Esa?"
W Harwaro Winstone linn
Oldbury-Court
.




اور
Cena
LE
WA
WIE
WILL
WIL
www.
miem
AN
S. Wale inw,
7
E. Rooker sculp.
What NATURE
RE ſparing gives, or half denies, -
See! healthfull INDUSTRY at large ſupplies.
Seelin BRITANNIA'S Lap profusely pours, -
While heaven-born SCIENCE ſwells th’increaſing Stores.
Ecce ferunt Pueri Calathis Tibi Lilia plenis. VIRG.

Τ Η Ε
GARDENERS DICTIONARY:
CONTAINING
The Best and NEWEST METHODS
Ο F
CULTIVATING and I MPROVING
Τ Η Ε
Kitchen, Fruit, Flower Garden, and Nurſery ;
,
As alſo for Performing the
Practical Parts of AGRICULTURE:
INCLUDING
The M A NAGEMENT of VINEYARDS,
WI Τ Η Τ Η Ε
Methods of MAKING and PRESERVING WINE,
According to the preſent Practice of
The moſt ſkilful Vignerons in the ſeveral Wine Countries in Europe.
TOGETHER WITH
DIRECTIONS for PROPAGATING and IMPROVING,
From REAL PRACTICE and EXPERIENCE,
ALL SORTS OF TIMBER TREE S.
Τ Η Ε Ε Ι G H Τ Η
E I G H T H E D I TI O N,
Reviſed and Altered according to the lateſt SYSTEM of BOTANY; and
Embelliſhed with ſeveral COPPER-PLATES, which were not in ſome former Editions.
/
BY P HI LI P
P I I P MILLER, F. R. S.
Gardener to the Worſhipful Company of APOTHECARIES, at their Botanic Garden
in Chelſea, and Member of the Botanic Academy at Florence.
. . .
Digna manet divini gloria ruris. Virg. Georg.
L O N D ON,
Printed for the AU THOR;
And Sold by John and FRANCIS RIVINGTON, at No. 62, St. Paul's Church-yard; A MILLAR,
J. Whiston, W. STRAHAN, J. HINTON, R. BALDWIN, B. White, L. Hawes and
W. CLARKE and R. COLLINS, W. JOHNSTON, T. CASLON, S. CROWDER, T. LONGMAN,
B. LAW, C. RIVINGTON, J. DODSLEY, W. GRIFFIN, T. CADELI, T. LOWNDES,
S. BLADON, G. ROBINSON and J. ROBERTS, and T. PAYNE.
M. DCC. LXVIII.

Museums
SB
45
.M65
1768

Museum
Herbarium
Wheldon and
Wesley
2-16-50
69500
2-21-50 hms
co
LNS
ISPETTO
J. Miller inv: et fecit
To the Moſt Noble
H U
G H
,
Duke and Earl of NORTHUMBERLAND,
E A R L
PERCY,
Baron WA RK WORTH of Warkworth Caſtle,
Lord Lieutenant and Cuftos Rotulorum of the Counties of
MIDDLESEX and NORTHUMBERLAND,
Of the City and Liberty of WESTMINSTER,
And of the Town and County of NEWCASTLE upon Tyne,
VICE ADMIRAL of all A M E RICA,
And of the County of NORTHUMBERLAND,
One of his MAJEST Y's Moſt Honourable Privy Council,
Knight of the Moſt Noble Order of the G ARTER,
And Fellow of the ROYAL SOCIETY.

MAY IT PLEASE YOUR GRACE,
OUR Grace's kind Acceptance of two former
Editions of this Work, has emboldened me to
lay this at Your Grace's Feet, as a public Ac-
knowledgment of the many uſeful Obſervations
and Inſtructions, which Your Grace has at ſeveral
Times communicated to me for its Improvement.
If I have been ſo happy as to employ them in ſuch manner, as to
merit Your Grace's Approbation, I ſhall have leſs Reaſon to doubt
that of the Public ; fince the moſt fkilful Perſons in this uſeful Branch
of Science, pay the higheſt Regard to Your Grace's Judgment.
The many Improvements which Your Grace is annually making
ſo happily upon Your various Eftates, fufficiently demonſtrate Your
Grace's fuperior Judgment; but more particularly in a Country
almoſt deftitute of Timber : Where, if Your Grace continues
planting, ſo ardently as for ſeveral Years paſt, the whole Face of
the Country will be much altered for the better, and Your Grace's
Eſtate thereby greatly improved.
That Your Grace may long live to continue theſe Improvements,
and to be an Example to others, is the fincere Wiſh of
Your GRACE's
Moſt obedient humble Servant,
CHELSEA,
March 1, 1768.
Philip Miller,

P R E FACE
R
А Е.
HE GARDENERS DICTIONARY having already gone through ſeveral editions, it may
reaſonably be fuppofed, the public are well acquainted with the nature of it, which renders
it leſs neceſſary to enlarge on that ſubject. The author therefore thinks himſelf obliged to
return his thanks for the kind reception his work has met with.
T
But as there may be fome, who may think that the republiſhing it is doing them an injury,
eſpecially thoſe who have purchaſed a former edition, it may not be amiſs to make ſome apology
for this.
و
When the firſt edition was publiſhed, gardening was then much leſs known than at preſent; and
therefore, as the knowledge of the art increaſed, it became more neceſſary to enlarge on the
ſubject, by adding the new improvements to the former, without which it would have been deem-
ed imperfect: for as the author's ſituation in life rendered him capable of being well informed of the
progreſs made in the art, by his great correſpondence both at home and abroad, he thought it
would not be unpleaſing to communicate thoſe improvements to the public: in doing which, he has
been careful not to publiſh any thing imparted to him, until he was fully ſatisfied of the facts by
experiments,
Others have ſuggeſted, that printing the improvements feparately would give ample fatisfaction
in this point; but the author had made trial of former purchaſers fome years paſt, by publishing
ſeveral ſheets of new articles, by way of Supplement, for which there was ſcarce any demand; ſo that
the few which were ſold, would not defray the expence of paper and printing.
As the number of plants now cultivated in England, are more than double thoſe which were here
when the firſt edition of this book was publiſhed, the mentioning of them, together with their
culture, could not well be avoided in a work of this nature, therefore the author hopes his care in
inſerting them will not be cenſured.
a
From the title of this book it may ſeem to be only a Dictionary on the art of gardening, but all
the branches of agriculture are included in it, in a more complete manner than can be found in
any other book extant, though written wholly on the ſame ſubject. Nor are the inſtructions
here given for performing the work in every part taken up haftily, or upon flight experiment;
but moſt of them are the reſult of more than twenty years practice in different parts of England,
where the author has been permitted to ſuperintend and direct the whole : therefore he can affure
the public he has been very cautious in recommending any thing, which he is not thoroughly con-
vinced to be true.
It is amazing to ſee, in moſt of the books which have been publiſhed concerning huſbandry, that
ſcarce any of the compilers have taken the leaſt notice of the common practice of fowing eight times
the quantity of Corn upon land that is neceſſary, to the great expence and detriment of the farmers,
who are ſo wedded to their old cuſtoms, as not to be convinced of the error: for ſo obſtinate are
they in this matter, that unleſs the whole ground be covered with the blades of Corn by the ſpring,
they judge it not worth ſtanding, and in conſequence thereof frequently plough up their Wheat
and winter Corn, to fow the land with Barley, or other Lent Corn; whereas, if the former
had been left ſtanding, it would have produced a better crop than any land can do where the blades
are very thick, as the author has frequently obſerved, I have mentioned this to ſeveral far-
mers, but the anſwer has conſtantly been, that on rich ground a thin crop of roots will often pro-
duce a large crop of Corn, but on poor land it will not pay coſt, which is a very great abſurdity;
for how is it poſſible, that bad land can ſupply proper nouriſhment to a greater number of roots
than better ground ? and where this practice is obſerved, feldom more than three or four buſhels are
reaped from one fown; whereas, where the ſame quantity is fown upon the ſame, or a like foil, and
has room to grow, the produce will be at leaſt fix or ſeven buſhels. Yet I have ſeen growing
upon land not very good, and uncultivated, for more than twenty years, which and was fown with
Wheat
a

PRE E F A
F A CEЕ. .
.
Wheat in drills, where three gallons of ſeed were allowed to an acre, a produce of nine quarters
per acre ; now this is no more than an eighth part of the feed uſually fown by farmers, who fel-
dom reap more than one-third of this produce; by which it appears plainly, that in the common
method of huſbandry, there is at leaſt eight times the quantity of feed fown upon the land that is
neceſſary. How great a ſaving this would be in a whole country, I leave every one to judge, eſpe-
cially in ſcarce years, when Corn is dear; and what an expence is occaſioned by the contrary prac-
tice to the farmers, who notwithſtanding ſeem unwilling to alter their ancient cuſtoms. Theſe
matters are treated of under the articles AVENA, HORDEUM, SECALE, and TRITICUM.
3
Nor are the common farmers better managers of their paſture lands; for on them they feldom
are at the trouble of rooting up bad weeds, which frequently over-run them; theſe are often permit-
ted to ſcatter their feeds, by which the land is ſtocked with a ſupply of weeds for ſeven years or more,
tho' the utmoſt care be taken afterward to deſtroy them: but tho' there are ſome farmers who may be
fuppofed more careful in this reſpect, yet theſe leave in their head lands, and on their banks, hedge-
rows, and the ſides of ditches, a fufficient number of weeds to ſtock their fields when the feeds
are permitted to ſcatter : beſide, theſe paſtures have rarely a ſufficient quantity of manure allowed
them, eſpecially where there is much arable land; nor is the dreſſing laid on at a proper ſeaſon; the
general rule with moſt of the farmers being to carry and ſpread the dung upon their paſtures, ſoon after
the
crop of hay is taken off the ground, and as this is done in ſummer, the heat of the fun draws all
the moiſture from it, whereby the greater part of its goodneſs is evaporated and loft. But as theſe
points are more fully treated of in the body of this work, the author deſires the reader to refer
to them.
و
On the article of TIMBER perhaps many may ſuppoſe, the author has been too diffuſe in his in-
ſtructions; but if thoſe who are of that opinion will only conſider, how material an article this is
to the welfare of this country, he flatters himſelf they will change their ſentiments, eſpecially when
they reflect upon the great waſte that has been made of it for many years paſt; as alſo that the
perſons now employed by the government to cultivate and improve it, deriving their own profits from
the waſte of timber, ſeem to think, that as their predeceſſors have long practiſed it, they have a
right to do the ſame; this is now carried to ſo great an extravagance, that unleſs a ſpeedy ſtop be
put to it, the government will be greatly diſtreſſed for their marine. For although this practice began
in the Royal Foreſts, &c. yet ſeveral of the nobility and gentry, who had very great quantities of tim-
ber growing upon their eftates, have deſtroyed a confiderable part of theirs alſo; therefore, from a due
regard for the public, the author has treated of the beſt methods for propagating and preſerving
timber, which he hopes may not be diſpleaſing to the generality of his readers.
The ſeveral plants here propoſed for trial in the Britiſh dominions in America, are ſuch as there
is reaſon to believe will ſucceed in thoſe parts where the experiments are deſired to be made,
and confined to ſuch only, as may be of utility to the public, and real advantage to the inha-
bitants of thoſe countries : furthermore, theſe experiments are propoſed to be tried upon plants which
will not ſucceed well in England, ſo as to render their culture practicable, and therefore will not in-
terfere with the growth or trade of this country, and the conſumption of which is very great here, ma-
ny of them being of very conſiderable uſe in our manufactures, which cannot be carried on without
them; as namely the Safflower, Indigo, and ſeveral other forts uſed in dyeing, none of which will thrive
in this country to advantage, with many medicinal drugs, which, if introduced into the iſlands of Ame-
rica, will certainly thrive there as well as in their native foils. Coffee and Chocolate grow equally well
there; but the former being gathered before it is ripe, ill dried, and brought over to England in
ſhips freighted with rum and ſugars, the effluvia of theſe commodities are imbibed by the Coffee,
whereby it is rendered leſs valuable : as to the latter, it was formerly cultivated by the Spaniards in
the iſland of Jamaica, when they were in poſſeſſion of it, ſo as to furniſh the inhabitants with a quan-
tity ſufficient for their own conſumption ; whereas the Engliſh inhabitants now reſident there, pur-
chaſe it of the Spaniards : theſe articles therefore require the public attention, for if the above commo-
dities may be eaſily produced in the Britiſh colonies in America, they will not only ſupply us with
ſuch as are genuine, but alſo turn the balance of trade, greatly to the advantage both of Great-Britain
and her colonies.
3
:
It is alſo a great neglect of the inhabitants of the ſugar iſlands in America, to commit the care
of their plantations to overſeers, who at beſt go on in their uſual courſe, planting eight or ten
ſugar canes in each hill, ſo that if five or fix of them grow, they will be ſo cloſe as to ſpoil each
other ; for whenever theſe plants are ſtinted in their growth, they are foon attacked by vermin,
which ſpread and multiply fo greatly, as frequently to deſtroy the whole crop, or at leaſt very much to
damage it; and this they lay upon inclement feafons, calling it a blight, whereas it proceeds from their
own covetous cuſtom. A gentleman of learning, who had a conſiderable eſtate in Jamaica, which was
bequeathed to him upon his arrival there, was determined to make trial of the horſe-hoeing huſbandry
among

P R E F A C E:
among his canes. Accordingly he ſet out one acre of land in the middle of a large piece, which
he cauſed to be planted with canes at five feet diſtance, putting but one to each hill; theſe grew to
a very large ſize, and when ripe were cut, as alſo an acre from the beſt part of the piece in which
the others were planted : each of them then were boiled ſeparately to examine their produce, which
was nearly equal in the weight of ſugar; but where the plants grew ſingle, the juice was boiled
with a ninth part of the fuel which the other required, and he fold the ſugar for fix ſhillings per
hundred weight more than he could get for the former. This ſhews what advantages may be ex-
pected, if the poffeffors of lands were careful to make trials.
The alterations made in the catalogues of trees and plants which are added at the end of the book,
have been done to prevent ſwelling the work to too great a ſize, therefore their ſpecific differences are
not inſerted at full length ; but as their generical titles are mentioned, and the figures to each ſpecies
denote them according to their reſpective ſpecies referred to in the body of the book, the reader is
deſired to turn to the ſeveral genera, where under each article, their ſpecies with their reſpective titles
are inferted at length, as alſo their culture and natural places of growth. The uſe of theſe ca-
talogues, eſpecially to ſuch as are not acquainted with the art of gardening, but particularly to
thoſe who ſet up for deſigners of gardens, may be of great ſervice; for if this part of planting were
duly attended to, there would not be ſo many abſurdities committed, as are now to be found in moſt
of theſe deſigns, where we often fee fome of the ſmalleſt growing ſhrubs placed, where the largeſt
trees ſhould have been planted.
In the whole of this performance, the author has principally aimed at rendering the inſtructions
given, as clear and intelligible as poſſible to the practitioners, as well as to thoſe who are leſs acquainted
with the art; in every particular he has obſerved all poſſible regard to truth, not having advanced any
thing as ſuch, but what he has been fully convinced of by his own experience: he hopes therefore for
indulgence from the public, for any imperfections or omiſſions which may appear in the book, fince
in a work of ſo great extent, it cannot be expected to be abſolutely perfect, though it is humbly hoped
there will not be found in it many faults.
Some errors of the preſs have accidentally crept in, occafioned by the author's other neceſſary
avocations, which frequently called him into the country during the time it was printing; but as
moſt of theſe are corrected, and are not beſides of themſelves of great importance, he hopes the can-
did reader will pardon them.
The Gardeners Kalendar, inſerted in moſt of the former editions, is in this omitted, many edi-
tions of that piece having been printed in octavo; it is preſumed therefore that few perſons who
have any inclination for the innocent diverſion of gardening, are without it; and as the adding any
thing to this work would have ſwelled it greatly, which the author wiſhes he could have ſtill further
ſhortened ; and moreover it having been obſerved to him, by many of his friends, that few per-
fons would chuſe to turn over fo large a volume, to find in it the articles they may have in a porta-
ble one, the omiffion of the Kalendar was thought more adviſeable.
In the laſt edition of this work, the author adopted in a great meaſure the fyſtem of Linnæus, which
was the prevailing method of ranging plants then in uſe among botaniſts; but as many of the plants
which were treated of in the Gardeners Dictionary, were not to be found in any of Linnæus's works
then publiſhed, Tournefort's ſyſtem was alſo applied to take in ſuch as were not fully known to
Dr. Linnæus ; but fince that time the learned profeffor having made great additions to his works,
and thoſe additions being generally conſulted for the names of plants, the author has now applied
Linnæus's method entirely, except in ſuch particulars, where the Doctor not having had an oppor-
tunity of ſeeing the plants growing, they are ranged by him in wrong claſſes ; as for inſtance, the Ilex
or Agrifolium is ranged in his fourth claſs, with thoſe plants whoſe flowers have four ſtamina or male
organs, and four ſtigmas or female parts of generation; whereas thoſe plants have male flowers upon
fome, and female upon other plants. The Laurus Linnæus has placed in his ninth claſs, with thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have nine ſtamina or male organs of generation, and one female part; but theſe plants
ſhould alſo be ranged in his twenty-ſecond claſs, for all the ſpecies of this genus have male and female
flowers on different plants. Theſe, with ſome other alterations from Linnæus's ſyſtem, have been
made in this edition, where the author has given his reaſons for fo doing, which he hopes will be ap-
proved by the public.
Many plants are likewiſe omitted in this edition, ſeveral of them natives of England, but rarely
cultivated in our gardens; as alſo many varieties accidentally ariſing from ſeeds, as are moſt of
thoſe with double flowers, which, if enumerated, would have ſwelled the book to an immoderate fize;
however, moſt of theſe varieties are caſually mentioned, to inform the reader of their reſpective difference,
which the author hopes will be deemed ſufficient But as the variety of fruits, as well as of eſcu-
lent

PREF
P R E F A CE.
lent plants, have been moſt of them, at leaſt the fine forts, greatly improved by culture, they are fully
treated of under their proper genera.
3
On this article a long ſeries of obſervations has been made by the author, who for near fifty years
has applied himſelf cloſely to this ſubject; for as many former botaniſts have enumerated a great
number of varieties as fo. many ſpecies, the ſtudy of botany was thereby rendered greatly perplexed;
ſome of the modern writers on this ſubject, by going into the contrary extreme, have abridged the
ſpecies almoſt as much. Indeed it muſt be allowed, that aſcertaining the real ſpecific difference of
plants, would be of great ſervice to the ſcience of botany; but this cannot be done otherwiſe, than
from many years experience in their culture, eſpecially by obſerving the varieties which ariſe from
the ſame ſeeds, as alſo the difference produced by different foils and ſituations, which is frequently fo
great as to perplex very good judges in this matter. There are likewiſe many other varieties which
have ariſen from ſeeds, ſaved from plants, and grown near others of a different ſpecies, by which
means they have partaken of both; but theſe hybridine plants rarely producing any feeds afterward,
the alteration goes no farther.
AN


Plate. 1.
The different Parts of Plants
2
ادا کیا ہے
4
S
ست
منس
13
14
10
11
15
12
Hiller, dehin, et Sculp.

A N
Ε Χ Ρ Ε Α Ν Α Τ Ι Ο Ν
L N T I N
Τ
OF THE
TECHNIC A L T E R M S of B O T A N Y Υ
Mentioned in this
W W
O
R
K.
A
a
a
a
ROOT, Radix, is that part of a plant, by firſt order (a) is called rays, the ſecond (6) Pedicles:
which it naturally receives its nouriſhment. That umbel which conſiſts of one pedicle only is called
There are ſeveral ſorts of theſe, as
a ſimple umbel. See fig. 15. plate 1. That which
A fibrous Root, Radix fibroſa, is that which is compoſed both of rays and pedicles, is called a
confifts only of fibres. See plate 1. fig. 3.
compound umbel, as fig. 13.
A tuberous Root, Radix tuberofa, is that which conſiſts A Corymbus differs from an umbel, in that the rays or
of an uniform fleſhy ſubſtance, and is of a roundiſh pedicles are diſpoſed in ſuch a manner, as to form a
figure. See plate 1. fig. 1, 2. where it is cut ho- ſphere. See plate 1. fig. 14.
rizontally through the middle.
A twining ſtalk, caulis volubilis, is one which twiſts about
A bulbous Root, Radix bulboſa, is that which conſiſts any prop or tree without the help of tendrils.
of ſeveral coats involving one another, as is ſhewn A climbing Stalk, Caulis ſcondens, is that which faſtens
plate 1. fig. 4, 5. or of ſeveral ſcales lying over itſelf to any prop or neighbouring ſupport by the help
one another, as in plate 1. fig. 6. The firſt of theſe of tendrils.
is called a tunicated Root, the laſt a ſquamous Root. A creeping Stalk, Caulis repens, is that which lies on the
A granulous Root, Radix granuloſa, is a kind of gru- ground, and propagates itſelf by emitting roots at the
mous root, with ſmall knobs reſembling ſo many joints.
grains of Corn. See plate 1. fig. 7.
A trailing, or procumbent ſtalk, Caulis procumbens, is
A teſticulated Root, Radix teſticulata, is a double tuber- that which lies on the ground unleſs it is ſupported,
ous root, conſiſting of two fleſhy knobs reſembling a
but does not emit roots.
pair of teſticles. See plate 1. fig. 8.
A Tendril, Capreolus or Clavicula, is a part of a ſtalk, or
An aſphodel Root, Radix aſphodeli, is a kind of gru-
rather a branch from the ſide of a ſtalk, placed oppo-
mous root, whoſe fleſhy fibres fwell into large knobs fite to the leaf, which curls and lays hold on any adja-
toward the bottom, reſembling the dugs of animals. cent body, and thereby ſupports the ſtalk, as in the
See plate 1. fig. 9.
Vine, &c.
A grumous root, Radix grumoſa, is one which is com- A Fruit, Fructus, is that part of a plant which contains
poſed of ſeveral fleſhy knobs ending in fibres. See the feed with its covering. Of this there are many
plate 1. fig. 10.
different forms.
A Stalk, Caulis, is a part of a plant, receiving the A Cone, Conus, is a dry feed-veffel, conſiſting of, feve-
nouriſhment from the root, and diſtributing it into ral ligneous parts, adhering cloſely together, and fe-
the other parts with which it is cloathed, not having parating when ripe. Of this there are ſeveral forts
one ſide diſtinguiſhable from the other. The ſtalk of which differ in their form and texture, as in plate 2.
a tree is called the trunk or ftem, i. e. Caudex.
fig. 1. is a cone of the Pineafter, whoſe ligneous fcales
A Branch, Ramus, is the diviſion of a ſtalk. In trees end in ſharp protuberances, which open by the warmth
it is generally called a bough.
of the fun in the ſpring, and eaſily emit the feeds.
A Pedicle, Pediculus, is that part of a ſtalk, which im- Fig. 2. plate 2. ſhews the cone of the Cedar of Liba-
mediately ſuſtains a leaf, a flower, or a fruit. Dr. nus, whoſe ſcales are ſmooth, lying cloſe over each
Linnæus has diſtinguiſhed theſe. Thoſe which fuf- other, and drop off, leaving the middle column on the
tain the leaves he calls Petiolus, and thoſe which fuf- branches. Fig. 3. plate 2. exhibits a cone of the Fir-
tain the fruit, Pedunculus.
tree, whoſe ſcales are ſmooth, and the form oblong,
A Spike, Spica, is a part of a ſtalk thick ſet with flowers Fig. 4, 5. plate 2. ſhews the cone of the Cypreſs,
or fruits, in ſuch a manner as to form an acute cone. which is of an irregular ſpherical form, and the ſcales
See plate 1. fig. 12.
ſeparate, emitting the ſeeds from between them. Fig.
A Thyrſe, fee Thyrſus, differs from a ſpike in that the 6. plate 2. repreſents the cone of the Pine-tree, whole
flowers or fruits are ſet more looſely on it, ſo that there ſcales terminate in blunt protuberances.
are ſpaces viſible between them.
Dry Seed-veſſels, according to the number of cells into
A Panicle, Panicula, is a ſtalk diffuſed into ſeveral pe- which they are divided, are called Unicapſular, Bi-
dicles ſuſtaining the flowers or fruits. See Plate 1. capſular, Quinquecapſular, &c. See plate 2. fig. 8, 9.
fig. II.
An Apple, Pomum, is generally underſtood to be a fleſhy
An Umbel, Umbella, is the extremity of a ſtalk or fruit incloſing ſeveral hard ſeeds in the center; but it
branch, divided into ſeveral pedicles or rays, begin- is very difficult to know what the ancients meant by
ning from the fame point, and opening in ſuch a man- the title Pomum, for this title is frequently uſed in
ner as to form an inverted cone. See plate 1. fig. 13. their writings to expreſs things of different forms,
When the pedicles (a), into which the ſtalk is di- therefore this epithet ſhould be only applied to thoſe
vided, are ſubdivided into others of the ſame form, fruits which are umbilicated, and contain many feeds,
upon which the flowers or fruits are diſpoſed (6), The See fig. 11, 12. plate 2.
b
Acini
a
a
a

a
•
3
a
a
An EXPLANATION of the Technical Terms of BOTANY.
Acini is by ſome ſuppoſed to be the berries of Grapes | A regular polypetalous flower, is when the petals are
and Currants, but is uſed in a more extenſive ſenſe equal in ſize, and agree in poſition, as in fig. 3. plate 3.
by moſt of the writers on botany, who ſtile the ſmall An irregular polypetalous flower is when the petals do
protuberances of Mulberries, Strawberries, &c. fig. not agree together in figure and poſition. See fig. 9,
7. plate 2. Acini.
10. plate 3.
A Cluſter, Racemus, is a ſtalk divided or branched into A labiated, or Lip-flower, Flos labiatus, is an irregu-
ſeveral pedicles, ſuſtaining the flowers or fruits thick lar monopetalous flower, divided uſually into two
ſet together in an oblong form. See fig. 12. plate 2. lips, as in fig. 6. plate 3. The upper lip a, is called
The firſt of theſe conditions diſtinguiſhes it from a the Creſt, Galea, and the under one b, the Beard,
ſpike, the laſt from a panicle.
Barba. Sometimes the creſt is wanting, as in fig. 4.
A Pod, Siliqua, is a long membranaceous feed-veſſel, plate 3. and then the ſtyle and ſtamina ſupply its
either fat or round, containing one or two rows of place. This is by ſome called an unilabiated Hower.
ſeeds. See fig. 13, 14. plate 2.
Some of theſe are A papilionaceous Flower, Flos papilionaceus, in ſome mea-
jointed, each of the ſwellings containing one feed, as fure reſembles a butterfly with its wings extended.
is ſhewn, fig. 15. plate 2.
See fig. 5, 7. plate 3. It always conſiſts of theſe four
The Seeds of Corn and Grafs are called Grains, Grana. parts: the ſtandard, Vexillum, a, which is a large ſeg-
The leaf which covers the grain is called Chaff, Gluma, ment or petal ; the two Wings, Ala, b, which compoſe
fig. 16. plate 2. a The Beard, Ariſta. b is a ſmall the ſides, and the Keel, Carina, (, which is a concave
needle proceeding from the chaff. The chaff which petal or ſegment, reſembling the lower part of a boat;
has no beard is called naked.
the keel is ſometimes of one petal or ſegment and en-
A Plum, Prunum, is a fleſhy veſſel incloſing a hard tire; ſometimes it conſiſts of two petals or ſegments
brittle ſhell, in which is one or two feeds.
adhering pretty cloſely together.
A Nut, Nux, is a feed covered with a hard, dry, brittle A Floret, Flofculos, is a little tube expanded at the top,
ſhell.
uſually into five ſegments. See fig. 17, 20. plate 3.
A Flower, Flos, is the organs of generation of both and fitting upon the embryo of a ſingle ſeed a; from
ſexes, adhering to a common placenta, together with the inner part of the floret ariſe five ſtamina b, which
their common coverings, or of either ſex ſeparately, uniting together form a ſheath c; from the embryo of
with its proper coverings, if it have any.
the feed a, ariſes a ſtyle d, which paſſes through the
Flowers are either male, female, or hermaphrodite. ſheath c, to which it is connected, and is terminated
The male flowers have ſtamina and ſummits, but have by a bifid ftigma which is generally reflexed, e. Theſe
no ovary or ſtyle. Female flowers have an ovary and are hermaphrodite
ſtyle, but have no ftamina or ſummits. Hermaphro-A Semifloret, Semiflofculus, is tubulous at the baſe, and
dite flowers have both organs of generation.
afterwards expanded in form of a tongue. See fig. 18.
The Ovary, Ovarium, or Germen, according to Linnæus, plate 3. Theſe generally form the rays of compound
is the rudiment of the fruit. See a, fig. 13. plate 3. Howers, and are female.
and ſo is properly the female organ of generation. A compound Flower, Flos compoſitus, is that which is
The Style, Stylus, is a body accompanying the ovary, compoſed either of florets, fig. 19. plate 3. or ſemi-
either ariſing from the top of it. See b fig. 13. plate forets, fig. 15. plate 3. or both together, fig. 16.
3. or ſtanding as an axis in the middle with the em- and fig. 20.
bryos of the feeds round it, fig. 12. plate 3. and c A Diſk, Diſcus, is an aggregate of florets forming, as it
is the ſtigma.
were, a plain ſurface, as in fig. 19. plate 3. Such
The Empalement, Calyx, is generally underſtood to flowers are called diſcous flowers.
mean, thoſe leſs tender leaves, which cover the other A Ray, Radius, is ſeveral femiflorets fet round a diik.
parts of the flower. See fig. 11. a, plate 3. Theſe, See fig. 16. a, plate 3. in form of a radiant ftar. Such
according to Mr. Ray, are of an herbaceous colour. flowers are called radiated diſcous flowers ; thoſe
The Petals, Petala, are thoſe tender fine-coloured which have no ſuch ray, are called naked diſcous, as
leaves, which are the moſt conſpicuous parts of a fig. 19. plate 3.
flower. See fig. 11. b, plate 3.
A headed fower, Flos capitatus, is that which is com-
The Stamina or Filaments, according to Linnæus, poſed of florets and ſemiflorets collected into a round-
which ſome call Chives, are thoſe ſlender threads which ith head, and are all incloſed in one common ſcaly
generally ſurround the ſtyle. See c, fig. 11. plate 3. empalement, as in fig. 14. plate 3.
The Summits, or Apices, which Linnæus calls Anthera, A whorled Flower, Flos verticillatus, is when the flowers
are thoſe bodies which contain the farina fecundans, are collected in whorls round the ſtalks at the baſe of
or prolific powder, analagous to the male ſperm in the leaves, as in fig. 20. plate 3.
animals; theſe generally terminate the ſummits. See A Moſs Flower, which riſes on a ſlender foot-ſtalk from
d, fig. 11. plate 3.
the plant, fig. 27. plate 3. with the head (or Capitu,
Flowers, according to the number of their petals, are lum), fig. 28. and the cover (or Calyptra) which opens
called monopetalous, dipetalous, tripetalous, tetra- and falls off when the ſeeds are ripe.
petalous, &c.
A Cone cut through the middle longitudinally to repre-
A regular monopetalous flower is that in which the pe- ſent how the ſeeds are lodged between the ſcales. See
tal is not at all divided. See fig. 1. plate 3. or if di- fig. 22. plate 3.
vided, the ſegments are equal, as in fig. 2. plate 3. Fig. 24. plate 3. fhews the parts of a flower, a is the
An irregular monopetalous flower, is that in which the empalement, b the germen, c the ſtyle, d the ftigma,
parts of the petal are unequal, as in fig. 3. plate 3. e the ſtamina, f the ſummit, and g the ſame entire.
theſe Dr. Linnæus calls ringent flowers. Mr. Ray, Fig. 21. plate 3. ſhews a flower with ſeveral nectari-
Tournefort, and others, call all thoſe monopetalous ums which fit cloſe to the germen a.
flowers, whoſe petals are connected at their baſe, and Fig. 25. a ſhews a germen, b a ſtyle, and c a ftigma.
fall off without ſeparating; but Dr. Linnæus calls Fig. 26. ſhews a grain of farina fæcundans magnified,
.
them tetrapetalous or pentapetalous, when the petal
is divided into ſo many parts near the bottom,
ވެ
a
PLATE

An explanation of Fruits.
Plate. 2.
12
10
15
3
6
13
14
b
b
a
a
Q
16
I'Miller del et Je


Plate 3
Different Structures of flowers.
tod
0
72
d
a 11
13
d
3
S
9
l
6
be
c
10
b
20
с
18
19
2,5
16
14
29
28
21
al
23
26
24
25
22
I Miller det et se



Plate 4.
Different Structures of the Serual parts of plants.
5
1
2
3
4
8
9
13
10
12
11
16
17
18
15
14
21
22
19
20
25
24
26
23
27
I Miller delmet Sculp.

P L Α Τ Ε
IV.
Contains the figures which explain the Syſtem of Dr. Linnæus, who claſſes the plants
by the number of ſtamina in their flowers.
F!
a
a
a
a
IG. 1. ſhews a flower with one ſtamina and one Fig. 17. ſhews a flower with four long and two ſhorter
ſtyle, which he titles Monandria Monogynia. ſtamina, and one ſtyle, which he titles Tetradynamia.
Fig 2. ſhews a flower with two ftamina and one ſtyle, Fig. 18. fhews a flower with five ſtamina, which are
which he titles Diandria Monogynia.
connected with the ſtyle in one body, which he titles
Fig. 3. fhews a flower with three ſtamina and one ſtyle, Monadelphia Pentandria.
which he titles Triandria Monogynia.
Fig. 19. ſhews a flower with ten ſtamina and one ſtyle,
Fig. 4. ſhews a flower with four ſtamina and one ſtyle, which are joined at the baſe into one body, which he
which he titles Tetrandia Monogynia.
titles Monodelphia Decandria.
Fig. 5. ſhews a flower with five ſtamina and one ſtyle, Fig. 20. ſhews a flower with many ſtamina joined in one
whice he titles Pentandria Monogynia.
body, with a many-pointed ſtyle, which he titles Mo-
Fig. 6. fhews a flower with five ſtamina and two ſtyles, nadelphia Polyandria.
which he titles Pentandria Digynia.
Fig. 21. ſhews a flower with fix ftamina joined in two
Fig. 7. fhews a flower with ſix ftamina and one ſtyle, bodies, which he titles Diadelphia Hexandria.
which he titles Hexandria Monogynia.
Fig. 22. ſhews a flower with ten ſtamina, nine of which
Fig. 8. fhews a flower with fix ſtamina and three ſtyles, are joined together at their baſe, and the other is fe-
which he titles Hexandria Trigynia.
parated, with one ſtyle. This he titles Diadelphia
Fig. 9. fhews a flower with ſeven ſtamina and one ſtyle, Decandria.
which he titles Heptandria Digynia.
Fig. 23. fhews a flower with many ftamina, which are
Fig. 10. ſhews a flower with eight ſtamina and one ſtyle, connected at their baſe into ſeveral cluſters or bunches,
which he titles Oetandria Digynia.
which he titles Polyadelphia Polyandria.
Fig. 11. fhews a flower with nine ſtamina and one ſtyle, Fig. 24. ſhews a ſingle floret of a compound flower,
which he titles Enneandria Monogynia.
Theſe which are hermaphrodite have five ftamina and
Fig. 12. fhews a flower with ten ſtamina and one ſtyle, one ftyle, which are connected at their baſe. This
which he titles Decandria Monogynia.
claſs he titles Syngeneſia.
Fig. 13. fhews a flower with twelve ftamina and one Fig. 25. ſhews a flower whoſe ſtamina are connected
ſtyle, which he titles Dodecandria Monogynia.
with, and ſeem to proceed from, the ſtyle, which is
Fig. 14. ſhews a flower with more than twelve ſtamina, divided into two parts. This he titles Gynandria.
but leſs than twenty, and theſe ariſe either from the Fig. 26. fhews a flower of the ſixteenth claſs, which is
petals or the empalement, and with one ſtyle, which of a different figure from thoſe before repreſented.
he titles Icofandria Monogynia.
The ftamina of this ſtand round the column formed
Fig. 15. ſhews a flower with a great number of ſtamina by the ſtyle.
and one ſtyle, which he titles Polyandria Monogynia. Fig. 27. fhews a floret of the compound flowers fitting
Fig. 16. fhews a flower with two long, and two ſhorter upon
the germen or embryo of the ſeed, with the two
itamina, and one ſtyle, which he titles Didynamia. reflexed ſtigmas on the top of the ſtyle.
a
a
a
a
AN

Α Ν
E X PL A AN Ν Α Τ Ι Ο Ν
TI N
OF THE
AUTHORS N A M ES
and WORKS
and
Referred to by the
ABBREVIATIONS in this WORK.
A
C T. Phil. The Philoſophical Tranſactions of C. B. P. Caſpar Bauhinus's Pinax to his Theatre of
the Royal Society
Plants. Printed at Baſil 1671, 4to.
Act. Reg. Sc. The Memoirs of the Royal Aca- C. B. Prod. Caſpar Bauhinus's Prodromus to his Thea-
demy of Sciences at Paris.
tre of Plants. Printed at Bafil 1671, 4to.
Aldin. A Deſcription of ſome Rare Plants which were Cluf. Hiſt. Charles Clufius's Hiſtory of Rare Plants.
cultivated in the Farneſian Gardens at Rome, by To- Printed at Antwerp 1605, fol.
bias Aldinus. Printed at Rome 1625, fol.
Cluf. Exot. Charles Clufius's Exotics, in ten Books.
Alpin. Ægypt. Proſper. Alpinus´s Natural Hiſtory of Printed at Antwerp 1601, fol.
Egypt, in two Parts. Reprinted in 4to at Leyden, Column. Ecphr. Fabius Columna's Ecphrafis, in two
1735
Parts. Reprinted in 4to at Rome, 1916.
Alpin. Exot. Proſper Alpinus of Exotic Plants in two Commel. Rar. Deſcriptions and Figures of Rare Exotic
Books. Printed in 4to at Venice, 1656.
Plants, which were in the Phyfic-Garden at Amſter-
Amman. Char. Paul Amman's Characters of Plants. dam, by Caſpar Commelin. Printed at Leyden 1706,
Printed in 12mo.
4to.
Amman. Hort. Paul Amman’s Deſcription of the Plants Commel. Præl. Caſpar Commelin's Prelude to Botany.
in the Garden of Bofius. Printed in 4to.
Printed at Leyden 1703, 4to.
Amman Joh. John Amman's Hiſtory of Ruſſian Piants. Corn. James Cornutus's Hiſtory of Canada Plants.
Printed in 4to at Peterſburgh, 1739.
Printed at Paris 1635, 4to.
Baniſter. A Catalogue of Plants obſerved in Virginia, Dale. Samuel Dale's Pharmacologiæ, in two volumes
by John Baniſter. Printed in Ray's Hiſtory of Plants. 8vo. Printed at London 1710, and reprinted in one
Barrel. Icon. Jacob Barrelier's Hiſtory and Figures of volume in 4to at London, 1735.
the Plants which he obſerved in France, Spain, and Dale. Thom. Thomas Dale's Obſervations on many new
Italy. Printed at Paris in fol. 1714.
Plants which he diſcovered in America. MS.
Bocc. Rar. Figures and Deſcriptions of Rare Plants, ob- Dalech. Hift. Jacob Dalechamp's General Hiſtory of
ſerved by Paul Boccone in Sicily, &c. Printed at Plants. Printed at Lyons 1587, in two vols. fol.
Oxford 1674, in 4to.
Dillen. Cat. John Jacob Dillenius's Catalogue of the
Bocc. Muſ. Paul Boccone's Muſeum of Rare Plants, Plants which grow naturally about Giffam in Germa-
Printed in Italian, in two Parts, at Venice, 1697, ny.
Printed at Frankfort 1719, 8vo.
4to.
Dod. Pempt. Dodonæus's Six Pemptedes. Printed at
Boerh. Ind. An Index of the Plants growing in the Phy- Antwerp 1616, fol.
ſic-Garden at Leyden, by Dr. Herman Boerhaave. Dodart. Dodart's Commentaries to the Hiſtory of Plants.
Printed at Leyden 1719, in 4to.
Printed at Paris 1676, fol.
Breyn. Cent. I. The firſt Century of Exotic Plants, by Elchr, Elchrodt's Index to the Plants in the Garden at
Dr. James Breynius. Printed at Dantzick, 1678, Carolſruhan. In three parts, 8vo.
folio.
Ferrar. Heſp. John Baptiſt Ferrarius's Heſperides.
Breyn. Prod. I. & II. The firſt and ſecond Prodromus Printed at Rome 1646, fol.
to the Collection of Rare Plants, by Dr. James Brey- Ferrar. Fl. Cult. The Culture of Flowers, by J. Baptiſt
nius. The firſt printed in 1680, the ſecond in 1689, Ferrarius. Printed at Rome 1633, 4to.
at Dantzick, in 4to. Both reprinted at Dantzick in Feuille. Ludovick Feuille's Phyſical, Mathematical, and
4to, by his Son John Philip Breynius.
Botanical Obſervations, made in South America.
Burman. Dec. John Burman’s Decades of Rare African Printed in three vols. 4to, at Paris. The firſt and
Plants. Printed in 4to at Amſterdam, 1738.
ſecond in 1714, and the third 1725.
Burman. Thef. John Burman's Treaſury of Ceylon Flor. Virg. Flor. Virginica, or an Account of the Plants
Plants. Printed in 4to at Amſterdam, 1737.
which have been obſerved to grow in Virginia, by
Buxbaum. Cent. I. & II. John Chriſtian Buxbaum's John Clayton, Eſq; Publiſhed by Frederic Grono-
Century the Firſt. Printed at Peterſburgh 1728, the vius at Leyden, in two parts, 8vo, 1739.
Second 1729, both in 4to.
Flor. Lugd. Flora Lugduno Batava, or a Catalogue
Cæſalp. Andrew Cæſalpinus of Plants. Printed at Flo- of the Rare Plants which were growing in the Garden
rence 1583, in 4to.
at Leyden. Printed in 8vo at Leyden, 1695.
Camer. Hort. Joacim Camerarius's Garden of Plants. Flor. Zeyl. Flora Zeylanica, or a Catalogue of the
Printed in 4to at Frankfort, 1588.
Plants which were collected by Paul Herman in the
Cateſb. Hift. Mark Cateſby's Natural Hiſtory of Caro- Inand of Ceylon, from 1670 to 1677. Printed at
lina, Florida, and the Bahama Iſlands. In two large Amſterdam in 8vo, 1748, by Dr. Linnæus.
volumes, fol. with cuts. Printed at London in le- Garidel. Peter Garideľs Hiſtory of the Plants growing
about Aix in Provence. Printed at Paris 1719, fol.
Ger.
veral years.

I
I
An EXPLANATION of the AUTHORS NAMES.
Ger. Emac. Gerard's Hiſtory of Plants, improved by Lob. Adv. Matthias Lobel's Adverfaria Stirpiunt
Thomas Johnſon. Printed at London 1633, folio. Printed at Antwerp 1676, folio.
Grew. Nehemiah Grew's Anatomy of Plants. Printed Lob. Ic. Icons of Plants by Matthias Lobel. Printed
at London 1652, fol.
at Antwerp 1576, fol.
Hort. Chelf. A Catalogue of the Plants in the Chelſea- Lugd. A general Hiſtory of Plants by Dalechamp.
Garden, by Mr. Iſaac Rand, F. R. S. Printed at Printed at Lyons 1586, two volumes in fol.
London 1739, 8vo.
Magn. Peter Magnol, his Catalogue of the Plants grow
Hort. Amft. The Hiſtory of Rare Plants which were in ing about Montpelier. Printed in 8vo at Montpelier,
the Phyſic-Garden at Amſterdam, by Caſpar and John in 1686.
Commelin, in two volumes, folio. Printed at Am- Magn. Hort. Peter Magnol, his Catalogue of the Plants
fterdam 1697, and 1701.
in the Garden at Montpelier. Printed at Montpelier
H. Beaum. A Catalogue of the Exotic Plants which in 1697, 8vo.
were in the Gardens of Mynheer Van Beaumont in Malp. The Anatomy of Plants, by Marcellus Malpig-
Holland. Printed at the Hague 1690, 8vo.
hius: Printed at London in fol. 1679.
Hort. Elth. Hortus Elthamenſis, or a Deſcription of Marcg. George Marcgrave, his Natural Hiſtory of Bra-
the Rare Plants which were growing in the Garden at fil. Printed at Leyden 1648, fol.
Eltham, by John James Dillenius, in two volumes, Martyn. Cent. John Martyn, Profeſſor of Botany at
fol. with figures. Printed at London 1732.
Cambridge, his five Decades of Rare Plants. Printed
Hort. Mal. The Plants which grow naturally at Mala- at London 1728, 1729, &c. in large folio, with fi-
bar, figured and deſcribed by Henry Rheede Van gures of the Plants in their proper Colours.
Draakenſtain, in twelve volumes folio. Printed at Matth. Peter Andrea Matthiolus, his Commentaries on
Amſterdam from 1679 to 1703.
Dioſcorides. Printed at Venice 1558, fol.
Hort. Maur. A Catalogue of the Plants in the Garden Mentz. Chriſtian Mentzelius's Indexes of Plants in ſeve-
of Signior Mauroceni, by Anthony Tita, 8vo. Printed ral Languages. Printed at Berlin in fol. 1682.
at Padua 1713
Michel. Peter Anthony Micheli, his New Genera of
Hort. Cliff. Hortus Cliffortianus, or a Catalogue of the
Plants. Publiſhed at Florence 1729, fol.
Garden of Plants at Hartechamp, belonging to Mr. Moriſ. H. R. Robert Morriffon, his Catalogue of the
George Clifford of Amſterdam, ranged according to Royal Garden at Blois, to which is joined his Prelude
the new Method of the ſexes of Plants, by Dr. Charles to Botany. Printed at London 1699, 8vo.
Linnæus. Printed at Amſterdam in folio 1736, with Mor. Hift. An universal Hiſtory of Plants, by Robert
elegant figures.
Morriffon. Printed at Oxford 1679, 1680, and 1699,
H.C. Hortus Catholicus, i. e. the Univerſal Garden, by three volumes in folio.
Franſciſcus Cupani. Printed at Naples 1696, 4to. Munt. Aloid. An Hiſtory of Aloes, by Abraham Mun-
H. Edin. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in the tingius. Printed at Amſterdam 1668, 4to.
Phyſic-Garden at Edinburgh, by James Sutherland. Munt. Phyt. Muntingius's Phytographia. Printed at
Printed at Edinburgh 1683, 8vo.
Leyden 1702, fol.
H. Eyft. Hortus Eyſtettenſis, by Baſilius Beller. Print- Munt. Herb. Brit. Muntingius's true Herba Britannica,
ed at Neurenberg 1613, fol.
4to, to which is frequently added his Aloidærum.
H.L. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in the Phyſic-
Printed at Amſterdam in 4to, 1698.
Garden at Leyden, by Paul Herman, M.D. Printed Niffol. Niſtole, his Memoirs of Plants. Printed in the
at Leyden 1687, 8vo.
Acts of the Academy of Sciences at Paris.
H. R. Monſp. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in Par. Bat. Prod. The Prodromus to the Paradiſus Batavus.
the Royal Garden at Montpelier, by Peter Magnol.
Printed at Leyden 1998, 4to.
Printed at Montpelier 1697, 8vo.
Park. Parad. The Garden of pleaſant Flowers, by John
H.R. Par. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in the Parkinſon. Printed at London 1629, fol.
Royal Garden at Paris. Printed at Paris 1665, fol. Park. Theat. The Theatre of Plants, by John Parkin-
Hort. Upfal. Hortus Upſalienfis, or a Catalogue of ſon. Printed at London 1649, fol.
the Exotic Plants growing in the Garden at Upſal in Pet. James Petiver, his Hiſtory of the Engliſh Plants.
Sweden, by Charles Linnæus. Printed at Amſter-
Printed at London in fol. with cuts, 1713.
dam in 8vo, 1748.
Pif. Braf. William Piſo, his Natural Hiſtory of Braſil:
Houft. Houſtoun, Dr. William, a Manuſcript Cata- Printed at Leyden 1648, fol.
logue of the Plants which he had obſerved growing Pluk. Alm. Almageſtum Botanicum, by Leonard Pluk-
in the Iſands of Jamaica and Cuba ; as alſo at Cam-
Printed at London 1696, fol.
peachy and La Vera Cruz, in the years 1728, 1729, Pluk Amal. Amaltheum Botanicum, by Leonard Pluk-
Printed at London 1703, fol.
J. B. An Univerſal Hiſtory of Plants, by John Bauhin, Pluk. Mantiff. Mantiſſa Almageſti Botanici, by Leonard
in three volumes. Printed at Embrun 1650, fol. Pluknet. Printed at London 1700, fol.
Juff. Juffieu. Anthony Juffieu, Profeſſor of Botany in Pluk. Phyt. Pluknet's Phytographia, i.e. a Delinea-
a
the Royal Garden at Paris, who has publiſhed ſome
tion of Plants. Printed at London 1691, and 1692,
Memoirs of Plants, in the Acts of the Academy of fol.
Sciences at Paris.
Plum. Cat. Father Charles Plumier, his Catalogue of
Juſl. Bern. Dr. Bernard de Juſſieu, Demonſtrator of American Plants. Printed at Paris 1703, 4to.
the Plants in the Royal Garden at Paris, who has de- Plum. Nov. Gen. New Genera of American Plants, by
livered to the Royal Academy of Sciences many cu-
Father Plumier. Printed at Paris 1713, 4to.
rious Obſervations on Plants which are printed in Plum. Pl. Am. A Deſcription of American Plants, by
their Memoirs.
Father Plumier. Printed at Paris 1693, fol.
Kemp. Ex. Dr. Englebert Kompfer's Deſcription of Pon. Bald. John Ponæ, his Deſcription of the Plants
the curious Plants which he obſerved in Japan. Print- growing upon Mount Baldus and Verona. Printed
ed at Limoguen in 1712, 4to.
at Antwerp 1601, fol.
Lin. Gen. Plant. Charles Linnæus, F. R. S. Doctor of Ponted. Pontedera, his Anthologia, or Diſcourſe on the
Phyſic, and Profeſſor of Botany at Upſal in Sweden, Flowers of Plants. Printed at Padua 1720, 4to.
who has publiſhed ſeveral Editions of his Method Raii Hift. Ray's Hiſtory of Plants. Printed at Lon-
of ranging Plants according to their Parts of Genera- don 1686, and 1704, in three volumes, folio.
tion. The firſt at Leyden in 1737, and the ſecond Raii Meth. John Ray, his Method of clafling Plants
.
in 1754, at Stockholm, Svo.
improved and augmented. Printed at Lond. 1703,8vo.
Lin. Sp. Plant. The Species of Plants by the fame Au- Raii Syn. A Synopſis of the Britiſh Plants, by John
thor in two volumes, 8vo. Printed at Stockholm in Ray, augmented by Dr. Dillenius. Printed at Lon-
1753, and the ſecond Edition in 1765.
don 1724, 8vo.
Lin. Mat. Med. Linnæus's Materia Medica, 8vo. Rauw. Leonard Rauwolf's Travels in the Eaſt. Printed
Printed at Stockholm 1749.
at London,
Rea
I
net.
and 1732
net.
C

An EXPLANATION of the AUTHORS NAMES.
Rea. Flora, Ceres, and Pomona, by John Rea. Printed | Tab. Ic. Icons of Plants, by Tabernæmontanus. Print-
at London 1676, fol.
ed at Franckfort 1590, fol.
Rivin. Auguſtus Quirinus Rivini, his Order of ranging Tourn. Inſt. Inſtitutions of Botany, by Joſeph Pitton
Plants by the Figures of their Flowers. Printed in Tournefort. Printed at Paris 1716, 4to.
five Claffes at Leipfic in 1690, 1691, and 1699, in Tourn. Cor. A Corollary to the Inſtitutions of Botany,
fol. with figures.
by J. Pitton Tournefort. Printed at Paris 1703, 400. .
Roy. Flor. Leyd. Adrian Van Royen, Profeſſor of Bo-Trew. Chriſt. Jacob Trew, Doctor of Phyſic, F.R.S.
tany at Leyden, his Prodromus, or Catalogue of the and of the Academy of Natural Curioſities, who has
Plants growing in the Phyfic-Garden at Leyden. publiſhed ſeven Decades of Rare Plants, finely illumi-
Printed at Leyden 1741, 8vo.
nated, in folio, at Neurenberg.
Sauv. Flora Monſpelienſis, by Fr. Sauvage. Hague, 8vo, Triumf. John Baptiſt Triumfetta, his Obſervations on
,
1755.
the Vegetation of Plants, with the Hiſtory of the Plants
Scheuch. John Jacob Scheuchzer, his Obſervations growing about Rome. Printed at Rome 1685, 400.
of the Plants he diſcovered growing on the Alps, in Triumf. Syl. John Baptiſt Triumfetta, his Syllabus of
three Journies. Printed at Leyden, in two volumes the Plants in the Phyſic-Garden at Rome.
4to, 1723.
Vaill. Sebaſtian Vaillant, his New Genera of Plants.
Sloan. Cat. A Catalogue of the Plants growing in the Printed in the Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences.
Inand of Jamaica, by Sir Hans Sloane, M. D.Vaill. Dif
. Sebaſtian Vaillant's Diſcourſe on the Struc-
Printed at London 1696, 8vo.
ture of Flowers. Printed at Leyden 1718, 4to.
Sloan. Hift. A natural Hiſtory of Jamaica, by Sir Hans Volk. Flora Neurenbergenſis. An Account of Plants in
Sloane, M. D. Printed at London 1707, and 1725, the Garden of Neurenberg, of Dr. Volkamer. Print-
in two volumes, fol.
ed at Neurenberg 1700, 4to.
Swert. A Florilegium, or a Collection of Flowers, by Zan. A Hiſtory of Plants, by Jacob Zanoni. Printed
Swertius. Printed at Franckfort 1612, fol.
at Bologna 1675, fol.
UD
THE
to ang
003
the
15
24 miedo

JB
THE
GARDENERS DICTIONARY. .
vance.
A BI
A BI
BEL E-tree. See POPULUS. emarginatis bifariam verſis. The Balm of Gilead Fir,
ABIES; the Fir-tree. Abies taxi foliis, odore balſami Gileadenfis. Raii Hift.
The name is derived from App.
abeo, to extend or ad- 4. ABIES (Canadenſis) foliis linearibus obtufiuſculis ſub-
Others ſay, it is membranaceis. The Newfoundland White Spruce Fir.
derived from abeo, to Abies foliis picea brevioribus, conis parvis biunciali-
go away, becauſe the
bus laxis. Rand.
bark ſplits, and, as it 5. ABIES (Mariana) foliis linearibus acutis, conis mini-
were, falls away, or is mis. The Black Spruce Fir of North America with very
broke off eaſily.
Small cones.
The CHARACTERS are, 6. ABIES (Americana) foliis linearibus obtufiufculis bi-
The male flowers are diſ- fariam yerfis conis fubrotundis. The Hemlock Spruce
poſed in a looſe bunch, having no corolla, but many fta- Fir.
mino, joined in form of a column ct their baſe, but ſepa- There is alſo another fort of Fir, which has been of
rate above, having erect ſummits. The female flower's late years introduced from North America, by the
are colle Eted in an oblong cone, each ſcale including two, title of Red Spruce Fir of Newfoundland; but ſo
which have no corolla, a ſmall germen with a ſingle ſtig- far as we can judge by the young trees now growing
ma. Theſe are ſucceeded by membranaceous winged Seeds. in the Engliſh gardens, it appears to be only a va-
Dr. Linnæus, profeſſor of botany at Upſal, whoſe riety of the Black Newfoundland Spruce Fir. There
ſyſtem is generally followed at preſent, ranges this was alſo many years paſt a tree of the China Fir,
genus in the ninth ſection of his twenty-firſt claſs of growing in the garden of Mr. Morgan of Weſtmin-
plants, which includes ſuch as have male and female iter, which is mentioned by Dr. Pluknet, but being
flowers, placed at diſtances on the ſame tree, whoſe in a bad ſituation it inade little progreſs, the ſmoke
a
ſtamina are joined together in form of a column. of London being very hurtful to all ſorts of ever-
To this genus he joins the Pine, Cedar, and Larch- green trees; but whether it was killed in that garden,
tree, fuppofing them only different ſpecies of one ge- or removed to any other, I do not know, for the
nus; however, as there is great difference in the cul- ground has been built upon many years,
ture of theſe trees, we ſhall chooſe to continue the The firit and ſecond ſorts of Firs are very common in
former method of arranging them under their different gardens and plantations of evergreen trees.
genera. It may not be amiſs however to obſerve, that The firſt grows in great plenty about Straſburgh, and
in the former editions of Linnæus's Genera Planta- other parts of Germany; from whence the turpentine
rum, theſe plants were ranged under the article Abies, is brought to England. But it is ſuppoſed, that moſt,
but in the laſt edition he has thought proper to place if not all of theſe were originally planted; however,
them under Pinus.
the moſt beautiful of table trees are now growing up-
The SPECIES, which are at preſent to be found in on mount Olympus, from whence I have received
the Engliſh gardens, are,
cones, which were upwards of a foot in length. Theſe
1. Abies (Alba) foliis fubtus argenteis apice emargi- are certainly natives of the place. Dr. Tournefort,
natis, conis erectis. Fir-tree whoſe leaves are white on in his travels, mentions the Firs of mount Olympus
their under-ſide, and indented at their points, commonly as the moſt beautiful trees in the Levant.
called Silver Fir. Abies taxi folio, fructu furſuin The ſecond fort, which is very common in the woods
fpectante. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
of Norway, is the tree that affords the white deals,
2. Abies (Picea) foliis fubulatis mucronatis lævibus bi- and grows in the vallies where the ſoil is very deep.
fariam verfis
. The Norway Fir, or Pitch-tree. Abies There are two varieties of this ſpecies, greatly differ-
tenuiore folio, fructu deorfum infiexo. Tourn. Init. ing in the length and colour of their leaves, as alſo
R. H.
the fize of their cones; one of which has been dis-
3: Abies (Balſamea) foliis fubtus argenteis apice ſub- tinguiſhed by nurſery-gardeners, under the title of
Long

BI
A
ABI
Long Coned Corniſh Fir. The leaves of this are
whiter, and much longer than the others; the cones
are alſo of a greater length than thoſe of the common
fort, ſo that by the appearance of the trees, any per-
fon might ſuppoſe them to be a diſtinct ſpecies. But
from the feeds which were carefully taken from this
fort, both varieties of plants have riſen, therefore they
muſt be only deemed varieties.
From this tree the pitch is drawn, and hence it had
the title of Picea, or Pitch-tree.
The third fort was formerly growing in the Biſhop of
London's garden at Fulham ; and of late years there
has been a great number of the trees raiſed from the
feeds which have been brought from America. This
fort makes very little progreſs after eight or ten years
growth; the only place in which the trees have made
any figure, is at his Grace the Duke of Bedford's at
Woburn-abbey in Bedfordſhire.
The fourth fort is a native of North America, from
whence the ſeeds have been brought to England, and
great numbers of the plants raiſed. This is called by
the inhabitants in America, the White Spruce Fir.
It grows naturally on the mountains and higher lands,
and arrives to a much greater ſize than moſt of the
other forts. Thoſe in the gardens of the late Duke
of Argyle, at Whitton near Hounſlow, are by much
the fineſt I have ſeen : but there muſt be ſome trees
of a greater age in Devonſhire, unleſs they have been
deſtroyed; for in the year 1724, I received ſome
branches of this tree full of cones, from a gentleman
of that county, who had ſeveral of the trees then
growing, which were of a conſiderable fize.
The fifth ſort grows naturally on moiſt land, in many
parts of North America, but rarely arrives to the ſize
of the fourth: however, the inhabitants of America
uſe the branches of both indifferently in making of
Spruce-beer, from whence the trees obtained the title
of Spruce-trees.
From both theſe ſpecies of Fir, exſudes a fine clear
turpentine of a ſtrong fcent, which the native Indians
uſe to cure green wounds, and alſo for ſome internal
diſorders ; and of late years the Engliſh phyſicians in
North America, have likewiſe adopted it into their
practice.
The fixth fort is alſo a native of America, from
whence the ſeeds have been brought into Europe.
This tree does not thrive well in any part of England,
nor in many places of America ; though in ſome par-
ticular ſpots I have been informed there are very
large high trees now growing. It is a native of many
parts of North America.
Theſe trees are all raiſed from feeds taken out of
their polyfpermous cones. The way to get out the
ſeeds is, by expoſing the cones to a gentle fire, which
will cauſe their ſquamous cells to open, and readily
emit the feeds : but they ſhould not be expoſed to
too great a heat, for the cones of all the Firs open
much eaſier than thoſe of Pines, eſpecially thoſe of
the Silver and Balm of Gilead Firs, which, if
per-
mitted to hang late in the autumn, fall to pieces
and ſcatter their ſeeds. This ought not to be done
until the time of fowing them, which is beſt perform-
ed the latter end of March.
Theſe plants ſhould be all raiſed in a nurſery, where
they may be protected from the birds, otherwiſe they
will be in danger of being deſtroyed when they firſt
come up. For as they bring up the huſk of the feed
on the top of the plant, the birds, in picking off the
huſk, will break off the tops of the plants, whereby
a whole bed may be loſt in a few hours, if not care-
fully guarded from them.
The beſt time for ſowing theſe feeds is about the
latter end of March, or the beginning of April, ac-
cording as the ſeaſon is more or leſs forward, on a
bed of light earth, covering the feeds about half an
inch deep with the ſame mould. If this bed be
netted over to keep off the birds, it will be a ſure
method of preventing them from deſtroying the
young plants at their firſt coming out of the ground;
at which time they ſhould likewiſe be ſcreened from
the fun in the middle of the day, by covering the
beds with mats, becauſe too much fun frequently de-
ſtroys the plants when they are young. In this bed
the plants ihould remain until the following ſpring,
when there ſhould be a number of beds prepared in
the nurſery to receive the feedlings. In the begin-
ning of April they ſhould be tranſplanted into the
beds, at the diſtance of fix inches row from row, and
in the rows at three inches afunder, ſetting them in
a quincunx order. In removing theſe plants, they
ſhould be very carefully raiſed up with a trowel, ſo
as not to break off the fibres of their roots ; nor ſhould
they be kept long out of the ground. During the
time they are out, their roots ſhould be covered, to
prevent the wind from drying their fibres; and in
planting, the earth ſhould be preſſed cloſe to their
roots, to prevent the air from penetrating to them.
If the ſeaſon proves dry, it will be proper to water
the plants every week once or twice, according to the
warmth of the weather, the beds ſhould alſo be co-
vered with mats, to ſcreen the plants from the ſun,
and drying winds, until they have taken good root;
after which time they will require little farther care, ,
than to keep them clean from weeds. In theſe beds
the plants may remain two years, at the end of which
they ſhould be tranſplanted into an open ſpot of
ground, for their roots will in that time meet quite
over the beds. This ground, to which they are to
be removed, ſhould be well trenched and cleared
from all noxious weeds, and made level. The be-
ginning of April, juſt before the plants begin to
ſhoot, will be a good time to remove them. In take-
ing up the plants, great care ſhould be taken not to
tear off or injure their roots; nor ſhould too many
of the plants be taken up at one time, but rather
plant them as faſt as they are taken up, that they
may be as little time out of the ground as poſſible.
For the drying winds, which uſually happen at this
feafon, will greatly injure the roots of theſe plants, if
much expoſed thereto.
The diſtance at which they ſhould be placed in the
nurſery, ſhould be four feet row from row, and in
the rows two feet aſunder. This diſtance may by
ſome be thought too great; but if it be conſidered
how much their roots ſpread in the ground, as alſo
that when they are planted nearer together, it will be
very difficult to take up the plants again without cut-
ting and tearing off their roots, eſpecially if they are
not all taken up clean at the ſame time: theſe con-
fiderations muſt have greater weight than that of the
loſs of a little ground, with all who have any regard
to the future welfare of the plants. In planting them,
it will be adviſeable to draw a line croſs the ground,
and to dig out a trench of a foot wide, into which
the plants may be placed at the diſtance of two feet
aſunder. Then fill the earth into the trench, cover-
ing the roots of the plants with the fineſt part of it,
ſcattering it carefully between the roots; and when
the whole trench is filled in, preſs the earth gently
down with your feet; but by no means tread it too
hard, eſpecially if the ground be ſtrong, or apt to
bind too cloſe.
When the plants are thus planted, if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove dry, they ought to be watered, in order to ſet-
tle the earth to their roots; and if this be repeated
three or four times, (if the feaſon ſhould continue
dry) it will greatly promote their taking new root,
and ſecure them from the injuries of the drying winds.
In this nurſery the plants may remain two or three
years, according to the progreſs they ſhall have made;
and during this time, the ground between the plants
fhould be conſtantly kept clean from weeds, and dug
between the rows every ſpring; in doing of which,
care muſt be taken not to cut or injure the roots of
the plants : this is all the culture they will require
during their continuance in the nurſery. When they
are tranſplanted into the places where they are to re-
main, the neceſſary care to be taken is, in taking
them up, not to injure or cut off their roots, and to
let them be as little time out of the ground as poſſible ;
و
7
and

A BI
ABI
a
3
3
and while they are out, to guard their roots from the
drying winds. The fureſt time for removing theſe
trees is about the beginning of April; for though
they may be, and often are, removed with ſucceſs at
Michaelmas, yet the ſpring is the more fure feaſon,
eſpecially in moiſt land.
Moſt of the kinds of Firs may be removed at the
height of fix or ſeven feet; but thoſe of two feet high
are much better to tranſplant, and will in a few years gain
the aſcendant of taller trees : I would not, therefore,
adviſe the tranſplanting of theſe trees when they are
much above two feet high, eſpecially if they have
ſtood in the nurſery unremoved. For then their
roots will have extended themſelves to a diſtance,
which muſt be cut in taking them out of the ground;
and where great amputation is uſed either to the roots
or branches of theſe trees, the quantity of turpentine
which commonly iſſues from theſe wounds, will great-
ly weaken the trees. There is another advantage alſo
in planting them when ſmall, which is that of not
requiring ſtaking to ſecure them from being blown
down by ſtrong winds, which in tall trees is a great
trouble or expence. And whoever will give them-
ſelves the trouble to obſerve, how much trees of two
feet high exceed in growth thoſe which are removed
at a much greater height, will, I am ſure, be con-
vinced of the truth of what is here ſaid.
The common Spruce Fir is what affords the white
deals. The trees grow in the deep ſtrong foils of
Norway and Denmark; but will grow likewiſe in al-
moſt any foil or ſituation in England, provided it be
not within the reach of the ſmoke of great cities,
which is very injurious to all theſe forts of trees; nor
do they thrive near fo well in dunged land, as in freſh
uncultivated foils. The diſrepute theſe trees have
been under for fome years paſt, has been occafioned
by their being planted too cloſe together, or too near
other trees, whereby the air has been excluded from
their branches, which has occaſioned moſt of their
under branches to decay; ſo that when viewed from
the ground under their branches, they have a greater
appearance of dead than living trees. But where they
have been allowed a good diſtance, and planted in a
ſtrong freſh foil, they have had their branches quite
feathered within fix or eight feet of the ground, and
that too in trees upward of fixty feet high; therefore
ſhould not be planted nearer than twelve feet apart,
nor ſhould they be ſo near, where the plantation is
more than three rows deep. In this caſe, eighteen
or twenty feet afunder will be full near enough, efpe-
cially where the trees are deſigned to have their
branches feathered near the ground, in which one of
the beauties of theſe trees confifts.
The Silver Fir requires a ſtronger land than the
Spruce, for in dry ground they feldom make any
great progreſs, and many times, even after they have
arrived to a conſiderable fize, are deſtroyed by very
dry ſeaſons, where the ſoil is ſhallow, or too dry.
But when they are planted in a proper foil, they grow
to a very large ſize, and are extremely beautiful, hav..
ing the under ſide of their leaves white, and the up-
per ſide of a dark
This fort of Fir, however, is frequently injured by
froſts, when they happen late in the ſpring, eſpecially
while the plants are young. For when theſe are plant-
ed in a warm ſituation, they are apt to ſhoot pretty
early, and if any ſharp froſts happen after they have
puſhed, the young ſhoots are killed ; ſo that they
loſe a year's growth, and are rendered ſo very un-
fightly, that many times they have been pulled up
and thrown away. In cold fituations, however, where
they do not begin to ſhoot fo early, they are not ſub-
ject to this diſaſter; and, in many ſuch places, theſe
trees grow to a large ſize, and have their beauty. I
have ſometimes ſeen fome fine trees of this ſort of
Fir, which grew upon natural bogs, where, by ex-
tending their roots, they had drained the ground to
a confiderable diſtance round them. There were ſome
trees of this kind lately growing in England, up-
wards of ninety feet high,
The method of raiſing the other forts of Firs.
About the latter end of March, or the beginning of
April (according to the forwardneſs of the ſeaſon, by
which every perſon muſt be guided) prepare a very
moderate bed, in length proportional to the quantity
of feeds to be fown, and where there are frames which
can be ſpared for this purpoſe, theſe may be placed
upon the bed; but where theſe are wanting, the bed
ſhould be cradled over with hoops, that they may be
covered with mats or canvals; then plunge the bed
full of ſmall pots, ſuch as are commonly fold about
London for four ſhillings and two pence per hundred.
Theſe pots ſhould be filled with light undunged earth,
and the interſtices between the pots may be filled up
with any other earth which is neareſt to the place;
then fow the ſeeds in theſe pots, covering them about
half an inch with the ſame light earth. In drying winds
the bed ſhould be covered, to prevent the earth from
drying too faſt, which would prove hurtful to the
feeds; nor ſhould the feeds have too much wet, which
would be equally injurious to them: therefore the
earth ſhould be but feldom watered, and it muſt ne-
ver be given in great quantities. When there is any
appearance of froſt at night, the bed ſhould alſo be
covered. With this management the plants will ap-
pear in five or ſix weeks time, when they muſt be
carefully guarded from birds, as was before directed
for the common forts, and alſo ſcreened from the ſun
in the middle of the day; but they muſt now have
freſh air admitted to them at all times when the wea-
ther will permit. They may alſo be allowed to re-
ceive any gentle ſhowers of rain, but they ſhould not
have too great plenty of moiſture, which will fre-
quently rot the young plants, and cauſe them to
drop. Upon the judicious care of this, depends
the whole ſucceſs; for I have frequently ſeen great
numbers of theſe plants deſtroyed in one day, by be-
ing either too much expoſed to the ſun, or from hav-
ing too much wet.
It may, perhaps, ſeem ſtrange to many, that I ſhould
direct the fowing the feeds of theſe trees which are ſo
very hardy upon a hot-bed; but from many trials I
have always found they have ſucceeded much better
this way than any other, for the gentle warmth of
the bed will not only cauſe the feeds to vegetate much
ſooner than they would naturally do in the cold ground,
but the plants will alſo riſe much ſtronger, and, con-
ſequently, be in leſs danger of rotting in their ſhanks.
And as the warmth of the bed is only to bring up the
plants, ſo there ſhould be but little dung employed
in making it; for after the plants are up, they muſt
be inured to the open air, and treated as hardily as
the common forts.
There
may be others, perhaps, who will object to
directions given for fowing the feeds in fuch
ſmall pots, becauſe, where there is any quantity of
the feeds, it is uſual to fow them in boxes, or large
pots : but I can from many years experience aver,
that moſt forts of feeds fucceed better when ſown in
ſmall pots, than in boxes, or larger ones, and there-
fore recommend this practice,
As the feeds of the Hemlock Fir will frequently re-
main in the ground four or five months, the pots,
in which they are fown, ſhould not be diſturbed, if
the plants come not up fo foon as may be expected;
for unleſs upon ſtirring the ground, the ſeeds are
found to be decayed, there may be hopes of their
growing the ſecond ſpring, for I have ſometimes had
the feeds remain a whole year in the ground, and af-
terwards come up very well : this caution, therefore,
is given to prevent the pots from being too haſtily
turned out,
The plants of theſe forts of Fir muſt be afterwards
treated in the ſame way as the common forts, with
this difference only, that they ought to be tranſplant-
ed into a more ſhady fituation and moiſter foil. For
while the plants are young, they will not thrive if they
are much expoſed to the fun, or in a dry foil; but
when
green colour.
a

А СА
А СА
a
when they have obtained ſtrength, they will bear the I received the feeds of this from Jamaica, where it
open fun very well, and in a moiſt ſoil will make
grows in great plenty. This is alſo an annual plant, ,
great progreſs; whereas in dry ground they frequent- which in England feldom exceeds the former fort in
ly ſtint, and produce plenty of male flowers and cones, its ſtature. The leaves of this greatly reſemble thoſe
by the time they get to the height of four or five feet. of the annual Nettle, and iting full as much when
When the branches of thefe rees are cut off to trim touched. It is too tender to thrive in the open air in
them up to have items, it ſhould be done gradually, England, therefore the ſeeds ſhould be fown in pots,
never cutting more than one tier of branches in one plunged into a hot-bed; and if the plants do not come
year; for if too many wounds are made at the ſame up the firſt year, (which often happens) the pots
time on theſe reſinous trees, the turpentine will iſſue ſhould be
put in ſhelter in winter, and the following
out in ſuch quantities as to weaken and check their {pring plunged again into a hot-bed, which will bring
growth, The beſt time for pruning theſe trees is in up the plants. Theſe muſt be tranſplanted into pots,
September, at which time they abound not fo much and brought forward in hot-beds, otherwiſe they will
in turpentine as in the ſpring, and, conſequently, do not produce ſeeds ripe in England,
not bleed much. What flows out at that ſeaſon, is Theſe plants have no beauty to recommend them, but
ſeldom more than is neceſſary for covering the wounds, as they are preſerved in ſeveral gardens for the lake
to prevent the wet and cold of the ſucceeding winter of variety, I thought it neceſſary to inſert them here.
from penetrating the wounded parts. Theſe branches ACANACEOUS plants [ſó called from o receber,
ſhould be cut cloſe to the trunk.
Gr. a thorn or prickle) are ſuch as have prickly heads.
ABROTANUM, or Southernwood. See ARTEMISIA. ACANTHUS [&xcufa, ſo called, as ſome ſay,
ABROTANUM FEMINA. See SANTOLINA. from órcvba, a thorn.] It is alſo called Branca Urſina,
ABRUS. See GLYCINE.
or Bear's-breech.
ABSINTHIUM, Wormwood. See ARTEMISIA. The CHARACTERS of this plant are,
ABUTILON. See SIDA.
The empalement is compoſed of three pair of unequal
ACACIA, Egyptian Thorn, or Binding Bean Tree. leaves. The flower is un qual, of one leaf, with a jsort
See MIMOSA
tube, the beard, or lower lip, being large, plain, and
ACALYPHA, three ſeeded Mercury. This genus erect. It has no upper lip. The ſtamina and ſtyle
of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the ninth fec- occupy the place of it. Theſe are arched and firetched out
tion of his twenty-firſt claſs, which comprehends ſuch beyond the empalement. There are two long and two
plants as have their male flowers furniſhed with one morter ſtamina, which cloſely cooleſce to the ſtyle, which
ſet of united ſtamina.
is ſituated upon a roundiſh germen, end afterwards be-
The CHARACTERS are,
come an ovel capſule, having two cells, each containing
The male flowers are in cluſters ſituated above the female one fleſhy ſmooth oblong feed.
in the ſame plant. Theſe bave no corolla : they have a This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
four leaved empalement with ſeveral ſhort ſtamino, which the ſecond ſection of his fourteenth claſs, intitied Di-
are joined at their baſe, having roundiſ fummits. The dynamia Angioſpermia, from the flowers having two
female flowers have a large empalement, a three laved cup long, and two ſhorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds grow-
which is permanent : they have no corolla. A roundiſh ing in a cover.
germen with three branching Styles, and a long ſtigma. The SPECIES are,
The cup afterwards turns to a capſule with three cells, 1. ACANTHUS (Mollis) foliis finuatis inermibus. Hort.
each containing one roundiſh ſeed.
Cliff. The common, or ſmooth garden Bear's-breech.
The SPECIES are,
Acanthus Sativus vel Mollis Virgilii
. C. B.
1. ACALYPHA (Virginica) involucris femineis cordatis in- 2. ACANTHUS (Nigra) foliis finuatis inermibus glabris
ciſis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis petiolo longioribus. Hort. lucidè virens ; Portugal Bear's-breech, with ſmooth finu-
Upfal. 290. i. e. Three ſeeded Mercury, whoſe femcle ated leaves of a lucid green colour. Acanthus Luſitani-
flowers have a heart-ſhaped empalement, and oval ſpear- cus ampliffimo folio lucido. Juff.
Maped leaves, with long foot-ſtalks. Mercurialis tri- 3. ACANTHUS (Diſcoridis) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis
coccos hermaphroditica.
margine ſpinoſis. Gron. Ov. Middle Bears-breech, with
2. ACALYPHA (Virgata) fpicis fæmineis involucris cor- intire leaves, having Spines on their borders.
datis ferratis ; mafculis aphyllis diſtinctis foliis lanceo-4. ACANTHUS (Spirojus) foliis pinnatifidis fpinoſis. Hort,
lato-ovatis. Amen. Acad. 5. p. 410. Three ſeeded Mer- Cliff. 326. Prickly Bear's-breech. Acanthus aculea-
cury, whoſe female, flowers have an indented heart-ſhaped tus. C. B. P. 383.
empalement, diſtinēt from the male.
5. ACANTHUS (Ilicifolius) foliis repandis dentato-ſpinoſis,
3. ACALYPHA (Indica) involucris fæmineis cordatis ſub- caule fruticoſo aculeato. Olb. it. 92. Shrubby Bear's-
crenatis, foliis ovatis petiolo brevioribus. Flor. Zeyl. breech, with pri kly leaves like Holly. Acanthus mala-
341. Mercury, whose female flowers have heart-ſhaped barius, agrifolii folio. Pet. fic. 1o.
crenated empołements and oval leaves.
The firſt fort is what is uſed in medicine, and is
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, and ſeveral ſuppoſed to be the Moliis Acanthus of Virgil
. The
other parts of North America, from whence I re- leaves of this plant are cut upon the capitals of Co-
ceived the ſeeds. It is an annual plant, which fel-
rinthian pillars.
dom grows more than a foot high, ſending out ſe- Various have been the diſputes among the learned
veral ſide branches towards the bottom. The leaves are about the plant, which is mentioned under this title
very like thoſe of the broad leaved Pellitory of the by Virgil, who have given ſo many different charac-
wall, and are placed alternately, having long foot- ters to it, that no plant yet known will agree
ſtalks, from the alæ, or wings of the leaf. The filow- with them all. Many, therefore, have been of
ers are produced in ſmall cluſters, the male always opinion, that there were two ſorts of the Acanthus,
being above the female. Theſe make but a poor ap- one of them a tree, and the other an herb. The tree
pearance, and reſemble thoſe of the Pellitory ſo much, is ſuppoſed to be the Egyptian Acacia, and the plant
that at a ſmall diſtance, any perſon might fuppoſe the firſt fort here mentioned; but there yet remains
them to be the ſame, till convinced by a nearer in- a difficulty with regard to ſome of the epithets applied
fpection.
to that plant, as firſt, where it is mentioned to be an
If the feeds of this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the evergreen berry-bearing plant. Baccas ſemper fron-
plants will come up in the ſpring, better than if fown dentis Acontbi. As to its being evergreen, that may
by hand; for if they are not put into the ground in be eaſily conceived of our Acanthus, in the warm cli-
Autumn, they rarely grow the firſt year. All the cul-
.
mate of Italy; for in England, where the plants grow
ture this plant requires, is to keep it clear from weeds, in a warm ſituation, they are feldom deftitute of leaves
and let it remain where it was fown, for it doth not more than ſix weeks, unleſs the winter proves very fe-
bear removing well. It flowers in Auguſt, and the vere. We may alſo ſuppoſe, that the fleſhy oval feed-
ſeeds ripen in October.
veſſels of this plant might be taken for berries. But
The ſecond ſort is a native of the warmeſt countries. then with regard to its being a twining plant, flexi
tacuiffem
3
a
a

A CA
А СЕ
tacuilſem vimen acanthi, it will by no means agree they are tranſplanted in the autumn, and the following
with this, or the Egyptian Acacia. However, as the winter prove cold, they will be in danger of being
botaniſts in general have agreed that the plant here deſtroyed.
mentioned is the Acanthus of Virgil, and there being Theſe plants take root very deep in the ground, ſo
ſeveral entire columns of the Corinthian order yet that when they are planted in wet ground, their roots
remaining at Rome, upon whoſe capitals the leaves will rot in winter: I have frequently traced them more
of this plant are ſo well expreſſed, as not to admit of than four feet, therefore they ſhould not be removed
any doubt of their being deſigned from our Acanthus, after they have been growing long in a place, but the
and theſe columns being as antient as the time of fide ſhoots may be annually taken off, eſpecially from
Vitruvius, there can be no doubt that this is the creeping kinds, otherwiſe they will ſpread ſo far,
the plant from whoſe leaves Callimachus, a famous as to over-bear any of their neighbouring plants or
architect, compoſed the capitals of the Corinthian ſhrubs. When the forts with creeping roots are once
pillars.
eſtabliſhed in a garden, they are with difficulty eradi-
The ſecond fort was diſcovered in Portugal by Dr. cated, for every root which may happen to be left,
Bernard de Juſſieu, demonſtrator of plants in the royal will ſhoot again, ſo as to become troubleſome.
garden at Paris, from whom I received the ſeeds in A CARNA. See Cnicus.
1725, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, and ACAULIS, or ACAULOS [of a neg. and caulis a
frequently perfects ſeeds there; which being ſown, ftalk or ftem; i. e. without ſtalk ;] a plant is ſaid to
conſtantly produce the ſame plants as the parent, and be acaulis, or without ſtalk, whoſe flower reſts on
therefore muſt be a diſtinct ſpecies.
the ground, having no viſible ſtalk.
The third fort is at preſent very rare in England; it ACER [fo called according to Vollius, from acris, L.
grows naturally in the eaſt, and is by Dr. Linnæus becauſe of the very great hardneſs of its wood.] The
ſuppoſed to be the Acanthus of Dioſcorides, but with Maple-tree.
what certainty I cannot determine. This fort is not The CHARACTERS of this tree are,
ſo hardy as either of the two former, ſo requires ſhel- The empalement of the flower is monopetalus, coloured, and
ter in the winter ; therefore the plants while young, cut into five ſharp ſegments at the brim, and is permanent.
ſhould be kept in pots, and placed under a common The corollo is compoſed of five oval petals which ſpread
frame during the winter ſeaſon; where they may en- open, and are larger than the enpalement. It hath eight
joy the open air in mild weather, but ſcreened from Short awl-ſhaped ſtamina crowned by ſimple ſummits. Tbe
hard froſts. When the plants have acquired ſtrength, germen is compreſſed, and immerſed in the large perforated
ſome of them may be turned out of the pots, and receptacle. The ſtyle is ſender. It hath two acuminated
planted in a border near a fouth wall, and in hard ſtigma which are reflexed. The capſules are two, joined
froſts if they are covered with mats or hand-glaſſes, at their baſe; they are roundiſh, each being terminated by
they may be ſecured, and theſe plants will more cer- a large wing, incloſing one roundiſh ſeed in each.
tainly flower than thoſe in the pots.
This is ranged by Dr. Linnæus, in his twenty-third
The leaves of the fourth fort are deeply jagged, in claſs of plants, entitled Polygamia Monccia.
very regular order, and each ſegment is terminated
The SPECIES are,
with a ſharp ſpine, as are alſo the foot-ſtalks of the 1. Acer (Pſeudo Platanus) foliis quinquelobisinæqualiter
leaves, and the empalement of the flower, which ren- ferratis floribus racemoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1054. The
ders it troubleſome to handle either of them.
greater Maple, falſely called Platanus. Acer majus mul-
The fifth fort grows naturally in both Indies; I re- tis falſo platanus. J. B. The Sycamore-tree.
ceived it from the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies. There is a 2. Acer (Campeſtre) foliis lobatis obtufis emarginatis.
good figure of this plant in Pluknet's Phytographia, Lin. Sp. Plant. 1055. The ſmall, or common Maple.
tab. 261, fig. 4. under the following title, Frutex In- Acer campeſtre & minus. C. B. P.431. By the French,
dicus fpinofus, foliis Agrifolii filiqua geminata brevi. Petit erable des bois.
This is a fhrub which riſes about four feet high, is 3. ACER (Negundo) foliis compofitis floribus racemofis.
divided into many branches, garniſhed with leaves, Hort 144. The Virginia Afh-leaved Maple. Acer maxi-
very like thoſe of the common Holly, both in ſize and mum foliis trifidis vel quinquefidis Virginianum. Pluk.
ſhape, and are armed with ſpines in the ſame manner; Phyt.
the flowers come out ſingly, which are white, and 4. Acer (Platanoides) foliis quinquelobis acuminatis a-
ſhaped like thoſe of the common Acanthus, but cutè dentatis glabris floribus corymboſis. Lin. Flor.
ſmaller. After the flower is paſt, the germen becomes Suec. 303. The Norway Maple with Plane-tree leaves.
.
an oval bicapſular veſſel, having one oblong feed in Acer platanoides. Munt. Phyt.
each cell. This ſhrub is evergreen, but is too tender 5. Acer (Rubrum) foliis quinquelobis ſubdentatis ſubtus
to thrive out of a ſtove in England, and can only be glaucis pedunculis fimpliciſſimis aggregatis. Lin. Sp.
propagated by ſeeds, which do not ripen in Europe. Plant. 1055. The ſcarlet flowering Maple of Virginia.
The other forts are laſting plants, which may
be
pro-
Acer Virginianum folio majore ſubtus argenteo fupra
pagated either by ſeeds, or parting of their roots; if viridi ſplendente. Pluk. Alm. 7.
by the former method, the ſeeds ſhould be fown in 6. Acer (Saccharinum) foliis quinquepartito-palmatis a-
a light dry foil, towards the end of March: if the cuminato dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant 1055. The American
ſeaſon proves favourable, the plants will appear in Sugar Maple.
May, and all the culture they require, is to keep them 7. ACER (Penſylvanicum) foliis trilobis acuminatis ſerru-
clean from weeds, and where the plants are too cloſe, latis floribus racemofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1055. The
to thin them, ſo as to leave them about fix inches Mountain Maple of America.
aſunder, which will be room enough for them to grow 8. Acer (Opalus) foliis lobatis, minimè inciſis fructu ra-
till autumn, when they ſhould be tranſplanted where cemoſo. The Italian Maple, commonly called Opolus.
they are deſigned to remain. The firſt, ſecond, and third Acer major folio rotundiore minùs laciniato & opalus
ſorts, being tenderer than the others, ought to be Italorum. Raii Hift.
planted in a warm border near a wall; and as theſe 9. ACER (Monfpefulanum) foliis trilobis integerrimis. Prod.
do not multiply ſo faſt by their roots, ſo they do not Leyd. 459. The Montpelier Maple. Acer trifolium. C.
require more room than three feet; but the fourth
ſort ſpreads its roots to a great diſtance, therefore muſt 10. ACER (Cretica) foliis trilobis integerrimis fubtus pu-
have more than twice that room. This being hardy beſcentibus. Cretan Maple with three entire lobes to the
in reſpect to cold, may be planted between ſhrubs, to leaves, which are ſomewhat hairy on their under-ſide.
fill up vacant ſpaces, where it will thrive faſt enough, Theſe trees are eaſily propagated by ſowing their
provided the ground be light, and not over wet, and ſeeds, which ſhould be done ſoon after they are ripe,
when the plants are in flower, will make an agreeable in a bed of common earth, covering them about half
variety. If this ſort is propagated by its root, it may an inch thick with light mould. The ſpring following
be performed either in ſpring or autumn; but the they will appear above ground, and, if kept clear from
three firſt muſt only be removed in the ſpring, for if weeds, ſome of the forts will grow above a foot high
B
the
B. P. 431.

ACE
A CE
the firſt funimer. The autumn following (if they made the experiment; but I believe it can ſcarce fail.
are cloſe in the feed-bed) it will be proper to tranſ- Moſt, if not all the other forts of Maples, take very
plant them into a nurſery, in rows at three feet diſtance, well upon each other.
and two feet aſunder in the rows; in which place they The American Sugar Maple has ſome reſemblance to
may remain three or four years, by which time they the Norway, when the plants are young; but as they
will be large enough to plant out for good.
grow up the leaves are more deeply divided, and their
If the feeds of any of the forts of Maple are kept out ſurfaces leſs ſmooth, ſo that they are then eaſily diſtin-
of the ground till ſpring, they rarely come up the ſame guiſhed. From this tree the inhabitants of North
year, and many times do not grow; ſo that the ſureſt America make a very good fort of ſugar, in large
method of raiſing them is, to low the feeds as ſoon as quantities, by tapping the trees early in the ſpring, and
poffible when they are ripe; and, if the feeds are to boiling the juice, which drawn out till the fæces fub-
be tranſported to any diſtance, it will be proper to fide, is the ſugar; but I am of opinion, that the people
put them up in fand, or earth, whereby their growing make ſugar from more than one fort of Maple in
quality will be preſerved.
America, for I have found that the Aſh-leaved Maple
The firſt and fourth forts are very proper to make abounds with a faccharine juice, in fuil as great plenty
plantations near the ſea, or to ſhelter ſuch plantations as any other fort. Mr. Ray and Dr. Liſter, prepared
of trees as are too nearly ſituated thereto. For both a tolerable good fort of ſugar from our greater Maple,
theſe forts thrive, and relifts the ſpray, which is uſually by tapping fome of the trees in their bleeding ſeafon;
blown from the ſea, better than moſt other trees do. and I have obſerved, upon cutting off branches from
The variegated fort is alſo raiſed from feeds of the the ſcarlet Maple in February, a great quantity of a
fame kind; and moſt of the plants ſo raiſed, will be very ſweet juice hath flowed out for ſeveral days to-
as finely ſtriped as the old plånt from whence the feeds gether.
were taken, which is not common to many other va- The eighth fort of Maple is very common in moſt
riegated plants.
parts of Italy, but particularly about Rome, where it
The common Maple is too well known to need any is one of the largeſt trees of that country, and is
particular account, it growing, very frequently, in eſteemed for the fize of the leaves, which are large,
hedge-rows in moſt parts of England. It is raiſed in affording a great ſhade; ſo that theſe trees are fre-
the ſame manner with the former.
quently planted by the fides of roads, and near habi-
The Virginian flowering Maple was raiſed from ſeeds, tations. In England this tree is very rarely to be met
which were brought from Virginia many years ſince with, though it is hardy enough to bear the open air;
by Mr. John Tradeſcant, in his garden at South Lam- but as the feeds have not been brought over to Eng-
beth, near Vauxhall, and ſince, in the gardens of the land till lately, there are no large plants in the Eng-
Bishop of London, at Fulham, where the trees have liſh gardens at preſent.
flowered for ſeveral years, and produced ripe ſeeds, The ninth fort is common in the ſouth of France and
from which ſeveral trees have been raiſed. It
may
be Italy; the leaves of this reſemble thoſe of the common
alſo propagated by laying down the young branches Maple, buz are of a inuch thicker ſubſtance, and not
early in the ſpring, giving them a little flit at a joint, fo large, but are of a ſhining green colour. They
by which means they will have taken fufficient root in continue in verdure very late in the autumn, which
two years, to be tranſplanted elſewhere. They require renders the trees more valuable. At preſent, this fort
a ſituation a little defended from the north-eaſt winds, is not common in England. I raiſed ſeveral plants
eſpecially while young; and delight in a moiſt light from feeds, ſome of which have for ſeveral years pro-
ſoil, in which they thrive much better than in a dry duced good feeds in the Chelſea garden, where from
ground, and will produce more flowers, and better the fcattered feeds the plants come up annually in
feeds. This tree commonly flowers in the beginning plenty.
of April, and the ſeeds are ripe in five or fix weeks The tenth fort hath fome reſemblance to the ninth.
after, at which time they ſhould be fowed; for they The leaves of this fort are of a much thinner tex-
are very apt to periſh, if kept long out of the ground. ture, and their foot-ſtalks are covered with a foft
There is another variety of the flowering Maple, hairy down, whereas thoſe of the other are fmooth
which was ſent from America to Sir Charles Wager, and ſtiff. This fort grows naturally in the Levant.
and flouriſhed ſeveral years in his garden at Parſons- Moſt of the forts of Maple which come from Ame-
green, near Fulham. This is by the gardeners titled rica, are very impatient of heat while young; their
Sir Charles Wager's flowering Maple. The flowers feeds therefore ſhould be fown in a ſheltered ſituation,
of this kind come out in large cluſters, and ſurround for if the plants are expoſed to the full fun but one
the younger branches, ſo as to appear at a ſmall dif- day, when they firſt appear, few of them will furvive
tance covered with them. It is now become pretty it; but eſpecially the Sugar Maple, of which fort I
common in ſome of the nurſeries near London, fo conſtantly loſt moſt of the plants, till I had the pre-
that the former fort is not ſo much eſteemed, being caution to place the pots, in which the feeds were
leſs beautiful ; but it is doubtful if they are diſ- fown, entirely in the ſhade; for no ſooner are they
tinet fpecies.
expoſed to the fun, but they are immediately attacked
The Aſh-leaved Maple is a very ſtrong ſhooting tree, by inſects, which in one day will devour their feed
and is, in Virginia, one of the largeſt trees of this leaves, after which the plants ſuddenly drop to the
kind. It muſt be planted in places not too much ex- ground. This precaution therefore is neceſſary to be
poſed to violent winds, being ſubject to ſplit thereby. obſerved, in raiſing moſt of the forts of Maple from
This tree ripens feeds very well in England, by which ſeeds.
means it is eaſily propagated, or by cuttings planted The timber of the common Maple is far fuperior to
in autumn.
the Beech for all uſes of the turner, particularly diſhes,
The Norway Maple has a milky ſharp juice, ſo that cups, trenchers, and bowls; and when it abounds with
few inſects care to prey thereon, by which means the knots (as it very often doth), it is highly eſteemed by
leaves are ſeldom eaten or defaced; and being ſmooth, the joiners for inlayings, &c. and alſo for the light-
and of a ſhining green, they have a much better ap- neſs of the wood, is often employed by thoſe that
pearance than thoſe of the Sycamore; and in the ſpring, make muſical inſtruments; and for the whiteneſs of its
when the flowers are out, have great beauty. This wood, it was formerly in great requeſt for tables, &c.
tree is alſo raiſed by feeds, of which it affords great ACETOSA [of acetofus, L. eager, four.] The Sorrels
quantities, which riſe and grow from the ſcattered ſeeds are by Dr. Linnæus joined to the genus of Dock,
as well as the common fort; it will alſo grow from under the title of RUMEX; but as all the known fpe-
cuttings, if they are planted in the autumn.
cies of Sorrel, have male flowers growing upon dif-
The variegated kind may alſo be propagated by in- tinct roots from the female, therefore by his method
oculating a bud of the ſtriped kind into one of the ſhould be ranged in his twenty-ſecond claſs titled Di-
plain fort, though I am not at preſent ſure whether it ceceia; therefore I have taken the liberty to ſeparate
will take upon any other ſort of Maple, r.ot having theſe from the Docks, rather to preſerve their old title,
a
as

А СЕ
A CH
a
as the plants have been long uſed both in the kitchen been continued in the Diſpenſaries as a medicinal plant,
and ſhops.
ſo it is here inſerted.
The CHARACTERS are,
The low creeping Northern Sorrel, is preſerved in
It hath male ond female flowers in different plants; the many gardens for the ſake of variety, but has not been
male flowers have a three leaved empalement, in which uſed in the kitchen. This fort grows wild in moſt of
are included ſix ſtamina, crowned with flat oblong ſummits, the northern counties, as alſo in Wales. I have ſeen
but have no corolla: the female flowers have alſo a three it growing in great plenty in Yorkſhire and Weſtmore-
leaved empalement, in the center of which is ſituated a three land. The leaves of this ſort have very ſhort foot-
cornered germen, ſupporting a trifid ſtylus. The germen af- ſtalks, and are indented at both ends. Theſe grow
terward turns to a triangular ſeed.
near to the ground, and the flower-ſtems rarely riſe
The SPECIES are,
abové ſix inches high. The roots creep in the ground,
1. ACETOSA (Pratenſis) foliis fagittatis inferioribus pedi- whereby it multiplies exceedingly in a proper ſituation.
culatis caulinis feffilibus. Common or Meadow Sorrel. As this fort grows naturally in ſhady moiſt places, ſo
Acetoſa pratenſis. C. B. P. 114.
whoever is deſirous to have it thrive in a garden, muſt
2. ACETOSA (Acetoſella) foliis lanceolato-haftatis radice plant it in a north border and in a moiſt foil, where
repente. Common Sheep's Sorrel. Acetofa arvenſis lan- it may be propagated in plenty, and be uſed for the
ceolata. C. B. P. 114.
ſame purpoſes as the others.
3. ACETOSA (Scutatus) foliis cordato haftatis radice re- The Alpine Sorrel is full as hardy as the common,
pente. Round leaved or French Sorrel. Acetoſa rotun- and as the leaves are much larger, ſo they are better
difolia hortenfis. C. B. P. 114.
for the uſes of the kitchen, having as pleaſant an acid
4. Acetosa (Digynus) humilis repens folio rotundo emar- taſte, and being much more ſucculent. This may be
ginato. Low creeping Sorrel with a round indented leaf. propagated either by feeds, or parting of their roots,
Acetoſa rotundifolia repens Eboraſcenſis folio in me- in the ſame manner as the common fort; but the plants
dio deliquium patiente. Mor. Hiſt.
require more room, for which reaſon they ought not
5. ACETOSA (Alpina) foliis cordatis acuminatis amplexi- to be nearer than a foot from each other, eſpecially
caulibus. Alpine Sorrel, with heart-ſhaped pointed leaves in good ground
embracing the ſtalks. Acetoſa montana lato ari rotundo | ACETOSELLA. See OXALIS.
folio. Bocc. Muſ.
ACHILLEA, Milfoil Yarrow, or Noſebleed.
6. ACETOSA (Lunaria) foliis fubcordatis, caule arboreo. The CHARACTERS are,
Sorrel-tree with roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves. Acetoſa It hath e compound radiated flower, conſiſting of many
arboreſcens, fubrotundo folio. Pluk. Alm. 8.
tubulous florets, which are hermaphrodite, and compoſe
7. ACETOSA (Roſea) foliis eroſis, valvulæ alterius ala the diſk of the flower; the female flowers are ranged round
maxima membranacea declinata. Sorrel from Egypt the border; theſe have their corolla ſtretched out on one ſide
with bitten leaves, and large membranaceous valves declin- like a tongue, which compoſe the rays, all included in one
ing. Acetofa Ægyptia roſea feminis involucro. Shaw. common ſcoly empalement. The hermaphrodite flowers have
Pl. Afr.
each five ſport fiender ſtamina, accompanying a ſmall germen,
8. ACETOSA (Sterilis) foliis oblongis pedunculis brevif- which is ſituated in the bottom, and reſts upon a downy
fimus rarò florens. Northern barren Sorrel. This is the bed; the germen afterwards becorres a ſingle oval ſeed,
Acetoſa Muſcovitica ſterilis. Mor. Hift.
having a down adhering to it.
The firſt of theſe forts, though but ſmall in the fields,
The SPECIES are,
yet, when ſown in gardens, will produce fair large 1. ACHILLEA (Millefolium) foliis bipinnatis nudis, laci-
leaves; this is commonly cultivated in gardens. It niis linearibus dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 413. Common
muſt be fown early in the ſpring, in a ſhady moiſt Yarrow, called alſo Milfoil, Stratiotes, and Naſebleed.
border; and if the plants are afterward removed into Of this there is a variety with purple flowers, which
another ſhady border, at the diſtance of four or fix is often found growing naturally in England.
inches ſquare, they will produce larger leaves, and 2. ACHILLEA (Santolina) foliis ſetaceis dentatis, denti-
continue longer. This is the common Sorrel uſed in culis fubintegris fubulatis reflexis. Hort. Cliff. 412.
medicine; but the Northern barren Sorrel is preferred Eaſtern Sneezwortwith a Lavender-cotton leaf, andalar ge
to it in the kitchen-garden, becauſe it rarely runs to flower.
feed, but is increaſed by parting the roots either in 3. ACHILLEA (Tomentoſa) foliis pinnatis hirſutis pinnis
ſpring or autumn, and is fit for uſe all the year.
. linearibus dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 897. Woolly Yarrow
The round leaved (or French) Sorrel, is a more grate- with yellow flowers.
ful acid, ſo by many perſons is preferred to the other 4. ACHILLEA (Pubeſcens) foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceo-
two forts for kitchen uſe; this is alſo a medicinal plant, latis inciſis ferratis ſubtus lanigeris. Hort. Cliff. 413.
and ſhould not be wanting in any good garden: it is Eaſtern Sneezwort with hoary Tanſey leaves, and the rays
a great runner at the root, by which means it is eaſily of the flower of a pale yellow colour.
propagated, and the roots planted at the diſtance 5. ACHILLEA (Abrotanifolia) foliis pinnatis ſuprá decom-
of two feet ſquare at leaſt: it will agree better with pofitis, laciniis linearibus diftantibus. Flor. Leyd.
an open fituation than the other two forts. And if Prod. 175. Talleſt Eaſtern Yarrow, with a Wormwood
the flower-ſtems and rambling branches are cut off in leaf and yellow flowers.
in the beginning of July, the roots will ſoon put out 6. ACHILLEA (Clavenna) foliis pinnatifidis planis obtufis
new leaves, which will be tender and much better for tomentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 898. Broad-leaved Alpine
kitchen uſes, than the older leaves; ſo that by cutting umbelliferous Wormwood.
down the ſhoots of ſome plants at different times, there 17. ACHILLEA (Tonacetifolia) foliis pinnatis foliolis lineari
will always be a ſupply of young leaves, which is the lanceolatis bafi furſum auctis. Flor. Leyd Prod. 176.
only part of the plant uſed in the kitchen. And this Eaſtern Sneezwort with boary Tanſey leaves, and a golden
fort is much preferableto the common Sorrel for ſoups, flower.
fo
many perſons have of late years cultivated it in 8. ACHILLEA (Ageratum) foliis lanceolatis obtufis acute
their gardens, ſince the uſe of Sorrel has been greatly ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 413. Commonly called Sweet Maud-
increaſed in England, by the introduction of French lin.
cookery, it being an ingredient in many of their fauces 9. ACHILLEA (Ægyptiaca) foliis pinnatis foliolis obtuse
and foups. Infomuch that about Paris, Sorrel is cul- lanceolatis ferrato dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 413. Hoary
tivated in as great quantity as almoſt any other eſ- Sneezwort with creſted pinnule.
culent plant.
IO. ACHILLEA (Ptarmica) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis
The Sheep's Sorrel is a common weed in moſt parts argutè ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 898. Common Ptarmica
of England, growing upon dry banks and in gravelly or Sneezwort. Of this ſort there is a variety with double
foils in great plenty; for as it propagates very faſt by flowers which is preſerved in gardens.
its creeping roots, ſo wherever it once gets poffeffion II. ACHILLEA Macrophylla) foliis pinnatis planis inciſo
in the ground, it ſoon multiplies. This is rarely ad- ferratis extimis majoribus coadunatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
mitted to have a place in gardens, but as it has long 1265. Alpine Sneezwort with Feverfew leaves.
6
I 2. ACHILLEA

A CH.
A CH
12. ACHILLEA (Nana) foliis pinnatis dentatis hirſutiffi-
any of it cultivated in the gardens for ſale; and when
mis foribus glomerato umbellatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. it is aſked for, the people in the markets cominonly
2671. Hoary Alpine Milfoil, with a ſpecious flower. give the fourteenth fort for it, which being a very
13. ACHILLEA (Nobilis) foliis bipinnatis, inferioribus nu- hardy plant, and eaſily propagated, is now generally
dis planis, fuperioribus obtufis tomentofis corymbis fold for the other. For though the true Maudlin is
convexis confertiffimis. Lin. Sp. 1268. Noble or Sweet hardy in reſpect to cold, yet in wet winters the roots
Milfoil.
are often killed by moiſture, eſpecially thoſe which
14. ACHILLEA (Alpina) foliis lanceolatis dentato-ferratis are in good ground; but when the plants grow out of
denticulatis tenuiffiinè ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 413. Al- the joints of walls, or in rubbiſh, they will live many
pine Sneezwort with leaves deeply ſerrated, commonly called years without care. There are two other varieties of
White Maudlin.
this plant which are found growing naturally in Spain,
The firſt fort here enumerated, is the common Yar- one of them having longer and more compact uinbels
row or Milfoil, which grows naturally on banks and of flowers, and the other hath broader leaves and
by the fides of foot-paths in moſt parts of England, ſmaller flowers; but theſe approaching fo near to the
ſo is rarely allowed a place in gardens; but being an common fort in every other particular, I thought it
officinal plant, it is here mentioned to introduce the would be needleſs to enumerate them as diſtinct fpe-
others. Of this there is a variety with purple flowers,
cies. The common Maudlin is propagated by parting
which is frequently found wild in England; but the of the roots, either in ſpring or autumn; and as it
plants feldom continue to produce purple flowers ripens ſeeds very well, ſo it may be propagated by
long, when they are tranſplanted into gardens. The ſowing the ſeeds in April. It flowers in June and July,
Yarrow creeps greatly by its roots, and alſo multiplies and the ſeeds are ripe in September.
by feeds, ſo that it becomes a troubleſome weed, where The tenth fort is the common Sneezwort; this grows
it is permitted to grow.
wild in the woods and other ſhady places, in many
The third fort is often planted in gardens for the ſake parts of England, ſo is not admitted into gardens;
of variety. This is of huinble growth, feldom riſing this creeps greatly by its roots, ſo as to cover a large
more than eight or nine inches high. The leaves are ſpot of ground foon. It is ſometimes uſed in medi-
finely cut, and are very hoary; the flowers are of cine, and in the ſpring the young tender ſhoots are put
a bright yellow colour, and continue long in beauty. into ſallads, to correct the coldneſs of other herbs ;
It grows naturally in the ſouth of France, Spain, and and the roots are uſed for the tooth-ach, whence fome
Italy, but will live in the open air in England. It is have given the title of Field Pellitory to this plant.
increaſed by parting of the roots, the beſt time for There is a variety of this with double flowers, which
which is in October.
is preſerved in gardens, and is commonly known by
The fourth, fifth, ſeventh, and ninth forts, are na- the title of double Maudlin. When this is planted
tives in the iſlands of the Archipelago. Theſe were in pots, ſo as to confine the roots from creeping, the
introduced into France by Dr. Tournefort. The ninth ſtalks will grow cloſer together, and then they make
fort hath very hoary leaves, which remain all the year; a tolerable appearance when in flower; but where the
and the plants growing cloſe and low, make a pretty roots have full liberty to run, the ſtalks grow farther
appearance at all ſeaſons. The flowers are produced diſtant from one another, in which caſe they make
in umbels on the top of the ſtalks, which are yel- but an indifferent appearance. It flowers in July and
low; theſe appear in June, July, Auguſt, and Sep- Auguſt
tember, and are of long duration, ſo that frequently The fourteenth fort has ſome reſemblance to the
ſome of them continue the greater part of the winter. . tenth, but the leaves are longer, deeper cut on their
This fort muſt have a dry foil and a warm ſituation, edges, and are of a darker green colour. This pro-
where it will endure the cold of our ordinary winters pagates faſt enough by its creeping root, and is very
in the open air, but in very ſevere froſt they are often hardy.
deſtroyed; a few plants therefore ought to be ſhel- The eleventh and twelfth forts are natives of the Alps,
tered under a frame in winter, to preſerve the kind. and conſequently very hardy; they multiply by ſeeds,
It is propagated by ſlips, which may be taken off and
and alſo by parting of their roots, and will thrive in
planted in a ſhady border, any time in ſummer, when almoſt any ſoil, but love an open expoſure. The ele-
they will take root in about ſix weeks, and then
may venth produces many ſtalks which riſe near three feet
be tranſplanted either into pots, or the borders where high, having looſe branching umbels of white flowers
they are to remain. This ſort rarely perfects its ſeeds on their top, reſembling thoſe of the common Sneez-
in England
wort, but larger. The twelfth fort hath hoary leaves,
The fourth, fifth, and ſeventh forts, are of taller and the umbels of its flowers are more compact; the
growth, propagating by their roots, and ripening ſeeds ſtalks of this do not riſe more than a foot high. Both
in England, ſo that they may be obtained in plenty; theſe deſerve a place in gardens.
and as they require little care to cultivate them, being The thirteenth fort approaches near the firſt, but the
hardy enough to live in the open air, they may be leaves are of a pale green, and not ſo long, or ſo
allowed a place in gardens, where, by their hoary leaves, much cut as thoſe of the firſt; theſe have a ſtrong
they will make a pretty diverſity; and their flowers ſweet ſcent when bruiſed. It is equally hardy with the
continuing long, though not the moſt beautiful, yet firſt, and therefore requires little culture.
make a pretty contraſt when intermixed with others. ACHRA S. See SAPOTA.
The ſixth fort is a very humble plant; the foot-ſtalks A CHYRANTHES.
which ſupport the umbels of its flowers, rarely riſe
The CHARACTERS are,
above fix inches high. As for the flowers themſelves, The empalement conſiſts of five pointed rigid leaves which
they are near as large as thoſe of the cominon Sneez- are permanent; the flower hath no petals ; but in the cen-
wort, white, and growing in flat umbels; theſe ter of the empalement is ſituated the pointal, having a bifid
appear in June and July. The leaves of the plant ſtigma, attended by five ſtamina, ſupporting ſmall ſummits.
have ſome likeneſs to thoſe of the common Worm- The pointal efterward becomes a ſingle roundiſhe ſeed, in-
wood, and are very hoary, growing cloſe to the ground, cloſed in the empalement.
decaying in autumn, ſo that in winter they make
The SPECIES are,
little appearance. This ſpecies of Yarrow is propa- I. ACHYRANTHES (Afpera) caule erecto, calycibus re-
gated by parting of the roots, either in ſpring or au- flexis ſpicæ adpreffis. Fl. Zeyl. 105. Achyranthes with
tumn, and ſhould have a dry foil, for much wet in an upright ſtalk, and a reflexed flower-cup. Amaranthus
winter will rot them. It never perfects its feeds here, ficulus ſpicatus radice perenni. Bocc. Rar. Plant. 16.
and therefore can only be multiplied the other way.
This fort is a native of the Alps.
2. ACHYRANTHES (Indica) caule erecto, foliis obverse
The eighth fort is commonly known by the title of ovatis undulatis foribus reflexis. Achyranthes with an
Sweet Maudlin in the markets; it was formerly more ere Et ſtalk, obverſe oval waved leaves and reflexed flowers.
uſed in medicine than at preſent, ſo that there is ſcarce
3. ACHYRANTHES
3
tab. 9.

A CO
А со
3. ACHYRANTHES (Lappacea) caule erecto, fpicâ inter- dria trigynia, from the flowers having many ftamina,
ruptâ, floribus externè lanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 204.
and three ſtyles.
Achyranthes with an upright ſtalk, a looſe Spike, and the
The SPECIES are,
outſide of the flower woolly.
I. ACONITUM (Lycoctonum) foliis palmatis multifidis vil-
4. ACHYRANTHES (Lanata) caule erecto, ſpicis ovatis la- loſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 532. Yellow Wolfsbane or Monk-
teralibus calycibus lanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 204. Achy- food, with palmated hairy leaves finely divided. Aconitum
ranthes with an ere&t ſtalk, and oval Spikes of flowers lycoctonum luteum. C. B. P. 183.
produced from the wings of the leaves, which are covered 2. ACONITUM ( Altiffimum) foliis palmatis, nervoſis gla-
with a ſoft down.
bris. Greateſt yellow Wolfsbane, with nervous, ſmooth, pal-
The firft fort hath been long in the Engliſh gardens, mated leaves. Aconitum luteum majus ampliore caule
where it hath been preſerved more for the ſake of va- amplioribuſque foliis. Dod. p. 441.
riety, than for its beauty or uſe. It grows near three 3. Aconitum (Variegatum) foliis multifidis laciniis fe-
feet high, with oblong pointed leaves; the flowers mipartitis fupernè latis. Hort. Cliff. 214. Leffer Wolfs-
come out in long ſpikes from the extremity of the bane with blue flowers, whoſe under leaves are cut into
branches, which are compoſed of an empalement, with many parts, and whoſe upper have broeder ſegments. Aco-
a ſtyle and five ſtamina, but hath no petals, ſo may nitum cæruleum minus, five napellus minor. C. B.P.
be ranged under the claſs of blink flowers. The plants 183.
of this fort muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed, and when 4. ACONITUM (Anthora) floribus pentagynis foliorum
they have acquired ſtrength, they may be tranſplanted
laciniis linearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 532. Wholeſome
into the full ground, where they will flower in July, Wolfsbane with yellow flowers. Aconitum falutiferum
and their feeds ripen in September. If theſe are kept
five anthora. C. B. P. 184.
in pots, and put into a warm green-houſe in winter, 5. ACONITUM (Napellus) foliorum laciniis linearibus fu-
they will live two or three years, where perſons are pernè latioribus linea exaratis. Hort. Cliff. 214. Wolfs-
inclined to keep them ſo long. This fort grows na- bone, or Monkſhood, with large blue flowers. Aconitum
turally in the iſlands of America, and alſo in India cæruleum, five napellus. 1 C. B. Pin. 183.
and Sicily.
6. ACONITUM (Pyramidale) foliis multipartitis, fpicis flo-
The feeds of the ſecond fort I received from Malabar, rum longiſſimis feffilibus. The common blue Monkſbood,
which have for ſome years flouriſhed at Chelſea, and with a long Spike of flowers. Aconitum pyramidale mul-
annually produced ripe ſeeds, which have never va- tiflorum. H. R. Par.
ried from the parent plant.
7. Aconitum (Alpinum) foliorum laciniis pinnatifidis
The third and fourth forts grow naturally at the Cape flore maximo. Large flowered Monkſbood, or Wolfsbane,
of Good Hope, from whence I received their feeds. of a blue purple colour. Aconitum cæruleo purpureum
Theſe are all preſerved in botanic gardens for the fake fore maximo, five napellus. 4 C. B. P. 183.
of variety, but have no great beauty to recommend 8. ACONITUM (Pyrenaicum) foliis multipartitis laciniis li-
them, to thoſe who do not cultivate plants for the im- nearibus incumbentibus ſquamofis. Hort. Upfal. 152.
provement of that ſcience.
Yellow Pyrenean Monkſhood, or Wolfsbane, with fine cut
They may all be propagated in the ſame manner as leaves. Aconitum Pyrenaicum luteum foliorum feg-
the firſt, and will perfect their feeds the ſame year; mentis fibi invicem incumbentibus. Raii Syll. 367.
but the plants of the three laſt forts may be preſerved 9. ACONITUM (Cammarum) floribus fubpentagynis, fo-
through the winter if placed in a ſtove, for they are liorum laciniis cuneiformibus inciſis acutis. Lin. Sp.
too tender to be kept in a green-houſe where there is Plant. 751. Monkſbood with flowers, having commonly five
not artificial heat.
Styles, and the ſegments of the leaves awl-shaped.
ACINOS. See THYMUS.
IO. ACONITUM (Orientale) elatius, foliis palmatis flore
ACINUS, or ACINI, by good authors is not uſed magno albo. Eaftern Monkſhood, with a tall ſtalk and
for the grape ſtone, but the grape itſelf, as appears a large white flower. Aconitum lycoctonum orientale
from the following paſſage in Columella, Cum expref- flore magno albo. Tourn. Cor.
ſeris vinacea, que ccinis celantur. It is commonly uſed The ſixth fort is the moſt common in the Engliſh
for thoſe ſmall grains growing in bunches, after the gardens; this is cultivated for the beauty of its long
manner of grapes, as Liguſtrum, &c.
ſpike of blue flowers, which are brought to the mar-
ACNIDA, Virginia Hemp.
kets in London, towards the end of May, when it
This plant grows naturally in Virginia, and in ſome commonly flowers; ſo that theſe being intermixed
other parts of North America, but is rarely cultivated with the Guelder Roſes and other flowers of the ſame
in Europe, except in ſome few botanic gardens, for ſeaſon, make an agreeable variety, when properly
the ſake of variety. It hath male and female flowers blended, to adorn halls and other apartments. But as
growing upon different roots, fo is near of kin to the
,
moſt of the ſpecies of Monkfhood are a deadly poiſon,
Hemp, under which title it has been ranged by ſome not only to men but to brutes alſo, they ought not
former botaniſts. But as it is a plant of little beauty, therefore to be admitted into places where children or
and at preſent no uſe has been made of it, it is to ignorant perſons frequent, left by ſmelling to theſe
little purpoſe to ſay more of it here.
flowers, they ſhould draw ſome of the farina into
ACONITUM, Wolfsbane, or Monkſhood, [of @xwv, their noſtrils, which may prove very hurtful to them,
or axr, a dart, becauſe the Barbarians uſed to daub as I can from experience affert for fact. We have an
their darts therewith; others of exovéw, to accelerate, account of a man who was poiſoned in the year 1732,
becauſe it haſtens death].
by eating ſome of this plant, which by an unſkilful
The CHARACTERS are,
perſon was put into a ſallad inſtead of Celery. This
The flower hath no empalement, but conſiſts of five unequel is particularly mentioned in the Tranſactions of the
petals, which vary in different ſpecies; the galea (or hood) Royal Society, N° 432. Dodonæus alſo relates a ſtory
is tubulous, and covers the other parts of the flower like a of the bad effects of one ſpecies of Monkſhood, which
friar's cowk; the two lateral petals, which incloſe the was recent in his time. Some unſkilful perſons had
ſtamina and ſiyle are equal: theſe are concave and ſightly gathered the young ſhoots of the blue Monkſhood to
indented in the middle. The two lower petals are narrow eat in a ſallad, and all that eat of them were ſeized
and oblong : in the bottom of the flower are placed two with terrible ſymptoms, and ſoon died. Dr. Turner
nectarii, upon which are ſituated the ſtyles ; in ſome there alſo mentions, that ſome Frenchmen at Antwerp eat
are two, in others three, and ſome bave five : theſe are the ſhoots of this plant for thoſe of Mafterwort, and
forked, and ſtretch out far beyond the ſtamina, which are all of them died in two days, except two players who
numerous and irregular : after the flower is paſt, the ger- threw them up by vomit. I have known perſons who
men become oblong ſeed-veſſels terminated in a point, and by ſmelling to the flowers, have been ſeized with
coaleſcing at their baſe; theſe have but one cell, which is ſwooning fits, and have loſt their ſight for two or three
filled with angular rough ſeeds.
days.
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the The fourth fort is that which is made uſe of in me-
third ſection of his thirteenth claſs, entitled Polyan- dicine, and is eſteemed an antidote to thoſe which are
с
poiſonous.

А со
ACT
to remain.
C. B. P. 34.
two laſt.
poiſonous. This is by fome writers titled Anthora, inches each way, obſerving to water them until they
and by others Antithora, as the poiſonous kinds have have taken good root in the ground; after which
been called Thora. Whenever therefore any of the time they will require no other care but to keep thern
ſpecies of this genus is ordered in medicine, this is the clean from weeds, till the following autumn, when
fort intended.
they may be tranſplanted to the places where they are.
Moſt, if not all the other forts are eſteemed poiſon-
ous; but thoſe with blue flowers are ſuppoſed to be of The common Monkſhood will grow under the ſhade
a much ſtronger quality, than the yellow or white of trees, in wilderneſſes or woods, and will increaſe
flowered kinds. It is confidently affirmed, that the faſt enough by means of its creeping roots; but tho'
huntſmen on the Alps, who hunt the wolves and other moſt of the other forts delight in fhade, yet few of
wild animals, dip their arrows into the juice of theſe them will thrive under trees, for which reaſon they
plants, which renders the wounds made by them deadly. ſhould be planted in ſhady borders which are not over-
The fixth fort is the firſt which flowers; this grows hung by trees, where they will continue much longer
near four feet high, and the ſpikes of flowers are up- in flower, and thrive better than in an open expoſure.
ward of two feet long, ſo that when it is in flower, it ACONITUM HYEMALE. See HELLEBORUS.
makes a pretty appearance; and being very hardy, ACORUS, the Sweet Ruſh.
growing in any foil or ſituation, and multiplying
The CHARACTERS are,
greatly by the root, has induced many perſons to al- It hath a ſimple cylindrical ſtalk, which is cloſely covered
low it a place in their gardens, for the ſake of its with ſmall flowers, so as to forin a ſort of kotkin (or iulus).
flowers, who being ignorant of its dangerous quali- Theſe flowers have no empalement, but are compoſed of fix
ties, have permitted it to ſpread and propagate greatly. concave obtuſe petals. In the center of the flower is ſituated
It flowers in May and June. The ſeeds are ripe in 2 ſwelling germen, attended by six ſtamina, which are ex-
September; but as this ſort multiplies ſo greatly by tended beyond the petals, and are crowned with thick double
the root, it is rarely propagated the other way. Summits; the germen afterward turns to a fort triangular
The firſt and ſecond forts are the next which flower ; capſule, having three cells, in which are lodged oval oblong
theſe come about the middle of June, and if the fea- seeds.
ſon is not warm, will continue in flower till Auguft. Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus in his fixth claſs of
The firſt grows upwards of three feet high, and the fe- plants, entitled Hexandria monogynia, the flowers
cond above four, the ſpikes of flowers too in this being having fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
much longer than the former.
We have but one SPECIES of this plant,
The third fort flowers a little later than either of thoſe, ACORUS (Calamus) Roy. Leyd. 6. Tbe ſweet ſmelling Flag
but feldom grows more than two feet high, and the or Calemus. Acorus verus, five calamus aromaticus.
ſpikes of flowers are much ſhorter than either of the
This plant grows naturally in ſtanding waters which
The wholeſome Wolfsbane flowers in the middle of are ſhallow, and is found wild in ſome parts of Eng-
Auguſt, and often continues in beauty till the middle land; particularly in Norfolk, and alſo near Uxbridge
of September; the flowers are not ſo large as thoſe of in Middleſex, and in ſeveral parts of the north. In
ſome other forts, but being of a fulphur colour, make a Holland this plant abounds in moſt of their ditches
pretty appearance in the borders of the flower-garden. and ſtanding waters. The leaves of this plant, when
This fort will not thrive fo well under the ſhade of broken, ſend forth a ſtrong aromatic ſcent; the roots are
trees as many of the other forts, and therefore muſt much ſtronger, and have been long uſed in medicine.
have an open expoſure.
This
may be tranſplanted into a garden, where if the
The ninth and tenth forts flower the beginning of ground is moiſt, it will grow very well; but never
July. The ninth uſually grows about four feet high, produces its ſpike, unleſs it grows in the water. It
but the tenth I have ſeen upwards of fix. This fort is loves an open ſituation, and will not thrive well un-
at preſent very rare in Europe. It was found by Dr. der the ſhade of trees. The ſpikes of flowers (which
Tournefort in the Levant, who ſent the feeds to the are by many writers termed (Juli) appear toward the
royal garden at Paris, where it was firſt cultivated in latter end of June, and continue till Auguſt. When
Europe, and from that garden, others have been fur- this plant is fixed in a proper ſituation, it will multiply
niſhed with the feeds.
by its creeping roots faſt enough.
The eighth fort flowers in July. This grows about ACRIVIOL A. See TROPÆOLUM.
four feet high, having a long ipike of yellow flowers ACTÆA, Herb Chriſtopher.
of a middling fize, wherefore they may be allowed a
The CHARACTERS are,
place among ſhrubs, or in fuch parts of the garden as The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four concave
are not frequented by children.
obtuſe leaves, which fall off; the flower hath four petals
The fifth, fixth, and ſeventh forts flower in Auguſt, which are much larger than the empalement. In the center
when they make a pretty appearance; and were it not is placed the ovol germen, crosened with an oblique depreſſed
for their noxious quality, would deſerve a place in Sigma, attended by numerous fiender ſtamina, crowned with
every garden. There are two or three varieties of the erect double roundiſho fummits. After the flower is poft,
fifth fort, one with white, another with Roſe coloured, the germen becomes an oval or globular berry, having one
and a third with variegated flowers; but theſe are cell, in which are lodged four ſeeds, which are roundiſh on
only varieties which often change. The Napellus mi- their outſide, but angulor where they are joined.
nor is alſo apt to change in the colour of its flower; Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus under his thirteenth
of this ſort I have had ſome plants with variegated claſs of plants, entitled Polyandria monogynia, the
flowers, but they changed in two years and became flowers having many ftamina and one germen.
plain, nor did their feeds produce any plants with va-
The SPECIES are,
riegated flowers. The ſeventh fort will grow to the 1. ACTÆ A (Spicata) racemo ovato fructibuſque baccatis.
height of five feet in good ground; the flowers are Lin. Sp. Plant. 504. Common Herb Chriſtopher, or Bane
very large, but not many upon each ſpike. Theſe are Berries. Chriſtophoriana vulgaris noftras racemoſa &
of a deep blue colour.
ramoſa. Mor. Hift. p. 2, 8.
.
All the forts of Monkſhood may be propagated by 2. ACTÆA (Alba) racemo ovato baccis niveis, radice tu-
feeds, which ſhould be fown in the autumn, in a ſhady beroſa. American Herb Chriſtopher, with white berries.
ſituation : the plants often come up the firſt year, if Chriſtophoriana Americana baccis niveis. Mor. Hift.
the feeds are fown in autumn, otherwiſe it is the ſe-
cond ſpring before they appear ; therefore the ground 3. ACTÆA (Racemoſa) racemis longiſſimis fructibus uni-
ſhould be kept clean from weeds all the following capſularibus. Lin. Sp. Pl. 504. American black or wild
ſummer, and when the plants come up, they ſhould Snakeroot. Chriſtophoriana Americana procerior & lon-
be watered in dry weather until they are fit to tranſ- giùs fpicata. Hort. Elth. 79.
plant; when they are to be carefully taken up, and The firſt fort grows naturally in ſeveral places in the
planted in ſhady borders, at the diſtance of four northern counties of England: I found it in pretty
,
great
p. 28.

A D A
A D E
a
a
great plenty in a wood near Kirby Lonſdale, as alſo There is known but one Species at preſent,
near Ingleborough Hill in Yorkſhire. It grows two ADANSONIA. This is the Baobab. Alp. Egypt.c. 27. f. 28.
feet and a half high, the foot-ftalks of the leaves ariſe The young plants, and alſo moſt of the new branches,
from the root; theſe divide into three ſmaller foot-
have ſingle ſpear-ſhaped leaves towards their lower
ſtalks, each of which divide again into three, and part, but at their extremities the leaves have ſome
theſe have each three lobes, ſo that each leaf is com- three, and others five lobes, of the ſame ſize and form
poſed of twenty-ſeven lobes (or ſmall leaves). The as the lower, which are diſpoſed like a hand; theſe
Hower-item which ariſes from the root, is garniſhed are entire, ending in a point, and fall off in winter.
with leaves of the ſame form, but are ſmaller. On the The ſtems are large and woody, but of a ſoft texture,
top of the ſtalk appears the flowers, which
grow
in and have generally a large ſwelling near the root.
ramoſe ſpikes, and are of a pure white; theſe come It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured
out in May, and are ſucceeded by black ſhining ber- from the country where it grows naturally (for it doth
ries about the ſize of Peaſe, which ripen in the autumn. not produce any in Europe); theſe muſt be ſown in
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown pots, and plunged into a hot-bed, where, in about fix
foon after they are ripe; for if they are kept out of weeks, the plants will come up, and in a ſhort time
the ground till ſpring, the plants will not come up after be fit to tranſplant; when they ſhould be each
till the year after, ſo that a whole year will be loft. planted into a ſeparate pot, filled with light ſandy
They ſhould be ſownon a ſhady border, and kept clean earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, obſerving
from weeds. As the feeds ſeldom come up all at the to ſhade them until they have taken new root; after
ſame time, the border in which they are ſown ſhould which time they ſhould have free air admitted to them
not be diſturbed till the following autumn, to ſee every day in warm weather, but muſt be ſparingly
what plants may appear; when the plants ſhould be watered; for as their ſtems are ſoft (eſpecially when
tranſplanted into a ſhady border, where they may re- young) too much wet will cauſe them to rot. As the
main to flower. This plant hath a perennial root, plants advance in their growth, they are to be ſhifted
which laſts many years, but the ſtalk is annual, and into larger pots, but muſt conſtantly be plunged into
periſhes in autumn, ſoon after which is the beſt time the bark-bed; being too tender to thrive in this coun-
to tranſplant them.
try without this artificial heat, therefore they muſt
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America, conſtantly remain in the ſtove with other tender exotic
from whence I have received the ſeeds; the leaves of plants: the plants when young make great progreſs
this are ſomewhat like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are in their growth, where they are properly treated; for
not ſo deeply indented on their edges. The flowers in three years many of them have been more than fix
grow in a more compact ſpike, and the berries are feet high, and have put out ſeveral lateral branches,
very white and tranſparent when ripe; the roots of their ſtems were alſo proportionable; but after four or
this is compoſed of thick tubers, or knobs. This is five years growth, they are almoſt at a ſtand, their
an abiding plant, and delights in a light moiſt foil, annual ſhoots rarely exceeding two or three inches.
and a ſhady ſituation; it may be propagated in the The account which Monſieur Adanſon gives of the
ſame manner as the former.
trees he ſaw at Senegal and other parts of Africa, in
The third fort is a native of North America, where regard to the ſize of them is amazing, ſeveral of which
it is called Black Snakeroot, to diſtinguiſh it from the he meaſured round their ftems from fixty-five to fe-
common Snakeroot. This plant hath large compound venty feet in circumference, but their height was not
leaves, which riſe immediately from the root, and are extraordinary. The trunks of theſe trees were from
branched afterthe ſame manner as the firſt fort, which eight to twelve feet high, dividing into many hori-
grow more than two feet high. The flower-ſtems fre- zontal branches which touched the ground at their
quently riſe to the height of four or five feet, being extremities; theſe were from forty-five to fifty-five
terminated by a long ſpike of white flowers, which is feet long, and were ſo large in circumference, that
reflexed at the top. This flowers in June, or be- each branch was equal to a monſtrous tree in Europe;
ginning of July, but does not perfect feeds in and where the water of a neighbouring river had
England. During the time of its flowering, the plant waſhed away the earth, ſo as to leave the roots of one
makes a good appearance in a garden, and therefore of theſe trees bare and open to fight, they meaſured
deſerves a place in the ſhady borders, or among ſhrubs; one hundred and ten feet long, without including
where, if it be not over-hung by them, it thrives very thoſe parts of the roots which remained covered with
well, and being hardy, will require no other care than earth or fand: for he deſcribes the plains where the
the ſhrubs themſelves. It is generally propagated by trees grow to be a barren moveable ſand, ſo that from
ſeeds, which are annually ſent from North America; its being continually ſhifted by the winds, there are
it loves a moiſt light foil, and a ſhady ſituation. no tracts diſcoverable, whereby perfons can be guided
The root of this plant is greatly uſed by apothecaries in travelling over them.
and phyſicians in America, in many diſorders, and is Proſper Alpinus in his hiſtory of Egyptian plants, de-
ſuppoſed to be an antidote againſt poiſon, or the biting fcribes this tree, to which he gives the title of Baobab,
of the rattle-ſnake.
ſo that it alſo grows in that country; but he does not
ADANSONIA, Ethiopian four Gourd, or Monkies mention any of them to be near the ſize of thoſe de-
Bread.
ſcribed by Monſieur Adanſon.
This plant is ſo named from one Mr. Adanſon, a There were ſome plants of this fort in ſeveral gardens,
French furgeon, who reſided ſome years at Senegal, which were raiſed from feeds obtained from Grand
in Africa, and during that time made ſeveral diſco- Cairo in the year 1724, by the late Dr. William She-
veries in natural hiſtory, and brought home a curious rard, ſome of which were grown to the height of
collection of feeds and plants.
eighteen feet; but in the ſevere winter 1740, they
The CHARACTERS are,
were all loft, and fince that time there has not been
It hath a cup-ſhaped empalement, divided into five ſegments any of the feeds brought to England, till the return
at the brim; which turn backward, and the empalement of Mr. Adanſon to Paris in 1754, who fent ſome of
falls off: the flower has five roundiſh petals, whoſe brims the feeds over here, which have ſucceeded, and many
are reflexed; at the tail of theſe are ſituated many ſtamina of the plants are now upwards of eight feet high.
joined in a tube, which ſpread horizontally above, and ere ADELIA, we have no Engliſh title for this genus of
crowned by kidney-ſhaped ſummits. The germen is oval, the plants.
ſtyles are long, variouſly intorted, having many hairy ftigma. The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a large ovelligenous capſule of ten cells, filled with a It hath male and female flowers upon different roots: the
farinaceous four pulp, incloſing many kidney ſhaped ſeeds. male flowers have an empalement of one leaf cut into five
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of concave ſegments, but no corolla ; it hath many ſender ſta-
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, intitled Monodelphia po- mina the length of the empalement, crowned by roundiſ) ſum-
lyandria, the flowers having many ſtyles which coaleſce mits. The female flowers have a five leaved concave em-
with the ſtamina in one houſe.
ment which is permanent; they have no corolla, but
a
7.

A D E
A DO
3
a roundiſh germen with three short divaricated ſtyles, and ſeem to be ſmall, and of little beauty ; the fine branch-
torn ſtigma. The capſule hath three cells, each contain- ing leaves of the plant, however, make a very hand-
ing one roundiſh ſeed.
fome appearance in the ftove. The ſeeds are of a
This genus of plants, is ranged by Dr. Linnæus, in fhining black colour, and are ſomewhat larger than
the twelfth ſection of his twenty-ſecond claſs, which thoſe of the great Lentil, and nearly of the ſame ſhape.
includes thoſe which have male flowers on diſtinct This plant muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed, and after-
plants from the female, whoſe ſtamina join at their baſe. wards placed in the bark-ſtove with other tender
The SPECIES are,
exotics.
İ. ADELIA (Bernardia) foliis oblongis tomentoſis ferra- ADHATOD A. See JUSTICIA.
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1473. Adelia with oblong, woolly, ADIANTHUM, i. e. Maidenhair:
ſawed leaves.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. Adelia (Ricinella) foliis obovatis integerrimis
. Lin. This genus is diſtinguiſhed from the other capillary plants
Sp. Plant. 1473. Adelia, with oval entire leaves. by the fructification, being confuſedly joined in oval ſpots,
3. ADELIA (Acidoton) ramis flexuoſis, ſpinis gemmaceis. and the points of the leaves reflexed.
Amen. Acad. 5. 411. Adelia with flexible branches
The SPECIES are,
and prickly gems.
1. ADIANTHUM (Capillus Veneris) frondibus decompoſi-
Theſe plants grow naturally in the iſland of Jamaica, tis foliis alternis pinnis cuneiformibus lobatis pedi-
and are near a-kin to the Ricinus, or Croton, but cellatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1096. The true Maidenhair:
the male flowers growing upon different plants from Adianthum foliis Coriandri. C. B. P. 356.
the female, has occaſioned their being ranged in a 2. ADIANTHUM (Pedatum) frondibus pedatà foliolis pin-
different claſs. Dr. Houſtoun conſtituted a genus of natis pinnis antice gibbis inciſis fructificantibus. Lin.
them by the title of Bernardia, in honour to Dr. Ber- Sp. Plant. 1095. American Moidenhair. Adianthum
nard de Juffieu, demonſtrator of plants in the royal Americanum. Corn. Canad. 7. tab. 6.
garden at Paris ; but Dr. Linnæus has fixed the title 3. ADIANTHUM (Trapeziforme) frondibus fupradecom-
of Adelia to them. The plants are propagated by poſitis foliolis alternis, pinnis rhombeis inciſis utrinque
feeds, when theſe can be procured from the countries fructificationibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1097. The largeſt
where they grow, for they do not produce good ſeeds black American Maidenhair with branching ſtalks, and
in England. The ſeeds muſt be ſown upon a hot- leaves ſhaped like the figure of a rhombus.
bed in the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to re- There are many ſpecies of this genus, which are
move, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate natives of the Eaſt and Weft-Indies, greatly dif-
ſmall pot, filled with light earth, and plunged into a fering in ſize and form from each other. I have up-
hot-bed of tan, treating them in the ſame manner as wards of thirty diſtinct ſpecies in my collection of
is hereafter directed for Croton. In the autumn, the dried plants, which to enumerate in this place, would
pots ſhould be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, be fuperfluous, as they have not been introduced into
where, if they are kept in a temperate heat in winter, the Engliſh gardens. The three forts here mention-
and not over-watered during that ſeaſon, the plants ed, are all that I have ſeen growing in England.
may be preſerved, and the ſummer following will pro- The firſt fort is the true Maidenhair, which is directed
duce flowers; but as theſe have little beauty, the to be uſed in medicine; but as it does not grow natu-
plants are feldom propagated except in botanic rally in England, ſo the Trichomanes is uſually ſub-
gardens.
ſtituted for it, which grows in great plenty in ſeveral
AĎENANTHER A. Prod. Leyd. 462. Baſtard parts of England. The other is a native of the ſouth
Flower-fence.
of France, Italy, and the Levant, from whence I
The CHARACTERS are,
have received the plants. It uſually grows out of the
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, Nightly cut joints of walls, and the fiſſures of rocks, ſo that who-
into five at the top; the flower is of the bell-ſhaped kind, ever is inclinable to keep this plant in their gardens,
and is compoſed of five petals, which are reflexed and con- ſhould plant it in pots filled with gravel and lime
cave on their under ſide. In the center is ſituated an oblong rubbiſh, in which it will thrive much better than in
germen, Supporting a ſtyle crowned with a ſingle ſtigma; good earth ; but the pots muſt be ſheltered under a
this is attended by ten ere Et ſtamina of the ſame length, frame in winter, otherwiſe, the plants are often killed
which are crowned with roundiſh ſummits; after the flower by the froſt.
is paft, the germen becomes a long compreſſed pod, con- The ſecond ſort is often preſerved in gardens for the
taining many convex ſmooth ſeeds, placed at a diſtance from fake of variety; this may be preſerved in pots, and
each other.
treated in the ſame manner as the former; for altho'
Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus of plants in the firſt it will live through the winter in the open air in mode-
ſection of his tenth claſs, entitled Decandria mono- rate ſeaſons, yet in ſevere froſt it is fometimes de
gynia, the flowers having ten ſtamina and one ger- ſtroyed. This grows naturally in Canada in ſuch
men; but he ſeparates it from the Poinciana, becauſe quantities, that the French ſend it from thence in
the petals of the flower are equal, and the empale- package for other goods, and the apothecaries at Paris
ment is of one leaf, whereas the Poinciana hath a five uſe it for the Maidenhair, in all their compoſitions in
leaved empalement, and the petals are unequal. which that is ordered.
ADENANTHERA foliis decompoſitis. Prod. Leyd. 462. The third ſort grows naturally in very warm coun-
Baſtard Flower-fence with decompounded leaves.
tries; I received it from Jamaica in a tub of earth
There is another ſpecies, or at leaſt a variety of this among other plants. This fort will not thrive in Eng-
kind, with ſcarlet ſeeds, which is at preſent rare in land, unleſs it be preſerved in a ſtove, where its ſhin-
this country. I received the ſeeds of it from India, ing black ſtalks and odd ſhaped leaves will afford
from which many plants have been raiſed, but they an agreeable variety among other exotic plants.
are of very ſlow growth in England.
ADNATA, ADNESCENTIA, are thoſe off-
The fort here mentioned grows to a very large tree ſets, or ſmall bulbs, which are produced from the
in its native country, but it is ſo tender as to require roots of bulbous plants, and are cloſely connected to
a ftove to preſerve it through the winter in England, the ;
parent root; of this ſort is the Narciſſus, Amaryl-
ſo that there are no large plants in the Engliſh gar- lis, Pancratium, &c.
dens at preſent ; the young plants which are not more ADONIDIS HORTI, i. e. the gardens of Ado-
than two feet high, have large branching leaves, com- nis, are plants, flowers, &c. in pots or caſes, ſet on
poſed of many equal diviſions, garniſhed with ſmall the outſide of windows, in balconies, &c.
oval leaves, which are placed alternately on the mid- ADONIS, or FLOS ADONIS, Bird's-eye, or
rib, and are of a bright green colour. The ſtems of
Pheaſant's-eye.
the plants are woody, the bark of a brown colour, and The CHARACTERS are,
the leaves continue all the year; but I have not ſeen The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five concave,
any flowers produced in England as yet, but by ſome obtuſe, coloured leaves which fall of; the flower is com-
dried ſamples which were brought from India, they poſed in ſome ſpecies of five petals, and in others of twelve
e
a
on

A DO
Æ SC
a
5
or fourteen. In the center there are many germina collected its flowers the latter end of March, or the beginning
in a head, which are attended by a great number of mort of April, according to the forwardneſs of the feaſon:
Stamina, crowned by oblong infiexed ſummits; after the the italks riſe about a foot and a half high, and when
flower is paſt, the germina become ſo many naked ſeeds, the roots are large, and have ſtood unremoved for
cloſely adhering to the pedicle, and forming an obtuſe ſpike. fome years, they will put out a great number of ſtalks
This genus is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the ſeventh from each: theſe are garniſhed with fine ſlender leaves,
ſection of his thirteenth claſs, entitled Polyandria which are placed in cluſters at intervals. At the top
Polyginia, the flowers having many ſtainina and many of each ſtalk, is produced one large yellow flower,
germina.
compoſed of an unequal number of petals, the center
The SPECIES are,
of which is occupied by a great number of germen,
1. ADONIS (Annua) floribus octopetalis fructibus ſurrounded by many ſtamina ; after the flowers drop,
ſubcylindricis. Hort. Upſal. 156. The common Adonis, the germen become naked ſeeds, cloſely adhering to
or Flos Adonis, with ſmall red flowers.
the foot-ſtalk, forming an obtuſe ſpike. Theſe ripen
2. Adonis (Æstivalis) floribus pentapetalis fructibus in Auguſt, and ſhould be fown foon after, otherwiſe
ovatis. Annual Adonis with pale yellow flowers. Ado- they ſeldom ſucceed.
nis Sylveſtris flore luteo foliis longioribus. C. B. P. When the plants come up, they muſt be carefully
178.
kept clean from weeds, and, in very dry weather, if
3. ADONIS (Vernalis) flore dodecapetalo, fructu ovato. they are now and then refreſhed with water, it will
Lin. Sp. Plant. 771. Perennial Adonis with yellow promote their growth. They ſhould remain in the
flowers, by ſome titled fennel-leaved black Hellebore. Ado- place where they are fown until the ſecond year, for
nis Hellebori radice Buphthalmi fiore. H. L.
they make but flow progreſs while young. The beſt
There is a variety of the firſt fort, which hath been time to tranſplant them is in autumn, when they ought
long cultivated in the gardens; the flowers of this to be planted where they are to remain, for if often
are larger, and the leaves ſhorter, than thoſe of the removed, they will not produce many flowers, nor
wild ſort; but, from many repeated trials of ſowing thoſe flowers be ſo ſtrong as on the plants which are
their feeds ſeparately, they appear to be only acci- unremoved.
dental variations ariſing from culture, and therefore ADOX A. Lin. Gen. 450. Mofchatellina. Tourn.
may be properly eſteemed as ſuch.
Inſt. Tuberous Mofchatel, or Hollow Root. This
The ſecond fort is undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies. I is ranged in Linnæus's eighth claſs, entitled Octan-
have cultivated both theſe forts above thirty years, and dria Tetragynia, the flower having eight ſtamina and
have never obſerved the ſecond to vary either in the
four ſtyles
ſhape of its leaves, colour, make of the flower, or The CHARACTERS are,
growth of the plants, which are much taller than the The empalement of the flower is bifid and permanent, upon
firſt, the leaves thinner, ſparingly ſet on the ſtalks, which reſts the germen ; the flower is of one leaf, which is
and of a lighter colour.
cut into four acute ſegments. The germen is ſituated in
Both theſe forts are annual, and if the ſeeds are fown the center, ſupporting four ere Et styles, theſe are attended
in autumn, the plants will come up the following by eight ſiamina, crowned by roundih ſummits; after the
ſpring; but when the ſeeds are not fown till ſpring, flower is paft, the germen becomes a round berry, reſting
they rarely come up the ſame year: ſo that when the on the empalement, which hath four cells, each containing
ſeeds are permitted to fall on the ground, they gene- a ſingle compreſſed ſeed.
rally ſucceed better than when fown by art. The firſt There is but one SPECIES of this genus.
fort grows naturally in Kent, particularly by the fide Adoxa. Hort. Cliff. 152. Bulbous Fumitory Hollow Root,
of the river Medway, between Rocheſter and Maid- or tuberous Moſchatel
. Radix cava minima viridi flore
ftone, where it is found in great plenty in the fields of Gerard.
which are fown with wheat; but in the intermediate This plant grows naturally in ſhady woods in divers
years when the fields are fown with ſpring corn, there parts of England: I have frequently gathered it on
is rarely a plant of it to be found, which ſhews the ne- the top of Hampſtead among the buſhes, near the
ceſſity of lowing the feeds in autumn, for thoſe fields wood, it is a very low plant, ſeldom riſing more than
of ſpring corn, if ſuffered to remain undiſturbed after four or five inches high, the leaves reſemble thoſe of the
the harveſt, will abound with this plant the following bulbous Fumitory, the flower-ſtalk ariſes immediately
year. For ſome years paſt, great quantities of the from the root, upon the top of which is placed four
Howers of this plant have been brought to London, or five ſmall flowers of an herbaceous white colour;
and ſold in the ſtreets by the name of Red Morocco.
the beginning of April, and the berries
Both theſe annual forts flower in the beginning of June, ripen in May, ſoon after which the leaves decay.
and the feeds ripen in Auguſt and September; this There is little beauty in this plant, but as ſome perſons
muſt be underſtood of thoſe plants which ariſe from are fond of collecting the ſeveral kinds of plants in
ſeeds ſown in autumn, or ſuch as have fallen to the their gardens, which are not commonly found, is
ground; for when any plants come up from the ſeeds mentioned here. The roots may be tranſplanted any
lown in the ſpring (which ſometimes happen) they do time after the leaves are decayed, till winter; theſe
not flower till July or Auguft, and their feeds feldom are tuberous, and ſhaped fomewhat like a tooth.
ripen before October.
They muſt be planted in the ſhade, under ſhrubs ;
Theſe plants will thrive beſt in a light foil, but may for if they are expoſed to the open ſun, they will not
be ſown in any ſituation, ſo that by fowing fome in a thrive. The leaves and flowers ſmell like Muſk, from
warm ſituation, and others in the ſhade, they may be whence it has been by ſome called Muſk-Crowfoot.
continued longer in flower. The ſeeds ought to be ÆGILOPS, Wild Feſtuc, a fort of graſs which grows
fown where the plants are to remain to fiower, for naturally in many parts of Europe, ſo is rarely culti-
they do not bear tranſplanting, eſpecially if they are vated except in botanic gardens.
not removed while the plants are very young: there- ÆGOPODIUM, Small Wild Angelica, or Goutwort ;
fore they ſhould be fown in ſmall patches in the bor- this plant grows naturally in ſeveral places near Lon-
ders of the flower garden, and when the plants come don, but the roots run ſo faſt in a garden, as to ren-
up, they ſhould be thinned, leaving three or four in der it a troubleſome weed.
each patch, which will make a better appearance than ÆSCHYNOMENE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 769. Baf-
where they grow ſingle.
tard Senſitive plant.
The third fort hath a perennial root, and an annual This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
ſtalk. This grows naturally on the mountains of Bo- Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, entitled Diadelphia de-
hemia, Pruſſia, and other parts of Germany, where candria; the flowers of this claſs have ten ſtamina,
the root is often uſed as the true Black Hellebore, nine of which are united, and the other is ſeparate.
though from the deſcriptions given by the antients of The CHARACTERS are,
that plant, this by no means will agree with them: The empalement of the fiower conſiſts of one leaf, cut
this has been long cultivated in gardens. It produces into two equal ſegments, the upper being bifid, and the
D
lower
theſe appear
a

ÄE SC
Æ SC
3
tower trifid; the flower is of the butterfly kind, the ſtan- are garniſhed with ſmooth leaves, compofed of many
dard being large and Seart-ſhaped; the two wings are blunt pinnæ, fet by oppoſite pairs; the flowers, which
oval, and ſhorter than the ſtandard; the keel is moon- are ſmall, and of a deep yellow colour, come out
Shaped, and as long as the ſtandard. In the bottom of the from the wings of the leaves in long fpikes, which
flower is ſituated an oblong hairy germen, ſupporting an hang downward. After the flower is paſt, the germen
arched Style, attended by ten ſtamina, nine of which coa- becomes a taper-pointed ſmooth pod, not jointed.
tefce, and the other is ſeparated from them; after the The fifth fort riſes about three feet high, with a fin-
flower is paſt, the germen becomes a long, plain, jointed gle herbaceous ſtalk, ſeldom putting out any fide
pod, which ſeparates at the joints, in each of which is lodged branches. The flowers come out from the wings of
one kidney-ſkaped ſeed.
the leaves, ſometimes ſingle, and other times two or
The SPECIES are,
three upon each foot-ſtalk, theſe are ſmall, and of a
1. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Afpera) caule fcabro leguminum ar- pale yellow colour. After the flower is paſt, the ger-
.
ticulis medio ſcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 713. Baſtard men becomes a long falcated pod, divided into eleven,
Senfitive plant with a rough ſialk, and a jointed pod. or thirteen partitions, each containing a ſingle kidney-
Mimoſa non ſpinoſa major Zelanica. Breyn. Cent. 51.
ſhaped ſeed.
2. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Americana) caule herbaceo hiſpido, The ſixth fort riſes fix or eight feet high, with a
foliolis acuminatis, leguminum articulis ſemicordatis, woody ſtem, ſending out branches towards the top,
bracteis ciliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1061. Baſtard Senſi- garniſhed with obtuſe leaves, the filowers are large,
tive plant with a ſiinging" herbaceous ſtalk, pointed leaves, yellow, and ſucceeded by large pods, including
and the joints of the pods heart-ſhaped. Hedyſarum caule kidney-ſhaped feeds.
hirſuto mimofæ foliis alatis, pinnis acutis minimis gra- The firſt, third, and fourth forts, will live through
mineis. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
the winter in England, if placed in a warm ftove;
3. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Arborea) caule lævi arboreo legu- but as their ſtalks are ſucculent, they muſt be kept
minum articulis femicordatis glabris. Prod. Leyd. dry in winter, otherwiſe they are very ſubject to rot.
384. Baſtard Senſitive plant with a ſmooth tree-like ſtolk, They ſhould be plunged into the tan-bed, for when
and ſmooth jointed pods. Seſban caule fimplici glabro, put into a dry ftove, the fibres of their roots foon
foliis pinnatis glabris. Monier.
grow dry, and their leaves hang and fade, which
4. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Seſban) caule herbaceo lævi, folio- ſhews their want of moiſture; but when they have
lis obtufis, leguminibus cylindricis æqualibus. Lin. water given them, it cauſes the tender fibres of their
Sp. Plant. 1061. Baftard Senſitive plant with a ſmooth roots to periſh, and the plants ſoon after decay.
Stalk, obtuſe leaves, and equal cylindrical pods. Galega The fifth fort is annual, therefore the feeds ſhould be
Egyptiaca filiquis articulatis. C. B. P. 352.
ſown early in March on a hot-bed, and the plants
5. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Pumila) caule herbaceo lævi, folio- ſhould be brought forward in the ſpring, and after-
lis acuminatis, leguminibus hinc ferratis medio fca-
wards placed in an airy glaſs-caſe, or a ftove in fum-
bris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1061. Boſtard Senſitive plant, mer, for if they are expoſed to the open air, the ſeeds
with a ſmooth herbaceous ſtalk, pointed leaves, and ſer- rarely ripen in England.
rated rough pods. Hedyfarum annuum minus Zeyla- The fixth fort grows to a large ſhrub in hot countries,
nicum mimofæ foliis. Inſt. R. H. 402.
but is with difficulty preſerved through the winter in
6. ÆSCHYNOMENE (Grandiflora) caule arboreo, fioribus this country. The plants are propagated by feeds,
maximis, leguminibus filiformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. which muſt be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and
1060. Baſtard Senſitive plant with a tree-like ſtalk, the plants, when fit to remove, ſhould be planted in
large flowers, and flender pods. Galegæ affinis mala- pots, and brought forward on a hot-bed, then ſhould
barica arboreſcens, filiquis majoribus umbellatis. Raii be plunged into the bark-bed in the ſtove, where, if
they are tenderly treated, they will live through the
The firſt fort riſes to the height of four or five feet, winter, and flower the ſummer following.
having a ſingle herbaceous ſtalk, which is in ſome Theſe are all propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
parts rough. The leaves come out on every ſide to- ſown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the
ward the top, forming a ſort of head; theſe are plants have ſtrength enough to be removed, they
compoſed of a great number of ſmall leaves (or pin- ſhould be put each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled
ne) which are ſmooth, and of a glaucous colour. with light earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, to
The flowers come out from between the leaves, two bring them forward, and as they advance in their
or three together upon long foot-ſtalks; they are growth, they ſhould be ſhifted into large pots, but
yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of Peaſe. After the great care ſhould be taken not to over-pot them, for
flower is paſt, the germen becomes a flat jointed pod, if the pots are too large, the plants will not thrive.
about four inches long, which, when ripe, parts at The firſt, fecond, and fifth forts are annual, there-
the joints, and in each diviſion is lodged a ſingle kid- fore muſt be brought forward early in the year, other-
ney-ſhaped ſeed.
wiſe they will not perfect their feeds; but the third,
The ſecond ſort feldom riſes more than two feet high, fourth, and fixth forts may be preſerved through the
but fends out three or four lateral branches; theſe are winter, and will flower early the following ſummer,and
clothed with narrow winged leaves, whoſe pinnæ are their feeds will ripen in the autumn. The other forts
placed alternate on the midrib. The flowers come uſually flower in July, and their ſeeds ripen in October.
out from the leaves upon branching foot-ſtalks, five ÆSCULUS. Lin. Gen. 420. The Horſe Cheſtnut.
or fix together; theſe are much leſs than thoſe of the The CHARACTERS are,
firſt fort, and of a paler yellow colour. After the The empalement of the flower conſiſts of one leaf, ſlightly
flowers are paſt, the germen becomes a jointed pod, cut into five ſegments. The flower is compoſed of five
having three or four ſwelling diviſions, in each of roundiſh petals, folded at their border, and waved; theſe
which is lodged a ſingle kidney-Shaped feed.
are narrow at their baſe, and are inſerted in the empale-
The third ſort grows to the height of fix or ſeven feet,
In the center is placed a roundiſh germen, having
with a ſingle ftem; the leaves are ſmooth, and come a ſingle ſtyle, crowned with a pointed stigma, at-
out towards the top of the ſtalk, as in the firit fort tended by ſeven ſtamina, which extend to the length of the
they are compoſed of many pinnæ, placed alternate petals, and are declining, crowned with upright ſummits.
on the midrib. The flowers come out from the When the flower is paſt, the empalement becomes a thick,
wings of the leaves, two or three together, being of roundiſh, echinated capſule, opening into three cells, in one
a copper colour, and as large as thoſe of the firſt fort. or two of which are lodged globular ſeeds.
After the flowers are paſt, the germen becomes a This genus of plants, is, by Dr. Linnæus, ranged in
ſmooth jointed pod, each diviſion being half heart- his ſeventh claſs, entitled Heptandria Monogynia, the
ſhaped, and incloſing a ſingle kidney-ſhaped ſeed. flower having ſeven ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Egypt, and alſo
The SPECIES are,
on the coaſt of Guinea, from whence I received the 1. Æsculus (Hippocaſtanum) floribus heptandriis. Hort.
ſeeds. This hath woody Items and branches, which Upfal. 92. The common Horſe Cheſtnut. Hippocaſta-
Hiſt. 1734
a
ment.
7
num

A SC
Æ SC
Hift. 1. p. 7
9
а
a
a
num vulgare. Tourn. Inſt. Caſtanea equini. Cluſ.
P
2. ÆSCULUS (Pavia) floribus octandris. Lin. Sp. 488.
Scarlet Horſe Chestnut. Pavia. Boerh. Ind. Alt. 2. p. 260.
The Horſe Cheſtnut was brought from the northern
parts of Aſia about the year 1550, and was ſent to
Vienna about the year 1588. It was called Caſtanea
from the ſhape of its fruit, and the title of Equini was
added to it from its being a good food for horſes
when ground.
This tree was in much greater eſteem formerly than
at preſent, for ſince it is become ſo very common, few
perſons regard it. What has occafioned its being ſo
feldom planted, is the decay of the leaves early in
fummer, ſo that where they are growing in gardens,
their leaves frequently begin to fall in July, and occa-
fion a litter from that time, until all the leaves
are fallen; but notwithſtanding this inconvenience,
the tree has great merit, for it aflords a noble ſhade
in ſummer; and during the time of its flowering, there
is no tree has greater beauty, for the extremity of the
branches are terminated by fine ſpikes of flowers, fo
that every part of the tree ſeems covered with them;
which are finely ſpotted with a roſe colour, and theſe
being intermixed with the green leaves make a noble
appearance
The former method of planting theſe trees in avenues
and ſtrait lines, has alſo been in ſome meaſure the
occaſion of their preſent diſrepute, becauſe in ſuch
plantations great part of their beauty is loft; for when
their branches are fo far extended as to nearly meet,
moit of the flowers which are produced are hid from
fight, and as the trees grow larger, their branches
will interfere with each other, and produce few flow-
ers; the leaves will alſo decay much fooner in cloſe
plantations, than on ſingle trees: therefore the great
beauty of them is, to ſtand fingly at a diſtance from
all other trees, upon lawns of graſs in parks, where
their fruit will be of great ſervice to deer, who are
very fond of them. In ſuch fituations, when the trees
are grown to a good fize, there is not a finer object
than they will afford during their ſeaſon of flowering,
which is in May, and when the weather is moderate,
they will continue in beauty near a month.
As this tree is quick in its growth, fo in a few years
they will arrive to a ſize large enough to afford a good
ſhade in ſummer, as alſo to produce plenty of flowers.
I have known trees which were railed from nuts, in
twelve or fourteen years, large enough to ſhade two
or three chairs under the ſpread of their branches, and
have been covered with flowers in the ſeaſon, fo that
few trees make greater progreſs than theſe. But as
their wood is of little value, the trees ſhould not be
propagated in too great plenty: a few therefore of
them placed at proper diſtances in parks for ornament
is as many as ſhould be preſerved, the wood not being
fit even for burning, nor any other uſe that I know of.
Theſe trees are propagated by fowing the nuts; the
beſt time for doing this is early in the ſpring; but the
nuts ſhould be preſerved in fand during the winter,
otherwiſe they are apt to grow mouldy and rot. They
may indeed be planted in autumn, but then they will
be in danger of rotting if the winter ſhould prove very
wet, as alſo of being removed or eaten by vermin.
When the nuts fucceed, and have a proper foil, the
plants will ſhoot near a foot the firſt ſummer ; fo that
where they grow pretty cloſe together, it will be pro-
per to traníplant them the following autumn, when
they ought to be planted in rows at three feet diſtance,
and one foot aſunder in the rows: in this nurſery they
may remain two years, by which time they will be fit
to plant where they are deſigned to be continued; for
the younger theſe trees are planted out, the larger
they will grow. But there are many who will object
to their being planted out young in parks, becauſe
they will require a fence to ſecure them againſt the
cattle, which will alſo be neceſſary, whatever ſize
they are when planted, and if large, they muſt be
weil ſtaked to prevent their being diſplaced by ſtrong
winds: which is another expence, and when we con-
ſider how much faſter a young tree will grow, than
thoſe which are removed at a greater age, there can
be no excuſe for planting large trees.
This tree is not very nice in its culture, for it requires
little care in the management, and will thrive in moſt
foils and fituations, but in a fandy loam they make
the greateſt progreſs; and if the foil be inclining to
moiiture, the leaves will continue in verdure much
longer, than in very dry ground.
When theſe trees are tranſplanted, their roots ſhould
be preſerved as entire as poſſible, for they do not fuc-
ceed well, when torn or cut; nor ſhould any of the
branches be ſhortened, for there is ſcarce any tree,
which will not bear amputation better than this; ſo
that when any branches are by accident broken, they
ſhould be cut off cloſe to the ſtem, that the wound
may heal over.
There is fomething very fingular in the growth of
theſe trees, which is the whole ſhoot being performed
in leſs than three weeks, after the buds are opened;
in which time I have meaſured ſhoots a foot and a half
long, with their leaves fully expanded : and no fooner
are the flowers fallen, than the buds for the ſucceeding
year are formed, which continue ſwelling till autumn;
at which time the folding covers are ſpread over with
a thick tenacious juice, which ſerves as a pigment to
defend the tender buds from the froſt and rain in
winter; but upon the firſt return of warmth in the
ſpring, this melts and runs off, whereby the bud is at
full liberty to extend. And what is remarkable in
this pigment, it is never fo far hardened as to injure
the tender buds, which are always formed at the ex-
tremity of the former year's ſhoot; a plain direction
not to ſhorten them, for by ſo doing, the future ſhoots
are entirely cut off.
In Turkey the nuts of this tree are ground, and mixed
with the provender for their horſes, eſpecially thoſe
which are troubled with coughs, or are broken winded;
in both which diſorders, they are accounted very
good. Deer are very fond of the fruit, and at the
time of their ripening will keep much about the trees,
but eſpecially in ſtrong winds, when the nuts are
blown down, which they carefully watch, and greedily
devour as they fall.
There are ſome old trees now ftanding, which were
planted ſingle, at a great diſtance from any other ;
theſe are grown to a very large ſize, and their heads
form a natural parabola, and when their dowers are
in full beauty, there is not any tree yet known in
Europe, which makes fo fine an appearance. I have
meaſured ſome of theſe trees, whofe branches have
extended more than thirty feet in diameter, and their
heads have been ſo cloſe, as to afford a perfect ſhade
in the hotteſt ſeaſons. Theſe were planted in 1679,
as appears by ſome writings which are in the poſſeſſion
of the perfons, who have now the property of the
land where they grow: fo that although they are of
quick growth, yet they are not of ſhort duration.
The Scarlet Horſe Cheſtnut grows naturally in North
America, where it riſes to the height of twenty feet,
but does not ſpread its branches to any great extent,
the flowers are wholly red, which are much ſmaller
than thoſe of the common fort, they are tubulous,
but want brims to expand, ſo make but an indifferent
appearance, when compared to the other: however
for variety this ſhould have a place in gardens.
It may be propagated by the nuts, if they are pro-
cured from the country where the trees naturally
grow; for the ſeaſons are ſeldom favourable enough
to ripen them in England. The nuts ſhould be fown
in pots early in the ſpring, and the pots plunged into
a moderate hot-bed to forward their growth; toward
the end of May, the pot ſhould be plunged into the
ground in a ſouth-eaſt border, and in dry weather the
plants ſhould be duly watered, whereby they will ac-
quire ſtrength by the autumn; when it will be
very
proper to ſcreen the plants from early froſts which
often pinch the top buds, and occafion their decay in
the winter, for while the plants are young they are
impatient of froſts, but when they have obtained
ſtrength
a
3
а

A G A
A GA
a
Itrength it feldom hurts them: the ſpring following
the plants ſhould be carefully ſeparated and planted
a foot diſtance from each other in a ſheltered ſituation;
and the following winter, if it proves cold, it will be
proper to cover the plants with ſome light covering
to protect them; after the ſecond winter they will re-
quire no farther ſheltering.
The common method now practiſed by the nurſery-
men, who propagate theſe trees for ſale, is by graft-
ing or budding them upon ſtocks of the Horſe Cheft-
nut, but as the ſtocks greatly out-grow the buds or
grafts, they have a bad appearance; nor do the
trees laſt long
ÆTHER [of 1981, Gr. to burn or flame; ſome of
the antients having ſuppoſed it to be of the nature of
fire.] It is uſually underſtood to be a thin ſubtile
matter or medium, much finer and rarer than air it-
ſelf, which commences from the limits of the at-
moſphere, and poſſeſſes the whole heavenly ſpace.
See ATMOSPHERE and AIR.
AGAVE, Lin. Gen. 390. American Aloe.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has no empalement, is funnel-Maped, and of
one leaf, which is cut at the brim into fix equal ſegments;
the oblong germen is ſituated below the fiower, upon which
reſts the ſlender Style, which is extended a confiderable length
beyondthe petois, ond is crowned by a three cornered ſtigma.
This is attended by fix ere Et ſi amino, of the ſame length,
crowned by narrow ſummits; after the flower is paſt, the
germen becomes an oblong three cornered ſeed veſſel, having
three cells, which cre filled with flat ſeeds.
Dr. Linnæus has ſeparated the plants of this genus
from the Aloe, to which they had been joined by for-
mer botaniſts, becauſe the itamina and ſtyle in theſe
flowers are extended much longer than the corolla,
and the corolla reſt upon the germen, which in the
Aloe are not ſo. We may alſo mention another diffe
rence in the growth of the plants, by which they may
be diſtinguiſhed before they flower, which is, all the
plants of this genus have their center leaves cloſely
folding over each other, and embracing the flower
ſtem which is formed in the center; ſo that theſe never
flower until all the leaves are expanded, to give the
item its liberty to advance, and when the flower is
paft, the plants die. Whereas the flower-ſtem of the
Aloe, is produced on one ſide of the heart or center
of the plant, ſo they flower annually, and the leaves
are always more expanded, than thoſe of this genus.
The SPECIES are,
I. AGAVE (Americana) foliis dentato-fpinofis fcapo ra-
moſo. Gen. Nov. 1102. The Great American Aloe,
with a branching Stalk. Aloe Americano muricata.
J. B.
2. AGAVE (Virginia) foliis dentato-ſpinofis fcapo fim-
pliciſſimo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 323. American Alce with a
ſimple ſtalk.
3. AGAVE (Fætida) foliis integerrimis. Gen. Nov. Sp.
Pl. 323. American Aloe with ſtiff whole leaves. Aloe
Americana viridi rigidiſſimo & fætido folio piet dicta
indigenis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 35.
4. AGAVE (Tuberoſa) radice tuberasa foliis longiffimis
marginibus ſpinoſis. American Aloe, with a tuberous root
and very long leaves, with Spines on their edges. Aloe
Americana radice tuberosâ minor. Pluk. Alm. 19.
5. AGAVE (Vivipara) foliis reflexis, marginibus denta-
tis. American Aloe with reflexed leaves, whoſe edges are
indented. This is by ſome called the Childing Aloe,
from its producing young plants after the flowers.
Aloe Americana ſobolifera. Herm. H. Ludg. 16.
5. AGAVE (Karatto) foliis erectis lætè virentibus, mar-
ginibus fuſcis minimè ferratis. American Aloe with
long deep green leaves, edged with brown, and very Nightly
Jawed. This is called in America Karattò.
7. AGAVE (Vera Cruz) foliis oblongis marginibus ſpino-
fiffimis nigricantibus. Ainericon Aloe with cblong leaves,
whoſe edges are cloſely beſet with black ſpines, commonly
called Broad-leaved Aloe from Vera Cruz. Aloe America-
na ex Verâ Cruce foliis latioribus & glaucis. H.L.
8. AGAVE (Rigida) foliis lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis
rigidis aculeo terminatis. Narrow-leaved Aloe from
Vera Cruz. Aloe Americana ex Vera Cruce foliis
anguſtioribus minùs glaucis. Hort. Beam.
The firſt fort here mentioned, has been long pre-
ſerved in the Engliſh gardens, where of late years
there have been ſeveral of the plants in flower. The
ſtems of this when the plants are vigorous, generally
riſe upward of twenty feet high, and branch out on
every ſide, ſo as to form a kind of pyramid, the flen-
der ſhoots being garniſhed with greeniſh yellow flow-
ers, which itand erect, and come out in thick cluſters
at every joint. Theſe have fix long ftamina, crown-
ed with yellow ſummits, placed round the ſtyle, which
is alſo extended to the ſame length as the ſtamina.
After the flowers fall away, the germen, which is fi-
tuated beneath the flower, becomes an oblong trian-
gular veſſel, divided into three cells, filled with com-
preffed feeds; but theſe do not come to maturity in
England
hen theſe plants flower, they make a fine appear-
ance, and continue a long time in beauty, if they are
protected from the cold in autumn, as there will be a
ſucceſſion of new flowers produced, for near three
months, in favourable ſeaſons. It has been generally
believed, that this plant doth not flower until it is a
hundred years old, but this is a great miſtake, for the
time of its flowering depends on the growth of the
plants; ſo that in hot countries where they grow faft,
and expand many leaves every ſeaſon, they will flower
in a few years, but in colder climates, where their
growth is flow, it will be much longer before they
ſhoot
up their ftem. There is a variety of this fort
with ſtriped leaves, which is now pretty common in
the Engliſh gardens
The plants of the ſecond fort are ſo like thoſe of the
firſt, as not to be diſtinguiſhed from them, but by
good judges. The principal difference is, the leaves
of this are narrower toward their extremity, and of a
paler colour : the ſtems of this fort do not riſe ſo high
as the firſt, nor do they branch in the ſame manner,
but the flowers are collected into a cloſe head at the
top, they are however of the ſame ſhape and colour.
There has been three or four plants of this fort, which
have lately flowered in England, one of which was in
the Chelſea garden a few years paſt. This fort feldom
puts out ſo many offsets as the common Aloe.
The ſeventh fort greatly reſembles theſe, ſo that many
perſons have ſuppoſed it to be the fame; but the
leaves of this are much thinner, the indentures on
their edges abundantly cloſer, and not ſo deep, as in
either of the former; the ſpines too are blacker.
How this differs from the others in flower I know not,
having feen none of their flowers produced in England.
Theſe three forts are hardy. I have known plants of
the firſt fort live in the open air for ſome years
in mild
ſeaſons, but in ſevere winters they are always killed,
if not ſheltered. They are propagated by offsets,
which the firit fort ſends out in plenty, but the third
feldom puts out any; ſo theſe may be increaſed by
taking off ſome of the larger roots, at the time when
the plants are ſhifted, planting them in pots filled
with light ſandy earth, which will ſhoot out and be-
come good plants, as I have experienced. The ſe-
cond fort generally puts out fuckers enough for pro-
pagation, though not in ſo great plenty as the firſt.
All theſe ſhould be planted in pots filled with light
ſandy earth, and houſed in winter with oranges, myr-
tles, &c. and during that ſeaſon, ſhould have but lit-
In the fummer they muſt be placed abroad
in the open air, where they may remain till toward
the end of October, when they ſhould be houſed
again. The ſeventh fort being a little tenderer than the
other two, ſhould be put into the green-houſe before
them, and may ſtay there a little longer in the ſpring,
The third fort hath long narrow ftiff leaves, of a pale
green colour, not indented on their edges, but fre-
quently, a little waved: the fide leaves ſpread open,
but thoſe in the center fold cloſely over each other,
and ſtrictly ſurround the bud. The plants of this fort
rarely grow more than three feet high, but the flower-
ſtem riſes near twenty, and branches out much like
that
tle wet.
a

AG
AGE
a
a
a
that of the firſt, but more horizontally; the flowers which is as often as is neceſſary; for if they have much
are of the fame ſhape, but ſmaller, and of a greener water given them, it rots their roots, and then their
colour. After the flowers are paft, inſtead of feed- leaves will decay and inſects infeft them. They ſhould
veſſels, young plants ſucceed to every filower, ſo that be ſhifted every fummer into freſh earth, but muſt
all the branches are cloſely beſet with them. There not be put into large pots, for unleſs their roots are
was a plant of this kind which flowered in the Chelſea confined, the plants will not thrive.
garden 1755, the ftem of which begun to ſhoot the AGERATUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 842. Baſtard
beginning of October, and by the end of that month Hemp Agrimony.
was upwards of ten feet high, by the end of Novem- The CHARACTERS are,
ber it was near twenty, and the lower lateral branches The flowers are included in one common oblong empale-
were upward of four feet long, the others decreaſing ment, which is compoſed of many ſcales. Theſe are uni-
gradually, ſo as to form a regular pyramid. In De- form, tubulous, and hermaphrodite, and little longer than
cember the ſtalks were cloſely garniſhed with flowers, the empalement, each being cut at their margin into five
and in the ſpring, when the flowers dropped off, they Segments, which ſpread open. Theſe have five ſlender ſta-
were ſucceeded by young plants, which as they fell mino, crowned with cylindrical fummits : in the center of
off and dropped into the pots which ſtood near, put the flower is ſituated on oblong germen, ſupporting a flen-
out roots and become good plants. This ſort never der fiyle, crowned by two fine ftigmas. The germen after-
produces offsets from the root, ſo that it cannot be in- word becomes an oblong angulor feed, crowned with its
creaſed but when it flowers, at which time there will proper little cup, cut into five narrow ſegments, which
be plenty enough. The old plant preſently after Spread open. The receptacle of the ſeed is ſmall, naked,
dies.
and convex.
The fourth fort hath leaves fomewhat like the third This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
in ſhape and colour, but they are indented on their his ſeventeenth claís, entitled Syngeneſia polygamia e-
edges, and each indenture terminates in a ſpine; the qualis, the flowers having their ſtamina joined together
root of this ſort is thick, and ſwells juſt above the fur- in a cylinder, and there being male, female, and her-
face of the ground, in other reſpects it agrees with maphrodite florets included in the ſame common em-
the former. This fort hath not flowered in England, palement
therefore I cannot tell how it differs in its flowers from The SPECIES are,
the other. I have raiſed this from feeds which were 1. AGERATUM (Conyzoides) foliis ovatis caule pilofo. Lin.
ſent me from America, but the plants never put out Sp. Plant. 839. Bofiard Hemp Agrimony, with oval
fuckers from the roots, ſo that it can only be propa- leaves and a hciry ſtalk. Eupatorium humile Africa-
gated by ſeeds. Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes it to be the num ſenecionis facie folio lamii. Herm. Pars 161.
fame with the third ſpecies, but whoever ſees the plants 2. AGERATUM. (Houſtonianum) foliis oppoſitis petiolatis
will not doubt of their being different.
crenatis, caule hirſuto. Baſtard Hemp Agrimony, with
The fifth fort never grows to a large fize; the leaves leaves having long stoot-ſtolks placed oppoſite, whoſe edges
of it are feldom more than a foot and a half long, and ore bluntly indented, and a hairy ſtalk. Eupatorium
about two inches and a half broad at their baſe; theſe herbaceum meliffæ folio villoſum flore coeruleo.
end in a ſlender ſpine, being ſlightly indented on their Houſt. MSS.
edges; they are alſo reflexed backward toward their 3. AGERATUM (Altiffimum) foliis ovato cordatis rugofis
extremity, and are of a dark green colour. The floralibus alternis, caule glabro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 839.
flower-item riſes about twelve feet high, and branches Baſtard Hemp Agrimony, wiib rough, oval, beart-ſhaped
out toward the top in the ſame manner as the third leaves, flower branches growing alternate, and a smooth
fort; the flowers are nearly of the ſame fize and co- falk. Eupatorium urtică foliis Canadenſe flore albo.
lour as thoſe of the third, and after they fall off, are H. L.
ſucceeded by young plants in the fame manner. А. The two furft are annual plants. The ſeeds of theſe
plant of this kind Howered in the garden at Chelſea, muſt be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when
in December 1754. This never produces any fuckers the plants are come up and are ſtrong enough to re-
from the root, fo cannot be increaſed until it flowers.
move, they ſhould be tranſplanted into another mo-
The leaves of the ſixth fort are from two feet and a derate hot-bed, obſerving to water and ſhade them
half to three feet long, and about three inches broad, until they have taken root, after which time they muſt
being of a dark green colour, ending in a black ſpine ; have a good ſhare of air in warm weather. In June
the borders of the leaves are of a browniſh red colour, they ſhould be inured to bear the open air, toward
and ſlightly ferrated. Theſe ſtand more erect than in the middle of which month, they may be tranſplanted
the other ſpecies; but as this fort hath not flowered into the full ground, where they will begin to flower
in England, fo I cannot ſay how it differs from the in July, and continue flowering till the froſts in au-
other. The plants of it were ſent me from St. Chrif- tumn deſtroy them.
The ſeeds ripen in September
topher's, by the title of Koratto, which I ſuppoſe is and O&tober, and when any of them ſcatter upon the
given indifferently to other ſpecies of this genus ; for ground, and the fame earth happens to be put on a
I have frequently heard the inhabitants of America hot-bed the following ſpring, the plants will come up
call the common great Aloe by the ſame name. in great plenty, as they frequently do in the open air ;
The eighth fort hath long, narrow, ſtiff leaves, which but theſe plants will be too late to produce good ſeeds,
are entire, and are terminated by a ſtiff black ſpine. unleſs the ſummer proves warm. The firſt fort grows
Theſe leaves are feldom more than two feet long, and naturally in Africa, and alſo in the iſlands of Ameri-
little more than an inch broad, being of a glaucous ca; for in tubs of earth which I received with plants
colour. The fide leaves ftand almoſt horizontally, from Jamaica, Barbadoes, and Antigua, I have had
but the center leaves are folded over each other, and plenty of the plants ariſe, from feeds which were ſcat-
incloſe the flower-bud. This fort never puts out tered on the ground. The ſecond fort was found
fuckers from the root, nor have I ſeen any plants of growing naturally at La Vera Cruz, by the late Dr.
this kind in flower, although there are many of them William Houſtoun, who fent the feeds to Europe,
in the Engliſh gardens, ſome of which are of a con- which have fo well ſucceeded in many gardens, as to
become a weed in the hot-beds. There is a variety
The third, fourth, fifth, fixth, and eighth forts, are of this with white flowers, which ariſes from the ſame
much tenderer than the others, fo cannot be preſerved feeds.
through the winter in England, unleſs they are placed The third fort grows naturally in North America, but
in a warm ftove; nor will they thrive if fet abroad in has been many years an inhabitant of the Engliſh gar-
ſummer, therefore they ſhould conſtantly remain in dens. This hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk;
the ſtove, obſerving to let them enjoy a great ſhare of theſtalks will grow five or ſix feethigh, and toward their
free air in warm weather. They require a light ſandy tops put out fide branches: the leaves are ſhaped like
earth, and ſhould have little wet in winter; but in a heart. At the ends of the ſhoots the flowers are pro-
warm weather, may be gently watered twice a week, duced in large tufts, which are of a pure white; and
theſe
3
a
;
fiderable age.

A GR
AGR
ز
ز
a
a
theſe appearing in O&tober, at a feafon when there is a which is a very good beverage for perſons in a fever,
ſcarcity of other flowers, renders it more valuable. in which diſorder I have known it often preſcribed by
This fort is propagated by feeds, as alſo by parting good phyſicians.
of the roots, the latter method is commonly practiſed The fourth fort is of humble growth, ſeldom riſing
in England, becauſe there are few autumns fo favour- above two feet high; the pinnæ of its leaves are
able as to ripen the ſeeds : but the ſeeds are frequent- longer and narrower than either of the former, and
ly brought from North America, where this plant is the ſpikes of flowers very ſhort and thick. The roots
very common; for being light, they are eaſily wafted of this are very thick, and ſpread widely under ground,
about to a great diſtance, where they come to matu- by which it multiplies faſter than either of the other ;
rity'; ſo that where there are any plants growing, all the feeds are alſo much larger and rougher than thoſe
the adjoining land is filled with the ſeeds of them. of the common ſort. This was ſent by Dr. Tourne-
The beſt time for planting and tranſplanting the roots fort to the royal garden at Paris, and from thence the
of this plant, is in autumn, ſoon after their ſtalks de- other botanic gardens have been ſupplied with them.
cay, that they may have good root before the drying The fifth ſort greatly reſembles the other in the ſhape
winds come on, otherwiſe they will not flower ſtrong, of its pinnä (or finaller leaves) but there are but three
or make a good increaſe. The roots ſhould be allowed upon each foot-ſtalk; the flower of this hath a double
three feet room every way, for as they ſpread and in- empalement, the outer one being fringed. There
creaſe very much, ſo when they are cramped for are but ſeven or eight ſtamina in each flower, and the
room, the plants ftarve, and in dry ſeaſons their leaves ſeeds are ſmooth, for which reaſon Fabius Columna,
will hang. They delight in a rich moiſt foil and open and other writers on botany, have ſeparated it from
ſituation, where they will produce many ſtalks from each the Agrimony, making it a diſtinct genus.
root, which will grow ſo large as to form a conſiderable All theſe forts are hardy perennial plants, which will
bruſh. This plant will bear the ſevereſt cold in winter. thrive in almoſt any foil or ſituation, and require no
AGERATUM, or MAUDLIN. See ACHILLEA. other care but to keep them clear from weeds. They
AGERATUM PURPUREUM. See ERINUS.
may
be
propagated by parting of their roots, which
AGNUS CASTUS. See VITEX.
ſhould be done in autumn, when their leaves begin
AGRIFOLIUM. See ILEX.
to decay, that the plants may be well eſtabliſhed be-
AGRIMONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 534. Agrimony. fore the ſpring. They ſhould not be planted nearer
The CHARACTERS are,
than two feet, that their roots may have room to
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, which is cut ſpread. They may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which
into five acute ſegments, and reſts on the germen. The ſhould be fown in autumn, for if they are kept out of
flower has five petals, which are plain and indented at their the ground till ſpring, they feldom come up the ſame
extremity, but are narrow at their baſe, where they are ſeaſon.
inſerted in the empalement. In the center ariſes a double AGROSTEMMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 516. Wild
Style, reſting on the germen, which is attended by twelve Lychnis or Campion.
Flender ſtamina, which are crowned with double compreſſed
The CHARACTERS are,
ſummits
. After the flower is past, the germen becomes two The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf,
roundiſh ſeeds faſtened to the empalement.
which is tubulous, thick, and cut into five narrow ſeg-
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in ments at the edge ; the flower is compoſed of five petals,
the ſecond ſection of his eleventh claſs, entitled Do- which are the length of the tube, but Spread open at the
decandria digynia, the flowers having twelve ftamina top. In the center is ſituated on ovel germen ſupporting
and two ſtyles.
five ſtyles, which are fender, erect, and crowned with
The SPECIES are,
ſimple ſtigma. Theſe are attended by ten ſtamina, five of
1. AGRIMONIA (Eupatoria) foliis caulinis pinnatis impari which are inſerted in the baſe of the petals, and the others
petiolato, fructibus hiſpidis. Hort. Cliff. The common ſtand alternately between : after the flower is paft, the ger-
Agrimony. Agrimonia officinarum. Tourn.
men becomes an ovel oblong capſule, having one cell open-
2. AGRIMONIA (Minor) foliis caulinis pinnatis, foliolis ing into five diviſions, which is filled with angular ſeeds.
obtufis dentatis. The white Agrimony. Agrimonia This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
minor flore albo. Hort. Cath.
the fifth ſection of his tenth claſs, entitled Decandria
3. AGRIMONIA (Odorata) altiffima, foliis caulinis pin- pentagynia, the flowers of this diviſion having ten ſta-
natis foliolis oblongis acutis ferratis. The ſweet-ſcented mina and five ſtyles.
Agrimony. Agrimonia odorata. Camer.
The SPECIES are,
4. AGRIMONIA (Repens) foliis caulinis pinnatis, impari 1. AGROSTEMMA (Githago) hirſuta calycibus corollam
feffili, fructibus hifpidis. Lin. Sp. 643. Eaſtern Agri- æquantibus petalis integris nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 4:35.
mony with pinnated leaves and a thick creeping root. A- Hairy wild Lychnis, whoſe empalensent is equal with the
grimonia orientalis humilis radice craffiſlimâ repente corolla, and the petals entire and naked, commonly called
fructu in fpicam brevem & denſam congefto. Tourn. Corn Campion. Lychnis fegetum major. C. B. P.
Cor.
2. AGROSTEMMA (Celirofa) glabra foliis lineari-lanceola-
5. AGRIMONIA (Agrimonoides) foliis caulinis ternatis fruc- tis petalis emarginatis coronatis. Hort. Upfal. 115.
tibus glabris. Hort. Cliff. 179. Three leaved Agrimony Smooth wild Campion with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves,
with ſmooth fruit. Agrimonoïdes Col. Echpr.
and the petals of the flowers indented at their brim. Lych-
The firſt fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Eng- nis foliis glabris calyce duriore. Bocc. Sic. 27.
land, by the ſides of hedges, and in woods. This 3. AGROSTEMMA (Coronaria) tomentoſa foliis ovato-lan-
is the fort which is commonly uſed in medicine, and ceolatis, petalis integris coronatis. Hort. Upfal. 115.
is brought to the markets by thoſe who gather herbs The fingle Roſe Campion. Lychnis coronaria Diofcori-
in the fields.
dis ſativa. C. B. P. 203.
The ſecond fort is the ſmalleſt of all the ſpecies; the 4. AGROSTEMMA (Flos Jovis) tomentoſa petalis emargi-
leaves of this have not ſo many pinne as the common natis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 436. Umbelliferous Mountain Can-
ſort, and the pinnæ are rounder, and the indentures pion. Lychnis umbellifera montana Helvetica. Zan.
on their edges blunter. The ſpike of flowers is flen- Hiſt. 128.
der, and the flowers fmaller, and of a dirty white co- The firſt ſort grows naturally in the corn fields in moſt
lour. This fort grows naturally in Italy, from whence parts of England, fo is ſeldom admitted into gardens.
I received the feeds, and have conſtantly found that The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sicily, and being
the feeds of this when fown never vary.
a plant of little beauty, is only preſerved in botanic
The third fort grows near four feet high; the leaves of gardens for the ſake of variety.
this have more pinnæ than either of the former, which The ſingle Roſe Campion has been long an inhabitant
are longer and narrower, ending in acute points ; the of the Engliſh gardens, where, by its feed having
ferratures of the leaves are ſharper than any of the ſcattered, it is become a kind of weed. There are
other, and when handled emit an agreeable odour. three varieties of this plant, one with deep red, another
The leaves of this ſort make an agreeable cooling tea, with fleſh-coloured, and a third with white flowers,
a
7
but

AIR
AIR
و
a
a
a
but theſe are of ſmall efteem; for the double Roſe
Campion being a fine flower, has turned the others
out of moſt fine gardens. The ſingle forts propagate
faſt enough by the ſeeds, where they are permitted to
ſcatter, for the plants come up better from ſelf-fown
feeds, than when they are fown by hand, eſpecially if
they are not ſown in autumn.
The fort with double flowers, which is a variety of
the former, never produces any feeds, fo is only pro-
pagated by parting of the roots; the beſt time for this
is in autumn, after their flowers are part; in doing of
this, every head which can be flipped off with roots
ſhould be parted. Theſe ſhould be planted in a bor-
der of freſh undunged earth, at the diſtance of fix
inches one from the other, obſerving to water them
gently until they have taken root; after which they
will require no more, for much wet is very injurious
to them, as is alſo dung. In this border they may re-
main tillſpring, when they ſhould to be planted into the
borders of the flower-garden, where they will be very
ornamental during the time of their flowering, which
is July and Auguft.
The fifth fort grows naturally upon the Helvetian
mountains; this is a low plant, with woolly leaves ;
the flower-ſtem riſes near a foot high; the flowers
grow in umbels on the top of the ſtalk, which are of
a bright red colour. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in September. It muſt have a ſhady ſituation,
and will thrive beſt in a moiſt foil.
AIR [ Aër, Lat. 'Amp, of tã dei pelv, becauſe it always
flows; or as others, of compet, to breathe.] By air is
meant all that fluid expanded maſs of matter which
ſurrounds our earth, in which we live and walk, and
which we are continually receiving and caſting out
again by refpiration.
The ſubſtance whereof air conſiſts, may be reduced
to two kinds, viz.
1. The matter of light or fire, which is continually
flowing into it from the heavenly bodies.
2. Thoſe numberleſs particles, which is in form ei-
ther of vapours, or dry exhalations, are raiſed from
the earth, water, minerals, vegetables, animals, &c.
either by the folar, fubterraneous, or culinary fire.
Elementary air, or air properly ſo called, is a certain
ſubtile, homogeneous, elaſtic matter, the baſis or fun-
damental ingredient of the atmoſpherical air, and that
which gives it the denomination.
Air therefore may be conſidered in two reſpects ; ei-
ther as it is an univerſal aſſemblage, or chaos, of all
kinds of bodies; or as it is a body endued with its
own proper qualities.
1. That there is fire contained in all air is demonſtra-
ble, in that it is evident, that there is fire exiſting in
all bodies, and to this fire it is that air ſeems to owe
all its fluidity; and were the air totally diveſted of
that fire, it is more than probable that it would coa-
lefce into a ſolid body; for it is found by many expe-
riments, that the air condenſes and contracts itſelf fo
much the more, the leſs degree of warmth it has;
and, on the contrary, expands itſelf the more, accord-
ing as the heat is greater.
2. In reſpect of exhalations, air may be ſaid to be a ge-
neral collection of all kinds of bodies; for there are no
bodies but what fire will render volatile, and diſperſe
into air; even falts, fulphurs, and ſtones, nay and
gold itſelf, though the heavieſt and moſt fixed of all
bodies, are convertible into vapours by a large burn-
ing-glaſs, and are carried on high.
Thoſe floating particles, thus raiſed from terreſtrial
bodies, are moved and agitated by the fiery particles
divers ways, and are diffuſed through the whole at-
moſphere.
Of the matters thus raiſed in the atmoſphere, thoſe
which come from fluid bodies, are properly called va-
pours, and thoſe from folid or dry ones, exhalations.
The cauſe of this volatility and aſcent is the fire,
without which all things would fall immediately down
towards the center of the earth, and remain in eternal
reít.
Thus, if the air be full of vapours, and the cold fuc-
ceeds, theſe vapours before diſperſed are congregated
and condenſed into clouds, and thus fall back again
into the form of water, rain, ſnow, or hail.
From the time of the entrance of the ſpring till au-
tumn, the evaporation is conſtant; but then it begins
to fail, and in the winter ceaſes, to lay up freſh mat-
ter for the coming ſeaſon.
And thus it is that froſty winters, by congealing the
waters, and by covering the earth with a cruſt, and
thus impriſoning the exhalations, make a fruitful
ſummer.
And this ſeems to be the reaſon why in ſome coun-
tries, where the winter is feverer than ordinary, the
ſpring is more than ordinary fruitful; for in fuch
places the exhalations being pent up a long time, are
diſcharged in the greater quantity, when the ſun makes
them a paſſage; whereas, under a feebler cold, the
flux would have been continual, and conſequently no
great ſtock reſerved for the next occaſion.
This vaporous matter then being at length received
into the atmoſphere, is returned again in the form of
rain, a forerunner of a chearful crop.
.
As the ſun retires, the cold fucceeds, and thus the
diverſity of the ſeaſons of the year depends on a change
in the face of the cruſt of the earth, the preſence of
the air, and the courſe of the fun.
And hence we conceive the nature of meteors, which
are all either collections of ſuch vapours and exhala-
tions, or diſperſions thereof.
The ſubtiler oils are always riſing into the air. Now
two clouds, partly formed of ſuch oils, happening to
meet and mix, by the attrition, the oil frequently takes
fire, and hence proceed thunder, lightnings, and
other phænomena, which may be farther promoted
by the diſpoſition of the clouds to favour the exci-
tation.
And hence ariſe great and ſudden alterations in the
air, inſomuch that it ſhall be now intenſely hot, and
raiſe the ſpirits perhaps to eighty-eight degrees in a
thermometer; and yet, after a clap of thunder with
,
a ſhower, it ſhall fall again in a few minutes no leſs
than twenty or thirty degrees.
It is therefore impoſſible to pronounce what the de-
gree of heat will be in any given place at any time,
even though we know ever ſo well the places and po-
fition of the ſun and planets with reſpect to us, fince
it depends ſo much upon other variable things, no
ways capable of being aſcertained.
The lower the place, the cloſer, denſer, and heavier
is the air, till at length you arrive at a depth where
the fire goes out; ſo that miners, who go deep, to
remedy this inconvenience, are forced to have re-
courſe to an artificial wind, raiſed by the fall of wa-
ters, to do the office of the other air.
Now, conſidering the air as ſuch a chaos, or aſſem-
blage of all kinds of bodies, and a chaos fo extremely
liable to change, it muſt needs have a great influ-
ence on vegetable bodies.
3. Air conſidered in itſelf, or that properly called air.
Beſides the fire and exhalations contained in the cir-
cumambient atmoſphere, there is a third matter,
which is what we properly mean by air.
To define the nature of it would be extremely diffi-
cult, inaſmuch as its intimate affections are unknown
to us; all we know is,
1. That air is naturally an homogeneous ſimilar
body.
2. That it is fluid.
3. That it is heavy.
4. That it is elaftic.
5. That it rarefies by fire, and contracts by cold.
6. That it is compreſſible by a weight laid thereon,
and riſes, and reſtores itſelf upon a removal of the
fame: all which circumſtances ſhould incline it to
coaleſce into a ſolid, if fire were wanting.
1. Air is divided into real and permanent, and ap-
parent or tranfient.
Real air is not reducible by any compreſſion or con-
denſation, or the like, into any ſubſtance beſides air.
Tranſient air is the contrary of the former, and
cold,
a
a
3

A I R
AIR
cold, &c. may be condenſed into original water; the
difference between permanent and tranſient air,
amounts to the ſame as that between vapour and exha-
lation ; the one, e. g. being dry, and the other moiſt.
Hence, as Sir Iſaac Newton ſays, it is, that as the
particles of permanent air are groffer, and ariſe from
denſer bodies, than thoſe of tranſient air or vapour,
true air is more ponderous than vapour, and a moiſt
atmoſphere lighter than a dry one.
But this real air no where conſiſts in its purity, but
that air which concerns us, and the properties and ef-
fects of which are chiefly to be conſidered, is that
which has been before treated on and deſcribed, which
Mr. Boyle acknowledges to be the moſt heterogene-
ous body in the univerſe; and Dr. Boerhaave fhews
it to be an univerſal chaos and colluvies of all the
kinds of created bodies in the univerſe, and in which
may be found whatever fire can volatize.
2. That the air is fluid, appears from the eafy paſ-
ſage it affords to bodies through it; as in the propa-
gation of ſounds, ſmells, and other effluvia; for theſe
things ſhew it a body that gives way to any force im-
preſſed, and in yielding are eafily moved among them-
felves, which are the properties of a fluid; ſo that
ſcarce any body will call in queſtion, whether air be
a fuid, and thence being always in motion, and al-
ways moving other bodies, for no furface of
any
li-
quor that is contiguous to the air, can be at reſt.
3. As to the gravity or heavineſs of the air, that is
likewiſe eaſily proved; for that the air is heavy, fol-
lows from its being a body, weight being an effential
property of matter.
Senſe and experiment fufficiently prove this: for, if
a perſon lay his hand upon an open veſſel placed on
an air-pump, and the air be exhauſted, he will ſenfi-
bly feel the load of the incumbent atmoſphere to in-
creaſe, and preſs upon the upper part of his hand, as
the air is exhauſting.
In like manner, a hollow ſphere of five or fix inches
diameter, divided into two ſegments exactly fitting
each other, after the air is exhauſted out of them, are
preſſed together with a force equal to a hundred
pounds weight, and require the ſtrength of two ſtrong
perſons to pull them aſunder; which, as ſoon as ever
the air is let into them again, will fall aſunder by the
mere weight of the under hemiſphere.
Mr. Boyle found that a lamb's bladder, containing
about two thirds of a pint, and blown up, and well
dried, loſt about a grain and one eighth, when it was
pricked, and the air let out.
Mr. Graveſande found, that the air in a glaſs ball of
about two hundred and eighty-three inches capacity,
weighed a hundred grains; and according to Burcher
de Volder, a cubic foot of air is in weight one ounce,
and twenty-ſeven grains.
Mr. Boyle has computed, that the weight of any
quantity of air, near the ſurface of the earth, is to
water as 1 to 1000; and Dr. Halley, as I to 800;
and Mr. Hawkſbee, as I to 885; and the gravity of
the ſame quantity of air to the ſame quantity of mer-
cury, as I to 10800.
Air therefore may be conſidered as an univerſal oper-
culum, or cover, which by its weight keeps all ter-
reftrial bodies down, and hinders them from flying off.
4. The air is elaſtic. Elaſticity is a quality whereby
a body yields to any external impreſſions by contract-
ing itſelf into leſs compaſs; and upon removing or
diminiſhing the impreſſive power, returns to its for-
mer ſpace or figure. And by this quality, the air is
diſtinguiſhed from all other bodies in the atmoſphere;
neither fire nor exhalations appearing to be elaſtic, at
leaſt in any notable degree.
That there is ſuch a quality in the air, is evident from
innumerable experiments; and this property is inſe-
parable from it. A bladder full blown being ſqueezed
in the hand, the included air may be ſenſibly per-
ceived to reſiſt the touch; ſo that upon ceaſing to com-
preſs it, the cavities or impreffions, which were made
in its ſurface, are immediately expanded again, and
.
Alſo thin glaſs bubbles, or bladders full of air, and
exactly cloſed, and put into the receiver of an air-
pump, the air being exhauſted out of the receiver,
the glaſs bubbles fly in pieces by the force of the air
included in them.
From theſe experiments, and many others, it appears,
that the air we breathe near the ſurface of the earth
is compreſſed by its own weight into at leaſt 1679
parts of the ſpace it would poffefs in vacuo; and if the
ſame air be condenſed by art, the ſpace it will occupy,
when moſt dilated, will be as 505000 to 1, to that
which it poſſeſſes when condenſed; and Dr. Wallis
ſuggeſts, that we are far froin knowing the utmoſt it
is capable of.
Nor does this power appear capable by any means to
be deſtroyed or diminiſhed; for Mr. Boyle made ſe-
veral experiments to diſcover how long air, brought
to the greateſt degree of expanſion he could reduce it
to in his air-pump, would retain its ſpring, and could
never obſerve any ſenſible diminution ; although the
air was clogged ſome months with a weight that one
would admire how it ſhould ſupport one moment,
It is, indeed, a wonderful property in air, that it
ſhould be capable of being contracted and extended
infinitely; but, as hath been ſaid, it does not appear,
by all the experiments yet tried, that there are any
limits of its compreſſion or expanſion; but ſtill by the
addition of a new weight, it will contract farther; and
by taking the weight away, will expand farther.
5. Air rarefies by fire, and contracts by cold.
The colder the air is, the leſs ſpace it takes up; and,
on the contrary, the warmer the air is, it poſſeſſes the
larger ſpace; and ſo cooling and compreſſion have the
ſame effects upon air; and ſo cold and compreſſion
keep pace with one another.
The fame holds of warming and diminiſhing of
weight, or heat and expanſion, which go hand in
hand.
And to the fame elaſtic power before-mentioned, and
its being expanded by heat, it is owing, that air in-
cloſed in glaſs veſſels, at a time when it is much con-
denfed, when it afterwards comes to expand by a far-
ther degree of heat, frequently burſts the bottles.
6. Air is compreſſible by a weight laid thereon, and riſes
and reſtores itſelf upon a removal of the fame. This
property has been ſufficiently ſhewn by what has been
ſaid before, and eſpecially under the head of elaſticity;
wherefore, having conſidered the properties of air, I
ſhall take notice of ſome of its operations and effects
as to the buſineſs of vegetation.
Air, by being heavy and fluid, inveſts the whole earth,
and preſſes all the bodies thereon with a great force,
equal to what they would ſuſtain from the preſſure of
a column of 29 inches depth of mercury, or 32 feet
of water; and conſtringes and binds them down with
a force amounting, according to the computation of
Mr. Pafchal, to 2232 pounds weight upon every
ſquare foot, or upwards of 15 pounds upon every
ſquare inch. Hence it prevents, e. g. the arterial
veſſels of plants and animals from being too much
diſtended by the impetus of the circulating juices, or
by the elaſtic force of the air ſo plentifully lodged in
the blood of one, and the ſap of the other. For,
The air preffes equally every way, as is confirmed in
what we obſerve of foft bodies fuftaining this preſſure
without any change of figure, and brittle bodies with-
out their breaking
Air is a principal cauſe of the vegetation of plants, an
inſtance of which we have from Mr. Ray, in the Phi-
loſophical Tranſactions of Lettuce-feed, that was
ſown in the glaſs-receiver of the air-pump, which was
exhauſted and cleared from all air, which grew not
at all in eight days time; whereas ſome of the ſame
feed that was fown at the ſame time in the open air,
was riſen to the height of an inch and a half in that
time; but the air being let into the empty receiver,
the feed grew up to the height of two or three inches
in the ſpace of one week.
That a certain portion of air is neceſſary to preſerve
the growing quality of ſeeds is inanifeſt, from many
repeated
a
filled up

Á IR
À I R
repeated experiments; by putting up feeds into glaſs
bottles, and fealing the bottles hermetically, and in
fix months thoſe ſeeds have loſt their growing quality;
whereas part of the ſame ſeeds which were kept in
bags, grew at the age of two years; therefore it ſhould
caution perſons not to exclude the air from their feeds,
if they intend they ſhould grow.
Another inſtance of the uſefulneſs of the air in
vege-
tation, is the Sedum, which will puſh out roots with-
out earth and water, and live for ſeveral months: and
ſome ſorts of Aloes, if hung up in a room entirely
ſecured from froſts, will remain freſh for ſome years,
though they will ſenſibly loſe in their weight.
Air is capable of penetrating the porous and ſpongy
parts of plants, and being there contracted, and di-
lating itſelf again.
The air operates alſo within the bowels of the earth,
and by its ſubtilty perfpiring through the pores, aſſiſts
affifts
in the rarefaction of the crudities of the earth, and in
the diſpelling all ſuperfluous moiſture, entering into
the very pores and veins of the trees, plants, herbs,
&c. carrying along with it thoſe ſalts contained either
in itſelf, or lodged in the earth; which falts or juices,
are altered according to the ſeveral figures or dimen-
fions of the different ſtrainers or veſſels of thoſe feve-
ral plants, which grow' upon the fame ſpot of earth,
which is ſo impregnated with theſe ſalts: and thence
thoſe varieties in taſte and ſmell proceed, notwith-
ſtanding they all receive their nouriſhment from the
ſame ſtock that is lodged in the earth.
The air alſo affects the branches, leaves, and Aowers
of trees, plants, and herbs, entering and perfpiring
through them, and even through the bark and body
of the tree; and by the ſame kind of fubtilty it does,
by its refreſhing breezes, moderate the intenſeneſs of
the fun-beams, cooling, chearing, blowing, opening
and extending all the offspring of nature.
The air fixes and inſinuates its aërial ſubſtance into
the liquid fap of vegetables : and as all the agitations
in nature proceed from the contrariety of parts inha-
biting together, in this, aërial and liquid ſubſtances
being mixed, cauſe this agitation and motion in ve-
getables, or, more properly, ſet it all into a ferment
(whether it be in the roots, or in the ftem); and it
riſes by co-operation of the fun (which is the third
agent in vegetation) up to the top of a tree, &c. as
liquids riſe by fire to the top of the containing veſſel.
This air, we find, produces a vibratory motion in ſe-
veral bodies; and particularly in plants, the air vef-
ſels thereof do the office of lungs: for the air con-
tained in them, ſometimes contracting, and ſometimes
expanding, according as the heat is increaſed or di-
miniſhed, preſſes the veſſels, and eaſe them again by
turns; and thus promotes a circulation of their juices,
which could ſcarce be otherwiſe effected.
Air, ſays the learned Dr. Hales, is a fine elaſtic fluid,
with particles of very different natures floating in it,
whereby it is admirably fitted by the great Author of
nature to be the breath or life of vegetables as well
as animals, without which they can no more live nor
thrive than animals can.
As a proof of the great quantities of air in vegetables,
he refers to the third chapter of his excellent treatiſe
of Vegetable Statics, where he ſays, in the experi-
ments on Vines, the great quantity of air was viſible,
which was continually aſcending through the ſap in
the tubes; which manifeſtly ſhews what plenty of it
is taken in by vegetables, and is perſpired off with
the ſap through the leaves.
He adds ſeveral experiments, as to an Apple branch,
Apricot branch, Birch, and other plants, to prove the
fame thing.
And Dr. Grew has obſerved, that the pores are ſo
large in the trunks of ſome plants, as in the better
ſort of thick walking-canes, that they are viſible to
a good eye without a glaſs; but with a glaſs, the cane
ſeems as if ſtuck at top full of holes with great pins,
ſo large as very well to reſemble the pores of the ſkin
in the ends of the fingers and ball of the hand.
In the leaves of Pines, they are likewiſe through a
glais a very elegant ſhew, ſtanding almoſt exactly in
rank and file through the length of the leaves.
Whence it may be thought probable, that the air
freely enters plants, not only with the principal fund
of nouriſhment by the roots, but alſo through the
ſurface of their trunks and leaves, eſpecially at night,
when they are changed from a perſpiring, to a ſtrongly
imbibing ſtate.
Dr. Hales likewiſe tells us, that in all thoſe experi-
ments that he tried to this purpoſe, he found that the
air entered very ſlowly at the bark of young ſhoots
and branches, but much more freely through old
bark; and that in different kinds of trees it had dif-
ferent degrees of more or leſs free entrance.
And likewiſe, that there is ſome air both in an elaſtic
and unelaſtic ſtate, mixed with the earth (which may
well enter the roots with the nouriſhment), he found
by ſeveral experiments, which he gives in the before-
mentioned treatiſe.
The excellent Mr. Boyle, in making many experi-
ments on the air, among other diſcoveries found, that
a good quantity of air was producible from vegetables,
by putting Grapes, Plums, Gooſberries, Peaſe, and
ſeveral other forts of fruits and grains into exhauſted
and unexhauſted receivers, where they continued for
ſeveral days emitting great quantities of air.
This put the curious Dr. Hales upon farther re-
ſearches to find out what proportion of air he could ob-
tain out of the different vegetables, in which it was
lodged and incorporated, which he performed by di-
vers chymio-ſtatical experiments, which he gives in
many inſtances in his treatiſe of the analyſis of the air,
plainly ſhewing in what manner he performed them,
and the events of them.
That from half a cubic inch, or 135 grains of heart
of Oak, freſh cut from a growing tree, there were 108
cubic inches of air generated, which is a quantity
equal to 216 times the bulk of the piece of Oak; that
the weight of it was above 30 grains, one quarter
part of the weight of 135 grains.
And he adds, that he took the like quantity of thin
ſhavings frorn the fame piece of Oak, and dried them
at ſome diſtance from a gentle fire for 24 hours ; in
which time they evaporated 44 grains of moiſture;
which 44 grains deducted from 135 grains, there re-
mains 91 grains for the ſolid part of the Oak: then 30
grains will be one third of the weight of the folid part
of the Oak.
He gives another experiment of Indian Wheat, which
grew in his own garden, that he took 388 grains of
it when it was not come to its full maturity, and that
there were generated from it 270 cubic inches of air;
the weight of which air was 77 grains, viz. one fourth
of the weight of the Wheat.
And again, that a cubic inch, or 318 grains of Peaſe
generated 396 cubic inches of air, or 113 grains, i. e.
ſomething more than one third of the weight of the
Peaſe.
And again, that from one ounce, or 437 grains of
Muſtard ſeed, 270 cubic inches of air were generated,
or 77 grains, which is more than one fixth part of the
ounce weight.
He likewiſe adds, that there is a great plenty of air
incorporated into the ſubſtance of vegetables, which,
by the action of fermentation, is rouled into an elaſtic
ſtate, as is evident from theſe experiments following:
On the 2d day of March, he poured 42 cubic inches
of ale from the tun, which had been there ſet to fer-
ment 34 hours before into a bolt head; and from that
time to the oth of June, it generated 639 cubic in-
ches of air, with a very unequal progreſſion, more or
leſs, as the weather was warm, cool, or cold; and
ſometimes, upon a change from warm to cool, it re-
forbed air, in all 32 cubic inches.
From the 2d of March to the 16th of April, 12 cu-
bic inches of Malaga Raiſins, with 18 cubic inches of
water, generated 411 cubic inches of air; and then
again, it reſorbed 35 cubic inches in two or three cold
days. From the 21ſt of April to the 16th of May,
it generated 78 cubic inches; after which, the gth of
F
June,
a
و

AIR
AL
June, it continued in a reſorbing ſtate, ſo as to reſorb into the earth, it is eaſy to be concluded, that a dry,
13 cubic inches: that there were at that ſeaſon many huſky, ſcorching air, may be very prejudicial to the
hot days, with much thunder and lightning, which tender fibres of new planted trees.
deſtroys the elaſticity of the air: there were generated It may be likewiſe ſuppoſed, that all bodies of earth
in all 489 cubic inches, of which 48 were abforbed. are more or leſs capable of imbibing the fluid air, and
The liquor was at laſt vapid.
of attracting fuch falts as either the air can give, or
On the roth of Auguſt, 26 cubic inches of Apples the earth is capable of receiving.
being maihed, they generated 986 cubic inches of air | AIZOON. Sempervive.
in 13 days time, which is a quantity equal to 48 times This name Dr. Linnæus has given to a plant near of
their bulk; after which they reſorbed a quantity equal kin to the Ficoides, which has been called Ficoidea,
to their bulk, in three or four days, notwithſtanding by ſome modern botaniſts.
the weather was then very hot; after which time they
The CHARACTERS are,
were ſtationary for many days, neither generating nor It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which is cut
abforbing.
into five acute ſegments at the top: there are no petals in
From which before-mentioned experiments on Raiſins the flower, but the five-cornered germen reſts on the en-
and ale, the ingenious author concludes, that wine palement, ſupporting five ſiyles, which are crowned with
and ale do not turn vapid in warm weather by im- fimple ſtigma; theſe are attended by many hairy ſitamina,
bibing the air, but by fermenting and generating too which are inſerted into the empalement, and are crowned
much; by which means they are deprived of their with ſimple Summits. The germen afterward becomes a
enlivening principle the air : for which reaſon, theſe ſwelling five-cornered capſule, having five cells, in which
liquors are beſt preſerved in cool cellars, whereby this are lodged many roundiſh ſeeds.
active invigorating principle is kept within due This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
bounds; which when they exceed, wines are upon
the fifth diviſion of his twelfth claſs, entitled Icofandria
the fret, and are in danger of being ſpoiled.
Pentagynia, the flowers of this claſs having more than
Upon theſe, and many other experiments, which the nineteen ſtamina, and in this divifion they have five
learned author has given in his aforeſaid treatiſe, he ſtyles.
obſerves, that this air which ariſes in ſo great quan-
The SPECIES are,
tities from fermenting and diffolving vegetables, is 1. AIZOoN (Canarienſe) foliis cuneiformi-ovatis floribus
true permanent air; which is certain, by its continuing feffilibus. Hort. Upſal. 127. Sempervive with oval
in the ſame expanded and elaſtic ſtate for many weeks wedge-ſhaped leaves, and flowers without foot-ſtalks. Fi-
and months; which expanded watery vapours will not coidea procumbens portulacæ folio. Niffol. Act. Par.
do, but ſoon condenſe when cold.
1711.
Upon the whole, he concludes, that air abounds in 2. AIZOON (Hiſpanicum) foliis lanceolatis floribus feffili-
vegetable ſubſtances, and bears a conſiderable part in bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 488. Sempervive with Spear-
them: and if all the parts of matter were only en- ſhaped leaves and flowers, having no foot-ſtalks. Ficoidea
dowed with a ſtrongly attracting power, all nature Hiſpanica annua folio longiore. Hort. Elth. 143.
would then immediately become one unactive co- 3. AiZoon (Paniculatum) foliis lanceolatis floribus pani-
hering lump
culatis. Lin. Sp. Pl. 448. Sempervive with ſpear-ſhaped
Wherefore it was abſolutely neceſſary, in order to the leaves and flowers growing in panicles. Aizoon foliis
actuating this vaſt maſs of attracting matter, that there
lanceolatis fubtus hirſutis. Prod. Leyd. 221.
ſhould be every where mixed with it a due proportion As we have no Engliſh names for theſe plants, ſo I
of ſtrongly-repelling elaſtic particles, which might have adopted this of Sempervive, which hath been
enliven the whole maſs by the inceſſant action between applied to the Aloe and Sedum, both which have
them and the attracting particles.
been alſo titled Aizoon and Sempervivum.
And ſince theſe elaſtic particles are continually in The firſt fort is a native of the Canary Iſlands: this
great abundance reduced by the power of the ſtrong is an annual plant, which muſt be raiſed on a mode-
attracters, from an elaſtic to a fixed ſtate, it was there- rate hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are
fore neceſſary that theſe particles ſhould be endued fit to tranſplant, they ſhould be carefully taken up,
with a property of reſuming their elaſtic ſtate, when- and planted each into a ſmall pot filled with freſh light
ever they were diſengaged from that maſs in which earth, and plunged into another moderate hot-bed,
they were fixed, that thereby this beautiful frame of obſerving to ſhade them from the fun until they have
things might be maintained in a continual round of taken freſh root; after which they muſt be hardened
the production and diffolution of vegetables as well as by degrees to bear the open air, into which they
animal bodies.
ſhould
be removed in June, placing them in a fhel-
The air is very inſtrumental in the production and tered ſituation, where they will flower, and ripen their
growth of vegetables, both by invigorating their fe- feeds in September, ſoon after which the plants will
veral juices, while in an elaſtic active ſtate, and alſo periſh.
by greatly contributing in a fixed ſtate, to the union The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain; this is alſo
and firm connexion of the ſeveral conſtituent parts
of an annual plant, wlroſe branches trail on the ground;
thoſe bodies, viz. their water, fire, falt, and earth. the flowers have no beauty, fo theſe plants are only
To conclude, by reaſon of thoſe properties of the air preſerved by thoſe who are curious in collecting rare
before-mentioned, it is very ſerviceable to vegetables, plants for the ſake of variety.
in that it blows up and breaks open the clouds, The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
thoſe treaſures of rain, which fertilize the vegetable Hope, from whence the feeds were brought to Europe.
kind.
This is alſo of humble growth, and periſhes foon after
The air alſo helps to waft or diſperſe thoſe foggy hu- the ſeeds are ripe.
mid vapours which ariſe from the earth, and would Theſe may be propagated in the fame manner as the
otherwiſe ſtagnate, and poiſon the whole face of the firſt, and when the plants have acquired ſtrength, they
earth.
may be planted in the full ground; but they require
The air, by the affiſtance of the ſun, aſſumes and a poor fandy ſoil, for in rich ground they will grow
fublimates thoſe vapours into the upper regions; and very luxuriant in branches, but will not flower till late
theſe foggy humid vapours are, by this ſublimation, in the ſeaſon, ſo rarely perfect their feeds; but when
and the coercive power of the air and fun, rarefied they are planted in dry fand, or lime rubbiſh, they
and made of ſecond uſe in vegetation.
will be more productive of flowers, and leſs vigorous
And on the contrary, to the benign quality of the air, in their branches.
which is ſo many ways fubfervient to vegetables, it AL A is the hollow of a ſtalk, which either the leaf,
is alſo ſometimes, and upon ſome accounts, injurious or the pedicle of the leaf, makes with the ſtalk or
and pernicious to them; not only to the ligneous, branches; or it is that hollow finus placed between
herbaceous, and flowery parts above, but alſo to the the ſtalk or branch and leaf, from whence a new off-
roots and fibres below: for in that the air penetrates ſpring is wont to put forth, which the French call,
7.
Aiſelles
a
a

Α Ι Α
ALA
a
Aiſelles des Plantes. Sometimes it is uſed for leaves
which conſiſt of many lobes or wings.
Alæ is alſo uſed to ſignify thoſe petala of papiliona-
ceous flowers placed between the Vexillum and the
Carina, which the French call, Les Ailes des Fleurs le-
gumineuſes.
Alæ is alſo uſed for thoſe extreme ſlender membrana-
ceous parts of certain ſeeds; as is the Bignonia Plu-
meria, the fruit of the Maple, &c. which the French
call Semences dílées. Again,
Alæ is uſed for thoſe foliaceous membranes which run
the whole length of the ſtem ; whence it is called,
Caulis olatus, a winged ſtalk; in French, Tige cílée : but
modern writers have ſtyled theſe foliis decurrentibus,
or running leaves, becauſe theſe alæ or wings are con-
nected with the leaves.
ALABASTRA, are thoſe green herbaceous leaves
that encompaſs flowers. Jungius explains Alabaf-
trum to be the globe, or roundith bud, that is but
juſt peeping out.
ALATÊRNOIDES. See PHYLICA, CLUTIA,
and CEANOTHUS.
ALATERNUS [called 'ExcióT pov@º, as though of
Encíc, an Olive, and wpī@, an Ilex), or evergreen
Privet.
The CHARACTERS are,
It bath male and female flowers in different plants in
Some species, and in others both forts of flowers on the
Jame. The mole flowers are compoſed of an empalernent
of one leaf, which is funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five ſeg-
ments at their brim; to the ſides of the empalement are
fixed five ſmall petals ; at the baſe of theſe petals are faſt-
ened so many ſtamino, which are crowned with round fun-
mits. The female flowers have a great reſemblance to the
male, but have no ſtamina. In the center is placed the
germen, ſupporting a trifid ſtyle crowned by a round ſtigma,
the germen afterward becomes a ſoft round berry, contain-
ing three ſeeds.
Dr. Linnæus has joined this genus to the Rhamnus,
to which he has alſo added the Frangula, Paliurus,
and Zizyphus, and ranges them in his fifth claſs of
plants, entitled Pentandria Monogynia.
The SPECIES are,
1. ALATERNUS (Phylica) foliis ovatis marginibus crena-
tis glabris. Common Alaternus, with ſmooth leaves in-
dented on their edges. Alaternus, i Cluf. Hiſp. 56.
2. ALATERNUS (Glabra) foliis fubcordatis ferratis gla-
bris. Alaternus with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves, which
ere Sawed on their edges. Alaternus minore folio.
Tourn. Inft. 595.
3. ALATERNUS (Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis profundè
ferratis glabris. Alaternus with ſmooth Spear-ſhaped
leaves, which are deeply ſawed. Alaternus monfpeli-
aca foliis profundiùs inciſis. H. R. Par.
4. ALATERNUS (Latifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inte-
gerrimis glabris. Alaternus with ſmooth oval Speer-
shaped leaves, which are entire. Alaternus Hiſpanica
latifolia. Tourn. Inft. 596.
The varieties of theſe plants are, the firſt fort with
variegated leaves, which is commonly called Bloatch-
ed Phillyrea by the nurſery gardeners. And the third
fort with leaves ſtriped with white, and another with
yellow; theſe are known by the Silver and Gold ftrip-
ed Alaternus : but as theſe are accidental varieties,
I have omitted placing them among the number of
fpecies.
The common diſtinction of this genus from the
Phillyrea, is in the pofition of their leaves, which in
the plants of this are placed alternately on the branch-
es, whereas thoſe of Phillyrea are placed by pairs
oppoſite ; this is obvious at all ſeaſons, but there are
more eſſential differences in their characters, as will
be explained under the article Phillyrea.
The firſt fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh
gardens, but the plain fort is now uncommon here ;
for the bloatched-leaved fort has been generally cul-
tivated in the nurſeries, and the other has been almoſt
totally neglected
Theſe plants were much more in requeſt formerly
than they are at preſent, when they were planted
againſt walls in court-yards to cover them, as alſo to
form evergreen hedges in gardens, for which purpoſe
theſe were improper; for their branches fhoot very
vigorouſly, and being very pliant, they are frequently
diſplaced by the wind; and in winter, when much
ſnow falls in ſtill weather, the weight of that which
lodges on the hedges, frequently breaks them down:
add to this the trouble of keeping them in order,
which cannot be effected with leſs than three times
clipping in a ſeaſon, which is not only expenſive,
but alſo occaſions a great litter in a garden: theſe in-
conveniencies have juſtly brought theſe hedges into
difeſteem.
The third fort with ſilver-ſtriped leaves, was alſo in
great requeſt fome years ago, for planting againſt
out-houſes, and other buildings, to hide the brick-
work; but as theſe required to be often clipped, and
their branches frequently wanting to be faſtened up
to the wall, which was troubleſome and expenſive,
and this ſort of wall hedges being great harbour for
vermin, there has been of late but little demand for
theſe plants. The fort with gold-ftriped leaves is
pretty rare in the Engliſh gardens, and is not ſo hardy
as that with ſilver ſtripes, ſo that in ſevere winters
they are often killed. But the taſte for theſe varie-
gated plants is almoſt loſt in England, there being
few perſons now, who do not prefer the plain green
leaves to thoſe which are ſtriped.
The ſecond fort was formerly in the Engliſh gardens,
in much greater plenty than at preſent. This was ge-
nerally called Celaſtrus, or Stafi-tree. The leaves of
this fort are placed at greater diſtances than thoſe of
the firſt, ſo that their branches appear thinly covered
with them, which may have occafioned their being
difeſteemed. The leaves of this are ſhorter than thoſe
of the firſt fort, and are rounded at their foot-ſtalks
ſomewhat like a heart-ſhaped leaf, the edges are alſo
ſawed.
The thrid fort has been an old inhabitant in fome
gardens, but was not much propagated till of late
years, the leaves of this are much longer and nar-
rower than thoſe of either of the other forts, and the
ferratures on their edges are much deeper; this ſhoots
its branches more erect, and forms an handſomer buſh
than any of the other, and is equally hardy, ſo may
be allowed to have a place in all plantations of Ever-
greens. This grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
where the berries are gathered, and ſold by the name
of Avignon berries, for the uſe of painters, &c. for
making a yellow pigment.
Theſe forts are by ſome fuppoſed to be only varieties
and not diſtinct fpecies; but from many repeated tri-
als, in raiſing them from feeds, I can afirm they do
not vary, the ſeeds conſtantly producing the ſame fpe-
cies as they were taken from.
The ſecond fort grows naturally about Turin, from
whence I have been ſupplied with the ſeeds.
All theſe forts are eaſily propagated by laying their
branches down, as is practiſed for many other trees.
The beſt time for this is in the autumn, and if pro-
perly performed, the layers will have made good
roots by the autumn following, when they may be
cut off from the old ftock, and planted either into the
nurfery, or in the places where they are deſigned to
remain. When they are planted in a nurſery, they
ſhould not remain there longer than a year or two;
for as they ſhoot their roots to a great diſtance on
every fide, fo they cannot be removed after two or
three years growth, without cutting off great part of
them, which is very hurtful to the plants, and will
greatly retard their growth, if they furvive their re-
moval; but they are frequently killed by traníplant-
ing, when they have ſtood long in a place. They
may be tranſplanted either in the autumn or the ſpring,
but in dry land the autumn planting is beft, whereas
in moiſt ground the ſpring is to be preferred.
The plain forts may alſo be propagated by fowing
their berries, which they produce in great plenty, but
the birds are greedy devourers of them; fo that un-
leſs the berries are guarded from them, they will ſoon
be
3
و

A L B
A I c
3
3
و
a
3
bedevoured when they begin to ripen. The plants which a border in the front of a green-houſe, or ſtove, where
ariſe from feeds, always grow more erect than thoſe the roots of moſt of the bulbous flowers may be plant-
which are propagated by layers, fo are fitter for large ed in the full ground, and ſcreened in winter from
plantations, as they may be trained up to ítems, and froſt; in ſuch ſituations they thrive much better, and
formed more like trees; whereas the layers are apt to flower ſtronger, than when kept in pots.
extend their lower branches, which retards their up-ALCEA. Lin. Gen. 750. The Hollyhock.
right growth, and renders them more like ſhrubs.
The CHARACTERS are,
They will grow to the height of eighteen or twenty The flower bath a double empalement, of which one is per-
feet, if their upright ſhoots are encouraged; but to manent. The outer one is ſpread open, and cut at the
keep their heads from being broken by wind or ſnow, top into fix ſegments; the inner is larger, and ſlightly cut
thoſe branches which ſhoot irregular ſhould be ſhort- into five. The flower is compoſed of five petals, which
ened, which will cauſe their heads to be cloſer, and coaleſce at their baſe, and ſpread open at the top in form
not in ſo much danger.
of a roſe. In the center is placed the round germen, ſup-
All the forts thrive beſt in a dry, gravelly, or ſandy porting a ſhort cylindrical ſtyle, crowned with numerous
foil, for in rich ground they are often injured by ſtigma, which is attended by many ſtamina joined below to
froſt, when the winters are ſevere, but in rocky dry the pentagonal column, and Spread open at top; theſe are
land they are ſeldom injured: and if in very hard crowned with kidney-ſhaped ſummits : after the flower is
froſt their leaves are killed, yet the branches will re- paſt, the germen becomes a round, depreſſed, articulated cap-
main unhurt, and will put out new leaves in the ſpring. ſule, having many cells, in each of which is lodged one
ALBUCA, Baſtard Star of Bethlehem.
compreſſed kidney-Shaped ſeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
This
genus is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in his fixteenth
The flower has no empalement ; it has ſix oblong oval pe- claſs of plants, entitled Monadelphia Polyandria : in
tals, which are permanent ; the three cuter Spread open, this claſs the ſtamina and ſtyle coaleſce and form a fort
and the three inner cre conneEted: it bath fix three-cor- of column in the center of the flower, from whence
nered Stamina the length of the corolla, three of which are Dr. Van Royen has given to this claſs the title of Co-
fertile, crowned with moveable ſummits, the other three, lumnifera, and in this diviſion there are a great num-
which are barren, have no ſummits. The nečiarium is ber of ſtamina.
ſituated near the baſe of the three fertile ſtamina ; it has
The SPECIES are,
an oblong three-cornered germen, with a broad triangular 1. ALCEA (Roſea) foliis finuatis angulofis. Hort. Cliff.
Style, crowned by a pyramidal three-cornered ſtigma; the 348. Hollyhock with angular ſinuated leaves. Malva
capſule is three-cornered, having three cells filled with ſmall roſea folio fubrotundo. C. B. P. 315.
plain ſeeds.
2. Alcea (Ficifolia) foliis palmatis. Hort. Cliff. 348.
This genus is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's Hollyhock with hended leaves. Malva roſea folio ficus,
ſixth claſs of plants, the flower having fix ftamina
C. B. P. 315.
and one ſtyle.
Theſe are diftinct ſpecies, whoſe difference in the
The SPECIES are,
form of their leaves always continues. The leaves of
1. ALBUCA (Major) foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. 438. the firſt fort are roundiſh, and cut at their extremity
Star flower with Spear-ſhaped leaves. Ornithogalum lu- into angles; whereas thoſe of the ſecond are deeply
teo-virens. Indicum. Corn. Canad.
cut into fix or ſeven ſegments, ſo as to reſemble a
2. ALBUCA (Minor) foliis fubulatis. Lin. Sp. 438. Star- hand.
flower with awl-ſhaped leaves. Ornithogalum Africa- The various colours of their flowers being accidental,
num, fiore viridi altero alteri innato. Herm. Parad. as alſo the double flowers being only varieties which
209. African Star-flower with a greeniſh yellow flower. have riſen from culture, are not by botaniſts deemed
Theſe plants have been generally ranged under the diſtinct fpecies. I have not enumerated them here,
genus of Ornithogalum, but as their flowers differ in therefore ſhall only mention the various colours which
their form from the other ſpecies of that genus, Dr. are commonly obſerved in their flowers; which are
Linnæus has conſtituted this genus for them.
white, pale, red, deep red, blackiſh red, purple, yel-
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Canada, and in ſome low, and fleſh colour. Befides theſe, I many years
other parts of North America; the root is bulbous, ago ſaw ſome plants with variegated flowers, in the
from which ſhoot up eight or ten long narrow ſpear- garden of the late Lord Burlington, in London, raiſed
ſhaped leaves. In the center of theſe ariſe a flower- from feeds which came from China.
ſtem a foot or more in height, garniſhed with a looſe Although theſe varieties of double Hollyhocks are
ſpike (or thyrſe) of greeniſh yellow flowers, each have not conſtant, yet where the ſeeds are carefully ſaved
a long pedunculus, which turns downward, having from the moſt double flowers, the greateſt number of
pretty large ſtipulæ at their baſe, which are erect, and the plants will ariſe nearly the ſame, as the plants from
end in ſharp points. After the flower is paſt, the ger- which they were taken, both as to their colour and
men ſwells to a three-cornered capſule, having three the fulneſs of their flowers, provided no plants with
cells filled with flat feeds.
ſingle or bad coloured flowers are permitted to grow
The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good near them. Therefore fo foon as any ſuch
appear,
Hope; this hath alſo a pretty large bulbous root, they ſhould be removed from the good ones, that
from which ariſe four or five narrow awl-ſhaped leaves, their farina may not ſpread into the other flowers,
of a deep green colour: the flower-ſtem which comes which would cauſe them to degenerate.
from the center of the root, is naked, and rarely riſes The firſt ſpecies grows naturally in China, from
more than eight or nine inches high, having five or whence I have often received the ſeeds. The ſecond
fix greeniſh yellow flowers growing almoſt in form of fort I have received from Iſtria, where it was gathered
an umbel at the top: theſe are rarely ſucceeded by in the fields, but theſe feeds produced ſingle red
feeds in England
flowers only; whereas from ſome feeds of this fort,
The Canada Albuca is hardy, ſo the roots may be which were given me by the late Charles Du Bois,
planted about four inches deep in a border of light Efq; of Mitcham, in 1726, which he procured from
earth, where they will thrive, and produce their flow- Madras, I raiſed many double flowers of ſeveral co-
ers late in the ſummer; but as the ſeeds rarely ripen lours.
in England, and the bulbs do not put out many off- Theſe plants, although natives of warm countries,
ſets, the plants are not common in this country. yet are hardy enough to thrive in the open air in Enga
The African fort I raiſed from feeds a few years paſt; land, and have for many years been ſome of the
this generally flowers twice a year, the firſt time in
greateſt ornaments in the garden, toward the latter
March or April, and again in July or Auguſt, but part of ſummer; but ſince they have become very
has not produced any feeds. If the roots of this fort common, have not been ſo much regarded as they de-
are kept in pots, filled with light earth, and are ſhel- ſerve, partly from their growing too large for ſmall
tered under a hot-bed frame in winter, they will thrive gardens, and their requiring tall ſtakes to ſecure them
and produce flowers; but the beſt method is to have from being broken by ſtrong winds. But in large
gardens,
a
a
و
a
a

AL C
A L E
P. 18.
gardens, where they are properly diſpoſed, they make pentaphyllea minima lobis fimbriatis. Bacc. Muſc. r.
a fine appearance'; for as their ſpikes of Howers
grow very tall, there will be a ſucceſſion of them on The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt meadows in
the ſame ſtems, more than two months; the flowers ſeveral parts of England, but is not very common
on the lower part of the ſpike appearing in July, and near London: the roots are compoſed of many thick
as their ſtalks advance, new flowers are produced till fibres, which ſpread greatly when they are in a pro-
near the end of September. When the plants are per foil; the leaves riſe immediately from the root,
planted in good ground, their ſtalks often riſe to ſuſtained by long foot-italks; they are roundiſh, and
the height of eight or nine feet, ſo that near fix feet ſcalloped round the borders into ſeven or eight lobes,
of each will be garniſhed with powers ; which when Maped fomewhar like the Ladies ſcalloped Mantles,
double, and of good colours, will make a fine appear- from whence it had its name. The flower-Items ariſe
ance, eſpecially if the various colours are properly between the leaves about a foot high, which divide
intermixed.
into many branches, and are at each joint garniſhed
They are propagated by feeds, which, as hath been with one ſmall leaf, ſhaped like thoſe below; the
already obſerved, ſhould be carefully ſaved from thoſe flowers are compoſed of an herbaceous empalement,
plants whoſe flowers are the moſt double, and of the in the center of which is the ſtyle attended by four
beſt colours. If theſe are preſerved in their capſules ſtamina, crowned with yellow fummits, ſo that the
until ſpring, the feeds will be better, provided they
only beauty of this plant is in the leaves, which are
are gathered very dry, and care be taken that no uſed in medicine, and are eſteemed to be vulnerary,
damp comes to them in winter, which will cauſe their drying and binding, and of great force to ſtop in-
covers to be mouldy, and thereby ſpoil the feeds.
ward bleeding
The ſeeds ſhould be fown on a bed of light earth, The ſecond fort is much ſmaller than the firſt, the
about the middle of April, which muſt be covered
leaves are much whiter and appear filky; the flower-
about half an inch deep, with the ſame light earth; ſteins do not branch out ſo much, nor are the flowers
fome perſons fow them in ſhallow drills, and others produced in fo large cluſters: their empalement is
ſcatter the feeds thinly over the whole bed. When broader, and the ſegments more obtuſe than thoſe of
they are ſown in the former method, the plants gene-
the firſt fort.
rally come up thick, ſo will require to be tranſplanted The third fort grows naturally on the mountains in
ſooner than thoſe which are fown in the latter. By
Yorkſhire, Weſtmoreland, and Cumberland, gene-
the firſt, the ſeeds may be more equally covered, and rally upon moiſt boggy places. It is alſo a native of
kept clean with leſs trouble, becauſe the ground be- Sweden and Denmark, the Alps, and other cold parts
tween the drills may be hoed. When the plants have of Europe, and is admitted into gardens for the ſake
put out ſix or eight leaves, they ſhould be tranſplant- of variety. The leaves of this ſort are very white,
ed into nurſery-beds, at a foot diſtance from each and deeply cut into five parts like a hand; the flower-
other, obſerving to water them until they have taken ſtems ſeldom riſe more than ſix inches high, nor do
good root; after which they will require no farther the flowers make a better appearance than the other
care, but to keep them clean from weeds till Octo- forts.
ber, when they ſhould be tranſplanted where they are The fourth fort grows naturally in Sweden, Lapland,
to remain.
and other cold countries, ſo is only to be found in
Some perſons let their plants remain a year longer in
ſome few curious botanic gardens in this country.
the nurſery-beds to ſee their flowers, before they re- Theſe are all abiding plants, which have perennial
move them to the flower-garden; but when this is roots and annual ſtalks, which periſh in autumn.
intended, the plants ſhould be planted at a greater They may be propagated by parting their roots; the
diſtance in the nurſery-beds, otherwiſe they will not beſt time for doing this is in the autumn, that their
have room to grow. However, I have always chofen roots may be eſtabliſhed before the drying winds of
to remove my plants the firſt autumn, for young the ſpring come on. They ſhould have a moiſt foil
plants more ſurely grow, than thoſe which are older; and a ſhady ſituation, otherwiſe they will not thrive
and if the ſeeds are carefully ſaved, there will not be in the ſouthern parts of England. When they are
one in ten of the plants come ſingle or of bad colours. propagated by ſeeds, they ſhould be ſown in the au-
ALCHEMILLA, Ladies Mantle.
tumn; for when they are ſown in the ſpring, they
The CHARACTERS are,
ſeldom grow the firſt year. They ſhould be fown on
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leof, a fhady moiſt border, and when the plants come up,
which is ſpread open at the brim, and cut into eight ſeg- they will require no other care but to be kept clean
There are no petals to the flower, but the center from weeds.
of the empalement is occupied by the oval germen, into ALDER-TREE. See Alnus.
which is inſerted a long ſtyle, crowned with a globular ſtig- ALETRIS.
ma: this is attended by four erext ſtamina reſting on the
The CHARACTERS are,
brim of the empalement, and crowned with roundiſho ſum- The flower has no empalement, but bath one oblong oval
mits; the germen afterwards turns to a ſingle compreſſed petal, cut into ſix ſegments at the brim, and are perma-
ſeed.
nent; it hath ſix awl-Maped ſtamina the length of the co-
Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus in the firſt ſection of his rolla, whoſe baſe are inſerted in the ſegments; theſe are
fourth claſs of plants, entitled Tetrandria monogy- crowned by oblong erect ſummits, and an oval germen ſup-
nia, the flowers having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. porting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crown-
The SPECIES are,
ed by a trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an
1. ALCHEMILLA (Vulgaris) foliis lobatis ferratis, ſeg- oval three-cornered capſule with three cells, filled with an-
mentis involucro acuto. The common Ladies Mantle. gulor ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's firſt fec-
2. ALCHEMILLA foliis lobatis ſericeis acutè ferratis, tion of his fixth claſs, the flowers having fix ftamina
ſegmentis involucro ſubrotundis. Small ſilvery Ladies and one ſtyle.
Mantle with lobated leaves Marply ſerrated, and the ſeg-
The SPECIES are,
ments of the involucrum cut into roundiſh ſegments. Al- I. ALETRIS (Farinoſa) acaulis, foliis lanceolatis mem-
chemilla Alpina pubeſcens minor. Tourn. Inſt. R. branaceis, foribus alternis. Lin. Sp. 456. Aletris
without ſtalks, Spear-shaped membranaceous leaves, and
3. ALCHEMILLA (Alpina) foliis digitatis ſerratis. Flor. flowers placed alternate. Hyacinthus caule nodo, fo-
Lapp. 61. Siluery Alpine Ladies Mantle with handed liis linguiformibus acuminatis dentatis. Flor. Virg. 38.
leaves. Alchemilla perennis incana argentea five ſe- 2. ALETRIS (Capenſis) acaulis, foliis lanceolatis undula-
ricea ſatinum provocans. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 195. tis, fpica ovata, floribus nutantibus. Lin. Sp. 456.
ALCHEMILLA (Pentaphylla) foliis quinatis multifidis Aletris without ſtalks, waved Spear-ſhaped leaves, and an
glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 123. Smooth five-leaved Ladies oval ſpike of alterra e flowers.
Mantle, cut into many ſegments. Alchemilla Alpina
G
3. ALETRIS
;
inents.
C. B. P. 319.
H. 508.
4.

A L E
ALL
a
a
ز
3
3. ALETRIS (Hyacinthoides) acaulis, foliis lanceolatis car- though fair to appearance, yet I could never rate
noſis, floribus geminatis. Lin. Sp. 456. Aletris with-
.
any plants from them; but they are eaſily propagated
out ſtalks, fieffy Spear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers ſet by from the fide heads, which they put out after
pairs.
flowering
4. ALETRIS (Zeylanica) acaulis, foliis lanceolatis planis The laſt three forts are too tender to live through the
erectis radicalibus. Aletris without ſtalks, and plain, winter in England, unleſs they are placed in a warm
Spear-Shoped, erect leaves riſing from the root.
ſtove; nor will the third and fifth forts produce their
5. ALETRIS (Fragrans) cauleſcens, foliis lanceolatis am- flowers, if the plants are not plunged into a tan-bed;
plexicaulibus. Stolky Aletris, with ſpear-ſhaped leaves for although the plants may be preſerved in a dry
embracing it. Aloe Africana arboreſcens, fforibus al- ſtove, yet thoſe make but little progreſs there; where-
bis fragrantiſſimis. Hort. Amft. 2. tab. 4.
as when they are in a tan-bed, they will advance as
The firſt fort grows naturally in North America ; it much in one year as the other will in three or four ;
hath a tuberoſe root, from which ariſe ſeveral ſpear- the leaves will alſo be much larger, and the whole
ſhaped leaves, and a naked ſtalk ſupporting a ſpike plant much ſtronger. The third fort will ſometimes
of flowers placed alternate, of a greeniſh white co- flower in a dry ſtove, but the flower-ſtems will be
- lour; theſe appear in June, but are rarely ſucceeded weak, and do not produce half ſo many flowers as
by ſeeds in England.
when in tan; but the fifth has not yet flowered here
This plant is tolerably hardy, fo may be preſerved when kept in the dry ftove.
thro' the winter, if ſheltered under a hot-bed frame; The third and fourth forts propagate very faſt by
but as the ſeeds do not ripen here, and the roots in- their creeping roots, which fend up many heads
creafe but Nowly, the plants are at preſent rare in theſe may be cut off in June, and laid in the ſtove
England.
for a fortnight, that the part wounded may be healed
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good over; then they ſhould be planted in ſmall pots, filled
Hope. This is a low plant, ſeldom riſing more than with light ſandy earth, and plunged into a moderate
a foot high; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and undu- hot-bed of tanners bark, giving them but little wa-
lated; the foot-ítalks of the flower ariſe from the ter till they have put out good roots; then they muſt
root, which ſuſtain ſeveral white nodding flowers, in be treated like other tender ſucculent plants, never
ſhape fomewhat like thoſe of the Hyacinth.
ſetting them abroad in ſummer.
The roots of this ſort muſt be planted in pots filled The heads of the fifth fort when taken from the ſtems
with light earth, that they may be ſheltered in a dry ſhould be laid in the ſtoye a week, for their wounds to
airy glaſs-cafe in winter, being too tender to thrive heal, then ſhould be planted in pots and treated as
in the open air in England; therefore the pots ſhould the other.
be removed into ſhelter in October, and during the ALESANDER, or ALEXANDER See
winter ſeaſon, they ſhould be ſparingly watered. In SMYRNIUM.
May they ſhould be placed abroad in a ſheltered fi- ALKEKENGI. See PHYSALIS.
tuation, and in warm weather muſt be frequently re- | ALLELUJAH. See OXALIS.
freſhed with water; with this management the plants ALLIARIA. See HESPERIS.
will flower; but as they do not perfect their ſeeds ALLIUM (of 'Anów, Gr. to avoid or ſhun, becauſe
here, nor do they increaſe faſt by roots, the plants are many fhun the ſmell of it], Garlick.
ſcarce in England.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third fort has been long preferved in the Engliſh The flowers are included in one common ſpatha, which be-
gardens, and has been known by the title of Guinea comes dry; the flower is compoſed of fix oblong, erect, con-
Aloe ; this hath thick fleſhy roots like thoſe of the cave petals, and ſix awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which extend the
Flag Iris, which creep far where they have room. length of the petals, and are crowned with oblong ſum-
The leaves ariſe fingly from the root, and are near mits. In the center is fiuated a ſhort three-cornered ger-
one foot and a half long, ſtiff, waved, and have no men, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an acute ſtigma.
foot-ſtalks, ariſing immediately from the root, as do The germen afterward becomes an obtuſe three-cornered cap-
alſo the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which when the ſule, opening into three parts, having three cells, filled
roots are ſtrong, are often a foot and a half high, gar- with roundiſh ſeeds.
niſhed great part of their height with clear white
The SPECIES are,
flowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the Hyacinth, whoſe 1. Allium (Sativum) caule planifolio bulbifero, bulbo
brims are cut into ſix ſegments, which are reflexed; compofito, ftaminibus tricuſpidatis
. Hort. Upfal.
theſe ſeldom continue in beauty more than two or three 76. Common manured Garlick. Allium ſativum.
days, and are never ſucceeded by feeds here.
C. B. P.
The fourth fort is alſo pretty common, in gardens 2. ALLIUM (Scorodoprofum) caule planifolio bulbifero,
where there are conveniencies for preſerving exotic foliis crenulatis vaginis ancipitibus ftaminibus tricuf-
plants. This hath fleſhy creeping roots, which mul- pidatis. Hort. Upſal. 77. The Rocambole. Allium
tiply greatly. The whole plant ſeldom riſes more than ſativum alterum five alliopraſuin caulis fummo cir-
fix inches high: the leaves are plain and upright, cumlocuto. C. B. P. 73.
ariſing without foot-ſtalks; but as I have never ſeen 3. ALLIUM (Urſinum) ſcapo nudo ſemicylindrico foliis
any flowers produced on the plants, I can give no de- lanceolatis petiolatis umbellâ faftigiatâ. Lin. Sp.
fcription of them, but have followed Dr. Linnæus in Plant. 300. Broad-leaved wild Garlick, or Ramſons.
ranging it, though I have great reaſon to believe he Allium ſylveſtre latifolium. C. B. P.
has not ſeen the flower; for he ſuppoſes this to be a 4. ALLIUM (Lineare) caule planifolio umbellifero um-
variety of the third fort, which no perſon who is ac- bellâ globosâ ftaminibus tricuſpidatis corolla duplo
quainted with the two plants can ever admit. This longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 294. Great round-beaded
.
has been always known by the title of Ceylon Aloe. Garlick of the Holm Iſlands. Allium Holmenſe fphæ-
The fifth fort riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk to the rico capite. Raii Syn. 370.
height of eight or ten feet high, having many joints, 5. Allium (Moly) ſcapo nudo fubcylindrico foliis lan-
and is adorned toward the top with a head of ſpear- ceolatis feffilibus umbellâ faftigiatâ. Hort. Upſal. 76.
ſhaped thin leaves, which are of a deep green colour The yellow Moly. Allium latifolium luteum. Tourn.
and reflexed at their ends, embracing the ſtalks with
their baſe. The foot-ſtalks of the flower ariſe from 6. ALLIUM (Magicum) caule planifolio umbellifero ra-
the center of the heads, which are generally two feet mulo bulbifero ftaminibus fimplicibus. Lin. Sp.
high, branching out on each ſide, and fully garniſhed Plant. 296. Great broad-leaved Moly with Lily flowers.
with white flowers, in ſhape-fomewhat like thoſe of Allium latifolium liliflorum. Tourn. Inft. 384.
the third fort; but theſe open only in the evening, 7. Allium (Obliquum) caule planifolio umbellifero fta-
when they emit a moſt fragrant odour, but cloſe again minibus filiformibus flore triplo longioribus foliis ob-
in the morning, and are not of long duration ; but liquis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 296. Umbelliferous Garlick with
theſe are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſeeds, which, al- plain leaves, ſlender ſtamina, which are three times the
5
length
a
Inſt. 384.

ALL
ALL
length of the flower, and oblique leaves. Allium radice
tunicatâ foliis planis linearibus caulinis capitulo um-
bellato. Flor. Siber. 1. p. 49.
8. Allium (Ramoſum) caule ſubplanifolio umbellifero
ftaminibus fubulatis longioribus umbellâ globosâ foliis
linearibus fubconvexis. Lin. Sp. Pl. 296. Umbel-
liferous Garlick with half plain leaves, long awl-Shaped
ſi amina, globular umbels, and narrow convex leaves.
9. ALLIUM (Roſeum) fcapo nudo umbellifero, pedicellis
brevibus, petalis ovalibus, ftaminibus breviffimis, fo-
liis linearibus. Lin. Sp. 432. Garlick with a naked
umbelliferous folk, ſhort foot-ſtalks, oval petals to the
flower, very Mort ſtamina, and linear leaves. Allium
fylveftre five moly minus, roſeo amplo flore. Mag-
a
ſcience of botany, may not fo reachly turn to thoſe
articles, therefore we ſhall inſert their culture under
their former titles.
The two firſt ſpecies are eaſily propagated by planting
the cloves, or ſmall bulbs, in the ſpring, in beds
about four or five inches diſtance from each other,
keeping them clean from weeds. About the beginning
of June, the leaves of the firſt fort ſhould be tied in
knots, to prevent their ſpindling, or running to feed,
which will greatly enlarge the bulb. In the middle
of July, the leaves will begin to wither and decay,
at which time they ſhould be taken out of the ground,
and hanged up in a dry room, to prevent their rotting,
and may be thus preſerved for winter uſe.
The roots of the fecond fort may remain in the ground
till the leaves are decayed, when their bulbs may be
taken up and dried, to be preſerved for uſe during
the winter ſeaſon; but ſome of the roots may be at
the ſame time planted again for the ſucceeding year;
for this fort requires to be planted in autumn, ef-
pecially on dry ground, otherwiſe their bulbs will not
nol. II.
be large.
a
10. ALLIUM (Arenarium) caule planifolio bulbifero va-
ginis teretibus ſpatha muticâ ftaminibus tricuſpidatis.
H. Scan. 227. Bulb-bearing Garlick, with plain leaves,
a taper vagina, and three pointed ſtamina.
II. Allium (Carinatum) caule planifolio bulbifero fta-
minibus fubulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 297. Bulb-bearing
garlick with plain leaves, and owl-ſhaped ſtamina. Allium
montanum bicorne anguſtifolium flore dilutè purpu-
raſcente. C. B. P. 74.
12. ALLIUM (Spherocephalon) caule terteifolio umbelli-
fero, foliis femiteretibus, ftaminibus tricuſpidatis co-
rolla longioribus. Lin. Sp. 426. Umbelliferous Gar-
lick, with taper leaves which are longer than the petals
.
Allium five moly montanum purpureo flore. Cluſ.
Hiſt. 1. p. 195.
13. ALLIUM (Flavum) caule teretifolio umbellifero, flo-
ribus pendulis, petalis ovatis, faminibus corolla lon-
gioribus. Lin. Sp. 428. Umbelliferous Garlick, with
taper leaves and pendulous flowers, having oval petals,
and ſtamina longer than the corolla. Allium montanum
bicorne fiore pallido odore. C. B. P. 75.
14. ALLIUM (Seneſcens) fcapo nudo ancipiti foliis li-
nearibus fubtus convexis lævibus umbellâ fubrotunda
ftaminibus fubulatis.
Hort. Upſal. 79.
Greater
Mountain Garlick with leaves like Narciſſus. Allium
montanum foliis Narciſfi majus. C. B. P. 75.
15. ALLIUM (Anguloſum) fcapo nudo ancipiti foliis li-
nearibus canaliculatis fubtus fubangulatis umbellâ faſti-
giatâ. Hort. Upfal. 79. Garlick with a naked ſtalk,
narrow hollow leaves, which are angular on their lower ſide,
and a compact umbel. Allium montanum foliis Nar-
cifli minus. C. B. P. 75.
16. ALLIUM (Subhirſutum) caule planifolio umbellifero
foliis inferioribus hirſutis ftaminibus fubulatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 295. Umbelliferous Garlick with hairy under
leaves, and awl-ſhaped ſtamina, commonly called Dios-
coridis Moly. Moly anguſtifolium umbellatum. C. B.
a
The third fort was formerly in greater eſteem than
at preſent, it being rarely cultivated in gardens, but
is found wild in moiſt ſhady places in many parts of
England; and may be cultivated by planting the roots
in a moiſt ſhady border, at almoſt any time of the year;
but the beſt ſeaſon is in July, juſt as the green leaves
are decaying:
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Holm Iſlands,
from whence it has been tranſplanted into ſeveral gar-
dens, where it is preſerved more for the ſake of va-
riety than uſe.
The eleventh and thirteenth forts grow wild in the
northern parts of England, but are by the curious in
botany preſerved in their gardens. Theſe are very
hardy, and may be removed in July or Auguft, when
their leaves begin to decay, and will thrive in almoſt
any
ſoil or ſituation.
The fifth fort was formerly preſerved in gardens for
the ſake of its yellow flowers, but having a very ſtrong
Garlick ſcent, moſt people have rooted it out of their
gardens.
The fixth fort is alſo preſerved by many perſons in
their gardens for the ſake of variety, but as this hath
a very ſtrong ſcent, ſo it is not often admitted to the
flower-garden.
The ninth and twelfth forts are ſometimes permitted
to have a place in gardens for the ſake of variety.
The ſeventh, eighth, and tenth forts grow naturally
in Tartary and Siberia, from whence their feeds were
fent to Peterſburgh, and from thence ſome of the bo-
tanic gardens have been ſupplied with feeds; theſe are
only preſerved for the ſake of variety.
The fourteenth, fifteenth, and fixteenth forts, have
been planted in gardens for the variety of their flowers,
but of late years moſt people have turned them out,
to make room for better forts. But the ſixteenth
multiplies ſo faſt by offsets, as to render it difficult
to extirpate them, when they have remained any time
in a garden.
This produces large umbels of white flowers, growing
on ſtalks about ten inches high; the time of flowering
is in April and May.
The nineteenth fort was brought from Virginia, and
is preſerved in botanic gardens for variety's ſake, but
has no great beauty; it is very hardy, and will thrive
in the open air very well; and is propagated by its
bulbs, which are produced in plenty on the top of
the ſtalks.
They are all of them very hardy, and will thrive in
almoſt
any
foil or fituation, and are eaſily propagated
either by their roots, or from feeds: if from the roots,
the beſt time is in autumn, that they may take good
root in the ground before the ſpring, which is neceſ-
ſary, in order to have them flower ſtrong the following
fummer. If they are propagated by ſeeds, they may
be fown on a border of cominon earth, either in au-
tumn, foon after the ſeeds are ripe, or in the ſpring
following, and will require no farther care, but to
keep
P. 75.
I
17. ALLIUM (Viktioralis) umbella rotundata, ſtaminibus
lanceolatis corolla longioribus, foliis ellipticis. Lin.
Mat. Med. 163. Umbelliferous Garlick with round um-
bels, Spear-ſhaped ſtamina longer than the corollo, and el-
liptical leaves. Allium montanum latifolium macu-
latum. C. B. P. 74.
18. ALLIUM (Deſcendens) caule ſubteretifolio umbellifero,
pedunculis exterioribus brevioribus, ftaminibus tri-
cuſpidatis. Lin. Sp. 427. Umbelliferous Garlick with
a half taper leaf, and three pointed ſtomina. Allium
moly latifolium, capite fphærico, flore purpureo.
Rudb.
19. ALLIUM (Canodenſe) ſcapo nudo tereti, foliis linea-
ribus capitulo bulbifero. Kalm. It. Canada Garlick with
a naked taper ſtalk, linear leaves, and heads bearing bulbs.
Allium bulbiferum Virginianum. Boerh. Ind. Alt. 2.
146.
20. ALLIUM (Triquetrum) ſcapo nudo foliis triquetris,
ftaminibus fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. 431. Garlick with
a naked Stalk, triangular leaves, and ſimple ſtamina.
Moly parvum caule triangulo. C. B. P. 75.
We ſhall not bring under this genus the Cepa and
Porrum, as is done by Dr. Linnæus, left by too
cloſely adopting his ſyſtem, we may render this work
leſs intelligible to the practical gardener, and ſuch
other perſons who may delight themſelves in the cul-
ture of a kitchen-garden; but not having ſtudied the
a

A LO
ALO
GULA.
exeunte.
keep them clear from weeds; in the following autumn,
bicantibus obfcurioribus magis glaucis quam præce-
the plants may be tranſplanted into the borders where dens. Boerh. Ind.
they are to remain for good.
7. ALOE (Plicatilis) foliis enfiformibus inermis ancipi-
The greateſt part of theſe plants produce their flowers tibus floribus laxè fpicatis caule fruticofo. Aloe with
in May, June, and July.
ſword-ſhaped finooth leaves, ſtanding two ways, the flowers
,
The yellow Moly will grow about a foot high; and growing in loose ſpikes, and a shrubby ſtalk. Aloe Afri-
having ſome beauty in the flowers, is worthy of a cana arboreſcens montana non fpinofa folio longiſſimo
place in ſuch borders of the flower-garden, where few plicatili flore rubro. Com. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 5.
better things will thrive. Theſe increaſe plentifully 8. Aloe (Breviuribus) foliis amplexicaulibus utrâque
both by roots and feeds.
ſpinoſis, foribus fpicatis. Aloe with leaves embracing
The fixth and ſeventeenth forts grow upwards of two the ſtalks, which are prickly on every fide, and flowers
feet high, and when they are in flower, make a pretty growing in ſpikes. Aloe Africana cauleſcens foliis glau-
appearance; and as they are not troubleſome to keep, cis brevifiimis foliorum parte internâ & externâ non-
may be allowed a place in the borders of the flower- nihil ſpinoſa. Com. Præl. 71.
garden.
9. ALOE (Variegata) floribus pedunculatis cernuis race-
All the other forts are equally hardy, and will grow mofis priſmaticis ore patulo æquali. Lin. Sp. Plant.
in any foil or ſituation ; but as they have little beauty, 321. Aloe with hanging flowers, having foot-ſtalks, and
they are rarely preſerved, except in botanic gardens Spreading equally at the brim. Aloe Africana humilis
for the ſake of var ety.
foliis ex albo & viridi variegatis. Com. Præl. 79.
ALMOND-TREE. See AMYGDALUS.
commonly called Partridge-breaſt Aloe.
ALMOND-DWARF. See PERSICA.
10. AloE foliis erectis fubulatis radicatis undique in-
ALNUS. See BETULA.
erme ſpinoſis. Hort. Cliff. 131. Aloe with ereet
ALNUS NIGRA BACCIFERA. See FRAN- awl-ſhaped leaves, ſet with ſoft ſpines on every part. Aloe
Africana humilis fpinis inermibus & verrucoſis obfita.
ALOE [Gr. 'Aron].
Com. Præl. 77. commonly called Hedge-hog Aloe.
The CHARACTERS are,
11. Aloe (Viſcofa) floribus feffilibus infundibuli formi-
The flower is neked, having no empalement; it is of one bus bilabiatis laciniis quinque revolutis fumma erecta.
leaf, having a long ſmooth tube, which is divided at the Lin. Sp. Plant. 322. Aloe with funnel-ſhaped flowers,
top into fix parts, Spreading open; it hath fix awl- without foot-ſtalks, opening in two lips, and cut into five
shaped ſtamina, which are inſerted at their baſe to the Segments, which turn backward, and are erect at the top.
germen, and are extended the length of the tube; theſe are Aloe Africana erecta triangularis & triangulari folio
crowned with oblong ſummits; in the center is ſituated the viſcoſo. Com. Præl. 82.
oval germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, which is of the ſame 12. Aloe (Spiralis) floribus feffilibus ovatis crenatis ſeg-
length with the ſtamina, crowned with a trifid ſtigma. mentis interioribus conniventibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The germen afterward becomes an oblong capſule
, having 322. Aloe with oval crenated flowers, without foot-ſtalks,
three furrows, which is divided into three cells opening in and the interior ſegments cloſing together. Aloe Africana
three parts, and filled with angular ſeeds.
erecta rotunda folio parvo & in acumen acutiffimum
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
Com. Præl. 83.
the firſt ſection of his fixth caſs, titled Hexandria 13. Aloe (Linguiforme) feffilis foliis lingui formibus ma-
monogynia, from the flowers having fix ftanina culatis floribus pedunculatis cernuis. Aloe with dwarf,
and one ftyle.
tongue-ſhaped, Spotted leaves, and hanging flowers, which
The Species are,
have foot-ſtalks. Aloe Africana fiore rubro folio ma-
1. Aloe (Mitriformis) floribus pedunculatis cernuis co- culis albicantibus ab utrâque parte notato. H. Amſt.
rymboſis ſub-cylindricis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 319. i. e. 2. p. 15. commonly called Tongue Aloe.
Aloe with dependent flowers, having foot-ſtalks which are 14. ALOE (Margaritifera) floribus feffilibus bilabiatis
ranged in a cylindrical corymbus. Aloe Africana mitri- labio ſuperiore erecto inferiore patente. Lin. Sp. Plant.
formis ſpinoſa. Hort. Élth. 1. p. 21. Mitre-ſhaped 322. Aloe with Seſile flowers, gaping with two lips,
Aloe.
the upper being ercet, and the under ſpreading. Aloe Af-
2. Aloe (Barbadenſis) foliis dentatis erectis ſucculentibus ricana folio in fummitate triangulari margaritiferâ ilo-
fubulatis, floribus luteis in thyrſo dependentibus. re fubviridi. Com. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 19. commonly
Aloe with erect, ſucculent, awl-ſhaped leaves, and yellow called large Pearl Alce.
flowers growing in a looſe ſpike, hanging downward. Aloe 15. Aloe Vera) foliis longiſſimis & anguftiffimis mar-
vulgaris. C. B. P. 386.
ginibus ſpinoſis, floribus fpicatis. Aloe with very long
3. ALOE (Arboreſcens) foliis amplexicaulibus reflexis, narrow leaves, having Spines on their hedges, and flowers
margine dentatis, floribus cylindricis caule fruticofa. growing in ſpikes. Aloe India Orientalis, ferrata fuc-
Aloe with leaves embracing the fialks, which are reflexed cotrina vera fore Phænicio. Hort. Beaumont. The
and indented on their edges, flowers growing cylindrical, Succotrine Aloe.
and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Aloe Africana cauleſcens foliis 16. ALOE (Glauca) caule brevi, foliis amplexicaulibus
glaucis caulem amplectantibus. H. Amít. Com- bifariam verfis fpinis marginibus erectis floribus ca-
monly called Sword Aloe.
pitatis. Aloe with a ſhort ſtolk, leaves ſtanding two ways,
4. Aloe (Africana) foliis latioribus amplexicaulibus, which embrace the ſtolk; the ſpines on the edges erect, and
margine & dorſo fpinofis, floribus ſpicatis, caule fru- flowers growing in a head. Aloe Africana cauleſcens
ticoſo. Aloe with brooder leaves embracing the ſtolks, foliis glaucis brevioribus foliorum parte internâ & ex-
whoſe edges and beck are ſet with ſpines, flowers growing ternâ nonnihil fpinofa. Com. Præl. 71.
in ſpikes, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Aloe Africana caulel 17. Aloe (Arachnoidea) feffilis foliis brevioribus planis
cens foliis minùs glaucis dorſi parte ſupremâ ſpinoſa. carnofis apice triquetris marginibus inerme ſpinoſis.
Com. Præl. 68.
Low Aloe with ſhort, plain, jleſby leaves, triangular at their
5. Aloe (Diſticha) foliis latiffimis amplexicaulibus ma- ends, and borders ſet with ſoft ſpines. Aloe Africana
culatis, margine ſpinoſis foribus umbellatis. Aloe humilis arachnoidea. Com. Præl. 72. commonly called
with very broad ſpotted leaves embracing the ſtalk, whoſe Cobweb Aloe.
edges are ſet with ſpines and flowers, growing in an um- 18. ALOE (Herbacea)foliis ovato-lanceolatis carnofis apice
(
bel. Aloe Africana cauleſcens foliis fpinofis maculis triquetris angulis inerme dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 131.
ab utrâque parte albicantibus notatis. Hort. Amftel. Aloe with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, fleſhly leaves, having three
2. p. 9. by ſome called the Sope Aloe, and by others angles at their extremities, which are indented and ſet with
Carolina Aloe.
Soft ſpines. Aloe Africana minima atro-viridis fpinis
6. Aloe (Obſcura) foliis latioribus amplexicaulibus ma- herbaceis numeroſis ornata. Boerh. Ind. Alt. 2. p.
culatis margine ſpinofis floribus fpicatis
. Aloe with 131.
broad ſpotted leaves embracing the ſtalks, whoſe edges have 19. ALOE (Retuſa) floribus ſeſſilibus triquetris bilabiatis
Spines, and flowers growing in a ſpike. Aloe Africana labio inferiore revoluto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 322. Aloe
cauleſcens foliis ſpinoſis maculis ab utrâque parte al- with flowers divided into three parts, the under lip being
turned

A LO
A LO
turned back. Aloe Africana breviffimo crafiſimoque
folio flore ſubviridi. Hort. Amft. 2. p. II. commonly
called Cuſhion Aloe.
20. ALOE (Verrucoſa) feſilis follis carinatis utrâque ver-
rucoſis bifariam verſis. Low Aloe with keel-baped
leaves, warted on every part, and ſtanding two ways.
Aloe Africana foliis longis conjugatis fupra cavis már-
garitiferis fore rubro elegantiſſimo. Boerh. Ind. Alt.
p. 2, 131. commonly called Pearl-tongue Alce.
21. Aloe (Carinata) feffilis foliis carinatis verrucofis apice
triquetris carnoſis. Low Aloe with fleſby, keel-shaped,
Spotted leaves, which are triangular at their extremities.
This is the Aloe Africana fiore rubro folio triangulari
verrucis & ab utrâque parte albicantibus notato. Hort.
Amft. 2. p. 17:
a
a
22. ALOE (Ferox) foliis amplexicaulibus nigricantibus
undique ſpinoſis. Aloe with dark green leaves embracing
the ſtalks, which are beſet with ſpines on every ſide. Aloe
vera coſta fpinofa. Munt. Phyt. commonly called
Aloe ferox.
23. Aloe (Uvaria) floribus feMilibus reflexis imbricatis
priſmaticis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 323. Aloe with reflexed
flowers growing cloſe to the ſtalk, in form of a priſm, lying
over each other like tiles on a houſe. Aloe Africana fo-
lio triangulari longiffimo & anguftiffimo floribus luteis
fætidis. Hort. Amít. 2. p. 29. commonly called Iris
Uvaria.
The firſt ſort of Aloe grows with an upright ſtalk, to
the height of five or ſix feet, the leaves cloſely ern-
brace the ſtalks; they are thick, ſucculent, broad at
their baſe, growing narrower, and ending in a point,
of a dark green colour, and have ſpines on the edges,
as alſo a few on their upper furface; the leaves ftand
erect, and draw together towards the top, where they
form the reſemblance of a mitre, from whence it is
called the Mitre Aloe. The flower-ſtem riſes about
three feet high, on the top of which the flowers come
out in a ſort of globular ſpike, but afterwards is
formed into a cylindrical ſpike: theſe have long foot-
ſtalks, which come out horizontally, and the Powers
hang downward; they are tubulous, and cut into fix
unequal ſegments to the bottom, three being alter-
nately broader than the others. There are fix ftami-
na, three of which are as long as the tube of the
flower, the other three are ſhorter. Theſe are crowned
with flat oblong ſummits of a gold colour. The
three-cornered germen is ſituated in the bottom of
the flower, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, which is ſhorter
than the ſtamina, having no ſtigma on the top. The
tube of the flower is of a fine red colour, and the brim
is of a pale green, ſo that it makes a pretty appear-
ance when the ſpikes of flowers are large.
This fort will live in a warm dry green-houſe in
winter, and may be placed in the open air in ſummer,
in a ſheltered ſituation, but the plants ſhould not
have much wet, left it ſhould rot their ftems. With
this management the plants will not grow ſo faſt, as
when they are placed in a ſtove, but they will be
ſtronger, and their ftems will ſupport their heads
much better.
The ſecond ſort is very common in the iſlands of
America, where the plants are propagated upon the
pooreſt land, to obtain the Hepatic Aloes, which
are brought to England, and uſed chiefly for horſes,
being too coarſe for medicine.
The leaves of this fort are about four inches broad at
their baſe, where they are near two inches thick, and
diminiſh gradually to a point, having a few inden-
tures on their edges; the leaves are of a ſea-green co-
lour, and when young are ſpotted with white. The
flower-ſtem riſes near three feet high, and the flowers
ſtand in a ſlender looſe ſpike, with very ſhort foot-
ftalks, hanging downwards. They are tubulous, and
cut into fix parts, of a bright yellow colour, and the
ſtamina ſtand out beyond the tube. This never pro-
duces feed in England, and is too tender to live
through the winter in our climate, in a common green-
houſe, therefore it ſhould be placed in a moderate
degree of warmth in that ſeaſon. I have known plants
of this kind, which have had an oiled cloth tied about
their roots, and hung up in a warm room more than
two years, and afterwards planted in pots, which have
grown very well, from whence the plant has been
called Sempervivum by the inhabitants of America.
The third fort will grow to the height of ten or twelve
feet, with a ſtrong naked frem; the leaves growing
at the top, which cloſely embrace the ſtalk; they are
about two inches broad at their baſe, growing nar-
rower to a point, and are reflexed, and indented
on their edges, each being armed with a ſtrong
crooked ſpine. The leaves are of a ſea-green colour,
and very ſucculent. The flowers grow in a pyra-
midal ſpike, are tubulous, and of a bright red colour.
Theſe are in beauty in November and December.
This ſort will live through the winter in a good green-
houſe, but they will not flower unleſs they have a
moderate ſhare of warınth, therefore the pots ſhould
be removed into a ftove in October, which ſhould not
be kept above temperate heat, in which ſituation they
feldom fail to flower.
The fourth fort is fomewhat like the third, but the
leaves are broader, and have ſeveral ſpines on their
backſide toward their extremities. The flowers of this
grow in a looſer ſpike, and the plants never put out
any ſuckers, ſo that it is very difficult to increaſe.
The fifth fort feldom riſes much above two feet high,
the leaves are very broad at their baſe, where they
cloſely embrace the ſtalk, and gradually decreaſe to
a point. The edges are ſet with ſharp ſpines, and
the under leaves ſpread open horizontally every way;
theſe are of a dark green colour ſpotted with white,
fomewhat reſembling the colour of ſoft fope, from
whence ſome have given it the title of Sope Aloe. The
flowers grow in umbels on the tops of the ſtalks, which
are of a beautiful red colour, and appear in Auguit
and September. This ſort is hardy, ſo may be kept
in a common green-houſe in winter, and in the ſum-
mer placed in the open air.
The ſixth fort is ſomewhat like the fifth in its manner
of growth, but the leaves are broader, of a lighter
green colour, the edges and alſo the ſpines are of a
copper colour, and the flowers grow in looſe ſpikes.
This is as hardy as the former, fo may be treated in
the ſame manner. It flowers in September.
The ſeventh fort grows to the height of fix or ſeven
feet, with a ſtrong ftem, toward the upper part of
which are produced two, three, or four heads, com-
poſed of long, compreſſed, pliable leaves, of a ſea-
green colour, entire, and ending in obtuſe points ;
theſe are placed two ways, lying over each other with
their edges the ſame way. The flowers are produced
in ſhort looſe ſpikes, which are of a red colour, and
appear at different times of the year.
.
The eighth fort is an humble plant, feldom riſing
more than a foot high; the leaves grow near the
ground, which are broad at their baſe, where they
embrace the ſtalk, and gradually diminiſh to a point;
they are of a ſea-green colour, with ſome white
ſpots; their edges, and alſo their upper parts below
and above, are beſet with pretty ſharp ſpines ; the
flowers grow in looſe ſpikes, the tubulous part being
red, and the brim of a light green colour.
The ninth fort is a low plant, feldom riſing above
eight inches high. The leaves of this are triangular,
and turn back at their extremity; they are fleſhy and
entire, their edges being very lightly ſawed. Theſe
are curiouſly veined and ſpotted, fomewhat like the
feathers on a partridge's breaſt, from whence it had
the name. The flowers grow in very looſe ſpikes,
upon ſtalks about one foot high; they are of a fine red
colour tipped with green. This will live in a good
green-houſe through the winter.
I have raiſed a variety of this from feeds which I re-
ceived from the Cape of Good Hope, with broader
triangular leaves, which ſpread much more than thoſe
of the former, and are not ſo beautifully ſpotted; the
flower-ſtalks alſo grow much taller.
The tenth fort is alſo a very low plant, never rifing
to have ſtalks; the leaves are broad at their baſe, but
are tapering to a point where they are triangular ;
H
they
а
a

A LO
A LO
a
they are beſet on their edges, and both ſurfaces, with
foft fpines, very cloſely, from whence this plant had
the name of Hedgehog Aloe. The flowers grow in
a looſe head, on the top of the ſtalk, which is very
thick, but feldom a foot high: they are of a fine red
colour below, but of a pale green above. This fort
may be preſerved through the winter in a good green-
houſe, and placed in the open air in fummer,
Tlie eleventh fort grows near a foot high, and is fur-
niſhed with triangular leaves, from the ground up-
ward; theſe are of a dark green colour, and are placed
in form of a triangle; the flowers grow thinly upon
very ſlender foot-ſtalks, and are of an herbaceous co-
lour, and their upper part turns backward. This fort
requires a moderate warmth in winter, ſo ſhould be
placed in a cool part of the ſtove.
The twelfth fort grows ſomewhat like the former,
being beſet with leaves from the bottom, but theſe
are rounder, and end in ſharp points; the flowers
grow upon taller ſtalks, which branch out and grow
in long cloſe ſpikes. There is a variety of this ſort
which has been raiſed from feeds, which is much
larger, the leaves thicker, and the flowers grow upon
taller ſtalks, but this is only a feminal variety.
This fort may be preſerved through the winter in a
good green-houſe, but muſt have very little water
given it during the cold weather.
The thirteenth fort grows with its leaves near the
ground, which are about fix inches in length, and
1haped like a tongue, from whence it had the title of
Tongue Aloe. The flowers grow in ſlender looſe
ſpikes, each hanging downward, of a red colour below,
and green at the top. This is pretty hardy, ſo may
be kept in a common green-houſe in winter, and fet
abroad in ſummer. There is a variety of this fort,
with leaves much more ſpotted.
The fourteenth fort is of humble growth; the leaves
come out on every ſide without order near the ground,
they are thick, triangular at their ends, and cloſely
ftudded with white protuberances, from whence it was
called Pearl Aloe. There is a ſmaller fort of this
which hath been long preſerved in the Engliſh gar-
dens, but the manner of its flowering being the ſame,
I ſuſpect it to be only a variety. This may be
pre-
ſerved through the winter in a common green-houſe.
It flowers at different ſeaſons of the year.
The fifteenth ſort is the true Succotrine Aloe, from
whence the beſt ſort of Aloe for uſe in medicine is
produced. This hath long, narrow, fucculent leaves,
which come out without any order, and form large
heads. The ſtalks grow three or four feet high, and
have two, three, and ſometimes four of theſe heads,
branching out from it: the lower leaves ſpread out
on every fide, but the upper leaves turn inward to-
ward the center; the flowers grow in long ſpikes,
upon ſtalks about two feet high, each ſtanding on a
pretty long foot-ſtalk; they are of a bright red colour
tipped with green: theſe generally appear in the winter
ſeaſon. This ſort may be preſerved through the
winter in a warin green-houſe, but the plants ſo ma-
naged will not flower ſo frequently, as thoſe which
have a moderate degree of warmth in winter.
The fixteenth fort reſembles the eighth in ſome par-
ticulars, but the leaves are much broader, and ſpread
wide on every fide; whereas thoſe of the eighth are
ranged only two ways, and are narrow. This flowers
but ſeldom, whereas the fixteenth flowers annually in
the ſpring, and may be kept through the winter in a
common green-houſe.
The ſeventeenth fort never riſes from the ground, but
the leaves ſpread flat on the ſurface; theſe are plain,
fucculent, and triangular toward their end. The
borders of the leaves, and alſo the ridge of the angle
on their under fide, are cloſely beſet with ſoft white
ſpines. The flower-ſtalk riſes about a foot high, is
very ſlender, and hath three or four ſmall herbaceous
flowers ſtanding at a diſtance from each other. Theſe
are tubulous, and cut into fix parts at the brim, which
turn backward. This fort is tender, fo ſhould be
placed in winter in a moderate degree of heat, and
muſt have little water. It feldom puts out offsets, ſo
is generally increaſed by planting the leaves.
The eighteenth fort is alſo a ſmall plant growing near
the ground; the leaves of this ſort are almoſt cylin-
drical toward their baſe, but angular near their ends,
and are ſet with ſhort foft fpines at the angles: theſe
leaves are ſhorter and of a darker green colour than
thoſe of the former fort, and the plants produce many
fuckers on every ſide. I have raiſed a variety of this
from feeds, which hath ſhorter, whiter, and imoother
leaves, but this hath not yet flowered. This will live
in a common green-houſe in winter.
The nineteenth fort hath very ſhort, thick, fucculent
leaves, which are compreſſed on their upper fide like
a cuſhion, from whence it had the name. This grows
very cloſe to the ground, and puts out fuckers on
every fide: the flowers grow on nender ſtalks, and
are of an herbaceous colour. This may be preſerved
through the winter in a good green-houſe, but ſhould
have very little water during that ſeaſon, eſpecially
when it hath no artificial heat.
The twentieth fort hath long narrow tongue-ſhaped
leaves, which are hollowed on their upper fide, but
keel-ſhaped below: theſe are cloſely ſtudded on every
fide, with ſmall white protuberances, from whence
the plant hath had the title of Pearl Tongue Aloe.
The flowers of this kind grow on pretty tall ſtalks,
and form looſe ſpikes, each hanging downward : they
are of a beautiful red colour, tipped with green. This
fort produces offsets in plenty, and is ſo hardy as to
live in a common green-houſe through the winter. It
flowers at different ſeaſons of the
year.
The twenty-firit fort hath ſome reſemblance to the laſt,
but the leaves are much broader and thicker; theſe
ſpread out every way, and are not ſo concave on their
upper ſurface, nor are the protuberances fo large as
thoſe of the former; the flowers are of a paler colour,
and the ſpikes are ſhorter. I have raiſed plants from
the feeds of this fort, which have varied from the
original, but none of them approached near the twen-
tieth fort. This is as hardy as the former fort.
The twenty-ſecond fort riſes to the height of eight
or ten feet, with a ſtrong ftem; the leaves grow on
the top, which cloſely embrace the ſtalk; theſe come
out irregularly, and ſpread every way; they are near
four inches broad at their baſe, and diminiſh gradually
to the top, where they end in a ſpine. They are of
a dark green colour, and cloſely beſet with ſhort thick
ſpines on every ſide. This fort hath not as yet flowered
in England, nor does it put out ſuckers, ſo that it is
difficult to increaſe. It muſt have a warm green-
houſe in winter, and very little water.
The twenty-third ſort hath very long, narrow, trian-
gular leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of the Bull-ruh; the
flowers are produced in cloſe thick ſpikes, upon ſtalks
near three feet high. They are of an Orange colour,
having fix yellow ftamina, which come out beyond
the tube of the flower; ſo that when the plants are
ſtrong, and produce large ſpikes, they make a fine
appearance. It flowers in Auguſt and September.
There is a variety of this with narrower leaves, and
longer ſpikes of Áowers.
The ſoil in which theſe plants thrive beft, is one half
freſh light earth from a common (and if the turf is
taken with it and rotted, it is much better); the reſt
ſhould be white fea fand and fifted lime rubbiſh, of
each of theſe two, a fourth part; mix theſe together
fix or eight months at leaſt before it is uſed, obſerving
to turn it over often in the time.
The middle of July is a very proper ſeaſon to ſhift
theſe plants ; at which time you may take them out
of the pots, and with your fingers open the roots, and
ſhake out as much of the earth as poſſible, taking off
all dead or mouldy roots, but do not wound or break
the young freſh ones: then fill the pot about three
parts full of the above-mentioned earth, putting a
few ſtones in the bottom of the pot, to drain off the
moiſture; and after placing the roots of the plant in
ſuch a manner as to prevent their interfering too much
with each other, put in as much of the ſame earth, as
a
a
a
a
2
to

ALO
ALS
W
to fill the pot almoſt to the rim, and obſerve to ſhake Toward the middle of Auguſt, begin to harden thefe
the plant, ſo as to let the earth in between the roots; young plants, by taking off the glaſſes in good wea-
and then with your hand ſettle it cloſe to the roots of ther, and by raiſing them at other times with props,
the plant, to keep it ſteady in the pot; then water that the air may freely enter the bed, which is ab-
them gently, and ſet them abroad in a fhady place, ſolutely neceſſary for their growth, and to prepare
where they may remain for three weeks, giving them them to be removed into the houſe, which muſt be
gentle waterings, if the weather ſhould prove hot done toward the end of September, and managed as
and dry.
before directed for the old plants.
Toward the latter end of September, in a dry day,
The African Aloes, for the moſt part, afford plenty
remove them into the houſe again, obſerving to give of fuckers, by which they are increaſed; but thoſe
them as much free open air as poffible, while the
few that do not, may be moſt of them propagated,
,
weather is warm; but, if the nights are cool, you by taking off ſome of the under leaves, laying them
muſt ſhut up the glaſſes, and give them air only in to dry for ten days or a fortnight, as was directed for
the day; and, as the cold increaſes, you muſt not the offsets; then plant them in the ſame foil as was
open the glaffes, but obſerve to give them gentle directed for them, putting that part of the leaf which
waterings often, till the middle of October, when you adhered to the old plant, about an inch, or an inch
muft abate watering according to the heat of the houſe and a half (according to the ſize of the leaf) into the
in which they are kept. For thoſe plants which are earth, giving them a little water to ſettle the earth
placed in a ſtove, will require to be watered at leaſt about thein; then plunge the pots into a moderate
once a week, moſt part of the winter; whereas thoſe hot-bed, obſerving to ſcreen them from the violence
which are kept in a green-houſe without artificial heat, of the fun, and give them gentle refreſhings with
ſhould not be watered oftener in winter than once a water once a week: the beſt ſeaſon for this is in June,
month.
that they may puſh out heads before winter.
When theſe hardier forts of Aloes are placed abroad
The ſecond fort produces the Aloes commonly fold
in fummer, they ſhould have but little water given in the ſhops for horſes, and is called Aloe Hepatica.
them; and if much rain ſhould fall during the time
But it is from the fifteenth fort, the Succotrine, or
they are abroad, they ſhould be ſcreened from it: for beſt ſort of Aloes, is produced; which is done by
when they imbibe much wet in ſummer, they fre- cutting their leaves tranfverfly, and placing earthen
quently rot the following winter, eſpecially if they are veſſels under them to receive the juice which drops
not kept in a moderate warm air. Therefore, thoſe from theſe cut leaves; which juice, when infpiffated,
who chooſe to treat theſe plants hardily, ſhould be
becomes the Aloe which is uſed in medicine. But I
cautious of their receiving too much moiſture.
believe in making the coarſer fort of Aloes, they preſs
The tender forts ſhould conſtantly remain in the ſtove, the leaves, whereby a greater quantity of juice is ob-
or be removed in ſummer to an airy glaſs-caſe, where
tained: but this is not near fo fine as the other.
they may have free air in warm weather, but be pro- ALOE AMERICANA MURICATA. See
tected from rain and cold. With this management
AGAVE.
the plants will thrive and increaſe, and ſuch of them ALOIDES. See STRATIOTES.
as uſually flower, may be expected to produce them ALOPECUROS [Gr. 'Anoténe@-], Fox-tail, a kind
in beauty at their ſeaſons.
of graſs.
The hardier forts thrive much better when they are ALPINIA.
expoſed in ſummer, and fecured from the cold and This plant is ſo called after Proſper Alpinus, who
rain in winter, than if they are treated more tenderly. was a famous botaniſt in his time, and travelled into
For when they are placed in a ſtove, they are kept Greece and Egypt, and has written two books in
growing all the winter, whereby they are drawn up quarto of the plants
of the plants of thoſe countries.
weak; and although they will flower oftener when
The CHARACTERS are,
they have a moderate ſhare of heat, yet in two or three It hath a trifid empalement, upon which reſts the germen.
years, the plants will not appear fo fightly as thoſe The flower is of one leaf, which is unequally divided at the
which are more hardily treated.
top into four parts, and reſembles a perſonated flower ;
The twenty-third fort is hardy enough to live abroad the upper ſegment which reſembles the helmet, and clſo the
in mild winters, if they are planted in a warm border two ſide ſegments, are indented in the middle, and the lower
and a dry ſoil; but as they are often deſtroyed in fe- one is divided into three parts at the brim ; in the center
vere winters, it is proper to keep ſome plants in is placed the round germen, ſupporting e ſingle ſtyle crowned
pots, which may be ſheltered in winter under a frame, with a three cornered ſtigma: this is attended by a ſingle
to preſerve the fort. This is propagated by feeds, ſtamina fixed to the tube of the flower, which is crowned
which the plants generally produce in plenty: the with a very narrow ſummit. After the flower is paſt, the
feeds muſt be fown in pots ſoon after they are ripe, germen becomes an oval fleſhy fruit, divided into three parts,
and in winter ſhould be ſheltered under a common incloſing ſeveral oval ſeeds, which have tails.
hot-bed frame: in the ſpring the plants will come up, This genus of plants, is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
when they ſhould be inured to bear the open air by his firſt claſs, which is entitled Monandria Monogy-
degrees; and when they are large enough to remove, nia, the flowers of which have but one ſtamina and
ſome of them ſhould be planted in pots, and the other one ſtyle.
in a warm border, where they will require to be ſhel- We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
tered the following winter, as they will not have ob- ALPINIA. Royen. Prod. 12. This is by father Plumier
tained ſufficient ſtrength to reſiſt the cold.
titled, Alpina racemoſa alba Cannacori foliis. Nov.
Moſt of theſe Aloes are increaſed by offsets, which Gen. 26. i. e. White branching Alpino, with leaves like
ſhould be taken from the mother plant, at the time the flowering Reed.
when they are ſhifted, and muſt be planted in very This plant is a native of the Weſt-Indies, from whence
ſmall pots, filled with the ſame earth as was directed it has been brought into ſome of the curious gardens
for the old plants; but if, in taking the fuckers off, of Europe, where it muſt be preſerved in a good
you obſerve that part which joined to the mother root green-houſe, and the pots plunged into a tub of water,
to be moiſt, you muſt let them lie out of the ground otherwiſe it will not thrive in this country. The leaves
in a ſhady dry place fix or eight days to dry before decay every winter, and are puſhed out from the roots
they are planted, otherwiſe they are very ſubject to rot. every ſpring, like the Maranta; fo may be propa-
After planting, let them remain in a ſhady place (as gated by parting of the roots when the leaves decay.
was before directed in ſhifting the old plants) for a ALSINE [Gr. 'Arcion], Chick-weed.
fortnight, when you ſhould remove the tender kinds Theſe plants are ſo well known to moſt perſons, it
to a very moderate hot-bed, plunging the pots there- will be needleſs to mention them in this place, unleſs
in, which will greatly facilitate their taking new root; it be to caution perſons from permitting them to grow
but obſerve to ſhade the glaſſes in the middle of the either in their gardens, or on dunghills, where they
day, and to give them a great ſhare of air.
will ſoon ſhed their feeds, and become troubleſome
a
weeds;

ALT
AL Y
9
This grows
VATERA.
weeds; but as they are annual, they may with little ber. They ſhould be fown in the places where they
trouble be deſtroyed, if they do not ſtand to produce are to remain, for as the roots thoot deep into the
feed.
ground, unleſs the plants are removed very young,
ALTHEA ['Allaici, ſo called from dabaliw, Gr: to they feldom ſurvive tranſplanting.
heal], Marſhmallow.
The fourth fort has a woody ftem, which riſes to the
The CHARACTERS are,
height of four or five feet, and puts out many fide
The flower hath a double empalement ; the outer is branches. Theſe are garniſhed with leaves of dif-
of one leaf, and is unequally divided into nine narrow ſeg- ferent ſhapes; thoſe which are on the lower part of
ments at the brim; the inner one is alſo of one leaf, cut the ſtalks are like a hand, very lightly cut toward
into five broad acute ſegments at the top ; theſe are both
their outſide, but thoſe which are placed on the upper
permanent. The flower hath five petals which coaleſce part of the branches, are deeply cut into ſeveral parts ;
at their boſe, but Spread open above and are shaped like theſe are hairy, and grow alternately on the branches;
e heart. There are many ſtamina joined below, and form the flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks in
e kind of cylinder, but are looſe above, and inſerted the ſame manner as the other forts, but are not ſo
in the column. In the center is placed the orbicular ger- large as thoſe of the common Marſhmallow; they are
men, ſupporting a ſhort cylindrical ſtyle, crowned with nu- of a deeper red colour, and the empalement is much
merous ftigma, which are of equal length with the sta- larger. This fort feldoin flowers the firſt year, unleſs
mina. The empalement afterward becomes an orbicular the ſummer proves warm ; but when the plants live
depreſſed capſule, divided into several cells, each contain- through the winter, they will flower early the follow-
ing one compreſſed kidney-Shaped ſeed.
ing ſummer, and produce good ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in naturally in Hungary and Iſtria, from both which
the third fection of his fixteenth claſs, which is titled places I have received the ſeeds.
Monodelphia Polyandria, the ſtamina being joined It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in
together to form a ſort of column.
the ſpring in the place where the plants are to re-
The SPECIES are,
main; or if otherwiſe, the plants muſt be tranſplanted
1. ALTHÆA foliis fimplicibus acuminatis acutè den- young, elſe they will not ſucceed. They ſhould have
tatis tomentofis. Marſhmallow with ſingle woolly leaves, a ſheltered ſituation and a dry foil, otherwiſe they will
which are indented in ſharp ſegments. Althæa Dioſco- not live through the winter in England. When theſe
ridis & Plinii. C. B. P. 315. Common Marſhmallow. plants grow in a ftony foil, or in lime rubbiſh, they
,
2. ALTHÆA (Officinalis) foliis fimplicibus angulato-ro- will be ſtinted in their growth, but they will have leſs
tundioribus tomentofis. Marſhmallow with angular, fap in their branches, ſo will better endure the cold of
woolly, round-pointed leaves. Althæa folio rotundiori this climate. This fort feldom continues longer than
aut minùs acuminato. Sutherl. Edinb.
two years in England, but as the ſeeds ripen here, the
3. ALTHÆA (Hirſuta) foliis trifidis pilofo-hiſpidis fupra plants may be had in plenty.
glabris. Hort. Cliff. 349. Marſhmallow with trifid, ALTHÆA FRUTEX. See HIBISCUS and LA-
hairy, pungent leaves. Alcea villoſa. Dalechamp. Hift.
594
ALYSSOIDES. See ALYSSUM and LUNARIA.
4. ALTHÆA (Cannabina) foliis inferioribus palmatis fu- | ALYSSON ALPINUM LUTEUM. See DRABA.
perioribus digitatis. Hort. Cliff
. 205. Marſhmallow ALYSSON SEGETUM. See MYAGRUM.
.
with the under leaves Maped like a hand, and the upper | ALYSSON SERPILLI FOLIO. See CLYPEOLA,
.
leaves more divided. Alcea fruticoſo cannabino folio. ALYSSON VERONICÆ FOLIO. See DRABA.
Cluf. Hiſt. p. 2. pag. 25.
ALYSSON VULGARE. See DRABA.
The firſt fort is the common Marſhmallow, which ALYSSUM, ['Aruocoy, of anúrow, Gr. to be mad;
grows naturally in moiſt places in divers parts of Eng- ſo called, becauſe it was believed to have the virtue
land, and is frequently uſed in medicine. It hath a of curing madneſs.] Madwort.
perennial root and an annual ſtalk. The plant grows
The CHARACTERS are,
erect, to the height of four or five feet, and puts out The flower bath an oblong four-leaved empalement, which
a few lateral branches on the ſide of the ſtalks, gar- falls away. It hath four petals in form of a croſs, which
niſhed with leaves which are hoary and ſoft to the Spread open above the empalement. It bath fix ſtamina,
touch; they are angular, and placed alternately on two of which are morter than the other four, crowned
the branches; the flowers come out from the wings with broad ſummits; in the center of the flower is ſitu-
of the leaves, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the Mal- ated the oval germen, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned
low, but are ſmaller and of a pale colour. Theſe ap- with an obtuſe ſtigma. After the flower is paft, the ger-
pear in June or July, and the feeds ripen in Septem- men becomes a globular or compreſſed ſeed-vejſel, in which
ber. It may be propagated faſt enough, either by
.
are lodged ſeveral compreſſed ſeeds.
feeds or parting their roots.
When it is propa-
This genus is ranged in the fifteenth claſs of Linz
gated by feeds they ſhould be fown in the ſpring, but næus, entitled Tetradynamia Siliculofa; the flowers
if by parting their roots, the beſt time is in autumn, of this claſs have ſix ſtamina, four of which are longer
when the ſtalks decay. It will thrive in any
than the other two, and the feed-veſſels are ſhort, in
ſituation, but in moiſt places will grow larger than ſome globular, and in others they are compreſſed.
in dry land. The plants ſhould not be nearer toge-
The SPECIES are,
ther than two feet, for their roots ſpread wide on 1. ALYSSUM (Saxatile) caulibus fruteſcentibus panicula-
.
tis foliis lanceolatis molliſſimis undulatis integris.
The ſecond fort is ſomewhat like the firſt, but the Prod. Leyd. 331. Madwort with ſhrubby ſtolks, flow-
leaves are not ſo long, nor do they end in a ſharp ers growing in ponicles, and whole, ſoft, Spear-ſhaped waved
point, but are angular, and rounder than thoſe of the leaves. Alyffon Creticum faxatile foliis undulatis in-
firſt. I have cultivated this in the Chelſea garden canis. Tourn. Cor. 15.
many years, and find it retains its difference. 2. ALYSSUM (Halimifolium) foliis lanceolato-linearibus
The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- acutis integerrimis caulibus procumbentibus peren-
gal; from both theſe countries I have received the nantibus. Hort. Cliff. 333. Madwort with whole,
feeds. This is a low plant, whoſe branches trail on Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves, and trailing perenniol ſtalks.
the ground, unleſs they are ſupported by ſtakes. The Alyffon halimi folio fempervirens. Tourn. Inft.
leaves and ſtalks are beſet with ſtrong hairs ; the 3. ALYSSUM (Spinofum) ramis foreis ſenilibus fpinifor-
flowers come out at the wings of the ſtalks, and are mibus nudis. Hort. Cliff. 332. Madwort, whoſe
ſmaller than thoſe of the common fort, having pur- older branches have naked ſpines. Thlafpi fruticoſum
pliſh bottoms. The leaves are deeply cut into three fpinofum. C. B. P. 108.
parts, and have long foot-ſtalks; the ſtalks are wood-4. ALYSSUM (Montanum) ramulis ſuffruticofis diffufis fo-
dy, but ſeldom laſt more than two years.
liis punctato-echinatis
. Hort. Upfal. 185. Madwort
If the feeds of this fort are ſown in April, the plants with ſhrubby diffuſed branches and leaves, having prickly
will flower in July, and the ſeeds ripen in Septein- punčiures. Thlafpi montanum luteum. J. B. 2. p. 928.
5. ALYSSUM
foil or
every fide,

ALY
ALY
3
5. ALYSSUM (Incanum) caule erecto foliis lanceolatis in-
canis integerrimis floribus corymboſis. Hort. Cliff.
332. Madwort with an erect ſtalk, hoary Spear-ſhaped
leaves which are entire, and flowers collected into round
heads. Alyſſon fruticofum incanum. Tourn. Inft.
R. H.
6. ALYSSUM (Clypeatum) caule erecto herbaceo filiculis
feffilibus ovalibus compreſſo-planis petalis acumina-
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 651. Madwort with an erect her-
baceous ſtalk, pods growing cloſe to the ſtalks, which are
oval and compreſſed, and the flower leaves pointed. Lu-
naria leucoii folio filiquâ oblongâ majori
. Tourn.
Inft. 218.
7. ALYSSUM (Sinuatum) caule herbaceo foliis lanceola-
tis dentatis filiculis inflatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 651.
Madwort with an herbaceous ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped indented
leaves, and ſwollen ſeed-veſſels. Alyffoides incanum
foliis finuatis. Tourn. Inſt.
213.
8. ALYSSUM (Creticum) caule herbaceo erecto foliis in-
canis lanceolatis integerrimis filiculis inflatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 651. Madwort with an ereEt herbaceous
stalk, hoary, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, and a ſwelling ſeed-
veſſel. Alyffoides fruticoſum Creticum leucoii folio
incano. Tourn. Cor. 15.
9. ALYSSUM (Vefcaria) foliis linearibus dentatis, filicu-
lis inflatis angulatis acutis. Lin. Sp.910. Madwort
with linear indented leaves and ſwollen pods, which are
angular and acute pointed. Veſicaria Orientalis, foliis
dentatis. Tourn. Cor. 49.
10. ALYSSUM (Deltoideum) caulibus fuffruteſcentibus
proftratis, foliis lanceolato-deltoidibus, filiculis hirtis.
Lin. Sp. 908. Madwort with trailing Shrubby Stalks,
deltoide Spear-ſhaped leaves, and hairy pods. Alyffon Cre-
ticum foliis angulatis, flore violaceo. Tourn. Cor. 15.
11. ALYSSUM (Calycinum) caulibus herbaceus, ftamini-
bus omnibus dentatis, calycibus perfiftentibus. Jacq.
Vind. 114. Madwort with herbaceous ſtalks, all the
Stamina indented, and a permanent flower-cup. Thlaſpi
Alyſſon dictum campeſtre majus. C. B. P. 107.
12. ALYSSUM (Campeſtre) caule herbaceo, ſtaminibus
ftipatis pari ſetarum, calycibus deciduis. Lin. Sp.
909. Madwort with an berbaceous ſtalk, and the
flower-cup deciduous. Alyffon incanum, ſerpylli folio,
fructu nudo. Tourn. Inft.
.
217.
The firſt fort is a low perennial plant, with a fleſhy
ſtalk, which ſeldom riſes more than one foot high,
but divides into many leſs branches which grow near
the ground, ſo that a ſingle plant will ſpread to a con-
ſiderable diſtance. The branches are garniſhed with
long ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are hoary and waved
on their edges, placed on without any order. The
flowers are produced in looſe panicles, at the extre-
mity of every branch, and are of a bright yellow co-
lour, conſiſting of four petals, placed in form of a
crofs: theſe being numerous, make a fine appear-
ance during their continuance. They appear the lat-
ter end of April, or the beginning of May, and if
the ſeaſon is moderate, will continue three weeks in
beauty. The feeds ripen in July, but it is only from
young plants that ſeeds can be expected; for the old
plants, or thoſe which are raiſed from flips or cut-
tings, rarely produce ſeeds in England.
This plant is hardy, and although brought from a
more ſoutherly climate, yet, if planted in a dry, lean,
or rubbiſhy foil, will endure our fevereſt winters
abroad. It is increaſed by fowing the feeds in March
in a light fandy foil, or by planting cuttings in April
or May; which are very apt to take root, if kept
ſhaded in the heat of the day, and gently refreihed
with water.
The ſecond fort feldom continues above two or three
years with us, and muſt therefore be often fown to
preſerve it; or if the ſeeds are ſuffered to fall, and
remain upon the ground, the plants will riſe without
This plant ſpreads itſelf upon the
ground, and never riſes to any height. It produces,
at the extremity of its branches, very pretty tufts of
ſmall white flowers ; of which the plant is ſeldom de-
ſtitute for fix or ſeven months ſucceſſively, for which
reaſon it deſerves a place in the gardens of the curi-
ous. This will grow from ſeeds, and alſo fron cuta
tings, if planted and managed as the former.
The third fort hath ligneous branches which riſe about
two feet high; theſe are armed with fmall ſpines; the
leaves are hoary, ſpear-ſhaped, and thinly placed on
the ſtalks without any order. The flowers are white,
croſs-ſhaped, and grow in ſmall cluſters at the extre-
mity of the branches. After the flowers are paſt, the
germen turns to an oblong ſeed-veffel, containing ſe-
veral round feeds.
This may be propagated in the ſame manner as the
firſt fort, either by feeds or ſlips; and when the plants
grow in rubbish, or on old walls, they will laſt much
longer, and endure the cold of our winters better than
thoſe which are in a good foil. It grows naturally in
Spain, Italy, and the ſouth of France.
The fourth fort hath trailing branches, which lie on
the ground; theſe are garniſhed with oblong hoary
leaves, which are rough to the touch, and are placed
alternately on every ſide of the branches; the flowers
are produced in ſmall cluſters at the extremity of the
branches, which are of a dark yellow colour, and are
ſucceeded by feed-veſſels ſhaped like thoſe of the third
fort. This grows naturally upon rocks and ruins, in
Burgundy, and ſome other parts of France, as alſo
about Bafil. It may be propagated in the ſame man-
ner as the former forts, and when it grows in rubbiſh,
the plants will continue fome years; but in rich
ground, they ſeldom live through the winter in
England.
The fifth ſort grows to the height of two feet, hava
ing ligneous ſtalks, which divide into ſeveral branches
toward the top. Theſe are garniſhed with hoary
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are placed alternately on
the branches : at the extremity of every ſhoot, the
flowers are produced in round bunches, which are
ſmall, white, and croſs-ſhaped; theſe are ſucceeded
by oval feed-veſſels, which are full of brown ſeeds.
It grows naturally in the ſouth of France, Spain, and
Italy, chiefly on rocky or gravelly foils. When this
is ſown in a rich foil, it ſeldom furvives the winter ;
but in lime rubbiſh, or upon old walls, it will con-
tinue feveral years. It flowers in June, July, Au-
guft, and September, and the ſeeds ripen ſoon after ;
which if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
up, and require little care.
The ſixth fort is a biennial plant with an herbaceous
ſtalk, which is garniſhed with oblong hoary leaves,
placed alternately; the flowers come out from the
wings of the ſtalks fingle, and are fucceeded by oval
compreſſed feed-veifels, ſhaped like thoſe of the Lu-
naria, which contain many fiat ſeeds. It grows natu-
rally in Spain and Portugal, from whence I have re-
ceived the ſeeds. It is propagated by feeds, which
muſt be fown upon dry ground, or lime rubbiſh;
for in rich land the plants will grow too vigorous in
ſummer, ſo that in autumn they generally rot off and
decay.
The ſeventh fort is a low ſpreading plant, which di-
vides into ſmall branches; theſe ſpread near theground,
and are garniſhed with oblong hoary leaves which
continue through the year: the flowers are produced
in ſmall cluſters at the extremity of the branches ;
they are of a bright yellow colour, conſiſting of four
petals placed in form of a croſs. After the flower is
paſt, the germen becomes an oval ſwelling feed-vel-
fel, which is filled with roundiſh ſeeds. This grows
naturally in the iſlands of the Archipelago, but is
hardy enough to live in the open air in England, in
a dry ſoil and a warin ſituation. It is propagated by
feeds, and ſeldom lafts longer than two or three years.
The eighth fort grows more erect, having an herba-
ceous ftalk, which fends out a few lateral branches
toward the top, garniſhed with oblong hoary leaves.
The flowers grow in ſmall cluſters at the extremity
of the branches, which are ſucceeded by oval ſwelling
feed-veflels like the former. This ſeldom continues
longer than two years in England; it muſt have a
warm dry ſituation, otherwiſe it will not live in the
open air, and is propagated by feeds, which ſhould
a
any trouble.
I
be

A M A
Α Μ Α
a
9
201.
be fown in Auguſt, foon after they are ripe; and if Amaranthus maximus. C. B. P. 12e Commonly
:
a few of them are potted in O&tober, and ſheltered called Tree-like Amaranthus.
under a frame in winter, they will flower the follow- 6. AMARANTHUS (Lividus) glomerulis triandris fubfpi-
ing June, ſo good feeds may be obtained the fame
,
catis rotundatis, foliis rotundo-ovatis retufis. Lin. Sp.
year; for thoſe plants which ariſe early in the year, 1404. Flower-gentle with roundiſh ſpikes of flower shav-
grow luxuriantly in ſummer, ſo do not often live ing three ſtamina, and roundiſh, oval, blunt leaves. Bli-
through the winter, or ripen ſeeds.
tum pulchrum rectum magnum rubrum. J. B. 2.
The ninth and tenth forts have trailing ſtalks, which
p. 966.
ſpread on the ſurface of the ground; the plants pro- 7. AMARANTHUS (Flavus) racemis pentandris compofi-
duce their flowers toward the extremity of the ſtalks tis, fummo infimiſque nutantibus, foliis ovatis mu-
in looſe ſpikes, which are formed like thoſe of the cronatis. Lin. Sp. 1406. Flower-gentle with a com-
other forts, having four petals in each in form of a pound ſpike of flowers having five stamina, and oval
croſs; thoſe of the ninth fort are ſucceeded by ſwollen pointed leaves.
feed-veſſels, but the tenth, which flowers early in the 8. AMARANTHUS (Blitum) glomeratis lateralibus trifidis
ſpring, are rarely ſucceeded by feed-veſſels in this foliis ovatis retuſis, caule diffuſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 990,
country. This is an abiding plant, which may be Flower-gentle with roundiſh heads et the joints of the
propagated from its trailing branches, which, if Stalks, oval blunt leaves, and diffuſed ſtalks. Blitum al-
planted in April, will take root and become good bum minus. C. B. P. 118. The ſmaller cobite Blite.
plants by the following autumn, when two or three 9. AMARANTHUS (Græcizans) glomerulis triandris axil-
plants may be placed in a common frame for ſhelter laribus foliis lanceolatis obtuſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1405.
in winter, to preſerve the ſpecies; for in hard win- Flower-gentle with flowers having three ſtamine, which
ters, thoſe which are expoſed are ſometimes deſtroyed. grow in cluſters from the wings of the ſtalks, and blunt
The eleventh and twelfth are both annual plants, ſo Spear-shaped leaves. Amaranthus floribus lateralibus
are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be lown in a congeſtis foliis lanceolatis obtufis. Flor. Virg. 116.
border of light earth in April, in ſuch places where Commonly called Pellitory-leaved Blite.
the plants are to remain , if theſe are thinned and IO. AMARANTHUS (Hybridus) racemis pentandris decom-
kept clean from weeds, they will flower in July, and poſitis congeftis nudis, ſpiculis conjugatis. Flor. Virg.
perfect their feeds in autumn.
148. Flower-gentle with five ſtamina, decompounded
AMARANTHOIDES. See GOMPHRENA. Spikes having double ſpicule. Amaranthus fylveſtris
AMARANTHUS [’Apdéparlº; of a privative, and maximus Nova Angliæ fpicis viridibus. Raii Hift.
peapozávw, Gr. to wither; ſo called, becauſe the flower Or Wild New England Blite with green Spikes.
of this plant being cropped, does not foon wither; II. AMARANTHUS (Hypocondriacus) racemis pentandris
but being dried, keeps the beauty of its colour a compoſitis confertis erectis, foliis ovatis mucronatis.
great while,] Flower-gentle.
Hort. Cliff. 444. Flower-gentle with five ſtamina, erecz
The CHARACTERS are,
cluſtered Spikes, and oval-pointed leaves. This is the
It bath male and female flowers in the ſame plant. The Amaranthus fylveſtris maximus Novæ Angliæ fpicis
flower hath no petals, but the empalement conſiſts of three purpureis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 235. Commonly called
or five pointed ſpear-shaped leaves which are coloured and Purple Flower-gentle.
permanent ; this is common to both ſexes. The male flow- 12. AMARANTHUS (Spinoſus) racemis pentandris cylindricis
ers have in ſome ſpecies three, and in others five fiender erectis axillis fpinofis. Hort. Cliff. 444. Flower-gentle
Stamina, which are of the ſame length with the empole- with five ſtamina, upright cylindrical Spikes, and ſpines
ment, crowned with oblong ſummits. The female flowers at the joints of the ſtalks. Amaranthus Indicus fpino-
have an oval germen, ſupporting three fort awl-ſhaped ſus fpicâ herbaceâ. H. L. 31.
Styles, which are crowned with ſimple ſtigma. The em- 13. AMARANTHUS (Sanguineus) racemis pentandris com-
palement afterward becomes an oval coloured ſeed-veſſel pofitis erectis, lateralibus patentiffimis, foliis ovato-
having one cell, in which is lodged a ſingle globular feed. oblongis. Lin. Sp. 1407. Flower-gentle with com-
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the pound ſpikes, whoſe lateral ſpikes ſpread out, the upper
fifth diviſion of his twenty-firſt claſs, entitled Monce- are erect, and oblong oval leaves. Amaranthus racemis
cia Pentandria, from their having male and female cylindricis lateralibus terminalibuſque cruciatim pofi-
flowers on the fame plant, and the male flowers hav- tis. Fig. Plant. 22.
ing five ſtamina.
14. AMARANTHUS (Retroflexus) racemis pentandris late-
The SPECIES are,
ralibus terminalibuſque caule flexuoſo villoſo ramis
1. AMARANTHUS (Tricolor) glomerulis triandris axilla- retrocurvatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 991. Flower-gentle
ribus fubrotundis amplexicaulibus foliis lanceolato- with five ſtamina, Spikès proceeding from the wings of the
ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1403. Flower-gentle with ſtalks, and alſo at their extremities, and flexible, hairy, re-
roundiſ beads, placed at the wings of the fialks embracing curved branches.
them, whose flowers have three ſtamina, and the leaves 15. AMARANTHUS (Oleraceous) glomeribus triandris pen-
are oval and Spear-ſhaped. Amaranthus tricolor. Lob. tandriſque, foliis ovatis obtufiſfimis emarginatis ru-
Icon. 252. i. e. Three coloured Amaranthus.
goſis. Lin. Sp. 1403. Flower-gentle whoſe globes have
2. AMARANTHUS (Melancholicus) glomerulis triandris ax- flowers with three and five ſtamina, and rough, obtuſe, in-
illaribus fubrotundis feffilibus foliis lanceolatis acu- dented leaves. Blitum album majus. C. B. P. 118.
minatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1403. Flower-gentle with 16. AMARANTHUS (Viridis) glomerulis triandris, fiori-
three ſiamina, roundiſh heads growing close to the ſtalk, bus maſculis trifidis, foliis ovatis emarginatis, caule
ond acute-pointed Spear-ſhaped leaves. Amaranthus co- erecto. Lin. Sp. 1405. Flower-gentle with globular
lore obſcuriori five mas. Tourn. Inft. 236. Ama- heads whoſe flowers have three ſi amino; the male are tri-
ranthus bicolor.
fid, oval, indented leaves, and an upright ſtalk.
3. AMARANTHUS (Triſtis) glomerulis triandris rotunda- 17. AMARANTHUS (Cruentus) racemis pentandris decom-
tis fubfpicatis, foliis ovato-cordatis emarginatis petiolo pofitis remotis patulo nutantibus, foliis lanceolato-
brevioribus. Lin. Sp. 1404. Flower-gentle with three ovatis. Lin. Sp. Pl. 1406. Flower-gentle with de-
Stamina, roundiſh heads growing from the wings of the compounded ſpikes of flowers with five ſtamina, the outer
Stalks in Spikes, and oval beart-ſhaped leaves with Sport Spreading aſunder, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves. Ama-
foot-ſtalks.
ranthus finenſis foliis variis, panicula fpecioſa patula.
4. AMARANTHUS (Caudatus) racemis pentandris decom- Cent. tab. 6.
pofitis cylindricis pendulus longiffimis
. Hort. Cliff. The firſt fort has been long cultivated in gardens for
443. Flower-gentle with five ſtamina, and very long, bang- the beauty of its variegated leaves, which are of three
ing, cylindrical ſpikes. Amaranthus maximus paniculâ colours, viz. green, yellow, and red; theſe are very
longâ pendulâ ſemine rubello. Raii Hift.
elegantly mixed: and when the plants are in full vi-
5. AMARANTHUS (Maximus) racemis ſubcylindricis pen- gour, the leaves are large, and cloſely ſet from the
dulis, caule erecto arboreo. Flower-gentle with hang- bottom to the top of the ſtalks, and the branches
ing almoji cylindrical Spikes, and an ere&t tree-like ſlálk. form a fort of pyramid; fo that there is not a more
6
beau-

Α Μ Α
A M A
beautiful plant than this, when it is in full luftre.
From the leaves of this plant being partly coloured
like the feathers of parrots, fome botaniſts have fe-
parated this ſpecies from the others, and conſtituted
a genus of it by the title of Pſittacus.
The ſecond fort hath been introduced into the Eng-
liſh gardens much later than the former. This grows
to the fame height, and in the manner of its growth
greatly reſembles it, but the leaves have only two
colours, which are an obſcure purple, and a bright
crimſon ; theſe are ſo blended as to let off each other,
and when the plants are vigorous, they make a fine
appearance.
The third fort hath no great beauty ; it grows about
three feet high with an upright ſtalk, which fends out
fome lateral branches toward the top; theſe are gar-
niſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves. The flowers
are produced at the wings of the ſtalks in roundiſh
ſpikes, as alſo at the extremity of the branches, but
have very little beauty, fo do not deſerve a place in
the flower-garden. The young plants of this fort are
gathered to boil inſtead of Spinach by the inhabitants
of India, where it grows naturally, and from thence
I received the feeds of it as an eſculent plant.
The fourth fort grows naturally in America. This
hath an upright item, three feet high; the leaves and
ſtalks are of a pale green colour; the ſpikes of flow-
ers are produced from the wings of the ſtalks, and
alſo in cluſters at the extremity of the branches :
they are very long and hang downward, being of a
bright purple colour. I have meaſured ſome of theſe
ſpikes, which were two feet and a half long, ſo that
many of them have reached the ground.
The fifth fort hath a ferong ftem, which riſes to the
height of ſeven or eight feet, ſending forth many ho-
rizontal branches toward the top, garniſhed with ob-
long, rough, green leaves. At the extremity of every
ſhoot, the cylindrical ſpikes of a purple colour are
produced, which hang downward; but theſe are ſel-
dom half the length of thoſe of the former fort, and
are much thicker. This is the fort of Amaranth,
which is directed by the college to be uſed in me-
dicine.
The fixth fort grows near three feet high, putting
out ſeveral fide branches, which are garniſhed with
oval blunt leaves ; at the ends of the branches the
ſpikes are produced in cluſters and grow erect, theſe
are of a deep purple colour.
The ſeventh fort grows near four feet high; the
ftalks are inclined to red; the leaves are of an oval
ſpear-ſhaped figure, green colour, marked with pur-
ple ſpots, and have very long foot-ſtalks. The ſpikes
come out at the extremity of the branches in cluſters,
as alſo from the wings of the ſtalks; theſe are of a
pale green colour, and grow erect. I have received
the ſeeds of this fort from Portugal, by the title of
Bredos, recommending it to be cultivated as a culi-
a
And theſe ſeeds will remain in the ground ſeveral
years, and as often as they are turned up to the ſur-
face, they will produce plants ; ſo that when plants
are ſuffered to ſtand till their feeds fall, there will
be every ſummer freſh crops of the plants for ſeveral
years.
The twelfth fort grows about two feet high, putting
out many ſide branches, ſo as to form a buſhy plant;
the leaves are oblong, and the ſpikes come out at
every joint, where the ſtalks are armed with ſharp
prickles, and at the extremity of the branches, the
ſpikes are longer than thoſe of the fide: theſe are
flender, and are inclining to a brown colour, ſo make
no great figure, therefore is rarely allowed to have
a place, except in botanic gardens.
The feeds of the thirteenth fort were fent me from
the Bahama Iſlands, as an eſculerit plant, bearing fine
flowers. This grows three feet high, with purple
ſtalks and leaves the ſpikes are ſhort and cylindri-
cal; theſe are frequently produced from the wings of
the ſtalks, but at the extremity of the ſtalk ariſes a
large cluſter of ſpikes which are placed croffwiſe, with
one upright ftalk in the middle. Theſe are of a
bright purple colour at firſt, but afterward fade to a
darker colour, as the ſeeds ripen.
The fourteenth fort is a native of North America,
from whence the ſeeds were ſent to Europe, but is
now become a common weed in many gardens near
London, fo is ſeldom allowed a place, except in bo-
tanic gardens.
The fifteenth fort has no beauty, therefore not wor-
thy of a place in gardens: this and the fixteenth fort
are eſteemed in ſome parts of India as eſculent herbs;
the inhabitants of thoſe warm countries, gather the
herbs while young, and dreſs them inſtead of Spi-
nach, but being much inferior to it, they are feldom
uſed in thoſe countries where Spinach will thrive.
Theſe plants grow from two to three feet high, and
when they have room, will ſend out many fide
branches, but if their feeds are permitted to ſcatter,
there will be a plentiful ſupply of plants the follow-
ing ſummer.
The feeds of the ſeventeenth fort were brought fronı
China, and the two firſt years they were ſown in Eng-
land, produced beautiful heads of flowers, which
made a gay appearance; but afterward the feeds de-
generated, and the plants which were produced from
them had little beauty; which is the caſe with ſome
others of this genus, ſo ſhould not be eſteemed as
diſtinct fpecies.
The forts which are worthy of a place in the plea-
ſure-garden, are particularly the firſt and fecond:
theſe are tender, and require ſome art and care to
bring them to perfection in England, therefore
their management will be hereafter more particularly
inſerted.
Next to theſe are the fourth, fifth, and thirteenth.
forts. The ſeeds of theſe ſhould be fown upon a mo-
derate hot-bed toward the end of March, and when
the plants come up, they ſhould have a large ſhare
of air admitted to them in mild weather, to prevent
their drawing up weak. When they are large enough
to tranſplant, there ſhould be another moderate hot-
bed provided, to which they ſhould be removed,
placing them at fix inches diſtance every way, obſerv-
ing to water them, as alſo to ſhade them from the
fun until they have taken new root; after which the
air ſhould be freely admitted to them, at all times
when the weather is favourable; their waterings ſhould
be frequent, but not given in great quantities. As
the plants advance, and the warmth of the ſeaſon in-
creaſes, they ſhould have a greater ſhare of air, that
by degrees they may be hardened to bear the open
The beginning of June they may be taken up
with large balls of earth to their roots, and planted
ſome into pots, and others into the borders of the
pleaſure-garden, obſerving to fhade them until they
have taken good root; after which they muſt be fre-
quently watered in dry weather, eſpecially thoſe in
the pots, which will require watering every evening
3
nary herb.
The eighth fort grows naturally in moſt of the warm
parts of Europe, and alſo in America; for wherever
it is permitted to ſcatter its ſeeds, the plants will come
up the following ſummer, and become troubleſome
weeds, as will alſo the ninth fort; ſo theſe are ſeldom
cultivated, as they are only preſerved in botanic gar-
dens for the ſake of variety. The ſtalks of both theſe
forts ſpread on the ground.
The tenth fort grows upward of three feet high, and
fends out many ſide branches, which are hairy, and
garniſhed with oblong rough leaves. The ſpikes are
produced from the wings of the ſtalks, as alſo at the
extremity of the branches, growing horizontally, and
are of a green colour. There is little beauty in this
plant, therefore is ſeldom admitted to gardens, unleſs
for the ſake of variety.
The eleventh fort has been long in England, and was
formerly propagated in flower-gardens, but is now
become a common weed, frequently growing upon
dunghills : for as the plants abound with feeds, ſo
where they are permitted to ſcatter, there will be
plenty of the platits come up the following ſummer,
air.
in

A MA
A M A
a
و
in warm dry weather. The fifth fort will not thrive day from the violence of the fun, by covering the
in pots, ſo ſhould be planted in a rich light foil, glaſſes with mats.
where, if it is allowed room, and plentifully watered In about three weeks more theſe plants will have
in dry weather, the plants will grow to a very large grown to a conſiderable ſize and ſtrength, ſo that you
fize, and make a fine appearance.
muſt now raiſe the glaſſes very much in the day-time;
The twelfth fort is alſo tender, fo whoever is inclina- and when the air is ſoft, and the ſun is clouded, draw
able to cultivate that plant, ſhould treat it in the off the glaſſes, and expoſe them to the open air; and
ſame manner as is directed for the former.
repeat this as often as the weather will permit, which
The other forts are hardy enough to grow in the open will harden them by degrees to be removed abroad
air, ſo may be ſown on a bed of light earth in the into the places where they are to remain the whole
ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they ſeaſon; but it is not adviſeable to ſet theſe plants in
may be tranſplanted into any part of the garden, the open air till after the firft week in July, obferv-
where they will thrive, and produce plenty of ſeeds, ing to do it when the air is perfectly ſoft, and, if
which, if permitted to ſcatter, will ſtock the garden poflible, in a gentle ſhower of rain.
with plants.
Let them at firſt be ſet in ſhelter for two or three
The two firſt forts muſt be fown on a good hot-bed days, where they may be ſcreened from the violence
in February, or the beginning of March at fartheft ; of the fun, and ſtrong winds, to which they muſt be
and in about a fortnight's time, if the bed is in good inured by degrees. Theſe plants, when grown to a
temper, the plants will riſe; foon after which you good ftature, perſpire very freely, and muſt be every
muſt prepare another hot-bed, covered with good, day refreſhed with water, if the weather proves hot
rich, light earth, about four inches thick; then raiſe and dry; otherwiſe they will ſtint, and never pro-
up the young plants with your finger, ſo as not to duce fo large leaves, as thoſe which are ſkilfully
break off the tender roots, and prick them into your
treated.
new hot-bed about four inches diſtance every way, This is the proper management, in order to have
giving them a gentle watering to fettle the earth to fine Amaranths, which, if rightly followed, and the
their roots; but in doing this, be very cautious not kinds are good, in a favourable ſeaſon, will produce
to bear the young plants down to the ground by hafty large fine leaves, and are the greateſt ornament to a
watering, which rarely riſe again, or at leaſt ſo as to good garden for upwards of two months in the latter
recover their former ſtrength in a long time, but very
part of ſummer.
often rot in the ſtems, and die quite away.
Where perſons are curious in having theſe annual
In the middle of the day keep them ſcreened with plants in great perfection, there ſhould be a glaſs-
mats from the heat of the fun, and give them air by caſe erected with upright and ſloping glaſſes on every
raiſing up the glaſſes, and if the glaffes are wet, it fide, with a pit in the bottom for tan, in which the
will be proper to turn them every day, in good wea- pots ſhould be plunged ; if this is raiſed eight or nine
ther, that they may dry; for the moiſture which is feet to the ridge, and the upright glaſſes are five
occafioned by the fermentation of the dung, and the feet, there will be room and height enough to raiſe
perfpiration of the plants, is of a noxious quality, and theſe and other annual plants to great perfection, and
very unkindly to plants ; ſo that if the weather hap- in ſuch a building, many of thoſe tender annual
pens to prove bad, that you cannot turn your glaſſes, plants, which rarely perfect feeds in this climate with-
it will be of great ſervice to the plants to wipe off all out fuch contrivance, may be every year brought ſo
moiſture two or three times a day with a woollen cloth forward as to ripen their feeds.
to prevent its dropping upon the plants. When the AMARANTHUS CRISTATUS. See CELOSIA.
plants are firmly rooted, and begin to grow, you muſt AMARYLLIS, Lily Daffodil.
obſerve to give them air every day, more or leſs, as
The CHARACTERS are,
the weather is cold or hot, to prevent their drawing It hath an oblong compreſſed Spatha, (or sheath) which
up too faſt, which greatly weakens their ſtems. incloſes the flower-buds, and open fide ways, becomes dry,
In about three weeks or a month's time, theſe plants and is permanent ; the flower hath fix Spear-ſhaped pe-
will have grown ſo as to meet, and will ſtand in need tals. In the center is ſituated the roundiſh furrowed ger-
of another hot-bed, which ſhould be of a moderate men, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned with a three-cor-
temper, and covered with the ſame rich earth about nered ſtigma; this is attended by fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina,
fix inches thick, in which they ſhould be removed, which are crowned with incumbent ſummits. After the
obſerving to take them up with as much earth about flower is paſt, the germen becomes an oval capſule, opening
their roots as poſſible, and plant them fix or ſeven in three parts, having three cells, which contain round
inches diſtance every way, giving them fome water to feeds.
ſettle the earth about their roots; but be very careful This
genus is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in the firſt ſec-
not to water them heavily, ſo as to bear down the tion of his ſixth claſs of plants, entitled Hexandria
plants, as was before directed; and keep them Monogynia, from the flower having fix ftamina and
ſhaded in the heat of the day, until they have taken one ftyle.
freſh roots; and be ſure to refreſh them often gently
The SPECIES are,
with water, and give them air in proportion to the 1. AMARYLLIS (Lutea) ſpathâ uniforâ, corollâ æquali,
heat of the weather, covering the glaſſes with mats ftaminibus declinatis. Lin. Sp. 420. Lily Daffodil
every night, left the cold chill your beds, and ſtop with a ſingle flower in each Spatha, which is equal, and
the growth of the plants.
the ſtamina declined. Lilio Narciſſus luteus autumna-
The middle of May you muſt provide another hot- lis major. Tourn. Inſt. 386. Commonly called autun-
bed, which ſhould be covered with a deep frame, nal Narciſſus.
that the plants may have room to grow. Upon this 2. AMARYLLIS (Atamaſeo) ſpathâ uniflorâ, corollâ æqua-
hot-bed you muſt ſet as many three-penny pots as can li, piſtillo declinato. Hort. Cliff
. 135. Lily Daffo-
ſtand within the compaſs of the frame; theſe pots dil with a fingle flower in each ſheath, which has equal
muſt be filled with good rich earth, and the cavities petals, and the pointal declining. Lilio Narciſſus Indi-
between each
pot
filled
up
with any common earth, cus pumilus monanthos albus. Mor. Hift. 2. 266.
to prevent the heat of the bed from evaporating, and Commonly called Atamuſco Lily.
filling the frame with noxious ſteams : when the bed 3. AMARYLLIS (Formoſiſſima) ſpathâ uniflorâ, corollâ in-
is in good order to receive the plants, they ſhould be æquali, petalis tribus genitalibuſque declinatis. Hort.
carefully taken up with a trowel, or ſome ſuch in- Cliff. 135. Lily Daffodil with one flower in each co-
ſtrument, obſerving to preſerve as much earth to ver, which has unequal petals, and the ſtamina and ſtyle
their roots as poflible; then place each ſingle plant are declined. Lilio Narciſſus Jacobæus flore fangui-
in the middle of one of the pots, filling the pot up neo nutante. Hort. Elth. 195.
Hort. Elth. 195. Commonly called Fa-
with the earth before deſcribed, and ſettle it cloſe to
cobaa Lily.
the root of the plant with your hands; water them 4. AMARYLLIS (Sarnienſis) ſpathâ multiflorâ, corollis re-
gently, as before, and ſhade them in the heat of the volutis genitalibus. Hort. Upfal. 75. Lily Deffodil
و
a
a
و
with

AMA
Α Μ Α
a
with many flowers in one cover ; the petals equal, ſpread
open, and turned backward, with broken stamina, com-
monly called Guernſey Lily.
5. AMARYLLIS (Reginc) ſpathâ multiflorâ, corollis cam-
panulatis æqualibus, genitalibus declinatis. Hort.
Cliff. 135. Lily Daffodil with many flowers in one cover,
the petals equal and bell-ſhaped, and the ſtamina declined.
Lilio Narciſſus polyanthos flore incarnato, fundo ex
luteo albeſcente. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 115. commonly colled
Belladonna Lily.
6. AMARYLLIS (Belladonna) ſpâtha multiflorâ corollis cam-
panulatis marginibus refexis genitalibus declinatis.
Lily Daffodil with many flowers in one cover, the petals
equal and bell-shaped, their borders turning backward, and
declining ſtamina. Lilium Americanum puniceo flore,
Belladonna dictum. Par. Bat. 194. commonly called
Mexican Lily.
7. AMARYLLIS (Longifolia) ſpathâ multiflorâ, corollis
campanulatis æqualibus, fcapo compreffo longitudini
umbellæ. Flor. Leyd. 36. Lily Daffodil with many
flowers in one cover, the petals equal, and the cover com-
preſſed the length of the umbel. Lilium Africanum hu-
mile longiſſimis foliis polyanthos faturato colore pur-
puraſcens. Par. Bat. 195.
8. AMARYLLIS (Zeylanica) ſpathâ multiflorâ corollis cam-
panulatis æqualibus, genitalibus declinatis fcapo te-
reti ancipiti. Flor. Leyd. 36. Lily Daffodil with many
flowers in one cover, the petals equal, and the cover
opening two ways. Lilio Narciſſus Zeylanicus latifolius
flore niveo externe lineâ purpurea ftriato. Hort.
Amft. 1. 73. commonly called the Ceylon Lily.
9. AMARYLLIS (Ciliaris) ſpathâ multiflorâ, foliis ciliatis.
Flor. Leyd. 37. Lily Daffodil with many flowers in one
cover, and the edges of the leaves hairy. Lilio Narciſſus
fphæricus Æthiopicus foliis guttatis & cilii inftar pi-
lofis. Pluk. Alm. 220. commonly called the African
Scarlet Lily.
10. AMARYLLIS (Vernalis) ſpathâ uniforâ, corollâ æquali,
ftaminibus erectis. Lily Daffodil with one flower in a
cover, with equal petals, and ereEt stamina. Lilio Nar-
ciflus luteus vernus. Tourn. Inft. 386. commonly called
Spring yellow Lily Narciſſies.
II. AMARYLLIS (Orientalis) ſpathâ multiforâ corollis
inæqualibus foliis linguiformibus. Buttn. Lily Daffodil
with many flowers in a cover, whoſe petals are unequal
,
and leaves ſhaped like a tongue. Lilio Narciſſus Indicus
maximus fphæricus floribus plurimis rubris liliaceis.
Mor. Hift. 2. 268. Brunſwigia of Dr. Heiſter.
12. AMARYLLIS (Capenſis) fpathâ triflorâ corollis
campa-
nulatis æqualibus gentialibus declinatis. Lily Daffodil
with three flowers in each cover, whoſe petals are equal
and bell-ſhaped, with declining ſtamina.
The firſt fort is very hardy, and increaſes very faſt by
,
offsets. The ſeaſon for tranſplanting theſe roots is
any time from May to the end of July, when their
leaves are decayed, after which it will be too late to
remove them; for they will begin to puſh out new
fibres by the middle of Auguſt, or ſooner if the ſeaſon
be moiſt, and many times they flower the beginning
of September; ſo that if they are tranſplanted, it will
ſpoil their flowering. This plant will
grow
in
any
foil
or ſituation; but it will thrive beſt in a freſh, light, dry
foil, and in an open ſituation ; i. e. not under the
dripping of trees, nor too near walls. It is com-
monly called by the gardeners, the Yellow Autumnal
Narciſſus, &c. and is uſually fold by them with Col-
chicums, for autumnal ornaments to gardens; for
which purpoſe this is a pretty plant, as it will fre-
quently keep flowering from the beginning of Sep-
tember to the middle of November, provided the
froſt is not ſo ſevere as to deſtroy the flowers; for al-
though there is but one flower in each cover, yet
there is a ſucceſſion of flowers from the ſame root,
eſpecially when they are ſuffered to remain three or
four years unremoved. The flowers ſeldom riſe above
three or four inches high; they are ſhaped ſomewhat
like the flowers of the large yellow Crocus ; the green
leaves come up at the ſame time, like the Saffron, and
after the flowers are paſt, the leaves increaſe all the
winter. The roots are bulbous, and ſhaped like thoſe
of the Narciffus, ſo are proper ornainents for fuch
borders as are planted with Cyclamens, Saffron, Au-
tumnal Crocus, Colchicums, and ſuch low autumnal
flowers.
The tenth fort is more rare in England than any of
the other, at preſent. It was formerly in ſeveral curi-
ous gardens, but as it flowers at a ſeaſon when there
are ſo many finer forts in beauty, it was neglected
,
and caſt out of the gardens, whereby it is almoſt loft
in England: it grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal, where it flowers early in January. This is as
hardy as the firſt fort, and may be planted in the open
borders, and treated in the fame manner, excepting
that this will not loſe its leaves fo foon, fo ſhould not
be taken out of the ground to tranſplant, till the end
of July, or beginning of Auguſt. It flowers in April
or the beginning of May, but is not of long duration.
The ſecond fort is a native of Virginia and Carolina,
in which countries it grows very plentifully in the fields
and woods, where it makes a beautiful appearance
when it is in flower. The flowers of this fort are pro-
duced ſingle, and at their firſt appearance have a fine
Carnation colour on their outſide; but fades away to
a pale, or almoſt white, before the flowers decay.
This plant is ſo hardy, as to thrive in the open air in
England, provided the roots are planted in a warm
ſituation, and on a dry foil; it may be propagated by
offsets from the roots. The flowers of this fort are
almoſt as large as thoſe of the ſmall Orange Lily, but
do not grow above fix or eight inches high; they ap-
pear the latter end of May, or beginning of June, and
fometimes it flowers in Auguſt in this country.
The third fort, which is commonly called Jacobæa
Lily, is now become pretty common in the curious
gardens in England, the roots ſending forth plenty of
offsets, eſpecially when they are kept in a moderate
warmth in winter: for the roots of this kind will live
in a good green-houſe, or may be preſerved through
the winter under a common hot-bed frame; but then
they will not flower fo often, nor ſend out ſo many
offsets, as when they are placed in a moderate ftove
in winter. This will produce its flowers two or three
times in a year, and is not regular to any ſeaſon; but
from March to the beginning
of September, the flow-
ers will be produced when the roots are in vigour.
The ſtems of theſe flowers are produced from the fides
of the bulbs, ſo that after the flowers produced on
one ſide are decayed, there is another ſtalk ariſes from
the other fide of the bulb; but there is no more than
one flower produced on the ſame ſtalk. The flowers
are large, and of a very deep red; the under petals,
or flower-leaves, are very large, and the whole flower
ſtands nodding on one ſide of the ſtalk, making a
beautiful appearance.
It is propagated by offsets, which may be taken off
every year, the beſt time to ſhift and part theſe roots
is in Auguſt, that they may take good root before
winter; in doing of this, there ſhould be care taken
not to break off the fibres from their roots. They
ſhould be planted in pots of a middling ſize, filled
with light kitchen-garden earth; and if they are kept
in a moderate degree of warmth, they will produce
their flowers in plenty, and the roots will make great
increaſe.
The fixth fort, which is commonly called the Mexican
Lily, is not ſo hardy as the former fort, ſo muſt be
placed in a warm ftove; and if the pots are plunged
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, the roots will thrive
better, and the flowers will be ſtrong. This is in-
creaſed by offsets, as the others of this tribe; and
flowers uſually the beginning of ſpring, when it makes
a fine appearance in the ſtove: the flower-ſtems of
this fort, feldom riſe more than one foot high, each
ftem ſupports two, three, or four flowers, rarely
more than that number. The flowers are large, and
of a bright copper colour, inclining to red; the ſpatha,
or ſheath, which covers the buds before they open,
divides into two parts to the bottom, ſtanding on
each ſide the umbel of flowers, joined to the fmall
foot-ſtalks.
K
The
a

Α Μ Α
Α Μ Α
air. The gar-
a
The eighth fort is alſo tender, and muſt be treated
in the fame manner as the fixth; this is more common
in the gardens in Holland than in this country, and
as it is a plant which increaſes but ſlowly, will not be
very common here. This flowers uſually in June and
July, and ſometimes the ſame root will flower again
in autumn; for if the pots are plunged into a bed of
tanners bark, the roots generally flower twice every
year, but the flowers are not of long duration. This
grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies, from whence I
have received roots and feeds.
The feventh and ninth forts are more hardy, and may
be treated in the ſame manner as the Jacobæa Lily;
theſe will increaſe pretty faſt by offsets, when they
are properly managed, eſpecially the ninth, which
fends out many offsets, ſo as to fill the pots with roots,
but it ſeldom flowers in England. The leaves of this
are long and narrow, not much unlike thoſe of the
Snowdrop. The petals of the Hower turn back like
thoſe of the Guernſey Lily, but are of a lighter co-
lour, rather inclining to ſcarlet; the roots of this are
ſmall. The ſeventh fort uſually flowers in winter, if
the pots are placed in a moderate ftove; and as at
that ſeaſon there are few flowers in the open air,
theſe are more valuable on that account.
I received roots of both theſe forts from the Cape of
Good Hope, which have ſucceeded in the Chelſea
garden. The ſeventh fort produces a great number
of flowers in each umbel, which are of a deep purple
colour, but the ſtalk which ſupports them, rarely riſes
more than three or four inches high; theſe flowers
appear in December. The roots of this fort are very
large, and the leaves are long, but narrow.
The eleventh fort is figured by Ferrarius in his Garden
of Flowers, as alſo by Morriſon in his Hiſtory of
Plants; but Dr. Heiſter has ſeparated this from the
genus, and has conſtituted a new genus by the title
of Brunſwigia, in honour to the duke of Brunſwic.
But although the ſhape of the flowers in this plant are
different from moſt of the others of this genus, yet
as there is a unformity in the characteriſtic notes of
the genus, it ſhould not be ſeparated; for the Ja-
cobæa Lily differs in the form of its flowers, from
the other ſpecies, full as much as this, therefore might
for the ſame reaſon be ſeparated from this genus.
This grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope,
from whence I have received the roots, which have
fucceeded in the Chelſea garden. The bulbs of this
fort are large and almoſt round, the leaves are long,
broad, and rounded at their extremities; theſe ſpread
two ways on the ſurface of the ground, and do not
come up till after the flower-ftem appears, which is
generally in November; and after the flowers are paſt,
the leaves increaſe till ſpring, and in May they begin
to decay, ſo that from the middle of June to October,
the roots are entirely naked of leaves.
The twelfth fort is alſo a native of Africa, I received
the roots of this from the Cape of Good Hope with
the former. This produces its flowers in February
and March. The ſtems of this riſe near two feet
high, and have commonly but three flowers incloſed
in each ſheath, or cover. The flowers are as large as
thoſe of the Belladonna Lily, and are of the fame
form, growing erect, but of a deeper red colour;
the leaves are long and narrow, and have a hollow
furrow on their upper fide, where there is a pale ſtripe
running the length of the leaves, and are very like
thoſe of the American Pancratium. Theſe leaves de-
cay in ſummer, about the ſame time as thoſe of the
former, and appear again at the ſame ſeaſon.
Both theſe forts may be treated in the ſame manner,
as hath been directed for the Jacobea Lily, with this
difference only, of placing theſe in winter in a ſtove,
where there is a moderate ſhare of warmth, for the
roots of theſe will not endure ſo much cold as thoſe,
nor ſhould they have ſo much water given them.
The beſt time to tranſplant thefe roots is about the
beginning of Auguſt, when their leaves are quite de-
cayed, before they put out new fibres, for it will be
very improper to remove them afterwards.
All theſe bulbous-rooted fowers delight in a looſe
fandy earth, mixed with good kitchen-garden mould;
and in the culture of them there ſhould be but little
water given them at thoſe times when their leaves de-
cay, and the roots are not in a growing ftate, for
much moiſture at that time will often cauſe them to
rot; but when they are growing, and putting out their
flower-ſtems, they ſhould be frequently refreſhed with
water, but not given in too great quantities at a time.
,
The pots, with the tender forts, ſhould conſtantly be
kept in the ſtove; and in ſummer they ſhould have
as much free air as poffible; for although fome of
theſe forts may be kept abroad in ſummer, yet thoſe
do not thrive fo well, nor flower fo conftantly, as
thoſe which are treated in the manner here de-
fcribed.
The fifth fort, which is called the Belladonna Lily,
was brought to England from Portugal, where the
gardens fome years ago abounded with theſe Howers;
for the roots increaſe very faſt, eſpecially in ſuch
countries where they live in the open
dens in Italy have alſo great quantities of theſe flowers,
eſpecially about Florence; where, at the ſeaſon of
their flowering, they are commonly fold in the mar-
kets to adorn their rooms; the Italians call it Nar-
ciffus Belladonna. This plant thrives ſo well in Italy,
as to need no other culture than the common Lily;
and although it does not flower until Auguft, yet it
commonly produces good feeds in that country, from
which they propagate them in great plenty; but with
us they require more care, otherwiſe they cannot be
preſerved. The roots of this fort were generally
planted in pots, and placed under a hot-bed frame,
to ſcreen them from the froit in winter; for as their
green leaves come out in autumn, and continue grow-
ing all the winter, fo when they are expoſed to the
froſt, whereby their leaves are killed, the roots will
be in danger of periſhing; but if they ſhould ſurvive,
they will be greatly weakened by it. With this cul-
ture the roots were preſerved, but they did not con-
ftantly flower, nor put out many offsets, ſo that few
gardens were furniſhed with this plant; and of late
years the roots have been ſcarce in Portugal, for the
Jacobæa Lily having been introduced into that coun-
try, has ſupplanted the other, in inoſt of their
gar-
dens, ſo that the roots which have been brought from
thence of late years for the Belladonna Lily, have
,
proved the Jacobæa Lily.
The method in which I have cultivated this plant for
ſome years paſt, with great ſucceſs, is as follows. I
prepared a border cloſe to a fouth-weſt aſpected wall,
of about fix feet wide, in the following manner, viz.
I removed all the earth to the depth of three feet,
then I put fome very rotten dung in the bottom, fix
inches thick, upon which I laid light garden mould
about twenty inches deep; after making this level, I
placed the roots at fix inches diſtance every way, and
then covered them over with light ſandy earth, to
the height of the border, whereby the upper part
of
the roots were five or fix inches buried, and in the
winter I covered the border all over with rotten tan-
ners bark, three inches deep, to prevent the froſt from
penetrating the ground, and when the froſt was very
ſevere, I laid fome mats or ſtraw over the leaves to
protect them froin being killed. With this manage-
ment the roots have greatly increaſed, and have con-
ftantly flowered every year; ſome of them have put
out two or three ftems, which grew near three feet
high, and produced many flowers in each umbel,
which have made a fine appearance during the month
of October. The green leaves come up ſoon after,
and abide all the winter and ſpring until June, at
which time they decay; foon after which the roots
ſhould be tranſplanted, for if they are let ſtand till
July, they will have ſent forth new fibres, when it
will greatly injure the roots, if they are diſturbed. If
,
ſome of theſe roots are planted in a warm border,
cloſe to a fouth wall, and on a dry foil, they will
thrive very well, eſpecially if they are covered in fe-
vere froſt; and theſe roots will flower much ſtronger
than
a
a

A M A
A MB
و
а
a
than thoſe which are kept in pots, and will multiply by the outer roots, that they are perfectly flatted,
fafter.
and from the number of roots growing in each cluſter,
The fourth fort is ſuppoſed to come originally from they are all rendered weak, and unfit to produce
Japan, but has been many years cultivated in the fuch large ſtems of flowers, as thoſe which have grown
gardens of Guernſey and Jerſey; in both which places, fingle, and are of a ſpherical figure.
they ſeem to thrive as well as if it was their native But when a perſon is poſſeſſed of a large number of
country, and from thoſe iſlands their roots are fent theſe roots, it will be troubleſome to preſerve them
annually to the curious in moſt parts of Europe, and in pots, therefore there ſhould be a bed prepared of
are commonly called Guernſey Lilies. The roots of the following earth, in ſome well ſheltered
part
of the
this plant are generally brought over in June and garden, viz. Take a third part of freſh virgin earth
July, but the fooner they are taken out of the ground from a paſture ground, which is light, then put near
after their leaves decay, they are the better for al- an equal part of ſea fand, to which you ſhould add
though the roots which are taken up when their lower- rotten dung, and fifted lime rubbiſh, of each an equal
ſtems begin to appear, will flower, yet their flowers quantity. With this earth (when well mixed and in-
will not be ſo large, nor will their roots be near ſo corporated) you ſhould make your bed about two feet
good after, as thoſe which were removed before they thick, raiſing it about four or five inches above the
had ſent out freſh fibres.
furface of the ground, if the ſituation be dry; but if
When theſe roots come over, they ſhould be planted the ground be wet, it ſhould be raiſed eight or nine
in pots filled with freſh, light, fandy earth, mixed with inches higher. In this bed, about the beginning of
a little very rotten dung, and placed in a warm fitua- July (as was before directed), you ſhould plant the
tion, obſerving now and then to refreſh the earth with roots about fix or eight inches aſunder each way; and
water: but by no means let them have too much wet, in the winter, when the froſt begins, you ſhould either
which would rot their roots, eſpecially before they cover the bed with a frame, or arch it over, and cover
come up. About the middle of September, ſuch of it with mats and ſtraw, to prevent their leaves from
the roots as are ſtrong enough to flower, will begin being pinched with cold; but in the ſpring the co-
to fhew the bud of their flower-ſtem (which is com- vering may be entirely removed, and the bed kept
monly of a red colour); therefore you ſhould remove conſtantly clear from weeds, during the ſummer, ob-
theſe pots into a ſituation where they may have the ſerving to ſtir the ſurface of the earth now and then;
full benefit of the ſun, and may be ſheltered from and every year, when the leaves are decayed, you
ſtrong winds : but by no means place them too near
ſhould ſhift a little freſh earth over the beds, to en-
a wall, nor under glaſſes, which would draw them up courage the roots. In this bed the roots may remain
weak, and render them leſs beautiful. At this ſeaſon until they are ſtrong enough to produce flowers, when
they ſhould be gently refreſhed with water, if the they may be taken up and planted in pots, as was
weather be warm and dry; but if it ſhould prove very before directed, or ſuffered to remain in the ſame bed
wet, they ſhould be ſcreened from it.
to flower.
When the flowers begin to open, the pots ſhould be The roots of theſe plants do not flower again the fuc-
removed under ſhelter, to prevent the flowers from ceeding year (as in many other ſorts of bulbs ;) but
being injured by too much wet: but they muſt not if their bulbs contain two buds in their center, as is
be kept too cloſe, nor placed in a fituation too warm, often the caſe, they very often flower twice within the
which would occaſion their colour to be leſs lively, compaſs of three years ; after which, the ſame indi-
and haften their decay. The flowers of this plant vidual root does not flower again in ſeveral years, but
will continue in beauty (if rightly managed) a full only the offsets from it.
month; and though they have no fcent, yet, for the AMBROSIA [fo called from á privative and
richneſs of their colour, they are juſtly eſteemed in Bootós mortal,] becauſe feigned by the poets to be the
the firſt rank of the flowery tribe.
food of the gods.
After the flowers are decayed, the green leaves will
The CHARACTERS are,
begin to ſhoot forth in length, and if ſheltered from It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. The
fevere cold, will continue growing all the winter; male flowers are composed of many florets, which are in-
but they muſt have as much free air as poſſible in cluded in one common empalement of one leaf, which is plain,
inild weather, and covered only in great rains or and extended the length of the floreis: each florei is of one
froſts; for which purpoſe, a common hot-bed frame leaf, funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five parts at the brim ;
is the propereft ſhelter for them; under-which if they in the center is ſituated the five ſmall ſi amina, which are
are placed, the glaſſes may be taken off conſtantly crowned with pointed erect ſummits. The female florets
every day in dry open weather, which will encourage are placed under the male in the ſame ſpike; theſe have an
the leaves to grow ſtrong and broad; whereas when empalement of one leaf, which is pointed and permanent :
they are placed in a green-houſe, or not expoſed to they have no petals, but an oval germen placed in the bottone
the open air, they will grow long and ſlender, and of the empalement, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned
have a pale weak aſpect, whereby the roots will be- with two long hairy ftigma. The germen afterward be-
come weak, ſo that it feldom happens that they pro- comes an oval hard capſule with one cell, crowned with the
duce flowers under fuch management.
acute ſegments of the empalement, and incloſing one round-
Theſe roost ſhould be tranſplanted every fourth or iſh ſeed.
fifth year toward the latter end of June, or beginning This genus of plants, is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
of July, and planted into freſh earth (but they ſhould the fifth diviſion of his twenty-firſt claſs, entitled Mo-
not be oftener removed, for that would retard their næcia Pentandria, from their having male and female
flowering.) The offsets ſhould alſo be taken off, and flowers in the ſame plant, and the male flowers having
planted into ſeveral pots, which, in three years time, five ſtamina.
will produce flowers; ſo that after a perſon is once
The SPECIES are,
ſtocked with theſe roots, they may increaſe them, ſo 1. AMBROSIA (Maritima) foliis multifidis racemis ſoli-
as to have a ſupply of blowing roots, without being taris piloſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 988. Ambroſia with
at the trouble or expence of ſending to Guernſey every leaves divided into many parts, and ſingle hairy Spikes of
year for freh roots; and the roots preſerved here will flowers. Ambrofia maritima. C. B. P. Sea Ambro-
flower ſtronger than thoſe which are uſually brought
from thence, for the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands are 2. AMBROSIA (Elatior) foliis bipinnatifidis, racemis pa-
not very curious in cultivating them. Their uſual niculatis terminalibus glabris. Hort. Upfal. 284.
method is to plant them at a great diſtance in a bed Ambroſia with double winged leaves, a ſmooth loose Spike
of common earth, where they let them remain for of flowers growing at the extremity of the branches. Am-
many years : in which time they produce ſuch a num- brofia maritima foliis artemiſiæ inodoris elatior. H.
ber of offsets, that many times one ſingle cluſter has
contained above a hundred roots; by which means, 3. AMBROSIA (Trifide) foliis trilobis & quinquelobis ferra-
thoſe which grow on the inſide are ſo much compreſſed tis. Lin.Sp.988. Ambroſia with leaves having three and five
lobes,
fia.
L. 32.

A MB
A ME
a
3
а.
lobes, which are ſawed ontheir edges. Ambrofia Virginiana with other hardy annual plants, among which they
maxima, platani orientalis folio. Mor. Hist. 3. p. 4. will make a variety. Theſe will flower in July, and
4. AMBROSIA (Artemiſifolia) foliis bipinnatifidis primo- their feeds ripen in September.
ribus ramulorum indiviſis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. The third fort is a native of North America, where
Plant. 988. Ambrofia with double winged leaves, and it is a very common weed. This often grows eight
the younger branches having entire leaves. Ambrofia or ten feet high; and if it is planted in a rich moiſt
maxima inodora marrubii aquatici foliis tenuiter la- ſoil, or is often watered, it will grow much higher,
ciniatis Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 27. tab. 10.
and ſpread out into many branches. The ſeeds of
5. AMBROSIA ( Arboreſcens) foliis pinnatifidis hirſutis ra- this plant, when fown in the ſpring, feldom come up
cemis folitariis terminalibus, caule fruticofo perenne. the firſt year, but frequently remain in the ground
Ambroſia with hairy winged leaves, Single Spikes of until the following ſpring; ſo that when the plants do
flowers growing at the extremity of the branches, and a not come up, the ground muſt not be diſturbed till
Sorubby perennial ſtalk.
after the ſpring following. When the plants come
The firſt fort grows naturally in Cappadocia, &c. near up, ſome of them may be tranſplanted into a moiſt
the ſea ſhore; this riſes about two feet and a half high, rich foil, allowing them at leaſt four or five feet room
ſending out branches, garniſhed with leaves divided
every way; if they are frequently watered in dry
into many parts, and upon being handled emit a ſtrong weather, they will grow to a large ſize; but their
odour. The ſpikes of flowers are produced from the branches muſt be ſupported by ſtakes, otherwiſe they
wings of the ítalks, which are long, ſingle, and hairy; are very ſubject to break with ſtrong winds. The
the upper part being furniſhed with many male flow- flowers of this plant are not more conſpicuous than
ers, and the lower part with female flowers; theſe thoſe of the Hemp, to which theſe are near akin;
grow cloſe to the ſtalk. After the flowers are paſt, therefore are only preſerved by ſuch perſons as are
the female flowers are ſucceeded by hard leafy cap- curious in botany, for the ſake of variety: If the
fules having one cell, in which is included a ſingle ſeeds of this fort ripen and are ſuffered to ſcatter, the
round feed. This is an annual plant, which feldom plants will come up the following ſpring, provided
perfects its feeds in England, unleſs the plants are the ground is not diſturbed; or if the feeds are fown
brought forward in the ſpring; therefore the ſeeds in autumn, the plants will come up the following
ſhould be fown in the autumn in a warm border, and ſpring, and may be treated as above.
when the plants come up in the ſpring, they ſhould The fourth fort grows naturally in North America,
be tranſplanted into another warm border of poor from whence I have frequently received the ſeeds.
ground; for when theſe plants are put into rich moiſt This divides into many branches, the lower part of
land, they grow very luxuriantly, ſo do not flower which are garniſhed with whole leaves, but the upper
till late in the ſeaſon. Therefore the beſt method to
part hath compound leaves reſembling thoſe of the
obtain good ſeeds, is to plant ſome of the plants in ſecond fort; the ſpikes of flowers are produced from
lime rubbiſh, to prevent their luxuriant growth, which the wings of the ſtalks, in which this differs from the
will cauſe them to flower early, whereby good ſeeds ſecond. This may be treated in the ſame manner as
may be obtained.
the ſecond fort.
If the feeds ripen and are permitted to ſcatter, the The fifth fort is a native of Peru, from whence the
plants will come up the following ſpring without care; younger Juſſieu ſent the ſeeds to the royal garden at
for when the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring, the plants Paris, and by the generoſity of his brother Dr. Bar-
ſeldom come up the ſame year, but will remain in the nard de Juffieu, I was favoured with this plant, which
ground a year before they vegetate. There is not has ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where it annually
much beauty in this plant, ſo it is not often admitted perfects its feeds.
to have a place in gardens, except in thoſe where a This grows to the height of ten or twelve feet, with
variety of plants are preſerved.
a woody ftem, dividing into ſeveral branches, gar-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of niſhed with hairy leaves, compoſed of ſeveral winged
America, as alſo in Carolina and Virginia ; from the lobes, and are placed alternately upon the branches;
two latter countries I have frequently received the the ſpikes of flowers are ſingle, hairy, and are pro-
feeds, and in the tubs of earth which came with plants duced at the extremity of the branches. The female
from the former, the plants have come up in plenty, flowers (which are ſituated below the male, on the
fo is undoubtedly a common weed there. This grows ſame ſpikes) grow in fmall cluſters, at ſeparate dif-
more than three feet high, dividing into many branches; tances, each having two long narrow ſegments of the
garniſhed with winged leaves in ſhape like thoſe empalement, which riſe above the capſule or feed
of Mugwort; at the extremity of each branch, the veffel.
looſe ſpikes of flowers are produced, compoſed of one This is a perennial plant, and may be propagated by
long ſpike in the middle, and three or four ſhorter cuttings or feeds; if by the former, they ſhould be
lateral ſpikes: theſe are ſmooth, and have male and planted in a ſhady border, in either of the ſummer
female flowers ranged in the ſame manner as the months; theſe will require to be frequently watered :
former; the female flowers are ſucceeded by feeds of in a month or five weeks they will have good roots,
the ſame ſhape.
therefore ſhould then be taken up and potted; for
This ſort will come up and thrive in the open air in when they are left longer in the full ground, they
England, but the plants fo raiſed will not produce will grow very luxuriant, and not fo foon recover
good feeds, unleſs the ſeaſon is warm; therefore to their removal, as thoſe which are tranſplanted earlier.
obtain them every year, it is neceſſary to cultivate Theſe plants are hardy, ſo may be expoſed to the
them in the following manner.
open air in ſummer; and in the winter, if they are
The feeds of this plant ſhould be fown on a moderate ſheltered in a common green-houſe, with Myrtles and
hot-bed in March, and when the plants are come up other hardy exotic plants, they will live ſeveral years.
two inches high, they muſt be tranſplanted into ano- In mild winters, the roots of this plant have lived in
ther moderate hot-bed, allowing each plant three or the full ground in a warm border, without any co-
four inches ſquare ; obſerving to water them pretty vering, but hard froſt will kill them.
well, and ſhade them until they have taken new root; The feeds of this ſort feldom come up the ſame year,
afterward they muſt have a large ſhare of freſh air when they are ſown in ſpring, but thoſe which have
every day, when the weather is warm, and frequent fallen in the autumn, have grown the following year,
waterings, for they are very thirſty plants. When the and fo have thoſe which have been fown at the ſame
plants are grown pretty ſtrong, they muſt be taken feaſon.
up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in AMELANCHIER. See CHIONANTHUS.
large pots filled with light earth; and if they are AMELLUS, Star-flower.
placed on a very moderate hot-bed until they are well The CHARACTERS are,
rooted, it will greatly forward their flowering. Toward The common flower-cup is round and · fcaly; the flower is
the latter end of May they ſhould be placed abroad of the compound radiated kind; the bermaphrodite flowers
6
compoſe

A ME
A MM M
و
a
Plant. 144.
3
compoſe the diſk, and the female the rays: the hermaphro-
froin whence the feeds were ſent to the imperial gar-
dite are tubulous, with five ſegments; the female are den at Peteriburgh, where the plants Houriſhed and
tongue-lhaped, divided into two or three ſegments; the perfected their feeds, part of which were ſent me by
firſt have five short ſtamina, an oval germen with a llen- the late Dr. Amman, which grew in the Cheliea gar-
der ſtyle, and two ſtigmas; the female are like them. den, where the plants annually produce ſeeds.
The flowen-cup afterward contains one oval ſeed, crowned It is an annual plant with an upright ſtalk, which
with hairy down.
riſes about a foot high; toward the top it puts out
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in two or three ſmall lateral branches, garniſhed with
the ſecond ſection of his ninteenth claſs; the flowers ſmall trifid leaves, ſawed on their edges, of a very
of this ſection are compoſed of hermaphrodite forets dark green colour; at the extremity of the branches
in the center, and female in the circumference.
the flowers are produced in ſmall umbels; they are
The SPECIES are,
of a fine blue colour, as are alſo the upper part
1. AMELLUS (Lychnitis) foliis oppoſitis lanceolatis obtu- of the branches, and the leaves immediately under the
fis, pedunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp. 1276. Star-flower umbel; ſo that although the flowers are ſmall, yet
with Spear-ſhaped obtuſe leaves placed oppoſite, and one from their colour with thoſe of the upper part of the
flower on each foot-ſtalk.
ſtalks, the plants make a pretty appearance, during
2. AMELLUS (Umbellatus) foliis oppofitis triplinerviis fub- their continuance in fower. If the ſeeds of this plant
tus tomentofis, floribus umbellatus. Amen. Acad. are fown in the autumn, or are permitted to ſcatter,
5. p. 407. Star-flower with oppoſite leaves having three the plants will come up early the following ſpring,
veins, and flowers in umbels.
and theſe will flower the beginning of June; but
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good thoſe which are fown in the ſpring, will not flower till
Hope. It riſes from two to three feet high, ſending July; and in dry ſeaſons, the feeds will remain in the
out branches on every fide, garniſhed with ſpear- ground a whole year, ſo that the beſt time for fow-
ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, terminated by flower- ing them is in the autumn.
ſtalks, each ſupporting one Violet-coloured power, When the plants come up, they will require no other
with a yellow diſk, ſhaped like thoſe of the Aſter, care but to keep them clean from weeds, and where
which appear in July or Auguft.
they are too cloſe to thin them; for they do not thrive
This is a perennial plant, which is eaſily propagated when tranſplanted, therefore the ſeeds ſhould be fown
by cuttings, which, if planted in fhade during any where they are to remain.
of the ſummer months, and duly watered, will put AMMANNIA. Houft. Nov. Gen. Lin. Gen.
out roots; theſe ſhould be taken up with balls of
earth to their roots, and planted in pots, that they
The CHARACTERS are,
may be ſheltered in winter, either under a common It hath a bell-ſhaped, oblong, erect, permanent empale-
frame, or in a green-houſe, where they may have ment, having four angles, and divided at the brim into
plenty of air in mild weather, otherwiſe they will eight ſender parts. The flower hath no petals, but four
draw up weak and have little beauty.
fender ſtamina which are as long as the empalement in
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this which they are inſerted. Theſe are crowned with double
hath hoary ſtalks which riſe two feet high, ſending
fummits. In the center is ſituated a large round germen,
out ſide branches, which are garniſhed with oval ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle crowned with a ſtigma; the em-
leaves placed oppoſite; the flowers which terminate palement afterward becomes a round capſule with four cells,
the branches grow in ſmall umbels, but theſe have which are filled with ſmall feeds.
little beauty. It may be propagated by feeds, which This genus is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in his fourth
ſhould be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; when the claſs of plants, entitled Tetrandria Monogynia, the
plants are fit to remove, two or three of them ſhould flower having four ftamina and one ſtyle.
be planted in pots, then plunged into a hot-bed of The SPECIES are,
tan, to bring them forward to get ripe ſeeds in the I. AMMANNIA (Latifolia) foliis femiamplexicaulibus,
autumn, otherwiſe the plants will require a ſtove in caule tetragono. Hort. Cliff. 344. Âmmannia with
winter.
a ſquare ſtalk, and leaves embracing it half round. Am-
AMENTACEOUS flowers [of Amentum, Lat. a mannia paluftris, caule quadrangulari foliis anguftis.
ftring, thong, or latchet] are ſuch as have an aggre-
Houſt. MSS.
gate of ſummits, hanging down in form of a rope, 2. AMMANNIA (Ramofior) foliis fubpetiolatis caule ramo-
or cat's tail, which is alſo called an Iulus; as in Wil- ſa. Lin. Sp. Plant. 120.
Ammannia with leaves hav-
lows, Walnuts, Poplars, &c.
ing Short foot-fialks and a branching ſtalk. Ludvigia
AMETHYSTEA. Lin. Gen. 32. Amethyſtina. aquatica erecta caule rubente, foliis ad genicula bi-
Amman. Haller. Amethyſt.
nis longis anguſtis hyffopi inſtar flore tetrapetalo al-
The CHARACTERS are,
bo. Clayt.
The flower bath a permanent bell-ſhaped empalement of 3. AMMANNIA (Baccifera) foliis fubpetiolatis capſulis ca-
one leaf, cut into five equal pointed ſegments at the lyce majoribus coloratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 120. An-
brim ; the flower is of one leaf, of the lip kind, divided mania whoſe leaves have ſhort foot-ſtalks, and a coloured
into five unequal parts at the top ; the upper leaf is erect, feed-veſſel larger than the flower-cup.
roundiſh, concave, and cut into two; the lower lip is cut The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt places in Jamai-
into three parts, the middle ſegment being concave and of ca, from whence Dr. Houſton ſent the feeds to Eng-
the ſame length with the upper lip, but the two fide feg- land, which fucceeded at Chelſea, and have from
ments are ſhorter and erect. It hath two ſlender ſi amina, thence been diſtributed to moſt of the botanic gar-
which ſtand under the upper lip, but are longer ; theſe are
dens in Europe.
crowned with roundiſh ſummits. In the center is ſituated It grows about a foot and a half high, with an upright
a quadrifid germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned with ſquare ſtalk, and long narrow leaves ſet in form of a tri-
tivo acute ſtigma : after the flower is past, the germen be- angle, whoſe baſe half ſurrounds it; theſe grow the
comes four naked ſeeds, Shut up in the empalement.
whole length of the ſtem. They are of a pale green,
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in and of the conſiſtence of thoſe of Purſlane; the ſtalks
his ſecond claſs of plants, entitled Diandria Mono- are alſo ſucculent, and of the ſame colour with thoſe
gynia, the flower having two ftamina and one of that plant. The flowers come out in whorles round
ſtyle.
the ſtalks, at the joints where the leaves adhere, in
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. cluſters: theſe have no petals, fo make no great ap-
AMETHYSTEA. Hort. Upfal. 9. Amethyſtina montana pearance, and are foon fucceeded by round feed-vef-
erecta foliis exiguis digitatis trifidis ferratis, flofculis fels, which are full of ſmall feeds.
cum comâ è coeruleo-janthinis. Amman. Ruth. 4. The plant muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed in the ſpring,
i. e. Mountain upright Amethyſt, with ſmall, trifid, ſawed and afterward removed to another hot-bed to bring
leaves, and the beads and flowers of a jacinth blue. it forward. When the plants have acquired ſtrength,
This plant is a native of the mountains in Siberia, they ſhould be trakſplanted into pots filled with rich
L
light
a

A M M
A MO
;
ment.
light earth, and placed under a frame, obſerving to land. When the feeds are fown in the ſpring, they
fhade them till they have taken freſh root; then they ſeldom come up the ſame year; and if they ſhould,
ſhould be placed in a glaſs-caſe or ftove to ripen their thoſe plants will be weak and produce few feeds.
ſeeds, for the plants are too tender to thrive in the The ſecond fort is a perennial plant, which is pre-
open air in this country, unleſs the ſummer proves ſerved in botanic gardens for variety, but having lit-
very warm.
tle beauty, is rarely admitted into other gardens. It
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca- may be propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
rolina; this is an annual plant, which riſes about a in the autumn, becauſe thoſe fown in the ſpring, fel-
foot high, with red fucculent ſtalks, putting out fide dom come up the fame year. It will grow in any open
branches, which grow oppoſite: the flowers are pro- ſituation, is very hardy, and thrives beft on a moiſt
duced ſingle from the wings on the lower part of the foil.
branches, but toward the top they are in cluſters ; AMMI PERENNE. See SIUM.
theſe have no beauty, fo are only preſerved in botanic AMOMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 2. Zinziber. C. B. P.
gardens for the fake of variety. This ſort will per- 35. Ginger.
fect its feeds in the open air, if the plants are raiſed
The CHARACTERS are,
on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and planted in a warm The flowers are collected into a ſcaly ſpike, each having a
border.
double (Spatha) or sheath; the outer ſheath looſely covers
The third fort grows naturally in China; this is a the ſcale, and the inner encompaſſes the tube of the flower
very low plant, feldom riſing more than three inches with the parts of generation : the flower is of one leaf,
high ; the leaves are placed oppoſite on the branches, tubulous below, but divided into three parts at the brim,
and the flowers grow in whorles from the wings of the middle ſegment being longer and broader than the others.
the ſtalk. As this plant has little beauty, it is rarely In the boſom of the flower is ſituated an oblong thick nec-
preſerved in gardens. It muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed tarium. From the tube of the flower ariſes two ſlender
.
in the ſpring, and treated in the ſame manner as the ſtamina, which are crowned with thick ſhort fummits.
firſt fort, with which management the feeds will ripen Under the receptacle of the flower is placed ibe round ger-
in England.
men, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, which is as long as the
AMMI ["Aprepisy Gr.] Biſhops-weed.
tube of the flower, crowned with a hairy stigma. The
The CHARACTERS are,
germen efterward becomes an oval three-cornered ſeed-vel-
It is an umbelliferous plant; the great umbel is compoſed ſel, opening in three parts, containing ſeveral ſeeds.
of many ſmaller, which are diſpoſed like rays. The outer This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
involucrum is compoſed of many narrow-pointed leaves, his firſt claſs, entitled Monandria Monogynia ; but
which are almoſt the length of the umbel. The ſmall um- it more properly belongs to his ſecond, for the
bels have a fort mony-leaved involucrum. The flowers flowers of this have two itamina, one of which is
are difform, each having five petals, which are beart- joined to the upper ſegment of the flower, and this
Shaped ; thoſe in the outer rays being large and unequal in ſoon loſes it fummits, fo appears to be only a feg-
fize, but thoſe in the center, which compoſe the diſk, are
This I have conſtantly found in all the flow-
nearly equal. The flowers have five ſender ſtamina, which ers which I have examined; the flowers have but
are crowned with roundiſh ſummits. In the center of the one ſtyle.
empalement is fiiuated the germen, ſupporting two re-
The SPECIES are,
flexed Styles, crowned with obtuſe ſtigma. The germen 1. AMOMUM ſcapo nudo fpicâ ovato.
Hort. Cliff. 3.
efterward becomes a ſmall, round, ſtriated fruit, compoſed Amomum with a naked ftalk and oval Spike of flowers,
of two feeds, which are plain within and convex on their Zinziber. C. B. P. 35. Ginger.
outſide.
2. AMOMUM ſcapo nudo fpicâ oblongâ obtusa. Hort.
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in Cliff
. 3. Amomum with a neked ſtalk and an oblong blunt
the fecond ſection of his fifth claſs, entitled Pentan- flower-ſpike. Zinziber latifolium fylveſtre. Hort.
dria Digynia, the flowers having five ſtamina and two Lugd. 636. Broad-leaved wild Ginger, called Zerumbet.
ſtyles.
3. AMOMUM ſcapo bracteis alternis laxis, caule folio-
The SPECIES are,
rum altiffimo. Amomum with flower-ſtalks looſely branch-
I. AMMI (Majus) foliis inferioribus pinnatis lanceolatis ing alternately, and very tall leaf-ſtalks.
ferratis, fuperioribus multifidis linearibus. Hort. The firſt, which is the common Ginger, is cultivated
Upfal. 59. Biſhops-weed with under leaves, which are for ſale in moſt of the iſlands of America, but is a
winged, Spear-ſhaped, and ſawed, and the upper leaves native of the Eaſt-Indies, and alſo of ſome parts of
are divided into many narrow ſegments. This is the the Weſt-Indies, where it is found growing naturally
Ammi majus. C. B. P. 159. And the Ammi vulgare. without culture. The dried roots of this fort furniſh
Dod. p. 415. Common Biſhops-weed.
a conſiderable export from the Britiſh colonies in
2. AMMI (Glaucifolium) foliorum omnium lacinulis lan- America. The roots are of great uſe in the kitchen,
ceolatis. Guett. 2. p. 433. i. e. Biſhops-weed with all as alfo in medicine; and the green roots preſerved as
its leaves cut in ſhape of a Spear. Ammi petræum a ſweatmeat, are preferable to every other fort
.
glaucifolium perenne. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 295.
The roots of this fort are jointed, and ſpread in the
The firſt fort is annual ; of this there is a variety, ground; theſe put out many green reed-like ftalks in
- which is mentioned by John Bauhin as a diſtinct fpe- the ſpring, which riſe to the height of two feet and a
cies, under the title of Ammi majus foliis plurimum half, garniſhed with long narrow leaves, cloſely em-
inciſis & nonnihil criſpis; but I have frequently had bracing the ſtalks at their baſe. The flower-ſtems
this variety ariſe from the ſeeds of the former, fo I afterward ariſe by the fide of theſe, immediately from
have not enumerated it as a different fort.
the root; theſe are naked, ending with an oblong
*
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſcaly ſpike; from each of theſe ſcales is produced a
ſown in the autumn in the place where it is to re- ſingle blue flower, whoſe petals are but little longer
main ; and in the ſpring, the ground ſhould be hoed than the ſquamoſe covering. The flowers appear in
to cut up the weeds, and alſo to thin the plants in September, and in about a inonth after the ſtalks en-
the ſame manner as is practiſed for Carrots, leaving tirely decay, ſo that the roots remain inactive three or
them four or five inches aſunder; or if the ground is four months.
good where they grow, they muſt be left at leaſt fix The ſecond ſort grows naturally in India, the roots
;
inches, for they will grow large and cover the ground; of this are much larger than thoſe of the firſt, but are
after this they will require no farther care, but to jointed in the ſame manner. The ftalks
grow
from
keep them clean from weeds. In June they will flow- three, to near four feet high, garniſhed with oblong
er, and their feeds will ripen in Auguſt, which ſhould leaves, placed alternately, and embrace the ſtalks at
be gathered as it ripens, otherwiſe it will ſoon ſcatter. their baſe. The flower-ſtems ariſe immediately from
Theſe feeds are uſed in medicine, ſo may be had in the root; theſe are terminated by oblong, blunt,
plenty with this management; for it will grow in any ſcaly heads; out of each ſcale is produced a ſingle
ſituation that is open, but thrives beſt on light fandy white flower, whoſe petals extend a conſiderable length
beyond
a
ز
a

A MO
A M Y
a
beyond their ſcaly covering. Theſe appear in Sep- twelve or fourteen feet, garniſhed with very long
tember, and in November all the ſtalks periſh in the winged leaves, in ſhape like thoſe of the common
ſame manner as the Ginger.
Acacia. At the extremity of the ſame year's ſhoots,
The third fort hath thick fleſhy roots, reſembling the flowers are produced in long ſlender fpikes, which
thoſe of the large Flag Iris ; in the ſpring thefe ſend are ſmall, and of a deep purple colour; the ſtamina
forth many green reed-like ſtalks, which riſe to the ſtand out beyond the petals, and are crowned with
height of ſeven or eight feet, garniſhed with very long yellow ſummits; after the flowers are paſt, the germen
narrow leaves, fet alternately, cloſely embracing them turns to a ſhort pod, having two kidney-ſhaped ſeeds,
at their baſe. The ſtalks decay entirely in autumn,
but theſe do not ripen in England.
and new ariſe from the roots in the ſpring, but it The feeds of this plant were ſent to England from
hath not produced any flowers as yet in England, Carolina, by Mr. Mark Cateſby, F. R. S. in 1724,
though the roots thrive and increaſe greatly where from which many plants were raiſed in the gardens
they are properly managed.
near London ; theſe were of quick growth, and many
All theſe forts are tender, and require a warm ſtove of the plants produced flowers in three years. At
to preſerve them in this country. They are eaſily preſent it is become very common in all the gardens
propagated by parting of their roots; the beſt time and nurſeries, where it is propagated as a flowering
for doing this is in the ſpring, before they put out ſhrub, for the ornament of the ſhrubbery. It is ge-
new ſhoots ; for they ſhould not be tranſplanted in nerally propagated by ſeeds, which are annually ſent
ſummer when they are in full vigour, nor do they to England from different parts of America; for it is
fucceed ſo well when they are removed in autumn, found in many of the northern colonies there, and it
becauſe they remain long after in an inactive ſtate ; may alſo be propagated by laying down of the
and during that time, if wet comes to the roots, it young branches, which in one year will make good
often cauſes them to rot. When the roots are parted, roots, and may then be taken off and planted either
,
they ſhould not be divided into ſmall pieces, eſpecially in the nurſery, or the places where they are deſigned
if they are deſigned to have flowers; for until the to remain. If they are put into a nurſery, they ſhould
roots have ſpread to the ſide of the pots, they rarely not remain there more than one year; for as the plants
put out flower-ſtems, for which reaſon they ſhould make large ſhoots, they do not remove well when
not be planted in very large pots.
they have remained long in a place : they muſt have
Theſe plants thrive beſt in a light rich earth, ſuch as a ſheltered ſituation, otherwiſe their branches will be
may be found in the kitchen-garden ; with this the broken by the winds. As theſe ſhoots are large and
pots fhould be filled within two inches of the top, foft, their upper parts are generally killed by froſt in
then the roots ſhould be placed in the middle of the winter, but they put out ſhoots again in plenty below
pots, obſerving that their crowns are upwards, and the dead part the ſpring
following.
the pots filled up with the ſame rich earth; after this AMPHITHEATRE [’AucuFédeleov of duoi, around,
the pots ſhould be plunged into a hot-bed of tanners and Jedlopeces, to view, Gr.] or temples of view erected
bark, and muſt be ſparingly watered, until their ſtalks on a double riſing, were eſteemed great ornaments to
appear above ground, when they will require a greater a large and noble garden.
If this hill, or riſing
ſhare of moiſture, eſpecially during the warm fum- ground, is of a ſemicircular figure, it will be ſtill the
mer months; but in autumn the waterings muſt not better.
be often, nor in great plenty; and during the winter Theſe amphitheatres are ſometimes formed of Ever-
ſeaſon, when the roots are inactive, very little water greens, as Hollies, Phillyreas, Lauruſtinuſės, Bays,
ſhould be given them. The pots with theſe roots &c. obſerving to plant the ſhorteſt growing ſhrubs in
ſhould conſtantly remain plunged in the tan-bed, for the front, and the talleſt trees behind, as Pines, Firs,
if they are taken out and placed on ſhelves in the Cedars of Lebanon, &c.
itove, their fibres frequently ſhrink, which often oc- They are alſo formed of ſlopes on the ſides of hills,
cafions the roots to decay.
and covered with turf, but are now generally excluded
With this management all theſe forts have multiplied by all perſons of true taſte; for the natural eafy ſlope
greatly with me, and the common Ginger has pro- of ſuch hills, is infinitely more beautiful than the ſtiff
duced roots which have weighed five or fix ounces, angular ſlopes into which theſe amphitheatres are
but the others have been near a pound weight.
commonly cut.
AMOMUM PLINII. See SOLANUM.
AMYGDALUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 545. ['Apúy-
AMORIS POMUM. See LYCOPERSICON.
Sana'; Gr.] The Almond-tree.
AMORPHA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 768. Baſtard
The CHARACTERS are,
Indigo.
It hath a tubulous empalement of one leaf, which is cut
The CHARACTERS are,
at the brim into five obtuſe ſegments; the flower hath five
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, oval, obtufe, concave petals, which are inſerted in the em-
which is tubulous, cylindrical, and cut into five ſmall ob- palement; in the center of the outer flower is ſituated a
tuſe parts at the brim. The flower is of the butterfly roundiſh hairy germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle the length
kind; the upper petal, or ſtandard, is ſmall
, concave, and of the ſtamina, which is crowned by a round ſtigma; this
erect; this is inſerted between the two upper ſegments of is attended by a great number of ſlender erect ſtamina,
the empalement. It hath ten ſtamina, joined at iheir baſé, which in many species are not so long as the petals of the
of unequal lengths, and crowned with ſummits; in the flower, theſe are crowned with ſlender ſummits. After
center is ſituated a roundiß germen, ſupporting an awl- the flower is paft, the germen becomes an oval, compreſſed,
Shaped ſtyle, which is the length of the ſtamina, and large fruit, with a thin, tough, hairy covering, having
crowned with a ſingle ſtigma; the germen afterward be- a longitudinal furrow; this opens and falls away, leaving
comes a reflexed moon-ſhaped pod, having one cell, in an oval compreſſed nut, which is furrowed and netted, in-
which are lodged two kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
cloſing a ſingle ſeed of the ſame form.
This genus is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in his feven- Dr. Linnæus has joined to this genus the Perſica, or
teenth claſs of plants, entitled Diadelphia Decandria ; Peach-tree, making them only different ſpecies, rang-
the flowers of this claſs have ten ftamina, nine of ing it in his twelfth claſs, entitled Icofandria Mono-
which are joined, and one ſtands off.
gynia; the flowers having from twenty to thirty fta-
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. mina, which are inſerted to the empalement:
AMORPHA (Fruticoſa). Hort. Cliff. 353. Baſtard Indi-
The SPECIES are,
go. Barba Jovis Americana pſeudoacaciæ foliis flof- 1. AMYGDALUS (Communis) foliis petiolatis ferratis pe-
culis purpureis minimis. Cat. Hort. Chelf. 11.
talis florum emarginatis.
Almond-tree with ſazeed
This ſhrub grows naturally in Carolina, where for- leaves, having foot-ſtalks, and the petals of the flower in-
merly the inhabitants made a coarſe fort of Indigo dented. Amygdalus ſativa. C. B. P. 44.1. Common
from the young ſhoots, which occafioned their giving Almond-tree.
it the title of Baſtard Indigo.
2. AMYGDALUS (Dulcis) foliis petiolatis marginibus cre-
It riſes with many irregular ſtems, to the height of natis, corollis calyce vix longioribus. Almond-tree
3
with

A M Y
ANA
for dry.
with crenated leaves, having foot-ſtalks, end the petals of trees do not flower till March, they ſeldom fail to bear
the flowers no longer than the empalement. Amygdalus plenty of fruit, many of which will be very ſweet,
dulcis putamine molliori. C. B. P. 441. Commonly and fit for the table when green, but they will not
called Jordan Almond.
keep long.
3. AMYGDALUS (Sativus) foliis lineari-lanceolatis acu- They are propagated by inoculating a bud of theſe
minatis, marginibus crenatis. Almond-tree with point- trees into a Plumb, Almond, or Peach ſtock, in the
ed, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, crenated on their edges. month of July (the manner of this operation fee un-
Amygdalus ſativa fiore albo.
der the article of INOCULATION). The next ſpring,
4. AMYGDALUS (Orientalis) foliis lanceolatis integerri- when the buds ſhoot, you may train them up
either
mis, argenteis perennantibus petiolo breviore. Al- for ſtandards, or fuffer them to grow for half ſtand-
mond-tree with ſpear-ſhaped ſilvery leaves, which are en- ards, according to your own fancy; though the uſual
tire, and continue all winter, and very short foot-ſtalks, method is to bud them to the height the ſtems are in-
Amygdalus Orientalis foliis argenteis fplendentibus. tended to be; and the ſecond year after budding,
Du Hamel.
they may be removed to the places where they are to
5. AMYGDALUS (Nana) foliis petiolatis ferratis baſi at- remain. The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting theſe trees,
tenuatis. Almond with ſawed leaves, which are nar-
.
if for dry ground, is in O&tober, as ſoon as the leaves
rowed at the foot-ſtalk. Amygdalus Indica nana. Pluk. begin to decay; but for a wet foil, February is much
Alm. 28. tab. Il. Dwarf Almond with ſingle flowers. preferable, and obſerve always to lud upon Plumb
The firſt is the common Almond, which is cultivated ſtocks for wet ground, and Almonds and Peaches
more for the beauty of its flowers, than for its fruit.
There are two varieties of this, one with ſweet, the ALMOND, the Dwarf, with double flowers. See
other bitter kernels, which often ariſe from the fruit PERSICA.
of the ſame tree.
AMYRIS. See ToxicODENDRON.
The ſecond fort is commonly known by the title of ANACAMPSEROS. See SEDUM.
Jordan Almonds; the nuts of this kind are frequently ANACARDIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 467. Acajou,
brought to England; theſe have a tender ſhell, and Tourn. Inft. R. H. 658. tab. 435. The Caihew-nut,
a large ſweet kernel. The leaves of this tree are or Acajou.
broader, ſhorter, and grow much cloſer than thoſe of
The CHARACTERS are,
the cominon fort, and their edges are crenated. The It bath an empalenient of one leaf, which is erect, and
flowers are very ſmall, and of a pale colour, inclining cut into five acute segments at the brim. The flower is
to white. I have ſeveral times raiſed theſe trees from of one leaf, having a ſhort tube, cut into five parts at the
the Almonds which came from abroad, and always top, which are reflexed, and are longer than the empale-
found the plants to maintain their difference from the ment; the flower hath ten fiender ſiamina, which are as
common Almond.
long as the petal, crowned with ſmall ſummits. In
The third fort hath narrow ſharp-pointed leaves, the center is placed a round germen, ſupporting an awl-
which are fawed on their edges; the flowers are much Maped ſtyle, crowned with an acute ftigma. The germen
ſmaller than thoſe of the common Almond, and are afterward becomes a large, oval, fleſhy fruit, having a
white; the ſhoots of this tree are ſmaller, and the large kidney-ſhaped nut growing to its apex.
joints cloſer than thoſe of the common ſort, nor is the This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
tree ſo hardy, therefore ſhould have the advantage
the firſt ſection of his tenth claſs, entitled Decandria
of a warm ſituation, otherwiſe it will not thrive. This Monogynia; the flowers of this having ten ſtami-
fort flowers early in the ſpring, and rarely produces na and a ſingle ſtyle.
fruit in England. But from an old tree which grew
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
againſt a ſouth-weſt aſpected wall, I have ſome years ANACARDIUM (Occidentale) Hort. Cliff. 161. the occiden-
had the fruit ripe, which were well flavoured, but tal Anacardium, or Caſhew. Acajou. Pif. Hift. Braſ. 58.
their kernels were ſmall.
This tree grows to the height of twenty feet or more,
The fourth ſort was found growing near Aleppo, from in its native country, which is both Indies, but in
whence the fruit was ſent to the duke D'Ayen in England the plants are with great difficulty preſerved;
France, who raiſed ſeveral of the plants in his curi- though by their firſt ſhoot from the ſeeds, they appear
ous garden at St. Germains, and was ſo good as to ſo ſtrong and vigorous, as to promiſe a much greater
ſend me a ſhare of them, which are flouriſhing in the progreſs than they are ever ſeen to make.
Chelſea garden, where they have endured the open They are eaſily raiſed from the nuts, which are an-
air for ſome years, againſt a wall, without any cover- nually brought from America in great plenty; each
ing. The leaves of this tree are filvery, and very of theſe ſhould be planted in a ſmall pot filled with
like thoſe of the Sea Purſlane. Theſe continue moſt light fandy earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed
of the year ; the flowers are very ſmall, and have not of tanners bark, being careful to prevent their hav-
been ſucceeded by fruit yet in England. I can give ing wet, till the plants come up, for the nuts fre-
no farther account of its difference from the other quently rot with moiſture. The reaſon of my adviſing
forts.
the nuts to be each put into a ſeparate pot, is, be-
The fifth fort is very common in the nurſeries about cauſe the plants ſeldom live when they are tranſplant-
London, and is uſually ſold with other flowering ed. If the nuts are freſh, the plants will come up
ſhrubs to adorn gardens : this ſeldom riſes more than in about a month after planting, and in two months
three feet high, ſending out many ſide branches. The more they will be four four or five inches high, with
roots of this are very ſubject to put out ſuckers, by large leaves; from this quick growth, many per-
which it may be increaſed in plenty, but if theſe are fons have been deceived by fuppofing them hardy,
not annually taken away, they will ſtarve the old plants. and that they would continue the like progreſs, whereas
As theſe fuckers are very apt to creep at the root, and they feldom advance much farther the ſame year.
put out fuckers again, thoſe plants which are propa- The plants muſt be conſtantly kept in the ftove, for
gated by layers are much preferable. This ſhrub they are too tender to live abroad in England, in the
Howers in April, at which time all the
young ſhoots
warmeſt ſeaſon of the year, nor will they thrive in a
are covered with flowers, which are of a Peach blor- common green-houſe in fummer. As theſe plants
ſom, and make a fine appearance when intermixed abound with a milky acrid juice, they ſhould have
with ſhrubs of the fame growth.
but little water, even in ſummer; and in winter, if
The common Almond is cultivated in all the nurſe- they are ſparingly watered once in a fortnight, it will
ries, and the trees are generally planted for the beau- be ſufficient, for their roots are tender and foon periſh
ty
of their flowers. Theſe often
appear
in February
with moiſture,
when the ſpring is forward, but if froft comes after, When theſe plants are tranſplanted, it will be the
the flowers are foon deſtroyed, ſo that their beauty is beſt method to break the pots, for the roots do not
of ſhort duration, and in ſuch feaſons there are few put out many fibres to hold the earth about them, fo
of the Almonds which bear fruit; whereas, when the that in ſhaking them out of the pots, moſt of the earth
3
و
6
will

Α Ν Α
Α Ν Α
a
а.
will fall away from their roots, and when this hap- wiih narrower decompounded leaves, whoſe diviſions orë
pens, the plants feldom ſurvive it; therefore in break- plain. Cotula crética minima chamæmeli folio capite
ing of the pots, the ſame caution muſt be had not to inflexo. Tourn. Cor. 37
diſturb the earth more than can be avoided, then the 2. ANACYCLUS (Orientalis) foliis compofitis ſetaceis acu-
plant, with the ball of earth to its roots, hould be tis rectis. Hort. Cliff. 417. Anacyclus with compound,
put into a pot one ſize larger than that in which it briſtly, upright, pointed leaves. Chamæmelum Orientale
had before grown, filling up the pot with light ſandy foliis pinnatis. Tourn. Cor. 37:
earth, and plunge the pots again into the hot-bed. 3. ANACYCLUS (Valentinus) foliis decompofitis linearibus
Theſe plants ſhould not be removed oftener than once laciniis divifis tretiuſculis acutis floribus flofculofis.
a year, nor ſhould they be put into large pots, for Hort. Cliff
. 417. Anacyclus with decompounded narrow
unleſs their roots are confined, they will not thrive. leaves, whoſe diviſions are taper and pointed, and flofcular
With this management I have kept theſe plants ſe- flowers. Chryſanthemum Valentinum. Cluf. Hift. t.
veral
years, but they are of flow growth after the firſt
p. 332.
ſeaſon, ſo that I have not raiſed any of them more The two firſt forts grow naturally in the iſlands of
than two feet and a half high, and it is very rare to the Archipelago, from whence Dr. Tournefort fent
fee them in England more than half that height, their ſeeds to the royal garden at Paris. I have alſo
though I have ſeen two of them in flower, one in the received the ſeeds of both theſe plants from Portugal,
late Sir Charles Wager's garden at Parſons-green, and ſo that it may alſo grow naturally there, as do many
the other in Chelſea garden.
of thoſe plants which were diſcovered by Tournefort
The pulpy fruit, to whoſe apex this nut grows, is in the Levant. Theſe are low plants, whoſe branches
as large as an Orange, and is full of an acid juice, trail on the ground. The firſt fort has fine cut leaves
which is frequently mixed in the making of punch in like thofe of Chamomile; the flowers are ſmall, white,
America. Many of theſe fruit have been brought to and grow ſingle, with their heads declining; theſe
England, in caſks of rum for the ſame purpoſe. are like thoſe of the common Mayweed. The ſecond
The nut is of the ſize and ſhape of a hare's kidney, hath winged leaves like thoſe of the Ox-eye; the flow-
but is much larger at the end which is next the fruit, ers are white, and like thoſe of Chamomile.
than at the other. The outer ſhell is of an Alh colour, The third fort grows naturally in Spain, from whence
and very ſmooth; under this is another which covers I have received the feeds. This grows a foot and
the kernel, between theſe there is a thick black in- half high, ſending out many ſide branches; the leaves
flammable oil, which is very cauſtic; this will raiſe are finely divided like thoſe of Chamomile, and are
bliſters on the ſkin, and has often been very trouble- hairy: the flowers grow ſingle at the extremity of the
fome to thoſe who have incautiouſly put the nuts into branches, and are of a bright yellow colour, with a
their mouths to break the ſhell.
filvery ſcaly empalement. Theſe are as large as thoſe
The milky juice of this tree will ſtain linen of a deep of the Ox-eye.
black, which cannot be waſhed out again; but whether All theſe plants are annual : the feeds ſhould be ſown
this has the ſame property with that of the eaſtern early in the ſpring in a border of light earth, where
Anacardium, has not yet been fully experimented; they are deſigned to remain, and require no other
for the infpiffated juice of that tree is the beſt fort of care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
lac, which is uſed for ſtaining of black in China and the plants where they are too cloſe. As theſe have
.
Japan.
no great beauty, a few plants only may be left for
Dr. Grew mentions the juice being uſed for ſtaining the ſake of variety. They flower in July and Auguft,
of cottons, but it is doubtful which of the ſpecies he and their feeds ripen in September.
means; though Sir Hans Sloane fuppoſes it to be of ANAGALLIS. Lin. Sp. Plant. 189. Pimpernel.
the Acajou here mentioned. However, it may
be
very
The CHARACTERS are,
well worth the trial; if the inhabitants of the Britiſh The empalement is permanent, cut into five ſharp ſegments,
iſlands in America would tap a few of the trees in which are hollow. The flower is of one leaf Spread open, and
the bleeding ſeaſon, and collect the juice in earthen cut into five parts at the brim; it hath five erect ſtamina
pots, keeping it in a place free from duft, or covering which are ſhorter than the petals, and are crowned with
the pots over with a linen cloth, to prevent duft from ſingle ſummits. In the center is placed the globular ger-
mixing with it, and when it is of a proper conſiſtence, men, ſupporting c ſlender inclining ſtyle crowned with a
ſome trials may be made with it, to ſee if it has the blunt ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a globular
ſame property with the Japan lac, which if it has, veſſel with one cell, opening horizontally, in which are lodged
may prove a valuable commodity.
ſeveral angular feeds.
ANACYCLUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 869. Santoli- This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the
noides. Vall. Acad. Scien.
firſt diviſion of his fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria
The CHARACTERS are,
Monogynia, the flowers having five ſtamina and one
It hath compound flowers, conſiſting of female and ber- ſtyle.
maphrodite florets, included in one common ſcaly empale-
The SPECIES are,
ment; the rays or borders being formed of the female florets, 1. ANAGALLIS (Arvenſis) foliis indiviſis caule procum-
which are tubulous, and stretched out in the form of a bente. Lin. Gen. Plant. 148. Pimpernel with un-
tongue beyond the empalement. The hermaphrodite florets divided leaves
and a trailing ſtalk. Anagallis Phænicio
which compoſe the diſk, are funnel-Shaped, quinquefid, and flore. C. B. P. 252.
Spread open ; theſe have each five ſender ſtamina, which 2. ANAGALLIS (Femina) foliis indiviſis glaucis caule
are crowned with cylindrical ſummits; in the center is procumbente flore cæruleo. Pimpernel with undivided
placed an oblong compreſſed germen, Supporting a ſlender glaucous leaves, à trailing ſtalk, and blue flower. Ana-
Style, crowned with bifid ftigma. The female florets have gallis cæruleo flore. C. B. P. 252.
an oblong membraneous germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, \ 3. ANAGALLIS (Monelli) foliis indiviſis caule erecto. Lin.
crowned with two ſlender reflexed ſtigmo; the hermaphro- Sp. Plant. 148. Pimpernel with an undivided leaf and
dite florets are ſucceeded by one oblong compreſſed ſeed. The upright ſtalk. Anagallis tenuifolia Monelli. Cluf.
female fiorets are ſucceeded by a ſingle oblong ſeed with broad App.
borders or wings, which are indented at the top; theſe are 4. ANAGALLIS (Latifolia) foliis cordatis amplexicaulibus,
placed on a convex receptacle.
caulibus compreffis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 149. Pimpernel
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in the with heart-ſhaped leaves, embracing the ſtalks which are
third fection of his nineteenth claſs, entitled Synge- compreſſed. Anagallis Hiſpanica latifolio flore cæruleo.
neſia Polygamia fuperflua. The plants of this diviſion Horteg.
have female and hermaphrodite flowers included in The firſt fort is very common in fields, and other
the ſame common empalement.
cultivated places, in moſt parts of England. The
The SPÉCIES are,
ſecond fort is ſometimes found wild in the fields, but
1. ANACYCLUS (Creticus) foliis decompofitis linearibus is leſs common than the firſt in England. This is
laciniis diviſis planis. Hort. Cliff. 417. Anacyclus ſuppoſed to be only a variety of the firſt, but from
M
thirty

A NA
Α Ν Α και
a
3
.
thirty years cultivating it, I can affirm it never alters; they begin to put out their leaves, and planted in
and the plants before they ſhew their flowers are ſo warm ſituation; for if they are too much expoſed to
different, as to be eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the firſt. cold winds, they will be in danger of being deſtroyed
There is a variety of this with a deeper blue flower, in a hard winter. This method of propagating theſe
.
whoſe ſeeds I received from Nice, and this hath re- plants, is to ſupply their defect in not producing ripe
tained its colour for three years, during which time I ſeeds in this country; for the plants which are pro-
have ſown it in the Chelſea garden.
duced from ſeeds, will be much handſomer, and will
Theſe are all annual plants which ariſe from ſeeds, and, riſe to a much greater height.
if ſuffered to remain till their feeds ſcatter, will become If you propagate theſe plants from ſeeds, you ſhould
weeds in the place; ſo that they are never cultivated, fow them on a moderate hot-bed the beginning of
except in botanic gardens for variety. The firſt and March. If the ſeeds are good, the plants will appear
ſecond forts are directed by the College of Phyſicians in a month after the ſeeds
are ſown ; when they ſhould
for medicinal uſe.
be inured by degrees to the open air, into which they
The third ſcrt is a very beautiful, ſmall, perennial plant, ſhould be removed toward the end of May, placing
producing great numbers of fine blue flowers, in them in a ſheltered ſituation ; for this purpoſe the
April and May: this may be propagated by feeds, ſeeds ſhould be fowed in pots, and plunged into a
which ſhould be fown ſoon after they are ripe; for if hot-bed, becauſe the plants do not bear tranſplanting
they are kept till ſpring, they do not always ſucceed: well till the ſpring following: and as they are impa-
this plant requires to be ſheltered from extreme cold, tient of cold while young, ſo the two firſt winters it
which will ſometimes deſtroy it in winter.
will be proper to ſhelter them under a common frame,
The fourth fort was ſent me from Spain by Mr. Hor- where the glaſſes may be drawn off every day in mild
tega, intendant of the royal gardens at Madrid. This weather, that the plants may enjoy the open air,
is a trailing annual plant, with broad leaves and blue
which will prepare them for planting abroad when
fowers. It will eaſily riſe from ſeeds, and requires they have acquired proper ſtrength: it will be very
no other care but to keep the plants clean from proper, to keep theſe plants in pots three years, in
weeds.
which time they will have advanced to be in proper
There are two varieties of the firſt fort, one with a condition for planting them into the places where they
white, and the other a fleſh-coloured flower ; but as are intended to remain ; the beſt time for this is about
they are not conſtant, I have not inſerted them as the beginning of April, juſt before the plants begin
different ſpecies. There is alſo another with a worn- to put out new leaves : at which time they ſhould be
out purple flower, which has ſeveral years continued turned out of the pots, preſerving good balls of earth
the ſame in the Chelſea garden; but as there is little to their roots, planting ſome of them againſt warm
difference in the leaves of this and the firſt, I have aſpected walls, where they will not be in danger of
not enumerated it.
ſuffering by froſt; and the others may be planted in
ANAGYRIS, Stinking Bean-trefoil.
warm ſituations, where, if they are protected in ſevere
The CHARACTERS are,
winters, by.covering the ſurface of the ground about
It bath a bell-Maped empalement, which is cut into five their roots with tanners bark, and ſcreening their
parts at the brim, the upper ſegment being much deeper heads with mats, they may be preſerved ſeveral years.
cut than the others. The flower is of the butterfly kind, The fourth year from ſeeds theſe plants will begin to
the ſtandard is heart-ſhaped, upright, broad, and indented. produce their flowers, and will continue flowering
This is much longer than the empalement; the wings are every year after, fo will be very proper to intermix
oblong, plain, and longer than the ſtandard; the keel is with other flowering ſhrubs of the ſame growth in
long and upright: it hath ten ſtamina, which riſe diſtinct, warm ſituations.
and are equal, crowned with ſingle ſummits. In the center ANANAS, the Pine-apple.
is placed an oblong germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, having
The CHARACTERS are,
e hairy ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a large The flower conſiſts of three oval petals, which are pro-
oblong pod, which is reflexed at the point, in which is duced from the protuberances of the pyramidal fruit, and
lodged ſeveral kidney-ſhaped feeds.
cre ſtretched out beyond the empalement. Theſe have fix
Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus in his tenth claſs of awl-shaped ſtamina, which ſtand within the flower, crowned
plants, entitled Decandria Monogynia, the flower with ſpear-ſhaped ſummits: the germen is ſituated below
having ten ſtamina, and one ſtyle.
the flower, ſupporting a ſender Style, crowned with a trifid
The Species are,
Stigme. The germen afterward becomes a cell, in which
1. ANAGYRIS (Fætida) foliis ovatis floribus lateralibus. is lodged ſeveral angular ſeeds.
Stinking Bean-trefoil with oval leaves, and flowers pro- Dr. Linnæus has joined this to the Bromelia of father
ceeding from the wings of the ſtalks. Anagyris fætida. Plumier, to which he has alſo added the Karatas of
the ſame author, ſuppoſing them to be of the ſame
2. ANAGYRIS (Cretica) foliis oblongis racemis longiori- genus ; which miſtake he may have been led into by
bus. Stinking Bean-trefoil with oblong leaves, and longer Plumier's figures, for he has joined the fruit of the
Spikes of flowers. Anagyris fætida Cretica oblongis fo- Caraguata to the flowers of the Karatas, and vice verſa.
liis luteis floribus. Barrel. Icon.
The other differences will be exhibited under the ar-
The firſt ſort grows wild in the ſouth of France, in ticle Karatas.
Spain and Italy: this is a ſhrub which uſually riſes The VARIETIES of this are,
to the height of eight or ten feet, and produces its I. ANANAS (Ovatus) aculeatus, fructu ovato, carne al-
flowers in April and May, which are of a bright yel- bida. Plum. Qval-ſhaped Pine-apple, with a whitiſh
low colour, growing in ſpikes, ſomewhat like thoſe fleſh.
of the Laburnum: the feeds are never perfected in 2. ANANAS (Pyramidalis) aculeatus, fructu pyramidato,
this country, which is the reaſon of its preſent ſcarcity carne aurea. Plum. Pyramidal Pine-apple, with a
in England.
yellowiſh fleſh, called the Sugar-loaf Pine.
The other fort is a native of Candia, and ſome of the 3. ANANAS (Glabra) folio vix ferrato. Boerh. Ind. Alt.
iſlands of the Archipelago, and at preſent very rare 2. 83. Pine-apple with ſmooth leaves.
in the Engliſh gardens. This fort hath longer leaves 4. ANANAS (Lucidus) lucide virens, folio vix ferrato.
than the former, and flowers later in the ſummer, ſo Hort. Elth. Pine-apple with ſhining green leaves, and
that it never produces ſeeds.
Scarce any ſpines on their edges.
Theſe may be both propagated by laying down their 5. ANANAS (Serotinus) fructu pyramidato olivæ colore,
tender branches in the ſpring, obſerving to tongue intus aureo. Pyramidal Olive-coloured Pine-apple, with
them in the ſame manner as the layers of Carnations, a yellow fleſh.
being careful in dry weather to ſupply them with 6. ANANAS (Viridis) aculeatus, fructu pyramidato ex
water; which if duly performed, the layers will have viridi flaveſcente. The green Pine-apple.
taken root by the following ſpring, when they ſhould There are ſeveral other varieties of this fruit, fome of
be cut off from the old plants, a little time before which may have been obtained from feeds; and I
6
doubt
C. B. P. 391.

Α Ν Α
Α Ν Α
a
3
a
doubt not but if the feeds were ſown frequently, in
the countries where they are in plenty, there may be
as great variety of theſe fruit, as there are of Apples or
Pears in Europe. And this I have found true by
ſome trials which I have made by fowing the ſeeds,
which have always produced a variety of ſorts from
thoſe of the ſame fruit.
This fruit (which is juſtly eſteemed for the richneſs of
its flavour, as it furpaſſes all the known fruits in the
world), is produced from an herbaceous plant, which
hath leaves ſomewhat reſembling thoſe of Aloe, and
are, for the moſt part, ſawed on their edges, but are
much thinner, and not ſo juicy as the Aloe: the fruit
reſembles the cones of the Pine-tree, from whence it
is ſuppoſed to have its name.
Where this plant is a native, I believe is hard to de-
termine; but it is probably an indigenous plant in
Africa, where, I have been informed, they grow in
uncultivated places in great plenty. They have been
long cultivated in the hotteſt iſlands of the Weſt-In-
dies, where they are in great plenty, and extraordinary
goodneſs; but they have not been many years in the
European gardens, ſo as to produce fruit: the firſt
perſon who ſucceeded in this affair, was Monſieur Le
Cour of Leyden in Holland, who, after a great many
trials, with little or no ſucceſs, did at length hit upon
a proper degree of heat and management, ſo as to pro-
duce fruit equally good (though not ſo large) as thoſe
which are produced in the Weſt-Indies, as hath been
often affirmed by perſons who have lived many years
there: and it is to this worthy cultivator of gardening,
who did not ſpare any pains or expence to accompliſh
it, that all the lovers thereof are obliged, for intro-
ducing this king of fruits amongſt them; and it was
from him that our gardens in England were firſt fup-
plied, though we have ſince had large quantities
brought from America. I cannot here avoid taking
notice of a common error which prevails amongſt
many people, which is, that the plants brought from
America are not ſo good as thoſe which came from
M. Le Cour; which is a great miſtake, for were
the people who ſend over theſe plants from America
careful to ſend the beſt kinds, there would be found
many better than thoſe cultivated by M. Le Cour,
who had his from thence at firſt, as his gardener aſ-
ſured me; and I have ſeen as good fruit produced
from American plants, as any I have yet ſeen, and
ſome three times larger than any I ſaw in M. Le
I
Cour's garden.
The firſt fort is the moſt common in Europe; but
the ſecond fort is much preferable to it, the fruit of
this being larger, and much better flavoured : the
juice of this fort is not ſo aſtringent as that of the firſt,
ſo that this fruit may be eaten in greater quantity
with leſs danger. This frequently produces fuckers
immediately under the fruit, whereby it may be in-
creaſed much faſter than the common ſort; ſo that in
a few years, it may be the moſt common fort in
England.
The third fort is preſerved by fome curious perſons
for the ſake of variety, but the fruit is not worth any
thing. The ſixth fort is at preſent the moſt rare in
Europe, there being very few of the plants at preſent.
This has been eſteemed the beſt fort known, by fome
of the moſt curious perſons in America, many of
whom have thrown out all the other forts from their
gardens, and cultivate only this kind. The plants of
this fort may be procured from Barbadoes and Mont-
ſerrat, in both which places it is cultivated.
The fort with very ſmooth graſs-green leaves, was
raiſed from ſeeds taken out of a rotten fruit, which
came from the Weſt-Indies to the late Henry Heath-
cote, Eſq; from whom I received one plant, which
hath produced large fruit: this, I am told, is what
the people of America call the King Pine. I have
ſince raiſed ſome plants of this kind from ſeeds, which
were brought me from Jamaica.
Theſe plants are propagated by planting the crowns
which grow on the fruit, or the fuckers which are
produced either from the ſides of the plants, or under
the fruit, both which I have found to be equally
good; although by ſome perſons the crown is thought
preferable to the fuckers, as ſuppoſing it will produce
fruit ſooner than the fuckers, which is certainly a mif-
take; for by conſtant experience I find the ſuckers
(if equally ſtrong) will fruit as ſoon, and produce as
large fruit as the crowns
The fuckers and crowns muſt be laid to dry in a warm
place for four or five days, or more (according to the
moiſture of the part which adhered to the old fruit;)
for if they are immediately planted, they will rot, eſ-
pecially the crowns. The certain rule of judging
when they are fit to plant, is by obſerving if the
bottom is healed over and become hard; for if the
ſuckers are drawn off carefully from the old plants,
they will have a hard ſkin over the lower part, ſo need
not lie ſo long as the crowns, or thoſe whoſe bottoms
are moiſt. But whenever a crown is taken from the
fruit, or the fuckers from old plants, they ſhould be
immediately divefted of their bottom leaves, ſo high
as to allow depth for their planting ; ſo that they may
be thoroughly dry and healed in every part, left when
they receive heat and moiſture, they ſhould periſh,
which often happens when this method is not ob-
ſerved. If theſe fuckers or crowns are taken off late
in the autumn, or during the winter, or early in the
ſpring, they ſhould be laid in a dry place in the ſtove,
for a fortnight or three weeks before they are planted,
but in the ſummer ſeaſon they will be fit for planting
in a few days.
As to the earth in which theſe ſhould be planted, if
you have a rich good kitchen-garden mould, not too
heavy, ſo as to detain the moiſture too long, nor over
light and ſandy, it will be very proper for them with-
out any mixture: but where this is wanting, you
ſhould procure ſome freſh earth from a good paſture;
which ihould be mixed with about a third part of
rotten neats dung, or the dung of an old Melon or
Cucumber-bed, which is well conſumed. Theſe ſhould
be mixed fix or eight months at leaſt before they are
uſed, but if it be a year, it will be the better; and
ſhould be often turned, that their parts may be the
better united, as alſo the clods well broken. This
earth fhould not be ſcreened very fine, for if you only
clear it of the great ſtones, it will be better for the
plants than when it is made too fine. You ſhould
always avoid mixing any fand with the earth, unleſs
it be extremely ftiff, and then it will be neceſſary to
have it mixed at leaſt ſix months or a year before it is
uſed; and it muſt be frequently turned, that the ſand
may be incorporated in the earth, ſo as to divide its
parts : but you ſhould not put more than a ſixth part
of ſand, for too much fand is very injurious to theſe
plants.
In the ſummer ſeaſon, when the weather is warm,
theſe plants muſt be frequently watered, but you
ſhould not give them large quantities at a time: yo
you
muſt alſo be very careful, that the moiſture is not
detained in the pots, by the holes being ſtopped, for
that will ſoon deſtroy the plants. In very warm weather
they ſhould be watered twice or three times a week;
but in a cool feaſon, once a week will be often enough:
and during the fummer ſeaſon, you ſhould once a
week water them gently all over their leaves, which
will waſh the filth from off them, and thereby greatly
promote the growth of the plants.
There are ſome perſons who frequently ſhift theſe
plants from pot to pot, but this is by no means to be
practiſed by thoſe who propoſe to have large well fla-
voured fruit; for unleſs the pots be filled with the
roots, by the time the plants begin to ſhew their fruit,
they commonly produce fmall fruit, which have ge-
nerally large crowns on them, therefore the plants
will not require to be potted oftener than twice in a
ſeaſon: the firſt time ſhould be about the end of
April, when the fuckers and crowns of the former
year's fruit (which remained all the winter in thoſe
pots in which they were firſt planted) ſhould be ſhifted
into larger pots, i. e. thoſe which were in halfpenny,
or three-farthing pots, ſhould be put into penny, or
а.
a
a
at

Α Ν Α
A NA
a
3
at moſt three-halfpenny pots, according to the ſize of low between the leaves, that it is imponible to come
the plants ; for you muſt be very careful not to over- at them with a ſponge to waſh them off; ſo that if
pot them, nothing being more prejudicial to theſe all thoſe which appear to fight are cleared off, they
plants
. The ſecond time for ſhifting of them is in will ſoon be ſucceeded by a freſh fupply from below,
the beginning of Auguſt, when you ſould ſhift thoſe and the roots will be alſo equally infeſted with them.
plants which are of a proper ſize for fruiting the fol- Therefore, wherever theſe inſects appear on the plants,
lowing ſpring, into two-penny pots, which are full the ſafeſt method will be, to take the plants out of
large enough for any of theſe plants. At each of the pots, and clear the earth from the roots; then
theie times of ſhifting the plants, the bark-bed ſhould prepare a large tub, which ſhould be filled with water,
be ftirred up, and ſome new bark added, to raiſe the in which there has been a ſtrong infuſion of Tobacco-
bed up to the height it was at firſt made; and when ſtalks; into this tub you ſhould put the plants, placing
;
the pots are plunged again into the bark-bed, the ſome ſticks acroſs the tub, to keep the plants im-
plants ſhould be watered gently all over their leaves, merſed in water. In this water they ſhould remain
to waſh off the filth, and to ſettle the earth to the twenty-four hours; then take them out, and with a
roots of the plants. If the bark-bed be well ſtirred, ſponge waſh off all the inſects from the leaves and
and a quantity of good freſh bark added to the bed, roots, which may be eaſily effected when the infects
at this latter ſhifting, it will be of great ſervice to the are killed by the infuſion, then cut off all the ſmall
plants; and they may remain in the ſame tan until fibres of the roots, and dip the plants into a tub of
the beginning of November, or ſometimes later, ac- fair water, waſhing them therein, which is the moſt
cording to the mildneſs of the ſeaſon, and will require effectual way to clear them from the inſects. Then
but little fire before that time. During the winter you
ſhould
pot
them in freih earth, and having ſtirred
ſeaſon theſe plants will not require to be watered up the bark-bed, and added ſome new tan to give a
oftener than once a week, according as you find the freſh heat to the bed, the pots ſhould be plunged
earth in the pots to dry: nor ſhould you give them again, obſerving to water them all over the leaves (as
too much at each time, for it is much better to give
was before directed) and this ſhould be repeated once
them a little water often, than to over-water them, a week during the ſummer ſeaſon ; for I obſerve theſe
eſpecially at this ſeaſon.
inſects always multiply much faſter where the plants
You muſt obſerve never to ſhift thoſe plants which are kept dry, than in ſuch places where the plants are
fhew their fruit, into other pots; for if they are re- ſometimes ſprinkled over with water, and kept in a
moved after the fruit appears, it will ſtop their growing ſtate. And the ſame is alſo obſerved in
.
growth, and thereby cauſe the fruit to be ſmaller, and America, for it is in long droughts that the inſects
retard its ripening, ſo that many times it will be Oc- make ſuch deſtruction in the ſugar canes. And in
tober or November before the fruit is ripe; therefore thoſe iſlands where they have had ſeveral very dry
you ſhould be very careful to keep the plants in a ſeaſons of late, they have increaſed to ſuch a degree,
vigorous growing ſtate, from the firſt appearance of as to deſtroy the greateſt part of the canes in the
the fruit, becauſe upon this depends the goodneſs and iſlands, rendering them not only unfit for ſugar, but
fize of the fruit; for if they receive a check after this, poifon the juice of the plant, ſo as to diſqualify it for
the fruit is generally ſmall and ill tafted.
making rum, whereby many planters have been
When you have cut off the fruit from the plants,
ruined.
whoſe kind you are deſirous to propagate, you ſhould As theſe inſects are frequently brought over from
trim the leaves, and plunge the pots into a moderate America on the Ananas plants which come from
hot-bed, obſerving to refreſh them frequently with thence, thoſe perſons who procure their plants from
water, which will cauſe them to put out fuckers in thence, ſhould look carefully over them when they
plenty; ſo that a perſon may be foon ſupplied with
a
receive them, to ſee they have none of theſe inſects
plants enough of any of the kinds, who will but ob- on them; for if they have, they will ſoon be propa-
ſerve to keep the plants in health.
gated over all the plants in the ſtove where theſe are
There is not any thing which can happen to theſe placed: therefore, whenever they are obſerved, the
plants of a more dangerous nature, than to have them plants ſhould be ſoaked (as was before directed) be-
attacked by ſmall white infects, which appear at firſt fore they are planted into pots.
like a white mildew, but ſoon after have the appear- It was formerly the common practice of thoſe perſons,
ance of lice: theſe attack both root and leaves at the who cultivated this fruit in Europe, to build dry
ſame time, and if they are not ſoon deſtroyed, will ftoves, in which they kept their plants in winter, pla-
ſpread over a whole ftove in a ſhort time; and in a cing the pots on ſcaffolds (after the manner in which
few weeks will entirely ſtop the growth of the plants, Orange-trees are placed in a green-houſe), and in the
by ſucking out the nutritious juice, ſo that the leaves ſummer to place them in hot-beds of tanners bark
will appear yellow and fickly, and have generally a under frames. This was the method practiſed in Hol-
great number of yellow tranſparent ſpots all over land for raiſing this fruit, which by Monſieur Le
them. Theſe inſects, after they are fully grown, ap- Cour's gardener was firſt taught thoſe perſons,
pear like bugs, and adhere ſo cloſely to the leaves, as whom his maſter was fo kind as to ſend the plants.
not to be eaſily waſhed off, and ſeem as if they had But as the culture of theſe plants have ſince become
no life in them. They were originally brought from general in England, there has been great improve-
America upon the plants which were imported from ments made, not only in the contrivances of the
thence, and I believe they are the ſame inſects which ſtoves, but alſo in the culture of the plants. For by
have deſtroyed the ſugar canes of late years in ſome the former method, the plants were kept upon ſhelves
of the Leeward iſlands. Since they have been in at leaſt four or five months, whereby the extreme
England, they have ſpread greatly in ſuch ftoves, fibres of their roots became dry and hard; for if the
where there has not been more than ordinary care plants were too often watered, it occaſioned their rot-
taken to deſtroy them. They have alſo attacked the ting; ſo that during the winter ſeaſon, when the plants
Orange-trees in many gardens near London, and have ſhould be preparing their fruit for the next ſummer,
done them incredible damage; but I do not find they they were at a ſtand, making little or no progreſs,
will endure the cold of our climate in winter, ſo that whereby the fruit did not appear early enough in the
they are never found on ſuch plants as live in the open ſpring to ripen in ſummer, nor were the fruit fo
air. The only method I have been yet able to dif- large.
cover for deſtroying theſe inſects, is by waſhing the Therefore, to remedy this inconvenience, it is now
leaves, branches, and ſtems, of ſuch plants as they the practice of thoſe perſons who are deſirous to pro-
attack, frequently with water, in which there has
pagate the fruit, to erect low ftoves, with pits therein
been a ſtrong infuſion of Tobacco-ſtalks, which I find for the hot-bed, in the manner hereafter deſcribed and
will deſtroy the inſects, and not prejudice the plants. figured; theſe are built in different ways, according
But this method cannot be practiſed on the Ananas to the fancy of the contriver. Some perſons build
plants, becauſe the inſects will faften themſelves ſo thern with upright glaſſes in front, about four feet
high,

Α Ν Α
ANA
Α Ν Α
a
a
high, ſo that there is juſt height enough for per-
fons to walk upright on the back-ſide of the bark-
bed. Others make but one flope of glaſſes, from the
top of the ſtove down to the plate, which lies about
fix or eight inches above the bark-pit, ſo that in the
front of this ſtove, there is no walk made between the
bark-pit and the glaſſes; but the inconveniency of
watering the plants, as alſo of coming near thoſe
plants which are placed in the front of the ſtove to
clean them, has, in ſome meaſure, brought them into
diſeſteem, ſo that few perſons now build them, tho'
the expence is much leſs than of the other kind of
Itoves; but of both theſe ftoves the figures and de-
fcriptions which are hereafter exhibited under the ar-
ticle of ftove, will be ſufficient for any perſon to build
either of the forts. One of theſe ftoves about thirty-
five feet long in the clear, with the pit or the tan
reaching from end to end, and ſix feet and a half
wide, will contain about fourfcoure fruiting plants;
ſo that whoever is deſirous to have this fruit, may
eaſily proportion their ſtove to the quantity of fruit
which they are willing to have.
But it will be alſo neceſſary to have a bark-pit under
a deep frame, in order to raiſe the young plants; in
which you ſhould plunge the ſuckers, when they are
taken from the old plants, as alſo the crowns which
come from the fruit, ſo that this frame will be as a
nurſery to raiſe the young plants to ſupply the ſtove :
but theſe plants ſhould not remain in theſe frames
longer than till the beginning of November, unleſs
the frame is built with brick-work with flues in it to
warm the air (in the manner hereafter deſcribed and
figured), which are very uſeful, as nurſeries, to keep
the young plants till they are of a proper ſize to pro-
duce fruit.; ſo that you may keep theſe either warmer
or cooler than the ſtove, according as the plants may
require, ſo that the ſtove may be every autumn filled
only with bearing plants, whereby a much greater
quantity of fruit may be annually produced, than can
be where young and old plants muſt be crowded into
the ſame ſtove. But where there are no conveniences
of this kind, the young plants, about the middle or
latter end of October, muſt be removed into the ſtove,
and being ſmall, may be crowded in among the larger
plants; for as they will not grow much during the
winter ſeaſon, they may be placed very cloſe together.
The beginning of March, where there is no nurſery
for the young plants, they muſt be removed out into
the hot-bed again, which ſhould be prepared a fort-
night before, that the tan may have acquired a proper
heat: but you ſhould be careful that the tan be not
too hot, for that might ſcald the fibres of the plants,
if they are ſuddenly plunged therein. Therefore if
you find the bark too hot, you ſhould not plunge the
pots above two or three inches into the tan, letting
them remain ſo until the heat of the tan is a little
abated, when you ſhould plunge the pots down to
their rims in the bed. If the nights ſhould continue
cold after theſe plants are removed into the bed, you
muſt carefully cover the glaſſes with mats; otherwiſe
by coming out of a warm ſtove, they may receive a
ſudden check, which will greatly retard their growth,
therefore muſt be carefully avoided; becauſe the ſooner
the plants are ſet growing in the ſpring, the more
time they will have to gain ſtrength, in order to pro-
duce large fruit the following ſeaſon.
You ſhould not plunge the pots too cloſe together in
this frame, but allow them a proper diſtance, that the
lower part of the plants may increaſe in bulk, for it
is on this that the magnitude of the fruit depends ;
becauſe when the plants are placed too cloſe, they
draw up very tall, but do not obtain ſtrength; ſo that
when they are taken out of the bed, the leaves are
not able to ſupport themſelves; but all the outward
long leaves will fall down, leaving the ſmaller middle
leaves naked, and this ſometimes will cauſe them to
rot in the center. You muſt alſo obſerve, when the
fun is very warm, to raiſe the glaſſes of the hot-bed,
in order to let out the fteam of the bed, and to admit
freſh air; for one neglect of this kind, in a very hot
day, may deſtroy all the plants, or at leaſt ſo ſcald
them, that they will not get over it in ſeveral months.
It will be alſo very proper, in extreme hot weather,
to fhade the glaſſes in the middle of the day with
mats; for the glaſſes, lying ſo near to the leaves of the
;
plants, will occafion a prodigious heat at ſuch times.
During the ſummer ſeaſon theſe plants muſt be fre-
quently watered, giving them but little each time;
and in hot weather, they muſt have free air admitted
to them every day, from ten o'clock till four; for
if they are kept too cloſe, or have too much wet,
they will receive a check in their growth, when the
inſects will immediately ſpread over them ; for there
are generally ſome of theſe inſects on all theſe plants,
which do not much injury to them while they are in
a growing ſtate ; but whenever they are unhealthy,
the inſects multiply greatly, and contribute to their
decay. There are ſome perſons who regulate the heat
of their ſtoves by thermometers in ſummer, but at
that ſeaſon this is unneceſſary, for the outward air in
hot weather is frequently greater than the Ananas heat
marked on the thermometers, ſo that the heat of the
ſtoves at that ſeaſon will be much greater. The uſe
of the thermometer is only in the winter, during the
time the fires are continued, by which it is eafy to
judge when to increaſe or diminiſh the fires; for at
that ſeaſon, the ſtoves ſhould not be kept to a greater
warmth than five or fix diviſions above Ananas, nor
ſuffered to be more than as many diviſions below it.
In winter the plants muſt have leſs water, but they
will require to have it repeated once a week, giving
them but little each time: when the plants are placed
into the tan for the winter ſeaſon (which ſhould be
done about the beginning of October) the tan-bed
ſhould be renewed, adding two thirds of new tan, to
one third of the old. If this be well mixed, and the
new tan is good, the bed will maintain a proper de-
gree of warmth till February, at which time it will
be proper to ſtir up the bed, and add a load or two
of new tan, ſo as to raiſe the bed as much as it funk
ſince the autumn; this will give a freſh heat to the
bed, and keep the plants growing; and as the fruit
will now begin to appear, it will be abſolutely necef-
ſary to keep the plants in a growing ſtate, otherwiſe
the fruit will not be large.
In April it will be proper to itir up the tan again,
and if the bed has funk fince the laſt ſtirring, it will
be proper to add ſome freſh tan to it; this will renew
the warmth of the bed, and forward the fruit. At
this time it will be proper to ſhift the young plants,
which are deſigned to produce fruit the following
year; the tan-bed into which theſe are plunged muſt
be renewed, in order to forward their growth, that
they may have ſtrength enough in autumn to pro-
duce good fruit, for in this is the principal care re-
quired.
Thoſe plants which ſhew their fruit early in Febru-
ary, will ripen about June; ſome forts are at leait a
month or five weeks longer in ripening their fruit than
others, from the time of the appearance of the fruit:
but the ſeaſon in which the fruit is in greateſt perfec-
tion, is from the beginning of July, to the end of
September; though in March, April
, and October,
I have frequently eaten this fruit in pretty good per-
fection, but then the plants have been in perfect
health, otherwiſe they ſeldom are well flavoured.
The method of judging when the fruit is ripe, is by
the ſmell, and from obſervation ; for as the ſeveral
forts differ from each other in the colour of their
fruit, that will not be any direction when to cut them;
nor ſhould they remain ſo long as to become ſoft to
the touch before they are cut, for then they become
flat and dead, as they do alſo when they are cut long
before they are eaten, therefore the fureſt way
to have
this fruit in perfection, is to cut it the ſame day it is
eaten ; but it muſt be cut early in the morning, be-
fore the ſun has heated the fruit, otherwiſe it will be
hot, obſerving to cut the ſtalk as long to the fruit as
poſſible, and lay it in a cool, but dry place, preſerv-
ing the ſtalk and crown unto it, until it is eaten.
N
That
a
3

Α Ν Α
ANA
That fort with green fruit, if ſuffered to ripen well, root is placed in a glaſs of water a few hours, the buds
is of an Olive colour; but there are ſome perſons who of flowers will ſwell, open, and appear, as if newly
cut them before they are ripe, when they are not fit taken out of the ground, to the great ſurpriſe of moſt
to be eaten, for no other reaſon but to have them people.
green: and although many perſons have much recom- The plant is annual, fo can only be propagated by
mended this ſort for its excellent flavour, yet I think ſeeds, which rarely ripen in England, unleſs the ſeeds
the Sugar-loaf fort is much to be preferred to it. are fown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants
This Sugar-loaf fort is eaſily diftinguiſhed from all afterward put into pots, which ſhould be plunged
the other, by its leaves having purple ſtripes on their into another hot-bed to bring them forward; for al-
inſide the whole length. The fruit is of a paler co- though the feeds will come up in the full ground
lour than the others when ripe, inclining to a ſtraw where the ſoil is dry, yet the plants rarely riſe to any
colour. This fort was brought from Braſil to Ja- fize, nor do they perfect ſeeds unleſs the ſummer is
maica, where it is eſteemed far beyond the other very hot and dry: but if the plants are kept in a
kinds.
frame, giving them free air in warm weather, they
The next in goodneſs to this, is what the inhabitants will flower in June, and the ſeeds will ripen in Sep-
of the iſlands in America call the Montſerrat Pine; tember.
the leaves of this are of a dark brown, inclining to ANATOMY ['Avalopéd, of 'Avelépvc, Gr. to diffect],
purple on their infide; the protuberances of the fruit a diffection.
are longer and flatter than thoſe of the common fort. Anatomy of plants is a cutting, dividing, or ſeparat-
I raiſed ſeveral plants of this fort from ſeeds which ing the parts or members of plants, in order to dif-
I received from the iſland of St. Thomas, where this cover the ſize, form, ſtructure, and uſes of their fe-
fruit is in greater perfection than in any of the Britiſh veral veſſels, for the better promoting their culture.
iſlands.
Anatomiſts have obferved a great fimilitude betwixt
As ſome of the fruit produce feeds in England, when the mechanic frame of plants and animals : the parts
the greater number have no appearance of any, I of plants ſeeming to bear a conſtant analogy to thoſe
doubt not whether there are not ſome with male, and of animals; and the economy, both vegetable and
others with hermaphrodite flowers; becauſe thoſe animal, ſeem to be formed on the ſame model.
fruit which have ſeeds, are remarkably different from The parts of a plant are the root, the wood, the bark,
the others, when cut through the cells in which the
and the pith.
ſeeds are lodged, lying nearer to the center of the 1. The roots of the plants are fpongeous bodies,
fruit than the abortive cells, which are chiefly cloſe whoſe parts are diſpoſed for the eaſy admittance of
to the rind; but not having diftinguiſhed this dif- certain humid particles, which are prepared in the
ference till the fruit was cut, I had no opportunity of ground. The quality of the root is found much to
examining their flowers.
depend upon the ſize
of its veſſels and pores.
I have continued this title of Ananas to the genus, Monſieur Renaume fuppoſes the root of a plant to do
being the moſt generally known and uſed, left by al- the office of all the parts in the abdomen of animals,
tering it, the practical gardeners ſhould be rather con- which ſerve to nutrition, as the ſtomach, inteſtines,
fuſed than inſtructed: and I was the rather inclined &c.
to this, as Dr. Linnæus has miſtaken the characters Dr. Boerhaave confiders the roots of plants to be
of the three genera, which he has joined in one. The compoſed of a number of abſorbent veſſels, which are
different varieties are alſo enumerated, for the fake analogous to the lacteals in animals.
of thoſe who cultivate the fruit, though they are not The root, according to Dr. Van Royen, is that part
diſtinct ſpecies, but vary in their ſhape, colour, and of the plant by which the nutriment is taken in, or
flavour, the ſame as other fruits. Therefore, as this that by which the aliment is attracted, as Theophraf-
work is intended to inſtruct the practical gardener, tus has defined it: but it is not all that part, which is
the mentioning theſe varieties is more excuſable here, committed to the earth, to be nouriſhed by the mat-
than in thoſe books which are only intended for the ter which is about it, which is properly to be called
improvement of botany.
the trunk of the root; this is to be referred rather to
ANAPODOPHYLLON. See PODOPHYLLUM.
.
the ſtalk or ftem, than to the root, in that it conſiſts
ANASTATICA, Roſe of Jericho.
of the ſame implicated kinds of vefſels; but that part
The CHARACTERS are,
which is by its ſurface contiguous to the exterior ma-
It bath a four leaved empalement, which falls of"; the trix, which, being perforated with infinite little
flower has four petals placed croſſwiſe, which ſpread open, mouths, promotes the received moiſtures, that they
whoſe tails are the length of the tube of the einpalement, may be afterwards carried, by vefſels not unlike to
and fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina, two of which are ſhorter than lacteal ones, into the very body of the plant; this is
the other four, crowned with roundiſ ſummits, and a properly to be called the root.
Small bifid germen, ſupporting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle the length Which definition, although it may ſeem too ftfict,
of the ſtamina, and is permanent, crowned by a headed is the moſt general, and applicable to all plants; for
ſummit. The germen afterward becomes a ſhort bilocular it agrees as well with them which have no root, as
pod, having an awl-ſhaped partition placed obliquely to the the vulgar opinion is, as to thoſe which have a mani-
pod, and is longer.
feft root; of the former kind there are but very few
We have but one SPECIES of this genus in the Eng- plants, but of the latter a great many.
lifh gardens, viz.
As to thoſe that want a manifeft root, the ſuperficies
ANASTATICA (Hierocuntica) foliis obtufis, fpicis axillari- of them is found to be perforated on all ſides with
bus breviſſimis, filiculis ungulatis ſpinofis. Lin. Sp. very ſmall holes, by which they take in their nutri-
895. Roſe of Jericho with obtuſe leaves, ſhort ſpikes of ment, as in the Pomo Aurantio, called Neptuni, or
flowers at the wings of the ſtalks, and prickly pods. Pila Marina by fiſhermen, and many other ſubmarine
This plant grows naturally in Paleſtine and Cairo, in plants; and in theſe the whole fuperficies ferves for
ſandy places near the ſea. The ſtalks are ligneous roots, as is plainly ſeen in ſome ftony plants that
though the plant is annual; it riſes five or fix inches grow under the ſea, and may be in ſome ſort proved
high, dividing into many irregular branches; the to be deduced from the analogy of animals; for theſe
flowers which are ſmall and white, are diſpoſed in being become ſui generis, take in aliment, not only
ſhort ſpikes at the wings of the ſtalks, and have little by the mouth, but alſo the whole furface, expoſed to
beauty; theſe are fucceeded by ſhort prickly pods, the moiſt air, ſeems to ſerve to the ſame deſign. But
having two cells, in each of which are two ſeeds. although theſe fubmarine bodies have, by moſt natu-
It is preſerved in botanic gardens for the variety, and raliſts, been ranged with vegetables; yet, by later
in ſome curious gardens for the oddneſs of the plant, diſcoveries, many of them have been found to confift
which, if taken up before it is withered, and preſerved of beds of infects, incloſed in ſmall cavities of theſe
entire in a dry room, may be long preſerved ; and incruſted bodies, therefore fhould rather be ranged
after being many years kept in this ſituation, if the with minerals,
But
5
و

Α Ν Α
Α Ν Α
a
a
3
But thoſe plants that are endued with a conſpicuous
root, and more obvious to the ſenſes, differ among
themſelves very much in this part: for ſome are bul-
bous, ſome are ſquamous, or tuberous, others gru-
mous, others fibrous, and laſtly, others nodous ;
which, as it will be fufficient to have taken notice of
the primary differences of roots, I ſhall omit their
particular definition in this place, and referthem to their
leveral heads, where each of them ſhall be particu-
larly deſcribed.
The firſt part of the root, which is called the Epi-
dermis, or cuticle, is, for the moſt part, of a brown
or duſky colour, very thin, and eaſily peeled off from
the under ſkin (if it be firſt foaked in warm water);
which being viewed by a microſcope, ſhews its moſt
tender ſtructure much like a net pierced through with
many ſmall holes. And theſe little orifices of the
epidermis being dilated, and filled with the received
moiſture, reſembling veſicles, which, being exhauſted
yearly by the mutation of the air, become conſoli-
dated, and periſh; to wit, this being driven out by
a new cuticle growing under it, after the ſame man-
ner as ſquammigerous animals annually caſt the old
epidermis, a new cuticle coming under it; ſo that
theſe little veſiels, fibrils, or by what name ſoever they
are called, may not unfitly be compared to the veins
of animals.
But the other part, which on the outſide conſtitutes
the cortex, or outer bark, and on the inſide the li-
ber, or inner bark, is called cutis, in which there
are parts to be conſidered of a four-fold kind.
1. Certain ſtrong fibres, cohering and elaſtic, ſtretched
out vertically with the lateral fibres communicating
among themſelves, and compacting, or thruſting in
the former, they form a hollow cylinder, or zone,
under the epidermis; and this hath another under it,
which alſo includes a third; and fo of the reſt, to the
moſt inward of all, which luxuriates near the wood,
and is by a peculiar name called liber, or inward bark.
And theſe zones, or girdles, although they are moſt
innumerable, may all be peeled off as the lamelle of
bulbs, when the fap flows through them; and inaſ-
much as thoſe fibres in the harder roots of trees are
almoſt of a bony nature, they procure a firmneſs to
the cortex or outward bark; and theſe fibres are in
all plants, and appear as well in graſs as in the Cedar
tree, although they are more compact in trees, than
in plants of a tenderer ſtructure, which are more eaſily
fuſtained.
2. In the areas, or ſpaces, which are between the fi-
bres and their anaſtomoſes, there are every where
membranaceous veſſels full of moiſture, or little utri-
cles, which, in the area, or intercepted ſpaces that
are of a different figure, are found to be various, and
accommodated to all the ſpaces; but all theſe utri-
cles communicate among themſelves, as is beft ſeen
in the greater celandine, when we ſqueeze out that
golden coloured liquor with which it is filled; and
the middle ſpaces betwixt thefé zones have like utri-
cles, and all the fibres conſtitute hollow canals; but
the utricles have receptacles communicating among
themſelves.
3. Aereal veffels, or tracheæ, are open from the
lower to the upper part of the plant, and are twiſted
or curled after an admirable manner, and diſpoſed
round about with fibres and utricles in form almost of
a ſpiral line, which in their cavities contain an elaſtic
air; which being affected by the external air, firſt ex-
panded, and afterwards condenſed, will be changed
after a like manner, and feel the ſame viciſſitudes of
cold and heat, and will undergo a reciprocal motion
of cold and heat. This action is exerted in the vef-
ſels filled with moiſture, which when they cannot be
condenſed, give place, and are driven to thoſe that
are higher, and are moved forward.
4. Laſtly, beſides fibres, utricles, and tracheæ, a
peculiar kind of veſſels appear, containing the moi-
ftures, as it ſeems ſecreted by the organical diſpoſi-
tion of the plant itſelf, which water, or moiſten not
only the cortex, but the wood, and the reſt of the
parts of vegetables, and are turgid with a concocted
juice, which ſeems far more elaborate than is the
moiſture contained in the fibres or utricles, and the
mouths of theſe veſſels being of a different figure,
pour forth ſometimes a various liquor, according to
its peculiar nature, chiefly near the outward region of
the cortex; fo the Tithymalus and Cichory com-
monly diſtil a milky humour, and the Cypreſs, Fir,
and Pine, a certain ſpecies of turpentine.
And by how much theſe circles are more outward,
by ſo much the middle ſpaces between the two zones
are greater ; and are leffened always towards the more
inward in a certain proportion, which ſeems to de-
pend on this, viz. the outward air acting on all fides
with an equal preſſure, and by a certain power preſſes
the ſecond; and this alſo by this means, is preſſed by
its own condenſed air, and preſſes together thoſe
which are more inward, becauſe it cannot exert its
force upon the external air; therefore the fecond cir-
cle is neceſſarily more compreſſed than the firſt, and
the third more than the ſecond, and fo of the reſt.
And the utricles placed between the circles are preſſed
by the ſame proportion; which, by degrees, are more
and more exhauited; thence the inner circle loſes
moſt of all the compreſſed and condenſated utricles,
and by degrees grows folid.
And this is properly called Liber (the inward bark),
and is that circle, which, being middlemoſt by place
and nature, between the cortex, or outward bark,
and the wood, comes neareſt to the nature of the
wood, and in time paſſes into it; for the cortex loſes
every year one ſuch circle, and becomes wood, which
may be diſtinguiſhed from the former circles of the
root, ſtock, or trunk; and if they are cut horizon-
tally, will fhew the number of ſuch circles, and how
many years the tree is old.
And this fucceffive mutation of the cortex into lie
ber, and of liber into wood, is like to that we ob-
ſerve in the human body in the beginning of a cal-
lus; for a callus conſiſts of ſkin, but fo compreſſed,
that all the veſſels are loft; and that ſkin, being be-
come ſolid, is increaſed, and grows to a greater bulk.
But befides theſe hitherto deſcribed, there occur cer-
tain peculiar veſſels (of which mention has been made
in deſcribing the cortex), which are found full of
turpentine, gum, or a certain concreted juice proper
to them; the conſtant progreſs of which is not very
conſpicuous in all of them, by reaſon of the tranſpa-
rency of the moiſture.
5. The fifth and laſt part is the moſt inward, the
medulla or pith, diſpoſed in the middle center of the
root; and as it ſeems different from the former, ſee-
ing this is ſometimes waſted, and that never, this ap-
pears more fungous, that more durable.
As to the manner of the root's performing its func-
tion, it may be obſerved, that the root having im-
bibed the ſaline and aqueous juices of the earth, and
ſaturated itſelf with them, for the nouriſhment of the
tree, thoſe juices are put into motion by heat; which
having entered the mouths of the arterial veſſels from
the root, they mount to the top with a force anſwer-
able to what ſets them in motion; and, by this means,
they gradually open the minute veſſels rolled up, and
expand them into leaves.
2. The wood; this is conſidered as conſiſting of ca-
pillary tubes, running parallel from the root through-
out the ſtalk. Some call the capillary tubes arterial
veſſels, becauſe the ſap riſes from the root through
theſe. The aperture of theſe tubes are, for the moſt
part, too minute to be perceived by the bare eye, un-
leſs in a piece of charcoal, cane, or the like.
Wood, ſays Dr. Grew, by microſcopical obſervati-
ons, appears to be only an aſſemblage of infinitely
minute canals, or hollow fibres, ſome of which ariſe
from the root upwards, and are diſpoſed in form of
a circle; and the others, which are called inſertions,
tend horizontally from the ſurface to the center, ſo
that they croſs each other, and are interwoven like the
threads of a weaver's web,
a
a
,
Beſides

Α Ν Α
Α Ν Α
Beſides the capillary tubes, &c. before-mentioned,
there are other larger veſſels, which ſome call venal
veſſels, which are diſpoſed on the outſide of the arte-
rial veſſels, between the wood and the inner bark, and
lead down to the covering of the inward root. Theſe
veſſels are ſuppoſed to contain the liquid fap found in
plants in the ſpring, &c.
The Rev. Dr. Hales tells us in his excellent treatiſe
on Vegetable Statics, that, in order to find whether
there was any lateral communication of the fap and
fap-veffels, as there is of the blood in animals, by
means of the ramifications and lateral communica-
tions of their veſſels; he took a young oak-branch,
ſeven or eight inches diameter, at its tranſverſe cut, ſix
feet high, and full of leaves, and having cut a large
gap to the pith, ſeven inches from the bottom, and
of an equal depth the whole length, and alſo cut an-
other gap four inches above that on the oppoſite ſide,
he ſet the end of the ſtem in water, and in two nights
and two days time it imbibed and perfpired thirteen
ounces; while another like oak-branch, ſomewhat
bigger than that, but with no notches cut in its ftem,
imbibed twenty-five ounces.
From this and many other experiments he there men-
tions, he ſays, we ſee a moſt free lateral communi-
cation of the ſap and fap-veſſels, thoſe great quanti-
ties of liquor having paſſed laterally by the gaps; in
that, by ſeveral experiments on cylinders of wood,
little evaporated by the
gaps.
The bark is the exterior part of trees, ſerving them
for a ſkin or covering : it is generally of a ſpongy tex-
ture, and communicates with the pith by a multipli-
city of fmall fibres paſſing through the capillary tubes,
of which the wood conſiſts : ſo that the roots having
imbibed the proper nutriment of the tree, it is carried
up by the warmth of the ſun, through the fine arte-
rial veſſel of the tree, to the top of it; and being
there condenſed by the cold, it does, by its own gra-
vity, return down by the veſſels which lie between
the wood and the inner bark, which perform the of-
fice of veins; and as it paſſes by, leaves ſuch parts
of its juice as the texture of the bark will receive,
and requires for its ſupport.
Some are of opinion, that that ſoft whitiſh rind, or
fubftance, which lies between the inner bark and the
wood, does the office of veins: and ſome call this a
third bark, and ſuppoſe it to differ from the other in
nothing but having.cloſer fibres, and that it contains
the liquid ſap, gums, &c. which are found in the
plants in the ſpring and ſummer months, which har-
dens by degrees, by means of the ſap it tranſmits, and
is imperceptibly conveyed into the woody part of the
a
a
from returning back, while it expands by the ſpongi-
neſs of the pith without the help of valves.
And the Rev. Dr. Hales is of opinion, that it is very
probable, that the particles of water that immediately
adhere to, and are ſtrongly imbibed into, and attract-
ed by, every fibre of the ſpongy pith, will ſuffer fome
degree of expanſion before they can be detached by
the warmth of the fun from each attracting fibre ; and,
conſequently, the maſs of ſpongy fibres, of which the
pith conſiſts, muſt therefore be extended.
And that the pith may be the more ferviceable for
this purpoſe, nature has provided in moſt ſhoots a
ſtrong partition at every knot, which partitions ſerve
not only as plinths or abutments for the dilating pith
to exert its force on, but alſo to prevent the too free
retreat of the rarefied ſap from the pith.
But a dilating ſpongy ſubſtance, by equally expand-
ing itſelf every way, would not produce an oblong
ſhoot, but rather a globous one, like an apple; to
prevent which inconvenience it is obſervable, that
nature has provided ſeveral diaphragms, beſides thoſe
at each knot, which are placed at ſmall diſtances acroſs
the pith, thereby preventing its too great lateral dila-
tation.
Theſe are very plain to be ſeen in the ſhoots of the
Walnut-tree, and the ſame may be obſerved in the
pith of the branches of the Sun-flower, and ſeveral
other plants, where thoſe diaphragms are not to be
diſtinguiſhed while the pith is full and replete with
moiſture; yet when it dries up, they are often plain
to be ſeen. And it is farther to be obſerved, that
where the pith conſiſts of diſtinct veſicles, the fibres
of thoſe veſicles are often found to run horizontally,
whereby they can the better reſiſt the too great lateral
relaxation of the root.
The trunk and branches of a tree, bear a reſemblance
to the exterior members and limbs of an animal,
which it may ſubſiſt without, though the rotting and
mortification of them oftentimes occaſion a total de-
ſtruction of it. Accordingly the like effects are found
from the wounding or lopping of a tree, as from the
wounding or cutting off a limb, an extravaſation, cal-
lus, or the like.
A leaf is part of a plant extended into length and
breadth in ſuch a manner, as to have one ſide diſtin-
guiſhable from the other. The leaves, according to
Malpighius, conſiſt of ſo many interwoven utricles,
as to be not much unlike a pulmonary net, and ſerve
inſtead of lungs to the plant. As the perſpiration
and reſpiration are chiefly performed thereby, thoſe
veſſels are very conſpicuous when the leaves are dif-
fected. In the day-time, when the heat hath rarefied
,
the mounting juices, ſo as to become ſpecifically
lighter than the air, they flow out through the pores
of the leaves, and evaporate, which is the occaſion of
the leaves becoming fo flaccid in very hot weather ;
but in the night, when by the cold the juices are
more condenſed, then the leaves are erected again, and
draw in a great ſhare of nouriſhment from the air.
Theſe leaves we may obſerve to be of different tex-
tures on each fide, the upper ſurface being for the
moſt part ſmooth, the better to ſhoot off the redun-
dant moiſture, while the under ſurface is many times
of a rough and cottony texture, by which it is capa-
ble of retaining the moiſture; for which reaſon we
find, if by bad management, &c. the ſhoots of trees
are nailed to a wall, &c. ſo as to turn the ſurfaces of
the leaves the wrong ſide upwards, the ſhoots will be
at a ſtand, until the leaves have obtained their proper
diſpoſition. Theſe leaves, as the learned Dr. Hales
obſerves, are carefully diſtributed at ſmall diſtances
throughout the whole length of the ſhoots, and ſerve
as ſo many jointly-acting powers, placed at different
ſtations, thereby with more eaſe to draw plenty of ſap
to the extending root.
A flower is the more tender part of a plant, remark-
able for its colour, or form, or both, cohering with
the rudiment of the fruit, and contains the organs of
generation ; ſome of theſe flowers contain the male
organs, as the ſtamina and apices, which are loaded
a
tree.
The bark ſerves for divers purpoſes; for it not only
tranſmits the nutritious juices of the plants, but alſo
contains divers fat oily humours, to defend the inner
parts from the injuries of the weather. As animals
are furniſhed with a panniculus adipofus, uſually re-
plete with fat, which inveſts and covers all the fleſhy
parts, and ſcreens them from external cold; ſo are
plants encompaſſed with a bark, replete with fat juices,
by means whereof the cold is kept out, and, in win-
ter-time, the fpiculæ of ice prevented from fixing
and freezing the juices in their veſſels; whence it is,
that ſome ſorts of trees remain ever-green throughout
the year, by reaſon their barks are more compact,
and contain a larger quantity of oil than can be ſpent
and exhaled by the fun.
The pith is the inward central part of a tree or plant,
anſwering to the medulla, or marrow of an animal.
As for its ſubſtance, it conſiſts of little tranſparent
globules, chained or linked together, ſomewhat like
the bubbles that compoſe the froth of liquor.
Some ſuppoſe, that the circulation of the ſap is ef-
fected by means of the pith, others by the bark, and
others by the wood.
Borelli, in his book De Motu Animalium, fuppoſes
the tender growing ſhoot to be diſtended like ſoft wax,
by the expanſion of the moiſture in the ſpongy pith;
which dilating moiſture, he concludes, is hindered
و
7
with

Α Ν Α
A NC
3
و
e
with the farina fæcundans, which, when ripe, is mentitious part, it is earthy, watry, poor, acid, and
ſcattered into thoſe flowers which are female, and con- ſcarce oily at all.
fiſt only of the ovarium, with the ſtyle and ſtigma, It is further prepared in the trunk and branches,
which are ſurrounded with the petals. Other flowers though it continue acid ftill; as is perceived by the
there are, which have both ſexes contained in the tapping or perforating of a tree in the month of Fe-
ſame flower ; theſe are called hermaphrodite flowers. bruary, when it diſtils a watry juice that is ſenſibly
A fruit, Kaprós, is not that part of a plant which is
acid.
eatable, but rather the ſeeds, with their covering, The juice being carried hence to the germs, or buds,
ſhould be called the fruit. This covering cheriſhes is more connected, and when it has here unfolded the
the ſeeds until they come to maturity, and defends them leaves, theſe come to ſerve as lungs for the circula-
from the injuries of the weather, as that they are not tion and further preparation of the juice; for when
hurt thereby; and alſo prepares the juices deſigned thoſe tender leaves are expoſed to the alternate action
for their nouriſhment, that it may with eaſe enter their of heat and cold, moiſt nights, and hot ſcorching
ſmall bodies in a juſt proportion.
days, they are expanded and contracted alternately;
The motion of the nutritious juices of plants is
pro- and the more, by reaſon of their net-like texture.
duced much like that of the blood in animals, by the By ſuch means, the juice is farther altered and di-
action of the air; and, in effect, there ſeems to be geſted, as it is farther yet in the petala, or leaves of
ſomething equivalent to reſpiration throughout the the flowers, which tranſmit the juice now brought to
whole plant.
a further fubtilty to the ſtamina; the ſtamina com-
Malpighius was the firſt who obſerved, that vegeta-
municate it to the farina, or that duft which appears
bles conſiſted of two ſeries, or orders, of veſſels. on the apices, where it undergoes a further matura-
1. Thoſe which have been treated of before, which tion, and ſheds into the piſtil ; and there acquiring its
receive and convey the alimental juices, and which an- laft perfection, it becomes the original of a new fruit
fwer to the arteries, lacteal veſſels, veins, &c. of ani- or plant.
mals; and,
ANCHUS A. Lin. Gen. 167. Bugloflum. Tourn.
2. The trachex, or air-veffels, which are long hol-
Inft. R. H. 133. tab. 53.
low pipes, in which the air is continually received and
The CHARACTERS are,
expelled, i. e. inſpired and expired, within which tra- The empalement is oblong, taper, and permanent, cut into
cheæ all the former veſſels are contained.
five acute ſegments which are erect. The flower is of one
Hence it follows, that the heat of the year, nay, of leaf, having a cylindrical tube the length of the empale-
a ſingle day, hour, or minute, muſt have an effect ment; at the brim it is cut into five upright Segiments,
on the air included in theſe trached, i. e. it muſt ra- which Spread open, but the chaps are cloſed, and have five
refy it, and, of conſequence, dilate the tracheæ ; prominent little ſcales. There are five ſhort ſtamina in
and hence alſo a perpetual ſpring or ſource of ac- the chaps of the flower, which are crowned with oblong
tion muſt ariſe, to promote the motion of the ſap in Summits
. In the bottom of the flower are ſituated four
plants.
germen, having a ſender Style
, crowned with an obtufe
For when the tracheæ are expanded, the veſſels which ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes four oblong blunt
.
contain the juices, are, by that expanſion, preſſed ; Seeds ſhut up in the empalement.
and, by that means, the juice contained is continu- Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus of plants in the firſt
ally propelled and accelerated ; and, by this propul- ſection of his fifth claſs of plants, entitled Pentan-
fion, the juice is continually comminuted, and ren- dria Monogynia, the flowers having five ftamina and
dered more and more ſubtil, and adapted to enter a ſingle ſtyle.
into veſſels ſtill finer and finer; the thickeſt
The SPECIES are,
being at the ſame time ſecreted, and depoſited into I. ANCHUSA (Oficinalis) foliis lanceolatis fpicis imbri-
the lateral cells, or loculi of the bark, to defend the catis fecundis. Hort. Cliff. 46. Alkanet with Spear-
plant from cold, and other external injuries.
Shaped leaves, and fruitful imbricated ſpikes, or greater
The veſſels, or containing parts of plants, conſiſt of Garden Buglofs. Blugoſſum anguſtifolium majus.
mere earth, bound or connected together by oil, as a C. B. P. 256.
gluten, or glue ; which being exhauſted by fire, air, 2. ANCHUSA (Anguſtifolia) racemis fubnudis conjugatis.
age, or the like, the plant moulders, or returns again Prod. Leyd. 408. Alkanet with conjugated half naked
into its earth or duft.
Spikes. Borago fylveftris perennis fore rufo kerme-
Thus vegetables being burnt by the moſt intenſe
fino. Zan. Hift. 49.
fire, the matter of the veſſels is left entire and indif- 3. ANCHUSA (Undulata) ftrigoſa foliis linearibus dentatis
ſoluble, notwithſtanding its utmoſt force; and, of pedicellis bracteâ minoribus calycibus fructiferis in-
conſequence, is neither water, nor air, nor ſalt, nor flatis. Læfl. Lin. Sp. Plant. 133. Alkanet with narrow
ſulphur, but earth alone.
indented leaves, ſmall foot-ſtalks to the branches, and a
Juice is a liquid ſubſtance, which makes part of the swelling empalement over the ſeeds. Bugloſſum Luſita-
compoſition of plants, and communicates itſelf to all nicum echii folio undulato. Tourn. Inſt. 134.
the other parts, and ſerves to feed and increaſe them; 4. ANCHUSA (Orientalis) villofa-tomentoſa, ramis fiori-
and is that to plants that blood is to animals. Theſe buſque alternis axillaribus, bracteis ovatis. Lin. Sp.
juices are of divers forts; aqueous, grumous, bitu- 191. Alkanet with branches and flowers growing alter-
minous, oleaginous, reſinous, vinous; of all taſtes nately from ihe wings of the ſtalks, and oval brostea, or
and colours.
floral leaves. Bugloſſum Orientale flore luteo. Tourn.
This juice or fap of plants, is a humour furniſhed by Cor. 6.
the earth, and changed in the plant; it conſiſts of 5. ANCHUSA (Virginiana) floribus fparfis caule glabro.
ſome foffil, or other parts, which are derived from Lin. Sp. Plant. 133. Alkanet with flowers growing
the air or rain ; and others, from putrefied animals, thinly, and a ſmooth ſtalk. Anchuſa minor lutea Vir-
plants, &c. fo that, conſequently, in vegetables are giniana Puccoon indigens dicta quâ ſe pingunt Ame-
contained all kinds of ſalts, oil, water, earth, and, ricani. Pluk. Alm. 30. Called by the inhabitants of Vir:
probably, all kinds of metals too, inaſmuch as the
ginia, Puccoon,
afhes of vegetables always yield fomewhat which is 6. ANCHUSA (Sempervirens) pedunculis diphyllis capita-
attracted by the load-ſtone.
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 134. Alkanet with foot-fialks hav-
The juice enters plants in the form of a fine ſubtil ing two leaves. Bugloſſum latifolium ferpervirens.
water,
which by how much the nearer it is to the root, C. B. P.
ſo much the more it retains of its proper nature; and 7. ANCHUSA (Cretica) foliis lanceolatis verrucoſis ſemi-
the farther it is from the root, the more action it has amplexicaulibus, floribus capitatis, caule procum-
undergone, and approaches the nearer to the nature bente. Alkanet with warted and ſpear-shaped leaves em-
of the vegetable; and, of conſequence, when the bracing the ſtalk half round, fiowers growing in a head,
juice enters the root, the bark of which is furniſhed
and a trailing Stolk. Bugloffum Creticum verrucoſum
with excretory veſſels, fitted to diſcharge the excre- perlatum quibuſdam. H. R. Par.
8. ANCHUSA
part of it
3
و

Α Ν C
A N D
the firſt year.
near;
.
a
come up
8. ANCHUSA (Tinetoria) tomentoſa, foliis lanceolatis ob- flowers grow in looſe ſpikes, upon a ſmooth ſtalk.
tufis, ftaminibus corolla brevioribus. Lin. Sp. 192. This is propagated by ſeeds, which, if ſown in the
Anchufa with woolly, Spear-ſhaped, blunt leaves, and the
ſpring, ſeldom
grow
ſtamina of the flower ſhorter than the corolla, or true Al- The fixth fort is a very hardy perennial plant, with
konet of the ſhops.
weak trailing branches, garniſhed with broad, rough,
9. ANCHUSA ( Azurea) foliis longis hirſutis, floribus capitatis, deep green leaves; the flowers are blue, and come
reflexis, pedunculis longiffimis. Alkanet with long hairy out between the leaves on the ſpike, like the fourth
leaves, and flowers collected into beads which are reflexed, fort; the plants frequently grow out of the joints of
and very long foot-ſtalks. Borago fylveſtre Cretica flore old walls, in thoſe places where any of the plants have
azureo. Zan. Hift. 51.
been for when the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter,
The firit fort is the Bugloſs, whoſe flowers are or- there will be an abundant ſupply of the plants. Theſe
dered to be uſed in medicine. This ſends
This ſends up ftalks flower great part of the year.
about two feet high, having oblong rough leaves, The ſeventh fort is a low, trailing, annual plant, whoſe
placed alternately, at the extremity of the ſhoots. The branches ſeldom extend more than ſix inches; theſe
flowers are produced in cluſters, which are of a fine lié on the ſurface of the ground, and are thinly ſet
blue colour, theſe come out with foot-ſtalks from the
with ſpear-ſhaped, ſmall, warted leaves, which half
wings of the leaves, and are collected into ſmall heads. ſurround the ſtalk at their baſe. The flowers are
The flowers are of one leaf, having a long tube, fpread ſmall, of a bright blue colour, and are collected into
open at the top in ſhape of a funnel. After the flower ſmall bunches at the extremity of the branches. The
is paft, it is fucceeded by four naked feeds, ſituated plants periſh foon after their feeds are ripe, which if
at the bottom of the empalement, which drop out as permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up better
they ripen.
than when they are fown. Theſe do not bear tranf-
The roots of this ſort feldom continue longer than two planting, fo ſhould remain in the places where they
years, eſpecially in good ground, for they are ſub-
ject to rot in winter, unleſs when they happen to grow The eighth fort riſes near as high as the firſt, to which
in rubbiſh, or out of an old wall, where they will live it bears great reſemblance in its leaves and branches;
ſeveral years; for in ſuch places the plants are ſtinted but the leaves and branches are more woolly, and the
in their growth, fo their branches are firmer and not ſtamina of the flowers are horter than the corolla;
fo full of juice as thoſe which grow in better foil. the root alſo is red. This plant grows naturally in
The plants may be eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which the ſouth of France and Spain, but is equally hardy
may be ſown in the autumn, upon a bed of light ſandy with the firſt ſpecies, and may be cultivated in the
earth; and in the ſpring, when the plants are ſtrong ſame manner.
enough to remove, they ſhould be planted in beds at The ninth fort is a perennial plant, with broad rough
two feet diſtance, obſerving, if the ſeaſon proves dry, leaves, like thoſe of the fixth; the branches grow
to water them till they have taken root, after which more erect, and the flowers which are of a bright
they will require no farther care but to keep them azure colour, are collected into ſpikes, coming out
clean from weeds. If the feeds of this plant are per- ſingly from between the leaves. This is a hardy plant,
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will riſe in plenty, which and may be propagated in the ſame manner as the
may be managed in the manner before directed. There former.
is a variety of this with white flowers, but this will ANDRACHNE, Baſtard Orpine.
not retain its difference from ſeeds.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond ſort grows to the height of two feet when It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. The
cultivated in gardens, but in the places where it grows male flower hath e five-leaved empalement, which is equal
wild, is rarely more than a foot. The leaves of this and withers. The flower is compoſed of five ſender leaves
are narrow, and leſs hairy than thoſe of the firſt; the indented at the top, which are ſhorter than the empalement.
ſpikes of flowers come out double, and have no leaves At the bottom of each petal is ſituated an herbaceous nec-
about them; the flowers are ſmall, and of a red co- tarium, to which the five ſlender ſtamina are joined; theſe
lour. The roots will continue three or four
years
in are crowned with ſingle ſummits. The female flowers come
out from the wings of the stalk neer the mole. Theſe have
The third fort is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon a permanent five-leaved empalement, but no petals; there
after the ſeeds are ripe. This grows two feet high, cre five nectariums as in the mele, and a globular germen
and ſends out many lateral branches, which are gar- ſupporting three fender Styles which are bifid, crowned
niſhed with long, narrow, roughleaves, which are waved with a round ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a
on their edges: the flowers are of a bright blue colour, three cornered globular capſule, having three cells, in each
and grow in an imbricated ſpike; and after theſe fall, of which are lodged two triangular obtuſe ſeeds.
the empalement turns to a ſwollen veſſel incloſing the The SPECIES are,
feeds.
I. ANDRACHNE (Telephioides) procumbens herbacea. Lin.
The fourth fort is a perennial plant, with long trailing Sp. Plant. 1014. Herbaceous trailing Andrachne. Te-
branches which lie on the ground; the under leaves lephioides Græcum humifufum fore albo. Tourn.
are long, broad, and hairy, but theſe diminiſh as they
are nearer the top, and thoſe which come out on the 2. ANDRACHNE (Fruticoſa) erecta arborea. Olb. It. 228.
,
.
ſpikes between the flowers are ſhort and roundiſh. Shrubby tree-like Baſtard Orpine.
The flowers are yellow, and about the ſize of thoſe of 3. ANDRACHNL (Arborea) foliis ovatis obtuſis, fubtus
the common Buglofs; there is a ſucceſſion of theſe on incanis, caule arboreo. Baſtard Orpine with oval blunt
the ſame plants great part of the year, which renders leaves, hoary on their under fide, and a tree-like ſtalk.
them more valuable. This, though a native of the The firſt fort is a low plant, whoſe branches trail upon
Levant, is hardy enough to live in the open air in the ground. The leaves are ſmall, of an oval ſhape,
England, if it hath a dry fandy foil. It may be pro- ſmooth, and of a fea-green colour. It is found wild
pagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the firſt fort, in ſome parts of Italy, and in the Archipelago, from
and if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants whence Dr. Tournefort fent the feeds to the royal
will riſe without care.
garden at Paris: but being a plant of no great beauty,
The fifth fort is a native of North America, where it it is ſeldom cultivated, except in botanic gardens for
grows naturally in the woods, and being an early plant, variety. If the feeds of this plant are fown on a mode-
generally fowers before the new leaves come out on rate hot-bed in March, the plants will ariſe in about
the trees, ſo that in ſome of the woods, where this a month after, when they may be tranſplanted each
plant abounds, the ſurface of the ground ſeems covered into a ſmall pot, and plunged into another very mo-
with bright yellow howers. It is known in that country derate hot-bed to bring the plants forward, but in
by the title Puccoon. It is a perennial plant which mild weather they ſhould have plenty of air admitted
ſeldom riſes a foot high in good ground, but not to them, and often refreſhed with water: in June
above half that height, where the foil is poor; the they will produce flowers, and the feeds will ripen in
Auguſt
a
poor land.
Cor. 50.
a
a
a
a

A N D
A N D
one year.
in this country.
Auguſt and September, ſoon after which the plants fruitful, looſe ſpikes, cylindrical flowers, and oblong cré-
will decay.
nated leaves placed alternately. Vitis idæa Americana,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in China, and alſo at longiori mucronato & crenato folio, floribus urceolatis
La Vera Cruz in New Spain, where it riſes twelve or
racemofis. Pluk. Alm. 391.
fourteen feet high; the branches are garniſhed with 4. ANDROMEDA (Arborea) racemis fecundis nudis, co-
ſpear-ſhaped, pointed, ſmooth leaves, under which the rollis rotundo-ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 394. Andromeda
foot-ſtalk of the flowers are produced; theſe are pretty with naked fruitful Spikes, and oval roundiſh flowers.
long and hang downward: the flowers are ſmall, of an Frutex foliis oblongis acuminatis floribus fpicatis uno
herbaceous white colour, ſome of which are male, and verſu diſpoſitis. Catefh. Carolin. I. p. 71. commonly
others female, but when the latter are ſituated at too called Sorrel-tree in Carolina.
great diſtance from the former, there is rarely any ANDROMEDA (Caliculata) racemis fecundis foliaceis
feeds within their covers; though they ſeem very fair corollis ſubcylindricis, foliis alternis lanceolatis obtufis
to fight, yet upon being opened there will no feeds punctatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 394. Andromeda with leafy
be found in them; whereby ſeveral perſons have been fruitful ſpikes, cylindrical flowers, and obtuſe Spear-ſhaped
deceived, who have ſown them, without raiſing a leaves, witb punctures placed alternately. Chamædaphne.
fingle plant.
Buxb. Act. 1. p. 241.
The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. William The firſt fort is a low plant which grows naturally on
Houſton, growing naturally at Campeachy; this has bogs in the northern countries, but is with difficulty
a ſtrong woody ftem, which riſes more than twenty preſerved in gardens; and having little beauty, is
feet high, ſending out branches on every fide, which feldom cultivated except in botanic gardens. I re-
are garniſhed with oval blunt leaves, hoary on their ceived the feeds from Peterſburgh, which came up in
under-ſide, and having pretty deep furrows on their the Chelſea garden, but did not continue more than
upper, placed alternately on the branches : the flow-
ers I have not ſeen, for the plant which roſe from the The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America :
ſeeds in the phyſic garden did not produce any, tho' this is a low fhrub, which fends out many woody
it grew upward of fourteen feet high; nor were there ſtalks from the root, garniſhed with oval leaves placed
any flowers upon the trees at Campeachy, at the time alternately; the flowers are collected in ſmall bunches:
Dr. Houſton was there, the ſeeds being then ripe; of theſe are ſhaped like thoſe of the Strawberry-tree,
theſe the doctor ſent many to Europe which appeared and are of an herbaceous colour. They appear in
very fair, but on being opened, no kernels were found June and July, and ſometimes are ſucceeded by fruit,
within them, ſo that but one plant was raiſed from which feldom ripen in England.
all the feeds.
The third fort is alſo a native of North America.
Theſe two forts are very tender plants, ſo that when This ſhrub grows about four feet high, fending out
good feeds can be obtained, they ſhould be planted ſeveral branches, which are clothed with oblong leaves
in pots, plunging them into a hot-bed of tanners bark, placed alternately; the flowers grow in looſe ſpikes
obſerving to water them as the earth becomes dry in from the ends of the branches; they are of the pitcher
the pots; and when the plants come up, and are fit ſhape, like thoſe of the Arbutus, but are a little
to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall longer, and appear in July, but do not produce ſeeds
pot, plunged into a tan-bed, ſhading them until they
have taken freſh root, after which they ſhould have The fourth fort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca-
free air admitted to them in warm weather, but muſt rolina ; in the latter it is much larger than in the for-
be conſtantly kept in the bark-ftove.
mer, the climate being warmer; ſo many of the trees
There is alſo another fort which I have raiſed from and ſhrubs grow to a much greater height there. In
feeds, fent me from Jamaica; the whole form of the Virginia, it is a fhrub growing ten or twelve feet
feeds agree with thoſe of the third fort, as do alſo high, but in Carolina it riſes twenty feet. The branches
the plants, but the leaves are ſomewhat like thoſe of are very ſlender, bending downward; theſe are gar-
the Laurel, but are much larger; this hath not as yet niſhed with leaves placed alternately, which are oblong
flowered in Europe.
and pointed: the flowers grow in long naked ſpikes,
ANDROMEDA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 485. We have coming out from the ſides of the branches, which are
no Engliſh name for this plant.
of an herbaceous colour, and are ranged on one
The CHARACTERS are,
fide of the ſtalk; they are oval, and ſhaped like a
The empalement is cut into five ſmall acute ſegments; this pitcher.
is coloured and permanent. The flower is of one leaf, oval, The fifth fort grows naturally in Siberia, and alſo in
bell-ſhaped, and divided into five parts at the brim, which North America; it is a low ſhrub which grows on
are refiexed. It hath ten awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are moſſy land, ſo is very difficult to keep in gardens.
ſhorter than the petals to which they are fixed; theſe are The leaves are ſhaped like thoſe of the Box-tree, and
crowned with nodding ſummits having two horns. In the are of the like conſiſtence, having ſeveral ſmall punc-
center of the flower is ſituated a round germen, ſupporting tures on them; the flowers grow in ſhort ſpikes from
a cylindrical ſtyle, which is longer than the ſtamina, and the extremity of the branches: theſe are produced
crowned with a blunt ftigma. The germen afterward turns ſingle between two leaves, they are white and of a
to a round pentagonal veſſel having five cells, which are cylindrical pitcher ſhape.
filled with ſmall round ſeeds.
All the forts, exoept the fourth, are very hardy plants,
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in the which delight in moiſt ground; they increaſe by their
firſt diviſion of his tenth claſs, entitled Decandria creeping roots, which put up fuckers at a diſtance,
Monogynia, the flowers having ten ſtamina and one and may be taken off with roots, and tranſplanted
germen.
where they are deſigned to remain, for they do not
The SPECIES are,
bear to be often removed.
1. ANDROMEDA (Polifolia) pedunculis aggregatis, co- The fourth fort requires to be ſheltered from hard
rollis ovatis, foliis alternis lanceolatis revolutis. Lin. froſt in winter, but in the ſummer ſhould be fre-
Sp. Plant. 393. Andromeda with aggregate foot-ſtalks, quently watered. It is a difficult plant to keep in gar-
oval petals, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing alternately. dens, as it grows naturally on boggy places, and re-
Polifolia. Buxb. Act. 2. p. 345.
quires a greater heat than that of this climate. It may
2. ANDROMEDA (Mariana) pedunculis aggregatis corol- be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be procured
lis cylindricis foliis alternis ovatis integerrimis. Lin. from America, where it is known by the name of
Sp. Plant. 393. Andromeda with aggregate foot-ſtalks, Sorrel-tree.
cylindrical flowers, and oval entire leaves placed alter- ANDROSACE. We have no Engliſh name for
nately.
this plant.
3. ANDROMIÐA (Paniculata) racemis fecundis nudis pa- The CHARACTERS are,
niculatis, corollis ſubcylindricis foliis alternis oblongis The flowers grow in an umbel; they have a many-leaved
crenulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 394. Andromeda with naked, general involucrum. Each flower bath a five-cornered em-
6
palement
و

A N D
A NE
ment.
a
C. B. P. 124.
a
palement of one leaf, ſlightly indenied at the top in five genefia Polygamia equalis, there being many her-
acute prints, this is permanent : the flower is of one leaf, maphrodite flowers included in one common empale-
having an ovel tube, incloſed by the empalement, but is
plain at the brim, where it is divided into five parts. It
The SPECIES are,
bath five ſmall fiomina within the tube, which ore crowned I. ANDRYALA (Integrifolia) foliis integris ovato oblongis
with oblong erect ſummits. In the center is fiuated a round tomentofis. Guett. Stamp. 2. p. 384. Downy Sow thiſtle
germen, Supporting a ſhort slender ſtyle, crowned by e glo- with oval, oblong, entire, downy leaves. Sonchus lanatus.
bular pigmo; the empalement afterward becomes a round Dalech. Hift. 1116.
capſule of one cell opening in five parts, which is fi:ll of 2. ANDRYALA (Raguſina) foliis lanceolatis indiviſis den-
round feeds.
ticulatis acutis tomentofis, floribus folitariis. Lin. Sp.
Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus of plants in the firſt Plant. 1136. Downy Söwtbijtle with indented, Spear-
ſection of his fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Mono- Maped, woolly leaves. Sonchus villoſus luteus minor.
gynia, the flower having five ſtainina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
3. ANDRYALA (Sinuata) foliis runcinatis. Lin. Sp. 1137,
1. ANDROSACE (Maxima) perianthiis fructuum maximis. Downy Sowthiſtle with plain-ſhaped leaves.
Hort. Upfal. 36. Androſace with the largeſt empalement 4. ANDRYALA (Loncta) foliis oblongo-ovatis fubdentatis
to the fruit. Androſace vulgaris latifolia annua. Tourn. lanatis, pedunculis ramofis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 288.
Inft. R. H. 123.
Downy Sowthiſtle with woolly, oblong, oval leaves, and
2. ANDROSACE (Septentrionalis) foliis lanceolatis dentatis branching foot-ſtalks. Hieracium montaniuin tomen-
glabris perianthiis angulatis corolla brevioribüs. Flor. tofum. Hort. Elth. tab. 150.
Suec. 160. Androſace with ſmooth, indented, Spear-ſhaped The firſt is an annual plant, which grows naturally
leaves, and an angular empalement ſorter than the petals. in the ſouth of France, Spain, and Italy, and is pre-
Alfine verna Androſaces capitulis. C. B. P. 251. ſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety. This
3: ANDROSACE (Villofa) foliis piloſis perianthiis hirſutis. grows a foot and a half high, with woolly branching
Lin. Sp. Plant. 142. Androſace with hairy leaves and ftalks, having leaves ſcatteringly ſet on them, which
empalement. Sedum Alpinum hirſutum lacteo flore. are oblong and downy. The flowers are produced in
C. B. P. 284.
ſmall cluſters at the top of the ſtalks, which are yellow,
4. ANDROSACE (Carnea) foliis ſubulatis glabris, umbella and like thoſe of the Sowthiſtle, ſo do not make any
involucrum æquante. Lin. Sp. 204. Androſace with great appearance. It is eaſily raiſed by feeds, which
fmooth awl-ſhaped leaves, and the umbel of flowers equal ſhould be fown in the ſpring, in the place where the
to the involucrum.
plants are to remain, and will require no other culture
5. ANDROS ACE (Lattea) foliis linearibus glabris, um- but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep
bellà involucris multoties longiore. Lin. Sp. Plant. them clean from weeds. It flowers in July, and the
142. Androſace with narrow ſmooth leaves, and the umbel ſeeds ripen in September.
much longer than the involucrum. Androſace Alpina pe- The ſecond is a perennial plant, which grows natu-
rennis anguſtifolia glabra fore fingulari. Tourn. Inft. rally in Spain, from whence I received the feeds, as
R H.
I have alſo from the Cape of Good Hope. The leaves
The firſt fort grows naturally in Auſtria and Bohemia of this plant are extremely white, and are much in-
amongſt the corn : this hath broad leaves which ſpread dented on their edges; the flower-ſtalks grow about
near the ground, from the center of theſe the foot- a foot high, having ſmall cluſters of yellow flowers,
ftalks ariſe, which are terminated by the umbel of which appear in July; the feeds ſometimes ripen in
flowers, like thoſe of the Auricula ; under the umbel England, but not every year. The roots creep, by
of Howers is a large empalement, which is permanent; which the plants may be propagated. They love a
the flowers are compoſed of five ſmall white petals ; light dry foil, in which they will live in the open air
thele appear in April and May, the ſeeds ripen in
in this country.
June, and the plants foon after periſh.
The third fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alſo
The other forts are much ſmaller than this, ſome of near Montpelier; the lower leaves of this fort are in-
then ſeldom growing more than three inches high, dented and woolly, but thoſe upon the ſtalks are en-
having very ſmall flowers, ſo make little appearance. tire; this ſeldom rifes more than a foot high, ſupport-
They grow naturally on the Alps and Helvetian ing a few yellow flowers at the top.
mountains, as alſo in Siberia, from whence I have The fourth fort grows in Spain and Portugal; the
received the feeds of three or four ſpecies. Theſe are leaves of this are broader, longer, and more downy,
only preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of va- than either of the other forts, the flower-ſtalks riſe
riety, and all the forts except the firſt ſhould have a more than a foot high, branching into ſeveral foot-
ſhady ſituation.
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one large yellow flower, ſhaped
The feeds of all the forts ſhould be fown foon after like thoſe of Hawkweed, which are ſucceeded by
they are ripe, otherwiſe they feldom grow the ſame oblong black ſeeds crowned with down.
year. They flower uſually the beginning of April, Theſe two plants are propagated by feeds, in the
and their feeds are ripe the end of May; which, if ſame manner as the former, which ſhould be ſown in
permitted to ſcatter, will come up, and often ſucceed autumn, for when they are ſown in the ſpring, the
better than thoſe which are fown. The annual forts plants ſeldom riſe the ſame year.
periſh as ſoon as the ſeeds are ripe, but the others | ANEMONE ['Aveucóun, of ver@, Gr. the wind; ſo
will live in an open border for ſeveral years, and re- called, becauſe the flower is ſuppoſed not to open,
quire no other care, but to keep them clean from except the wind blows.] Wind-flower.
weeds.
The CHARACTERS are,
ANDROSÆMUM. See HYPERICUM.
The flower is naked having no empalement, and conſiſts
ANDRYALA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 320. Downy Sow- of two or three orders of leaves or petals, which are oblong,
thiſtle.
and diſpoſed in three ſeries over each other. It hath a
The CHARACTERS are,
great number of ſlender ſtamina which are ſhorter than the
It hath a short, round, hairy empalement, cui into many petals, and are crowned by double fummits which are ereet;
equal ſegments; the flowers are compoſed of many berma- between theſe are ſituated many germen, which are colleated
phrodite florets of one leaf, which are uniform, and lie into a head, ſupporting a pointed ſtyle crowned with a blunt
over each other, stretched out like a tongue on one ſide. frigma. The germen afterward become ſo many ſeeds in-
There are five fiamina in the flowers; theſe are crowned cloſed with a down which adheres to the foot-fialk, and
by cylindrical ſummits, which are tubulous. The germen forms an obiuſe cone.
is ſituated at the bottom of each floret, with a ſlender Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus of plants in the ſixth
style, crowned by two reflexed figma. The germen after- fection of his thirteenth claſs, entitled Polyandria Po-
ward becomes c. ſingle oval ſeed, crowned with down. lygynia, from the flowers having many ſtamina and
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in gerinen
the firit ſection of his nineteenth clats, entitled Syn-
The
a
3

A NE
ANE
The Species are,
I. ANEMONE (Sylveſtris) pedunculo nudo feminibus ſub-
rotundis hirſutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 540. Anemone with
a naked ſtalk and a round head of hairy ſeeds. Anemone
fylveſtris alba major. C. B. P. 176.
2. ANEMONE (Nemoroſa) feminibus acutis foliolis inciſis
caule unifloro. Hort. Cliff. 224. Anemone with pointed
ſeeds, cut leaves, and a ſingle flower. Anemone nemo-
roſa flore majore. C. B. P. 176.
3. ANEMONE (Apennina) ſeminibus acutis foliolis inciſis
petalis lanceolatis numeroſis
. Lin. Sp. Plant. 541.
Anemone with pointed ſeeds, cut leaves, and many Spear-
ſhaped flower leaves. Ranunculus nemoroſus flore pur-
pureo-cæruleo. Park. Theat. 325.
4. ANEMONE (Virginiana) pedunculis alternis longiſſimis
fructibus cylindricis feminibus hirſutis muticis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 540. Anemone with very long alternate foot-ſtalks,
and cylindrical ſpikes of chafy ſeeds. Anemone Virginiana
tertiæ Matthioli fimilis flore parvo. H. L. 645.
.
5. ANEMONE (Coronaria) foliis radicalibus ternato-de-
compofitis, involucro folioſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 539.
Anemone with lower leaves decompounded, and a leafy
involucrum. Anemone tenuifolia ſimplici fore. C. B.
P. 174.
6. ANEMONE (Hortenſis) foliis digitatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
540. Anemone with hand-ſhaped leaves. Anemone hor-
tenfis latifolia.
3
Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 249.
7. ANEMOME (Dichotoma) caule dichotoma, foliis feffili-
bus oppoſitis amplexicaulibus trifidis inciſis. Amæn.
Acad. 1. p. 155. Anemone with a forked ſtalk, and trifid
cut leaves growing oppoſite, which embrace the ſtalks.
8. ANEMONE (Thalikiroides) foliis caulinis fimplicibus
verticillatis, radicalibus duplicato ternatis. Lin. Sp.
763. Anemone with ſimple leaves on the ſtolk, growing in
whorles, and thoſe at the root double ternate.
The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of Ger-
many; this approaches near to our Wood Anemone,
but the ſeeds of it are round and hairy; the flower is
large and white, but having little beauty, is ſeldom
planted in gardens.
The ſecond ſort grows wild in the woods in many parts
of England, where it flowers in April and May,
making a pretty appearance in thoſe places where
they are in plenty. The roots of this may be taken
up when their leaves decay, and tranſplanted in wil-
derneſſes, where they will thrive and increaſe greatly,
if they are not diſturbed; and in the ſpring, before
the trees are covered with leaves, they will have a
very good effect, in covering of the ground and
making a pleaſing variety at that ſeaſon.
The third fort is found growing naturally in ſome
parts of England, but particularly at Wimbledon in
Surry, in a wood near the manſion-houſe, in great
plenty; but it is not certain that they were not origi-
nally planted there, as they are not found in any other
place in that neighbourhood. This ſort flowers at the
ſame time with the former, and when intermixed with
them, make a fine variety. This may be tranſplanted
from the woods as the former.
There are of theſe two forts, fome with double flow-
ers, which have been obtained from ſeeds. Theſe
make a finer appearance, and continue longer in flower
than the ſingle, but are only to be procured from the
gardens, where they are cultivated. As theſe are only
feminal varieties, I have not enumerated them with
the others.
The fourth fort grows naturally in North America,
from whence the ſeeds are frequently ſent to England.
This is a very hardy plant, and produces plenty of
ſeeds in England, but having little beauty, ſcarce
deſerves a place in gardens, unleſs for the ſake of
variety.
The fifth and fixth forts are natives of the eaſt, from
whence their roots were brought originally; but have
been ſo greatly improved by culture, as to render
them fome of the chief ornaments to our gardens in
the ſpring. The principal colours of theſe flowers are
red, white, purple, and blue, and ſome are finely
variegated with red, white, and purple. There are
many intermediate ſhades of theſe colours; the flowers
7.
are large and very double, and, when properly ma-
naged, are extremely beautiful. I ſhall therefore pro-
ceed to give ample directions for their culture, which,
if duly obſerved, every perſon may have theſe flowers
in perfection
Take a quantity of freſh untried earth (from a com-
mon, or ſome other paſture land) that is of a light
ſandy loam, or hazel mould, obſerving not to take it
above ten inches deep below the ſurface; and if the
turf be taken with it the better, provided it hath
time to rot thoroughly before it is uſed: mix this with
à third part of rotten cow dung, and lay it in a heap,
keeping it turned over at leaſt once a month for eight
or ten months, the better to mix it, and rot the dung
and turf, and to let it have the advantages of the free
air: in doing this be careful to rake out all great
ſtones, and break the clods (but by no means fift
or ſcreen the earth, which is found very hurtful to
many ſorts of roots); for when the earth is made very
fine, upon the firſt great rains of winter or ſpring,
the ſmall particles thereof join cloſely together, and
form one folid maſs, ſo that the roots often perish for
want of ſome ſmall ſtones to keep the particles afunder,
and make way for the tender fibres to draw nouriſh-
ment for the ſupport of the root.
This earth ſhould be mixed twelve months before it
is uſed, if poſſible; but if you are conſtrained to uſe
it ſooner, you muſt turn it over the oftener, to mellow
and break the clods; and obſerve to rake out all the
parts of the green ſward, that are not quite rotten,
before you uſe it, which would be prejudicial to your
roots, if ſuffered to remain. The beginning of Sep-
tember is a proper ſeaſon to prepare the beds for
planting (which, if in a wet foil, ſhould be raiſed with
this ſort of earth fix or eight inches above the ſurface
of the ground, laying at the bottom fome of the
rakings of your heap to drain off the moiſture; but
in a dry foil, three inches above the ſurface will be
ſufficient): this compoſt ſhould be laid at leaſt two feet
and a half thick, and in the bottom there ſhould be
about four or five inches of rotten neats dung, or the
rotten dung of an old Melon or Cucumber-bed, ſo
that you muſt take out the former foil of the beds to
make room for it.
And obſerve in preparing your beds, to lay them (if
in a wet foil) a little round, to ſhoot off the water;
but in a dry one, let it be nearer to a level; in wet
land, where the beds are raiſed above the ſurface, it
will be proper to fill up the paths between them in
winter, either with rotten tan or dung, to prevent the
froſt from penetrating into the ſides of the beds, which
often deſtroy their roots. The earth ſhould be laid
in the beds at leaſt a fortnight or three weeks before
you plant the roots, that it may ſettle; and when you
plant them, ſtir the upper part of the foil about fix
inches deep, with a ſpade; then rake it even and
ſmooth, and with a ſtick draw lines each way of the
bed at fix inches diſtance, ſo that the whole
may
be
in ſquares, that the roots may be planted regularly :
then with your three fingers make a hole in the cen-
ter of each ſquare, about three inches deep, laying
therein a root with the eye uppermoſt; and when you
have finiſhed your bed, with the head of a rake draw
the earth ſmooth, ſo as to cover the crown of the roots
about two inches.
The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe roots, if for for-
ward flowers, is about the latter end of September;
and for thoſe of a middle ſeaſon, any time in October;
but obſerve to perform this work, if poſſible, at or
near the time of fome gentle ſhowers; for if the roots
are planted when the ground is perfectly dry, and
there ſhould no rain fall for three weeks or a inonth
after, they will be very apt to grow mouldy upon the
crown, and if they once get this diſtemper, they feldom
come to good after.
You may alſo reſerve ſome of your Anemone roots
till after Chriſtmas, before you plant them, left by
the ſeverity of the winter your early planted roots
ſhould be deſtroyed, which fometimes happens in
very hard winters, eſpecially in thoſe places where
P
they
a
a

ANE
Α Ν Ε
they are not covered to protect them from froſt: theſe
late planted roots will flower a fortnight or three
weeks after thoſe which were planted in autumn, and
many tiines blow equally as fair, eſpecially if it prove
a moiſt ſpring, or that care be taken to refreſh them
gently with water.
But then the increaſe of theſe roots will not be near
ſo great as thoſe of your firſt planting, provided they
were not hurt in winter; and it is for this reaſon all
thoſe who make fale of theſe roots, are forward in
planting; for although it may happen, by ſharp
pinching froſts in the ipring, that their flowers are not
to double and fair as thofe planted a little later, yet
if they can preſerve the green leaves of the plants from
being injured, the roots will greatly increaſe in bulk;
but in ſuch gardens where theſe flowers are preſerved
with care, there is always proviſion made to cover
thein from the injuries of the weather, by arching
the beds over with hoops, or frames of wood, and
covering them with garden-mats or cloths, in froſty
nights, and bad weather, eſpecially in the ſpring of
the year, when their buds begin to appear ; for other-
wiſe, if you plant the beſt and moſt double flowers,
the black froſts and cutting winds in March will cauſe
them to blow ſingle, by deſtroying the thrum that is
in the middle of the flower; and this many times
hath occaſioned many people who have bought the
roots, to think they were cheated in the purchaſe of
them, when it was wholly owing to their neglect of
covering them, that their flowers were ſingle.
In the beginning of April your firſt planted roots will
begin to flower, which will continue for three weeks
or more, according to the heat of the weather, or
the care taken in covering them, during the heat of
the day, with mats or cloths: after theſe are paſt
flowering, the ſecond planted forts will come to ſuc-
ceed them, and theſe will be followed by thoſe planted
in the ſpring; fo that you may have theſe beauties
continued for near two months together, or ſometimes
longer, if the ſeaſon prove favourable, or proper care
is taken to ſhade them in the heat of the day.
The beginning of June, the leaves of your firſt blown
roots will begin to decay; ſoon after which
you
muſt take them out of the ground, clearing them from
decayed italks, and waſhing them, to take the earth
clean from the root; then ſpread them on a mat in a
dry ſhady place till they are perfectly dried, when
you may put them up in bags, and hang them out
of the reach of mice, or other vermin, which will
deſtroy many of the roots if they can come at them.
.
Obſerve alſo to take up the latter planted roots as
ſoon as their leaves decay; for if they are ſuffered to
remain long after in the ground, and there ſhould fall
ſome ſhowers of rain, they would ſoon put forth freſh
fibres, and make new ſhoots, when it would be too
late to remove them: at the time when
you
take
up
the roots, is the proper ſeaſon for breaking or parting
them, which may be done by ſeparating thoſe that
you
would chooſe to make all poſſible increaſe from,
into as many parts as you can conveniently, provided
each one of them have a good eye or bud; but thoſe
you intend to blow ſtrong, ſhould by no means be
parted too ſmall, which greatly weakens their flow-
ering
The principal colours in Anemonies are, white, red,
blue, and purple; and theſe in ſome of them, are cu-
riouſly intermixed; but the moſt prevailing colours
amongſt our Engliſh raiſed Anemonies, are white and
red; though of late we have received from France
great varieties of blues and purples, which are ex-
ceeding fine flowers, and being intermixed with the
English flowers, make a fine variety: we ſhould there-
fore obſerve, in planting the roots, to diſtribute the
different colours, ſo as to make an agreeable mixture
of each in every bed, which will greatly add to their
beauty.
But since all the fine varieties of theſe flowers were
firſt obtained from ſeeds, no good floriſt, that hath
garden room, ſhould neglect to fow them: in order
to which, we ſhould provide ourſelves with a quantity
of good ſingle (or what the gardeners call Poppy
Anemonies) of the beſt colours, and ſuch as have
more leaves than common, and have other good pro-
perties; theſe ſhould be planted early, that they may
have ſtrength to produce good feeds, which will be
ripe in three weeks or a month's time, after the flow-
ers are paſt; when you muſt carefully gather it, other-
wiſe it will be blown away in a ſhort time, it being
incloſed in a downy ſubſtance. You muſt preſerve
this feed till the beginning of Auguſt, when you may
either fow it in pots, tubs, or a well prepared bed of
light earth: in the doing of it you muſt be careful not
to let your feeds be in heaps, to avoid which is a thing
little underſtood, and is what I have been informed of
by the late Mr. Obadiah Lowe, gardener at Batterſea,
who for ſeveral years raiſed large quantities of theſe
flowers from feeds. His manner was thus:
After having levelled his bed of earth, in which he
intended to low his feeds, he rubbed the ſeeds well
between his hands, with a little dry fand, in order to
make them ſeparate the better; then he fowed them
as regularly as poſſible over the bed; but as theſe feeds
will ſtill adhere cloſely together by their down, he
took a ſtrong hair bruſh, with which he gently ſwept
over the whole bed, obſerving not to bruſh off the
feeds; this bruſh will fo ſeparate the feeds, if care-
fully managed, as not to leave any entire lumps; then
gently fift ſome light earth, about a quarter of an
inch thick over the ſeeds; and, if it ſhould prove hot
dry weather, it will be adviſable to lay fome mats
hollow upon the bed in the heat of the day, and now
and then give them a little water ; but this muſt be
given gently, left by haftily watering you waſh the
ſeeds out of the ground; but be ſure to uncover the
bed at all times when there are gentle ſhowers, and
every night, that the feeds may have the benefit of
the dews; and as the heat of the weather decreaſes,
you may begin to uncover your bed in the day time
alſo.
In about ten weeks after fowing, the plants will be-
gin to appear, if the ſeaſon has proved favourable, or
your care in management hath not been wanting,
otherwiſe they inany times remain a whole year in the
ground. The firſt winter after their appearing above
ground, they are ſubject to injuries from hard froſts,
or too much wet, againſt both of which you muſt
equally defend themn; for the froſt is very apt to looſen
the earth, ſo that the young plants are often turned
out of the ground, after which a ſmall froſt will de-
ſtroy them; and too much wet often rots their tender
roots, ſo that all your former trouble may be loft in
a ſhort time for want of care in this particular; nor
do I know of any thing more deſtructive to theſe ten-
der plants, than the cold black froſts and winds of
February and March, from which you muſt be careful
to defend them, by placing a low reed fence on the
north and eaſt ſides of the bed, which may be move-
able, and only faſtened to a few ſtakes to fupport it for
the preſent, and may be taken quite away as the ſeaſon
advances, or removed to the ſouth and weſt fides of
the bed, to ſcreen it from the violence of the ſun,
which often impairs theſe plants when young.
As the ſpring advances, if the weather ſhould prove
dry, you muſt gently refreſh them with water, which
will greatly ſtrengthen your roots; and when the green
leaves are decayed, if your roots are not too thick to
remain in the ſame bed another year, you muit clear
off all the weeds and decayed leaves from the bed,
and fift a little more of the fame prepared good earth,
about a quarter of an inch thick over the ſurface, and
obſerve to keep them clear from weeds during the
ſummer ſeaſon, and at Michaelmas repeat the ſame
earthing; but as theſe roots fo left in the ground,
will come up early in the autumn, the beds ſhould be
carefully covered in froſty weather, otherwiſe their
leaves will be injured, whereby the roots will be
weakened, if not deſtroyed. If your roots ſucceed
well, many of them will flower the ſecond year, when
you inay ſelect all ſuch as you like, by marking them
with a ſtick, but you ſhould not deſtroy any of them
3
6
unti

A NË
ANG
a
و
until after the third year, when you have ſeen them ſmall
, make little appearance, fo the plant is rarely
blow ſtrong, at which time you will be capable to preſerved, except in botanic gardens for variety: it
judge of their goodneſs; for until the roots have ac- is a very hardy plant, and multiplies very faſt where
quired ſtrength, the flowers will not ſhew themſelves it is allowed to have a place:
to advantage.
The eighth fort is a very humble plant, ſeldom riſing
By this time your roots will be too thick in the ſeed- more than fix inches high. This grows naturally in
bed to remain, therefore you muſt, as ſoon as their the woods of North America, where it flowers early
green leaves are decayed, fift the earth of your bed in the ſpring, when it makes a pretty appearance,
through a very fine fieve, in order to get out the eſpecially if many of the plants grow in cluſters :
roots, which can be no otherwiſe found, as being ſome of theſe flowers are double, which make a bet-
ſmall, and ſo nearly the colour of the ground; but ter appearance than the fingle, and continue longer
in doing this, obſerve not to diſturb the ground too in beauty. The leaves of this plant are very like
deep, ſo as to endanger the burying any of the roots ; thoſe of Meadow Rue; the ſtalks have leaves grow-
for, notwithſtanding all your care, many ſmall roots ing in whorles, and are terminated by a ſingle flower :
will be left behind, therefore as ſoon as you have fift- this fort ſhould be planted under the ſhelter of trees,
ed
your
whole bed, and taken out all the roots you and if the ſurface of the ground is covered with rotten
can find, you muſt level the earth of your bed again, tanners bark in winter, it will greatly preſerve the
and let it remain till next year, when you will find a plants.
plentiful crop of roots come up again; the young ANEMONOIDES. See ANEMONE.
roots which you take
up
muſt be dried, as was directed ANEMONOSPERMOS. See ARCTOTIS.
for the old ones, but ſhould be planted again three ANETHUM, Dill, from dow and bey, to run up,
weeks before them, that they may increaſe in ſtrength, becauſe it is quick of growth.
ſo as to flower ſtrongly the ſucceeding year.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſingle (or Poppy) Anemonies will flower moſt It is an umbelliferous plant, having many umbels, which
part of the winter and ſpring, when the ſeaſons are have no involucrum. The umbels are uniform, and com-
favourable, if they are planted in a warm ſituation, poſed of many ſmaller ones. The flowers have five ſpear-
at which time they make a fine appearance, therefore Shaped petols, each of theſe have five ſlender ſtamina,
deſerve a place in every flower-garden, eſpecially as crowned with blunt fummits; under the flower is ſituated
they require little culture; for if theſe roots are taken the germen, ſupporting two ſmall ſtyles crowned with blunt
up every other year, it will be often enough; and Stigma ; the germen afterward becomes two compreſſed ſeeds
when they are taken up, they ſhould be planted again having borders.
very early in the autumn, otherwiſe they will not This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
flower till the ſpring. There are ſome fine blue co- of the fifth claſs of Linnæus's genera, which is enti-
lours amongſt theſe ſingle Anemonies, which, with tled Pentandria Digynia, the flowers having five ſta-
the Scarlets and Reds, make a beautiful mixture of mina and two ſtyles.
colours; and as theſe begin flowering in January or We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
February, when the weather is cold, they will conti- ANETHUM (Graveolens) fructibus compreſſis. Hort. Cliff.
nue a long time in beauty, provided the froſt is not 106. Dill with compreſſed ſeeds. Anethum hortenſe.
too ſevere. The ſeeds of theſe are ripe by the mid- C. B. P. 147. Common Dill.
dle or end of May, and muſt be gathered daily as it There are two other varieties which are mentioned
ripens, otherwiſe it will ſoon be blown away by the as diſtinct fpecies by the botaniſts, but I have fre-
winds.
quently fown them, and have always found them
The Anemone grows naturally in the Levant, parti- prove to be only varieties ariſing from the ſame ſeeds.
cularly in the iſlands of the Archipelago, where the This plant is propagated by fowing the feeds, which
borders of the fields are covered with them of all the ſhould be done in autumn ſoon after they are ripe;
colours, but the flowers are ſingle, and have been for if they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they
greatly improved by culture. In France they were frequently miſcarry; or if any of the plants come
long cultivated before they were much known in Hol- up, they often decay before they have perfected their
land or England. Tournefort mentions two French ſeeds. They love a light foil, and will not bear to be
gentlemen, Meſſrs. Malaval and Bachelier, who con- tranſplanted, but muſt be fown where they are to re-
tributed greatly to the improvement of theſe flowers; main, and ſhould be allowed eight or ten inches room
and of the latter he relates a pleaſant ſtory, as fol- to grow, otherwiſe they will draw up very weak, and
lows: There was a certain lawyer to whom Mr. Ba- produce few lateral branches, whereby their leaves
chelier had refuſed to communicate the feeds of his will decay, and be rendered uſeleſs, nor will they
fine Anemonies, and finding he could not obtain any produce ſo good feeds; therefore the beſt way is,
either by friendſhip or money, a fancy came into his when the plants are come up, to hoe them out, as is
head, to make a viſit to Mr. Bachelier, with ſome of practiſed for Onions, Carrots, &c. leaving the plants
his friends who were in the ſecret ; he ordered his about eight or ten inches aſunder every way, obſerv-
lacquey who ſupported the train of his gown, to let ing to keep them clear from weeds; and when the
it drop on a bed where the Anemonies grew, which ſeeds begin to be formed, you ſhould cut up thoſe
he wanted, whoſe feeds were then ripe. They walked that are intended to be put into the pickle for Cucum-
a conſiderable time talking on various ſubjects, and bers, leaving thoſe that are intended for the uſe of
when they came to the ſpot where the Anemonies the feeds until they are rive; at which time it ſhould
grew, a merry gentleman of the company began a be cut, and ſpread upon a cloth to dry, and then
ſtory, which engaged the attention of Mr. Bachelier ; beat out for uſe: if you let the ſeeds fall upon the
at which time the lacquey, who was no fool, let fall ground, the plants will riſe the next ſpring without
his maſter's train over the bed, and the feeds having any care, ſo that the trouble of ſowing their feeds may
a downy covering, ſtuck to the gown, which the boy be ſpared.
afterwards took up again, and the company went for- ANGELICA [of Angelus, ſo called, as ſome quacks,
ward. The virtuoſo took leave of Mr. Bachelier, and &c. pretend, from the angels, on account of its ex-
went directly home, where he carefully picked off the
cellent qualities.]
feeds which had ſtuck to his robes, and fowed them, The CHARACTERS are,
which produced very beautiful flowers.
It is an umbelliferous plant, the greater umbel being com-
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Canada and Si- poſed of many ſmall ones; the involucrum, or cover of the
beria; the roots of this creep and multiply greatly large umbel, is compoſed of five ſmall leaves, and those of
in the ground, the lower leaves are deeply cut; the the ſmaller of eight, and the empalement of the flowers
ſtalks riſe two feet high, garniſhed with leaves placed are indented in five parts. The flowers of the whole un-
oppoſite, which embrace the ftalks, and the flowers bel are uniform, each of them conſiſt of five petals which
are produced from the forks of the ſtalks upon flen- fall away; theſe have five ſtamina, which are longer than
der foot-ſtalks; theſe flowers are white, and being the petals, and are crotoned with fingle Summits. The
germent
ز

A N G
A N G
germen is fituated below the flower, ſupporting two re- theſe ſtems in May, which will occaſion their putting
flexed ſtyles, crowned with obtuſe ſtigma; the germen af- out heads from the ſides of the roots, whereby they
terward becomes a roundiſh fruit ſplitting into two, and may be continued for three or four years ; whereas,
compoſed of two ſeeds, which are plain on one ſide, convex if they had been permitted to feed, their roots would
on the other, and are bordered.
periſh foon after.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection The gardeners near London, who have ditches of wa-
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia, ter running through their gardens, propagate great
from the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles. quantities of this plant, for which they have a great
The SPECIES are,
demand from the confectioners, who make a ſweet-
1. ANGELICA (Sative) foliorum impari lobato. Flor. meat with the tender ſtalks of it cut in May.
Lapp. 101. Angelica with leaves compoſed of an unequal This plant is alſo uſed in medicine, as are alſo the
number of lobes. Angelica fativa. C. B. P. 155. Gar- feeds; therefore where it is cultivated for the ſeeds,
den Angelica.
there ſhould be new plantations annually made to ſup-
2. ANGELICA (Archangelica) altiſſima foliorum lobatis ply the places of thoſe which die, for when they are
maximis ferratis. Talleſt Angelica with leaves compoſed permitted to feed, they laſt but two years.
of large ſerreted lobes. Angelica fcandiaca Archange- ANGUINA. See TRICOS ANTHES.
.
lica. Tabern. Icon. 82.
ANGURIA, the Water Melon, or Citrul.
3. ANGELICA (Sylveſtris) foliis æqualibus ovato-lanceo-
The CHARACTERS are,
latis ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 97. Angelica with equal leaves, It hath male and female flowers growing at ſeparate diſ-
compoſed of oval Spear-shaped lobes which are ſawed. An- tances on the ſame plant; the flowers of both ſexes are of
gelica fylveftris major. C. B. P. 155.
the open bell-ſhaped kind, of one leaf, and have empale-
4. ANGELICA (Atropurpurea) extimo foliorum pari co- ments of the ſame form. The male flowers have three
adunato folio terminali petiolato. Prod. Leyd. 103. Short ſtamina, which are joined together at the top; theſe
Angelica with the extreme pair of leaves joined, and ter- are crowned by ſender ſummits. The female flowers reſt
minated with a foot-ſtalk. Angelica Canadenſis atro- upon an oval germen, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned
purpurea. Cornut. Canad. 198.
by three large ſtigma, which are gibbous ; the germen af-
5. ANGELICA (Lucida) foliis æqualibus ovatis inciſo-fer- terward becomes an oblong fleſhy fruit, having five cells
ratis. Hort. Cliff. 97. Angelica with equal leaves and filled with compreſſed ſeeds, which are rounded at their
oval lobes, which are cut and ſawed. Angelica lucida extremity.
Canadenſis. Cornut. Çanad. 196.
Dr. Linnæus joins this genus to the Gourd, but who-
The firſt fort is the common Angelica, which is cul- ever will allow the fruit to be a characteriſtic in de-
tivated in the gardens for medicinal uſe, as alſo for termining the genera, muſt keep them ſeparate; for
making a ſweetmeat, which is by ſome greatly eíteem- the Gourd hath but three cells, whereas the Angu-
ed. This grows naturally by the fide of rivers in ria has five.
northern countries.
This genus is ranged in the tenth ſection of Linne-
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Hungary, and us's twenty-firſt claſs of plants, entitled Monacia
ſome parts of Germany. This hath been ſuppoſed to Syngeneſia, from the flowers being male and female
be only a variety of the firſt by many modern bota- in the fame plant, and the ſtamina and ſummits grow-
niſts; but from many years experience in the culture ing together.
of this plant, I could never obſerve any alteration in We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
it; for all the plants which I raiſed from feeds, proved ANGURIA foliis multipartitis. Water Melon with leaves
.
exactly the ſame as the parent plant, and when plant- cut into many parts. Anguria Citrullus dicta. C. B.P.
ed in the ſame foil with the common fort, they were 312. Of this there are ſeveral varieties which differ in
twice their fize. The leaves were alſo much larger, the form and colour of their fruit; but as theſe vary an-
and deeper ſawed on their edges, the umbels much nually from ſeeds, it is needleſs to enumerate them here.
larger, and the flowers were yellow. This ſort feldom This fruit is cultivated in Spain, Portugal, Italy, and
continues longer than two or three years, ſo that moſt other warm countries in Europe ; as alſo in Afri-
young plants ſhould be raiſed to preſerve the ſpecies. ca, Aſia, and America, and is by the inhabitants of
The feeds ſhould be ſown in autumn, for thoſe which thoſe countries greatly eſteemed for their wholſome
are fown in the ſpring feldom fucceed.
cooling quality ; but in England the fruit is not ſo
The third ſort grows naturally in moiſt meadows, univerſally eſteemed, though ſome few perſons are
and by the ſides of rivers in many parts of England, very fond of them. I ſhall therefore give full direc-
fo is ſeldom admitted into gardens.
tions for raiſing them, ſo that ſuch perſons as are will-
The fourth and fifth forts grow naturally in North A- ing to be at the expence and trouble of it, may not
merica, from whence their feeds were ſent to Europe, be at a loſs for inſtructions.
where the plants are preſerved in gardens for the ſake Firſt provide fome ſeeds, which ſhould be three or
of variety ; but as they have no uſe and but little four years old, for new ſeeds are apt to produce vi-
beauty, they are not admitted into many gardens. gorous plants, which are ſeldom fo fruitful as thoſe of
They are both very hardy plants, and may be eaſily a moderate ſtrength. The beſt forts to cultivate in
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in au- England, are thoſe with ſmall round fruit, which
tumn, and when the plants are large enough to re- come from Aftracan, thoſe with very large fruit, fel-
move, they muſt be tranſplanted into a moiſt foil, dom ripen well in this climate. Having provided
and have a ſhady ſituation, allowing them two feet good ſeed, you ſhould prepare a heap of new dung
room on every fide. They grow four or five feet the beginning of February, which ſhould be thrown
high, and put out many ſhoots from the root, eſpeci- in a heap for about twelve days to heat, turning it
ally the ſecond year from ſeed, when they will flower over twice, mixing it well; then you ſhould make a
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in September. The roots hot-bed, in which theſe feeds, as alſo Cucumber-ſeeds
of theſe forts ſeldom continue longer than two or three and Muſk Melons may be fown. The dung ſhould
years. The common Angelica delights to grow in a be well wrought in making the bed, and muſt be
very moiſt foil; the feeds of this plant ſhould be fown beaten down pretty cloſe with a dung-fork, that the
foon after they are ripe, for if they are kept until the heat may not be too violent, and of longer continu-
ſpring, ſeldom one feed in forty will grow. When
When the dung is thus laid, you ſhould cover
the plants are come up about fix inches high, they it about four inches thick with good light earth, and
ſhould be tranſplanted at a large diſtance, for their having ſpread it very even, you ſhould put the frame
leaves extend very wide; the beſt place for this plant and glaſs over it, leaving it to warm four or five days
is upon the ſides of ditches, or pools of water; where before you put the ſeeds into it, obſerving, if the
being planted about three feet aſunder, they will ſteam riſes pretty much, to raiſe up the glaſs to let it
thrive exceedingly. The ſecond year after ſowing, paſs off: then, if you
your bed in proper tem-
they will ſhoot up to flower; therefore if you have a per, you may fow your feeds therein in drills, cover-
mind to continue their roots, you ſhould cut down ing them over with earth about half an inch. After
find
:
و
ance.
this,

A N N
Α Ν Ν
a
و
a
this, if
you
find your bed very warm, you muſt give teaves, which are concave end pointed. The flower
air in the day-time by raiſing the glaſſes ; but if the hath ſix petals, three large and three alternately
bed is cool, you muſt cover it well with mats every Smaller. The stamina is ſcarce diſcernible, but there are
night, as alfo in bad weather. In four or five days many ſummits on each ſide the germen, which is ſituated
after, you muſt prepare another hot-bed to receive at the bottom of the flower, having no style, but an ob-
theſe plants, which will be fit to tranſplant in ten tuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval, or
days, or a fortnight at moſt, after the feeds are ſown; oblong fruit, having a ſcaly rind, and one cell, in which
this bed need not be very large, for a few of theſe are lodged many ovel ſmooth ſeeds.
plants will fill a large quantity of frames, when they This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
are planted out for good, and while the plants are of Linnæus's thirteerith claſs, entitled Polyandria Po-
young, there may be a great quantity kept in one lyginia, the flowers of this diviſion having many ſta-
light; ſo that thoſe perſons who raiſe early Cucum- mina and ſeveral germen.
bers and Muſk Melons, may alſo raiſe theſe plants in
The SPECIES are,
the ſame bed; for two or three lights will be ſufficient 1. Annona (Reticulata) foliis lanceolatis fructibus ova-
to raiſe plants of all three kinds, to ſupply the largeſt
tis reticulato-areolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 537. Annona
families, until they are planted out for good. In with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and oval fruit which are netted,
the management of theſe plants while young, there or wrought in Squares. Guanabanus fructu aureo &
is little difference from the directions given for raiſing
molliter aculeato. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. The Cuſtard
Muſk Melons, therefore I need not repeat it here. Apple.
The chief thing to be obſerved, is, to let them have 2. ANNONA (Muricatis) foliis ovali-lanceolatis glabris
a large ſhare of air whenever the weather will permit, nitidis planis pomis muricatis. Hort. Cliff. 222. An-
otherwiſe the plants will draw up weak, and be good nona with plain, ſmooth, ſhining, oval, Specr-ſhaped
for little. As theſe plants will require two or three leaves, and a prickly fruit. Guanabanus fructu è vi-
hot-beds to bring the fruit to perfection, it will be ridi luteſcente molliter aculeato. Plum. Nov. Gen.
the better way to put the plants into baſkets, when 43. The Sour Sop.
they have gotten four leaves, as is directed for raiſing 3. ANNONA (Squamoſa) foliis oblongis fructibus obtuse
early Cucumbers; but you ſhould not plant more ſubſquamatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 537. Annona with ob-
than two plants in each baſket, for if one of them long leaves, and obtuſe ſcaly fruit. Guanabanus foliis
lives it will be ſufficient; therefore when both the odoratis fructu fubrotundo ſquamoſo. Plum. Nov.
plants fucceed, you ſhould draw out the weakeſt and Gen. 43. The Sweet Sop.
moſt unpromiſing of them, before they begin to put 4. ANNONA (Paluſtris) foliis oblongis obtuſis glabris,
out their ſide ſhoots, otherwiſe they will entangle and fructu rotundo, cortice glabro. Annona with oblong,
render it difficult to be performed, without greatly blunt, ſmooth leaves, and round fruit, with a ſmooth
injuring the remaining plant.
ſkin. Guanabanus paluſtris fručtu lævi viridi. Plum.
.
The baſkets in which theſe plants are to be planted,
Nov. The Water Apple.
need not be more than a foot diameter; ſo that one 5. Annona (Cherimola) foliis latiſſimis glabris, fructu
light will contain eight of them, which will be fuffi- oblongo ſquamato, feminibus nitidiſſimis. Annona with
cient for twenty-four lights, when they are planted very broad ſmooth leaves, oblong ſcaly fruit, and very
out for good; for where the plants are vigorous, one Mining ſeeds.
ſingle plant will ſpread ſo far as to fill three lights ; 6. ANNONA (Africana) foliis ovato-lanceolatis pubeſcen-
and if they have not room, they ſeldom fet their
fruit tibus fructu glabro ſubcæruleo. Annona with oval,
well.
Spear-shaped, downy leaves, and ſmooth bluiſh fruit. Gua-
Theſe baſkets may remain in the nurſery-beds until nabanus fructu ſubcæruleo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43.
the plants have ſpread, and put out many runners ;
The Sweet Apple.
for when the heat of this bed declines, it is foon re- 7. ANNONA (Afiatica) foliis lanceolatis glabris nitidis ſe-
vived by adding a proper lining of warm dung to cundum nervos ſulcatis. Hort. Cliff. 222. Annona with
the ſides of the bed quite round; ſo that when they neat ſpear-ſhaped leaves, with nervous furrows. Guana-
are taken out of this bed, and placed in the ridges banus fructu purpureo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. The
where they are to remain, the heat of the beds will Purple Apple.
laſt ſo long as to ſet their fruit, which is of great con- 8. ANNONA (Triloba) foliis lanceolatis fruétibus trifidis.
fequence; for when the plants are ridged out very
;
Lin. Sp. Plant. 537. Annona with Spear-ſhaped leaves,
young, the beds are generally made of great thick- and trifid fruit. Annona fructu luteſcente lævi ſerotum
neſs in dung, in order to continue their heat; ſo arietis referente. Cateſb. Car. 2. 85. The North Ame-
that for ſome time after they are made, they are rican Annona, called by the inhabitants Papaw.
ſo extreme hot, as to endanger the ſcalding of the The firſt fort uſually grows to the height of twenty-
plants; and by the time the fruit begins to appear, five feet, or upwards, in the Weſt-Indies, and is well
there is little heat left in the beds, which often occa- furniſhed with branches on every fide; the bark is
fions the fruit to drop off, and come to nothing.
ſmooth, and of an Aſh colour; the leaves are oblong,
After theſe plants are placed in the beds where they of a light green colour, and have ſeveral deep tranf-
are to remain, you muſt carefully lead the ſhoots as verſe ribs or veins, ending in acute points; the fruit
they are produced, ſo as to fill each part of the frame, is of a conical form, as large as a tennis-ball, of an
but not to croud each other; and be careful to keep Orange colour when ripe, having a ſoft, ſweet, yel-
them clear from weeds, as alſo to adınit freſh air lowiſh pulp, of the conſiſtence of a cuſtard, from
whenever the weather will permit; they muſt alſo be whence the title of Cuſtard Apple was given to it.
frequently watered, but do not give it them in great The ſecond fort is not ſo large as the firſt, rarely riſing
quantities. In ſhort, there is little difference to be above twenty feet high, and not ſo well furniſhed
obſerved in the management of theſe, from that of with branches; the leaves are broader than thoſe, have
Muſk Melons, but only to give them more room,
a ſmooth ſurface without any furrows, and are of a
and to keep the beds to a good temperature of heat, ſhining green colour ; the fruit is large, of an oval
and when the fruit appears, to admit air freely to the ſhape, irregular, and pointed at the top, being of a
plants, in order to ſet their fruit; but when the nights greeniſh yellow colour, and full of ſmall knobs on
are cold, the glaſſes muſt be covered with mats to the outſide; the pulp is ſoft, white, and of a four and
keep the beds warm, without which this fruit will ſweet taſte intermixed, having many oblong dark-co-
ſeldom come to good in this country.
loured feeds.
ANIL. See INDIGOPHERA.
The third fort is a tree of humbler growth, feldom
ANISUM, or ANISE. See PIMPINELLA.
riſing more than fifteen feet high, and is well furniſhed
ANNONA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 613. Guanabanus. with branches on every fide; the leaves of this fort
Plum. Nov. Gen. 10. The Cuſtard Apple, &c.
have an agreeable ſcent when rubbed; the fruit is
The CHARACTERS are,
roundiſh and ſcaly, and when ripe turns of a purple
The empalement is compoſed of three firall heart-shaped colour, and hath a fweet pulp.
The
.

Α Ν Ν
ANT
a
meters.
The fourth fort commonly grows from thirty to forty leaves, and cauſe them to decay; but when carefully
feet in the Weſt-Indies. This hath oblong pointed managed, their leaves will continue green all the win-
leaves, which have ſome ſlender furrows, and when ter, and make a very good appearance in the ſtove
rubbed have a ſtrong ſcent; the fruit of this fort is at that ſeaſon.
feldom eaten but by the negroes; the tree grows in As theſe plants advance in their growth, they ſhould
moiſt places in all the iſlands of the Weſt-Indies. be ſhifted into larger pots; but this muſt be done
The fifth fort is much cultivated in Peru for the with caution, for nothing is more prejudicial to them
fruit, and from thence the ſeeds have been brought than over-potting them. They muſt alſo conſtantly
to England, and many plants have been raiſed. This remain in the tan-bed, otherwiſe they will make but lit-
grows to be a very large tree in the natural country tle progreſs; for although they will live in a dry ſtove,
of its growth, and is well furniſhed with branches, yet they will make little progreſs, nor will their leaves
which are gärniſhed with leaves of a bright green co- appear ſo fine, as when they are preſerved in a vigo-
lour, which are much larger than thoſe of any of the rous growing ſtate ; and it is more for the beauty of
other ſorts. The fruit is oblong and ſcaly on the out- their leaves, than any hopes of their producing fruit
fide, and of a dark purple colour when ripe; the in this country, that they are preſerved in ſtoves : for
feſh is ſoft and ſweet, has many brown feeds inter- though there has been ſome of the forts which have
mixed, which are very ſmooth and ſhining; the fruit produced flowers in England, yet none have ever
is eſteemed by the Peruvians as one of their moſt de- ſhewn their fruit here.
licate forts. This has produced flowers in England, Some of theſe plants are twelve or fourteen feet high
but no fruit.
in our gardens, and a few years ago there were plants
The ſixth and ſeventh forts grow in ſome of the of the fifth ſort in the garden at Chelſea, which were
French iſlands, as alſo in Cuba, in great plenty; theſe more than twenty feet high, and produced fowers
grow to the height of thirty feet or more; their fruit two or three years. The ſtove in which theſe plants
are eſteemed by the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands, who are placed, ſhould, during the winter ſeaſon, be kept
frequently give them to ſick perſons, as they reckon to the Ananas heat, marked on the botanical thermo-
them very cooling and wholeſome.
The earth ſhould be light and rich in which
The eighth ſort grows plentifully in the Bahama they are planted, and the tan-bed ſhould be frequently
iſlands, where it feldom riſes to more than ten feet turned over and refreſhed. Their waterings muſt be
high, having ſeveral ſtems; the fruit of this ſort are frequent in ſummer, but not in too great quantity.
ſhaped like a Pear inverted. This is ſeldom eaten In the winter they muſt have it but ſeldom, a little
but by the negroes, and is the food of guanas, and once a week in open weather, and, in froft, once in
other animals.
a fortnight or three weeks, will be ſufficient.
This fort will thrive in the open air in England, if | ANTHEMIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 870. Chamomile.
it is planted in a warm ſheltered ſituation, but the The CHARACTERS are,
plants ſhould be trained up in pots, and ſheltered in It is a plant with a compound flower, whoſe common
winter for two or three years, until they have ac- empatement is bemiſpherical, compoſed of many ſcales
quired fome ſtrength ; then they may be turned out which are equal. The border, or rays of the flower, is
of the pots in the ſpring, and planted in the full compoſed of many female florets, whoſe petals are ſtretched
ground, where they are to remain. This fort has pro- out like tongues on one ſide, and are indented in three
duced flowers in the curious garden of his grace the parts at their extremity. The middle, or diſk of the flower,
duke of Argyle, at Whitton, near Hounſlow, where is compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets, which ere fun-
it has been growing in the open air for ſome years, , nel-ſhaped, erect, and cut into five parts at the top. Theſe
as alſo in the nurſery of the late Mr. Gray, near Ful- have five fort narrow ſtamina, which are crowned by
ham. The ſeeds of this fort are frequently brought cylindrical hollow ſummits. The germen is ſituated at the
to England from North America, which are much bottom, Supporting a fender Style, crowned by two reflexed
larger than thoſe of the other ſpecies, and many plants ſtigma, which afterward becomes an oblong naked feed.
have been lately raiſed in the gardens near London. The female florets have no ſtamina, but an oblong ger-
The ſhape of the leaves is alſo different; this caſts men in the center, ſupporting two inflexed ſtyles.
its leaves in autumn, whereas all the others retain This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
their leaves, never caſting them until the ſpring, of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia
when the leaves come out. The fruit is
very
different Polygamia ſuperflua, the flowers of this ſection be-
froin thoſe of the other ſpecies, two or three grow- ing compoſed of many florets, which are female and
ing together at their foot-ſtalks. When the ſeeds hermaphrodite, whoſe ſtamina are joined at the top.
of this fort are fown, they frequently remain a
The SPECIES are,
whole year in the ground; therefore the earth in the 1. ANTHEMIS (Nobilis) foliis pinnato-compoſitis lineari-
pots ſhould not be diſturbed, where they are ſown, bus acutis ſubvillofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 894. Chamomile
if the plants do not come up the firſt year; and the with winged leaves, compoſed of many very narrow-point-
pots ſhould be ſheltered in winter, and the following ed hoary ſegments. Chamamelum nobile ſive Leucan-
ſpring if they are plunged into a new hot-bed, the themum odoratius. C. B. P. 135. Common, or noble
plants will come up much ſooner than thoſe which Chamomile.
are ſown in the open air, fo will have more time to 2. ANTHEMIS ( Arvenſis) receptaculis conicis paleis ſeta-
get ſtrength before the winter.
ceis feminibus coronato-marginatis. Flor. Suec. 704.
All the other forts which are natives of the warm Chamomile with a conical receptacle of briſtly chaf, and
parts of America, are to otender to live in this country, bordered ſeeds. Chamæmelum inodorum. C. B. P.
if they are not preſerved in warm ſtoves; they come 136. May Weed.
up very eaſily from the ſeeds which are brought from 3. ANTHEMIS (Cotula) receptaculis conicis paleis fetaceis
America, if they are freih; but theſe ſeeds muſt be feminibus nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 894. Chamomile with
ſown on a good hot-bed, or in pots of light earth, a conicle receptacle, briſtly choff, and naked ſeeds. Cha-
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark in Febru- mæmelum fætidum. C. B. P. 135. May Weed.
ary, which is by much the beſt time; becauſe when 4. ANTHEMIS (Cota) florum paleis rigidis pungentibus.
the plants come up early, they will have time to Flor. Leyd. 172. Chamomile with ſtiff pungent chaff be-
get ſtrength before the cold weather comes on in the tween the florets. Chamamelum annuum ramo-
fum cotulæ fætidæ floribus amplioribus capitulis
Theſe plants ſhould be kept in the bark-ſtove, and ſpinoſis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 36.
carefully managed, with which they will make great 5. ANTHEMIS (Altiffima) erecta foliorum apicibus fub-
progreſs; but in warm weather they ſhould have
ſpinoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 893. Upright Chamomile with
plenty of freſh air admitted to them, for when the leaves ending with ſpines. Chamamelum Leucanthe-
air is excluded from them too much, they are apt to mum Hiſpanicum magno flore. C. B. P. 135.
grow fickly, and are often attacked by vermin, which 6. ANTHEMIS (Maritima) foliis pinnatis dentatis carno-
will multiply and ſpread over the whole ſurface of the ſis nudis punctatis caule proſtrato, calycibus ſubto-
mentofis.
а
autumn.
2

Α Ν Τ
A N T
a
Afr. 58.
mentoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 893. Chamomile with fleſhy which are uſed for the tooth-ach, being extremely
pinnated leaves, and a branching trailing ſtalk. Chamæ- warm ; when they are applied to the part affected, they
melum maritimum. C. B. P. 134.
draw out the cold rheum, and are often ſerviceable
7. ANTHEMIS (Tomentoſa) foliis pinnatifidis obtufis pla- in this particular. This is a perennial plant, with a long
nis, pedunculis hirſutis, folioſis calycibus tomento- taper root like thatof a Carrot, which grows naturally
fis. Hort. Cliff. 415. Chamomile with plain blunt leaves, Spain and Portugal, from whence the roots are brought
winged at their extremity, hairy foot-ſtalks, and a leafy to England. The branches of this trail upon the
mwoolly empalement. Chamamelum maritimum inca- ground, and ſpread a foot or more each
way;
theſe
num folio abfinthii craffo. Boerh. Ind. 1. p. 110. are garniſhed with fine winged leaves, like thoſe of
8. ANTHEMIS (Mixta) foliis fimplicibus dentato-lacini- the common Chamomile; at the extremity of each
atis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 894. Chamomile with ſingle, in- branch is produced one large ſingle flower, like Cha-
dented, cut leaves. Chamæmelum Luſitanicum lati- momile, but much larger, the rays of which are of a
folium ſive Coronopi folio. Breyn. Cent. I. 49. pure white within, but purple on their outſide. After
9. ANTHEMIS (Pyrethrum) caulibus unifloris decumben- the flowers are paſt, the receptacle ſwells to a large
tibus foliis pinnato-multifidis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 414. ſcaly cone; between theſe ſcales are lodged the ſeeds.
Chamomile with ſingle flowers on the ſtalks lying on the It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds are ripe in
ground, and winged leaves. Pyrethrum flore bellidis. September; but unleſs the ſeaſon is dry, the ſeeds do
C.B. P. 148. Pellitory of Spain.
not ripen in England, for the wet falls between the
10. Anthemis (Valentina) caule ramofo foliis pubeſcen- ſcales, and rots the ſeeds in embryo.
tibus tripinnatis, calycibus villoſis pedunculatis. Hort. The eleventh fort is a perennial plant, which is pro-
Cliff. 414. Chamomile with a branching ſtalk, multifid pagated by feeds; theſe may be fown on a bed of
bairy leaves, and hairy foot-ſtalks. Buphthalmum co- common earth in the ſpring, and when the plants are
tulæ folio. C. B. P.
ſtrong enough to remove, ſhould be tranſplanted into
11. ANTHEMIS (Tinetoria) foliis bipinnatis ferratis ſub- large open borders, near ſhrubs, where they may
tus tomentofis, caule corymboſo. Lin. Sp. 1263. have room to grow, for they ſpread very wide, there-
Chamomile with ſawed winged leaves, woolly underneath, fore require three feet diſtance from other plants; in
and flowers in a corymbus. Buphthalmum Tanaceti theſe large open ſpots they will make a pretty variety
minoris foliis. C. B. P. 134.
from June to November, during which time they
12. ANTHEMIS (Arabica) caule decompoſito calycibus continue in flower: ſome of theſe are white, others
ramiferis. Hort. Cliff. 413. Chamomile with a decom- are of a ſulphur, and ſome have yellow flowers,
pound ſtalk, and a branching empalement. Aſteriſcus but theſe vary from ſeed; the eaſtern ſorts grow
annuus trianthophorus Craffas Arabicus dictus. Shaw. taller, and the flowers are larger than the common,
but in other particulars they are the ſame, though
The firſt fort is the common Chamomile, which many have ſuppoſed them different ſpecies.
grows in plenty upon commons and other waſte land. The ſeeds of the twelfth ſort were brought from A-
It is a trailing perennial plant, which puts out roots frica by the late Dr. Shaw, which were diſtributed to
from the branches as they lie on the ground, whereby many curious botaniſts in Italy, France, and England,
it ſpreads and multiplies greatly; ſo that whoever is where ſome of the plants were raiſed. This grows near
willing to cultivate this plant, need only procure a two feet high, with an upright ftem, having a ſingle
few of the ſlips in the ſpring, and plant them a foot flower at the top, from whoſe empalement there are
aſunder, that they may have room to ſpread, and they
,
two or three foot-ſtalks put out horizontally, about
will ſoon cover the ground. Formerly this plant was two inches long, each having a ſingle flower ſmaller
uſed for planting of walks, which, when mowed and than the firſt, like the Childing Marigold, or Hen
rolled, looked well for ſome time, but as it was very and Chicken Daiſy. The feeds of this ſhould be
ſubject to decay in large patches, the walks became ſown in autumn, and treated in the ſame manner as
unfightly, for which reaſon this was diſuſed. The is before directed for ſome other forts, otherwiſe the
flowers of this ſort are ordered for medicinal uſe, but ſeeds are feldom perfected in England.
the market people generally fell the double flowers, ANTHERICUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 380. Spider-
which are much larger, but not ſo ſtrong as the fin-
gle. The double fort is equally hardy, and may be
The CHARACTERS are,
propagated in the ſame manner.
The flower baih no empalement, and is compoſed of fix
The ſecond ſort is a common annual weed, which oblong blunt petals, which ſpread open. It bath fix up-
grows among corn ; it flowers in May, ſo was called right awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are crowned by ſmall ſum-
May Weed, though ſome have applied that title im- mits, having four furrows. The germen which is fitu-
properly to the Cotula fætida, which rarely flowers ated in the center is three-cornered, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle
till late in June.
which is as long as the ſtamina, crowned by a three-
The fourth, fifth, and eighth forts are annual plants, cornered blunt ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an
which grow naturally in Spain, Portugal, Italy, and oval ſmooth capſule, having three furrows, opening in
the ſouth of France, from whence their feeds have three cells, which are filled with angular ſeeds.
been brought to England, where the plants are pre- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ferved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety. Linnæus's ſixth claſs, entitled Hexandria Monogynia,
They rife eaſily from ſeeds ſown in the ſpring, and from their flowers having fix ſtamina and but one
require no other culture but to thin the plants where ſtyle.
they are too cloſe, allowing them a foot and a half
The SPECIES are,
room each way, and clean them from the weeds. They 1. ANTHERICUM (Revolutum) foliis planis fcapo ramoſo
flower in July, and their feeds ripen in September. corollis revolutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 310. Anthericum
The fixth and ſeventh forts are perennial plants, with plain leaves, a branching ſtalk, whoſe petals turn
which grow naturally in Spain, Portugal, and Greece, backward. Afphodelus foliis compreffis afperis caule
from whence their feeds have been brought to Eng- patulo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 343. .
land, and the plants are preſerved in ſome curious 2. ANTHERICUM (Romojum) foliis planis fcapo ramoſa
gardens for the ſake of variety. They are hardy and corollis planis piſtillo recto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 310.
may be propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown Anthericum with plain leaves, a branching Stolk, and
in the ſpring upon poor land, where the plants will plain reflexed petals. Phalangium parvo flore ramo-
continue much longer than in good ground, and will
fum. C. B. P. 29.
require no other care but to keep them clean from 3. ANTHERICUM (Liliago) foliis planis fcapo fimpliciffi-
weeds. Theſe plants do not grow tall, but are buſhy, mo corollis planis, piſtillo declinato. Hort. Upfal.
ſo ſhould be allowed room to grow. Their flowers 83. Anthericum with plain leaves, a ſingle ſtelk, and de-
are white, and continue from July to October, and clining pointals. Phalangium parvo flore non ramoſum.
the feeds ripen in autumn.
The ninth fort is the Pellitory of Spain, the roots of
wort.
4. ANTHERICUM
C. B. P. 29.

ANT
ANT
4. ANTHERICUM (Fruteſcens) foliis carnofis teretibus
caule fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 310. Anthericum with
fleſhy taper leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Phalangium ca-
penſe cauleſcens foliis cepitiis fuccofis. H. Elth. 310.
.
5. ANTHERICUM (Aloeides) foliis carnofis fubulatis pla-
niuſculis. Hort. Upſal. 83. Anthericum with fleſhy,
plain, awl-shaped leaves. Phalangium capenſe feſfile
foliis aloeformibus pulpofis. Hort. Elth. 123-
6. ANTHERICUM (Afphodeloides) foliis carnofis fubulatis
ſemiteretibus ftriétis. Hort. Upfal. 83. Anthericum
with awl-ſhaped, fleſhy, half taper leaves, growing cloſe.
Bulbine acaulis foliis fubulatis. Prod. Leyd. 33.
7. ANTHERICUM (Annuun) foliis carnofis fubulatis tere-
tibus ſcapo ſubramofo. Hort. Upfal. 83. Anthericum
with awl-ſhaped, fleſhy, taper - leaves, and a branching
Stalk. Alphodelus Africanus anguſtifolius luteus mi-
nor. Tourn. Inft. 343.
8. ANTHERICUM (Altiſſimum) acaule foliis carnofis tereti-
bus fpicis florum longiffimis laxis. Fig. Plant. pl. 39.
Tall African Spiderwort with taper fleſhy leaves, and
very long loose Spikes of flowers.
9. ANTHERICUM (Olifragum) foliis enſiformibus fila-
mentis lanatis. Flor. Suec. 268. Anthericum with ſword-
Maped leaves, and downy ſtamina. Afphodelus luteus
paluſtris. Dod. Pempt. 208.
10. ANTHERICUM (Calyculatum) foliis enſiformibus peri-
anthus trilobis filamentis glabris piſtillis trigynis.
Flor. Suec. 269. Anthericum with ſword-shaped leaves,
an empalement with three lobes, ſmooth ſtamina, and three
Styles. Phalangium alpinum paluſtre, Iridis folio.
Segu.
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; the roots of this are fleſhy, and compoſed of
tubers joined at the crown like thoſe of the Aſphodel;
the ſtalk riſes near two feet high, and branches out
on each ſide, each branch being terminated by a looſe
ſpike of flowers, which are white, and the petals are
turned backward to their foot-ſtalk. The leaves of
this ſort are flat, and the root is perennial, but the
ſpikes decay in autumn.
The ſecond fort hath a perennial root; the ſtalks of
this riſe about the ſame height as the former, ſend-
ing out many lateral branches in like manner, which
are terminated by looſe ſpikes of flowers, which are
white, but the petals are plain, and do not turn back
as in the other fort.
The third fort hath plain leaves and an unbranching
ſtalk, in which it chiefly differs from the former.
The root of this is perennial.
The two next forts grow naturally in Spain, Portu-
gal, and other warm countries, and were more com-
mon ſome years ago in the Engliſh gardens than at
preſent; for the ſevere winter in 1740, killed moſt of
their roots. Theſe flower in June and July, and their
ſeeds are ripe in September. They are propagated by
ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in autumn, for thoſe
which are ſown in the ſpring, never come up the
fame year, but remain in the ground till the follow-
ing ſpring, or often miſcarry. Theſe ſhould be fown
in a bed of light ſandy earth, in a warm ſituation,
and when the plants come up, they muſt be kept
clean from weeds during the ſummer; and in au-
tumn, when their leaves decay, they ſhould be care-
fully taken up, and tranſplanted into a bed of light
earth, at a foot diſtance from each other. If the
winter ſhould prove ſevere, the bed ſhould be covered
with ſtraw, Peaſe-haulm, or ſuch light covering, to
keep out the froft; or if ſome old tan from a hot-
bed is ſpread over the ground, it will prevent the froſt
from penetrating the ground, and will preſerve the
In this bed they may remain one year, by
which time they will be ſtrong enough to flower ;
therefore the following autumn they ſhould be care-
fully taken up, ſo as not to break their roots, and
planted in the borders of the flower-garden, where
they will laft ſeveral years, if they are not killed by
froft; to prevent which, fome rotten tan ſhould be
laid over the roots in winter, which will always ſecure
them.
The fourth fort has been long preſerved in many gar-
dens near London, and was formerly known among
the gardeners by the title of Onion-leaved Aloe. This
plant produces many ligneous branches from the root,
each ſupporting a plant with long taper leaves, in
ſhape of thoſe of the Onion, which are full of a yel-
low pulp very juicy. Theſe plants ſend out roots,
which run down and faſten themſelves into the earth,
by which they multiply greatly. The powers are pro-
duced on long looſe ſpikes, are yellow, and appear
at different times, ſo that the plants are not long de-
ſtitute of flowers. Theſe are fucceeded by round
ſmooth feed-veffels, which have three cells, filled with
triangular feeds; but as the plant multiplies fo faſt by
offsets, the ſeeds are little regarded. It grows natu-
rally at the Cape of Good Hope, and requires a lit-
tle ſhelter in winter ; but in ſome mild ſeaſons I have
had plants live without any cover, which were planted
cloſe to a warm wall.
The fifth and fixth forts grow clofe to the ground,
never rifing with any ſtalk. The fifth hath broad,
flat, pulpy leaves, reſembling thofe of ſome forts of
Aloe, ſo was formerly by gardeners called Aloe with
flowers of Spiderwort. The leaves ſpread open; the
flowers are produced on looſe ſpikes, like the former,
but are ſhorter: the flowers are yellow, and appear
at different ſeaſons. This is produced by offsets,
which are put out in plenty, and muſt be planted in
pots filled with light ſandy earth, and in winter placed
in the green-houſe, and treated as other hardy fuccu-
lent plants, which come from the Cape of Good
Hope, where this plant grows naturally. It muſt be
kept pretty dry in winter, and if it is ſcreened from
froſt, it will require no artificial warmth.
The ſixth fort hath long, narrow, pulpy leaves, which
are almoſt taper, but flatted on their upper fide ; this
ſends out many offsets, by which it may be increaſed
plentifully. The flowers are yellow, and grow on
long looſe ſpikes, as the former; theſe appear at dif-
ferent ſeaſons; thoſe of the ſpring and ſummer are
ſucceeded by feeds in great plenty, ſo may be eaſily
propagated thereby, which ripen very well. It muſt
be treated in the ſame manner as the former.
The ſeventh fort is annual : this is a low plant grow-
ing cloſe to the ground, having pretty long fucculent
leaves which are taper, but Hatted on their upper
ſide ; the flowers grow in looſe ſpikes, which are
ſhorter than either of the other forts. They are yel-
low, and ſucceeded by round feed-veſſels, like thoſe
of the former forts; the plants periſh foon after their
ſeeds ripen. The ſeeds of this ſort ſhould be fown on
a warm border of light earth in April, where they
are to remain ; and when the plants come up, they
will require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds, and to thin them where they are too
cloſe. This fort flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen
in October.
The eighth fort never riſes to a ſtalk, but the leaves
come out cloſe to the ground. Theſe are long, taper,
fucculent, and of a ſea-green colour, growing erect;
the flower-ſtems riſe between the leaves, and are near
three feet long; the upper half being thinly garniſh-
ed with yellow flowers, ihaped like thoſe of the other
ſpecies. Theſe appear at different ſeaſons, ſo that the
.
plants are ſeldom long deftitute of flowers. This
ſort doth not ſend out offsets fo freely as ſome of the
others; but as it produces ſeeds annually, it may be
had in plenty. It muſt be treated in the ſame manner
as the fourth, fifth, and fixth forts.
The ninth and tenth forts grow naturally on bogs
in moft of the northern countries; the tenth is com-
mon in many parts of England, but particularly in
Lancaſhire, from whence it had the title of Lancaſhire
Afphodel; it alſo grows on a bog upon Putney-heath.
The other grows naturally in Denmark, Sweden, and
Lapland. Theſe are both low plants, having narrow
leaves, which grow cloſe to the ground; the flower-
ftems riſe about fix inches high, being terminated by
a looſe ſpike of ſmall yellow flowers. Theſe differ
from each other, the ſtamina of the tenth being
woolly, whereas thoſe of the other are finooth. Theſe
plants,
a
roots.
6

ANT
Α Ν Τ
3
plants, growing naturally upon bogs, are with diffi- tan which has loſt its heat, and ſhaded in the middle
culty preſerved in gardens.
of the day in hot weather, the feeds will come up the
ANTHERÆ [from 'Avongos flowery,] are the fum- following winter; therefore they muſt be kept covered
mits or little tops in the middle of a flower, ſupported with glaſſes to ſcreen them from cold, otherwiſe the
by the ſtamina.
young plants will be deſtroyed. Theſe may remain
ANTHOLOGY [of "Aylcº, a flower, and ráya, in the pots two years, if the plants are not too cloſe,
Gr. a word,] a diſcourſe or treatiſe of flowers.
by which time they will have ſtrength enough to be
ANTHOLYZA. We have no Engliſh name for planted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
this plant.
earth. The time for tranſplanting of theſe roots is
The CHARACTERS are,
in July or Auguft, when their leaves are decayed.
It hath an imbricated ſheath growing alternate, which In ſummer the pots may be placed in the open air,
is permanent; the flower is of one leaf, tubulous, and but in winter they muſt be removed, and placed under
opens above with compreſſed jaws. The upper lip is fender, a hot-bed frame, for they are not very tender; but
long, erect, and waved; the two jaws are short, and where any damp ariſes, it is very apt to occaſion a
joined at their baſe; the under lip is trifid, port, and the mouldineſs upon their leaves. The roots ſhoot up in
middle ſegment turns downward; it hath three long Nender autumn, and the flowers begin to appear in May;
ſtamina, two of which are under the upper lip, and the the feeds ripen in Auguſt, and ſoon after their leaves
other lies in the under lip; theſe are crowned by pointed and ſtalks decay; when the roots may be taken up,
fummits. Under the flower is ſituated the germen, ſup- and kept fix weeks or two months out of the ground,
porting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſtamino, which is ſo may be eaſily tranſported from one country to
crowned by a ſender, trifid, reflexed ſtigma. The germen another at that time. Theſe flowers are ornamental
afterward becomes a roundiſh three-cornered veſſel having when they appear, and they are plants which require
three cells, in which are lodged many triangular ſeeds.
but little culture, fo deſerve a place in every good
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of garden.
Linnæus's third claſs, entitled Triandria Monogynia, ANTHOSPERMUM, Amber-tree, vulgò.
the flowers having three ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The SPECIES are,
It is male and female in different plants; the male flowers
1. ANTHOLYZA (Ringens) corolla labiis divaricatis fauce bave no petals, but a coloured empalement of one leaf,
compreffo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 54. Antholyza whose flower- which is cut into four parts alınoſt to the bottom. Out of
lips ſpread aſunder. Gladiolus floribus rictum referens the bottom ariſes four ſlender ſtamina, crowned with oblong
coccineus ſuprema lacinia erecta & fiftulofa. Breyn. 21. Square
ſummits, having a deep furrow through their middle.
2. ANTHOLYZA (Spicata) foliis linearibus ſulcatis floribus The female flowers have the ſame ſtructure as the male,
albis uno verſu diſpoſitis. Fig. Plant. pl. 40. Antho- but have no ſtamina; inſtead of which, there is an ovel
lyza with narrow furrowed leaves, and white flow- germen, ſituated in the bottom, ſupporting two recurved
ers ranged on one ſide of the ſtalk.
Styles crowned with a ſender ftigma. The germen afterward
The firſt fort hath round, red, bulbous roots, from becomes a roundiſh capſule having four cells, which contain
which ariſe ſeveral rough furrowed leaves, near a foot ſeveral angular ſeeds.
long, and half an inch broad; between theſe comes Dr. Linnæus has ranged this genus in his twentieth
out the flower-ſtem immediately from the root, which
,
claſs of plants, but it properly belongs to his twenty-
riſes two feet high, is hairy, and hath ſeveral flowers ſecond, becauſe the plants are male and female in dif-
coming out on each ſide. Theſe are of one leaf, cut ferent plants; whereas thoſe of his twenty-third, have
into fix unequal parts at the top: one of theſe feg- male, female, and hermaphrodite flowers on the ſame
ments is ſtretched out much beyond the other, ſtand- plant.
ing erect; the margins are waved and cloſed to- ANTHOSPERMUM (Æthiopicum) foliis lævibus. Hort.
gether, wrapping up the three ſtamina. The flowers Cliff. 455. Amber-tree with ſmooth leaves.
are red, and appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in This plant has been long known in the curious gar-
September.
dens, under the title of Frutex Africanus, ambram
The roots of the ſecond fort are in ſhape and ſize like ſpirans, or Amber-tree.
thoſe of the Vernal Crocus, but the outer ſkin is thin It is preſerved in moſt curious gardens which have
and white; from this ariſes five or ſix long narrow collections of tender plants, and is eaſily propagated
leaves, which are deeply furrowed. Between theſe by planting cuttings during any of the ſummer
ariſe the flower-ſtem, which is a foot and a half high, months, in a border of light earth; which will take
bending on one ſide toward the top, where the flowers root in ſix weeks time, provided they are watered and
come out, ranged on one ſide, ſtanding erect. Theſe ſhaded as the ſeaſon may require : or if theſe cuttings
have each a ſpatha or ſheath, of one leaf, divided into are planted in pots, and plunged into a very moderate
two, ending in points, which are permanent. The hot-bed, they will take root ſooner, and there will
flower is of one leaf, having a long tube, but is di- be a greater certainty of their grow.ng. Afterward
vided into fix unequal ſegments at the top, which they ſhould be taken up, with a ball of earth to their
ſpread open, their margins being waved and turned roots, and planted into pots filled with light ſandy
inward. The three ftamina riſe under the upper ſeg- earth, and may be expoſed to the open air until Oc-
ment, which is larger than the others, and below is tober; at which time they ſhould be removed into
fituated the trifid ſtyle, crowned with purple ftigma. the conſervatory, where they ſhould be placed as free
After the flower is paſt, the germen becomes a three- as poſſible from being over-hung with other plants;
cornered ſeed-veſſel, opening in three cells, which are and, during the winter ſeaſon, they muſt be refreſhed
filled with triangular feeds. The flowers of this fort
but ſhould not have too much given them
are white, appear in May, and the feeds ripen in each time; and ſhould have as much air admitted to
Auguft.
them as the weather will permit, for if they are kept
Theſe plants are natives of Africa, from whence their too cloſe, they will be ſubject to grow mouldy, and
feeds have been obtained, and were firſt raiſed in the generally decay ſoon after; ſo that if the green-houſe
Dutch gardens, where one of the forts has long is damp, it will be difficult to preſerve theſe plants
been an ornament in the curious gardens of that through the winter.
country.
The beauty of this ſhrub is in its ſmall ever-green
They are propagated by offsets, which the bulbous leaves, which grow as cloſe as heath, which being
roots ſend forth in pretty great plenty; or by ſeeds, bruiſed between the fingers, emit a very fragrant
which are ſometimes perfected in Europe. Theſe odour. Theſe plants muſt be frequently renewed by
ſeeds ſhould be fown ſoon after they are ripe; for if cuttings, for the old plants are very ſubject to decay,
they are kept out of the ground till the following ſeldom continuing above three or four years.
ſpring, they often miſcarry, or at leaſt remain a year It is but of late years there have been any of the fe-
in the ground before they grow. If the ſeeds are fown male plants in the gardens, for all thoſe which were
in pots of light earth, and plunged into an old bed of formerly in the gardens, were the male, which being
R
pro-
a
a
with water,

Α Ν Τ
A N T
و
propagated by cuttings had been continued, ſo that
no feeds were ever produced in England till within a
few years paſt, when I received ſome feeds from the
Cape of Good Hope, from which I raiſed many plants
of both fexes, and a few among them with her-
maphrodite flowers, which have produced feeds,
from which many plants have been raiſed.
ANTHYLLIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 773. Vulneraria.
Tourn. Barba Jovis. Tourn. Ladies Finger, or Kidney
Vetch.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a ſwelling, bairy, permanent empolement of one leaf,
which is divided at the top into five equal parts. The
flower is of the butterfly kind, having a long ſtandard re-
flexed on both ſides beyond the empalement; the two wings
are ſhort; the keel is of the ſame length, and compreſſed.
There are ten ſtamine, which riſe together, and are crowned
by ſingle ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oblong ger-
men, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a blunt ftigma:
the germen afterward becomes a ſmall roundifh pod incloſed
by the empalement, having one or two feeds.
This genus is ranged in Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs
of plants, entitled Diadelphia Decandria, the flowers
having ten ſtamina joined in two bodies.
The SPECIES are,
1. ANTHYLLIS (Tetraphylla) herbacea foliis quaterno-
pinnatis floribus lateralibus. Hort. Upfal. 221. Her-
baceous Kidney Vetch with winged leaves, having four
lobes, and flowers growing from the ſide of the ſtalks.
Vulneraria pentaphyllos. Tourn. Inft.
2. ANTHYLLIS (Vulnereria) herbacea foliis pinnatis inæ-
qualibus capitulo duplicato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 719.
Kidney Vetch with unequal winged leaves and double beads.
Vulneraria fupina flore coccineo. Raii Syn. Ed. 3.
p. 325.
3. ANTHYLLIS (Ruſtica) herbacea foliis pinnatis inæqua-
libus foliolis caulinis lineari lanceolatis floribus capi-
tatis fimplicibus. Herbaceous Kidney Vetch with unequal
winged leaves, whoſe lobes are narrow, Spear-ſhoped, and
Jingle beads of flowers, called Ladies Fingers. Vulneraria
ruſtica. J. B. 11. p. 362.
4. ANTHYLLIS (Montana) herbacea foliis pinnatis æqua-
libus capitulo terminali fecundo, floribus obliquatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 719. Herbaceous Woundwort with equal
winged leaves, terminated by the head of flowers, which
are oblique. Aſtragalus purpureus. Dalechampii 1347.
Purple Milk Vetch.
5. ANTHYLLIS (Cornicina) herbacea foliis pinnatis inæ-
qualibus capitulis folitaris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 719. Her-
baceous Woundwort, with unequal winged leaves, and a
ſingle head of flowers.
6. ANTHYLLIS (Barba Jovis) fruticoſa foliis pinnatis æ-
qualibus floribus capitatis. Hort. Cliff. 371. Shrubby
Woundwort, with leaves
equally winged, and flowers col-
leEted in a head. Barba Jovis pulchrè lucens. J. B. 1.
p. 385. Jupiter's Beard, or Silver Buſh.
7. ANTHYLLIS (Cytiſoides) fruticoſa foliis ternatis inæ-
qualibus calycibus lanatis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
720. Shrubby Woundwort, with three unequal leaves, and
a downy flower-cup growing from the ſides. Cytiſus in-
canus folio medio longiore. C. B. P. 390.
8. ANTHYLLIS (Erinacea) fruticoſa fpinofa foliis fim-
plicibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 720. Shrúbby prickly Wound-
wort, with ſingle leaves. Geniſta Spartium fpinofum
foliis lenticulæ floribus ex cæruleo purpurafcentibus.
C. B. P. 394.
9. ANTHYLLIS (Hermanniæ) fruticoſa, foliis ternatis ſub-
pedunculatis, calycibus nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1014.
Shrubby Woundwort of Crete, with ternate leaves, and
naked flower-cups. Barba Jovis Cretica, linariæ folio,
flore luteo parvo. Tourn. Cor. 44.
.
10. ANTHYLLIS (Heteropbylla) fruticofa, foliis pinnatis,
floralibus ternatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1013. Shrubby
Woundwort of Portugal, with winged leaves, but thoſe
near the flowers ternete. Barba Jovis minor Luſitanica,
flore minimo variegato. Tourn. Inſt. 651.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and
Sicily. This is an annual plant, with trailing branches,
which ſpread flat on the ground; the leaves grow by
fours at each joint, and the flowers come out in cluf-
7
ters on the ſides of the ſtalks, having large ſwelling
empalements, out of which the extreme parts of the
petals do but juſt appear; theſe are of a yellow co-
lour, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods incloſed in the
empalement. It flowers in June and July, and the
ſeeds ripen in September. The feeds of this fort
ſhould be fown on a bed of light earth in April, where
the plants are to remain, and will require no other
care, but to thin them to the diſtance of two feet,
and keep them clean from weeds.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal, from both which countries I have received the
feeds; it alſo grows wild in Wales, and the iſle of
Man. This is a biennial plant, having ſingle leaves
at bottom, which are oval and hairy; but thoſe which
grow out of the ſtalks are winged, each being com-
poſed of two or three pair of lobes terminated by an
odd one: the flowers grow collected into heads at
the top of the ſtalks, theſe are of a bright ſcarlet co-
lour, ſo make a pretty appearance: it flowers in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in October. When
the plants of this ſort grow on poor land, they will
ſometimes continue three years, but in gardens they
ſeldom laſt longer than two.
The third fort grows naturally upon chalky grounds
in
many parts of England, ſo is rarely admitted into
gardens. Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes this and the former
ſort to be the ſame, but from having cultivated theſe
for many years, I can affirm they are different ſpecies,
never altering from feed. The leaves of this ſort are
much narrower than thoſe of the former, and have
generally one or two pair of lobes more in each. The
heads of flowers in this ſpecies are ſingle, whereas
the other has generally double heads; add to theſe,
the root being perennial, which makes an eſſential
difference between them.
The fourth fort is a perennial plant with trailing
branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, which have
an equal number of hairy lobes at the extremity of
the branches; the flowers are produced in heads, theſe
are of a purple colour, and globular form. This
fort grows naturally on mountains in the ſouth of
France and Italy, from whence I have received the
ſeeds. It is propagated by feeds, which may be fown
either in the autumn or ſpring : thoſe which are fown
in the autumn, will riſe the following ſpring, and
more certainly grow, than thoſe which are fown in
the ſpring, which ſeldom grow the ſame year. When
the plants come up, they muſt be kept clean from
weeds; and where they are too cloſe together, they
muſt be thinned. The following autumn, they ſhould
be tranſplanted to the places where they are to re-
main, and will require no particular management af-
terward. This fort flowers in June and July, and
the feeds ripen in October.
The fifth fort approaches near to the third, but the
leaves are hoary, and the flowers are produced on the
ſide of the branches; theſe are yellow, and collected
into ſmall heads. It is an annual, or at moſt a bien-
nial plant; for when it flowers early in the ſummer,
it commonly decays foon after the ſeeds are ripe;
whereas thoſe plants which flower later in the ſeaſon,
and do not perfect ſeeds, will abide another year.
This may be propagated by feeds, in the ſame manner
as the former.
The fixth fort is the Barba Jovis, or Jupiter's Beard,
by many called Silver Buih, from the whiteneſs of
its leaves. This is a ſhrub which often grows ten or
twelve feet high, and divides into many lateral
branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of
an equal number of narrow lobes, which are very
white and hairy; the flowers are produced at the ex-
tremity of the branches, collected into ſmall heads;
theſe are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in
June; ſometimes they are ſucceeded by ſhort woolly
pods, containing two or three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds ;
but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm, they do not ripen
in this country. It is propagated either by ſeeds or
cuttings; if by ſeeds, they ſhould be fown in the au-
tumn, in pots filled with light earth, and placed under
a frame
a
a

Α Ν Τ
Α Ν Τ
2II.
39
a frame in winter to protect them from froſt. The ward becomes a round obtufe capſule, having two cells,
following ſpring the plants will riſe, and when they which are full of ſmall angular ſeeds.
are ſtrong enough to remove, they ſhould be each This genus is ranged in Linnæus's fourteenth claſs
planted in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and of plants, entitled Didynamia Angioſperma, the
placed in the ſhade till they have taken new root ; flower having two long and two ſhort ſtamina, and
after which, they may be placed with other hardy many feeds included in a capſule. To this genus
exotic plants, in a ſheltered ſituation, where they Linnæus has joined the Linaria and Afarina; but as
may remain till October, when they muſt be removed the flowers of the Linaria have ſpurs to their petals,
into ſhelter. Theſe plants are always houſed in winter, and the nectarium being very prominent, which are
yet I have had ſome of them live abroad three or four not ſo in this genus, ſo it ſhould be ſeparated from it.
years, which were planted againſt a ſouth-weſt af-
The SPECIES are,
pected wall. It may alſo be propagated by cuttings, 1. ANTIRRHINUM (Minus) foliis lanceolatis obtufis al-
which may be planted during any of the ſummer ternis caule ramofiffimo diffuſo. Hort. Cliff. 324.
months, obſerving to water and thade them until they Snap-dragon with obtuſe Spear-ſhaped leaves growing al-
have taken root. When the cuttings have taken good ternate, and a diffuſed branching ſtalk. Antirrhinum ar-
root, they ſhould be planted in pots, and treated in venſe minus. C. B. P. 212.
the ſame manner as the former.
2. ANTIRRHINUM (Orontium) floribus ſubſpicatis, caly-
The ſeventh fort is a low ſhrub, feldom riſing above cibus digitatis corolla longioribus. Hort. Upfal. 176.
two feet high, but fends out many ſlender branches, Snap-dragon with ſpiked flowers, and fingered empalement
garniſhed with hoary leaves, which are ſometimes longer than the flower. Antirrhinum arvenſe majus.
fingle, but generally have three oval lobes, the middle C. B. P. 212.
being longer than the other two; the flowers are 3. ANTIRRHINUM (Majus) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis
yellow, and come out from the fide of the branches, calycibus breviffimis racemo terminali. Vir. Cliff. 61.
three or four joined together, having woolly empale- Snap-dragon with ſpear ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks,
ments, but theſe are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in and very ſhort flower-cups, terminated by a ſpike of flowers.
England. It may
be propagated by cuttings or feeds, Antirrhinum majus alterum folio longiore. C. B. P.
in the fame manner as the former fort, and treated as
hath been directed for that. This has been an old in- 4. ANTIRRHINUM (Latifolium) foliis lanceolatis glabris,
habitant in the Engliſh gardens.
calycibus hirſutis racemo longiffimo. Snap-dragon with
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- Smooth Spear-ſhaped leaves, hairy flower-cups, and a very
gal, from whence I have received the ſeeds. This long pike of flowers. Antirrhinum latifolium amplo
is a ſhrub which grows nine or ten feet high, having pallido flore. Bocc. Muſ. 2. 49.
the appearance of one fort of Gorſe or Whin, but it 5. ANTIRRHINUM (Italicum) foliis lineari-lanceolatis hir-
hath round leaves growing ſingle. It will live in the futis racemo breviore. Snap-dragon with narrow, hairy,
open air in mild winters, but hard froſt will deſtroy it. Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a ſhorter ſpike of flowers. An-
It is propagated by feeds only.
tirrhinum longifolium majus Italicum fore amplo
The ninth fort grows naturally in Crete, and alſo in niveo lacteſcente. H. R. Par.
Paleſtine ; this was formerly in ſome of the Engliſh 6. ANTIRRHINUM (Siculum) foliis linearibus floribus pe-
gardens, but the ſevere winter of 172., deſtroyed tiolatis axillaribus. Snap-dragon with norrow leaves and
moſt (if not all the plants) in this country, ſince which flowers, with foot-fialks proceeding from the wings of the
time I have not ſeen it. This ſhrub grows five or
leaves. Antirrhinum ficulum linariæ folio niveo flore.
fix feet high, the branches are garniſhed with oblong Bocc. Muſ.
ternate leaves; the flowers, which are yellow, are pro- The two firſt forts grow naturally on arable land in
duced in ſmall cluſters on the ſide of the branches; many parts of England, fo are ſeldom admitted into
theſe appear in July and Auguft, but are not ſuc- gardens; theſe are both annual plants, which come
ceeded by feeds in this country.
up from ſcattered ſeeds. They flower in June and
This is propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be July, and their feeds are ripe in September.
planted the beginning of June, and if they are cloſely The third fort is not a native of England, but having
covered with a bell-glaſs, and properly ſhaded, they been firit brought into gardens, the feeds have ſcat-
will put out roots by the end of Auguſt, when they tered about in ſo great plenty, that it is become very
ſhould be carefully taken up, and each planted in a common upon walls and old buildings in many parts
{mall pot, filled with light earth, and placed in the of England. Of this fort there are ſeveral varieties,
fhade until they have taken new root; when they which differ in the colour of their flowers, ſome having
may be placed in the open air till October, and then red flowers with white mouths, fome with yellow
ſhould be removed into ſhelter, and treated in the mouths, others have white flowers, with yellow and
ſame way as other hardy green-houſe plants.
white mouths. There is alſo one with ſtriped leaves.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain: The laſt is propagated by ſlips and cuttings, which
this is a very low ſhrubby plant, whoſe branches ſpread readily take root any time in the ſpring or ſummer.
near the ground, garniſhed with ſilvery winged leaves, The different colours of the flowers are variable from
which are acute-pointed; the flowers are produced feeds.
toward the extremity of the branches; theſe are not The fourth ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
ſucceeded by feeds in England, but the plant is pro- Archipelago, from whence I received the feeds. The
pagated by cuttings in the ſame manner as the for- leaves of this are much broader, the flowers greatly
mer, and the plants require the ſame treatment. larger, and the ſpikes longer, than in any of the other
ANTIRRHINUM (which in compoſition fome- forts. The colours of the flowers are as changeable
times indicates a likeneſs, 'Avrippivov, of avri and piv,
in this fort as the former, when raiſed from ſeeds;
the noftrils, becauſe it repreſents a noſe:] Snap- but as this is the moſt ſpecious kind, ſo it better de-
dragon, or Calves-fnout.
ſerves propagating than the cominon, eſpecially as it
The CHARACTERS are,
is equally hardy.
The empalement is of one leaf, cut into five parts, the two The fifth ſort has long narrow leaves, which are hairy;
upper ſegments being longer than the lower. The flower the flowers are large, and the ſpike is ſhorter than
is ringent, having an oblong tube, divided at the top into the former, there are fome varieties in the colour of
two lips, which are cloſed at the jaw. The upper lip is the flowers of this fort, but it is equally hardy with
cut into two, and reflexed on each ſide; the under lip is the common fort.
divided into three obtuſe parts: in the bottom is ſituated The fixth fort is an annual plant, which ſeldom grows
an obtuſe neɛtarium, which is not prominent. There are more than a foot high; the leaves of this are very
four ſtamina which are included in the upper lip, two being narrow and ſmooth; the flowers come out from the
longer, and two shorter, crowned by Mort ſummits. In wings of the leaves fingle, ſtanding on long foot-
the center is placed a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtalks; theſe are very white, with a dark bottom. If
ſtyle, crowned with an obtufe ſtigma. The germen after-
,
the ſeeds of this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the
plants

APA
API
o
plants will come up, and require no other care but to | APETALOUS plants, [of a privative, and urteza
thin them and keep them clean from weeds.
nov, a flower-leaf, Gr.] are ſuch as have no petals or
The third, fourth, and fifth forts are raiſed from flower-leaves.
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in a dry foil, which is APHACA. See LATHYRUS.
not too rich, either in April or May; and in July APICES [of Apex, Lat. a top or point] theſe are
the plants may be planted out into large borders, called fummits by Vaillant, and are thoſe little knobs
where they will flower the ſpring following; or they that grow on the top of the ſtamina in the middle of
may be fown early in the ſpring, for flowering the the flower: which are generally ſuppoſed to be a kind
fame autumn, but then they are not ſo likely to en- of male ſperm, which when ripe, diffuſes itſelf to
dure the winter; and if the autumn prove bad, they every part of the flower, and fecundates the ovarium
will not perfect their feeds.
and renders it fruitful.
Theſe plants grow extremely well upon old walls or APIOS. See GLYCINE.
buildings, in which places they will endure for ſeveral APIUM [Apium is ſo called, as ſome ſay, of Apes,
years; whereas thoſe planted in gardens feldom laſt bees, becauſe bees are ſaid to be delighted very much
longer than two years, unleſs they are planted in a with it,] Parſley.
very poor foil, and the flowers often cropped, and not
The CHARACTERS are,
ſuffered to feed; but any of theſe forts may be con- It is a plant with an umbelliferous flower ; the rays of the
tinued, by planting cuttings in any of the ſummer great umbel are few, but thoſe of the ſmaller are many :
months, which will eaſily take root.
the involucrum is in ſome ſpecies of one leaf, and in others
All the forts of Snap-dragons are pretty ornaments of many ; the petals of the greater umbel are uniform ;
in a garden, and requiring very little culture, are theſe ore round, equal, and turn inward. Each flower has
rendered more acceptable. They are all hardy plants, five stamina, crowned by roundiſh ſummits. Under the
and will reſiſt the cold of our winters extremely well, flower is ſituated the germen, ſupporting two reflexed ſtyles,
eſpecially if they ate planted on a dry, gravelly, or crowned by blunt ftigma; the germen afterward becomes
ſandy foil; for when they are planted in a rich moiſt an oval channelled fruit, dividing into two parts, having
ſoil, they will grow very luxuriant for a time, but two oval feeds channelled on one ſide, and plain on the
are very ſubject to rot in autumn or winter; and are other.
much more ſuſceptible of cold, than when they are This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
in a dry, hungry, rocky foil; ſo that theſe plants of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia,
may be placed amongſt ſtones, or they will grow in the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
the joints of old walls, where they may be placed fo
The SPECIES are,
as to render fome abject part of a garden very agree- 1. APIUM (Petroſelinum) foliolis caulinis linearibus in-
able, for they will continue in flower ſeveral months; volucellis minutis. Hort. Cliff. 108. Parſley with very
and if the ſeeds are permitted to ſhed, there will be narrow leaves on the flower-ſtalks. Apium hortenſe vel
a continual ſupply of young plants, without any petroſelinum vulgò. C. B. P. Common Parſley.
trouble.
2. Apium (Criſpum) foliis radicalibus amplioribus criſpis
Wherever theſe plants are deſigned to grow on walls, caulinis ovato-multifidis. Parſley with the lower leaves
or on a rocky barren ſoil, the ſeeds ſhould be ſown very broad and curled, the upper oval, and cut into many
the beginning of March, where they are deſigned to Segments. Apium vel petroſelinum criſpum. C. B. P.
remain; (for if the plants are first raiſed in a better 153. Curled Parſley.
foil, and afterward tranſplanted into thoſe places, they 3. APIUM (Latifolium) foliis radicalibus trifidis, ferratis,
feldom fucceed well.) When the plants are come up, petiolis longiffimis. Parſley with under leaves divided
they will require no other culture but to keep them into three parts, which are ſawed, and have very long
clear from weeds; and where they come up too thick, foot-ſtalks. Apium hortenſe latifolium maxima cral-
to pull ſome of them out, ſo as to give them room fiflima fuavi & eduli radice. Boerh. Ind. alt. The
to grow. In July theſe forts will begin to flower, and large rooted Parſley.
will continue flowering till the froſt prevents them. 4. APIUM (Graveolens) foliolis caulinis cuneiformibus,
Thoſe plants which grow on walls, will have ſtrong Hort. Cliff. 107. Parſley with the lower leaves faſhioned
woody ftems, which will continue two or three
years like a wedge. Apium paluftre five apium officinarum.
or more, and are rarely hurt by froſt.
C. B. P. 154. Smallage.
A PARINE [this plant is ſo called, becauſe it is 5. Apium (Dulce) foliis erectis, petiolis longiſſimis fo-
very rough; it is called Philanthropon, of cirów, to liolis quinque lobatis ferratis. Parſley with upright
love, and wr@, man; becauſe if a perſon walks leaves, having very long foot-ſtalks, and the ſmaller leaves
in uncultivated places, the plant not only applies itſelf compoſed of five Jawed lobes. Apium dulce ceteri Ita-
to his garments, but it holds them, as if it had a lorum. Inft. R. H. 305. Upright Celery.
mind to bind man with an amicable band:] Gooſe-6. APIUM (Rapaceum) foliis patulis, petiolis brevibus,
graſs or Clivers.
foliolis quinis ferratis, radice rotundo. Parſley with
The common fort grows wild almoſt every where, Spreading leaves, having ſhort foot-ſtalks, the ſmaller leaves
the feeds ſticking to the cloaths of people that paſs having five lobes, and a round root. Apium dulce de-
by where they grow: it is ſometimes uſed in medicine, gener, radice rapacea. Juff. Celeriack, or Turnep-rooted
but it is too common a weed to be admitted into a Celery.
garden.
7. APIUM (Luſitanicum) foliis radicalibus tribolatis, cau-
There are ſome other forts of this plant which are linis quinque-lobatis crenatis. Parſley with under leaves
kept in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety, which boving three lobes, and thoſe on the ſtalks five, which are
I fall beg leave to enumerate here.
indented. Apium Luſitanicum maximum, folio trilo-
1. APARINE femine lævi. Tourn. Gooſe-graſs with a bato flore luteolo. Boerh. Ind. alt.
Simooib feed. This is under Gallium in Linnæus. The firſt fort is the common Parſley, which is
2. APARINE ſemnine coriandri ſaccharati. Park. Thcat. nerally cultivated for culinary uſe; and is what the
Cooſe-graſs with ſweet feeds like Coriander.
College of Phyſicians have directed to be uſed in me-
3. APARINE pumila fupina, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Low dicine, under the title of Petroſelinum; for when
trailing Goose-graſs, with a blue flower. The two laſt Apium is preſcribed, the Smallage is always in-
are included in Linnæus's genus of Vailantia.
tended.
All theſe plants, if they are permitted to ſcatter their The ſecond fort has generally been ſuppoſed to
feeds, will maintain themſelves in a garden without be only a variety of the firſt, but from many years
any other culture, than that of preventing other weeds trial I have always found, that if the ſeeds are carefully
from over-growing them, theſe being all very low ſaved from plants of the curled-leaved Parſley, it
plants.
will conſtantly produce the ſame; but there are
The firſt fort grows wild in Cambridgeſhire, as doth few perſons who will be at the trouble to ſave the
the third about Liphoeck in Hampſhire, where I have ſeeds ſo carefully, as not to have ſome of the common
gathered it.
fort mixed with it; for when ſeeds are bought at the
6
ſhops,

API
API
و
و
ſhops, there is generally a mixture of both: there-
fore the only method to have it good, is to ſeparate
all thoſe plants which have plain leaves from the
curled, as ſoon as they are diftinguiſhable, leaving
only ſuch as are of the right kind, if this is duly ob-
ferved, the ſeeds will conſtantly produce the fame.
The third fort is chiefly cultivated for their roots,
which are now pretty commonly ſold in the London
markets; the leaves of this fort have much longer
foot-ſtalks, and their ſubdiviſions are not ſo nume-
rous as in the common Parſley; the lobes of the
leaves are much larger, and of a darker green, ſo
that it is eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the common ſort by
its leaves, but the roots are fix times as large as the
common Parſley can be brought to with the utmoſt
culture. I have fown the ſeeds of both forts for fe-
veral years on the ſome ſpot of ground, and have
thinned the plants when young, to an equal diſtance,
and given the ſame culture to both; but when their
roots were taken up, thoſe of the common fort were
not larger than a man's little finger, but the other
were as large as full grown Carrots, which were very
tender and ſweet, whereas the other were ſtringy and
ſtrong; and this difference conſtantly holds, ſo it may
be allowed to be ſpecifically different. This fort was
many years cultivated in Holland, before the Eng-
liſh gardeners could be prevailed on to fow it. I
brought the ſeeds of it from thence in 1727, and would
then have perſuaded ſome of the kitchen-gardeners to
make trial of it, but they refuſed to accept of it, ſo
that I cultivated it ſeveral years before it was known
in the markets.
The fourth fort is commonly known by the title of
Smallage. This is what the phyſicians intend when
they preſcribe Apium. Dr. Linnæus has joined to
this the Celery, ſuppoſing them to be the ſame, and
the only difference to ariſe from culture, but herein
he is greatly miſtaken; for I have cultivated the
Smallage in gardens forty years, to try if by art it
could poſſibly be brought to the ſame goodneſs as
Celery, but have not been able to alter it from its
original; all that can be done by culture, is to bring
it to a larger ſize than it naturally grows wild, and by
earthing it, to give it a whiteneſs; but it will not
grow tall as Celery, nor will it riſe with a ſtrait ftem,
but fends out many fuckers near the root, and when
it is blanched, retains its ſtrong rank taſte, which no
culture can alter, therefore I make no doubt of its
being a diſtinct ſpecies.
The fifth ſort is the Celery before-mentioned, and
the fixth fort was ſuppoſed to be a degenerate ſpecies
from it, but I cannot agree to this opinion; for from
many years trial I have never found it vary. The
leaves of this fort are ſhort, when compared with
thoſe of the other, and ſpread open horizontally;
the roots grow as large as the common Turneps.
The difference which I have obſerved to ariſe from
the culture, has been only in the ſize of the roots ;
thoſe on rich ground, which were properly cultivated
were much larger than thoſe on poorer land, but the
leaves and outward appearance of the plants were
never altered, ſo that I make no doubt of its being a
different ſpecies.
The feeds of the ſeventh fort I received from the
royal garden at Paris, many years ſince, where it had
been long preſerved, and maintained its difference;
and from more than twenty years cultivating it in
the garden at Chelſea, I have found the ſame, fo that
I cannot doubt of its being different from all the other
fpecies.
The broad-leaved Garden Parſley, mentioned by Caf-
per Bauhin, and the round-leaved Portugal Parſley,
mentioned by Tournefort, I believe are only varieties
of the common Parſley; for if they are diſtinct ſpe-
cies, all the feeds which I have received from diffe-
rent parts of Europe, under thoſe titles, have been
wrong; for the plants which have riſen from thoſe
feeds, have always proved to be the common fort.
As Tournefort, and many other botaniſts, have enu-
merated all the varieties of plants which were found
in the gardens, and did not diſtinguiſh which of them
were ſpecifically different; fo Dr. Linnæus has gone
into the other extreme, and ſuppoſed many plants,
which are permanently different, to be only acciden-
tal varieties, ariſing from culture. But as he is now
cultivating as many plants as the inclemency of the
climate where he is ſituated, will permit, there is no
doubt of his reforming his error, in this particu-
lar, when he finds what plants retain their ſpecific
difference.
The common Parſley muſt be fown early in the ſpring,
for the ſeeds remain a long time in the earth, the
plants ſeldom appearing in leſs than fix weeks after
the feeds are fown. This fort is generally fown in
drills by the edges of borders in the kitchen-gardens
near London, becauſe it is much eaſier to keep it clear
from weeds, than if the feeds are fown promiſcuouſly
on a border, and the Parſley is much ſooner cut for
uſe: but when the roots are deſired for medicinal uſe,
then the feeds muſt be fown thin; and when the
plants are come up, they ſhould be hoed out ſingle,
as is practiſed for Carrots, Onions, &c. obſerving al-
ſo to cut up the weeds : if this be obſerved, the roots
will become fit for uſe by July or Auguft, and con-
tinue ſo till ſpring
There are ſome perſons who are afraid to uſe Parſley
in their kitchens, left they ſhould ſuffer by having the
leffer Hemlock mixed with it, whoſe leaves are ſo
like Parſley, that perſons who are not ſkilled in bo-
tany, may be eaſily deceived; which being a noxious
plant, ſeveral perſons have been injured by eating it :
but to prevent this, I have for many years cultivated
the fort with curled leaves, which is ſo unlike the
Hemlock, that no perſon, however ignorant, can
miſtake one for the other, and have conſtantly adviſed
thoſe of my acquaintance to do the ſame ; for the
curled fort is equally good as the common Parſley,
and I have conſtantly found the feeds, ſaved from the
curled fort, to produce the ſame.
The common Parſley is, by fome ikilful perſons,
cultivated in fields for the uſe of ſheep, it being a
ſovereign remedy to preſerve them from the rot, pro-
vided they are fed twice a week for two or three hours
each time with this herb; but hares and rabbets are
fo fond of it, that they will come from a great diſtance
to feed upon it; and in countries where theſe ani-
mals abound, they will deſtroy it, if it is not very fe-
curely fenced againſt them; fo that whoever has a
mind to have plenty of hares in their fields, by cul-
tivating Parſley, will draw all the hares of the coun-
try to them, and this will preſerve them found.
The beſt time for ſowing it in the fields is about the
middle or latter end of February; the ground ſhould
be made fine, and the ſeeds ſown pretty thick, in
drills drawn at about a foot aſunder, that the ground
may be kept hoed between the drills, to deſtroy the
weeds, which, if permitted to grow, will ſoon over-
run the Parſley. One buſhel of ſeed will ſow an acre
of land.
The great Garden Parſley is now more known to us
in England than it was ſome years paſt. In Holland
it has been long common in all their markets: they
bring theſe roots in bunches, as we do young Carrots
to market in ſummer; and the roots are much of the
fame ſize: it is called Petroſeline Wortle by the Dutch,
who are very fond of it for water fouche.
It may be cultivated by fowing the feeds in good
ground early in the ſpring; and in April, when the
plants are up, cut them out with a hoe (as is practiſed
for young Carrots) to about five or ſix inches ſquare,
and keep them conſtantly clean from weeds; and in
July the roots will be fit to draw for uſe, and may
be boiled and eaten as young Carrots; and are very
palatable and wholſome, eſpecially for thoſe who are
troubled with the gravel.
But if theſe plants are cut out, to allow them more
room, if the ſoil is good, the roots will grow to the
ſize of a middling Parſnep, by September.
Smallage is a common weed by the ſide of ditches
and brooks of water, in many parts of England, ſo
S
that
.
3
a
a
a

API
APO
a
3
و
fo that it is feldom cultivated in gardens; but if any are rightly managed, there will be a ſucceſion of Ce-
perſon is willing to propagate it, the feeds ſhould be lery for uſe till April; but you ſhould obſerve to
fown ſoon after they are ripe, on a moiſt ſpot of plant the laſt crop in a drier foil, to prevent its be-
ground; and when the plants come up, they may be ing rotted with too much wet in winter; and alſo if
either tranſplanted in a moiſt foil, or hoed out, and the weather ſhould prove extreme ſharp, you will
left ſix or eight inches aſunder, where they may re- do well to cover your ridges of Celery with ſome
main for good. The ſeed of this plant is one of the Peaſe-haulm, or ſome ſuch light covering, which will
leffer warm feeds; both the herb and feeds are uſed admit the air to the plants; for if they are covered
in medicine.
too cloſe, they will be very fubject to rot; by this
The feeds of the two ſorts of Celery ſhould be ſown means you may preſerve your Celery in ſeaſon a long
at two or three different times, the better to continue time, but you muſt remember to take off the cover-
it for uſe through the whole feaſon, without running ing whenever the weather will permit, otherwiſe it
up to feed. The firſt fowing ſhould be in the begin- will be apt to cauſe the Celery to rot. By this mne-
ning of March, upon a gentle hot-bed; the fecond thod of covering the Celery, the froſt will be kept
may be a fortnight or three weeks after, which ought out of the ground; fo it may be always taken up for
to be in an open ſpot of light earth, where it may uſe when it is wanted, which, if neglected, it cannot
enjoy the benefit of the fun; the third time of fowing be taken up in hard froſt. The Celery, when fully
fhould be the end of April, or beginning of May, blanched, will not continue good above three weeks
which ought to be in a moiſt foil; and if expoſed to or a month before it will rot or pipe : therefore, in
the morning ſun only, it will be ſo much the better, order to continue it good, you ſhould have at leaſt
but it ſhould not be under the drip of trees.
fix or ſeven different ſeaſons of planting ; ſo that if it
The feeds which are fown in the hot-bed will come be only intended to ſupply a family, there need not
up in about three weeks or a month after ſowing, be much planted at each time, but this muſt be pro-
when the plants ſhould be carefully cleared from portioned according to the quantity required.
weeds; and if the ſeaſon prove dry, they muſt be fre- The other ſort of Celery, which is commonly called
quently watered; and in about a month or five weeks Celeriac, is to be managed in the fame manner as is di-
after it is up, the plants will be fit to tranſplant: rected for the Italian Celery, excepting that this
you muſt therefore prepare fome beds of moiſt rich ſhould be planted upon the level ground, or in very
earth, in a warm fituation, in which you ſhould ſhallow drills, for this plant ſeldom
grows above eight
prick theſe young plants, at about three inches or ten inches high, fo requires but little earthing up;
ſquare, that they may grow ſtrong; and if the ſeaſon the great excellency of this being in the ſize of the
ſhould prove cold, the beds muſt be covered with root, which is often as large as ordinary Turneps. It
mats, to ſcreen the plants from morning froſts, which ſhould be fown about the middle of March, upon a
would retard their growth: you muſt alfo obſerve, in rich border of earth, and, in dry weather, conſtantly
drawing theſe plants out of the feed-beds, to thin watered, otherwiſe the ſeeds will not grow: when the
them where they grow too thick, leaving the ſmall plants are large enough to tranſplant out, they ſhould
plants to get more ſtrength before they are tranſplant- be placed eighteen inches aſunder, row from
row,
and
ed; by which means one and the ſame ſeed-bed will the plants fix or eight inches diſtant in the rows; the
afford three different plantings, which will accord- ground muſt be carefully kept clean from weeds, but
ingly ſucceed each other for ufe.
this fort will require but one earthing up, which ſhould
You muſt obſerve, if the ſeaſon proves dry, to keep not be performed until the roots are nearly grown:
it diligently watered after it is tranſplanted, as alſo to both theſe forts of Celery delight in a rich, light,
clear the ſeed-beds from weeds; and after every draw- moiſt foil, where they will grow to a much larger
ing, keep them duly watered, to encourage the ſmall ſize, and will be ſweeter and tenderer than on a poor
plants left therein.
or dry ground.
The middle of May ſome of the plants of the firſt The beſt method to ſave this ſeed, is to make choice
fowing will be fit to tranſplant for blanching, which of ſome long good roots of the upright Celery, which
ſhould be planted in a moiſt, rich, light foil, upon have not been too much blanched, and plant them
which the firſt planted Celery will often grow to be out at about a foot aſunder in a moiſt foil, early in
twenty inches long in the clean blanched parts, which the ſpring; and when they run up to ſeed, keep them
upon a poor or dry foil feldom riſes to be ten inches.
fupported with ſtakes, to prevent their being broken
The manner of tranſplanting it is as follows: after down by the winds : and in July, when the feed be-
having cleared the ground of weeds, you muſt dig a gins to be formed, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very
trench by a line about ten inches wide, and fix or dry, it will be proper to give ſome water to the plants,
ſeven inches deep, looſening the earth in the bottom, which will greatly help their producing good ſeeds. In
and laying it level; the earth that comes out of the Auguſt theſe feeds will be ripe, at which time it
trench ſhould be equally laid on each ſide the trench, ſhould be cut up, in a dry time, and ſpread upon
to be ready to draw in again to earth the Celery as cloths in the fun to dry; then beat out the feeds, and
it advances in height. Theſe trenches ſhould be made preſerve them dry in bags for uſe.
at three feet diſtance from each other ; then plant the APIUM ANISUM DICTUM. See PIMPI-
plants in the middle of the trench, at about four or
five inches diſtance, in one ftrait row, having before A PIUM MACEDONICUM. See BUBON.
trimmed the plants, and cut off the tops of the long APIUM PYRENAICUM. See CRITHMUM.
,
leaves; when they are planted you muſt obſerve to APOCYNUM. Tourn. Init. R. H. 91. Lin. Gen.
cloſe the earth well to their roots, and to water them Plant. 269. [Arróxuvou, of dio and suvòs a dog, be-
plentifully until they have taken freſh root; after which cauſe the antients believed this plant would kill dogs.]
time it will be needleſs, except in dry foils, or very dry Dogſbane.
ſeaſons: as theſe plants advance in height, you muſt The CHARACTERS are,
obſerve to draw the earth on each ſide cloſe to them, The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
being careful not to bury their hearts, nor ever to do into five acute ſegments at the top ; it bath but one petal,
it but in dry weather, otherwiſe the plants will rot. which is of the open bell-ſhape, cut into five parts at the
When the plants have advanced a conſiderable brim, which turn backward ; in the bottom of the flower
height above the trenches, and all the earth, which are ſituated five netariums, which are oval, and ſurround
was laid on the ſides thereof, hath been employed in the germen : there are five ſtamino, ſcarce viſible, which
earthing them up; you muſt then make uſe of a ſpade are crowned by oblong ere Et fummits, which are bifid;
to dig up the earth between the trenches, which muſt in the center are two oval germen, ſupporting ſmell ſtyles,
alſo be made uſe of for the ſame purpoſe, continuing crowned with globular ſtigme., larger than the germen.
from time to time to earth it up, until it is fit for uſe. The germen afterward become two long pointed cepſules,
The firſt of your planting out will, perhaps, be fit opening in two valves, having one cell, which is filled with
for uſe by the beginning of July, and will be ſucceed- compreſſed ſeeds, lying over each other like tiles on a houſe,
ed by the after plantations; and if the latter fowings each being crowned with down.
a
NELLA.
This

APO
APO
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia,
the flowers having five ftamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. APOCYNUM (Androſæmi folium) caule rectiuſculo her-
baceo foliis ovatis utrinque glabris cymis terminali-
bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 213. Dogſbane with an erect ber-
baceous Stalk, oval leaves, ſmooth on both ſides, and ter-
minated by a head of flowers. Apocynum Canadenſe
foliis androfæmi majoris. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 6o9.
2. APOCYNUM (Cannabinum) caule rectiuſculo herbaceo
foliis oblongis panniculis terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
213. Dog ſbane with an erect herbaceous ſtalk, oblong
leaves, and ſtalks terminated by flowers. Apocynum
Canadenfe maximum flore minimo herbaceo. Pluk.
.
mer.
Alm. 35
3. APOCYNUM (Venetum) caule rectiufculo herbaceo fo-
liis ovato-lanceolatis. Prod. Leyd. 411. Dogſbane with
an upright herbaceous ſtalk, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves.
Apocynum maritimum venetum falicis folio flore pur-
pureo. Tourn. Inft. 92.
4. APOCYNUM (Specioſiſſimum) foliis ovatis petiolatis, fu-
perne glabris, floribus amplis pediculis longis hirſu-
tis caule fruticoſo. Dogſbane with oval leaves, which
are ſmooth on their upper fide, large flowers with long
hairy foot-ſtalks, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Apocynum erec-
tum fruticoſum, flore luteo maximo & fpeciofiffimo.
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 89.
5. APOCYNUM (Scandens) foliis oblongo-cordatis rigidis
floribus lateralibus, caule fruticofo volubili. Dog ſbane
with stiff, oblong, heart-ſhaped leaves, flowers growing
on the ſides of the ſtalk, and a ſhrubby twining ſtalk.
Apocynum fcandens foliis citrii filiquis maculatis.
Plum. Cat. 2.
6. APOCYNUM (Fruteſcens) caule erecto fruteſcente foliis
lanceolato-ovalibus corollis acutis fauce villofis. Flor.
Zeyl. 114. Dogſbane with an upright ſkrubby ſtalk, oval
Spear-ſhaped leaves, acute petals, and hairy jaws. Apo-
cynum caule erecto arboreo foliis ovatis acutis. Prod.
Leyd. 412.
7. APOCYNUM (Reticulatum) caule volubili perenne fo-
liis ovatis venoſis. Prod. Leyd. 412. Dog ſane with
a perennial twining ſtalk, and oval veined leaves.
8. APOCYNUM (Obliquum) caule volubili foliis ovatis ri-
gidis obliquis cymis lateralibus tubo floris longiſſimo.
Dogſbane with oval ſtif leaves which are oblique, a twin-
ing ſtalk, and flowers growing from the ſide of the
branches. Apocynum fcandens majus folio ſubrotun-
do. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 89.
9. APOCYNUM (Nervoſum) caule fruticofo ſcandente fo-
liis ovatis nervoſis cymis lateralibus flore luteo magno
tubo longiffimo. Dog ſbane with a climbing Shrubby ſtalk,
oval-veined leaves, and large flowers growing in bunches
from the ſides of the ftelks, having very long tubes.
10. APOCYNUM (Cordatum) foliis oblongo-cordatis, mu-
cronatis feffilibus floribus lateralibus, caule fcandente.
Dog Joene with oblong beart-aped leaves, which end in
a point, flowers growing at the wings of the leaves, and
a climbing ſtalk. Apocynum fcandens foliis oblongis
acuminatis floribus amplis patulus & luteis. Houft.
MSS. Fig. Pl. num. 8. pl. 44. f. s.
11. APOCYNUM (Villoſum) foliis cordatis glabris floribus
villoſis lateralibus petiolis longioribus caule ſcandente.
Dogſvane with ſmooib heart-shaped leaves, hairy flowers
growing from the fide of the branches, and a climbing
Jtalk. Apocynum fcandens amplo flore villoſo luteo
Aliquis tumidis anguloſis. Hoult. MSS. Fig. Pl. tab.
44. fig. 2.
The firſt fort grows naturally in North America.
This hath a perennial root; the ſtalks riſe about three
feet high, grow upright, and are garniſhed with ſmooth
oval leaves, growing oppoſite. Theſe, as alſo the ſtalks,
abound with a milky juice, which flows out when they
are broken; the flowers are white, and collected in a
kind of umbel, growing at the top of the ſtalks. The
nectarii in the bottom, have a purpliſh cait; theſe
flowers are ſeldom ſucceeded by pods which ripen
in England, but the plant is propagated by parting
the roots
. It is hardy, ſo will thrive in the full ground,
but the foil ſhould be light or dry, otherwiſe the roots
are apt to rot in winter. The beſt time to part the
roots is in March, before they begin to put out new
italks.
The ſecond fort is a native of the ſame countries as
the firſt; the roots of this fort creep far in the ground,
ſo that when it is planted in a garden, it is apt to
ſpread so much as to be troubleſome. The ſtalks of
this fort are brown, and grow about two feet high,
garniſhed with oblong ſmooth leaves, let on by
pairs, and abound with a milky juice as the for
Towards the upper part of the ſtalk, the flow-
ers come out from the wings of the leaves, collected
in ſmall bunches, which are of an herbaceous white
colour, and ſmall, fo make no great appearance,
therefore are ſeldom admitted into gardens, except
for the ſake of variety. This is very hardy, and pro-
pagates too faſt by its creeping roots. Both theſe
forts flower in July, and in autumn their ſtalks decay
to the root.
The third fort grows upon a ſmall iſland in the ſea,
near Venice, but is ſuppoſed to have been originally
brought from ſome other country. There are two
varieties of this, one with a purple, and the other
with a white flower. The roots of this creep pretty
much, by which it is propagated, for it ſcarce ever
produces any ſeeds either in the gardens where it is
cultivated, or at Venice, where it grows without care,
as I have been informed by a very curious botaniſt,
who refided many years at Venice, and conſtantly
went to the ſpot ſeveral times in the ſeaſon, to pro-
cure the ſeeds, if there had been any produced; but
he aſſured me he never could find any pods formed
on the plants. The ſtalks of this riſe about two feet
high, and are garniſhed with oval ſmooth leaves
placed oppoſite; the flowers grow at the top of the
ſtalks in ſmall umbels, ſhaped like thoſe of the former
forts, but are much larger, ſo that the fort with pur-
ple flowers makes a pretty appearance. It flowers in
July and Auguft. This fort will live in the open air,
provided it is planted in a warm ſituation and a dry
foil; for although the ſoil in which it grows wild near
Venice, is moiſt, yet in this country the roots will
rot in winter, when they are in a wet ground. The
beſt time to remove and plant the roots is in fpring,
juſt before they begin to puſh out new ſtalks.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, in the
Savannas, from whence it had the title of Savanna
Flower, by which it is chiefly known in that iſland.
This ſort riſes three or four feet high, having woody
ſtalks, which fend out a few lateral branches, gar-
niſhed with oval ſmooth leaves, placed by pairs op-
pofite, of a ſhining green colour on their upper fides,
but pale and veined underneath ; the flowers are pro-
duced from the ſides of the branches, upon long foot-
ſtalks; there are commonly four or five buds at the
end of each, but there is ſeldom more than one of
them which comes to flower, the others withering
ſoon. The flower is very large, having a long tube,
which ſpreads open wide at the top, of a bright yel-
low, fo make a fine appearance, eſpecially in the
places where the plants grow naturally, being moſt
part of the year in flower. This plant is too tender
to thrive in England without the aſſiſtance of a ftove.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be procured
from Jamaica, for the plants do not perfect them in
England, nor are many of the feeds which are brought
from thence good, either from their being unſkilfully
gathered before they are ripe, or being put up moiſt,
for few of them have fucceeded. When the ſeeds are
obtained, they ſhould be fown in pots filled with light
ſandy earth, and plunged into'a hot-bed of tanners
bark. If the feeds are good, the plants will appear
in a month or five weeks after, when they ſhould be
treated in the fame manner as other tender plants from
the ſame country, with this difference only, to be
ſparing in watering them, for theſe plants which a-
bound with a milky juice, require very little wet.
They muſt be conſtantly kept in the tan-bed in
the ſtove, and as they advance in height, they will
require larger pots, but there muſt be great care not
to over-pot them; for unleſs their roots are confined,
the plants will not thrive. The ſecond year the
plants
a
s
2

APO
A QU
plants will flower, if they have been ſkilfully ma- propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured from
naged, when they will make a fine appearance in the the country where it grows naturally, for the ſeeds
ſtove, the uſual time of their flowering in England,
;
do not ripen in this country. When the feeds are
is in July and Auguit, but the plants retain their procured, they muſt be ſown in pots, and plunged
leaves through the year, which, being of a beautiful into a hot-bed; and when the plants come up, they
green, look very well at all ſeaſons.
ſhould be treated in the ſame manner as hath been be-
The fifth fort was diſcovered by father Plumier, in fore directed for the fourth fort. It flowers in Au-
ſome of the French iſlands in America, who made a guſt and September in England, but in its natural
drawing of the plant. It was afterwards found by the country it fowers great part of the year.
late Mr. Robert Millar, ſurgeon, growing plentifully
The tenth and eleventh forts were diſcovered at La
near Carthagena, in New Spain, from whence he ſent Vera Cruz, in New Spain, by the late Dr. William
the feeds, which ſucceeded in ſeveral gardens. This Houſton, who ſent their feeds to England. Theſe
plant hath twining ſtalks, by which it mounts to the plants have both climbing ſtalks, by which they
tops of very tall trees, garniſhed with ſtiff, oblong, mount to the tops of the talleſt trees. In England
heart-ſhaped leaves, which are ſmooth, and of a ſhin- they have climbed over the plants in the ſtoves, and
ing green colour, being of the ſame thickneſs with riſen to upward of twenty feet high. The tenth fort
thoſe of the Citron-tree. The flowers are produced has produced flowers in England ſeveral times, but
in ſmall cluſters from the ſides of the branches, and the eleventh, which grows more luxuriantly than the
are of an herbaceous colour, fo do not make any great other, never had any appearance of flowers. Theſe
appearance. Theſe appear in Auguſt and September, are both propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
but are not ſucceeded by pods in this country.
as the fourth fort, and the plants muſt be treated in
The fixth fort grows naturally in India, Ceylon, and the ſame manner afterward. All theſe ſpecies of
upon the coaſts of Guinea, from whence I have re- Dogſbane abound with a milky juice, which flows
ceived the feeds. This plant riſes with a woody ftem out from any part of their ſtalks or leaves when they
to the height of five or fix feet, dividing into ſeveral are broken ; and this is generally ſuppoſed to be hurt-
branches, garniſhed with oblong, pointed, ſmooth ful, if taken inwardly, for it doth not raiſe bliſters
leaves, of a ſhining green above, but pale underneath, on the ſkin, as the juice of Spurge, and other acrid
placed by pairs oppoſite. From the wings of the plants, ſo is not injurious unleſs inwardly taken. The
leaves the flowers are produced in looſe bunches. pods of all the forts are filled with feeds, which are,
Theſe are ſmall, tubulous, and of a purple colour, for the moſt part, compreffed, and lie over each other
but are never ſucceeded by pods in this country. It (imbricatim) like tiles on a houſe : theſe have each a
is a very tender plant, ſo muſt be conſtantly kept in long plume, of a cottony down faſtened to their
a hot-houſe, and plunged in the tan-bed, otherwiſe crowns, by which, when the pods are ripe and open,
it will not thrive in England; it may be propagated the feeds are wafted by the wind to a conſiderable
by cuttings during the ſummer months, but they diſtance; ſo that in the countries where theſe plants
ſhould be laid to dry in the ſtove, three or four days naturally grow, they are ſome of the moſt trouble-
before they are planted; for as the plants abound fome weeds.
with a milky juice, ſo unleſs the ends of the cuttings The down of theſe plants is in great eſteem in France,
where the wounds are made, are well dried and healed for ſtuffing of eaſy chairs, making very light quilts,
over before they are put into the ground, they are which are warm, and extremely light, ſo are very pro-
very ſubject to rot. This plant muſt be ſparingly per covering for perſons afflicted with the gout, for
watered, eſpecially in winter, and ſhould be planted the down is ſo extreme light and elaſtic that it occa-
in light ſandy earth.
fions no weight. This the French call Delawad, and
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in India ; I received in the ſouthern parts of France, where ſome of the
ſeeds of this from Dr. Van Royen, profeſſor of bo- forts will thrive in the open air, and perfect their ſeeds,
tany at Leyden. This plant hath a twining ſtalk, by there are many plantations made of theſe plants for
which it riſes to a conſiderable height, garniſhed with the ſake of the down.
oblong leaves, which are much veined, and abound As many of theſe forts grow plentifully in the uncul-
with a milky juice, which flows out whenever they tivated lands in Jamaica, this cottony down might
are broken. This plant hath not yet produced flow- be eaſily procured from thence in plenty, and might
ers in England. It is tender, ſo requires to be con- probably become a vendible commodity in England,
ftantly preſerved in the ſtove, otherwiſe it will not which may turn to advantage, if once it becomes a
thrive in this country.
faſhionable ſort of furniture, eſpecially as the plants
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from require no cultivation, the only trouble being to col-
whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. William lect the down, which, in ſome of the forts which have
Houſton. It hath a climbing ſtalk, which faſtens to large pods, is produced in great quantity, ſo may be
the neighbouring trees, and riſes ten or twelve feet collected with little trouble.
high. The leaves are oval, ftiff, and oblique to the The other forts which have been ranged under this
foot-ſtalk; the powers are produced from the wings genus, are now referred to the following genera, to
of the leaves, of a purpliſh colour, and have very which the reader is deſired to turn, for fuch of them
long tubes, but ſpread open wide at the top. This as are not here enumerated, viz. Aſclepias, Cynan-
doth not produce feeds in England, nor have I been chum, and Periploca.
able to propagate it, either by layers or cuttings. It APPLE-TREE. See MALUS.
is tender, fo muſt conſtantly remain in the ſtove, and APPLES of Love. See LICOPERSICON and SOLANUM.
ſhould have little water.
APPLES (MAD). See MELONGENA.
The ninth fort hath a climbing woody ſtalk, and riſes APRICOT, or ABRICOT. See ARMENIACA.
to a conſiderable height, by the ſupport of neigh-AQUIFOLIUM. See ILEX.
bouring trees. The leaves grow by pairs oppoſite; A QUILEGIA [called alſo Aquilina, from Aquila, L.
they are oval, ending in a ſharp point, and have many an eagle, becauſe the flower reſembles that bird].
tranſverſe nerves from the midrib. The flowers come Columbine.
out from the wings of the leaves, each ſtanding upon
The CHARACTERS are,
a ſeparate long foot-ſtalk, they are large, of a bright The flower bath no empalement, but is compoſed of five
yellow colour, with very long tubes, ſpreading open equal oval petals, which are plain, and Sprecd open,
wide at the top; theſe are ſucceeded by long com- within which are five equal nectarii, ranged alternately
preſſed pods, which have borders on one ſide filled with the petals, ecch of the horns widening upward, the
with long channelled feeds, which are crowned with opening being oblique to the ſide as it aſcends, and is faſt-
long plumes of ſoft down. This ſort grows naturally ened to the receptacle within, the lower part lengthening
at Carthagena, in New Spain, from whence I received gradually into a long tube, hanging by a blunt incurved
the feeds. It is tender, ſo will not thrive in England, apex. It hath many awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are croton-
unleſs it is conſtantly preſerved in the ſtove. This is ed by oblong upright fummits, with five oval germen, fup-
porting

A QU
ARA
a
a
Porting awl-ſhaped Styles, which are longer than the ſta-1
ſhould be refreſhed with water, that they may gather
mina, crowned by ere Et ſtigma; the germen afterwards ſtrength.
become five cylindrical veſſels, which ſtand upright, are In the middle or latter end of May, theſe plants will
parallel
, pointed, and open in one cell
, which are filled be ſtrong enough to tranſplant; therefore Iome beds
with oval ſhining ſeeds.
of good freſh undunged earth ſhould be prepared,
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of planting them therein at eight or nine inches diſtance
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, entitled Polyandria Pen- every way, keeping them clear from weeds, and re-
tagynia, the flowers having many ſtamina and five freſhing them with a little water, as they may re-
ſtyles.
quire it.
The Species are,
In the following autumn, by which time the plants
1. AQUILEGIA (Vulgaris) nectaris rectis petalo lanceolato will have acquired ſtrength enough to flower the
brevioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 533. Columbine with upright ſummer following, the roots ſhould be carefully taken
nečtariums ſhorter than its petal, which is ſpear-ſhaped. up, and planted in the borders of the flower-garden;
Aquilegia Sylveſtris. C. B. P. 144. Wild Columbine. but where their roots are deſigned to be preſerved in
2. AQUILEGIA ( Alpina) nectariis rectis, petalis ovatis lon- perfection, all their flower-ſtems ſhould be cut off,
gioribus. Columbine with ereEt ne&tarii, and longer oval as ſoon as the flowers are paſt, to prevent their de-
flower-leaves. Aquilegia montana magno flore. C. B. P. generating by the commixture of the farina froin
3. AQUILEGIA (Inverſa) nectariis incurvis. Hort. Upſal. other flowers.
Columbine with ne&tarii turned inward. Aquilegia flore But in order to be ſure of having no ſingle or bad
pleno inverſo. J. B. 485. Columbine with a double in- flowers in the borders, you may ſuffer the plants to
verted flower.
remain in the nurſery-beds until they have blown ;
4. AQUILEGIA (Canadenſis) nectariis rectis ftaminibus co- at which time you may put a ſtick by each root you
rollâ longioribus. Hort. Upſal 153. Columbine with fancy to preſerve, or pull out all the ſingle or bad co-
ſtraight neEtarii, and ſtamina longer than the petals. Aqui- loured ones, and throw them away, cutting off all
legia pumila præcox Canadenſis. Cornut Canad. 60. the flowers from your beſt roots as ſoon as they have
Early dwarf Canada Columbine.
Mewn themſelves, which will greatly add to the pre-
The firſt fort is found growing wild in the woods in ſerving them fair in their colours.
fome parts of England; I have frequently gathered In order to keep up a ſucceſſion of good flowers,
it in the woods, near Bexley, in Kent; and alſo be- freſh ſeeds ſhould be ſown every year; and if you can
tween Maidſtone and Rocheſter. The flowers of this meet with a friend, at ſome diſtance, who is furniſhed
are blue, the petals are ſhort, and the nectarii are with good flowers of this kind, it will be very ad-
very prominent, in which it differs from the ſecond, vantageous to both parties, to exchange ſeeds once
whoſe petals are longer, and the nectarii do not riſe in two years, by which they will not be ſo apt to de-
ſo high. This I found growing naturally near Ingle- generate into plain colours.
borough Hill, in Yorkſhire. The flowers of this are In ſaving the feeds of the variegated columbines,
much larger than thoſe of the Garden Columbine, great care ſhould be taken not to ſuffer any plain flow-
and the ſeeds which I fowed of this in the garden ers to remain for feed, there being generally ſome
at Chelſea, produced the ſame ſpecies without the leaſt plain flowers intermixed with the ſtriped ones on the
variation.
fame plant, and often in the ſame branches : theſe
The third is the Garden Columbine, of which there ſhould be cut off, for if they are permitted to feed,
are great varieties, not only in the colour and fulneſs or if their farina mix and impregnate the ſtriped
of their fowers, but alſo in their form. In ſome flowers, they will degenerate into plain colours; ſo
there are no viſible nectarii, but in place of them a that there cannot be too much care taken in ſaving
multiplicity of petals, ſo that the flowers are as dou- the feeds, where the beauty of their flowers are re-
ble as thoſe of the Larkſpur. Theſe are commonly garded.
called Roſe Columbines; the colours of theſe are
The Canada Columbine flowers almoſt a month be-
cheſnut, blue, red, and white, and ſome are finely fore the other forts; for which reaſon it is preſerved
variegated with two colours.
in the gardens of the curious, though there is no great
There are others with ſharp pointed petals, which beauty in the flowers. There is another variety of
expand in form of a ſtar ; of theſe there are ſingle and this fort, with taller flower-ſtems, which flowers a
double flowers, of the ſeveral colours as the former. little after the other, but do not differ, either in the
From the different ihape of theſe flowers, any perſon ſhape of its flowers or leaves from this, ſo I conclude
not well ſkilled in the culture of plants, would fup- they are but one diſtinct ſpecies. The Canada Co-
poſe they were diſtinct from the others; but having lumbines flower in April, and their feeds ripen the
ſeveral years fown their feeds, which were collected beginning of Auguſt. The other forts flower toward
with great care, I have found them always varying the end of May, and in cool feaſons will continue to
from one to the other: therefore I have not enume- produce flowers till the middle of July, and their
rated their varieties here, knowing they can never be feeds ripen toward the middle or end of September,
preſerved the fame from ſeeds, however carefully they according as the ſeaſon proves more or leſs favou-
are ſaved: however, as the forts with variegated flow- rable.
ers are eſteemed the greateſt beauties, ſo thoſe per- The firſt fort is that which is directed for medicinal
ſons, who are deſirous to have them in perfection, uſe in the diſpenſaries, but at preſent is very rarely
ſhould root out all thoſe plants whoſe flowers are not ordered.
well marked, or at leaſt cut off their ftems ſo ſoon as ARABIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 732. Baſtard Tower
their flowers appear, leaving only the moſt beautiful Muſtard.
to feed, that the farina of the plain flowers, may not
The CHARACTERS are,
impregnate the others, whereby the plants raiſed from The flower bath a four-leaved empalement, two of the op-
their feeds may not be degenerated, of which too poſite leaves being large, and the other two narrow; theſe
much care cannot be taken.
fall off. The flower bath four petals in form of a croſs,
Theſe plants are all raiſed by fowing the ſeeds, or which ſpread open; at the bottom of each is ſituated a re-
parting the old roots, but the former method is chiefly flexed nectarium fixed to the empalement, and between theſe
practiſed; for the old roots are very apt to degenerate criſe fix upright ſtamina, two of which are no longer than
after they have blown two or three years, ſo as to the flower-cup, the other four are much longer : theſe are
become quite plain.
crowned with heart-ſhaped ſummits. In the center is ſitu-
The feeds ſhould be ſown in a nurſery-bed in Auguſt ated a taper germen, which is as long as the ſtamina,
or September, for the feeds which are kept till ſpring having no ſtyle, but the obtuſe ſtigma reſts upon it. This
ſeldom grow well, or at leaſt remain in the ground a afterword becomes a narrow, long, compreſſed pod opening
whole year. The ſpring following the plants will ap- lengthways, having two volves and a thin partition, be-
pear above ground, therefore ſhould be kept clear tween which is lodged a row of flat ſeeds.
from weeds, and if the ſeaſon ſhould be dry, they
a
T
This

AR
AR
a
а
This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's fifteenth and France. I have alſo found it growing wild upon
claſs, entitled Tetradynamia Siliquoſa: ſo called, be- ſome old walls at Cambridge and Ely, but the feeds
cauſe the flowers have four ftamina longer than the might probably come out of the gardens where they
other two, and the ſeeds growing in long pods. were firſt planted. The plants of this kind, which
The SPECIES are,
grow on walls or ruins, continue much longer than
1. ARABIS (Thaliana) foliis petiolatis lanceolatis inte- thoſe which are ſown in gardens, where they feldom
gerrimis. Vir. Cliff. 64. Baſtard Tower Muſtard, with live longer than two years. The leaves of this fort
whole ſpear-ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks. Burfæ paf- are long, broad, hairy, and a little waved on their
toris fimilis filiquofa major. C. B. P. 108.
edges; of a pale colour, and ſpread near the ground:
2. ARABIS (Alpina) foliis amplexicaulibus dentatis. Hort. from the center of theſe come out the ſtalks, which
Cliff. 335. Baſtard Tower Muſtard, with indented leaves riſe about a foot and a half high, having ſeveral leaves
embracing the fialks. Draba alba filiquoſa repens. growing alternately, which cloſely embrace them.
C. B. P.
Toward the top of the ſtalks, they divide into ſeveral
3. ARABIS (Pendula) foliis amplexicaulibus filiquis an- ſmall branches, which are terminated by long looſe
cipitibus linearibus calycibus ſubpilofis. Hort. Upfal. ſpikes of flowers, of a dirty white colour, each having
191. Baftard Tower Muſtard with leaves embracing the four petals placed in form of a crofs. After the flowers
stalks, narrow pods hanging two ways, and hairy flower- are paſt, the germen becomes long flat pods, which
cups. Tursitis latifolia hirſuta filiquis pendulis. Am- turn backward at their extremity and open length-
man. Ruth. 58.
ways, having two rows of flat-bordered feeds, of a
ARABIS (Turrita) foliis amplexicaulibus filiquis de- dark brown colour, ſeparated by a thin intermediate
curvis planis linearibus calycibus fubrugoſis. Hort.
partition
Upfal. 192. Baſtard Tower Muſtard, with narrow, plain, This fort is eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould
hanging pods, and rough flower-cups. Leucoium hefpe- be ſown in the autumn; for thoſe which are fown
ridis folio. Tourn. Inft. 221. Stock Gilliflower with a in the ſpring frequently miſcarry, or lie in the ground
leaf of Dome's Violet.
a whole year before they grow. When the plants are
5. ARABIS (Lyrata) foliis glabris, radicalibus lyratis, ſtrong enough to remove, they may be tranſplanted
caulinis linearibus. Flor. Virg. 99. Baſi ard Tower into a ſhady border, or in rural plantations, where
Muſtard with ſmooth leaves, thoſe at the root lyre-Shaped, no other care will be neceſſary, but to prevent their
but on the ſtalks linear.
being overgrown by weeds. The plants flower in
6. ARABIS (Canadenſis) foliis caulinis lanceolatis dentatis May, and their feeds ripen in July. There is little
glabris. Flor. Virg. 100. Baſtard Tower Muſtard, with beauty in this plant, yet many perſons preſerve it in
Spear-ſhaped, indented, ſmooth leaves. Eruca Virginiana, their gardens to make a variety.
bellidis majoris folio. Pluk. Alm. 136.
The fifth fort is annual, it grows naturally in North
The firſt fort is a low.plant, feldom riſing more than America; the leaves near the root are lyre-ſhaped,
four or five inches high, ſending out many ſhort but thoſe on the flower-ſtalks are linear, placed al-
branches on every ſide, terminated by ſmall white ternately, both are ſmooth; the flower-ſtalks riſe near
flowers growing alternately the moſt part of their a foot high, and are terminated by white flowers,
length, each having four petals in form of a croſs, which are ſucceeded by ſlender pods.
which are ſucceeded by long ſlender pods filled with The fixth fort was brought from Virginia; this is a
ſmall round feeds. It grows naturally on fandy dry biennial plant, whoſe lower leaves ſpread on the
ground, in many parts of England.
ground, theſe are deeply indented on their fides; the
The ſecond ſort grews naturally in Iſtria, from whence flower-ſtalks riſe a foot high, ſuſtaining ſeveral yellow
I received the feeds; it is alſo a native of the Alps, flowers placed ſcatteringly at the top, which are fuc-
and many other mountainous countries. This is a ceeded by pretty long flat pods, filled with ſeeds.
perennial plant, which increaſes by its creeping roots, The two laſt mentioned forts have little beauty to
which run obliquely near the ſurface of the ground, recommend them, nor are their virtues known, there-
and ſend down roots at every joint. The leaves are fore they are rarely admitted into any gardens except
collected into heads, ſpreading circularly like thoſe for variety. They are eaſily propagated by feeds,
of the London Pride. Theſe are oblong, whitiſh, which if permitted to ſcatter on the ground, will pro-
and indented on their edges; out of theſe heads ariſe duce plants in plenty on any foil, or in any ſituation.
the flower-ſtalks, which grow near a foot high, gar- ARACHIS, Earth, or Ground Nut.
niſhed with leaves placed alternately, which are
The CHARACTERS are,
broader at their baſe than thoſe which
grow below,
The empalement of the flower opens in two parts, the
and cloſely embrace the ſtalks: the flowers grow in upper being cut into three at the extremity, the under one
looſe bunches on the top; theſe are white, and have is hollow ending in a point, and longer than the other. The
leaves in form of a croſs, which are ſucceeded by long flower is of the butterfly kind, having four petals; the
flat pods, opening lengthways, having two cells, Standard is large, roundiſh, and plain; the wings are open
which are ſeparated by an intermediate partition, each and ſhorter than the fiandard, the keel is little longer than
having one row of flat reddiſh ſeeds.
the empalement, and turns back. The flower bath ten
This is a very hardy plant, fo will thrive in any fi- stamina, nine of which coaleſce, and the upper one ſtands
tuation. It produces ſeeds in plenty, but as it multi- of; theſe are no longer than the keel, crowned by round
plies ſo faſt by its creeping roots, few perſons are ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oblong germen, ſup-
at the trouble to fow the ſeeds. It flowers early in the porting an awl-shaped ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma.
ſpring, and having many ſtalks riſing from one root, The germen afterward turns to an oblong pod, containing
they make a pretty variety in cold fituations, where two or three oblong blunt ſeeds.
many finer plants will not thrive, fo may have place This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's ſeven-
in rural plantations among ſhrubs, where they will teenth claſs, entitled Diadelphia Decandria, from the
thrive with very little care.
flowers having ten ſtamina, which are in two bodies.
The third ſort grows naturally in Siberia, from whence We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
the feeds were brought to Peterſburgh. This is a ARACHIS (Hypogæa.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. 353. Earth or
perennial piant, which grows near a foot high; the Ground Nut. Arachidna quadrifolia villoſa flore luteo.
leaves are broad, hairy, and indented on their edges; Plum. Nov. Gen. 49.
theſe cloſely embrace the ſtalks. The flowers grow The native country of this plant I believe is Africa,
alternately in looſe ſpikes, and are of a dirty white though at preſent, all the ſettlements in America
colour. Theſe are ſucceeded by long narrow pods, abound with it; but many perſons who have reſided
which are filled with fiat brown feeds like the former, in that country affirm, they were originally brought
but the pods of this hang downwards two ways. It by the ſlaves from Africa there, where they have been
flowers early in ſpring, and perfeéts feeds very well, ſpread all over the ſettlements.
by which it may be propagated in plenty.
It multiplies very faſt in a warm country, but being
The fourth fort grows naturally in Hungary, Sicily, impatient of cold, it cannot be propagated in the open
6
air

ARA
AR A
a
ز
roots.
air in England; therefore whoever has an inclination
to cultivate this plant, muft plant the feeds in a hot-
bed in the ſpring of the year, keeping the glaſſes over
the plants till the middle or end of June; after which
time, if the weather prove warm, they may be ex-
poſed to the open air by degrees. The branches of
this plant trail upon the ground, and the flowers
(which are yellow) are produced fingle upon long
foot-ſtalks; and as ſoon as the flower begins to decay,
the germen is thruſt under ground, where the pod is
formed and ripened; ſo that unleſs the ground is
opened, they never appear: the negroes kept this a
ſecret among themſelves, therefore could ſupply them-
ſelves with theſe nuts unknown to their maiters. The
roots of theſe plants are annual, but the nuts or feeds
ſufficiently ſtock the ground in a warm country, where
they are not very carefully taken up. In South Ca-
rolina there is great plenty of theſe nuts, which the
inhabitants roaſt, and make uſe of as chocolate.
ARALIA, Berry-bearing Angelica.
The CHARACTERS are,
It is on umbelliferous plant with a globular umbel, having
a ſmall involucrum; the empalement of the flower is ſmall,
indented in five parts, and reſts upon the
germen. The
flower hath five oval petals, which are reflexed; it bath
five awl-Shaped ſtamina crowned by roundiſh ſummits; the
round germen below the empalement ſupports five ſhort
Styles, each of which is crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The
germen afterward turns to a roundiſh channelled berry,
having five cells, each containing one oblong hard ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Pentagynia,
the flowers having five ſtamina and five ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. ARALIA (Racemoſa) caule folioſo herbaceo lævi. Hort.
Upſal. 70. Berry-bearing Angelica, with an herbaceous
leafy ſtalk. Aralia Canadenſis. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
.
300.
2. ARALÍA (Nudicaulis) caule nudo foliis ternatis. Hort.
Cliff. 113. Berry-bearing Angelica with a naked ſtalk.
Aralia caule nudo radice repente. Cold. Noveb. 66.
3. ARALIA (Spinoſa) arboreſcens caule folioliſque acu-
leata. Vir. Cliff. 26. Tree. Berry-bearing Angelica, whoſe
Stalk and leaves are prickly. Aralia arboreſcens fpinofa.
Vaill. Serm. Angelica-tree, vulgò.
The firſt fort is pretty common in many gardens near
London, but the ſecond is at preſent more rarely met
with. Both theſe plants grow naturally in North
America, from whence their feeds were brought to
Europe. They are perennial plants, whoſe ſtalks de-
cay in autumn, and new ones ariſe from their roots
in the ſpring. The firſt grows three or four feet high,
and divides into many irregular branches, garniſhed
with ramoſe leaves, placed alternately; at the wings
of theſe the flower-ſtalks are produced, which are ter-
minated by round umbels of ſmall four-leaved flowers,
of a whitiſh colour; theſe are ſucceeded by round
channelled berries, which when ripe, are black. This
flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in October.
The ſecond fort riſes to near the ſame height as the
former ; the leaves of this have two trifoliate large
lobes, which are fawed on their edges. The flower-
ftalks ariſe between theſe immediately from the root,
being naked, and are terminated by round umbels
of flowers, in ſhape and colour like the firſt; theſe
are ſucceeded by berries, which are ſmaller than thoſe
of the other. This flowers toward the end of July,
and the ſeeds ripen late in the autumn. The roots
of this ſort were formerly brought over and ſold for
Sarſaparilla, and at this time ſeveral of the inhabitants
of Canada make uſe of it as ſuch, but it is
very
dif-
ferent from the true fort.
Both theſe forts are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which
are generally produced in plenty. Theſe ſhould be
ſown in the autumn ſoon after they are ripe, for thoſe
which are ſown in the ſpring, never grow the ſame
year, fo that a whole ſeaſon is gained by the fowing
When the plants appear, they muſt be
kept clean from weeds during the ſummer; and in
the autumn following, when their leaves decay, the
roots may be taken up, and tranſplanted where they
are to remain. They are very hardy plants, ſo may
be planted in any fituation; and as they grow natu-
rally in woods, ſo they may be planted in wilderneſs
quarters, under trees, where, although they have no
great beauty, yet they will add to the variety,
Theſe two forts may alſo be propagated by parting of
their roots; the beſt time for doing th is in the
autumn, foon after their leaves decay. Theſe ſhould
be planted pretty far aſunder, for their roots ſpread
to a conſiderable diſtance, where they are left un-
diſturbed for ſome years.
The third ſort riſes with a woody ftem to the height
of eight or ten feet, dividing into ſeveral branches,
garniſhed with branching leaves, which are com-
pounded of many divaricated wings; the lobes of
which are oblong, and the ribs of the leaves, as alſo
the branches and ſtems of the plants, are armed with
ſtrong crooked ſpines, which renders the places very
difficult to paſs through where they grow in plenty.
The flowers of this ſort are produced in large looſe
umbels, at the extremity of the branches, and are of
an herbaceous colour, ſo make no great figure, but
the plants are preſerved in moſt of the curious gardens
in England. It flowers in Auguſt, but the feeds do
not ripen in this country.
This is propagated by feeds, which are eaſily pro-
cured from North America ; but as they feldom ar-
rive here till toward the ſpring, ſo the plants never
come up the firſt year: therefore when the ſeeds ar-
rive, they ſhould be fown in pots, filled with light
earth, and placed in a ſhady fituation, where they
may remain until the next autumn, being careful to
weed the pots conſtantly; otherwiſe if weeds are per-
mitted to grow till they are large, they cannot be
taken out, without drawing up the feeds with their
In the autumn, the pots ſhould be plunged
either into an old bed of tan, or in a warm border
under the ſhelter of a hedge or wall, and if the winter
proves ſevere, it will be proper to cover the pots with
ſtraw or Peaſe-haulm, to prevent the froſt from pe-
netrating deep into the ground. In March the pots
ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which
will bring up the plants early, ſo that they will have
more time to get ſtrength before the following winter.
When the plants come up, they ſhould be frequently
refreſhed with water, and conſtantly kept clean from
weeds : in May they ſhould be inured to the open air,
and when they are removed out of the bed, they
ſhould have a ſhady ſituation. Theſe plants ſhould
not be diſturbed the firſt ſeaſon, but as they are often
injured by froſt when young, ſo in October the pots
fhould be placed under a frame, where they may be
ſcreened from hard froſts, but in mild weather ſhould
be conſtantly opened to enjoy the free air. The leaves
of theſe plants fall away in the autumn, ſo that ſome
perſons have ſuppoſed them dead, and have thrown
them out of the pots, which every one ſhould be
cautioned againſt
. In the ſpring, before the plants
begin to puſh, they ſhould be carefully ſhaken out of
the pots, and ſeparated; part of them ſhould be
planted ſingly into ſmall pots, and the other
may
be
planted in a bed of light earth in a warm ſituation.
If thoſe which are planted in the ſmall pots are plunged
in a moderate hot-bed, it will greatly forward their
growth; but they muſt be early inured to bear the
open air, otherwiſe they will draw up weak. In the
following ſummer they muſt have a ſhady ſituation,
and the next winter ſhould be ſheltered again; the
ſpring following they may be ſhaken out of the pots,
and planted where they are deſigned to remain. Thoſe
plants which were planted in the bed, will require
protection from the froſt the firſt winter; therefore
if the ſurface of the ground is covered with old tan-
ners bark, it will prevent the froſt from penetrating
to their roots; and if in hard froſts, ſome ſtraw,
Peaſe-haulm, or any light covering is laid over the
bed, it will ſecure their ſtems from being injured.
The plants in the bed may remain there two years, b
which time they will be ſtrong enough to tranſplant
a
3
a
in autumn.
to

A R B
ARB
a
a
to the places where they are deſigned to grow. As 3. ARBUTUS (Acadienſis) caulibus procumbentibus foliis
theſe plants do not come out very early in the ſpring, ovatis fubferratis floribus fparfis baccis polyſpermis.
ſo they often continue growing pretty late in the au- Lin. Sp. Plant. 395. Arbutus with trailing falks, ovel
tumn, which cauſes the extreme parts of their ſhoots leaves, Somewhat indented, flowers growing looſely, and
to be very tender, whereby they often ſuffer from the many ſeeds. Vitis idæa Acadienſis foliis Alaterni.
early froſts in autumn, which frequently kill the upper Tourn. Inft.
parts of the ſhoots; but as their woody ſtems are 4. ARBUTUS (Alpina) caulibus procumbentibus foliis ru-
feldom injured, ſo they put out new branches below: goſis ſerratis. Flor. Lap. 161. Arbutus with trailing
and if in very ſevere winters the ſtems are deſtroyed,
, Stalks and rough ſawed leaves. Vitis idæa foliis oblon-
yet the roots will remain, and put out new ones the gis albicantibus. C. B. P. 470.
following ſummer, therefore they ſhould not be de- 5. ARBUTUS caulibus procumbentibus foliis integer-
ſtroyed.
rimis. Flor. Lap. 162. Arbutus with trailing ſtalks and
This plant may alſo be propagated by its roots, for entire leaves.
as they ſpread far in the ground, ſo if they are laid 6. ARBUTUS (Uva Urſ) caulibus diffufis, foliis emargi-
open, and ſome of the ſtrongeſt are ſeparated from natis. Arbutus with diffuſed ſtalks and indented leaves.
the plant and left in the ground, they will put out Uva urſi. Cluſ. Hift. 1. p. 63. Bear Berry,
new ſtems and make new plants. Or if part of the The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy, Spain, and alſo
roots are taken off and planted on a moderate hot-bed, in Ireland, and is now very common in the English
they will puſh out ſtems in plenty, ſo may be increaſed gardens. Of this ſort there are the following varie-
with eaſe.
ties, viz. one with an oblong flower and oval fruit;
ARBOR, a tree, is defined to be a gemmiparous another with a double flower, and a third with red
plant, with a ſingle trunk or ftem, abounding with flowers; but theſe being only feminal varieties, I have
Thoots. This is the only definition which conveys an not mentioned them as ſpecies; though for the ſake
idea whereby to diſtinguiſh a tree from a ſhrub, which of the curious, I ſhall give a farther account of
is a gemmiparous plant, with many ſtems or trunks. them.
ARBOR CAMPHORIFERA. See LAURUS. The ſecond fort grows naturally in the eaſt, parti-
ARBOR CORAL. See ERYTHRINA.
cularly about Magnefia, where it is ſo plenty, as to
ARBOR JUDÆ. See Cercis.
be the principal fuel uſed by the inhabitants of the
ARBOREOUS [ Arboreus, Lat. of, or belonging to, country. This grows to a middle fized tree; the
or of the nature of, trees.] An epithet which bota- branches are irregular, and are garniſhed with large
niſts apply to thoſe funguſes, or moſſes which grow oval leaves, ſomewhat like thoſe of the Bay-tree, but
on trees, in diſtinction from thoſe that grow on the not quite ſo long; theſe are ſmooth and entire, having
ground; as Agaric, Jews-ear, &c.
no ſerratures on their edges; the flowers are jhaped
ARBOURS [ Arboreta, of Arbor, Lat. a tree.] Theſe like thoſe of the common Arbutus, but grow thinly
were formerly in greater eſteem with us than at pre- on the branches. The fruit is oval, and of the ſame
ſent; few gardens were without covered arbours, and colour and conſiſtence with the common fort, but the
ſhady ſeats ; but of late they have been much re- feeds of this are flat, whereas thoſe of the common
jected, and that not without good reaſon ; for beſides ſort are pointed and angular. Tournefort enumerates
the great expence in their firſt erecting, they were a three other varieties of this tree, which he obſerved in
continual charge keeping repaired; for the wet foak- the Levant, one with ſawed leaves, which is now in
ing through the leaves of the trees to the wood-work, many Engliſh gardens, and paſſes for the Andrachne:
was, by the continual ſhade, and for the want of free another with a large oblong fruit, and a third with
air, detained ſo long as to rot the wood (which, if large compreſſed fruit: but it is doubtful if they are
wholly expoſed to the weather, would have lafted fe- not accidental varieties, which have been produced
ven or eight) in two or three years; beſide, the ſeats from feeds of the firſt.
are continually damp, and unhealthy : for which rea- The common Strawberry-tree is too well known to
fon, covered ſeats or alcoves, are every where, at this require any deſcription of it here, being at preſent in
time, preferred to them.
moſt of the Engliſh gardens, and is one of the greateſt
Arbours are generally made of lattice-work, either in ornaments to them in the months of October and
wood or iron, and covered with Elms, Limes, Horn- November, that being the ſeaſon when the trees are
beam ; or with Creepers, as Honeyſuckles, Jaſmines, in flower, and the fruit of the former year is ripe, for
or Paſſion-flowers; either of which will anſwer the the fruit is a whole year growing to perfection ; fo
purpoſe very well, if rightly managed.
that the fruit which is produced from the flowers of
ARBUTUS, the Strawberry-tree.
one year, do not ripen till the bloſſoms of the fuc-
The CHARACTERS are,
ceeding year are fully blown; ſo that when there is
The flower bath a ſmall, obtuſe, permanent empalement, plenty of fruit and flowers upon the trees, they make
which is cut into five parts, upon which the germen fits. a goodly appearance, and at a ſeaſon when moſt other
The flower is of one leaf, shaped like a pitcher, and di- trees are paft their beauty.
vided into five parts at the brim, which turn backward. Thoſe trees which have large oval fruit, make the
It hath ten mort ſtamino, which are joined at the bottom greateſt figure, the flowers of this being larger, and
to the flower leaf; theſe are crowned with bifid ſummits. oblong. The fort with double flowers is a curioſity,
At the bottom of the flower is ſituated the globular ger- but as the flowers have only two orders of leaves, ſo
men, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a thick blunt they make no great appearance; nor do the trees pro-
ſtigma. After the flower is paft, the germen becomes an duce fruit in any plenty, therefore the other is more
oval or round berry, having five cells, which are filled preferable. The fort with red flowers makes a pretty
with hard ſeeds.
variety, when intermixed with the other; for the out-
This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth claſs of ſide of them are of a fine red colour at their firſt ap-
Linnæus, entitled Decandria Monogynia, from the pearance, and afterward they change to purple before
flowers having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
they fall off. The fruit of this is the ſame with the
The SPECIES are,
common fort. All theſe varieties are preſerved, by
1. ARBUTUS (Unedo) foliis glabris ferratis, baccis poly- inarching or grafting them upon the common Ar-
ſpermis, caule erecto arboreo. Strawberry-tree with butus, for the ſeeds of either do not produce the ſame
ſmooth ſawed leaves, berries having many ſeeds, and an kind; though from the ſeeds of the oval fruit, there
upright trunk. Arbutus folio ſerrato. C. B. P. 460. is generally many more of the ſame produced, than
2. ARBUTUS (Andrachne) foliis glabris integerriinis, bac- from the ſeeds of the common fort.
cis polyfpermis caule erecto arboreo. Strawberry-tree The beſt method to propagate the Arbutus is from
with ſmooth entire leaves, berries full of ſeeds, and on feeds; therefore when the fruit is perfectly ripe, it
ere&t woody ſtem. Arbutus folio non ſerrato. C. B. P. ſhould be gathered and mixed with dry fand, to pre-
46. Andrachne Theophrafti. Cluf. Hiſt. 48. called ſerve them till the time for ſowing them; the fureit
Andrachne.
method of raiſing the plants, is to fow the ſeeds in
pots,
e

ARB
ARC
3
pots, which ſhould be plunged into an old bed of ginning to appear; and at that ſeaſon, if it should
tanners bark, which has loſt its heat, covering the prove very dry and they are kept moiſt, they will take
bed with glaſſes, &c. to keep out froſt; this ſhould root very ſoon; but toward the beginning of No-
be done in December, if the ſeeds are good, and as vember, their roots ſhould be wellcovered with mulch,
the ſpring advances, the pots are refreſhed with water, to keep out the froſt.
the plants will come up the beginning of April, when The third fort grows naturally in Acadia, and other
they ſhould be frequently but ſparingly watered, and northern parts of America, upon fwampy land, which
conſtantly kept clean from weeds.
is frequently overflowed with water; this is a low
As the ſummer advances, if the plants are ſhaded in buſhy ſhrub, with ſlender trailing branches, which
the heat of the day, it will greatly promote their are garniſhed with oval leaves, a little fawed on their
growth; but in warm weather they muſt be open all edges; the flowers come out from the wings of the
night to receive the dew, fo ſhould only be covered leaves, growing in thin looſe bunches. The fruit of
in the middle of the day: with this management, this fort is never produced in England, and it is with
the plants will riſe to the height of five or fix inches great difficulty the plants are kept alive here.
the firſt ſummer. The beginning of O&tober, theſe The fourth fórt grows naturally on the Alps, and the
plants may be ſhaken out of the pots, and their roots Helvetian mountains. This never riſes high, but
carefully ſeparated, planting them ſingly in ſmall pots ſends out from the root many ſlender branches, which
filled with light earth; then plunge the pots into an trail upon the ground, garniſhed with oblong
old bed of tanners bark, under a common frame, rough leaves, of a pale green colour; the flowers
obſerving to ſhade them from the fun in the middle are produced from the wings of the leaves, upon long
of the day, and to give them water as they may re- flender foot-ſtalks, and are ſucceeded by berries about
quire: in this bed the pots ſhould remain during the the ſize of the common black Cherry, which are firſt
winter, obſerving to expoſe the plants to the open green, afterward red, and when ripe they are black.
air, at all times when the weather is favourable; but Theſe are of a pleaſant taſte, fo are frequently eaten
in froſty weather they muſt be covered, otherwiſe by the inhabitants of thoſe countries where they grow
they will be in danger if the ſeaſon proves fevere. naturally. This is alſo a very difficult plant to keep
The ſpring following the plants may be removed to alive in gardens, for it is an inhabitant of bogs,
a very gentle hot-bed, which will require no other growing among moſs, where the ground is never dry.
covering but mats. This will enable them to make The fifth ſort grows naturally upon the mountains in
ftrong ſhoots early in the ſummer, whereby they will Spain, and in moſt of the northern parts of Europe.
be in a better condition to bear the cold of the fuc- The branches of this trail on the ground, which are
ceeding winter: in this bed the plants may continue cloſely garniſhed with ſmooth thick leaves of an oval
moſt part of the fummer, for if the pots are taken form, placed alternately; the flowers are produced
out and ſet upon the ground, the ſmallneſs of their in ſmall bunches toward the extremity of the branches,
fize will occaſion the earth in them to dry ſo faſt, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the common fort, but
that watering will ſcarcely preſerve the plants alive; are ſmaller; and are ſucceeded by berries, of the ſame
but if they are kept growing all the fummer, they fize with thoſe of the former fort, which are red when
will be more than a foot high by the next autumn: ripe.
but it will be adviſable to ſcreen them from the froſt There are few of theſe plants in the Engliſh gardens,
during their continuance in pots, by plunging them for as they are inhabitants of very cold countries,
into the ground in a warm place, and covering them where they are covered with ſnow all the winter, and
with mats in bad weather.
growing upon bogs among moſs, ſo when they are
When the plants are grown to be two or three brought into a garden, they ſeldom continue long,
feet high, you may ſhake them out of the pots, and nor do they thrive with the utmoſt care ; for in places
plant them in the open ground in the places where where artificial bogs have been contrived to receive
they are to remain; but this ſhould be done in April, theſe plants, they have been preſerved two or three
that they may have taken good root before the win- years, and then have periſhed; ſo that unleſs the
ter, which would be apt to damage them if newly place where they are planted is naturally boggy, there
planted ; and as all the earth about their roots may is little hopes of their ſucceeding long.
be thus preſerved, there will be no fear of ſucceeding The fixth fort grows naturally upon Mount Cenis
at this feafon.
in Italy, and upon fome mountains in Spain; this
Theſe plants are tolerably hardy, and are feldom hurt, hath woody ftalks which riſe two or three feet high,
except in extreme hard winters, which many times dividing into many diffuſed branches, cloſely garniſhed
killthe young and tender branches, but rarely deſtroy with roundiſh fleſhy leaves, which are indented at the
the roots; therefore, however dead they may top; the flowers are produced in a racemus toward
appear after a hard winter, yet I would adviſe the the end of the branches, which are ſhaped like thoſe
letting them remain till the ſucceeding ſummer has of the Strawberry-tree, of an herbaceous colour, ſtrip-
fufficiently demonſtrated what are living and what are ed with purple. The plants of this kind are very
dead; for the winters anno 1728-9, and 1739-40, rare in England, nor is this ſort much known among
gave us great reaſon to believe moſt of the trees of botaniſts, moſt of whom have ſuppoſed the fifth to
this kind were deſtroyed; and many people were ſo be the fort mentioned by Cluſius, in which they
haſty, as to dig up or cut down, many of their trees; are greatly miſtaken.
whereas all thoſe people who had patience to let them The Adrachne is at preſent very rare in England;
remain, found that ſcarce one in five hundred failed this may be propagated in the ſame manner as hath
to come out again the next ſummer, and many of been directed for the common Arbutus, but as there
them made handſome plants that ſeaſon.
are no plants in this country which produce fruit at
This tree delights in a moiſt foil, for when they are preſent, the feeds muſt be procured from the Levant,
,
planted in dry ground, they ſeldom produce much where they may be had in plenty. As the leaves of
fruit: the flowers of this tree being produced in au- this tree are larger than thoſe of the common Arbu-
tunin, if the winter proves ſevere, are generally de- tus, the trees make a finer appearance, therefore de
ſtroyed, which has occafioned their producing very ſerve our care to cultivate them, eſpecially as they
little fruit in England for ſeveral years: therefore, will bear the open air when the plants are become
in order to obtain fruit, the trees ſhould be placed in woody; for while they are young, they are impari-
a warm ſituation; and where the ground is not natu- ent of much froſt, therefore ſhould be preſerved in
rally moiſt, there ſhould be a good quantity of loam pots three or four years, till they have obtained
and rotten neat’s dung laid about their roots; and if ſtrength, and may then be planted in a warm fitua-
the ſpring ſhould prove dry, they muſt be plentifully tion and on a dry foil, for this fort will not thrive in
watered, in order to have plenty of fruit.
wet ground
The very beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting of the Arbutus ARCTIUM. Lin. Gen. 830. Lappa. Tourn. Inft.
is in September, at which time the bloffoms are be- R. H. Burdock.
U
"The
3
3
:

A
RC
ARC
ز
و
The CHARACTERS are,
The middle or diſk of the flower is compoſed of bermaphro-
The empalement of the flower is ſoaly, each foole ending in a dite florets, which are funnel-ſhaped, and divided et the
long thorn which is reflexed at the point. The flower is top into five parts, which are reflexed; theſe have five ſta-
compoſed of many florets, which are tubulous, uniform, mina, crowned by Short fummits; in the center is placed
and of one leaf. The tube is long and ſlender, cut into Small germen, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle with a fingle
five narrow ſegments at the top: theſe have each five fort ſtigma. Theſe flowers are abortive.
flender ſtornina, which are crowned by cylindrical ſummits. This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
The germen is ſituated at the bottom of the tube, having of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia
o bairy tip, ſupporting a long ſlender Style, crowned by Polygamia Neceffaria, the flowers of this ſection be-
a bifid reflexed ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes a ing compoſed of female and hermaphrodite florets ;
Single, pyramidal, angular ſeed, crowned with down. in ſome ſpecies the forets in the diſk are fertile, and
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of in others they are ſterile.
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia Po-
The SPECIES are,
lygamia Æqualis, there being an equal number of fe- I. ARCTOTIS (Triſtis) flofculis radiantibus vicenis tripar-
male and hermaphrodite flowers included in one com- titis. Lin. Sp. 1306. Aretotis with the rays of the flower
.
mon empalement.
compoſed of florets cut into three ſegments. Anemond-
The SPECIES are,
ſpermos Afra, foliis & facie taraxaci incanis. Breyn.
I. ARCTIUM (Lappa) foliis cordatis inermibus petiolatis
Prod. t. 15.
capitulis majoribus ſparſis. Burdock with beart-shaped 2. ARCTOTIS (Anguſtifolia) flofculis radiantibus fertili-
leaves without prickles, baving foot-ſtalks, and large bus, foliis lanceolatis integris dentatis, Lin. Sp. 1306.
beods growing ſcatteringly.
Ar Elotis whoſe florets in the rays are fertile, and ſpear-
2. ARCTIUM (Perſonata) foliis cordatis inermibus, capi- Shaped, entire, indented leaves. Anemonoſpermos Afra,
tulis minoribus compactis. Burdock with beart-ſhaped folio ferrato rigido flore intus ſulphureo extus puni-
leaves without Spines, and ſmall beads growing cloſe to- ceo. Boerh. Ind. Alt. 1. p. 1. 100.
geiber.
3. ARCTOTIS (Afpera). flofculis radiantibus fertilibus,
3. ARCTIUM (Tomentoſis) foliis cordatis inermibus, ca- foliis pinnato-finuatis villoſis laciniis oblongis denta-
pitulis tomento-reticulatis. Burdock with heart-ſhaped tis. Lin. Sp. 1307. Aretotis whoſe rays of the flower are
leaves without fpines, and woolly netted leaves.
fertile and woolly, with ſinuated, oblong, indented leaves. A-
The two firſt forts are common weeds, growing on nemonoſpermos Afra, folio Jacobææ tenuiter laciniato
the, fides of roads and foot-paths in moſt parts of flore aurantio pulcherrimo. Boerh. Ind. Alt. 1. p. 100.
England, and are not admitted into gardens. The 4. ARCTOTIS (Calendula) flofculis radiantibus fterilibus
firſt is ordered for medicinal uſe by the college of duodenis fubintegris, foliis lyratis nigro denticulatis.
phyſicians, therefore I have inſerted it here: the fe- Lin. Sp. 1306. Aretotis whoſe rays of the flower are ſte-
cond is by many ſuppoſed to be only a variety of the rile and intire, and the leaves are lyre-ſhaped ond indented.
firit, but I have for ſeveral years fown the feeds of Anemonoſpermos Africana Jacobææ maritimæ foliis
both forts in the Chelſea garden, where they have con- flore fulphureo. Com. Rar. 36.
ſtantly retained their difference, fo may be allowed 5. ARCTOTIS (Plantaginea) flofculis radiantibus fertili-
to be diſtinct ſpecies. The firſt is titled by Caſpar bus, foliis lanceolato-ovatis nervoſis decurrentibus am-
Bauhin, Lappa major, five Aretium Diofcorides. Pin. plexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. 1306. Aretotis whole rays of
192. Greater Burdock, or Aretium of Dioſcorides. The the flower are fertile, and oval, Spear-ſhaped, nervous,
ſecond is titled by Vaillant, Lappa vulgaris capitulo running leaves embracing the ſtalks. Anemonoſpermos
-minore. Act. Par. 1718. Common Burdock with a ſmall Afra, folio plantaginis, florum radiis intus aureis ex-
bead.
tus puniceis. Boerh. Ind. 1. p. 100.
The third fort is not a native of England, but grows6. ARCTOTIS (Acaulis) pedunculis radicalibus, foliis ly-
naturally on the Apennine mountains. The leaves ratis. Lin. Sp. 1306. Aretotis whose foot-stalks ariſe
of this are like thoſe of the common fort, but are from the root, and the leaves are lyre-shaped. Anemo-
whiter on their under fide; the heads are more com- ſpermos Africana, folio plantiginis flore fulphureo.
pact, and the florets are of a bright red colour ; but the
Com. Rar. 35
.
.
greateſt difference is in their empalements, which in | 7. ARCTOTIS foliis pinnato-laciniatis criſpis caule ra-
this fort are beautifully netted with a fine down all over. moſo fruticofo. Aretotis with winged, jagged, curled
This is alſo ſuppoſed to be only a variety of the com- leaves, and a branching ſhrubby ſtalk. Anemonofper-
mon fort, but I have cultivated it above forty years,
mos Africana foliis Cardui benedicti fiorum radiis in-
during which time it has never varied, ſo that it is cer- tus albicantibus. Hort. Amft. 2. 45.
tainly a diſtinct ſpecies. This is by Caſpar Bauhin 8. ARCTOTIS (Paleacea) flofculis radiantibus fterilibus,
titled, Lappa major montana capitulis tomentoſis. Pin. paleis flofculos diſci æquantibus, foliis pinnatis line-
198. Greaier Mountain Burdock with woolly beads. aribus. Amen. Acad. 6. Afr. 84. ArEtotis whoſe rays
As theſe plants are ſeldom admitted into gardens, it of the flower are barren, the ſcoles of the flowers in the
is needleſs to ſay any thing of their culture, but diſk equal, and linear winged leaves. After foliis inte-
where they are troubleſome weeds, it may not be gris anguftis, flore magno luteo. Burm. Afr. 176.
amiís to mention, that their roots laſt but two years, Theſe plants are natives of the country about the
ſo may be deſtroyed with leſs trouble than ſuch as Cape of Good Hope, from whence they have been
have perennial roots; for if they are cut up before brought to ſome curious gardens.
they ſeed, in two or three years they may be entirely The firſt fort here mentioned is an annual plant,
rooted out; for the plants which come up from ſeed, which may be ſown upon a warm border of light
do not fower till the ſecond year, and when the ſeeds earth in the open air, in the middle of April, where
are perfected their roots decay.
they are deſigned to remain ; theſe flower in Auguſt,
ARCTOTIS. This hath been uſually known un- and if the ſeaſon proves favourable, they will perfect
der the title of Anemonoſpermos, from the relem- ſeeds very well, and the plants will grow much
blance the feeds of theſe plants have to that of the A- ſtronger than thoſe raiſed upon a hot-bed; but, as
in cold ſeaſons theſe may fail to perfect their feeds, it
The CHARACTERS are,
will be a ſecure method to raiſe fome upon the hot-
Tbe common empalement is roundiſh and ſcaly, thoſe on the bed; which never fails to perfect feeds, provided they
lower part are looſe and awl-ſhaped, the middle oval, and are not treated too tenderly.
thoſe on the top concave. The flower is compoſed of many
The ſecond, third, fourth, and ſeventh forts, grow
female florets which are ranged on the border; theſe have to the height of four or five feet, fending forth mahy
one ſide ſtretched out like a tongue, which are called the branches; therefore will require to be frequently
rays, having an ovol four-cornered germen ſituated in their pruned, to keep them in tolerable order, eſpecially
center, crozoned with down, ſupporting a Sender Style, the ſeventh, which fends forth ſtrong rambling ihoots,
crowned by two ovel figma; the gérmen afterward be- when their roots are not much confined in the pots,
comes a ſingle roundiſh seed, covered with a soft down. but more ſo when they are duly watered.
Theſe
.
a
a
nemone.
او

ARC
ARG
و
a
و
3
Theſe are ſeldom deſtitute of Powers the whole year, About the end of September following they may be
unleſs the winter is fevere, which renders them more opened and examined, to ſee if they have taken root
valuable than thoſe which flower at one ſeaſon only; or not, which it is very probable they will have done;
,
for all thoſe plants which flower in the winter-ſeaſon, but if not, they muſt be let alone, to lie till the next
make a fine variety in the green-houſe; and when the autumn, when they are to be taken up, and planted
plants are ſet abroad in ſummer, their flowers being
in the nurſery.
at that ſeaſon produced in greater plenty, they add This may be done to the Dutch, Witch, and Eng-
to the beauty of a garden.
liſh Elms; the Abele, Lime, Alder, Platanus, and
The ſhrubby forts are propagated by planting cut- many ſorts of evergreen trees and flowering ſhrubs.
tings in a bed of light freſh earth, in any of the fum- ARE A is the internal capacity or content of any given
mer months, obſerving to ſhade them from the heat boundary or limits, of what figure or ſhape foever
of the ſun until they have taken root, as alſo to re- it be.
freſh them often with water ; and in fix weeks after ARGEMONE [ſo called from "Apyena, a diſeaſe in
planting, they will be rooted fufficiently, at which the eye, which this plant is ſaid to cure ; it is alſo
time they ſhould be tranſplanted into pots filled with called the Infernal Fig, becauſe the capſule pretty
freſh earth, ſetting the pots in a ſhady place until the much reſembles a Fig, and from its afperity,] Prickly
plants are new rooted; after which time they ſhould Poppy.
be placed in the open air until the latter end of Octo-
The CHARACTERS are,
ber, or later, according as the weather is favourable, The flower bath a three-leaved empalement, which falls
when they muſt be removed into the green-houſe, off; it hath five roundiſh petals, which ſpread open, and
where they ſhould be placed as near the window as are larger than the empalement ; in the center is ſituated
poſſible, that they may have a good quantity of free an oval five-cornered germen, crowned by a large obtuſe
air at all times, when the weather is mild ; nor ſhould ſtigma, which is permanent, divided into five parts, at-
they be over-hung by other plants, which would oc- tended by a great number of ſtamina, crowned by ob-
caſion them to take a mouldineſs, and rot; they muſt long erext ſummits; the germen afterward becomes an
alſo be frequently refreſhed with water, giving it oval ſeed-veſſel, having five angles, and as many cells,
them plentifully in mild weather, otherwiſe their which are filled with ſmall rough ſeeds.
leaves and branches will hang and wither; in fum- This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's thir-
mer they can ſcarce have too much water given them. teenth claſs, entitled Polyandria Monogynia, the
They will alſo require to be ſhifted into other pots flowers having many ſtamina and one germen.
two or three times at leaſt every ſummer, and the We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
pots ſhould be frequently removed, to prevent the ARGEMONE (Mexicana) capſulis quinque valv bus, foliis
plants from ſtriking their roots through the holes of ſpinoſis. Lin. Sp. 727. Argemone whoje capſule bath
the pots into the ground, which they are very apt to five valves, and the leaves are prickly ; or Pickly Poppy.
do, then they will ſhoot very vigorouſly; but when Papaver ſpinofum. C. B. P. 171.
theſe roots are torn off, by removing the pots, the This is an annual plant, which is very common in
plants are often killed.
moſt parts of the Weſt-Indies, and is, by the Spani-
All theſe plants ſhould be frequently renewed by ards, called Fico del Inferno, or the Devil's Fig;
cuttings, becauſe the old plants are ſubject to decay there is no great beauty or uſe in this plant that I
in winter ; therefore if young plants are not annually
know of, but whoever hath a mind to cultivate it,
raiſed, the ſpecies, may ſoon be loft.
fhould fow it on a bed of light earth, in the ſpring,
If the green-houſe in which theſe plants are placed where it is to remain; and if it comes up too thick,
in winter is ſubject to damps, it will be very difficult the plants muſt be thinned to four inches diſtance,
to preſerve ſome of the forts; for when the windows where, when once it has ſhed its feed, there will not
are kept cloſe, the tender parts of their ſhoots are want a ſupply of plants for ſeveral years after. I
very ſubject to a mouldineſs, which will foon cauſe have been informed that gumbouge is made from the
the plants to decay, if it is not conſtantly cleaned off, juice of this plant, but how true I cannot take upon
and free air admitted to dry off the damps.
me to determine.
ARCUATION [from arcuo, Lat. to bend or bow ARGIL [ Argilla, Lat. a ſort of white earth like chalk,
like an arch ;] the method of raiſing trees by layers. but more brittle,] Potters Clay.
The firſt thing that is to be done, is, to procure ARIA THEOPHRASTI. See CRATÆGUS.
ftrong mother plants, which are uſually called ftools. ARISARUM. See Arum.
It is no matter whether the trees be crooked, or other-ARISTA, of corn, is that ſharp-pointed needle that
therwiſe deformed. They are to be planted in a bor- ſtands out from the hulk or hoſe of the grain, called
der ſix feet wide, and in a ſtrait line fix feet aſunder. the beard or awn of corn.
The border muſt be well trenched, or dug, and clear-ARISTOLOCHIA, ['Apisodoxía from õpis@, beft,
ed from all roots, clods, ſtones, or any other ob- and noxeíc, Child Birth, becauſe ſuppoſed to be of fo-
ſtructions. Theſe trunks or ſtools being planted in reign uſe on that occafion.] Birthwort.
this trench, will throw out a great many ſhoots ac-
The CHARACTERS are,
cording to their ſtrength, which may be laid about The flower both no empalement; it is of one leaf, which
the Michaelmas following: in order to this, the is unequal; the baſe is ſwelling and globular, afterward
ground round each ſtool ſhould be carefully dug, is extended into a cylindrical tube, which ſpreads at the
breaking the clods and picking out the ſtones as be- brin, where the lower part is ſtretched out like a tongue.
fore. Then the ſhoots ſhould be bent down in It bath no ſtamina, but there are fix ſummits which join
arches, and put into the ground about three inches the under part of the ſtigma : the oblong angular germen -
deep; and to keep them in this ſituation, each ſhould fits under the flower, ſupporting a concave
globular fig-
have a forked ſtick drove into the ground over the ma, divided into fix parts; the germen afterward turns
part of the ſhoot immerſed, turning the extremity of to a large ſeed-veſſel, differing in form, which opens in
each ſhoot upward.
fix cells, which are filled with ſeeds, for the moſt part
When the branches are thus laid round the ſtool, and compreſſed
pegged faſt down, the branches, or ſhoots, will be This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
covered all over, except the very top. Some per- Linnæus's twentieth claſs, entitled Gynandria Hexan-
fons give the branches a twiſt, in order to make them dria, the flowers being male and female in the ſame
take root the fooner. Others ſlit ſuch of the ſhoots fpecies, having no ftamina or pointal, and fix fum-
as are not apt to take root without, in the ſame man- mits, which reſt on the receptacle.
ner as is practiſed in laying of Carnations, which is
The SPECIES are,
generally a ſure way; and if they are afterward mulch- 1. ARISTOLOCHIA (Rotunda) foliis cordatis, fubieflili-
ed, it will be of uſe to keep out the froſt in winter, bus obtufis, caule infirmo, fioribus folitariis. Lin.
and alſo to keep the ground moiſt the following ſpring Sp. Plant. 962. Birthwort with blunt beart-ſhaped
and fummer.
leaves growing cloſe, a weak ſtalk, and flowers growing
kingly,
و
a
a

ARI
ARI
Singly. Ariſtolochia rotunda flore ex purpurâ nigro.
C. B. P. 307.
2. ARISTOLOCHIA (Longa) foliis cordatis petiolatis inte-
gerrimis obtuſiuſculis, caule infirmo foribus folita-
riis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 962. Birthwort with entire, heart-
Maped, blunt leaves, having foot-ſtalks, a weak ſtalk,
and flowers growing ringly. Ariſtolochia longa vera.
C. B. P. 307.
3. ARISTOLOCHIA (Clematitis) foliis cordatis caule erecto
floribus axillaribus confertis. Hort. Upfal. 279. Birth-
wort with beart-ſhaped leaves, an upright ſtalk, and
flowers growing in cluſters from the fide. Ariſtolochia
clematitis recta. C. B. P. 307.
4. ARISTOLOCHIA (Piſtolochia) foliis cordatis, crenula-
tis petiolatis, floribus folitariis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 962.
Birthwort with heart-ſhaped indented leaves, having foot-
ſtalks, and flowers growing ſingly. Ariſtolochia piſtolo-
chia dicta. C. B. P. 307.
5. ARISTOLOCHIA (Sempervirens) foliis cordato-oblongis
undatis, caule infirmo, floribus folitariis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 961. Birthwort with oblong, heart-ſhaped, waved
leaves, a weak ſtalk, and flowers growing ſingly. Arif-
tolochia piſtolochia dicta Cretica foliis ſmilacis ſem-
pervirens. H.L.
6. ARISTOLOCHIA (Serpentaria) foliis cordato-oblongis
planis, caulibus infirmis flexuoſis, teretibus floribus
folitariis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 961. Birthwort with plain,
oblong, heart-ſhaped, flexible, weak ſtalks, and flowers
growing ſingly. Ariſtolochia piſtolochia five ferpenta-
taria Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 50. Virginia Snakeroot.
7. ARISTOLOCHIA (Arboreſcens) foliis cordato-lanceolatis
caule erecto fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 960. Birthwort
with Spear-ſhaped leaves in form of a heart, and an up-
right ſhrubby ſtalk. Ariſtolochia polyrrhizos auricu-
latis foliis Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 50.
8. ARISTOLOCHIA (Indica) foliis cordato-oblongis caule
volubili pedunculis multifloris. Flor. Zeyl. 323.
Birthwort with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, a twining
ſtalk, and many flowers upon each foot-ſtalk. Ariſtolo-
chia ſcandens odoratiſſima floris labello purpureo fe-
mine cordato. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 60. Contrayerva of
Jamaica.
9. ARISTOLOCHIA (Hirta) foliis cordatis obtuſiuſculis
hirtis floribus folitariis pendulis recurvatis ſubtrunca-
tis. Lin. Sp. 1365. Hairy Birthwort with obtuſe heart-
ſhaped leaves, and hanging recurved flowers growing fin-
gly, formed like a lip. Ariſtolochia longa ſubhirſuta
folio oblongo flore maximo. Tourn. Cor. 8.
10. ARISTOLOCHIA (Scandens) foliis cordatis petiolis lon-
giffimis, caule fcandente, floribus terminalibus pe-
dunculis longiſſimis. Birthwort with a climbing ſtalk,
heart-ſhaped leaves with very long foot-ſtalks, and flowers
growing at the end of the branches upon very long foot-
ſtalks.
11. ARISTOLOCHIA (Conferta) foliis cordatis petiolatis,
caule fcandente, floribus axillaribus confertis. Birth-
wort with heart-ſhaped leaves, a climbing ſtalk, and flowe-
ers growing in cluſters from the wings of the ſtolk.
12. ARISTOLOCHIA (Repens) foliis lanceolatis feffilibus
ſubhirſutis, caule erecto floribus ſolitariis longiffimis
.
Birthwort with Spear-ſhaped hairy leaves growing cloſe
to the branches, an upright ſtalk, and very long flowers
growing Jingly. Ariſtolochia erecta flore atro purpu-
reo foliis anguſtis radice repente. Houft. MSS.
13. ARISTOLOCHIA (Maxima) foliis oblongo-ovatis ob-
tufis integerrimis, caule fcandente floribus terminali-
bus, fructibus hexangularibus maximis. Birthwort
with a climbing ſtalk, oblong, oval, entire, blunt leaves,
flowers growing at the ends of the branches, and very large
fruit with fix angles.
The firſt and ſecond ſorts grow naturally in the ſouth
of France, in Spain, and Italy, from whence their
roots are brought for medicinal uſe. The roots of
the firſt fort are roundiſh, and grow to the ſize of
ſmall Turneps, in ſhape and colour like the roots of
the common Cyclamen; the roots of which are fre-
quently ſold in the markets for thoſe of the round
Birthwort, which at firſt may have been occaſioned by
.
the ſuppoſed virtues of the roots of the Cyclamen.
This ſends out three or four weak trailing branches,
which lie on the ground where they are not ſupported,
and extend to the length of two feet; the leaves are
heart-ſhaped, and rounded at their extremity; theſe
are placed alternately on the ſtalks, and cloſe to the
foot-ſtalks of the leaves, the flowers come out fingly,
at every leaf, toward the upper part of the ſtalk.
They are of a purpliſh black colour, and ſhaped like
thoſe of the other forts, and are frequently ſucceeded
by feed-veſſels, having fix cells, which are full
of flat feeds. The flowers appear in June and July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The ſecond fort hath long tap roots, ſhaped like thoſe
of Carrots ; theſe ſend out weak trailing branches,
which extend little more than a foot; the leaves of
this fort are paler, and have longer foot-ſtalks than
the firſt, placed alternately, and the flowers come out
from the wings of the leaves like the other, which
are not ſo long, and are of a pale purple colour : they
are ſometimes fucceeded by oblong feed-veſſels, hav-
ing fix cells filled with compreſſed feeds. The ſtalks
of both theſe forts decay in the autumn, and new
ones are produced in the ſpring.
They are both propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
fown in the autumn, in pots filled with light earth,
and placed under a frame, to be ſcreened from the
froſt; but the glaſſes ſhould be taken off at all times
when the weather is mild. If theſe pots are put into
a gentle hot-bed in March, it will bring up the plants
much ſooner than they otherwiſe would riſe. As the
ſeaſon advances, the plants ſhould be inured by de-
grees to bear the open air : when the pots are taken
out of the bed, they muſt be placed where they may
enjoy the morning fun, but ſcreened from it in the
heat of the day. Gentle refreſhings of water muſt
be in dry weather given to the plants during the
ſummer, but in the autumn, when their ſtalks begin
to decay, they muſt have little wet. In the winter
the pots muſt be ſheltered as before ; and in March,
before the roots begin to ſhoot, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted into ſeparate ſmall pots filled with light earth,
and ſet under the frame, where they ſhould remain
till ſpring; then they may be removed into the open
air, and treated in the ſame manner as in the former
fummer, and ſheltered alſo the following winter.
The next ſpring they may be turned out of the pots,
and planted in a warm border, where, during the
ſummer, they will require no other care but to keep
them clean from weeds; and in the autumn when
their ſtalks are decayed, if the border is covered with
old tanners bark to keep out the froſt, the roots will
be ſecured; but where this care is not taken, the
roots are frequently killed by froſt. With this ma-
nagement the roots will thrive much better than thofe
which are kept in pots, and continue longer; and
when they are three years old, they will flower and
produce plenty of feeds, whereas thoſe in pots feldom
perfect their ſeeds in England.
When the ſeeds of theſe plants are fown in the ſpring,
the plants will not appear till the ſpring following ; ſo
that a whole ſeaſon is loft, and many times they fail,
therefore it ſhould always be fown in the autumn.
The third ſort grows naturally in France, Spain, Italy,
and Hungary, but is preſerved in ſome of the Engliſh
gardens, becauſe it is ſometimes uſed in medicine.
This is a terrible plant for creeping at the root; ſo
that if once it has taken in a garden, it will be diffi-
cult to extirpate again, and will over-run whatever
plants grow near it ; therefore it ſhould be planted in
ſome abject part of the garden by itſelf, for it will
thrive in almoſt any ſoil or ſituation.
The fourth fort grows wild in Spain, Italy, and the
ſouth of France; but in England it is preſerved, for
variety, in botanic gardens. The plants of this fort
muſt be planted in pots filled with light rich earth,
and ſheltered from ſevere cold in winter, otherwiſe
they will not live; but they ſhould have as much free
air as poſſible in mild weather. This produces flowers
every year, but never perfects its feeds in this
country
3
2
The

ARI
A RM
a
a
3
;
The fifth fort grows naturally in Crete. The root of
this is perennial, and ſends out many trailing branches,
which extend one foot and a half in length, garniſhed
with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, which are waved
on their edges, and are evergreen. The flowers come
out fingly from the wings of the leaves, which are
of a dark purple colour, in ſhape like the others, but
the plants never produce ſeeds in England, fo is pro-
pagated by parting of the roots : this is too tender to
thrive in the open air in winter, the plants are pre-
ferved in pots, and placed under a common frame in
winter, where they ſhould have as much free air aš
poflible in mild weather, but fcreened from hard froſt;
in mild winters I have had this plant live abroad in a
warm border, but in hard winters it will be deſtroyed;
therefore one or two plants ſhould be ſheltered to
preſerve the ſpecies.
The ſixth fort is the Snakeroot, which is greatly uſed
in medicine: theſe roots are brought from Virginia
and Carolina, where there are two ſpecies of this
plant, but this fort is the beſt for uſe. There are
ſome of theſe preſerved in the gardens of thoſe who
are curious in collecting rare plants, but as they are
ſometimes killed by froſt in winter, ſo they are not
very common in the Engliſh gardens. This is pro-
pagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in the au-
tumn, in ſmall pots filled with light ſandy earth, and
placed under a common frame in winter, and after-
ward treated in the fame manner as hath been di-
rected for the two firſt forts, as ſhould the plants alſo;
with which management they will produce their flow-
ers, and perfect their feeds every year
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in North America,
and is by ſome called Snakeroot, but is not near fo
ſtrong as the former; the branches of this grow erect,
and are perennial, whereas thoſe of the other fort de-
cay to the root every winter: this riſes about two
feet high; the branches are not very woody, but are
ſtrong enough to ſupport themſelves; the leaves are
oblong and heart-ſhaped; the flowers coine out ſingly
at the wings of the leaves. This will live abroad in
warm borders, with a little protection in hard froſts.
It is generally kept in pots, and ſheltered in winter ;
but thoſe which are planted in the full ground will
thrive much better, provided they are ſcreened from
hard frofts.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, where it
is called Contrayerva ; the roots are there uſed as ſuch :
this hath long trailing branches, which climb upon
the neighbouring plants, and riſe to a conſiderable
height; the leaves are placed alternately, and are of
the long heart-ſhaped kind; the flowers are produced
in ſmall cluſters toward the upper part of the ſtalks,
which are of a dark purple colour; the feed-veſſels
are oblong and ſmooth. This is tender, and in win-
ter ſhould have very little wet, therefore muſt be con-
ſtantly kept in the ſtove, otherwiſe it will not live in
England.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant. This hath fome reſemblance to the fe-
cond fort, but the leaves are hairy, and not ſo deeply
eared at the bottom ; the flowers are alſo much larger.
This may be propagated by feeds, in the ſame man-
ner as hath been directed for the firſt and ſecond
forts, and the plants treated fo, will thrive very well
in England.
The tenth fort fends out climbing ſtalks, which ſup-
port themſelves by faſtening to the neighbouring
trees, and thereby riſe to a very great height; the
leaves are very broad and heart-ſhaped, having ſeve-
ral longitudinal veins ; the flowers grow in looſe
bunches at the extremity of the branches, each hav-
ing a long foot-ſtalk: this is tender, ſo muſt be kept
in a ſtove, and treated as other exotic plants. It
grows naturally about Tolu in New Spain, where it
was diſcovered by the late Mr. Robert Millar, who
ſent the ſeeds to England.
The eleventh fort was diſcovered by the ſame gen-
tleman at Campeachy in New Spain, from whence he
ſent the feeds: this fort ſeldom climbs above three
or four feet high; the leaves are ſhort and heart-ſhap-
ed, in ſome meaſure like thoſe of the firt; the flow-
ers come out in ſmall cluſters from the wings of the
leaves, and are of a dark purple colour.
The twelfth fort was diſcovered at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſton, who ſent the
feeds to Europe: this riſes with an upright ſtalk, to
the height of three feet; the leaves are long, nar-
row, hairy, and grow cloſe to the branches, having
ſcarce any foot-ſtalk; the flowers come out ſingly
from the wings of the leaves, which are near four
inches long, of a dark purple colour, and grow erect ;
theſe are ſucceeded by ſlender veſſels, about one inch
long, which open into fix cells, filled with flat heart-
ſhaped ſeeds. This ſort requires a warm ftove to
preſerve it in this country,
The thirteenth fort was diſcovered by Mr. Robert
Millar, near Carthagena in New Spain, who ſent it to
England; this hath ſtrong climbing ſtalks, by which
it mounts up to the top of the talleit trees; the leaves
of this are four inches long and two broad, of an oval
ſhape, rounded at their ends, and are nearly as thick
as thoſe of the common Laurel; the flowers come
out in looſe cluſters at the ends of the ſhoots, each
ſtanding on a very long foot-ſtalk; the feed-veſels
are four inches long, and as much in circumference,
having fix longitudinal ribs, which make ſo many an-
gles, being very prominent; they open into fix cells,
which are filled with heart-íhaped leaves.
All theſe forts, which are natives of the warm parts
of America, are too tender to thrive in the open air in
this country, therefore require a ſtove to preſerve
them. They are propagated by feeds, which muſt be
procured from the countries where the grow naturally,
for they do not produce any here. As the ſeeds are
a confiderable time in their paſſage, they ſhould be
brought over in their pods; for many of the forts have
very thin light feeds, which are foon dried in a hot
country, when they are out of their covers, which
will prevent their growing. So ſoon as the ſeeds ar-
rive, they ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled with
light earth; and if this happens in the autumn, or
winter, the pots ſhould be plunged into the tan in
the bark-ſtove, between ſome of the pots with large
plants, which will ſcreen them from the ſun ; for as
theſe plants delight in fhade, ſo, by thus placing of
the pots, the earth will not dry very faſt, which will
be of great advantage to the ſeeds, which ſhould not
be too often watered. Here the pots may remain till
March, at which time they ſhould be removed, and
plunged into a hot-bed, under frames, where, if the
ſeeds are good, the plants will appear in May: but
if the feeds arrive in ſpring or ſummer, they muſt be
immediately ſown in ſmall pots, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them conſtantly
in the heat of the day ; but the feeds fown at this fea-
fon ſeldom grow the ſame year ; therefore if the plants
do not appear, the pots ſhould be plunged in the tan-
bed of the ſtove in autumn, and in the ſpring follow-
ing, treated as before directed, which will bring up
the plants. When theſe are ſtrong enough to trant-
plant, they ſhould be each put into a ſeparate ſmall
pot, and plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, and
treated as other tender plants from the ſame coun-
tries.
ARMENIACA, the Apricot.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is bell-ſhaped, cut into five
blunt ſegments ai the top; the flower is compoſed of five
large roundiſh petals which ſpread open, whoſe baſe are
inſerted in the empalement ; in the center is placed a round
gernen, ſupporting o fender Style, crowned by a round
ſtigma; this is attended by upword of twenty awl-shaped
ſtomina, which are crowned by Short double ſummits. The
germen afterward becomes a roundi;} pulpy fruit, having
a longitudinal furrow incloſing a roundiſt nut, which is a
little compreſed on the ſides.
Dr. Linnæus has joined the Armeniaca, Ceraſus, Lau-
roceraſus, and Padus, to his genus of Prunus, making
them only ſo many ſpecies of the ſame genus, and
X
ranges
a
و
a

A RM
ARM
و
a
ranges it in his twelfth claſs of plants, entitled Icofan-
dria Monogynia ; the flowers of this claſs have from
twenty to thirty ſtamina faſtened to the empalement,
and a ſingle ſtyle.
The joining of ſo many plants under the ſame genus,
as Linnæus has done, renders it much more diffi-
cult to aſcertain their ſpecific difference, than when
they are ranged under different genera; and although
moſt of them do agree in thoſe parts from whence the
characters according to his fyftem are taken, yet if
their fruits may be allowed as one of the characteriſtic
notes (which ſurely ought not to be totally omitted)
there will be reaſon for ſeparating ſome of them,
eſpecially when we conſider the boundary which na-
ture has ſet between them; for it is well known that
all fruits which are of the ſame genus, may be grafted
or budded upon each other, but thoſe of different
genera will not take upon each other, nor will any
two plants of different genera impregnate each other.
Now the Cherry and Plum cannot by any art be made
to take when grafted or budded upon ſtocks of the
other kind; nor will the Apricot take upon the Cherry,
the Laurel, or Padus; but it will grow upon the
Plum to which it is nearly allied, therefore theſe may
be joined together according to the ſtrict rules of bo-
tany: yet in a work of this kind, deſigned for the
inſtruction of the practical gardener, were theſe fruits
to be included under the ſame appellation, it would
rather confound than inſtruct, thoſe who had not ap-
plied themſelves to the ſtudy of botany: therefore I
ſhall continue this genus under its former title, and
ſhall enumerate all the varieties of this fruit which
are at preſent cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, rang-
ing them according to the orders of their ripening.
For although moſt, if not all thoſe which are by the
gardeners called different forts, may have been pro-
duced by culture, fo ſhould be deemed as one ſpecies;
yet as the differences may be continued for ever, by
the method in which they are propagated, ſo it would
be unpardonable in a book of gardening to omit
them.
The ſpecific title given by Linnæus to the Apricot is,
Prunus floribus ſubſeſſilibus foliis fubcordatis. Sp.
Plant. 474. i. e. Plum whoſe flowers want foot-ſtalks,
and beart-ſhaped leaves.
The VARIETIES are,
1. The Maſculine Apricot.
2. The Orange Apricot.
3. The Algier Apricot.
4. The Roman Apricot.
5. The Turkey Apricot.
6. The Breda Apricot.
7. The Bruſſels Apricot.
The Maſculine is the firſt ripe of all the Apricots; it
is a ſmall roundiſh fruit, of a red colour towards the
fun; as it ripens, the colour fades to a greeniſh yellow
on the other ſide. It is chiefly preſerved for being the
firſt ripe, and there is a quickneſs in the flavour of
the fruit when it is not too ripe, which renders it agree-
able; the tree is very apt to be covered with flowers,
but as they come out early in the ſpring, they are
frequently deſtroyed by the cold, unleſs the trees are
covered to protect them.
The Orange is the next ripe Apricot; this fruit is
much larger than the former, and as it ripens changes
to a deep yellow colour. The fleſh of this is dry and
not high favoured, it is better for tarts than for the
table.
The Algier is the next in ſeafon; this is of an oval
shape, a little compreſſed on the ſides; it turns to a
pale yellow, or ſtraw-colour, when ripe; the fleſh is
high flavoured, and very full of juice.
The Roman is the next ripe Apricot; this is a larger
fruit than the former, and not compreſſed ſo much
on the ſides; the colour is deeper, and the fleſh is not
fo moiſt as the former.
The Turkey Apricot is yet larger than either of the
former, and of a globular figure; the fruit turns to
a deeper colour than the former; the fielh is firmer,
and drier than thoſe of the two former.
The Breda Apricot (as it is called from its being
brought from thence into England) was originally
brought from Africa: this is a large roundilh fruit,
changing to a deep yellow when ripe; the fleſh is foft,
full of juice, and of a deep Orange colour within fide;
the ſtone is rounder and larger than any of the other
forts: this is the beſt Apricot we have, and when
ripened on a ſtandard, is preferable to all other
kinds.
The Bruſſels is the lateſt ripe of all the Apricots, for
when it is planted againſt a wall, it is generally the
beginning of Auguſt before it is ripe, unleſs when it
is planted to a full ſouth aſpect; which is what ſhould
not be practiſed, becauſe the fruit is never well taſted
which
grows in a warm expoſure. This fruit is of a
middling fize, rather inclining to an oval figure; red
on the ſide next the fun, with many dark ſpots, and
of a greeniſh yellow on the other ſide; the fleſh is
firm, and of a high flavour; the fruit often cracks
before it is ripe. This is commonly preferred to the
former fort by moſt people, but when the other is
planted as a ſtandard, the fruit is fuller of juice, and
of a richer flavour than this.
Moſt people train theſe trees up to ſtems of fix or
feven feet high, or bud them upon ſtocks of that
height; but this is a practice I would not recommend
to the public, becauſe the higher the heads of theſe
trees are, the more they are expoſed to the cutting
winds in the ſpring, which too frequently deſtroy the
bloſſoms; and the fruit is alſo more liable to be blown
down in fummer, eſpecially if there ſhould happen
to be much wind at the time when the fruit is ripe;
which by falling from a great height, will be bruiſed
and ſpoiled; therefore I prefer half ſtandards, of
about two and a half, or three feet in the ſtem, to
thoſe which are much taller; or to plant them as
dwarfs againſt an eſpalier, where, if they are ſkilfully
managed, they will produce a large quantity of good
fruit; and the trees in eſpalier may be more conve-
niently covered in the ſpring, when the ſeaſon proves
bad, whereby there will be a greater certainty of fruit
every year.
Theſe fruits are all propagated by budding them on
Plum-ſtocks, and will readily take
any
fort of Plum, provided the ſtock be free and thriving
(except the Bruſſels kind, which is uſually budded on
a ſort of ſtock, commonly called the St. Julian,
which better ſuits this tree, as being generally planted
for ſtandards, than any other fort of Plum will.) The
manner of raiſing the ſtocks, and budding theſe trees,
ſhall be treated of under their particular articles, to
which I refer the reader, and ſhall proceed to their
planting and management.
Theſe trees are all (except the two laſt forts) planted
againſt walls, and ſhould have an eaſt or weft aſpect;
for if they are planted full ſouth, the great heat cauſes
them to be meally before they are eatable.
The borders near theſe walls ſhould be fix or eight feet
wide, at leaſt, and if it were more, the better, but I
would never adviſe the making of them ſo deep as is
the general cuſtom, for if the earth be two feet deep,
or two and a half at moſt, it is enough.
If the ground is a wet cold loam or clay, the borders
ſhould be raiſed as much above the level of the fur-
face as it will admit, laying ſome ſtones or rubbiſh
in the bottom, to prevent the roots from running
downwards; but if you plant upon a chalk or gravel,
it will be better to raiſe the borders above either to a
proper thickneſs, with good loamy earth, than to fink
the borders by removing the chalk or gravel; for al-
though theſe are removed the whole breadth of the
border, which we may allow to be eight feet, and
this trench filled with good earth, yet the roots of the
trees will in a few years extend this length, and then
meeting with the chalk or gravel, they will re-
ceive a check whereby their leaves will fall off
early in the ſeaſon, and the fruit will be ſmall, dry,
and ill-flavoured, and the ſhoots of the trees will be
weak. But where the borders are raiſed upon either
to their full height, the roots will not ſtrike down
upon almoſt
a
into

AR M
ARN
into the gravel or chalk, but rather extend themſelves the wall left unfurniſhed with bearing wood; which
near the ſurface, where they will meet with better muſt conſequently be the caſe, if the branches are
foil: and as the trees are of long duration, and old left to a greater length at firſt ; for it ſeldom happens,
trees being not only more fruitful than young, but that more buds than two or three upon each branch
the fruit is alſo better flavoured, therefore the pro- ſhoot; and theſe are, for the moſt part, ſuch as are
viding for their continuance is abſolutely neceſſary. at or near the extreme part of the laſt year's wood; ſo fo
The ſoil I would in general adviſe to be uſed for theſe, that all the lower part of the ſhoots become naked, nor
and all other ſorts of fruit-trees, is freſh untried earth, will they ever after produce ſhoots; and this is the
from a paſture ground, taken about ten inches deep, reaſon, we fee ſo many trees which have their bearing
with the turf, and laid to rot and mellow at leaſt wood ſituated only in the extreme part of the tree.
twelve months before it is uſed, mixing a little rotten When you have ſhortened the ſhoots, be fure to nail
dung with it; this muſt be often turned, to ſweeten them as horizontally as poſſible, for upon this it is
and imbibe the nitrous particles of the air.
that the future good of the tree chiefly depends.
When the former foil of the border is taken away, The ſecond ſummer obferve, as in the firſt, to dif-
this freſh earth ſhould be carried in the place; and if place all fore-right ſhoots as they are produced, nail-
the borders are filled with it two months before the ing in the other cloſe to the wall horizontally, ſo that
trees are planted, the ground will be better ſettled, the middle of the tree may be kept open; and never
and not ſo liable to fink after the trees are planted: ſhorten any of the ſhoots in ſummer, unleſs to furniſh
in filling of the borders, the ground ſhould be raiſed branches to fill vacant places on the wall; and never
four or five inches above the level they are deſigned, do this later than the end of April, for reaſons here-
to allow for the ſettling.
after given in the article of Peaches. At Michaelmas
The borders being thus prepared, make choice of ſhorten theſe ſhoots, as was directed for the firſt year;
ſuch trees as are but of one year's growth from bud- the ſtrong ones may be left nine or ten inches, and
ding; and if the ſoil is dry, or of a middling temper, the weak ones fix or ſeven at moſt.
October is the beſt ſeaſon for planting, eſpecially The following year's management will be nearly the
having at that time a greater choice of trees from fame with this, but only obſerve, that Apricots pro-
the nurſeries, before they have been picked and drawn duce their bloſſom buds, not only upon the laſt year's
over by other people. The manner of preparing theſe wood, but alſo upon the curfons, or ſpurs, which are
trees for planting being the ſame in common with produced from the two years wood; a great care
other fruit trees, I ſhall refer the reader to the article ſhould therefore be had in the ſummer management,
of PEACHES, where he will find it largely treated of. not to hurt or diſplace theſe: obſerve alſo to ſhorten
At the time of planting no part of the head of the the branches at the winter pruning, ſo as to furnish
trees ihould be cut off, unleſs there are any ſtrong freſh wood in every part of the tree; and be ſure to
foreright ſhoots which will not come to the wall, cut out entirely all luxuriant branches, or diſplace
which may be taken quite away.
them as ſoon as they are produced; which, if left to
The trees being thus prepared, you muſt mark out grow, would exhauſt the nouriſhment from the bearing
,
the diſtances they are to ſtand, which in a good ſtrong branches, which in my opinion, cannot be too ſtrong,
foil, or againſt a low wall, ſhould be twenty feet or provided they are kindly; for the more vigorous the
more; but in a moderate one, eighteen feet is a good tree is, the more likely it is to reſiſt the injuries of
reaſonable diſtance; then make a hole where each tree the weather; though we often ſee trees brought to
is to ſtand, and place its ſtem about four inches from fo weak a condition, as to be able only faintly to
the wall, inclining the head thereto; and after having blow their bloſſoms, and then moſt of the bearing
fixed the tree in the ground, nail the branches to the branches have died; which has given occaſion to the
wall, to prevent their ſhaking, and cover the ſurface owner to imagine it was the effect of a blight, when,
of the ground round the root with rotten dung, to in reality, it was only for want of right management.
keep out the froft: in this ſtate let it remain till the And, I am fully perſuaded, half the blights we hear
end of February or the beginning of March, when if complained of, proceed from nothing elſe but this.
the weather is good, you muſt unnail the branches of Theſe few rules, well executed, together with a lit-
your trees, ſo as not to diſturb their roots; and, being tle obſervation and care, will be fufficient, therefore
provided with a ſharp knife, put your foot cloſe to to pretend to preſcribe particular directions for all the
the ſtem of the tree; and having placed your left- different accidents, or manner of treating fruits, would
hand to the bottom of the tree, to prevent its being be impoffible; but I believe the reader will find what
diſturbed, with your right-hand cut off the head has been ſaid, if duly attended to, will anſwer his de-
of the tree, if it has but one ſtem; or where it
may ſign; for, without diligent obſervation, there can be
have two or more ſhoots, each of them muſt be no ſuch thing as a ſkilful manager, let him have ever
ſhortened, to about four or five eyes above the bud, ſo many or good inſtructions laid down to him.
ſo that the ſloping fide may be toward the wall. The Bruſſels and Breda Apricots, being, for the moſt
In the ſpring, if the weather proves dry, it will be part, planted for ſtandards, will require very little
neceſſary to give the trees a gentle refreſhing with pruning or management; only obſerve to take out all
water; in the doing of which, if they watered with dead wood, or ſuch branches as croſs each other;
a roſe to the watering-pot all over their heads, it this muſt be done early in autumn, or in the ſpring,
will greatly help them; and alſo lay ſome turf, in the after the cold weather is paſt, that the part may not
manner directed for Apples, or ſome other mulch, canker where the inciſion is made.
round their roots, to prevent their drying during the ARMERIUS, Sweet-William. See DIANTHUS.
ſummer ſeaſon; and in the ſpring, as new branches ARNICA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 784. Doronicum. Bauh.
are produced, obſerve to nail them to the wall in a Pin. 184. Leopardſbane.
horizontal poſition; and ſuch ſhoots as are produced
The CHARACTERS are,
fore-right, muſt be entirely diſplaced. This muſt be The common empalement is ſcaly, and ſhorter than the rays
repeated as often as is neceſſary, to prevent their of the flower. It hath a compound flower, the border or
hanging from the wall, but by no means ſtop any of rays being compoſed of many female florets, which ſpread
the ſhoots in ſummer.
open, cut into three parts at their end; the diſk, or middle,
At Michaelmas, when the trees have done growing, has many hermaphrodite florets, which are tubulous, cut
their branches ſhould be unnailed, and ſhorten them into three unequal ſegments at the brim; theſe have each
in proportion to their ſtrength; a vigorous branch five short ſtamina, crowned with oblong ſummits. The
may be left eight or nine inches long, but a weak one female fiorets have alſo five awl-shaped ſtamina, but no
ſhould not be left above five or fix. I ſuppoſe many Summits; in the bermaphrodite florets the germen is ſituated
perſons will wonder at this direction, eſpecially having below the flower, Supporting a ſlender Nort ſpyle, crowned
allowed ſuch a diſtance between the trees, as believing, by a bifid ſtigma. The germen ofierward becomes a ſingle
by this management, the wall will never be filled;
oblong Seed, crowned with long ſlender down.
but
my reaſon for it is, that I would have no part of
n
a
This

ART
ART
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of have five petals, which are erect, heart-ſhaped, and
Linnæus's eighteenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia Poly- turned inward. Theſe bave each five ſlender ſtamina,
gamia fuperfua, the flower being compoſed of her- crowned with roundiſh ſummits; thoſe flowers which com-
maphrodite and female fiorets; and the chief diſtinction poſe the rays, have a ſmall germen at bottom, ſupporting
of this genus is in the hermaphrodite and female two reflexed Styles, crowned by a ſingle ftigma. The germen
flowers being of the ſame ſhape, and the female having ofterward becomes a roundiſh compreſſed fruit, with a leafy
ſtamina.
border, which Splits into two, and contains two oblong
The SPECIES are,
Seeds, with ſcaly borders.
I. ARNICA (Montana) foliis ovatis integris, caulinis ge- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
minis oppofitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 884. Arnica with en- of Linnæus's fifth clafs, entitled Pentandria Digynia,
tire oval leaves, thoſe on the ſtolks growing oppoſite by from their flowers having five ftamina and two
poirs. Doronicum plantaginis folio alterum. C. B. P. ſtyles.
185.
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
2. ARNICA (Scorpioides) foliis alternis ferratis. Hall. 1. ARTEDIA (Squamata) feminibus ſquamatis. Hort.
Helvet. 737. Arnica with ſawed leaves growing alter- Cliff. 89. Artedia with ſquamous ſeeds. Thapſia Orien-
nately. Doronicum radice dulci. C. B. P. 184. talis anethi folio femine eleganter crenato. Tourn.
3. ARNICA (Crocea) foliis ovalibus ferrato denticulatis,
Cor. 22.
fubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1246. Arnica with This is a native of the eaſt. Rawvolf found it growing
oval indented leaves, whoſe underſides are woolly. Dens upon Mount Libanus; it is an annual plant, whoſe
leonis enulæ folio. Pet. Muf. 393.
ſtalks riſe about two feet high, ſending out a few fide
The firſt fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and alſo branches, garniſhed with narrow compound leaves
upon many of the mountains in Germany, and other reſembling thoſe of Dill; the extremity of the ſtalk is
cold parts of Europe, and is greatly eſteemed by the terminated by a large umbel of white flowers, com-
Germans for its medicinal qualities, where it is pre- poſed of five unequal petals, thoſe on the outſide
ſcribed by this title of Arnica. It is alſo ranged among being much larger than the other. Theſe are fuc-
the medicinal plants in many diſpenſaries, by the title ceeded by roundiſh compreffed fruit, each having two
given to it by Caſpar Bauhin.
feeds, whoſe borders are ſcaly.
The roots of this plant, when placed in a proper foil This plant decays as foon as the ſeeds are perfected,
and ſituation, greatly increaſe, for they ſend out thick and many times before they are ripe in England; for
fleſhy roots, which ſpread very far under the ſurface; unleſs the feeds are fown in autumn, and the plants
theſe put out many oval entire leaves, from between come up before winter, they rarely produce good
which the flower-ſtems ariſe, which grow about a
feeds here. The feeds ſhould be fown on a warm
foot and a half high, having two or three pair of leaves border where the plants are to remain, for they will
growing oppoſite upon each, and the top is terminat- not bear tranſplanting. All the care they require is
ed by a ſingle yellow flower, compoſed of many flo- to keep them clean from weeds, and thin the plants
rets, like thoſe of Dandelion. Theſe are ſucceeded to fix or eight inches diſtance. They flower in June,
by oblong feeds, which are crowned with down, and their feeds ripen the end of Auguſt.
whereby they are diſperſed to a conſiderable diſtance ARTEMISIA ['Apleuroid, Gr. ſo called, according
when ripe. It flowers in April and May, and the to fome, from Artemiſia, wife of Mauſolus, king of
ſeeds ripen in September.
Caria, who brought this plant into uſe, and adopted
This plant delights in a moiſt ſhady ſituation; it
may
it as hers; whereas, before, it was called Parthenis,
be propagated by parting of the root in autumn, the virgin goddeſs being feigned to have given that
when the ſtalks begin to decay, or by the feeds if name to it.] Mugwort.
ſown in autumn, foon after they are ripe, for thoſe
The CHARACTERS are,
ſown in the ſpring often fail, but if the ſeeds are per- The common empalement is ſcaly and round, as are clſo the
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up the following Scales. The fiower is compoſed of hermaphrodite and fe-
{pring, ſo that when one plant is obtained, it will pro- male florets, the border being ranged with the female,
pagate itſelf faſt enough without other care, but to which have a ſmall germen at bottom, ſupporting a ſlender
keep it clean from weeds.
Style, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The hermaphrodite florets
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the mountains of compoſe the diſk, or middle; theſe are tubulous, cut into
Bohemia, as alſo in Siberia, from whence I received five parts at the brim; in the center is placed the germen,
the ſeeds. The roots of this ſort are much jointed, with the like ſtyle and ſtigma as the female, accompanied
and divide into many irregular fleſhy offsets, which by five hairy ſtamina, crowned by cylindrical ſummits,
are variouſly contorted; from whence many ſuper- which are indented in five parts. The germen after-
ftitious perions have been led to imagine, that the ward becomes a ſingle naked ſeed, fitting upon a naked
roots would expel the poiſon of ſcorpions, and cure placenta.
the wounds made by the bite of that animal. It is This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
a very hardy plant, and is propagated in the ſame of Linnæus's eighteenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia Po-
manner as the former.
lygamia fuperflua, the flowers of theſe being com-
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good poſed of female and hermaphrodite florets, which are
Hope, from whence the feeds have been brought to both fruitful.
Europe. This will not live through the winter in
The SPECIES are,
the open air in this country, fo the plants muſt be 1. ARTEMISIA (Vulgaris) foliis pinnatifidis planis inciſis;
kept in pots, which ſhould be placed under a common ſubtus tomentofis, racemis fimplicibus floribus ovatis
hot-bed frame in winter, to ſcreen it from the froſt, radio quinque foro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 348. Mugwort
but ſhould enjoy the free air at all times, when the with plain cut leaves, ending in many parts, woolly un-
weather is mild. It propagates by roots and feeds derneath, with ſingle Spikes of oval flowers, whoſe rays
in plenty. This is titled by Dr. Burman, Gerbera are compoſed of five fiorets. Artemiſia vulgaris major.
foliis planis dentatis flore purpureo. Plant. Afr. 157.
ARTEDIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 249. We have no 2. ARTEMISIA (Integrifolia) foliis lanceolatis ſubtus to-
Engliſh name for this genus.
mentofisintegerrimis dentatiſque florum radiofubquin-
The CHARACTERS are,
que foro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1189. Mugwort with ſpear-
It is an umbelliferous plant; the greater umbel is ſpread Maped entire leaves, indented on their edges, whoſe under
open, and compoſed of mony ſmall ones; the involucrum of ſides are woolly, and the rays of the flower compoſed of five
the large one is compoſed of ten oblong leaves, which ex- florets. Artemiſia foliis planis lanceolato-linearibus
tend the length of the umbel, cut at their tips into three inferioribus fæpe ex pinnato-dentatis. Flor. Sib. 2.
parts. The involucrum of the ſmall umbels have but three
p. 109.
narrow leaves, which are longer than the umbel ; the rays 3. ARTEMISIA (Ceruleſcens) foliis caulinis lanceolatis in-
of the large umbel are difform, thoſe of the ſmall ones in tegris; radicalibus multifidis, flofculis fæmineis ternis.
the diſk are male, and the rays are hermaphrodite. They Lin. Sp. 1189. Mugwort whoſe leaves on the ſtalks are
6
entire,
a
C. B. P. 137.

ART
ART
a
entire, thoſe at the root multifid, and three female floſcules
ceis, caulibus adſcendentibus, floribus glomeratis fub
compoſe the rays of the flower. Abfinthium maritinum faftigiatis. Lin. Sp. 1187. Mugwort with ſilky mullifid
lavendulæ folio. C. B. P. 139. Lavender-leaved Sea leaves
, aſcending ſtalks, and glomerated flowers. Ab-
Wormwood.
ſinthium Alpinum candidum humile. C. B. P. 139.
4. ARTEMISIA (Drecunculus) foliis lanceolatis glabris in- 20. ARTEMISIA (Tonacetifolia) foliis bipinnatis fubtus
tegerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 403. Mugwort with Spear- tomentofis nitidis, pinnis tranſverſis, racemis fimpli-
Maped, entire, ſmooth leaves. Abrotanum lini folio acri- cibus. Lin. Sp. 1188. Artemiſia with double-winged
ore & odorato. Tourn. Inſt. 459. Tarragon.
leaves, woolly on their under ſide, and a ſimple racemis of
5. ARTEMISIA (Minima) foliis cuneiformibus repandis, flowers.
caule procumbente, floribus axillaribus feffilibus. Lin. The firſt fort grows naturally on banks, and by the
Sp. 1190. Mugwort with wedge-ſhaped leaves, a trailing ſide of foot-paths, in moſt parts of England, ſo is
Stalk, and flowers growing at the wings of the ſtalk. rarely admitted into gardens, where it would ſoon be-
6. ARTEMISIA (Abrotanum) foliis ramoſiſſimis ſetaceis, come a troubleſome weed; for the roots creep far un-
caule erecto fuffruticoſo. Hort. Cliff
. 403. Artemiſia der the ſurface of the ground, ſo that unleſs they are
with very branching briſtly leaves and a ſhrubby erect ſtalk. ſtopped, they will ſoon ſpread over a large ſpace of
Abrotanum mas anguſtifolium majus. C. B. P. 136. ground; but as this plant is uſed in medicine, I have
Southernwood.
here mentioned it. This flowers in June, at which
7. ARTEMISIA (Humilis) foliis ſetaceis pinnatifidis, caule time the herb is in perfection for uſe.
decumbente fuffruticoſo. Mugwort with briftly wing-
The Moxa, fo famous in the eaſtern countries for
pointed leaves, and a low Shrubby ſtalk. Abrotanuin curing the gout by burning of the part affected, is
humile corymbis majoribus aureis. Tourn. Inft. 459. the lanugo, or down, which is on the under part of
8. ARTEMISIA (Santoni cum) foliis caulinis linearibus pin- the leaves, of a ſort of Mugwort, which is ſuppoſed
nato-multifidis, ramis indivifis, fpicis ſecundis re- to be different from our common ſort, but the dried
flexis. Zin. Goett. 397. Artemiſia with linear multifid ſamples which I have ſeen brought to England for
leaves on the ſtalks, undivided branches, and fertile reflexed that, appear to differ in nothing but the ſize of the
ſpikes. Semen fanctum. Lob. Icon. 756.
plant, that being much leſs; and I ſuppoſe the foft
9. ARTEMISIA (Campeſtris) foliis multifidis linearibus, down of the common fort, or of any other plant, will
caulibus procumbentibus virgatis. Hort. Cliff. 403. anſwer the purpoſe full as well.
Artemiſia with linear multifid leaves, and trailing Spriggy The ſecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this riſes
ſtalks. Abrotanum campeſtre. C. B. P. 136. Wild up with fingle ſtalks about two feet high, which are
Southernwood.
garniſhed with plain, narrow, fpear-ſhaped leaves,
10. ARTEMISIA (Crithmifolia) foliis compofitis divari- cut into acute ſegments on their edges, ſomewhat
catis linearibus carnoſis glabris, caule aſcendente pa-
like thoſe of Buckſhorn Plantain; the flowers come
niculato. Lin. Sp. 1186. Artemiſia with compound, linear, out from the wings of the leaves in ſmall looſe ſpikes,
Smooth, fleſhy leaves, and a panicled aſcending Stalk. and near the top they are often fingle; theſe are larger
11. ARTEMISIA (Maritima) foliis multipartitis tomen-
than thoſe of the common fort, and are of a pale
toſis, racemis cernuis, flofculis foemineis ternis. Lin. yellow colour.
Sp. 1186. Mugwort with woolly divided leaves, nodding This fort is as hardy as the common, and multiplies
branches, and three female florets. Abſinthium ferip- as faft, ſo is only preſerved in botanic gardens for the
hium Belgicum. C. B. P. 139. See WORMWOOD.
fake of variety
12. ARTEMISIA (Rupeſtris) foliis pinnatis, caulibus ad- The third fort grows naturally near the ſea, in Italy,
ſcendentibus hirſutis, floribus globofis cernuis, re- Spain, and France, but is hardy enough to live in
ceptaculo pappoſo. Her. Gotl. 285. Mugwort with the open air in England, provided it is planted in a
winged leaves, hairy aſcending ſtalks, and globular nodding dry foil: it grows too feet high, having many ligneous
flowers. Abſinthium Alpinum incanum. C. B. P. branches, which are terminated by ſpikes of flowers,
139.
which have little beauty, therefore the plants are pre-
13. ARTEMISIA (Pontica) foliis multipartitis fubtus to- ſerved in gardens for the ſake of variety.
mentofis, floribus fubrotundis nutantibus, recepta- The fourth ſort is the common Tarragon, which is
culo nudo. Hort. Upſal. 257. Artemiſia with finely di- frequently uſed in ſallads, eſpecially by the French:
vided leaves, woolly on their under ſide, and roundiſh nod- this is a very hardy plant, which propagates greatly
ding flowers. Abſinthium Ponticuin tenuifolium in- by its creeping roots, or may be multiplied faſt by
canum. C. B. P. 138. Pontick Wormwood.
planting the young ſhoots the beginning of May, in
14. ARTEMISIA (Annua) foliis triplicato-pinnatis utrin- the ſame manner as is practiſed for Mint, and if they
que glabris, fioribus fubgloboſis nutantibus, recep- are duly ſupplied with water in dry weather, will ſoon
tacuio glabro conico. Hort
. Upſal. 257. Artemiſia ſpread and meet.
with triple winged leaves, which are ſmooth on both ſides, The fifth fort grows naturally in China, but is hardy
globular nodding flowers, having ſmooth conical receptacles. enough to thrive in the open air here. It is an annual
Abſinthium tanacetifolio odoratiffimum. Amm. plant, which ſeldom comes up the firſt year, if the
Ruth.
ſeeds are fown in the ſpring; therefore it is much
15. ARTEMISIA ( Abſinthium) foliis compoſitis multifidis, better to let the feeds ſcatter in the autumn, becauſe
floribus fubgloboſis pendulis, receptaculo villoſo. theſe will more furely grow, than thoſe fown by
Hort. Cliff. 404. Artemiſia with compound multifid leaves, hand.
globular hanging flowers, and hairy receptacles. Abfin- The fixth fort is the common Southernwood, which is
thium vulgare. J. B. Common Wormwood.
kept in gardens for the agreeable ſcent of its leaves;
16. ARTEMISIA (Inodora) foliis compoſitis tomentofis, it is a low under ſhrub, ſeldom riſing more than three
floribus fubgloboſis, receptaculo villoſo. Artemiſia or four feet high, ſending out lateral hrubby branches
with woolly compound leaves, globular flowers, and hairy growing erect, garniſhed with five briſtly leaves,
receptacles. Abſinthium inſipidum Abfinthio vulgari having an agreeable ſcent when bruiſed: the flowers
fimile. C. B. P. Infipid Wormwood.
are produced in ſpikes from the extremity of the
17. ARTEMISIA (Arboreſcens) foliis compofitis multifidis branches, but unleſs the autumn proves warm and
linearibus, floribus ſubglobofis, caule fruteſcente. dry, the flowers rarely open in England.
Lin. Sp. 1188. Artemiſia with compound linear leaves, This is propagated by flips and cuttings, planted in
globular frowers, and a ſhrubby ſtelk. Abſinthium ar- a ſhady border, about the beginning of April,
boreſcens. Lob. Icon. 753. Tree Wormwood.
.obſerving to water them duly in dry weather, in
18. ARTEMISIA (Æthiopica) foliis linearibus confertis this border they may remain till the following
minimis divifis, caule fruticofo tomentofo. Lin. Sp. autumn, when they ſhould be tranſplanted, either
1184. Mugwort with linear leaves in bunches, and a into pots or thoſe parts of the garden where they
woolly fhrubby ſtalk. Abſinthium Africanum arbo- are deſigned to remain.
refcens, folio vermiculato incano. Tourn. Inft. 458. The ſeventh fort is a very low under ſhrub, the
19. ARTEMISIA (Glacialis) foliis palmatis multifidis ſeri- branches bend near the ground, ſo never riſe more
Y
than

ART
ART
а
a
a
و
than two feet high, unleſs when they flower; for the of the common Wormwood: indeed the appearance
Ipikes are generally more than a foot long; the flow- of the plants are nearly alike, but the ſegments of the
ers are yellow, and are ranged in ipikes which appear leaves of this are broader and whiter than thoſe of
in autumn. This is propagated either by flips or the common, and the whole plant is inſipid, and con-
cuttings in the ſame manner as the former, and is tinues fo from feed.
equally hardy.
The ſeventeenth fort is commonly known by the title
The eighth fort produces the Serien Santonicum, of Tree Wormword; this grows naturally near the
which is much uſed for worms in children. It grows ſea in Italy and the Levant. This riſes with a woody
naturally in Perfia, from whence the ſeeds are brought ftalk fix or ſeven feet high, ſending out many lig-
to Europe; this hath the appearance of our Wild neous branches, garniſhed with leaves ſomewhat like
Mugwort; the branches are flender, erect, and gar- thoſe of the common Wormwood, but more finely
niſhed with linear winged leaves, and terminated by divided, and much whiter. The branches are ter-
recurved fender ſpikes of flowers, which have naked minated by ſpikes of globular flowers in the autumn,
receptacles. This may be propagated by ſlips or cut- which are feldom ſucceeded by feeds here. This
tings in the like manner as the former ; but the plants plant is eaſily propagated by cuttings, which, if
ſhould be planted in a dry foil and ſheltered ſituation, planted in a ſhady border during the fummer ſeaſon,
where they will endure the cold of our ordinary win- and duly watered, take root freely. In autumn ſome
ters pretty well, but it will be proper to have a plant of the young plants ſhould be potted, that they may
or two in pots, which may be ſheltered in winter be ſheltered in winter ; the other may be planted in a
under a common hot-bed frame to preſerve the warm border, where they will live, provided the win-
fpecies.
ter proves favourable.
The ninth fort is cur common Wild Southernwood, The eighteenth fort is a low ſhrubby plant; the ſtalk
which grows naturally in ſome parts of Norfolk, ſo is is woolly, ſending out a few ſhrubby branches, gar-
rarely admitted into gardens.
niſhed with linear leaves growing in cluſters; the flow-
The tenth fort grows naturally in Portugal; this is a ers grow in a roundiſh bunch, and are ſhaped like
low under fhrub, feldom riſing more than two feet thoſe of Wormwood. This grows naturally in Æthi-
high, and has much of the aſpect of our wild fort, opia. It is propagated by planting the cuttings any
fo is rarely kept in gardens in this country.
time in fummer, and the plants muſt be ſheltered
The eleventh fort is the common Sea Wormwood, from hard froſts in winter.
grows naturally on the ſea coaſts in moſt parts of The nineteenth fort grows naturally on the Alps;
England, where there are ſeveral varieties (if not this is a low plant, ſeldom riſing more than a foot
diſtinct ſpecies) to be found. Theſe are low un- and a half high ; the ſtalks are cloſely garniſhed with
der ſhrubs, moſt of them creep at their root, where- very white leaves ſhaped like a hand; the flowers are
by they multiply greatly in their natural fituation, globular, and produced in cluſters at the extremity
but when tranſplanted into a garden, feldom thrive of the ſtalk; theſe are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in
ſo well; however, theſe varieties are now commonly England. This plant may be propagated by plant-
fubftituted for the true Roman Wormwood in the ing the fide ſhoots in a ſhady border during any of
London fhops,
the ſummer months, which, if duly watered, will
The twelfth ſort grows naturally on the Alps ; this is put out roots, and in autumn they may be tranſplant-
alſo a low under ſhrub, ſeldom riſing more than a ed where they are to rernain.
foot high, ſending out ſeveral ſlender branches, gar- The twentieth fort grows naturally at Piedmont; it
niſhed with very white winged leaves, for which the is an herbaceous plant, whoſe ſtalks die to the root
plants are ſometimes admitted into gardens. It is in winter, and freſh ſhoots ariſe in the ſpring, which
very hardy, and may be eaſily propagated by cuttings are garniſhed with winged leaves, woolly on their un-
in the ſpring.
der fide; the flowers are produced on ſingle ſpikes,
The thirteenth fort is the true Roman Wormwood, which are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England. It
though at this time never uſed in any of the ſhops; may be eaſily propagated by parting the roots in the
yet by ſkilful perſons is greatly preferred to the Sea
Wormwood, being leſs nauſeous and a much pleaſanter ARTICHOKE is called by the Latins Cinara.
bitter, and may be had in as great plenty, provided As this plant is much better known by its Engliſh ti-
it was cultivated by thoſe who ſupply the markets tle than the Latin, I ſhall treat of it under this head,
with medicinal herbs. This is a low herbaceous and refer for its character to the Latin title of Cinara,
plant, whoſe ſtalks die to the root in autumn, and under which the other ſpecies will be exhibited.
new ones ariſe in the ſpring; theſe are garniſhed with We have two forts of Artichokes which are cultivated
finely divided leaves, whoſe underſide are woolly; in the Engliſh gardens, which we fhall diſtinguiſh
the upper part of the ſtalks are furniſhed with glo- here only by the names they are generally known
bular flowers which nod on one ſide, having naked among the gardeners, and reſerve their farther diſtinc-
receptacles. Theſe appear in Auguſt, but are rarely tions to their Latin titles.
fucceeded by feeds in England.
The beſt fort is what the gardeners call the Globe
This fort is eaſily propagated by its creeping roots, Artichoke. This hath large heads with broad brown
which may be parted in the autumn, and planted ſcales, which turn inward ; the fleſhy part at the bot-
two or three feet aſunder, that they may have room tom of the ſcales is very thick, therefore is much
to ſpread; the beſt time for this is in the middle preferred to the other, which is called the French
of October; it will grow in any foil which is not too Artichoke. The ſtalks of this fort generally grow
taller, and the heads are ſmaller, and more conical
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Siberia; it is
than thoſe of the other fort. The ſcales are narrower,
an annual plant which grows two feet high, gar- of a greener colour, and turn outward. The fieſhy
nished with ſmooth winged leaves, which have an part which is eaten is not near fo thick, and hath a
agreeable fcent; the flowers are globular and nod on diſagreeable perfumed taſte; this was almoſt totally
one ſide. If the feeds of this are permitted to ſcatter rooted out of the Engliſh gardens before the hard
in the autumn, the plants will come up better than froſt in 172., when the greateſt part of the roots of
if fown with care.
the other fort were deſtroyed, fo many perſons were
The fifteenth fort is the common Wormwood which fupplied the following ſpring with plants from Guern-
grows naturally in lanes and uncultivated places in ſey, where they cultivate only the latter fort ; but
many parts of England, ſo is not often cultivated in ſince the other has been increaſed again, this green
gardens. This is eaſily propagated by feeds, which fort has been in moſt gardens rooted out, to make
Thould be ſown in the autumn ſoon after they are ripe; way for the Globe Artichoke.
or if they are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will The manner of propagating this plant is from ſlips,
come up without farther care.
taken from the old roots, in February or March,
The fixteenth fort has been ſuppoſed to be a variety which, if planted in a good foil, will produce large
autumn.
a
wet.
39
7
fair

RT
A
ART
a
a
fair fruit the autumn following; but as this is a plant
which few gardeners, that have not been inſtructed
in the kitchen-gardens near London, underſtand to
manage well, I ſhall be the more particular in niy di-
rections about it.
At the latter end of February, or in March, accord-
ing to the earlineſs of the ſeaſon, or forwardneſs of
the old Artichoke roots, will be the proper time for
dreſſing them, which muſt be thus performed : with
your fpade remove all the earth from about your
ſtock, down below the part from whence the young
Thonts are produced, clearing the earth from between
the ſhoots with the hands, ſo as to be able to judge
of the goodneſs of each, with their proper poſition
upon
the ſtock; then make choice of two of the
cleareſt, ftraiteſt, and moſt promiſing plants that are
produced from the under part of the ſtock, which are
much preferable to the ſtrong thick plants which ge-
nerally grow upon the crown of the roots; for theſe
have hard woody ftems, ſo never produce good fruit,
but are generally what the market people call rogues,
which have very little bottom; the ſcales of their
heads are irregularly placed ; in ſlipping off the plants
you muſt be careful not to injure thoſe which are to
remain for a crop; then with your thumb force off
all the other plants and buds alſo cloſe to the head of
the ſtock, from whence they are produced, being
very careful not to leave any of the buds, which will
foon produce plants ſo as to hurt thoſe which are
left: then with your ſpade draw the earth about the
two plants which are left, and with your hands cloſe
it faſt to each of them, ſeparating them as far afunder
as they can conveniently be placed without breaking
them, obſerving to crop of the tops of the leaves
which hang down with your hands; your ground be-
ing levelled between the ſtocks, you may low thereon
a finall crop of Spinach, which will be taken off be-
à
fore the Artichokes will cover the ground, and be
ſure to keep them clear from weeds, and toward the
latter end of April, or the beginning of May, when
your old plants begin to thew their fruit, you muſt
carefully look over your ſtocks, and draw up all young
plants from them, which may have been produced
face their dreſſing, and cut off all ſuckers which are
produced from the ſtems of the Artichoke, leaving
only the principal head, by which means your fruit
will be the larger; when your Artichokes are fit to
gather, you muſt break or cut them down cloſe to
the ſurface of the ground, that your ſtocks may make
(trong freíh ſhoots before the end of October: the
ſeaſon for earthing, or, as the gardeners term it, land-
ing them up, is the middle or latter end of Novem-
ber, which is thus done;
Cut off all the young ſhoots quite cloſe to the ſurface
of the ground; then dig between every ſtock, raiſing
all the earth between each row of ſtocks into a ridge,
as is done in the common method of trenching ground,
ſo as that the row of Artichokes may be exactly in
the middle of each ridge, this will be ſufficient to
guard them againſt froſt; and I would here recom-
mend it to the public, as infinitely preferable to long
dung, which is by the uníkilful often uſed, and is
the occaſion of their fruit being ſmall, and almoſt
without any bottoms to them; for there is not any
thing ſo hurtful to theſe, as new dung being either
buried near, or laid about them.
Since we have experienced, that, in very fevere frofts
theſe roots are ſometimes deſtroyed, therefore it is
proper to give ſome directions to prevent it, though
this rarely happens in dry ground, in which we have
but few inſtances of their being killed, except in the
hard froſts of 1683, and 17: In theſe two winters
moſt of the Artichokes were deſtroyed in England;
in the lait of theſe winters, it happened from the lit-
tle care which was taken of them, there having been
no froſt for fo many years before, which had injured
them, that few people uſed any care to preſerve them;
but ſince that hard froſt, many people have run into
the other extreme of covering all their roots of Arti-
chokes with long dung every winter, which is a very
bad method, becauſe the dung lying near the roots,
is
very apt to rot the beſt plants; therefore I would
adviſe the earthing (or as it is called by the garden-
ers, landing) the Artichokes to be deferred till the lat-
ter end of November, or the beginning of December,
provided the ſeaſon continues mild, and towards
Chriſtmas, if there is any danger of ſevere froſts, to
lay a quantity of long dung, Peale-haulm, tanners bark,
or any other light covering over the ridges of earth,
which will keep out the frolt; and this being at a dif-
tance from the roots, will not injure them; but this
covering ihould be carefully taken off the beginning
of February, or fooner, provided the ſeaſon is mild,
or at leaſt fo foon as the weather is ſo, otherwiſe
the plants will be injured by its lying too long upon
them.
It will alſo be a good method, whenever any roots
of Artichokes are dug up in autumn, either to bury
them deep in the ground in a pit till ſpring, or lay
them in a heap, ſo as that they may be eaſily covered
in hard froſts, and theſe may be a ſupply, if thoſe in
the ground are deſtroyed.
When you have thus earthed them up, you have no-
thing more to do till February or March, by which
time they will have grown through the ridge of the
earth; and, when the weather is proper, muſt be
drefled as was before directed.
When you have a mind to make a new plantation,
after having digged and buried ſome very rotten dung
in the ground you have allotted for that purpoſe,
make choice of ſuch of your plants as were taken
from your old ſtocks, which are clear, found, and
not woody, having ſome fibres to their bottom; then
with your knife cut off that knobbed woody part,
which joined them to the ſtock; and if that cuts criſp
and tender, it is a ſign of its goodneſs, but if tough
and ſtringy, throw it away as good for nothing ; then
cut off the large cutſide leaves pretty low, that the
middle or heart leaves, may be above them. Your
plants being thus prepared (if the weather is
or the plants have been any time taken from the
ſtocks, it will be convenient to ſet them upright in a
tub of water for three or four hours before they are
planted, which will greatly refreſh them;) you muſt
then proceed to planting, which muſt be done by
ranging a line acroſs the ground, in order to their be:
ing placed exactly in a row; and, with a meaſure
ſtick, plant them at two feet diſtance from each other
in the rows, and if defigned for a full crop, five feet
,
diſtance row from row, your plants muſt be ſet about
four inches deep, and the earth cloſed very faſt to
their roots, obſerving, if the ſeaſon proves dry, to
keep them watered two or three times a week, un-
til they are growing, after which they feldom require
any:
N. B. You may low a thin crop of Spinach upon the
ground before you plant your plants, obſerving to
clear it from about them after it is come up.
Theſe plants, in a kindly ſeaſon, or a moiit foil, will
produce the largeſt and belt Artichokes ſome time
in Auguſt and September, after all thofe from the
old ſtocks are paſt; ſo that if you intend to continue
your Artichokes through the whole ſeaſon, you muſt
make a new plantation every year, otherwiſe you can-
not poſſibly have fruit longer than two or three
months.
If any of the plants which are planted in the ſpring
ſhould not fruit in autumn, you may, at the ſeaſon
of earthing up your roots, tie up the leaves with a
ſmall Willow twig, &c. and lay the earth up cloſe
to it, ſo that the top of the plant may be above
ground; and when the froſt comes on, if
cover the top with a little ſtraw, or Peafe-haulm, to
prevent their being killed by froſt, theſe plants will
produce fruit in winter, or early in the ſpring.
But in thoſe plantations where you intend to plant
other things between your Artichokes, you muſt al-
low nine or ten feet between the rows, as is often
practiſed by the kitchen-gardeners near London, who
fow the ground between with Radiſhes or Spinach,
very dry,
2
a
+0
you will
ang

A RU
A RU
a
alt. 2. p. 73.
and plant two rows of Cauliflowers, at four feet This plant is called Wake Robin, from the ſharp
diſtance row from row, and two feet and a half aſun- acrid taſte, which, if eaten, will occaſion a violent
a
der in the rows, ſo that there are always five feet pain in every part of the mouth and throat, attended
allowed for the Artichokes to grow; and in May, commonly with a great defluxion of water.
when the Radiſhes or Spinach are taken off, they fow
The SPECIES are,
a row of Cucumbers for pickling, exactly between 1. ARUM (Maculatum) acaule foliis haftatis integerrimis
the two rows of Cauliflowers, at three feet diſtance ſpadice clavato. Hort. Upſal. 434. Arum without
from each other; and between the rows of Cauli- ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, and a club-ſhaped ſpadix.
flowers and the Artichokes, plant a row of Cabbages Arum vulgare maculatum & non maculatum. C. B.P.
or Savoys for winter uſe, which, when the Cauliflow- 195. The common Arun.
ers are drawn off, and the Artichokes gathered, will 2. ARUM (Italicum) foliis haftatis acutis petiolis longiffi-
have full liberty to grow, and by this means the mis ſpatha maximâ erectâ. Arum without fialk, pointed
ground is fully employed through the whole ſeaſon. Spear-ſhaped leaves, with long foot-ſtalks, and a large up-
This has long been the practice of the kitchen-gar- right Spatha. Arum venis albis Italicum maximum.
deners near London, who pay large rents for their H. R. Par.
land, fo are obliged to get as many crops in a year 3. ARUM (Proboſcidium) acaule foliis haftatis fpathâ de-
from it as poffible.
clinatâ filiformi-ſubulatâ. Lin. Sp. Plant. 966. Arum
In thoſe which are planted at five feet diſtance row without ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a declining awl-
from row, you may plant in every other row a line shaped Spathe. Arifarum flore in tenuem caudam
of Cabbages or Savoys for winter uſe, which will be abeunte. Tourn. Inſt. 161. Friers Cowl.
gone by the time of landing them up; in doing of 4. ARUM (Ariſarum) acaule foliis cordato-oblongis ſpa-
which you muſt lay the whole five feet of earth into thâ bifidâ fpadice incurvo. Hort. Cliff. 435. Arum
one ridge, except the ground be extreme ſtiff, or the without ſtalk, oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, a bifid Spatha,
plants young, in both which caſes you may lay only and an incurved Spadix. Arifarum latifolium majus.
three feet and a half of the ground in the ridge C. B. P. 196. Broad-leaved Friers Cowl.
over the roots, and the remainder may be laid in a 5. ARUM (Tenuifolium) acaule foliis lanceolatis fpadice
ſmall ridge between; the ſame compaſs of ground fetaceo declinato. Hort. Cliff. 345. Arum without ſtalk,
muſt alſo be allowed where they are planted at a wider Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a briſtly declining Spadix. Ari-
diſtance.
ſarum anguſtifolium Diofcoridis forte. Boerh. Ind.
And if in the ſpring you find your ſtocks ſhoot very
weak, which may have been occafioned either by hard 6. ARUM (Virginicum) acaule foliis haftato-cordatis acu-
froft, or too much wet, you muſt then uncover them, tis angulis obtufis. Hort. Cliff. 434. Arum without
and with your ſpade looſen and break the earth about fialk, pointed, Spear, heart-ſhaped leaves, with obtuſe
them, raiſing a ſmall hill about each ſtock, levelling angles.
the reſt between the rows, which will greatly help 7. ARUM (Triphyllum) acaule foliis ternatis floribus mo-
them, and in three weeks, or a month's time after, noicis. Flor. Virg. 113. Tbree-leaved Arum without
they are commonly fit to flip.
ſtalk. Arum minus triphyllum ariſarum pene viridi
Thoſe Artichokes which are planted in a moiſt rich Virginianum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 547.
foil, will always produce the largeſt and beſt fruit; 8. ARUM (Dracunculus) foliis pedatis, foliolis petiolatis
ſo that where ſuch a foil can be obtained, it will be integerrimis æquantibus fpatham fpadice longiorem.
proper to make a freſh plantation every ſpring, to Lin. Sp. Prod. Leyd. 7. Arum with foot-shaped leaves,
fucceed the old ſtocks, and ſupply the table in au- compoſed of Spear-shaped, entire, equal lobes, and the ſpa-
tumn. But the roots will not live through the win- the much longer than the Spadix. Dracunculus poly-
ter in a moiſt foil, ſo that your ſtocks which you in- phyllus. C. B. P. 195. Common Dragon.
tend ſhould remain to ſupply the table early, and 9. ARUM (Dracontium) foliis pedatis, foliolis lanceolatis
to furnih plants, ſhould be in a drier foil. You integerrimis fuperantibus fpatham fpadice breviorem.
ſhould always obſerve to plant theſe in an open fitu- Prod. Leyd. 7. Arum with foot-ſhaped leaves, the up-
ation, and not under the drip of trees, where they per being compoſed of Spear-ſhaped entire lobes, and the
will draw up very tall, and produce ſmall inſignificant Spatha ſhorter than the Spadix. Arum polyphyllum mi-
fruit.
nus & humilius. H. L. 60.
ARTICHOKES of Jeruſalem.
of Jeruſalem. See HELIAN- 10. ARUM (Trilobatum) acaule foliis fagittato trilobis flore
feffile. Flor. Zeyl. 326. Trifoliate Arum without ftelks,
ARTICULATION, is the connection of parts and a flower growing cloſe to the root. Arum humile
that conſiſt of joints, or knees, ſuch as are the fili- Zeylanicum latifolium piſtillo coccineo. Hort. Amft.
quæ [the huſks] of many plants; as of the Ornitho-
I. p. 97.
podium, Coronilla, which are joined together by a II. ARUM (Colocaſia) acaule foliis peltatis ovatis repan-
foluble knot; whence thoſe parts are called articu- dis bafi femibifidis. Hort. Cliff. 434. Arum without
lofæ, and are ſaid to be connected articulatim, or ſtalk, target-Shaped oval leaves, waved and finuated at
geniculatim ; and ſuch plants are called Articuloſa, their borders, and divided into two parts at their baſe.
whoſe roots are jointed, although the ſtalks have no Arum maximum Ægyptiacum quod vulgò Colocalia.
joints; fo the root of Polygonatum is ſaid to be ar- Called Colocafia.
ticuloſe, or geniculated.
12. ARUM (Betæ folia) acaule foliis cordatis nervofis flo-
ARUM, Wake Robin, or Cuckow Pint.
ribus feffilibus. Arum without fialk, nervous heart-shaped
The CHARACTERS are,
leaves, and flowers without petals. Arum Americanum
The flower hath a large oblong Spatha, which is cloſed at betæ folio. Cateſb. Hift. Car. I. 71. Called Scunk
the bottom, compreſſed in the middle, ond coloured within ; Weed.
the ſpedix is ſingle
, ſhaped like a club at the top, and 13. ARUM (Divaricatum) acaule foliis cordatis angulatis
horter than the ſpatha upon which the germen are ſitu- divaricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 966. Arum without ſtalk,
ated. It hath no petals nor ſtamina, but many four-cor-
.
and heart-ſhaped anguler leaves. Arum acaule foliis
nered ſummits, fitting cloſe to the germen, with a double fubhaftatis. Flor. Žeyl. 325.
row of bairs between them, which adhere to the fpe- 14. Arum (Peregrinum) acaule foliis cordatis obtufis
din. There are many ovel germen which ſurround the mucronatis angulus rotundatis
. Hort. Cliff. 435: A-
upper part of the ſpadix, having no ſtyles, but have rum without ſtalk, blunt heart-ſhaped leaves, which are
bearded ftigma : the germen efterward become globular pointed, and the angles rounded, called Edder in America.
berries, with one cell, having round ſeeds.
15. ARUM (Eſculentem) acaule foliis peltatis ovatis inte-
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection gerrimis bafi ſemibifidis. Hort. Cliff. 453. Arum
of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, entitled Gynandria Po- without ſtalk, oval target-ſhaped leaves, zeboje baſe ere
lyandria, theſe plants having male and female flowers divided in two parts. Aruin minus nymphææ folio
joined, but have no ftamina nor ſtyle, but many eſculentum. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 62.
fummits.
6
16. ARUM
a
.
THUS.

A RU
ARU
16. Arum (Sagitta folium) acaule foliis ſagittatis trian-
gulis angulis divaricatis acutis. Hort. Cliff. 345. A-
rum without ſtalk, lance-Shaped leaves which are triangu-
lar, acute-pointed, and ribbed. Arum maximum X-
gyptiacum quod vulgò Colocaſia cauliculis nigrican-
tibus Zeylanica. H. L. B.
17. Arum (Arboreſcens) cauleſcens rectum, foliis fagit-
tatis. Lin. Sp. 1371. Arum with an erect ſialk, and ar-
row-Shaped leaves, commonly called Dumb Cane.
18. ARUM (Auritum) cauleſcens radicans, foliis terna-
tis, lateralibus unilobatis. Lin. Sp. 1371. Arum whoſe
ſtalks ſend out roots, and trifoliate leaves. Arum he-
deraceum triphyllum & auritum. Plum. Amer. 41.
tab. 58.
a
3
و
а
و
a
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and on ſhady
banks in moſt parts of England, ſo is feldom admit-
ted into gardens ; but being a medicinal plant, it is
here inſerted to introduce the other ſpecies. There
are two varieties of this, one with plain leaves, and
the other hath leaves full of black ſpots, but theſe
are only accidental varieties which ariſe from the ſame
ſeeds. The roots of this are ordered by the College
of Phyſicians to be uſed in a powder which bears the
title of the plant; but theſe are generally gathered
in the ſpring, when the leaves are in full vigour, ſo
that the roots ſhrink and ſoon loſe their pungent
quality ; but thoſe which are taken up in Auguſt,
when their leaves decay, will continue good a whole
year, and retain their pungency the ſame as when firſt
taken up. The not obſerving this, has brought the
medicine into diſrepute. It flowers in April, and the
ſeeds ripen in July
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Italy, Spain, and
Portugal, from whence I have received the ſeeds.
The leaves of this ſort riſe a foot and a half high, are
very large, running out to a point; theſe are finely
veined with white, interſperſed with black ſpots,
which, together with the fine ſhining green of their
ſurface, make a pretty variety. The flowers grow
near a foot high, and have very long upright ſpathas,
which are of a pale green, inclining to white; theſe
appear the end of April, or beginning of May, and
the feeds are ripe in Auguſt; this propagates very
faſt by offsets from the root, and will thrive in any
foil or ſituation. The beſt time to tranſplant them
is ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe, for by the end of Oc-
tober they will be putting out new fibres.
The third, fourth, and fifth ſorts have been generally
ſeparated from this genus, and were diſtinguiſhed by
the title of Arifarum, or Friar's Cowl, from the re-
ſemblance the flower has in ſhape to the hoods or
cowls worn by the people of that order; the leaves of
theſe have ſhort foot-ſtalks, the flowers growing cloſe
to the ground; they flower in April, but ſeldom pro-
duce feeds in England; however they multiply faſt
by offsets, and ſhould have a ſhady ſituation. Th
time for tranſplanting the roots is the ſame as for the
former. They are preſerved in ſome gardens for
the ſake of variety, but have little beauty to recom-
mend them.
The fixth and ſeventh forts grow naturally in Virgi-
nia and Carolina, from whence I have received their
roots; their leaves ariſe immediately from the roots,
having ſcarce any foot-ſtalks; the flowers come up be-
tween their leaves, which have ſhort foot-ſtalks; they
appear in May, but have little beauty, ſo the plants
are only kept in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
riety. They will live in the open air, if they are
planted in a ſheltered ſituation, or if the ſurface of
the ground is covered with tan to keep out the froſt
in winter, and will thrive better in the full ground
than in pots. They are propagated by offsets.
The eighth fort is the common Dragon, which is
uſed in medicine, and has been generally ranged in
a ſeparate genus from this under the title of Dracun-
culus, in which genus Tournefort has ranged all thoſe
ſpecies which have compound leaves, and thoſe with
ſingle leaves he has placed under Arum.
This fort is uſed in medicine, fo is preſerved in gar-
dens to ſupply the markets: it grows naturally in moſt
of the ſouthern parts of Europe. This plant hath a
large, tuberous, fleſhy root, which, in the ſpring puts
up a ſtrait ſtalk about three feet high, which is ipot-
ted like the belly of a ſnake; at the top it ſpreads
out into leaves, which are cut into ſeveral narrow
ſegments almoſt to the bottom, which ſpread open
like a hand; at the top of the ſtalk the flower is pro-
duced, which is in ſhape like the common Arum,
having a very long ſpatha of a dark purple colour,
ſtanding erect, with a large piſtil of the ſame colour,
ſo that when it is in flower, it makes no unpleaſing
appearance; but the flower hath ſo ſtrong a ſcent of
carrion, that few perſons can endure it; for which
reaſon it hath been baniſhed moſt gardens, but was
it not for this, a few of the plants might merit a place
in gardens, for the oddneſs of the flower. It is very
hardy, ſo will grow in any foil or ſituation, and pro-
pagates very faſt by offsets from the root. The time
to tranſplant it is in autumn, when their leaves de-
cay. It flowers in June or July, and their ſtalks de-
cay in September.
The ninth fort grows naturally in moiſt places in Vir-
ginia and New England, but is very difficult to pre-
ſerve long in a garden. I received ſome roots of this
from New England a few years ago, which continued
two years; but the ſoil being dry, they decayed in
ſummer : theſe ſhould have a moiſt fhady ſituation,
otherwiſe they will not thrive. The leaves of this fort
are divided like thoſe of the foriner, but are ſmaller,
and rarely grow more than nine inches high; the
flowers are like thoſe of the common Arum, but
the piſtil is longer than the ſpatha. It flowers in June,
and the ſtalks decay in autumn.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in Ceylon, and ſome
other parts of India, fo is very impatient of cold: it
is a plant of humble growth : the leaves come up
from the root, having foot-ſtalks about four inches
long; theſe are divided into three lobes, which ter-
minate in points; the flower riſes immediately from
the root, ſtanding on a very ſhort foot-ſtalk; the ſpa-
tha is long, erect, and of a fine ſcarlet within, as is
alſo the piſtil. This uſually appears in May, and the
leaves decay in Auguſt, but new ones foon after riſe
from the root. This plant muſt be placed in the
tan-bed of the bark-ſtove, otherwiſe it will not thrive
in England. It is propagated by offsets from the
root, which come out in plenty when the plants are
in health.
The eleventh, thirteenth, fourteenth, fifteenth, and
fixteenth forts, have mild roots, which are eaten by
the inhabitants of all the hot countries, where they
grow naturally, and ſome of the forts are cultivated
by the inhabitants of the ſugar colonies, as eſculent
plants, their roots being conſtantly eaten, as alſo are
the leaves of ſome of the forts, particularly the fif-
teenth, which they call Indian Kale: the leaves of
this are boiled, and ſupply the want of other greens.
As there is a conſtant fucceſſion of theſe all the year,
a ſmall ſpot of ground, planted with theſe roots, will
be ſufficient to lupply a large family. It is eſteemed
a wholſome green, and in thoſe countries where many
of the common European vegetables are with diffi-
culty procured, this proves a good ſuccedanum; but
they ſeem to make little diſtinction of the ſpecies, for
I have received the roots of three forts, by the com-
mon title of Edder; but I ſuppoſe the fourteenth fort
is the moſt commonly cultivated there for their roots.
The ſixteenth fort has not been many years introduced
among them, for it came originally from the Spaniſh
Weſt-Indies, where it grows in great plenty. Both
theſe have larger roots than the fifteenth, for which
reaſon they are preferred to it.
All theſe forts are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe
perſons, who are curious in collecting exotic plants,
for the variety of their leaves ; their flowers have very
little beauty, nor do they often appear in this coun-
try. The plants are propagated eaſily by offsets from
their roots, which they put out plentifully: theſe
muſt be planted in pots filled with light earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed, to promote their taking root ;
Z
and

ARU
A RU
a
a
and if they are afterward continued in the bark-ſtove, are included in a chaff which is oblong, pointed, and opens
they will make great progreſs, and their leaves will with two volves. The petals of the flowers are bivalve
be larger. They may be kept in a dry ſtove, upon and longer than the empalement, having a down at their
ſhelves, after they are well eſtabliſhed in the pots, baſe, which riſes almoſt their length; it bath three hairy
but they will not be ſo ſtrong as the other.
stamine, crowned with horned ſummits; in the center is
The twelfth fort I was favoured with by Mr. Peter ſituated an oblong germen, ſupporting two Nender ſtyles
Collinſon, F.R. S. who procured the root from North which are hairy and reflexed; crowned with a ſimple liig-
America, where it naturally grows. This requires a ma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong pointed ſeed,
moiſt foil, and a ſhady ſituation, but is hardy in re- with long down adhering to its baſe:
ſpect of cold. It flowered two years in the garden This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
at Chelſea, but in a very dry ſeaſon decayed. The of Linnæus's third claſs, entitled Triandria Digynia,
flowers came up before there was any appearance of the flowers having three ftamina and two ſtyles.
leaves; the ſpatha was large, and the piſtil ſhort and
The SPECIES are,
blunt; the female flowers were ranged each between 1. ARUNDO (Phragmitis) calycibus quinquefloris pani-
a fort of cheque work, which was diagonal to the culâ laxa. Prod. Leyd. 66. Reed with five flowers in
piſtil; the flower decayed without any appearance of each cup, growing in looſe panicles. Arundo vulgaris pa-
feed.
luftris. J. B. 2. 485. The common Marſh Reed.
The ſeventeenth fort riſes to the height of fix or ſeven 2. ARUNDO (Donax) calycibus trifloris paniculâ diffusâ.
feet, with a green jointed ſtalk as large as a walking Prod. Leyd. 66. Reed with three flowers included in each
ſtick; the leaves are placed irregularly at the top of cup, growing in diffuſed panicles. Arundo fativa quæ
the ſtalks, growing in a cluſter : theſe are oblong, and Donax Diofcoridis. C. B. P. 17. This is ſometimes
of a light green colour; from between the leaves the called by gardeners the Ever-green Reed, but for
flowers come out on the ſide of the ſtalk, having a what reaſon I cannot imagine, becauſe the ſtalks decay
long ſpatha of a pale green colour, marked with white every autumn, and new ſhoots ariſe from the roots in
ſpots, fitting cloſe to the ſtem of the plant; at their
the ſpring,
firſt appearance they ſtand erect, foon after they are 3. ARUNDO (Verſicolor) Indica Laconica verſicolor. Mor.
3
horizontal, and in a little time they decline downward; Hift. 3. p. 219. Indian Reed with variegated leaves.
their lower part is ſwelling ſo far as the flowers are Arundo Indica variegata ſeu Laconica Theophraſti.
ranged on the piſtil, above which it is greatly con-
Cornut. Can. 55.
tracted, and toward the top enlarges again, where 4. ARUNDO (Bamboa) calycibus multifloris, fpicis ternis
it is a little open, ſo as to ſhew the naked part of the ſeſſilibus. Lin. Sp. 120. Reed with many flowers in the
piſtil, but is twiſted again at the top. All the lower cup, and reſile Spikes, commonly called Bambu. Beeſha.
part cloſely folds over the piſtil, ſo that it is ſcarce Hort. Mal. Vol. V. p. 119. and the Bambu altera per
diſcernible, unleſs the ſpatha is opened, which can
cies. Raii Hift. 1316.
only be done on one ſide, the other adhering cloſely 5. ARUNDO (Arborea) caule arboreo foliis utrinque acu-
to the piſtil, ſo far upward as the flowers extend the minatis. Reed with a tree-like ſtalk, and leaves which
naked part of the piſtil only being ſeparated from it; are pointed at both ends. Ily. Hort. Mal. Vol. I. p. 25.
ſo that the female flowers and ſtamina are ranged only 6. ARUNDO (Orientalis) tenuifolia caule pleno ex quâ
upon one ſide of the piſtil, in which it differs from all Turcæ calamos parant. Tourn. Cor. 39. Eaſtern Reed
the other ſpecies which I have ſeen.
with a narrow leaf and a full ſtalk, of which the Turks
It grows naturally in the ſugar iſlands, and other warm make their writing pens.
parts of America, chiefly in the low grounds; the The firſt fort is ſo very common by the fides of rivers
whole plant abounds with an acrid juice, ſo that if a and large ſtanding waters in divers parts of England,
leaf or part of the ſtalk is broken, and applied to the that it is needleſs for me to ſay any thing of its
tip of the tongue, it cauſes a very painful ſenſation, culture. This is cut in autumn, when the leaves
and occaſions the ſalivary ducts to ſwell, and brings begin to fall, and the ftems are changed brown, for
on a great defluxion of ſaliva ; the ſtalks of this plant making hedges in kitchen-gardens, and for many
are ſometimes applied to the mouths of the negroes
other uſes.
by way of puniſhment, which is indeed bad enough. The ſecond ſort, although native of a warm country,
This fort is propagated by cutting off the ſtalks into yet will bear the cold of our winters in the open
lengths of three or four joints, which muſt be laid to ground, provided it is planted in a foil not too wet;
dry fix weeks or two months; for if the wounded and if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere, a little
part is not perfectly healed over before the cuttings mulch be laid over the roots; it dies to the ſurface
are planted, they will rot and decay: theſe ſhould in autumn, and riſes again the fucceeding ſpring;
be planted in ſmall pots filled with light ſandy earth, and if kept ſupplied with water in dry weather, will
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tan, being grow ten or twelve feet high the ſame ſummer; and
careful that they have little wet, until they have made is very proper to intermix with trees and ſhrubs, or
good roots; when they are well eſtabliſhed at bottom, tall plants and flowers in boſquets, where, by the
ſome of them may be placed in a dry ſtove, and others oddneſs of its appearance, it will have a good effect,
plunged into the tan-bed in the bark-ſtove, where in adding to the variety. This is propagated by part-
they will make the greateſt progreſs, and produce ing the roots early in the ſpring, before they begin
more flowers than the others. It is a tender plant, ſo
to ſhoot, and will, in a year or two, if
your ground
muſt be conſtantly kept in the ſtove, and ſhould have be good, make very large ſtools, ſo that from each
very little wet in winter.
ftool you may have eight or ten canes produced; but
The eighteenth fort is a ſcandent plant, ſending out this never produces any ſpikes of flowers in England.
roots from the ſtem and branches, the leaves are large, The ſtalks of this fort are brought from Portugal and
heart-ſhaped, having three lobes or ears; the flowers Spain, and are uſed by the weavers, as alſo to make
are incloſed in a large ſpatha; but theſe are not fruit- fiſhing-rods.
ful in England. This is a tender plant, ſo requires The third fort is ſuppoſed to be a variety of the ſe-
to be conſtantly kept in the bark ſtove, and treated cond, differing therefrom only in having variegated
as other tender exotic plants, which come from hot leaves. But this I much doubt, becauſe the fort with
countries. It is propagated by cutting off the branches, variegated leaves is much tenderer than the other, fo
which readily put out roots, for all theſe ſpecies which muſt be ſheltered from the froſt, otherwiſe it will not
are natives of hot countries, never produce ſeeds in live through the winter in England. The plant never
England.
grows to a third part of the height of the other, and
ARUM ÆTHIOPICUM. See CALLA.
the leaves are narrower and much ſhorter; whether
ARUM SCANDENS. See DRACONTIUM. theſe differences may not be occaſioned by the weak-
ARUNDO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 76. The Reed.
neſs of the plant, I cannot take upon me to deter-
The CHARACTERS are,
mine; for it is well known, that all thoſe plants which
It is of the Graſs tribe; the flowers grow in Spikes, and have variegated leaves, are much weaker than the
plain
2

AS A
A S A
3
mat.
plain, and do not grow ſo large, nor will they reſiſt which are indented on their edges. Afarina hederula
the cold ſo well. But as this is ſuppoſed to be a na- ſaxatilis. Lob. Icon. 601. Afarina, or Rock Ground-
tive of a different country, and by all the writers who ivy.
have mentioned it ſuppoſed to be different, I have 2. ASARINA (Erecio) caule erecto foliis lanceolatis am-
enumerated it among the ſpecies.
plexicaulibus paniculâ dichotomâ. Upright Baſtard
The two ſorts of Bambu are of great ſervice to the Aſarum with Spear-shaped leaves which embrace the ſtalks,
inhabitants of India, who make moſt of their common and ſpikes of flowers coming out from the diviſion of the
utenſils of the ſtems of theſe canes, which grow to branches. Penſtemon. Mitch. Gen. 14.
a prodigious magnitude in thoſe countries.
The firit fort is a low trailing annual plant, the
We have plants of the fourth fort in the Engliſh gar- branches extend little more than a foot each way, and
dens, which are more than twenty feet high; and if are weak, ſo that unleſs they are ſupported, they lie
the ſtoves in which they are kept were high enough upon the ground; theſe are garniſhed with leaves like
to admit them, they would, according to appearance, thoſe of Ground-ivy, which grow by pairs; at the
riſe to twice that height. The ſhoots of this plant wings of the leaves the flowers come out ſingly on
are of quicker growth than any other yet known, each ſide the ſtalk, which are ſhaped like thofe of
which riſes with an upright ſtalk; for a ſtrong ſhoot Snap-dragon, but have a long tube; they are of a
from the root will riſe to twenty feet in five or fix worn-out purple colour at the top, but below of an
weeks, as I have for ſeveral years obſerved. Some herbaceous colour. Theſe come out in June, and the
of theſe ſtems are as large as a man's wriſt, but in feeds ripen in September, which ſhould be fown foon
general as big as walking-ſticks, and when dried are after, or permitted to ſcatter, for when they are fown
as fit for that purpoſe as thoſe which are imported. in the ſpring they ſeldom grow. The plants ſhould
The leaves of this fort are much broader than thoſe of remain where they are fown, and require no other
the fifth, particularly at their baſe; theſe leaves are care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
generally put round the tea-cheſts in their package, them where they grow too cloſe. As there is not
and are faſtened together fo as to form a kind of much beauty in this plant, two or three of them
will be enough in a garden, for the ſake of variety:
The fifth fort is more rare at preſent in Europe, tho’ It grows naturally in Italy and the ſouth of France.
it is the moſt common on the coaſt of Malabar. The ſecond fort grows naturally in North America,
They are both tender plants, fo will not live in this This plant hath upright ſtalks, which grow a foot
country, unleſs they are preſerved in a warm ſtove; and a half high, and put out ſeveral fide branches,
and as their roots ſpread very wide, they ſhould garniſhed with oblong ſpear-ſhaped leaves ending in
not be confined: therefore to have them produce a point, which grow oppoſite, and embrace the ſtalks
ſtrong ftems, they muſt be planted in large tubs, filled at their baſe; the flowers come out in ſhort looſe
with rich earth, and plunged into the hot-bed in the ſpikes from the diviſions of the ſtalks, which are
bark-ſtove; and as they naturally grow in marſhy low ſhaped like thoſe of the former, but are leſs, and of
places, they require plenty of water, eſpecially a purple colour. They appear in June and July, and
when the roots have filled the tubs in which they were their feeds ripen in September.
planted. When the tubs decay, the boards may be
The feeds of this ſort ſhould be fown in the autumn,
removed, and the plants permitted to root into the for thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring, feldom grow
tan, which will encourage them to grow to a larger the ſame year, but remain in the ground till the fol-
fize; but then there muſt be care taken when the bed lowing ſpring. When the plants are grown ftrong
is refreſhed with new tan, to leave a fufficient quan- enough to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted into
tity of the old tan about the roots of the plants; for a ſhady border, which will prevent their flowering the
if they are too much bared, and the new tan laid ſame year; and in the autumn they may be planted
,
near them, when that heats, it will ſcorch their roots in the borders of the flower-garden, where they will
ſo that the plants are ſometimes deſtroyed by it. Both add to the variety. The roots ſeldom laſt above two
forts are propagated by flips from the roots, which or three years, ſo that young plants ſhould be annually
ſhould be taken off in the ſpring, that they may be
raiſed.
well eſtabliſhed before the winter.
A SARUM[from a privative, and Cocíow, Gr. to adorn,
The fixth fort is what the Turks make their writing as much as to ſay, a plant not fit for ornament, ]
pens withal; this grows in a valley near
Afarabacca.
Athos, as alſo on the banks of the river Jordan, but The CHARACTERS are,
there are none of the plants in England. This fort The flowers hath a thick bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf,
may be managed as the Bambu.
which is coloured, and Nightly cut at the brim into three
ARUNDO SACCHARIFERA. See SACHA- parts, which are reflexed. It hath no petals, but twelve
Short awl-ſhaped ſtamina, crowned by oblong ſummits,
ASARINA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 171. tab. 76. Baf- which are faſtened in the middle to the ſtamina ; at the
tard Aſarum.
bottom of the empalement is incloſed a thick germen, ſup-
The CHARACTERS are,
porting a ſhort cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a refiexed
The empolement is of one leaf, which is cut into five equal ſtigma, cut into ſix parts. The germen afterward turns
ſegments almoſt to the bottom. The flower is of one leaf, to a thick capſule having fix cells, containing ſeveral oval
of the grining kind, having a long cylindrical tube, di- seeds.
vided at the top into two lips, the upper one being divided This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's eleventh
into two parts, whoſe edges are reflexed. The lower lip is claſs, entitled Dodecandria Monogynia, the flowers
ſlightly cut into three parts which are obtuſe; the two lips having twelve ftamina and one ſtyle.
join cloſe together, so as to form a kind of ſout. It hath
The SPECIES are,
four ſtomina, two of which are longer than the other; in I. ASARUM (Europæum) foliis reniformibus obtufis binis.
the center is placed a round germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, Lin. Sp. Pl. 442. Aſarabacca with kidney-ſhoped leaves,
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigme. The germen afterward turns which have two blunt points. Afarum. C. B. P. 197.
to a round huſk, divided into two cells, which are full of Common Aſarabacca.
roundiſh ſeeds.
2. ASARUM (Canadenſe) foliis reniformibus mucronatis.
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus joined to his Lin. Sp. Plant. 442. Afarabacca with kidney-ſhaped
genus of Antirrhinum, which is ranged in the ſecond
leaves ending in a point. Aſarum Canadenſe. Cornut.
fection of his fourteenth claſs, titled Didynamia An- Canad. 24. Canada Aſarabacca.
gioſpermia, the flowers having two long and two 3. ASARUM (Virginicum) foliis cordatis obtufis glabris
Thorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds having a capſule. petiolatis. Flor. Virg. 162. Ajorabacca with ſmooth,
The SPECIES are,
blunt, heart-ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks. Aſarum
1. ASARINA (Procumbens) caule decumbente foliis op- Virginianuin piſtolochiæ foliis fubrotundis cyclaminis
poſitis reniformibus crenatis. Baſtard Aſarum with a more maculatis. Pluk. Alm. 53.
trailing ſtalk, and kidney-ſhaped leaves growing oppoſite,
The
mount
RUM.

ASC
AS c
a
The firſt fort hath thick fleſhy roots which are jointed, 3. Asclepias (Lutea) foliis ovatis acutis caule infirmo,
and ſend out fibres from every part; the leaves grow umbellis fimplicibus. Swallow-wort with oval pointed
lingly upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, ariſing immediately from leaves, a weak ſtalk, and ſingle umbels. Afclepias an-
the root; theſe are kidney-ſhaped, eared at the foot- guſtifolia fore flaveſcente. H. R. Par.
ſtalk, and rounded at the top, where they are in- 4. ASCLEPIAS (Verticillata) foliis revolutis linearibus ver-
dented; they are ſmooth, and of a ſhining green ticillatis caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 217. Swallow-
colour: the flowers grow upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks wort with narrow twiſting leaves growing in whorles, and
cloſe to the ground, ſo are hid under the leaves. They an upright ſtalk. Apocynum Marianum erectum lina-
are compoſed of a bell-ſhaped empalement, of a worn- riæ anguftiifimis foliis umbellatum. Pluk. Mant. 17.
out purple colour, which is cut into three at the top, 5. ASCLEPIAS (Syriaca) foliis ovalibus fubtus tomentofis
where it turns backward: in the bottom is ſituated caule fimpliciſſimo umbellis nutantibus. Lin. Sp.
the germen, attended by twelve ſhort ſtamina, which Plant. 214. Swallow-wort with oval downy leaves, a
afterward turns to a leathery feed-veffel, divided into ſingle ſtalk, and nodding umbels
. This is the Apocynum
ſix cells, which contain ſeveral roundiſh feeds.
majus Syriacum erectum. Corn. Canad. Greater up-
The leaves of the ſecond fort are much larger than right Syrian Dog ſane.
thoſe of the firſt, and ſtand on longer foot-ſtalks ; 6. ASCLEPIAS (Amena) foliis ovatis fubtus piloſiuſculis
theſe are pointed and hairy. The flowers are like caule fimplici umbellis nectariiſque erectis. Lin. Sp.
thoſe of the other fort, growing cloſe to the root, but Plant. 214. Swallow-wort with oval leaves, hairy on
are ſomewhat inclining to green on their outſide, in their under ſide, a ſingle ſtalk, with upright umbels and
all other reſpects they agree.
nectarii. Apocynum floribus amene purpureis corni-
The third fort hath ſmooth blunt heart-ſhaped leaves, culis furrectis. Hort. Elth. 31.
ſtanding on longer foot-ſtalks; theſe are veined and 7. ASCLEPIAS (Purpurafcens) foliis ovatis fubtus villoſis
ſpotted on their upper ſurface like thoſe of the au- caule fimplici umbellis erectis nectariis refupinatis.
tumnal Cyclamen ; the flowers of this are ſhaped like Lin. Sp. Plant. 214. Swallow-wort with oval leaves,
the others, but ſtand on longer foot-ſtalks, and are hairy on their under fide, a ſingle ſtalk, and upright um-
of a darker purple colour. Theſe flower in April and bels with inclining nectarii. Apocynum erectum Nove-
May, and their feeds ripen in July and Auguft. boracenſe foliis minùs incanis flore ex obfoleto dilutè
The firſt of theſe forts is very common, and hath purpurafcente. Par. Bat. 33.
been found wild in ſome parts of England, though 8. ASCLEPIAS (Variegata) foliis ovatis rugoſis nudis caule
but rarely ; it delights in a moiſt ſhady place, and is fimplici umbellis fubfeffilibus pedicellis tomentoſis.
increaſed by parting the roots in autumn. This is the Lin. Sp. Plant. Swallow-wort with rough, naked, oval
fort which is uſed in medicine.
leaves, a ſingle ſtolk, umbels growing cloſe to the ſtalk,
The Canada fort is equally hardy, fo will endure our having woolly foot-ſtalks. Apocynum vetus Americanum
common winters in the open ground, being rarely Wiſank dictum. Hort. Elth. 32.
hurt by froſts, if planted in a dry foil, for too much 9. ASCLEPIAS (Incarnata) foliis lanceolatis caule ſupernè
wet often occaſions the roots to rot in winter. This diviſo, umbellis erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 215. Swallow-
is propagated as the other.
wort with Spear-ſhaped leaves, the upper part of the stalk
The third fort will alſo live in the open air in Eng- divided, and erect double umbels. Apocynum minùs
land, being feldom injured by froft; but if the plants rectum Canadenſe. Corn. Canad. 9.
are too much expoſed to the ſun in ſummer, they 10. ASCLEPIAS (Decumbens) foliis villoſis caule decum-
feldom thrive well; therefore they ſhould be planted bente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Swallow-wort with hairy
in a border where they may have only the morning leaves, and a declining ſtalk. Apocynum Carolinianum
fun, in which ſituation they will ſpread and increaſe. aurantiacum piloſum. Pet. H. Sicc. 90.
Theſe two laſt grow naturally in ſeveral parts of 11. ASCLEPIAS (Tuberoſe) foliis alternis lanceolatis caule
North America.
divaricato pilofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 217. Swallow-wort
ASCLEPIAS [ſo called from Æfculapius the firſt with ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing alternate, and a hairy
inventor of phyſic; it is alſo called Vincetoxicum, divided ſtalk. Apocynum Novæ Angliæ hirſutum tu-
from vincere, to ovecome, and toerna, poiſons, q. d. berofa radice floribus aurantiis. H. L. 649. commonly
a plant overcoming poiſons,] Hirundinaria, or Swal- called Orange Apocynum.
low-wort.
12. ASCLEPIAS (Glabre) foliis lineari-lanceolatis glabris
The CHARACTERS are,
caule fruticoſo umbellis lateralibus. Swallow-tvort with
The empalement is of one leaf, which is cut into five acute Smooth, norrow, Spear-ſhaped leaves, afbrubby fialk, and
Segments; the petal of the flower is alſo of one leaf, di- umbels coming out of the ſides. Apocynum erectum
vided into five oval parts, which are reflexed; in the cen- Africanum villoſo fructu falicis folio glabro anguſto.
ter is ſituated five nectarii which encompaſs the parts of
Par. Bat. 23.
generation ; theſe have horns which turn toward the ſta- | 13. ASCLEPIAS (Fruticoſa) foliis lanceolatis glabris um-
mina, and are joined in a truncated body incloſed by five bellis fimplicibus lateralibus caule fruticofo. Swallow-
Scales, which open every way. There are five ſtamina wort with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves, fingle umbels coming
which are ſcarce viſible, which have five ſummits, ſituated from the ſides of the branches, and a fhrubby ſtalk. Apo-
between the nectarii, and incloſed by the ſcales of the irun- cynum erectum Africanum folio ſalicis lato glabro
cated body. It hath two oval pointed germen, supporting
fructu villoſo. Par. Bat. 24.
two ſhort ſtyles crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen 14. ASCLEPIAS (Villoſa) foliis lanceolatis villofis acutis
afterward becomes two large, oblong, ſwelling pods ending umbellis fimplicibus erectis caule fruticoſo. Swallow-
in a point, having one cell, which opens with two valves wort with hairy Spear-ſhaped leaves, ſingle upright umbels,
filled with compreſſed ſeeds, lying over each other like tiles and a forubby ſtalk. Apocynum erectum Africanum
on a houſe, and are crowned with a ſoft down.
villoſo fructu falicis folio lato fubhirſuto. Par. Bat.
This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's ſecond 24
ſection of his fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia, 15. ASCLIPIAS (Rotundifolia) caule erecto fruticofo,
the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles. foliis fubrotundis amplexicaulibus, umbellis congeſtis.
The SPECIES are,
Swallow-wort with an upright ſhrubby ſtalk, roundiſh
1. ASCLEPIAS (Alba) foliis ovatis bafi barbatis cauleerecto leaves embracing it, and cloſe umbels. Apocynum erectum
umbelulis proliferis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 314. Swallow- fruticoſum folio fubrotundo glauco. Par. Bat. 37.
wort with oval leaves bearded at their baſe, an upright 16. AsclePIAS (Nivea) foliis lanceolatis glabris caule
ſtalk, and a proliferous umbel. Aſclepias albo flore. C. fimplici umbellis erectis lateralibus folitariis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 215. Swallow-wort with a fingle ſtolk, ſmooth
2. ASCLEPIAS (Nigra) foliis ovatis baſi barbatis caule Spear-ſhaped leaves, and upright ſingle umbels, proceeding
ſupernè fubvolubili. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Swallow- from the wings of the leaves. Apocynum Americanum
wort with oval leaves bearded at their baſe, and the upper foliis Amygdali longioribus. Plum. Cat. 2.
part of the ſtalk twining. Aſclepias nigro flore. C, B. 17. ASCLEPIAS (Curaſavica) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis
glabris caule fimplici umbellis erectis folitariis. Lin.
Sp.
B. P. 303.
P. 303.

A SC
ASC
a
Sp. Plant. 215. Swallow-wort with ſmooth Spear-ſhaped
leaves, having foot-ſtalks, a ſingle ſtalk, and upright ſingle
umbels. Apocynum radice fibrosâ, petalis coccineis
corniculis croceis. Hort. Elth. 34. commonly called
Baſtard Ipecacuana.
18. ASCLEPIAS (Gigantea) foliis amplexicaulibus oblongo-
ovalibus. Flor. Zeyl. 112. Swallow-wort with oblong,
oval leaves, embracing the ſtalks. Apocynum erectum
majus latifolium Indicum. Pluk. Alm. 35. tab. 175.
. f. 3.
3
19. ASCLEPIAS (Scandens) foliis oblongo-lanceolatis ſub-
hirfutis caule fruticofo ſcandente umbellis lateralibus
congeſtis. Swallow-zort with oblong, ſpear-ſhaped, bairy
leaves, a ſhrubby climbing ſtalk, and compact umbels pro-
ceeding from the ſide.
The firſt fort is the common Swallow-wort of the
ſhops. This is called Vincetoxicum & Hirundinaria,
in Engliſh Swallow-wort, or tame poiſon, from its
ſuppoſed virtue, being accounted a mighty counter
poiſon. The root is the only part which is uſed: it
is compoſed of many ſtrong fibres, which are con-
nected at the top, like thoſe of Aſparagus, from
which ariſe many foot-ſtalks, in number proporti-
onal to the ſize of the roots; which grow near
two feet high, are very ſlender at the top; the leaves
are oval, ending in a point, and placed by pairs. The
flowers are white, growing in umbels near the top of
the ſtalk, from which are ſent out ſmaller umbels;
the flowers are of one leaf, cut into five parts, in the
center of which are placed five horned nectarii, among
which the ſtamina and ſtyles are ſituated. After the
flower is paſt, the two germen become two long
pointed pods, incloſing many compreſſed ſeeds, which
are crowned with a ſoft white down. The flowers
appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in September.
This ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
Spain, and Italy.
The ſecond fort agrees with the firſt, in the ſhape of
its roots, leaves, and flowers, but the ſtalks extend
to a greater length, and toward their upper part twiſt
round any ſticks, or other plants near them, and the
flowers of this are black. This flowers at the ſame
time with the firſt, and ſeldom fails to ripen its ſeeds
in England.
The third differs from both the other in the narrow-
nefs of its leaves, and weakneſs of its ſtalks; the um-
bels of flowers are ſingle, and of a yellow colour.
This flowers at the ſame time with the two former
forts, and generally perfects ſeeds in England. There
is a variety of this with broader leaves, which may
have come from the feeds of this.
Theſe plants are common in the Engliſh gardens,
and natives of the ſame countries. They are gene-
rally propagated by parting their roots, eſpecially the
firſt fort, which feldom produces ſeeds in England.
The beſt time for this is in autumn, when their ſtalks
begin to decay. They ſhould not be planted nearer
together than three feet, for the fibres of their roots
extend to a conſiderable diſtance. They are very
hardy plants, ſo will thrive in any ſituation, but love
a dry foil
. Their ſtalks die in autumn, and new ones
riſe in the ſpring.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in North America ;
this riſes with ſlender upright ſtalks, garniſhed with
very narrow leaves, growing in whorles round the
ſtalks, at the top of which grow umbels of ſmall,
white, ſtarry flowers. Theſe appear in July, but are
never fucceeded by pods in England, fo are only pro-
pagated by parting their roots; which ſhould be
done in the ſpring, before they put out new ſhoots.
The roots ſhould be planted in a warm border and
dry ſoil, and in winter covered with old tan, to pre-
vent the froſt from penetrating the ground.
The fifth fort creeps greatly at the root, ſo that it
will ſoon ſpread over a large ſpot of ground; this
ſends up ſtrong ftems upward of four feet high, which
have thick oval leaves placed oppofite, hoary on their
under fides. Toward the top of the ſtalks the um-
bels of flowers come out on the ſide; theſe are of a
worn-out purple colour, ſmelling ſweet, and nod
downward; ſometimes theſe are ſucceeded by large
oval pods, filled with flat feeds, crowned by a long
ſoft down; it flowers in July. This propagates faſt
enough by its creeping root, and will grow in any
ſoil or ſituation. It may be tranſplanted any time
after the ſtalks decay, or before the roots ſhoot in
the ſpring
The fixth fort hath a perennial root, which ſends up
ſeveral upright ſtalks in the ſpring, about two feet
high, garniſhed with oval leaves growing oppoſite;
at the top of the ſtalks the umbels of flowers are pro-
duced, which are of a bright purple colour, making
a pretty appearance in July, but are not ſucceeded by
pods in England; this muſt be treated as the fourth
ſort. I was favoured with this by Mr. Peter Collinſon,
F. R. S.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in North America.
This hath a perennial root, which fends out ſingle
ſtalks near three feet high, garniſhed with oval leaves,
hairy on their under fide, placed oppofite; the flow-
ers grow in erect umbels at the top, and the nectarii
are declining. They are of a worn-out purple co-
lour reſembling thoſe of the fifth ; it is very hardy,
and propagates faſt by its creeping roots, but never
produces feeds in England. This will grow in any
foil or ſituation, and may be tranſplanted when the
ftalks decay.
The eighth fort reſembles the ſeventh, but the leaves
are rough, and the umbels of flowers are more com-
pact, and come out on the fide of the ſtalk; theſe
are of an herbaceous colour, and are not fucceeded
by pods in this country, but is propagated by roots as
the former fort.
The ninth fort came firſt from Canada, but hath ſince
been found growing naturally in ſeveral other parts of
America. This hath a perennial root, which puts out
ſeveral upright ſtalks about two feet high, which have
oblong ſmooth leaves placed by pairs; at the top are
produced cloſe umbels of purple flowers; theſe ap-
pear in Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds here,
ſo is only propagated by parting the roots, which
do not increaſe very faſt, therefore the plant is not
very plenty in the gardens; it is hardy enough to live
abroad, if it is planted in a dry foil.
The tenth fort is a native of North America, but is
hardy enough to live abroad in England, if it is
planted in a warm ſituation and a dry foil. This hath
declining ſtalks, which are hairy, a foot and a half
long; the leaves are narrow, hairy, and placed op-
poſite; the umbels grow at the extremity of the
branches, which are compact, the flowers are of a
bright Orange colour. It is propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be ſown in pots, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed to bring up the plants, which ſhould
be inured to the open air ſo ſoon as the weather will
permit; for if they are drawn up weak, they feldom
recover it. When they are of a proper ſtrength to
remove, they ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and
planted in a warın border ſix inches afunder, being
careful to ſhade them from the ſun until they have
taken freſh root, but they muſt have very little water
given them, for they are milky plants, which rot with
much wet. During the ſummer they muſt be kept
clean from weeds, and when their ſtalks decay in au-
tumn, ſome rotten tan ſhould be laid over the ground
to keep out the froſt, which ſhould be removed in
the ſpring before the plants put out new fhoots; the
following ſummer they will require no other care than
before, and alſo the next winter they muſt be covered
as in the former. The ſecond ſpring the roots may
be tranſplanted where they are to remain; the roots
will then be ſtrong enough to flower in ſummer, and
will laſt ſeveral years, eſpecially if they are covered
with tan to keep out the froſt, but they ſhould not
be afterward removed; for when the roots are large,
they will not bear tranſplanting.
The eleventh fort is a native of the fame countries,
and is much like the former, but differs in having up-
right ſtalks, and the leaves growing alternate. The
roots of this grow to a large ſize, ſo will not bear
Аа.
tranf-
و

A SC
A SC
a
tumn.
tranſplanting after the plants are two years old. which are white, and ſtand erect; theſe are ſucceeded
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be treated by oblong pointed pods, filled with compreſſed feeds,
in the manner directed for the former, Theſe crowned with ſoft down. It flowers in June and July,
filower the latter end of July and in Auguſt; and and the ſeeds ripen in October.
in warm ſeaſons, fometimes ripen their feeds in Eng- This plant is tender, fo muſt be raiſed in a hot-bed,
land. Neither of theſe plants will live long in pots, and tranſplanted into pots filled with rich earth, and
for which reaſon I have recommended their being plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove. It muſt have
planted in the full ground; but they ſhould have a but little water, and conſtantly remain in the ſtove,
warm ſituation.
otherwiſe the plants will not thrive here.
The twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth forts grow The ſeventeenth fort is alſo a native of the warm parts
naturally at the Cape of Good Hope. I have alſo of America, the roots of which have been ſent to
received ſeeds of the thirteenth fort from Alexandria; England for Ipecacuana, from which it may be eaſily
and Mr. Peter Collinſon, F.R. S. gave me ſome ſeeds diſtinguiſhed by its form, this being compoſed of a
of it, which were ſent him from Minorca ; but it is great number of ſmall fibres; whereas the true Ipe-
not certain that it grows naturally there, but may have cacuana hath jointed roots, which run deep into the
been carried thither from Africa.
ground, and are fleſhy. There have been may ac-
Theſe riſe with upright ſhrubby iterns to the height counts of the bad effects of the uſe of theſe roots, as
of ſeven or eight feet, and divide into many branches ; alſo of the poiſonous quality of the plant; ſo that the
thoſe of the twelfth fort are garniſhed their whole public ſhould be cautioned not to make uſe of it, and
length with long, narrow, ſmooth leaves, ending in alſo to be careful not to let the milky juice of the
a point; from the wings of the leaves the umbels plant mix with any thing which is taken inwardly.
of flowers are produced, upon long foot-ſtalks; the This plant riſes five or fix feet high, with upright
flowers are white, and grow looſely on the umbel; ſtems, garniſhed with ſmooth oblong leaves, placed
theſe are frequently ſucceeded by ſhort, thick, ſwelling oppofite; toward the top of the branches the umbels
pods, ending in a point, which are thick ſet with of flowers come out, which are ſingle, and grow erect;
hairs, and filled with compreſſed ſeeds, crowned with the petals of the flowers are of a ſcarlet colour;
a ſoft down. This flowers from June to October, and and the horny nectarii in the middle are of a bright
the ſeeds ripen in winter.
Saffron colour, which make a pretty appearance ;
The thirteenth fort differs from the twelfth, in having there is commonly a ſucceffion of theſe flowers on
much broader leaves, which are of a darker green; the ſame plant from June to October. The flowers
the umbels of flowers are ſmaller, grow upon ſhorter are ſucceeded by long taper pods filled with ſeeds
foot-ſtalks, and the ſingle flowers are larger. This crowned by a foft down, which ripen late in the au-
flowers at the ſame time with the former.
The fourteenth fort doth not riſe fo high as either of It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on a
the former, and the branches grow at a much greater hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants ihould be treated
diſtance, the leaves are ſhorter, and are covered on in the ſame manner as is before directed for the
both ſides with ſhort hairs. The flowers grow in former fort; the roots of this may be continued three
ſmall looſe umbels, and are white; theſe appear in the or four years, but after the ſecond year the plants
ſame ſeaſon with the former.
grow naked, and do not produce ſo many flowers as
Theſe are propagated by ſeeds, which may be fown before ; fo that it is much better to raiſe young plants
in April on a bed of light earth in the open air, and to ſucceed the other, eſpecially as they produce plenty
when the plants are three or four inches high, they of ſeeds in England.
ſhould be each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light The eighteenth fort riſes with upright items fix or
earth, and ſhaded until they have taken new root, ſeven feet high, which are garniſhed with thick oval
then they may be placed with other exotic plants in leaves placed oppoſite. The umbels of flowers are
a ſheltered ſituation till October, when they muſt be ſingle; the flowers are white, of a ſtar figure, having
removed into the green-houſe, and during the winter five points ; the pods of this ſort are very large, in
ſhould have but little water; for as they abound with ſhape like an ox's teſticles, and are filled with flat
a milky juice, much wet will rot them. The only feeds, lying over each other like tiles on a houſe. I
care theſe will require, is to ſhift them into larger received the ſeeds of this fort from the Right Hon.
pots as they advance in their growth; but care ſhould the Earl of Northumberland, who procured it from
be taken not to put them in pots too large, and in the India.
ſummer to place them abroad with other plants from This plant is tender, fo muſt be preſerved conſtantly
the fame country.
in the ſtove, and treated in the ſame manner as the
Theſe three forts may alſo be propagated by cuttings, two former forts, and ſhould have very little wet, eſpe-
which if planted in July or Auguſt, in a ſhady border, cially in the winter.
will ſoon take root, and may ſoon after be taken up The nineteenth fort I received from Carthagena; this
and planted in pots, and managed as the ſeedling hath climbing ſtalks, which faften themſelves to the
plants. The thirteenth fort hath lived in the open neighbouring plants, and riſe to the height of ten or
air in mild winters in the Chelſea garden, but in cold twelve feet; the joints of the ſtalks are pretty diſtant
winters they are conſtantly deſtroyed.
from each other, at each are produced two oblong,
The fifteenth fort grows with an upright ſhrubby ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, growing oppoſite, upon
ſtalk to the height of fix or ſeven feet, dividing to- very ſhort foot-ſtalks; the umbels of flowers come
ward the top into three or four branches, garniſhed out from the wings of the leaves, which are very
their whole length with ſtiff roundiſh leaves, which compact, and the flowers are of a fulphur colour.
cloſely embrace them. Toward the upper part, the Theſe appear in Auguſt, but have not been ſucceeded
flowers are produced on their ſides, growing in ſhort by feeds in England.
compact umbels. Theſe are of an herbaceous colour, This plant is tender, fo muſt be conſtantly preſerved
ſo make but little appearance; they come out chiefly in the ſtove, and treated in the ſame way as is direct-
in autumn and winter. This grows naturally at the ed for the former forts.
Cape of Good Hope, and requires the ſame culture ASCYRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 737. Hypericoides.
as the former forts. There is a variety of this with Plum. Nov. Gen. 51. tab. 7. St. Peterſwort.
deep green leaves, which ſome have ſuppoſed to be a The CHARACTERS are,
different ſpecies, but I have raiſed itfrom the ſame ſeeds. The empalement is four leaved, the two outer being nar-
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in the warm parts row and oppoſite, the two inner are broad, beart-ſhaped,
of America, the feeds were ſent me from La Vera and erect. The flower hath four ovel petals, the two
Cruz. This riſes with ſingle ſtalks four feet high, outer are large and placed oppoſite, the two inner are
garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending Small. In the center is ſituated an oblong germen, with a
in a point; toward the top of the ſtalk the umbels of very ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. This is at-
flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves, tended by a great number of briſtly ſtamina, which are
a
joined

ASH
ASH
و
a
joined at their baſe into four bodies, and are crowned
with round ſummits. The germen afterward becomes an
oblong pointed ſeed-veljel, opening in two valves, and filled
with ſmall round ſeeds. The ſeed-veſel is incloſed by the
two large leaves of the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's eighteenth claſs, entitled Polyadelphia Po-
lyandria, the flowers having many ſtamina, which
are joined in ſeveral bodies.
The Species are,
1. ASCYRUM (Crux Andreæ) foliis ovatis caule tereti pa-
niculâ dichotomâ. Lin. Sp. Plant. 787. St. Peterſzort
with oval leaves, a taper ſtalk, and flowers growing in
looſe Spikes from the diviſions of the branches. Hyperi-
.
coides ex terrâ marianâ foribus exiguis luteis. Pluk.
Mant. 104. called St. Andrew's Croſs.
2. ASCYRUM (Villofum) foliis hirſutis caule ſtricto. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 788. St. Peterſwort with bairy leaves and a
Stif ſender ſtalk. Hypericum Virginianum fruteſcens
pilofifſimum. Pluk. Alm. 189.
3. ASCYRUM (Hypericoides) foliis oblongis, ramis ancipi-
tibus. Lin. Sp. 1108. St. Peterſwort with oblong leaves
and a flatted ſtalk. Hypericoides fruteſcens erecta filo-
re luteo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 51.
The firſt fort is a low plant, whoſe ſtalks ſeldom riſe
more than fix inches high, garniſhed with ſmall oval
leaves, placed by pairs; the ſtalks are flender, and
divide into two toward the top. From between the
diviſion of the branches, the looſe ſpikes of yellow
flowers are produced very ſmall, fo make no ap-
pearance; therefore the plant is ſcarce worthy of a
place in gardens, except for the ſake of variety. The
root is perennial, and the plant may be propagated
by laying down its branches; it loves a moiſt foil and
a ſhady ſituation. This grows naturally in North
America; I was favoured with this plant by the Right
Hon. the Earl of Northumberland, who procured it
from thence.
The ſecond ſort grows about three feet high, with
upright ſtalks, garniſhed with hairy oblong leaves ;
the flowers are produced at the ends of the ſtalks,
which are of the ſhape and colour with common St.
Johnſwort, but have only four leaves. This hath a
perennial root, but the ſtalks decay every autumn.
It may be propagated by parting the roots in autumn,
when the ſtalks decay, and ſhould be planted in a
loamy ſoil ; this fome years will produce ſeeds in Eng-
land. It grows naturally in Virginia.
The third ſort grows naturally in South Carolina,
from whence I received the ſeeds. This plant riſes a
foot and a half high, with flat ſtalks, garniſhed with
oval ſmooth leaves growing oppoſite; the ſtalks are
terminated by three or four yellow flowers, growing
cloſe together, which are larger than thoſe of the com-
mon St. Johnſwort, and the petals of the flowers are
hollow. This fort rarely produces feeds in England,
but it may be propagated by cuttings made of the
young ſhoots in May, which, if planted in pots, and
plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, will take root
in five or fix weeks, when they may be tranſplanted
into a warm border, where they will endure the cold
of our ordinary winters; but in ſevere froſts they are
frequently deſtroyed, unleſs the roots are covered
with tan to keep out the froſt.
Theſe plants have little beauty, fo are ſeldom culti-
vated but in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety.
ASCYRUM BALEARICUM 7 See HYPERI-
.
ASCYRUM MAGNO FLORE.
ASCYRUM VULGARE.
ASH-TREE. See FRAXINUS.
ASHES are eſteemed a good fuperficial dreſſing for
corn and meadow land, as they give a new ferment
to ſuch lands as are in any degree fluggiſh and in-
active, and enrich thoſe which are jejune and flow,
being endowed with fingular qualities to make them
prolific.
All ſorts of athes, indeed, contain in them a very
rich fertile falt, and are the beſt manure of any to lay
upon cold wet land, but then they ought to be kept
dry, that the rain may not waſh away their falt. Ex-
perience has thewn, that the aſhes of any ſort of ve-
getable are very advantageous to land, by the im-
provement that has been made in moſt places in Eng-
land, by burning bean-ſtalks, fern, furze, heath,
fedge, itraw, ſtubble, &c.
Coal aſhes, or ſuch as are made of Newcaſtle, Scotch,
and other pit-coal, are much recommended by ſome;
but the firſt are moſt approved of, becauſe they con-
tain a greater quantity of nitrous and fulphureous
marter than the others, though the reſt are good.
There is no dreſſing ſo good for graſs ground as the
fea-coal aſhes, eſpecially for cold wet land, and where
it is ſubject to ruſhes or mofs; for theſe will deſtroy
both, and occaſion the graſs to be much finer: but
this dreffing ſhould be laid on the land early in win-
ter, otherwiſe they will do harm the firſt ſummer ;
for when they are laid on the ground in the ſpring,
they will cauſe the graſs to burn as ſoon as the warmth
comes on; whereas thoſe that were put on early
enough to receive the winter's rain, will be waſhed
into the ground before the warm ſeaſon, whereby
the graſs will have the benefit of it the firſt year.
Where the land is poor and four, producing ruſhes
and moſs only, there ſhould be at leaſt twenty loads
of aſhes laid upon each acre; for a flight dreſſing
will not anſwer the deſign of killing weeds and moſs,
nor will it be ſufficient to enrich land which is cold
and fluggiſhi, therefore it will be better to lay a good
dreſſing at firſt, than to do it at ſeveral intervals; for
one ſubſtantial dreſſing will continue the land longer
in heart than three flight ones, beſides the advantage
before-mentioned.
But theſe ought to be applied ſuperficially, and not
too near the roots of plants; and if ſo, there are few
plants but will receive benefit by them, by their ni-
trous and fulphureous qualities being waſhed down by
the rain, which will open by the ſtrength of water,
and cauſe it to heave, in ſome degree, as lime will
do when water is thrown upon it.
Wood-aſhes are commended as the principal of ſu-
perficial dreſſings for land, in that they contain a ve-
getative kind of falt.
Kiln-aſhes, i. e. fuch as are made of ſtraw, furze,
&c. are, by fome, accounted as good as any of the
fpirituous improvements of lands that are lightiſh;
but for ſuch as are heavy, they are looked upon as
ſcarce folid and ponderous enough. Theſe aſhes the
maltſters in the weſt country fift over their corn and
graſs, which are ſuppoſed, by their heat, to cauſe a
fermentation, a hollowneſs and looſeneſs in the
mould; by which means the rains enter it the more
eaſily, and diſpoſe the earth for giving up an aſſump-
tion of its vegetative augment.
But theſe being light, ought never to be ſtrewed nor
fifted in windy weather, becauſe they would be blown
away ; and if it could be ſo ordered as to be done juſt
before ſnow or rain, it would be the better.
Soap-aſhes (i. e. after the ſoap-boilers have done with
them) are very proper for lands that are very cold
and four, and to kill weeds of all ſorts: and Sir
Hugh Plat mentions one at Ware, who having a piece
of land over-run with broom and furze, manured it
with ſoap-aſhes, and had an incredible crop of wheat
for fix years ſucceſſively.
Pot-aſhes, after the pot-aſh men have done with
them, are eſteemned good for moſt ſorts of land; but
as they have been wet, and moſt of the falt drawn off
by the lee, they ought to be laid on much thicker
than other aſhes.
Turf-aſhes are very good for all ſorts of land, but
eſpecially for clay lands, but will be much better if
mixed with lime.
But all theſe aſhes ought to be kept dry, from the
time they are made till they are uſed, elſe the rains
will both waſh away their goodneſs, and alſo make
them clod, eſpecially ſome of the laſt mentioned,
which will prevent their ſpreading.
And befides, one load of aſhes that has been kept
dry, will go as far as two that have been expoſed
to the rain : and coal-aſhes, if moiſtened with
3
3
و
CUM.
2
chau-

ASP
ASP
water.
chamber-lye or ſoap-luds, will greatly add to their When the plants come up, and are ſtrong enough to
ſtrength.
remove, they ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate
All calcined vegetables cauſe a fiery heat and vege-
ſmail pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a
tation, and, when wet comes, ſet the ground to work, moderate hot-bed, to encourage their rooting again ;
by a fubtle infinuation unlocking the clods, and quick- and ſo ſoon as they are eſtabliſhed in the pots, they
ening the fluggiſhneſs of the earth, according to that ſhould by degrees be inured to the open air, into
eſtabliſhed maxim among naturaliſts, That all fer- which they ſhould be removed in ſummer, placing
mentation is cauſed by the interpoſition or mixture them in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain
of different qualities one with the other.
till autumn, when they muſt be carried into the
It is after this manner that coal-aſhes operate ſo ad- green-houſe, and in winter ſhould have but little
mirably in looſening and mouldering ſtiff clayey
grounds, and, as it is uſually termed, making it The ſecond fort grows about five feet high, with flen-
rough, aſhy, or fandy-like: and after the ſame man- der branches, garniſhed with leaves growing by fives
ner, fand mixed with clay does well, eſpecially when cloſe to the branches; the flowers come out ſingly
it is impregnated with faline qualities.
upon long foot-ſtalks, which are of a pale red colour;
ASPALATHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 767. African theſe appear in Auguſt, but feldom are ſucceeded by
Broom.
pods here. This is propagated as the former, and
The CHARACTERS are,
requires the ſame treatment.
The empalement is of one leaf, which is cut into five equal The third fort riſes about four feet high, with a
ſegments at the top; the flower is of the butterfly kind. ſhrubby ſtalk dividing into ſlender branches, garniſh-
The Standard is bairy, compresſed, and blent-pointed ; ed with ſilky leaves, coming out by threes; the flow-
the wings are blunt, moon-ſhaped, and ſpread open, being ers are purple, downy, and grow thinly on the
Shorter than the ſtandard ; the keel is bifid, and of the branches. This is propagated as the two former,
Come length as the wings. It bath ten stamino, nine of and muſt be treated in the ſame way as is directed for
which are joined and covered by the standard, the other the firſt fort. It flowers late in the ſummer.
standing ſeparate; theſe are crowned by oblong ſingle fum- | ASPARAGUS, the firſt ſprigs of herbs before un-
mits. In the bottom is ſituated an oval germen ſupporting folded into leaves, and the youngeſt and tendereit
e Single Style, crowned by a pointed ſtigma. The germen branches that are eatable, are called Aſparagus.
afterward becomes an oval oblong pod, incloſing one or two ASPARAGUS [ACTópafc", Gr. ſignifies a young
kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
ſhoot putting forth,] Aſparagus, Sparagus, corruptly
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
called Sparrowgrafs.
Dr. Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, entitled Diadelphia
The CHARACTERS are,
Decandria, the flowers having ten ſtamina joined in There are male and hermaphrodite flowers upon different
two bodies.
roots; the male flowers are tubulous, compoſed of ſix nar-
The SPECIES are,
row petals, which do not ſpread open, having fix short
1. ASPALATHUS (Chenopoda) foliis confertis fubulatis stamina, but no ſtyle or Sigma; theſe are barren: the
mucronatis hiſpidis foribus capitatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. bermaphrodite flowers have fix petals which ſpread open,
711. Apalai bus with rough, pointed, awl-ſhaped leaves, Six ſtamina ſurrounding the germen, and a ſhort ſtyle
growing in clusters, ond flowers in heads. Geniſta Afri- crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma which is prominent. The
cana lutea, floribus hirſutis in capitula lanuginoſa germen afterward becomes a round berry, having three
conglobatis foliis corrodæ aculeatis fùbhirſutis. Herm. cells, each including one or two ſeeds, rounded on their
Cat. Il. Yellow African Broom.
outſide, but anguilar where they join.
2. ASPALATHUS (Indica) foliis quinatis feffilibus pedun- This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in
culis unifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 712. Five-leaved Afpa- the firit ſection of his fixth claſs, titled Hexandria
lathus growing cloſe to the branches, and one flower on i Monogynia, but with more propriety ſhould be placed
foot-stalk. Dorychium Indicum foribus fingularibus in the ſecond order of his twenty-firſt claſs, which
rubris in pedicellis oblongis filiquis perexiguis. Raii includes thoſe plants as have the Polygamia on dif-
Supp. 471.
ferent roots.
The SPECIES are,
3. ASPALATHUS (Argentec) foliis trinis linearibus feri-
ceis ftipulis fimplicibus mucronatis floribus fparfis to- 1. ASPARAGUS caule herbaceo erecto, foliis ſetaceis,
mentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 713. Aſpalathus with three ftipulis duabus interioribus, una exteriore. Flor.
narrow Silky leaves, Single-pointed ftipulæ, and woolly Suec. 272. Aſparagus with an upright herbaceous fialk,
flowers growing thinly. Cytiſus Africanus anguſtifo- briftly leaves, having two inner and one outer ftipula.
lius fericea lanugine argentatus fpicâ lagopoide. Aſparagus ſativa. C. B. P. 489. Garden Aſparagus.
Pluk. Mat. 63.
2. ASPARAGUS (Maritimus) caule inermi herbaceo foliis
Theſe plants grow naturally about the Cape of Good teretibus longioribus fafciculatis. Aſparagus with a
Hope, from whence I have received their feeds. The Smooth herbaceous ſtalk, and longer taper leaves growing
firſt is a low ſhrub growing about three feet high, with in cluſters. Aſparagus maritimus craffiore folio.
flender branches, garniſhed with many trifoliate leaves
growing in cluſters, which are awl-ſhaped, pointed, 3. ASPARAGUS (Acutifolius) caule inermi fruticoſo, fo-
and rough; at the ends of the branches the flowers liis aciformibus rigidulis perennantibus mucronatis
come out, which are yellow, collected in woolly æqualibus. Lin. Sp. 449. Aſparagus with a shrubby
heads; theſe are rarely ſucceeded by pods in Eng- Smooth ſtalk and rigid leaves, with points which abide in
land. It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be ob- winter. Aſparagus foliis acutis. C. B. P. 490.
tained from the country where the plants grow natu- 4. ASPARAGUS ( Albus) ſpinis retroflexis, ramis flexuoſis,
rally, and ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light foliis faſciculatis angulatis muticis deciduis. Lin. Sp.
earth as ſoon as they arrive: if this happens in the 449. Aſparagus with flexible branches and chaffy leaves
autumn, the pots ſhould be plunged into an old tan- growing in cluſters, which fall off in winter. Aſparagus
bed whoſe heat is ſpent, where they may remain till aculeatis fpinis horridus. C. B. P.490.
ſpring, when they ſhould be removed into a moderate 5. ASPARAGUS (Retrofractus) aculeis folitariis ramis re-
hot-bed, which will bring up the plants. But when flexis retrofractiſque, foliis faſciculatis. Lin. Sp.
the ſeeds arrive in the ſpring, the pots in which the Plant. 313. Aſparagus with ſingle ſpines, reflexed branches,
ſeeds are fown ſhould be then plunged into a mode- and leaves growing in cluſters. Aſparagus Africa-
rate hot-bed, and in warm weather the glaſſes must nus tenuifolius, viminalibus virgis, foliis laricis ad
be ſhaded in the middle of the day, and the pots fre- inftar ex uno puncto numeroſis ſtellatim pofitis. Pluk.
quently refreſhed with water. Thoſe ſeeds which are
Alm. 40. tab. 375.
ſown in the ſpring, ſeldom grow the ſame year, there 6. ASPARAGUS ( Apbyllus) aphyllus fpinis fubulatis ftria-
fore in the autumn the pots ſhould be put into an old tis inæqualibus divergentibus. Hort. Cliff. 122. Al-
tan-bed, as was directed for thoſe ſown in autumn, paragus without leaves, and axel-Shaped unequal Spines
and afterward put in a hot-bed the following ſpring which ſpread from each other. Aſparagus aculeatus
6
alter
a
C.B. P. 490.
3
a

A SP
ASP
C. B. P. 490.
3
و
alter, tribus aut quatuor fpinis ad eundem exortum.
7. ASPARAGUS (Declinatus) caule inermi ramis declina-
tis foliis ſetaceis. Prod. Leyd. 29. Aſparagus with a
ſmooth ſtalk, declining branches, and briſtly leaves.
8. ASPARAGUS (Afaticus) aculeis folitariis caule erecto
foliis faſciculatis, ramis filiformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
313. Aſparagus with ſingle ſpines, an upright ſtalk, leaves
growing in cluſters, and very ſender branches.
9. ASPARAGUS (Capenſis) fpinis lateralibus terminalibuf-
que, ramis aggregatis foliis faſciculatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 314. Aſparagus with ſpines growing on the ſides
and ends of the branches, which are in bunches, and leaves
coming out in cluſters.
10. ASPARAGUS (Sarmentoſus) foliis folitariis lineari lan-
ceolatis caule flexuoſo aculeis recurvis. Flor. Zeyl.
124. Aſparagus with ſingle, narrow, Spear-ſhaped leaves,
a flexible ſtalk, and recurved ſpines. Aſparagus acule-
atus Zeylanicus maximus farmentofus. H. L. 62.
The firſt fort is the common Aſparagus, which is
cultivated for the uſe of the table, and may have pro-
bably been brought by culture to the perfection it now
is, from the wild fort, which grows naturally in the
fens of Lincolnſhire, where the ſhoots are no larger
than ſtraws; but if ſo, it muſt have been from very
long culture and good management; for a friend
of mine, who procured ſome ſeeds of the wild fort,
which he cultivated with great care, in very rich
ground, yet could not bring the roots to produce
Thoots more than half the ſize of the garden kind,
which grew on the ſame ground; but he always found
the wild fort came up a week or ten days earlier in
the ſpring, and the ſhoots were exceeding ſweet.
I have lately had ſome doubt, whether the ſort of Af-
paragus which grows naturally in England, was the
ſame with that mentioned by Caſper Bauhin, becauſe
Tournefort and Vaillant both aſſert that they had cul-
tivated that wild fort in the royal garden at Paris ſe-
veral years, and it had never altered, therefore I pro-
cured ſpecimens of that, which I find to be extremely
different from the Engliſh fort. The leaves are much
finer and ſhorter, and are produced in much larger
cluſters; the branches grow much cloſer together,
and the foot-ſtalks of the flowers are longer; there-
fore I believe it to be a diſtinct ſpecies from our wild
fort, which appears to me undoubtedly the ſame as
the Garden Aſparagus.
The Garden Aſparagus is propagated by ſeeds, in the
procuring of which, there ſhould be particular care
to get it from a perſon of ſkill, who may be depended
upon for his choice of the ſhoots, and integrity in ſup-
plying with his beſt feeds. But where a perſon is
in poffeffion of ſome good beds of Aſparagus, it is
much the beſt way to ſave it himſelf; in order
to which, a ſufficient number of the faireft buds
ſhould be marked early in the ſpring, and permitted
to run up for feeds; becauſe thoſe which run up after
the ſeaſon for cutting the Aſparagus is over, are ge-
nerally ſo backward, as not to ripen the ſeeds unleſs
the ſummer is warm, and the autumn very favoura-
ble. In the choice of the buds to be left for feeds,
there muſt be great regard had to their fize and
roundneſs, never leaving any that are inclinable to be
flat, or that ſoon grow open headed, always chooſ-
ing the roundeft, and ſuch as have the cloſeſt tops.
But as ſeveral of theſe produce only male flowers
which are barren, a greater number of buds ſhould
be left, than might be neceſſary, if there could be a
certainty of their being all fruitful. When the buds
are left, it will be proper to thruſt a ſtick down by
each, but there muſt be care had in doing this, not
to injure the crown of the root. Theſe ſticks will
ſerve as marks to diſtinguiſh them from the others
when they are all run up. Toward the end of Sep-
tember the berries will be fully ripe, when the ſtalks
ſhould be cut off, and the berries ſtripped into a tub,
in which they may remain three weeks or a month to
ſweat, by which means the outer huſks will be rotten;
then fill the tub with water, and with your hands
break all the huſks by ſqueezing them between your
hands. Theſe hulks will all fwim upon the water,
but the feeds will ſink to the bottom ; io that by pour-
ing off the water gently, the huſks will be carried
along with it, and by putting freſh water two or three
times, and ſtirring your feed about, you will make it
entirely clean: then ſpread the feed upon a mat or
cioth, and expoſe it to the ſun and air in dry weather,
until it is perfectly dry, when it may be put into a
bag, and hanged up in a dry place till the beginning
of February, which is the proper ſeaſon for fowing
it; at which time you muſt prepare a bed of good
rich earth made very level, whereon you muſt fow
your ſeeds (but not too thick, which will cauſe the
plants to be fmall ;) then tread the bed all over to
bury the feed in the ground, and rake it over ſmooth.
The following ſummer keep the ground diligently
cleared from weeds, which will greatly add to the
ſtrength of the plants; and toward the latter end of
October, when the haulm is quite withered, you may
ſpread a little rotten dung over the ſurface of the
ground, about two inches thick, which will preſerve
the young buds from being hurt with the froſts, &c.
The ſpring following the plants will be fit to plant
out for good (for plants of more than one year's
growth are unfit to remove, as I have often experi-
enced ; for young plants are much better than old,
and will produce finer roots :) you muſt therefore
prepare your ground by trenching it well, burying
therein a good quantity of rotten dung at the bottom
of each trench, that it may lie at leaſt fix inches be-
low the ſurface of the ground; then level the whole
plot very exactly, taking out all large ſtones : but
this ſhould not be done long before you intend to
plant your Aſparagus, in which you muſt be govern-
ed according to the nature of your ſoil or the ſeaſon ;
for if your foil is dry and the ſeaſon forward, you
may plant early in March ; but in a wet foil, it is bet-
ter to wait till the end of that month, or the begin-
ning of April, which is about the ſeaſon that the
plants are beginning to ſhoot. I know many people
have adviſed the planting of Aſparagus at Michael-
mas, but this I have experienced to be very wrong;
for in two different years I was obliged to tranſplant
large quantities at that ſeaſon, but I had better have
thrown away the plants; for upon examination in the
ſpring, I found moſt of the roots were grown moul-
dy, and decaying, and I am ſure, not one in five of
them ſucceeded, and thoſe which did were ſo weak,
as not to be worth their ſtanding.
The ſeaſon being come for planting, you muſt, with
a narrow pronged dung-fork, carefully fork up the
roots, ſhaking them out of the earth, and ſeparating
them from each other, obſerving to lay their heads
even, for the more convenient planting them, which
muſt be performed in this manner :
The plot of ground being levelled, you muſt begin
at one ſide thereof, ranging a line very tight croſs the
piece, throwing out a trench exactly ſtrait, by the line
about fix inches deep, being careful not to turn up
the dung; into which trench you may lay your roots,
ſpreading them with your fingers, and placing them
upright againſt the back of the trench, that the buds
may ſtand forward, and be about two inches below
the ſurface of the ground, and at twelve inches dif-
tance from each other; then with a rake, draw the
earth into the trench again, laying it very level, which
will preſerve the roots in their right pofition; then
remove the line a foot farther back, and make ano-
ther trench in the like manner, laying therein your
plants as before directed, and continuing the fame
diſtance row from row, only obſerving between every
four rows, to leave a diſtance of two feet four inches
for an alley to go between the beds to cut the Afpa-
a
3
a
a
ragus, &c.
The plot of ground being finiſhed and levelled, you
may fow thereon a ſmall crop of Onions, which will
not hurt the Aſparagus, provided the Onions are not
too cloſe, and tread in the feeds, raking the ground
level.
Bb
There

ASP
A SP
There are ſome perſons who plant the feeds of Afpa-
ragus in the place where the roots are to remain, which
is a very good method, if it is performed with care.
The way is this: after the ground has been well
trenched and dunged, they lay it level, and draw a
line croſs the ground in the ſame manner as is prac-
tiſed for planting of the young plants ;) then with a
dibble make holes at a foot diſtance, into each of
which they drop two feeds, for fear one ſhould miſ-
carry, theſe holes ſhould not be more than half an
inch deep; then cover the ſeeds, by ſtriking the earth
in upon it, and go on removing the line a foot back
for another row; and after four rows are finiſhed,
leave a ſpace for an alley between the beds, if it is
deſigned to ſtand for the natural ſeaſon of cutting; but
if it is to be taken up for hot-beds, there may be fix
rows planted in each bed, and the diſtance in the
rows need not be more than nine inches. This ſhould
be performed by the middle of February, becauſe the
ſeeds lie long in the ground, but if Onions are in-
tended to be ſown upon the ground, that may be per-
formed a fortnight or three weeks after, provided
the ground is not ftirred ſo deep as to diſturb the
Aſparagus-feeds, in raking the Onion-ſeeds into the
ground
As the roots of Aſparagus always ſend forth many
long fibres which run deep into the ground, fo when
the ſeeds are fown where they are to remain, the roots
will not be broken or injured, as thoſe muſt be which
are tranſplanted; therefore will ſhoot deeper into the
ground, and make much greater progreſs, and the
fibres will puſh out on every fide, which will cauſe
the crown of the root to be in the center; whereas in
tranſplanting, the roots are made flat againſt the ſide
of the trench.
When the Aſparagus is come up, and the Onions
have raiſed their feed-leaves upright (which will be in
fix weeks after planting) you muſt with a ſinall hoe
cut up all the weeds, and thin the crop of Onions
where they may have come up in bunches: but this
muſt be done carefully, and in dry weather, that the
weeds may die as faſt as they are cut up, being care-
ful not to injure the young ſhoots of Aſparagus, as
alſo to cut up the Onions which grow near the ſhoots.
This work muſt be repeated about three times,
which, if well done, and the ſeaſon not too wet, will
keep the ground clear from weeds until the Onions
are fit to be pulled up, which is commonly in Au-
guſt, and is known when their greens fall down and
begin to wither. When you have drawn off the Oni-
ons, it will be neceffary to clean the ground well from
weeds, which will keep it clean till the alleys are dug
to earth the beds, which muſt be done in October,
when the haulm is decayed; for if you cut off the
haulm while green, the roots will ſhoot freſh again,
which will greatly weaken them. This young haulm
ſhould be cut off with a knife, leaving the ſtems two
inches above ground, which will be a guide for you
to diſtinguiſh the beds from the alleys; then with a
hoe clear off the weeds into the alleys, and dig up
the alleys, burying the weeds in the bottom, and
throw the earth upon the beds, ſo that the beds may
be about four or five inches above the level of the
alleys : then a row of Coleworts may be planted in
the middle of the alleys, but never fow or plant any
thing upon the beds, which would greatly weaken
the roots; nor would I ever adviſe the planting of
Beans in the alleys, as is the practice of many; for
that greatly damages the two outſide rows of Aſpa-
ragus. In this manner it muſt remain till ſpring, when
ſome time in March, the beds ſhould be hoed over,
to deſtroy all young weeds; then rake them ſmooth,
and obſerve all the ſucceeding ſummer to keep them
clear from weeds, and in October dig up the alleys
again, as was before directed, earthing the beds, &c.
The ſecond ſpring after planting, ſome perſons begin
to cut ſome of the buds of Aſparagus for uſe, though
it would be much better to ſtay until the third year;
therefore now the beds ſhould be forked with a flat-
pronged fork made on purpoſe, which is commonly
called an Aſparagus-fork : this muſt be done before
the buds begin to ſhoot in the ſpring, and ſhould be
performed with care, left you fork too deep, and
bruiſe the head of the root; then rake the beds over
ſmooth, juſt before the buds appear above ground,
- which will deſtroy all young weeds, and keep your
beds clean much longer than if left unraked, or if
done ſo ſoon as forked. When the buds appear about
four inches above ground, you may then cut them;
but it ſhould be done ſparingly, only taking the large
buds, and ſuffering the ſmall to run up to ſtrengthen
the roots; for the more you cut, the greater will be
the increaſe of buds, but they will be fmaller and the
roots ſooner decay. In cutting the buds, you muſt
open the ground with your knife (which ſhould be
very narrow-pointed, and long in the blade, and filed
with teeth like a faw) to ſee whether any more young
buds are coming up cloſe by it, which might be
either broken or bruiſed in cutting the other, then
with the knife ſaw it off about two inches under
ground. This may appear a very troubleſome affair
to people unacquainted with the practical part, but
thoſe who are employed in cutting Aſparagus, will
perform a great deal of this work in a ſhort time;
but care in doing it is abſolutely neceſſary to be ob-
ſerved by all who cut Aſparagus.
The manner of dreſſing the Aſparagus-beds is every
year the ſame as directed for the ſecond, viz. keep-
ing them clean from weeds in ſummer, digging the
alleys in October, and forking the beds toward the
end of March, &c. only obſerve every other year to
lay ſome rotten dung (from a Melon or Cucumber-
bed) all over the beds, burying ſome in the alleys
alſo, at the time for digging them up. This will
preſerve the ground in heart to maintain the roots in
vigour, and by this management, a plot of good Al-
paragus may be continued for ten or twelve years in
cutting, and will produce good buds, eſpecially if it
is not cut too long each ſeaſon ; for when it is not left
to run up pretty early in June, the roots will be
greatly weakened, and the buds will be ſmaller :
therefore, in thoſe families where Aſparagus is re-
quired late in the ſeaſon, a few beds ſhould be fet
apart for that purpoſe, which will be much better
than to injure the whole plantation, by cutting it too
long:
I cannot help taking notice of a common error that
has long prevailed with many people, which is, that
of not dunging the ground for Aſparagus, believing
that the dung
communicates a ſtrong rank tafte to
the Aſparagus, which is a great miſtake, for the fweet-
eft Aſparagus is that which grows upon the richeſt
ground; for poor land occaſions that rank taſte ſo
often complained of, the ſweetneſs of Aſparagus be-
ing occafioned by the quickneſs of its growth, which
is always proportionable to the goodneſs of the ground,
and the warmth of the ſeaſons. In order to prove
this, I planted two beds of Aſparagus, upon ground
which had dung laid a foot thick; and theſe beds
were every year dunged extremely thick, and the Af-
paragus produced from theſe beds was much fweeter
than any I could procure, though they were boiled
together in the ſame water.
The quantity of ground neceffary to be planted with
Aſparagus, to ſupply a ſmall family, ſhould be at
leaſt eight rods, leſs than that will not do; for if you
cannot cut one hundred at a time, it will ſcarcely be
worth while, for you muſt be obliged to keep it after
it is cut two or three days, eſpecially in cold ſeaſons,
to furniſh enough for one meſs, but for a larger fa-
mily, fixteen rods of ground ſhould be planted, which,
if a good crop, will furniſh two or three hundred each
day in the height of the ſeaſon.
But as there are ſeveral people who delight in having
early Aſparagus, which is become a very great trade
in the kitchen-gardens near London, I ſhall give
proper directions for the obtaining it any time in
winter.
You muſt firſt be provided with a quantity of good
roots (either of your own raiſing, or purchaſed from
fuch

ASP
A SP
a
a
ſuch gardeners as plant for ſale,) ſuch as have been
two or three years planted out from the feed-bed;
and having fixed upon the time you would willingly
have your Aſparagus fit to cut, about fix weeks be-
fore, you ſhould prepare a quantity of new ftable
horſe-dung, which ſhould be thrown in a heap for
ten days or more, to ferment, mixing ſome fea-coal
alhes with it, then it ſhould be turned over into a
heap, where it muſt lie another week, when it will
be fit for uſe. Then dig out a trench in the ground
where you intend to make the bed, the width
of the
frames that are deſigned to cover it, and the length
in proportion to the quantity you intend to have
(which if deſigned only to ſupply a ſmall family, three
or four lights at a time will be fufficient,) but for a
larger family, fix or eight lights will not be too much:
then lay down your dung into the trench, working
it very regularly, and beat it down very tight with
a fork, laying it at leaſt three feet in thickneſs or
more, when the beds are made in December; then
put your earth thereon about fix inches thick, break-
ing the clods and laying it level, and at one end, be-
gin laying your roots againſt a little ridge of earth,
raiſed about four inches high: your roots muſt be
laid as cloſe as poſſible one to the other, in rows, with
their buds ftanding upright; and between every row
lay a ſmall quantity of fine mould, obſerving to keep
the crown of the roots exactly level. When you have
finiſhed laying your bed with roots, you muſt lay
fome ftiff earth up to the roots, on the outſides of the
bed, which are bare, to keep them from drying;
and thruſt two or three ſharp-pointed ſticks, about
two feet long, down between the roots, in the middle
of the bed, at a diſtance from each other. The uſe
of theſe ſticks is to inform you what temper of heat
the bed is in, which you may find by drawing up the
ſticks, and feeling the lower part; and if, after the
bed has been inade a week, you find it doth not heat,
you may lay a little ſtraw or litter round the fides,
and alſo upon the top, which will greatly help it; or
if you and it very hot, ſo as to endanger ſcorching
of the roots, it will be adviſable to let it remain
wholly uncovered, and to thruſt a large ſtick into the
dung, on each fide of the bed, in two or three places,
to make holes for the great ſteam of the bed to paſs
off, which in a ſhort time will reduce the bed to a
moderate heat.
After the bed has been made a fortnight, you muſt
cover the crowns of the roots with fine earth, about
two inches thick ; and when the buds begin to appear
above ground through that earth, you muſt again lay
on a fresh guantity, about three inches thick, ſo that
in the whole, it may be five inches above the crowns
of the root, which will be ſufficient.
Then you muſt make a band of ſtraw (or long litter,)
about four inches thick, which muſt be faſtened round
the ſides of the bed, that the upper part may be level
with the ſurface of the ground: this muſt be faſtened
with ſtrait ſticks about two feet long, ſharpened at
the points, to run into the bed; and upon this band
you muſt fet your frames, and put your glaſſes there-
on; but if, after your bed hath been made three
,
weeks, you find the heat decline, you muſt lay a good
lining of freſh hot dung round the ſides of the bed,
which will add a freſh heat thereto; and in bad wea-
ther, as alfo every night, keep the glaſſes covered
with mats and ſtraw; but in the day time, let it be
all taken off, eſpecially whenever the fun appears;
which, ſhining through the glaſſes, will give a good
colour to the Aſparagus.
A bed thus made, if it works kindly, will begin to
produce buds for cutting, in about five or ſix weeks,
and will hold about three weeks in cutting; which,
if rightly planted with good roots, will produce, in
that time, about three hundred buds in each light;
ſo that where Aſparagus is propoſed to be continued
until the ſeaſon of the natural being produced, a freſh
bed ſhould be made every three weeks, until the
beginning of March, from the time of the firſt bed
being made ; for if the laſt bed is made about a week
in March, it will laſt till the ſeaſon of natural Afpa-
ragus; for the laſt beds will come a fortnight ſooner
to cutafter making, than thoſe made about Chriſtmas;
and the buds will be larger, and better coloured, as
they will then enjoy a greater ſhare of the ſun.
Where this method of forcing early Aſparagus is in-
tended, there ſhould be every year ſuch a quantity
planted, which you ſhall judge neceſſary (unleſs you
intend to buy the roots from ſome other garden ;) the
quantity of roots neceſſary toplantonelight, is common-
ly known by the meaſure of the ground where they
grow; for where there is a good crop, and few roots
are miſſing, one rod of ground will furniſh enough
for a light; but this calculation is made from the
ground planted with roots, which are deſigned to be
taken up after two or three years growth for forcing,
in which there are fix rows in a bed, at but ten inches
diſtance, and the plants eight or nine inches afunder
in the rows; but where there is a greater ſpace be-
tween the rows, and fewer rows in a bed, then there
muſt be a greater quantity of ground allotted for each
light. Moſt of the kitchen-gardeners about London,
take up their Aſparagus roots after two years growth
from planting; but where the land is not very good,
it will be better to let it have three years growth, for
if the roots are weak, the buds of Aſparagus will be
very ſmall, fo not worth the trouble of forcing. The
beft ground for planting Aſparagus, to have large
roots for hot-beds, is a moiſt rich foil; but for thole
that are to remain for a natural produce, a middling
foil, neither too wet nor too dry; but a freſh fandy
loam, when well dunged, is preferable to any other.
The ſecond fort is mentioned to grow naturally in
Wales, and alſo near Briſtol : I have received feeds
from the iſland of Portland, which have ſucceeded
in the Chelſea garden, by which I am convinced it
is a different fpecies from the Garden Aſparagus; and
alſo from the wild fort which grows naturally at Gibral-
tar, and alſo near Montpelier, is different from both;
Mr. Magnol, of Montpelier, was alſo of the opinion
that it was a different ſpecies, for he ſays, the common
wild Aſparagus and this grew near each other in the
neighbourhood of Montpelier, and the young ſhoots
of the former were ſweet, whereas thoſe of the latter
were bitter. The ſame has been confirmed to me by
ſeveral gentlemen, who have refided many years at
Gibraltar and Minorca, where the ſecond fort grows
naturally in plenty
This fort is propagated by feeds in the fame manner
as the garden kind, but muſt have a warmer ſituation;
and the roots ſhould be well covered in winter, to
prevent the froſt from penetrating the ground, which
will deſtroy it.
The third fort hath white, crooked, ſhrubby ſtalks,
which riſe four or five feet high, but have no ſpines
on them; the leaves come out in cluſters from the
ſame point, like thoſe of the Larch-tree; theſe are
very ſhort, and end in iharp prickles, fo that they
are troubleſome to handle. This ſort grows naturally
in the South of France, Spain, and Portugal. It is
propagated by feeds as the former forts, but is too
tender to live abroad in England, ſo the roots ſhould
be planted in pots, or near a fouth wall, and ſheltered
in winter.
The fourth fort grows with ſhrubby ſtalks three or
four feet high, with very white bark, and are armed
with thorns which are ſingle, coming out juſt below
each turf of leaves. Theſe ſtalks continue ſeveral
years, and put out many branches, garniſhed with
narrow ſhort leaves. Theſe continue green all the
winter, if the plants are ſcreened from ſevere froſt,
It is propagated by feeds as the former, which may
be procured from the Mediterranean, where it grows
naturally; ſome of the plants fhould be kept in pots,
that they may be ſheltered in winter, and the others
may be planted in the full ground in a warm fituation,
and in hard froſts covered, otherwiſe it will not livé
abroad in this country.
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath very crooked irregular ſtalks, which
are
a
3
a
a

ASP
ASP
ment.
are ſhrubby, and riſe eight or ten feet high, putting Gooſe Graſs, or German Madwort. Bugloſſum ſylveſtre
out ſeveral weak fide branches, garniſhed with long caulibus procumbentibus. C. B. P. 257.
narrow leaves, coming out in cluſters like thoſe of the This is an annual plant, which is found wild in ſome
Larch-tree; under each of theſe cluſters is placed a parts of England, as near Newmarket, at Boxley in
fingle ſharp thorn. The ſtalks continue ſeveral years, Suſſex, and in Holy Iſland. It is preſerved in bo-
and the leaves keep green all the winter. This is tanic gardens for variety, and may be eaſily propa-
commonly propagated by parting the roots, be- gated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn;
cauſe the plants rarely produce ſeeds in this country; for if the ſeeds are kept out of the ground till ſpring,
the beſt time for this is in April. The roots muſt be they do not fucceed ſo well. When the plants come
planted in pots, and removed into the green-houſe in up, they require no other culture but to keep them
the autumn, for theſe plants will not live abroad in clear from weeds, and in May they will flower : in
England.
June their feeds will be perfected, which, if ſuffered
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, to ſcatter, will grow again in autumn; ſo that when
and Sicily, generally in rocky places. This fends
up this plant is once brought into a garden, it will main-
many weak irregular ſhoots, which have no leaves, tain itſelf, provided it be allowed a place.
but inſtead thereof, are armed with ſhort ſtiff thorns, ASPERUL A, Woodroof.
which come out four or five together from the ſame This plant grows wild in ſhady woods in many parts
point, and ſpread from each other every way. The of England, and flowers in April or May, and is
flowers are ſmall, of an herbaceous colour; the ber- fometimes uſed in medicine.
ries are larger than thoſe of the common ſort, and are Dr. Linnæus has joined to this genus the Gallium
black when ripe. This is tender, ſo muſt be treated album, Gallium montanum, and Rubia fynanchica
as the third fort.
Saxatilis. C. B. But as theſe grow wild in England,
The ſeventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good and are rarely admitted into gardens, I ihall paſs them
Hope. This ſends up from the root ſeveral ſlender over with juſt mentioning them.
ſtalks, which put out weak branches, declining down- ASPHODELUS [Apodac, Gr. by Pliny it is
ward; theſe are cloſely garniſhed with briſtly leaves, called Haftula, or Baccillus Regius, becauſe when it
like thoſe of Garden Aſparagus, which continue green flowers, the ſtalk reſembles a royal ſcepter.] King's
through the year. It hath not produced any feeds in Spear.
England, ſo is only propagated by parting the The CHARACTERS are,
roots, as the fifth fort, and the plants ſhould be treated The flower has no empalement; it is of one leaf, cut into
in the ſame manner.
six parts, which ſpread open ; at the bottom is inſerted a
The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good globular nectarium, having sex valves; it haih fix awl-
Hope; this ſends up many weak ſhoots growing in ſhaped ſtamina, which are inſerted in the valves of the
cluſters, which are armed with ſharp fpines, both on nečtarium, and are crowned by oblong ſummits, which are
the fide and ends of the ſhoots; the leaves come out proftrate, and turn upward; between the nectarium is
in fmall cluſters, which continue green all the year. placed a globular germen, ſupporting an awl-Shaped ſtyle,
This doth not produce feeds in England, fo is pro- crowned by a club-like ſtigma : the empalement afterward
pagated as the fifth fort, and requires the ſame treat- becomes a fleſhy globular ſeed-veſſel, having three cells,
which are filled with triangular ſeeds.
The tenth fort ſends out from the root many weak This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
climbing branches which riſe five or fix feet high, Linnæus's fixth claſs, entitled Hexandria Monogynia,
garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves coming out the flower having fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
fingle; the ſhoots are armed with ſhort crooked ſpines, The SPECIES are,
which render it very troubleſome to handle the plants; 1. ASPHODELUS (Luteus) caule folioſo, foliis triquetris
for they are ſo cloſely ſet on, that it is difficult to fiſtuloſis. Hort. Cliff. 127. King's Spear with a leafy
touch the branches. This is propagated by parting Stalk, and triangular fiftular leaves. Aſphodelus luteus
the root; but the plants muſt be placed in a moderate & flore & radice. C. B. P. 28.
ftove, otherwiſe it will not thrive in this country. It 2. ASPHODELUS (Ramosus) caule nudo foliis enſiformibus
grows naturally in the iſland of Ceylon.
carinatis levibus. Lin. Mat. Med. 172. King's Spear
Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of the cu- with a naked branching ſtolk, and ſmooth, ſword-ſhaped,
rious, where they add to the variety ; being not dif- carinated leaves. Alphodelus albus ramofus mas.
ficult to manage, where there is conveniency to houſe C. B. P. 28.
them in winter. They ſhould have a place among | 3. ASPHODELUS (Albus) caule nudo fimplici foliis
other exotic plants.
lineari-enſiformibus. King's Spear with a ſingle naked
ASPARAGUS SCANDENS. See MEDEOLA.
ſtalk, and narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves. Afphodelus albus
ASPEN-TREE. See POPULUS.
non ramoſus. C. B. P. 28.
ASPERIFOLIOUS plants [afperifolius, of aſper, 4. ASPHODELUS (Fiſtuloſus) caule nudo foliis ftrictis ſubu-
rough, and folium, Lat. a leaf] are ſuch plants as are latis ftriatis fubfiſtuloſis. Hort. Cliff. 83. King's Spear
rough-leaved, having their leaves placed alternately, with a naked ſtalk, fiftular awl-ſhaped leaves, and an on-
or without any certain order, on their ſtalks: the nual root. Phalangium parvo fiore ramofum foliis
claſs of plants ſo denominated by Mr. Ray, have a fiftulofis annuum. H. L.
monopetalous flower, cut or divided into five parts ; The firſt fort is the yellow Afphodel, which is directed
after every fiower there ſucceed commonly four feeds. for uſe in medicine; this hath roots compoſed of many
Of this claſs are Buglofs, Borage, Comfrey, Hounds thick, fleſhy, yellow fibres, joined into a head at the
Tongue, &c.
top; from whence arife ſtrong, round, ſingle ſtalks,
ASPERUGO, ſmall Wild Buglofs.
near three feet high, garniſhed their whole length
The CHARACTERS are,
with long triangular leaves, which are boat-ſhaped,
The empalement is of one leaf, cut Nightly at the top into of a ſea-green colour; the upper part of the ſtalk is
five equal parts; the flower is of one leaf, having a ſhort adorned half way with yellow ſtar-ſhaped flowers,
cylindrical tube, cut at the top into five ſmall blunt parts, which begin opening from the bottom, and are fol-
which are cloſed at their baſe: it bath five ſhort ſtamina, lowed by others above; ſo that on the ſame ſpike,
crowned by oblong ſummits; in the center there are four there is often a fucceffion of flowers for a month. It
compreſſed germen, ſupporting a short ſlender ſtyle, crowned flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
by a blunt ftigmo. Tbe germen afterward become four ob- There is a variety of this with a larger flower, men-
long ſeeds, incloſed in the empolernent.
tioned in the catalogue of the Royal Garden at Paris,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of by the title of Afphodelus ſpiralis luteus Italicus
Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Monogynia, magno flore, the feeds of which I received from the
the Hower having five ſtamina and one ftyle.
garden at Piſa, fome years ago; and the firſt year of
We know but
one SPECIES of this genus, which is, the plants flowering in Chelſea garden, the flowers
ASPERUGO. Flor. Lapp. 76. Small Wild Buglofs, Great were larger, and the ſpikes longer than thoſe of the
6
common
a
a

A SP
A S T
3
common fort; but in two years time, they were ſo other hardy kinds of flowers, where being properly
like the common ſort as not to be diſtinguiſhed from intermixed, they will make an agreeable variety, and
it, as were alſo the young plants which were raiſed continue a long time in flower.
from the ſeed ſaved at Chelſea, therefore it ſhould be The fourth fort is an annual plant, fo is only propa-
eſteemed an accidental variety.
gated by feeds; theſe ſhould be fown in the autumn,
The ſecond ſort hath roots compoſed of many thick when they will more certainly grow than if ſown in
fleſhy fibres; to each of which is faſtened an oblong the ſpring: when the plants are up, they will require
tuber, as large as ſmall potatoes; the leaves are long no other trouble but to keep them clean from weeds,
and flexible, having acute edges; theſe grow in irre- until they have put out four or five leaves, when they
gular cluſters, from the crown of the root; between ſhould be carefully removed to the places where they
theſe come out the ſtalks, which riſe more than three are to remain for good. If the feeds of this plant are
feet high, ſending out ſeveral ſide branches, which permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up without
are naked; the upper part of theſe are adorned with care, and thoſe which are not removed, will be the
many white ſtar-ſhaped flowers, conſiſting of one leaf ſtrongeſt plants, and produce a greater number of
cut into fix parts, each having a purple line running flowers.
lengthways on the outſide of each ſegment. The ASPLENIUM, or Ceterach is ſo called from a
flowers grow in long ſpikes, flowering gradually up- privative, and (traño the ſpleen, becauſe good againſt
ward. They appear the beginning of June, and the diſeaſes of the ſpleen.] Spleenwort or Miltwaſte
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third fort hath roots like the ſecond, but the The leaves are like thoſe of the Polypody, but leſs, and
leaves are longer and narrower; the ſtalks of this are pretty round, notched toward the fide; downy on their
ſingle, never putting out any fide branches; the flow- under ſide, having a ſquamous duft, in which, by the help
ers are of a purer white, and grow in longer ſpikes. of a microſcope, membranous capſule, or ſeed pods, lying
This flowers at the ſame time with the former.
cloſe to one another, are perceived, every one furniſhed with
The fourth fort is an annual plant; the roots of this a little round cord, which by its conſtruction opening the
are compoſed of many feſhy yellow fibres, the leaves fruit into two parts, pours forth certain very ſmall ſeeds :
are ſpread out from the crown of the root, cloſe to the root is fibrous. This plant thrives in ſtony places, as
the ground, in a large cluſter; they are convex on in wells, &c.
their under fide, but plain above, and hollow like This plant is of the Fern kind, and grows upon old
a pipe; the flower-ſtalks riſe immediately from the moiſt ſhady walls in divers parts of England; but is
root, and grow about two feet high, dividing into never cultivated in gardens. There are ſeveral ſpecies
three or four branches upward, which are adorned of this plant in America, but they have not been in-
with white ſtarry flowers, with purple lines on the troduced into England.
outſide. Theſe fower in July and Auguft, and their | ASTER ['Aşño, Gr: a Star; ſo called becauſe the
ſeeds ripen in October, ſoon after which the Plants de- flower is radiated with little leaves after the manner
cay. It grows naturally in the ſouth of France, Spain, of a ſtar.] Starwort.
and Italy.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort grows naturally in many of the iſlands It hath a compound flower, compoſed of ſeveral female and
of the Archipelago, and alſo in Sicily. The ſecond, hermaphrodite florets, included in one common ſcaly empale-
third, and fourth forts grow naturally in Portugal, ment; the rays or border of the flower is compoſed of ſe-
Spain, and Italy; the third ſort is not quite ſo hardy veral female florets, whoſe upper parts are ſtretched out on
as either of the other, ſo in very ſevere froſt is ſome- one ſide like a tongue, and indented in three ſegments at the
times killed, unleſs the roots are covered in winter. end; the hermaphrodite florets form the diſk or middle;
The yellow fort multiplies very faſt by roots, and which are funnel-ſhaped, and divided at the top into five
will ſoon overſpread a large border, if ſuffered to re- parts, Spreading open, and have each five short ſlender ſta-
main unremoved, or the ſide roots are not taken off; mina, crowned with cylindrical ſummits; in the bottom is
but the other forts are not ſo productive of ſhoots placed a crowned germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned
from their fides, and are much better kept within by a bifid ſtigma ; the germen afterward becomes an oblong
bounds.
ſeed, crowned with down: the female flowers have a
The ſecond and third forts do not increaſe very faſt germen ſupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned by two oblong
by their roots, nor ſhould they be often tranſplanted, ſtigma, which turn backward. Theſe have no ſtamina,
for that will weaken them, ſo that their flower-ſtems but in other reſpects are like the hermaphrodite flowers.
will not riſe fo tall, or produce ſo many flowers, as This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
when they are left undiſturbed for ſome years ; there- of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
fore the beſt way is to propagate theſe by feeds. lygamia ſuperflua, from the ſame flower having female
Theſe three forts of Afphodel are very pretty orna- and hermaphrodite florets included in the ſame em-
ments for a flower-garden, and, requiring very little palement.
trouble to cultivate them, are rendered more accep-
The SPECIES are,
table. They may be all propagated by feeds, which 1. AsTeR ( Alpinus) foliis lanceolatis hirtis, radicalibus
ſhould be fown foon after they are ripe, on a warm obtufis, caule fimpliciſſimo unifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant.
border of light freſh earth: in the ſpring the plants 872. Starwort with hairy Spear-ſhaped leaves, thoſe af
will appear, when you ſhould carefully clear them the root blunt, and a ſingle stolk, having one flower.
from weeds, and in dry weather they muſt be fre- After montanus cæruleus magno flore foliis oblongis.
quently watered: if this be duly obſerved, the plants C. B. P. 267.
will have acquired ftrength enough to be tranſplanted 2. ASTER ( Amellus) foliis lanceolatis obtufis fcabris tri-
by the Michaelmas following; at which time you nerviis integris, pedunculis nudiufculis corymboſis
muſt prepare a bed of freſh earth in the fower nur- ſquamis calycinis obtuſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 873. Stara
ſery, into which you ſhould plant the roots, at about wort with rough, blunt, Spear-ſhaped leaves, which cre
fix inches diſtance every way; obſerving to plant entire, having three veins, naked foot-ſtalks, flowers in a
them ſo low, as that the top of the roots may be three
fo
corymbus, and blunt. ſcales to the empalement. After at-
or four inches under the ſurface of the bed, and ſome ticus cæruleus vulgaris. C. B. P. 267. vulgarly called
old tan, or dung, ſhould be ſpread over the furface Italian Starwort.
of the ground, to keep out the froſt: in this bed 3. Aster (Tripolium) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis car-
they may remain one year, during which time they nofis glabris ramis inæquaris, floribus corymbofis.
ſhould be kept clear from weeds; by which time, the Lin. Sp. Plant. 872. Starwort with ſmooth, fleſhy, Spear-
roots having acquired ſtrength enough to produce ſhaped leaves, which are entire, unequal branches, and
flowers the following year, they ſhould, in autumn, flowers in a corymbus. After maritimus Tripolium
when their leaves are decayed, be carefully taken up, dictus, Raii Hift. 270.
and tranſplanted into the flower-garden, obſerving to 4. Aster (Linifolius) foliis linearibus acutis integerrimis,
place them in the middle of the borders, amongſt caule corymboſo ramofiffimo. Hort. Cliff. 408. Star-
Cc
;
3
wort

AST
AST
bat. 96.
.
wort with narrow pointed leaves, which are entire, and After Perficæ foliis ferratis glabris, floribus fparfis
a very branchy ſtalk growing in a corymbus. After Tri- pallidè cæruleis. Dillen. Cat. Oxon.
polii flore anguſtiffimo & tenuiffimo folio. Mor. Hiſt. 18. ASTER (Tradeſcanti) foliis oblongis acutis bafi la-
3. 121.
tioribus femiamplexicaulibus, caule ramoſo floribus
5. Aster (Nove Anglice) foliis lanceolatis alternis inte- terminalibus plerumque folitariis. Starwort with oblong
gerrimis femiamplexicaulibus, floribus terminalibus. pointed leaves, broad at their baſe, half embracing the
Hort. Chiff. 408. Starwort with entire spear-shaped Stalks, which are branchy, and terminated with flowers,
Leaves, growing alternate, and half embracing the ſtalks, for the moſt part fingly. After cæruleus ſerotinus fru-
which are terminated by flowers. After Novæ Angliæ ticefcens Tradeſcanti. Raii Hift. 269. commonly called
altiſfimus hirſutus floribus amplis purpuro-violaceis. Michaelmas Daiſy.
Par. bat. 98.
19. ASTER (Præcox) caule erecto hirſuto foliis oblongis
6. ASTER (Undulatus) foliis cordatis amplexicaulibus un- acutis ſcabris acutè dentatis femiamplexicaulibus flo-
dulatis ſubtus tomentofis, floribus racemoſis adfcen- ribus corymboſis, calycibus hirfutis ereais. Starwort
dentibus. Hort. Cliff. 408. Starwort with heart-ſpear- with a hairy upright ſtalk, oblong pointed rough leaves,
Shaped waved leaves, woolly on their underſide, and flowers Sharply indented, half embracing the ſtalks, and flowers in
growing in aſcending Spikes. After novæ Angliæ pur- a corymbus with hairy erect empalements. After Pyre-
pureus Virgæ aureæ facie & foliis undulatis. Par.
naicus precox flore cæruleo majori. H. R. Par.
20. ASTER (Altiffimus) caule altiſſimo hirſuto ſimplicif-
7. Aster (Punicéus) foliis femiamplexicaulibus lanceo- ſimo foliis oblongis acutis baſi latioribus ſemiamplexi-
latis ferratis ſcabris, pedunculis alternis fubunifloris caulibus floribus tribus feffilibus terminalibus. Star-
calycibus diſcum ſuperantibus. Hort. Cliff. 408. Star- wort with a very tall, hairy, unbranched stolk, oblong
wort with rough, ſawed, Spear-shaped leaves, half em- pointed leaves, which are broader at the baſe, and half
bracing the ſialks, foot-ſtalks growing alternate, with a embrace the ſtalks, which are terminated by three flowers
Jingle flower on each foot-ſtalk, whoſe empalement is higher fitting very cloſe.
then the diſk. After Americanus latifolius puniceis 21. ASTER (Kamociſſimus) caule ramocifſimo patulo,
caulibus. H. L. 649.
foliis lineari-lanceolatis rigidis, floribus ferratim po-
8. Aster (Miſer) floribus ovatis diſco radiis longiore. ſitis pedunculis folioſis. Starwort with a very branching
Lin. Sp. Plant. 877. Starwort with oval flowers, whoſe Spreading ſtalk, narrow, Spear-shaped, ſtif leaves, flow-
diſk is longer than the rays. After ericoides Mellioti ers placed one above another, and leafy foot-ſtalks.
agriæ umbone. Hort. Elth. 40.
22. ASTER (Umbellatus) foliis lanceolatis acutis ſcabris,
9. ASTER (Novi Belgii) foliis lanceolatis fubſerratis ſef- caule fimplici floribus umbellatis terminalibus. Star-
filibus caule paniculato ramulis unifloris folitariis caly- wort with rough pointed Spear-shaped leaves, and a ſingle
cibus ſquarroſis. Hort. Cliff. 408. Starwort with ſpear- ſtalk, terminated by flowers, growing in an umbel.
Maped jagged leaves, growing cloſe to the ſtalk, which is 23. Aster (Nervojues) foliis nervoſis lanceolatis acutis
looſe and ſpiked, and branches having a ſingle flower with linearibus caule fimplici foribus terminalibus quaſi
a rough empalement. After Novæ Belgiæ latifolius umbellatum difpofitis. Starwort with narrow, Spear-
umbellatus floribus dilutè violaceis. H. L. 66.
ſhaped, pointed, nervous leaves, a ſingle ſtalk, terminated
10. AsTer (Linarifolius) foliis lanceolato-linearibus ſub- by flowers growing almoſt in an umbel.
carnoſis integerrimis planis floribus corymboſis fafti- 24. Aster (Paniculatus) foliis inferioribus ovatis baſi
gatis pedunculis folioloſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 874. Star- ſemiamplexicaulibus, fuperioribus lanceolatis parvis
wort with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, fleſhy leaves, which are caule paniculato ramis unifloris pedunculis folioſis.
plain and entire, flowers gathered into a corymbus, and Starwort with the lower leaves oval, whoſe baſe half em-
leafy foot-ſtalks. After Tripolii flore. C. B. P. 267. braces the ſtalks, the upper leaves ſmall and ſpear-ſhaped,
11. ASTER (Concolor) caule ſimpliciſſimo foliis oblongo- a ſtalk terminated by a looſe ſpike, with a ſingle flower on
ovatis feffilibus integerrimis racemo terminali. Flor. each branch, and a leafy foot-ſtalk.
Virg. 178. Starwort with ſingle ſtalks, oval entire leaves 25. Aster (Rigidus) foribus terminalibus folitariis foliis
growing cloſe to the ſtalks, which end in a looſe ſpike. linearibus alternis. Flor. Virg. 98. Starwort with ſingle
12. Aster (Ericoides) foliis linearibus integerrimis, caule flowers at the ends of the branches, and very narrow leaves
paniculato, pedunculis racemofis, pedicellis folioſis. placed alternately.
Flor. Virg. 124. Starwort with linear leaves, a panicu- 26. Aster (Latifolius) foliis lineari-lanceolatis glabris
lated ſtalk with branching leafy foot-ſtalks. After eri- trinerviis Horibus corymboſis terminalibus. Starwort
coides dumoſus. Hort. Elth. 40. .
with ſmooth Spear-ſhaped leaves, with three veins, and
13. Aster (Cordifolia) foliis cordatis ferratis petiolatis, flowers in a corymbus, which terminate the ſtalks. After
caule paniculato. Hort. Cliff. 408. Starwort with ſawed latifolius Tripolii flore. H. R. Par.
heart-ſhaped leaves, having foot-ſtalks
, and a looſe ſpiked 27. ASTER (Dumoſus) foliis linearibus integerrimis caule
Stalk. After latifolius autumnalis. Cornut. Canad. paniculato. Hort. Cliff. 408. Starwort with very narrow
64.
leaves, which are entire, and a looſe ſpike of flowers.
14. Aster (Tenuifolius) foliis fub linearibus integerrimus After Novæ Angliæ linariæ foliis Chamameli flore.
pedunculis folioſis. Lin. Sp. 1227. Storwort with narrow Par. Bat. Prod. 95.
Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, and leofy foot-ſtalks. After 28. Aster ( Annus) foliis lanceolatis lateribus inferiorum
Americanus Belvidere foliis floribus ex cæruleo al- crenatis, radice annua, caule corymboſo pedunculis
bicantibus fpicis prælongis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 78. nudis. Hort. Cliff. 409. Starwort with Spear-ſhaped
f. 5.
leaves, the ſides of the lower leaves jagged, an annual root,
15. ASTER (Grandiflorus) caule corymboſo foliis lan- and ſtalks ending with a corymbus of flowers, with naked
ceolatis reflexis, floribus folitaris, calycibus ſquarrofis. foot-ſtalks. After ramofus annuus Canadenſis. Mor.
Flor. Leyd. 168. Starwort with a corymbous ſtalk, Hift.
Speer-ſhaped, refle&ted leaves, and ſingle flowers with rough 29. ASTER (Fruticoſus) foliis linearibus faſciculatis punc-
empalements. After Virginianus pyramidatus Hyffopi tatis, pedunculis unifloris nudis, caule fruticoſo ru-
folius aſperis calycis ſquamulis foliaceis. Mart. Cent. goſo. Hort. Cliff. 409. Starwort with narrow pointed
19.
leaves growing in cluſters, naked
foot-ſtalks with one flower,
16. ASTER (Scabris) foliis lanceolatis fcabris integris, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. After Africanus fruteſcens foliis
caule ramofo, pedunculis foliofis, calycibus obtufis. anguftis & plerumque conjunctis. Hort. Amft. 2.
Storwort with rough Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, and a p. 53
branching ſtalk, with leafy foot-ſtalks. After Atticus 30. ASTER (Chinenſis) foliis ovatis angulatis dentatis,
Aster
Alpinus alter. C. B. P. 267.
petiolatis calycibus terminalibus patentibus folioſis.
17. ASTER (Glabris) foliis olongo-lanceolatis acutis ſer- Hort. Cliff
. 407. Starwort with oval angular indented
ratis caule ramoſo foribus terminalibus calycibus li- leaves, and the empalements terminated by Spreading leaves.
nearibus erectis. Starwort with oblong, ſpear-ſhaped, After Chenepodii folio annuus, fiore ingenti ſpecioſo.
pointed fowed leaves, and e branching ſtalk, terminated by Hort. Elth. 38.
flowers, whoſe empalements are very narrow, and erect.
31. ASTER

A S T
AST
a
may be
31. Aster (Aurantius) foliis pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 407.
Starwort with winged leaves. After Americanus foliis
pinnatis & ſerratis floribus aurantis. Houſt. MSS.
32. Aster (Procumbens) foliis ovatis dentatis caule pro-
cumbente, pedunculis nudis axillaribus unifloris. Star-
wort with oval indented leaves, a trailing ſtalk, and naked
foot-ſtalks proceeding from the ſide with a ſingle flower.
After Americanus procumbens bellidis minoris facie.
Houſt. MSS.
33. Aster (Mutabilis) foliis lanceolatis ferratis, calyci-
bus ſquarroſis, panicula ſubfaſtigiata. Lin. Sp. 1230.
Starwort with ſawed Spear-ſhaped leaves, rough flower-
cups, and bundled panicles. After Novi Belgii latifolius
paniculatus, floribus faturate violaceis. H. L. 65.
34. ASTER (Sibiricus) foliis lanceolatis venofis fcabris
extimoſerratis, caulibus ftriatis, pedunculis tomen-
toſis. Lin. Sp. 1226. Starwort with veined Spear-ſhaped
leaves, Stricted ſtalks, and woolly foot-ſtalks.
35. Aster (Divaricatus) ramis divaricatis, foliis ovatis
ſerratis, floralibus integerrimis obtufiuſculis amplexi-
caulibus. Flor. Virg. 123. Starwort with forked
branches, oval ſawed leaves, thoſe near the flowers are
obtuſe, entire, and embrace the ſtalk. After Americanus
latifolius albus, caule ad fummum brachiato. Pluk.
Alm. 56.
The firſt fort grows naturally upon the Alps, where
it feldom riſes more than nine inches high, and when
tranſplanted into a garden, not above fixteen. It
ſends up ſingle ſtalks from the root, which are thinly
garniſhed with oblong leaves; at the top of each ſtalk
is one large blue flower, ſomewhat like thoſe of the
Italian Starwort. This flowers in June; the root is
perennial, but muſt be planted in a ſhady ſituation,
and a moiſt foil. It is propagated by parting the
roots, which ſhould be done in autumn.
The ſecond fort is the Italian Starwort, which was
ſome years paſt more common in the gardens than at
preſent; for ſince the great variety of American Star-
worts have been introduced into England, this fort
hath not been ſo much cultivated, though it is by no
means inferior to the beſt of them, and, in ſome re-
fpects, preferable to moſt of them; for it is not ſo
fubject to creep by the root, as many of the American
forts do, whereby they often become troubleſome in
ſmall gardens, nor do the ſtalks require ſupporting as
they do, for theſe ſeldom grow more than two feet
high, and the ſtalks are generally ſtrong, fo are very
rarely broken by the wind. Theſe grow in large
cluſters from the root, and each of them branch at
the top into eight or ten foot-ſtalks, each of which
is terminated by a ſingle large flower, having blue
rays, with a yellow diſk. It flowers in October, and,
in mild ſeaſons, will often continue till the middle of
November, during which time they are very orna-
mental plants in a garden. This fort is propagated
by parting the roots, the beſt time for this work
is ſoon after they are out of flower, for thoſe which
are removed in the ſpring will not flower ſo ſtrong
the ſucceeding autumn. Theſe roots ſhould not be
removed oftener than every third year, where they are
expected to produce many flowers.
It grows naturally in the vallies of Italy, Sicily, and
Narbonne, and is generally ſuppoſed to be the
Amellus mentioned by Virgil in his fourth Georgick,
to grow in the paſtures; the leaves and ſtalks being
rough and bitter, the cattle feldom browſe upon it,
ſo that whenever there are any of theſe roots in the
fields, they ſend up a thick tuft of ſtalks, which, being
left after the graſs is eaten bare, theſe being full of
flowers, make a fine appearance, and therefore might
engage the poet's attention.
The third ſort grows naturally in falt marſhes, which
are flowed by the tides, and is ſeldom admitted into
gardens. It flowers in July and Auguft.
The fourth fort is a native in North America, but
has been many years in the Engliſh gardens. It ſends
up many ſtrong ſhoots from the root every ſpring,
which riſe between two and three feet high, garniſhed
with oblong leaves, placed alternately, and half em-
brace the ſtalk with their baſe ; from the main ſtalks,
many fide branches are put out, for near half their
length, theſe are garniſhed with ſmaller leaves, which
diminiſh in their ſize to the top, where there is a ſingle
flower, terminating the ftalk, of a blue colour. This
flowers in Auguſt and September; it is eaſily pro-
pagated by parting the roots, foon after the flow-
ers are paſt, and will thrive in almoſt any foil or
ſituation.
The fifth fort fends up many ſtalks froin the root,
which riſe five feet high ; garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
leaves which are entire, and half embrace the ſtalks,
which are terminated by large purple violet flowers,
growing in a looſe panicle: it flowers in Auguſt, and
is very hardy, ſo may be planted in any foil or fitua-
fo
tion, and is propagated by parting the roots.
The fixth fort grows naturally in North America.
This hath broad heart-ſhaped waved leaves at the
bottom, the ſtalks riſe between two and three feet
high, which fend out ſmall fide branches, upon which
the flowers come out in looſe ſpikes, which are of a
very pale blue colour, inclining to white. This flowers
in the ſame ſeaſon as the former, and propa-
gated in the ſame manner:
The ſeventh fort ſends up ſeveral ſtrong ſtalks, up-
ward of two feet high, which are of a purple colour,
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped fmooth leaves, whoſe baſe
embrace the ſtalks half round; the flowers grow
upon fingle foot-ſtalks, forming a corymbus at the
top, and are of a pale blue colour; theſe appear the
latter end of September. This comes from North
.
America, and may be propagated in the ſame way as
the former.
The eighth fort riſes with ſlender ſtalks, upward of
three feet high ; fending out many weak branches
on every ſide, garniſhed with very ſmall leaves; the
flowers come out on ſhort foot-ſtalks, on every ſide
of the branches, theſe are ſmall, with white rays and
a yellow diſk. They appear in Noveinber, and often
continue part of December. This comes from the
ſame country with the former, and may be propagated
as is before directed for them.
The ninth fort riſes near four feet high, having broad
leaves at the bottom which diminiſh gradually to
the top; the flowers are produced in a looſe kind of
umbel at the top of the ſtalks, which are of a pale
blue colour; theſe appear the latter part of Auguſt
.
This is hardy, and may be propagated as the former.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy; the ſtalks of this divide into a great num-
ber of branches, which divide again toward the top
into ſeveral ſmaller, fully garniſhed with very narrow
leaves their whole length; the flowers grow in large
cluſters at the top, forming a ſort of corymbus ; they
are of a pale bluiſh colour, and appear the beginning
of Auguſt. This is hardy, and may be propagated
by parting the roots, as the former.
The eleventh ſort riſes four feet high, with a ſingle
ftalk, and oval leaves growing cloſe to the ſtalks,
which are terminated by ſlender looſe ſpikes of pale
blue flowers, which appear about Michaelmas. This
grows naturally in North America, and is propagated
as the forts above-mentioned.
The twelfth fort ſends up ſlender ſtalks three feet
high, which fend out ſlender ſide branches moſt of
their length, ſo as to form a thick buih; theſe are
garniſhed with very narrow leaves their whole length,
and are terminated by ſingle flowers.
The thirteenth fort grows about two feet high, having
flender ftalks, garniſhed with oblong, pointed, heart-
ſhaped leaves, which are ſharply ſawed on their edges;
the upper part of the ſtalks is divided into ſeveral
ſmall branches, which are terminated by white flowers
growing in looſe panicles. This flowers in September,
and
may
be propagated as the former.
The fourteenth fort ſends up ſtalks five feet high,
which put out many lender fide branches, garniſhed
with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and are terminated
by ſpikes of ſmall white flowers, which appear the
end of October. This fort ſpreads greatly at the
root, ſo is apt to over-run the borders.
2
The

AST
AST
nelled ſtalks about two feet high, garniſhed with
rough ſpear-ſhaped leaves ending in a point, placed
alternately on every fide the ſtalks; the flowers are
white, and grow in a fort of umbel at the top of the
ſtalks. It flowers the end of September, and is pro-
pagated by parting the roots.
The twenty-third fort I received from Mr. Peter Col-
linſon, F. R. S. who procured it from Penſylvania,
This hath much the appearance of the former fort,
but the leaves are narrower, whiter on their under
fide, and have three longitudinal veins; the flowers
are alſo larger and whiter. It grows about the ſame
height, and flowers at the ſame time with the for-
a
ance.
mer.
the
a
و
The fifteenth fort hath narrow, obiong, hairy leaves
at the bottom; the ſtalks riſe three feet high, gar-
nished with ſmall, narrow, rough leaves, which turn
backward ; the ſtalks fend out many fide branches,
each being terminated by a ſingle large blue flower.
This fort flowers the end of October, and continues
moſt part of November, when it makes a fine appear-
It doth not multiply faſt by its roots, but
may be propagated in plenty, by cuttings made from
the
young ſhoots in May, which, if planted in a bed
of light earth, and ſhaded from the ſun, will take
root, and flower the ſame year. It is commonly
called by the gardeners Cateſby's Starwort, from Mr.
Cateſby, who brought it from Virginia.
The ſixteenth fort fends up feveral ftalks a foot and
a half high, garniſhed with rough ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
ſending out many fide branches which diverge from
the ſtalk every way; theſe are terminated for the moſt
part by one large blue flower, ſomewhat like thoſe
of the Italian Starwort, but paler, and comes earlier
to flower. It grows naturally on the Alps, and is
propagated by parting the root.
The ſeventeenth fort riſes to the height of five feet,
with branching ſtalks, garniſhed with oblong ſpear-
ſhaped leaves, which are fawed on their edges. Each
of the fide branches are divided at the top into ſeve-
ral foot-ſtalks, which are terminated by large, pale,
blue flowers, and are in beauty in October. This
is propagated by parting the roots, as the forts
beforementioned. It grows naturally in North
America.
The eighteenth fort was brought from Virginia many
years ago, by Mr. John Tradeſcant; who was a great
collector of rarities; and from his garden it was ſoon
diſperſed, and became common. It is generally
known by the title of Michaelmas Daiſey, from its
fiowering about old Michaelmas day. The ſtalks of
this ſort are numerous, and riſe about three feet and a
half high, being fully garniſhed with oblong leaves
ending in a point, whoſe baſe half embrace the ſtalks.
Theſe ſhoot out many lateral branches, which are
terminated by pretty large flowers, of a very pale
bluiſh colour, tending to white. The roots of this
multiply very faſt, and the ſeeds often are blown
about, ſo that it propagates ſo much as often to be
troubleſome; it will thrive in any ſituation.
The nineteenth fort ſends up ſeveral ſtrong hairy
ſtalks, which riſe a foot and a half high, having
many oblong rough leaves ending in a point, whoſe
baſe half embrace the ſtalks, which divide into many
ſmall branches at the top, forming a kind of corym-
bus, each being terminated by one large blue flower,
having a very hairy empalement. This flowers the
latter end of July. It grows naturally on the Alps,
ſo is very hardy, but ſhould have a moiſt foil and
a ſhady ſituation. It is propagated by parting the
The twentieth fort riſes with ſtrong hairy ſtalks, to
the height of eight or nine feet, which are upright,
unbranched, and garniſhed with oblong hairy leaves,
ending in a point; their baſe half ſurrounds the ſtalks,
which are for the moſt part terminated by three large
purple flowers inclining to red, and fit cloſe to the
top of the ſtalk, ſurrounded by a few narrow leaves.
This fort flowers in November. It came from Phi-
ladelphia, where it naturally grows, and is propa-
gated by parting the roots; it delights in a moiſt
foil.
The twenty-firſt fort hath ſlender purpliſh ſtalks,
which riſe about three feet high, ſending out many
fide branches almoſt the whole length, which ſpread
horizontally, garniſhed with narrow, ſmall, ſpear-
ſhaped leaves; the flowers are produced in a ſort of
looſe ſpike, growing one above another on each ſide
the ſtalk. Theſe are ſmall, of a pale purpliſh co-
lour, and appear in November. It grows naturally
in North America, and is eaſily propagated by part-
ing the roots.
The twenty-ſecond fort I received from Philadelphia,
where it grows naturally. This ſends up ſtiff chan-
The twenty-fourth fort riſes four feet high, the bot-
tom leaves are oval and half ſurround the ſtalk at
their baſe; upper leaves are ſmall and ſpear-ſhap-
ed; the ſtalks put out fide branches toward the top,
which grow erect, forming a looſe ſpike, each being
terminated by one large blue flower, with a leafy foot-
ſtalk; this flowers about the end of October. It
grows naturally in North America, and is propagated
by parting the roots.
The twenty-fifth fort fends up from the root ſeveral
ſlender ſtalks near three feet high, garniſhed by many
very narrow leaves, and puts out ſide branches, each
being terminated by one white flower. This grows
naturally in Philadelphia; it flowers in November,
and is eaſily propagated by parting the roots.
The twenty-fixth fort riſes about a foot and a half
high; the ſtalks are garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-
ſhaped, ſmooth leaves: the end of the ſtalks are ter-
minated by foot-ſtalks on every fide, each having
one pale blue flower. This grows naturally in Ca-
nada, and is propagated by parting the roots. It
is titled After Canadenfis linariæ folio. Hort. R.
Par.
The twenty-ſeventh ſort grows about two feet high,
with erect italks, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, which come out irregularly in cluſters; from
the upper part of the ſtalks, there are a few fide
branches produced, which are garniſhed with narrow
leaves; the flowers are produced in a panicle, which
are of a pale blue colour, and appear in September.
This is propagated by parting the roots.
The twenty-eighth fort is an annual plant, which when
once introduced into a garden, the feeds will fcatter,
and the plants come up without care. This fends
up ſtrait ſtalks about two feet high, which are termi-
nated by white flowers growing in form of a corym-
bus. It flowers in Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in Oc-
tober, and grows naturally in North America.
,
The twenty-ninth fort grows naturally at the Cape
of Good Hope. This riſes with a woody ítem about
three feet high, ſending out fide branches which are
ligneous, garniſhed with narrow leaves coming out
in cluſters from one point, like thoſe of the Larch-
tree; the flowers are produced from the ſide of the
branches, upon long ſender foot-ſtalks ſingly; theſe
are of a pale blue colour, and appear the beginning
of March; as this plant never produces ſeeds in Eu-
rope, it is only propagated by cuttings, which may
be performed any time in ſummer. Theſe ſhould
be planted in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and
plunged into an old hot-bed ; where, if they are
Thaded from the ſun, and gently watered, they will
put out roots in fix weeks, when they may be placed
in the open air ; and in about a month after they
ſhould be ſeparated, each planted into a ſmall pot
filled with light fandy earth. In October theſe muſt
be removed into the green-houſe, and placed where
they may enjoy as much free air as poſſible, but be
ſecured from froſt or damps, either of which will de-
ſtroy them; ſo that they are much eaſier preſerved in
a glaſs-caſe, where they will enjoy more light and air
than in a green-houſe, but they muſt not be placed
in a ſtove, for artificial heat will ſoon deſtroy the
plants. This ſort is at preſent but in few Engliſh
gardens.
roots.
The

A S T
AST
The thirtieth fort is a native of China, from whence The thirty-ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
the ſeeds were ſent to France by the miſſionaries,
William Houſton, in the year 1729, growing in plenty
where the plants were firſt raiſed in Europe. In the in the ſandy ground about Vera Cruz, in America,
year 1731, I received feeds of this, from which I where he drew the figure, and made a deſcription of
raiſed plants with red, and ſome with white flowers ; the plant upon the ſpot; which he ſent to England
and in 1736, I received feeds of the blue flower, but with the feeds, ſome of which grew in the Chelſea
theſe were all ſingle. They came by the title of La garden, and the plants flowered the following ſummer,
Reine Marguerette, or the Queen of Daiſies, by which but did not perfect their feeds.
title the French ftill call it. In 1752, I received
It hath buſhy fibrous roots, which creep in the
ſeeds of the double flowers both red and blue, and ground, and ſend out many ſlender round ftalks,
in 1753, the ſeeds of the double white fort, from my which bend and incline to the ground. Theſe are
worthy friend Dr. Job Baſter, F. R. S. of Zirkzee. about four or five inches long, deftitute of leaves,
Theſe have retained their difference from that time each ſuſtaining one flower, in ſhape and ſize of thoſe
without variation, yet as they are generally ſuppoſed of the common Field Daiſey, of a whitiſh purple co-
to be only varieties, I have not inſerted them as dif- lour, but the rays are narrower.
The diſk is com-
ferent ſpecies.
poſed of ſeveral forets, which are ſucceeded by ſmall
As theſe are annual plants, they are only propagated feeds crowned with a pappous down. The empale-
by ſeeds, which muſt be ſown in the ſpring upon a
ment which includes the flowers, is ſcaly.
gentle hot-bed, juſt to bring up the plants; for they As this plant is a native of a warm climate, it will
Thould be inured to the open air as ſoon as poſſible, not live in the open air in England; therefore the
to prevent their being drawn up very weak : when ſeeds muſt be ſown in a hot-bed, and the plants
the plants are big enough to remove, they ſhould be will require a ſtove to maintain them through the
carefully taken up and planted in a bed of rich earth winter.
at ſix inches diſtance each way, obſerving to ſhade The thirty-third fort is a native of North America.
them from the ſun till they have taken new root; This hath upright Italks about three feet high, gar-
and if the ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be often re- niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped fawed leaves ; the flowers
freſhed with water. In this bed they may remain a are produced in bunchy panicles, having rough em-
month or five weeks, by which time they will be palements. It flowers the end of Auguſt, and is pro-
ſtrong enough to tranſplant into the borders of the pagated by parting the roots in autumn.
flower-garden where they are deſigned to remain ; the The thirty-fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia; the
plants ſhould be taken up carefully, with large balls ſtalks are ſtriated about two feet high, ſending out ſide
of earth to their roots, and the ground dug up and branches, garniſhed with rough, veined, ſpear-ſhap-
well broken with the ſpade, where the holes are made ed leaves; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers are woolly,
to receive the plants : after they are planted, and each ſupporting one large blue flower. This flowers
the earth cloſed about their roots, there ſhould be in Auguſt, and is propagated by parting the roots
ſome water given them to ſettle the earth. This
in autumn.
work ſhould, if poſſible, be done when there is rain, The thirty-fifth ſort ſends up rough ſtalks about two
for then the plants will ſoon take new root, after feet high, dividing toward the top into many forked
which time they will require no other care but to keep branches, diverging from each other, garniſhed be-
thern clear from weeds.
low with oval ſawed leaves; but the flowering ſtalks
In Auguſt theſe plants will flower, by which time if have entire obtuſe leaves which embrace them with
the ground is rich in which they are planted, they will their baſe; the flowers are growing almoſt in an
be two feet high, and furniſhed with many ſide umbel; theſe appear the beginning of September.
branches, each of which is terminated by a large ra- It is propagated by parting the roots as the
diated flower, ſome white, ſome red, and others blue. former.
Theſe are ſome of the greateſt ornaments in the fower-| ASTERISCUS. See BUPHTHALMUM.
garden in autumn, during their time of flowering. ASTEROIDES, Baſtard Starwort. See INULA.
The ſeeds ripen the beginning of October, which ASTRAGALOIDES. See PHACA.
ſhould be gathered when it is perfectly dry; and in ASTRAGALUS, Wild Liquorice, Liquorice
order to preſerve the kinds with double flowers, thoſe Vetch, or Milk Vetch.
which grow upon the ſide branches, which are com-
The CHARACTERS are,
monly fuller of leaves than the flowers on the main It hath a butterfly flower, whoſe empalement is of one
ſtem, ſhould always be preſerved for feeds.
leaf, cut into five acute ſegments at the top. The ſtan-
The thirty-firſt fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. dard (or vexillum) is upright, blunt, and refiexed or the
Houſton in the year 1731, at La Vera Cruz in New fides; the wings are oblong, and ſhorter than the ſtandard;
Spain. This is an annual plant, which riſes with an the keel is the ſame length with the wings, and bordered.
upright ſtalk about one foot high, garniſhed the It hath ten ſtamina, nine of which are joined, and one
whole length with winged leaves, each conſiſting of ſtands fingly; theſe are drowned by roundiſh ſummits. At
two or three pair of lobes, terminated by an odd the bottom of the flower is ſituated a taper gernien, fup-
one : each of theſe lobes are heart-ſhaped, and fawed porting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by a blunt ſtigma.
on their edges ; at the top of the ſtalk is produced The germen afterward becomes a pod having two cells,
one large Orange-coloured flower, having a ſingle each having a row of kidney-Maped ſeeds.
empalement, cut into many ſlender ſegments which This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
end in points. After the fower is paſt, each floret Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs of plants, entitled Dia-
is ſucceeded by an oblong angular feed, crowned delphia Decandria, from the flower having ten ſta-
with long down. This is propagated by ſeeds, which mina joined in two bodies.
ſhould be ſown on a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; The Species are,
and when the plants are fit to remove, they muſt be 1. AstraGALUS (Glycyphyllos) cauleſcens proſtratus legu-
each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with rich minibus ſubtriquetis arcuatis foliis ovalibus pedun-
earth, and plunged into the tan-bed, obſerving to culo longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 758. Siclky proſtrete
ſhade them until they have taken new root, as alſo Milk Vetch, with crooked pods almoſt triangular, and oval
to refreſh them with water, and in warm weather ad- leaves longer than the foot-ſtolk. Aſtragalus luteus pe-
mit free air to the plants. When theſe pots are filled rennis procumbens vulgaris ſylveſtris. Mor. Hiſt. 2.
with their roots, the plants ſhould be carefully ſhaken 107. ſometimes called Wild Liquorice.
out; and after paring off the outſide roots, put into 2. ASTRAGALUS (Hamoſis) cauleſcens procumbens, le-
larger pots, filled with light earth, and plunged into guminibus fubulatis recurvatis glabris. Hort. Upfal.
the hot-bed again, where they may remain to flower 226. Stolky trailing Milk Vetch, with ſirooth awl-ſhaped
and perfect their feeds, for they will not thrive in the pods bending inward. Aſtragalus luteus annus M n-
open air. This ſort flowers in July, and the ſeeds ſpeliacus procumbens. Mor. Hiſt. 2. 108.
;
2. ASTRA

AST
AST
R. H. 417
3. ASTRACALUS (Alopecuroides) cauleſcens, fpicis cylin- | 15. ASTRAGALUS (Carolinianus) cauleſcens erectus lä-
dricis ſubſeſſilibus, calycibus leguminibuſque lanatis. vis pedunculis fpicatis leguminibus ovato-cylindricis
Lin. Sp. Plant. 755. Stalky Milk Vetch with cylindrical ftylo acuminatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 757. Smooth, up-
Spikes growing cloſe to the ſtalks, and woolly pods and em- right, ſtalky Milk Veich, with ſpiked ſtalks, and oval cy-
palements. Aſtragalus Alpinus procerior Alopecuroi- lindrical pods ending in ſharp points. Aſtragalus proce-
des. Tourn. Inſt. 416.
rior non repens fore viridi flaveſcente. Hort. Elth.
4. ASTRAGALUS (Cicer) cauleſcens proſtratus, legumini- 45
bus ſubgloboſis inflatis mucronatis piloſis. Hort. Up- 16. AsTRAGALUS (Canadenſis) cauleſcens diffuſus, legu-
fal. 226. Milk Vetch with a proſtrate ſtalk, and a glo- minibus fubcylindricis mucronatis foliolis fubtus fub-
bular, ſwelling, hairy pod, ending in a point. Aftragalus villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 757. Milk Vetch with diffuſed
luteus perennis filiquâ gemellâ rotundâ veſicam refe- Stalks, pointed cylindrical pods, and the ſmall leaves hairy
rente. Mor. Hift. 2. 107.
on their under ſide. Aſtragalus Canadenſis flore viridi
5. ASTRAGALUS (Epiglottis) cauleſcens procumbens, le- flaveſcente. Tourn. Inft. 416.
guminibus capitatis cordatis acutis reflexis complica- 17. ASTRAGALUS (Piloſus) cauleſcens erectus piloſus flo-
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 759. Milk Vetch with trailing ſtalks, ribus fpicatus leguminibus fubulatis piloſis. Lin. Sp.
and pods growing in heads, which are heart-ſhaped, point- Plant. 756. Milk Vetch with hairy upright ſtalks, flowers
ed, reflexed, and complicated. Aftragalus Hifpanicus growing in ſpikes, and awl-shaped hairy pods. Aſtraga-
filiquâ epiglottidi fimili flore purpureo major. H. L. lus villoſus erectus ſpicatus floribus flaveſcentibus.
74.
Amman. Ruth. 166.
6. AsTRAGALUS (Montanus) ſubacaulos ſcapis folio lon- 18. AsTRAGALUS (Procumbens) incanus caulibus pro-
gioribus, foribus latè fpicatis erectis, leguminibus cumbentibus ſcapis folio æquantibus floribus glome-
ovatis acumine inflexo. Prod. Leyd. 392. Low Milk ratis. Hoary Milk Vetch with trailing Stalks, foot-ſtalks
Vetch with flower-ſtalks longer than the leaves, and flow- equal with the leaves, and glomerated flowers. Aftraga-
ers growing in looſe upright ſpikes. Onobrychis foribus lus fupinus filiquis villofis glomeratis. Tourn. Inft.
viciæ majoribus cæruleo-purpuracentibus five foliis
tragacanthæ. C. B. P.351.
19. AsTRAGA:LUS (Incanus) cauleſcens incanus, legumi-
7. ASTRAGALUS (Boeticus) cauleſcens procumbens, fpicis nibus fubulatis recurvatis incanis. Hoary ſtalky Milk
pedunculatis, leguminibus priſmaticis rectis triquetris Vetch, with awl-ſhaped recurved pods which are boary.
apice uncinatis. Hort. Cliff. 225. Milk Vetch with Aſtragalus incanus ſiliquâ recurva. Bot. Monſp.
trailing ſtalks, Spikes of flowers with foot-ſtalks, and up- 20. AsTRAGALUS (Capitatus) cauleſcens capitulis globo-
right triangular pods ſhaped like a priſm pointed at the fis, pedunculis longiffimis, foliolis emarginatis. Hort.
top. Aſtragalus annuus maritimus procumbens lati- Cliff. 360. Stalky Milk Vetch with globular heads,
folius floribus pediculo inſidentibus. Tourn. Inſt. very long foot-ſtalks, and the ſmall leaves crenated at their
416.
points. Aſtragalus Orientalis villofiffimus capitulis ro-
8. ASTRAGALUS ( Arenarius) ſubcaulefcens procumbens tundioribus floribus purpureis. Tourn. Cor. 29.
foribus ſubracemoſis erectis foliis tomentofis. Lin. 21. ASTRAGALUS (Chinenſis) cauleſcens procumbens,
Sp. Plant: 759. Low trailing Milk Vetch with branch- capitulis pedunculatis, leguminibus priſmaticis rectis
ing flowers growing erect, and woolly leaves
. Aſtragalus triquetris apice ſubulatis. Milk Vetch with trailing ſtalks,
incanus parvus purpureus noftras. Pluk. Alm. 59. the foot-ſtalks terminated by flowers colle Eted in heads,
9. ASTRAGALUS (Phyſodes) acaulos ſcapis folia æquanti- and three-cornered pods Shaped like priſms.
bus leguminibus inflatis ſubgloboſis nudis. Lin. Sp. 22. ASTRAGALUS (Uncatus) acaulis exſcapus, legumini-
Plant. 760. Low Milk Vetch with flower-ſtalks as long bus ſubulatis hamatis folio longioribus, foliolis ob-
as the leaves, and naked, globular, ſwelling pods. Aſtra- cordatis. Lin. Sp. 1072. Milk Vetch without ſtalks,
galus acaulos leguminibus inflatis ſubgloboſis. Amce- awl-ſhaped hooked pods longer than the leaves, and the ſmall
nit. Acad.
leaves almoſt heart-ſhaped.
10. ASTRAGALUS (Chriſtianus) cauleſcens erectus Aori- The firſt fort grows wild upon chalky ground in
bus glomeratis ſubfeffilibus ex omnibus axillis folia- many parts of England, fo is not often admitted into
ceis. Lin. Sp. 755. Milk Vetch with upright ſtalks, and gardens. The root of this is perennial, but the ſtalks
glomerated flowers growing cloſe to them, proceeding from decay every autumn: it creeps at the root, ſo that it
all the wings of the leaves. Aſtragalus Orientalis max-
.
is too apt to ſpread where it is ſuffered to grow. It
imus incanus erectus, caule ab imo ad fummum flo- flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Sep-
rido. Tourn. Cor. 29.
tember.
11. AsTRAGALUS (Ægyptiacus) cauleſcens ſcapis folio The ſecond fort is annual; the branches of this trail
longioribus floribus laxè fpicatis erectis, leguminibus upon the ground, which are ftriated; the leaves are
arcuatis. Stalky Milk Vetch with flower-ſtalks longer winged, compoſed of about eight pair of lobes, ter-
than the leaves, upright flowers growing in loose Spikes, minated by an odd one; theſe are crenated at their
and arched pods. Aſtragalus Ægyptius floribus fpica- points. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe from the
tis purpurafcentibus filiquis incurvis. Juft.
wings of the leaves, which are about three inches long,
12. ASTRAGALUS (Sefameus) cauleſcens diffufus capitu- garniſhed toward the top with a few pale yellow
lis ſubſeſſilibus lateralibus leguminibus erectis fubula- flowers riſing one above another; theſe are ſucceeded
tis acumine reflexis. Hort. Cliff. 361. Milk Vetch with by oblong pods, which bend in form of a fickle, be-
difuſed ſtalks, flower-heads growing cloſe to the ſides of ing round on their outer fide, but flatted on the op-
the ſtalks, and awl-shaped upright pods reflexed at their poſite, ending in a point, opening in two cells, each
points. Aſtragalus annuus foliis & filiquis hirſutis having a row of ſquare feeds. It flowers in June, and
plurimis in folioruin alis feffilibus. Pluk. Alm. 60. the ſeeds ripen in September. The ſeeds of this
13. ASTRAGALUS (Galegiformis) cauleſcens ſtrictus gla- ſhould be ſown in April, in the place where they are
ber, floribus racemolis pendulis, leguminibus trique- to remain, and require no other care but to draw the
tris utrinque mucronatis. Lin. Sp. 1066. Milk Vetch plants out where they come up too thick, leaving
with ſmooth ſlender ſtalks, hanging branching flowers, and them a foot and a half afunder, and keep them clean
three-cornered pointed pods. Aſtragalus Orientalis altif- from weeds.
fimus folio galegæ flore parvo flaveſcente. Tourn. The third fort is a biennial plant, which grows natu-
rally on the Alps. This riſes with an upright hairy
14. ASTRAGALUS (Uralenſis) acaulos fcapo erecto foliis ſtalk near three feet high, garniſhed with long winged
longiore leguminibus ſubulatis infiatis villoſis erec- leaves, each having eighteen or twenty pair of oval
tis. Hort. Upfal, 226. Low Milk Vetch, with upright lobes, terminated by an odd one. The flowers are
foot-ſtalks to the flowers longer than the leaves, and awl- produced in large cylindrical ſpikes from the wings
Maped, upright, ſwoln, hairy pods. Aſtragalus non ra- of the leaves, ſitting very cloſe to the ſtalks, which
moſus villoſus & incanus fpicatus floribus purpuro-vi- are entirely covered with down, out of which the yel-
olaceis. Amman. Ruth. 167. p. 126.
low flowers juſt peep; theſe are fucceeded by oval
a
a
Cor. 29.
2
pods

AST
A S T
a
This grows
pods ſhut up in the woolly empalements, having two This may be treated in the ſame manner as the
cells, containing three or four ſquare feeds in each.
ſecond.
It flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in The eighth fort is a perennial plant, which
grows
autumn, ſoon after which the plants decay. The naturally upon hills in ſeveral parts of England, par-
feeds of this ſhould be ſown in April, on an open ticularly in the North. This is a low plant, ſeldom
border, where the plants are deſigned to remain ; riſing more than two or three inches high, having
and when the plants come up, they ſhould be thin- many winged leaves compoſed of narrow woolly lobes,
ned, leaving them at leaſt two feet aſunder, and keep placed cloſe on the midrib; the flowers are pretty
them clean from weeds; the ſecond year they will large, of a purple colour, growing in looſe ſpikes. It
flower, and produce ſeeds.
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft. This
The fourth fort hath a perennial root, which fends may be propagated as the fourth fort, and ſhould have
out ſeveral ftriated ſtalks near three feet high, which, a fhady ſituation
if not ſupported, proſtrate themſelves towards the The ninth fort hath a perennial creeping root, fend-
earth. Theſe are garniſhed with winged leaves placed ing out leaves, which are compoſed of many pair of
alternately, at two inches diſtance, which are com- oval lobes, terminated by an odd one ; the flower-
poſed of about ten pair of oval ſmall lobes, termi- ſtalks are as long as the leaves, which ſupport a cy-
nated by an odd one. The flowers ariſe from the lindrical ſpike of yellow flowers, which are ſucceeded
wings of the leaves, upon foot-ſtalks two inches long, by ſwollen pods, opening in two cells, containing ſe-
in ſmall looſe ſpikes, which are yellow, and ſhaped veral greeniſh ſeeds. This may be propagated as the
like the reſt of this genus; and are ſucceeded by fourth fort, and muſt have a ſhady ſituation. It flow-
hairy, globular, ſwelling pods, ending with a ſharp ers in June, and grows naturally in Siberia.
point, opening in two cells, in each of which are The tenth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
contained two or three hard reddiſh feeds. It flowers the Levant, who fent the feeds to the royal garden at
in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
Paris, where they ſucceeded, from whence I was fur-
naturally in the ſouth of France and Italy. It is eaſily niſhed with them. This fends up ſtalks near three
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon an feet high, which are large at bottom, and gradually
open border in the ſpring; and when the plants come diminiſh to the top; the leaves alſo at bottom are
up, they muft be thinned and kept clean from weeds very long, and diminiſh upward, ſo as to form a fort
till autumn, when they ſhould be tranſplanted to the of pyramid; theſe are winged, and compoſed of
place where they are to remain, and will afterward many large oval pair of lobes, which are placed thin-
require no other culture, but to keep them clean from ly on the midrib, and terminated by an odd one ;
weeds. One or two of theſe plants in a garden by the flowers come out in cluſters from the wings of
way of variety, may be admitted, but they have lit- each leaf, beginning near the root where the
tle beauty
foot-ſtalks are the longeſt, and continuing up-
The fifth fort is annual. This fends out from the ward, diminiſhing in their number. Theſe are
root two or three hairy trailing branches, which are large, of a bright yellow colour, and are fuc-
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of ten or ceeded by cylindrical pods opening in two cells,
twelve pair of blunt lobes, terminated by an odd filled with ſquare yellow ſeeds. It flowers in July,
one : the flowers come out from the wings of the and in very favourable ſeaſons will perfect ſeeds in
leaves upon naked foot-ſtalks, four or five inches England. It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould
.
long, and are gathered into a round head; theſe are be fown, and the plants afterward treated as hath
ſhaped like the others, but are pretty large, and of a been directed for the fourth fort; with this diffe-
deep purple colour, which are ſucceeded by ſhort rence only, to plant them in a warm border and a dry
pods rough on their outſides, and when opened, are foil, otherwiſe the plants will not thrive well in this
ſhaped like a heart, ending in a ſharp point, contain- climate. The third year froin feed the plants will
ing three or four feeds. the order
flower, and continue many years in a proper foil.
The feeds of this ſhould be ſown on an open border The eleventh ſort grows naturally in Egypt, from
in April, where the plants are to remain, and treated whence the ſeeds were ſent to the royal garden at Pa-
as the other annual ſorts before-mentioned. It flowers ris, and Dr. Juffieu was ſo good as to ſend me part
in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. It grows na- of the feeds: this is an annual plant, which riſes
turally in Spain and Portugal, from whence I have with upright ſtalks a foot and a half high, thinly gar-
received the feeds.
tribune
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of about twelve
The ſixth fort is a perennial plant, which grows na- pair of oval lobes, terminated by an odd one; the
turally upon the mountains in Spain, from whence I foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe from the wings of the
received it. This is a low plant, ſeldom riſing with leaves, and are extended beyond them; theſe are ter-
a ftem more than three inches high, ſending out minated by looſe ſpikes of yellow flowers, which are
winged leaves on every fide, which are compoſed of ſucceeded by ſickle-Shaped pods. It flowers in July,
many pairs of narrow lobes, ſet very cloſe together and the feeds ripen in autumn, foon after which the
on the midrib, terminated by an odd one. The plants decay. It may be propagated by ſeeds in the
flowers grow upon long foot-ſtalks, which riſe above fame manner as hath been before directed for the an-
the leaves; theſe are large and of a purple colour, nual forts, putting the ſeeds in a warm border and a
growing in a looſe ſpike, and ſtand erect, and are fuc- dry foil, where the plants will perfect their ſeeds very
ceeded by oblong crooked pods opening in two cells, well.
filled with ſquare feeds. It flowers in June, and the The twelfth fort grows naturally in Italy, and the
ſeeds ripen in Auguſt. This is propagated by feeds, fouth of France, from whence I received the feeds.
which ihould be ſown, and the plants treated in the This is an annual plant, which fends out ſeveral weak
ſame manner as the fourth fort, but ſhould have a ſtalks without any order, garniſhed with winged
Thady ſituation and a ſtronger foil.
leaves, compoſed of ten or twelve pair of lobes, and
The ſeventh fort is annual. This fends out ſeveral ſometimes terminated by an odd one; theſe are hairy ;
trailing branches near two feet long, which are gar- at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves the fowers come out
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of about ten in ſmall cluſters, fitting cloſe to the Gides of the ſtalks,
pair of blunt lobes, ſet thinly on the midrib, termi- which are of a copper colour, and are ſucceeded by
nated by an odd one: at the wing of each leaf comes awl-ſhaped pointed pods growing erect, and reflect-
out a foot-ſtalk near two inches long, ſuſtaining four ed at their points. This is propagated by feeds in
or five yellow flowers at the top, which are ſucceeded the fame manner as the other annual forts before men-
,
by triangular brown pods, ſhaped like a prifm, grow- tioned; it flowers in July, and the feeds are ripe in
ing erect, and open in two cells filled with greeniſh
ſquare feeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen The thirteenth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort,
in autumn, ſoon after which the plants decay. in the Levant, who ſent the feeds to the royal garder
a
autumn.
at

A S T
A S T
a
7
two feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
poſed of many pair of oval woolly lobes, terminated
by an odd one ; from the wings of the leaves ariſe
the foot-ſtalks, which are terminated by cloſe ſpikes
of yellow flowers; theſe are ſucceeded by hairy awl-
ſhaped pods; having two cells, filled with brown feeds.
This flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
It
grows naturally in Siberia, from whence the feeds
were ſent to Dr. Amman, at Peterſburgh, who com-
municated them to me. It is a perennial plant, and
propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the fourth
fort.
The eighteenth fort is a biennial plant: the feeds of
this were ſent me from Spain, where the plant grows
naturally. This fends out many trailing ſtalks, which
are divided into many ſmaller branches, garniſhed
with many pair of narrow lobes, terminated by an
odd one; the flowers are collected into heads, which
terminate the foot-ſtalks, and are white; the foot-
ſtalks are about the ſame length as the leaves; the
pods are ſhort and triangular, and the whole plant is
covered with a ſilvery down. The ſeeds of this ſhould
be ſown upon an open bed of light earth, where the
plants are to remain, and the plants afterward treated
in the manner directed for the annual forts: the fe-
cond year they will flower and perfect their feeds,
after which they feldom continue.
The ninteenth fort grows upon the hills near Verona,
from whence I received it. This ſends up an up-
right ſtalk, feldom more than fix inches high, gar-
niſhed with ſmall, winged, hoary leaves; the foot-
ſtalks ariſe from the wings of the leaves, fupport-
ing three or four pale Howers, which are ſucceed-
ed by ſickle-ihaped hoary pods. This is a biennial
plant, and ſhould be treated in the ſame manner as
the laſt.
The twentieth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort
in the Levant, who fent the feeds to the royal garden
at Paris. This hath a perennial root, which fends up
ſeveral erect ſtalks, garniſhed with winged leaves,
compoſed of ſeveral pair of lobes, indented at the
top; from the wings of the leaves come out long
foot-ſtalks, fupporting a globular head of purple
flowers; theſe are rarely ſucceeded by pods in Eng-
land. It flowers the end of July. It is propagated
by feeds, which ſhould be ſown upon a moderate
hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants treated in the
ſame manner as hath been directed for the fifteenth
fort.
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in China: the
plant is annual ; the ſtalks ſpread on the ſurface of
the ground, which are cloſely garniſhed with winged
leaves, compoſed of eight or ten pair of oval ſmooth
lobes, fitting cloſe to the midrib; theſe are ſlightly
indented at their end. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers
are produced from the wings of the ſtalk, two of them
generally ariſing at each place, and are equal to the
leaves in length, ſupporting a globular head of pur-
ple flowers, which are ſucceeded by three-cornered
pods growing erect in a compact head, opening in
two cells, filled with ſmall triangular feeds. This
plant flowers in July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen
at Paris, where they ſucceeded, and produced new
ſeeds, ſo that many of the European gardens have been
fince ſupplied with it; this hath a perennial root,
which fends out many upright ſtalks upward of five
feet high, which are garniſhed with winged leaves,
compoſed of about fourteen pair of oval lobes, terini-
nated by an odd one ; from the wings of the leaves
the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe, which are garniſh-
ed with ſmall yellow flowers, growing in looſe ſpikes,
and are extended beyond the leaves; theſe are fuc-
ceeded by very fhort triangular pods, ending in a
point, which open in two cells, filled with Aſh-co-
loured ſquare feeds. This flowers in June or July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. It is propagated by
"feeds, which may be ſown in the ſpring, upon a
'
border of light earth, and treated in the ſame man-
ner as the fourth fort, till the following autumn,
when the plants ſhould be removed to an open ſitu-
ation and a dry foil, and when they have taken root,
will require no farther culture. I have a root of
this ſort growing in the Chelſea garden, which is
more than thirty years old, and produces plenty of
ſeeds every year.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally upon the moun-
tains in Germany; this never riſes with a ſtalk, but
ſends out divers winged teaves from the root, which
are compoſed of many blunt lobes, placed by pairs,
and terminated by an odd one; the foot-ſtalks of the
flowers ariſe immediately from the root, and are
longer than the leaves, being terminated by ſpikes
of blue flowers, which are ſucceeded by ſwelling awl-
ſhaped pods, which are erect and hairy, having two
cells which are filled with greeniſh ſeeds. It flowers
in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. The root is
abiding, and the plant is propagated by ſeeds as the
fourth fort, but ſhould have an open ſituation.
The fifteenth ſort grows naturally in Carolina, from
whence I received the ſeeds; this hath a perennial
root, but an annual ſtalk, which decays in autumn;
from the root ariſe ſeveral upright ſtalks three feet
high, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of
reighteen or twenty pair of oval ſmooth lobes, termi-
nated by an odd one; from the wings of the leaves
ariſe the foot-ſtalks, which are terminated by ſpikes
of greeniſh yellow flowers, which are ſucceeded by
oval cylindrical pods, to which adhere the ſtyle,
which extends beyond the pods in a point. This
Howers in Auguſt, but unleſs the ſeaſon is warm, the
plants feldom ripen their feeds in England. It is
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon a
moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants
are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a
ſmall pot filled with earth from the kitchen-garden,
and plunged again into the hot-bed, to forward their
making new roots; and when they are eſtabliſhed in
the pots, they muſt be inured to the open air, into
which they ſhould be removed the end of May, pla-
cing them in a fheltered ſituation, where they may re-
main till October, when they ſhould be placed under
a common frame to ſhelter them in winter, and in
the ſpring they may be turned out of the pots, and
planted in a warm border, where they will thrive and
flower; and if the winter proves very ſevere, a little
old tan ſhould be laid over the roots, which will ef-
fectually preferve them.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America; this hath a perennial root, which
ſends out many irregular ſtalks about two feet high,
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of many
pair of oval lobes, hairy on their under fide; from
the wings of the leaves come out the foot-ſtalks, fup-
porting ſpikes of greeniſh yellow flowers, which are
ſucceeded by cylindrical pods, ending in a point.
This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen the begin-
ning of October. It is propagated by feeds, which
ſhould be managed as thoſe of the fifteenth fort, but
the plants are hardier, ſo will live thro' the winter
in a common bed of light earth without covering.
The ſeventeenth fort riſes with upright hairy ſtalks
a
in autumn.
The ſeeds of this ſort [hould be fown upon a hot-bed
in March, and when the plants come up and are fit to
tranſplant, they ſhould be each put into a ſmall pot
filled with light earth, and plunged into another mo-
derate hot-bed, being careful to ſhade them from the
fun until they have taken new root; after which they
ſhould have free air admitted to them daily, propor-
tional to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and frequently but
gently watered, with which management the plants
will flower and produce ſeeds.
The twenty-ſecond ſort grows naturally about Alep-
po, from whence the ſeeds were brought by Dr. Ruf-
ſel. The plant is annual, ſending out a few branch-
ing ſtalks which trail upon the ground, garniſhed with
narrow winged leaves, whoſe lobes are broader at
their points than their baſe, and are indented ſo as
to

AST
A T H
a
و
to become almoſt heart-ſhaped; the flowers are pro- be ſown in autumn, ſoon after they are ripe, on a
duced at the wings of the ſtalks in ſhort looſe ſpikes; ſhady border; and, when the plants are come up,
they are almoft white, and are ſucceeded by fickle- they ſhould be carefully weeded, and where they are
ſhaped pods, having two cells filled with ſquare brown too cloſe, ſome of the plants ſhould be drawn out, to
ſeeds. This flowers in July and Auguft, and the allow room for others to grow, until Michaelnas,
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
when they ſhould be tranſplanted where they are to
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown remain ; which ſhould always be in a moiſt foil and
in the ſpring upon an open bed of light earth, and a ſhady ſituation. The diſtance theſe plants ſhould
the plants treated afterward in the ſame manner as be placed, is three feet, for their roots will ſpread to
hath been directed for the annual forts before-men- a conſiderable width, if they are permitted to remain
tioned.
long in the ſame place. They require no other cul-
ASTRANTIA, Mafterwort.
ture but to keep them clear from weeds, and every
The CHARACTERS are,
third or fourth year to be taken up at Michaelmas,
It is a plant whoſe flowers grow in an umbel; the gene- and their roots parted and planted again. Theſe plants
rol umbel is compoſed of four or five ſmall ones. The in- are feldom preſerved but in botanic gardens, there
volucrum of the general umbel is in one ſpecies compoſed of being no great beauty in their flowers. They all
two large trifid leaves, and two entire. In another ſpecies grow naturally upon the Alps.
of ſeveral ſmall leaves : the involucrum of the ſmall un- ATHAMANTA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 301. Meum.
bel is compoſed of many ſmall pointed leaves, which are Tourn. Inft. R. H. 312. Spignel.
longer than the umbels, coloured and ſpread open. The The CHARACTERS are,
empalement of the flower is permanent, erect, and cut into It is a plant with on umbellated flower ; the general um-
five ſhort acute ſegments; the flower is compoſed of five bel ſpreads open, and is compoſed of many finall ones ; the
petals, which are erect, bifid, and bend inward: it bath involucrum of the great umbel is compoſed of many narrow
five ſtamina the length of the petals, crowned by ſingle leaves, which are ſhorter than the rays; thoſe of the ſmall
ſummits; the oblong germen is ſituated below the recepta- ones are narrow, and equal with the rays: the floreers
cle, ſupporting two flender Styles, crowned by Spreading of the great umbel are uniform; thoſe of the ſmaller bave
Stigma; the germen afterward becomes an oval, blunt, five inflexed beart-ſhaped petals, which are a little unequal;
channelled fruit, divided into two parts, having two ob- each flower bath five ſlender ſtamina, which are of the
long oval ſeeds incloſed in the cover.
Same length with the petals, and crowned by roundiſh
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ſummits; the germen is fituaied below the receptacle,
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia, ſupporting two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe liigma ;
the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
the germen afterward becomes an oblong channelled fruit,
The SPECIES are,
divided into two parts, each containing one oval channelled
1. AsTRANTIA (Major) foliis radicalibus quinquelobatis ſeed.
ſerratis, caulinis trilobatis acutis. Moſterwort with This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
the lower leaves divided into five Sawed lobes, and thoſe of Linnæus’s fifth claſs of plants, entitled Pentan-
on the ſtalks cut into three acute lobes. Aſtrantia major dria Digynia, the flowers having five ſtamina and two
coronâ floris purpuraſcente. Inft. R. H. 314.
ſtyles.
2. AsTRANTIA (Candida) foliis quinquelobatis lobis tri- The SPECIES are,
partitis. Haller. Helv. 439. Mosterwort with leaves 1. ATHAMANTA (Meun) foliolis capillaribus, femini-
having five tripartite lobes. Aſtrantia major coronâ bus glabris ftriatis. Hort. Cliff. 93. Spignel with hair-
floris candida. Tourn. Inft. 314. -
like leaves, and ſmooth channelled feeds. Meum foliis
3. ASTRANTIA (Minor) foliis digitatis ferratis. Lin. Sp. Anethi. C. B. P. 148. commonly called Spignel.
Plant. 255. Masterwort with fingered leaves which are 2. ATHAMANTA (Cretenſis) foliolis linearibus planis hir-
Sawed. Helleborus niger faniculæ folio minor. C.B. P. futis, petalis bipartitis, ſeminibus oblongis hirſutis,
186.
Lin. Mat. Med. 143. Spignel with plain hairy leaves,
The firſt fort hath many ſpreading leaves riſing from petals divided into two parts, and oblong bairy ſeeds. Dau-
the root, which are compoſed of five large lobes, cus Creticus foliis fæniculi tenuiffimis. C.B. P.
ſawed pretty deep on their edges; from between theſe 3. ATHAMANTA (Sicula) foliis inferioribus nitidis, um-
the ſtalks ariſe near two feet high, having at each bellis primordialibus fubfeffilibus, feminibus piloſis.
joint one leaf deeply cut into three ſharp-pointed Hort. Upſal. 60. Spignel with ſhining under leaves, the
lobes ; at the top of the ſtalk is produced the umbel umbets et firſt ſitting cloſe, and bairy ſeeds. Daucus ſe-
of flowers, at the bottom of which is ſituated the ge- cundus ſiculis fophiæ folio. Zan. Hiſt: So.
neral involucrum, compoſed of two long trifid leaves, 4. ATHAMANTA (Oreoſelinum) foliolis divaricatis. Flor.
and two entire ones of the ſame length. The ſmall Suec. 249. Athamanta with divaricated leaves. Apium
umbels ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks or rays, under montanum folio ampliore. C. B. P. 153.
which is placed the involucrum, compoſed of many 5. ATHAMANTA (Cervarie) foliolis pinnatis decuſſatis,
fpear-ſhaped pointed leaves, which extend beyond incifo-angulatis, feminibus nudis. Lin. Sp. 352. A-
the rays, and are of a purpliſh colour.
thamanta with winged leaves, whoſe lobes are angularly
The ſecond fort hath much the appearance of the cut, and naked ſeeds. Daucus inontanus Apii folio
firſt, fo has been ſuppoſed to be only a variety of it; major. C. B. P. 150.
but it differs from that in having five lobes to the The firſt fort is the common Spignel uſed in medi-
leaves of the ſtalks, which are much ſhorter, and cine. This grows naturally in Weſtmoreland, and
rounder at the point than thoſe of the other. The by the inhabitants there is called Bald-Money, or
general involucrum of the umbel is compoſed of Bawd-Money; by ſome it is called Meu. This is a
ſhort narrow leaves, and thoſe of the ſmaller umbels perennial plant ; the ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high,
are ſhorter and white.
and are channelled; the leaves are very ramnoſe, and
The third fort ſeldom riſes a foot high; the foot- compoſed of many fine hair-like leaves ſet pretty cloſe,
ſtalks of the leaves are four inches long; the leaves of a deep green; the ſtalk is terminated by an umbel
are divided into eight ſegments at the bottom, and of white Howers, which are fucceeded by oblong
ſpread out like a hand; theſe are deeply fawed on ſmooth feeds.
their edges; the involucrum of the general umbel is This may be propagated by parting the roots at
compoſed of ſeveral very narrow leaves; the foot- Michaelmas, or from feeds fown ſoon after they are
ftalks of the ſeparate umbels are very large and flen- ripe; the plants ſhould have a ſhady ſituation and
der, and toward the top often divide into three, each moiſt foil. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
having a ſmall umbel. The involucrums of theſe Auguſt
ſmall umbels are ſhort and white.
The ſecond fort is the Daucus Creticus, of which
Theſe plants are very hardy; they may be propa- there are two forts, whoſe feeds are indifferently uſed
gated either by ſowing their feeds, or parting their in the ſhops, one of which is annual, but that here
roots. If they are propagated from ſeeds, they ſhould mentioned is a perennial plant, which
many
Еe
alks,
a
3

A TH
Α Τ Η
ſtalks, garniſhed with flender narrow leaves like thoſe ferioribus linearibus dentatis, fuperioribus ovatis fer-
of Fennel, irregularly diſpoſed. The flower-ſtalk ratis. Lin. Sp. 1181. Athanaſia with è compound
riſes about two feet high, ſending out many branches, corymbus, the lower leaves linear and indented, the
garniſhed the whole length with the ſame compound upper oval and ſawed. Coma aurea Africana fruteſ-
capillary leaves, and at the top are terminated by cens, foliis inferioribus inciſis, fuperioribus dentatis.
compound umbels, compoſed of near twenty ſmall
Coin. Rar. Pl. 41.
ones ; theſe have white flowers with five petals, which 2. ATHANASIA (Trifurcata) corymbis fimplicibus, foliis
are ſucceeded by oblong, hairy, channelled fruit, di- trilobis cuneiformibus. Lin. Sp. 1181. Athanaſia with
vided into two parts, each containing one oblong a ſingle corymbus, and wedge-ſhaped leaves with three
hairy feed.
lobes. Coma aurea Africana fruticans, foliis glaucis
.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be & in extremitate trifidis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 97.
ſown in autumn on an open bed of light dry ground; 3. ATHANASIA (Crithmifolia) corymbis fimplicibus, fo-
and when the plants come up in the ſpring, they ſhould liis ſemitrifidis linearibus. Lin. Sp. 1181. Athanafia
be kept clean from weeds, and thinned where they with a ſimple corymbus, and linear ſemitrifid leaves. Co-
are too cloſe, ſo that they may have room to grow ma aurea fruticans foliis anguſtiſſimis trifidis. Burm.
till the following autumn, when they ſhould be care- Afr. 186.
fully taken up, and planted at about a foot diſtance 4. ATHANASIA (Pubeſcens) corymbus ſimplicibus, foliis
in a bed of light fandy earth, where the roots will lanceolatis indiviſis villoſis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 329.
continue ſeveral years, and annually flower and pro- Athanaſia with a ſimple corymbus, and ſpear-ſhaped, un-
duce ripe ſeeds. It flowers in June, and the feeds divided, hairy leaves. Coma aurea Africana fruticoſa,
are ripe in September. This grows naturally in Can- omnium maxima, foliis tomentofis & incanis. Hort.
dia, but is rarely injured by cold in this country.
Amft. 2. P. 93 •
The third fort is a perennial plant; this ſends up 5. ATHANASIA (Annua) corymbus fimplicibus coarcta-
from the root ſeveral upright ſtalks, near three feet tis, foliis pinnatifidis dentatis. Lin. Sp. 1182. Atha-
high, which are terminated by compound umbels ; naſa with a ſimple corymbus, and winged indented leaves.
theſe, at their firſt appearance, are very cloſe and Elichryſum inodorum glabrum, coronopi folio gla-
compact, but afterward ſpread open, and divide into brum. Magn. Montp. 307.
ſeveral ſmaller umbels; the foot-ſtalks or rays of 6. ATHANASIA (Maritima) pedunculis unifloris ſubco-
theſe are ſhort and hairy. The flowers are compoſed rymboſis, foliis lanceolatis indiviſis crenatis obtu-
of five white petals, which are not quite equal, and ſis tomentoſis. Lin. Sp. 1182. Athanaſia with ſingle
are ſucceeded by oblong woolly fruit, divided in- flowers on each foot-ſtalk formed like a corymbus, and
to two parts, each containing one oblong channelled Spear-ſhaped, obtufe, woolly leaves. Gnaphalium mari-
feed.
timum. C. B. P. 263.
This may be propagated in the ſame manner as the The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
former, and is equally hardy ; it grows naturally in Hope: this hath a low, ſhrubby, branching ſtalk,
Sicily, and ſome parts of Italy.
which ſeldom riſes three feet high; the branches are
The fourth fort is a perennial plant, which grows na- garniſhed with two ſorts of leaves, thoſe toward the
turally in ſome particular parts of England, France,
bottom are linear and indented, but the upper are
and Germany; the leaves of this are linear, and oval and ſawed on their edges : the flowers are dif-
acutely cut into oblong ſegments; the ſtalks riſe two poſed in a compound corymbus at the end of the
feet high, dividing toward the top into three or four branches; they are of a pale yellow, and appear early
branches, each being terminated by an umbel of in fummer, and if the ſeaſon proves favourable, will
white flowers, which are ſucceeded by oblong ſtriated be ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in autumn.
ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in The ſecond fort is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope: this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix feet
The fifth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, high, dividing into many irregular branches, gar-
and in Auſtria: this hath a perennial root; the ſtalks niſhed with fat glaucous leaves cut at their extremity
riſe three feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves, into three ſegments; theſe have an agreeable odour
which are cut into angular ſegments; they are ter-
when bruiſed. The flowers are produced in a fim-
minated by umbels of white flowers, which are fuc- ple corymbus at the extremity of the branches; they
ceeded by naked feeds. This flowers in July, and are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in Auguſt,
the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
but are feldom ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in England.
Theſe two forts are ſeldom admitted into any gar- The third ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
dens but thoſe of botaniſts, for the ſake of variety, Hope: this hath a ſhrubby branching ſtalk like the
being plants of little beauty or uſe. They are pro- former; the leaves are linear, and divided more than
pagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn half their length, fome into three, and others into
foon after they are ripe, and the plants will appear five narrow ſegments: the flowers are produced at
the following ſpring, when they will require no other the extremity of the branches in a ſimple corymbus,
care but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and like thoſe of the former fort in ſhape and colour, of
keep them clean from weeds. The ſecond ſummer which there is a ſucceſſion on the ſame plant great
they will flower and produce ripe ſeeds, but the roots part of ſummer; but unleſs the ſeaſon is warm, they
will abide ſeveral years where they are deſired.
are rarely ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in England.
ATHANASIA. Lin. Gen. 943. Baccharis. Vaill. Act. The fourth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven
Gall. 1719. Goldylocks.
feet high; the branches are garniſhed with hairy,
The CHARACTERS are,
ſpear-ſhaped, entire leaves; the flowers are yellow,
The empalement is imbricated, oval, and the ſcales are and produced in a ſimple corymbus at the extremity
Spear-ſhaped; the flower is of the compound kind; the of the branches, but are not ſucceeded by good feeds
florets are uniform and longer than the corolla ; the ber- in England.
maphrodite florets are funnel-shaped, cut into five ſeg- Theſe four forts are eaſily propagated by cuttings during
ments, which are erect; they have each five ſhort hair-like the ſummer months. If theſe are planted either in pots
ſtamina, with cylindrical tubuloſe ſummits, and an oblong or upon an old hot-bed, and cloſely covered with
germen with a ſlender ſtyle, terminated by an obtuſe bifid glaſſes, ſhading them in the heat of the day, and refreſh-
Siigma ; each floret has an oblong ſeed with a chaffy down ing them with water when they require it, they will
between them.
put out roots in five or ſix weeks; and in two months
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of they may be taken up and planted in pots filled
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia Poly- with light earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation un-
gamia Æqualis; the florets of this order are all her- til they have taken new root; after which they ſhould
maphrodite.
be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, mixing them with
The SPECIES are,
other exotic plants, where they may remain till the
1. ATHANASIA (Dentata) corymbis impofitis, foliis in- middle or end of October, according as the ſeaſon
autumn.
و
a
proves

A TR
A TR
Cor. 33
a
proves favourable; then ſhould be removed either which compoſe the rays, or border, are ſtretched out on
into a green-houſe, or a glaſs caſe, where they may one ſide like
a tongue, and are ſlightly indented in five parts.
enjoy as much free air as poſſible, but ſecured from Thoſe which compoſe the diſk, or middle, are funnel-ſhaped,
froſt, with which management they will thrive and cut at the top into five parts; theſe have both five ſender
produce plenty of flowers; but where they are drawn Stamina in each, which are ſhort, and crowned by cylin-
weak in winter, they will not appear fightly.
drical ſummits; in thoſe of the diſk is ſituated a ſhort
The fifth ſort is an annual plant, which grows na- crowned germen, Jupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a
turally in Africa. This hath an herbaceous ſtalk bifid ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a turbinated
about nine inches high, which divides toward the top compreſſed ſeed, crowned with a plume of down, ſhut up
into three or four branches, garniſhed with ſmooth in the empalement.
leaves, divided into ſegments like thoſe of Bucks- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
horn Plantain; the flowers are large, of a bright yellow Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, entitled Syngeneſia Po-
colour, and are produced at the extremity of the lygamia Æqualis, from the forets of the border and
branches in a compact ſimple corymbus; theſe ap- diſk being hermaphrodite.
pear in July and Auguft, but are rarely ſucceeded
The SPECIES are,
by ripe ſeeds in this country,
1. ATRACTYLIS (Cancellata) involucris cancellatis ven-
This is propagated by feeds when they can be ob- tricofis, linearibus dentatis calycibus ovatis, floribus
tained good, which ſhould be fown on a moderate flofculoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 830. Diſtaf Thiſtle with a
hot-bed the latter end of March; when the plants are
bellied netted involucrum, an oval, indented, linear em-
come up they ſhould have air in proportion to the palement, and flofculous flowers. Cnicus exiguus capite
warmth of the ſeaſon admitted to them, to prevent
cancellato femine tomentoſo. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
their drawing up weak; and ſo ſoon as they are big 2. ATRACTYLIS (Humilis) foliis dentato-finuatis, flore
enough to remove they ſhould be tranſplanted on radiato obvallato involucro patente, caule herbaceo.
another gentle hot-bed, at three inchesdi ſtance, obſer- Lin. Sp. Plant. 829. Diſtaff Thiſtle with finucted in-
ving to fhade them until they have got freſh root; after dented leaves, a radiated flower ſtrongly guarded by its
which they muſt have air and water, and by the end Spreading involucrum, and an berbaceous ſtalk. Cnicus
of May, the plants will have acquired ſtrength enough aculeatus purpureus humnilior. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
to be tranſplanted into the open air; when ſome may 451.
be planted in pots to place among other exotic plants 3. ATRACTYLIS (Gummifera) flore acaule. Lin. Sp. Plant.
in fummer, and the others into warm borders, where 829. Diftaff Thiſtle with a flower without a ſtalk. Cnicus
they will flower all the autumn, but unleſs the ſeaſon Carlinæ folio acaulos gummifer aculeatus. Tourn.
is very warm, they will not ripen ſeeds.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the ſea coaſts in The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, Sicily, and
the warm parts of Europe, and alſo in ſome parts of other warm parts of Europe. This is an annual plant
Wales, from whence I have received plants. The which feldom riſes more than eight or nine inches
ftalks trail on the ground, feldom growing more than high, with a ſlender ftem, thinly garniſhed with nar-
ſeven or eight inches long, garniſhed cloſely with row hoary leaves, having ſpines on their edges; at
woolly leaves, which are ſpear-ſhaped, entire, and ob- the top of the ſtalk there are two or three ſlender
tuſe; the flowers are of a bright yellow, each pro- branches ſent out, each being terminated by a head
duced on a ſingle foot-ſtalk, forming a kind of co- flowers, like thoſe of the Thiſtle, with an invo-
rymbus; they appear in June and July, but rarely lucrum compoſed of ſeveral narrow leaves, armed
ripen ſeeds in the garden.
with ſpines on their fide, which are longer than the
This may be propagated by planting ſlips or cuttings head of flowers. The empalement is curiouſly netted
during the ſummer months, in the ſame way as the over, and is narrow at the top, but ſwelling below,
African forts; ſome of the plants ſhould be put into containing many florets of a purplish colour. Theſe
pots to be placed under a hot-bed frame in winter, are each ſucceeded by a ſingle downy feed; it flow-
the other may be planted in a warm border, where if ers in July, and, if the ſeaſon be warm and dry, it
the winter proves favourable they will live, but they will ripen its feeds in September, but in cold years
rarely ſurvive cold winters.
never perfects ſeeds here.
ATMOSPHERE [of ’Aquós, a vapour, and Socieoen
Cocipan It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown upon
Gr. a ſphere] is an appendage of the earth, which an open bed of light earth, where the plants are to
conſiſts of a thin, fluid, elaſtic ſubſtance, called air, remain, and will require no other care but to keep
ſurrounding the terraqueous globe to a conſiderable them clean from weeds, and thin the plants where
height.
they come up too cloſe together.
The whole maſs, or aſſemblage of ambient air, is The ſecond ſort riſes with a ſtalk near a foot high,
commonly underſtood to be the atmoſphere.
which is garniſhed with indented leaves, having ſmall
But the more accurate writers reſtrain the term at- ſpines on their edges; the upper part of the ſtalk is
moſphere to that part of the air which is next to the divided into two or three ſlender branches, cach ſup-
earth, which receives the vapours and exhalations, porting a head of purple flowers, having rays in the
and which is terminated by the refraction of the light border, and florets in the diſk, incloſed in a ſcaly em-
of the fun.
palement. The roots of this will live two or three
Thoſe ſpaces that are higher, and beyond theſe, are years; it flowers in June, but unleſs the ſummer is
called æther; and, being ſuppoſed to be poſſeſſed by warm and dry, it will not perfect feeds in England.
a finer ſubſtance, are called the æthereal regions, tho' The feeds of this fort ſhould be fown where they are
theſe, perhaps, are not deftitute of air.
to remain, and will require no other culture than the
This atmoſphere inſinuates itſelf into all the vacuities former
. It grows naturally about Madrid, from
of bodies, and by that means becomes the great whence I received the feeds.
{pring of moſt of the mutations here below, as ge- The third ſort grows naturally in Italy, and the iſlands
neration, corruption, diſſolution of vegetables, &c. of the Archipelago, and is what the College of Phy-
to the preſſure of the atmoſphere, plants owe their ficians have placed among the medicinal fimples, by
vegetation, as well as animals do their reſpiration, the title of Carline Thiſtle; the root of this is
per-
circulation, and nutrition.
ennial, and ſends out many narrow leaves, which
ATRACTYLIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 837. Diftaff are deeply ſinuated, and armed with ſpines on their
Thiſtle.
edges. Theſe lie cloſe on the ground, and between
The CHARACTERS are,
them the flower is ſituated, without ftalk, having
It hath a radiated compound flower, compoſed of many many florets, incloſed in a prickly empalement. Thoſe
hermaphrodite florets, which are included in a common on the border are white, but thoſe which compoſe the
ſcaly unarmed empalement. This bath a permanent invo- diſk are of a yellowiſh colour. It fowers in July, but
lucrum, compoſed of ſeveral nerrow plain leaves, which never perfects ſeeds in England.
have sharp Spines on their fides. The hermaphrodite florets
3
It

A TR
A TR
5
It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be obtained this country. It flowers in June and July. This is
from the countries where it grows naturally; theſe a native of the country about the Cape of Good Hope,
ſhould be ſown upon a border of light earth, in a from whence it was brought into the gardens in Hol-
warm fituation, early in April, and when the plants land, and has been ſeveral years in the Engliſh gar-
come up, and are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould be dens, where it is allowed a place more for the lake
thinned, and thoſe which are drawn out may be tranſ- of variety, than its beauty. It may be eaſily pro-
planted, leaving the other two feet aſunder; after pagated by cuttings any time in the ſummer, and in
which the only culture they require is, to keep them winter the plants muſt be ſcreened from froſt.
clean from weeds in ſummer, and in winter to cover ATRIPLEX, Orach, or Arach.
the roots with ſome old tanners bark, to prevent the
The CHARACTERS are,
froſt from penetrating the ground.
It hath female and hermaphrodite flowers on the ſame
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good plant. The hermaphrodite flowers have a permanent em-
Hope; this riſes with a ſhrubby ítalk near three feet palement of five oval concave leaves, with membranaceous
high, garniſhed with oblong leaves, indented on their borders; they have no petals, but five awl-shaped ſtamina,
edges, which have weak Ipines at each indenture; placed oppoſite to the leaves of the empalement, ſupporting
there are ſeveral weak branches ſent out on the ſides, double ſummits. In the center is placed the orbicular ger-
each of which are terminated by a ſingle head of men, with a ſhort bipartite ſtyle, crowned with a reflexed
flowers, incloſed in a common empalement, which ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an orbicular com-
ſpreads open, and are of a golden colour, but are preſſed ſeed, Shut up in the five-cornered empalement. The
never ſucceeded by feeds in England. This is pro- female flowers have a two-leaved empalement, wkich are
pagated by ilips, taken from the flower-ſtalks in June, large, plain, erect, and pointed. They have no petals nor
and planted in pots filled with light earth, and ſtamina, but in the center a compreſſed germen, ſupporting
plunged into an old bed of tanners bark, where the a bipartite Style, crowned by a reflexed ſtigma. The ger-
heat is gone, and ſhaded with mats in the heat of the men afterward becomes an orbicular compreſſed ſeed, in-
day, until they have taken root; after which time cloſed in the heart-ſhaped values of the empalement.
they may be expoſed in the open air till October, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
when they muſt be removed into ſhelter, and, during Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, entitled Polygamia Mo-
the winter, ſhould have little water, and in ſummer noecia, the ſame plants having female and herma-
expoſed with other hardy exotic plants in a ſheltered phrodite flowers.
ſituation.
The SPECIES are,
ATRAPHAXIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 405. We have 1. ATRIPLEX caule erecto herbaceo foliis triangulari-
no Engliſh name for this.
bus. Hort. Cliff
. 469. Orach with an upright berba-
The CHARACTERS are,
ceous ſtalk, and triangular leaves. Atriplex hortenſis
The flower hath a permanent empalement, compoſed of two alba live pallidè virens. C. B. P. 119.
Small coloured leaves placed oppoſite. The flower hath two 2. ATRIPLEX caule fruticofo foliis deltoidibus integris.
roundiſh ſinuated petals larger than the empalement, which Hort. Chiff. 469. Orach with a fhrubby ſtalk and en-
are permanent; it hath ſix capillary ſtamina, which are tire leaves, Shaped like the Greek delta. Atriplex lati-
the length of the empalement, crowned with roundiſh ſum-
folia five Halimus fruticoſus. Mor. Hift. p. 2. 207.
mits; in the center is ſituated a compreſſed germen, having commonly called Sea Purſlane-tree.
no Style, but crowned by two ſtigma; the germen afterward 3. ATRIPLEX caule fruticofo foliis obovatis. Flor.
becomes a roundiſh compreſſed Seed, fut up in the em- Suec. 829. Orach with a forubby ſtalk and ovel leaves.
palement.
Atriplex maritima fruticofa, Halimus & Portulaca
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection marina dieta anguſtifolia. Raii Syn.
of Linnæus's ſixth claſs, entitled Hexandria Digynia, There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, fome of
the flower having fix ſtamina and two ſtigma.
which grow naturally in England, but as they are
The SPECIES are;
plants of no beauty, they are rarely admitted into
1. ATRAPHAXIS ramis ſpinoſis. Hort. Cliff. 138. Atra- gardens, for which reaſon I ſhall not enumerate them
phaxis with prickly branches. Atriplex orientalis frutex here.
aculeatus fore pulchro. Tourn. Cor. 38.
The firſt of theſe plants was formerly cultivated in
2. ATRAPHAXIS inermis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 333. Atra- the kitchen-gardens as a culinary herb, being uſed
phoxis without ſpines. Arbufcula Africana repens folio as Spinage, and is now, by fome perſons, preferred
ad lateræ criſpo, ad Polygona relata. Hort. Elth. to it; though, in general, it is not eſteemed amongſt
36.
the Engliſh; but the French, at preſent, cultivate
The firſt fort grows naturally in Media, from whence this plant for uſe.
Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the royal garden at
There are three or four different forts of this, whoſe
Paris.
difference is only in the colour of the plants; one of
This is a ſhrub which riſes four or five feet high, which is of a deep green, another of a dark purple,
ſending out many weak lateral branches, which are and a third with green leaves and purple borders.
armed with ſpines, and garniſhed with ſmall, ſpear- Theſe are ſuppoſed to be only accidental varieties
ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, of an Aih-colour. The flowers which have come from the ſame ſeeds, but in forty
come out at the ends of the ſhoots in cluſters, each years which I have cultivated theſe forts, I have never
conſiſting of two white leaves tinged with purple ; yet obſerved them to vary. But as there is no other
and are included in a two leaved empalement, of a eſſential difference, I have not enumerated them
white herbaceous colour; theſe appear in Auguſt,
here.
but the feeds never ripen here, ſo the plant is propa- Theſe plants are annual, ſo muſt be fown for uſe
gated by cuttings, and muſt be ſcreened from hard early in the ſpring, or at Michaelmas, foon after the
froſt, which commonly deſtroys thoſe which are ſeeds are ripe; at which time it generally fucceeds
planted in the open air.
better than when it is fown in the ſpring, and will
The ſecond fort fends out many ſlender branches, be fit for uſe at leaſt a month earlier. Theſe plants
which trail on the ground when they are not fup- require no other culture, but to hoe them when they
ported, garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves, about the are about an inch high; to cut them down where
ſize of thoſe of the Knot Graſs, waved and curled on they are too thick, leaving them about four inches
their edges, embracing the ſtalk half round at their aſunder, and to cut down all the weeds. This must
baſe, and are placed alternate. The flowers come be done in dry weather, otherwiſe the weeds will take
out from the wings of the leaves, and have much root again, and render the work of little or no uſe.
the appearance of an apetalous flower, being com- When the plants are grown about four inches high,
poſed of four herbaceous leaves, two of which are it will be proper to hoe them a ſecond time, in order
the empalement, the other two the petals; in the to clear them from weeds; and, if you obſerve the
center is ſituated the compreſſed germen, attended plants are left too cloſe in any part, they ſhould then
by fix ſtamina, but the ſeeds are never produced in be cut out. If this be well performed, and in dry
7.
weather,
3
a
a

A TR
AT
و
a
a
weather, the ground will remain clean until the plant ladonna fruteſcens rotundifolia Hiſpanica: Tourn.
is fit for ufe. Where theſe plants are fown on a rich
Inft. R. H. 77
foil, and allowed a good diſtance, the leaves will be 3. ATROPA (Herbacea) caule herbaceo, foliis ovatis ner-
very large, in which the goodneſs of the herb con- voſis marginibus undulatis. Deadly Nightſhade with an
fifts. This muſt be eaten while it is young; for, herbaceous ſtalk, and oval veined leaves waved on their
when the ſtalks become tough, it is good for nothing.
edges.
Some few plants of each kind may be permitted to
The firſt ſort grows wild in many parts of England,
ſtand for ſeed, to preſerve their kinds, which will but is not very frequent near London. I have ob-
ripen in Auguſt, and may then be cut, and laid on ſerved it in Woodſtock Park in Oxfordſhire, and in
a cloth to dry; after which the ſeeds may be beaten great abundance in Uppark in Hampſhire: This
out, and put up for uſe. The firſt fort is ordered by plant hath a perennial root, which ſends out ſtrong
the College of Phyſicians for medicinal uſe.
herbaceous ſtalks of a purpliſh colour, which riſe to
The ſecond fort was formerly cultivated in gardens the height of four or five feet, garniſhed with oblong
as a ſhrub; and, by ſome perſons, they were formed entire leaves, which toward autumn change to a pur-
into hedges, and conſtantly ſheared, to keep them pliſh colour; the flowers are large and come out be-
thick; but this plant is by no means fit for ſuch pur- tween the leaves fingly, upon long foot-ſtalks; bell-
poſes, on many accounts, for it grows too vigorous; ſhaped, and of a dulky brown colour on their out-
the ſhoots, in one month, at the growing ſeaſon of fide, but are purple within. After the flower is paſts
the year, will be two feet long, provided they have the germen turns to a large round berry, a little
a good foil; ſo that a hedge of this plant cannot be fiatted at the top, and is firſt green, but when ripe
kept in tolerable order, nor will it ever form a thick turns to a ſhining black, fitting cloſe upon the em-
hedge. But a worſe inconvenience attends this plant; palement, and contains a purple juice of a nauſeous
for, in very hard winters, it is often deſtroyed; as ſweet taſte, and full of ſmall kidney-ſhaped feeds. In
alſo, in very dry ſummers, many of the plants will ſome places this plant is called Dwale, but in general
decay, whereby there will become large gaps in the Deadly Nightſhade, from its quality. It is rarely
hedge.
admitted into gardens, nor indeed ſhould it be fufa
But although this plant will not be proper for hedges, fered to grow in any places where children reſort, for
yet it may have a place in wilderneſs quarters, where it is a ſtrong poiſon: there have been ſeveral inſtances
it will ſerve to thicken ; and the filver-coloured leaves within a few years paſt, of its deadly quality, by ſe-
will add to the variety, among other ſhrubs of the veral children being killed with eating the berries,
fame growth. This will grow eight or ten feet high,
which are of a fine black colour, and about the fize
and, if ſuffered to grow wild, without pruning, will of a black Cherry, and not unpleaſant to the taſte.
ſpread ſeveral feet in compaſs, and will ſometimes Mr. Ray gives a good account of the various fymp-
produce flowers.
toms it produces, by what happened to a Mendicant
It may be propagated by cuttings, which may be Frier, upon his drinking a glaſs of Mallow wine, in
planted in any of the ſummer months, on a ſhady which this plant was infuſed: in a ſhort time he be-
border; where, if they are duly watered, they will came delirious, ſoon after was ſeized with a grinning
foon take root, and be fit to tranſplant the Michael- laughter, after that ſeveral irregular motions, and at
mas following, when they ſhould be planted where laſt a real madneſs fucceeded; and ſuch a ſtupidity
they are to remain; for they do not fucceed well in as thoſe that are ſottiſhly drunk have, which after all,
tranſplanting, eſpecially when they are grown pretty was cured by a draught of vinegar:
large and woody.
There is alſo an inftance of the direful effects of this
The third ſort grows wild in divers parts of England, plant recorded in Buchanan's Hiſtory of Scotland,
on the ſea fide, from whence the plants may be pro- wherein he gives an account of the deſtruction of the
cured; or it may be propagated by cuttings, in the army of Sweno, when he invaded Scotland, by mix-
ſame manner as the former fort. This is a low under ing a quantity of the juice of theſe berries with the
ſhrub, ſeldom riſing above two feet and a half, or at drink which the Scots by their truce were to ſupply
moſt three feet high, but becomes very buſhy. The them with; which fo intoxicated the Danes, that the
leaves of this kind are narrow, and of a whitiſh co- Scots fell upon them in their ſleep, and killed the
lour, but are not ſo white as thoſe of the former. greateſt part of them, ſo that there were ſcarcely men
This may have a place amongſt other low ſhrubs ; enough left to carry off their king.
and, if planted on a poor gravelly foil, will abide ſe- The ſecond riſes with a ſhrubby ſtem to the height
veral years, and make a pretty diverſity.
of ſix or eight feet, and divides into many branches,
ATROPA. Lin Gen. Plant. 222. Belladonna. Tourn. garniſhed with round leaves, in ſhape like thoſe of
Inſt. R. H. 77. Deadly Nightſhade.
the Storax-tree; theſe are placed alternately on the
The CHARACTERS are,
branches. The flowers come out between the leaves
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut into upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which are ſhaped like thoſe
five parts; it is bell-ſhaped, the tube is ſhort, and ſwells to- of the former, but much leſs, of a dirty yellowiſh
ward the brim, where it ſpreads open, and is divided into colour, with a few brown ſtripes; theſe are never
five equal parts. It hath five awl-shaped ſtamina riſing fucceeded by berries in England. It grows naturally
from the baſe of the petal where they join, but at the top in Spain, from whence the ſeeds may be procured.
Spread from each other, and are crowned with large ſum- It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in
mits which ſtand upward. In the center is ſituated on the ſpring upon a very moderate hot-bed, juſt to bring
oval germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, which is crowned up the plants; when they are fit to remove, they
by an oblong tranſverſe ſtigma. The germen afterward ſhould be each put into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled
becomes a globular berry having three cells, ſitting on the with loamy earth, and ſhaded until they take root;
empalement, and filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
then they may be placed with other hardy exotic
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of plants in a ſheltered ſituation, and in October they
Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Monogynia, muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and treated
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
as other plants from the ſame country. It flowers in
The SPECIES are,
July and Auguft.
1. ATROPA (Belladonna) caule herbaceo, foliis ovatis in- The feeds of the third fort were ſent me from Cam-
tegris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 181. Deadly Nightſhade with peachy; this hath a perennial root, which puts out
an herbaceous ſtalk, and oval entire leaves. Belladonna ſeveral channelled herbaceous ſtalks, which riſe about
majoribus foliis & floribus. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. two feet high; and toward the top divide into two or
77.
three ſmall branches, garniſhed with oval leaves
2. ATROPA (Fruteſcens) caule fruticoſo pedunculis con- four inches long and three broad, having ſeveral
fertis, foliis cordato-ovatis obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. tranſverſe ribs on their under fide, which are promia
182. Deadly Nightſhade with a ſhrubby ſtalk, foot-ſtalks nent. The flowers come out from between the leaves
in cluſters, and oval, heart-shaped, obtuſe leaves. Bel- on ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are white, and ſhaped like
Ef
thoſe
a

A V E
A VE
514. Oats.
a
thoſe of the common fort, but are ſmaller. It flowers little or no damage; the ſtraw and huſks being of ſo
in July and Auguſt, but feldom ripens its fruit in dry a nature, that if they are houſed wet, they will
England. It is propagated by parting the roots in not heat in the mow, or become mouldy, as other
the spring, and the plants muſt be kept in the bark- grain uſually do; fo is of great advantage in the nor-
itove to have them thrive well in this country.
thern parts of England, and in Scotland, where their
AVEN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 85. Tourn. Init. R. H. harveſt is generally late, and the autumns wet.
The meal of this grain makes tolerable good bread,
The CHARACTERS are,
and is the common food of the country people in the
The flowers are collected in a loose panicle, without beards; north. In the ſouth it is eſteemed for pottage, and
theſe have a bivalvular empalement, ſwelling in the mid- other meſſes, and in ſome places they make beer with
dle, and pointed at both ends
. The petal of the flower is
this grain.
bivalve, the lower valve being of the some ſize with the The beſt time for fowing of Oats is in February or
empalement, but harder, putting out from the back a ſpiral March, according as the ſeaſon is early or late ; and
beard, iovifting, joinied, and refiexed. There are two ſometimes I have known it fown in April upon cold
ovel nectarii fitiing upon the upper ſide of the germen, land, and has been early ripe. The black and red
wohich is obtuse, Supporting iwo reflexed hairy Styles, Oats may be fown a month earlier than the white,
crowned by two plain frigma; theſe are attended by three becauſe they are hardier.
Nender ſtamina, crowned by oblong forked fummits. The Oats are often fown on land which has the former
germen afterward becomes an oblong ſwelling ſeed, pointed years produced Wheat, Rye, or Barley. The com-
at both ends, having a longitudinal furrowe, and cloſely mon method is to plough in the ſtubble about the
shut up in the cover or chaff.
beginning of February, and fow the Oats, and har-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection row them in; but then they muſt be harrowed the
of Linnæus's third claſs, entitled Triandria Digynia, fame way as the furrows lay, for if it be done croſſ-
from the flowers having three ftamina and two ways, the ſtubble will be raiſed on the ſurface; but
ſtyles.
this is not a good method of huſbandry, for when
AVENA (Diſpermis) calycibus difpermibus feminibus læ- people have time to plough the ſtubble in autumn,
vibus. Hort. Cliff. 25. Oats with two ſmooth feeds in each it will rot in winter; and then giving the land another
empalement. There are three ſorts of theſe Oats culti- ploughing and a good harrowing juſt before the Oats
vated in England, viz. the white, the black, and the are fown, it will make the ground finer and better
brown or red Oat, which are ſuppoſed to be only acci- to receive the grain. Moſt people allow four buſhels
dental varieties, but where they have been many years of cats to an acre, but I am convinced three buſhels
ſeparately cultivated, I have never obſerved them to are more than enough; the uſual produce is about
alter. However, as their principal difference is in twenty-five buſhels to an acre, though I have ſome-
the colour of their grain, I ſhall not enumerate them times known more than thirty buſhels on an acre.
as diſtinct ſpecies. There is alſo a naked Oat, which Oats are alſo ſown upon land when it is firſt broken
is ſometimes cultivated in the diſtant parts of England, up, before the ground is brought to a tilth for other
but is rarely ſeen near London.
grain, and is frequently fown upon the fward with one
The white fort is the moft common about London ; ploughing; but it is much better to give the ſward
the black is more cultivated in the northern parts of time to rot before the Oats are fown, for the roots of
England, and is eſteemed a very hearty food for the graſs will prevent thoſe of the Corn from ſtriking
horſes; but the firſt makes the whiteft meal, and is downward.
chiefly cultivated where the inhabitants live much AVENUES are walks of trees leading to a houſe,
which are generally terminated by ſome diſtant ob-
The naked Oat is leſs common than either of the ject.
others, eſpecially in the ſouthern parts of England; Theſe were formely much more in requeſt than at
but in the north of England, Scotland, and Wales, preſent, there being few old ſeats in the country but
it is cultivated in plenty. This fort is eſteemed, be- have one or more of theſe avenues; and ſome have
cauſe the grain threſhes clean out of the huſk, and as many of them as there are views from the houſe;
need not be carried to the mill to be made into oat- but of late theſe are, with good reaſon, diſuſed; for
meal or grift. An acre of ground doth not yield fo nothing can be more abſurd, than to have the fight
many buſhels of theſe, as of the common Oats, by contracted by two or more lines of trees, which ſhut
reaſon the grain is ſmall and naked, and goes near in out the view of the adjacent grounds, whereby the
meaſure; but what is wanting in the meaſure, is ſup- verdure and natural beauties of the country are loſt;
plied in value.
and where the avenues are of a conſiderable length
The red Oats are much cultivated in Derbyſhire, (even where their breadth is proportionable) they ap-
Staffordſhire, and Cheſhire, but are rarely ſeen in any pear at each end to be only narrow cuts through a
of the counties near London ; though, as they are a wood, which never can pleaſe any perſon of real taſte;
very hardy fort, and give a good increaſe, they would and, when the road to the houſe is through the ave-
be well worth propagating, eſpecially for all ſtrong nue, nothing can be more diſagreeable; for in ap-
lands.
proaching to the houſe, it is like going through a
The ſtraw of theſe Oats is of a browniſh red colour, narrow lane, where the objects on each ſide are ihut
as is alſo the grain, which is very full and heavy, and out from the view; and when it is viewed from the
eſteemed better food for horſes than either of the houſe, it at beſt has only the appearance of a road,
former forts.
which being extended to a length in a ſtrait line, is
Oats are a very profitable grain, and abſolutely ne- not near ſo beautiful as a common road, which is
ceffary, being the principal grain which horſes love; loft by the turnings, ſo as ſeldom to be ſeen to a great
and are eſteemed the moſt wholſome food for thoſe
extent: but as theſe avenues muſt be made exactly
cattle, being ſweet, and of an opening nature; other ftrait, ſo when the trees are grown to any ſize, they
forts of grain being apt to bind, which is injurious entirely break the view, whatever way the fight is
to labouring horſes: but if you feed them with this directed through them; and if this is in a park, the
grain foon after they are houſed, before they have lawn of graſs through which the avenue is planted,
ſweat in the mow, or are otherwiſe dried, it is as bad is thereby entirely deprived of the beauty which it
on the other hand, for they are then too laxative. naturally would afford, if left open and well kept:
This grain is a great improvement to many eſtates in therefore, whenever the ſituation of a houſe will ad-
the north of England, Scotland, and Wales; for it mit of a large open lawn in front, the road to the
will thrive on cold barren foils, which will produce houſe ſhould be carried round at a proper diſtance ;
no other fort of grain; it will alſo thrive on the hot- and, if it be carried ſometimes through trees, and
teft land: in ſhort, there is no ſoil too rich or too ſerpented in an eaſy natural way, it will be much
poor for it, too hot or too cold for it, and in wet more beautiful than any ſtiff formal avenue, how large
harveſts, when other grain is fpoiled, this will receive ſoever made.
upon Oat-cakes.
a
ز
Put

A V E
AUR
ville Orange.
But as there may be fome perſons ſo much wedded | AURANTIUM [this plant is fo called from au-
to the old way of laying out and planting grounds, rum, Lai, gold, on account of its golden colour,] the
as to prefer the avenues to the moſt beautiful diſpo- Orange-tree.
ſition of lawns, woods, &c. I ſhall mention the uſual
The CHARACTERS are,
methods of deſigning and planting them, that have The empalement of the flower is ſmall
, of one leaf, in-
been eſteemed the beſt.
dented in five parts
. The flower hath five oblong Spread-
The uſual width allowed to theſe avenues was generally ing petols, and many ſtaining, which cre frequently joined
as much as the whole breadth of the houſe and wings; in ſmall ſeparate bodies ai bottom, and are crowned by ob-
but if they are planted twelve or fourteen feet wider, long ſummits
. In the center is ſituated the round germen,
they will be the better; becauſe when the trees are Supporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a globular ſtigma.
grown to any conſiderable fize, they will ſpread and The germen afterward becomes a globular feſby fruit, com-
overhang, ſo will contract the view.
preſſed at both ends, having a i bick flejby pulp, and di-
And as for ſuch avenues to woods or proſpects, &c. vided into ſeveral cells, each containing two oval callous
they ought not to be leſs than fixty feet in breadth; ſeeds.
and becauſe ſuch walks are a long time before they This genus of plants, is by Dr. Linnæus joined to
are ſhady, it will be convenient to plant another row the Citron, to which he has alſo added the Lemon,
on each ſide, rather than to loſe the ſtatelineſs that making them only ſpecies of the fame genus, and
the main walk will afford in time by being broad, ranges it in his eighteenth claſs, entitled Polyadelphia
where any thing of a proſpect is to be gained.
Icofandria, the flowers having more than twenty fta-
And as to the diſtance one from another, they ſhould mina, which are joined in ſeveral bodies.
not be planted nearer one another than thirty-five or
The SPECIES are,
forty feet, eſpecially if the trees are of a ſpreading 1. AURANTIUM (Acri) foliis ovato-lanceolatis glabris.
kind; and the ſame diſtance, if they are for a regular Orange-tree, with ovel
, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves. Au-
grove.
rantium acri medullâ vulgare. Ferr. Heſp. The Se-
As to the trees proper for planting avenues, they
may be the Engliſh Elm, the Lime-tree, the Horſe 2. AURANTIUM (Sinenſe) foliis lanceolatis acutis glabris.
.
Cheſnut, the common Cheſnut, the Beach, and the Orange-tree, with pointed, ſpear-/boped, ſmooth leaves.
Abele.
Aurantium Sinenſe. Ferr. Heſp. The China Orange.
The Engliſh Elm is approved for all places where it 3. AURANTIUM (Orientale) foliis lineari-lanceolatis gla-
will fucceed, and that it will do in moſt places, ex- bris. Orange-tree with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth
cept in very wet or cold ſhallow grounds. 1. Becauſe leaves. Aurantium angufto falicis folio dictum. Boerh.
it will bear cutting, heading, lopping in any manner
Ind. alt 2. 238. Willow-leaved Oronze, and by ſome
whatſoever, and probably, with better ſucceſs than
called the Turkey Orange.
any other tree.
4. AURANTIUM (Decumana) foliis ovato-lanceolatis craſſis
Secondly, the Lime-tree: this is approved by others, lucidis, fructu maximo. Orange-tree with thick, shin-
becauſe it will do well in any tolerable foil
, if the ing, oval, ſpear-boped leaves, and a large fruit. Au-
bottom be not hot and gravelly; and becauſe of the rantium fructu maximo Indiæ Orientalis. Boerh. Ind.
regular ſhape it has in growing, the agreeableneſs of alt. 2. 238. The Pumpelmoes, or Shaddock.
its ſhade, and the beautiful colour of its leaves. 5. AURANTIUM (Humile) pumilum foliis ovatis floribus
Thirdly, the Horſe Cheſnut is alſo to be uſed in ſuch ſefilibus. Dwarf Orange-tree with oval leaves, and
places as are very well defended from ſtrong winds; flowers growing cloſe to the branches. Aurantium pu-
becauſe, wherever it grows freely, if it be not ſkil- milum fub acri medullâ. Bartol. The Dwarf, or
fully managed now and then by cutting, the branches Nutmeg Orange.
are ſubject to ſplit down. This tree is valuable on ac- There are many varieties of this, as there is of moſt
count of its quick growth, the earlineſs of its coming other fruits which have ariſen from culture; but thoſe
out, the nobleneſs of its leaves, and the beauty of its here enumerated may ſtrictly be allowed to be diſtinct
flowers, being a fine plant both for ſhade and orna- ſpecies. The varieties in the Engliſh gardens are,
ment. This delights in a ſtrong hearty foil, but will 1. The yellow and white ſtriped-leaved Orange.
do well in any tolerable ground, if good care be taken 2. The curled-leaved Orange. 3. The horned Orange.
in the planting of it; but wherever theſe trees are 4. The double flowering Orange. And 5. The her-
planted in avenues, they ſhould be placed thirty feet maphrodite Orange.
afunder, that their heads may have room to ſpread, The China Orange is not ſo hardy as the Seville,
otherwiſe they will not appear ſo beautiful.
therefore muſt be treated more tenderly, placing it in
Fourthly, the common Cheſnut will do well in a winter in the warmeſt part of the green-houſe, and
proper foil, and will riſe to a conſiderable height, if houſing it earlier in autumn, otherwiſe the fruit will
planted cloſe together ; but if it be planted ſingly, all drop from the trees. This fort rarely produces
where the tree can take its own natural ſhape, it is good fruit in England, nor are the leaves of the tree
rather inclined to ſpread and grow globous than tall. near ſo large or beautiful as thoſe of the Seville
Fifthly, the Beech is recommended by ſome; but this Orange; therefore the latter ſhould be preferred, and
ſeldom fucceeds well after tranſplanting, without ex- only a tree or two of the China fort kept for variety.
traordinary care; though it arrives to a very large The Dwarf Orange is alſo tender, the leaves are very
tree in many places in England, where it grows natu- ſmall, growing in cluſters; the joints of the branches
rally; and is the moſt tedious and troubleſome to are very near each other, and the flowers of theſe
raiſe, to any tolerable ſize, in a nurſery way.
.
grow very cloſe together, and appear like a noſegay,
Sixthly, the Abele: this, indeed, grows more dif- the branches being covered with them. This fort,
perſed and looſe in its head than any of the former, when in flower, is proper to place in a room or
and conſequently, is worſe for defence; but yet is not gallery, to adorn them; the flowers being very ſweet,
to be left out from the number of trees for avenues, will perfume the air of the place; but theſe are ſel-
becauſe it is the quickeſt in growth of all the foreſt dom to be found in good health, becauſe they muſt
trees, and will thrive tolerably well in almoſt any foil, be treated with more care than the common Orange
and particularly in wet ground, where few of the be- and Lemon-trees, as muſt alſo the Shaddock, other-
fore-mentioned trees will thrive, and this feldom fails wiſe the fruit will always drop off in winter. The
in tranſplanting
Pumpelmoes was brought from the Eaft-Indies by
Seventhly, the Oak; but this is ſeldom uſed in plant- one Capt. Shaddock, from whom the inhabitants of
ing avenues, becauſe it requires ſo long a time to the Weſt-Indies gave this fruit the name. But they
raiſe it up to any tolerable ſtature in the nurſery way; have greatly degenerated the fruit fince it has been in
nor is it apt to thrive much after it has been tranſ- the Welt-Indies, by raiſing the trees from feeds; the
planted, if at any bigneſs.
greateſt part of which produce harih four fruit, greatly
As for the Alder, Alh, Platanus, and Sycomore, they inferior to the original fort ; the fleſh or pulp of which
are but rarely uſed for planting avenues.
is red, whereas the greater part of the trees in Ame-
و
3
rica

AUR
AU R
ز
a
3
а
3
3
و
rica produce fruit, with a pale yellow fleſh, and by
conſtantly raiſing theſe trees from feeds, they dege-
nerate the fruit continually; whereas, if they would
bud from the good fort, they might have it in as great
plenty as they pleaſed; but there are few perſons in
that
part
of the world who underſtand the method of
grafting or budding fruit trees, and if they did, they
are ſo negligent of their fruits, &c. as to leave the
whole to nature, feldom giving themſelves any far-
ther trouble than to put the feeds into the ground, and
leave them to grow as nature ſhall incline.
In proof of what I have here faid, I cannot omit to
mention, that a few years ago, I ſent two ſmall trees
of the true Seville Orange to Jamaica, where this fort
was wanting; and from theſe many other trees were
budded, which have produced plenty of fruit, fome
of which were ſent to England a few years paft; and
although they were long in their paffage, yet when
they arrived here, they were greatly ſuperior to any
of thoſe fruit which are imported hither from Spain
or Portugal, one of thoſe affording three times the
quantity of juice, that a fruit of equal ſize from either
of thoſe countries does.
All the forts of Orange-trees with ſtriped leaves are
tender, therefore muſt be placed in a warm part of
the green-houſe in winter, and muſt be treated with
more care than the common fort, otherwiſe they will
not thrive. Theſe are varieties which ſome perſons
are fond of, but they never produce good fruit, nor
are the flowers produced in fo great plenty, there-
fore a few only ſhould be preſerved for the ſake of
variety.
The horned Orange differs from the other forts in
the fruit dividing into parts, and the rind expanding
in form of horns : this and the diſtorted Orange are
preſerved by ſome curious perſons for variety, but
are not ſo beautiful as the common Orange. There
is alſo a great variety of ſweet Oranges both in the
Eaſt and Weſt-Indies, ſome of which are much more
eſteemed than thoſe we now have in Europe ; but as
they are much tenderer, they will not thrive in this
country with the common culture; therefore I ſhall
not enumerate them, but ſhall proceed to give di-
rections for the management of Orange-trees in Eng-
land.
Where the trees are to be raiſed for ſtocks to bud O-
ranges, you ſhould procure fome Citron-feeds which
were duly ripened; for the ſtocks of this kind are
preferable to any other, both for quickneſs of growth,
as alſo that they will take buds of either Orange, Le-
mon, or Citron ; next to theſe are the Seville Orange
ſeeds. The beſt ſeeds are uſually to be had from
rotten fruits, which are commonly eaſy to be procured
in the ſpring of the year; then prepare a good hot-
bed, of either horſe-dung or tanners bark; the laſt of
which is much the better, if you can eaſily procure
it. When this bed is in a moderate temper for heat,
you muſt fow your feeds in pots of good rich earth,
and plunge them into the hot bed; obſerving to give
them water frequently, and raiſe the glaſſes in the
great heat of the day, to give proper air, left the
ſeeds ſhould ſuffer by too great heat: in three weeks
time your feeds will come up, and if the young
plants are not ſtinted, either for want of proper heat
or moiſture, they will be in a month's time after their
appearance, fit to tranſplant into fingle pots: you
muſt therefore renew your hot-bed, and having pre-
pared a quantity of ſmall halfpenny pots (which are
about five inches over at the top,) fill theſe half full
of good freſh earth, mixed with very rotten cow-
dung; and then ſhake out the young plants from the
large pots, with all the earth about them, that you
may the better ſeparate the plants without tearing
their roots; and having half filled the pots with earth,
put a ſingle plant into each of the ſmall pots; then fill
them up with the ſame earth as before directed,
plunging the
pots into the new hot-bed, giving them
a good watering to fix the earth to their roots; and
obſerve to repeat the ſame very often (for this plant,
when in a hot-bed, requires much water,) but be ſure
to ſcreen them from the ſun in the heat of the day.
In this method, with due care, your plants will grow
to be two feet high by July, when you muſt begin
to harden them by degrees, in raiſing your glaſſes
very high, and when the weather is good, take them
quite off; but do not expoſe them to the open fun in
the heat of the day, but rather take off the glaffes,
and ſhade the plants with mats, which may be taken
off when the ſun declines; for the violent heat in the
middle of the day would be very injurious to them,
eſpecially while young. Toward the end of Septem-
ber you muſt houſe them, obſerving to place them
near the windows of the green-houſe, to prevent the
damps from moulding their tender ſhoots. During
the winter ſeaſon they may be often refreſhed with
water, and in March or April, waſh their heads and
Items, to clear them from the filth that
may
have
ſettled thereon, during their being in the houſe; and
you muſt alſo give them a moderate hot-bed in the
ſpring, which will greatly forward them; but harden
them
by the beginning of June, that they may be in
right order to bud in Auguſt; when you ſhould make
choice of cuttings from trees that are healthy and
fruitful, of whatever kinds you pleaſe, obſerving that
the ſhoots are round; the buds of theſe being much
better and eaſier to part from the wood, than fuch
as are flat. When you have budded the ſtocks, you
ſhould remove them into a green-houſe, to defend
them from wet, turning the buds from the fun; but
let them have as much free air as poſſible, and refreſh
them often with water. In a month's time after
budding, you will ſee which of them has taken ; you
muſt then untie them, that the binding may not pinch
the buds, and let them remain in the green-houſe all
the winter; then in the ſpring, prepare a moderate
hot-bed of tanners bark; and, after having cut off
the ſtocks about three inches above the buds, plunge
their pots into the hot-bed, obſerving to give them
air and water, as the heat of the weather ſhall require ;
but be ſure to ſcreen them from the violence of the
ſun during the heat of the day. In this management,
if
your buds ſhoot kindly, they will grow to the
height of two feet or more, by the end of July; at
which time you muſt begin to harden them before the
cold weather comes on, that they may the better
ſtand in the green-houſe the following winter. In
the firſt winter after their ſhooting, you muſt keep
them very warın; for, by forcing them in the bark-
bed, they will be fomewhat tenderer; but it is very
neceſſary to raiſe them to their height in one ſeaſon,
that their ſtems may be ſtrait : for in ſuch trees,
which are two or more years growing to their heading
height, the ſtems are always crooked. In the fuc-
ceeding years, their management will be the ſame as
in full grown trees, which will be hereafter treated
of: I ſhall therefore, now, proceed to treat of the
management of ſuch trees as are brought over every
year in cheſts from Italy; which is, indeed, by much
the quicker way of furniſhing a green-houſe with
large trees; for thoſe which are raiſed from feeds in
England, will not grow ſo large in their ſtems under
eighteen or twenty years, as theſe are when brought
over; and although their heads are ſmall when we
receive them, yet in three years, with good ma-
nagement, they will obtain large heads and produce
fruit.
In the choice of theſe trees obſerve firſt, the diffe-
rence of their ſhoots and leaves (if they have any
upon them) to diſtinguiſh their different forts, for the
Shaddock and Citrons always make much ſtronger
ſhoots than the Orange ; for which reaſon, the Italian
gardeners, who raiſe theſe trees for ſale, generally
propagate thoſe forts, ſo that they bring few of the
Seville Orange-trees over, which are much more va-
luable both for their flowers and fruit; alſo prefer
thoſe that have two good buds in each ſtock (for
many of them have but one, which will always pro-
duce an irregular head :) the ſtraitneſs of the ftem,
freſhneſs of the branches, and plumpneſs of the bark,
are neceſſary obſervations.
a
a
6
When

AUR
À UR
too cloſe.
you muſt
When you have furniſhed yourſelf with a parcel of
trees, you muſt prepare a moderate hot-bed of tan-
ters bark, in length and breadth according to the
number of trees to be forced; then put your trees
into a tub of water upright; about half way of the
ftems, leaving the head and upper part of the ſtem
out of the water, the better to draw and imbibe the
moiſture. In this ſituation they may remain two or
three days (according to their plumpneſs when you
received them ;) then take them out, and clean their
roots from all filth, cutting off all broken or bruiſed
roots, and all the ſmall fibres, which are quite dried
by being ſo long out of the earth, and ſcrub the
ſtems with a hard hair-bruſh, cleaning them after-
wards with a cloth; then cut off the branches about
fix inches from the ftem, and having prepared a
quantity of good freſh earth, mixed with very rotten
neats dung, plant your trees therein, obſerving never
to put them into large pots; for if they are but big
enough to contain their roots, it is ſufficient at firſt
planting; and be ſure to put ſome potiherds and large
ſtones in the bottom of each pot, to keep the holes
at the bottom of the pots from being ſtopped with
earth, that the water may freely paſs off, and wrap
ſome haybands round their ſtems, from bottom to
top, to prevent the fun from drying their bark; then
plunge theſe pots into the bark-bed, watering them
well to ſettle the earth to their roots, frequently re-
peating the ſame all over their heads and ſtems, be-
ing very careful not to over-water them, eſpecially
before they have made good roots; and obſerve to
ſcreen the glaſſes of your hot-bed from the fun in the
heat of the day.
If your trees take to grow kindly (as there is little
reaſon to doubt of, if the directions given be duly ob-
ſerved,) they will have made ſtrong ſhoots by the be-
ginning of June; at which time you ſhould ſtop their
ihoots, to obtain lateral branches to furniſh their
heads; and now you muſt give them air plentifully,
and begin to harden them, that in the middle of July
they may be removed into the open air, in ſome warm
ſituation, defended from the great heat of the ſun,
and from winds, that they may be hardened before
winter. About the end of September you ſhould
houſe theſe plants, ſetting them at firſt in the front of
the green-houſe, near the glaſſes, keeping the win-
dows open at all times when the weather will permit;
and about the latter end of October, when you bring
in the Myrtles, and other leſs tender trees, you muſt
ſet your Oranges in the warmeſt and beſt part of
the houſe, placing lower plants or trees in the front,
to hide their ſtems. During the winter, let your
waterings be frequent, but give them not too much
at a time; for now their heads are but ſmall, and
therefore incapable to diſcharge too great a quantity
of moiſture, and take great care to guard them from
froſt.
In the ſpring, when you begin to take out ſome of
your hardieſt forts of plants to thin your houſe,
waſh and cleanſe the ſtems and leaves of your Orange-
trees, taking out the upper part of the earth in the
pots, filling them up again with good, freſh, rich
earth, laying thereon a little rotten neats dung round
the outſide of the pots, but do not let it lie near the
ſtem of the trees; then place them at wider diſtances
in the houſe, that the air may circulate round their
heads, giving them air diſcretionally, as the weather
grows warm ; but do not remove them into the
open air until the latter end of May, that the wea-
ther is ſettled; for many times, when they are
removed out too ſoon, the mornings often proving
cold, give them at leaſt a great check, which will
change the colour of their leaves, and many times kill
the extreme weak part of the ſhoots. Let the ſitua-
tion for your Orange-trees, during the ſummer ſeaſon,
be as much defended from the ſun in the heat of the
day, and ſtrong winds, as poſſible, by tall trees or
hedges; both of which, if they are expoſed thereto,
are very hurtful to them.
As theſe trees advance, it will be neceſſary in the
ſummer to ſtop ſtrong ſhoots where they grow irregu-
larly, to force out lateral branches to fill the head;
but do not pinch off the tops of all the ſhoots (as is
the practice of ſome,) which will fill the tree with
ſmall ſhoots too weak to ſupport fruit; but endea-
vour to form a regular head, and obtain ſtrong ſhoots,
taking away weak trifling branches where they are
During the ſummer ſeaſon, your Orange-trees will
require frequent waterings in dry weather, eſpecially
if they are large; therefore you ſhould endeavour to
have the water as near the trees as poſſible, to ſave
the trouble of carrying it, which, in a large quantity
of trees, takes up much time. Your water ſhould
be foft, and expoſed to the air, but never add dung
of any ſort thereto; which, although by many fre-
quently recommended, yet has always been found de-
ftructive to theſe, and all other trees, if much uſed;
it being like hot liquors to human bodies, which, at
firſt taking, ſeem to add vigour, yet certainly leave
the body weaker after ſome time than before.
Your Orange-trees will require to be ſhifted and new
potted every other year, therefore you
prepare
a quantity of good earth, at leaſt a year before you
intend to uſe it, that it may be well mixed and per-
fectly rotten The beſt ſeaſon for this work is about
the end of April, that they may have taken freſh root
before they are removed out of the green-houle, and
when this work is performed, it will be neceſſary to
let them remain in the houſe a fortnight longer than
uſual, to be well ſettled.
In the performing this work, after you have drawn
the trees out of the pots, you muſt cut off all the
roots round the outſide of the ball of earth, and take
away all mouldy roots (if any ſuch be ;) then with a
ſharp iron inftrument, get as much of the old earth
from between the roots as poſſible, being careful not
to break or tear the roots; then ſet the root of the
tree into a large tub of water for about a quarter of
an hour, to ſoak the under part of the ball of earth;
and afterwards ſcrub the ſtems of the trees with a hard
hair-bruſh, cleaning them and the heads with water,
and a ſoft woollen cloth. Your pots being prepared,
with ſome potſherds and large ſtones in the bottom,
put ſome of your freſh earth into the pot, about
three or four inches thick; and having placed your
tree thereon, in the middle of the pot, upright, fill
it up with the ſame rich earth, preſſing it down hard
with your hands; then water the tree all over the
head, with a watering-pot that has a roſe upon the
ſpout, to let the water fall light and thick (as in a
fhower of rain ;) and in watering theſe trees, do it in
the ſame manner, during the time they abide in the
houſe after ſhifting; this will greatly refreſh their
heads, and promote their taking freſh roots.
When you firſt ſet theſe trees abroad after ſhifting,
you ſhould place them near the ſhelter of hedges, and
faften their items to ſtrong ſtakes, to prevent their be-
ing diſturbed by winds, which fometimes will blow
freſh planted trees out of the pots, if too much ex-
poſed thereto, and thereby greatly injure their new
roots.
If old Orange-trees have been ill managed, and their
heads become ragged and decayed, the beſt method
to reſtore them, is to cut off the greateſt part of their
heads early in March, and draw them out of the
tubs or pots, and ſhake off the earth from their
roots, cutting away all ſmall fibres and mouldy roots;
and then foak and clean their roots, ftems, and
branches, planting them in good earth, and ſetting
them into a hot-bed of tanners bark, as was directed
for ſuch trees as came from abroad, managing them
in the ſame manner : by this method they will pro-
duce new heads, and in two years time become good
trees again. But if theſe are large trees, and have
grown in tubs for ſeveral years, your beſt way will
be to prepare a parcel of rough baſkets (ſuch as are
uſed for baſketing Evergreens, when ſent to a diftant
place :) let theſe be ſomewhat leſs than the tubs you
deſign to plant your trees into; then plant your trees
herein,
а.
Gg

AUR
AUR
a
herein, plunging them into the hot-bed, and about deſign of training the branches to the walls, or in bor-
the beginning of July, when your trees have made ders at a ſmall diſtance, ſo as to train them up as
good ſhoots, you may remove them into the tubs, ſtandards, there ſhould be a contrivance of a fire-
with their baſkets about them, filling the empty ſpace place or two, in proportion to the length of the wall,
with the ſame good earth : this will preſerve your and fiues carried the whole length of the wall, to
tubs frem rotting in the bark, and the trees will do warm the air in very cold weather, otherwiſe it will
equally well as if planted into the tubs at firſt, pro- be very difficult to preſerve the trees in very hard win-
vided you are careful in removing the baſkets, not ters alive; or, if they do live through the winter, they
to diſturb their roots; and alſo let them remain in will be ſo much weakened by the cold, as not to be
the green-houſe a fortnight or three weeks after plant- recovered the following ſummer to a proper ſtrength
ing, before you ſet them abroad.
for bearing ; ſo that wherever the trees are intended
Theſe trees being new potted or tubbed every other to be placed againſt or near old walls, the flues ſhould
year, thoſe years in which they are not ſhifted, you be built up againſt the front, allowing four inches
muſt in April obſerve to take out as much of the old thickneſs of the brick-work on each ſide the fiues,
earth from the tops of the pots and tubs, and alſo obſerving to faften this with irons, at proper diſtances,
round the ſides of them, as poſſible, without injuring to ſecure it from ſeparating from the old wall: the
the roots of the trees, and fill them up with freſh manner of making theſe fues, is fully explained under
earth; you muſt alſo waſh and clean their ſtems and the article of HOT WALLS. Where this contrivance
leaves from filth, which will greatly ſtrengthen their is made, there will be no hazard of loſing the trees,
flowering, and cauſe them to ſhoot vigorouſly the be the winter ever fo fevere, with a little proper care;
following ſummer.
whereas, if this is wanting, there will require great
In the management of Orange-trees which are in good care and trouble to cover and uncover the glaſſes
health, the chief care ſhould be to ſupply them with every day, when there is any fun; and if the wall
water duly, and not (as is ſometimes practiſed) ſtarve is not thicker than they are uſually built, the froſt
them in winter, whereby their fibres are dried, and will penetrate through the walls in ſevere winters; fo
become mouldy, to the great prejudice of the trees ; that covering and ſecuring the glaſſes of the front will
nor to give them water in too great abundance, but not be ſufficient to preſerve the trees, be it done with
rather let their waterings be frequent, and given in ever ſo much care; therefore the firſt expence of the
moderate quantities. You muſt alſo obſerve, that walls will ſave great trouble and charge, and be the
the water has free paſſage to drain off; for if it be de- fecureſt method.
tained in the tubs or pots, it will rot the tender fibres If the ground is wet, or of a ftrong clay, ſo as to
of the trees. During the winter ſeaſon, they muſt detain the moiſture, the borders ſhould be raiſed
have a
a large ſhare of air when the weather is favour- above the level of the ground, in proportion to the
able; for nothing is more injurious to theſe trees than ſituation of the place ; for where the wet lies in win-
ſtilling of them, nor ſhould they be placed too near ter near the ſurface, it will greatly prejudice, if not
each other in the green-houſe; but let them at ſuch totally deſtroy the trees; fo that lime rubbiſh ſhould
diſtance, that their branches may be clear of each be laid at leaſt two feet thick in the bottom of the
other, and that the air may circulate freely round their border, to drain off the wet; and the earth ſhould be
heads. In ſummer they ſhould be placed where the laid two and a half or three feet thick thereon, which
winds are not violent, and to have the morning and will be a fufficient depth for the roots of the trees.
evening fun; for if they are too much expoſed to the In theſe borders there may be a few roots of the Guern-
mid-day ſun, they will not thrive. The beſt fitua- ſey and Belladonna Lilies and Hæmanthus planted,
tion for them is near ſome large plantation of trees, or any other exotic bulbous-rooted flowers, which do
which will break the force of the winds, and ſcreen not grow high, or draw too much nouriſhment from
them from the violent heat of the fun. In ſuch a the borders; and theſe, producing their flowers in
ſituation they may remain until the beginning of Oc- autumn or winter, will make a good appearance, and
tober, or later, according as the ſeaſon proves fa- thrive much better than if kept in pots.
vourable ; for if they are carried into the green-houſe The management of the Orange-trees in theſe places,
early, and the autumn ſhould prove warm, it will is nearly the ſame as hath been directed for thoſe in
occaſion the trees to make freſh ſhoots, which will be pots or tubs, excepting that the borders in theſe
weak and tender, and ſo liable to periſh in winter ; places ſhould be dug, and refreſhed with ſome very
and ſometimes it will occaſion their flowering in winter, rotten dung every year.
which greatly weakens the trees; nor ſhould they re-
AURICULA MURIS, or PILOSELLA. Mouſe Ear.
main ſo long abroad as to be injured by morning froſts. This is a fort of Hawkweed with ſmall hairy leaves,
The beſt compoſt for Orange-trees is two thirds of which are white underneath: the plant trails upon the
freſh earth from a good paſture, which ſhould not be ground, taking root at the joints, by which means it
too light, nor over ſtiff, but rather a hazel loam; will ſoon ſpread over a large compaſs of ground.
this ſhould be taken about ten inches deep with the This is very common in England; it grows chiefly on
ſward, which ſhould be mixed with the earth to rot, dry barren places, or upon old walls, and is too often
and one third part of neats dung; theſe ſhould be a troubleſome weed in graſs-plats in gardens.
mixed together, at leaſt twelve months before it is AURICULA URSI [i. e. Bear's Ear, ſo called
uſed, obſerving to turn it over every month, to mix
becauſe the ancients fancied it reſembled the ear of a
it well, and to rot the ſward; this will alſo break the bear.] Bear's Ear, or Auricula.
clods, and cauſe the mould to be finer. Before you Dr. Linnæus has joined this genus to the Primula
make uſe of this earth, you ſhould paſs it through a veris of Tournefort, making this one ſpecies under
rough ſcreen, to ſeparate the great ſtones and the the title of Primula.
roots of the fward therefrom ; but by no means fift To enumerate the diverſities of this plant, would be
the earth too fine, for this is very prejudicial to moſt almoſt endleſs and impoſſible; for every year pro-
plants, but particularly to Orange-trees.
duces vaſt quantities of new flowers, differing in
Of late years there have been many of theſe trees planted ſhape, ſize, or colour of the flowers; and alſo in the
againſt walls, againſt which frames of glaſs are made leaves of theſe plants there is as great a variety, ſo that
to fix over them in winter; and ſome few curious per- the ſkilful floriſt is oftentimes capable of diſtinguiſt-
fors have planted theſe trees in the full ground, and ing many of the particular forts thereby.
.
have erected moveable covers to put over the trees But as it feldom happens, that ſuch of theſe flowers
in winter, which are ſo contrived as to be all taken as are at one time in great eſteem, continue to be re-
away in ſummer : where theſe have been well execut- garded a few years after, (their being ſtill finer or
ed, the trees have made great progreſs in their growth, larger flowers produced from feeds, which are what
and produced a much larger quantity of fruit, which the floriſts chiefly ſeek after) it would be needleſs to
have ripened fo well, as to be extremely good for mention any of them ; wherefore I ſhall proceed to
eating. If theſe are planted either againſt walls with give the characters of a good Auricula.
1. The
a
17

A UR
AUR
1. The ſtem of the flower ſhould be lofty and ſtrong.
2. The foot-ſtalk of the flower should be bort, that the
umbel may be regular and cloſe.
3. The pipe or neck of each flower ſhould be short, and
the flowers large, and regularly Spread, being no ways in-
clinable to cup.
4. That the colours are very bright, and well mixed.
5. That the eye of the flower be large, round, and of a
good white, or yellow; and that the tube or neck be not
too wide.
All the flowers of this kind that want any of the
above-mentioned properties, are now rejected by every
good floriſt; for as the varieties every year increaſe
from feeds, the bad ones are turned out to make
room for their betters; but in ſome people the paſſion
for new flowers ſo much prevails, that, ſuppoſing the
old flower greatly preferable to a new one, if it is of
their own raiſing, the latter muſt take place of the
a
old one.
In order to obtain good flowers from ſeeds, you muſt
make choice of the beſt flowers you have, which ſhould
be expoſed to the open air, that they may have the
benefit of ſhowers, without which they feldom pro-
duce good feeds: the time of their ripening is in
June, which you will eaſily know, by their feed-vefſel
turning to a brown colour, and opening; you muſt
therefore be careful left the feeds be ſcattered out of
the veſſel, for it will not be all fit to gather at the
fame time.
The time for fowing this feed is commonly in Au-
guft, but if it be fown any time before Chriſtmas, it
will be time enough.
The beſt ſoil for this feed is good, freſh, light, fan-
dy mould, mixed with very rotten neats dung, or very
rotten dung from the bottom of an old hot-bed :
with this you ſhould fill your pots, boxes, or baſkets, ,
in which you intend to fow your feeds: and having
levelled the ſurface of the earth very ſmooth, fow
your feeds thereon, covering it very lightly with rotten
Willow mould taken out of the ſtems of decayed hol-
low Willow-trees; then cover the box, &c. with a
net or wire, to prevent the cats, birds, &c. from
ſcratching out, or burying the feeds too deep; for
whenever this happens, the ſeeds will remain a year
in the ground before the plants appear, if it ſhould
grow at laft; for which reaſon many perſons never
cover theſe ſeeds, but leave them upon the furface
of the earth, in the boxes, for the rain to waſh them
into the ground, which is often the beſt method:
let theſe boxes, &c. be placed ſo as to receive half
the day's fun, during the winter ſeaſon; but in the
beginning of March, remove them where they may
only have the morning ſun till ten of the clock; for
the young plants will now foon begin to appear,
which, if expoſed to one day's whole fun only, will
be all deſtroyed.
During the ſummer ſeaſon, in dry weather, often re-
freſh them with water, but never give them too great
quantities at once. In the July following, your plants
will be large enough to tranſplant, at which time
you muſt prepare a bed, or boxes, filled with the
above-mentioned foil, in which you may plant them
about three inches ſquare; and (if in beds) you muſt
ſhade them every day, till they are thoroughly rooted,
as alſo in very hot dry weather ; but if they are in
baſkets or boxes, they may be removed to a ſhady
place.
When the ſeedling Auriculas are planted in beds,
there ſhould be ſome rotten neats dung laid about ten
inches under the ſurface, and beaten down cloſe and
ſmooth: this will prevent the worins from drawing
the young plants out of the earth, which they gene-
rally do where this is not practiſed. This dung ſhould
be laid about half a foot thick, which will entirely
prevent the worms getting through it until the plants
are well eſtabliſhed in the beds, and the roots of the
Auriculas will ſtrike down into the dung by the ſpring,
which will make their flowers ſtronger than uſual :
theſe beds ſhould be expoſed to the eaſt, and ſcreened
from the ſouth fun.
When
you have taken all your plants, which are now
come up, out of your boxes or pots, level the earth
gently again; for it often happens, that ſome of the
feeds will lie in the ground two years before they ap-
pear, eſpecially if they were covered too deep when
ſown, as was before obſerved.
The ſpring following many of theſe flowers will
ſhew, when you may ſelect fuch of them as have good
properties, which ſhould be removed each of them in-
to a pot of the ſame prepared earth, and preſerved
until the next ſeaſon, at which time you will be capa-
ble to form a judgment of the goodneſs of the flow-
er; but thoſe that produce plain-coloured or ſmall
flowers, ſhould be taken out, and planted in borders
in the out-parts of the garden, to make a ſhew, or
gather for noſegays, &c. the others, which do not
produce their flowers the ſame year, may be taken
up, and tranſplanted into a freſh bed, to remain till
you ſee how they will prove.
The manner of propagating theſe flowers when ob-
tained, is from offsets, or ilips, taken from the old
roots in April, when the flowers are in bloom : theſe
offsets muſt be planted into ſmall pots filled with the
ſame fort of earth as was before directed for the feed-
lings, and, during the ſummer ſeaſon, ſhould be fet
in a ſhady place, and muſt be often (but very gently)
refreſhed with water, but in the autumn and winter
ſhould be ſheltered from violent rains. The ſpring
following theſe young plants will produce flowers,
though but weak; ſoon after they are paft flowering,
you
muſt
put them into larger pots, and the ſecond
year they will blow in perfection.
But, in order to obtain a fine bloom of theſe flowers,
you muſt obſerve the following directions.
Firſt, Preſerve your plants from too much wet in
winter, which often rots and fpoils them ; but let
them have as much free open air as poſſible; nor
ſhould they be too much expoſed to the fun, which
is apt to forward their budding for flower too ſoon;
and the froſty mornings, which often happen in March,
thereby deſtroy their buds, if they are not protected
therefrom. To prevent which, thoſe who are very
curious in theſe flowers, place their pots in autumn
under a common hot-bed frame, where, in good wea-
ther, the plants may enjoy the full air,' by drawing
off the glaſſes, and in great rains, ſnow, or froſt, the
plants may be ſcreened by covering them. Where
this method is practiſed with judgment, the flowers
will be much ſtronger, and the plants will increaſe
faſter than when they are expoſed abroad.
Secondly, In the beginning of February, if the wea-
ther is mild, you muſt take off the upper part of the
earth in the Auricula pots, as low as you can without
diſturbing their roots, and fill up the pots with freſh
rich earth, which will greatly ſtrengthen them for
bloom ; as alſo prepare your offsets for tranſplanting
in April, by cauſing them to puſh out new roots.
Thoſe plants which have ſtrong ſingle heads, always
produce the largeſt cluſters of flowers; therefore the
curious floriſts pull off the offsets as ſoon as it can be
done with ſafety to their growing, to encourage the
mother plants to flower the ſtronger; they alſo pinch
off the Howers in autumn, where they are produced,
and ſuffer them not to open, that the plants ſhould
not be weakened thereby.
Thirdly, You muſt cover your pots with mats in
froſty weather, during this time of their budding for
flower, left the ſharp mornings blight them, and pre-
vent their blowing:
Fourthly, When your flower-ſtems begin to advance
and the bloſſom buds grow turgid, you muſt protect
them from hafty rains, which would waſh off their
white meally farina, and greatly deface the beauty of
their flowers; but at the ſame time obſerve to keep
them as much uncovered as poſſible, otherwiſe their
ſtems will be drawn up too weak to ſupport their flow-
ers (which is often the caſe when their pots are placed
near walls) give them gentle waterings to ſtrengthen
them, but let none of the water fall into the center
of the plant, or among the leaves.
Fifthly,
و
a

AZ
A ZE
a
BASCUM.
Firthly, When your flowers begin to open, you
The firft of theſe here mentioned, is a low fhrub,
ſhould remove their pots upon a ſtage (built with rifing with ſeveral fender ſtems near four feet high.
rows of ſhelves, one above another, and covered on The leaves come out in cluſters at the ends of the
the top, to preſerve them from wet: this ſhould be fhcots, without order : they are ſpear-ſhaped, but nar-
open to the morning ſun, but ſheltered from the heat row at their baſe; their edges are ſet with very ſhort
of the fun in the middle of the day :) in this poſition teeth, which are rough. The flowers come out in
they will appear to much greater advantage, than cluſters between the leaves, at the extremity of the
when the pots ſtand upon the ground; for, their flow- branches, which are white, with a mixture of dirty
ers being low, their beauty is hid from us; whereas, yellow on their outſide : they have a tube an inch
when they are advanced upon ſhelves, we ſee them in long, and at the top are pretty deeply cut into five
a full view. In this ſituation they may remain until ſegments; the two upper are reflexed, the two fide
the beauty of their flowers is paft, when they muſt ones are bent inward, and the lower one is turned
be fet abroad to receive the rains, and have open free downward. There are five ſlender ftamina, which
air, in order to obtain feeds, which will fail if they are a little longer than the petals of the flower, fup-
are kept too long under ſhelter. When your feed is porting oblong Saffron-coloured ſummits. The ſtyle
ripe, obſerve to gather it when it is perfectly dry, and is much longer than the ftamina, and crowned by an
expoſe it to the ſun in a window upon papers, to pre-
obtufe ſtigma. Theſe flowers have much the appear-
vent its growing mouldy, and let it remain in the ance of thoſe of the Honeyſuckle, and are as agreea-
pods till the ſeaſon for fowing it.
bly ſcented. They appear the middle of July, but
AURICULA URSI MYCONI. See VER- are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
The ſecond fort grows taller than the firſt, and in its
AXIS of a plant. Axis is properly that round ſmooth native country frequently riſes to the height of fifteen
cylinder, about which a wheel is turned; whence, by feet, but in England is never more than half that
way of metaphor, that long, round, ſmooth part, height. This ſends out ſeveral ſtems from the root,
placed in the center of the iuli, or cat tails, on Nut- which are garniſhed with oblong ſmooth leaves, placed
trees, &c. about which the male organs are diſpoſed, alternately, having foot-ſtalks. The flower-ſtalks
may be called the Axis. The French call it Ame, ariſe from the diviſion of the branches, which are long
Noyau, or Poinçon.
and naked, ſupporting a cluſter of red flowers, which
AZALEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 195. American up-
A
are tubulous, ſwelling at their baſe like thoſe of the
right Honeyſuckle.
Hyacinth, and contracted at their neck; they are di-
The CHARACTERS are,
vided at the top into five equal ſegments, which ſpread
It both a ſmall coloured empalement which is permanent, open. The five ſtamina and the ſtyle are much
cut into five acute parts at the top. The flower is longer than the petals, and ſtand erect. This flowers
funnel-ſhaped, having a long naked tube, cut into five parts ; about the ſame time as the former, but is not ſo well
the two upper ſegments are reflexed backward, the two fcented.
ſides are bent inward, and the lower one turns downward. Theſe plants grow naturally in ſhade, and upon moiſt
It bath five ſender ſtamina of unequal lengths, which ground in moſt parts of North America, from whence
have oblong erect ſummits. The round germen Supports e many of the plants have been ſent of late years to
long ſlender Style, crowned with an obtuſe ſtigma ; the ger- England, and ſeveral of them have produced their
men afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule, having five beautiful flowers in many curious gardens.
cells, which are filled with roundiſh ſmall ſeeds.
They muſt have a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of otherwiſe they will not thrive. They can only be
Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Monogynia, propagated by ſhoots from their roots, and laying
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
down their branches, for they do not produce ſeeds
The SPECIES are,
here; and if good feeds could be obtained, they
I. AZALEA (Viſcofa) foliis margine ſcabris, corollis pi- would be difficult to raiſe, and a long time before
loſo glutinofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 151. Azalea with leaves they would flower. But when they are in a proper
having rough edges, the petals of the flower hairy and ſituation, their roots extend, and put out ſhoots,
glutinous. Ciſtus Virginiana fore & odore pericly- which may be taken off with roots, and tranſplant-
meni. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 161. f. 4.
ed. When
any
of them are laid down, it ſhould
2. AZALEA (Nudiflora) foliis ovatis corollis pilofis ftami- be only the young ſhoots of the ſame year, for the
,
nibus longiffimis. Lin. Sp. Plant, 150. Azalea with old branches will not put out roots. The beſt time
oval leaves, bairy flowers, and the longeſt ſtamina. Cif- for this is at Michaelmas, and if they are covered
tus Virginiana periclymeni flore ampliori minus odo- with ſome old tan, to keep out the froſt, it will be
rato. Pluk. Mant. 49.
of great uſe to them. The autumn is alſo the beſt
There are three or four other ſpecies of this genus, time to remove the plants, but the ground about their
two of which grow naturally upon the Alps, chiefly roots ſhould be covered in winter to keep out the
on bogs; theſe are low plants, which have little froſt; and if this is every year practiſed to the old
beauty, and very difficult to keep in gardens. The plants, it will preſerve them in vigour, and cauſe them
others grow one in the eaſt, near Pontus, and the to flower well.
other in India ; but as neither of theſe are in the Eng- AZED ARACH. See MELIA.
liſh gardens, I ſhall not enumerate them.
AZEROLE, or L’AZAROLE. See MESPILUS.
ВАССА,

B.
B
ВА С
Β Α Ν
ACCA, i. e. a berry, is a round fruit, for the hermaphrodite florets included in the common em-
moſt part ſoft, and covered with a thin ſkin, palement; they are of an herbaceous colour, ſo make
containing ſeeds in a pulpy ſubſtance; but, if little appearance, and are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in
it be harder, and covered with a thicker fleſh, England.
it is called Pomum, i. e. an Apple.
This plant is difficult to propagate, for the cuttings
BACCHARIS, Ploughman’s Spikenard, vulgò. do with great difficulty take root; and it is very rare
The CHARACTERS are,
to find ſhoots near the root to lay down, ſo that in
The flower is compoſed of many hermaphrodite and female Holland they lay down the entire head of young
fiorets, which are included in one common, cylindrical, plants, flitting the ſmaller branches in the ſame
fcaly empalement. The florets are equal, the hermaphrodite manner as is practiſed for Carnations, laying them
and female are intermixed. The hermaphrodite florets are into the ground and forking each down to prevent
funnel-ſhaped and quinquefid; theſe have five ſender ſto- their riſing; theſe when duly watered put out roots
ming, crowned by cylindrical ſummits, and an oval germen, in one year, when they may be taken off, and planted
ſupporting a fiender ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and placed in
germen afterward becomes a ſingle ſhort feed crowned with the ſhade till they have taken new root; after which
a long down. The female flowers have no ſtamina, but in they may be placed in a ſheltered ſituation in ſum-
other reſpeits are the ſame.
mer, but in winter muſt be kept in a green-houſe.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection The third ſort is pretty common in the nurſeries
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngenefia Po- about London, where it is uſually called the Ground-
lygamia fuperflua, the flowers being compoſed of her- ſell-tree; this is a native of Virginia and other parts
maphrodite and female florets, which are both fruitful. of North America; it grows to be a ſhrub of about
The SPECIES are,
ſeven or eight feet high, and Aowers in October; the
1. BACCHARIS (Ivefolia) foliis lanceolatis longitudina- flowers are white, and not very beautiful; but the
liter dentato-ſerratis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. Ploughman's leaves continuing green through the year, has oc-
Spikenard with Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are longitudi- caſioned this ſhrub to be admitted into many curious
nally indented and fawed. Senecio Africana arboreſcens gardens.
folio ferrato. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 117.
This ſort may be propagated by cuttings, which
2. BACCHARIS (Neriifolia) foliis lanceolatis fuperne uno ſhould be planted in April or May, upon a ſhady
alterove denticulo ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 404. Plough- border, and duly watered in dry weather, until they
man's Spikenard with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ſawed on the have taken root; and, at Michaelmas, they will be
edges. Arbuſcula foliis nerii. Boerh. Ind. 2. p. 263. fit to tranſplant where they are to remain; this will
3. BACCHARIS (Fialimifolia) foliis obovatis ſuperne emar- live in the open air, and never is injured by the cold
ginato-crenatis. Hort. Cliff
. 405. Ploughman's Spike- of our ordinary winters; but ſevere froſt will fome-
nard with ovel indented leaves. Senecio Virginianus times deſtroy them.
arboreſcens, atriplicis folio. Raii Hift. 1799.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina, and ſome
4. BACCHARIS (Fætida) foliis lanceolatis ferrato-dentatis, other parts of North America; it riſes with a lig-
corymbis folioſis. Flor. Virg. 121. Ploughman's Spike- neous ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, garniſhed with long
nard with Spear-ſhaped Sawed leaves, and a leafy corym- ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are hoary on their under
bus. Conyza Americana fruteſcens fætidiffima. Hort. fide, having a diſagreeable ſcent when handled; the
Elth. tab. 89.
ſtalks are terminated by looſe umbels of flowers,
The Engliſh name of Ploughman’s Spikenard has which appear late in the autumn, ſo are not ſucceeded
been always applied to the Conyza major, or greater by feeds in this country,
Fleabane; but ſince moſt of the modern botaniſts It
may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be
have applied the title of Baccharis to this genus, I have planted toward the end of May, which if ſhaded and
added the old Engliſh name to it, of Ploughman's duly watered will put out roots in two months; when
Spikenard, rather than leaveit without anEngliſh title. they ſhould be potted, that they may be iheltered
The firſt fort was brought from the Cape of Good under a frame in winter.
Hope, but grows naturally in Peru, and in other BACCIFEROUS [Baccifer, Lat. of Bacca, a Berry,
parts of America. This plant has been long pre- and fero, to bear] is an epithet applied to trees,
ferved by the curious in their gardens. It grows to ſhrubs, or plants, that bear berries, as Briony, Lily
the height of five or fix feet, and is a manageable of the Valley, Aſparagus, Butchers Broom, Night-
ſhrub; it may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhade, Solomon's Seal, and many others.
ihould be planted in a fhady border during any of BALAUSTIA. See Punica.
the ſummer months, or by ſeeds ſown in a common BALAUSTIUM is the cup of the flower of the
border in the ſpring of the year. Theſe feeds ripen wild Pomegranate.
well in this country; and, if permitted to ſcatter on BALLOTE [Banawà, Gr.] Black Horehound.
the ground, the plants will come up the following This is a common weed, growing on the ſides of
ſpring. It is pretty hardy, and will live abroad in
banks in moſt parts of England, fo is ſeldom allowed
mild winters, if planted in a warm ſituation, but it a place in gardens; there are two varieties of it, one
is uſually kept in green-houſes, and placed abroad in with a white, and the other a purple flower. As theſe
ſummer; it requires much water in warm weather. are not cultivated, I ſhall not trouble the reader with
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of Africa; this hath
a farther defcription of them.
a ſoft ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes to the height of eight BALM. See Melissa.
or ten feet, putting out fide branches toward the top, BALSAMINA. The female Balſamine. See Im-
garnished with ſtiff ſpear-ſhaped leaves, having a few
indentures toward their top; theſe are placed without BALSAMITA. See TANACETUM.
order: the flowers are produced at the extremity of BAMIA MOSCHATA. See HIBISCUS.
the branches in a cloſe ſpike, conſiſting of female and / BANANA. See Musa.
Нh
BANIS-
a
PATIENS.
a

Β Α Ν
Β Α Ν
+
a
I
BÅNISTERIA. Houft. MSS. Lin. Gen. 509.
Acer Scandens. Sloan. Cat. 137. Plum. Cat. 18.
The CHARACTERS are,
It baih a ſmall permanent empalement, cut into five acute
ſegments to the bottom; the flower hath five petals, which
are ſhaped like thoſe of the papilionaceous tribe, but ſpread
open, having in ſome ſpecies one, in others two, and in
Tome, ſeveral nettarious glands. It hath ten ſhort ſtamina,
crowned with ſimple ſummits. There are in ſome ſpecies
three, and in others but one germen, each ſupporting a ſingle
ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; the germen afterward
become ſo many winged fruit, like thoſe of the Maple, each
containing a ſingle ſeed.
The title of this genus was given by the late Dr.
Houſtoun, in honour to the memory of Mr. Baniſter,
a curious botaniſt, who loſt his life in the ſearch of
plants in Virginia.
The Doctor ranged this genus in the claſs of papi-
lionaceous flowers, to which it has great affinity by
the form of its flower; but the ten ſtamina ſtanding
ſeparate, induced Dr. Linnæus to place it in his tenth
claſs; but although he has put it under his third fec-
tion, yet it would with greater propriety come under
his ſecond, the greater number of ſpecies having but
two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. BANISTERIA (Anguloſa) foliis ovato-oblongis rigidis
racemis terminalibus caule fruticofo fcandente. Ba-
niſteria with oblong, oval, ſtiff leaves, Spikes of flowers ter-
minating the branches, and a ſhrubby climbing ſtalk. Sir
Hans Sloane titles it, Acer fcandens foliis Laurinis.
Cat. Jam. 137.
2. BANISTERIA (Fulgens) foliis ovatis glabris, floribus
corymbofis terminalibus, caule fruticoſo ſcandente,
Baniſteria with oval ſmooth leaves, flowers growing in a
corymbus at the extremity of the branches, and a ſhrubby
climbing Stalk. Acer ſcandens minus Apocyni facie
folio fubrotundo. Sloan. Cat. 138.
3. BANISTERIA (Brachiata) foliis ovatis acuminatis flo-
ribus latè fpicatis, ramis diffufis fcandentibus. Ba-
nifteria with oval pointed leaves, flowers growing in looſe
Spikes, and climbing diffuſed branches. Baniſteria ſcan-
dens & fruteſcens folio ſubrotundo, flore ex aureo
Coccineo. Houft. MSS.
4. BANISTERIA (Laurifolia) foliis ovatis nervoſis fubtus
incanis, floribus lateralibus, caule fruticofo fcandente.
Baniſteria with nervous heart-ſhaped leaves, boary on
their under fide, flowers growing from the ſide of the
branches, and a hrubby climbing ſtalk. Acer Ameri-
canum fcandens foliis fubrotundis ſubtus pubeſcen-
tibus. Millar. Cat.
5: BANISTERIA (Benghalenſis) foliis ovato-oblongis acu-
minatis racemis lateralibus feminibus patentibus. Flor.
Zeyl. 176. Baniſteria with oblong, oval, pointed leaves,
Spikes of flowers growing from the ſide of the branches,
and Spreading ſeeds. Acer fcandens foliis Citrei flore
cæruleo fpicato. Plum. Cat. 18.
6. BANISTERIA ( Aculecta) foliis pinnatis, foliolis oblongis
obtufis, floribus fpicatis caule ramoſo aculeato. Ba-
niſteria with winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are oblong
and blunt, flowers growing in a ſpike, and a prickly
branching fialk.
7. BANISTERIA (Purpurea) foliis pinnatis foliolis ovatis
ſpicis lateralibus feminibus erectis. Baniſteria with
winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are oval, Spikes of
flowers growing from the ſide of the branches, and erect
ſeeds. Baniſteria foliis ovatis fpicis lateralibus femini-
.
bus erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 427.
The firſt grows naturally in Jamaica. This hath a
woody ſtalk, which twiſts itſelf round the neighbour-
ing trees, and riſes to their top. It is garniſhed
with leaves as large as thoſe of the Bay-tree, and of
the ſame thickneſs, growing oppoſite; the flowers are
produced in long branching ſpikes at the ends of the
branches, which are yellow, compoſed of five ſmall
leaves; theſe are fucceeded by two or three winged
feeds like thoſe of the greater Maple.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, at Cam-
peachy, and ſeveral other parts of America. This
hath Nender winding italks, which riſe five or ſix feet
high, and are thinly garniſhed with oval ſmooth
leaves; the flowers grow in a round bunch at the
extremity of the branches, which are of a browniſh
yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by winged ſeeds
like the former, but ſmaller, and have narrower
wings.
The third fort was ſent me from Carthagena, where
it naturally grows. This ſends out many branches,
which divide again into others, growing without
order, and become very buſhy upward, ſending out
tendrils by which they faſten themſelves to the neigh-
bouring trees, and mount to a great height; theſe
are garniſhed with oval ftiff leaves, ending in a point.
The flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the ends
of the branches, which are firſt of a gold colour, and
fade to a ſcarlet. Theſe are ſucceeded by feeds of
the ſame ſhape with the former, but are ſlender, thin,
and for the moſt part ſingle.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Campeachy, by
Mr. Robert Millar; this hath many irregular climbing
ſtalks, which faften themſelves to the neighbouring
trees, and riſe to a great height, garnished with oval
leaves, which are hairy on their under fide, where
they have many tranſverſe ribs. The fowers come
out thinly from the ſide of the branches, which are
of a pale yellow colour, and are fucceeded by large
winged ſeeds, which are double.
The fifth fort hath ſtrong woody ſtalks, which twine
about the trees which grow near it, and riſes twenty
feet high, garniſhed with oblong pointed leaves like
thoſe of the Bay-tree, growing oppoſite; from the
wings of the leaves the flowers are produced in looſe
ſpikes, upon long foot-ſtalks, which are blue, and
are ſucceeded by ſlender winged ſeeds, which ſpread
open from each other.
.
The ſixth fort was ſent me from Tolu in New Spain,
where it grows naturally. This hath climbing ſtalks,
which divide into many branches, garniſhed with
long winged leaves, compoſed of about twenty pair
of ſmall, oblong, blunt pinnæ, each having a deep
furrow on the under fide. At the wings of the leaves
the ſtalks are armed with ſhort ſtrong ſpines, a little
crooked. The flowers grow in long looſe ſpikes at
the end of the branches, which are ſucceeded by ſingle
feeds, as large as thoſe of the greater Maple.
The ſeventh fort hath ſtrong ligneous ftalks, covered
with an Ath-coloured bark, and divide into many
branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed
of five or fix pair of oval ſmall leaves, nearly of the
fize with thoſe of the common Acacia, but are whitiſh
on their under fide; from the wings of the leaves are
produced flender bunches of flowers, growing in a
racemus like thoſe of the Currant-bush, of a purpliſh
colour; theſe are ſucceeded by broad winged feeds,
growing erect. It was ſent me from Campeachy,
where it grows naturally.
Theſe plants are all of them natives of warm coun-
tries, fo cannot be preſerved in England, unleſs they
are kept in a bark-ſtove. They are propagated by
feeds, which muſt be procured from the countries
where they grow naturally. Theſe feeds ſhould be
fully ripe when gathered, and put into ſand or earth,
in which they ſhould be ſent to England, otherwiſe
they will looſe their vegetative quality; for from a
large parcel of theſe feeds which were ſent over in
papers, as freſh as they could poſſibly arrive here,
there was very few plants raiſed, and thoſe did not
appear till the ſecond year; for theſe feeds are not
only in ſhape like thoſe of the Maple, but alſo are of
the ſame quality, requiring to be fown as ſoon as
poſſible when they are ripe, or preſerved in fand or
earth till they are fown, otherwiſe they rarely ſucceed;
therefore when the ſeeds arrive, they ſhould be im-
mediately fown in pots, and, if it happens in autumn
or winter, the pots ſhould be plunged into a hot-bed
of tanners bark, where the heat is very moderate,
and ſecured from froſt and wet, till ſpring, when they
muſt be removed to a freſh hot-bed, which will bring
up the plants; but if they ſhould not appear the firſt
year, the pots ſhould be preſerved till the next fpring,
a
7
to

BAR
B A R
are
a
a
to ſee if the ſeeds will grow. When the plants come four feet high, are garniſhed with two oval indented
up, they muſt be planted in ſeparate pots, filled with leaves ſtanding oppoſite; the flowers are ſcarlet, and
light earth, and plunged into the bark-bed, after are placed in whorls at the joints of the ſtalks; theſe
which they muſt be treated like other tender plants appear in July, Auguft, and September, and are
from the ſame countries.
ſucceeded by ſhort pods inclofing flat ſeeds.
BAOBOB. See ADANSONIA.
The roots of the firſt fort will continue three or four
BARBA CAPRÆ. See SPIRÆA.
years, but after the ſecond year, the plants grow too
BARBA JOVIS. See ANTHYLLIS.
rambling, and the lower part of the branches are
BARBARE A. See ERYSIMUM.
naked, ſo are not ſo fightly as the young plants ;
BARDANA. See ARCTIUM.
therefore a ſucceſſion of theſe ſhould be raiſed, and
BARLERI A.
the old ones turned out. They are propagated by
The name was given to this genus of plants by fa- ſeeds, which will fow themſelves in the pots which
ther Plumier, in honour of Jacobus Barelier, of Paris, near them in the ſtove, when the plants are
who was a famous botaniſt.
once obtained; but where the ſeeds are received from
The CHARACTERS are,
abroad, they muſt be ſown upon a hot-bed in the
It bath a permanent empalement, divided into four parts, ſpring; and when the plants are fit to remove, they
two large and i wo ſmaller, oppoſite. The flower is of the muſt be each planted in a ſeparate pot, and plunged
lip kind, of one leaf, funnel-ſhaped, and divided into five into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where they muſt con-
perts at the top; the upper ſegment being broad and erect, ftantly remain, and managed in the ſame manner as
the two ſide ones narrower, and the under one which turns other tender exotics from the faine countries; giving
downward is divided into two. It bath four ſender fta- them water frequently in ſummer, and letting the
mina, two of which are very short ; the two upper are freſh air to them every day in warm weather, but in
longer, crowned by oblong ſummits. In the center is placed winter they ſhould have leſs water and be kept warm.
the ovel germen, supporting a fender Style, crowned by a They flower from June to November, and their ſeeds
bifid ſtigme. The germen afterward becomes an oblong, ripen ſoon after.
quadrangulor, membranaceous veſſel, with two cells, which The ſecond fort hath flexible perennial ſtalks, which
is very elastic, containing two or three roundiſh compreſſed if cut off during the ſummer months, and made into
feeds.
lengths of fix or eight inches, and planted in pots,
This genus of plants
of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the plunging them into a hot-bed, and duly watered and
ſecond order of his fourteenth claſs, titled Didy- Thaded from the ſun, will ſoon put out roots, ſo may
namia Angioſpermia, whoſe flowers have two long be planted each in a ſmall pot, and plunged into the
and two ſhort ſtamina, and their ſeeds are included tan-bed in the ftove; for although this fort may be
in a capſule.
kept in a dry ſtove through the winter, yet the plants
The SPECIES are,
will not grow near ſo faſt, nor will their leaves be fo
1. BARLERIA (Solonifolia) fpinis axillaribus foliis lan- large as thoſe which are plunged into bark. By this
ceolatis denticulatis. Lin. Sp. 887. Berleria with ſpines method the plants may be propagated in plenty, but
on the ſide of the branches, and ſpear-ſhaped indented leaves. as they rarely produce flowers in England, ſo two
Barleria aculeata folarii folio anguftiore fore cæruleo. or three plants will be ſufficient to maintain the
Plumn. N. G. 31.
ſpecies.
2. BARLERIA (Prionitis) fpinis axillaribus quaternis foliis The third and fourth forts will produce feeds in Eng-
integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 636. Barleria with ſpines land, provided the plants are kept in the tan-bed in
growing by fours from the ſide of the branches, and entire the ſtove, ſo theſe may be propagated by feeds,
leaves. Coletta-veetla. Hort. Mal. 9. p. 77.
which ſhould be ſown in the hot-bed, and the plants
3. BARLERIA (Buxifolia) fpinis axillaribus oppoſitis fo- afterward treated in the ſame manner as the firſt
litaris, foliis ſubrotundis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. 887. fort.
Barleria with ſpines et the wings of the ſtalk, and roundiſh) BAROMETER [from Bépoº, a weight, and pétpov,
entire leaves. Barleria Americana fpinoffima fruteſcens, a meaſure,] is an inſtrument or machine for meaſur-
buxi folio parvo fiore. Amm. Herb. 104.
ing the weight of the atmoſphere, or the minute vari-
4. BARLERIA (Coccinea) inermis foliis ovatis denticulatis ation of the weight or preſſure of the incumbent air,
petiolatis. Lin. Sp. 888. Barleria without ſpines, and in order to determine the changes of weather.
oval indented leaves having foot-ſtalks. Barleria folani This machine is founded on the Torricellian experi-
folio, flore coccineo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 31.
ment, ſo called, from the inventor Torricellius.
The firſt fort riſes with upright ſquare ftalks three 1. It conſiſts of a long tube of glaſs, hermetically
feet high, garniſhed with two oblong entire leaves ſealed at one end ; and being filled with quickſilver,
at every joint; above which the flowers come out in is inverted fo as to have one end of it immerged in a
whorls furrounding the ſtalks, and under each whorl baſon of ftagnant quickſilver, and the other herine-
there are fix ſharp ſpines, which are as long as the tically ſealed, which is expoſed to the preſſure of the
empalement of the flowers. Theſe joints are about outward air; out of which open end (after ſuch im-
three inches diſtance; the flowers are blue, and have merfion) the quickſilver in the tube being ſuffered to
more of the form of the labiated flowers, than any run as much as it will into the ſtagnant quickſilver, in
of the other ſpecies. I received this from Pa- which that mouth or open end is immerſed, there is
wont to remain a cylinder of quickſilver ſuſpended in
The ſecond fort has been long in the curious gardens the tube, about twenty-eight, twenty-nine, or thirty
in Holland, but has not been many years in this inches high, meaſuring from the ſurface of the ſtag-
country. This fends out many fiender ſtems from nant quickſilver perpendicularly; but more or leſs
the root, which riſe eight or nine feet high, garniſhed
,
within ſuch limits, according as the weight or pref-
with oval pointed leaves, two growing oppoſite at ſure of the air incumbent on the external ſtagnant
each joint, which are attended by four long fpines quickſilver expoſed to it, is greater or leſſer, leaving
ftanding croſs-ways. This plant hath not as yet flow- the upper part of the tube void, or at leaſt empty of
ered in England, though there are large plants of it
in the Chelſea garden.
The phænomena of the barometer are various, and
The third fort hath ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe five or the cauſes aſſigned for them, by ſeveral authors, as
fix feet high, garniſhed with roundith entire leaves various; nor is the uſe of it in predicting the wea-
placed oppoſite, under which are placed ſtrong fpines; ther, yet perfectly aſcertained.
the flowers are produced in whorls toward the upper The greateſt height the mercury has been known to
part of the ſtalk; theſe are fucceeded by ſhort feed- ftand at in London, is thirty inches three-eighths, and
veífels, containing three or four flat feeds. This grows its leait, twenty-eight inches: and though, as Mr.
paturally in Jamaica.
Boyle obſerves, the phænomena of the barometer are
The fourth fort grows naturally in the warm parts of ſo very precarious, that it is very difficult to form
America. The ftalks of this are ſmooth, they riſe any general rules about the riſe and fall thereof, ſince
nama.
common air.

B A R
BAR
و
in that which ſeems to hold moſt univerſally, viz.
that when the high winds blow, the mercury is the
lower, they fometimes fail, yet the following obſer-
vations have been made by ſeveral authors.
Dr. Halley obferves, that in calm weather, when
the air is inclined to rain, the mercury is continually
low; in ſerene good ſettled weather, high.
That on great winds, though unaccompanied with
rain, the mercury is loweſt of all
, with regard to the
point of the compaſs the wind blows on; that, ce-
teris paribus, the greateſt heights of the mercury are
on eaſterly and north-eaſterly winds; that after great
ſtorms of wind, when the mercury has been low, it
riſes again very faſt.
That in calm froſty weather it ſtands high.
That the more northerly places find greater altera-
tions than the more fouthern, and that within the
tropics, and near them, there is little or no variation
of the mercury at all.
Dr. Beal obſerves, that, cæteris paribus, the mercury
is higher in cold weather than in warm, and uſually
higher in morning and evening than at mid-day.
That the mercury is higher in ſettled and fair weather,
ihan either a little before, or after, or in the rain ;
and that it generally deſcends lower after rain, than
it was before it; if it chance to riſe higher after rain,
it is generally followed by a ſettled ferenity.
That there are frequently great changes in the air,
without any perceptible alterations in the barometer.
As to the predictions from the barometer, Dr. Hal-
ley has found,
That the riſing of the mercury forebodes fair weather
after foul, and an eaſterly or north-eaſterly wind.
That the falling of the mercury portends foutherly
or weſterly winds, with rains, or ſtormy winds, or
both.
That in a ſtorm the mercury beginning to riſe, is a
pretty ſure ſign that it begins to abate.
Mr. Patrick obſerves, that the falling of the mercury
in hot weather preſages thunder ; that when foul wea-
ther happens after the fall of the mercury, it ſeldom
holds long; and the ſame is obſerved, if fair weather
ſucceeds preſently after its riſe.
Hence Mr. Pointer conceives, that the principal
cauſe of the riſe and fall of the mercury, is from the
variable winds which are found in the temperate
zones, and whoſe great inconſtancy here in England
is moſt notorious.
A ſecond cauſe he takes to be, the uncertain exha-
lation and perſpiration of the vapours lodging in the
air, whereby it comes to be at one time much more
crowded than at another, and conſequently heavier ;
but this latter, in a great meaſure, depends upon the
former.
And from theſe principles, he endeavours to explain
the ſeveral phenomena of the barometer.
1. The mercury's being low, inclines it to rain; be-
cauſe the air being light, the vapours are no longer
ſupported thereby, being become ſpecifically heavier
than the medium wherein they are floated; ſo that
they defcend towards the earth, and in their fall, meet-
ing with other aqueous particles, they incorporate
together, and form little drops of rain ; but the mer-
cury's being at one time lower than another, is the
effect of two contrary winds blowing from the place
where the barometer ſtands, whereby the air of that
place is carried both ways from it, and conſequently
the incumbent cylinder of air is diminiſhed, and ac-
cordingly the mercury ſinks. As for inſtance, if in
the German ocean it ſhould blow a gale of weſterly
wind, and at the ſame time an eaſterly wind in the
Iriſh fea; or if in France it ſhould blow a northerly
wind, and in Scotland a foutherly, it muſt be grant-
ed, that that part of the atmoſphere impendent over
England, would thereby be exhauſted and atte-
nuated, and the mercury would ſubſide; and the
vapours which before floated in thoſe parts of the air,
of equal gravity with themſelves, would fink to the
earth.
2. The greater height of the barometer is occafioned
by two contráry winds blowing towards the place of
obſervation, whereby the air of other places is brought
thither and accumulated; ſo that the incumbent cy-
linder of air being increaſed both in height and
weight, the mercury preſſed thereby muſt needs riſe
and ſtand high, as long as the winds continue ſo to
blow; and then the air being ſpecifically heavier, the
vapours are better kept ſuſpended, ſo that they have
no inclination to precipitate and fall down in drops,
which is the reaſon of the ſerene good weather, which
attends the greater heights of the mercury.
3. The mercury finks the loweſt of all by the very
rapid motion of the air in ſtorms of winds.
For the tract of the region of the earth's ſurface,
wherein theſe winds rage, not extending all round
the globe, that ſtagnant air which is left behind, as
likewiſe that on the ſides, cannot come in ſo faſt as to
ſupply the evacuation made by ſo ſwift a current; ſo
that the air muft neceſſarily be attenuated when and
where the ſaid winds continue to blow, and that more
or leſs, according to their violence: add to which,
that the horizontal motion of the air being ſo quick as
it is, may, in all probability, take off fome part of
the perpendicular preſſure thereof; and the great agi-
tation of its particles is the reaſon why the vapours are
diſſipated, and do not condenſe into drops, ſo as to
form rain, otherwiſe the natural conſequence of the
air's rarefaction.
4. The mercury ſtands the higheſt upon an eafterly
or north-eaſterly wind; becauſe, in the great Atlan-
tic ocean, on this ſide the thirty-fifth degree of north
latitude, the weſterly and ſouth-weſterly winds blow
almoſt always trade : ſo that whenever here the winds
come up at eaſt and north-eaſt, it is ſure to be checked
by a contrary gale as ſoon as it reaches the ocean :
wherefore, according to what is made out in the ſe-
cond remark, the air muſt needs be heaped over this
iſland, and conſequently, the mercury muſt ſtand
high, as often as theſe winds blow,
5. In calm froſty weather, the mercury generally
ſtands high, becauſe, as he conceives, it ſeldom freezes
but when the winds come out of the northern or
north-eaſtern quarters, or at leaſt, unleſs thoſe winds
blow at no great diſtance off.
For the northern parts of Germany, Denmark, Swe-
den, Norway, and all that tract, from whence north-
eaſtern winds come, are ſubject to alınoſt continual
froſt all the winter, and thereby the lower air is very
much condenſed, and in that ſtate is brought hither-
ward by thoſe winds; and, being accumulated by
the oppoſition of the weſterly wind blowing in the
ocean, the mercury muſt needs be preſſed to a more
ordinary height; and, as a concurring cauſe, the
ſhrinking of the lower parts of the air into leſſer room
by cold, muſt needs cauſe a deſcent of the upper parts
of the atmoſphere, to reduce the cavity made by this
contraction to an equilibrium.
6. After great ſtorms of winds, when the mercury
has been very low, it generally riſes again very faſt:
he ſays, he once obſerved it to riſe an inch and a half
in leſs than fix hours, after a long continued ſtorm of
fouth-weſt wind.
The reaſon is, becauſe the air being very much rare-
fied by the great evacuations that ſuch continued
ſtorms make thereof, the neighbouring air runs in
more ſwiftly, to bring it to an equilibrium, as we fee
water runs the faſter for having a greater declivity.
7. The variations are greater in the more northerly
places, as at Stockholm greater than at Paris (com-
pared by Mr. Paſchal ;] becauſe the more northerly
parts have uſually greater ſtorms of wind than the more
ſoutherly, whereby the mercury ſhould fink lower in
that extreme; and then the northerly winds bringing
the condenſed and ponderous air from the neighbour-
hood of the pole, and that again being checked by a
foutherly wind, at no great diſtance, and ſo heaped:
up, muſt of neceſſity, make the mercury in ſuch caſe
ſtand higher in the other extreme.
8. This remark, that there is little or no variation
near the equinoctial, does, above all others, confirm
the
a

B AS
B AS
the hypotheſis of the variable winds being the cauſe bus. Lin. Sp. 390. Baſella with plain leaves and ſimple
of theſe variations of the height of the mercury; for foot-ſtalks. Cuſcuta foliis fubcordatis. Hort. Cliff.
in the places above-named, there is always an eaſy gale 39. Climbing Nightſhades
of wind, blowing nearly upon the ſame point, viz. 2. BASELLA (Alba) foliis ovatis undatis, pedunculis fim-
E. N. E. at Barbadoes, and E. S. E. at St. Helena; plicibus folio longioribus. Lin. Sp. 390. Baſella with
ſo that there being no contrary currents of the air to oval waved leaves, and foot-fialks longer than the leaf.
exhauſt or accumulate it, the atmoſphere continues Baſella Sinica, foliis & caulibus viridibus minùs fuc-
much in the ſame ſtate.
culentibus fructu minore. Juſt.
Mr. Patrick gives us the following rules and obſer- The firſt fort has thick, ſtrong, fucculent ftalks and
vations for the riſing and falling of the mercury, in leaves, which are of a deep purple colour. The
order to foreknow the weather by the barometer. plant requires to be ſupported, for it will climb to the
1. It has been obſerved, that the motion of the mer- height of eight or ten feet, when the plants are kept
cury does not exceed three inches in its riſing or fall- in a ſtove or glaſs-caſe, and produce a great number
ing in the barometer of the common form.
of fide branches : but if they are expoſed to the open
2. That its leaſt alterations are to be minded, in or- air, they will not grow fo large, nor will they perfect
der to the right finding of the weather by it.
their ſeeds, except it be in very warm feaſons; when
3. The riſing of the mercury preſages in general fair they are placed in the bark-ſtove, they will often live
weather, and its falling, foul, as rain, ſnow, high through the winter, and produce great quantities of
winds, and ſtorms.
flowers and feeds. The flowers of this plant have
4. In very hot weather, the falling of the mercury no great beauty, but the plant is preſerved for the odd
foreſhews thunder.
appearance of the ſtalks and leaves.
5. In winter, the riſing of the mercury preſages froſt ; The ſeeds of the ſecond fort I received from Dr.
and in froſty weather, if the mercury falls three or Juffieu of Paris, from whence I have obtained two
four degrees, there will certainly follow a thaw; but varieties; one of which hath purple ſtalks and leaves,
if the mercury riſes in a continued froſt, it will cer- and the other hath leaves variegated with white; but
tainly ſnow.
both of them retain their fmall ſtalks, and oblong
6. When foul weather happens ſoon after the falling flaccid leaves, ſmaller flowers and fruit, in which
of the mercury, you may expect but little of it; and
they effentially differ from the firſt.
you may judge the ſame, when the weather proves Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
fair ſhortly after the mercury has riſen.
be fown in a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the
7. When the mercury riſes much and high in foul plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
weather, and continues fo for two or three days before into a ſeparate pot filled with rich earth, and plunged
the foul weather is over, you may expect a continu- into the tan-bed, where they muſt be treated in the
ance of fair weather to follow.
fame manner as other tender exotics. They may alſo
8. When the mercury falls much and low in fair be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be laid to
weather, and continues ſo for two or three days be- dry a day or two after they are taken from the plants,
fore the rain comes, then you may expect a great deal before they are planted, that the wound may heal,
of wet, and probably high winds.
otherwiſe they will rot. Theſe cuttings muſt be plant-
9. The unſettled motion of the mercury denotes un- ed into pots filled with light freſh earth, and plunged
certain and changeable weather.
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where they
10. You are not ſo ſtrictly to mind the words engraven will take root in a fortnight or three weeks time, when
on the plates, though for the moſt part they will they ſhould be treated in the ſame manner as the ſeed-
agree with them, as the riſing and falling of the mer- ling plants. But as theſe riſe ſo eaſily from feeds, it
cury; for if it ſtands at much rain, and riſes up to is ſeldom they are propagated any other way, becauſe
changeable, it preſages fair weather, although not they are plants of ihort duration. Theſe flower from
to continue ſo long as it would have done, if the June to autumn, and the feeds ripen in September
mercury were higher, and ſo on the contrary.
and December.
Theſe rules and obſervations are ſufficient to inſtruct Theſe plants will climb to a conſiderable height, and
perſons who are unacquainted with this inftrument, fend forth a great number of branches, ſo that they
how to make their obſervations; and with conſtantly ſhould have a place near the back of the ſtove, where
remarking what alterations happen in the weather on they may be trained up to a trelliſe, or faſtened to the
the variations of the mercury, a perſon may nearly back of the ſtove, otherwiſe they will twiſt them-
predict the great alterations of the weather a day or ſelves about whatever plants ſtand near thein, and
two before they happen, which is frequently of great be very injurious to the other plants; whereas, when
uſe to the gardener and farmer, but particularly to they are regularly trained to a trelliſe, they will have
the latter, who may begin to mow his graſs when he a good effect in adding to the variety.
finds there is a proſpect of fair weather, or poſtpone From the berries of the firſt fort, I have ſeen a beau-
it a few days until he foreſees a likelihood of ſuch. tiful colour drawn, but when uſed for painting, did
The ſame alſo may be of great moment in reaping not continue very long, but changed to a pale colour;
his corn, as alſo in fowing his grain, and moſt of his though I believe there might be a method invented,
other buſineſs. Therefore the uſe of this inſtrument whereby this beautiful colour might be fixed, ſo as to
ſhould be more generally known by the practical far- become very uſeful; for I have been aſſured, that
mer and gardener.
the juice of theſe berries has been uſed for ſtaining
BARTRAMIA. See TRIUMFETTA.
of callicoes in India.
BASELL A, or climbing Nightſhade from Malabar. BASILICUM, or BASIL. See OCYMUM.
The CHARACTERS are,
BASONS or fountains, &c. which ſerve either for
The flower hath no empalement; it is Maped like a the ornament or uſe of gardens, are made in divers
pitcher, fleſhy at the baſe and ſwelling, but cloſed toward forms, fome round, ſome oblong or oval, others
the brim, where it is divided into fix parts, two of which ſquare, octangular, &c. but their moſt common form
are larger than the others.
It bath five awl-ſaped is circular; and, if the ground will permit, the larger
ſtamina, which are equal, faſtened to the petely crowned they are the better; and when they exceed in ſize,
with roundiſho ſummits. The globular germen, which is they are called pieces of water, canals, fiſh ponds,
htuated in the center, ſupports three ſlender Styles, crowned pools, and reſervoirs.
by oblong ſtigma. The petal of the flower remains, and In making theſe, care ought to be taken to avoid
incloses a roundiſh fiefby berry, including one round feed. both the extremes, and not to make them either too
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection big or too little, that a water work may not take
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Trigynia, up the beſt part of a ſmall ſpot of ground; nor to
the flower having five ſtamina and three ſtyles. make too little a baſon in a large ſpor. This muſt
The SPECIES are,
depend entirely on the judgment of the deſigner of
1. BASELLA (Rubra) foliis planis, pedunculis fimplici- the garden.
I i
Some
a
a
а

BAS
BAS
a
а.
inay be
cranny, it will
3
Some would have the fize of a baſon to be propor- oil, or bullock's blood, to prevent it from cracking
tioned to the Jet d'Eau, that the water thrown up in or flawing; this being done, the water ſhould be let
the air, may not, by being blown by the air, be car- into the bafon as ſoon as may be.
ried beyond the edge of the baſon, but all fall down Thoſe baſons which are made of lead, are to be thus
without wetting the walk.
wrought; the outlines ought to be enlarged one foot
As to the depth of bafons it is uſually from two to of a lide, and digged half a foot deeper than the ba-
three feet, this depth being fufficient to ſecure the fon is to be.
bottom of the balons from froſt, and to dip watering The wall muſt be made a foot thick, that it
pots.
able to bear up againſt the earth lying againſt it; but
But if they are to ſerve for reſervoirs, or to keep fiſh the bottom will not require to be more than half a
in, then they may be made four or five feet deep, foot thick.
which will both hold water enough, and be deep Theſe walls muſt be built in rubble laid in mortar all
enough for the fish to breed in, and alſo to bear a of plafter, becauſe the lime will eat the lead, and then
boat.
the lead muſt be laid on the walls and bottom, and
Deeper than this they need not be, and if they were be feamed with folder.
deeper, they would be dangerous as to the drowning But baſons of lead are not much in uſe, becauſe of
of perſons who might chance to fall in.
their great charge in making, and the danger of the
In making baſons, great care ought to be taken in lead being ſtolen.
making them at firſt; for the water always naturally Great care ought to be taken to keep the upper edge
endeavouring to run away, and by its weight and and fuperficies of a baſon upon a level, that the wa-
а
preffure in a baſon, making its way out at the leaſt ter may cover all the walls equally.
grow conſtantly bigger and bigger; ſo As to the waſte pipes of bafons, whether at the bot-
that if it be not well made at firſt, it will be very dif- tom or fuperficies, they ought not to be made too
ficult to repair it.
ſmall, left they ſhould be choked, notwithſtanding the
Bafons are made either with clay, cement, or lead; cawls that are drawn before them.
they are moſt uſually made of clay; in making fuch, When this waſte water is only to be loſt in ſinks and
at the marking out the dimenſions, the diameter common ſewers, it is carried away in drains or earthen
ought to be four feet bigger on each fide, yet the pipes; but when it ſerves to play the baſons that lie
balon will not be the wider, for it will be taken up below it, it muſt paſs through leaden pipes.
with the walls on each ſide; and the clay-work, which Theſe baſons are now pretty generally rejected by per-
is to fill the ſpace between; the baſon muſt alſo be fons of good taſte, as being no ways ornamental;
dug two feet deeper than the depth of the water is therefore where there is a neceſſity to make reſervoirs
deſigned to be, becauſe it is to be laid over eighteen for water for the uſe of gardens, they are commonly
inches thick with clay, and fix inches with gravel and dug in the loweſt part of gardens, or where the foot
paving.
is moſt convenient for receiving the water, which may
The clay ought to be well wrought with the hands run from the adjacent grounds in hard rains; theſe
and water, and when it is ſpread, ihould be trodden ponds ſhould have their fides made very eaſy, for, if
in with the naked feet, that the water of the baſon they are too upright, the earth frequently breaks down
may not dilute through it, and the roots of any trees by the water waſhing, and making it hollow below 3
that may grow near, may not penetrate into the out- the ſides and bottoms of theſe ponds ſhould be laid
ward wall, which may be made of ſhards, rubble, or nine or ten inches thick with well wrought clay, and,
flints, with mortar made of the natural earth, and is as the clay is finiſhed, it ſhould be well covered to
called the ground wall, becauſe it is only made to re- prevent the ſun and wind from cracking it before the
fift the preffure of the ground about it. The inward water is let in. The figures of theſe ponds ſhould
wall ought to be made with good rubble ſtones that not be regular, for the ſhape of the hollow, where
will not ſcale and come off in flanes in the water, or they are made, ſhould be followed, which will ſave
elſe of flints and ſtones from the hills, which will expence, and have a better appearance.
make durable work, but will not look ſo neat as the BASTERIA. Nov. Gen. All-fpice.
pointed rubble; and there ought to be laid here and As this plant had no proper title given to it, I have
there ſtones, the thickneſs of the wall, to render it given it this in honour of my worthy friend Dr. Job
the more fubftantial.
Bafter, F.R. S. of Zurick Zee, in Holland, who is
The method of making baſons of cement is as fol- a gentleman well ſkilled in botany, and has a fine
lows: after you have marked out the dimenſions of garden ſtored with rare plants, of which he is very
the baſon, as before, if you enlarge it one foot nine communicative to his friends, as I have many years
inches, it will be ſufficient, and the ſame depth deeper experienced
at the bottom will be enough.
The CHARACTERS are,
This being done, you muſt begin to back up
and The empalement of the flower is fort, of one leaf, and
raiſe againſt the ground; cut perpendicularly a wall cut into five narrow ſegments at the top. It both a dou-
of maſonry a foot thick, which muſt go to the bot- ble ſeries of narrow petals, which ſpread open, and turn
tom, and ſhould be built with ſhards and rubble ſtones inward at their extremity. Under the receptacle is fitu-
laid in mortar of lime and fand.
ated an oval germen, having no ſiyle, but five figma reſt-
When the wall is finiſhed round the circumference, ing upon it, and is ſurrounded by many short framina,
then the bottom is to be wrought a foot thick with crowned by obtuſe ſummits. The germen ofterceard be-
the ſame materials; and the ſolid work or lining of comes a roundiſh fruit, compreſſed at both ends, having
cement is to be backed up againſt the walls nine cells, containing oblong ſeeds.
incires thick, including the plaſtering and inward ſur- We have but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent
face. This folid ought to be made of ſmall fints, in England, which is,
laid in beds of mortar made of lime and cement. BASTERIA foliis ovatis oppofitis, floribus lateralibus
When this folid is eight inches thick, it ought to be caule fruticofo ramofo. Baſteria with oval leaves placed
plaſtered over the whole ſurface of the bottom with oppoſite, flowers coming from the ſides of the fialks, and a
cement well fifted before it be tempered with lime; branching Sorubby ſi alk. Frutex Corni foliis conjugatis
and with this it ſhould be wrought over ſmooth with floribus Anemones ftellate, petalis craſſis rigidis co-
the trowel.
lore fordidè rubente, cortice Aromatico. Cateib. Hift.
"The proportion of this cement ſhould be two thirds Carol, Vol. I. p. 46. commonly called in Carolina All-
of cement or powdered tile to one third of lime. Spice.
This cement has the property to harden ſo under wa- This ſhrub grows naturally in America. Mr. Catefby,
ter, that it will be as hard as ftone or marble, and
, who firſt introduced it into the Engliſh gardens, pro-
the body will be fo folid as never to decay.
cured it from the continent, fome hundred miles on
After the finiſhing of the baſon, the plaſtering ſhould the back of Charles Town, in Carolina.
be for four or five days ſucceſſively anointed over with
I
3
,

B A U
BA U
none.
a
It ſeldom riſes more than four feet high in this coun- Maped, waved ond rejlened, but in others roundiſh and
try, dividing into many flender branches near the concave': it hath ten ſtamina, which are of unequal lengths.
ground, which are garniſhed with two oval leaves Some of theſe are crowned by oval ſummits, but others have
placed oppoſite at every joint, which are entire; theſe
The oblong germen fits upon the foot-stalk, ſupport-
have ſhort foot-ſtalks; the flowers grow ſingle at the ing a ſlender declining ſtyle, which turns upward at the
extremity of the foot-ſtalk, which comes out from point, crowned by an obtuſe liigma; the germen after-
the wings of the leaves; they have two ſeries of nar- ward becomes a long taper pod, incloſing a row of roundiſha
row thick petals, which ſpread open, and turn inward compreſſed ſeeds.
at the top, like thoſe of the Starry Anemone, or the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Virgin's Bower: theſe are of a ſullen purple colour, Linnæus?s tenth claſs, entitled Decandria Monogynia,
and have a diſagreeable ſcent; they appear in May. the flower having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle:
The embryo fits beneath the flower, and ſupports five
The SPECIES are,
ſtigma ; this afterward appears to have five cells, but 1. BAUHINIA (Aculeata) caule aculeato. Hort. Cliff
it never comes to perfection in this country, therefore 156. Bauhinia with a prickly fi alk. Bauhinia aculeata
I can only give a deſcription of it from an imperfect folio rotundo emarginato. Plum. Nov. Gen. 23.
rudiment, which a few years paft, was fairer than any 2. BAUHINIA (Tomentosa) foliis cordatis, lobis femior-
I had before ſeen. The bark of this ſhrub is brown, biculatis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 536. Bauhinia with
and has a very ſtrong aromatic fcent; from whence heart-ſhaped leaves, and ſemiorbicular woolly lobes. Bau-
the inhabitants of Carolina gave it the title of All- hinia flore luteo fpicato folio ſubrotundo bicorni.
ſpice, by which it is generally known in the nurſeries Houſt.
near London.
3. BAUHINIA (Acuminata) foliis ovatis lobis acuminatis
This ſhrub will thrive in the open air in England, if ſemi-ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 375. Bauhinia with oval
it is planted in a warm ſituation and a dry foil. It is leaves, and pointed lobes which are half oval. Bauhi-
propagated by laying down the young branches, which nia non aculeata folio ampliori & bicorni. Plum. Nov.
will take root in one year, and may then be taken
,
Gep. 23.
from the mother plant, and planted where they are 4. BAUHINÍA (Ungulata) foliis, lobis parallelis. Lin. Sp.
deſigned to remain, for they do not bear tranſplanting 535. Bauhinia with ovel leaves, whose lobes are parallel
.
well, after they are grown to any fize. . When the Bauhinia non aculeata folio nervoſo bicorni, Aoribus
layers are tranſplanted, the ſurface of the ground albicantibus. Hout.
ſhould be covered with mulch, to prevent the drying 5. BAUHINIA (Emarginata) caule aculeato, foliis corda-
winds from penetrating the ground to their roots ; tis lobis orbiculatis, fubtus tomentofis. Bauhinia with
and if the ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be watered a prickly ſtalk, and heart-ſhaped leaves with round lobes,
once a week, but ſhould not have too much wet, for which are woolly on their under ſide. Bauhinia acu-
that will rot their tender fibres.
leata folio rotundo emarginato flore magno albo.
The beſt time for laying down the branches, is in the Houſt.
autumn, but they ſhould not be tranſplanted till the 6. BAUHINIA (Purpurea) folio fubcordatis bipartitis ro-
ſpring twelve months after, for the ſpring is the fafeſt tundatis, fubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 536. Bauhinia
time to remove theſe plants. After the branches are with almoſt heart-ſhaped leaves divided in two roundiſh
laid down, there ſhould be ſome old tanners bark lobes woolly on their under ſide. Bauhinia non aculeata
laid upon the ſurface of the ground, to keep out the folio fubrotundo bicorni, floribus albis. Houft.
froſt, which ſhould alſo be done every winter, while 7. BAUHINIA (Roiundata) foliis fubcordatis bipartitis ro-
the plants are young, which will prevent the froſt tundatis caule aculeato, floribus fparfis. Bauhinia with
from penetrating to their root, and thereby ſecure beari-Shaped, bifid, rounded leaves, a prickly fialk, and
them.
flowers growing Sparſly. Bauhinia aculeata foliis fubro-
This plant was very ſcarce in England, till within a tundis bicornis flore magno albo. Houſt.
few years paſt
, that many of them have been brought 8. BAUHINIA (Variegata) foliis cordatis lobis coadunatis
from Carolina, where they have been greatly increaſed obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 375. Bauhinia with heart-
in the gardens near Charles Town.
Shaped leaves, and obtuſe lobes which join together. Cho-
Dr. Kempfer has given a figure and deſcription of a vanna-mandaru. Hort. Mal. 1. p. 57.
plant, in his Amoenitates Exoticarum, which ſeems 9. BAUHINIA (Scandens) caule cirrhifero. Lin. Sp. Plants
to be of this genus; but he mentions the fruit to be 374. Baubinia with a ſtalk baving tendrils.
compoſed of eight cells; whereas, ſo far as I have 10. BAUHINIA (Divaricata) foliis ovatis lobis divarica-
been able to examine this, it appears to have but five; tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 374. Bauhinia with oval leavess
however, the flower and general ſtructure of the whoſe lobes ſpread different ways. Bauhinia foliis quin-
plant, agrees very well with this, but I ſuppoſe it to quenerviis laciniis acuminatis remotiffimis. Hort.
be a diſtinct ſpecies, the leaves of this being much
Cliff. 156.
longer, and the flowers ftand upon naked foot-ſtalks ; The firſt fort grows plentifully in Jamaica, and the
whereas thoſe of our fort have commonly two ſmall other fugar iſlands in America, where it riſes to the
leaves, which are narrower, and more pointed than height of fixteen or eighteen feet, with a crooked
thoſe upon the branches : but I find Dr. Linnæus and ftem, and divides into many irregular branches, armed
Monſieur Du Hamel, both ſuppoſe they are the ſame with ſhort ſtrong fpines, garniſhed with compound
plant.
winged leaves, each having two or three pair of
After I had given a figure of this plant, in plate LX. lobes, ending with an odd one, which are oblique,
of my Figures of Plants, I received Monſieur Du Ha- blunt, and indented at the top. The ſtalks are ter-
mel's book of the trees and ſhrubs, which will grow minated by ſeveral long ſpikes of yellow flowers,
in the open air about Paris, in which he has given a which are fucceeded by bordered pods, about three
bad figure of this plant, under the title of Butneria ; inches long, which contain two or three ſwelling feeds,
but as my plate was firſt publiſhed, and I was not ap- Theſe pods are glutinous, and have a ſtrong bal-
priſed of his title, I have continued my title to it; famic ſcent, as have alſo the leaves when bruiſed.
not from any attachment to it, as being my own, but It is called in America, the Indian Savin-tree, from
rather to avoid confuſion, which muſt attend the fre- its ſtrong odour, fomewhat reſembling the common
quent alteration of the names of plants, which is too Savin.
much in faſhion at preſent.
The ſecond fort was ſent me from Campeachy, in
BAUHINIA, Mountain Ebony, vulgò. This plant 1730, by the late Dr. Houſton, where he found it
was ſo named by father Plumier, in honour of the growing naturally. This riſes to the height of twelve
two famous botaniſts, John and Caſpar Bauhin. or fourteen feet, with a ſmooth ftem, dividing into
The CHARACTERS are,
many branches, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves,
The empalement of the flower is permanent, tubulous, of having two ſmooth-pointed lobes; the extremity of
one leaf, and cut into five parts at the top; the flower every branch is terininated by a long ſpike of yellow
is compoſed of five petals, which in ſome ſpecies are Spear- flowers, ſo that when theſe trees are in flower, they
make
و
.

B A U
B EL
anake a fine appearance. The pods are ſwelling, and foot-ſtalks; theſe are fix inches long, and three inchies
about five inches long, each containing five or fix and a half broad in the middle, and are deeply cut
roundiſh compreffed feeds.
into two pointed lobes, each having three prominent
The third fort grows naturally in both Indies, where ribs running longitudinally. This hath not produced
it riſes with ſeveral pretty ftrong, upright, fmooth flowers in England, nor had I any account of them
ftems, fending out many ferder branches, garniſhed with the feeds, which were ſent me from Cam-
with oval leaves, deeply divided into two lobes. The peachy.
leaves come out without order, and have long foot- The tenth fort grows naturally in great plenty on the
Italks, but are much thinner than thoſe of the species north fide of the iſland of Jamaica. This is a low
before-mentioned. The flowers come out at the fhrub, feldom riſing more than five or fix feet high,
extremity of the branches, three or four in a looſe but divides into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with oval
bunch; the petals are red, or ſtriped with white; leaves, divided into two lobes, which ſpread from
others are plain upon the ſame branch; the ſtamina each other. The flowers grow in looſe panicles at
and ſtyle are white, and ſtand out beyond the petals. the end of the branches, which are white, and have
Theſe flowers are fucceeded by long flat pods of a a very agreeable ſcent. Theſe appear the greateſt
dark brown colour, each containing five or fix part of ſummer, fo is one of the great beauties of the
roundiſh compreſſed feeds. The wood of this tree hot-houſe. The flowers are ſucceeded by taper
is very hard, and veined with black, from whence pods, about four inches long, each containing four
the inhabitants of America call it Mountain Ebony. or five roundiſh compreffed feeds, of a dark colour.
The fourth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from All theſe plants are natives of the warm countries,
whence I received the ſeeds. This riſes to the height ſo will not thrive in England, unleſs they are kept in
of twenty feet, with a ſmooth ftem, dividing into a warm ſtove. They are propagated by feeds, which
many ſmall branches, garniſhed with oblong heart- muſt be procured from the countries where they
ſhaped leaves, having two pointed parallel lobes, grow naturally, for they do not perfect their feeds
which have each three longitudinal veins. The leaves in England.
are -placed alternately on the branches, which are The laſt fort has ſeveral times produced pods in the
terminated by looſe bunches of white flowers; theſe Chelſea garden, but they have never come to ma-
are ſucceeded by very long narrow compreſſed pods, turity. The feeds ſhould be brought over in their
which have eight or ten compreſſed roundiſh feeds pods, which will preſerve them good. Thefe muſt
in each.
be ſown in pots filled with light freſh earth, and
The fifth fort was ſent me from Carthagena, in New plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners-bark; if
Spain, where it grows in plenty. This ſeldom riſes the ſeeds are good, the plants will come up in about
more than ten feet high, dividing into many irregular fix weeks, and in a month after, will be fit to tranſ-
branches, armed with ſhort crooked fpines; the plant, when they ſhould be carefully ſhaken out of
leaves grow alternate, are heart-shaped, and have two the feed pot, ſo as not to tear off the roots, and each
roundiſh lobes, they are woolly on their under fide, planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
and have ihort foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow at the Ioamy earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again,
extremity of the branches, two or three together; being careful to fhade them until they have taken
theſe are large, and of a dirty white colour, and are freſh root, after which they ſhould have freſh air
fucceeded by ſhort flat pods, each containing two or admitted to them every day in warm weather. In
three feeds.
the autumn they muſt be placed in the bark-ſtove,
The fixth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz. and treated in the ſame way as other tender exotics,
This riſes to the height of twenty-five, or thirty feet, giving them but little water in winter. As theſe
with many irregular ſtems, which divide into many plants frequently flower, they are worthy of a place
fiender branches; garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, in the ſtove,
having two roundith lobes. The flowers come out BAY. See LAURUS.
in looſe ſpikes at every joint from the wings of the BE ANS. See FABA.
leaves, with naked foot-ſtalks, and are of a dirty BEANS, (KIDNEY or FRENCH.) See Pha.
white colour, and are ſucceeded by oblong com-
preſſed pods, which are broadeft at their extremity, BE AN-TREFOIL. See CYTISUS.
where they are rounded, each containing three or four BE A R's-E A R. See AURICULA.
compreſſed feeds.
BEAR'S-EAR SANICLE. See VERBASCUM.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally at Carthagena, in BE A R’s-FOOT. See HELLEBORUS.
New Spain. This riſes twenty feet high, with a ſtrong BECABUNGA, or Brook-lime.
upright ftem, which fends out many branches toward This is a ſort of Veronica, or Water Speedwell; of
the top; armed with ſpines growing by pairs, which which there are two forts, one with a long leaf, and
are ſtrong and crooked. The leaves are heart-ſhaped the other round; they are both very common in
and grow alternately, having two rounded lobes. ditches, and watery places, almoſt every where in
The flowers are large and white, coming out thinly England; the ſecond fort is uſed in medicine.
at the ends of the branches. The petals of theſe are BEE, or GNAT-FLOWER. See ORCHIS.
near two inches long, and ſpread open wide; the ſta- BEECH-TREE. See Fagus.
FAGUS
mina and ſtyle are nearly of the fame length. The BELLADONA. See ATROPA.
flowers are fucceeded by long flat pods, which are BELL-FLOWER. See CAMPANULA.
narrow, each containing five or fix feeds.
BELLIS [is ſo called Bellus, Lat. pretty, handſome,
The eighth fort grows naturally in both Indies. This &c.] the Daily
rifes with a ſtrong ſtem, upward of twenty feet high,
The CHARACTERS are,
dividing into many ſtrong branches, garniſhed with It hath a radiated diſcous flower, compoſed of many ber-
heart-ſhaped leaves, having obtuſe lobes which cloſe maphrodite florets in the diſk, and female florets in the
together. The flowers are large and grow in looſe rays; included in a common empalement, with a double fe-
panicles; at the extremity of the branches, of a ries of ſmall leaves of equal length. The hermaphrodite
purpliſh red colour, marked with white, and have a florets in the diſk, are funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five
yellow bottom. Theſe have a very agreeable ſcent. parts at the brim; the female florets ere tongue-ſhaped,
The flowers are fucceeded by compreſſed pods, about. and make the border; theſe have no ſtamina, but an oval
fix inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, germen ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by two ſpread-
containing three or four compreſſed feeds in each. ing ſtigma; the hermaphrodite florets have an oval gernen,
The ninth fort grows naturally in both Indies, where Supporting a fimple ſtyle, crowned by a bordered ſtigma,
it riſes with many ſlender ſtalks, which put out ten- This is attended by five ſhort ſtamina, crowned by tubular
drils, and faſten themſelves to the neighbouring trees, cylindrical ſummits
. The germen afterward becomes a ſingle
whereby they riſe to a great height; the leaves come naked ſeed placed vertically.
out alternately, are heart-ſhaped, ftanding upon long
SEOLUS.
a
This

B EL
BER
p. 96.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
Polygamia ſuperflua, the flowers being compoſed of the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
female and hermaphrodite florets, included in a com- We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
mon empalement.
BELLONIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 172. Bellonia fruteſcens, fo-
The SRECIES are,
lio meliffæ aſpero. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19.
1. Bellis (Perennis) fcapo nudo uniforo. Hort. Cliff. This plant is very common in ſeveral of the warm
418. Doiſy with a naked ſtalk, having one flower. Bellis iſlands in America, from whence I have received the
fylveftris minor. C. B. P. 267. Smaller wild Daiſy.
ſeeds.
2. BELLIS (Annua) caule ſubfoliofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. It hath a ligneous ſtalk, which riſes ten or twelve
887. Daiſy with leaves on the lower part of the ſtalk. feet high, ſending out many lateral branches, gar-
Bellis minor pratenſis caule folioſo. Bocc. Muf. 2. niſhed with oval rough leaves placed oppoſite; the
flowers come out from the wings of the leaves, in
3. Bellis (Hortenſis) hortenfis flore pleno majore. C. B. looſe panicles, which are of the wheel ſhape, of one
P. 261. Garden Daiſy with a larger double flower. leaf, divided into five parts; theſe are ſucceeded by
The firſt fort is the common Daiſy, which grows oval capſules, ending in a point, which are full of
naturally in paſture land in moſt parts of Europe, and ſmall round feeds.
is often a troubleſome weed in the graſs of gardens, It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown early
fo is never cultivated.
in the ſpring, in a pot filled with light freſh earth,
The ſecond fort is a low annual plant, which grows and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners barks, ob-
naturally on the Alps, and the hilly parts of Italy. ſerving to water it frequently, as the earth appears
This ſeldom rifes more than three inches high, with dry; but you muſt be careful not to waſh the ſeeds
an upright ſtalk, which is garniſhed with leaves on out of the ground. When the plants are come up
the lower part; but the upper part is naked, fup- half an inch high, they ſhould be carefully tranſ-
porting a ſingle flower like that of the common Daily, planted into pots filled with light freſh earth, and
but ſmaller. This is preſerved in fome botanic gar- plunged into the hot-bed again, obſerving to water
dens for the ſake of variety; it was ſent me from Ve- and ſhade them until they have taken root; after
rona, near which place it grows wild.
which time they ſhould have air admitted to them every
The Garden Daily is generally ſuppoſed to be only a day, when the weather is warm; they muſt alſo be
variety of the wild fort, which was firſt obtained by frequently watered. When the plants have filled
culture. This may probably be true, but there has theſe pots with their roots, they ſhould be carefully
not been any inſtance of late years of the wild fort fhaken out of them, and their roots trimmed, and
having been altered by culture ; for I have kept the put into larger pots filled with light freſh earth, and
wild fort in the garden upward of forty years, and plunged into the hot-bed again. In warm weather
have conftantly parted the roots, and raiſed many they ſhould have free air admitted to them every
plants from ſeeds, but they have conſtantly remained day; but in autumn they muſt be plunged into the
the ſame; nor have I ever obſerved the Garden Daiſy bark-ſtove, and treated in the ſame manner as other
to degenerate to the wild fort, where they have been tender exotic plants. The ſecond year theſe plants
fome years neglected, tho' they have altered greatly will ſometimes flower, but they rarely produce good
with regard to the fize and beauty of their flowers.
feeds in this climate; however, they may be propa-
I have alſo obſerved the ſeveral varieties of the Gar- gated by cuttings in the ſummer months, provided
den Daiſy vary from one to the other, therefore I they are planted in light earth on a moderate hot-bed,
thall not conſider them as diſtinct ſpecies, but ſhall and carefully watered and ſhaded until they have
only mention the varieties, which are cultivated in the taken root. Theſe plants muſt be conſtantly kept in
gardens.
the ſtove, and ſhould have a large ſhare of free air in
1. The red and white Garden Daiſy, with double warm weather, but if they are ſet abroad, they will
flowers.
not thrive in this climate.
2. The double variegated Garden Daiſy.
BELVEDERE. See CHENOPODIUM.
3. The Childing, or Hen and Chicken Daiſy. BENZOIN, the Benjamin-tree. See LAURUS.
4. The Cockſcomb Daily with red and white flowers. BERBERIS, the Barberry, or Pipperidge-buſh.
The Garden Daiſies flower in April and May, when
The CHARACTERS are,
they make a pretty variety, being intermixed with It bath a coloured empalement, which ſpreads open, com-
plants of the iame growth; they ſhould be planted poſed of ſix concave leaves, three of which are ali crnetely
in a ſhady border, and a loamy foil without dung, larger than the other ; the flower is of six leaves, which
in which they may be preſerved without varying, are roundiſh, concave, and little larger than the empale-
provided the roots are tranſplanted and parted every ment; there are two coloured nectarii, faſtened to the baſe
autumn; which is all the culture they require, except of each petal, and fix obtufe, compreſſed, ereat ſtamina, with
the keeping them clear from weeds.
two ſummits faſtened on each ſide their opex. The germen
Theſe were formerly planted for edgings to borders, is cylindrical, the length of the stamina, having no
but they are very unfit for this purpoſe; becauſe where Style, but crowned by an orbicular ſtigma broader than the
they are fully expoſed to the ſun, they frequently die germen, having a ſharp border: the germen afterward
in large patches, whereby the edgings become bald becomes an obtuſe, cylindrical, umbilicated berry, having a
in many places.
puncture, and one cell incloſing two cylindrical ſeeds.
BELLIS MAJOR. See CHRYSANTHEMUM. This genus is ranged in Linnæus's firſt ſection of his
BELLONIA.
fixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, the flower
This plant was ſo named by Father Plumier, in ho- having fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
nour of the famous Petrus Bellonius, who has left
The SPECIES are,
many valuable tracts on natural hiſtory, &c.
1. BERBERIS (Vulgaris) pedunculis racemofis. Mat. Med.
The CHARACTERS are,
290. Barberry with branching foot-fiolks. Berberis du-
It hath a permanent empalement which is of one leaf, cut metorum. C. B. P. 454. The common Barberry.
into five parts at the top; the flower is wheel-ſhaped, of 2. BERBERIS (Canadenſis) foliis obversè-ovatis. Barberry
one leaf, with a ſhort tube, but Spread open above, and with oval obverſe leaves. Berberis latiffimo folio Ca-
cut inio five obtuje ſegments. It hath five awl-ſhaped ſte- nadenſis. H. R. Par.
mine, which are ſhort, and crowned by Sbort erect fum- 3. BERBERIS (Cretica) pedunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp.
mits, which cloſe togeiber. The germen is ftuated under Plant. 331. Barberry with a ſingle flower on each foot-
the receptacle of the flower, ſupporting on owl-ſhaped ſtyle, ſtalk. Berberis Cretica buxi folio. Tourn. Cor. 42.
which is longer than the ſtamine, and crowned by an acute The firſt fort grows naturally in the hedges in many
Stigma. The germen ofterward becomes an ovel turbinated
parts of England, but is alſo cultivated in gardens
feed-veſſel, ending in a point, baving one cell filled with for its fruit, which is pickled, and uſed for garnish-
Small round feeds.
ing diſhes. This ſhrub riſes with many ſtalks from
Kk
the
و

B E S
B ES
ز
the root, to the height of eight or ten feet, which
have a white bark, yellow on the inſide ; the ſtalks
and branches are armed with ſharp thorns, which
commonly grow by threes; the leaves are oval, ob-
tufe, and ſlightly lawed on their edges. The flowers
come out from the wings of the leaves, in ſmall ra-
moſe bunches, like thoſe of the Currant-buih, which
are yellow; theſe are ſucceeded by oval fruit, which
are firſt green, but when ripe turn to a fine red co-
lour. The flowers appear in May, and the fruit ripens
in September.
There are two or three varieties of this ſhrub, which
have been mentioned as diſtinct ſpecies; one is the
Berberis fine nucleo. C. B. P. Barberry without ſtone.
The ſecond is Berberis fructu albo. Barberry with
white fruit. The third is the Berberis orientalis
pro-
cerior fructu nigro fuaviffimo. Tourn. Cor. Taller
Eaſtern Barberry with a black ſweet fruit. The firſt
of theſe is certainly accidental, becauſe the fuckers,
taken from thoſe buſhes being tranſplanted, com-
monly produce fruit with ftones; fo it is the age of
the plant which occaſions that variation. The fort
with white fruit feldom bears; the leaves of this are
of a lighter green colour, and the bark of the ftalks
are whiter than thoſe of the common, which are the
only differences between them, for the fruit is ſeldom
produced here. The third ſort appears the ſame with
the common, and only differs in the colour and fla-
vour of the fruit, fo is only a variety.
The common ſort is generally propagated by fuckers,
which are put out in great plenty from the root;
but theſe plants are very ſubject to ſend out ſuckers,
in greater plenty than thoſe which are propagated by
layers; therefore the latter method ſhould be pre-
ferred. The beſt time for laying down the branches
is in the autumn, when their leaves begin to fall;
the young ſhoots of the ſame year are the beſt for
this purpoſe; theſe will be well rooted by the next
autumn, when they may be taken off, and planted
where they are deſigned to remain. Where this plant
is cultivated for its fruit, it ſhould be planted ſingle,
(not in hedges, as was the old practice) and the
ſuckers every autumn taken away, and all the groſs
fhoots pruned out: by this method the fruit will be
much fairer, and in greater plenty, than upon thoſe
which are ſuffered to grow wild. A few of theſe
ſhrubs may be allowed to have place in wilderneſſes,
or plantations of ſhrubs, where they will make a
pretty variety, and the fruit will be food for the birds;
but they ſhould not be planted in great quantities,
near walks which are much frequented, becauſe their
flowers emit a very ſtrong diſagreeable odour.
The Canada fort was more common in the Engliſh
gardens, fome years paſt, than at preſent. The leaves
,
of this are much broader, and ſhorter than thoſe of
the common fort, and the fruit is black when ripe.
This may be propagated in the ſame way as the
common fort, and is equally hardy.
The Box-leaved fort is at preſent very rare in Eng-
land; and while young, the plants are ſomewhat
tender, fo have been killed by ſevere froft. This
never riſes more than three or four feet high in Eng-
land, but ſends out many ſtalks from the root, which
are ſtrongly armed with ſpines at every joint; the
leaves are produced without order, and are ſhaped
like thoſe of the narrow-leaved Box-tree; the flowers
come out from between the leaves, each upon a
flender foot-ſtalk; but theſe are not ſucceeded by fruit
in England.
This fort may be propagated by laying down the
branches in the fame manner as the firſt; but when
the
young plants are taken off, they ſhould be planted
in pots, and ſheltered under a frame in the winter,
till they have obtained ftrength, when they may be
turned out of the pots, and planted in a warm fi-
tuation.
BERMUDIANA. See SISYRINCHIUM.
BERNARDIA. See CROTON.
BESLERIA
This plant was named after Bafilius Befler, an apo-
thecary at Nuremberg, who was the author of a book;
intitled Hortus Eyſtetenſis.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower is of the perſonated or lip kind, with an em-
palement of one leaf, which is erett, and cut into five
acute parts at the brim : the flower is of one leaf, and
quinquefid; the ſegments being roundiſh, the lower being
large, and the two upper are leſs divided; it bath four
Stamina in the tube of the flower, two of which are longer
than the other, crowned by ſmall ſummits: the oval ger-
men ſupports an awl-Shaped Style, crowned by an acute
stigma; this afterward becomes an oval berry, with one
cell filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Didynamia An-
gioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds being included in a
capfule.
The SPECIES are;
1. BESLERIA (Melittifolia) pedunculis ramofis, foliis
ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 619. Beſleria with branching
foot-ſtalks and oval leaves. Beſleria Melifiæ Tragi foilo.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 29, .
2. BESLERIA (Lutea) pedunculis fimplicibus confertis,
foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 619. Beſleria with
fimple foot-ſtalks growing in cluſters, and Spear-ſhaped
leaves. Beſleria virgæ aureæ foliis flore luteo minor.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 29.
3. BESLERIA (Criſtata) pedunculis fimplicibus folitariis,
involucris pentaphyllis propriis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 619.
Beſleria with ſimple ſtalks growing ſingle, and a five-leaved
involucrum. Beſleria fcandens criſtata fructu nigro.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 29.
The firſt fort hath a ſmooth woody ftalk which is
jointed; at each joint are placed two oval nervous
leaves oppoſite, which are crenated on their edges;
the flowers come out from the wings of the leaves,
upon ſhort branching foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining fix
or eight flowers, which ſtand each upon a ſeparate
ſmaller foot-ſtalk. Theſe are of one leaf, of an
anomalous figure, and quinquefid; after the flower
is paſt, the germen becomes an oval ſoft berry, with
one cell filled with ſmall feeds.
The ſecond fort riſes with a ligneous ftem fix or fe-
ven feet high, dividing toward the top into many ir-
regular branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped fawed
leaves, which have many tranſverſe veins; the flowers
come out at the wings of the leaves, in large cluſters,
each having a ſeparate foot-ſtalk: theſe are ſmall,
tubulous, and of a pale yellow colour, and are fuc-
ceeded by round ſoft berries, incloſing many ſmall
feeds.
The third fort hath a creeping ſtalk, which fends out
roots at every joint, garniſhed with oval leaves
placed oppoſite, which have many tranſverſe ribs,
and are ſharply ſawed on their edges ; from the wings
of the leaves come out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers
fingle, each ſuſtaining one tubulous, irregular, hairy
flower, divided at the top into five obtufe parts, with
a large five-leaved involucrum, deeply fawed on the
border: after the flower is paſt, the germen becomes
a hairy placenta, in the center of the empalement,
containing many ſmall feeds.
Theſe plants grow naturally in the warm parts of
America. The feeds ſhould be fown on a hot-bed
early in the ſpring; and when the plants are come
up half an inch high, they ſhould be each tranſplanted
into a ſmall pot filled with light freſh earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
water and ſhade them until they have taken root;
after which time they ſhould have air and water in
proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and the heat
of the bed in which they are placed. When the
plants have filled theſe finall pots with their roots,
they ſhould be ſhaken out of them, and their roots
trimmed, and put into larger pots filled with light
freih earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again; where
they ſhould have a large ſhare of air in warm
weather, and muſt be frequently watered. With this
management the plants will thrive very well in ſummer,
3
7
but

BE T
ВЕТ
a
3
but in winter they muft be removed into the ſtove,
where they muſt be placed in a temperate warmth,
and ſhould be often, but fparingly, watered. The
ſecond year theſe plants will flower, and ſometimes
they will perfect their feeds in this country; but they
muſt be conſtantly preſerved in the ftove, for they
will not live in the open air.
BETA, the Beet.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower bath a five-leaved concave empalement, which
is permanent. It hath no petal, but five awl-shaped ſta-
mina, placed oppoſite to the leaves of the empalement,
crowned by roundiſh ſummits. The germen is ſituated
below the receptacle, Supporting two ſhort ereet ſtyles,
crowned by pointed ſtigma. The germen efterword becomes
a capſule with one cell, having a ſingle ſeed, wrapped up
in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. BETA (Maritima) caulibus decumbentibus, foliis tri-
angularibus petiolatis. Beet with declining ſialks, and
triangular leaves having foot-ſtalks. Beta fylveftris ma-
ritima. C. B. P. 118.
2. BETA (Hortenſos) foliis radicalibus petiolatis, caulinis
feffilibus, fpicis lateralibus longiffimis. Beet with the
lower leaves having foot-ſtalks, thoſe upon the ſtalks with-
out, and very long Spikes of flowers. Beta alba vel pal-
lefcens, quæ cicla officinarum. C. B. P. 118.
z. BETA (Vulgaris) caule erecto. Lin. Sp. 322. Common
red Beet. Beta rubra radice rapaceâ. C. B. P. 118.
Red Beet with a Turnep root.
There are ſeveral varieties of this genus, fome of
which are cultivated in the gardens for the kitchen ;
but as theſe have been improved by culture, ſo they
muſt not be deemed diftinct ſpecies. There are ſome
who have ſuppoſed all the ſpecies were only ſeminal
variations, but from having cultivated them upward
of forty years, I could never obſerve, that either of
the three ſpecies here enumerated have altered from
one to the other. The only alteration which I have
obſerved in the third fpecies, has been in the colour
of the leaves and roots, which will be hereafter men-
tioned.
The firſt fort grows naturally on the banks of the
fea, and in falt marſhes in divers parts of England.
This has been ſuppoſed by many, to be the ſame with
the ſecond ſpecies; but I have brought the ſeeds
from the places where they grow naturally, many
times, and have cultivated the plants with care, but
could not find any of the plants vary from their parent
plants in their characters, ſo that I can make no doubt
of its being a diſtinct ſpecies.
The ſecond fort is cultivatad in gardens for its leaves,
which are frequently uſed in ſoups; the root of this
fort feldom grows larger than a man's thumb; the
ſtalks grow erect, and are garniſhed with oblong
Ipear-ſhaped leaves, growing cloſe to the ſtalk; the
{pikes of flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves, which are long, and have narrow leaves placed
between the flowers. The lower leaves of the plant
are thick and fucculent, and their foot-ſtalks are
broad. The varieties of this are, the White Beet,
the Green Beet, and the Swifs or Chard Beet. Theſe
will vary from one to the other by culture, as I have
often experienced, but never alter to the firſt or third
fort.
The third fort hath large, thick, ſucculent leaves,
which are for the moſt part of a dark red, or purple
colour. The roots of this are large, and of a deep
red colour, on which their goodneſs depends; for the
larger theſe roots grow, the tenderer they will be;
and the deeper their colour, the more they are
eſteemned. The varieties of this are, the common
Red Beet, the Turnep-rooted Red Beet, the Green-
leaved Red Beet, and the Yellow-rooted Beet.
The ſecond fort, which is cultivated in gardens for
its leaves, which are uſed in the kitchen, is com-
monly fown by itſelf, and not mixed with other crops.
This is ſown the beginning of March, upon an open
{pot of ground, not too moiſt; the feeds ſhould be
ſown thinly, becauſe the plants require room to
ſpread; for when they are too cloſe, the leaves will
be ſmall and full of fibres, fo unfit for the purpoſes
defigned. When the plants have put out four leaves,
the ground ſhould be hoed, as is practiſed for Car-
rots, carefully cutting up all the weeds, and alſo the
plants where they are too near each other, leaving
them at leaſt four inches afunder: if this is performed
in dry weather, all the preſent weeds will be deſtroyed;
but as young weeds will foon appear, ſo in three
weeks or a month's time, the ground ſhould be a ſe-
cond time hoed over, to cut up the weeds, and thin
,
the plants to a greater diſtance; for by this time they
will be paſt danger, fo ſhould not be left nearer than
fix inches, if regard is had to the goodneſs of their
leaves: and if it is of the Swiſs kind, with broad
leaves, the plants muſt not be nearer than nine or ten
inches. If the ſecond hoeing is well performed, and
in dry weather, the ground will remain clean a month
longer, when it ſhould be hoed over a third time;
which, if properly done, will deſtroy all the weeds;
ſo that after this, the plants will ſpread and prevent
the weeds from growing, therefore will want but little
cleaning for a conſiderable time, and the leaves will
foon be fit for uſe, when the outer large leaves ſhould
be firſt gathered, leaving the ſmall inner leaves to
grow larger; ſo that a ſmall ſpot of ground will ſup-
ply a moderate family, and will furniſh a new ſupply
of leaves for two years, provided the plants are not
permitted to run up to feed, for after that, their leaves
will not be good: therefore thoſe who are curious in
their herbs, muſt fow a freſh ſpot of ground annually,
becauſe theſe plants naturally run up the ſecond year;
and although the roots may be continued longer, by
cutting off the ſtalks when they begin to ſhoot, yet
the leaves will not be fo large or tender upon theſe
roots, as upon the young plants.
The Red Beet is frequently fown with Carrots, Parf-
neps, or Onions, by the kitchen gardeners near Lon-
don, who draw up their Carrots or Onions when they
are young, whereby the Beets will have room to grow,
when the other crops are gathered; but where the
crops are not timely removed from them, it will be
a better method to low them ſeparately. This fort
requires a deep light foil, for as their roots run deep
in the ground, fo in ſhallow ground they will be
ſhort and ſtringy. The ſeeds ſhould be ſown in
March, and muſt be treated in the fame manner as
the former fort; but the plants ſhould not be left
nearer than a foot diſtance, or in good land a foot
and a half, for the leaves will cover the ground at
that diſtance. The roots will be fit for uſe in the au-
tumn, and continue good all the winter; but in the
ſpring, when they begin to ſhoot, they will be hard
and ſtringy. A few roots may be left for feed, or
ſome of the faireft roots tranſplanted to a ſheltered
ſpot of ground, where they may be defended from
ſtrong winds, which frequently break down their
ſtalks, if they are not well ſupported, eſpecially when
the ſeeds are formed; which becoming heavy as it
increaſes in bulk, is apt to weigh down the ſlender
ſtalks upon which they grow. The feed will ripen in
September, when the ſtalks ſhould be cut off, and
ſpread on mats to dry, and afterward threſhed out
and cleaned, and put up in bags for uſe.
BETONICA [or Vettonica, ſo called from the Vet-
tones, an ancient people of Spain, who firſt uſed this
plant], Betony.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which is tu-
bulous, cut at the brim into five parts. The flower is of
one leaf, of the lip kind, with a cylindrical incurved tube;
the upper lip is roundiſh, plain, erect, and entire; the
lower lip is cut into three parts, the middle ſegment being
broad, roundiſh, and indented at the end. It both four
awl-ſhaped famino, two long and two fhorter, which in-
cline to the upper lip; theſe have roundiſh ſummits. The
germen is quadripartite, rapporting a ſtyle of the length
a
a
و
and

Β Ε Τ
BE T
a
LARIA.
a
Corol. 13.
eind figure of the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid ſtigne. The moiſt ſtiff foil, in which they will thrive better than
germen afterward becomes four naked oval ſeeds, lodged in in rich ground. The beſt time to tranſplant and ſe-
the empalement.
parate the roots is in the autumn, but the feeds ſhould
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of be fown in the ſpring upon a ſhady border, and when
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym- the plants come up, they will require no other care
noſpermia, the flower having two long and two ſhorter but to keep them clean from weeds, and to thin them
ftamina, which are ſucceeded by naked feeds.
where they are too cloſe.
The SPECIES are,
Theſe all of them flower in May and June, and the
1. BETONICA (Oficinalis) ſpicâ interruptâ, corollarum feeds ripen in Auguft.
laciniâ labii intermediã emarginatâ. Flor. Leyd. Prod. BETONICA AQUATICA. See SCROPHU-
316. Betony with an interrupted Spike, and the middle
Segment of the lower lip of the flower indented at the end. BETONIC A PAULI. See VERONICA.
Betonica purpurea. C. B. P. 235. Purple or Wood BETULA, the Birch-tree.
Betony.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. BETONICA (Danica) foliis radicalibus ovato-cordatis, It hath male and female flowers, at ſeparate diſtances on
caulinis lanceolatis obtuſis ſpicâ craffiore. Betony whose the ſame tree; the male flowers are colleEted in a cylin-
under leaves are heart-ſhaped, thoſe on the ſtalks Spear- drical katkin, which is ſcaly, looses and imbricated on
shaped and obtuſe, and a thicker Spike of flowers. Beto- every ſide, each ſcale having three flowers, which have
nica major Danica. Park. Theat. 615. Mor. Hift. 3. two minute Scales on the ſide. The flower is compoſed of
365.
three equal forets, fixed to the empalement by a ſingle ſcale;
3. BETONICA (Alpina) foliis triangularibus obtufis fpicâ each floret is of one leaf, divided into four oval ſegments
breviore. Betony with obtuſe tricngular leaves, and a which ſpread open; theſe have four ſmall ſtamina, crowned
Shorter Spike of flowers. Betonica minima Alpina Hel- by double ſummits. The female flowers grow in a katkin,
vetica. Park. Theat. 650.
in the fame manner as the male. The common katkin is
4. BETONICA (Orientalis) ſpicâ integrâ, corollarum la- imbricated, having three ſcales which are every way op-
ciniâ labii intermediâ integerrimâ. Flor. Leyd. Prod. poſite, faſtened to the central ſtring or axis, having two
316. Betony with a whole Spike, and the middle ſegment heart-ſhaped fiowers pointing toward the apex, where it is
of the lower lip entire. Betonica Orientalis anguftiffimo ſituated. They have no viſible petals, but a ſhort oval
& longiſſimo folio, fpicâ florum craffiori. Tourn. germen, ſupporting two briſtly Styles, which are the length
of the ſcoles of the empalement, and crowned with a plain
5. BETONICA (Incana) foliis lanceolatis obtufis incanis ſtigma. It bath no pericarpium, but the ſeeds are in-
ſpicâ florum craffiori. Betony with obtuſe, Spear-ſhaped, cluded in the ſcales of the katkin, which are oval and
hoary leaves, and a thicker Spike of flowers. Betonica winged.
Italica incana flore carneo. Barrel. Icon. 340.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and on ſhady of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Te-
banks in moſt parts of England, fo is feldom cul- trandia, there being male and female flowers on the
tivated in gardens. This is the fort which is uſed in ſame plant, and the male having four ftamina.
medicine, and is greatly eſteemed as a vulnerary herb.
The SPECIES are,
There is a variety of this with a white flower, which 1. BETULA (Alba) foliis ovatis acuminatis ſerratis. Hort,
I have often found growing naturally in Kent. Cliff. 442. Birch-tree with oval Sawed leaves ending in
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Denmark. This points; the common Birch-tree.
differs greatly from our common ſort, the lower 2. BETULA (Nana) foliis orbiculatis. Flor Lap. 266.
leaves being much broader and heart-ſhaped; thoſe Birch-tree with round crenated leaves. Betula pumila
upon the ſtalks are ſpear-ſhaped and rounded at the foliis fubrotundis. Amman. Dwarf Birch.
end, and the ſtalks are larger, ſtand upright, and are 3. BETULA (Lenta) foliis cordatis oblongis acuminatis
terminated by thicker ſpikes of flowers. Theſe diffe- ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 983. Birch-tree, with oblong,
rences are conſtant, for I have many years propagated pointed, heart-ſhaped, Sawed leaves.
them by feeds, and have never found the plants fo 4. BETULA (Nigra) foliis rhombeo-ovatis acuminatis du-
plicato-ſerratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 982. Birch-tree with
The third ſort grows naturally upon the Alps, where rhomboid, oval, pointed leaves, which are doubly Sowed.
it feldom riſes more than four inches high; and when Betula nigra Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 67. Black Vir-
cultivated in a garden, not above feven or eight. The ginia Birch-tree.
leaves of this are much broader at the baſe than thoſe The firſt is the common Birch-tree, which is ſo well
of the common fort, and are very different in their known as to need no deſcription. This is not much
fhape, being triangular and blunt at the end. The eſteemed for its wood, but however it may be culti-
flowers grow in very ſhort cloſe ſpikes, on the top vated to advantage upon barren land, where better
of the ſtalks. Theſe differences conſtantly hold in trees will not thrive; for there is no ground fo bad,
the plants raiſed from feeds.
but this tree will thrive in it; for it will
The fourth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in ſpringy land, or in dry gravel or fand, where there
the Levant. The leaves of this are very long, narrow,
is little furface : fo that upon ground which produced
and hairy, and are neatly crenated on their edges. nothing but moſs, theſe trees have ſucceeded ſo well,
The flowers grow in very cloſe thick ſpikes at the top as to be fit to cut in ten years after planting, when
of the ſtalks, which are larger, and of a lighter pur-
they have been fold for near iol. per acre ſtanding,
ple colour than thoſe of the common ſort.
and the after produce has been conſiderably increaſed.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Italy, upon the hills, And as many of the woods near London, which were
from whence I received the feeds. The leaves of chiefly ſtocked with theſe trees, have been of late
this fort are broader, and not ſo long as thoſe of the years grubbed up, ſo the value of theſe plantations
common fort, and are hoary; the ſtalks are ſhorter have advanced in proportion. Therefore thoſe per-
and much thicker, as are alſo the ſpikes of flowers, fons who are poffeffed of ſuch poor land, cannot
than thoſe of the common, and the flowers are larger employ it better, than by planting it with theſe trees,
and of a fleſh colour. This fort conſtantly keeps the eſpecially as the expence of doing it is not great.
fame from ſeeds.
The beſt method to cultivate this tree, is to furniſh
There is another fort which Tournefort and others yourſelf with young plants from the woods where
mention, by the title of Betonica rubicundiffimo flore they naturally grow, and are generally found there in
montis aurei; which differs but little from the fifth, great plenty ; but in places where there are no young
except in the colour of the flower, fo I doubt of its plants to be procured near, they may be raiſed from
being ſpecifically different from that.
feeds, which ſhould be carefully gathered in the au-
All the forts are perennial plants, which may be pro- tuinn, as ſoon as the ſcales under which they are lodg-
pagated by feeds, or parting of their roots. They ed begin to open, otherwiſe they will ſoon fall out and
are all very hardy, but require a ſhady ſituation and be loft: the ſeeds are ſmall, fo ſhould not be buried
deep
raiſed to vary.
grow in moiſt

Β Ε Τ
BID
7
md.
deep in the ground. The autumn is the beſt ſeaſon curious gardens for the ſake of variety, but is a plant
to low them, and in a ſhady fituation, the plants will of no uſe.
thrive better than when they are expoſed to the full The third and fourth forts grow naturally in North
fun; for in all places where there are any large trees America, from whence their feeds have been brought
their feeds fall, and the plants come up well without to Europe, and many of the plants have been raiſed,
care; ſo that if the young plants are not deſtroyed by which thrive
very
faſt here. In Canada theſe trees
cattle, there is generally plenty of them in all the grow to a large ſize, where the third fort is called
woods where there are any of theſe trees. Theſe wild Meriſier. The natives of that country make canoes
plants ſhould be carefully taken up, ſo as not to de- of the bark of theſe trees, which are very light, and
ſtroy their roots. The ground where they are to be of long duration.
planted, will require no preparation ; all that is ne- Both theſe ſorts may be propagated by ſeeds in the
ceffary to be done, is to looſen it with a ſpade fame manner as the firit, and are equally hardy; fome
or mattock, in the places where the plants are to ſtand, of the trees now begin to produce their katkins in
making holes to receive their roots, covering them England, ſo that we may hope to have plenty of their
again when the plants are placed, and cloſing the earth ſeeds of our own growth, for at preſent we are fup-
hard to their roots. If the plants are young, and plied with them from America. As theſe
grow more
have not much top, they will require no pruning; vigorouſly than the common fort, and thrive on the
but where they have buſhy heads, they ſhould be moft barren ground, they may be cultivated to great
ſhortened to prevent their being ſhaken and diſplaced advantage in England, for their wood is much
by the wind. When the plants have taken root, they
eſteemed in Canada, where the trees grow to a large
will require no other care, but to cut down the great fize: and they are by no means an unſightly tree in
weeds which would over-hang the plants ; which may parks, for their ftems are ftrait, the bark ſmooth,
be done with a ſickle, being careful not to cut or in- and their leaves are much larger than thoſe of che
jure the young trees. This need not be repeated of- common Birch, fo may be planted in ſuch places
tener than two or three times in a ſummer the two firſt where few other trees will thrive.
years, after which time the plants will be ſtrong enough BIDENS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 362. tab. 262. Lin.
to keep down the weeds, or at leaſt be out of danger Gen. Plant. 840. Water Hemp Agrimony.
from them.
The CHARACTERS are,
Theſe may be planted any time from the middle of The common empalement is erect, and often equal, com-
October till the middle of March, when the ground is poſed of ſmall, oblong, concave leaves ; it both a com-
not frozen; but in dry land the autumn is the beſt pound flower; the middle or diſk is compoſed of berma-
ſeaſon, and the ſpring for moiſt. The diſtance which phrodite florets, which are funnel-Shaped and quinquefid.
they ihould be planted, is fix feet ſquare, that they Theſe have five ſhort capillary ſtamina, with cylindrical
may foon cover the ground, and by ftanding cloſe, Summits, and an oblong germen fr:pporting a ſingle ſtyle the
they will draw each other up; for in ſituations where length of the ſtamina, crowned by two oblong reflexed ſtige
they are much expoſed, if they are not pretty cloſe, The female fiorets which compoſe the border cre
they will not thrive ſo well.
naked; theſe are all ſucceeded by a ſingle, ongular, obtuse
If the plants take kindly to the ground, they will be ſeed, having two or more briſtles or teeth, by which ikey
fit to cut in about ten years; and afterward they may faften themſelves to whatever paſſes by them when ripe.
be cut every ſeventh or eighth year, if they are de- This genus is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's
ſigned for the broom-makers only; but where they nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Polygamia e-
are intended for hoops, they ſhould not be cut oftener qualis, the flowers being compoſed of hermaphro-
than every twelfth year.
dite and female florets, which are ſucceeded by
The expence of making theſe plantations in places feeds.
where the young plants can be eaſily procured, will not There are ſeveral ſpecies of this plant, which are
exceed forty ſhillings per acre, and the after expence ſeldom admitted into gardens, ſome of which are
of cleaning about twenty ſhillings a year more ; ſo that common weeds in England, therefore I ſhall only
the whole will not be more than 3l. and if the land mention thoſe which are frequently preſerved in the
ſo pianted be of little value, the proprietor cannot gardens of the curious.
make better uſe of his money; for when the wood is 1. BIDENS (Frondoſa) foliis pinnatis ferratis ſeminibus
cut, it will repay the expence with intereft, and a erecto-conſtantibus calycibus frondofis corollis radia-
perpetual ſtock upon the ground. I have ſeen ſeve- tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 832. Water Hemp Agrimony with
ral of theſe plantations made upon land which would winged ſawed leaves, ſeeds Standing erect, a very buſby
not lett for one ſhilling per acre, which has produced empalement, and radiated flower. Bidens Canadenſis
from 10 to 12l. an acre, clear of the expence in cut- latifolia flore luteo. Tourn. Inft. 362.
ting, and this every twelfth year. The broom-makers 2. BIDENS (Nodiflora) foliis oblongis integerrimis caule
are conſtant cuſtomers for Birch, in all places within dichotomo fioribus folitariis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
twenty miles of London, or where it is near water 832. Hemp Agrimony with oblong entire leaves, a
carriage; in other parts the hoop-benders are the pur-
forked ſtalk, and a ſingle flower growing cloſe to the
chaſers; but the larger trees are often bought by the Stalk. Bidens nodiflorâ brunellæ folio. Hort. Elth.
turners, and the wood is uſed for making ox-yokes, 52.
and other inſtruments of huſbandry.
3. BIDENS (Nivea) foliis fimplicibus fubhaftatis ferratis
In ſome of the northern parts of Europe, the wood petiolatis, floribus globofis, pedunculis elongatis ſe-
of this tree is greatly uſed for making of carriages minibus lævibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 833. Hemp Agri-
and wheels, being hard and of long duration. In mony with ſingle Sawed leaves having foot-ſtalks, globu-
France it is generally uſed for making wooden ſhoes. lar flowers with longer foot-ſtalks, and ſmooth ſeeds.
It makes very good fuel.
Bidens ſcabra fiore nivea, folo trilobato. Hort. Elth.
In ſome places theſe trees are tapped in the ſpring, 55.
and the fap drawn out to make Birch wine, which has 4. BIDENS (Fruteſcens) foliis ovatis ferratis petiolatis,
been recommended for the ſtone and gravel, as is alſo caule fruticoſo. Hort. Chff. 399. Hemp Agrimony with
the fap unfermented. The bark of the Birch-tree is oval ſawed leaves having foot-fialks, and a ſhrubby
almoſt incorruptible. In Sweden the houſes are co- ſtalk.
vered with it, where it laſts many years. It fre- 5. BIDENS (Scandens) foliis ternatis acutis ferratis caule
quently happens, that the wood is entirely rotten, and ſcandente floribus paniculatis. Three-leaved Hemp A-
the bark perfectly ſound and good.
grimony, with pointed ſawed lobes, a climbing ſtolk, and
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the northern parts flowers growing in panicles. Chryſanthemum trifoliatum
of Europe, and upon the Alps ; this feldom riſes above ſcandens, flore luteo ſemine longo roftrato bidente.
two or three feet high, having ſlender branches, gar- Sloan. Cat. Jam. 125.
niſhed with round leaves, but feldom produces either 6. BIDENS (Bulleta) foliis ovatis ferratis, inferioribus op-
male or female flowers here. It is preſerved in ſome pofitis, fuperioribus ternatis intermedio majore. Lin.
L1
Sp.

BID
BIG
Sp. Plant. 833. Hemp Agrimony with oval fawed leaves, The fixth fort is annual. This riſes about two feet
the lower ones growing oppofie, but the upper having ibree high, and ſends out ſeveral lateral ſhoots, which at
lobes, the middle of which is the largeſt
. Cryſanthemum the bottom have oval leaves placed by pairs at the
conyzoides nodiflorum femine roftrato bidente. Sloan. joints, but upward they are trifoliate, the middle lobe
Cat. Jam. 126.
being very large, and the two fide ones ſmall; the
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, Maryland, flowers are produced at the wings of the leaves upon
and Canada, where it is often a troubleſome weed. fhort leafy foot-ſtalks, and are yellow, but very ſmall.
It riſes about three feet high, ſending out many ho- It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn ;
rizontal branches, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, the feeds of this muſt be fown upon a hot-bed, and
deeply ſawed on their edges; the flowers are pro- treated as the ſecond fort.
duced at the end of the branches in ſmall cluſters, BIFOLIUM, Twyblade. See OPHRYS.
which are yellow, and ſucceeded by oblong ſquare BIGNONIA. Tourn. Inſt. 164. Lin. Gen. Plant.
ſeeds, having two crooked horns, by which they faſten 677. [M. Tournefort called this plant Bignonia, in
themſelves to the clothes of thoſe who paſs near them. memory of abbot Bignon, librarian to Lewis XIV.
There are two forts of this, one whoſe flowers have a king of France, he being a great encourager of learn-
ſhort empalement, which is Tournefort's broad-leaved ing.] The Trumpet Flower, or Scarlet Jaſmine.
Canada Bidens; the other hath a leafy empaleinent, The CHARACTERS are,
and is by Juffieu diſtinguiſhed by the title of Capite The empalemnet is cup-ſhapedo quinquefid, and of one
foliofo. But I am not very ſure of their being dif- leaf. The flower is of the ringent, or grinning kind, tu-
tinct ſpecies, though I have many years cultivated bulous, with long chaps, which are ſwelling, and bell-
both; for their feeds when ripe ſpread fo far, that in Shaped, divided into five parts at the top ; the two upper
a ſmall garden they cannot be kept ſeparate. It is Segments are reflexed, and the under Spread open; it bath
eaſily propagated by feeds ſown in the ſpring, in an four owl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than the petal, two longer
open ſituation, where, if the ſeeds are permitted to than the other, having oblong reflexeda ſummits. In the
ſcatter, the plants will come up the following ſpring, center is an oblong germen, ſupporting a Nender Style,
and two or three of them may be tranſplanted where crowned by a roundi ftigma. The germen afterward be-
they are to grow, and after they are rooted, will re- comes a bivalve pod, with two cells, filled with compreſ-
quire no farther care. This is an annual plant, ſo ſed winged ſeeds, lying over each other imbricatim.
decays ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond divi
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in warm countries. fion of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didyna-
This is an annual plant, which riſes near three feet mia Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and
high, dividing upward into ſeveral branches, which two ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds included in a cap-
are garniſhed with oblong entire leaves; the flowers fule.
come out fingle at the diviſions of the branches, fit-
The SPECIES are,
ting cloſe; theſe are white, and ſucceeded by ſmooth I. BIGNONIA (Radicans) foliis pinnatis, foliolis inciſis,
feeds.
caule geniculis radicatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 217. Big-
This ſort muſt be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in nonia with winged leaves, which are cut on their edges,
the ſpring, and afterward treated like other hardy an- and roots coming out at the joints of the ſta'k. Bignonia
nual plants, planting them into the full ground the Americana Fraxini folio fiore amplo Phænicio. Tourn.
latter end of May. They will flower in June, and Inft. 164
their feeds ripen in autumn, ſoon after which the 2. BIGNONIA (Catalpa) foliis fimplicibus cordatis, caule
plants will decay.
erecto, floribus diandris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 622. Big-
The third ſort grows naturally in South Carolina, and nonia with ſingle beart-ſhaped leaves, an upright ſtalk,
alſo at Campeachy. This is alſo an annual plant, and flowers with two ſtamina. Bignonia Urucu foliis,
which riſes three feet high, dividing upward into flore fordidè albo, intus maculis purpureis & luteis
many ſlender branches, whoſe joints are far afunder; adſperſo, filiquâ longiffimâ & anguitiſfiinâ. Cateſb.
the leaves come out by pairs at each joint upon long
ſlender foot-ſtalks, which are oval, ending in a point. 3. BIGNONIA (Fruteſcens) foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceo-
The flowers grow at the extremity of the branches in latis acutis ſerratis, caule erecto, fioribus paniculatis
ſmall globular heads, which are very white, ftanding erectis. Bignosia with winged leaves, having acute ſawed
upon very long foot-ſtalks, and are fucceeded by lobes, an upright ſtalk, and flowers growing in panicles
ſmooth feeds. This muſt be fown upon a hot-bed, erect. Bignonia arbor fore luteo Fraxini folio. Plum.
and treated as the former, It flowers and feeds about Sp. Plant. 5.
the ſame time.
4. BIGNONIA (Pubeſcens) foliis conjugatis cirrhoſis folio-
The fourth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the lis cordato-lanceolatis foliis imis fimplicibus. Vir.
height of fix or feven feet, dividing into many Cliff. 59. Bignonia with conjugated leaves having ten-
branches, whoſe joints are very diftant, at each of drils, the leaves ſpear-ſhaped, and the lower leaves ſingle.
which are placed two oval leaves, ſlightly ſawed on Bignonia Americana Capreolis donata filiqua breviore.
their edges, and have ſhort foot-ftalks. The flowers Breyn. Ic. 33.
are produced at the end of the branches in ſmall cluf- 5. BIGNONIA (Unguis Cati) foliis conjugatis, cirrho bre-
ters, each ſtanding upon a long naked foot-ſtalk; viffimo arcuato tripartito. Lin. Sp. Plant. 623. Big-
theſe are ſucceeded by fiat feeds, having two ſhort nonia with conjugated leaves, and ſhort arched tendrils,
teeth at their extremity. I received the feeds of this divided into three parts. Bignonia Americana capre-
ſort from Carthagena in New Spain. This is propa- olis aduncis donatâ, filiquã longiffimâ. Tourn. Inſt.
gated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown on a hot-bed 164.
in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit to remove, 6. BIGNONIA (Æquinoctialis) foliis conjugatis cirrhoſis,
they muſt be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, pedunculis bifloris filiquiis
and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, and treated as other linearibus. Lin. Sp. 869. Bignonia with conjugated
tender plants from the ſame countries, and in au- leaves, having tendrils, whoſe lobes are oval, Spear-ſhop-
tumn placed in the ſtove: the following ſummer they ed, and linear pods.
will abide ſome years with proper management. 7. BIGNONIA (Sempervirens) foliis fimplicibus lanceolatis
The fifth fort riſes with a climbing ſlender ftalk to caule volubili. Lin. Sp. Plant. 623. Bignonia with
the height of ten feet, dividing into many branches, ſingle ſpear-paped leaves, and a twining ſtalk. Gelfe-
garnished with trifoliate fawed leaves: the flowers minum five Jaſminum luteum odoratum Virginia-
grow in large panicles at the end of the branches ; num fcandens & ſempervirens. Park. Catelb. I.
they are yellow, and are ſucceeded by flat feeds hav-
p. 53
ing two teeth. This plant grows naturally in Jamai- 8. BIGNONIA (Pentaphylla) foliis digitatis foliolis inte-
ca, from whence I received the feeds. It muſt be gerrimis obovatis. Hort. Cliff. 497. Bignonia with fin-
treated in the ſame manner as the former fort, and gered leaves, whoſe lobes are entire. Bignonia arbor pen-
will continue two or three years.
taphylla flore rofeo. Plum. Sp. Plant. 5.
7
Carol. 1. p. 49.
a
ز
9. BIGNO-

B I G
BIG
200.
a
a
9. BIGNONIA (Leucoxylon) foliis digitatis foliolis integer-
rimis ovatis acuminatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 870. Bigno-
nia with fingered leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, pointed,
and entire. Leucoxylon arbor filiquoſa, quinis foliis,
floribus Nerii, alato femine. Pluk. Alm. 215. tab.
f. 4. commonly called in America Tulip Flower.
10. BIGNONIA (Paniculata) foliis conjugatis cirrhoſis,
foliolis cordato-ovatis, floribus racemoſo-paniculatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 623. Bignonia with conjugated leaves,
having tendrils, the lobes oval and heart-ſhaped, and flow-
ers in branching panicles. Bignonia bifolia ſcandens,
flore violaceo odoro, fructu ovato duro. Plum. Cat. 5.
II. BIGNONIA (Cerulea) foliis bipinnatis foliolis lanceo-
latis integris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 625. Bignonia with dou-
ble winged leaves, which are entire and ſpear-shaped. Ar-
bor Guajaci latiore folio, Bignoniæ flore cæruleo,
fructu duro in duas partes diffiliente feminibus alatis
imbricatim pofitis. Cateib. Carol. 1. p. 42.
12. BIGNONIA (Crucigera) foliis conjugatis cirrhoſis fo-
liolis cordatis. Vir. Cliff. 6o. Bignonia with conjugated
heart-ſhaped leaves, having tendrils,
and a fi alk having ten-
drils. Pſeudo Apocynum folliculis maximis obtufis ſemi-
nibus ampliffimisalis membranaceis. Mor. Hiſt. 3.p.62.
13. BIGNONIA (Capreolata) foliis conjugatis cirrhoſis fo-
liolis cordato-lanceolatis, foliis imis fimplicibus. Lin.
Sp. 870. Bignonia with conjugated beart-shaped leaves,
having tendrils, whoſe lower leaves are ſingle, growing
in panicles, and long compreſſed pods.
14. BIGNONIA (Triphylla) foliis ternatis glabris, foliolis
ovatis acuminatis, caule fruticoſo erecto. Lin. Sp.
870. Smooth three-leaved Bignonia, with oval lobes end-
ing in a point, ond a ſhrubby ſtalk. Bignonia fruteſcens
triphylla glabra, filiquis longis compreffis. Houſt.
Cat.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca-
nada. It hath large rough ſtems, which ſend out
many trailing branches, putting out roots at their
joints, which faſten themfelves to the trees in their
natural places of growth, whereby they climb to a
great height; and in Europe, where they are gene-
rally planted againſt walls, they faften themſelves
thereto by their roots, which ſtrike into the mortar
of the joints ſo ſtrongly, as to ſupport their branches,
and will riſe to the height of forty or fifty feet. The
branches are garniſhed with winged leaves at every
joint, placed oppoſite, compoſed of four pair of ſmall
leaves, terminated by an odd one; theſe are ſawed
on their edges, and end in a long ſharp point. The
flowers are produced at the ends of the ſhoots of the
ſame year, in large bunches; theſe have long fwell-
ing tubes, ſhaped ſomewhat like a trumpet, from
whence it had the appellation of Trumpet Flower.
They are of an Orange colour, and appear the be-
ginning of Auguſt
.
This fort is very hardy, fo will thrive in the open
air; but as the branches trail, they muſt be ſupport-
ed, therefore are uſually planted againſt walls or build-
ings, where, if the branches have room, they will
ſpread to a great diſtance, and riſe very high, ſo are
very proper for covering of buildings, which are un-
fightly. They may alſo be trained up againſt the
ſtems of trees, where they may be ſo managed, as to
make a fine appearance when they are in flower.
This is propagated by ſeeds, but the young plants ſo
raiſed do not flower in leſs than ſeven or eight years;
therefore thoſe which are propagated by cuttings or
layers from flowering plants, are moſt efteemed, be-
cauſe they will flower in two or three years after
planting. The old plants alſo ſend out many fuck-
ers from the roots, which may be taken off, and
tranſplanted where they are to remain, for theſe plants
will not tranſplant ſafely if they are old.
The neceſſary culture for theſe plants after they are
eſtabliſhed, is to cut away all the ſmall weak ſhoots
of the former year in winter, and ſhorten the Itrong
ones. to about two feet long, that young ſhoots may
be obtained for flowering the following ſummer ; theſe
plants are of long duration. There are ſome in gar-
dens which have been planted more than ſixty years,
which are now very vigorous, and produce flowers in
plenty every ſeaſon.
If the plants are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be
ſown upon a moderate hot-bed to bring them up,
which Ihould be foon inured to the open air, to pre-
vent their being drawn up weak ; and the firſt win-
ter theſe young plants ſhould be ſcreened from hard
froſt, which will kill their tender ſhoots ; but the
ſpring following they may be planted in the full
ground, in a nurſery-bed, at a foot diſtance froin each
other, where they inay remain one or two years to get
ſtrength, and afterwards be planted where they are
defigned to grow.
The ſecond fort was brought into England by Mr.
Cateſby, about forty years paſt, who fcand it grow-
ing naturally on the back of South Carolina, at a
great diſtance from the Engliſh ſettlements. It is
now very plenty in the Engliſh gardens, eſpecially
near London, where there are ſome of thein near
twenty feet high, with large items, and have the ap-
pearance of trees.
This ſort riſes with an upright ſtem, covered with a
ſmooth brown bark, and ſends out many ſtrong la-
teral branches, garniihed with very large heart-ſhaped
leaves, placed oppoſite at every joint. The flowers
are produced in large branching panicles toward the
end of the branches, of a dirty white colour, with
a few purple ſpots, and faint ſtripes of yellow on their
inſide. The tube of the flower is much ſhorter, and
the upper part more expanded, than thoſe of the for-
mer fort, and the ſegments deeper cut, and waved
on their edges. The flowers are in America fuc-
ceeded by very long taper pods, filled with flat winged
feeds, lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh.
In England there has not as yet been any of the pods
produced, but the ſeeds are annually brought over
from South Carolina. Theſe ſhould be ſown in pots,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed to bring up the
plants, which ſhould be inured to the open air by
degrees; and, in the beginning of June, placed abroad
in a ſheltered ſituation till autumn, when they ſhould
be placed under a common frame to ſcreen them
from froſt in winter; but in mild weather they muſt
be fully expoſed to the open air. The following
ſpring theſe may be taken out of the pots, and planted
in a nurſery-bed, in a warm ſituation, where they
may remain two years to get ſtrength, and afterwards
planted in the places where they are deſigned to re-
main. Theſe plants, when young, are frequently in-
jured by froſt, for they ſhoot pretty late in the au-
tumn, ſo that the early frofts often kill the extremity
of their branches; but as the plants advance in
ſtrength, they become more hardy, and are ſeldom
injured but in very ſevere winters. It is late in the
ſpring before theſe trees come out, which has often
cauſed perſons to believe they were dead ; and ſome
have been ſo imprudent, as to cut them down on that
fuppofition, before the tree was well known.
It may alſo be propapated by cuttings, which ſhould
be planted in pots in the ſpring before the trees begin
to puſh out their ihoots, and plunged into a moderate
hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the fun in the
middle of the day, and refreſh them occaſionally with
water, which muſt not be given to them in too great
plenty. In about fix weeks theſe will have taken
root, and made ihoots above, ſo ſhould have plenty
of air admitted to them conftantly, and hardened by
degrees to bear the open air, into which they ſhould
be removed, and treated in the ſame manner as the
ſeedling plants, and the ſpring following planted out
into a nurſery-bed, as is before directed.
As theſe trees have very large leaves, they require a
ſheltered ſituation ; for where they are much expoſed
to ftrong winds, their leaves are often torn and ren-
dered unſightly, and many times their branches are
ſplit and broken by the winds, their leaves being ſo
large, as that the wind has great force againſt them.
Theſe produce their flowers in Auguſt. They de-
light in a light moiſt foil, where they make great pro-
greſs, and in a few years will produce flowers. It
is generally known in the gardens by the Indian title
of Catalpa.
The
و

BIG
BIG
a
a
open air
The third fort is a native of the warmer parts of A-
merica, where it was diſcovered by father Plumier,
who made a drawing of it, and gave the title of Cle-
matitis to it, which he afterward altered to Bignonia,
when he became better acquainted with Tournefort's
Syſtem of Botany. This riſes with an upright ftem,
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, fending out
many ſide branches, garniſhed at every joint by two
long winged leaves placed oppoſite; the ſmall leaves
which compoſe theſe, are long and ſpear-ſhaped, end-
ing in a point, and ſlightly ſawed on their edges,
each leaf being compoſed of fix pair, terminated by
an odd one. The flowers are produced in looſe pa-
nicles at the ends of the branches, and are ſhaped
like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but ſpread open more
at the top. Theſe are yellow, and ſucceeded by
comprefied pods about fix inches long, having two
rows of flat winged feeds, like thoſe of the other
fpecies.
I received this fort firſt in 1729, from La Vera Cruz,
in New Spain, where the late Dr. Houſtoun found it
growing naturally in great plenty ; ſince which time
I have received the feed from the iſland of Bermuda,
by the title of Candle Wood.
It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be ſown on a
hot-bed, and the plants afterward tranſplanted into
ſeparate ſmall pots, filled with light freſh earth, and
plunged into a freſh hot-bed to bring them forward,
that they may obtain ſtrength before winter ; in the
autumn they muſt be removed into the bark-ſtove,
and during the winter ſhould have but little water,
but in ſummer they muſt be frequently refreſhed with
it, but not given in too great plenty. The plants
ſhould conſtantly remain in the bark-ſtove, and be
treated in the ſame inanner as other tender plants
from thoſe countries. The third year from feed
they will flower, but they do not produce ſeeds in
England.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and fe-
veral other parts of America; this hath very ſlender
trailing ſtalks, which muſt be ſupported; in the places
where it naturally grows, the branches faften them-
ſelves by their tendrils to whatever plants are near
them, and extend to a great diſtance. In this coun-
try they require the aſſiſtance of a wall, and to have
a good aſpect, for they are impatient of much cold,
fo ſhould be ſheltered in ſevere froſt; the branches
are garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are green all
the year; theſe are often ſingle at bottom, but up-
ward are placed by pairs oppoſite at each joint; the
flowers are produced at the wings of the leaves, which
are yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of the Foxglove.
Theſe appear in Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by
pods in this country. This is propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be fown on a moderate hot-bed, and
treated in the ſame manner as the firſt fort. When
theſe plants are planted in the full ground againſt
walls, the ground about the roots ſhould be covered
in the autumn with ſome old tanners bark to keep
out the froſt in winter ; and in very ſevere froft, the
branches ſhould be covered with mats, to prevent
their being deſtroyed. With this management I have
had the plants flower very well in the Chelſea garden.
The fifth fort hath flender ftalks like the former,
which require the ſame ſupport; theſe are garniſhed
with ſmall oval leaves, which are entire, placed op-
poſite at every joint; at the ſame places come out the
tendrils, by which they faften themſelves to the plants
which grow near them; theſe end in three diftinct
parts; the flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the former
fort, but are ſmaller, and are not ſucceeded by feeds
in this country. This grows naturally in Carolina
and the Bahama Iſlands, but will live in the open air,
if it is planted againſt a wall to a fouth aſpect, and
ſheltered in very ſevere froſt. It is propagated in the
ſame manner as the former fort.
The ſixth fort hath very weak ſender branches, which
put out tendrils at the joints, by which they faſten
themſelves to the neighbouring plants : at each joint
there are four leaves, two on each ſide oppoſite ;
theſe are oval pointed, and waved on their edges, of
a bright green, and continue through the year, the
branches ramble very far where they have room: the
flowers are large, yellow, and are produced at the
joints of the ſtalls, but are not ſucceeded by pods in
this country. I received this fort from La Vera Cruz,
in New Spain; but it thrives againit a warm wall in
the
very well, with the ſame treatment as the
two former forts.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in South Carolina,
where it ſpreads over the hedges, and at the ſeaſon
of flowering, perfumes the air to a great diſtance; it
alſo grows in ſome parts of Virginia, but not in ſo
great plenty as at Carolina. The inhabitants there
call it Yellow Jaſmine, I ſuppoſe from the ſweet odour
of its flowers.
This riſes with ſlender ſtalks, which twiſt themſelves
round the neighbouring plants, and mount to a con-
fiderable height; the branches are garniſhed with ob-
long pointed leaves, which come out ſingle and op-
poſite to each other at every joint; theſe remain
green through the year. The Powers come out from
the wings of the leaves at every joint, ſometimes but
two, at other times four at each joint; theſe ſtand
erect, are trumpet-ſhaped, yellow, and have a very
ſweet ſcent; and in the countries where they naturally
grow, they are ſucceeded by ſhort taper pods, filled
with ſmall winged ſeeds.
The plants of this fort, when young, are impatient
of cold, ſo muſt be ſheltered in the winter until they
have obtained ſtrength, when they ſhould be planted
againſt a warm wall, and in winter protected from
froſt by coverings of mats, and the ground about
their roots covered with tan.
With this management
I have had them flower very well in the Chelſea gar-
den. It is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner
as the former forts.
The eighth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the late
Dr. Houſtoun. This riſes with an upright ſtem near
twenty feet high, ſending out many lateral branches, ,
covered with a white bark. The leaves come out
oppoſite at the joints upon long foot-ftalks; they are
compoſed of five oval ſtiff leaves, which are joined in
one center at their baſe, where they are narrow, but
widen toward the top, where they are rounded and
obtuſe. They are of a pale green, inclining to white
on their under fide; the flowers are produced at the
ends of the branches four or five together, on very
ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are narrow at bottom, but the
tube enlarges upward, and at the top ſpreads open
wide, of a pale bluiſh colour, and ſmell ſweet; they
are fucceeded by taper crooked pods about four inches
long, which are filled with oval compreſſed feeds,
with wings of a ſilver colour.
This fort is a native of the warmer parts of America,
therefore will not thrive in this country, but in a ftove.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown on a
hot-bed, and the plants treated in the ſame manner as
the fourth fort.
The ninth fort I received from Barbadoes, by the ti-
tle of White Wood. This riſes with an upright ſtem
to the height of forty feet, in the natural country of
its growth; and the ſeeds are diſperſed by wind to
the neighbouring lands, where the plants come up in
great plenty. This and the former fort have been
generally confounded, and ſuppoſed to be the ſame,
but the growing plants are extremely different; for
the under leaves of this are ſometimes compoſed of
five, at other times of four oval leaves; and on the
upper part of the branches, they come out ſingle,
placed by pairs oppoſite : theſe are as large as thoſe
of the Bay-tree, and of equal thickneſs, rounded at
their end; each of theſe have a long foot-ſtalk, whereas
thoſe of the former join at their baſe to one center.
The flowers of this fort are produced ſingle at the
wings of the leaves, which have a narrow tube near
two inches long, but ſpread open very wide at the
top, where they are cut into five unequal ſegments,
which are fringed on their borders. The flowers are
white,
a
a
2

BIG
BIS
a
white, and have an agreeable odour, but the pod I branches, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the Fox-
have not ſeen.
glove, and are of a pale yellow colour, and are ſuc-
The plants muſt be preſerved in the bark-ſtove, and ceeded by flat pods a foot long, having a border on
Cicated as the fourth fort. It is propagated by feeds,
each ſide, and contain two rows of flat winged ſeeds.
and will alſo take root from cuttings in the ſummer, This plant is tender, ſo muſt be conſtantly kept in
if they are planted in pots, and plunged into a bark- the bark-ſtove, and treated in the fame manner as the
bed. It has flowered ſeveral years in the Chelſea fourth fort. It is propagated by feeds, which muſt
garden, in Auguft.
be obtained from the country where it grows naturally,
The tenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, by for it doth not produce any in England.
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with ligneous ſtalks, The fourteenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz
which put out tendrils at the joints, whereby they in New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſton. This hath
faften themſelves to the neighbouring plants; the a woody ſtem covered with an Aſh-coloured bark,
leaves come out on each ſide the branches, upon which riſes to the height of ten feet, fending cut
pretty long foot-ſtalks, two at each joint oppo- many ſide branches, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves,
lite, which are heart-ſhaped and entire, having a fine placed oppoſite at each joint, which are very ſmooth,
hairy down on their under ſide. The flowers grow oval, and ending in points. The flowers come out
in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches, which at the extremity of the branches in lcofe panicles,
are tubulous, and do not ſpread much at the top; and are of a dirty white colour. Theſe are ſucceeded
they are of a Violet colour, and ſmell very ſweet. . by flat narrow pods, containing two rows of Alat
Theſe in their native country are ſucceeded by oval, winged feeds.
hard, ligneous feed-veſſels, which open in four parts, This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
and are full of compreſſed winged feeds.
on a hot-bed, and the plants afterward treated as the
This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown fourth fort, and muſt conſtantly remain in the bark-
on a hot-bed, and the plants muſt be treated in the ftove:
fame manner as the third fort, for they will not BIHAI. See Musa.
thrive in this country unleſs they are placed in the BINDWEED. See CONVOLVULUS.
bark-ſtove,
BIRCH-TREE. See BETULA:
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Bahama BISCUTELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 724. Thlafpi-
Iſlands, from whence Mr. Cateſby fent the ſeeds in dium. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 214. tab. 101. Buckler
1724, and many of the plants were raiſed in the gar- Muſtard, or Baſtard Mithridate Muſtard.
dens near London. This, in the country where it
The CHARACTERS are,
grows naturally, riſes to the height of twenty feet, The empolement is compoſed of four leaves, which are
fending out many lateral branches, garniſhed with pointed. The flower both four petals, placed in form of
compound winged leaves, each having eleven alter- a croſs, which are obtuſe and ſpread open; it bath fix
nate wings, with ſpear-ſhaped fmall lobes, which grow ſtamina, four long and two short, placed oppoſite, having
alternate, and are entire ; at the ends of the branches f297gle ſummits. In the center is fiucted an orbicular com-
the flowers are produced in very looſe panicles; the preſſed germen, ſupporting a ſingle permanent fiyle, crowned
foot-ftalks branching into three or four, each ſuſtain- with an obtuſe stigma; the germen afterward becomes ca
ing a ſingle blue flower, with a long ſwelling tube, plain, compreſſed, ereft capſule, with treo convex lobes,
cut into five unequal fegments at the top, where it having two cells, terminated by the rigid Style, which is
ſpreads open. The flowers are fucceeded by oval feed- joined to the ſide of the partition, each cell containing one
vefſels, which open in two parts, and are filled with compreſſed ſeed.
flat winged feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The twelfth fort hath a woody ftem, fending Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Sili-
out many branches, which have four narrow borders culoſa, the flower having four long, and two ſhort
or wings running longitudinally, ſo as to reſemble a ftamina, and are ſucceeded by very ſhort pods.
{quare ſtalk; the leaves are produced by pairs,
The SPECIES are,
on each ſide the branches; they are heart-ſhaped, I. BISCUTELLA ( Auriculata) calycibus nectario utrinque
fmooth, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe have gibbis, filiculis in ftylum coëuntibus. Lin. Hort. Cliff.
tendrils coming out by their foot-ſtalks, which 329. Buckler Muſtard, with the cup of the nectarium
faſten themſelves to the plants which grow near them, Swelling on each ſide, and Smell pods joined to the ſtyle.
and thereby riſe to a great height. The flowers are Thlafpidium hirſutum calyce floris auriculato. Inft.
produced in ſmall cluſters from the wings of the
leaves, which have pretty long tubes, ſpread open 2. BISCUTELLA (Didyma) filiculis orbiculato-didymis
at the top, and are of a pale yellow colour; theſe are ſtylo divergentibus. Hort. Cliff. 329. Buckler Muſtard,
ſucceeded by fiat pods a foot in length, which have with a double orbicular pod diverging from the Siyle.
two rows of flat winged feeds, joined to the inter- Thlafpidium Monſpelienſe hieracii folio hirſuto.
mediate partition.
Tourn. Inft. 214.
This fort was ſent me from Campeachy, where it na- 3. BISCUTELLA (Apula) hirſuta foliis oblongis dentatis
turally grows, and riſes to the tops of the talleſt ſemiamplexicaulibus floribus fpicatis ftylo breviore.
trees, to whoſe branches theſe plants faften themſelves Hairy Buckler Mustard, with oblong indented leaves which
by their tendrils or claſpers, and are thereby fup- half embrace the stalk, flowers growing in Spikes, and a
ported. This is propagated by-feeds, which muſt joorter ſtyle. Thlafpidium Apulum ipicatum. Tourn.
be fown on a hot-bed, and the plants treated in the
fame manner as the fourth forts for they will not The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
thrive in this country, unleſs they have a warm ſtove, and Italy, where it riſes about a foot high; but in a
where the branches will riſe to the height of twenty garden generally grows near two feet high, dividing
feet in three years; and if permitted, will ſpread to into ſeveral branches; and at every joint there is one
a great diſtance. It has flowered in the garden at oblong entire leaf a little indented, thoſe on the
Chelſea, but doth not produce pods in England. lower part of the ſtalk being broader and more ob-
The thirteenth fort was ſent me from Campeachy, tuſe than thoſe on the upper. The flowers are pro-
by Mr. Robert Millar; this hath woody ſtalks, which duced at the ends of the branches in looſe panicles,
riſe to a great height, climbing on the trees which which are compoſed of four obtuſe petals of a pale
grow near it, faſtening themſelves to their branches
yellow colour; theſe are ſucceeded by double, round,
by its
claſpers, and fending out many ligneous branches, comprefied feed-veffels, ſwelling in the middle, where
which are garniſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, is lodged a ſingle, round, flat feed, the ſtyle of the
by fours, two on each fide, growing oppoſite at the flower ſtanding
upright between the two finall veſſels,
joints; theſe are covered on their under fide with a joined to their borders.
Toft hairy down, of a yellowiſh colour. The flowers The ſecond fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
are produced in loofe, panicles at the end of the France, Italy, and Germany, from whence I received
the
R. H. 214.
Inft. 214.
a
M m

BIS
BIX
a
3
a
the ſeeds, and dried ſamples of the plant, which are foot-ſtalk of the flowers, which ſuſtains ſeveral ſmall
not more than fix inches high, though they are the Butterfly flowers, of a purpliſh colour, collected to-
entire plants with their roots, but in the garden they gether, which are fucceeded by plain pods, about one
grow almoſt two feet high. This hath many long, inch long, indented on both ſides the whole length,
narrow, hairy leaves, ſpreading near the ground, divided in the middle by a longitudinal nerve, con-
which are deeply indented on each fide, reſembling taining two rows of kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
thoſe of Hawkweed; from the center ariſes the ſtalk, It is propagated by feeds, which in this country
which divides upward into many ſmall branches, ſhould be ſown in the autumn, on a bed of light
having no leaves on them, and are terminated by earth, where the plants will come up in about three
looſe panicles of yellow flowers, compoſed of four weeks, and will live in the open air
very well. Theſe
petals, placed in form of a croſs. Theſe are fuc- ſhould be fown where they are deſigned to remain,
ceeded by round compreſſed feed-veſſels like the or tranſplanted very young; for when they are large,
former, but are ſmaller, and the ſtyle of the flowers they will not bear reinoving. When the plants are
bends from them.
come up, they will require no other care, but to keep
The third fort ſends out many oblong hairy leaves, them clean from weeds; and where they are too near,
which are ſlightly indented on theiredges; from among they ſhould be thinned to about a foot diſtance from
theſe there ariſes a hairy branching ſtalk, which grows each other. They flower in June, and the feeds ripen
two feet high, and at each joint is placed one oblong in September
indented leaf, which half embraces the ſtalk at the The feeds of this plant may alſo be fown in the ſpring,
baſe; each branch is terminated by a cloſe ſpike of and treated in the ſame manner as before directed;
pale yellow flowers, which are ſucceeded by round but theſe will not flower till the middle or end of July,
compreſſed feed-veſſels like the other ſorts, but the ſo unleſs the autumn proves warm, they will not
ſtyle of the flower, which is joined to them, is ſhorter ripen ſeeds; for which reaſon I have directed their
than thoſe of the other ſpecies.
being fown in the autumn, as ſoon as they are ripe.
Theſe are all annual plants, which periſh foon after Two or three of theſe plants may be allowed a place
they have perfected their feeds. Theſe ſhould be in gardens for the ſake of variety, but they have not
ſown either in ſpring, or the autumn, upon a border
much beauty.
of light carth, in an open ſituation, where they are BISLINGÚ A. See Ruscus. .
to remain for good. Thoſe which are fown in au- BISTORTA [ſo called, becauſe the root is turned
tumn will come up in about three weeks, and the or wreathed into various rings or ſpires,] Biſtort, or
plants will live through the winter without any pro- Snakeweed.
tection, ſo will flower earlier the following ſummer, This genus is joined to the Polygonum by Dr.
Linnæus.
whereby good ſeeds may always be obtained; whereas This plant flowers in May, and if the ſeaſon proves
thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring, do, in bad ſeaſons, moiſt, will continue to produce new ſpikes of flowers
decay before their feeds are ripe. The autumnal till Auguft: it may be propagated by planting the
plants flower in June, and the ſpring in July, and roots in a moiſt ſhady border, either in ſpring or all-
their feeds ripen about ſix weeks after; which, if per- tumn, which will ſoon furniſh the garden with plants,
mitted to ſcatter, there will be plenty of young plants for it greatly increaſes by its creeping roots.
produced without any care.
The roots of this plant have been recommended for
Theſe require no farther culture, but to keep them tanning of leather, but the trouble of procuring them
clean from weeds, and thin the plants where they are in a ſufficient quantity is too great to anſwer the in-
too cloſe, leaving them eight or nine inches aſunder. tention.
They are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe who are BIVALVULAR, or Bivalve (of bivalvis] Huſk,
curious in botany, but they have no great beauty to
that
gapes the whole length, like a
recommend them. I have cultivated theſe forts door that opens in two parts,
many years, and have never obſerved either of them BIX A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 581. Urucu. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
to vary, therefore make no doubt of their being Orleana. H. L. Mitella. Tourn. Init. 242. Anotta,
diſtinct ſpecies.
by the French Roucou.
BISERRUL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 800. Pelecinus. The CHARACTERS are,
Tourn. Inft. 417. tab. 234.
It hath a plain, ſmall, obtuſe empalement, which is per-
The CHARACTERS are,
menent; the flower hath a double ſeries of petals, the outer
The fiower bath a tubulous empalement of one leaf, which conſiſting of five, which are large, oblong, and equal, the
is erect, and ſlightly indented at the top in five equal parts, inner of the ſame number and ſhape, but narrower. It
the two upper ſtanding at a diſtance. The flower is pa- hath a great number of briſtly ſtamina, which are but
pilionaceous, having a large roundiſh ſtandard, whoſe edges half the length of the petals, terminated by ere&t ſummits.
are reflexed. The wings are oblong, but ſhorter than the In the center is ſituated an oval germen, ſupporting a
ſtandard; and the obtuſe keel is of the ſame length with ſender ſtyle of the ſame length with the ſtamina, crowned
the wings, bending upward. It hath ten stamina, nine by a bifid, compreſſed, parallel ſtigma. The germen after-
of which are joined, and the other ſingle, with their ends ward becomes an oval heart-ſhaped capſule, a little com-
pointing upward. In the center is ftuated an oblong com- preſſed, covered with sharp briſtles, opening with two
preſſed germen, ſupporting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by valves, with one cell, and filled with angular ſeeds, ad-
a ſingle ſtigma; theſe are included in ihe keel. The germen hering to a linear receptacle, which runs longitudinally
efterward becomes a flat narrow pod, indented on both through the capſule.
edges like the Saw of the ſword fiſh, having two cells, filled This genus is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's
with kidney-shaped ſeeds.
thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Monogynia, the
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of flower having many ftamina and one ſtyle.
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
candria, the flower having ten ſtamina, joined in two BixA. (Orellana.) Hort. Cliff. 211. The Arnotta, or Anotta,
bodies.
by the French Roucou. Mitella Americana maxima
We have but one Species of this genus, which is, tinctoria. Achioti of Hernandez.
BISERRULA. (Pelecinus.) Hort. Cliff. 361. We have no This ſhrub grows naturally in the warm parts of
Engliſh name for this plant. Pelecinus vulgaris. America, where it riſes with an upright ſtem to the
Tourn. Inft. 417.
height of eight or ten feet, ſending out many branches
This is an annual plant, which grows naturally in at the top, forming a regular head. Theſe are gar-
Italy, Sicily, Spain, and the ſouth of France. It ſends niſhed with heart-Ihaped leaves ending in a point,
out many angular ſtalks, which trail on the ground, which have long foot-ſtalks, and come out without
ſubdivided into many branches, garniſhed with long any order. The flowers are produced in looſe panicles
winged leaves, compoſed of many pair of lobes, ter- at the end of the branches, of a. pale Peach colour,
minated by an odd one; theſe are heart-ſhaped: to- having large petals, and a great number of briſtly
ward the upper part of the branches come out the ſtamina of the ſame colour, in the center. After the
flower
is one
opens and
-

B LI
BLI
a
a
a
a
Power is paſt, the germen becomes a heart-ſhaped,
or rather a mitre-ſhaped ſeed-veffel, covered on the
outſide with briſtles, opening with two valves, and
filled with angular ſeeds, covered with a red pulp
or pafte, which colours the hands of thoſe who
touch it, and is collected for the uſe of dyers and
painters.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which are annually
brought from the Weſt-Indies in plenty. Theſe
ſhould be ſown in a ſmall pot, filled with light rich
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark ;
where, if the bed is of a proper temperature of heat,
the plants will appear in about a month after: when
theſe are about an inch high, they ſhould be ſhaken
out of the pot and carefully ſeparated, ſo as not to
tear off their tender roots, and each planted in a ſmall
pot filled with ſome rich light earth, and plunged into
a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade
them every day until they have taken new root; after
which they muſt be treated as other tender plants
from the ſame country, by admitting freſh air to them
in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; and when
the heat of the tan declines, it ſhould be turned up
to the bottom, and, if neceſſary, ſome freſh tan added
to renew the heat. The plants muſt be refreſhed three
times a week with water in ſummer, but they muſt
not have it in great quantities, for their roots often
rot with much wet. If the plants are raiſed early in
the ſpring, and properly managed, they will be a foot
and a half high by the autumn, when they ſhould be
removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the
tan-bed. During the winter, they muſt have but little
water, and while the plants are young, they muſt
have a good ſhare of warmth, otherwiſe they are very
ſubject to caſt their leaves, and frequently loſe their
tops, which renders them unſightly. They muſt be
conſtantly kept in the bark-ſtove, for thoſe plants
which have been placed in a dry ſtove, have never
made much progreſs
. I have had many of theſe plants
ſeven or eight feet high, with ſtrong ſtems and large
heads, but have only had one produce flowers; nor
have I heard of its flowering in any of the gardens in
Europe, for in the Dutch gardens they have no plants
of any ſize.
The paſte which ſurrounds the feeds is taken off, by
ſteeping the ſeeds in hot water, and with the hands
waſhed until the ſeeds are clean; then after pouring
away the water, they leave the ſediment to harden,
and make it up in balls, which are ſent to Europe,
where they are uſed in dying and painting. It is alſo
uſed by the Americans to dye their chocolate, and
the natives uſed to paint their bodies with it when
they went to the wars.
BLADDER-NUT. See STAPHYLÉA.
BLATTARIA. See VERBASCUM.
BLIGHTS
There is nothing ſo deſtructive to a fruit garden as
blights ; nor is there any thing in the buſineſs of
gar-
dening which requires more of our ſerious attention,
than the endeavouring to prevent or guard againſt
this great enemy of gardens.
In order therefore to remedy this evil, it will be ne-
ceſſary firſt to underſtand the true cauſes of blights ;
for, although many curious perſons have attempted
to explain the cauſes of them, yet very few of them
have come near the truth, except the Rev. and learned
Dr. Hales, who hath, in his curious book, intitled
Vegetable Statics, given us ſome accurate experi-
ments upon the growth and perſpiration of plants,
together with the various effects the air hath upon
vegetables ; that by carefully attending thereto, to-
gether with diligent obſervations, we need ſeldom to
be at a loſs how to account for the cauſes of blights
whenever they may happen.
But here I cannot help taking notice of the ſeveral
cauſes of blights, as they have been laid down by
ſome of our modern writers on gardening, together
with their various methods preſcribed to prevent their
deſtruction of fruits, &c.
Some' have ſuppoſed, that blights are uſually pro-
duced by an eaſterly wind, which brings vaſt quan
tities of inſects eggs along with it from ſome diftarit
place; which, being lodged upon the ſurface of the
leaves and fowers of fruit-trees, cauſe them to ſhrivel
up and periſh. To cure this diſtemper, they adviſe
the burning of wet litter on the windward ſide of the
trees, that the ſmoke thereof may be carried to them
by the wind, which they ſuppoſe will ſtifle and deſtroy
thoſe inſects, and thereby cure the diſtemper.
Others direct the uſe of Tobacco-duft, or to waſh the
trees with water wherein Tobacco-italks have been
infuſed for twelve hours, which, they ſay, will deſtroy
theſe inſects, and recover the trees; and Pepper-duft,
ſcattered upon the bloſſoms of fruit-trees, has been
recommended as very uſeful in this caſe : and there
are ſome that adviſe the pulling off the leaves of the
tree, as the beſt remedy when they are ſhrivelled up
and wither; and to cut off the ſmaller branches when
they produce crooked and unnatural ſhoots, and to
ſprinkle the tree with a watering-pot, or a hand-
engine.
Theſe conjectures concerning blights, how ſpecious
ſoever they may appear at firſt ſight, yet, when duly
conſidered, will be found far ſhort of the true cauſe,
as will hereafter be lhewn.
But let us now examine the true cauſes of blights, ſo
far as we have been enabled to judge from repeated
obſervations and experiments.
1. Blights then are often cauſed by a continued dry
eaſterly wind for ſeveral days together, without the
intervention of ſhowers, or any morning dew, by
which the perſpiration in the tender bloſſoms is
ſtopped, ſo that in a ſhort time their colour is changed,
and they wither and decay; and if it ſo happen, that
there is a long continuance of the ſame weather, it
equally affects the tender leaves; for their perſpiring
matter is hereby thickened and rendered glutinous,
cloſely adhering to the ſurface of the leaves, and be-
comes a proper nutriment to thoſe ſmall inſects, which
are always found preying upon the leaves and tender
branches of fruit-trees, whenever this blight happens;
but it is not theſe inſects which are the firſt cauſe of
blights, as hath been imagined by ſome; though it
muſt be allowed, that whenever theſe inſects meet
with ſuch a proper food, they multiply exceedingly,
and are inftrumental in promoting the diſtemper;
ſo that many times, when the ſeaſon proves fa-
vourable to them, and no proper care hath been
taken to prevent their miſchief, it is ſurpriſing to
think how whole walls of trees have ſuffered by this
infection.
The beſt remedy for this diſtemper, that I have yet
known ſucceed, is, gently to waſh and iprinkle over
the trees, from time to time, with common water
,
(that is, ſuch as hath not had any thing ſteeped in
it;) and the ſooner this is performed (whenever we
apprehend danger,) the better; and if the young and
tender ſhoots ſeem to be much infected, waſh them
with a woollen cloth, ſo as to clear them, if poſſible,
from all this glutinous matter, that their reſpiration
and perſpiration may not be obſtructed; and if we
place ſome broad flat pans or tubs of water near the
trees, that the vapours exhaled from the water may
be received by the trees, it will keep their tender
parts in a ductile ſtate, and greatly help them ; but
whenever this operation of waſhing the trees is per-
formed, it ſhould be early in the day, that the moiſture
may be exhaled before the cold of the night comes
on ; eſpecially if the nights are froſty: nor ſhould it
be done when the ſun ſhines very hot upon the wall,
which would be ſubject to ſcorch up the tender
bloſſoms.
Another cauſe of blights in the ſpring is, ſharp hoary
froſts, which are often ſucceeded by hot ſunihine in
the day time; which is the moſt ſudden and certain
deſtroyer of fruits that is known; for the cold of the
night ſtarves the tender parts of the bloſſoms, and
the ſun riſing hot upon the walls before the moiſture
is dried from the bloſſoms (which, being in ſmall
globules, collects the rays of the ſun,) a fcalding heat
a
16

BLI
BLI
a
a
Is thereby acquired; which ſcorches the tender flowers,
and other parts of plants.
But that blights are frequently no more than an in-
ward weakneſs or diſtemper in trees, will evidently
appear, if we conſider how often it happens, that
trees againſt the ſame wall, expoſed to the fame aſpect,
and equally enjoying the advantages of fun and air,
with every other circumſtance which might render
them equally healthy, yet very often are obſerved to
differ greatly in their ſtrength and vigour; and as
often we obſerve the weak trees to be continually
blighted, when the vigorous ones, in the fame fi-
tuation ſhall eſcape very well; which muſt, therefore,
in a great meaſure, be aſcribed to their healthy con-
ftitution. This weakneſs, therefore, in trees, muſt
proceed either from a want of a ſufficient ſupply of
nouriſhment to maintain them in perfect vigour, or
from ſome ill qualities in the foil where they grow,
or, perhaps, from ſome bad quality in the ſtock, or
inbred diſtemper of the buds or cyons, which they
had imbibed from their mother tree, or from mil-
management in the pruning, &c. all which are pro-
ductive of diſtempers in trees, and of which they are
with difficulty cured. Now, if this is occaſioned by
a weakneſs in the tree, we ſhould endeavour to trace
out the true caufe; firſt, whether it has been oc-
cafioned by ill management in the pruning, which
is too often the caſe; for how common is it to obſerve
Peach-trees trained up to the full length of their
branches every year, ſo as to be carried to the top
of
the wall in a few years after planting, when at the ſame
time the ſhoots for bearing have been ſo weak, as
ſcarcely to have ſtrength to produce their flowers: but
this being the utmoſt of their vigour, the bloſſoms fall
off, and, many times, the branches decay, either the
greateſt part of their length, or quite down to the
place where they were produced, and this, whenever
it happens to be the caſe, is aſcribed to a blight.
Others there are, who ſuffer their trees to grow juſt
as they are naturally difpoſed, during the fummer
ſeaſon, without ſtopping of hoots, or diſburdening
their trees of luxuriant branches; by which means
two, three, or four ſhoots ſhall exhauſt the greateſt
part of the nouriſhment of the trees all the ſummer;
which ſhoots, at the winter pruning, are entirely cut
out; ſo that the ſtrength of the tree was employed
only in nouriſhing uſeleſs branches, while the fruit
branches are thereby rendered fo weak, as not to be
able to preſerve themſelves. The remedies to this
evil ſhall be explained in the article of PRUNING
Peach-trees, &c.
But if the weakneſs of the tree proceeds from an in-
bred diſtemper, it is the better way to remove the
tree at firſt; and after renewing your earth, plant a
new one in its place.
Or if your foil be a hot burning gravel or fand, in
which your Peach-trees are planted, you will gene-
rally find this will be conſtantly their caſe, after their
roots have got beyond the earth of your borders; for
which reaſon, it is much more adviſeable to dig them
up, and plant Grapes, Figs, Apricots, or any other
fort of fruit, which may do well in ſuch a foil, rather
than to be annually diſappointed of your hopes; for,
by a variety of experiments, it hath been found, that
Apricots attract and imbibe moiſture with a much
greater force than Peaches and Nectarines; and con-
ſequently, are better able to attract the nutritive par-
ticles from the earth, than the other, which require
to be planted in a generous foil, capable of affording
them a fufficiency of nouriſhment without much dif-
ficulty: and it is in ſuch places we often ſee Peaches
do wonders, eſpecially if affifted by art; but as for
the Vine and Fig-tree, they perſpire very ſlowly, ,
and are very often in an imbibing ſtate (ſo that a
great part of that fine racy flavour, with which their
fruits abound when planted in a dry ſoil, is probably
owing to thoſe refined aërial principles, which are
collected when in a ſtate of reſpiration ;) and there-
fore, as theſe trees delight not in drawing much
watery nourishment from the earth, ſo they will much
7
better fucceed in ſuch a foil, than in one that is moie
generous: we ſhould therefore always endeavour to
fuit the particular forts of fruits to the nature of our
foil, and not pretend to have all forts of fruit good in
the fame.
But there is another fort of blight, againſt which it
is
very difficult to guard our fruit-trees; this is ſharp,
pinching, froſty mornings, which often happen at the
time when the trues are in flower, or while the fruit
is very young, and occaſion the bloſſoms or fruit to
drop off; and, ſometimes, the tender parts of the
fhoots and leaves are greatly injured thereby.
The only method yet found out to prevent this mis-
chief, is, by carefully covering the walls, either with
mats, canvas, reeds, &c. which being faſtened fo as
not to be diſturbed with the wind, and ſuffered to
remain on during the night, and taking them off
every day, if the weather permits, is the beſt and
fureft method that hath yet been found ſucceſsful ;
which, although it has been ſighted, and thought
of little ſervice by fome, yet the reaſon of their being
not fo ferviceable as has been expected, was, becauſe
they have not been rightly uſed, either by ſuffering
the trees to remain too long covered; by which means
the younger branches and leaves have been rendered
too weak to endure the open air, when they are ex-
poſed to it; which has often proved of worſe con-
ſequence to trees, than if they had remained entirely
uncovered, or by incautiouſly expoſing them to the
air, after having been long covered.
Whereas, when the covering before-mentioned has
been performed as it ought to be, it has proved very
ſerviceable to fruits; and many times, when there
has been almoſt a general deſtruction of fruits in the
neighbouring gardens, there has been a plenty of
them in ſuch places where they have been properly
covered: and though the trouble may ſeem to foine
very great, yet, if theſe coverings are fixed near the
upper part of the wall, and are faſtened to pullies,
ſo as to be drawn up, or let down, it will be foon and
eaſily performed; and the fucceſs will ſufficiently re-
pay
the trouble.
But there is another fort of blight that fometimes
happens later in the ſpring, viz. in April or May,
which is often very deſtructive to orchards, and opere
plantations, and againſt which we know of no remedy.
This is what is called a fire blaſt; which, in a few
hours, hath not only deſtroyed the fruit and leaves,
but, many times, parts of trees, and, fometimes,
entire trees have been killed by it.
This is ſuppoſed to be effected by volumes of trans-
parent flying vapours, which, among the many forms,
they revolve into, may ſometimes approach ſo near
,
fo
to an hemiſphere, or hemicylinder, either in their
upper or lower furfaces, as thereby to make the
beams of the fun converge enough to ſcorch the plants
or trees they fall upon, in proportion to the greater
or lefs convergency of the fun's rays.
The learned Boerhaave, in his Theory of Chemiſtry,
obferves, “That thoſe white clouds which appear in
- ſummer time, are, as it were, ſo many mirrors, ,
" and occaſion exceſſive heat: thefe cloudy mirrors
are fometimes round, ſometimes concave, poly-
gonous, &c. When the face of the heavens is co-
« vered with ſuch white clouds, the fun, ſhining
among them, muft, of neceſſity, produce a ve-
" hement heat; fince many of his rays, which would
us otherwiſe, perhaps, never touch our earth, are
hereby reflected to us : thus, if the fun be on one
“ fide, and the clouds on the oppoſite one, they will
“ be perfect burning glaſſes: and hence the phæno-
menon of thunder.
“ I have fometimes, continues he, obferved a kind
" of hollow clouds, full of hail and ſnow, during
66 the continuance of which the heat was extreme;
“ fince, by ſuch condenfation, they were enabled to
“ reflect much more ſtrongly: after this came a ſharp
“ cold, and then the clouds diſcharged their hail in
great quantities, to which ſucceeded a moderate
warmth. Frozen concave clouds therefore, by
56 their
a
و
a
a
a
CC

BLI
BÖC
3
a
a
a
€6 their great reflexions, produce a vigorous lieat; of the leaves, almoſt the length of the ſtalk, whicii
66 and the fame, when reſolved, exceffive cold.” are ſmall, and collected in little heads, which are
Whence (as Dr. Hales obſerves) we fee, that blaſts ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt, but ſmaller and not fo
may be occaſioned by the reflexions of the clouds, as deeply coloured.
well as by the above-mentioned refraction of denſe The feeds of the third fort were fent me by the late
tranſparent vapours.
Dr. Amman, who was profeſſor of botany at Peterf-
Againſt this enemy to fruits, &c. as hath been ſaid, burgh. This riſes near three feet high; the leaves
there is no guard to our fruit-trees, nor any remedy are triangular, ending in very acute points, as do alſo
to cure it: but as this more frequently happens in the indentures on the edges of the leaves. The flow-
cloſe plantations (where the ſtagnating vapours from ers come out from the wings of the leaves in ſmall
the earth, and the plentiful perſpirations from the heads, which are ſucceeded by berries of the ſame
trees, are pent in for want of a free air to diſſipate fhape and colour as thoſe of the firſt, but ſmaller.
and diſpel them; which are often obſerved, in ſtill This fort differs from the firſt in the ſhape and inden-
weather, to aſcend in ſo plentiful a manner, as to be tures of the leaves, and in having leaves placed be-
ſeen by the naked eye, but eſpecially with reflecting tween the berries the whole length of the ſtalk, which
teleſcopes, ſo as to make a clear and diſtinct object is not terminated by heads as the firſt, but hath leaves
become dim and tremulous,) than in thoſe that are above the heads.
planted at a greater diſtance, or are not ſurrounded Theſe are all of them annual plants, which will drop
with hills or woods; this directs us, in the firſt plant- their feeds if permitted, and the plants will come up
ing of kitchen-gardens andorchards, &c. that we mould in plenty the following ſpring: or if the ſeeds of
allow a greater diſtance between the trees, and to
either of the forts are ſown in March or April, upon
make choice of clear healthy ſituations, that the air a bed of common earth, in an open ſituation, the
may freely paſs between the trees to diffipate thoſe va- plants will come up in a month or five weeks after;
pours before they are formed into ſuch volumes, and, if they are to remain in the place where they are
whereby the circumambient air will be clear, and leſs fown, will require no other care but to keep them
ſubject to injuries ; as alſo the fruits which are pro- clear from weeds, and to thin them out, ſo as to leave
duced in this clearer air, will be much better taſted them fix or eight inches apart; and in July the
than thoſe that are ſurrounded with a thick rancid air ; plants will begin to ſhew their berries, when they will
for as fruits are often in a reſpiring ſtate, they conſe- make a pretty appearance. But many people tranſ-
quently, by imbibing a part of theſe vapours, are ren- plant them into the borders of the flower-gar-
dered crude and ill-tafted, which is often the caſe dens, and others plant them in pots, to have them
with a great part of our fruits in England.
ready for removing to court-yards, or to place upon
BLITUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 14. Chenopodio-morus. low walls, among other annual flowers, to adorn thoſe
Boerh. Ind. Morocarpus. Rupp. Strawberry Blite. places.
The CHARACTERS are,
When theſe plants are deſigned to be removed, they
It hath a tripartite ſpreading empalement, which is per- ſhould be tranſplanted before they ſhoot up their flow-
manent; the flower hath no petals, but one briſtly sto- er-ſtems, for they will not bear tranſplanting well af-
mina the length of the empalement, with a double fuim- terward: and if they are planted in pots, they will
mit. In the center is ſituated an oval pointed germen ſup- require to be duly watered in dry weather, otherwiſe
porting two ſtyles, the length of the ſtamina, with a ſingle the plants will ſtint, and not grow to any fize; and,
ftigma. The empalement afterward becomes an oval com- as the flower-ſtems advance, they ihould be ſupported
preſſed capſule, including one globular compreſſed ſeed, the by ſticks; for if they are not, the branches will fall
ſize of the capſule.
to the ground, when the berries are grown pretty
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond order of large and weighty.
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Digynia,BLOODWORT. See LAPATHUM.
the flower having but one ſtamina and two ſtyles. BOCCONIA.
The SPECIES are,
This plant was ſo called after the Reverend Paul Boc-
1. BLITUM (Capitatum) capitellis fpicatis terminalibus. cone, of Sicily, who has publiſhed ſome curious book,
Hort. Upfal. 3. Blite with ſpikes terminated by little
3
of botany.
heads. Chenopodio-morus major. Boerh. Ind. alt.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. 91. Commonly called Strawberry Blite, or Strawberry The flower bath an empalement compoſed of two oval, oba
Spinach.
tuſe, concave leaves; it hath four narrow petals, with
2. BLITUM (Virgatum) capitellis ſparſis lateralibus. Hort. a great number of very short ſtamina, crowned by ereat
Upſal. 3. Blite with ſmall heads growing ſcatteringly ſummits, which are the length of the empalement. Int
from the ſides of the ſtalks. Chenopodio-morus minor. the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, contracted at both
Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 91. Wild Atriplex with a Mulberry ends, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, which is bifid at the top,
fruit.
crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward bem
3. BLITUM (Tartaricum) foliis triangularibus acutè den- comes an oval fruit, contracted at both ends, and a litile
tatis, capitellis fimplicibus lateralibus. Blite with tri- compreſſed, having one cell, full of pulp, including a ſingle
angular leaves ſharply indented, and ſingle heads proceed- round feed.
ing from the ſides of the ſtalks. Blitum fragiferum maxi- This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
mum polyſpermum. Amman. Ruth.
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo-
The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal, nogynia, the flower having many ſtamina and one
but hath been long preſerved in the Engliſh gardens. ſtyle.
This is an annual plant, which hath leaves ſomewhat There is but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent
like thoſe of Spinach; the ſtalk riſes about two feet and known, which is
a half high, the lower part of which is garniſhed with BOCCONIA. (Fruteſcens.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 505. Bocconia
,
leaves of the ſhape with thoſe at bottom, but ſmaller ; racemoſa, ſphondylii folio tomentofo. Plum. Nov.
the upper part of the ſtalk hath flowers coming out Gen.
in ſmall heads at every joint, and is terminated by This plant is called, by Sir Hans Sloane, in his Na-
a ſmall cluſter of the fame: after the flowers are paſt, tural Hiſtory of Jamaica, Chelidonium majus arbo-
the little heads fwell to the ſize of Wood Strawber-
reum, foliis quercinis; or Greater Tree Celandine with
ries, and when ripe have the ſame appearance; being Oak leaves.
very fucculent, and full of a purple juice, which
It is very common in Jamaica, and ſeveral other parts
ſtains the hands of thoſe who bruiſe them, of a deep of America, where it grows to the height of ten or
purple colour.
twelve feet, having a ſtrait trunk as large as a man's
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France arm, which is covered with a white fmooth bark.
and Italy. This feldom grows more than one foot At the top it divides into ſeveral branches, on which
high, with ſmaller leaves than the firſt, but of the the leaves are placed alternately. Theſe leaves are
ſame ſhape; the flowers are produced at the wings eight or nine inches long, and five or fix broad, deeply
finu-
Nn

B OË
B OM
finuated, ſometimes almoſt to the mid-rib, and are of
a fine glaucous colour ; ſo that this plant makes a
beautiful variety among other exotic plants in the
ſtove. The whole plant abounds with a yellow juice
like the greater Celandine, which is of an acrid na-
ture; fo that it is uſed by the inhabitants of America,
to take off warts, and ſpots from the eyes.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in a
pot filled with light freih earth, early in the ſpring,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obferv-
ing to water it now and then gently, otherwiſe the
feeds will not grow. When the plants are come up,
they ſhould be each tranſplanted into ſeparate ſmall
pots filled with light ſandy earth, and plunged into
the hot-bed again, obſerving to ſhade the glaſſes in
the heat of the day, until the plants have taken root.
They muſt be alſo gently watered, but it ſhould be
done ſparingly while they are young; for their ſtems
being very tender, and full of juice, will rot, if they
receive too much moiſture ; but after their ftems are
become woody, they will require it often, eſpecially
in hot weather ; when alſo they ſhould have a large
ſhare of air, by raiſing the glaſſes of the hot-bed.
The plants, in two months after tranſplanting, will
have filled theſe ſmall pots with their roots; therefore
they ſhould be ſhaken out of them, and planted into
pots one ſize larger, filled with light freſh earth, and
plunged into the bark-ſtove, where they ſhould have
a good ſhare of freſh air in warm weather. With this
management I have raiſed theſe plants upwards of two
feet high in one ſeaſon, which were alſo very ſtrong
in their items: they muſt be conſtantly kept in the
ſtove, being too tender to thrive in this country in
any
other ſituation. This plant has flowered in the phyſic
garden at Chelſea, and perfected ſeeds; but if it were
not to flower, the ſingular beauty of the plant renders
it worthy of a place in every curious collection of
plants ; and it ſeems the Indians were very fond of it,
for Hernandez tells us, the Indian kings planted it in
their gardens.
BOERHAAVIA. This genus of plants was ſo
named by Monſ. Vaillant, profeſſor of botany at Pa-
ris, in honour of the famous Dr. Boerhaave, who was
profeſſor of botany, chemiſtry, and phyſic, in the
univerſity of Leyden.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath no empalement, and but one bell-ſhaped
petal, which is pentangular and entire. It bath in ſome
Species one, and in others two ſhort ſtamina, crowned by a
double globular ſummit. The germen is ſituated below the
receptacle, ſupporting a ſhort ſlender ſtyle, with a kidney-
ſhaped ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle ob-
long ſeed, having no cover.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia,
the flower having but one ſtamina and a ſingle
ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. BOERHAAVIA (Erecta) caule erecto glabro. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 3. Boerhaavia with an ere&t ſtalk. Boerhaavia
Solanifolia erecta glabra, foribus carneis laxiùs dif-
pofitis. Houſt. MSS.
2. BOERHAAVIA (Diffuſa) caule diffuſo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
3. Boerhaavia with a diffuſed ſtalk. Boerhaavia Sola-
nifolia major. Vail. Def. 50.
3. BOERHAAVIA (Scandens) caule ſcandente floribus dian-
dris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 3. Boerhaavia with a climbing
ſtalk. Boerhaavia alfines folio fcandens, floribus pal-
lidè luteis majoribus in umbellæ modum diſpoſitis ſe-
mine afpero. Houft. MSS.
4. BOERHAAVIA (Coccinea) foliis ovatis, floribus laterali-
bus compactis, caule hirſuto procumbente. Boerhaavia
with oval leaves, flowers coming from the wings of the
leaves in cloſe heads, and a hairy trailing ſtalk. Boerhaa-
via Solanifolia procumbens & hirſuta floribus cocci-
neis compactis. Houſt. MSS.
The firſt fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, at La Vera Cruz, in 1731. This riſes with an
upright ſmooth ſtalk, two feet high, and at each
joint hath two oval pointed leaves growing oppoſite,
upon foot-ſtalks, an inch long, of a whitiſh colour
on their under fide. At the joints, which are far
aſunder, come out ſmall fide branches, growing erect;
theſe, as alſo the large ſtalk, are terminated by looſe
panicles of fleih-coloured flowers, which are each
fucceeded by oblong glutinous feeds.
The feeds of the ſecond fort were ſent me by the ſame
gentleman from Jamaica, where it naturally grows.
This ſends out many diffuſed ſtalks a foot and a half
or two feet long; garniſhed with ſmall roundilh leaves
at each joint: The flowers grow very ſcatteringly
upon long branching foot-ſtalks from the wings of
the leaves, as alſo at the end of the branches, which
are of a pale red colour, and are fucceeded by feeds
like the former.
The third fort was ſent me from Jamaica with the
former. This fends out ſeveral ftalks from the root,
which divide into many branches, and trail over what-
ever plants grow near them, and riſe to the height of
five or fix feet, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves,
growing by pairs at each joint upon long foot-
Italks, which are of the colour and confiftence
of thoſe of the greater Chickweed. The flowers
grow in looſe umbels at the extremity of the branches,
which are yellow, and are ſucceeded by ſmall, oblong,
viſcous feeds.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Jamaica with the
two former: this ſends out many trailing hairy ftalks,
which divide into ſmaller branches, garniſhed with
oval leaves at every joint; and at the wings of the
leaves come out the naked foot-ſtalks, fuſtaining a
ſmall cloſe head of ſcarlet flowers, which are
very
fú-
gacious, fełdom ſtanding more than half a day before
their petals drop; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort oblong
ſeeds.
The firſt, fecond, and fourth forts are annual plants,
which decay in autumn, but the third fort is peren-
nial: they are all tender plants, fo will not thrive in
the open air in England; they are propagated by
ſeeds, which muſt be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring,
and when the plants are fit to be removed, they ſhould
be each planted in a ſmall pot and plunged into the hot-
bed, and treated as other tender exotic plants. When
they are grown too tall to remain under a common
frame, a plant or two of each fort ſhould be placed
in the ftove; the other may be turned out of the pots,
and planted in a warm border, where, if the ſeaſon
proves warm, they will perfect their feeds; but as
theſe are ſubject to fail in cold ſeaſons, fo thoſe in the
ftove will always ripen their feeds in autumn; the
third fort may be preſerved in a warm ftove two or
3
BOMBA X. Lin. Gen. Plant. 580. Ceiba. Plum.
Nov. Gen. 32. Silk Cotton-tree.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which is
bell-ſhaped, erect, and quinquefid. The flower is quinque-
.
fid and ſpreading, the petals are oval and concave. It
hath many awl-shaped ſtamina, which are the length of the
petal, crowned with oblong incurved ſummits. In the cen-
ter is ſituated the round germen, ſupporting a ſender Style
the length of the ſtamina, with a round ſtigma. The em-
palement afterward becomes a large, oblong, turbinated
capſule, having five cells, opening with five valves, which
are ligneous, containing many roundiſh ſeeds, wrapped in a
Soft down, and fixed to a five-cornered column.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth order of
Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, intitled Monadelphia Po-
lyandria, the flower having many ſtyles and ſtamina
joined to a column.
The SPECIES are,
1. BOMBAX (Ceiba) floribus polyandris, foliis quinatis,
Jacq. Amer. 26. Silk Cotton-tree whose flowers have
many ſtyles, and leaves with five lobes. Ceiba viticis
foliis caudice aculeato. Plum. Nov. Gen. 42.
2. Bombax (Pentandrum) floribus pentandris. Jacq. A-
mer. 26. Silk Cotton-tree whoſe flowers have five ſtyles.
Ceiba viticis foliis caudice glabro. Plum. Nov. Gen.
2
three years.
42.
3. BOMBAX

ВОМ
BON
a
و
ture.
а.
3. BOMBAX (Villoſus) foliis quinque-angularibus villofis, fide are covered with a ſhort, brown, hairy down, and
caule geniculato. Silk Cotton with five-cornered hairy are cut on their edges into five angles. Theſe plants
leaves, and a jointed ſtalk.
have not as yet flowered in England, nor have I re-
The firſt and ſecond forts grow naturally in both In- ceived any information what flower they produce
dies, where they arrive to a great magnitude, being but by the pods and feeds, it appears evidently to be
fome of the talleſt trees in thoſe countries; but the of this genus. The down incloſed in theſe pods; is
wood is very light, and not much valued, except for of a fine purple colour ; and I have been informed
making of canoes, which is the chief uſe made of that the inhabitants of the countries where the trees
them. Their trunks are ſo large, as when hollowed, grow naturally, ſpin it, and work it into garments,
to make very large ones. In Columbus's firſt voyage which they wear without dyeing it of any other
it was reported, there was a canoe ſeen at the iſland colour.
of Cuba, made of the hollowed trunk of one of theſe I received a few years fince, a few pods of another
trees, which was ninety-five palms long, and of a fort from Panama, which were not ſo large as thoſe of
proportional width, which would contain a hundred the common, but were rounder. The down of theſe
and fifty men: and ſome modern writers have af- was red, but the plants raiſed from the feeds were ſo
firmed, that there are trees of theſe forts now grow- like thoſe of the third fort, as not to be diſtinguiſhed
ing in the Weſt-Indies, ſo large, as not to be fathom- from them, ſo I doubt of their being diſtinct ſpecies.
ed by ſixteen men, and ſo tall as that an arrow cannot
I alſo received ſome ſeeds from Siam, which produced
be ſhot to their top.
plants of the ſame kind, fo that theſe trees may be
Theſe trees generally grow with very ſtrait ftens ; common to many of the hot countries.
thoſe of the firſt fort are cloſely armed with ſhort The plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be
ſtrong ſpines, but the ſecond hath very ſmooth ſtems, ſown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; if the ſeeds are good,
which in the young plants are of a bright green, but the plants will appear in a month, and thoſe of the
after a few years, they are covered with a grey, or two firſt forts will be ſtrong enough to tranſplant in a
Aſh-coloured bark, which turns to a brown as the month after, when they ſhould be each planted in a
trees grow older: they ſeldom put out any fide ſmall pot, filled with freſh loamy earth, and plunged
branches till they arrive to a conſiderable height, un- into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, being care-
leſs their leading ſhoot be breken or injured. The ful to ſhade them from the ſun till they have taken
branches toward their top are garniſhed with leaves freſh root; after which they ſhould have a large ſhare
compoſed of five, ſeven, or nine oblong ſmooth lobes, of air admitted to them when the weather is warm, to
which are ſpear-ſhaped, and join to one center at prevent their being drawn up weak; they muſt alſo be
their baſe, where they adhere to the long foot-ſtalk. frequently refreſhed with water, which muſt not be
Theſe fall away every year, ſo that for ſome time the given in large quantities, eſpecially the third fort,
trees are naked, and before the new leaves come out, whoſe ſtalks are very ſubject to rot with much moiſ-
the flower-buds appear at the end of the branches,
In this bed they may remain till autumn (pro-
and foon after the flowers expand, which are com-
vided there is room for the plants under the glaſſes)
poſed of five oblong purple petals, with a great num-
but if the heat of the bed declines, the tan ſhould be
ber of ſtamina in the center; when theſe fall off, they ſtirred up, and freſh added to it; and if the plants have
are ſucceeded by oval fruit larger than a ſwan's egg, filled the pots with their roots, they ſhould be ſhifted
having a thick ligneous cover, which, when ripe, into pots a little larger ; but there muſt be care taken
opens in five parts, and is full of a dark ſhort cot- not to over-pot them, for nothing is more injurious
ton; incloſing many roundiſh ſeeds as large as ſmall to theſe plants, than to be put into large pots, in
Peaſe:
which they will never thrive. In the autumn they
The down which is incloſed in theſe feed-veſſels is muſt be removed into the bark-ſtove, where they
ſeldom uſed, except by the poorer inhabitants to ſtuff muſt conſtantly remain, being too tender to thrive in
pillows or chairs, but it is generally thought to be this country in any other ſituation. In winter they
unwholeſome to lie upon.
muſt have but little wet, eſpecially if they caſt their
Theſe two fpecies have been ſuppoſed the ſame by leaves; but in the ſummer they ſhould be frequently
many writers on natural hiſtory, who have affirmed, refreſhed with water, and in warm weather muſt have
that the young trees only have prickles on their plenty of freſh air admitted to them. With this ma-
trunks, and as they grow old, their trunks become nagement the plants will make great progreſs, and
ſmooth ; but from many years experience I can affirm, in a few years will reach the glaſſes on the top
that the feeds which have been ſent me of the two of the ſtove, eſpecially if the building is not pretty
forts, have always produced plants of the different
lofty.
kinds for which they were ſent, and continue the The plants make an agreeable variety in a large ſtove
ſame in plants, which are more than twenty years where they have room to grow, their leaves having
growth.
a different appearance from moſt other plants ; but
There was a few years paſt a fine plant of another as they are ſeveral years old before they flower in the
fort in the garden of the late Duke of Richmond, at countries where they grow naturally, there is little
Goodwood, which was raiſed from ſeeds that came hopes of their producing any in England.
from the Eaſt-Indies. The ſtem of this was very ſtrait BONDUC. See GUILANDINA.
.
and ſmooth; the leaves were produced round the BONTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 709. Plum. Nov. Gen.
top upon very long foot-ſtalks, each being compoſed 23. Hort. Elth. 49. Barbadoes Wild Olive.
of ſeven or nine long, narrow, filky, ſmall lobes,
The CHARACTERS are,
joined at their baſe to the foot-ſtalk, in the ſame man- It hath a ſmall erect empalement, which is quinquifid and
ner as thoſe of the two former, but they were much permanent. The flower is of the ringent kind, having 0.
longer, and reflexed backward, ſo that at firſt ſight long cylindrical tube, gaping at the brim; the upper lip
it appeared very different from either of them. This is ereet and indented, the lower lip is trifid and turns
may be the ſpecies, titled by Jacquin, Bombax flori- backward. It hath four awl-fhaped ſtamina, which crê
ribus pentandris, foliis feptenatis. Amer. 26.
as long as the petal, and incline to the upper lip, two of
The third fort was ſent me from the Spaniſh Weft- them being longer than the other, having ſingle ſummits.
Indies, where it grows naturally, but I do not know In the center is ſituated the oval germen, ſupporting a flen-
to what fize; the plants which have been raiſed here, der ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid ob-
have ſoft herbaceous ſtalks very full of joints, and tuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval berri
do not appear as if they would become woody, for with one cell, including a nut of the ſame forma
the plants of ſeveral years growth have ſoft pithy This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ſtems. The leaves come out on long hairy foot- of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
ſtalks toward the top of the plants; theſe have the Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
appearance of thoſe of the Mallow-tree, but are ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds are included in a cover.
larger, and of a thicker conſiſtence; on their under
The
3

BON
B ON
The SPECIES are,
2. BORBONIA (Cordata) foliis cordatis multinerviis inte-
1. BONTIA. (Daphnoides.) Lin. Sp. Plant. Barbadoes Wild gerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 737. Borbonia with entire
Olive. Bontia arboreſcens thymelææ facie. Plum. heart-ſhaped leaves having many nerves. Spartium A-
Nov. Gen. 32.
fricanum fruteſcens ruſci folio caulem amplexante.
2. BONTIA (Germinans) foliis oppoſitis, pedunculis fpi- Com. Hort. Amft. 2. 195.
catis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 891. Bontia with leaves growing 3. BORBONIA (Trinervia) foliis lanceolatis trinerviis in-
oppoſite, and Spiked foot-ſtalks of flowers. Avicennia. tegerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 707. Borbonia with entire
Flor. Zeyl. 57
Spear-ſhaped leaves, having three veins.
The firit fort is greatly cultivated in the gardens at Theſe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
Barbadoes, for making of hedges, than which there is Hope, from whence I received their feeds. In the
not a more proper plant for thoſe hot countries, it be- natural place of their growth, they riſe to the height
ing an Evergreen, and of quick growth. I have been of ten or twelve feet; but in Europe they ſeldom are
informed, that from cuttings (planted in the rainy more than four or five, having ſlender ſtems di-
ſeaſon, when they have immediately taken root) there vided into ſeveral branches, which are garniſhed with
has been a complete hedge, four or five feet high, in ſtiff leaves, placed alternately; thoſe of the firſt fort
eighteen months. And as this will very well bear are narrow, long, and end in a ſharp point. The
cutting, it is formed into a very cloſe thick hedge, flowers come out from between the leaves at the end
which makes a beautiful appearance. In England it of the branches in ſmall cluſters; theſe are yellow,
is preſerved in ſtoves, with ſeveral curious plants of and ſhaped like thoſe of the Broom. It flowers in
the ſame country. It may be raiſed from ſeeds, which Auguſt and September, but doth not perfect ſeeds
ſhould be fown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring (that in England.
the plants may acquire ſtrength before winter.) When The ſecond fort hath broader leaves than the firſt:
the plants are come up, they muſt be tranſplanted the ſtalks of this are ſlender, covered with white bark.
out each into a ſeparate half-penny pot filled with The leaves embrace theſe at their baſe, where they
light freſh earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- are broadeſt, and are terminated by ſharp points like
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water and ſhade thoſe of Kneeholm, or Butchers Broom. The flowers
them until they have taken root; after which they are produced in ſmall cluſters at the end of the
muſt have a large ſhare of air in warm weather, and branches, which are the ſame ſhape and colour as
be often refreſhed with water. In winter they muſt thoſe of the former, but larger. This flowers at the
be placed in the ſtove, where they ſhould have a mo- ſame time with the former, but never produces feeds
derate degree of warmth, and but little water during here.
that ſeaſon. In ſummer they muſt have a great ſhare The third fort hath ſtronger ſtalks than either of the
of air, but will not do well if expoſed abroad, eſpe- former, garniſhed almoſt their whole length, as are
cially in cold ſummers; ſo that they ſhould remain alſo the branches with ſtiff ſpear-ſhaped leaves, hav-
in the ſtove among plants which require a great ſhare ing three longitudinal nerves on each ; theſe are
of air, which may be admitted by opening the glaſſes placed cloſer together than thoſe of the other ſpecies.
in very hot weather. With this management, theſe The flowers are produced at the extremity of the
plants will produce flowers and fruit in three or four branches, each ſtanding on a ſeparate foot-ſtalk:
years from feed. They may alſo be propagated by they are of the ſame ſhape and colour with the for-
cuttings, which ſhould be planted in the ſummer. mer, but larger.
They muſt be put into pots filled with light rich As theſe plants do not perfect their feeds in this
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, obſery- country, they are with difficulty propagated here.
ing to water and ſhade them until they have taken The only method by which I have yet ſucceeded,
root ; after which they muſt be treated as hath been hath been by laying down their young ſhoots; but
directed for the ſeedling plants. Theſe plants being theſe are commonly two years before they put out
evergreen, and growing in a pyramidal form, make roots fit to be ſeparated from the old plant. In lay-
a pretty variety in the ſtove amongſt other exotic ing of theſe down, the joint which is laid in the
plants.
ground ſhould be ſlit upward, as is practiſed in lay-
The ſecond fort is ſuppoſed to be the Anacardium ing Carnations, and the bark of the tongue at bottom
Orientale; but whether this is the true fort, I cannot
I
taken off. The beſt time to lay theſe down, is in
determine, having ſeen only the feeds of that plant, the beginning of September; and the ſhoots moſt
which are frequently brought to Europe for marking proper for this purpoſe, are thoſe which come out
nuts; and thoſe have been too old to grow, ſo I immediately, or very near the root, and are of the
cannot take upon me to determine how far Mr. Jac- ſame year's growth, not only from their ſituation be-
quin is right.
ing near the ground, and thereby better adapted for
BONUS HENRICUS. See CHENOPODIUM. laying, but theſe are alſo more apt to put out roots
BORBONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 764.
than any of the upper
of the upper branches.
The CHARACTERS are,
But where good feeds can be procured, that is the
It hath a turbinated empalement of one leaf, cut at the more eligible method of propagating the plants; for
top into five acute ſegments, which are ſtiff, pungent, and thoſe raiſed from the feeds make the ſtraiteft plants,
about half the length of the petals. The flower hath five and are quicker of growth. When good feeds are
leaves, and is of the butterfly shape. The ſtandard is obtained, they ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light
obtuſe and reflexed. The wings are heart-ſhaped and ſhorter loamy earth, as ſoon as they are received; which, if
than the ſtandard. The keel hath obtuſe lunulated leaves. it happens in the autumn, the pots ſhould be plunged
It hath nine ſtamina joined in a cylinder, and one upper into an old bed of tanners bark, under a frame, where
ſtanding ſingle, turning up its point. Theſe have ſmall they may remain all the winter, being careful that
Summits. In the center is ſituated an awl-ſhaped germen, they are ſecured from froſt, and have not much wet.
Supporting a ſhort
ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe indented ſtig- In the ſpring, the pots ſhould be plunged into a hot-
The germen afterward becomes a round pointed pod bed, which will bring up the plants in five or fix
terminated with a Spine, having one cell, incloſing a kid- weeks. When theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould
ney-ſhaped ſeed.
be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with
This genus of plants is ranged in the third order of the like loamy earth, and plunged into a moderate
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them until they have
candria, the flower having ten ſtamina, nine of which taken freſh root, as alſo to refreſh them with water,
are joined, and the other ſtands ſeparate.
as they may require it. After this they muſt by de-
The Species are,
grees be inured to the open air, into which they ſhould
1. BORBONIA (Lanceolata) foliis lanceolatis multinerviis be removed in June, and placed in a ſheltered fitua-
integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 707. Borbonia with en- tion, where they may remain till autumn, when they
tire ſpear-ſhaped leaves having many nerves. Geniſta A- muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and placed
fricana fruteſcens ruſci nervoſis foliis. Raii Hift.
3. where they may enjoy the air and fun; during the
107
6
winter
a
a
mo.

BOR
BOR
the eye.
ز
a
و
winter ſeaſon, theſe plants muſt be ſparingly watered;
the lawn: for a ſmall lawn ſhould not have very
but in ſummer, when they are placed abroad, they broad borders, nor ought a large lawn to be bounded
will require to be frequently refreſhed, but muſt not by ſmall borders ; ſo that a due proportion ſhould be
have too much water given them each time.
always obſerved in the laying out of gardens.
Theſe plants make a pretty variety in the green-houſe BORRAGO [or Borago, which fignifies much the
in winter, and as they do not require any artificial ſame as courage, becauſe it is a good raiſer of the ſpi-
heat to preſerve them, they are worthy of a place in rits.] Borage.
every garden where there is conveniency for keeping
The CHARACTERS are,
them.
The empalement is divided into five parts at the top, and
BORDERS. The uſe of theſe in a garden, is to is permanent. The flower is of one leaf, having a ſhort
bound and inclofe parterres, to prevent them being tube, Spread wide open above, being divided into five
injured by walking in them : theſe are commonly ren- acute ſegments at the brim. The chaps of the flower are
dered very ornamental by means of the flowers, crowned by five prominences, which are obtuſe and indenta
ſhrubs, &c. that are planted in them.
ed. It bath five fiamina which cre joined together,
.
Theſe ought to be laid with a riſing in the middle, crowned by oblong ſummits. It hath four germen ſituated
becauſe, if they are flat, they are not agreeable to in the center, and a ſingle style longer than the ſtamina;
Supporting a fingle ftigma. The four germen afterward
As for their breadth, five or fix feet are often allowed become so many roundiſh rough ſeeds, inſerted in the cavi-
for the largeſt, and four for the leffer.
ties of the receptacle, and included in the large swollen
Borders are of four forts: thoſe are the moſt com- empalement.
mon, that are continued about parterres without any This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
interruption, and are wrought with a gentle riſing of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mono-
in the middle, like an aſs's back, and planted with gynia, the flower having five ſtamina and a ſingle
flowers.
ſtyle.
The ſecond ſort of borders is ſuch as are cut into
The SPECIES are,
compartments, at convenient diſtances, by ſmall paſ- 1. BORRAGO (Officinalis), foliis omnibus alternis, calyci-
ſages, and being alſo raiſed in the middle, as before- bus patentibus. Hort. Upfal. 34. Borage with all the
mentioned, are likewiſe fet off with flowers.
leaves growing alternate, and a ſpreading flower-cup.
The third fort is ſuch as are laid even and flat with- Borrago floribus cæruleis. J. B.
out flowers, having only a verge of graſs in the mid- 2. BORRAGO (Orientalis) calycibus tubo corollæ brevio-
dle, being edged with two ſmall paths, raked ſmooth ribus, foliis cordatis. Hort. Cliff. 45. Borage with a
and fanded. Theſe are ſometimes garniſhed with flower-cup shorter than the tube of the flower, and heart-
flowering ſhrubs, and flowers of large growth, or shaped leaves. Borrago Conſtantinopolitana flore re-
with vafes and flower-pots, placed regularly along flexo cæruleo calyce veſicareo. Tourn. Cor. 6.
the middle of the verge of graſs.
3. BORRAGO (Africana) foliis ramificationum oppoſitis
The fourth fort is quite plain, and only ſanded, as petiolatis, calycinis foliolis ovatis acutis erectis. Lin.
in the parterres of orangery, and is filled with caſes
,
Sp. 197. African Borage with leaves growing oppoſite to
ranged in a regular order along thoſe borders which are the branches upon foot-ſtalks, and the leaves of the en-
edged with Box on the ſides next to the walks ; and palement oval, pointed, and erect. Cynogloſſum Bora-
on the other, with verges and graſs-work next the ginis folio & facie Æthiopicum. Pluk. Alm.
parterre.
4. BORRAGO (Indica) foliis ramificationum oppofitis ca-
Borders are either made ftrait, circular, or in cants, lycinis foliolis fagittatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 137. Borage
and are turned into knots, ſcrolls, and other com- with oppoſite leaves on the branches, and ſpear-ſhaped
partments.
leaves to the flower-cup. Cynogloſſoides folio caulem
Floriſts alſo make borders either along walks, or de- amplexante. Iſnard. Act. Scien. 1718.
tached, and in theſe they raiſe their fineſt and choiceſt The firſt is the common Borage, whoſe flowers are
flowers. Theſe are frequently encompaſſed with bor- uſed in medicine, and the herb for cool tankards in
der-boards painted green, which make them look ex- fummer. Of this there are three varieties, which ge-
ceeding neat.
nerally retain their difference from ſeeds; one hath a
But, in large parterres, this is not to be expected; blue, the other a white, and another a red flower ;
ſince, if they be ſtocked with flowers fucceeding one and there is one which hath variegated leaves. Theſe
another in their ſeveral ſeaſons, it is ſufficient, ſo that variations have continued ſeveral years in the Chelſea
nothing appears bare and naked.
garden, with very little alteration; but as they do
It is uſual to diſcontinue the borders at the ends next not differ in any other reſpect from the common, I
to the houſe, that the embroidery and riſe of the par- have only mentioned them as varieties.
terre may not be hidden by the ſhrubs and flower- This is an annual plant, which, if permitted to ſcat-
ing plants, and that the deſign may be better judg- ter its ſeeds, the plants will come up in plenty with-
ed of.
the ſeeds
may
alſo be fown either in ſpring
Since the modern way of gardening has been intro- or autumn, but the latter ſeaſon is preferable, on a
duced in England, all the French taſte of parterres, ſpot of open ground where the plants are deſigned
ſcroll-borders, and fret-work in Box, has been juſtly to remain ; when the plants have obtained a little
baniſhed our gardens: therefore I have only men- ſtrength, the ground ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the
tioned them here, to expoſe the taſte of thoſe archi- weeds, and the plants muſt be cut up where they are
tect-gardeners, who have no idea of the noble fim- too near each other, leaving them eight or ten inches
plicity of an open lawn of graſs, properly bounded aſunder. After this they will require no farther care,
by plantations ; but, inſtead of this, divide the part unleſs the weeds ſhould come up again ; then the
of the garden near the houſe, into various forms of ground ſhould be a ſecond time hoed over to deſtroy
borders edged with Box, with fand, ſhell, or gravel- them, which, if well peformed, and in dry weather,
walks leading about them, by which the ground is will clear the ground from weeds, ſo it will require no
cut into many angles, ſcrolls, &c. which is very hurt- more cleaning till the Borage is decayed. The plants
ful to the eyes of a judicious perſon: therefore, where which are raiſed in the autumn, will flower in May,
flowers are deſired, there may be borders continued but thoſe which are raiſed in the ſpring, will not flower
round the extent of the lawn, immediately before till June; ſo that where a continuation of the flowers
the plantations of ſhrubs; which, if properly planted are required, there ſhould be a ſecond fowing in the
with hardy flowers to ſucceed each other, will afford fpring, about a month after the firſt; but this ſhould
a much more pleaſing proſpect than the ſtiff borders be on a ſhady border, and if the feaſon ſhould prove
made in ſcrolls and compartments, after the French dry, the ground muſt be watered frequently, to bring
manner, can poſſibly do.
up the plants ; this latter fowing will continue flow-
Theſe borders may be made fix or eight feet wide, ering till the end of ſummer.
in proportion to the extent of the garden and ſize of
оо
The
out care ;
9
3
a
3

BOS
BR A
,
wood or grove.
a
The ſecond fort was brought from Conſtantinople, with a ſtem as large as a middling perſon's leg; the
where it grows naturally. This is a perennial plant, branches come out very irregular, and make con-
having thick fleſhy roots, which ſpread under the fiderable ſhoots in ſummer, which ſhould be ſhortened
ſurface of the ground, and is thereby propagated every ſpring, to preſerve the heads of the plants in
with great facility. This ſends out many oblong any tolerable order: theſe branches retain their leaves
heart-Thaped leaves from the root, without any order, till toward the ſpring, when they fall away, and new
having long hairy foot-ſtalks; from the root ariſes leaves are produced foon after : it may be propagated
the flower-item, which is more than two feet high by cuttings planted in the ſpring, and the plants muſt
when fully grown, having at the joints a ſingle ſmall bé houſed in winter, being too tender to live in the
leaf without a foot-ſtalk. The upper part of the ſtalk open air through the year, in this country,
,
,
branches out into ſeveral ſmall foot-ſtalks, which are BOSQUETS are little groves; ſo called from Bof-
terminated by looſe panicles of flowers; theſe are of chetto, Italian, which is a diminutive of Boſco, a
a pale blue colour, and the petal is reflexed backward,
ſo that the connected ftamina and ſtyle are left naked. Theſe are ſmall compartments in gardens, which are
After the flowers are fallen, the four germen become formed of trees, ſhrubs, or tall large growing plants,
ſo many rough ſeeds, ſmaller than thoſe of the com- planted in quarters; and are either difpofed regularly
mon Borage. It flowers in March, and the ſeeds in rows, or in a more wild or accidental manner, ac-
ripen in May. When the flower-ſtalk firſt appears, cording to the fancy of the owner: theſe quarters are
the flowers ſeem collected into a cloſe ſpike, ſome commonly ſurrounded with Evergreen hedges, and
of which often ſpread open before the Italk is fix the entrance formed into regular porticos with Yews,
inches high; but as the ſtalks advance, they divide which are by far the beſt and moſt tonſile trees for
into many looſe ſpikes.
this purpoſe. In the inſide of theſe quarters may be
It is eaſily propagated by the root, which may be made ſome walks, either ſtrait or winding; which,
parted in the autumn: theſe ſhould have a dry foil if the quarters are large, ſhould be five or ſix feet
and a warm ſituation, for as the flower-ſtalks appear broad, and may be laid with turf, and kept well
early in the ſpring, fo when they are much expoſed, mowed and rolled, which will render the walking
they are often killed by the froſt, and thereby pre-
much eaſier and pleaſanter than if the walks are only
vented Howering; if theſe plants are planted in dry the common earth; which in ſmaller quarters cannot
rubbiſh, they will not grow too luxuriant, ſo will be otherwiſe, for if the trees are cloſe, and the walks
not be in danger of ſuffering by froſt. Some of the narrow, ſo as to be ſhaded and over-hung by the trees,
ſeeds of this have ſcattered into the joints of an old the graſs will not grow.
wall in the Chelſea garden, where the plants have Theſe quarters may be alſo ſurrounded with hedges
grown without care for ſome years, and are never in- of Lime, Elm, Hornbeam, or Beech; which ſhould
jured by cold or heat.
be kept well iheared, and not ſuffered to riſe too high;
The third and fourth forts grow naturally in Africa; that the heads of the trees may be fully ſeen over
theſe are both annual plants, which rarely riſe a foot them, and the ſtems only hid from the fight, when
high, having rough ſtalks; thoſe of the third fort in the walks on the outſide of the quarters.
are ſet on by pairs oppoſite, with ſhort foot-ſtalks, In the planting of theſe boſquets, you ſhould obſerve
but the leaves of the fourth cloſely embrace the ſtalks to mix the trees, which produce their leaves of dif-
at their baſe; the flowers come out on ſhort foot- ferent ſhapes, and various ſhades of green, and hoary
ſtalks from the wings of the leaves, and alſo at the or meally leaves, ſo as to afford an agreeable proſpect:
top of the ſtalks. Thoſe of the third ſort are white, beſides, there is a great variety of different fruits,
and thoſe of the fourth a pale Aeſh colour ; but which theſe trees produce in autumn; which, altho'
neither of them make any great appearance, ſo are of little or no uſe, that we know of, yet have a very
ſeldom cultivated but in botanic gardens for va- good effect, in affording an agreeable variety for ſome
riety.
time after the leaves are gone; as the Euonymus, or
The feeds of theſe plants ſhould be fown upon a hot- Spindle-tree, the Opulus, or Marſh Elder, the Cock-
bed in March, and when the plants are ſtrong enough ſpur Hawthorn, with many other forts, too nume-
to be removed, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall rous to mention in this place; whoſe berries afford
pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a new food for the birds, ſo that they will be thereby invited
hot-bed to bring them forward, otherwiſe they will to ſtay and harbour in theſe little groves, which by
,
not perfect their ſeeds in this country; but in hot
their different notes, will render theſe places very
weather they muſt have a great ſhare of air, otherwiſe agreeable in the ſpring. But I would adviſe never to
they will draw up weak, and fail before the ſeeds mix Evergreens with deciduous trees; for, beſides
are ripe.
the ill effect it hath to the fight (eſpecially in winter,)
BOSEA, Yervamora, or Shrubby Golden-rod. they feldom thrive well together; ſo that thoſe quar-
The CHARACTERS are,
ters where you intend to have Evergreens, ſhould
It hath an empalement compoſed of five roundiſh, concave, be wholly planted therewith; and in the other parts
equal leaves; it hath no corolla, but five awl-ſhaped ſta- mix as many varieties of different trees, which caft
mina longer than the empalement, terminated by ſingle their leaves, as you can conveniently; and alſo plant
ſummits; and an oblong, oval, pointed germen, with two fome of the largeſt growing flowers (eſpecially near
ſtigma ſitting cloſe upon it. The empalement afterward the outſide of the quarters,) which will add greatly
becomes a globular berry with one cell, incloſing one roundiſh to the variety, if they have but air enough to grow ;
seed.
but if any of the Evergreen trees are mixed with the
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection deciduous, it ſhould be only to border the wood.
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, Theſe boſquets are proper only for ſpacious gardens,
the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
being expenſive in their firſt making, as alſo in
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz. keeping
Bosea. (Yervamora.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. 84. Arbor bacci- BOTRYS. See CHENOPODIUM.
fera Canarienſis, fyringiæ cærulæ foliis, purpuran- BOX-TREE. See Buxus.
tibus venis, fructu monopyreno Yervamora Hiſpa- BRABE JUM, African Almond, vulgò.
norum. Pluk. Phyt. Commonly called Golden-rod-tree. The CHARACTERS are,
This plant is a native of the iſlands of the Canaries, The flower hath no empalement; it is compoſed of four
and it hath alſo been fince found in fome of the Bri- narrow obtuſe petals which are erect, forming a tube, but
tiſh iſlands in America; but was firſt brought into are turned backward at top; it bath four ſender ſtamina
England from the Canaries, and has been long an which are inſerted in the bottom of the petals, and are of
inhabitant of the Engliſh gardens; but I have not as the ſame length, having ſmall ſummits. In the center is
yet ſeen any of theſe plants in Mower, though I have a ſmall hairy germen, ſupporting a fender ſtyle, crowned
had many old plants under my care more than forty by a ſingle ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an oval,
years: it makes a pretty ſtrong woody ſhrub, growing hairy, dry berry, incloſing an oval nut.
.
3
This

BRA
BRA
a
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of has joined the Turnep, Navew, and Rocket, which
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- by their generical characters, may in a ſyſtem of bo-
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. tany, come under the ſame title; but in a treatiſe
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz. of gardening, it may occaſion confuſion; therefore
BraBeJUM.(Stellatifolium.)Hort. Cliff. Amygdalus Æthi- I ſhall treat of them under their former titles, by
pica, fructu holoſerico. Breyn. Cent. African, or which they are generally known.
Ethiopian Almond.
The SPECIES are,
This tree is a native of the country about the Cape 1. BRASSICA (Oleracea) radice cauleſcente tereti carnofà.
of Good Hope.
Hort. Cliff. 338. Cabbage with a taper fleſhy ſtalk. Bral-
In Europe it ſeldom grows above eight or nine feet fica capitata alba. C. B. P. 111. The common white
high, but in its native foil it is a tree of middling Cabbage.
growth; but as it muſt be kept in pots, or tubs, 2. BRASSICA (Napobraſſica) radice cauleſcente orbiculari
being too tender to live through the winter in the open carnoſo, foliis feffilibus. Cabbage with a round fleſhy
air, fo we cannot expect to ſee it grow to a great fize. ſtalk, and leaves growing cloſe to the ſtalks. Braſſica ra-
It riſes with an upright ſtem, which is ſoft, and full dice napiformi. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 219. Turnep-
of pith within, covered with a brown bark. From
rooted Cabbage.
the ſtem are ſent out horizontal branches at every 3. BRASSICA (Botrytis) radice cauleſcente tereti car-
joint, the lower being the longeſt, and every tier
nofâ, floralibus multicaulis. Cabbage with a taper fleſhy
diminiſhing to the top, ſo as to form a ſort of py- ſtalk at the root, and many branching frower-ſtalks. This
ramid. The branches are garniſhed with leaves at
is the Braſſica Cauliflora. Caſp. Bauh. Pin. 11. The
each joint, which are from four to five inches long, Cauliflower.
and half an inch broad in the middle, of a deep green 4. Brassica (Sylveſtris) radice cauleque tenui ramoſo
on their upper fide, but of a pale ruſſet colour on perenni foliis alternis marginibus inciſis. Cabbage with
their under, indented on their edges, ſtanding on very a branching perennial ſtalk and root, and leaves growing
ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced toward alternate, which are cut on their edges. Braſſica mari-
the end of the ſhoots, coming out from between the tima arborea five procerior ramoſa. Mor. Hift. 2. p.
leaves quite round the branches, which are of a pale 208. Taller ſhrubby Sea Cabbage.
colour, inclining to white; theſe appear early in the 5. BRASSICA (Violacea) foliis lanceolato-ovatis glabris in-
ſpring, and fall away without any fruit fucceeding diviſis dentatis. Hort. Upf. 191. Cabbage with entire,
them in this country,
oval, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, which are indented.
This plant is, with difficulty, propagated by layers ; 6. BrassiCA (Purpurea) foliis oblongo-cordatis amplexi-
,
being often two years before they make roots ſtrong caulibus, integerrimis. Cabbage with oblong heart-ſhaped
enough to be taken from the old plants; when the leaves embracing the ſtalks, which are entire. Braſſica
branches are laid down, it will be a good method to campeſtris perfoliata flore purpureo. C. B. P. 112.
flit them at a joint (as is practiſed in laying Carnations) 7. BRASSICA (Orientalis) foliis cordatis amplexicaulibus
which will promote their taking root.
glabris. Lin. Sp.931. Colewort with heart-ſhaped ſmooth
Theſe muſt have but little water given them, eſpe-
leaves which embrace the ſtalk. Braſſica Orientalis
cially in winter, for as the young ſhoots are chiefly perfoliata fore albo filiquâ quadrangulâ. Tourn.
.
Cor. 16.
pith within, ſo they are very ſubject to rot with much
moiſture. The beſt time to make the layers is in 8. BRASSICA (Gongylodes) radice cauleſcente tereti, foliis
April, juſt as the plants are beginning to ſhoot; the inferioribus petiolatis fuperioribus ſemiamplexicau-
layers muſt always be made of the former year's libus. Cabbage with a taper ſtalk, the under leaves with
ſhoots. As this plant is very difficult to propagate, foot-ſtalks, and the upper half embracing the ſtalk. Na-
ſo it is very ſcarce in Europe, there being very few pus Sylveſtris. C. B. P. 95. The wild Navew, or
in the Dutch gardens at preſent.
Seed.
The plants muſt have a good green-houſe in winter,
The VARIETIES of the firſt fort are,
but in ſummer ſhould be ſet abroad in a fheltered fi- 1. BRASSICA (Sabauda) ſabauda hyberna. Lob. Icon. The
tuation, where they will thrive, and annually produce Savoy Cabbage, commonly called Savoy.
flowers in the ſpring, fo will make a pretty variety 2. Brassica (Rubra) capitata rubra. C. B.P. 111. The
among other exotic plants in the green-houſe.
Red Cabbage.
BRANCA URSINA. See ACANTHUS.
3. BRASSICA (Pyramidalis) capitata alba pyramidalis.
BRASSICA, the Cabbage.
The Sugar-loaf Cabbage.
The CHARACTERS are,
4. BRASSICA (Præcox) capitata alba præcox. The early
The empalement is compoſed of four upright, Spear-ſhaped, Cabbage.
ſmall leaves, which are convex at their baſe, and fall off. 5. BRASSICA (Peregrina) peregrina moſchum olens. H.
The flower is croſs-ſhaped, having four oval plain petals,
R. Par. Foreign Muſk Cabbage.
which Spread open, and are entire. It bath four oval 6. BRASSICA (Muſcovitica) capitata alba minor Muſco-
nečiarious glands, one being ſituated on each ſide of the
vitica. H. A. Small Ruffia Cabbage.
short ſtamina and pointal, and one on each ſide the 7. BRASSICA (Capitata) capitata alba compreffa. Boerh.
empalement. It hath fix ſtamina, which are awl- Ind. alt. 11. The large fided Cabbage.
shaped and erect, two of which are oppoſite, and the 8. BRASSICA (Viridis) capitata viridis fabauda. Boerh.
length of the empalement, the other four are longer; theſe
Ind. 11. The green Savoy.
have erect pointed ſummits. It hath a taper germen the 9. BRASSICA (Laciniata) fimbriata. C. B. P. 111. The
length of the ſtamina, having a ſort ſtyle thicker than Borecole.
the germen, and crowned by an entire ſtigma. The ger- 10. BRASSICA (Seleniſia) fimbriata virefcens. Boerh. Ind.
men afterward becomes a long taper pod, depreſſed on each 2. 12. Green Borecole.
fide, and is terminated by the apex of the intermediate 11. BRASSICA (Fimbriata) fimbriata Siberica. Boerh.
partition, which divides it into two cells, filled with round Ind. 2. 12. Siberian Borecole, called by ſome Scotch
ſeeds.
Kale.
of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection The ſecond fort is undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies, for
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia I have always found the feeds produce the ſame, with
Siliquoſa, the flowers having four long and two ſhort this difference only, that in good ground the ſtalks
ftamina, and are ſucceeded by long pods.
will be much larger than in land.
I ſhall firſt enumerate the ſpecies, which are diſtinct,
The VARIETIES of the third fort are,
,
and afterward mention the varieties, which are cul- 1. Brassica Italica purpurea Broccoli dicta. Juff. Purple
tivated for the table; for although moſt of theſe may Broccoli.
be continued diſtinct by proper care, without altera- 2. BRASSICA Italica alba Broccoli dieta. Juff. White
tion; yet as they are liable to vary when planted near Broccoli.
each other for ſeeds, ſo we muſt not admit of their The ſecond fort, I believe, never varies, for I have
being different ſpecies. To this genus Dr. Linnæus cultivated it many years, and have not found it to
6.
alter.
a
This genus
than in poor

BRA
BRA
a
alter. This grows naturally on the ſea-ſhore, near
Lover. It hath a perennial branching ſtalk, in which
it differs from all the other ſpecies. I have continued
theſe three or four years, and have eaten the young
ſhoots after they had been much frozen, when they
were very ſweet and good; but at other times they
are very ftrong and ſtringy. In very ſevere winters,
when the other forts are deſtroyed, this is a neceſſary
plant, for the moſt ſevere froits do not injure it. The
leaves of this are inclining to a purple colour, and
are placed alternately on the branches. The flower-
Italks grow from the end of the branches, and ſpread
out horizontally; but thoſe which ariſe from the
center of the plants, grow erect, and ſeldom put out
branches.
The third fort, which is the Cauliflower, has been
ſuppoſed a variety of the common Cabbage; but from
more than fifty years experience in cultivating theſe
plants, I could never find the leaſt appearance of
either ſpecies approaching each other; and they are
ſo different in their leaves, as to be eaſily diſtinguiſhed
by perſons of ſkill
, when the plants are young. But
there is one eſſential difference between them in their
flower-ſtems; for the common Cabbage puts out one
upright ftem from the center of the Cabbage, which
afterward divides into ſeveral branches, whereas the
Caulifower fends out many flower-ſtems from the
part which is eaten ; which is only a compact col-
lection of the heads of theſe ſtalks, which afterward
divides into ſo many ſtems, branching out into many
ſpreading ſhoots, ſo as to form a large ſpreading head
when in flower, but never riſes pyramidically like the
Cabbage.
The two forts of Broccoli I take to be only varieties
of the Cauliflower, for although theſe may with care
be kept diſtinct, yet I doubt, if they were to ſtand
near each other for feeds, if they would not intermix;
and I am the rather inclined to believe this, from the
various changes which I have obſerved in all theſe
forts; for I have frequently had Cauliflowers of a green
colour, with flower-buds regularly formed at the ends
of the ſhoots, as thoſe of Broccoli, though the colour
was different; and the white Broccoli approaches fo
near to the Cauliflower, as to be with difficulty dif-
tinguiſhed from it; yet when theſe are cultivated with
care, and never ſuffered to ſtand near each other,
when left to produce feeds, they may be kept very
diſtinct in the ſame garden; for the variations of theſe
plants is not occafioned from the ſoil, but the mixing
of the farina of the flowers with each other, where
they are planted near together; therefore thoſe perſons
who are curious to preſerve the ſeveral varieties dif-
tinct, ſhould never fuffer the different kinds to ſtand
near each other for feed.
The Cauliflower was firſt brought to England from
the iſland of Cpyrus, where I have been informed
they are in very great perfection at preſent: but it is
fuppoſed, they were originally brought thither from
ſome other country: moſt of the old writers mention
it to have been brought from that iſland, to the dif-
ferent parts of Europe, ſo that from thence all the
gardens in Europe have been ſupplied; and although
this plant was cultivated in a few Engliſh gardens
long ſince, yet it was not brought to any degree of
perfection, till about 1680, at leaſt not to be ſold in
the markets; and ſince the year 1700, they have been
ſo much improved in England, as that ſuch of them
as before were greatly admired, would at preſent be
little regarded.
This plant has been much more improved in Eng-
land, than in any other parts of Europe. In France
they rarely have Cauliflowers till near Michaelmas,
and Holland is generally ſupplied with them from
England. In many parts of Germany there was none
of them cultivated till within a few years paft; and
moſt parts of Europe are ſupplied with feeds from
hence.
The eighth fort, which is generally known by the
title of Rape or Cole Seed, is much cultivated in the
ifle of Ely, and ſome other parts of England for its
ſeed, from which the Rape Oil is drawn; and it hath
alſo been cultivated of late years in other places,
for feeding of cattle, to great advantage. This hath
been lately joined to the Napus Sativa, or Garden
Navew, fuppofing them to be the ſame ſpecies; but
I have cultivated both forts more than twenty years,
and could never obſerve either of them to vary; in-
deed the whole appearance of the plants, is ſufficient
to determine them as diſtinct fpecies; but as the
Garden Navew approaches nearer the Turnep than
the Cabbage, fo I ſhall treat of that under the title
of RAPA.
The Cole Seed,when cultivated for feeding of cattle,
ſhould be fown about the middle of June. The
ground for this ſhould be prepared in the ſame
manner as for Turneps. The quantity of ſeeds for
an acre of land, is from fix to eight pounds, and as
the price of the feeds is not great, ſo it is better to
allow eight pounds; for if the plants are too cloſe in
any part, they may be eaſily thinned when the ground
is hoed. When the plants have put out fix leaves,
they will be fit to hoe, which muſt be performed in
the ſame manner as is practiſed for Turneps, with
this difference only, of leaving theſe much nearer to-
gether; for as they have fibrous roots and ſlender
Italks, ſo they do not require near fo much room.
Theſe plants ſhould have a ſecond hoeing, about five
or fix weeks after the firſt, which, if well performed
in dry weather, will entirely deſtroy the weeds, ſo
they will require no farther culture. By the middle
of November theſe will be grown large enough for
feeding, when, if there is a ſcarcity of fodder, this
may be either cut or fed down; but where there is
not an immediate want of food, it had better be kept
as a reſerve for hard weather, or ſpring feed, when
there may be a ſcarcity of other green food. If the
heads are cut off, and the ſtalks left in the ground,
they will ſhoot again early in the ſpring, and produce
a good ſecond crop in April, which may be either
fed off, or permitted to run to ſeeds, as is the practice
where this is cultivated for the feeds : but if the firſt
is fed down, there ſhould be care taken that the cattle
do not deſtroy their ſtems, or pull them out of the
ground. As this plant is ſo hardy as not to be de-
itroyed by froſt, ſo it is of great ſervice in hard win-
ters for feeding of ewes; for when the ground is fo
hard frozen, as that Turneps cannot be taken up,
theſe plants may be cut off for a conſtant fupply.
In ſeveral places where I have fown this feed, I have
found that one acre of land will produce as much
food, as almoſt two acres of Turneps; and this will
afford late food after the Turneps are run to ſeed;
and if it is afterward permitted to ſtand for ſeed, one
acre will produce as much as, at a moderate compu-
tation, will ſell for five pounds, clear of charges.
Partridges, pheaſants, turkeys, and moſt other fowl,
are very fond of this plant; ſo that wherever it is
cultivated, if there are any birds in the neighbour-
hood, they will conſtantly lie among theſe plants.
The ſeeds of this plant are ſown in gardens for
winter and ſpring ſallads, this being one of the ſmall
fallad-herbs.
The common white, red, flat, and long-ſided Cab-
bages are chiefly cultivated for winter ule: the feeds
of theſe forts inuſt be fown the end of March, or
beginning of April, in beds of good freſh earth; and
in May, when the young plants will have about eight
leaves, they ſhould be pricked out into ſhady bor-
ders, about three inches ſquare, that they may ac-
quire ftrength, and to prevent their growing long
ihanked.
About the beginning of June you muſt tranſplant
them out, where they are to remain for good (which
in the kitchen-gardens near London, is commonly
between Cauliflowers, Artichokes, &c. at about two
feet and a half diſtance in the rows;) but if they are
planted for a full crop in a clear ſpot of ground, the
diſtance from row to row ſhould be three feet and a
half, and in the rows two feet and a half afunder: if
the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry when they are tranſplanted
out,
و
a

BRA
BRA
out, you muſt water them every other evening, until
they have taken freſh root; and afterwards, as the
plants advance in height, you ſhould draw the earth
about their ſtems with a hoe, which will keep the
earth moiſt about their roots, and greatly ſtrengthen
the plants : you muſt alſo obſerve to keep them clear
from weeds, which are apt to draw the plants up
tall (if ſuffered to grow amongſt them,) and often
ſpoil them
Theſe Cabbages will ſome of them be fit for uſe foon
after Michaelmas, and will continue until the end of
February, if they are not deſtroyed by bad weather ;
to prevent which, the gardeners near London pull
up their Cabbages in November, and trench their
ground up in ridges, laying their Cabbages againſt
their ridges as cloſe as poſſible on one ſide, burying
their ſtems in the ground: in this manner they let
them remain till after Chriſtmas, when they cut them
for the market; and although the outer part of the
Cabbage be decayed (as is often the caſe in very wet
or hard winters,) yet, if the Cabbages were large and
hard when laid, the inſide will remain ſound.
The Ruſſian Cabbage was formerly in much greater
eſteem than at preſent, it being now only to be found
in particular gentlemens gardens, whó cultivate it
for their own uſe, and is rarely ever brought to the
market. This muſt be fown late in the ſpring of the
year, and managed as thoſe before directed; with
this difference only, that theſe muſt be ſooner planted
out for good, and muſt have an open clear ſpot of
ground, and require much leſs diſtance every way;
for it is but a very ſmall hard Cabbage. Theſe will
be fit for uſe in July or Auguſt, but will not con-
tinue long before they will break, and run up to
ſeed. The beſt method to have theſe Cabbages good,
is to procure freſh feeds from abroad every year, for
it is apt to degenerate in England in a few years.
The early and Sugar-loaf Cabbages are commonly
ſown for ſummer uſe, and are what the gardeners
about London commonly call Michaelinas Cabbages.
The ſeaſon for fowing of theſe is about the end of
July, or beginning of Auguſt, in an open ſpot of
ground, and when the plants have got eight leaves,
you muſt prick them into beds at about three inches
diſtance every way, that the plants may grow ſtrong
and ſhort fhanked, and in the middle of October
you ſhould plant them out for good; the diſtance
that theſe require is, three feet row from row, and
two feet and a half aſunder in the rows.
deners near London commonly plant theſe Cabbages
upon the ſame ſpot of ground, where their winter
Spinach is fown; ſo that when the Spinach is cleared
off in the ſpring, the ground will have a crop of
Cabbages upon it; you muſt therefore clear off the
Spinach juſt round each plant early in the ſpring, that
with a hoe you may draw the earth up to the ſtem;
and when all your Spinach is cleared off, which is
commonly in the beginning of April, you muſt hoe
down all the weeds, and draw up the earth again
about your Cabbage plants.
In May, if your plants were of the early kind, they
will turn in their leaves for cabbaging; at which
time, the gardeners near London, in order to obtain
them a little ſooner, tie in their leaves cloſe with a
Alender Ofier-twig to blanch their middle; by which
means, they have them at leaſt a fortnight fooner than
they could have if they were left untied.
The early Cabbage being the firſt, we ſhould chooſe
(if for a gentleman's uſe) to plant the fewer of them,
and a greater quantity of the Sugar-loaf kind, which
comes after them; for the early kind will not ſupply
the kitchen long, generally cabbaging apace when
they begin, and as ſoon grow hard, and burſt open ;
but the Sugar-loaf kind is longer before it comes,
and is as flow in its cabbaging: and, being of an
hollow kind, will continue good for a long time. I
have known a large quarter of ground, which was
planted with this ſort of Cabbage for market uſe,
which hath afforded a fupply for near three months
together. This, though of fingular ſervice to a gen-
tleman's garden, is not ſo much for the advantage
of the market gardener, who loves to have his ground
cleared ſooner, that he may have another crop upon
itof Celery, Endive, &c. which is more to his
purpoſe; for they, paying large rents for their land,
are obliged to have as many crops in a year as
poſſible.
Although I before have adviſed the planting out of
Cabbages for good in October, yet the Sugar-loaf
kind may be planted out in February, and will ſuc-
ceed as well as if planted earlier, with this difference
only, that they will be later before they cabbage.
You ſhould alſo reſerve ſome plants of the early kind
in ſome well-ſheltered ſpot of ground, to ſupply your
plantation, in caſe of a defect; for in mild winters
many of the plants are apt to run to feed, eſpecially
when their ſeeds are fown too early, and in ſevere
winters they are often deſtroyed.
The Savoy Cabbages are propagated for winter uſe,
as being generally eſteemed the better when pinched
by the froſt: theſe muſt be lown about the middle
of April, and treated after the manner as was directed
for the common white Cabbage; with this difference,
that theſe may be planted at a cloſer diſtance than
thoſe ; two feet and a half ſquare will be ſufficient.
Theſe are always much better when planted in an
open ſituation, which is clear from trees and hedges;
for in cloſe places they are very ſubject to be eaten
almoſt up by caterpillars, and other vermin, eſpecially
if the autumn prove dry.
The Borecole may be alſo treated in the ſame manner,
but need not be planted above one foot, aſunder in
the rows, and the rows two feet diſtance: theſe are
never eaten till the froſt hath rendered them tender,
for otherwiſe they are tough and bitter.
The ſeeds of the Broccoli, (of which there are ſe-
veral kinds, viz. the Roman, or purple, and the
Neapolitan, or white, and the black Broccoli, with
ſome others; but the Roman is chiefly preferred to
them all) ſhould be fown about the latter end of
May, or beginning of June, in a moiſt foil; and
when the plants are grown to have eight leaves, tranſ-
plant them into beds (as was directed for the com-
mon Cabbage;) and toward the middle of July they
will be fit to plant out for good, which ſhould be
into ſome well ſheltered ſpot of ground, but not under
the drip of trees: the diſtance theſe require is about
a foot and a half in the rows, and two feet row from
row. The foil, in which they ſhould be planted,
ought to be rather light than heavy, ſuch as are the
kitchen gardens near London: if your plants ſucceed
well (as there will be little reaſon to doubt, unleſs
the winter prove extreme hard,) they will begin to
ſhew their ſmall heads, which are ſomewhat like a
Cauliflower, but of a purple colour, about the end
of December, and will continue eatable till the middle
of April.
The brown or black Broccoli is by many perſons
greatly eſteemed, though it doth not deſerve a place
in the kitchen-garden, where the Roman Broccoli
can be obtained, which is much ſweeter, and will
continue longer in ſeaſon: indeed, the brown fort is
much hardier, ſo that it will thrive in the coldeſt fi-
tuations, where the Roman Broccoli is ſometimes
deſtroyed in very hard winters. The brown fort
ſhould be ſown in the middle of May, and managed
as hath been directed for the common Cabbage, and
ſhould be planted at the ſame diſtance (which is about
two feet and a half aſunder.) This will grow very
tall, ſo ſhould have the earth drawn up to their ſtems
as they advance in height. This doth not form
heads fo perfect as the Roman Broccoli; the ſtems
and hearts of the plants are the parts which are
a
a
The gar-
eaten.
The Roman Broccoli (if well managed) will have
large heads, which appear in the center of the plants,
like cluſters of buds. Theſe heads ſhould be cut
before they run up to ſeed, with about four or five
inches of the ftem; the ſkin of theſe ſtems ſhould be
ſtripped off, before they are boiled: theſe will be
very
PP

BRA
BRA
very tender and little inferior to Aſparagus. After
the firſt heads are cut off, there will be a great num-
ber of fide ſhoots produced from the ſtems, which
will have ſmall heads to them, but are full as well fla-
voured as the large. Theſe ſhoots will continue good
until the middle of April, when the Afparagus will
come in plenty to ſupply the table.
The Naples Broccoli hath white heads, very like
thoſe of the Cauliflower, and eats fo like it, as not to
be diſtinguiſhed from it. This is much tenderer than
the Roman Broccoli, fo is not ſo much cultivated in
England; for as the gardens near London generally
produce great plenty of late Cauliflowers, which, if
the ſeaſon prove favourable, will continue till Chriſt-
mas, the Naples Broccoli, coming at the ſame time,
is not ſo valuable.
Beſides this firſt crop of Broccoli (which is uſually
ſown the end of May,) it will be proper to ſow ano-
ther crop the beginning of July, which will come
in to ſupply the table the latter end of March, and
the beginning of April, and being very young, will
be extremely tender and ſweet.
In order to ſave good feeds of this kind of Broccoli
in England, you ſhould reſerve a few of the largeſt
heads of the firſt crop, which ſhould be let remain
to run up to ſeed, and all the under ſhoots ſhould be
conſtantly ſtripped off, leaving only the main ſtem
to flower and feed. If this be duly obſerved, and
no other fort of Cabbage permitted to feed near them,
the feeds will be as good as thoſe procured from
abroad, and the fort may be preſerved in perfection
many years.
The manner of preparing the Naples Broccoli for the
table is this: when your heads are grown to their full
bigneſs (as may be eaſily known by their dividing,
and beginning to run up,) then you ſhould cut them
off, with about four inches of the tender ſtem to
them; then ſtrip off the outer ſkin of the ſtem, and
after having waſhed them, boil them in a clean linen
cloth (as is practiſed for Cauliflowers,) and ſerve them
up with butter, &c. and, if they are of a right kind,
they will be tenderer than any Cauliflowers, though
very like them in taſte.
The Turnep-rooted Cabbage was formerly more cul-
tivated in England than at preſent, for fince other
forts have been introduced which are much better
flavoured, this fort has been neglected. There are
fome perſons who eſteem this kind for ſoups; but it
is generally too ſtrong for moſt Engliſh palates, and
is ſeldom good but in hard winters, which will ren-
der it tender and lefs ſtrong.
It may be propagated by fowing the ſeeds in April,
on a bed of light freſh earth; and when the plants are
come up about an inch high, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted out in a ſhady border, at about two inches
diſtance every way, obſerving to water them until
they have taken root; after which time they will re-
quire no other culture but to keep them clear from
weeds, unleſs the ſeaſon ſhould prove extremely dry;
in which caſe it will be proper to water them every
four or five days, to prevent their being ſtinted by
the mildew, which is ſubject to ſeize theſe plants in
very dry weather.
In the beginning of June, the plants ſhould be tranſ-
planted out where they are to remain, allowing them
two feet diſtance every way, obſerving to water
them until they have taken root; and as their ſtems
advance, the earth ſhould be drawn up to them with
a hoe, which will preſerve a moiſture about their
roots, and prevent their ſtems from drying and grow-
ing woody, ſo that the plants will grow more freely;
but it ſhould not be drawn very high, for as it is the
globular part of the ſtalk which is eaten, ſo that ſhould
not be covered. In winter they will be fit for uſe,
when they ſhould be cut off, and the ſtalks pulled
out of the ground, and thrown away, as being good
for nothing after the ſtems are cut off.
The curled Colewort of Siberian Borecole, is now
more generally eſteemed than the former, being ex-
treme hardy, ſo is never injured by cold, but is always
tweeter in ſevere winters than in mild ſeaſons. This
may be propagated by fowing the feeds the begin-
ning of July; and when the plants are ſtrong enough
for tranſplanting, they ſhould be planted in rows
about a foot and a half aſunder, and ten inches dif-
tance in the rows; this work ſhould be performed at
a moiſt time, when the plants will ſoon take root, and,
require no farther care. Theſe will be fit for uſe
after Chriſtmas, and continue good until April, ſo
that they are very uſeful in a family.
The Mulk Cabbage has, through negligence, been
almoſt loft in England, though for eating it is one of
the beſt kinds we have; but being tenderer than many
other forts, is not profitable for gardeners who fup-
ply the markets; but thoſe who cultivate them for
their own table, ſhould make choice of this, rather
than any of the common Cabbage, for it is always
looſer, and the leaves more criſp and tender, and has
a moſt agreeable muſky ſcent when cut. This may
be propagated in the fame manner as the common
Cabbage, and ſhould be allowed the ſame diſtance,
It will be fit for uſe in October, November, and De-
cember; but, if the winter proves hard, theſe will be
deſtroyed much ſooner than the common fort.
The common Colewort, or Dorſetſhire Kale, is now
almoſt loft near London, where the markets are uſu-
ally ſupplied with Cabbage plants, inſtead of them;
and theſe being tenderer, and more delicate in win-
ter, are much more cultivated than the common Cole-
wort, which is better able to reſiſt the cold in ſevere
winters than thoſe, but is not near ſo delicate till
pinched by froſt. And ſince the winters in Eng-
land have been generally temperate of late years, the
common Cabbage plants have conſtantly been culti-
vated by the gardeners near London, and fold in the
markets as Coleworts, which, if they are of the Su-
gar-loaf kind, is one of the ſweeteſt greens from De-
cember to April yet known. Indeed, where farmers
ſow Coleworts to feed their milch-cattle in the ſpring,
when there is a ſcarcity of herbage, the common
Colewort is to be preferred, as being ſo very hardy
that no froſt will deſtroy it. The beſt method to cul-
tivate this plant in the fields is, to fow the ſeeds about
the beginning of July, chooſing a moiſt ſeaſon, which
will bring up the plants in about ten days or a fort-
night; the quantity of feed for an acre of land is nine
pounds: when the plants have got five or fix leaves,
they ſhould be hoed, as is practiſed for Turneps, cut-
ting down all the weeds from amongſt the plants,
and alſo thinning the plants where they are too thick;
but they ſhould be kept thicker than Turneps, be-
cauſe they are more in danger of being deſtroyed by
the fly: this work ſhould be performed in dry wea-
ther, that the weeds may be killed; for if it ſhould
prove moiſt ſoon after, the weeds will take root again,
and render the work of little uſe. About fix weeks
after, the plants ſhould have a ſecond hoeing, which,
if carefully performed in dry weather, will entirely
deſtroy the weeds, and make the ground clean, lo
that they will require no farther culture. In the
ſpring they may either be drawn up and carried out
to feed the cattle, or they may be turned in to feed
upon them as they ſtand; but the former method is
to be preferred, becauſe there will be little waſte;
whereas, when the cattle are turned in amongſt the
plants, they will tread down and deſtroy more than
they eat, eſpecially if they are not 'fenced off by
hurdles.
The perennial Colewort is alſo little cultivated in the
gardens near London at preſent. This is very hardy,
and may be cultivated in the ſame manner as the for-
mer fort. This will continue two years before it runs
up to feed, and will afterwards produce many ſide
ſhoots, and in poor land will continue three or four
years, but in rich foils it will not laſt ſo long. This
may be uſed as the former fort, to feed cattle ; for
it is not ſo good for the table (unleſs in very ſevere
froſt) as the plants which are now cultivated for that
purpoſe.
7
The

BRA
BRA
a
When your
The fifth fort came from China, where it is culti-
vated as an eſculent plant; of this there are two or
three varieties which I have cultivated ſome years,
but I find them as variable as our common Cabbage.
Theſe are annual plants, which, if ſown in April,
will flower in July, and perfect their feeds in Octo-
ber. They never cloſe their leaves to form a head,
like the common Cabbage, but grow open and looſe,
more like the wild Navew, and are very unfit for the
table. As theſe are generally in their perfection for
uſe the beginning of July, I imagined their ſtrong
flavour and toughneſs might be occaſioned by the
warmth of the ſeaſon; therefore I fowed ſome of the
ſeeds in July, that I might make trial of them in
winter ; but in the midſt of froſt, I found them much
worſe than our common Colewort, ſo I thought them
not worth propagating:
The other two ſorts of Cabbage are varieties fit for
a botanic garden, but are plants of no uſe. Theſe
may be propagated by ſowing their feeds on a bed of
light earth, early in the ſpring, in the place where
they are deſigned to remain (for they do not bear
tranſplanting well.) When the plants are come up
pretty ſtrong, they ſhould be thinned, ſo as to leave
them four or five inches apart ; and they muſt be con-
ftantly kept clear from weeds. In June they will
flower; and their feeds will ripen the beginning of
Auguft, which, if permitted to fall, the plants will
come up, and maintain themſelves without any far-
ther care but to keep them clear from weeds. They
are annual plants, and periſh when they have per-
fected their feeds.
The beſt method to ſave the feeds of all the beſt
forts of Cabbages is, about the end of November
you ſhould make choice of ſome of your beſt Cab-
bages, which you ſhould pull up, and carry to ſome
ſhed, or other covered place, where you ſhould hang
them up for three or four days by their ſtalks, that
the water may drain from between their leaves; then
plant them in ſome border, under a hedge or pale,
quite down to the middle of the Cabbage, leaving
only the upper part of the Cabbage above ground,
obſerving to raiſe the earth about it, ſo that it may
ſtand a little above the level of the ground; eſpecially
if the ground is wet, they will require to be raiſed
pretty much above the ſurface.
If the winter ſhould prove very hard, you muſt lay a
little ſtraw or Peaſe-haulm lightly upon them, to fe-
cure them from the froſt, taking it off as often as the
weather proves mild, left by keeping them too cloſe
they ſhould rot. In the ſpring of the year theſe Cab-
bages will ſhoot out ſtrongly, and divide into a great
number of ſmall branches: you muſt therefore fup-
port their ftems, to prevent their being broken off by
the wind; and if the weather frould be very hot and
dry when they are in flower, you ſhould refreſh them
with water once a week all over the branches, which
will greatly promote their feeding, and preſerve them
from mildew.
When the pods begin to change brown, you will do
well to cut off the extreme part of every ſhoot with
the pods, which will ſtrengthen your feeds; for it is
generally obſerved, that thoſe ſeeds which grow near
the top of the ſhoots, are very fubject to run to feed
before they cabbage; ſo that by this there will be no
lofs, but a great advantage, eſpecially if you have
more regard to the quality than to the quantity of the
ſeeds, which indeed is not always the caſe, when it is
intended for ſale ; but thoſe who ſave it for their own
uſe, ſhould be very careful to have it good.
When your feeds begin to ripen, you muſt be parti-
cularly careful, that the birds do not deſtroy it'; for
they are very fond of theſe ſeeds. In order to prevent
their miſchief, fome uſe old nets, which they throw
over their feeds, to prevent their getting to it: but
this will not always do, for, unleſs the nets are very
ſtrong, they will force their way thro' them, as I have
often ſeen, but the beſt method I know, is to get a
quantity of birdlime, and dawb over a parcel of flen-
der twigs, which ſhould be faſtened at each end to
ſtronger ſticks, and placed near the upper part of
the feed, in different places, ſo that the birds may
alight upon them, by which means they will be fal-
tened thereto, where you muſt let them remain a con-
fiderable time, if they cannot get off themſelves: and
although there ſhould be but few birds caught, yet it
will ſufficiently terrify the reſt, that they will not
come to that place again for a conſiderable time after
(as I have experienced.)
feed is fully ripe, you muſt cut it off;
and, after drying, threſh it out, and preſerve it in
bags for uſe.
But in planting Cabbages for feed, I would adviſo
never to plant more than one fort in a place, or near
one another : as for example, never plant red and
white Cabbages near each other, nor Savoy with either
white or red Cabbages ; for I am very certain they
will, by the commixture of the effluvia, produce a
mixture of kinds; and it is wholly owing to this ne-
glect, that the gardeners rarely ſave any good red
Cabbage-feed in England, but are obliged to procure
freſh ſeeds from abroad, as ſuppoſing the ſoil or cli-
mate of England alters them from red to white, and
of a mixed kind between both; whereas, if they
would plant red Cabbages by themſelves for feeds,
and not ſuffer any other to be near them, they might
continue the kind as good in England, as in any other
part of the world; for in the Dutch gardens, from
whence the beſt feeds of red Cabbages are procured,
they cultivate no other fort.
Cauliflowers have of late years been ſo far improved
in England, as to exceed in goodneſs and magnitude
what are produced in moſt parts of Europe, and by
the ſkill of the gardener, are continued for ſeveral
months together; but the moſt common ſeaſon for
the great crop, is in May, June, and July. I ſhall
therefore begin with directions for obtaining them in
this ſeaſon.
Having procured a parcel of good feed, of an early
muſt fow it about the twenty-firſt of Au-
guft, upon an old Cucumber or Melon-bed, ſifting
a little earth over the ſeeds, about a quarter of an
inch thick; and if the weather ſhould prove extreme
hot and dry, you ſhould ſhade the bed with mats, to
prevent the carth from drying too faſt, which would
endanger the ſpoiling your feed; and give it gentle
waterings, as you may fee occaſion. In about a week's
time your plants will appear above ground, when
you muſt take off your coverings by degrees, but do
not expoſe them too much to the open fun at firſt. In
about a month's time after ſowing, your plants will
be fit to prick out, you ſhould therefore put ſome freſh.
earth upon your old Cucumber or Melon-beds; or
where theſe are not to be had, fome beds fhould be
made with a little new dung, which ſhould be trodden
down cloſe, to prevent the worms from getting thro'
it; but it ſhould not be hot dung, which would be
hurtful to the plants at this ſeaſon, eſpecially if it
proves hot; into this bed you ſhould prick your young
plants, at about two inches ſquare, obſerving to ſhade
and water them at firſt planting; but do not water
them too much after they are growing, nor ſuffer
them to receive too much rain, if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove wet, which would be apt to make them black
Thanked (as the gardeners term it, which is no leſs
than a rottenneſs in their ſtems,) and is the deſtruction
of the plants ſo affected.
In this bed they ſhould continue till about the thir-
tieth of October, when they muſt be removed into
the place where they are to remain during the winter
ſeaſon, which, for the firit fowing, is commonly un-
der bell or hand-glaſſes, to have early Cauliflowers,
and theſe ſhould be of an early kind: but in order to
have a ſucceſſion during the ſeaſon, you ſhould be
provided with another inore late kind, which ſhould
be fown four or five days after the other, and ma-
naged as was directed for them.
In order to have very early Cauliflowers, you should
make choice of a good rich ſpot of ground, that is
well defended from the north, caít, and weft winds,
with
kind, you
a
a

B RA
BRA
you
و
a
a
a
with hedges, pales, or walls ; but the firſt is to be
preferred, if made with reeds, becauſe the winds will
fall dead in theſe, and not reverberate as by pales or
walls. This ground ſhould be well trenched, bury-
ing therein a good quantity of rotten dung; then
level your ground, and if it be naturally a wet foil,
fhould raiſe it up in beds about two feet and a
half, or three feet broad, and four inches above the
level of the ground; but if your ground is moderately
dry, you need not raiſe it at all: then plant your
plants, allowing about two feet fix inches diſtance
from glaſs to glaſs, in the rows, always putting two
good plants under each glaſs, which may be at about
four inches from each other; and if you deſign them
for a full crop, they may be three feet and a half,
row from row: but if you intend to make ridges for
Cucumbers or Melons between the rows of Cauli-
flower plants (as is generally practiſed by the garden-
ers near London, you muſt then make your rows
eight feet aſunder.
When you have planted your plants, if the ground
is very dry, you ſhould give them a little water, and
then ſet your glaſſes over them, which may remain
cloſe down upon them, until they have taken root,
which will be in about a week or ten days time, un-
leſs there ſhould be a kindly ſhower of rain ; in which
caſe you may ſet off the glaſſes, that the plants may
receive the benefit of it; and in about ten days after
planting, you ſhould be provided with a parcel of
forked ſticks or bricks, with which you ſhould raiſe
your glaſſes about three or four inches on the ſide
toward the ſouth, that your plants may have free air.
In this manner your glaſſes ſhould remain over the
plants night and day, unleſs in froſty weather, when
you ſhould ſet them down as cloſe as poſſible : or if
the weather ſhould prove very warm, which many
times happens in November, and ſometimes in De-
cember; in this caſe, you ſhould keep your glaſſes
off in the day-time, and put them on only in the night,
left, by keeping the glaſſes over them too much, you
ſhould draw them into flower at that ſeaſon, which is
many times the caſe in mild winters, eſpecially if un-
ſkilfully managed.
Toward the latter end of February, if the weather
proves mild, you ſhould prepare another good ſpot
of ground, to remove ſome of the plants into from
under the glaſſes, which ſhould be well dunged and
trenched (as before ;) then ſet off the glaſſes, and,
after making choice of one of the moſt promiſing
plants under each glaſs, which ſhould remain for
good, take away the other plant, by raiſing it up with
a trowel, &c. ſo as to preſerve as much earth to the
root as poflible; but have a great regard to the plant
that is to remain, not to diſturb or prejudice its roots :
then plant your plants which you have taken out, at
the diſtance before directed, viz. if for a full crop,
three feet and a half, row from row; but if for ridges
of Cucumbers between them, eight feet, and two
feet four inches diſtance in the rows: then, with a
Imall hoe, draw the earth up to the ſtems of the
plants which were left under the glaſſes, taking great
care not to let the earth fall into their hearts; and ſet
your glaſſes over them again, raiſing your props an
inch or two higher than before, to give them more
air, obſerving to take them off whenever there may
be ſome gentle ſhowers, which will greatly refreſ
the plants.
In a little time after, if you find your plants grow
ſo faſt as to fill the glaſſes with their leaves, you
1hould then ſlightly dig about the plants, and raiſe
the ground about them in a bed broad enough for
the glaſſes to ſtand about four inches high, which
will give your plants a great deal of room by raiſing
the glaſſes ſo much higher, when they are ſet over
them; and by this means they may be kept covered
until April, which otherwiſe they could not, without
prejudice to the leaves of the plants: and this is a
great advantage to them; for many times we have
returns of ſevere froſts at the latter end of March,
which prove very hurtful to theſe plants, if expoſed
thereto, eſpecially after having been nurſed up under
glaſſes.
After you have finiſhed your beds, you may ſet your
glaſſes over your plants again, obſerving to raiſe your
props pretty high, eſpecially if the weather be mild,
that they may have free air to ſtrengthen them; and
in mild ſoft weather ſet off your glaffes, as alſo in
gentle ſhowers of rain ; and now you muſt begin to
harden them by degrees to endure the open air : how-
ever, it is adviſeable to let your glaſſes remain over
them as long as poſſible, if the nights ſhould be frolty,
which will greatly forward your plants ; but be ſure
do not let your glaſſes remain upon them in very hot
fun-fhine, eſpecially if their leaves preſs againſt the
ſides of the glaſſes ; for I have often obſerved, in
ſuch caſes, that the moiſture which hath riſen from
the ground, together with the perſpiration of the
plants, which, by the glaſſes remaining over them,
hath been detained upon the leaves of the plants,
and when the ſun hath ſhone hot upon the ſides of the
glaſſes, hath acquired ſuch a powerful heat from the
beams thereof, as to ſcald all their larger leaves, to
the no ſmall prejudice of the plants : nay, ſometimes
I have ſeen large quantities of plants ſo affected there-
with, as never to be worth any thing after.
If your plants have ſucceeded well, toward the end
of April fome of them will begin to fruit; you muſt
therefore look over them carefully every other day,
and when
you
ſee the flower plainly appear, you muſt
break down ſome of the inner leaves over it to guard
it from the fun, which would make the flower yellow
and unſightly, if expoſed thereto; and when you find
your flower at its full bigneſs (which you may know
by its outſide, parting, as if it would run,) you muſt
then draw it out of the ground, and not cut them off,
leaving the ſtalk in the ground, as is by ſome prac-
tiſed, and if they are deſigned for preſent uſe, you
may cut them out of their leaves; but if deſigned to
keep, you ſhould preſerve their leaves about ther,
and put them into a cool place: the beſt time for
pulling of them is in a morning, before the ſun hath
exhaled the moiſture; for Cauliflowers, pulled in the
heat of the day, loſe that firmneſs which they natu-
turally have, and become tough.
But to return to our ſecond crop (the plants being
raiſed and managed as was directed for the early crop,
until the end of October;) you muſt then prepare
ſome beds, either to be covered with glaſs-frames, or
arched over with hoops, to be covered with mats, &c.
Theſe beds ſhould have ſome dung laid at the bot-
tom, about fix inches or a foot thick, according to
the ſize of your plants ; for if they are ſmall, the bed
ſhould be thicker of dung, to bring them forward,
and fo vice verſa : this dung ſhould be beat down
cloſe with a fork, in order to prevent the worms from
finding their way through it; then lay ſome good
freſh earth about four or five inches thick thereon, in
which you ſhould plant your plants about two inches
and a half ſquare, obſerving to ſhade and water them
until they have taken freſh root: but be ſure do not
keep your coverings cloſe, for the warmth of the
dung will occaſion a large damp in the bed, which,
if pent in, will greatly injure the plants.
When your plants have taken root, you muſt give
them as much free open air as poſſible, by keeping
the glaſſes off in the day-time as much as the weather
will permit; and in the night, or at ſuch times as
the glaſſes require to be kept on, raiſe them up with
bricks or other props to let in freſh air, unleſs in
froſty weather; at which time the glaſſes ſhould be
covered with mats, ſtraw, and Peaſe-haulm, &c. but
this is not to be done except in very hard froſts: you
muſt alſo obſerve to guard them againſt great rain,
which in winter time is very hurtful to them ; but in
mild weather, if the glaſſes are kept on, they ſhould
be propped to admit freſh air ; and if the under leaves
grow yellow and decay, be ſure to pick them off ;
for if the weather ſhould prove very bad in winter,
ſo that you ſhould be obliged to keep them cloſe co-
vered for two or three days together, as it ſometimes
happens
a
:
a
;
a
a
a

BRA
BRE
a
.
و
a
a
happens, theſe decayed leaves will render the incloſed often look over them, to turn down their leaves, as
air very noxious; and the plants perſpiring pretty was before directed, to preſerve their whiteneſs; and
much at that time, are often deſtroyed in valt quan- when they are full grown, obſerve the former direc-
tities.
tions in pulling them, &c. but wherever you meet
In the beginning of February, if the weather proves with an extraordinary good Cauliflower, whoſe curd
mild, you muſt begin to harden your plants by degrees, is hard and white, and perfectly free from any frothi-
that they may be prepared for tranſplantation; and neſs about the edges, you ihould ſuffer it to remain
the ground where you intend to plant your Cauli- for feed, keeping the leaves cloſe down upon it un-
flowers out for good (which ſhould be quite open
til the flower hath ſhot out ſtems, and then remove
from trees, &c. and rather moiſt than dry,) having the leaves from them by degrees, but do not expoſe
been well dunged and dug, ſhould be fown with Ra- them too much to the open air at firſt. As the ſtems
diſhes a week or fortnight before you intend to plant advance, you muſt take the leaves quite away; and
out your Cauliflowers: the reaſon why I mention the when they begin to branch out, you ſhould fix three
ſowing of Radiſhes particularly, is this, viz. that if pretty ſtrong ſtakes, at equal angles, about it, ſur-
there are not fome Radiſhes amongſt them, and the rounding them with packthread, &c. to ſupport their
month of May ſhould prove hot and dry, as it ſome- branches, which would be otherwiſe liable to break
times happens, the fly will ſeize your Cauliflowers,
,
with the wind.
and eat their leaves full of holes, to their prejudice, When your pods begin firſt to be formed, if the
and ſometimes their deſtruction; whereas, if there
weather
proves dry, you ſhould give them a little
are Radiſhes upon the ſpot, the flies will take to them, water all over (with a watering-pot that hath a roſe
and never meddle with the Cauliflowers ſo long as to it;) which will promote the progreſs of the feeds,
they laft. Indeed, the gardeners near London mix and preſerve them from mildew, which is often hurt-
Spinach with their Radith-ſeed, and ſo have a double ful to the ſeeds; and, when your feeds are ripe,
crop, which is an advantage where ground is dear, you muſt cut it off, and hang it up to dry, and rub
or where perſons are ftraitened for room ; otherwiſe it it out as was directed for Cabbage-feed: and although
is very well to have only one crop amongſt the Cau- your flowers do not produce ſo much feed as thoſe
liflowers, that the ground may be cleared in time. which were of a ſofter or frothy nature, yet the good-
Your ground being ready, and the ſeaſon good, neſs of ſuch ſeeds will fufficiently recompenſe for the
about the middle or end of February, you may begin quantity; and any perſon who was to purchaſe his
to plant out your Cauliflowers: the diſtance which ſeeds, had better give ten ſhillings an ounce for ſuch
is generally allowed by the gardeners near London feed than two for the feeds commonly ſaved for ſale,
(who plant other crops between their Cauliflowers to as the gardeners about London have experienced,
fucceed them, as Cucumbers for pickling, and winter who will never buy any feeds of this kind, if they do
Cabbages) is every other row four feet and a half not know how they were ſaved.
apart, and the intermediate rows two feet and a half, But in order to have a third crop of Cauliflowers,
and two feet two inches diftance in the rows; ſo that you ſhould make a ſlender hot-bed in February, in
in the latter end of May, or beginning of June (when which you ſhould fow the ſeeds, covering them a
the Radiſhes and Spinach are cleared off,) they put quarter of an inch thick with light mould, and co-
in ſeeds of Cucumbers for pickling, in the middle of vering the bed with glaſs-frames : you ſhould now
the wide rows, at three feet and a half apart; and and then gently refreſh the bed with water, obſerving
in the narrow rows, plant Cabbages for winter uſe, to raiſe the glaſſes with bricks or props in the day-
at two feet two inches diſtance, ſo that theſe ſtand time, to let in freſh air; and when the plants are
each of them exactly in the middle of the ſquare be- come up, and have gotten four or five leaves, you
tween four Cauliflower-plants; and theſe, after the ſhould prepare another hot-bed to prick them into,
Cauliflowers are gone off, will have full room to grow, which may be about two inches ſquare ; and in the
and the crop be hereby continued in a ſucceſſion thro ' beginning of April harden them by degrees, to fit
the whole ſeaſon.
them for tranſplanting, which ſhould be done the
About three weeks or a month after your Cauliflow-
a
middle of that month, at the diſtance directed for
ers are planted out, the Radiſhes between them will the ſecond crop, and muſt be managed accordingly:
,
be fit to hoe; at which time, when you are hoeing theſe (if the ſoil is moiſt where they are planted, or
out the Radiſhes where they are too thick, you ſhould the ſeaſon cool and moiſt) will produce good Cauli-
cut off all ſuch as grow immediately about the Cauli- flowers about a month after the ſecond crop is gone,
flowers, and would prove hurtful to them, by draw- whereby their ſeaſon will be greatly prolonged.
ing them up tall and weak; and alſo at that time There is alſo a fourth crop of Cauliflowers, which
draw the earth up to the ſtems of the plants, being is raiſed by fowing the ſeed about the 23d of May ;
careful not to let any get into their hearts (as was and being tranſplanted, as hath been before directed,
before directed ;) and when your Radiſhes are fit to will produce good Cauliflowers in a kindly ſeaſon
pull, be ſure to clear round the Cauliflowers firſt, and and good foil, after Michaelmas, and continue thro'
keep drawing the earth up to their ſtems as they ad- October and November; and, if the ſeaſon permit,
vance in height, which will keep their ſtems from be- often a great part of December.
ing hardened by the weather, and be of fingular ſer- The reaſon why I fix particular days for the fowing of
vice to your plants.
this feed, is becauſe two or three days often make a
There are many people who are very fond of water- great difference in their plants; and becauſe theſe are
ing Cauliflower-plants in ſummer, but the gardeners the days uſually fixed by the gardeners near London,
near London have almoſt wholly laid aſide this prac- who have found their crops to ſucceed beſt when
tice, as finding a deal of trouble and charge to little ſown at thoſe times, although one day, more or leſs,
purpoſe ; for if the ground be ſo very dry as not to will make no great odds. I have alſo, in this edition,
produce tolerable good Cauliflowers without water, altered the days to the new ſtyle.
it feldom happens, that watering them renders them BREYNIA. See 'CAPPARIS.
.
much better; and when once they have been watered, BROMELIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46. tab. 8. Lin.
if it is not conſtantly continued, it had been much Gen. Plant. 356.
better for them if they never had any; as alſo if it be The CHARACTERS are,
given them in the middle of the day, it rather helps It hath a three-cornered permanent empalement cut into
to ſcald them: fo that, upon the whole, if care be three parts, upon which the germen is ſituated. The
taken to keep the earth drawn up to their ſtems, and flower hath three long narrow petals, which are erect,
clear them from every thing that grows near them, each having a nectarium joined to it above the baſe. It
that they may have free open air, you will find that hath fix ftamina the length of the petals, which are ter-
they will ſucceed better without than with water, minated by oblong ſummits. The germen is ſituated below
where any of theſe cautions are not ſtrictly obſerved. the recepiacle, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a
When your Cauliflowers begin to fruit, you muſt trijd obtuſe ſtigma. The empalement afterward becomes
Qq
412

BRO
BRO
Cliff. 318.
an oblong capſule, divided by a partition in the middle, to During the ſummer ſeaſon the plants ſhould have a
which the ſeeds are fixed quite round; theſe are ſmooth and moderate ſhare of air, in proportion to the heat of
almoſt cylindrical.
the weather; and, in autumn, they muſt be removed
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of in the bark-ſtove, and treated in the ſame manner as
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, the Ananas, or Pine Apple, with which management
the flower having fix ſtamina and one ſtyle. Dr. Dil- they will make good progreſs; but after the firſt win-
lenius has ſuppoſed this to be the ſame with Plumier's ter, they may be placed upon ſtands in the dry ſtove,
Karatas, which miſtake he was led into by Plumier's though they will thrive much better if they are con-
drawing, where the flower of his Caraguata is joined ftantly kept in the tan-bed, and treated like the A-
to the fruit of his Karatas, and vice verſa; and from nanas, and will flower in three or four years; whereas
hence Dr. Linnæus has been induced to join theſe thoſe in the dry ſtove will not flower in twice that
and the Ananas together, making them only ſpecies time.
of the ſame genus.
The other parts of their culture is only to ſhift them
The SPECIES are,
into freſh earth when they require it; but they ſhould
1. BROMELIA (Nudicaulis) foliis radicalibus dentato-ſpi- by no means be put into large pots, for they will
noſis caulinis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 286. Bro- not thrive if they are over-potted ; nor muſt they have
melia with lower leaves indented and prickly, and thoſe of much wet, eſpecially in winter.
the ſtalks entire. Bromelia pyramidata, aculeis nigris. Theſe plants make a pretty variety in the hot-houſe,
Plum. Nov. Gen. 46.
ſo thoſe who have room, may allow a plant or two of
2. BROMELIA (Lingulata) foliis ferrato-ſpinoſis obtufis, each fort to have a place in their collection of exotic.
fpicis alternis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 285. Bromelia with plants.
Jawed, prickly, obtuſe leaves, and ſpikes of flowers grow-BROOM, the common. See SPARTIUM.
ing alternate. Bromelia ramofa & racemoſa foliis A- BROOM, the Spaniſh. See SPARTIUM and Genista.
rundinaceis ſerratis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46.
BROWALLIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 691. Hort.
The firſt fort hath leaves very like ſome of the forts
of Aloes, but not fo thick and ſucculent, which are The CHARACTERS are,
ſharply indented on their edges, where they are armed The empalement is tubulous, of one leaf, and indented at
with ſtrong black ſpines; from the center of the plant the top in five unequal parts. The flower is funnel-ſhaped,
ariſes the flower-ſtalk, which is near three feet high, of one leaf, having a cylindrical tube twice the length of
the lower part of which is garniſhed with entire leaves, the empalement; the upper part is Spread open, and di-
placed alternately at every joint. The upper part of vided into five parts, the upper ſegment or lip being a
the ſtalk is garniſhed with flowers, ſet in a looſe ſpike little larger than the others, which are equal. It hath
or thyrfe; theſe have three narrow herbaceous petals four ſtamina included in the chaps of the petal, the two
ſitting upon the germen, and ſix ſlender ſtamina, with upper being very ſhort, and the two under broad, longer,
the ſtyle, which are ſhorter than the petals. Theſe and reflexed to the mouth of the tube, which incloſe them ;
flowers in the country where they naturally grow, are theſe are terminated by ſingle incurved ſummits. In the
ſucceeded by oval feed-veſſels, having a longitudinal center is ſituated an oval germen, ſupporting a Render
partition, in the center of which are faſtened cylindri- Style the length of the tube, crowned by a thick, com-
cal ſeeds on every fide, which are ſmooth.
preſſed, indented ſtigma. The empalement afterward be-
The ſecond fort hath ſhorter leaves than the firſt, comes an oval obtuſe veſel with one cell, opening at the
which ſtand erect, and are narrow at the baſe, increaf- top in four parts, and filled with ſmall compreſſed
ing in width gradually to the top, where they are ſeeds.
broadeft; theſe are ſharply ſawed on their edges, and This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
are of a deep green colour. The flower-ſtem ariſes
.
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
from the center of the plant, which divides upward Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
into ſeveral branches; the upper part of theſe are ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds included in a capſule.
garniſhed with ſpikes of flowers, which come out al- The SPECIES are,
ternately from the ſides of the branches, each having 1. BROWALLIA (Demiſa) pedunculis unifloris. Hort.
a narrow entire leaf juſt below it, which is longer than Cliff. 318. Browallia with one flower on a foot-ſtalk.
the ſpike. The flowers are placed very cloſe on the The title of Browallia was given to it by Dr. Lin-
ipikes, each having three ſhort petals ſituated upon næus, in honour of profeſſor Browall, of Amſter-
the globular empalement; when theſe decay, the em- dam.
palement turns to an oval pointed feed-veſſel, inclof- 2. BROWALLIA (Elata) pedunculis unifloris multiflorif-
ing ſeeds of the ſame ſhape with the former.
que. Lin. Sp. 880. Browallia with one flower on each
Both theſe plants grow naturally in very warm coun- foot-ſtalk, and ſometimes many.
tries. Father Plumier, who gave this title to the ge- The feeds of the firſt fort were ſent me by Mr. Ro-
nus, found them growing in the French Ilands in bert Millar, from Panama, in the year 1735; which
America, and the late Dr. Houſtoun obſerved them
;
ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where it has conti-
growing in Jamaica, and in ſeveral parts of the Spa- nued to flower, and produce ſeeds every year, but
niſh Weſt-Indies. The firſt fort alſo grows on the the plants are annual, fo periſh in autumn: the feeds
coaſt of Guinea, from whence I received the ſeeds; of this plant muſt be fown upon a hot-bed in the
and the ſecond fort was ſent me from St. Chriſto- ſpring, and the plants brought forward on another,
pher's.
otherwiſe they will not perfect their feeds in England.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be Some of theſe plants may be tranſplanted in June
procured from the country where they grow naturally, into the borders of the flower-garden, where, if the
for they do not produce any in England. Theſe ſeaſon proves warm, they will flower and perfect
muſt be fown in ſmall pots filled with light kitchen- ſeeds; but left theſe ſhould fail, there ſhould be two
garden earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed or three plants kept in the ſtove for that purpoſe.
of tanners bark; the earth in theſe pots ſhould be The plants uſually grow about two feet high, and
ſprinkled over with water two or three times a week, ſpread out into lateral branches, garniſhed with oval
according to the heat of the weather, but muſt not leaves which are entire, ending in a point, having
have too much moiſture. If the feeds are good, the ſhort foot-ſtalks. Toward the end of the branches
plants will appear in about five or fix weeks, and in a the flowers are produced fingly, upon pretty long
month after will be fit to tranſplant, when they foot-ſtalks, ariſing from the wings of the leaf. Theſe
1hould be carefully ſhaken out of the pots, and each have a ſhort empalement of one leaf, which is cut
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with the ſame into five parts ; out of the center of the empalement
earth as before ; then they muſt be plunged again into the flower ariſes, which is crooked and bent down-
a moderate hot-bed, obſerving frequently to ſprinkle ward ; the top of the tube is ſpread open, and the
them over with water, but be cautious of giving them brim, or open part of the flower, has ſome refem-
too much, left the roots ſhould be thereby rotted. blance to a lipped flower, being irregular. It is of a
bright

BRU
BRY
3
و
a
bright blue colour, ſometimes inclining to a purple bark, obſerving to water the earth as often as you
or red, and often there are flowers of three colours find it neceffary. When the plants are come up,
on the fame plant. When theſe fall away, the ger- they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a ſeparate ſmall
men in the center becomes an oval capſule of one pot filled with freſh light earth, and plunged into the
cell, filled with ſmall, brown, angular feeds. It flowers hot-bed again, obſerving to water and ſhade the
in July, Auguſt, and September, and the ſeeds are plants until they have taken root; after which they
ripe in five or fix weeks after.
muſt have air admitted to them every day, in propor-
When this plant was firſt raiſed in the Chelſea garden, tion to the warmth of the ſeaſon. When the plants
I
gave
it the title of Dalea, in honour to Mr. Dale, have advanced ſo high as not to be contained in the
an eminent botaniſt, and a great friend of Mr. Ray’s. frames, they ſhould be removed into the bark-ſtove,
By this title it was delivered to the Royal Society, where, during the ſummer months, they ſhould have
and printed in the Philoſophical Tranſactions, and a large ſhare of free air, but in winter they muſt be
alſo in the catalogue of the Chelſea garden: and by kept very cloſe. With this management the plants
the ſame I communicated the ſeeds to Doctor Lin- will be very ſtrong, and produce their flowers every
næus, who afterward changed the name to Browallia, ſeaſon. Theſe plants may alſo be increaſed by plant-
and printed it in the catalogue of Mr. Clifford's ing cuttings in the ſpring, before they begin to
garden; where there is a figure of it exhibited, ſo make new ſhoots, in pots filled with freſh light earth,
that this latter title is become almoſt univerſal among and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, ob-
botaniſts.
ſerving to water and ſhade them until they have taken
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Peru, from whence root; after which, they muſt be managed as hath
the younger Juſſieu ſent the feeds; this plant riſes been directed for other tender exotic plants from the
about the fame height as the firſt, but hath ſtronger
fame countries.
ſtalks, and ſends out a greater number of branches, BRUSCUS. See Ruscus.
ſo is much more buſhy than that ; the flowers are pro- BRYONIA [this plant is ſo called from-Borov, moſs,
duced upon foot-ſtalks, which proceed from the wings or hair, becauſe it bears a flower which is ſoft and
of the leaves; ſome of theſe foot-ſtalks ſuſtain one, hairy,] Briony.
others three, or more flowers, of a dark blue colour ; The CHARACTERS are,
theſe are ſucceeded by oval capſules, filled with ſmall It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. The
angular ſeeds.
male flowers have an empalement of one leaf, which is
This plant is annual, and requires the ſame culture bell-ſhaped, and indented in five parts at the top. The
as the firſt fort, with which it will produce plenty of flower is bell-ſhaped, adhering to the empalement, and cut
ſeeds.
into five ſegments. It bath three short ſtamina and five
BRUNELLA, Self-heal. See PRUNELLA.
fummits, two of the ſtamina having double ſummits, and
BRUNSFELSIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 12. Lin. the other one. The female flowers ft upon the germen,
Gen. Plant. 230. This plant takes its name from Dr. and have a deciduous empalement, but the petal is the
Brunsfelſius, a famous phyſician.
ſame with thoſe of the male. The germen which is under
The CHARACTERS are,
the flower, ſupports a trifid ſpreading ſtyle, crowned by a
The empalement is permanent, bell-ſhaped, and of one leaf, Spreading indented ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
which is cut into five blunt ſegments at the top. The a ſmooth globular berry, containing oval feeds adhering to
flower is of one leaf, and funnel-ſhaped, having a long
tube, but ſpreads open at the top, where it is divided into This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection
five obtuſe ſegments; it hath five ſtamina the length of the of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monacia Syn-
tube, which are inſerted in the petal, and are terminated geneſia, from its having male and female flowers on
by oblong ſummits. In the center is placed a ſmall round the ſame plant, and the ſtamina joined with the ſtyle.
germen, ſupporting a fender ſtyle the length of the tube,
The SPECIES are,
which is crowned by a thick ſtigma. The empalement af-1. BRYONIA (Alba) foliis palmatis utrinque calloſo-ſca-
terwerd becomes a globular berry with one cell, incloſing bris. Hort. Cliff. 453. Bryony with palmated leaves,
a great number of ſmall ſeeds, which adhere to the ſkin of which are rough and callous on both ſides. Bryonia af-
pera, five alba baccis rubris. C. B. P. 297. White
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Briony with red berries.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mono- 2. Bryonia (Africana) foliis palmatis quinquepartitis
gynia, the flower having five ftamina and but one utrinque lævibus, laciniis pinnatifidis. Lin. Sp. 1438.
ityle.
Briony with palmated leaves cut into five ſegments, which
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. are ſmooth on each ſide. Bryonia Africana laciniata,
BRUNSFELSIA. (Americana.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 191. American tuberoſa radice, floribus herbaceis. Par. Bat. 107.
Brunsfelſia. Brunsfelfia fore albo, fructu croceo molli. 3. BRYONIA (Cretica) foliis palmatis fupra callofo-punc-
Plum. Nov. Gen. 12.
tatis. Hort. Cliff. 453. Cretan Briony with palmated
This plant riſes with a woody ſtem to the height of leaves, whoſe upper ſurface is ſtudded with callous ſpots.
eight or ten feet, ſending out many ſide branches, Bryonica Cretica maculata. C. B. P. 297.
which are covered with a rough bark, garniſhed with 4. BRYONIA (Racemoſa) foliis trilobis fuprà calloſo-
oblong leaves which are entire, and on the lower punctatis, fructu racemoſo ovali. Briony with trilobate
part of the branches come out ſingle; but toward their leaves, whoſe upper ſides are marked with callous ſpots,
extremity, they are placed on every fide, and are and oval fruit growing in bunches. Bryonia olivæ fructu
unequal in ſize. At the extremity of the branches, rubro. Plum. Cat. 3.
the flowers are produced, generally three or four to- 5. BRYONIA (Variegata) foliis palmatis, laciniis lanceo-
gether. Theſe are almoſt as large as thoſe of the latis, fuprà punctatis infernè lævibus, fruclu ovato
greater Bindweed, but have very long, narrow, hairy fparſo. Briony with palmated leaves, whoſe ſegments are
tubes; the brim is expanded in the form of the Spear-ſhaped, and their upper ſide Spotted, but their under
Convolvulus, but is deeply divided into five obtufe Smooth, and an oval ſcattered fruit. Bryonia Americana
ſegments, which are indented on their border. After fructu variegato. Dillen.
the flower is paſt, the empalement turns to a round 6. BRYONIA (Bonarienſis) foliis palmatis quinquepartitis
ſoft fruit, incloſing many oval ſeeds, which are fi- hirſutis, laciniis obtuſis. Briony with hairy palmated
tuated cloſe to the cover or ſkin, to which they leaves divided into five parts, and obtufe ſegments. Bryonia
adhere.
Bonarienſis fici folio. Hort. Elth. 58.
This plant grows naturally in moſt of the ſugar iſlands The firſt fort grows upon dry banks, under hedges,
in America, in which places they call it Trumpet in many parts of England; but may be cultivated in
Flower; but in the Engliſh gardens, it is at preſent a garden for uſe, by fowing the berries, in the ſpring
very rare. It may be propagated from feeds, which of the year, in a dry poor foil; where they will in
ſhould be ſown early in the ſpring in pots filled with two years time, grow to be large roots, provided
light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners they are not too cloſe. The roots of this plant have
the ſkin.
the fruit.
6
been

B UB
BU B
a
a
been formerly, by impoſtors, brought into an human
The SPECIES are,
ſhape, and carried about the country, and ſhewn for I. BUBON (Macedonicum) foliolis rhombeo-ovatis cre-
Mandrakes to the common people, who were eaſily natis, umbellis numeroſiffimis. Hort. Cliff. 95. Bubon
impoſed on by their credulity, and theſe got good with oval, rhomboid, crenated leaves, and many umbels.
livings thereby. The method which theſe people Apium Macedonicum. C. B. P. 154. Macedonianz
practiſed, was to find a young thriving Briony plant, Parſley.
then they opened the earth all round the plant, being 2. BUBON (Rigidius) foliolis linearibus. Hort. Cliff
. 95.
careful not to diſturb the lower fibres; and (being Bubon with very narrow leaves. Ferula durior five ri-
prepared with ſuch a mould, as is uſed by the people gidis & breviſſimis foliis. Boccon. Muſ. 2. 84.
who make plaſter figures) they fixed the mould cloſe 3. BUBON (Galbanum) foliolis rhombeis dentatis glabris
to the root, faſtening it with wire, to keep it in its ftriatis umbellis paucis. Hort. Cliff. 96. Bubon with
proper fituation; then they filled the earth about the Smooth rhomboid leaves and few umbels. Ferula Afri-
root, leaving it to grow to the ſhape of the mould, cana galbanifera folio & facie liguſtici. Par. Bat.
which is effected in one ſummer; ſo that if this be 163
done in March, by September it will have the ſhape. 4. BUBON (Gumiferum) foliolis glabris inferioribus rhom-
The leaves of this plant are alſo often impoſed on the beis ferratis, fuperioribus pinnatifidis tridentatis. Prod.
people in the market for Mandrake leaves, although Leyd. 100. Bubon with ſmooth rhomboid under leaves
there is no reſemblance between them, nor any agree- which are Sawed, and upper leaves winged and indented.
ment in quality.
in three parts. Ferula Africana galbanifèra folio myr-
The ſecond and fourth forts are perennial plants, their
rhidis. Hort. Amft. p. 115.
roots remaining ſeveral years, but their branches de- The firſt fends out many leaves from the root, the
cay every winter. Theſe roots muſt be planted in lower growing almoſt horizontally, ſpreading near the
pots filled with freſh light earth, and in winter muſt ſurface of the ground: the foot-ſtalk of each leaf di-
be placed in the green-houſe, to protect them from vides into ſeveral other ſmaller, garniſhed with ſmooth
froſt and great rains; which would deſtroy them, rhomb-ſhaped leaves, which are of a bright, pale,
if they were expoſed thereto. During the winter green colour, indented on their edges. In the center
ſeaſon, they ſhould have very little water given them; of the plant ariſes the flower-ſtem, which is little
but in ſummer, when they are expoſed to the open more than a foot high, dividing into many branches,
air, they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water in each being terminated by an umbel of white flowers,
dry weather. They flower in July, and in warm
,
which are ſucceeded by oblong hairy ſeeds. It flowers
fummers will perfect their feeds.
in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn, foon after
The third, fifth, and fixth forts, are annual plants ; which the plant decays.
theſe muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, This plant in warm countries is biennial; the plants
and when the plants are about three inches high, which riſe from ſeeds one year, produce flowers and
they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot filled feeds the next; and then perih: but in England,
with freſh light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of they feldon flower till the third or fourth
year
from
tanners bark, obſerving to water and ſhade them feed; but whenever the plant flowers, it always dies.
until they have taken root. When the plants are It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown on
grown fo large, as to ramble about on the ſurface of a bed of light fandy earth, either early in the autumn,
the bed, and begin to entangle with other plants, they or in April, and if the ſeaſon prove warm and dry,
ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots, and placed in the the ground ſhould be ſhaded in the heat of the day,
bark-ſtove, where their branches may be trained to and frequently refreihed with water, which is a fure
the wall, or againſt an eſpalier, that they may have method to bring up the plants; for where this is not
fun and air, which is abſolutely neceſſary for their practiſed, the ſeeds often fail, or remain long in the
producing fruit. When theſe plants are full of fruit, ground. When the plants come up, they will re-
they make a pretty variety in the ſtove amongſt other quire no other care but to be kept clean from weeds,
exotic plants.
till the beginning of October, when they ſhould be
The ſecond and fourth forts are alſo propagated from carefully taken up, and planted in a warm border of
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown on a hot-bed, and when dry ground; and a few of them ſhould be put into
the plants are fit to tranſplant, they ihould be put pots, that they may be ſheltered under a frame in
into pots; and after they have taken root, ſhould be winter; for in ſevere froſt, thoſe which are expoſed
inured to bear the open air by degrees; where they to the open air, are frequently killed; though, in
may remain during the ſummer ſeaſon, but in winter moderate winters, they will live abroad without co-
they muſt be ſheltered under a hot-bed frame. The vering; but it is a ſecure way to preſerve the ſpecies,
fourth fort is much tenderer than the former.
to keep two or three plants in pots, in ſhelter, during
BRYONIA NIGRA. See TAMNUS.
the winter, left thoſe abroad ſhould be deſtroyed.
BUBON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 312. Apium. C. B. 154.
The feeds of this plant is one of the ingredients in
Ferula. Herm. Par. 163. Macedonian Parſley.
Venice treacle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Sicily, from whence
It hath on umbelliferous flower; the greater, or general I received the feeds. This is a low perennial plant,
umbel, is compoſed of about ten ſmaller, thoſe which are having ſhort ſtiff leaves, which are very narrow: the
fituated in the middle being the ſhorteſt; the fmall umbels flower-ſtalk riſes near a foot high, which is terminated
have near twenty rays.
The general involucrum both five by an umbel of ſmall white flowers, which are fuc-
pointed Spear-ſhaped leaves, which ſpread open and are ceeded by ſmall
, oblong, channelled feeds. It flowers
permanent; thoſe of the ſmaller umbels, confijt of many in June, and the feeds ripen in September. It is
little leaves of the ſame length with the umbel : the em- propagated by feeds, and ſhould have a dry foil and
palement of the flower is permanent, ſmall, and indented a warm ſituation, where the plants will continue fe-
in five parts; the flower is composed of five ſpear-ſhaped veral years. It is a plant of little beauty or uſe, ſo
petals, which turn inward; it bath five ſtamina the length is only preſerved for the ſake of variety.
of the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The oval The third fort riſes with an upright ſtalk to the
germen is ſituated below the jlower, ſupporting two briſtly height of eight or ten feet, which at bottom is lig-
Söyles which are permanent, and the length of the stamina, neous, having a purpliſh bark, covered with a whitiſh
crowned by obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward becomes powder, which comes off when handled; the upper
an oval, chamaelled, hairy fruit, dividing in two parts, part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with leaves at every joint,
each having an oval ſeed, plain on one ſide, but convex on the foot-ſtalks half embracing them at their baſe;
the other.
branching out into ſeveral ſmaller, like thoſe of the
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fection common Parſley, and are ſet with leaves like thoſe
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, of Lovage, but ſmaller, of a grey colour; the top
the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
of the ſtalk is terminated by an umbel of yellow
flowers,
a
I
و
و

BUD
BU D
flowers, which are fucceeded hy oblong channelled teſcens foliis conjugatis & ferratis floribus fpicatis lui
feeds, having a thin membrane or wing on their
teis. Houſt. MSS.
border. It flowers in Auguſt, but hath not produced 2. BUDDLEJA (Occidentalis) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis
ſeeds in England. When any part of the plant is integerrimis oppofitis, fpicis interruptis. Buddleja with
broken, there iſſues out a little thin milk of a cream pointed ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are entire, placed
colour, which hath a ſtrong ſcent of Galbanum. oppoſite, and broken ſpikes of flowers. Buddleja fru-
The fourth fort riſes with a ligneous ſtalk about two teſcens foliis oblongis mucronatis, floribus fpicatis
feet high, garniſhed with leaves at each joint, which albis. Houft. MSS.
branch out like the former; but the ſmall leaves or The firſt fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and moſt
lobes are narrow and indented, like thoſe of Baſtard of the other iſlands in America, where it riſes to the
Hemlock. The ſtalk is terminated by a large um- height of ten or twelve feet, with a thick woody
bel of ſmall white flowers, which are fucceeded by ſtem, covered with a grey bark; this ſends out many
feeds like thoſe of the former fort.
branches toward the top, which come out oppoſite ;
Theſe plants are both natives of Africa. They are as are alſo the leaves fo placed, which are oval, and
propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in pots covered with a brown hairy down. At the end of
filled with light loamy earth, as ſoon as they arrive; the branches the flowers are produced in long cloſe
which, if it happens toward autumn, ſhould be ſpikes, branching out in cluſters, which are yellow,
plunged into a bed of tanners bark, where the heat conſiſting of one leaf, cut into four ſegments; theſe
is gone, and ſcreened from froſt in winter: In the are ſucceeded by oblong capſules, filled with ſmall
ſpring the plants will come up, and by the middle of ſeeds. This was ſent me by Dr. Houſtoun, from Ja-
April will be fit to remove, when they ſhould be maica, in 1730, under the title Verbaſci folio minor
carefully ſhaken out of the pots, being careful not to arbor, fioribus ſpicatis luteis tetrapetalis feminibus
tear off their roots, and plant them each into a ſe- ſingulis oblongis in fingulis vaſculis ficcis. Sloan. Cat.
parate ſmall pot, filled with the ſame earth as before;
Jam. 139.
But as this was a vague title, the
then plunge the pots into the tan again, and water
doctor afterward conſtituted a new genus, and gave
them to ſettle the earth to the roots of the plants, and it the title of Buddleja, in memory of Mr. Buddle,
fhade them from the fun in the day time, until they an eminent Engliſh botaniſt.
have taken new root; after this they muſt be inured The ſecond fort the fame gentleman ſent me from
gradually to bear the open air; into which they ſhould Carthagena, where it grows naturally. This is the
be removed in June, and placed with other exotic Ophioxylon Americanum, foliis oblongis mucronatis,
plants in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain
levitèr ferratis bardaræ inftar, fubtus lanuginoſis,
till autumn, when they muſt be removed into the Pluk. Alm. 270. tab. 210. fig. S. and was by Plukenet
green-houſe, and placed where they may enjoy as ſuppoſed to be the ſame with the former, which
much of the fun and air as poflible, but defended from was denied by Sir Hans Sloane in his Hiſtory of Ja-
froſt.
maica.
In winter theſe plants ſhould have but little water
This fort riſes much taller than the firſt, and divides
given them, for much wet is very injurious to them: into a great number of ſlender branches, which are
in fummer, when they are expoſed to the open air, covered with a ruſſet hairy bark, garniſhed with long
they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water in dry ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in ſharp points: theſe
weather, but at no time ſhould have too much wet, grow oppoſite at every joint; at the end of the
for that will rot their roots.
branches are produced branching ſpikes of white
Theſe plants make a pretty variety in the green-houſe flowers, growing in whorls round the ſtalks, with
in winter, and when they are placed abroad in the ſmall ſpaces between each. It hath long, narrow,
ſummer with other green-houſe plants, they have a ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing between the ſpikes,
good effect, eſpecially when they are grown to a large
whereas thoſe of the other fort are naked. The leaves
ſize. They generally flower the third year from ſeeds, of this are much thinner than thoſe of the firſt fort,
but their flowers are produced fo late in ſummer, and have ſcarce any down on their under fide; the
that the feeds have feldomtime to form before the cold ſpikes of Aowers grow more erect, fo form a large
comes on in the autumn; at leaſt for ſome years paſt, looſe ſpike at the end of every branch.
as the ſeaſons have been cold and moiſt, but in warm The plants grow naturally in gullies or other low
ſummers, the fourth fort will perfect ſeeds, if they ſheltered ſpots, in the Weſt-Indies, their branches
ſtand in a warm ſheltered ſituation.
being too tender to reſiſt the force of ſtrong winds, ſo
The Galbanum of the ſhops is ſuppoſed to be pro- are rarely ſeen in open ſituations.
cured from the third fort, for upon breaking the They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ob-
leaves, the juice which flows out from the wound, tained from the countries where they naturally grow,
hath a ſtrong odour of the Galbanum, which is a con- for they do not perfect them in England. Theſe
firmation of it.
ſhould be brought over in their capſules or pods, for
BUCKSHORN, or HARTSHORN. See thoſe which are taken out before they are ſent ſeldom
PLANTAGO.
grow. They ſhould be fown in ſmall pots, filled
BUDDING. See INOCULATING.
with rich light earth, and very lightly covered with
BUDDLEJA. Houſt. MSS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 131. the fame; for as theſe ſeeds are very ſmall, ſo if they
The CHARACTERS are,
are buried deep in the ground, they perifh. The
It hath a ſmall permanent empalement, which is Nightly pots ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, and
cut at the top into five acute parts. The flower is of one muſt be every third or fourth day gently watered,
leaf, bell-Soaped, and quadrifid, the petal being ſtretched being very careful not to waſh the ſeeds out of the
out beyond the empalement; it bath four ſhort ſtamina, ground, by too haſty watering them. If the ſeeds are
which are placed at the diviſions of the petal, terminated freſh and good, the plants will come up in about fix
by Mort ſummits. The oblong germen is ſituated in the weeks, provided they are fown in the ſpring; and if
center, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtig- they grow kindly, will be large enough to tranſplant
ma; the germen afterward becomes an oblong capſule, having in about two months after. Then they ſhould be
two cells filled with ſmall ſeeds.
carefully ſeparated, and each planted into a ſmall pot,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of filled with light rich earth, and plunged into the
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- hot-bed again, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun
nia, the flower having four ftamina and but one until they have taken new root, as alſo to refreſh
ſtyle.
them with water when they require it. After the
The SPECIES are,
plants have taken freſh root in the pots, there ſhould
1. BUDDLEJA (Americana) foliis ovatis ferratis oppoſitis be freſh air admitted to them every day, in pro-
floribus ſpicatis racemofis, caule fruticoſo. Buddleja portion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; they muſt alſo
with oval Jawed leaves, growing oppoſite, flowers growing be frequently, but moderately, refreihed with water.
in branching Spikes, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Buddleja fru- If the plants thrive well, they will have filled theſe
RI
ſmall
;
a

BU G
BUL
a
{mall pots with their roots by the middle of Auguſt, this grows naturally wild in great plenty, ſo it is
at which time it will be proper to ſhift them into feldom admitted into gardens.
pots one ſize larger, that they may have time to take The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps; the
good root again, before the cold weather comes on. leaves of this are much longer than thoſe of the com-
When theſe are new potted, the tan ſhould be turned mon Bugle, the ſtalks are weaker, and decline on
over to renew the heat; and if it is wanted, fome every fide, and the whorls of flowers are much ſmaller,
freſh tan muſt be added to the bed, to encourage and are ranged at a greater diſtance. This is ad-
the roots of the plants. In this bed they may remain mitted into fome gardens for the ſake of variety, and
till autumn, when they muſt be removed into the
propagates in plenty by its trailing ſtalks. This re-
ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed; where they muſt quires a moiſt ſhady ſituation.
conſtantly remain, for they are too tender to thrive in The third ſort grows naturally in France, Germany,
this country, if they are not ſo treated. During the and other countries, but is not a native in England.
winter they muſt have but little water, and ſhould be This grows about four or five inches high, with a
kept warm; but in ſummer they ſhould have freſh
ſingle ſtalk, which is garniſhed with leaves at each
air admitted to them conſtantly when the weather is joint, placed oppoſite; theſe are oval, and indented
warm, and frequently ſprinkled all over with water. bluntly on their edges. The flowers grow in whorls
With this management, the plants will fower the round the ſtalks, and toward the top form a cloſe
fourth year from ſeeds, and continue ſo to do every thick ſpike, and are of a fine blue colour.
year after, and will make a good appearance in the The fourth fort grows naturally in many parts of
ſtove.
Europe. This approaches near to the common Bugle,
BUGLOSSUM. See ANCHUSA, and LYCOPSIS. but the leaves of this are woolly, and the flower-cups
BUGULA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 208. tab. 98. Ajuga. are very hairy, in which the chief difference confifts:
Lin. Gen. Plant. 624. Bugle.
There are two varieties of this, one with a white, and
The CHARACTERS are,
the other a red flower.
It bath a ſhort permanent empalement of one leaf, which The fifth fort was brought from the Levant by Dr.
is ſlightly cut into five parts; the flower is of one leaf, Tournefort, and is preſerved by thoſe who are curious
of the lip kind, having an incurved cylindrical tube; the in collecting rare plants. There are two or three va-
upper lip is very ſmall, erect, and bifid; the under lip or rieties of it, which only differ in the colour of their
beard is large, open, and divided into three obtuſe ſeg- flowers.
ments, the middle being large, and the two fides ſmall; This fort requires a little protection in winter, there-
it hath four erect ftamina, two of which are longer than fore the plants ſhould be planted in pots filled with
the upper lip, and two ſhorter, terminated by double ſum- a loamy ſoil
, and placed in a ſhady ſituation in ſum-
mits. In the center is ſituated the four germen, ſupporting mer; but in the winter they muſt be removed under
a ſlender Style the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a common frame, where they may enjoy as much
two ſender ſtigma. The germen afterward become four free air as poſſible in mild weather, but in hard froſt
naked ſeeds incloſed in the empalement.
ſhould be covered, otherwiſe they will not live thro'
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of the winter in this country, unleſs it proves very fa-
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym- vourable.
noſpermia, the flower having two long, and two This may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ſhort ſtamina, and is fucceeded by naked ſeeds. fown foon after it is ripe, in a pot filled with loamy
The SPECIES are,
earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation till autumn,
1. BUGULA (Reptans) foliis caulinis femiamplexicauli- when it ſhould be removed under a frame, where it
bus, ſtolonibus reptatricibus. Bugle whoſe leaves half may be ſcreened from hard froſt. In the ſpring the
embrace the ſtalks, and Moots which put out roots. Bu- plants will come up, which ſhould be tranſplanted
gula. Dod. Pempt. 135. Common Bugle.
into ſeparate pots as ſoon as they are ſtrong enough
2. BUGULA (Decumbens) foliis oblongo-ovatis, caulibus to remove, and, in ſummer, placed in the ſhade, and
decumbentibus, verticillis diſtantibus. Bugle with ob- treated as the old plants. It flowers in May, and the
long oval leaves, declining ſtalks, and the whorls of flowers ſeeds ripen the latter end of July. It may alſo be
wide aſunder. Bugula folio maximo flore pallide cæ- increaſed by offsets, but this is a flow method, be-
ruleo. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. 184.
cauſe the plants put out but few of them, eſpecially
3. BUGULA (Pyramidalis) foliis obtuſe-dentatis, caule while they are young, ſo the other method is chiefly
fimplici. Bugle with blunt indented leaves, and a ſingle practiſed.
ſtalk. Ajuga tetragono pyramidalis. Lin. Sp. Plant. All the other forts are hardy enough, and are eaſily
561.
multiplied by their ſide ſhoots; theſe delight in a moiſt
4. BUGULA (Genevenſis) foliis oblongis tomentofis, ca- ſhady ſituation, where they are apt to ſpread too
lycibus hirſutis. Bugle with oblong woolly leaves, and much, eſpecially the two firſt forts.
hairy flower-cups. Bugula carneo flore. Cluf. Hift. 2. BULB [Bulbus, Lat. of Boneos, Gr.] Bulbous roots are
p. 43
of two forts, viz. tunicated (or coated) and ſquamous
5. BUGULA (Orientalis) villoſa, foliis ovato-dentatis fef- (or ſcaly.) A tunicated root conſiſts of many coats,
filibus, floribus reſupinatis. Hairy Bugle with oval in- involving each other; as in the Onion, Tulip, &c.
dented leaves, placed cloſe to the ſtalks, and inverted flow- whoſe roots, if cut through the middle, plainly ſhew
ers. Bugula orientalis villoſa flore inverſo candido the ſeveral coats. A ſquamous root conſiſts of many
cum oris purpureis. Tourn. Cor. 14.
ſcales, lying over each other like tiles upon a houſe,
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods, and ſhady or ſcales on fiſh; of this kind are the Lily, Marta-
moiſt places, in moſt parts of England, where it
ſpreads and increaſes greatly by the ſide ſhoots, which BULBINE. See ANTHERICUM.
put out roots at their joints. There are two varieties BULBOCASTANUM. See BUNIUM.
of this, one with a white, and the other a pale purple BULBOCODIUM. Tourn. Cor. 50. Lin. Gen.
flower, which I obſerved growing in ſeveral parts of
Plant. 368.
Weſtinoreland; but theſe do not differ in any other The CHARACTERS are,
reſpect than in the colour of their flowers from the The flower hath no empalement, it is funnel-ſhaped, and
common, therefore I have only mentioned them as compoſed of six petals, which are concave, having long,
varieties.
narrow necks, conneEted at the mouth, but are ſpear-
The common Bugle is greatly eſteemed as a vulne- ſhaped above. It hath fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than
rary herb, and is uſed both internally and externally; the petals, and are inſerted in their middle, having in-
it enters as an ingredient into the vulnerary decoc- cumbent ſummits. It hath on oval, blunt, three-cornered
tions of the ſurgeons, and is commended externally, germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by three ob-
applied to ulcers.
This is conſtantly mixed with long ere&t ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
the vulnerary herbs, imported from Switzerland. It triangular pointed capſule, having three cells, which are
is titled Conſolida Media, or Middle Confound. As filled with angular ſeeds.
gon, &c.
This

B UN
BU N
а.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of fummits, which are bifid at their baſe. In the center is
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, ſituated an oblong germen, having no Style, but crotoned
the flower having fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
by an obtufe Stigma. The germen afterward becomes an
The SPECIES are,
irregular, ſhort, oval pod, with four angles; one or other
1. BULBOCODIUM (Alpinum) foliis fubulato-linearibus. of which is prominent and pointed, incloſing one or two
Prod. Leyd. 41. Bulbocodium with narrow awl-ſhaped roundiſh feeds.
leaves. Bulbocodium Alpinum juncifolium fore unico This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſectiori
intus albo extus ſquallide rubente. Raii Syn. Ed. 3. of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia
p. 374.
Siliquoſa, the flowers having four long and two ſhort
2. BULBOCODIUM (Vernum) foliis lanceolatis. Prod. Leyd. ſtamina, and are ſucceeded by pods.
41. Bulbocodium with Spear-ſhaped leaves. Colchicum The SPECIES are,
vernum Hiſpanicum. C. B. P. 69.
1. BUNIAS (Orientalis) filiculis ovatis gibbis verrucofis.
The firſt ſort grows naturally upon the Alps, and Lin. Sp. Plant. 670. Bunias with oval convex pods,
alſo upon Snowdon hills, in Wales. This hath a ſmall having protuberances. Crambe Orientalis dentis leonis
bulbous root, which is covered with a rough hairy folio erucaginis facie. Tourn. Cor. 14.
ſkin; from which ariſes a few long narrow leaves, 2. BUNIAS (Ěrucago) filiculis tetragonis angulis bicriſta-
ſomewhat like thoſe of the Saffron, but narrower; in tis. Lin. Sp. Plant
. Bunias with ſhort four-cornered
the middle of theſe the flower comes out, which pods, whoſe angles are doubly creſted. Erucago Monfpe-
ſtands on the top of the foot-ſtalk, growing erect, and liaca ſiliqua quadrangula echinata. C. B. P. 99.
is ſhaped like thoſe of the Crocus, but ſmaller, the 3. BUNIAS (Cakile) filiculis ovatis levibus ancipitibus.
foot-ſtalk riſes about three inches high, and hath four Lin. Sp: Plant. 670. Bunias with ſmooth oval pods,
or five ſhort narrow leaves placed alternately upon it ſtanding on each ſide the ſtalk. Eruca maritima Italica,
below the flower. This flowers in March, and the filiqua haftæ cufpidi ſimili. C. B. P. 99. .
ſeeds are ripe in May, when it grows in a garden, but The firſt fort grows naturally in the Levant, from
where it grows naturally it is much later.
whence Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the Royal
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain, but hath Garden at Paris. This hath a perennial root, and an
been long cultivated in gardens. It hath a bulbous annual ſtalk. It ſends out many oblong leaves, which
root, ſhaped like thoſe of the Snowdrop, covered with ſpread on every ſide near the ground, and are deeply
a brown ſkin, ſending out three or four ſpear-ſhaped jagged on their edges, like thoſe of the Dandelion;
concave leaves, between which comes out the flower, from between theſe ariſe the ſtalks, which grow up-
ftanding on a very ſhort foot-ſtalk, compoſed of fix wards of two feet high, fending out branches gar-
petals, three ſtanding on the outſide, and three within niſhed at each joint by one oblong ſharp-pointed
between the other; theſe, when they firſt appear, leaf, eared at the baſe, where they fit cloſe to the
are of a pale colour, but afterward change to a bright
ſtalk. The branches are terminated by long looſe
purple; when theſe decay, they are ſucceeded by ſpikes of yellow flowers, compoſed of four leaves,
triangular ſeed-veſſels, which are full of ſmall roundiſh ſhaped like thoſe of the Cabbage; theſe are fuc-
ſeeds. It produces the flowers about the ſame time ceeded by ſhort, oval, rough pods, ending in a point,
with the firft.
incloſing one round feed. It flowers in June, and
Theſe plants are propagated by offsets, in the ſame the feeds are ripe in September.
manner as other bulbous rooted flowers. The time The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
to remove them, is ſoon after their leaves decay, but France and Italy; this is an annual plant, ſending
the roots may be kept out of the ground two months out many branches, which ſpread, and incline toward
without prejudice at that ſeaſon. They ſhould not be the ground; garniſhed with glaucous leaves, which are
removed oftener than every third year, for their roots deeply divided into many ſegments, almoſt like thoſe
do not multiply very faſt, fo by ſuffering them to re- of Swines Creſs. The flowers are produced fingly from
main, they will flower much ſtronger, and make a the wings of the leaves, toward the extremity of the
greater increaſe than if they are often taken up. branches; theſe are very ſmall, of a pale yellowiſh
The firſt fort requires an eaſtern aſpect, for if it hath colour, compoſed of four petals, placed in form of
too much ſun, it will not thrive, but the ſecond a croſs, which are ſucceeded by ſhort pods, which are
ſhould have a warmer ſituation, ſo may be planted in creſted on each ſide, containing one or two roundiſh
a fouth border, and ſhould have a freíh loamy foil, ſeeds.
but not dunged. They may alſo be propagated by The third fort grows naturally about Mentpelier ;
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in pots filled with freſh this is alſo an annual plant, ſending out many oblong
loamy earth in September, and the latter end of Oc- leaves near the root, which are hairy, deeply cut on
tober, the pots ſhould be placed under a frame, to each fide, and ſpread on the ground; between theſe
protect them from ſevere froſt; in the ſpring the ariſe two or three ſtalks, which grow a foot and a
plants will appear, when they may be removed out half high, fending out ſeveral fide branches, gar-
of the frame, and placed where they may have the niſhed with oblong rough leaves, indented on their
morning ſun, but ſcreened from the ſouth. In very edges; the upper part of the branches are deſtitute
dry weather, they ſhould be refreſhed now and then of leaves, but have flowers placed alternately on each
with a little water, while their leaves continue
green; fide, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks, which are purple,
but, when thefe decay, the pots ſhould be removed and compoſed of four petals; theſe are ſucceeded
to a ſhady ſituation, where they may remain till au- by oval-pointed pods, containing one or two roundiſh
tumn, obſerving to keep them clean from weeds. In ſeeds; there is a variety of this with narrow leaves.
October there ſhould be a little freſh earth laid on Theſe plants are all propagated by feed: the firſt fort
the ſurface of the other, and the pots placed in ſhelter may be fown where the plants are deſigned to remain,
again till the following ſpring, when they muſt be in the beginning of April, and when the plants
treated in the ſame manner as the former year, till come up, they ſhould be thinned, leaving them two
their leaves decay; then the roots ſhould be carefully feet aſunder, after which they will require no other
taken up, and tranſplanted into the borders of the care but to keep them clean from weeds. The ſecond
flower-garden, treating them as the old roots; the year they will produce flowers and feeds, and the
ſpring following they will produce their flowers. roots will abide many years after.
BUNIAS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 737.
The other two ſorts muſt be fown where they are to
The CHARACTERS are,
remain, but the beſt time is in autumn, becauſe thoſe
The empalement is compoſed of four oblong Spreading leaves, which are ſown in the ſpring often fail, or do not
which fall away. The flower bath four petals, placed in come up time enough to perfect their feeds. Theſe
form of a croſs, which are oval, and double the length require no other culture but to keep them clean
of the empalement, joined at their baſe, and erect. It hath from weeds, and thin the plants to one foot diſtance,
fix ſtamina the length of the cup, two of which are op- BUNIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 298. Bulbocaſtanum.
poſite, and ſhorter than the other four, terminated by ere Et Tourn. Inft. 312. tab. 161. Pig Nut, or Earth Nut,
The
a
a
a
a

B UP
B UP
Inft. 312.
a
Inft. 497
The CHARACTERS are,
der is cut into many parts; the female flowers which com-
The great or general umbel is compoſed of near twenty poſe the rays (or border) are ſtretched out on one ſide like
rays or ſmall umbels, which are ſhort, and cloſe together. a tongue, which ſpreads open, and is indented at the top
The involucrum of the great umbel is compoſed of many in three parts; theſe have no ſtamina, but a double-headed
short narrow leaves, thoſe of the ſmaller are the same, but germen, Supporting a fender ſtyle, crowned by two oblong
are as long as the umbels. The proper empalement of the Stigma. The germen becomes a ſingle compreſſed ſeed, cut
flower is ſcarce diſcernible. The rays of the great umbel on each ſide.
are uniform. The flowers have five heart-ſhaped petals This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
which are equal, and turn inwards they have five ſtamina of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
which are shorter than the petals, terminated by fingle Polygamia ſuperflua, the flowers having hermaphro-
Summits; the oblong germen is ſituated below the recep- dite and female florets, included in one common em-
tacle, ſupporting two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by a blunt palement, which are both fruitful.
ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval fruit,
The SPECIES are,
dividing in two parts, containing two oval ſeeds, plain 1. BUPHTHALMUM (Helianthoides) calycibus foliolis, fo-
on one ſide, and convex on the other.
liis oppoſitis ovatis ferratis triplinerviis caule herba-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ceo. Hort. Upfal. 264. Ox-eye with a leafy empalement,
of Linnæus's fifth claſs of plants, intitled Pentandria oval ſawed leaves placed oppoſite, having three veins,
Digynia, the flower having five ſtamina and two and an herbaceous ſtalk. Chryſanthemum Scrophulariæ
ſtyles.
folio Americanum. Pluk. Alm. 99. tab. 22. fig. 1.
The SPECIES are,
2. BUPHTHALMUM (Grandiflorum) foliis alternis lanceo-
1. BUNIUM (Bulbocaſtanum) bulbo globofo. Sauv. Monſp. latis fubdenticulatis glabris, calycibus nudis caule
256. Earth Nut with a globular root. Bulbocaſtanum herbaceo. Hort. Cliff. 415. Ox-eye with ſmooth ſpear-
majus folio Apii. C. B. P. 162.
shaped leaves (indented below;) naked empalements, and an
2. BUNIUM (Creticun) radice turbinato. Earth Nit with berbaceous ſtalk. Afteroides Alpina falicis folio gla-
a turbinated root. Bulbocaſtanum Creticum radice bro. Tourn. Cor. 51. tab. 487.
napi-formi. Tourn. Cor.
3. BUPHTHALMUM (Salicifolium) foliis alternis lanceola-
3. BUNIUM (Saxatile) foliis tripartitis filiformibus linea- tis fubferratis villofis calycibus nudis caule herbaceo.
ribus. Earth Nut with very narrow tripartite leaves
. Hort. Cliff. 414. Ox-eye with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed
Bulbocaſtanuin minus ſaxatile Peucedani folio. Tourn. alternate, ſawed below and hairy, naked empalements, and
an herbaceous ſtalk. After luteus major, foliis fucciſze.
The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt paſtures, and C. B. P. 266.
in woods, in many parts of England. Of this there 4. BUPHTHALMUM (Spinoſum) calycibus acutè foliofis,
is a variety, ſuppoſed to be larger than that which ramis alternis, foliis lanceolatis amplexicaulibus inte-
grows commonly here, but I could never obſerve gerrimis caule herbaceo. Hort. Cliff. 414. Ox-eye with
any eſſential difference between them; for in fome acute leafy empalements, branches placed alternate, and
places it is found much larger than in others, but when entire leaves embracing the ſtalks, which are herbaceous.
they have been tranſplanted into a garden, they have Afteriſcus annuus, foliis ad florem rigidis. Tourn.
proved to be the ſame. This hath a tuberous folid
root which lies deep in the ground, and puts out fi- 5. BUPHTHALMUM (Seſile) floribus axillaribus calycibus
bres from the bottom and fides. The leaves are finely folioſis, fpinis terminalibus, foliis oblongis obtuſis
cut, and lie near the ground. The ſtalk riſes a foot ſeſlilibus. Ox-eye with flowers coming from the forks of
and a half high, which is round, channelled, and fo- the branches, leafy empalements ending with ſpines, and
lid, the lower part being naked; but above, where oblong blunt leaves growing cloſe to the branches. Afte-
it branches out, there is one leaf placed below every riſcus annuus maritimus patulus. Tourn. Inft. 498.
branch, which are cut into finer ſegments than thoſe 6. BUPHTHALMUM (Maritimum) calycibus obtusè folioſis
below. The flowers are white, and ſhaped like thoſe pedunculatis, ramis foliis alternis, fpatulatis caule
of other umbelliferous plants; the ſeeds are ſmall, ob- herbaceo. Hort. Cliff. 414. Ox-eye with blunt leafy em-
long, and when ripe are channelled. It flowers in palements, having foot-ſtalks, alternate leaves, and on
May, and the ſeeds ripen in July, foon after which, herbaceous ſtalk. Afteriſcus maritimus perennis patu-
the whole herb decays to the ground.
lus. Tourn. Inft. 498.
The roots of this fort are frequently dug up, and by 7. BUPHTHALMUM (Aquaticum) calycibus obtuse folioſis
the poorer ſort of people are eaten raw, having much feffilibus axillaribus, foliis alternis oblongis obtuſis
reſemblance in taſte to the Cheſnut, from whence it caule herbaceo. Hort. Cliff. 414. Ox-eye with blunt
had the title of Bulbocaſtanum. Theſe roots, when leafy empalements fitting cloſe to the forks of the ſtalk,
boiled, are very pleaſant and delicious, and are fup- oblong blunt leaves, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Afteriſcus
poſed to afford great nouriſhment. The ſwine are very annuus Luſitanicus odoratus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 105.
fond of theſe roots, and will root them up, when they 8. BUPHTHALMUM (Fruteſcens) foliis oppofitis lanceola-
are admitted where they grow, and will ſoon become tis petiolatis bidentatis caule fruticoſo. Hort. Cliff.
fat with feeding on them.
415. Ox-eye with Spear-ſhaped leaves growing oppoſite,
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in having foot-ftalks with two teeth, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
the iſland of Crete, but it grows naturally in many Aſteriſcus fruteſcens leucoii foliis fereceis & incanis.
other parts of the Levant. I received dried fam- Hort. Elth. 44. tab. 38.
ples and feeds of this from Zant, where it grows 9. BUPHTHALMUM (Arboreſcens) foliis oppoſitis lanceola-
plentifully.
tis craffis, glabris utrinque viridibus foribus pedun-
The third fort I received from the Alps. This is a culatis. Ox-eye with thick, ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped leaves
very low plant, feldom riſing above fix inches high. growing oppoſite, green on both ſides, flowers having foot-
Theſe plants delight to grow among graſs, ſo cannot ſtalks, and a tree-like ſtalk. Afterifcus fruteſcens leu-
be made to thrive well long in a garden.
coii foliis viridibus & fplendentibus. Hort. Elth. 43.
BUPHTHALMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 876. Al-
teriſcus. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. tab. 285. Ox-eye. 10. BUPHTHALMUM (Incanum) foliis oppofitis lineari-
The CHARACTERS are,
lanceolatis craffis incanis, fioribus feffilibus caule fru-
The empalement is different in the ſeveral ſpecies. It ticoſo. Ox-eye with thick, hoary, narrow, Spear-ſhaped
hath a compound radiated flower, compoſed of hermaphro- leaves placed oppoſite, flowers growing cloſe to the branches,
dite and female florets. The hermaphrodite florets com- and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Afterifcus fruteſcens leucoii fo-
poſe the diſk; theſe are funnel-Shaped, and cut into five liis anguftiffimis fereceis & incanis. Ind. Hort.
parts at the brim, which ſpread open, and have five flen-
der ſtamina, which are ſhort, terminated by cylindrical The firſt fort grows naturally in North America.
ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oval compreſſed ger- This hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk : from
men, ſupporting a fonder Style, crowned by a thick ſtigma. the root there ariſes many ſtalks, in number propor-
The germen afterward becomes an oblong ſeed, whoſe bor- tional to the ſize of the roots; theſe grow upward of
a
a
tab. 38.
Chelf. 27.
2
fix

B UP
BUP
a
a
3
a
autumn.
fix feet high, garniſhed at each joint with two ob-
long heart-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, which have
three longitudinal veins, the baſe on one ſide being
ſhorter than the other. The flowers come out at the
extremity of the branches, having a leafy empale-
ment; they are radiated, of a bright yellow colour,
reſembling a ſmall Sun-flower, from whence the in-
habitants of America have given it that appellation.
It flowers in Auguſt, and when the autumns prove
favourable, the feeds will ripen in England; but as
it propagates eaſily by parting the roots, there are
few perſons who are ſolicitous about the feed. The
beſt time to tranſplant and part the roots, is toward
the end of October, when the ſtalks begin to decay.
Theſe ſhould be removed every other year, to pre-
vent their ſpreading too far ; they are very hardy, ſo
will thrive in any ſituation: but as the roots are apt
to extend, they are not proper for the borders of
ſmall flower-gardens; but in large borders, on the
fides of rural walks, or in ſpaces between ſhrubs,
they will be ornamental during their ſeaſon of flow-
ering
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, as alſo
in Auſtria, Italy, and the ſouth of France. This
hath a perennial root, and an annual ſtalk; it grows
near two feet high, with ſlender branching ſtalks,
garniſhed with oblong ſmooth leaves ending in a
point; the flowers grow at the extremity of the
branches, which are of a bright yellow colour, ra-
diated round their borders like thoſe of the Starwort.
It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in
There are two or three varieties of this,
differing in the breadth of their leaves and ſize of their
flowers, but from the ſame ſeeds all theſe have been
produced
This fort is generally propagated by parting the roots,
which may be performed at the ſame time, and in
the ſame manner as is directed for the firſt fort. As
this doth not ſpread ſo much as the former, a few
roots may be allowed room in the borders of the
flower-garden, eſpecially thoſe which have little fun,
where theſe will continue a long time in flower.
The third fort is ſomewhat like the ſecond, but the
leaves are broader and obtuſe; the ſtalks and leaves
are alſo hairy, in which conſiſts their difference. This
flowers at the ſame time with the former, and is
pro-
pagated in the ſame manner.
The fourth fort riſes a foot and a half high: the
ſtalks divide into many branches upward; the fide
branches riſe much above the middle ſtalk, garniſhed
with ſpear-ſhaped hairy leaves, placed alternately;
the flowers are produced at the forks of the branches
on ſhort foot-ſtalks; the empalement conſiſts of ſeven
long, ſtiff, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in a ſharp
point; theſe ſpread out beyond the rays of the flower
in form of a ſtar. The flower fits cloſe upon the em-
palement, the border or rays being compoſed of
many female florets, which have one ſide ſtretched
cut like a tongue, and indented at the end in three
parts; the middle or diſk of the flower is compoſed
of hermaphrodite flowers, which are tubulous, fun-
nel-ſhaped, and ſlightly indented in five parts at the
brim; they are of a bright yellow colour, and are fuc-
ceeded by oblong compreſſed feeds.
The plants
flower in June and July, and their ſeeds ripen in Sep-
tember, foon after which the plants decay.
The ſeeds of this ſhould be ſown the beginning of
April, on open borders, where they are to remain,
and will require no other care, but to keep them clear
of weeds, and thin them to the diſtance of a foot and
a half, that their branches may have room to ſpread.
If the ſeeds are ſown in the autumn, or are permitted
to fall when ripe, the plants will come up ſoon after, ,
and theſe will more certainly ripen ſeeds than the
(pring plants.
The fifth and ſeventh forts are alſo annual plants,
which grow naturally in the ſame countries with the
laſt. Theſe feldom grow more than one foot high in
gardens, and where they are wild not ſo high, but
lend out many ſpreading alternate branches near the
root: their leaves, which are oblong, blunt, and
hairy, are placed alternate, growing cloſe to the
branches without any foot-ſtalks; the leaves of the
empalement of the fifth fort end in a very fharp ſpine,
and are much broader at their baſe than either of the
other. The flowers of all theſe have much the ap-
pearance of thoſe of the laſt, but ſome are ſmaller,
and thoſe of the ſeventh fort have an agreeable odour,
They flower at the ſame ſeaſon, and are propagated
in the ſame manner.
The fixth fort is a low perennial plant with a fhrubby
ftalk, which rarely riſes a foot high, ſending out
many ſpreading branches from the ſtem, garniſhed
with hairy leaves, which are narrow at their baſe, but
broad and roundiſh at their extremity; the flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, they are
yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of the former forts,
but the leaves of the empalement are ſoft and obtuſe.
Theſe are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in England, but
the plant is eaſily propagated by ſlips during the ſum-
mer ſeaſon ; if the cuttings are planted in a bed of
freſh loamy earth, and covered with a hand-glaſs, ob-
ſerving to ſhade them from the ſun in the heat of the
day, and frequently refreſhed with water, they will
take root in about fix weeks, when they ſhould be
carefully taken up, and each planted in a ſeparate
ſmall pot filled with freſh undunged earth, and placed
in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken freſh root;
after which they may be removed to a ſheltered fitu-
ation, where they may remain till the end of October,
when they muſt be removed to a frame for the winter
ſeaſon, being too tender to live abroad in winter in
this country; but as they only require protection
from hard froſts, they will thrive better when they
have a great ſhare of air in mild weather, than if
confined in a green-houſe ; therefore the beſt method
is to place them in a common frame, where they may
be fully expoſed in mild weather, but ſcreened from
the froſt. This ſort grows naturally in Sicily. It
flowers great part of the year, which renders it the
more valuable.
The eighth fort riſes with ſeveral woody ſtems from
the root, which grow to the height of eight or ten
feet, garniſhed with leaves very unequal in ſize, fome
of which are narrow and long, others are broad and
obtuſe; theſe are intermixed, ſometimes coming out
at the ſame joint, and often at the intermediate one ;
they are ſoft, hoary, and placed oppoſite. The foot-
ſtalks of the larger leaves have, on their upper fide,
near their baſe, two ſharp teeth ſtanding upward, and
a little higher there are generally two or three more,
growing on the edge of the leaves. The flowers are
produced at the ends of the branches ſingle; theſe
are of a pale yellow colour, and have ſcaly empale-
It grows naturally in America. I received
another fort of this from the Havannah, which was
found growing naturally there by Dr. Houſtoun, who
ſent it by the following title, Chryſanthemum fruti-
cofum maritimum, foliis glaucis oblongis, flore lu-
teo. Sloan. Hift. Jam. I. p. 125. The leaves of this
are ſhorter and thicker than thoſe of the tenth fort,
and have no teeth on their foot-ſtalks, but in other
reſpects are very like it; the plants are not ſo hardy.
The eighth has been long preſerved in the Engliſh
gardens, and was originally brought from Virginia,
as I was informed by the Biſhop of London's gar-
dener, who raiſed it in 1696 at Fulham.
The ninth fort grows naturally in the Bahama Inlands,
from whence I have ſeveral times received the feeds.
This feldom grows much more than three feet high,
ſending out many ſtalks from the root, which are
ſucculent, except near the root, where they are lig-
neous, garniſhed with thick, fucculent, ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed oppoſite; the flowers are produced at
the end of the branches upon foot-ſtalks which are
two inches long. Theſe flowers are larger than thoſe
of the eighth fort, of a bright yellow colour. They
appear in July, Auguſt, and September, but often
continue till the end of October.
,
ments.
a
SS
The

B UP
B UP
ear,
fol. 1.
The tenth fort grows in the Bahama iliands, from 4. BUPLEURUM (Rigidum) caule dichotomo fubnudo, in-
whence I received the ſeeds. This ſends out many volucris minimis acutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 238. Hare's-
flender ſtalks from the root, which riſe near three feet ear with ſtalks growing from the diviſion of the branches,
high, garniſhed with long, narrow, thick, fucculent which have no leaves below, and a very ſmall pointed in-
leaves, which are very hoary, growing oppofite, em- volucrum. Bupleurum folio rigido. C. B. P. 278.
bracing the ſtalk at their baſe; the Howers are yel- 5.BUPLEURUM (Tenuiſſimum) umbellis fimplicibus alternis
low, and are produced at the end of the ſhoots, hav- pentaphyllis fubtrifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 238. Hare's
ing very ſhort foot-ſtalks. Theſe appear at the ſame
ear with ſingle umbels growing alternate, and five leaves
time with thoſe of the ninth fort.
under each three flowers. Bupleurum anguſtiſſimo fo-
As theſe three forts do not perfect their feeds in this
lio. C. B. P. 278.
country, they are propagated by cuttings. They 6. BUPLEURUM (Fruticoſum) fruteſcens, foliis obovatis
hould be planted in July, when the plants have been integerrimis
. Lin. Sp. Plant. 238. Shrubby Hare's-ear
for ſome time expoſed to the open air, whereby their with oblong oval leaves which are entire. Bupleurum ar-
ſhoots will be hardened and better prepared to take boreſcens falicis folio. Tourn. Inft. 310. Sefeli Æ-
root, than when they firſt come abroad. The cut-
thiopicum frutex. Dod. Pempt. 312. Shrubby Hart-
tings ſhould be planted in ſmall pots filled with light wort of Æthiopia.
loamy earth, and plunged into a very gentle warmth, 7. BUPLEURUM (Difforme) fruteſcens, foliis vernalibus
obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun in the heat of
decompoſitis planis inciſis, æſtivalibus filiformibus
the day, and gently refreſh them with water, but it angulatis trifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 238. Shrubby Hare's-
muſt be given to them ſparingly, for much wet whoſe Spring leaves are decompounded, plein, and cut,
will rot them. In about ſix weeks theſe will have
and the ſummer leaves are narrow, angular, ond trifid.
taken root, when they muſt be gradually inured to Bupleurum fruteſcens foliis ex uno puncto plurimis
bear the open air ; and ſoon after they ſhould be each junceis tetragonis. Burman. Afr. 195. tab. 71.
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light loamy
earth, and placed in the ſhade until they have taken The firſt fort grows naturally upon chalky land
freſh root; after which they may be removed to a ſhel- among wheat, in ſeveral parts of England, ſo is ſel-
tered fituation, where they may remain till the middle dom admitted into gardens. The leaves and feeds
of October, when they muſt be removed in the of this plant are uſed in medicine; the herb is eſteem-
green-houſe. The eighth fort being hardier than either
ed good for diſſolving ſcrophulous tumours, and is
of the other, may be placed in a common green- by fome uſed for internal ailments, ruptures, and
houſe; but the other two will thrive better in a warm bruiſes from a fall. It is called Thoroughwax in
glaſs-caſe, where they will receive more ſun, and Engliſh.
have a drier air. During the winter, they ſhould have The ſecond, third, fourth, and fifth forts are annual.
but little moiſture, and in very mild weather they The fifth fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Eng-
ſhould have freſh air admitted to them. In the ſum- land, the others are natives of the Alps and Pyrenees;
mer they muſt be placed abroad in a ſheltered fitu- theſe are ſeldom cultivated but in botanic gardens for
ation, and treated in the ſame manner as other ex- the ſake of variety. Thoſe who are deſirous to have
otic plants.
any of theſe ſpecies in their gardens, ſhould fow their
BUPLEUROIDES. See PHYLLIS.
ſeeds in autumn, where the plants are deſigned to
BUPLEURUM [ſo called, from Boús, Bos, and remain, for they do not bear tranſplanting well, and
wheupòv, coſta, latus, becauſe it is commonly believed, keep the plants clean from weeds, which is all the
that if cows eat of it, it will burft their bellies.] Lin. culture they require. They flower in June and July,
Gen. Plant. 291. Hare's-ear.
and their feeds ripen in September.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſixth fort hath a woody ſtem, which fends out
It is a plant with an umbellated flower ; the rays of the many branches, ſo as to form a large head or buſh,
principal umbel are thin, conſiſting of ten ſmaller umbels, covered with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with ob-
which are ere&t and spread. The involucrum of the great long, oval, ſtiff leaves, which are very ſmooth, of a
umbel is compoſed of many oval pointed leaves, thoſe of ſea-green colour; the ends of the branches are ter-
the small have five. The flower hath five ſmall beart- minated by umbels of yellow flowers ſomewhat like
Maped petals, which are inflexed; it hath five ſlender ſta- thoſe of Fennel. Theſe come out in Auguſt, but
mino, which are terminated by roundiſh ſummits. Theger- are ſeldom fucceeded by perfect feeds in England.
men is ſituated below the flower, ſupporting two ſmall re- It grows naturally in the ſouth of France and Italy,
flexed ſtyles, crowned by a ſmall ſtigma. The germen af- near the borders of the ſea.
terword becomes a roundiſh compreſſed fruit which is It is commonly known among gardeners by the title
channelled, dividing in two parts, containing two oblong of Shrubby Æthiopian Hartwort, and is now pro-
channelled ſeeds, convex on one ſide, and plain on the other. pagated in the nurſery-gardens for ſale. This grows
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection five or fix feet high, forming a large regular buſh,
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, entitled Pentandria Digynia, the leaves continuing green through the year render
the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
it more valuable. It is hardy, fo will thrive in the
The SPECIES are,
open air, and may be intermixed with other ever-
I. BUPLEURUM (Rotundifolium) involucris univerſali-
green ſhrubs of the ſame growth, in the front of taller
bus nullis, foliis perfoliatis. Hort. Upſal. 64. Hare's trees, where their ſtems are deſigned to be excluded
ear, whoſe greater umbel-bhath no involucrum, and the
from fight. It is propagated by cuttings, which
ftalks growing through the leaves. Perfoliata vulgatif- ſhould be planted in pots filled with freſh loamy earth,
fina live arvenſis. C. B. P. 277.
and in winter fheltered under a hot-bed frame; in
2. BUPLEURUM ( Anguloſum) involucellis pentaphyllis or- the ſpring the cuttings will put out roots, but they
biculatis, univerſali triphyllo ovato, foliis amplexi- will not be fit to tranſplant till the autumn following;
caulibus cordato-lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 236. ſo the pots ſhould be placed in a ſhady ſituation in
Here's-ear with the ſmall involucrum compoſed of five or- ſummer, and in dry weather they muſt be refreſhed
bicular leaves, the larger of three oval ones, and heart
with water.
The young plants may be planted in a
a
Spear-ſhaped leaves embracing the ſtalk. Perfoliata Al- nurſery-bed at two feet diſtance for a year or two to
pina anguſtifolia major folio anguloſo. C. B. P. get ſtrength, and then tranſplanted where they are to
3. BUPLEURUM (Odontitis) involucellis pentaphyllis acu- remain.
tis, univerſali triphyllo, flofculo centrali altiore, ra- The ſeventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
mis divaricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 237. Hare's-ear with Hope, from whence it was introduced to the gardens
ſmaller involucrii, compoſed of five pointed leaves which in Holland. This riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk to the
are acute, thoſe of the larger three-leaved, the flower in height of five or fix feet, ſending out ſome fide
the center taller, and the branches ſpreading from each branches, which in the ſpring have their lower parts
other. Perfoliata minor anguſtifolia, Bupleuri folio. garniſhed with leaves compoſed of many ſmall plain
C. B. P.277
lobes, which are finely cut like thoſe of Coriander,
of
3
I

BUR
BU T
و
of a ſea-green colour, theſe leaves foon fall off, and will not thrive when planted in dry ground, and being
the upper part of the branches are cloſely covered too tender to live abroad in England, renders them
with long ruſh-like leaves having four angles, which very difficult to preſerve; therefore whoever is de-
come out in cluſters from each joint. The flowers ſirous to have them, ſhould plant them in pots, which
grow in ſpreading umbels at the extremity of the ſhould be plunged in troughs of water, ſo deep as to
branches, which are ſmall and of an herbaceous co- cover the ſurface of the mould therein about three
lour, and are fucceeded by oblong channelled feeds. inches. Thoſe troughs in which the firſt fort is
This ſort is commonly propagated by cuttings, which planted, ſhould be placed in a warm ſtove, where
readily take root, if they are planted in April in they ſhould conſtantly remain, being careful to ſupply
pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a mo- the water as it may diminiſh in the troughs from time
derate hot-bed, and when they have taken root, they to time. The troughs in which the ſecond ſort is
fhould be inured to the open air by degrees, and af- put, ſhould be placed in a green-houſe in winter to
ter they have obtained ſtrength, may be planted each protect the plants from froſt, but in ſummer they
into a ſeparate pot filled with light loamy earth, may be expoſed in the open air, with this manage-
placing them in the ſhade, till they have taken freſh ment, if carefully attended to, the plants may be pre-
root, when they may be placed with other exotic ſerved, and ſometimes may be brought to produce
plants in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain flowers.
till the autumn, when they muſt be removed into the BURNET. See POTERIUM and SANGUISORBA.
green-houſe, and placed with ſuch hardy plants as BURSA PASTORIS, Shepherds-pouch. This is
require a large ſhare of air in mild weather, and only a common weed in moſt parts of England; which
require a protection from froſt.
propagates ſo faſt by feeds, as not to be eaſily cleared
If this plant is propagated by feeds, they ſhould be when they are permitted to ſhed; for there are com-
ſown in the autumn, ſoon after they are ripe, in pots monly four generations of this plant from ſeeds in a
filled with light earth, which muſt be ſheltered under year, ſo faſt does the feed ripen, and the plants come
a frame in winter, and in the ſpring removed to a up; therefore it cannot be too ſoon or carefully rooted
very gentle hot-bed, which will ſoon bring up the out of a garden.
plants; theſe muſt be inured to bear the open air by BUTOMUS, [Béropov, of Bås, an ox, and réurw, to cut,
degrees, and then treated in the ſame manner as thoſe ſo called, becauſe the leaves of it are ſo acute, that
raiſed from cuttings. This plant flowers in July, and the tongue and lips of oxen, which are great lovers
the feeds ripen in September.
of this plant, are wounded by it, ſo that the blood
BURMANNIA. Lin. Gen. 397. This genus was iſſues forth: it is alſo called Juncus Florida, becauſe
fo titled by Dr. Linnæus, in honour to his friend Dr. it has the leaves of a Ruſh, and produces a fine
Burman, profeſſor of botany at Amſterdam.
bunch of flowers.] The Flowering-Ruth, or Water-
The CHARACTERS are,
Gladiole.
It hath a cylindrical coloured empalement of one leaf, having
The CHARACTERS are,
three longitudinal membranaceous angles, the flower bath The flowers grow in a ſingle umbel, having a ſhort three
three ſmall oblong petals, ſituated in the mouth of the em- leaved involucrum. The flower bath ſix roundiſh concave
palement, it hath ſix ſmall ſtamina, the ſummits are at petals, which are alternately ſmaller and more pointed, it
the mouth of the empalement, two at each ; the germen is hath nine awl-fhaped ſtamina, fix of which ſurround the
cylindrical, half the length of the empalement, ſupporting other, and are terminated by double lamellated ſummits ;
a ſlender Style the length of the corolla, having three obtuſe it hath fix oblong pointed germen, ſupporting a fingle
concave Stigma : the empalement becomes a triangular cy- ſtigma; the germen afterward become six oblong pointed
lindrical covering to the ſeeds, opening in three valves, capſules, having one cell filled with oblong ſeeds.
having three cells filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's ninth claſs, intitled Enneandria Hexagy-
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, nia, the flower having nine ſtamina, and fix germen.
the flower having fix ftamina and one ftyle.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The SPECIES are,
BUTOMUS (Umbellatus) Fl. Lap. 159. The Flowering-
1. BURMANNIA (Difficha) fpica gemina. Burm. Zeyl. Ruſh, or Water-Gladiole. Juncus floridus major. C. B.
50. Burmannia with a double ſpike of flowers.
P. 112. Greater Flowering-Ruſh.
2. BURMANNIA (Biflora) flore gemino. Lin. Sp. 411. There are two varieties of this plant, one with a
Burmannia with two flowers. Burmannia fcapo bifloræ. roſe coloured flower, and the other with a white, but
Flor. Virg. 36.
theſe are only accidental variations, therefore not to
The firſt fort grows naturally in Ceylon, in places be enumerated as diſtinct ſpecies.
covered with water moſt part of the year, the root The Roſe coloured fort is pretty common in ſtanding
is compoſed of many capillary fibres, from which waters, in many parts of England; the other is a
come out fix or eight narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, variety of this, though leſs common with us near
near two inches long, which are entire. The flower- London. Theſe plants may be propagated in boggy
ſtalk riſes a ſpan high, garniſhed with five or fix places, or by planting them in ciſterns, which ſhould
narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves which embrace it at their be kept filled with water, that ſhould have about a
baſe; the ſtalk is terminated by a double ſpike of foot thickneſs of earth in the bottom, into which the
flowers ſpreading each way: theſe are garniſhed with roots ſhould be planted, or the ſeed fown as ſoon as
ſmall blue flowers, included in a ſwelling ſpatha, or they are ripe; theſe, though common plants, yet
fheath; theſe have each three ſhort petals, fix ftamina, produce very pretty flowers, and are worth propa-
and one ſtyle; and in its native foil, the empalement gating for variety, eſpecially if in any part of the
of the flower becomes a triangular cover to the garden there ſhould be conveniency for an artificial
feeds.
bog, or where there are ponds of ſtanding water, as
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca- is many times the caſe, and perſons are at a loſs what
rolina, in watery places, this hath a ſtrong fibrous to plant in ſuch places, that may appear beautiful;
root, from which ariſe ſeveral oblong oval leaves, whereas, if theſe, and a few more wild plants, which
four or five inches long, which are ſmooth and entire; naturally grow in ſuch places, were taken into the
between theſe ariſes the foot-ſtalk of the flower, garden, they would have a very good effect in diver-
which is ſix or eight inches high, terminated by ſpikes fifying the feveral parts thereof.
of flowers, two growing in each ſpatha or ſheath; There is another ſpecies, or at leaſt a variety, of this
theſe are blue, and in their native ſoil are ſucceeded plant, which is found growing near London, inter-
by ſmall feeds incloſed in the triangular empale- mixed with the common fort, but not half ſo large
either in leaf, ſtalk, or flower; but in other reſpects
Theſe plants are very difficult to preſerve in gardens; ſo like it, as to render it very difficult to be diſtin.
for as they naturally grow in marſhy places, which guiſhed from it, for which reaſon I have not enume-
are covered with water great part of the year, they rated it; though many of the plants ſettled in the
a
a
ment.
river

BU X
BY T
river Thames, cloſe by the Chelſea garden, where Box-hill, near Darking in Surry, where were formerly
they continued their uſual ſmall fize many years. large trees of theſe kinds; but of late they have been
BUXUS, the Box Tree.
pretty much deftroyed, yet there are great numbers
The CHARACTERS are,
of the trees remaining, which are of a conſiderable
It hath male and female flowersoon the same plant ; the bigneſs. The wood of this tree is very uſeful for
male flowers have a three-leaved, and the female a four- turners, engravers, and mathematical inftrument-
leaved empalement, which are concave.
The male flowers makers, the wood being ſo hard, clofe, and ponder-
bave two, and the female three concave petals, which ous, as to fink in water, which renders it very valua-
are larger than the empalement. The male flowers have ble for divers utenſils.
four upright ſtamina, terminated by double erect ſummits All the varieties of the tree or large Box are proper
with a rudiment of a germen, but no ſtyle or ſtigma : the to intermix in clumps of Evergreens, &c. where they
female flowers have roundiſh,blunt, three-cornered germen, add to the variety of ſuch plantations; theſe may be
supporting three very ſhort ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe prickly propagated by planting the cuttings in autumn in a
ſtigma. The empolement ofterward becomes a roundiſh ſhady border, obſerving to keep them watered until
capſule, shaped like an inverted pottage pot, opening in they have taken root, when they may be tranſplanted
three cells, each having two oblong ſeeds, which are coft into nurſeries, till they are fit for the purpoſes intend-
forth by the elaſticity of the pod when ripe.
ed. The beſt feaſon for removing theſe trees is in
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection October, though indeed, if care be uſed to take them
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monccia up with a good ball of earth, they may be tranſplant-
Tetrandria, there being male and female flowers on ed almoſt at any time, except in fummer. Theſe
the ſame plant, and the male flowers having four trees are a very great ornament to cold and barren
ſtamina.
foils, where few other things will grow; they may
The SPECIES are.
alſo be propagated by laying down the branches, or
I. BUXUS (Arboreſcens) arboreſcens, foliis ovatis. Tree from feeds: the laſt being the beſt method to have
Box with oval leaves. Buxus arboreſcens. C. B. P. them grow to be large, the feeds muſt be fown foon
232..
after they are ripe in a ſhady border, which muſt be
2. Buxus (Anguſtifolia) arboreſcens foliis lanceolatis. duly watered in dry weather.
Tree Box with Spear-shaped leaves. Buxus anguſtifolia. The Dwarf kind of Box is uſed for bordering flower-
Raii Syn. 445. Narrow-leaved Box.
beds or borders; for which purpoſe it far exceeds
3. Buxus (Suffruticoſa) humilis foliis orbiculatis. Dwarf any other plant, it being ſubject to no injuries from
Box with round leaves. Buxus humilis. Dod. pempt. cold or heat, and is of long duration, is very eaſily
782. Dwarf or Dutch Box.
kept handſome, and, by the firmneſs of its rooting,
Theſe are three certainly diſtinct ſpecies. The two keeps the mould in the borders from waſhing into the
forts of Tree Box have been frequently raiſed from gravel-walks, more effectually than any plant what-
ſeeds, and conſtantly produced plants of the fame ever. This is increaſed by parting the roots, or plant-
kind from thoſe the feeds were taken from; and the ing the ſlips; but as it makes ſo great an increaſe of
Dwarf Box will never riſe to any confiderable height itſelf, and ſo eaſily parts, it is hardly worth while to
with any culture, nor have I ever ſeen this fort flower, plant the flips that have no roots. It is now be-
where the plants have been encouraged to grow many come ſo common, that it may be purchaſed from the
years in the greateſt luxuriancy. There are two or nurſeries at a cheap rate.
three varieties of the firſt fort, which are propagated The manner of planting this in edgings, &c. is ſo
in the gardens, one with yellow, and the other white well underſtood by every working gardener, that it
ſtriped leaves. The other hath the tops of the leaves would be needleſs to mention any thing of that kind
only marked with yellow, which is called Tiped Box. here.
The firſt and ſecond forts grow in great plenty upon BYTTNERIA. See BASTERIA.
و
.
C.
a
و
СА С
с Ас
A APEBA. See CISSAMPELUS.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
CABBAGE. See BRASSICA.
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Syngeneſia poly-
CABINET, in a garden, is a conveniency gamia æqualis; theſe have all hermaphrodite flowers
which differs from an arbour, in this, that which are fertile.
an arbour or ſummer-houſe is of great length, and
The SPECIES are,
arched over head in the form of a gallery ; but a ca- I. CACALIA (Alpina) foliis reniformibus acutis denticu-
binet is either ſquare, circular, or in cants, making latis calycibus fubtrifloris. Gouan. Monſp. 429. Ca-
a kind of falon, to be ſet at the ends, or in the mid- calia with kidney-shaped leaves which are sharply indent-
dle of a long arbour.
ed, and generally three flowers in each empalement. Ca-
CACALIANTHEMUM. See CACALIA. calia foliis craffis hirſutis. C. B. P. 197.
CACALIA, Foreign Coltsfoot.
2. CACALIA (Glabra) foliis cutaneis acutioribus & gla-
The CHARACTERS are,
bris. C. B. P. 198. Cacalia with ſmooth leaves, having
It bath compound flowers which are included in one com- acute points. Cacalia glabro folio. Cluf. Hiſt. 2.
mon, cylindrical, ſcaly empalement ! the flowers are tu- p. 115
bulous and funnel-shaped, cut at the top into five parts 3. CACALIA (Suaveolens) caule herbaceo foliis haſtato-ſa-
which ſtand erect; theſe have each five ſbort ſlender fia- gittatis denticulatis, petiolis fupernè dilatatis. Hort.
mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits. The germen is Upſal. 254. Cacalia with an herbaceous ſtolk, Spear-
crowned with down, ſupporting a fiender fryle, crowned Shaped indented leaves, and the upper ſide of the foot-ſtalk
by two oblong recurved ſtigmo; the germen afterward be- Spreading. Cacalia Americana procerior, folio triangu-
comes a fingle oblong Seed, crowned with long down. lari per baſin auriculato, floribus albis. Edit. prior.
6.
4. CACALIA

СА С
C AC
4. CACALIA (Atriplicifolia) caule herbaceo, foliis fub-
cordatis dentato-ſinuatis, calycibus quinquefloris. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 835. Cacalia with an herbaceous ſtalk, heart-
Shaped finuated leaves, and five florets in each empalement.
Nardus Americana procerior, foliis cæſiis. Pluk. Alm.
251.
5. ČACALIA (Ficoides) caule fruticoſo, foliis compreſſis
carnoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 834. Cacalia with a ſhrubby
Jalk, and fleſhy compreſſed leaves. Senecio Africanus
arboreſcens, ficoidis folio & facie. Com. Rar. Plant. 40.
6. CACALIA (Kleinia) caule fruticofo compofito, foliis
lanceolatis planis, petiolorum cicatricibus obſoletis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 834. Cacalia with a compound ſhrubby
ftalk, plain ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and the foot-ſtalks leav-
ing ſcars. Cacalianthemum folio nerii glauco. Hort.
Elch. 61. tab. 54.
7. CACALIA (Papillaris) caule fruticoſo obvollato fpinis
petiolaribus truncatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 834. Cacalia
with a farubby ſtalk, guarded on every ſide with broken
rough foot-ſtalks. Cacalianthemum caudice papillari.
Hort. Elth. 63. tab. 55.
8. CACALIA (Ante-euphorbium) caule fruticoſo, foliis ova-
to-oblongis, petiolis bafi linea triplici deductis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 834. Cacalia with a ſhrubby ſtalk, oblong oval
leaves, and three lines connežied to the baſe of the foot-
ſtolk. Kleinia foliis carnoſis planis ovato-oblongis.
Hort. Cliff. 395.
9. CACALIA (Sonchifolia) caule herbaceo, foliis lyratis
amplexicaulibus dentatis. Lin. Sp. 1169. Cacalia with
en herbaceous ſtalk, and lyre-ſhaped indented leaves em-
bracing the ſtalk.
10. CACALIA (Lutea) caule herbaceo, foliis quinque-
partitis acutis fubtus glaucis, floribus terminalibus
pedunculis longiffimis
. Cacalia with an herbaceous ſtalk,
leaves divided into five acute parts, glaucous on their under
fide, and flowers with long foot-ſtalksterminating the ſtalks.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Auſtria, and the
Helvetian mountains, but is frequently preſerved in
curious gardens for the ſake of variety. This hath a
fleſhy root which ſpreads in the ground, from which
ſpring up many leaves, ſtanding on ſingle foot-
ſtalks, ſhaped like thoſe of Ground Ivy, but of a
thicker texture, of a ſhining green on their upper
fide, but white on their under; between theſe ariſe
the foot-ſtalk, which is round, branching toward the
top, and grows a foot and a half high; under each
diviſion of the italk is placed a ſingle leaf, of the
fame ſhape with thoſe below, but much ſmaller ; the
branches are terminated by purpliſh flowers, grow-
ing in a fort of umbel. Theſe are ſucceeded by ob-
long ſeeds, crowned with down.
The ſecond fort hath the appearance of the firſt; but
the leaves are almoſt heart-ſhaped, pointed, and
ſharply ſawed on their edges, and on both ſides very
green; the ſtalks riſe higher; the leaves upon the
ſtalks have much longer foot-ſtalks than thoſe of the
firſt. The flowers of this are of a deeper purple co-
lour. This grows naturally on the Alps. They flower
toward the end of May, or the beginning of June.
The third fort grows naturally in North America.
This hath a perennial creeping root, which ſends
out many ſtalks, garniſhed with triangular ſpear-
ſhaped leaves, ſharply ſawed on their edges, of a pale
green on their under ſide, but a deep ſhining green
above, placed alternately. The ftalks riſe to the
height of ſeven or eight feet, and are terminated by
umbels of white flowers, which are ſucceeded by ob-
long ſeeds crowned with down. It flowers in Au-
guſt, and the feeds ripen in October. This plant
multiplies greatly by its ſpreading roots, and alſo by
the ſeeds, which are ſpread to a great diſtance by the
wind, the down which adheres to them being greatly
affifting to their conveyance. The roots of this
plant, which have been caft out of the Chelſea gar-
den, have been carried by the tides to a great diſtance,
where they have lodged on the banks of the river, and
faftened themſelves to the ground, and have increaſed
ſo much, as that in a few years, it may appear as a
native of this country. The ſtalks decay in autumn,
and new ones ariſe in the ſpring.
The fourth fort is a native of America, but has been
many years in ſome curious gardens. This hath a
perennial root, and an annual ftalk. The root is
compoſed of many fleſhy ſpreading tubers, fending
out ſeveral ſtrong ſtalks in the ſpring, which riſe
four or five feet high, garniſhed with roundiſh heart-
ſhaped leaves, greatly indented on their edges, of a
fea-green on their under fide, but darker above, placed
alternately the length of the ſtalks, which are termi-
nated by umbels of yellowiſh herbaceous flowers, ap-
pearing in July and Auguft, and are fucceeded by
feeds like thoſe of the former fort, which ripen in
O&tober.
The firſt and ſecond forts are propagated by parting
their roots, for they feldom produce good feeds in
England. The beſt time to tranſplant and part their
roots is in autumn. They require a loamy ſoil and
a ſhady ſituation.
The third and fourth forts propagate in great plenty,
both by their ſpreading roots, and alſo their feeds.
The roots ſhould be tranſplanted in autumn, and re-
quire a moiſt foil and an open ſituation. If the ſeeds
are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in
the ſpring without any care.
The fifth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This riſes with ſtrong round ſtalks to the
height of ſeven or eight feet, which are woody at bot-
tom, but ſoft and ſucculent upward, ſending out
many irregular branches, garniſhed more than half
their length with thick, taper, fucculent leaves, à
little compreſſed on two ſides, ending in points, co-
vered with a whitiſh glaucous farina, which comes
off when handled. Theſe, when brols.en, emit a
ſtrong odour of turpentine, and are full of a viſcous
juice; at the extremity of the branches the flowers
are produced in ſmall umbels; they are white, tubu-
lous, and cut into five parts at the top. The ftig-
ma which crowns the ſtyle is of a dark purple colour,
and ſtands erect above the tube. The ſtamina are
much ſhorter, and ſurround the oblong germen, which
is ſituated in the center of the tube, and is crowned by
long, white, hairy down. The germen afterward be-
comes an oblong feed, with the ſame down adhering
to it; but theſe do not ripen in England. Some of
the noblemen in France have the leaves of this plant
pickled ; in doing of which, they have a contrivance
to preſerve the white farina with which they are co-
vered, and thereby render them very beautiful.
This fort is eaſily propagated by cuttings during the
fummer months: theſe ſhould be cut from the plants
and laid to dry a fortnight, that the wound may be
healed over before they are planted. Moſt people
plunge the pots, in which theſe are planted, into a
moderate hot-bed, to forward their putting out roots ;
but if they are planted in June or July, they will
root as well in the open air. I have frequently had
the branches broken off by accident, and fallen on
the ground, which have put out roots without any
Theſe branches may be kept ſix months out
of the ground, and will take root if planted. This
ſhould have a light fandy earth, and in winter be
placed in an airy glaſs-caſe, where they may enjoy the
fun and air in mild weather, but muſt be protected
from froſt. During the winter ſeaſon, the plants
muſt have but little water; and in ſummer, when
they are placed in the open air, it ſhould not be given
them too often, nor in great quantity, but treated
like the Ficoides, and other fucculent plants from
the ſame country. It flowers uſually in autumn, but
is not conftant to any ſeaſon.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in the Canary Ilands,
but has been long an inhabitant in the Engliſh gar-
dens. This riſes with a thick feſhy ſtem, divided
at certain diſtances, as it were, in ſo many joints ;
fo
each of theſe divifions ſwell much larger in the mid-
dle than they do at each end; the ſtalks divide into
many irregular branches of the fame form, which,
toward their extremities, are garniſhed with long, nar-
row, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a glaucous colour, ftand-
ing all round the ftalks without order. As theſe fall
Tt
off
a
care.
a

СА С
СА С
off, they leave a ſcar at the place, which always re- ſown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants
mains on the branches. The flowers are produced in are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted on another
large cluſters, at the extremity of the branches, which hot-bed to bring them forward, ſhading them till
are tubulous, and of a faint Carnation colour. They they have taken new root, after which air ſhould be
appear in Auguſt and September, but continue great daily admitted to them in proportion to the warmth
part of October, and are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in of the ſeaſon. When the plants have acquired ſtrength,
this country. There have been ſtones and foſſils dug they ſhould be planted in pots, and either plunged
up at a great depth in ſome parts of England, which into a moderate hot-bed under a deep frame, or
have very perfect impreſſions of this plant upon them; placed in a glaſs-caſe, where they will flower and
from whence Dr. Woodward has ſuppoſed, the plants perfect their feeds.
were lodged there at the univerſal deluge; and The tenth fort grows naturally at St. Helena, from
finding the impreſſions of many other plants and whence I received the plants: the roots of this fort
animals, which are natives of thoſe iſlands, he con- ſpread and increaſe under the ſurface, fo is eaſily pro-
cludes that the waters flowed hither from the ſouth-
pagated by parting the roots; the leaves ariſe im-
weſt.
mediately from the root, having very ſhort foot-Italks;
This plant has been called Cabbage-tree by the gar- theſe are cut into five or fix long acute ſegments al-
deners, I ſuppoſe from the reſemblance which the moſt to the midrib, the ſegments are alſo acutely cut
ſtalks of it have to that of the Cabbage: others have on their fides in two or three places: the under fide
titled it Carnation-tree, from the ſhape of the leaves, of the leaves are glaucous, their upper ſide of a dark
and colour of the flowers.
green. The flower-ſtalk ariſes between the leaves
It is propagated by cuttings, in the ſame manner as immediately from the roots; this is naked, about
the former fort, and the plants require the ſame cul- eight inches high, terminated by fix or eight yellow
ture; but muſt have a dry warm glaſs-caſe in winter, compound flowers ftanding on long foot-ſtalks, almoſt
and very little water, being very ſubject to rot umbellatim; the flowers are fucceeded by oblong
with wet. In ſummer they muſt be placed in the ſeeds, which rarely ripen in England.
open air, in a warm ſheltered ſituation, and in very As this plant increaſes ſo faſt by its root, there is
dry weather refreſhed moderately with water. With little want of the ſeeds; therefore the roots may be
this management the plants will flower annually, and parted either the beginning of September, or the
grow to the height of eight or ten feet.
latter end of March, and ſhould be planted in pots
The ſeventh fort reſembles the ſixth in its form and
filled with light earth, and plunged into the tan-bed
manner of growth, but the leaves are narrower and in the ſtove, where it ſhould be conſtantly kept, being
more ſucculent. Theſe do not fall off entire like the too tender to thrive elſewhere in this climate.
other, but break off at the beginning of the foot- CACAO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 660. Theobroma. Lin.
ſtalk, which are very ſtrong and thick; and always Gen. 806. The Chocolate-nut.
continue, ſo that the main ſtalk of the plant, and the
The CHARACTERS are,
lower part of the branches, which are deftitute of The empalement is compoſed of five ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
leaves, are ſet round on every ſide with theſe trun- which ſpread open. The flower bath five petals, which
cated foot-ſtalks. This ſort hath not as yet produced are irregularly indented, and ſpread open; it bath five
any flowers in England. It is propagated in the ſame ere Et ſtamina, which are as long as the petals, terminated
manner as the two former forts, from cuttings, and by pointed ſummits. In the center is placed the oval gez-
the plants muſt be treated as hath been directed for men, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, the length of the ſtamina,
the fifth ſort, but require to be kept drier, both in crowned by an ere Et ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
winter and ſummer; therefore, in very wet ſeaſons, comes an oblong pod, ending in a point; which is woody,
the plants ſhould be ſheltered from hard rains, which warted, and divided into five cells, which are filled with
often cauſe them to rot, when they are expoſed oval, compreſſed, fleſhy ſeeds.
thereto; but they require the open air in ſummer. This genus of plants was conſtituted by father Plu-
This fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope. mier, who communicated the characters, which he
The eighth fort has been long preſerved in the Eng- had drawn in America, to Dr. Tournefort, who has
liſh gardens, and was generally titled Ante euphor- inſerted it in the Appendix to his Inftitutions. Dr.
bium, ſuppoſing it to have a contrary quality to the Linnæus has joined this to the Guazuma of Plumier,
Euphorbium. This riſes with many ſucculent ſtalks under the title of Theobroma ; but as the fruit of
from the root, as large as a man's finger, which theſe plants are very different from each other, I
branches out upward, into many irregular ſtalks of ſhall keep them under different genera.
the ſame form, but ſmaller, garniſhed with flat, ob- We have but one SPECIES of this plant, which is,
long, fucculent leaves, placed alternately round the CACAO. Cluſ. Exot. The Chocolate-nut-tree.
branches; under each foot-ſtalk there are three lines This tree is a native of America, and is found in
or ribs, which run longitudinally through the branches great plenty in ſeveral places between the tropics,
joined together. This fort very rarely flowers in but particularly at Caracca and Carthagena, on the
Europe, but is propagated by cuttings in the ſame river Amazons, in the iſthmus of Darien, at Hon-
manner as the fifth, and is equally hardy. It muſt duras, Guatimala, and Nicaragua. At all theſe places,
have very little wet, eſpecially in winter, and requires it grows naturally without culture; but it is culti-
a dry, fandy, poor foil.
vated in many of the iſlands which are poſſeſſed by
The ninth fort grows naturally in Ceylon, China, the French and Spaniards, and was formerly planted
and alſo in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, from whence I in ſome of the iſlands which are in the poffeffion of
received the ſeeds. This ſort feldom continues longer the Engliſh; but it has been neglected for many years
than to ripen its feeds. The ſtalk riſes near two feet paſt, ſo that at preſent it is ſo ſcarce in thoſe places,
high, branching a little toward the top; the leaves that the Engliſh are ſupplied with it by the French
are cut on their fides, and finuated ſomewhat like and Spaniards, who make the inhabitants pay them
thoſe of Muftard, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which a good price for it; and as there is a great quantity
are terminated by flowers formed almoſt in an umbel; of it conſumed in England, conſequently it muft
theſe are in ſome plants yellow, and in others purple; make an alteration in the balance of trade greatly
they are ſmall, and are ſucceeded by oblong oval to the prejudice of the Engliſh; which might be
feeds, having a feathery down. It flowers in July, eaſily remedied, if the planters in our colonies were
and the ſeeds ripen in September, ſoon after which but the leaſt induſtrious; ſince, as it formerly grew
the plant decays.
on thoſe iſlands, ſo as to produce not only a fufficient
This is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in the quantity for their own conſumption, but to ſupply
autumn ſoon after they are ripe in a pot, and plunged Europe with great quantities, there can be no ob
into the tan-bed in the ſtove, will more certainly jection to the planting it in thoſe iNands again, eſpe-
fucceed than thoſe ſown in the ſpring; but where cially in thoſe ſituations where the ſugar canes do
there is not fuch conveniency, the feeds ſhould be not thrive to advantage.
I ſhall

СА С
СА С
3
3
I ſhall therefore ſubjoin the beſt account of this plant,
and the culture which it requires in thoſe countries,
with the profits which have ariſen from it to thoſe
who have planted ſome of theſe trees of late years,
by way of experiment, in order to excite others to
follow their example; and ſhall afterward give di-
rections for cultivating it in England, by way of
curioſity.
In making a plantation of Chocolate-trees, you
muſt firſt be very careful in the choice of the ſituation,
and the ſoil, otherwiſe there will be ſmall hopes of
ſucceſs. As to the ſituation, it ſhould be in a place
where the trees may be protected from ſtrong winds,
to which if they are expoſed, they will ſoon be de-
ſtroyed : ſo that in ſuch places where torrents of water
have waſhed away the earth ſo as to leave broad and
deep furrows (which the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands
call gullies,) theſe trees will thrive exceedingly: and
as theſe are very frequently to be found in thoſe
iſlands, and many of them are of large extent, and
not much cultivated, it may be a great improve-
ment to fome eſtates, which, at preſent, are of ſmall
value. The foil in theſe gullies is generally rich and
moiſt, which is what theſe trees require ; ſo that they
will make great progreſs in theſe places, as hath been
experienced by thoſe perſons, who have lately made
trials of the plants in theſe fituations, but where
there are not a ſufficient number of theſe gullies,
choice ſhould be made of a ſituation which is well
ſheltered by large trees; or, if there are not trees
already grown, there ſhould be three or four rows
planted round the ſpot which is deſigned for the Cho-
colate-trees, of ſuch forts which are of quickeſt
growth; and within theſe rows there ſhould be ſome
Plantain-trees, planted at proper diſtances, which
being very quick of growth, and the leaves very
large, will afford a kindly ſhelter to the young
Chocolate-trees placed between them.
The Chocolate-trees which are cultivated, ſeldom
grow to more than fourteen or fifteen feet in height,
nor do they ſpread their branches very wide; ſo that
if the Plantain-trees are placed in rows, about twenty
four feet aſunder, there will be room enough for two
rows of Chocolate-trees between each row of Plan-
tains; and if they are placed at ten feet diſtance in
the rows, it will be ſufficient room for them. Thoſe
trees which are found wild in uncultivated places,
are generally of much larger growth, which may be
occaſioned by the other trees, amongſt which theſe
are found growing; for, being protected from the
winds by thoſe, they are not ſo much in danger there-
from, as thoſe which are cultivated : and the other
trees cloſely ſurrounding them, will naturally draw
them up to a greater height: however, that is not a
deſirable quality in theſe trees; for the lower they
are, the better the fruit may be gathered without
hurting the trees, and the leſs they are expoſed to the
injuries of the weather; ſo that the inhabitants never
deſire to have their trees above twelve or fourteen
feet high.
The foil upon which theſe trees thrive to moſt ad-
vantage, is a moiſt, rich, deep earth; for they ge-
nerally ſend forth one tap root, which runs very
deep into the ground, ſo that wherever they meet
with a rocky bottom near the ſurface, they feldom
thrive, nor are they of long continuance; but in a
rich, deep, moiſt ſoil, they will produce fruit in
pretty good plenty the third year from feed, and will
,
continue fruitful for ſeveral years after.
Before the plantation is begun, the ground ſhould
be well prepared by digging it deep, and clearing it
from the roots of the trees, and noxious plants,
which, if fuffered to remain in the ground, will ſhoot
up again after the firſt rain, and greatly obſtruct the
growth of the plants; ſo that it will be almoſt im-
poſſible to clear the ground from thoſe roots, after
the Chocolate plants are come up, without greatly
injuring them.
When the ground is thus prepared, the rows ſhould
be marked out by a line, where the nuts are to be
planted, ſo as that they may be placed in a quincunx
order, at equal diſtance every way, or at leaſt that
the Plantain-trees between them may form a quin-
cunx, with the two rows of Chocolate-trees, which
are placed between each row of them.
In making a plantation of Chocolate-nut-trees, the
nuts muſt be planted where the trees are to remain ;
for if the plants are tranſplanted, they feldom live;
and thoſe which ſurvive it, will never make thriving
trees; for, as I before obſerved, theſe trees have a
tender tap root, which, if broke, or any way injured,
the tree commonly decays.
The nuts ſhould always be planted in a rainy ſeaſon,
or at leaſt when it is cloudy weather, and ſome hopes
of rain falling ſoon after. As the fruit ripens at two
different ſeaſons, viz. at Midſummer and at Chriſt-
mas, the plantation may be made at either of thoſe;
but the chief care muſt be to chooſe fuch nuts as are
perfectly ripe and ſound, otherwiſe the whole trouble
and expence will be loft.
will be loft. The manner of planting
the nuts is, to make three holes in the ground, within
two or three inches of each other, at the place where
every tree is to ſtand; and into each of theſe holes
ſhould be one found nut planted about two inches
deep, covering them gently with earth. The reaſon
for putting in three nuts at every place is, becauſe
they ſeldom all ſucceed; or, if moſt of them grow,
the plants will not be all equally vigorous ; ſo that
when the plants have had one year's growth, it is very
eaſy to draw up all the weak unpromiſing plants,
and leave the moſt vigorous; but in doing this,
great care ſhould be had to the remaining plants, ſo
as not to injure or diſturb their roots in drawing the
other out.
It is very proper to obſerve, that the Chocolate-nuts
will not retain their growing faculty long after they
are taken from the trees, ſo that there is no poſſibility
of tranſporting them to any great diſtance for plant-
ing; nor ſhould they be kept long out of the ground,
in the natural places of their growth. There are
ſome authors who have written the hiſtory of this
tree, and diſtinguiſh three different forts of the nuts,
from the colour of their ſkins, one of which is of a
whitiſh green colour, one of a deep red, and the third
of a red and yellow colour; but theſe are not ſpeci-
fically different, but all ariſe from feeds of the ſame
tree, as is the caſe of our Filberts, which differ in
the colour of their ſkins, but are of the ſame colour
within, and have the ſame taſte. There are others,
who would diſtinguih theſe nuts by their fize and
form, ſome being large and thick, others almoſt as
flat as Beans; but theſe differences, I have been cre-
dibly informed, ariſe from fome accident, as thoſe
trees which are young and vigorous, and grow upon
a deep rich foil, will always produce larger and better
nouriſhed fruit, than thoſe which ſtand on a ſhallow
dry ground, and are unthriving trees: as will alſo
the age of a tree make a great alteration in the ſize
of the fruit; for old trees are gerterally obſerved to
produce ſmaller and flatter nuts than thoſe which are
young, or than the ſame trees did bear while they
were vigorous.
When the Chocolate-trees firſt appear above ground,
they are very tender, and ſubject to great injuries
from the ſtrong winds, the ſcorching ſun, or great
droughts, for which reafon the planters are obliged
to guard againſt all theſe enemies, firſt, by making
choice of a ſheltered ſituation, or at leaſt by planting
trees to form a ſhelter; and, if poſſible, to have the
plantation near a river, for the conveniency of wa-
tering the plants the firſt feaſon, until they have made
ſtrong roots, and are capable of drawing their nou-
riſhment from ſome depth in the earth, where they
meet with moiſture. But in order to ſhelter the
plants from the ſcorching rays of the ſun, they ge-
nerally plant two rows of Caffada between each row
of Chocolate-trees, which will grow about ſeven or
eight feet high, and ſcreen the young plants from
the violence of the fun the firſt ſeaſon; after which
time, they will be in leſs danger of injury therefrom;
2
and

CAC
CAC
and the following ſeaſon, when the Caffada is taken
up for uſe, the ground ſhould be worked between
the young plants, being very careful not to injure
their roots by this operation. This method of plant-
ing the Caffada between the young Chocolate-trees;
is of great advantage to the planter; for when the
roots of the Caffada are taken up for uſe, it will de-
fray the expence of keeping the ground clean from
weeds, without which the young plants will come to
nothing. The Plantains alſo, which will be fit to
cut in about twelve months after planting, will de-
fray the whole expence of preparing the ground, ſo
that the produce of the Chocolate-trees will be neat
profit; for as the Plantains produce fruit and decay,
they will be ſucceeded by ſuckers, which will produce
fruit in eight months after; whereby there will be a
continual ſupply of food for the negroes, which will
more than pay for keeping the ground wrought, and
clear from weeds, until the Chocolate-trees begin to
produce fruit, which is generally the third year after
planting
The planters uſually ſet the Plantain-trees two or
three months before the Chocolate-nuts are ripe,
that they may be large enough to afford ſhelter to the
young plants when they come up; and the Caffada
is always planted a month or fix weeks before the
Chocolate-nuts, for the ſame reaſon. Some people
plant Potatoes, others Cucumbers and Melons, or
Water Melons, between the rows of Chocolate plants;
which, they ſay, will prevent the weeds from riſing
to injure the young plants; for as all theſe trail on
the ground, they occupy the whole furface, and pre-
vent the weeds from growing: but where this is
practiſed, it ſhould be done with great caution, left,
by being over-covetous, you injure the young Cho-
colate-nuts ſo much, that they may never recover
it; therefore great care ſhould be taken to reduce the
ſhoots of theſe plants, whenever they approach the
Chocolate-trees; otherwiſe they will ſoon greatly in-
jure, if not totally deſtroy them.
In about ſeven or eight days after the Chocolate-nuts
are planted, the young plants will begin to appear
above ground; when they ſhould be carefully looked
over, to ſee if any of them are attacked by inſects;
in which caſe, if the inſects are not timely deſtroyed,
they will ſoon devour all the young plants; or if
there ſhould be any weeds produced near the plants,
they ſhould be carefully cut down with a hoe; in
doing which, great care ſhould be taken that neither
the tender ſhoot, nor the rind of the bark are injured.
About twenty days after the plants have appeared,
they will be five or fix inches high, and have four or
fix leaves, according to the ſtrength of the plants.
Theſe leaves are always produced by pairs, oppoſite
to each other, as are alſo the branches; ſo that they
make very regular handſome heads, if they are not
injured by winds. In ten or twelve months they will
be two feet and a half high, and have fourteen or
fixteen leaves. By this time the Caſſada, which was
planted between the rows of Chocolate plants, will
have large roots fit for uſe, therefore ſhould be taken
up; and the ground being then wrought over again,
will greatly encourage the young plants.
In two years time the plants will have grown to the
height of three feet and a half, or ſometimes four
feet, many of which will begin to flower; but the
careful planters always pull off all theſe bloſſoms ;
for if they are permitted to remain to produce fruit,
they will ſo much weaken the trees, that they feldom
recover their ſtrength again, ſo as to become vigo-
When theſe plants are two years and a half
old, they will produce flowers again, ſome of which
are often left to bear fruit; but the moſt curious
planters pull off all theſe, and never leave any to pro-
duce fruit until the third year; and then but a few,
in proportion to the ſtrength of the trees; by which
method, their trees always produce larger and better
nouriſhed fruit, than thoſe which are ſuffered to bear
a larger quantity, and will continue much longer in
vigour. The fourth year they ſuffer their trees to bear
a moderate crop, but they generally pull off ſome
fiowers from thoſe trees which are weak, that they
may recover ſtrength before they are too old.
From the time when the flowers fall off, to the ma-
turity of the fruit, is about four months. It is eaſy
to know when the fruit is ripe by the colour of the
pods, which become yellow on the fide next the fun.
În gathering the fruit, they generally place a negro
to each row of trees'; who, being furniſhed with a
baſket, goes from tree to tree, and cuts off all thoſe
which are ripe, leaving the others for a longer time
to ripen. When the baſket is full, he carries the
fruit, and lays it in a heap at one end of the plan-
tation; where, after they have gathered the whole
plantation, they cut the pods lengthways, and take
out all the nuts, being careful to diveſt them of the
pulp which cloſely adheres to them; and then they
carry them to the houſe, where they lay them in large
caſks, or other veſſels of wood, raiſed above ground,
and cover them with leaves of the Indian Reed and
mats, upon which they lay ſome boards, putting
ſome ftones thereon to keep them down cloſe, in
order to preſs the nuts.
In theſe veſſels the nuts are
kept four or five days; during which time, they muſt
be ſtirred and turned every morning; otherwiſe they
will be in danger of periſhing from the great fermen-
tation they are uſually in. In this time they change
from being white to a dark red or brown colour.
Without this fermentation, they ſay the nuts will not
keep; but will ſprout, if they are in a damp place,
or ſhrivel and dry too much, if they are expoſed to
heat.
After the nuts have been thus fermented, they ſhould
be taken out of the veſſels and ſpread on coarſe cloths,
where they may be expoſed to the ſun and wind; but
at night, or in rainy weather, they muſt be taken
under ſhelter, otherwiſe the damp will ſpoil them.
If the weather proves fair, three days time will be
long enough to dry them, provided they are carefully
turned from time to time, that they may dry equally
on every ſide. When they are perfectly dry, they
may be put up in boxes or facks, and preſerved in a
dry place until they are ſhipped off, or otherwiſe dif-
poſed of. The freſher theſe nuts are, the more oil
is contained in them; ſo that the older they are, the
leſs they are eſteemed.
Theſe trees do not produce their fruit on the young
branches, or at their extremities, as moſt other trees
do; but from the trunk, and the larger branches,
come out the buds for flowers and fruit. While the
trees are young, they do not produce their fruit in
great plenty; for before the trees are eight years old,
they reckon it a good crop to have twenty-eight or
thirty pods on each tree at one gathering, eſpecially
that at Midſummer; which is always a much worſe
crop than the Chriſtmas ſeaſon, which is occaſioned
by the much greater drought of the ſpring; for the
autumns being the rainy ſeaſons, the Chocolate-trees
produce a much greater quantity of fruit. When
the trees are full grown and vigorous, they will fome-
times produce two hundred, or two hundred and
forty pods at one ſeaſon; which will make ten or
twelve pounds of Chocolate, when dried; ſo that it
is a very profitable commodity, and can be managed
with very little charge, when compared with ſugar.
I have been credibly informed by a perſon of great
worth and integrity, who reſided ſome years in
America, that he has ſeen as much Chocolate gathered
from one tree in a year, as hath been worth thirty
ſhillings ſterling on the ſpot: ſo that the trouble of
gathering and preparing for the market, being much
leſs than for many other commodities which are ma-
nufactured in the Britiſh colonies, it is ſurpriſing it
ſhould be neglected; eſpecially as it yields fo large a
ſhare of ſuſtenance to the wealthier inhabitants of
thoſe colonies, that they cannot live comfortably
without it, and purchaſe it from the French and
Spaniards at a conſiderable price; which in time muſt
greatly impoveriſh the colonies.
rous.
The

СА С
СА С
a
The Chocolate-trees, if planted on a good foil, and about a fortnight after the nuts are planted, the plants
properly taken care of, will continue vigorous and will begin to appear above ground; when they ſhould
fruitful twenty-five or thirty years: therefore the be carefully watered in dry weather, and protected
charge of cultivating a plantation of theſe trees, muſt from the violent heat of the fun, which is very in-
be much leſs than that of Sugar; for although the jurious to theſe plants, eſpecially while they are
ground between the rows of plants will require to be young: they ſhould alſo be kept very clear from
often hoed and wrought, yet the firſt working of a weeds; which, if ſuffered to grow in the boxes, will
ground to make a new plantation of Sugar, Indigo, foon overbear the plants and deſtroy them. When
Caflada, &c. is a larger expence than the after-work- the plants are grown ſtrong enough to tranſport, they
ings are. Beſides, Sugar-canes require as much la- ſhould be ſhipped and placed where they may be
bour in their cultivation, as any plant whatever; and ſcreened from ſtrong winds, ſalt water, and the violent
ſince the inſects which deſtroy the Sugar-canes, have heat of the ſun. During their paſſage they muſt be
ſpread fo much in the Britiſh colonies, nothing is a frequently refreſhed with water; but it muſt not be
more uncertain crop than Sugar; for which reaſon, given them in great quantities, left it rot the tender
I think it would be greatly worth thoſe planters care, fibres of their roots, which will deſtroy the plants;
who are poífeffed of proper lands for the Chocolate- and when they come into a cool latitude, they muſt
trees, to make ſome ſmall trials at leaſt, to be con- be carefully protected from the cold, when they will
vinced of the truth of this fact.
not require ſo frequently to be watered: for in a
The leaves of theſe trees being large, make a great moderate degree of heat, if they have gentle water-
litter upon the ground when they fall; but this is ings once a week, it will be ſufficient.
not injurious, but rather of ſervice to the trees; for When the plants arrive in England, they ſhould be
the ſurface of the ground being covered with them, carefully taken out of the boxes, and each tranſplant-
they preſerve the moiſture in the ground, and prevent ed into a ſeparate pot filled with light rich earth, and
its evaporating; which is of great uſe to the young plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark,
tender roots, which are juſt under the ſurface; and being careful to cover the glaſſes in the heat of the
when the leaves are rotten, they may be buried in day, to ſcreen the plants from the ſun : they muſt
digging the ground, and it will ſerve as good manure. alſo be frequently watered, but it muſt be done with
Some planters let the pods, in which the Chocolate caution, not to rot their roots. In this hot-bed the
is incloſed, lie and rot in a heap (after they have plants may remain till Michaelmas, when they muſt
taken the nuts out) which they alſo ſpread on the be removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into
ground inſtead of dung. Either of theſe manures are the tan, in the warmeſt part of the ſtove. During
very good, provided they are well rotted before they the winter ſeaſon the plants muſt be frequently re-
are laid on the ground; and great care ſhould be freſhed with water, but it muſt be given to them in
had, that no vermin ſhould be carried on the plan- ſmall quantities, yet in ſummer they will require a
tation with the dung.
more plentiful ſhare. Theſe plants are too tender to
Beſides the ordinary care of digging, hoeing, and live in the open air in this country, even in the hotteſt
manuring the plantations of Chocolate-trees, there is ſeaſon of the year, therefore muſt conſtantly remain
alſo another thing requiſite in order to their doing in the bark-ſtove, obſerving in very warm weather to
well; which is, to prune the decayed branches off, let in a large ſhare of freſh air to them, and in winter
and to take away ſmall ill placed branches, wherever to keep them very warm. As the plants increaſe in
they are produced. But you ſhould be cautious how bulk, they ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots; in do-
this work is performed; for there ſhould be no vi- ing of which, there muſt be particular care taken not
gorous branches ſhortened, nor any large amputa- to tear or bruiſe their roots, which often kills the
tions made on theſe trees; becauſe they abound with plants; nor muft they be placed in pots too large, be-
a ſoft, glutinous, milky juice, which will flow out for cauſe that is a flow, but ſure death to them. The
many days whenever they are wounded, which greatly leaves of theſe plants muſt be frequently waſhed to
weakens the trees. However, ſuch branches whoſe clear them from filth, which they are ſubject to con-
extreme parts are decayed, ſhould be cut off, to
pre- tract by remaining conſtantly in the houſe, and this
vent the infection from proceeding farther; and ſuch becomes an harbour for fmall inſects, which will in-
branches as are much decayed, ſhould be taken off feſt the plants, and deſtroy them, if they are not
cloſe to the ſtem of the tree; but this ſhould be per- timely waſhed off. If theſe rules are duly obſerved,
formed in dry weather, ſoon after the crop of fruit the plants will thrive very well, and may produce
is gathered.
flowers in this climate : but it will be very difficult to
Some people may perhaps imagine, that what I have obtain fruit from them; for, being of a very tender
directed, is a tedious laborious work, and not to be
nature, they are ſubject to many accidents in a cold
performed by a few flaves: but this is a great miſtake,
for I have been credibly informed, that five or fix CACHRYS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 304.
negroes will cultivate a plantation of ten thouſand of
The CHARACTERS are,
theſe trees, provided they are properly inſtructed; It hath an umbellated flower, the great or general umbel
which is a ſmall number, when compared to the being compoſed of many smaller ; the involucrum of both
quantity neceffary to cultivate a Sugar plantation of is compoſed of many narrow spear-ſhaped leaves; the great
-
the like extent of ground. And when the profits of umbel is uniform. The flower bath five Spear-ſhaped,
both are compared, there will be a great difference: erect, equal petals. It bath five ſingle ſtamina the length
for, fuppoſing we ſet the price of five ſhillings per of the petals, terminated by Single ſummits. The turbi-
annum, for the produce of each tree, when grown, nated germen is ſituated under the receptacle, ſupporting
(which I am of opinion is very moderate, conſidering
,
two styles, crowned by roundiſh ſtigma. The empalement
what has been related ;) then a plantation of ten ofterward becomes a large, oval, blunt fruit, dividing in
thouſand trees will produce twenty-five hundred two parts, each having one large fungous feed, convex on
pounds a year; which, managed by fix or ſeven ne-
one ſide, and plain on the other.
groes, without the expence of furnaces, &c. is a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
much greater profit than, I think, can be drawn from of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
any other production.
the flower having five ftamina and two ſtyles.
In order to cultivate this plant in Europe, by way of The SPECIES are,
curioſity, it will be neceſſary to have the nuts planted 1. Cachrys (Trifidus) foliis bipinatis, foliolis linearibus
into boxes of earth (in the countries where they grow) trifidis, feminibus lævibus. Cachrys with bipinnated
foon after they are ripe; becauſe, if the nuts are leaves, whoſe lobes are linear, and a ſmooth fruit. Ca-
fent over, they will loſe their growing quality before chrys femine fungofo lævi, foliis ferulaceis. Mor.
they arrive. Theſe boxes ſhould be placed in a Umb. 62.
ſhady ſituation, and muſt be frequently watered, in 2. CACHRYS (Sicula) foliis bipinnatis, foliolis linearibus
order to forward the vegetation of the nuts. In acutis, feminibus ſulcatis hiſpidis. Lin. Sp. 355. Ca-
U u
chrys
a
a
country

CAC
CAC
1
chrys with double winged leaves, whoſe lobes are linear, weeds, and every ſpring to dig the ground carefully
acute, and prickly furrowed ſeeds. Cachrys femine
between them, ſo as not to injure the roots.
fungoſo ſulcato afpero, foliis peucedani latiuſculis. Theſe plants decay to the ground every autumn, and
Mor. Hift. 3. p. 267.
come up again in the ſpring: they commonly flower
3. CACHRYS (Libanotis) foliis bipinnatis, foliolis acutis in the beginning of June, and their feeds are ripe in
multifidis, feminibus fulcatis lævibus. Lin. Sp. 355. September. Their roots ſometimes run down three
Cachrys with double winged leaves, whoſe lobes are acute, or four feet deep in the earth, provided the foil be
multifid, and ſmooth furrowed feeds. Cachrys ſemine light, and are often as large as Parſneps. They will
fungofo ſulcato plano minore, foliis peucedani anguſ- continue many years, and if the ſoil is moiſt and rich,
tis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 267.
they will annually produce good feeds; but when
4. CACHRYS (Linearia) foliis pinnatis foliolis linearibus they grow on a dry foil, the flowers commonly fall
multifidis feminibus ſulcatis planis. Cachrys with very away, and are not ſucceeded by ſeeds.
narrow, multifid, winged leaves, and a plain channelled There is but little to be ſaid of the uſes of this genus
fruit. Cachrys ſemine fungoſo ſulcato plano majore of plants ; the Hungarians in the neighbourhood of
foliis peucedani anguſtis. Mor. Umb. 62.
Erlaw, and thoſe who border on Tranſylvania, Ser-
5. CACHRYS (Hungarica) foliorum impari lobato, hir- via, &c. eat the root of the fifth ſpecies in a ſcarcity
ſuto, femine fungoſo fulcato plano. Cachrys with hairy of corn, for want of other bread.
leaves, terminated with an odd lobe, and a plain, fungous, CACTUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 539. Melocactus.
channelled feed. Cachrys Hungarica Panacis folio. Tourn. Append.
Tourn. Hift. 325.
This genus was firſt titled Melocarduus, and alſo E-
The firſt fort hath a thick feſhy root which ſtrikes chinomelocactus, or Hedgehog Melon-thiſtle; but
deep in the ground, from which ſprings out many theſe names being compounded, Dr. Linnæus has
narrow winged leaves reſembling thoſe of Giant-fen- changed the name to Cactus, and has added to this
nel, which ſpread near the ground; from between genus, the Cereus and Opuntia.
theſe ariſe a hollow fungous ſtalk about two feet high,
The CHARACTERS are,
terminated by a large umbel of yellow flowers, which The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, tubulous,
are ſucceeded by oval, ſmooth, fungous fruit, divid- jort, and cut into fix parts. The flower is compoſed of
ing into two parts, each incloſing an oblong feed. fix petals, which ſpread open at the top, and reſts upon
The ſecond fort hath a large, firm, ſweet-ſmelling the embryo ; it hath fix long ſlender ſtamina, which are
root, which ſends out ſeveral pinnated leaves like terminated by ere Et ſummits. The oval germen, which is
thoſe of Hogʻs-fennel, but florter. The ſtalk is ſituated below the petals, Supports a cylindrical style,
ſmooth jointed, and riſes four or five feet high, which crowned by a blunt ſtigmo; afterward becomes a pyramidal
is terminated by large umbels of yellow flowers like fleſby fruit with one cell, filled with ſmall angular ſeeds
thoſe of Dill; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong, fun- ſurrounded with pulp.
gous, channelled ſeeds, which are prickly.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The third ſort hath a thick fleſhy root like Fennel, Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Icoſandria Mono-
which runs deep into the ground, fending out ſeveral gynia. This claſs includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
narrow pinnated leaves, ending in many points ; be- have from twelve to twenty ſtamina ; which, with
tween theſe ariſe a ſmooth jointed ſtalk about three the corolla, are faſtened to the inner ſide of the em-
feet high, which is terminated by large umbels of palement.
flowers like thoſe of the former fort, which are The SPECIES are,
ſucceeded by ſmaller fungous plain ſeeds which are 1. CACTUS (Meloca&tus) fubrotundus quatuordecem an-
furrowed.
gularis. Hort. Cliff. 181. Roundiſh Cactus with four-
The fourth fort hath very thick roots which ſtrike teen angles. Melocactus Indiæ occidentalis. C. B. P.
deep in the ground, fending out very narrow winged 384. Commonly called Great Melon-thiſtle.
leaves like thoſe of Hogºs-fennel. The ſtalk riſes 2. CACTUS (Intortus) fubrotundus quinquedecem angu-
five or fix feet high, and is jointed like thoſe of Fen- laris, angulis in fpiram intortis, fpinis erectis. Round-
nel, terminated by large umbels of yellow flowers, iſh Cactus or Melon-t biftle, with fifteen angles Spirally
which are ſucceeded by large, oval, fungous feeds, twiſted, and erect Spines. Melocactus purpureis ftriis
which are deeply furrowed.
in ſpiram intortis. Plum. Cat.
The fifth fort has a thick fungous root, from which 3. CACTUS (Recurvus) fubrotundus quinquedecem an-
ſhoot out many winged leaves, having large hairy gularis, fpinis latis recurvis creberrimis. Roundiſh Me-
lobes placed alternate, terminated by an odd one : lon-thiſtle with fifteen angles, having broad recurved ſpines
the ſtalk is hollow, riſing four feet high, terminated ſet very cloſe.
by an umbel of yellow flowers like thoſe of the for-4. CACTUS (Mamillaris) fubrotundus tectus tuberculis
mer forts. This grows naturally in Hungary.
ovatis barbatis. Hort. Cliff. 181. Roundiſh Cactus cloſely
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France covered with bearded tubercles. Melocactus Americana
and Spain; the ſecond and third in Italy; the fourth minor. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 84. Smaller American Me-
in Sicily. They flower in June, and their feeds ripen lon-thiſtle.
in autumn.
6. CACTUS (Proliferus) proliferus ſubrotundus, tectus tu-
Theſe plants are all propagated by ſeeds, which berculis ovatis barbatis longis albidis. Roundiſha pro-
ſhould be fown foon after they are ripe; for if they lific Caftus, with oval tubercles cloſely joined, having
are kept out of the ground till the following ſpring, long white beards, commonly called Small Childing Melon-
they often miſcarry, and when they ſucceed, they thiſtle.
never come up until the ſpring after; ſo that by Theſe plants are natives of the Weſt-Indies, where
fowing them in autumn, a whole year is ſaved, and there are more forts than are here enumerated, if per-
the ſeeds ſeldom miſcarry. Theſe feeds ſhould be fons of ſkill were to examine thoſe iſlands. There
ſown on a ſhady border, where the plants are to re- have been about four of the large kinds brought to
main ; for the plants having long tap roots, will not England, ſome of which have been crowned with a
bear tranſplanting ſo well as many other kinds. The prickly brown cap, in form of one of thoſe fur caps,
diſtance to be obſerved for the fowing of their feeds which are worn by the Turks; and others, which have
ſhould be three feet apart; fo that if each kind is been deſtitute of theſe caps, although the plants were
fown in a drill, when the plants are come up, they full as large as thoſe which had them; therefore
may be thinned, leaving two of the moſt promiſing ſome perſons have ſuppoſed them to be diſtinct fpe-
plants of each kind to remain. Theſe plants will be- cies, eſpecially ſince theſe have been many years pre-
gin to appear early in April, when they muſt be care- ſerved in the gardens, and no appearance of any caps
fully cleared from weeds; and in dry weather, if as yet have been produced, but as theſe have been
they are gently watered while young, it will greatly rarely propagated by feeds, it is difficult to determine
promote their growth; after which time they will if they are eſſentially different. Thoſe which have
require no farther care but to keep them clean from theſe caps, produce their fruit in circles round the
upper
a

СА С
СА С
а
a
upper part of the cap; whereas, the ſmaller forts pro-
duce their fruit from between the tubercles, round
the middle of the plant: and in ſome figures of the
larger forts of theſe plants, the fruit is repreſented as
coming out near the crown of the plant; fo that if
ſkilful botaniſt was to examine theſe plants in the
places of their growth, there would probably be found
a much greater variety of them than is at preſent
known.
Theſe ſtrange plants commonly grow upon the ſteep
fides of rocks in the warmeſt parts of America, where
they ſeem to be thruſt out of the apertures, having
little or no earth to ſupport them; their roots ſhoot-
ing down into the fiſſures of the rock to a conſidera-
ble depth, ſo that it is troubleſome to get the plants
up, eſpecially as they are ſo ſtrongly armed with
thorns as to render it very dangerous to handle them;
and as theſe plants delight in thoſe rocky places, they
ſeldom live long when they are tranſplanted into better
foil by the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands.
The great forts were ſome years fince brought over
to England in much greater plenty than of late; but
then the greateſt part of them were deſtroyed, by the
unſkilfulneſs of thoſe perſons who had the care of them
in the voyage ; for, by giving them water, they ge-
nerally cauſed them to rot before they were taken out
of the ſhips; and ſome of thoſe which have appeared
to be found, have been ſo replete with moiſture, as
to rot ſoon after they have been placed in the ſtoves;
therefore whoever propoſes to bring theſe plants from
abroad, ſhould be very careful to take up
their roots
as entire as poſſible, and to plant them in tubs filled
with ſtones and rubbiſh, mixing very little earth with
it, and to plant three or four plants in each tub, in
proportion to their fizes ; for if they are placed cloſe
together, it will ſave room; and as they do not in-
creaſe their growth during their paſſage, there need
not be any room allowed them for that purpoſe.
There ſhould be ſeveral pretty large holes bored thro'
the bottom of theſe tubs, to let the moiſture paſs off;
and if theſe plants are planted in the tubs a month
before they are put on board the ſhip, they will in that
time have made new roots, which will be the moſt
ſecure method to have them fucceed; but, during
their continuance in the country, they ſhould have
no water given them, and after they are put on board
the ſhip, they muſt not have any moiſture whatever ;
;
therefore it will be a good method to cover the plants
with tarpaulin, to keep off the ſpray of the ſea in bad
weather, and expoſe them at all times to the open air
when the ſea is calm. By obſerving theſe directions,
the plants may be brought to England in good health,
provided they are brought in ſummer.
Some of the large fort which have been brought to
England, have been more than a yard in circumfe-
rence, and two feet and a half high, including their
caps; but I have been informed by ſeveral perſons
who have reſided in the Weſt-Indies, that there are
plants near twice as large.
The third fort was brought into England by the late
Dr. William Houſtoun, who procured the plants
from Mexico ; but as they were long in their paſſage,
and had received wet, they were decayed before they
arrived in England; but from the remains of them
which were left, they appeared to be the moſt fingu-
lar of all the fpecies yet known. This has two or-
ders of thorns, one of which are ſtrait, and ſet on
at the joints in cluſters, ſpreading out from the center
each way like a ſtar; and in the middle of each cluf-
ter is produced one broad flat thorn near two inches
in length, which ſtands erect, and is recurved at the
point, and is of a browniſh red colour. Theſe
thorns are, by the inhabitants of Mexico, ſet in
gold or ſilver, and made uſe of for picking their teeth,
and the plant is by them called Viſnaga, i. e. tooth-
pick.
The fort with ſpiral ribs, as alſo that with white
ſpines, I received from Antigua, with the common
fort; but whether theſe are only accidental varieties,
ariſing from the ſame ſeeds, or real different ſpecies,
I cannot take upon me to determine; ſince, in this
country, they are very rarely propagated by feeds;
nor could I obferve, in the ſeveral years that I have
had theſe plants under my care, there was the leaſt
diſpoſition in either of them to produce fruit; when,
at the ſame time, the common large fort produced
plenty of fruit out of their caps every year, from the
feeds of which I have raiſed fome young plants ;
but although ſome of theſe have grown to a con-
fiderable fize, yet none of them have as yet pro-
duced caps, therefore no fruit can be yet expected
from them.
The fifth fort produces quantities of fruit annually;
and as the feeds grow very readily, it is now very
common in thoſe gardens where there are ftoves to
keep them; for if the fruit is permitted to drop upon
the earth of the pots, and that is not diſturbed, there
will plenty of plants come up without any farther
trouble; and theſe ſeedling plants may be taken up
as ſoon as they are of a proper fize to remove, and
planted ſix or ſeven of them into a ſmall halfpenny
pot, where they may ſtand one year ; by which time
they will be large enough to be each planted into a
ſeparate pot, and afterward they will make great pro-
greſs, eſpecially if they are plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark in ſummer; for although this fort is
much more hardy than the large kind, and may be
preſerved in a moderate ftove, yet the plants will not
make near the progreſs as thoſe which are kept in a
greater degree of heat. This fort will continue
many years with proper care, and the plants will grow
to be a foot high or more ; but when they are ſo tall,
the lower part of them is not ſo fightly, their green
being decayed, and the ſpines changed to a dark dirty
colour, they appear as if dead, ſo that the upper part
of theſe old plants only ſeem to have life; whereas
the plants of the middling fize appear healthy from
top to bottom. The flowers of this ſort appear in
July and Auguft, and are ſucceeded by the fruit
quite round the plant, which are of a fine ſcarlet co-
lour, and continue freſh upon the plants through the
winter, which renders them very beautiful at that
ſeaſon. And in the ſpring, when the fruit ſhrivels
and becomes dry, the feeds will be ripe, and may
then be rubbed out, and fown upon the furface of the
earth in ſmall pots, which ſhould be plunged into a
hot-bed of tanners bark to bring up the plants.
The fixth fort is but little larger than the fifth, grow-
ing nearly in the ſame form; but this produces a
great number of young plants from the ſides, by which
it is increaſed. This fort produces tufts of a ſoft
white down upon the knobs, and alſo between them
at every joint, which makes the whole plant appear
as if it was covered with fine cotton. The flowers of
this ſort are produced from between the knobs round
the fides of the plants, which are in ſhape and colour
very much like thoſe of the fifth fort, but larger.
Theſe flowers are not ſucceeded byany fruit, at leaſt all
thoſe which I have under my care, have not produced
I
any, although they have produced plenty of flowers
for ſome years ; but from the ſame places where the
flowers have appeared, there have been young plants
thruſt out the following ſeaſon. Theſe young plants
I have taken off, and after laying them to dry for two
or three days, I have planted them, and they have
fucceeded
well.
All the ſpecies of this genus are plants of a ſingular
ſtructure, but eſpecially the larger kinds of them,
which appear like a large fefhy green Melon, with
deep ribs, ſet all over with ſtrong ſharp thorns; and
when the plants are cut through the middle, their
inſide is nothing but a ſoft, green, fleſhy fubſtance,
very full of moiſture. And I have been aſſured by
perſons of credit, who have lived in the Weſt-Indies,
that in times of great drought, the cattle repair to
the barren rocks, which are covered with theſe plants,
and after having ripped up the large plants with their
horns, ſo as to tear off the outſide ſkin with the thorns,
they have greedily devoured all the fleſhy moiſt parts
of the plants, which has afforded them both ineat
very
و
ani

СА С
CÆS
9.
a
and drink; but how any animal ſhould ever attack plentifully ſtocked with them, may be foon ſupplied
plants which are ſo well defended by ſtrong thorns, with the fifth fort from ſeeds, and the ſixth from the
which are as hard and ſtiff as whalebone, or any other young plants which are thruſt out from the ſide of the
bony ſubftance, is difficult to conceive; nor could any old.
thing but diſtreſs for moiſture ever have tempted CÆSALPIN A. Plum. Nov. Gen. Brafiletto.
them to venture amongſt theſe troubleſome plants to This plant was ſo named by father Plumier, who dif-
ſearch for relief, ſince they muſt encounter with many covered it in America, in honour of Andreas Cæfal-
difficulties, before they could find a method of dif- pinus, an eminent botaniſt, and one of the firſt writ-
lodging the thorns.
ers on a method of claffing plants.
The fruit of all the forts of Melon-thiſtles, are fre-
The CHARACTERS are,
quently eaten by the inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies ; It hath a quinquefid pitcher-ſhaped empalement, the un-
there is ſcarce any difference in the fruits of all the der lobe being large. The flower hath five almoſt equal
kinds I have yet feen, either in fize, ſhape, colour, petals, of the butterfly kind. It bath ten declining ſta-
or taſte. They are about three quarters of an inch in mina which are diſtinct, and terminated by roundiſh ſum-
length, of a taper form, drawing to a point at the mits, and an oblong germen Supporting a ſingle ſtyle the
bottom toward the plant, but blunt at the top, where length of the ſtamina, crowned by a blunt ſtigma. The
the empalement of the flower was ſituated. The taſte empalement afterward becomes an oblong compreſſed pod,
is an agreeable acid, which, in a hot country, muſt with one cell incloſing three or four compreſſed ſeeds.
render the fruit more grateful.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firit ſection of
All the forts of theſe plants require a very good ſtove Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
to preſerve them through the winter in England, nor the flower having ten ſeparate ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ſhould they be expoſed to the open air in fummer;
The SPECIES are,
for although they may continue fair to outward ap- 1. CÆSALPINA (Braſilienſis) foliis duplicato-pinnatis,
pearance, when they have been ſome time expoſed foliolis emarginatis, floribus decandris. Cæfalpina with
abroad, yet they will imbibe moiſture, which will doubly winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are indented at
cauſe them to rot ſoon after they are removed into the the end, and flowers with ten ſtamina. Pſeudo-fanta-
ftove. And this is frequently the caſe of thoſe plants lum croceum. Sloan. Hiſt. Jam. Vol. II. p. 184. Saf-
which are brought from abroad, which have a fair fron-coloured Baſtard Saunders, commonly called Brafiletto.
healthy appearance many times at their firſt arrival, 2. CÆSALPINA ( Arifta) foliis duplicato-pinnatis foliolis
but foon after decay, and this will happen very ſud- ovatis integerrimis floribus pentandriis. Cæſalpina with
denly. Scarce any appearance of diſorder will be doubly winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are aval and
feen, till the whole plant is killed; which, in a few entire, and flowers with five ſtamine. Cæſalpina poly-
hours time, has often been the fate of thoſe plants, phylla aculis horrida. Plum. Nov. Gen. 28.
when they have been placed in the ſtove.
The firſt fort is the tree which affords the Braſiletto
If theſe plants are plunged into a hot-bed of tanners wood, which is much uſed in dyeing. It grows na-
bark in ſummer, it will greatly forward them in their turally in the warmeſt parts of America, from whence
growth; but when this is practiſed, there ſhould be the wood is imported for the dyers; and the demand
ſcarce any water given to the plants, for the moiſture for it has been fo great, that there are no large trees
which they will imbibe from the fermentation of the left in any of the British colonies, the biggeſt ſcarce
tan, will be ſufficient for them, and more would exceeding eight inches in diameter, and fifteen feet
cauſe them to rot. The beſt method to preſerve all in height. It hath very flender branches, which are
the large kinds is, in winter, to place the pots, either armed with recurved thorns. The leaves are wing-
upon
the
tops
of the flues, or, at leaſt, very near ed, branching out into many diviſions, each being
them, that they may have the warmeſt place of the garniſhed with ſmall oval lobes which are indented at
ftove; and during that ſeaſon, never to give them any the top, and are placed oppoſite. The foot-ſtalks
water; but when the ſeaſon comes for leaving out the of the flowers come out from the ſide of the branches,
fire in the ftove, to remove them into a bed of tan- and are terminated by a looſe pyramidal ſpike of
ners bark, which will ſoon ſet them in a growing ſtate, white flowers, which are ſhaped ſomewhat like thoſe
and recover their verdure. The foil in which theſe of the butterfly kind, having ten ſtamina which are
ſhould be planted, muſt be of a fandy nature, and if much longer than the petals, and terminated by
mixed with ſome dry lime rubbiſh, it will be ſtill bet- roundiſh yellow ſummits. The germen afterward
In the bottom of the pots ſhould be placed ſome becomes a long compreſſed pod with one cell, inclof-
ſtones, in order to drain off any moiſture which may
,
ing ſeveral oval flat feeds.
be in the earth; for as theſe plants naturally grow The ſecond fort grows naturally in the ſame countries
upon the hot dry burning rocks which have no with the firſt, but is of larger fize: it ſends out many
earth, and, were it not for theſe plants, would be ab- weak irregular branches, armed with ſhort, ſtrong, up-
ſolutely barren, we muſt imitate their natural foil as right thorns. The leaves branch out in the ſame
near as poſible, making ſome allowance for the dif- manner as the firſt, but the lobes (or ſmall leaves)
ference of climates.
are oval and entire. The flowers are produced in
The great forts may be propagated by feeds, which long ſpikes like thoſe of the former, but are varie-
muſt be fown and managed as hath been directed for gated with red; theſe have each but five ſtamina,
the ſmaller fort ; but as the plants which are raiſed therefore, according to Linnæus's ſyſtem, ſhould
from ſeeds in England, will be ſome years in arriving not be ranged in this claſs; but as in all the other
to any conſiderable fize, it will be much the beſt way characters they agree, I have continued them to-
to procure ſome plants from the Weſt-Indies; and if gether.
the plants arrive here in any of the ſummer months, Dr. Linnæus has joined theſe two fpecies together,
ſo as that there may be time for them to get new root in which he has been followed by Dr. Burman; but
before the cold comes on in autumn, the plants will if either of them had ſeen the plants, they could not
more certainly ſucceed. When the plants come over,
have committed this miſtake. To this
To this genus Lin-
it will be proper to take them out of the earth as ſoon næus has added two other ſpecies, one of which is a
as poſſible, and lay them in the ſtove upon the ſhelves, Guilandina, and the other a Bauhinia : to the latter he
to dry, for a fortnight or three weeks; and when they has added the Synonime of Colutea Veræ Crucis Ve-
are planted, they ſhould be plunged into a good ficaria, which is a plant totally different, being a ge-
warm bed of tanners bark, to promote their making nuine Colutea. I received this from the late Dr.
In this bed they may remain till the be- Houſtoun, who found it growing naturally at La Vera
ginning of October, when they muſt be removed into Cruz, in New Spain.
the ſtove, and treated in the manner before directed. Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
The two finall ſorts propagate fo faſt in England, as be ſown in ſmall pots filled with light rich earth early
to render it unneceſſary to ſend for plants of theſe in the ſpring, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
kinds from abroad, for whoever hath a mind to be bark, obſerving to water the earth as often as it ap-
6
pears
a
ter.
new roots.

CAL
CAL
a
و
warm.
a
DIUM.
و
pears dry, in order to promote the vegetation of the when the plants come up, they ſhould be tenderly
feeds; and if the nights ſhould prove cold, the glaſſes treated while young, admitting freſh air to them
of the hot-bed ſhould be covered with mats, to keep daily in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, giv-
the bed in a moderate warmth. In about ſix weeks ing them water frequently, but ſparingly; when they
after, the plants will begin to appear, when they have obtained ftrength enough to be removed, thoſe
muſt be carefully cleared from weeds, and frequently of the firſt fort ſhould be tranſplanted into another
refreſhed with water; and, in warm weather, the
hot-bed, allowing them four inches diſtance. The
glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be raiſed in the middle plants of the ſecond ſort ſhould be put into ſmall pots
of the day, to admit freſh air to the plants, which plunged into the tan-bed, obſerving to ſhade them
will greatly ſtrengthen them, otherwiſe they are apt until they have taken new root; after which they
to draw up weak. When the plants are about three ſhould be treated in the ſame manner as other tender
inches high, they ſhould be carefully taken out of the exotic plants, watering them frequently in warm
pots, and each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall pot weather, and admitting freíh air to them daily. When
filled with freih light earth, and plunged into the hot- the plants of the firſt fort have grown fo ítrong as to
bed again, obſerving to water them, and ſcreen them meet, they ſhould be carefully planted in pots, and
from the heat of the fun until they have taken new removed either into the ſtove or glaſs-caſe, where
root; after which time, the glaffes of the hot-bed they may remain to ripen feeds, after which they ſoon
ſhould be raiſed every day, in proportion to the heat die. The plants of the ſecond fort will live many
of the weather, to admit freſh air to the plants. In years if they are preſerved in the bark-ſtove, but
this hot-bed the plants may remain till autumn, when they are too tender to thrive in the open air in this
they ſhould be removed into the ſtove, and plunged country; however, they ſhould have plenty of freih
into the bark-bed, where they may have room to
air admitted to them in ſummer when the weather is
grow. Theſe plants being tender, ſhould always be
kept in the bark-ſtove, and have a moderate ſhare of CALENDULA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 885. Marigold.
heat in the winter, and being placed among other
The CHARACTERS are,
tender exotic plants of the ſame country, will afford It haih a compound radiated flower, conſisting of ber-
an agreeable variety.
maphrodite and female florets, included in a common ſingle
CAINITO. See CHRYSOPHYLLUM.
empalement, the border or rays being compoſed of female
CAKILE, Sea Rocket. See BUNIAS.
florets
, which are ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue ;
CALABA, Indian Maftich-tree. See CORNUS. theſe have no ſtamina, but an oblong three-cornered ger-
CALAMINTHA. See MELISSA.
men, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by two reflexed
CALCEOLUS, Ladies Slipper. See CYPRIPE- ſtigma. The hermaphrodite florets, which compoſe the
diſk, are tubulous and quinquefid, having five Sort fen-
CALCITRAPA. See CENTAUREA.
der ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits. The ger-
CALEA.
men is ſituated under the petal, ſupporting a Nender ſtyle,
The CHARACTERS are,
crowned by an obtuſe bifid stigma. Theſe florets are bar,
It heth a uniform compound flower, compoſed of many ren, but the female florets are each ſucceeded by one oblong
equal hermaphrodite florets, included in a looſe imbricated incurved ſeed, with angular membranes,
empalement ; the florets cre tubulous, divided into five This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
ſegments ; they have each five ſtamina with cylindrical of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
fummits, and an oblong germen, with a fender ſtyle the lygamia neceffaria ; in which are included all thoſe
length of the corolla, crowned by two recurved ſtigma. plants which have hermaphrodite barren flowers in the
The florets are ſucceeded by an oblong ſeed, crowned with diſk, and fruitful female flowers in the border,
a hairy down, having a chaffy ſubſtance between each
The SPECIES are,
feed.
1. CALENDULA ( Arvenſis) feminibus cymbiformibus mu-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of ricatis incurvatis. Flor. Suec. 711. Marigold with
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly- rough boat-ſhaped ſeeds. Caltha arvenſis. C. B. P. 275.
gamia æqualis, the flowers being compoſed of her- 2. CALENDULA (Saneta) feminibus urceolatis obovatis
maphrodite flowers.
lævibus, calycibus ſubmuricatis, Lin, Sp. 1304. Ma-
The SPECIES are,
rigold with ſmooth pitcher-Shoped leaves, and a rough
1. CALEA (Oppofitifolia) corymbus congeſtis, peduncu- empalement. Caltha media folio longo cinereo, flore
lis longiffimis, foliis lanceolatis, caule herbaceo. A- pallido. Bobart. Middle Marigold with a long Ah-co-
mæn. Acad. 5. p. 404. Calea with a cloſe corymbus, Loured leaf, and a pale flower.
very long foot-ſtalks to the flowers, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, 3. CALENDULA (Officinalis) ſeminibus cymbiformibus
and an herbaceous Stalk. Santolina Americana foliis muricatis, incurvatis omnibus. Lin. Sp. 1304. Ma-
oblongis integris, floribus albis. Houſt. MSS.
rigold with boat-ſhaped, prickly, incurved ſeeds. Caltha
2. CALEA ( Amellus) floribus ſubpaniculatis, calycibus vulgaris. C. B. P. 275. Common Marigold.
brevibus, feminibus nudis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis pe- 4. CALENDULA (Pluvialis) foliis lanceolatis ſinuato-den-
tiolatis. Amen. Acad. 5. p. 404. Calea with flowers ticulatis caule folioſo, pedunculis filiformibus. Hort,
in panicles, Short empalements, naked ſeeds, and oval Upfal. 274. Marigold with ſpear-ſhaped indented leaves,
Spear-ſhaped leaves on foot-ſtalks. Santolina ſcandens and Nender foot-ſtalks. Caltha Africana flore intus
Americana Lauri foliis, floribus racemofis. Houſt. albo extus violaceo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 499.
MSS.
5. CALENDUDA (Nudicaulis) foliis lanceolatis ſinuato-
Theſe plants grow naturally in Jamaica. The firſt dentatis caule ſubnudo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 922. Marigold
hath an upright herbaceous ftalk three feet high, with ſinuated, indented, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a naked
garniſhed with entire fpear-ſhaped leaves, placed op- Stalk. Caltha Africana flore intus albo, extus leviter
poſite at the joints; the ſtalk is terminated by three violaceo, ſemine plano cordato. Boerh. Ind. alt. I.
foot-ſtalks, one in the middle, and one on each ſide,
p. 113
fupporting a ſmall corymbus of white flowers cloſely 6. CALENDULA (Hybrida) foliis lanceolatis dentatis caule
joined together.
folioſo, pedunculis fupernè incraſſatis. Hort. Upſal.
The ſecond fort hath ligneous branches, which ſpread 274. Morigold with indented ſpear-shaped leaves, and
over the neighbouring plants, and riſe eight or ten the upper part of the foot-ſtalk ſwelling. Cardiſpermum
feet high, garniſhed with thick ſpear-ſhaped leaves Africanum pubeſcens foliis inciſis parvo flore. Vaill.
placed oppoſite; from theſe ſtalks are put out many Mem. Acad. Sc. 1724.
fide branches, garniſhed with ſmaller leaves placed 7. CALENDULA (Graminifolia) folijs linearibus fubinte-
oppoſite, and terminated by panicles of yellow flow- gerrimis caule ſubnudo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 922. Maria
ers, having ſhort empalements: theſe are ſucceeded gold with narrow entire leaves, and a naked ſtalk. Cal.
by naked ſeeds incloſed in the flower-cup.
tha Africana foliis Croci anguftis, florum petalis ex-
Theſe plants are both propagated by feeds, which ternè purpurafcentibus, internè albis. Boerh, Ind. alt,
should be fown upon a hot-bed early in the ſpring; 1. p. 113
8. CALEN
a

CAL
CAL
The up-
narrow
8. CALENDULA (Fruticofa) foliis obovatis fubdentatis,
caule fruticofo. Amen. Acad. 5. p. 25. Marigold
with obverſe, oval, indented leaves, and a ſhrubly ſtalk.
9. CALENDULA (Decumbens) foliis oppofitis pinnatifidis
aiperis, fubtus incanis, ramis decumbentis, pedun-
culis nudis. Marigold with rough pinnatifid leaves grow-
ing oppoſite, which are white on their under fide, trail-
ing branches, and naked foot-ſtalks. Caltha Americana
foliis laciniatis flore luteo. Houft. MSS.
10. CALENDULA (Americana) caule erecto ramofo, foliis
oblongis oppoſitis hirſutis, floribus lateralibus. Ma-
rigold with an upright branching ſtalk, oblong hairy
leaves growing oppoſite, and flowers proceeding from the
ſides of the ſtalk. Caltha Americana erecta, & hirſuta,
flore parvo ochroleuco. Houſt. MSS.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
Spain, and Italy; it riſes with a ſlender branching
ſtalk, which ſpreads near the ground, and is garniſh-
ed with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, which
half ſurround the ſtalk at their baſe; the flowers are
produced at the extremity of the branches upon long
naked foot-ſtalks. They are very ſmall, and of a
pale yellow colour; the rays are very narrow, as are
,
alſo the leaves of the empalement. The ſeeds are
long, narrow, and on their outſide armed with
prickles. The root is annual, and periſhes ſoon after
the ſeeds are ripe. If the feeds of this plant are per-
mitted to ſcatter, there will be a freſh ſupply of
young plants : ſo that from May, when the flowers
firſt appear, till the froſt puts a ſtop to them, there
will be a ſucceſſion of plants in flower. There are
ſeveral botaniſts who ſuppoſe the common Marigold,
which is cultivated in gardens, to be only a variety
of this, ariſing from culture ; but I have cultivated
this in the garden more than forty years, without
finding the leaſt alteration in it, therefore cannot
doubt of its being a diſtinct ſpecies.
The ſecond fort I gathered in the garden at Leyden,
where it had been ſeveral years cultivated without al-
tering; the leaves of this ſort are ſmooth, and much
larger than thoſe of the former, but not fo large as
thoſe of the common Marigold; the flowers are alſo
of a middle ſize between them, and are of a very pale
yellow colour. This is alſo an annual plant. If the
ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, there will be a conſtant
ſupply of young plants come up.
The third fort is the common Marigold, which is
cultivated for uſe in the gardens; this is ſo well
known, as to require no deſcription. Of this there
are the following varieties ; the common fingle; the
double flowering; the largeſt very double flower; the
double Lemon-coloured flower; the greater and
fmaller childing Marigold.
Theſe varieties are ſuppoſed to have been originally
obtained from the ſeeds of the common Marigold, but
moſt of theſe differences continue, if the feeds are pro-
perly ſaved; nor have I ever obſerved the common
ſort approaching to either of theſe, where they have
been long cultivated in the greateſt plenty; but as
the two childing Marigolds, and the largeſt double,
are ſubject to degenerate, where care is not taken in
ſaving their feeds, I conclude they are not diſtinct
fpecies. The beſt way to preſerve theſe varieties, is
to pull up all thoſe plants, whoſe flowers are leſs dou-
ble, as ſoon as they appear, that they may not im-
pregnate the others with their farina, and ſave the
ſeeds from the largeſt and moſt double flowers; and
the childing fort ſhould be ſown by itſelf in a ſeparate
part of the garden, and the feeds faved from the large
center flowers only, not from the ſmall ones which
come from the empalement of the other, for the ſeeds
of theſe are apt to change.
The feeds of theſe may be fown in March or April,
where the plants are to remain, and will require no
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds,
and to thin the plants where they are too cloſe, leav-
ing them ten inches afunder, that their branches may
have room to ſpread. Theſe plants will begin to
fiower in June, and continue in flower until the froſt
kills them. The feeds ripen in Auguſt and Septem-
ber, which, if permitted to ſcatter, will furnith a
fupply of young plants in the ſpring; but as theſe
will be a mixture of bad and good, the beſt method is
to ſave the beſt feeds, and fow each of the varieties
diſtinct, which is the ſure way to have them in per-
fection. The flowers of the common Marigold are
uſed in the kitchen.
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This plant is annual, and periſhes foon after
the feeds are perfected.
The lower leaves are oblong, ſpear-ſhaped, and
deeply indented on their edges; they are fleſhy, and
of a pale green colour. The ſtalks are produced on
every fide the root, which decline toward the ground,
and are from fix to eight inches long, garniſhed with
leaves from the bottom, to within two inches of the
top. The leaves on the ſtalks are much narrower,
and more indented than thoſe at the root.
per part of the ſtalk is very ſlender, upon which
reſts one flower, ſhaped like thoſe of the common
Marigold, having a purple bottom; and the rays
(or border) of the flower are of a Violet-colour on
their outſide, and of a pure white within ; theſe open
when the ſun ſhines, but ſhut up in the evening, and
remain ſo in cloudy weather. When the flower de-
cays, the pedicle (or foot-ſtalk) becomes weak, and
the head hangs down, during the formation and
growth of the feeds; but when they are fully ripe,
the foot-ſtalk raiſes itſelf again, and the heads of the
ſeeds ſtand upright.
The fifth fort is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.
This is alſo an annual plant, and has much the ap-
pearance of the former, but the leaves are mere
deeply indented on their edges; the ſtalks grow
about the ſame length as the former; the flower is a
little ſmaller, and the outſide of the rays are of a
fainter purple colour. The ſeeds of this are flat and
heart-ſhaped, but thoſe of the former are long and
The fixth fort was brought from the ſame country
with the two former, and is alſo an annual plant;
the leaves of this are much longer than thoſe of either
of the former forts, and broader at the end ; they are
regularly indented near the root, but thoſe on the
ſtalks have but few and ſhallow indentures. The
ſtalks of this fort are much longer and thicker than
thoſe of the former; and at the top, juft below the
flower, ſwell larger than at the bottom; the flower is
ſmaller than thoſe of the other forts, but is of the ſame
colour. Theſe plants flower in June, July, and Au-
guſt, and their feeds ripen about fix weeks after ; ſo
that they muſt be gathered at different times as they
come to maturity.
The feeds of theſe plants ſhould be fown in the
ſpring in the borders of the garden where the plants
are deſigned to remain, for they do not bear tranf-
planting well; therefore they may be treated in the
fame manner, and fown at the ſame time, with Candy
Tuft, Venus Looking Glaſs, and other hardy annual
plants, putting four or five feeds in each patch, if
they all grow, there ſhould not be more than two
plants left in each patch: after this, they require no
farther care but to keep them clean from weeds. If
the feeds of theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter, the
plants will come up the following ſpring without care,
and theſe will flower earlier than thoſe which are fown
in the ſpring
The ſeventh fort is alſo a native of the fame coun-
try. This is a perennial plant, which divides near the
root into ſeveral tufted heads, which are cloſely co-
vered with long graffy leaves coming out on every
fide without order; ſome of theſe have one or two in-
dentures on their edges, but the moſt part are entire.
From between the leaves ariſe naked foot-ſtalks
about nine inches long, fuſtaining one flower at the
top, which is about the ſize of the common Mari-
gold, having a purple bottom; the rays are alſo pur-
,
ple without, but of a pure white within. Theſe expand
when the fun ſhines, but always cloſe in the evening,
and in cloudy weather. The general ſeaſon of their
beauty
9
a

C AL
C A L
beauty is in April and May, when they have the flowers, about the ſize of thoſe of the Field Daiſy:
greateſt number of flowers upon them; but there is which are fucceeded by long, flat, rough ſeeds. It
commonly a ſucceſſion of flowers late in the autumn, grows naturally in poor ſandy ground, and flowers in
though not in ſo great plenty. This ſort doth not the ſpring. This plant is annual; the feeds muſt
often produce good ſeeds in Europe, but it is eaſily be fown in the ſpring upon a hot-bed, and when the
propagated by flips taken off from the heads, in the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted in
fame manner as is practiſed for Thrift. They may be pots filled with light fandy earth, and plunged into
planted any time in ſummer, in pots filled with light a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them
freih earth, which may be plunged into a very mo- until they have taken new root; then they muſt have
derate hot-bed, to forward their putting out roots ; air admitted to them every day, in proportion to the
or otherwiſe the pots may be funk in the ground up warmth of the ſeaſon, and treated in the ſame manner
to their rims, and covered with a Melon-glaſs, which, as other tender plants from the ſame countries. With
in the middle of ſummer, will anſwer full as well, this management, the plants will flower in Auguſt,
but in the ſpring or autumn, the former method is and the feeds ripen in October.
to be preferred: when theſe are planted, the glaſſes The tenth ſort riſes with an upright ſtalk about eight
muſt be ſhaded in the heat of the day, and the flips inches high, fending out flender ſtiff branches on
muſt be frequently refreſhed with water, but it muſt every fide, thoſe near the ground being much longer
not be given them too liberally, for much wet will than the upper; theſe are garniſhed with oblong
rot them: after they have got ſtrong roots, they ſhould
hairy leaves without foot-ſtalks, placed oppoſite.
be each planted into ſeparate ſmall pots, filled with From the wings of the ſtalk, ariſes the foot-Italk of
freſh light earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation, till the flower, having two ſmall leaves placed oppoſite,
they have taken freſh root, when they may be placed
,
juſt below the flower, which hath a ſingle empale-
in the open air, in a ſheltered ſituation, where they ment, like the other ſpecies. The flowers are of a
may remain till autumn, and then ſhould be placed yellowiſh white colour. This fort was ſent me with
in a dry, airy, glaſs-caſe, for the winter ſeaſon, or the former from La Vera Cruz, by the ſame gentle-
under a common hot-bed frame; for theſe plants do man. It is an annual plant, and requires the ſame
not thrive in artificial heat, they only require pro-
treatment as the former fort.
tection from froſt and wet, and ſhould enjoy the air CALF's SNOUT. See ANTIRRHINUM.
at all times when the weather is mild. The ſeeds of CALLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 917. Wake Robin, or
this fort are heart-ſhaped, like thoſe of the fifth. I Ethiopian Arum.
have ſometimes had one or two heads of them ripen
The CHARACTERS are,
in a ſeaſon, but this is very rare; and if the ſeeds are It bath e large open ſpatha of one leaf, which is oval
not fown in autumn, they ſeldom grow.
and beart-ſhaped, ending in a point, it is coloured and
The eighth fort has been of late years introduced into permanent, and a ſingle upright Spadix, to which the
the Dutch gardens from the Cape of Good Hope. flowers and fruit adhere. This hath male and female
This was ſent me by Dr. Van Royen, profeſſor of flowers, intermixed toward the upper part of the club (or
botany at Leyden, fome years paſt. It hath a ſlender, Spadix.). The male flowers confiſt of many very ſhort ſta-
fhrubby, perennial ſtalk, which riſes to the height mina, terminated by ſmall yellowiſh ſummits; the female
of ſeven or eight feet, but requires ſupport; this
flowers have a compreſſed ſtyle, reſting upon an obtuſe
ſends out a great number of weak branches, from germen, crowned by a pointed ſtigma. Theſe flowers, at
the bottom to the top, which hang downward, unleſs their firſt appearance, have a ſhort green empalement
they are ſupported; they are garniſhed with oval which foon falls off, leaving the ſtyle naked. The germen
leaves, having ſhort flat foot-ſtalks; moſt of theſe afterward becomes a globular pulpy fruit, compreſſed or
are ſlightly indented toward the top, and many of two fides, incloſing iwo or three obtuſe Seeds.
them are entire; they are of a ſhining green colour This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
on their upper fide, but paler underneath; the flow- of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, intitled Gynandria Po-
ers come out at the end of the branches, on ſhort lyandria. This claſs includes thoſe plants whoſe male
naked foot-ítalks, and are in ſize and colour like thoſe and female flowers are intermixed; and this ſection,
of the ſixth fort; theſe are ſometimes ſucceeded by thoſe whoſe male parts have many ſtamina.
flat heart ſhaped ſeeds. The flowers appear during
The SPECIES are,
the ſummer months.
1. CALLA (Æthiopica) foliis ſagitato-cordatis, fpathâ
This is eaſily propagated by cuttings, which may be cucullatâ, fpadice fupernè maſculo. Hort. Cliff. 436.
planted any time in ſummer in a ſhady border, or Calla with arrow-beaded heart-baped leaves, a booded
otherwiſe ſhaded with mats in the heat of the day : Spatha or Meath, and male flowers ſituated on the upper
in five or fix weeks, theſe will have taken root, when part of the ſpadix. Arum Africanum flore albo odo-
they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each put into rato. Par. Bat. Prod.
a ſeparate pot, filled with light ſandy earth, but not 2. CALLA (Paluſtris) foliis cordatis, fpathâ plana, ſpa-
dunged, and placed in the ſhade till they have taken dice undique hermaphrodito. Hort. Cliff. 436. Calla
freſh root; then they may be placed with other hardy with heart-ſhaped leaves, a plain ſheath, and every part
exotic plants in a ſheltered ſituation where they may of the foot-ji alk batb bermaphrodite flowers. Dracunculus
remain till the froſt begins, when they muſt be re-
aquatilis. Dod. Pempt. 330.
moved into the green-houſe, placing them near the 3. CALLA (Orientalis) foliis ovatis. Gron. Orient. 282.
windows that they may enjoy the free air, for this Calla with oval leaves. Arum minus Orientale, ro-
plant only requires protection from froſt. The earth tundioribus foliis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 544.
in which theſe are planted, ſhould be light, but very This plant hath thick, fleſhy, tuberous roots, which
poor, for in rich earth they grow too luxuriant, and are covered with a thin brown ſkin, and ſtrike down
ſeldom flower.
many ſtrong fleſhy fibres into the ground. The leaves
The ninth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, in ariſe in cluſters, having foot-ftalks more than a foot
New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſtoun, where he long, which are green and ſucculent. The leaves are
found it growing naturally in great plenty. This ſhaped like the point of an arrow, they are eight or
fends out many herbaceous ſtalks from the root, which nine inches in length, and of a ſhining green, ending
are hairy, and trail upon the ground. The leaves in a ſharp point, which turns backward; between
are placed by pairs oppoſite; theſe are long, narrow, the leaves ariſe the foot-ſtalk of the flower, which is
and indented on their edges in two or three places thick, ſmooth, of the ſame colour as the leaves, and
oppoſite to each other, ſo as to appear like three, riſes above them, and is terminated by a ſingle flower,
five, or ſeven lobes: they are rough, and of a deep ſhaped like thoſe of the Arum; the hood or ſpatha
green on their upper fide, but hoary on their under, being twiſted at the bottom, ſpreads open at the
covered with ſlender hairs. From the diviſions of top, and is of a pure white colour. In the center of
the branches and the wings of the leaves, come out this is ſituated the fpadix or club, which is of an
long naked foot-ſtalks, terminated by ſingle yellow herbaceous yellow colour, upon which the ſmall her-
baceous
a
I

CAL
САМ
ز
a
baceous flowers are placed, and ſo cloſely joined, as their natural places of growth, or when they are re-
that the male and female parts are very difficult to moved into a garden. They both grow upon moiſt
diſtinguiſh, without the affiftance of glaſſes. When boggy land, in many parts of England, but the firſt
theſe fade, part of thoſe which are ſituated at the top is the moſt common; of this there is a variety with
of the club, are ſucceeded by roundiſh fleſhy berries very double flowers, which for its beauty is preſerved
compreſſed on two fides, each containing two or three in many gardens. This is propagated by parting the
ſeeds.
roots in autumn, and ſhould be planted in a moiſt
This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good foil and a ſhady fituation; and as there are often
Hope, but has been long an inhabitant in the Engliſh ſuch places in gardens, where few other plants will
gardens. It propagates very faſt by offsets, which thrive, ſo theſe may be allowed to have room, and
ſhould be taken off the latter end of Auguſt, at which during their ſeaſon of flowering, will afford an agree-
time the old leaves decay ; but this plant is never able variety. This fort with double flowers, doth
deſtitute of leaves, for before the old ones decay, not appear ſo early in the ſpring as the ſingle, but
there are young leaves produced, which advance in continues much longer in beauty. It flowers in May,
height all the winter ; but at this ſeaſon the roots are and if the ſeaſon is not very warm, will continue till
in their moſt inactive ſtate. Theſe roots have gene-
the middle of June.
rally a great number of offsets about them, ſo that CALYCANTHUS. See BASTERIA.
unleſs there is a want of them, the largeſt only ſhould | CALYX [with botaniſts, ſignifies the cup
of a flower
be choſen ; which ſhould be ſeparated from all the before it opens: this is ſtyled the empalement of the
ſmaller, and each planted in a ſeparate pot, filled flower; in ſome plants this continues, and becomes
with kitchen-garden earth, and placed with other afterward a cover to the feeds of herbs, and fruit of
hardy exotic plants in the open air till autumn, when trees.] Lat. The cup incloſing or containing the
they muſt be removed into ſhelter for the winter
flower.
ſeafon, during which time, they muſt not have too CAMARA.. See LANTANA.
much wet, for that will rot the roots. This plant CAMERARIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 18. tab. 29.
is ſo hardy as to live in the open air in mild winters, Lin. Gen. Plant. 264.
without any cover, if they are planted in warm bor- This plant was ſo named by father Plumier, in ho-
ders, and have a dry foil; but with a little ſhelter nour of Joachim Camerarius, a phyſician and botaniſt
in hard froſt, they may be preſerved in the full ground of Nuremberg; who publiſhed an edition of Mat-
very well. It flowers in May, and the feeds ripen thiolus, in Latin and High Dutch, with new figures
in Auguft; but as the roots increaſe fo plentifully, of the plants, and many obſervations.
few perſons care to fow the ſeeds, becauſe the young
The CHARACTERS are,
plants will not flower in leſs than three years. The The flower bath a ſort permanent empalement of one leaf,
flowers of this plant have but little ſweetneſs, altho' cut into five acute ſegments at the top: the flower is of
by Herman's title, it ſhould have a very agreeable one leaf, ſolver-ſhaped, having a long cylindrical tube at
odour ; but unleſs a perſon places it near him, it bottom, which is enlarged above, and divided at the top
cannot be perceived. I have frequently received the into five acute ſegments. It bath five ſhort inflexed ſta-
feeds of this from the Cape of Good Hope, but have mina, which are terminated by obtufe membranaceous ſum-
always found they produced the ſame fort.
mits. In the bottom of the tube are ſituated two roundiſh
The ſecond fort grows naturally in moiſt or marſhy germen, having one common ſtyle, which is cylindrical,
grounds in many parts of Europe, ſo is rarely ad- and the length of the ſtamina, crowned by two ſtigma ;
mitted into gardens.
the under one is orbicular and flat, the other is concave,
The third ſort grows naturally on the mountains near The germen afterward becomes two long, taper, leafy cap-
Aleppo. This hath a thick tuberous root, from ſules, filled with oblong cylindrical ſeeds.
which ſpring up feveral oval leaves, ſtanding on pretty This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
long foot-ſtalks; the ſpadix of the flower riſes be- Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
tween the leaves, about fix or eight inches high, the flowers of this claſs having five ſtamina, and thoſe
fupporting one white flower at the top.
in this ſection but one ſtyle.
The roots of this ſort ſhould be planted in pots filled
The SPECIES are,
with light earth, and in fummer they may be placed 1. CAMERARIA (Latifolia) foliis ovatis, utrinque acutis
with other exotic plants in the open air; but in winter tranſverſe ſtratis. Hort. Cliff. 76. Lin. Sp. Plant. 210.
they ſhould be placed under a common hot-bed Cameraria with roundiſh leaves ending in points tranſ-
frame, to ſcreen them from froſt, to which if they verſly ribbed. Cameraria lato Myrti folio. Plum. Nov.
are expoſed the roots will be deſtroyed; there is little Gen. 18.
beauty in this plant, ſo it is only preſerved in botanic 2. CAMERARIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis linearibus. Lin. Sp.
gardens for variety.
Plant. 210. Cameraria with long narrow leaves. Ca-
CĂLLACARPA, See JOHNSONIA.
meraria anguſto linariæ folio. Plum. Nov. Gen. 18.
CALTH A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 623. Marſh Marigold. The firſt fort was ſent me from the Havanna by the
The CHARACTERS are,
late Dr. Houſtoun, where he found it growing na-
The flower bath no empalement, but is compoſed of five turally in great plenty. This riſes with a thrubby
large, oval, concave petals, which ſpread open. It hath ſtalk to the height of ten or twelve feet, dividing
a great number of ſender ſtamina, which are ſhorter than into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with roundiſh pointed.
the petals, terminated by obtuſe erect ſummits : in the leaves placed oppoſite, having many ſmooth tranſ-
center there are ſeveral oblong compreſſed germen ſituated, verſe veins running from the midrib to the borders.
which have no ſtyles, but are crowned by ſingle ſtigma. The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
The germen efterward become ſo many ſhort pointed cap- in looſe cluſters, which have long tubes enlarging
ſules, containing many roundiſh ſeeds.
gradually upward, and at the top are cut into five
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection ſegments, broad at their baſe, but end in ſharp
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Po- points: the flower is of a yellowiſh white colour.
lygynia, the flowers of this claſs having many ſta- After the flowers are fallen, the germen become two
mina, and of this ſection ſeveral germen.
leafy capſules joined at their baſe, and have two
The SPECIES are,
ſwelling protuberances on each ſide at the bottom,
1. CALTHA (Major) foliis orbiculatis crenatis, flore majore. the middle being extended conſiderably longer ; theſe
Marſh Marigold with round crenated leaves, and a larger have one cell, filled with cylindrical ſeeds. It flow-
flower. Populago flore majore. Tourn. Inft. 273. ers in Auguſt, but never produces any feeds in
2. CALTHA (Minor) foliis orbiculato-cordatis crenatis flore England.
minore, Marſh Marigold with round heart-shaped leaves The ſecond fort hath an irregular fhrubby ftalk,
which are crenated, and a ſmaller flower.
which riſes about eight feet high, fending out irre-
Theſe two forts are ſuppoſed to be the ſame, but I gular branches, garniſhed with very narrow thin leaves
have never obſerved either of them to vary, either in placed oppoſite; theſe have two ribs running longi-
tudinally

САМ
CAM
tudinally through each: The flowers are produced
The SPECIES are;
ſcatteringly at the end of the branches, which are 1. CAMPANULA (Pyramidalis) foliis ovatis glabris ſub-
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, but ſmaller. ferratis, caule erecto paniculato, ramulis brevibus.
Both theſe plants abound with an acrid milky juice Lin. Sp. 233. Bell-flower with oval ſmooth leaves ſowed
like the Spurge. The ſecond ſort grows naturally in below, an upright paniculated ſtalk, and short branches.
Jamaica.
Campanula pyramidata altiſſima. Tourn. Inft. 109.
Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be Talleſt pyramidal Bell-flower.
procured from the places of their growth, for they | 2. CAMPANULA (Decurrens) foliis radicalibus obovatis,
do not perfect their feeds in England. They may caulinis lanceolato-linearibus fubferratis feffilibus re-
alſo be propagated by cuttings planted in a hot-bed motis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 164. Bell-flower
' with lower
during the ſummer months: they muſt have a bark- leaves oval, and thoſe on the ſtalks narrow, Spear-ſhaped,
ſtove, for they are very tender plants; but in warm Sawed, and growing cloſe to the stalks at remote diſtances.
weather muſt have plenty of air.
Campanula perficæ folio. Cluf. Hiſt. 171. Peach-leafed
CAMOCLADIA, the Maiden Plumb.
Bell-flower.
The CHARACTERS are,
3. CAMPANULA (Medium) capfulis quinquelocularibus
It hath a tripartite coloured empalement of one leaf, Spread- tectis, calycis finubus reflexis. Vir. Cliff. 16. Bell-
ing open; the flower hath three plain, oval, Spreading flower with a covered capſule, having five cells, and the
petals, and three awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than the co- borders of the cup reflexed. Campanula hortenſis folio
rolla, terminated by roundiſh incumbent ſummits, and an & flore oblongo. C. B. P. 94. Commonly called Canter-
oval germen, but no ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; bury Bell-flower.
the empalement afterward becomes an oblong Plumb, 4. CAMPANULA (Trachelium) caule angulato, foliis pe-
having three punctures at the top, incloſing a nut of the tiolatis, calycibus ciliatis, pedunculis trifidis. Vir.
Same form
Cliff. 16. Bell-flower with an angular ſtalk, leaves having
This plant is ranged in the firſt order of Linnæus's foot-ſtalks, a bairy empalement, and trifid foot-ſtalks to
third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia, the flower the flowers. Campanula vulgatior, foliis urticæ vel
having three ſtamina and one ſtyle.
major & aſperior. C. B. P. 94. Nettle-leaved Bell-
The SPECIES are,
flower.
1. CAMOCLADIA (Integrifolia) foliolis integris. Jacq. 5. CAMPANULA (Latifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, caule
Amer. 12. Camocladia with entire lobes. Prunus race- ſimpliciffimo tereti, floribus folitaris pedunculatis fruc-
moſa, caudice non ramoſa, alato fraxini folio non tibus cernuis. Vir. Cliff. 17. Bell-flower with oval
crenato, fructu rubro ſubdulci. Sloan. Cat. 184. The Spear-ſhaped leaves, a ſingle taper ſtalk, flowers growing
Maiden Plumb.
ſingly upon foot-ſtalks, and pendent fruit. Campanula
2. CAMOCLADIA (Dentata) foliolis fpinofo-dentatis. maxima foliis latiffimis. C. B. P. 94. Greateſt Bell-
Jacq. Amer. 12. Camocladic with prickly indented flower with broadeſt leaves.
leaves.
6. CAMPANULA (Rapunculus) foliis undulatis radicalibus
The firſt fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo in lanceolato-ovalibus, paniculâ coarctatâ. Hort. Upſal.
many other of the iſlands in the Weſt Indies; this 40. Bell-flower with waved leaves, those growing near
riſes with an upright ſtem near twenty feet high, gar- the ſtalk oval and Spear-ſhaped, and a compreſſed panicle.
niſhed with long winged leaves, whoſe pinnæ are en- Campanula radice eſculentâ. H. L. Commonly called
tire; at the top there are a few branches ſent out Rampion.
about a foot long, which ſuſtain the flowers and 7. CAMPANULA (Glomerata) caule angulato. fimplici,
fruit.
floribus feffilibus capitulo terminali. Vir. Cliff. 16.
The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Havanna, Bell-flower with a ſingle angular ſtalk, flowers growing
where it riſes about the ſame height with the former; cloſe, and terminating in a head. Campanula pratenſis
but as the flowers and fruit of this are unknown to flore conglomerato. C. B. P. 94. Meadow Bell-flower
the author, he can give no farther account of with flowers gathered in bunches.
them.
8. CAMPANULA (Speculum) caule ramofiffimo diffuſo fo-
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, when they can liis oblongis ſubcrenatis, calycibus folitariis corolla
be obtained from the places of their growth, which longioribus, capſulis priſmaticis. Hort. Upſal. 41.
ſhould be fown in pots and plunged into a hot-bed; Bell-flower with a very branching diffuſed stalk, oblong
the plants, when fit to remove, ſhould be each planted crenated leaves, ſolitary flower-cups which are longer than
in a ſmall pots and plunged into a tan-bed, and in the petal, and prifmatic capſules. Campanula arvenſis
the autumn ſhould be plunged into the bark-bed in erecta Euphrafiæ luteæ, feu Triffaginis appulæ fo-
the ſtove, and treated as other tender plants.
liis. H. Cath. Commonly called upright Venus Looking-
CAMPANIFORM flowers (of campana, a bell; glass.
and forma, Lat. ſhape,] ſuch flowers as in ſhape re- 9. CAMPANULA (Hybrida) caule baſi fubramofo ftricto,
ſemble a bell.
foliis oblongis crenatis, calycibus aggregatis corolla
CAMPANULA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 108. tab. 38. longioribus, capſulis priſmaticis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 168.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 201. [fignifies a little bell, as tho' 'Bell-flower with a ſtalk branching at the bottom, oblong
parva campana, Lat. ſo called, becauſe the flowers
crenated leaves, flower-cups gathered together, which are
reſemble a little bell.]
longer than the petal, and priſmatic capſules. Campanula
The CHARACTERS are,
arvenſis minima erecta. Mor. Hiſt. 2.457. Small Venus
The empalement is divided into five acute parts, is upright, Looking-glaſs.
ſpreading, and reſts upon the germen. The flower is of 10. CAMPANULA (Erinus) caule dichotomo, foliis fef-
one leaf, ſhaped like e bell, Spreading at the baſe where filibus utrinque dentaris. Hort. Cliff. 65. Bell-flower
there are holes. In the bottom is ſituated the five cornered with a forked Stalk, and leaves growing cloſe to the ſtalks,
nećtarium, which is joined to the top of the receptacle. which are indented on both ſides. Campanula minor
It bath five Mort ſtamina, which are inſerted in the top annua, foliis inciſis. Mor. Hift. 1. 458. Smaller annual
of the valves of the nectarium, terminated by long com- Bell-flower with cut leaves.
preſſed ſummits : below the receptacle is ſituated the an- II. CAMPANULA (Pentagonia) caule fubdiviſo ramofif.
gular germen, ſupporting a ſtyle which is longer than the fimo, foliis linearibus acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. 66.
ſtamina, crowned by a thick, oblong, tripartite ſtigma. Bell-flower with a very branching divided ſtalk, and
The empalement afterward becomes a roundiſh angular narrow pointed leaves. Campanula pentagonia flore
capſule, which in ſome ſpecies have three, and in others five ampliffimo Thracia. Tourn. Inft. 112. Five-cornered
cells, each having a hole toward the top, through which Bell-flower of Tbracice.
the ſeeds are ſcattered when ripe.
12. CAMPANULA (Perfoliata) caule fimplici, foliis cor-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of datis dentatis amplexicaulibus, fioribus feffilibus ag-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia; gregatis. Hort. Upſal. 40. Bell-flower with a single
the flowers of this claſs have five ſtamina, and in this ſtalk, heart-ſhaped indented leaves which embrace the ſtalk,
ſection but one ftyle.
and flowers gathered together, growing cloſe to the ſtalk.
Cam-
a
TY

САМ
САМ
a
Campanula pentagonia perfoliata. Mor. Hift. 2. p.
457. Five-cornered perfoliate Bell-flower.
13. CAMPANULA (Americana) caule ramofo, foliis lin-
guiformibus crenulatis margine cartilagineo. Prod.
Leyd. 246. Bell-flower with a branching Stalk, and
tongue-ſhaped crenulated leaves with ſtift edges. Cam-
panula minor Americana, foliis rigidis fore cæruleo
patulo. H. L. 107. Smaller American Bell-flower.
14. CAMPANULA (Canarienſis) foliis haftatis dentatis
op-
pofitis petiolatis, capſulis quinquelocularibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 168. Bell-flower with ſpear-ſhaped indented
leaves growing oppoſite, having foot-ſtalks and capſules
with five cells. Campanula Canarienſis, atriplicis fo-
lio, tuberosâ radice. Canary Bell-flower.
15. CAMPANULA (Patula) foliis ítrictis, radicalibus lan-
ceolato-ovalibus, panicula patula. Flor. Suec. 186.
Bell-flower whoſe radical leaves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped,
and ſpreading flowers in panicles. Campanula eſculenti
facie, ramis & floribus patulis. Hort. Elth. 1. 68.
16. CAMPANULA (Cervicaria) hiſpida, foribus feffilibus,
capitulo terminali, foliis lanceolato-linearibus undu-
latis. Lin. Sp. 235. Rough Bell-flower with ſefile flowers
terminating the ſtalks, and linear, Spear-ſhaped, waved
leaves. Campanula foliis echii. C. B. 36.
17. CAMPANULA (Saxatilis) foliis obovatis crenatis, flo-
ribus alternis nutantibus, capſulis quinquecarinatis.
Lin. Sp. 237. Bell-flower with oval crenated leaves,
nodding flowers placed alternate, and boat-ſhaped capſules
with five cells. Campanula Cretica ſaxatilis, bellidis
folio, magno flore. Tourn. Inft. 111.
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, fome
of which grow naturally in England, and others in
the northern parts of Europe, which have but little
beauty, therefore are ſeldom cultivated in gardens,
fo I ſhall not enumerate them here. There are alſo
feveral varieties of ſome of the forts here mentioned,
which I ſhall take notice of in their proper place;
but as they are not diſtinct ſpecies, they are omitted
in the above lift.
The firſt fort hath thick tuberous roots which are
milky; this fends out three or four ſtrong, fmooth,
upright ſtalks, which rife near four feet high, and
are garniſhed with ſmooth oblong leaves, whoſe edges
are a little indented. The lower leaves are much
broader than thoſe which adorn the ſtalks. The
flowers are produced from the ſide of the ſtalks, and
are regularly ſet on for more than half their length,
forming a fort of pyramid; theſe are large, open,
and ſhaped like a bell. The moſt common colour
of the flowers is a light blue; but there have been
ſome with white flowers, which make a variety
when intermixed with the blue, but the latter is moſt
eſteemed.
This plant is cultivated to adorn halls, and to place
before the chimnies in the ſummer, when it is in
flower, for which purpoſe there is no plant more
proper; for when the roots are ſtrong, they will ſend
out four or five ſtalks, which will riſe as many feet
high, and are garniſhed with flowers great part of
their length. Theſe upright ſtalks ſend out fome
ſhort fide branches, which are alſo adorned with
flowers, fo that by ſpreading the upright ſtalks to a
flat frame compoſed of ſlender laths (as is uſually
practiſed) the whole plant is formed into the ſhape
of a fan, and will ſpread near the width of a common
fire-place. When the flowers begin to open, the
pots are removed into the rooms, where, being
ſhaded from the ſun, and kept from the rain, the
flowers will continue long in beauty; and if the pots
are every night removed into a more airy ſituation,
but not expoſed to heavy rains, the flowers will be
fairer, and continue much longer in beauty.
Thoſe plants which are thus treated, are ſeldom fit
for the purpoſe the following ſeaſon, therefore a fup-
ply of young plants ſhould be annually raiſed. The
common method of propagating this plant, is by di-
viding the roots. The beſt time for doing this is in
September, that the offsets may have time to get
strong roots before winter..
This method of propagating by the offsets is the
quickeſt, therefore generally practiſed, but the plants
which are raiſed from feeds, are always ſtronger ; the
ftalks will riſe higher, and produce a greater number
of flowers, therefore I recommend it to the practice
of the curious; but in order to obtain good feeds,
there ſhould be fome ſtrong plants placed in a warm
ſituation, near a pale, or wall, in autumn; and, if
the following winter ſhould prove ſevere, they ſhould
be covered either with hand-glaſſes or mats, to pre-
vent their being injured by the froſt; and, in the
fummer, when the flowers are fully open, if the ſeaſon
ſhould prove very wet, the flowers muſt be ſcreened
from great rains, otherwiſe there will be no good
ſeeds produced: the not obſerving this, has occaſioned
many to believe that the plants do not bear feeds in
England, which is a great miſtake, for I have raiſed
great numbers of the plants from feeds of my own
ſaving; but I have always found that the plants which
have been long propagated by offsets, ſeldom
produce ſeeds, which is the ſame with many other
plants which are propagated by flips, or cuttings,
which in a few years become barren.
When the ſeeds are obtained, they muſt be fown in
autumn in pots, or boxes, filled with light undunged
earth, and placed in the open air till the froſt or
hard rains come on, when they fhould be placed
under a hot-bed frame, where they may be fheltered
from both, but in mild weather the glaſſes ſhould be
drawn off every day, that they may enjoy the free
air ; with this management the plants will come up
early in the ſpring, and then they muſt be removed
out of the frame, placing them firſt in a warm fi-
tuation ; but when the ſeaſon becomes warm, they
ſhould be removed where they may have the morning
ſun only. During the following ſummer they muſt
be kept clean from weeds, and in very dry weather,
now and then refreſhed with water, which muſt be
given with great caution, for the roots are very ſub-
ject to rot with too much moiſture. In September
the leaves of the plants will begin to decay, at which
time they ſhould be tranſplanted; therefore there
muſt be one or two beds prepared, in proportion to
the number of plants. Theſe beds muſt be in a warm
ſituation, and the earth light, fandy, and without
any mixture of dung, which laſt is an enemy to this
plant. If the fituation of the place is low, or the
natural foil moiſt, the beds muſt be raiſed five or fix
inches above the ſurface of the ground, and the na-
tural foil réinoved a foot and a half deep, putting
lime rubbiſh eight or nine inches thick in the bottom
of the trench, to drain off the moiſture. When the
beds are prepared, the plants muſt be taken out of
the pots, or caſes, very carefully, ſo as not to break
or bruiſe their roots, for they are very tender, and,
on being broken, the milky juice will flow out plen-
tifully, which will greatly weaken them. Theſe
ſhould be planted at about four inches diſtance each
way, with the head or crown of the root half an
inch below the ſurface; if there happens a gentle
ſhower of rain ſoon after they are planted, it will be
of great ſervice to the plants, but as the ſeaſon ſome-
times proves very dry at this time of the year, in
that caſe, it will be proper to give them a gentle
watering three or four days after they are planted,
and to cover the beds with mats every day, to pre-
vent the fun from drying the earth; but theſe muſt
be taken off in the evening, that the dew may fall
on the ground. Towards the end of October the beds
ſhould be covered over with ſome old tanners bark.
to keep out the froſt, and where there is not conve-
niency of covering them with frames, they ſhould
be arched over with hoops, that in ſevere froſts they
may be covered with mats; for theſe plants, when
young, are often deſtroyed in winter, where this care
is wanting. In the ſpring the coverings muſt be re-
moved, and the following ſummer the plants muſt
be kept clean from weeds, and, if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove very dry, they muſt now and then be refreſhed
with water. The following autumn the ſurface of
the ground hould be ſtirred between the plants, and
fome
a

C A M
САМ
a
any, I
a
fome freſh earth ſpread over the beds, and in the win-
ter covered as before, In theſe beds the plants may
remain two years, during which time they muſt be
treated in the manner before directed, by which time
the roots will be ſtrong enough to flower: in Sep-
temiber they ſhould be carefully taken up, and ſome
of the moſt promiſing planted in pots; the others
may be planted into warm borders, or in a freſh bed,
at a greater diſtance than before, to allow them room
to grow. Theſe plants which are potted ſhould be
ſheltered in winter from great rains and hard froſts,
otherwiſe they will be in danger of rotting, or at leaſt
be fo weakened, as not to Hower with any ſtrength
the following ſummer; and thoſe which are planted
in the full ground, ſhould have ſome old tanners bark
laid round them, to prevent the froſt from entering
deep to the roots ; with this management theſe plants
may be brought to the utmoſt perfection, and a con-
ftant ſucceſſion of good roots raiſed, which will be
much preferable to thoſe which are propagated by
offsets. I have been informed that there is a double
flower of this kind, but as I have not ſeen
can give no farther account of it. This fort is by
fome called Steeple Bell-flower,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of Europe, but has been long cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens; of this there are the following va-
rieties, viz. the ſingle, blue, and white flower, which
have been long here, and the double flower of both
colours, which has not been more than twenty-eight
years in England, but has been propagated in ſuch
plenty, as to have almoſt baniſhed thoſe with ſingle
flowers from the gardens. All theſe varieties are eaſily
propagated by parting their roots in autumn, every
head which is then flipped off will take root; they
are extreme hardy, fo will thrive in any foil or ſitua-
tion, therefore are very proper furniture for the com-
mon borders of the flower-garden.
This hath a root compoſed of many fibres, and fends
up an angular, or channelled ſtiff ſtalk, about two
feet and a half high, garniſhed with oblong, oval, ſtiff
leaves near the root, which are placed without order ;
but thoſe on the ſtalks are longer and narrower, hav-
ang their edges Nightly indented, and are of a ſhining
green. The flowers are produced towards the upper
part of the ſtalk upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. Theſe are
ihaped like thoſe of the former fort, but are ſmaller,
and more expanded. This flowers in June and July,
and in cool feaſons there will be ſome continue great
part of Auguſt,
The third fort is a biennial plant, which periſhes ſoon
after it hath ripened ſeeds. It grows naturally in the
woods of Italy and Auſtria, but is cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens for the beauty of its flowers. Of
this fort there are the following varieties, the blue,
the purple, the white, the ſtriped, and the double
Howering, but the laſt two are not very common in
England.
This hath oblong, rough, hairy leaves, which are ſer-
rated on their edges, coming out without order from
the root; from the center of theſe a ftif, hairy, fur-
rowed ſtalk, ariſes about two feet high, ſending out
ſeveral lateral branches, from the bottom upward,
garniſhed with long, narrow, hairy leaves, ſawed on
their edges, and are placed alternately; from the
ſetting on of theſe leaves, come out the foot-ſtalks
of the flower, thoſe which are on the lower part of
the ſtalk and branches being four or five inches long,
diminiſhing gradually in their length upward, and
thereby form a ſort of pyramid. The flowers of
this kind are very large, ſo make a fine appearance ;
they come out the beginning of June, and, if the
ſeaſon is not very hot, will continue a month in beau-
ty. The feeds ripen in September, and the plants
decay foon after.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be ſown in the
ſpring on an open bed of common earth, and when
the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted into the flower-nurſery, in beds fix inches
a under, obſerving to water them frequently till they
have taken new root; after which they will require
no other culture, but to keep them clean from weeds
till the following autumn, when they ſhould be tranſ
planted into the borders of the flower-garden. As
theſe plants decay the ſecond year, there ſhould be
annually young ones raiſed to ſucceed them.
The fourth fort hath a perennial root, which ſends
up ſeveral ſtiff hairy ſtalks, having two ribs or an-
gles. Theſe put out a few ſhort fide branches, gar-
niſhed with oblong, pointed, hairy leaves, deeply
ſawed on their edges. Toward the upper part of the
ſtalks the flowers come out alternately, upon fhort
trifid foot-ſtalks, having hairy empalements. The
flowers are of the ſhape of the former, but shorter,
ſpread more at the brim, and are pretty deeply cut
into many acute ſegments, This flowers in June, and
the feeds ripen in autumn,
The rieties of this are, the deep and pale blue; the
white with ſingle flowers, and the ſame colours with
double flowers. The double forts are propagated by
parting their roots in autumn, which Ihould be ana
nually performed, otherwiſe the flowers are apt to dea
generate to ſingle; to prevent which, the roots ſhould
be
every autumn tranſplanted and parted. The ſoil
ſhould not be too light or rich, in which they are
planted, for in either of theſe they will degenerate;
but in a ſtrong freſh loam their flowers will be in the
greateſt perfection. Theſe plants are extreme hardy,
lo may be planted in any ſituation; thoſe with ſingle
fo
flowers do not merit a place in gardens,
The fifth fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of England: this hath a perennial root, compoſed of
many fleſhy fibres, which abound with a milky juice,
from which ariſe ſeveral ſtrong, round, ſingle ſtalks,
which never put out branches, but are garniſhed with
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, flightly indented on their
edges, which are placed alternately. Toward the
upper part of the ſtalk the flowers come out fingly
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; theſe ſpread open at the brim,
where they are deeply cut into five acute ſegments,
After the flowers are paſt, the empalement becomes
a five-cornered feed-vefſel, which turns downward till
the ſeeds are ripe, when it riſes upward again.
The varieties of this are, the blue, purple, and white
flowering. This fort is eaſily propagated by ſeeds,
which it furniſhes in great plenty, and, if fuñfered to
ſcatter, the plants will come up in as great plenty the
following ſpring; when they may be tranſplanted into
the nurſery till autumn, at which time they ſhould be
tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain, As
this forț delights in ſhade, the plants may be planted
under trees, or in ſhady borders where few betr
ter things will thrive, they will afford an agree-
able variety when they are in flower, It flowers in
June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The ſixth fort hath roundiſh fleſhy roots which are eata-
ble, and are much cultivated in France for ſallads, and
ſome years paft it was cultivated in the Engliſh gardens
for the fame purpoſe, but is now generally neglected,
It grows naturally in ſeveral parts of England, but the
roots never grow to half the ſize of thoſe which are cul- .
tivated. This is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould
be fown in a ſhady border the latter end of May, and
when the plants are about an inch high, the ground
ſhould be hoed, as is practiſed for Onions, to cut up
the weeds, and thin the plants to the diſtance of three
or four inches; and when the weeds come up again,
they muſt be hoed over to deſtroy them: this, if well
performed in dry weather, will make the ground clean
for a conſiderable time, ſo that being three times re-
peated, it will keep the plants clean till winter, which
is the ſeaſon for eating the roots, when they may be
taken up for uſe as they are wanted. Theſe will con-
tinue good till April, at which time they will ſend
out their ſtalks, when they will become hard and un-
fit for uſe, as do alſo thoſe roots which have flowered ;
ſo that the young roots only are ſuch which are fit for
the table, therefore when the ſeeds are fown toa
early, the plants frequently run up to flower the ſame
year, which ſpoils their roots,
a
a
This

САМ
CAM
land, or it where it grows wild among corn, ſcarcely
riſes to the height of fix inches. The ſtalk is fingle,
rarely putting out any branches, unleſs near the root,
from whence there are fometimes one or two ſhort
lateral branches produced. The leaves are roundiſh,
and embrace the ſtalk at their baſe; their edges are
ſharply ſawed, and from their baſe comes out a close
tuft of flowers, ſurrounded by the leaf, as in an em-
palement. The flowers are five-cornered, ſhaped
like thoſe of the Venus Looking-glaſs, but are much
ſmaller ; theſe are produced the whole length of the
ſtalk. The feeds are inclofed in ſhort capſules, which
are ſhaped like thoſe of the former forts. It grows in
Italy, and alſo in Virginia. If the feeds of this fort
are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up with-
out care; or the feeds may be fown in the ſpring, in
the ſame manner as thoſe of the laſt forts, and treated
in the ſame way.
This fort ſends out upright ſtalks about two feet high,
which are garniſhed with oblong ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
placed alternately. Towards the upper part of the
ftalk the ſmall Bell-flowers are produced, ſtanding
upright cloſe to the ſtalk; ſome of theſe flowers are
blue; and others white; they come out in June and
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn
The ſeventh fort grows naturally upon chalky paf-
tures in many parts of England, where the ſtalks do
not riſe many times a foot high, and in other places
grows to double that height, which has occaſioned
their being taken for two diſtinct plants. This hath
a perennial root, which ſends up ſeveral round hairy
ſtalks, which often riſe upward of two feet high; the
bottom ieaves are broad, and ſtand upon long foot-
ftalks, and are ſlightly ſawed on their edges. Thoſe
which are upon the ſtalks are long, narrow, have no
foot-ſtalks, and are placed alternately at conſiderable
diſtances. From the wings of the leaves, towards
the upper part of the ſtalk, come out long naked
foot-ſtalks, ſupporting two or three bell-ſhaped flow-
ers, cloſely joined together in a head, and the main
ſtalk is terminated by a large cluſter of the ſame flow-
ers, which are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules filled
with fmall ſeeds. This plant is eaſily propagated
either by ſeeds, or parting their roots, and will thrive
in any foil or ſituation. It flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.
The eighth fort is an annual plant, which riſes with
flender ftalks a foot high, branching out, garniſhed
with oblong leaves, a little curled on their edges ;
from the wings of the leaves come out the flowers,
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which are of a beautiful
purple, inclining to a Violet-colour, divided into
five ſegments, which reſemble ſo many leaves, and
in the evening contract and fold into a pentagonal
figure ; from whence it is by ſome titled Viola Pen-
tagonia, or five-cornered Violet. The empalement
which encompaſſes the flower, is compoſed of five,
long, narrow, green leaves, which ſpread open, and
are much longer than the petals of the flower; theſe
remain on the top of the priſmatic feed-veſſel, which
is filled with ſmall angular ſeeds. If this plant is
ſown in autumn, it will grow much taller, and flower
a month earlier than when the ſeeds are fown in the
ſpring. The autumnal plants will flower in May,
and the ſpring plants in June and July. There is a
variety of this with white flowers, and another with
pale purple.
The ninth fort is the common Venus Looking-glaſs,
which hath been long cultivated in the Engliſh gar-
dens. This fort feldom riſes more than fix inches
high, with a ſtalk branching from the bottom upward,
garniſhed with oval leaves, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks,
from the baſe of which the branches are produced,
which are terminated by flowers very like thoſe of the
former fort.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy. This is alſo a low annual plant, which
ſeldom riſes fix inches high, but divides into many
branches, garniſhed with ſhort oval leaves, ſitting
cloſe, which are deeply indented on both ſides. The
flowers are produced at the ends of the branches,
which are ſhaped like thoſe of the other fort laſt men-
tioned, but they are ſmall, their colours leſs beauti-
ful, and the leaves of the empalement are broader.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Thrace, but
hath been long in the Engliſh gardens. This is alſo
a low annual plant, which riſes little more than fix
inches high; the ſtalks divide by pairs, and frequent-
ly there ariſes a branch from the middle of the divi-
fions; the lower leaves are oblong and obtuſe, but
thoſe which come out toward the end of the branches
are much narrower, and pointed. The flowers come
out ſingle at the end of the branches, having a long
five-leaved empalement, and are larger than thoſe of
the three laſt forts, of a fine: blue colour ; the feeds
are like thoſe of the eighth fort.
The twelfth fort is an annual plant, which, in good
ground, will riſe a foot and a half high, but in poor
The thirteenth fort is a native of America, but has
been long cultivated in the gardens of the curious,
both in England and Holland. This hath many rigid
oblong leaves coming out from the root on every
fide, which form a ſort of head like thoſe of Houſe-
leek, crenated, having a ſtrong rib running on their
border longitudinally. From the center of the plant
proceeds the ftalk, which riſes about a foot high,
and is thinly garniſhed with very narrow ſtiff leaves,
of a ſhining green. From the wings of the leaves
come out the foot-ſtalks of the flower, which are
from two to four inches long, each being terminated
by one ſpreading bell-ſhaped flower, whoſe empale-
ment is ſhort, and cut into five acute ſegments. The
ſtyle of this is longer than the petal, and is crowned
by a bifid ftigma. There is a white and a blue
flower of this ſort in the gardens, but in Holland they
have it with a double flower. This fort doth not
produce feeds in England, ſo is only propagated by
offsets; theſe may be taken off from the old plants in
Auguſt, that they may get good root before the cold
weather begins: they muſt be planted in ſmall pots
filled with freſh, light, loamy earth, and placed in
the ſhade until they have taken root; then they may
be placed with other hardy exotic plants, and in au-
tumn they muſt be removed into ſhelter, for in fe-
vere winters theſe plants are often deſtroyed which
are expoſed; though in mild winters they will live in
the open air. It flowers in July and Auguft.
The fourteenth fort is a native of the Canary Iſlands,
from whence it was introduced to the gardens in Eu-
rope, where it hath been many years cultivated ; and
,
of late years great numbers of the plants have been
raiſed from feeds which were brought from thence,
but the flowers of theſe new-raiſed plants are not ſo
well coloured as thoſe of the old ones.
This hath a thick fleſhy root, which is of an irregular
form, ſometimes running downward like a Parinep,
at other times dividing into ſeveral knobs near the
top, and when any part of the root is broken, there
iffues out a milky juice at the wound. There are
many ſtrong fleſhy fibres ſent out, which ſtrike deep
into the ground, and from theſe a numerous quantity
of ſmall ones. From the head, or crown of the root,
ariſe one, two, three, or more ſtalks, in proportion
to the ſize of the root; but that in the center is ge-
nerally larger, and riſes higher than the others. Theſe
flalks are very tender, round, and of a pale green;
their joints are far diſtant from each other, and when
the roots are ſtrong, the ſtalks will riſe ten feet high,
ſending out ſeveral ſmaller fide branches. At each
joint they are garniſhed with two, three, or four
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, with a ſharp pointed beard on each
ſide. Theſe are of a ſea-green, and, when they firſt
come out, are covered ſlightly with an Aſh-coloured
pounce. From the joints of the ſtalk the flowers are
produced, which are of the perfect bell-ſhape, and
hang downward ; they are of a flame colour, marked
with ſtripes of a browniſh red; the flower is divided
into five parts, at the bottom of each is ſituated a
nectarium, covered with a white tranſparent ſkin,
much reſembling thoſe of the Crown Imperial, but
a
a
a
a
2
are

САМ
C Α Ν
are ſmaller; upon each of theſe is ſituated a ftamen,
The CHARACTERS are,
which riſes almoſt the length of the petal, and is ter- It hath a pitcher-Shaped four-pointed empalement, which
minated by oblong ſummits. In the center of the is permanent, but no corolla. It has four ſlender fianina
flower is ſituated the ſtyle, which is longer than the which are equal, terminated by oval ſummits, and an
ftamina, and is crowned by a trifid ſtigma, which is oval compreſſed germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style longer
reflexed. The flowers begin to open in the beginning than the empalement, crowned by acute ſtigma. The em-
of October, and there is often a fucceffion of them palement afterward becomes a capſule crowned with one
till March. The ſtalks decay to the root in June, and cell open at the top, incloſing one compreſſed ſeed.
new ones ſpring up in Auguft.
The SPECIES are,
It is propagated by parting their roots, which muſt 1. CAMPHOR ASMA (Monfpeliaca) foliis hirſutis linearibus.
be done with caution; for if the roots are broken or Amen. Acad. 1. p. 392. Camphorata with linear hairy
wounded, the milky juice will flow out plentifully, leaves. Camphorata hirſuta. C. B. P. 486.
ſo that if theſe are planted before the wounds are 2. CAMPHORATA (Glabra) foliis fubtriquetris glabris
ſkinned over, it occaſions their rotting; therefore inermibus. Amæn. Acad. p. 393. Camphoreta with
whenever any of them are broken, they ſhould be ſmooth three-cornered leaves.
laid in the green-houſe a few days to heal. Theſe The firſt fort grows naturally about Montpelier. It
roots muſt not be too often parted, eſpecially if they is an annual plant, whoſe branches trail on the ground,
are expected to flower well; for by frequent parting and extend each way a foot and more in length, gar-
the roots are weakened. The beſt time for tranſplant- niſhed with linear hairy leaves placed cloſe on the
ing and parting their roots, is in July, ſoon after the branches; the flowers are produced from the joints
ſtalks are decayed. The earth in which theſe ſhould of the ſtalks, which are ſo ſmall as to be ſcarce per-
be planted, ſhould not be rich, for that will cauſe ceptible, having no petals but a pitcher-ſhaped em-
them to be luxuriant in branches, and but thinly gar- palement, which afterward becomes a capſule to the
niſhed with flowers. The foil in which they have feed. This is an annual plant, which is propagated
fucceeded beft, is a light fandy loam, mixed with a by feeds, which, if ſown in the autumn, will more
fourth part of ſcreened lime-rubbiſh : when the roots probably ſucceed, than if fown in the ſpring; and if
are firſt planted, the pots ſhould be placed in the the ſeeds are permitted to fall in the autumn, there
ſhade; and, unleſs the ſeaſon is very dry, ſhould not will be a ſupply of young plants the following
be watered, for during the time they are inactive, ſpring
wet is very injurious to them. About the middle of The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Helvetian
Auguſt the roots will begin to put out fibres, at which mountains. This is a perennial plant, whoſe branches
time, if the pots are placed under a hot-bed frame, trail on the ground; the leaves are ſmooth, three-
and as the nights grew cool, covered with the glaſſes, cornered, and unarmed. The flowers are not more
but opened every day to enjoy the free air, it will viſible than thoſe of the firſt fort, and the empale-
greatly forward them for flowering, and increaſe their ment becomes a cover to the ſeeds.
ſtrength; when the ſtalks appear, the plants muſt be Theſe plants are preſerved in ſome gardens, more for
now and then refreſhed with water, which muſt not the ſake of variety, than for either beauty or uſe; if
be given too often, nor in great quantity. The plants the ſeeds are fown in any abject part of the garden, and
thus managed, by the middle of September, will have when the plants come up, they are thinned, and af-
grown ſo tall, as not to be kept longer under the frame, terward kept clean from weeds, they will ripen their
io they ſhould be removed into a dry airy glaſs-caſe, ſeeds, which, if permitted to ſcatter, there will be a
where they may enjoy the free air in mild weather, fupply of plants.
but ſcreened from cold. During the winter ſeaſon CAMPION. See LYCHNIS.
they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water, and CANDLE-BERRY-TREE. See MYRICA.
guarded from froſt; and in ſpring, when the ſtalks | CANDY-TUFT. See IBERIS.
begin to decay, the pots ſhould be ſet abroad in the CANN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1. Indian flowering Reed.
ſhade, and not watered.
In French Balifier.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in ſome of the north- The CHARACTERS are,
weſt counties of England. It is a biennial plant, The flower bath a three-leaved empalement, which is per-
very like the eatable fort, but the branches grow more manent, erect, and coloured. It bath one petal, which
horizontal, and the flowers ſpread wider open.
is divided into fix parts: the three upper Segments are
This is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in erect, and broader than the lower, which are longer, two
the autumn, for thoſe ſeeds which are fown in the of which are erect, and the other turns back and is twiſt-
ſpring often fail, or at leaſt lie a year in the ground . ed. It bath one Spear-ſhaped ſtamina riſing as high as
before they grow. When the plants come up, they the petal, having the appearance of a ſegment, which
ſhould be thinned and kept clean from weeds, which hath a fender ſummit fitting upon its border. Below the
is all the culture they require.
empalement is ſituated a roundiſh rough germen, Support-
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Germany and ing a flat style, with a flender ſtigma faſtened to its bor-
Sweden; this hath rough leaves: the ſtalk riſes der. After the flower is past, the germen becomes an ob-
two feet high, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped long, roundiſh, membranaceous capſule, having three lon-
leaves, and are terminated by an obtuſe ſpike of gitudinal furrows, crowned by the empalement, which
flowers.
hath three cells filled with round ſmooth ſeeds.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Crete, upon This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
rocks, where the roots penetrate the fiffures, whereby Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia.
the plants continue much longer than when they are The flowers of this claſs have but one ftamen, and in
tranſplanted into gardens. The ſtalks of this rife a this ſection but one ſtyle.
foot high, garniſhed with oval crenated leaves ; the The SPECIES are,
flowers are large, blue, and placed alternate, nodding 1. CANNA (Indica) foliis ovatis utrinque acuminatis ner-
toward the ground; theſe open in July, and are fuc- vofis. Prod. Leyd. 11. Canna with ovol nervous leaves
ceeded by feed-veſſels, having five cells filled with pinnted at both ends. Cannacorus latifolius vulgaris.
ſmall ſeeds.
Tourn. Inft. 367
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which, if fown 2. CANNA (Latifolia) foliis oblongo-ovato, acuminatis,
in the autumn, will more certainly ſucceed than when fegmentis florum anguſtioribus. Canna with oblong,
fown in the ſpring. When the plants are fit to re- oval, pointed leaves, and the ſegments of the flower nar-
move, they ſhould be tranſplanted into beds, and row. Cannacorus ampliffimo folio flore rutilo. Tourn.
treated in the ſame manner as the hardy forts before-
Inſt. 367.
mentioned; but a few plants of the laſt fort may be 3. CANNA (Coccinea) foliis ovatis obtufis nervoſis, fpicis
planted in pots, to be ſheltered in winter.
florum longioribus. Canna with ovel, obtufe, nervous
CAMPHORA. See LAURUS.
leaves, and longer Spikes of flowers. Cannacorus flore
CAMPHOROSMA. Camphorata. Tourn. Inft. Coccineo fplendente. Tourn. Init. 367.
4. CANNA
a
az

CAN
CAN
و
4. CANNA (Lutea) foliis ovatis petiolatis nervoſis fpatha
floribus longiore. Canna with oval, obtufe, nervous
leaves, having foot-ſtalks, and a longer bood to the flower.
Cannacorus flore luteo punctato. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
367.
5. CANNA (Glauca) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis enervi-
bus. Prod. Leyd. 11. Canna with Spear-ſhaped ſmooth
leaves having foot-ſtalks. Cannacorus glaucophyllus,
ampliore fiore, Iridis paluſtris facie. Hort. Elth. 69.
The firſt fort grows naturally in both Indies: the
inhabitants of the Britiſh iſlands in America, call all
the ſpecies without diſtinction Indian Shot, from the
roundneſs and hardneſs of the feeds.
This plant hath a thick, fieſhy, tuberous root,
which divides into many irregular knobs, ſpreading
wide near the ſurface of the ground, fending out
many large oval leaves without any order; theſe, at
their firſt appearance, are twiſted like a horn, but af-
terwards expand and are near a foot long, and five
inches broad in the middle, lefſening gradually to both
ends, and terminating in points. They have many
large tranſverſe veins running from the midrib to the
fides, which are prominent on their under fide; and
between each of theſe run two ſmaller, parallel, point-
ed veins, which are peculiar to this ſpecies. The
ſtalks are herbaceous, riſing four feet high, encom-
paſſed by the broad leafy foot-Italks of the leaves ;
theſe are compreſſed on two fides ; at the upper part
of the ſtalk the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes,
each being at firſt covered by a leafy hood, which
afterward ſtands below the flower, and turns to a
brown colour. Each flower hath one petal, which
is cut almoſt to the bottom into fix flender ſegments,
the three upper being broadeſt; theſe are of a pale
red colour. The flower is encompaſſed by a three-
leaved empalement, which ſits upon a ſmall, roundiſh,
rough germen, which, after the flower is fallen, fwells
to a large fruit or capſule oblong and rough, having
three longitudinal furrows, and is crowned by the
three-leaved empalement of the flower which remains.
When the fruit is ripe, the capſule opens length-
ways into three cells, which are filled with round,
hard, black, ſhining ſeeds. The principal ſeaſon of
theſe plants flowering, is in June, July, and Auguft.
As this ſort is a native of the warmeſt parts of A-
merica, it requires to be placed in a moderate ftove
in winter, otherwiſe the roots will decay. I have
frequently ſtried to keep theſe roots through the win-
ter in a green-houſe, but could not ſucceed; for al-
though ſome have eſcaped, yet they were ſo much
weakened by the cold, as not to recover their ſtrength
the following ſummer, ſo as to flower in any tolerable
degree of perfection ; ſo that I have ſince conſtantly
kept them in winter in a moderate ftove, where they
always flower in that ſeaſon, at which time they make
a fine appearance; and in the ſummer, place them
abroad in a ſheltered ſituation with other tender exotic
plants, where they flower again, and produce ripe
teeds annually
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Carolina, and
ſome of the other northern provinces of America.
The leaves of this fort are longer than thoſe of the
former, and terminate in ſharper points. The ſtalks
grow taller, and the ſegments of the flower are much
narrower; the colour is a pale red, ſo it makes no
great appearance. The ſeeds are like thoſe of the
former fort. If the roots of this ſort are planted in
warm borders and a dry foil, they will live through
the winter in the open air. I have plants of this ſort
in the Chelſea garden, which have ſurvived twelve
winters in a ſouth-weſt border without cover, and
frower well every year, but do not produce ſeeds.
The third fort hath larger leaves than either of the
former; the ſtalks riſe much taller. I have received
the feeds of this from America, and from the Bra-
zils, by the title of Wild Plantain. The flower-
ftalks of this ſort riſe more than fix feet high. The
leaves are very large, and thoſe near the root have
long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in larger
ſpikes than thoſe of the former fort, and are of a
much brighter fcarlet. The feed-veſſels are longer,
and the ſeeds larger than thoſe ; and theſe differences
are permanent from ſeeds, ſo that I make no doubt
of its being a diſtinct ſpecies.
The fourth fort is leſs common in America than ei-
ther of the former. I received the feeds of this from
India, but have had two varieties ariſe from the ſeeds,
one with a plain yellow, and the other a ſpotted
flower, which I find are apt to change from one to the
other, when propagated by feeds. This ſort hath
ſhorter and rounder leaves than either of the former
forts. The ſtalks ſeldom riſe higher than three feet,
and the ſpikes of flowers are like thoſe of the firſt fpe-
cies, excepting the colour of the flowers,
The feeds of the fifth fort I received from Cartha-
gena in New Spain, in the year 1733, which produced
very ſtrong plants the firſt year, ſome of which flow-
ered the ſame autumn. The roots of this are much
larger than either of the former forts, and ſtrike down
ſtrong fleſhy fibres deep in the ground. The ſtalks
riſe ſeven or eight feet high. The leaves are near
two feet long, narrow, ſmooth, and of a fea-green
colour. The flowers are produced in ſhort thick
ſpikes at the extremity, which are large, and of a
pale yellow colour; the fegments of the petal are
broad, but their ſhape like thoſe of the other forts.
The feed-veſſels are larger, and much longer than
thoſe of the other forts, but contain fewer feeds,
which are very large. The young plants which are
raiſed from feeds of this fort, do more certainly flower
than the old roots, or the offsets taken from them ;
for the roots fend out many offsets, which will ſpread
to a conſiderable diſtance where they have room, but
feldom produce flowers; ſo that it is the beſt way to
raiſe a ſucceſſion of plants from feeds, and to throw
out the old ones after they have perfected their feeds.
All the forts are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould
be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted
into ſeparate ſmall pots, filled with rich kitchen-gar-
den earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of
tanners bark, obſerving to fhade them till they have
taken root; after which, they ſhould have a large
ſhare of free air admitted to them every day in warm
weather, and be frequently refreſhed with water. As
theſe plants will make great progreſs in their growth,
they muſt be ſhifted into larger pots filled with the
ſame fort of earth, and part of them plunged into
the hot-bed again, and the others may be placed
;
abroad in June, with other exotic plants, in a warm
ſituation. Thoſe which are placed in the hot-bed,
will be ſtrong enough to flower well in the ſtove the
following winter; but thoſe in the open air, will not
flower before the following ſummer. Theſe may re-
main abroad till the beginning of O&tober, when
they muſt be removed into the ſtove, and treated in
the ſame manner as the old plants; and in May, if
a gentle hot-bed is made, and covered a foot thick
with rich earth, and the plants turned out of the pots,
planting them with their balls of earth upon the hot-
bed, covering each with a bell-glaſs, which may be
raiſed on one ſide every day to admit air to the plants;
and as theſe advance, they muſt be gradually inured
to bear the open air. With this management the
plants will grow much taller, and flower ſtronger
than thoſe which are kept in pots, and from theſe
good feeds may be expected in autumn. Theſe plants
will continue many years with proper management;
but as young plants always flower better than the old
roots, it is ſcarce worth while to continue them after
they have borne good feeds.
The ſecond fort, which is much hardier than either
of the other, ſhould have a different treatment. The
young plants of this muſt be earlier inured to the
open air, where they may remain till the froſt begins;
then they muſt be placed in the green-houſe, and
ſhould have but little wet in winter; and the begin-
ning of May, theſe ſhould be turned out of the
pots,
and planted in a warın fouth border, in a dry foil,
where they will thrive and produce flowers annually,
but
3
a

C Α Ν
САР
و
a
3
3
3
but as there is little beauty in this fort, a few plants ſeeds will prove abortive, produce nothing if forn
for variety will be as many as moſt perſons will chooſe the next year, nor will thoſe concerned in the oil-
to keep. There is a variety of this with variegated mills give any thing for them, there being only empty
leaves, which is preſerved in ſome gardens, and is huiks, without any kernels to produce the oil. Theſe
propagated by parting the roots; but this hath little male plants begin to decay foon after they have ſhed
beauty, fo is ſcarce worth cultivating,
their farina.
CANELLA. See WINTERANA.
The ſecond pulling is a little after Michaelmas, when
CANNABINA. See DATISCA.
the ſeeds are ripe: this is uſually called Karle Hemp,
CANNABIS (Kávobis, Gr.] Lin. Gen. Plant. 988. it is the female plants which were left at the time
Hemp.
when the male were pulled. This Karle Hemp is
The CHARACTERS are,
bound in bundles of a yard compaſs, according to
It is male and female in different plants. The male ſtatute meaſure, which are laid in the fun for a few
flowers have a five-leaved empalement which is concave, days to dry; and then it is ſtacked up, or houſed to
but have no petals; they have five ſhort hairy ſtamina, keep it dry, till the feed can be threſhed out. An
terminated by oblong Square ſummits. The female fiowers acre of Hemp on a rich foil, will produce near three
have permanent empalements of one leaf, which are oblong quarters of feed, which, together with the unwrought
and pointed. They have no petals, but a ſmall germen, Hemp, is worth from ſix to eight pounds.
fupporting two long ſtyles, crowned by acute ſtigma ; Of late years the inhabitants of the Britiſh colonies
the ſmall
germen ofterward becomes a globular depreſed in North America, have cultivated this uſeful plant,
feed, incloſed in the empalement.
and a bounty was granted by parliament for the Hemp,
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fection of which was imported from thence; but whether the
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia Pen- inhabitants of thoſe colonies grew tired of cultivating
tandria, the male and female flowers being in ſeparate it, or the bounty was not regularly paid, I cannot
plants, and the male having five ſtamina.
fay; but whatever has been the cauſe, the quantity
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, which is, imported has by no means anſwered the expectation
CANNABIS. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1027. Hemp. Cannabis of the public, which is greatly to be lamented; be-
fativa. C. B. P. 320. Manured Hemp. Moſt of the cauſe, as this commodity is ſo effential to the marine,
old writers have applied the latter title to the female which ſhould be the principal object of this king-
Hemp, and the male they have titled Cannabis erra- dom, the being furniſhed with it from our own
tica, or Wild Hemp; but as both ariſe from the fame plantations, will not only ſave the ready money paid
ſeeds, ſo they ſhould not be made different plants. for it, but ſecure to the country an ample ſupply at
This plant is propagated in the rich fenny parts of all times, without being obliged to our neighbours
Lincolnſhire, in great quantities, for its bark, which for it.
is uſeful for cordage, cloth, &c. and the feeds afford | CANNACORUS. See CANNA.
an oil, which is uſed in medicine.
CAPERS. See CAPPARIS.
Hemp is always fown on a deep, moiſt, rich foil, ſuch CAPILLAMENTS [Capillamenta, Lat.] the
as is found in Holland, in Lincolnſhire, and the fens ftrings or threads about the roots of plants.
in the iſle of Ely; where it is cultivated to great ad- CAPILLARY plants, [of Capillaris, Lat. of, or
vantage, as it might in many other parts of England, like hair,] are ſuch plants as have no main ſtem, but
where there is the like ſoil; but it will not thrive on the leaves ariſe from the root upon pedicles, and pro-
clay, or ftiff cold land: it is eſteemed very good to duce their feeds on the back of their leaves, as the
deitroy weeds, which is no other way effected, but Fern, Maiden Hair, &c.
by robbing them of their nouriſhment; for it will CAPITULUM; i. e. a little head; the head or
greatly impoveriſh the land, ſo that this crop muſt top of any flowering plant.
not be repeated on the ſame ground.
FUMARIA
The land on which Hemp is deſigned to be fown, CAPNORCHIS. See Fumaria.
S
ſhould be well ploughed, and made very fine by har- CAPPARIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 567. The Caper
rowing ; about the middle of April is a good ſeaſon for Buſh.
ſowing the ſeed: three buihels is the uſual allowance
The CHARACTERS are,
for an acre, but two is fully fufficient. In the choice
The empalement is compoſed of three oval concave leaves ;
of the ſeed, the heavieſt and brighteſt coloured ſhould the flower bath four large roundiſh petals, which are
be preferred; and particular care ſhould be had to the indented at the top, and ſpread open ; it hath a great
kernel of the feed, ſo that ſome of them ſhould be number of ſender ſtamina, which are as long as the petals,
cracked to ſee if they have the germ or future plant terminated by ſingle ſummits. In the midſt of theſe ariſe
perfect; for in ſome places the male plants are drawn a ſingle ſtyle longer than the ſtamina, with an oval
ger-
out too ſoon from the female, i. e. before they have men, crowned by a ſhort obtuſe ſtigma. The germen af-
impregnated the female plants with the farina : in terward becomes a fleſhy turbinated capſule, with one cell
,
which caſe, though the ſeeds produced by theſe fe- filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
male plants may ſeem fair to the eye, yet they will This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
not grow, as is well known by the inhabitants of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mono-
Bickar, Swineſhead, and Dunnington, three pariſhes gynia, the flower having many ſtainina and but one
in the fens of Lincolnſhire, where Hemp is cultivated
Ityle.
in great abundance, who have dearly bought their
The SPECIES are,
experience.
1. CAPPARIS (Spinoſa) pedunculis folitariis unifloris, fti-
When the plants are come up, they ſhould be hoed pulis fpinofis foliis annuis, capſulis ovalibus. Lin.
out in the ſame manner as is practiſed for Turneps, Sp. 720. Caper with one flower on each foot-stalk, prickly
Jeaving the plants a foot or ſixteen inches apart; ob- ſtipula, annual leaves, and oval fruit. Capparis fpi-
ferve alſo to cut down all the weeds, which, if well noſa, fructu minore, folio rotundo. C. B. P. 480.
performed, and in dry weather, will deſtroy them. 2. CAPPARIS (Baducca) pedunculis fubſolitariis, foliis
This crop will require a ſecond hoeing about a month perfiftentibus ovato-oblongis nudis determinate con-
or fix weeks after the firſt, in order to deſtroy the fertis. Lin. Sp. 720. Caper with ſingle foot-ſtalks, ob-
weeds. If this be well performed, it will require no long, oval, naked leaves in cluſters, which are always
farther care ; for the Hemp will ſoon after cover the green. Capparis arboreſcens Indica Baducca dicta.
ground, and prevent the growth of weeds.
Raii Hift. 1630. Indian Tree Caper, called Baducca.
The firſt ſeaſon for pulling the Hemp, is uſually about 3. CAPPARIS (Arboreſcens) foliis lanceolato-ovatis peren-
the middle of Auguſt, when they begin to pull what nantibus caule arboreſcenti. Caper with oval Spear-
they call the Fimble Hemp, which is the male plants ; shaped leaves which continue through the year, and a tree-
but it would be much the better method to defer this
like ſtalk.
a fortnight or three weeks longer, until theſe male 4. CAPPARIS (Cynophallophora) pedunculis multifloris
plants have fully ſhed their duft, without which, the terminalibus angulatis, foliis perfiftantibus ovalibus
obtufis.
3
3

CAP
CAP
a
obtufis. Lin. Sp. 1721. Caper with angular branches
terminated by foot-ſtolks, having many flowers, and ever-
green, obtuſe, oval leaves. Capparis arboreſcens Lauri
foliis fructu longiffimo. Plum. Cat. 7. Tree Coper with
Bay leaves, and the longeſt fruit.
5. CAPPARIS (Racemojis) foliis ovatis oppofitis peren-
nantibus floribus racemoſis. Caper with oval leaves
placed oppoſite, which continue through the year, and
flowers growing in bunches.
6. CAPPARIS (Siliquoſa) pedunculis unifloris compreſſis,
foliis perfiftentibus lanceolato-oblongis acuminatis
ſubtus punctatis. Lin. Sp.721. Caper with compreſſed
foot-ftalks having one flower, and oblong, Spear-ſhaped,
evergreen leaves, with punctures on their under ſide. Brey-
nia arboreſcens, foliis ovatis utrinque acuminatis,
filiqua toroſa longiſſima. Brown. Hift. Jam. 247.
7. CAPPARIS (Fruticofa) foliis lanceolatis acutis confertis
perennantibus, caule fruticoſo. Caper with pointed
Spear-ſhaped leaves growing in cluſters, which continue
through the year, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
8. CAPPARIS (Confertis) foliis lanceolatis alternis petiolis
longiſſimis floribus confertis. Caper with Spear-ſhaped
leaves placed alternate on very long foot-fialks, and flow-
ers growing in clufiers. Capparis alia arboreſcens Lauri
foliis fructu oblongo ovato. Plum. Cat. 7.
9. CAPPARIS (Breynia) pedunculis racemoſis, foliis per-
fiftentibus oblongis, pedunculis calycibuſque tomen-
toſis, floribus octandris. Jacq. Amer. tab. 103. Caper
with branching foot-ſtalks, oblong evergreen leaves, flow-
ers with eight ſtamina, whoſe foot-ſtalks and cups are
woolly.
10. CAPPARIS (Trifloris) foliis lanceolatis nervoſis pe-
rennantibus pedunculis trifloris. Caper with nervous
Spear-ſhaped leaves which continue through the year, and
three flowers upon each foot-ſtalk.
The firſt is the common Caper, whoſe full grown
flower-bud is pickled, and brought to England an-
nually from Italy, and the Mediterranean. This is
a low ſhrub, which generally grows out of the joints
of old walls, the fiffures of rocks, and amongſt rub-
bifh, in moſt of the warm parts of Europe: the ſtalks
are ligneous, and covered with a white bark, which
ſends out many lateral ſlender branches; under each
of theſe are placed two ſhort crooked ſpines, between
which and the branches come out the foot-ſtalk of
the leaves, which are ſingle, ſhort, and ſuſtain a
round, ſmooth, entire leaf; at the intermediate joints
between the branches, come out the flowers upon
long foot-ſtalks; before theſe expand, the bud, with
the empalement, is gathered for pickling; but thoſe
which are left expand in form of a ſingle Roſe, having
five large, white, roundiſh, concave petals; in the
middle is placed a great number of long ſtamina,
ſurrounding a ſtyle, which riſes above them, and is
crowned with an oval germen, which afterward be-
comes a capſule, filled with kidney-ſhaped feeds.
This fort is cultivated upon old walls about Toulon,
and in ſeveral parts of Italy. Mr. Ray obſerved it
growing naturally on the walls and ruins at Rome,
Sienna, and Florence.
The ſecond fort hath a tree-like ſtem dividing into
branches, which are ſmooth, having no ſpines on
them; the leaves are oblong, oval, and ſmooth, which
continue through the year. From the wings of the
leaves come out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which
are produced fingly; theſe flowers are like thoſe of
the former, but are much larger, as are alſo the
buds.
The plants of the firſt fort are with difficulty pre-
ſerved in England, for they delight to grow in cre-
vices or rocks, and the joints of old walls or ruins,
and always thrive beſt in an horizontal poſition; fo
that when they are planted either in pots, or the full
ground, they rarely thrive, though they may be kept
alive for ſome years. They are propagated by feeds
in the warm parts of Europe, but it is very
difficult
to get them to grow in England. I have ſeveral
times fowed theſe feeds without ſucceſs, as have many
other perſons; I never had raiſed any of the plants from
feeds, excepting in the years 1738 and 1765, when I
had three plants come up in an old wall, which being
young and tender, were deſtroyed in the year 1740;
but in the year 1965, raiſed a good number of plants
from feeds, which were fown the year before. There
is an old plant growing out of a wall in the gardens
at Cambden-Houſe, near Kenſington, which has re-
filted the cold for many years, and annually produces
many flowers, but the young ſhoots of it are fre-
quently killed to the ſtump every winter.
The roots of this plant are annually brought from
Italy, by the perſons who import Orange-trees, fome
of which have been planted in walls, where they have
lived a few years, but have not continued long.
The third fort I received from Carthagena in New
Spain, near which place it grows naturally. This
riſes with a woody ftem to the height of twelve or
fourteen feet, ſending out many lateral branches,
covered with a ruffet bark, garniſhed with oblong
oval leaves, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; the
flowers are produced from the ſide of the branches,
ſingle, ftanding upon long foot-ſtalks, which are like
thoſe of the laſt fort.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Carthagena by the
late Mr. Robert Millar, ſurgeon. This grows with
a ſtrong upright trunk near twenty feet high, ſend-
ing out many lateral branches, garniſhed with a very
white bark, and cloſely garniſhed with large, oblong,
ſtiff leaves, of a thicker conſiſtence than thoſe of the
common Laurel, of a ſplendid green, having ſeveral
tranſverſe nerves from the midrib to the border,
which are prominent on their under ſide; the flowers
out from the ſide of the branches, which are
large, and the ſummits of the ſtamina are purple.
The fifth fort was ſent me from the fame country.
This riſes with a trunk about twenty feet high, ſend-
ing out many long ſender branches, which are co-
vered with a brown bark, and garniſhed with leaves
like thoſe of the Bay-tree, but longer, and deeply
ribbed on their under fide, ſtanding upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks oppoſite. The flowers are produced upon
long branching foot-ftalks, which terminate the
branches, each ſuſtaining two or three flowers, which
are large, white, and are fucceeded by pods two or
three inches long, the thickneſs of a man's little
finger, which are filled with large kidney-ſhaped
feeds: theſe pods have a thick fleſhy cover.
The fixth fort was ſent me from Tolu in America.
This rifes with a ſhrubby ftalk to the height of eight
or ten feet, ſending out many ligneous branches,
covered with a reddish brown bark, garniſhed with
oblong, ſpear-ſhaped, ſtiff leaves, having punctures
on their under ſide; from the wings of the leaves ariſe
the foot-ffaiks of the flowers, which are long, ſlender,
and compreſſed, each of which ſuſtains a ſmall white
flower, which is ſucceeded by an oval pod, containing
many ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
The ſeventh fort riſes with a ſhrubby ftem to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet, ſending out many
ſtrong lateral branches, covered with a dark brown
bark, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped pointed leaves,
placed alternately, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks; the
leaves are of a thicker conſiſtence than thoſe of the
Bay-tree; at the foot-ſtalk of each leaf comes out a
ſingle flower, almoſt the whole length of the branches,
which are ſmall, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ;
the fummits of theſe flowers are of a purpliſh colour,
but the ſtamina are white. This fort was ſent me
from Tolu.
The eighth fort riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk to the
height of ten or twelve feet, ſending out ſlender ho-
rizontal branches, which are covered with a reddiſh
bark; the joints of theſe branches are far diſtant;
at each of theſe come out ſeveral leaves in cluſters,
without order, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks;
they are fix inches long, and three broad in the
middle, and as thick as thoſe of the Laurel, of a
ſhining green, ſmooth on their upper fide, but have
many tranſverſe ribs on their under fide, which are
prominent. I received this fort from Tolu, with the
former,
The
و
a

CAP
CAP
а.
3
a
3
a
The ninth fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands tab. 15. Capraria with clternate leaves, and footaftalks
in the Weſt Indies; it hath a ſtrong woody ftem, with two flowers. Capraria Curaffavica. Par. Bat. 110.
twenty-five or thirty feet high, dividing into many This plant grows naturally in the warm parts of
branches, covered with an Aſh-coloured bark, and America, where it is often a troubleſome weed in the
garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, downy on their plantations; it riſes with an angular green ſtalk about
under ſide, but ſmooth on their upper, placed with- a foot and a half high, ſending out branches at every
out order; the flowers are produced in looſe panicles joint, which fometimes come out by pairs oppoſite,
at the extremity of the branches; theſe conſiſt of four but generally there are three at a joint ſtanding round
pretty large concave petals, of a purple colour, in- the ſtalk; the leaves are alſo placed round the
cluding eight long purple ſtamina, with a very long branches by threes; theſe ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks,
ſtyle crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; the germen af- are oval, hairy, and a little indented on their edges.
terward turns to an oblong fleſhy pod, containing four The flowers are produced at the wings of the leaves,
or five feeds.
coming out on each ſide the ſtalk, each foot-ſtalk
The tenth fort hath ſlender ſhrubby ſtalks, which fuſtaining two flowers; they are white, and ſucceeded
riſe feven or eight feet high, ſending out many lig- by conical capſules compreſſed at the top, opening
neous branches, garniſhed with very long, nervous, in two parts, and filled with ſmall feeds.
ſpear-ſhaped leaves. The flowers come out at the This plant is preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake
end of the branches, three ſtanding upon each foot- of variety; but as it hath no great beauty, ſo is
Italk; theſe are ſmall, white, and are ſucceeded by ſeldom admitted into other gardens.
oval fruit.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown upon
Theſe laſt nine forts are natives of warm countries, a hot-bed in the ſpring of the year, and the plants
fo will not live through the winter in England, with- muſt be brought forward by planting them upon a
out the aſſiſtance of a ſtove. They are propagated by ſecond hot-bed; and about the middle or latter end
ſeeds, which muſt be procured from the countries of June they may be tranſplanted either into pots of
where they grow naturally, for they do not produce rich earth, or a warm border, and may then be ex-
any in England; theſe muſt be ſown in ſmall pots, poſed to the open air, where they will perfect their
filled with light ſandy earth, and plunged into a hot-
ſeeds in autumn.
bed of tanners bark; which ſhould be now and then CAPREOL ATE plarits (of capreolus, Lat. the
refreſhed with water, but by no means ſhould have tendril of a Vine,] ſuch plants as twiſt and climb uponi
it given in too great plenty: theſe feeds frequently others, by means of tendrils.
remain in the ground a year before they vegetate, CAPRIFOLIUM. See PerićLYMENUM.
therefore the pots in which they are fown ſhould be CAPSICUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 225. (takes its name
protected in winter; and the ſpring following muſt of capſa, Lat. a cheft; becauſe the ſeeds of this plant
be plunged into a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark, are included, as it were, in a little cheft; or elſe of
which will bring up the plants if the ſeeds were good; xánilw, to bite, becauſe it is a burning pungent plant.]
when the plants appear they muſt have but little wet, , Guinea Pepper; in French, Poivre d'Inde ou de
and a good ſhare of air in warm weather ; but when Guinée.
they are large enough to remove, they muſt be each
The CHARACTERS are,
tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with the The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, di-
fame earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again, vided into five parts, which are erect. It hath but one
obſerving to ſhade them until they have taken freſh petal, which is wheel-ſhaped, having a very short tube,
root; after which they ſhould have freſh air admitted Spread open above, and divided into five parts; it bath
to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of five ſmall ſtamina, terminated by oblong Summits, which
the ſeaſon. In the autumn they muſt be removed into are connected. It hath on oval germen, ſupporting a ſlender
the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-bed, where Style, longer than the ſtamina, and crowned by an obtuſe
they ſhould conſtantly remain, and will require the stigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſoft fruit, or
ſame treatment as other tender exotic plants from the capſule, of an indeterminate figure, having two or more
fame countries; with this difference only, that they cells, divided by intermediate partitions, to which adhere
require but little water, eſpecially during the winter, many compreſſed kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
for the roots of theſe plants are very ſubject to rot This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
with wet.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
If the ſeeds are brought over in their capſules, they the flower having five ſtamina and but one ſtyle.
will keep much better than without them; but theſe
The SPECIES are,
ſhould be ſecured from infects, by wrapping them in I. CAPSICUM ( Annuum) caule herbaceo, fructu oblongo
Tobacco leaves which are well dried; without this
propendente. Capſicum with an herbaceous fialk, and an
precaution, the ſeeds will be deſtroyed before they oblong fruit hanging downward. Capſicum filiquis lon-
arrive.
gis propendentibus. Tourn. Inſt. 152.
CAPER[BEAN.] See ZYGOPHYLLUM.
2. CAPSICUM (Cordiforme) caule herbaceo, fructu cor-
CAPRARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 686. Sweet Weed. diformi. Cophicum with an herbaceous fialk, and an heart-
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhaped fruit. This is the Capſicum filiqua propen-
It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut into five dente oblonga & cordiformi. Tourn. Inft. 152.
oblong narrow ſegments, which are erect and ſtand afunder; 3. CAPSICUM (Tetragonum) caule herbaceo, fructu max-
the flower is bell-ſhaped, of one leaf, divided at the top imo anguloſo obtufo. Capſicum with an herbaceous ſtalk,
into five equal parts, the two upper ſtanding erect; it and a large angular obtufe fruit. Capficum fructu
hath four ſtamina, which are inſerted in the baſe of the longo, ventre tumido, per fummum tetragono. Tourn.
petal, and but little more than half so long, two of the Inſt. 153. Bell Pepper.
under being ſhorter than the other, and terminated by 4. Capsicum (Anguloſum) caule herbaceo, fructu cor-
beart-ſhaped ſummits; it hath a conical germen Support- diformi anguloſo. Capſicum with an herbaceous ſtalk,
ing a ſlender ſtyle, longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a and an angular heart-ſhaped fruit. Capſicum filiquis
bivalve heart-ſhaped ſtigma. The germen afterward be- furrectis cordiformibus angulatis. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
comes an oblong conical capſule, compreſſed at the point,
153
having two cells, divided by a partition filled with roundiſh 5 CAPSICUM (Ceroſiforme) caule herbaceo, fructu ro-
ſeeds.
tundo glabro. Capſicum with an herbaceous ſtalk, and a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection round ſmooth fruit. Capſicurn filiquis ſurrectis Ceraſi
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia forma. Tourn. Inſt. 153.
Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two 6. CAPSICUM (Olivaforme) caule herbaceo, fructu ovato.
ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds being included in a cap- Capſicum with an herbaceous ſtalk, and an oval-ſhaped
fule.
fruit. Capſicum filiqua olivæ forma. Tourn. Inft.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
153
CAPRARIA (Biflora) foliis alternis floribus geminis. Jacq.
Ааа
7. CAPSICUM

CAP
CAP
3
a
7. CAPSICUM (Pyramidale) caule fruticofo foliis lineari-
lanceolatis, fructu pyramidali erecto luteo. Capſicum
with a fhrubby ſtalk, narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, and
yellow pyramidal fruit growing upright.
8. CAPSICUM (Conoide) caule fruticoſo fructu conico
erecto rubro. Capſicum with a fərubby ſtalk, and a co-
nical red fruit growing erect, commonly called Hen
Pepper.
9. CAPSICUM (Fruteſcens) caule fruticoſo, fructu parvo
pyramidali erecto. Capſicum with a ſhrubby ſtalk, and
o ſmall pyramidal fruit growing erect. Capſicum mi-
nus fructu parvo pyramidali erecto. Sloan. Hift. Jam.
vol. i. p. 240. Commonly called Barberry Pepper.
10. CAPSICUM (Minimum) caule fruticoſo, fructu parvo
ovato erecto. Capſicum with a ſhrubby ſtalk, and a ſmall
ovel fruit growing erect, commonly called Bird Pepper.
The firſt is the common long podded Capſicum,
which is frequently cultivated in the gardens ; of this
there is one with red, and another with yellow fruit,
which only differ in the colour of their fruit, which
difference is permanent; for I have cultivated both
forts many years, and never have found them change
from one to the other; but both will vary in the
ſhape of their fruit and their manner of growing, ſo
that the following varieties I have raiſed from the
ſame feeds, viz.
1. CAPSICUM fructu furrecto oblongo. Tourn. Capſicum
with oblong fruit growing erect.
2. CAPSICUM fructu bifido. Tourn. Capſicum with a di-
vided fruit.
3. CAPSICUM filiquis furrectis & oblongis brevibus.
Tourn. Capſicum with oblong and ſhort pods growing
ere Et
4. CAPSICUM fructu tereti fpithameo. Tourn. Capſicum
with a taper fruit a ſpan long.
Of theſe different forms I have had both the red and
yellow, but neither of them have changed their co-
lours, though they have frequently varied in their
ſhape.
The ſecond fort with heart-ſhaped fruit, is un-
doubtedly a different ſpecies from the firſt, and never
alters toward it, though there are ſeveral varieties
of this, which ariſe from the ſame ſeeds; of this there
are red and yellow fruit, which do not alter in colour,
though they produce the following varieties.
1. CAPSICUM filiqua propendente rotunda & cordifor-
mi. Tourn. Capſicum with round, heart-ſhaped, hanging
pods.
2. CAPSICUM filiqua latiore & rotundiore. Tourn. Cap-
ficum with a larger and rounder pod.
3. CAPSICUM rotundo maximo. Tourn. Capſicum with
the largeſt round fruit.
4. CAPSICUM filiquis furrectis cordiformibus. Tourn.
Capſicum with upright beart-ſhaped pods.
5. CAPSICUM filiquis furrectis rotundis. Tourn. Capſicum
with round upright pods.
The third fort I have cultivated many years, and
have not found it alter, nor have I ſeen any other but
the red fruit of this. It is the only fort which is
proper for pickling, the ſkin of the fruit being fleſhy
and tender, whereas thoſe of the other forts are thin
and tough. The pods of this fort are from one inch
and a half, to two inches long, are very large, ſwell-
ing, and wrinkled; flatted at the top, where they
are angular, and ſometimes ſtand erect, at others
grow downward. When the fruit of this are deſigned
for pickling, they ſhould be gathered before they ar-
rive to their full ſize, while their rind is tender; then
they muſt be flit down on one ſide to get out the
feeds, after which, they should be ſoaked two or
three days in ſalt and water ; when they are taken out
of this and drained, boiling vinegar muſt be poured
on them, in a fufficient quantity to cover them, and
cloſely ſtopped down for two months; then they
ſhould be boiled in the vinegar to make them green;
but they want no addition of any fort of fpice, and
are the wholeſomeft and beſt pickle in the world.
The fourth fort is alſo a diſtinct ſpecies from all the
other: this hath broad wrinkled leaves; the fruit is
alſo furrowed and wrinkled, generally growing up-
right, and of a beautiful ſcarlet colour: ſome of the
fruit will have their tops compreffed like a bonnet,
from whence it had the name; others upon the ſame
plants will be bell-ſhaped, but they never alter to any
of the other forts. This is much tenderer than either
of the former, ſo will not ripen its fruit in the open
air in England; but if the plants are kept under
glaſſes, without any artificial heat, they will thrive
better, and produce more fruit, than in hot-beds or
ftoves.
The fifth fort was ſent me from the Spaniſh Weſt-
Indies : this doth not grow ſo tall as the other forts,
but ſpreads near the ground. The leaves come out
in clufters, which are of a ſhining green, and ſtand
on long foot-ſtalks. The fruit is round, ſmooth, of
a beautiful red, and the ſize of a common Cherry,
I have cultivated this ſeveral years, and have not
found it change.
The fixth fort I received from Barbadoes: this is
like the common in its ftalk and leaves, but the
fruit is oval, and about the ſize of a French Olive. I
have cultivated this many years, and find it conſtantly
the fame.
Theſe fix forts are annual with us, whatever they
may be in their native countries, for their ſtalks de-
cay foon after the fruit is ripe. They are propagated
by ſeeds, which muſt be fown upon a hot-bed in the
ſpring; and when the plants have fix leaves, they
fhould be tranſplanted on another hot-bed, at four
or five inches diſtance, ſhading them in the day time
from the ſun, until they have taken root, after which,
they muſt have a large ſhare of air admitted to them
in warm weather, to prevent their drawing up weak.
Toward the end of May, the plants muſt be hard-
ened by degrees to bear the open air; and in June
they ſhould be carefully taken up, preſerving as much
earth about their roots as poffible, and planted into
borders of rich earth, obſerving to water them well,
as alſo to ſhade them until they have taken root; after
which time, they will require no other management,
but to keep them clean from weeds, and in very dry
ſeaſons to refreſh them three or four times a week
with water. They will flower the end of June and in
July, and their fruit will ripen in autumn. Theſe
directions are for the culture of the common ſorts of
Capſicum, which are generally planted by way of
But the plants of the third fort, which
are propagated for pickling, ſhould be planted in a
rich ſpot of ground, in a warm fituation, about a
foot and a half aſunder, and ſhaded till they have
taken root, and afterward duly watered in dry
weather; which will greatly promote their growth,
and cauſe them to be more fruitful, as alſo enlarge
the ſize of the fruit. By this management, there may
be at leaſt two crops of fruit for pickling obtained
the ſame year, provided the ſeaſon proves not too
cold; but there ſhould be one plant, whoſe pods are
large and forward, choſen for to ſave feeds; fo the
firft fruits on this ſhould be ſuffered to remain, that
they may have time to perfect their ſeeds before the
froſt comes in autumn, for the early froſt generally
deſtroys theſe plants. When the fruit is fully ripe,
it ſhould be cut off, and hung up in a dry room till
the ſpring, when the ſeeds are wanted.
The fourth, fifth, and fixth forts being tender, the
plants ſhould be put into pots, and placed in an old
hot-bed under a deep frame, where they may have
room to grow; cr if they are planted in the full
ground, the plants ſhould be each covered with a
bell-glaſs to ſcreen them from cold. Theſe glaſſes
may be ſet offevery day in warm weather, and placed
over them in the evening again; and at ſuch times
as the weather is not favourable, the glaſſes ſhould
be raiſed on the contrary fide to the wind, to admit
the freſh air. With this care, the fruit of theſe forts
will ripen in England, which without it, rarely come
to maturity, but in very warm ſeaſons.
The beauty of theſe plants is in their ripe fruit, which
being of different forms and colours, intermixed with
the green leaves, and white flowers at the ſame time,
do
ornament.
a
a
6

CAP
CAR
do make a pretty appearance in the latter part of biſcuit, which, beaten into fine powder and fifted,
ſummer, when they are properly diſpoſed in the may be kept for uſe. This may be uſed as the com-
borders of the flower-garden; or if they are planted mon Pepper, to ſeaſon meat or broth, or for any of
in pots, for the decoration of courts, &c. being in- the purpoſes that the ordinary Pepper is uſed: it
termixed with other annual plants, which are in gives a better reliſh to meat or fauce, and is found
beauty at the ſame ſeaſon, they will make an agree- of excellent uſe to break and diſcuſs the wind, both
able variety; eſpecially, if as many of the different in the ſtomach and the guts; therefore is very proper
ſhaped fruits, of both the red and yellow colours as ſauce for ſuch meats as are flatulent and windy, or
can be procured, are propagated.
that breed much moiſture or crudity. A ſcruple of
The four laſt forts have perennial ſhrubby ſtalks, this powder put into chicken or veal broth, is greatly
which riſe four or five feet high; theſe are not ſo commended for comforting cold ftomachs, or dif-
hardy as the other, therefore when the plants have pelling of phlegm or viſcous humours, and helping
been brought forward in the hot-bed, as was di- digeſtion.
rected for the common forts, they ſhould be each Moſt of the forts of Capſicum are natives of both the
planted in a pot filled with rich earth, and plunged Indies; but they have been brought to Europe from
into a very moderate hot-bed, under a deep frame, America, where they abound in all the Caribbee
where they may have room to advance; and in warm iſlands, and are by the inhabitants greatly uſed in all
weather, they ſhould have a large ſhare of air ad- their fauces; but eſpecially by the negroes, who are
mitted to them, but muſt be covered with glaſſes great devourers of thein; from whence it had the
every night, or in cold weather, and frequently appellation of Negro Pepper, and probably the title
watered. With this management, they will produce of Guinea Pepper may have been applied to it for
plenty of fruit in autumn, which ripen in winter; the ſame reaſon. In Spain and Portugal theſe fruit
but they muſt be removed into the ſtove, on the firſt are much cultivated, where they are uſed for the ſame
approach of froſt, and placed where they may have purpoſes as in America ; but in England, they are
a temperate warmth, in which they will thrive better chiefly cultivated for ornament, being rarely uſed for
than in a greater heat; and the fruit will continue in ſauce, or in medicine; though it is much uſed in
beauty moſt part of winter, making a pretty appear-
both, in ſeveral other countries.
ance in the ſtove during that ſeaſon.
If the ripe pods of Capſicum are thrown into the fire,
The feeds of the ſeventh fort I received from Egypt: they will raiſe ſtrong and noiſome vapours, which
the leaves of this are much narrower than thoſe of occaſion vehement ſneezing and coughing, and often
any other fort I have yet ſeen; the pods always grow vomiting, in thoſe who are near the place, or in the
erect, and are produced in great plenty, ſo that the room where they are burnt. Some perſons have
plants make a good appearance for three months in mixed the powder of the pods with ſnuff, to give to
the winter, and they may be preſerved two or three others for diverſion; but where it is in quantity, there
years; but as the young plants are the moſt fruitful, may be danger in uſing it, for it will occaſion ſuch
ſo few perſons preſerve the old longer, than till they violent fits of ſneezing, as to break the blood-veffels
have perfected their fruit, when they begin to loſe of the head, as I have obſerved in ſome to whom it
their beauty. I have cultivated this ſort ſeveral years,
has been given.
and have never found it vary, ſo conclude it is a CAPSULATE pods [of capſula, Lat. a cheft] are
diſtinct ſpecies.
little, ſhort, dry feed-veſſels of plants.
The eighth fort I received from Antigua, by the title CAPSULATED plants, are ſuch as produce their
of Hen Pepper. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk feeds in ſhort dry pods or huſks.
three or four feet high, ſending out many branches CARACALLA See PHASEOLUS.
toward the top: the fruit is about half an inch long, CARAGANA. See OROBUS.
ſhaped in form of an obtuſe cone, and of a bright CARDAMINDUM. See TROPÆOLUM.
red, growing erect. This ripens its fruit in winter, CARDAMINE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 727. [takes its
when it makes a pretty appearance.
name of Cardamum, which is called Naſturtium ;
The ninth fort grows about the ſame height as the hence it is a ſmall ſpecies of Naſturtium,] in Engliſh,
eighth, but differs from it in the ſhape and ſize of Ladies Smock.
the fruit: thoſe of this ſort being about the bigneſs
The CHARACTERS are,
of a Barberry, and nearly of the ſame ſhape. This The empalement is compoſed of four oval oblong leaves.
I have long cultivated, and have not obſerved it to The flower hath four oblong petals, placed in form of a
alter.
croſs, which at their baſe are erect, but Spread open
The tenth fort is commonly known by the title of cbove, and are much larger than the empalement ; it beth
Bird Pepper in America. This riſes with a ſhrubby fox ſtamina, four of which are the length of the empale-
ftalk four or five feet high: the leaves are broad, and ment; the other two, which are oppoſite, are much longer :
rounder at the ends than thoſe of the other forts, and theſe are terminated by oblong, beart-ſhaped, erect ſum-
of a lucid green: the fruit grows at the diviſions of mits. It hath a Nender cylindrical germen, as long as the
the branches, ſtanding erect: theſe are ſmall, oval, ſtamina, having no ſtyle, but is crowned by an obtuſe
and of a bright red; they are much more ſharp and ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a long, compres-
biting than thoſe of the other forts. From the fruit ſed, cylindrical pod, with two cells, opening in two valves
of this fort is made the Cayan butter, or what the which twijt ſpirally, and caſt out the ſeeds when ripe, by
inhabitants of America call Pepper-pots, which they their elaſticity.
efteem as the beſt of all the ſpices. The following This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
is a receipt for making a Pepper-pot: take of the of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia
ripe pods of this ſort of Capſicum, and dry them Siliquoſa; the flowers of this claſs have fix ftamina,
well in the ſun, then put them into an earthen or four of which are ſhort, and two are longer, ſtanding
ſtone pot, mixing flour between every ſtrata of pods, oppoſite, and the ſeeds are included in long pods.
and put them into an oven after the baking of bread, The SPECIES are,
that they may be thoroughly dried; after which, 1. CARDAMINE (Pratenſis) foliis pinnatis, foliolis radi-
they muſt be well cleanſed from the flour, and if any calibus fubrotundis, caulinis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp.
of the ſtalks remain to the pods, they ſhould be taken Plant. 656. Ladies Smock with winged leaves, whoſe
off, and the pods beaten, or ground to fine powder ; lobes at bottom are roundiß, but thoſe on the ſtalks are
to every ounce of this, add a pound of Wheat flour, Spear-ſhaped. Cardamine pratenſis magno flore pur-
and as much leaven as is fufficient for the quantity purafcente. Tourn. Inft. 224.
intended; after this has been properly mixed and 2. CARDAMINE (Parviflora) foliis pinnatis, foliolis inci-
wrought, it ſhould be made into ſmall cakes, and fis, floribus exiguis, caule erecto ramofo. Ladies
baked in the ſame manner as common cakes of the Smock with winged leaves, cut lobes, very ſmall flowers,
fame fize; then cut them into ſmall parts, and bake and an upright branching ſtalk. Cardamina annua ex-
them again, that they may be as dry and hard as iguo fore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 224.
3. CARDAMINE
a

CAR
CAR
tance.
و
3
3. CARDAMINE (Hirſuto) foliis pinnatis, floribus tetran- The fixth fort grows naturally by the ſides of rivers
dis. Hort. Cliff
. 336. Ladies Smock, or impatient Creſs and ditches in moſt parts of England, fo is not ad-
with winged leaves, and flowers with four ſtamina. Car- mitted into gardens. There has been a variety of
damine quarta. Dalechamp. Ludg.
this found with double flowers, but it is not as yet
4. CARDAMINE (Impatiens) foliis pinnatis inciſis ftipula- much known. This flowers the latter end of April,
tis, floribus apetalis
. Lin. Sp. 914. Impatient Creſs
and in May.
with winged leaves, cut fipula, and fugacious flowers.
The other forts are low annual plants, which grow
Cardamine pratenfis parvo flore. Tourn. Inſt. 224. naturally in ſeveral parts of England, ſo are ſeldom
5. CARDAMINE (Græca) foliis pinnatis foliolis palmatis admitted into gardens. Theſe have the title of Im-
æqualibus petiolatis. Prod. Ley. 345. Impatient Creſs patient Creſs, from the elaſticity of their pods, which,
with winged leaves, whoſe lobes are handed, equal, and if touched when they are ripe, ſpring open, and caft
have foot-ſtalks. Cardamine Sicula, foliis Fumariæ. out their feeds with violence, to a conſiderable dif-
Tourn. Inft. 225. Sicilian impatient Cress with Fumitory
Theſe forts when young, are, by the country
leaves.
people, eaten in ſallads, and have the flavour of the
6. CARDAMINE (Amara) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ſubrotun- common Creſs, but milder.
dis angulofis. Hall. Helv. 558. Impatient Creſs with Theſe plants, when once admitted into a garden, pro-
winged leaves, whoſe lobes cre roundiſh and angular. pagate in plenty; for they produce great quantities
Naſturtium aquaticum majus & amarum. C. B. P. of feeds, which, if permitted to ſcatter, there will be
104
a ſupply of plants, which only require to be thinned
7. CARDAMINE (Trifolia) foliis ternatis obtufis, caule and kept clean from weeds, and will thrive beſt in
ſubnudo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 654. Three-leaved impatient
the ſhade.
Creſs with a naked ſtalk. Naſturtium Alpinum trifo-CARDIACA. See LEONURUS.
lium. C. B. P. 104.
CARDINALS FLOWER. See RAPUNTIUM.
8. CARDAMINE (Bellidifolia) foliis fimplicibus ovatis in- CARDIOSPERMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. Heart
tegerrimis petiolis longis, Flor. Lap. 206. Impatient Pea; by the inhabitants of America called Wild
Creſs with ſingle, oval, entire leaves, having long foot- Parſley; by the French, Pois de Merveille.
stalks. Naſturtium Alpinum Bellidis folio minus. The CHARACTERS are,
C. B. P. 105. Smaller Alpine Creſs with a Daiſey leaf. It hath a permanent empalement compoſed of four concave
9. CARDAMINE (Petræc) foliis fimplicibus oblongis den- leaves. The flower has four obtuſe petals, which are al-
tatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 654. Impatient Creſs with ſingle, ternately larger; it hath a ſmall four-leaved nectarium
oblong, indented leaves. Naſturtium petræum. Pluk. encompaſſing the germen, and eight ſtamina, tbree and
Alm. 261. Rock Creſs.
three ſtanding oppoſite, the other two on each ſide; theſe
10. CARDAMINE (Chelidonia) foliis pinnatis foliolis qui- are terminated by ſmall ſummits. The germen is three-
nis inciſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 655. Impatient Creſs with cornered, and ſupports three ſhort ſtyles, crowned by ſingle
winged leaves, having five lobes which are cut. Carda- ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh (wollen
mine glabra Chelidonii folio. Tourn. Inft. 225.
. capſule with three lobes, divided into three cells, opening
The firſt fort grows naturally in the meadows in at the top, each having one or two globular ſeeds, marked
many parts of England; it is called Cuckow Flower, with a beart.
and Ladies Smock. Of this there are four varieties, This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
viz. the ſingle purple with white flowers, which are of Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Tri-
frequently intermixed in the meadows, and the double gynia, the flower having eight ſtamina and three ſtyles.
flower of both colours. The ſingle forts are ſeldom
The SPECIES are,
admitted into gardens ; but as the firſt fort ſtands in 1. CARDIOSPERMUM (Corindum) foliis fubtus tomentofis.
the liſt of medicinal plants, I have enumerated it. Lin. Sp. 526. Heart Pea with woolly leaves. Corin-
The young leaves of this plant have been gathered
dum folio & fructu minori. Tourn. Init. 431.
in the ſpring, by ſome perſons, and put into fallads 2. CARDIOSPERMUM (Halicacabum) foliis lævibus. Hort.
inſtead of Creſs: it is ſuppoſed to be an antiſcorbutic. Cliff. 150. Heart-feed with ſmooth leaves. Corindum
The two varieties with double flowers were acci- folio ampliori, fructu majore. Tourn. Inft. 431.
dentally found growing in the meadows, and were The firſt fort riſes with a ſlender, channelled, climbing
tranſplanted into gardens, where they have been pro- ſtalk, to the height of four of five feet, ſending out
pagated. Theſe deſerve a place in ſhady moiſt bor- many ſide branches, garniſhed with leaves, upon very
ders of the flower-garden, where they will thrive, and long foot-ſtalks, coming out oppoſite at the lower
make a pretty appearance during their continuance in part of the ſtalk; but upward the leaves come out on
flower: they are propagated by parting their roots ;
one ſide, and the foot-ſtalk of the flower at the oppo-
the beſt time for this is in autumn, when they ſhould ſite; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are divided into
be tranſplanted annually. They delight in a ſoft three, each of which ſuſtain ſmall leaves, which are
loamy foil, not too ftiff, and muit have a ſhady ſitu- again divided into three parts, that are ſharply cut
ation. This flowers in May, and in cool ſeaſons will on their edges, and end in ſharp points. The foot-
continue part of June.
ftalk of the flowers are long, naked, and toward the
The ſeventh, eighth, and tenth forts, grow naturally top, divided into three ſhort ones, each ſuſtaining a
on the Alps, and other mountainous places. I re- ſingle flower. Immediately under theſe diviſions,
ceived theſe from Verona, in the neighbourhood of comes out tendrils or claſpers, like thoſe of the Vine,
which place they grow naturally. Theſe are low per- but ſmaller; theſe faften themſelves to whatever plants
ennial plants, which may be propagated by parting grow near them, and are thereby ſupported. The
their roots in the autumn, and require a ſtrong foil flowers are ſmall, white, and compoſed of four finall
and ſhady fituation: they may alſo be propagated by concave petals; two of which ſtanding oppoſite, are
feeds, which ſhould be ſown in the autumn, on a larger than the other ; when theſe fall away, the ger-
ſhady border, where they will come up ſoon after, men afterward becomes a large inflated bladder, hav-
and are never hurt by froſt, ſo will flower the follow- ing three lobes, in each of which is contained one,
ing ſeaſon. Theſe varieties are preſerved in ſome two, and ſometimes three feeds, which are round,
gardens, but having little beauty, are ſeldom admit- hard, and the ſize of ſmall Peas, each being marked
ted into the flower-garden.
with a black ſpot in ſhape of a heart.
The ninth fort is a low biennial plant, which grows The ſecond fort differs from the firſt in having taller
naturally in ſeveral parts of England and Wales, and ſtalks, the leaves being firſt divided into five, and
is preſerved in ſome gardens for the ſake of variety. again into three parts. The foot-ſtalks are ſhorter,
-
It may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown and the ſeeds and bladders in which they are con-
in the autumn, upon poor light ground in an open tained are much larger, and the whole plant is
Situation, and will require no other care but to keep ſmoother, in other reſpects they agree.
the plants clear from weeds. It flowers in June, and Theſe plants grow naturally in both Indies, where
the feeds ripen in July.
they climb upon whatever ſhrubs are near them, and
a
a
2
riſe

C AR
CAR
a
riſe to the height of eight or ten feet, but in England | 5. CARDUUS (Cirſium) foliis lanceolatis decurrentibus
they feldom are much above half ſo high; they fend denticulis inermibus, calyce fpinofo. Hort. Cliff. 392.
out many ſide branches, which ſpread to a conſidera- Thiſtle with ſpear-ſhaped leaves running along the fialks,
ble diſtance every way, and, if permitted, will with ſmooth indentures, and a prickly empalement. Cir-
faften themſelves to the plants which are near them fium Anglicum. Ger. Emac. 1183. Engliſh ſoft or
by their ſmall tendrils, and thereby ſpread over gentle Thiſtie.
them.
6. CARDUUS (Cefabona) foliis feffilibus lanceolatis inte-
They are annual, and periſh foon after they have per- gerrimis fubtus tomentofis, margine fpinis ternatis.
fected their feeds, and being natives of hot countries, Hort. Cliff. 393. Thiſtle with entire ſpear-shaped leaves
they will not thrive in England in the open air. They growing cloſe to the ſtalks, whoſe borders are ſet with triple
are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon Spines. Acarna Theophraſti anguillaræ. Lob. Icon.
a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are two 486. The ſuppoſed true Fiſh Thiſtle of Theophraftus.
inches high, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a There are a great number of ſpecies more than are
pot filled with light fandy earth, not too rich, then here enumerated, ſome of which are very troubleſome
plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, where they weeds in the gardens and fields, therefore are better
muſt be carefully ſhaded until they have taken freſh to be kept out of both; ſo I thought it needleſs to
root; after which they muſt have a large ſhare of air mention them here. The few forts which I have here
admitted to them, to prevent their being drawn up enumerated, being often preſerved in the gardens of
tall and weak; and when their roots have filled the the curious for the ſake of variety, or cultivated
pots, they ſhould be carefully ſhaken out, preſerving for uſe by ſome perſons, therefore choſe not to omit
all the earth to their roots (for if that ſhould fall off, them.
the plants will not ſurvive it ;) then put them into pots The firſt fort grows naturally in Sicily. This is an an-
a little larger, filling them up with the ſame light nual plant, which riſes with a channelled ſtem about a
earth, and place them either under a deep frame, or foot and a half high, ſending out ſeveral fide branches
behind the plants in the ſtove, where they may be toward the top, garniſhed with long narrow leaves like
ſcreened from the ſun till they are well ſettled in the thoſe of the Auſtrian Ptarmica, which are of a deep
pots; after which they may be removed into a glaſs- green above, but white on their under fide, placed al-
caſe, where they may have room to grow and be ternate : juſt below the foot-ſtalk of the leaf come out
ſcreened from the cold of the nights, but in warm ſeveral unequal yellow ſpines, and at the end of the
weather they will require a large ſhare of air; with branches the flowers are produced ; theſe have very
this management they will flower in July, and their prickly empalements, under which are placed two
feeds will ripen in autumn.
long leaves; the flowers are purple, and ſhaped like
CARDUUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 832. Thiſtle, in thoſe of the common Thiſtle, but are ſmaller ; theſe
French, Chardon.
are ſucceeded by oblong ſmooth feeds, which have a
The CHARACTERS are,
long woolly down ſitting on their top. This fort
It hath a compound flower made up of many hermaphro- flowers in July and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in
dite florets, which are fruitful; theſe are included in one September. It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould
common ſcaly empalement, which is ſwollen in the middle, be fown on a bed of light earth in the ſpring where
each ſcale ending in a ſharp ſpine ; the florets are funnel- the plants are to remain, for they do not bear tranf-
Maped, of one leaf, having a ſlender tube, with an ere Et planting, unleſs it is performed when they are very
brim, cut into five narrow ſegments; each of theſe florets young; for they ſend long ſlender roots deep into the
have five ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſum- ground, which, if broken, the plant ſeldom ſurvives
mits, which are indented at the top. In the center is ſitu- The only care they will require, is to keep them
ated an oval germen, crowned with down, ſupporting a clean from weeds, and thin the plants where they are
flender ſtyle, which is longer than the ſiamina, crowned
too cloſe.
with a ſingle, naked, indented ſtigma. The germen after- The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſeveral of the mid-
ward becomes an oblong four-cornered ſeed, crowned with land counties of England. This is a biennial plant,
down, and incloſed by the empalement.
which ſends out many long leaves near the ground,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of having ſeveral long ſegments, placed alternate, which
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly- are joined to a winged border running on each ſide
gamia æqualis; the flowers of this claſs have their the mid-rib the whole length; theſe ſegments point
ſummits connected into a cylindrical tube, but the upward; the under ſide of the leaves, and the mar-
ftamina are ſeparate, and thoſe of this ſection have gin of the midrib, are armed with long ſharp ſpines,
only hermaphrodite fruitful flowers.
ſtanding every way. The following ſpring, there ariſes
1. CARDUUS (Ptarmicifolia) foliis integris fubtus tomen- from the center of the plant one ſtrong channelled
fis, fpinis ramofis lateralibus. Prod. Leyd. 133.
ſtalk, four or five feet high, branching every way
Thiſtle with entire leaves, woolly on their under ſide, ond toward the top: the ſtalk and branches are garniſhed
branching Spines proceeding from the ſide of the ſtalks. with the ſame ſhaped leaves as below, and each branch
Carduus humilis aculeatus, Ptarmicæ Auftriacæ foliis. is terminated by a ſingle head of purple flowers, hav-
Triumf. obf. 96.
ing a woolly empalement. This flowers in June
2. CARDUUS (Eriophorus) foliis feffilibus bifariam pinna- and July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn. One
tifidis laciniis alternis erectis, calycibus globoſis vil- of two of theſe plants may be allowed a place in
lofis. Hort. Upfal. 249. Thiſtle with leaves growing ſome abject part of the garden, for its fingularity.
cloſe to the ſtalks, which are doubly pinnated, the ſegments The feeds of this plant ſhould be fown where the
alternately erect, and globular woolly beads. Carduus plants are to remain, and will require no other care
eriocephalus. Dod. Pempt. 723. Woolly-headed Thiſtle, but to keep them clean from weeds. The ſecond
called by ſome Friars Crown.
year they will flower, and then the whole plant
3. CARDUUS (Acarna) foliis lanceolatis dentatis ciliatis periſhes.
decurrentibus, fpinis marginalibus duplicibus. Thiſtle The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
with ſpear-ſhaped indented leaves running along the ſtalks, tugal. This riſes fix feet high; the leaves are
with hairy edges, and the Spines double on their borders. long, narrow, and the edges are ſet cloſely with
Acarna major caule folioſo. C. B. P. 379. Greater Fiſh ſmall hairs; at every indenture of the leaves there
Thiſtle.
comes out two long yellowiſh ſpines; at the end
4. CARDUUS (Marianus) foliis amplexicaulibus haſtato- of the branches the flowers are produced from the
pinnatifidis fpinofis, calycibus aphyllis, fpinis canali- ſide of the ſtalk, which have woolly ovál empale-
culatis duplicato-ſpinoſis. Gouan. Monfp. 422. Thiſtle ments, cloſely armed with ſlender fpines. The flow-
with prickly leaves embracing the ſtolks, empalements with- ers are yellow, but make no great appearance, as they
out leaves, and doubly crmed with channelied Spines. Car- advance very little above the empalement. It flowers
duus Mariæ. Dalech. Hift. 1475. Our Ladies Thiſtle, in July and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
or Milk Thiſtle.
This plant may be propagated by feeds in the ſame
B bb
manner
it.

CAR
CAR
a
a
manner as the former fort. It is called Fiſh Thiſtle,
from the reſemblance which the ſpines have to the
bones of fish
The fourth fort grows very common on the ſide of
banks, and in waſte land in many parts of England,
and is by ſome perſons blanched and dreſſed as a cu-
rious diſh. This is a biennial plant, which ſhould
be fown very thin, and when the plants are come up
ſo as to be well diſtinguiſhed, the ground ſhould be
hoed, to cut down all the young weeds, and the plants
left about a foot and a half diſtance; and the following
ſummer the ground ſhould be kept clean from weeds.
In the autumn the leaves of the plants ſhould be tied
up, and the earth drawn up cloſe to blanch them ;
when they are properly whitened, they will be fit for
uſe. This is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon
after the ſeeds are ripe.
The fifth fort is a biennial plant, which is by ſome
cultivated for medicinal uſe, and has been ſuppoſed
a remedy for ſome ſort of madneſs. This may be
propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the ſecond
fort. It grows naturally in the northern parts of
.
England, and flowers in June.
The ſixth fort is ſuppoſed to be the true Fiſh Thiſtle
of Theophraftus. This is a biennial plant, which
riſes with an upright ſtalk fix feet high, garniſhed
with long ſpear-ſhaped leaves, armed with triple
ſpines at every indenture on their edges ; at the top
of the ſtalks the flowers come out in cluſters, which
are of a purple colour, and are ſucceeded by ſmooth,
oval, black ſeeds. It grows naturally in Sicily and
the Levant.
It is propagated by feeds as the ſecond
fort, which ſhould be fown on a warm border, other-
wiſe the plants will not live through the winter. It
flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
CARDUUS BENEDICTUS. See CENTAU-
a
This fort riſes with a thick, ſoft, herbaceous ſtem,
to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, which is
naked till within two or three feet of the top, and
hath marks of the veſtiges of the fallen leaves great
part of its length; the leaves come out on every ſide
the ftem upon very long foot-ſtalks ; thoſe which are
ſituated undermoft are almoſt horizontal, but thoſe on
the top are erect: theſe leaves (in full grown plants)
are very large, and divided into many parts (or lobes)
which are deeply finuated, or cut into irregular divi-
fions. The whole plant abounds with a milky acrid
juice, which is eſteemed good for the ringworm:
the ſtem of the plant, and alſo the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves, are hollow in the middle. The flowers of
the male plants are produced from between the leaves
on the upper part of the plant, on every ſide, which
have foot-ſtalks near two feet long, at the ends of
which the flowers ſtand in looſe cluſters, each having
a ſeparate ſhort foot-ſtalk; theſe are of a pure white,
and have an agreeable odour. They are monopeta-
lous, having pretty long tubes, but are cut at the
top into five parts, which twiſt backward like a ſcrew; ;
ſometimes theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall fruit, about
the fize and ſhape of a Catherine Pear, which has
occaſioned fome to ſuppoſe it was a diſtinct ſpecies;
but I have frequently raiſed this, and the female or
fruitful fort, from the ſame feeds, and in general the
male flowers fall away, without any fruit ſucceeding
them. The flowers of the female Papaw alſo come
out between the leaves, toward the upper part of the
plant, upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks, ſingly fitting cloſe
to the ſtem ; they are large and bell-ſhaped, com-
poſed of ſix petals, which are commonly yellow, but
thoſe of the pyramidal fort, which I before mention-
ed, were purple : when theſe fall away, the germen
ſwells to a large fleſhy fruit, the ſize of a ſmall Melon,
which are of different forms; ſome are angular, and
compreſſed at both ends, others are oval and globu-
lar, and ſome pyramidal; the fruit alſo abounds with
the ſame acrid milky juice as the plants. This fruit,
when ripe, is by the inhabitants of the Caribbee
Ilands eaten with pepper and ſugar as Melons, but
are much inferior to our moſt common Melon in fla-
vour, in its native country; but thoſe which have
ripened in England were deteſtable: the only uſe I
have made known of this fruit, was, when they were
about half grown, to ſoak them in falt water, to get
out the milky juice, and pickle them for Mangos,
for which they have been a good ſubſtitute. Theſe
plants are fuppoſed to be natives of America, from
whence they were carried to the Philippine Ilands,
and to ſeveral parts of India, where they are now
pretty common. Though theſe plants have been
ſuppoſed to have male flowers only in fome plants,
and female on the other, yet I have often feen
ſmall fruit on the male plants, and have frequently
had fruit on the female, whoſe feeds have grown as
well as any I ever fowed, though no male plants
were in the ſame ſtove with them.
The ſecond fort was found growing in a garden at
Lima, by father Feuillée, and it was the only plant
he ſaw of that fort in his travels. This differs from
the other, in having a branching ſtalk, the lobes or
diviſions of the leaves being entire, and the fruit be-
ing ſhaped like a Pear, which he ſays were of dif-
ferent ſizes; that which he deſigned was about eight
inches long, and three and a half thick, yellow within
and without, and of a ſweet flavour. The flower,
he ſays, was of a Roſe colour, and divided but into
a
REA.
3
CARDUUS FULLONUM. See DIPSACUS.
CARICA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1000. Papaw, in French
Papaie.
The CHARACTERS are,
It is male and female in different plants; the flowers of
the male have ſcarce any empalement; they are funnel-
Shaped, and of one leaf, having a long ſlender tube, which
expands at the top, where it is divided into five narrow
obtufe parts, which turn backward; it hath ten ſtamina,
five of which are alternately longer than the other, and
are terminated by oblong ſummits. The female flowers
have a ſmall permanent empalement indented in five parts;
it hath five long Spear-shaped petals, which are obtuſe,
and turn backward at the top; the oval germen ſupports
five oblong blunt frigma, which are broad at the top,
and crenated. The germen afterward becomes a large
oblong fleſhy fruit, having five longitudinal cells, which
are full of ſmall oval furrowed ſeeds, incloſed in a gluti-
nous pulp.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia
Decandria; the plants of this claſs have male and fe-
male flowers on different plants, and in this ſection
the male flowers have ten ſtamina.
The SPECIES are,
1. CARICA (Papaya) foliorum lobis ſinuatis. Hort.
Cliff. 461. Papaw with the lobes of the leaves ſinuated.
Papaya fructu Melopeponis effigie. Plum. Papato
with the fruit Maped like the Squaſh.
2. CARICA (Pofopofa) foliorum lobis integris. Hort.
Cliff. 461. Papaw with the lobes of the leaves entire.
Papaya ramoſa fructu pyriformi. Feuil. Peruv. 2.
p. 52. tab. 39. Branching Papaw with a Pear-shaped
fruit.
There are ſeveral varieties of the firſt fort, which
differ in the fize and ſhape of their fruit. Plumier
mentions three of the female or fruitful Papaw, be-
fide the male, one of which he titles Melon-ſhaped,
and the other ſhaped like the fruit of the Gourd ;
and I have ſeen another variety in England, with a.
large, ſmooth, pyramidal fruit: but theſe are ſup-
poſed to be accidental varieties, which ariſe from the
ſame feeds.
five parts.
Theſe plants being natives of hot countries, will not
thrive in England, unleſs they are preſerved in a warm
ftove; where there are ſuch conveniencies, of a pro-
per height to contain the plants, they deſerve a place
as well as almoſt any of the plants which are culti-
vated for ornament; for when they are grown to a
large ſize, they make a noble appearance with their
ſtrong upright ſtems, which are garnished on every
fide near the top with large ſhining leaves, ſpreading
out near three feet all round the item; the flowers
or

CAR
CAR
wort.
of the male fort come out in cluſters on every ſide; The firſt fort grows naturally upon ſterile ground in
and the fruit of the female growing round the ſtalks moſt parts of England, fo is rarely admitted into gar-
between the leaves, being ſo different from any thing dens. The others are often preſerved in botanic gar-
of European production, may intitle them to the care dens for the ſake of variety. They grow naturally in
of the curious.
the ſouth of France, Spain, and Italy.
They are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which are an- They may all be propagated by fowing their feeds in
nually brought in plenty from the Weſt-Indies. Theſe the ſpring on a bed of freſh undunged earth, where
ſhould be ſown in a hot-bed early in the ſpring, that they are deſigned to remain; for, as they ſend forth
the plants may obtain ſtrength before the autumn : tap roots, they will not bear tranſplanting ſo well as
when the plants are near two inches high, they ſhould moſt other plants. When the plants appear above
be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled ground, they ſhould be carefully weeded; and, as
with a light, gentle, loamy foil, and plunged into a they grow in fize, they ſhould be thinned, where
hot-bed of tanners bark, carefully ſhading them from they are too cloſe, leaving them about ten inches or
the ſun till they have taken root; after which they a foot aſunder. The ſecond year moſt of theſe plants
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other tender will flower; but, unleſs the ſummer proves dry, they
plants from the ſame country; but as theſe plants rarely produce good ſeeds in England, and moſt of
have ſoft herbaceous ſtalks, and abound with a milky them decay ſoon after they have flowered, therefore
juice, they muſt not have too much water, for they it is pretty difficult to maintain theſe plants in this
are frequently killed with moiſture. There ſhould country.
alſo be great care taken when theſe plants are ſhifted CARNATION. See DIANTHUS.
from ſmall pots into larger, to preſerve the whole ball CARPESIUM. Lin. Gen. 948. Nodding Star-
of earth to their roots; for whenever they are left
bare, they rarely ſurvive it. As the plants advance
The CHARACTERS are,
in their growth, they will require larger pots, and It hath an imbricated empalement, the outer leaves are
when they are too tall to remain under frames, they larger, ſpreading, and reflexed, the inner are ſhorter and
muſt be placed in the tan-bed of the bark-ſtove, where equal : the flower is equal and compounded; the berma-
they ſhould conſtantly remain, being careful not to phrodite florets are funnel-Shaped, opening at the top in
give them much water, eſpecially during the winter five parts; theſe compoſe the diſk. The female florets are
ſeaſon; and in ſummer their waterings ſhould be often tubulous, quinquefid, cloſing together, which compoſe the
repeated, but given in ſmall quantities. With this border. The hermaphrodite florets have five ſbort ſtami-
management I have raiſed plants near twenty feet na, crowned by cylindrical ſummits, and an oblong ger-
high in three years, which have produced their flow- men, with a ſingle ſtalk, crowned by a bifid ſtigma; the
ers and fruit in great perfection.
female florets have the like, and both are ſucceeded by oval
CARLINA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 836. The Carline naked ſeeds incloſed in the empalement.
Thiſtle.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond order of
The CHARACTERS are,
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
It hath a compound flower, made up of many hermaphro- lygamia fuperflua, the flowers being compoſed of fe-
dite florets, which are fruitful; theſe are included in a male and hermaphrodite florets, which are both
common, ſwollen, ſcaly empalement; the inner ſcales are fruitful.
long, and placed in a circular order. The flowers are fun-
The SPECIES are,
nel-ſhaped, having a narrow tube, but are bell-ħaped 1. CARPESIUM (Cernuun) floribus terminalibus. Lin.
above, and cut into five parts at the brim; theſe have Sp. 1203. Nodding Starwort whoſe flowers terminate
each five short hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical the ſtalks. After Cernuus. Col. Ecphr. 1. p. 251.
fummits. In the center is ſituated a fort germen crowned 2. CARPESIUM (Abrotanoides) floribus lateralibus. Ob.
with down, ſupporting a fender ſtyle the length of the ſta- It. tab. 10. Nodding Starwort whoſe flowers come from
mina, crowned with an oblong bifid ſtigma. The germen the ſide of the ſtalks.
afterward becomes a ſingle taper ſeed, crowned with a The firſt ſort grows naturally in Italy. It is a bien-
branching plumoſe down.
nial plant, whoſe lower leaves are obtuſe, woolly,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of and ſoft to the touch. The flower-ſtalk riſes from
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly- the center of the plant near a foot and a half high,
gamia æqualis, the flowers being compoſed of only branching toward the top, and garniſhed with leaves
hermaphrodite florets which are fruitful, whoſe fum- of the ſame form with thoſe at bottom, but ſmaller :
mits are connected, and form a tube.
each of the branches are terminated by one pretty
The SPECIES are,
large flower of an herbaceous yellow colour, nodding
1. CARLINA (Vulgaris) caule multifloro corymboſo, flo- on one ſide the ſtalk; theſe are compoſed of female
ribus terminalibus calycibus radio albis. Hort. Cliff. fiorets which compoſe the border, and hermaphro-
395. Carline Thiſtle with many flowers in a corymbus, dite florets which compoſe the diſk, both which are
which terminate the ſtalk, having white rays to the em- ſucceeded by oval naked ſeeds. This flowers in July,
palement. Carlina fylveftris vulgaris. Cluf. Hiſt. 2. and the feeds ripen in September.
p. 155. Common wild Carline Thiſtle.
The plant is eaſily propagated by feeds, which may
2. CARLINA (Racemoſa) floribus ſeſſilibus, lateralibus be fown on a bed of light earth in the ſpring, and
pauciffimis. Sauv. Meth. 293. Carline Thiſtle with a when the plants come up, if they are thinned and
few fiowers growing cloſe to the ſide of the ſtalk. Car- kept clean from weeds, they will require no other
lina fylveftris minor Hiſpanica. Cluſ. Hift. 2. p. 157. culture. The ſecond year they will flower and pro-
.
Small wild Spaniſh Carline Thiſtle.
duce ſeeds, ſoon after which the plants decay.
3. CARLINA ( Acaulis) caule unifloro flore breviore. Hort. The ſecond fort grows naturally in China, and at
Cliff. 395. Carline Thiſtle with one ſhorter flower on each preſent is rare in England. This hath a hard branch-
ſtalk. Carlina acaulos magno flore albo. C. B. P. ing ſtalk, garnished with broad ſpear-ſhaped leaves
380.
ſlightly crenated on the edges : the flowers are thinly
4. CARLINA (Lanata) caule multifloro lanato, calycibus ſcattered on the ſide of the ſtalks and branches, where
radio purpureis. Lin. Sp. 1160. Carline Thiſtle with they fit very cloſe, nodding downward; their em-
many downy flowers on a ſtalk, which have purple rays to palements are compoſed of many ſmall leaves which
their empalement. Acarna flore purpureo rubente pa- ſpread open, and incloſe a great number of florets.
tulo. C. B. P. 372.
This may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
5. CARLINA (Corymboſa) caule multifloro ſubdiviſo, fio- ſown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants
ribus feffilibus calycibus radio favis. Prod. Leyd. are fit to removė, they ſhould be each planted in a
135. Carline Thiſtle with many flowers on a ſtalk, which ſingle pot; and when the weather becomes warm,
is ſubdivided, the flowers fit clofe on the ſtalks, and have they may be expoſed, but in autumn they muſt be
yellow rays to their empalement. Acarna apula umbella- houſed.
ta. Colum. Ecphr. 27,
CARPI-
a

CAR
CAR
This tree,
CARPINUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 952. [fo called of
carpere, Lat. to crop; becauſe it may be eaſily cropped,
or its wood is eaſily cleft.] The Hornbeam, or Hard-
beam, in French Charme.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath male and female flowers, growing ſeparate on the
Same plant. The male flowers are diſpoſed in a cylindrical
Tope or katkin, which is looſe and ſcaly, cach ſcale covering
one flower, which hath no petals, but ten ſmall sta
mina, terminated by compreſſed hairy ſummits. The female
flowers are diſpoſed in the ſame form, and are ſingle under
each ſcale; theſe bave one petal, which is ſhaped like a
cup, cut into fix parts, and two ſhort germen, each having
two hairy Styles, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The katkin
afterward grows large, and at the baſe of each ſcale is
lodged an oval angular nut.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monocia Po-
lyandria, the plants of this claſs having male and fe-
male flowers growing ſeparate on the ſame tree, and
thoſe of this ſection have many ſtamina.
The SPECIES are,
i. CARPINUS (Vulgaris) ſquamis ftrobilorum planis.
Hort. Cliff. 447. Hornbeam with flat ſcales to the cones.
Carpinus. Dod. Pempt. 841. Common Hornbeam.
2. CARPINUS (Oſtrýa) ſquamis ſtrobilorum inflatis. Hort.
Cliff. 447. Hornbeam with inflated Scales to the cones.
Oftrya ulmo fimilis, fructu racemoſo lupulo ſimilis.
C. B. P. 427. The Hop Hornbeam.
3. CARPINUS (Orientalis) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ferratis
ſtrobilis brevibus. Hornbeam with oval, Spear-ſhaped,
Sawed leaves, and the ſhorteſt conies. Carpinus Orien-
talis folio minori, fructu brevi. T. Cor. 40. Eaſtern
Hörnbeam, with a ſmaller leaf and ſhorter fruit.
4. CARPINUS (Virginiana) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis,
ſtrobilis longiffimis
. Hornbeam with pointed ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, and the longeſt cones. Carpinus Virginiana flo-
reſcens. Pluk. Virginia flowering Hornbeam.
The firſt fort is very common in many parts of Eng-
land, but is rarely ſuffered to grow as a timber-tree,
being generally reduced to pollards by the country
people; yet where the young trees have been pro-
perly treated, they have grown to a large ſize. I have
ſeen ſome of them in woods, upon a cold ſtiff clay,
which have been near feventy feet high, with large,
noble, fine ftems, perfectly ſtrait and found. Of
late years, this has been only conſidered as a ihrub,
and never cultivated but for under-wood in the coun-
try, and in the nurſeries to form hedges, after the
French taſte; for in moſt of their great gardens,
their cabinets, &c. are formed of theſe trees, as are
their trelliſſes and hedges which ſurround their plan-
tations. But ſince theſe ſort of ornaments have been
almoſt baniſhed from the Engliſh gardens, there has
been little demand for theſe trees in the nurſeries.
As this tree will thrive upon cold, barren, expoſed
hills, and in ſuch ſituations where few other forts will
grow, it may be cultivated to great advantage by
the proprietors of ſuch lands. It will reſiſt the vio-
lence of winds better than moſt other trees, and is by
no means ſlow in its growth. But where theſe are
propagated for timber, they ſhould be raiſed from
feeds, upon the ſame foil, and in the ſame ſituation,
where they are deſigned to grow; and not brought
from better land, and a warmer ſituation, as is too
frequently practiſed. Nor ſhould they be propagated
by layers, which is the common method where they
are intended for hedges or under-wood; for which
thoſe fo raiſed will anſwer the purpoſe full as well as
thoſe raiſed from feeds, but the latter muſt always be
preferred for timber-trees.
The feeds of this tree ſhould be fown in the autumn,
ſoon after they are ripe; for if they are kept out of
the ground till ſpring, the plants will not come up
till the following year. When the plants appear, they
muſt be kept very clean from weeds, and treated as
other foreſt-trees; in two years time they will be fit
to tranſplant, for the fooner all trees which are de-
figned for timber are planted where they are to re-
main, the larger they will grow, and the wood will
be firmer and inore durable. If theſe are not inter-
mixed with other kind of trees, they ſhould be planted
pretty cloſe; eſpecially on the outſide of the plan-
tations, that they may protect and draw each other
up: and if they are kept clean from weeds three or
four years, it will greatly promote their growth, after
which the plants will have obtained fufficient ſtrength
to keep down the weeds.
As the trees advance in their growth, they muſt
be thinned, which ſhould be done with caution, cut-
ting away the moſt unpromiſing plants gradually, ſo
as not to let much cold air at once, to thoſe which
are left, eſpecially on the borders of the plantation.
For in all young plantations of timber, it is much the
better method, to take away a few trees every year,
where it is wanted, than, as is commonly practiſed,
to let all grow till it is fit to cut as under-wood, and
then cut all away, except thoſe intended for timber;
whereby ſo much cold air is ſuddenly let in upon
them, as to ſtop their progreſs for ſome years: but
by this method a preſent advantage is gained, which
is now more generally attended to, than the future
profit.
The timber of this tree is very tough and flexible,
and might be converted to many uſeful purpoſes, when
ſuffered to grow to a proper fize; but as they have
been generally treated otherwiſe, the principal uſes
it has been applied to, was for turnery ware, for
which it is an excellent wood, and alſo for making
mill-cogs, heads of beetles, &c. It is alſo excellent fuel.
The leaves of this tree remain upon them, till the
young buds in the ſpring thruſt them off, ſo they af-
ford much ſhelter to birds in winter; and this ren-
ders them very proper to plant round the borders of
other plantations in expoſed ſituations, where they
will defend the other trees in winter, and thereby
greatly promote their growth.
The Hop Hornbeam ſheds its leaves in winter, with
the Elm, and other deciduous trees.
tho' but lately much known in England, is very
common in Germany, growing promiſcuouſly with
the common ſort. It is alſo ſaid to grow plentifully
in many parts of North America, but it is doubtful
whether that is not a different fort from this. The
Hop Hornbeam is of quicker growth than the com-
mon fort, but what the wood of that will be I do
not know; for there are but few of the trees in
England growing upon their own roots, moſt of them
having been grafted upon the common Hornbeam,
which is the uſual method of propagating them in
the nurſeries; but the trees ſo raiſed are of ſhort du-
ration, for the graft generally grows much faſter
than the ſtock, ſo that in a few years there is a great
,
diſproportion in their fize; and where they happen
to ſtand expoſed to ſtrong winds, the graft is fre-
quently broken from the ſtock, after many years
growth; for which reaſon, I would caution every
perſon not to purchaſe any of theſe trees which have
been ſo propagated.
The Virginian flowering Hornbeam is ſtill leſs com-
mon than the laſt, and only to be ſeen in curious gar-
dens; it is equally as hardy as the other, and may
be
increaſed by layers.
This fort will grow to the height of thirty feet, or
more, and is of quicker growth than either of the
former forts: it ſheds its leaves in autumn, about
the ſame time with the Elm; and, during the time
of its verdure, this tree makes a good appearance,
being well clothed with leaves, which are of a deep,
ſtrong, green colour, reſembling more the long-leaved
Elm than the Hornbeam.
The Eaſtern Hornbeam is a tree of humble growth,
rarely riſing above ten or twelve feet high in this
country, ſhooting out many horizontal irregular
branches, ſo cannot eaſily be trained up to a ftem.
The leaves of this fort are much ſmaller than thoſe
of the common Hornbeam, and the branches grow
cloſer together, therefore may be very proper for low
hedges, where they are wanted in gardens; being a
very tonſile plant, it may be kept in leſs compaſs
و
6
than

CAR
CAR
a
و
a
a
than almoſt any deciduous tree. It is as hardy as
any of the forts, and may be propagated in the
fame manner; but at preſent it is rare in the Engliſh
nurſeries.
CARROTS. See DAUCUS.
CARTHAMUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 838. [fo called
of xalapelv, Gr. to purge, becauſe the ſeeds of it
are purging,] Baſtard Saffron, or Samower in French;
Cartame, ou Saffran Batard.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a flower compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets,
included in one common ſcaly empalement. The ſcales are
compoſed of many flat leaves, broad at their baſe, ending
in a ſpine, and ſpread open below. The florets are funnel-
shaped, of one leaf, cut into five equal ſegments at the top;
theſe bave five ſhort hairy ftamina, terminated by cy-
lindrical tubular ſumunits; in the center is ſituated a ſhort
germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſtamina,
crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
a ſingle, oblong, angular ſeed, incloſed in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
lygamia Æqualis; the flowers of this ſection being
compoſed of only fruitful florets, and their ſummits
are connected in form of a cylindrical tube.
The SPECIES are,
1. CARTHAMUS (Tinetorius) foliis ovatis integris ferrato-
aculeatis. Hort. Cliff. 394. Baſtard Saffron with oval
entire leaves, which have ſpiny ſerratures. Carthamus
officinarum, flore croceo. Tourn. Inft. 457. Baſtard
Saffron of the ſhops, with a Saffron-coloured flower.
2. CARTHAMUS (Lanatus) caule pilofo fupernè lanato,
foliis inferioribus pinnatifidis, fummis amplexicauli-
bus dentatis. Hort. Upſal. 251. Carthamus with a
hairy ſtalk, woolly above, the under leaves indented, and
the upper embracing the ſtalk. Atractylis lutea. C. B. P.
Yellow Diftof Thiſtle.
3. CARTHAMUS (Creticus) caule læviuſculo, calycibus
ſublanatis, flofculis ſubnovenis, foliis inferioribus ly-
ratis, fummis amplexicaulibus dentatis. Lin. Sp. 1163.
Carthamus with a ſmooth ſtalk, woolly empalements, ge-
nerally nine florets, the under leaves lyre-ſhaped, and the
upper embracing the ſtalk. Cnicus Creticus Atractylidis
folio & facie, fiore leucophæo. Tourn. Cor. 33.
4. CARTHAMUS (Tingitanus) foliis radicalibus pinnatis,
caulinis pinnatifidis, caule unifloro. Lin. Sp. 1163.
Carthamus whoſe radical leaves are winged, thoſe on the
ſtalks wing-pointed, and one flower on a ſtalk. Cnicus
perennis cæruleus Tingitanus. H. L. 162. Blue pe-
rennial Cnicus of Tangier.
5. CARTHAMUS (Carduncellus) foliis caulinis linearibus
pinnatis longitudine plante. Lin. Sp. Plant. 831.
Carthamus with narrow winged leaves on the ſtelks,
which are as long as the plant. Cnicus cæruleus hu-
milis Montis Lupi. H. L. Dwarf Cnicus of Mount
Lupus with a blue flower.
6. CARTHAMUS (Ceruleus) foliis lanceolatis ſpinoſo-den-
tatis, caule ſubunifloro. Hort. Cliff. 1163. Carthamus
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves prickly indented, and one flower
on each ſtolk. Cnicus cæruleus aſperior. C. B. P. 378.
Rougher blue Cnicus.
7. CARTHAMUS (-Arboreſcens) foliis enſiformibus finuato-
dentatis. Prod. Leyd. 136. Carthamus with word-
shaped leaves which are finuated and indented. Cnicus
Hiſpanicus arboreſcens fætidiffimus. Tourn. Inft. 451.
Stinking brubby Cnicus of Spain.
8. CARTHAMUS (Corymboſus) floribus umbellatis nume-
roſis. Carthamus with many flowers in umbels. Chamæ-
leon niger umbellatus, fore cæruleo hyacinthino.
C. B. P. 380. Black umbellated Chameleon with blue
flowers.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Egypt, and in ſome
of the warm parts of Aſia. I have frequently re-
ceived the feeds of this from the Britiſh iſlands in
America, but whether they were originally carried
thither, or if it grows naturally there, I could never
be rightly informed. It is at preſent cultivated in
many parts of Europe, and alſo in the Levant, from
whence great quantities of Safflower are annually im-
ported to England, for dyeing and painting.
This is an annual plant, which riſes with a ſtiff liga
neous ftalk two feet and a half, or three feet high,
dividing upward into many branches, which are gar-
niſhed with oval pointed leaves, fitting cloſe to the
branches: theſe are entire, and are ſlightly ſawed on
their edges, each tooth being terminated by a ſhort
ſpine. The flowers grow ſingle at the extremity of
each branch: the heads of flowers are large, incloſed
in a ſcaly empalement; each ſcale is broad at the
baſe, fat, and formed like a leaf of the plant, ter-
minating in a ſharp ſpine. The lower part of the
empalement ſpreads open, but the ſcales above cloſely
embrace the florets, which ſtand out near an inch
above the empaleinent; theſe are of a fine Saffron
colour, and this is the part which is gathered for the
uſes above-mentioned. When the florets decay, the
germen which is ſituated in each, become ſingle,
oblong, angular feeds, of a white colour, and have
a pretty ſtrong ſhell or cover to them. It flowers in
July and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in autumn; but
if the ſeaſon proves cold and moiſt, when the plants
are in flower, there will be no good feeds produced ;
ſo that there are few ſeaſons, wherein the ſeeds of this
plant do come to perfection in England.
The feeds of this plant are ſometimes uſed in me-
dicine, and are accounted a pretty ſtrong cathartic,
but at preſent they are ſeldom preſcribed. It is pro-
pagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in April,
upon a bed of light earth: the beſt way is to fow them
in drills, drawn at two feet and a half diſtance from
each other, in which the feeds ſhould be ſcattered
thinly, for the plants muſt not ſtand nearer each
other than a foot in the rows; but as ſome of the
ſeeds will fail, ſo a greater quantity ſhould be fown,
as it will be eaſy to thin the plants, at the time when
the ground is hoed. If the feeds are good, the
plants will appear in leſs than a month; and in a
fortnight or three weeks after, it will be proper to
hoe the ground to deſtroy the weeds, and at the
ſame time the plants ſhould be thinned where they
are too cloſe; but at this time they ſhould not be ſe-
parated to their full diſtance, leſt ſome of them ſhould
afterward fail; ſo that if they are now left fix inches
aſunder, there will be room enough for the plants to
grow, till the next time of hoeing, when they muſt
be thinned to the diſtance they are to remain for good:
after this they ſhould have a third hoeing, which, if
carefully performed in dry weather, will deſtroy the
weeds and make the ground clean, ſo that the plants
will require no farther care, till they come to flower;
when, if the Safflower is intended for uſe, the fiorets
ſhould be cut off from the flowers as they come to
perfection; but this muſt be performed when they
are perfectly dry, and then they ſhould be dried in a
kiln, with a moderate fire, in the ſame manner as
the true Saffron, which will prepare the commodity
for uſe.
But if the plants are deſigned for ſeed, the flowers
muſt not be gathered; for if the florets are cut off,
it will render the ſeeds abortive, though they may
fwell and grow to their uſual fize, as I have frequently
experienced; yet when they are broken, there will be
found nothing more than a ſhell without any kernel.
And this frequently happens to be the caſe with theſe
ſeeds, in wet cold ſeaſons; though in very wet years
the germen will rot, and never come ſo forward as to
form a ſhell.
I have been informed, that this plant was formerly
cultivated in the fields in ſeveral parts of England,
for the dyers uſe; and particularly in Glouceſterſhire,
where the common people frequently gathered the
florets, and dried them, to put into their puddings
and cheeſecakes, to give them a colour ; but ſome by
putting it in too great quantity, gave their puddings
a cathartic quality.
If this plant was ever cultivated here in great quan-
tity, it is ſurpriſing how it came to be fo totally ne-
glected, as that at preſent, there are not the leaſt
traces to be met with, in any part of England, of its
ever having been cultivated; nor is the commodity
CCC
Scarce
a
a

CAR
CAR
a
a
Icarce known, except to thoſe who deal in it: the
quantity of this which is annually conſumed in Eng-
land is fo great, as to make a very confiderable article
in trade, ſo that it might be very well worthy of the
fo
public attention ; for although the feeds feldom come
to perfection in England, yet theſe might be annually
procured from abroad, and the plants would con-
ſtantly produce the flower, which is the only part
uſeful. A few years paſt I ſent a ſmall parcel of the
feeds of this plant to South Carolina, where I was
afterward informed it grew amazingly, for in fix
weeks after the ſeeds were fown, the crop of Safflower
was fit to cut, and the gentleman to whom the ſeeds
were given, ſent ſome of the commodity to his brother
in London, who was ſo kind as to ſend me a fpe-
cimen of it, with an account that the dyers complained
of its want of colour; and upon examining it, I found
the forets were drawn out of their empalements the
whole length, ſo that their tails which had been in-
cluded in their covers were white, and being mixed
together gave the whole a pale appearance; upon this
I wrote to the gentleman to deſire he would cut off
the upper part of the florets with fciffars, which would
be eaſier performed, but have heard nothing from
him ſince; however, a year or two after I received a
letter from his excellency Governor Lyttleton, in
which he wrote that the Safflower bid fair to prove
one of their great branches of commerce, but how it
has turned out I have not ſince heard.
This plant is cultivated in great plenty, in ſome parts
of Germany, where the feeds conſtantly come to
perfection ; and as I have obtained a ſhort account
of their method of cultivation, from a curious gen-
tleman of that country, fo I ſhall inſert it for the be-
nefit of thoſe who may be induced to engage in this
undertaking
The ground in which they propoſe to fow the Car-
thamus, has always a double fallow given to it, firſt
to deſtroy the weeds, and afterward to make it fine.
They make choice of their lighteſt land, and ſuch as
is clear from Couch Grafs, and other troubleſome
weeds. After the land has been fallowed a ſummer
and winter, in which time they give it four plough-
ings, and harrow it between each, to break the clods,
and pulverize it: in the latter end of March they give
it the laſt ploughing, when they lay it in narrow
furrows of about five feet or a little more, leaving a
ſpace of two feet between each: then they harrow
theſe lands to make them level, and after it is finiſhed,
they fow the ſeeds in the following manner. With a
{mall plough, they draw four ſhallow furrows in
each land, at-near a foot and a half diſtance, into
which they ſcatter the feeds thinly; then with a har-
row, whoſe teeth are little more than one inch long,
they draw the earth into the drills to cover the ſeeds;
after this, they draw a roller over the ground, to
fmooth and ſettle it. When the plants are come up,
ſo as to be diſtinguiſhed, they hoe the ground to de-
ſtroy the weeds; and at this firſt operation, where
the plants happen to be cloſe, they cut up the leaſt
promifing, leaving them all ſingle, at the diſtance of
three or four inches; which they always ſuppoſe will
be ſufficient room for their growth, till the ſecond
time of hoeing, which muſt be performed in about
five weeks after their firſt; in which they are guided
by the growth of the weeds, for as this work is per-
formed with a Dutch hoe, ſo they never fuffer the
weeds to grow to any ſize before they cut them;
in which they judge right, for when the weeds are
ſmall, one man will hoe as much ground in a day,
as can be performed by three, when they are per-
mitted to grow large; and the weeds will be more
effectually deſtroyed.
They give a third hoeing to the plants, about five
or fix weeks after the ſecond ; which generally makes
the ground fo clean, as to require no more cleaning,
till the Carthamus is pulled up. When the plants
begin to flower, and have thruſt out their florets (or
thrum) to a proper length, they go over the ground
once a week to gather it; and as it is from time to
time gathered, it is dried in a kiln for uſe. There
is uſually a fucceffion of flowers for fix or ſeven
weeks. After the crop is gathered, the ſtalks are
pulled, and tied in bundles for fuel; and when they
have been ſet up a few days to dry, they are carried
off, and the ground is ploughed for Wheat; which
they ſay, always ſucceeds well after this plant.
The good quality of this commodity is chiefly in the
colour, which ſhould be of a bright Saffron colour,
and herein that which is cultivated in England often
fails; for if there happens much rain during the
time the plants are in flower, it will cauſe the forets
to change to a dark or dirty yellow, which will alſo
befal that which is gathered when there is any moiſture
remaining upon it; therefore great care muſt be
taken not to gather it till the dew is quite dried off,
nor ſhould it be preſſed together till it has been dried
on the kiln. The manner of doing this being the ſame
as for the true Saffron, I ſhall not mention it here,
but deſire the reader to turn to the article CROCUS,
where that is fully treated.
In Spain this plant is cultivated in their gardens, as
Marigolds are in England, to put into their foups,
olios, and other diſhes, to give them a colour. The
Jews alſo are very fond of this, and mix it in moſt
of their viands; and it is very probable they were the
perſons who firſt carried the ſeeds of this plant to
America, and taught the inhabitants the uſe of it, for
it is now as commonly uſed by the Engliſh there, as
in any part of Europe.
This plant may be admitted to have a place in the
borders of large gardens, where it will add to the
variety, during the time of its continuance in flower,
which is commonly two months, or ten weeks; for
if the ſeeds are fown in the beginning of April, the
firſt flowers will appear in the middle of July at far-
theft ; and there will be a ſucceſſion of flowers on the
fide branches, till the end of September, or in mild
warm ſeaſons till the middle of October, during which
time the plants will not be deſtitute of flowers; which
being of a bright Saffron colour, make a pretty ap-
pearance; and if the plants are ſupported to prevent
their being broken, or blown down by the wind,
they will not interfere with the other flowers, becauſe
theſe have a regular upright growth.
When they are cultivated for this purpoſe, the ſeeds
ſhould be fown in the places where the plants are de-
figned to remain, becauſe they do not bear tranf-
planting well; therefore three or four feeds ſhould
be ſown in each patch, left any of them ſhould fail ;
and when the plants are grown ſo ſtrong as to be out
of danger, the moſt promiſing in each patch ſhould
be left, and the others pulled up, that they may not
draw or injure thoſe which are to ſtand.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, Spain, and Italy, where the women uſe the
ſtalks of this plant for diftaffs, from whence it had
the title of Diftaff Thiſtle. It is by ſome called
Baſtard wild Saffron. The leaves of this plant are
ſometimes ordered for medicine, and are ſuppoſed to
have the ſame virtues as Carduus Benedictus.
This plant is annual, periſhing ſoon after the feeds
are ripe; the lower leaves ſpread flat
upon the ground;
theſe are five or ſix inches long, narrow, and deeply
indented on both ſides; they are hairy, and have a
few ſoft fpines on their edges; the ſtalk riſes about
two feet high, covered with hairs, and garniſhed with
oblong hairy leaves, which embrace the ſtalk with
their baſe, and are deeply finuated, with ſharp thorns
growing on their edges. The upper part of the ſtalk
divides into many branches, which are garniſhed with
leaves of the ſame form, but ſmaller. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, having a
cluſter of ftiff, hard, prickly leaves below the ſcaly
empalement, which contains many yellow herma-
phrodite flowers, ſucceeded by oblong angular ſeeds.
It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in
autumn. If the feeds of this fort are fown in au-
tumn, the plants will flower early the following ſum-
mer,
ſo there will be a certainty of good ſeeds. They
may
a
9
a

CAR
CAR
3
а.
may be fown upon a bed of earth in any ſituation,
ftalks with their baſe. The branches are terminated
and will require no other culture, but to keep them by large, ſcaly, prickly heads of yellow flowers,
clean from weeds, and thin the plants where they are which come out in July, but are never fucceeded by
too cloſe; this being a medicinal plant, is kept in ſome feeds in this country, fo can only be propagated by
gardens, but it hath little beauty.
fide ſhoots, flipped from the branches in the ſpring,
There is a variety of this, which grows much taller, and planted in pots filled with light fandy earth, and
the heads are larger, and the leaves are placed cloſer plunged into a moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade
upon the ſtalks. This was found by Dr. Tournefort them till they have taken root; then they muſt be
in the Levant.
gradually hardened, and removed into the open air,
The third fort was alſo diſcovered by Tournefort in and when they have obtained ſtrength, they may be
the iſland of Crete, from whence he ſent the feeds ſeparated, and fome of them planted in a warm dry
to the royal garden at Paris. This differs from the border, where they will endure the cold of our or-
former, in having a ſmooth ſtalk; the leaves are very dinary winters; but, in ſevere froft, they are fre-
ſtiff, deeply indented, fmooth, and are armed with quently deſtroyed, therefore a plant or two ſhould be
very ſtrong fpines; the heads of flowers are oval, kept in pots, and ſheltered in winter to preſerve the
the florers white, and the plant grows near four feet fpecies.
high. This is an annual plant, which may be fown The ſeeds of the eighth ſort were ſent me from
and treated in the ſame way as the former, and flowers Spain, where it grows naturally. This hath a pe-
about the ſame time.
rennial root but an annual ſtalk, which is fingle, and
The fourth fort hath a perennial root; but an annual never puts out any fide branches; theſe are white,
ſtalk. This grows naturally in Spain, and was firſt ſmooth, and channelled. The leaves are long, narrow,
brought to England from Tangier; the feeds of this of a pale green, and cloſely armed on their edges
are never perfected in England, ſo it is propagated by with ſhort ſtiff fpines, which come out double. The
parting of the roots. The beſt time for tranſplanting ftalks are terminated by ſingle, oval, ſcaly heads of
and parting them, is about the beginning of March; white flowers, each fcale being terminated by a pur-
they ſhould have a dry foil and a warm ſituation, pliſh ſpine. This ſquamous empalement is cloſely
otherwiſe they are liable to be deſtroyed in ſevere joined at the top, fo as few of the hermaphrodite flo-
winters.
rets appear viſible above it; and this is guarded by a
The ſtalks of this riſe about a foot and a half high, border of long, narrow, prickly leaves, ſurrounding
ſeldom putting out any branches, garniſhed with the head, which riſe conſiderably above the flowers.
narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves the whole length of the This plant flowers in July and Auguft, but ſeldom
ſtalk; theſe are deeply ſawed on their edges, each of perfects its feeds in England. It ſhould be planted
the ferratures ending in a ſharp point. The ſtalk is in a light foil and a warm ſituation, where it will
terminated by one large ſcaly head of blue flowers, live abroad in our ordinary winters, but in ſevere froſt
ſhaped like thofe of the other ſpecies.
it is fometimes deſtroyed. As the feeds of this fort
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, rarely ripen in England, the only method to propa-
Spain, and Italy. This hath a perennial root and gate the plant, is by parting the roots in the ſpring.
an annual ſtalk, which riſes about fix inches high; it CARUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 327. Carvi (ſo called
is channelled, hairy, and garniſhed with long narrow of Kápo, Gr. the head, as though good for the head;
leaves, ending in ſeveral ſharp ſpines; their edges are but others derive the name from Caria, where the
indented, each indenture ending in a ſpine. Each antients found this plant.] Carui, or Carraway.
ſtalk is terminated by one large head of blue flowers,
The CHARACTERS are,
having a leafy empalement, compoſed of very broad It hath an umbellated flower, compoſed of ſeveral ſmall
ſcales, each ending in a ſharp ſpine. It flowers in umbels, which are formed as rays to the general umbel,
June.
neither of which have any involucrum; the ſingle flowers
This fort is difficult to propagate in England, for the have very ſmall empalements; each hath five heart-ſhaped
roots do not put out offsets like the former, fo is obtuſe petals, turned inward at their points; it hath five
only to be raiſed from feeds; which do not come to hairy ſtamina the length of the petals, terminated by round-
perfection here, unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm and iſh ſmall ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the
dry. This plant ſhould have a dry ſoil and a warm flower, ſupporting two ſmall. Styles, crowned by a ſingle
ſituation.
ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong chan-
The fixth fort is ſuppoſed by fome, to be the ſame nelled fruit, dividing into two parts, each having an ob-
with the fourth, which is a great miſtake, for they long furrowed
feed.
are extremely different. This riſes with a ſingle ſtalk This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
about two feet high, which is of a purpliſh colour, of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Dygynia,
hairy, and channelled, cloſely garniſhed with broad the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are ſharply fawed on their
The SPECIES are,
edges, and covered with a ſhort hairy down. The 1. Carum (Carvi) foliis pinnatifidis planis, umbellatis
ſtalk is terminated by a ſingle large head of blue inæqualibus confertis. Carraway with plain leaves ending
flowers, having a ſcaly empalement, compoſed of two with many points, and unequal umbels, growing cloſe.
orders of leaves, the outer being broad, long, and Cuminum pratenſe, Carui officinarum. C. B. P. 159.
armed with ſharp ſpines on their edges; the inner are Meadow Cumin, or Carraway of the ſhops.
narrow, and terminate with a ſharp thorn. It flowers 2. Carum (Hiſpanicum) foliis capillaribus multifidis,
in June and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. umbellis laxis. Carraway with capillary multifid leaves,
This fort may be propagated by parting of their and looſe umbels. Carvi Hiſpanicum, ſemine majore,
roots, which ſhould be performed in autumn, when & latiore. Juff. Spaniſh Carraway with a larger and
the leaves decay. It ſhould have a light dry foil, in
broader ſeed.
which it will endure the cold of our winters, and The firſt fort is the common Carraway, whoſe feeds
continue many years. It may alſo be propagated by are greatly uſed, not only in medicine, but alſo in
feeds, which ripen well in dry ſeaſons, but in wet the kitchen, &c. This grows naturally in ſome rich
fummers the feeds are generally abortive; this re- meadows in Lincolnſhire and Yorkſhire, and is
quires no other care but to keep it clean from weeds. ſometimes found growing in the paſtures near Lon-
It grows naturally in Spain, France and Italy, on ar- don. It is alſo cultivated for uſe in Effex, and ſome
able land.
other counties.
The ſeventh fort I received from Andaluſia, where it This is a biennial plant, which riſes from ſeeds one
grows naturally in great plenty. This riſes with a year, flowers the next, and periſhes foon after the
Thrubby perennial ftalk to the height of eight or ten ſeeds are ripe. It hath a taper root like a Parſnep,
feet, dividing into many branches, garniſhed with but much ſmaller, which runs deep into the ground,
pretty long ſword-ſhaped leaves, which are indented, and hath a ſtrong aromatic taſte, ſending out many
armed with ſpines on their edges, and embrace the ſmall fibres; from the root ariſes one or two ſmooth,
folid,
a
I

CAR
CAR
a
a
a
folid, channelled ſtalks, about two feet high, gar- tis, foribus geminatis alaribus. Brown. Hiſt. Jam.
niſhed with winged leaves, having long naked foot- 248. Clove-tree with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppo-
ſtalks, and many ſmall wings placed oppoſite on the ſite, and flowers growing by pairs from the ſides of the
midrib, which are compoſed of many narrow, little, Stalks.
plain leaves, ending in ſeveral points. The ſtalks 4. CARYOPHYLLUS (Cotinifolia) foliis ovatis obtufis op-
divide upward into ſeveral ſmaller branches, each of pofitis, floribus ſparſis alaribus. Clove-tree with oval
which is terminated by an umbel, compoſed of fix or blunt leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers growing thinly
eight ſmall ſeparate umbels or rays, which divide in- from the ſides of the branches. Myrtus cotini folio.
to ſeveral ſmall foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a fingle Plum. Cat. 19. Myrtle with a leaf of Venice Sumach.
white Aower, with five heart-ſhaped petals; the 5. CARYOPHYLLUS (Racemoſus) foliis oblongo-ovatis,
flowers of theſe ſmall umbels are cloſely joined toge- emarginatis, ridigis, glabris, floribus racemofis ter-
ther. After the flowers are decayed, the germen be-
,
minalibus. Clove-tree with oblong oval leaves, which
comes an oblong channelled fruit, compoſed of two are ſtiff, ſmooth, and indented at the edges, and flowers
oblong channelled feeds, plain on one ſide, but con- growing in branches terminating the ſtalk.
vex on the other. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds The firſt fott grows naturally in the Moluccas, and
ripen in autumn.
the hotteſt parts of the world, where it riſes to the
The beſt ſeaſon for fowing the ſeeds of this plant is height of a common Apple-tree ; but the trunk ge-
in autumn, foon after they are ripe, when they will nerally divides at about four or five feet from the
more certainly grow, than thoſe fown in the ſpring; ground into three or four large limbs, which grow
and the plants which riſe in the autumn, generally erect, and are covered with a thin ſmooth bark,
flower the following ſeaſon, fo that a ſummer's growth which adheres cloſely to the wood. Theſe limbs di-
is hereby ſaved. When the plants come up, the vide into many ſmall branches, which form a fort of
ground ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the weeds; and conical figure; the leaves are like thoſe of the Bay-
where the plants are too cloſe, they muſt be thinned tree, and are placed oppoſite on the branches. The
in the ſame manner as is practiſed for Carrots, leaving flowers are produced in looſe bunches at the end of
them three or four inches apart. In the following the branches, which are ſmall, white, and have a
ſpring they will require to be twice more hoed, which great number of ſtamina, which are much longer
will keep the ground clean till the feeds are ripe; then than the petals. The flowers are ſucceeded by oval
the ſtalks muſt be pulled up, and tied in bundles, berries, which are crowned with the empalement, di-
ſetting them upright to dry, when the feeds may be vided into four parts, which ſpread flat on the top
threſhed out for uſe.
of the fruit, in which form they are brought to Eu-
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain: the ſeeds rope ; for it is the young fruit beaten from the trees
of this were ſent me from the royal garden at Paris. before they are half grown, which are the Cloves uſed
This plant riſes with a ſtronger ſtalk than the former, all over Europe.
which ſeldom grows more than a foot and a half high, I have not heard of any plants of this kind being in
but is cloſely garniſhed with fine narrow leaves like the gardens, either in England or Holland, but I
thoſe of Dill, the ſtalks divide upward into many choſe to mention it here, to introduce the other.
branches, each being terminated by looſe umbels of The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, but par-
white flowers, which are ſucceeded by large broad ticularly on the north fide of that illand, where it is
ſeeds, having the ſame aromatic flavour as the com- found in great plenty, and is a confiderable branch
mon fort. This is a biennial plant, and may be treated of their trade; the unripe fruit dried, being the All-
in the fame manner as the former.
ſpice ſo well known in Europe. It is now cultivated
CARYOPHYLLATA. See GEUM.
with care in many of the plantations, for the trees
,
CARYOPHYLLUS. Lin. Gen. 594. Caryo- will thrive upon ſhallow rocky land, which is unfit
phyllus aromaticus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 661. tab. 432. for the Sugar-cane ; ſo that a great advantage ariſes to
The Clove-tree, or All-Spice.
the planters from thoſe lands, which would otherwiſe
The CHARACTERS are,
be of ſmall account to them.
It hath a double empalement, that of the flower is of one This tree grows to the height of thirty feet or more,
leaf, cut into four obtuſe parts, upon which the germen with a ſtrait trunk, covered with a ſmooth brown
is ſituated; the fruit hath another empalement, which is bark, dividing upward into many branches which
Small
, and ſlightly divided into four parts, which are per- come out oppofite, garniſhed with oblong leaves,
The flower hath four blunt petals, which are reſembling thoſe of the Bay-tree in form, colour, and
ſituated oppoſite to the inciſſures of the empalement. It hath texture, but are longer, and are placed by pairs :
many:Stamina, which riſe from the ſides of the empale- when theſe are bruiſed or broken, they have a very
ment, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. The germen is fine aromatic odour like that of the fruit. The
ſituated under the flower, and is crowned by the ſmall em- branches grow very regular, ſo that the trees make a
palement, ſupporting a ſingle upright ſtyle, crowned by an fine appearance, and as they retain their leaves
obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſoft ber- through the year, the trees are worthy of being pro-
ry with two cells, each containing a ſingle kidney-ſhaped pagated for ornament and ſhade about the habitations
feed.
of the planters. The flowers are produced in large
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of looſe bunches from the ſide of the branches, towards
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo- their ends, each branch is alſo terminated by a larger
nogynia, the flower having many ftamina and but bunch than the other; the flowers are ſmall, and of
one ſtyle.
an herbaceous colour ; they are male and female upon
The SPECIES are,
diſtinct trees. I was favoured with fine ſamples of
1. CARYOPHYLLUS ( Aromaticus) foliis ovato-lanceolatis both, and alſo a particular account of the trees, by
oppoſitis, foribus terminalibus, ftaminibus corolla William Williams, Eſq; of St. Anne's, on the north
longioribus. The Clove-tree with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves fide of Jamaica, who has the greateſt number of theſe
growing oppoſite, and flowers terminating the ſialks, trees on his plantation of any perſon in that iſland.
whoſe ſtamina are longer than the petals. Caryophyllus The male flowers have very ſmall petals, and a great
a
aromaticus fructu oblongo. C. B. P. 410. Aromatic number of ſtamina in each, which are of the fame
Clove with on oblong fruit.
colour with the petals, terminated by oval bifid ſum-
2. CARYOPHYLLUS (Pimento) foliis lanceolatis oppoſitis, mits; the female flowers have no ftamina, but an
floribus racemoſis terminalibus, & axillaribus. Clove- oval germen, ſituated below the flower, ſupporting
tree with ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing oppofite, and flow- a ſlender ſtyle, with a blunt ftigma at the top. The
ers growing in bunches at the ends of the branches, and germen afterward becomes a globular pulpy berry,
wings of the leaves. Myrtus arborea aromatica foliis including two kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. The uſual ſea-
laurinis. Sloan. Cat. 161. The Pimento, or All- fon when theſe trees flower, is in June, July, and
Spice.
Auguft.
3. CARYOPHYLLUS (Fruticoſus) foliis lanceolatis oppofi-
When
a
و
a
manent.
:
3

CAR
CAR
و
a
a
crowns.
When the fruit of theſe trees are deſigned for uſe,
they are gathered, or beaten down from the trees a
little before they arrive to their full fize, and are ſe-
parated from leaves, ſtalks, or any rubbiſh which
may
have accidentally mixed with them; then the
fruit is expoſed every day to the fun, ſpread on cloths
for ten or twelve days to dry, but removed under co-
ver every evening to ſcreen it from the dews; when
the fruit is perfectly dry, it is packed up for expor-
tation. If the fruit is permitted to grow to maturity,
the pulp, which ſurrounds the feeds, is ſo full of
moifture, and is ſo glutinous, as to ſtick to the fin-
gers of thoſe who bruiſe them, therefore are unfit for
thoſe uſes to which the dried fruit are applied.
It is called by ſome Jamaica Pepper, but the moſt
general appellation is All-fpice, from its reliſh and
Havour, partaking of many other ſpices, and is de-
ſervedly accounted one of the beſt; and if it was as
ſcarce and difficult to procure as thoſe ſpices in the
eaft, would be much more ſought after and eſteemed:
our neighbours the Dutch, who have engroſſed the
ſpice trade to themſelves, have alſo been artful enough
to deceive us with this of our production, by purchaſ-
ing the dried fruit of the All-ſpice in England at a low
price, and grinding it to a powder, then ſelling it
to us at an advanced price for powder of Cloves.
This I have been credibly informed of, by an eminent
merchant, through whoſe hands great quantities of
this commodity have paſſed.
The Dutch have alſo drawn an oil from the fruit of
this tree, which they vend for oil of Cloves. I had
a ſmall phial of this oil fent me from Jamaica, which
was ſhewn to ſome of the beſt judges of drugs in
London, who tried many experiments with it, and
declared they thought it as good oil of Cloves as they
had ſeen.
As there is ſo great an affinity between this tree and
the true Clove, it might be worthy of trial, if the
fruit when firſt formed, or the flowers were beaten
down from the trees, and dried in the ſame manner
as the eaſtern Cloves, might not anſwer the ſame pur-
poſe; or, at leaſt, it would be a good fuccedaneum
for that ſpice; and as it is the production of our own
colonies, ſhould have proper encouragement.
This tree is propagated by feeds, which in the natu-
ral place of its growth is conveyed, and fown by
birds, to a great diſtance; and, it is very probable,
,
the ſeeds paſſing through them, are rendered fitter for
vegetation, than thoſe which are immediately gathered
from the tree ; for I have received great quantities of
the berries from the gentleman before-mentioned,
which were perfectly ripe and freſh, great part of
which I fowed in different ways, and communicated
ſome of them to ſeveral other curious perſons, who
did the ſame, but none of them have yet ſucceeded;
and upon informing my friend Mr. Williams of this,
he told me that a friend of his, whoſe plantation was
on the ſouth ſide of Jamaica, deſired him to ſave a
large quantity of the ripe berries for him to ſow on
his plantation, which he accordingly did, but his
friend forgot to ſend for them till near two years af-
ter; during which time, they had lain in a large heap,
and had fermented, and, on ſowing thoſe berries, the
plants came up with the firſt rains in great abundance ;
ſo that it may be of great ſervice to theſe ſeeds, either
to paſs through animal bodies, or to be fermented
before they are ſown.
The plants cannot be preſerved in England unleſs
they are placed in a ſtove during the winter ſeaſon,
but they will thrive in a moderate degree of warmth:
they ſhould be planted in a ſoft light foil, and in win-
ter muſt have but little water. In the ſummer they
ſhould have a large ſhare of air, and in July, if the
ſeaſon proves warm, they may be placed in the open
air, in a warm ſheltered ſituation ; but upon the ap-
proach of cold nights, they muſt be removed into
the ſtove again. The expoſing of theſe plants to the
open air for one month only, will be of great ſervice
to clean their leaves from infects or filth, which they
are ſubject to contract, by remaining long in the
ftove; but if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very wet of
cold, it will not be ſafe to truſt theſe plants long
abroad ; therefore their leaves ſhould be now and then
waſhed with a ſponge to clean them, which will not
only render them more fightly, but alſo promote
their growth. This tree is pretty difficult to propa-
gate in England, where the ſeeds do not ripen; the
only method in which this has been done, is by lay-
ing down the young branches, litting them at a joint
in the ſame manner
as is practiſed in making layers of
Carnations. If this is carefully performed, and the
layers are regularly but gently watered, they will
put out roots in one year, then they may be care-
fully ſeparated from the old plants, and each planted
in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged
into the tan-bed, either in the ſtove or under a frame,
being careful to ſhade them until they have taken
new root, after which they may be treated as the older
plants. This plant, being an Evergreen, makes a
fine appearance in the ſtove at all ſeaſons of the
year;
and their leaves having ſuch an agreeable fragrancy
when rubbed, render them as worthy of a place in
the ſtove, as any other tender exotic plant which is
preſerved for ornament.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence I received it ſome years paft. This riſes with
a divided trunk to the height of eight or ten feet,
ſending out many branches, which are placed oppo-
fite, covered with a grey bark: the leaves come out
oppoſite, which are ſhorter and rounder at their points
than thoſe of the laſt ípecies ; they are alſo ſmoother,
and of a firmer texture. The flowers come out from
the fide of the branches between the leaves, upon
flender foot-ſtalks, about an inch in length, two ge-
nerally ariſing from the fame point : theſe are ſuc-
ceeded by round berries, of a brighter colour than
thoſe of the former, having the empalement on their
. The leaves and fruit of this fort have no
aromatic flavour, fo are not of uſe, but the charac-
ters of the flower and fruit are the ſame as in the
other fort.
This tree retains its leaves all the year, which being
of a ſplendent green, make a very good appearance,
when it is intermixed with other exotic plants in the
ftove ; but the flowers being ſmall, and growing
thinly upon the branches, do not make any great fi-
gure, ſo it is only preſerved for the beauty of its fo-
liage. It is propagated by ſeeds, and requires the
ſame treatment as the other fort.
The fourth fort was ſent me by the late Mr. Robert
Millar, furgeon, from Carthagena in New Spain :
this riſes with many irregular ftems about twelve or
fourteen feet high, covered with an Aſh-coloured
bark, dividing into many branches upward: theſe
are garniſhed with ſtiff oval leaves, placed oppoſite.
The flowers are produced from the ſide of the
branches, ſometimes four, five, or fix foot-ftalks
ariſe from the fame point; at other times, they come
out ſingle, or perhaps by pairs : theſe are white, and
of the ſame ſhape with thoſe of the ſecond fort, and
are ſucceeded by berries which are rounder, and, for
the moſt part, contain but one kidney-ſhaped feed.
This fort agrees with the ſecond in its general cha-
racters, but not in the virtues, for it hath none of the
aromatic flavour, with which that abounds; but as
it retains its leaves through the year, may merit a
place in the ſtove, better than many other plants
which are preſerved by the curious. This is
gated by ſeeds, in the ſame way as the ſecond fort,
and the plants muſt be treated in the ſame manner as
thoſe.
The fifth fort was ſent me from the iſland of Ber-
buda, where it riſes to the height of twenty feet;
the trunk and branches are covered with a ſmooth
brown bark. The branches come out by pairs; they
grow erect, and are garniſhed with very ſtiff, ſmooth,
lucid leaves, which are placed oppoſite, and have
very ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The leaves vary much in
their form ; ſome of them are oval, others oblong,
and ſome are indented ſo deeply at their ends, as to
D dd
be
a
a
This is propa-
a

CAS
CA S
و
و
be almoſt heart-ſhaped. Their conſiſtence is much patulis. Hort. Cliff. 158. Cofa with eight pair of ob-
thicker than thoſe of the common Laurel, and their long oval lobes, the inner being the leaſt, foot-ſtalks with-
colour is a ſplendent green, with one deep midrib out glands, and a Spreading Stipula. Caffia fylveftris
running through their middle, and many ſmall veins fætida, filiquis alatis. Plum. Cat. 18. Wild ſiinking
going from thence tranſverſly to their border. The Coſja with winged pods.
Howers are produced in ſmall looſe bunches at the 4. CASSIA (Villoſa) foliolis trijugatis, oblongo-ovatis
extremity of the branches, which have ſeveral narrow æqualibus villoſis, filiquis articulatis, caule erecto
leaves intermixed with the bunches. Theſe are fuc- arboreo. Coffie with three poir of oblong, oval, hairy
ceeded by berries of the ſame ſhape with thoſe of the leaves, which are equal, jointed pods, and an upright
fecond fort, but larger.
woody ſtem. Senna ſpuria arborea, villoſa, foliis latis
This tree is propagated by ſeeds as the other ſpecies, mucronatis, filiquis articulatis. Houſt. MSS.
and deferves a place in the ſtove, for the beauty of 5. CASSIA (Uniflora) foliolis trijugatis, ovato-acumina-
its evergreen leaves, which being of a thick confif- tis, villofis, floribus folitariis axillaribus, filiquis erec-
tence, and of a ſhining green colour, make a fine tis. Cafia with three pair of lobes in each leaf, which are
appearance in the ſtove at all ſeaſons of the
year;
but ovel, pointed, hairy, and ſingle flowers proceeding from
this hath no aromatic flavour to recommend it, as the ſides of the ſtalks, wiih upright pods. Senna ipuria
hath the ſecond fort, for which reaſon it is ſeldom herbacea orobi Pannonici foliis rotundioribus, fiore
noticed. I take this to be the Bay-tree, mentioned parvo, filiquis erectis. Houft. MSS.
by Hughes, in the Hiſtory of Barbadoes, which he 6. CASSIA (Marylandica) foliis octojugis ovato-oblongis,
deſcribes to have no flavour; for I have ſeen plants æqualibus, glandula baſeos petiolorum. Lin. Sp. 541.
of this ſort which were brought from Barbadoes, ſo Coffie with ſmall leaves compoſed of eight pair of oblong,
that I ſuppoſe it grows naturally there.
oval, equal lobes, having a gland at the baſe of the foot-
As the plants of theſe forts do not riſe ſo readily from ſtalk. Caffia Marylandica pinnis foliorum oblongis,
feeds in England, the beſt way to obtain them, is to calyce fioris reflexo. Mart. Cent. I. 21.
get ſome perſon of ſkill in America, to take up a 7. CASSIA (Bicapſulari) foliolis trijugatis obovatis gla-
number of young plants, and plant them cloſe in bris, interioribus rotundioribus minoribus, glandulâ
boxes of earth, ſetting them in the ſhade till they have interjectâ globofà. Hort. Cliff. 159. Caffia with three
taken new root; then remove them into an open fi- pair of ovel ſmooth leaves, the inner ones being rounder,
tuation, where they may have time to eſtabliſh their Smaller, and a globular gland placed between the leaves.
roots before they are ſhipped for England; and in Caſſia hexaphylla, filiquâ bicapſulari. Plum. Cat. 18.
their paſſage they muſt be guarded from the ſpray of 8. CASSIA (Fiſtula) foliis quinquejugatis ovatis acumi-
the ſea, and ſalt water, and ſhould have
very
little natis, petiolis eglanduloſis. Flor. Zeyl. 149. Caffia
water given them; for moſt of the plants which are with five pair of oval, pointed, ſmooth lobes, and foot-
ſent to England, are killed in their paſſage by having ſtalks having no glands. Caffia fiſtula Alexandrina.
too much wet. If theſe directions are obſerved, the C. B. P. 405. The purging Cajia of Alexandria, or Pud-
plants may be brought in good health to England, ding Pipe-tree.
provided they come over any time in the ſummer, 9. CASSIA (Bchamenſis) foliolis ſexjugatis, lanceolatis,
that they may have time to get freſh root before the glabris, interioribus minoribus, floribus terminatrici-
cold ſeaſon begins; and when once they are well eſta- bus. Cofia with fix pair of ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped lobes, the
bliſhed in their roots here, they may be preſerved inner ones being ſmaller, and flowers terminating the ſtalk.
many years in vigour; but I have not ſeen many of Caſſia Bahamenfis, pinnis foliorum mucronatis anguf-
the plants in flower here as yet.
tis, calyce floris non reflexo. Martyn. Cent. I. p. 21.
CASIA. See OSYRIS.
10. CASSIA (Fruticofa) foliolis bijugatis, ovato-lanceola-
CASSIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 461. Callia, or Wild tis, glabris, floribus terminalibus, filiquis longis te-
Senna.
retibus, caule fruticofo. Caffia with two pair of oval,
The CHARACTERS are,
Spear-shaped, ſmooth lobes, flowers terminating the ſtalks,
The empalement is compoſed of five concave coloured leaves ; long taper pods, and a fhrubby ſtolk. Caffia fruticoſa
the flower bath five roundiſh concave petals, which Spread tetraphylla, filiquis erectis. Houft. MSS.
open : it bath ten declining ſtamina, three of the lower 11. CASSIA (Javanica) foliolis duodecemjugatis, oblon-
are long, the three upper are ſhorter ; the ſummits of the gis, obtufis, glabris, glandula nulla. Lin. Sp. Plant,
three lower are large, arched, beaked, and ſeparated at 379. Caffa with twelve pair of smooth lobes, which
their points; the three upper ſtamina have very ſmall ſure- have no glands. Caſſia fiſtula Braſilania. C.B. P. 403.
mits; the four fide ſtamina have no beaks, but Spread Purging Cafia of Braſil, commonly called Horſe Caffia in
from the other. In the center is ſituated a long toper ger-
America.
men, having a ſhort ſtyle, terminated by an obtuſe ſtig- 12. CASSIA (Liguſtrina) foliolis feptemjugatis, oblongo-
The germen afterwerd becomes e long pod, divided ovatis, floribus fpicatis axillaribus, filiquis recurvis.
by tranſverſe partitions, each containing one or two round- Cafia with ſeven pair of oblong oval lobes, and ſhort ſpikes
iſh ſeeds, faſtened to the margin of the upper valve. of flowers proceeding from the ſides of the fialks, and re-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of curved pods. Senna folio liguſtri. Plum. Cat. 18.
Linnæus’s tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, Senna with a Privet leaf.
the flowers having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
13. CASSIA (Emarginata) foliolis trijugatis, obtufis,
The SPECIES are,
emarginatis, caulibus pilofis
, floribus folitariis axil-
1. CASSIA (Occidentalis) foliis quinquejugis, ovato-lan- laribus petiolis longioribus. Casha with three pair of
ceolatis, margine fcabris, exterioribus majoribus, obtuſe leaves, indented at the top, bairy ſtalks, flowers
glandulâ baſeos petiolorum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 337.
. growing ſingly from the fides of the ſtalks upon a long foot-
Caſa with leaves compoſed of five pair of oval Spear- Stalk. Senna fpuria fruteſcens, foliorum pinnis lati-
ſhaped lobes with rough borders, the upper lobes being the oribus, caulibus piloſis, filiquis longiffimis pediculis
largeſt, and a ſmall gland at the baſe of the foot-ſtalk. infidentibus. Houft. MSS.
Senna occidentalis, odore opii viroſo, orobi Pan- 14. Cassia (Biflora) foliolis quadrijugatis oblongo-ova-
,
CASSIA
nonici foliis mucronatis glabris. Hort. Amít. 1. p.51. tis, caulibus procumbentibus, fioribus axillaribus pe-
tab. 26.
dunculis bifloris. Cofia with four pair of oval oblong
2. CASSIA (Fruteſcens) foliolis quinquejugatis ovatis gla- leaves, trailing ſtalks, and flowers proceeding from the
bris, exterioribus longioribus, caule fruticofo. Cafia fides of the ſtalks, two growing upon each foot-ſtalk.
with leaves compoſed of five pair of ſmooth oval lobes, the Senna ſpuria minima, procumbens, foliorum pinnis
upper being the longeſt, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Senna ſpu- fubrotundis, caule pubeſcente. Houft. MSS.
ria Americana fruteſcens, foliis mucronatis minori- 15. CASSIA (Arboreſcens) foliolis bijugatis oblongo-
bus, filiquis teretibus, duplici ſeminum ordine foetus. ovatis, fubtus villofis, floribus corymbofis, caule
Houſt. MSS.
erecto arboreo. Caffa with two pair of oblong oval
3. CASSIA (Alate) foliolis octojugatis, ovali-oblongis, leaves, hairy on their under fide, flowers growing in
interioribus minoribus, petiolis eglandulofis ftipulis round bunches, and an ereEt trec-like ſtem. Serna fpuria
ma.
tetra

CAS
CAS
warm fummers the plants may be placed in the open
air toward the latter end of June, where they will
flower very well; but theſe will not perfect their
ſeeds, unleſs they are removed into the ſtove in au-
tumn.
tetraphylla arborea, filiquis compreffis, anguſtis, lon-
giffimis, pendulis. Houſt. MSS.
16. CASSIA (Flexuoſa) foliolis multijugatis linearibus,
floribus folitariis axillaribus, pedunculis longiffimis
.
Cajia with many pair of narrow leaves, ſingle flowers
proceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks, and very long foot-
ſtalks. Senna occidentalis, foliis herbæ mimofæ, fili-
quâ ſingulari, foribus pediculis longioribus infiften-
tibus. Sloan. Hiſt. Jam. 2. 51.
17. CASSIA (Chamæcriſta) foliolis multijugatis lineari-
bus, caulibus procumbentibus, fruteſcentibus, flori-
bus maximis folitariis axillaribus, filiquis glabris. Caf-
fia with many pair of ſmall leaves, which are narrow,
Shrubby trailing ſtalks, large flowers growing ſingly from
the ſides of the ſtalks, and ſmooth pods. Senna fpuria
mimofæ foliis, fruteſcens & procumbens, flore maxi-
mo, filiquis glabris. Houſt. MSS.
18. CASSIA (Pentagonia) foliolis trijugatis ovatis, exte-
rioribus majoribus glandulâ ſubulatâ inter inferiora.
Prod. Leyd. 46. Caſia with three pair of ſmall oval
leaves, the upper being the largeſt, and an awl-shaped
glandule between the lower pair. Senna fpuria ple-
rumque hexaphylla filiquâ pentagonâ alatâ. Houft.
MSS.
19. CASSIA (Racemoſa) foliolis quinquejugatis, lanceo-
latis rigidis floribus racemolis axillaribus, filiquis
planis, caule fruticoſo. Caffia with five pair of ſpear-
shaped ſtiff leaves, flowers growing in bunches from the
fides of the ſtalk, fiat pods, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
20. CASSIA (Procumbens) foliolis bijugatis ovatis, cauli-
bus procumbentibus, floribus folitariis axill
pus, fi-
liquis hirſutis. Caffia with two pair of ſmall oval leaves,
trailing ſtalks, fingle flowers proceeding from the ſides of
the ſtalk, and hairy pods. Senna ſpuria tetraphylla
herbacea procumbens, filiquis hirſutis. Houít. MSS.
21. CASSIA (Glanduloſa) foliolis multijugatis, glandula
petioli pedicellatâ, ftipulis enſiformibus. Hort. Upfal.
101. Caſia with many pair of leaves, and the gland on
the foot-ſtalk reſembling an infeet, and ſword-ſhaped ſti-
pula. Chamæ chriſta pavonis Americana, filiquâ mul-
tiplici. Breyn. Cent. 64.
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
in the Weſt Indies, where it is called Stinking Weed,
from its unfavoury odour. This riſes with a channell-,
ed ſtalk three or four feet high, dividing into ſeveral
branches, garniſhed with winged leaves placed alter-
nately; each of theſe is compoſed of five pair of lobes
which are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſitting cloſe to the mid-
rib, having rough edges, the lower pair of lobes be-
ing the ſmalleſt, the others enlarge to the top, which
are the biggeſt; at the baſe of the foot-italk is pro-
duced a ſmall protuberance, which is called a gland;
this is differently ſituated in the ſeveral ſpecies of this
genus. The flowers come out from the ſides of the
ſtalks, two growing upon each foot-ftalk ; but the
branches are terminated by looſe ſpikes of flowers,
which are compoſed of five concave yellow petals,
with ten declining ſtamina, ſituated round the ger-
men and ſtyle, which becomes a ſword-ſhaped flat
pod, having a border on each ſide, and is indented
between each feed.
This is a biennial plant, which is propagated by feed
in plenty, in the countries where it grows naturally;
but in England, the feeds muſt be ſown on a hot-bed
in the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove,
they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate pot, filled
with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed, where they ſhould be ſhaded till they have taken
freih root; after which they ſhould have freſh air ad-
mitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth
of the ſeaſon, and ſhould be frequently watered.
When the plants have filled the pots with their roots,
they ſhould be ſhifted into larger
; and if they are too
tall to remain in the hot-bed, they muſt be placed
either in the ſtove, or a glaſs-caſe, where they may
be defended from cold, but in warm weather have
plenty of air. With this management the plants will
flower in Auguſt, and perfect their feeds in October,
but
may be preſerved through the winter in a ſtove,
where they will continue flowering a long time. In
The ſecond fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the
late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing there na-
turally. This riſes with a fhrubby ftalk five or fix
feet high, ſending out many branches toward the top,
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of five pair
of ſmall oval leaves, the upper ones being longeſt.
The flowers come out from the ſide of the ſtalks,
and
alſo terminate the branches in looſe ſpikes; theſe are
yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of the former, but are
ſmaller ; the pods are long, taper, and contain two
rows of ſeeds.
This plant may be preſerved three or four years in
the ſtove, and will annually flower and perfect the
ſeeds. It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; and the plants muſt
be treated in the ſame manner as the former fort, with
only this difference, that theſe, when they are too tall
to remain longer under the frames on the hot-bed,
muſt be removed into the ſtove, where they will often
flower in autumn or winter, but they ſeldom perfect
their feeds till the ſecond year.
The third fort hath an herbaceous ftalk, which riſes
five or fix feet high, garniſhed with long winged
leaves, compoſed of eight or ten pair of large oval
lobes, each being more than three inches long, and
one broad, rounded at the end, where they are ſlight-
ly indented. The flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes
at the top of the ſtalk, which are large, yellow, and
of the ſame ſhape with thoſe of the other ſpecies; the
pods are long, taper, and have four borders or wings
running longitudinally; theſe contain a double row
of angular feeds. The whole plant hath a ſtrong
fætid odour.
This fort feldom continues more than two years ; it
muſt be raiſed from feeds as the former forts, and
placed in the tan-bed in the ſtove, being very tender,
and ſhould have but little water in winter. The fe-
cond year the plants will fiower, but they very rarely
produce ſeeds in England.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Campeachy by the
late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing there in
great plenty. This riſes with a woody ftem to the
height of fourteen or fixteen feet, ſending out many
lateral branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
poſed of three pair of oblong, oval, hairy lobes, of
equal fize; the flowers come out in looſe bunches at
the end of the branches, which are of a pale ſtraw co-
lour, and ſmall, but ſhaped like the others; the
pods are long, narrow, and jointed, each ſeed being
lodged in a ſort of iſthmus; the ſeeds are oval and
brown.
This may be propagated by feeds, which muſt be
ſown upon a hot-bed, and the plants afterward treated
as the former forts, placing them in a warm ſtove,
where they will continue ſeveral years producing their
flowers in ſummer, and in warm feaſons the ſeeds
will ripen.
The fifth fort is a low herbaceous plant, ſeldom rif-
ing a foot high; the ſtalk is ſingle, and garniſhed
with winged leaves, compoſed of three pair of oval
pointed lobes, which are hairy; the flowers come out
ſingle from the ſide of the ſtalks; they are of a pale
yellow, and ſmall; theſe are ſucceeded by narrow ta-
per pods two inches long, which grow upright. This
plant is annual; the feeds muſt be ſown on a hot-bed,
and the plants treated as the firſt fort: they will flower
in July, and ripen their feeds in autumn. This was
ſent me from Campeachy by the late Dr. Houſtoun.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Maryland, from
whence I received the feeds. It hath a perennial root,
compoſed of a great number of black fibres; this
fends out ſeveral upright ſtalks in the ſpring, which
riſe four or five feet high, garniſhed with winged
leaves, compoſed of nine pair of oblong ſmooth lobes,
which are equal; toward the upper part of the ſtalks
the
a
3
a
و
a
a
و

CAS
CAS
a
a
the flowers come out from the wings of the leaves,
two or three together, but the ſtalks are terminated
by looſe ſpikes of pale yellow flowers, which are
rarely ſucceeded by pods in England. The ſtalks de-
cay in autumn, and riſe again in the ſpring. The
roots of this fort continue many years, and will live
abroad in a warm border and a dry foil. The ſeeds
will come up in the full ground, if ſown in April,
and in autumn they may be planted into the borders
where they are deſigned to remain.
The ſeventh fort is an annual plant, which riſes a
foot and a half high, with an erect herbaceous ſtalk,
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of three pair
of oval lobes; the flowers come out ſingly from the
wings of the leaves; theſe are ſmall, yellow, and of
the fame ſhape with thoſe of the other ſpecies, and
are ſucceeded by taper pods, having cells containing
two rows of ſeeds. It grows naturally in Jamaica,
and the other ſugar iſlands.
This is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown on
a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants afterward treat-
ed in the ſame manner as hath been directed for the
firſt fort. They flower in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
October, and then the plants will decay.
The eighth fort is the tree which produces the purg-
ing Caſſia which is uſed in medicine. It grows na-
turally in Alexandria, and in both Indies, where it
riſes to the height of forty or fifty feet, with a large
trunk, dividing into many branches, garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of five pair of ſpear-ſhaped
lobes, which are ſmooth, having many tranſverſe
nerves from the midrib to the borders ; the midrib is
very prominent on the under fide; the flowers are
produced in long ſpikes at the end of the branches,
each ſtanding upon a pretty long foot-ſtalk; theſe are
compoſed of five large concave petals, of a deep yel-
low colour, and are ſucceeded by cylindrical pods,
which are from one to two feet long, with a dark
brown woody ſhell, having a longitudinal feam on one
fide, divided into many cells by tranſverſe partitions,
each containing one or two oval, ſmooth, compreſſed
ſeeds, lodged in a ſweetiſh black pulp, which is the
part uſed in medicine.
This tree is propagated by ſeeds, which may be eaſily
procured from the druggiſts who import the pods for
uſe; theſe muſt be lown on a hot-bed in the ſpring,
and when the plants come up, they muſt be treated
in the ſame manner as the firſt fort, during the firſt
ſummer; and in autumn they muſt be removed into
a ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed : during the
winter they ſhould have very little water; for as theſe
trees grow naturally in dry fandy land, moiſture is a
great enemy to them, but eſpecially during that ſea-
In the ſummer they ſhould have a good ſhare of
air admitted to them in warm weather, but they will
not thrive in the open air in this country, at the
warmeſt time of the year, fo ſhould conſtantly remain
in the ſtove. With proper care theſe plants will grow
to the height of eight or ten feet, and produce their
filowers, when they make a fine appearance.
The ninth fort grows naturally in the Bahama Iſands,
from whence I received the feeds. This is an annual
plant, which riſes with an upright ſtalk two feet and
a half high, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed
of fix pair of lobes, which are ſmooth, narrow, and
ſpear-ſhaped, ftanding at wide diſtances; the flowers
are collected into looſe bunches at the top of the
ſtalks, which are of a pale yellow, and are ſucceeded
by long compreſſed pods. It flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn. This muſt be treated as the
firſt fort.
The tenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, in
New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This grows
upward of twenty feet high, with ſeveral trunks co-
vered with brown bark; theſe divide into many
branches upward, garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
poſed of two pair of lobes, which in the lower
leaves are oval; but thoſe of the upper are five inches
long, and two and a half broad in the middle, ſmooth,
and of a light greene The flowers are produced in
looſe ſpikes at the extremity of the branches, wliich
are large, of a gold colour, and ſucceeded by taper
brown pods about nine inches long, having many
tranſverſe partitions, in which the ſeeds are lodged in
a thin pulp
This ſort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
upon a hot-bed, and the plants afterward treated in
the ſame manner as the eighth fort, for the plants
will not live abroad in this country in the warmeſt ſea-
ſon of the year ; but if properly managed in the ſtove,
will produce their beautiful flowers in three or four
years from the feed.
The eleventh fort grows in great plenty in moſt of the
iſlands of the Weſt Indies. This riſes to a great mag-
nitude, with a large trunk, dividing into many
branches, garniſhed with very long winged leaves,
compoſed of twelve or fourteen pair of oblong blunt
lobes, which are ſmooth, of a light green, and
placed
near together. The flowers come out in looſe ſpikes
at the end of the branches, which are of a pale Car-
nation colour, ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies,
and are ſucceeded by large cylindrical pods, divided
by tranſverſe partitions into many cells, in which the
ſeeds are lodged, ſurrounded with a black purging
pulp. This is called Horſe Caffia, becauſe it is ge-
nerally given to horſes, and ſeldom taken by any per-
fons on account of its griping quality.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown, and
the plants afterward treated in the ſaine manner as the
eighth fort, with which management they will thrive
and produce flowers in England.
The twelfth ſort was ſent me from the Havannah by
the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath an herbaceous ftalk,
which divides into many branches, riſing about three
feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed
of ſeven pair of oblong oval lobes, which are rounded
at the end. The flowers come out from the ſide of
the branches, upon very long foot-ſtalks, diſpoſed
in looſe ſpikes; theſe are of a pale yellow, and are
ſucceeded by recurved pods, containing one row of
compreffed feeds.
This is a biennial plant, which, if brought forward
early in the ſpring, will fometimes perfect feeds the
ſame year; but if they ſhould fail, the plants may be
,
kept through the winter in a ſtove, as the firſt ſort,
and good feeds may be obtained the following
ſeaſon.
The thirteenth fort riſes with ſeveral weak ſhrubby
ſtalks about two feet high, cloſely garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of three pair of lobes, which
are very narrow at their baſe, enlarging to the top,
where they are blunt, and rounded with a little in-
denture at the point; theſe contract cloſely every
evening, after the fun has left them. The flowers
come out ſingle from the ſide of the branches, ſtand-
ing upon very long foot-ſtalks; they are of a bright
yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies,
and are ſucceeded by narrow flat pods, an inch and
a half long. This grows plentifully in Jamaica. It
is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown on a
hot-bed, and managed as the other tender forts; it
will continue two or three years, if placed in a warm
ſtove.
The fourteenth fort fends out from the root two or
three flender ſtalks, which trail on the ground, gar-
niſhed with winged leaves, having four pair of ſmall
roundiſh lobes, of a pale green ; at the inſertion of
the foot-ſtalks ariſe thoſe of the flower, which is
jointed, dividing into two ſhorter at the top, ſuſtain-
ing two ſmall yellow flowers. This grows naturally
in Jamaica, from whence the ſeeds were fent me. It
is an annual plant, whoſe feeds muſt be fown early
in the ſpring on a hot-bed, and treated like the other
kinds, but as the branches of this grow near the
ground, ſo the plants may remain under a frame all
the ſummer, and will flower in July; when, if the
ſeaſon is warm, they muſt have have a large ſhare of
air, otherwiſe the flowers will fall off, without being
fucceeded by pods; but if rightly managed, the feeds
will ripen in autumn.
The
1on.
a
,
a
3
a
3

C AS
CAS
a
a
The fifteenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, ſpikes, theſe are of a deep Orange colour, large, and
in New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This riſes ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, and are fuc-
with a ítrong upright trunk, to the height of twenty- ceeded by flat brown pods, about four inches long,
five, or thirty feet, dividing into many branches, containing one row of fat, ſmooth, oval feeds. This
which are covered with an Aſh-coloured bark, garniſhed fort was ſent me from Carthagena, by the late Mr.
with winged leaves, having long foot-ſtalks; each Robert Millar.
being compoſed of two pair of oblong oval lobes, This fort is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner
four inches long, and near two broad, which are as the other ſpecies, and requires a warm ftove to
ſmooth, of a dark green on their upper fide, but preſerve it, where it will thrive and produce flowers
paler underneath. The flowers are produced ſome- annually.
times from the ſide of the ſtalks, where they are few The twentieth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz,
and ſcattering, but the ends of the branches have large by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath ſeveral trailing
round bunches of flowers, which branch out from herbaceous ſtalks, about two feet long, garniſhed
one center; they are of a deep yellow, inclining to with winged leaves, having long foot-ſtalks, which
an Orange colour. Theſe are ſucceeded by compreſſed are placed at a conſiderable diſtance from each other;
pods, near nine inches long, having a border on each they have two pair of oval ſmooth lobes. The flow-
fide, and contain one row of oval, ſmooth, compreſſed ers come out ſingle from the ſide of the branches,
ſeeds.
which are of a pale yellow colour, and are ſucceeded
This fort may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould by ſhort, flat, hairy pods, containing one row of flat
be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the feeds.
plants come up, they will require the ſame treatment This is an annual plant, which muſt be raiſed on a
as the ſeventh fort; with which management the hot-bed early in the ſpring, and treated in the ſame
plants will thrive, and produce their flowers in a few manner as the other annual forts before-mentioned.
years.
It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The fixteenth fort hath very ſlender trailing ſtalks, The twenty-firſt fort grows common in all the iſlands
about two feet long, garniſhed with winged leaves, of the Weſt-Indies. This riſes with a ſlender ftalk
fitting cloſe to the branches, compoſed of many about two feet high, ſending out a few fide branches
narrow pinnæ, like thoſe of the Senſitive Plant; the upward, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of
flowers come out ſingle from the ſide of the ſtalk, many pairs of narrow pinnæ, like thoſe of the Senfi-
upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which are ſmall, of a tive Plant. The flowers come out upon ſhort foot-
bright yellow colour, ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſtalks from the ſide of the branches, each foot-ſtalk
fpecies; they are ſucceeded by ſhort flat pods, con- ſuſtaining two or three yellow flowers, of the ſame
taining two or three feeds. This grows naturally in form with the other ſpecies of this genus; theſe are
Jamaica. It is a biennial plant, and requires the fame ſucceeded by ſhort flat pods, containing three or four
treatment as the firſt fort.
flat feeds in each.
The ſeventeenth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. This is an annual plant, and requires the ſame treat-
Houſtoun from La Vera Cruz, where he found it ment as the laſt; but as the ſtalks of this grow up-
growing naturally. This riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby right, they will be too tall to remain under a frame
trailing ſtalks, which are two feet long, fending out all the ſummer; therefore when the plants are ad-
many fide branches, cloſely garniſhed with winged vanced ſo high as to be near the glaſſes, they ſhould
leaves, compoſed of ſeveral pair of very narrow pin- be removed into the ſtove, or a glaſs caſe, where they
næ, ſmaller than thoſe of the ſenſitive Plant. The may have room to grow, and be ſcreened from the
fiowers are produced ſingle from the fide of the cold, but in warm weather ſhould have a good ſhare
branches, on very ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are large, of air admitted to them; with this management they
of a deep Orange colour, and are ſucceeded by ſhort, will flower in July, and perfect their feeds in
narrow, ſmooth pods. This plant differs much from autumn.
the Chamæ crifta pavonis major, of Breynius, in Theſe plants are frequently preſerved in the gardens
having a ſhrubby trailing ſtalk; the leaves are much of ſeveral curious perſons, therefore I have enume-
ſhorter, having but half the number of pinnæ, rated them here, though ſeveral of them have not
which are alſo narrower and ſhorter, the flower is alſo much beauty to recommend them, but are chiefly
larger.
kept for the ſake of variety. The moſt beautiful are
This plant will continue two or three years, and pro- the fourth, the eighth, tenth, eleventh, fifteenth,
duce flowers annually, but it muſt be treated in the and nineteenth forts; theſe all make a good appear-
fame manner as the other tender forts; for it will not ance in the ſtove, eſpecially when they are in flower;
thrive unleſs it is preſerved in a warm ſtove, where and as they retain their leaves all the year, they
it will perfect feeds the ſecond year. It flowers in July make an agreeable variety in the winter ſeaſon, when
and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
intermixed with other plants from the ſame countries.
The eighteenth fort was ſent me from Campeachy, All the ſpecies of this genus contract their leaves
by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This riſes with a ſhrubby every evening as the fun declines, and open them
Tender ftalk about two feet high, dividing upward again with the riſing fun in the morning, which is
into ſeveral branches, which are thinly garniſhed with alſo common to many other plants, ſome of which
winged leaves, compoſed of three pair of oval lobes, turn their upper ſurface outward, but all thoſe of
the upper being the largeſt; theſe ſtand upon long this genus turn their under ſurface outward; the
foot-ftalks, from the baſe of which comes out the upper being very cloſely folded together. Theſe are
flower, ſtanding ſingle on a ſhort foot-ſtalk, of a pale what Linnæus titles ſleeping plants. It muſt alſo be
yellow colour, and is fucceeded by a bending pod, obſerved that moſt of thoſe plants, whoſe under ſur-
near four inches long, having five longitudinal wings, face is turned outward, are ſuch as grow upon dry
ending in a point.
ſandy land, where their roots do not find a ſupply of
It is a biennial plant, which if brought forward in the moiſture, ſo that the lower furface of their leaves
ſpring, will flower the ſame fummer, and ſometimes being generally covered with a ſhort ſoft down, or
perfect ſeeds in autumn; but if the plants are placed hairs, detain the nightly dews, which are inhaled by
in a warm ftove, they will live through the winter, the leaves, and furniſh part of their nouriſhment;
and the following ſeaſon will flower earlier, and good whereas the other, whoſe upper ſurface is turned
ſeeds may then be obtained.
outward, do not ſtand in need of this fupply; being
The nineteenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the ſmooth, the moiſture is caſt off, and not imbibed by
height of ten or twelve feet, dividing upward into them.
many branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, com- CASSIDA [i. e. an helmet,] Scull-cap. See Scu-
poſed of five pair of ſtiff fpear-ſhaped lobes; the
flowers come out from the ſide of the branches, on CASSI NE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 333. The Caffioberry
long branching foot-ſtalks, collected into large looſe Buſh, and South-Sea Thea.
Еее
The
TELLARIA.

CAS
CAS
a
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a ſmall permanent empalement, which is divided
into five parts; the flower hath but one petal, which is
cilt into five obtufe ſegments, which ſpread open ; it hath
five ſtamina, which ſpread from each other, and are ter-
minated by ſingle ſummits; it both a conical germen, with-
out a ſtyle, ſupporting three reflexed ſtigma. The germen
afterward becomes on umbilicated berry with three cells,
each containing a ſingle ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled, Pentandria Tri-
gynia, the flower having five ftamina, and three
ſtigma.
The ŚPECIES are,
1. CASSINE (Corymboſa) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, ſerratis,
oppofitis, floribus corymboſis axillaribus. Fig. Pl.
plat. 83. f. 1. Caffine with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves
placed oppoſite, and flowers growing in round bunches from
the fides of the branches. Caſſine vera perquam fimi-
lis, arbufcula, Phillyrex foliis antagoniſtis, ex Pro-
vincià Carolinienfi
. Pluk. Mant. 40. The Caſſioberry
Buh.
2. CASSINE (Paragua) foliis lanceolatis alternis ſemper-
virentibus, fioribus axillaribus. Fig. pl. Plat. 83. f. 2.
Caffine with evergreen Spear-ſhaped leaves placed alter-
nately, and flower's proceeding from the ſides of the
branches. Caffine vera Floridanorum, arbuſculâ bac-
ciſerâ, Alaterni ferme facie, foliis alternatim fitis
tetrapyrene. Pluk. Mant. 40. Evergreen Calline, Ya-
pon, or South-Sea Tbea.
3. CASSINE (Oppoſitifolia) foliis ovatis acutis glabris,
floribus axillaribus fparfis. Caſline with oval acute leaves
placed oppoſite, and flowers coming from the wings of the
Stalks, commonly called Hylſon Tea.
The firſt fort riſes with two or three ſtems, which
ſend out many fide branches their whole length, and
become buſhy; theſe feldom riſe more than eight or
nine feet high. The branches are garniſhed with oval
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſawed on their edges, which
grow oppoſite. Toward the upper part of the
branches the flowers come out from the fides, grow-
ing in roundiſh bunches; theſe are white, and are
divided into five parts almoſt to the bottom; in their
center is placed the germen, attended by five ſtamina,
which ſpread open, near as much as the ſegments of
the petal. After the flower is paſt, the germen ſwells
to a round berry, having three cells, each containing
a ſingle ſeed. This is by Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſed to
be the ſame plant as the Phillyrea Capenſis folio ce-
laftri. Hort. Elth. But thoſe who know both the
plants, can have no doubt of their being different.
The Caffine here mentioned drops its leaves in au-
tumn, whereas that Phillyrea is evergreen; the former
lives abroad in the open air, but the latter can ſcarce
be kept through the winter in a green-houſe, without
artificial heat, nor have the plants the ſame appear-
ance, and withal differ effentially, according to his
own ſyſtem, in the number of ſtamina, which removes
them to different claſſes.
The firſt fort has been pretty common in the nur-
ſeries near London ſome years, where it is propagated
,
by laying down the branches, which afford ſhoots in
plenty for that purpoſe from the root, and lower part
of the ſtem, ſo as to become very buſhy and thick,
if they are not cut off, there are numbers of theſe
Thrubs which produce flowers in England every year,
but none of them ripen their feeds.
The leaves of this plant are extremely bitter, ſo that
if a ſingle one is chewed, the bitterneſs cannot be
gotten rid of in a long time. Theſe leaves will con-
tinue green very late in autumn, if the ſeaſon proves
mild, and they come out early in the ſpring, but
are frequently pinched by the froſt in March,
when they appear fo foon. This ſhrub flowers in
July and Auguft
. It grows naturally in Virginia and
Carolina.
It loves a light foil, not too dry, and ſhould have a
warm ſituation; for, in expoſed places, the young
Thoots are frequently killed in the winter, whereby
the thrubs are rendered unſightly; but where they are
6
near the ſhelter of trees, or walls, they are very rarely
hurt.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Carolina, and alſo
in ſome warm parts of Virginia, but chiefly near the
fea; this, in the natural places of its growth, riſes to
the height of ten or twelve feet, ſending out branches
from the ground upward, which form themſelves
into a fort of pyramid, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, placed alternately; thefe are in texture and
colour like thoſe of Alaternus, and continue green
through the year. The flowers are produced in cloſe
whorls round the branches, at the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves; they are white, and of the ſame ſhape as the
former; theſe are ſucceeded by red berries, like thoſe
of the former fort.
Dr. Linnæus has ſeparated this from the claſs in
which he has placed the other, and has joined it to
the Dahoon Holly, ſuppoſing them to be the ſame
plant; in which he is equally miſtaken, for they not
only differ in the ſhape of their leaves, but alſo in
their eſſential characters; for the Dahoon Holly muft,
according to his fyftem, be ranged in his twenty-
ſecond claſs, and the Caffine muſt be ranged in his
fifth.
This plant was many years preſerved in ſeveral cu-
rious gardens near London, till the ſevere winter in
1739, when moſt of them were deſtroyed, ſo that
there was ſcarce any left; but of late years there have
been many of the young plants raiſed from ſeeds,
which came from Carolina, ſome of which have been
growing in the full ground ſeveral years, and have
reſiſted the cold of the winters, without covering;
though they often ſuffer in very cold ſeaſons, where
,
they are not very well ſheltered. If this plant can
be brought to thrive well in England, and to endure
the winter in the open air, it will be a fine plant,
to make a variety in plantations of Evergreen-trees.
The leaves of this fort are not fo bitter as thoſe of
the firſt, eſpecially when green, therefore are preferred
to them for making the Thea; but an infuſion of the
leaves of the firſt, has been taken for a loſs of
appe-
tite by ſome perſons with good ſucceſs; but it muſt
not be too ſtrong, left it fhould prove emetic or ca-
thartic.
The inhabitants of North Carolina and Virginia,
where this ſhrub grows in plenty, give it the title
of Yapon, which I ſuppoſe to be the Indian name;
for, as it is a plant much eſteemed by the Indians for
its medicinal virtues, they certainly have a name for
it; this grows to the height of ten or twelve feet;
the leaves are about the ſize and ſhape of thoſe of
the ſmall leaved Alaternus, but are ſomewhat ſhorter,
and a little broader at their baſe; they are a little
notched about their edges, and are of a thick ſub-
ſtance, and deep green colour; the flowers of this
fort are produced at the joints near the foot-ſtalk of
the leaves, but the Caffioberry Buſh produces its
flowers in umbels at the extremity of the ſhoots; the
berries of this Yapon continue upon the plants moſt
part of the winter, and, being of a bright red colour,
intermixed with the green leaves, make a fine ap-
pearance at that ſeaſon. From theſe berries con-
tinuing ſo long untouched by the birds, we may
reaſonably conclude, they have ſome venomous
quality, becauſe few of the fruits, or berries, which
are wholeſome, eſcape the birds, in a country where
there are fuch flocks of many kinds of them.
Theſe ſhrubs are propagated by fowing their feeds
(which are obtained from Carolina, where they grow
in great plenty near the ſea-coaſts ;) they ſhould be
ſown in pots filled with light fandy earth, and plunged
into a gentle hot-bed, obſerving to water them fre-
quently, until you ſee the plants appear, which is
ſometimes in five or fix weeks time, and at other
times they will remain in the ground until the ſecond
year; therefore, if the plants ſhould not come
up
in
two months time, you ſhould remove the pots into
a ſhady ſituation, where they may remain till October,
being careful to keep them clean from weeds, and
now and then in dry weather giving them a little
water,
а
a

CAS
C AS
water; then remove theſe pots into ſhelter during
the winter ſeaſon, and in the March following put
them upon a freſh hot-bed, which will forward the
feeds in their vegetation.
When the plants are come up, they ſhould, by de-
grees, be expoſed to the open air, in order to inure
them to our climate; yet they ſhould not be expoſed
to the open fun at firſt, but rather let them have the
morning ſun only, placing them for ſome time where
they may be ſheltered from cold winds; they ſhould
enjoy a ſhelter during the two or three firſt winters,
after which the Caffioberry Buh may be planted
abroad; but the South-Sea Thea ſhould be kept in
pots a year or two longer, being flower of growth,
and will therefore not have ſtrength enough to refift
the cold when young.
The third fort has been but few years introduced to
the Engliſh gardens; this riſes eight or ten feet high,
ſending out branches from the root to the top, gar-
i niſhed with oval, ſmooth, entire leaves placed op-
poſite, whoſe foot-ſtalks are drawn toward each other,
whereby the leaves turn upward; the flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves thinly, they are
white, and of the ſame ſhape with thoſe of the other
forts, but are not ſucceeded by berries in England.
This is propagated by ſeeds as the other forts, or by
laying down the branches in the ſpring, which if
carefully performed will take root in one year; when
;
they may be cut from the old plant, and put into
ſmall pots, and placed in the ſhade till they have
taken new root; afterward they may be expofed in
ſummer, but in autumn they muſt be removed into
ſhelter.
The Paraguay, or South-Sea Thea, is accounted by
the Indians very wholeſome, and (as I have been in-
formed by ſeveral worthy perſons, who reſided for
ſeveral years in Carolina) is the only phyſic the In-
dians uſe; and for which, at certain times of the year,
they come in droves, ſome hundred miles diſtant, for
the leaves of this tree (it not being known to grow
at any conſiderable diſtance from the ſea ;) where
their uſual cuſtom is, to make a fire upon the ground,
and, putting a great kettle of water thereon, they
throw into it a large quantity of theſe leaves, and
immediately ſet themſelves round the fire, and, with
a bowl that holds about a pint, they begin drinking
large draughts, which in a very ſhort time vomits
them ſeverely; thus they continue drinking and vo-
miting, for the ſpace of two or three days, until they
have ſufficiently cleanſed themſelves; then they gather
every one a bundle of the ſhrub to carry away with
them, and retire to their habitations. But theſe
gentlemen obſerved ſomething very extraordinary in
the operation of this plant, which was, that in vo-
miting it gave them no uneaſineſs, or pain, but
came away in a full ſtream from their mouths, with-
out ſo much as declining their heads, or the leaſt
reaching
This plant is generally ſuppoſed to be the ſame as
that which grows in Paraguay, where the jeſuits of
that country make a great revenue of the leaves,
which they export to ſeveral other countries, where
it is infuſed and drank like tea; indeed, there are
fome perſons who doubt its being the ſame; which
will be pretty difficult to determine, ſince there is
fo little converſe between the inhabitants of Paraguay
and thoſe in Europe, and all the leaves of that tea,
which have been brought to Europe, have been ge-
nerally fo broken and defaced, as to render it almoſt
impoffible to know their true figure; however, from
ſome of the faireft leaves, which were picked out of
the Paraguay Tea by a perſon of ſkill, who compared
them with thoſe of the Yapon, he had great reaſon
to believe they were the ſame; and as the virtues
attributed to the Yapon are nearly, if not abſolutely,
the ſame with thoſe of the Paraguay, the Indians of
theſe northern parts of America making the ſame uſe
of it as the inhabitants of the ſouth parts of America
do, viz. to reſtore loft appetites, and they ſay it gives
them courage and agility, for which purpoſes it has
beer in uſe time out of mind: we may alſo obſerve,
that the place of its growth in the north, is the fame
latitude as Paraguay is fouth; fo I ſhall beg leave to
inſert the account given of the Paraguay Tea by
Monſ. Frezier, who travelled through great part of
New Spain, by expreſs order of the king of France.
In South Carolina the plant is called Caffena, or South-
Sea Tea: the inhabitants of that country do not
make ſo great uſe of this Tea, as thoſe of Virginia
and North Carolina; in the laſt of which, the white
people have it in as great eſteem as the Indians, and
make as conſtant uſe of it.
Monſieur Frezier alſo ſays, that the Spaniards who
live near the gold mines in Peru, are obliged fre-
quently to drink of the herb Paraguay or Mate, to
moiſten their breaſts, without which, they are liable
to a fort of fuffocation, from the ſtrong exhalations
which are continually coming from the mines,
The ſame author alſo adds, that the inhabitants of
Lima, during the day-time, make much uſe of the
herb Paraguay, which ſome call St. Bartholomew's
Herb, who, they pretend, came into thoſe provinces,
where he made it wholeſome and beneficial; whereas,
before it was venomous; this, he ſays, is brought to
Lima dry, and almoſt in powder.
Inſtead of drinking the tincture or infufion apart, as
we drink tea, they put the herb into a cup or bowl
made of a calabalh tipped with filver, which they
call mate; they add ſugar, and pour the hot water
upon it, which they drink immediately, without giving
it time to infuſe, becauſe it turns black as ink. To
avoid ſwallowing the herb, which ſwims at the top,
they make uſe of a ſilver pipe, at the end whereof is
a bowl full of little holes, ſo that the liquor fucked
in at the other end, is clear from the herb. They
drink round with the fame pipe, pouring hot water
on the ſame herb, as it is drunk off. Inſtead of a
pipe, which they call bombilla, ſome part the herb
with a ſilver ſeparator, called apartador, full of little
holes. The reluctancy which the French have ſhewn
to drink after all ſorts of people, in a country where
many have the venereal diſeaſe, has occafioned the in-
venting the uſe of little glaſs pipes, which they begin
to uſe at Lima. This liquor, he ſays, in his opinion,
is better than tea; it has a flavour of the herb, which
is agreeable enough: the people of the country are
ſo uſed to it, that even the pooreſt drink it once a
day, when they riſe in the morning.
The trade for this herb, (he ſays,) is carried on at
Santa Fé, whether it is brought up the river of Plate.
There are two forts of it; the one called Yerba de
Palos; and the other, which is finer, and of more
virtue, Yerba de Camini; the laſt is brought from
the lands belonging to the jeſuits. The great con-
ſumption of it is between La Paz and Cuſco, where it
is worth half as much more as the other, which is
ſent from Potoſi to La Paz. There come yearly from
Paraguay into Peru about fifty thouſand arrovas,
twelve thouſand hundred weight of both forts, where-
of at leaſt one third is of the Camini, without reck-
oning twenty-five thouſand arrovas of that of Palos
for Chili. They pay for each parcel, containing fix
or ſeven arrovas, four royals for the duty called al-
cavala (being a rate upon all goods fold;) which,
with the charge of carriage, being above fix hundred
leagues, doubles the firſt prices, which is about two
pieces of eight; ſo that at Potofi it comes to about
five pieces of eight the arrova. The carriage is com-
monly by carts, which carry an hundred and fifty
arrovas from Santa Fé to Jujuy, the laſt town of the
province of Tucuman; and from thence to Potoſi,
which is an hundred leagues farcher, it is carried on
mules.
What this curious author has obſerved, on there being
two forts of this herb, may very well agree with the
two laſt forts mentioned, ſince both of them are ge-
nerally ſuppoſed to agree in their qualities, though
one is much preferable to the other; therefore I
imagine the Yerba de Camini, is what we call Para-
guay or South-Sea Thea; and Yerba de Palos to be
our

CAS
CAS
3
a
172. f. 2.
و
our third fort. But as our author only ſaw the dried lyandria, the plants of this ſection have male and fe-
herb, he could to more diftinguiſh their difference, male flowers, and the male flowers have many ſta-
than we can the Thea brought from China ; I mean, mina ; but he has joined this genus to the Fagus,
as to the particular trees which produce it.
making theſe of one genus, ſo that he has entirely
CASSYTH A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 505.
aboliſhed the title. However, as the male flowers
The CHARACTERS are,
of the Cheſnut are formed into long katkins, and
It both a ſmall three-leaved permanent empalement ; the thoſe of the Beech are globular, they may with
flower hath three petals which are concave and permanent, propriety be kept ſeparate; and this I chooſe to do,
and three oblong, coloured, nectarious glands ſurrounding that it may be more intelligible to common readers.
The SPECIES are,
the germen, with nine erect compreſſed ſtamina, and two
globular glands, incloſing each a ſingle ſtamina, fitting on 1. CASTANEA (Setiva) foliis lanceolatis acuminato-fer-
one fide the baſe; theſe have ſummits under the top of the ratis, fubtus nudis. Cheſnut with Spear-ſhaped leaves,
ſtamina; it has an oval germen within the coloured em- which are Marply ſawed, and naked on their under fide.
palement, ſupporting a thick ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, Caſtanea fativa. Č. B. P. 418. The manured Cheſnut.
crowned by an obtuſe almoſt trifid fiigma; the receptacle 2. CASTANEA (Pumila) foliis lanceolato-ovatis acutè fer-
becomes a pulpy berry, globular but a little depreſſed, in- ratis, fubtus tomentoſis, amentis filiformibus nodoſis.
cloſed in the coloured empalement, having a perforated Cheſnut with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves ſharply ſawed,
navel inclofing many oval ſeeds.
which are woolly on their under fide, and a ſlender knotted
This is ranged in Linnæus's firſt order of his eleventh katkin. Caſtanea pumila Virginiana, racemoſa fructu
claſs of plants, intitled Enneandria Monogynia, the parvo in fingulis capfulis echinato unico. Pluk. Alm.
flower having eleven ſtamina and one ſtyle.
90. The Chinquapin.
We have at preſent but one Species of this genus. 3. CASTANEA (Sloanea) foliis oblongo-ovatis, ſerratis,
CASSYTHA (Filiformis) Olb. It. Lin. 530. Slender Caſſytha. fructu rotundo maximo echinato. Cheſnut with oblong,
Cuſcuta baccifera Barbadenfium. Pluk. Phyt. tab. oval, Jawed leaves, and a very large, round, prickly fruit.
Sloanea amplis Caftanæ foliis. fructu echinato. Plum.
This plant grows naturally in both Indies. I have
Nov. Gen. 49
received it from Barbadoes, Jamaica, and the Spaniſh The Cheſnut is a tree which deſerves our care, as
Weſt Indies; and that it grows alſo in the Eaſt Indies, much as any of the trees which are propagated in
is plain from its figure in the Hortus Malabaricus. this country, either for uſe or beauty, being one of
It riſes with taper iucculent ſtalks, which divide into the beſt fort of timber, and affording a goodly ſhade.
many ſlender ſucculent branches; theſe come out fre- It will grow to a very great fize, and ſpread its
quently by threes or fours at the fame joint, afterward branches finely on every fide where it has room.
they ſend out fide branches ſingly without order, and The leaves are large, of a lucid green, and continue
become very buſhy: the flowers come out on the late in the autumn; nor are they ſo liable to be eaten
fide of the branches fingly, fitting very cloſe thereto, by inſects, as are thofe of the Oak, which of late
having no empalement; the corolla is oval, white, years have frequently happened to the latter, and has
with a ſmall tincture of red, opening like a navel at rendered them very unſightly great part of ſummer,
the top, including the germen, ftamina, ſtyle, and which I have never obſerved to be the caſe with the
nectarious glands ſo cloſely, as not to be diſcovered Cheſnut, which renders them more valuable for parks
till the corolla is cut open; after the flower is paſt, and plantations for ornament; and there is no better
the germen becomes many oblong, oval, dark ſeeds, food for deer, and many other animals, than their
furrounded with a mucilaginous ſubſtance.
nuts, which moſt of them prefer to acorns; but yet,
This plant is eaſily propagated by planting cuttings there ſhould not be many of theſe trées planted too
of it during the ſummer months, but as theſe cuttings near the habitation; becauſe, when they are in flower,
are fucculent, it will be proper to cut them off a they emit a very diſagreeable odour, which is very
week before they are planted, laying them in the offenſive to moſt people.
ſtove, that the part cut may have time to heal over There are ſeveral varieties of this tree, which have
before they are planted. Theſe cuttings ſhould be accidentally ariſen from feeds; fome have been ſup-
planted in ſmall pots, which muſt be plunged into a poſed diſtinct ſpecies, but the differences are only in
moderate hda bed, where, if they are not over watered, the ſize of their fruit and leaves, which have been
they will take root in ſix weeks; then they may be altered, and improved by culture; ſo that the wild
parted, planting each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled and manured Cheſnut, are undoubtedly the ſame;
with light fandy earth, and may be plunged again for I have frequently found, that the nuts taken from
into the hot-bed to forward their taking new root; the ſame tree, and cultivated in the ſame foil, with
after which they ſhould be removed into a dry ſtove, equal care, have produced trees with very ſmall fruit;
where they ſhould conſtantly remain, giving but little and among them have been others, whoſe fruit have
water in winter, and in ſummer admitting a large been as large as thoſe of the parent tree; therefore
ſhare of air in warm weather, for this plant is too they can be only eſteemed as varieties. But in many
tender to thrive in the open air in this climate.
countries, where the trees are cultivated for their
CASTANEA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 584. tab. 352. fruit, the people graft the largeſt and faireft fruit,
Fagus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 951. [It takes its name from upon ſtocks of Cheſnut raiſed from the nut; and
Caitana, a city of Theffaly, where this tree anciently theſe grafted trees are by the French called Maron-
grew in great plenty.] The Cheſnut-tree, in French nier, but they are unfit for timber.
Chateignier, or Maronnier.
There is alſo a Cheſnut with variegated leaves, which
The CHARACTERS are,
is propagated in the nurſeries by way of curioſity:
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame tree, Some- this is maintained by budding, and inarching it upon
times at ſeparate diſtances, and at other times near each common Cheſnut ſtocks, in the ſame manner as other
other. The male flowers are fixed to a long ſtring, form- fruit-trees; but theſe variegated trees and plants are
ing a ſort of katkin; theſe have each an empalement of not ſo much regarded at preſent, as they were ſome
one leaf, cut into five parts; they have no petals, but
years paft.
include about ten or twelve briftly ſtamina, terminated by The Dwarf branching Chefnut which is mentioned
oblong ſummits. The female flowers have alſo an empale- in moſt of the books, I take to be only a variety of
ment of one leaf, divided into four parts, having no pe- the common; for Dr. Boerhaave ſhewed me ſome
tols, but a germen fixed to the empclement, Supports three young trees in his garden near Leyden, which he had
Styles crowned by a reflexed ſtigma, The germent, which raiſed from nuts, which were ſent him by Micheli
is ſituated at the baſe of the empalement, becomes a from Florence, as the true fruit of the Dwarf Chef-
roundiſh fruit armed with Soft Spines, including one or nut; but there appeared to be no difference between
thoſe, and ſome other which came from nuts of the
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Po-
The
a
more nuts.
large fort.

CA S
C AS
very often
means.
north part
3
The third ſort grows in South Carolina, from whence
ſome of the fruit with their outer covers, were ſent to
his grace the Duke of Bedford, a few years paſt:
theſe were as large and round as a tennis-ball, and
armed all over with ſtrong fpines like a hedge-hog:
theſe capfulæ were divided regularly in four cells,
each containing one ſmall Cheſnut. At that time I
compared theſe with father Plumier's deſcription and
figure, which he exhibited under the title of Sloanea,
and found them to agree exactly; and upon looking
through the box in which theſe were ſent, I found
ſome of the leaves of the tree, which alſo tallied with
his deſcription, which confirmed my former opinion;
therefore, as I could ſee no other difference between
the fruit of this and the common Cheſnut, but its
having four regular cells, divided by partitions,
whereas thoſe of the Cheſnut have generally but three;
therefore I have joined them together, being perſuaded,
that farther obſervations will juſtify my ſo doing.
It does not appear where Plumier found this tree
growing naturally, though it is probable, it might
be in Louiſiana ; for I think it could not be in either
of the Weſt India iſlands, where the heat is too great
for this tree to thrive; though this is tender while
young, for two or three young plants which were
raiſed in England, did not ſurvive the third winter.
The firſt of theſe trees was formerly in greater plenty
amongſt us than at preſent, as may be proved by the
old buildings in London, which were for the moſt
part of this timber; and in a deſcription of London,
written by Fitz-Stephens, in Henry the Second's time,
he ſpeaks of a very noble foreſt, which grew on the
of it: proxime (ſays he) patet foreſta in-
gens, faltus numeroſi ferarum, latebræ cervorum,
damarum, aprorum, & taurorum fylveftrium, &c.
And there are now ſome remains of old decayed
Cheſnuts, in the woods and chaces not far diſtant from
London, but particularly on Enfield Chace; which
plainly proves, that this tree is not ſo great a ſtranger
to our climate, as many people believe; and may
be cultivated in England, to afford an equal profit
with any of the other forts of larger timber-trees,
ſince the wood of this tree is equal in value to the
beſt Oak, and, for many purpoſes, far exceeding it;
as particularly for making veſſels for all kinds of
liquor, it having a property (when once thoroughly
ſeaſoned) of maintaining its bulk conſtantly, and is
not ſubject to ſhrink or ſwell, as other timber is too
apt to do: and I am certainly informed; that all the
large caſks, tuns, &c. for their wines in Italy, are
made of this timber; and it is for that, and many
more purpoſes, in greater eſteem among the Italians,
than
any
other timber whatever. It is alſo very va-
luable for pipes to convey water under ground, as
enduring longer than the Elm, or any other wood.
In Italy it is planted for coppice-wood, and is very
much cultivated in ſtools, to make ſtakes for their
Vines; which, being ſtuck into the ground, will
endure ſeven years, which is longer than any other
ſtakes will do, by near half the time. The uſefulneſs
of the timber, together with the beauty of the tree,
renders it as well worth propagating as any tree
whatever.
Theſe trees are propagated by planting the nuts in
February, in beds of freſh undunged earth. The
beſt nuts for fowing, are ſuch as are brought from
Portugal and Spain, and are commonly fold in winter
for eating, provided they are not kiln-dried, which is
generally the cafeof moſt of thoſe brought from abroad,
which is done to prevent their ſprouting or ſhooting
in their paſſage ; therefore, if they cannot be procured
freſh from the tree, it will be much better to uſe
thoſe of the growth of England, which are full as
good to fow for timber or beauty, as any of the fo-
reign nuts, though their fruit is much fmaller: theſe
ſhould be preſerved, until the ſeaſon for fowing, in
fand, where mice, or other vermin cannot come to
them, otherwiſe they will ſoon deſtroy them: before
you ſet them, it will be proper to put them into
water, to try their goodneſs, which is known by their
ponderoſity; thoſe of them that ſwim upon the ſur-
face of the water ſhould be rejected as good for
nothing; but ſuch as ſink to the bottom, you may
be ſure are good.
In ſetting theſe ſeeds or nuts, the beſt way is, to make
a drill with a hoe (as is commonly practiſed in ſetting
Kidney Beans) about four inches deep, in which you
ſhould place the nuts, at about four inches diſtance,
with their eye uppermoſt; then draw the earth over
them with a rake, and make a ſecond drill at about
a foot diſtance from the former, proceeding as before,
allowing three or four rows in a bed, with an alley
between, three feet broad, for a conveniency of
clearing the beds, &c. When you have finiſhed your
plantation, you muſt be careful that it is not de-
ftroyed by mice, or other vermin; which is
the caſe, if they are not prevented by traps, or other
In April theſe nuts will appear above ground; you
muſt therefore obſerve to keep them clear from
weeds, eſpecially while young: in theſe beds they
may remain for two years, when you ſhould remove
them into a nurſery, at a wider diſtance. The beſt
ſeaſon for tranſplanting theſe trees, is either in Oc-
tober or the latter end of February; but October is
the beſt ſeaſon: the diſtance theſe ſhould have in the
nurſery, is three feet row from row, and one foot in
the rows: you muſt be careful in tranſplanting theſe
trees, to take them up without injuring their roots,
nor ſhould they remain long out of the ground; but
if they have a downright tap-root, it ſhould be
cut off, eſpecially if they are intended to be removed
again; this will occaſion their putting out lateral
roots, and render them leſs ſubject to miſcarry when
they are removed for good.
The time generally allowed them in this nurſery, is
three or four years, according to their growth; but the
younger they are tranſplanted, if deſigned for timber,
the better they will ſucceed; during which time you
ſhould be careful to keep them clear from weeds, ob-
ſerving alſo to prune off lateral branches, which would
retard their upright growth; and where you find any
that are diſpoſed to grow crooked, either by their upper
bud being hurt, or from any other accident, you may
the year after planting, in March, cut them down to the
lowermoft eye next the ſurface of the ground, which
will cauſe them to make one ſtrong upright ſhoot,
and
may
be afterwards trained into good ſtrait trees :
but this ſhould not be practiſed, unleſs the plants
have abſolutely loſt their leading ſhoct; for although
the ſtems of the trees ſhould be very crooked (as is
generally the caſe with them when young) yet when
they are tranſplanted out, and have room to grow,
as they increaſe in bulk, they will grow more up-
right, and their ftems will become ſtrait, as I have
frequently obſerved where there have been great
plantations made of them.
But in doing of this, you muſt be careful not to diſturb
or break their roots, which, perhaps might deſtroy
them. Theſe trees require no other manure than their
own leaves, which ſhould be ſuffered to rot upon the
ground, and in the ſpring of the year, the ground
ſhould have a ſlight digging, when theſe ſhould be
buried between their roots, but not too cloſe to the
trees, which might be injurious to their young fibres.
After having remained three or four years in the
nurſery, they will be fit for tranſplanting, either in
rows to grow for timber, or in quarters for wil-
derneſs plantations; butif you intend them for timber,
it is by much the better method to fow them in
furrows (as is practiſed for Oaks, &c.) and let them
remain unremoved; for theſe trees are apt to have
a downright tap-root, which, being hurt by tranf-
planting, is often a check to their upright growth,
and cauſes them to ſhoot out into lateral branches, as
is the caſe with the Oak, Walnut, &c.
Therefore, wherever any of theſe trees are planted
for timber, they ſhould remain unremoved: but
where the fruit of them is more ſought after, then it
is certainly the better way to tranſplant them; for as
F ff
trans-
ز

CA S
CA S
a
tranſplanting is a check to the luxuriant growth of mained three or four years (if the nuts fucceeded well,)
trees, ſo it is a promoter of their fructification, as you will have many of theſe trees to remove, which
may be evinced by obſerving low ſhrubby Oaks, ſhould be done at the ſeaſons before directed, leav-
Walnuts, &c. which generally have a greater plenty ing the trees about three feet diſtance in the rows ;
of fruit, than any of the larger and more vigorous at which diſtance they may remain for three or four
trees; and the fruit of ſuch trees is much ſuperior in
;
years more, when you ſhould remove every other tree
taſte, though the feeds of vigorous trees are vaſtly to make room for the remaining, which will reduce
preferable for plantations of timber; for it is a con- the whole plantation to fix feet ſquare, which will be
Itant obſervation, that, by ſaving feeds from dwarf diſtance enough for them to remain in, until they are
trees or plants, from time to time, they may be ren- large enough for poles, when you may cut down
dered much lower in their growth than is their na- every other of theſe trees (making choice of the leaft
tural fize; but where the fruit is moſt deſired, then promiſing,) within a foot of the ground, in order to
they ſhould be taken from ſuch trees as produce the
make ſtools for poles, which, in eight or ten years
largeſt and ſweeteſt nuts, which are commonly found time, will be ſtrong enough to lop for hoops, hop
upon ſuch trees as ſpread the moſt, and have hori- poles, &c. for which purpoſes they are preferable to
zontal roots ; for the weaker trees being leſs capable moſt other trees; fo that every tenth year, here will
to furniſh a fupply of nouriſhment, and having a be a freſh crop, which will pay the rent of the
greater quantity of fruit upon them, to which this ground, and all other incumbent charges, and, at the
muſt be diſtributed, together with their roots lying ſame time, a full crop of growing timber left upon
near the ſurface of the ground (by which means the the ground: but as the large trees increaſe in bulk,
juices are better prepared by fun, air, &c. before it their diſtance of twelve feet ſquare will be too ſmall;
enters their veffels,) it is certain their juices are bet- therefore when they have grown to a fize for ſmall
ter digeſted, and their fruits better maturated, than boards, you ſhould fell every other tree, which will
thoſe can poſtibly be, which grow upon ſtrong vi- reduce them to twenty-four feet ſquare, which is a
gorous trees, which have long tap-roots running proper diſtance for them to remain for good; this
ſeveral feet deep into the earth, and conſequently take will give air to the under wood (which, by this time,
in valt quantities of crude unprepared juice, which would be too much overhung by the cloſeneſs of the
is buoyed up to the extreme parts of the tree; and large trees ;) by which means that will be greatly en-
theſe feldom having many lateral branches, to digeft couraged, and the ſmall timber felled, will
pay
fuffi-
and prepare their juice, by perſpiring and throwing cient intereſt for the money at firſt laid out in plant-
off the crude part before it enters the fruits.
ing, &c. with the principal alſo: fo that all the re-
And this, I dare ſay, univerſally holds good in all maining trees are clear profit, for the under wood ſtill
forts of fruit trees, and is often the occaſion of the continuing, will pay the rent of the ground, and all
good and bad qualities of the ſame forts of fruits other expences; and what a fine eſtate here will be
growing on the fame foil.
for a ſucceeding generation, in about fourſcore years,
What has been related about grafting this tree into I leave every one to judge.
the Walnut, to promote their bearing, or render their The Chinquapin, or Dwarf Virginian Cheſnut, is at
fruit fairer; or inoculating Cherries into the Cheſnut, preſent very rare in England: it is very common in
for later fruit, is very whimſical and filly, ſince nei- the woods of America, where it ſeldom grows above
ther the Cheſnut nor Walnut will receive its own kind twelve or fourteen feet high, and produces great plen-
any
than by inoculating or inarching; and ty of nuts, which are, for the moſt part, ſingle in
it is the latter only, by which the Walnut can be pro- each outer coat or capſule. This tree is very hardy,
pagated; nor was it ever known, that any two trees and will reſiſt the fevereſt of our winters in the
open
of a different genus would take upon each other, ſo ground, but is very apt to decay in fummer, eſpe-
as to produce either a good tree or fruit; therefore cially if it is planted in very dry ground. The nuts
we may juſtly explode all thoſe different graftings of of theſe trees, if brought from America, ſhould be
various trees upon each other, ſo much talked of by put up in ſand as ſoon as they are ripe, and ſent to
the ancients; at leaſt we may ſuppoſe thoſe trees are England immediately, otherwiſe they loſe their grow-
not known by the ſame names now, that they are ing quality, which is the reaſon this tree is at preſent
mentioned by in their writings; for I have made ſo ſcarce with us; for not one feed in five hundred
many trials upon them, which, although performed ſent over ever grew, which was owing to the neglect
with great care, and in different ſeaſons, yet ſcarcely of putting thein up in this manner: indeed, moſt of
one of them fucceeded. But to return:
the nuts which have been brought over, have been
you deſign a large plantation of theſe trees for kiln-dried, to preſerve them from ſprouting, which
timber, after having two or three times ploughed the infallibly deſtroys the germen. When the nuts ar-
ground, the better to deſtroy the roots of weeds, you rive, they ſhould be put into the ground as ſoon as
Thould make your furrows about fix feet diſtance poſſible, and if the winter ſhould prove ſevere, it
from each other, in which you ſhould lay the nuts will be proper to cover the ground with leaves, tan,
about ten inches apart, covering them with earth or Peaſe-haulm, to prevent the froſt from penetrating
about three inches deep; and, when they come up, the ground, ſo as to deſtroy the nuts. This ſort of
you muſt carefully clear them from weeds: the dif- Cheſnut delights in a moift foil; but if the wet conti-
tance allowed between each row, is for the uſe of the nues long upon the ground in winter, it is apt to kill
horſe hoeing plough, which will diſpatch a great deal
the trees. This will take by inarching it upon the
of this work in a ſhort time; but it ſhould be per- common fort, but the trees fo propagated ſeldom
formed with great care, ſo as not to injure the young
fucceed well.
plants; therefore the middle of the ſpaces only ſhould I have ſeen a ſpecimen, and ſome nuts of a Dwarf
be cleaned with this inftrument, and a hand hoe muſt Cheſnut, which were brought from North America,
be uſed to clean between the plants in the rows, and which differed from all the other forts; and I have
alſo on each ſide, where it will be unſafe for the plough been informed, that the French have raiſed plants of
to be drawn: and in hand hoeing, there muſt be this kind, from the nuts which were brought from
great care taken, not to cut the tender rind of the Canada; but as I have not ſeen any of the plants
plants. If the following ſpring the ſpaces are care- raiſed in England, I can give no farther account of
fully ftirred with the plough, it will not only make it, than that fome of the late writers have ſuppoſed
the ground clean, but alſo looſen it, ſo as that the ſun it might be the dwarf branching kind before-men-
and moiſture may more eaſily penetrate the ſame,
tioned.
which will greatly promote the growth of the plants ; CASTANEA EQUINA. See Esculus.
and the oftener theſe ploughings are repeated, the CASTOREA. See DURANTIA.
cleaner will be the ground, and the greater will be CATANANCHE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 824. [Kala-
the progreſs of the plants, which cannot be kept too váyxw, a violent allurement to love, of vald and dvdsynn,
clean while they are young. When theſe have re- lity, or of nalevolué?w, to compel; fo called,
becauſe
other way
3
a
3
a

CAT
C A T
a
becauſe the opinion the ancients had of it, that it ers are ſmall, they make but little appearance,
was a ſtrong, and almoſt invincible inducement to therefore the plant is only kept for the ſake of va-
love.] Candia Lions Foot.
riety.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt of theſe plants is a perennial, and may be
The flower is compoſed of many hermophrodite florets, propagated by heads taken off the mother plant, ei-
thoſe on the border being longer than thoſe which are in ther in ſpring or autumn; but thoſe plants which are
the center; theſe are included in one common ſcaly empale- raiſed from ſeeds, are much ſtronger than thoſe from
ment, which is permanent and elegant. The florets are of flips. Theſe plants are commonly planted in pots
one leaf, tongue-ſhaped, indented in five parts, and cre filled with light ſandy foil, in order to ſhelter them in
longer than the empalement ; theſe have each five ſhort hairy the winter from ſevere froſts; but if they are planted
Stamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits. The germen in warm borders, either near walls, pales, or hedges,
is ſituated below the flower, ſupporting a Nender Style the in a moderately dry foil, they will endure abroad very
length of the ſtamina, crowned with a bifid ſtigma which well. It begins flowering in May, and con-
is reflexed. The germen afterward becomes a ſingle oval tinues till Auguſt or September (eſpecially if the ſum-
ſeed, which is compreſſed and crowned with briſtles, in- mer is not too dry,) is a pretty ornament to a gara
cloſed in the empalement.
den, and is eaſily kept within bounds. This may alſo
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in a
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngenelia Poly- border of good light earth in March; and in May,
gamia æqualis; the flowers of this claſs have their when the plants are come up, they may be either
ftamina ſeparate, and their ſummits connected toge- tranſplanted into pots or borders, where they are to
ther in a cylinder, and thoſe of this ſection have only remain for flowering. Theſe plants ſhould remain
hermaphrodite flowers.
unremoved when they are planted in the full ground,
The SPECIES are,
which will cauſe them to flower better, and they
1. CATANANCHE (Cerulea) ſquamis calycinis inferiori- will produce more ſeeds. The ſeeds ripen in Au-
bus ovatis. Hort. Cliff. 390. Catananche whoſe under guft.
Scales of the empalement are oval. Catanance quorundam. The other fort is an annual plant, and therefore only
Lugd. Hift. 1190.
propagated by ſeeds, which ripen very well in this
2. CATANANCHE (Lutea) ſquamis calycinis inferioribus country. The time for fowing them is early in
lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 390. Catananche whoſe under March, in beds or borders of light earth where they
Scales of the empalement are ſpear-ſhaped. Catanance flo- are to remain, which will come up in a month or five
re luteo, latiore folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 478.
weeks time, and require no other care but to keep them
Tournefort mentions a third fort with a narrow leaf, clean from weeds, and thin the plants where they are
in which it differs from the ſecond ; but if there is too cloſe. Theſe flower in June, and perfect their feeds
fuch a diſtinct ſpecies, I have not happened to meet in Auguſt or September ; but as they have little
with it; for although I have frequently received the beauty, they are not often kept in gardens,
ſeeds from ſeveral parts of Europe by this title, yet CATAPUTIA MAJOR. See RICINUS.
I could not find any difference between the plants, and CATAPUTIA MINOR. See EUPHORBIA.
thoſe of the ſecond fort; therefore I ſuppoſe Tourne- CATARIA. See NEPETA.
fort may have found the plants growing on a ſterile CATCH-FLY. See LYCHNIS.
foil, where the leaves were much narrower than thoſe CATERPILLARS.
growing in a garden, or in better ground, which may There are ſeveral kinds of this inſect, which are very
have induced him to ſuppoſe they were diſtinct fpe- pernicious to a garden ; but there are two forts which
cies. Both theſe plants grow naturally in the ſouth are the moſt common, and deſtructive to the young
of France, in Spain, Italy, and Candia, from whence plants: one of them is that which the white butterfly
it had the title of Candia Lions Foot.
breeds. It is of a yellowiſh colour, ſpotted and
The firſt fort ſends out many long, narrow, hairy ſtriped with black; this commonly infeſts the tender
leaves, which are jagged on their edges like thoſe of leaves of Cabbages, Cauliflowers, and the Indian
Buckſhorn Plantain, but the leaves are broader, the Creſs: they eat off all the tender parts of the leaves,
jags deeper, and at greater diſtances; theſe lie flat leaving only the fibres entire ; ſo that very often we
on the ground, turning their points upwards, which fee, in the autumn ſeaſon, whole gardens of winter
are very narrow.
Between the leaves come out the Cabbages and Savoys almoſt deſtroyed by them, eſpe-
flower-ſtalks, which are in number proportionable to cially in thoſe which are crouded with trees, or are
the fize of the plant; for from an old thriving root, near buildings. They always increaſe moſt in very
there is frequently eight or ten, and young plants do dry ſeaſons; and when the plants have been ſtinted
not ſend out more than two or three. Theſe ſtalks riſe by the drought, they are conſtantly attacked; where-
near two feet high, dividing into many ſmall branches as, thoſe which are in vigour, feldom ſuffer much by
upward, garniſhed with leaves like thoſe below, but thoſe inſects. Nor is there any other method found
are ſmaller, and have few or no jags on their edges : out to deſtroy them that I know of, but to pick them
each of the foot-ſtalks are terminated with fingle off the plants before they are ſpread from the neſts;
heads of flowers, having a dry, filvery, ſcaly empale- by which means, though perhaps many may be over-
ment, in which are included three or four forets, looked, yet their numbers will be greatly diminish-
whoſe petals are broad, flat, and indented at their ed. But this work muſt be often repeated during the
theſe are of a fine blue colour, having a dark warm weather, when the butterflies are abroad, which
ſpot at bottom, and in each the five ſtamina, with are continually depofiting their eggs, and in a few
their yellow ſummits, ſtanding a little above the pe- days time will be metamorphoſed to perfect caterpil-
tal, make a pretty appearance,
lars. But as theſe, for the moſt part, feed upon the
,
It has been by ſome authors titled Chondrilla cærulea, outer leaves of plants, ſo they are more eaſily taken
i. e. Blue Gum Cicory; and by others Seſamoides, or than the other fort, which is much larger: the ſkin
Catanances Seſamoides. Caſpar Bauhin calls it Chon- is very tough, and of a dark colour: this is called by
drilla cærulea cyani capitulo. Pin. 130. Blue Gum Ci- the gardeners, a grub, and is exceeding hurtful.
cory with a Blue Bottle head. There is a variety of this The eggs of this ſort of caterpillar, are, for the
with double flowers, which is not very common in moſt part, depoſited in the very heart or center of the
the Engliſh gardens.
plant (eſpecially in Cabbages ;) where, after it hath
The ſecond ſort hath broader leaves than the firft, obtained its form, it eats its way out through all the
which are ſmoother, and leſs jagged on their edges : leaves thereof; and alſo their dung, being lodged
from each root ariſe two or three ftalks, which grow between the incloſed leaves of the Cabbages, gives
a foot and a half high, ſending out two or three flen- them an ill ſcent.
der foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a ſingle head of yel- This inſect alſo burrows juft under the ſurface of the
low flowers, incloſed in a dry ſcaly empalement, of a ground, and makes great havock on young plants,
darker colour than thoſe of the firſt: as theſe flow- by eating them through their tender ſhanks, and draw-
a
ز
ends;
ing

САТ
CE A
:
a
و
ing them into their holes. The miſchief is chiefly be watered with great caution, and in ſpring they
done in the night: whenever you obſerve this, you ſhould be carefully taken up, and each planted
fhould every morning look over your plat of plants ; in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light ſandy earth,
and wherever you ſee any plants eaten off, ſtir the and plunged into a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark, be-
ground round about the place with your fingers an inch ing careful to ſhade them until they have taken freſh
deep, and you will certainly find them out. This is root, as alſo to refreſh them with water gently, as
the only method I know of deſtroying them.
they may require it ; and in ſummer, when the wea-
CATKINS, or IULUS.
ther is warm, they ſhould have a good ſhare of air ad-
This is, by the botaniſts, called Flos"Amentaceus : mitted to them ; but in autumn muſt be removed
it is an aggregate of ſummits, which are joined toge- into the ſtove, where they ſhould conſtantly remain,
ther in form of a rope or cat's tail, and is the male and muſt be treated afterward in the ſame manner as
flower of the trees which produce them; as the other tender exotic plants.
Firs, Pines, Cedars, Walnuts, Birch-trees, and This plant may be propagated by planting cuttings
Willows.
in ſmall pots filled with light earth, during the months
CATESBÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 121. Hift. Carolin. of June and July. The pots hould be plunged into
Vol. II. p. 100. The Lily Thorn.
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, and the cuttings
The CHARACTERS are,
cloſely covered with ſmall bell-glaſſes to exclude the
It bath a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf, with external air. If this is properly performed, the cut-
five ſharp indentures; the flower is of one leaf, funnel- tings will put out roots in about two or three months,
ſhaped, having a very long tube, which gradually widens when they may be carefully ſeparated, planting each
to the top, where it is four-cornerned and ſpread open ; it into a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged into
a
hath four ſtamina riſing in the neck of the tube, terminated the hot-bed again, and afterward muſt be treated as
by oblong ere&t ſummits; the roundiſh germen is ſituated the feedling plants.
under the flower, Supporting a ſender ſtyle, crowned by a Moſt of thoſe plants which were raiſed from Mr.
Single Brigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval Cateſby's ſeeds, were killed by the ſevere winter in
berry with one cell, filled with angular ſeeds.
1739; but ſeven years ago I received ſome freſh feeds,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of which ſucceeded ſo well, as to enable me to commu-
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- nicate plants to ſeveral curious perſons in England
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. and Holland.
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz. CACAULIS, Baſtard Parſley.
CATESBÆ A. Lin. Sp. Plant. 109. The Lily Thorn. This is one of the umbelliferous plants with oblong
Frutex ſpinofus Buxi foliis, plurimis fimul naſcenti- ſeeds, which are a little furrowed and prickly : the
bus, flore tetrapetaloide, pendulo, fordidè flavo, tu- petals of the flower are unequal and heart-ſhaped.
bo longiffimo, fructu ovali croceo, ſemina parva con- There are ſeveral ſpecies of this plant preſerved in
tinente. Cateſb. Hift. Carol. Vol. II. p. 100.
p
the botanic gardens; but as there is no great beauty
This ſhrub was diſcovered by Mr. Cateſby, near Naſ- or uſe in any of them, I ſhall paſs them over with
ſau town, in the iſland of Providence, where he ſaw
only obſerving, that if any perſon hath a mind to cul-
two of them growing, which were all he ever ſaw; tivate them, the beſt ſeaſon to fow their feeds is in
from theſe he gathered the ſeeds, and brought them autumn, ſoon after they are ripe; for if the ſeeds are
to England in 1726, from which many plants were kept till ſpring, the plants ſeldom produce ripe ſeeds
raiſed in the Engliſh gardens, ſome of which have again. They are moſt of them biennial, and require
fince flowered here.
to be ſown every year. We have four or five ſpecies
It riſes with a branching ſtem to the height of ten or of them, which grow wild in England.
twelve feet, which is covered with a pale ruſſet bark; I CAULIFEROUS plants [of Caulis , Lat. a ſtalk,
the branches come out alternately from the bottom to and fero, to bear ;] ſuch plants as have a true ſtalk.
the top, which are garniſhed with ſmall leaves, re- CAULIS, is that part of a plant which riſes ſingle
ſembling thoſe of the Box-tree, coming out in cluf- above the earth, from whence the leaves or little
ters all round the branches, at certain diſtances; the
branches put forth, as Jungius defines it; or it is the
flowers come out ſingle from the ſide of the branches, upper part of a plant ſtretched forth to an height, ſo
hanging downward ; they are tubulous, and near fix that the fore parts differ not from the hind, nor the
inches long, very narrow at their baſe, but widening right from the left. In trees and ſhrubs it is called
upward toward the top, where it is divided into four Caudix; in corn Culmus; the ſtalk of any herb; the
parts which ſpread open, and are reflexed backward; ſtem, trunk, or body of a tree. Lat.
theſe are of a dull yellow colour. After the flower CEANOTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 237. Euonymus.
decays, the germen ſwells to an oval fleſhy berry the Com. Hort. New Jerſey Thea.
ſize of a middling Plumb, hollow within, and filled The CHARACTERS are,
with ſmall angular ſeeds.
It hath a turbinated empalement of one leaf, which is
This ſhrub is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be permanent, cut into five acute ſegments which cloſe toge-
procured from the country where it naturally grows. ther; the flower bath five roundiſh equal petals which
If the entire fruit are brought over in fand, the ſeeds Spread open, and are leſs than the empalement ; it batha
will be better preſerved: when they arrive in England, five ere Et ſtamina, placed oppoſite to the petals, and are
the feeds muſt be ſown in ſmall pots filled with light of equal length, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and a
ſandy earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of three-cornered germen, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crown-
tanners bark, and now and then moderately watered. ed by an obiuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
If the feeds are good, the plants will appear in about dry capſule with three cells, in which are lodged three
fix weeks after ſowing; when, if the heat of the bed
declines, the tan ſhould be turned over to the bottom, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and, if neceſſary, fome freſh added to renew the Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
heat, for theſe plants make but little progreſs the the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
firſt year. When the pots are again plunged into the The SPECIES are,
tan-bed, they muſt have freſh air admitted to them I. CEANOTHUS (Americanus) foliis trinerviis. Lin. Sp.
every day in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, Plant. 195. Ceanothus with leaves having three nerves.
and frequently refreſhed with water, in ſmall quan- Euonymus Nervi Belgii corni feminæ foliis. Hort.
tities, for much wet will certainly kill them ; if the Amft. 1. 167. New England Dogwood with female Cor-
nights ſhould prove cold, the glaſſes ſhould be co- nel leaves, commonly called New Ferſey Thea.
vered with mats every evening. As theſe plants 2. CEANOTHUS (Africanus) foliis lanceolatis enerviis,
grow ſlowly, they will not require to be removed out ſtipulis fubrotundis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 196. Ceanothus
of the feed-pots the firſt year. In the autumn the with ſpear-ſhaped leaves without nerves, and roundiſh ſti-
,
pots ſhould be removed into the ſtove, and plunged pule. Alaternoides Africana lauri ſerratæ folio. Com.
into the tan-bed. During the winter, the plants ſhould Præl. 61. tab. II.
6
a
و
oval ſeeds.
8. CEANOTHUS

СЕ А
C E A
3. CEANOTHUS (Arboreſcens) foliis ovatis feffilibus ner-
vofus foribus alaribus. Ceanothus with oval nervous
leaves ſet cloſe to the branches, flowers proceeding from
the wings of the leaves, commonly called Red-wood.
.
The firit fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America, from whence great plenty of the feeds have
been of late years brought to Europe, by the title of
New Jerſey Thea, where I have been informed the
inhabitants dry the leaves of this ſhrub to uſe as Thea.
The people of Canada uſe the root in venereal caſes.
I have received the ſeeds of this fort from New
England, Penſylvania, Virginia, and Carolina; and
the French mention it as a common ſhrub in Canada,
where they ſay the cattle browze upon it, and keep it
very low.
а
In England this ſhrub ſeldom riſes more than three or
four feet high, ſending out branches on every fide
from the ground upward. The branches are very
flender, and as it is pretty late in the ſpring before
they begin to ſhoot, they keep growing very late ;
therefore, unleſs the autumn proves dry and mild, the
tender ſhoots are often killed down very low by the
early froſts; but, in favourable ſeaſons, the extreme
parts of the ſhoots only are injured by the cold.
Theſe branches are garniſhed with oval pointed leaves,
having three longitudinal veins running from the
foot-ſtalk to the point, which diverge in the broad
part of the leaves from each other : the leaves are
placed oppoſite, and are of a light green colour. At
the extremity of each ſhoot the flowers are produced
in cloſe thick ſpikes, which are compoſed of five
finall leaves, of a clear white. Theſe appear in July,
and make a pretty appearance during their continu-
ance; for, as every ſhoot is terminated by one of
theſe ſpikes, the whole ſhrub is covered over with
flowers, the branches commonly growing very cloſe
to each other; and when the autumn proves mild,
theſe ſhrubs often flower again in October. After
the flowers are paſt, there ſucceeds to each flower a
tricapſular ſeed-vefſel, flatted at the top, opening into
three cells, each having a ſingle ſeed. In warm fea-
ſons the ſeeds ripen in England. This ſhrub is beſt
propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in the au-
tumn in ſmall pots, and plunged into an old hot-bed,
where they may remain during the winter, expoſing
them in mild weather to the open air, but in froſt
they muſt be protected from cold. In March the
pots ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed to
bring up the plants, which ſhould be inured to bear
the open air by degrees; and as ſoon as they have
obtained a little ſtrength, they ſhould be expoſed in
a ſheltered ſituation till autumn, when they muſt be
placed under a hot-bed frame, to ſcreen them from
fevere froſt in winter; but in mild weather they ſhould
be fully expoſed to the open air, for while the plants
are young, they will not endure the cold of the win-
In the following ſpring, before the plants be-
gin to ſhoot, they ſhould be tranſplanted; fome of
them may be put into ſeparate pots, and the others
,
into a nurſery-bed, in a warm fituation, where they
may remain a year or two to get ſtrength, after which
time they may be removed to the places where they
are deſigned to remain. They ſhould have a mode-
rately dry foil and a ſheltered fituation, where they
will thrive and flower extremely well, but in ftiff cold
land, they are always very late in the ſpring before
they come out, ſo that their young ſhoots are full of
fap in the autumn, and the firſt froſt commonly kills
their tops, which frequently cauſes them to die
great
part of their length.
It may alſo be propagated by laying down the young
branches, which, in a light ſoil, will put out roots in
a year's time, but theſe layers ſhould not be much
watered; for as the ſhoots are tender, moiſture will
often occaſion their rotting, when it is given in quan-
tities, or too often repeated; therefore the beſt me-
thod is to cover the ſurface of the ground in dry wea-
ther, all round the layers, either with mulch or rotten
tan, which will preſerve a fufficient moiſture in the
ground, provided the ſeaſon is not extremely dry ;
in which caſe they ſhould have a little water once in
eight or ten days, which will be ſufficient.
The beſt time for laying down theſe branches is in
autumn; and if after this is performed, the ſurface of
the ground is covered over with ſome old tan, taken
from a decayed het-bed, it will prevent the froſt from
penetrating the ground, which will fecure them from
injury; and the fame covering will prevent the winds
from drying the ground in the ſpring, and thereby
promote their putting out roots. Theſe layers, when
rooted, may be taken up the following ſpring, and
treated in the ſame manner as thoſe raiſed from
ſeeds,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence it was originally brought to Hol-
land, and has been many years preſerved there ; and
ſince has been communicated to moſt of the curious
gardens in Europe, where it has been long known by
the title of Alaternoides, &c. and by ſome authors
it is titled Ricinoides Africana arboreſcens, &c. but
Dr. Linnæus, having examined the characters more
exactly, has joined it to this genus.
This riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet, with
a woody ftem, covered with a rough dark-coloured
bark, and ſends out many weak branches, which
hang downward; theſe while young are green, but
afterward change to a purpliſh colour. They are
garniſhed with oblong pointed leaves, of a lucid
green, which are ſmooth, and ſlightly fawed on their
edges. The flowers are ſmall, of an herbaceous co-
lour, coming out from the ſide of the branches; theſe
ſometimes appear in July, but are not ſucceeded by
feeds in this country, nor do the plants often produce
flowers; ſo that they are preſerved only for the beauty
of their ſhining evergreen leaves, which make a va-
riety in the green-houſe during the winter ſeaſon,
It may be propagated either by layers or cuttings; the
latter being a very ſure and expeditious method, is
generally preferred. The cuttings ſhould be planted
in the ſpring into pots filled with good kitchen-garden
earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, ob-
ferving to ſhade them in the heat of the day, and
now and then refreſh them with water. In about two
months or leſs, they will have taken root, when they
muſt be gradually inured to the open air, placing
them in a ſheltered ſituation till they have obtained
ſtrength, when they may be ſeparated, and each
planted in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, placing
them in the ſhade till they have taken freſh root;
then they may be removed, and intermixed with other
exotic plants for the ſummer ſeaſon. In autumn they
muſt be houſed with Myrtles, and other more hardy
exotic plants, and treated in the ſame manner,
The third fort grows naturally in the Bahama Iſlands,
from whence the late Mr. Cateſby brought the ſeeds
to England. It alſo grows naturally in Barbadoes,
and ſome other iſlands in the Weſt Indies, from
whence I have received the feeds. This, in the coun-
tries of its natural growth, riſes to the height of forty
or fifty feet, with large trunks, which are by the in-
habitants fawn into boards, and were at firſt efteemed
for the beauty of their colour ; but being expoſed to
the air, their colour vaniſhed and they became pale,
ſo have not ſince been much regarded.
In Europe, where the plants have been properly
treated, they have grown to the height of twenty
feet; and if the ſtoves in which they were placed had
been lofty enough, would have grown much higher,
The ftem is ſtrong, woody, and is covered with a
light brown bark, which, when young, has ſeveral
furrows; the branches come out irregularly from
every fide the ftem, garniſhed with pretty large oval
leaves, of a light green colour, having ſeveral longi-
tudinal veins inclining to white. The flowers are
ſmall, of an herbaceous white, fo make little appear-
ance; they come out from the wings of the leaves,
and, in their native foil, are ſucceeded by roundiſh
fruit almoſt the ſize of ſmall Peaſe, opening in three
cells; in each is incloſed one ſhining black feed,
ter.
3
Thie

CEC
C E D
و
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown when they are put up in light fand, it will prevent
in the ſpring, in ſmall pots filled with light earth, that inconveniency. The feeds ſhould be fown in
and plunged into a hot-bed; theſe feeds lie generally ſmall pots filled with light earth, and plunged into
two months in the ground before the plants make a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to wa-
their appearance, during which time the pots ſhould ter the pots duly, and to admit freſh air whenever the
be duly watered, and air admitted when the weather weather is favourable. When the plants come up
is warm. When the plants come up and are fit to and are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould be carefully taken
remove, they ſhould be carefully ſeparated, planting up, and each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
each in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, watering with the like light earth, and plunged into the hot-bed
the earth to ſettle it about their roots; then plunge again, being careful to water them to ſettle the earth
them into the tan-bed again, ſhading the plants from to their roots, and alſo to ſcreen them from the ſun
the ſun till they have taken new root; afterward till they have taken new root : after which they ihould
they may be treated in the ſame manner as other ten- be conſtantly kept plunged into the bark-bed in the
der plants from the ſame countries. When the plants ftove, and treated in the fame manner as other plants
have obtained ſtrength, they may be preſerved in win-
from the ſame country.
ter in a dry ftove, but theſe will not make ſuch pro- CEDRUS. The Cedar-tree of Barbadoes, and the
greſs as thoſe in the tan-ftove.
Mahogany, &c.
CECROPIA. Yaruma Oviedi. Sloan. Hift. Jam.
The CHARACTERS are,
The Trumpet-tree, or Snakewood.
It hath a tubulous bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, in-
The CHARACTERS are,
dented in five parts. The flower is of one leaf, divided at
It both male and female flowers in different plants. The the top into five parts; it bath five foort. ftamina, which
male flower hath an ovel acute spatha, which burſts and adhere at bottom to the germen, and are terminated by
contains a tale compoſed of many katkins, which are taper roundiſ ſummits; in the center is ſituated the roundiſh
ond bundled together, theſe are imbricated, and have germen, ſupporting a thick ſtigma; the germen afterward
mony turbinated ſcales, which are four-cornered, obtuſe, becomes an oval pod, having five cells, opening from the
and compreſſed. The flower bath no corolla, but a ſcaly bottom upward with five valves, having a double co-
nečtarium, with two ſhort hair-like ſtamina, crowned by ver; the outer being thick and woody, the inner very
four-cornered oblong ſummits. The female flowers have a tbin, which immediately ſurrounds the ſeeds. In the cen-
Spatha, with four taper imbricated germen; they have no ter is fived a five-cornered column the length of the pode
corolla, but ihe compreſſed imbricated germen ſupport one whoſe angles are oppoſite to the filJures of the pod, to
fbort ſtyle, crowned by a headed torn ſtigma. The empale- which the ſeeds adhere, placed over each other like the
ment afterward turns to a berry with one cell, containing Scales of fiſh ; theſe are thick at their baſe, but upward
one oblong compreſſed ſeed.
ere flat and thin, like the wings adhering to the seeds of
This tree is ranged in the ſecond order of Linnæus's Firs and Pines.
twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Dioecia Diandria, the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
male flowers growing upon ſeparate plants from the
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mono-
female, and have each two ſtamina.
gynia, the flower having five ſtamina and one
It grows naturally in moſt of the woody parts of the germen.
iſland of Jamaica, where it riſes to the height of
As the Cedar of Libanus is by Tournefort very pro-
thirty-five or forty feet: the trunk and branches are perly referred to the genus of Larix, and all the berry-
hollow, and ſtopped at different ſpaces by membra- bearing Cedars are joined to the Junipers, I have
naceous fepte, which have ſo many light annular given the title of Cedrus to this genus, as they were
marks in the ſurface; the leaves are large, divided mentioned by imperfect titles by moſt of the authors
into many lobes like thoſe of Papaya, but the foot- who have treated of them, and as the firſt fort has
ſtalk is placed more in the center, ſo as to reſemble a been generally known by the appellation of Cedar in
target: they are downy on their under fide. The the countries where it naturally grows, the applying
flowers are incloſed in a conical ſpatha or ſheath, the the ſame name to thoſe plants which agree in their
male growing upon ſeparate plants from thoſe which eſſential characters with it, will join them properly
have the female; they are produced upon imbri- together
bricated katkins, compoſed of ſeveral turbinated
The SPECIES are,
ſcales, having no corolla, each having a ſcaly nec- 1. CIDRUS (Odorata) foliis pinnatis, foliolis multijugatis
tarium, with two ſhort hair-like ſtamina, crowned obtufis, fructu ovali glabro. Cedar-tree with winged
with four-cornered oblong ſummits. The female leaves, compoſed of many pair of ſmall leaves or lobes,
flowers are incloſed in a conical ſpatha or ſheath; which are obtuſe, and an oval ſmooth fruit. Cedrus
theſe have no corolla, but have four imbricated ger- Barbadenfium, alatis fraxini foliis non crenatis, fructu
men, ſupporting one ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a headed fingulari, quinis involucris craffis validis cochleato
torn ſtigma. The empalement afterward turns to an cavis, totidem femina membranis adaucta & columnæ
oblong cylindrical berry, compoſed of many ſmall canaliculatæ pentagonæ prægrandi adnata, occluden-
acini like the Strawberry, and much reſemble it in tibus ornato. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 157. f. 1. The Barba-
flavour when ripe.
does Cedar-tree.
This tree is very rare at preſent in Europe; the fruit 2. CEDRUS (Mahogani) foliis pinnatis, foliolis oppofitis,
being ſmall are generally devoured by birds, ſo are glabris, fioribus racemofis ſparſis. Cedar with winged
not much obſerved by the European inhabitants, but leaves, whose lobes are ſmooth and ſtand oppoſite, and flow-
the negroes are fond of it, they alſo make uſe of the ers growing in looſe bunches. Arbor foliis pinnatis, nullo
ſmall branches of the tree to obtain fire, by rubbing impari alam claudente, nervo ad latus unum excur-
them againſt each other ; by this attrition they foon rente fructu anguloſo magno, femine alato inftar Pi-
emit ſparks of fire, ſo that it is a uſeful tree in that nûs. Cateíb. Hift. Carol. Vol. II. p. 181. The Mako-
.
country
gany-tree.
I received ſpecimens of this tree from the late Dr. 3. CEDRUS ( Alternifolius) foliis alternis fimplicibus, corda-
Houſtoun, who found it growing naturally at La Vera to-ovatis acutis, fructu pentagono mucronato. Cedar
Cruz, in New Spain, but without flowers ; nor had with ſingle leaves placed alternately, which are ovel, heart-
the Doctor leiſure to examine the characters of it, ſo Shaped, and acute, having a five-cornered pointed fruit.
that at preſent we are not ſufficiently acquainted with Arbor-excelfa Coryli folio ampliore. Houft. MSS.
them.
The firſt fort is commonly known under the title of
It may be propagated by feeds (when procured from Cedar in the Britiſh iſlands of America, where this
the places where it naturally grows.) Theſe ſhould tree grows naturally, and is one of the largeſt trees
be brought over in fand; for as the fruit are com- of that country. The trunks of theſe trees are ſo
poſed of ſeveral acini like thoſe of Strawberries, ſo large, that the inhabitants hollow them, and form
if they are put up moiſt in papers, they will be apt them into the ſhape of boats, and periaguás, for
to grow mouldy, and thereby ſpoil the feeds: but which purpoſe they are extremely well adapted; the
wood
a

CE D
CE D
a
a
a
wood being foft, it may be cut out with great faci-
lity, and being light, it will carry a great weight on
the water. There are canoes in the Weſt Indies,
which have been formed out of theſe trunks, which
are forty feet long and fix broad; the wood is light,
of a brown colour, and has a fragrant odour, from
whence the title of Cedar has been given to it. This
wood is frequently cut into ſhingles for covering of
houſes, and is found very durable; but as the wornis
are apt to eat this wood, it is not proper for build-
ing of ſhips, though it is often uſed for that purpoſe,
as alſo for ſheathing of thips. It is often uſed for
wainſcoting of rooms, and to make cheſts, becauſe
vermin do not fo frequently breed in it, as in many
other forts of wood, this having a very bitter taſte,
which is communicated to whatever is put into the
chefts, eſpecially when the wood is freſh; for which
reaſon it is never made into caſks, becauſe fpirituous
liquors will diſſolve part of the refin, and thereby ac-
quire a very bitter taſte.
.
This tree riſes with a ſtrait ſtem to the height of ſe-
venty or eighty feet, while young the bark is ſmooth,
and of an Ath-colour; but as they advance, the bark
becomes rough and of a darker colour. Toward the
top it ſhoots out many fide branches, garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of ſixteen or eighteen pair
of lobes (or ſmall leaves) ſo that they are ſometimes
near three feet long; the lobes are broad at their
baſe, and are near two inches long, blunt at their
ends, and of a pale colour; theſe emit a very rank
odour in the fummer ſeaſon, ſo as to be very offen-
five. As I have not ſeen any of theſe flowers upon
the trees, I can give no deſcription of them. The
fruit is oval, about the ſize of a partridge's egg,
ſmooth, of a very dark colour, and opens in five
parts, having a five-cornered column ſtanding in the
middle, between the angles of which the winged feeds
are cloſely placed, lapping over each other like the
ſcales of fiſh.
There are ſome plants of this ſort in England, which
are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe who are curious
in collecting exotic plants; theſe have been raiſed
from the feeds which have been brought from Barba-
does, but they are too tender to live in the open air
in England; therefore theſe plants ſhould be treated
in the ſame manner as the Mahogony next mentioned,
but they are of much quicker growth; for in four
years from the ſeed, I have had the plants upward of
ten feet high.
I have received plants of this kind from Paris, by
the title of Semiruba; but whether the root of this
tree is what they uſe in medicine under that appella-
tion, I cannot ſay. The ſeeds of this have alſo been
ſent me from the French iſlands in America, by the
title of Acajou Cedre.
It is propagated by feeds, which may be eaſily pro-
cured from the American iſlands, which muſt be fown
upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants treated
in the ſame manner as the next.
The ſecond fort is the Mahogony, whoſe wood is now
well known in England.
This tree is a native of the warmeſt parts of Ameri-
ca, growing plentifully in the iſlands of Cuba, Ja-
maica, and Hifpaniola; there are alſo many of them
on the Bahama Iſlands, but I have not heard of their
being found in any of the Leeward Inands. In Cuba
and Jamaica there are trees, of a very large ſize, ſo as
to cut into planks of fix feet breadth; but thoſe on
the Bahama Iſlands are not ſo large, though they are
frequently four feet diameter, and riſe to a great
height, notwithſtanding they are generally found
growing upon the folid rocks, where there is ſcarce
any earth for their nouriſhment. The wood which
has been brought from the Bahama Iſlands has uſually
paſſed under the appellation of Madeira wood, but
there is no doubt of its being the ſame as the Maho-
The Spaniards make great uſe of this wood
for building of ſhips; for which purpofe it is better
adapted, than any other fort of wood yet known, be-
ing very durable, reſiſting gun fhots, and burying
the ſhot without ſplintering; nor is the worm ſo apt
to eat this wood as that of the Oak, fo that for the
Weſt Indies the ſhips built of Mahogony are prefera-
ble to any other.
The excellency of this wood for all domeſtic uſes,
is now ſufficiently known in England; and it is mat-
ter of ſurpriſe, that the tree ſhould not have been
taken notice of by any hiſtorian or traveller to this
time; the only author who has mentioned this tree,
is Mr. Cateſby, in his Natural Hiſtory of Carolina,
and the Bahama Iſlands, before whom I believe nei-
ther the tree or the wood was taken notice of by any
writer on natural hiſtory, although the wood has
been many years brought to England in great quan-
tities.
In the Weſt Indies theſe trees are of fo quick growth,
as to arrive to a large ſize in a few years, the man-
ner of their propagation in the Bahama Iſlands, as it
is deſcribed by Mr. Cateſby, is as follows: when the
fruit is ripe, the outer hard fhell or covering ſepa-
rates at the bottom, next the foot-ſtalk, thereby ex-
poſing the feeds, which are faſtened to a hard five-
cornered column, ſtanding in the middle; theſe feeds
being broad and light, are diſperſed on the ſurface of
the ground, which is very rocky. Such of the feeds
as happen to fall into the fiffures of the rock, very
foon fend forth roots; and if theſe tender fibres meet
with reſiſtance from the hardneſs of the rock, they
creep out on the ſurface of it, and ſeek another fil:
fure, into which they creep, and ſwell to ſuch a ſize
and ſtrength, as to break the rock, and thereby make
way for the root's deeper penetration ; and by this
nouriſhment from the rock, the trees grow to a large
fize in a few years.
The leaves of this tree are winged like thoſe of the
Alh, having commonly fix or eight pair of pinnæ
(or lobes) which are ſhorter and broader at their baſe
than thoſe of the Alh, where they adhere to the mid-
rib by very ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe lobes are very
ſmooth, having but one vein running through each,
which is always on one ſide, ſo as to divide them un-
equally. We have no perfect account of the flower
of this tree; thoſe which are exhibited in Mr. Catef-
by's Natural Hiſtory, were drawn from a withered
imperfect fragment, which were the only remains of
the flowers which could be found at the time when
he was there; but the fruit he has delineated very ex-
actly, as I have had opportunity of comparing it with
fome which have been brought to England. The en-
tire fruit, before it opens, is of a brown colour; theſe
fruit grow erect, upon foot-ſtalks, which cloſely ad-
here to the five-cornered column, running through
the middle of the fruit, and to which the feeds are
faſtened, lying imbricatim like ſlates on a houſe,
over each other; ſo that when the fruit is ripe, the
outer cover divides at the bottom into five equal parts,
and when theſe fall off, and the ſeeds are diſperſed,
the foot-ſtalk and the column remain ſome months
after on the tree.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which may be eaſily pro-
cured from the Bahama Iſlands, from whence moſt
of the good feeds which have come to England were
brought; for moſt of theſe which have been ſent from
Jamaica, although brought in their pods, have not
fucceeded; whereas, thoſe from the Bahama Iſlands,
have grown as well as if they were immediately taken
from the trees. The feeds ſhould be fown in ſmall
pots filled with light ſandy earth, and plunged into a
hot-bed of tanners bark, giving them a gentle wa-
tering once a week: if the ſeeds are good, the plants
will appear in five or fix weeks; and when they are
two inches high, a fufficient number of ſmall pots
ſhould be filled with light earth, and plunged into the
tan. bed a day or two, that the earth may be warmed
before the plants are put into the pots; then the young
plants ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and carefully
ſeparated, ſo as not to tear their roots, and each plant-
ed in a ſingle pot, being careful to ſhade them till
they have taken freſh root; after which they muſt be
treated in the fame manner as other tender plants from
a
gony.
6
the

CEL
CEL
3
the fame climate, being careful not to give them tals, which are equal, and ſpread open. It hath five
much water, eſpecially in winter ; as alſo when they Stamina as long as the petals, terminated by ſmall ſum-
are ſhifted, to preſerve the earth about their roots, mits, and a ſmall germen with a large receptacle, marked
otherwiſe they are very ſubject to periſh; for in the with ten deep channels, ſupporting a ſhort ſiyle crowned
country where they grow naturally, they ſay it is not with an obtuſe trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
poffible to remove theſe trees ſo as to live; if the comes an oval, blunt, three-cornered capſule, opening in
plants are properly managed, they will make con- three cells, each containing an oval ſmooth feed.
fiderable progreſs. I have ſome plants now in the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
Chelſea garden, more than twelve feet high, which of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mono-
are but of eight years growth from ſeeds.
gynia, from the flower having five ſtamina and one
As the wood of this tree is now ſo generally uſed in ſtyle.
England, ſo it might ſurely be worthy of the care
The SPECIES are,
of the planters in America, many of whom are pof- 1. CELASTRUS (Bullatus) inermis, foliis ovatis integer-
,
feſſed of barren rocky lands, which at preſent produce rimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 196 Smooth Staff-tree with oval
no profit; but if the ſeeds of this tree were ſown entire leaves. Euonymus Virginianus, rotundifolius
there, might turn out greatly to the advantage of capſulis Coccineis eleganter bullatis. Pluk. Alm.
their fucceffors, though the preſent poſſeſfors ſhould 139.
not live to enjoy the profit; but I fear there are few 2. CELASTRUS (Scandens) inermis, caule volubili foliis
of the gentlemen in thoſe iſlands, who extend their ſerrulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 285. Smooth Staf-tree with
thoughts ſo far, as to make proviſion for the riſing a twining ſtalk, whoſe leaves are ſlightly ſawed. Euony-
generation.
moides Canadenſis fcandens foliis ferratis. Iſnard. Ac.
The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- Reg. 1716.
toun at Campeachy, from whence he ſent the feeds 3. CELASTRUS (Pyracanthus) ſpinis nudis, ramis tereti-
to England, which ſucceeded in ſeveral gardens ; bus, foliis acutis. Hort. Cliff. 72. Staff-tree with naked
when the doctor firſt obſerved theſe trees, they were Spines, taper branches, and pointed leaves. Lycium
deſtitute of leaves, but were loaded with ripe fruit; Æthiopicum pyracanthæ foliis. Hort. Amít. 1. p.
and on his ſecond viſit to the place, he found the 163.
trees in full verdure, but no appearance of flowers, 4. CELASTRUS (Buxifolius) fpinis folioſis, ramis angu-
ſo he was at a loſs to know what genus it belonged latis, foliis obtufis. Hort. Cliff. 73. Staff-tree with
to; but as the fruit of the trees agree exactly with leaves on the ſpines, angular branches, and obtuſe leaves.
thoſe of the two former ſpecies, ſo I have ventured to Lycium Portoricenſe, Buxi foliis anguſtioribus. Pluk.
join it to them.
Alm. 234. tab. 202. f. 3.
3.
Theſe trees uſually riſe to the height of eighty feet, 5. CELASTRUS (Myrtifolius) inermis, foliis ovatis ſer-
or upward, and divide into many large branches to- rulatis, floribus racemofis caule erecto. Hort. Cliff.
ward the top; garniſhed with leaves, ſomewhat re- 72. Staff-tree without Spines, oval fawed leaves, flowers
ſembling thoſe of the Witch Hazel, but are broader in long bunches, and an erect ſtalk. Myrtifolia arbor,
at their baſe, and cut angular at their top; theſe are foliis latis fubrotundis, flore albo. Sloan. Hift. Jam.
of an Ah-colour underneath, and are ſet on the 2. p. 79. tab. 193.
branches without any order; the fruit of this tree is The firſt ſort grows naturally in Virginia, and many
much larger than that of the Barbadoes Cedar, being other parts of North America, where it riſes to the
broad at the baſe, and diminiſhing gradually to the height of eight or ten feet; but in England there are
top, where it terminates in a point, being upwards few of them much more than half that height. It
of two inches long; this has alſo a column, or woody generally puts out two or three ſtems from the root,
core, running lengthways through the fruit, to which which divide upward into ſeveral branches, covered
the winged feeds adhere as in the two former; but as with a brown bark, garniſhed with leaves near three
both their fruit are ſmooth on the outſide, this differs inches long, and two broad, which are placed alter-
from them, in having five angles running from the nately on the branches; the flowers come out in looſe
baſe upward ; at each angle the fruit, when ripe, ſpikes at the end of the branches; theſe are white,
ſeparates, and expoſes the winged feeds, which are made up of five oval petals, with a germen in the
diſperſed by the winds.
center, attended by five ſtamina: when the flowers
We have no account of the wood of this tree, whether fall off, the germen ſwells to a three-cornered cap-
it is ever uſed in buildings, or other purpoſes, as ſule, of a ſcarlet colour, ſet full of ſmall protuber-
there have been few perſons of any curioſity in that ances; this opens in three cells, each containing a
country, the cutters of Logwood being the chief hard oval feed, covered with a thin red pulp. This
people who inhabit there, from whom there can be ſhrub flowers in July, but rarely produces good feeds
little known of the produce. The plants which have in England.
been raiſed from the feeds in England, have made It is propagated here by layers, which will take root
great progreſs for the two firſt years, but afterward in one year; the young branches only are proper for
were but flow of growth; for, in ſix years more, they this purpoſe, ſo that where there is not any of theſe
did not ſhoot ſo much as in the firſt year from the near the ground, the main ſtalks ſhould be drawn
feed, when they grew more than three feet high. I down, and faſtened with pegs to prevent their riſing,
made ſeveral trials to propagate the trees by cuttings and the young ſhoots from them ſhould be laid. The
and layers, but without ſucceſs; ſo that by feeds, beſt time for doing this is in autumn, when they be-
ſeems to be the only method of having them; theſe gin to caſt their leaves, and by that time twelve-
may be raiſed and managed in the ſame manner as month they will be fufficiently rooted, when they
the two foregoing forts, and with them conſtantly ſhould be cut from the old plant, and planted in a
kept in the bark-ftove.
nurſery for two or three years to get ſtrength; after
CEDAR
CEÐ AR of BERMUDAS. See JUNIPERUS.
which they muſt be removed to the places where they
CEDAR of CAROLINA.
are to remain. This ſhrub grows naturally in moiſt
CEDAR of JAMAICA. See THEOBROMA. places, ſo will not thrive well in a dry foil. It is very
CEDAR of LIBANU S. See LARIX.
hardy, and bears the cold of our winters very well.
CEDAR of LYCIA.
It is alſo propagated by feeds, which are frequently
CEDAR of PHCENICI A. See JUNIPERUS. brought from America; but as theſe rarely arrive
CEDAR of VIRGINIA.
here time enough to ſow before the ſpring, fo the
CEIB A. See BOMBAX.
plants never come up the firſt year; therefore the ſeeds
CEL ASTRUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 392. Euonymoi- may be fown either in pots, or in a bed of loamy
des. Iſnard. Ac. R. Sc. 1716. The Staff-tree,
earth, keeping them clean from weeds during the
The CHARACTERS are,
ſummer; and thoſe in the pots ſhould be placed in the
The flower bath a ſmall one leaved empalement, cut into ſhade till the autumn, when the pots ſhould be either
five unequal blunt parts. The flower both five oval pe- plunged into the ground in a warm ſituation, or
placed
a
I

CEL
CEL
a
;
placed under a common frame, to prevent the froit expoſed to the open air, and then placed in a ſheltered
from penetrating through the ſide of the pots; and ſituation till they have obtained ſtrength, when they
if the furface of thoſe which are plunged in the ſhould be ſeparated, and planted each in a ſmall pot
ground, and alſo the bed where the ſeeds are fown filled with the ſame earth, then placed in the ſhade
are lightly covered with ſome old tan from a decayed till they have taken freſh root; after which they may
hot-bed, it will ſecure the ſeeds from being hurt by be placed with other exotic plants in a ſheltered fi-
ſevere froſts. In the ſpring the plants will come up, tuation till autumn, when they muſt be houſed with
which muſt be kept clean from weeds, and, if the Myrtles, and other hardy green-houſe plants, and
ſeaſon proves dry, they ſhould have water now and will require the ſame treatment.
then, which will greatly forward their growth. If This plant has been titled African Barberry by ſome
the plants make good progreſs the firſt ſummer, they ignorant perſons, I ſuppoſe from the reſemblance of
may be tranſplanted into a nurſery in autumn, other- its fruit to that of the Barberry.
wiſe they ſhould remain in the ſeed-bed till the ſecond The fourth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
year, when they may be treated in the ſame manner Hope, from whence I received the feeds. This riſes
as the layers.
with a ſlender ligneous ſtalk to the height of ten or
The ſecond ſort ſends out ſeveral ligneous ſtalks from twelve feet, covered with a light Alh-coloured bark,
the root, which are flexible, and twiſt themſelves and full of joints, which are armed with long ſpines,
about whatever trees and ſhrubs grow near them, or upon which grow many ſmall leaves; the branches
when they are at a diſtance from ſuch ſupport, they
are flender, and armed with the ſame ſpines at every
twine about each other, and riſe to the height of joint, but the whole plant is ſo weak, as to require
twelve or fourteen feet; but when they faften them- ſome ſupport, without which they would fall to the
felves about trees they will grow much taller, but ground. The leaves come out in cluſters without
wherever this happens, their branches girt the trees any order, which are ſhaped ſomewhat like thoſe of
fo cloſely, as in a few years will deſtroy them. Theſe the narrow-leaved Box-tree, but are longer, and of
are garniſhed with leaves about three inches long, a looſe texture; the branches are angular, and when
and near two broad, which are fawed on their edges, young their bark is whitiſh. As I have not ſeen the
and placed alternately on the branches; they are of flowers of this ſhrub, I can give no farther de-
a lively green above, and paler on their under fide, fcription of it.
having ſeveral tranſverſe nerves from the middle to This riſes very eaſily from ſeeds, and the plants make
the ſide. The flowers are produced in ſmall bunches great progreſs; for I have raiſed them four feet high
toward the end of the branches, which are of an her- in two years from ſeeds, without any artificial heat ;
baceous colour, compoſed of five roundiſh petals ; and ſome of the plants have lived thro' two winters
theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh three-cornered cap- againſt a ſouth-eaſt wall, but theſe have ſhed their
ſules, which are red when ripe, ſpread open in three leaves in winter, whereas thoſe which were removed
cells, diſcloſing the feeds in the ſame manner as our into the green-houſe have retained their verdure
common Spindle-tree. This flowers about the be-
through the year.
ginning of June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. It may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be
The ſeeds of this ſort generally ripen well in England, planted in the ſpring, and treated in the ſame manner
and the plants may be propagated from the feeds, or as hath been directed for the former fort; or if the
by layers, in the ſame manner as the former fort; it young ſhoots are laid, they will take root in one year,
delights in a ſtrong loamy foil, rather moiſt than dry, and may then be tranſplanted either into pots, or
and will grow in woods among other trees and ſhrubs, againſt a good aſpected wall, where I find they will
where, when the fruit is ripe, they make a pretty ap- endure our ordinary winters without any protection ;
pearance. It grows naturally all over North America, and if they are covered in ſevere froſts, they may be
and is extremely hardy.
brought, when old, to live abroad without protection.
The third fort is a native of Ethiopia, from whence Thoſe in pots will require a little ſhelter in winter,
the ſeeds were firſt brought to the gardens in Holland, but ſhould not be tenderly treated, for that will cauſe
where the plants were propagated, and have been them to have weak branches, nor will the leaves have
ſince communicated to moſt of the curious gardens in ſo much verdure, as when they are expoſed to the
Europe. This riſes with an irregular ſtalk about open air in mild weather.
three or four feet high, ſending out ſeveral fide The fifth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo
branches, covered with brown bark, garniſhed with in ſome of the other iſlands in the Weſt Indies, where
leaves about two inches long, and more than half it riſes to the height of eighteen or twenty feet,
an inch broad, ſome of which are pointed, and others ſending out many fide branches, garniſhed with leaves
are obtufe; they are ſtiff, of a lucid green, and come ſomewhat like thoſe of the broad-leaved Myrtle, which
out irregular from the branches; theſe continue green are ſlightly ſawed on their edges; the flowers come
through the year. The flowers are produced from out from the ſide of the branches in long bunches;
the ſides of the branches in looſe tufts, many of them they are white, and compoſed of five petals, having
ariſing from one point, ftanding upon long foot- five ftamina placed oppoſite to them, and a gerinen
ſtalks; they are of an herbaceous white colour, com- in the center which is channelled; this afterward be-
poſed of five petals, which ſpread open, and five comes a fruit, having five cells, each incloſing an
Ipreading ſtamina, which ſurround a ſwelling germen, oblong feed.
ſupporting a tapering ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe This plant is at preſent rare in England, for the ſeeds
trifid ftigma; the germen afterward becomes an oval ſeldom grow the firſt year, therefore when the feeds
;
fruit, of a fine red colour, which opens in three cells, arrive here, they ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled
containing one oblong hard ſeed, the other two cells with light earth, and plunged into a tan-bed, where
being generally empty.
they ſhould remain till the following ſpring, when
This plant is commonly propagated by cuttings in they ſhould be plunged into a freſh hot-bed of tan-
Europe, which is more expeditious than raiſing them ners bark; and if the pots are duly watered, the
from feeds, becauſe the feeds rarely come up the firſt plants will appear in about a month after; when theſe
year. The cuttings may be planted any time in are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted into fepa-
ſummer; but thoſe which are planted early, will have rate ſmall pots, and plunged again into the tan-bed,
more time to get ſtrength before winter. They being careful to water and ſhade them till they have
ſhould be planted in ſmall pots, which will contain taken new root, after which they ſhould be treated
four cuttings in each ; the earth of a kitchen garden, in the fame manner as other tender plants from the
which is well cultivated, is as good as any for this fame countries.
purpoſe. The pots ſhould be then plunged into a CELERY or SALARY. See Apium.
moderate hot-bed, and ſhaded from the fun every CELLS of plants [of Cellæ, Lat.) are thoſe partitions
day, and gently refreſhed with water now and then; or hollow places in the huſks or pods of plants, in
when they have taken root they muſt be gradually which the feed is contained.
H hh
CELOSIA
a
a
a

CEL
CEL
very flender
nerate.
CELOSIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 255. Amaranthus.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 234. tab. 118. Amaranth.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empelement is permanent, and compoſed of three dry
coloured leaves. The flower hath five ereat ſharp-pointed
petals, which are permanent, ſtiff, and ſhaped like a
Hower-cup. It bath a ſmall nettarium joined to the border
of the germen, to which adhere the five ſtamina, which
cre terminated by turning summits. The globular germen
ſupports an upright ſtyle, which is as long as the ſtamina,
crowned with o ſingle fiigma. The empolement afterward
becomes a globular cepſule with one cell opening horizon-
telly, containing roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. Celosia (Margaritacea) foliis ovatis ftipulis falcatis,
pedunculis angulatis, fpicis fcariofis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
297. Celoſia with oval leaves, a faulchion-ſhaped ftipula,
and a rough ſpike. Amaranthus fpicâ albeſcente habi-
tiore. Martyn. Cent. 1. p. 7.
2. CELOSIA (Criſtata) foliis lanceolato-ovatis recurvis
fubundatis pedunculis angulatis, fpicis oblongis crif-
tatis. Lin. Sp. 297. Celoſia with oval ſpeor-shaped leaves,
angular foot-stalks, and oblong creſted Spikes of flowers.
Ainaranthus criſtatus. Camer. Epit. 792. Creſted
Amaranth, commonly called Cockſcomb.
3. CELOSIA (Paniculata) foliis lanceolato-ovatis, pani-
culâ diffuſâ filiformi. Flor. Virg. 144. Celoſia with
oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a fender diffuſed panicle.
Amaranthus paniculâ flavicante gracili holofericeâ.
Sloan. Hift. 1. p. 142. tab. 90.
4. CELOSIA (Coccinea) foliis ovatis ſtrictis inauriculatis,
caule fulcato, fpicis multiplicibus criftatis. Lin. Sp.
297. Celoſia with oval leaves, a furrowed folk, and
many creſted Spikes of flowers. Amaranthus panicula
fpecioſa criſtata. C. B. P. 121.
5. CELOSIA (Caſtrenſis) foliis lanceolato-ovatis lineatis
acuminatiffimis, ſtipulis falcatis, fpicis criſtatis. Lin.
Sp. 297. Celoſia with oval, linear, Spear-ſhaped, acute-
pointed leaves, and creſted ſpikes of flowers. Amaranthus
vulgaris. Rumph. Amb. 5. p. 236.
6. CELOSIA (Zanata) foliis lanceolatis tomentofis obtufis,
ſpicis confertis, ftaminibus lanatis. Flor. Zeyl. 102.
Celoſia with ſpear-ſhaped, obtuſe, woolly leaves, and many
ſpikes of flowers having downy ſtamina.
The firſt fort here mentioned, grows naturally in
America, from whence I have frequently received
the ſeeds. This riſes with an upright ftalk about two
feet high, garniſhed with oval leaves ending in points,
of a pale colour; thoſe on the lower part being four
or five inches long, and one and a half broad in the
middle, but they diminiſh gradually in their fize up-
ward. Toward the upper part of the ſtalk, there are
a few ſide branches fent out which ſtand erect; each
of which is terminated by a ſlender ſpike of flowers,
and the principal ftalk is terminated by one which
is much larger; this is two or three inches long, and
about as thick as a man's middle finger, the whole
ſpike being of a ſilvery colour. But there is a variety
of this with ſlender pyramidal ſpikes, intermixed
with red toward the top, the feeds of which I re-
ceived from Dr. Linnæus, by the above title ; but I
am inclinable to think it is different from that which
was figured by Dr. Martyn in his Decades of rare
plants, which I have cultivated many years in the
Chelſea garden, and have never found it to vary.
The ſpike of this is much thicker than that of Lin-
næus's, and of equal ſize the whole length; whereas
his diminiſhes almoſt to a point at the top, and the
colours of both are very different. This fort is an-
nual like the other Amaranths, and requires the ſame
culture.
The ſecond fort is well known by its common ap-
pellation of Cockſcomb, which was given to it from
the form of its crefted head of flowers reſembling a
Cockſcomb; of this there are many varieties, which
differ in their form, magnitude, and colours ; but as
they vary from ſeeds, they are not enumerated as
6
diſtinct ſpecies. I have raiſed great varieties of theſe
from ſeeds which came from China, and other coun-
tries, but have generally found them alter in a few
years, notwithſtanding great care has been taken in
the ſaving of their feeds: the principal colours of
their heads are red, purple, yellow, and white; but
I have had ſome, whoſe heads have been variegated
with two or three colours. I alſo raiſed fome from
ſeeds which I received from Perſia, whoſe heads
were divided like a plume of feathers, which were
of a beautiful ſcarlet colour, but theſe in a few
years degenerated: therefore I ſhall include all the
different varieties of Cockſcomb, under this
general
title.
The ſeeds of the third fort were ſent me from Ja-
maica by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This grows na-
turally in moſt of the Sugar Inands. It riſes with a
weak ſtalk near four feet high, garniſhed with oblong
pointed leaves, which ſtand oppoſite at each joint.
The flowers come out in looſe panicles from the fide
of the ſtalks, and alſo at the end of the branches :
theſe are divided into a great number of
ſpikes, which are of a pale yellow, ſhining with a
glofs like ſilk. The plants of this periſhed in the
autumn, without perfecting their feeds.
The fourth fort I received from China; this hath a
furrowed ftalk, which riſes three or four feet high,
garniſhed with oval leaves which are not eared at their
baſe; the ſtalk is terminated by ſeveral ſpikes of
flowers which are variouſly formed, ſome being
creſted, others are plumed like feathers, of a bright
ſcarlet colour, ſo make a good appearance; but the
ſeeds of this when carefully ſaved, are apt to dege-
The fifth fort is of humbler growth, the leaves are
oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ending in very acute points; the
branches proceed from the wings of the leaves, al-
moſt the length of the ſtalk, and are terminated by
fender ſpikes of flowers of no great beauty, therefore
the plant is preſerved as a variety in the botanic
gardens.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Ceylon; it riſes with
a very white woolly ſtalk from two to three feet
high, garniſhed with obtufe, ſpear-ſhaped, woolly
leaves; from the upper part of the ſtalk come out
two or three ſlender ſide branches, which (as alſo the
principal ſtalk) are terminated by woolly ſpikes of
Howers: theſe flowers are ſo cloſely wrapped up in
their woolly empalements, as to be ſcarce viſible to
the naked eye, ſo they make no appearance; but
the extreme whiteneſs of the ſtalk, leaves, and ſpikes,
make a pretty variety among other tender plants
during their continuance.
This plant is tender; the feeds ſhould be ſown in the
ſpring upon a hot-bed, and the plants ſhould be
treated in the ſame way as is directed for the Cockf-
combs; but when the plants are fully grown, they
ſhould be removed into an airy glaſs-caſe, where they
may be ſcreened from cold and wet, but have free
air admitted to them in warm weather, otherwiſe
they will not perfect their feeds in this country,
In order to have large fine Amaranths, great care
ſhould be taken in the choice of the ſeeds; for if they
are not carefully collected, the whole expence and
trouble of raiſing them will be loft. When you are
provided with good feeds, they muſt be fown on a
hot-bed (which ſhould have been prepared a few
days before, that the violent heat may be abated)
about the beginning of March; and in about a fort-
night's time (if the bed is in good temper) the plants
will riſe; but as they are tender when they firft ap-
pear, they require great care for a few days till
they get ſtrength; firſt, in giving them a due pro-
portion of air, to prevent their drawing up weak;
and next to keep them from too great moiſture, for
a ſmall ſhare of moiſture will cauſe their tender ſtems
to rot: in fowing the feeds, there ſhould be care
taken not to put them too clofe, for when the plants
come up in cluſters, they frequently ſpoil each other
want of room to grow: in a fortnight or three
weeks
a
a

CEL
CE L
a
have a proper
a
a
a
weeks time the plants will be fit to remove, when Let them at firit be ſet near the thelter of a hedge
you muſt prepare another hot-bed, covered with good for two or three days, where they may be ſcreened
rich light earth, about four inches thick; which from the violence of the fun, and ſtrong winds, to
ſhould be made a few days, that it may
which they muſt be inured by degrees: theſe plants,
temperature of heat; then raiſe up the young plants when grown to a good ftature, perſpire very freely,
with your finger, ſo as not to break off the tender and muſt be every day refreſhed with water, if the
roots, and prick them into the new hot-bed about weather proves hot and dry; otherwiſe they will ſtunt,
four inches diſtance every way, giving them a gentle and never produce their plumes lo fine as they would
watering to ſettle the earth to their roots : but in do if taken care of.
doing this, be very cautious not to bear the young This is the proper management, in order to have fine
plants down to the ground by haſty watering, which Amaranths; which, if rightly followed, and the
rarely riſe again, or at leaſt fo as to recover their kinds are good, in a favourable ſeaſon, will produce
former ſtrength in a long time, but very often rot in wonderful large fine heads, and are the greateſt or-
the ſtems, and die quite away.
nament to a good garden for upwards of two months:
After the plants are thus planted, they muſt be by this method, I have had plants five or fix feet
ſcreened from the fun till they have taken freſh root; high, with creſts near a foot in breadth; and I am
but as there is generally a great ſteam riſing from the perſuaded, if the kind is good, and there is no want
fermentation of the dung, which condenſes to wet of dung, or conveniencies) in a kindly ſeaſon, they
againſt the glaſſes, and this dropping upon the will grow much larger.
plants, very frequently deſtroys them; ſo the glaſſes By the middle or latter end of September, the Ama-
ſhould be frequently turned in the day-time, whenever ranths will have perfected their feeds, ſo that you
the weather will permit; but if the weather happens muſt make choice of the largeſt, moſt beautiful, and
to prove bad, that you cannot turn your glaſſes, it leaſt branching plants of each kind for ſeed; which
will be of great ſervice to your plants, to wipe off all you ſhould remove under ſhelter, (eſpecially if the
the moiſture two or three times a day with a woollen weather proves wet, or the nights froſty) that the
cloth, to prevent its dropping upon the plants. When feeds may be perfectly ripened; in the choice thereof,
your plants are firmly rooted, and begin to grow, be ſure never to take any feeds from ſide branches,
you muſt obſerve to give them air every day (more nor from the neck of the plume, but ſuch only as are
or leſs, as the weather is cold or hot) to prevent produced in the middle thereof, which in many plants,
their drawing up too faſt, which greatly weakens their perhaps, may be but a ſmall quantity; but I do
ſtems.
aſſure you, it is thoſe only you can depend upon, to
In about a month or five weeks theſe plants will have have your kinds good the ſucceeding year.
grown ſo as to meet; therefore ſhould have another CELSIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 675. The name was
hot-bed, which ſhould be of a moderate temper, and given to this plant in honour of Dr. Olaus Celſius,
covered with the ſame rich earth about fix inches profeſſor of philoſophy and theology in the univerſity
thick, in which they ſhould be planted (obſerving to of Upſal, in Sweden, by Dr. Linnæus. We have no
take them up with as much earth about their roots as Engliſh name for it.
poſſible) at feven or eight inches diſtance every way,
The CHARACTERS are,
giving them fome water to ſettle the earth about It hath an obtuſe permanent empalement, which is as long
their roots; but be very careful not to water them as the petal, divided at the top into five parts. The
heavily, ſo as to bear down the plants, (as was be- flower is of one leaf, with a very ſhort tube, ſpread open
fore directed) and keep them ſhaded in the heat of above, and cut into five unequal parts; the two upper
the day, until they have taken freſh root; and be being ſmall, and the under larger. It bath four hairy
ſure to refreſh them often (but gently) with water, ſtamina, which incline toward the upper ſegments of the
and give them air in proportion to the heat of the petol, two of which are longer than the petal, and two
weather, covering the glaſſes with mats every night, are of the ſame length, terminated by ſmall roundiſh ſum-
left the cold chill your beds, and ſtop the growth of mits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, Jupport-
the plants.
ing a ſlender Style, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The
In the middle of May you muſt provide another hot- germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule compreſſed at
bed, which ſhould be covered with a deep frame, the top, ſitting upon the empalement, having two cells
that your plants may have room to grow: upon this which are filled with ſmall angular ſeeds.
hot-bed, you muſt ſet as many three-penny pots as This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
can ſtand within the compaſs of the frame; theſe of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
pots muſt be filled with good rich earth, and the ca- Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
vities between each pot filled up with any common ſhort ftainina, and the ſeeds being included in a
earth, to prevent the heat of the bed from evaporat- capſule.
ing, and filling the frame with noxious ſteams; then, There is but one Species of this genus at preſent
with a trowel, or ſome fuch inſtrument, take up known, which is,
your plants (from the former hot-bed) with as much CELSIA (Orientalis) foliis duplicato-pinnatis. Hort. Cliff.
earth as poſſible to the roots, and place each ſingle 321. Celfia with double winged leaves. Verbaſcum
plant in the middle of one of the pots, filling the pot orientale Sophiæ folio. Tourn. Cor. 8. Eaſtern Mullein
up with the earth before deſcribed, and ſettle it cloſe with a Flixweed leaf.
to the root of the plant with your hands; water them This plant grows naturally in Armenia, from whence
gently, as before, and ſhade them in the heat of the Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the royal garden at
day from the violence of the ſun, by covering the Paris, where they ſucceeded, and have been ſince
glaſſes with mats; refreſh them often with water, communicated to moſt parts of Europe. In its na-
and give them a good quantity of air in the day- tural place of growth, this is an annual; but in
time.
England it will rarely ripen its feeds, unleſs the
In about three weeks more, theſe plants will have plants come up in the autumn and live through the
grown to a conſiderable ſize and ſtrength, ſo that you winter.
muſt now raiſe the glaſſes very much in the day-time; It fends out many oblong leaves, which are finely
and when the air is ſoft and the fun is clouded, draw divided almoſt to the mid-rib on both ſides; thele
off the glaſſes, and expoſe them to the open air, and lie flat on the ſurface of the ground, and from the
repeat this as often as the weather will permit; which center ariſes a roundiſh herbaceous ftalk near two feet
will harden them by degrees, to be removed abroad high, garniſhed the whole length with leaves of the
into the places where they are to remain the whole fame ſhape, but diminiſhing in their fize gradually
ſeaſon : but it is not adviſable to ſet theſe plants out to the top: theſe are placed alternately, and at the
until a week in July, cbſerving to do it when the air foot-ſtalk of each come out the flowers, more than
is perfectly ſoft, and if poſſible, in a gentle thower half the length of the ſtalk, which are of an iron co-
of rain.
lour on their outſide, but pale yellow within, ſpread-
:
ing

CEL
CEL
a
.
ing open like thoſe of the common Mullein, but are
not fo regular; the ſhort tube being turned down-
ward, and the lower ſegments being larger than the
upper, and the ftamina being unequal, have occafioned
Linnæus to remove it to his ringent flowers. The
feed-veffel is round, compreſſed, and hath two cells
filled with ſmall ſeeds. It flowers in June, and the
ſeeds ripen in September: if the feeds of this plant
are ſown upon a warm dry border as ſoon as they are
ripe, the plants will often come up and live through
the winter, provided the ſoil is poor; for in rich
ground they are apt to grow rank, and then they are
generally deſtroyed by the early froſts, or will rot
with much wet; but if the plants ſhould not riſe the
fame autumn, there will be little hazard of their
growing the following ſpring. When the plants come
up, they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds, and thin them if they are too cloſe;
for they do not bear removing well, fo ſhould be fown
where they are intended to remain.
I have ſometimes, when the ſeaſons have proved
warm, had ripe ſeeds from plants ſown in the ſpring;
but this cannot be depended on, therefore it is much
better to fow the ſeeds in autumn.
CELTIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 612. tab. 383. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 1012. The Lote or Nettle-tree, in
French Micocoulier.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers on the ſame tree:
the hermaphrodite flowers are ſingle, and ſituated above
the male. The empalement of the hermaphrodite flower
is divided into five parts, in which there are no petals,
but five short ſtamina terminated by thick quadrangular
fummits, which have four furrows. In the center is fl-
tuated an oval germen, ſupporting two reflexed Styles
crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afierward becomes
a round berry with one cell, incloſing a roundiſh nut. The
mole flowers have their empalements divided into fix parts,
and have no germen or ſtyle, but in other parts like the
bermaphrodite.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia Mo-
næcia, from the ſame tree having male and herma-
phrodite flowers.
The SPECIES are,
1. Celtis ( Auſtralis) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis, fer-
ratis, nervoſis. Nettle-tree with Spear-ſhaped pointed
leaves, which are veined and ſawed on their edges. Celtis
fructu nigricante. Tourn. Inft. 612. Lote-tree with a
black fruit.
2. Celtis (Occidentalis) foliis obliquè-ovatis, ſerratis,
acuminatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. Nettle-tree with
oblique, ovel, pointed leaves, which are Sawed on their
edges. Celtis fructu obfcurè purpurafcente. Inft. R.
H. 612. Lote-tree with a dark purple fruit.
3. CELTIS (Orientalis) foliis ovato-cordatis, denticulatis,
petiolis brevibus. Nettle-tree with ovel beart-ſhaped
Leaves, ſlightly indented, and ſhort foot-ſtalks. Celtis
orientalis minor, foliis minoribus & craffioribus, fructu
fiavo. Inft. Cor. 42. Smaller Eaſtern Lote-tree with
ſmaller and thicker leaves, and a yellow fruit.
4. CELTIS (Americana) foliis oblongo-ovatis, obtufis,
nervoſis, fupernè glabris, fubtus aureis. Netile-tree
with oblong, obtuſe, nervous leaves, which are ſmooth on
their upper ſurface, and of a gold colour beneath. Celtis
foliis citrii ſubtus aureo, fructu rubro. Plum. Cat. 18.
Lote-tree with Citron leaves, of a gold colour on their under
fide, and a red fruit.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain and Italy, where it is one of the largeſt trees
of thoſe countries : yet this is not ſo plenty in Eng-
land as the ſecond, nor do I remember to have ſeen
but two large trees of this fort in the Engliſh gardens;
one of which was formerly growing in the Biſhop of
London's garden at Fulham, but was cut down fome
years paſt, with many other curious exotic trees,
which were there growing in great perfection: the
other was in the garden of Dr. Uvedale at Enfield,
which was there ftanding a few years ago, when I
paid a viſit to that place, which had frequently pro-
duced fruit, but was never propagated in this coun-
try; nor were there any young plants of this kind in
the garden, till about fourteen years ago, when I pro-
cured a good quantity of the fruit from Italy, which
I communicated to ſeveral of my friends.
This tree riſes with an upright ftem to the height
of forty or fifty feet, ſending out many flender
branches upward, which have a ſmooth dark coloured
bark, with ſome ſpots of gray; theſe are garniſhed
with leaves placed alternately, which are near four
inches long, and about two broad in the middle,
ending in long ſharp points, and deeply ſawed on
their edges, having ſeveral tranſverſe veins which
are prominent on their under fide. The flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves all along the
branches; they have a male and an hermaphrodite
flower generally at the ſame place, the male flowers
being ſituated above the others: theſe have no petals
but a green herbaceous empalement, fo make no
figure; they come out in the ſpring, at the ſame time
when the leaves make their firſt appearance, and
generally decay before the leaves have grown to half
their magnitude. After the flowers are paſt, the
germen of the hermaphrodite flowers become a round
berry about the ſize of a large Pea, which, when ripe,
is black.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in North America;
it delights in moiſt rich foil, in which it becomes a
very large tree. This riſes with a ſtrait item, which
in
young trees is ſmooth and of a dark colour, but
as they advance, it becomes rougher and of a lighter
green. The branches are much diffufed on every
fide, and are garniſhed with oblique oval leaves,
ending in points, fawed on their edges; they are
placed alternately on the branches, with pretty
long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out oppoſite to
the leaves, upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; the male
flowers ſtanding above the hermaphrodite as in the
other ſpecies; after theſe decay, the hermaphrodite
flowers are ſucceeded by roundiſh berries, which are
ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt fort, and when ripe,
are of a dark purple colour. This tree flowers in
May, and the ſeeds ripen in October. Of this fort
there are ſeveral pretty large trees in the Engliſh
gardens, ſome of which produce great quantities of
fruit annually, which in favourable ſeaſons come to
maturity, ſo that from theſe feeds there have been
plants raiſed; and there are few years, in which there
is not fruit of this fort fent from America, whereby
it is now become pretty common in the Engliſh nur-
ſeries.
This tree is late in coming out in the ſpring, but in
recompenſe for that, it continues as long in beauty
in the autumn, for it is the lateſt in fading of any
of the deciduous trees; nor do the leaves alter their
colour long before they fall, but continue in full
verdure till within a few days of their dropping off;
and, ſo ſoon as they begin to fall, the trees will in
a few days be quite deſtitute of leaves, ſo that the
litter which their falling leaves occaſion, may be
ſooner cleared away, than that of any other deciduous
tree. There is little beauty in the flowers or fruit of
this tree; but, as the branches are well clothed with
leaves, which are of a fine green colour, the trees,
when mixed with others in wilderneſſes, make a
pleaſing variety during the ſummer ſeaſon. The
wood of this tree being tough and pliable, is
eſteemed by coachmakers for the frames of their car-
riages.
The third fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
Armenia, from whence he ſent the fruit to the royal
garden at Paris, where they fucceeded, and the trees,
which were there raiſed, have produced fruit for
ſeveral years, ſo that moſt of the curious gardens in
Europe have been furniſhed with it from thence.
It riſes with a ftem about ten or twelve feet high,
dividing into many branches, which ſpread horizon-
tally on every fide, having a ſmooth greeniſh bark,
garniſhed with leaves about an inch and a half long,
and near an inch broad, inclining to a heart-ſhape,
but

CEN
CEN
a
but are oblique, one of the ears of the baſe being removing, which will be a great prejudice to their
Imaller and lower than the other; they are of a
future growth.
thicker texture than thoſe of the common fort, and Theſe forts are hardy enough to thrive in the open air
of a paler green, placed alternate on the branches, in England, after they are become ſtrong; but for
and have ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out the two firſt winters after they come up from ſeeds,
from the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, in the ſame manner they require a little protection, eſpecially the third
as the former, and are ſucceeded by oval yellow ber- ſort, which is tenderer than either of the former. The
ries, which, when fully ripe, turn of a darker co- young plants of this ſort frequently have variegated
lour. The wood of this tree is very white.
leaves, but thoſe are more impatient of cold than the
Theſe trees are all propagated by feeds, which ſhould plain leaved.
be fown foon after they are ripe, when they can be The fourth fort was firſt diſcovered by father Plumier,
procured at that ſeaſon, for theſe frequently come up in the French iſlands of America, and it was found
the following ſpring; whereas, thoſe which are fown growing in Jamaica, by Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent the
in the ſpring, will not come up till a twelvemonth ſeeds to England. This riſes with a ſtrait trunk
after: therefore it is the beſt way to ſow them in pots near twenty feet high, covered with a gray bark, di-
or tubs, that they may be eaſily removed, for thoſe vided into many branches upward, garniſhed with
which are fown in the ſpring ſhould be placed in a leaves near four inches long, and two and a half
ihady ſituation in ſummer, and conſtantly kept clean broad, rounded at their extremity, of a thick texture,
from weeds; but in autumn they ſhould be placed in very ſmooth on their upper ſurface, and on their un-
a warm ſituation, plunging the pots into the ground;
der ſide are of a lucid gold colour, placed alternately
and if they are covered over with a little tan from a on the branches. The fruit is round and red, but
decayed hot-bed, it will prevent the froſt from pene- the flowers I have not ſeen.
trating the earth to injure the ſeeds; and if theſe The ſeeds of this fort rarely come up the firſt year,
pots are placed on a gentle hot-bed in the ſpring, it ſo they may be fowed in pots, and plunged into the
will greatly forward the vegetation of the feeds, tan-bed in the ſtove, where they ſhould remain till
whereby the plants will have more time to get ſtrength the plants come up. Theſe plants muſt be conſtantly
before the winter: but when the plants appear above kept in the bark-ſtove, and treated in the fame man-
ground they muſt have a large ſhare of air admitted ner as other tender exotics.
to them, otherwiſe they will draw up weak; and as CENTAUREA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 880. Centauriun
foon as the weather is warm, they muſt be expoſed majus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 449. tab. 256. Jacea.
to the open air, and in ſummer they muſt be con- Tourn. 443. Cyanus. Tourn. 445. Greater Centaury,
ftantly kept clean from weeds ; if the ſeaſon proves Knapweed, Blue Blottle, &c.
dry, they will require water two or three times a The CHARACTERS are,
week. In autumn it will be proper to remove the It hath a compound flower, whoſe diſk is compoſed of mang
pots, and place them under a hot-bed frame, to ſhel- hermaphrodite florets, and the borders or rays of female
ter them in winter from ſevere froſt; or where there florets, which are larger and looſer ; theſe are included
is not that conveniency, the pots ſhould be plunged in a common, roundiſh, ſcaly empalement ; the herma-
into the ground near a wall or hedge; and as the phrodite florets have narrow tubes, ſwelling at the top,
plants, when young, are full of ſap, and tender, the and cut into five parts; theſe have five short hairy fta-
early frofts in autumn frequently kill the upper part mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits : the germen is
of the ſhoots; therefore the plants ſhould be either ſituated under the petal, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crown-
covered with mats, or a little ſtraw or Peaſe-haulm ed with an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
laid over them to protect them.
a ſingle ſeed ſhut up in the empalement. The female
In the following ſpring the plants ſhould be taken florets have a fender tube, but expands above, where
out of the feed-pots, and planted in the full ground: it is enlarged, and cut into five unequal parts; theſe are
this ſhould be done about the middle or latter end of barren.
March, when the danger of the froſt is over ; there- This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
fore a bed or two ſhould be prepared (according to of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
the number of plants raiſed) in a ſheltered ſituation, lygamia Fruftanea; the flowers of this ſection have
and, if poſſible, in a gentle loamy foil. The ground their diſk and middle compoſed of hermaphrodite flo-
muſt be well trenched, and cleared from the roots of rets, which are fruitful, and their borders of female
bad weeds, and when levelled, ſhould be marked out abortive florets.
in lines at one foot diſtance; then the plants ſhould
The SPECIES are,
be carefully turned out of the pots and ſeparated, 1. CENTAUREA ( Alpina) calycibus inermibus, ſquamis
ſo as not to tear their roots, and planted in the lines ovatis obtuſis, foliis pinnatis glabris integerrimis im-
at fix inches afunder, preſſing the earth down cloſe to pari ferrato. Hort. Cliff. 421. Centaury with an em-
the roots.
If the ground is very dry when they are palement without Spines, oval obtuſe ſcales, and ſmooth
planted, and there is no appearance of rain ſoon, it will winged leaves, which are entire. Centaurium alpinum
be proper to water the beds, to ſettle the ground to luteum. C. B. P. 117. Yellow Alpine Centaury.
the roots of the plants; and after this, if the ſur-2. CENTAUREA (Centaurium) calycibus inermibus, fqua-
2.
face of the ground is covered with ſome old tan or mis ovatis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis ſerratis decurren-
rotten dung, it will keep it moiſt, and prevent the tibus. Hort. Cliff. 421. Centaury with an empalement
drying winds from penetrating to the roots of the without Spines, oval ſcales, and winged leaves, whoſe
plants.
lobes are ſawed, and run along the midrib. Centaurium
The following ſummer, the neceſſary care muſt be to majus, folio in lacinias plures diviſo. C. B. P. 117.
keep them conſtantly clean from weeds; but after the Greater Centaury with a leaf divided into many parts.
plants are pretty well eſtabliſhed in the ground, they 3. CENTAUREA (Gloftifolia) calycibus fcariofis foliis in-
will not require any water, eſpecially toward the lat- diviſis integerrimis decurrentibus. Hort. Cliff. 421,
ter end of ſummer, for that will occaſion their late
Centaury with a ſcaly empalement, and undivided entire
growth, whereby they will be in great danger of ſuf- leaves running along the ſtalks. Centaurium majus ori-
fering by the autumn froſts; for the more any of entale erectum, glafti folio, flore luteo. Tourn. Cor.
theſe young trees are ſtopped in their growth by 32. Com. Rar. Plant. 39. Upright, eaſtern, greater Cen-
drought towards autumn, the firmer will be their tex- taury, with a Woad leaf and a yellow flower.
ture, ſo better able to bear the gold.
4. CENTAUREA (Stæbe) calycibus ciliatis oblongis, fo-
The plants may remain in theſe nurſery-beds two liis pinnatifidis linearibus integerrimis. Prod. Leyd.
years, by which time they will have obtained fuffici- 140. Centaury with oblong hairy empalements, and winged
ent ſtrength to be tranſplanted where they are de- pointed leaves, which are very narrow and entire. Stæ-
ſigned to remain for good, becauſe theſe plants ex- be incana, cyano fimilis tenuifolia. C. B. P. Hoary
tend their roots wide every way; ſo that if they Stæbe with the appearance of Blue Bottle, and a narrow
ſtand long in the nurſery, their roots will be cut in leaf.
Iii
5. CENTAU

CEN
CEN
5 CENTAUREA (Conifera) calycibus feariofis, foliis to 144. Greater Centaury with a ſoft, pointed, cut leaf, and
mentoſis, radicalibus lanceolatis, caulinis pinnatifidis a large golden flower, with a prickly empalement.
caule fimplici. Prod. Leyd. 14.2. Centaury with a ſcaly 17. CENTAUREA (Orientalis) calycibus ſquamato-ciliatis,
empalement, woolly leaves, thoſe near the root being foliis pinnatifidis, pinnis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
Spear-ſhaped, thoſe on the stalk pointed, and a ſingle ſtalk. 913. Centaury with hairy ſcales to the empalement, wing-
Centaureum majus incanum, humile, capite pini. pointed leaves, whoſe lobes are Spear-ſhaped. Cyanus
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 469. Dwarf, boary, greater Cen- foliis radicalibus partim integris, partim pinnatis,
toury, with a head like a Pine cone.
bracteâ calycis ovali, flore ſulphureo. Hall. Act. Phil.
6. CENTAUREA (Montana) calycibus ſerratis, foliis lan-
1745
ceolatis decurrentibus, caulefimpliciſſimo. Hort.Cliff, 18. CENTAUREA (Argentea) calycibus ſerratis, foliis to-
422. Centaury with ſawed empalements, Spear-ſhaped mentofis, radicalibus pinnatis, foliolis uniauritis. Lin.
running leaves, and a ſingle fialk. Cyanus montanus Sp. 1290. Centaury with ſawed empalements, woolly
latifolius. fc. Verbaſculum Cyanoides. C. B. P. 273. leaves, thoſe near the root winged, and the lobes eared.
Greater Mountain Blue Bottle with broad leaves.
Jacea Cretica laciniata argentea, flore parvo flavef-
7. CENTAUREA (Anguſtifolia) calycibus ferratis, foliis cente. Tourn. Cor. 31.
lineari-lanceolatis decurrentibus, caule fimplici. Cen- 19. CENTAUREA (Sempervirens) calycibus ciliatis, foliis
taury with Saved empalements, very narrow, Spear-ſhaped, lanceolatis ferratis, inferioribus haftatis. Lin. Sp.
running leaves, and a ſingle foot-ſtalk. Cyanus anguiti- 1291. Centaury with a hairy empalement, Spear-ſhaped
ore folio & longiore Belgicus. H.R. Par. Narrower ſawed leaves, and thoſe near the root halbert-ſhaped. Jacea
and longer leaved Belgick Blue Bottle.
Lufitanica ſempervirens.
8. CENTAUREA (Moſchata) calycibus inermibus, fubro- 20. CENTAUREA (Splendens) calycibus fcarioſis obtufis,
tundis glabris, ſquamis ovatis, foliis lyrato-dentatis. foliis radicalibus pinnatifidis, caulinis pinnatis denti-
Hort. Chiff. 421. Centaury with unarmed, roundiſh, bus lanceolatis. Prod. Leyd. 142. Centaury with a rough
Smooth empalements, oval ſcales, and finuated leaves. Cya- obtuſe empalement, the radical leaves wing-pointed, and
nus floridus odoratus, Turcicus five orientalis major. thoſe on the ſtalk winged, ſpear-ſhaped, and indented.
Park. Theat. 421. Sweet oriental Cyanus, commonly Jacea caliculis argenteis major. Inft. R. H. 444.
called Swect Sultan.
21. CENTAUREA (Romana) calycibus palmato-fpinofis,
9. CENTAUREA ( Amberboi) calycibus inermibus, fubro- foliis decurrentibus inermibus, radicalibus pinnatifidis,
tundis, glabris, fquamis ovatis obtufis, foliis lacinia- impari maximo. Hort. Cliff. 423. Centaury with a
tis ſerratis. Centaury with roundiſh, ſmooth, unarmed palmated ſpiny empalement, ſmooth running leaves, thoſe
empalements, ovel obtuſe Scales, and cut leaves, which near the root wing-pointed, and a large terminating lobe.
are Jawed on their edges
. Cyanus orientalis flore luteo Jacea ſpinoſa Cretica. Zan. Hift. 141.
fiſtúlofo. Ac. R. Par. 75. Eaſtern Cyanus with a yellow 22. CENTAUREA (Spherocephala) calycibus palmato-ſpi-
. a
fiſtular flower, commonly called yellow Sweet Sultan. noſis, foliis ovato-lanceolatis petiolatis dentatis. Hort.
10. CENTAUREA (Cyanus) calycibus ferratis, foliis linea- Cliff. 423. Centaury with a palmated prickly empalement,
ribus integerrimis, infimis dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 422.
. and ovel, Spear-ſhaped, indented leaves, having foot-
Centaury with ſawed empalements, very narroz entire ſtalks. Jacea fphærocephala ſpinoſa Tingitana. H. L.
leaves indented below. Cyanus ſegetum. C. B. P. 273. 332.
Corn Blue Bottle.
23. CENTAUREA (Eriophora) calycibus duplicato-fpino-
11. CENTAUREA (Lippii) calycibus inermibus, ſquamis fis lanatis, foliis ſemidecurrentibus integris ſinuatif-
mucronatis, foliis pinnatifidis obtufis decurrentibus. que caule prolifero. Hort. Upfal. 272. Centaury whoſe
Lin. Sp. Plant. 910. Centaury with unarmed empale- empalement is downy and doubly armed with Spines, run-
ments, having pointed ſcoles, and winged pointed leaves, ning leaves, fome entire, others ſinuated, and a childing
which are obtuſe, running along the ſtalk. Cyanus Æ- Stalk.
gypticus flore parvo purpureo, caule alato. D. Lipp. 24. CENTAUREA (Benedi&ta) calycibus duplicato-fpino-
Egyptian Cyanus with a ſmall purple flower, and a wing- fis lanatis involucratis, foliis ſemidecurrentibus den-
ed ſtalk.
ticulato-ſpinoſis. Lin. Sp. 1296. Centaury whoſe em-
12. CENTAUREA (Cineraria) calycibus ciliatis terminali- palement is downy and doubly armed with ſpines, running
feffilibus, foliis tomentofis pinnatifidis, lobis acutis. leaves with indentures, terminating in Spines. Carduus
Hort. Cliff. 422. Centaury with hairy empolements cloſely Benedictus. Camer. Epit. 562. Bleſſed Thiſtle.
terminating the ſtalks, woolly leaves with winged points, There are many other ſpecies of this genus, which
and the ſegments very narrow. Jacea montana candi- are preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of varie-
diffima, Stæbes foliis. C. B. P. 273. White Mountain ty; ſome of which grow naturally in England, and
Knapweed with a Stabe leaf.
are often troubleſome weeds in the fields, ſo do not
13. CENTAUREA (Ragufina) calycibus ciliatis, foliis to- deſerve a place in gardens; therefore I choſe not to
mentofis pinnatifidis, foliolis obtufis ovatis integerri- trouble the reader with mentioning their titles, but
mis exterioribus majoribus. Hort. Cliff. 422. Centoury have here ſelected thoſe ſpecies which have ſome
with hairy empelements, woolly leaves with winged points, beauty to recommend them.
the ſmall leaves oval and obtuſe, the outer larger. Jacea The firſt fort grows naturally upon the Alps. This
arborea argentea Raguſina. Zan. Hift. 107. Silvery- hath a perennial root, which ſtrikes deep into the
tree knapweed of Raguſa.
ground, ſending out a great number of long, winged,
14. CENTAUREA (Napifolia) calycibus palmato-fpinofis, ſmooth leaves, of a glaucous colour; the Italks riſe
foliis decurrentibus radicalibus lyratis. Prod. Leyd. near four feet high, and divide upward into many
141. Cenicury with palmated Spinous empalements, and branches, garniſhed with ſmall leaves of the fame
ſinuated prickly leaves running along the ſtalks. Jacea form as the lower; each of theſe ſtalks is terminated
cyanoides altera, alato caule. Herm. Par. 189. Ano- by a ſingle head of yellow flowers, compoſed of many
ther Knopweed like Cyanus, with a winged ſtalk.
florets; thoſe which occupy the diſk are hermaphro-
15. CENTAUREA (Rbapontica) calycibus fcariolis, foliis
dite, but thoſe of the ray are female. This flowers
ovato-oblongis denticulatis integris petiolatis, fubtus in June and July, and, in dry ſeaſons, will perfect
tomentofis. Hort. Cliff. 421. Centaury with ſcaly em- their feeds in autumn. It may be propagated either
palements, oval, oblong, indented, entire leaves, having by ſeeds, or by parting their roots in the autumn,
foot-ſtalks, woolly underneath. Centaurium majus, fo- being careful not to divide the roots too ſmall. The
Tio helenii incano. Tourn. Inft. 449. Greater Centaury feeds ſhould be fown in the ſpring on a bed of light
with a white Elecampane leaf.
earth; and when the plants are fit to remove, they
16. CENTAUREA (Peregrina) calycibus fetaceo-ſpinoſis, ſhould be tranſplanted into a bed of freſh earth fix
foliis lanceolatis petiolatis, infernè dentatis. Hort. inches afunder, in which place they ſhould remain
Cliff. 423. Centaury with briftly prickly empalements, till autumn, when they ſhould be planted where they
Spear-ſhaped leaves, with foot-ſtalks indented beneath. are deſigned to remain.
Centaurium majus folio molli acuto laciniato, flore The ſecond ſort ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants
aureo magno, calyce ſpinoſo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. of the college, but is very rarely uſed; the root is
reckoned
a
a
a

CEN
C Ε Ν
و
و
corn.
reckoned to be binding, and good for all kinds of
fluxes, and of great uſe to heal wounds. This grows
naturally on the mountains of Italy and Spain; it hath
a ſtrong perennial root like the former fort, from
which come out a great number of long winged leaves,
which ſpread wide on every fide, of a lucid green,
and lawed on their edges; the flower-ſtalks are flen-
der, but very ſtiff, and divide upward into many
ſmaller foot-ſtalks; theſe, togetherwith the otherſtalks,
riſe five or fix feet high, having at each joint one
ſmall winged leaf of the fame form with the other :
each of theſe foot-ſtalks is terminated by a ſingle head
of purpliſh flowers, which are conſiderably longer
than the empalement. This fort flowers in July, and
in very warm dry ſeaſons will produce ripe ſeeds in
England. It may be propagated by parting of the
roots in the fame manner as the former fort, and the
plants muſt be treated in the ſame way, but ſhould
have more room to grow, therefore it is not proper
for ſmall gardens ; but in large open borders, or to
intermix in open quarters with other tall growing
plants, this will make a variety.
The third fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant, who ſent the feeds to the royal garden at
Paris, and from thence it hath ſince been communi-
cated to moſt of the curious gardens in Europe. This
hath a perennial root, which ſtrikes deep into the
ground, from which ſprings up a great tuft of long
entire leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of Woad, growing
upright, with many upright ſtalks, which grow near
five feet high, garniſhed with leaves coming out fin-
gle at each
joint, of the ſame ſhape as the under, but
are leſs, and have a border or wing running along
the ſtalk. The upper part of the ſtalk divides into
two or three ſmaller, each of which is terminated by
a ſingle head of yellow flowers, included in a ſilvery
ſcaly empalement. This flowers in July, but rarely
produces good ſeeds in England. It may be
propa-
gated by parting the roots in the ſame manner as the
former, and the plants may be treated in the ſame
way, being equally hardy; and as this doth not ſpread
fo much as the laſt, it may be allowed a place in
fmaller gardens.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Auſtria. This
hath a perennial root as the former, from which come
out many winged leaves, which are hoary, the feg-
ments narrow and entire; the ftalks riſe near three
feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which have
a ſingle winged leaf at each joint, of the ſame ſhape
with the other; at the end of each ſtalk is one head
of purple flowers, incloſed in an oblong ſcaly em-
palement, each ſcale being bordered with ſmall hairs
like an eye-brow. The flowers appear in June, and
the feeds ripen in Auguft. This is propagated by
ſeeds, which may be fown in a bed of common earth,
in a nurſery; and when the plants come up they
muſt be thinned, and kept clean from weeds, and
the following autumn the plants may be tranſplanted
where they are deſigned to remain ; after which they
will require no further care. Two or three of theſe
plants may be allowed a place in gardens where there
is room, for the ſake of variety.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
and in Italy: I received the ſeeds of this from Verona.
It hath a perennial root, which doth not divide and
{pread as the former, but grows ſingle, fending out
in the ſpring ſeveral entire ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and
afterward a ſingle italk, more than a foot high, gar-
niſhed at each joint with one divided hoary leaf;
and at the top comes out a ſingle, large, ſcaly head,
ſhaped like a cone of the Pine-tree, very taper at the
top, where it cloſely ſurrounds the florets, whoſe tops
juſt peep out of the empalement: they are of a bright
purple colour, and appear in June, but are not ſuc-
ceeded by feeds in England, ſo cannot be propagated
unleſs the ſeeds are procured from abroad. Theſe
feeds
may be fown, and the plants afterward treated
in the ſame manner as the laſt.
The fixth fort is the common perennial Blue Bottle,
which by ſome is titled Batchelors Button. This
ſo well known as to need no deſcription; the roots of
this fort creep under ground to a great diſtance,
whereby the plant propagates too faſt, and often be-
comes troubleſome in gardens. It flowers in May and
June, and will grow in any foil and fituation.
The ſeventh fort differs from the eighth, in having
much longer and narrower leaves, which are not ſo
white, the heads of flowers are alſo ſmaller ; but
whether this is only a variety from the other, I cannot
determine, having never raiſed either from ſeeds; for
theſe plants ſpread very much by their creeping roots,
which renders them barren, as is frequently the cafe
with many other creeping rooted plants, few of which
produce feeds : however, this plant has always re-
tained its difference from the year 1727, when I
firft brought it to England, and as it propagates ſo
faſt, it is now become almoſt as plenty in the gar-
dens, as the common broad leaved fort. This is
equally hardy, and may be planted in any foil or fi-
tuation, where many other forts will not thrive, and
during its continuance in flower will make a variety
in the garden
The eighth fort is annual, fo is only propagated by
ſeeds. This has been many years propagated in the
Engliſh gardens, under the title of Sultan Flower, or
Sweet Sultan. It was brought from the Levant,
where it grows naturally in arable land among the
This ſends up a round channelled ſtalk near
three feet high, which divides into many branches,
garniſhed with jagged leaves, of a pale green, ſmooth,
and ftand cloſe to the branches; from the ſide of the
branches come out long naked foot-ſtalks, each ſuf-
taining a ſingle head of flowers ſhaped like thoſe of
the other ſpecies, which have a very ſtrong odour, lo
as to be offenſive to many people, but to others is
very grateful. The empalement of theſe is fcaly,
round, and without ſpines; the flowers are in fome
purple, and others white, and likewiſe a fleſh colour
between them hath come from the ſame ſeeds. There
is alſo a variety of this with fiſtular flowers, and ano-
ther with fringed flowers, commonly called Amber-
boi or Emberboi : but theſe have degenerated to the
common fort in a few years, although I have ſaved
the feeds with great care, ſo I ſuppoſe they are only
varieties. Theſe ſeeds are commonly fown upon a
hot-bed in the ſpring, to bring the plants forward,
and in May they are tranſplanted into the borders of
the flower-garden; but if the ſeeds are fown in a
warm border in autumn, they will live through the
winter; and theſe plants may be removed in the
ſpring into the flower-garden, which will be ſtronger,
and come earlier to flower than thoſe which are raiſed
in the ſpring. The ſeeds may alſo be fown in the
ſpring on a common warın border, where the plants
will riſe very well, but theſe will be later in flowering
than either of the other. The autumnal plants will
begin to flower the middle of June, and will conti-
nue flowering till September; and the ſpring plants
will flower a month later, and continue till the froſt
ftops them. Their feeds ripen in autumn.
The ninth fort has been ſuppoſed to be only a variety
of the former, which is a great miſtake; for although
there is a great fimilitude in their appearance, yet
they are ſpecifically different, fo never alter. I have
cultivated this ſort upward of forty years, and have
never obſerved the leaſt variation in it. This is much
tenderer than the former, ſo the feeds muſt be fown
upon a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants
are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted on a
freſh hot-bed to bring them forward: when they have
taken root in this bed, they muſt have air admitted
to them every day, to prevent their drawing up weak,
and refreſhed with water ſparingly, becauſe they are
very apt to rot with much wet.
When the plants
have obtained ſtrength, they muſt be carefully taken
up, and planted in feparate pots filled with light earth,
and ſome of them placed in the ſhade till they have
taken root; then they may be placed with other an-
nual plants in the pleaſure-garden, where they will
continue long in beauty. But as theſe plants which
a
و
are

CEN
CEN
are placed in the open air rarely produce good feeds,
there ſhould be two or three plants kept in a mode-
rate hot-bed under a deep frame, where they will come
earlier to flower; and being protected from wet and
cold, they will ripen their feeds every year, which is
the fureſt method to preſerve the fort.
This ſort differs from the common, in its leaves be-
ing ſawed on their edges; the flowers are fiftular, of
a bright colour, and have a very agreeable ſoft odour.
It flowers in July and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen in
October
The tenth ſort is the common Blue Bottle, which
grows naturally amongſt the corn in moſt parts of
England: this ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants.
There is a diſtilled water of the flowers, which is
eſteemed good for the eyes. There are great varie-
ties of colours in theſe flowers, ſome of which are
finely variegated: the ſeeds of theſe are ſold by feedf-
men, by the title of Bottles of all Colours. Theſe are
annual plants, which will riſe in any common border,
and require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds, and thinned where they are too cloſe,
for they do not thrive well when they are tranſplant-
ed. If the ſeeds are ſown in autumn, they will fuc-
ceed better, and the plants will flower ſtronger than
thoſe which are fown in the ſpring.
The ſeeds of the eleventh ſort were ſent me by Dr.
Juflieu, from Paris, who received them from Dr.
Lippi, at Grand Cairo. This is an annual plant,
which riſes near two feet high, ſending out two or
three branches toward the top; the leaves are divided
into many obtuſe ſegments, and have a border run-
ning along the ſtalk; the flowers are ſmall, of a
bright purple, and have a ſcaly empalement. If the
ſeeds are ſown in the ſpring upon a border of light
earth, where the plants are to remain, they will re-
quire no farther care but to keep them clean from
weeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
ز
autumn.
about three feet high; the lower leaves are not niüch
unlike thoſe of the Turnep, being rounded at their
ends, and their baſe is cut into many ſegments; thoſe
upon the ſtalks and branches are nearly of the ſame
förm, but diminiſh gradually in their fize to the top;
theſe have a border or wing running along the ſtalks,
which connect them together ; the flowers are pro-
duced at the end of the branches, which have prickly
empalements; the ſpines come out from the border
of the ſcales, divided like the fingers of a hand.
The flowers are of a bright purple, ſo make a pretty
appearance. This fort
This fort may be treated in the ſame
manner as the Corn Bottle, by fowing the feeds in
autumn, and keeping the plants clean from weeds.
The plants will flower in June, and the feeds will
ripen in Auguſt. If ſome ſeeds are alſo fown in the
ſpring, the plants will come to flower a month after
the others, and will continue flowering till the froſt
ſtops them. But theſe plants do not always perfect
feeds, ſo that from the autumnal plants the feeds will
more certainly be procured.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally upon the Helve-
tian, and ſome of the Italian mountains. I received
the feeds of this ſort from Verona: it hath a perennial
root and an annual ſtalk; the leaves are oblong,
ſlightly indented on their edges, and woolly on their
under ſide; theſe have much the reſemblance of thoſe
of Elecampane, generally ſtanding upright; the ſtalks
riſe little more than a foot high, and are terminated
by large ſingle heads of purple flowers, incloſed in
ſcaly empalements; theſe appear in July, but unleſs
the ſeaſon proves very dry and warm they have no
ſeeds ſucceed them in this country; fo that this, like
the fifth fort, is very difficult to propagate in Eng-
land, unleſs good feeds can be procured from the
countries where they naturally grow. This is very
hardy, ſo may be treated in the ſame manner as any
of the former perennial forts, but will require a little
more room than the fifth.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Auſtria and
Hungary, from both which countries I have received
the ſeeds. The lower leaves of this plant ſpread flat
on the ground; they are ſoft, hairy, and end in ſharp
points, but toward their baſe are cut into ſeveral nar-
row ſegments; the ſtalks riſe near three feet high,
garniſhed at each joint by ſpear-ſhaped entire leaves,
and are terminated by ſingle large heads of flowers,
of a gold colour, incloſed in a prickly ſcaly empale-
This flowers in July and Auguſt, but never
produces ſeeds in this country. It hath a perennial
root, which ſends out offsets; theſe may be taken
from the old plants in autumn, whereby it may
be
eaſily propagated. It is very hardy in reſpect to cold,
but ſhould have a dry foil, the roots being very apt
to rot in winter with much wet.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Siberia. The
feeds of this were ſent me from Peterſburgh. This
ſends out many long winged leaves from the root,
which are divided into ſeveral ſpear-ſhaped lobes ;
the ſtalks riſe near five feet high, and divide upward
into many ſmaller branches, garniſhed with leaves of
the ſame form as the lower, but much ſmaller, and
the ſegments very narrow; each of the ſtalks is ter-
minated by a head of yellow flowers, incloſed in a
ſcaly empalement; the borders of the ſcales are ſet
with fine hairs like an eye-brow. It flowers in June,
July, and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
This hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which,
with the leaves, decay in autumn, and ariſe new from
the root in the ſpring. It may be propagated either
by ſeeds or parting of the roots, in the ſame manner
as the fifth fort, and the plants require a large ſhare
of room, ſo ſhould not be planted too near other
plants; therefore it is not proper furniture for ſmall
gardens.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Crete. This
hath a perennial root; the lower leaves are winged
and very woolly, thoſe on the flower-ſtalks are ſingle,
wedge-lhaped, and indented; the ſtalks are termi-
nated by heads of yellow flowers, compoſed of as many
fiorets
ment.
The twelfth fort is a perennial plant, which retains
its leaves through the year. This grows naturally
in Italy, on the borders of the fields. The leaves are
hoary, and divided into many narrow ſegments; the
ftalks riſe near three feet high, branching upward in-
to many diviſions, each being terminated by a head
of purple flowers; theſe come out in June, and in
favourable ſeaſons will perfect their feeds in autumn.
This ſort will live abroad in moderate winters, if it
has a warm fituation and a dry foil; but in ſevere
winters the plants are commonly killed, ſo one or
two of them may be ſheltered under a common frame
in winter to preſerve the kind. It may be eaſily pro-
pagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the fourth
fort; or if the young branches, which do not ſhoot
up to flower, are cut off, and planted in a ſhady bor-
der any time in ſummer, they will take root, and in
autumn may be removed to warm borders, or put into
pots to be ſheltered in winter.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Mauritania,
and in ſeveral other places on the borders of the Me-
diterranean Sea. This feldom riſes more than three
feet high in this country; it hath a perennial ſtalk,
which divides into many branches, garniſhed with very
white woolly leaves, divided into many obtuſe entire
lobes, the ſmall leaves or lobes on the exterior part
of the leaf being the largeſt. The flowers are pro-
duced from the ſide branches upon ſhort foot-ſtalks,
which are of a bright yellow, and are included in a
fine hairy empalement. Theſe appear in June and
July, but ſcarce ever are ſucceeded by feeds in Eng-
land. It is propagated by planting of the young ſhoots
in the ſame manner as the laſt, and the plants require
protection from hard froſt. But if they are planted in
dry lime-rubbiſh, where they will not grow luxuriant,
they will reſiſt the cold of our ordinary winters in the
open air. As this plant retains its leaves all the year,
which are extremely white, it makes a pretty variety
in a garden.
The fourteenth fort is annual. This grows naturally
in the Archipelago. It riſes with a branching ſtalk
.
a
3

СЕР
CEP
a
in the
و
florets as the other forts. This flowers in July, but ſcience of botany, or who may have no inclination to
rarely produces ripe ſeeds in this country, fo is pro- ſtudy it, and yet may want information how to cul
pagated by lips as the fifth fort; and as the plants tivate the plants which are uſeful in the kitchen, I
which are expoſed to the open air in winter are fre- have choſen to treat of theſe under their former ap-
quently deſtroyed, it will be proper to place one or pellation. Mr. Ray and Tournefort adınit of the
two of them under a common frame to preſerve the fiftular leaves and ſwelling ſtalks, as characters to
fpecies.
diftinguiſh the plants of this genus from Porrum and
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in Portugal: the Allium.
ſtalks of this are perennial; the leaves continue in The VARIETIES of the common Onion are,
verdure through the year, for which it is chiefly va-
,
The Straſburgh. Cepa oblong. C. B. P. 71.
lued, for the flower has little more beauty than the The Spaniſh Onion. Cepa vulgaris, floribus & tuni-
common Knapweed. It flowers in June and July, cis purpurafcentibus. C. B. P. 71.
and in warm ſeaſons the ſeeds ripen in September. It The white Egyptian Onion. Cepa floribus & tunicis
is propagated by ſeeds, which, if fown in April in a
candidis. C. B. P. 71.
bed of light earth, the plants will riſe eaſily. Theſe All theſe vary from feeds, ſo that there are ſeveral
plants, in a dry ſoil and a ſheltered ſituation, will live intermediate differences which are not worth enume-
open
air in mild winters; but as they are fre- rating
quently killed when the froſts are ſevere, it will be Theſe three varieties are propagated by feeds, which
proper to ſhelter a plant or two under a common frame ſhould be fown at the latter end of February or the
in winter to preſerve the ſpecies.
beginning of March, on good, rich, light ground,
The twentieth fort grows naturally in Spain, and which ſhould be well dug and levelled, and cleared
upon the Helvetian mountains. This rarely conti- from the roots of all bad weeds; then the feeds
nues longer than two or three years : the lower leaves ſhould be fown in a dry time, when the ſurface of the
are doubly wing-pointed, thoſe on the ſtalks are ground is not moiſt; and where they are intended for
ſpear-ſhaped, winged, and indented; the ſtalks riſe a winter crop, they muſt not be fown too thick. The
three feet high, and are terminated by flowers like common allowance of feed is fix pounds to an acre
thoſe of the common Knapweed, having ſilvery em- of land; but the generality of gardeners fow more,
palements. It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in becauſe many of them allow for a crop to draw out,
September. If theſe are ſown in April on a bed of which they call cullings; theſe are all ſuch as want
light earth, the plants will come up, and will live to be removed from others, ſo are thinned out when
through the winter in the open air.
young, and tied in bunches for the market; but thoſe
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in the Campania who have regard to their principal crop, never prac-
of Rome. This is a biennial plant in England; thoſe tiſe this, therefore fow no more ſeeds than is ſufficient,
plants which ariſe from ſeeds in the ſpring ſeldom which is the quantity before-mentioned, for when the
flower till the following year, and when they perfect plants come up too cloſe, they draw each other weak;
their feeds they die. The ſtalks of this ſort riſe three and when this happens, their roots never grow ſo
feet high; the lower leaves are wing-pointed, without large as thoſe which are thin : beſides, there is a
fpines; thoſe on the ſtalks run along the ſtalks like greater trouble in hoeing them; and when they are
wings; the flowers are large, red, and their empale- thinned for the market, the ground is trodden over,
ments are ſtrongly armed with ſpines. This flowers and the Onions which are to ſtand have their leaves
in July, and the feeds ripen in September. It may bruiſed, whereby they are greatly injured; ſo that
be propagated by ſeeds as the former.
where young Onions are wanted, it is a much better
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Mauri- way to ſow ſome ſeparate beds for this purpoſe, than
tania. This is an annual plant, which rarely ripens to injure the future crop.
its ſeeds in England; the leaves of this are fpear- In about ſix or ſeven weeks after ſowing, the Onions
ſhaped, indented, and woolly; the ſtalk riſes two will be up forward enough to hoe ; at which time
feet high, dividing upward into three or four branches, (chooſing dry weather) you ſhould, with a ſmall hoe
which are terminated by pretty large heads of flow- about two inches and a half broad, cut up lightly all
ers, whoſe empalements are woolly, and ſtrongly the weeds from amongſt the Onions; and alſo cut
armed with ſpines. This flowers in July, and in out the Onions where they grow too cloſe in bunches,
warm ſeaſons the ſeeds ripen in September. It is pro- leaving them at this firſt hoeing at leaſt two inches
pagated by feeds as the two former forts.
apart. This, if well performed, and in a dry ſeaſon,
The twenty-third fort grows naturally in Portugal. will preſerve the ground clear of weeds at leaſt a
The ſtalk of this riſes two feet high, garniſhed with month or five weeks; when you muſt hoe them over
woolly leaves ; ſome of which are entire, others are a ſecond time, cutting up all the weeds as before, and
ſinuated on their borders; the ſtalks are terminated alſo cut out the Onions to a larger diſtance, leaving
by woolly heads of flowers, ſtrongly armed with dou- them this time three or four inches afunder. This
ble ſpines on the empalement, which almoſt incloſes alſo, if well performed, will preſerve the ground
the florets. It flowers in July, and in warm ſeaſons
.
clean a month or fix weeks longer, when you muſt
the feeds ripen in September. It is propagated by
hoe them over the third and laſt time.
ſeeds as the former.
Now
you muſt carefully cut up all weeds, and ſingle
The twenty-fourth fort is the Carduus Benedictus, or out the Onions to near fix inches ſquare ; by which
Bleſſed Thiſtle, which is frequently uſed as an emi- means they will grow much larger, than if left too
tic. It grows naturally in Spain and the Levant; in cloſe. This time of hoeing, if the weather proves
England it is propagated in gardens for medicinal dry and it is well performed, will keep the ground
uſe. It is an annual plant, which periſhes ſoon after clean until the Onions are fit to pull up; but if the
the feeds are ripe. The ſureft method of cultivating weather ſhould prove moiſt, and any of the weeds
this plant, is to fow the ſeeds in autumn; and when ſhould take root again, you ſhould, about a fortnight
the plants come up, to hoe the ground, to cut up or three weeks after, go over the ground and draw
the weeds, and thin the plants; and in the following out all the large weeds with your hands; for the Oni-
ſpring to hoe it a ſecond time, leaving the plants a ons ha ring now begun to bulb, they ſhould not be
foot aſunder, which will ripen their feeds in autumn, diſturbed with a hoe.
and ſoon after decay.
Toward the middle of Auguſt your Onions will have
CENTAURIUM MINUS. See GENTIANA. arrived to their full growth, which may be known by
CENTINODIUM, Knot Grafs. See POLYGONUM. their blades falling to the ground and ſhrinking; you
CEPA, the Onion.
ſhould therefore, before their necks or blades are wi-
The botanical characters of this genus are the ſame thered off, draw them out of the ground, cropping
with thoſe of Allium, to which it is now joined by off the extreme part of the blade, and lay them abroad
the late ſyſtem; but as this work is intended for the upon a dry ſpot of ground to dry, obſerving to turn
inſtruction of ſuch as are not well acquainted with the them over every other day at leaſt, to prevent their
Kkk
ſtriking
a
a

CEN
C EN
a
a
ſtriking freſh root into the ground; which they will
ſuddenly do, eſpecially in moiſt weather.
In about a fortnight's time your Onions will be dry
enough to houſe, which muſt be performed in per-
fect dry weather ; in doing of this, you muſt care-
fully rub off all the earth from the roots, and be ſure
to mix no faulty ones amongſt them, which will in
a ſhort time decay, and ſpoil all thoſe that lie near
them; nor ſhould you lay them too thick in the
houſe, which would occaſion their ſweating, and
thereby rot them; nor ſhould they be put in a lower
room, or ground floor, but in a loft or garret; and
the cloſer they are kept from the air, the better they
will keep. You ſhould, at leaſt, once a month, look
over them to ſee if any of them are decayed; which
if you find, muſt be immediately taken away, other-
wiſe they will infect all that lie near them.
But notwithſtanding all the care you can poſſibly take
in the drying and houſing of your Onions, many of
them will grow in the loft, eſpecially in mild winters,
which are generally moiſt; therefore thoſe who would
preſerve them late in the ſeaſon, ſhould ſelect a parcel
of the firmeſt and moſt likely to keep from the
others, and with a hot iron ſlightly finge their beards,
or roots, which will effectually prevent their ſprouting;
but in doing of this there muſt be great caution uſed
not to ſcorch the pulp of the Onions, for that will
cauſe them to periſh foon after.
The beſt Onions for keeping are the Straſburgh kind,
which is an oval-ſhaped bulb; but this ſeldom grows
ſo large as the Spaniſh, which is flatter; the white
fort is eſteemed the fweeteſt ; but theſe varieties are
not laſting; for if you ſave feeds of white Onions
only, you will have a mixture of the red ones amongſt
them; nor will the Straſburgh Onion keep long to its
kind, but will by degrees grow flatter, as do the
large Portugal Onions, when planted in our climate,
which in a year or two will be ſo far degenerated,
as not to be known they were from that race.
But in order to ſave feeds, you muſt in the ſpring
make choice of ſome of the firmeſt, largeſt, and
beſt ſhaped Onions (in quantity proportionable to the
feed you intend to ſave ;) and having prepared a
piece of good ground (which ſhould be well dug, and
laid outin beds about three feet wide,) in the beginning
or middle of March you muſt plant your Onions in
the following manner. Having ſtrained a line about
four inches within the ſide of the bed, you muſt,
with a ſpade, throw out an opening about fix inches
deep, the length of the bed, into which
you
ſhould
place the Onions, with their roots downward, at
about nine inches diſtance from each other; then
with a rake draw the earth into the opening again
to cover the bulbs; then proceed to remove the line
again about a foot farther back, where you muſt
make an opening as before, and ſo again till the whole
is finiſhed; ſo that you will have four rows in each
bed, between which you muſt allow a ſpace of two
feet for an alley to go among them to clear them from
weeds, &c. In a month's time their leaves will ap-
pear above ground, and many of the roots will pro-
duce three or four ſtalks each; you muſt therefore
keep them diligently cleared from weeds, and about
the beginning of June, when the heads of the flowers
begin to appear upon the tops of the ſtalks, you
muſt provide a parcel of ſtakes about four feet long,
which ſhould be driven into the ground, in the rows
of Onions, at about fix or eight feet apart; to which
you ſhould faſten ſome packthread, rope yarn, or
ſmall cord, which ſhould be run on each fide the
ſtems of the Onions, a little below their heads, to
ſupport them from breaking down with the v.ind and
rain; for when the ſeeds are formed, the heads will
be heavy, and ſo are very often broken down by
their own weight, where they are not well ſecured ;
and if the ſtalks are broken before the feeds have
arrived to maturity, they will not be near ſo good,
nor keep ſo long as thoſe which are perfectly ripened.
About the end of Auguſt the Onion feed will be
ripe, which may be known by its changing brown,
and the cells in which the ſeeds are contained opening;
ſo that if it be not cut in a ſhort time, the ſeeds will
fall to the ground: when you cut off the heads, they
ſhould be ſpread abroad upon coarſe cloths in the
ſun, obſerving to keep it under ſhelter in the night,
as alſo in wet weather; and when the heads are quite
dry, you muſt beat out the feeds, which are very
eaſily diſcharged from their cells; then having cleared
it from all the huſk, &c. after having expoſed it one
day to the fun to dry, you muſt put it up in bags
to preſerve it for uſe.
The directions here given is for the general crop of
winter Onions; but there are two other crops of this
common fort of Onion, cultivated in the gardens
about London to ſupply the market, one of which is
commonly called Michaelmas Onions. Theſe are
ſown in beds pretty cloſe, the middle of Auguſt,
and muſt be well weeded when they come up. In
the ſpring of the year, after the winter Onions are
over, they are tied up in bunches to ſupply the
markets; but from the thinning of theſe they carry
to market young green Onions in March, for fal-
lads, &c.
And in the ſpring they fow more beds in the ſame
manner, to draw up young for ſallads, after the Mi-
chaelmas Onions are grown too large for that purpoſe;
and where a fupply of theſe are required, there may
be three different fowings, at about three weeks
diſtance from each other, which will be ſufficient for
the ſeaſon.
There are alſo the following forts of Onions cultivated
in the kitchen-gardens.
The Shallot, or Efchalottes, which is the Cepa Al-
calonica. Matth. 556.
The Ciboule, or Cepa fiffilis. Matth. Lugd. 1539.
The Cives, or Cepa ſećtilis juncifolia perennis. Mor.
Hift. 2. 383.
The Welch Onion I ſuppoſe to be the ſame with the
Ciboule, although they paſs under different appella-
tions ; for I have ſeveral times received the Ciboule
from abroad, which, when planted, prove to be what
is generally known here by the title of Welch Onions.
There is alſo a great affinity between the Efchalottes
and theſe, ſo that they are not well diſtinguiſhed yet;
for although they are generally cultivated in the gar-
dens, yet they are not well known to the botaniſts,
fome of whom have ſuppoſed a greater variety than
is in nature; while others have joined them together,
making but two ſpecies.
The Scallion, or Efcallion, is a ſort of Onion which
never forms any bulbs at the roots, and is chiefly uſed
in the ſpring for green Onions, before the other ſorts,
ſown in July, are big enough; but this ſort of
;
Onion, how much foever in uſe formerly, is now ſo
fcarce as to be known to few people, and is rarely
to be met with, except in curious botanic gardens :
the gardeners near London ſubſtitute another fort for
this, which are thoſe Onions which decay and ſprout
in the houſe: theſe they plant in a bed early in the
ſpring, which in a ſhort time will grow large enough
for uſe; when they draw them up, and after pulling
off all the outer coat of the root, they tie them up
in bunches, and fell them in the market for Scal-
lions.
The true Scallion is eaſily propagated by parting the
roots, either in ſpring or autumn; but the latter ſeaſon
,
is preferable, becauſe of their being rendered more
fit for uſe in the ſpring: theſe roots ſhould be planted
three or four in a hole, at about fix inches diſtance
every way, in beds or borders three feet wide, which
in a ſhort time will multiply exceedingly, and will
grow upon almoſt any foil and in any ſituation ; and
their being ſo hardy as to reſiſt the ſevereſt of our
winters, and being green, and fit for uſe ſo early in
the ſpring, renders them worthy of a place in all
good kitchen-gardens.
The Cives are a very ſmall fort of Onion, which
never produce any bulbs, and ſeldom grow above fix
inches high in the blade, which is alſo very ſmall and
Nender, and are in round bunches like the former;
a
;
و
this

CEP
CER
a
9
a
this was formerly in great requeſt for fallads in the ariſing at the ſame joint, ſtanding round the branch :
ſpring, as being milder than thoſe Onions which had theſe are near three inches long, and one and a quarter
ſtood through the winter; theſe are propagated by broad, having a ſtrong vein running longitudinally
parting their roots like the former, and are alſo very through the middle, and ſome ſmall tranſverſe veins
hardy, and will be fit for uſe early in the ſpring.
from that to the borders; they are of a light green,
The Welch Onions are only propagated for ſpring and their foot-ſtalks change to a reddiſh colour next
uſe alſo; theſe never make any bulb, and are there- the branches; the ends of the branches are terminated
fore only fit to be uſed green for fallads, &c. They by looſe ſpikes of ſpherical heads, about the ſize of a
are ſown about the end of July, in beds of about marble, each of which are compoſed of many ſmall
three feet and a half wide, leaving alleys of two feet flowers, which are funnel-ſhaped, of a whitiſh yellow
broad to go between the beds to clean them, and in a colour, faſtened to an axis which ſtands in the middle;
fortnight's time they will appear above ground, when theſe appear in July, and, in warm ſeaſons, are fuc-
they muſt be carefully cleared from weeds; towards the ceeded by feeds, which have ſometimes ripened in
middle of October their blades will die away, ſo that England.
the whole ſpot will ſeem to be naked, which hath led Theſe plants are propagated chiefly by feeds (though
many people to dig up the ground again, ſuppoſing there has been ſome raiſed from cuttings and layers ;)
the crop totally loft; whereas, if they ſtand undil- theſe ſhould be ſown in pots, for the greater conve-
turbed, they will come up again very ſtrong in Ja- niency of removing them either into a ſhady ſituation,
nuary, and from that time grow very vigorouſly, re- or where they may have ſhelter. If the feeds can be
fifting all weathers; and by March will be fit to draw procured fo early as to fow them before Chriſtmas,
for young Onions, and are, in the markets, more the plants will come up the following ſummer; but
valued than any other fort at that ſeaſon; for they if they are ſown in the ſpring, they generally remain
are extremely green and fine, though they are much a year in the ground; therefore, in fuch caſe, the
ſtronger than the common Onion in taſte, approaching pots ſhould be placed in the ſhade that ſummer, and
nearer to Garlick, which hath occafioned their being in the autumn following removed under a common
leſs eſteemed for the table : but as no winter, how- frame to ſhelter them from froſt, and the ſpring
ever hard, will hurt them, it is proper to have a few following the plants will come up.
of them to ſupply the table, in caſe the common fort The firſt year, when the plants come up, it will be
ſhould be deſtroyed by froſts.
neceſſary to ſhade them in hot dry weather, while
The roots of theſe Onions, if planted out at fix or they are young, at which time they are often de-
eight inches diſtance, in March, will produce ripe ſtroyed by being too much expoſed; nor ihould the
ſeeds in autumn, but it will be in ſmall quantities watering be neglected; for as theſe plants naturally
the firſt year; therefore the ſame roots ſhould remain grow on moiſt ground, ſo when they are not duly
unremoved, which the ſecond and third year will watered in dry weather, the young plants will languiſh
produce many ftems, and afford a good ſupply of
and decay.
ſeeds; theſe roots will abide many years good, but The next autumn, when the leaves begin to drop,
ſhould be tranſplanted and parted every ſecond or the young plants may be tranſplanted into nurſery-
third year, which will cauſe them to produce ſtrong beds, which ſhould be a little defended from the cold
feeds.
winds; and, if the ſoil is moiſt, they will ſucceed
CEPHALANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 105. Pla- much better than in dry ground; but where it hap-
tanocephalus. Vaill. Acad. R. Scien. 1722. Button pens otherwiſe, it will be abſolutely neceſſary to water
Wood.
them in dry weather, otherwiſe there will be great
The CHARACTERS are,
danger of the plants dying in the middle of ſummer,
'It hath a number of ſmall flowers, which are colleEted into which has been the caſe in many gardens where theſe
a ſpherical bead; theſe have no common empalement, but plants were raiſed.
each particular flower hath e funnel-ſhaped empalement, In theſe nurſery-beds the plants may remain a year
divided into four parts at the top; the flower is funnel- or two (according to the progreſs they may have
Maped, of one petal, divided at the top into four parts, made, or the diſtance they were planted;) then they
incloſing four ſtamina, which are inſerted in the petal, and may be taken up in October, and tranſplanted where
are ſhorter than the tube, being terminated by globular they are to remain for good. Although I have men-
fummits. The germen is ſituated under the flower, ſup- tioned but one ſeaſon for tranſplanting them, yet
porting a fiyle which is longer than the petal, and is this may alſo be performed in the ſpring, eſpecially
crowned by a globular ſtigma ; the germen afterward be- if the ground is moiſt into which they are removed,
comes a globular hairy capſule, incloſing one or two oblong or that the plants are duly watered, if the ſpring
angular ſeeds; theſe are joined to an axis, and form a ſhould prove dry, otherwiſe there will be more
round head,
hazard of their growing when removed at this
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of feaſon.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono- Theſe plants make a pretty variety among other
gynia, the flower having four ſtamina and but one hardy trees and ſhrubs, being extreme hardy in re-
ſtyle.
ſpect to cold; but they delight in a moiſt light foil,
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz. where they will grow very faſt, and their leaves will
CEPHALANTHUS (Occidentalis) foliis oppofitis terniſque. be larger than in dry land.
Flor. Virg, 15. Button-tree with leaves growing oppoſite, CERASTIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 518. Mouſe-ear,
and ſometimes by threes. Scabioſa dendroides Americana or Mouſe-ear Chickweed; in French, Oreille de
ternis foliis caulem ambientibus, floribus ochroleucis. Souris.
Pluk. Alm. 336. tab. 77.
The CHARACTERS are,
This ſhrub grows naturally in North America, from It hath a permanent five-leaved empalement, which ſpreads
whence the feeds are annually fent to Europe, and of open; the flower bath five obtuſe bifid petals, which are
late years great numbers of the plants have been raiſed as large as the empalement. It hath ten ſender ſtamina
in the gardens of the curious; but there are no very Shorter than the petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits.
large plants in the Engliſh gardens; the largeſt I have In the center is ſituated an oval germen, from which ariſe
ſeen are in the curious gardens of his grace the Duke five ſtyles, which are hairy, erect, and crowned with 0%
of Argyle, at Whitton, near Hounſlow, where they tuſe ſtigma; the empalement afterward becomes an oval,
thrive better than in almoſt any other place where cylindrical, or globular capſule with one cell, opening at
they have been planted, ſo that in a moiſt foil they the top, containing many roundiſh ſeeds.
will do the beſt.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
This feldom riſes higher than fix or ſeven feet in this of Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Pen-
country. The branches come out by pairs, oppoſite tagynia, the flower having ten ſtamina and five
at each joint; the leaves alſo ſtand oppoſite, fome- ſtyles.
times by pairs, and at other times there are three
The
a
;
a

CER
CER
The Species are,
The fourth fort is very like the third in its whole
1. CERASTIUM (Repens) foliis lancolatis, pedunculis ra-
appearance, and differs from it, in having but five
moſis, capſulis fubrotundis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 439. ftamina in the flower, whereas the other hath ten.
Ceraſtium with Spear-/baped leaves, branching foot-ſtalks, This was diſcovered by Mr. Læfling, a pupil of
and roundiſh capſules. Myofotis incana repens. Tourn. Dr. Linnæus's, in Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds
Inft. R. H. 245. Hocry creeping Mouſe-ear, by some to Upſal, part of which were ſent me by the Doctor.
called Sea Pink.
The fifth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
2. CERASTIUM (Tomentoſum) foliis oblongis, tomentofis, the Levant, from whence he fent the feeds to the
pedunculis ramoſis, capſulis globoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. royal garden at Paris, where they ſucceeded, and
440. Ceraſtium with oblong woolly leaves, branching foot- have been ſince communicated to moſt of the curious
ſtalks, and globular capſules. Myoſotis tomentoſa, li- botanic gardens in Europe. This is an annual plant,
nariæ folio anguftiore. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 245. which riſes with an upright ſtalk a foot high; the
Woolly Mouſe-ear with a narrow Toad-filax leaf.
lower leaves of this plant have much reſemblance to
3. CERASTIUM (Dichotomum) foliis lanceolatis, caule thoſe of the Lychnis, which is called Lobel's Catchfly,
dichotomo ramofiffimo, capſulis erectis. Prod. Leyd. ſo that when the plants are young, it is not eafy to
450, Ceroffium with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, a very branching diſtinguiſh them. The ſtalks are garniſhed with
ſtolk divided in forks, and upright capſules. Myoſotis leaves of the ſame ſhape, but ſmaller, placed by
Hiſpanica ſegetum. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 545. Spaniſh pairs, and embrace the ſtalks at their baſe. The
Corn Mouſe-ear, or Horned Chickweed.
flowers come out at the top of the ſtalks, and alſo
4. CERASTIUM (Pentandrum) floribus pentandriis, pe- from the wings of the leaves, on the upper part of
talis integris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 438. Ceraſtium with the ſtalks, which are white, and ſhaped like thoſe of
flowers having five ſtamina, and entire petals.
Chickweed. They appear in May and June, and are
,
5. CERASTIUM (Perfoliatum) foliis connatis. Hort. Cliff. ſucceeded by beaked capſules, containing many
173. Ceraſtium whoſe leaves are joined. Myoſotis Orien- roundiſh ſeeds.
talis perfoliata folio lychnidis. Tourn. Cor. 18. Eaſtern If the feeds of this fort are fown in autumn, they will
perfoliated Mouſe-car with a Lychnis leaf.
more certainly grow than thoſe which are ſown in the
The firſt fort grows naturally in France and Italy, ſpring; or if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the
and was formerly cultivated in the Engliſh gardens plants will come up and live through the winter, and
under the title of Sea Pink; one of the uſes made will require no other care but to keep them clean
of it was to plant it as an edging to keep up the earth from weeds.
of borders, but this was before the Dwarf Box was There are many other ſpecies of this genus than are
brought to England, ſince which all thoſe plants here enumerated, which are weeds in many parts of
,
which were formerly applied for this purpoſe have England, ſo are never cultivated in gardens, therefore
been neglected. This plant was by no means fit for not worthy of notice here.
this uſe, becauſe its creeping branches would ſpread CERASUS [répacos, Gr. ſo called according to Ser-
into the walks where they put out roots into the vius, from Ceraſus, a city of Pontus, which Lucullus
gravel ; ſo that unleſs they are frequently cut off, having deſtroyed, he carried the Cherry-tree from
they cannot be kept within compaſs.
thence to Rome, and called it Ceraſus, after the name
This fends out many weak ſtalks which trail upon of the city; but others will have it that the city took
the ground, and put out roots at their joints, where- its name from the abundance of thoſe trees which
by it propagates very faſt; the leaves are placed by grew there.] The Cherry-tree.
pairs oppoſite, which are about two inches long, and The botanical characters of this genus, according to
little more than half an inch broad, very hoary; the ſyſtem of Linnæus, are the ſame with thoſe of
thoſe next the root are much ſmaller than the upper; Prunus; therefore he has joined the Apricot Cherry,
the flowers come out from the ſide of the ſtalks upon Laurel, and Bird Cherry together, making them only
flender foot-ſtalks, which branch out into ſeveral ſpecies of the ſame genus ; but thoſe who admit of
ſmaller, each ſupporting a white flower, compoſed of the fruit, as a character to determine the genus, muſt
five petals, which are ſplit at the top. The whole ſeparate the Cherry from the others, becauſe they
flower has the appearance of Chickweed flowers, but differ greatly in the ſhape of their ſtones; but there
are larger; it flowers in May.
is a more effential difference in nature between them,
It propagates too faſt by its creeping roots and trail- which is, that the Cherry will not grow upon a
ing branches, when it is admitted into gardens, ſo Plumb-ſtock, by budding or grafting, nor will the
may be planted in any foil or ſituation; and is very Plumb take upon a Cherry-ſtock; and yet we know
proper to be planted between ſtones on the ſide of of no trees of the ſame genus which do not unite with
grottos, where it will ſpread, and thrive without each other, by budding or grafting.
However, as the joining ſo many genera into one,
The feeds of the ſecond fort I received from Iſtria, would occaſion great confuſion among gardeners,
where it naturally grows; this is by Parkinſon titled who cultivate theſe trees for ſale, therefore if there
hoary narrow-leaved Pink. The leaves of this fort were no other motive than that, it would be a fuf-
are narrower than thoſe of the former, and are much ficient excuſe for not cloſely following that fyftem in
whiter; the ſtalks grow more erect, and the feed-vef- this work, which is deſigned for the inſtruction of
dels are rounder, in which their chief difference con- thoſe who have not made botany their ſtudy; fo I
ſiſts. This is a trailing plant, and propagates by ſhall refer the reader to the article PRUNUS, under
fending out roots at the joints, in the ſame manner which the botanical characters will be inſerted, and
as the former, and is equally hardy. It flowers in proceed to the ſpecies.
May and June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguft. I ſhall firſt enumerate the forts which are ſpecifically
The third fort is annual ; this grows naturally on different from each other, and then mention the va-
arable land in Spain, from whence the feeds were rieties of theſe fruits, which are cultivated in the
ſent to England, where it is allowed a place in bo- Engliſh gardens; many of which ſeem to differ fo ef-
tanic gardens for the ſake of variety, but hath not ſentially from each other, that they may be allowed
much beauty; this hath branching ſtalks, which as ſpecific differences; but as I have not had an op-
grow about fix inches high, dividing by pairs in forks, portunity of trying the various forts from ſeeds, to
the flowers coming out in the middle of the diviſions, ſee if they alter, ſo I choſe to inſert them only as va-
which are ſhaped like thoſe of Chickweed; the whole rieties, till further obfervation may better ſettle their
plant has a clammy moiſture, which ſticks to the boundaries.
fingers of thofe who handle it. This flowers in May,
The SPECIES are,
and the feeds ripen in July. If the feeds are fown in 1. CERASUS (Vulgaris) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, ferratis.
autumn, they will ſucceed better than in the ſpring; The common, or Kentiſh Cherry. Ceraſus fativa rotunda
or if they are permitted to fall, the plants will riſe rubra & acida. C. B. P. 449. Manured Cherry with
without care.
round, red, açid fruit.
6
2. CERASUS
و
care.

C E R
CER
a
3
2. CERASUS (Nigra) foliis ferratis lanceolatis. Cherry-
tree with Spear-ſhaped jawed leaves. Ceraſus major ac
fylveftris, fructu fubdulci nigro colore inficiente.
C. B. P. 450. Greater wild Cherry-tree with a ſweetiſh
fruit, whoſe juice affords a black colour.
3. CERASUS (Hortenſis) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, floribus
conf is. Cherry-tree with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and
flowers growing in cluſters. Ceraſus racemoſa hortenſis.
C. B. P. 450. Commonly called the Cluſter Cherry.
4. CERASUS (Mahaleb) floribus corymboſis, foliis ovatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 474. Cherry-tree with flowers growing
in round bunches, and oval leaves. Ceraſus ſylveſtris
amara, mahaleb putata, J. B. The Mahaleb or per-
fumed Cherry.
5. Cerasus (Canadenſis) foliis lanceolatis, glabris, inte-
gerrimis, fubtus, cæſiis, ramis patulis. Cherry-tree
with ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, of a bluiſh
green on their under ſide, and ſpreading branches. Cera-
fus pumila Canadenfis, oblongo angufto folio fructu
parvo. Du Hamel. Dwarf Canada Cherry, with oblong
narrow leaves, and a ſmall fruit, called Ragouminier, Ne-
ga, or Minel in Canada.
The firſt fort is the common or Kentiſh Cherry,
which is ſo well known in England as to need no de-
fcription. From this fort it hath been ſuppoſed many
of the varieties which are cultivated in the Engliſh
gardens, have been raiſed; but as there are very
great differences in the fize and ſhape of their leaves,
as alſo in the ſhoots of the trees from thoſe of this
fort, I think it is very doubtful, where the boun-
daries of their ſpecific differences terminate : how-
ever, I ſhall comply with the generality of modern
botaniſts, in fuppoſing the following forts to have
been produced from the ſeeds of this, as we have not
ſufficient experiments to determine otherwiſe.
The Early May Cherry. The Ox Heart.
The May Duke Cherry. The Lukeward.
The Archduke Cherry, The Carnation
The Flemiſh Cherry.
The Hertfordſhire Heart.
The Red Heart.
The Morello.
The White Heart. The Bleeding Heart.
The Black Heart. Yellow Spaniſh Cherry.
The Amber Heart.
Two forts with double flowers, one larger and fuller
than the other. Theſe are propagated for ornament.
The ſecond fort above-mentioned is the Black Cherry,
which is fuppoſed to be a native of England. This
grows to be a large tree, fit for timber, and is fre-
quently found growing as ſuch in the woods. From
this, the only varieties which I have ever known
raiſed by feeds, are the Black Coroun, and the
ſmall Wild Cherry; of which there are two or three
varieties, which differ in the fize and colour of their
fruit.
Theſe Wild Cherries are very proper to plant in parks,
becauſe they grow to a large fize, and make beautiful
trees; and in the ſpring, when they are in flower,
will be very ornamental. The fruit of them will be
good food for birds, and when the trees are cut down,
the wood is very uſeful for turners,
. Theſe trees will
thrive in poor land better than moſt other forts, ſo
there is an advantage in propagating them in thoſe
places. The French often plant them for avenues to
their houſes, upon ſuch land where they cannot get
any other trees to thrive; they alſo cultivate them in
their woods to cut for hoops, and greatly eſteem
them for this purpoſe.
The ſtones of this fort are generally fown for raiſing
ſtocks to graft or bud the other forts of Cherries up-
on, being of quicker growth, and of longer duration
than either of the other, ſo are very juſtly eſteemed
and preferred to them.
The wood of the fourth fort, is by the French greatly
eſteemed for making of cabinets, becauſe it hath an
agreeable odour. This, and the wood of the Bird
Cherry, are often blended together, and paſs under
the appellation of Bois de Sainte Lucie ; but the Bird
Cherry is the true fort.
The fifth fort was brought from Canada, where it
grows naturally, to the gardens in France, where it
is cultivated as a flowering ſhrub for ornament. The
ſtones of this were ſent me by Dr. Bernard de Juffieu,
profeſſor of botany at Paris, which ſucceeded very
well in the Chelſea garden ; but by comparing this
with a ſpecimen of the old Chamæceraſus, or Ceraſus
humilis of Gerard, and other old writers, I find it to
the ſame plant, for it alſo agrees exactly with their
deſcriptions of it.
This is a low ſhrub, which feldom grows more than
three or four feet high, fending out many horizontal
branches, which ſpread near the ground on every
fide; and the lower branches are very ſubject to lie in
the ground, where they will put out roots, and thereby
multiply. The young branches have a very ſmooth
bark, inclining toward red; the leaves are long,
narrow, very ſmooth, and entire, having the appear-
ance of ſome forts of Willow leaves, of a light
green on their upper fide, but of a bluiſh or ſea-green
on their under: the flowers come out from the fide
of the branches, two, three, or four ariſing at the
fame joint moſt part of the length of the young
fhoots; theſe are ſhaped like thoſe of the common
Cherry, but are ſmaller, ſtanding upon long ſlender
foot-ſtalks. The fruit is like thoſe of the ſmall wild
Cherry, but hath a bitterih favour, It flowers
about the ſame time as the other forts of Cherries,
and the fruit ripens in July; theſe fruit are good
food for birds, and the French plant them among
their other ſhrubs, to entice the birds to harbour
there.
It is eaſily propagated by laying down the branches
early in the ſpring, which will take root by the fol-
lowing autumn, when they may be taken off, and ei-
ther planted in a nurſery to get ſtrength, or to the
places where they are deſigned to remain. It may
alſo be propagated by fowing the ſtones, in the fame
manner as other Cherries.
All the forts of Cherries which are uſually cultivated
in fruit-gardens, are propagated by budding or graft-
ing the ſeveral kinds into ſtocks of the Black or wild
Red Cherries, which are ſtrong ſhooters, and of
longer duration than any of the garden kinds. The
ſtones of theſe two kinds are fown in a bed of light
fandy earth in autumn (or are preſerved in fand till
ſpring, and then ſowed.) When theſe ſtocks ariſe
they muſt be carefully weeded, and if in dry weather
you refreſh them with water, it will greatly promote
their growth. Theſe ſtocks ſhould remain in the
nurſery-bеds till the ſecond autumn after fowing; at
which time you ſhould prepare an open ſpot of good
freſh earth, which ſhould be well worked; but if
the ſoil is freſh, it will be the better. In this ground,
in October, you ſhould plant out the young ſtocks
at three feet diſtance row from row, and about a foot
afunder in the rows, being careful in taking them
up
from their feed-beds to looſen their roots well with
a ſpade, to prevent their breaking, as alſo to prune
their roots; and if they are inclinable to root down-
wards, you ſhould ſhorten the tap-root to cauſe it to
put out lateral roots; but do not prune their tops,
for this is what by no means they will endure,
The ſecond year after planting out, if they take to
growing well, they will be fit to bud, if they are in
tended for dwarfs: but if they are for ſtandards, they
will not be tall enough until the fourth year ; for they
ſhould be budded or grafted near fix feet from the
ground, otherwiſe the graft will not advance much
in height; ſo that it will be impoſſible to make a good
tree from ſuch as are grafted low, unleſs the graft is
trained upward.
The uſual way with the nurſery gardeners is to bud
their ſtocks in ſummer, and ſuch of them as miſcarry
they graft the ſucceeding ſpring (the manner of theſe
operations will be deſcribed under their proper heads.)
Thoſe trees where the buds have taken, muſt be
headed off in the beginning of March about fix inches
above the bud; and when the bud hath ſhot in fum,
mer, if you fear its being blown out by the winds, you
may faſten it up with ſome baſs, or any other ſoft
binding, to that part of the ſtock which was left above
the
a

CER
CER
a
3
و
a
a
a
the bud. The autumn following theſe trees will be fit
to remove; but if your ground is not ready to re-
ceive them, they may remain two years before they
are tranſplanted; in doing which, you muſt obſerve
not to head them, as is by many practiſed, for this
very often is immediate death to them ; but if they
ſurvive it, they feldom recover this amputation in five
or fix years.
If theſe trees are intended for a wall, I would adviſe
the planting dwarfs between the ſtandards ; ſo that
while the dwarfs are filling the bottom of the walls,
the ſtandards will cover the tops, and will produce
a great deal of fruit: but theſe, as the dwarfs ariſe
to fill the walls, muſt be cut away to make room for
them; and when the dwarf trees cover the walls, the
ſtandards ſhould be entirely taken away. But I would
adviſe, never to plant ſtandard Cherries over other
fruits, for there is no other ſort of fruit that will prof.
per well under the drip of Cherries.
When theſe trees are taken up from the nurſery,
their roots muſt be ſhortened, and all the bruiſed parts
cut off, and alſo all the ſmall fibres, which would
dry, grow mouldy, and be a great prejudice to the
new fibres in their coming forth ; you muſt alſo cut
off the dead part of the ſtock which was left above
the bud, clofe down to the back part of it, that the
ſtock may be covered by the bud. If theſe trees are
deſigned for a wall, obſerve to place the bud directly
from the wall, that the back part of the ſtock that
was cut may be hid from fight. The foil that Cher-
ries thrive beſt in, is a freih hazel loam ; but if the
foil is a dry gravel, they will not live many years, and
will be perpetually blighted in the ſpring.
The forts commonly planted againſt walls, are the
Early May, and May Duke, which ſhould have a
ſouth aſpected wall. The Hearts and common Duke
will thrive on a weſt wall, and in order to continue
this fort later in the ſeaſon, they are frequently planted
againſt north and north-weſt aſpected walls, where
they ſucceed very well, and the Morello on a north
wall, which laſt is chiefly planted for preſerving.
The Hearts are all of them ill bearers, for which rea-
ſon they are ſeldom planted againſt walls : but I am
apt to believe, if they were grafted upon the Bird
Cherry, and managed properly, that defect might be
remedied; for this ſtock (as I am informed) will ren-
der Cherries very fruitful; and having the ſame ef-
fect on Cherries, as the Paradiſe fteck hath on Apples,
they may be kept in leſs compaſs, which is an expe-
riment well worth the trial.
Your trees, if planted againſt a wall, ſhould be
placed at leaſt twenty or twenty-four feet aſunder,
with a ſtandard tree between each dwarf: this will
be found a reaſonable diſtance, when we conſider, that
Cherry-trees will extend themſelves full as far as Apri-
cots, and many other forts of fruit.
In pruning theſe forts of fruit, you ſhould never
ſhorten their ſhoots; for the moſt part of them pro-
duce their fruit buds at the extremities, which, when
Thortened, are cut off, and this often occaſions the
death of the ſhoot, at leaſt a good part of its length:
their branches ſhould be therefore trained in at full
length horizontally, obſerving in May, where there is a
vacancy in the wall, to ſtop fome ſtrong adjoining
branches, which will occaſion their putting out two or
more ſhoots ; by which means, at that ſeaſon of the
year, you may always get a ſupply of wood for covering
the wall; and at the ſame time, ſhould all foreright
fhoots be diſplaced by the hand; for if they are ſuffered
to grow till winter, they will not only deprive the bear-
ing branches of their proper ſupply of nouriſhment, but
when they are cut out, it occaſions the tree to
gum
in
that
part
(for Cherries bear the knife the worſt of any
fort of fruit trees;) but be careful not to rub off the fides
or ſpurs, which are produced upon the two and three
years old wood; for it is upon theſe that the greateſt part
of the fruit are produced, which fides will continue
fruitful for ſeveral years. And it is for want of duly
obſerving this caution, that Cherry-trees are often ſeen
ſo unfrunſul, eſpecially the Morello, which the mo e
it is cut the weaker it ſhoots; and, at laſt, by fre-
quent pruning, I have known a whole wall of them
deſtroyed; which, if they had been ſuffered to grow
without any pruning, might probably have lived many
years, and produced large quantities of fruit.
Cherry-trees are alſo planted for orchards in many
parts of England, particularly in Kent, where there
are large plantations of theſe trees. The uſual dif-
tance allowed for their ſtanding is forty feet ſquare,
at which ſpace they are leſs ſubject to blight than
when they are cloſer planted; and the ground may be
tilled between them almoſt as well as if it were entire-
ly clear, eſpecially while the trees are young, and
often ſtirring the ground, provided you do not dif-
turb their roots, will greatly help the trees; but
when they are grown fo big as to over-ſhadow the
ground, the drip of their leaves will ſuffer very few
things to thrive under them. Theſe ſtandard trees
ſhould be planted in a ſituation defended as much as
poffible from the ſtrong weſterly winds, which are
very apt to break their tender branches; this occaſi -
ons their gumming, and is very prejudicial to them.
The forts beſt approved for an orchard, are the com-
mon Red, or Kentiſh Cherry, the Duke, and Luke-
ward; all which are plentiful bearers. But orchards
of theſe trees are now ſcarcely worth planting, except
where land is very cheap; for the uncertainty of their
bearing, with the trouble in gathering the fruit, to-
gether with the ſmall price it commonly yields, hath
occafioned the deſtroying many orchards of this fruit
in Kent within a few years paft.
This fruit was brought out of Pontus, at the time
of the Mithridatic victory, by Lucullus, in the year
of the city 680, and were brought into Britain about
I 20 years afterward, which was An. Dom. 55; and
were ſoon after ſpread through moſt parts of Europe,
it being generally eſteemed for its earlineſs, as being
one of the firſt of the tree fruit that appears to wel-
come in the approaching fruit ſeaſon.
This ſort of fruit hath been by many people grafted
upon the Laurel, to which it is a congener ; but the
,
effect it hath in the growth of the tree, as alfo in its
fruit, will not recommend it to practice, the trees
being of ſhort duration, and feldom produce much
fruit; though this practice is as old as Pliny, who
ſays it gives the fruit a pleaſant bitterneſs : but there
is little to be depended upon in the writings of the
ancients, with reſpect to the ſeveral ſorts of trees be-
ing grafted upon each other ; very few of thoſe which
we find mentioned by them to have been frequently
practiſed, will not ſucceed with us.
Nor is it owing
to the difference of climate, as ſome have ſuppoſed,
who are inclinable to believe whatever they find re-
lated in thoſe books, eſpecially in the buſineſs of buſ-
bandry and gardening; whereas many of the rules for
the practical part of huſbandry, are not founded on
experiments, but are mere theory; for from many
repeated trials which have been made with the utmoſt
care, by perfons of the beſt ſkill, it appears, that no
two forts of trees, which are of different claſſes, will
take upon each other. However, the Laurel and
the Cherry being of the fame genus, or ſo near of
kin to be ranked together by moſt botaniſts, will
take upon each other by grafting. But I have not
yet ſeen any of the trees fo grafted, which have lived
to be of any confiderable fize; though I have ſeen
many trees fo grafted, which have lived a few years,
but have made very poor progreſs; nor do I remem-
ber to have ſeen any fruit upon the Cherry-trees
which were grafted on the Laurels, therefore cannot
determine what effect this has on the flavour of the
fruit.
There are ſome perſons who graft the Duke, and
other forts of Cherries, upon the Morello Cherry,
which is but a weak ſhooter, in order to check the
luxuriant growth of their trees, which will ſucceed
for three or four years : but they are not of long du-
ration, nor have I ever ſeen one tree fo grafted, which
had made ſhoots above fix or eight inches long, but
they were cloſely covered with bloſſoms, ſo may pro-
3
a
I
duce

CER
CER
a
duce ſome fruit in a ſmall compaſs; but theſe are ex- the flowers being as double and large as a Cinnamon
periments unfit to be carried into general uſe, and Roſe ; and theſe being produced in large bunches on
only proper to ſatisfy curioſity; for is it not much every part of the tree, render it one of the moſt beau-
better to allow the trees a greater ſhare of room tiful trees of the ſpring. Some of the flowers which
againſt the walls, when one tree ſo planted and pro- are leſs double, will often produce ſome fruit, which
perly managed, will produce more fruit than twenty the very double flowers will not; but this defect is
of theſe trees, or twice that number, when they are ſufficiently recompenſed in the beauty of its flowers.
planted too cloſe, though they are grafted upon the This is propagated by budding or grafting on the
Black Cherry or any other free ſtock.
Black or Wild Cherry ſtock, and the trees are very
The Early or May Cherry is the firſt ripe, fo one or proper to intermix with the ſecond growth of flower-
two trees of this ſort may be allowed a place in a gar- ing trees.
den, where there is room for variety. The next ripe CER ASUS RACEMOSA. See Padus.
is the May Duke, which is a larger fruit than the CERATONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 983. Siliqua.
other, and is more valuable. After this comes the Tourn. Inft. R. H. 578. tab. 344. The Carob, or St.
Archduke, which, if permitted to hang upon the John's Bread, in French Carouge.
tree till the fruit is quite ripe, is an excellent Cherry;
The CHARACTERS are,
but few perſons have patience to let them hang their It is male and female in diſtinct trees. The male flowers
full time, ſo rarely have them in perfection, for theſe have large empalements, divided into five parts; they have
ſhould not be gathered before July; and if they no petals, but have five long ſtamina, terminated by large
hang a fortnight longer they will be better. This ſummits. The female flowers have empelements of one
is to be underſtood of the ſituation near London, leaf, divided by five tubercles; they have no peials, but
where they ripen a fortnight earlier than in places a fleſhy germen ſituated within the receptacle, ſupporting
forty miles diſtant, unleſs they have a very warm a fender ſtyle, crowned by a ftigma in form of a head.
ſheltered ſituation. When this fort is planted againſt The germen afterward becomes a long, fleſhy, compreſſed
north walls, the fruit may be continued till the middle pod, divided by tranſverſe partitions, each having one
of Auguft; but theſe muſt be protected from the large, roundiſh, compreſèd ſeed.
birds, otherwiſe they will deſtroy them.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
The Hertfordſhire Cherry, which is a ſort of Heart Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia Tri-
Cherry, but a firmer and better faroured fruit, will oecia. The plants of this claſs have male, female,
not ripen earlier than the end of July, or the begin- and hermaphrodite flowers on diſtinct plants.
ning of Auguſt, which makes it the more valuable We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
for its coming when the other forts of Cherries are CERATONIA (Siliqua.) H. L. The Carob-tree, or St.
gone. This is now pretty common in the nurſeries; John's Bread. Siliqua edulis of Caſpar Bauhin, and
but as it is one of the beſt kind of Cherries, it is well the Caroba of Dale.
worthy of being propagated in the nurſeries.
This tree is very common in Spain, and in ſome parts
The Morello Cherry, which is generally planted of Italy, as alſo in the Levant, where it grows in the
againſt walls to a north aſpect, and the fruit com- hedges, and produces a great quantity of long, flat,
monly uſed for preſerving; yet where they are plant- brown-coloured pods, which are thick, meally, and
ed to a better aſpect, and ſuffered to hang upon the of a ſweetiſh taite. Theſe pods are many times eaten
.
trees until they are thoroughly ripe, is a very good by the poorer ſort of inhabitants when they have a
fruit for the table ; therefore ſome of the trees of this ſcarcity of other food, but they are apt to looſen the
fort ſhould have place where there is plenty of wall- belly, and cauſe gripings of the bowels. The pods
ing, upon a ſouth-weſt wall, where they will ripen are directed by the College of Phyſicians to enter ſome
perfectly by the middle or end of Auguſt, at which medicinal preparations, for which purpoſe they are
time they will be an acceptable fruit.
often brought from abroad.
The Carnation Cherry is alſo valuable for coming In England the tree is preſerved by ſuch as delight
late in the ſeaſon ; this has a very firm fleſhy fruit, but
;
in exotic plants, as a curioſity; the leaves always
is not the beſt bearer. This fort will fome ſeaſons continue green, and being different in ſhape from
ripen very well on eſpaliers, and by this means the moſt other plants, afford an agreeable variety when
fruit may be continued longer in the ſeaſon.
intermixed with Oranges, Myrtles, &c. in the green-
The large Spaniſh Cherry is nearly allied to the Duke houſe.
Cherry, from which it ſeems to be only a variety ac- Theſe plants are propagated from ſeeds, which, when
cidentally obtained; this ripens ſoon after the com- brought over freih in the pods, will grow very well, if
mon Duke Cherry, and very often paſſes for it. they are ſown in the ſpring upon a moderate hot-bed ;
The yellow Spaniſh Cherry is of an oval ſhape and and when the plants are come up they ſhould be care-
of an amber colour ; this ripens late, and is a ſweet fully tranſplanted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
Cherry, but not of a rich flavour ; and being but a with light rich earth, and plunged into another mo-
middling bearer, is not often admitted into curi- derate hot-bed, obſerving to water and ſhade them
ous gardens, unleſs where variety is chiefly con- until they have taken root; after which you muſt let
ſidered.
them have air, in proportion to the heat of the wea-
The Corone, or Coroun Cherry, is ſomewhat like the ther. In June you muſt inure them to the open air
Black Heart, but a little rounder; this is a very good by degrees; and in July they ſhould be removed out
bearer and an excellent fruit, ſo ſhould have a place of the hot-bed, and placed in a warm ſituation, where
in every good fruit-garden. This ripens the middle they may remain until the beginning of October,
when they ſhould be removed into the green-houſe,
The Lukeward ripens ſoon after the Corone Cherry; placing them where they may have free air in mild wea-
this is a good bearer, and a very good fruit; it is of ther; for they are pretty hardy, and require only to
a dark colour, not ſo black as the Corone; this will be ſheltered from hard froſts. When the plants have
do well in ſtandards.
remained in the pots three or four years, and have
The Black Cherry is feldom grafted or budded, but gotten ſtrength, ſome of them may be turned out of
is generally fown for ſtocks to graft the other kinds of the pots in the ſpring, and planted into the full ground,
Cherries upon; but where perſons are curious to have in a warm ſituation, near a ſouth wall, where they
the beſt flavoured of this ſort of fruit, they ſhould be will endure the cold of our ordinary winters very well,
propagated by grafting from ſuch trees as produce but muſt have ſome ſhelter in very hard weather,
the beſt fruit. This ſort of Cherry is frequently I have not as yet ſeen any of theſe trees produce
planted in wilderneſſes, where it will grow to a large flowers, though from ſome which have been planted
fize, and, at the time of its flowering, will make a ſome time againſt walls, it is probable there may
variety, and the fruit will be food for the birds. be flowers and fruit in a few years; though it can-
The double-flowering Cherry is alſo propagated for not be expected that the fruit will ever ripen in this
the beauty of the flowers, which are extremely fine, country,
CER
a
of July.

CER
CER
CERBERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 260. Thevetia. Lin. about the ſame time as the former, but never pro-
Hort. Cliff. 76. Prod. Leyd. 413. Ahouai. Tourn. duces fruit in England.
Inft. R. H. 657. tab. 434.
The third ſort grows naturally in India, and alſo in
The CHARACTERS are,
ſome parts of the Spaniſh Weſt Indies, from whence i
The empalement is compoſed of five ſarp-pointed leaves, received the feeds; this riſes with a woody ſtem to
which ſpread open and fall away. The flower is of one the height of twenty feet, ſending out many branches
leaf, funnel-Shaped, having a long tube ſpread open at the toward the top, garniſhed with long ſpear-ſhaped
top, where it is divided into five large obtufe ſegments, leaves, which are rounded at their ends; they are
ſtanding oblique to the mouth of the tube; it hath five thick, ſucculent, and, on their upper fide, of a lu-
ſtamina ſituated in the middle of the tube, which are ter- cid green, having ſeveral tranſverſe nerves from the
minated by ere&t ſummits; theſe ſtand cloſe together. In midrib to the ſide ; on their under fide they are of a
the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſhort paler green. The flowers are produced at the end of
Style, crowned by a ſtigma in form of a head. The ger- the branches, ſtanding on long foot-ſtalks, each fuf-
men afterward becomes a large, fleſhy, roundiſh berry, taining two or three flowers ſhaped like thoſe of the
with a longitudinal furrow on the ſide, dividing it into other ſpecies.
two cells, each containing a ſingle, large, compreſſed nut. Theſe plants may be propagated from their nuts,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of which muſt be procured from the countries where
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, they grow naturally, theſe ſhould be put into ſmall
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-
The SPECIES are,
bed of tanners bark in the ſpring, and treated in the
1. CERBERA ( Ahouai) foliis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 208. ſame manner as other tender exotic ſeeds, giving them
Cerbera with oval leaves. Ahouai. Thevet. Antarct. now and then a little water to promote their vegeta-
66. Tourn. Inft. 658. The Abouai.
tion. When the plants are come up about two inches
2. CERBERA (Thevetia) foliis linearibus, longiffimis, high, they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a ſepa-
confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 209. Cerbera with very long rate pot, filled with light fandy earth, and plunged
narrow leaves growing in cluſters. Ahouai Nerii folio, again into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
flore luteo. Plum. Cat. 20. Abouci with a Roſe-bay fhade the glaſſes in the heat of the day, until the
leaf, and a yellow flower.
plants have taken new root; they muſt alſo be fre-
3. CERBERA (Manghas) foliis lanceolatis, nervis tranſ- quently refreſhed with water, but it inuſt not be
verſalibus. Flor. Zeyl. 106. Cerbera with ſpear-shaped given in too large quantities. As the ſummer ad-
leaves and tranſverſe nerves. Manghas lacteſcens, fo- vances, theſe plants ſhould have air admitted to them
liis Nerii craffis venofis, Jaſmini flore, fructu Perſici in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; and when
fimili venenato. Burm. Zeyl. 150. tab. 70.
they have filled theſe ſmall pots with their roots, they
The firſt fort grows naturally in the Brazils, and alſo ſhould be turned out and tranſplanted into other pots
in the Spaniſh Weſt Indies in plenty; and there are of a larger ſize, but they muſt not be too large ; for
ſome of the trees growing in the Britiſh iſlands of A- the roots of theſe plants ſhould be confined, nor ſhould
merica; this riſes with an irregular ftem to the height the earth in which they are planted be rich, but a
of eight or ten feet, ſending out many crooked dif- light ſandy foil is beſt for them; after they are new
fuſed branches, which toward their tops are garniſhed potted they ſhould be plunged into the hot-bed again,
with thick ſucculent leaves about three inches long, obſerving to water them now and then, as alſo to ad-
and near two broad, of a lucid green, ſmooth, and mit air under the glaſſes every day in proportion to
very full of a milky juice, as is every part of the
the warmth of the ſeaſon. When the plants are grown
ſhrubs. The flowers come out in looſe bunches at about a foot high, they ſhould have a larger ſhare
the end of the branches, of a cream colour, having of air, in order to harden them before the winter,
long narrow tubes at the top cut into five obtufe ſeg- but they ſhould not be wholly expoſed to the open
ments, which ſeem twiſted, ſo as to ſtand oblique to air. In the winter theſe plants ſhould be placed in a
the tube; theſe ſpread open, and have the appearance warm ſtove, and during that ſeaſon they ſhould have
of the flowers of Oleander. It flowers in July and very little water given to them, eſpecially in cold
Auguſt, but never produces fruit in England. The weather, left it ſhould rot their roots. In the fol-
wood of this tree ſtinks moſt abominably, and the lowing ſpring theſe plants ſhould be ſhifted again into
kernels of the nuts are a moſt deadly poiſon ; ſo that other pots, at which time you ſhould take away as
the Indians always caution their children againſt eating much as you conveniently can of the old earth from
them, for they know of no antidote to expel this poi- their roots, and afterwards cut off the decayed fibres;
fon; nor will any of them uſe the wood of this tree then put them into pots filled with the ſame light ſan-
for fuel, but they take the kernels out of the ſhells, dy earth, and plunge them into the bark-bed again,
into which they put ſmall ſtones, then bore a hole for theſe plants will not thrive well unleſs they are
through each fhell, and ſtring them; thefe they tie conſtantly kept in tan: and as they abound with
about their legs to dance with, as the morris-dancers milky juice, they ſhould be ſparingly watered, for
uſe bells.
they are impatient of moiſture, eſpecially during the
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Spaniſh Weſt winter ſeaſon.
Indies, and alſo in ſome of the French iſlands in A- When by any accident the tops of theſe plants are
merica, and hath lately been introduced into the Bri- injured, they frequently put out ſhoots from their
tiſh iſlands, from whence I received the feeds by the roots, which, if carefully taken up and potted, will
title of French Phyſic Nut; but how it came by that make good plants, ſo that they may be this way pro-
appellation, I cannot imagine, becauſe there is another
pagated.
plant which grows common there, and has paſſed un- CERCIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 458. Siliquaſtrum. Tourn.
der that title many years.
Inft. R. H. 646. tab. 414. The Judas-tree, in French
This riſes with a round ftalk about the ſame height Guainier.
as the former, dividing upward into many branches. The CHARACTERS are,
Theſe, when young, are covered with a green ſmooth It hath e ſhort bell-ſhaped empolement of one leaf, which
bark, but as they grow older, the bark becomes rough, is convex at the bottom, and full of honey liquor; ct the
but changes to a gray or Afh-colour. The leaves are top it is indented in five parts. The flower hath five.
four or five inches long, and half an inch broad in petals, which are inſerted in the empalement, and greatly
the middle, ending in ſharp points, of a lucid green, reſembles a papilionaceous flower. The two wings riſe
and come out in cluſters without order, and are full obove the ſtandard, and are reflexed; the fronderd is of
of a milky juice, which flows out when they are one roundiſh petol, and the keel is compoſed of two petals,
broken. The flowers come out from the ſide of the in form of a heart, which incloſe the parts of genera-
branches upon long foot-ítalks, each ſupporting two tion. It hath ten diſtinct ſtamina, which decline, four
or three yellow flowers with long tubes, ſpreading of which are longer than the reſt, and are terminated by
open in the ſame manner as the former. It flowers oblong incumbent fuumits. It hath a long slender ger-
.
a
92en,

CER
CER
و
vour.
meit, ſitting upon a flender ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe are weaker than thoſe of the firſt fort; the leaves are
ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an oblong pod with downy, and terminate in points; whereas thoſe of
an oblique point, having one cell, incloſing ſeveral roundiſh the firſt are ſmooth, and round at the end where they
compreſed feeds.
are indented. The flowers of this are alſo ſmaller, lo
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of do not make ſo fine appearance as thoſe of the firſt;
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, but the trees are equally hardy, and will thrive in the
the flower having ten ſtamina and one ftyle. This
open air very well
genus is by all the writers placed with the papilio- The flowers of this fort are frequently put into fallads
naceous flowers, before Linnæus's Syſtem, which by the inhabitants of America ; and the French in
ſeparates it from them, becauſe the ſtamina in theſe Canada pickle the flowers, but theſe have little fla-
flowers are all diſtinct; whereas the papilionaceous
The wood of this tree is of the ſame colour
flowers have nine ſtamina joined together, and one and texture as that of the firſt.
ſeparate.
Theſe plants may be propagated by fowing their ſeeds
The Species are,
upon a bed of light earth, towards the latter end of
1. Cerers (Siliquaſtrum) foliis cordato-orbiculatis gla- March, or the beginning of April (and if you put a
bris. Hort. Cliff. 156. Cercis with round, heart-ſhaped, little hot dung under the bed, it will greatly facilitate
smooth leaves. Siliquaſtrum. Caft. Duran. 4.15. and the growth of the ſeeds ;) when the ſeeds are fown,
the Arbor Judæ. Dod. Pemp. 786. The common Ju- ſift the earth over them about half an inch thick ;
das-tree.
and, if the ſeaſon prove wet, it will be proper to
2. Cercis (Conadenſis) foliis cordatis pubeſcentibus. cover the bed with mats, to preſerve it from great
Hort. Cliff. 156. Cercis with downy heart-ſhaped leaves. rains, which will ſometimes burſt the feeds, and cauſe
Siliquaſtrum Canadenſe. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 647. them to rot; the ſeeds will often remain till the ſpring
Canada Arbor Jude, or Red Bud-tree.
following before they come up, ſo the ground mult
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, not be diſturbed till you are convinced that the plants
Spain, and Italy, and is by the Spaniards and Por- are all come up; for ſome few may riſe the firſt year,
tugueſe, titled the Tree of Love: this riſes with an and a greater number the ſecond:
upright trunk to the height of twenty feet, covered When the plants are come up they ſhould be care-
with a dark brown bark, dividing upward into many fully cleared from weeds, and in very dry weather
irregular branches, garniſhed with round, heart-ſhap- muſt be now and then refreſhed with water, which
ed, ſmooth leaves, placed irregularly on the branches, will greatly promote their growth. The winter fol-
having long foot-ſtalks; they are of a pale green on lowing, if the weather is very cold, it will be proper
their upper, and of a grayiſh colour on their under to ſhelter the plants, by covering them either with
ſide, and fall off in autumn. The flowers come out mats or dry ſtraw in hard froſts, but they ſhould
on every ſide the branches, and many times from the conſtantly be opened in mild weather, otherwiſe they
ſtem of the tree in large cluſters, ariſing from the will grow mouldy and decay.
ſame point, having ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a About the beginning of April, you ſhould prepare a
very bright purple colour, ſo make a fine appearance, ſpot of good freſh grourd, to tranſplant theſe out
eſpecially when the branches are covered pretty thick (for the beſt ſeaſon to remove them is juſt before they
with them: for they come out in the ſpring with the begin to ſhoot ;) then you ſhould carefully take up
leaves, ſo are in full beauty before the leaves have the plants, being careful not to break their roots,
obtained to half their fize. The ſhape of the flower and plant them as ſoon as poſſible, becauſe if their
is the ſame as other papilionaceous (or butterfly) roots are dried by the air, it will greatly prejudice
flowers; theſe have an agreeable poignancy, ſo are
them.
frequently eaten in ſallads. When the flowers fall The diſtance theſe ſhould be planted, muſt be pro-
off, the germen becomes a long flat pod with one portionable to the time they are to remain before they
cell, containing one row of roundiſh ſeeds, a little are again tranſplanted; but commonly they are plant-
compreſſed; but theſe do not often ſucceed the flow- ed two feet row from row, and a foot aſunder in the
ers in this country upon ſtandard trees, for the birds rows, which is full room enough for them to grow
pick off the flowers when fully open ; but where they two or three years, by which time they ſhould be
have been planted againſt good aſpected walls, I have tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain ; for
ſeen great plenty of the pods, which, in warm ſea- if they are too old when removed, they ſeldom ſuc-
fons, have ripened very well.
ceed to well as younger plants.
Theſe trees are uſually planted with other flowering The ground between the plants ſhould be carefully
trees and ſhrubs for ornaments to pleaſure-gardens, kept clean from weeds in ſummer, and in the ſpring
and for their ſingular beauty, deſerve a place as well ſhould be well dug to looſen the earth, that their
as moſt other forts; for when they are arrived to a roots may extend themſelves every way; at that ſea-
good ſize, they are productive of flowers, ſo as that fon prune off all ſtrong ſide branches (eſpecially if
the branches are often cloſely covered with them; and you intend to train them up for ſtandard trees,) that
the fingular ſhape of their leaves make a very pretty their top branches may not be checked by their fide
variety in the ſummer, and are ſeldom damaged by ſhoots, which often attract the greateſt part of the
inſects, ſo that they are often entire, when many other nouriſhment from the roots; and if their items are
trees have their leaves almoſt eaten up. This tree crooked, you muſt place a ſtrong ſtake down by the
flowers in May, when planted in the full air, but ſide of each plant, and faften the ſtem to it in ſeveral
againſt warm walls it is a fortnight or three weeks places, ſo as to bring it ftrait, which direction it will
earlier.
ſoon take as it grows larger, and thereby the plants
The wood of this tree is very beautifully veined with will be rendered beautiful.
black and green, and takes a fine poliſh, ſo may
be When they have remained in this nurſery two or
converted to many uſes.
three years, they ſhould be tranſplanted in the ſpring
There are two other varieties of this tree, one with where they are deſigned to remain, which may be in
a white, and the other hath a fleſh-coloured flower, wilderneſs quarters among other flowering trees, ob-
but theſe have not half the beauty of the firſt. Tour- ſerving to place them with trees of the ſame growth,
nefort alſo mentions one with broader pods and ſo as they may not be overhung, which is a great pre-
pointed leaves, which I believe is only a variety of this. judice to moſt plants.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North CEREFOLIUM. See CHÆREFOLIUM.
America, where it is called Red Bud, I ſuppoſe from CEREUS. Par. Bat. 122. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. 292.
the red flower-buds appearing in the ſpring before Juff. Act. R. Par. 1716. Cactus. Lin. Gen. Plant.
the leaves come out; this grows to a middling ſtature 539. The Torch Thiſtle.
in the places where it is a native, but in England
The CHARACTERS are,
rarely riſes with a ftem more than twelve feet high, It hath an oblong ſcaly empalement, which is covered with
but branches out near the root. The branches of this Spines, and fits upon the germen. The flower is compoſed
of
a
M m in

CER
CER
a
a
a
of a great number of narrow pointed petals, which ſpread | 10. Cereus (Compreſſis) repens triangularis, angulis
open like the ſun's rays. It hath a great number of compreſſis. Creeping triangular Torch Thijlle, with
declining ſtamina, which are inſerted to the baſe of the compreſſed angles. Ficoides Americanum, f. Cereus
petals, and cre terminated by oblong ſummits. The ger- erectus, criſtatus, foliis triangularibus profundè ca-
men, which is ſituated under the empalement, ſupports a naliculatis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 29. f. 3. Creſted Ameri-
. .
long cylindrical ſtyle, crowned with a multifid ſtigma, in can Torch Thiſtle, with three angles deeply channelled.
form of a bead. The germen afterward becomes an oblong 11. Cereus (Grandiflorus) repens fubquinquángularibus.
CEREUS
fucculent fruit, with a prickly ſkin, full of ſmall ſeeds in- Creeping Torch Thiſtle with five angles
. Cereus fcan-
cloſed in the pulp.
dens minor polygonus articulatis. Par. Bat. 120.
Dr. Linnæus has joined the plants of this genus, and Leſſer jointed climbing Torch Thiſtle with many angles.
alſo thoſe of Opuntia to the Cactus, making them 12. Cereus (Flagelliformis) repens decemangularis.
only ſpecies of the fame genus; but as the Powers Creeping Cereus with ten angles
. Cereus minor ſcan-
of theſe plants differ greatly in their form from thoſe dens, polygonus, fpinoſiſſimis, flore purpureo. Ed.
of the Cactus, they ſhould be ſeparated; and by pre- Prior. Leſſer climbing Torch Thiſtle, with many ſpinous
ſerving the title to this genus, by which it has been angles and a purple flower.
long known, it will prevent confuſion; and by increaf-
,
The firſt fort has been the moſt common in the Eng-
ing the number of genera, the ſpecific differences lifh gardens. This grows naturally in Surinam, from
may be better aſcertained. Linnæus places the genus whence it was brought to the gardens in Holland,
of Cactus in his twelfth claſs, intitled Icofandria, in where it produced flowers in the year 1681, and from
which he includes thoſe plants, whoſe flowers have the Dutch gardens, moſt parts of Europe have been
from nineteen to thirty ſtamina, which are faſtened to ſupplied with this plant.
the petals.
This riſes with an upright ftalk, having fix large an-
The SPECIES are,
gles, which are far aſunder, armed with ſharp ipines,
1. CEREUS (Hexagonus) erectis, ſexangularis, longus, which come out in cluſters at certain diſtances, arif-
angulis diftantibus. Upright long Cereus with ſix angles, ing from a point, but ſpread open every way like a ſtar;
which are far diſtant. Cereus erectus altiffimis Suri- the outer ſubſtance of the plant is foft, herbaceous,
namenſis. Par. Bat. 116. Talleſt upright Torch Thiſtle and full of juice, but in the center there is a ſtrong
of Surinam.
fibrous circle running the whole length, which ſecures
2. CEREUS (Tetragonus) erectis quadrangularis, angulis the ſtem from being broke by winds. Theſe will
compreſſis
. Upright Cereus with four compreſſed angles
. riſe to the height of thirty or forty feet, provided
Cereus erectus quadrangularis, coftis alarum inftar their tops are not injured, if they have room to grow;
aſſurgentibus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 293. Four-cornered up- but ſome of them have grown too tall to be kept in
right Torch Thiſtle.
the ſtoves, ſo have either been cut off, or the plants
3. CEREUS (Lanuginoſus) erectus octangularis, angulis laid down at length in winter; but whenever the ſtems
obtuſis, ſupernè inermibus. Upright Cereus with eight are cut, or otherwiſe injured, they put out one, two,
obtufe angles, having no Spines on the upper part. Ce- or ſometimes three ſhoots, from the angles, immedi-
reus erectus, fructu rubro non fpinoſo. Par. Bat. 114. ately under the wounded part, and frequently one or
Upright Torch Thifle with a red fruit, having no fpines. two lower down. Theſe ſhoots, if they are not cut
4. CEREUS (Peruvianus) erectus octangularis, angulis off, form ſo many diſtinct ſtems, and grow upright;
obtufis, fpinis robuftioribus patulis. Upright Cereus but theſe ſeldom are fo large as the principal item,
with cight angles which are obtufe, and frong Spreading eſpecially if more than one is left on the ſame plant.
Spines. Cereus erectus maximus fructu ſpinoſo rubro. The flowers come out from the angles on the ſide of
Dadus. Par. Bat. 113. Greateſt upright Torch Thiſtle the ſtem; theſe have a thick, fleſhy, ſcaly foot-ſtalk,
with a red prickly fruit.
round, channelled, and hairy, ſupporting a ſwelling
5. CEREUS (Repandus) erectus novemangularis, obſoletis germen, upon the top of which fits the ſcaly prickly
angulis, fpinis lanâ brevioribus. Upright Cereus with empalement, cloſely furrounding the petals of the
nine angles, and ſpines ſhorter than the down. Cereus flowers, till a little time before they expand, which
Curaffavicus, erectus, maximus, fructu rubro non in moſt of the forts is in the evening, and their dura-
ſpinoſo, lanugine flaveſcente. Par. Bat. 115. Greateſt tion is very ſhort, for before the next morning they
upright Torch Thiſtle with a red fruit, having no Spines, wither and decay. The flower of this ſort is compoſed
and a yellowiſh down.
of many concave petals, which, when fully expand-
6. CEREUS (Heptagonus) erectus octangularis, fpinis la- ed, are as large as thoſe of the Hollyhock; the inner
nâ longioribus. Upright Cereus with ſeven or eight an- petals are white, and crenated at their extremity.
gles, and Spines longer than the down. Cereus erectus The empalement is green, with ſome purple ſtripes ;
craftiffimus maximè angulofus, fpinis albis pluribus the middle of the flower is occupied by a great num-
longiffimis, lanugine flava. Boerh. Ind. alt. 293. Up- ber of ſtamina, which decline, and riſe at their extre-
right thickeſt Torch Thiſtle, having many angles, ſeveral mities, having roundiſh ſummits. The flowers of
very long white Spines, and a yellow down.
this kind are never ſucceeded by fruit in this coun-
7. CEREUS (Royeni) erectus novemangularis, fpinis lanâ try, nor do the plants often produce their flowers
æqualibus. Upright Torch Thiſtle with nine angles, and here; but when they do, there are generally ſeveral
Spines of equal length with the down. Cereus erectus, on the ſame plant. I have ſome years had more than
gracilis, ſpinoſiſſimis, fpinis flavis, polygonus, lanu- a dozen upon a ſingle plant, which have all flowered
gine albâ palleſcente. Boerh. Ind. alt. 293. Upright within a few days of each other. The uſual time of
flender Torch Thiſtle, very full of yellowiſh Spines, meny its flowering is in July.
angles, and a pale white down.
This fort is not fo tender as the others, fo may be
8. CEREUS (Gracilis) erectus gracilior novemangularis preſerved in a warm green-houſe, without any artifi-
fpinis brevibus, angulis obtulis. Slenderer upright Torch cial heat; but the plants ſhould have no water given
Thiſtle having nine obtuſe angles, and fort ſpines. Ce- them in winter, when they are thus ſituated; for un-
reus altiffimis, gracilior, fructu extus luteo intus ni- leſs they are placed in a ſtove, where the moiſture
veo, feminibus nigris pleno. Talleſi Slender Torch Thiſ- is ſoon evaporated, the wet will occafion them to rot.
tle with a fruit yellow without, white within, and full Theſe plants naturally grow upon very dry rocky
of black ſeeds.
places, where their roots are confined, ſo they must
9. CEREUS (Triangularis) repens triangularis, fructu not be planted in large pots, nor ſhould they be plant-
maximo rotundo, rubro, eſculento. Creeping triangu- ed in rich foil; the beſt compoſt for them is one third
ler Torch Thiſtle, with very large, round, red, eatable light earth from a common, a third of fea fand, and
fruit. Cereus fcandens minor trigonus articulatis the other part fifted lime-rubbiſh; if theſe are well
fructu fuaviffimo. Par. Bat. Prod. 118. Leffer, creep- mixed together, and often -turned over before the
ing, three-cornered, jointed Torch Thiſtle, with a very plants are put into it, they will thrive the better. The
Sweet fruit, commonly called in the Weſt Indies, the true farther directions for their management, will be here-
prickly Pear, and by the Spaniards Pithatiaya.
after exhibited.
The
3
3
و
a
I

CER
CER
The ſecond fort riſes with an upright ftem like the
firſt, but it hath only four angles, which are com-
preſſed, and ſtand far afunder. This is
very ſubject
to put out many ſhoots from the ſides, which ſtops
its upright growth, ſo that the plants rarely riſe more
than four or five feet high. This hath not flowerd
in England, fo far as I have been able to learn.
The third, fourth, fifth, fixth, ſeventh and eighth
forts grow naturally in the Britiſh iſlands of America,
from whence I received them in the year 1728.
Theſe have the ſame form as the firſt, but differ in
the fize of their ſtems, the number of angles, and
the length of their ſpines, as is before expreſſed in
their titles; but, except the eighth fort, not any of
them have flowered in England as yet, though there
are many of the plants which are more than twelve
or fourteen feet high: the eighth fort hath the
ſmalleſt ftem of any of the upright forts which I have
yet ſeen; this hath generally nine obtuſe angles,
which are armed with ſhort fpines, placed at farther
diſtances than thoſe of the other forts, nor are the
channels between the angles near ſo deep. The
Howers of this are produced from the angels, in the
fame manner as the firſt, but they are ſmaller, and
the empalement is of a light green, without any
mixture of colour. The fruit is about the ſize and
ſhape of a middling Bergamot Pear, having many
Loft fpines on the ſkin; the outſide is a pale yellow,
the inſide very white, full of pulp, having a great
number of ſmall black ſeeds lodged in it. This fort
frequently fowers in July, and in warm feaſons will
perfect its fruit, which hath very little flavour in this
country.
Theſe forts are more impatient of cold than the firſt,
ſo require a ſtove to preſerve them in winter; nor
ſhould they be expoſed abroad in ſummer, but kept
conſtantly in the houſe, giving them a large ſhare of
air in warm weather.
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in Peru, from
whence it was ſent to the royal garden at Paris; and
in the year 1734, I was favoured with ſome cuttings
of it by Dr. Bernard de Juffieu, demonſtrator of
the plants in that garden. Theſe fucceeded in the
Chelſea garden, and have ſince been communicated
to moſt of the curious gardens in England. This is
not fo tender as the other forts, ſo may be preſerved
in a good green-houſe, or placed under a hot-bed
frame in winter, and in ſummer ſhould be expoſed
to the open air, which will prevent the ſhoots from
drawing weak, and thereby a greater number of
flowers will be produced; but during the time they
remain in the open air, they ſhould have little water;
and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove wet, the plants ſhould
be ſcreened from it, otherwiſe it will cauſe them to
rot the following winter. This fort produces its flow-
ers in May, and ſometimes earlier, when the ſeaſon
is warm.
The ninth fort is, by the inhabitants of Barbadoes,
trained up againſt their houſes for the ſake of its
fruit, which is about the bigneſs of a Bergamot Pear,
and of a moſt delicious flavour. This, and alſo the
tenth, eleventh, and twelfth forts, are tender, ſo
require a warm ftove to preſerve them. Thefe
ſhould be placed againſt the walls of the ſtove, into
which they will infinuate their roots, and extend
themſelves to a great length; and with a little help,
in faſtening them to the wall in a few places, may be
led up about the cieling of the houſe, where they
will appear very handſome. And the eleventh fort,
when arrived to a ſufficient ſtrength, will produce
many exceeding large, beautiful, ſweet-fcented flow-
TS; but they are like moſt of the flowers of theſe
kinds) of very ſhort duration, ſcarcely continuing
full blown fix hours; nor do the fame flowers ever
open again, when once cloſed: they begin to open
in the evening between ſeven and eight of the clock,
are fully blown by eleven, and by three or four the
next morning fade, and hang down quite decayed;
but, during their continuance, there is ſcarce any
flower of greater beauty, or that makes a more mag-
nificent appearance, for the calyx of the flower,
when open, is near a foot diameter; the inſide of
which, being of a ſplendid yellow colour, appears
like the rays of a bright ftar, the outſide of a dark
brown; and the petals of the flowers being of a pure
white, adds to the luſtre ; and the vaſt number of
recurved ſtamina, ſurrounding the ſtyle in the center
of the flower, make a fine appearance; and add to
this the fine ſcent of the flower, which perfumes the
air to a conſiderable diſtance: there is ſcarce any plant
which deſerves a place in the hot-houſe fo much as
this, eſpecially as it is to be trained againſt the wall,
where it will not take up room. The uſual ſeaſon
of its flowering is in July, and when the plants are
large, they will produce a great number of flowers,
ſo that there will be a ſucceſſion of them for ſeveral
nights, and many of them will open the fame night.
I have frequently had fix, eight, or ten flowers open
at the ſame time upon one plant, which have made
a moſt magnificent appearance by candle-light, but
none of them have been ſucceeded by any appearance
of fruit.
The tenth fort produces a flower little inferior to the
former, as I have been informed by perſons who
have ſeen them ; but I never had the good fortune to
have
any of theſe plants which have been under my
care flower; nor have I heard of more than two gar-
dens where they have as yet flowered in England;
the firſt of them was many years ſince in the royal
gardens at Hampton Court, when there was a curious
collection of exotic plants kept in good order in
thoſe gardens, which have fince been greatly ne-
glected; the other was produced in the gardens of
the right honourable the Marquis of Rockingham,
at Wentworth-Hall, in Yorkſhire. Theſe are the
only gardens in this country where I have heard of
this fort having produced flowers; although there are
many of theſe plants in ſeveral gardens, which are of
a conſiderable age, and extend their branches to a
very great diftance.
The ninth fort has never produced any flowers as yet
in England, nor have we any good figure of the
flower in any of the botanic books; but I have been
informed by ſome curious perſons who have reſided
in America, that the flowers are not near ſo beautiful
as thoſe of the tenth and eleventh, but the fruit is
greatly eſteemed by all the inhabitants.
The twelfth ſort produces a greater number of flow-
ers than either of the other; theſe are of a fine Pink
colour, both within and without; the petals are not
ſo numerous, and the tube of the flower is longer
than thoſe of the other ſpecies; and, contrary to all
the other forts, keep open three or four days, pro-
vided the weather is not too hot, or the place where
they ſtand kept too warm. During the continuance
of theſe flowers, they make a fine appearance. This
fort has very ſlender trailing branches, which require
to be ſupported; but theſe do not extend ſo far as
thoſe of the other fort, nor are their branches jointed
as thoſe are, ſo they cannot be trained ſo far againſt
the walls of the houſe; but as it produces fuch
beautiful flowers, and in fo great plenty, it may
be
placed among the firſt claſs of exotic plants. This
plant has produced fruit in the garden at Chelſea,
but it hath not as yet ripened.
Theſe plants are all propagated by cuttings, ſo that
if
you
intend to increaſe the number of them, you
muſt cut off the ſtems of the upright forts at what
length you pleaſe; theſe ſhould be laid in a dry place
to heal the part cut, at leaſt a fortnight or three weeks
before they are planted; but if they lie a month it
is much the better, and they will be in leſs danger
of rotting, eſpecially thoſe forts which are the moſt
ſucculent.
Theſe cuttings ſhould be planted in pots filled with
the mixture of earth before directed, laying ſome
ftones in the bottom of the pots to drain off the
moiſture; then place the pots into a gentle hot-bed
of tanners bark, to facilitate their rooting, giving
them once a week a gentle watering.
a
a
a
6
The

CER
CER
a
3
3
The beſt ſeaſon for this work is in June, or the be- purpurafcente. C. B. P. 258. Honeywort with a pur-
ginning of July, that they may have time to root pliſh red flower.
before winter; towards the middle of Auguſt you 3. CERINTHE (Minor) foliis amplexicaulibus, integris,
muſt begin to give them air by degrees, to harden fructibus geminis, corollis acutis, claufis. Lin. Sp.
them againſt winter, but they ſhould not be wholly Plant. 137. Honeywort with entire leaves, embracing
expoſed to the open air or fun; at the end of Sep- the ſtalk, a double fruits and a pointed cloſed petal. Ce-
tember they muſt be removed into the ſtove, or rinthe minor. C. B. P. 258. Smaller Honeywort.
green-houſe, where they are to abide the winter, The firſt fort grows naturally in Germany and Italy.
during which ſeaſon you muſt be very careful not to This is an annual plant, which riſes with ſmooth
let thein have much water; and always obſerve to branching ſtalks a foot and a half high, garniſhed
place the young plants, for the firſt winter, in a little with oval, oblong, prickly leaves, which are of a
warmer ſituation than the older plants, as being ſome- ſea-green, ſpotted with white, and embrace the ſtalks
what tenderer.
with their baſe; the flowers are produced at the end
Theſe plants ſhould always have a dry ſituation in of the branches, ſtanding between the ſmall leaves,
winter, for as they imbibe the greateſt part of their which embrace the ſtalks; theſe are long, tubulous,
nouriſhment from the circumambient air, ſo if this and blunt at the top, where the tube is greatly en-
be too replete with moiſt particles, it will occaſion larged; they are yellow, and have a mellous liquor
their rotting; therefore they ſhould not be expoſed in their tubes, with which the bees are much de-
abroad, not even in the midſt of ſummer, unleſs they lighted; and an herbaceous empalement, cut into
are under ſhelter; for great rains, which often happen five parts, which afterward incloſes the feeds; theſe
at that ſeaſon, are very injurious to them, the firſt flowers have each four embryos, or germen, but only
eight forts ſhould be therefore placed ſo as to enjoy two of them are fruitful The
top
of the ſtalks are
a free air in the ſummer, but, at the ſame time, reflexed backward, ſomewhat like thoſe of Turnfole.
ſcreened from rains and great dews; it will therefore It flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in
be much the better method to ſet them in an open Auguſt and September. If the feeds are not taken
glaſs ftove, where the windows may be ſet open in as ſoon as they change black, they drop out of the
good weather, and ſhut in cold or wet. The other empalement in a ſhort time; ſo unleſs they are care-
four forts muſt not be expoſed too much to the open fully gathered up, they will vegetate with the firſt
air, even in the hotteſt ſeaſon, eſpecially if you de- moiſt weather
ſign to have them flower; and in winter they
;
The ſecond fort is like the firſt, but the leaves are
ſhould be kept very warm, and have no water given larger, and ſmooth, having no prickles on them.
them.
The flowers of this are of a purpliſh red colour, and
When
you have once cut off the tops of any of theſe the plants grow larger. This grows in Italy, and the
plants, in order to increaſe them, the lower parts ſouth of France; it is alſo an annual plant.
will
put
forth freſh ſhoots from their angles, which, The third ſort grows naturally on the Alps, and
when grown to be eight or nine inches long, may alſo other mountainous places; this hath ſlenderer ftalks
be taken off to make freſh plants; and, by this means, than either of the former, which riſe two feet high,
the old plants will continually afford a ſupply, ſo that and cloſer garniſhed with leaves than either of the
you never need cut off above one plant of a ſort, others; theſe embrace the ſtalks with their baſe, and
which you ſhould preſerve for a breeder.
are of a bluer green colour. The flowers are ſmall,
Theſe plants being ſucculent, they will bear to be a their upper part is deeply cut into five fegments
long time out of the ground; therefore whoever hath but the mouth of the tube is cloſely ſhut up; the em-
a mind to get any of them from the Weſt Indies, palement is large, and cloſely ſurrounds the flower.
need give no other inſtructions to their friends, but The flowers are yellow, and appear at the ſame time
to cut them off, and let them lie two or three days with the other forts. If the feeds of this are per-
to dry; then put them up in a box with dry hay, or mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in autumn,
ſtraw, to keep them from wounding each other with and theſe will grow much taller, and lower earlier
their ſpines, and if they are two or three months on than thoſe which are fown in the ſpring; this hath
their paſſage, they will keep very well, provided no been ſuppoſed a perennial plant by many, but from
wet get to them.
many years obſervation, I could never find theſe
CERINTHE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 171. Tourn. Inft. plants continue after they had flowered and perfected
R. H. 79. tab. 16. Honeywort; in French, Me- their feeds.
linet.
The ſpecies of this plant are propagated by ſeeds,
The CHARACTERS are,
which Thould be fown foon after they are ripe; for,
It both an oblong permanent empalement, cut into five if they are kept till ſpring, the growing quality of
equal parts. The flower hath one petal, having a thick them is often loft; or at leaſt they lie ſome months in
ſhort tube, which /wells upward much thicker, and at the the ground before they grow; the plants are hardy, and
brim is quinquefid; the chaps cre naked and pervious ; if the ſeeds are fown in a warm ſituation, they will
it hath five sort ſiamina, terminated by pointed upright endure the winter's cold very well without ſhelter;
fummits. In the bottom are ſituated four germen, ſup- theſe autumnal plants are alſo much furer to produce
porting a ſlender Style the length of the ſtamina, crowned ripe ſeeds than thoſe which are fown in the fpring,
by an obtuſe ſtigma; two of the germen afterward be- which are generally late in the ſeaſon before they
comes ſo many ſeeds, which are hard, ſmooth, plain on flower; and conſequently if the autumn ſhould not
one ſide, but convex on the other, and are incloſed in the prove very warm, their feeds would not be per-
empalement.
fected.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of The plants make a pretty variety for large borders in
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, gardens, where, if they are ſuffered to drop their
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
feeds, the plants will ariſe without any farther care ;
The SPECIES are,
ſo that when a perſon is once furniſhed with the fe-
1. CERINTHE (Major) foliis ovato-oblongis, afperis, veral varieties, he need be at no more trouble than
amplexicaulibus, corollis obtufiuſculis, patulis. Ho- to allow each of them a reſpective place where it may
neywort with oval, oblong, rough leaves, embracing the remain, and low itſelf; and with this culture, there
ſtalk, and ſpreading blunt petals. Cerinthe quorundam is a greater certainty of preſerving the forts than in
major, fpinofo folio, flavo fore. J. B. 3. 602. any other management; nor will they perhaps be en-
Greater Honeywort with a prickly leaf, and a yellow tirely loſt in this way, if it ſhould happen that the
flower.
ſeaſon ſhould prevent their ripening feed (as it ſome-
2. CERINTHE (Glabris) foliis oblongo-ovatis, glabris, times proves ;) for when great quantities of the feeds
amplexicaulibus, corollis obtuſiuſculis, patulis. Honey- have ſcattered upon the ground, ſome of them will
wort with oblong, ovch, ſmooth leaves, embracing the be buried ſo deep, in ftirring the earth, as not to
ſtalks, and a ſpreading blunt petal. Cerinthe flore rubro grow the firſt year; which, upon being turned up
2
to

C ÉS
CÉS
to the air the ſucceeding year, will come up as well
as new feeds.
CESTRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 231. Jaſminoides.
Dill. Nov. Gen. 170. Baſtard Jaſmine.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a ſhort tubular empalement of one leaf, which is
indented at the top into five parts, which are erect. The
flower is funnel-ſhaped, of one petal, having a long cy-
lindrical tube, which ſpreads open at the top, where it is
cut into five equal ſegments; it hath five ſlender Stamina
the length of the tube, to which they adhere, and are ter-
minated by roundiſh four-cornered ſummits. The oval cy-
lindrical germen is ſituated in the empalement, ſupporting
a ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an ob-
tuſe thick ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes on
oval oblong berry with one cell, incloſing ſeveral roundiſh
feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mo-
nogynia, the flower having five ftamina and one
ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. CESTRUM (Nokturnum) floribus pedunculatis. Hort.
Cliff. 490. Ceftrum with flowers ſtanding upon foot-
ſtalks. Jaſminoides foliis Pilhaminis, flore vireſcente
noctu odoratiſſimo. Hort. Elth. 183. tab. 153. Baſtard
Faſmine with leaves of Piſkamin, and a greeniſh flower,
fmelling very ſweetly in the night.
2. CESTRUM (Diurnum) floribus feſſilibus. Hort. Chiff.
491. Ceftrum with flowers growing to the branches.
Jaſminoides laureolæ folio, flore candido interdiu
odorato. Hort. Elth. 186. tab. 154. Baſtard Jaſmine
with a Spurge Laurel leaf, and a white flower, ſmelling
in the day.
3. CESTRUM (Nervoſum) foliis lanceolatis oppofitis ner-
vis tranſverſalibus, pedunculis ramofis. Ceftrum with
Spear-ſhaped leaves growing oppoſite, having tranſverſe
veins, and branching foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Jafmi-
noides Americanum, lauri folio, flore albo odorato.
Houft. MSS. Baſtard Jaſmine of America with a Bay
leaf, and a white, ſweet, ſmelling flower.
4. CESTRUM (Spicatum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, floribus
fpicatis, alaribus & terminalibus. Ceftrum with oval
Spear-shaped leaves, and flowers growing in Spikes from
the ſides and tops of the branches.
5. CESTRUM (Confertum) foliis oblongo-ovatis, obliquis,
foribus alaribus confertis, tubo longiffimo & tenuif-
fimo. Ceftrum with oblong oval leaves which ore oblique,
and flowers growing in cluſters from the ſides of the
branches, with a very long ſender tube.
6. CESTRUM (Venenatum) foliis lanceolatis obliquis, fio-
ribus alaribus, pedunculis folioſis. Ceftrum with ob-
lique ſpear-ſhaped leaves, flowers proceeding from the ſides
of the branches, and leafy foot-ſtālks. Jaſminum lauri-
nis foliis, flore pallidè luteo, fructu atrocæruleo po-
lypyreno venenato. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 2. p. 196.
Jaſmine with Bay leaves, a pale yellow flower, and a dark
blue fruit with many ſeeds, which are poiſonous.
The firſt fort was many years paft raiſed in the cu-
rious gardens of the Ducheſs of Beaufort, at Bad-
mington, in Glouceſterſhire, and was from thence
communicated to ſeveral gardens in England and
Holland, where in the latter it paſſes under the title
of Badmington Jaſmine to this time. This grows
naturally in the iſland of Cuba, from whence I re-
ceived the feeds by the title of Dama de Noche, i. e.
Lady of the Night; which appellation I ſuppoſe was
given it, from the flowers ſending out a ſtrong odour
after the ſun is ſet.
It riſes with an upright ſtalk about fix or ſeven feet
high, covered with a grayiſh bark, and divides up-
ward into many ſlender branches, which generally
incline to one ſide; and are garniſhed with leaves
placed alternate, which are near four inches long,
and one and a half broad, ſmooth on their upper fide,
of a pale green, and on their under fide they have
ſeveral tranſverſe veins, and are of a ſea-green colour,
having ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced
-
at the wings of the leaves, in ſmall cluſters, ſtanding
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining four or five
Howers, which have very ſhort empalements, wiela
long ſlender tubes, which are enlarged at the top,
where they are cut into five parts which are reflexed;
theſe are of an herbaceous colour; they appear in
Auguſt, but are not fucceeded by berries in this
country; but thoſe which I received from America
were ſmall, and of a dark brown colour, incloſing
feveral feeds.
The ſeeds of the ſecond fort were ſent me from the
Havannah, by the title of Dama de Dio, or Lady of
the Day; this riſes with an upright ſtalk to the height
of ten or twelve feet, covered with a ſmooth light
green bark, dividing upward into many ſmaller
branches, garniſhed with finooth leaves near three
inches long, and one and a half broad, of a lively
green colour, and the conſiſtence of thoſe of the
Spurge Laurel; theſe are ranged alternately on the
branches. Toward the upper part of the ſhoots come
out the flowers from the wings of the leaves, ſtanding
in cluſters cloſe to the branches, they are very white,
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, and ſmell fweet
in the day time, from whence it had the appellation
of Lady of the Day. The berries of this are ſmaller
than thoſe of the firſt fort. This flowers in Sep-
tember, October and November.
The third fort was ſent me from Carthagena in New
Spain, near which place it grows naturally, this riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix feet high, covered
with a brown bark, and divides upward into many
ſmall branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
about four inches long, and little more than one
broad; they are ſmooth, of a light green, and have
many horizontal veins running from the midrib to
the fides, and are placed oppoſite. From the wings
of the leaves, toward the upper part of the branches,
are produced the flowers, itanding upon branching
foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining four or five flowers, whole
tubes are fwelling at their baſe, juſt above the em-
palement, but contract upward to the mouth, where
the petal is cut into five broad ſegments which ſpread
flat; they are white, but without fcent.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Carthagena with
the former. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ten or
twelve feet high, covered with a light gray bark, and
fends out many branches the whole length, gar-
niſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſtanding
without order; they are two inches and a half long,
and one and a half broad, of a light green,
with ſlender foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out in
looſe ſpikes from the fide, and alſo the end of the
branches, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort,
and are of a whitiſh green colour, without ſcent.
Theſe are fucceeded by roundiſh purple berries, the
ſize of large Peaſe, which have a ſoft juicy pulp, filled
with fiat feeds.
The fifth fort riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks eight
or ten feet high, covered with a white ſmooth bark,
ſending out many irregular branches, garniſhed with
oblong oval leaves, which at their baſe are longer on
one fide, ſo that the foot-ſtalk is oblique; they are
placed on the branches without order, and are of a
pale green. The flowers come out in cluſters from
the ſide of the branches, many of them ariſing from
the ſame point; theſe have very ſlender long tubes,
which are cut at the top into five acute ſegments
which are erect. They are of a pale yellow, and
without fcent.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun.
This riſes with a woody ftem eight or nine feet high,
covered with a ſmooth brown bark, and ſends out
many branches on the ſide which grow erect, gar-
niſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks
are ſhort; they are five inches long, and two broad,
ſmooth, of the conſiſtence with Bay leaves, and are
placed alternate on the branches. From the wings
of the leaves the flowers are produced, moſt part of
the length of the branches, the foot-ſtalks of the
flowers are garniſhed with ſmall leaves, ſtanding
between each flower in a ſingular manner, the flowers
N nn
riſing
a
a
a

CES
CH Æ
ز
a
riſing one above the other; and between, or oppoſite
freſh air admitted to them in warm weather, and
to each, is one, and ſometimes two leaves, of the two or three times a week refreſhed with water.
fame form with thoſe on the branches. The flowers With this management the cuttings will put out
are of a pale yellow, and emit a diſagreeable odour. roots in five or fix weeks, when they ſhould be gra-
Theſe are fucceeded by oval berries of a Violet co- dually expoſed to the fun; and when they begin to
lour, full of juice, each containing ſeveral fat feeds ; put out ſhoots, they muſt have a greater Share of
they are reckoned very poiſonous, ſo have the ap- freſh air admitted to them, to prevent their drawing
pellation of Poiſon Berries in Jamaica.
up weak; and their waterings ſhould be oftener re-
This has been, by many of the writers on botany, peated, but given in ſmall quantities, for their young
ſuppoſed to be the ſame with the firſt; but any perſon tender fibres will not endure much wet. When they
who has ſeen both forts growing, cannot doubt of have made good roots, they fhould be carefully
their being diſtinct fpecies; the ſhape and fize of ſhaken out of the pots, and each put into a ſeparate
the leaves are very different, as are alſo their flowers ſmall pot, filled with the ſame ſort of earth as before;
and berries. Some have alſo ſuppoſed that the Parqui then give them fome water, to ſettle the earth to their
of Pere Feuillé, is the ſame with this, but that is a roots, and plunge them again into the tan-bed; ob-
great miſtake; for the flowers of this plant are pro- ſerving if any of their leaves hang down, to ſhade
duced in looſe bunches at the extremity of the them from the fun in the middle of the day, until
branches, whereas thoſe of this fort come out from they have taken freſh root; after which they ſhould
the fide, at the foot-ftalks of the leaves ; ſo that this have a large ſhare of air in warm weather, to
plant is certainly different from either of theſe, but ſtrengthen them before winter. Their waterings in
approaches neareſt to the third.
the ſummer ſhould be frequent; and if they are
The fifth fort I take to be the ſame as Pere Plumier's ſprinkled all over their leaves, it will waſh and cleanſe
Jaſminum aliud arboreſcens, foliis folani, minus; for them from filth, which will greatly promote their
by an imperfect ſpecimen of his plant which was growth; but their roots muſt not be kept too
ſhewn me, the leaves appear the ſame, but as the
moiſt.
fpecimen was without flower or fruit, ſo I could not In the autumn the plants of the three laſt forts muſt
determine it.
be removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into
The firſt and ſecond forts produce their flowers every the tan-bed, where they muſt be treated in the ſame
year in England, but the others do but ſeldom flower manner as other tender exotic plants; but the two
here; but as they retain their leaves all the year, fo firſt forts may be treated otherwiſe, eſpecially when
they make a pretty variety in the ſtove, during the they have obtained ſtrength, yet the firſt winter they
winter ſeaſon, and when they flower, the branches may be managed in the ſame way as the others.
are commonly well garniſhed at their joints with There muſt be great care had in watering of theſe
bunches of flowers, ſo they make a fine appearance at plants in winter, for they are all (except the ſecond
that time.
ſort) very impatient of moiſture ; ſo that they are ſoon
All theſe plants grow naturally in very hot countries, killed by being over-watered.
ſo cannot be preſerved in England without artificial If the ſeeds of theſe are procured from the countries
heat; therefore require to be placed in a warm ſtove, where they grow naturally, they ſhould be fowed in
eſpecially in the winter. The two firſt are hardier ſmall pots filled with the earth before directed, and
than the others; theſe I have kept ſeveral years in
I
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark,
a dry ſtove, with a moderate ſhare of heat in winter, giving them now and then a little water. Sometimes
and in the middle of ſummer have ſet them in the the feeds will come up the ſame year, but they very
open air, in a warm ſituation. With this manage-
often lie in the ground till the ſpring following; 10
ment I have found them thrive, and produce flowers that if the plants do not appear in fix or ſeven weeks
much better than when they have been placed in a after the feeds are fown, they will not come up that
greater heat; but I have often endeavoured to keep ſeaſon; in which caſe the pots may be plunged in
theſe plants through the winter, in a green-houſe, or the tan-bed of the ſtove, between the other plants,
a glaſs caſe, without fire, but could never ſucceed; where they will be ſhaded from the ſun, and but little
for by the end of January, they commonly de- water given them; in this ſituation they may remain
cayed.
till the following ſpring, when they ſhould be re-
The other forts require a larger fhare of heat, eſpe- moved, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, which will
cially when the plants are young; therefore they bring up the plants in a ſhort time, provided the
ſhould be plunged in the tan-bed of the bark-ſtove,
feeds were good
otherwiſe they will loſe their leaves in winter, if they When the young plants are fit to remove, they ſhould
are not quite deſtroyed; but after three or four years be carefully ſhaken out of the pots, and each planted
growth, they will bear to be treated more hardily, into a ſeparate pot filled with the before-mentioned
provided they are inured to it gradually.
earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, and af-
Theſe plants may be propagated from ſeeds, or by terward treated in the ſame way as hath been directed
cuttings. Thoſe which come from ſeeds are always for the plants raiſed from cuttings.
the moſt vigorous, and ſtraiteft plants; but as they CETERACH. See ASPLENIUM.
do not produce ſeeds in England, ſo the other method CHÆROPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 320.
is generally practiſed, becauſe their feeds are rarely Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 314. tab. 166. [xaspécuarov, of
brought hither.
zachow, to rejoice, and quirov, Gr. a leaf, becauſe the
The beſt time to plant theſe cuttings is about the leaves, ſteeped in wine, and drank, will exhilarate
end of May, by which time the ſhoots will have had and chear melancholy perſons.] Chervil.
time to recover their ſtrength, after their confinement The CHARACTERS are,
during the winter ſeaſon. The ſhoots which come It is an umbelliferous plant; the principal umbel is ſpread-
out from the lower part of the ſtalks, ſhould always ing and bath no involucrum, compoſed of ſeveral ſmall
be choſen for this purpoſe. Theſe ſhould be cut ones, called rays; the ſmall ones have a five-leaved in-
about four inches long, and five or fix of them may volucrum, which is refiexed; the flowers have five heart-
be planted in each halfpenny pot; for the cuttings Shaped inflexed petals, and five ſtamina, which are ter-
of moſt ſorts of exotic plants, will ſucceed better when minated by roundiſh ſummits: the germen is ftuated below
they are planted in theſe ſmall pots, than they do in the flower, ſupporting two reflexed Styles, crowned with
larger, as I have many years experienced. The earth obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an ob-
in which theſe are planted, ſhould be freſh and light, long pointed fruit, dividing in two parts, each having
but not full of dung: when the cuttings are planted, one jeed, which is convex on one ſide and plain on the
the earth muſt be preſſed pretty cloſe to them, and other.
then gently watered, after which the pots muſt be This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, and Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, the
every day ſhaded from the fun. They muſt alſo have flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The
و
a

CHÆ
CHA
NICERA.
5.
3
.
The SPECIES are,
CHAMÆCERASUS. See CERÅSUS and Loa
1. ChưROPHYLLUM (Sylveſtre) caule ftriato geniculis
tumidiuſculis. Flor. Suec. 2. N. 257. Wild Chervil CHAMÆCISTUS. See Cistus.
with ſtriated ſtalks, whoſe joints are ſwelling. Myrrhis CHAMÆCLEMA. See GLECHOMA.
ſylveſtris feminibus lævibus. C. B. P. 160. Wild Myrrh CHAMÆCYPARISSUS. See SANTOLINA.
.
with ſmooth ſeeds.
CHAMEDAPHNE. See RUSCUS.
2. CHÆROPHYLLUM (Bulboſum) caule lævi, geniculis CHAMÆDRYS. See TEUCRIUM.
tumidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 258. Chervil with a ſmooth CHAMÆLÆA. See CNEORUM.
Stalk, and ſwelling joints. Myrrhis tuberoſa & nodoſa CHAMÆMELUM. See ANTHEMIS.
conyophillon. Mor. Umb. 67. Tuberous and knotted CHAMÆMESPILUS. See MESPILUS.
Myrrh with a Hemlock leaf.
CHAMÆMORUS. See RUBUS.
3. CHÆROPHYLLUM (Temulum) caule fcabro, geniculis CHAMÆNERION. See EPILOBIUM.
tumidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 258. Chervil with a rough CHAMÆPITYS. See TEUCRIUM.
ſtalk, and ſwelling joints. Chærophyllum fylveſtre. CHAMÆRHODODENDRON. See Azad
C. B. P. 152. Wild Chervil.
LEA and KALMIA.
4. CHÆROPHYLLUM (Aureum) caule æquali, foliolis inci- CHAMÆRIPHES. See CHAMÆROPS.
fis acutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 258. Chervil with an equal CHAMÆROPS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1084. Chamæ-
ſtalk, and leaves cut into acute ſegments. Myrrhis pe- riphes. Pont. 10. Dod. Pempt. 820. Dwarf Palm, or
rennis alba minor, foliis hirſutis, femine aureo. Mor. Palmetto.
Umb. 282.
The CHARACTERS are,
CHÆROPHYLLUM (Hirſutum) caule æquali, foliolis in- It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers in diſtinct plants ;
ciſis acutis, feminibus ſubulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 371. the hermaphrodite flowers are all included in one common
Wild Chervil with an equal ſtalk, whose ſmall leaves are Spatha or hood, which is compreſſed and bifid, and the
cut acutely, and awl-ſhaped ſeeds. Myrrhis paluſtris, Spadix or club is branching ; each flower hath a ſmall three-
latifolia rubra. C. B. P. 161.
pointed empalement ; they have one thick upright petal,
The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſide of high- which is cut into three parts, and turns inward at the
ways, and the borders of the fields in moſt parts of top, and five compreſſed ſtamina which join at their baſe,
England, fo is never cultivated in gardens. It is fre- terminated by narrow twin ſummits, joined to the inte-
quently called Cow Parſley, but for what reaſon I rior part of the ſtamina. They have three roundiſh ger-
cannot ſay, becauſe there are few animals who care to men, each having a diſtinct ſtyle, which is permanent, ter-
eat it, except the aſs; for it is reckoned to have ſome- minated by pointed ſtigma. The three germen after-
thing of the quality of Hemlock, but in a lefs degree. ward become ſo many round berries, having one cell, each
It is a weed which ſhould be rooted out from all containing a ſingle ſeed. The male flowers are like the her-
paftures in the ſpring, for it is one of the moſt early maphrodite, but the ſtamina are not diſtinct, nor have they
plants in ſhooting; ſo that by the beginning of April any gerinen.
the leaves are near two feet high. The ſeeds of this This genus of plants is joined with the other kinds
plant ſpread greatly over the ground, and as the of Palms by Dr. Linnæus, and placed in the appen-
roots are perennial, they are often very troubleſome dix to his Genera Plantarum ; but ſhould be ranged
weeds to deſtroy.
in his twenty-third claſs, or rather made a diſtinct claſs
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Hungary and Il- by themſelves, becauſe their manner of fructification
tria. This plant hath a thick tuberous root, from is very different from moſt other plants.
which come forth ſeveral leaves reſembling thoſe of
The SPECIES are,
Wild Chervil, which ſpread horizontally near the 1. CHAMÆROPS (Humilia) frondibus palmatis, plicatis,
ground. The ſtalks riſe fix or ſeven feet high, which ftipitibus fpinofis. Hort. Cliff. 482. Dwarf Palin with
are ſpotted with purple, and garniſhed with leaves of folding polmated leaves, and prickly foot-ſtalks. Palma
the ſame form as thoſe below. The knots at the humilis, fc. Chamæriphes. J. B. Hift. 1. 368. Dwarf
joints of the ſtalks ſwell out on every fide, at which Palm, or Palmetto.
is placed one of theſe divided leaves, the ſtalks are 2. CHAMÆROPS (Glabra) foliis flabelliformibus, maxi-
terminated by ſmall umbels of white flowers, which mis, ftipitibus glabris. Dwarf Palm with very large
are ſucceeded by long narrow ſeeds. It flowers in June, fan-ſhaped leaves, and ſmooth foot-fialks. Palma non
and the ſeeds ripen in Auguft. If the feeds of this ſpinoſa humilima. Dwarf Pelm without ſpines, com-
plant are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come monly called ſmall Palmetto Royal.
up without any farther care, and only require to be The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, particularly
kept clean from weeds.
in Andaluſia, where, in the ſandy land, the roots
The third fort grows naturally on the ſides of foot- ſpread and propagate ſo faſt, as to cover the ground
walks, and on the borders of woods in many parts in the ſame manner as the Fern in England. The
of England, fo is not cultivated in gardens.
leaves of theſe plants are tied together to make be-
The fourth fort grows naturally in the paſtures about ſoms for ſweeping
Geneva, and in Switzerland; this hath a perennial This never riſes with an upright ſtem, but the foot-
root, from which come out in the ſpring many leaves, ſtalks of the leaves riſe immediately from the head of
ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt, but narrower, hairy, the root, and are armed on each ſide with ſtrong
and more divided. The ſtalks are channelled, and ſpines; they are flat on their upper ſurface, and con-
riſe three feet high, garniſhed with the like leaves ; vex on their under fide. The center of the leaves
theſe are terminated by large umbels, formed of many are faſtened to the foot-ſtalk, which ſpread open like
ſmall ones, which are compoſed of flowers, having a fan, having many foldings, and at the top are
five heart-ſhaped petals, which turn inward, theſe deeply divided like the fingers of a hand; when they
are ſucceeded by long pointed feeds. The whole firſt come out, they are cloſed together like a fan
plant has an aromatic ſmell and taſte.
when ſhut, and are faſtened together by ſtrong fibres
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and the which run along the borders of the leaves, and when
Helvetian mountains. It is a perennial plant, ſome- the leaves ſpread open, theſe fibres or ſtrings hang
what reſembling the firſt fort, but their leaves are from the ſides and ends; the borders of the leaves
hairy, and their ſegments are broader; the ſtalk riſes are finely fawed, and have white narrow edgings;
four feet high, terminated by large umbels of flow- they are from nine to eighteen inches long, and near
ers, which in ſome plants are red, and in others a foot broad in their wideſt part : as the lower leaves
white; theſe are ſucceeded by long pointed feeds, of the plants decay, their veſtiges remain, and form
two being joined in the ſame cover.
a ſhort ſtump above ground, in the fame manner as
Theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for va- our common male Fern does; from between the
riety; but as their uſe either in medicine or the kitchen leaves comes out the ſpadix or club, which fuftains
are not known, they are rarely admitted into other the flowers; this is covered with a thin ſpatha or
gardens.
hood, which falls off when the bunches open and di-
6
vide.
.

CHE
CHE
vide. As all the plants of this ſort which I have ſeen
The CHARACTERS are,
flower were male, I cannot give any particular de- It hath a four-leaved compreſſed empalement ; the two
fcription of their fructification.
outer leaves are ſwelling at their baſe. The flower bath
This plant is commonly propagated here by heads, four petals placed in form of a croſs; theſe are longer than
which ſometimes ſeparate from the main root; if theſe the empalement. It bath fix parallel ft omina, which are
are carefully taken off with fibres and planted, they the length of the empalement, two of which are between
will grow; but the plants ſo raiſed are not ſo good the ſwelling leaves of the empalenient, the other are a little
as thoſe which are produced from ſeeds; fo that if ſhorter, ond are terminated by ere&t bifid femmits, which
good feeds can be procured, that is by much the bet- are reflexed at the top. It hath a four-cornered priſmatic
ter way to propagate them. The feeds ſhould be germen as long as the famino, ſupporting a very short
ſown in ſmall pots filled with light fandy earth, and compreſſed ſtyle, crowned with an oblong divided ſtigma,
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark; which is reflexed and permanent. Tbe germen afterward
theſe muſt be refreſhed now and then with water, becomes a long compreſſed pod with two cells, opening with
If the ſeeds are freſh, the plants will come up in two two valves, filled with compreſſed ſeeds.
months; theſe riſe with a ſingle long-pointed leaf. This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
When they appear they muſt be now and then re- of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetrandynamia
freſhed with water, but they muſt not have it in too filiquoſa, the flowers having two long and four ſhorter
great plenty. If the plants are not too cloſe to each ftamina, and the ſeeds are lodged in long pods.
other in the pots, they will not require to be tranf-
The SPECIES are,
ON
planted the firſt year, therefore they ſhould remain 1. CHEIRANTHUS (Eryſimoides) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
in the tan-bed all the ſummer, but in warm weather dentatis caule recto, filiquis tetragenis. Cheiranthus
they muſt have plenty of air admitted to them. In with narrow, indented, Spear-shaped leaves, an upright
autumn the pots ſhould be removed into the ſtove, ſtalk, and four-cornered pods. Hefperis leucoii folio
and, if they are plunged into the bark-bed the firſt ferrato, filiquâ quadrangulâ. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 223.
winter, it will greatly forward the growth of the Dames Violet with a fawed Wall-flower leaf, and a qua--
plants. The following ſpring the plants ſhould be drangular pod.
carefully turned out of the pots, ſo as to preſerve 2. CHEIRANTHUS (Integerrimis) foliis lanceolatis inte-
their roots entire; for all the forts of Palms have ten- gerrimis, caule erecto, filiquis tetragonis. Cheiranthus
der roots, which, if they are cut off or broken, fre- with ſpear-ſhaped entire leaves, an upright ſtalk, and qua-
quently kill the plants: then they ſhould be each drangular pods
. Hefperis leucoii folio non ferrato,
planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light, fan- filiquâ quadrangulâ. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 223. Dames
dy, undunged earth, and plunged into a freſh hot- Violet with a Wall-flower leaf not ſawed, and a quadran-
bed to encourage their taking root; the following gular pod.
ſummer they ſhould be gradually hardened, by rail-3. CHEIRANTHUS (Cheiri) foliis lanceolatis, acutis, gia-
ing the glaffes pretty high, ſo as to admit a large bris ramis angulatis. Hort. Cliff. 334. Cheiranthus
ſhare of air to them, but they ſhould not yet be wholly with Spear-ſhaped, pointed, ſmooth leaves. Leucojum
expoſed to the open air. The autumn following the luteum vulgare. C. B. P. Common yellote Leucojum, or
plants may be placed in a dry ſtove ; but as the plants Wall-flower.
advance and get ſtrength, they may be treated more 4. CHEIRANTHUS (Anguſtifolium) foliis linearibus, un-
hardily, and in ſummer placed in the open air in a guibus petalorum calyce longioribus. Cheiranthus
warm ſituation, and in winter may be preſerved in a with narrow leaves, and the necks of the petals longer
warm green-houſe without artificial heat
than the empalement. Leucojum anguſtifolium Alpi-
As the plants advance in growth, they ſhould be put num flore fulphureo. H. R. Par. Narrow-leaved Wall-
into larger pots; but when this is done, there muſt flower of the Alps, with a fulphur-coloured flower.
be great care taken, that their roots are not cut or 5. CHEIRANTHUS ( Annus) foliis lanceolatis, fubdenta-
broken, nor ſhould they have pots too large. In tis, obtufis, incanis, filliquis cylindricis apice acutis,
winter they muſt have but little water, and if they caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 662. Cheiranthus with
are expoſed to the open air in fummer, they will not Spear-ſhaped leaves ſomewhat indented, obtufe, and hoary
require much, unleſs the ſeaſon proves very warm and cylindrical pods, with acute points and an herbaceous ſtalk.
dry, in which caſe they may be ſparingly watered Leucojum incanum minus. C. B. P. 200. Leſer
two or three times a week.
hoary Stock Gilliflower, commonly called the Ten Weeks
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Weſt Indies, Stock.
where it never riſes with a ſtem; the foot-ſtalks of 6. CHEIRANTHUS (Incanus) foliis lanceolatis, integerri-
the leaves are rounder than thoſe of the former, and mis, obtufis, incanis, filiquis apice truncatis, com-
have no ſpines on their fides. When the plants are preſſis, caule fuffruticoſo. Hort. Upſal. 187. Chei-
old their leaves are three or four feet long, and up- ranthus with very entire ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are
ward of two broad ; theſe are folded in the ſame man- obtuſe and boary, compreſſed pods with truncated points,
ner as thoſe of the firſt, but the folds are broader, and a frubby Stolk. Leucojum incanum majus. .
and the leaves are of a darker green; ſome of theſe C. B. P. 200. Greater boary Stock Gilliflower, commonly
plants have put out ſlender bunches of male flowers called the Queen's Stock Gilliflower.
in England, which were too imperfect to form a de- 7. CHEIRANTHUS (Coccineus) foliis lanceolatis undatis,
ſcription
caule erecto indiviſo. Cheiranthus with waved Spear-
This fort riſes freely from feeds, which may be eaſily Shaped leaves, and an upright undivided ftalk. Leuco-
procured from the iſlands in America ; theſe muſt be jum incanum majus Coccineum. Mor. Hiſt. 2. 240.
ſown in the ſame manner as the former, and the plants Greater boary Stock Gilliflower with a ſcarlet flower, com-
treated in the ſame way, but as they are natives of monly called the Brompton Stock Gilliflower.
a warmer climate, they ſhould be conſtantly kept in 8. CHEIRANTHUS (Albus) foliis lanceolatis
, integerri-
the bark-ſtove, where, if they are carefully managed, mis, obtufis, incanis, ramis floriferis axillaribus, caule
they will make good progreſs.
fuffruticoſo. Cheiranthus with boary, entire, Speer-
I have received feeds from Carolina of a Dwarf Palm, ſhaped, obtuſe leaves, flower branches proceeding from the
which is very like this, if not the fame; but the plants ſides, and c ſhrubby ſtalk. Leucojum album five pur-
do not make ſo good progreſs here, as thoſe which pureum five violaceum. Ger. The white, purple, or
came from Jamaica; the berries were fo- like, that I Violet Stock Gilliflower.
could not diſtinguiſh them; but as the plants ad- 9. CHEIRANTHUS (Glabrus) foliis lanceolatis, acutis, pe-
vance, if they are different, it will appear.
tiolatis, viridibus, caule fuffruticofo. Cheiranthus with
CHAMÆRUBUS. See RubUS.
Spear-shaped acute leaves, which are green, having foot-
CHAMESYCE. See EUPHORBIA.
ſtalks, and a ſhrubby falk. Leucojum album odora-
CHEIRANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 730. Leu-
. .
tiffimum, folio viridi. C. B. P. 2. 102. Sweeteſi white
cojum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 220. tab. 107. Stock Gil- Stock Gilliflower with a green leaf, commonly called white
liflower and Wall-flower, in French Girofflier ou Violier. Wall-flower.
10. CHEIRAN-
a
.
3

CH E
CHE
1
10. CHEIRANTHUS (Seniſtalis) feliis conferto-capitatis,
recurvatis, undatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. App. 1198. Chei-
ranthus with leaves growing cloſe together in beads, which
turn backward, and are waved.
11. CHEIRANTHUS (Littoreus) foliis lanceolatis, ſubden-
tatis ſubtomentoſis fubcarnoſis, petalis emarginatis,
ſiliquis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 925. Cheiranthus with
Spear-ſhaped, indented, woolly leaves, emarginated petals,
and woolly pods. Leucojum maritimum anguſtifolium.
C. B. P. 221. Narrow-leaved Sea Stock Gilliflower.
12. CHEIRANTHUS (Maritimus) foliis lanceolatis acuti-
uſculis, caule diffuſo, antheris eminentibus. Aman.
Acad. 4. p. 280. Cheiranthus with acute Spear-ſhaped
leaves, a diffuſed ſtalk, and eminent antheræ. Hefperis
maritima, fupina, exigua. Tourn. Init. 223. Small
,
low, maritime Dames Violet, commonly called Dwarf, or
Virginia Stock Gilliflower.
13. CHEIRANTHUS (Chius) foliis obovatis aveniis emar-
ginatis, filiquis apice ſubulatis. Hort. Upfal. 187.
Cheiranthus with oval emarginated leaves and pods, whoſe
ſummits are awl-ſhaped. Hefperis filiquis hirſutis flore
parvo rubello. Hort. Elth. 180. tab. 147. Dames
Violet with hairy pods, and a ſmall reddiſh flower.
14. CHEIRANTHUS (Tricuſpidatus) filiquarum apicibus
tridentatis foliis lyratis. Hort. Cliff. 335. Cheiranthus
with pods indented in three parts at the point, and lyre-
Shaped leaves. Heſperis maritima latifolia filiquâ tricuſ-
pide. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 223. Broad-leaved maritime
Dames Violet, with a three-pointed pod:
15. CHEIRANTHUS (Sinuatis) foliis tomentofis obtufis
ſubſinuatis, ramis integris, filiquis muricatis. Lin.
Sp. 926. Cheiranthus with woolly, obtuſe, finuated
leaves, intire branches, and rough pods. Leucojum
maritimum finuato folio. C. B. P.200.
16. CHEIRANTHUS (Triftis) foliis linearibus ſubſinuatis,
foribus feffilibus petalis undatis, caule fuffruticoſo.
Løfl. Cheiranthus with linear indented leaves, flowers
cloſe to the ſtalk, waved petals, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Leu-
cojum minus breviore folio, obſolete flore. Barrel.
І
It. 999.
buildings in many parts of England; it is alſo cul-
tivated in gardens for the fragrancy of its flowers.
When theſe plants grow upon walls or buildings,
they feldom riſe more than ſix or eight inches high,
having very tough roots and firm ſtalks; the leaves
are ſhort, and ſharp-pointed, and the flowers are
ſmall, but in gardens the plants will grow two feet
high, and branch out wide on every ſide; the leaves
are broader, and the flowers much larger ; but in ſe-
vere winters, when theſe plants are frequently killed
in the gardens, thoſe upon the walls will receive no
injury, though they are much more expoſed to the
winds and froſts; for as theſe plants are ſtunted, and
of a firmer texture, having but little juice, the cold
never affects them.
There is a variety of this with very double flowers,
which is propagated in the gardens from ſlips planted
in the ſpring, which readily take root. There is
one fort of this with variegated leaves, which is pre-
ſerved in the gardens, but this is not quite ſo hardy
as the plain.
The large, yellow, bloody Wall-flower, is alſo ſup-
poſed to be a variety of this, which has been im-
proved by culture, and this I am inclinable to be-
lieve, becauſe I have frequently obſerved many of
them degenerate to the common fort ; but although
I have many years fowed the feeds of the common
fort from the walls, yet I could never find them alter,
except in being larger, but not any of them approach-
ed toward the other varieties. The large bloody
Wall-flower will frequently riſe with double flowers
from ſeeds, if they are carefully ſaved from ſuch
plants as have five petals; and theſe double flowers
may be propagated by flips as the common fort,
but the plants fo raiſed will not produce ſuch large
ſpikes of flowers as thoſe which are propagated by
feeds.
There is alſo another variety with double blood-co-
loured flowers, whoſe petals are ſhorter and more nu-
merous, approaching nearer to the common double
Wall-flower, but much larger. This is called the
Old Bloody Wall-flower. It is propagated from ſlips,
in the ſame manner as the other double forts. There
are ſome intermediate varieties of theſe flowers, dif-
fering in the ſize and colour of their petals, which
the foriſts diſtinguiſh as different; but as they
conſtantly vary from ſeeds, they do not deſerve
notice.
The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and
the mountains in Italy, where it rarely riſes above fix
inches high ; the leaves are very narrow, and the
flowers grow in cloſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches; they are of a pale yellow, or brimſtone co-
lour, and the necks of the petals are much longer
than the empalement; theſe have but little ſcent.
When this fort is cultivated in gardens, it grows as
large as the common Wall-flower, and makes a finer
appearance, for the ſpikes of flowers are longer, and
they grow much cloſer together; but they have little
ſcent, which occafioned their being firſt neglected,
and at preſent there are few, if any, of the plants re-
maining in the Engliſh gardens. It was titled the
Straw-coloured Wall-flower by the gardeners.
The forts with ſingle flowers produce ſeeds in plenty,
from which the plants are raiſed; but the largeſt and
deepeſt coloured flowers ſhould always be ſelected
for feeds, becauſe from ſeeds carefully ſaved, there
will be fewer of the plants degenerate. The ſeeds
ſhould be ſown in April, upon poor or undunged foil,
and when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
tranſplanted into nurſery-beds, at about ſix inches
diſtance each way, obſerving to water and ſhade them
until they have taken freſh root; after which they will
require no farther care, but to keep them clean from
weeds all the ſummer ; and at Michaelmas they may
be tranſplanted into the borders of the flower-garden
where they are deſigned to remain, that the plants
may get good roots before the froft comes on. This
is the method which is commonly practiſed with theſe
flowers; but if the feeds are fown upon poor land,
ооо
where
a
17. CHEIRANTHUS (Lacerus) foliis lacero-dentatis acu-
minatis, calycibus piloſis, filiquis nodofis mucronatis.
Lin. Sp. 926. Cheiranthus with torn, indented, pointed
leaves, hairy empalements, and knobbed, acute-pointed
pods. Leucojum Luſitanicum purpureum, foliis ele-
ganter dentatis. Parad. Bat. 193.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain and Italy; this is an annual plant, which
riſes a foot high, with an angular channelled ſtalk,
which branches upward on every ſide; theſe are gar-
niſhed with long, narrow, green leaves, reſembling
thoſe of the common Wall-flower, but are ſharply
indented on their edges, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks ;
at the extremity of the branches the flowers are pro-
duced in looſe ſpikes; theſe are yellow, having four
petals ſituated in form of a croſs, greatly reſembling
thoſe of the common yellow Wall-flower, but have
no ſcent; theſe are ſucceeded by long four-cornered
pods, filled with brown ſeeds. It flowers in June,
and the feeds are ripe in autumn.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Hungary and Il-
this is alſo an annual plant, riſing with an upright
ſtalk nearly the ſame height as the other, but doth
not branch out as that doth. The leaves are broader,
ſmoother, and not pointed as thoſe of the other ;
they ſtand alternately on the ſtalk without any viſible
foot-ſtalk, and are of a deep green. The flowers
come out in looſe ſpikes at the top of the ftalks ;
theſe are ſmall, and of a pale yellow without ſcent,
and are ſucceeded by four-cornered pods like thoſe
of the former. It flowers, and the ſeeds are ripe at
the ſame time with the former.
Theſe two plants have by fome perſons been ſuppoſed
the fame, but I have cultivated them thirty years,
and have never found them alter. If their feeds are
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up without
care, and will thrive on any foil or ſituation, and up-
on walls, or in rubbiſh, in the fame manner as the
common Wall-flower.
The ſecond fort grows naturally upon old walls and
tria;
3

CHE
CHE
where they are deſigned to remain, and not tranf-
planted, they will thrive, and endure the froſt in win-
ter much better than thoſe which are removed; fo
that upon ruins or rubbiſh the ſeeds of theie plants
may be fown, where they will thrive and continue
much longer than in good land, and in ſuch places,
if they are properly diſpoſed, they will be very orna-
mental, and their flowers having a ſtrong odour, will
perfume the air to a conſiderable diſtance.
The Stock Gilliflowers are diſtinguiſhed from the
Wall-flowers by their hoary leaves. Theſe agree with
each other in their botanical characters, fo are gene-
rally included in the ſame genus; but the gardeners
remove them to a conſiderable diſtance, and treat
them very differently; yet there is ſo great affinity
between them, as that they may be treated in the
ſame manner, and both will grow equally upon old
walls or ruins; but as they have been ſeparated by
moſt of the writers on gardening, I have, in compli-
ance with that cuſtom, ranged them accordingly.
The fifth fort is now generally known by the appel-
lation of ten Weeks Stock, but it is what was for-
merly titled Annual Stock Gilliflower, which of late
has been applied to another ſpecies, which is biennial.
This riſes with a round ſmooth ſtalk about two feet
high, dividing into ſeveral branches upward, garniſh-
ed with ſpear-ſhaped hoary leaves, which are rounded
at their ends, and placed without order, ſometimes
being almoſt oppoſite, and others alternate, and fre-
quently three or four together of unequal fizes; at
the ends of the branches the flowers are produced in
looſe ſpikes, which are placed alternate; the empale-
ment of the flower is large, erect, and ſlightly cut
into ſeveral acute parts at the top; the petals are
large and heart-ſhaped, ſpreading open in form of a
croſs; the pods are long, cylindrical, and have a
longitudinal furrow on one ſide, which opens in two
cells, which are filled with flat roundiſh ſeeds, having
a thin border. It flowers in July and Auguft, and
the ſeeds ripen in October.
Of this ſort there are the red, the purple, the white,
and ſtriped, with ſingle flowers, and the ſame colours
with double flowers; theſe are very great ornaments
in the borders of the flower-garden in the autumn,
when there is a ſcarcity of other flowers, and if the
ſeeds are fown at two or three different times, the flow-
ers may be continued in ſucceſſion near three months.
The firſt ſowing ſhould be about the middle of Fe-
bruary, upon a very ſlender hot-bed, juſt to bring up
the plants, which muſt be guarded againſt froſt; and
when they are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted into the nurſery beds, at about three or four
inches diſtance, obſerving to water and ſhade them
till they have taken root, and afterward to keep them
clean from weeds; in theſe beds they may remain
five or fix weeks to get ſtrength, and may then be
planted into the borders of the flower-garden, where
they are to remain : if theſe are tranſplanted when
there is rain, they will ſoon take root, after which
they will require no farther care. From theſe early
plants good feeds may be expected, therefore fome
of the fineſt plants of each colour ſhould be preſerv-
ed, and marked for ſeeds, which, when ripe, ſhould
be carefully cut before the froſt pinches it, and the
italks tied up in ſmall bundles, and hung up in a dry
room till the pods are well dried, when the ſeeds may
be rubbed out and preſerved for uſe.
The fixth fort is a biennial plant, though when the
ſeeds are fown early in the ſpring, the plants often
flower the following autumn, but theſe plants which
are ſo forward, are often killed in winter ; therefore
it is much better to fow them in May, that the plants
may not grow too rank the firſt ſeaſon ; they will
live through the winter, and produce large ſpikes
of flowers the ſecond year.
This is commonly called the Queen's Stock Gilli-
flower by the gardeners, and differs greatly from the
cther forts, though many of the late botaniſts have
fuppoſed they were only feminal variations ; but from
near forty years experience in the culture of theſe
plants, i can affirm, that the ſpecies here enumerat-
ed, do not alter from one to the other, though they
frequently vary in the colour of their flowers. .
It riſes with a ſtrong ſtalk; which is almoſt ſhrubby,
a foot high or more, having oblong, ſpear-shaped,
hoary leaves, which are frequently waved on their
edges, and turn downward at the extremity; from
the ſtalk is fent out many lateral branches, which are
garniſhed with the ſame ſhaped leaves, but ſmaller ;
theſe fide branches are each terminated by a looſe
ſpike of flowers, each having an oblong woolly em-
palement, and conſiſt of four large roundiſh petals,
which are indented at the end. Theſe uſually ap-
pear in May and June, but the ſame plants frequently
continue fowering moſt part of the ſummer. The
feeds ripen in autumn, and the plants generally pe-
riſh ſoon after ; but when any of them grow in
dry rubbiſh, they will laſt two or three years and
become ſhrubby; but thoſe with ſingle flowers, are not
worth preſerving after they have perfected their feeds.
The flowers of this fort vary in their colour ; fome
are of a pale red, others are of a bright red, and ſome
are curiouſly variegated, but thoſe of the bright red
are generally moſt eſteemed.
There is always a
great number of double flowers produced, if the feeds
are well chofen, frequently three parts in four of the
plants will be double; and as the plants divide into
many branches, they make a fine appearance during
their continuance in flower.
The ſeventh fort is known by the title of Brompton
Stock Gilliflower, I ſuppoſe from its having been
there firſt cultivated in England. This riſes with an
upright, ſtrong, undivided ftalk; to the height of
two feet or more, garniſhed with long hoary leaves,
which are reflexed, and waved on their edges, and at
the top form a large head; out of the center of theſe
ariſes the flower-ftalk, which, when the plants are
ſtrong, is frequently a foot and a half long, putting
out two or three Thort branches toward the bottom;
the flowers of this kind have longer petals than any
of the other forts, and are formed into a pyramidal
ſpike ; but thoſe with ſingle flowers are looſely diſ-
poſed, becauſe the flowers having but few petals, do
not fill the ſpike, as thoſe do which are double; for
theſe often have ſo many petals, as to render each
flower as large and full as ſmall Roſes; and when
they are of a bright red, make a pretty appearance,
being excelled by none of the flowery tribe; but the
plants of this fort produce but one ſpike, in which it
differs from all the other kinds, and being conſtant in
this particular, I think is ſufficient to eſtabliſh a dif-
tinct ſpecies. This ſort is generally biennial, though
many times the plants are preſerved longer; but
they are always ſtronger the firſt year of their flower-
ing, than they will be after; ſo that the ſeeds are
ſown every ſpring, to continue a ſucceſſion of flower-
ing plants.
The eighth fort is the White Stock Gillif:ower,
which is of longer duration than either of the other
forts. I have frequently had theſe plants live three or
four years, which have become ſhrubby; their ſtalks
have been three feet high, and branched out on every
fide, ſo as to appear like ſhrubs; theſe feldom fend
out flower-ſtalks from the center of the plant, but it
is the fide branches which produce the flowers, and
theſe ſide branches divide into ſeveral other, which is
not common to the other forts. There are always
many double flowers riſe from ſeeds of this fort, when
they are well choſen ; ſome years I have ſcarce had
enough fingle flowers to preſerve the kind. The va-
rieties of this are few, ſometimes a few of the plants
will produce pale fleſh-coloured flowers, and now and
then ſome have been purple; and as that fort of Stock
Gilliflower, which is titled the Twickenham Purple,
will ſometimes come with flowers variegated with
white, I have been inclinable to think theſe two
may be varieties of each other; and the rather, be-
cauſe the plants agree with each other in their exter-
nal habit; for neither of theſe put out their flower-
Items from the center of the plants, but always on
3
a
a
a
their

CHE
С НЕ
a
a
their ſide, ſo that theſe are undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpe-
cies from the former.
The ninth fort is known by the title of White Wall-
flower, among the gardeners and floriſts. This riſes
with a greeniſh ſtalk a foot high, dividing into many
branches, garniſhed with narrow, ſmooth, ſpear-
ſhaped leaves, of a lucid green, and of thicker con-
fiftence than thoſe of any of the other forts; they
come out without any order, are near three inches
long, and about half an inch broad in the middle;
the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of
the branches, which are of a pure white, and have a
great fragrancy, eſpecially in an evening or in cloudy
weather; the flowers are ſucceeded by oblong com-
preſſed pods like thoſe of the other ſpecies. There is
a variety of this with double flowers, which is
propa-
gated by cuttings or flips, in the ſame manner as the
double Wall-flowers; but theſe plants require protec-
tion from great rains, and froſt in winter, ſo if they
are planted in pots, and placed under a common
frame in winter, where in mild weather they may en-
joy the open free air, and be covered from hard rains
and froſt, they may be preſerved ſeveral years.
Sometimes many of the plants with double flowers
will come up from feeds, but not fo frequent as
ſome of the other forts. I have for ſeveral years raiſed
more than one hundred plants in a ſeaſon, without
obtaining one double flower; and from the ſeeds of
theſe, have the following year had more than half
the plants with double flowers: but this is not to be
expected often.
The ſeeds of the tenth fort were ſent me by Dr.
Linnæus, from Upſal in Sweden. This plant riſes
about fix inches high, with an herbaceous ſwelling
ſtalk; the leaves are produced in cluſters at the top,
which are very hoary, waved on their edges, have ob-
tuſe points, and ſet very cloſe to the ſtalk; the flow-
ers are produced in Nender ſpikes from the ſide of
ſtalk; theſe are purple, but not ſo fragrant as many
of the other forts; the pods are woolly, and recurve
backward at the end.
All theſe forts flower in May and June, at which
time they are the greateſt ornament to the flower-
garden, therefore deſerve our care to cultivate them
as much as any of the flowery tribe; but in order to
double flowers, there muſt be great care
taken in the choice of plants for ſeeds, without which
there can be little hopes of having theſe flowers in
perfection. The only ſure way of getting many dou-
ble flowers, is to make choice of thoſe ſingle flowers
which grow near many double ones; for I have al-
ways found thoſe ſeeds which have been ſaved from
plants growing in beds cloſe to each other, where
there happened to be many double flowers among
them, have produced a much greater number of
plants with double flowers, than thoſe which have
been ſaved from plants of the ſame kinds, which
grew ſingle in the borders of the flower-garden ; ſo
that there ſhould be a ſmall bed of each kind planted
on purpoſe to ſave ſeeds in the flower-nurſery; or if
they are fown there, and the plants thinned properly
when they are young, they need not be tranſplanted;
for I have always obſerved the plants which have
come up from ſcattered ſeeds, which have not been
tranſplanted, endure the froſt much better than thoſe
which have been removed; for as theſe plants ſend
out horizontal roots from the bottom of their ftems,
which ſpread near the ſurface of the ground, ſo when
they are tranſplanted, the roots are forced downward
out of their natural direction, and if their ſtalks were
grown
tall before removal, they are generally planted
low in the ground, whereby they are apt to rot, if
the ground is moiſt, or the winter ſhould prove wet;
therefore where they can be left unremoved, there
will be a better chance of their living through tie
winter; and as theſe beds need not be of great extent,
ſo when the winter proves very ſevere, it will not be
much trouble or expence to arch the beds over with
hoops, and cover them with mats in froſty weather,
by which method they may be always preſerved.
The ground where theſe ſeeds are fown, inust fol
have any dung; for in rich land the plants will grow
very vigorous in ſummer, but when the froſt comes
on, or the heavy rains in autumn, either of which
will ſoon deſtroy them; for theſe plants will thrive
upon rocks or old walls, as was before obſerved, and
in ſuch ſituations they will live, when all thoſe which
are planted in gardens are deſtroyed. The beſt time
to fow the ſeeds is about the beginning of May; and
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, it will be proper to
ſhade the beds with mats every day, to prevent the
earth from drying too faſt; but the covering muſt be
taken off every evening, to admit the dews of night,
and they ſhould be gently watered in the evening two
or three times a week. When the plants firſt appear,
with their two feed-leaves, they are often attacked by
flies, eſpecially in dry hot ſeaſons; therefore to pre-
vent their deſtroying of the plants, the covering
ſhould be continued over them during the heat of the
day, and the plants frequently refreſhed with water,
which will keep them in a growing ſtate, ſo the flies
will not infelt them ; for I have always obſerved, they
never attack any plants unleſs they have been itunted
in their growth : when the plants have got ſtrength,
they will be ſecure from this danger, and the cover-
ings may be removed, after this the plants will re-
quire no farther care but to keep them clean from
weeds, and to be thinned to the diſtance of nine
inches or a foot aſunder, that they may have proper
room to grow, and not draw each other up tall and
weak. The plants which are drawn out of theſe beds
to thin them, may be planted in the borders of the
flower-garden, where they are deſigned to remain,
and the ſooner they are removed, when the plants
have got fix or eight leaves, the more likely they will
be to live through the winter; becauſe their roots
will not have extended themſelves ſo far, ſo cannot
be planted deep in the ground, and may take their
natural direction ; therefore whenever theſe plants are
moved, it is always the beſt way to do it when they
are young
The farther care of the plants which are left in the
beds, will be to cover them in winter with mats; and
when they come to flower, all thoſe which are not of
good colours, or whoſe flowers are ſmall, ſhould be
drawn out as ſoon as they appear, that they may not
impregnate thoſe which are deſigned for ſeeds with
their farina; but thoſe with double flowers ſhould by
no means be removed, nor ſhould their flowers be cut
off, but ſuffered to fade among the ſingle ones, by
which the ſeeds will be improved; it will alſo be a
fure method of preſerving each ſort in perfection, to
have them ſeparate from each other, in diſtinct beds;
though I think there is no danger of any of the fpe-
cies altering, by the mixture of their farina, but their
colours are liable to be changed by it; ſo that in or-
der to continue thoſe pure, they ſhould not ſtand
too near each other.
The time for fowing the feeds before-mentioned,
muſt be underſtood to be for the forts which are bien-
nial; for the annual, or ten Weeks Stock Gilliflower
ſhould be for the firſt ſeaſon ſown in February, as
was before directed ; and to ſucceed theſe, there
ſhould be another parcel fown in March, and thoſe
who are curious to continue theſe flowers late in the
autumn, ſhould ſow a parcel of the feed the latter
end of May; and if theſe laſt ſown plants are upon
a warm border, where they may be covered, by
placing glaſſes before them in winter, or covering
them with mats, they may be continued in flower till
Chriſtmas; and if ſome of the plants are potted, and
put under a hot-bed frame in autumn, where they
may enjoy the open air in mild weather, and be
ſcreened from hard rains and froſt; by which method
I have known theſe plants kept flowering all the win-
ter, when the winters have not been very fevere.
There are ſome who propagate the double Stock Gil-
liflowers by ſlips and cuttings, which will take root
when properly managed ; but the plants ſo raiſed are
never ſo ſtrong as thoſe which come from feeds, and
their
remo
have many
3
2

CHE
CHE
3
a
a
autumn.
their ſpikes of Powers are always very thort, and have The fifteenth fort grows naturally on the fea cearts
not half the beauty; therefore it is not worth while in the ſouth of France and Spain, where it continues
to practiſe this method, unleſs for thoſe forts which three or four years, the ſtalk is erect, and the whole
cannot be obtained with any certainty from feed. plant is covered with a white down; the lower leaves
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the ſouth of are broad, ſpear-ſhaped, obtuſe, and alternately in-
France, Spain, and Italy, near the ſea coaſt: This dented; the fowers are fleſh-coloured, compoſed of
riſes near a foot high, with a ligneous ſtalk, dividing four petals like the other ſpecies, and are ſucceeded
into many ſmall branches, garniſhed with narrow by long woolly pods.
hoary leaves, which are entire, and rounded at their This may be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner
extremity; the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes as the other forts; and if the plants grow in rubbiſh,
at the end of the branches, which are ſmaller than they will live through the winter better than in rich
thoſe of either fort before-mentioned, of a bright red earth.
at their firſt appearing, but fade to a purple before The ſixteenth fort is of humble growth, feldom riſing
they fall off. The ftalks, leaves, and the whole plant above eight or nine inches high; the leaves are very
is very white; and by its woody ſtalks hath the
ap-
narrow, and indented on their edges; the ſtalk be-
pearance of a perennial plant, but it generally pe- comes ſhrubby, to which the flowers grow very cloſe;
riſhes in autumn. The ſeeds of this ſort ſhould be theſe are of a worn out purple colour, fo make but
fown in autumn, upon a warm border, where the little appearance. It grows naturally in Spain and
plants are deſigned to remain ; when the plants come Italy, and is not fo hardy as the other forts, therefore
up, they will require no farther care but to keep requires ſome protection in winter.
them clean from weeds, and thin them where they The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Portugal.
come up too cloſe. Theſe autumnal plants will This is a low annual plant with pointed leaves, whoſe
fower early in June, fo will produce good feeds; borders are indented as if torn; the empalement of
but thoſe which are fown in the ſpring will flower in the flower is hoary, the flowers have four purple pe-
July and Auguft, ſo that from theſe there cannot be tals placed in form of a croſs, which are ſucceeded
any certainty of having ripe ſeeds: however, by ſow- by knobbed-pointed pods incloſing flat feeds.
ing the ſeeds at two or three different ſeaſons, there If the feeds of this kind are fown in the ſpring upon
may be a ſucceſſion of flowers continued for three or ſheltered borders, where the plants are to remain, and
four months.
they are thinned and kept clean from weeds, the
The twelfth fort is commonly fown in gardens, plants will flower in July, and produce ripe ſeeds in
fometimes as an edging for borders, but more gene-
rally in patches between taller growing flowers: it is CHELIDONIUM. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 231. tab:
titled ſometimes Dwarf annual Stock Gilliflower, and 116. Lin. Gen. Plant. 572. Chelidonium majus. Raii
by others it hath the appellation of Virginia Stock Meth. Plant. 100. Glaucium. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
Gilliflower. This feldom riſes more than fix inches tab. 130. Celandine, or Greater Celandine, in French
high, ſending out many branches from the roots Cheliodine or Eclair.
which intermix and grow irregular; theſe are gar-
The CHARACTERS are,
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, rounded at their The flower hath a roundiſh empalement, compoſed of two
ends, and fit cloſe to the branches; the flowers come concave obtuſe leaves, which fall of"; it hath four large
out in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches, which roundiſh petals, which ſpread open and are narrow at their
are of a purple colour, compoſed of four petals in baſe; in the center is ſituated a cylindrical germen, at-
form of a croſs, and are ſucceeded by ſlender pods tended by a great number of ſtamina, which are broad at
like thoſe of the other forts. If the feeds of this the top, and are terminated by oblong, compreſſed, twin
ſort are ſown in patches, at two or three different Summits. Upon the germen is ſituated a bifid ſtigma in
times, the firſt in autumn, the ſecond the latter end form of a head. The germen afterward becomes a cylin-
of March, and the third the end of April, or the be- drical pod, with one or two cells, opening with two valves,
ginning of May, in the borders of the flower-garden, and filled with many ſmall feeds.
they will make a variety, when intermixed with other This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
low growing annual flowers, for three months.
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo-
The thirteenth fort riſes near two feet high, ſending nogynia, the flower having many ftamina and one
out many upright branches from the bottom, which ſtyle. To this genus he has joined the Glaucium of
are thinly garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, the Tournefort, whoſe characters very well agree with
lower ones being a little indented; the flowers come thoſe of Celandine, ſo are very properly brought
out ſingle, at great diſtances from each other, toward together.
the upper part of the branches; theſe are ſmall, of a
The SPECIES are,
purpliſh red colour, and foon fall away, being ſuc- 1. CHELIDONIUM (Majus) pedunculis umbellatis. Lin.
ceeded by long taper pods, with awl-ſhaped points. Gen. Plant. 505. Celandine with an umbellated foot-ſtalk.
This is an annual plant, which may be treated in the Chelidonium majus vulgare. C. B. P. 144. Greater
ſame manner as the laſt mentioned fort ; but as it common Celandine,
hath little beauty, it is not often cultivated in gardens. 2. CHELIDONIUM (Laciniatum) foliis quinque lobatis,
The fourteenth fort grows naturally on the ſea coaſts lobis anguſtis acute laciniatis. Celandine whoſe leaves
in Italy, Spain, and Portugal. This is alſo an an- are compoſed of five narrow lobes, which are cut into many
nual plant, which branches out from the root into acute ſegments. Chelidonium majus laciniato fiore.
many declining ſtalks; the lower leaves are about Cluf. Hift. 203. Greater Celandine with e jagged flower.
two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, 3. CHELIDONIUM (Glaucium) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
very deeply finuated on their edges, and hoary; thoſe amplexicaulibus ſinuatis, caule glabro. Lin. Sp. Plant.
upon the ſtalks are of the ſame form, but much 506. Celandine with ſingle flowers on the foot-ſtalks, finu-
ſmaller ; the flowers are produced from the ſides of ated leaves which embrace the ſtalks, and a ſmooth ſtalk.
the ſtalks fingly, and at the top in looſe ſpikes; the Glaucium flore luteo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 351. Glau-
empalements of the flowers are covered with a white cium with a yellow flower; and the Papaver cornicula-
down, as are alſo the end of the branches; the flow- tum luteum. C. B. P. 171. Yellow horned Poppy.
ers are purple, compoſed of four leaves placed in 4. CHELIDONIUM (Corniculatum) pedunculis unifloris, fo-
form of a croſs; the pods are about three inches long, liis feffilibus pinnatifidis, caule hiſpido. Lin. Sp.
taper, woolly, and at their ends are divided into three Plant. 506. Celandine with ſingle flowers upon the foot-
parts, which ſpread into a triangle. It flowers in Ju- Stalks, leaves ſet cloſe to the ſtalks which have winged
ly, and when the ſeaſon is favourable, the ſeeds will points, and a rough ſtalk. Glaucium hirſutum fiore
ripen in autumn; but if the ſeeds are ſown in autumn Phænicio. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 253. Hairy Glaucium,
on a warm border, the plants will live through the or horned Poppy, with a ſcarlet flower.
winter, and theſe will flower early in June, fo from 5. CHELIDONIUM (Glabrum) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
theſe good feeds may be obtained from them.
ſemiamplexicaulibus, dentatis, glabris. Celax dine with
foot-
a
a

CHE
CHE
a
autumn.
و
foot-ſtalks having a ſingle flower, and ſmooth indented The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and
leaves, which half embrace the ſtalks. Glaucium gla- ſome parts of Germany, from whence the ſeeds havé
brum flore Phænicio. Tourn. Inft. 254. Smooth horned been brought to England. The leaves of it are
Poppy with a ſcarlet flower.
deeply jagged and hairy, of a pale green, and grow
6. CHELIDONIUM (Hybridum) pedunculis unifloris, foliis clcle to the ſtalks : thofe at the bottoni lie on the
pinnatifidis, linearibus, caule lævi filiquis trivalvibus. ground, and are broader than thoſe above. The
Lin. Sp. Plant. 724. Celandine with ſingle flowers upon
ſtalks are a foot and a half high, having a ſingle
the foot-ſtalk, many pointed narrow leaves, and a ſmooth jagged leaf placed at each joint; theſe have many di-
ſtalk. Glaucium flore violaceo. Tourn. Inft. 254. viſions, from their origin to the point, which is ex-
Horned Poppy with a Violet-coloured flower.
tended longer than the lower leaves. The flowers
The firſt fort is the common Celandine which is uſed come out from the boſom of the leaves; theſe are
in medicine, and is eſteemed aperitive and cleanſing, compoſed of five broad obtuſe petals, which are of
opening obſtructions of the ſpleen and liver, and is a dark ſcarlet colour, and foon fall off. In the center
of great uſe in curing the jaundice and ſcurvy. This of each is ſituated an oblong germen, having no ſtyle,
grows naturally on the ſide of banks, and in ſhady but ſupports a bifid ſtigma; this is attended by a
lanes in many parts of England, ſo is ſeldom culti- great number of ſhort ſtamina, terminated by obtuſe
vated in gardens; for if the ſeeds are permitted to ſummits. The germen afterward becomes a long
ſcatter, the ground will be plentifully ſtored with taper pod, on the apex of which the bifid ſtigma re-
plants to a conſiderable diſtance. It flowers in May, mains, fitting on the middle partition, which divides
at which time the herb is in the greateſt perfection the pod into two cells, which are filled with ſmall
for uſe.
feeds. The flower hach an empalement compoſed of
The ſecond fort is found growing in a few particular two hollow leaves, which are cloſely ſet with ſhort
places, where the feeds have been formerly fown, or prickles; this falls away when the flower is expanded.
the plants caſt out of gardens. This is by fome ſup- It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in
poſed to be only a variety of the firſt, but I have
As the flowers of this plant are but of
propagated this by feeds above forty years, and have ſhort duration, they do not make any conſiderable
conſtantly found the plants produced to be the ſame figure; but the foliage of the plant is very elegant,
as thoſe from which the feeds were ſaved, and never and might be introduced by way of ornament to fur-
vary, nor have I ever obſerved the firſt alter to this. niture with great advantage, being very pictureſque:
The leaves of this are divided into narrow long ſeg- it may alſo be wrought into patterns for fills, and
ments, which are deeply jagged on their edges, and painted upon porcelain, where it would have a very
the petals of the flower are cut into many parts, in good effect. If the ſeeds of this plant are fown in
which it differs from the firſt. If the feeds of this the autumn, they will more certainly grow than
fort are permitted to ſcatter, they will fill the ground thoſe which are fown in the ſpring, which frequently,
with plants. They both delight in ſhade. There is in dry ſeaſons, do not come up the ſame year, or at
,
a variety of this with double flowers, which generally leaſt not before autumn; whereas thoſe ſown in au-
riſes the ſame from feeds, which is not uſual in many tumn, frequently come up foon after, or if not at
other plants; however, this variety may always be
that ſeaſon, do not fail coming up in the ſpring;
preſerved by parting the roots.
and theſe plants come early to flower, ſo that good
The third fort is known by the title of Horned Poppy; ſeeds may always be obtained from them. They
it was ſo called from the reſemblance which the ſhould be fown where the plants are to remain, and
flower bears to the Poppy, and the long ſeed-veffel, they will require no other care but to thin them
which is like a horn. "It grows naturally upon the where they are too cloſe, and keep them clean from
ſandy and gravelly ſhores by the ſea, in many parts
weeds.
of England, from whence the feeds have been brought The fifth fort differs from the fourth, in having
into gardens, where it is ſometimes allowed to have broader leaves, which are not ſo deeply divided; the
place for the ſake of variety. This plant abounds whole plant is ſmooth, and the flowers are larger, but
with a yellow juice which flows out from every part, are of the ſame colour: this is alſo an annual plant,
when broken. It ſends out many thick gray leaves, and requires the ſame treatment as the laſt.
which are deeply jagged; the ſtalks are ſtrong, The fixth fort grows naturally among the Corn, in
ſmooth, and jointed, which riſe near two feet high, ſome parts of England. This is alſo an annual plant,
and divide into many branches. Theſe are garniſhed
whoſe feeds ſhould be fown in autumn, for thoſe
with leaves at each joint; thoſe on the lower part of which are fown in the ſpring feldom fucceed. The
the ſtalks are long, broad, and deeply jagged, but leaves of this ſort are finely jagged, and divided into
the upper leaves are entire and almoſt heart-ſhaped : narrow ſegments, ſomewhat like thoſe of Buckſhorn
they cloſely embrace the ſtalks with their baſe; from Plantain; they are ſmooth, of a lucid green, and are
the bofom of the leaves come out the ſhort foot-ſtalks commonly oppoſite. The ſtalks riſe little more than
of the flowers, each ſupporting one large yellow a foot high, dividing into two or three branches up-
flower, compoſed of four broad petals, which ſpread ward, garniſhed with ſmall leaves of the ſame form
open like the garden Poppy, in the center of which as thoſe below. The flowers are fuſtained by ſlender
are a great number of yellow ftamina, ſurrounding foot-ſtalks, which come out from the wings of the
a long cylindrical germen, crowned by an arrow- leaves; theſe are compoſed of four obtufe petals, of
pointed ſtigma, which is permanent, remaining upon
a Violet colour, in the center of which is ſituated a
the top of the horned feed-veſſel, which grows nine cylindrical germen, attended by a great number of
or ten inches long, having a longitudinal furrow on ſtamina, the germen afterward becomes a long cy-
one ſide, where it opens when ripe, and lets out the lindrical pod, like thoſe of the other ſpecies. The
ſeeds. This is a biennial plant, which flowers the flowers of this plant are very fugacious, ſeldom laſting
ſecond year, and periſhes foon after the ſeeds are above three or four hours before the petals drop off,
ripe.
eſpecially in clear weather. It flowers in May, and
If the feeds of this plant are permitted to ſcatter, the ſeeds ripen in July, and the plants foon after
they will fill the ground near them with plants, ſo periſh. If the feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
that it is not a proper plant for a flower-garden ; but will come up without care as the others.
if a few of the feeds are ſcattered about in rock work, CHELONE [xanavn, Gr. a tortoiſe.] Tourn. At.
the plants will riſe without trouble, and in ſuch R. S. 1706. tab. 7. fol. 2. Lin. Gen. Plant. 666.
places will have a pretty effect. And if the feeds are
The CHARACTERS are,
permitted to ſcatter, there will always be a ſupply of The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five
young plants ; fo the only care they will require, is parts, and is permanent; the flower is of the ringent kind,
to pull them up when they multiply too faſt. It having a fort cylindrical tube, which is ſwollen at the
flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in chaps, where it is oblong, convex above, and plain below;
the mouth is almoſt clofed; the upper lip is obtule and in-
dented
a
a
a
,
autumn.
PPP

CHE
CHE
manner.
dented, the lower lip is lightly cut into three parts. It bright purple colour, fo make a finer appearance:
hath four ſtamina, which are incloſed in the backſide of This flowers at the ſame time with the firit, and is
the petal, the two ſide ones being a little longer than the propagated by parting of the roots in the ſame
other, which are terminated by oval bairy ſumamits. It
bath on oval germen ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by The third fort I received from New England, where
an obtuſe ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an oval it grows naturally: this is near to the firſt fort, but
capſule having two cells, which are filled with flat roundiſh the ſtalks and leaves are very hairy, and the flower
ſeeds having a border.
is of a purer white. It flowers at the fame time with
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection the former, and requires the ſame treatment.
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia As theſe plants flower in the autumn, when there is
Angioſpermia, from the flower having two long and a ſcarcity of other flowers, it renders them the more.
two ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds being included in a valuable, eſpecially the ſecond fort, whoſe flowers
capſule.
make a very pretty appearance, when they are
The SPECIES are,
ſtrong; and if ſome of them have a ſhady fituation
1. CHELONE (Glabra) foliis lanceolatis, acuminatis, feſ- in the ſummer, they will flower later in the autumn.
filibus, obfoletè ferratis, radice reptatrice. Chelone with CHENOPODIA-MORUS. See BLITUM.
pointed Spear-ſhaped leaves, ſet cloſe to the ſtalks, with CHENOPODIUM [xnuostódiov, Gr.] Tourn. Inft.
Small ferrctures on their edges, and a creeping root. Che- R. H. 506. tab. 288. Lin. Gen. Plant. 272. Gooſe-
lone Acadienfis flore albo. Tourn. Act. R. Par. 1706. foot, or Wild Orach.
Chelone of Acadia, with a white flower.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. CHELONE (Purpurea) foliis lanceolatis, obliquis, pe- It hath a permanent empalement, compoſed of five oval
tiolatis, oppofitis, inarginibus acutè ſerratis. Chelone concave leaves : the flower hath no petal, but in the center
with oblique Spear-ſhaped leaves, growing oppoſite on foot- it hath five ſtamina placed oppoſite to the leaves of the
ſtalks, and their borders ſharply ſawed. Chelone fioribus empalement, and of the ſame length, terminated by
ſpecioſis pulcherrimis, colore roſa damaſcenæ. Clayt. roundiſh twin ſummits; it bath a round germen ſupport-
Flor. Virg. 71. Chelone with a very beautiful looking ing a ſhort double ſtyle, crowned by an obtufe ftigma.
flower, the colour of the Damaſk Roſe.
The germen afterward becomes a five-cornered fruit incloſed
3. CHELONE (Hirſuta) caule foliiſque hirfutis. Lin. Sp. in the empalement, containing one roundiſh depreſſed ſeed.
Plant. 611. Chelone with hairy ſtalks and leaves. Digi- Linnæus places this genus in the ſecond ſection of his
tatis Virginiana, panacis coloni foliis, flore amplo, fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, the flower
pallaſcente. Pluk. Mant. 64. Virginia Foxglove with having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
Clowns ell-beal leaves, and a large pale flower.
The SPECIES are,
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North 1. CHENOPODIUM (Bonus Henricus) foliis triangulari-fa-
America. This is called by Joſcelin, in his New gittatis, integerrimis fpicis compofitis aphyllis. Hort.
England Rarities, the Humming Bird-tree. It hath Cliff. 84. Goofefoot with arrow-ſhaped triangular leaves
a pretty thick jointed root, which creeps under ground which are entire. Chenopodiun folio triangulo. Tourn.
to a conſiderable diſtance, ſending up ſmooth chan- Inſt. 506. Gooſefoot with a triangular leaf, called Engliſh
nelled ſtalks, which riſe about two feet high, garniſhed Mercury, All Good, or Good Henry.
with two leaves at each joint, ftanding oppoſite 2. CHENOPODIUM (Vulveria) foliis integerrimis rhombeo-
without foot-ſtalks, theſe are three inches and a half ovatis, floribus conglomeratis axillaribus. Flor. Suec.
long, and about three quarters of an inch broad at 216. Gooſefoot with entire, oval, rhomboidal leaves, and
their baſe, where they are broadeft, and diminiſh flowers growing in cluſters on the ſide of the ſtalks.
gradually to a ſharp point; they have ſmall ſerratures Chenopodium fætidum. Tourn. Inft. 506. Stinking
on their edges, which ſcarcely appear. The flowers Orach.
grow in a cloſe ſpike at the end of the ſtalks ; they 3. CHENOPODIUM (Scoparia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis,
are white, and have but one petal, which is tubular, planis, integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 86. Gooſefcot with
and narrow at the bottom, but ſwells upward, almoſt narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are plain and entire.
like the Foxglove flower; the upper fide is bent Chenopodium lini folio villoſo. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
over and convex, but the under is flat, and ſlightly Goofefoot with a hairy Flax leaf, commonly called Belve-
indented in three parts at the end. When the flowers dere, or Summer Cypreſs.
fall off, the germen turns to an oval capſule ſitting 4. CHENOPODIUM (Botrys) foliis oblongis, ſinuatis, ra-
in the empalement, filled with roundiſh compreſſed cemis nudis multifidis. Hort. Cliff. 84. Gooſefoot with
feeds, which have a thin border. It flowers in Au- oblong ſinuated leaves, and naked multifid ſpikes of flowers.
guſt, and when the autumn proves favourable, the Chenopodium ambrofioides folio finuato. Tourn. Inſt.
ſeeds will ſometimes ripen in England; but as the 506. Goafefoot, like Ambrofia, with finuated leaves,.com-
plants propagate ſo faſt by their creeping roots, the monly called Oak of Jeruſalem.
ſeeds are ſeldom regarded. The beſt time to tranf-5. CHENOPODIUM ( Ambroſioides) foliis lanceolatis, den-
plant the roots is in autumn, that they may be well tatis, racemis foliatis fimplicibus. Hort. Cliff. 84,
eſtabliſhed in the ground before the ſpring, otherwiſe Gooſefoot with ſpear-ſhaped indented leaves, and ſingle
they will not flower fo ftrong, eſpecially if the ſeaſon leafy Spikes of flowers. Chenopodium ambrofioides
proves dry; but when they are removed in the ſpring, Mexicanum. Tourn. Inſt. 506. Mexican Goofefoot, like
it ſhould not be later than the middle of March, by Ambroſia, commonly called Oak of Cappadocia.
which time their roots will begin to puſh out new 6. CHENOPODIUM (Fruticofum) foliis lanceolatis, den-
fibres. They will thrive in almoſt any foil or ſituation, tatis, caule fruticoſo. Gooſefoot with Spear-ſhaped in-
but their roots are apt to creep too far, if they are dented leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Chenopodium am-
not confined, and ſometimes intermix with thoſe of brofioides Mexicanum fruticofum. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
other plants; and then their ſtalks ſtand ſo far diſtant
p. 90. Shrubby Mexican Orach.
from each other, as to make but little appearance ; | 7. CHENOPODIUM (Multifidum) foliis multifidis, ſegmen-
therefore they ſhould be planted in pots, which will tis linearibus, floribus axillaribus fellilibus. Lin. Sp.
confine their roots, ſo that in each pot there will 320. Goojefoot with multifid leaves, linear ſegments, and
be eight or ten ſtalks growing near each other, when flowers ſet cloſe to the ſtalk. Chenopodium ſempervirens,
they will make a tolerable good appearance. This foliis tenuiter laciniatis. Hort. Elth. 78.
plant is very hardy, fo is not injured by cold, but it There are many other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of
muſt have plenty of water in hot weather.
which grow naturally on dunghills and the fide of
The ſecond fort was diſcovered in Virginia by Mr. ditches, in molt parts of England, where they often
Clayton, who fent it to England: the roots of this become very troubleſome weeds; for which reaſon,
do not creep ſo far as thoſe of the firſt, the ſtalks are I have not enumerated them here.
ſtronger, and the leaves much broader, and are ob- The firſt fort is found growing naturally in ſhady
lique; they are deeply ſawed on their edges, and lanes in many parts of England, but it is very doubt-
ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks: the flowers are of a ful if the feeds have not been caſt out of gardens
originally,
3

CHE
CHI
grows wild.
a
3
originally, becauſe this plant was formerly cultivated
The fifth fort is annual : this alſo grows naturally in
in kitchen-gardens for uſe; and in ſome of the nor- North America, from whence I have frequently re-
thern counties, the people ſtill preſerve it in their gar-
ceived the ſeeds. It is alſo a native of many of the
dens as an efculent herb; which in the ſpring ſeaſon, warm countries in Europe. This hath many oblong
they dreſs in the ſame manner as Spinach, for which leaves at the bottom, which are deeply finuated on
it is a ſubſtitute. But, as the latter is a much better both ſides, ſomewhat like thoſe of the Oak-tree,
herb, it has obtained the preference very juſtly, in all
from whence it received the title of Oak of Jei lem.
the countries where the culture of the kitchen-garden Theſe are purple on their under fide, and when bruiſ-
is underſtood.
ed, emit a ſtrong odour. The ſtalks riſe about eight
The ſecond fort is very common upon dunghills, or nine inches high, dividing into ſeveral ſmaller
and in gardens, in moſt parts of England : it is fel- branches. The lower part of theſe is garniſhed with
dom cultivated, except in ſome phyſic-gardens; for leaves of the ſame ſhape with thoſe below, but are
the markets in London are ſupplied with it by the ſmaller. The flowers grow in naked looſe ſpikes,
herb-women, who gather it in the places where it divided into many parts: they are ſmall, herbace-
ous, and are fucceeded by finall round feeds. This
The third fort is ſometimes cultivated in gardens ;
fort flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in
it is a beautiful plant, which is naturally diſpoſed to autumn.
grow very cloſe and thick, and in as regular a pyra- The fixth fort hath leaves very like thoſe of the
mid as if cut by art. The leaves are of a pleaſant fourth, and have the ſame fcent: but this hath a
green; and were it not for that, it hath ſo much of ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes five or fix feet high, and
the appearance of a Cyprus-tree, that at ſome diſtance divides into many branches. It is a native of Ame-
it might be taken for the fame, by good judges: the rica, and muſt be houſed in the winter, for it will
ſeeds ſhould be fown in autumn; and in the ſpring,
not live through the winter in England in the open
when the plants are come up, they may be planted air. It is eaſily propagated by cuttings during any
into pots of good earth, and kept ſupplied with wa- of the fummer months, which, if planted in a ſhady
ter in dry weather : theſe pots may be intermixed border, and duly watered, will foon take root; and
with other plants to adorn court-yards, &c. where then may be planted in pots filled with light earth,
they will appear very handſome, until their feeds be- and placed in the ſhade till they have taken
new root,
gin to ſwell and grow heavy, which weigh down and after which they may be placed with other hardy ex-
diſplace the branches ; at which time the
pots ſhould otic plants in a ſheltered ſituation during ſummer ;
be removed to ſome abject part of the garden, to and when the froft comes on, they muſt be removed
perfect their feeds; which, if permitted to fall upon into the green-houſe; but they only require protec-
the ground, will come up the next ſpring; ſo that you tion from hard froſts, and ſhould have plenty of air
need be at no more trouble in propagating theſe in mild weather. This grows naturally in the Braſils.
plants, but only to tranſplant them where you intend The ſeventh fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres :
they ſhould grow.
this riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk three or four feet high,
The fifth fort was formerly uſed in medicine; but garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are cut into
although it ſtill continues in the catalogue of fimples many linear ſegments; the flowers fit cloſe to the
annexed to the London Diſpenſatory, yet is very ſel-
ſtalks, which, like the other ſpecies of this genus,
dom uſed at preſent. This plant may be propagated have no petals, but the empalement incloſes five ſen-
by fowing the ſeeds in an open border of good earth der ſtamina : the germen ſupports two ſtyles, crowned
in the ſpring, where it will perfect its ſeeds in au- by obtufe ſtigma.
tumn ; which, if permitted to ſhed upon the ground, This is a perennial plant, which retains its leaves
will ariſe as the former.
through the year, fo will add to the variety in a
The fourth fort was brought from America, where green-houſe in winter, but has little other beauty to
the ſeeds are called Worm Seed, I ſuppoſe from recommend it. This may be propagated by cuttings,
fome quality contained in it, which deſtroys worms which, if planted in a bed of light earth during any
in the body
of the ſummer months, and duly ſhaded and watered,
This is propagated by fowing the ſeeds in the ſpring, will put out roots; then they may be tranſplanted into
as the before-mentioned fort, and will perfect its feed pots, and may be placed with other hardy exotic
in autumn; after which, the plant decays to the plants in ſummer, but muſt be ſheltered from froſt in
ground: but if the root be preſerved in ſhelter un- winter.
der a common frame in winter, the ſtalks will riſe CHERRY-L AUREL. See Padus.
again the following ſpring.
CHERRY-TREE. See CERASUS.
The leaves of this plant emit a very ſtrong odour CHERVIL. See SCANDIX.
when bruiſed, ſomewhat like thoſe of the Ambroſia, CHESNUT. See CASTANEA.
for which the plants are preſerved in gardens, for the CHESNUT, the Horſe. See Esculus.
flower hath no beauty. This plant grows naturally CHIONANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 21. The Fringe,
in moſt parts of North America, where it is generally or Snowdrop-tree. This title was given to this plant
called Worm Seed. It ſends up ſeveral ſtalks from by Dr. Van Royen, from the whiteneſs of its fow-
the root, which riſe about two feet high, garniſhed ers: the inhabitants of America, where this tree is a
with oblong leaves a little indented on their edges, of native, call it Snowdrop-tree, for the ſame reaſon :
a light green, and placed alternately on the ſtalks ; and the Dutch call it Sneebaum, i. e. Snow-tree, on
the flowers come out from the wings of the leaves the ſame account.
on the upper part of the branches, in looſe ſpikes :
The CHARACTERS are,
theſe appear in July, and the feeds ripen in Septem- It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which is
ber; which, if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will erect, and cut into four acute parts; the flower is of one
come up the following ſpring, when a few of them petal, having a ſhort ſpreading tube the length of the em-
may be tranſplanted into pots filled with kitchen-gar- palement, and the upper part is cut into four very long
den earth, to be preſerved through the winter; and narrow ſegments, which are erect. It bath two Sort
the others may be planted in the common borders, ſtamina inſerted in the tube of the petal, which are ter-
where they will flower and perfect their feeds; but minated by upright beart-ſhaped ſummits. In the center
unleſs the winter is very favourable, the roots will be is placed the oval germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle,
deſtroyed
crowned by an obtuſe trifid stigma. The germen after-
The feeds of all the ſpecies of this genus will fuc- ward becomes a round berry with one cell, incloſing one
ceed beft, if they are ſown in autumn; for when they hard ſeed.
are fown in the ſpring, they frequently lie a whole This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
year before the plants come up: therefore where the Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Mono-
ſeeds of any of them ſcatter, the plants will come up gynia, the flower having two ftamina and one
much better than thoſe which are ſown by hand.
ſtyle.
We
:

CHI
CH1
with pulp.
We have but one Species of this plant in the Eng- In the places where this fhrub grows naturally, if
liſh gardens, viz.
produces great quantities of flowers, ſo that they
CHIONANTHUS pedunculis trifidis triforis. Lin. Sp. teem covered with ſnow, which gave occaſion to the
Plant. 8. Snowdrop-tree, or Fringe-tree, with trifid inhabitants for titling it Srrowdrop-tree; but in Eng-
foot-ſtalks ſupporting three flowers. Amelanchier Vir- land the flowers are ſeldom fo numerous, fo do not
giniana lauroceraſi folio. Pet. Hor. Sicc. 24.1. Virgi-
make ſo good an appearance.
nia Amelanchier with a Laurel leaf.
CHIRONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 227.
This ſhrub is common in South Carolina, where it
The CHARACTERS are,
grows by the ſide of rivulets, and ſeldom is more The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
than ten feet high: the leaves are as large as thoſe of cut into five oblong ſegments: it bath one petal, with a
the Laurel, but are of a much thinner ſubſtance ; roundiſh tube the ſize of the empalement, divided into
the flowers come out in May, hanging in long five equal parts above, wbich Spread open : it bath five
bunches, and are of a pure white, from whence the Mort broad ſtamina, which are faſtened to the top of the
inhabitants call it Snowdrop-tree; and, from the tube, and are terminated by large oblong ſummits, which
flowers being cut into narrow ſegments, they give join together, and after the flowers drop are ſpirally twiſt-
it the name of Fringe-tree. After the flowers have ed. It hath an ovel germen, ſituated in the center,
fallen away, the fruit appears, which becomes a Supporting a ſender declining Style, crowned by a rifing
black berryz about the ſize of Sloes, having one hard ſtigma in form of a head. The germen afterward becomes
feed in each.
an oval capſule with two cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This tree is now more common in the curious gar- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
dens in England, than it was a few years ſince; there Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
having been many young plants raiſed from the ſeeds, the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
which have been brought from America lately: there
The SPECIES are,
have alſo been ſome plants propagated by layers, | 1. CHIRONIA fruteſcens, capſulifera. Lin. Sp. Plant.
though there is great uncertainty of their taking root, 190. Shrubby Chironic bearing capſules. Centauri-
which they feldom do in leſs than two years ; nor
um minus Africanum, arboreſcens, latifolium, flore
will they ever take root, unleſs they are well ſupplied ruberrimo. Com. Rar. Pl. 8. tab. 8. Leſer Tree-like
with water in dry weather.
African Centaury, with a broad leaf, and a very red
The beſt way to obtain good plants, is from the flower.
feeds, which muſt be procured from America, for 2. CHIRONIA fruteſcens baccifera. Lin. Sp. Plant.
they never have produced any fruit in this country. 190. Shrubby berry-bearing Chironia. Centaurium
The feeds ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled with minus arboreſcens pulpiferum. Com. Rar. Pl. 9.
.
freſh loamy earth ſoon after they arrive, and hould tab. 9. Leſſer Tree-like Centaury with ſeeds ſurrounded
be placed under a hot-bed frame, where they may
remain till the beginning of May, when they muſt be Theſe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
removed to a ſituation expofed to the morning ſun, Hope, from whence their feeds were brought to Hol-
and ſcreened from the fun in the middle of the day. land many years paſt, and the plants were raiſed in
In dry weather the pots muſt be watered, and kept ſome of the curious gardens there, and have ſince
clean from weeds; for as theſe ſeeds lie in the ground been communicated to the curious in many parts of
a whole year before the plants will come up, they Europe. The ſeeds of the firſt fort were ſent me
ſhould not be expoſed to the fun the firſt ſummer, but from Paris, by Mr. Richard, gardener to the king
the following autumn they ſhould be removed, and at Verſailles, from which I raiſed ſeveral plants, which
placed under a frame, to protect the ſeeds from be- have flowered in the Chelſea garden ſeveral years, but
ing injured by the froſt; and if the pots are plunged have not as yet perfected any feeds.
into a moderate hot-bed the beginning of March, it It hath a fibrous root, which ſpreads near the ſurface
will bring up the plants much ſooner than they will of the ground. The ftalks are round, and inclining
otherwiſe rife; by which means they will get more to be ligneous, but are of a very ſoft texture; theſe
ſtrength the firſt ſummer, and be better able to reſiſt grow from two to three feet high, having ſeveral
the cold of the next winter. While theſe plants are branches on every fide, which grow erect, garniſhed
very young, they will be in danger of ſuffering by with fucculent leaves, which are an inch or more in
ſevere froſt; but when they have obtained ſtrength, length, and an eighth part of an inch broad, ending
they will reſiſt the greateſt cold of our climate in the in an obtuſe point. At the ends of each ſhoot the
open air; therefore for the two or three firſt winters, flowers are produced, which are tubulous, and ſpread
it will be proper to keep them under Ahelter; ſo that open at the top like thoſe of Periwinkle ; theſe are of
the young plants may remain in the feed-pots all the a bright red colour, and when there are a large num-
firſt ſummer, and the following winter; and in the ber of the flowers open on the ſame plant, they make
ſpring before they begin to ſhoot, they ſhould be a very fine appearance. In the center of the flower
thaken out of the pots, and carefully ſeparated fo as is placed an oval germen, upon which there is fixed
not to break off their roots, and each planted in a a recurved ſtyle, having a blunt ſtigma at the top,
ſmall pot filled with light loamy foil, and plunged
furrounded by five incurved ſtamina, each ſupporting
into a very moderate hot-bed, juſt to forward their a large ſummit. When the flowers fall away, the
taking freih root; then they ſhould be gradually germen becomes an inflated capſule, which is filled
inured to the open air, and during the following fum- with ſmall feeds. The flowers are produced from
mer, the pots ſhould be plunged into the ground, to June to autumn, and the ſeeds ripen in October. This
prevent the earth from drying, in a ſituation where plant ſhould be placed in an airy glaſs-caſe in winter,
they may enjoy the morning ſun, but ſcreened from where it may enjoy a dry air and much fun, but will
the
great heat at noon. During the ſummer ſeaſon, not thrive in a warm ftove ; nor can it be well pre-
they will require to be frequently watered, and kept ferved in a common green-houſe, becauſe a damp
clean from weeds. The autumn following, they
moiſt air will foon cauſe it to rot.
ſhould be again placed under a hot-bed frame to The ſeeds of this plant ſhould be ſown in ſmall
ſcreen them from froſt; but they ſhould enjoy the pots filled with light ſandy earth, foon after they
free air at al} times, when the weather is mild. The are ripe, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, and
April following, the plants may be ſhaken out of the muſt be frequently but gently watered; ſome-
pots, with the ball of earth to their roots, and planted times the feeds will lie a long time in the ground, ſo
where they are deſigned to remain.
that if the plants do not appear the fame ſeaſon, the
This ſhrub delights in a moiſt, ſoft, loamy foil, and pots ſhould not be diſturbed, bat preſerved in ſhelter
if it is planted in a ſheltered ſituation, will endure till the following ſpring, and then plunged into a
the cold of our winters very well in the open air ; but freſh hot-bed, which will bring up the plants in a
in dry land it is very ſubject to decay in warm ſhort time, if the ſeeds are good. When the plants
feaſons.
are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted into
ſmall
2

CHO
CHR
a
a
3
3
inent.
ſmall pots, four or five in each pot; then plunge the that when this plant hath obtained poſſeſſion of the
pots into a moderate hot-bed, and ſprinkle them with ground, it is very difficult to root out. The root
water, and ſhade them every day from the fun till ſends out a great number of ſlender ſtalks, which at
they have taken new root; after which they muſt their bottom are garniſhed with oblong ſinuated
have a large jhare of air in warm weather, to prevent leaves, but thoſe above are very narrow and entire.
their drawing up weak : when the plants have obtain- The flowers are produced from the ſide and top of
ed fome ſtrength, they muſt be gradually inured to the branches, which are like thoſe of Lettuce, and
bear the open air ; but when they are expoſed abroad, are fucceeded by ſeeds of the ſame form, crowned
if there ihould happen much rain, the plants muſt with down. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen
be ſcreened from it, otherwiſe it will cauſe them to in September.
rot: when the plants have filled the pots with their The other ſpecies of this genus which were enume-
roots, they ſhould be parted, and each put into a fe- rated in the former edition, are referred to the Lac-
parate pot filled with light ſandy earth, not rich with tuca and Crepis.
dung, placing them in the ſhade till they have taken CHRISTMAS FLOWER, or Black Helle-
freſh root; then they may be removed to a warm bore. See HELLEBORUS.
ſheltered ſituation, and mixed with ſuch other plants CHRISTOPHORIANA. Słe ACTEA.
as require but little water; in which ſituation they CHRISANTHEMOIDES OSTEOSPER-
may remain till autumn, when they muſt be placed MON. See OSTEOSPERMUM.
in a dry airy glaſs-caſe; and in the winter ſhould have CHRYSANTHEMUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
very little wet, but muſt enjoy the ſun as much as
,
491. tab. 280. Lin. Gen. Plant. 866. Leucanthe-
poſſible ; and in mild weather Thould have freſh air mum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 492. [xpuoévbepov, Gr.
admitted to them, but muſt be protected from froſt : from Couro, gold, évbep@, a flower; that is to ſay,
with this management, the plants will thrive and pro- Golden Flower.] Corn Marigold.
duce flowers the ſecond year from ſeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond fort riſes with a firmer ftalk than the It both a compound flower, the rays being compoſed of
firſt, which is round, jointed, and divides upward female florets, which are extended on one ſide like a tongue,
into a greater number of branches, garniſhed with and are indented in three segments at the end, theſe have
ſhort narrow leaves, which are pretty thick and fuc- an oval gernen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by two
culent. The flowers are produced at the end of the obtuſe ſtigmas. The bermaphrodite florets which compoſe
branches, in the ſame manner as thoſe of the firſt, the diſk, are funnel-fooped the length of the empalement,
which are of a fine red colour, but not half fo large but are divided into five ſegments at the top, which are
as the flowers of the firſt; when theſe fall away, they Spread open; theſe bave five ſhort bairy ftamina, termi-
are fucceeded by oval pulpy berries, in which are in- nated by tubular cylindrical ſummits, and have an oval
cluded many ſmall ſeeds. This fort continues flow- germen, with ſtyle and ſigma like the female; the germen
ering great part of ſummer and autumn, and in warm afterward becomes e ſingle, oblong, naked feed.
ſeaſons the feeds will ripen in England.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
It is propagated by ſeeds in the fame manner as the of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
former fort, and the plants require the ſame treat- Polygamia fuperflua. In this ſection all the central
florets which compoſe the diſk, are hermaphrodite
CHIVES, as they are by fome titled, are the ſta- and fruitful, and the rays are compoſed of female
mina, which ſupport the ſummits in the center of
florets.
flowers.
The SPECIES are,
CHIVETS, in French, are the ſmall parts, or little 1. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Segetum) foliis amplexicaulibus,
offsets from the roots of bulbous plants, by which ſupernè laciniatis, infernè dentato-ſerratis. Hort. Cliff.
they are propagated.
416. Corn Marigold with leaves embracing the ſtalks, the
CHONDRILL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 815. Tourn. upper being jagged, and the lower indented like a faw.
Inft. R. H. 475. tab. 268. [of Xóvdec, Gr. a carti- Chryſanthemum ſegetum. Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 334. Corn
lage.] Gum Succory.
Marigold.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Leucanthemum) foliis amplexicau-
The common empalement is compoſed of many narrow cy- libus, oblongis, fupernè ſerratis, infernè dentatis. .
lindrical ſcales, which are equal. The flower is compoſed Hort. Cliff. 416. Corn Marigold with oblong leaves em-
of many bermaphrodite florets, which are uniform, and lie bracing the ſtalks, the upper ones being ſawed, and the
imbricatim, like tiles on a houſe; theſe have one petal, lower indented. Bellis ſylveſtris caule folioſo major.
which is ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue, and are C. B. P. 261. Greater wild Daily with a leafy ſtalk.
indented at the top in four or five ſegments; they have 3. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Serotinum) foliis lanceolatis, fu-
each five short hairy ftamina, terminated by cylindrical pernè ferratis, utrinque acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. 416.
fummits. The germen is ſituated under the floret, having Corn Marigold with ſpear-shaped leaves, thoſe above be-
a ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by two reflexed ing ſawed, and pointed on all ſides. Bellis major, ra-
ſtigmas ; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle, oval, dice repente, foliis latioribus, ferratis. Mor. Hiſt. 3.
compreſſed ſeed, crowned with a ſingle down, and incloſed p. 29. Greater Daiſy with a creeping root, and broad
in the empalement.
Jawed leaves.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 4. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Montanum) foliis imis ſpathulato-
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly- lanceolatis, ferratis, fummis linearibus. Sauv. Monſp.
gamia æqualis. The flowers of this ſection are 87. Corn Marigold with lower leaves pointed like a ſpear-
compoſed of only hermaphrodite florets, which are Maped Spatula, and ſawed, and the upper ones linear.
fruitful.
Leucanthemum montanum minus. Tourn. Inft. 492.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. Leſſer Mountain Ox-eye.
CHONDRILLA (Funcea.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. 383. Gum Suc- 5. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Graminifolium) foliis linearibus,
,
cory. Chondrilla juncea viſcoſa arvenſis. C. B. P. 30. fubintegerrimis. Sauv. Moníp. 87. Corn Marigold
Viſcous Field Gum Succory with ruby ſtalks.
with narrow leaves, which are entire. Leucanthemum
This plant grows naturally in Germany, Helvetia, gramineo folio. Tourn. Inſt. 493. Ox-eye with a Graſs
and France, on the borders of the fields, and is fel- leaf.
dom preſerved in gardens, becauſe the roots are very 6. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Alpinum) foliis pinnatifidis, la-
apt to ſpread, and become troubleſome weeds; and ciniis parallelis, integris, caule unifloris. Lin. Sp.
the feeds having down on their tops, are carried by Plant. 889. Corn Marigold with many pointed leaves,
the wind to a great diſtance, ſo that the neighbouring whoſe ſegments are parallel and entire, and one flower on
ground is filled with the plants; the roots of this each foot-ſtalk. Leucanthemum Alpinum, foliis Co-
Itrike deep into the ground, and ſpread out with ronopi. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 493. Alpine Ox-eye with a
chick fibres on every fide, each of which, when cut, Hartſhorn leaf.
or broken into many parts, will ſhoot up a plant ; ſo
Q99
7. CHRYSAN-
1

CHR
CHR
7. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Corymbiferum) foliis pinnatis, in-
ciſo-ferratis, caule multifloro. Prod. Leyd. 174. Corn
Marigold with winged leaves, Sawed ſegments, and many
flowers upon a ſtalk. Tanacetum montanum inodorum,
minore fore. C. B. P. 132. Unſavoury Mountain Tanſy
with a leſſer flower.
8. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Coronarium) foliis pinnatifidis, in-
ciſis, extrorfum latioribus. Hort. Cliff. 416. Corn
Marigold with wing-pointed cut leaves, whoſe exterior
parts are broodeſt. Chryſanthemum Creticum. Cluf.
Hift. 1. p. 334. Corn Marigold of Crete.
9. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Monſpelienſium) foliis imis palma-
tis, foliolis linearibus, pinnatifidis. Sauv. Monſp.
304. Corn Marigold, whoſe lower leaves are palmated,
and the ſmaller linear, ending in many points. Leu-
canthemum montanum foliis Chryſanthemi. Tourn.
Inft. 492. Mountain Ox-eye with Corn Marigold leaves.
10. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Fruteſcens) fruticoſum, foliis li-
nearibus dentato-trifidis. Hort. Cliff. 417. Shrubby
Corn Marigold with narrow leaves, having three indent-
ed points. Leucanthemum Canarienſe, foliis Chry-
ſanthemi, Pyrethri ſapore. Tourn. Inſt. 493. Canary
Ox-eye with Corn Marigold leaves, and the taſte of Pe-
litory.
11. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Flofculoſum) flofculis omnibus
uniformibus, hermaphroditis. Hort. Cliff
. 417. Corn
Marigold, whoſe florets are all uniform and hermaphro-
dite. Bellis ſpinoſa, foliis Agerati. C. B. P. 262.
Prickly Daiſy with Maudlin leaves.
12. CHRYSANTHEMUM (Pallidum) foliis linearibus, in-
fernè apice dentatis, fupernè integerrimis, peduncu-
lis nudis unifloris. Corn Marigold with narrow leaves,
thoſe on the lower part being indented at their points, the
upper entire, and naked foot-ſtalks with one flower. Chry-
ſanthemum pallidum minimis, imiſque, foliis inciſis
ſuperioribus integris, capillaribus. Barrel. Icon. 421.
Leaſt Corn Marigold, with the under and leſſer leaves di-
vided, the upper entire.
The firſt fort is the common Corn Marigold, which
grows naturally amongſt the corn, and the borders of
the corn-fields in divers parts of England, ſo is rarely
admitted into gardens; but we have inſerted this and
the next to introduce the other ſpecies.
The ſecond fort is the greater Daiſy, which ſtands
in the liſt of medicinal plants in the College Diſpen-
ſatory: this grows naturally in moiſt paſtures, almoſt
every
where in this country. It riſes with ſtalks near
two feet high, garniſhed with oblong indented leaves,
which embrace the ſtalks with their baſe. The foot-
ſtalks are each terminated by one white flower, ſhaped
like thoſe of the Daiſy, but four times as large. It
flowers in June.
The third ſort grows naturally in North America,
but hath been long preſerved in the Engliſh gardens.
The roots of this plant creep far under the ſurface,
and ſend up ſtrong ſtalks three or four feet high, gar-
niſhed with long ſawed leaves, ending in points ;
the Italks divide upward into many ſmaller, each be-
ing terminated by a large, white, radiated flower ;
theſe appear in September. It multiplies very faſt
by its creeping roots, and will thrive in any foil or
ſituation.
The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and
other mountainous places. I received this from Ve-
rona, near which place it grows in plenty: this ſends
up a ſingle ſtalk a foot high, garniſhed with entire
leaves above, but the under leaves are fawed on the
edges. The ſtalk is terminated by one large white
flower, ſhaped like thoſe of the third fort. It flowers
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguft. This fort
may be propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in a
ſhady border, will come up in about ſix weeks; and
the plants, when fit to remove, may be tranſplanted
into a ſhady border, where they are to remain, and
will require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds.
The fifth fort grows naturally about Montpelier ;
this hath a perennial root, from which ſprings up
many narrow Graſs-like leaves, and, between them,
ſtalks which riſe a foot and a half high, garniſhed
with leaves of the fame form as thoſe below. The
ſtalks are each terminated by one large white flower,
with a yellow diſk or middle. This flowers in June,
but rarely perfeets feeds in England, fo is propagated
only by parting the roots: the beſt time for this is in
autumn, that the plants may get good root before
winter.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the Alps, and
other mountainous places in Gerinany: this ſends out
upright ſtalks, garniſhed with leaves cut into many
parallel ſegments, ſomewhat like thoſe of Buckſhorn
Plantain. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high,
and are each terminated by a ſingle flower of the
fame form with thoſe of the laſt: it hath a perennial
root, and may be propagated in the ſame manner as
the other.
The eighth fort has been many years cultivated in
the gardens for the beauty of its flowers. Of this
there are ſingle and double with white, and the
ſame with yellow flowers; and as theſe do not differ
from each other in any thing except in the colour of
their flowers, therefore they are generally eſteemed
but one ſpecies ; but this difference is conſtant, for I
have never found the feeds ſaved from the white, pro-
duce plants with yellow flowers, nor thoſe of the yel-
low produce white.
There is alſo a variety of theſe colours with fiftular
florets, which has accidentally riſen from ſeeds of the
other; theſe are generally titled Quill-leaved Chry-
fanthemum ; but as the ſeeds ſaved from theſe dege-
nerate to the common forts, ſo they do not merit a par-
ticular denomination.
Theſe plants are always eſteemed as annual, ſo the
ſeeds are uſually ſown upon a ſlender hot-bed in the
ſpring, and the plants treated in the ſame manner as
the African Marigold, for the culture of which we
ſhall refer the reader to that article ; but as the plants
which riſe from ſeeds, do many of them produce ſingle
flowers, although the ſeeds are ſaved from the beſt
double flowers, therefore many perſons now propa-
gate theſe plants from cuttings, whereby they conti-
nue the double forts only; theſe cuttings, taken from
the plants the beginning of September, and planted
in pots, will readily take root; and if they are placed
under a hot-bed frame to ſcreen them from the froſt
in winter, letting them have free air in mild weather,
they will live through the winter; and in the ſpring
theſe plants may be tranſplanted into the borders of
the flower-garden, where they will flower in June,
and continue in ſucceſſion till the froſt puts a ſtop to
them; by this method all the varieties may be conti-
nued without variation, but the plants which are pro-
pagated this way by cuttings will become barren ſoon,
ſo will not produce ſeeds.
The ninth fort is a perennial plant, ſending out many
ſtalks from the root, which divide into branches, gar-
niſhed with pretty thick leaves, deeply cut into many
ſegments, like thoſe of the laſt fort; theſe are of a
pale green; the flowers are produced at the end of
the branches, ſtanding upon pretty long naked foot-
ſtalks ; they are very like thoſe of the common
Greater Daiſy, in ſize and colour. It flowers in June,
and continues till the end of September. This ſort
ripens ſeeds every year in England, by which the
plant is eaſily propagated; for if the feeds are fown
in the ſpring on a common border, the plants will
come up in ſix weeks; when theſe are fit to remove,
they may be tranſplanted into a nurſery-bed at about
a foot diſtance every way, and kept clean from weeds
till autumn, when they may be removed to the places
where they are deſigned to remain. As theſe plants
extend their branches pretty far on every ſide, they
ſhould be allowed at leaſt two feet room; therefore
they are not very proper furniture for fmall gardens,
where there is not room for theſe large growing
plants ; but in large gardens, theſe may have a place
for the ſake of variety.
If theſe plants are planted in poor dry land, or upon
lime-rubbiſh, they will not grow fo vigorous as in
good ground, ſo they will endure the cold better,
and
3
a

CHR
CHR
veral years.
a
and continue longer; for when their leaves and five parts, almoſt to the middle. The flower hath five
branches are replete with moiſture, they are very apt petals
, which Spread open, and ten ſtamina, five of which
to rot in the winter, ſo are ſeldom of long duration ; are longer than the petals ; the other are ſhorter, and are
but where the plants have grown from the joints of terminated by heart-ſhaped ſummits. In the center is ſitu-
old walls, I have known them continue in vigour ſe- ated an oval germen, ſupporting a trifid ſhort ſtyle, crowned
by obtufe ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands, oval fleſhy berry, incloſing a nut with five longitudinal
from whence it was firſt brought to England, where furrows.
it has been long an inhabitant in ſome curious gar- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
dens. It has been frequently called by the gardeners Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo-
Pellitory of Spain, from the very warm taſte which it nogynia ; but it would be more properly placed in
hath, much reſembling the taſte of that plant.
the third ſection of his tenth claſs, for the flowers
This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk near two feet high, have ten ſtamina and three ſtyles.
dividing into many branches, garniſhed with pretty
The SPECIES are,
thick ſucculent leaves, of a grayiſh colour, cut into 1. CHRYSOBALANUS (Ica.co) foliis ovatis, emarginatis,
many narrow ſegments, which are divided into three floribus racemofis, caule fruticofo. Chryſobalanus with
parts at their extremity. The flowers come out from oval indented leaves, flowers growing in bunches, and a
the wings of the leaves, ſtanding upon naked foot- Shrubby ſtalk. Frutex Cotini ferè folio craſſo, in ſum-
ſtalks ſingly, which greatly reſemble thoſe of the mitate deliquium patiente, fructu ovali cæruleo ofii-
common Chamomile; there is a ſucceſſion of flowers culum angulofum continente. Cateſb. Car. The Cocoa
upon the ſame plants great part of the year, for which Plumb.
it is chiefly eſteemed. This plant will perfect ſeeds 2. CHRYSOBALANUS (Purpurea) foliis decompoſitis
, fo-
in England, when the ſeaſons are favourable; but as liolis ovatis integerrimis. Chryſobalanus with decon-
the cuttings of it take root ſo eaſily, if planted dur- pounded leaves, whoſe lobes are oval and entire. Icaco
ing any of the ſummer months, the feeds are rarely fructu purpureo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 44. Icaco with
ſown.
purple fruit.
As this plant is a native of warm countries, it will The firſt fort grows naturally in the Bahama Iſlands,
not live in the open air in England during the winter and in many other parts of America, but commonly
ſeaſon; therefore when the cuttings have made good near the ſea. It riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk about
roots, they ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate pot, eight or ten feet high, ſending out ſeveral fide
and placed in the ſhade till they have taken freſh branches, covered with a dark brown bark, ſpotted
root; then they may be removed to a ſheltered ſitua- with white; theſe are garniſhed with oval ftiff leaves,
tion, where they may remain till autumn, at which which are indented at the end, in form of a heart,
time they muſt be removed into the green-houſe to placed alternately on the branches. From the
protect them from froſt; but in mild weather they wings of the leaves, and alſo at the diviſion of the
Thould have plenty of free air, and, during the win- branches, the flowers are produced, which grow in
ter, they ſhould be frequently refreſhed with water, looſe bunches; theſe are ſmall and white, having
but it muſt not be given them in too great plenty. In many ſtamina in each, which are joined to the petals
ſummer they will require more moiſture, and ſhould of the flowers, terminated by yellow fummits. The
be treated in the ſame manner as other hardier kinds flowers are ſucceeded by oval Plumbs about the fize
of exotic plants.
of Damſons; ſome of theſe are blue, ſome red, and
The eleventh ſort grows naturally at the Cape of others yellow; they have a ſweet luſcious taſte. The
Good Hope, from whence the ſeeds were brought Spaniards in the iſland of Cuba, make a conſerve of
many years paſt to Holland, where the plants were theſe fruits. The ſtone of the Plumb is ſhaped like
firſt raiſed, and from thence all the other parts of a Pear, and hath five longitudinal ridges on it. This
Europe have been ſupplied with this plant. It riſes grows naturally on moiſt land.
with a ſhrubby ſtalk about two feet high, which di- The feeds of the ſecond ſort were ſent me from Ja-
vides into many ſlender branches upward, garniſhed maica, with Plumier's title; the ſtones were exactly
with oblong leaves, much indented on their edges, the ſame ſhape of thoſe of the former, but the plants
each indenture terminating in a ſoft ſpine; theſe are have leaves compounded of ſeveral winged lobes,
of a pale green, ſet cloſe to the branches. The flow- which are branched out oppoſite, each having ſix or
ers are produced on ſhort foot-ſtalks from the wings ſeven pair of pinnä (or lobes.) This ſort hath not
of the leaves, toward the upper part of the branches ; flowered in England, ſo I can give no farther account
theſe are globular, and formed of a great number of of it.
hermaphrodite florets, which are tubular and even, As theſe trees are natives of the warm parts of
having no rays, ſo are naked, and of a deep yellow America, ſo they will not thrive in England, unleſs
colour. The flowers appear in June, and continue they are kept in a warm ſtove. They are propagated
in fucceffion till the froſt ſtops them.
by feeds, which muſt be obtained from the countries
be propagated by cuttings in the ſame manner as the where the plants naturally grow; theſe muſt be fown
laſt, and the plants ſhould be treated in the ſame way. .
in the ſpring in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and
The twelfth fort grows naturally about Madrid: this plunged into a hot bed of tanners bark, obſerving
hath a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which ſeldom riſes a foot frequently to water the pots; but not let them have
high, putting out ſeveral fiender ligneous branches, much at each time. In fix weeks the plants will
garniſhed with narrow, pale, green leaves; thoſe on come up, and, if properly managed, will be fit to
the lower part of the branches are indented at their remove in a month's time after, when they ſhould be
extremity in ſeveral parts, but the upper leaves are
,
carefully ſeparated, and each planted into a ſeparate
from the end of each branch is produced a ſmall pot filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and
naked foot-ſtalk fix inches long, ſuſtaining one ra- then plunged into the hot-bed again, obſerving to
diated flower, of a fulphur colour. The flowers ſhade them from the ſun till they have taken freſh
come out in June and July, but there is ſeldom any root; after which they muſt have air every day in
ſeeds ripened in England ; this fort muſt be ſheltered proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and their
under a common frame in winter, for unleſs the win- waterings during the ſummer ſhould be frequent, but
ter proves very favourable, the plants will not live in ſparing. In the autumn the plants muſt be removed
the open air here. It may be propagated by cuttings into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed ;
in ſummer, as the two laſt forts, but theſe cuttings and in winter the plants muſt not have too much
do not fo readily take root as thoſe do.
water, left it occaſions their throwing off their leaves.
CHRYSOBALANUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 585. In ſummer they muſt have a good ſhare of air, and
Icaco. Plum. Nov. Gen. 44. Cocoa Plumb.
the plants in the ſtove ſhould be conſtantly treated in
The CHARACTERS are,
the ſame manner as other tender plants from the ſame
Tbe empalement of the flower is of one leaf, divided into countries.
a
a
This may
entire ;
CHRI-

CHR
CHR
a
CHRYSOCOMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 845. Dillen. every fide to a conſiderable diſtance, ſending op
Gen. 14. Coma aurea. Boerh. 1. p. 121. Goldy- many erect ftalks, garniſhed with flat ſpear-ſhaped
locks.
leaves, ending in points; theſe are rough, and have
The CHARACTERS are,
three longitudinal veins; the upper part of the ſtalks
The common empalement is imbricated, the ſcoles are branch out, and form looſe panicles of yellow flow-
narrow, the outer being convex and pointed; the flower is ers, which are larger than thoſe of the former fort.
compoſed of many bermaphrodite forets, which are tubular, This flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen
equal, and funnel-Shaped, cut into five ſegments at the brim,
in autumn.
which turn back; theſe bave each five ſhort ſlender fta- It propagates too faſt by its creeping roots to be
mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits; they have an admitted into the flower-garden, for the roots will
oblong germen, supporting a ſlender Style
, crowned by often extend two or three feet every way in the
two oblong depreſſed ſtigmos. The germen afterward be- compaſs of one year, ſo that they will interfere with
comes a ſingle, oblong, compreſſed ſeed, crowned with hairy the neighbouring flowers; but as the plants will grow
down.
in
any foil or ſituation, ſo a few roots may be planted
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of on the ſide of extenſive rural walks round the borders
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po- of fields, where they will require no care, and their
lygamia Æqualis; the plants of this ſection have only flowers will make a good appearance, and continue
hermaphrodite florets, which are fruitful.
long in beauty.
The SPECIES are,
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
1. CHRYSOCOMA (Linoſyris) herbacea, foliis linearibus, Hope. This riſes with a ligneous ſtalk about a foot
glabris, calycibus laxis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 841. Her- high, dividing into many ſmall branches, which are
baceous Goldylocks with narrow ſmooth leaves, and looſe garnished with narrow leaves, of a deep green, coming
empalements. Coma aurea Germanica linariæ folio. out on every ſide without order; the back part of
Park. Theat. 688. German Goldylocks.
each leaf hath a ſmall ſhort appendix, which runs
2. ChrysoCOMA (Biflora) herbacea paniculata, foliis along the ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the
lanceolatis trinerviis, punctatis, nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. end of the branches, on ſlender naked foot-ſtalks ;
841. Herbaceous Goldylocks with flowers growing in pa- theſe are of a pale yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of
nicles, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves, having three nerves, and the former forts, but are larger. This plant flowers
yellow flowers growing in umbels.
great part of the year, for which it is chiefly eſteemed;
3. CHRYSOCOMA (Coma Aurea) fruticoſa foliis linearibus the ſeeds ripen very well in autumn, which if fown
dorſo decurrentibus. Hort. Cliff
. 397. Shrubby Goldy- on a common border of light earth in the ſpring, the
locks with very narrow leaves, whoſe back parts run elong plants will come up, and may be tranſplanted into
the ſtalks. Coma aurea Africana fruticans, foliis li- pots, to be removed into ſhelter in winter, for theſe
nariæ auguſtis, major. Com. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 89. plants will not live through the winter in the open
Greater forubby African Goldylocks, with narrow Tood- air in England.
flax leaves.
The moſt expeditious method of propagating this
4. CHRYSOCOMA (Cernud) ſubfruticoſa, foliis linearibus plant is by cuttings, which, if planted in a common
ſubtus pilofis, floribus ante floreſcentiam cernuis. border in any of the ſummer months, and covered
Hort. Cliff. 397. Shrubby Goldylocks with very narrow with hand-glaſſes, will eaſily take root, provided they
hairy leaves, and flowers nodding before they are blown. are fhaded from the fun and duly watered: when
Coma aurea foliis linariæ auguftioribus minor. Hort. theſe have gotten good roots they ſhould be carefully
Amft. 2. p. 89. Leſſer Goldylocks with narrower Toad-flax taken up, and each planted in a ſeparate pot, filled
leaves.
with light earth, placing them in the ſhade till they
5. CHRYSOCOMA (Ciliata) fuffruticoſa, foliis linearibus have taken new root; then they may be expoſed with
rectis, ciliatis ramis pubeſcentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. other hardy exotic plants till autumn, when they
481. Shrubby Goldylocks with narrow leaves and downy muſt be removed into the green-houſe during the
branches. Conyza Africana, tenuifolia, fubfruteſcens, winter ſeaſon; they ſhould enjoy a large ſhare of
flore aureo. Hort. Elth. 104. tab. 68. Narrow-leaved, free air in mild weather, for they only require pro-
African, ſhrubby Fleabane, with a golden flower.
tection from froſt, fo muſt not be too tenderly
The firſt fort grows naturally in Germany, and alſo treated.
in France and Italy ; this hath a perennial root; the The fourth fort is a native of the Cape of Good
ftalks riſe two feet and a half high, are round, ſtiff, Hope, from whence I received the feeds; this is a
and cloſely garniſhed with long, narrow, ſmooth leſs plant than the former, it hath a ſhrubby ſtalk,
leaves, which come out without any order, of a pale branching out in the ſame manner; the leaves are
green colour; the upper part of the ſtalk divides ſhorter, and a little hairy; the flowers are not half
into many fender foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a ſingle ſo large, of a pale ſulphur colour, and nod on one
head of Powers, which are compoſed of many her- ſide before they are blown. This alſo flowers great
maphrodite florets, contained in one common em- part of the year, and ripens ſeeds very well; but
palement, having very narrow ſcales. The flowers this is generally propagated in the ſame manner as
are of a bright yellow, and ſtand diſpoſed on the top the former, and the plants require the ſame treat-
of the ſtalk, in form of an umbel. Theſe appear in
July; and in favourable ſeafons are ſucceeded by The fifth fort is alſo a native of the fame country as
ſeeds, which ripen in September, foon after which the two former ; this hath a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which
the ſtalks decay to the root, and new ones ariſe the branches out on every fide, very narrow, ſhort,
following ſpring
rough, and reflexed; the flowers ftand ſingle on the
This plant is generally propagated by parting of the top of naked foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the upper
roots, that being the moſt expeditious method; for part of the branches; theſe flowers are larger than
the feedling plants do not flower till the ſecond or thoſe of the laſt, and ſtand erect. This plant requires
third year. The beſt time to remove the plants and the ſame treatment as the two former, and is pro-
part their roots, is ſoon after the ſtalks decay in au- pagated by cuttings in the ſame manner.
tumn, that the plants may get freſh roots before CHRYSOPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 233.
winter. It delights in a dry looſe foil, in which it Cainito. Plum. Nov. Gen. 9. tab. 9. The Star
will live in the open air, and propagate by its roots Apple.
very faſt; but in ſtrong wet land, the roots often rot The CHARACTERS are,
in winter.
The empalement is permanent, and conſiſts of five ſmall,
The fecond fort grows naturally in Siberia, from roundiſh, concave petals; the flower is compoſed of five
whence the feeds were ſent to Peterſburgh, part of petals, which ſpread open, and are cut in the middle into
which I received from the late Dr. Amman, who two parts; it bath five ſtamina placed alternate to the
was profeffor of botany in that univerſity. This plant ſegments of the petals, terminated by heart-ſhaped ſum-
hath a perennial creeping root, which ſpreads on mits: the oval germen is ſituated in the center, ſupport-
a
a
ment.
a
a
I
ing

CHR
CIC
a
ing a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obiuſe ſtigma. The ger- either flowers or fruit, yet as they keep their leaves
men afterward becomes a large, oval, fleſhy fruit, inclofing through the year, which are ſo very beautiful, they
,
three or four flat ſeeds, having hard ſhells.
deſerve a place in the ſtove, better than moſt other
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of plants. The chief care they require, is to keep them
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, conſtantly in a proper degree of heat, and never to
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
put them into too large pots; and in winter they
The SPECIES are,
ſhould not have too much water, about twice a week
1. CHRYSOPHYLLUM (Cainito) foliis ovatis, parallele will be often enough to water them; and in the
ftriatis fubtus, tomentofo-nitidis. Jacq. Amer. 15. depth of winter, they ſhould not have much at each
Chryſophyllum with oval leaves, with parallel veins and time.
neat woolly leaves on their under ſide. Cainito folio Theſe trees are frequently propagated in the Weſt-
fubtus aureo, fructu olivæ formi. Plum. Nov. Gen. Indies, by planting of their branches (as I have been
10. The Damſon-tree.
informed by perſons of credit;) but I have not
2. CHRYSOPHYLLUM (Glabrum) foliis utrinque glaberri- heard of their being propagated in England by that
mis. Jacq. Amer. 15. Chryſophyllum with very ſmooth
method.
leaves
. Cainito folio fubtus aureo, fructu maliformi. CHRYSOSPLENIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 493.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 10. The Star Apple.
[χρυσοσπλήνιον, of χρυσός, Gold, and σπλην, the fpleen ;
Theſe trees grow naturally in the Weſt-Indies, where q. d. a plant, the flowers of which are of a golden
the firſt fort riſes from twenty to thirty feet high, colour, and good againſt diſeaſes of the ſpleen.]
dividing into many branches, garniſhed with oval
Golden Saxifrage:
leaves, ſmooth above, and of a gold colour on their
The CHARACTERS are,
under fide; the flowers come out from the ſide of The empalement is divided into four or five parts, which
the branches, at the ſetting on of the leaves, in Spread open, are coloured, and permanent. The flower
round cluſters, which are ſucceeded by oval, ſmooth, hath no petals, but eight or ten ſtamina, which are ſhort,
pulpy fruit, incloſing three or four hard flat ereet, and ſtand oppoſite to the angles of the empalement,
feeds.
terminated by ſingle ſummits : the germen is immerſed in
The ſecond fort riſes with an upright trunk to the the empalement, ſupporting two mort ſtyles, crowned by
height of thirty or forty feet, dividing into many obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a capſule
fender branches, garniſhed with ſpear-íhaped leaves, with two beaks, opening with two values, and filled with
coming out without order; from the wings of the Small ſeeds.
leaves, and alſo at the extremity of the branches, the This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond ſection
flowers are produced in bunches, which are fucceeded of Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Digynia,
by round pulpy fruit the ſize of a Golden Pippin, the flowers having ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
containing many flat hard feeds.
The SPECIES are,
The fruit of both theſe trees is very rough and af- 1. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ( Alternifolium) foliis alternis. Flor.
tringent at firſt, but by lying ſome time after they Suec. 317. Golden Saxifrage with alternate leaves. Saxi-
are gathered, they become mellow, like the Medlar. fraga aurea foliis pediculis oblongis inſidentibus. Raii
The timber of both theſe trees is uſed in buildings, Syn. Hiſt. 206. Golden Saxifrage with leaves growing
and for ſhingles to cover houſes.
upon long foot-fiolks.
Theſe plants are preſerved in ſeveral curious gardens 2. CHRYSOSPLENIUM(Oppoſitifolium) foliis oppoſitis. Sauv.
for the beauty of their leaves, eſpecially the firſt fort, Monſp. 128. Golden Saxifrage with oppoſite leaves.
whoſe under fides ſhine like fattin, the upper fides are Chryſoſplenium foliis amplioribus auriculatis. Tourn.
of a deep green. The leaves continue all the year, Inft. 146. Golden Saxifrage with larger eared leaves.
to make a very pretty appearance in the ſtove at all Theſe two plants are found growing wild in many
ſeaſons.
parts of England, upon marſhy ſoils and bogs, as
Theſe trees, being natives of the warmeſt parts of alſo in moiſt ihady woods, and are ſeldom propagated
the world, cannot be preſerved in this country, with- in gardens; where, if any perſon has curioſity to
out being kept in the warmeſt ſtoves; and ſhould cultivate them, they muſt be planted in very moiſt
always remain in a hot-bed of tanners bark, other- fhady places, otherwiſe they will not thrive. They
wiſe they will make but little progreſs. They are flower in March and April.
propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured from CIBOULS, or CHIBOULS. Sce CEPA.
the places of their growth, for they do not produce CICER. Lin. Gen. Plant. 783. Tourn. Inft
. R. H.
fruit in Europe. Theſe ſeeds muſt be freſh, other- tab. 210. [This plant is called Cicer, of Kixus, ſtrength,
wiſe they will not grow; and if they are ſent over in becauſe it is ſaid to ſtrengthen: it is alſo called Arie-
fand, it will preſerve them from drying too much; taria, becauſe the feeds of it reſemble the head of a
when the ſeeds arrive, they muſt be ſown as ſoon as ram.] Cicer, or Chich Peaſe.
poſſible in ſmall pots filled with light freſh earth, and The CHARACTERS are,
plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners bark. If The empalement of the flower is cut into five ſegments, four
the feeds are good, and the bed in a proper tempe- of which lie upon the ſtandard; the two middle, which are
rature of warmth, the plants will appear in five or the longeſt, are joined, the other is under the keel. The
fix weeks; and in about two months after, will be flower is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is large,
ſtrong enough to tranſplant; in doing of which, the roundiſh, and plain; the wings are much ſhorter and ob-
plants, with all the earth, ſhould be ſhaken out of tuſe, the keel is horter than the wings, and is sharp-
the pots very carefully, and ſeparated with their roots pointed. It hath ten ſtamina, nine of them are joined,
entire, and each planted into a ſingle ſmall pot filled and the tenth is ſeparate, terminated by ſingle fummits.
with freſh rich earth, and plunged again into a hot- It hath an oval germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle
, crowned
bed of tanners bark, watering and ſhading them un- by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen ofterward becomes a
til they have taken freſh root. If the hot-bed in turgid ſwelling pod of a rhomboidal figure, incloſing iro
which theſe plants are plunged, is from time to time roundiſh ſeeds, with a protuberance on their ſide.
ſtirred, and a little freſh tan added to it, to renew This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
the heat when it declines, the plants will make good Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
progreſs, and in three or four months will be near candria, froin the flower having ten ſtamina joined
a foot high, and may then be ſhifted into pots a in two bodies.
ſmall ſize larger than thoſe they before were in. If There is but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
theſe plants are conſtantly kept in a warm bed in the Cicer (Arietinum) foliolis ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 370.
ſtove, and ſhifted twice a year, to renew the earth Chich Peaſe with ſawed leaves. Cicer ſativum. C. B. P.
to their roots, they will thrive very faſt, and put out 347. Garden Chich Peaſe.
their fide branches, ſo as to make a handſome ap- There is a variety of this with a red ſeed, which dif-
pearance in the ſtove, with other curious plants of fers from it in nothing but the colour.
the ſame country, for though they do not produce
a
a
Rrt
It

CIC
CIC
ز
a
а
It is much cultivated in Spain, being one of the in-
gredients in their olios, and is there called Gara-
vance; it is alſo cultivated in France, but in England
it is rarely fown.
This plant is annual, ſhooting out ſeveral hairy ftalks
from the root, which are about two feet long; gar-
niſhed with long winged leaves of a grayiſh colour,
compoſed of ſeven or nine pair of ſmall roundiſh
leaves (or lobes) terminated by an odd one, which
are fawed on their edges. From the ſide of the
branches come out the flowers, ſometimes one, at
other times two together. They are ſhaped like thoſe
of Peafe, but are much ſmaller and white, ſtanding
on long foot-ſtalks; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort
hairy pods, including two feeds in each, which are
the ſize of common Peaſe, but have a little knob or
protuberance on one ſide.
The feeds of this plant may be ſown in the ſpring,
in the ſame manner as Peaſe, making drills with a
hoe, about an inch and a half deep, in which the ſeeds
ſhould be fown at about two inches aſunder, then
with a rake draw the earth into the drill to cover the
ſeeds. The drills ſhould be made at three feet diſtance
from each other, that there may be room for their
branches to ſpread, when the plants are fully grown,
as alſo to hoe the ground between them, to keep it
clean from weeds, which is all the culture theſe plants
require.
This plant flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
Auguſt; but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm and dry,
the plants decay in this country before the ſeeds are
ripe.
CICHORIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 825. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. tab. 272. [κιχώριον, Or κιχόρειον, οf κιχέω, to
find, becauſe found every where in walking.] Succory,
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower bath a common fcaly empalement, which at
firſt is cylindrical, but is ofterward expanded; the ſcales
are ndrrow, ſpear-ſhaped, and equal. The flower is com-
poſed of many bermcphrodite fiorets, which are plain,
uniform, and fond circularly, each having one petal,
which is tongue-ſhaped, and cut into five ſegments. They
have five ſhort hairy ſtamino, terminated by five-cornered
cylindrical ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the
petal, Supporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned by two turning
ſtigmas: the germen afterward becomes a ſingle ſeed, in-
cloſed with a down, and fout up in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
gamia æqualis. The plants of this ſection have only
hermaphrodite fruitful florets.
The SPECIES are,
1. CICHORIUM (Intybus) floribus geminis feffilibus, foliis
runcinatis. Flor. Suec. 650. Succory with two flowers
fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Cichorium ſylveſtre five of-
ficinarum. C. B. P. 126. Wild Succory.
2. CICHORIUM (Spinofum) caule dichotomo fpinofo flo-
ribus axillaribus feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 388. Succory
with a prickly forkedſtalk. Cichorium ſpinofum. C.
B. P. 126. Prickly Succory.
3. CICHORIUM (Endivia) floribus folitariis pedunculatis,
foliis integris, crenatis. Hort. Cliff. 389. Succory with
ſingle flowers on foot-ſtalks, and entire crenated leaves.
Cichorium latifolium, five endivia vulgaris. C. B. P.
1 25. Broad-leaved Succory, or common Endive.
4. CICHORIUM (Criſpum) floribus folitariis pedunculatis,
foliis fimbriatis, criſpis. Succory with ſingle flowers on
foot-ſtalks, and fringed curled leaves. Endivia criſpa.
C. B. P. 125. Curled Endive.
The firſt ſort grows naturally by the ſides of roads
and in ſhady lanes, in many parts of England: this
has been ſuppoſed to be no other way differing from
the garden Succory, but by the latter being cultivated
in gardens; indeed, moſt of the writers on botany,
have confounded the two forts together; for the Gar-
den Succory which is deſcribed in moſt of the old
books, I take to be the broad-leaved Endive, which
is the third fort here enumerated, for I have many
years cultivated both forts in the garden, without
finding either of them alter. There is an eſſential
difference between theſe, for the wild Succory hath
a perennial creeping root, whereas the other is at moſt
but a biennial plant; and if the ſeeds of the latter are
fown in the ſpring, the plants will flower and produce
feeds the ſame year, and periſh in autumn, fo that
it may rather be called annual. The wild Succory
ſends out from the roots long leaves, which are jagged
to the midrib, each ſegment ending in a point; from
between theſe ariſe the ſtalks, which grow from three
to four feet high, garniſhed with leaves, ſhaped like
thofe at the bottom, but are ſmaller, and embrace
the ſtalks at their baſe. Theſe branch out above into
ſeveral ſmaller ffalks, which have the ſame leaves,
but ſmaller and leſs jagged; the flowers are produced
from the ſide of the ſtalks, which are of a fine blue
colour, theſe are ſucceeded by oblong feeds, incloſed
in a down. It flowers in June and July, and the
feeds ripen in September.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the fea-coaſts in
Sicily and the iſlands of the Archipelago. This ſends
out from the root many long leaves, which are in-
dented on their edges, ſpreading flat on the ground;
from between theſe ariſe the ſtalks, which have very
few leaves, and thoſe fmall and entire: the ſtalks are
divided in forks upward, from between theſe come
out the flowers, which are of a pale blue, and are
ſucceeded by reeds ſhaped like thoſe of the common
fort; the ends of the ſmaller branches are terminated
by ftar-like ſpines, which are very ſharp. The plant
is biennial with us in England, and in cold winters is
frequently killed. It flowers and feeds about the ſame
time with the former fort, and may be treated in the
ſame way as the Endive.
The broad leaved Succóry or Endive, differs from
the wild forts in its duration, the root always periſhing
after it has ripened feeds: the leaves are broader,
rounder at the top, and not laciniated on the fides as
the leaves of the wild; the branches are more hori-
zontal, and the ſtalks never riſe fo high.
This fort is not much cultivated in the Engliſh gar-
dens at preſent, for the curled Endive being tenderer,
and not ſo bitter, is generally preferred to it. The
broad-leaved and curled Endive has been fuppofed
to be only varieties from each other, which hath ac-
cidentally been produced by culture; but from having
cultivated both near forty years, I could never find
that they ever altered, otherwiſe than by the curled
fort coming more or leſs curled; the leaves of this
fort have only a few ſlight indentures on their edges,
and the ſtalks grow more erect, having but few leaves
upon them. This, when blanched, has a bitter taſte,
which has occafioned its being generally neglected
in England, but in Italy it is ſtill cultivated in their
gardens.
All the forts of Succory are eſteemed aperitive and
diuretic, opening obſtructions of the liver, and good
for the jaundice; it provokes urine, and cleanſes the
urinary paſſages of flimy humours, which may ſtop
their paſſage.
The curled Endive is now much cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens, being one of the principal ingredi-
ents in the fallåds of autumn and winter, for which
purpoſe it is continued as long as the ſeaſons will per-
mit. I ſhall therefore give directions for the managing
of this plant, ſo as to have it in perfection during the
autumn and winter months.
The firſt ſeaſon for fowing of theſe ſeeds is in May,
for thoſe which are fown earlier in the year, generally
run up to ſeed, before they have arrived to a proper
fize for blanching; and it frequently happens, thar
the feeds fown in May in the rich ground near Lon-
don, will run to feeds the fame autumn; but in fi-
tuations which are colder, they are not ſo apt to run
up, therefore there ſhould be fome feeds ſown about
the middle or latter end of that month. The ſecond
ſowing ſhould be about the middle of June, and the
laſt time in the middle of July. From theſe three
different crops, there will be a fupply for the table
during the whole ſeaſon; for there will be plants of
each ſowing, very different in their growth, ſo that
9
a
a
there

CIC
СІ С
a
manner.
there will be three different crops from the ſame
beds.
When the plants come up they muſt be kept clean
from weeds, and in dry weather duly watered, to
keep them growing till they are fit to tranſplant, when
there ſhould be an open ſpot of rich ground prepared
to receive the plants, in ſize proportionable to the
quantity intended. When the ground is well dug and
levelled, if it ſhould be very dry, it muſt be well
watered to prepare it to receive the plants; then the
plants ſhould be drawn up from the feed-bed care-
fully, ſo as not to break their roots, drawing out all
the largeſt plants, leaving the ſmall ones to get more
ſtrength; which, when they have room to grow,
by taking away the large ones, they will ſoon do.
As the plants are drawn up, they ſhould be placed
with their roots even, all the ſame way, and every
handful as they are drawn, ſhould have the tops of
their leaves ſhortened, to make them of equal length:
this will render the planting of them much eaſier,
than when the plants are promiſcuouſly mixed, heads
and tails: then the ground ſhould be marked out in
rows at one foot afunder, and the plants ſet ten
inches diſtant in the rows, cloſing the earth well to
their roots, and let them be well watered; and repeat
this every other evening, till the plants have taken
good root, after which they muſt be kept clean from
weeds.
When the plants of the feed-bed have been thus
thinned, they ſhould be well cleaned from weeds and
watered, which will encourage the growth of the re-
maining plants, ſo that in ten days or a fortnight
after, there may be another thinning made of the
plants, which ſhould be tranſplanted in the ſame
And at about the ſame distance of time,
the third and laſt drawing of plants may be tranſ-
planted.
Thoſe plants which were the firſt tranſplanted, will
be fit to blanch by the latter end of July at fartheſt;
and if they are properly managed, in three weeks or
a month, they will be ſufficiently blanched for uſe,
which will be as ſoon as theſe fallads are commonly
required; for during the continuance of good Cos
Lettuce, few perſons care for Endive in their ſallads ;
nor, indeed, is it ſo proper for warm weather. If
any of the plants ſhould put out flower-ſtems, they
fhould be immediately pulled up and carried away,
being good for nothing, fo ſhould not be left to in-
commode the neighbouring plants. As the quantity
of roots neceſſary for the ſupply of a middling family
is not very great, ſo there ſhould not be too many
plants tied up to blanch at the ſame time, therefore
the largeſt ſhould be firſt tied, and in a week after
thoſe of the next fize; ſo that there may be three
different times of blanching the plants, on the fame
{pot of ground. But as in fome large families there
is a great conſumption of this herb for foups, ſo the
quantities of plants ſhould be proportionably greater,
at each time of planting and blanching. The manner
of blanching is the next thing to be treated of,
therefore in order to this you ſhould provide a parcel
of ſmall Ofier twigs (or baſs mat) to tie up ſome of
the largeſt heads to blanch; which ſhould be done in
a dry afternoon, when there is neither dew nor rain
to moiſten the leaves in the middle of the plants,
which would occaſion their rotting ſoon after their
being tied up. The manner of doing it is as follows,
viz. You muſt firſt gather up all the inner leaves of
the plant in a regular order, into one hand, and then
take
up
thoſe on the outſide that are found, pulling
off and throwing away, all the rotten and decayed
leaves which lie next the ground; obſerving to place
the outſide leaves all round the middle ones, as near
as poſſible to the natural order of their growth, ſo
as not to croſs each other : then having got the
whole plant cloſe up in your hand, tie it up with
the twig, baſs, &c. at about two inches below the
top, very cloſe ; and about a week after go over the
plants again, and give them another tie about the
middle of the plant, to prevent the heart leaves from
burſting out on one ſide, which they are ſubject
to do, as the plants grow, if not prevented this
way.
In doing of this you need only tie up the largeſt
plants firit, and to go over the piece once a week,
as the plants increaſe in their growth; by which
means you will continue the crop longer, than if they
were all tied up at one time: for when they are quite
blanched, which will be in three weeks or a month
after tying, they will not hold ſound and good above
ten days or a fortnight, eſpecially if the ſeafon proves
wet: therefore it is that I would adviſe to ſow at
three or four different ſeaſons, that you may have a
ſupply as long as the weather will permit. But in
order to this, you muſt tranſplant all the plants of the
laſt fowing under warm walls, pales, or hedges, to
ſcreen the plants from froſt; and if the winter ſhould
prove very ſharp, you ſhould cover them with ſome
Peaſe haulm, or ſuch other light covering, which
ſhould be conſtantly taken off in mild weather : theſe
borders ſhould alſo be as dry as poſſible, for theſe
plants are very ſubject to rot, if planted in a moiſt foil
in winter.
Although I before directed the tying up of the plants
to blanch them, yet this is only to be underſtood for
the two firſt ſowings; for after October, when the
nights begin to be froſty, thoſe plants which are ſo
far above ground will be liable to be much prejudiced
thereby, eſpecially if they are not covered in froſty
weather ; therefore the beſt method is, to take up
your plants of the latter ſowings in a very dry day,
and with a large flat-pointed dibble, plant them into
the ſides of trenches of earth, which ſhould be laid
very upright, planting them fideways, on the ſouth
fide of the trenches, towards the fun, with the tops
of the plants only out of the ground, ſo that the harty
rains may run off, and the plants be kept dry, and
ſecured from froſts.
The plants thus planted, will be blanched fit for uſe
in about a month or five weeks time, after which it
will not keep good more than three weeks, before it
will decay; you ſhould therefore continue planting
ſome freſh ones into trenches every fortnight or three
weeks, that you may have a ſupply for the table;
and thoſe which were laſt tranſplanted out of the feed
beds, ſhould be preſerved till February, before they
are planted to blanch; fo that from this you may be
ſupplied until the beginning of April, or later: for
at this laſt planting into the trenches, it will keep
longer than in winter, the days growing longer; and
the fun, advancing with more ſtrength, dries up the
moiſture much fooner than in winter, which will pre-
vent the rotting of theſe plants; but if the weather
ſhould prove froſty, theſe latter plantations of Endive
ſhould be covered with mats and ſtraw to preſerve
it, otherwiſe the froſt will deſtroy it, but the coverings
muſt always be taken off when the weather is fa-
vourable.
When
your
Endive is blanched enough for uſe, you
muſt dig it up with a ſpade; and after having cleared
it from all the outſide green and decayed leaves, you
ſhould waſh it well in two or three different waters to
clear it the better from flugs, and other vermin,
which commonly ſhelter themſelves amongſt the leaves
thereof, and then you may ſerve it up to the table
with other ſallading
But in order to have a ſupply of good feeds for the
next ſeaſon, you muſt look over thoſe borders where
the laſt crop was tranſplanted, before you put them
into the trenches to blanch; and inake choice of ſome
of the largeſt, foundeft, and moſt curled plants, in
number according to the quantity of ſeeds required:
for a ſmall family, a dozen of good plants will pro-
duce ſeeds enough; and for a large, two dozen or
thirty plants.
Theſe ſhould be taken up and tranſplanted under a
hedge or pale, at about eighteen inches diſtance, in
one row about ten inches from the hedge, &c. This
work ſhould be done in the beginning of March, if
the ſeaſon is mild, otherwiſe it may be deferred a
fortnight
a
a

CIC
CIN
a
fortnight longer. When the flower-ſtems begin to ſtanding water for the plants to root in, they will
advance, they ſhould be fupported with a packthread, not grow. I have ſeveral times tranſplanted theſe
which ſhould be faſtened to nails driven into the pale, plants into ponds, where they have grown one fum-
or to the ſtakes of the hedge, and run along before mer, but have not continued through the winter.
the ſtems, to draw them upright cloſe to the hedge It grows near four feet high, with a branching hol-
or pale, otherwiſe they will be liable to break with low ſtalk, garniſhed with winged leaves. The ſtalks
the ſtrong winds. Obſerve alſo to keep them clear are terminated by umbels of yellowiſh flowers, which
from weeds, and about the beginning of July your are ſucceeded by ſmall channelled feeds like thoſe of
feeds will begin to ripen; therefore, as ſoon as you Parſley. It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds
find the ſeeds are quite ripe, you muſt cut off the ripen in autumn.
ſtalks, and expoſe them to the fun upon a coarſe cloth The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America,
to dry; and then beat out the ſeeds, which muſt be from whence the feeds have been brought to England,
dried, and put up in bags of paper, and preſerved where the plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for
for uſe in fome dry place. But I would here caution the ſake of variety. This is propagated by feeds,
you, not to wait for all the feeds ripening upon the which ſhould be fown in autumn in a ſhady border,
fame plant; for if ſo, all the firſt ripe and beſt of where the plants will come up in the ſpring, and re-
the feeds will ſcatter and be loſt before the other are quire no other care but to keep them clean.
near ripe; fo great a difference is there in the feeds The third fort is a native of North America. This
of the fame plant being ripe.
is ſometimes preſerved in botanic gardens for variety,
The wild Succory (of which there are ſome varieties but being a plant of no great beauty or uſe, is ſel-
in the colour of the flowers) is ſeldom propagated in
dom allowed a place in other gardens. It is propa-
gardens; it growing wild in unfrequented lanes and gated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in autumn, and
dunghills in divers parts of England, where the herb
,
the plants afterward treated as thoſe of the ſecond
women gather it, and ſupply the markets for me- fort.
dicinal uſe.
CICUTARIA. - See LIGUSTICUM.
CICUT A properly ſignifies an hollow intercepted CINARA. See CYNARA.
between two knots, of the ſtalks or reeds of which CINERARIA, Sea Ragwort.
the ſhepherds uſed to make their pipes, as Virgil The CHARACTERS are,
fings;
It has a ſimple empalement, compoſed of many ſmall equal
leaves. The flower is radiated. The diſk is compoſed of
Eft mihi diſparibus ſeptem compacta Cicutis
many hermaphrodite florets, which are funnel-Shaped, cut
Fiſtula-
into five ſegments at the top; theſe have five ſlender ſie-
mina, crowned by cylindrical ſummits, and an oblong ger-
CICUTA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 316. Sium. Raii Syn. men, Supporting a very ſlender ſtyle, crowned by two erect
212. Water Hemlock.
Stigmas. The germen afterward becomes a narrow four-
The CHARACTERS are,
cornered ſeed, covered with downy hairs. The female flo-
It is a plant with an umbellated flower; the principal rets which compoſe the rays are tongue-ſhaped, indented
umbel is compoſed of ſeveral ſmaller (called rays ;) theſe at their points; thefe have an oblong germen with two
are equal, roundiſh, and briſtly: the great umbel hath no Styles, and have ſeeds like the bermaphrodite florets, which
involucrum, but the ſmaller have, which are compoſed of are included in the empalement.
many ſhort leaves. The flowers have each five oval pe- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond order
tals nearly equal, which turn inward; they have five of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
hairy ſtamina, which are longer than the petals, termi- Polygamia fuperflua, the flowers being compoſed of
nated by ſingle fummits. The germen is ſituated below hermaphrodite and female florets, which are both
i he flower, ſupporting two. Nender ſtyles, which are per- fruitful.
manent and longer than the petals, crowned by ſtigmas in
The SPECIES are,
form of a head. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh 1. CINERARIA (Geifolia) pedunculis ramoſis, foliis re-
channelled fruit dividing into two parts, containing two niformibus fuborbiculatis ſublobatis dentatis petiola-
oval ſeeds, plain on one ſide and convex on the other. tis. Lin. Sp. 1242. Ragwort with branching foot-ft elks,
This of plants is ranged in the ſecond fec- kidney-ſhaped, orbicular, indented leaves upon foot-ſtalks.
tion of Linnæus's fifth claſs of plants, intitled Pen- Jacobæa Africana, hederæ terreſtris folio, repens.
tandria Digynia, the flower having five ſtamina and Hort. Amít. 2. p. 145.
P.
two ſtyles. The title of this genus has been gene- 2. CINERARIA (Maritima) floribus paniculatis, foliis
rally applied to the common Hemlock, which pinnatifidis tomentofis, laciniis finuatis, caule fru-
grows naturally on the banks by highways, in moſt teſcente. Lin. Sp. 1244. Sea Ragwort with a ſhrubby
parts of England. But to that plant Dr. Linnæus ſtalk, woolly wing-pointed leaves, and flowers growing in
has applied the old title of Conium, and added this panicles. Jacobæa maritima. C. B. P. 131. Sea
title to the poiſonous Water Hemlock deſcribed by Ragwort.
Webfer.
3. CINERARIA (Amelloides) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
The SPECIES are,
ovatis oppofitis, caule fuffruticoſo. Lin. Sp. 1245.
1. CICUTA (Viroja) umbellis oppoſitis foliis, petiolis Ragtvort with an under ſhrub ſtalk, val leaves placed op-
marginatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 255. Hemlock with umbels poſite, ond foot-ſtalks with one flower. After caule ra-
oppoſite to the leaves, and obtuſe marginated foot-ſtalks. moſo ſcabro perenne, foliis ovatis feffilibus, pedun-
Sium erucæ folio. C. B. P. 154. Sium with a Rocket culis nudis unifloris. Fig. pl.
leaf. Cicuta aquatica Geſneri. J. B. 111. 2. p. 175. 4. CINERARIA (Othonnites) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
Water Hemlock of Geſner.
oblongis indivifis ſubdentatis petiolatis alternis nu-
2. CICUTA (Maculata) foliorum ſerraturis mucronatis, dis. Lin. Sp. 1244. Ragwort with oblong undivided
petiolis membranaceis, apice bilobis. Lin. Sp. Plant. leaves Nightly indented, and foot-ſtalks with one flower.
256. Hemlock with pointed ſerratures to the leaves, and Jacobza Africana fruteſcens, craſſis & fucculentis fo-
membranaceous foot-ſtalks ending in two lobes. Angelica
liis. Hort, Amft. 2. p. 147.
.
Virginiana foliis acutioribus, femine ftriato minore, 5. CINERARIA (Tomentoſa) foliis pinnato-finuatis den-
cumini fapore & odore. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 281. Vir- tatis ſubtus tomentofis, floribus paniculatis, caule
ginia Angelica wiih pointed leaves, and a ſmall channelled fruteſcente. Ragwort with finuated, wing-Shaped, in-
ſeed, having the taſte and ſmell of Cumin.
dented leaves, downy on their under fide, flowers in pa-
3. CICUTA (Bulbifera) ramis bulbiferis. Lin. Sp. 367. nicles, and a ſhrubby ſtolk. Jacobæa maritima latifo-
Hemlock, whoſe branches bear bulbs. Ammi foliorum lia. C. B. P. 69.
lacinulis capillaribus, caule angulato. Flor. Virg. 31. There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus than are
The firſt fort grows naturally in ftanding waters in here enumerated, but being plants of little uſe or
many parts of England, fo is never propagated in beauty are omitted, as they are rarely cultivated in
gardens; for unleſs there is a conſiderable depth of gardens.
The
genus

CIR
CIR
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good riſe three or four feet high, garniſhed with oblong,
Hope. The root of this is compoſed of many ſmall thick, undivided leaves, of a glaucous colour. The
Gbres; the ſtalks are weak, fo trail on the ground, flowers are produced on branching foot-ſtalks, ariſing
if they are not ſupported; but if they are will toward the end of the branches; they are yellow,
riſe four feet high, dividing into many branches, ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts, but are rarely
garniſhed with roundiſh kidney-ſhaped leaves, cre- ſucceeded by feeds in England. This is eaſily pro-
nated on their edges; the flowers are produced at pagated by cuttings any time in ſummer : the plants,
the extremity of the branches in ſmall cluſters; they when rooted, muſt be planted in pots, that they may
are yellow, and in ſhape like thoſe of the common be removed into ſhelter in winter, for they will not
Ragwort, which are ſucceeded by feeds, crowned live abroad in England. It grows naturally at the
with down.
Cape of Good Hope.
This fort is eaſily propagated by cuttings, which, if The fifth fort grows naturally on the ſea coaſts of Italy
planted in a ſhady border during the ſummer months, and Sicily. This has great reſemblance to the ſecond
and duly watered, will put out roots in a month or fort, but the ſtalks are more woody, riſe higher, and
five weeks; ſoon after which it will be proper to
do not branch ſo much. The leaves are broader,
tranſplant them into pots, becauſe their roots are not ſo much ſinuated, and are of a black green co-
very apt to ſpread in the full ground; ſo when the lour on their upper fide. The flowers are produced
plants are taken up, many of their roots are torn in ſmaller bunches on the top of the foot-ſtalks, and
off, whereby the plants are endangered. This is alſo are like thoſe of the ſecond fort, but are rarely ſucn
often the caſe of the plants in pots. When they ceeded by feeds in England, nor are the plants ſo
are not often removed, their roots will ſhoot through hardy, therefore ſhould be ſheltered in winter. It is
the holes in the bottom of the pots into the ground, eaſily propagated by cuttings during the ſummer
and the plants will grow luxuriantly; but when the months, in the ſame way as the ſecond fort.
pots are removed, and thoſe roots torn off, the plants CIRCEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 24. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
are often killed thereby. As this plant grows na- 301. tab. 155. [It is ſaid to be ſo called from Circe,
turally at the Cape of Good Hope, it is too tender to the famous enchantreſs, ſaid to have enchanted U-
live through the winters in England in the open air ; lyfſes and his companions. Boerhaave ſuppoſes it to
yet if it is nurſed tenderly, it is very apt to draw up be ſo called, becauſe the fruit of this plant takes
weak, and thereby is deſtroyed; therefore the fureſt hold of peoples cloaths, and by this means draws
method to preſerve it, is to make young plants an- them to it, as the enchantreſs Circe was wont to do
nually from cuttings, and to place them in a common by her enchantments.] Enchanter's Nightſhade.
hot-bed frame in winter, where they may enjoy the
The CHARACTERS are,
full air in mild weather, but be ſcreened from the The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two oval
froſt, and in ſummer place them abroad with other of concave leaves : the flower bath two heart-shaped petals,
the hardier forts of exotic plants.
which are equal and ſpread open; it bath two erect hairy
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the ſea-coaſts in ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh Summits. The germen
ſome parts of England and Wales, in particular is ſituated under the flower, Supporting a ſlender ſtyle,
warm ſpots, but in the ſouth of France and Italy, it crowned by an obtuſe bordered ſtigma.
The empale-
is
very common. This hath many ligneous ſtalks, ment afterward becomes a rough oval capſule with treo
which riſe two or three feet high, dividing into many cells opening lengthways, each containing a ſingle oblong
branches, which have a white downy bark, and are
garniſhed with very woolly leaves fix or eight inches This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
long, deeply finuated, and jagged on their borders Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Monogynia,
into many winged points; they are downy on both the flower having two ftamina and one ſtyle.
fides. The ſtalks which ſupport the flowers are a
The SPECIES are,
foot or more in length, having two or three ſmall 1. CIRCEA (Lutetiana) caule erecto, racemis pluribus.
leaves on each, ſhaped like thoſe below, and are ter- Lin. Sp. Plant. 9. Enchanter's Nightshade, with an up-
minated by many yellow flowers growing in panicles, right ſtalk and many ſpikes of flowers. Circea luteti-
ſhaped like thofe of common Ragwort; theſe appear
Lob. Icon. 266. Common Enchanter's Night-
in June, July, and Auguſt, and are ſucceeded by Shade.
ſeeds, which ripen the beginning of October. 2. CIRCEA (Alpina) caule adſcendente, racemo unico.
This fort is alſo eaſily propagated by planting cut- Lin. Sp. Plant. 9. Enchanter's Nightſhade, with an
tings or flips of it on a ſhady border during the ſum- aſcending ſtalk and a ſingle Spike. Circea minima. Col.
mer months, obſerving to water them duly. When p. 2. So. Leoft Enchanter's Nightſhade.
theſe are well rooted, they ſhould be planted in a dry The firſt fort grows naturally in ſhady woods, and
rubbiſhing foil, where they will reſiſt the cold of our under hedges, in many parts of England. This
ordinary winters very well, and continue many years ; plant hath a creeping root, by which it multiplies
but in rich moiſt ground, the plants are often ſo very greatly. The ſtalks are upright, and riſe a foot and
luxuriant in ſummer, as to be killed in winter when a half high, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves placed
there is much froſt.
oppoſite, upon very long foot-ſtalks: theſe are of a
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good dark green on their upper ſide, but are pale on their
Hope. This hath branching ſtalks, which are under ſide. The ſtalks are terminated by looſe ſpikes
ſhrubby, and riſe from two to three feet high, gar- of flowers, which are branched out into three or four
niſhed with oval leaves placed oppoſite : the foot- ſmall ſpikes. The flowers are ſmall and white, hay-
ſtalks of the flowers are long, naked, and ſupport ing but two petals, oppoſite to which are ſituated the
cne blue flower at the top, whoſe rays are reflexed ; two ſtamina. After the flowers fall away, the em-
theſe appear great part of the year, and thoſe which palement of the flower becomes a rough capſule, in-
blow in ſummer are ſucceeded by compreſſed ſeeds cloſing two oblong feeds.
crowned with down.
The ſecond ſort grows at the foot of mountains in
This may be propagated by ſowing the feeds on a bed many parts of Germany. It alſo grows naturally in
of light earth the beginning of April
, and when the a wood near the Hague, from whence I brought it
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be part of them to England. This fort feldom riſes more than fix or
planted in pots, that they may be ſheltered in winter eight inches high, with a ſlender ſtalk, garniſhed
under a hot-bed frame; the remainder may be plant- with leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, but
ed cloſe to a warm wall in poor ground, where, if the ſmaller, and are indented on their edges. The flow-
winter proves favourable, they will live; but if theſe ers are produced on ſingle looſe ſpikes at the top of
fail, thoſe in the frame will be ſecured. It may alſo the ſtalks, which are ſmaller than thoſe of the former
be propagated by cuttings, in the ſame manner as ſort, but of the ſame form and colour. Theſe plants
the laſt mentioned.
flower in June, and their feeds ripen in Auguſt; but
The fourth fort hath ſhrubby branching ſtalks, which they both multiply exceedingly by their creeping
feed.
ana.
a
a
roots,
S $ $

CIS
CIS
care.
33. tab.
و
foots, fo are ſeldom kept in gardens, unleſs for the The CHARACTERS are,
fake of variety
It hath a ſmall many-leaved empalement, and four con-
If the roots are planted in any ſhady moiſt part of a cave petals to the flower, with a large nectarium et the
garden, they will increaſe faſt enough without any border of the germen, and four ſtamina the length of the
,
corolla inſerted in the nextarium, crowned by roundiſh ſum-
CIRCULATION of the ſap. See SAP.
mits. The germen is four-cornered, ſupporting a ſlender
CIRRI are thoſe fine ſtrings or fibres put out from ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an acute ſtigma.
the ſtalks of plants, by which ſome plants faften them- The cover of the flower afterward becomes a berry incloſing
felves to walls, pales, or trees, in order to their ſup- one roundiſh ſeed.
port, as Ivy, &c.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
CIRSIUM. See CARDUUS.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono-
CISSAMPELOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 993. Caapeba. gynia, the flowers having four ſtamina and one
Plui. Nov. Gen.
29.
ſtyle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The SPECIES are,
It is male and female in different plants; the male flow- 1. Cissus (Cordifolia) foliis cordatis integerrimis. Lin.
ers have no empalement; they have four ovel plain petals, Sp. 170. Wild Grape with entire heart-ſhaped leaves.
and a wheel-ſhaped nectarium in the diſk, with four ſmall Vitis folio fubrotundo, uva corymboſa cæruleo.
ſtamina joined together, crowned by plain fummits. The Plum. Gen. 18.
female flowers have neither empelement or corolla ; inſteed 2. Cissus (Sicyoides) foliis ovatis nudis ſetaceo ferratis.
of petals, there is a large nečiarium, whoſe membranes Lin. Sp. 170. Wild Grape with oval leaves which are
ſtand round the hairy oval germen, which afterward be- ſawed. Bryonia alba geniculato, violæ foliis, baccis
comes a ſucculent berry, inclofing a ſingle ſeed.
e viridi-purpurafcentibus. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 1. p. 106.
This genus of plants is ranged in the twelfth ſection 3. Cissus (Acida) foliis ternatis oblongis carnoſis inci-
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia fis. Lin. Sp. 170. Wild Grape with trifoliate leaves,
Monodelphia, the male and female flowers being on which are oblong, flejby, and cut on their edges. Vitis
different plants, and the male flowers have four fta- trifolia minor corymboſa, acinis nigrioribus turbina-
mina, which are joined in one body.
tis. Plum. Sp. 18.
The SPECIES are,
4. Cissus (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis fubrotundis fubden-
1. CISSAMPELOS (Pariere) foliis peltatis cordatis emar- tatis. Lin. Sp. 170. Wild Grape with roundiſh trifoliate
ginatis. Lin. Sp. 1473. Ciſſampelos with target heart- leaves, which are Nightly indented. Bryonia alba tri-
ſhaped leaves which are indented at their top. Caapeba phylla maxima. Sloan. Hift
. Jam. 1. p. 106.
.
folio orbiculari, & umbilicato lævi. Plum. Nov. 33. Theſe plants all of them grow naturally in the
Caapeba with a round, ſmooth, umbilicated leaf.
iſland of Jamaica, and in ſome of the other iſlands
2. CISSAMPELOS (Caopeba) foliis bafi petiolatis integris. in the warm parts of America, where they ſend out llen-
Lin. Sp. 1473. Ciſſampelos with leaves having foot- der branches, having tendrils at their joints, by which
ftalks, and entire at their baſe. Caapeba folio orbicu- they faften to the neighbouring trees, buſhes, and
lari non umbilicato. Plum. Nov. Gen. 33. Caapeba any other fupport, mounting to a conſiderable height.
with a round leaf not umbilicated, called Velvet Leaf in The firſt fort produces bunches of fruit, which are
America.
frequently eaten by the negroes, but are chiefly food
Theſe plants grow naturally in the warmeft parts of for birds and wild fowl, as indeed are moſt of the
America, where they twiſt themſelves about the neigh- fruit of the other forts, as they all grow in the un-
bouring ſhrubs, and riſe to the height of five fix cultivated parts.
feet. The firſt fort hath round heart-ſhaped leaves, The plants are preſerved in fome of the European
whoſe foot-ſtalks are ſet within the baſe of the leaf, gardens, more for the ſake of variety, than for uſe
reſembling an ancient target ; theſe are hairy on their or beauty, as they rarely produce either fruit or flowa
under fide, and have pretty long ſlender foot-ftalks. ers in moderate climates. They are propagated ei-
Toward the upper part of the ſtalks the flowers come ther by laying their flexible branches down in pots of
out from the wings of the leaves; thoſe of the male earth, where they will put out roots in four or five
plants grow in ſhort ſpikes or cluſters, and are of a months, or by planting cuttings in pots filled with
pale herbaceous colour; but the female flowers are light earth, which ſhould be plunged into a moderate
produced in long looſe racemi from the ſide of the hot-bed of tanners bark, covering the pots cloſely with
Italks, and are ſucceeded by a ſingle pulpy berry in- hand-glaſſes to exclude the outer air: the cuttings
cloſing a ſingle feed.
muſt be frequently refreſhed with water, but not too
The fecond fort hath round heart-ſhaped leaves, much given at each time. When theſe or the layers
which are extremely woolly and ſoft to the touch ; are well rooted, they ſhould be carefully taken up,
theſe have their foot-ſtalks placed at the baſe between and each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light earth,
the two ears; the flowers of this come out in bunches and plunged into the hot-bed of tan, where they
from the fide of the ſtalks, in the ſame manner as the ſhould conſtantly remain, being too tender to thrive
firſt. The ſtalks and every part of the plant is co- in England, but with this care. Therefore they
vered with a ſoft woolly down.
ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots when it is neceſſary,
The feeds of both theſe plants were ſent me from and their branches muſt be ſupported with ſtakes, to
Jamaica, by the late Dr. Houſtoun, which ſucceeded prevent them from trailing over the neighbouring
in the Chelſea garden, where the plants produced plants; and in warm weather the plants ſhould have
their flowers for ſeveral years; and the fruit of the free air admitted to them daily. With this treatment
firſt fort were produced, but theſe would not grow, they will thrive very well.
though they ſeemed to be perfectly ripened; but the CISTUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 598. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
plants grew at ſome diſtance from the male, ſo were 259. tab. 136. [It is ſo called from Kilios, or Kiroos,
probably not impregnated.
Gr. Ivy, becauſe its ſmall feminal veſſel is incloſed in
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould a ciſta, or little cheft.] Rock-roſe.
be fown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring; and the plants The CHARACTERS are,
muſt afterward be treated in the ſame way as other The flower bath a five-leaved empalement which is permo-
tender exotics, keeping them conſtantly in the nent, two of the middle alternate leaves being ſmaller than
bark-ſtove, otherwiſe they will not live in this the other. The flower hath five large roundiſh petals which
country
Spread open ; it hath a great number of bairy ftamina,
The firſt fort is ſuppoſed to be the Pareira, whoſe which are ſhorter than the petals, and are terminated by
root has been ſo much eſteemed as a diuretic. But
Small roundiſha ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh
by a ſpecimen which I received from the late Dr. germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle the length of the ſtamina,
Houſtoun, under the title of Pariera, it ſhould ra- crowned by a plain orbicular ſtigma. The germen after-
ther be ranged under the genus of Smilax.
ward becomes an oval cloſe capſule, having in ſome five,
CISSUS, Wild Grape.
and others ten cells, filled with ſmall roundiſh ſeeds.
This

CIS
CIS
B. 2. 5.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of albo, maculâ punicante inſignito. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo- 260. Spaniſh Gum-bearing Ciſtus with white flowers
nogynia, the flowers having many ſtamina and but Spotied with purple.
one ſtyle.
15. CISTUS (Populifolius) arboreſcens exſtipulatus, foliis
The SPECIES are,
cordatis lævibus acuminatis petiolatis. Hort. Cliff.
1. Cistus (Pilofus) arboreſcens exſtipulatis foliis ovatis, 205. Tree Rock-roſe with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves,
petiolatis hirſutis. Lin. Sp. 736. Tree Rock-roſe with having foot-ſtalks. Ciſtus ledon foliis populi nigræ
oval leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks are hairy. Ciſtus mas ma- major. C. B. P. 467
jor, folio rotundiore. J. B. 2. 2. Greater male Ciftus, 16. CISTUS (Criſpus) arboreſcens exſtipulatus, foliis lan-
or Rock-roſe, with a rounder leaf.
ceolatis pubeſcentibus trinerviis undulatis. Hort. Cliff.
2. Cistus (Incanus) arboreſcens exſtipulatis foliis ſpatu- 206. Rock-roſe with ſpear-ſhaped, hairy, waved leaves,
latis tomentofis rugofis, inferioribus bafi vaginantibus having three veins. Ciſtus mas, foliis chamadryos.
connatis. Hort. Cliff. 205. Tree Rock-roſe with Spa-
C. B. P. 464
tule-ſhaped, woolly, rough leaves, which are joined at their 17. Cistus (Halimifolius) foliis ovatis, incanis, infernè
baſe. Ciftus mas 2 folio longiore incano. J. B. 2. 2. petiolatis, fupernè coalitis, caule fruticoſo. Rock-roſe
3. Cistus (Breviorifolius) arboreſcens, foliis ovato-lan- with oval hoary leaves, thoſe beneath having foot-fialks,
ceolatis, bafi connatis, hirſutis, rugofis, pedunculis and the upper ones joined at their baſe, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
florum longioribus. Tree Rock-roſe with oval Spear-
Ciftus Halimi, folio 1. Cluſ. Hiſt. 1. p. 71. Ciftus
Shaped leaves, joined at their baſe, which are hairy and with Sea Purſlane leaves.
rough, and longer foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Ciftus mas 18. Cistus (Longifolius) foliis lineari-lanceolatis, incanis
folio breviore. C. B. P. 464.
petiolatis, floribus racemofis caule fruticoſo. Rock-
4. Cistus (Luſitanicus) arboreſcens, foliis ovatis, ob- roſe with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, having foot-ſtalks
tufis, villofis, fubtus nervofis rugoſis, floribus am- which are boary, flowers growing in cluſters, and a
plioribus. Tree Rock-roſe, with oval, obtuſe, hairy Shrubby ſtalk. Ciftus folio halimi longiore incano. J.
leaves, which are nervous and rough on their under fide,
and larger flowers. Ciftus mas Luſitanicus, folio am- Theſe plants all grow naturally in the ſouth of France,
pliffimo incano. Tourn. Inft. 259.
in Spain, and Portugal, from whence their ſeeds
5. Cistus (Hiſpanicus) arboreſcens villoſus, foliis lan- have been brought to England, where moſt of the
ceolatis, viridibus, baſi connatis, floribus feffilibus, forts are now cultivated in the nurſeries for ſale. The
calycibus acutis. Hairy-tree Rock-roſe with green ſpear- firſt fort hath a ſtrong woody ſtem, covered with a
ſhaped leaves joined at their base, flowers fittin cloſe, and rough bark, which riſes three or four feet high, di-
forp-pointed empalements.
viding into many branches, ſo as to form a large
6. CISTUS (Ladaniferus) arboreſcens exſtipulatus, foliis buſhy head; garniſhed with oval hairy leaves, placed
lanceolatis, fuprà lævibus, petiolis baſi coalitis va- oppoſite, and fit cloſe to the branches, having ſeveral
ginantibus. Hort. Cliff. 205. Tree Rock-roſe with ſpear- ſmaller leaves of the ſame form, riſing from the ſame
Shaped leaves, ſmooth on their upper fide, and their foot- joint. The flowers are produced at the end of the
ftalks joining like sheaths. Ciftus ladanifera Hiſpanica branches, four or five ſtanding together, almoſt in
incana. C. B. P. 467.
form of an umbel, but rarely more than one is open
3. Cistus ( Albidus) arboreſcens exftipulatus foliis ovato- at the ſame time; theſe are compoſed of five large
lanceolatis tomentofis incanis, feffilibus fubtrinerviis. roundiſh petals of a purple colour, which ſpread open
Sauv. Monfp. 150. Tree Rock-roſe with oval, Spear- like a Roſe, having a great number of ſtamina, ſur-
ſhaped, woolly leaves, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Ciſtus rounding the oval germen in the center, terminated
mas folio oblongo incano. C. B. P. 464.
by ſmall, roundiſh, yellow ſummits; theſe flowers
8. CISTUS (Salvifolius) arboreſcens exftipulatus, foliis are but of ſhort duration, generally falling off the
ovatis petiolatis utrinque hirſutis. Hort. Cliff. 205. ſame day they expand; but there is a ſucceſſion of
Rock-roſe with oval hairy leaves, having foot-ſtalks. freſh flowers every day for a conſiderable time. After
Ciftus foemina, folio ſalviæ, fupina humiſparſa. C. the flowers are paſt, the germen fwells to an oval
B. P. 466.
feed-veſſel, ſitting in the empalement, which is hairy;
9. CISTUS (Creticus) arboreſcens exſtipulatus, foliis fpa- theſe capſules have ten cells, which are full of ſmall
tulato-ovatis petiolatis enerviis fcabris, calycinis lan- roundiſh ſeeds. This ſort flowers in May and June,
ceolatis. Lin. Sp. 738. Tree Rock-roſe with oval ſpatule- and the feeds ripen in autumn; and there is generally
Joaped rough leaves without veins, having foot-ftalks. more flowers produced in September and October, if
Ciſtus ladanifera Cretica flore purpureo. Tourn. Cor. the autumn proves favourable, and where the plants
19. Gum-bearing Ciftus of Crete with a purple flower. are protected from froſt, they frequently produce ſome
IO. CISTUS (Oleafolius) fruticoſus, foliis lineari-lanceo- flowers all the winter ſeaſon.
latis, hirſutis, feffilibus, floribus terminalibus. Shrubby The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of
Rock-roſe with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, ſitting the leaves, which are longer and whiter ; thoſe on
cloſe to the branches, and flowers terminating the ſtalks. the lower part of the branches are oval, and join at
Ciftus ledon foliis oleæ fed anguftioribus. C. B. P. their baſe, ſurrounding the ſtalks, but the upper
167.
leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and diſtinct; the flowers are
11. CISTUS (Laurifolius) arboreſcens exftipulatus foliis larger, and of a paler purple colour. This flowers
oblongo-ovatis petiolatis, trinerviis ſupra glabris. and ripens feeds at the ſame time with the firſt.
Tree Rock-roſe with oblong oval leaves, having foot- The third fort differs from both the former, in having
ſtalks, ſmooth above, and the foot-ſtalks joined at their ſhorter and greener leaves, which are joined at their
baſe. Ciſtus ledon foliis laurinus. C. B. P. 476. baſe, and are hairy. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers
12. CISTUS (Cordifolius) foliis oblongo-cordatis, glabris, are much longer, and the flowers are ſmaller, but of
petiolis longioribus, caule fruticoſo. Rock-roſe with a deeper purple. This flowers and feeds at the ſame
oblong, heart-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, longer foot-ſtalks, time with the two former, and the ſhrubs grow as
and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
large as the firſt fort.
13. CISTƯS (Monſpelienſis) arboreſcens exſtipulatus, fo- The fourth fort hath much larger and rounder leaves
liis lineari-lanceolatis, feffilibus, utrinque villofis, tri- than either of the former, which are hairy, and
nerviis. Hort. Cliff. 205. Tree Rock-roſe with linear ſmooth on their upper fide, but rough, and full of
Spear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe to the branches, hairy on veins on their under; the branches are white, hairy,
both ſides, having three nerves. Ciſtus ladanifera Monſ- and the flowers are very large, and of a light purple
pelienſum. C. B. P. 467.
colour. This flowers at the ſame time with the
14. Cistus (Salicifolius) arboreſcens, foliis lineari-lan- former.
ceolatis, fubtus incanis, trinerviis, petalis fubrotundis. The fifth fort doth not riſe ſo high as either of the
Tree Rock-roſe with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, boary former, but ſends out branches near the root, which
on their under ſide, having three nerves with roundiſh pe- are hairy and erect, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
tals. Ciftus ladanifera Hiſpanica, falicis folio, flore leaves, of a dark green colour, which join at their
baſe,
a
a

CIS
CIS
a
a
baſe, ſurrounding the ſtalk. At each joint comès
out a very ſlender branch, having three pair of ſmall
leaves of the ſame ſhape with the other, terminated
by a ſingle flower; the ends of the branches have
three or four flowers fitting cloſe without foot-ſtalks.
The flowers are of a deep purple colour, and like
thoſe of the firſt. This flowers at the ſame time with
the other forts.
The ſixth fort riſes to the height of five or fix feet,
with a ſtrong woody ſtalk, ſending out many hairy
branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſmooth
on their upper fide, but veined on their under, having
ſhort foot-ſtalks, which join at their baſe, where they
form a ſort of ſheath to the branch. The flowers
come out at the end of the branches, which are large,
of a light purple colour, and reſembling thoſe of the
fourth fort.
The ſeventh fort hath erect branches, which come
out from the lower part of the ſtalk, and are woolly;
garniſhed with oblong hoary leaves, covered with a
white down, which are ſmooth above, but veined
on their under ſide, joining at their baſe where they
ſurround the ſtalk; the flowers are produced at the
end of the branches, which are of a bright purple
colour, and large. This flowers at the ſame time
with the other forts.
The eighth fort hath a ſlender ſmooth ſtalk, covered
with a brown bark, which never riſes more than three
feet high, ſending out many horizontal weak branches,
which ſpread wide, garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves,
which are hairy, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out at the wings of the leaves, upon
long naked foot-ſtalks; theſe are white, and ſome-
what ſmaller than thoſe of the other forts. This
flowers in June, July, and Auguft.
The ninth fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Archipelago; this is the plant which produces the
labdanum, as is hereafter mentioned; it riſes three
or four feet high, with a woody ſtalk, ſending out
many lateral branches, covered with a brown bark,
garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, with
waved borders; theſe in warm feaſons fweat a glu-
tinous liquid, which ſpreads on the ſurface of the
leaves, is very clammy and ſweet ſcented. The flowers
come out at the end of the branches, on ſhort hairy
foot-ftalks ; they are of a deep purple colour, and
about the ſize of a ſingle Roſe; theſe appear in June
and July
The tenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about four
feet high, the branches are very hairy, glutinous,
grow erect, and are garniſhed with long, narrow,
hairy leaves, ending in points, of a deep green on
both ſides, having a deep longitudinal furrow on their
upper fide, made by the midrib, which is prominent,
the flowers ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks at the end of
the branches, which are of a pale ſulphur colour,
having a bordered empalement, which is cut into
five acute parts at the top. This flowers in June,
July, and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The eleventh fort riſes with a ſtrong woody ftem to
the height of five or fix feet, ſending out many erect
branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ending
in points; theſe are thick, white on their under fide,
of a dark green above, and very glutinous in warm
weather. The flowers are produced at the end of
the branches, upon long naked foot-ſtalks, which
branch on their fides into fmall foot-ftalks, each ſuf-
taining one large white flower, having a hairy em-
palement. This fort flowers in June and July.
The twelfth fort riſes with a ſmooth ſhrubby ſtalk
four or five feet high, ſending out many ſlender lig-
neous branches, covered with a ſmooth brown bark;
garniſhed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, which are
imooth, and have long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
produced at the end of the branches, ſtanding upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are white, and appear
in June, July, and Auguft, but rarely produce any
iceds in England.
The thirteenth fort riſes with a ſlender ſhrubby ſtalk,
from three to four feet high, ſending out many
branches from the bottom upward, which are hairy,
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a very dark
green colour, having three longitudinal veins in each,
and in warm weather are covered with a glutinous
ſweet-ſcented ſubſtance, which exſudes from their
pores. The flower-ſtalks which come out at the end
of the branches, are long, naked, and ſuſtain many
white flowers, riſing above each other; their em-
palements are bordered, and end in ſharp points.
This flowers at the ſame time with the laſt men-
tioned.
The fourteenth fort riſes with a woody ftem to the
height of five or fix feet, ſending out many fide
branches from the bottom, the whole length; theſe
are ſmooth, covered with a reddiſh brown bark, gar-
niſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, whitiſh on
their under ſide, of a dark green above, having three
longitudinal veins. The flowers are produced at the
end of the branches, on ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are
compoſed of five very large, roundiſh, white petals,
each having a large purple fpot at their baſe. The
whole plant exſudes a ſweet glutinous ſubſtance in
warm weather, which hath a very ſtrong balſamic
ſcent, ſo as to perfume the circumambient air to a
great diſtance. This flowers in June, July, and
Auguft.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, having
no purple ſpots, which is in all other reſpects the ſame
with this.
The fifteenth fort hath a ſtiff, ſlender, woody ſtalk,
which fends out many branches the whole length, and
riſes to the height of fix or ſeven feet; the leaves are
large, heart-ſhaped, and of a light green colour;
theſe fit cloſe to the branches, having many nerves;
the flowers are produced at the end of the branches,
upon naked foot-ſtalks; they are white, and foon drop
off. This flowers in June and July, and is at preſent
pretty rare in the Engliſh gardens.
The ſixteenth fort hath weak, ſlender, woody branches,
which ſpread horizontally, fo feldom riſe more
than two or three feet high, garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped hairy leaves, which are indented on their
edges, and have three longitudinal veins running
through them; the flowers are white, coming out
upon naked foot-ſtalks from the wings of the leaves;
theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh blunt feed-veſſels,
having ſeveral cells, filled with angular feeds. This
flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in Au-
guſt and September.
The ſeventeenth fort hath an upright ſhrubby ſtalk,
which riſes four or five feet high, ſending out many
branches from the ground upward, ſo as to form a
large buſh. The branches are channelled and hoary.
The leaves are oval, ſtanding oppoſite; thoſe on the
lower part of the branches have foot-ſtalks, but up-
ward they coaleſce at their baſe, and ſurround the
ſtalk; they are very white. The foot-ſtalks of the
flowers which riſe at the end of the branches, are a
foot in length, naked, hairy, and put out two or
four ſhorter foot-ſtalks on the fide, each ſupporting
three or four flowers. The flowers are large, of a
bright yellow colour, but of ſhort duration; their em-
palements are hairy, and ſharp-pointed: This flowers
in June and July, and at preſent is but in few Engliſh
gardens.
The eighteenth fort hath been long preſerved in the
Engliſh gardens ; this riſes with a ſlender woody
ftalk three or four feet high, ſending out many
flender branches, garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped,
hoary, waved leaves; from the wings of the leaves
come out ſlender branches, which have two or three
pair of ſmall leaves, terminated by looſe bunches of
flowers, each ftanding on a ſlender foot-ſtalk. The
flowers are of a dirty fulphur colour, and appear in
June and July, but are never fucceeded by feeds in
this country
This fort will not live abroad in the winter, ſo is
always placed in a green-houſe, where, by its hoary
leaves, which continue all the year, it makes a va-
riety
а
All

CIS
CIS
All the various kinds of Ciſtus are very great orna-
ments to a garden; their flowers are produced in
great plenty, which though but of a ſhort duration,
yet are fucceeded by freſh ones almoſt every day for
above two months ſucceſſively; theſe flowers are
many
of them about the bigneſs of a middling Roſe,
but fingle, and of different colours; the plants con-
tinue their leaves all the year.
Theſe plants are all of them, except the laſt, hardy
enough to live in the open air in England, unleſs in
very ſevere winters, which often deſtroys many of
them, ſo that a plant or two of each fort may be kept
in pots, and ſheltered in winter, to preſerve the
kinds;
the reſt may be intermixed with other ſhrubs,
where they will make a pretty diverſity; and in ſuch
places where they are ſheltered by other plants, they
will endure the cold much better than where they
are ſcattered fingly in the borders. Many of theſe
plants will grow to the height of five or fix feet, and
will have large ſpreading heads, provided they are
perunitted to grow uncut; but if they are ever
trimmed, it ſhould be only ſo much as to prevent their
heads from growing too large for their ftems; for
whenever this happens, they are apt to fall on the
ground, and appear unſightly.
Theſe ſhrubs are propagated by feeds, and alſo from
cuttings; but the latter method is ſeldom practiſed,
unleſs for thoſe forts which do not produce ſeeds in
England; theſe are the twelfth, ſeventeenth, and
eighteenth forts; all the others generally produce
plenty of ſeeds, eſpecially thoſe plants which came
from feeds; for thoſe which are propagated by cuttings,
are very ſubject to become barren, which is alſo com-
mon to many other plants.
The ſeeds of theſe plants may be fown in the ſpring
upon a common border of light earth, where the
plants will come up in ſix or ſeven weeks, and, if
they are kept clear from weeds, and thinned where
they are too cloſe, they will grow eight or ten inches
high the ſame year, but as theſe plants, when young,
are liable to injury from hard froſt, therefore they
ſhould be tranſplanted when they are about an inch
high, ſome into ſmall pots filled with light earth,
that they may be removed into ſhelter in winter, and
the others into a warm border, at about ſix inches
diſtance each way; thoſe which are potted, muſt be
ſet in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken new root;
and thoſe planted in the border muſt be ſhaded every
day with mats till they are rooted, after which the
latter will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds till autumn, when they ſhould have
hoops placed over them, that they may be covered
in froſty weather; thoſe in the pots may be removed
into an open ſituation, ſo ſoon as they have taken
new root, where they may remain till the end of Oc-
tober, but during the ſummer they muſt be ſhifted
into larger pots, and be frequently watered; the end
of October they ſhould be placed under a hot-bed
frame to ſcreen them from the cold in winter, but,
at all times, when the weather is mild, they ſhould
be fully expoſed to the open air, and only covered in
froſts: with this management, the plants will thrive
much better than when they are more tenderly
treated.
The above method is what the gardeners generally
practiſe; but thoſe who are deſirous to have their
plants come forward, ſhould fow the ſeeds on a mo-
derate hot-bed in the ſpring, which will bring up the
plants very ſoon ; but theſe muſt have plenty of air
when they appear, otherwiſe they will draw up very
weak; when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould
be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged
into a very moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade
them till they have taken freſh root; then they muſt
have plenty of air admitted to them every day in good
weather, to prevent their drawing up weak; and by
degrees they muſt be hardened, ſo as to be removed
into the open air the beginning of June, and then
they may be treated in the ſame manner as is before
directed for the other feedling plants. By the bringing
of the plants forward in the ſpring in this method,
they will grow to the height of two feet, or mores
the firſt ſummer, and have many lateral branches, fo
will be ſtrong enough to plant abroad the following
ſpring, and moſt of them will flower the fame ſummer,
whereas thoſe which are fown in the full ground,
rarely flower till the year after ; nor will they be fo
ſtrong, or capable to reſiſt the cold of the ſecond
winter, as thoſe which have been brought forward.
In the ſpring following, theſe plants may be turned
out of the pots, with all the earth preſerved to their
roots, and planted in the places where they are to re-
main (for they are bad plants to remove when grown
old,) obſerving to give them now and then a little
water, until they have taken freſh root; after which
time, they will require no farther care than to traini
them upright in the manner you would have them
grow; but thoſe plants which were at firſt planted
into a border in the open ground, ſhould be arched
over, and covered with mats in froſty weather, during
the firſt winter, but may be tranſplanted abroad the
ſucceeding ſpring. In removing of theſe plants, you
ſhould be careful to preſerve as much earth about
the roots as you can ; and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
hot and dry, you muſt water and ſhade them until
they have taken freſh root, after which they will re-
quire no other culture than was before directed.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by cuttings,
which ſhould be planted in May or June, upon a bed
of light earth, keeping them ſhaded with mats, and
frequently refreſhed with water, until they have taken
root; which will be in about two months time, when
you may tranſplant them into pots filled with good
freſh light earth, and they ſhould be ſet in a ihady
place until they have taken root, then they may be
expoſed to the open fun until October, when you
ſhould remove them into ſhelter the firſt winter; but
the ſucceeding ſpring you may plant them abroad, as
was before directed for the ſeedling plants.
The fourteenth and fifteenth forts are by much the
moſt beautiful of all theſe Ciſtus's; the flowers, which
are as big as a large Roſe, are of a fine white, with a
deep purple ſpot on the bottom of each leaf. Theſe
plants allo abound with a ſweet glutinous liquor,
which exſudes through the pores of the leaves in ſo
plentiful a manner in hot weather, that the ſurfaces
of the leaves are covered therewith; from this plant
Clufius thinks might be gathered great quantities of
the ladanum which is uſed in medicine, in the woods
in Spain, where he ſaw vaſt quantities of this ſhrub
growing
But it is from the ninth fort, which Monf. Tourne-
fort fays, the Greeks, in the Archipelago, gather
this ſweet gum; in the doing of which (Bellonius
ſays) they make uſe of an inftrument like a raka
without teeth, which they call ergaſtiri; to this are
tied many thongs of raw and untanned leather, which
they rub gently on the buihes that produce ladanum,
ſo that the liquid moiſture may ſtick upon the thongs,
after which they ſcrape it off with knives; this is
done in the hotteſt time of the day, for which reaſon
the labour of gathering this ladanum is exceſſive, and
almoſt intolerable, ſince they are obliged to remain
on the mountains for whole days together, in the very
heat of ſummer, or the dog days; nor is there any
perſon almoſt that will undertake this labour, except
the Greek monks.
Monf. Tournefort alſo relates the ſame in his travels,
where he ſays, that the ſhrubs which produce the
ladanum grow upon dry ſandy hillocks; and that he
obſerved ſeveral country fellows in their ſhirts and
drawers, that were bruſhing the ſhrubs with their
whips; the ſtraps whereof, by being drawn over the
leaves of the plant, licked up a ſort of odoriferous
balſam ſticking upon the leaves, which he ſuppoſes
to be part of the nutritious juice of the plant, which
exſudes through the pores of the leaves, where it re-
mains like a fattiſh dew, in ſhining drops as clear as
turpentine.
a
ز
T tt
When

CIT
CIT
.
a
a
When the whips are fufficiently laden with this greaſe, the frit. This is alſo a very large tree, whoſe timber
they take a knife, and ſcrape it clean off the ſtraps, is greatly valued in America, for buildings, being
and make it up into a maſs of cakes of different ſizes; very durable; and from thence I have been informed
this is what comes to us under the name of ladanum, the French gave it the title of Fidelle-wood, which
or labdanum. A man that is diligent, will gather the Engliſh have rendered Fiddle-wood; and ſome
three pounds two cunces per day, or more, which have ſuppoſed that the wood was uſed for making
they fell for a crown on the ſpot; this work is rather thoſe muſical inſtruments, which is a great miſtake.
unpleaſant than laborious, becauſe it muſt be done in This tree riſes with a ſtrong upright trunk to the
the hotteſt time of the day, and in the greateit calm; height of fixty feet or more, ſending out many an-
and yet the pureſt ladanum is not free from filth, gular branches, ſtanding oppoſite, which are covered
becauſe the winds of the preceding days have blown with a looſe whitiſh bark, (from whence the inhabitants
duft upon theſe ſhrubs, which, by the glewy ſub- give it the name of white Fiddle-wood,) garnished with
itance
upon
the furfaces of the leaves, is thereby de- oval oblong leaves, ſtanding oppofite, on ſhort foot-
tained and mixed therewith. But to add weight to ſtalks; theſe are of a lucid green, and are rounded at
this drug, they knead it up with a very fine blackih their ends. The flowers comeout in long looſe spikes,
fand, which is found in thoſe parts, as if nature her- toward the end of the branches, which are white,
ſelf was minded to teach them how to adulterate this and ſmell very ſweet; theſe are followed by ſmall,
commodity. It is no eaſy thing to diſcover this cheat, roundiſh, pulpy berries, each incloſing a ſingle feed.
when the ſand has been well blended with the la- The firſt fort hath been long preſerved in ſome of
danum; in order to which you muſt chew it for the curious gardens in England, for the ſake of va-
fome time, to find whether it crackles between the riety. The leaves continuing through the year, and
teeth, and if it doth, you muſt firſt diſſolve it, and being of a fine green colour, make a pretty variety in
then ſtrain it, in order to purify away what has been the ſtove during the winter ſeaſon: this may be pro-
added to it.
pagated either by ſeeds, or cuttings; the latter is the
CITHAREXYLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 678. uſual method in England, where the ſeeds are not
Fiddle-wood.
produced; but when feeds can be obtained from
The CHARACTERS are,
abroad, the plants which riſe from them are much
The empalement of the flower is bell-ſhaped, of one leaf, better than thoſe raiſed from cuttings.
indented in five parts. The flower is of one leaf, funnel- The ſeeds of this fort ſhould be fown in ſmall pots
ſhaped, divided at the top into five equal parts, which early in the ſpring, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed
Spread open. It hath four ſtamina which adhere to the of tanners bark, and treated in the ſame manner as
tube, two of them being longer than the other, terminated other exotic ſeeds, which are brought from hot coun-
by oblong ſummits with two lobes. In the center is fi- tries. If the feeds are freſh, the plants will appear
tuated the roundiſh germen, Supporting a ſlender Style, in fix or ſeven weeks, and in about one month more
crowned by an obtuſe double-headed ſtigma. The germen will be fit to tranſplant; when this is done, the
afterward becomes a capſule with two cells, each having plants ſhould be carefully ſeparated, ſo as not to tear,
a ſingle ſeed.
or break off their roots, and each planted in a ſmall
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection pot filled with light freih earth, and plunged into
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia the hot-bed again, obſerving to ſhade them till they
Angioſpermia; the plants of this ſection have two have taken freſh root; after which they ſhould have
long, and two ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds are in- a large ſhare of air admitted to them in warm weather,
cluded in a capſule.
and muſt be frequently watered; in autumn the plants
The SPECIES are,
ſhould be removed into the bark-ſtove, where it will
1. CITHAREXYLUM (Cinereum) ramis angulatis, foliis be proper to keep them the firſt winter, till they
ovato-lanceolatis venis candicantibus. Fiddle-wood with have obtained ſtrength; then they may be afterward
angular branches, and oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, having kept in a dry ftove in winter, and in the middle of
white veins. Citharexylum arbor laurifolia Americana, ſummer they may be expoſed in the open air for two
foliorum venis latis candicantibus. Pluk. Almag. 108. or three months, in a warm fituation, with which
Fiddle-wood with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are management the plants will make better progreſs
veined, indented, and placed by threes, angular branches, than when they are more tenderly treated.
and flowers growing in looſe bunches. This is the common If the cuttings of theſe plants are planted in ſmall pots
Fiddle-wood of America.
during the ſummer months, and plunged into a
2. CITHAREXYLUM (Album) foliis oblongo-ovatis, in- moderate hot-bed, they will take root, and may af-
tegris, oppofitis, ramis angulatis, floribus fpicatis. terward be treated in the ſame manner as the ſeedling
Fiddle-wood with oblong, oval, entire leaves growing op- plants.
poſte, angular branches, and flowers growing in Spikes
. The ſeeds of the ſecond fort were ſent me by William
Berberis fructu arbor maxima baccifera, racemoſa, Williams, Eſq; from Jamaica, which have ſucceeded
foliis integris obtufis, fore albo pentapetalo odora- in the phyſic garden at Chelſea ; but as the plants
tiſſimo, fructu nigro monopyreno. Sloan. Cat. Jam. have not yet flowered, I can give no other account
170. Fiddle-wood, or Fidelle-wood.
of them, than what is before-mentioned; however,
The firſt fort grows common in moſt of the iſlands they ſeem to be full as hardy as thoſe of the firſt fort,
in the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes to a great height, and make full as great progreſs. The leaves of this
and becomes a very large timber-tree; the wood of fort continue all the year, and having a gloſſy green
which is greatly eſteemed for buildings, being very colour, make a pretty appearance in the winter
durable.
ſeaſon.
This hath an upright trunk fifty or fixty feet high, CITRUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 807. Citreum. Tourn.
ſending out branches on every ſide, which have le- Inft. R. H. 620. tab. 395, 396. The Citron-tree.
veral angles, or ribs, running longitudinally, gar-
The CHARACTERS are,
niſhed by three oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves at every The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, indented in
joint, ſtanding in a triangle, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. five parts. The flower hath five oblong, thick petals,
The leaves are about four inches long, and one or which Spread open, and are a little concave; it hath ten
two broad, of a lively green colour, pretty much Stamina, which are not equal, and join in three bodies at
notched on their edges, having ſeveral deep veins their baſe, terminated by oblong ſummits. The oval germen
running from the midrib to the edges, which are of in the center ſupports a cylindrical Style, crowned by a
a white colour on their upper ſide, and very prominent globular ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an oblong
on their under. The flowers come out from the ſides, fruit, with a thick fleſby ſkin filled with a ſucculent pulp,
and alſo at the end of the branches, in looſe bunches, having many cells, each containing two oval hard ſeeds.
which are ſucceeded by ſmall pulpy berries, incloſing Dr. Linnæus has joined the Aurantium and Limon
two feeds in each.
to this genus, making them only different ſpecies of
The ſecond fort is a native of the fame iſlands with the ſame genus; but all the varieties of Citron which
3
I have

CIT
CLA
round ſeeds.
a
I have examined, have but ten ſtamina in their flow- fit to remain, being incapable to make a ſtrait hand.
ers, whereas thoſe of the Orange have more, ſo that ſome ftem, which is the great beauty of thele trees.
theſe may be ſeparated on that difference; but Tour-CITRUL. See Pepo.
nefort adds, as a diſtinguiſhing character to this ge- CLARY. See SCLAREA.
nus, the appendix which grows to the foot-ſtalk of CLAYTONIA. Gron. Flor. Virg. Lin. Gen. Plant.
,
the leaf. However, I ſhall not ſo cloſely follow Lin- 253
næus, in joining thoſe things together, which have
The CHARACTERS are,
by all the writers on botany and gardening been The flower hath a two-leaved oval empalement, with a
kept ſeparate, left I ſhould render this work unin- tranſverſe base: it hath five obloug oval petals, which
telligible to thoſe who have not made botany their ere indented at the top, and five acel-Shaped recurved fta-
ſtudy.
mina, which are ſhorter than the petals, terminated by
The SPECIES are,
oblong ſummits. In the center is ftucted on ovol germen,
1. Citrus (Medica) fructu oblongo, majori, mucrona- Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a trifid ſtigma. The
to, cortice craffo rugoſo. Citron with a larger, oblong, germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule, having three
pointed fruit, having a thick rough rind. Malum cells, opening with three elaſtic valves, and filled with
Citreum dulci medulla. Fer. Heſp. 72. The Sweet
Citron.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
2. CITRUS (Tuberoſa) fructu oblongo, cortice tuberofa Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
rugoſo. Citron with an oblong fruit, having a rough the flower having five ſtamina and but one ſtyle.
knobbed rind. Malum Citreum vulgare. Fer. Heip.
The SPECIES are,
57. The common Citron.
1. CLAYTONIA (Virginica) foliis linearibus. Lin. Sp.
There are ſeveral varieties of this fruit, with which Plant. 294. Claytonia with very narrow leaves. Orni-
the Engliſh gardens have been ſupplied from Genoa, thogalo affinis Virginiana, flore purpureo pentapeta-
where is the great nurſery for the ſeveral parts of Eu-
loide. Pluk. Alm. 272.
rope
for this fort, as alſo Orange and Lemon-trees ; 2. CLAYTONIA (Siberica) foliis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
and the gardeners who cultivate them there, are as 294. Claytonio with oval leaves. Limnia. A&t. Stockh.
fond of introducing a new variety to their collection, 1746.
as the nurſery-men in England are of a new Pear, Ap- The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, from
ple, Peach, &c. fo that the varieties being annually whence it was ſent by Mr. Clayton to England, and
increaſed, as are many of our fruits from ſeeds, there received its title from him.
is like to be no end of the vatiety of theſe, nor of It hath a ſmall tuberous root, which fends out low
the Orange and Lemon-trees.
flender ſtalks in the ſpring, about three inches high,
The fruit of the Citron is ſeldom eaten raw, as thoſe which have each two or three ſucculent narrow leaves
of the Orange, but they are generally preſerved, and about two inches long, of a deep green colour. At
made into ſweetmeats, which are by ſome perſons the top of the ſtalk are four or five flowers produced,
greatly eſteemed; and as theſe are kept till winter ſtanding in a looſe bunch ; theſe are compoſed of
and ſpring, when there is a ſcarcity of fruit for fur- five white petals which ſpread open, and are ſpotted
niſhing out the deſert, they are the more valuable; with red on their infide; after theſe fall away, the
but unleſs the ſeaſons are warm, and the trees are gernen becomes a roundiſh capſule divided into three
well managed, the fruit rarely ripens in England. cells, which are filled with roundish ſeeds. The flow-
Some of the faireft fruit which I have ſeen growing ers appear in April, and the ſeeds ripen in June, foon
in England, were in the gardens of his late grace the after which the plant decays to the root.
Duke of Argyle, at Whitton, where the trees were The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Siberia. This is
trained againſt a ſouth wall, through which there a low plant, ſeldom riſing more than two or three
are flues contrived for warming the air in winter, inches high; the root is tuberous, ſending out three
and glaſs-covers to put over them when the weather or four oval leaves; the foot-ſtalk of the flower ariſes
begins to be cold. In this place the fruit were as immediately from the root, ſuſtaining two or three
large, and perfectly ripe, as they are in Italy or Spain. ſmall white flowers of the ſame ſhape with thoſe of
The ſeveral ſorts of Citrons are cultivated much in the firſt fort, ſo make but little figure in a garden.
the ſame manner as the Orange-tree, to which I ihail The plants are both propagated by feeds, and alſo
refer the reader, to avoid repetition; but ſhall only from offsets ſent out from the roots: the feeds ſhould
remark, that theſe are ſomewhat tenderer than the be fown upon a ſhady border of light earth, or in
Orange, and ſhould therefore have a warmer ſituation pots filled with the like mould, ſoon after they are
in winter, otherwiſe they are very ſubject to caſt their ripe; for if they are kept out of the ground till
fruit. They ſhould alſo continue a little longer in the ſpring, the plants will not come up till the next year;
houſe in the ſpring, and be carried in again ſooner in whereas thoſe which are fown early in the autumn,
the autumn; as alſo have a warmer and better de-
will grow the following ſpring, ſo that a whole year
fended ſituation in the ſummer, though not too much is gained. When the plants come up, they will re-
expoſed to the ſun in the heat of the day.
quire no other care but to keep them clean from
And as their leaves are larger, and their ſhoots weeds; and in the autumn, if ſome old tanners bark
ſtronger, than thoſe of the Orange, they require a lit- is ſpread over the ſurface of the ground, it will ſe-
tle more water in the ſummer; but in winter they cure the roots from being injured by froſt; which, if
ſhould have but little water at each time, which it ſhould prove very ſevere, might injure the young
muſt be the oftener repeated. The foil ought to be plants, but in mild winters they will not require pro-
much the ſame as for the Orange-tree, but not quite tection
fo ſtrong
The beſt time to tranſplant the roots is about Micha-
The common Citron is much the beſt ſtock to bud
elmas, when they are inactive; but as they are ſmall,
any of the Orange or Lemon kinds upon, it being if great care is not taken in opening the ground,
the ſtraiteft and freeft growing tree.
The rind is the roots may be buried and loft; for they are of a
ſmoother, and the wood leſs knotty, than either the dark colour, fo are not eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the
Orange or Lemon; and will take either fort full as
ground.
well as its own kind, which is what none of the other CLAVICLE [Claviculus, Lat.] a claſper or tendril.
forts will do: and theſe ſtocks, if rightly managed, CLEMATIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 616. Clematitis.
will be very ſtrong the ſecond year after fowing, ca- C. B. P. 300. [Kamparis, of Kañuci, a twig or claſper,
pable to receive any buds, and will have ſtrength to &c. becauſe it climbs up trees with claſpers, like
force them out vigorouſly; whereas it often happens, thoſe of Vines, Hence it is called Virgultum duc-
when theſe buds are inoculated into weak ſtocks, they tile, Ranunculus obſequioſus; and alſo Antrogeno-
frequently die, or remain till the ſecond
mene, and Flammula, as though producing a car-
they put out; and thoſe that ſhoot the next ſpring af- buncle ; for the leaves being bruiſed, and applied to
ter budding, are oftentimes fo weak as hardly to be the ſkin, burn it into carbuncles, as it is in the peſti-
lence;
a
а
year before

CLE
CLE
2
lence; and Flanmula, becauſe if one leaf be cropped riùs reflexo. Tourn. Cor. 20. Eaſtern Climber with
in a hot day in the ſummer ſeaſon, and bruiſed, and Smallage leaf, and a reflexed, greeniſh, yellow flower.
preſently put to the noſtrils, it will cauſe a ſmell and 12. CLEMATIS (Sibirica) foliis compoſitis & decompoſi-
pain like a flame.] Virgin's Bower.
tis, foliolis ternatis, ſerratis. Gmel. Climber with
The CHARACTERS are,
compound and decompounded leaves, whose finall leaves are
The flowers have no empalement; they have each four ſawed and trifoliate.
loofe oblong petals, with a great number of stamina, 13. CLEMATIS (Dioica) foliis ternatis, integerrimis, flo-
which are shorter than the petals, and the ſummits ad- ribus diocis. Three-leaved Climber, with entire leaves,
bere to their fide. They have many germen, which are having three lobes, and male and female flowers on the
toundiſh and compreſſed; the awl-ſhaped ſtyle, which is ſame plant. Clematis foliis ternis. Sloan. Cat. 84.
longer than the ſtamina, is crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. Three-leaved Climber.
The germina afterward become so many roundiſh corn- 14. CLEMATIS (Americana) foliis ternatis, foliolis cordato-
preſſed ſeeds, with the Style fitting on their top, and are acuminatis, integerrimis, floribus corymboſis. Three-
collected into a bead, the styles of the ſeveral ſpecies being leaved Climber with beart-fhoped pointed lobes, which are
of various forms.
entire, and flowers colle Eted in round bunches. Clematitis
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection Americana triphylla, foliis non dentatis. Houſt. MSS.
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Po- 15. CLEMATIS (Criſpa) foliis fimplicibus, ternatiſque,
lygynia, the flowers of this ſection having many fta- foliolis integris trilobifve. Lin. Sp. Plant. 543. Climber
mina and ſeveral ſtyles.
with ſingle and trifoliate leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are
The SPECIES are,
either entire, or have three lobes. Clematis flore criſpo.
1. CLEMATIS (Recia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ovato-lan- Hort. Elth. 86. Climber with a curled flower.
ceolatis, integerrimis, caule erecto. Hort. Cliff. 225. The firſt ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
Clematis with winged leaves, whose lobes are oval, Spear- Italy, Auſtria, and ſeveral parts of Germany, but
Shaped, entire, and an upright ſtalk. Clematitis hath been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for
five flammula furrecta alba. J. B. 2. 127. Upright ornament. This hath a perennial root. The ſtalks
white Climber.
are upright, about three or four feet high, garniſhed
2. CLEMATIS (Integrifolia) foliis fimplicibus, ovato-lan- with winged leaves ſtanding oppoſite, which are com-
ceolatis. Hort. Cliff
. 225. Clematis with ſingle leaves, poſed of three or four pair of lobes, terminated by
which are oval and Spear-ſhaped. Clematitis cærulea an odd one; they are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and en-
erecta. C. B. P. 300. Upright blue Climber.
tire : the flowers are produced in large looſe panicles
3. CLEMATIS (Hiſpanica) foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceo- at the top of the ſtalks; theſe are compoſed of four
latis, acutis, integerrimis, caule erecto. Clematis with white petals, which ſpread open; and the middle is
winged leaves, whoſe lobes are ſpear-ſhaped, pointed, and occupied by a great number of ftamina, ſurrounding
entire, and an upright ſtalk. Clematitis Hiſpanica ſur- five or ſix germen, which afterward become ſo many
fo
recta altera & humilior flore albicante. H. R. Par. compreſſed ſeeds, each having a long tail or beard
4. CLEMATIS (Vitalba) foliis pinnatis, foliolis cordatis, fitting on the top. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds
ſcandentibus. Hort. Cliff. 225. Clematis with winged ripen in September.
leaves, whoſe lobes are heart-ſhaped and climbing. Cle- The ſecond fort grows naturally in Hungary and Tar-
matitis latifolia integra. J. B. 2. p. 125. Climber with tary, but hath been long an inhabitant in the Engliſh
broad entire leaves, commonly called Viorna, or Traveller's gardens. The root of this is perennial, ſending up
Joy.
many ſlender upright ſtalks, from three to four feet
CLEMATIS (Canadenſis) foliis ternatis, foliolis corda- high, garniſhed with oppoſite ſingle leaves at each
tis, acutis, dentatis, fcandentibus. Clematis with tri- joint, having ſhort foot-ſtalks; the leaves are near
foliate, heart-ſhaped, pointed leaves, which are indented, four inches long, and an inch and an half broad in
and climbing. Clematitis Canadenſis latifolia & tri-
& the middle, of a bright green, ſmooth, and entire,
phylla. Sar. Broad-leaved Canada Climber.
ending in a point: the flowers come out from the
6. CLEMATIS (Flammula) foliis inferioribus, pinnatis, upper part of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon very long
laciniatis, fummis fimplicibus, integerrimis, lanceo- naked foot-ſtalks, each ſupporting a ſingle blue flow-
latis. Hort. Cliff. 225. Clematis whoſe lower leaves are er, compoſed of four narrow thick petals which ſpread
winged and jagged, and the upper ones ſingle, Spear-shaped, open, and many hairy ftamina ſurrounding the ger-
and entire. Clematitis five flammula repens. C. B. P.
.
mina in the center. After the flowers are paſt, the
300. Creeping Climber.
germen become ſo many compreſſed feeds, each hav-
7. CLEMATIS (Cirrboſa) cirrhis fcandens foliis fimplici- ing a tail or beard. It flowers and feeds at the ſame
bus. Hort. Cliff. 226. Clematis with climbing tendrils, time with the former fort.
and Simple leaves. Clematitis peregrina, foliis pyri The third fort is very like the firſt, from which it
inciſis. C. B. P. 300. Foreign Climber with cut Pear- differs in having but two or three pair of lobes in each
shaped leaves.
leaf, which are narrower and ſtand farther afunder:
8. CLEMATIS (Viticella) foliis compoſitis decompoſitif- the ſtalks are ſhorter, and the flowers larger.
que, foliolis ovatis, integerrimis. Hort. Chiff. 225. The fourth fort grows naturally in the hedges, in
Clematis with compound and decompounded leaves, whoſe moſt parts of England. This hath a tough climbing
Small leaves are oval and entire. Clematitis cærulea ſtalk, ſending out claſpers, by which it'faſtens to the
vel
purpurea repens. C. B. P. 300. Single blue Virgin's neighbouring buſhes and trees, and fometimes riſes
Bower.
more than twenty feet high, ſending out many fide
9. CLEMATIS ( Alpina) foliis compofitis ternatis ternatif- branches, ſo as often to cover all the trees and buſhes
que, foliolis acutis ferratis. Clematis with compound of the hedge. This puts out many bunches of white
leaves, whoſe lobes are ſharply ſawed. Clematitis Al- flowers in June, which are ſucceeded by ſeveral flat
pina geranii folio. C. B. P. 300. Alpine Climber with ſeeds joined in a head, each having a long twiſted
a Crane's-bill leaf
tail fitting on the top, which is covered with long
IO. CLEMATIS (Viorna) foliis compofitis decompoſitif- white hairs; and in autumn, when the feeds are near
que, foliolis quibuſdam trifidis. Flor. Virg. 62. Cle- ripe, they appear like beards, from whence the coun-
metis with compound and decompounded leaves, ſome of try people call it Old Man's Beard. The branches of
whoſe lobes are trifid. Clematis purpurea
repens, pe- this being very tough and fiexible, are uſed for tying
talis fiorum coriaceis. Raii Hift. 1928. Creeping pur- up faggots, from whence, in ſome countries, it is
ple Climber, with coriaceous petals to the flower.
called Bindwith.
11. CLEMATIS (Orientalis) foliis compoſitis, foliolis in- There are two varieties of this, one with indented
ciſis angulatis lobatis cuneiformibus, petalis interne leaves, which is the moſt common, and the other hath
villoſis. Lin. Sp. 765. Clematis with compound leaves, entire leaves; but as theſe are ſuppoſed to ariſe acci-
whole Small leaves are cut into angular wedge-shaped dentally from feeds, they are not diſtinguiſhed by
lobes, and the infide of the petals are hairy. Clematitis later botaniſts.
Orientalis folio apii, flore ex viridi flaveſcente, pofte-
5
6
The

CLE
CLE
a
a
3
3
The fifth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America, from whence the ſeeds have been brought to
Europe. This is in its firſt appearance very like the
laſt fort, but the leaves are broader, and grow by
threes on the ſame foot-ſtalk, whereas thoſe of the
former have five or ſeven lobes in each leaf. The
flowers appear at the ſame time with the former,
but the ſeeds do not ripen in England, unleſs the
ſeaſon is very warm. There is little beauty in this
fort.
The fixth fort hath a climbing ſtalk like the fourth ;
the lower leaves of this are winged, and deeply cut
on their edges, but the upper leaves are ſingle, ſpear-
ſhaped, and entire. The flowers of this fort are
white, and appear in June or July. This grows na-
turally in the fouth of France, and in Italy.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
tugal. This hath a climbing ſtalk, which will riſe to
the height of eight or ten feet, ſending out branches
from every joint, whereby it becomes a very thick
buſhy plant; the leaves are ſometimes ſingle, at
other times double, and frequently trifoliate, being
indented on their edges. Theſe keep their verdure
all the year : oppoſite to the leaves come out claſpers,
which faften themſelves to the neighbouring ſhrubs,
by which the branches are ſupported, otherwiſe they
would fall to the ground. The flowers are produced
from the ſide of the branches; theſe are large, of an
herbaceous colour, and appear always about the end
of December, or beginning of January, which being
a ſeaſon when few perſons viſit gardens for informa-
tion, theſe flowers have eſcaped their notice, ſo that
many have ſuppoſed this ſort doth not produce flow-
ers in England ; and the flowers being nearly the
fame colour of the leaves, thoſe who have been more
conſtant viſitors of gardens, have paſſed by this plant,
without noticing the flowers; but for many years to-
gether, it hath produced plenty of flowers in the gar-
den at Chelſea, and always at the ſame ſeaſon.
The ſeventh fort is cultivated in the nurſery-gardens
for ſale, and is known by the title of Virgin's Bower.
There are four varieties of it which are preſerved in
the gardens of the curious, and have been by ſome
treated as ſo many diſtinct ſpecies; but as their only
differences confift either in the colour of their flow-
ers, or the multiplicity of their petals, they are now
only eſteemed as ſeminal variations; but as they are
diſtinguiſhed by the nurſery-gardeners, I ſhall juſt
mention them.
1. Single blue Virgin's Bower.
2. Single purple Virgin's Bower.
3. Single red Virgin's Bower.
4. Double purple Virgin's Bower.
Theſe have no difference in their ſtalks or leaves, ſo
that the fame deſcription will fit them all, excepting
the colours or multiplicity of petals in their flowers.
The ſtalks of theſe plants are very ſlender and weak,
having many joints, from whence come out fide
branches, which are again divided into ſmaller. If
theſe are ſupported, they will riſe to the height of
eight or ten feet, and are garniſhed with compound
winged leaves, placed oppoſite at the joints. Theſe
branch out into many diviſions; each of which hath
a flender foot-Italk, with three ſmall leaves, which
are oval and entire : from the ſame joint, generally
four foot-ſtalks ariſe, two on each ſide; the two lower
have three of theſe divifions, ſo that they are each com-
poſed of nine ſmall leaves or lobes; but the two upper
have only two oppoſite leaves on each, and between
theſe ariſe three ſlender foot-ſtalks, each ſupporting
one flower. The flowers have each four petals,
which are narrow at their bafe, but are broad at the
top and rounded : in one they are of a dark worn-out
purple, in another blue, and the third of a bright pur-
ple or red colour. The double fort, which is com-
mon in the Engliſh gardens, is of the worn-out pur-
ple colour: but the foreign catalogues mention dou-
ble flowers of both the other colours, which may
probably be found in ſome of their gardens; but
as I have not ſeen them myſelf, I have not noticed
them. The double flowers have no ftamiind or
germen, but in lieu of them, there is a multiplicity
of petals, which are narrow, and turn inward at the
top.
Thefe plants grow naturally in the woods in Spain
and Portugal, but have been long cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens for ornament. They flower in June
and July, but they feldom ripen feeds in England,
and the double fort continues to the end of August.
The ninth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and other
mountains in Italy. I received it from mount Baldus,
where it grows in plenty. This hath a ſlender climb
ing ſtalk, which riſes three or four feet high, fup-
porting itſelf by faſtening to the neighbouring plants
or ſhrubs. The leaves of this are compoſed of nine
lobes or ſmall leaves, three ſtanding upon each foot-
ſtalk, ſo that it is what the former writers ftile a nine-
leaved plant. The flowers come out at the joints of
the ſtalk, in the ſame manner as the common Tra-
vellers Joy, which are white, fo make no great ap-
pearance. This ſort flowers in May.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Virginia and Caro-
lina, from both of theſe countries I have received the
ſeeds. This hath many Nender ſtalks, garniſhed with
compound winged leaves at each joint; and are ge-
nerally compoſed of nine leaves, ſtanding by threes,
like thoſe of the eighth fort, but the ſmall leaves or
lobes of this are nearly of a heart-ſhape. The flowers
of this ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which come out
from the wings of theleaves, one on each ſide theítalk.
The flowers are compoſed of four thick petals, which
are purple on their outſide, and blue within. They
appear in July, and if the autumn proves warm, the
ſeeds will ripen in September.
The eleventh fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort
in the Levant, from whence he ſent the feeds to the
royal garden at Paris, where they ſucceeded and per-
fećted feeds, ſo that moſt of the gardens in Europe
have been furniſhed with the feeds from thence: this
hath weak climbing ſtalks, which faften themſelves
by their claſpers, to any plants or ſhrubs which ſtand
near them, and thereby riſe to the height of ſeven or
eight feet, garniſhed with compound winged leaves,
conſiſting of nine ſmall leaves (or lobes) which are
angular and ſharp-pointed. The flowers come out
from the wings of the leaves, which are of a yellowiſh
green, and the petals are reflexed backward ; they
come out in April and May, and in warm feafons
the ſeeds will ripen very well, if the plants have a
good ſituation.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Siberia, from
whence the ſeeds were ſent to the imperial garden at
Peterſburgh, where they ſucceeded and produced
ſeeds, part of which were ſent me in the year 1753 .
Theſe grew, and the plants have flowered ſeveral
years in the Chelſea garden. It hath weak climbing
ſtalks which require ſupport, that riſe from four to
fix or eight feet high ; the joints are far aſunder; at
each of theſe come out two compound winged leaves,
whoſe ſmall leaves or lobes are placed by threes; theſe
are deeply ſawed on their edges, and terminate in ſharp
points. The flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves fingle, ſtanding upon long naked foot-ſtalks, and
are compoſed of four broad cbtuſe petals, which ſpread
open in form of a croſs, of a whitiſh yellow colour:
In the center is placed ſeveral germen, ſurrounded
by a great number of ſtamina, with flat compreſſed
ſummits, of the ſame colour with the petals of the
flower; after theſe are paſt, the germen become ſo
many compreffed ſeeds, each having a bearded tail.
It flowers in February March and April, and the
ſeeds ripen in July or Auguft.
The thirteenth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by
the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath ſlender climbing
ftalks, which faſten themſelves to the trees and ſhrubs
which ſtand near them, and thereby riſe to the height
of ten or twelve feet, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves,
coming out on each fide the ſtalk; the lobes
are large, oval, and entire, having three longitudinal
veins. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe at the
fame
a
a
a
Uuu

Ĉ L E
Ĉ LÊ
fame joints, cloſe to thoſe of the leaves, one on each
ſide the ſtalks : theſe are long, naked, and grow hori-
zontally, extending beyond the leaves before they
divide and branch; then there comes out three or
four pair of ſmall foot-ſtalks from the large one, each
of which divides again into three ſmaller, each ſup-
porting a ſingle flower: the lower pair of theſe are
extended four or five inches, the other gradually di-
miniſh to the top, ſo that they form a pyramidal
thyrſe of flowers; theſe are white, and are compoſed
of four narrow petals which are reflexed back, but
the ſtamina all ſtand erect.
This hath been by ſome perſons ſuppoſed to be the
ſame with the common Travellers Joy, but thoſe who
have ſeen the two plants, cannot doubt of their be-
ing diſtinct ſpecies
The fourteenth fort was ſent me from Campeachy
by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath ſtrong climb-
ing ſtalks, which faſten themſelves by their claſpers
to the neighbouring trees, whereby they are ſupport-
ed, and riſe to the height of twenty feet or more, gar-
niſhed at each joint by trifoliate leaves, which are
heart-ſhaped, pointed, and entire. The flowers
come out on long, naked, branching foot-ſtalks,
which riſe from the wings of the leaves; they are
white, and collected into roundiih bunches; theſe are
fucceeded by feeds ſhaped like thoſe of the common
fort, but have long curling beards to each, which are
finely feathered.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina, from
whence I received the ſeeds in the year 1726. This
hath weak ſtalks which riſe near four feet high, and
by their claſpers faften themſelves to the neighbouring
plants, whereby they are ſupported. The leaves
come out oppoſite at the joints; theſe are ſometimes
fingle, at others trifoliate, and ſome of the leaves are
divided into three lobes. The flowers come out
ſingly from the ſide of the branches upon ſhort foot-
ftalks, which have one or two pair of leaves below
the flower, which are oblong and ſharp-pointed.
The flowers have four thick petals, like thoſe of the
tenth fort; theſe are of a purple colour, and their
inner ſurface is curled, and hath many longitudinal
furrows. This flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
September
The three firſt ſorts have perennial roots, which mul-
tiply pretty faft, but their ſtalks die down every au-
tumn, and new ones ariſe in the ſpring, in which par-
ticular they differ from all the other ſpecies, therefore
require different management, and are propagated in
a different manner; therefore I ſhall firſt give direc-
tions for their culture.
Theſe plants are propagated either by feeds, or part-
ing their roots; but the former being a tedious me-
thod (the plants ſeldom riſing until the ſecond year
after fowing, unleſs the ſeeds are ſown in the autumn
ſoon after they are ripe, and are often two years
more before they flower,) the latter is generally prac-
tiſed. The beſt ſeaſon for parting theſe roots is in
October or February; either juſt before their branches
decay, or before they riſe again in the ſpring.
They will grow almoſt in any foil or ſituation ; but if
the foil is very dry, they ſhould always be new plant-
ed in the autumn, otherwiſe their flowers will not be
ſo ſtrong; but if the ſoil be wet, it is better to defer
it until the ſpring. The roots may be cut through
their crowns with a ſharp knife, obſerving to preſerve
to every offset ſome good buds or eyes; and then it
matters not how ſmall you divide them, for their
roots increaſe very faſt: but if you part them very
ſmall, you ſhould let them remain three or four years
before they are again removed, that their flowers
may be ſtrong, and their roots multiplied in eyes,
which in leſs time cannot be obtained.
Theſe plants are extreme hardy, enduring the cold
of our fevereſt winters in the open air, and are very
proper ornaments for large gardens, either to be
planted in large borders, or intermixed with other
hardy flowers in quarters of flowering ſhrubs; where,
by being placed promiſcuouſly in little open places,
they fill up thoſe ſmall vacancies, and are agrécable
enough. They begin to flower about the beginning
of June; and often continue to produce freſh flowers
until Auguſt, which renders them valuable; eſpeci-
ally ſince they require very little care in their culture ;
for their roots may be ſuffered to remain ſeveral
years undiſturbed, where there is no want to part
them, which will not in the leaſt prejudice them.
The fourth fort is found wild in moſt parts of Eng-
land, growing upon the ſides of banks under hedges,
and extends its trailing branches over the trees and
ſhrubs that are near it. This plant in the autumn is
generally covered with feeds, which are collected into
little heads, each of which having, as it were, a rough
plume faftened to it, hath occafioned the country
people to give it the name of Old Man's Beard. It
is titled by Lobel and Gerard, Viorna; and by Do-
donæus, Vitis alba: in Engliſh it is moſt commonly
called Travellers Joy. This fort is rarely cultivated
in gardens, being too rambling, and having but little
beauty.
The fifth and fixth forts have no more beauty than
the fourth, ſo are ſeldom preſerved in gardens, unleſs
for the ſake of variety. They are both as hardy as
the common fort, and may be propagated either by
feeds or laying down their branches.
The ſeventh fort retains its leaves all the year,
which renders it valuable. This was formerly pre-
.
ſerved in green-houſes in the winter, ſuppoſing it too
tender to live in the open air in England; but now
it is generally planted in the full ground, where the
plants thrive much better than in pots, and produce
plenty of flowers, which they never did when they
were more tenderly treated ; nor have I found that
the plants have ſuffered from ſevere froſts; for thoſe
which have been growing in the open air at Chelſea,
more than fifty years, have refifted the greateſt cold
without covering.
This fort doth not produce ſeeds in England, ſo it is
propagated by layers, and alſo from cuttings. If
they are propagated by layers, it muſt be done in the
beginning of October, when the ſhoots of the ſame
year only ſhould be choſen for this purpoſe, for the
older branches do not put out roots in leſs than two
years, whereas the tender ſhoots will make good
roots in one year: theſe muſt be pegged down into
the ground, in the ſame manner as is uſually prac-
tiſed for other layers, to prevent their riſing. If the
ſhoots have two inches of earth over them, it will be
better than a greater depth, but then, a little old tan-
nérs bark ſhould be ſpread over the ſurface of the
ground, to keep out the froſt; for as the plants ge-
nerally begin flowering about Chriſtmas, fo at the
ſame time they are putting out roots, which being
but juſt formed, may be injured by ſevere froſts :
theſe layers will have ſtrong roots by the follow-
ing autumn, when they may be taken from the old
plant, and tranſplanted where they are deſigned to
remain.
When they are propagated by cuttings, they ſhould
be planted in March, in pots filled with good kitchen-
garden earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot-
bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun in the day-
time, and gently water them two or three times a
week, and in leſs than two months they will have
taken root, when they ſhould be gradually inured to
the open air. The following ſummer they may be
placed in any part of the garden till Michaelmas, and
then they ſhould be turned out of the pots and planted
in the full ground, either where they are deſigned to
remain, or into a nurſery-bed, to grow a year longer
to get ſtrength, before they are placed out for good.
All the varieties of Virgin's Bower are propagated by
laying down their branches; for although the ſingle
flowers fometimes produce feeds in England, yet as
theſe ſeeds, when ſown, generally remain a whole
year in the ground before they vegetate, ſo the other
being the more expeditious method of increaſing theſe
plants, is generally practiſed: but in order to ſuc-
ceed, theſe layers ſhould be laid down at a different
ſeaſon

C LE
CLE
feaſon from the former fort; for when they are laid Stamina which are incurved, having rifing fummits fixed
in the autumn, their ſhoots are become tough, ſo to their fide : it hath a ſingle ſtyle, supporting an oblong
rarely put out roots under two years; and after lying germen, which is of the ſame length as the ſtamina, and
ſo long in the ground, not one in three of them will crowned by a thick ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
have made good roots ; ſo that many have ſuppoſed comes a long cylindrical
pod, ſitting upon the ſtyle, having
theſe plants were difficult to propagate, but ſince they one cell, opening with two valves, and filled with roundiſh
have altered their ſeaſon of doing it, they have found feeds.
theſe layers have ſucceeded as well as thoſe of other This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
plants.
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia
The beſt time for laying down the branches is in the Siliquofa; the plants of this ſection have in the flow-
beginning of July, ſoon after they have made their ers four long and two ſhort ſtamina, and their ſeeds
firſt ſhoots, for it is theſe young branches of the
are included in long pods.
ſame year, which freely take root; but as theſe are
The SPECIES are,
very tender, there ſhould be great care taken not to 1. CLEOME (Pentaphylla) floribus gynandris; foliis qui-
break them in the operation : therefore thoſe natis caule inermi. Lin. Sp. 938. Cleome with flowers
branches from which theſe ſhoots were produced, having male and female parts, five leaves, and ſmooih
ſhould be brought down to the ground, and faſtened ſtalks. Sinapiftrum Indicum, pentaphyllum flore
to prevent their riſing; then the young ſhoots ſhould carneo, minus, non fpinofum. H. L.
be laid into the earth, with their tops raiſed upright, 2. CLEOME (Ornithopodoides) floribus hexandris, foliis
three or four inches above ground; and after the ternatis, foliolis ovati-lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
layers are placed down, if the ſurface of the ground 940. Cleome with flowers having fix ftamina, trifoliate
be covered with moſs, rotten tanners bark, or other leaves, and spear-ſhaped lobes. Sinapiſtrum Orientale,
decayed mulch, it will prevent the ground from dry- triphyllum, ornithopodii filiquis. Tourn. Cor. 17.
ing, ſo that the layers will not require watering above 3. CLEOME (Lufitanica) foribus hexandris, foliis terna-
three or four times, which ſhould not be at leſs than tis, foliolis lineari-lanceolatis, filiquis bivalvibus.
five or fix days interval; for when theſe layers have Cleome with flowers having six ftamina, trifoliate leaves,
too much wet, the tender ſhoots frequently rot; or narrow Spear-ſhaped lobes, and pods having two valves.
when the young fibres are newly put out, they are ſo Sinapiftrum Luſitanicum triphyllum, flore rubro.
tender, as to perish by having much wet : therefore
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 231.
where the method here directed is practiſed, the lay- 4. CLEOMI (Viſcoſa) floribus dodecandris
, foliis quina-
ers will more certainly take root, than by any other tis ternatiſque. Flor. Zeyl. 241. Cleome with flowers
yet practiſed.
having twelve ſtamino, trifoliate and quinquefoliate
As moſt of theſe plants have climbing branches, leaves. Sinapiftrum Zeylanicum, triphyllon & pen-
they ſhould be always planted where they may be taphyllon viſcofum, flavo flore. Mart. Dec. 3.
ſupported, otherwiſe the branches will fall to the 5. CLEOME (Triphylla) foribus hexandris, foliis ternatis;
ground and appear unſightly; ſo that unleſs they are foliolo intermedio majori. Cleome with flowers having
properly diſpoſed, inſtead of being ornaments to a fix ſi amino, and trifoliate leaves, whoſe middle lobe is the
garden, they will become the reverſe. Where there largeſt Sinapiftrum Indicum triphyllum, flore car-
are arbours or ſeats, with trellis work round them, neo non fpinoſum. H. L.
theſe plants are very proper to train up againſt it; or 6. CLEOME (Erucago) foribus hexandris, foliis feptenis,
where any walls or other fences require to be covered caule ſpinoſo, filiquis pendulis. Cleome with flowers
from the fight, theſe plants are very proper for the having sex stamino, leaves with ſeven lobes, a prickly
purpoſe; but they are by no means proper for open ſtalk, and hanging pods. Sinapiftrum Ægyptiacum
borders, nor do they anſwer the expectation, when heptaphyllum, Hore carneo, majus ſpinofum. H.L.
they are intermixed with fhrubs; for unleſs their 7. CLEOME (Spinoſa) foribus hexandris, foliis quinatis
branches have room to extend, they will not be pro- ternatifque, caule ſpinoſo. Cleome with flowers having
ductive of many flowers.
ſix ftamina, leaves compoſed of five and ihree lobes, and
The fort with double flowers is the moſt beautiful, a prickly ſtalk. Sinapiftrum Indicum fpinofum, flore
ſo that ſhould be preferred to thoſe with ſingle fow- carneo, folio trifido vel quinquefido. Houſt. MSS.
ers, of which a few only ſhould be planted for va- 8. CLEOME (Monophylla) floribus hexandris, foliis fim-
riety. They are all equally hardy, ſo are ſeldom in- plicibus, petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis. Flor. Zeyl. 243.
jured by froſt, excepting in very ſevere winters, when Cleome with fix stamina to the flowers, and fix leaves,
ſometimes the very tender ſhoots are killed; but if which are ovally ſpear-ſhaped. Sinapiftrum Zeylanicum
theſe are cut off in the ſpring, the ſtems will put out viſcoſum, folio folitario, flore favo, filiquâ tenui.
new ſhoots.
Burm. Theſ. 217.
The tenth, eleventh, and fifteenth forts are alſo very The firſt fort grows naturally in Aſia, Africa, and
hardy plants, and have climbing branches, ſo may America ; I have received the ſeeds of it from Aleppo,
be diſpoſed in the ſame manner as the other : they and the coaſt of Guinea, and in the earth which came
are alſo propagated by layers, which will ſucceed, if from the Weſt-Indies with other plants ; this hath
performed at the ſame time, and in the ſame manner come up as a weed. It riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk
as is directed for them.
about à foot high, garniſhed with ſmooth leaves,
The other forts are natives of the warmeſt parts of compoſed of five ſmall leaves or lobes, joining at
America, fo will not thrive in this country, unleſs their baſe to one center, and ſpread out like the fin-
they are preſerved in ſtoves; but as theſe are great gers of a hand. The leaves on the lower part of the
ramblers and plants of no great beauty, they are ſel- Italk ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, which are gradu-
dom preſerved in Europe, but in botanic gardens for ally ſhortened to the top of the ſtalk, where they al-
the ſake of variety. Theſe may be propagated by moſt join it: the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes
layers, in the ſame manner as the other forts; or may at the end of the ſtalks and branches; theſe have four
be raiſed from feeds, obtained from the countries petals of a fleſh colour, which ſtand erect, ſpreading
where they naturally grow; but theſe muſt be treated from each other; and below theſe are placed the
in the ſame manner as other exotic plants from the ftamina and ſtyle, which coalefce at the bottom, and
fame country.
are ſtretched out beyond the petals, where they ſpread
CLEOME. Lin. Gen. Plant. 740. Sinapiſtrum. open; after the flower is paſt, the germen which ſits
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 231. tab. 116.
upon the ſtyle, becomes a taper pod, about two
The CHARACTERS are,
inches long, filled with round feeds. This is an an-
The flower hath a four-leaved empalement which Spreads nual plant, which dies ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe.
open :
: it bath four petals which are inclined upward and The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Levant, from
Spread open, the two lower being leſs than the other; in the whence Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the royal gar-
bottom there are three mellous glands which are roundiſh, den at Paris, and from thence moſt of the botanic
and are ſeparated by the empalement. It haih fix or more gardens in Europe have been furniſhed with it: this
a
riſes

CLE
CLE
و
a
a
riſes with an upright ſtalk about the ſame height as alſo an arnual plant, which riſes near two feet high
the firſt, garnished with leaves compoſed of three branching out on every fide: the lower leaves are
(pear-ſhaped lobes, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; compoſed of five oblong lobes ſtanding upon long
the flowers come out fingly from the fide of the foot-ftalks, but thoſe on the ſtalks and branches have
{talks, and have four red petals, which ſtand in the but three lobes, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks: the
fame form as thoſe of the former fort: theſe are fuc- main ſtalk and alſo the branches, are terminated by
ceeded by ſlender pods two inches long, which ſwell looſe ſpikes of purple flowers, each fitting upon a
in every diviſion, where each feed is lodged, ſo as to fender foot-ſtalk, at the baſe of which is placed a
appear like joints, as thoſe do of the Bird's-foot Tre-
ſingle oval leaf. The ſtalks are armed with flender
foil; when the ſeeds are ripe, the whole plant decays. ftiff ſpines, which are fituated juſt under the foot-
If the ſeeds of this are ſown in autumn the plants ſtalks of the leaves; when the flowers fade, the germen
will flower in June, and their feeds will ripen in Au- becomes a taper pod, two inches long, filled with
guſt, but thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring do not round feeds.
Hower till July; fo that unleſs the ſeaſon proves fa- The eighth fort grows naturally in Ceylon; this is
vourable, the ſeeds will not ripen: if the feeds of an annual plant, which riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk
this ſort are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come a foot and half high, garniſhed with long, narrow,
up without care, and require only to be thinned and
ſingle leaves, ſtanding alternately on the ſtalks ; from
kept clean from weeds, for they will not bear tranſ- the wings of the leaves come out the foot-ſtalks of
planting
the flower, each ſuſtaining a ſingle yellow flower,
The third fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain, which is ſucceeded by a very ſlender taper pod.
from whence I have received the feeds. This riſes with All theſe plants except the ſecond and third forts, are
an herbaceous ſtalk about a foot and half high, ſending natives of very warm countries, fo will not thrive in
out a few ſhort fide branches, which are garniſhed England without artificial heat; therefore their feeds
with leaves compoſed of three narrow lobes, ſtanding muſt be ſown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring,
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out ſingly and when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
from the ſide of the ſtalks, are of a deep red colour, planted in ſeparate ſmall pots, filled with freſh light
and are ſucceeded by thick taper pods, filled with earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, obſerving
round ſeeds. This is an annual plant, which will to ſhade them until they have taken freſh root; after
thrive in the open air, and requires the ſame treat- which they ſhould have air admitted to them every
ment as the former.
day in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and
The fourth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Cey- their waterings ſhould be frequently repeated, but
lon, from whence the feeds were brought to Holland, not given in too great plenty; when the plants have
where they ſucceeded, and the ſeeds were ſent me by filled theſe ſmall pots with their roots, they ſhould
the late Dr. Boerhaave; this riſes near two feet high, be put into larger, and plunged again into a hot-bed
ſending out ſeveral fide branches, garniſhed with to bring them forward; and in July, when they are too
leaves, ſome of which have five, and others three tall to remain longer in the hot-bed, they ſhould be re-
roundiſh lobes ſtanding upon ſhort hairy foot-ſtalks. moved into an airy glaſs caſe, where they may be
The flowers come out ſingly at the foot-ſtalks of the ſcreened from cold and wet, but in warm weather
leaves, they are of a pale yellow, and are ſucceeded may enjoy the free air. With this management the
by taper pods between two and three inches long, plants will flower ſoon after, and perfect their feeds
ending in a point, which are full of round ſeeds. The in autumn. The ſecond and third forts may be fowni
whole plant ſweats out a viſcous clammy juice. This in the open borders of the garden, where they are
is alſo an annual plant.
deſigned to remain, for they do not require any ar-
The fifth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the late tificial warmth.
Dr. Houſtoun, in the year 1730. This is an annual CLEONIA, Portugal Self-heal.
plant which riſes two feet high, ſending out many
The CHARACTERS are,
ſide branches, garniſhed with leaves, with one large It hath a bilabiated empalement of one leaf, which is tu-
ſpear-ſhaped lobe in the middle, and two very ſmall bulous and angular; the upper lip is broad, plain, and
ones on the ſide; theſe fit cloſe to the branches. The indented in three parts; the under is ſhort and divided into
flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the branches, two. The flower is of the grinning kind, with one petal;
upon long foot-ſtalks: theſe have four large fleſh- the upper lip is ere&t and divided into two parts, the lower
coloured petals, and fix long ſtamina, which ſtand is trifid, the middle ſegment having two lobes, the two
out beyond the petals; when the flowers fade, the lateral ſpread afunder; it hath four ſtamina, the two
germen which ſits upon the ſtyle becomes a taper pod lower being the longeſt, whoſe outer top of their ſummits
four inches long, filled with round ſeeds.
form a croſs
. It hath four germen, ſupporting a ſlender
The ſixth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the Style with four ſtigma, having four equal briſtles; the ger-
late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing naturally men afterward become four ſeeds, incloſed in the hairy em-
there in great plenty. It alſo grows naturally in palement.
Egypt. This riſes with a ſtrong thick herbaceous This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſtalk two feet and a half high, dividing into many Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
branches, which are garniſhed with leaves compoſed noſpermia, the flower having two long and two ſhort
of ſeven long ſpear-ſhaped lobes, joining in a center ſtamina, and are fucceeded by naked ſeeds filling in
at their baſe, where they fit upon a long ſlender foot- the empalement.
ftalk: juſt below the foot-ſtalk comes out one or This plant grows naturally in Spain and Portugal; it
two ſhort, thick, yellow ſpines, which are very ſharp. is annual, periſhing ſoon after it has ripened its feeds.
The flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the It was formerly ranged under the genus of Bugula,
branches, forming a long looſe ſpike at their extre- Tournefort afterward titled it Clinopodium, and
mities; this ſpike hath ſingle broad leaves, which father Barrelier placed it with the Prunella, to which
half ſurround the ſtalks at their baſe, from the boſom genus it is nearly related.
of which, come out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, It is propagated by feeds, which, when ſown in the
which are two inches long, each ſuſtaining a large autumn the plants will come up the following ſpring:
fleſh-coloured flower, whoſe ſtyle and ſtamina are but the ſeeds which are ſown in the ſpring, fre-
extended two inches beyond the petals. After the quently lie in the ground till the following autumn,
flower is paſt, the germen, which fits upon the ſtyle, and ſometimes till the next ſpring before they ve-
becomes a thick taper pod five inches long, which getate. When the plants come up and are fit to
hangs downward, and is filled with round ſeeds. This tranſplant, a few of them may be planted into a border
is alſo an annual plant, which periſhes ſoon after the where they may remain to produce their flowers and
ſeeds are ripe.
ſeeds, as they require but little culture; fo a few
The ſeventh fort was ſent me from the Havannah in plants may be allowed to have place in ſmall gardens,
the year 1731, by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This is where they will not take much room.
CLETHRA.
3
3
a
2

CLI
CLI
5
و
a
Cliff. 456.
CLETHRA. Gron. Fl. Virg. 43. Lin. Gen. Plant. The CHARACTERS are;
489.
It hath male and female flowers in different plants: the
The CHARACTERS are,
male flowers have a spreading empalement, compoſed of
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which three ſmall
, oval, concave leaves
. It bath no petals
, but
is cut into five parts; it bath five oblong petals, which a great number of hairy upright stamina, which are the
are longer than the empalement; it hath ten ſtamina which length of the empalement, terminated by compreſſed, oblong
are as long as the petals, and ore terminated by oblong twin fummits. The female flowers have a permanent em-
ere&t ſummits; in the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen palement, compoſed of three leaves which are equal, fitting
fupporting a permanent ere Et Style, crowned by a trifid upon the germen; theſe have no petals, but the oblong
Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule germen which is ſituated below the empalement, ſupports
incloſed by the empalement, having three cells, which are two long, Slender, feathered ſtyles, terminated by a ſingle
full of angulor ſeeds.
ſtigma; the germen efterward becomes an oblong taper
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of capſule, with two cells crowned by the empalement, in-
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, cluding one narrow taper ſeed.
the flowers having ten ſtamina, and one ſtyle.
This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection of
We know but one Species of this genus at pre- Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diæcia Po-
fent, viz.
lyandria ; the plants of this ſection and claſs have
CLETHRA ( Alnifolia) Gron. Virg. 47. There is no Engliſh male and female flowers on different plants, and the
title to this plant, it is the Alnifolia Americana fer- male flowers have a great number of ſtamina.
rata, floribus pentapetalis albis in fpicam diſpoſitis. The SPECIES are,
Pluk. Alm. 18. American Shrub with an Alder Jawed 1. ClifforTIA (Ilicifolio) foliis fubcordatis, dentatis:
leaf, and white five-leaved flowers, diſpoſed in a ſpike. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1308. Cliffortia with heart-ſhaped in-
This ſhrub is a native of Virginia and Carolina, where dented leaves. Arbufcula Afr. folio acuto ilicis cau-
it
grows in moiſt places, and near the ſides of rivu- lem amplexo rigido. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
lets, riſing to the height of eight or ten feet, but in 2. CLIFFORTIA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis, intermedio
this country it rarely riſes to half that height: the tridentato. Prod: Leyd. 253. Three-leaved Cliffortia,
leaves are in ſhape like thoſe of the Alder-tree, but whoſe middle leaf is cut in three parts. Myrica foliis
are longer; theſe are placed alternately upon the ternatis, intermediis cuneiformibus tridentatis. Hort.
branches: the flowers are produced at the extremity
of the branches, in cloſe ſpikes : they are compoſed 3. CLIFFORTIA (Ruſcifolia) foliis lanceolatis, integerri-
of five leaves, are white, and have ten ſtamina in mis. Hort. Cliff. 463. Cliffortia with Spear-Maped leaves
each, which are nearly of the ſame length with the which are entire. Frutex Æthiopicus conifer, fructu
petals, this plant flowers in July, and when the au- parvo, ſparſim intra folia ruſci, feminibus cylin-
tumn proves favourable, there are often fome ſpikes draceis.
of flowers again in O&tober.
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
This is hardy enough to bear the open air in Eng- Hope, but hath been long cultivated in many of the
land, and is one of the moſt beautiful ſhrubs at the Engliſh gardens; however it was not reduced to any
ſeaſon of its flowering; which is very little later than genus, till Dr. Linnæus eſtabliſhed this, and gave
in its native country, being commonly in flower here it the title. By ſome former writers it was called
by the beginning of July, and if the ſeaſon is not Camphorata, to which genus it had no relation.
very hot, there will be part of the ſpikes in beauty It riſes with a weak ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet
till the beginning of Auguſt; and as moſt of the high, ſending out many diffuſed branches, which
branches are terminated with theſe ſpikes of flowers, ſpread out on every fide, requiring ſome fupport:
ſo when the ſhrubs are ſtrong, they make a fine ap- theſe are garniſhed with leaves, which are heart-
pearance at that ſeaſon.
ſhaped at their baſe, but broad at their ends, where
This will thrive much better in moiſt land than in they are ſharply indented. They are very ſtiff, of
dry ground, and requires a ſheltered ſituation, where a grayiſh colour, and cloſely embrace the ſtalks with
it may be defended from ſtrong winds, which fre- their baſe, and are placed alternate on the branches ;
quently break off the branches, where they are too from the boſom of theſe ariſe a ſingle flower, ſitting
much expoſed to its violence. It is propagated by cloſe to the branch, having no foot-ſtalk. Before
layers, but they are generally two years before they the empalement is ſpread open, it forms a bud, in
get root, ſo that at preſent it is rare in England. ſhape and ſize of thoſe of the Caper, this empale-
The fineſt ſhrubs of this kind, which I have yet ſeen, ment is compoſed of three green leaves, which af-
are in the curious garden of his grace the late duke terwards ſpread open, and then the numerous fta-
of Argyle, at Whitton near Hounſlow, where they mina appear ſtanding erect; theſe, as alſo the inner
thrive as well as in their native country. They may
ſurface of the empalement, are of a yellowiſh green
alſo be propagated by ſuckers, which are ſent out colour. The flowers appear in June, July, and Au-
from their roots; if theſe are carefully taken off with guſt, but the leaves continue in verdure through the
fibres in the autumn, and planted into a nurſery-bed, year.
they will be ſtrong enough in two years to tranſplant All the plants which I have ſeen of this ſort, either
where they are to remain.
in the Engliſh or Dutch gardens, were male, nor
It may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be have I heard of any female plants being in any of the
procured from the countries where it grows naturally, European gardens.
for the ſeeds are not perfected in England. But as This plant is eaſily propagated by cuttings, which
theſe ſeldom arrive here till ſpring, ſo when they are may be planted in any of the ſummer months; if theſe
fown at that ſeaſon, the plants will not come up till are planted in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and
the following ſpring. Therefore the feeds ſhould be plunged into a very moderate hot-bed they will foon
ſown in pots, and placed in a ſhady fituation till au- take root, provided they are ſcreened from the ſun
tumn, then placed under a frame in winter; the plants and duly watered ; when they have taken root, they
will come up the next ſpring, and in autumn may be muſt be gradually inured to bear the open air, to
tranſplanted into a nurſery-bed, to get ſtrength before which they ſhould be expoſed, to prevent their drawing
they are placed to remain for good.
up weak: therefore they ſhould be placed abroad till
CLIFFORTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1004.
they have obtained ſome ſtrength, then they may be
The name was given to this genus of plants by Dr. each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall pot; and placed
Linnæus, in honour of Mr. George Clifford of Am- in the ſhade until they have taken freſh root; after
ſterdam; a great collector of plants, and a patron which they may be placed with other of the hardy
of botaniſts, who has printed a folio book of the kinds of exotic plants in a ſheltered ſituation till Oc-
plants in his garden, with ſeveral copper-plates, ex- tober, when they ſhould be removed into the green-
hibiting the figures of many of the moſt curious plants. houſe, or placed under a common hot-bed frame,
We have no Engliſh name for it.
where they may be ſcreened from the hard froit, but
enjoy
a
a
3
Xxx

O C L 1
CL
a
enjoy the free air at all times when the weather is cifeiy twelve hours long; at its end tiveive hour:
mild.
and a half: the ſecond, which begins where the first
When the plants advance in heights their ſtems and ends, viz. at twelve hours and a half, ends at
branches muſt be ſupported; otherwiſe they will trail thirteen hours: and fo of the reſt, as far as the polar
upon the ground. In ſummer they muſt be placed circles.
in the open air, with Myrtles and other hardy green- Here what geographers call hour-climates terminate,
houſe plants; and in winter the plants may be treated and month-climates commence.
in the fame manner as thoſe, but muſt have little water As an hour-climate is a ſpace compriſed between two
in winter. This plant has endured the cold of our or- parallels of the equator, in the firſt of which the
dinary winters, when planted near a ſouth-weſt wall longeſt day exceeds that in the latter by half an hour;
without covering, but in ſevere winters they are always ſo the month-climate is a ſpace between two circles
deſtroyed.
parallel to the polar circles, whoſe longeſt day is
The ſecond fort is a native of the ſame country as longer or ſhorter than that of its contiguous one by a
the firſt; this hath very ſlender ligneous ſtalks, which month, or thirty days.
muſt be ſupported, otherwiſe they will fall to the The antients, who confined the climates to what they
ground. Theſe ſend out ſlender branches on every imagined the habitable part of the earth, only allowed
fide, which are cloſely garniſhed with trifoliate leaves of ſeven, as had been ſaid: the firſt they made to
ſtanding cloſe to the branches; the middle lobes of paſs through Meroe, the ſecond through Sienna, the
theſe are much larger than the two ſide, and are in- third through Alexandria, the fourth through Rhodes,
dented in three parts. The flowers of this come out the fifth through Rome, the fixth through Pontus,
from the boſom of the leaves, having very ſhort and the ſeventh through the mouth of the Boryſt-
foot-ſtalks, and are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt, but henes.
are ſmaller ; theſe appear in July and Auguſt. Of The moderns, who have failed farther towards the
this ſort we have only male plants in the Engliſh poles, make thirty climates on each ſide; and becauſe
gardens, which can only be propagated by layers; the obliquity of the ſphere makes a little difference
and as theſe are two years before they take root, the in the length of the longeſt day, ſome of them make
plants are at preſent very rare in England. This fort the difference of the climate but a quarter of an hour
requires the ſame management as the firſt, and is inftead of half an hour.
equally hardy, but muſt not be over watered in winter. The term climate is vulgarly beſtowed on any coun-
The leaves of this fort continue green all the year, try or region differing from another, either in reſpect
und being fingularly ſhaped, they make a variety in of the ſeaſons, the quality of the foil, or even the
the green-houſe during the winter ſeaſon.
manners of the inhabitants, without any regard to the
The third ſort riſes with a weak ſhrubby ſtalk about length of the longeſt day.
four feet high, ſending out lateral branches, which CLINOPODIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 644. Tourn.
are covered with a whitiſh bark, and are garniſhed Inft. R. H. 194. tab. 92. Field Bafil.
with leaves, placed in cluſters without order; theſe The CHARACTERS are,
are ſtiff, of the conſiſtence and colour of the Butchers It bath an involucrum cut into many parts, is the length
Broom, but are narrower, and run out to a longer of the empalement, upon which the whorls fit. The em-
point. Between theſe cluſters of leaves the flowers palement is of one leaf, with a cylindrical tube, which is
come out in looſe bunches, theſe have a great number divided into two lips; the upper lip is broad, trifid, acute,
of yellowiſh ſtamina, included in a three-leaved em- and reflexed; the under lip is cut into two narrow ſeg-
palement. We have only the male plant of this fort, ments, which turn inward. The flower is of the lip kind,
which is very difficult to propagate, ſo is very rare with a ſhort tube enlarging to the mouth; the upper lip is
in Europe at preſent.
erect, concave, and indented at the top, which is obtufe ;
This plant is tenderer than either of the former forts, the under lip is trifid and obtuſe, the middle ſegment being
fo ſhould be placed in a warm green-houſe in broad and indented. It hath four ſtamina under the upper
winter, and during that ſeaſon, they muſt have but lip, two of which are ſhorter than the other, terminated
little water. In the ſummer they may be expoſed to by roundiſh ſummits; in the center is ftuated the qua-
the open air in a ſheltered fituation, but they ſhould dripartite germen, ſupporting a ſender ſtyle the length of
not remain abroad too late in the autumn; for if there the ſtamina, crowned by a ſingle compreſſed ſtigma. The
ſhould be much rain at that ſeaſon, it would endanger germen afterward become four oval ſeeds jout up in the
theſe plants if they are expoſed to it.
empalement.
CLIMATE [of Kaiuc, Gr. an inclination,] is a This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
part of the ſurface of the earth bounded by two circles Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
parallel to the equator; ſo that the longeſt day in noſpermia. The flowers of this claſs and ſection,
that parallel, neareſt to the pole, exceeds the longeſt have two long, and two ſhort ſtamina, which are fuc-
day in that parallel neareſt to the equator by ſome ceeded by four naked ſeeds.
certain ſpace of time, viz. half an hour, till you come
The SPECIES are,
to places ſituate nearly under the arctic circle; and 1. CLINOPODIUM (Vulgare) capitulis fubrotundis, hif-
a whole hour, or even ſeveral days when you go be- pidis, bracteis ſetaceis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 587. Field
yond it.
Baſil with roundiſh prickly heads, and briſtly bracteo. Cli-
The antient Greek geographers reckoned only feven nopodium Origano fimile, elatius, majore fore. C.
climates from the equator towards the north pole, and
, B. P. 225. Common Engliſh Field Bafil.
denominated them from ſome noted place, through 2. CLINOPODIUM (Incanum) foliis fubtus tomentofis,
which the middle parallel of the climate paſſed; but verticillis explanatis, bracteis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp.
the moderns reckon up twenty-four.
Plant. 588. Field Bafil with leaves which are woolly on
The beginning of the climate is the parallel circle, the under fide, broad plain whorls, and ſpear-ſhaped
wherein the day is the ſhorteſt.
bra&tea. Clinopodium menthæ folio incanum, &
The end of the climate is that wherein the day is the odoratum. Hort. Elth. 87.
longeſt.
3. CLINOPODIUM (Rugoſum) foliis rugoſis, capitulis ax-
The climates therefore are reckoned from the
equa- illaribus, pedunculatis, explanatis, radiatis
. Lin. Sp.
tor to the pole; and are ſo many bands or zones, Plant. 588. Field Bafil with rough leaves, plain beads
terminated by lines parallel to the equator; though growing on the ſides of the ſtalks, which have foot-ſtalks,
in ftrictneſs there are ſeveral climates in the breadth and are radiated. Clinopodium rugofum, capitulis
of one zone.
ſcabiofæ. Hort. Elth. 88.
Each climate only differs from its contiguous ones, in 4. CLINOPODIUM (Humile) humile ramofum, foliis ru-
that the longeſt day in ſummer is longer or ſhorter by gofioribus, capitulis explanatis. Low branching Field
half an hour in one place than the other.
Bafil with rougher leaves, and plain heads. Clinopodium
As the climates commence from the equator, the Americanum humile, foliis rugofioribus. Dale.
firſt climate at its beginning has its longeſt day pre-
a
5. Cir

CL
CII
a
a
5. CliNOPODIUM (Carolinianum) caule erecto, non ramoſo,
foliis fubtus villoſis, verticillis paucioribus, braćteis
calyce longioribus. Field Bafil with an upright un-
branching Stalk, leaves hairy on their under ſide, fewer
whorls, and bractea longer than the empalement. Cli-
nopodium Americanum, erectum, non ramoſum fo-
liis longioribus, internodiis longiſſimis. Dale.
6. CLINOPODIUM (Ægyptiacum) foliis ovatis rugoſis,
verticillis omnibus diftantibus, i. e. Field Baſil with
oval rough leaves, and the whorls of flower's ſtanding at
a great diſtance. Clinopodium Ægyptiacum, vulgari
fimile. Dill. Ægyptian Field Bafil like the common.
The firſt fort grows naturally by the ſide of hedges
and in thickets, in many parts of England; this hath
a perennial fibrous root, which ſends up ſeveral ſtiff
ſquare ſtalks afoot and a half high, from which come out
a few lateral branches toward the top, garniſhed with
oval hairy leaves, placed oppoſite; at the top of the
ftalks the flowers come out in round whorls, or heads;
one of theſe terminate the ſtalk, and there is generally
another which ſurrounds the ftalk at the joint im-
mediately below it. The flowers are ſometimes purple,
at others white; for they vary from one colour to the
other, when they are propagated by feeds, ſo that
both colours are found naturally in the fields. The
whorls (or heads) grow very cloſe, and each foot-
ſtalk ſuſtains ſeveral flowers; each flower hath a tu-
bular empalement, ending in five ſharp points, which
ſtand erect; at the baſe of the empalement ſtand two
briftly ſpines, which Linnæus terms the bractea ;
theſe ſtand almoſt horizontal under the empalement.
The flower is of the labiated, or lip kind, according
to Tournefort, Ray, &c. which is now ftyled ringent,
or grinning, from the appearance which the upper
part has to the mouth, or chaps of animals. The
upper lip is broad and trifid, but the under is cut
into two narrow ſegments; each flower is ſucceeded
by four naked ſeeds, ſitting at the bottom of the em-
palement. This flowers in June.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Penſylvania and
Carolina, from both of theſe countries I have fre-
quently received the feeds; this hath a perennial root,
which fends up many ſquare ftalks about two feet
high, which put out a few ſhort fide branches toward
the upper part, garniſhed with oblong oval leaves,
about the ſize of thoſe of Water Mint, ſtanding op-
poſite, cloſe to the ſtalk; they are hoary, and ſoft to
the touch, and have a ſtrong odour, between that of
Marjoram and Bafil. The upper ſurface of the leaves
is of a pale green, but their under fide is hoary and
woolly, they are Nightly indented on their edges.
The flowers grow in flat ſmooth whorls round the
ſtalks, each ſtalk hath generally three of theſe whorls,
the upper which terminates the ſtalk being ſmaller,
the other two increaſing, ſo that the lower is the
greateſt. The flowers are of a pale purple colour,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but the ſtamina
of this ſtands out beyond the petal, and the bractea
at the baſe of the empalement are large, fpear-ſhaped,
and indented on their fides. This plant is called
Snake-weed in ſome parts of America, ſuppoſing it
a remedy for the bite of rattle ſnakes. This flowers
in July in England.
The third fort grows naturally in Carolina, from
whence the ſeeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Dale :
this hath a perennial root, which ſends up ſeveral
ſquare ftalks, which are cloſely covered with browniſh
hairs; theſe riſe between two and three feet high,
garniſhed with leaves which are very unequal in their
lize, thoſe at the bottom, and alſo toward the top,
being above three inches long, and one inch and a
quarter broad, whereas thoſe in other parts of the
ftalk are not half ſo large; they are rough on their
upper ſide, hairy below, and ſawed on their edges,
ſtanding oppoſite : all the lower part of the ſtalk, but
immediately below the foot-ſtalks of the flower-heads,
there are three large leaves ſtanding round the ftalks;
between theſe ariſe two ſlender hairy foot-ſtalks,
about three inches long, one on each ſide the ſtalk;
theſe fuſtain ſmall heads of flowers, ſhaped like thoſe
of the ſcabious; they are white, ſhaped like thora
of the other, but ſmaller; the bractea immediately
under the empalement, ſpread out like rays. This
plant flowers in September in this country, but never
tipens its feeds here,
The feeds of the fourth fort were ſent me from Ca-
rolina, by the late Dr. Dale; this hath fome appear-
ance of our common ſort, but the ſtalks do not grow
more than half fo high, and divide into many long
fide branches; the leaves are finaller and rougher, and
the whorls of flowers are produced half the length of
the branches, whereas the common ſort hath rarely
more than two; the bractea at the baſe of the em-
palement is alſo much longer. This flowers in June
and July, and hath a perennial root:
The fifth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Dale, from
Carolina; this hath a perennial root, which lends up
ſtrait hairy ſtalks, almoſt round; the joints of theſe
are four or five inches afunder, at each of theſe come
out two oblong leaves, hairy on their under fide,
ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; at the bottom of
theſe come out on each ſide a ſlender branch, half
an inch long, having two or four ſmall leaves, ſhaped
like the other. The flowers are produced in ſmall
whorls, ſtanding thinly; theſe are white, and the
bractea are longer than the empalement: This flowers
in Auguſt
The ſixth fort is a native of Egypt, from whence the
ſeeds were ſent to Europe, and the plants have for
ſome years paſt grown in many curious gardens. It
hath a perennial root; the ſtalks riſe a foot and an
half high, garniſhed with oval leaves, having many
tranſverſe deep furrows, of a dark green colour,
placed oppoſite, at about five or fix inches afunder.
There are commonly two or four fide branches from
the main ſtem, produced toward the bottom; and
the whorls of flowers are produced at every joint to-
ward the upper part of the ſtalks: theſe are pretty
large and hairy. The flowers are ſomewhat larger
than thoſe of the common Field Baſil, and are of a
deeper colour, ſtretching a little more out of the em-
palement. The leaves of this have at firſt ſight much
the ſame appearance; but when they are obferved
with attention, the difference is foon obſerved be-
tween the two ſorts : but the greateſt difference is
in the leaves and whorls of flowers being placed at a
greater diſtance, and the ſtalks growing ſparſedly in
this ſpecies; nor do the plants continue ſo long as
thoſe of the common ſort.
This fort flowers in June, commonly a fortnight or
three weeks before the common Field Bafil, and the
feeds ripen in September; which, if perunitted to
ſcatter, the plants will come up in autumn ; and if
the winter proves favourable, they will live in the
open air, provided they grow on a dry ſoil; but in
moiſt ground they are frequently deſtroyed, eſpecially
when the plants are young.
This plant approaches near to the Clinopodium Ori-
entale Origani folio, flore minimo. Tour. Corol. 12.
But by comparing this with a ſpecimen of that fort
from the Paris garden, I find the leaves of that are
ſmoother, and placed much nearer together on the
ſtalks than thoſe of this fort; the flowers are ſmaller,
ſo that it may be deemed a diſtinct ſpecies, as theſe
differences are permanent, and do not alter in any of
the plants which ariſe from the ſeeds.
Theſe plants may be propagated by feeds, and alſo
by parting their roots; the latter is generally prac-
tiſed in England, becauſe few of the forts perfect
their feeds here. The beſt time to tranſplant and
part their roots is in autumn, that they may take
root before winter. If theſe are planted in a dry ſoil,
they are all, except the third fort, hardy enough
to thrive in the open air in England, and require no
other care but to keep them clean from weeds, and
every other year they may be tranſplanted and parted:
The third fort muſt be planted in pots, and in win-
ter ſheltered under a frame, where the plants may
enjoy the free air in mild weather, but ſcreened
from froſt, otherwiſe they will not live in this country.
CLITORIA.
2

Cli
CLU
ز
CLITORIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 796. Ternateà.
Tourn. Act. Reg. 1706. Clitorius. Dill. Hort. Elth.
76. We have no Engliſh title for this plant.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower bath a permaient empalement of one leaf,
which is tubular, crect, and indented in five parts at the
top. The flower is of the butterfly kind, having a large
Spreading Standard, which is erect, and indented at the
top ; the two wings are oblong, obtuſe, and ſhorter than
the ſtandard, which is closed. The keel is ſhorter than
the wings; it is roundiſh and booked; it bath teu ſtamina,
nine of which are joined, and one ſtands ſeparate, which
are terminated by Jingle ſummits. In the center is ſituated
an oblong germen, ſupporting e riſing ſtyle, crowned by an
obtuſe ſtigmo. The germen afterward becomes a long; nor-
row, compreſſed pod, with one cell, opening with two valves,
incloſing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third fection of
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
candria; the flowers of this ſection have ten ſtamina,
which compoſe two bodies.
The SPECIES are,
1. CLITORIA (Ternatea) foliis pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 360.
Clitorea with winged leaves. Ternatea flore fimplici cæ-
ruleo. Tourn. Acad. Reg. Sc. 1706.
2. CLITOREA (Braſiliano) foliis ternatis, calycibus cam-
panulatis folitariis. Hort. Upſal. 215. Clitoria with
trifoliate leaves, and a ſingle flower with a bell-ſhaped
empalement. Planta leguminoſa Braſiliana, Phaſe-
oli flore, flore purpureo maximo. Breyn. Cent. 78.
tab. 32.
are encompaſſed about the middle with two imall
oval leaves; the flowers are very large, the ſtandard
being much broader than that of the firſt fort, and
the two wings are larger; the flowers are of a fine
blue colour, fo make a fine appearance. The flow-
ers appear in July, and in warm feaſons the feeds
will ripen in autumn, foon after which the plants
decay.
There is one with a double flower of this fort, which
I raiſed in the Chelſea garden fome years palt, from
ſeeds ſent me from India ; but the plants did not pro-
duce feeds here, and being annual, the fort was loſt.
The flowers of this were very beautiful.
The feeds of the third fort were fent me from the
Bahama Inands ; this fends out from the root two or
three ſlender twining ſtalks, which riſe to the height
of fix or ſeven feet, garniſhed at each joint with one
trifoliate leaf, whoſe lobes are oblong and pointed.
At the oppoſite fide of the ſtalk, the foot-ſtalk of the
flower arifes, which is little more than an inch long,
naked, and ſuſtains a ſingle flower, which is of a
purple colour within, but of a greeniſh white on the
outſide, not half fo large as either of the former:
theſe flowers are each fucceeded by long, ſlender,
compreſſed pods, ending in a point, which contain
one row of roundiſh kidney-ſhaped feeds. This fort
flowers in July and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in
autumn.
The feeds of the fourth fort were ſent me from Ca-
rolina, where the plants grow naturally. This riſes
with a twining weak ſtalk about five feet high, gar-
niſhed with trifoliate leaves like the former, whoſe
lobes are narrower, and of a grayiſh colour on their
under fide; the flowers come out by pairs on the
foot-ſtalks; their empalements are cylindrical. The
;
flowers are ſmall, and of a pale blue colour within,
but of a dirty white on the outſide. This flowers in
Auguft, but rarely ripens any feeds in England.
All theſe forts are annual with us in England, ſo that
unleſs the ſeeds ripen, the ſpecies are loft; and as the
two forts with double flowers have not formed any
pods in this country, ſo far as I have been able to
learn, therefore the feeds of theſe muſt be procured
from the countries where they naturally grow. In-
deed theſe are ſuppoſed to be only varieties, which
accidentally ariſe from the ſingle. If this be true, I
cannot account for the ſucceſs of thoſe plants which
grew at Chelſea, for they were all of the ſame double
kind, without the leaſt variation; and this was not
from a ſingle experiment, but in three different years
when I received the ſeeds, the plants did all of them
produce double flowers.
The feeds of theſe plants muſt be fown upon a good
hot-bed early in the ſpring; and when the plants are
two inches high, they ſhould be carefully taken up,
and each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light freſh
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark,
obſerving to ſhade them till they have taken freſh
root, and refreſh them with water as they may re-
quire it. After they are well rooted in the pots, they
muſt have air every day in proportion to the warmth
of the ſeaſon, to prevent their drawing up weak;
their waterings ſhould be repeated two or three
times a week, but they ſhould not have too much at
each time. As theſe plants have climbing ſtalks,
they will ſoon grow too tall to remain under com-
mon frames, therefore they muſt then be removed
into the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-bed; but
if their roots have filled the pots, they ſhould be re-
moved into larger, and afterward they muſt be treat-
ed in the ſame manner as other plants from the fame
countries.
CLUSIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 577. Plum. Nov. Gen.
20. tab. 20. The Balſam-tree.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath an imbricated empalement, compoſed of roundiſh
concave leaves which ſpread open; it hath five or fix large,
roundiſh, concave, ſpreading petals. In the bottom is
ſituated a globular neetarium, including the germen, which
is pervious at the top, from which place the ſtigma ariſes.
It
3. CLITORIA (Virginiana) foliis ternatis, calycibus cam-
panulatis fubgeminis. Flor. Virg. 83. Three-leaved
Clitoria with two flowers joined, whoſe empalements are
bell-Shaped. Clitorius trifolius flore minore cæruleo.
Hort. Elth. go. tab. 76.
90
4. CLITORIA (Mariana) foliis ternatis, calycibus cylin-
dricis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 753. Clitoria with trifoliate
leaves, and cylindrical empalements to the flowers. Clito-
rius Marianus trifolius fubtus glaucis. Pet. Hort.
.
The firſt fort grows naturally in India; the feeds of
this were firſt brought to Europe from Ternate, one
of the Molucca Iſlands, and this induced Dr. Tour-
nefort to give the title of Ternatea to this genus.
.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, and ano-
ther with large blue flowers, which make a fine ap-
pearance. The ſeeds which I received of the latter,
produced all the plants with very double fowers,
without the leaſt variation ; but in cold feaſons the
plants do not produce any pods here.
This riſes with a twining herbaceous ſtalk to the
height of four or five feet, in the ſame manner as the
Kidney-bean, and requires the like ſupport; for in
the places where it grows naturally, it twiſts itſelf
about the neighbouring plants; the ſtalks are gar-
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of two or three
pair of lobes, terminated by an odd one; theſe are
of a beautiful green, and are placed alternate on the
ftalks; from the appendages of the leaves, come out
the foot-ſtalks of the flower; each of theſe is encom-
paſſed by two very fine leaves about the middle,
where they are bent, fuſtaining a very large, gaping,
beautiful flower, whoſe bottom part ſeems as if grow-
ing to the top .
The flowers have a green membranaceous empale-
ment, which is cut into five parts. The ſtandard of
the flowers is large, and is ſpread open very wide ;
and the flowers are of ſo deep a blue colour, as to
ftain paper, after having been many years dried, al-
moſt as blue as indigo ; theſe flowers are ſucceeded
by long ſlender pods, containing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped
feeds,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Brafils, from
whence theſe feeds were brought to Europe. This
hath a twining ſtalk like the former, which riſes five
or fix feet high, garnished at each joint with one tri-
foliate leaf, ftanding upon a long foot-ſtalk. The
flowers come out fingly from the foot-ſtalk of the
leaves, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which
Sicc. 243

C LU
CL U
a
It hath a great number of ſtamina, which are ſhorter
be well rooted before the cold weather comes on in
than the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The ob- autumn. In winter theſe plants may be placed upon
long oval germen is terminated by a plain ſtar-like ſtigma, ftands in the dry ftove; but if in ſummer they are
with fixe obtuſe indentures. The germen afterward be- plunged into the tan-bed, they will make great pro-
comes an oval capſule, with six furrows, and fix cells, greſs, and their leaves will be large, in which conſiſts
opening with ſix valves, which ſpread in form of a ſtar, the great beauty of theſe plants.
including many angular ſeeds fixed to a column, ſurrounded The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
with palp.
toun, growing naturally at Campeachy, from whence
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of he ſent me ſome dried ſamples and feeds: this hath
Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia Mo- very large oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in points,
necia, having male, female, and hermaphrodite which are placed alternate on the branches, and have
flowers on the ſame plant.
ſeveral ribs, which go off from the midrib alternate,
The SPECIES are,
riſing upward to the ſide of the leaves, and alſo a
1. CLUSIA (Flava) foliis aveniis corollis tetrapetalis. great number of ſmall veins, running horizontally be-
Jacq. Amer. 34. Cluſia whoſe leaves have no veins, tween theſe ribs. The borders of the leaves are faw-
and the flower has four petals. Terebinthus folio ſin- ed, and their under fides are of a ſhining brown co-
gulari, non alato, rotundo, fucculento flore pallidè lour. The branches are covered with a woolly down,
luteo. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 2. p. 97. Commonly called and the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the
Balſam-tree in America.
end of the ſhoots; theſe are ſmaller than thoſe
2. CLUSIA (Venoſa) foliis venoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 510.
of the former fort, and are of a Roſe colour. This
Clufa with veined leaves. Cluſia flore roſeo minor, tree riſes to the height of twenty feet; it is propa-
fructu flaveſcente. Plum. Nov. Gen. 2.
gated by feeds, which muſt be obtained froin the
There are three varieties of the firſt ſort, which differ countries where the trees naturally grow, for there
in the ſize and colour of their flowers and fruit; one can be little hopes of obtaining any of the feeds in Eu-
hath a white flower and ſcarlet fruit, another hath a rope. The plants are tender, ſo muſt be placed in
Roſe flower and a greeniſh fruit, and a third hath a the tan-bed of the bark-ſtove, otherwiſe they will not
yellow fruit: but theſe are ſuppoſed to be only fe- thrive in this country; and they muſt be treated in
minal variations, though Plumier has enumerated the ſame manner as is directed for other tender plants
them as diſtinct ſpecies; but as the plants have not from the ſame countries.
flowered in England, I can give no particular account | CLUTIA. This genus of plants was conſtituted by
of their difference: the fingular beauty of the leaves the learned Dr. Boerhaave, profeſſor of botany in the
of this plant, renders it worthy of a place in every univerſity of Leyden, in honour of Augerius Clute,
collection of rare plants.
a curious botaniſt.
The firſt fort is pretty common in the Britiſh Iſlands
The CHARACTERS are,
of America, where the trees grow to the height of It is male and female in different plants. The male flow -
twenty feet, and ſhoot out many branches on every ers have a large ſpreading empalement, compoſed of five
ſide, garniſhed with thick, round, fucculent leaves, oval concave leaves ; they have five heart-ſhaped petals,
placed oppoſite. The flowers are produced at the which are ſhorter than the empalement, and ſpread open.
ends of the branches, each having a thick ſucculent They have five exterior netariums, which are ſituated in
cover: theſe are of different colours in different a circle at the bottom of the petals; and five interior,
plants, fome being red, others yellow, ſome white, which are ſituated within the other, having ſmall apices
and ſome green. After the flowers are paſt, they are with a mellous liquor, and five ſtamina ſituated in the
fucceeded by oval fruit, which are alſo of different middle of the ſtyle, which ſpread horizontally, terminated
colours in different plants : from every part of theſe by roundiſh ſummits: theſe have no germen, but a long
trees there exſudes a ſort of turpentine, which is truncated ſtyle in the middle of the stamina. The female
called in the Weſt Indies Hog-gum; becauſe they flowers have permanent empalements, and petals like thoſe
ſay, that, when any of the wild hogs are wounded of the male; theſe have five double exterior netariums,
they repair to theſe trees, and rub their wounded but no interior; they have a roundiſh germen, ſupporting,
parts againſt the ſtems of them, till they have anoint- three bifid reflexed ſtyles the length of the petals, crowned
ed themſelves with this turpentine, which heals their by obtuſe ſtigma : the germen afterward becomes a globular
wounds. The turpentine of theſe trees is alſo greatly capſule, with fix furrows, and three cells, each containing
recommended for the cure of ſciaticas, by ſpreading a ſingle ſeed.
it on a cloth, and applying it as a plafter to the part This genus of plants is ranged in the thirteenth fec-
affected.
tion of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Dice-
The plants are at preſent very rare in Europe: there cia Gynandria. This ſection and claſs include thoſe
were ſome years ago fome fine plants in the garden of
plants which have the different ſexes on ſeparate plants,
Mr. Parker, near Croyden in Surry; theſe were
and the male flowers have their ſtamina adhering to
brought over, growing in tubs of earth from Barba-
the ſtyle.
does, which is the beſt method of procuring them;
The SPECIES are,
for the ſeeds ſeldom ſucceed, and the young plants 1. CLUTIA (Alaternoides) foliis feffilibus lineari-lanceo-
grow fo Nowly, as not to make any figure in ſome latis floribus folitariis erectis. Hort. Cliff. 500. Clu-
years; but in the bringing over the plants, great tia with linear Spear-ſhaped leaves ſitting close to the
care ſhould be had, that they do not receive much ſtalks, and folitary erect flowers. Alaternoides Afri-
wet; for as theſe plants have very ſucculent ſtems, cana telephii legitimi imperati foliis. Hort. Amſt. 2.
moiſture will cauſe them to rot.
2. CLUTIA (Pulchella) foliis ovatis integerrimis, foribus
The plants are tender, ſo they muſt be conſtantly lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1042. Clutia with oval en-
kept in the ſtove, otherwiſe they will not live through tire leaves, and flowers growing from the ſides of the
the winter in England; they muſt alſo be watered branches. Frutex Æthiopicus, portulace folio, flore
very ſparingly, eſpecially in winter, for they natu- ex albo vireſcente. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 177.
rally grow in thoſe parts of the iſlands, where it 3. CLUTIA (Eleutheria) foliis cordato lanceolatis. Flor.
feldom rains, therefore they cannot bear much Zeyl. Clutia with heart Spear-ſhaped leaves. Ricinus
inoifture.
dulcis arboreſcens Americanus, populneâ fronde
They may be propagated by cuttings, which muſt be argenteâ. Pluk. Alm. 321.
laid to dry when they are cut off from the plants for The two firſt forts are natives of Africa, from
a fortnight or three weeks, that the wounded part whence they were brought to fome curious gardens
may be healed over, otherwiſe they will rot. When in Holland, and have ſince been communicated to
the cuttings are planted, the pots ſhould be plunged moſt of the botanic gardens in Europe. The firſt
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and now and then ſort with male flowers has been long an inhabitant of
gently refreſhed with water: the beſt time for plant- ſome curious gardens in England; the other with
ing theſe cuttings is in June or July, that they may female flowers has been lately introduced.
The
Y y y

CLU
CL Y
a
The ſecond fort has alſo been ſome years in the Eng- planted. Theſe muſt be planted in ſmall pots filled
diſh gardens, where we had not that fort with male with light ſandy earth, and plunged into a moderate
flowers till lately, when I was favoured with one hot-bed of tanners bark; and if the ſeaſon is very
by my learned friend Dr. Job Bafter, of Zirkzee in warm, the glaſſes ſhould be ſhaded in the heat of the
Holland.
day, and raiſed up to admit freſh air to the cuttings
The firſt fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height every day; theſe muſt be ſparingly watered. When
of fix or eight feet, putting out many fide branches they have taken root, and begin to ſhoot, they muſt
which grow erect; theſe are garnished with ſmall, have a greater ſhare of air, and by degrees be inured
linear, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed alternate, fitting to the open air; and when their roots have filled the
cloſe to the branches: they are of a grayiſh colour pots, they ſhould be carefully parted, and each
and entire. The flowers come out from the joints, planted in a ſeparate pot of the ſame light ſandy
at the ſetting on of the leaves: toward the upper earth; then they ſhould be placed on the back part
part of the branches theſe are ſmall and of a greeniſh of the ſtove, behind the other plants, where they
white; they appear in June, July, and Auguſt, but may be ſcreened from the fun till they have taken
being ſmall make no great appearance.
freſh root, after which they may be brought forward,
The ſecond fort riſes about the ſame height with the and expoſed gradually to the open air. In the ſum-
firſt, but hath a ſtronger ftem; the branches are gar- mer they ſhould have free air conſtantly in warm
niſhed with oval leaves, which are much larger than weather, but they muſt be ſcreened from heavy rain;
thoſe of the firſt fort, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks which and in winter placed in an airy glaſs-caſe, where they
are an inch long; they are of a ſea green, and entire; may enjoy the fun, and during that ſeaſon have very
the flowers are like thoſe of the firſt fort in ſhape and
little wet.
colour, but thoſe on the male plants are ſmaller, and CLYPEOLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 723. Jonthlafpi.
grow cloſer together than thoſe of the female, but both Tourn. Inſt. R. H. tab. 99. Treacle Muſtard.
are ſuſtained upon fhort foot-ſtalks. Theſe flowers
The CHARACTERS are,
appear at the ſame time as thoſe of the firſt fort, and The flower hath a permanent empalement, compoſed of
the ſeeds ripen in autumn. I have raiſed ſeveral of four oblong oval leaves. It hath four oblong entire pe-
theſe plants from ſeeds, which have all proved fe- tals, placed in form of a croſs, and ſix ſtamina which are
male, the ſame as the parent plant.
Shorter than the petals, two of which ſtanding oppoſite
Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by cuttings during are ſhorter than the other, terminated by fingle ſummits.
any
of the ſummer months : if the cuttings are plant-
In the center is ſituated a roundiſh compreſſed germen, ſup-
ed in ſmall pots, and plunged into a very moderate porting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The
hot-bed, and ſhaded from the heat of the ſun in the germen afterward becomes an orbicular pod, which is
middle of the day, they will ſoon take root, and compreſſed, ereat, and indented at the top, with a longi-
ſhould then be inured to the open air, otherwiſe they tudinal fiſſure, opening in two cells, containing round com-
will draw up very weak : afterward theſe plants may preſſed ſeeds.
be each put into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and placed in This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain until the Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia fili-
middle of October, or later, if the weather continues culofa, the flower having four long and two ſhorter
mild, when they ſhould be removed into the green- ſtamina, and the feeds growing in ſhort pods.
houſe, and placed where they may have the free air
The Species are,
in mild weather, for they only require to be protected 1. CLYPEOLA (Fonthlaſpi) filiculis unilocularibus mo-
from froſt, therefore require no warmth in winter ; noſpermis. Hort. Cliff. 329. Clypeola with pods, hav-
but if the green-houſe is ſhut up too cloſe, or the ing but one cell and a ſingle ſeed. Jonthlafpi minimum
plants are much ſhaded by others, the tender ſhoots ſpicatum lunatum. Col. Ecp. 1. Leoft Buckler Muf-
are ſubject to grow mouldy, which deſtroys more of tard with ſpiked flowers.
theſe plants than the cold. In ſummer they muſt be 2. CLYPEOLA (Maritima) filiculis bilocularibus ovatis
placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation, with other diſpermis. Sauv. Monfp. 71. Clypeola with oval pods
hardy exotic plants.
having two cells and two ſeeds. Thlafpi Alyffon dic-
As theſe plants are always green, they look well in tum maritimum. C. B. P. 107.
the green-houſe during the winter ſeaſon ; and in fum- This genus of plants was named Jonthlafpi by Fas
mer, when they are placed in the open air with other bius Columna, and the ſame title was continued by
exotic plants, they make a pretty variety.
Dr. Tournefort, and other late writers on botany be-
The third fort grows naturally in India, from whence fore Dr. Linnæus, who has altered the name to this
the feeds were brought. This riſes with an upright
of Clypeola.
Ihrubby ſtalk, not more than three or four feet high The firſt fort is a low annual plant, which ſeldom
in England; but in the places where it grows natu- riſes more than four inches high; the ſlender branches
rally, it riſes upward of twenty feet high, and ſends commonly lie proſtrate on the ground; theſe are gar-
out many branches at the top, ſo as to form a large niſhed with ſmall leaves, narrow at their baſe, but
ſpreading head : the branches are garniſhed with are broader at their ends, where they are obtuſe.
leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of the black Poplar, which The flowers are produced in ſhort cloſe ſpikes at the
are of a lucid green, and are placed alternate ſtanding extremity of the branches, which are ſmall, yellow,
upon ſender foot-ſtalks. As theſe plants have not and compoſed of four petals, placed in form of a
yet flowered in England, I can give no account of croſs; theſe are ſucceeded by orbicular compreſſed
them, but the ſeed-veſſels are very like thoſe of the feed-veſſels, each having one cell, containing a ſingle
ſecond fort.
ſeed. It flowers in June and July, and the feeds
This plant will live through the winter in an airy ripen in autumn.
glaſs-caſe, without artificial heat; but in that fitua- The ſecond ſort is perennial. This fends out
tion they ſhould have very little water, for the plants from the root ſeveral ſlender branches, which di-
abound with a milky juice like the Euphorbia, ſo vide again into many ſmaller, that lie proſtrate,
muſt at no ſeaſon of the year have too much wet. garniſhed with very narrow hoary leaves, ſitting cloſe
If theſe plants, when young, are placed in a very
to the branches. The flowers are produced in ſpikes
moderate warmth in winter, it will greatly forward at the end of the branches; theſe are ſmall, yellow,
their growth, but they muſt not have too much heat, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſort, but the ſpikes
for that will force them too much, and when the terminate in a roundith bunch. It flowers in June,
plants have obtained ſtrength, they may be treated and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
more hardily. This fort may be propagated by cut- Theſe two forts are low plants, which grow naturally
tings during the ſummer ſeaſon; but the cuttings in the ſouth of France, Spain, and Italy, and are
fhould be laid in a dry place for a few days, when preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety,
they are taken from the old plants, that their wounded but have little beauty; their leaves and ſtalks are
parts may dry and be healed over before they are of a hoary white, which is much lighter in the warm
countries
a

CN E
CNI
3
countries than in England; theſe are propagated by ſhrub, will not want to be removed : it riſes better
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown upon a border of light from ſcattered ſeeds, than if fown with care.
earth where they are to remain, and will require no This was formerly preſerved in green-houſes, and
other culture, but to thin them if they come up too thought too tender to live in the open air in England;
cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds. The ſeeds but of late years people have planted it in the full
may be fown either in the ſpring or autumn; thoſe
ground, where it refifts the cold of our ordinary win-
which are fown in autumn will grow much larger, ters very well, and is ſeldom injured but by extreme
and flower earlier than thoſe which are fown in the hard froſts; nor do theſe kill the plants which grow
{pring, and from them there will be a greater cer- upon dry, rocky, or rubbiſhing foils, where their
tainty of having ripe feeds. If the feeds ſcatter, the ſhoots are generally ſhort and firm ; but in moiſt rich
plants will come up, and, if kept clean from weeds, ground, where the ſhoots are more luxuriant, they
they will thrive without farther care.
are ſometimes injured.
The ſecond fort is a perennial plant, fo ſhould be It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in
ſown upon a warm border and on a dry ſoil. This autumn ſoon after they are ripe, and then the plants
grows naturally on the borders of the ſea, in the ſouth will come up the following ſpring; whereas thoſe
of France and Italy; but when it is cultivated in a which are not fown till the ſpring, will remain a year
garden, if the ſoil is rich and moiſt, the plants gene- in the ground, and often miſcarry: theſe ſeeds may
rally grow luxuriant in ſummer, and are thereby too be fown in a bed of common earth, covering them
replete with moiſture, ſo that they are frequently half an inch deep, and will require no other care but
killed by the froſt in winter ; but when they grow on to keep the plants clear from weeds the following
a poor, dry, gravelly foil, their ſtalks will be ſhort, fummer; and in the autumn following, the plants
ligneous, and tough, ſo will endure the cold of this may be tranſplanted where they are to remain.
climate, and continue ſeveral years. This is propa- CNICUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 833. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
gated by feeds, which ſhould be fown where the 450. tab. 257. Bleſſed Thiſtle.
plants are deſigned to remain ; or if any of them are
The CHARACTERS are,
removed, it ſhould be done when the plants are The empalement of the flower is compoſed of many oval
young, for they do not bear tranſplanting well, when ſcoles, placed over each oiber ; thoſe toward the top are
they are grown pretty large.
terminated by branching Spines. The flower is compoſed of
CNEORUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 47. Chamelæa. ſeveral hermaphrodite florets, which are uniform ; theſe
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 651. tab. 421. Widow-wail. are funnel-ſhaped, and cut at the top into five equal ſeg-
The CHARACTERS are,
ments, ſtanding ereft, each having five ſhort hairy ſtamina,
The flower hath a ſmall permanent empalement, incented terminated by cylindrical ſummits. In the center is ſituated
in three parts. It bath three narrow oblong petals, a short germen, crowned with down, ſupporting a ſlender
which are erect, and three ſtamina which are ſhorter Style, terminated by an oblong ſtigma. The germen after-
than the petals, terminated by ſmall ſummiis. In the ward becomes a ſingle ſeed, crozened with down, and ſhut
center is ſituated an obtuſe three-cornered germen, Support- up in the empalement.
ing a firm erect ſtyle, crowned by a trifid ſpreading ſtigmo. This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The germen afterward becomes a globular dry berry, with Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
three lobes, having three cells, each containing one round gamia Æqualis. The plants of this ſection have only
feed.
hermaphrodite flowers, which are fruitful.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection
The SPECIES are,
of Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Mono-1. Cnicus (Eriſitholes) caule erecto, foliis inferioribus
I. ,
gynia, the flower having three ſtamina and one laciniatis, fuperioribus integris concavis. Hort. Cliff.
ſtyle.
394. Cnicus with an upright ſtalk, whoſe lower leaves
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. are laciniated, the upper entire and concave. Cnicus
CNEORUM (Triceccum). Hort. Cliff. 18. Widow-wail. pratenſis, Acanthi folio, flore flaveſcente. Tourn.
Chamelæa Tricoccos of Dodonæus and Caſpar
Bauhin.
2. CNICUS (Spinofillimus) foliis amplexicaulibus, finuato-
This is an humble ſhrub, which feldom riſes more pinnatis, fpinofis, caule fimplici, foribus feffilibus.
than two feet and a half high in this country, but Lin. Sp. Plant. 826. Cnicus with winged, ſinuated,
ſpreads out on every ſide with many lateral branches, prickly leaves embracing the ſtalk, and flower's ſitting
ſo as to form a thick buſh. The ſtems are ligneous, cloſe on the top. Cirſium Alpinum fpinofiffimum, flo-
and almoſt as hard as thoſe of the Box-tree, and the ribus ochro-leucis inter flaveſcentia folia congeſtis.
wood is of a pale yellow colour under the bark: the Haller. tab. 20.
branches are garniſhed with thick ftiff leaves, of an 3. Cnicus (Cernuus) foliis cordatis, petiolis criſpis fpi-
oblong oval ſhape, about an inch and a half long, nofis amplexicaulibus, floribus cernuis. Hort. Upfal.
and a quarter of an inch broad, of a dark green co- 251. Cnicus with beart-ſhaped leaves, having curled
lour, having a ſtrong vein or rib through the middle. prickly foot-ſtalks which embrace the ſtalks, and a nod-
The flowers are produced ſingle from the wings of ding flower. Carduus foliis ex cordato-lanceolatis,
the leaves, toward the extremity of the branches, margine ſerratis & fpinofis, ſquamis calycum membra-
which are of a pale yellow colour, compoſed of three naceis, laceris ſpinoſis, capitulis nutantibus. Flor.
petals, which ſpread open, and a round germen at
the bottom, having a ſingle ſtyle, which doth not The firſt fort grows naturally in the northern parts of
riſe above half the length of the ſtamina, which are Europe. Mr. Ray found it growing on the Rhine
three in number, ſtanding erect, and are ſituated be- near Bafil. This hath a perennial root, which ſends
tween the petals. After the flowers are fallen, the out many long jagged leaves, ſpreading on every
germen becomes a fruit, compoſed of three ſeeds fide near the ground, ſo as to form a thick tuft;
joined together after the ſame manner as thoſe of Ti- theſe are jagged almoſt to the midrib, in form of a
thymalus or Spurge; theſe are firſt green, afterwards winged leaf. The ſtalks are ftriated, ſmooth, and
turn of a brown colour, and when ripe are black. riſe above four feet high, dividing at the top into
The flowers begin to appear in May, and are fuc- ſmaller branches : the leaves which grow upon the
ceeded by others during the ſummer months; and, ſtalks are entire, heart-ſhaped, concave, and em-
when the autumn proves favourable, theſe ſhrubs brace the ſtalks, and are ſawed on their edges, each
will continue in flower till the end of October.
indenture ending in a weak ſpine: the ſtalks are ter-
As this is a low evergreen ſhrub, it may be very or- minated by large heads of flowers, growing in cluf-
namental, if placed in the front of plantations of ters; they are of a whitiſh yellow colour, and incloſed
evergreen trees and ſhrubs; for as the branches in a ſcaly empalement, and are ſucceeded by ſmall
pretty compact, and are well garniſhed with leaves, oblong feeds, crowned with a briſtly down. It flow-
it will hide the ground between the taller ſhrubs bet- ers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
ter than moſt other plants; and, being a durable
Inft. 450.
a
a
a
Sib. 2. p. 47
a
a
grow
I
This

COL
COL
This ſort may be propagated by ſeeds, or parting the four of which are longer than the other two; theſe are
roots; the latter is commonly practiſed where there terminated by obtuſe compreſſed fummits. The germen is
are any of the plants, but the ſeeds are more eaſily heart-ſhaped, ſupporting a ſhort ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an
conveyed to a diſtant place. The beſt time to part obtuſe ſtigma : this afterward becomes a gibbous, heart-
the roots is in autumn; it delights in fhade, and shaped, compreſſed pod, faſtened to the ſtyle, having
requires no farther care but to keep it clean from two cells, in each of which are lodged four ro
roundiſh
weeds.
ſeeds.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, and This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
on the mountains of Auſtria. This riſes with an Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Sili-
upright ſingle ſtalk near four feet high, garniſhed culofa. The flowers of this claſs have four long and
with finuated leaves, which are very prickly, and two ſhort ſtamina, and thoſe of this ſection have very
embrace the ſtalks with their baſe. The flowers
ſhort pods.
are produced at the top of the ſtalk, ſurrounded
The SPECIES are,
by a cluſter of broad prickly leaves, fitting cloſe 1. COCHLEARIA (Officinalis) foliis radicalibus fubrotun-
to the Atalk; they are of a whitiſh yellow, and ap- dis, caulinis oblongis fubfinuatis. Flor. Lapp. 256.
pear at the ſame time with the former fort. It is a Scurvy Graſs whoſe lower leaves are roundiſh, and thoſe
perennial plant, which may be propagated in the ſame on the ſtalks oblong and finuated. Cochlearia folio fub-
manner as the former, and requires a moiſt foil and a rotundo. C. B. P.110. Round-leaved Scurvy Graſs.
ſhady ſituation.
2. COCHLEARIA (Anglica) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, finua-
The third fort grows naturally in Siberia, from tis. Flor. Ang. 248. Scurvy Graſs with oval Spear-
whence the feeds were ſent to the imperial garden at Maped leaves, which are finuated. Cochlearia folio fi-
Peterſburgh, where they ſucceeded, and produced nuato. C. B. P. 110. Sea Scurvy Groſs.
ſeeds, part of which were ſent me by the profeſſor of 3. COCHLEARIA (Grænlandica) foliis reniformibus, car-
botany, this hath a perennial root, compoſed of noſis integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 498. Scurvy Graſs with
thick fleſhy fibres. The leaves which riſe immedi- kidney-ſhaped leaves, which are fleſhy and entire. Coch-
ately from the root are near a foot long, and near fix learia minima ex montibus Walliæ. Sher. Boerh. Ind.
inches broad in the middle, diminiſhing toward each
alt. 2. p. Io.
end, and at a little diſtance from the baſe are much 4. COCHLEARIA (Danica) foliis haftatis, angulatis. Flor.
contracted, but are wider at the end ; theſe have Suec. 196. Scurvy Graſs with angular Spear-ſhaped
ſcarce any foot-ſtalks ; they are of a deep green on leaves. Cochlearia Armorica. H. R. Par. Daniſh, or
their upper ſide, but white on their under, and ſharply Ivy-leaved Scurvy Graſs.
ſawed on their edges. The ſtalks riſe more than fix 5. COCHLERIA (Årmoracia) foliis radicalibus lanceolatis,
feet high, ſending out on each ſide ſmall branches crenatis, caulinis inciſis. Hort. Cliff. 332. Scurvy
above a foot long; the ſtalks are ftriated, and of a Graſs whoſe lower leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and crenated,
reddiſh colour; they are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped and thoſe on the ſtalks jagged. Raphanus Ruſticanus.
leaves, which almoſt embrace the ſtalks with their C. B. P. 96. Horſe Radih.
baſe, and are of the ſame colour with thoſe below; 6. COCHLEARIA (Glaſtifolia) foliis caulinis cordato-ſagit-
each branch is terminated by one large globular head tatis, amplexicaulibus. Hort. Cliff. 332. Scurvy Graſs
of yellowiſh flowers, included in a ſcaly empalement, whoſe upper leaves are arrow-pointed, heart-ſhaped, and
each ſcale ending with a ſharp ſpine. This flowers embrace the ſtalks. Cochlearia altiffima glaſti folio.
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. It
may
be Inft. R. H. 216.
propagated in the fame manner as the two former The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſea-ſhore in the
forts, but requires a moiſt foil and ſhady ſituation ; north of England, and in Holland, but is cultivated
and if the weeds are kept down, there will be no far- for uſe in the gardens near London. This is an an-
ther care required. The inhabitants of Siberia eat nual plant, for the ſeeds are fown, and the plants de-
the tender ſtalks of this plant, when boiled, inſtead of cay within the compaſs of one year, but the ſeeds
other vegetables.
ſhould be fown early in autumn; this hath a fibrous
This is a perennial plant, which may be propagated root, from which ariſe many round ſucculent leaves,
by parting the roots: the beſt time for doing of this which are hollowed like a ſpoon; the ſtalks riſe from
is in autumn, that the plants may get good root in fix inches to a foot high; theſe are brittle, and gar-
winter; for thoſe which are tranſplanted in the ſpring, niſhed with leaves, which are oblong and finuated.
do not flower well the firſt year, unleſs they are The flowers are produced in cluſters at the end of
planted in a moiſt foil. As theſe plants grow very the branches, conſiſting of four ſmall white petals,
large, they are not proper furniture for ſmall gardens, which are placed in form of a croſs, and are fuc-
where they will take up too much room ; for they ceeded by ſhort, roundiſh, ſwelling ſeed-veſſels, hay-
ſhould not be planted nearer than four feet from each ing two cells, divided by a thin partition; in each of
other, for if they are too near any other plants, they theſe is lodged four or five roundiſh ſeeds. It flowers
will rob them of their nouriſhment; for the roots of in April, and the feeds ripen in June, ſoon after
theſe extend to a great diſtance, ſo that two or three which it decays.
of theſe plants, for variety, are ſufficient for any gar- This fort is propagated in gardens for medicinal uſes,
den, which may be planted at a diſtance from choicer which is done by ſowing the feeds in July, ſoon after
plants.
they are ripe, in a moiſt ſhady ſpot of ground; and
It is alſo propagated by ſeeds, which may be ſown in when the plants are come up, they ſhould be thinned,
the ſpring on a bed of common ground, in the fame ſo as to be left at about four inches diſtance each
manner as the other forts; and will only require to be way. The plants that are taken out may be tranſ-
thinned, and kept clean from weeds till autumn, when planted into other ſhady borders, if there is occa-
they may be tranſplanted where they are deſigned to fion for them, otherwiſe they may be hoed out (as is
remain.
practiſed for Onions, Carrots, &c.) and at the ſame
COA. See HIPPOCRATEA.
time all the weeds may be hoed down, ſo as to clear
COAST-MARY. See TANACETUM.
the plants entirely from them, that they may have
COCCIGRIA. See RHUS.
room to grow ſtrong. In the ſpring theſe plants will
COCHLEARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 720. Tourn. be fit for uſe; and thoſe that are ſuffered to remain
Inft. R. H. 215. tab. 101. ſo called of Cochleare, will run up to ſeed in May, and perfect their feeds in
Lat. a ſpoon, becauſe the leaves of this plant are hol- June. If this plant is ſown in the ſpring, the ſeeds
lowed like a ſpoon.] Spoonwort, or Scurvy Graſs. ſeldom grow well, therefore the beſt time is foon after
The CHARACTERS are,
they are ripe. The plants rarely live after producing
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval feeds, ſo that it ſhould be ſown every year, to have it.
concave leaves. The flower hath four petals, placed in for uſe.
form of a croſs, which ſpread open, and are twice as large The Sea Scurvy Graſs is alſo uſed in medicine ; but
as the leaves of the empakment; it hoth six ſtamina, this grows in the ſalt marſhes in Kent and Effex,
where
3
a

COC
СОС
a
where the ſalt water overflows it almoſt every tide, der the title of Monoica Hexandria, the fame plants
and can rarely be made to grow in a garden, or at having hermaphrodite and female flowers, the her-
leaſt to laſt longer there than one year, but it being maphrodite having fix ſtamina.
eaſily gathered in the places before-mentioned, the We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
markets are ſupplied from thence by the herb-women, Cocos (Nucifera) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis enſiformi-
who make it their buſineſs to gather herbs.
bus replicatis. Jacq. Hift. 168. Cocoa Nut with
This fort differs from the first in the ſhape of its zinged branches, whoſe Small leaves are ſword-ſhaped and
leaves, theſe being longer, and ſinuated on their edges. folded. Palma Indica coccifera angulofa. C. B.P.502.
It flowers a little later in the ſeaſon; both theſe forts This tree is cultivated in both Indies, but is gene-
are uſed in medicine.
rally ſuppoſed to grow naturally in the Maldives, and
The little Welch Scurvy Graſs is a biennial plant,
other defart iſlands of the Eaſt-Indies. The trees
and may be preſerved in a garden, if planted in a grow to a great height in their native places, but their
ſtrong foil and a ſhady ſituation. This is preſerved ftems are compoſed of ſtrong fibres like net-work,
in curious gardens of plants, but is not of any uſe in which lie in ſeveral lamina over each other, out of
medicine, though it is by far the warmeſt and moſt which come the branches (or rather leaves,) which
pungent of all the forts. This grows plentifully in grow twelve or fourteen feet long. The midrib is
Muicovy, as alſo in Davis's Streights.
garniſhed with ſword-ſhaped ſmall leaves, whoſe bor-
The fourth fort is a low trailing plant, whoſe ſtalks ders fold backward : the firſt leaves which push out
grow fix inches long, and lie proftrate on the ground; from the nut when planted, are very different from
the leaves are angular, and in ſhape like thoſe of Ivy.
thoſe which are afterward produced; for they are
This is found growing naturally in ſome parts of Eng-
very broad, and have many folds in each: whereas,
land, and is annual. It flowers and ſeeds about the the after leaves have a ſtrong midrib, of great
ſame time as the firſt fort.
length, on which the ſmaller lobes are placed alter-
The fixth fort is a biennial plant, which uſually nately; theſe lobes are from fix to eight or nine
grows about a foot and a half high, with upright inches long, and are almoſt triangular, having very
ſtalks, garniſhed with angular heart-ſhaped leaves, ſharp points, and are very ſtiff. The flowers come
embracing the ſtalks with their baſe; the flowers are out round the top of the trunk of the tree in large
produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; cluſters; they are incloſed in a large ſpatha or ſheath,
they are very ſmall, white, and are ſucceeded by ſhort and the nuts afterward are formed in large cluſters;
ſwelling pods filled with round feeds. It flowers in theſe are included in large net-work covers, which
May, and the ſeeds ripen in July and Auguft. This adhere cloſely about them; the nut has a hard ſhell,
may be propagated by ſeeds as the common ſort ; with three holes at the upper end. The kernel is
and if ſown in autumn, will more certainly ſucceed large, ſweet, and the lower part of the ſhell, when
than in the ſpring.
firſt taken from the tree, is filled with a pale liquor,
The Horſe Radiſh is propagated by cuttings or buds
which the inhabitants of the countries where the trees
from the ſides of the old roots. The beſt ſeaſon for grow, call milk, and they are very fond of it. From this
this work is in October or February; the former for
milk I have been informed by perſons of credit, there
dry lands, the latter for moiſt; the ground ſhould be has been exceeding good arrack diſtilled in Jamaica.
trenched at leaſt two ſpits deep, or more if it will al- The plants are propagated by planting the nuts in
dow of it. The manner of planting it is as follows: ſuch places where they are deſigned to remain; for
provide yourſelf with a good quantity of offsets, the plants will not bear tranſplanting, unleſs it is per-
which ſhould have a bud upon their crowns, but it
formed while they are very young, for their roots
matters not how ſhort they are, therefore the upper
ſhoot deep and wide; ſo that if theſe are cut or
part of the roots which are taken up for uſe, may be broken, the plants ſeldom ſurvive it, which is gene-
cut off about two inches long with the bud to it, which rally the caſe with moſt of the kind of Palms.
as eſteemed the beſt for planting. Then make a Where any perſons are deſirous of having a plant or
trench ten inches deep, in which you ſhould place two of this fort, they ſhould procure ſome freſh nuts
the offsets at about four or five inches diſtance each from the neareſt place of their growth, which, on
way, with the bud upward, covering them up with their arrival in England, ſhould be buried in a warm
the mould that was taken out of the trench : then bed of tanners bark, laying them on one ſide, that
proceed to a ſecond trench in like manner, and con- the young ſhoot which comes out from one of the three
tinue the ſame till the whole ſpot of ground is planted. holes may not be injured by wet, covering them about
After this, level the ſurface of the ground even, ob-
fix inches deep with the tan. In this ſituation, if the
Serving to keep it clear from weeds, until the plants nuts are good, they will put out ſhoots in ſix weeks or
are ſo far advanced, as to be ſtrong enough to over- two months, ſo ſhould be then carefully taken up, and
bear and keep them down. With this management
each planted in a ſeparate pot filled with kitchen-gar-
the roots of the Horſe Radih will be long and ſtrait, den earth, and plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove,
and free from ſmall lateral roots, and the ſecond year
where the plants ſhould always remain, for they are
after planting will be fit for uſe. 'Tis true, they too tender to thrive in any other ſituation ; but as the
may be taken up the firſt year, but then the roots plants advance in their growth, they ſhould be ſhifted
will be but ſlender; therefore it is the better way to into larger pots or tubs, being careful not to cut or
let them remain until the ſecond year. The ground
tear their roots in the operation.
in which this is planted ought to be very rich, other- This is one of the moſt uſeful trees to the inhabitants
wiſe the roots will make but a ſmall progreſs.
of America, who inake many neceſſary utenſils from
COCOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1223. The Cocoa Nut. the ſeveral parts of it. The outer cover of the nuts
The CHARACTERS are,
is made into cordage; the ſhells are converted into
There are male and female flowers on the ſame tree. The drinking bowls; the kernel of the nuts affords them
univerſal Spatha has one valve. The empalement conſiſts a wholeſome food, and the milk a cooling liquor.
of three ſmall-coloured concave leaves; the flower has The leaves of the tree are uſed for thatching of their
three oval Spreading petals, and fix ſtamina the length of houſes, and are alſo wrought into baſkets, and many
the corolla, terminated by triangular ſunemits. The ger- other things which are made of Oſiers in Europe.
men is ſcarce diſcernible, Supporting three ſhort ſtyles, COCCOLOBA, Sea-ſide Grape.
crowned by obſolete ſtigma; theſe are barren. The female
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers are included in the like Spatha. The empalement The empalement is of one leof, cut into five parts,
is three-leaved, which is coloured and permanent; they which ſpread open and cre permanent. The flower has
have three petals to the flowers, which are larger than no corolla, but both eight awl-ſhaped Spreading ſtamina,
the empolement, and an oval germen without a ſtyle, with terminated by roundiſh twin ſummits. It has an oval
a three-lobed ſtigma. The nut is large, triangular, and three-cornered germen, Supporting three short ſpread-
is perforated by three holes at the end.
ing ſtyles, crowned by ſimple ſtigmas. The empalement
This genus is placed by Linnæus in his appendix un- afterward becomes a thick berry, incloſing an oval-
pointed
3
Z 22

СОС
COF
mas.
pointed nut, with one cell, having a ſingle ſeed of the ſhould be treated in the ſame way as other tender
Tame form.
exotic plants, which require to be kept conſtantly in
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of the bark-ftove.
Linnæus's eighth genera, intitled Octandria Trigynia, CODLIN-TREE. See Malus.
the flowers having eight ſtamina and three ſtyles. COFFE A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 209. Jull
. Act. Reg.
The SPECIES are,
Scien. 1713. Jaſminum. Com. Cat. The Coffee-tree.
1. CocCOLOBA (Uvifera) foliis cordato-ſubrotundis niti- The CHARACTERS are,
dis. Lin. Sp. 523. Sea-ſide Grape with neat, roundiſh, The flower bath a ſmall empalement divided into four
heart-ſhaped leaves. Guajabara racemoſa, foliis coria- parts, ſitting upon the germen. It hath one petal
ceis fubrotundis. Plum. Nov. Gen.
which is funnel-ſhaped, having a narrow cylindrical
2. COCCOLOBA (Rubeſcens) foliis orbiculatis pubefcen- tube, which is much longer than the empalement, but is
tibus. Lin. Sp. 523. Sea-ſide Grape with orbicular plain at the top, where it is indented in five parts. It
hairy leaves. Scortea arbor Americana, ampliffimis hath five ſtamina which are faſtened to the tube, and are
foliis averſa parte nervis extantibus. Pluk. Phyt. 222. terminated by long ſlender ſummits. The roundiſh germen
f. 8.
Supports a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by two thick reflexed ftig-
COCCOLOBA (Pun&tata) foliis lanceolato-ovatis. Lin.
The germen afterward becomes an oval berry, con-
Sp. 523. Sea-ſide Grape with ovel ſpear-ſhaped leaves. taining two hemiſpherical ſeeds, plain on one ſide, and con-
Uvifera arbor Americana, fructu aromatico punctato. vex on the other.
Pluk. Alm. 394.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
4. Coccologa (Excoriato) foliis ovatis, ramis quaſi ex-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogy-
corticatis. Lin. Sp. 524. Sea-ſide Grape with oval nia, the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle; it
leaves, and the branches cafting their bark. Guajabara hath been generally included in the genus of Jaf-
alia racemoſa, foliis oblongis. Plum. Icon. 146. f. 1. mines; but as the flowers of Jaſmine have but two
Called Mountain Grape.
ſtamina, fo by Linnæus's fyftem, this is ſeparated
5. COCCOLOBA (Tenuifolia) foliis ovatis membranaceis. and ranged in another claſs.
Amen. Acad. 5. p. 397. Sea-ſide Grape with oval mem- We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
SPECIES
branaceous leaves.
COFFEA (Arabica.) Hort. Cliff. 59. The Coffee-tree.
The firſt fort riſes with many ligneous ſtems to the Jaſminum Arabicum Caftaneæ folio, flore albo odo-
height of ten or twelve feet, having ſeveral knots or ratiffimo, cujus fructus Coffea in officinis dicuntur no-
joints, covered with a gray bark : at each joint is ſet on bis. Juff. Ad. Par. 1713.
one large, roundiſh, ſmooth leaf, a little indented at This tree is ſuppoſed to be a native of Arabia Felix,
the top. The flowers come out from the foot-ſtalks
.
where it was firſt cultivated for uſe, and to this day,
of the leaves, in long bunches like thoſe of Currants ; is the country from whence the beſt Coffee is brought
they have no petals, but the empalement is cut into to Europe, though the plant is now propagated in
five ſegments, including eight awl-ſhaped ftamina, many parts of India and America ; but the produce
terminated by twin ſummits. The germen afterward of thofe countries being greatly inferior to that of A-
becomes a ſucculent berry, including an oval-pointed rabia, hath occafioned its preſent diſrepute in Eng-
nut, having one ſeed of the fame form.
land, ſo that it is ſcarce worth importing; but this
The ſecond fort feldom riſes fo high as the firſt, but might be remedied, if the Coffee planters in the Weſt
divides into ſeveral lateral branches, garniſhed with Indies could be prevailed on to try a few experiments,
large roundiſh leaves, having ſeveral deep veins; the which I ſhall hereafter propoſe, being founded on
flowers and fruit come out from the ſide of the thoſe which have been made in England, upon the
branches in like manner as thoſe of the firſt, but are berries produced here. But I ſhall firſt treat of the
larger.
plant, with its culture in England.
The third fort is a lower ſhrub than either of the for- This is a low tree in the native country of its growth,
mer; the leaves are oval and ſpear-ſhaped; the fruit where it ſeldom riſes more than fixteen or eighteen
is ſmaller, fomewhat aromatic, and ſpotted; theſe feet high, but in England I have not ſeen any above
proceed from the fide of the branches in like manner ten or twelve. The
main ſtem grows upright, and
as the former forts.
is covered with a light brown bark; the branches are
The fourth fort grows to a much larger ſize than any produced horizontally and oppoſite, which croſs each
of the other; the leaves of this are much larger, of other at every joint, ſo that every ſide of the tree is
an oblong oval form, very ſmooth, and of a lucid fully garniſhed with them : the lower branches being
green: from the wings of the leaves, the flowers and the longeſt, the others gradually decreaſing to the
fruit are produced, which are in form like thoſe of top, form a ſort of pyramid; the leaves are alſo pro-
the other forts, but are larger.
duced oppoſite ; theſe when fully grown, are about
The fifth fort is of humbler growth than either of the four or five inches long, and one inch and a half
foriner; the leaves are membranaceous, of an oval broad in the middle, decreaſing toward each end;
form; the flowers and fruit are ſmaller than thoſe of the borders are waved, and the ſurface is of a lucid
the other forts. Theſe plants all grow naturally in green. The flowers are produced in cluſters at the
the warm iſlands of America ; ſome of them on the baſe of the leaves, fitting cloſe to the branches; theſe
fea-ſhores, where they form very cloſe, almoſt impe- are tubulous, ſpread open at the top, where they are
netrable thickets; the fruit of the firſt fort are fre- divided into five parts, and are of a pure white, with
quently eaten by the inhabitants of the iſlands, but a very grateful odour, but of ſhort duration : they
eſpecially by the negroes. Thoſe of the other forts are fucceeded by oval berries, which are firſt green,
are food for birds.
when fully grown, they turn red, and afterward
The plants of all the forts are eaſily propagated by change to black when fully ripe ; theſe have a thin
ſeeds, when they can be obtained freſh from the places pulpy ſkin, under which are two feeds joined, which
of their natural growth (for none of the forts have as are fiat on the joined fides, with a longitudinal fur-
yet produced either fruit or flowers in England.) row, and convex on their outer fide.
The feeds ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled with As the Coffee-tree is an Evergreen, it makes a beau-
earth from the kitchen-garden, and plunged into a tiful appearance at every ſeaſon in the ſtove, but par-
hot-bed. If the ſeeds are good, and the bed of a pro- ticularly when it is in flower ; and alſo when the ber-
per temperature of warmth, the plants will appear in ries are red, which is generally in the winter; ſo that
five or ſix weeks after, which will be fit to tranſplant they continue a long time in that ſtate, therefore there
in about a month after; when they ſhould be ſhaken is ſcarce any plant that more deſerves a place in the
out of the pots, ſeparating their roots carefully, and Itove than this.
each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with the It is propagated by the berries, which muſt be fown
like earth, plunging them into a hot-bed of tanners ſoon after they are gathered from the trees, for if
bark, being careful to ſhade them in the day-time, they are kept out of the ground a ſhort time they will
until they have taken new root; after which they not grow. I have frequently fent the berries abroad
by
.
a
3
a
a
3
a
a

COF
COF
by the poſt, but when they have been a fortnight in
their journey they have all failed; and this has con-
ftantly happened every where, for the berries which
were ſent from Holland to Paris did not grow, nor
did thoſe which were ſent from Paris to England
grow; ſo that wherever theſe trees are deſired, the
young plants muſt be ſent, if it be at any diſtance
from the place where they grow.
The berries ſhould be planted in ſmall pots, filled
with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a
hot-bed of tanners-bark; the pots muſt be watered
gently once or twice a week, but the earth muſt not
be too moiſt, left it rot the berries. If the bed be
of a proper temperature of warmth, the plants will
appear in a month or five weeks time, and in about
two months more will be fit to tranſplant. For as
many of the berries will produce two plants, ſo the
ſooner they are parted, the better their roots will be
formed; for when they grow double till they have
made large roots, they will be fo intermixed and en-
tangled, as to render it difficult to ſeparate them
without tearing off their fibres, which will greatly
prejudice the plants. When theſe are tranſplanted,
they muſt be each put into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled
with the ſame earth as before, and plunged into the
tan-bed again; which ſhould be ſtirred up to the
bottom, and if required, fome new tan ſhould be
mixed with it, to renew the heat. Then the plants
ſhould be gently watered, and the glaſſes of the hot-
bed muſt be ſhaded every day till they have taken new
root; after which the plants ſhould have free air
admitted to them every day, in proportion to the
warmth of the ſeaſon: during the ſummer they will
require frequently to be refreihed with water, but
they muſt not have it in too great plenty: for if their
roots are kept too moiſt, they are very ſubject to rot,
then the leaves will ſoon decay and drop off, and
the plants become naked; when this happens, they
are ſeldom recovered again. The firſt fign of theſe
plants being diſordered, is, their leaves ſweating out
a clammy juice, which attracts the ſmall inſects, that
too frequently infeſt the plants in ftoves; when they
are not in health, theſe inſects cannot be deſtroyed,
till the plants are recovered to vigour: for although
the plants are ever ſo carefully waſhed and cleaned
from them, yet they will be foon attacked by them
again, if they are not recovered to health, for theſe
inſects are never ſeen upon any of the plants while
they are in perfect vigour; but when they are dif-
ordered, they foon ſpread over all the leaves and
tender parts of the plants, and multiply exceedingly;
ſo that upon the firſt attack, the plants ſhould be
ſhifted into freih earth, and all poſſible care taken to
recover them, without which all the waſhing and
cleaning of the plants will be to little purpoſe. The
diſorders attending the Coffee-trees, generally proceed
from either being put into pots too large for them,
nothing being of worſe conſequence than over potting
them; or from the earth being too ſtiff, or over-
hung by other plants, or being over watered. If theſe
are properly taken care of, and the ſtove kept always
in a proper temperature of heat, the plants will thrive,
and produce plenty of fruit.
I have made trial of ſeveral compoſitions of earth
for theſe plants, but have found none of them equal
to that of a kitchen-garden, where the ſoil is na-
turally looſe, and not ſubject to bind; and if it has
conſtantly been well wrought and properly dunged,
this without any mixture is preferable to any other.
The plants ihould not be too often tranſplanted, for
that will greatly retard their growth. If they are new
potted twice a year at moſt, it will be fufficient;
though unleſs the plants make great progreſs, they
will not require to be removed oftener than once in a
year, which ſhould be in ſummer, that they may have
time to get good roots again before winter. During
the warm weather in ſummer, theſe plants ſhould
have a large ihare of air, but they muſt not be wholly
expoſed abroad at any ſeaſon: for although they may
have the appearance of thriving in the open air
during the heat of ſummer, yet when they are re-
moved into the ſtove again, their leaves will fall off,
and the plants will make but an indifferent appearance
the following winter, if they ſhould ſurvive it: there--
fore it is the better method to keep them conſtantly
in the ſtove, and admit a proportionable ſhare of air
to them every day, according to the heat of the
feaſon; they will require water two or three times a
week in warm weather, but in the winter they muſt
have it more ſparingly; and the ſtove in which they
are placed, ſhould be kept to the heat affigned for
the Ananas upon the botanical thermometors.
There has been ſome of theſe plants propagated by
cuttings, and alſo from layers; but theſe are long
before they make roots, and the plants fo raiſed, are
never ſo ſtrong and thriving as thoſe which ariſe
from berries; therefore where the berries can be pro-
cured, it is much the beſt method to propagate the
plants by feeds.
When the plants are tranſplanted, their roots ſhould
not be too much cut or trimmed, the decayed or
rotten fibres ſhould be pruned off, and thoſe which
are cloſely matted to the ſide of the pots ſhould be
trimmed, but not cut too near to the ſtem; for the
old fibres do not put out new roots very kindly, eſ-
pecially thoſe which are become tough, ſo that there
fhould always be a ſufficient number of young
fibres left to ſupport the plants, till new cnes are
produced
The Coffee plants were firſt carried from Arabia to
Batavia by the Dutch, and from thence they were
afterward brought to Holland, where great numbers
of the plants were raiſed from the berries which thoſe
plants produced, and from theſe moſt of the gardens
in Europe have been furniſhed. A great number of
theſe young plants, which were raiſed at Amſterdam,
were ſent to Surinam by the proprietors of that iſland,
where the trees were foon propagated in great plenty,
and from thence the plants have been diſperſed to
moſt of the iſlands in the Weſt Indies : for as the
plants raiſed from the berries, produce fruit in two
years from planting, and in the warm countries
ſooner, fo plantations of theſe trees may be foon made
in
any
of thoſe countries, where the temperature of
the air is proper for their production, but the trees
will not grow in the open air any where if there is a
winter: To that in all countries without the tropics,
they cannot be expected to grow abroad.
The French have made great plantations of theſe
trees in their ſettlements in the Weſt Indies, and alſo
in the iſle of Bourbon, from whence they inport great
quantities of Coffee annually to France; which al-
though greatly inferior in quality to the Arabian, yet
it is conſumed, otherwiſe they would not continue
that branch of commerce. In the Britiſh colonies of
America, there have been ſome large plantations
made of Coffee-trees: and it was propoſed to the
parliament, fome years paſt, to give a proper en-
couragement for cultivating this commodity in Ame-
rica, ſo as to enable the planters to underſell the im-
porters of Coffee from Arabia. Accordingly there
was an abatement of the duty payable on all the Coffee
which ſhould be of the growth of our colonies in
America, which at that time was ſuppoſed would be
a ſufficient encouragement for the planters to improve
this branch of commerce: but the productions of
thoſe countries, being greatly inferior in quality to
that of Arabia, hath almoſt ruined the project; and
unleſs the planters can be prevailed on to try ſome
experiments to improve its quality, there can be
little hope of its becoming a valuable branch of trade;
therefore I ſhall beg leave to offer my ſentiments on
this article, and ſincerely with what I have to pro-
poſe may be found uſeful for the inſtruction of the
Coffee planters; for as my opinion is founded upon
experiments, ſo it is not mere theory or fup-
pofition.
The great fault of the Coffee which grows in Ame-
rica, and alſo in the iſle of Bourbon, is the want of
flavour, or having a diſagreeable one. The berries
I
ars

C OF
COI
a
3
are much larger than thoſe which are imported from choice of a coil rather dry than moiſt, in which the
Arabia, and conſequently have not ſo much fpirit or trees will not make ſo great progreſs as thoſe which
Aavour. This may be owing to ſeveral cauſes, the grow in a wet foil, nor will the produce be fo great;
firſt is that of its growing in a foil too moiſt; which but as the quality of the produce will be ſo much
is always known to increaſe the ſize of fruit and ve- improved, it will certainly be of greater advantage
getables, but their quality is greatly diminiſhed to them.
thereby. The ſecond is from the gathering of the The next thing is, to permit the berries to remain
berries too foon; for I have been credibly informed, ſo long upon the trees, till their ſkins are ſhrivelled
that it is the conſtant practice of the planters, to and turned very black; which it is true will greatly
gather the fruit when it is red: at which time the diminiſh their weight, but then the commodity will
berries are much larger, and of greater weight, than be more than double the value of that which is
thoſe which are permitted to ripen perfectly on the gathered ſooner.
trees, which is not till they are turned black, and When the berries are fully ripe, they ſhould be ga-
their outer pulp becomes dry, and the ſkins ſhrink: thered, or rather ſhaken from the trees, when they are
then the berries are much ſmaller than before, and perfectly dry, and ſpread abroad upon cloths in the
the outer cover will eaſily ſeparate from the berry; fun to dry, carrying them every evening under co-
which I have always been informed, has been the ver, to prevent the dews from falling on them, or
complaint of the planters, that this was with great the rain if any ſhould happen: and when they are
difficulty and trouble effected. A third cauſe I im- perfectly dry, they ſhould be carefully packed up in
gine may be in the drying of the berries when cloths or bags, three or four times double, and conſe-
gathered'; which muſt be conſtantly attended to, for quently kept in a dry ſituation: and when they are
they cannot be too much expoſed to the fun and air ſhipped for England, it ſhould be on board thoſe vef-
in the day time, but they muſt be every evening re- fels which have no rum, left the Coffee ſhould imbibe
moved under cover, and carefully ſcreened from the flavour, which cannot be prevented when ſtowed
dews and rain ; nor ſhould they be placed near any in the ſame place. For ſome years paſt, a Coffee
ſort of liquid or moiſture, for theſe berries are very ſhip from India had a few bags of pepper put on
ſubject to imbibe moiſture, and thereby acquire the board, the flavour of which was imbibed by the Cof-
favour of the liquid ; or if it be pure water, the fee, and the whole cargo ſpoiled thereby.
berries will be enlarged, and the favour diminiſhed As the quantity of Coffee now conſumed in Britain
by it, as from many experiments I can affirm : for a is very much increaſed of late years, ſo it will cer-
bottle of rum being placed in a cloſet, in which a tainly be worthy of public conſideration, how far it
caniſter of Coffee berries cloſely ſtopped, was ſtanding may be neceſſary to encourage the growth of it in
on a ſhelf at a conſiderable diſtance, in a few days the Britiſh colonies : and certainly it deſerves the at-
had ſo impregnated the berries, as to render them tention of the inhabitants of thoſe colonies, to im-
very diſagreeable; the ſame alſo has happened by a prove this commodity to the utmoſt of their power;
bottle of ſpirits of wine ſtanding in the ſame cloſet and not to have ſo much regard to the quantity, as
with Coffee and Tea, both which were in a few days to the quality of it; for although the former may
ſpoiled by it. Therefore from many experiments of appear to have the advantage of the latter in point of
this nature, which I have made with Coffee, it
ap- profit, yet the goodneſs of every commodity muſt
pears to me that it ſhould never be brought over in always claim the preference, and thereby will be
fhips freighted with rum, nor ſhould the berries be found of more laſting advantage to the cultivator.
laid to dry in the houſes where the ſugars are boiled, COIX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 927. Lachryma Jobi. Tourn.
or the rum diſtilled. I have alſo been informed by Inft. R. H. 531. tab. 306. Job's Tears.
a gentleman who has a very good eſtate in Jamaica, The CHARACTERS are,
and who has lived many years in that iſland, that the It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant; the
planters frequently boil the Coffee berries before they male flowers are diſpoſed in a loose Spike; the chaf of
are dried. As this information comes from a gen- theſe have two valves, incloſing two flowers, the valves
tleman of great ſkill and veracity, ſo I cannot doubt are oblong and bearded; the petal has two oval valves,
of the fact; and if ſo, this alone is fufficient to ſpoil the length of the chaft, with narrow beards : theſe bave
the beſt Coffee in the world ; ſo that I am at a loſs to each three hairy Stamina, terminated by oblong four-cor-
gueſs the reaſon for this practice, which, as it ap- nered ſummits. There are a few female flowers ſituated
pears to me, can only be intended to increaſe the
at the baſe of the male ſpike in the ſame plant, theſe have
weight, therefore muſt be imputed to avarice, the bivalvular chaff; the valves are roundijh, thick, and
bane of every public good.
ſmooth; the petal hath two oval valves, the outer being
There was ſome time paſt an imperfect account larger and bearded at both ends. They have a ſmall oval
printed in the papers, of the cauſe why the American germen, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle divided into two parts,
Coffee was not ſo good as that which comes from crowned by two horned ſtigmas which are longer than the
Arabia; in which it is ſuppoſed, that the goodneſs of flower, and covered with fine hairs; the germen afterward
the latter proceeded from the length of time which becomes a hard, roundiſh, ſmooth ſeed.
the berries had been kept: therefore the author pro- This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
poſes that the American Coffee berries ſhould be of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Moncecia
many years kept, which he ſays will render them Triandria. The plants of this claſs have male and
equally good. This is contrary to all the experience female flowers on the ſame plant, and the flowers of
I have had, or can learn, from thoſe who have ſeen this ſection have three ſtamina.
the whole progreſs of Coffee in Arabia, with their
The SPECIES are,
manner of drying and packing it to ſend abroad; for 1. Coix (Lachryma Fobi) feminibus ovatis. Hort. Cliff.
two gentlemen who had lived there ſome years af- 434. Coix with oval ſeeds. Lachryma Jobi. Cluf. Hint.
fured me, that the berries, when firſt gathered, were
p. 2. Job's Tears.
much better than thoſe which are kept any time. 2. Coix (Angulatis) feminibus angulatis. Hort. Chf.
And a curious gentleman who reſided in Barbadoes 438. Coix with angular ſeeds. Lachryma Jobi Ameri-
two years, alſo told me, that he never drank better cana altiffima, Arundinis folio & facie. Plum. Cat.
Coffee in any part of the world, than what he made The firſt fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
from the fresh berries which he gathered himſelf, Archipelago, and is frequently cultivated in Spain
and roaſted as he had occaſion for them, which is
and Portugal, where the poor inhabitants grind the
alſo confirmed by the trials which have been made grain to flour in a ſcarcity of corn, and make a coarſe
with the berries which grow in the ſtoves in England, fort of bread of it.
which make a better Havoured liquor, than the beſt This is an annual plant, which ſeldom ripen its feeds
Arabian Coffee berries which can be procured in in England, unleſs the ſeaſon proves very warm;
England; therefore I wiſh thoſe who are inclinable from a thick fibrous root is ſent out two or three
1o cultivate theſe trees in America, would make jointed ftalks, which riſe near three feet high, gar-
niſhed
3

COL
GOL
a
.
niſhed with ſingle, long, narrow leaves at each joint,
reſembling thoſe of the Reed; at the baſe of the leaves
come out the ſpikes of flowers, ftanding on ſhort
foot-ſtalks; theſe ſpikes are compoſed of male flow-
ers only, and below them is ſituated one or two fe-
male flowers; the male flowers decay ſoon after they
have ſhed their farina ; but the germen of the female
flowers fwell to a large oval feed, which is hard,
fmooth, and of a gray colour, greatly reſembling the
feeds of Gromwel, from whence this plant has been
by ſeveral writers titled Lithoſpermum.
Thoſe who are deſirous to cultivate this plant in
England, may procure the ſeeds from Portugal, theſe
ſhould be ſown on a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring,
to bring the plants forward, and afterward tranſplant
them on a warm border, allowing each two feet room
at leaſt, and when the plants have taken root, they
will require no farther care, but to keep them clean
from weeds. Theſe will flower about Midſummer,
and in warm ſeaſons, the feeds will ripen at Mi-
chaelmas. There is a variety of this with much
broader leaves, which I received from Smyrna ſome
years paſt, which did not perfect feeds here, ſo I
cannot ſay whether it is only a variety, or a different
fort from this.
The ſecond ſort will grow to the height of ſeven or
eight feet, and the ſtems become hard, like the Reed,
or Indian Corn: theſe branch out, and produce ſe-
veral ſpikes of flowers; but this fort will not live in
the open air in England, therefore ſhould be plunged
into the bark-ſtove, where it will live through the
winter, and produce ripe feeds the ſecond year, and
may be continued longer, if deſired.
COLCHICUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 415. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 348. tab. 181, 182. [So called from Col-
chos, a province of the Levant (now called Mingre-
lia, becauſe this plant was formerly very common in
that place.] Meadow Saffron.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath neither empalement or Spatha; it hath
one petal, riſing with an angular tube from the root,
which is divided at the top into fix oval, concave, ere Et
Segments; it hath fix ſtamina which are horter than the
petal, terminated by oblong ſummits having four valves.
The germen is ſituated in the root, ſupporting three ſlender
Styles the length of the ſtamina, crowned by reflexed chan-
nelled ftigmas; the germen afterward becomes a capſule
with three lobes, having a ſeam on the inſide, dividing
it into three cells, which contain ſeveral roundiſh rough
ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Trigynia,
the flower having fix ſtamina and three ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
COLCHICUM (Autumnale) foliis planis lanceolatis,
erectis. Hort. Cliff. 140. Colchicum with plain, ereat,
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Colchicum commune. C. B. P.
67. Common Meadow Saffron.
2. COLCHICUM (Montanum) foliis linearibus, patentiffi-
mis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 342. Meadow Saffron with very
narrow Spreading leaves. Colchicum Montanum an-
guſtifolium. C. B. P. 68. Narrow-leaved Mountain
Meadow Saffron.
3. COLCHICUM (Variegatum) foliis undulatis patentibus.
Hort. Cliff. 140. Meadow Saffron with waved ſpreading
leaves. Colchicum Chionenſe, floribus fritillariæ
inftar teſſulatis, foliis undulatis. Mor. Hiſt. 2. p. 341.
Meadow Saffron of Chios, with chequered flowers like
Fritillary, and waved leaves.
4. COLCHICUM (Teſſulatum) foliis planis patentibus. Col-
chicum with plain Spreading leaves. Colchicum floribus
fritillariæ inftar teſſulatis, foliis planis. Mor. Hift. 2.
p. 341. Meadow Saffron, with chequered flowers like
Fritillary, and plain leaves.
There is a greater variety of theſe flowers than any
here enumerated, which differ in the colour of their
flowers, and other little accidents, which are not
laſting, ſo muſt not be ranged as diſtinct fpecies.
But as many of them are cultivated in flower-gardens,
I fhall beg leave to mention thoſe varieties, which
are frequently propagated by floriſts. Theſe are
moſt of them ſeminal variations from the firſt fort.
The moſt common Meadow Saffron hath a purplich
flower.
The Meadow Saffron with white flowers.
Meadow Saffron with ſtriped flowers.
Broad-leaved Meadow Saffron.
Striped-leaved Meadow Saffron.
Many flowered Meadow Saffron.
Meadow Saffron with double purpliſh flowers.
Meadow Saffron with double white flowers.
Meadow Saffron with many white flowers.
The firſt fort grows naturally both in the weſt and
north of England. I have obſerved it in great plenty
in the meadows near Caſtle Bromwich, in Warwick-
ſhire, in the beginning of September. The country
people call the flowers Naked Ladies, becauſe they
come up naked, without any leaves or cover. This
hath a bulbous root, about the fize and ſhape of
thoſe of the Tulip, but not fo ſharp-pointed at the
top, the ſkins or cover is alſo of a darker colour.
Theſe bulbs are renewed every year, for thoſe which
produce the flowers decay, and new roots are formed
above. The flowers come out in autumn; theſe
ariſe with long ſlender tubes from the root, about
four inches high, ſhaped like thoſe of the Saffron,
but larger; they are of a pale purple colour, and
divided into fix parts at the top, which ſtand erect;
the number of flowers is generally in proportion to
the ſize of the roots, from two to ſeven or eight: in
March the green leaves appear, theſe are commonly
four to a full grown root; they are folded over each
other below, but ſpread open above ground, ſtanding
croſs-ways: they are of a deep green, and when
fully grown, are five or fix inches long, and one and
a half broad. The feed-vefſel comes out from be-
tween the leaves in April, and the feeds ripen in May,
foon after which the leaves decay.
The other varieties of this, are ſuppoſed to have ac-
cidentally riſen from the ſeeds of this ſo that thoſe
who are deſirous to obtain a variety of theſe flowers,
ſhould propagate thein from feeds, by which method
there may be a greater variety raiſed.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the mountains in
Spain and Portugal. This hath a ſmaller root than
the firſt, and a darker coat; the flowers appear in
Auguſt or September; theſe are cut into fix long
narrow ſegments, of a reddiſh purple colour, having
fix yellow ſtamina. The leaves of this fort come up
foon after the flowers decay, and continue green all
the winter, like the Saffron; theſe are long, narrow,
and ſpread on the ground; in June theſe decay like
the firſt fort.
The third and fourth forts grow naturally in the Le-
vant, but are commonly cultivated in the Engliſh
gardens. Theſe flower at the ſame time as the firſt
fort, and the green leaves come up in the ſpring. The
root of one of theſe ſpecies, is ſuppoſed to be the Her-
modactyl of the ſhops.
Theſe are all very pretty varieties for a flower-garden,
producing their flowers in autumn, when few other
plants are in beauty; and are therefore, by fome,
called Naked Ladies. The green leaves come up
in the ſpring, which are extended to a great length
in May, then the green leaves begin to decay; ſoon
after which time, is the proper ſeaſon to tranſplant
their roots; for if they are ſuffered to remain in the
ground till Auguſt, they will ſend forth freſh fibres;
after which time it will be too late to remove them.
The roots may be kept above ground until the be-
ginning of Auguſt; at which time, if they are not
planted, they will produce their flowers as they lie
out of the ground, but this will greatly weaken
their roots. The manner of planting their roots being
the ſame as Tulips, &c. I ſhall forbear mentioning
it here, referring the reader to that article: and alſo
for fowing the ſeeds, by which means new varieties
may be obtained, I ſhall refer to the article XI-
PHION; where will be proper directions for this
work.
4 A
COLD
1.

CO L
COL
a
COLD ſignifies ſomething devoid of heat, or which
does not contain in it any particles of fire; according
to which definition, cold is a mere negative term.
And this is agreeable to the ſentiments of moſt of
our modern philoſophers, who ſuppoſe cold to conſiſt
in a mere privation or diminution of heat.
Others much on the ſame principle, define cold, to
be that ſtate of the minute parts of a body, wherein
they are agitated more ſlowly and faintly than thoſe
of the organs of feeling. And in this fenfe, cold is
a mere term of relation: and hence the ſame body
becomes liable to be perceived hot or cold, as the
particles of it are in greater or leſſer degree of motion
than thoſe of the ſenſible organ.
Heat is ſuppoſed to conſiſt in a particular motion of
the parts of the body; and hence the nature of cold,
which is its oppoſite, is eaſily deducible ; for we find
that cold extinguiſhes, or rather abates heat. Whence
it ſeems to follow, that thoſe bodies are cold, which
check and reſtrain the motion of the particles, wherein
heat conſiſts.
There are three kinds of bodies that can do this;
viz. either thoſe whoſe particles are perfectly at reſt;
or thoſe whoſe particles are indeed agitated, but with
leſs violence than thoſe of the hot body to which
they are applied; or, laſtly, ſuch whoſe particles
have a motion proper for exciting the ſenſation of
heat, but move with a different determination, ſo as
to retard and change the motion of the particles of
ز
the organ.
Hence three different kinds of cold, or cold bodies,
do proceed.
The ift, That cold is common to all hard bodies ;
which conſiſts in the reſt of their parts.
The 2d is, That which riſes from plunging any part
of the body in water, which confifts in this, that the
parts of our præcordia, being more briſkly agitated
than thoſe of the fluid, communicate part of their
motion to it.
The 3d, The cold felt on the collection of warm air
with a pan, or in blowing hot breath out of our mouth
with the lips cloſe fhut; which conſiſts in this, that
the direct motion of the particles of air does, in ſome
meaſure, change and rebate the motion and determi-
nation of the parts of the body: and hence it is,
that a cold body cannot cool another without heating
itſelf.
Hence alſo it proceeds, that the more the parts
of a
frigid body are at reſt, the more the particles of a
warm body that is applied to heat them, muſt loſe of
their motion, and conſequently of their heat.
Thus, there being more quieſcent parts in marble
than in wood, which is full of pores and interſtices,
the marble is felt colder than the wood: and hence
alſo we may underſtand why air near marble, and
other denſe bodies, feels ſomewhat colder than in
other places.
On this principle the two latter kinds of cold appear
ſomewhat more than privations: the particles in-
ducing the cold may be eſteemed real frigorific cor-
puſcles; and coldneſs may be deemed a real quality,
as well as hotneſs. Theſe particles do not only check
the agitation of thoſe continually diffuſed from the
inner parts of an animal to the outer; but having an
elaſtic power, they bend, and hang about the fila-
ments of the body, pinch and ſqueeze them; and
hence is that acute pungent ſenſation called cold.
That cold is more than a mere relation or compariſon,
is evident from its having real and poſitive effects;
ſuch as freezing, congelation, condenſation, rarefac-
tion, burſting, &c.
Dr. Clarke takes cold to be owing to certain nitrous
and other faline particles, endued with particular fi-
gures proper to produce ſuch effects. Hence fal-ar-
moniac, falt petre, falt of urine, and many other
volatile and alkalizate falts, mixed with water, in-
creaſe its degree of cold very ſenſibly.
Hence alſo comes that popular obſervation, that cold
prevents corruption; which, however, muſt not be
admitted without an exception; ſince if an hard po-
rous body have its interſtices filled with water, and
this be too much dilated by freezing, the including
body will be burſt. And thus it is that cold proves
deſtructive to the parts of ſome plants: as it happened
in the winters, anno 1728, and 1739-40, in ſeveral
trees, whoſe trunks were much expoſed to the ſouth-
weſt, the fap being thereby rarefied by the warmth
of the ſun, which, for ſeveral days, at the beginning
of the ſevere froft, ſhone with an uncommon heat,
and the nights coming on to extreme cold, whereby
the rarefied fap was ſo ſuddenly condenſed, that the
ſap-veſſels could not contain it, and thereby burſt off
the bark of many trees almoſt from top to bottom;
and this chiefly on the ſouth-weſt fide of the trees;
as it did of ſeveral large trees in the phyſic-garden
at Chelſea; and ſeveral Pear, and other fruit-trees,
in the nurſeries of Mr. Francis Hunt at Putney, &c.
And thus it is that great quantities of trees are ren-
dered ſhaken, and the timber, when cut, of little
value; which is generally the caſe in very ſevere
winters. In the hard froſt of the year 1739-40, there
was great damage done to the Oak-timber in moſt
parts of England, by the froſt penetrating to the fap-
veſſels of the trees; and by freezing the fap, the
veffels could not contain it, but burſt with great
noiſe ; fo that the woods reſounded with a noiſe fome-
what like the breaking down of the branches of trees,
when they are lopping.
Dr. Boerhaave ſays, That there is no ſuch thing in
all nature as abſolute cold ; that the moſt fevere he
had ever known, was in the year 1728, that then the
water would freeze while it ran down his hand, and
yet even then the cold was not ſo complete, but that
he could make an artificial cold greater by twelve
degrees.
Though much might be ſaid as to the effects of cold
on plants, I ſhall only conclude with an obſervation
of the Reverend Dr. Hales, who, in the concluſion
of his excellent treatiſe of Vegetable Statics, ſays;
The conſiderable quantity of moiſture, which is per-
ſpired from the branches of trees during the cold
winter ſeaſon, plainly ſhews the reaſon why, in a long
ſeaſon of cold north-eaſterly winds, the bloſſoms, and
tender young-ſet fruit and leaves, are, in the early
ſpring, fo frequently blafted, viz. by having the
moiſture exhaled faſter than can be ſupplied from
the trees; for, doubtleſs, moiſture riſes flower from
the root, the colder the ſeaſon is, though it riſes, in
ſome degree, all the winter; as is evident, as he ſays,
from his fixteenth experiment in the ſaid book.
And from the ſame cauſe it is, that the leafy ſpires
of Corn are by theſe cold drying winds often faded,
and turned yellow; which makes the huſbandman,
on theſe occaſions, wiſh for ſnow: which, though it
be very cold, yet it not only defends the root from
being frozen, but alſo ſcreens the Corn from theſe
drying winds, and keeps it in a moiſt, florid, ſupple
ſtate.
It ſeems therefore to be a reaſonable direction, which
ſome authors, who write on agriculture and gardening
give, viz. During theſe cold drying winds, when
little dew falls, to water the trees in dry foils, in the
bloſſoming ſeaſon, and while the young-ſet fruit is
tender; and provided there is no immediate danger
of a froſt, or in caſe of continued froſt, to take care
to cover the trees well, and at the ſame time to
ſprinkle them with water; which is imitating na-
ture's method of watering every part.
As to floping ſhelters over wall-trees he ſays; I have
often found, that when they are fo broad, as to pre-
vent any rain or dew coming at the trees, they do
more harm than good in theſe long eaſterly drying
winds, becauſe they prevent the rain and dews falling
on them ; which would not only refreſh and ſupple
them, but alſo nouriſh them: but in caſe of ſharp
froſt after a ſhower of rain, theſe ſhelters and other
fences muſt needs be of excellent uſe to prevent the
almoſt total deſtruction occaſioned by the freezing of
the tender parts of vegetables, when they are ſa-
turated with moiſture.
COLDENIA,
a
a
a
I

COL
C O L
mas.
3
COLDENIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 159. This plant We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
was fo titled by Dr. Linnæus, in honour of Dr. Col. COLLINSONIA (Canadenſis) foliis cordatis oppofitis. Col-
den, of North America, who is a very curious bo- linfonia with heart-ſhaped leaves growing oppoſite.
taniſt, and has diſcovered ſeveral new plants which This plant was brought from Maryland, where it
were not known before.
grows wild, as it alſo does in many other parts of
The CHARACTERS are,
North America, by the ſides of ditches, and in low
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four erext moiſt ground, where it uſually riſes to the height of
leaves, which are as long as the petal. It hath a funnel- four or five feet; but in England it ſeldom grows
shaped flower of one petal, Spreading at the top, and ob- above three feet high, and unleſs it be planted in a
tuſe; it hath four ſtamina, which are inſerted in the tube moiſt warm ſituation, or in dry weather is duly wa-
of the petal, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. In the cen- tered, it rarely flowers well; therefore many people
ter is ſituated four ovel germen, each ſupporting a hairy keep the plants in large pots, for the more convenient
Style the length of the ſtamina, crowned by permanent ſtig- watering them, but theſe plants ſeldom produce
The germen afterward become on oval, compreſſed, good feeds; whereas thoſe which are planted in the
rough fruit, with four cells, terminated by four beaks, full ground, and are conſtantly watered, will ripen
inclosed by the empalement, each of the cells containing a feeds
very well in good ſeaſons.
ſingle ſeed, convex on one
ſide, and angular on the other. This hath a perennial root. The ſtalks decay in the
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection autumn, and freſh fhoots come out in the ſpring.
of Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Te- The ſtalks are ſquare, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
tragynia, the flower having four ſtamina and four leaves, placed oppoſite, which are fawed on their
ſtyles.
edges. The flowers are produced at the extremity of
There is but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. the ſtalks in looſe ſpikes; theſe have long tubes, and
COLDENIA (Procumbens). Flor. Zeyl. 79. This is by are divided into five parts at the top; they are of a
Dr. Pluknet titled, Teucrii facie biſnagarica tetra- purpliſh yellow, and the lower ſegment is terminated
coccos roſtrata. Alm. 363.
by long hairs. The flowers appear in July, and the
This is a native of India, from whence the feeds feeds ripen in autumn.
have been brought to ſome of the curious botanic This plant may be eaſily propagated by parting the
gardens. It was ſent me by Dr. Linnæus, profeſſor roots in October. Theſe roots ſhould be planted at
of botany at Upſal in Sweden. It is an annual plant, three feet diſtance, for they require much nouriſh-
whoſe branches trail on the ground; they extend near ment, otherwiſe they will not thrive. This plant
a foot from the root, and divide into many ſmaller will live in the open ground, if it is planted in a ſhel-
branches, garniſhed with ſhort leaves, fitting cloſe tered ſituation.
to them; theſe are deeply crenated on their edges, COLOCASIA. See ARUM.
and have ſeveral longitudinal ve ns; they are of a COLOCYNTHIS. See CUCURBITA.
glaucous colour, and come out without order. The COLUMBINE. See AQUILEGIA.
flowers are produced at the wings of the leaves, COLUMNEA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 28. tab. 33.
growing in ſmall cluſters; theſe have one funnel- Lin. Gen. Plant. 710. The title of this genus was
ſhaped petal cut into four ſegments at the top; they given to it by Plumier, in honour of Fabius Columna,
are of a pale blue colour, and very ſmall; they have a nobleman of Rome, who has publiſhed two curious
four ſtamina and four ſtyles, having hairy ftigmas.
books of botany.
When the flower decays, the germen becomes a fruit,
The CHARACTERS are,
compoſed of four cells, wrapped up in the empale- The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leof, cut
ment, each containing a ſingle ſeed.
into five parts at the top ; it hath one petal, of the (rin-
This plant is propagated by feeds, which muſt be gent) or grinning kind, having a long ſwelling tube, di-
ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the vided above into two lips, the upper being erect, concave,
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each put into and entire; the lower is divided into three parts which
a ſeparate ſmall pot, plunged into a hot-bed of tan- Spread open: it hath four ſtamina, two being longer than
ners bark, obſerving to ſhade them till they have the other; theſe are incloſed in the upper lip, and are ter-
taken freſh root; after which they ſhould have air minated by ſingle ſummits. In the center is ſituated the
admitted to them every day in proportion to the roundiſh germen, Supporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a
warmth of the ſeaſon, and gently watered two or three bifid acute ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
times a week in warm weather, but they muſt not globular berry with two cells
, htting on the empale-
have too much moiſture. Theſe plants muſt remain ment, and is of the ſame magnitude, containing ſeveral ob-
in the hot-bed, where they will flower in June, and long ſeeds.
the ſeeds will ripen in September.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
COLEWORTS. See BRASSICA.
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
COLLINSONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 38. The title Angioſpermia. The flowers of this claſs have two
of this plant was given to it by Dr. Linnæus, in ho- long and two ſhort ſtamina, and thoſe of this ſection
nour of Mr. Peter Collinſon, F. R. S. a moft diftin- have their feeds incloſed in a capſule.
guiſhed promoter of botanical ſtudies, and the firſt We have but one SPECIES of this plant in the Eng-
who introduced this plant, among many others, to liſh gardens, viz.
the Engliſh gardens.
COLUMNEA (Scandens). Lin. Sp. Plant. 638. Columnea
The CHARACTERS are,
ſcandens, Phæniceo flore, fructu albo. Plum. Nov.
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, Gen. 28. Climbing Columnea with a ſcarlet flower and a
cut into five equal ſegments at the top, the three upper white fruit. Plumier mentions a variety of this, with
being reflekted, and the two under erect. The flower is a yellowiſh flower and a white fruit. But this is only
funnel ſhaped, of one petal which is unequal, and much a ſeminal variation ſuppoſed to have accidentally riſen
longer than the empalement, cut into five parts at the from the feeds of the firſt.
top, the upper being ſhort and obtuſe, two of them being I received feeds of the ſcarlet fort from Carthagena in
reflewed; the lower lip or beard is longer, ending in many New Spain, where the plants grew naturally. This
points. It hath two long briftly ſtamina which are erect, hath a climbing ſtalk, which faſtens itſelf to the neigh-
terminated by incumbent ſummits. It hath a quadrifid ob- bouring plants, whereby it is fupported. The leaves
tufe germen, with a large gland, ſupporting a briſtly style are oval, fawed on their edges, and ſtand upon ſhort
the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a pointed bifid ftig- foot-ftalks; theſe, and alſo the ſtalks, are very hairy;
ma. The germen afterward becomes a ſingle roundijſh feed, but the plants decayed the following year, before they
ſituated in the bottom of the empalement.
produced any flowers, ſo that I can give no deſcrip-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fec- tion of them.
tion of Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Theſe plants are natives of the warmeſt parts of A-
Monogynia, the flower having two ſtamina and one merica, ſo are too tender to live in England, unleſs
ſtyle.
they are preſerved in the ſtove; they are propagated
by
a
a
.

COL
COL
a
in autumn.
by feeds, which muſt be fown in a good hot-bed ;
and when the plants come up, they muſt be treated
in the ſame way as other tender exotic plants which
are kept in the bark-ſtove,
COLUTEA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 649. tab. 417.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 776. Bladder Sena.
The CHARACTERS are,
It batb a bell-shaped permanent empalement of one leaf,
indented in five parts. The flower is of the butterfly
kind. The ſtandard, wings, and keel, vary in their fi-
gure in different ſpecies. It bath ton famina, nine of
which are joined, the other ſtands ſeparate, which are
terminated by fingle fummits. In the center is ſituated on
oblong germen, which is compreſſed, ſupporting a riſing
ſtyle, crowned by a bearded line, extended from the mid-
dle of the upper part of the ſtyle. The gerinen afterward
becomes a broad fwollen pod with one cell, including ſeve-
ral kidney-Shaped ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in Linnæus's third
ſection of his ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia
Decandria. The flowers of this claſs have ten ſta-
mina, nine of which are joined, and the tenth ſtands
ſeparate.
The SPECIES are,
I. COLUTEA (Arboreſcens) arborea, foliolis obcordatis.
Hort. Cliff. 365. Tree Bladder Sena with beart-ſhaped
lobes. Colutea veſicaria. C. B. P. 396. Common Blad-
der Sena.
2. COLUTEA (Iſtria) foliolis ovatis, integerrimis, caule
fruticoſo. Shrubby Bladder Sena with oval leaves which
are entire.
3. COLUTEA (Orientalis) foliolis cordatis minoribus,
caule fruticoſo. Bladder Sena with ſmaller beart-ſhaped
leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Colutea Orientalis flore
fanguineâ coloris, luteâ maculâ notato. Tourn. Cor.
44
4. COLUTEA (Fruteſcens) fruticoſa foliolis ovato-oblon-
gis. Hort. Cliff. 366. Shrubby Bladder Sena with oblong
oval leaves. Colutea Æthiopica flore Phæniceo, folio
Barbæ Jovis. Breyn. Cent. 1. 73. Æthiopian Bladder
Sena with a ſcarlet flower.
5. Colutea (Americana) foliolis ovatis, emarginatis,
leguminibus. oblongis compreſlis acuminatis, caule
arboreo. Bladder Sena with oval leaves indented at
the top, oblong, compreſſed, pointed pods, and a tree-
like i alk. Colutea Americana, veſiculis oblongis
compreſſis. Houſt. MSS. American Bladder. Sena
with oblong compreſſed pods. Dr. Pluknet titles it Co-
lutea Veræ Crucis veſicaria. Alm. 111. pl. 165. f. 3.
Bladder Sena of Vera Cruz.
6. COLUTEA (Herbacea) herbacea foliolis linearibus.
Hort. Upfal. 266. Herbaceous Bladder Sena with narrow
leaves. Colutea Africana annua, foliolis parvis, mu-
cronatis, veſiculis compreſſis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 87.
5
7. COLUTEA (Procumbens) caulibus procumbentibus, fo-
liolis ovato-linearibus, tomentofis, floribus alaribus
pedunculis longiſſimis. Blodder Send with trailing
Italks, oval narrow leaves which are woolly, and flowers
growing from the ſides of the ſtalks, with very long foot-
ſtalks.
The firſt fort is commonly cultivated in the nurſery-
gardens, as a flowering ſhrub, to adorn plantations.
This grows naturally in Auſtria, in the ſouth of
France and Italy, from whence the feeds were origi-
nally brought to England; this hath ſeveral woody
ſtems, which grow to the height of twelve or fourteen
feet, ſending out many woody branches, garniſhed
with winged leaves, compoſed of four or five pair
of oval lobes, placed oppoſite, terminated by an odd
one; theſe are indented at the top in form of a heart,
and are of a grayiſh colour. The flowers come out
from the wings of the leaves upon ſlender foot-ſtalks,
about two inches long, each fuſtaining two or three
flowers of the butterfly kind, whoſe ſtandard is re-
flexed and large. The flowers are yellow, with a
dark-coloured mark on the petal; theſe are ſucceed-
ed by inflated pods an inch and a half long, having
a ſeam on the upper fide, containing a ſingle row of
kidney-shaped ſeeds, faſtened to a placenta. This
flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in au-
tumn. There is a variety of this with reddiſh pods,
which is equally common in the gardens, and is fup-
poſed to be only an accidental variety, for the plants
do not differ in any other part.
The feeds of the ſecond ſort were brought from the
Levant by the Reverend Dr. Pocock, which fucceed-
ed in the garden at Chelſea, and ſince Dr. Ruffel,
who'reſided many years at Aleppo, brought over
dried ſamples of this fort, which he affures me grow
common near that city. This fort ſeldom grows
more than ſix or ſeven feet high; the branches are
very flender, and ſpread out on every ſide, garniſhed
with winged leaves, compoſed of nine pair of ſmall,
oval, entire lobes, terminated by an odd one; the
flowers ftand upon fiender foot-ſtalks, about the ſame
length of the former. The flowers are alſo like
thoſe, but are of a brighter yellow. This fort begins
to flower early in May, and continues flowering till
the middle of O&tober.
The third fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant, from whence he ſent the feeds to the
royal garderi at Paris, where they ſucceeded, and
ſince have been communicated to moſt of the curious
gardens in Europe. This hath a woody ftem, which
.
ſends out many branches on every fide, which do not
riſe above ſeven or eight feet high; theſe are not ſo
ſtrong as thoſe of the firſt fort, and are garnihed
with winged leaves, compoſed of five or ſix pair of
ſmall heart-ſhaped lobes, terminated by an odd one.
The flowers proceed from the ſide of the branches,
ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining two or
three flowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but
ſmaller ; they are of a dark red colour, marked with
yellow: theſe appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen
The fourth fort grows naturally in Æthiopia, from
whence the feeds were brought to Europe. This
hath a weak ſhrubby ſtalk, which fends out fide
branches, growing erect, garniſhed with equal winged
leaves, compoſed of ten or twelve pair of ſmall, oval,
oblong, hoary lobes. The flowers are produced at
the upper part of the branches from the wings of the
leaves, each foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining three or four ſcarlet
flowers, which are longer than thoſe of the other
forts, and are not reflexed; theſe are ſucceeded by
inflated pods, containing one row of kidney-ſhaped
feeds. The uſual time of this plant producing its
flowers is in June; but when the ſeeds are fown early
in the ſpring, the plants frequently flower the follow-
ing autumn.
The fifth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, in
New Spain, in the year 1730, by the late Dr. Houf-
This hath a ſhrubby ftalk, which riſes to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet, ſending out many
branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of
three pair of oval lobes, terminated by an odd one ;
theſe are indented at the top, and are of a light green.
The flowers are of a bright yellow, and ſtand two or
three upon each foot-italk, and are fucceeded by
-
compreſſed winged pods near four inches long, which
end in long points.
The ſixth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This is an annual plant of little beauty, ſo
is rarely cultivated but in botanic gardens for the
fake of variety. It riſes with a ſlender herbaceous
ſtalk about a foot and a half high, dividing upward
into three or four branches, garniſhed with winged
leaves, compoſed of five or fix pair of very narrow
lobes an inch long, which are a little hoary. The
flowers are ſmall, of a purpliſh colour, ftanding
three together on ſlender foot-ſtalks, which are fuc-
ceeded by flat oval pods, each containing two or
three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn, and the plant decays foon
after.
The feeds of the ſeventh fort were fent me from the
Cape of Good Hope, in 1753, which have ſucceeded
in the garden at Chelſea. This plant hath many flen-
der ligneous ſtalks, which trail on the ground, and
toun.
tab. 44.
a
a
a
و
6
are

COL
COM
3
a
are divided into many ſmaller branches, garniſhed hot-bed in the ſpring, whereby they bring their plants
with winged leaves, compoſed of twelve or fourteen ſo forward as to flower in July, whereby the ſeeds are
pair of ſmall, narrow, oval lobes, terminated by an generally perfected from theſe plants. When the
odd one; theſe, and alſo the ſtalks, are covered with plants are tranſplanted; it ſhould always be done
a whitiſh down. The flowers are very ſmall, of a while they are young, for they do not bear removing
purple colour, and ſtand upon very long ſlender foot- when they are large. This fort will ſometimes live
ftalks, each ſuſtaining three or four fowers; theſe in the open air for three or four years, when they
are ſucceeded by compreſſed pods little more than
ſtand in a well ſheltered ſituation, and theſe will grow
half an inch long, which are a little bent like a fickle, to have large heads, and make a very fine appearance
each containing a ſingle row of ſmall kidney-ſhaped when they are in flower; they will alſo continue much
feeds. It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds longer in beauty than thoſe plants which are treated
ripen in autumn. This is a perennial plant, which, more tenderly.
if ſheltered in the winter, will continue ſeveral years ;
; The fifth fort grows naturally in warm countries, ſo
but the branches do not extend more than a foot in is too tender to thrive in the open air in England.
length, and unleſs they are ſupported, always trail It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on a
upon the ground.
hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are two
The three firſt mentioned forts are very hardy ſhrubs, inches high, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a
which thrive in the open air extremely well, ſo are ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged
generally propagated for ſale in the nurſery-gardens ; into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade
but the firſt fort hath been longer in England, ſo them till they have taken freih root; after which
is more generally known and propagated than either they muſt be treated in the ſame way as other plants
of the other, which have been but few years in the from the fame climate, always keeping them in a
Engliſh gardens, nor has the third fort been long ſtove, which ſhould be of a moderate temperature
known in this country. This is not mentioned in
any
of heat.
of the botanic books; but as the ſeeds ripen here The ſixth fort is a low annual plant, which ſeldom
very well, in a few years it may be in as great plenty grows more than a foot and a half in height; the
as the firſt fort
flowers being ſmall, and having little beauty, it is
The three firſt forts are propagated by ſowing their ſeeds feldom preſerved but in botanic gardens. The feeds
any time in the ſpring, in a bed of common earth; and of this ſort muſt be ſown upon a moderate hot-bed in
when the plants are come up, they muſt be kept the ſpring, and the plants muſt be planted into ſmall
clear from weeds; and the Michaelmas following pots, and brought forward in another hot-bed. In
they ſhould be tranſplanted either into nurſery rows, July they will flower, when they may be expoſed in
or in the places where they are deſigned to remain ; the open air, in a warm ſituation, where the feeds
for if they are let grow in the feed-bed too long, will ripen in September, and the plants will ſoon af-
they are very ſubject to have downright tap-roots, ter decay.
which renders them unfit for tranſplantation; nor The ſeventh fort may be raiſed on a moderate hot-
ſhould theſe trees be ſuffered to remain too long in bed in the ſpring, and afterward expoſed to the open
the nurſery before they are tranſplanted, where they are air in ſummer; but in winter they muſt be ſheltered
to remain for the ſame reaſon.
under a frame, otherwiſe the froſt will deſtroy them.
The firſt fort will grow to the height of twelve or COLLIFLOWER. See BRASSICA.
.
fifteen feet, ſo is very proper to intermix with trees COLUTEA SCORPIOIDES. See EMERUS, .
of a middling growth in wilderneſs quarters; or in COMA AUREA. See CHRYSOCOMA.
clumps of flowering trees, where the oddneſs of their COMARUM. Lin. Gen. Plant, 563: Pentaphylloi-
flowers and pods will make a pretty variety, eſpe-
des. Tourn. Inft. R. H: 298. Marſh Cinquefoil
.
cially as theſe trees continue a long time in flower ; The CHARACTERS are,
for they uſually begin flowering by the end of May, The flower bath a large Spreading empalement of one leaf,
and from that time to September they are ſeldom divided into ten parts at the top, which is coloured. It
deftitute of flowers, but eſpecially the ſecond fort. hath five oblong petals, which are inſerted in the empale-
Theſe ſhrubs make great ſhoots annually, which are ment, but cre much ſmaller. It both twenty or more per-
frequently broken down by ſtrong winds in the ſum- manent ſiamina, which are inſerted into the empalement,
mer; ſo that if they are not ſheltered by other trees, terminated by moon-ſhaped ſummits
. It bath a great
their branches ſhould be ſupported, otherwiſe they number of ſmall roundiſh germen collected into a bead, bava
will be broken and ſplit off, whereby the trees will ing Sort
ſingle ſtyles oriſing from their ſides, which are
be rendered unſightly.
crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The common receptacle after-
The third ſort does not grow ſo tall as the common,
ward becomes a large fleſhy fruit, having many pointed
but makes a more regular ſhrub and is leſs liable to ſeeds adhering to it.
fplit. The flowers of this ſort are of a duſky red colour, This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
fpotted with yellow, ſo it makes a very pretty variety, Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Icoſandria Polygy-
and is as hardy as the common fort, therefore may nia, the flower having many ſtamina and a great num-
be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner.
ber of ſtyles.
The fourth fort is tender, ſo will not live through
We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
the winters (when they are ſevere) in the open air in
the open air in COMARUM (Paluſtre). Fl. Lapp. 214. Pentaphylloides
England; but in mild winters, if they are planted in paluſtre rubrum. Inft. R. H. 298. Red Marſh Baſtard
a dry foil and a warm ſituation, they will thrive very Cinquefoil; and the Quinquefolium paluſtre rubrum.
well; and thoſe plants which live abroad will flower C. B. P. 326. Red Marſh Cinquefoil
.
much ſtronger, and make a finer appearance, than There is another variety of this, which grows plen-
thoſe which are preſerved in the green-houſe ; for tifully in Ireland, and alſo in ſeveral places in the
theſe plants require a large ſhare of air, otherwiſe they north of England, from whence I have procured
are apt to draw up weak, fo ſeldom produce their many of the plants, which after one year's growth in
flowers in plenty; therefore when any of the plants the garden, have been ſo like the common fort, as
are ſheltered in winter, they muſt be placed as near not to be diſtinguiſhed from it; ſo that the different
the window as poſſible, that they may have all the appearance which it has in the places where it grows
advantages of air; and in the ſpring they muſt be nóturally, may be ſuppoſed to ariſe from the foil and
hardened, to bear the open air as ſoon as poſſible. ſituation. This is by Dr. Plukenet titled Pentaphyl-
This fort is propagated by ſeeds as the former. If lum paluſtre rubrum, craſſis & villoſis foliis Sueci-
the ſeeds are fown early in the ſpring upon a warm cum & Hibernicum. Alm. 284. Réd Marſh Cinquefoil
border of light earth, the plants will flower in Au- of Sweden and Ireland, with thick and bairy leaves.
guſt; and, if the autumn proves favourable, they This plant hath creeping woody roots, which fend
will ſometimes ripen their feeds very well; but there out many black fibres, penetrating deep into the
are ſome perſons who fow the ſeeds upon a moderate ground, from which ariſe many herbaceous talks about
4 B
a
3
two

COM
COM
وز
Gen. 38.
autunan.
a
3
two feet high, which generally incline to the ground; Plant. 41. Commelina with unequal petals, firooth, ſpear-
theſe are garniſhed at each joint with one winged leaf, ſhaped, obtuſe leaves, and e. creeping ſtalk. Commelina
compoſed of five, fix, or ſeven lobes, which riſé procumbens, flore luteo. Prod. Leyd. 538.
above each other, the middle being the largeſt; the 4. COMMELINA (Tuberoſa) corollis æqualibus foliis ovato-
lower diminiſhing, and with their baſe embrace the lanceolatis, fubcilliatis. Hort. Upfal. 18. Commeling
ftalks; theſe are deeply ſawed on their edges, ſmooth with equal petals, and oval ſpear-shaped leaves, which are
above, of a light green, and hoary on their under airy on their under ſide. Commelina radice anacamp-
fide. The flowers are produced at the top of the ferotidis. Hort. Elth. 94. tab. 79. .
ſtalks, three or four together on ſhort foot-ſtalks ; 5. COMMELINA (Zanonic) corollis æqualibus, pedun-
theſe have a large ſpreading empalement, which is culis incraſſatis, foliis lanceolatis, vaginis laxis mar-
red on the upper fide, and divided at the top into gine hirſutis bracteis geminis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 61.
ten parts; in the center fits the five petals, which are Commelina with equal petals, thick foot-ſtalks to the
red, and not more than a third part the ſize of the flower, Spear-ſhaped leaves, a looſe bood, and double
empalement; within theſe are ſituated many germen, bractea. Zanonia graminea perfoliata. Plum. Nov.
attended by twenty or more ſtamina, terminated by
dark fummits. After the flower is paft, the recep- There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, but thoſe
tacle which fits in the bottom of the empalement, which are here enumerated, are all that I have ſeen
becomes a fleſhy fruit, fomewhat like a Strawberry, growing in the Engliſh gardens.
but flatter, including a great number of pointed The firſt fort grows naturally in the iílands in the
ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in Weſt-Indies, and alſo in Africa; this is an annual
plant, which hath ſeveral trailing ſtalks, that put
As theſe plants are natives of bogs, they are with out roots at the joints, which ſtrike into the ground;
difficulty preſerved in gardens, for they muſt be at each joint is placed one oval ſpear-ſhaped leaf,
planted in a foil as near to that of their natural growth ending in a point, embracing the ſtalk with its baſe,
as poffible; they are very apt to ſpread much at the and hath ſeveral longitudinal veins: they are of a deep
root, when in a proper ſituation : ſo whoever is in- green, and ſmooth. The flowers come out from the
clinable to preſerve theſe plants, may remove them boſom of the leaves, included in a ſpatha, which is
from the places of their growth in October; and if compreſſed and ſhut up, each having two or three
they are planted on a bog, there will be no danger flowers, ſtanding upon Thort foot-ſtalks, compoſed of
of the plants fucceeding. There are a few of theſe two large blue petals, and four ſmall green ones,
plants now growing upon a bog at Hampſtead, which which have generally been termed the empalement
were planted there ſome years ago; but the neareſt of the flower; within theſe are ſituated three necta-
place to London, where they grow wild in plenty, is riums, each having a ſlender ftamina fixed on the
in the meadows near Guilford in Surry.
fide; theſe ſurround the germen, which afterward be-
COMMELINA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 58. Plum. Nov. comes a roundiſh capſule having three cells, in each
Gen. 48. tab. 38. Zanonia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 38. tab. of theſe is lodged two angular ſeeds. It flowers in
38. This plant was ſo called by father Plumier, from June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. This
Dr. Commeline, a famous profeſſor of botany at Am- plant was titled Ephemeron flore dipetalo, by fome
ſterdam.
of the older writers on botany.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Penſylvania, froin
It bath a permanent ſpatha, which is large, heart-ſhaped, whence I received the feed; this hath a perennial
compreſſed, and ſhut together. The flower hath fix con- root, compoſed of many white fibres; the ſtalks riſe a
cave petals, three or four of which are ſmall and oval, foot and a half high, are upright, rough, herbaceous,
theſe are frequently taken for the empalement) the other and about the ſize of quills; theſe have a ſingle leaf
are large, roundiſh, and coloured. It bath three nečta- at each joint, ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, and
riums, (which have been ſuppoſed to be ſtamina ;) theſe embrace the ſtalks with their baſe; the flowers come
have proper ſiamina, which ſit horizontal, and are ſhaped out from the boſom of the leaves at the upper part
like a croſs. There are three awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which of the ſtalk, fitting upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, they are
recline, and ſit about thoſe of the nectarium, which are of a pale bluiſh colour, and are ſucceeded by feeds
terminated by oval Summits. In the center is ſituated a as the firſt fort. This flowers about the ſame time
.
roundiſh germen, ſupporting a twining Style, crowned by with the firſt, but the feeds do not often ripen in
a ſingle ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a naked England.
globular capſule, with three furrows, having three cells, The third ſort grows naturally in Africa; this hath
each containing two angular ſeeds.
a fibrous root, which ſends out many trailing ſtalks
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of three feet long, which ſend out roots at every joint,
Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia, and from them many more ſhoots are produced ; fo
the flower having three ſtamina and one ſtyle; to that where the plants are in a proper degree of warmth,
this genus he has joined the Zanonia of Plumier, and have room to ſpread, they will cover a large fur-
which was ſeparated by that author from Commelina, face of ground. The leaves of this ſort are very
becauſe the flower has three petals, and his Commelina like thoſe of the firſt, but the flowers are larger and
but two; whereas the ſeveral ſpecies of this genus of a deep yellow colour; the petals of this are heart-
moſt of them differ in the number of their petals, ſhaped, and the feed-veſſels are larger. This flowers in
ſome having two green, and four coloured petals, July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
others are equal, and ſome have four green, and but The fourth fort grows naturally near Old Vera Cruz
two coloured petals.
in New Spain, from whence the feeds were ſent me
The SPECIES are,
by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath a thick fleſhy
1. COMMELINA (Communis) corollis inæqualibus, foliis root compoſed of ſeveral tubers, ſomewhat like thoſe
ovato-lanceolatis, acutis, caule procumbente, glabro. of Ranunculus, ſeveral joining together at the top,
Hort. Upfal. 18. Commelina with unequal petals, oval, where they form a head, and diminiſh gradually
Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves, and a ſmooth trailing ſtalk. downward; from this ariſe one or two inclining ſtalks,
Commelina procumbens annua, ſaponariæ folio. Hort. which fend out ſide branches from their lower parts;
Elth. 93. tab. 78.
theſe are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, part
2. COMMELINA (Erecta) corollis inæqualibus, foliis of which have long foot-ſtalks, the others embrace
ovato-lanceolatis, caule erecto, ſcabro, fimpliciffimo. the ſtalks with their baſe; they have ſhort hairs on
Hort. Upfal. 18. Commelina with unequal petels, oval their under ſide, and toward the ſtalk, but are ſmooth
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a ſingle, upright, rough falk. above, of a deep green colour, and cloſe every
Commelina erecta, ampliore ſubcæruleo flore. Hort. evening, or in cold weather. The flowers are pro-
Elth. 94. tab. 78.
duced toward the upper part of the ſtalks, from the
3. COMMELINA ( Africana) corollis inæqualibus, foliis bofom of the leaves, Itanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks;
lanceolatis, glabris, obtufis, caule repente. Lin. Sp. theſe are compoſed of three blue petals which are
pretty

COM
COM
a
a
pretty large and roundiſh, and three ſmaller which thick, keeping them hoed and weeded as oíter as
are green; the feeds are like thoſe of the other forts. there fhould be occafion.
It flowers in June, July, and Auguft, and the ſeeds Theſe compartments were much efteemed by the
ripen in autumn, ſoon after which the ſtalks decay, French, whoſe gardens were all laid out into ſeveral
but the roots may be preſerved two or three years, if compartments, falons, boſquets, &c. after the manner
they are planted in a ſtove in winter.
of architects in buildings, but theſe ftiff, unnatural
The fifth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; the gardens are now juftly exploded, and a much better
feeds of this were ſent me from the iſland of Barbuda. tafte has of late prevailed in the Engliſh gardens.
This hath trailing ſtalks like the firſt, which are gar- COMPOSTS are ſo called of compoita, or com-
niſhed with narrow graffy leaves, embracing the pofita, Lat. compounds, or componere, Lat. to com-
ſtalks with their baſe; the flowers are produced at the pound or mix: and in haſbandry and gardening they
end of the ſtalks, upon thick foot-ſtalks, three flow- fignify ſeveral forts of foils or earthy matter mixed
ers generally ſitting on each. The flowers have three together, in order to make a manure for aſſiſting the
equal large petals of a ſky blue, and three ſmaller natural earth in the work of vegetation, by way of
which are green. Theſe flower in July and Auguſt,
amendment or improvement.
but have not perfected feeds in England.
Compoſts are various, and ought to be different, ac-
All the forts are propagated by feeds; the firſt will cording to the different nature or quality of the foils
grow if ſown in the full ground, but if the feeds are which they are deſigned to meliorate : and according
ſown upon a warm border of light earth in autumn, as the land is either light, fandy, looſe, heavy, clayey,
the plants will riſe early in the ſpring; fo from theſe or cloddy. A light looſe land requires a compoft of
goods feeds may be expected, if the ſeaſon proves a heavy nature, as the ſcouring of deep ditches,
favourable; whereas thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring, ponds, &c.
often lie long in the ground, ſo rarely ripen their
So on the other hand, a land that is heavy, clayey,
feed. Theſe plants have but little beauty, fo that or cloddy, requires a compoſt of a more ſprightly and
two or three of each fort, is as many as moſt people fiery nature, that will inſinuate itſelf into the lumpiſh
chooſe to have; therefore if the feeds are ſown in clods; which if they were not thus managed, would
autumn where the plants are deſigned to remain, or very much obſtruct the work of vegetation.
the ſeeds permitted to ſcatter, the plants will require The great uſe of compofts is for ſuch plants as are
no farther care, but to keep them clear from weeds. preſerved in pots or tubs; or in ſmall beds or borders
The ſecond fort hath a perennial root; this ſeldom of flower-gardens; which is what I ſhall here men-
ripens feeds in England, but the roots ſend out off- tion, and ſhall treat of thoſe compoſts or dreſſings,
ſets, by which the plant is eaſily propagated. But it which are uſed in gardens and fields, under the ar-
is too tender to live in the full ground in winter, un-
ticles of DUNG and MANURE.
leſs it has a warm ſheltered ſituation; therefore As ſome plants delight in a rich light ſoil, others in
ſhould be planted in pots, and ſheltered under a a poor ſandy foil, and ſome in a loamy foil; ſo there
common frame in winter, and expoſed abroad in ſum- ſhould be different compoſts prepared, in all thoſe
mer; the beſt time to tranſplant and part theſe roots gardens, where a great variety of plants are culti-
is about the end of March.
vated : and this is much more neceſſary in countries
The other forts are tender, ſo their feeds muſt be at a great diſtance from London, than in the neigh-
fown on a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, and when
bourhood of it, becauſe there is ſo great variety of
the plants are two inches high, they ſhould be tranſ- lands, within ten miles round London, which have
planted to a freſh hot-bed to bring the plants forward; been ſo long dreſſed and cultivated, that a ſupply of
when they have taken freſh root, they ſhould have
earth fit for all ſorts of plants, may be eaſily pro-
a large ſhare of freih air admitted to them every day cured; but in ſome places which are at a diſtance
in warm weather, to prevent their growing weak; and from large towns, it is very difficult to procure a
in June theſe may be carefully taken up, and tranſ-
,
quantity of earth proper for the choicer forts of flow-
planted on a warm border of light earth, obſerving ers and plants; therefore the compoſts will require
to ihade them till they have taken freſh root; after more care, and ſhould be mixed a conſiderable time
which they will require no other care, but to keep longer before they are uſed; that they may have the
them clean from weeds. With this management the advantage of heat and cold, to meliorate and improve
plants will flower and produce good feeds.
them; and ſhould be frequently turned over, that
The third and fourth forts may be continued, if they the parts may be well mixed and incorporated, and
are planted in pots, and in autumn placed in the the clods well broken and divided.
bark-ſtove; or if the roots of the fourth fort are taken Almoſt every one who hath written on this fubject,
out of the ground in autumn, and kept in a warm hath directed the procuring of the upper ſurface of
place in winter, they may be planted again in the earth from a paſture ground, as one of the princi-
ſpring, placing them on a hot-bed to forward their pal ingredients, in moſt compoſts for plants, which
ſhooting, and theſe will produce ſtronger plants than is certainly a very good one, provided it has time to
thoſe which riſe from feeds.
meliorate before it is uſed; for if this is mixed up
COMMONS and COMMON-FIELDS. See haſtily, and put into pots or tubs, before it has had
LAND.
a winter's froſt, and fummer's heat, to looſen the
COMPARTMENTS are beds, plats, borders, parts effectually; it will unite and cake together, fo
and walks, laid out according to the form of the hard, as to ſtarve the plants that are put into it. For
ground, and ingenuity of the artiſt, and depend more all earth when put into pots or tubs, is much more
on a good fancy than any rules. Theſe are diverſified apt to bind, than when it is in beds; therefore ſhould
in knots, flower-gardens, or parterres, of which there be in proportion made looſer, according to the nature
are great variety, and may be diverſified infinitely, of the plants for which it is deſigned, than when it is
according to the fancy of the deſigners.
intended for beds or borders. So that if this earth
Plain compartments are pieces of ground divided into from a pafture, cannot be prepared and mixed at leaſt
equal ſquares and flower-beds, marked out by the one year before it is uſed, it will be much better to
line, of equal length and breadth.
take the earth of a kitchen-garden which has been
Some perſons allow to theſe ſquares, borders of two well wrought and dunged; but this ſhould be clear
feet in breadth, and not more, if the plat of ground from all roots of trees and bad weeds. If this earth
be ſmall; but if they be reaſonably large, three feet; is well mixed with the other compoſts fix months, and
and they edge the borders with Box, or upright hardy often turned over, it will be fitter for pots and tubs,
Thyme, or ſome other aromatic herbs or flowers, for than the other will in twice that time, as I have fre-
the ſake of the greater neatneſs.
quently experienced, ſo can write from knowledge,
And in order to preſerve the paths and alleys of com- not from theory. This earth being the principal in-
partments firm, even, and durable, they lay them gredient in thoſe compoſts deſigned for ſuch plants as
with a coat of ſand or gravel, two or three inches require a rich ſoils the next is to have a quantity of very
3
rotten

COM
CON
a
Yotten dung, from old hot-beds; br for thoſe plants that the ſeveral parts are properly mixed together,
which delight in a cool foil, a quantity of rotten and not to have too much of any one fort thrown
neats dung is preferable. The proportion of this together; therefore, when three or four ſeveral forts
muſt be according to the quality of the earth; for if are to be mixed together, there ſhould be a man or
that is poor, there ſhould be one third part of dung, two placed to each ſort, in proportion to the quantity
but if it be rich, a fourth part or leſs will be ſufficient. of each; for if two parts of any one fort are requiſite
Theſe, when well incorporated and the parts divided, to be added, there ſhould be two men put to that,
will require no other mixture, unlefs the earth is in- and but one to each of the other: and theſe men
clinable to bind, in which caſe it will be proper to muſt be careful to ſpread each fort in ſuch a manner
add ſome fand or fea-coal aſhes to it; if fea-fand can over each other, as that they may be exactly mixed
be eaſily procured, that is the beſt, the next to that together. Another thing which ſhould be obſerved
is drift-land; but that from pits is by no means proper. is, never to lay theſe compoſts in too large heaps,
The proportion of this muſt be according to the na- but rather continue them in length, laying them up
ture of the earth, for if that is ſtiff, there muſt be a in a ridge, ſo that the ſun and air may more eaſily
greater proportion uſed, but this ſhould not exceed a
penetrate through it: and, as theſe compoſts ſhould
fifth part, unleſs it is very ſtrong, in which caſe it (if poſſible) be made a year before they are uſed,
will require more, and a longer time to lie, and muſt that they may enjoy a fummer's fun, and winter's
be often turned over before it is uſed.
froſt, they ſhould be frequently turned over, which
The next compoſt, which is deſigned for plants will prevent the growth of weeds, and expoſe every
which do not require ſo good earth, and naturally part of the heaps equally to the ſun and air, which is
grow on looſe foils, ſhould be half of the before-men- of great advantage to all forts of compofts; for the
tioned earth from a paſture, or that from a kitchen- more they are expoſed to the influences of theſe,
garden; and if theſe are inclinable to bind, there the better will the earth be prepared for vegetation,
ſhould be a third part ſand, and the other part rotten which is evinced by the fallowing of land, which,
tan, which will be of great uſe to keep the parts di- when rightly managed, is equivalent to a dreſſing.
vided, and let the moiſture paſs off.
COMPOUND FLOWERS are ſuch as confift
The compoſition for moſt of the ſucculent plants, is of many florets, or ſemiflorets, or both together,
prepared with the following materials; the earth from which are included in one common empalement, ſo
a common, where it is light, taken on the ſurface, make up what is commonly called one whole flower.
one half, the other half ſea or drift-fand, and old CONE. A cone is a hard, dry, feed-vefſel of a co-
lime-rubbiſh ſcreened of equal parts ; theſe, well nical figure, conſiſting of ſeveral woody parts; and
mixed and often turned over, I have found to anſwer is, for the moſt part ſcaly, adhering cloſely together,
better than any other compoſt, for moſt of the very and ſeparating when ripe.
fucculent plants.
CONIFEROUS-TREES are ſuch as bear cones;
The other ſort of compoſt, which is deſigned for as, the Cedar of Lebanon, Fir, Pine, &c.
plants that delight in a very looſe, light, rich earth; CONIU M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 299. Cicuta. Tourn.
ſhould be made of light earth taken from a kitchen- Inft. R. H. 306. tab. 160. Hemlock.
garden, which has been well dunged, and thoroughly
The CHARACTERS are,
wrought, like thoſe near London, one half; of rotten It is an umbelliferous plant; the general umbel is com-
tanners bark one third, and the other part mud from poſed of ſeveral ſmall ones termed rays, which ſpread open,
the ſcouring of ditches, or from the bottoms of the rays or ſmall umbels are alſo ſpread in the like manner.
ponds, where the ſoil is fat: but this mud ſhould lie Both theſe have involucrums, compoſed of many ſhort leaves.
expoſed in ſmall heaps a whole year, and often turned The petals of the greater umbel are uniform ; each flower
.
over before it is mixed with the other, and afterward is compoſed of five unequal heart-ſhaped petals, which turna
frequently turned and mixed, for eight months or inward; they have five ſtamina, which are terminated by
a year before it is uſed.
roundiſh ſummits
. The germen, which is ſituated under
In all mixtures, where rotten wood may be required, the flower, ſupports two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe
if the rotten tanners bark, which is taken from old
ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh chan-
hot-beds is uſed, that will anſwer every purpoſe of nelled fruit, divided into two parts, containing two feeds,
the other; and wherever fand is neceſſary in any which are convex and furrowed on one ſide, and plain on
compoſt, the ſea-ſand ſhould always be preferred to the other.
all other, as it abounds with more ſalts; but this This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ſhould not be uſed freſh, becauſe the falts ſhould be of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
expoſed to the air, which will looſen the particles, and the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
thereby render them better adapted for the nutriment
The SPECIES are,
of vegetables.
I. CONIUM (Maculatum) feminibus ftriatis. Hort, Cliff.
There are ſome who have directed the uſe of rotten 92. Conium with ſtriated ſeeds. Cicuta major. C. B. P.
leaves of vegetables, as an excellent ingredient in 160. Greater Hemlock.
moſt compofts; but from many years experience, I 2. CONIUM (Tenuifolium) feminibus ftriatis, foliolis te
can affirm, they are of little uſe, and contain the leaſt nuioribus. Conium with ſtriated ſeeds and narrower leaves
quantity of vegetable paſture, of any dreſſing which Cicuta major, foliis tenuioribus. C. B. P. 160. Greater
is uſed. Others, who never have had any experience
Hemlock with narrower leaves.
in the culture of plants, have directed different com- 3. CONIUM (Africanum) feminibus aculeatis. Hort. Cliff.
poſts for almoſt every plant; and theſe compoſts con- 92. Hemlock with prickly ſeeds. Caucalis Africana,
liſt of ſuch a variety of ingredients, as greatly to re- folio minore, Rutæ. Boerh. Ind. alt. Sp. 63.
ſemble the preſcriptions of a quack doctor; for no The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſide of banks
perſon who has been converſant in the buſineſs of and roads in many parts of England; this is a bien-
gardening, could be guilty of ſuch groſs abſurdities : nial plant, which periſhes after it hath ripened feeds.
for it is well known, that a few different compoſts It hath a long taper root like a Parſnep, but much
will be ſufficient for all the known plants in the ſmaller. The ſtalk is ſmooth, ſpotted with purple,
world. But thoſe who pretend to give direction for and riſes from four, to upwards of fix feet high,
the culture of plants from theory only, begin at the branching out toward the top into ſeveral ſmaller
wrong end, for the true knowledge of gardening or ſtalks, garniſhed with decompounded leaves, whoſe
agriculture, muſt be from experience, and is not to lobes are cut at the top into three parts; theſe are of
be obtained in a garret.
a lucid green, and have a diſagreeable ſmell. The
The ſeveral forts of dreſſing for land, will be
par-
ſtalks are terminated by umbels of white flowers,
ticularly treated under their reſpective titles, and in each being compoſed of about ten rays (or ſmall
general they will be mentioned under the article of umbels) and have a great number of flowers, which
DUNG and MANURE.
ſpread open, each fitting upon a diſtinct foot-ſtalk;
In making of any compoſt, great care ſhould be had, the ſeeds are ſmall and channelled, and like thoſe of
Aniſeed.
3
a

CON
CON
autumn.
green herb;
Aniſeed. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in it was formerly called Fools Parſley. This may be
diftinguiſhed from Parſley, by the narrowneſs of the
The ſecond fort differs from the firſt, in having taller ſmall leaves, which are alſo more pointed, and of a
ſtalks, which are not ſo much ſpotted. The leaves darker green. But thoſe who are afraid of being de-
are much narrower, and of a paler green ; and this ceived in this, ſhould always uſe the curled Parſley,
difference is conſtant, for I have cultivated it near
which is ſo different from this, that it cannot be
twenty years in the Chelſea garden, where it has not miſtaken for it.
varied. The ſeeds were ſent me from Germany, CONNARUS. Zeylon Sumach.
where it grows naturally. This is biennial as the The CHARACTERS are,
former.
It hath a woolly erect empalement of one leaf, cut into five
The third fort grows naturally near the Cape of Good Segments, which is permanent, and five Spear-ſhaped erect
Hope, in Africa, from whence the ſeeds were brought petals which are equal; it has ten awl-ſhaped ſtamine,
to Holland, where the plants have been preſerved in which are joined at their baſe, and are alternately long.
ſome of their curious gardens of plants. The ſeeds and ſhort, terminated by roundiſ ſummits, and a round
of this plant were ſent me by the late Dr. Boerhaave, germen ſupporting a cylindrical style, crowned by an ob-
profeſſor of Botany at Leyden. This plant rarely tuſe ſtigma; the empalement afterward becomes an oblong
grows more than nine inches high; the lower leaves gibbous capſule opening with two velves, having one cell,
are divided fomewhat like thoſe of the ſmall wil Rue, incloſing one large oval
feed.
and are of a grayiſh colour; thoſe upon the ſtalk are This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond order of
much narrower, but of the ſame colour; theſe are Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, intitled Monodelphia De-
terminated by umbels of white flowers, each of the candria, the flower having ten ſtamina, which are
larger umbels being compoſed of three ſmall ones; joined in one houſe.
the involucrum hath three narrow leaves, ſituated
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
under the umbel. This flowers in July, and ripens Connarus (Monocarpos). Flor. Zeyl. 248. One ſeeded
ſeed in autumn, ſoon after which the plants decay. Connarus. Rhus Zeylanicus trifoliatus, phaſeoli facie,
The firſt fort grows wild in moſt parts of England,
floribus copiofis fpicatis. Burn. Zeyl. 199. tab. 89.
fo is ſeldom allowed room in gardens, becauſe it is This plant grows naturally in India; it riſes with a
ſuppoſed to have a poiſonous quality; ſome phyſicians ligneous ſtalk eight or ten feet high, which is hard,
have affirmed that it is ſo to all animals, while others rigid, and covered with a black bark, and divides
have aſſured us, that it is eaten by the inhabitants of upward into two or three branches, garniſhed with
ſome parts of Italy when it is young, and is by them trifoliate leaves, having long foot-ſtalks placed al-
eſteemed a great dainty. Mr. Ray mentions that he ternate; the lobes are oval, ſmooth, and entire, each
has found the gizzard of a thruſh, full of Hemlock having a ſhort petiolus faſtened to the foot-ſtalk;
ſeeds, with four or five grains of Corn, intermixed theſe remain green the whole year: the flowers are
with it, which, in the time of harveſt, that bird had produced in large panicles at the extremity of the
neglected for Hemlock, ſo very fond was it of that branches, they are ſmall, hairy, and of a greeniſh
ſeed which we reckon pernicious. However, it is very yellow colour, but are rarely ſucceeded by ſeeds in
certain, that ſcarce any animal will eat the
Europe.
for it is very common to ſee the graſs, and moſt other This plant is uſually propagated in the gardens by
weeds eat cloſe where cattle are allowed to feed, and laying down the young branches, which, if tongued,
all the plants of Hemlock, which were growing left
(in the manner practiſed for Carnations) and duly
untouched.
watered, will put out roots in twelve months, when
This plant is eſteemed by many phyſicians, as an ex- they may be cut off from the old plants, and each
cellent remedy to diffolve ſchirrous tumors; and planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with freſh light
ſome have greatly recommended it for cancers, and earth, plunging them into a moderate hot-bed, to
moſt of them agree, that it may be preſcribed as a forward their taking new root, obſerving to ſhade
good narcotic.
them from the ſun every day, and to water them as
The ſecond fort is preſerved in ſome botanic gardens they may require it: after this the plants ſhould be
for the ſake of variety. If the feeds of this are per-
treated in the ſame way as other exotic plants which
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in plenty, are not too tender, placing them in a dry ſtove in
ſo if they are not rooted out, will become as trouble- winter, and for about three months in the ſummer
fome weeds as the firſt fort.
they may be removed into the open air, in a warm
The third ſort is an humble plant, and being tender,
ſheltered ſituation.
will never become troubleſome; for unleſs the winters The cuttings of this plant will ſometinies take root,
are very favourable, this plant will not live in the if they are planted in pots, plunged into a moderate
open air in England. The feeds of this ſort ſhould hot-bed of tanners bark, and cloſely covered with
be fown in pots in autumn ſoon after they are ripe, hand-glaſſes, or ſmall bell-glaſſes; but unleſs they are
and placed under a common frame in winter, where carefully managed they feldom ſucceed.
they may be expoſed to the open air at all times when If freſh feeds can be procured from abroad, they
the weather is inild, and only covered in bad weather.
ſhould be fown in ſmall pots, plunged into a mo-
The plants will come up very early in the ſpring, and derate hot-bed, and when the plants are fit to remove
nuſt then be expoſed to the open air conſtantly when they ſhould be ſeparated, planting each into a ſeparate
the weather will permit, otherwiſe they will draw up pot, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, treating
very weak. As theſe plants do not bear tranſplant- them in the manner as the layers.
ing well, they ſhould be thinned, and not more than CONOCARPODENDRON. See PROTEA.
four or five left in each pot; and as the plants have CONOCARPUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 236. Rudbeckia.
no great beauty, a few of them will be ſufficient to Houſt. Nov. Gen. 21. Button-tree, vulgò.
continue the fort, where a variety of plants are pre-
The CHARACTERS are,
ſerved. The other culture is only to keep them clean The flowers are colleEted in a globular head, each ſtanding
from weeds, and in very dry weather to water them. in a ſcaly empalement. At the bottom is ſituated a large
There is another ſpecies of this genus according to compreſſed germen, crowned by the empolement of the
moſt of the botaniſts, which is now ſeparated from it, flower, which is ſmall, ſharp-pointed, and divided into
and placed fingly, under the title of thuſa. This five parts at the top. The flower bath five petals; it
was titled, Cicuta minor petroſelino ſimilis, by Caf- hath five, or ſometimes ten Slender ſtamina, which extend
par Bauhin, i. e. Smoller Hemlock with the appearance beyond the petals, terminated by globular ſummits. The
of Parſley. This is a weed which frequently is found germen is large, compreſſed, and obtuſe, ſupporting a ſingle
in gardens, eſpecially in rich ground, and is gene- Style which is longer than the ſtamina, and is crowned by
rally ſuppoſed to be very poisonous : ſome perſons an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſingle
who have ignorantly gathered this herb, and uſed it ſeed, incloſed in the ſcale of the fruit, which is ſhaped like
for Parſley, having been poiſoned by it. Therefore the cone of Alder
This
a
a
4C

CON
CON
0
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of center is ſituated a globular germen, fupporting a ſlender
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogy- Style, which is longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a three
nia, from the flower having five ſtamina and one cornered obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a
ſtyle.
globular berry, with three cells, containing one roundiſha
The SPECIES are,
ſeed.
1. CONOCARPUS ( Erecta) foliis lanceolatis erecta. Lin. Sp. This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
250. Upright Conocarpus with ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Rud- Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia,
beckia erecta longifolia. Houft. MSS. Commonly called the flower having fix itamina and one ſtyle.
Button-tree in the Weſt-Indies.
The SPECIES are,
2. CONOCARPUS (Procumbens) fruteſcens, procumbens, 1. CONVALLARIA (Majalis) fcapo nudo. Flor. Lapp.
foliis ovatis, craffis, floribus alaribus & terminalibus. 113. Convallaria with a naked ſtalk. Lilium conval-
Shrubby trailing Conocarpus with oval thick leaves, and lium album. C. B. P. 304. White Lily of the Valley.
flowers growing on the ſides, at the ends of the branches. There is a variety of this with reddiſh flowers, which
Rudbeckia maritima procumbens rotundifolia. Houſt. is preſerved in gardens, titled by Caſpar Bauhin Li-
MSS. Maritime trailing Rudbeckia, with a round lium Convallium flore rubente. Pin. 304.
teaf.
2. CONVALLARIA (Latifolia) fcapo nudo, foliis latiori-
The firſt fort grows plentifully in moſt of the ſandy bus. Convallaria with a neked ſtalk and broader leaves.
bays, in all the iſlands of the Weſt-Indies. It riſes Lilium Convallium latifolium. C. B. P. 136. Broad-
with a woody upright ftem about ſixteen feet high, leaved Lily of the Valley. There is alſo a variety of
ſending out many fide branches, which alſo grow this with double variegated flowers which is preſerved
erect; theſe are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, in gardens. This Tournefort titles Lilium Conval-
having broad ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are placed al- lium latifolium, flore pleno variegato. Inft. R. H. 77.
ternate on every ſide the branches. The flowers grow Broad-leaved Lily of the Valley, with a large variegated
upon ſhort branches, which ariſe from the wings of flower.
the leaves; theſe have three or four ſmall leaves on 3. CONVALLARIA (Multiflora) foliis alternis, amplexi-
their lower part, under the flowers; each of theſe caulibus caule tereti axillaribus pedunculis multifloris.
branches are terminated by fix or eight conical heads Convallaria with leaves placed alternate, embracing the
of flowers, which have ſome reſemblance to thoſe of
taper ſtalk, whoſe foot-ſtalks have many flowers. Poly-
Acacia, but each of theſe come out of a ſcaly covering; gonatum latifolium vulgare. C. B. P. 305. Common
the flowers are finall, of a reddiſh colour, having five broad-leaved Solomon's Seal.
flender ſtamina, and one ſtyle, which ſtand out far-4. CONVALLARIA (Odorato) foliis alternis, ſemiamplexi-
ther than the petal. The flowers are ſucceeded by caulibus, fioribus majoribus axillaribus. Convallaria
ſingle ſeeds, which are included in the ſcales of the with alternate leaves which half embrace the ſtalks, and
conical fruit.
larger ſweet-ſcented flowers. Polygonatum latifolium,
The ſecond ſort hath ſhort crooked branches, which flore majore odoro. C. B. P. 303.
divide and ſpread out on every ſide upon the ground; 5. CONVALLARIA (Polygonatum) foliis alternis amplexi-
theſe are covered with a grayiſh bark, and their upper caulibus, caule ancipti, pedunculis axillaribus ſubuni-
parts are garniſhed with oval thick leaves, a little floris. Lin. Mat. Med. 168. Convallaria with alternate
larger than thoſe of the Dwarf Box; they have very leaves embracing the ſtalks, and foot-ſtalks having one
ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are placed on every fide the flower. Polygonatum floribus ex ſingula tribus pe-
branches without order. The flowers are collected in dunculis. C. B. 3. p. 530. Common Solomon's Seal.
ſmall round heads, which come out fingle from the 6. CONVALLARIA (Stellata) foliis amplexicaulibus plu-
fide of the branches, and in looſe ſpikes at the end; rimis. Lin. Sp. 452. Convallaria with many leaves em-
theſe are ſmall, and of an herbaceous colour; the bracing the ſtalks. Polygonatum Canadenſe ſpicatum
ſcales are rough, and the cones are of a looſer texture fertile. Cornut. Canad. 33.
than thoſe of the former fort.
7. CONVALLARIA (Verticillata) foliis verticillatis. Flor.
This was diſcovered by the late Dr. William Houſ- Lapp. 114. Convallaria with leaves growing in whorls.
toun, growing plentifully in the marſhy grounds near Polygonatum anguſtifolium, non ramoſum. C. B. P.
the fea, at the Havannah, from whence he fent the
303
ſeeds to England, in 1730.
8. CONVALLARIA (Racemoſa) foliis feffilibus, racemo
Both theſe forts are preſerved in ſome curious gardens terminali compoſito. Lin. Sp. Plant. 452. Convallaria
.
for the ſake of variety, but they are plants of no with leaves ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which are terminated
great beauty: they are propagated from feeds, which by compound Spikes of flowers. Polygonatum Virginia-
muſt be obtained from the places of their natural num erectum, fpicatum, flore ftellato ſterili. Mor.
growth, for they never produce any good feeds in
Europe: theſe ſeeds, if they are freſh, will come up 9. CONVALLARIA (Bifolia) foliis cordatis. Flor. Lapp.
very foon, if they are fown upon a good hot-bed; 113. Convallaria with heart-ſhaped leaves. This is the
and if the plants are potted, and preſerved in the Smilax unifolio humillima. Tourn. Inſt. App. 564.
bark-ſtove, they will make great progreſs; but they Loweſt Smilax with a ſingle leaf; and the Lilium Con-
are too tender to live in this country, unleſs they are vallium minus. C. B. P. 304. The leaf Lily of the
conſtantly kept in the ſtove, and treated in the ſame Valley.
manner with other exotic plants; obſerving, as they The firſt fort grows naturally in great plenty in the
are natives of ſwamps, to ſupply them often with woods near Woburn, in Bedfordſhire, from whence
water; but in winter they muſt have it very ſparingly. the markets in London are generally ſupplied with
The plants are Evergreen, caſting off their old leaves the flowers. It is alſo cultivated in gardens for the
when the new come out.
ſweetneſs of the flowers, and formerly it grew in great
CONSOLIDA MAJOR. See SYMPHYTUM. plenty on Hampſtead-heath, but of late years it has
CONSOLIDA MEDIA. See BUGULA.
been ſeldom found there; for fince all the trees have
CONSOLIDA MINIMA. See BELLIS.
been deſtroyed, the plants have not flowered there as
CONSOLIDA REGALIS. See DELPHINIUM. formerly, nor have the roots increaſed.
CONVALLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 383. Lilium This hath a ſlender fibrous root, which creeps under
Convallium. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 77. tab. 14. Lily of
the ſurface of the ground, and thereby propagates
the valley. To this genus Dr. Linnæus has joined the in great plenty. The leaves come up by pairs; their
Polygonatum of Tournefort, or Solomon's Seal. foot-ſtalks, which are about three inches long, are
The CHARACTERS are,
wrapped together in one cover, and at the top divide
The flower hath one petal, which is bell-ſhaped, and di- into two parts, each ſuſtaining a ſingle leaf, one of
vided at the brim into fix obtuſe ſegments which ſpread open
which riſes a little above the other; theſe leaves are
end are reflexed. It hath no empalement. It hath Six from four to five inches long, and near an inch and
Stamina, which are inſerted into the petal, but are ſhorter, a half broad in the middle, leſſening gradually to
terminated by oblong Summits, which are eret. In the both ends; they have many longitudinal veins, running
parallel
Hiſt. 3. 537.
a

CON
CON
a
a
parallel to the midrib, which is not ſituated exactly
in the middle, but diverges to one ſide, the foot-
ftalks of the flowers ariſe immediately from the root,
on one ſide the leaves; theſe are naked, about five
inches long, adorned toward their upper parts with
pendulous white flowers, ranged on one ſide the ſtalk,
which decline to one ſide; each flower ſtands upon a
ſhort ſeparate foot-ſtalk, which are bending and
crooked. The flowers are of the ſhort bell-ſhaped
kind, their brims being reflexed, which are ſlightly
cut into fix parts; they have ſix ftamina, which are
inſerted in the petal of the flower, and are ſhorter
than the tube, and a ſingle ſtyle ariſing from the
germen, which is triangular, crowned by a three-
cornered ftigma; the germen afterward becomes a
globular berry, of a red colour when ripe, incloſing
three roundiſh ſeeds. It flowers in May, from whence
it has been titled May Lily. The ſeeds ripen in au-
tumn. The flowers of this ſort are uſed in medicine;
they are eſteemed cephalic and cordial, ſo are re-
commended for palfies, epilepſies, and ſpaſms; there
is prepared a conſerve, and a compound diſtilled
water of the flowers. This compound water is by
the Germans titled aqua aurea, or golden water, be-
cauſe of its excellent virtues.
There is another variety of this mentioned with nar-
row leaves, which I ſuppoſe may ariſe from the ſoil,
or ſituation, for the roots which I have taken up in
places where they have naturally narrow leaves, when
planted in the garden, have produced leaves as broad
as the common fort; but the fort with red flowers
has conſtantly continued the ſame above forty years,
without
any
variation. The flowers of this are ſmaller,
the ſtalks are redder, and the leaves of a darker green
than thoſe of the common fort; but as I have not
propagated this ſort by ſeeds, I cannot be ſure if it is
a diſtinct ſpecies, or only a ſeminal variety.
The ſecond fort I received from the Alps, where it
naturally grows; this has retained its difference in the
garden, where it grew in the ſame foil and ſituation
with the common fort, fo I make no doubt of its
being a diſtinct ſpecies. The other with a double va-
riegated flower is ſuppoſed to be only a variety of
this, therefore I have not enumerated it as a different
fort, but the flowers are much larger, and beautifully
variegated with purple and white. I received a plant
of this ſort from the royal garden at Paris, which has
flowered ſeveral years in the Chelſea garden, but the
roots do not increaſe ſo much as the common fort.
Theſe plants require a looſe ſandy foil, and a ſhady
ſituation; they are propagated by parting of their
roots, which multiply in great plenty. The beſt time
to tranſplant and part the roots, is in autumn. They
ſhould be planted near a foot aſunder, that their roots
may have room to ſpread, for if they agree with the
foil and ſituation, they will meet and fill the ground
in one year. If theſe roots are planted in a rich ſoil,
they will ſpread and multiply greatly, but will not
be ſo productive of flowers.
The only culture which theſe plants require, is to
keep them clean from weeds, and to tranſplant and
ſeparate the roots every third or fourth year, other-
wife they will be ſo greatly matted together, as not
to have proper nouriſhment, ſo the flowers will be
ſmall, and few in number.
The third ſort is a native of the Alps and Appennines;
the ſtalks of this (when growing in good ground)
generally riſe three feet high; they are taper, and
garniſhed with oblong oval leaves placed alternate,
embracing the ſtalks with their baſe; they have ſe-
veral longitudinal veins, reſembling the leaves of
white Hellebore: the foot-ſtalks of the flowers are
produced from the wings of the leaves, which ſupport
four or five flowers on each ; theſe flowers are larger
than thoſe of the common fort, but their tubes are
more contracted, and are ſucceeded by pretty large
berries, which when ripe turn of a bluiſh colour; it
flowers in May and June, and the feeds ripen in au-
tumn.
The fourth fort is the broad-leaved Solomon's Seal,
which is ſaid to grow naturally in England, but
I doubt ours is different from that mentioned by Cal-
par Bauhin under that title; for in two places where
I have found it growing, the ſtalks were much
ſhorter, the leaves were broader, and their borders
turned inward, and this difference continues in the
garden where it grows in the ſame foil and ſituation
with the common fort.
The fifth ſort is the common Solomon's Seal; this
hath a fleſhy white root, as large as a man's finger,
which multiplies in the ground, and is full of knots,
from whence it had the name of Polygonatum, oř
many knees. In the ſpring ariſe ſeveral taper ſtalks,
which grow near two feet high, adorned with oblong
oval leaves, placed alternate, having many longitu-
dinal veins running parallel to the middle, and em-
brace the ſtalk with their baſe; theſe are ranged on
one ſide of the ſtalk, and on the oppoſite fide come
out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which are about
an inch long, dividing at the top into three or four
ſmaller, each ſuſtaining a ſingle tubulous flower, cut
into ſix parts at the brim, where it is green, the lower
part of the tube being white; they have each fix
Îlender ſtamina, ſurrounding a ſingle ſtyle, which
ariſes from the germen, and is crowned by a blunt
ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes a round berry,
about the ſize of Ivy berries, each incloſing three
ſeeds. This flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen in
autumn, and then the ſtalks decay.
The fixth fort riſes with an upright ſtalk about two
feet high, garniſhed with long narrow leaves, which
ſtand in whorls round the ſtalk; there are generally
five of theſe placed at each joint, which are four
inches long, and half an inch broad, ſmooth, and of
a light green. The flowers come out from the ſame
joints, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, each ſupport-
ing five or ſix flowers, which are ſmaller, and have
much ſhorter tubes than either of the former forts;
they are of a dirty white, tipped with green, and
ſlightly cut into ſix parts at the top. It grows na-
turally in the northern parts of Europe.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America; I have received plants of this from
New England, Philadelphia, and ſeveral other places.
This riſes with an upright ſtalk near two feet high,
garniſhed with oblong leaves, ending in ſharp points;
they are near five inches long, and two and a half
broad, having three large longitudinal veins, with
ſeveral ſmaller between, which join at both ends.
The leaves are alternate, ſtanding cloſe to the ſtalks,
and are of a light green on their upper ſide, but are
paler on their under. The flowers are produced in
branching ſpikes at the extremity of the ſtalks, each
being compoſed of ſeveral ſmall looſe ſpikes of ſtar-
like fowers, of a pale yellow, which fall away
without producing any ſeed. This flowers the latter
end of May, or the beginning of June, and the ſtalks
decay in autumn; but the root is perennial, and pro-
pagates by offsets.
The eighth fort is a native of the ſame countries as
the laſt mentioned ; this fends up ſtalks two feet high,
garniſhed with many oblong leaves embracing the
Italks with their baſe. The flowers are produced in
ſingle ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks, which are in
ſhape and colour like thoſe of the ſeventh; but theſe
are ſucceeded by ſmall red berries, about the ſize of
thoſe of the Lily of the Valley. This fort flowers
the beginning of June, and the berries ripen in au-
tumn.
All the forts of Solomon's Seal are very hardy plants;
they delight in a light foil and a ſhady ſituation, ſo
are very proper to plant in wilderneſs quarters under
tall trees, where if they are not crowded by lower
ſhrubs, they will thrive and multiply exceedingly, and
during the ſummer ſeaſon will make an agreeable va-
riety, the whole appearance of the plants being very
ſingular.
They all multiply very faft by their creeping roots,
eſpecially when they are planted in a proper foil and
fituation. The beſt time to tranſplant and part
the
roots
a
m

C Ο Ν
CON
roots is in autumn, ſoon after their ſtalks decay; thoſe five nerves, and 'a creeping ſtinging Stalk bearing tubers.
which are removed at that ſeaſon, will grow much
Convolvulus radice tuberoſà eſculensâ minore purpu-
ſtronger than thoſe which are planted in the ſpring, rea. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 54. Bindweed with a ſmall, pur-
which is the reaſon of my preferring that ſeaſon ; but ple, tuberous, eſculent root, commonly called Spanijih
they may be ſafely tranſplanted any time after the Potatoes.
ſtalks decay, till the roots begin to ſhoot in the 8. ConvolvuLUS (Palmatis) foliis palmatis, lobis fep-
ſpring. As theſe roots greatly increaſe, they ſhould tem-ſinuatis acutis, pedunculis unifloris, calycibus
be planted at a wide diſtance from each other, that maximis patentibus. Bindweed with palmated leaves,
they may have room to ſpread; for they ſhould not with ſeven ſinuated pointed lobes, a ſingle flower on each
be removed oftener than every third or fourth year, foot-ftalk, and a large ſpreading empalement. Convol-
where they are expected to grow ſtrong, and produce vulus pentaphyllos, folio glabro dentato, viticulis hir-
a good number of ſtalks, in which their beauty con-
futis. Plum. Cat.
fifts. The only culture theſe plants require, is to dig 9. ConvoLVULUS (Ariſtolochiofolius) folio haſtato lanceo-
the ground between them every ſpring, and keep tis, auriculis rotundatis, pedunculis multiforis. Bind-
them clean from weeds.
weed with ſpear-pointed leaves, having rounded ears, and
The roots of the fifth fort are uſed in medicine, and many flowers on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus Ameri-
are greatly recommended for their efficacy in all man- canus, Ariſtolochiæ folio longiore, foribus plurimis
ner of contuſions. The diſtilled water of the plant ex uno pediculo inſidentibus. Houft. MSS.
clears the face and beautifies the complexion : a de- 10. CONVOLVULUS (Hirtus) foliis cordatis fubhaftatiſque
coction of it cures the itch, and ſuch like cutaneous villoſis, caule petioliſque pilofis, pedunculis multi-
diſtempers.
floris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 159. Bindweed with heart-ſhaped
CONVOLVULUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 198. Tourn. leaves, somewhat ſpear-pointed and downy, with hairy
Inft. R. H. 82. tab. 77. Bindweed. It is ſo titled ſtalks and foot-ſtalks, having many flowers. Convolvu-
from convolvendo, Lat. rolling round, or twining lus Americanus Polyanthos, Althææ folio villoſo.
about.
Houft. MSS.
The CHARACTERS are,
11. ConvolvULUS (Glabrus) foliis ovato oblongis, gla-
It both a permanent empalement of one leaf, which is di- bris pedunculis unifloris, calycibus decempartitis.
«vided into five parts at the top; the flower hath one Bindweed with oval, oblong, ſmooth leaves, and foota
large bell-shaped petal, which ſpreads open. It hath five Stalks having a ſingle flower, whose empalement is cut into
ſhort ſtomina, terminated by oval compreſſed ſummits, and ten parts. Convolvulus foliis oblongis, glabris floria
a roundiſh germen, Supporting a ſlender Style, crowned by bus amplis purpureis. Houft. MSS.
two broad oblong ſtigmas. The empalement afterward 12. ConvolvULUS (Pentaphyllos) hirſutiſfimus, foliis
becomes a roundiſh capſule, with one, two, or three quinquelobatis, pedunculis longiſſimis bifloris. Very
valves, containing ſeveral ſeeds which are convex on their hairy Bindweed, with leaves having five lobes, and very
outſide, but on the inſide angular.
long foot-ſtalks, with two flowers. Convolvulus penta-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
phyllos hirſutis. Plum. Cat.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, 13. ConvolvULUS (Fruteſcens) caule fruticoſo, glabro,
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
foliis quinque lobis, pedunculis geniculatis unifloris,
The SPECIES are,
capſulis maximis. Bindweed with a fhrubby ſmooth ſtalk,
1. CONVOLVULUS ( Arvenſis) foliis fagittatis utrinque acu- leaves having five lobes, many jointed foot-ſtalks with one
tis, pedunculis unifloris. Flor. Suec. 173. Bindweed flower, and very large ſeed-veſſels
. Convolvulus pen-
with arrow-ſhaped leaves pointed on both ſides, and a taphyllos, flore & fructu purpureis maximis. Plum.
ſingle flower on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus minor ar- Cat.
venſis. C. B. P. 294. Smaller Field Bindweed, commonly 14. CONVOLVULUS (Braſilienſis) foliis emarginatis, baſi
,
,
called Gravel Bindweed.
biglanduloſis, pedunculis trifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
2. CONVOLVULUS (Sepium) foliis fagittatis pofticè trun- 159. Bindweed with indented leaves, having two glands
catis, pedunculis tetragonis unifloris. Prod. Leyd. and foot-ſtalks, with three flowers. Convolvulus ma-
427. Bindweed with arrow-ſhaped leaves, which are torn rinus Catharticus, folio rotundo, fore purpureo.
behind, and a ſingle flower on each foot-ſtalk. Convol- Plum. Pl. Amer. 89. tab. 104.
vulus major albus. C. B. P. Larger white Bindweed, 15. CONVOLVULUS (Multiflorus) foliis cordatis, glabris,
called Bearbind.
pedunculis multifloris, ſemine villoſo ferrugineo.
3. CONVOLVULUS (Scammonia) foliis ſagittatis pofticè Bindweed with ſmooth heart-ſhaped leaves, foot-ſtalks
truncatis, pedunculis teretibus fubtrifloris. Prod. Leyd. having many flowers, and ſeeds covered with an iron-co-
427. Bindweed with arrow-shaped leaves torn behind, loured down. Convolvulus Americanus vulgaris folio,
and two flowers on each foot-ftalk. Convolvulus Syria- capſulis triquetris numeroſis, ex uno puncto, longis
cus & Scammonia Syriaca. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 12. Syrian petiolis propendentibus, femine lanugine ferrugineâ
Bindweed end Syrian Scammony.
villofa. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 167. f. 1.
4. CONVOLVULUS (Purpureus) foliis cordatis indiviſis 16. CONVOLVULUS (Canarienſis) foliis cordatis pubeſ-
fructibus cernuis pedicellis incraſſatis. Lin. Sp. 219. centibus, caule perenni, villoſo, pedunculis multi-
Bindweed with heart-ſhaped undivided leaves, nodding floris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 155. Bindweed with ſoft, woolly,
fruit, and ſwelling foot-ſtalks. Convolvulus purpureus, heart-ſhaped leaves, a hairy perennial ſtalk, and foot-
folio ſubrotundo. C. B. P. 295. Purple Bindweed with Stalks having many flowers. Convolvulus Canarienſis
a roundiſh leaf, commonly called Convolvulus major, or ſempervirens, foliis mollibus & incanis. Hort. Amít,
Greater Bindweed.
2. p. II.
5. CONVOLVULUS (Indicus) foliis cordatis, acuminatis, 17. Convolvulus (Hederaceus) foliis triangularibus acu-
pedunculis triforis
. Bindweed with heart-ſhaped pointed tis, floribus plurimis feffilibus patulis, calycibus acu-
leaves, and three flowers on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvu- tis multifidis. Bindweed with Marp-pointed triangular
lus major, folio fubrotundo, flore amplo purpureo. leaves, many Spreading flowers ſet cloſe to the ſtalk, and
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 55. Greater Bindweed with a roundiſh acute empalements ending in many points. Convolvulus
leaf, and a large purple flower.
folio hederaceo, angulofo, lanuginoſo, flore magno,
6. CONVOLVULUS (Nil) foliis cordatis trilobis villoſis, cæruleo, patulo. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 56.
calycibus lævibus, capſulis hirſutis, pedunculis bi- 18. ConvolvulUS (Roſeus) foliis cordatis, acuminatis
foris. Bindweed with heart-ſhaped leaves, having three pedunculis bifloris. Bindweed with heart-ſhaped pointed
lobes, which are hairy, ſmooth flower-cups, hairy ſeed- leaves, and foot-ſtalks having two flowers. Convolvu-
veſſels, and two flowers on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus lus Americanus hirfutus, folio acuminato, fiore am-
cæruleus hederaceo angulofo folio. C. B. P. 295. plo rofeo. Houft. MSS.
Blue Bindweed with an angulor Ivy leof.
19. CONVOLVULUS (Repens) foliis fagittatis pofticè obtu-
7. CONVOLVULUS (Batatas) foliis cordatis haftatis quin- fis, caule repente, pedunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp.
quenerviis, caule repente hiſpido tubifero. Lin. Sp. Plant. 158. Bindweed with narrow-pointed leaves, which
Plant. 154. Bindweed with spear heart-ſhaped leaves, are obtuſe at the foot-ſtalk, a creeping ſtalk, and one
3
flower
.

CON
CON
Hower on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus marinus cathar-
ticus, foliis Acetolæ, flore niveo. Plum. Pl. Am. 89.
tab. 105
a
20. CONVOLVULUS (Betonicifolius) foliis cordato fagitatis,
pedunculis unifloris. Bindweed with heart-ſhaped ar-
row-pointed leaves, and foot-ſtalks having a ſingle flower.
Convolvulus exoticus, Betonicæ folio, flore magno
albo fundo purpureo. Cat. Hort. R. Par.
21. CONVOLVULUS (Siculus) foliis cordato ovatis, pedun-
culis unifloris, bracteis lanceolatis, flore feffile. Hort.
Cliff. 68. Bindweed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, foot-
ſtalks having one flower, Spear-ſhaped bracted, and the
flower fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Convolvulus ficulus
minor, flore parvo auriculato. Bocc. Pl. Sic. 89.
,
.
22. ConvoLVULUS (Elegantiſſimus) foliis palmatis ſeri-
ceis, pedunculis bifloris, calycibus acutis. Bindweed
with ſilky palmated leaves, foot-ſtalks having two flow-
ers, and ſharp-pointed empalernents. Convolvulus ar-
gentibus, elegantiſſimus, foliis tenuiter inciſis. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 85.
23. CONVOLVULUS (Altheoides) foliis cordatis inciſis &
incanis, pedunculis bifloris, calycibus obtufis. Bind-
weed with hoary heart-ſhaped leaves, which are jagged,
foot-ſtalks having two flowers, and obtuſe empalements.
Convolvulus argenteus folio althææ. C. B.P. 295.
24. ConvolvULUS (Tricolor) foliis lanceolato-ovatis gla-
bris, caule declinato, floribus folitariis. Vir. Cliff. 68.
Bindweed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, a declining ſtalk,
with one flower on each foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus Lufi-
tanicus flore Cyaneo Broſs; commonly called Convolvulus
minor.
25. CONVOLVULUS (Cantabrica) foliis linearibus acutis
caule ramoſo fubdichotomo, calycibus piloſis. Lin.
Sp. 225. Bindweed with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, a
branching ſtalk, and hairy empalements. Convolvulus
linariæ folio aſſurgens. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 83.
26. CONVOLVULUS (Lineatus) foliis lanceolatis, ſericeis,
lineatis petiolatis pedunculis bifloris, calycibus ſere-
ceis fubfoliaceis. Lin. Sp. 224. Bindweed with ſilky
Spear-ſhaped leaves, having foot-ſtalks, with two flowers
on each foot-ſtalk, having ſilky empalements
. Convolvulus
minor, argenteus, repens, acaulis ferme. H. R. Par.
27. Convolvulus (Cneorum) foliis lanceolatis tomento-
fis, floribus capitatis, calycibus hirſutis caule erecti-
uſculo. Lin. Sp. 224. Bindweed with Spear-ſhaped
woolly leaves, foot-ſtalks and flowers growing in heads,
terminating the ſtalks, which are erect. Convolvu-
lus argenteus umbellatus, erectis. Tourn. Inſt. R.
a
on the ground, and faſten themſelves about the neigh-
bouring plants ; theſe are garnished with triangular
arrow-pointed leaves. The flowers are produced
from the ſide of the branches, having long foot-
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a ſingle flower, which is fome-
times white, at other times red, and frequently is va-
riegated. This is a troubleſome weed in gardens, ſo
ſhould be conſtantly rooted out.
The ſecond fort is alſo a troubleſome weed in gar-
dens, when the roots are intermixed with thoſe of
trees and ſhrubs, or under hedges, where the plants
cannot be eaſily deſtroyed; but in an open clear ſpot
of ground, where the plants are carefully hoed down
for three or four months, they may be effectually de-
ſtroyed; for when the ſtalks are broken or cut, a
milky juice flows out, and thereby the roots are foon
exhauſted and decay. The roots of this fort are pretty
thick, extend far on every ſide, and are white. The
ſtalks riſe ten or twelve feet high, twining themſelves
about trees or hedges, and are garniſhed with large
arrow-pointed leaves, which are torn at their baſe.
The flowers come out from the ſide of the branches
upon long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one large white
flower, which are fucceeded by roundiſh ſeed-veffels,
having three cells filled with ſeeds, which are convex
on one ſide and plain on the other. It flowers in
June, and the feeds ripen in autumn, foon after
which the ſtalks decay to the root; but as every ſmall
piece of the root will grow, it renders this a trouble-
fome weed to deſtroy,
The third ſort grows naturally in Syria, where the
roots of the plants are wounded, and ſhells placed
under the wounds to receive the milky juice which
flows out, which is inſpiſſated, and afterward put up
and exported: this is what is called Scammony in the
ſhops; it is a very hardy plant, and will thrive very
well in the open air in England, provided it is on a
dry foil. The roots of this are thick, run deep into
the ground, and are covered with a dark bark. The
branches extend themſelves on every fide to the dif-
tance of four or five feet; theſe are ſlender, and trail
on the ground, if they are not ſupported, and are
garniſhed with narrow arrow-pointed leaves. The
flowers are of a pale yellow, and come out from the
ſide of the branches, two fitting upon each long foot-
ftalk; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh ſeed-veſſels,
having three cells, filled with feeds ſhaped like thoſe
of the former fort, but ſmaller. It flowers in June
and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. If the
ſeeds of this fort are fown in the ſpring, on a border
of light earth, the plants will come up, and require
no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds,
and thin the plants where they grow too cloſe; for
as the branches extend pretty far, the plants ſhould
not be nearer than three feet aſunder. The ſtalks
decay in autumn, but the roots will abide many
years.
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally in Aſia and America, but has been long
cultivated for ornament in the Engliſh gardens, and
is generally known by the title of Convolvulus major.
Of this there are three or four laſting varieties; the
moſt common hath a purple flower; but there is one
with a white, another with a red, and one with a
whitiſh blue flower, which hath white ſeeds. All
theſe varieties I have cultivated many years, without
obſerving either of them change. If the feeds of
theſe forts are ſown in the ſpring, upon a warm bor-
der where the plants are deſigned to remain, they will
require no other culture but to keep them clean from
weeds; and place fome tall ſtakes down by them, for
their ſtalks to twine about, otherwiſe they will ſpread
on the ground, and make a bad appearance. Theſe
plants, if they are properly ſupported, will riſe ten
or twelve feet high; they flower in June, July, and
Auguft, and will continue till the froſt kills them.
Their feeds ripen in autumn.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent me the ſeeds;
this ſends out long branches, which twiſt about the
H. 84.
28. CONVOLVULUS (Linarifolius) foliis lineari lanceolatis,
acutis caule ramoſo, recto, pedunculis unifloris. Hort.
Cliff. 68. Bindweed with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves,
which are pointed, upright branching ſtalks, and foot-
ſtalks with one flower. Convolvulus ramofus incanus,
foliis piloſellæ. C. B. P. 295.
29. Convolvulus (Soldanelle) foliis reniformibus, pe-
dunculis unifloris. Hort. Cliff. 67. Bindweed with kid-
ney-ſhaped leaves, and one flower on each foot-ſtalk. Sol-
danella maritima minor. C. B. P. 295. Leſer Sea
Bindweed.
30. CONVOLVULUS (Turpethum) foliis cordatis, angula-
tis, caule membranaceo, quadrangulari, pedunculis
multifloris. Flor. Zeyl. 72. Bindweed with angular
beart-ſhaped leaves, a quadrangular membranaceous ſtalk,
and foot-ſtalks having many flowers. Convolvulus Zey-
lanicus, alatus, maximis, foliis Ibiſci nonnihil fimili-
bus angulofis. Herm. Lud. 177. tab. 178. Turbith of
the ſhops.
31. ConvolvULUS (Falapa) foliis variis, pedunculis
unifloris, radice tuberofâ. Bindweed with variable
leaves, foot-ſtalks with ſingle flowers, and a tuberous roof.
Convolvulus radice tuberofâ Catharticâ. Houſt. MSS.
The true Jalap.
The firſt fort is very common upon dry banks, and
in gravelly grounds, in moſt parts of England, and
is generally a ſign of gravel lying under the ſur-
face. The roots of this ſhoot very deep into the
ground, from whence ſome country people call it
Devils Guts.
From the root ariſes many weak ſtalks, which trail
4 D
trees,

CON
CON
ز
trees, and riſe to a great height; the leaves are ſmooth,
heart-ſhaped, ending in long points, and the ears at
the baſe are large and rounded, ſtanding upon
long ſlender foot-italks. The flowers come out on
the oppoſite fide of the ſtalks, upon long foot-ſtalks,
each ſuſtaining three flowers, with longer tubes than
thoſe of the former, and are of a deeper purple co-
lour; this flowers from the latter end of June till
the froſt deſtroys it. As this is not ſo hardy as the
former, the feeds ſhould be ſown upon a hot-bed in the
ſpring, to bring the plants forward; and toward the end
of May, they ſhould be planted out in warm borders,
and treated in the ſame manner as the former fort.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Africa and America ;
this is an annual plant, which riſes with a twining
ſtalk eight or ten feet high, garniſhed with heart-
ſhaped leaves, divided into three lobes, which end
in ſharp points; theſe are woolly, and ſtand upon
long foot-ſtalks ; the flowers come out on long foot-
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two flowers of a very deep
blue colour, from whence it has been titled Anil or
Indigo. This is one of the moſt beautiful flowers of
this genus, and is undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies ;
though ſome have ſuppoſed it to be only a variety of
the fourth fort, for I have cultivated it many years,
and have never found it alter; the leaves of this hav-
ing three deeply divided lobes, and thoſe of the fourth
fort being entire, is ſufficient to determine the fpeci-
fic difference; this ſort is annual, and muſt be pro-
pagated in the ſame manner as the fifth. It flowers
all the latter part of ſummer, and, in good ſeaſons,
the ſeeds ripen well in the open air.
The ſeventh fort is that whoſe roots are eaten, and
is generally titled Spaniſh Potatoe; theſe roots are an-
nually imported from Spain and Portugal, where
they are greatly cultivated for the table, but they
are too tender to thrive well in the open air in Eng-
land; they are cultivated by the roots in the ſame
way as the common Potatoe, but require much more
room; for theſe ſend out many trailing ſtalks, which
extend four or five feet every way, and at their joints
ſend out roots, which, in warm countries, grow to
be large tubers, ſo that from a ſingle root planted,
forty or fifty large roots are produced. This plant
is ſometimes propagated by way of curioſity in Eng-
land, but the roots ſhould be planted on a hot-bed
in the ſpring; and if the plants are kept covered in
bad weather with glaſſes, they will produce flowers,
and many ſmall roots will be produced from the
joints ; but if they are expoſed to the open air, they
feldom make much progreſs.
The eighth ſort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, from whence the feeds were ſent me by
the late Dr. Houſtoun. This riſes with a ſtrong wind-
ing ſtalk to the height of twenty feet, dividing into
ſeveral ſmaller, which faſten themſelves about any of
the neighbouring trees and ſhrubs; theſe are gar-
niſhed with leaves in ſhape of a hand, having ſeven
lobes, which are ſpear-ſhaped, and deeply cut on
their borders, ending in ſharp points. The flowers
are ſingle on each foot-ſtalk, which are very long.
The empalement of the flower is large, ſpreading
open, and is divided deeply into five parts. The
,
flowers are large, of a purple colour, and are fuc-
ceeded by large roundiſ ſeed-veſſels, having three
cells, in each of theſe is lodged a ſingle feed.
This plant is tender, ſo the ſeeds ſhould be fown on
a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit
to remove, they muſt be tranſplanted each into a fe-
parate pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them
from the
fun till they have taken new root; then they ſhould
have a large ſhare of air admitted to them every day,
to prevent their drawing weak, and alſo ſhould have
moderate waterings three or four times a week.
When the plants are grown too tall to remain in the
hot-bed, they muſt be ſhifted into larger pots, and
placed in the bark-ſtove, where, if they are allowed
rooin, they will riſe to a great height, and produce
flowers, but it rarely produces ſeeds in England.
The ninth fort is an annual plant. The feeds of this
were ſent me from Carthagena in New Spain, where
the plant grows naturally. This riſes with a twining
flender ftalk ten feet high, which is garniſhed with
arrow-pointed leaves, whoſe ears at the baſe are
rounded. The flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters,
ſtanding on long foot-ſtalks; theſe are yellow, and
are ſucceeded by three-cornered feed-veſels, having
three cells, in each of theſe are lodged two feeds.
This plant is annual, and too tender to thrive in the
open air in England ; ſo the feeds thould be fown on
a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants may be after-
ward treated in the ſame way as the eighth fort, with
which management they will flower and produce ripe
feeds.
The feeds of the tenth fort were ſent me froin Ja-
maica by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found the plants
growing naturally there in great plenty. This is an
annual plant, riſing with ſlender, ſtiff, twining ſtalks,
eight or nine feet high, garniſhed with heart-íhaped
leaves, which are downy. The flowers ſtand many
together at the end of Itrong foot-ſtalks; theſe are
purple, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh ſeed-veſſels,
with three cells, containing ſeveral ſmall feeds.
This ſort requires the ſame treatment as the eighth,
being too tender to thrive in this country in the open
air.
The eleventh fort was ſent me from the iſland of
Barbuda. This is an annual plant, which riſes with
twining ſtalks ſeven or eight feet high, garniſhed
with oblong, oval, ſmooth leaves. The flowers
come out at every joint on flender long foot-ſtalks,
each ſupporting a large purple Power, whoſe empale-
ment is cut almoſt to the bottom, in ten parts. The
ſeeds and capſule are like thoſe of the other ſpecies.
This is a tender plant, ſo muſt be treated in the ſame
manner as the eighth fort.
The twelfth fort grows naturally at Carthagena in
New Spain, from whence I received the ſeeds. This
is a perennial plant, which riſes with ſtrong winding
ſtalks to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, and
are garniſhed with leaves, divided into five lobes,
ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; the flowers ftand
upon long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two purple
flowers. The ſtalks, leaves, and every part of the
plant, is cloſely covered with pungent ſtinging hairs,
of a light brown colour. This fort is tender, fo muſt
be treated in the ſame way as the eighth.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally about Tolu in
New Spain, from whence the ſeeds were ſent me by
the late Mr. Robert Millar. This hath a ligneous
ſtalk covered with a purple bark, which twines about
the trees, and riſes to the height of thirty feet or
more, and is garniſhed with leaves, which are deeply
divided into five ſharp-pointed lobes. The flowers
ſtand upon long thick foot-ſtalks, which have a knee
in the middle; they are very large, and of a purple
colour; theſe are ſucceeded by round feed-veſſels, as
large as a middling Apple, divided into three cells,
each containing two very large ſmooth feeds.
This plant is too tender to thrive in the open air in
England, ſo muſt be treated in the ſame manner as
the eighth fort, but it grows too tall for the ſtoves
here. I have had theſe plants upward of twenty feet
high, which have ſent out many ſide branches, ex-
tending ſo wide on every ſide, as to cover moſt of
the neighbouring plants, ſo that I was obliged to re-
move them into a cooler ſituation, where they would
not thrive.
The fourteenth ſort grows naturally on the ſea ſhores
in moſt of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where the
ſtalks trail on the ground, which are garniſhed with
oval leaves, indented at the top. The flowers are
large, of a purple colour, and are produced by threes,
on very long foot-ſtalks ; theſe are ſucceeded by large
oval feed-vefſels, with three cells, each containing a
ſingle feed. This hath a perennial ſtalk, which trails
on the ground, and ſpreads to a great diſtance, but
is too tender to thrive in the open air in England, ſo
muſt be treated in the fame manner as the eighth fort,
and
a

CON
CON
a
3
and may be continued two or three years in a warm
ftove; but it is apt to ſpread too far for a finall ſtove,
fo that where there is not great room, it is not worthy
of culture.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this
riſes with flender twining ſtalks eight or ten feet high ;
the leaves of theſe are ſhaped a little like thoſe of the
common great white Convolvulus, but the foot-ſtalks,
which are pretty long, do each fuſtain many purple
flowers, growing in bunches. The ſeed-veſſels of
this fort are three-cornered, and have three cells, each
containing a ſingle ſeed. This is an annual plant,
which requires a hot-bed to raiſe it, and muſt be kept
in a glaſs-caſe or a ftove, otherwiſe the feeds will not
a
ripen here.
a
3
hath ſtrong, ſmooth, winding ſtalks, which ſend out
roots at their joints, and are garniſhed with arrow
pointed leaves, whoſe ears or lobes are obtufe; the
flowers are large, of a ſulphur colour, and fit upon
very long foot-ſtalks, which proceed from the ſide of
the ſtalks, each ſupporting one flower, with a large
ſwelling empalement; theſe are ſucceeded by large,
ſmooth, oval capſules, having three cells, each in-
cluding one large ſmooth feed. This is a perennial
plant, whoſe ſtalks extend to a great diſtance, and
put out roots at the joints, whereby it propagates
in plenty ; but it is too tender to thrive in England,
unleſs it is preſerved in a warm ſtove, where it requires
more room than can well be allowed to one plant. It
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as the eighth fort.
The twentieth fort grows naturally in Africa, from
whence the feeds were ſent to the royal garden at Pa-
ris, and from thence I received it in 1730. This riſes
I
with a ſlender winding ſtalk five or fix feet high, gar-
niſhed with heart-ſhaped arrow-pointed leaves, the
flowers ftand on long ſender foot-ſtalks ; theſe are
white, with purple bottoms. This fort may be treat-
ed in the ſame manner as the common great Convol-
vulus.
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in Spain and
Italy. This is an annual plant, which riſes about two
feet high, with Nender twining ſtalks, garniſhed with
oval leaves. The flowers are ſmall, and of a bluish
colour, each foot-ſtalk ſupporting one flower of little
beauty, fo is not often cultivated in gardens. If the
ſeeds of this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will riſe in the ſpring, and require no other culture
but to keep them clean from weeds; or if the feeds
are ſown in the ſpring, where the plants are to re-
main, they will flower in June, and the feeds will
ripen in Auguſt,
The twenty-ſecond ſort grows naturally in Sicily, and
alſo in the iſlands of the Archipelago. This hath a
perennial root, which fends out many nender ſtiff
Italks, twiſting themſelves round the neighbouring
plants, and riſe five or fix feet high ; theſe are gar-
niſhed with leaves, which are divided into five or
ſeven narrow lobes, and are of a ſoft texture, like
fattin, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
produced from the fide of the ſtalks upon long foot-
ſtalks, which ſuſtain two flowers of a pale Roſe co-
lour, with five ſtripes of a deeper red. This fort
creeps at the root, fo feldom produces ſeeds in Eng-
land, but is propagated by ſhoots taken from the old
plants. The beit time for parting and tranſplanting
theſe plants, is about the beginning of May, when
they may be taken out of the green-houſe, and ex-
poſed in the open air; but the young plants which
are feparated from the old ones, ſhould be placed un-
der a frame, and ſhaded from the ſun till they have
taken new root; after which they muſt be gradually
hardened to bear the open air, to which they muit
be expoſed all the ſummer ; but in autumn they muſt
be placed in the green-houſe, and may be treated in
the ſame way as the Canary Convolvulus before
mentioned.
The twenty-third fort hath fome appearance of the
twenty-ſecond, and hath been ſuppoſed to be the ſame
ſpecies by fome writers; but I have cultivated both
many years, and never have found either of them al-
ter, ſo that I make no doubt of their being diſtinct
plants. This fort hath a perennial root like the for-
mer, which ſends out many weak twining ſtalks, rif-
ing about three feet high, twiſting about the plants
which ſtand near it, or about each other, and if they
have no other ſupport, fall to the ground, theſe are
garniſhed with leaves of different forms, ſome are
ſhaped almoſt like thoſe of Betony, being ſlightly cut
on their edges, others are almoſt heart-ſhaped, and
are deeply cut on the ſides, and ſome are cut to the
midrib; they have a ſhining appearance like fattin,
and are ſoft to the touch, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers are produced on the oppoſite fide from
the leaves, having very long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtain-
ing two flowers of a pale Rofe colour, very like thoſe
of
The fixteenth fort has been long preſerved in ſeveral
curious gardens in England. It grows naturally in
the Canary Inands; this hath a ſtrong fibrous root,
from which ariſe ſeveral twining woody ſtalks, divid-
ing into many ſmaller; theſe, where they have ſup-
port, will grow more than twenty feet high, and are
garniſhed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, which are
loft and hairy. The flowers are produced from the
wings of the leaves, ſeveral ſtanding upon one foot-
ftalk; theſe are for the moſt part of a pale blue, but
there is a variety of it with white flowers. This plant
flowers in June, July, and Auguſt, and ſometimes
ripens feeds here, but as the plants are eaſily propa-
gated by layers, and alſo from cuttings, the feeds are
not ſo much regarded ; nor indeed will thoſe plants
which are raiſed by layers or cuttings produce ſeeds,
though thoſe which come from feeds feldom fail. As
the leaves of this plant continue green all the year, ,
the plants make a pretty variety in winter in the
green-houſe; for it will not live abroad in winter in
this country, though it only requires the ſame pro-
tection as Myrtles, and other hardy green-houſe
plants. It may be propagated by laying down the
young ſhoots in the ſpring, which generally put out
roots in three or four months, then they may be
taken from the old plants, and each planted in a ſe-
parate pot filled with light earth, and placed in the
ſhade till they have taken new root; after which
they may be placed with other hardy green-houſe
plants till autumn, when they ſhould be removed into
the green-houſe, and afterward treated in the fame
way as Myrtles, and other green-houſe plants. If
the tender cuttings of this are planted during any of
the ſummer months, in pots filled with light earth,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, ſhading them
from the ſun, they will take root, and afterward
ſhould be treated as the layers.
The ſeventeenth fort is an annual plant; the feeds of
it were ſent me from Jamaica, where it grows natu-
rally. This riſes with a very ſlender twining ſtalk
four or five feet high, garniſhed with triangular leaves,
which are pointed. The flowers grow in cluſters, fit-
ting cloſe to the ſtalks, which are blue, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds like thoſe of the fourth fort. This
fort will not ripen ſeeds in England, unleſs the plants
are brought forward on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and
afterward placed in a glaſs-caſe, where they may be
defended from cold.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
This is one of the moſt beautiful kinds, the
flowers being very large, and of a fine Roſe colour.
It riſes with a winding ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high,
which is garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, ending
in long ſharp points, fitting upon very long foot-
ſtalks. The flowers alſo have long foot-ſtalks, each
fupporting two flowers, whoſe empalement is divided
deeply into five parts; the feeds of this are large, and
covered with a fine down. This is an annual plant,
which is too tender to thrive in the open air in this
country, ſo the ſeeds ſhould be fown on a hot-bed in
the ſpring, and the plants afterward treated in the
ſame manner as is directed for the eighth fort,
The nineteenth fort grows naturally near the ſea at
Campeachy, from whence I received the ſeeds. This
a
.
toun.
a

CON
CON
و
3
of the former ſpecies. It flowers in June, July, and are produced on the ſide, and at the top of the ſtalks,
Auguft, but rarely ripens ſeeds in England. It hath in ſmall cluſters, fitting cloſe together; theſe are
a perennial root, which fends out offsets, by which much ſmaller than thoſe of the former fort, but are
it is propagated in England, in the ſame manner as of a deeper Rofe colour: this feldom produces feeds
the laſt mentioned, and the plants muſt be treated in in England, but the roots propagate in plenty. It
the ſame way.
delights in a light dry foil, and requires no other care
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally in Portugal, but to keep the plants clean from weeds; it may be
but hath been long cultivated in the flower-gardens tranſplanted either in the ſpring or autumn. This is
in England for ornament; this is uſually titled Con- by fome ſuppoſed to be the ſame as the laſt mentioned
volvulus Minor, by the ſeedſmen and gardeners. It fort, but whoever has cultivated them, can have no
is an annual plant, which hath ſeveral thick herbace- doubt of their being different ſpecies.
ous ſtalks, growing about two feet long, which do The twenty-ſeventh fort grows naturally in Italy, Si-
not twine like the other forts, but decline toward the cily, and the iſlands in the Archipelago. It riſes with
ground, upon which many of the lower branches lie upright ſhrubby ſtalks about three feet high, cloſely
proſtrate; theſe are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, garniſhed with blunt, ſpear-ſhaped, filky leaves, which
which fit cloſe to the branches; the foot-ſtalks of the are placed on every fide the ſtalks; they are near two
flowers come out juſt above the leaves at the fame inches long, and a quarter broad, rounding at their
joint, and on the ſame ſide of the ſtalks; theſe are ends. The flowers are produced in cluſters at the
about two inches long, each ſuſtaining one large open top of the ſtalks, fitting very cloſe; they are of a
bell-ſhaped flower, which in ſome is of a fine blue pale Rofe colour, and come out in June and July, but
colour, with a white bottom ; in others they are pure do not perfect feeds in England. This plant will live
white, and ſome are beautifully variegated with both in the open air in mild winters, if it is planted in a
colours. The white flowers are ſucceeded by white light foil and a warm ſituation, but in hard winters it is
ſeeds, and the blue by dark-coloured ſeeds, and this deſtroyed; therefore ſome of the plants ſhould be kept
difference is pretty conſtant in both, but thoſe plants in pots, and ſheltered under a common frame in win-
with variegated flowers, have frequently plain flowers ter, where it may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and
of both colours intermixed with the ſtriped ; there- be protected from the froſt, and in ſummer placed
fore the only method to continue the variegated fort, abroad with other hardy exotic plants, where its fine
is to pull off all the plain flowers when they appear, filky leaves will make a pretty appearance. It may
never ſuffering any of them to remain for feed.
.
be propagated by laying down the branches, and alſo
This fort is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be by cuttings, but both very ſeldom put out roots the
ſown on the borders of the flower-garden where they
fame
year,
and
many
of them will fail, ſo that the
are deſigned to remain. The uſual method is to put beſt way is to procure the ſeeds from Italy, for thoſe
two or three ſeeds in each place where they are in- plants which come from ſeeds, grow much larger than
tended to flower, covering them half an inch with thoſe which are propagated the other way.
earth; and when the plants come up, if the ſeeds all The twenty-eighth fort grows naturally in Candia,
grow, there ſhould be but two left in each place, and ſeveral of the iſlands in the Archipelago. This
which will be ſufficient; the others ſhould be drawn hath a perennial root, which fends up ſeveral erect
out carefully, ſo as not to diſturb the roots of thoſe branching ſtalks about two feet high, which are gar-
which are left; after which they will require no niſhed with very narrow-pointed leaves, fitting cloſe
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds. If to the ſtalks, which are hoary. The flowers come
the feeds are ſown in autumn, the plants will flower out fingly on the ſide of the ſtalks, fitting very cloſe
in May, but thoſe which are fown in the ſpring, will to them, having ſcarce any foot-ſtalks ; theſe are of a
not fower till about the middle of June, and will very pale bluiſh colour, and ſpread open almoſt to
continue flowering till the froſt ſtops them. The the bottom. It flowers in June and July, but rarely
feeds ripen in Auguſt and September.
produces any ſeeds in England.
The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally in Italy and This fort is propagated in the ſame manner as the
Sicily. This hath a perennial root, which runs deep twenty-fifth, and the plants require the ſame treat-
in the ground, from which ariſe two or three upright
This plant muſt have a dry foil and a warm
branching ſtalks near two or three feet high, garniſh- ſituation, otherwiſe it will not live through the win-
ed with narrow leaves about two inches long, which ter in the open air in England. As the ſtalks of
fit cloſe to the ſtalks; the foot-ſtalks of the flower this fort decay in autumn, ſo if the ſurface of the
proceed from the ſame place; theſe are four or five ground about their roots is covered with ſome old
inches long, each ſuſtaining four or five flowers, of a tanners bark, it will preſerve them in the hardeſt
pale Roſe colour, which ſpread open almoſt fiat. This froſts.
flowers in June and July, but feldom produces good The twenty-ninth fort is uſed in medicine. This is
ſeeds in England. It is propagated by feeds, which ſtiled Soldanella, and Braſſica marina ; it grows na-
muſt be obtained from the countries where it natu- turally on the ſea beaches in many parts of England,
rally grows; theſe ſhould be ſown upon a warm dry but cannot be long preſerved in a garden. This hath
border, where they are deſigned to remain; for as many ſmall, white, ftringy roots, which ſpread wide,
the plants run down with long tap-roots, they will and ſend out ſeveral weak trailing branches, which
not bear tranſplanting, for I have often made trial of twine about the neighbouring plants like the com-
this without any ſucceſs. When the plants come up, mon Bindweed, and are garniſhed with kidney-ſhaped
they ſhould be thinned where they grow too cloſe, and leaves about the ſize of thoſe of the leſſer Celandine,
afterward conſtantly kept clean from weeds, which is ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks, and are placed alter-
all the culture it will require. It flowers in July and
The flowers are produced on the ſide of the
Auguft, and the ſtalks decay in autumn; but the branches at each joint. Theſe are ſhaped like thoſe
roots will laſt ſeveral years, and if they are in a dry of the firſt fort, and are of a reddiſh purple colour ;
foil and warm ſituation, will abide through the win- they appear in July, and are ſucceeded by round cap-
ters very well without covering. I have received a fules, having three cells, each containing one black
variety of this from Nice, where it grows naturally, feed; every part of the plant abounds with a milky
with broader leaves, which are hairy. The flowers juice. This is eſteemed a good medicine to purge off
are placed ali toward the top of the ſtalk upon long watery humours, and is preſcribed in dropſies.
foot-ſtalks, growing many together very cloſely join- The thirtieth forte grows naturally in the iſland of
ed: but I cannot be ſure if it is not a ſeminal varia- Ceylon. This is a perennial plant, having thick fleſhy
tion, for it was ſent me by the ſame title.
roots, which ſpread far in the ground, and abound
The twenty-fixth fort grows naturally in France ; with a milky juice, which flows out when the roots
this hath a perennial creeping root, froin which ariſe are broken or wounded, and ſoon hardens into a reſi-
ſeveral ſhort branching ítalks about four inches high, nous ſubſtance, when expoſed to the ſun and air.
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped filky leaves; the flowers From the root ſhoots forth many twining branches,
6
which
ment.
nate.

CON
CON
which twiſt about each other, or the neighbouring troduction of this plant into the Britiſh colonies, a
plants, like the common Bindweed. Theſe are gar- matter of great concern.
great concern. But ſince the diſtillers and
niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, which are ſoft to the brewers have found out its uſe for exciting a fermen-
touch, like thoſe of the Marſh Mallow. The flow- tation, the conſumption of it is now ſo great, as that
ers are produced at the joints on the ſide of the ſtalks, it would become a national benefit, if it were pro-
ſeveral ſtanding together on the ſame foot-ſtalk; they duced in the Britiſh iſlands; which might be foon ef-
are white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the common great
fected, were the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands a little
Bindweed. Theſe are ſucceeded by round capſules, more attentive to their own, and the public benefit.
having three cells, which contain two feeds in each. CONYZA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 854. Tourn Inft. R.
The roots of this plant, which is the only part uſed H. 454. tab. 259. [of Kuwid, Gr. becauſe the leaves,
in medicine, are brought to us from India. It is titled being hung up, drive away gnats and fleas, as Diof-
Turpethum, or Turbith in the ſhops.
corides ſays:] Flea-bane.
This plant is tender, fo will not live in the open air
The CHARACTERS are,
in England; it is propagated by feeds, which muſt It hath a compound flower, made up of many bermaphrodite
be fown on a hot-bed ; and when the plants are fit to floreis, wbich compoſe the difk; and female balf fiorets,
remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate pot, which are ranged round the border, and form the rays;
;
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and the hermaphrodite florets are funnel-ſhaped, and cut into
ſcreened from the ſun till they have taken freſh root, five parts at the brim, which ſpread open; theſe have each
and afterward muſt be treated in the ſame manner as five ſhori hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſum-
hath been directed for the eighth fort.
mits; in the bottom of each floret is ſituated a germen
The thirty-firſt fort is the Jalap which is uſed in me- Supporting a fender Style, crowned by a bifid ftigma. The
dicine. This grows naturally at Haleppo, in the female half fioreis or rays, are funnel-ſhaped, and cut into
Spaniſh Weft-Indies, ſituated between La Vera Cruz three parts at the top; iheſe have a germen, with a
and Mexico. The root of this plant hath been long Slender ſtyle, terminated by two ſlender ſtigmas, but have
uſed in medicine, but it was not certainly known, no ſtamina. All theſe are included in a common ſcaly em-
what plant it was produced from. The old title polement, which is oblong and Square; the ſcales are
of this was Mechoacana nigra, but father Plumier pointed, and the outer ones ſpread open. The hermaphro-
aſſerted that it was the root of one ſpecies of Marvel dite and female florets, are each ſucceeded by one oblong
of Peru; from whence Tournefort was induced to ſeed, crowned with down, ſitting upon a plain receptacle,
conſtitute a genus from that plant, under the title of and are included in the empalement.
Jalapa. But Mr. Ray, from better information, put
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
it among the Convolvuli, and titled it Convolvulus of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia.
Americanus, Jalapium dictus. This was by the late Polygamia ſuperflua. The plants of this ſection have
Dr. Houſtoun certainly aſcertained, who brought hermaphrodite and female florets, which are both
ſome of the roots of this plant from the Spaniſh
fruitful.
Weft-Indies to Jamaica, where he planted them,
The SPECIES are,
with a deſign of cultivating the plants in that iſland, 1. CONYZA (Squorröſa) foliis lanceolatis acutis, caule
Conyza
where he obſerved them to thrive, during his abode annuo corymboſo. Hort. Cliff. 405. Flea-bone with
there : but ſoon after he left the country, the perſon pointed Spear-ſhaped leaves, an annual ſtalk, and flowers
to whoſe care he committed then, was ſo careleſs as growing in roundiſh bunches. Conyza major vulgaris.
to ſuffer hogs to root them out of the ground, and C. B. P. 265. Common greater Flea-bane.
deſtroy them; ſo that there was no remains of them 2. Conyza (Bifrons) foliis ovato oblongis, amplexicau-
left, when he returned there ; nor have I heard of this libus. Hort. Cliff. 405. Flea-bane with oblong oval ledves
plant being introduced into any of the Britiſh iſlands embracing the ſtalks. Eupatoria Conyzoides maxima
fince.
Canadenſis, foliis caulem amplexantibus. Pluk. Alm.
A few years paſt I received a few of the ſeeds of this
141.
plant, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where | 3. CONYZA (Candidis) foliis ovatis tomentofis, floribus
the plants throve very well, but did not produce any confertis, pedunculis lateralibus terminalibuſque.
flowers. This hath a large root of an oval form, Hort. Cliff. 405. Flea-bone with oval woolly leaves,
which is full of a milky juice; from which come out flowers growing in cluſters, and foot-ft alks proceeding from
many herbaceous triangular twining ſtalks, riſing the ſides and terminating the ſtalks. Conyza Cretica
eight or ten feet, garniſhed with variable leaves, ſome fruticoſa, folio molli càndidiffimo & tomentofo. Tourn.
of them being heart-ſhaped, others angular, and ſome
oblong and pointed. They are ſmooth, and ſtand 4. CONYZA (Lobata) foliis inferioribus trifidis, fuperiori-
upon long foot-ſtalks ; and from a drawing of the bus ovato lanceolatis obſolete ſerratis floribus corym-
plant, made by a Spaniard in the country, where it boſis. Hort. Cliff. 405. Flea bane whoſe under leaves
grows naturally, who gave it to Dr. Houſton, and is cre trifid, thoſe above oval and ſpear-ſhaped, and flowers
now in my poſſeſſion, the flowers are ſhaped like growing in round bunches. Conyza arboreſcens lutea,
thoſe of the common Great Bindweed, each foot-ſtalk folio trifido. Plum. Cat. 9.
ſupporting one flower. But as it is only a pencil 5. Conyza (Tomentoſis) arboreſcens, foliis oblongo ova-
drawing, ſo the colour is not expreſſed, therefore I tis, tomentofis, fubtus cinereis, floribus terminalibus
can give no farther account of it. The feeds of this pedunculis racemofis. Tree Flea-bane with oblong woolly
are covered with very white down like cotton.
leaves, of an Aſh colour on their under ſide, and flowers
As this plant is a native of a warm country, ſo it will terminating the branches, ſtanding upon branching foot-
not thrive in England, unleſs it is preſerved in a ſtalks. Conyza arboreſcens, tomentoſa, foliis oblon-
warm ftove; therefore the feeds muſt be fown on a gis, floribus in fummitatibus racemorum, ramoſis
hot-bed, and the plants put into pots, and plunged fparfis albicantibus. Houſt. MSS.
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and treated in the 6. CONYZA (Salicifolius) foliis linearibus decurrentibus
ſame manner as the eighth fort; with this difference ferratis, foribus corymboſis terminalibus. Flea-bane
only, that as this hath large, fleſhy, ſucculent roots, with narrow running leaves, and flowers in round bunches
ſo they ſhould have but little water given them, ef- terminating ihe ſtalks. Conyza herbacea, caule alato,
pecially in winter, left it cauſe them to rot. They Salicis folio, foribus umbellatis purpureis minoribus,
ſhould be planted in light ſandy earth not too rich, Houſt. MSS.
for the ſame reaſon, and the plants ſhould always re- 7. CONYZA (Corymboſa) arboreſcens, foliis lanceolatis,
main in the bark-ftove.
fioribus corymboſis, terminalibus pedunculis race-
The root of Jalap is eſteemed an excellent cathartic mofis. Iree Flea-bane with Spear-ſhaped leaves, and
medicine, purging ſerous watery humours eſpecially, flowers growing in round bunches at the end of the shoots,
and is of fingular ſervice in dropſies, and for rheu- having branching foot-fialks. Conyza arboreſcens, fo-
matic diſorders. But the quantity of the root which liis oblongis floribus fingulis tribus flofculis conſtan-
is uſed in medicine, is not ſufficient to render the in- tibus. Houft. MSS.
Cor. 33
8. CONYZA
4. Ε

CON
CON
a
8. Conyza (Viſcoſa) caule herbaceo, foliis ovatis fer-
ratis, villofis, foribus alaribus & terminalibus. Flea-
bane with an herbaceous ſtalk, oval, ſawed, hairy leaves,
and flowers proceeding from the ſides, and at the ends of
the branches. Conyza odorata, Bellidis folio villoſa
& vifcofa: Houít. MSS.
9. CONYZA ( Arboreſcens) foliis ovatis integerrimis acutis
ſubtus tomentofis, fpicis recurvatis ſecundis, bracteis
reflexis. Lin. Sp. 1209. Flea-bane with entire oval-
pointed leaves, woolly on their under fide, recurved abound-
ing Spikes of flowers, and reflexed bractea. Conyza fru-
ticoſa, flore pallide purpureo, capitulis & lateribus
ramulorum fpicatum exeuntibus. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
124.
10. CONYZA (Symphytifolia) foliis oblongo ovatis fcabris,
fioribus racemofis terminalibus, caule herbaceo. Flea-
bone with oblong, oval, rough leaves, flowers growing in
bunches at the ends of the branches; and an berbaceous
ſtalk. Conyza Symphyti facie, flore luteo. Houſt.
MSS.
11. Conyza (Scandens) foliis lanceolatis ſcabris, nervoſis
feffilibus, racemis recurvatis, floribus adſcendentibus,
pedunculis lateralibus caule fruticoſo ſcandente. Flea-
bane with rough, nervous, Spear-shaped leaves fitting
cloſe to the branches, recurved Spikes, with flowers ſtand-
ing upward, foot-ſtalks proceeding from the ſide of the
branches, and climbing ſhrubby ſtalks. Conyza Ameri-
cana ſcandens, Lauri folio afpero, floribus fpicatis
albis. Houſt. MSS.
12. CoNYZA (Trinerviis) foliis ovatis glabris, trinerviis
integerrimis, floribus ſpicatis terminalibus, caule fru-
ticoſo. Flea-bane with oval ſmooth leaves, which have
three veins and are entire, flowers growing in Spikes at
the ends of the branches, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Conyza
Americana fruteſcens, foliis ovatis trinerviis & inte-
gris, floribus ſpicatis albis. Houſt. MSS.
13. CONYZA (Uniflora) foliis lanceolatis acutis feffilibus,
foribus ſingulis lateralibus, calycibus coloratis, caule
fruticoforamofo. Flea-banewithpointed ſpear-ſhaped leaves
fitting cloſe to the branches, ſingle flowers on the ſide of the
branches, which have coloured empalements, and a ſhrubby
branching ſtalk. Conyza Americana fruteſcens foliis
oblongis acutis, capitulis & ramulorum exeuntibus,
calycibus purpurafcentibus. Houſt. MSS.
14. Conyza (Spicata) fruticoſa foliis ovatis trinerviis,
floribus fpicatis alaribus. Shrubby Flea-bane with oval
leaves having three nerves, and flowers growing in Spikes
from the ſide of the branches.
15. CONYZA (Pedunculata) foliis ovato lanceolatis tri-
nerviis, pedunculis longiſſimis terminalibus floribus
corymboſis. Flea-bane with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves
having three veins, foot-ſtalks which are very long ter-
oninating the branches, and flowers growing in round
bunches.
16. Conyza (Baccharis) foliis ovato oblongis, obtuſis
ferratis, ſemiamplexicaulibus, floribus corymboſis ter-
minalibus. Flea-bane with oblong oval leaves which are
obtuſe and ſawed, half embracing the ſtalks with their
baſe, and flowers in round bunches terminating the ſtalks.
Eupatorium Conyzoides Sinica Baccharidis folio rarius
crenato, fummo caule ramoſo, floribus parvis coro-
nato. Pluk. Amath. 8o.
17. CONYZA (Odorato) foliis lanceolatis ſerratis, petio-
latis, caule fruticoſo ramoſo, floribus corymboſis ter-
minalibus. Flea-bane with Spear-ſhaped Sawed leaves
having foot-ſtalks, and flowers growing in round bunches
at the end of the branches. Conyza major odorato five
Baccharis floribus purpureis nudis. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
ſtanding alternate ; at the ends of the ſtalks the flow-
ers are produced in round bunches, which are of a
dirty yellow colour; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong
feeds, crowned with down. It flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn. If the feeds are per-
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up the following
ſpring, and require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the mountains in
Italy, and is preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake
of variety. This hath a biennial root but an annual
ſtalk. From a thick fibrous root ariſe many upright
ſtalks, garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, which are
rough, and embrace the ſtalks with their baſe; theſe
have appendages running along the ſtalk, from one
to the other, whereby the ſtalk is winged. The
upper part of the ſtalks divide into many ſmaller
branches, garniſhed with leaves of the ſame forin as
the other, but ſmaller, ſtanding alternate; the
branches and main ſtalks, are terminated by yellow
flowers growing in round bunches; theſe are fuc-
ceeded by oblong feeds, crowned with down. It flow-
ers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn: This is
propagated by feeds, which may be fown on a bed of
light earth in the ſpring, and when the plants come
up, they ſhould be thinned where they are too near,
and kept clean from weeds; the following autumn
they may be tranſplanted where they are deſigned to
remain, and require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds. The ſecond year they will flower
and produce ripe ſeeds, and will continue two years if
the ſoil is not too good, for theſe plants often rot,
when they are planted in a rich ſoil.
The third ſort grows naturally in Crete. This hath a
ſhort ſhrubby ſtalk, which in this country feldom riſes
more than fix inches high, dividing into ſeveral ſhort
branches, which are cloſely garniſhed with oval,
woolly, very white leaves; from theſe branches ariſe
the flower-ſtalks, which are woolly, about nine inches
high, garniſhed with ſmall, oval, white leaves, placed
alternate. The flowers are produced at the fides,
and end of the ſtalk, ſometimes but one, at other
times two, and ſometimes three flowers ſtanding on
the ſame foot-ſtalk. They are of a dirty yellow co-
lour, and appear in July, but rarely are ſucceeded
by ſeeds in this country; fo the plant is propagated
here by ſlips, which, if taken from the old plants in
June, and planted on an eaſt-aſpected border, and
covered with hand-glaſſes, will take root in fix or
eight weeks. But theſe flips muſt be frequently, but
gently refreſhed with water, and the glaſſes ſhould
be ſhaded in hot weather; and after they have been
planted a fortnight, the glaſſes ſhould be raiſed on
one fide to admit air to the cuttings; and when they
have taken root, they ſhould be gradually expoſed to
the open air. In autumn theſe ſhould be carefully
taken up, preſerving the earth to their roots; fome
of them may be planted in pots, that they may be
ſheltered under a frame in the winter; and the others
ſhould be planted in a warm border of dry poor earth,
where they will endure the cold of our ordinary
winters very well, and continue many years. This
is preſerved in gardens, more for the beauty of its
ſilvery leaves than its flowers, which have not much
to recommend them.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun.
This is titled by Sir Hans Sloane Virga aurea major,
fc. Herba Doria folio ſinuato hirſuto. Cat. Jam. 125.
It riſes with a fhrubby ftalk feven or eight feet high,
dividing into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with rough
leaves four inches long, ſhaped like the point of a
halbert. The Powers are produced in 'roundiſh
bunches, at the extremity of the branches; they are
yellow, and ſtand cloſe together. Theſe are ſucceeded
by oblong ſeeds crowned with down.
This plant is too tender to thrive in the open air in
this country, therefore the feeds muſt be fown upon
a hot-bed, and when the plants are fit to remove,
they muſt be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall
a
I2I.
a
18. Conyza (Hirſute) foliis ovalibus integerrimis ſca-
bris fubtus hirſutis. Lin. Sp. 1209. Flea-bane with
oval, entire, rough leaves, hairy on their under ſide.
The firſt fort grows naturally upon dry places in ſe-
veral parts of England, ſo is feldom allowed a place
in gardens. This is a biennial plant, which decays
foon after the ſeeds are ripe; it hath ſeveral large, ob-
long, pointed leaves, growing near the ground, which
are hairy ; between theſe the ſtalks come out, which
rife two feet and a half high, dividing upward into
leveral branches, garniſhed with ſmaller oblong leaves,
3
poc

CON
CON
a
a
а.
a
pot filled with light fandy earth, and plunged into à
hot-bed, obſerving to ſcreen them from the ſun till
they have taken new root; then they muſt have free
air admitted to them every day, in proportion to the
warmth of the ſeaſon; they muſt alſo be frequently
watered in warm weather, but they ſhould not have
it in too great plenty. As the plants advance in
ſtrength, ſo they muſt have a greater ſhare of air;
and if the ſeaſon is warm, they may be expoſed to
the open air for a few weeks in the heat of ſummer,
provided they are placed in a warm ſituation; but if
the nights prove cold, or much wet ſhould fall, they
muſt be removed into ſhelter: if theſe plants are
placed in a moderate ftove in winter, they will thrive
better than in greater heat, and in ſummer they ſhould
have a large ſhare of air. With this management I
have had the plants flower well in July, though they
have not perfected feeds here.
The fifth fort riſes with a woody ſtalk ten or twelve
feet high, dividing into many branches, whoſe bark
is covered with a brown down; theſe are garniſhed
with oblong oval leaves, which are green on their
upper ſide, butof an Aſh colouron their under, placed
alternate, on ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced at the end of the branches, upon long branching
foot-ſtalks, in looſe ſpikes ranged on one ſide; they
are white, and are ſucceeded by long flat feeds
crowned with down. This plant grows naturally at
La Vera Cruz in New Spain, from whence Dr Houſ-
toun ſent me the ſeeds. It is a tender plant, ſo muſt
be treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed
for the former fort.
The ſixth fort grows naturally at La Vera
Cruz in New Spain. This hath a perennial root,
from which ariſe ſeveral upright ſtalks three feet
high, garniſhed with long narrow leaves, fawed on
their edges, placed alternate, and have appendages
which run along the ſtalk from one to the other,
forming a border or wing to the ſtalks. The flowers
are produced at the end of the ſtalks in round
bunches, they are fmall, and of a purple colour, and
are ſucceeded by oblong flat ſeeds, crowned with
down. This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be
fown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants
muſt afterward be tranſplanted into pots, and plunged
into a freſh hot-bed, obſerving to ſcreen them from
the ſun till they have taken freſh root; after which
they muſt have a large ſhare of air, and about Mid-
ſummer they may be placed in the open air in a
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till the
end of September, when they ſhould be removed into
the ſtove, and during the winter kept in a temperate
degree of warmth. The ſecond year theſe plants
will flower, but they do not perfect feeds in England.
The ſeventh fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz by
the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing there
naturally. This hath a ſtrong woody ftem, which
riſes to the height of fourteen or fixteen feet, covered
with an Afh-coloured bark, and is divided upward
into many ligneous branches, garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped leaves ſtanding alternate, on ſhort foot-ſtalks.
Theſe branches are terminated by roundiſh bunches
of white flowers, fitting upon long foot-ſtalks, feve-
ral of them being joined on the ſame foot-ſtalk.
Theſe are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in England, ſo
that the feeds muſt be procured from abroad, and
theſe muſt be fown on a hot-bed, and the plants af-
terward treated in the ſame manner as the fourth
ſort.
The eighth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun; this is an annual plant, which grows in low
moiſt places, where the water ſtands in winter; it hath
an herbaceous branching ſtalk, which riſes about one
foot high, garniſhed at each joint with one oval leaf,
fitting cloſe to the branches; theſe are ſawed on their
edges, and covered with a white hairy down. The
flowers are produced from the fide of the branches
on ſlender foot-ſtalks, each for the moſt part ſuſtain-
ing three flowers, which are white, and are ſucceeded
by chaffy feeds, crowned with down ; the whole plant
is viſcous, and will ſtick to the fingers of thoſe who
handle it.
The feeds of this plant muſt be fown on a hot-bed in
the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove,
they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate pot,
and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, and treated in the
fame manner as the other tender forts, but muſt have
a large ſhare of air in warm weather, and frequently
refreſhed with water. In July theſe plants will flower,
and if the autumn proves favourable, they will ripen
their feeds; a plant or two of this fort may be pre-
ſerved for the ſake of variety, but there is little beauty
in it.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet
high, dividing into many ligneous branches, which
have a meally bark, and garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, fitting cloſe to the branches; they are hairy,
and of a ſilver colour on their under fide, and are
placed alternate. The flowers come out from the
ſide of the branches, generally in looſe ſpikes, which
grow horizontal, and ſtand on the upper fide
ere&t; but ſometimes they come out ſingle, fitting
cloſe between the leaf and branch; theſe are of a
pale purple colour, and are ſucceeded by chaify feeds,
crowned with a down.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be ob-
tained from the country where it grows naturally, for
it doth not produce ſeeds in England, though it has
flowered ſeveral years in the Chelſea garden; the feeds
muſt be lown, and the plants afterward treated in the
fame manner as hath been before directed for the
fourth fort.
The tenth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, from
whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. William Houſ-
toun ; this hath a perennial root, and an annual ſtalk.
It grows about three feet high; the leaves are from
four to five inches long, and one and a half broad
in the middle, and are rough like thoſe of Comfrey.
The ſtalls are terminated by branching flower-ſtalks,
each foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining ſeveral yellow flowers, not
much unlike thoſe of the common fort. This is pro-
pagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the ſixth fort,
and the plants muſt be treated in the ſame way. It
will flower the ſecond year, but it doth not ripen feeds
in England.
The eleventh fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz
by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this hath a climbing
ſhrubby ftalk, which riſes fourteen or fixteen feet
high, and divides into many branches, garniſhed with
leaves about the ſize of thoſe of the Bay-tree, and
full as thick in their texture, having many deep
tranſverſe nerves, running from the midrib to the
fides; they are of a pale green colour. The flowers
are produced in long ſpikes, ranged on the upper
fide of the ſpike only, which come out from the ſide
of the branches, pointed upward; theſe are large and
white, and are ſucceeded by flat dark-coloured ſeeds,
crowned with down.
This plant makes a fine appearance in the ſtove when
it flowers, and as it retains its leaves all the year, fo
in the winter ſeaſon it affords an agreeable variety
among other tender plants. The culture of this plant
is the ſame as hath been directed for the fourth fort,
ſo need not be repeated.
The twelfth fort was ſent me from Carthagena in
New Spain, where it grows naturally, by the late Mr.
Robert Millar, ſurgeon, this riſes with a ſhrubby
ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, dividing into ſeveral
ligneous branches, garniſhed with oval, ſmooth, en-
tire leaves, having three longitudinal veins, placed
alternate, cloſe to the branches. The flowers are
produced in ſhort cloſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches; theſe are white, and are ſucceeded by ob-
long flat feeds, crowned with down; this fort is
tender, fo muſt be treated in the ſame manner as the
fourth, and will abide ſeveral years with this manage-
ment.
The
a

CON
COP
a
a
The thirteenth ſort grows naturally in the ſame coun- cies. This is tender, and requires the fame culture
try as the laſt mentioned, and was ſent me by the as the fourth fort.
fame gentleman ; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk eight The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in China: this
or ten feet high, dividing into many long ſlender is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon after the feeds
branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, three are ripe. The ſtalks are hairy, rifing about two feet
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad in high, garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, which are
the middle, ending in acute points; the ſmaller entire, rough on their upper fide, but have many
branches are ſet with very narrow, oblong, pointed ſtrong pale hairs on their under, placed alternately
leaves, which grow cloſe to the ſtalks; and at each on the branches. The flowers are purple, coming
joint is produced one pretty large white flower, out from the ſide of the branches in oblong fpikes.
with a purple empalement; theſe flowers come out This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
the whole length of the ſmall branches, fitting cloſe ſown in pots in the autumn, if they can be procured
to the baſe of the leaves, ſo that the plants make a at that ſeaſon; but the pots ſhould be placed in a gar-
pretty appearance in flower. This may be propa- den-frame in winter, to prevent the feeds fuffering by
gated in the ſame way as the fourth, and with that cold and wet. If the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring,
management it hath flowered very well, but it doth the plants rarely come up the fame year, therefore
not produce ſeeds in England.
it will be proper to ſcreen this in winter; when this
The fourteenth fort was ſent me from Carthagena by is obſerved, the plants will riſe the following ſpring.
the before-mentioned gentleman, who found it grow- When the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
ing there in great plenty. This hath a ſtrong woody
a
each planted in a ſeparate pot, and placed into a very
item, riſing ten or twelve feet high, divided upward moderate hot-bed, where they muſt be ſcreened from
into many ſhort ligneous branches, whoſe joints are the ſun until they have taken root; after which they
very cloſe to each other. The leaves come out al- ſhould be gradually hardened to bear the open air,
,
ternate on every fide the branches, to which they fit into which they ſhould be removed the beginning of
very cloſe; they are ſmooth, one inch long, and half June, placing them in a ſheltered ſituation, where
an inch broad, ending in acute points, having three the ſecond ſeaſon they will fiower, and if the ſummer
longitudinal veins. The flowers are white, and
pro- is good, they will ripen their feeds.
duced in ſhort cloſe ſpikes, which come out from the CONSERVATORY. See GREEN-HOUSE.
fide of the branches, and are ſucceeded by oblong flat CONVAL LILY. See CONVALLARIA.
ſeeds, crowned with down.
COPAIFERA, the balſam of Capevi.
This is a tender plant, ſo requires the ſame treatment
The CHARACTERS are,
as the fourth fort, with which it hath flowered very It hath no empalement ; the flower confifts of five leaves,
well, but hath not produced feeds in England.
which expands in form of a Roſe; it bath ten Mort ſta-
The fifteenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby item to the mina, crowned by long ſummits. The point al is fixed in
height of fix or ſeven feet, dividing into ſeveral the center of the flower, which afterward becomes a pod,
branches, which have a dark brown bark, and are in which are contained one or two ſeeds, which are ſur-
cloſely garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth rounded with a pulp of a yellow colour.
leaves, having three longitudinal veins, ſtanding on We know but one fort of this tree, which is,
fhort foot-ſtalks, placed alternate on every ſide the COPAIFERA (Officinalis) foliis pinnatis. The balſam of Capevi.
branches. The flowers are produced on long naked This tree grows near a village called Ayapel, in the
foot-ſtalks, which extend five or fix inches beyond province of Antiochi, in the Spaniſh Weft-Indies;
the end of the branches, theſe are purple, and form this is about ten days journey from Carthagena. There
a kind of round bunch: the empalement of the are great numbers of theſe trees in the woods about
flower is compoſed of ſhort chaffy ſcales.
this village, which grow to the height of fifty or fixty
This grows naturally at Campeachy, from whence the feet. Some of theſe trees do not yield any of the
feeds were ſent me by Mr. Robert Millar. It is a ten- balſam, thoſe which do are diſtinguiſhed by a ridge
der plant, ſo muſt be treated in the ſame way as is di- which runs along their trunks; the trees are wounded
rected for the fourth fort, with which it hath flowered, in their center, and they place calabaſh ſhells, or ſome
but hath not produced feeds in this country.
other veſſels to the wounded part to receive the bal-
The fixteenth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, fam, which will all flow out in a ſhort time. One of
from whence I received the feeds; this riſes with a theſe trees will yield five or fix gallons of the balſam ;
ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of ten or twelve feet, but though theſe trees will thrive well after being
ſending out many ſtrong ligneous branches, covered
tapped, yet they never afford any more balſain.
with a dark-coloured bark, garniſhed with oblong, As this balfam is uſed in medicine, it deſerves our
oval, blunt leaves, ſawed on their edges, and half application to procure the trees, and cultivate them in
embrace the ſtalks with their baſe: the flowers are ſome of the Engliſh colonies of America; for as the
purple, growing in round bunches at the end of the
Engliſh are poffeffed of lands in ſo many different la-
fo
branches, and are ſucceeded by flat feeds, crowned titudes, they might cultivate moſt kinds of trees and
with down.
plants from the different parts of the world, which
This is alſo a tender plant, and requires the ſame are uſeful in medicine, dyeing, or for any other purpoſe
treatment as the fourth fort, with which it hath flow- of life.
ered, but doth not produce ſeeds in England.
The ſeeds of this tree were brought from the coun-
If the feeds of theſe plants are fown in autumn foon try of their growth by Mr. Robert Millar, ſurgeon,
after they are ripe, there is no danger of their miſ- who ſowed a part of them in Jamaica, which he in-
carrying; but as theſe are moſt of them brought from formed me had ſucceeded very well; fo that we may
abroad, they do not arrive here in good time, ſo the hope to have theſe trees propagated in great plenty
plants rarely come up the firſt year; therefore the in a few years, in ſome of the Engliſh colonies, if the
feeds ſhould be ſown in pots, that they may be
pre- flothfulneſs of the inhabitants doth not ſuffer them to
ſerved through the winter, and the following ſpring periſh, as they have the Cinnamon-tree, and ſome
the plants will come up.
other uſeful plants, which have been carried thither
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; by curious perſons.
this riſes with a ſhrubby branching ſtalk about four There are not at preſent any of theſe trees in Eu-
or five feet high. The lower branches and ſtalk are rope, that I can learn; for thoſe ſeeds which Mr.
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about four inches Millar fent over to England, were all deſtroyed by
long, and one broad in the middle; they are fawed inſects in their paſſage, ſo that not one ſucceeded in
on their edges, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks; the leaves the ſeveral places where they were fown; but could
on the upper branches are much narrower, and end freſh ſeeds be procured, the plants might be raiſed in
in acute points. The flowers are purple, and are England, and preſerved in the bark-ſtoves very well;
produded in round bunches at the end of the branches, for the country of their growth is much more tempe-
and are ſucceeded by downy feeds like the other fpe- rate than many others, from whence we have been
fur-

COR
COR
furniſhed with a great variety of plants, which fuc-
ceed very well in the ſtoves, and ſome of them arrive
to a great degree of perfection.
CORALLODENDRON. See ERYTHRINA.
CORCHORUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 675. Tourn. Inft.
259. tab. 135. Jews Mallow.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five narrow
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are erect. The flower hath
five oblong blunt petals, which are no longer than the em-
palement. It hath many hairy ſtamina, which are ſhorter
than the petals, terminated by ſmall ſummits. In the
center is ſituated an oblong furrowed germen, ſupporting a
bort thick ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen
afterward becomes a cylindrical pod having five cells,
which are filled with angular-pointed ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo-
nogynia, the flowers having many ſtamina and but
one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. CORCHORUS (Olitorius) capſulis oblongis, ventricofis,
foliorum infimis ferraturis fetaceis. Lin. Flor. Zeyl.
213. Jews Mallow with oblong ſwelling pods, and the
faws on the under ſide of the leaves terminating with briſtles.
Corchorus five Melochia. J. B. 2.982. Common Fews
Mallow.
2. CORCHORUS (Æftuans) capſulis oblongis, ſexſulcatis
fexcuſpidatis, foliis cordatis infimis ferraturis ſetaceis.
Lin. Sp. 746. Fews Mallow with oblong furrowed pods,
heart-ſhaped leaves, whoſe Saws terininate with briſtles.
Corchorus Americana, carpini foliis, ſextuplici cap-
ſula prælonga. Pluk.
3. CORCHORUS (Capſularis) capſulis fubrotundis, depreffis,
rugoſis. Flor. Zeyl. 214. Fews Mallow with roundiſh
depreſſed capſules which are rough. Corchorus Ameri-
cana, prælongis foliis, capſula ftriata ſubrotunda brevi.
Pluk.
4. CORCHORUS (Tetragonis) foliis ovato-cordatis crenatis,
capſulis tetragonis, apicibus reflexis. Jetos Mallow
with oval heart-ſhaped leaves which are crenated, and
four-cornered capſules, whoſe points are reflexed. Cor-
chorus flore flavo, fructu carophylloide. Pluk.
5. CORCHORUS (Linearibus) foliis lanceolatis, ferrato
dentatis, capfulis linearibus, compreffis, bivalvibus.
Few Mallow with Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are in-
dented like the teeth of a Saw, and narrow, compreſſed,
bivalvular pods.
6. CORCHORUS (Bifurcatis) foliis cordatis, ſerratis, cap-
ſulis linearibus, compreffis, apicibus bifurcatis. Jews
Mallow with heart-ſhaped Jawed leaves, and narrow com-
preſed pods, whoſe points have two horns.
7. Corchorus (Siliquoſus) capſulis linearibus compreſſis,
foliis lanceolatis æqualiter ferratis. Lin. Sp. 746.
Jews Mallow with compreſſed capſules, and ſpear-ſhaped
leaves equally ſawed on their edges. Corchorus Ameri-
cana, foliis & fructu auguſtioribus. Tourn. Inft. R.
8. CORCHORUS (Hirſuta) capſulis fubrotundis lanatis, fo-
liis ovatis obtufis tomentofis æqualiter ferratis. Lin.
Sp. 747. Jews Mallow with roundiſha downy pods, and
obtuſe, oval, woolly leaves, which are equally sawed on
their edges. Corchoro affimis Chamædryos folio, flore
ítamineo, feminioribus atris quadrangulis duplici ferie
diſpoſitis. Sloan. Cat. 50.
The firſt ſpecies, Rauwolf ſays, is ſown in great plenty
about Aleppo, as a pot-herb, the Jews boiling the
leaves of this plant to eat with their meat; this he
ſuppoſes to be the Olus Judaicum of Avicenna, and
the Corchorum of Pliny.
This plant grows in the Eaſt and Weſt-Indies, from
both which places I have ſeveral times received the
feeds. In the Eaſt-Indies the herb is uſed in the ſame
manner as in the Levant, as I have been informed ;
but I do not hear that it is uſed by the inhabitants of
America.
It is an annual plant, which riſes about two feet high,
dividing into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with leaves
of different ſizes and forms; ſome are ſpear-ſhaped,
others are oval, and ſome almoſt heart-ſhaped; they
are of a deep green, and ſlightly indented on their
edges, having near their baſe two briſtly ſegments,
which are reflexed. They have very long ſlender
foot-ſtalks, eſpecially thoſe which grow on the lower
part of the branches. The flowers fit cloſe on the
oppoſite ſide of the branches to the leaves, coming out
ſingly; they are compoſed of five ſmall yellow pe-
tals, and a great number of ſtamina ſurrounding the
oblong germen, which is ſituated in the center of the
flower, and afterward turns to a rough ſwelling cap-
fule, two inches long, ending in a point, opening in
four cells, which are filled with angular greeniſh feeds.
This plant flowers in July and Auguſt, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſeveral iſlands of
the Weſt-Indies, from whence the feeds have been
fent me; this is alſo an annual plant, which riſes with
a ſtrong herbaceous ſtalk two feet high, divided
upward into two or three branches, garniſhed with
heart-ſhaped leaves, ſawed on their edges, ſtanding
upon long foot-ſtalks; and between theſe are ſeveral
ſmaller leaves nearly of the ſame form, fitting cloſe to
the branches. The flowers come out ſingly on the ſide
of the branches, as the other, which are ſhaped like
them, and are ſucceeded by longer ſwelling pods,
which are rough, and have four longitudinal furrows;
theſe
open into four parts at the top, and contain four
rows of angular ſeeds. It flowers and feeds at the
ſame time with the former fort.
The third ſort grows naturally in both Indies; I have
received the feeds of this from ſeveral parts of India
and America; this is alſo an annual plant, which riſes
with a ſlender herbaceous ftalk about three feet
high, ſending out ſeveral weak branches, which are
garniſhed at each joint by one leaf of an oblong heart-
ſhape, ending in a long acute point, and are fawed
on their edges, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out fingly on the ſide of the branches,
to which they fit very cloſe; they are ſmaller than
thoſe of the former forts, and are ſucceeded by ſhort
roundiſh feed-veſſels, which are rough, and flatted
at the top, having fix cells filled with ſmall angular
feeds. This flowers and feeds at the fame time as the
former.
The fourth fort is alſo a native of both Indies, from
whence I have received the feeds; this is an annual
plant, which riſes about two feet high, dividing into
ſmall branches, garniſhed with oval heart-ſhaped
leaves, ſawed on their edges. The flowers of this
are very ſmall, of a pale yellow, and are fucceeded
by ſwelling, rough, four-cornered feed-veſſels, about
an inch long, flatted at the top, where there are four
horns, which are reflexed, ſo that theſe have fome
reſemblance in ſhape to the Clove. This flowers and
feeds about the ſame time as the former forts.
The feeds of the fifth fort were ſent me froni Cartha-
gena in New Spain, where the plants grow natu-
rally; this is an annual plant, which riſes about three
feet high, ſending out feveral weak fide branches,
garniſhed with leaves about three inches long, and
one broad in the middle, leſſening gradually to both
ends, and are indented on the edges like the teeth of
a faw, ſitting cloſe to the branches. The flowers
come out ſingly, oppoſite to the leaves; they are very
ſmall, of a pale yellow, and are ſucceeded by feed-
vefſels near two inches long, which are flat, and have
two cells filled with ſmall angular ſeeds. This flowers
and ripens its feeds about the ſame time as the for:
a
H. 259.
3
mer.
The ſeeds of the ſixth fort were fent me from Ja-
maica by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this is an annual
plant, which riſes with a ſtrong herbaceous ſtalk be-
tween three and four feet high, ſending out ſeveral
ſide branches, which grow erect, garniſhed with
heart-ſhaped leaves fawed on their edges, ſtanding
upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks; between thefe grow
many ſmaller leaves nearly of the ſame form, fitting
cloſe to the branches. The flowers come out from
the ſide of the branches, on ſhort foot-ſtalks; they
are very ſmall, of a pale yellow, and are fucceeded
3
4 F
by

COR
COR
by flat feed-veftels near three inches long, ending in This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
two horns; theſe open in two cells, which are filled Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
with ſmall angular feeds.
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The feeds of the ſeventh fort were ſent me from Bar-
The SPECIES are,
badoes, where the plant grows naturally, for I have 1. CORDIA (Sebeſtina) foliis oblongo-ovatis, repandise
alſo had it riſe in the earth which came over from ſcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 190. Cordia with oblong, oval,
thence in tubs with growing plants: this riſes about rough leaves, turning backward. Caryophyllus fpurius
the ſame height as the fixth, ſending out ſeveral weak inodorus, folio fubrotundo, fcabro, fiore racemofo,
fide branches, garniſhed with long narrow leaves, hexapetaloide, coccineo. Sloan. Cat. 136. Commonly
which are rough, and ſawed on their edges, fitting called Lignum Aloes.
cloſe to the branches; between the larger leaves come 2. CORDIA (Myxa) foliis tomentofis, corymbis laterali-
out ſeveral ſmall ones, which are placed irregularly bus, calycibus decemftriatis. Lin. Sp. 273. Cordia
on the branches. The flowers are ſmall, of a pale with ovel woolly leaves, flowers growing in a corymbus
yellow, and come out on the ſide of the branches from the ſide of the branches, and empalements with ten
oppoſite to the leaves; theſe are ſucceeded by very ſtripes. Sebeſtina domeſtica five Myxa. Com. Hort.
narrow compreſſed pods two inches long, open- Amft. 1. 139. The cultivated Sebeſten.
ing with two valves, and filled with ſmall angular 3. Cordia (Macrophylla) foliis ovatis, villoſis feſquipe-
feeds. It flowers and ſeeds at the ſame time with the dalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 274. Cordia with oval woolly
former.
leaves half a foot long: Prunus racemoſa, foliis ob-
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this riſes longis hirſutis maximis, fructu rubro. Sloan. Cat.
with a ſhrubby ſtalk four feet high, dividing into a Jam. 184.
great number of ſmall branches, which are cloſely The firſt fort grows naturally in ſeveral iſlands in the
garniſhed with ſmall, oval, ſawed leaves, fitting cloſe Weſt-Indies : this riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks
to the branches; between theſe are many very ſmall eight or nine feet high, which are garniſhed toward
leaves, placed without order : the flowers are pro- the top with oblong, oval, rough leaves, ſtanding al-
duced on the ſide of the branches on very ſhort foot- ternate on ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a deep green
ftalks; theſe are ſmall, and the petals foon fall off, on their upper fide. The flowers terminate the
ſo that it has been ſuppoſed to have no petals. The branches, growing in large cluſters upon branching
flowers are fucceeded by compreſſed ſeed-veſſels three foot-ftalks, fome fuſtaining one, others two, and
inches long, which are rounded at their points, and ſome have three flowers, which are large, funnel-
open with two valves at the top, containing a great ſhaped, having long tubes, which ſpread open at
number of ſmall angular ſeeds. This plant hath a the top, where it is divided into five obtuſe ſegments;
perennial ſtalk, ſo may be preſerved through the win- they are of a beautiful ſcarlet, ſo make a fine ap-
ter in a moderate ftove, and the ſecond year will
pearance.
flower in June, and produce ripe ſeeds in autumn ; The ſecond fort is by moſt botaniſts believed to be
but when the plants are brought forward ſo as to the Myxa of Cæſalpinus, which is the beſt Sebeſten
flower the firſt year, they feldom perfect their feeds, of the ſhops; the fruit of which was formerly uſed in
and theſe plants cannot be ſo well preſerved as thoſe medicine, but of late years has been ſeldom brought
which are treated hardily in the ſummer.
to England, therefore is rarely ordered. This is called
All theſe forts are too tender to thrive in England in Aſſyrian Plum, from the country where it naturally
the open air, therefore their feeds muſt be ſown on a grows. It riſes to the height of our common Plum-
hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are come trees, but was very rare in this country till the
up fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted on a year 1762, when there was ſome of the fruit fent
freſh hot-bed to bring the plants forward, otherwiſe from Egypt, by thoſe perſons who were ſent to tra-
they will not ripen ſeeds. After the plants are rooted vel at the king of Denmark's expence, from which
in the new hot-bed, they muſt have free air admitted fruit ſome plants have been raiſed in the Chelſea
to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of garden.
the ſeaſon, for they muſt not be drawn up weak; The third fort was diſcovered by father Plumier, in
when the plants have obtained ſtrength, they ſhould ſome of the French iſlands of America; and fince
be tranſplanted each into a ſeparate pot, and plunged was found in the bay of Campeachy, by Mr. Robert
into a hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the Millar, who ſent the feeds to England: this fort
fun till they have taken root; then they muſt have a grows to the height of eighteen or twenty feet in the
large ſhare of air every day, and ſhould be frequently natural places where it is found wild; it hath winged
refreſhed with water; and in June they ſhould be leaves, which are large, entire, and ſmooth; but it
gradually inured to the open air, and part of them hath not as yet flowered in England, ſo I can give no
may be ſhaken out of the pots, and planted in a warm farther account of it.
border, where, if the ſeaſon proves warm, they will Theſe plants, being natives of warm countries, are
flower and perfect their feeds; but as theſe will fome- too tender to live through the winter in this country,
times fail, it will be proper to put one or two plants unleſs they are preſerved in a ſtove: they are all pro-
of each fort into pots, which ſhould be placed in a pagated by feeds, which muſt be procured from the
glaſs-caſe, where they may be ſcreened from bad countries of their natural growth; theſe feeds muſt be
weather, and from theſe good feeds may always be ſown in ſmall pots, which muſt be plunged into a
obtained. The laſt fort may alſo be treated in the good hot-bed of tanners bark in the ſpring; and if
ſame manner during the ſummer ſeaſon, but in au- the ſeeds are freh and good, the plants will begin to
tumn they muſt be removed into the ſtove, and plung- appear in fix or eight weeks after. Theſe muſt be
ed into the bark-bed, and theſe will flower early the brought forward in the hot-bed, by being treated as
ſecond year, and ripen ſeeds.
other tender exotic plants, obſerving frequently to
CORDIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 13. tab. 14. Sebeſtena. water them in fummer; and in July, if the plants
Dillen. Hort. Elth. 225. Sebeſten.
have made much advance, they ſhould be gradually
The CHARACTERS are,
hardened, otherwiſe they will grow ſo weak as not to
The flower both a permanent empalement of one leaf, in- be eaſily preſerved through the winter. As theſe plants
denied in three parts. It bath one funnel-ſhaped petal, obtain ſtrength, they will become more hardy; but
whaſe tube is the length of the empalement, and the top is during the two firſt winters, it will be proper to plunge
divided into four, five, or fix parts, which are obtuſe and them into the tan-bed in the ſtove; but when they
ereal. It both five owl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by begin to have woody ſtems, they may be placed on
long Summits, and in the center a roundiff pointed germen, ſhelves, in a dry ftove; where, if they are kept in a
ſupporting o bifid Style, crowned by two obtuſe liigmas. moderate degree of heat, they may be preſerved very
The germen ofterward becomes a dry berry, which is glo- well (eſpecially the firſt fort) which is ſomewhat har-
bular and pointed, faſtened to the empalement, and in- dier than the others. This may alſo be placed abroad
cloſes a furrowed nut with four cells.
in a warm ſituation, in the beginning of July, where
و
و
a
3
the

COR
COR
a
oppoſite, which are entire ; from the wings of the
leaves come out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, by
pairs oppoſite, and ſtand erect; the lower part of
theſe have one or two pair of very narrow leaves, but
the upper is naked, and terminated by one large yel-
low flower, whoſe border or rays are deeply cut into
ſeveral ſegments; theſe are ſucceeded by flat winged
ſeeds, which, when ripe, roll up; the naked foot-
ſtalks of theſe flowers are more than a foot long. This
muſt be fown upon a gentle hot-bed in the ſpring,
and when the plants are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould
be each planted into a ſeparate finall pot, and plung-
ed into a freſh hot-bed to bring them forward ; and
in June they ſhould be inured by degrees to the open
air, and afterward ſome of them may be ſhaken out
of the pots, and planted in a warm border; where,
if the ſeaſon is good, they will flower in the middle
of July, and ripen their feeds the beginning of Sep-
tember.
The third fort hath a perennial root, ſending up many
ſtiff angular ftalks, which riſe upward of three feet
high, garniſhed at each joint with decompound wing-
ed leaves, ſtanding oppoſite; theſe are very narrow
and entire. The branches alſo come out by pairs
oppoſite, as do alſo the foot-ſtalks of the flowers;
theſe are long, ſlender, and each terminated by a fin-
gle flower, of a bright yellow colour, the rays or bor-
der being oval and entire. The diſk or middle is of
a dark purple colour. Theſe appear in July, and
continue till September, during which time they
make a fine appearance. This grows naturally in
Maryland and Philadelphia. It is propagated by
parting the roots, in the ſame manner as the firſt fort,
and delights in a light loamy earth, and funny ex-
3
poſure.
the plants may remain till the middle of September,
provided the ſeaſon continues warm, otherwiſe they
muſt be removed into the ſtove ſooner.
The firſt fort produces very fine flowers, of a ſcarlet
colour, in large bunches, at the extremity of the
branches, after the ſame manner as the Oleander or
Roſe-bay ; but theſe flowers are much larger, and of
a much finer colour.
A ſmall piece of the wood of this tree being put on
a pan of lighted coals, will ſend forth a moſt agreea-
ble odour, and will perfume a whole houſe.
COREOPSIS. Lin. Gen. Pl. 879. Tickfeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
The common empalement of the flower is double, the outer
being compoſed of eight leaves, placed circularly; the inner
is in every part larger, membranaceous, and coloured.
The diſk of the flower is compoſed of many hermaphrodite
florets, which are tubular, and divided into five parts at
the top; theſe have each five hairy ſtamina, terminated
by cylindrical ſummits. In their center is ſituated a com-
preſſed germen with two horns, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
crowned by an acute bifid figma. The germen efterward
becomes a ſingle orbicular ſeed, convex on one ſide, and
bollow on the other, having a membranaceous border,
and two horns on the top. The border or rays of the
flower is compoſed of eight female florets which are large,
and tongue-ſhaped, indented in five parts; theſe have no
ſtamina, but a germen like the other, without any ſtyle or
ſtigma, and are abortive.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
gamia Fruftranea ; the flowers of this claſs and ſection
are compoſed of hermaphrodite florets which are fruit-
ful, and female half florets which are barren.
The SPECIES are,
1. COREOPSIS (Alternifolia) foliis lanceolatis, ferratis,
alternis, petiolatis decurrentibus. Hort. Upfal. 270.
Täkſeed with ſpear-ſhaped Sawed leaves, placed alternate,
and winged foot-ſtalks. Chryſanthemum Virginianum,
caule alato, ramofius, flore minore. Pluk. Alm. 100.
2. Coreopsis (Lanceolata) foliis lanceolatis, integerri-
mis ciliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1283. Tickſeed with Spear-
Shaped leaves which are entire. Bidens fucciſe folio, ,
radio amplo laciniato. Hort. Elth. 55.
3. Coreopsis (Verticillate) foliis decompoſito pinnatis,
linearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 907. Tickſeed with decom-
pound, winged, narrow leaves. Ceratocephalus del-
phinii foliis. Vaill. Act. 1720.
4. COREOPSIS (Tripteris) foliis fubternatis, integerrimis.
Hort. Upſal. 269. Tickſeed with leaves growing by
threes, which are entire. Chryſanthemum Virginia-
num, folio acutiore, lævi, trifoliato, fc. anagyridis
folio. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 21.
6. COREOPSIS (Radiato) foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutè
ſerratis, oppoſitis radio amplo integro. Tickſeed with
narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are oppoſite and ſharp-
ly ſawed, and the rays of the flower large and entire.
The firſt fort grows naturally in North America every
where. This hath a perennial root; the ſtalks decay
to the root every winter, which are ſtrong, herbace-
ous, and riſe to the height of eight or ten feet, gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ſawed on their edges,
from three to four inches long, and one broad in the
middle, placed alternate on every fide the ſtalks,
having ſhort foot-ſtalks, with a border or wing run-
ning from one to the other, the whole length of the
ſtalk. The flowers grow at the top of the ſtalks,
forming a ſort of corymbus, each foot-ſtalk fuſtain-
ing one, two, or three yellow flowers, ſhaped like
Sun-flowers, but much ſmaller. This flowers in
September and October, but doth not produce ſeeds
in England. It is a very hardy plant, and may be
propagated in plenty by parting the roots. The beſt
time for this is in autumn, when the ſtalks begin
to decay. It will thrive in almoſt every ſoil and
ſituation.
The ſecond fort is an annual plant. The ſeeds of this
were brought me from Carolina by Mr. Cateſby, in
the year 1726. This hath an upright ſtalk, garniſhed
with ſmooth, narrow, fpear-ſhaped leaves, placed
The fourth fort hath a perennial root. It grows na-
turally in many parts of North America, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens; the
ſtalks of this are ſtrong, round, and ſmooth, riſing
fix or ſeven feet high, garniſhed at each joint with
ſome trifoliate leaves, which ſtand oppoſite. The
flowers are produced in bunches at the top of the
italks, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks ; they are of a
pale yellow, with a dark purple diſk. It flowers in
July, but ſeldom produces good feeds in England.
This ſort is propagated by parting the roots in the
ſame manner as the firſt, but requires a better foil and
pofition.
a
The fifth fort grows naturally in South Carolina,
from whence the feeds weré ſent me by the late Dr.
Dale. This is an annual plant, which riſes with upright
ftalks to the height of four feet, garniſhed with nar-
row ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in long points, and
are deeply fewed on their edges, ſtanding oppoſite
at each joint, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe leaves are
from three to four inches long, and three quarters of
an inch broad in the middle, of a deep green on their
upper fide, and pale on their under. At all the up-
per joints of the ſtalks come out two long ſlender
foot-ſtalks, one on each fide, which are garnished
with two or three pair of ſmall leaves, and terminated
by one flower, compoſed of ſeven female half florets,
which compoſe the ray; theſe are oval and entire.
The diſk is compoſed of a great number of herma-
phrodite fiorets, which are of a dark colour, and the
ſummits of the ſtamina are of a bright yellow; theſe
hermaphrodite florets are each ſucceeded by one fiat
bordered ſeed, having two horns or teeth. This fort
flowers in Auguſt, and if the autumn proves favour-
able, will ripen its feeds in October ; but in cold ſea-
fons it will not perfect feeds in England.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown on
a warm border in autumn, and the plants will come
up the following ſpring; for if the feeds are fown in
the ſpring, the plants ſeldom riſe till the year after.
When the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
carefully taken up, and either planted where they are
deſigned to remain, or into a nurſery-bed, at four
inches diſtance, to get ftrength, obſerving to ſhade
them from the fun till they have taken freſh root;
after

COR
COR
many.
after which, thoſe which are planted out for good, will the ſame number of petals, and in the center are placed
require no other treatment but to keep them clean five pointals, which turn to a berry, incloſing five kidney-
from weeds; and as they advance in height, they Jhaped ſeeds.
ſhould be ſupported by iticks, otherwiſe the ſtrong This is ranged in the ninth ſection of Linnæus's
winds in autumn often break them; and thoſe which twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia Decandria, the
were placed in a nurſery-bed, when they have obtained plants having male and hermaphrodite flowers on dif-
proper ſtrength, ſhould be taken up and tranſplanted ferent roots.
with balls of earth to their roots, where they are de-
The SPECIES are,
ſigned to ſtand for flowering.
1. CORIARIA (Myrtifolia) foliis ovato oblongis. Hort.
1
As theſe plants continue to produce flowers till the Upſal. 299. Myrtle-leaved Sumach, with oblong oval
froſt puts a ſtop to them, they merit a place in every leaves. Coriaria vulgaris mas. Niffol. Act. 1711.
curious garden, eſpecially thoſe which do not ramble 2. CORIARIA (Fæmina) vulgaris fæmina. Lin. Hort.
and ſpread too much. The firſt is the leaſt deſerving Cliff
. Female Myrtle-leaved Sumach.
of either, fo is ſeldom preſerved, but in botanic gar- The fort with male flowers has been the moſt com-
dens for the ſake of variety.
mon in England, the other having been very rarely
CORIANDRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 318. Tourn. raiſed in our gardens : a few years pait, when ſome
Inft. R. H. 316. tab. 168. [of Kopícydpov, of Kópıs, Gr. plants were raiſed from feeds, which came from Italy,
a tick ; ſo called, either becauſe it has the ſcent of this in the Chelſea garden, where the plants fo raiſed
infect, or, as others ſay, becauſe it drives away or have moſt of them proved of the hermaphrodite fort,
kills them; and "Audp, Gr. the iſle where it grew and have produced great quantities of ſeeds, which
plentifully.] Coriander.
have grown, though there is not one plant of the
The CHARACTERS are,
male fort at preſent in the garden; the not finding
It is a plant with an umbellated flower; the univerſal any plants in the Engliſh gardens, but thoſe with
umbel bath but few rays, the partial umbels have male flowers, occaſioned my writing abroad for the
The firſt bath no involucrum, but the latter hath feeds. Theſe grow wild in great plenty about Mont-
a three-leaved one; the proper empalement is divided into pelier in France, where it is uſed for tanning of lea-
five parts; the rays of the principal umbel are difform. ther; and, from this uſe, has been titled by the bota-
The bermaphrodite flowers which form the diſk, bave five nifts, Rhus coriariorum, i.e. Tanners Sumach.
equal keart-ſhaped petals, which are inflexed, but thoſe of Theſe ſhrubs ſeldom grow more than three or four
the rays have five unequal petals of the ſame form; they feet high; and as they creep at the root, they ſend
have each five ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. forth many ftems, whereby they form a thicket, fo
The germen which is ſituated under the flower, Supports may be planted to fill up vacancies in wilderneſs quar-
two ſtyles, crowned by ſmall radiated ſtigmas ; the germen ters; but they are improper for ſmall gardens, where
afterward becomes a Spherical fruit, divided into two they will take up too much room; and as there is no
parts, each having a hemiſpherical concave feed.
great beauty in the flowers, they are only admitted
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
for variety
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, It is ſtrange that Monſieur Niffol, who lived upon
the flower having five ftamina and two ſtyles.
the place where theſe grew in plenty, who conſtituted
The Species are,
this genus, in the Memoirs of the Acadamy at Paris,
1. CORIANDRUM (Sativum) fructibus globofis. Hort. has taken no notice of their being male and herma-
Cliff. 100. Coriander with globular fruit. Coriandrum phrodite in different plants.
majus. C. B. P. 158. Greater Coriander.
It may be propagated plentifully from the ſuckers,
2. CORIANDRUM (Teſticulatum) fructibus didymis. Hort. which are produced from the creeping roots in great
Cliff. 100. Coriander with twin fruit. Coriandrum abundance; theſe ſhould be taken off in March, and
minus teſticulatum. C. B. P. 158.
planted into a nurſery to form good roots, where
The firſt of theſe ſpecies is the moſt common kind, they may continue one or two years, and then muſt be
which is cultivated in the European gardens and fields removed to the places where they are to remain.
for the ſeeds, which are uſed in medicine. The fe- This plant delights in a loamy foil which is not too
cond fort is leſs common than the firſt, and is ſeldom ftiff, and ſhould be placed where it may have ſhelter
found but in botanic gardens in theſe parts of Eu- from the north and eaſt winds; where it will endure
rope. Theſe plants grow naturally in the ſouth of the cold of our ordinary winters very well, and will
France, Spain, and Italy; but the firſt fort has been flower better than if it is preſerved in pots and ſhelter-
long cultivated in the gardens and fields, though at ed in the winter, as hath been by ſome practiſed.
preſent there is not near ſo much of it ſown in Eng- CORINDUM. See CARDIOSPERMUM.
land as was ſome years paſt.
CORIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 216. Tourn. Inft. 652.
Theſe plants are propagated by ſowing their feeds tab. 423. We have no Engliſh name for this plant.
in the autumn, in an open ſituation, on a bed of
The CHARACTERS are,
good freſh earth ; and when the plants are come up, The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, with a
they ſhould be hoed out to about four inches diſtance swelling belly, but cloſed at the top, where it is divided
every way, clearing them from weeds; by which
into five parts, which are crowned by five Spines; the
management theſe plants will grow ſtrong, and pro- flower hath one irregular petal, whoſe tube is the length
duce a greater quantity of good feeds. The firſt fort of the empalement, and ſpread open at the top, where it is
was formerly cultivated in the gardens as a ſallad divided into five oblong ſegments, which are obtuſe and
herb, and in the Eaſt-Indies is ſtill much cultivated ; indented; it hath five
briſtly ſtamina, terminated by ſingle
for the plant is of great uſe in moſt of their compound Summits. In the center is ſituated a round germen, fup-
diſhes, as a culinary herb, and the ſeeds are alſo much porting a ſlender declining Style, crowned by a ihick ſtigma;
eſteemed for the like purpoſes; but in Europe neither the empalement afterward becomes a globular capſule, bav-
of them are now much uſed.
ing five valves, incloſing ſeveral ſmall oval ſeeds.
The ſecond fort will riſe eaſily from ſeeds, if they are This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fown in the autumn ; but thoſe which are fown in the Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
ſpring rarely fucceed, or at leaſt do not come up till the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
the following ſpring,
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
CORIARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 458. Niffol. Ac. CORIS (Monſpelienſis). Hort. Cliff. 68, Coris cærulea
Reg. 1711. Myrtle-leaved Sumach, vulgò.
maritima. C. B. P. 280, Blue maritime Coris.
The CHARACTERS are,
There are two other varieties of this plant, one with a
It is male and hermaphrodite in different plants; the male red, and the other a white flower, but theſe are only
flowers have a five-leaved empalement ; the flower bas accidental varieties ariſing from the ſame ſeeds.
five leaves, which are joined to the empalement ; theſe Theſe plants grow wild about Montpelier, and in
have ten ſender ſtamine, terminated by oblong ſumnits ; many other parts of the ſouth of France, and al o in
the bermaphrodite flowers have the like empalement, and Italy; they ſeldom grow above fix inches high, and
6
ſpread
a
3

COR
COR
a
may be
ſpread near the ſurface of the ground like heath; and This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
in June, when they are full of flowers, they make a Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono-
very pretty appearance.
gynia, the flowers having four ſtamina and but one
They may be propagated by fowing their feeds in the Ityle.
fpring, on a bed of freſh earth ; and when the plants The SPECIES are,
are about an inch high, they ſhould be tranſplanted, 1. CORNUS (Sanguinea) arborea, cymis nudis. It. Weſt-
ſome of them into pots filled with freſh light earth, goth. Lin. Sp. Plant. 117. Dogwood-tree with naked
that they may be ſheltered in winter; and the others jhoots
. Cornus fæmina. C. B. P. 447. Female Dog-
into a warm border, where they will endure the cold wood, and the Virga Sanguinea. Matth.
of our ordinary winters very well, but in ſevere froſt 2. CORNUS (Mas) arborea, umbellis involucrum æquan-
they are generally deſtroyed; for which reaſon, it will tibus. Hort. Cliff. 38. Tree Dogwood with umbels equal
be proper to have ſome plants of each fort in pots, to the involucrum. Cornus hortenſis mas. C. B. P. 447.
which
put under a common hot-bed frame in Male Cornel, or Cornelian Cherry-tree.
winter, where they may be covered in froſty weather ; 3. Cornus (Florida) arborea, involucro maximo, folio-
but when it is mild, they ſhould have a great ſhare lis obversè cordatis. Hort. Cliff. 38. Tree Dogwood
of free air: theſe plants ſometimes produce ripe ſeeds with a very large involucrum, and obverſe beart-ſhaped
in England; but as they do not conſtantly perfect leaves. Cornus mas, Virginiana, flofculis in corymbo
their feeds, it will be proper to increaſe them from digeftis, à perianthio tetrapetalo albo radiatim cinctis.
flips and cuttings, which will take root, if planted Pluk. Alm. 120.
about the end of Auguſt on a very gentle hot-bed, 4. CORNUS (Fæmina) arborea, foliis lanceolatis, acutis,
and ſhaded from the ſun and duly watered.
nervoſis, floribus corymboſis terminalibus. Tree Dog-
CORISPERMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 12. Juſi. wood with Spear-shaped acute leaves which are veined,
Act. R. S. 1712. Tickſeed,
and flowers diſposed in a corymbus, terminating the
The CHARACTERS are,
branches. Cornus fæmina Virginiana anguſtiore fo-
The flower báth no empalement, it hath two compreſſed lio. Edit. prior. Female Virginia Dogwood with a nar-
incurved petals, which ſtand oppoſite and cre equal; it rower leaf.
hath one, two, or three ſtamina, which are ſhorter than 5. CORNUS (Amomum) arborea foliis ovatis petiolatis,
the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits, with a compreſſed floribus corymbofis terminalibus. Tree Dogwood with
pointed germen, ſupporting two hairy Styles, crowned by oval leaves having foot-ſtalks, and flowers colle Eted into a
acute ſtigmas. The germen efterward becomes one oval corymbus at the end of the branches. Cornus Ameri-
compreſſed ſeed, with an acute border.
cana ſylveſtris, domefticæ fimilis, baccâ cærulei colo-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ris elegantiffimâ, Amomum Novæ Angliæ quorun-
of Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Digynia, dam. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 169. f. 3. By fome ſuppoſed to
the flower having one ſtamina and two ſtyles.
be the true Amomum of New England.
The SPECIES are,
6. CORNUS (Candidiſſima) arborea foliis lanceolatis, acu-
1. CORISPERMUM (Hyſopifolium) foribus lateralibus Hort. tis, glabris, umbellis involucro minoribus, baccis
Upfal. 2. Tickſeed with flowers on the ſide of the ſtalks. ovatis. Tree Dogwood with ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped, pointed
Coriſpermum Hyſſopifolium. Juſ. Act. R. S. 1712. leaves, umbels ſmaller than the involucrum, and oval ber-
Hylop-leaved Tickſeed.
ries. Cornus fæmina candidiffimis foliis Americana.
2. CorISPERMUM (Squarroſum) ſpicis ſquarrofis. Hort. Pluk. Alm. 120.
Upfal. 3. Tickſeed with rough ſpikes. Rhagroſtis foliis 7. CORNUS (Tartarica) arborea foliis oblongo ovatis, ner-
arundinaceis. Buxb. Cent. 3. p. 30. Rhagroſtis with vofis, infernè albis, foribus corymbofis terminalibus,
Reed-like leaves.
Tree Dogwood with oblong, oval, veined leaves, white on
Theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for the their under ſide, and flowers growing in a corymbus at the
ſake of variety ; but as they have no beauty, are ſel- end of the branches. Cornus fylveſtris fructu albo.
dom cultivated in other gardens.
Amman. Ruth. Wild Dogwood with a white fruit.
The firſt fort is an annual plant, which, if ſuffered to 8. CORNUS (Suecica) herbacea ramis binis. Fl. Lapp. 55.
ſcatter its feeds, the ground will be plentifully ſtocked Herbaceous Dogwood with double branches. Cornus pu-
with the plants, which will require no other care but mila herbacea, chamæpericlymenum dicta. Hort.
to prevent the weeds from over-growing them.
Elth. 108. Low herbaceous Dogwood, called Dwarf Ho-
The ſecond will not grow but in marſhy places, neyſuckle.
where there is ſtanding water ; over the ſurface of The firſt of theſe trees is very common in the hedges
which this plant will ſoon extend, when once it is in divers parts of England, and is ſeldom preſerved
eſtabliſhed.
in gardens. The fruit of this plant is often brought
As we had no Engliſh name to this genus, I have into the markets, and ſold for Buckthorn berries,
given it this of Tickfeed, which correſponds with the from which it may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed, if the ber-
Greek name.
ries are opened to obſerve how many ſtones there are
CORK-TREE. See QUERCUS.
in each; which in this fruit is but one, but in the
CORN-FLAG. See GLADIOLUS.
Buckthorn four, and they may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed
CORNICULATE PLANTS [Plantæ Corni- by rubbing the juice of the berries on paper ; that of
culatæ,] are ſuch, as after each flower, produce many the Buckthorn will ſtain the paper green, whereas the
horned ſeed-pods, called Siliqua.
juice of this ſtains it purple. This tree is called Virga
CORN-MARIGOLD. See CHRYSANTHEMUM. Sanguinea, from the young ſhoots being of a fine red
CORN-SALLAD. See VALERIANA.
colour. There is a variety of this tree with variegated
CORNUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 139. Tourn. Inft. 641. leaves, which is preſerved in the nurſeries, but is not
tab. 410. [fo called, óf Cornu, Lat. a horn; becauſe much efteemed.
its wood, or the ſhell of its fruit, is hard as a horn.] The ſecond fort is very common in the Engliſh gar-
The Cornelian Cherry.
dens, where it was formerly propagated for its fruit,
The CHARACTERS are,
which was by ſome people preſerved to make tarts. It
It hath many flowers included in one common four-leaved is alſo uſed in medicine as an aſtringent and cooler :
involucrum, which is coloured. The flowers have each there is alſo an officinal preparation of this fruit, call-
a ſmall empalement, ſitting on the germen, which is in- ed Rob de Cornis. Of this there are two or three
dented in four parts. They have four plain petals, which varieties, which differ only in the colour of their
are ſmaller than the leaves of the involucrum, and four fruit, but that with the red fruit is the moſt common
verett Stamina, which are longer than the petals, termi- in England.
nated by roundiſh Summits. The round germen ſituated be- As the fruit of this tree is not at preſent much eſteem-
low the empalement, ſupports a fender style, crowned by ed, the nurſery-men about London propagate it as
an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval, one of the forts which is commonly fold as a flowering
or roundiſh berry, incloſing a nut, with two cells, having ſhrub, and is by ſome people valued for coming ſo
an oblong kernel
early to flower; for if the ſeaſon is mild, the
flowers
4 G

COR
COR
3
a
in
flowers will appear by the beginning of February; being much more inclinable to ſhoot cut fuckers,
and though there is no great beauty in the flowers, whereby they will fill the ground round them with
yet, as they are generally produced in plenty, at a their ſpawn, they are not near fo valuable as thoſe
feafon when few other flowers appear upon trees, a
plants which are raiſed from layers.
few plants of them may be admitted for variety. CORNUTIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 17. Lin. Gen.
The fruit of this tree is ſeldom ripe before Septem- Plant. 684. Agnanthus. (Vaill. Act. R. 1722. We
ber. The tree will grow eighteen or twenty feet have no Engliſh name for this plant. It is ſo called
high, and make a large head.
from Cornutus, a phyſician of Paris, who publiſhed
The third fort is an American, from whence the feeds a hiſtory of Canada plants
have been brought to England: this is found in all The CHARACTERS are,
northern parts of America, as are alſo the fourth, The flower bath a ſmall permanent empalement of one
fifth, and fixth forts, being natives of the woods in leaf, which is tubular, and indented in five parts at the
Virginia, New England, Maryland, and Carolina. top. The flower is of one petal, having a cylindrical
Theſe are all of them very hardy, and thrive well in tube, which is much longer than the empalement, and di-
the open air in England, ſo are cultivated by the nur- vided into four parts at the top ; the upper ſegment is
ſery-men near London, to add to the variety of their round and ereat, the two ſide ones Spread apart, and the
hardy trees: theſe grow to the ſame height with our lower is round and entire. It hath four ftamina, two of
common female Dogberry, and make a much better theſe are longer than the tube, the other are ſhorter ; they
appearance. The ihoots of the fifth ſort are of a beau- are terminated by inclining ſummits. In the center is fitu-
tiful red colour in winter; and in ſummer the leaves ated the roundiſh germen, ſupporting a long Nyle, divided
being large, of a whitiſh colour on their under into two parts, crowned by two thick ſtigmas. The ger-
fide, and the bunches of white flowers growing at the men afterward becomes a globular berry, ſitting upon the
extremity of every branch, renders this ſhrub valua- empalememt, incloſing ſeveral kidney-fhaped ſeeds.
ble; and in autumn, when the large bunches of blue This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
berries are ripe, they make a fine appearance.
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
The third fort is now very common in the nurſeries, Angioſpermia, the flowers having two long and
where it is known by the name of Virginia Dogwood. two ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds are included in a
This fort is of much humbler growth than either of capſule.
the former, ſeldom riſing above ſeven or eight feet There is but one Species of this genus, viz.
high, but is generally well garniſhed with leaves, CORNUTIA (Pyramidata). Hort. Cliff. 319. Cornutia
which are larger than either of the other forts. This flore pyramidato cæruleo, foliis incanis. Nov. Gen.
does not flower ſo plentifully as the other forts, nor 32. Cornutia with a blue pyramidal flower and boary
have I yet ſeen any of theſe ſhrubs, which have pro- leaves.
duced berries in England, though they are as hardy This plant was firſt diſcovered by father Plumier in
as the other.
America, who
gave
it the name.
It is found in plen-
There is a variety of this with a red involucrum or ty
feveral of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, as alſo
cover to the flowers, which adds to the beauty of the at Campeachy and La Vera Cruz, from both which
plant; this was found wild in Virginia by Mr. Ba- places I received the ſeeds, which were collected by
niſter, and afterward by Mr. Cateſby. This and the my late ingenious friend Dr. William Houſtoun, and
former fort are great ornaments to the woods in A- afterward by Mr. Robert Millar, from the ſame coun-
merica, firſt by their early flowering in the ſpring be- try. It grows to the height of ten or twelve feet
fore the
green leaves appear; and in the winter they the branches are four-cornered, grow ftraggling, and
are alſo beautiful when the berries are ripe, which hang the leaves are placed oppoſite. The flowers are pre-
upon the ſhrubs till the ſpring.
duced in fpikes at the end of the branches, which are
The eighth fort grows upon Cheviot-hills in Nor- of a fine blue colour; theſe uſually appear in autumn,
thumberland, and alſo upon the Alps, and other and ſometimes will remain in beauty for two months
mountainous places in the northern countries, but is
very difficult to preſerve in gardens; the only me- It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown early
thod is, to remove the plants from the places of their in the ſpring on a hot-bed; and when the plants are
natural growth, with good balls of earth to their come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a ſe-
roots, and plant them in a moiſt ſhady ſituation, parate halfpenny pot, filled with light freſh earth, and
where they are not annoyed by the roots of other plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
plants. In ſuch a ſituation they may be preſerved ſhade them until they have taken root; after which
two or three years, but it rarely happens that they they ſhould have freſh air let into the bed, in propor-
will continue much longer. This is a low herbaceous tion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and ſhould be fre-
plant, whoſe ſtalks decay in the autumn.
quently watered (for it naturally grows on ſwampy
All the forts of Dogwood may be propagated by their foils.) When the plants have filled theſe pots with
ſeeds, which, if ſown in autumn foon after they are their roots, they ſhould be ſhifted into others of a
ripe, will moſt of them come up the following ſpring; larger ſize, and plunged into a hot-bed again, where
but if the ſeeds are not ſown in autumn, they will lie they ſhould be continued till October, when they muſt
a year in the ground before the plants will appear, be removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the
and when the year proves dry, they will ſometimes tan, for otherwiſe it will be very difficult to preſerve
remain two years in the ground; therefore the place them through the winter. The ſtove in which theſe
ihould not be diſturbed, where theſe feeds are fown, plants are placed ſhould be kept to the temperate heat
under two years, if the plants ſhould not come up marked on Mr. Fowler's thermometers, which will
fooner. When the plants are come up, they ſhould agree better with them than a hotter ftove. The third
be duly watered in dry weather, and kept clean from year from ſeeds theſe plants will flower, when they
weeds; and the autumn following they may be re- make a fine appearance in the ſtove, but they never
moved, and planted in beds in the nurſery, where perfect their feeds in England.
they may remain two years, by which time they will
alſo be propagated by cuttings, which, if
be fit to tranſplant where they are to remain for good. planted into pots filled with earth, and plunged into
They are alſo propagated by ſuckers, and laying a bark-bed, obſerving to ſhade and water them, will
down the branches. Moſt of the forts produce plen- take root, and muſt be afterwards treated as the feed-
ty of ſuckers, eſpecially when they are planted on a ling plants.
moift light foil, which may be taken off from the old CORONA IMPERIALIS. See FRITILLARIA.
plants in autumn, and planted into a nurſery for a CORONA SOLIS. See HelianTHUS.
HELIANTHUS
year or two, and then may be tranſplanted into the CORONILLA, Jointed-podded Colutea.
places where they are to remain ; but thoſe plants
The CHARACTERS are,
which are propagated by ſuckers, rarely have ſo good The flower bath a Mort permanent empalement of one
roots as thoſe which are propagated by layers; and leaf, which is compreſſed, bifid, and erect. It hath a
butterfly
3
a
or more.
They may

COR
COR
a
a
butterfly flower, whoſe ſtandard is heart-ſhaped, and re-
fiexed on each ſide. The wings are ovel, and join at the
top. The keel is Sorter than the wings, is pointed and
compreſed. It hath nine ſtamina which are united, and
one ſtanding ſingle, which are broad at the top, terminated
by ſmall ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oblong taper
germen, ſupporting a briſtly riſing ſtyle, crowned by an
obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a taper
jointed pod, incloſing oblong ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia
Decandria, the flower having ten ſtamina, nine of
which are united, and one ſtands ſingle. To this ge-
nus Dr. Linnæus has joined the Emerus of Cæſalpi-
nus, and the Securidaca of Tournefort, whereby he
multiplies the ſpecies; but as theſe differ effentially
in their fructification, I ſhall treat of them fe-
parately, following the example of all the former
botaniſts.
The SPECIES are,
1. CORONILLA (Glauca) fruticoſa, foliis feptenis, ftipu-
lis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. 1047. Shrubby Coronilla with
ſeven.pair of ſmall leaves, and ſpear-ſhaped ftipula. Co-
ronilla maritima glauco folio. Tourn. Inft. 650.
2. CORONILLA (Argentea) fruticoſa foliolis undenis, ex-
timo majore. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1049. Shrubby Coro-
nilla with elëven pair of ſmall leaves, the outer being the
largeſt. Coronilla argentea Cretica. Tourn. Inſt.
650.
3. CORONILLA (Valentina) fruticoſa foliis ſubnovenis ſub-
orbiculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1047. Shrubby Coronilla
with nine lobes which are orbicular. Polygala Valen-
tina.
4. CoronILLA (Hiſpanica) fruticoſa enneaphylla, foliolis
emarginatis, ftipulis majoribus fubrotundis. Shrubby
nine-leaved Coronilla, whoſe ſmall leaves are indented, and
larger roundiſh ftipulæ. Coronilla ſiliquis & feminibus
craffioribus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 650.
5. CORONILLA (Minima) foliolis plurimis, ovatis, caule
fuffruticoſo declinato, pedunculis longioribus. Coro-
nilla with many oval lobes, a declining ſtalk ſomewhat
fbrubby, and longer foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Coro-
nilla minima. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 650. Smallest Co-
ronilla.
6. Coronilla (Varia) herbacea, leguminibus erectis,
teretibus, toroſis, numeroſis, foliis glabris. Hort.
Cliff. 363. Herbaceous Coronilla with many taper erect
pods, and ſmooth leaves. Coronilla herbacea flore vario.
Tourn. Inft. 650.
7. Coronilla (Cretica) herbacea, leguminibus quinis,
erectis, teretibus, articulatis. Prod. Leyd. 387. Her-
baceous Coronilla with five taper, erect, jointed pods. Co-
ronilla Cretica herbacea, fore parvo purpurafcente.
Tourn. Cor. 44.
.
8. CoronILLA (Orientalis) herbacea leguminibus nu-
meroſis, radiatis, craffioribus, articulatis, foliolis ſub-
tus glaucis. Herbaceous Coronilla with many thick jointed
pods diſpoſed like rays, and ſmaller leaves of a ſea-green
on their under ſide. Coronilla orientalis herbaceo, flore
magno luteo. Tourn. Cor. 44.
CORONILLA (Juncea) fruticoſa, foliis quinatis terna-
tiſque lineari-lanceolatis ſubcarnoſis obtufis. Lin. Sp.
1047. Shrubby Coronilla with five and trefoil linear,
Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are obtuſe and fleſhy. Do-
ricum luteum Hiſpanicum carnoſius. Barrel. Icon.
133.
10. CORONILLA (Scandens) caule hirſuto, volubili, fo-
liolis quinis ovatis, floribus binis, erectis, axillaribus,
leguminibus erectis, villoſis. Coronilla with a twining
bairy ſtalk, five oval leaves, two flowers growing erect
on the ſides of the branches, and upright hairy pods. Co-
ronilla fcandens pentaphylla. Plum. Cat. 19. Climbing
five-leaved Coronilla.
The firſt fort is an humble ſhrub, which feldom riſes
more than two or three feet high, with a ligneous
branching ſtalk, garniſhed cloſely with winged leaves,
each being generally compoſed of five pair of ſmall
leaves (or lobes) terminated by an odd one; theſe
are narrow at their baſe, and broad at the top, where
they are roundiſh and indented; they are of a ſea-
green colour, and continue all the year. The flowers
are produced on flender foot-ſtalks from the wings of
the leaves, on the upper part of the branches, ſeveral
ſtanding together in a roundiſh bunch; they are of
the butterfly, or Pea-bloom kind, and of a bright
yellow colour, having a very ſtrong odour, which to
ſome perſons is agreeable, but to others the contrary.
This powers in April and May, and the ſeeds ripen
in Auguft.
This plant is propagated by fowing the feeds in the
ſpring, either upon a gentle hot-bed, or on a warm
border of light freſh earth; and when the plants are
come up about two inches high, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted either into pots, or a bed of good rich earth,
at about four or five inches diſtance every way,
where they may remain until they have obtained
ſtrength enough to plant out for good; which ſhould
be either into pots filled with good freſh earth, or
a warm ſituated border; in which, if the winter is not
too ſevere, they will abide very well, provided they
are in a dry ſoil.
The ſecond fort is a ſhrub of the fame fize with the
firſt, from which it differs in the number of fmall
leaves (or lobes) on each midrib; theſe having nine
or eleven, and are of a ſilver colour, but the
flowers and pods are the ſame. It flowers at the
ſame time, and requires the ſame treatment as the
former.
The third ſort is a ſhrubby plant, riſing four or five
feet high; the ſtalks are ſhrubby garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of many ſmall oval lobes
along the midrib by pairs, and ending in an odd one.
The fowers ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, which ariſe
from the ſide of the branches; they are yellow, and
grow together in cloſe bunches. This flowers in winter
and ſpring, and the feeds are ripe in Auguſt.
This is a perennial ſhrubby plant, which is propagåted
by feeds; they may be fown on a bed of light earth in
April, and when the plants are fit to tranſplant, ſome
of them ſhould be planted in a warm border, cloſe to a
warm wall or pale, to which the branches ſhould be
trained; obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun till they
have taken freſh root, and alſo to refreſh them with
water when they require it. After they are well rooted,
they will require no other culture but to keep them
clean from weeds, and faſten their branches to the
wall; the next year they will flower, and if they are
on a dry foil and in a warm ſituation, they will con-
tinue many years. Some of theſe plants ſhould be
put into pots, that they may be removed into ihelter
in winter; where, if they are not too tenderly treated,
they will flower great part of that ſeaſon; but theſe
will rarely produce feeds, whereas thoſe in the full
ground generally do, provided they are covered with
mats in froſty weather.
The fourth ſort is nearly like the firſt, but hath fewer
pinnä on each midrib. The flowers are larger, and
have little ſcent. The pods and ſeeds are much
larger, and the plants are not quite ſo hardy. This
flowers in May and June, but rarely perfects ſeeds
in England; it requires the ſame treatment as the firſt,
but in winter the plants ſhould be ſheltered, otherwiſe
hard froſts will deſtroy them.
The fifth fort is a low trailing plant with ſhrubby
ſtalks, which ſpread near the ground, garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of many pair of ſmall lobes
placed along the midrib, terminated by an odd one;
theſe are oval, and of a bright green; the flowers
ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks in cloſe bunches, they
are yellow, and without fcent. It flowers in May,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This is propagated
by feeds in the ſame manner as the third, and requires
the ſame treatment.
The ſixth fort dies down every winter, but riſes again
the fucceeding ſpring; the ſtalks of this rife to the
height of five or ſix feet, where they have ſupport;
otherwiſe they trail on the ground, and are garniſhed
with winged leaves, compoſed of ſeveral oblong ſmall
pinnæ, which are ſometimes placed by pairs, and at
other times are alternate, ending in a ſingle one, they
3
9.
6
are

COR
COR
tumn.
а.
tumn.
are of a deep green. The flowers come out on long frame in winter, becauſe in hard froſts the plants are
foot-ſtalks from the wings of the leaves, many often deſtroyed; but in mild weather they ſhould be
growing together in round bunches; they are variable expoſed to the air, otherwiſe they will draw up
from a deep to a light purple, mixed with white, weak.
and are ſucceeded by ſlender pods from two to three The tenth fort was diſcovered by father Plumier in
inches long, ſtanding erect. This plant flowers in America. I received the feeds of this plant from
June, July, and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in au- Carthagena, which were ſent me by my late ingenious
The roots of this plant creep very far under friend Dr. William Houſtoun; this hath a ſlender,
ground, by which the plant increaſes greatly; which, hairy, twining ſtalk, of a brown colour, twiſting round
when permitted to remain unremoved for two or any of the thrubs which ſtand near it, whereby it
three years, will ſpread and overbear what plants grow riſes eight or ten feet high, and is garniſhed with
near it; for which reaſon the roots ſhould be confined, winged leaves, for the moſt part compofed of five
and it ſhould be planted at a diſtance from any other oval lobes, one inch long, and half an inch broad,
plants ; it will grow in almoſt any foil and ſituation, of a deep green. The flowers come out by pairs at
but thrives beſt in a warm funny expoſure, in which each joint, ſtanding on very ſhort ſeparate foot-ſtalks
the flowers will alſo be much fairer, and in greater erect; they are large, and of a pale yellow; theſe
quantities. This plant was formerly cultivated to feed are ſucceeded by taper jointed pods, more than three
cattle.
inches long, which are covered with ſhort, ſoft, white,
The ſeventh fort hath an herbaceous ſtalk, which riſes hairy down, and ſtand erect. This plant is propa-
two feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves, com- gated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown early in the
poſed of fix pair of ſmall leaves, placed along the ſpring on a moderate hot-bed; and when the plants
midrib, which is terminated by an odd one; theſe are come up, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into
are larger than thoſe of the ſixth fort, and broader at a halfpenny pot filled with freſh rich earth, and
the top. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
from the ſide of the ſtalks, but they are ſhorter than ſhade them until they have taken root; after which
thoſe of the ſixth fort, and ſuſtain ſmaller heads of time they ſhould have air and water in proportion to
flowers, which are ſucceeded by five taper jointed the warmth of the ſeaſon, and when they have filled
pods, near two inches long.
theſe pots with their roots, they ſhould be ſhifted into
This is an annual plant, which grows naturally in pots of a larger ſize, and plunged into the hot-bed
the Archipelago, from whence Tournefort ſent the again, where they muſt remain until autumn, when
feeds to the royal garden at Paris. The ſeeds of this they ſhould be removed into the ſtove, and plunged
fort ſhould be ſown on a bed of light earth in the into the tan. Theſe plants muſt be conſtantly kept
ſpring, where the plants are deſigned to remain, and in the bark-ſtove, and placed among plants which
when the plants come up, they ſhould be thinned require a moderate heat; where they will thrive and
where they are too cloſe, and afterward kept clean flower, and ſhould be ſupported by tall ſticks, round
from weeds, which is all the culture they will require. which they will twine as Hops do; for if they have
In June they will flower, and the feeds ripen in au- not this ſupport, they will twiſt round other plants
and ſpoil them. Theſe are very proper plants to
The eighth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort place againſt an eſpalier on the back part of the ſtove,
in the Levant, from whence he ſent the ſeeds to the amongſt other climbing plants, where they will make
royal garden at Paris; this hath a perennial root, and an agreeable variety.
an annual ftalk, which riſes upward of two feet high, If the plants are carefully managed in the winter,
ſtanding erect. The leaves are compoſed of five or they may be preſerved two or three years, and will
fix pair of ſmall oblong leaves, ranged along the annually flower in July, and ſometimes they will pro-
midrib, which is terminated by an odd one. The duce ripe ſeeds in England.
foot-ſtalks of the flowers are ſtrong, and upward of CORONOPUS. See PLANTAGO.
ſix inches in length, ſupporting large bunches of CORTUSA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 181. [This plant is
yellow flowers, which are ſucceeded by ſhort thick ſo called from Cortuſus, a famous botaniſt, who firſt
pods about an inch long. This flowers in June and brought it into uſe.] Bears-ear Sanicle.
July, and in warm ſeaſons the feeds will ripen in The CHARACTERS are,
autumn: there is a variety of this with large white The flower hath a ſmall, ſpreading, permanent empale-
flowers.
ment, which is indented at the brim in five parts; this
This ſort is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be hath one wheel-ſhaped petel, Spreading open to the bottom,
ſown on a warm border of light earth in the ſpring; and cut into five parts at the brim, having five prominent
and when the plants come up, they muſt be carefully tubercles at the baſe. It hath five ſhort obtuſe Stamina,
cleaned from weeds; when they are fit to remove, which are terminated by oblong ere&t ſummits. In the
they ſhould be tranſplanted into a warm border, center is ſituated an oval germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
where they are to remain, ſhading them from the ſun crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
till they have taken freſh root, after which they will an oval, oblong, pointed capſule, having two longitudinal
require no farther care in ſummer, but to keep them furrows, and one cell, opening with two valves, filled
clean from weeds; and in autumn, when the ſtalks with ſmall oblong ſeeds.
are decayed, if the ſurface of the ground is covered This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
with ſome old tan to keep out the froſt, it will be a Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
fecure method to preſerve the roots. The ſecond the flower having five ſtamina and one ftyle.
year the plants will flower, and, if the ſame care is The SPECIES are,
taken in winter, the roots may be continued ſome 1. CORTUSA (Matthioli) calycibus corollâ brevioribus.
years.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 144. Bears Ear Sanicle, with an em-
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain; this riſes palement fhorter than the petal. Cortufa Matthioli. Cluſ.
from two to four feet high, having many flender lig- Hift. 1. p. 307. Bears. Ear Sanicle of Matthiolus.
neous branches, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped 2. CORTUSA (Gmelini) calycibus corollum excedentibus.
leaves, which are ſometimes trifoliate, and at other Aman. Acad. 2. p. 340. Bears Ear Sanicle with an
times have five lobes on each foot-ſtalk; the flowers empalement longer than the petal.
ſtand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which come out The firſt fort grows naturally on the Alps, and alſo
from the wings of the ſtalk, and are collected in ſmall on the mountains in Auſtria, and in Siberia. This
bunches; they are of a bright yellow colour, and plant ſends out many oblong ſmooth leaves, which
appear for fix or ſeven months together, but have are a little indented on the edges, and form a ſort of
not been ſucceeded by feeds here as yet.
head, like the Auricula. The foot-ſtalks of the
This is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as flowers come out in the center of the leaves ; theſe
the firſt fort, and ſome of the plants ſhould be planted riſe about four inches high, and ſupport an umbel of
in pots that they may be ſheltered under a common flowers, each ſitting on a ſlender, ſeparate, ſhort foot-
italk;

COR
COR
a
ftalk; they are of a fleſh colour, and ſpread open but never have found them vary from one to the
like thoſe of the Auricula. It flowers in April, but doth other, though they have altered in the ſize and co-
not produce feeds in the gardens, for this plant is lour of their fruit, from the forts which were fowns
with great difficulty kept in a garden. The only but as the ſhrubs of this grow more erect than thoſe
method by which I could ever preſerve it, has been of the other, and the ſtipulæ are different in their
by planting the plants in pots, and placing them in ſhape, fo I have enumerated it as a diſtinct fort; of
a ſhady ſituation, where they were duly watered in this there are the red and white Filberts, both which
dry weather ; in this place they conſtantly remained are ſo well known, as to need no deſcription.
both ſummer and winter, for the cold will not deſtroy The third ſort grows naturally near Conſtantinople ;
them; the earth for this plant ſhould be light, and the nuts of this are large, roundiſh, and in ſhape like
not too rich, for dung is very injurious to it. As thoſe of the common Hazel, but are more than twice
this very rarely produces any feeds in England, the their fize. The cups in which the nuts grow are
only method to propagate it is, by parting the roots very large, ſo as almoſt to cover the nut, and is deeply
in the ſame manner as is practiſed for Auriculas ; the cut at the brim. This fort is not common in England,
beſt time for this is about Michaelmas, foon after but I take thoſe large nuts which are annually im-
which the leaves decay.
ported from Barcelona in Spain, to be of the ſame
The ſecond fort is very like the firſt, but the flowers kind, the nuts being ſo alike, as not to be diſtin-
are much leſs, and their empalements are larger; this guiſhed when out of their cups; and thoſe of the
grows naturally in Siberia, but is with great difficulty Spaniſh ſort come over naked, ſo I cannot with cer-
kept in a garden.
tainty ſay how they eſſentially differ.
CORYLUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 953. Tourn. Inft. R. All theſe forts may be propagated by fowing their
H. 581. [ſo called from Kópura, Gr. a Hazel, or nuts in February; which, in order to preſerve them
Filbert-tree. It is alſo called Avellana, froin Avella, good, ſhould be kept in ſand in a moiſt cellar, where
a town in Campania, where it grew in great plenty.] the vermin cannot come at them to deſtroy them
The Hazel, or Nut-tree.
nor ſhould the external air be excluded from them,
The CHARACTERS are,
which would occaſion their growing mouldy.
It hath male and female flowers growing at remote dif- The manner of fowing the feeds being well known
tances on the ſame tree. The mole flowers are produced to every one, I need not here mention it, eſpecially
in long ſcaly katkins, each ſcale including a ſingle flower, ſince it is not the ſureſt way to obtain the forts de-
having no petals, but eight ſhort ſtamina faſtened to the fired; for they feldom prove ſo good as the nuts
fide of the ſcale, and terminated by oblong erext ſummits. which were fown, or at leaſt not one in four of them
The female flowers are included in the future bud, fitting will; and the method of propagating them by layers
cloſe to the branches; theſe have a thick two-leaved peri- being not only the fureft, but alſo moſt expeditious,
anthium, torn on the border, fitting under the flower is what I would recommend to every one who
when it is ſmall, but afterward is enlarged to the ſize of
would cultivate theſe trees for the ſake of their fruits.
the fruit; it hath no petal, but a ſmall round germen CORYMBIFEROUS PLANTS are ſuch as
occupies the center, ſupporting two briſtly coloured ſtyles, have a compound diſcous flower, but their feeds
which are longer than the empalement, crowned by two have no down adhering to them. The name is taken
ſingle ſtigmas. The germen ofterward becomes an oval from the manner of bearing its flowers in cluſters,
nut, ſhaved at the baſe, and compreſſed at the top, ending and ſpreading round in the form of an umbrella. Of
in a point.
this kind is the Corn Marigold, common Ox Eye,
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection the Daiſy, Camomile, Mugwort, Feverfew, &c.
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Po- Mr. Ray diſtinguiſhes them into ſuch as have a ra-
lyandria, from there being male and female flowers diated Power, as the Sun Flower, Marigold, &c. and
on the ſame plant, and the male flowers having many ſuch as have a naked flower, as the Lavender Cotton
ſtamina.
and Tanſey, and alſo thoſe that are akin to them, as
The SPECIES are,
Scabious, Teaſel, Carduus, &c.
1. Corylus (Avellana) ftipulis ovatis obtufis. Hort. CORYMBIUM.
Cliff. 448. Hazel Nut with oval blunt ftipule. Cory-
The CHARACTERS are,
lus Sylveſtris. C. B. P. 418. Wild Hazel Nut.
It hath on empalement of two leaves, having fix angles;
2. CORYLUS (Maxima) ftipulis oblongis, obtufis, ramis the ſmall leaves are ereet and cloſe together their whole
erectioribus. Hazel with oblong blunt ftipula, and the length, and are triangular on their outſide, cut into three
branches growing more erect. Corylus fativa frutu ob- Segments, and are permanent. The flower has one petal,
longo. C. B. P. 418. The Filbert.
which is equal, having a very ſhort tube, cut into five
3. Corylus (Colurna) ftipulis linearibus acutis. Hort. Segments at the brim, which ſpread open; it hath five
Cliff. 448. Hazel with narrow acute ftipula. Cory erect ſtamina fitting within the tube, crowned with oblong
Byzantina. H. L. 191. Byzantine Nut.
ere&t Summits, ſhorter than the petal, joining in a cylin-
The firſt of theſe trees is common in many woods in der: the germen is ſituated within the empalement, at
England, from whence the fruit is gathered in plenty, tke bottom of the petal, ſupporting a ſingle ere Et ſtyle the
and brought to the London markets by the country length of the petal, terminated by a bifid oblong ſtigma;
people. This tree is ſeldom planted in gardens (ex- the germen afterward becomes an oblong ſeed, having a
cept by perſons curious in collections of trees and ſort of down adhering to it.
ſhrubs ;) it delights to grow on a moiſt ſtrong foil, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of
and may be plentifully increaſed by ſuckers from the Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Mo-
old plants, or by laying down their branches, which, nogamia, the flower having five ftamina which join
in one year's time, will take ſufficient root for tranſ- by their ſummits, and is fucceeded by one ſeed. .
planting; and theſe will be much handſomer and better We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
rooted plants than ſuckers, and will greatly outgrow CORYMBIUM ( Africanum). Hort. Cliff. 494. African Co-
them, eſpecially while young;
,
rymbium. Bupleurifolia femine pappoſo, valerianoides
There is a variety of this with fruit growing in great umbellata, cauliculi fcabro. Pluk. Alm. 73.
.
cluſters at the end of the branches, which is diftin- This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good
guiſhed by the title of Cluſter Nut; but as this is Hope ; it riſes with an erect rough ſtalk about a
ſuppoſed to be only a variety, which accidentally foot high, with a ſingle leaf at each joint, which half
came from the other, I have not diſtinguiſhed it'; embrace the ſtalk with their baſe. The leaves are
however, this may be continued by layers, ſo the kind long, narrow, and triangular, and have a downy ſub-
may always be preſerved.
ſtance intermixed with them at their baſe, the upper
The ſecond fort is by many ſuppoſed to be only a fe- part of the ſtalk divides into ſeveral foot-ſtalks,
minal variety from the firſt, which hath been im- which are terminated by purple flowers of one petal,
proved by culture; but this is very doubtful, for I cut into five parts at the brim, each being fucceeded
have ſeveral times propagated both from the nuts, by an obiong feed.
Ic
a
4. H

COS
COT
a
3
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in a COTINUS. See Ruus.
ſmall pot filled with light earth as ſoon as it is re- COTONEA MALUS. See CYDONIA.
ceived from abroad; the pots fhould be plunged into COTONEASTER. See MESPILUS,
a bed of tanners bark, where the heat is near ſpent, COTUL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 868. Annathocyclus.
and covered with a common frame in winter, to protect Vaill. Act. Reg. Scien. 1719. Mayweed.
the feeds from froſt, ſnow, and hard rains. In the
The CHARACTERS are,
fpring, if the pots are removed into a moderate hot- It bath a flower compoſed of hermaphrodite florets in the
bed, the plants will ſoon appear: when they are diſk, and female half forets which form the rays; theſe
about an inch high, they ſhould be each tranſplanted are included in one common convex empolement, divided
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, obſerving to ſhade them until into ſeveral oval parts. The hermaphrodite florets are
they have got new roots; foon after which they ſhould tubulor, and cut into four unequal ſegments at the top ;
be gradually inured to the open air, and in June theſe have four ſmall ſteming, terminated by tubular fum-
they ſhould be placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation ; mits, and have two obtuſe stigmas, having one ſmall,
where they may remain till October, when they ſhould oval, angular ſeed to each. The female half florets have
be placed in a common frame, where they may be an oval compreſſed germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
protected from froſt, being too tender to live abroad crowned by two ſtigmas, but have no ſtamina; theſe are
in England.
ſucceeded by ſingle heart-ſhaped ſeeds, plain on one ſide, and
CORYMBUS [KógupGo, Gr.] ſignifies among bo- convex on the other, with an obiuſe border.
taniſts, round cluſters of berries, as thoſe of Ivy. This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
Jungius uſes it to fignify the extremity of a ſtalk, ſo of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
ſubdivided and laden with flowers, or fruits, as to Polygamia fuperflua ; the plants of this ſection have
compoſe a ſpherical figure.
hermaphrodite and female flowers, which are fruit-
It is alſo by modern botaniſts uſed to ſignify a com-
ful.
pound diſcous flower, which does not fly away in
The SPECIES are,
down, as the Chryſanthemum, Daily, Chryſocome, 1. COTULA (Anthemoides) foliis pinnato-multifidis, co-
&c. For theſe kind of flowers, being ſpread into rollis radio deſtitutis. Hort. Cliff. 417. Mayweed with
breadth, do, after a ſort, reſemble an umbrella, or many pointed winged leaves, and no rays to the flower.
bunch of Ivy-berries.
Chamæmelum luteum capite aphyllo. C. B. P. 135.
COSTUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 3.
2. Cotula (Turbinata) receptaculis fubtus inflatis, tur-
The CHARACTERS are,
binatis. Hort. Cliff. 417. Mayweed whoſe receptacles
It bath a ſimple ſpadix and ſpathe, with a ſmall em- are ſwollen and turbinated beneath. Cotula Africana cas
palement, divided into three parts, fitting on the germen, lice eleganter cæfio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 495.
The flower hath three concave petals, which are ereti and 3. COTULA (Coronopi folia) foliis lanceolato-linearibus,
equal, with a large oblong nečiarium of one leaf, having amplexicaulibus pinnatifidis. Hort. Cliff. 417. May-
two lips, the lower being broad, and as long as the petal. weed with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves embracing the fialk,
The upper is ſhorter and ſpear-ſhaped, changing to a ſta- having many points. Chryſanthemum exoticum minus,
mina; this is fastened to the upper lip of the nectarium, capite aphyllo, Chamameli nudi facie. Breyn. Cent.
to which adheres a bipartite ſummit. The germen is fi- 156.
tuated within the receptacle of the flower, which is The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and
roundiſh, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a com- the Archipelago; this is an annual plant, which riſes
preſſed indented ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a with a branching ſtalk half a foot high, garniſhed
roundiſh capſule with three cells, containing ſeveral trian- with leaves which are finely divided like thoſe of
gular ſeeds.
Chamomile. The flowers are produced fingly at the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of end of the branches, which are very like thoſe of the
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia, naked Chamomile, but the heads riſe higher in the
the flower having but one ftamen and one ſtyle. middle like a pyramid. This flowers in May and
We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt. If the ſeeds of
Costus (Arabicus). Hort. Cliff. 2. Coſtus Arabicus. C. this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
B. P. 36. Arabian Coſtus.
up in the ſpring, and require no other care but to
This hath a fleſhy jointed root like that of Ginger, keep them clean from weeds, and thin the plants
which propagates under the ſurface as that doth; where they are too cloſe.
from which ariſe many round, taper, herbaceous The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
ſtalks, garniſhed with oblong ſmooth leaves, em- Hope, from whence I have received the ſeeds; this
bracing the ſtalks like thoſe of a Reed; theſe ſtalks riſe is an annual plant, ſending out many branching ſtalks
near two feet high; out of the center, the club, or from the root, which ſpread on the ground, and are
head of flowers is produced, which is near two inches garniſhed with very fine divided leaves, covered with
long, the thickneſs of a man's finger, and blunt at a lanugo, or cotton. The flowers are produced
the top, compoſed of ſeveral leafy ſcales, out of ſingly upon long foot-ſtalks, ariſing from the ſide of
which the flowers come; theſe have but one thin the branches; theſe have a narrow border of white
white petal, which is of ſhort duration, ſeldom con- rays, with a pale yellow diſk. It flowers in June and
tinuing longer than one day before it fades, and is July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. This ſort muſt
never fucceeded by feeds in this country. The time be raiſed on a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, and
of its flowering is very uncertain, for ſometimes it when the plants have obtained ſtrength, they may
be
flowers late in the winter, and at other times it has tranſplanted into a warm border, where they will ripen
flowered in ſummer, fo is not conſtant to any ſeaſon their feeds very well.
in England. It grows naturally in moſt parts of India. The third fort is an annual plant, which ſends out
This is propagated by parting of the roots; the beſt trailing ſtalks about fix inches long, garniſhed with
time for doing this is in the ſpring, before the roots ſucculent leaves, in ſhape like thoſe of Buckſhorn
put out new ſtalks. The roots muſt not be divided
Plantain. The flowers grow from the diviſions of
too ſmall, becauſe that will prevent their fiswering. the ſtalks upon ſhort weak foot-ſtalks, being deſtitute
They ſhould be planted in pots, filled with light of rays; they are of a fulphur colour, and appear
kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into the tan-bed about the ſame time with the former. If the feeds
in the ſtove, where they ſhould conſtantly remain, of this fort are fown on a warm border where the
and may be treated in the ſame manner as the plants are to remain, they will require no other cul-
Ginger, which is fully treated of under the article ture but to keep them clean from weeds. The
AMOMUM.
flowers of the two laft forts ftand erect, when they firſt
The roots of this plant were formerly imported from appear, but ſo ſoon as the florets are impregnated,
India, and were much uſed in medicine; but of late and their colour changes, the foot-ſtalks become very
years they have not been regarded, the roots of Ginger flaccid toward the top, and the flowers hang downward;
being generally ſubſtituted for theſe.
but when the ſeeds are ripe, the foot-Italks become
ſtiff,
و
و

СОТ
СОТ
a
a
ſtiff, and the heads ſtand erect for the winds to dif-
perſe the ſeeds.
COTYLEDON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 512. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 90. tab. 19. [Koluandov, Gr. of Koluan, Gr.
a cavity ; becauſe the leaves of this are hollowed like
the navel, or becauſe it reſembles a veſſel wherewith
the ancients uſed to draw water.] Navelwort.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a ſmall empalement of one leaf, divided
into five parts at the top. It hath one funnel-ſhaped pe-
tal, cut into five parts at the brim, which turn backward.
It hath five germina, which have each a ſquamous concave
ne Etarium at their baſe, and each ſuſtains a ſtyle, crowned
by a ſingle ſtigma; theſe are attended by ten ere&t ſtami-
na, which are terminated by ere&t ſummits, having four
furrows. The germen afterward become ſo many oblong
ſwelling capſules, opening longitudinally, with one valve,
filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection of
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Pentagynia,
the flower having ten ſtamina and five ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. COTYLEDON (Umbilicus) foliis cuculato-peltatis, ſerrato-
dentatis, alternis, caule ramoſo, floribus erectis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 429. Navelwort with hooded leaves ſharply in-
dented, growing alternate, and a branching ſtalk with
erect flowers. Cotyledon major. Greater Navelwort.
Umbilicus Veneris. Cluf. H.
2. COTYLEDON (Spinoſo) foliis oblongis ſpinofo-mucro-
natis, caule fpicato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 429. Navelwort
with oblong pointed leaves, ending with a ſpine, and a
Spiked ſtalk.
3. COTYLEDON (Serrata) foliis ovalibus, crenatis, caule
ſpicato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 429. Navelwort with oval cre-
nated leaves and a ſpiked ſtalk. Cotyledon Cretica, fo-
lio oblongo, fimbriato. Hort. Elth. 113. tab.
velwort of Crete, with an oblong fringed leaf.
4. COTYLEDON (Hemiſpherica) foliis ſemigloboſis. Hort.
Cliff. 176. Navelwort with ſemiglobular leaves. Coty-
ledon Capenfis, folio ſemiglobato. Hort. Elth. 112.
a
95. Na
ſurface of the leaves are hollow in the middle, where
the foot-ſtalks are joined on the lower fide, ſo as to
reſemble a navel, from whence the plant was titled
Navelwort. From between the leaves ariſe the foot-
ſtalks of the flowers, which in ſome places grow near
three feet high, and in others not more than fix inches,
their lower part being garniſhed with leaves, and
their upper part with flowers, which frand cloſe to
the ſide of the branches, and grow erect; they are
of a whitiſh yellow colour, and appear in June. It
requires a dry rubbiſhy ſoil, and to have a ſhady po-
fition. This is a biennial plant, ſo that after it has
perfected ſeed, the plant decays, but if the ſeeds
are ſcattered on walls and old buildings as ſoon as
it is ripe, or if the feeds are permitted to fall upon
ſuch places, the plants will come up, and thrive much
better than when they are ſown in the ground, and
when once the plants are eſtabliſhed upon an old wall
or building, they will fow their feeds, and maintain
their place better than when cultivated with more care.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Siberia, from
whence it was brought to the imperial garden at Pe-
terſburgh. This was ſent me by Dr. Amman, the
late profeſſor of botany in that garden. It is a low
plant, in ſhape like the Houſleek, but the leaves are
longer, and terminate in ſoft fpines. The flower-
ſtalks riſe about four inches high, and ſupport four
or five whitiſh flowers, which are cut at the brim into
five parts. Theſe appear in April, and are ſome-
times ſucceeded by feeds in England. This fort re-
quires a very ſhady ſituation, for if it is expoſed to
the fun in ſummer, the plants will ſoon decay. It is
propagated by offsets like the Houſleek, and requires
a pretty ſtrong foil.
The third ſort grows naturally in the Levant. This
hath a fibrous root, from which is produced a fingle
upright ſucculent ſtalk, garniſhed with oblong, thick,
fucculent leaves, placed alternate, which are fawed on
their edges. The upper part of the ſtalk is garniſh-
ed with purpliſh flowers, growing in a looſe ſpike,
two or three being joined on the ſame foot-ſtalk,
which is very ſhort. The flowers appear in June,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. It is a biennial plant,
which decays ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe. If this
ſort is ſown upon a wall, it will thrive better than
in the ground, and be leſs liable to ſuffer by froſt;
ſo that where the feeds ſcatter themſelves in ſuch
ſituations, the plants thrive better than when they
are cultivated.
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath a thick ſucculent ſtalk, which
rarely riſes above a ſpan high, dividing into many
branches, garniſhed with ſhort, thick, ſucculent leaves,
which are very convex on their under ſide, but plain
on their upper, not more than half an inch long, and
a quarter broad, of a grayiſh colour ſpotted over with
ſmall green ſpots, and ſit cloſe to the branches: the
foot-ſtalks of the flower riſe from the top of the
branches, and are fix inches long, naked, and ſupport
five or fix flowers, which come out alternate from
the fide, fitting very cloſe to the ſtalks; they are tu-
bular, and cut into five parts at the top; theſe are
greeniſh, with purple tips. It flowers in June and
July, but never produces feeds in England.
The fifth ſort grows naturally upon dry gravelly ſpots
at the Cape of Good Hope. It hath a thick fucculent
ſtalk, which by age becomes ligneous, and riſes three
or four feet high, ſending out crooked branches, which
grow irregular, garniſhed with thick, fleſhy, ſucculent
leaves about two inches long, and near as wide toward
the top; they are narrow at their baſe, and rounded
at the top, of a fea-green colour, with a purple edge,
which is frequently irregularly indented. The flow-
ers grow upon thick ſucculent foot-ſtalks, which
ariſe from the end of the branches, and are near a
foot long, naked, and ſupporting eight or ten flowers,
growing in an irregular umbel at the top; theſe are
of a pale yellow colour, having long tubes, which
hang downward, cut into five parts at the brim, which
turn backward, the ſtamina and ftyle being longer
than
tab. 94.
a
5. COTYLEDON (Orbiculata) foliis fubrotundis, planis in-
tegerrimis. Hort. Cliff
. 276. Navelwort with roundiſh,
plain, entire leaves. Sedum Africanum fruteſcens, in-
canum, orbiculatis foliis. H. L. 349.
6. COTYLEDON (Ramofilimo) caule ramofiffimo, foliis
rotundis, planis, marginibus purpureis. Navelwort
with a very branching ſtalk, and round, plain, hairy
leaves, with purple edges.
7. COTYLEDON (Arboreſcens) caule ramoſo, fucculento,
foliis obverse ovatis, emarginatis, marginibus purpu-
reis. Navelwort with a branching ſucculent ſtalk, and ob-
verſe oval leaves, which are indented at the top, and have
purple borders. Cotyledon major, arboreſcens Afra,
foliis orbiculatis, glaucus, limbo purpureo, & ma-
culis viridibus ornatis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 287.
8. COTYLEDON (Ovata) caule ramoſo, fucculento, fo-
liis ovatis, planis, acuminatis oppoſitis ſemiamplexi-
caulibus. Navelwort with a ſucculent branching Stalk,
and oval, plain, pointed leaves growing oppoſite, which half
embrace the ſtalk.
9. COTYLEDON (Spuria) foliis alternis fpatulatis carnoſis
integerrimis. Lin. Sp. 614. Navelwort with ſpatule-
Shaped leaves. Cotyledon Africana fruteſcens, folio
longo & anguſto, fore flaveſcente. Com. Rar. Plant.
23. tab. 23.
10. COTYLEDON (Laciniata) foliis laciniatis, floribus qua-
drifidis. Hort. Cliff. 175. Navelwort with cut leaves,
and four-pointed flowers. Cotyledon Afra, folio craſſo
lato laciniato, fofculo aureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 288.
The firſt fort, which is that uſed in medicine, grows
upon old walls and buildings in divers parts of Eng-
land, particularly in Shropſhire and Somerſetſhire; in
both which counties it greatly abounds upon old
buildings, and on rocky places, but is not often
found wild near London, nor often cultivated in gar-
dens. This hath many round ſucculent leaves, whoſe
foot-ſtalks are placed almoſt in the center, ſo as to
reſemble a target. They are alternately fawed on
their edges, which frequently turn inward; the upper
a

COT
COT
a
a
than the tube of the flower, hanging downward.
This fort flowers in July, Auguſt, and September,
but doth not ripen ſeeds in England.
The ſixth fort is alſo a native of the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath a fhort, thick, fucculent italk,
which rarely riſes more than a foot high, branching
out on every fide, ſo as to ſpread over the pots in
which they are planted: they become woody by age,
and are cloſely garniſhed with thick round leaves, of
a grayiſh colour, with purple borders, plain on their
upper fide, but convex on their under, and very
fleſhy, of an herbaceous colour within, and full of
moiſture. This fort hath not flowered in England,
ſo far as I can learn, for I have kept plants of it which
were twenty years old, but never attempted to flower.
It is undoubtedly a different fort from the former,
although they have been ſuppoſed to be the ſame by
ſome writers.
The ſeventh fort is ſomewhat like the ſixth, but the
ſtalks riſe higher, the leaves are much larger, and
ſhaped more like thoſe of the fifth, but are ſpotted
on their upper ſide with great numbers of dark green
ſpots; they have a deep border of purple on their
edges, and fit cloſe to the branches. This hath not
as yet flowered in England. This is alſo a native of
Æthiopia.
The eighth fort hath been of late years introduced
into the gardens in Holland, from the Cape of Good
Hope, where it grows naturally, and was ſent me by
Dr. Adrian Van Royen, late profeſſor of botany at
Leyden. This riſes with a ſucculent ſtalk near three
feet high, which divides into many branches, grow-
ing erect, garniſhed with oval ſucculent leaves, placed
oppoſite; they are of a lively green, and end in
points, and half embrace the ſtalks with their baſe.
This ſort hath not as yet produced any flowers in
England.
The ninth fort grows on rocky places at the Cape of
Good Hope, from whence it was firſt brought to the
gardens in Holland, and hath ſince been ſpread into
moſt parts of Europe, where there are curious per-
fons who preſerve exotic plants in their gardens: this
hath a ſhort, greeniſh, ſucculent ſtalk, which ſeldom
riſes more than a ſpan high, dividing into ſeveral ir-
regular branches, garniſhed with thick ſucculent
leaves four inches long, and half an inch broad, and
as much in thickneſs, having a broad concave furrow
on their upper fide, running almoſt their whole
length, and are convex on their under fide, of a
bright green, with a purple tip. The foot-ftalks of
the flowers are produced at the end of the branches,
and riſe near a foot high, having here and there an
oblong pointed leaf, growing on their fide. The
flowers itand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which branch
out from the principal ftem ; theſe are yellow, hav-
ing pretty long tubes, which are cut at the top into
five parts, and are reflexed backward. The flowers
of this ſort hang downward, and the ſtamina are
longer than the tube of the flower; the reflexed parts
of the petal are tipped with purple. Dr. Linnæus
has ſuppoſed this to be the ſame with the fifth fort,
but whoever has ſeen both plants, cannot doubt of
their being diſtinct ſpecies.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the warm parts of
Africa, fo is much more tender than either of the
other forts: this riſes with an upright ftem about a
foot high, which is jointed and fucculent, garniſhed
with broad leaves, which are deeply cut on their
edges; they are of a grayiſh colour, placed oppoſite,
and almoſt embrace the ſtalks with their baſe. The
foot-ſtalks of the fiowers ariſe from the end of the
branches, which are about fix inches long, fuſtaining
ſeven or eight ſmall flowers of a deep yellow co-
lour, which
are divided into four parts almoſt to the
bortom. The ſtamina of theſe flowers are not longer
than the ſhort tube. This flowers at different ſeaſons
of the year, but never produces any feeds in England.
This fort requires a warm ſtove to preſerve it through
the winter in England, nor ſhould it be expoſed abroad
in ſummer; for if it receives much wet, the ſtalks are
very ſubject to rot; ſo that it hould conſtantly remain
either in the ſtoves, or in ſummer ſhould be placed in
an airy glaſs-caſe with other tender ſucculent plants,
where they may have free air in warm weather, and
be ſcreened from cold and wet; but in autumn they
muſt be removed into the ſtove, where they ſhould
be kept in a moderate temperature of warmth :
this is propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be
taken off in ſummer, and planted into ſmall pots,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, and when they
have taken root, they ſhould be removed into the
ſtove. This plant muſt have but little water, efpe-
cially in winter.
The African kinds are all of them propagated by
planting cuttings in any of the ſummer months, which
ſhould be laid in a dry place for a fortnight or three
weeks after they are taken from the plant, before
they are planted; for theſe abound with juice through
every part of the plant, which will certainly rot the
cuttings, if they are not ſuffered to lie out of the
ground, that the wounded part may heal over, and
the great redundancy of ſap evaporate. The foil in
which theſe plants thrive beft, is one third freſh light
earth from a paſture, one third fand, and the other
third part lime-rubbiſh and rotten tan, in equal quan-
tities; theſe ſhould be well mixed, and laid in a heap
fix or eight months before it is uſed, turning it over
five or fix times, that the parts may the better incor-
porate; and before it is uſed, it will be proper to paſs
it through a ſcreen, to ſeparate the large ſtones, clods,
&c. therefrom.
Having prepared the earth, and your cuttings being
in a fit order for planting, you muſt fill as many half-
penny pots with earth as you have cuttings to plant ;
then put one cutting in the middle of each pot about
two or three inches deep or more, according to their
ſtrength; then give them a little water to ſettle the
earth cloſe about them, and ſet the pots in a warm
ſhady place for about a week, to prepare the cuttings
for putting forth roots; after which they ſhould be
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark,
which will greatly facilitate their rooting; but obſerve
to give them air, by raiſing the glaſſes at all times
when the weather will permit, as alſo to ſhade the
glaffes in the heat of the day.
In about fix weeks or two months time after plant-
ing, theſe cuttings will be rooted, when you muſt
begin to expoſe them to the open air by degrees, firſt
drawing the pots out of the tan, and ſetting them on
the top, then raiſe the glaſſes very high in the day-
time, and in about a week after remove the pots
into a green-houſe, and there harden them for another
week, after which they may be expoſed to the open
air in a well defended place, obſerving not to ſet
them into a place too much expoſed to the ſun, until
they have been inured to the open air for ſome time.
In this place the plants may remain until the begin-
ning of October, at which time you ſhould remove
them into the conſervatory, placing them as near the
windows as poſſible at firſt, letting them have as much
free open air as the ſeaſon will permit, by keeping the
windows open whenever the weather is good, and
now you muſt begin to abate your waterings, giving
it to them fparingly; but you ſhould not ſuffer their
leaves to ſhrink for want of moiſture, which is ano-
ther extreme ſome people run into for want of a lit-
tle obſervation ; for when they are ſuffered to ſhrink
for want of fufficient moiſture to keep their veſſels
diſtended, they are rendered incapable of diſcharging
this moiſture whenever they receive it again. The
tenth fort ſhould be placed in a moderate ftove in
winter, nor muſt it be ſet abroad till Midſummer,
for it is much tenderer than any of the others.
The beſt method to treat moſt of theſe plants is, to
place them in an open, airy, dry glaſs-caſe, among
Ficoideſſes and African Houſleeks, where they may
enjoy as much of the fun-fhine as poſſible, and have a
free, dry, open air; for if theſe are placed in a com-
mon green-houſe among ſhrubby plants, which per-
ſpire freely, it will fill the houſe with a damp air,
;
a
which

CRA
CR A
a
which theſe fucculent plants are apt to imbibe; and their edges into many points, ſo that they have the
thereby becoming too replete with moiſture, often appearance of winged leaves, and are of a grayill
caſt their leaves, and many times their branches alſo colour. The ſtalks riſe about two feet high, and di-
decay, and the whole plant periſhes.
vide into many branches, which are terminated by
COURBARIL. See HYMENÆA.
looſe panicles of ſmall white flowers, placed in form
COWSLIP. See PRIMULA.
of a croſs, which are ſucceeded by ſmall round cap-
CRAB-TREE. See MALUS:
fules, each containing a ſingle ſeed. This flowers in
CRAMBE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 739. Tourn. Inft. R. June, and the feeds ripeni in autumn, foon after which
H. 211. tab. 100. [Kgame bring Gr.] Sea Cabbage.
the roots decay.
The CHARACTERS are,
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval turally in Spain and Italy. This rifes with a very
concave leaves which ſpread open. The flower bath four branching ſtalk near three feet high, garniſhed with
petals, placed in form of a croſs, which are large, ob- roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves, indented on their edges,
long, and ſpread open ; it hath fix ſtamina, two of which ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; the branches fubdi-
are the length of the empalement, the other four are longer, vide into many ſlender ones, which end in long
and bifid at their points; theſe are terminated by ſingle looſe ſpikes of ſmall white flowers, which are ſuc-
fummits, which branch into threads on their outſide. The ceeded by ſmall, round, dry feed-veſſels, which con-
petals have honey glands on their inſide, which are longer tain a ſingle feed. The leaves and ſtalks of this fort
than the ſtamina. It hath an oblong germen, but no ſiyle, are rough. It flowers in June, and the feeds riper
crowned by a thick ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
in autumn.
a round dry capſule, with one cell, incloſing one roundiſh ſeed. The firſt ſpecies is found wild upon fea-ſhores in di-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fećtion vers parts of England, but particularly in Suſſex and
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Dorſetſhire in great plenty, where the inhabitants ga-
filiquoſa, the flower having four long and two ſhort ther it in the ſpring to eat, preferring it to any of the
ſtamina, and the feeds growing in pods.
Cabbage kind; as it generally grows upon the gra-
The SPECIES are,
velly ſhore, where the tide overflows it, the inhabi-
1. Crambe (Maritima) foliis cauleque glabris. Fl. Suec. tants obſerve where the gravel is thruſt up by the
570. Sea Cabbage with ſmooth ſtalks and leaves. Crambe ſhoots of this plant, and open the gravel, and cut the
maritima braflicæ folio. Tourn. Inſt. 211.
ſhoots before they come out, and are expoſed to the
2. CRAMBE (Suecica) foliis profundè laciniatis, caule open air, whereby the ſhoots appear as if they were
erecto, ramofo. Sea Cabbage with leaves deeply cut, and blanched ; and when they are cut ſo young, they are
,
en upright branching ſtalk.
very tender and ſweet; but if they are ſuffered to
3. CRAMBE (Orientalis) foliis fcabris, caule glabro. Lin. grow till they are green, they become tough and bitter.
Sp. Plant. 671. Sea Cabbage with rough leaves and a This plant may be propagated in a garden, by low-
Smooth ſtalk. Crambe foliis & foliolis alternatim pin- ing the feed foon after it is ripe, in a ſandy or gra-
natifidis. Prod. Leyd. 330.
velly ſoil, where it will thrive exceedingly, and in-
4. CRAMBE (Hiſpanica) foliis cauleque ſcabris. Hort. creaſe greatly by its creeping roots, which will ſoon
Upfal
. 193. Sea Cabbage with rough ſtalks and leaves. overſpread a large ſpot of ground, if encouraged ;
Rapiſtrum maximum rotundifolium monoſpermum. but the heads will not be fit to cut until the plants
Corn. Canad. 147.
have had one year's growth : and in order to have it
The firſt fort ſends out many broad ſmooth leaves, good, the bed in which the plants grow, ſhould, at
which are deeply jagged on their fides in obtufe ſeg- Michaelmas, be covered over with fand or gravel
ments, and are of a grayiſh colour, ſpreading near the about four or five inches thick, which will allow a
ground; between theſe ariſe a thick ſmooth foot-ſtalk proper depth for the ſhoots to be cut before they ap-
about one foot high, which ſpreads out into many pear above ground; and if this is repeated every
branches, which have at each joint one leaf of the autumn, in the ſame manner as is practiſed in earth-
ſame form as thoſe below, but much leſs; theſe foot- ing of Aſparagus-beds, the plants will require no
ſtalks ſubdivide again into many ſmaller, which are other culture. This may be cut for uſe in April
garniſhed with white flowers, growing in a looſe ob- and May, while it is young; but if the ſhoots are
tuſe ſpike, compoſed of four concave petals, placed ſuffered to remain, they will produce fine regular
in form of a croſs; theſe are ſucceeded by round dry heads of white flowers, which appear very handſome,
ſeed-vefſels about the ſize of large Peafe, having a and will perfect their feeds, by which they may be pro-
ſingle feed in each. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds
pagated.
ripen in autumn. The roots of this fort creep under The other forts are only preſerved in curious gardens
ground, whereby it propagates very faſt. .
of plants for variety, but are not of any uſe or beau-
The feeds of the ſecond fort were fent me from Pe- ty. The perennial forts may be propagated in the
terſburgh for the firſt fort, from which it differs ſame manner as the firſt.
greatly. This hath a perennial root, which ſends CRANE's-BILL. See GERANIUM.
out ſeveral oblong, fmooth, pointed leaves, irregu- CRANIOLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 670. Mar-
larly cut on their fides into acute ſegments almoſt to tynia. Houſt. Gen.
the midrib; theſe are very ſmooth, and of a ſea-green
The CHARACTERS are,
colour: between theſe ariſe the ſtalk, which grows The flower hath a permanent empalement, compoſed of
three feet high, garniſhed below by oblong pointed four Mort narrow leaves which ſpread open, with a large
leaves, which are acutely indented on their edges. ſwollen head, which is cut longitudinally on the ſide. The
The ſtalks branch out into many ſmaller, and theſe flower hath one petal, which is unequal, having a very long
ſubdivide again into leſs, which are garniſhed with narrow tube, whoſe brim is divided into two lips; the up-
looſe ſpikes of white flowers like thoſe of the firſt per being roundiſh and entire, but the under is divided into
fort, which are ſucceeded by feeds of the ſame form. three parts, the middle ſegment being the largeſt. It hath
This differs greatly from the firſt in the ſhape of its four ſtomina, two of which are the length of the tube,
leaves, which are longer, ending in points, and the and two are ſhorter; theſe are terminated by ſingle ſum-
ſegments do the ſame; whereas thoſe of the other are mits; at the bottom of the tube is fiuated an oval germen,
blunt, and not half ſo deeply cut. The ſtalks riſe Supporting e ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe thick ſtig-
more than twice the height of the firſt, branch out The germen afterward becomes an ovel leathery
more, and the branches grow more erect; and theſe fruit, pointed at both ends, opening with two valves, ir-
differences are conſtant, where the plants of both forts cloſing a depreſſed woody nut, pointed at both ends, and
grow in the ſame foil.
recurved, having two or three furrows, so as to reſemble a
The third fort grows naturally in the Eaft. This ſkull, opening in two parts.
hath a biennial root, from which ariſe many leaves This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fec-
in the ſpring, that are alternately divided to the mid- tion of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didyna-
rib; and theſe diviſions are again alternately cut on mia Angioſpermia, the flowers having two long and
a
a
a
ma.
4 1
two

CRA
CR A
3
و
a
two ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds being included in a ter, and may be treated in the fame manner as other
capſule.
tender plants from thoſe countries.
The plants
The SPECIES are,
ſeldom Aower in England till the third year; and as
1. CRANIOLARIA (Annua) foliis cordatis, angulatis lo- they do not produce feeds here, it is with difficulty
batis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 862. Craniolaria with angular the fort is preſerved in the European gardens, as
heart-ſhaped leaves. Martynia annua, villoſa, & vif- there is no other method of propagating the plants
coſa, aceris folio, flore albo, tubo longiffimo. Houft. but by feeds.
MSS.
CRASSULA. Dillen. Hort. Elth. 114. Lin. Gen.
2. CRANIOLARIA (Fruticoſa) foliis lanceolatis dentatis. Plant. 352. Leffer Orpine, or Live-ever. This
Lin. Sp. Plant. 618. Craniolaria with ſpear-ſhaped in- name was formerly applied to the Anacampferos, or
dented leaves. Geſnera arboreſcens amplo flore fimbri- Orpine.
ato & maculoſo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 27.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort was diſcovered in the neighbourhood The flower bath a five-leaved empalement. The corolla
of Carthagena in New Spain, by the late Dr. William
conſiſts of five narrow petals, which are joined at their
Houſtoun, who ſent the feeds to England. This is baſe, are reflexed, and ſpread open at the brim.
an annual plant, which riſes with a branching ſtalk the bottom of the tube are ſituated five neEtarii, and there
about two feet high ; the branches come out oppoſite, are five ſtamina ſituated round theſe, which ariſe from the
which ere hairy and viſcous ; the leaves alſo are placed bottom of the tube, and extend to the brim. At the bot-
oppoſite, upon very long foot-ſtalks; theſe are of dif- tom of the tube are placed five oblong pointed germina ;
ferent ſhapes, ſome of them are divided into five after the flower is paft, theſe become five capſules, opening
lobes, others into three, and ſome are almoſt heart-
lengthways, and filled with ſmall feeds.
ſhaped, ending in acute points ; they are hairy and This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
clammy. The flowers are produced from the fide, his fifth claſs of plants, and in the fifth diviſion, in-
and alſo at the end of the branches, ſtanding on ſhort titled Pentandria Pentagynia, which includes thoſe
foot-ſtalks, having an infiated ſheath or cover, out plants whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and five ſtyles.
of which the tube of the flower ariſes, which is ſeven The SPECIES are,
or eight inches long, and very ſlender; but at the 1. CRASSULA (Coccinea) foliis planis cartilagineo-ciliatis,
top is divided into two lips, the under being large, baſi connato vaginantibus. Vir. Cliff. 26. Leler Or-
divided into three broad ſegments, the middle being pine with ploin leaves, having ſtif edges ſet with
larger than the other two; the upper lip is roundiſh ſilver bairs, and their baſe ſurrounding the fiolk like
and entire: the flowers are ſticceeded by oblong fruit, Sheaths. Cotyledon Africana fruteſcens, flore umbel-
having a thick dry ſkin, which opens lengthways, in- lato Coccineo. Com. Rar. 24.
cloſing a hard furrowed nut, with two recurved horns. 2. CRASSULA (Perfoliata) foliis lanceolato-ſubulatis fef
This is an annual plant, whoſe ſeeds muſt be ſown on filibus connatis, canaliculatis, fubtus convexis. Hort.
a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit to Cliff, 116. Leſer Orpine with ſpear-ſhaped awl-fashion-
remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall ed leaves, furrounding the ſtalks with their baſe, chan-
pot, filled with light freſh earth, and plunged into a nelled on their upper fide, and convex on their under:
moderate hot-bed, carefully ſhading them from the Craſſula altiffima perfoliata. Dill. Hort. Elth. 114.
ſun till they have taken new root; after which they 3. CRASSULA (Cultrata) foliis oppoſitis, obtuse ovatis,
ſhould have free air admitted to them in proportion integerrimis, hinc anguſtioribus. Hort. Cliff. 496.
to the warmth of the ſeaſon, to prevent their drawing Leffer Orpine with oval blunt leaves placed oppoſite, which
up weak, and afterwards treated in the ſame manner as are entire, and narrow at their baſe. Craſſula Ana-
other tender exotic plants, being too tender to thrive in campſerotis folio. Hort. Elth. 115. tab. 65.
the open air in England; ſo that when they are grown 4. CRASSULA (Ciliata) foliis oppofitis, ovalibus, plani-
too large to remain under the frames, they ſhould be uſculis, diſtinctis, ciliatis, corymbis terminalibus,
removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the Hort. Cliff. 496. Leſer Orpine with oblong plain leaves
tan-bed, where they will flower in July, and with placed oppoſite, which are bordered with filver hairs, and
good management they often perfect their ſeeds in ſtalks terminated by a corymbus of flowers. Craſſula cau-
But the ſeeds of this plant ſhould remain leſcens, foliis ſempervivi cruciatis. Hort. Elth. 116.
on till they drop, otherwiſe they will not grow, for
the outer covers of theſe feeds ſplit open and drop 5. CRASSULA (Scabra) foliis oppofitis, patentibus, con-
off like thoſe of the Almond, before the ſeeds are natis fcabris ciliatis, corymbis terminalibus. Lin. Sp.
fully ripened
Plant. 283. Leſſer Orpine with rough ſpreading leaves
The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Havannah, growing oppoſite. Cotyledon Africana fruteſcens, fo-
and in ſome of the other iſlands in America. This liis afperis, anguftis, acuminatis, flore vireſcente.
riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk to the height of ten or Mart. Cent. 24.
twelve feet, dividing upward into a few branches, 6. CRASSULA (Nudicaulis) foliis fubulatis, radicatis,
(
which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, cut on caule nudo. Hort. Cliff. 116. Leſſer Orpine with awl-
their edges; theſe are ſoft and hairy. The flowers Shaped leaves which put out roots, and a naked ſtalk.
are produced from the fide of the branches, growing Craſſula Cæſpitoſa longifolia. Hort. Elth. 116. tab. 98.
feveral together on the ſame foot-ſtalk; they are 7. CRASSULA (Punctata) caule faccido, foliis connatis,
ſhaped like thoſe of the Foxglove, of a greeniſh yel- cordatis, fucculentis, floribus confertis terminali-
low colour, with brown ſpots on the inſide; the bus. Lejer Orpine with a weak ſtalk growing through the
flowers have a ſwelling tube, which is recurved, and leaves, which are heart-shaped and ſucculent, and flowers
the brim is ſlightly divided into five unequal ſeg- growing in cluſters at the end of the branches.
Theſe appear in July, but are not ſucceeded 8. CRASSULA (Fruticoſa) foliis longis, teretibus, alternis,
by ſeeds in England.
caule fruticoſo, ramoſo. Leſſer Orpine with long taper
This ſort is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be pro- leaves placed alternate, and a bronching phrubby ſtalk.
cured from the countries where it grows naturally, 9. CRASSULA (Sediodes) caule flaccido, prolifero, de-
and ſhould be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; when terminatè-foliofo, foliis patentiffimis, imbricatisa
the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each Hort. Cliff. 496. Leſſer Orpine with a proliferous weak
planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with light Stalk, which is leafy, and leaves placed in the mamér of
kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-
tiles, and ſpreading open. Sedum Afrum, faxatile, fo-
bed, where they muſt be ſhaded from the fun till liis fedi vulgaris, in rofam verè compofitis. Boerh.
they have taken freſh root ; then they muſt have air Ind. alt. 1. 287
admitted to them, according to the warmth of the IO. CRASSULA (Pelucida) caule flaccido repente, foliis
ſeaſon, and frequently watered during the heat of ſum- oppoſitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 283. Lejſer Orpine with a
mer. In autumn they muſt be removed into the bark- weak creeping ſtalk, leaves placed oppoſite, and a forubby
ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed. During the ſucculent ſtalk. Craffula portulacæ facie repens. Hort.
winter ſeaſon, the plants ſhould not have much wa-
II. CRASSULA
9
autumn.
tab. 98.
a
ments.
Elth. 119-

C.RA
CR
11. CRASSULA (Portulacaria) foliis obovatis, oppoſitis,
caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. 406. Leſſer Orpine with ob-
verſe oval leaves placed oppoſite, and a tree-like ſtalk.
Craffula portulacæ facie arboreſcens. Hort. Elth. 120.
tab. 90.
a
3
a
The firſt fort hath a round reddiſh ſtalk, which is
jointed, riſing about three feet high, which divides
upward into many irregular branches, garniſhed with
oblong plain leaves placed oppoſite, having a griftly
border, ſet with ſmall filver hairs, and cloſely em-
brace the ſtalks with their baſe. The flowers are
produced at the end of the branches in cloſe umbels,
fitting very cloſe to the end of the branches; theſe
are funnel-ſhaped, having pretty long tubes cut at
the top into five parts, which ſpread open ; they are
of a fine ſcarlet colour, and ſtand erect; the uſual
time of their flowering is July or Auguſt. This is
propagated by cuttings during any of the ſummer
months; theſe ſhould be cut off about a fortnight
before they are planted, and laid in a dry place that
the wounded part may heal over; then they ſhould
be each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light ſandy
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, giving
them but little water. In about ſix weeks theſe will
have put out roots and begin to grow, when they
ſhould have a large ſhare of air admitted to them, and
muſt be gradually inured to bear the open air, into
which they ſhould be removed, placing them in a
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till au-
tumn; when they muſt be removed into a dry airy
glaſs-caſe, where they may enjoy the fun as much as
poſſible, and be ſcreened from the wet and cold. In
warm dry weather, during the ſummer months while
they are abroad, theſe plants ſhould be gently watered
two or three times a week; but in winter they ſhould
have very little water, left it rot their ftems. Theſe
plants require no artificial heat in winter, but they
muſt be ſecured from froſt and wet.
The ſecond ſort will riſe with an upright ſtalk ten or
twelve feet high, if it is not broken or injured, but it
requires ſupport; for the ſtalks being ſlender, and the
leaves very weighty, they are very ſubject to break,
eſpecially if they are expoſed to the wind. The leaves
of this plant are about three inches long; they are
hollowed on the upper ſide, and have a convex ridge
on their lower, and are placed oppoſite, ſurrounding
the ſtalks with their baſe; theſe alternately croſs each
other; they are very thick, ſucculent, and of a pale
green colour, ending in acute points ; at the top of
the ſtalk the flowers are produced in large cluſters
they are of a whitiſh herbaceous colour, having ſhort
tubes, which are cut into five parts at the brim,
Spreading open. The ſtalk which fuſtains the flowers
is pretty thick and ſucculent, generally turning firſt
downward, and then upward again, almoſt in the
form of a fyphon. It flowers in July, but doth not
produce feeds here. This fort is propagated by cut-
tings in the ſame manner as the firſt, and the plants
require the ſame treatment.
The third fort riſes with a weak fucculent ſtalk
about two feet high, ſending out many irregular
branches, garniſhed with oblong, oval, thick leaves,
plain on their upper ſide, but convex below, of a
deep green; their borders are ſet with a few filvery
hairs. The ſtalk which ſupports the flowers riſes
from the top of the branches, and is from four to
fix inches long, putting out ſeveral fide branches, which
grow erect; theſe are terminated by large cluſters of
ſmall greeniſh flowers, which appear in June and July
This is propagated by cuttings in the ſame manner
as the two former, but being pretty hardy, ſhould
not be fo tenderly treated; for if the cuttings of
this are planted in a border of light earth, they will
put out roots, and may afterward be taken up and
potted, to be ſheltered in winter.
The fifth fort hath a very weak ſucculent ſtalk, which
riſes about a foot and a half high, dividing upward
into ſmall branches, garniſhed with thin rough leaves
which are flat, near two inches long, and a quarter
broad at their baſe, gradually narrowing to a point;
theſe are rough, placed oppoſite, and embrace the
ſtalks with their baſe. The flowers come out in ſmall
cluſters at the end of the branches; they are ſmall,
and of an herbaceous colour, ſo make no figure;
they appear in June and July. This may be
propa-
gated by cuttings, which may be treated in the fame
manner as the fourth fort.
The fixth fort never riſes with a ſtalk, but the leaves
come out cloſe to the ground, forming a fort of head;
they are taper, ſucculent, ending in points, and fre-
quently put out roots; out of the center of theſe
ariſe the flower-ſtalk, which grow about fix inches
high, branching into two or three ſhoots upward,
each being terminated by cluſters of greenish flowers,
which make no great appearance. It flowers in May,
and ſometimes again in the latter part of ſummer.
This is propagated by taking off the heads, or fide
offsets, which ſhould be laid to dry three or four days
before they are planted; then they may be treated
in the ſame manner as the other hardier forts before-
mentioned.
The ſeventh fort hath been lately introduced to the
gardens in Holland, from the Cape of Good Hope ;
it was ſent me by Dr. Adrian Van Royen, late pro-
feffor of botany at Leyden. This hath very fiender
ftalks, which are full of joints, fo trail upon the
ground, unleſs they are ſupported, cloſely garniſhed
with thick, ſucculent, heart-ihaped leaves, placed
oppoſite, which are cloſely joined at their baſe, ſo
that the ſtalks run through them; they are of a grayiſh
colour; the ſtalks are divided, and grow about eight
or nine inches long, and are terminated by cluſters of
ſmall white flowers, fitting very cloſe to the top of the
ſtalks; theſe appear in the ſpring, and alſo again in
the latter part of ſummer. It is propagated by cuc-
tings in the ſame manner as the other hardier forts,
and may be treated in the ſame way.
The eighth fort was ſent me from Leyden, by the
gentleman before-mentioned; this riſes with a ſhrubby
ftalk four or five feet high, dividing into many
branches, which at firſt are taper and fucculent, but
by age becomes ligneous; they are garniſhed with
very flender, taper, ſucculent leaves, which are near
three inches long, and are flaccid, generally turning
downward, eſpecially in winter, when they are in the
houſe; but as it hath not as yet flowered here, I can
give no further deſcription of it. This is equally hardy
with the former forts, and takes eaſily from cuttings,
be treated in the ſame way as the former.
The ninth fort is a low plant, with the appearance of
Houfleek, having open ſpreading heads very like
thoſe of ſome forts of Houſleek, which grow on the
ends of very ſlender trailing ſtalks, which are pro-
duced in plenty on every ſide the parent plant, in like
manner as the childing Marigold. The flower-ſtalks
ariſe from the center of theſe heads, which are naked,
about four inches long, and are terminated by cloſe
cluſters of herbaceous flowers, which appear in dif-
ferent ſeaſons of the year. This plant propagates
very faſt by the ſide heads, which come out from the
parent plant, which frequently put out roots as they
trail on the ground, ſo may be taken off and potted,
during any of the ſummer months ; this is equally
hardy with the former forts, ſo the plants may be
treated in the ſame way.
The tenth fort hath very ſlender, trailing, ſucculent
ſtalks, of a reddiſh colour, which put out roots at the
joints as they lie upon the ground. The ſtalks and
leaves of this fort have the appearance of Purſlane,
but trail upon the ground like Chickweed. The flow-
ers are produced in ſmall cluſters at the end of the
branches; theſe are white, with a bluſh of purple at
their brim; they appear in ſummer at different times,
and are often ſucceded by feeds, which grow eaſily.
This fort is eaſily propagated by its trailing branches,
and the plants require the ſame treatment as the other
hardy forts, but unleſs they are often renewed will
decay.
The eleventh fort riſes with a very thick, ſtrong, ſuccu-
lent ſtalk to the height of three or four feet, ſending out
6
branches
fo may
و
a
a

CR A
CRA
a
Inft. 633
a
branches on every ſide, ſo as to form a kind of pyra- fubtus tomentofis. Hort. Cliff. 187. Wild Service with
mid, the lower branches being extended to a great oval leaves unequally ſawed, and woolly on their under
length, and the other diminiſhing gradually to the fide. Cratægus folio fubrotundo, ferrato, fubtus in-
top; theſe are of a red or a purpliſh colour, and very cano. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 633. Aria Theophraſti, and
ſucculent; they are garniſhed with roundiſh fuccu- in ſome countries, The White Beam, or white Leaf-tree.
lent leaves very like thoſe of Purllane, from whence 2. CRATÆGUS (Torminclis) foliis cordatis ſeptangulis,
the gardeners have titled it the Purſlane-tree.
lobis infimis divaricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 476. Wild
This ſort hath not flowered in England, though it has Service with heart-ſhaped leaves, having ſeven angles,
been many years in the gardens, ſo that we are not whoſe lower lobes ſpread afunder. Cratægus folio laci-
:
ſure if it is properly ranged in this genus ; but from niato. Tourn. Inft. 633. Wild, or Maple-leaved Service.
the outward appearance it ſeems to be nearly allied to 3. CRATÆGUS (Alpina) foliis oblongo-ovatis ferratis,
ſome of the other ſpecies, on which account Dr. Dil- utrinque virentibus. Wild Service with oblong, ovcl,
lenius has placed it here.
Sawed leaves, which are green on both ſides. Cratæ-
It is propagated with great facility by cuttings, which gus folio oblongo, ferrato, utrinque virenti. Tourn.
may be planted during any of the ſummer months ;
but theſe ſhould be laid to dry for ſome days before 4. CRATÆGUS (Coccinea) foliis ovatis repando-angulatis
they are planted, that the wounded part may be heal- ferratis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 187. Crotegus with oval,
ed over, otherwiſe they will rot. This fort is fome- Smooth, Jawed leaves, having angles
. Meſpilus ſpinoſa, ſc.
what tenderer than the four forts laſt mentioned, ſo oxyacantha Virginiana maxima. Tourn. Inft. 633.
muſt be placed in a warm glaſs-caſe in winter, where Commonly called Cockſpur Hawthorn.
it may enjoy the full fun, and ſhould have very little 5. CRATÆGUS (Crus Galli) foliis lanceolato ovatis ferra-
water during that ſeaſon. In ſummer the plants tis glabris, ramis ſpinofis. Lin. Sp. 682. Cratagus
ſhould be placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation, and with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves, and prickly branches.
in warm weather will require to be refreſhed with wa- Meſpilus aculeata pyrifolia denticulato fplendens,
ter twice a week; but as the ſtalks are very fucculent, fructu inſigni rutilo, Virginienſis. Pluk. Alm. 249-
too much wet at any ſeaſon is very hurtful to theſe Commonly called Virginian L’Azarole.
plants.
6. CRATÆGUS (Lucida) foliis lanceolatis ferratis luci-
All the hardy forts of Craffula may be treated in the dus, fpinis longiffimis, floribus corymboſis. Cratægus
ſame way as the Ficoides, and other hardier kinds of with lucid, Spear-ſhaped, fawed leaves, very long Spines,
fucculent plants, with this difference only, not to give and flowers in a corymbus. Meſpilus prunifolius, fpi-
them ſo much water ; but the firſt, ſecond, and ele- nis longiffimis fortibus, fructu rubro magno. Flor.
venth forts require to be placed in a warm dry glaſs-
Virg. 55.
caſe in winter, and muſt not be ſo long expoſed abroad 7. CRATÆGUS (Azarolus) foliis obtuſis ſubtrifidis derita-
in the ſummer as the other ſpecies, nor ſhould have tis. Lin. Sp. 683. Cratægus with obtuſe, trifid, indented
much water, eſpecially in the winter.
leaves. Meſpilus Apii folio laciniato. C. B. P. 453.
Theſe plants are preſerved in moſt curious gardens Commonly called L’Azarole.
for the ſake of variety, which conſiſts more in the out- 8. CRATÆGUS (Oxyacantha) foliis obtufis ſubtrifidis fer-
ward appearance of their plants, than in the beauty ratis. Hort. Cliff. 188. Cratægus with obluſe, trifid,
of their flowers, except the firſt fort, whoſe flowers Jawed leaves. Meſpilus Apii folio, fylveftris ſpinoſa, fc.
are of a beautiful ſcarlet, and grow in cloſe bunches at oxycantha. C. B. P. 454. The common White Thorn.
the end of the branches ; ſo that when ſeveral of the 9. CRATÆGUS (Tomentoſa) foliis cuneiformi-ovatis ferra-
branches are garniſhed with flowers at the ſame time, tis ſubangulatis ſubtus villofis ramis ſpinofis. Lin. Sp.
they make a fine appearance, and theſe flowers con- 682. Cratagus with oval, wedge. Skoped, ſawed, engu-
tinue in beauty a long time, but the flowers of the lar leaves, hoary on their under fide, and prickly branches.
other forts are ſmall, and moſt of them are of an her- Meſpilus Virginiana groffulariæ foliis. Pluk. Phyt.
baceous colour, ſo make no figure.
100. f. 1.
Dr. Dillenius, who firſt eſtabliſhed this genus, and ſe- The firſt fort grows naturally on the chalky hills in
parated the ſpecies from Cotyledon, to which many Kent, Surry, and Suſſex, and in ſome other parts of
of them had been joined by former botaniſts, made England, and riſes to the height of thirty or forty
their difference to conſiſt in the ſhape of the flower; feet, with a large trunk, dividing upward into many
ſo that all the forts with long tubulous flowers of one branches; the young ſhoots have a brown bark, co-
leaf, he placed under the genus of Cotyledon, and vered over with a meally down, garniſhed with oval
thoſe whoſe flowers have five petals, he placed under leaves between two and three inches long, and one
this genus of Craſſula : but Dr. Linnæus makes their and a half broad in the middle, of a light green on
difference to conſiſt in the number of their ſtamina, their upper ſide, but very white on their under, hav-
ſo that all thoſe whoſe flowers have but five ſtamina, ing many prominent tranſverſe veins, running from
he ranges under the title of Craſſula, and thoſe which the midrib to the border, where they are unequally
have ten ſtamina, he puts under that of Cotyledon ; ſawed, ſome of the indentures being much deeper,
ſo that by his fyftem they are removed to a great dif- and the ſegments broader than others. The flowers
tance from each other, and the firſt fort here mention- are produced at the ends of the branches in bunches,
ed is brought from Cotyledon, with whoſe characters their foot-ſtalks being meally, as are alſo the empale-
in every other reſpect it agrees, and is placed here. ments of the flowers, which are cut into five obtuſe
CRATÆGUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 633. Lin. Gen. ſegments, and are reflexed. The flowers have five
Plant. 547. The Wild Service.
ſhort petals, which ſpread open like thoſe of the
The CHARACTERS are,
Pear-tree, having a great number of ſtamina of the
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, ſame length with the petals, terminated by oval ſum-
cut into five concave ſegments, which ſpread open. It hath mits. The germen, which is ſituated below the fow-
five roundiſh concave petals, which are inſerted into the ers, afterwards becomes an oval fruit, crowned with
empalement, and many ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh the empalement of the flower, having one cell, in
ſummits, which are alſo inſerted in the empalement. The which is incloſed three or four feeds, It flowers in
germen is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two ſender May, and the fruit ripens in autumn.
ſtyles, crowned with roundiſh ſtigmas. The germen after- This tree may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould
ward becomes an oval or roundiſh umbilicated berry, in-- be fown ſoon after they are ripe; for if they are kept
cloſing two oblong kard ſeeds.
out of the ground till ſpring, they remain at leaſt
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection one year in the ground before the plants appear; fa
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Icoſandria Digy- that the fruit ſhould be buried in the ground, as is
nia, the flower having twenty or more ftamina, which practiſed with the common Haws, Holly-berries, and
are inſerted to the empalement, and two ſtyles.
thoſe other hard ſeeds which do not come up the ſame
The SPECIES are,
year; and when the plants come up, they may be
1. CRATÆGUS (Aria) foliis ovatis inæqualiter ferratis, treated in the fame manner as the Haws, but they
fhould
a
a

CR A
CRA
a
ſhould by no means be headed or cut down; when
theſe plants are upon a poor chalky foil, they make
great progreſs, and the wood is very white and hard,
lo has been often uſed for making cogs for mills,
and many other purpoſes where hard tough timber is
wanted.
It may alſo be propagated by layers in the ſame
manner as the Lime-tree and Elm, but theſe ſhould
be laid in the young wood; but they are two years
before they have ſufficient roots to tranſplant. I have
alſo raiſed a few plants from cuttings, which were
planted in autumn, in a ſhady border, but there was
not more than one eighth part of the cuttings which
ſucceeded; therefore I would recommend the raiſing
them from feeds, for the trees fo raiſed grow much
larger and ſtraiter than thoſe which are raiſed either
from layers or cuttings.
The tree will take by grafting, or budding it upon
Pear-ſtocks very well, and Pears will take by grafting
upon theſe trees, ſo that there is a nearer affinity be-
tween the Cratægus and Pear, than there is between
either of theſe and the Meſpilus; for although both
theſe will ſometimes take upon the Meſpilus, yet
neither of them thrive ſo well, or laſt ſo long, when
grafted, or budded upon thoſe ſtocks, as they do
upon each other; therefore Tournefort, who has
joined the Cratægus in his ſection, with the Pear and
Quince, has come nearer to the natural diviſion of
their genera, than thoſe who have joined the Cratægus
to the Meſpilus.
There is another ſpecies of this tree which grows
naturally about Verona, from whence I have received
dried ſamples of it, but they were without flower and
fruit, and came over by the ſame title as the former ;
for as there is no other growing in that neighbour-
hood, they have ſuppoſed it to be the common
ſort; but if that is the Aria of Theophraſtus, thoſe
trees which grow in England are not, for the leaves
of the fort from Verona are ſpear-ſhaped, and above
an inch long, and not fo broad by an inch as thoſe
of the Engliſh, and the nerves on the under ſide of
the leaves are purpliſh, the leaves terminating in
acute points, ſo that I make no doubt of its being a
different ſpecies; but as I have not ſeen the growing
tree, I would not enumerate it till I had been
better informed.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in many parts of
England, and is chiefly found upon ſtrong foils; it
formerly grew in great plenty in Cane-Wood, near
Hampſtead; and lately there was ſome young trees
growing in Biſhop's-Wood, near the ſame place; but
in many parts of Hertfordſhire there are large trees
now growing: this riſes to the height of forty or fifty
feet, with a large trunk, ſpreading at the top into
many branches, ſo as to form a large head. The
young branches are covered with a purpliſh bark,
marked with white ſpots, and are garniſhed with
leaves placed alternately, ſtanding on pretty long
foot-ſtalks; theſe are cut into many acute angles, like
thoſe of the Maple-tree; they are near four inches
long, and three broad in the middle, having ſeveral
ſmaller indentures toward the top, of a bright green
on their upper fide, but a little woolly on their un-
der. The flowers are produced in large bunches to-
.
ward the end of the branches, they are white, and
ſhaped like thoſe of the Pear-tree, but ſmaller, and
ſtand upon longer foot-ſtalks; theſe appear in May,
and are ſucceeded by rcundiſh compreſſed fruit, which
are ſhaped like large Haws, and ripen late in au-
tumn, when they are brown; and if kept till they are
ſoft, in the ſame way as Medlars, they have an
agreeable acid flavour. The fruit of this tree is an-
nually ſold in the London markets in autuinn.
The wood of this tree is hard, and very white, and
,
is very uſeful for many purpoſes; but particularly
fo to the millwrights. It may be propagated in the
ſame way as the former fort, but requires a ſtrong
foil.
The third fort grows naturally upon mount Baldus,
from whence I received it, and on other mountainous
parts of Italy; this riſes with a woody trunk about
twenty feet high, dividing into many branches, which
are covered with a purpliſh ſpotted bark, and cloſely
garniſhed with oblong ſawed leaves, ſtanding alternate,
on very ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are about three inches
long, and one and a half broad, in the broadeſt part,
leffening toward both ends; they are ſlightly fawed
on their edges, and of a deep green on both ſides.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in ſmall bunches, which have rarely more than four
or five flowers in each; they are white, and much
ſmaller than thoſe of the former forts; theſe are ſuc-
ceeded by fruit about the ſize of the common Haw,
which is of a dark brown colour when ripe. It flow-
ers in May, and the fruit ripens in autumn.
The fourth fort is a native of North America, but
has been many years cultivated in the English gar-
dens, where it is known by the title of Cockſpur
Haw. Of this there are two ſpecies, one of which
has no ſpikes on the branches; but the other has
ſtrong thorns which are curved downwards, greatly
reſembling the ſpur of a cock, from whence it had
this appellation : in other reſpects both forts agree in
the form of their leaves, their flowers and fruit.
However, Dr. Linnæus has been ill informed of the
two forts by Kalm, who went to America, and is now
profeſſor at Abo in Sweden; for the doctor has added
the appellation of Cockſpur to the fifth ſort here
mentioned, which has long been known in England
by the title of Virginia L'Azarole.
The fourth ſort riſes to the height of near twenty
feet in England, where the trunk becomes large, and
divides into many ſtrong branches, ſo as to form a
large head; the leaves are large, oval, and deeply
ſawed on their edges, ſo as almoſt to divide them into
lobes, which are placed without order; the flowers
come out from the ſide of the branches in cluſters ;
they are large, compoſed for the moſt part of five
petals, which ſpread open, and are ſucceeded by
pretty large Pear-ſhaped fruit of a ſcarlet colour. It
Howers in May, and the fruit ripens in September.
The fifth fort is generally known by the title of Vir-
ginia L'Azarole; this riſes with a ſtrong ſtem to the
height of fifteen feet or more, ſending out many ir-
regular branches covered with a light brown bark, and
have a few thorns on their fides; the leaves have ſhort
foot-ſtalks, they are narrow at their baſe, but widen
upward ſo as to become almoſt of an oval figure, of
a lucid green on their upper fide, and pretty deeply
ſawed on their edges; the flowers are white, pretty
large, and compoſed of five petals which expand :
theſe are ſucceeded by large fruit of a ſcarlet colour;
it flowers the end of May, and the fruit ripens in
September.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America;
this riſes with a ſtrong ſtem to the height of ten or
twelve feet, fending out many ſtrong irregular
branches, which, while young, is covered with a
bright brown bark, but that on the older branches is
of a lighter colour; the leaves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped,
flightly fawed on their edges, of a bright green on
their upper ſide, but paler on their under; ſometimes
they are placed by pairs, at others three or four come
out from the ſame joint; the flowers are produced in
large cluſters toward the end of the branches, forming
a ſort of corymbus, and are fucceeded by roundiſh
fruit of a middling ſize, and a deep red colour. As
the branches of this ſort ſhoot very ſtrong, and are
generally interwoven with each other, being armed
with very long ſtrong thorns, it is very proper for
outward fences round gardens or fields.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Italy and the
Levant, where the fruit is ſerved up to table with
their defert; this hath a ſtrong ftem riſing twenty
feet high, having many ſtrong irregular branches,
covered with a light-coloured bark; the leaves are in
ſhape fomewhat like thoſe of the common Hawthorn,
but they are much larger, have broader lobes, and
are of a paler colour, the flowers come out in ſmall
cluſters from the ſide of the branches, which are in
ſhape
a
4

CRA
CRA
Alm. 125
a
ſhape like thoſe of the common Hawthorn, but are lateralibus baſiantica brevioribus. Lin. Sp. 673. Smoob
much larger; as is alſo the fruit, which when fully Crateva, or Garlic Pear. Tapia arborea triphylla.
ripe has an agreeable acid taſte, for which it is Plum. Nov. Gen. 22.
eſteemed by the inhabitants of the countries where it 2. CRATEVA (Marmelos) ſpinofa foliis ferratis. Flor.
grows naturally.
Zeyl. 212. Prickly Crateva. Cucurbitifera trifolia fpi-
The eighth fort is the common Hawthorn, which is nola medica, fructu pulpa Cydonii æmula. Pluk.
generally planted for fences in moſt parts of England,
therefore being univerſally known to the inhabitants, The firſt fort grows naturally in both Indies. I
it requires no deſcription: there are two or three va- received the fruit of this from Jamaica, where it
rieties of this ſort, which differ in the ſize of their
grows in great plenty, which were fent me by Wil-
leaves and the ſtrength of their ſhoots; however, liam Williams, Eſq; of St. Anne's, in that illand,
thoſe with the ſmalleſt leaves are generally preferred who has been ſo kind as to furniſh me with many
for hedges, as their branches always grow cloſer to- other curious feeds which have ſucceeded in the Chel-
gether; the method of raiſing the plants, and planting ſea garden.
them for hedges, being fully treated of under the This tree hath a very large trunk, which riſes to the
article of Hedges, I need not repeat here.
height of thirty feet or upward, covered with a dark
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America, green bark, ſending out many branches, ſo as to form
this has a ſlender ſhrubby ſtalk, riſing about fix or a large head. The branches are garniſhed with tri-
ſeven feet high, ſending out many irregular branches, foliate leaves, ſtanding on pretty long foot-ſtalks ;
armed with long ſender thorns, and garniſhed with the middle leaf, which is much larger than either of
ſhort, oval, wedge-ſhaped leaves, which are fawed the other, is oval, about five inches long, and two
on their edges, and are woolly on their under fide; and a half broad in the middle. The two fide leaves
the flowers are ſmall, proceeding from the ſide of the are oblique, thoſe fides which join the middle leaf
branches, ſtanding ſometimes ſingle, and at other being much narrower than the other, and turn at both
times two or three upon the ſame foot-ſtalk, having ends toward the middle, ſo that their midrib is not
large leafy empalenients, and are ſucceeded by ſmall parallel to the ſides; theſe two end in acute points,
roundiſh fruit, with a large leafy umbilicus, which The leaves are ſmooth, of a light green on the upper
was before the empalement of the flower: the flowers ſide, but pale on their under; their edges are entire.
appear the beginning of June, and the fruit ripens The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches,
very late in the autumn.
ſtanding upon Tong foot-ſtalks; theſe have empale-
This fort may be propagated in the ſame manner as ments of one leaf, which are cut into four ſegments,
the firſt, but requires a ſtrong deep ſoil, otherwiſe it almoſt to the bottom. The flower hath four oblong
will not thrive. It is very hardy in reſpect to cold, petals, which ſpread open, and are reflexed, having
but at preſent is very rare in England.
many long ſlender ftamina, which are connected at
All the forts of Haws may be propagated by ſeeds, their baſe, but ſpread open above, and are terminated
which ſhould be fown in autumn, in the ſame manner by oblong purple fummits; theſe ſurround a ſlender
as hath been directed for the firſt fort; but as theſe long ſtyle, upon which is fituated the oval germen,
ſeeds are frequently brought from America, and do which is crowned by an obtufe ftigma. The germen
not arrive here till ſpring, the fruit may be buried afterward becomes a round fruit, about the ſize of
in the ground till the autumn following, when they an Orange, having a hard brown ſhell, or cover, in-
may be taken up and ſown in drills, being careful cloſing a meally pulp, filled with kidney-ſhaped
to cover them fo as to prevent birds from deſtroying feeds. This fruit hath a ſtrong ſmell of Garlic,
them. In the ſpring following the plants will come which is communicated to the animals that feed on it.
up, which ſhould be moderately watered two or three This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured
times a week, if the ſpring ſhould prove dry; during from the countries where the trees grow naturally,
the ſummer, they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and muſt be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; when
which if ſuffered to grow, will ſoon overbear the the plants come up, they muſt be treated in the fame
plants and deſtroy them. The following ſpring the manner as hath been directed for the ANNONA, to
plants ſhould be planted out before they begin to which article the reader is deſired to turn for the
fhoot, into a nurſery-bed, where they may grow two
culture.
years to get ſtrength, when they may be tranſplanted The ſecond fort grows naturally in India, where it
where they are to remain. If theſe plants are planted grows to a great height, with a large trunk, ſending
in a moiſt light foil, their roots will extend to a con- out many long branches, garniſhed with trifoliate
ſiderable diſtance, and put up many ſhoots, which leaves, which are oblong, entire, and end in acute
may be taken off in the ſpring, and thereby may be points ; between theſe the branches are armed with
increaſed; this will alſo take if grafted on the Pear, long ſharp thorns, which come out by pairs, and
and if the young branches are laid down, they will ſpread aſunder. The flowers are produced in ſmall
take root, ſo the plants may be propagated either cluſters from the ſide of the branches, five or ſeven
way.
ſtanding upon a common branching foot-ſtalk; theſe
The other ſorts of Hawthorn are generally planted have each five acute petals, which are reflexed, and
among flowering ſhrubs of the ſame growth, where many ſtamina which ſtand round a ſingle ſtyle of the
they add to the variety.
ſame length; the petals are green on the outſide
CRATEVA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 528. Tapia. Plum. whitiſh within, and have a grateful odour. After
Nov. Gen. 22. tab. 21. Garlic Pear.
the flower is paſt, the germen ſwells to a large fruit
The CHARACTERS are,
the ſize of an Orange, having a hard fhell, which
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut at the top incloſes a fleſhy viſcous pulp, of a yellowiſh colour,
into four oval ſegments, which ſpread open. The flower having many oblong plain ſeeds ſituated within it;
bath four oval petals, which are narrow at their baſe, the pulp of this fruit hath an agreeable flavour when
and broad at the top. It hath many briſtly ſtamina, which ripe, ſo is frequently eaten in India, where they ſerve
ere longer than the petals, terminated by oblong erect ſum- up the fruit, mixed with Sugar and Orange, in their
mits. It hath a long incurved ſtyle, upon which ſits the deſerts, and is eſteemed a great delicacy.
oval germen, crowned by the ſtigma, ſitting close on the This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be pro-
top. The germen afterward becomes a large fleſhy głobu- cured from the places where it grows naturally; theſe
lar fruit with one cell, including many kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. muſt be fown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring,
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of and when the plants are fit to remove, they hould
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, intitled Dodecandria Mono- be each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot filled with light
gynia, the plants of this claſs and ſection have twelve kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
Itamina in their flowers, and one ſtyle.
tanners bark, ſhading them every day from the fun,
The SPECIES are,
until they have taken freih root, after which they
1. CRATEVA (Tepia) inermis foliis integerrimis, foliolis may be treated in the fame manner as the Annona;
but
;
a
a

CRE
CRË
a
3
9
a
but ſhould be ſparingly watered in the winter The ſecond fort grows naturally in the fouth of
ſeaſon.
France, and in Italy. This is a biennial plant, and
CREPIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 819. Hieraicioides. Vaill. ſometimes, when it is in poor ground, it will continue
Act. R. Sc. 1721. Hieraicium. Tourn. Baſtard Hawk- longer; it hath a thick tap-root, which ſtrikes deep
weed.
into the ground, ſending out many ſmall fibres; the
The CHARACTERS are,
lower leaves are from four to five inches long, and
It hath a flower compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets, about a quarter of an inch broad, having ſeveral deep
which are included in a double empalement; the outer is jags on their edges, the ſegments ending in acute
ſhort, Spreading, and falls off; the inner one is perma- points; from the ſame root ariſes four or five ſtalks,
nent, oval, and furrowed, having many narrow ſcales, which grow about nine or ten inches high, the lower
which are contraîted together at the top. The herma- part of theſe are garniſhed with leaves of the fame
phrodite florets are of one leaf ; they are uniform, tongue- form with thoſe near the root, but are ſmaller, and
Jhaped, and are indented at the top in five parts; theſe more jagged; the upper part of the ſtalks are naked,
Spread over each other like the ſcales of fiſh; they have and branch out into two, and ſometimes three
each five ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical branches, each being terminated by one flower of a
fummits. The germen is ſituated in the center of the flo- gold colour, inclining to copper, compoſed of many
rets, ſupporting a Nender Style, crowned by two reflexed Horets which are included in a ſingle empalement;
ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong ſeed, the flowers are ſucceeded by oblong narrow feeds,
crowned with a long feathery down, which fits upon little crowned with a feathery down: the whole plant,
foot-ſtalks.
when bruiſed, emits a ſtrong odour of Caftor. It
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. This
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po- is frequently preſerved in gardens for the ſake of va-
lygamia Æqualis. The flowers of this ſection are riety.
compoſed of hermaphrodite florets, which are fruitful. It is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the
The SPECIES are,
firſt fort, but as this continues longer, the ſeeds
1. Crepis (Rubra) foliis amplexicaulibus, lyrato-runci- need not be annually fown. The plants will require
natis. Vir. Cliff. 79. Crepis with lyre-ſhaped leaves em- no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds,
bracing the ſtalks. Hieracium dentis leonis folio, flore and if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
ſuave rubente. C. B. P. 127. Hawkweed with a Dan- will come up without any trouble, fo need only be
delion leaf.
thinned where they are too cloſe.
2. Crepis (Barbata) foliis pinnatis angulatis, petiolatis, The third fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
dentatis. Prod. Leyd. 126. Crepis with angular, indent- turally in Spain, but is now frequently propagated
ed, winged leaves, having foot-ſtalks. Hieracium fo- in the flower-gardens for ornament. This puts out
liis Cichorei fylveſtris villofis, odore Caftorei. Bot. leaves near the root, which are nine inches long, and
Monſp.
almoſt two broad in the middle, of a light green co-
3. Crepis (Bætica) involucris calyce longioribus incur- lour, and a little jagged on their edges; the ſtalks
vatis, foliis lanceolatis dentatis. Crepis with an in- riſe a foot and a half high, dividing into many
curved volucrum longer than the empalement, and Spear- branches, garniſhed with leaves of the fame form as
Maped indented leaves. Hieracium medio-nigrum, Bee- thoſe at bottom, but ſmaller, and fit cloſe to the
ticum majus. Par. Bat. 185. Greater Spaniſh Hawkweed branches; the flowers are produced at the end of the
with flowers black in the middle.
branches; theſe have a double empalement, compoſed
4. CREPIS (Alpina) foliis amplexicaulibus, oblongis, acu- of many long very narrow leaves; the outer ſeries
minatis inferioribus, ſupernè, fummis infernè, den- are reflected downward, and turn upward again, and
ticulatis. Hort. Upſal. 238. Crepis with oblong pointed are inflexed at their extremities. The flowers are
leaves embracing the ſtalk, the lower being indented up- compoſed of many florets, which are ſtretched out on
ward; and the upper downward. Hieracium Alpinum one fide at the top like a tongue, theſe are cut at their
Scorzoneræ folio. Tourn. Inſt. 472.
extremities into four or five parts; they ſpread regu-
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, fome larly in form of rays, and are ſituated over each other
of which grow naturally in England, and others are like ſcales of fiſh, there are two varieties of this, one
weeds in divers parts of Europe, ſo are rarely ad- with a deep yellow, and the other of a ſulphur co-
mitted into gardens, therefore I ſhall not enumerate lour inclining to white; but both have a dark black
them here.
bottom or middle, ſo inake a pretty appearance in a
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Apulia, but is now garden. It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds
commonly cultivated in Engliſh gardens for orna- ripen in autumn. This plant requires the ſame cul-
ment; it is an annual plant, which periſhes after it ture as the firſt, and is equally hardy, ſo that where
hath ripened ſeeds. This hath many ſpear-ſhaped the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
leaves which ſpread on the ground, deeply jagged up without care.
on their fides; between them ariſe the branching The fourth ſort grows naturally on the Alps; this is
ſtalks, which grow a foot and a half high, dividing in- alſo an annual plant, which fends out many oblong
to many ſlender branches, garniſhed with oblong leaves pointed leaves near the root; they are five inches long,
deeply indented on their edges, embracing the ſtalks and almoſt two broad at their baſe, leffening gra-
with their baſe; the ſtalks are each terminated by one dually to a point; the upper part of theſe are ſlightly
large radiated flower, of a ſoft red colour, compoſed indented, but their lower parts are entire ; the ſtalks
of many half florets, which are ſucceeded by oblong are ſtrong and upright, riſing two feet high, dividing
ſeeds crowned with a feathery down. It flowers in into three or four branches, which grow erect, and
June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. This are terminated by pale white flowers, incloſed in a
plant, when bruiſed, emits an odour like bitter Al- ſtrong hairy empalement, which contracts cloſe to-
monds.
ward the top; the ſtalks are garniſhed with leaves of
The ſeeds of this plant ſhould be ſown in the ſpring, the ſame form as the lower, which embrace them
on the borders of the flower-garden where they are with their baſe, where they are ſlightly indented, but
deſigned to remain, ſo that if fix or eight ſeeds are their upper parts are entire ; theſe leaves are hairy and
ſown in each patch, when the plants come up, they rough. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
may be reduced to three or four, and if theſe are autumn. This requires the ſame culture as the firſt,
kept clean from weeds, they will require no other and the ſeeds will ſcatter about the garden, ſo that if
culture, excepting the putting ſmall ſticks down, to the plants are not deſtroyed, they will maintain them-
faften the ſtalks, to prevent their being broken by felves without any care.
winds or rain. If the ſeeds are ſown in autumn, or CRESCENTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 680. Cujete.
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up and Plum. Nov. Gen. 23. tab. 16. Calabaſh-tree.
live through the winter without ſhelter, and theſe will The CHARACTERS are,
flower early in the ſpring.
The flower hath one petal, which is irregular, having a
6
curved
.
a
3

CRE
CRI
a
curved gibbous tube, whoſe brim is cut into five unequal ing-cups, fonie of which are tipped with filver, and
ſegments, which are refiexed; this hath an empalement, to the necks they faſten handles, and ſome of the
which is ſhort, of one leaf, cut into two obtufe ſegments, long ſmall fruit are formed into the ſhape of ſpoons
which are concave. It hath four ſtamina, two of which or ladles, and are uſed as ſuch; the round ones are
cre of the length of the petal; the other are shorter, ter- cut through the middle, and are uſed as cups for
minated by twin ſummits which are proftrate. It haih an Chocolate. The Indians put a number of ſmall ſtones
oval germen fitting on a foot-ſtalk, ſupporting a long ſender into theſe ſhells, when cleared of the pulp, to make
Style, crowned by a roundiſh ſtigmo. The germen ofterward a ſort of rattle: in fhort, they convert theſe ſhells
becomes an ovcl or bottle-ſhaped fruit, with a hard ſhell, into many ſorts of furniture, which is the principal
incloſing many flat heart-ſhaped ſeeds.
uſe made of the fruit; for the pulp is ſeldom eaten,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection except by the cattle in the time of great droughts.
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia The leaves and branches of this tree are alſo eaten by
Angioſpermia. The flower having two long and two the cattle in times of ſcarcity. The wood of this tree
ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds being included in a is hard and ſmooth, fo is frequently uſed for making
capſule.
ſaddles, ftools, and other furniture.
The SPECIES are,
The ſecond fort feldom riſes more than fifteen or
1. CRESCENTIA (Cujete) foliis lanceolatis, utrinque at- twenty feet high; this hath an upright trunk, covered
tenuatis. Hort. Cliff. 327. Creſcentia with ſpear-ſhaped with a white ſmooth bark, ſending out many lateral
leaves, narrowed at both ends. Cujete foliis oblongis branches at the top, garniſhed with leaves three inches
anguſtis magno fructu ovato. Plum. Nov. Gen. 23. in length, and one and a quarter broad; theſe are
Calabaſh-tree with oblong narrow leaves, and a large oval ranged alternately on the branches, fitting upon ſhort
fruit.
foot-ſtalks ; they are of a deeper green than thoſe of
2. CRESCENTIA (Latifolia) foliis oblongo-ovatis, fructu the firſt fort, and their edges are entire. The flow-
rotundo, cortice fragili. Creſcentia with oblong oval ers come out from the ſide of the large branches and
leaves, and round fruit with a tender ſhell
. Cujete la- the trunk; theſe are ſmaller, and of a deeper yellow
tifolia, fructu putamine fragili
. Plum. Nov. Gen. colour than thoſe of the firſt; the fruit of this is
23. Broad-leaved Calabaſh-tree whoſe fruit hath a tender ſometimes round, at others oval, fome being much
bell.
larger than the other; the ſhells of this fruit are thin
There are ſome varieties of theſe trees, which only and very brittle, ſo are unfit for any purpoſes to
differ in the ſize and ſhape of their fruit; but thoſe which thoſe of the former are employed; the feeds
are variations which ariſe from ſeeds of the ſame tree, are alſo much thinner, and the pulp is of a deeper
ſo are not to be enumerated as diſtinct ſpecies ; but yellow. The wood of this tree is hard, and very
the two here mentioned are undoubtedly different white, ſo might be uſeful, were it not for the plenty
ſpecies, for I have frequently raiſed them from ſeeds, of other forts, which abound in many of the iſlands.
and have never found either of them vary.
This was found growing naturally in plenty at Cam-
The firſt fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and in all peachy by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent the fruit
the Leeward Ilands. This hath a thick trunk,
to England.
covered with a whitiſh bark, which riſes from twenty Theſe trees are too tender to live abroad in England,
to thiry feet high, having ſeveral knots all the length, ſo require a warm ſtove to be preſerved here. They
and at the top divides into many branches, which are eaſily propagated by feeds, which muſt be pro-
ſpread every way, and form a large regular head, cured from the countries where they grow naturally;
garniſhed with leaves which come out irregularly ; the
way
is to have the entire fruit fent over when
ſometimes ſingle, at others many ariſe from the ſame fully ripe; for when the ſeeds are taken out of the
knot; they are near ſix inches long, and one and a pulp abroad, and ſent over hither, if they are long in
half broad in the middle, diminiſhing gradually to their paffage they will loſe their growing quality
both ends; they are of a lucid green, and have very before they arrive, as I have often experienced. Theſe
ſhort foot-ſtalks, with one midrib, and ſeveral tranf- muſt be ſown on a good hot-bed in the ſpring, and
verſe veins running from that to the ſides. The when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
flowers are produced from the ſide of the large each planted into a ſmall halfpenny pot filled with
branches, and ſometimes from the trunk, ſtanding light fandy earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
upon long foot-ſtalks; their empalement is deeply tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun
divided into two obtuſe ſegments. The flower hath till they have taken freſh root; when they muſt be
but one petal, which is irregular, having an incurved treated in the ſame manner as other tender plants,
tube, which is divided at the brim into two irregular which are natives of the ſame countries. In winter
ſegments, which turn backward; theſe are of a they muſt be placed in the tan-bed of the bark-ſtove,
greeniſh yellow colour, ſtriped and ſpotted with and during that ſeaſon ſhould have but little water ;
brown; the flowers are an inch and a half long, from in ſummer they will require to be gently watered two
the bottoin of the tube to the extent of the upper or three times a week, according to the warmth of
ſegment. They have four ſlender ſtamina, of the the ſeaſon; and in hot weather they ſhould have a
ſame colour with the petal, which are of unequal large ſhare of air admitted to them. With this ma-
lengths, two being full as long as the petal, and the nagement the plants will make great progreſs, and
other are much ſhorter, terminated by oblong ſum- their leaves being of a fine green, they make a
mits, divided in the middle, which lie proſtrate on pretty variety in the ſtove, but have not as yet
the ftamina. From the lower part of the tube ariſes Howered in England.
a long ſlender foot-ſtalk, ſupporting the oval germen, CRESS the Garden. See LEPIDIUM.
which hath a headed ſtigma fitting cloſe on the top; CRESS the Indian. See TROPÆOLUM.
the germen afterward turns to a large fruit, of dif- CRESS the Water.
See SISYMBRIUM.
ferent forms and ſize; they are often ſpherical, ſome- CRESS the Winter.
}
times they are oval, and at other times they have a CRINUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 366. Lilio-Aſphodelus.
contracted neck like a bottle; and are fo large, as Com. Rar. 14. Dillen. Hort. Elth, 194. Aſphodel
when the pulp and feeds are cleaned out, the ſhells Lily.
will contain three pints or two quarts of liquid. Theſe The CHARACTERS are,
fruit or ſhells, are covered with a thin ſkin of a The involucrum is compoſed of two oblong leaves, in form
greeniſh yellow when ripe, which is peeled off; and of a feath or cover, which dries and is reflexed. The
under this is a hard ligneous ſhell, incloſing a pale, fower hath one pctal, which is funnel-fhaped, having a
yellowiſh, ſoft pulp, of a tart unſavory flavour, ſur- long tube, deeply cut at the top into fix ſegments which
rounding a great number of flat heart-ſhaped ſeeds. are reflexed. It hath ſex long fiomina, which are inſerted
The ſhells of this fruit are cleaned of their pulp, and in the tube of the petal, and are ſtretched out beyond the
the outer ſkin taken off, by the inhabitants of the flower, Spreading open; theſe are terminated by oblong
iſlands, and dried; then they uſe them for drink- proſtrate jummits, riſing at one end; the germen is fituated
a
ina

CRI
CRÍ
a
2.
in the bottom of the flower, ſupporting a long ſlender Siyle,
crowned by a ſmall trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward
becomes an oval capſule with three cells, each containing
one or two oval ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia,
the flower having fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. CRINUM ( Africanum) foliis fublanceolatis planis, co-
rollis obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 292. Crinum with plain
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and obtuſe petals
. Hyacinthus Af-
ricanus tuberoſus, flore cæruleo umbellato. Hort.
Amft. 1. p. 133. African tuberous Hyacinth, with a blue
umbellated flower.
CRINUM ( Afaticum) foliis carinatis. Flor. Zeyl. 127.
Crinum with keel-shaped leaves. Lilium Zeylanicum,
bulbiferum & umbelliferum. H. L. 682.
3. Crinum (Americanum) corollarum apicibus introrſum
unguiculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 292. Crinum with the
tops of the petals formed on the inſide like the nails of a
finger. Lilio-aſphodelus Americanus ſempervirens,
maximus Polyanthus albus. Com. Rar. Pl. 15. tab.
15.
4. CRINUM (Latifolium) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acumi-
natis feffilibus planis. Lin. Sp. 419. Crinum with oval,
Spear-ſhaped, plain leaves, ending in acute points. Jo-
vanna-pola-tali
. Hort Mal. vol. 11. p. 77.
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence it was brought to the gardens in
Holland, and hath fince been ſpread into moſt of the
curious gardens in Europe. The root of this plant
is compoſed of many thick fleſhy fibres, diverging
from the ſame head, which ſtrike deep into the
ground, and put out many ſmaller fibres, which are
white and fleſhy; from the ſame head ariſes a cluſter
of leaves ſurrounding each other with their baſe, ſo
as to form a kind of herbaceous ftalk, about three
inches high, from which the leaves ſpread only two
ways, appearing flat the other two. The flower-ſtalk
ariſes by the ſide of theſe leaves, which is round,
hollow, and near three feet high, terminated by
a large head of flowers, included in a kind of fheath,
which ſplits into two parts, and is reflexed. The
flowers ftand each upon a foot-ſtalk about one inch
long; they are tubulous, have but one petal, which
is cut almoſt to the bottom, into fix oblong blunt
ſegments, which are waved on their edges; in the
center is ſituated an oval three-cornered germen, fup-
porting a long ſtyle, which is attended by fix fta-
mina, two of the fame length, two ſomewhat ſhorter,
and the two which reft upon the lower ſegments are
the ſhorteſt. The flowers are of a bright blue colour,
and grow in large umbels, ſo make a fine appearance.
They begin to flower in September, and frequently
continue in beauty till ſpring, which renders them
more valuable.
This plant is propagated by offsets, which come out
from the ſide of the old plants, and may be taken off
the latter end of June, at which time theſe plants are
in their greateſt ſtate of reft; when the plants ſhould
be turned out of the pots, and the earth carefully
cleared away from the roots, that the fibres of the
offsets may be better diſtinguiſhed, which ſhould be
ſeparated from thoſe of the old roots, being careful
not to break their heads. But where they adhere ſo
cloſely to the old plant, as not to be ſo ſeparated, they
muſt be cut off with a knife, taking great care not
to wound or break the roots of either the offsets or
the parent plant. When theſe are parted, they ſhould
be planted each into a ſeparate pot, filled with light
kitchen-garden earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation,
where they may enjoy the morning ſun, giving them
a little water twice a week, if the weather proves
dry; but they muſt not have too much wet, eſpeci-
ally at this ſeaſon, when they are almoſt inactive; for
as the roots are feſhy and ſucculent, they are apt to
rot with great moiſture. In about five weeks time
the offsets will have put out new roots, when the pots
may be removed to a more funny ſituation, and then
they may have a little more water, which will ſtrengthen
their flowering, but it muſt not be given them too li
berally for the reaſons before given. In September
they will put out their flower-ſtalks, and toward the
end of that month the flowers will begin to open,
when, if the weather ſhould not be good, they ſhould
be removed under ſhelter, to prevent the flowers from
being injured by froſt or too much wet; but they
ſhould have as much free air as poſlible, otherwiſe
the flowers will be pale-coloured and weak. Toward
the end of October they ſhould be removed into the
green-houſe, and placed where they may enjoy as
much free air as poffible, and not be over-hung by
other plants; and during the winter, they may have
a little water once a week or oftener in mild weather,
but in froſt they ſhould be kept dry. This plant only
requires protection from froſt and moiſture, ſo ſhould
not have any artificial warmth in winter, and muſt be
placed in the open air in ſummer.
.
The ſecond fort hath large bulbous roots, which
ſend out many large fleſhy fibres, having bulbs formed
at their ends; the leaves are near three feet long,
hollow on their upper ſide, and cloſely fold over each
other at their baſe, ſpreading out on every fide; the
outer leaves generally turn downward at the top;
they are of a deep green, obtuſe at their points, with
a ridge on their under ſide. The flower-ſtalk ariſes
on one ſide the leaves, which is thick, ſucculent,
hollow in the middle, and a little compreſſed on two
fides; this grows two feet high or more, and is of
the ſame colour with the leaves, and are terminated
by large umbels of flowers, with a ſheath or cover,
which ſplits lengthways, and reflexed back to the
ſtalk, where it dries and remains; the tubes of the
flowers are narrow, near four inches long, and the
upper part is deeply cut into fix long ſegments,
which are reflexed back almoſt to the tube; in the
center ariſes the ſtyle, attended by ſix long ſtamina,
which ſtand out beyond the petal, and is terminated
by oblong proftrate ſummits of a yellow colour.
After the flowers are paſt, the germen, which is fi-
tuated at the bottom of the tube, becomes a large,
roundiſh, three-cornered capſule, having three cells,
two of which are generally abortive, and the third
hath one or two irregular bulbs, which if planted
produce young plants.
The third fort hath broader leaves than the ſecond,
which are plain, and not hollowed on their upper
ſide, but they are ſhorter and of a lighter green ; theſe
embrace each other at their baſe; by the ſide of theſe
ariſe the flower-ſtalk, which is compreſſed and hollow,
riſing about two feet high, and terminated by large
umbels of white flowers, like thoſe of the former fort,
but the ſegments of the petal are broader and not ſo
much reflexed.
The fourth fort hath roots like thoſe of the ſecond
the leaves of this are narrower at their baſe,
and are ſtained with purple on their under ſide; the
flower-ſtalks are purple, and grow to the ſame height
as thoſe of the ſecond; the flowers are in ſhape like
them, but the tube is purple, and the ſegments have
a purple ſtripe running through them; the ſtamina
alſo are purple, which renders this more beautiful
than either of the other forts; and theſe differences
are conſtant in all the plants which riſe from feeds,
ſo there can be no doubt of its being a diſtinct fort.
Theſe three forts grow naturally in both Indies, ſo
are very tender, therefore muſt be kept in a warm
ftove, otherwiſe they will not thrive in England;
they are eaſily propagated by offsets, which the roots
put out in plenty; or by the bulbs which ſucceed
the flowers, and ripen perfectly here. Theſe muſt be
planted in pots filled with rich earth, and if plunged
into the tan-bed in the ſtove, the plants will make
greater progreſs and flower oftener, than when they
are placed on ſhelves; though in the latter way they
will ſucceed very well, provided they are kept in a
good temperature of heat. The roots ſhould be
tranſplanted in the ſpring, and all the offsets taken
off, otherwiſe they will fill the pots and ſtarve the
old plants: they muſt be frequently refreſhed with
4 L
water,
a
fort;
a

CRI
CRO
3
a
water, but it muſt not be given them too pientifully, theſe plants are preſerved in a few gardens for the fake
eſpecially in winter. Theſe forts flower at every ſea- of variety; they are propagated by ſeeds, which
ſon of the year, which renders them more valuable ; ſhould be fown in the autumn where they are deſign-
for where there are many plants, there will be almoſt ed to remain, and will require no other culture but
a perpetual ſucceſſion of flowers, which emit a very to keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where
agreeable odour.
they are too cloſe.
CRITHMU M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 303. Tourn. Inft. CRISTA GALLI. See PedicuLARIS.
R. H. 317. tab. 169. Samphire.
CRISTA PAVONIS. See POINCIANA.
The CHARACTERS are,
CROCUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 53. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
It is a plant with an umbelliferous flower ; the great um- 350. tab. 183, 184. [is ſo called of the youth Crocus,
bel is hemiſpherical, and compoſed of many ſmaller of the who (as the poets feign) loved Smilax with ſo violent
ſame figure ; the involucrum of the general umbel is com- a paſſion, that, by reaſon of impatience, he was turned
poſed of ſeveral ſpear-ſhaped leaves ; those of the parti- into a flower of his name.] Saffron.
cular umbels bave very narrow leaves the length of the The CHARACTERS are,
ymbel; the general umbel is uniform; the flowers have It hath a ſpatha or ſheath of one leaf. The flower hath
five cual inflexed petals, which are almoſt equal; they one petal, which is deeply cut into fix oblong ſegments,
have five ſiamina the length of the petals, which are ter- which are equal. It bath three ſtamina which are ſhorter
ominaied by roundiſh ſummits. The germen is ſituated un- than the petal, terminated by arrow-pointed ſummits. The
der the flower, Supporting two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by roundiſh germen is ſituated at the bottom of the tube, fupa
obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval porting a Nender Style, crowned by three twiſted ſtigmas,
compreſſed fruit, dividing into two parts, each having one which are ſawed. The germen afterward becomes a round-
compreſſed, elliptical, furrowed ſeed.
iſh fruit, with three cells, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia,
the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
the flower having three ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
The Species are,
1. CRITHMUM (Maritimum) foliolis lanceolatis carnoſis. 1. Crocus (Sativus) ſpathâ univalvi radicali, corollæ
Hort. Cliff. 98. Samphire with ſpear-ſhaped fleſhy leaves. tubo longiffimo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 36. Saffron with a
Crithmum five Feniculum maritimum minus. C.B.P. Spatha near the root, having one valve, and a long tube
288. Samphire.
to the flower. Crocus ſativus. C.B. P. 65. Cultivated
2. CRITHMUM (Pyrenaicum) foliolis lateralibus bis trifi- Saffron.
dis. Hort. Cliff. 98. Samphire whoſe ſmaller leaves on 2. Crocus (Autumnalis) ſpathâ univalvi pedunculato,
their fides are doubly trifid. Apium Pyrenaicum thap- corollæ tubo breviſſimo. Saffron with a ſpatha on the
ficæ facie. Tourn. Inſt. 305.
foot-ſtalk, having one valve, and a very ſhort tube to the
The firſt fort grows upon the rocks by the ſea-ſide, flower. Crocus juncifolius autumnalis, More
magno
in many parts of England. This hath a root com- purpuraſcente. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 120.
poſed of many ſtrong fibres, which penetrate deep 3. Crocus (Vernus) ſpatha bivalvi radicali, floribus fef-
into the crevices of the rocks, ſending up ſeveral filibus. Crocus with a bivalve Spatha near the root, and
fleſhy ſucculent ſtalks, which riſe about two feet high, flowers fitting cloſe to the ground. Crocus vernus latifo-
garniſhed with winged leaves, which are compoſed
of lius, favo fore varius. C. B. P. 66. Commonly called
three or five diviſions, each of which hath three or Biſhop's Crocus.
five ſmall, thick, ſucculent leaves near half an inch 4. CROCUS (Biflora) ſpathả biflorâ corollæ tubo tenu-
long; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves embrace the ſtalks iffimo. Crocus with two flowers in each ſpatha, having
at their baſe. The flowers are produced in circular very narrow tubes. Crocus vernus, ſtriatus, vulgaris. .
umbels at the top of the ſtalks; theſe are of a yellow Par. Bat. Ordinary, Spring, ſtriped Crocus.
colour, compoſed of five petals, which are near There are a much greater variety of theſe flowers
equal in ſize, and are afterward ſucceeded by feeds than are here enumerated, but as moſt, if not all of
ſomewhat like thoſe of Fennel, but are larger. This them are only feminal variations, I thought it would be
herb is pickled, and eſteemed very comfortable to needleſs to particularize them here, eſpecially as there
the ſtomach, and is very agreeable to the palate ; it are frequently new varieties obtained from feeds.
provokes urine gently, removes the obſtructions of Thoſe which are here enumerated, I think muſt be al-
the viſcera, and creates an appetite ; it is commonly lowed to be ſpecifically different, ſince they have
uſed for fauce; it is gathered on the rocks where it many diſtinguiſhing characters, which are ſufficient
grows naturally, but the people who ſupply the mar- to determine the ſpecific difference in plants.
kets with it, feldom bring the right herb, but inſtead The firſt fort is the plant which produces the Saffron,
of it they bring a ſpecies of After, which is called which is a well known drug: this hath a roundiſh
golden Samphire, but hath a very different flavour bulbous root as large as a ſmall Nutmeg, which is a
from the true, nor has it any of its virtues. This little compreſſed at the bottom, and is covered with
grows in greater plenty, and upon the plain ground a coarſe, brown, netted ſkin, from the bottom of this
which is overflowed by the ſalt water ; whereas, the bulb is ſent out many long fibres, which ſtrike pretty
true Samphire grows only out of the crevices of
per- deep into the ground; from the upper part of the
pendicular rocks, where it is very difficult to come at. root come out the flowers, which, together with the
İt flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. young leaves, whoſe tops juſt appear, are cloſely
This plant is with difficulty propagated in gardens, wrapped about by a thin ſpatha or ſheath, which parts
nor will it grow ſo vigorous with any culture, as it within the ground, and opens on one fide. The tube
does upon rocks; but if the plants are planted on a of the flower is very long, ariſing immediately from
moift gravelly foil, they will thrive tolerably well, and the bulb, without any foot-ſtalk, and at the top is
may be preſerved ſome years. It may be propagated divided into fix oval obtuſe ſegments, which are
either by ſeeds or parting the roots.
equal, of a purple blue colour. In the bottom of
The ſecond ſort is by Tournefort ranged in his ge- the tube is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a
nus of Apium. This grows naturally on the Pyrenean ſlender ſtyle, which is not more than half the length
mountains. It is a biennial plant, which doth not of the petal, crowned with three oblong golden ſtige
flower till the ſecond year, and periſhes ſoon after the mas (which is the Saffron ;) theſe fpread afunder each
ſeeds are ripe. There are two or three forts of this way. The ſtyle is attended by three ſtamina, whoſe
.
plant, which differ in their outer appearance, but I baſes are inſerted in the tube of the petal, and riſe to
am not certain of their being diſtinct ſpecies. One of the height of the ſtyle, where they are terminated by
theſe is titled by Mr. Ray, Apium montanum five arrow-pointed fummits. This plant flowers in Octo-
petræum album. This is of humbler growth than ber, and the leaves keep growing all the winter, but
the other; the ſmall leaves are broader, and not ſo it never produces any feeds here.
much cut on their edges, and are of a paler green:
The
a
3

Č Ř
CRO
a
flower.
و
a
a
a
The ſecond fort grows naturally oh the Alps and 8. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus with a large yellow
Helvetian mountains: this hath a ſmaller bulbous flower. C. B.
root than the firſt; which is more compreſſed; the 9. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus with a ſmaller and paler
flowers appear about the fame ſeaſon with the former, yellow flower. C. B.
but they riſe with a ſhort foot-ſtalk, having a ſhort 10. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus, with ſmaller yellow
ſpatha or ſheath juſt below the flower, which covers flowers ſtriped with black:
it before it expands. The tube of the flower is very 11. Narrow-leaved Spring Crocus with a ſmaller brim:
ſhort, the petal being divided almoſt to the bottom, ſtone-coloured flower.
and the ſegments terminate in acute points; the ſta- 12. Narrow-leaved Spring Crocus with a ſmall white
mina and ſtyle are ſhort, and the leaves of the plant
are very narrow. The flower is of a deep blue; but Theſe are the principal varieties which I have ob-
there is a variety of this with a ſky blue flower, which ſerved in the Engliſh gardens, but there are many
is ſuppoſed to have been produced by feeds. Dr. more mentioned in the
foreign catalogues of flowers,
Linnæus has ſuppoſed theſe, and alſo all the varieties inany of which are ſo nearly alike, as ſcarce to be dif-
of the Spring Crocus, to be but one ſpecies, but tinguiſhed; and if the ſeeds of theſe flowers were
there can be no doubt of theſe being diſtinct from fown, there might be a greater variety of them ob-
thoſe of the Spring.
tained than is at preſent; but as they propagate very
The third fort hath a pretty large, compreſſed, bul- faſt by offsets, the feeds are very rarely regarded.
bous root, covered with a light, brown, netted ſkin, All theſe ſeveral varieties of Crocuſes are very hardy,
from which ariſe four or five leaves, like thoſe of the and will increaſe exceedingly by their roots, eſpecially
the other Vernal Crocuſes, of a purpliſh colour on if they are ſuffered to remain two or three years unre-
their lower parts; from between theſe come out one moved; they will grow in almoſt any
foil or ſituation,
or two flowers of a deep yellow colour, ſitting cloſe and are very great ornaments to a garden early in the
between the young leaves, never riſing above two ſpring of the year, before many other flowers appear.
inches high; theſe have an agreeable odour; the They are commonly planted near the edges of borders
outer ſegments of the petal are marked with three on the ſides of walks ; in doing of which, you ſhould
black ſtreaks or ſtripes running lengthways from the be careful to plant ſuch forts in the ſame line as flower
bottom to the top of the ſegment; theſe are narrower at the ſame time, and are of an equal growth, other-
than the inner ſegments. From the double arrange-
wiſe the lines will ſeem imperfect. Theſe roots, loſe-
ment of theſe ſegments ſome have called it a double ing their fibres with their leaves, may then be taken
flower. Theſe ſegreents have dark purple bottoms, up, and kept dry until the beginning of September,
and the tube of the flower hath as many purple ſtripes obſerving to keep them from vermin, for the mice
as there are ſegments in the petal. Out of the center are very fond of them. When you plant theſe roots
of the tube ariſes a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a golden (after having drawn a line upon the border,) make
Itigma, which is broad and flat, and is attended by holes with a dibble about two inches deep or more,
three ſlender ſtamina of the ſame length, terminated according to the lightneſs of the ſoil, and two inches
by yellow ſummits. After the flower is paſt, the ger- diſtance from each other, in which you muſt place
men puſhes out of the ground, and ſwells to a round- the roots with the bud uppermoſt; then with a rake
iſh three-cornered ſeed-veſſel, which opens in three fill up the holes in ſuch a manner as that the upper
parts, and is filled with roundiſh brown feeds. This part of the root may be covered an inch or more, be-
is one of the earlieſt Crocuſes in the ſpring.
ing careful not to leave any of the holes open; for
The fourth ſort riſes with a few very narrow leaves, this will entice the mice to them, which, when once
which are, together with the flower-buds, cloſely they have found out, will deſtroy all your roots, if
wrapped round by a ſpatha or ſheath, out of which they are not prevented.
ariſe two flowers, one of which hath a longer tube This is the way in which theſe flowers are commonly
than the other, but theſe are very ſlender, and do diſpoſed in gardens, but the better way is to plant
not riſe much above the ſpatha ; there the petal en- them fix or eight near each other in bunches between
larges, and is divided into fix obtuſe ſegments, which ſmall ſhrubs, or on the borders of the flower-garden;
are of equal fize; they are of a dirty white on their where, if the varieties of theſe flowers are planted in
outſide, with three or four purple ſtripes in each; the different patches, and properly intermixed, they will
inſide of the petal is of a purer white; the ſtamina make a much better appearance than when they are
and ſtyle are nearly the ſame as thoſe of the former diſpoſed in the old method of ſtrait edgings.
ſort. This is one of the earlieſt forts which flowers In January, if the weather is mild, the Crocus will often
in the ſpring.
appear above ground, and in February their flowers
The VARIETIES of the autumnal Crocus are,
will appear, before the green leaves are grown to any
1. The ſweet-ſmelling autumnal Crocus, whoſe flowers length, ſo that the flower ſeems at firſt to be naked,
come before the leaves. C. B. This is our ſecond but ſoon after the flowers decay, the green leaves
fort.
grow to be ſix or eight inches long, which ſhould not
2. The autumnal mountain Crocus. C. B. This hath be cut off until they decay, notwithſtanding they ap-
a paler blue flower.
pear a little unſightly; for by cutting off the leaves,
3. The many flowering bluiſh autumnal Crocus. C. B. the roots will be ſo weakened as not to arrive at half
This hath many ſky blue flowers.
their uſual bigneſs, nor will their flowers the ſucceed-
4. The ſmall flowering autumnal Crocus. C. B. This ing year be half ſo large. Their ſeeds are commonly
hath a ſmall deep blue flower.
ripe about the latter end of April, or the beginning
The Varieties of the Spring Crocus are,
of May, when the green leaves begin to decay.
1. Broad-leaved, purple, variegated, Spring Crocus. The autumnal Crocuſes are not ſo great increaſers as
C. B. This hath broad leaves and a deep blue flower are thoſe of the ſpring, nor do they produce ſeeds in
ſtriped.
our climate ; ſo that they are leſs common in the gar-
2. Broad-leaved Crocus of the ſpring with a purple dens, except the true Saffron, which is propagated
flower. C. B. This hath a plain purple flower. for uſe in great plenty in many parts
many parts of England ;
3. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus with a Violet-coloured theſe muſt be taken up every third year, as was di-
flower. C. B. This hath a large deep blue flower. rected for the Spring Crocuſes, otherwiſe the roots
4. Spring Crocus, with a white flower and a purple will run long, and produce no flowers; but they
bottom. C. B.
ſhould not be kept out of the ground longer than the
5. Broad-leaved, white, variegated, Spring Crocus. beginning of Auguſt, for they commonly produce
C. B.
their flowers the beginning of October ; ſo that if
6. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus, with many purple Vi- they remain too long out of the ground, they will not
olet flowers ftriped with white. C. B.
produce their flowers ſo ſtrong, nor in ſuch plenty,
7. Broad-leaved Spring Crocus with an Aſh-coloured as when they are planted early.
flower.
The
a
a
а

CRO
CRO
a
و
ones.
a
The method of cultivating Saffron being ſomewhat other fide, and digging as before, covers the roots
curious, I thought it not improper to inſert in this laſt fet, and makes the ſame room for the fetters to
place an abſtract of it, as it was preſented to the Royal place a new row, at the ſame diſtance from the firſt,
Society by Dr. James Douglaſs.
that they are from one another. Thus they go on,
As Saffron grows at preſent moſt plentifully in Cam- till a whole ridge, containing commonly one rod, is
bridgeſhire, and has grown formerly in ſeveral other planted ; and the only nicety in digging is, to leave
Counties of England, the method of culture does not, fome part of the firſt ſtratum of earth untouched, to
I believe, vary much in any of them, and therefore I lie under the roots; and, in ſetting, to place the roots
judge it fufficient to ſet down here the obſervations directly upon their bottom.
which I employed proper perſons, in different ſeaſons, What ſort of roots are to be preferred ſhall be ſhewn
tô make, in the years 1723, 1724, 1725, and 1728, under the fourth head, but it muſt be obſerved in this
up and down all that large tract of ground that lies place, that formerly, when roots were very dear, they
between Saffron-Walden and Cambridge, in a circle did not plant them ſo thick as they do now; and that
about ten miles diameter.
they have always ſome regard to the ſize of the roots, ,
In that county Saffron has been cultivated, and there- placing the largeſt at a greater diſtance than the ſmall
fore it may be reaſonably expected, that the inhabi-
tants thereof are more thoroughly acquainted with it The quantity of roots planted in an acre, is generally
than they are any where elſe.
.
about 16 quarters, or 128 buſhels, which, accord-
I ſhall begin with the choice and preparation of the ing to the diſtances left between them, as before af-
ground. The greateſt part of the tract already men- figned, and ſuppoſing all to be an inch in diameter
tioned is an open level country, with few incloſures ; one with another, ought to amount to 392,040 in
and the cuſtom there is, as in moft other places, to number.
crop two years, and let the land be fallow the third. From the time that the roots are planted, till about
Saffron is generally planted upon fallow ground, and, the beginning of September, or ſometimes later,
all other things being alike, they prefer that which there is no more labour about them; but as they then
has borne Barley the year
before.
begin to ſpire, and are ready to ſhew themſelves
The Saffron grounds are ſeldom above three acres, above ground (which is known by digging a few out
or leſs than one ; and in chooſing, the principal thing of the earth,) the ground muſt be carefully pared
they have regard to is, that they be well expoſed, the with a ſharp hoe, and the weeds, &c. raked into the
foil not poor, nor a very ſtiff clay, but a temperate furrows, otherwiſe they would hinder the growth of
dry mould, ſuch as commonly lies upon chalk, and
the plants,
is of an Hazel colour ; though if every thing elſe In ſome time after appear the Saffron flowers, and
anſwers, the colour of the mould is pretty much this leads us to the third branch of our preſent me-
neglected
thod. The flowers are gathered as well before as after
The ground being made choice of, about Lady-Day, they are full blown, and the moſt proper time for
or the beginning of April, it muſt be carefully plough- this is early in the morning. The owners of the Saf-
ed, the furrows being drawn much cloſer together, fron get together a ſufficient number of hands, who
and deeper, if the ſoil will allow it, than is done for place themſelves in different parts of the field, who
any kind of corn ; and accordingly, the charge is pull off the whole flowers, and throw them handful
greater.
by handful into a baſket, and ſo continue till all the
About five weeks after, during any time in the flowers are gathered, which happens commonly about
month of May, they lay between twenty and thirty ten or eleven o'clock.
loads of dung upon each acre, and having ſpread it Having then carried home all they have got, they
with great care, they plough it in as before. The immediately ſpread them upon a large table, and fall
ſhorteſt rotten dung is the beſt; and the farmers, who to picking out the filamenta ſtyli, or chives, and to-
have the conveniency of making it, ſpare no pains to gether with them a pretty long proportion of the fty-
make it good, being ſure of a proportionable price lus itſelf, or ſtring to which they are joined; the reſt
for it. About Midſummer they plough a third time, of the flower they throw away as uſeleſs. The next
and between every ſixteen feet and an half, or pole morning they return into the field again, whether it be
in breadth, they leave a broad furrow or trench, which wet or dry weather, and ſo on daily, even on Sun
ferves both as a boundary to the ſeveral parcels, when days, till the whole crop be gathered.
there are ſeveral proprietors to one incloſure, and to The chives being all picked out of the flowers, the
throw the weeds in at the proper ſeaſon.
next labour about them is to dry them on the kiln.
To this head likewiſe belongs the fencing of the The kiln is built upon a thick plank (that it may be
grounds, becauſe moſt commonly, though not always, moved from place to place) ſupported by four ſhort
that is done before they plant. The fences conſiſt of legs; the outſide conſiſts of eight pieces of wood
what they call dead hedges, or hurdles, to keep out about three inches thick, in form of a quadrangular
not only cattle of all forts, but eſpecially hares, which frame, about twelve inches ſquare at the bottom on
would otherwiſe feed on the Saffron leaves during the the inſide, and twenty-two inches at top, which is
winter.
likewiſe equal to the perpendicular height of it. On
About the weather we need not only obſerve, that the foreſide is left a hole about eight inches ſquare,
the hotteſt fummers are certainly the beſt, and there and four inches above the plank, through which the
with, if there be gentle ſhowers from time to time, fire is put in; over all the reſt laths are laid pretty
they can hardly miſs of a plentiful crop, if the ex- thick, cloſe to one another, and nailed to the frame
treme cold, ſnow, or rain of the foregoing winter already mentioned, and then are plaiſtered over on both
have not prejudiced the heads.
fides, as are alſo the planks at bottom very thick, to
The next general part of the culture of Saffron is, ſerve for a hearth. Over the mouth, or wideſt part,
planting, or ſetting the roots; the only inſtrument goes a hair cloth, fixed to the ſides of the kiln, and
uſed for which is a narrow ſpade, commonly termed a likewiſe to two rollers, or moveable pieces of wood,
fpit ſhovel.
which are turned by wedges or ſcrews, in order to
The time of planting is commonly in the month of ſtretch the cloth. Inſtead of the hair cloth, many
July, a little fooner or later, according as the weather people now uſe a net-work, or iron wire, with which
anſwer. The method is this : one man with his ſpit it is obſerved that the Saffron dries ſooner, and with
ſhovel raiſes between three and four inches of earth, leſs quantity of fuel; but the difficulty in preſerving
and throws it before him about fix or more inches; the Saffron from burning, makes the hair cloth be
two perſons, generally women, following with heads, preferred by the niceſt judges in drying.
place them in the fartheſt edge of the trench he The kiln is placed in a light part of the houſe, and
makes, at three inches diſtance from each other, or they begin by laying five or fix feets of white paper
thereabouts; as ſoon as the digger or ſpitter has gone on the hair cloth, upon which they ſpread the wet
once the breadth of the ridge, he begins again at the Saffron between two and three inches thick ; this they
.
a
cover

CRO
CRO
3
a
breaking up from each acre, may be had twenty-four
quarters of clean roots, all fit to be planted.
The owners are ſure to chooſe for their own uſe the
largeſt, plumpeft, and fatteft roots, but do leaſt of
all approve the longeſt pointed ones, which they call
ſpickets, or ſpickards, for very ſmall, round, or flat
roots, are ſometimes obſerved to flower well.
This is the whole culture of Saffron in the county
above-mentioned, and we have only now to conſider
the charges and profits which may be ſuppoſed, one
year with another, to attend that branch of agricul-
ture; and of theſe I have drawn up the following
computation for one acre of ground, according to the
price of labour in this country.
1. s. d.
Rent for three years
3
Ploughing for three years
Dunging
Hedging
Spitting and ſetting the heads
Weeding or paring the ground
Gathering and picking the flowers
Drying the flowers
6
Inſtruments of labour for three years,
with the kiln, about
Ploughing the ground once, and har-
Ο Ι2 Ο
rowing
twice
Gathering the Saffron heads
Raiſing the heads
O
11
o
Ο Ι8
O
3 12
O
I 16O
II 2
11
O
I 4.
6 10
O
I
50
O
n
Ο ΙΟ
-
I O
Ι Ο
I I2.
O
Total charge 23 12
o
cover with other ſheets of paper, and over theſe lay a
coarſe blanket five or fix times doubled, or, inſtead
thereof, a canvas pillow filled with ſtraw; and after
the fire has been lighted for ſome time, the whole is co-
vered with a board, having a large weight upon it.
At firſt they give it a pretty ſtrong heat, to make
the chives ſweat (as their expreſſion is ;) and in this,
if they do not uſe a great deal of care, they are in
danger of ſcorching, and ſo of ſpoiling all that is on
the kiln.
When it has been thus dried about an hour, they
take off the board, blanket, and upper papers, and
take the Saffron off from that which lies next it,
raiſing at the ſame time the edges of the cake with a
knife; then laying on the paper again, they ſlide in
another board between the hair cloth and upper pa-
pers, and turn both papers and Saffron upſide-down,
afterwards covering them as above.
The ſame heat is continued for an hour longer ; then
they look on the cake again, free it from the papers,
and turn it; then they cover it, and lay on the weight
as before. If nothing happens amiſs during theſe
firſt two hours, they reckon the danger to be over;
for they have nothing more to do but to keep a gen-
tle fire, and to turn their cakes every half hour till
thoroughly dry, for the doing of which as it ought,
there are required full twenty-four hours.
In drying the larger plump chives they uſe nothing
more, but towards the latter end of the crop, when
theſe come to be ſmaller, they ſprinkle the cake with
a little ſmall beer, to make it ſweet as it ought; and
they begin now to think, that uſing two linen cloths
next the cake, inſtead of the two innermoſt papers,
may be of ſome advantage in drying, but this prac-
tice is followed as yet but by few.
Their fire may be made of any kind of fuel, but that
which ſmokes the leaſt is beſt, and charcoal, for that
reaſon, is preferred to any other.
What quantity of Saffron a firſt crop will produce, is
very uncertain ; ſometimes five or ſix pounds of wet
chives are got from one rood, fometimes not above
one or two, and ſometimes not enough to make it
worth while to gather and dry it; but this is always
to be obſerved, that about five pounds of wet Saffron
go to make one pound of dry, for the firſt three weeks
of the crop, and fix pounds during the laſt week; and
when the heads are planted very thick, two pounds
of dried Saffron may, at a medium, be allowed to an
acre for the firſt crop, and twenty-four pounds for
,
the two remaining, the third being conſiderably larger
than the ſecond.
In order to obtain theſe, there is only a repetition to
be made every year of the labour of hoeing, gather-
ing, picking, and drying, in the ſame manner as be-
fore fet down, without the addition of any thing new,
except that they let cattle into the fields, after the
leaves are decayed, to feed upon the weeds, or, per-
haps, mow them for the ſame uſe.
About the Midſummer after the third crop is gather-
ed, the roots muſt be all taken up and tranſplanted;
the management requiſite for which, is the fourth
thing to be treated of. To take up the Saffron heads,
or break up the ground (as the term is,) they fome-
times plough it, ſometimes uſe a forked kind of hoe,
called a pattock, and then the ground is harrowed
once or twiće over ; during all which time of plough-
ing, or digging, and harrowing, fifteen or more peo-
ple will find work enough to follow and gather the
heads as they are turned
up. .
They are next to be carried to the houſe in ſacks, and
there cleaned and raſed; this labour conſiſts in clean-
ing the roots thoroughly from earth, and from the
remains of old roots, old involucra, and excrefcences,
and thus they become fit to be planted in new ground
immediately, or to be kept for ſome time without
danger of ſpoiling.
The quantity of roots taken up, in proportion to
thoſe which were planted, is uncertain ; but at a me-
dium, it may be ſaid, that allowing for all the acci-
dents which happened to them in the ground, and in
This calculation is made upon ſuppoſition, that an
acre of ground yields twenty-ſix pounds of nett Saf-
fron in three years, which I ſtated only as a mean
quantity between the greateſt and the leaſt, and there-
fore the price of Saffron muſt be judged accordingly,
which I think cannot be done better than by fixing it
at 30 ſhillings per pound; ſince in very plentiful
years it is ſold at twenty, and is ſometimes worth be-
tween three and four pounds; at this rate, twenty-
fix pounds of Saffron are worth thirty-nine pounds,
and the nett profits of an acre of ground producing
Saffron, will, in three years, amount to fifteen pounds,
thirteen ſhillings, or about five pounds four fhillings
yearly
This, I ſay, may be reckoned the nett profit of an
acre of Saffron, ſuppoſing that all the labour were to
be hired for ready money; but as the planter and fa-
mily do a conſiderable part of the work themſelves,
ſome of this expence is ſaved ; that is, by planting
Saffron, he may not only reaſonably expect to clear
about five pounds yearly per acre, but alſo to main-
tain himſelf and family for ſome part of each year ;
and it is upon this ſuppoſition only, that the reſult of
other computations can be ſaid to have any tolerable
degree of exactneſs, but the calculations themſelves
are undoubtedly very inaccurate,
I have ſaid nothing here concerning the charge in
buying, or profits in ſelling, the Saffron heads, be-
cauſe, in many large tracts of ground, theſe muſt at
length balance one another, while the quantity of
ground planted yearly continues the ſame, which has
been pretty much the caſe for ſeveral years paſt.
Dr. Patrick Blair, deſigning to treat concerning the
Crocus, in his fixth Decad of his Pharmaco-Botanolo-
gia, did, in the year 1725, ſend to me the following
1. After what manner the ſpecies are propagated?
2. Whether the tap-root ſprings firſt, or the bulb?
3. At what ſeaſon the leaves ſpring forth?
To theſe queries I ſent him the following anſwer :
1. As to the propagation of the ſpecies.
This is only by the roots or offsets, which the old
roots produce in great plenty, for I never ſaw any
thing like a feed, or a feed-veſſel produced, though I
have let ſtand great quantities of flowers purpoſely
queries:
a
to try.
2. As to the query, Whether the tap-root ſprings
firſt, and the bulb be afterwards formed ?
AS
4 M

CR
CRO
,
a
As ſoon as the roots begin to ſhoot apwards, there neſs of a large turkey or gooſe-quill, cylindrical and
are commonly two or three large tap-roots fent forth blunt, without the leaſt radical fibre, by which it
from the ſide of the old root, which will run down- might receive the nouriſhment, ſmooth or poliſhed,
right two inches and a half or more, into the ground; and bluiſh in the ſurface, conſisting of ſeveral circular
at the place where theſe bulbs first come out from the lines, when cut tranſverily; white, with a hard
old one, will be formed a bulb ſometimes (though greeniſh center like a Carrot, when it hath puſhed
not always, as you will hear preſently ;) and this tap- forth the flowering-ſtem, not unlike the itolones of
root decays. The bulb will increaſe in its bignels
, of fome running root, ſuch as the Mints below ground,
tiil at laſt it quite falls off, and is then left entire, only the extremity deſcended obliquely, inſtead of al-
which commonly happens in April, when the green cending, to ſend forth leaves to produce a new plant;
begins to decay; but many times theſe tap or car- and what is moſt remarkable, this did not happen to
rotty roots never produce any bulbs, but always re- one or two plants, but to the whole bundle, which
tain the ſame figure, and for ever after, I believe are were above twenty diſtinct roots, differing in nothing
barren ; for I planted a parcel of theſe carrotty roots but majus and minus; the bulb ſeemed at the ſame
four years ago in a little bed, where they have ever time to be pined and emaciated, though it emitted
ſince remained, but have not produced one ſingle large radical fibres like thoſe of a Leak.
flower, notwithſtanding they have produced a nu- I having received this account from him by letter,
merous offspring of the ſame carrotty roots.
ſent him the following anſwer:
And the people about Saffron Walden are well ap- I received yours in anſwer to my laſt, with the figure
priſed of this barrenneſs, and therefore throw away of the roots of fome ſets of Crocus Autumnalis
you
all ſuch roots when they make a new plantation; but have taken out of the ground; I have found a figure
as this change of the root is not peculiar to the Saf- in Dodonæus which correſponds with it, and thoſe
fron only, permit me to digreſs a little, to give you roots are no new thing with the Saffron gardeners,
fome account of this matter.
who always throw thein away when they make freſh
In the pariſh of Fulham, near London, the garden- plantations.
ers uſed to drive a great trade in the Jonquil, or Nar- Your figure does not agree with my tap-roots, as
ciſſus juncifolius, fore multiplici, at which place the you will ſee by the figure taken as juſt from the life
greateſt quantity of thoſe roots was raiſed for ſale, as I could. In mine you will find the bulb turned
as perhaps was in any part of England, and turned fideways, which I ſtill find to be conſtant in all the
to as great account for the maſter, as any crop they roots I have examined, which have been a great many,
could employ their ground in, till of late years, that and makes me ſuſpect theſe tap-roots are occaſioned
moſt of their roots have turned carrotty, and ſo by the accidental poſition of the roots in planting,
proved barren, or have produced only ſingle flowers ; which may retard the afcending fap, the flowering-
ſo that the gardeners being hereby diſheartened, have ſtem being thereby turned into a crooked figure,
thrown them out entirely, neglecting to cultivate and the tap-roots are full of longitudinal veſſels, of
them, ſatisfying themſelves with this reaſon, that a conſiderable dimenſion; ſo that the greater attract-
their ground was tired with them.
ing power of the fap being hereby diverted down-
But to return to the Crocus. Beſides thoſe roots al- wards, the flower-ſtem may be quite deſtitute of pro-
ready mentioned, there will be three or four ſmall per nouriſhment.
bulbs formed upon the upper part of the root, and The method you propoſe to remedy this inconveni-
fome underneath, which from the firſt appearance ency, will not do, for I have removed fome of theſe
aſſume the round ſhape of its parent root, and have roots at the ſeaſon when the tap-roots were forming,
no tap-root belonging to them; thoſe on the upper and this alone deſtroyed them all, ſo that I am per-
part of the root rarely emit ſo much as a fibre, but ſuaded, the cutting them off entirely will kill them.
receive their nouriſhment immediately from the old
The method I uſed with the Jonquils was, to lay
root; but thoſe on the under ſide ſend out many fi- fome tiles juft under the roots, to prevent their run-
bres all around, by which they draw their nouriſhment ning downwards, but this has not anſwered, nor do I
from the ground; theſe being parted from the old think it poſſible wholly to recover them; for the al-
root much ſooner than the other, ſtand in need of fit teration is not only in the root and flower, but alſo
organs for receiving their nouriſhment.
in the leaf and blade, which before was fiftulous, but
I have ſometimes taken up fome, through the middle after this alteration in the root, becomes a plain ful-
of which hath been a root of the Gramen caninum, cated leaf, and if it ever bloſſoms after, the flowers
or Couch Graſs, which ſome people have imagined are large and ſingle, which before were ſmall and
had ſtrength enough to force its way through the Cro- double; but the Saffron, after the change of its roots,
cus root, but the truth is, the root of the Graſs produces a ſmall narrow blade, ſeldom half the length
cloſely adhering to the old root of the Crocus, juſt of thoſe in a natural ſtate.
at the place where the young roots were emitted, theſe Upon this Dr. Blair formed this concluſion:
young roots being quick of growth, incloſed the Theſe additional obſervations plainly ſhew, that nei-
root of the Graſs, and thus I have ſeen ſeveral roots ther the carrotty root, nor the blaſted tap-root, as I
run through each other in the fame manner.
may call it, are merely accidental, or what may be
But beſides theſe offsets mentioned, directly upon the called lufus naturæ, but certain diſeaſes incident to
upper part of the root is one large root formed, of ſuch roots; for were they accidental, they would not
equal bigneſs with the old one, and this is the time have the ſame appearances to different perſons in dif-
that the root is Radix gemina, as Tournefort calls it ; ferent ſoils and climates, nor would ſo many taken
for they are not ſo at any other ſeaſon, and therefore up together have ſuch a reſemblance to each other, as
I think it a very improper appellation ; for when the I have twice obſerved.
new roots are perfectly formed, the old ones, with CROTOLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 771. Dill. Elth.
their coats, fall off and die, and leave the new roots 122. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 644. [of Kpótanov, Gr. rat-
all ſingle. This has occaſioned ſeveral people to tle; becauſe its feeds in the pods, when ripe, make
doubt of what Tournefort had ſaid of the roots, till a rattling noiſe when ſhaken, or becauſe the infants
I took up ſome plants at that feaſon, and with them of the Indians make uſe of the branches of this plant
the two roots of equal bigneſs, i. e. the old at the bot- furniſhed with pods inſtead of rattles.]
tom, and the new one at the top.
The CHARACTERS are,
Dr. Blair alſo happening, in viewing a root, to be The empalement of the flower is divided into three large
furpriſed with a different appearance from what he had ſegments; the two upper reſting on the ſtandard, the
ſeen before or heard of, ſent me another letter.
lower is concave, trifid, and is fituated below the keel.
The manner of the root was thus; from the upper The flower is of the Butterfly kind; the ſtandard is large,
part of the bulb, where it ſends forth all the leaves heart-Maped and pointed; the wings are oval and half
within a common tunicle, at the exit there was an ap- the length of the ſtandard; the keel is pointed and as long
pendix about an inch and a half long, about the grofr- as the wings; it hath ten ſtamina which are united, ter-
minated
ز
a
a

CRO
CRO
minated by fingle ſummits, and an oblong reflexed germen,
ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuse ſtigma. The
germen afterward becomes a ſhort turgid pod with one
cell, opening with two valves, and filled with kidney-
Shaped ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
candria the flowers of this claſs and ſection having ten
ftamina joined in two bodies.
The SPECIES are,
1. CROTOLARIA (Verrucoſa) foliis fimplicibus ovatis, fti-
pulis lunatis declinatis ramis tetragonis. Flor. Zeyl.
277. Crotolaria with ſingle oval leaves, lunated declining
ſtipula, and four-cornered branches. Crotolaria Aſiatica
folio fingulari verrucoſo, floribus cæruleis. H. L.
199.
2. CROTOLARIA (Piloſa) foliis fimplicibus lanceolatis pi-
lofis, petiolis decurrentibus. Crotolaria with ſingle,
hairy, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and running foot-ſtalks. Cro-
tolaria Americana, caule alato foliis piloſis, fioribus
in thyrſo luteis. Martyn. Cent. 43.
3. CroTOLARIA (Sagittalis) foliis fimplicibus lanceolatis
ftipulis folitariis decurrentibus bidentatis. Hort. Cliff.
357. Crotolaria with ſingle Spear-ſhaped leaves, and
ſingle ſtipula indented. Crotolaria hirſuta minor Ameri-
cana herbacea, caule ad fummum fagittato. H. L.
202.
I21.
4. CROTOLARIA (Fruticoſa) foliis fimplicibus, lineari-
lanceolatis hirſutis, petiolis decurrentibus, caule fru-
ticoſo. Crotolaria with ſingle, narrow, Spear-ſhaped
leaves, which are hairy, running foot-ſtalks, and a ſhrubby
ftalk. Crotolaria fruteſcens hirſuta, flore luteo, ra-
mulis alatis, foliis mucronatis. Houſt. MSS.
5. CROTOLARIA (Juncea) foliis fimplicibus lanceolatis,
petiolatis caule ftriato. Hort. Cliff. 357. Crotolaria
with ſingle spear-ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks. Cro-
tolaria Benghalenſis foliis geniſtæ hirſutis. Pluk. Alm.
6. CROTOLARIA (Perfoliata) foliis perfoliatis cordato-
ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1005. Crotolaria with oval
heart-ſhaped leaves perforated by the ſtalks. Crotolaria
perfoliatæ folio. Hort. Elth. 122. tab. 102.
7. CROTOLARIA (Retuſa) foliis fimplicibus, oblongis
cuneiformibus retuſis. Flor. Zeyl. 276. Crotolaria with
ſingle, oblong, wedge-ſhaped leaves, reflexed at the top.
Crotolaria Aſiatica, floribus luteis, folio fingularo
cordiformi. H. L. 200.
8. CROTOLARIA (Villofa) foliis fimplicibus ovatis villo-
fis, petiolis ſimpliciffimis, ramis teretibus. Hort. Cliff.
357. Crotolaria with ſingle, oval, hairy leaves, ſingle
pedicles and taper branches. Crotolaria arboreſcens
Africana, Styracis folio. H. L. 170.
9. CROTOLARIA (Angulata) foliis ovatis feffilibus, ra-
mulis angulatis hirſutis, floribus lateralibus fimpliciffi-
mis. Crotolaria with oval leaves fitting close to the
branches, which are angular, bairy, and ſingle flowers
proceeding from the ſides of the branches.
10. CROTOLARIA (Laburnifolia) foliis ternatis ovatis
acuminatis, ftipulis nullis, leguminibus pedicillatis.
Flor. Zeyl. 278. Crotolaria with oval, trifoliate, pointed
leaves, no ſtipula, and foot-ſtalks to the pods. Crotola-
ria Aſiatica fruteſcens, floribus luteis amplis trifo-
liata. H. L. 196.
11. CROTOLARIA (Alba) foliis ternis lanceolato-ovatis,
caule lævi herbaceo, racemo terminali. Hort. Cliff.
499. Crotolaria with oval, Spear-shaped, ternate leaves,
fmooth herbaceous ſtalks, which are terminated by looſe
Spikes of flowers. Anonis Caroliniana perennis non
ſpinoſa, foliorum marginibus integris, floribus in-
thyrfo candidis. Martyn. Cent. 44.
The firſt fort grows naturally in India. This is an
annual plant, which hath an herbaceous four-cor-
nered ſtalk, riſing about two feet high, dividing
into three or four branches; theſe have alſo four acute
angles, and are garniſhed with oval warted leaves,
of a pale green colour, ſtanding on very ſhort foot-
Atalks; the flowers are produced in ſpikes at the end
of the branches, which are of the butterfly ſhape, and
of a light blue colour, fucceeded by ſhort turgid
pods, which incloſe one row of kidney-ſhaped
ſeeds. It flowers in July and Auguft, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which muſt be
ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
plants are come up an inch high, they ſhould be
tranſplanted to another hot-bed to bring them for-
ward, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun till they
have taken new root; after which they ſhould have
free air admitted to them in proportion to the warmth
of the ſeaſon, to prevent their being drawn up weak.
.
When the plants have acquired ſtrength in this bed,
they ſhould be carefully taken up, with balls of earth
to their roots, and each planted in a ſeparate pot,
filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, carefully
ſhading them till they are rooted again; then they
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other tender
exotic plants, giving them proper air and water in
warm weather ; when the plants are grown ſo tall as
to nearly reach the glaſles of the hot-bed, the pots
may be removed into an airy glaſs-caſe, or ftove,
where they may be ſcreened from inclement weather,
and have proper air in hot weather; with this treat-
ment the plants will flower in July, and continue to
produce freſh ſpikes of flowers till the end of Auguſt;
and thoſe ſpikes of flowers which appear early in the
ſeaſon, will be ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in September,
ſoon after which the plants will decay.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, from whence the feeds were ſent me by
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with a compreſſed
winged ſtalk near three feet high, putting out ſeveral
fide branches, garniſhed with ipear-ſhaped leaves
near three inches long, and one broad, covered
with ſoft hairs, and fit cloſe to the branches, alter-
nately; from the foot-ſtalks of each there runs a
border or leafy wing, along both ſides of the branches;
the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end
of the branches, which are of a pale yellow colour,
the ſtandard being ſtretched out a confiderable length
beyond the wings. Theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort
turgid pods, which, when ripe, are of a deep blue
colour, having one row of ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeeds,
which are of a greeniſh brown colour. This flowers
and feeds about the ſame time with the former, and
requires the ſame treatment.
The third fort was ſent me from South Carolina by
the late Dr. Dale, and alſo from Jamaica by Dr.
Houſtoun, ſo that it grows naturally in ſeveral parts
of America; this is an annual plant, which riſes with
a ſlender ftalk a foot and a half high, dividing into
three or four ſpreading branches, garniſhed with ob-
long oval leaves fitting cloſe. The upper part of the
branches have two leafy borders or wings, running
from one leaf to the other, but the lower part of the
branches have none; the foot-ftalks of the flowers
ariſe from the ſide of the ſtalk, thoſe from the lower
part of the branches are above a foot long, the upper
are about fix inches, they are very ſlender, and ſuſtain
one or two pale yellow flowers at their tops, which
are not more than half ſo large as the former fort, and
are fucceeded by very ſhort turgid pods, in which
are incloſed three or four ſmooth kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
This ſort requires the ſame culture as the two former,
and flowers at the ſame ſeaſon.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the ſeeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun ; this riſes with a ſhrubby taper ſtalk near four
feet high, ſending out many fide branches which are
very ſlender, ligneous, and covered with a light
brown bark, garniſhed with very narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, which are hairy, fitting cloſe to the branches;
the younger ſhoots have a leafy border or wing on
two ſides, but the old branches have none; the flow-
ers are produced near the end of the branches, three
or four growing alternate on a looſe ſpike; they are
of a dirty yellow, and ſmall; the pods which ſucceed
them are about an inch long, very turgid, and of a
dark blue when ripe. This fort is propagated by feed,
which ſhould be fown on a hot-bed, and the plants
treated
a

CRO
CRO
3
3
a
treated in the fame manner as thoſe before, but in
autumn they ſhould be placed in the ſtove, where
they will live through the winter, and flower early
the following ſummer, ſo will perfect their feeds very
well.
The ſeeds of the fifth fort were brought me from the
coaſt of Malabar, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea
garden. This riſes with an angular ſtalk near four
feet high, dividing upward into three or four branches,
garniſhed with narrow ſpear-lhaped leaves, placed al-
ternately on very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are pretty
cloſely covered with ſoft ſilvery hairs. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, in looſe
ſpikes; they are large, and of a deep yellow colour,
and the ſtyle ſtands out beyond the ſtandard. The
Powers are ſucceeded by large turgid pods, containing
one row of large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
This plant is annual in England, but by the lower
part of the ſtalk growing woody, it appears to be of
longer duration in the country where it naturally
grows; though it will not live through the winter
here, for if the plants are placed in a ſtove, the heat
is too great for them, and in a green-houſe they are
very ſubject to mouldineſs in damp weather. I have
ſown the feeds of this in the full ground, where the
plants have grown upward of three feet high, and
have flowered very well, but no pods were formed on
theſe; and when they have been treated tenderly,
the plants have grown much larger, and produced a
greater number of flowers, but theſe have produced
no ſeeds. The only way which I could ever obtain
any ſeeds, was by raiſing the plants in pots upon hot-
beds; and the beginning of July, turning them out
of the pots into the full ground on a very warm
border under a wall, in which ſituation they flowered
very well, and ſome few pods of feeds were ripened.
The ſixth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Dale from
South Carolina, who had the feeds ſent him from the
country, at a great diſtance from the Engliſh ſettle-
ments. By the deſcription ſent me with the ſeeds,
it grows with a ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet high;
but the plants which were raiſed here, periſhed at the
approach of winter, ſo that they only fowered, with-
out producing any pods. The ſtalks of this are round,
and covered with a light brown bark, garniſhed with
ſmooth, oval, heart-ſhaped leaves, which are about
four inches long, and near three broad; ſurrounding
the ſtalk in ſuch a manner, as if it were run through
the middle of the leaves. The flowers grow fingly,
ſitting cloſe to the boſom of each leaf, toward the
upper part of the branches ; they are of a pale yellow
colour, and appear here in Auguſt; but as the plants
did not produce any pods, ſo I can give no account
of them. This is one of the moſt ſingular plants of
the genus I have
The ſeventh fort riſes with an herbaceous ftalk near
three feet high, dividing upward into ſeveral branches,
garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are narrow at
their baſe, but gradually widen to the top, where they
are rounded and indented in the middle in the ſhape
of a heart; they are of a pale green, and ſmooth.
The flowers are produced in ſpikes at the end of the
branches, they are pretty large, and of a yellow co-
lour. Theſe appear in July, and the feeds ripen in
autumn, provided the plants are brought forward in
the ſpring, and afterward treated in the ſame manner
as hath been directed for the firſt fort. This grows
naturally in the iſland of Ceylon, and is an annual
plant, periſhing ſoon after it perfects ſeeds. I re-
ceived the ſeeds of this plant from the late Dr. Boer-
haave, profeſſor at Leyden.
The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence I received the ſeeds. This riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk about five feet high, dividing
into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with roundiſh leaves,
ſitting cloſe to the branches; they are of a hoary
green, and ſoft to the touch, the branches are taper
and ſmooth; the flowers are produced at the end of
the branches in looſe ſpikes; they are about the
ſize of thoſe of the firſt fort, and of a fine blue cour.
This plant flowers in June and July, and in warm
ſeaſons will ripen its feeds in autumn. It is
propagated
by ſeeds, which muſt be fown upon a good hot-bed in
the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove,
ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſmall halfpenny
pot, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and
after muſt be treated in the ſame manner as hath
been directed for the fourth fort, placing the plants
in a moderate ſtove in winter, otherwiſe they cannot
be preſerved in England; the ſecond year the plants
will flower, and with proper care their feeds will
ripen.
The ninth fort was ſent me from Campeachy, where
the plant grows naturally; this riſes with a taper up-
right ſtalk near three feet high, dividing upward
into ſeveral hairy branches, which grow erect,
garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a pale
green colour; the flowers are produced fingly from
the ſide of the branches, which are of a bright yellow,
and are ſucceeded by ſhort turgid pods, having one
row of kidney-ſhaped feeds. It flowers in July and
Auguft, and with the ſame treatment as hath been
directed for the firſt fort, will perfect feeds in autumn.
This is an annual plant, which periſhes foon after the
feeds are ripe.
The tenth fort grows naturally in India; this riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet high, dividing
into many branches, garniſhed with ternate oval
leaves ending in points;
the flowers are large, yellow,
growing in large bunches from the fide of the
branches; they appear in July, Auguſt, and Sep-
tember, but I have not ſeen any pods ſucceed them
here. However, when the plants are in flower, they
make a fine appearance.
It is eaſily propagated by cuttings, during the ſummer
months, if the cuttings are planted in pots, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed, being careful to
ſhade them till they have taken root, and frequently
refreſh them with water: during the months of July,
Auguſt, and September, the plants may be expoſed
to the open air in a ſheltered ſituation, where they
will produce many flowers; but in the autumn they
ſhould be placed in a temperate ſtove, to preſerve them
in winter.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Virginia and
Carolina, from both thoſe countries I have received
the ſeeds; there are two varieties of this ſpecies, one
with a white, and the other a blue flower; bat
the ſeeds of one will produce both varieties, as I have
more than once experienced. The root is perennial,
fending up every ſpring a number of leaves, in pro-
portion to the ſize of the root; the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves are ſmooth, riſing two feet high, dividing
upward into three or five branches, garniſhed with
ternate fmooth leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, ſpear-
ſhaped, and entire; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe
immediately from the root, and advance rather higher
than the leaves, being terminated by a thyrſe of large
butterfly-ſhaped flowers, near a foot in length; in
one variety they are white, and in the other deep blue:
theſe are ſucceeded by large ſwelling pods, of a black
colour when ripe, having one row of kidney-ſhaped
ſeeds. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in the
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown on
a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; when the plants
come up they ſhould have free air admitted to them
daily, to prevent their drawing up weak, and as ſoon
as they are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
in a ſeparate ſmall pot, plunging them into a mo-
derate hot-bed again, obſerving to fhade them till
they have taken freſh root; then they ſhould be gra-
dually inured to the open air; but in the autumn
they ſhould be placed in a common frame, or covered
with mats in winter to ſhelter them; but the following
ſpring they ſhould be turned out of the pots, and
planted in the full ground, where, if the ſoil is dry,
and the ſituation ſheltered, they will live many years,
producing flowers and feeds annually.
و
yet feen.
a
autumn.
I
a
3
As

CRO
CRO
6
fide;
As moſt of theſe plants are annual, ſo they require foliis trifidis vel quinquefidis & ſerratis. Heuft.
to be brought forward in the ſpring, otherwiſe the MSS.
fummers are too ſhort for them to perfect ſeeds; fo 5. CROTON (Humile) tetraphyllum, foliis lanceolatis,
that unleſs they are carefully managed, they will not acuminatis fubtus cæfiis, caule herbaceo ramofo. Foura
flower well here; for in general, the ſummers in this leaved Croton with Spear-ſhaped pointed leaves, gray on their
country are not very favourable for theſe tender under fide, and a branching berbaceous ſtalk. Ricinoides
plants. Therefore in order to have theſe tender an- humilis foliis oblongis acuminatis, ſubtus cæſiis. Houſt.
nual plants in perfection, there ſhould be a low glaſs- MSS.
caſe erected about five or fix feet high, which ſhould 6. CROTON (Fruticofune) foliis lanceolatis glabris, caule
be made with glaſſes to open or ſlide down on every fruticofo, floribus alaribus & terminalibus. Croton
fide, as ſhould alſo the top on both fides, having with ſmooth Spear-ſhaped leaves, a hrubby ſtalk, and
ſliding glaſſes, that the plants may have fun and air flowers growing from the ſides and tops of the branches.
on every
in this there ſhould be a pit for tanners Ricinoides fruteſcens, lauri folio, calyce ampliſſimo
bark to make a hot-bed, the whole extent, (a parti-
viridi. Houſt. MSS.
cular deſcription of which will be exhibited under 7. Croton (Populi folia) foliis cordatis, acuminatis,
the article STOVE) in this hot-bed may be placed all fubtus tomentofis, floribus alaribus feffilibus, caule
the very curious tender annual plants, where the ſun fruticoſo. Croton with heart-ſhaped pointed leaves, woolly
will conſtantly ſhine on them, ſo long as he makes on their under ſide, and flowers growing cloſe to the ſides
his appearance above the horizon; and here they may of the ſtalks, which are ſhrubby. Ricinoides foliis po-
have plenty of free air admitted at all times, when puli hirſutis. Plum. Cat. 20.
the weather is warm, ſo may be brought to equal 8. CROTON (Caſcarilla) foliis lanceolatis acutis integer-
perfection, as in the warm countries where they na- rimis petiolatis fubtus tomentofis, caule arboreo.
turally grow; for the warmth of the tan to the Amen. Acad. 5. p. 411. Croton with ſpear-shaped, en-
roots, and the heat of the ſun through the glaſſes, tire, acute-pointed leaves, woolly on their under fide, and
will in ſummer, be equal to the heat of moſt coun- a tree-like ſtalk. Ricinoides fruteſcens odorata, foliis
tries.
anguſtis fubtus albicantibus, Houſt. MSS. Caſcarilla.
Theſe plants naturally grow on fandy light foils, ſo 9. CROTON (Altheafolia) foliis oblongo-cordatis tomen-
they ſhould always be planted in ſuch ; and the pots tofis, caule fruticofo ramoſo, floribus fpicatis termi-
in which they are planted, muſt not be too large, for nalibus. Croton with oblong, heart-ſhaped, woolly leaves,
in ſuch they will not thrive, ſo that after they have a ſhrubby branching ſtalk, and flowers growing in ſpikes
filled the ſmall pots with their roots in which they at the ends of the branches. Ricinoides Americana fru-
were firſt planted, they ſhould be ſhaken out of thoſe, teſcens, Althææ folio. Plum. Cat. 20.
and put into penny pots, which will be large enough 10. CROTON (Salvia folia) foliis cordatis acutis, ſubtus
for moſt of the annual kinds; but thoſe which are tomentofis, caule fruticoſo, floribus fpicatis termina-
of longer duration, will require pots a little larger the
libus & alaribus. Croton with pointed heart-ſhaped leaves,
following ſpring The waterings of theſe plants woolly on their under fide, a ſhrubby ſtalk, and flowers
ſhould be performed with caution, for too great growing in ſpikes on the tops and ſides of the branches:
moiſture will rot the fibres of their roots; ſo that in Ricinus falviæ folio utrinque molli. Pet. Hort. Siec.
fummer, if they are gently watered three or four times The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
a week in hot weather, it will be ſufficient.
from whence I have frequently received the feeds;
CROTON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 960. Ricinoides. Tourn. this is an annual plant, which riſes with an herbaceous
Inſt. 655. tab. 423. Baftard Ricinus.
branching ſtalk about nine inches high, garniſhed
The CHARACTERS are,
with irregular, or rhomboidal figured leaves, which
It hath male and female flowers in the ſame plant; the are near two inches long, and one inch and a quarter
flowers have a five-leaved empalement, they have five pe- broad in their wideſt part; theſe ſtand upon flender
tals, thoſe of the male being no larger than the leaves of foot-ſtalks, near four inches long. The flowers are
the empalement; the male bave five ne&tcrious glands, produced in ſhort ſpikes from the fide of the ſtalks,
which are ſmall, and fixed to the receptacle; theſe have at the end of the branches; the upper part of the
ten or fifteen ſtamina, which are joined at their baſe, and ſpike is compoſed of male flowers, having many ſta-
terminated by twin ſummits. The female flowers have a mina, which coaleſce at the bottom; the lower part
roundiſh germen, ſupporting three reflexed ſpreading ſtyles, hath female flowers, which have each a roundiſh
crowned by bifid reflexed ſtigmas; the germen afterward three-cornered germen; theſe afterward become a
becomes a roundiſh three-cornered capſule, with three cells, roundish capſule with three lobes, having three cells,
each containing a ſingle ſeed.
each including one roundiſh feed. This flowers in
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of July, but unleſs the plants are brought forward in a
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Mo- hot-bed, they do not ripen ſeeds in this country.
nodelphia. The plants of this claſs and ſection have The feeds of this plant ſhould be ſown in the au-
male and female Howers in the fame plant, and the tumn, ſoon after they are ripe, in a ſmall pot filled
male parts are joined in one body.
with light earth, and plunged into an old tan-bed in
The SPECIES are,
a frame, where they may be ſcreened from cold in
1. CROTON (Tinetorium) foliis rhombeis repandis, cap- the winter ; and in the ſpring following the pot ſhould
;
fulis pendulis caule herbaceo. Hort. Upſal. 290. be removed to a freſh hot-bed, which will bring up
Croton with rhomboid reflexed leaves, pendulous capſules, the plants in a month's time; when theſe are grown
and an herbaceous stalk. Ricinoides ex quâ paratur. large enough to remove, they ſhould be each planted
Tournfol. Gallorum. Tourn. Inft. 655. Baſtard Ri- in a ſmall pot, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed,
cinus, from which the Tournfole of the French is made. being careful to fhade the glaſſes daily, until the
2. CROTON ( Argenteum) foliis cordato-ovatis ſubtus to- plants have taken new root; then they ſhould have
mentoſis integris fubferratis. Hort. Cliff. 444. Croton air daily admitted according to the warmth of the
with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, which are entire and woolly. ſeaſon, and but little water given to them: with this
Ricinoides herbacea, folio fubrotundo ferrato fructu
management I have had the plants flower and pro-
parvo conglomerato. Houft. MSS.
duce good feeds here, but never could obtain any
3. CROTON (Paluſtre) foliis ovato-lanceolatis plicatis fer- with other treatment.
ratis ſcabris. Hort. Cliff. 445. Croton with oval ſpear- This is the plant from which the Tournſole is made,
Maped leaves, which are plaited, Jawed, and rough. Ri- which is uſed for colouring wines and jellies; it is
cinoides paluſtre, foliis oblongis ſerratis fructu hiſpido. made of the juice which is lodged between the em-
Martyn. Cent. 38.
palement and the feeds, which, if rubbed on cloths,
4. CROTON (Lobatumi foliis inermi-ferratis, inferioribus at firſt appears of a lively green, but ſoon changes to
quinquelobis, fuperioribus trilobis. Hort. Cliff. 445. a bluiſh purple colour; if theſe cloths are put into
Croton with leaves ſmoothly ſawed, the lower ones having water, and afterward wrung, they will dye the water
five lobes, and the upper i bree. Ricinoides herbacea, to a claret colour; the rags thus dyed, are brought
a
ز
4 N

CRO
CRO
3
a
a
to England, and ſold in the druggiſts ſhops by the
name of Tournſole.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, from whence the feeds were ſent me by
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this is an annual plant, which
riſes about a foot high; it hath an angular ſtalk; the
branches are naked from their diviſions to the top,
where they are garniſhed with a few oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, which are fawed on their edges; they are an
inch and a half long, and three quarters of an inch
broad, ſtanding on foot-ſtalks one inch long. The
flowers are produced in cloſe ſhort ſpikes at the end
of the branches, thoſe on the upper part being male,
and the lower female; they are white, and the male
foon falls away, but the female are ſucceeded by
roundiſh capſules, having three lobes; theſe grow in
cloſe cluſters, they have three cells, each containing
one roundiſh feed. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun at La Vera Cruz, from whence he ſent me the
ſeeds; this is alſo an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in low marſhy grounds, where it hath a very
different appearance from what it puts on when ſown
upon dry land; thoſe of the watery places have broad
flat ſtalks, and leaves three inches long, which are
ſcarce a quarter of an inch broad; theſe are rough,
and but little indented on their edges; but thoſe
plants upon dry ground have oval leaves three inches
long, and upwards of two inches broad, which are
ſawed on their edges. The flowers are produced at
the wings of the leaves, in ſhort looſe ſpikes, having
four or five herbaceous male flowers at the top of
each, and three or four female flowers at the bottom,
which are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules with three
lobes, covered with a prickly huſk; theſe have three
cells, each incloſing a ſingle feed. It flowers and ſeeds
about the ſame time as the former.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the ſame gentle-
man, at the ſame place as the former; this is an an-
nual plant, which riſes with a taper herbaceous ſtalk
a foot and a half high, dividing into ſeveral branches,
garniſhed with ſmooth leaves, ſtanding upon very
long foot-ſtalks, and are for the moſt part placed op-
poſite, as are alſo the branches; the lower leaves are
divided deeply into five oblong ſegments or lobes,
and the upper into three, which are ſlightly ſawed on
their edges, ending in acute points. The flowers
are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches, thoſe on the upper part being male, and
the lower female, they are of an herbaceous colour;
the female flowers are ſucceeded by oblong capſules,
having three lobes, which open in three parts, having
three cells, each containing one oblong feed. This
flowers and feeds at the ſame time as the former
forts.
The fifth fort was found growing naturally at the
Havannah, by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent me
the feeds; this is an annual plant, which rarely grows
more than fix inches high, dividing into two or three
branches; the lower part of theſe are garniſhed at
each joint with four leaves placed in form of a croſs,
two of which are three inches long, and one inch
broad near their baſe, ending in acute points; theſe
Itand oppoſite, and the other two leaves between
theſe are about two inches long, and a quarter of an
inch broad; they are of a light green on their upper
ſide, and of a gray or Ath-colour on their under. The
flowers are produced in long looſe ſpikes at the top
of the ſtalks, two or three of theſe ſpikes ariſing from
the ſame joint; the upper part of theſe ſpikes have
male, and the lower female flowers, of an herbaceous
colour; the female flowers are ſucceeded by round
capſules with three cells, each containing one roundiſh
feed. This flowers and feeds about the ſame time
with the former forts.
The ſixth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun in the iſand of Jamaica, where it
turally. It riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk to the height
of ſeven or eight feet, which is covered with an Aſh-
coloured bark, and divides into many ſlender branches
upward; ſome of theſe branches are terminated by
five or fix ſmaller, which ariſe from the ſame joint;
theſe are naked below, but toward their upper part
they are garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
about two inches and a half long, and three quarters
of an inch broad, ſtanding on pretty long foot-ſtalks
without order; the flowers are produced in ſhort
ſpikes at the end of the branches, in the ſame manner
as the former ; they are of an herbaceous colour, and
incloſed in large green empalements.
The ſeventh fort was ſent me from Jamaica, by Mr.
Robert Millar ; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven
or eight feet high, ſending out many irregular
branches, covered with an Aſh-coloured bark, and
garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, near four inches
long, and two inches broad in their wideſt part,
ending in acute points; they are of a light green on
their upper ſide, but woolly on their under, itanding
on ſlender foot-ſtalks without any order, ſometimes
ſingle, and at others, two or three ariſe from the fame
joint. The flowers are produced in ſhort ſpikes from
the ſide of the branches; they are of a whitiſh
green colour, and the female flowers are fucceeded
by capſules, having three cells, each including a ſingle
feed.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about fix or
ſeven feet high, ſending out many fide branches,
which are covered with a ſmooth bark, of a yellowiſh
white colour, garniſhed very cloſely with narrow ſtiff
leaves near three inches long, and about one eighth
of an inch broad, of a light green on their upper fide,
but their under ſide is the ſame colour as the bark;
the midrib is furrowed on their upper ſide, and very
prominent on the lower; the upper part of the
branches divide into four or five finaller, which ariſe
from the ſame joint, and are nearly equal in their
length, and between theſe ariſe a long looſe ſpike of
whitiſh green flowers. The whole plant hath an aro-
matic odour when rubbed. The ſeeds grow in
roundiſh capſules having three cells, each including
a ſingle ſeed.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun, this
riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, di-
viding upward into ſeveral branches, which are co-
vered with a yellowiſh down, garniſhed with long
heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points; theſe
are two inches and a half long, and one broad in
their wideft part, ſtanding on long foot-ſtalks, co-
vered on both ſides with a woolly down of the ſame
colour as the branches. The flowers are produced
on long cloſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; the
male flowers, which are ſituated on the upper part
of the ſpikes, have white flowers of one leaf, divided
into five parts almoſt to the bottom, and have five
taper ſtamina, ſituated in the bottom. The female
flowers on the lower part of the ſpikes, have large
woolly empalements, and are ſucceeded by round
capſules with three cells, each including a ſingle
feed.
The tenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk near four
feet high, dividing into many ſmaller branches, which
have a ſilvery bark, and are garniſhed with ſmall
heart-ſhaped leaves, about three quarters of an inch
long, and half as broad at their baſe, ending in acute
points; theſe are woolly on both ſides, but their
under ſide is filvery, their upper fide of a yellowiſh
green. The flowers are produced in ſhort ſpikes at
the end of the branches, which are ſmall, white, and
have woolly empalements. The female flowers on
the lower part of the ſpikes are ſucceeded by
roundiſh capſules with three cells, each containing
a
3
one feed.
grows na-
All theſe plants except the firſt, are natives of warm
countries, fo will not thrive in England, unleſs they
are tenderly treated. They are all propagated by
feeds; thoſe which are annual perfect their feeds in
England
3

CRU
CU C
ance.
a
England; but the ſhrubby forts very rarely arrive to The ſecond fort grows in the iſlands of the Archipe
that perfection, ſo their feeds muſt be procured from lago, and alſo about Montpelier; this is alſo an annual
the countries where they naturally grow. The ſeeds plant, ſending out ſeveral branching ſtalks from the
muſt be ſown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, and root, which lie proftrate, and are garniſhed with four
when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be ſpear-ſhaped leaves at each joint. The flowers are
each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot, and plunged into produced in long ſpikes at the extremity of the
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where they branches ; theſe are very ſmall, fo make no great ap-
fhould be ſhaded from the ſun till they have taken pearance. It flowers about the ſame time as the
freſh root; then they muſt have air admitted to them former.
daily, in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon ; The third fort is like the ſecond in the appearance of
they muſt alſo be frequently refreſhed with water, leaves and ſtalks, but the flowers grow on the ſide of
particularly the ſecond, third, and fourth forts, which the ſtalks, almoft in whorls, and make little appear-
will often require water, but the others ſhould have
This grows naturally on the borders of the
it inore ſparingly. After the plants are grown too
fea, in the ſouth of France and Italy.
tall to remain in the frames, they ſhould be removed,
Theſe three forts are preſerved in ſome gardens for
either into the ſtove, or a glaſs-caſe, where there is
the ſake of variety; if the ſeeds are fown on a bed
a hot-bed of tanners bark, into which the pots ſhould of light earth early in the ſpring, where they are de-
be plunged, and there the annual forts will flower ſigned to remain, they will require no other cultures
and perfect their feeds; but the ſhrubby kinds muſt
but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep
be removed into the bark-ſtove in the autuinn, and them clean from weeds; or if the ſeeds are permitted
during the winter ſeaſon they ſhould have but little to ſcatter, the plants will come up in the ſpring, and
water; and the ſtove ſhould be kept in a good tem- require no other treatment; but the third fort will
perature of heat, otherwiſe they will not live through
not ripen its feeds here, when the autumn is not fa-
the winter in England.
vourable.
As theſe plants retain their leaves all the year, ſo
The fourth fort hath four-cornered, rough, prickly
they make a pretty variety in winter, when they are ſtalks, which bend downward, and are garniſhed with
intermixed with other plants, whoſe leaves are of dif- ſpear-shaped leaves, which are hairy and ſtand op-
ferent forms and colours from theſe.
poſite; the flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters at
CROWN IMPERIAL. See PETILIUM.
the end of the branches, which are blue, and cut into
CRUCIANELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 118. Ru- four parts at the top; after theſe decay, they are ſuc-
beola. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 130. tab. 50. Petty
ceeded by twin capſules joined, in each of theſe is one
Madder.
oblong ſeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
The fifth fort riſes with a ſhrubby branching ſtalk
The flower hath a two-leaved empalement, which is rigid
near three feet high, which is garniſhed with narrow
and compreſſed. It hath one petal, with a ſender cy- spear-shaped leaves, covered with ſtinging hairs. The
lindrical tube which is longer than the empalement, and flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves,
cut into four parts at the brim. It hath four ſtamina
on each ſide the ſtalk ſingly; theſe are of a pale
ſituated in the mouth of the tube, terminated by ſingle blue colour, and are ſucceeded by twin fruit like the
ſummits. It bath a compreſſed germen, ſituated at the
former.
bottom of the tube, Supporting a ſlender bifid ſtyle, crowned Both theſe forts grow naturally at La Vera Cruz in
by two obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen afterward become two New Spain, from whence the ſeeds were ſent me by
twin capſules, each containing one oblong ſeed.
the late Dr. Houſtoun; and the plants grew in the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Chelſea garden very well during the ſummer ſeaſon,
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- but periſhed in the autumn before their feeds were
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. ripe.
The SPECIES are,
CRUCIATA. See VALANTIA.
1. CRUCIANELLA (Anguſtifolia) erecta, foliis fenis li- CRUPINA BELGARUM. See SERRATULA.
nearibus. Hort. Upſal. 27. Upright Crucianella with fix CUCU BALUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 502. Tourn.
narrow leaves. Rubeola anguſtiore folio. Tourn. Inft. Inft. R. H. 339. tab. 176. Berry-bearing Chickweed.
130. Petty Madder.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. CRUCIANELLA (Latifolia) procumbens, foliis quater- The flower bath an oblong permanent empalement of one
nis lanceolatis, floribus fpicatis. Hort. Upſal. 27. leaf, cui into five ſegments. It hath five petals, with
Trailing Crucianella with four Spear-ſhaped leaves and tails as long as the empalement, but Spread open at the
Spiked flowers. Rubeola latiore folio. Tourn. Inft. 130. top. It bath ten ſtamina, five of which are alternately
3. CRUCIANELLA (Maritima) procumbens fuffruticoſa inſerted in the tail of the petals; theſe are terminated by
foliis quaternis, floribus oppofitis quinquefidis. Lin. oblong ſummits. In the center is ſituated the oblong ger-
Sp. Plant. 158. Crucianella with trailing Brubby ſtalks, men, ſupporting three ſtyles which are longer than the
four leaves at each joint, and flowers growing in whorls. ſtamina, crowned by oblong hairy ſtigmas. The empale-
Rubeola maritima. C. B. P.
ment afterward becomes a pointed cloſe capſule with three
4. CRUCIANELLA (Hiſpida) caule hiſpido, foliis lan- cells, opening at the top in five parts, end filled with
ceolatis hirſutis oppofitis, foribus umbellatis termi- many roundiſh ſeeds.
nalibus. Crucianella with a ſtinging ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
hairy leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers growing in um-
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Trigynia,
bels at the ends of the branches. Rubeola Americana the flowers having ten ſtamina and three ſtyles.
hirſuta, parietariæ foliis, foribus umbellatis purpureis.
The SPECIES are,
Houſt. MSS.
1. CUCUBALUS (Bacciferus) calycibus campanulatis, pe-
5. CRUCIANELLA (Americana) foliis lineari-lanceolatis talis diſtantibus, pericarpiis coloratis, ramis divari-
hirſutis oppoſitis, caule erecto villoſo, floribus foli- catis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 414. Cucubalus with a bell-ſhaped
tariis alaribus. Crucianella with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, empolement, petals ſtanding afunder, a coloured cover to
hairy leaves placed oppoſite, en ereEt hairy ſtalk, and ſingle the fruit, and divaricated branches. Cucubalus Plinii.
flowers proceeding from the ſides of the branches.
Lugd. 1429.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France 2. CUCUBALUS (Letifolius) caulibus erectis glabris, ca-
and Italy; this is an annual plant, which riſes with lycibus fubgloboſis, ftaminibus corolla longioribus.
ſeveral upright ſtalks a foot high, having fix or ſeven Cucubalus with ſmooth erect ſtalks, globular empalements,
very narrow linear leaves placed in whorls, at each and ſtamina longer than the petals. Lychnis fylveſtris
joint. The flowers grow in cloſe ſpikes at the top quæ behen album vulgò. C. B. P. 205. Commonly
and from the fide of the branches; theſe are ſmall, called Spotling Poppy.
white, and not longer than the empalement, ſo make 3. CUCU ALUS (Anguſtifolius) calycibus ſubgloboſis, caule
no great appearance. It flowers in June and July, ramofo patulo, foliis linearibus acutis. Cucubalus
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
with globular empalements, a branching Spreading Stalk,
1
a
and

CU C
CUC
and narrow-pointed leaves. Lychnis fylveſtris quæ
behen album vulgò, foliis anguftioribus & acutiori-
bus. C. B. P. 250. Spalling Poppy, with narrower
pointed kaves.
4. CUCUBALUS (Beben) calycibus ſubgloboſis glabris re-
ticulato-venofis, capſulis trilocularibus corollis fub-
nudis. Flor. Suec. 360. Cucubalus with ſmooth globular
empalements which have netted veins, capſules having three
cells, and naked petals. Lychnis Suecica behen album
folio, habitu, calyce ampliſſimo: gumſepungar five
ſcrotum arietis dicta. Boerh. Ind. alt. 212. Called Gum-
Sepungar in Sweden.
5. CUCUBALUS (Fabarius) foliis obovatis carnoſis. Prod.
Leyd. 448. Cucubalus with oval fleſhy leaves. Lychnis
maritima ſaxatilis,folio anacampſerotis. Tourn.Cor. 24.
6. CUCUBALUS (Dubrenſis) floribus lateralibus decum-
bentibus, caule indiviſo, foliis bafi reflexis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 414. Cucubalus with declining flowers on the ſides
of the ſtalk, which is undivided, and leaves reflexed at
their baſe. Lychnis major noctiflora Dubrenſis pe-
rennis. Raii Hift. 995. Greater perennial night-flowering
Lychnis of Dover.
7. CUCUBALUS (Stellatus) foliis quaternis. Hort. Upfal.
110. Four-leaved Cucubalus. Lychnis carophyllæus
Virginianus, gentianæ foliis glabris quatuor ex fingu-
lis geniculis caulem amplexantibus, fore amplo fim-
briato. Raii Hift. 1895.
3. CUCUBALUS (No Etiflora) calycibus ftriatis acutis pe-
talis bipartitis, caule paniculato, foliis linearibus.
Cucubalus with ſtriated acute empalements, petals divided
in two parts, a paniculated ſtalk, and narrow leaves.
Lychnis noctiflora anguſtifolia odorato. Tourn. Init.
R. H. 335. Narrow-leaved, ſweet-ſcented, night-flowering
Lychnis.
9. CUCUBALUS (Otites) floribus dioicis, petalis linearibus
indiviſis. Hort. Cliff. 272. Cucubalus with male and
female flowers on different plants, and linear undivided
petals. Lychnis viſcoſa, flore muſcoſo. C. B. P. 206.
10. CUCUBALUS (Acaulis) acaulis. Flor. Lapp. 184. Cu-
cubalus without ſtalks. Lychnis Alpina pumila, folio
gramineo, five muſcus Alpinus Lychnidis flore. C.
B. P. 206.
11. CUCUBALUS (Catholicus) petalis bipartitis, floribus
paniculatis, ftaminibus longis, foliis lanceolato ovatis.
Hort. Upfal. 111. Cucubalus with bifid petals, flowers
growing in panicles, long ſtamina, and ſpear-ſhaped acute
leaves. Lychnis altiffima, ocymaftri facie, fore muf-
coſo. Triumfet.
12. CUCUBALUS (Paniculatus) foliis radicalibus ovatis
acutis, caulinis lanceolatis oppofitis, floribus panicu-
latis erectis. Cucubalus with lower leaves oval and
pointed, thoſe on the ſtalks ſpear-ſhaped, oppoſite, and flow-
ers growing in panicles which are ere&t.
13. CUCUBALUS (It alicus) petalis bipartitis, caule pani-
culato, foliis radicalibus ovato-lanceolatis caulinis li-
nearibus. Cucubalus with petals divided in two parts, a
paniculated ſtalk, whoſe lower leaves are oval and ſpear-
Maped, and thoſe on the ſtalks very narrow.
The firſt fort grows naturally in France, Germany,
and Italy, in ſhady places, and is feldom kept in
gardens, unleſs for the ſake of variety; it ſends out
many clinibing ſtalks, which grow four or five feet
high where they meet with ſupport, otherwiſe they
trail on the ground; theſe ſtalks ſend out fide
branches oppoſite, at each joint; the leaves are like
thoſe of Chickweed, and are placed oppoſite. The
flowers come out ſingle at the end of the branches,
which have large inflated empalements; they conſiſt
of five petals, which are white, cut at the brim into
ſeveral narrow ſegments, and are placed at a diſtance
from each other, they are ſucceeded by oval berries,
which, when ripe, are black and full of juice, in-
cloſing ſeveral fiat ſhining ſeeds. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This hath a perennial
creeping root, whereby it is apt to multiply too faſt
in gardens. It delights in ſhade, and will thrive in
almoft any foil.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
England, where it is generally called Spatling Poppy.
This ſtands in the catalogue of medicinal plants,
3
under the title of Behen album; the roots of it are
ſometimes uſed, and are accounted cordial, cephalic,
and alexipharmic. It hath a perennial root, which
ſtrikes deep into the ground, ſo that they are not
eaſily deſtroyed by the plough, therefore it is fre-
quently ſeen growing in bunches among corn. It is
a rambling weed, ſo is ſeldom cultivated.
The third fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
differs from the former, in having much longer and
narrower leaves, and the ſtalks being more divided
and ſpreading, nor do the roots creep under ground
like that. Theſe differences are conſtant, for I have
ſown it above thirty years, and never found it vary.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Sweden, and ſome
other northern countries, where it paſſes for the com-
mon fort; but although it is there fo, yet is very
dif-
ferent from the ſecond here mentioned, which is the
ſort that grows common in moſt other parts of Eu-
rope. The ſtalks of this are much larger, the leaves
longer and more pointed; the empalement of the
flower is curiouſy veined like net-work, of a purplish
colour, whereas that of our common fort is plain.
Theſe differences are laſting, when the plants are cul-
tivated in a garden.
The fifth fort was diſcovered by Tournefort in the
Levant, who ſent the feeds to the royal garden at
Paris. This puts out many oval, thick, fucculent
leaves near the ground, out of the middle of which,
ariſes an upright ſtalk about fifteen inches high, the
lower part of which is garniſhed with leaves of the
ſame form and conſiſtence as thoſe at bottom, but are
ſmaller; theſe are placed oppoſite; the upper part
of the ſtalk divides into two ſmaller, on which ſtand
a few ſmall herbaceous flowers at each joint. It flow-
ers in June, and ſometimes ripens feeds in autumn.
The plant is biennial, generally periſhing when it
has produced feeds; but unleſs it is ſown upon a very
dry rubbiſh, and in a warm ſituation, the plants will
not live through the winter in England; for when they
are in good ground, they grow large, and are ſo re-
plete with moiſture, as to be affected by the firſt froſt
in the autumn; but where they have grown upon an
old wall, I have known them eſcape, when all thoſe
were killed which grew in the ground.
The ſixth fort grows naturally upon the cliffs near
Dover. This hath a perennial root, from which
ariſes a ſingle ſtalk about a foot and a half high, gar-
niſhed with long narrow leaves placed oppoſite; the
flowers are produced from the ſide of the ſtalks, each
foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining three flowers; the foot-ſtalks
come out by pairs oppoſite, the empalement of the
flower is long and ſtriped, the flowers are of a pale
red. Theſe appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
a
а
autumn.
a
a
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Virginia, and ſe-
veral other parts of North America. This hath a
perennial root, from which ariſe two or three ſlender
upright ſtalks about a foot high, their lower part
being garniſhed with four leaves at each joint, placed
in form of a croſs; theſe are ſmooth, of a deep green,
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad
near their baſe, terminating in acute points; the
joints of the upper part of the ſtalk are garniſhed
with white fringed flowers, ſtanding ſingle upon pretty
long foot-ſtalks, which come out by pairs oppoſite.
The flowers appear in June, and in warm ſeaſons the
feeds will ripen in England.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy.
This is a perennial plant, which riſes with an upright
branching ſtalk a foot and a half high, garniſhed
with very narrow leaves placed oppoſite; the upper
part of the ſtalk is very branching; ſome of theſe
branches are long, and others ſhort; the flowers ftand
upon long naked foot-ſtalks, each ſupporting three
or four flowers, which have long tubes, with ſtriped
empalements; the petals are large, and deeply di-
vided at the top; they are of a pale bluiſh colour.
Theſe flowers are cloſed all day, but when the fun
leaves them, they expand, and then they have a very
agreeable ſcent. This fort may be propagated by
feeds,

CU C
CU C
a
a
و
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in the ſpring upon a main, and require no other culture but to keep them
bed of light earth; and when the plants are fit to clear from weeds.
remove, they ſhould be planted in a nurſery-bed, at The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Italy, from
about four inches diſtance, where they may remain
whence I received the ſeeds, this is a perennial plant,
till autumn, when they may be planted in the bor- which hath many oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves near the
ders of the flower-garden, where they are deſigned root; the falks riſe about two feet high; they are
to remain. The following ſummer theſe will produce viſcous, and from each joint comes out two ſide
their flowers, and ripen their feeds in the autumn; branches, under which are ſituated two very narrow
but the roots will continue ſeveral years, provided leaves; the ſtalks ſpread out and form a ſort of pani-
they are not planted in rich ground, where they are cle, and are terminated by cluſters of greeniſh flow-
very ſubject to rot in winter.
ers, whoſe petals are divided into two parts. This
The ninth fort grows naturally in Auſtria, Sileſia, flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. It
and Italy, as alſo in ſome parts of England. This is is propagated in the fame manner as the ninth fort,
male and female in different plants ; it hath a thick, and requires the ſame treatment.
fleſhy, biennial root, which ſtrikes deep in the ground, CUCULLATE PLANTS are ſo called, of cu-
ſending out many oblong leaves, which are broad at culla, Lat, a hood or cowl, ſuch as monks wear, be-
their extremity, but contract narrower to their baſe; cauſe their flowers reſemble it.
from between theſe ariſe the ſtalks, which in the male CUCUMIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 969. Tourn. Inft. R.
plants often grow four or five feet high, but thoſe of H. 104. tab. 28. Cucumber; in French, Concombre.
the female are feldom above three feet high; the
The CHARACTERS are,
ftalks are garniſhed with narrow leaves, placed op-
It both male and female flowers placed ai diſtances on the
poſite at each joint, where there exſudes a viſcous Same plant; theſe have a bell-ſhaped empalement of one
clammy juice, which ſticks to the fingers when han- leaf, whoſe border is terminated by five briſtles. The
dled, and the ſmall inſects which fettle upon thoſe flowers are bell-ſhaped, have one petal which adheres to
parts of the ſtalks, are thereby faſtened ſo as not to the empalement, and is cut into five oval rough ſegments.
get looſe again. The flowers of the male plants are The male flowers have three ſhort ſtamina, which are in-
produced in looſe ſpikes from the lower joints of the ſerted to the empalement, two of which have bifid tops.
ſtalk, but on the upper part, they ſtand on ſingle Tbeſe are terminated by very narrow ſummits or lines,
foot-ftalks in cluſters quite round the ſtalks; theſe which run upward and downward, and adhere to the out-
are ſmall, of a greenilh colour, and have each ten fide. The female flowers have no ſtamina, but have three
ſtamina. The female plants have three or four flow- ſmell pointed filaments without ſummits. The germen,
ers growing upon each foot-ſtalk, which ariſe from which is oblong, is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting a
the ſide of the ſtalk. Theſe are ſucceeded by oval Short cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by three thick convex ſtig-
feed-veſſels, containing many ſmall feeds; they flower
.
mas, which are bipartite. The germen afterward becomes
in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. This is pro- an oblong fleſhy fruit with three cells, including many oval,
pagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown where the flat, pointed ſeeds.
plants are deſigned to remain ; for as they ſend out This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection of
long tap-roots, they do not bear tranſplanting, unleſs Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Syn-
it is performed while the plants are young. The geneſia. The plants of this claſs have male and fe-
plants are very hardy, ſo will thrive in almoſt any foil male flowers on different parts of the ſame plant, and
or ſituation, but agree beſt with a dry foil. It is ne- thoſe of this ſection have their ſtamina joined. To
ceſſary to have ſome male plants among the female, to this genus he has joined the Melon, Water Melon, and
have perfect ſeeds.
Bitter Apple; but however theſe may agree in their
The tenth ſort grows naturally on the Alps, and alſo characters, ſo as to be joined together in a ſyſtem of
upon the hills in the north of England and Wales. botany, it will not be proper in a book of gardening
This is a very low plant, with ſmall leaves, which to be followed.
ſpread on the ground, and have the appearance of
The SPECIES are,
mofs. The flowers are ſmall, erect, and rarely riſe 1. CUCUMIS (Sativus) foliorum angulis rećtis, pomis ob-
more than half an inch high; they are of a dirty longis ſcabris. Hort. Cliff. 451. Cucumber with leaves
white colour, and appear in May. This is a peren- having right angles, and an oblong rough fruit. Cucu-
nial plant, which will not thrive but in a moiſt foil mis ſativus vulgaris. C. B. P. 310. The common Gar-
and a ſhady ſituation.
den Cucumber.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily. 2. CUCUMIS (Flexuoſus) foliorum angulis rectis, pomis
This is a perennial plant, with large thick roots, ſend- longiſſimis glabris. Cucumber with leaves having right
ing out many long ſpear-ſhaped leaves near the angles
, and a very long ſmooth fruit. Cucumis #exuo-
ground; between theſe ariſe round viſcous ſtalks, ſus. C. B. P. 310. The long Turkey Cucumber.
which grow three feet high, garniſhed at each joint 3. Cucumis (Chata) hirſutis foliorum angulis integris
by two long narrow leaves, ending in acute points. dentatis, pomis fufciformibus hirtis utrinque attenu-
The ſtalks branch out into many diviſions, on the up- atis. Haffelq. It. 491. Hairy Cucumber with angular
per parts of which the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe indented leaves, and narrow hairy fruit. Cucumis Æ-
from each joint by pairs oppoſite ; each of theſe fuf. gyptius rotundifolius. C. B. P. 310.
tain three or four flowers of an herbaceous colour, The firſt fort is the Cucumber which is generally cul-
whoſe petals are divided into two parts; the flowers tivated for the table, and is ſo well known as to need
appear in June, and the feeds ripen in the autumn. no deſcription. The ſecond fort is the long Turkey
This is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as Cucumber, which is alſo pretty well known in Eng-
the ninth.
land. The ſtalks and leaves of this fort are much
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy, larger than thoſe of the common fort. The fruit is
from whence I received the feeds. This is a biennial generally twice the length, and hath a ſmooth rind:
plant, which decays ſoon after it hath perfected feeds: this is undoubtedly different from the common fort,
this hath many oval pointed leaves near the root, for I have cultivated it above forty years, and have
ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; between theſe ariſé not found it alter. There are green and white fruit
an upright ſtalk, ſending out two ſide branches at of this fort, which differ but little except in their co-
each joint, placed oppoſite; under each of theſe is lour, ſo I have not diſtinguiſhed them as diſtinct fpe-
ſituated one ſpear-ſhaped leaf, ending in an acute cies, though I have alſo found them keep their dif-
point; theſe fide branches, and alſo the upright ference from ſeeds. The white is leſs watery than the
ſtalks, are terminated by whitiſh flowers, formed into green, ſo is generally better eſteemed. I have alſo
a panicle, and ſtanding erect; theſe appear in June, received feeds from China of another fort, with a much
and are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn. longer fruit than the Turkey, but I have found this
This is propagated by ſeeds, which may be fown on will degenerate in time, and become more like the
an open border where the plants are deſigned to re-
common fort.
In
40

CU C
CUC
3
a
و
a
in Holland they cultivate a long white prickly Cu-
cumber only, which is very different from the Turkey
Cucumber, being near as rough as the common fort;
but this is not ſo hardy as our common fort, ſo is fel-
dom cultivated in England; but the fruit is not ſo wa-
tery or full of ſeeds as the common, therefore is
pre-
ferable to it for the table.
The third fort here enumerated is rarely cultivated,
but in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety, the
fruit being very indifferent, and the plants being
tender, require a good heat to bring them to perfec-
tion in England; theſe plants ramble very far, ſo muſt
have much room, and they are not very fruitful.
The common ſort is cultivated in three different fea-
fons, the firſt of which is on hot-beds under garden-
frames, for early fruit; the ſecond is under bell or
hand-glaſſes, for the middle crop; and the third is
in the common ground, for a late crop, or to pickle.
I ſhall begin with giving directions for raiſing Cu-
cumbers early, which is what moſt gentlemens gar-
deners have an emulation to excel each other in; and
fome have been at the pains and expence to have ripe
fruit in every inonth of the year, which is rather a cu-
rioſity than any real advantage ; for Cucumbers
that are produced before April, cannot be fo whole-
ſome as thoſe that are later; for before the ſun hath
ſtrength enough to warm the beds through the glaſſes
in the day-time, all the heat muſt proceed from the
,
fermentation of the dung, which muſt conſequently
occaſion a very conſiderable fteain, as alſo a great
quantity of air will be thereby generated, which, be-
ing pent up in the hot-bed, foon becomes rancid ;
and the ſteam of the bed being by the cold of the
night condenſed into large drops of water, theſe, be-
ing abſorbed or inſpired by the plants, muft certainly
make the fruit crude and unwholeſome, eſpecially
when the nights are very long. This, together with
the great expence and trouble of procuring them ear-
lier, having in ſome meaſure got the better of peoples
ambition, ſo this is leſs practiſed than it hath been
ſome years ſince; but as there are many perſons who
yet value themſelves on their ſkill in raiſing early
Cucumbers, we may probably be cenſured, as being
deficient in what they call an eſſential part of garden-
ing, ſhould we omit the method practiſed for raiſing
theſe fruit early in the year. Therefore ſhall proceed
to give ſuch directions, as if carefully attended to,
will not fail of fuccefs.
Thoſe perſons who are very deſirous to be early with
their Cucumbers, generally fow their feeds before
Chriſtmas, but the generality of gardeners commonly
put their feeds into the hot-bed about Chriſtmas.
Where perſons have the conveniency of a ſtove for
raiſing theſe plants, it is attended with leſs trouble
than a common hot-bed, and is a much furer me-
thod, becauſe the plants will have a much greater
ſhare of air, which will alſo be leſs mixed with damp
or rancid vapours; for by the heat of the fires theſe
will be diſſipated, and the temperature of the air is
kept more equal than can be done with all poſſible
care in a hot-bed, at a ſeaſon when we enjoy but lit-
tle fun; therefore where there is this convenience, the
ſeeds ſhould be fown in ſmall pots, filled with light
dry earth, and plunged into the tan-bed, in the
warmeſt part of the ſtove. The pots with earth
ſhould be plunged three or four days before the feeds
are fown, that the earth may be properly warmed to
receive them; the feeds ſhould be at leaſt three or
four years old, but if it is more, provided it will grow,
it will be the better. If the feeds are good, the plants
will be begin to appear in about a week or nine days,
at which time there muſt be as many halfpenny pots
filled with dry light earth, as there are plants deſign-
ed for planting (always allowing for loſs; ſo that where
twenty-four plants are wanting, there ſhould be thirty
raiſed); theſe pots ſhould be plunged into the bark-
bed, that the earth may be warmed to receive the
plants, which ſhould be pricked into theſe pots as ſoon
as the two firſt leaves are raiſed above ground; into
each of theſe pors may be two plants pricked, but
when they have taken root, and are ſafe, the worſt
ſhould be drawn out, being careful not to diſturb the
roots of thoſe which are left. In the management of
theſe plants, there muſt be great care taken not to
give them too much water; and it will be very pro-
per to put the water into the ſtove fome hours before
it is uſed, that the cold may be taken off; but there
muſt be caution uſed not to make it too warm, for
that will deſtroy the plants; they muſt alſo be guard-
ed from the moiſture which frequently drops from
the glaſſes of the ſtove, which is very deſtructive to
theſe plants while young. As theſe plants muſt not
be kept too long in the ſtove left they become trou-
blefome to the other plants, there ſhould be a proper
quantity of new dung prepared for making a hot-bed
to receive them; this muſt be in proportion to the
quantity of holes or plants intended : for a middling
fainily fix or nine lights of Cucumbers will be ſuffici-
ent, and for a large one double the quantity; but the
beds where they are deſigned to remain need not be
made fo foon, but rather a ſmall bed of one light,
in which the plants may be trained up, till they have
acquired a greater ſhare of ſtrength,
and for this bed
one good cart load of dung will be ſufficient. This
ſhould be new, and not too full of ſtraw, nor ſhould
it want a proper portion; it ſhould be well mixed to-
gether and thrown in a heap, mixing ſome fea-coal
aihes with it; after it hath lain in a heap a few days,
and has fermented, it ſhould be carefully turned over
and mixed, laying it up again in a heap, and if there
is a great ſhare of ftraw in it, there may be a neceſſity
for turning it over a third time, after having laid a few
days: this will rot the ſtraw and mix it thoroughly
with the dung, ſo there will be leſs danger of its burn-
ing afterward when the bed is made, which ſhould
be done when the dung is in proper order. The
place where the hot-bed is made ſhould be well ſhel-
tered by Reed hedges, and the ground ſhould be
dry; then there ſhould be a trench made in the
ground, of a proper length and breadth, and a foot
deep at leaſt ; into which the dung ſhould be wheeled
and carefully ſtirred up and mixed, ſo that no part of
it ſhould be left unſeparated, for where there is not
this care taken, the bed will ſettle unequally; there
ſhould alſo be great care taken to beat the dung down
cloſe in every part of the bed alike. When the bed
is made, the frame and glaſſes ſhould be put upon
it to keep out the rain, but there ſhould be no earth
laid
upon the dung till two or three days after, that
the ſteam of the dung may have time to evaporate.
If there ſhould be any danger of the bed burning, it
will be proper to lay fome ſhort old dung, or ſome
neats dung, over the top of the hot dung about two
inches thick, which will keep down the heat, and
prevent the earth from being burnt; after this there
fhould be a fufficient number of three farthing pots
placed upon the bed, filled with light dry earth, and
all the interſtices between them filled up with any com-
mon earth. In two or three days the earth in theſe
pots will be of a proper temperature of warmth to re-
ceive the plants, which ſhould be then turned out of
the halfpenny pots, preſerving the ball of earth to
their roots, and planted into the three farthing pots,
filling up the pots with good earth; then a little wa-
ter ſhould be given them to ſettle the earth about their
roots, being careful not to give them too much wet;
and as theſe will have ſuch large balls of earth to their
roots, they will not feel their movement, therefore
will not require ſhading from the fun, but the glaſſes
ſhould be raiſed up a little on the contrary ſide from
the wind, to let the ſteam of the bed paſs off; and
they ſhould alſo be frequently turned in the day-
time, that the wet occafioned by the fteam of the
dung may be dried, otherwiſe the moiſture will fall
on the plants, which will be very injurious to them.
If the bed ſhould heat too violently, ſo as to endan-
ger fcalding the roots of the plants, the pots may be
raiſed ſo as to allow of a little hollow at their bottoms,
which will effectually prevent injury thereby; and
when the heat declines, the pots may be ſettled down
3.
again
3

CU C
Cuc
a
a
again. The glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be well co-
vered with mats every night, to keep the bed in a
proper temperature of heat, and great care muſt be
taken to admit freſh air every day to the plants; but
this ſhould be done with caution, ſo as to guard
againſt the cold winds which uſually blow at that
ſeaſon; ſo that a mat or canvaſs ſhould be hung over
the opening made by raiſing of the glaſſes, to pre-
vent the cold air from ruſhing in too violently, and
the glaſſes ſhould always be raiſed on that fide which
is contrary to the wind. The plants will alſo require
to be frequently watered, but it muſt be cautiouſly
given them at this ſeaſon, and the water ſhould not
be cold, but either placed in a ſtove, or put into a
warm heap of dung, to take off the chill from it be-
fore it is uſed.
If the weather ſhould prove bad, and the heat of
the bed decline, there ſhould be ſome hot dung laid
round the fides of the bed to renew the heat, which
muſt not be ſuffered to fail; for as the plants have
been tenderly brought up, they muſt not ſuffer from
cold, for that will ſoon deſtroy them.
In this bed the plants may remain about three weeks
or a month, in which time, if they have been pro-
perly managed, they will have obtained fufficient
ſtrength to put out for good; therefore a proper
quantity of dung ſhould have been mixed and turned
ready for making of the beds. The uſual quantity
allowed for making of the beds at this ſeaſon, is one
good cart load to each light: this ſhould be well
mixed and turned over in the manner before directed ;
then a trench ſhould be dug in the ground the length
and width of the intended bed, into which the dung
ſhould be wheeled, and properly worked according
to the above directions, and ſome old dung or neats
dung ſpread over the top. The frames and glaſſes
ſhould then be put on the bed, which ſhould be
raiſed every day to let the fteam of the dung paſs off,
and in about three days the bed will be in a proper
temperature of heat to receive the plants; at which
time the dung ſhould be covered over with dry earth
about four inches thick, and in the middle of the bed
it ſhould be three or four inches thicker; this ſhould be
laid upon the dung at leaſt twenty-four hours before
the plants are removed into the bed, that the earth may
be properly warmed; then the plants ſhould be care-
fully ſhaken out of the pots, preſerving all the earth to
their roots, and placed on the top of the earth in the
middle of the bed. Two, or at moft, three of theſe
plants will be ſufficient for each light, and theſe
ſhould be placed at about ſeven or eight inches aſun-
der, not all the roots together, as is too often prac-
tiſed. When the plants are thus ſituated in the bed,
the earth which was laid ſo much thicker in the mid-
dle of the bed, ſhould be drawn up round the ball
which remained to the roots of the plants, into which
their roots will ſoon ftrike; there ſhould always be a
magazine of good earth laid under cover to keep it
dry, for the earthing of theſe beds; for if it is taken
up wet, it will chill the beds, and alſo occafion great
damps therein, therefore it is quite neceſſary to have
a ſufficient quantity of earth prepared long before it
is uſed. When the plants are thus ſettled, they muſt
have proper air and water, according as they may re-
quire, being careful not to admit too much cold air,
or give too much water; the glaſſes ſhould alſo be
well covered with mats every night, to keep up the
warmth of the bed, and ſome freſh earth ſhould be
put into the bed at different times, which ſhould be
laid at ſome diſtance from the roots of the plants till
it is warmed, and then ſhould be drawn up round the
heap of the earth in which the plants grow, to increaſe
the depth; this ſhould be raiſed to the full height of
the former ball, that the roots of the plants may more
eaſily ſtrike into it: by this method of ſupplying the
earth, the whole ſurface of the beds will be covered
nine or ten inches with earth, which will be of great
ſervice to the roots of the plants ; for where the earth
is very ſhallow, the leaves of the plants will always
hang in the heat of the day, unleſs they are ſhaded,
and the plants will require more water to keep them
alive, than is proper to give them ; therefore it will
be found much the better way to allow a proper depth
of earth to the beds : but the reaſon of not laying the
quantity of earth on the bed when it is firſt made, is,
that the dung ſhould not be too much chilled by it,
or that the earth may not be burned, which might be
endangered thereby, were the whole thickneſs to belaid
on at once; beſides, by thus gradually applying the
earth, it will be freſh, and much better for the roots
of the plants, than that which has been long upon
the bed, and has been too much moiſtened by the
ſteam ariſing from the dung,
If the heat of the bed ſhould decline, there ſhould
be ſome hot dung laid round the ſide of the bed to
renew the heat ; for if that ſhould fail at the time
when the fruit appears, they will fall off and periſh,
therefore this muſt be carefully regarded ; and when
the plants have put out fide branches (which the gar-
deners call runners) they ſhould be properly placed,
and pegged down with ſmall forked ſticks to prevent
their riling up to the glaſſes, and alſo from croſſing
and entangling with each other ; ſo that when they are
properly directed at firſt, there will be no neceffity of
twiſting and tumbling the plants afterward, which is
always hurtful to them.
When the earth of the bed is laid the full thickneſs,
it will be neceſſary to raiſe the frames, otherwiſe the
glaſſes will be too cloſe to the plants; but when this
is done, there muſt be care taken to ſtop the earth
very clofe round the ſide of the frame, to prevent
the cold air from entering under them. The water-
ing the plants, and admitting freſh air to them, muſt
be diligently attended to, otherwiſe the plants will
be foon deſtroyed; for a little neglect either of ad-
mitting air, or letting in too much, or by over water-
ing, or ſtarving the plants, will very ſoon deſtroy
them paft recovery.
When the fruit appears upon the plants, there will
alſo appear many male flowers on different parts of
the plant; theſe may at firſt fight be diſtinguiſhed,
for the female flowers have the young fruit ſituated
under the flowers, but the male have none; but theſe
have three ſtamina in their center with their fummits,
which are loaded with a golden powder. This is de-
ſigned to impregnate the female flowers, and when
the plants are fully expoſed to the open air, the ſoft
breezes of wind convey this farina or male powder
from the male to the female flowers; but in the
frames where the air is frequently too much excluded
at this ſeaſon, the fruit often drops off for want of
it; and I have often obſerved, that bees that have
crept into the frames when the glaſſes have been
raiſed to admit the air, have ſupplied the want of thoſe
gentle breezes of wind, by carrying the farina of the
male flowers on their hind legs into the female flow-
ers, where a ſufficient quantity of it has been left to
impregnate them. For as the bees make their wax
of the farina or male powder of flowers, they ſearch
all the flowers indifferently to find it, and I have ob-
ſerved them come out of ſome flowers with their hind
legs loaded with it, and going immediately into other
flowers which have none, they have ſcattered a fuffi-
cient quantity of this farina about the ſtyle of the fe-
male flowers, to impregnate and render them prolific.
Theſe inſects have taught the gardeners a method to
fupply the want of free air, which is fo neceſſary for
the performance of this in the natural way. This is
done by carefully gathering the male flowers, at the
time when this farina is fully formed, and carrying
them to the female flowers, turning them down over
them, and with the nail of one finger, gently ſtrik-
ing the outſide of the male, ſo as to cauſe the powder
on the ſummits to ſcatter into the female flowers, and
this is found to be ſufficient to impregnate them ; fo
that by practiſing this method, the gardeners have
now arrived at a much greater certainty than former-
ly, to procure an early crop of Cucumbers and Me-
lons; and by this method the floriſts have arrived to
greater certainty of procuring new varieties of flowers
from
a
3
a

CU C
CU C
3
a
from feeds, which is done by the mixing of the fa-
rina of different flowers into each other.
When the fruit of the Cucumbers are thus fairly ſet,
if the bed is of a proper temperature of warmth,
they will ſoon fwell, and become fit for uſe; ſo all that
is neceſſary to be obſerved, is to water the plants pro-
perly, which ſhould be done by ſprinkling the water
all over the bed, for the roots of the plants will ex-
tend themſelves to the fide of the bed; therefore
thoſe who are inclined to continue theſe plants as long
as poſible in vigour, ſhould add a fufficient thick-
nefs of dung and earth all round the ſides of the
beds, ſo as to enlarge them to near double their firſt
width; this will ſupply nouriſhment to the roots of
the plants, whereby they may be continued fruitful
great part of the ſummer; whereas, when this is not
practiſed, the roots of the plants, when they have
reached the ſide of the beds, are dried by the wind
and fun, ſo that the plants languiſh and decay long
before their time.
Thoſe gardeners who are fond of producing early
Cucumbers, generally leave two or three of their
early fruit, which are ſituated upon the main ſtem of
the plant near the root, for ſeed; which, when fully
ripe, they carefully ſave to a proper age for fowing,
and by this method they find a great improvement is
made of the ſeed; and this they always uſe for their
early crops only, for the ſucceeding crops do not de-
ſerve ſo much care and attention.
I have here only mentioned the method of raiſing the
young Cucumber plants in ſtoves; for as theſe con-
veniencies are now pretty generally made in the curi-
ous kitchen-gardens in moſt parts of England, this
method may be more univerſally practiſed; but in
fuch gardens where there are no ſtoves, the ſeeds
ſhould be fown upon a well prepared hot-bed : and
here it will be the beſt way to low the ſeeds in ſmall
halfpenny pots, becauſe theſe may be eaſily removed
from one bed to another, if the heat ſhould decline ;
or, on the contrary, if the heat ſhould be too great,
the pots may be raiſed up, which will prevent the
ſeed or the young plants from being injured thereby.
When the plants are come up as was before directed,
there ſhould be a freſh hot-bed prepared, with a ſuf-
ficient number of halfpenny pots plunged therein
ready to receive the plants, which muſt be planted
into them in the ſame manner as was before directed,
and the after-management of the plants muſt be near-
ly the ſame; but as the fteam of the hot-bed fre-
quently occaſions great damps, there muſt be great
care to turn and wipe the glaſſes frequently, to pre-
vent the condenſed moiſture falling on the plants,
which is very deſtructive to them. There muſt alſo
be great attention to the admitting freſh air at all pro-
per
times, as alſo to be careful in keeping the bed to
a proper temperature of heat; for as there is a want
of fire to warm the air, that muſt be ſupplied by the
heat of dung, afterward theſe plants muſt be ridged
out in the ſame manner as before directed.
If the bed is of a good temper for heat, your
plants will take root in leſs than twenty-four hours ;
after which time you muſt be careful to let in a little
air at ſuch times when the weather will permit, as
alſo to turn the glaſſes upſide down every day to dry;
for the ſteam of the bed condenſing on the glaſſes,
will fall down upon the plants, and be very injurious
to them; therefore whenever the weather is ſo bad
as not to permit the glaſſes to lie turned long, you
ſhould at leaſt turn them once or twice a day, and
wipe off the moiſture with a woollen cloth; but you
muſt alſo be very careful how you lee in too much
cold air, which is equally deſtructive to the tender
plants; therefore, to avoid this, it is a very good me-
thod to faſten before the upper ſide of the frame,
where the air is ſuffered to enter the bed, a piece of
coarſe cloth or mat, ſo that the air which enters may
paſs through that, which will render it leſs injurious
to your plants.
You muſt alſo be very cautious in giving water to
the plants while young; and whenever this is done, it
ſhould be ſparingly, and the water ſhould be placed
either into a heap of dung, or in ſome other warm
place, for ſome time before it is uſed, ſo as to be
nearly of a temperature for warmth with the incloſed
air of the hot-bed; and as the plants advance in
height, you ſhould have a little dry fifted earth always
ready to earth up their ſhanks, which will greatly
ſtrengthen them. You muſt alſo be very careful to
keep up the heat of the bed, which, if you ſhould
find decline, you muſt lay a little freſh litter round
about the ſides of the bed, and alſo keep the glaſſes
well covered in the nights, or in bad weather: but if,
on the other hand, your bed ſhould prove too hot,
you ſhould thruſt a large ſtake into the fide of the
dung in two or three places, almoſt to the middle of
the bed, which will make large holes, through which
the greateſt part of the ſteam will paſs off without af-
cending to the top of the bed; and when you find it
has anſwered your purpoſe by ſlacking the heat of your
bed, you muſt ſtop them up again with dung,
Theſe directions, if carefully attended to, will be fuf-
ficient for raiſing the plants in the firſt bed: you muſt
therefore, when you perceive the third, or rough
leaf begin to appear, prepare another heap of freſh
dung, which ſhould be mixed with alhes, as was be-
fore directed; this ſhould be in quantity according to
the number of holes you intend to make. The com-
mon allowance for ridging out the earlieſt plants is,
one load to each light or hole, ſo that the bed will be
near three feet thick in dung; but for ſuch as are not
ridged out till March, two loads of dung will be
ſufficient for three holes, for I could never obſerve
any advantage in making theſe beds fo thick with
dung as ſome people do; their crops are ſeldom bet-
ter, if ſo good, as thoſe which are of a moderate
ſubſtance; nor are they forwarder, and the fruit is
rarely ſo fair, nor do the Vines continue ſo long in
health.
In making theſe beds, you muſt carefully mix the
dung, ſhaking it well with the fork, ſo as not to leave
any clods of dung unſeparated, as alſo to beat it down
pretty cloſe, to prevent the ſteam from riſing too haf-
tily; you muſt alſo be careful to lay it very even, and
to beat or preſs down the dung equally in every part
of the bed, otherwiſe it will ſettle in holes, which will
be
very hurtful. When
you finiſh laying the dung,
you muſt make a hole exactly in the middle of each
light, about a foot deep, and eight or nine inches
over ; theſe holes muſt be filled with light freſh earth,
which ſhould be ſcreened to take out all large ſtones,
clods, &c. laying it up in a hill; and in the middle
of each thruſt in a ſtick about eighteen inches long,
which ſhould ſtand as a mark to find the exact place
where the hole is; then earth the bed all over about
three inches thick, levelling it ſmooth, and afterwards
ſet the frame upon it, covering it with glaſſes ; but if
there is any apprehenſion of the dung heating too
violently, the earth ſhould not be laid upon the bed
until the heat is ſomewhat abated, which will be in a
few days, and then the earth may be laid upon the
bed by degrees, covering it at firſt two inches thick;
and a week or ten days after another inch in thick-
neſs may be laid on, but there ſhould be the whole
thickneſs of earth laid upon the bed before the Vines
begin to run; and if this thickneſs of earth is at laſt
ſix or ſeven inches, the Vines will grow the ſtronger for
its being ſo thick; for if the roots are obſerved, they
will be found to ſpread and cover the whole bed as
much as the Vines extend above, and when the earth
is very ſhallow, or too light, the Vines will hang their
leaves every day for want of a ſufficient depth of earth
to ſupport their roots ; ſo that if they are not con-
ſtantly and well watered, they will not have ſtrength
to laft long, nor to produce fair fruit; and the giving
them too much water is not ſo proper, nor will it an-
ſwer near fo well, as the giving a depth of earth up-
on the dung.
In four or five days time your bed will be in fit order
to receive your plants, of which you may eaſily judge
by pulling out one of the ſticks which was put in the
a
a
middle

CU C
CU C
a
a
middle of the holes, and feeling the lower part of
it, which will ſatisfy you what condition your bed is
in, then you muſt ftir up the earth in the middle of
;
the hole with your hand, breaking all clods, and re-
moving all large ſtones, making the earth hollow in
form of a baſon; into each of theſe holes you muſt
plant two plants, in doing of which, obſerve to make
the holes for the plants a little flanting towards the
middle of the baſon, eſpecially if your plants are long
fhanked; this is intended to place the roots of the
plants as far as poſſible from the dung, to which if
they approach too near, the lower part of their roots
is fubject to be burned off, then ſettle the earth
gently to each plant, and, if the earth is dry, it will
be proper to give them a little water (which ſhould
be warmed to the temper of the bed, as was before
directed ;) and if the fun ſhould appear in the middle
of the day, they ſhould be ſhaded therefrom with
mats until the plants have taken root, which will be
in two or three days; after which, you muſt let them
enjoy as much of the fun as poſſible, obſerving to
turn the lights in the day time to dry, as alſo to give
a little air whenever the weather will permit
.
You muſt alſo obſerve to keep the glaſſes covered
every night, and in bad weather, but be very careful
not to keep them covered too cloſe, eſpecially while
the bed has a great ſteam in it, which will cauſe a
damp to ſettle upon the plants, which, for want of
air to keep the fluid in motion, will ftagnate and rot
them.
When your plants are grown to be four or five inches
high, you muft, with ſome ſlender-forked ſticks, in-
cline them toward the earth, each one a ſeparate
way; but this muſt be done gently at firſt, left by
forcing them too much, you ſhould ſtrain or break
the tender veſſels of the plants, which would be very
hurtful to them. In this manner you ſhould, from
time to time, obſerve to peg down the runners as
they are produced, laying each in exact order, ſo
as not to interfere or croſs each other; nor ſhould you
ever after remove them from their places, or handle
them too roughly, whereby the leaves may be broken
or diſplaced, which is alſo equally injurious to them;
but whenever you have occaſion to weed the bed be-
tween the plants, do it with great care, holding the
leaves aſide with one hand, while with the other you
pull out the weeds.
In about a month after they are ridged out, you may
expect to ſee the beginnings of fruit, which very
often are preceded by male flowers, which many
people are ſo ignorant as to pull off, calling them
falſe bloſſoms, but this I am fully convinced, by
many experiments, is wrong; for theſe flowers are of
abſolute ſervice to promote the welfare of the fruit,
which, when theſe male flowers are entirely taken off,
does very often fall away, and come to nothing: nor
ſhould the Vines be pruned, as is too often the prac-
tice of unſkilful people, eſpecially when they are too
luxuriant, which often happens when the feeds were
freſh, or of the laſt year's faving, and the plants in
good heart. If this ſhould happen to be the caſe, it
would be very proper to pull up one of the plants,
before they have run fo far as to entangle with the
other; for it often happens, that one or two plants
are better than four or five, when they are vigorous;
for when the frame is too inuch crouded with Vine,
the fruit is ſeldom good, nor in ſuch plenty, as when
there is a more moderate quantity of ſhoots; for the
air being hereby excluded from the fruit, they often
decay, and fall off very young,
You muſt alſo be very careful to cover the glaſſes
every night when your fruit begins to appear, as alſo
to lay a little freſh litter, or mowing of graſs round
the ſides of the bed, to add a freſh heat thereto; for
if the heat of the bed be ſpent, and the nights prove
cold, the fruit will fall away and come to nothing:
and when the ſun is extreme hot in the middle of
the day, you muſt cover the glaſſes with mats to
ſhade the Vines; for although they delight in heat,
yet the direct rays of the fun, when it has great force,
are very injurious, by either ſcorching thoſe leaves
which are near the glaſſes, or by cauſing too great a
perſpiration, whereby the extreme part of the ſhoots
and the large leaves are left deſtitute of nouriſhment,
and the fruit will be at a ſtand, and often turn yellow
before it arrives at half its growth; this is too often
the caſe, when the beds have not a ſufficient depth of
earth over the dung.
At this time, when your Vines are ſpread ſo as to
cover the hot-bed, it will be of great ſervice when
you water them, to ſprinkle them all over gently fo
as not to hurt the leaves; but obſerve to do this not
at a time when the ſun is very hot, for hereby I have
known a whole bed of Cucumbers ſpoiled, for the
water remaining upon the ſurface of the leaves in
drops, doth collect the rays of the fun as it were to
a focus, and ſo ſcorches the leaves, that in one day's
time they have, from a bright green, become of the
colour of brown paper. The watering of the beds
all over will be of great ſervice, by giving nouriſh-
ment to thoſe roots, which by this time will have
extended themſelves all over the bed; and if the
warmth of the bed ſhould now decline, it will be of
great ſervice to add a lining of freſh dung round the
ſides of the beds, to give a new heat to them for as
the nights are often cold at this ſeaſon, where the
beds have not a kindly warmth left in them, the fruit
will frequently drop off the Vines, when grown to
the ſize of a little finger; and if upon this lining of
dung there is a thickneſs of ſtrong earth laid for the
roots of the plants to run into, it will greatly
ſtrengthen them, and continue the plants in vigour a
much longer time than they otherwiſe will do ; for
the roots of theſe plants extend to a great diſtance
when they have room, which they cannot have in a
bed not more than five feet wide; ſo that when they
have no greater extent for their roots, the plants will
not continue in vigour above five or fix weeks, which,
if they have a depth and extent of earth, will con-
tinue three months in bearing; ſo that where there are
ſeveral beds made near each other, it will be the beſt
way to fill up the bottom of the alleys between them
with warm dung, and cover that with a proper thick-
neſs of earth, ſo as to raiſe them to the level of the beds.
Theſe directions, with diligent obſervation, will be
ſufficient for the management of this crop of Cucum-
bers; and Vines thus treated will continue to ſupply
you with fruit till the beginning of July, by which
time the ſecond crop will come to bear; the fowing
and managing of which is what I ſhall next proceed to.
About the middle of March, or a little later, ac-
cording to the earlineſs of the ſeaſon, you muſt put
in your feeds, either under a 'bell-glaſs, or in the
upper ſide of your early hot-bed; and when the plants
are come up, they ſhould be pricked upon another
moderate hot-bed, which ſhould be covered with bell
or hand-glaſſes, placed as cloſe as poſſible to each
other; the plants ſhould alſo be pricked at about two
inches diſtance from each other, obſerving to water
and ſhade them until they have taken new root,
which will be in a very ſhort time. This is to be
underſtood of ſuch places where a great quantity of
plants are required, which is conſtantly the caſe in
the kitchen-gardens near London; but where it is
only for the ſupply of a family, there may be plants
enough raiſed on the upper ſide of the beds where
the firſt crop is growing; or if the Vines ſhould have
extended themſelves ſo far as to cover the whole bed,
whereby there will not be room to prick the plants,
a fingle light will contain a ſufficient number of
plants, while young, to plant out in ridges, as will
ſupply the largeſt family with Cucumbers during the
latter ſeaſon. You muſt alſo cover the glaſſes with
mats every night, or in very bad weather; but in the
day time, when the weather is hot, you muſt raiſe
the glaſſes with a ſtone on the oppoſite ſide from the
wind, to give air to the plants, which will greatly
ſtrengthen them; you muſt alſo water them as you
ſhall find they require it, but this muſt be done
ſpa ingly while the plants are young
The
a
ز
4 P

CUC
Cuc
a
a
The middle of April the plants will be ſtrong enough
to ridge out, you muſt therefore be provided with a
heap of new dung, in proportion to the quantity of
holes you intend to plant, allowing one load to fix
holes. When your dung is fit for uſe, you muſt dig
a trench about two feet four inches wide, and in
length juſt as you pleaſe, or the place will allow;
and if the foil be dry, it ſhould be ten inches deep,
but if wet, very little in the ground, levelling the
earth in the bottom; then put in your dung, ob-
ferving to ftir and mix every part of it as was directed
for the firſt hot-beds, laying it cloſe and even.
When this is done, you muſt make holes about eight
inches over, and ſix inches deep, juſt in the middle
of the ridge, and three feet and a half diſtance from
each other; and if there be more than one ridge, the
diſtance of thoſe ought to be eight feet and a half
from each other; then fill the holes with good light
earth, putting a ſtick into the middle of each for a
mark, and afterwards cover the ridge over with earth
about four inches thick, laying the earth the ſame
thickneſs round the ſides. When the earth is levelled
ſmooth, you muſt ſet the glaſſes on upon the holes,
leaving them cloſe down about twenty-four hours, in
which time the earth in the holes will be warmed
fufficiently to receive the plants; then with your hand
ftir up the earth in the holes, making it hollowin form
of a baſon ; into each of which you ſhould plant three
or four plants, obſerving to water and ſhade them until
they have taken root; after which time you muſt be
careful to give them a little air by raiſing the glaſſes
on the oppoſite ſide to the wind, in proportion to
the heat of the weather, as alſo to water them as you
ſhall ſee they require it; but you muſt only raiſe the
glaſſes in the middle of the day, until the plants fill
the glaſſes, at which time you ſhould raiſe the glaſſes
with a forked ſtick on the ſouth ſide, in height pro-
portionable to the growth of the plants, that they
may not be ſcorched by the ſun; this alſo will harden
and prepare the plants to endure the open air, but
you ſhould not expoſe them too ſoon thereto; for it
often happens, that there are morning froſts in May,
which are many times deſtructive to theſe plants when
expoſed thereto; it is therefore the ſureſt method to
preſerve them under the glaſſes, as long as they can
be kept in without prejudice to the plants; and if
the glaſſes are raiſed with two bricks on the backſide,
and the forked ſtick on the other ſide, they may be
kept in a great while without danger.
Towards the latter end of May, when the weather
appears ſettled and warm, you ſhould turn your plants
,
down gently out of the glaſſes; but do not perform
this in a very dry, hot, ſunny day, but rather when
there is a cloudy ſky, and an appearance of rain ;
you muſt in doing of this raiſe the glaſſes either upon
bricks, or forked ſticks, whereby they may ſtand ſe-
cure at about four or five inches high from the
ground, that the plants may lie under them without
bruiſing ; nor ſhould you take the glaſſes quite away
till the latter end of June, or the beginning of July,
for theſe will preſerve the moiſture much longer to
their roots than if they were quite expoſed to the
open air ; about three weeks after you have turned
the plants out of the glaſſes, they will have made a
conſiderable progreſs, eſpecially if the weather has
been favourable, at which time you ſhould dig up the
ſpaces of ground between the ridges, laying it very
even; then lay out the runners of the Vines in exact
order, and be careful in this work not to diſturb the
Vines too much, nor to bruiſe or break the leaves ;
this digging of the ground will looſen it, and thereby
render it eaſy for the roots of the plants to ſtrike into
it, as alſo render the ſurface of the earth more
agreeable to the Vines that run upon it. After this
there will be no farther care needful, but only to keep
them clear from weeds, and to water them as often
as they ſhall require, which they will ſoon ſhew, by
the hanging of their greater leaves
. The ridges,
thus managed, will continue to produce large quan-
tities of fruit from June until the latter end of Au-
guſt, after which time the coldneſs of the ſeaſon ren
ders them unwholeſome, eſpecially if the autumn
prove wet.
From theſe ridges people commonly preſerve their
Cucumbers for feed, by making choice of two or
three of the faireft fruit upon each hole, never leaving
above one upon a plant, and that ſituated near the
root of it; for if you leave more, they will weaken
the plant ſo much, that your other fruit will be fmall,
and fewer in number: but thoſe perſons who value
themſelves upon producing Cucumbers very early,
commonly leave three or four Cucumbers of the firſt
produce of their earlieſt crop, when the fruit is fair;
and the feeds of theſe early fruit, are generally pre-
ferred to any other for the firſt crop. Theſe ſhould re-
main upon the Vines until the middle or end of Auguſt,
that the feeds may be perfectly ripe; and when you
gather them from the Vines, it will be proper to ſet the
fruit in a row upright againſt a hedge or wall, where
they may remain until the outer cover begins to de-
cay; at which time you ſhould cut them open, and
ſcrape out the feeds, together with the pulp, into a
tub, which ſhould be afterwards covered with a board,
to prevent filth from getting amongſt the pulp. In
this tub it ſhould be ſuffered to remain eight or ten
days, obſerving to ſtir it well with a long ſtick to the
bottom every day, in order to rot the pulp, that it
may be eaſily ſeparated from the ſeeds; then pour
ſome water into the tub, ſtirring it well about, which
will raiſe the ſcum to the top, but the feeds will ſettle
to the bottom; ſo that by two or three times pouring
in water, and afterwards ſtraining it off from the
feeds, they will be perfectly cleared from the pulp;
then you ihould ſpread the ſeeds upon a mat, which
ſhould be expoſed
to the open air three or four days
until they are perfectly dry, when they may be put
up in bags, and hung up in a dry place where ver-
min cannot come to them, where they will keep good
for ſeveral years, but are generally preferred when
three or four years old, as being apt to produce leſs
vigorous, but more fruitful plants.
I ſhall, in the next place, proceed to give directions
for managing Cucumbers for the laſt crop, or what
are generally called picklers.
The ſeaſon for fowing theſe is towards the latter end
of May, when the weather is ſettled. The ground
where theſe are commonly fown, is between Cauli-
flowers, in the wide rows, between which are allowed
four feet and a half ſpace when the Cauliflowers were
planted. In theſe rows you ſhould dig up ſquare
holes at about three feet and a half diſtance from
each other, breaking the earth well with a ſpade, and
afterwards ſmoothing and hollowing it in the form
of a baſon with your hand, then put eight or nine
ſeeds into the middle of each hole, covering them
over with earth about half an inch thick; and if it
ſhould be very dry weather, it will be proper to water
the holes gently in a day or two after the ſeeds are
ſown, in order to facilitate their vegetation.
In five or ſix days, if the weather be good, your
plants will begin to thruſt their heads above ground;
at which time you ſhould be very careful to keep off
the ſparrows, which are very fond of the young ten-
der feed-leaves of theſe plants; and, if they are not
prevented, will deſtroy your whole crop: but as it is
not above a week that the plants are in danger, it
will be no great trouble to look after them during
that time, for when the plants are come up, and
have expanded their feed leaves, the ſparrows will not
meddle with them.
You muſt alſo be careful to water them gently, as
you find the drought of the ſeaſon may require; and
when you perceive the third or rough leaf of the
plants begin to appear, you muſt pull out all the
weakeſt plants, leaving only three or four of the moſt
promiſing and beſt ſituated in each hole, ſtirring the
earth round about them with a ſmall hoe to deitroy
the weeds, and raiſe the earth about the ſhanks of
the plants, putting a little earth between them, pref-
ſing it gently down with your hand, that the plants
3
may

CU C
CU C
a
а
a
a
a
may be thereby ſeparated from each other to a greater | 5. CUCURBITA (Lignoſus) foliis lobatis afperis, före
diſtance, then give them a little water (if the weather luteo, pomis lignoſis. Gourd with rough-lobed leaves,
be dry) to ſettle the earth about them, which you a yellow flower, aud fruit having a hard Shell ; comm
monly
muſt afterwards repeat as often as you ſhall find it called Calabaſh.
neceſſary, ſtill being careful to keep the ground clear The firſt fort is ſometimes propagated in the Engliſh
from weeds.
gardens by way of curioſity, but the fruit is very
When your Cauliflowers are quite drawn off the rarely eaten here; though, if they are gathered when
ground from between the Cucumbers, you muſt hoe they are young, while their ſkins are tender, and
and clean the ground, drawing the earth up round boiled, they have an agreeable flavour. In the
each hole in form of a baſon, the better to contain eaſtern countries theſe fruit are very commonly cul-
the water when it is given them; you muſt alſo lay tivated and fold in the markets for the table, and are
out the plants in exact order as they are to run and a great part of the food of the common people, from
extend, ſo that they may not interfere with each June to October. Theſe fruit are alſo eaten in both
other; then lay a little earth between the plants left, the Indies, where the plants are cultivated as cu-
preſſing it down gently with your hand, the better to linary; and in thoſe countries, where the heat of
ſpread them each way, giving them a little water to their ſummers is too great for many of our common
ſettle the earth about them, repeating it as often as vegetables, theſe may be a very good ſubſtitute.
the ſeaſon ſhall require, and obſerving to keep the This fort doth not vary like moſt of the others, but
ground clean from weeds. The plants thus ma- always produces the ſame ſhaped fruit; the plants of
naged, will begin to produce fruit toward the latter this extend to a great length, if the ſeaſon proves
end of July, when you may either gather them young warm and favourable, and will then produce ripe
for pickling, or ſuffer them to grow for large fruit. fruit; but in cold ſummers, the fruit ſeldom grows
The quantity of holes neceſſary for a family, is about to half its uſual fize. I have meaſured ſome of theſe
fifty or fixty; for if you have fewer, they will not fruit when growing, which were fix feet long, and a
produce enough at one gathering to make it worth foot and a half round; the plants were near twenty
the trouble and expence of pickling, without keeping feet in length: the ſtalks of this, and alſo the leaves,
them too long in the houſe, for you cannot expect are covered with a fine ſoft hairy down; the flowers
to gather more than two hundred at each time from are large, white, and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks,
fifty holes; but this may be done twice a week during being reflexed at their brim; the fruit is generally
the whole ſeaſon, which commonly laſts five weeks; incurved and crooked, and when ripe, is of a pale
ſo that from fifty holes you may reaſonably expect to yellow colour The rind of this fruit becomes hard,
gather about two thouſand in the ſeaſon, which, if ſo that if the ſeeds and pulp are taken out, and the
they are taken ſmall, will not be too many for a pri- ſhell dried, it will contain water; and in thoſe coun-
vate family. And if ſo many are not wanted, they tries where they are much cultivated, are uſed for
may be left to grow to a proper ſize for eating. many purpoſes.
CUCUMIS AGRESTIS. See MoMOR DICA. The ſecond fort, which is commonly known by the
CUCURBITA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 968. Tourn Inft. title of Pumpkin, is frequently cultivated by the
R. H. 107. [fo called from Curvata, Lat. bended, country people in England, who plant them upon
becau ſethe fruit of this plant generally bends,] the their dunghills, where the plants run over them, and
Gourd.
ſpread to a great diſtance; when the ſeaſons are fa-
The CHARACTERS are,
vourable, they will produce plenty of large fruit:
It hath male and female flowers in the ſame plant. The theſe they uſually ſuffer to grow to maturity, then
flowers have a bell-shaped empalement of one leaf, whose they cut open a hole on one ſide, and take the feeds
borders are terminated by five briſtles; the flowers are out of the pulp as clean as poſſible, after which
bell-ſhaped, adhering to the empalement, and are of one they fill the ſhell with Apples fliced, which they mix
petal, which is veined and rough, divided at the top into with the pulp of the fruit, and ſome add a little ſu-
five parts. The male flowers have three ſtamine, which
gar and ſpice to it; then bake it in an oven, and eat
are conneEted at their extremity, but are diftin&t at their it in the ſame manner as baked Apples; but this is a
baſe, where they adhere to the empalement; theſe are ter- ſtrong food, and only fit for thoſe who labour hard,
minated by linear ſummits running up and down. The and can eaſily digeſt it.
female flowers have a large germen, ſituated under the Theſe
may be propagated by fowing their ſeeds in
flower, ſupporting a conical trifid ſtyle, crowned by a large April, on a hot-bed; and when the plants come up,
trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a large they ſhould be tranſplanted on another moderate bed,
fleſhy fruit, having three ſoft membranaceous cells which are where they ſhould be brought up hardily, and have
diſtinct, incloſing two rows of ſeeds which are bordered. a great deal of air to ſtrengthen them; and when
This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection they have got four or five leaves, they ſhould be
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monacia tranſplanted into holes made upon an old dunghill,
Syngeneſia, the plants having male and female flow- or ſome ſuch place, allowing them a great deal of
ers on the ſame plant, and the ſtamina of the male room to run, for ſome of the forts will ſpread to a
flowers being connected.
great diſtance. I have meaſured a ſingle plant, which
The SPECIES are,
had run upwards of forty feet from the hole, and
1. CUCURBITA (Lagenaria) foliis cordatis denticulatis had produced a great number of fide branches; ſo
tomentofis bafi ſubtus biglandulofis; pomis lignofis. that if the plant had been encouraged, and all the
Lin. Sp. 1434.. Gourd with heart-ſhaped, indented, woolly ſide branches permitted to remain, I dare ſay it would
leaves, having two glands at their baſe, and a ligneous have fairly overſpread twenty rods of ground; which,
Mell to the fruit. Cucurbita longa, folio molli, flore to fome people, may ſeem like a romance, yet I
albo. J. B. 2. 221. Commonly called the Long Gourd. can affirm it to be fact. But what is this to the ac-
2. CUCURBITA (Pepo) foliis lobatis, pomis lævibus: Lin. count printed in the Tranſactions of the Royal So-
Sp. Plant. 1010. Gourd with lobed leaves and a ſmooth ciety, which was cominunicated to them by Paul
fruit. Cucurbita major rotunda, flore luteo, folio af- Dudley, Eſq; from New England, wherein mention
pero. C. B.P.213. Commonly called Pompion, or Pumpkin. is made of a ſingle plant of this kind, which, without
3. CUCURBITA (Verrucoſa) foliis lobatis, pomis nodoſo- any culture, ſpread over a large ſpot of ground,
verrucofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1010. Gourd with lobed and from which plant were gathered two hundred
leaves, and a warted knobby fruit. Cucurbita verrucofa. and fixty fruits each, one with another, as big as a
J. B. 2. 222. Warted Gourd.
half peck.
4. CUCURBITA (Melopepo) foliis lobatis, caule erecto, There are ſeveral varieties of this fruit, which differ
pomis depreſſo-nodoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1010. Gourd in their form and ſize; but as theſe are annually va-
with lobed leaves, an ereat ſtalk, and e depreſſed knotty rying from feeds, ſo I have omitted the mentioning
fruit. Melopepo clypeiformis. C. B. P. 312. Com- them, for they feldom continue to produce the ſame
menly called Squaſh.
kinds of fruit three years together.
The
a

CUC
CUN
ز
The third fort is very common in moſt parts
of
greatly preferable to thoſe for kitchen uſes: but in
America, where it is cultivated as a culinary fruit; ſome parts of America, where proviſions are not in
of this ſort there are alſo ſeveral varieties, which differ fo
great plenty, or ſo great variety, theſe fruits may
in their form and fize; fome of theſe are flat, others be very acceptable.
round; fome are ſhaped like a bottle, and others are CUIETE See CRESCENTIA.
oblong, their outer cover or rind being white when CULMIFEROUS PLANTS [ſo called of
ripe, and covered with large protuberances or warts. Culmus, Lat. ftraw or haulm,] are ſuch as have a
The fruit are commonly gathered when they are half ſmooth jointed ſtalk, uſually hollow, and at each joint
grown, and boiled by the inhabitants of America to wrapped about with ſingle, narrow, ſharp-pointed
eat as a ſauce with their meat; but in England they leaves, and their ſeeds are contained in chaffy hulks,
are only cultivated by way of curioſity, few perſons as Wheat, Barley, &c.
having a relish for them here, where they have a great CUMINOIDES. See LAGOECIA.
variety of better eſculent plants at that ſeaſon, when CUMINUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 313. Mor. Umb.
theſe are fit for uſe. Theſe may be propagated in Kúpivov, Gr. Cumin.
the ſame manner as the ſecond fort.
The CHARACTERS are,
The fourth fort is alſo very common in North Ame- It hath an umbelliferous flower'; the general umbel is com-
rica, where it is cultivated for the ſame purpoſes as poſed of ſmaller, which are divided into four parts ; their
the third. This very often grows with a ſtrong, involucrum is longer than the umbel. The great umbel is
buſhy, erect ſtalk, without putting out runners from uniform; the flowers have five unequal petals, whoſe bor-
the lide, as the other forts, but frequently varies; ders are inflexed, and five ſingle ſtamina, terminated by
for after it has been cultivated a few years in the Nender ſummits
. It hath a large germen ſituated under
ſame garden, the plants will become trailing like the flower, ſupporting two ſmall ſtyles, crowned by ſingle
the others, and extend their branches to as great ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval ſtriated
diſtance; and yet I have known when part of the fruit, compoſed of two oval ſeeds, which are convex and
ſeeds, taken out from the ſame fruit have been fown
furrowed on one ſide, and plain on the other.
in another garden, at a conſiderable diſtance, the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
fruit have been the ſame, and the plants have grown of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
erect, when thoſe which were ſown in the ſame garden, the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
have produced trailing plants with larger fruit of a We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
different ſhape.
CUMINUM (Cyminum.) Lin. Mat. Med. 139. Cumin,
.
.
The fruit of the fifth fort hath a hard fhell when Cuminum femine longiore. C. B. P. 146. Cumin with
ripe like the firſt, which may be dried and preſerved a longer ſeeds
many years: theſe are of very different forms and This plant is annual, periſhing ſoon after the ſeeds
fize; fome are ſhaped like a Pear, and are no bigger are ripe; it ſeldom riſes more than nine or ten inches
than a large Catherine Pear; ſome are as large as high, in the warm countries where it is cultivated;
quart bottles, and almoſt of the fame form; others but I have never ſeen it grow more than three or
are round and ſhaped like an Orange, and are of the four inches high in England, where I have ſometimes
ſame ſize and colour, but theſe are very variable; had the plants come ſo far as to flower very well, but
for I have cultivated moſt of the forts near forty never to produce feeds. The leaves of this plant are
years, and have not been able, with all poſſible care, divided into long narrow ſegments like thoſe of
to preſerve the varieties longer than two or three Fennel, but much ſmaller ; they are of a deep green,
years in the ſame garden, without procuring freſh and generally turn backward at their extremity; the
feeds from ſome diſtant place. Whether theſe changes flowers grow in ſmall umbels at the top of the ſtalks;
are brought about by the admixture of the farina
theſe are compoſed of five unequal petals, which are
with each other, or from what cauſe I cannot ſay, of a pale bluſh colour, and are ſucceeded by long,
becauſe I have frequently planted them at as great channelled, aromatic ſeeds.
diſtance from each other as I poſſibly could in the The ſeeds of this plant is the only part uſed in me-
fame garden, and yet the effect has been the ſame dicine; theſe are ranged among the greater hot ſeeds;
as when near.
they conſiſt of very warm diſſolving parts, and are
The firſt fort requires to be treated more tenderly eſteemed good to expel wind out of the ſtomach and
than the others, in order to procure ripe fruit; ſo bowels, ſo they are frequently put into clyfters for
the ſeeds ſhould be ſown upon a moderate hot-bed in that purpoſe, and are ſometimes given in powder ;
April, and the plants afterward planted each into a and outwardly applied, they are of great ſervice to
penny pot, and plunged into a very moderate hot- eaſe the pains of the breaſt or fide.
bed to bring them forward; but they muſt not be This plant is propagated for ſale in the iſland of
tenderly treated, for if they have not a large ſhare of Malta, where it is called Cumino aigro, i. e. hot
free air admitted to them every day, they will draw Cumin. But Aniſe, which they alſo propagate in
up weak. When the plants are grown too large to no leſs quantity, they call Cumino dulce, i. e. ſweet
be continued in the pots, there ſhould be holes dug Cumin. So that many of the old botaniſts were
where they are deſigned to grow, and three or four miſtaken, when they made two ſpecies of Cumin,
barrows full of hot dung put into each; theſe ſhould viz, acre and dulce.
be covered with earth, into which the plants muſt If the ſeeds of this plant are ſown in ſmall pots filled
be planted, and covered with hand-glaſſes till they with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a
very moderate hot-bed to bring up the plants, and
There are ſome people who plant theſe plants by the theſe after having been gradually inured to the open
ſides of arbours, over which they train the vines; ſo air, turned out of the pots, and planted in a warm
that in a ſhort time they will cover the whole arbour, border of good earth, preſerving the balls of earth
and afford a ſtrong ſhade, and upon ſome of theſe to their roots, and afterward kept clean from weeds,
arbours I have ſeen the longeſt fruit. There are the plants will flower pretty well, and by thus
others who plant them near walls, pales, or hedges, bringing of the plants forward in the ſpring, they may
to which they faften the Vines, and train them to a perfect their feeds in very warm ſeaſons.
great height: the Orange-ſhaped Gourd is the fort CUNILA. See SIDERITIS.
which is moſt commonly fo planted for the ornament CUNONIA. Buttn. Cun. tab. I. Antholyza. Lin.
of its fruit, which has a pretty effect, eſpecially when Gen. Plant. 56.
ſeen at ſome diſtance. All the forts require a large The CHARACTERS are,
ſupply of water in dry weather.
The flowers grow alternate in an imbricated Spike, each
Theſe plants requiring ſo much room to ſpread, and having a Spatha or feath, compoſed of two ſpear-ſhaped
their fruit being very little valued in England, hath concave leaves; the flower hath one ringent petal, having
occaſioned their not being cultivated amongſt us; we a Short Slender tube, which is dilated at the chops, and
having ſo many plants, roots, or fruits, which are compreſſed on the ſides; the upper lip is arched, and
Stretched
run out.

CUN
CUP
a
ſtretched out a conſiderable length beyond the ala or wings, which are extended to that length; the two wings are
and is rounded at the top: it bath three long ſlender ſia- alſo narrow at their baſe, but are enlarged upward in
mina, which are ſituated in the upper lip, terminated by the ſame manner, ending in concave obtuſe points,
oblong flat ſummits, which are faſtened in their middle which are compreſſed together, and cover the ſta-
and lie proſtrate. It hath e fender ſtyle, which is morter mina and ſtyle. This flower is of a beautiful ſoft
than the ſtaminc, crowned by three cylindrical ſtigmas ſcarlet colour, ſo makes a fine appearance, about the
which join the ſummits, and are included in the upper lip. datter end of April or beginning of May, which is
The germen, which is ſituated below the flower, becomes the ſeaſon of its flowering. After the flowers decay,
an oblong capſule with three cells, filled with compreſſed the germen becomes an oval ſmooth capſule, opening
ſeeds.
in three cells, which are filled with flat bordered
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of feeds.
Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia, This plant is too tender to thrive in the open air in
the flowers having three ſtamina and one ftyle, but England, ſo the roots muſt be planted in pots filled
he has joined it to the Antholyza, making it only a with light earth, and may remain in the open air till
fpecies of that genus; whereas by the form and October, when they muſt be removed into ſhelter,
characters of the flower, it ſhould be ſeparated from either into an airy glaſs-caſe, or placed under a
that, there being full as great difference between the hot-bed frame, where the leaves will keep growing
flowers of this and thoſe of the Antholyza, as is be- all winter, and in the ſpring the ſtalks ariſe and
tween thoſe and the Gladiolus ; for the flowers of flower. During the winter ſeaton, the plants will re-
Cunonia have no carina or under lip, but thoſe of quire a little water when the weather is mild, once a
the Antholyza have, in which one of the ſtamina is week, but it muſt not be given in great quantities,
included, which is ſeparated from the other two, eſpecially in cold weather ; in the ſpring they ſhould
which are ſituated in the upper lip; but in this all be watered oftener; and when the flowers are paſt,
three are of equal length, and ſituated in the hollow the pots ſhould be removed into the open air to per
of the upper lip. The two wings of this are ſhort, fect their feeds, which will ripen the latter end of
whereas thoſe of Antholyza are long, ſo that I think June, foon after which the ſtalks will decay to the
they ſhould be ſeparated.
root, which will remain inactive till September.
We have but one Species of this genus at preſent
When the ſtalks are decayed, the roots may be taken
in the Engliſh gardens, which is
out of the ground, and kept in a dry room till the
CUNONIA (Antholyza) floribus ſelilibus, ſpathis maximis. end of Auguſt, when they ſhould be planted again.
Buttn. Cun. 211. tab. 1. Cunonia with flowers fitting This plant
is eaſily propagated by offsets, which it
cloſe to the ſtalk, and very large Spathæ or Meaths. Dr. ſends out in great plenty, or by fowing of the ſeeds,
Linnæus titles it Antholyza ſtaminibus omnibus ad- which ſhould be ſown in pots about the middle of
ſcendentibus. Sp. Plant. 37. Antholyza with all the Auguſt, and placed in a ſituation where they may
Stamina aſcending
enjoy the morning ſun, and in dry weather ſhould be
There is a plant of this kind figured in Cornutus's gently watered; in September the pots may be re-
book of Canada plants, under the title of Gladiolus moved to a warmer ſituation, and in October they
Æthiopicus, flore Coccineo, p. 78. but by his figure muſt be placed under a frame, where they may be
and deſcription, it appears to be a different ſpecies protected from froſt and hard rains, but in mild
from this, his flowers having much ſmaller ſpathæ or weather enjoy the free air. The plants will appear
fheaths, nor does the ſtalks of his riſe near ſo high in October, and continue growing all the winter, and
as this, there are alſo ſome other differences between in June their leaves will decay, then they may be
them.
taken up, and four or five roots may be planted
The ſeeds of this plant I received from the Cape of in each pot, till they have grown another year,
Good Hope, where it grows naturally, which ſuc- when they may be each put into a ſeparate pot.
ceeded ſo well in the Chelſea garden, as to produce Theſe ſeedling plants muſt be ſheltered in the ſame
a great number of plants, which flowered well the manner as the old roots in winter, and the third year
third ſeaſon after they appeared, and have continued they will flower.
to produce flowers, and perfect their feeds every year CUPRESSUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 958. Tourn. Inſt.
fince.
R. H. 587. tab. 358. Cypreſs takes its name either
This hath a compreſſed bulbous root, ſomewhat like of rów, to bring forth, and rápoo Go, becauſe it pro-
that of Corn Flag, covered with a brown ſkin; from duces equal branches on both ſides; or of Cypariſſus,
this ariſe ſeveral narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves, about a certain infant whom the poets feign to have been
nine inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad in transformed into a Cypreſs-tree.] The Cypreſs-tree.
the middle, terminating in acute points; theſe have
The CHARACTERS are,
one longitudinal midrib which is prominent, and It hath male and female flowers growing at diſtances on
two longitudinal veins running parallel on each ſide; the ſame plant; the male flowers are formed into oval
they are of a ſea-green colour, and appear in autumn,
katkins, in which the flowers are placed thinly, among
growing in length all the winter; in ſpring the ſtalk ſeveral roundiſh Scales, each having a ſingle flower. Theſe
ariſes from between the leaves, which is round, have no petols nor ſtamina, but have four ſummits which
ſtrong, and jointed; at each joint is ſituated a ſingle adhere to the bottom of the ſcales. The female flowers
leaf, which almoſt embraces the ſtalk for near three are formed in a roundiſh cone, each containing eight or
inches from the baſe, then by the curvature of the ten flowers; the ſcales of the cones are oppoſite, each
ftalk it is ſeparated, ſtanding erect: the ſtalks riſe having a ſingle flower, theſe have no petals; the germen
near a foot and a half high, which is generally curved is ſcarce viſible, but under each ſcale there are many punc-
two oppoſite ways; the upper part of the ſtalk is tures or ſpots, and a concave truncated apex inſtead of a
terminated by a looſe ſpike of flowers, coming out of Style; this afterward becomes a globular cone, opening in
large ſpathæ or ſheaths, compoſed of two oblong con- angular target-ſhaped ſcales, under which are ſituated
cave leaves, terminating in acute points: theſe are angular ſeeds.
at their firſt appearance placed imbricatim over each This
genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection
other, but as the ſtalk increaſes in length, ſo theſe of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia
are ſeparated; from between theſe two leaves comes Monadelphia; the plants of this ſection have male and
out the flower, each having a ſlender Saffron-co- female flowers on the ſame plant, and the male flow-
loured tube near half an inch long, which is then ers are joined in one bdoy.
enlarged where the petal is divided, and the upper
The SPECIES are,
fegment is extended two inches in length, being 1. CUPRESSUS (Sempervirens) foliis imbricatis, ramis erec-
arched over the ſtamina and ſtyle. This is narrow tioribus. Cypreſs with imbricated leaves, and upright
as far as to the extent of the wings, but above them branches. Cupreſſus metâ in faftigium convolutâ qua
is enlarged and ſpread open half an inch in length, fæmina. Plinii. Dod. Pempt. 856. Female or common
and is concave, covering the ſummits and ſtigmas upright Cypreſs.
a
4 Q
2. Cu.

CUP
CUP
2. CUPRESSUS (Horizontalibus) foliis imbricatis acutis,
ramis horizontalibus. Cypreſs with imbricated acuie
leaves, and branches growing horizontally. Cupreſſus
ramos extra ſe ſpargens quæ Mas. Plinii. Tourn. Inſt.
R. H. 587. Male ſpreading Cypreſs.
3. CUPRESSUS (Lufitanica) foliis imbricatis, apicibus
aculeatis, ramis dependentibus. Cypreſs with imbricated
leaves terminating in ſpines, and branches hanging down-
word. Cupreſſus Luſitanica, patula, fructu minore.
Inft. R. H. 587. Portugal Spreading Cypreſs with a
Smaller fruit.
4. CUPRESSUS (Diſticha) foliis diſtichis patentibus. Hort.
Cliff. 409. Cypreſs with leaves on two fides the branches.
Cupreſſus Virginiana foliis Acaciæ deciduis. Hort.
Amft. 1. p. 113. Virginia Cypreſs which ſheds its leaves,
commonly called Deciduous Cypreſs.
5. CUPRESSUS (Thyoides) foliis imbricatis, frondibus an-
cipitibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1003. Cypreſs with imbri-
caied leaves, and branches ſtanding two ways. Cupref-
ſus nana Mariana, fructu cæruleo parvo. Pluk.
Mant. 61. Dwarf Maryland Cypreſs with a ſmall blue
fruit.
6. CUPRESSUS (Africana) foliis linearibus fimplicibus
cruciatim pofitis. Cypreſs with narrow ſingle leaves placed
croſſways. Cupreſſus Africana of Herman and Olden-
burgh. African Cypreſs-tree, called by the Dutch Cypreſs
Boom.
The firſt of theſe trees is very common in moſt of the
old gardens in England, but at preſent is not ſo much
in requeſt as formerly, though it is not without its
advantages; nor ſhould it be entirely rejected, al-
though many perſons are of that opinion ; for it ſerves
to add to the beauty of wilderneſſes, or clumps of
Evergreens, and where they are properly diſpoſed,
they have their beauties. It was formerly planted in
borders of pleaſure-gardens, and kept fhorn into a
pyramidal or conic form; and ſome people, believ-
ing them ſubject to be killed if they cut them, tied
them up with cords into a pyramidal figure, which
form they are naturally diſpoſed to grow in; but this
winding them about, prevented the air from entering
the inward parts of the branches, ſo that the leaves
decayed, and became unſightly, and greatly retarded
their growth. And thoſe which are ſheared, if the
operation is not performed in the ſpring, or early in
the ſummer, are very ſubject to be injured by ſharp
winds and cuttings froſts in winter. Wherefore, upon
the whole, I think it much better to ſuffer them to
grow wild as they are naturally diſpoſed, planting
them only amongſt other Evergreen Trees, where, by
the darkneſs of their green leaves, together with their
waving heads, they will greatly add to the variety.
The ſecond ſort is by far the largeſt growing tree,
and is the moſt common timber in ſome parts of the
Levant. This, if planted upon a warm, fandy, gra-
velly foil, will proſper wonderfully, and though the
plants of this ſort are not ſo finely íhaped as thoſe of the
firſt, yet they greatly recompenſe for that defect, by
its vigorous growth and ſtrength, in reſiſting all wea-
thers. This tree is very proper to intermix with
Evergreens of a ſecond ſize next to Pines and Firs, to
form clumps; in which claſs it will keep pace with
the trees of the ſame line, and be very handſome.
Beſides, the wood of this tree is very valuable, when
grown to a fize fit for planks, which I am convinced
it will do in as ſhort a ſpace as Oaks; therefore, why
ſhould not this be cultivated for that purpoſe, fince
there are many places in England where the ſoil is of
a ſandy or gravelly nature, and ſeldom produces any
thing worth cultivating ? Now, in fuch places theſe
trees will thrive wonderfully, and greatly add to the
pleaſure of the owner, while growing, and afterwards
render as much profit to his fucceffors, as perhaps the
beſt plantation of Oaks ; eſpecially ſhould the timber
prove as good here, as in the iſlands of the Archipe-
lago, which I fee no reaſon to doubt of; for we find
it was ſo gainful a commodity to the iſland of Can-
dia, that the plantations were called Dos Filiæ, the
felling of one of them being reckoned a daughter's
portion
6
The timber of this tree is ſaid to reſiſt the worm,
moth, and all putrefaction, and is ſaid to laſt many
hundred years. The doors of St. Peter's church at
Rome were framed of this material, which laſted
from the great Conſtantine to Pope Eugenius IVth's
time, which was eleven hundred years, and were then
found and entire, when the Pope would needs change
them for gates of braſs. The coffins were made of
this material, in which Thucydides tells us the Athe-
nians uſed to bury their heroes; and the mummy
cheſts, brought with thoſe condited bodies out of E-
gypt, are many of them of this material.
This tree is by many learned authors recommended
for the improvement of the air, and a ſpecific for the
lungs, as ſending forth great quantities of aromatic
and balſamic ſcents; wherefore many of the antient
phyſicians of the Eaſtern countries uſed to ſend their
patients, who were troubled with weak lungs, to the
iſland of Candia, which at that time abounded with
theſe trees, where, from the effects of the air alone,
very few failed of a perfect cure.
The fourth fort is a native of America, where it
grows
in watery places, and riſes to a prodigious height,
and is of a wonderful bulk. I have been informed,
that there are trees of this kind in America which are
upwards of ſeventy feet high, and ſeveral fathoms in
circumference, which trees grow conſtantly in the wa-
ter; therefore they may probably be of ſingular ad-
vantage to plant in ſuch fwampy or wet foils, where
few other trees will grow, eſpecially of the reſinous
kind. That they are very hardy in reſpect to cold,
is evident, from ſome few trees of this kind which
were formerly planted in England ; particularly one
in the gardens of John Tradeſcant, at South Lam-
beth, near Vaux-Hall, which is upwards of thirty
feet high, and of a conſiderable bulk, which, though
in a common yard at preſent, where no care is taken
of it, but, on the contrary, many hooks are driven
into the trunk, to faſten cords thereto for drying of
cloaths, yet the tree is in great health and vigour, but
hath not produced any fruit as yet, which may be oc-
,
caſioned for want of moiſture : for we often ſee many
aquatic plants will grow upon a drier foil, but yet
are feldom ſo productive of either flowers or fruit, as
thoſe which remain growing in the water.
There is alſo a pretty large tree of this kind now grow-
ing in the gardens of the late Sir Abraham Janſſen, Bart.
at Wimbleton in Surry, which has produced great
quantities of cones for ſome years paſt, which, in fa-
vourable ſeaſons come to maturity, and the feeds
have been as good as thoſe which have been brought
from America. This tree was tranſplanted when it
was very large, which has ftinted its growth; which,
together with its being planted upon a dry foil, may
have occaſioned its fruitfulneſs, for it has made very
little progreſs in its growth ſince it was removed.
Theſe trees are all propagated from feeds, which
ſhould be fown early in the ſpring on a bed of warm,
dry, ſandy earth, which muſt be leveiled very, ſmooth;
then fow the feeds thereon pretty thick, fifting the
ſame light earth over them half an inch thick. If the
weather ſhould prove very warm and dry, it will be
proper to ſhade the bed from the ſun in the day-
time, and water the bed, which muſt be done very
carefully, obſerving not to waſh the feeds out of the
ground. In about two months time (if your feeds are
good) the young plants will appear above ground,
which muſt be conſtantly kept clean from weeds,
and in very dry weather ſhould be often refreſhed with
water ; but this ihould be done with great caution, left
you beat theſe tender rooted plants out of the ground.
If the ſeeds are fown upon a moderate hot-bed, and
the bed covered with mats, they will come up much
ſooner, and with greater certainty, than when they
are ſown in the cold ground.
In this bed the young plants may remain two years,
by which time they will have ſtrength enough to be
tranſplanted into a nurſery; but while the plants are
young, they are tender, fo ſhould be covered in fe-
vere froſt with mats to prevent their being injured
thereby

CUP
CUP
a
a
thereby. The beſt ſeaſon for removing them is in
the beginning of April, when the drying eaſterly
winds of March are over, and, if poſſible, chooſe a
cloudy day, when it is inclinable to rain; and in tak-
ing them out of the feed-bed, preſerve the roots as
entire as poſſible, and, if you can, a ball of earth to
each plant. The foil in which theſe trees ſhould be
planted (as I before faid) ſhould be, for the two firſt
forts, a warm ſand or gravel
, which, when you have
prepared, by carefully digging and cleanſing from all
noxious weeds, you muſt lay level. Then draw the
lines where the trees are to be planted at three feet
aſunder, and plant the trees at eighteen inches dif-
tance in the rows, obſerving to cloſe the earth well to
their roots, as alſo to lay a little mulch upon the ſur-
face of the ground about their ſtems; and water them
well to ſettle the earth to their roots, which ſhould be
repeated twice a week, until the plants have taken
freſh root.
Theſe plants may remain in the nurſery three or four
years, according to the progreſs they make, or till
your ground is ready where they are to be planted :
but if you intend to let them remain longer, you
ſhould take up every other tree in the rows, and tranſ-
plant out; for otherwiſe their roots will be matted to-
gether, ſo that it will render it difficult to tranſplant
them, as alſo endanger the future growth of the trees.
The plants ſhould by no means be let ſtand too long
in the nurſery before they are tranſplanted out for
good, becauſe the roots do not mat together ſo cloſely
as thoſe of many other ſorts of Evergreen Trees, where-
by they may be taken up with good balls of earth to
their roots; but the roots of the Cypreſs are apt to
extend out in length, ſo it is one of the moſt difficult
trees to remove when grown large; therefore moſt
curious perſons chooſe to plant the young plants into
ſmall pots, when they firſt take them out of the feed-
bed, and ſo train them up in pots two or three years,
until they are fit to plant out where they are to ſtand
for good, and, by this management, they are ſecure
of all the plants; for theſe may be ſhaken out of the
pots at any time of the year without danger, and
planted with their whole ball of earth, which is like-
wiſe a great advantage. When they are planted out
for good (if they are deſigned for timber) they ſhould
be planted about twelve or fourteen feet diſtance
every way, and be very careful in removing thoſe in
,
the full ground, not to ſhake the earth from their
roots; to prevent which, you ſhould open the ground
about each tree, cutting off all long roots, then work-
ing under the ball of earth, cut the downright roots
off; and after having pared off all the earth from
the upper part of the ball, as alſo reduced the bulk
of it, ſo that its weight may not be too great for the
fibres to ſupport, they may be carried upon a hand-
barrow by two perſons to the place where they are to
be planted; but if they are to be carried to a
diſtant place, they ſhould either be put into baikets,
or their roots cloſely matted up. When they are
planted, you muſt fettle the earth cloſe to their roots
as before, laying a little mulch upon the ſurface of
the ground about their ftems, to prevent the fun and
wind from entering the earth to dry their fibres; and
water them well, to ſettle the ground to their roots,
which muſt alſo be repeated, if the weather proves
dry, until they have taken root, after which time they
will require little more care than to keep them clear
from weeds.
The firſt, which is the moſt common ſort in England,
ſeldom produces good feeds in this country; it is
therefore the beſt way to have the cones brought over
entire from the ſouth parts of France and Italy, where
they ripen perfectly well
, and take the ſeeds out juſt
before you fow them, for they will keep much better
in the cones than if they are taken out. The method
to get the ſeeds out is to expoſe the cones to a gentle
heat, which will cauſe them to open, and eaſily emit
their feeds.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Levant, and
from thence it has been formerly brought to Italy, but
at preſent this is pretty rare in England; for what
has paſſed under this title here, is only a variety of
the common fort, whoſe branches grow much looſer,
and not ſo upright as the firſt; but the cones taken
from theſe trees, and the feeds fown, have frequently
produced plants of both varieties; but the true ſpread-
ing Cypreſs extends its branches horizontally from
the firſt year, and continues to extend them to a great
length as the plants advance, and the plants raiſed
from the ſeeds do not vary, fo that it is certainly a
diſtinct ſpecies. This grows to be a large timber tree
in the Levant, and in Italy there are ſome of a con-
fiderable ſize.
The Virginian kind may alſo be propagated in as
great plenty, for the cones of this may be eaſily pro-
cured from Carolina or Virginia, in both which places
they grow in great abundance; and the feeds will
riſe as eaſily as any of the other forts, and the plants
are equally as hardy: theſe have been formerly kept
in pots, and houſed in winter, with which manage-
ment they have not ſucceeded ſo well as they have
done in England, ſince people have planted them into
the full ground; and where they have had a moiſt foil,
I have obſerved them to thrive beit, which is ſince
confirmed by Mr. Cateſby, in his Natural Hiſtory of
Carolina ; where he ſays, that this tree grows in places
where the water commonly covers the ſurface of the
ground three or four feet, ſo that it may be a very
great improvement to our boggy foils. This tree,
cafting its leaves in winter, does not ſo well ſuit with
plantations of Evergreens at that ſeaſon; though, in
ſummer, when there is the greateſt pleaſure in walk-
ing among plantations of trees, it hath ſo much the
appearance of an Evergreen, as to paſs for fuch. It
may alſo be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be
planted in a bed of moiſt earth in the ſpring before
they begin to ſhoot.
The third fort is at preſent pretty rare in the Engliſh
gardens, though of late years there have been many
plants raiſed here ; but this fort is not quite ſo hardy,
I fear, as the common Cypreſs, for the plants are fre-
quently killed, or greatly injured in ſevere winters;
and in the hard froſt in 1740, there was a large tree
of this kind entirely killed in the gardens of his Grace
the Duke of Richmond, at Goodwood in Suſſex, which
had been growing there ſeveral years; and in the year
1762, many large trees were killed. There are great
plenty of theſe trees growing at a place called Buſaco,
near Cambra in Portugal, where this tree is called
the Cedar of Buſaco ; and there it grows to be a tim-
ber tree, ſo that from thence the ſeeds may be eaſily
procured.
This tree grows naturally at Goa, from whence it
was firſt brought to Portugal, where it has ſucceeded,
and been propagated; formerly there were ſome
trees of this fort growing in the Biſhop of London's
garden at Fulham, where it paffed under the title of
Cedar of Goa, by which it was ſent from thence to
the Leyden garden with that name.
The fifth fort is a native of North America, where
it grows to a conſiderable height, and affords an uſeful
timber to the inhabitants for many purpoſes. This
fort is extremely worth cultivating in England; for
as it grows in a much colder country, there is no
danger of its thriving well in the open air in Eng-
land; and being an Evergreen of regular growth,
will add to the variety of wilderneſs quarters, or other
plantations of Evergreen Trees.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
ſown in the ſpring in boxes or tubs filled with light
freſh earth, and placed where they may enjoy the
morning ſun till eleven or twelve o'clock. In dry
weather they ſhould be duly watered, and conſtantly
kept clear from weeds. In this ſituation they may
remain till Michaelmas, when they ſhould be rernov-
ed to a warmer place; for the plants ſeldom appear
till the following ſpring, ſo that it will be proper to
place the boxes or tubs near a ſouth wall, pale, or
hedge, during the winter ſeaſon ; left, by being too
much ſhaded, the wet of the winter ſeaſon ſhould rot
the
a

CUP
CUR
a
the ſeeds. In the ſpring following, if theſe tubs or
have ſeveral times tried; ſo that when ſeeds cannot
boxes are placed on a moderate hot-bed, it will bring be had, this method may be practiſed ſucceſsfully. I
up the plants very ſoon, and greatly forward their ſuppoſe the common fort will alſo take from cuttings;
growth; but as the ſpring advances, they ſhould be but this I have not experienced, fo cannot recom-
inured to bear the open air by degrees; and in May mend it to practice.
they must be taken out of the hot-bed, and placed in Theſe trees are ſo very ornamental to gardens, that
a ſheltered ſituation, where they may enjoy the morn- ne large garden can be compleat without many of
ing ſun, being careful to keep them clear from weeds, them; and it is to theſe trees that the Italian villas
as alſo to water them duly in dry weather. The fol- owe a great ſhare of their beauty, for there is no tree
lowing winter it will be proper to remove the tubs ſo proper to place near buildings; the pyramidal up-
fo
near a ſouth wall or pale, for the plants being very right growth of their branches affords a pictureſque
young, are ſometimes tenderer than they will be after- appearance, and obſtructs not the view of the build-
ward. Toward the latter end of March, or the be- ing, and the dark green of their leaves make a fine
ginning of April, juſt before the plants begin to ſhoot, contraſt with the white of the building; fo that,
they ſhould be carefully taken up out of the boxes ; wherever there are temples or other buildings erected
and having prepared a bed or two (according to the in gardens, there is no ſort of tree fo proper to place
quantity of plants raiſed) of freſh earth in a ſheltered near them as theſe. In all the landſchapes of Italian
ſituation, the plants ſhould be planted therein in rows villas, we ſee many Cypreſs-trees repreſented, which
about eighteen inches aſunder, and about a foot dif- have a very agreeable effect in the picture, and the
tance plant from plant in the rows. This work ſhould trees, when rightly diſpoſed in a garden, afford a no
be done in cloudy weather, when there is rain ; for leſs agreeable proſpect.
in dry weather, when eaſterly winds commonly blow The ſeeds of the ſixth fort were fent me from the
at this ſeaſon, it will be very dangerous to tranſplant Cape of Good Hope, where the trees grow naturally,
theſe plants; fo that it had better be deferred a fort- and by the account which I received with the feeds,
night longer, till there is an alteration of the weather, the cones of the tree are black when ripe. The young
than hazard the plants. When the plants are planted, plants which I have raiſed from theſe feeds have looſe
they ſhould be watered to ſettle the earth to their ſpreading branches, which are cloſely garniſhed with
roots; and then the ſurface of the ground ſhould be narrow ſtrait leaves, which come out oppoſite, and
covered with mulch, to prevent the fun and wind are alternately croſſing each other; theſe are near one
from penetrating to the roots of the plants; for nothing inch long, and of a light green colour ; they continue
is more injurious to theſe plants, than to have their in verdure all the year. Theſe plants being young,
fibres dried when they are tranſplanted ; therefore are too tender to thrive in the open air in England as
the plants ſhould not be taken out of the tubs till yet; but when they have obtained more ſtrength, it
you are ready to place them in the ground, for they is very probable they may do well in warm ſituations.
will not bear to lie out of the ground any time with- I had two of theſe plants growing in the full ground,
out great danger.
which were killed in the winter 1756. But thoſe
The branches of this tree are garniſhed with flat ever- which were placed under a frame, where there were
green leaves, reſembling thoſe of the Arbor Vitæ ; no covering of glaſs, and only wooden ſhutters, were
and the cones are no larger than the berries of the not injured by the cold, though the earth of the pots
Juniper, from which they are not eaſily diſtinguiſhed was frequently hard frozen.
at a little diſtance; but upon cloſely viewing, they CURCUMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 6. Cannacorus.
are perfect cones, having many cells like thoſe of the Tourn. Inft. R. H. 367. Turmerick.
common Cypreſs. If theſe trees are planted in a The CHARACTERS are,
moiſt ſtrong foil, they make very great progreſs, and The flowers have each ſeveral Spathe, which are ſingle
may, in ſuch ſituations, become profitable for tim- and drop off; the flower hath one petal with a narrow
ber; but however this tree may fucceed for timber, tube, which is cut at the brim into three ſegments ; it hath
yet it will be a great ornament to large plantations of an oval-pointed ne&tarium of one leaf, which is inſerted in
evergreen trees, eſpecially in ſuch places where there the finus of the largeſt ſegment of the petal; it hath five
is naturally a proper foil for them, becauſe, in ſuch ſtamina, four of which are barren, and one fruitful,
ſituations, there are not many ſorts of Evergreen which is ſituated within the nectarium, and hath the ap-
Trees which thrive well, eſpecially in cold places, and pearance of a petal, having a bifid point, to which the
by increaſing the number of forts of theſe Ever- ſummit adheres. It beth a roundiſh germen ſituated un-
greens, we add to the beauty of our gardens and der the flower, ſupporting a ſtyle the length of the ſta-
plantations.
mina, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward
The third fort fends forth its branches almoſt hori- becomes a roundiſh capſule, having three cells, which are
zontally, ſo that they extend to a great diſtance every filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
way, and the trees are generally furniſhed with This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
branches from the ground upward; but as theſe grow
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia,
without much order, the trees have a very different the flower having one ſtamina and one ſtyle.
appearance from all the other forts. This grows to be The SPECIES are,
a large timber tree in Portugal, but the largeſt tree 1. CURCUMA (Rotunda) foliis lanceolato-ovatis, nervis
which I have ſeen in England, has not been above fif- lateralibus rariffimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 2. Curcuma with
teen feet high, and the ſide branches of this were Spear-ſhaped oval leaves, having very fero nerves on the
extended more than eight feet on every ſide from the ſides. Curcuma radice rotundâ. C. B. Turmerick with
item. This fort may be propagated from ſeeds in a round root.
the ſame manner as the common Cypreſs, and the 2. CURCUMA (Longa) foliis lanceolatis nervis lateralibus
plants ſhould be treated in the ſame manner as hath numeroſiſſimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 2. Curcuma with ſpear-
been directed for them, with this difference only, that Shaped leaves, having many lateral veins. Curcuma ra-
it will be proper to cover theſe plants during the two dice longâ. H. L. 288. Turmerick with a long root.
firſt winters after they are come up, eſpecially if the The firſt ſort hath a fleſhy jointed root fomewhat like
froſt ſhould be ſevere, which might deſtroy them, if that of Ginger, but rounder, which fends up
feveral
they are expoſed to it while they are young. This ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves, that riſe upwards of a
fort may alſo be propagated by cuttings, which, if foot high; theſe have one longitudinal midrib, and a
planted in autumn, and ſcreened in winter, they will few tranſverſe nerves running from the midrib to the
take root; but it is generally two years before they ſides; they are of a ſea-green colour; from between
will be rooted enough to tranſplant, nor will the plants theſe ariſe the flower-ſtalk, fupporting a looſe ſpike of
ſo raiſed thrive ſo faſt as the ſeedlings; therefore, flowers of a pale yellowiſh colour, incloſed in ſeveral
when the feeds can be obtained, that is the beſt me- different ſpathæ or ſheaths, which drop off. Theſe
thod to propagate this tree. The American decidu- flowers are never ſucceeded by ſeeds in the gardens
ous Cypreſs may alſo be propagated by cuttings, as
here.
The
3

C Y C
CYC
The ſecond fort hath long fleſhy roots, of a deep yel- We know but one Species of it at preſent, viz.
low colour, which ſpread under the ſurface of the Cycas (Circinalis) frondibus pinnatis circinalibus, folio-
ground like thoſe of Ginger ; they are about the thick- lis linearibus planis. Lin. Sp. 1658. Sago-tree with
neſs of a man's finger, having many round knotty full branches, whoſe wings are placed circularly, and the
circles, from which ariſe four or five large ſpear- Small leaves are plain. Arbor Zagoe Amboinenſis.
Ihaped leaves, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; they
Seb. Thef. 1. p. 39.
have a thick longitudinal midrib, from which a nu- This tree has been ranged in the tribe of Palms, to
merous quantity of veins are extended to the ſides ; which it has great affinity, eſpecially by its outer
theſe leaves are of a glaucous or ſea-green colour. appearance the branches and trunk having the ſame
The flowers grow in looſe ſcaly ſpikes on the top of ſtructure.
the foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the larger knobs of This tree requires to be plunged into tanners bark in
the roots, and grow about a foot high ; they are of a ftove, which ſhould be kept up full to temperate
a yellowiſh red colour, and ſhaped ſomewhat like heat in winter ; but in ſummer ſhould be much
thoſe of the Indian Reed.
warmer, when it ſhould be frequently refreſhed with
Theſe plants grow naturally in India, from whence water during hot weather, but in autumn and winter
the roots are brought to Europe for uſe. They are it ſhould be given ſparingly.
very tender, ſo will not live in this country, unleſs Moſt of the plants of this kind now in the Engliſh
they are placed in a warm ftove. As they do not pro- gardens, have been communicated to the poſſeſſors
duce ſeeds in England, they are only propagated by by Richard Warner, Eſq; of Woodford, in Effex,
parting their roots: the beſt time for removing and who received a tree of this fort, which was brought
parting theſe roots is in the ſpring, before they put from India by the late Captain Hutchenſon; but his
out new leaves; for the leaves of theſe plants decay ſhip being attacked by the French near home, the
in autumn, and the roots remain inactive till the head of the tree was ſhot off, but the item being pre-
ſpring, when they put out freſh leaves. The roots ſerved, put out ſeveral heads, which being taken off,
ſhould be planted in rich kitchen-garden earth, and produced ſo many plants.
the pots ſhould be conſtantly kept plunged in a bark-CYCLAMEN. Lin. Gen. Plant. 184. Tourn. Inſt.
bed in the ſtove. In the ſummer ſeaſon, when the R. H. 154. tab. 68. Cyclamen ; in French, Pain de
plants are in a growing ſtate, they will require to be Pourceau. [Kuradun, of Kúxac, Gr. a circle, be-
frequently refreſhed with water, but it ſhould not be cauſe the root of this plant is orbicular ; it is called
given to them in large quantities; they ſhould alſo Sowbread, becauſe the root is round like a loaf, and
have a large ſhare of air admitted to them in warm the fows eat it]. Sowbread.
weather. When the leaves are decayed, they ſhould The CHARACTERS are,
have very little wet, and muſt be kept in a warm The flower hath a roundiſh permanent empalement of one
temperature of air, otherwiſe they will periſh. leaf, divided into five parts at the top. It hath one pe-
Theſe plants uſually fower in Auguſt, but it is tal with a globular tube, which is much larger than the
only the ſtrong roots which flower, ſo they muſt empalement; the upper part is divided into five large ſeg-
not be parted into ſmall roots, where the flowers are ments, which are reflexed; it hath five ſmall ſtamina fitu-
deſired.
ated within the tube of the petal, terminated by acute
CURRAN-TREE. See RIBES.
ſummits, which are connected in the neck of the tube. It
CURURU. See PAULLINIA.
hath a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, which
CUSPIDATED PLANTS [ſo called, of cuſpis, is longer than the ſtamina, and crowned by an acute ſtigma.
Lat. the point of a ſpear] are ſuch plants, the leaves The germen afterward becomes a globular fruit with one
of which are pointed like a ſpear.
cell, opening in five parts at the top, incloſing many oval
CUSTARD-APPLE. See ANNONA.
angular ſeeds.
CYANELL A. Royen.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The CHARACTERS are,
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
The flower has no empalement; it hath fix oblong, con- the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
cave, Spreading petals, which join at their baſe, the three The SPECIES are,
lower banging downward, with ſix short ſpreading ſta- 1. CYCLAMEN (Europæum) foliis haſtato-cordatis angu-
mina, terminated by oblong erect ſummits, and a three- latis. Cyclamen with Spear-pointed beart-ſhaped leaves,
cornered obtuſe germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length which are angular. Cyclamen hederæ folio. C. B. P.
of the ſtamina, having an acute ſtigma. The germen 306. Sowbread with an Ivy leaf.
afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule, having three fur- 2. CYCLAMEN (Purpuraſcens) foliis orbiculato-cordatis,
rows, with three cells, incloſing many oblong ſeeds.
infernè purpurafcentibus. Cyclamen with round heart-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Maped leaves, purple on their under ſide. Cyclamen or-
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, biculato folio infernè purpurafcente. C. B. P. 308.
the flower having fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Round-leaved Sowbread with a purple under ſide.
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. 3. CYCLAMEN (Perſicum) foliis cordatis ferratis. Cycla-
CYANELLA (Capenſis). Lin. Sp. 443. Cape Cyanella. men with ſawed heart-ſhaped leaves; or Perſian Cyclamen.
This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope. 4. CYCLAMEN (Vernale) foliis cordatis angulofis inte-
The root is ſhaped like thoſe of the Spring Crocus ; gris. Cyclamen with heart-ſhaped angular leaves which
the leaves are long, narrow, and have a ſulcus on their are entire. Cyclamen hyeme & vere florens folio an-
upper fide; the foot-ſtalk of the flower ariſes imme- guloſo amplo, flore albo, baſi purpurea, Perſicum
diately from the root, ſupporting one flower with fix dictum. H.R. Par.
petals, of a fine blue colour, which appears in May, 5. CYCLAMEN (Orbiculatum) radice inæquali, foliis or-
but the flowers have not been ſucceeded by feeds as biculatis. Cyclamen with an unequal root and round
yet in England.
leaves. Cyclamen radice caftaneæ magnitudinis.
It is too tender to thrive in the full ground in this C. B. P. 308.
country, therefore the roots ſhould be planted in pots 6. CYCLAMEN (Coum) foliis orbiculatis planis, pediculis
filled with light earth; and in winter muſt be placed brevibus floribus minoribus. Sowbread with orbicular
in a frame, and treated in the ſame manner as is di- plain leaves, ſhorter foot-ſtalks and ſmaller flowers. Cy-
rected for Ixia, with which the plant will thrive and clamen Hyemale, orbiculatis foliis infernè rubenti-
produce flowers annually.
bus, purpuraſcente flore Coum Herbariorum. H. R.
CYANUS. See CENTAURIA.
Par.
CYCAS, the Sago-tree.
The firſt fort is the moſt common in the Engliſh gar-
There are ſeveral ſmall plants of this fort in the Eng- dens. This grows naturally in Auſtria, Italy, and
liſh gardens, but from theſe no characters of the tree other parts of Europe, fo will thrive in the open air
can be drawn; nor are there any juſt accounts of theſe in England, and is never killed by the froſt. It hath
to be met with in the ſeveral authors who have fi- a large, orbicular, compreſſed root, from which ariſe a
gured and deſcribed the tree.
great number of angular heart-ſhaped leaves, upon
4 R
ſingle
a
ز
a

CYC
C Y C
a
3
و
ſingle foot-ſtalks, which are fix or ſeven inches long;
theſe leaves are marked with black in their middle;
the flowers appear before the leaves, riſing immedi-
ately from the root, with long fleſhy foot-ſtalks ;
they appear in Auguſt and September, and ſoon after
the leaves come out, continue growing all the winter
and ſpring till May, when they begin to decay, and
in June they are entirely dried up. After the flow-
ers are fallen, the foot-ſtalks twift up like a ſcrew,
,
,
incloſing the germen in the center, and lay down
cloſe to the ſurface of the ground between the leaves,
which ſerve as a protection to the feed. This ger-
men becomes a round fleſhy feed-veſſel with one cell,
incloſing ſeveral angular ſeeds. The feeds ripen in
June, and ſhould be ſown in Auguft. There are two
varieties of this, one with a white and the other with
a purpliſh flower, which appear at the ſame time.
The ſecond ſort flowers in autumn: this is at preſent
very rare in England; the leaves of this fort are large,
orbicular, and heart-ſhaped at their baſe, and of a
purple colour on their under fide; the leaves and
flowers of this come up from the root at the ſame
time; the flowers are of a purpliſh colour, and their
bottoms are of a deep red. It flowers late in the au-
tumn, and requires protection from the froſt in
winter
The third fort hath ftiff heart-ſhaped leaves which
are ſawed on their edges; theſe have ſtrong fleſhy
foot-ftalks near fix inches long, of a purple colour,
as are alſo the veins of the leaves on their under fide,
but the upper ſide is veined and marbled with white.
The flowers riſe with ſingle foot-ftalks from the root;
theſe are pure white with a bright purple bottom; the
petal is divided into nine ſegments to the bottom,
which are twiſted and reflexed backward like the other
forts. This flowers in March and April, and the feeds
ripen in Auguft.
The fourth fort is commonly called the Perſian Cy-
clamen This hath large, angular, heart-ſhaped
,
leaves, whoſe edges are entire; they are veined and
marbled with white on the upper fide, and ſtand up-
on pretty long foot-ſtalks ; the flowers are large, of
a pale purple colour, with a bright red or purple bot-
tom. Theſe appear in March and April, and the
ſeeds ripen in Auguſt
.
The fifth fort hath a ſmall irregular root not larger
than a Nutmeg; the leaves are orbicular and ſmall;
the flowers are of a fleſh colour, ſmall, and have pur-
ple bortoms. They appear in the autumn, but rarely
produce ſeeds in England.
The ſixth fort is not fo tender as the four laſt men-
tioned, ſo may be planted in warm borders, where,
if they are covered in hard froſt, they will thrive and
flower very well. This hath plain orbicular leaves,
which have ſhorter and weaker foot-ſtalks than either
of the other; their under fides are very red in the be-
ginning of winter, but that colour goes off in the
ſpring; their upper fides are ſmooth, of a lucid green,
;
and ſpread open flat; whereas the other forts are
hollowed, and reflexed at their baſe. The flowers
are of a very bright purple colour, and appear in the
middle of winter, at a time when there are few other
flowers, which renders the plants more valuable. The
feeds of this fort ripen in the end of June.
There are ſeveral other varieties of this plant, which
chiefly differ in the colour of their flowers, particu-
larly among the Perſian kind, of which there is one
with an entire white flower, which ſmells very ſweet;
but as theſe are accidental variations, I have not enu-
merated them here, thoſe which are here mentioned
being undoubtedly diſtinct ſpecies; for I have many
years propagated them from feeds, and have not
found them vary, nor have I heard that any other
perſon has obſerved either of them alter farther than
varying of their colours. Though Dr. Linnæus fup-
poſes them but one fpecies, it is well known that the
firſt fort will endure the greateſt froſt in the open air,
whereas all the Perſian forts are tender, and require
ſhelter in winter.
All the forts are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould
be fown foon after they are ripe, in boxes or pots filled
with light kitchen-garden earth, mixed with a little
ſand, and covered about half an inch deep, placing
them where they may have only the morning ſun till
the beginning of September, when they may be re-
moved to a warmer expoſure. Thoſe of the firſt fort
may be plunged into the ground cloſe to a ſouth wall,
a pale, or Reed hedge, in October, where, if it
ſhould be very ſevere froſt, it will be proper to cover
them either with mats or Peaſe-haulm, but in com-
mon winters they will not require any covering. The
pots or tubs in which the Perſian kinds are fown,
ſhould then be placed under a common hot-bed frame,
where they may be protected from froſt and hard
rains, but in mild weather the glaſſes may be taken
off every day to admit freſh air to them. The firſt
fort will come up about Chriſtmas, if the ſeeds were
ſown in Auguſt, and their leaves will continue green
till May ; and thoſe of the Perſian kinds will come up
early in the ſpring, and continue green till June,
when they will begin to decay; then they ſhould be
removed to an eaſt aſpect, where they will have only
the morning ſun, in which ſituation they may remain
till the middle of Auguſt; during which time they
ſhould have very little water, for then the roots are in
an inactive ſtate, when much wet will rot them. The
pots and tubs in which they are fown, muſt be con-
ftantly kept clean from weeds ; for if the weeds are
permitted to grow, their roots will cloſely entangle
with thoſe of the Cyclamen; ſo that in pulling out
the weeds, the other roots will be drawn out with
them. In the beginning of October, there ſhould be
ſome freſh earth ſpread over the tubs or pots, which
ſhould be removed again into ſhelter, in the ſame man-
ner as before ; and the following ſummer they muſt
be managed alſo in the ſame way till their leaves de-
cay, when they ſhould be carefully taken up, and
thoſe of the firſt fort placed in a warm border at three
or four inches diſtance, but the other forts muſt be
planted in pots to be ſheltered in winter.
The third, fourth, and fifth forts, are more impatient
of cold and wet than the other three; theſe muſt con-
ftantly be preſerved in pots filled with fandy light
earth, and houſed in winter, but ſhould be placed
near the glaſſes, where they may enjoy as much free
open air as poſſible, when the weather will permit;
for if they are crowded under other plants, and are
kept too cloſe, they are very ſubject to mould and rot;
nor ſhould they have much water in winter, which is
alſo very injurious to them, but whenever they want
water, it ſhould be given them fparingly. In ſum-
mer theſe plants may be expoſed to the open air, when
their green leaves will decay; at which time you
ſhould remove them to a place, where they may have
the morning ſun until eleven o'clock; but during the
time that the roots are deftitute of leaves, they
ſhould have very little water given them, becauſe at
that ſeaſon they are not capable of diſcharging the
moiſture. This is alſo the proper ſeaſon to tranſplant
the roots, or to freſh earth them; and as the autumn
comes on, that the heat decreaſes, they may be re-
moved into places more expoſed to the fun, where
they may remain until October before they need be
houſed.
Toward Chriſtmas, if the roots are in good health,
the ſixth fort will begin to flower, and continue pro-
ducing freſh flowers till the middle of February, and
theſe will be ſucceeded by the Perſian forts, which
continue till May; but if you intend to have any
feeds, you muſt let the pots be placed ſo as to receive
a great ſhare of freſh air, for if their flowers are
drawn
up in the houſe, they ſeldom produce any feeds.
Theſe ſeeds are ripe about July, when they ſhould be
immediately fown in pots or caſes of good light un-
dunged earth, which ſhould be ſheltered in winter
under a frame, and expoſed in ſummer in the ſame
manner as is directed for the older roots, obſerving
to remove them into pots at a wider diſtance when
they are two years old; and fo from time to time, as
their roots increaſe in bulk, you muſt give them more
ز
a
و
a
room ;
2

C Y D
CYN
وز
a
room; and in about four or five years time they will
begin to flower, when you ſhould let each root have
a ſeparate pot, which at firſt may be ſmall
, but when
the roots are grown large, they muſt be put into
larger pots.
Theſe forts have been planted under warm walls in
the full ground, where, in mild winters they have
done very well, but in ſevere froſt all thoſe roots have
been deſtroyed; therefore, whenever theſe roots are
planted in an open border, there ſhould be common
hot-bed frames placed over them in winter, that in
bad weather they may be covered to protect them
from froſt: and where they are thus managed, the
plants will produce more flowers, which will be much
fairer than what are produced from the roots in the
pots, and from theſe there may always be good ſeeds
expected: therefore ſuch perſons who are curious in
flowers, ſhould have a border framed over on pur-
poſe for theſe, the Guernſey and Belladonna Li-
lies, with ſome other of the curious bulbous-rooted
flowers ; in which border there may be many of theſe
curious flowers cultivated, to more advantage than
in any other method now practiſed.
CYDONIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 632. tab. 405.
Pyrus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 550. [fo called front Cydon, a
town of Crete, famous for this fruit.] The Quince-tree.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower is compoſed of five large, roundiſh, concave
petols
, which are inſerted in the permanent empalement of
one leaf. The germen is ſituated under the flower, and
Supports five ſender ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas; theſe
are attended by near twenty ſtamina, which are in-
ſerted in the empalement, but are not ſo long as the
petals ; the germen afterward becomes a pyramidal
or roundiſ fruit, which is fleſhy, and divided into five
cells, in which are lodged ſeveral hard kernels or ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
of Tournefort's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the
trees and ſhrubs with a Roſe flower, whoſe empale-
ment becomes a fruit pregnant with hard ſeeds. Dr.
Linnæus has joined this genus, and alſo the Apple
to the Pear, making them only ſpecies of the ſame
genus, to which the Quince is nearly allied by its
characters, which the Apple is not. However,
though the joining of the Quince to the Pear may
be
allowed in a ſyſtem of botany, yet in a book of gar-
dening, it may not be quite ſo proper, therefore I
have choſen to continue them under their former well
known titles.
The SPECIES are,
1. CYDONIA (Oblonga) foliis oblongo-ovatis fubtus to-
mentoſis, pomis oblongis baſi productis. Quince-tree
with oblong oval leaves, woolly on their under ſide, and
an oblong fruit lengthened at the baſe. Cydonia fructu
oblongo læviori. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 632.
2. CYDONIA (Maliforma) foliis ovatis, fubtus tomento-
fis, pomis rotundioribus. Quince-tree with oval leaves,
woolly on their under ſide, and a rounder fruit. Cydo-
nia fructu breviore & rotundiore. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
633. Commonly called the Apple Quince.
3. CYDONIA (Lufitanica) foliis obverse-ovatis fubtus to-
mentoſis. Quince-tree with obverſe oval leaves, woolly
on their under ſide. Cydonia latifolia Luſitanica. Tourn.
Inft. 633. Broad-leaved Portugal Quince.
There are ſome other varieties of this fruit which are
propagated in fruit-gardens, and in the nurſeries for
fale, one of which is a ſoft eatable fruit; there is
another with a very aftringent fruit, and a third with
a very ſmall fruit, cottony all over, and is ſcarce worth
,
keeping: theſe I ſuppoſe to be feminal variations, but
the three forts before enumerated, I take to be diſtinct
fpecies, having propagated them by feeds, and have
not found them to vary.
The Portugal Quince is the moſt valuable, the pulp
of it turning to a fine purple when ſtewed or baked,
and becomes much fofter and leſs auftere than the
others, ſo is much better for making of marmalade.
They are all eaſily propagated either by layers, fuck-
ers, or cuttings, which muſt be planted in a moiſt
foil. Thoſe raiſed from fuckers are ſeldom ſo well
rooted as thoſe which are obtained from cuttings or
layers, and are ſubject to produce fuckers again in
greater plenty, which is not ſo proper for fruit-bear-
ing trees. The cuttings ſhould be planted early in
the autumn, and in very dry weather muſt be often
watered to encourage their rooting. The ſecond year
after they ſhould be removed into a nurſery at three
feet diſtance row from row, and one foot aſunder in
the rows, where they muſt be managed as was di-
rected for Apples. In two or three years time theſe
trees will be fit to tranſplant, where they are to re-
main for good, which ſhould be either by the fide
of a ditch, river, or in ſome other moiſt place, where
they will produce a greater plenty, and much larger
fruit than in a dry foil; though thoſe in a dry foil
will be better taſted, and earlier ripe. Theſe trees
require very little pruning; the chief thing to be ob-
ſerved is, to keep their ſtems clear from ſuckers, and
cut off ſuch branches as croſs each other ; likewiſe
all upright luxuriant ſhoots from the middle of the
tree ſhould be taken entirely out, that the head may
not be too much crowded with wood, which is of ill
conſequence to all ſorts of fruit-trees. Theſe forts
may alſo be propagated by budding or grafting upon
ſtocks raiſed by cuttings, ſo that the beſt forts may
be cultivated in greater plenty this way, than by any
other method; and theſe trees will bear fruit much
ſooner, and be more fruitful than thoſe which come
from fuckers or layers.
Theſe are alſo in great eſteem for ſtocks to graft and
bud Pears on, which for ſummer and autumn fruits
are a great improvement to them, eſpecially thoſe de-
figned for walls and eſpaliers; for the trees upon
theſe ſtocks do not ſhoot fo vigorouſly as thoſe upon
free ſtocks, and therefore may be kept in leſs com-
paſs, and are ſooner diſpoſed to bear fruit: but hard
winter fruits do not ſucceed fo well upon theſe ſtocks,
their fruit being very ſubject to crack, and are com-
monly ſtony, eſpecially all the breaking Pears; there-
fore theſe ſtocks are only proper for the melting Pears,
and for a moift foil. The beſt ſtocks are thoſe which
are raiſed from cuttings or layers.
As the Pear will take upon the Quince by grafting
or budding, and ſo vice verſâ, we may conclude there
is a near alliance between them; but as neither of
theſe will take upon the Apple, nor that upon either
of theſe, ſo we ſhould ſeparate them under different
genera, as will be further mentioned under the article
MALUS.
CYNANCHUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 268. Apocynum.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 91. Periploca. Tourn. Inſt. 93.
tab. 22.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath one petal; it hath ſcarce any tube, but is
Spread open, plain, and divided into five parts; this hath
a ſmall, erect, permanent empalement of one leaf, divided
into five parts; the nectarium, which is ſituated in the
center of the flower, is erect, cylindrical, and the length
of the petal. It hath five ſtamina which are parallel to
the nečiarium, and of the ſame length, terminated by ſum
mits which reach to the mouth of the petal. It bath an
oblong bifid germen, with ſcarce any stýle, crowned by two
obtuſe ſtigmas; the empalement becomes a capſule witha
two oblong pointed leaves, having a cell which opens lon-
gitudinally, and is filled with ſeeds lying over each other
imbricatim, and are crowned with long down.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
the flower having five ftamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. CYNANCHUM (Acutum) caule volubili herbaceo, foliis
cordato-oblongis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 79. Cynanchum
with a twining berbaceous ſtalk, and oblong, ſmooth,
heart-ſhaped leaves. Periploca Monſpeliaca foliis acu-
tioribus. Tourn. Inſt. 93. Commonly called Montpelier
Scammony.
2. CYNANCHUM (Monſpeliacum) caule volubili herbaceo,
foliis reniformi-cordatis acutis. Hort. Cliff. 79. Cy-
nanchum with a twining herbaceous ſtalk, and kidney,
beart-ſhaped, pointed leaves. Periploca Monſpeliaca
a
foliis

CYN
C Y N
Elth. 300.
all the year.
a
a
foliis rotundioribus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 93. Round- be covered in winter with ſome rotten tan to keep out
leaved Montpelier Scammony.
the froſt, otherwiſe in ſevere winters they are liable
3. CYNANCHUM (Suberoſum) caule volubili infernè fu- to be deſtroyed.
beroſo filio, foliis cordatis acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
79. Cynanchum with a twining fungous ſtalk, having whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
fiſſures on the under ſide, and heart-ſhaped pointed leaves. toun; this riſes with a twining ſtalk to the height of
Periploca Carolinienfis, flore minore ftellato. Hort.
twenty feet or upward, provided it hath ſupport;
the lower part of the ſtalks are covered with a thick
4. CYNANCHUM (Hirtüm) caule volubili fruticoſo, in- fungous bark, full of fiſſures, which gape open; the
;
fernè fuberoſo filio, foliis ovato-cordatis. Hort. Cliff. leaves are oblong and ſmooth, and placed by pairs
79. Cynanchum with c ſhrubby twining ſtalk, whoſe oppoſite, ftanding on long foot-ſtalks: the Howers
lower part is fungous, having fiſſures, and oval heart- are produced from the wings of the leaves in ſmall
Shaped leaves. Periploca ſcandens, folio citri, fructu bunches, they are ſtar-ſhaped, and are of a yel-
maximo. Pluin. Cat. 2.
lowiſh green colour, but are not ſucceeded by pods
5. CYNANCHUM (Erectum) caule erecto divaricato, foliis in England.
cordatis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 79. Cynanchum with an This fort is tender, ſo will not thrive in this country
upright divaricated ſtalk, and heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves. unleſs it is placed in a warm ſtove, and requires the
Apocynum folio fubrotundo. C. B. P. 302. .
ſame treatment as other tender plants from the ſame
6. CYNANCHUM (Afperum) caule volubili fruticoſo, fo- country; and as it abounds with a milky juice, ſo
liis cordatis acutis afperis, floribus lateralibus. Cy- the plants muſt have little water in winter. This
nanchum with a twining Shrubby ſtalk, heart-ſhaped, may be propagated by laying down of the young
pointed, rough leaves, and flowers growing from the ſides ſhoots, which in three or four months will put out
of the ſtalks. Apocynum fcandens foliis cordatis af-
roots, and may then be tranſplanted into pots filled
peris, floribus amplis patulis luteis. Houſt. MSS. with light ſandy earth, and plunged into the tan-bed
The firſt and ſecond forts grow naturally about Mont- in the bark-ſtove, where the plants ſhould continue
pelier; theſe have perennial creeping roots, but an-
nual ſtalks, which decay to the root every autumn, and The fifth fort grows naturally in Syria; this is a pe-
riſe afreſh in the ſpring; theſe ſtalks twiſt themſelves rennial plant, which riſes with ſlender upright ſtalks
like Hops, round whatever plants are near them, and about three feet high, garniſhed with broad, ſmooth,
riſe to the height of fix or eight feet; the firſt of heart-ſhaped leaves ending in points, placed op-
theſe is garniſhed with oblong, heart-ſhaped, ſmooth poſite; the flowers come out from the wings of
leaves, ending in acute points, and are placed by pairs the leaves in ſmall bunches, ſtanding on branching
oppoſite on long foot-ſtalks; the flowers come out in foot-ſtalks; theſe are ſmall and white, greatly re-
ſmall bunches from the wings of the leaves; they are of ſembling thoſe of the common white Aſclepias, or
a dirty white colour, and divided into five acute ſeg- Swallow-wort, and are ſucceeded by oblong taper
ments, which ſpread open in form of a ſtar. Theſe ap- pods, filled with flat feeds crowned with down, but
pear in June and July, but are not ſucceeded by any theſe rarely ripen in this country.
ſeed-veſſels in England, which may be occaſioned by It is propagated by parting of the root; the beſt
their roots creeping ſo far under ground; for moſt of time for doing of this or tranſplanting of the roots,
thoſe plants which propagate themſelves ſo much by is in the ſpring, before they ſhoot: this requires a
their roots, become barren of ſeeds, eſpecially if their warm ſituation, otherwiſe it will not live abroad in
roots have full liberty to extend.
England.
The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of The ſixth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
its leaves, which are broader and rounder at their New Spain, from whence the ſeeds were ſent me by
baſe. The roots of this fort are very thick, running
.
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this hath a ſhrubby, twining
deep into the ground, and extend themſelves far on ſtalk, which twiſts about whatever prop is near it,
every fide; ſo that where this plant hath got pof- and riſes to the height of twenty feet or upward; the
feffion of the ground it is not eaſily extirpated, for ſtalks are very flender, and are armed with ſmall
every piece of the root will ſhoot, which may happen ſtinging hairs, and garniſhed with broad heart-ſhaped
to be left in the ground. Both theſe plants abound leaves, which end in acute points; theſe are placed
with a milky juice like the Spurge, which iſſues out by pairs at each joint, which are far diftant, and have
wherever they are broken; and this milky juice flender foot-ſtalks; they are covered with rough hairs
when concreted, has been frequently ſold for fcam- on their under fide; the flowers are produced in finall
mony.
cluſters, fitting cloſe to the ſide of the ſtalks; they
Theſe plants propagate too faſt by their creeping are pretty large, yellow, and ſtar-ſhaped, ſpreading
roots when they are admitted into gardens, ſo few open to the bottom; they are ſucceeded by long
people care to have them: the roots may be tranſ- ſwelling pods, filled with flat ſeeds lying imbricatim,
planted any time after their ſtalks decay, till they which are crowned with long down.
begin to ſhoot in the ſpring.
This fort is tender, ſo requires the ſame treatment as
The third ſort grows naturally in Carolina, from the fourth, and is propagated the ſame way.
whence the feeds were brought to England; this is CYNARA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 835. Cinara. Tourn.
a perennial plant with twining hairy ſtalks, which, Inft. R. H. 442. tab. 254. Artichoke, in French Ar-
if ſupported, will riſe fix or ſeven feet high; the tichaut.
lower part of the ſtalks are covered with a thick fun-
The CHARACTERS are,
gous bark, ſomewhat like cork, which is full of
It hath a compound flower, made up of many herma-
fiffures; thefe ftalks are ſlender, and garniſhed at phrodite florets, which are included in one common ſcaly
each joint with two oblong, heart-ſhaped, pointed empolément, which is ſwollen in the bottom. The florets
leaves, ſtanding on long hairy foot-ſtalks. The flow- cre tubulous, equal, and uniform, divided at the top inte
ers are produced in ſmall bunches at the wings of five narrow ſegments. Theſe have five fort hairy ſta-
the leaves, theſe are ſtar-ſhaped and green when they mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, which have five
firſt appear, but afterward fade to a worn-out purple indentures; at the bottom of each is ſituated an oval ger-
colour. They appear in July and Auguſt, but are men, ſupporting an oblong ſtyle, crowned by an oblong in-
not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
dented ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſingle, ob-
This plant will live in the open air in England, if it long, compreſſed, four-cornered ſeed, crowned with long
is planted in a dry foil and warm ſituation. It may
bairy down.
be propagated by laying down ſome of the young This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fhoots about Midſummer, which, if they are now Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po-
and then refreſhed with water, will put out roots, ſo lygamia æqualis; the plants of this claſs and ſection
may be tranſplanted in the autumn, where they are have only hermaphrodite florets which are fruitful.
deſigned to remain. The roots of this plant ſhould
3
;
3
The

CYN
CYN
The SPECIES are,
to the tender leaves, which frequently pinches them
1. CYNARA (Scolymus) foliis ſubſpinofis, pinnatis-in- where there is not this covering, but this ſhould be
divifiſque, calycinis ſquamis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. taken off again in mild weather, if this care is
827. Artichoke with ſpiny leaves which are winged and taken, the plants may be preſerved for uſe moſt part
undivided, and an oval ſcaly empalement. Cynara hor-
of the winter.
tenfis aculeata. C. B. P. 383. The green or French Ar-
.
If a few of the plants are planted out in a warm fi-
tichoke.
tuation to ſtand for ſeed, they ſhould not be blanched,
2. CYNARA (Hortenſis) foliis pinnatis inermibus, caly- but only in very hard froſt ſome light litter, or Peaſe-
cinis ſquamis obtuſis emarginatis. Artichoke with winged haulm, may be laid round them to keep out froſt,
leaves having no Spines, and obtuſe indented ſcales to the which ſhould be removed in the ſpring, and the
empalement. Cynara hortenfis foliis non aculeatis. C. ground gently dug between the plants, which will
B. P. 383. The Globe Artichoke.
not only deſtroy the weeds, but alſo encourage the
3. CYNARA (Cardunculus) foliis fpinofis, omnibus pin- roots of the plants to ſhoot out on every fide, where-
natifidis, calycinis ſquamis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. by their ftems will be ſtronger; theſe will flower
827. Cynara with prickly leaves which all end in winged about the beginning of July, and if the ſeaſon proves
points, and oval ſcales to the empalement. Cynara fpi- dry, their feeds will ripen in September; but in cold
noſa, cujus pediculi eſitantur. C. B. P. 383. The Car- wet ſeaſons, theſe feeds will not come to maturity in
doon, in French Chardon.
England
4. CYNARA (Humilis) foliis fpinofis, pinnatifidis, fubtus The fourth ſort grows naturally in Spain, and alſo on
tomentofis, calycibus ſquamis fubulatis. Lin. Sp. the African ſhore, and is preſerved in gardens for the
Plant. 828. Cynara with winged prickly leaves, woolly
fake of variety; this is very like the third fort, but
on their under fide, and owl-ſhaped ſcales to the empale- the ſtems of the leaves are much ſmaller, and do
ment. Cynara fylveftris Bætica. Cluſ. Cur. Poft. 15. not grow more than half fo high. The heads of this
Wild Artichoke of Spain.
have ſome reſemblance to thoſe of the French Arti-
The firſt fort is commonly known here by the title choke, but have no meat, or fleſhy ſubſtance in their
of French Artichoke, being the fort which is moſt bottoms: this may be planted in the fame manner as
commonly cultivated in France, and is the only kind the third fort, at about three or four feet apart, and
in Guernſey and Jerſey; the leaves of this fort are will require no other treatment, than the keeping
terminated by ſhort fpines, the head is oval, and the
them clean from weeds; the ſecond year they will
ſcales do not turn inward at the top like thoſe of the flower, and, if the ſeaſon proves dry, they will ripen
Globe Artichoke, the heads are alſo of a
green colour; their feeds in September, and the plants generally
the bottoms of theſe are not near ſo thick of fleſh as decay the following winter, eſpecially if the winter
thoſe of the Globe, and they have a perfumed taſte, proves ſevere, unleſs they are covered.
which to many perſons is very diſagreeable; ſo that it CYNOGLOSSUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 168. Tourn.
is ſeldom cultivated in the gardens near London,
Inft. R. H. 139. tab. 57. Omphalodes. Tourn. 140.
where the Globe or red Artichoke is the only fort in tab. 59. [Kuvózaworove of Kuvós, a dog, and roro
eſteem. The leaves of this are not prickly, the head Gr. the tongue, ſo called becauſe the leaves of this
is globular, a little compreſſed at the top, the ſcales plant reſemble a dog's tongue.] Hounds Tongue, in
lie cloſe over each other, and their ends turn inward, French, Langue de Chien.
ſo as to cloſely cover the middle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The culture of theſe having been fully treated under It hath a funnel-ſhaped flower of one leaf, with a long
the article ARTICHOKE, the reader is deſired to turn tube, and a ſhort brim, which is ſightly cut into five
to that, to avoid repetition.
parts, and is shut up at the chaps; this bath an oblong
The Chardon, or Cardoon, is propagated in the permanent empalement, cut into five acute ſegments. The
kitchen gardens to ſupply the markets; this is an- flower hath five ſort ſtamina in the chaps of the petal,
nually raiſed from ſeeds, which ſhould be fown upon terminated by roundiſho ſummits, and at the bottom of the
a bed of light earth in March ; and when the plants tube are ſituated four germen, between which ariſes a per-
come up, they ſhould be thinned where they are too manent ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an
clofe; and if the plants are wanted, thoſe which are indented ſtigma; the empalement afterward becomes four
drawn out may be tranſplanted into a bed at about capſules, incloſing four oval feeds.
three or four inches diſtance, where they ſhould remain This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
till they are tranſplanted out for good. Theſe young
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
plants muſt be kept clean from weeds, and in the be- the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ginning of June they muſt be tranſplanted out, on a
The SPECIES are,
moiſt rich ſpot of ground at about four feet aſunder 1. CYNOGLOSSUM (Officinale) ſtaminibus corollâ brevi-
every way; the ground ſhould be well dug before they oribus, foliis lato-lanceolatis tomentofis feffilibus. Lin.
are planted, and the plants ſhould be well watered until Sp. Plant. 134. Hounds Tongue with ſtamina ſhorter
they have taken new root, after which the ground than the petal, and broad Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are
muſt be kept very clean from weeds, to encourage the woolly, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Cynogloſſum majus
growth of the plants; and as they advance in height, vulgare. C. B. P. 257. Common greater Hounds
there ſhould be fome earth drawn up about each plant ; Tongue.
and when they are fully grown, their leaves ſhould 2. CYNOGLOSSUM (Appeninum) ftaminibus corollam æ-
be cloſely tied up with a hay-band, and the earth quantibus. Hort. Upſal. 33. Hounds Tongue with ſta-
drawn up in hills about each plant, almoſt to their mina equalling the petal
. Cynogloſſum montanum max-
tops, being careful to keep the earth from falling be- imum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 139.
tween the leaves, which may occafion the rotting of 3. CYNOGLOSSUM (Creticum) foliis oblongis tomentofis,
the plants. The earth ſhould be ſmoothed over the amplexicaulibus, caule ramofo, fpicis florum longif-
ſurface that the wet may run off, and not fall into the fimis ſparſis. Hounds Tongue with oblong woolly leaves
center of the plants, which will alſo cauſe them to embracing the ſtalks, a branching ſtalk, and very long
rot; in about eight or ten weeks after the plants have looſe ſpikes to the flowers. Cynogloſſum Creticum la-
been thus earthed, they will be blanched enough for
tifolium fætidum. C. B. P. 257.
uſe; ſo that if a ſucceſſion of them are wanted for the 4. CYNOGLOSSUM (Cheirifolium) corollis calyce duplo
table, there ſhould be but few plants earthed up at longioribus, foliis lanceolatis. Prod. Leyd. 406. Hounds
the ſame time; but once in a fortnight there may Tongue having a petal twice the length of the empalement,
be a part of them earthed, in proportion to the and ſpear-ſhaped leaves
. Cynogloſſum Creticum, ar-
quantity deſired.
genteo angufto folio. C. B. P. 257.
Toward the middle, or latter end of November, if 5. CYNOGLOSSUM (Virginianum) foliis amplexicaulibus
the froſt ſhould be ſevere, it will be proper to cover ovatis. Lin. Sp. 193. Hounds Tongue with oval leaves
the tops of thoſe plants which remain with Peaſe- which embrace the ſtalk. Cynogloſſum Virginianum
haulm or ftraw, to prevent the froſt from penetrating flore minimo albo. Baniſter. Cat.
6. CY-
4 S

CYN
CYP
و
out care.
a
6. CYNOGLOSSUM (Lufitanicum) foliis lineari lanceolatis ceeded by four umbilicated ſeeds, from whence it had
fcabris. Lin. Sp. 193. Hounds Tongue with lineer, the title of Navelwort.
Specr-ſhaped, rough leaves. Omphalodes Lufitanica The ſeventh fort feldom riſes more than five or fix
elatior Cynogloſſi folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 140. inches high; the ſtalks do not branch near ſo much
7. CYNOGLOSSUM (Linifolium) foliis lineari-lanceolatis as thoſe of the fixth. The leaves are very narrow and
glabris. Hort. Chff
. 47. Hounds Tongue with ſmooth, long, of a grayish colour, and ſmooth. The flowers
narrow, Spear-ſhaped leaves. Omphalodes Lufitanica grow in ſhort looſe panicles at the end of the branches;
lini folio. Tourn. Inft. 140. Commonly called Venus theſe are white, but ſmaller than thoſe of the other
Navelwort.
ſort, and are fucceeded by feeds of the fame form.
8. CYNOGLOSSUM (Omphalodes) repens, foliis radicalibus This plant was formerly titled Linum Umbillicatim,
cordatis. Hort. Cliff. 47. Creeping Hounds Tongue, i. e. umbiliceted Flax, from the leaves having ſome ap-
whoſe lower leaves are heart-ſhaped. Omphalodes pu- pearance of Flax, and the feeds having a hollow like
mila verna ſymphyti folio. Tourn. Init. 140.
a navel.
The firſt fort grows naturally by the fide of hedges Theſe are both annual plants, and have been com-
and foot-ways in many parts of England, fo is feldom monly fown in gardens, with other low annual flow-
admitted into gardens; the roots of this fort are uſed ers, to adorn the borders of the flower-garden; but
in medicine, which are gathered by the herb-folks in theſe ſhould be fown in autumn, for thale which are
the fields. The leaves of this plant have a ſtrong ſown in the ſpring often fail, eſpecially in dry ſeaſons;
odour, like that of mice in a trap. It flowers in and the autumnal plants always grow much larger
June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
than thoſe which ariſe from the ſpring fowing, and
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Apennine come to flower earlier in the year. The ſeeds ſhould
mountains; the leaves of this fort are much larger, be fown where the plants are deſigned to remain, for
the petal of the flower is ſhorter, and the plants they do not bear tranſplanting, unleſs it is performed
grow taller than thoſe of the firſt, and come earlier while they are young. The plants require no other
to flower in the ſpring; this is equally hardy as the culture but to be thinned where they are too cloſe,
common fort, and where the ſeeds are permitted to and kept clean from weeds. They flower in June and
ſcatter, there will be plenty of the plants ariſe with- July, and the autumnal plants come a month earlier;
their feeds ripen in autumn.
The third fort grows naturally in Andaluſia, I re- The eighth fort is a low perennial plant, which grows
ceived the feeds of this from Gibraltar; this hath a
naturally in the woods of Spain and Portugal, where
tall branching ſtalk, garniſhed with oblong woolly it uſually flowers about Chriſtmas; this hath trailing
leaves, which embrace the ſtalk with their baſe. The
branches, which put out roots from their joints,
flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes, which come out whereby it propagates very faſt. The leaves are
from the ſide of the ſtalk, and are from fix to eight heart-ſhaped, of a bright green colour, and ſtand
inches long, the flowers are thinly placed on one fide; upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in
theſe are blue, ſtriped with red, and appear in June. looſe panicles, which ariſe from the diviſions of the
The ſeeds ripen in autumn, foon after which the root ſtalk; they are ſhaped like thoſe of Borage, but are
decays.
ſmaller, and of a lively blue colour; they appear in
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain, and alſo March and April, and in a cool ſhady ſituation con-
in the iſland of Crete; I received this from Gibraltar, tinue great part of May, but are rarely ſucceeded by
with thoſe of the former; this riſes with an upright ſeeds; but the plants propagate themſelves fo faſt by
ftalk little more than a foot high, garniſhed with their trailing branches, as to render the cultivation
long, narrow, filvery leaves, having no foot-ſtalks. of them by feeds unneceſſary. It delights in a moiſt
The flowers are produced from the fide, and at the cool fituation.
top of the ſtalks, which are but thinly diſperſed on CYPERUS, Cypreſs Graſs.
the fide, but at the top of the ſtalk are in ſmall There are about twenty ſpecies of this genus known,
cluſters; they are of a deep purple colour, and much ſome of which grow naturally in England, but the
longer than the empalement, theſe are ſucceeded by far greateſt number are natives of America, where
four broad buckler-ſhaped ſeeds, which are rough. they grow in moiſt fqualid places; and as there are
It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn, not above two or three ſpecies which are preſerved in
foon after which the roots generally periſh.
gardens, fo it will be to little purpoſe to enumerate
The fifth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in the others.
other northern parts of America; this riſes with an The SPECIES are,
upright branching ſtalk near four feet high. The I. CYPERUS (Longus) culmo triquetro folioſo, umbella
ſtalks and leaves are covered with rough hairs, the folioſo fupra decompofita, pedunculis nudis, fpicis
branches are ſpread out on every ſide, and are but alternis. Prod. Leyd. 50. Cypreſs with a three-cornered
thinly garniſhed with leaves, from three to near four ſtalk, an umbel with many leaves, alternate Spikes on
inches in length, and little more than one inch broad naked foot-ſtalks. Long-rooted Cypreſs of the shops.
in the middle, gradually leffening to both ends; they 2. CYPERUS (Rotundus) culmo triquetro fubnudo, um-
embrace the ſtalks with their baſe, and are placed bella decompofita, fpicis alternis linearibus. Flor.
alternate; the flowers grow ſcatteringly toward the Zeyl. 36. Cypreſs with a three-cornered naked ſtalk, a
end of the branches; theſe are ſmall and white; they decompounded umbel
, and linear Spikes placed alternate.
appear in June, and are ſucceeded by four ſmail Round-rooted Cypreſs of the ſhops.
ſeeds, which ripen in autumn, and then the plants The firſt ſort grows naturally in France and Italy,
decay
from whence the plant was brought for medicinal
The fixth fort grows naturally in Portugal, where it uſe, but at preſent it is very ſeldom uſed in England.
was firſt diſtinguiſhed from the ſeventh by Dr. Tour- The roots of this fort are compoſed of many ſtrong
nefort. The ſeventh fort had been long before that fleſhy fibres which root deep in the ground, ſending
cultivated in the gardens for ornament, by the title of up every ſpring a great number of graffy three-cor-
Venus Navelwort, but of late years that has been almoſt nered leaves near two feet long; the flower-ſtalks are
loſt; and the fixth fort is now generally preſerved in triangular, nearly of the ſame length, fupporting an
the Engliſh gardens, and the feeds are ſold by the umbel at the top, having many narrow triangular
ſeedſmen under that title, and is a much larger plant leaves under it; the ſpikes of the umbel are like thoſe
than the other, fo makes a better appearance. The of ſome ſorts of grals, but the feeds rarely ripen in
leaves of the ſixth fort are broad at their baſe, and England; fo the plant is here propagated by dividing
are gradually narrowed to the end; they are ſlightly the root in the ſpring, and if planted in a warm fi-
covered with hairs. The ſtalks grow nine or ten tuation, will thrive here in the open air.
inches high, and divide into many branches, each The ſecond fort is tenderer than the firſt, fo the round
being terminated by a long looſe ſpike of white flow- compreſſed roots ſhould be planted in pots, and ſhel-
ers, ſtanding on ſeparate foot-ſtalks, which are fuc- tered in winter.
a
CYPRI-

CYP
Ο
CY I
CYPRIPEDIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 906. Calceo-CYTISU S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 785. Tourn. Inft.
lus. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 436. tab. 249. Ladies Slipper, R. H. 647. tab. 416. [fo called from Cythos, an
in French, Sabot.
iſland in the Archipelago, where it grew in great
The CHARACTERS are,
plenty.] Baſe-tree Trefoil, in French, Citiſe.
It bath a ſimple ſpadix. The germen fits under the
flower,
The CHARACTERS are,
which is covered with a Spatha or Sheath. The flowers It hath a butterfly flower, with a ſhort bell-ſhaped en-
have four or five narrow Spear-ſhaped petals, which ex- palement of one leaf, divided in two lips, i he upper being
pand. The ne Et arium, which is ſituated between the pe- bifid and acute, the under indented in three parts. The
tals, is ſwollen and hollow, in ſhape of a shoes or ſipper. Standard of the flower is riſing, oval, and reflexed on the
It bath two ſhort ſtamina which ſit upon the pointal, and fides. The wings are obtuſe, erect, and the length of the
ore terminated by ere Et ſummits, which join to the upper ſtandard. The keel is bellied and acute. It bath ten
lip of the neEtarium; below the flower is fixed a ſlender ſtamina, nine joined, and one ſtanding ſeparate, termi-
contorted germen, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, cdhering to the nated by riſing ſummits. It heth an oblong germen, Sud-
upper lip of the nectarium, crowned by an obſolete ſtigma. porting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe liigma. The
The germen afterward becomes an oval blunt capſule with germen afterward becomes an oblong blunt pod, narrow at
three corners, having three furrows, three valves, and one their bafé, filled with kidney-ſhaped flatted feeds.
cell, which is filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
Linnæus's twentieth claſs, intitled Gynandria Dian- candria, from the flowers having ten ſtamina di
dria, the plants of this claſs and ſection have two ſta- vided into two bodies.
mina fixed to the ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
The SPECIES are,
1. Cytisus (Laburnum) foliis oblongo-ovatis, racemis
1. CYPRIPEDIUM (Calceolus) radicibus fibroſis, foliis ova- brevioribus pendulis, caule arboreo. Cytiſus with oba
to-lanceolatis caulinis. Act. Upfal. 1740. Ladies Slipper long oval leaves, Sbort ſpikes of flowers hanging down-
with fibrous roots, the leaves on the ſtalks oval and ſpear- ward, and a tree-like ſtalk. Cytiſus Alpinus latifolius,
Shaped. Calceolus Mariæ. Ger.3 59. Our Lady's Slipper. flore racemoſo pendulo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 648.
2. CYPRIPEDIUM (Bulboſum) fcapo unifloro, foliis ob- Commonly called Laburnum.
longis glabris petalis anguſtis acuminatis. Ladies Slipper 2. Cytisus (Alpinus) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, racemis
with one flower in a ſheath, oblong ſmooth leaves, and very longioribus pendulis, caule fruticofo. Cytiſus with oval
narrow pointed petals. Calceolus Mariæ luteus. Mor. Spear-ſhaped leaves, long pendulous bunches of flowers, and
H. R. Bloſs. Yellow Ladies Slipper.
a brúbby ſtalk. Cytiſus Alpinus anguſtifolius, More
3. CYPRIPEDIUM (Hirſutum) foliis oblongo-ovatis ve- racemoſo pendulo longiore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 648.
noſis hirſutis, flore maximo. Ladies Slipper with oblong, Commonly called long-Spiked Laburnum.
oval, veined leaves, which are hairy, and a very large 3. Cytisus (Nigricans) racemis fimplicibus erectis, fo-
flower. Calceolus fiore majore. Tourn. Init. R. H. liolis ovato-oblongis. Hort. Cliff. 354. Cytiſus with
437. Ladies Slipper with a larger flower.
Single erext bunches of flowers, and oval oblong leaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally in ſome ſhady woods in Cytiſus glaber nigricans. C. B. P. 390. Black ſmooth
the north of England. I found it in the park of Bo- Cytiſus.
rough-Hall, in Lancaſhire, the ſeat of the late Robert 4. CYTISUS (Seſilibus) racemis erectis, calycibus brac-
Fenwick, Efq; It hath a root compoſed of many teâ triplici auctis, foliis floralibus feffilibus. Lin. Sp.
fleſhy fibres, from which ariſe, in the ſpring, two, Plant. 739. Cytiſus with ereat bunches of flowers, three
three, or more ſtalks, in proportion to the ſtrength lamina under the empalement, and the leaves on the flower
of the root; theſe grow nine or ten inches high, and branches fitting cloſe. Cytiſus glabris, foliis fubrotun-
are garniſhed with oval fpear-ſhaped leaves, having dis, pediculis breviffimis. C. B. P. 390. Commonly
a few longitudinal veins, in the bofom of one of the called by the gardeners, Cytiſus fecundus Clufii.
upper leaves is incloſed the flower-bud, which is 5. Cytisus (Hirſutis) pedunculis fimplicibus laterali-
fupported by a ſlender foot-ſtalk, which generally bus, calycibus hirſutis trifidis ventricoſo-oblongis.
turns a little bud on one fide. The flower hath four Hort. Upſal. 211. Cytiſus with ſingle foot-ſtalks on the
dark purple petals, placed in form of a croſs, which ſide of the branches, trifid hairy empalements, oblong and
ſpread wide open. In the center is ſituated the large bellied. Cytiſus incanus filiqua longiore. C. B. P. 390
hollow nectarium, almoſt as large as a bird's egg, Commonly called hairy, or Evergreen Cytiſus of Naples.
ſhaped like a wooden ſhoe, of a pale yellowiſh co- 6. Cytisus (Argenteus) floribus feffilibus, foliis tomen-
lour, with a few broken ſtreaks; the opening is co- tofis, caulibus herbaceis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 740. Cytiſus
vered with two ears; the upper one is tender, white, with flowers ſitting cloſe to the branches, woolly leaves,
and ſpotted with purple; the lower is thick, and of and an herbaceous ſtalk. Cytiſus humilis argenteus an-
an herbaceous colour. The flowers appear about the guſtifolius. Tourn. Inft. 648.
end of May, and the ſtalks decay early in autumn. 7. CYTISUS (Supinus) floribus umbellatis terminalibus,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Virginia, and ramis decumbentibus, foliolis ovatis. Lin. Sp. 1042.
other parts of North America; this hath longer and Low Cytiſus with umbellated flowers terminating the
ſmoother leaves than the former. The two fide
pe- branches, which are trailing, and oval leaves. Cytiſus
tals of the flower are long, narrow, and terminate in ſupinus foliis infra & filiquis molli lanugine pubeſcen-
acute points, and are wreathed, or undulated on their
tibus. C. B. P. 390.
fides. The nectarium is oblong, and narrower than 8. Cytisus ( Auſtriacus) floribus umbellatis terminalibus,
in the firſt fort, and is yellow, ſpotted with browniſh caulibus erectis foliolis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. 1042.
red. The ſtalks riſe near a foot and a half high. Cytiſus with umbellated flowers terminating the branches,
The third fort grows naturally in America, where erest ſtalks and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Cytiſus floribus
the inhabitants call it Moccaſin Flower; this rifes a capitatis, foliolis ovato-oblongis, caule fruticoſo.
foot and a half high. The leaves are of an oblong Dict. Hort. Commonly called Siberian Cytiſus.
oval form, and are deeply veined. The flower is large, 9. CYTISUS (Æthiopicus) racemis lateralibus ftrictis, ra-
of a reddiſh brown colour, marked with a few purple mis angulatis, foliolis cuneiformibus. Lin. Sp. 1042.
veins. This ſort flowers in the end of May.
Cytiſus with narrow bunches of flowers proceeding from
All theſe forts are with difficulty preſerved in gar- the ſide of the branches, which are angular, and wedge-
dens; they muſt be planted in a loamy foil, and in a Shaped leaves. Cytiſus Æthiopicus, ſubrotundis inca-
ſituation where they may have the morning fun only. nis minoribus foliis, fioribus parvis luteis. Pluk.
They muſt be procured from the places where they Alm. 128.
naturally grow, for they cannot be propagated in gar- 10. CYTISUS (Græcus) faliis fimplicibus lanceolato-line-
dens. The roots ſhould be ſeldom removed, for aribus, ramis angulatis. Lin. Sp. 1043. Cytiſus with
tranſplanting them prevents their flowering.
Single, linear, Spear-Maped leaves, ond angular branches.
CYSTICAPNOS. See FUMARIA.
Barba Jovis linariæ folio, flore luteo parvo. Tourn.
CYTISO-GENISTA. See SPARTIUM.
II. CYTISUS
a
Cor. 44

сүт
CYT
a
ji. Cytisus (Cayan) racemis axillaribus erectis, folio-
lis fublanceolatis tomentofis, intermedio longiùs pe-
tiolato. Flor. Zeyl. 357. Cytiſus with erect Spikes of
flower's proceeding from the ſides of the branches, and
Spear-ſhaped leaves which are woolly, the foot-fi alk of the
middle one being the longeſt. Cytiſus arboreſcens, fruc-
tu eduli albo. Plum. Cat. 19. Commonly called Pidgeon
Pea in America.
The firſt fort is the common broad-leaved Laburnum,
which was formerly in greater plenty in the Engliſh
gardens than at preſent; for ſince the ſecond fort hath
been introduced, it has almoſt turned this out; the
ſpikes of flowers being much longer, they make a
finer appearance when they are in flower, which has
occaſioned their being inore generally cultivated, but
the firſt grows to be the largeſt tree, and the wood of
it is very hard, of a fine colour, and will poliſh very
well, it approaches near to green Ebony, fo is by the
French titled Ebony of the Alps, and is there uſed
for many kinds of furniture, but in England there
are few of theſe trees which have been ſuffered to
ſtand long enough to arrive to any conſiderable ſize,
for as they have been only conſidered as an ornamen-
tal tree, the frequent alterations which moſt of the
gardens in England have undergone, have occafioned
their being rooted out wherever they were growing ;
but in ſome of the old gardens in Scotland, where
they have been permitted to ſtand, there are large
trees of this kind, which are fit to cut down for the
uſe of the timber. I have ſeen two old trees of it in
gardens, which were more than a yard in girt, at fix
feet from the ground, and theſe had been broken and
abuſed, otherwiſe might have been much larger: they
grow very faſt, and are extremely hardy, ſo may be
well worth propagating upon poor ſhallow fcils, and
in expoſed fituations. His Grace the Duke of Queenſ-
berry fowed a great quantity of the ſeeds of this tree,
upon the ſide of the downs, at his ſeat near Amef-
bury, in Wiltſhire, where the ſituation was very much
expoſed, and the ſoil fo ſhallow, as that few trees
would grow there ; yet in this place the
young trees
were twelve feet high in four years growth, fo be-
came a ſhelter to the other plantations, for which
purpoſe they were deſigned; but the hares and rab-
bits are great enemies to theſe trees, by barking them
in winter, ſo that where theſe trees are cultivated,
they ſhould be fenced from theſe animals.
Both theſe forts are eaſily propagated by feeds, which
the trees produce in great plenty. If theſe are fown
upon a common bed in March, the plants will appear
by the middle or end of April, and will require no
other care but to be kept clean from weeds during
the following ſummer; and if the plants are too cloſe
together, they may be tranſplanted the autumn fol-
lowing, either into a nurſery, where they may grow
a year or two to get ſtrength, or into the places where
they are deſigned to remain : where people would
cultivate them for their wood, it will be the beſt way
to fow the feeds upon the ſpot where they are intend-
ed to grow, becauſe theſe trees ſend out long, thick,
fleihy roots to a great diſtance, which will penetrate
gravel or rocks; and if theſe roots are cut or broken,
it greatly retards their growth; therefore when they
are not fown upon the intended ſpot, they ſhould be
tranſplanted thither young, otherwiſe they will not
grow to near the fize; though where they are only
deſigned for ornament, the removing the plants twice
will ſtop their growth, and cauſe them to be more pro-
ductive of flowers; but all trees intended for timber,
are much better fown on the ground where they are
deſigned to ftand, than if they are tranſplanted.
If the feeds of theſe trees are permitted to ſcatter in
winter, the plants will riſe in great plenty the follow-
ing ſpring, fo that a few trees will ſoon ſupply any
perſon with a fufficient number of the plants.
Theſe trees flower in May, at which time they make
a fine appearance, their branches being generally
loaded with long ſtrings of yellow flowers, which
hang down from every part. The ſeeds grow in long
pods, which ripen in autumn. There is a variety of
both theſe trees with variegated leaves, which fome
perſons are fond of cultivating; but this is only to be
done by cuttings or layers, for the feeds of theſe will
produce plants with green leaves: the cuttings ſhould
be planted in autumn, when the leaves begin to fall,
and the plants muſt have a poor foil, for in good
ground they are apt to become plain.
If the firſt fort comes to be conſidered as a uſeful
wood, which there is no reaſon to doubt it may be, it
may be planted in large clumps in parks, where they
will be very ornamental; and I am certain, from long
experience, that this tree will thrive upon many foils,
and in ſuch fituations as few other trees will make any
progreſs; the objection to fencing is the ſame here,
as for any other trees, for wherever plantations are
made, if they are not well ſecured from animals, they
will not anſwer the deſign of the planters.
The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt, in having nar-
rower leaves, longer bunches of flowers, and the trees
do not grow fo large and ſtrong; this difference I
find is conſtant from ſeed. There is another fort
mentioned by Tournefort, with ſhorter bunches of
flowers than either of theſe, one tree of which kind I
thought I had found in a garden ; the bunches of the
flowers upon this tree were cloſe and almoſt round,
but I lowed the feeds of it, and the plants proved to
be only the common fort.
The third fort grows naturally in Auſtria, in Italy
and Spain, and at preſent is pretty rare in the Engliſh
gardens; it was formerly in ſome of the curious
gar-
dens here, but had been long loſt, till a few years
ago, when I procured the feeds from abroad, which
ſucceeded in the Chelſea gardens, where the plants
have flowered and produced ripe ſeeds, which have
been communicated to ſeveral curious perſons.
This ſhrub feldom riſes more than three or four feet
high in England; it naturally puts out many lateral
branches near the ground, which ſpread out on every
fide, ſo as to form a low ſhrubby buſh, fo is with dif-
ficulty raiſed to a ftem : the branches are very fiender,
and their ends are frequently killed if the winter is
ſevere; theſe are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves,
growing by threes on each foot-ſtalk; they are equal
in fize, and of a dark green colour; the branches
grow erect, and are terminated by ſpikes of yellow
flowers, about four or five inches in length, ſtanding
upright; and as all the branches are thus terminated,
ſo when the ſhrubs are in flower, they make a fine
appearance; it flowers in July, after moſt of the other
forts are paſt, and the feeds ripen in autumn. This
is
propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown upon
a bed of light earth in March, covering them about
one third of an inch with fine ſcreened mould; in
the beginning of May the plants will appear, when
they muſt be carefully weeded, and during the fol-
lowing ſummer they muſt conſtantly be kept clean,
which is all the culture they require till autumn,
when it will be very proper to arch the bed over with
hoops, that in froſty weather the plants may be
covered with mats, to prevent their tender ſhoots
from being killed; for as theſe young plants are apt
to continue growing later in the autumn than thoſe
which are become woody, ſo they are much more
ſuſceptible of cold; therefore where there is not ſome
care taken to cover them, if the winter ſhould prove
ſevere, many of them may be entirely deſtroyed, and
the others killed to the ground. The ſpring fol-
lowing, after the danger of hard froſt is over, the
plants ſhould be carefully taken up, and planted out
at the diſtance of one foot, row from row, and fix
inches aſunder in the rows; this ſhould be in a ſhel-
tered ſituation, and as theſe plants do not ſhoot till
late in the ſpring, ſo they need not be tranſplanted
before the end of March, or the beginning of April ;
and if the ſeaſon ſhould then prove warm and dry, it
will be proper to give the plants ſome water to fetele
the earth to their roots; and if the drought continue,
and the waterings are three times repeated at a week's
interval from each, it will be of ſervice to the plants.
After they have taken new root, they will require
a
no

сүт
сүт
no farther care, but to keep them conſtantly clean
from weeds ; in this nurſery the plants may remain two
years, in which time they will have acquired ſtrength
enough to be tranſplanted where they are to remain.
There is a figure of this ſhrub exhibited in the 17th
plate of my figures of plants.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, in Spain and Italy, but has been long cul-
tivated in the nurſery gardens, as an ornamental
flowering ſhrub, by the title of Cytiſus ſecundus Clu-
fii. This riſes with a woody ftalk, putting out many
branches which are covered with a browniſh bark,
and garniſhed by obverſe; oval: ſmall leaves, growing
by threes on very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
produced in cloſe ſhort ſpikes at the end of the
branches, ſtanding erect ; they are of a bright yellow
colour, and appear in June; theſe are ſucceeded by
ſhort broad pods, which contain one row of kidney-
fhaped ſeeds, which ripen in Auguft. Theſe ſhrubs
will riſe to the height of ſeven or eight feet, and be-
come very buſhy; they are very hardy, ſo will thrive
in any ſituation, and upon almoſt any foil, which is
not too wet. They are propagated by ſeeds, which
may be ſown upon a common bed of light earth in
the ſpring, and kept clean from weeds the following
fummer; and in autumn the plants may be tranſ-
planted into a nurſery in rows, one foot apart, and
at fix inches diſtance in the rows, where they may re-
main two years to acquire ſtrength, and ſhould then be
removed to the places where they are deſigned to grow.
The fifth fort hath a ſoft ſhrubby ſtalk, dividing into
many branches, which grow erect, and frequently
riſe to the height of eight or ten feet; the ſtalks and
leaves of this are very hairy; the leaves are oval,
growing three upon each foot-ſtalk, and are placed
cloſely on the branches; the flowers come out from
the ſide of the ſtalk, in ſhort bunches; they are of a
pale yellow, and appear in June; theſe are ſucceeded
by long, narrow, hairy pods, with one row of kidney-
ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen in September.
This ſort, of late years, has been much cultivated in
the nurſery gardens near London, by the title of
Evergreen Cytiſus of Naples; but as in ſevere froſt
theſe ſhrubs are ſometimes killed, ſo they are not
proper for every ſituation, therefore fhould only be
planted on a dry foil, and in warm ſituations; they
are alſo very difficult to remove, when grown to any
ſize, for they ſhoot long roots deep into the ground,
and when theſe are broken or cut, the plants ſeldom
ſurvive it. This may be propagated in the ſame
manner as hath been directed for the third fort. It grows
naturally in the ſouth of France, in Spain and Italy.
The ſixth fort hath herbaceous ſtalks, garniſhed with
woolly leaves; the fowers are produced ſometimes
ſingle, at other times two, three, or more grow to-
gether at the end of the branches; theſe appear in
June, and are ſucceeded by hairy pods.
This plant is propagated by ſeeds, which may be
ſown at the ſame time, and the plants ſhould be af-
terward treated in the ſame way, as is directed for
the third fort.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Sicily, Italy, and
Spain; this is a perennial plant, from whoſe down-
right root proceed ſeveral weak branches which trail
upon the ground, and extend to the length of eight
or ten inches; theſe are garniſhed with oblong leaves,
placed by threes upon pretty long foot-ftalks; they
are hoary on their under ſide, but ſmooth above, the
flowers are collected in heads at the end of the ſtalks,
having a cluſter of leaves under them; they are of a
deep yellow colour, and appear the latter end of
June, and in warm ſeafons theſe are fucceeded by fiat
woolly pods, containing one row of ſmall kidney-
ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen in September. This plant
is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown where
the plants are to remain, and ſhould be treated in the
fame manner as the fixth fort.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Tartary, from
whence the eeds were ſent to the Imperial garden at
Peterſburgh, and hath fince been ſent to many of the
curious gardens in Europe, which have been fur-
niſhed with the ſeeds. This hath a ſhrubby ſtalk,
which riſes near four feet high, dividing into many
branches, which when young are covered with a green
bark, cloſely garniſhed by oblong, oval, ſmooth leaves,
which are of a hoary green colour; the flowers are
produced in cloſe heads at the end of the branches,
having a cluſter of leaves under them; they are of a
bright yellow colour, and appear in the beginning of
May; theſe are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſhort woolly
pods, containing three or four ſmall kidney-ſhaped
feeds in each. This is propagated by feeds, which
ſhould be fown early in April
, on a border of ſtrong
ground expoſed to the eaſt; for if they are ſown where
they have full ſun, the plants will not thrive. This
requires a cold ſituation and a pretty ſtrong foil,
otherwiſe it will not thrive.
The ninth fort grows naturally about Algiers, from
whence the Rev. Dr. Shaw brought the ſeeds, which
fucceeded in the Chelſea garden. This riſes with
a ſoft ſhrubby ftalk to the height of eight or ten feet,
putting out many ſlender branches on every fide,
garniſhed with ſmall wedge-ſhaped leaves, which are
indented at the top, of a dark green colour and
fmooth; the flowers come out frequently ſingle from
the ſide of the branches, theſe are large and of a
bright yellow; they appear in June, and are fome-
times ſucceeded by pods containing three or four
kidney-ſhaped feeds, which ripen in autumn. This
ſort is too tender to live in the open air through the
winter in England, therefore the plants muſt be
treated in the ſame way as thoſe which are natives of
the ſame country.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Archipelago ; it riſes with a ligneous ſtalk fix or
ſeven feet high, ſending out many angular lateral
branches, garniſhed with ſingle, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped
leaves; the flowers are produced in ſhort bunches
from the ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, yellow,
and appear in July and Auguſt, but are not fuc-
ceeded by ſeeds in England.
This is propagated by cuttings, which if planted on a
bed of light earth the beginning of July, and are cloſely
covered with a bell or hand-glaſs, which ſhould be
ſhaded froin the ſun in the middle of the day, they,
will put out roots by the middle or end of September;
when they ſhould be carefully taken up, planting each
in a ſeparate ſmall pot, carefully watering and ſhading
them until they have taken new root; after which they
may be expoſed in a ſheltered ſituation till the end of
October, when they muſt be removed into ſhelter, for
this plant is too tender to live in the open airin England.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the iſlands
of America, and alſo at the Cape of Good Hope. This
riſes with a weak ſhrubby ſtalk eight or ten feet high,
ſending out many erect ſide branches, which grow
erect, and are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped woolly
leaves, placed by threes, the middle lobe having a
longer diſtinct foot-ſtalk, than the two on each ſide
which grow cloſe to the principal foot-ſtalk. The flow-
ers come out from the ſide of the branches, ſometimes
ſingle, at other times in cluſters; they are of a deep
yellow colour, and about the ſize of thoſe of the com-
mon Laburnum; theſe are ſucceeded by hairy pods
about three inches long, which are fickle-ſhaped, end-
ing with a long acute point, ſwelling at the place
where each feed is lodged; the feeds are roundiſh, a
little inclined to a kidney-ſhape. Theſe ſeeds are
eſteemed an excellent food for pigeons in America,
from whence it had the title of Pigeon Pea.
This plant grows only in very warm countries, ſo
cannot be preſerved in England, unleſs it is placed
in a warm ſtove. It riſes eaſily from ſeeds in a hot-
bed, and will grow three or four feet high the firſt
year, provided they have a proper heat, and the ſe-
cond year they will produce flowers and ſeeds. The
plants muſt be placed in the bark-bed in the ſtove,
and treated in the ſame manner as other tender plants
from the ſame countries: they ſhould have but little
water in winter, and in the ſummer ſhould have a large
ſhare of free air admitted to them in warm weather.
a
a
4 T
DAFFODIL

D.
D A L
D A M
D
AFFODIL. See NARCISSUS.
plants are come up three inches high, they ſhould
DAISIES. See BELLIS,
be carefully tranſplanted, each into a ſeparate ſmall
DALECHAMPIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. pot, filled with light rich earth, and then plunged
1022. Plum. Nov. Gen. 17. tab. 38.
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, being careful to ſcreen
This plant was ſo named by father Plumier, in honour them from the ſun until they have taken new root;
of the memory of Jacobus Dalechamp, who was a after which time the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be
curious botaniſt.
raiſed every day, in proportion to the heat of the
The CHARACTERS are,
weather, to admit freſh air to the plants ; they muſt
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant; the alſo be frequently watered, for they naturally grow
male flowers are ſituated between two bractea ; they have in moiſt places. When the plants have grown fo
a common involucrum cut into four eret ſegments; the large as to fill theſe pots with their roots, they ſhould
empalement is compoſed of fix obtuſe oval leaves, reflexed at be removed into larger pots, and placed in the bark-
their points. They have no petals, but have a broad nec- bed in the ſtove, where they muſt be ſupported
tarium, having many plain folds lying over each other, either with ſtakes or a trellis, round which they
and many ſtamina joined in a long column, terminated by will twine, and riſe to the height of eight or ten feet.
roundiſh ſummits having four furrows; the female flowers Theſe plants muſt be kept conſtantly in the ſtove,
are alſo ſituated in the ſame manner as the male; theſe for they are too tender to bear the open air in this
have a permanent three-leaved involucrum, and each have country, even in the ſummer ſeaſon ; therefore they
a permanent ten-leaved empalement; they have no petals, ſhould be placed with Convolvuluſes, and other
but a roundiſh germen ſhorter than the empalement, having twining plants, near the back of the ſtove, where
three furrows ſupporting a long fiender ſtyle, bending to- ſhould be made an eſpalier to ſupport them ; in which
ward the male flowers, crowned by a beaded ſtigma ; the ſituation they will thrive, and produce their flowers,
germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule with three and ſometimes will perfect their feeds in this country; ,
cells, incloſing one roundiſh ſeed in each.
but, in order to this, they ſhould have a large ſhare
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of of freſh air in warm weather, by drawing down the
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæecia Mo- upper glaſſes of the ſtove; but in winter the ſtove
nadelphia, the plants having male and female flow- ſhould be kept to a temperate heat, or rather higher.
ers on the ſame root, and the ſtamina of the male In ſummer they will require a large ſhare of water,
flowers are joined in one body to the ſtyle.
but in winter it ſhould be given to them in leſs quan-
We have but one SPECIES of this in England, viz. tities, but muſt be frequently repeated. Theſe
DALECHAMPIA (Scandens) foliis trilobis glabris, floribus plants do not continue above two years, ſo that
axillaribus caule volubili. Dalechampia with ſmooth young plants ſhould be raiſed in order to preſerve the
leaves having three lobes, flowers growing from the ſides kind.
of the branches, and a twining Stalk. Dalechampia DAMASONIUM, Star-headed Water Plantain.
Scandens, lupuli foliis, fructu tricocco glabro, calyce
The CHARACTERS are,
hiſpido. Houſt. MSS.
It bath a flower compoſed of three leaves, which are
This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, from whence placed orbicularly, and expand in form of a Roſe: out of
the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent me the ſeeds, which ſuc- the flower-cup riſes the pointal, which afterward becomes
ceeded in the Chelſea garden, where the plants have a ſtar-ſhaped fruit, with many cells, which are full of
flowered and perfected their feeds. This muſt be a oblong ſeeds.
different plant from that which Plumier found The SPECIES are,
growing in Martinico, or he has taken the involucrum 1. DAMASONIUM (Aliſma) ftellatum. Lugd. Star-beaded
for the ſeed-veſſel by his title of it; for he calls it Water Plantain.
fructu tricocco hiſpido, whereas this hath a ſmooth 2. DAMASONIUM (Flava) Americanum maximum,
fruit with a hiſpid empalement.
plantaginis folio, fore flaveſcente, fructu globoſo.
It hath a root compoſed of many fibres, which ex- Plum. Greateſt American Water Plantain, with a Plan-
tend to a great diſtance, from which ariſe ſeveral tain leaf, a yellowiſh flower, and a globular fruit.
weak twining ſtalks, that faften themſelves to the The firſt of theſe plants is a native of England; it
neighbouring plants, and mount up to a conſiderable grows commonly in ſtanding waters, which are not
height; theſe are garniſhed at each joint by one leaf, very deep. It is ſometimes uſed in medicine, but ne-
having three lobes; they are ſmooth, the two fide ver cultivated in gardens, ſo muſt be gathered for
lobes are oblique to the midrib, but the middle one uſe in the places of its growth.
is equal. The flowers are produced from the ſide of The ſecond ſort grows in Jamaica, Barbadoes, and
the ſtalks, three or four growing upon each foot- ſeveral other places in the warm parts of America,
ſome of theſe are male, and others female ; where it is generally found in ftagnating waters, and
they are of an herbaceous colour, and ſmall, ſo make other ſwampy places; ſo that it would be difficult
no appearance; they have each a double involucrum, to preſerve this plant in England, for it will not live
made up of two orders of leaves, which are narrow, in the open air, and requires a bog to make it
and armed with ſmall briſtly hairs, which ſting the thrive; but as it is a plant of no great beauty or
hands of thoſe who unwarily touch them; the flowers uſe, it is not worth the trouble of cultivating in this
are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, having three pro- country.
minent lobes which are ſmooth, each incloſing a DANDELION. See LEONTODON.
DAPHNE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 436. Thymelæa.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which muſt be Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 594. tab. 366. Spurge Laurel, or
fown early in the ſpring on a hot-bed; and when the Mezereon.
The
ſtalk;
a
ſingle feed.
>

D AP
D A P
a
;
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath no empalement; it is cylindrical, of one
petal, which is cut into four parts at the top, where it
Spreads open ; it hath eight ſhort ſtamina inſerted in the
tube, which are alternately lower, terminated by ere Et
bilocular ſummits. The oval germen is ſituated at the bot-
tom of the tube, and is crowned by a headed depreſſed ſtig-
ma; the germen afterward becomes a roundiſ berry with
one cell, incloſing one roundiſh fleſhy ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogy-
nia, from the flower having eight ſtamina and one
germen.
The SPECIES are,
1. DAPHNE (Laureola) racemis axillaribus, foliis lan-
ceolatis glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 357. Daphne with
bunches of flowers proceeding from the ſides of the branches,
and ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves
. Thymelæa lauri folio
ſempervirens, ſeu laureola mas. Tourn. Inſt. 595.
Commonly called Spurge Laurel.
2. DAPHNE (Mezereon) floribus feffilibus ternis caulinis,
foliis lanceolatis deciduis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 357.
Daphne with three flowers together ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk,
and ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which fall off in autumn. Thy-
melæa lauri folio deciduo, five laureola fæmina.
Tourn. Inft. 595. Commonly called Mezereon.
3. DAPHNE (Thymelæn) floribus feffilibus axillaribus, fo-
liis lanceolatis, caulibus fimpliciffimis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
356. Daphne with flowers fitting cloſe to the ſides of the
branches, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and ſingle ſtalks. Thy-
melæa foliis polygalæ glabris. C. B. P. 463.
4. DAPHNE (Tarton-raire) floribus feffilibus aggregatis
axillaribus, foliis ovatis utrinque pubeſcentibus ner-
voſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 356. Daphne with flowers in
cluſters ſitting cloſe to the ſides of the branches, and oval
nervous leaves covered with filky hairs on both ſides.
Thymelæa foliis candicantibus ferici inftar mollibus.
C. B. P. 463. Commonly called Tarton-raire.
5. DAPHNE (Alpina) floribus feffilibus aggregatis late-
ralibus, foliis lanceolatis obtuſiuſculis ſubtus tomen-
toſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 356. Daphne with cluſters of
flowers growing cloſe to the ſides of the branches, and
Spear-ſhaped blunt leaves woolly on their under fide. Cha-
melæa Alpina, folio infernè incano. C. B. P. 462.
6. DAPHNE (Cneorum) foribus congeftis terminalibus
feffilibus, foliis lanceolatis nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 357.
Daphne with cluſters of flowers ſitting cloſe on the tops
of the branches, and naked ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Cneorum.
Matth. Hift. 46.
7. DAPHNE (Gnidium) paniculâ terminali, foliis lineari-
lanceolatis acuminatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 357. Daphne
with a panicle of flowers terminating the branches, and
narrow, Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves. Thymelæa fo-
liis lini. C. B. P. 463.
8. DAPHNE (Squarroſa) floribus terminalibus peduncu-
latis, foliis fparfis linearibus patentibus mucronatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 358. Daphne with flowers terminating
the branches, having foot-ſtalks, and narrow, Spreading,
acute-pointed leaves, placed ſcatteringly on the branches.
Thymelæa capitata lanuginoſa, foliis creberrimis mi-
nimis aculeatis. Burm. Afr. 134. tab. 49. fol 1.
9. DAPHNE (Americana) foliis linearibus acutis, floribus
racemofis axillaribus. Daphne with very narrow acute
leaves, and flowers growing in bunches from the ſides of
the branches. Thymelæa fruteſcens roriſmarini folio,
flore albo. Plum. Cat.
The firſt fort grows common in the woods in many
parts of England, and is commonly known by the
title of Spurge Laurel; of late years there are poor
people, who get the young plants out of the woods,
and carry them about the town to ſell in the winter
and ſpring. This is a low evergreen ſhrub, which
riſes with ſeveral ſtalks from the root to the height
of two or three feet, dividing upward into ſeveral
branches, garniſhed with thick ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
which come out irregularly on every fide, ſitting
pretty cloſe to the branches, they are ſmooth and of
a lucid green; between theſe, toward the upper
part of the ſtalks, come out the flowers in ſmall clur-
ters; they are of a yellowiſh green, and appear foon
after Chriſtmas, if the ſeaſon is not very ſevere; theſe
are ſucceeded by oval berries, which are green till
June, when they ripen and turn black, ſoon after
which they fall off. The whole plant is of a hot
cauſtic taſte, burning and inflaming the mouth and
throat. The leaves continue green all the year,
fo
theſe plants are ornamental in winter, and as they
will thrive under tall trees, they are very proper to
fill up the ſpaces in plantations.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Germany, and
there hath been a diſcovery made of its growing in
ſome woods near Andover in Hampſhire, from
whence a great number of plants have been taken of
late years. This has been long cultivated in the
nurſery-gardens as a flowering ſhrub, and is a very
ornamental plant in gardens, very early in the ſpring,
before others make their appearance. There are
two diftinct forts of this, one with a white flower
which is ſucceeded by yellow berries, the other with
Peach-coloured flowers and red fruit. Theſe are by
ſome ſuppoſed to be accidental varieties ariſing from
the ſame feeds, but I have ſeveral times raiſed theſe
plants from ſeeds, and always found the plants come
up the ſame, as thoſe from which the feeds were
taken, ſo they do not vary, therefore may be called
different ſpecies. There is a variety of the Peach-
coloured Mezereon, with flowers of a much deeper
colour than the common, but theſe I have always
found to vary in their colours when raiſed from feeds.
This ſhrub grows to the height of five or fix feet,
with a ſtrong woody ſtalk, putting out many woody
branches on every ſide, ſo as to form a regular head;
the flowers come out very early in the ſpring, before
the leaves appear, growing in cluſters all round the
fhoots of the former year; there are commonly three
flowers produced from each knot or joint, ſtanding
on the ſame ſhort foot-ſtalk; theſe have ſhort ſwelling
tubes, which are divided into four parts at the top,
which ſpread open; they have a very fragrant odour,
ſo that where there are plenty of the ſhrubs growing
together, they perfume the air to a conſiderable diſ-
tance round them: after the flowers are paſt, the
leaves come out, which are ſmooth, ſpear-ſhaped,
and placed without order; they are about two inches
long, and three quarters broad in the middle, gra-
dually leſſening to both ends; the flowers are fuc-
ceeded by oval berries, which ripen in June; thoſe
of the Peach-coloured flowers are red, and thoſe of
the white yellow. The flowers appear in February
and March, and ſometimes in mild winters they ap-
pear in January. This plant was formerly uſed in
medicine, but as every part of it has a hot cauſtic
taſte, ſo few preſcribe the uſe of it at preſent.
This is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
on a border expoſed to the eaſt, foon after the berries
are ripe; for if they are not ſown till the ſpring fol-
lowing they often miſcarry, and always remain a year
in the ground before the plants appear; whereas
thoſe which are ſown in Auguſt
, will grow the fol-
lowing ſpring, fo that a year is ſaved, and theſe never
fail. When the plants come up, they will require
no other care but to keep them clean from weeds,
and if the plants are not too cloſe together, they may
continue in the feed-bed, to have the growth of two
ſummers, eſpecially if they do not make great pro-
greſs the firſt year, then at Michaelmas, when the
leaves are ſhedding, they ſhould be carefully taken
up ſo as not to break or tear their roots, and planted
into a nurſery at about ſixteen inches row from row,
and eight or nine inches aſunder in the rows; in this
nurſery. they may remain two years, by which time
they will be fit to remove to the places where they
are deſigned to remain for good: the beſt ſeaſon to
tranſplant theſe trees is in autumn, for as theſe plants
begin to vegetate very early in the ſpring, ſo it is
not proper to tranſplant them at that ſeaſon. Theſe
plants grow beft in a light ſandy earth which is dry,
for in cold wet land they become moſſy, and make
little progreſs ; ſo that upon ſuch ſoils they never grow
to any ſize, and produce few flowers.
Although
a

DAP
DAP
very acrid,
a
Although the berries of this tree are ſo
as to burn the mouth and throat of thoſe who may
incautiouſly taſte them, yet the birds greedily devour
them, as ſoon as they begin to ripen; ſo that unleſs
the ſhrubs are covered with nets to preſerve the ber-
ries, they will all be deſtroyed before they are fit to
gather. There is of this and the former fort, ſome
plants with variegated leaves, which ſome perſons are
fond to have in their gardens, but the plain are much
more beautiful.
The third fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and
the ſouth of France, where it riſes to the height of
three or four feet, with a ſingle ſtalk covered with a
light-coloured bark; the flowers come out in cluiters
on the ſides of the ſtalks, which are of an herbaceous
colour, ſo make but little appearance; they appear
early in the ſpring, and are ſucceeded by ſmall ber-
ries which are yellowiſh when ripe.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
from whence I received the ſeeds. This is a low
thrubby plant, which ſends out ſeveral weak ſtalks
from the root, which grow about a foot long, and
ſpread about irregularly; theſe ſeldom become woody
in England, but are tough and ſtringy, covered with
a light bark; the leaves are ſmall, of an 'oval form,
and are very ſoft, white, and ſhining like fattin ;
theſe fit pretty cloſe to the ſtalks; between theſe the
flowers come out in thick cluſters from the ſide of
the ftalks; they are white, and are ſucceeded by
roundiſh berries having one hard feed. This flowers
here in June, but doth not prodace ripe ſeeds.
The fifth fort grows on the mountains near Geneva,
and in other parts of Italy, where it riſes about three
feet high; the flowers of this come out in cluſters
from the ſide of the branches, early in the ſpring.
The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, ending in blunt points,
and are hoary on their under ſide. The flowers are
ſucceeded by ſmall roundiſh berries, which turn red
when ripe.
The ſixth fort grows naturally on the Alps, as alſo
upon the mountains near Verona, from whence it
was ſent me; this is a very humble ſhrub, ſeldom
growing more than one foot high, with ligneous ſtalks,
which put out ſeveral ſide branches; theſe are gar-
niſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are
placed round the ſtalks without order; the branches
are terminated by ſmall cluſters of purple flowers
which ſtand erect, having no foot-ſtalks; the tubes
of theſe flowers are longer and narrower than thoſe of
the Mezereon, and the mouth is cut into four acute
parts which are erect. Theſe flowers emit a pleaſant
odour; they appear early in the ſpring, but do not
produce ſeeds here.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally about Montpelier ;
this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about two feet high,
dividing into many ſmall branches, which are cloſely
Garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing
erect, ending in acute points; the ends of the branches
are terminated by panicles of flowers, which are
much ſmaller than thoſe of the Mezereon, having
ſwelling tubes, which are contracted at the mouth.
Theſe appear in June, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds
here.
The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this ſhrub riſes to the height of five or ſix feet,
dividing upward into feveral branches which grow
erect, and are covered with a white bark, and
cloſely garniſhed with ſmall narrow leaves, which
come out on every ſide of the branches without order,
ſpreading open; the tops of the branches are termi-
nated by woolly heads, out of which the flowers
come in ſmall cluſters ; they are white, having oblong
tubes, which are divided into four obtuſe ſegments
at the mouth, which ſpread open. Theſe plants do
not produce ſeeds in Europe.
The ninth fort grows naturally in many iſlands in the
Weſt-Indies, it was ſent me from Antigua. This
ſhrub riſes to the height of four or five feet, with a
woody ſtalk, covered with a rugged bark of an Ath
colour; the upper part of the branches are garniſhed
with leaves about the fizé, and the ſame form as
thoſe of Roſemary; between the leaves the flowers
come out in ſmall bunches, upon foot-ſtalks an inch
long; they have ſhort tubes cut into four parts at the
top, and are white; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall round
berries, of a brown colour when they are ripe.
The third, fourth, and ſeventh forts are hardy, fo
will live through the winters in England in the open
air, provided they are in a dry foil and a warm fi-
tuation. The fifth and fixth forts are as hardy as the
common Mezereon, fo are not in danger of being
hurt by froſt in England; but they are all very dif-
ficult to keep in gardens, becauſé neither of them
will bear to be tranſplanted. I have ſeveral times
raiſed the plants from feeds, which have ſucceeded
well in the places where they were fown, but whenever
they were removed, they certainly died, though per-
formed at different ſeaſons, and with the greateſt
care, and the ſame has happened to every other per-
ſon who has raiſed any of theſe plants; and ſome of
my correſpondents have aſſured me, they have fre-
quently attempted to remove theſe plants from their
natural places of growth, into their gardens, and have
choſen plants of all ſizes, from the youngeſt ſeedlings
to the oldeſt plants, yet have never ſucceeded in it;
though they have uſed their utmoſt care, and have
performed it at different ſeaſons. Therefore thoſe
who are deſirous to have theſe plants in their gardens,
muſt procure their feeds from the countries where
they naturally grow; and when they arrive, they
ſhould be immediately fown where they are deſigned
to remain, which for the third, fourth, and ſeventh
forts, ſhould be on a very warm dry border, where,
if there is a foundation of lime, rubbiſh, or chalk,
under the upper ſurface of the ground, the plants will
thrive better and continue much longer, than in better
ground; and all the culture they require, is to keep
the place clean from weeds, for the leſs the ground is
ſtirred near their roots, the better the plants will
thrive; for they naturally grow on poor ſhallow land,
and out of crevices in rocks; fo the nearer the foil
approaches to this, the more likely the plants will be
to ſucceed.
The fifth and fixth forts may have a cooler ſituation;
if theſe are ſown where they may have only the
morning fun, they will thrive better than in a warmer
fituation, and the ground near the roots of theſe
should not be diſturbed; therefore in the choice of the
ſituation, there ſhould be regard had to this, not to
fow them near other plants, which may require tranſ-
planting, or to have the ground dug and looſened.
The ſeeds of theſe plants coming from diftant coun-
tries, rarely arrive here time enough to ſow in au-
tumn, ſo that when they are ſown in the ſpring, the
plants do not appear till the ſucceeding ſpring; and
I have ſometimes had the feeds remain till the ſecond
ſpring in the ground, before the plants have appeared;
but as this may be too long for many people to leave
the ground undiſturbed, ſo they had better put the
feeds into ſmall pots of earth, and bury them in the
ground the firſt ſummer, and in autumn take them
up, and fow them where they are to ſtand; by this
method, the feeds will be forwarded to vegetate the
following ſpring
The fifth fort is a beautiful ſweet ſhrub, ſo deſerves
a place in gardens, as much as any of thoſe we culti-
vate for ornament. The firſt and ſecond forts are
ſometimes uſed in medicine as was before obſerved,
but being of a very cauſtic nature, are ſeldom pre-
ſcribed; but if proper trials were with caution made,
it is not doubted but they may be found very ef-
ficacious in many ſtubborn diſorders, for ſome very
ignorant quacks have performed great cures with
theſe plants. The ſeventh ſort produces the Grana
gnitida of the ſhops.
The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, ſo will not live abroad in winter in England,
but requires a good green-houſe to preſerve it. This
plant is very difficult to keep or propagate in gardens.
The

D A T
DAT
The ninth fort will not thrive in England, unleſs it five ſtamina, which are as long as the empalement, termis
is preſerved in the bark-ſtove ; this plant will not bear nated by oblong compreſſed ſummits; it hath on oval gera
tranſplanting, for I raiſed ſeveral from ſeeds which men, ſupporting an upright ſtyle, crowned by a thick oba
throve pretty well while they continued in the pot tuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval cop-
where they were fown, but when they were tranſ- ſule, divided into four cells by a croſs intermediate parti-
planted, they all decayed:
tion, which are filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds adhering to
DATISCA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1003. Cannabina.
the partition.
Tourn. Cor. 52. Baſtard Hemp:
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The CHARACTERS are,
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
It is male and female in different plants; the male flow- the flower having five ftamina and one ſtyle.
ers have an empalement compoſed of five narrow acute
The SPECIES are,
leaves; theſe bave no petals, and ſcarce any viſible ſta- 1. DATURA (Stramonium) pericarpiis ſpinoſis erectis ova-
mina, but have ten ſummits which are much longer than tis, foliis ovatis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 55. Datura with
the empalement. The female flowers have no petals, but an oval ereEt fruit having a prickly cover. Stramonium
the empalements are the ſame as the male, having an ob- fructu ſpinofo rotundo, fiore albo ſimplici. Tourn.
long pervious germen, ſupporting three ſtyles, crowned by Inft. R. H. 118. Thorn Apple with a round prickly
Single ſtigmas; the empalement afterward becomes an ob- fruit, and a ſingle white flower:
long triangular capſule, opening with three valves, having 2. Datura (Tatula) pericarpiis fpinoſis erectis ovatis,
one cell filled with ſmall ſeeds, adhering to the three ſides foliis cordatis glabris dentatis. Lin. Sp. 256. Datura
of the capſule.
with an erect ovel fruit with a prickly cover, and ſmooth,
This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection heart-ſhaped, indented leaves. Stramonium fructu fpi-
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia noſo oblongo, flore violaceo. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 119.
Dodecandria, from the male and female flowers grow- Thorn Apple with an oblong prickly fruit, and a Violet-
ing in ſeparate plants, and the male flowers having coloured flower
ten ſtamina.
3. DATURA (Metel) pericarpiis fpinofis nutantibus glo-
The SPECIES are,
bofis, foliis cordatis fubintegris pubefcentibus. Hort.
1. DATISCA (Cannabina) caule lævi. Lin. Sp. Plant. Cliff. 55. Datura with a globular nodding fruit having
1037. Datiſca with a ſmooth ſtalk. Cannabina Cretica a prickly cover, and heart-ſhaped, entire, hairy leaves.
florifera & fructifera. Tourn. Cor. 52.
Datura alba. Rump. 5. p. 242
2. DATISCA (Hirta) caule hirſuto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1037. 4. DATURA (Ferox) pericarpiis fpinoſis erectis ovatis,
Datiſca with a rough ſtalk.
fpinis ſupremis maximis convergentibus. Amen. A-
The firſt fort grows naturally in Crete, and ſome cad. 3. p. 403. Datura with an oval ereat fruit, whoſe
.
other eaſtern countries. This hath a perennial root, upper ſpines are largeſt, and converge together. Stramo
from which ariſe ſeveral herbaceous ſtalks, about monium ferox. Bocc: 50. Rough Thorn Apple.
four feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves placed 5. DATURA (Inoxia) pericarpiis ſpinoſis inoxiis ovatis pro-
alternately, each being compoſed of three pair of pendentibus, foliis cordatis pubefcentibus. Datura with
lobes, terminated by an odd one; theſe are two an oval hanging fruit, whoſe cover is beſet with harm-
inches long and half an inch broad, ending in acute leſs ſpines, and heart-ſhaped hairy leaves. Stramonium
points, and are deeply ſawed on their edges, of a folio hyoſcyami, flore toto candido, fructu propen-
light green. The powers come out in long looſe dente rotundo, fpinis inoxiis ornato. Boerh. Ind. alt. I.
ſpikes from the upper part of the ſtalks at the wings 6. DATURA (Faſtuoſa) pericarpiis tuberculoſis nutantibus
of the leaves, but having no petals, make but a poor globofis, foliis lævibus. Lin. Sp. 256. Datura with
appearance. The ſummits of the male flowers being a globular nodding fruit, whoſe cover is ſet with tuber-
pretty long, and of a bright yellow colour, are the cles and ſoft leaves. Stramonium Ægyptiacum fore
only viſible parts of the flowers to be diſcerned at any pleno, intus albo, foris violaceo. Tourn. Inft. 119.
diſtance.
Egyptian Thorn Apple with a double flower, white on
The flowers on the female plants are ſucceeded by the inſide, and Violet-coloured on the outſide.
oblong three-cornered capſules, filled with ſmall 7. DATURA (Arborea) pericarpiis inermibus nutantibus,
ſeeds, which adhere to the three valves. The plants caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 179. Datura with a
flower in June, and the ſeeds ripen in September. nodding fruit having an unarmed cover, and a tree-like
The ſtalks decay in autumn and new ariſe in ſpring, Stalk. Stramonioides arboreum, oblongo & integro
This fort may be propagated by parting the roots, folio, fructu lævi, vulgò. Flori pondio. Feuil. tab. 46.
which ſhould be performed in autumn when the
The firſt fort here enumerated is the moſt common
ſtalks decay, (which is the beſt time to tranſplant the Thorn Apple in Europe, and was probably firſt intro-
roots), but they muſt not be parted too ſmall; they
duced from Italy or Spain, where it naturally grows;
may be planted in any open beds, where they are not but it is now become ſo common about London, and
under the drip of trees, and will require no other near other great towns in England, as to appear like
culture but to keep them clean from weeds.
a native plant; for there are few gardens or dunghills
It may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, but theſe ſhould without this plant in ſummer, though it is only near
be taken from ſuch plants as grew in the neighbour- ſuch places, where the plants may have been culti-
hood of male plants, otherwiſe they will not ſucceed; vated firſt in the gardens; and wherever any of theſe
and if the ſeeds are not ſown in autumn, they feldom plants are permitted to ſeed, they will furniſh a ſup-
grow the firſt year. The ſeedling plants when they
.
ply of the plants for ſome years to come, as they pro-
riſe, will require no other care but to keep them clean duce a vaſt quantity of ſeeds, ſome of which will lie
from weeds till autumn, when they may be tranſ- years in the ground, and when they are turned up to
planted where they are to grow.
the air will vegetate.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Canada, and other This ſort feldom grows much more than two feet
parts of North America. This differs from the for-
high, dividing into many ſtrong irregular branches
mer, in having hairy ſtalks, which grow taller; the which are hollow, garniſhed with large ſmooth leaves
leaves are larger, and do not ſtand fo near each other divided into irregular angles, and emit a fætid odour.
upon the ſtalks. It is equally hardy with the firſt The flowers come out firſt from the forks or diviſions of
fort, and may be propagated in the ſame manner, but the branches, and afterward near the extremities of the
ſhould have a more ſhady ſituation and a moiſter foil. branches; they have long ſwelling tubes, which are
DATURA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 218. Stramonium. dilated at the top into large pentagonal brims, each
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 118. Thorn Apple.
angle ending in a long point or ligula; theſe ſtand
The CHARACTERS are,
in long, green, five-cornered empalements, and are
The flower is of one petal which is funnel-ſhaped, having ſucceeded by large roundiſh feed-veffels, covered
a long cylindrical tube, Spreading open at the top, which with ſtrong thorns, divided by four furrows, to
in ſome ſpecies is pentangular, each angle being pointed ; which adhere the partitions, which ſeparate the four
the empalement of the flower is permanent, ſwelling in cells, filled with black kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers
the middle, five-cornered, and tubulous ; the flower bath in July, Auguſt, and September, and the feeds ripen
in
a
a
3
4. U

D A T
D A U
a
of
in autumn, which, if permitted to ſcatter, will fill feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which are
the ground about them with plants the following garniſhed with large, ſmooth, finuated leaves, stand-
years. There was formerly a cooling ointment made ing upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
with the leaves of this plant and hogs lard, which was produced at the diviſions of the branches; theſe have
greatly eſteemed for burns and ſcalds.
large ſwelling tubes, which expand very broad at
There is a variety (if not a diſtinct ſpecies of this) the top, their brims being divided into ten angies,
which grows naturally in North America; the plants each ending with a long ſlender point. The flowers
of this grow more than twice the fize of the former ; are of a beautiful purple on their outſide, and a fat-
the leaves are ſmoother, and of a lucid green, but tiny white within ; ſome of theſe are ſingle, others have
the flowers and fruit are of the ſame form as thoſe of two or three flowers ſtanding one within another, and
the other, ſo may be deemed a diſtinct ſpecies, ſome are double, having four or five petals within
eſpecially as the difference continues in the plants each other of equal length, ſo as to appear a full
propagated in England.
flower at the brim; they have an agreeable odour at
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moſt parts of A- firſt, but if long ſmelt to, become lefs agreeable, and
merica, for I have frequently received the feeds of it are narcotic. If theſe plants are brought forward up-
from the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, and alſo from all on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and in June planted out
the northern parts of America. This riſes with a pur- on a warm border of rich earth, they will flower very
ple ſtrong ſtalk to the height of four or five feet, di- finely in July and Auguft; but unleſs they are co-
viding into many ſtrong branches, garniſhed with vered with glaſſes, the feeds ſeldom ripen well in Eng-
leaves ſhaped ſomewhat like thoſe of the former fort, land. The fruit of this fort is round, and grows nod-
but larger, and have a greater number of angles and la- ding downward; the feed-veſſel is thick and fleſhy,
cinæ on their edges; the flowers have longer and nar- as are alſo the intermediate partitions which divide
rower tubes, and are of a purple colour ; the fruit is al- the cells. The outſide of the fruit is covered with
ſo longer, and theſe differences are permanent. This is blunt protuberances, and the feeds are of a bright
equally hardy with the former, and if the ſeeds are per- brown colour when ripe.
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will become troubleſome The ſeventh fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz
weeds. The third fort hath a ſtrong ftem, which riſes by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing
three feet high, and divides into many woolly branches; there naturally. This riſes with a woody ſtalk to the
the leaves of this ſort are almoſt entire, having only height of twelve or fourteen feet, dividing into ſe-
two or three flight indentures on their edges; the flow- veral branches, which are garniſhed with oblique
ers have long tubes, which extend beyond the bifid leaves fix inches long, and two inches and a half
empalement, then they ſpread out very broad, where broad in their broadeſt part, growing narrower at each
the brim is divided into ten obtuſe angles; they are end; they are oblique to the foot-ſtalk, which ſtands
of a pure white above, but the tubes have a tincture nearer to one ſide than the other; they are downy,
green within. Theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come
fruit, cloſely covered with thorns, and are divided out at the diviſion of the branches; theſe have a looſe
into four cells as the other, but the feeds of this are tubular empalement near four inches long, which
of a light brown colour when ripe.
opens at the top on one ſide like a ſpatha or ſheath,
This plant is not ſo hardy as the others, ſo the ſeeds within the empalement; the tube of the flower is
muſt be ſown upon a gentle hot-bed in the ſpring, and narrow, but immediately above it ſwells very large
the plants muſt be afterward treated in the ſame man- for near ſix inches in length, then ſpreads open at the
ner as the Marvel of Peru, and other of the hardier brim, where it is divided into five angles, which ter-
kinds of annual plants, and may be tranſplanted into minate in very long points; they are white, with
the full ground the latter end of May. They will ſome longitudinal ſtripes, of a pale yellow on their
flower in July, and the ſeeds will ripen in autumn. outſide; theſe are ſucceeded by round ſmooth cap-
There is a variety of this with double flowers, but ſules, filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
unleſs the plants of this are placed in a glaſs-caſe, they This tree is one of the greateſt ornaments to the gar-
will not produce ſeeds in this country,
dens in Chili, where the inhabitants propagate it with
The fourth fort is of humbler growth, ſeldom riſing great care. When the flowers are fully blown, they
more than a foot and a half high, ſpreading out into make a fine appearance, and a ſingle tree will per-
many branches, which are garniſhed with leaves fume the air of a large garden.
ſomewhat like thoſe of the firſt ſort, but are ſmaller, This plant is tender, fo requires to be kept in a ſtove
and ſtand upon longer foot-ſtalks; the flowers are in England. The ſeeds of this muſt be procured
like thoſe of the firſt fort, but ſmaller; the fruit is from the places where the trees naturally grow; they
round, and armed with very ſtrong ſharp thorns, fhould be perfectly ripe when gathered, and carefully
the upper being large, and converge toward each put up, ſo as that the vermin cannot get to them, for
other. The ſeeds of this are black when ripe.
they will deſtroy them. Moſt of the feeds which
This ſort is too tender to be fown in the full ground were ſent over by Dr. Houſtoun, were devoured in
in England, ſo the plants ſhould be raiſed on a hot- their paſſage by infects, ſo that but few plants were
bed, and afterward tranſplanted into borders as the raiſed. There were two or three of them raifed in
former fort.
the gardens of the late Lord Petre, and two in the
The fifth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, from Chelſea garden ; one of which came fo far as to
whence I received the ſeeds. This riſes with a pur-
I
flower, but periſhed without producing ſeeds, ſo that
pliſh ſtem three or four feet high, dividing into fe- at preſent I believe there is not any of the plants in
veral ſtrong branches, garniſhed with oblong heart- England.
ſhaped leaves. The ſtalks, branches, and leaves of DAUCUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 296. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
this ſort are covered with ſoft hairs; the flowers come
307. tab. 161. [daīz@, which fome derive of daías,
out at the diviſion of the ſtalks and branches, ſtand- Gr. to burn, of its ſharp and fiery power, or fervent
ing erect; they are large, white, and are ſucceeded taſte.] The Carrot.
by oval fruit, covered with long, ſoft, innocent fpines, The CHARACTERS are,
opening in four cells, which are full of brown feeds. It hath an umbelliferous flower ; the principal umbel is
This plant is annual, and ſhould be firſt raiſed on a compoſed of a great number of ſmall ones called rays,
moderate hot-bed, then may be tranſplanted into which are ſhort, and in cluſters. The involucrum of the
open borders, where it will flower and perfect its principal umbel is compoſed of many narrow leaves, having
ſeeds in the autumn. If theſe ſeeds are permitted to winged points; theſe are ſcarce ſo long as the umbel; thoſe
ſcatter, the plants will riſe the following ſpring, and of the rays are ſhorter and ſimple. The flowers have five
if the ſummer proves warm, they will hower and of- heart-ſhaped petals which turn inward; thoſe which com-
ten perfect their feeds.
poſe the rays are unequal in ſize, but thoſe of the diſk are
The fixth fort grows naturally in Egypt, and alſo in nearly fo; theſe have each five hairy ſtamina, terminated
India. This riſes with a fine poliſhed purple ſtalk four by roundiſh ſummits. The germen fits under the flower,
fupport-
a
а

D A U
D A U
root.
a
a
ſupporting two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas.
The germen afterward becomes a ſmall, roundiſh, ſtri-
aied fruit, dividing in two parts, each having a ſingle ſeed,
convex and furrowed on one ſide, and plain on the other.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
the flower having five ftamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. Daucus (Sylveſtris) feminibus hiſpidis, radice tenui-
ore fervido. Carrot with a prickly ſeed, and a ſlender
hot root. Daucus vulgaris. Cluf. Hift. 2. p. 198.
Common wild Carrot.
2. Daucus (Carota) feminibus hifpidis, radice carnoſo
eſculento. Carrot with a prickly ſeed, and a fleſhy eatable
Daucus ſativus, radice aurantii coloris. Tourn.
Inſt. R. H. 307.
3. DAUCUS (Gingidium) radiis involucri planis, laciniis
recurvis. Prod. Leyd. 97. Carrot with plain rays to the
involucrum, and recurved jags. Daucus montanus
lucidus. Tourn. Inſt. 307. Shining maritime Carrot.
4. Daucus (Hiſpidus) caule hiſpido, ſegmentis foliorum
latioribus. Carrot with a prickly ſtalk, and broader ſeg-
ments to the leaves. Paſtinaca Oenanthes folio. Bocc.
Rar. Pl. 75. Parnep with a Water Dropwort leaf.
5. DAUCUS (Creticus) radiis involucri pinnatifidis, um-
bellis duplo longioribus, foliolis acutis. Carrot with
wing-pointed rays to the involucrum, which are twice the
length of the umbel, and acute leaves. Daucus tenuifo-
lius Creticus, radiis umbellæ longioribus. Tourn. Inſt.
R. H. 308. Narrow-leaved Carrot of Crete, with rays
longer than the umbel.
6. DAUCUS (Mauritanicus) ſeminibus hiſpidis, floſculo
centrali fterili carnoſo, receptaculo communi hemif-
phærico. Lin. Sp. 348. Carrot with biſpid ſeeds, the
central flower barren, and the common receptacle hemiſ-
pherical. Daucus Hiſpanicus, umbella magna. Tourn.
,
.
Inft. 308.
7. Daucus (Viſnaga) ſeminibus nudis. Hort. Cliff. 89.
Carrot having naked ſeeds. Gingidium umbella oblon-
gâ. C. B. P. 151. Gingidium with an oblong umbel.
8. DAUCUS (Muricatus) feminibus aculeatus. Lin. Sp.
349. Carrot with prickly ſeeds. Caucalis major Dau-
coides Tingitana. Mor. Hiſt. 3. p. 308.
.
The firſt fort is the common wild Carrot, which
grows by the ſide of fields, and in paſture grounds in
many parts of England. The plants of this ſort do
not differ greatly in appearance from the Garden Car-
rot, which has led ſome perſons into an opinion of
their being the ſame plant; but thoſe who have at-
tempted to cultivate the wild fort, are fully convinced
of their being diſtinct plants. I have tried to culti-
vate the wild fort for many years, but could never
get the ſeeds which were fown in the ſpring to grow,
upon which I fowed the ſeeds in autumn, part of
which have come up well; theſe plants I cultivated
in the ſame manner as the Garden Carrot, but could
not improve the roots in the leaſt, for they continued
to be ſmall, ſticky, and of a hot biting taſte; and
this has been always the caſe, wherever the plants
have been fown, therefore there can be no doubt of
their being different plants. The feeds of this fort
are uſed in medicine, and are eſteemed good to bring
away gravel: it is an excellent diuretic, but inſtead
of theſe ſeeds, the ſhops are uſually ſupplied with old
feeds of the Garden Carrot, when they have loſt their
vegetative quality, then the feedſmen fell them to
the druggifts for medicinal uſe; but certainly all ſeeds
which are too old to grow, can have little virtue re-
maining in them.
There are ſeveral varieties of the Garden Carrots,
which differ in the colour of their roots, and theſe
variations may be continued, where there is proper
care taken not to mix the different forts together in
the ſame garden; but the Orange Carrot is generally
eſteemed in London, where the yellow and the white
Carrots are ſeldom cultivated.
The dark red, or purple Carrot, I take to be a dif-
tinct fort from either of theſe ; but as it is much ten-
derer, I have not had an opportunity of ſeeing it in the
flower, for the roots were all deſtroyed by the firſt
froſts in autumn. The feeds of this ſort were fent
me from Aleppo, which ſucceeded very well; the
roots were not ſo large as thoſe of the other ſorts of
Carrots, and were of a purple colour, very like that
of a deep-coloured Radiſh; they were very tender
and ſweet; the leaves were finer cut than thoſe of
the common Carrot, and were leſs hairy.
The ſecond ſort is commonly cultivated in gardens
for the kitchen, and the different varieties of it are,
in ſome places, eſteemed, though in London, the O-
range Carrot is preferred to all the other.
They are propagated at two or three different ſeaſons,
or ſometimes oftener, where people are fond of young
Carrots, whenever they can be procured. The firſt
feaſon for ſowing the ſeeds is ſoon after Chriſtmas, if
the weather is open, which ſhould be in warm bor-
ders, near walls, pales, or hedges, but they ſhould
not be fown immediately cloſe thereto; but a border
Lettuce, or other young fallad herbs, of about a
foot wide, ſhould be next the wall, &c. for if the
Carrots were fown cloſe to the wall, they would draw
up weak, without making any tolerable roots.
Theſe delight in a warm ſandy foil which is light,
and ſhould be dug pretty deep, that the roots may the
better run down ; for if they meet with any obftruc-
tion, they are very apt to grow forked, and ſhoot out
lateral roots, eſpecially where the ground is too much
dunged the ſame year that the feeds are fown, which
,
will alſo occaſion their being worm-eaten ; it is there-
fore the better method to dung the ground intended
for Carrots the year before they are ſown, that it
may be conſumed, and mixed with the earth; but
in ſuch places where there has not been ground ſo
prepared the year before, and there may be a necef-
fity for dunging it the ſame year as the Carrots are
ſown, the dung ſhould be well rotted which is laid
upon it, and ſhould be thinly ſpread over the ground;
and in the digging of it into the ground, great care
ſhould be taken to diſperſe it all through the ground,
and not to bury it in heaps, for that will ſtop the
roots of the Carrots in their downright growth, and
cauſe them to be ſhort and forky. Where the ground
is inclinable to bind, there cannot be too much care
taken to break and divide the parts; therefore in
digging the land for Carrots, there ſhould never be
large ſpits taken, but they muſt be very thin, and the
clods well broken; which, if not attended to by the
maſter, is ſeldom properly performed by workmen,
who are too apt to hurry over their work, if they are
not well obſerved.
The ground when dug ſhould be laid level and even,
otherwiſe when the ſeeds are fown and the ground is
raked over, part of the ſeeds will be buried too deep,
and others will be in danger of being drawn up into
heaps; ſo the plants will come up in bunches, and
other parts of the ground be naked, which ſhould al-
ways be carefully avoided.
The ſeeds have a great quantity of ſmall forked
hairs upon their borders, by which they cloſely ad-
here, ſo that they are difficult to fow even, ſo as not
to come up in patches; you ſhould therefore rub it
well through both hands, whereby the feed will be
ſeparated before it is fown; then you ſhould chooſe
a calm day to ſow it in, for if the wind blows, it will
be impoſſible to fow it equal, for the ſeeds being very
light, will be blown into heaps. When the feed is
ſown, you ſhould tread the ground pretty cloſe with
your feet, that it may be buried, and then rake the
ground level.
When the plants are come up and have got four
leaves, you ſhould hoe the ground with a ſmall hoe
about three inches wide, cutting down all young
weeds, and ſeparating the plants to four inches diſtance
each way, that they may get ſtrength; and in about
a month or five weeks after, when the weeds begin to
grow again, you ſhould hoe the ground over a ſecond
time, in which you ſhould be careful not to leave
two Carrots cloſe to each other, as alſo to ſeparate
them to a greater diſtance, cutting down all weeds,
and ſlightly ſtirring the ſurface of the ground in every
3
place,
a

D A U
DA U
3
place, the better to prevent young weeds from ſpring-
ing, as alſo to facilitate the growth of the young
Carrots.
In about a month or five weeks after, you muſt
hoe them a third time, when you muſt clear the
weeds as before, and now you ſhould cut out the
Carrots to the diſtance they are to remain, which muſt
be proportioned to the ſize you intend to have them
grow. If they are to be drawn while young, five or
fix inches aſunder will be ſufficient, but if they are
to grow large before they are pulled up, they ſhould
be left eight or ten inches diſtant every way; you
inuit alſo keep them clear from weeds, which, if ſuf-
fered to grow amongſt the Carrots, will greatly pre-
judice them.
The ſecond ſeaſon for fowing theſe ſeeds is in Febru-
ary, on warm banks, ſituated near the ſhelter of a
wall, pale, or hedge; but thoſe which are intended
for the open large quarters, ſhould not be ſown before
the beginning of March, nor ſhould you ſow any later
than the end of the ſame month; for thoſe which are
ſown in April or May, will run up to feed before their
roots have any bulk, eſpecially if the weather ſhould
prove hot and dry.
In July you may fow again for an autumnal crop,
,
and at the end of Auguſt you may ſow fome to ſtand
the winter; by which method you will have early
Carrots in March, before the ſpring ſowing will be fit
to draw; but theſe are ſeldom ſo well tafted, and are
often very tough and ſticky. However, as young
Carrots are generally expected early in the ſpring,
moſt people fow ſome at this ſeaſon, but theſe ſhould
be ſown upon warm borders and dry land, otherwiſe
,
they are ſeldom good. If the winter ſhould prove very
ſevere, it will be proper to cover the young Carrots
with Peaſe-haulm, the haulm of Aſparagus, or ſome
ſuch light covering, to prevent the froſt from pene-
trating into the ground, which often deſtroys the Car-
rots, where this care is wanting : but if in very hard
winters the Carrots ſhould be all deſtroyed which were
ſown in autumn, there ſhould be a hot-bed made early
in the ſpring to fow ſome, which will be fit for uſe
long before any that are ſown in the full ground;
but theſe beds ſhould be earthed fifteen or ſixteen
inches deep, that the roots may have a proper depth
of ſoil to run down. If theſe beds are lined with hot
dung twice, at ſuch times when the heat of the beds
decline, it will greatly forward the growth of the Car-
rots, but there ſhould be great care taken not to draw
the plants up too weak; theſe may be allowed to
grow cloſer together than thoſe ſown in the full
ground, becauſe they will be drawn for uſe very
young. Many people mix ſeveral other forts of feeds,
as Leek, Onion, Parſnep, Radiſh, &c. amongſt their
Carrots ; and others plant Beans, &c. but, in my
opinion, neither of theſe methods are good; for, if
there is a full crop of any one of theſe plants, there
can be no room for any thing elſe amongſt them, ſo
that what is got by one is loft by another; and be-
ſides, it is not only more fightly, but better, for the
plants of each kind to be ſown ſeparate ; and alſo by
this means your ground will be clear, when the crop
is gone, to ſow or plant any thing elſe ; but when
three or four kinds are mixed together, the ground
is ſeldom at liberty before the ſucceeding ſpring : be-
fides, where Beans, or any other tall-growing plants
are planted amongft the Carrots, they are apt to make
them grow more in top than root; ſo that they will
half fo large as if ſown ſingly, without any
other plants amongſt them.
The covetouſneſs of fome gardeners will not permit
them to cut out their Carrots to a proper diſtance when
they hoe them, ſo that by leaving them cloſe, they
draw each other up weak: and if they are drawn
while young, they never recover their ſtrength after-
ward ſo perfectly, as to grow near the ſize of thoſe
which are properly thinned at the firſt hoeing; there-
fore where the Carrots are deſigned to have large
roots, they muft never ſtand too cloſe, nor ſhould
they have any other crop mixed with them,
This root has been long cultivated in gardens for the
table, but has not till of late years been cultivated in
the fields for cattle, nor has it been practiſed as yet
but in few parts of England; it is therefore greatly
to be wiſhed, that the culture of it was extended to
every part of England, where the ſoil is proper for
the purpoſe; for there is ſcarce any root yet known,
which more deſerves it, being a very hearty good
food for moſt ſorts of animals. One acre of Carrots,
if well planted, will fatten a greater number of ſheep
or bullocks, than three acres of Turneps, and the
fleſh of theſe animals will be firmer and better taſted.
Horſes are extremely fond of theſe roots, and for hogs
there is not any better food. I have alſo known theſe
roots cultivated for feeding of deer in parks, which
has proved of excellent uſe in hard winters, when
there has been a ſcarcity of other food; at which
times great numbers of deer have periſhed for want,
and thoſe which have eſcaped, have been ſo much re-
duced, as not to recover their fleſh the following
ſummer; whereas, thoſe fed with Carrots have been
kept in good condition all the winter, and upon the
growth of the graſs in the ſpring, have been fat early
in the ſeaſon, which is an advantage, where the graſs
is generally backward in its growth.
There is alſo an advantage in the cultivation of this
root beyond that of the Turnep, becauſe the crop is
not ſo liable to fail ; for as the Carrots are ſown in
the ſpring, the plants generally come up well, and
unleſs the months of June and July prove very bad,
there is no danger of the crop fucceeding; whereas
Turneps are frequently deſtroyed by the Hies at their
firſt coming up, and in dry autumns they are attacked
by caterpillars, which in a ſhort time devour whole
fields, but Carrots are not attacked by theſe vermin:
therefore every farmer who has a ſtock of cattle or
ſheep, ſhould always have a ſupply of theſe roots, if
,
he has land proper for the purpoſe, which muſt be
light, and of a proper depth to admit of the roots
running down.
In preparing the land for Carrots, if it has not been
in tillage before, it ſhould be ploughed early in au-
tumn, and then ploughed acroſs again before winter,
laying it up in high ridges to mellow by the froſt;
and if the ground is poor, there ſhould be ſome rotten
,
dung ſpread over it in winter, which ſhould be
ploughed in about the beginning of February; then
in March, the ground ſhould be ploughed again to
receive the ſeeds; in the doing of which, ſome far-
mers have two ploughs, one following the other in
the ſame furrow, ſo that the ground is looſened a
foot and a half deep. Others have men with ſpades
following the plough in the furrows, turning up a
be
fpit of earth from the bottom, which they lay upon
the top, levelling it ſmooth and breaking the clods;
the latter method is attended with a little more ex-
pence, but is much to be preferred to the firſt, becauſe
way the clods are more broken, and the ſur-
face of the ground is laid much evener.
If the land has been in tillage before, it will require
but three ploughings; the firſt juſt before winter,
when it ſhould be laid in high ridges for the reaſons
before given ; the ſecond croſs ploughing ſhould be
in February, after which, if it is well harrowed to
break the clods, it will be of great ſervice; the laſt
time muſt be in March to receive the feeds, this
ſhould be performed in the manner before mention-
ed. After this third ploughing, if there remain great
clods of earth unbroken, it will be proper to harrow
it well before the ſeeds are fown. One pound and a
half of feeds will be ſufficient for an acre of land,
but as they are apt to adhere together, it renders
them more difficult to fow even than moſt other forts ;
therefore ſome mix a quantity of dry fand with their
ſeeds, rubbing them well together, ſo as to ſeparate
the Carrot ſeeds from each other, which is a good
method. After the ſeeds are fown, they muſt be
gently harrowed in to bury them; and when the
plants come up, they ſhould be hoed in the manner
before directed
a
;
a
in this
not
But

D A U
DAY
a
in
years old.
But in order to preſerve your Carrots for uſe all the D'AYENIA, Monier.
winter and ſpring, you ſhould, about the beginning This genus of plants receives its title from Monſeig-
of November, when the green leaves are decayed, neur Le Duc D'Ayen, who is a great lover and pro-
dig them up, and lay them in fand in a dry place,
,
moter of the ſcience of botany; and has a noble
where the froft cannot come to them, taking them garden at St. Germains, which is well ſtored with rare
out from time to time as you have occaſion for them, plants from many different parts of the world, and
reſerving ſome of the longeſt and ſtraiteft roots for has appointed Dr. Monier, member of the Royal A-
ſeed, if you intend to ſave any; which roots ſhould cademy of Sciences, the ſuperintendent of it.
be planted in the middle of February, in a light foil, The CHARACTERS are,
about a foot aſunder each way, obſerving to keep the It hath an empalement compoſed of five ſmall ovol leaves
ground clear from weeds; and about the middle of which are dry. The flower hath five petals, whoſe points
Auguft, when you find the ſeeds are ripe, you muſt cut are united to a plain ſtarry nectarium; the nectarium fits
it off, and carry it to a dry place, where it ſhould be upon a cylindrical column which is erect, and the length of
expoſed to the fun and air for ſeveral days to dry; the empalement; it is bell-ſhaped, having five depreſſed
then you may beat out the ſeeds, and put it
up
lobes ct the margin: it hath five ſhort ſtamina inſerted in-
bags, keeping it in a dry place until you uſe it. to the border of the nefarium, terminated by roundiſh
This feed is feldon eſteemed very good after the firſt Summits, which are joined to the border of the petals. It
or ſecond year at moſt, but new feed is always pre- hath a roundiſh germen in the bottom of the nettarium,
ferred, nor will it grow when it is more than two Supporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a five-cornered
obtuſe ſtigma. The capſule heth five cells, incloſing five
The third fort grows naturally about Montpelier ; oblong ſeeds faſtened to the capſule.
this hath ſmoother ſtalks than the common Carrot, the This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
ſegments of the leaves are broader, and of a lucid of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, intitled Gynandria Pen-
green; the umbels of the flowers are larger, and not tandria, the flowers having five ſtamina, which are
ſo regular. This is an annual plant, but it fucceeds faſtened with the ſtyle to the nectarium.
beft when ſown in autumn.
We at preſent know but one Species of this genus,
The fourth fort is of lower growth than either of the
viz.
former; the ſtalks are cloſely covered with ſhort D’AYENIA (Pufilla) foliis cordatis glabris. Lin. Sp. 1354.
prickles, the ſegments of the leaves are broad and D'Ayenia with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves.
obtuſe, the umbels are finall, and the involucrum is The feeds of this plant were ſent by the younger
longer than the umbel, and the leaves are trifid which De Juſſieu from Peru to Paris, where they ſucceeded,
compoſe it.
and have ſince been communicated to many other gar-
The fifth fort riſes with a ſlender, rough, hairy ſtalk dens in Europe. I received the feeds from Dr. Mo-
upward of two feet high; the leaves are ſhort, and nier, intendent of the garden of the Duke D'Ayen
have a few ſmall ones intermixed, which are thinly
at St. Germains, which have for ſome years grown
placed, and cut into acute ſegments; the umbels are in the Chelſea garden, where the plants annually
not ſo large as thoſe of the common fort, and the in- flower and perfect their feeds.
volucrum is twice the length of the umbel; the leaves This plant hath a weak ligneous ſtalk, which divides
which compoſe it are divided into five or ſeven parts, into ſeveral ſlender branches, riſing from nine inches
ending in acute points; the flowers are yellow. to a foot high, garniſhed by heart-ſhaped ſmooth
The ſixth fort hath a channelled ftalk riſing near leaves, which are ſlightly indented on their edges,
three feet, which is terminated by large umbels of ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are of a
flowers, with a wing-pointed involucrum; the feg- lucid green, and end in acute points, placed alter-
ments of the lower leaves are cut into obtuſe ſegments, nately on the branches. At the baſe of each foot-
and are of a deep green colour.
ſtalk, from the ſide of the branches, come out the
The ſeventh fort is an annual plant, which grows na- flowers, two, three, or four, ariſing from the famë
turally in Spain and Italy; this rifes with an upright, point, each ſtanding upon a ſeparate ſlender foot-
ſmooth, channelled ſtalk three feet high, garniſhed ſtalk; they have five ſlender ftamina, collected into a
with ſmooth leaves, which are divided into many fine fort of column, like the malvaceous flowers, having
narrow ſegments like thoſe of Fennel; the talks a five-cornered germen at the bottom, which after-
branch out upward, and each branch is terminated by ward becomes a roundiſh five-cornered capſule, hav-
a large umbel, compoſed of a great number of ſmall ing five cells, in each of theſe is lodged one kidney-
ones; the involucrum is ſhorter than the umbel, and ſhaped ſeed. The flowers are tubulous, ſpreading
each of the leaves which compoſe it is trifid : the open at the top, where they are cut into five acute
foot-ſtalks which ſuſtain the ſmall umbels (or rays) ſegments, each being terminated by a fender tail;
are long and ſtiff; theſe are by the Spaniards uſed they are purple, and continue in ſucceſſion on the
for picking their teeth, from whence the plant had ſame plants from July to the winter.
the title of Viſnaga, or Pick-tooth. The ſeeds of this This plant is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
plant ſhould be fown in autumn, for thoſe which are ſown upon a moderate hot-bed early in the ſpring;
fown in the ſpring frequently fail, or at leaſt remain and when the plants are come up, and have four
in the ground till next year before they grow; the leaves, they ſhould be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-bed
plants require no other culture but to keep them to bring them forward ; part of them may be planted
clean from weeds, and thin them where they are too in ſmall pots, and the others may be planted on the
,
cloſe.
bed: thoſe in the pots fhould be plunged into a hot-
The eighth fort grows naturally about Tangier. This bed of tanners bark; they muſt be ſhaded till they
riſes with an upright ſtalk above two feet high, gar- have taken new root, then they muſt have free air
niſhed with double-winged leaves which are hairy ; admitted to them every day, in proportion to the
the ſtalk branches upward into ſeveral diviſions, each warmth of the ſeaſon; they require to be frequently
being terminated by an umbel of white flowers, which watered in warm weather, but they ſhould not have
are ſucceeded by prickly ſeeds.
it in too great plenty. The plants ſhould continue
If the feeds of this fort are not ſown in the autumn, all the ſummer in the hot-bed, where they muſt have
the plants rarely perfect their feeds in this country; a good ſhare of air; for thoſe which are fully expoſed
for when they are ſown in the ſpring, and the plants to the open air will not thrive, and if they are too
come up ſoon after, they generally run up to ſeed in much drawn, they do riot flower well. The plants
autumn, ſo that the froits come on before they have will live through the winter in a moderate ſtove, but
time to ripen.
as they perfect their feeds well the firſt year, few per-
Theſe forts are ſometimes preſerved in botanic gar- fons care to continue the old plants. There is a fi-
dens for the ſake of variety, but being of no uſe, are gure of this plant exhibited in the 118th plate of our
not cultivated in other gardens.
figures of plants.
DAUCUS CRETICUS. See ATHAMANTA. DAY-LILY. See HEMEROCALLIS,
DECOR
a
4 X

DEL
DEL
roots.
ز
DECORTICATION, is the pulling off the out-
entire lobes. Delphinium platani folio, ſtaphyfagria
ward bark of trees, alſo the peeling or barking of dictum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 428. Larkſpur with a
Plane-tree leaf, called Staveſacre.
DELPHINIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 602. Tourn. The ſeveral varieties of the Garden Larkſpur are not
Inft. R. H. 426. tab. 241. [Aeroiu, Gr. a dolphin ; here enumerated, as they would ſwell the work be-
ſo called, becauſe the flower, before it opens, re- yond its intended bulk, if all theſe were diſtinguiſhed,
fembles a dolphin. It is called Conſolida Regalis, therefore here are only the diſtinct fpecies mentioned ;
from its conſolidating virtue. Caſpar Bauhin calls and as the gardeners diſtinguiſh the Garden Larkſpurs
it the Royal Plant, becauſe it has its cup turned into thoſe which are branched, and ſuch as have up-
backwards, like a nobleman's badge. Cæſalpinus, right ſtalks; which difference is permanent, and
Pliny, and the poets ſay, this plant is the true Hya- never alters, whatever may be aſſerted to the con-
cinth, becauſe it has the ſyllable ai inſcribed on its trary by ignorant pretenders; fo I ſhall juſt mention
flower, which is a particle of bewailing,] Larkſpur, the ſeveral varieties which there are of each fort,
or Larkſheel.
commonly cultivated in the gardens of the curious.
The CHARACTERS are,
And firſt of the branched Larkſpur, there are of the
The flower bath no empalement; it is compoſed of five following colours, with ſingle and double flowers.
unequal petals pleced circularly; the upper petal is ex- Blue, purple, white, fleſh, Anh, and Roſe colours ;
tended at the binder port into a tubular obtuſe tail; the and ſome have flowers beautifully ſpotted, with two
two ſide petals are nearly of the ſame ſize with the upper,
or three of theſe different colours.
but the two lower are ſmaller; theſe ſpread open. There The upright or unbranched Larkſpur, produces a
is a bifid nectarium ſituated in the center of the petals, greater variety of colours than the branched, and the
and is involved in the tube by the back part. The flower flowers are larger and fuller than thoſe; but the
hath many ſmall ſtamina which incline to the petals, and principal colours run nearly the fame with thoſe of
are terminated by ſmall erect ſummits; it bath three the other, though many of the colours are deeper,
ovol germen, ſupporting three ſtyles which are as long as and there are more different ſhades of theſe colours
the ſtamina, crowned by reflexed ſtigmas; the germen af- in the flowers of this fort.
terward become so many capſules joined together, which The firſt fort grows naturally on arable lands, in
open croſways, each having one cell filled with angular France, Spain, and Italy, and is ſuppoſed to be the
Seeds.
fame as the Garden Larkſpur, which is a great mil-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection take; for I have cultivated it many years in the gar-
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Tri- den, and never found it alter: the leaves of this fort
gynia, the flower having many ſtamina and three are broader, and not ſo much divided as thoſe of the
ſtyles
garden kind, and are placed thinner upon the ſtalks ;
The SPECIES are,
the flowers are ſmaller, and grow in longer ſpikes;
1. DELPHINIUM (Conſolida) nectariis monophyllis, caule the ſtalks are not ſo much branched as that fort which
ſubdiviſo. Hort. Cliff. 217. Larkſpur with a one-leaved is called the branched, nor are they ſingle like the
neftarium and a divided ſtalk. Delphinium fegetum. upright, ſo that I think it may be allowed to be a
Tourn. Inſt. 426. Corn Larkſpur, and the Conſolida different ſpecies.
regalis arvenſis. C. B. P. 142. Field Royal Conſound. The ſecond fort hath upright ſtalks, which ſcarce put
2. DELPHINIUM (Ajacia) nectariis monophyllis, caule out any branches; the ſpikes of flowers grow erect,
fimplici. Larkſpur with a one-leaved nečiarium, and an and the flowers are placed very cloſe together, ſo that
erect ſtalk. Delphinium hortenſe, flore majore & they make a fine appearance. Theſe plants flower in
fimplici cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 426. Garden July and Auguſt, and are very great ornaments to
Larkſpur, with a larger ſingle blue flower.
the borders of the flower-garden.
3. DELPHINIUM ( Ambiguum) nectariis monophyllis, caule The branching Larkſpur, which is the third fort,
ramoſo. Larkſpur with a one-leaved nectarium and a comes later to flower than the upright; this riſes with
branching ſtolk. Delphinium elatius purpuro viola- a very branching ſtalk three feet high or more; the
ceum. Suvert. Flor. Branched Larkſpur.
branches come out horizontally from the fide of the
4. DELPHINIUM (Peregrinum) nectariis diphyllis corollis ſtalks, but afterward turn that part on which the
enneapetalis capſulis teretis, foliis multipartitis ob-ſpike of flowers grow, which is at the extremity up-
tulis. Hort. Cliff
. 213. Larkſpur with a two-leaved ward, ſo as to make an angle; the leaves are long
nectarium, a flower with eleven petals and three capſules, and finely divided; the flowers are placed thinner in
and leaves divided into many obtuſe ſegments. Delphi- the ſpikes than thoſe of the upright fort; they are
num latifolium, parvo flore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 426. large, and ſome of them very double and of various
Broad-leaved Larkſpur with a ſmall flower.
colours. w
5. DELPHINIUM (Elatum) nectariis diphyllis, labellis bi- Theſe plants are annual, ſo are every year propagated
fo
fidis, apice barbatis, foliis inciſis, caule erecto. Hort. by feeds, which ſhould be fown where the plants are
Upfal
. 151. Larkſpur with a two-leaved nectarium, a deſigned to remain, for they do not bear tranſplanting
bifid lip bearded at the top, cut leaves, and an erect ſtalk.orwell, eſpecially if they are not removed very young:
Delphinium perenne montanum villoſum, aconitiv thoſe feeds which are fown in autumn, produce the
folio. Tourn. Inft. 426. Perennial hairy Mountain ſtrongeſt plants and moſt double flowers, and ripen
Larkſpur with a Monkſbood leaf, commonly called the Bee their feeds better than thoſe which are fown in the
Larkſpur.
ſpring, as they come earlier to flower; but to con-
6. DELPHINIUM (Grandiflorum) nectaris diphyllis, labellis tinue a ſucceſſion of theſe flowers, there ihould be
integris, fioribus ſubſolitariis, foliis compoſitis li- fome feeds ſown in the ſpring. When they are fown
neari-multipartitis. Hort. Upfal. 150. Larkſpur with on the borders of the flower-garden for ornament,
a two-leaved nectarium, an entire lip, flowers growing they ſhould be in patches of about a foot diameter,
Singly, and compound leaves divided into many narrow in the middle of the borders, at proper diſtances; in
parts. Delphinium humilius anguſtifolium perenne, each of theſe patches may be ſcattered ten or a dozen
fiore azureo. Amman. Dwarf narrow-leaved perennial feeds, covering them over about a quarter of an inch
Larkſpur with on azure flower.
with earth; and in the ſpring the plants may be
7. DELPHINIUM (Americanum) nectariis diphyllis, la- thinned, leaving about five or fix of the upright fort
bellis integris, floribus fpicatis, foliis palmatis mul- in each patch to ſtand for flowering; but of the
tifidis glabris. Plate 119. Larkſpur with a two-leaved branching fort, not more than three or four, becauſe
nectarium, an entire lip, flowers growing in ſpikes, and pal- theſe require room ; after this the plants will require
mated, multifid, ſmooth leaves, commonly called American no farther care but to keep thein clean from weeds,
and when they begin to flower ſhould be ſupported
8. DELPHINIUM (Staphiſagria) nectariis diphyllis, foliis by flower-ſticks to prevent their being broken by
palmatis, lobis integris
. Hort. Cliff
. 213. Larkſpur wind, eſpecially if they are not in a ſheltered ſituation.
with a two-leaved empalement, and polmated leaves having If the feeds were well chofen, there will be very few
ordinary
a
m
Larkſpur.

DEL
D EN
a
2
3
ordinary flowers among them; and if there are ſeeds terſburgh, where they ſucceeded; and the feeds were
of the different coloured flowers fown in each patch, ſent me from thence by the late Dr. Amman, who
they will make a pleaſing variety: but the upright was profeſſor of botany in that univerſity. This hath
fort ſhould never be mixed in the fame patches with a perennial root, which puts out two or three
the branching, becauſe they do not flower at the branching ſtalks every ſpring; theſe riſe about a foot
ſame time.
and a half high, and are garniſhed at each joint with
But in order to preſerve the two forts fine without leaves compoſed of many narrow ſegments, which
degenerating to fingle or bad colours, there ſhould be terminate with ſeveral acute points; they are ſmooth,
a bed of each fort ſown in autumn, in ſome feparate and of a light green colour; the flowers come out
part of the garden, where the plants ſhould be pro- toward the upper part of the ſtalks fingly, each
perly thinned, and kept clean from weeds, till they ſtanding upon a long naked foot-ſtalk ; theſe are large,
begin to ſew their flowers; when they ſhould be and of a fine azure colour; they appear the latter
carefully looked over every other day, to pull out all part of July, and are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen
thoſe plants, whoſe flowers are not very double nor
in the autumn.
of good colours; for if theſe are permitted to ſtand The ſeventh fort grows naturally in America; this is
among the others till their farina has impregnated a perennial plant, which riſes with ſtrong branching
them, it will certainly cauſe them to degenerate; ſo ftalks fix or ſeven feet high, garniſhed with hand-
that thoſe perſons who are contented with only ſhaped leaves, which are divided into four or five
marking their good flowers for ſeed, and ſuffer the broad lobes, ending with many acute points; theſe
others to ſtand for ſeed among them, will always find are ſmooth, and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks; the
themſelves diſappointed in the goodneſs of their flow- flowers terminate the ſtalks, growing in long ſpikes ;
ers the following ſeaſon: therefore thoſe who propoſe they are of a fine blue colour, with a bearded nec-
to have theſe fowers in perfection, ſhould never tarium, having two lips; and of a dark colour, re-
gather the feeds of ſuch as grew in the borders of ſembling at a ſmall diſtance the body of a bee.
the flower-garden; becauſe there it will be almoſt All the perennial Larkſpurs are propagated by feeds,
impoſſible to preſerve them ſo true, as when they are which, if ſown in autumn, will more certainly fuc-
in beds at a diſtance from all other kinds.
ceed, than thoſe which are fown in the ſpring; when
When the ſeed-veſſels turn brown, they muſt be the plants come up, they ſhould be kept clean from
carefully watched, to gather them before they open weeds, and where they are too cloſe together, part
and diſcharge the feeds; ſo that thoſe which are fi- of them ſhould be drawn out, to allow room for the
tuated on the lower part of the ſtalk, will open long others to grow till the following autumn, when they
before thoſe on the upper part of the ſtalk are ripe; muſt be planted where they are to remain; the fol-
for which reaſon the pods ſhould from time to time lowing ſummer they will flower, and the roots con-
be gathered as they ripen, and not ſuffered to ſtand tinue many years growing in magnitude, ſo will pro-
till the ſtalks are pulled up, which is often practiſed. duce a greater number of flower-ítalks.
Thoſe pods which are ſituated on the lower part of The eighth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
the ſtalks, are much preferable to ſuch as grow near turally in the Levant, as alſo in Calabria; this riſes
the top; for which reaſon thoſe who are very curious with a ſtrong hairy ſtalk about two feet high, gar-
in the choice of their feeds, crop off the upper part niſhed with hand-ſhaped hairy leaves, compoſed of
of the ſpikes of flowers, and never ſuffer them to five or ſeven oblong lobes, which have frequently one
ſtand for feeds.
or two acute indentures on their fides; the flowers
As theſe plants are very hardy, and require ſo little form a looſe ſpike at the upper part of the ſtalk,
care in their culture, fo they are worthy of a place in each ſtanding on a long foot-ſtalk ; the flowers are of
every good garden; for during their continuance in a pale blue or purple colour, and have a two-leaved
flower, there are few plants which make a better ap- nectarium: this is propagated by feeds, which ſhould
pearance; and for gathering to make flower-pots to be ſown in autumn, for thoſe ſown in the ſpring never
adorn rooms, there is ſcarce any flower ſo proper; grow the ſame year. The ſeeds ſhould be fown where
becauſe by their upright growth and long ſpikes, the plants are to remain, and require no other treat-
they riſe to a proper height above the pots; and ment than the common Larkſpur. The common
a
when the ſeveral colours ce ſkilfully intermixed people uſe the powder of this feed to kill lice, from
they make a rich appearance, and continue long in
whence it has been titled Louſewort.
beauty
wo
be
DENS CANIS. See ERYTHRONIUM.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily and Spain, DENS LEONIS. See LEONTODON.
I received the ſeeds of it from Gibraltar; this hath a DENTARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 726. Tourn. Inſt.
very branching ítalk, which riſes about two feet high; R. H. 225. tab. 110. Toothwort; in French Den-
the lower leaves are divided into many broad obtuſe taire. lllvrisit
ſegments, but thoſe which are upon the ſtalks are
The CHARACTERS are,
generally ſingle ; the flowers grow ſcatteringly toward The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong
the upper part of the branches, they are Imall, and oval leaves, which fall off; the flower bath four obtuſe
of a deep blue colour ; theſe are ſucceeded by very petals placed in form of a croſs; it hath fix ſtamina, four
ſmall feed-veſſels, which are ſometimes ſingle, and of which are as long as the empalement, the other two
at others double, and very rarely three together, as s are ſhorter; theſe are terminated by oblong heart-ſhaped
in the common forts. This is an annual plant, whoſe ſummits, which ſtand erect. In the center is ſituated on
feeds fhould be fown in autumn, and the plants oblong germen, ſupporting a ſort thick Style, crowned by
treated as the common fort; it hath little beauty, an obtufe Stigma; the germen afterward becomes a long
and is only kept in ſome gardens for the fake of va- taper pod with two cells, divided by an intermediate par-
riety.
ed blood
tition, opening with two valves, including many roundiſha
The fifth fort hath a perennial root, which fends out ſeeds.
ſeveral upright ſtalks in the ſpring, riſing to the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
height of four feet, garniſhed with leaves which are of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia
divided into many broad ſegments, in form of a Siliquoſa, the flowers having four long and two ſhort
fpreading hand; theſe ſegments are cut at their ex- ftamina, and the feeds being incloſed in long pods.
tremities into two or three acute points; the leaves The SPECIES are,
are hairy, and ſtand upon long foot-ftalks ; the flow- 1. DENTARIA (Pentaphyllos) foliis ſummis digitatis. Lin.
ers terminate the talks, growing in long ſpikes; they Sp.912. Five-leaved Toothwort, whoſe upper leaves or?
are of a light blue, covered toward their hinder
part band-Maped. Dentaria pentaphyllos, foliis mollioribus.
with a meally down. This flowers in July and Au- C. B. P. 322. Five-leaved Toothwort with ſoft leaves.
guſt, and in autumn the ſtalks decay to the root. 2. DENTARIA (Bulbifera) foliis inferioribus pinnatis,
The fixth fort grows naturally in Siberia, from whence fummis fimplicibus. Hort. Cliff. 335. Toothwort with
the ſeeds were ſent to the Imperial garden at Pe- lower leaves winged, and the upper ones Single. Denta-
a
3
3
و
GP
ria

DE W
DEW
a
а.
3
3
a
a
و
fia heptaphyllos baccifera. C. B. P. 322. Seven-leaved
bulb-bearing Toothwort.
3. DENTARIA (Ennecphyllos) foliis ternis ternatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 653. Toothwort with three-leaved trifoliate
leaves. Dentaria triphyllos. C. B. P. 322. Three-leaved
Toothwort.
The first fort riſes with a ſtrong ſtalk a foot and a half
high, garniſhed with a leaf at each joint, compoſed
of five lobes, which are four inches long, and near
two broad in the wideſt part, ending in acute points,
deeply ſawed on their edges; theſe are ſmooth, and
ſtand on long foot-ſtalks; the flowers grow in looſe
ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks; they are ſmall, of a
bluſh colour, and ſucceeded by long taper pods filled
with ſmall roundiſh ſeeds. It grows in the ſhady
woods in the ſouth of France and Italy.
The ſecond ſort riſes with ſlender ſtalks about a foot
high; the leaves at the bottom have feven lobes,
thoſe a little above five, others but three, and at the
upper part of the ſtalk they are ſingle: the flowers
grow in clufters at the top of the ſtalk; theſe have
four obtuíe purple petals, and are fucceeded by taper
pods filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
The third fort riſes with an upright ſtalk a foot high;
the leaves are compoſed of nine lobes, three growing
together, ſo that one leaf has three times three; the
flowers grow in ſmall bunches on the top of the ſtalks,
and are ſucceeded by ſmall taper pods filled with
roundiſh feeds.
Theſe plants grow on the mountains in Italy, and in
the woods of Auſtria. The ſecond fort is found wild
in ſome parts of England, but particularly near Hare-
field, in moiſt ſhady woods, and is feldom preſerved
in gardens: this produces bulbs on the ſide of the
ſtalks, where the leaves are ſet on, which, if planted,
will grow and produce plants. Theſe plants are pro-
pagated by feeds, or parting their roots; the feeds
fhould be ſown in autumn, ſoon after they are ripe,
in a light fandy foil and a ſhady ſituation : in the
ſpring the plants may be taken up where they grow
too cloſe, and tranſplanted out in the like ſoil and fi-
tuation; where, after they have taken root, they
will require no farther care, but to keep them clear
from weeds: the ſecond year they will produce flowers,
and ſometimes perfect their feeds.
The beſt time to tranſplant the roots is in October,
when they ſhould be planted in a moiſt ſoil and a
ſhady ſituation ; for they will not live in a dry foil, or
when they are expoſed to the fun.
DEW is by fome defined to be a meteor bred of a
thin cold vapour, or compoſed of the ſteams and
vapours of the earth; which, being exhaled by the
heat of the ſun, and kept ſuſpended during his pre-
ſence, do, upon his abſence, convene into drops, and
then fall down unto the earth again.
Others define it, a thin, light, inſenſible miſt or rain,
falling while the ſun is below the horizon.
The origin and matter of dews are, without doubt,
from vapour and exhalations of the earth and water,
raiſed by the warmth of the fun and earth, &c.
There being many vapours in the air, though not
always viſible, hence it comes to paſs, that even in
clear weather great dews fall, eſpecially in countries
where it ſeldom rains; for when it happens that the
ſcattered vapours are collected and condenſed together,
and forced downwards, they muſt needs fall, and be-
dew the plants and graſs.
The thin veſicles, of which vapours confift, being
once detached from their bodies, keep riling in the
air till they arrive at ſuch a ſtage as is of the ſame
ſpecific gravity with themſelves, when their riſe is
ſtopped: now, as it is the warmth or fire that dilates
the parts of water, and forms thoſe veſicles that are
ſpecifically lighter than the air, and are capable of af-
cending therein; ſo when that heat declines, or is
loft, as by the approach or contiguity of any colder
body, the veſicles condenſe, and become heavier and
deſcend.
Therefore the fun warming the atmoſphere in the
day-time, by the continual influx of his rays, the va-
pöurs being once raiſed, continue their progreſs, not
meeting with any thing to increaſe their gravity,
till ſuch time as they are got far beyond the reach of
the reflected warmth of the earth in the middle re-
gion of the atmoſphere, and there condenſe and form
clouds.
Though fome fay, it is difputable whether dews ever
congregate ſo as to form clouds, as they are only
elevated by the ſun; fo that when that power is gone,
as it is after the ſetting of the ſun, they immediately
deſcend; and this is more obſervable in very warm
weather, and very hot climates.
The time for the falling of the dew is either before
fun-riſing, or after ſun-ſet; that it may regularly fall
at ſuch times, it is neceſſary for the air to be calm,
for windy or ſtormy weather hinders it; but when it
is calm weather, and gentle breezes are felt from the
weſt about the ſetting, and from the eaſt about the
riſing of the ſun, it is probable, that by moderately
cooling the air, they collect the vapours and precipi-
tate them; and becauſe the morning breezes are more
general than the evening ones, for this reaſon the
evening dews fall only here and there, but thoſe in
the morning feldom fail to be univerſal: or, as it
may be otherwiſe expreſſed, when the ſun is got
be-
low the horizon, the atmoſphere cools the vapours,
which have in the preceding day been raiſed by the
warmth of the earth; and the rays of the ſun being
lodged there, as ſoon as they are got out of the air,
they begin to condenſe apace, and ſpend their ſtock
of heat and fire on the cold moiſt air that they paſs
through
Hence it is, that dews are more copious in the ſpring
than other ſeaſons, there being a greater ſtock of va-
pour in readineſs, by reaſon there has been but a ſmall
expence thereof during the winter's cold and froſt
than at other times.
It is found by experience, that the dews are more
copious in hotter countries than in cold, as Pliny ob-
ſerves of the ſummer nights in Africa, which he calls
Rofcidæ æltate noctes; the reaſon of which ſeems
to be this, that in the day-time the heat of the ſun
raiſes abundance of vapours out of the water; which
vapours are ſo extremely rarefied by the fame heat,
that they are diſperſed far and wide; but the cool of
the night brings them together, and condenſes them
to that degree, that they fall to the ground, but not
in ſuch large drops as rain does; but in colder coun-
tries, where there are frequent rains, and the vapours
are leſs rarefied, most of them come down in rain,
and but a ſmall part turns to dew: beſides, in Africa
there is a great difference between the heat of the day
and night, particularly in ſummer; for their nights
are long, and very cold; whereas in northern coun-
tries they are little colder than the day, and much
ſhorter than in places nearer the line.
Pliny likewiſe relates of Egypt, that it abounds in
dews throughout all the heat of ſummer; for the air
being there too hot to conſtipate the vapours in the
day-time, they never gather into clouds, and for that
reaſon they have no rain. But it is known, in climates
where the days are exceſſive hot, the nights are re-
markably cold, ſo that the vapours that are raiſed
after ſun-ſet are readily condenſed into dews: or,
perhaps notable coldneſs inay be rather the effect than
the cauſe of the quantity of dews; for much vapour
being raiſed by the great heat of the earth, and the
ſtock of fire being ſpent on it in the day-time, the
influx of ſuch a great quantity of moiſture muſt greatly
chill the air.
The difference between dew and rain ſeems to be
only this, that dew falls at ſome particular times as
aforeſaid, and in very ſmall drops, ſo as to be ſeen
when down, but ſcarce perceivable while it is falling ;
whereas rain falls at any time, and in groſſer drops.
The reverend Dr. Hales, in his Treatiſe of Vegetable
Statics, tells us, That in order to find out the
quan-
tity of dew that fell in the night on the 15th of Au-
guſt, 7 p. m. he took two glazed earthen pans, which
were three inches deep, and twelve inches diameter
a
3
in

DE W
DIA
W
I
ΤΟ
IO
a
the year.
are.
а
in furface: that he filled them with pretty moiſt Dr. Hales proceeds to inſtance, in the caſe of a Hopia
earth, taken off the ſurface of the ground, and they ground which he gives in the ninth experiment of his
increaſed in weight by the night's dew 180 grains; book of Vegetable Statics, that the evaporation there
and decreaſed in weight by the evaporation of the day found, from the Hops, conſidered only for three
1 ounce + 282 grains.
months, at Tor part of an inch each day, which will
He ſays likewiſe, he ſet theſe in other broader pans be 2 of an inch: but before it be allowed 6,2 inches
to prevent any moiſture from the earth ſticking to the to form the ſurface of the ground, which added to
bottom of them. He adds, that the moiſter the earth the give 7,1 inches, which is the utmoſt that can
is, the more dew falls on it in a night, and more than be evaporated from a ſurface of Hop-ground in a
a double quantity of dew falls on a ſurface of water year; ſo that of 22 inches depth of rain, there re-
than there does on an equal ſurface of moiſt earth. main 15 inches to ſupply ſprings, which are more or
The evaporation of a ſurface of water in nine hours leſs exhauſted, according to the drineſs or wetneſs of
winter's dry day, is z' of an inch: the evaporation
of a ſurface of ice ſet in the ihade during a nine hours Hence we find, that 22 inches depth of rain in a
day, was 't
year is fufficient for all the purpoſes of nature in ſuch
So here are 540 grains more evaporated from the fat countries as that about Teddington near Hamp-
earth every 24 hours in ſummer than fall in dew in ton Court. But in the hill countries, as in Lanca-
the night; that is, in 21 days near 26 ounces from a ſhire, there falls 42 inches depth of rain water, from
circular area of a foot diameter; and circles being as which, deducting 7 inches for evaporation, there re-
the ſquares of their diameters, 10 pounds + 2 ounces
mains 35 inches depth of water for the ſprings, be-
will in 21 days be evaporated from the hemiſphere of fides great ſupplies from much more plentiful dews
30 inches diameter, which the Sunflower's root occu-
than fall in plain countries; which vaſt ſtores ſeem ſo
pies; which, with the 29 pounds drawn off by the abundantly fufficient to anſwer the great quantity of
plant in the ſame time, makes 39 pounds, that is, 9 water, which is conveyed away by the ſprings and ri-
pounds and out of every cubic foot of earth, the vers from thoſe hills, that we need not have recourſe
plant's roots occupying more than 4 cubic feet: but for ſupplies to the great abyſs, whoſe ſurface at high
this is a much greater degree of drineſs than the ſur- water is ſurmounted ſome hundreds of feet by thoſe
face of the earth ever ſuffers for 15 inches depth, even
vaſt hills from whence the longeſt and greateſt rivers
in the drieſt ſeaſons in this country.
take their riſe.
In a long dry ſeaſon therefore, eſpecially within the DIANTHERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 37. Flor. Virg. 6.
tropics, we muſt have recourſe, for ſufficient moiſture
The CHARACTERS are,
to keep plants and trees alive, to the moiſt ſtrata of The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
earth, which lie next below that in which the roots is tubulous, and cut at the top into five equal parts; the
flower is of the grinning kind, having one petal with a
Now moiſt bodies always communicate of their moiſ- Sort tube ; the upper lip is reflexed and bifid, the lower
ture to more dry adjoining bodies; but this flow mo- is divided into three parts, the middle being the broadeſt ;
tion of the aſcent of moiſture is much accelerated by it hath two Short Slender famina adhering to the
the ſun's heat to conſiderable depths in the earth, as back of the petal, one of theſe hath a twin ſummit, the
is probable, he ſays, from the twentieth experiment
other is a little taller. It hath an oblong germen, ſupport-
in the ſaid book.
ing a ſlender ſtyle the length of the stamina, crowned by
Now 180 grains of dew falling in one night on a cir- an obtuſe ſtigma. The empalement afterward becomes a
cle of a foot diameter = 113 ſquare inches; theſe capſule with two cells, opening with two valves, which
180 grains being equally ſpread on this ſurface, its are alternately compreſſed at the top and bottom, and
open with an elaſticity, caſting a ſingle
flat ſeed out of each
depth will be 15 part of an inch
Headds,
cell.
113 X 254
that he found the dew in a winter night to be the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
part of an inch; ſo that if we allow 151 nights for Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Monogynia,
the extent of the ſummer dew, it will in that time the flower having two ftamina and one ſtyle. This is
ariſe to one inch depth: and reckoning the remaining one of the genera which, by Linnæus's method, is fe-
214 nights for the extent of the winter's dew, it will parated to a great diſtance from their congeners; for
produce 2,39 inches depth, which makes the dew of by all their other characters they ſhould be joined to
the whole year amount to 3,39 inches depth.
his fourteenth claſs, but having only two ftamina, they
And the quantity which evaporated in a fair fum-
are put under his ſecond.
mer's day from the ſame ſurface, being as 1 ounces We know but one Species of this genus at preſent,
i
282 grains, gives a part of an inch depth for eva-
viz.
poration, which is four times as much as fell at DIANTHERA (Americana) fpicis folitariis alternis. Lin.
night.
Sp. 24. Dianthera with ſolitary alternate ſpikes.
He ſays likewiſe, that he found by the ſame means, This plant grows naturally in Virginia, and other
the evaporation of a winter's day to be nearly the
parts
of North America, from whence the ſeeds have
ſame as in a ſummer's day; for the earth being in been ſent to England, where they have ſucceeded.
winter more ſaturate with moiſture, that exceſs of This is a low herbaceous plant with a perennial root,
a ,
moiſture anſwers to the exceflive heat in ſummer. which fends out ſeveral weak ſtalks about four inches
Nic. Cruquius, N° 381. of the Philoſophical Tranf-long, garniſhed with roundiſh leaves of an aromatic
actions, found, that 28 inches depth evaporated in a odour, ſtanding cloſe to the ſtalks ; they are hairy,
whole year from water, i. e. f of an inch each day at
,
and of a dark green colour; from the ſide of the
a mean rate : but the earth in a ſummer's day evapo- ftalks the flowers are produced in ſmall ſpikes, placed
of an inch, ſo the evaporation of a ſurface alternately; theſe are in ſhape and colour very like
of water is to the evaporation of a ſurface of earth in thoſe of the Clinopodium, but have only two ftamina
fummer as 10:3
.
ou
in each. It flowers the latter end of July, but rarely
.
The quantity of rain and dew that falls in a year is produces ſeeds in England.
at a medium 22 inches. The quantity of the earth's This plant is very difficult to preſerve in this coun-
evaporation in a year is at leait 9 + 1 inches; ſince try, for although it is hardy enough to live in the open
that is the rate at which it evaporates in a ſummer's air in England, yet it is very ſubject to rot in winter ;
day: from which 9 + 7 inches are to be deducted
9
and if it is placed under ſhelter, it is apt to draw up
3,39 inches for circulating daily dew, there remains weak, and ſoon after decay, ſo that at preſent the
6,2 inches; which 6,2 inches deducted from the quan- plants are rare in this country.
tity of rain that falls in a year, there remains at leaſt DIANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 500. Caryophyllus.
16 inches depth to repleniſh the earth with moiſ- Tourn. Inft: R. H. 329. Clove Gilly Flower, Carna-
ture for vegetation, and to ſupply the ſprings and tion Pink; in French, Oeillet.
rivers.
The
180
I
І
a
I
a
rates
3
40
a
4 Y

DIA
The CHARACTERS are,
lycinis fubulatis patulis, tubum æquantibus, corollis
The fiower hath a long cylindrical empalement which is crenatis. Hort. Cliff. 164. Dianthus with a ſingle
permanent; it hath five petals, whoſe toils are as long as flower on each ſtalk, owl-ſhaped Spreading ſcales to the
the empalement, but their upper part is broad, plain, and empalement equalling the tube, and crenated petals. Ca-
crenated on their borders; theſe are inſerted in the bottom ryophyllus finenfis fupinus, leucoii folio, flore unico.
of the tube, and ſpread open above. It hath ten ſtamina Tourn. Act. Par. 1705. The China Pink.
which are as long as the empalement, terminated by oblong 11. DIANTHUS (Arencrius) caulibus unifloris ſquamis ca-
compreſſed ſummits. In the center is ſituated an ovol ger- lycinis ovatis obtufis, corollis multifidis, foliis line-
men, ſupporting two ſiyles which are longer than the sta- aribus. Flor. Suec. 318. Dianthus having a ſingle
mina, crowned by recurved ſtigmas. The germen efter- flower upon a ſtalk, oval ſcales to the empalement, the
ward becomes a cylindrical capſule with one cell, opening petals of which are cut into many points, and narrow
in four parts at the top, and filled with compreſſed angular leaves. Caryophyllus fylveftris humilis, flore unico.
feeds.
C. B. P. 209. Dwarf wild Pink with one flower.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection 12. DIANTHUS (Alpinus) caule unifloro, corollis crena-
of Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Digynia, tis, ſquamis calycinis exterioribus tubum æquanti-
the flowers having ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
bus, foliis linearibus obtuſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 412.
The SPECIES are,
Dianthus with one flower having crenated petols, the
1. DIANTHUS (Deltoides) foribus ſolitariis, ſquamis ca- outer ſcales of the empalement equalling the tube, and nar-
lycinis lanceolatis binis, corollis crenatis. Hort. Cliff. row obtuſe leaves. Caryophyllus pumilus latifolius.
164. Dianthus with a ſingle flower having a double ſcaly C. B. P. 209. Dwarf broad-leaved Pink.
empalement, and crencied petals. Caryophyllus ſylver-13. DIANTHUS (Superbus) floribus paniculatis, ſquamis
tris vulgaris latifolius. C.B. P. 209. Maiden Pink. calycinis brevibus acuminatis, corollis multifido-ca-
2. DíANTHUS (Virgineus) caule ſubunifloro, corollis cre- pillaribus, caule erecto. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 272.
natis, ſquamis calycinis breviffimis, foliis fubulatis. Dianthus with paniculated flowers, having ſhort-pointed
Lin. Sp. Plant. 412. Dianthus with one flower on a Scales to their empalement, multifid petals, and an upright
ſtalk, crenated petals, very ſhort ſcales to the empalement, ſtalk.
and arol-ſhaped leaves. Caryophyllus minor repens. 14. DIANTHUS (Diministus) floribus folitariis, ſquamis
Noftras, Raii. Syn. 335. Engliſh ſmall creeping Pink, calycinis octonis florem ſuperantibus. Lin. Sp. 587.
commonly called the matted Pink by ſeed men.
Dianthus with a ſingle flower on each ſtalk, baving eight
3. DIANTHUS (Glaucus) floribus fubfolitariis, ſquamis Scales which riſe above the petals of the flower. Caryo-
calycinis lanceolatus quaternis, corollis crenatis. Hort. phyllus ſylveſtris minimus. Tabern. Hift. 290.
Cliff, 164. Dianthus with one flower on a ſtalk, having The firſt fort hath creeping ſtalks, from which come
four ſpear-ſhaped ſcales to the empalement, and crenated out ſeveral tufted heads, cloſely garniſhed with nar-
petals. Tunica ramofior flore candido cum corollâ row leaves, whoſe baſe lie over each other embracing
purpurea. Hort. Elth. 400. Branching Pink with a the ſtalks; between theſe ariſe the flower-ſtalks, which
white flower, having a purple circle, commonly called grow
about fix inches high, garniſhed at every joint
Mountain Pink.
by two narrow graſſy leaves placed oppoſite. The
4. DIANTHUS (Plumarius) Aoribus folitariis, ſquamis ca- ſtalks are terminated by a ſingle flower. It flowers
lycinis ſubovatis breviſſimis, corollis multifidis fauce in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
pubeſcentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 411. Dianthus with a This is rarely admitted into gardens, the flower hav-
Single flower, having short oval Scales to the empalement, ing no beauty.
and petals cut into many points, with a hairy bottom. The ſecond ſort is a low trailing plant, whoſe ſtalks
Caryophyllus ſimplex flore minore pallido rubente. lie on the ground; theſe grow very cloſe together,
C. B. P. 208. Single wild Pink, with a ſmall, pale, reddiſh and are garniſhed with ſhort, narrow, graffy leaves
flower.
of a deep green colour; the ſtalks are terminated by
5. DIANTHUS (Caryophyllus) floribus folitariis ſquamis ſmall red flowers, each ſtanding upon a ſeparate foot-
calycinis fubovatis breviffimis, corollis crenatis. Hort. ſtalk. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in Sep-
Cliff. 164. Dianthus with a ſingle flower, having ſhort tember. This ſort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
oval ſcales to the empalement, and crenated petals. Ca- England, fo is not often cultivated in gardens at pre-
ryophyllus hortenſis fimplex, flore majore. C. B. P. ſent; but formerly the feeds were fown to make edg-
208. Single Garden Carnation with a large flower. ings for the borders of the flower-garden by the title
6. DIANTHUS (Armeria) floribus aggregatis faſciculatis, of matted Pink, by which the ſeeds were ſold in the
fquamis calycinis lanceolatis villoſis tubum æquanti- ſhops.
bus. Hort. Cliff. 165. Dianthus with many flowers ga- The third fort grows naturally upon Chidder rocks
thered into bunches, having hairy Spear-ſhaped ſcales to in Somerſetſhire, and ſome other parts of England.
the empalement, as long as the tube of the flower. Ca- This was formerly cultivated in the gardens by the
ryophyllus barbatus ſylveſtris. C. B. P. 208. Bearded title Mountain Pink. It hath a reſemblance of
wild Pink, called Deptford Pink.
the ſecond fort, but the leaves are ſhorter, and of a
7. DIANTHUS (Barbatus) floribus aggregatis faſciculatis, grayiſh colour; the ſtalks grow taller, and branch
ſquamis calycinis linearibus, foliis lanceolatis. Dian- more; the flowers are larger, of a white colour, with
thus with many flowers gathered in bunches, having very a purple circle in the bottom, like that ſort of
narrow ſcales to the empalement, and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Pink called Pheaſants Eye. As the flowers of this
Caryophyllus barbatus hortenfis latifolius. C. B. P. fort have no ſcent, the plants are feldom kept in
208. Broad-leaved Garden Sweet William.
gardens.
3. DIANTHUS (Prolifer) floribus aggregatis capitatis, The fourth fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
ſquamis calycinis ovatis obtufis muticis tubum ſuper- England, frequently upon old walls; it is a ſmall
antibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 587. Dianthus with flowers ſingle Pink, of a pale red colour, fo is not cultivated
collected into heads, and obtuſe, oval, chaffy ſcales to the in gardens.
empalements, which are longer than the tube. Caryo- The fifth fort is a ſmall ſingle Carnation, which has
phyllus ſylveſtris prolifer. C. B. P. 209. Wild child- been long caſt out of all the gardens; from one of
ing Sweet William.
this fort it is ſuppoſed, many of the fine flowers now
9. DIANTHUS (Ferrugineis) foribus aggregatis capitatis, cultivated in the gardens have been raiſed.
fquamis calycinis lanceolatis ariſtatis, corollis crena- The fixth fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
tis. Dianthus with flowers colleated in beads, having England, and particularly in a meadow near Deptford
Spear-ſhaped ſcales to the empalenient which are bearded, in Kent, from whence it had the title of Deptford
and crenated petals. Caryophyllus montanus umbella- Pink. This is of the kind called Sweet William, the
tus, floribus variis luteis ferrugineis Italicus. Barrel. flowers of theſe grow in cluſters at the end of the
Obſ. 648. Italian umbellated Mountain Pink, with flow- branches; they are red, and have long bearded em-
ers varying from yellow to an iron colour.
palements. I have cultivated this fort above forty
IO. DIANTHUS (Chinenſis) floribus folitariis, ſquamis ca- years, and have never obſerved it to vary.
The
I
a
a

DIA
DIA
a
ز
3
The ſeventh fort is the common Sweet William,
which has been long cultivated in the gardens for or-
nament, of which there are now great varieties which
differ in the form and colour of their flowers, as alſo
in the ſize and ſhape of their leaves; thoſe which have
narrow leaves were formerly titled Sweet Johns by the
gardeners, and thoſe with broad leaves were called
Sweet Williams; there are ſome of both theſe forts
with double flowers, which are very ornamental plants
in gardens.
The eighth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain, Italy, and in England. This is an annual
plant, which riſes with an upright ſtalk about a foot
high, garniſhed with narrow graffy leaves, and is ter-
minated by a ſmall head or cluſter of pale red flowers,
which are included in one common ſcaly empale-
ment. Theſe have little beauty, fo the plants are
ſeldom kept in gardens.
The ninth fort is a biennial plant, which riſes with
an upright ſtalk a foot and a half high, having two
long narrow leaves placed oppoſite at each joint,
which embrace the ſtalk with their baſe; they are of
a deep green colour, ſtiff, and end in acute points.
The flowers grow in cloſe cluſters at the top of the
ftalks, having ſtiff bearded empalements; they are
yellow and iron coloured intermixed on the ſame
ſtalk, and frequently they are of both colours in the
lame head. This plant flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The tenth fort came originally from China, ſo it is
titled the China Pink; the flowers of this have no
ſcent, but there are a great variety of lively colours
among them; and of late years there has been great
improvements made in the double flowers of this fort,
ſome of which are as full of petals as the double Pink,
and their colours are very rich. The plants ſeldom
grow more than eight or nine inches high, branching
out on every ſide; the branches grow erect, and are
terminated each by a ſingle flower. Theſe flower in
July, and continue in ſucceſſion till the froſt ſtops
them; they are commonly raiſed every year from
ſeeds, but the roots will continue two years in dry
ground.
The eleventh ſort is found growing naturally upon
old walls and buildings in many parts of England ;
this is a ſingle ſmall Pink, of a ſweet odour, but of a
pale colour and ſmall, fo makes no appearance ; and
ſince the great improvement which has been made in
theſe flowers by culture, this has been entirely ne-
glected.
The twelfth fort grows naturally on the Alps. This
hath round, ſhort, blunt leaves; the ſtalks ſeldom
riſe more than four inches high, each being terminated
by a ſingle flower of a pale red colour. It is ſome-
times preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
riety, but is rarely admitted into other gardens.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Germany and
Denmark, the leaves of this ſort are like thoſe of
the narrow-leaved Sweet William ; the ſtalk riſes
more than a foot high, and is terminated by a ſingle
flower, having five large petals of a pale red colour,
which are cut into many long ſegments. The roots
of this ſort will live three or four years, but the ſecond
year from ſeeds they are in greateſt beauty; there-
fore as the ſeeds ripen well in England, young plants
ſhould be annually raiſed.
The fourteenth fort is a very diminutive plant, hav-
ing ſhort narrow leaves growing in cloſe heads; the
ſtalk ſeldom riſes fix inches high, which is terminated
by a ſingle flower, of a pale red colour, ſo has little
beauty, therefore is only kept in botanic gardens for
variety
The forts here enumerated, are ſuch as the botaniſts
allow to be diſtinct ſpecies; and all the varieties of fine
flowers, which are now cultivated in the gardens of
the curious, are only accidental variations which have
been produced by culture; and the number of theſe are
greatly increaſed annually, in many different parts of
Europe; ſo that as new varieties are obtained, the old
flowers are rejected.
The plants of this genus may be properly enough
divided into three ſections. The firſt to include all the
variety of Pinks, the ſecond all the Carnations, and
the third thoſe of the Sweet William ; for although
theſe agree ſo nearly in their principal characters, as
to be included under the ſame genus by the botaniſts,
yet they never vary from one to the other, though
they frequently change and vary in the colour of their
flowers.
I ſhall now proceed to treat of theſe under their dif
ferent ſections, and firſt I ſhall begin with the Pink,
of which there are a great variety now cultivated in
the gardens; the principal of which are, the damalk
Pink, the white Shock, the Pheaſant Eye, with dou-
ble and fingle flowers, varying greatly in their fize
and colour; the common red Pink, Cob's Pink,
Dobſon's Pink, white Cob Pink, and Bat's Pink.
The old Man's Head, and painted Lady Pink, ra-
ther belong to the Carnation.
The damaſk Pink is the firſt of the double forts in
flower. This hath but a ſhort ſtalk ; the flower is not
very large, and not ſo double as many others; the co-
lour is of a pale purple, inclining to red, but is very
ſweet.
The next which flowers is the white Shock, which
was ſo called from the whiteneſs of its flowers, and
the borders of the petals being much jagged and
fringed; the ſcent of this is not fo agreeable as of
fome others.
Then comes all the different kinds of Pheaſants Eye,
of which there are frequently new varieties raiſed,
which are either titled from the perſons who raiſed
them, or the place where they were raiſed; ſome of
theſe have very large double flowers, but thoſe which
burft their pods are not ſo generally eſteemed.
The Cob Pink comes after theſe to flower; the ſtalks
of this are much taller than thoſe of
any
of the for-
mer
er; the flowers are very double, and of a bright red
colour; theſe have the moſt agreeable odour of all the
forts, ſo merits a place in every good garden. The
time of the Pinks flowering is from the latter end of
May to the middle of July, and frequently that ſort of
Pheaſant Eye, which is called Bat's Pink, will flower
again in autumn.
The old Man's Head Pink, and the painted Lady,
do not flower till July, coming at the fame ſeaſon
with the Carnation, to which they are more nearly al-
lied than the Pink. The firſt when it is in its proper
colours, is purple and white ſtriped and ſpotted, but
this frequently is of one plain colour which is pur-
ple; this fort will continue flowering till the froſt in
autumn puts a ſtop to it, and the flowers having an
agreeable ſcent, renders them valuable. The painted
Lady is chiefly admired for the livelineſs of its co-
lour, for it is not ſo ſweet, or of ſo long continuance
as the other.
The common Pinks are propagated either by feeds,
which is the way to obtain new varieties, or by mak-
ing layers of them, as is practiſed for Carnations; or
by planting ſlips, which, if carefully managed, will
take root very well.
If they are propagated by feeds, there ſhould be
care taken in the choice of them, and only the ſeeds
of the beſt forts faved, where the perſons are curious
to have the fineſt flowers. Theſe feeds may be fown
in the ſpring, and the plants afterward treated in the
fame manner as is hereafter directed for the Carnation;
with this difference only, that as the Pinks are leſs
tender, they may be more hardily treated. Thoſe
which are propagated by layers, muſt be alſo ma-
naged as the Carnation, for which there are full in-
ſtructions hereafter given. The old Man's Head and
painted Lady Pinks, are commonly propagated this
way, but moſt of the other forts are propagated from
ſlips.
The beſt time to plant the flips of Pinks is about
end of July, when, if there ſhould happen rain, it
will be of great ſervice to them, but if the weather
ſhould prove dry, they will require to be watered
every other day, until they have taken root; theſe
ſhould
و

DIA
DIA
a
ſhould be planted in a ſhady border, and the ground
ſhould be dug well, and all the clods broken, and if
no rain falls, it ſhould be well foaked with water a
few hours before the flips are planted, then the flips
ihould be taken from the plants, and all their lower
leaves ſtripped off, and planted as ſoon as poſſible af-
ter, for if they are ſuffered to lie long after they are
taken from the plants, they will wither and ſpoil ;
theſe need not be planted at a greater distance than
three inches ſquare, and the ground muſt be cloſed
very hard about them; then they muſt be well wa-
tered, and this muſt be repeated as often as is found
neceſſary, till the cuttings have taken root; after
which they will require no other care but to keep
them clean from weeds till autumn, when they ſhould
be tranſplanted to the borders of the flower-garden
where they are to remain. There are ſome who plant
the flips of Pinks later in the ſeaſon than is here di-
rected; but thoſe plants are never ſo ſtrong nor flower
ſo well, as thoſe which are early planted.
We ſhall next proceed to the culture of the Carna-
tion; theſe the floriſts diſtinguiſh into four claſſes.
The firſt they call Flakes; theſe are of two colours
only, and their ſtripes are large, going quite through
the leaves.
The ſecond are called Bizarrs; theſe have flowers
ſtriped or variegated with three or four different co-
lours, in irregular ſpots and ſtripes.
The third are called Piquettes; theſe flowers have
always a white ground, and are ſpotted (or pounced,
as they call it) with ſcarlet, red, purple, or other
colours.
The fourth are called painted Ladies; theſe have
their petals of a red or purple colour on the upper
fide, and are white underneath.
Of each of theſe claffes there are numerous varieties,
but chiefly of the Piquettes, which fome years ago
were chiefly in eſteem with the floriſts, but of late
years the Flakes have been in greater requeſt than any
of the other kinds. To enumerate the varieties of
the chief flowers in any one of theſe claſſes, would
be needleſs, fince every country produces new flowers
almoſt every year; ſo that thoſe flowers, which, at
their firſt raiſing, were greatly valued, are in two or
three years become ſo common, as to be of little
worth, eſpecially if they are defective in any one pro-
perty. Therefore (where flowers are ſo liable to mu-
tability, either from the fancy of the owner, or that
better kinds are yearly produced from feeds, which,
with good floriſts, always take place of older or worſe
flowers, which are turned out of the garden to make
room for them) it would be but fuperfluous in this
place to give a liſt of their names, which are gene-
rally borrowed either from the names and titles of
noblemen, or from the perſon's name, or place of
abode, who raiſed it.
Theſe flowers are propagated either from ſeeds (by
which new flowers are obtained), or from layers, for
the increaſe of thoſe forts which are worthy maintain-
ing; but I ſhall firſt lay down the method of propa-
gating them from ſeeds, which is thus:
Having obtained ſome good feeds, either of your
own ſaving, or from a friend that you can confide in,
about the middle of April, prepare ſome pots or boxes
(according to the quantity of feed you have to fow);
theſe ſhould be filled with freih light earth mixed with
rotten neats dung, which ſhould be well incorporated
together; then ſow your feeds thereon (but not too
thick) covering it about a quarter of an inch with the
ſame light earth, placing the pots or caſes ſo as to re-
ceive the morning ſun only till eleven of the clock,
obſerving alſo to refreſh the earth with water as often
may require. In about a month's time your
plants will come up, and if kept clear from weeds,
and duly watered, will be fit to tranſplant about the
latter end of July; at which time you ſhould prepare
ſome beds (of the fame fort of earth as was directed
to fow them in) in an open airy ſituation, in which
you ſhould plant them at about three inches fquare,
obferving to water and ſhade them till they have taken
new root, then you muſt obſerve to keep them clear
from weeds; in theſe beds they may remain until the
end of Auguſt, by which time they will have
grown fo large as almoſt to meet each other; then
prepare fone more beds of the like good earth (in
quantity proportionable to the flowers you have raiſ-
ed) in which you ſhould plant them at fix inches dif-
tance each way, and not above four rows in each bed,
for the more conveniently laying ſuch of them as may
prove worthy preſerving, for in theſe beds they ſhould
remain to flower.
The alleys between theſe beds ſhould be two feet
wide, that you may país between the beds to weed
and clean them. If the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry
at this time, they ſhould not be tranſplanted till there
is ſome rain ; ſo that it may happen to be the middle,
or latter end of September fome years, before there
may be wet enough to moiſten the ground for this
purpoſe; but if there is time enough for the plants
to get good root before the froſt comes on, it will be
fufficient. If the winter ſhould prove ſevere, the
beds ſhould be arched over with hoops, that they may
be covered with mats, otherwiſe many of the plants
may be deſtroyed, for the good flowers are not ſo
hardy as the ordinary ones of this genus. There will
be no other culture wanting to theſe, but to keep
them clean from weeds, and when they ſhoot up their
ſtalks to flower, they muſt be ſupported by ſticks to
prevent their breaking. When your flowers begin
to blow, you muſt look over them to fee which of
them proffer to make good flowers, which as ſoon as
you diſcover, you ſhould lay down all the layers upon
them; thoſe which are well marked, and blow whole
without breaking their pods, ſhould be reſerved to
plant in borders, to furniſh you with feed; and thoſe
which burſt their pods, and ſeem to have good pro-
perties, ſhould be planted in pots, to try what their
Howers will be, when managed according to art;
and it is not till the ſecond year that you can pro-
nounce what the value of a flower will be, which
is in proportion to the goodneſs of its properties;
but, that you may be well acquainted with what the
floriſts call good properties, I ſhall here ſet them
down.
1. The ſtem of the flower ſhould be ſtrong, and able
to ſupport the weight of the flower without hanging
down.
2. The petals (or leaves) of the flower ſhould be
long, broad, and ſtiff, and pretty eaſy to expand, or
(as the floriſts term them) ſhould be free flowers.
3. The middle pod of the flower ſhould not advance
too high above the other petals of the flower.
4. The colours ſhould be bright, and equally marked
all over the flower.
5. The flower ſhould be very full of leaves, ſo as to
render it, when blown, very thick and high in the
middle, and the outſide perfectly round.
Having made choice of ſuch of your flowers as pro-
miſe well for the large fort, theſe you ſhould mark ſe-
parately for pots, and the round whole blowing flow-
ers for borders ; you ſhould pull up all fingle flowers,
or ſuch as are ill-coloured, and not worth preſerving,
that your good flowers may have the more air and
room to grow ſtrong; theſe having been laid at a pro-
per ſeaſon, as ſoon as they have taken root (which will
be ſome time in Auguſt) they ſhould be taken off, and
planted out, thoſe that blow large, in pots, and the
other in borders (as hath been already directed).
Of late years the whole-blowing flowers have been
much more eſteemed than thoſe large flowers which
burft their pods, but eſpecially thoſe round flowers
which have broad ſtripes of beautiful colours, and
round Roſe leaves, of which kinds there have been a
great variety introduced from France within theſe few
years; but as theſe French flowers are extremely apt
to degenerate to plain colours, and being much ten-
derer than thoſe which are brought up in England,
there are not ſuch great prices given for the plants
now, as have been a few years paft; from the pre-
fent taſte for theſe whole-blowing Flake flowers, many
a
و
as it
و
a
و
6
of

DIA
DIA
9
of the old varieties, which had been turned out of
the gardens of the floriſts many years ago, to make
room for the large flowers, which were then in faſhion,
have been received again ; and large prices have been
paid of late for ſuch flowers as ſome years ago were
fold for one ſhilling a dozen, or leſs, which is a
ſtrong proof of the variableneſs of the fancies of the
floriſts.
But I ſhall now proceed to give ſome directions for
propagating theſe flowers by layers, and the necef-
ſary care to be taken in order to blow them fair and
large.
The beſt ſeaſon for laying theſe flowers is in June,
as ſoon as the ſhoots are ſtrong enough for that pur-
poſe, which is performed in the following manner:
after having ſtripped off the leaves from the lower
part of the ſhoot intended to be laid, make choice of
a ſtrong joint about the middle part of the ſhoot (not
too near the heart of the ſhoot, nor in the hard part
next the old plant); then with your penknife make a
fit in the middle of the ſhoot from the joint upwards
half way to the other joint, or more, according to
their diſtance, then with your knife cut the tops of
the leaves, and alſo cut off the ſwelling part of the
joint where the ſit is made, ſo that the part ſlit may
be ſhaped like a tongue; for if that outward ſkin
is left on, it would prevent their puſhing out
roots; then having looſened the earth round the plant,
and, if need be, raiſed it with freſh mould, that it
may be level with the ſhoot intended to be laid down,
left by the ground being too low, by forcing down
the ſhoot you ſplit it off, then with your finger make
a hollow place in the earth, juſt where the ſhoot is to
come, and with your thumb and finger bend the ſhoot
gently into the earth, obſerving to keep the top as
upright as poſſible, that the flit may be open ; and
being provided with forked ſticks for that purpoſe,
thruſt one of them into the ground, ſo that the fork-
ed part may take hold of the layer, in order to keep
it down in its proper place; then gently cover the
fhank of the layer with the ſame fort of earth, giv-
ing it a gentle watering to ſettle the earth about it,
obſerving to repeat the ſame as often as is neceſſary,
in order to promote their rooting. In about five
or ſix weeks after this, the layers will have taken
root ſufficient to be tranſplanted; againſt which
time you ſhould be provided with proper earth for
them, which may be compoſed after the following
Make choice of ſome good up-land paſture, or a
common that is of a hazel earth, or light ſandy
loam ; dig from the ſurface of this your earth about
eight inches deep, taking all the turf with it ; let this
be laid in a heap to rot and mellow for one year, turn-
ing it once a month, that it may ſweeten; then mix
about a third part of rotten neats dung, or for want
of that, fome rotten dung from a Cucumber or Me-
lon-bed, let this be well mixed together, and if
;
you
can get it time enough before-hand, let them lie
mixed fix or eight months before it is uſed, turning it
ſeveral times, the better to incorporate their parts.
Obſerve, that although I have mentioned this mix-
ture as the beſt for theſe flowers, yet you muſt not ex-
pect to blow your flowers every year equally large in
the ſame compoſition; therefore fome people who are
extremely fond of having their flowers ſucceed well,
alter their compoſitions every year in this manner,
viz. one year they mix the freſh earth with neats
dung, which is cold; the next year with rotten horſe
dung, which is of a warmer nature, adding thereto
fome white ſea fand to make the earth lighter.
But, for my part, I ſhould rather adviſe the plant-
ing two or three layers of each of the beſt kinds in
a bed of freſh earth not over dunged, which plants
fhould only be ſuffered to ſhew their flowers, that you
may be fure they are right in their kind and colours;
and when you are ſatisfied in that particular, cut off the
flower-fterns, and do not ſuffer them to ſpend the roots
in blowing, by which means you will ſtrengthen your
layers. And it is from theſe beds I would make
choice of ſome of the beſt plants for the next year's
blowing, always obferving to have a fucceſſion of
them yearly, by which means you may have every
year fine flowers, provided the ſeaſon proves favoura-
ble: for it is not reaſonable to ſuppoſe, that the lay-
ers taken from ſuch roots as have been exhauſted in
producing large flowers, and have been forced by art
to the utmoſt of their natural ſtrength, ſhould be able
to produce flowers equally as large as their mother
root did the year before, or as fuch layers as are freſh
from a poorer foil, and in greater health can do.
But this being premiſed, let us proceed to the plant-
ing of theſe layers, which (as I faid before) ſhould be
done in Auguſt, or the beginning of September:
The common method uſed by moſt floriſts is, to
plant their layers at this ſeafon, two in each pot (the
fize of which pots are about nine inches over in the
clear at the top); in theſe pots they are to remain for
bloom; and therefore, in the ſpring of the year,
they take off as much of the earth from the furface
of the pots as they can, without diſturbing their
roots, filling the pots up again with the fame good
freſh earth as the pots were before filled with. But
there is ſome difficulty in ſheltering a great quantity
of theſe flowers in winter, when they are planted in
ſuch large pots, which in moſt winters they will re-
quire, more or leſs; my method therefore is, to put
them fingly into halfpenny pots in autumn, and in the
middle or latter end of October, to ſet thefe pots into
a bed of old tanners bark, which has loſt its heat, and
cover them with a common frame (fuch as is uſed
for raiſing Cucumbers and Melons); and in two of
thefe frames, which contain fix lights, may be fet a
hundred and fifty of theſe pots: in theſe frames you
may give them as much free air as you pleafe, by tak-
ing off the lights every day when the weather is mild,
and putting them on only in bad weather and
great
rains, and if the winter ſhould prove fevere, it is
only the covering the glaſſes with mats, ftraw, or
Peafe-haulm, ſo as to keep out the froſt, which will
effectually preferve your plants in the utmoſt vigour.
In the middle or latter end of February, if the ſeaſon
is good, you muſt tranſplant theſe layers into pots
for their bloom (the fize of which ſhould be about
eight inches over at the top in the clear); in the do-
ing of which, obſerve to put ſome potſherds or oyſter-
fhells over the holes in the bottoms of the pots, to
keep the earth from ſtopping them, which would de-
tain the water in the pots to the great prejudice of
the flowers: then fill theſe pots about half way with
the ſame good compoft as was before directed, and
fhake the plants out of the ſmall pots with all the
earth about the roots; then with your hands take off
ſome of the earth round the outſide of the ball, and
from the ſurface taking off the fibres of the roots on
the outſide of the ball of earth; then put one good
plant exactly in the middle of each pot, ſo that it may
ſtand well as to the height, i. e. not fo low as to bury
the leaves of the plant with earth, nor ſo high, that
the fhank may be above the rim of the pot; then fill
the pot up with the earth before-mentioned, cloſing
it gently to the plant with your hands, giving it a
little water, if the weather is dry, to ſettle the earth
about it; then place theſe pots in a ſituation where
be defended from the north wind, obſerv-
ing to give them gentle waterings, as the ſeaſon may
require.
In this place they may remain till the middle or latter
end of April, when you ſhould prepare a ſtage of
boards to ſet the pots upon, which ſhould be to or-
dered as to have little ciſterns of water round each
poſt, to prevent the infects from getting to your flow-
ers in their bloom, which, if they are ſuffered to do,
will mar all your labour, by deſtroying all your flow-
ers in a ſhort time; the chief and moſt miſchievous
inſect in this caſe is, the earwig, which will gnaw off
all the lower parts of the petals of the flowers (which
are very ſweet) and thereby cauſe the whole flower to
fall to pieces; but ſince the making one of theſe ſtages
is ſomewhat expenſive, and not very eaſy to be un-
derſtood
manner:
they may
4 2

DI A.
DIA
3
derſtood by ſuch as have never ſeen them, I thall
deſcribe a very ſimple one, which I have uſed for fe-
veral years, which anſwers the purpoſe full as well as
the beſt and moſt expenſive one can do: firſt, pre-
pare ſome common flat pans, about fourteen or fixteen
inches over, and three inches deep; place theſe two
and two oppoſite to each other, at about two feet
diſtance, and at every eight feet lengthways, two of
theſe pans; in each of theſe whelm a flower-pot,
which ſhould be about fix inches over at the top,
upſide-down, and lay a flat piece of timber, about
two feet and a half long, and three inches thick,
croſs from pot to pot, till you have finiſhed the whole
length of your ſtage; then lay your planks length-
ways upon theſe timbers, which will hold two rows
of planks for the ſize pots which were ordered for the
Carnations, and when you have ſet your pots upon
;
--the ſtage, fill the flat pans with water, always ob-
ſerving, as it decreaſes in the pans, to repleniſh it,
which will effectually guard your flowers againſt in-
ſects; for they do not care to ſwim over water, ſo
that if by this, or any other contrivance, the paffage
from the ground to the ſtage, on which the pots are
placed, is defended by a ſurface of water three or
four inches broad, and as much in depth, it will ef-
fectually prevent theſe vermin from getting to the
flowers.
This ſtage ſhould be placed in a ſituation open to the
ſouth-eaſt, but defended from the weſt winds, to
which theſe ſtages muſt not be expoſed, left the pots
ſhould be blown down by the violence of that wind,
which is often very troubleſome at the ſeaſon when
theſe flowers blow; indeed they ſhould be defended
by trees at ſome diſtance, from the winds of every
point; but theſe trees ſhould not be too near the
Itage, nor by any means place them near walls, or
tall buildings, för in ſuch fituations the ſtems of the
flowers will draw up too weak. About this time, viz.
the middle of April, your layers will begin to ſhoot
up for flower; you muſt therefore be provided with
ſome ſquare deal ſticks, about four feet and a half
long, which ſhould be thicker toward the bottom,
and planed off taper at the top; theſe ſticks ſhould
be carefully ſtuck into the pots as near as poſſible to
the plant, without injuring it; then with a flender
piece of baſs mat, faften the ſpindle to the ſtick to
prevent its being broken ; this you muſt often repeat,
as the ſpindle advances in height, and alſo obſerve
to pull off all fide fpindles as they are produced, and
never let more than two ipindles remain upon one
root, nor above one, if you intend to blow exceeding
large. Toward the beginning of June your flowers
.
will have attained their greateſt height, and their pods
will begin to ſwell, and ſome of the earlieſt begin to
open on one ſide; you muſt therefore obſerve to let
it open in two other places at equal angles; this muſt
be done ſo ſoon as you perceive the pod break, other-
wiſe your flower will run out on one ſide, and be in
- a ſhort time part recovering, ſo as to make a com-
pleţe flower, and in a few days after the flowers begin
to open, you muſt cover them with glaſſes which are
inade for that purpoſe, in the following manner:
Upon the top of the glaſs, exactly in the center, is
· a tin collar, or ſocket, about three fourths of an inch
-{quare, for the flower-ſtick to come through ; to this
ſocket are foldered eight flips of lead at equal diſ-
tances, which are about fix inches and a half long,
and ſpread open at the bottom about four inches
aſunder; into theſe flips of lead are faftened lips of
glaſs, cut according to the diſtances of the lead,
which, when they are fixed in, are bordered round
the bottom with another flip of lead quite round, ſo
that the glaſs hath eight angles, with the focket in
the middle, and ſpread open at the bottom about
eleven inches wide.
When your flowers are open enough to cover with
theſe glaſſes, you muſt make a hole through your
flower-ſtick, exactly to the height of the under part
of the pod, through which you ſhould put a piece of
ſmall wire about fix inches long, making ving, at
one end of the wire to contain the pod, into which
ring you ſhould fix the ſtem of the flower; then cut
off all the tyings of baſs, and thruſt the ſtem of the
flower ſo far from the ftick, as may give convenient
room for the flower to expand without preſſing againſt
the ſtick; to which diſtance you may fix it, by turn-
ing your wire ſo as not to draw back through the
hole; then make another hole through the ſtick, at
a convenient diſtance above the flower, through which
you ſhould put a piece of wire, an inch and a half
long, which is to ſupport the glaſſes from hiding
down upon the flowers, and be ſure to obſerve, that
the glaſſes are not placed fo high as to admit the ſun
and rain under them to the flowers, nor ſo low as to
ſcorch their leaves with the heat. At this time alſo,
or a few days after, as you shall judge neceffary,
you ſhould cut ſome ſtiff paper, cards, or fome ſuch
thing, into collars about four inches over, and ex-
actly round, cutting a hole in the middle of it about
three fourths of an inch diameter, for the bottom of
the flower to be let through; then place theſe collars
about them, to ſupport the petals of the flower from
hanging down; this collar ſhould be placed with in-
ſide the calyx of the flower, and ſhould be ſupported
thereby; then obſerve from day to day what progreſs
your flowers make; and if one fide comes out fafter
than the other, you ſhould turn the pot about, and
ſhift the other ſide towards the fun; and alſo if the
weather proves very hot, you ſhould ſhade the glaſſes
in the heat of the day with Cabbage leaves, &c. to
prevent their being ſcorched, or forced out too ſoon;
and when the middle pod begins to riſe, you ſhould
take out the calyx thereof with a pair of nippers
made for that purpoſe; but this ſhould not be done
too foon, left the middle part of the flower ſhould
advance too high above the ſides, which will greatly
diminiſh the beauty of it: and you ſhould alſo ob-
ſerve whether there are more leaves in the flower,
than can properly be expanded for want of room ; in
which caſe
put out ſome of the lowermoft
or moſt unlikely leaves to ſpread, drawing out and
expanding the others at the ſame time: and when
your flowers are fully blown, if you cut them off,
you ſhould put on a freſh collar of ſtiff paper, which
ſhould be cut exactly to the ſize of the flower, that
it may ſupport the petals to their full width, but not
to be ſeen wider than the flower in any part: when
this is put on, you muſt draw out the wideſt leaves
to form the outſide of the flower, which although
they ſhould be in the middle (as it often happens,)
yet by removing the other leaves they may be drawn
down, and ſo the next longeſt leaves upon them
again, that the whole flower may appear equally glo-
bular without any hollow parts. In the doing of this,
fome floriſts are ſo curious as to render an indifferent
flower very handſome, and on this depends, in a
great meaſure, the ſkill of the artiſt to produce large
fine flowers.
During the flowering ſeafon, particular care ſhould
be taken not to let them fuffer for want of water,
which ſhould by no means be raw ſpring water; nor
do I approve of compound waters, ſuch as are en-
riched with various forts of dung; but the beſt and
moſt natural water is that of a fine ſoft river; next
to that is pond water, or ſtanding water ; but if you
have no other than ſpring water, it ſhould be expoſed
to the ſun and air two days before it is uſed, other-
wiſe it will give the flowers the canker and ſpoil
them.
The directions here given are chiefly for the ma-
nagement of thoſe large Carnations, which require the
greateſt ſkill of the floriſts, to have them in perfec-
tion ; but as of late years theſe have not been ſo much
in eſteem as formerly, and thoſe flowers which do
not break their pods, and are terned whole Blowers,
have now the preference. Theſe are generally planted
in pots, and treated in the ſame way as the large
flowers, but do not require ſo much trouble to blow
them: all that is neceſſary to be done for theſe, is to
faſten their ftems up to flower-ſticks to prevent their
you ſhould
being

DIA
DIA
being broken, and to take off the pods which pro-
ceed from the ſide of the ſtalks, leaving only the top
bud to flower, if they are intended to be large and
fair; and when the flowers begin to open, if they
are ſcreened from the ſun in the heat of the day, and
alſo from wet, they will continue much longer in
beauty.
But although the moſt valuable of theſe flowers are
uſually planted in pots, and thus carefully treated, yet
many of theſe whole blowing flowers may be planted
in beds, or borders of the flower-garden, where they
are ſome of the principal ornaments during their
continuance in flower, which is from the beginning
of July till the middle of Auguſt, eſpecially
if the
ſeveral colours are properly intermixed; for the Flakes
and Bizarrs ſhould be intermixed with the Picquettes,
and not planted ſeparate, unleſs where they are de-
figned for ſaving the feeds; in which caſe, thoſe
which are the fineſt of each fort, ſhould be planted
in beds at a diſtance from each other, eſpecially
where perſons are deſirous to keep them diſtinct; for
where the forts are blended together, there will be
an admixture of their farina, ſo that the feeds will
vary, and not produce the particular kinds; though
I do not remember ever to have ſeen any Flake flowers
ariſe from ſeeds of the Picquettes, nor vice versâ.
The flowers which are planted in the full ground,
generally produce ſeeds better than thoſe in pots ;
but whoever propoſes to raiſe a ſupply of new flowers
from feeds, muſt always obſerve to ſave the beſt of
their feedling flowers for this purpoſe; for it is well
known, that after any of theſe Rowers have been a
few years propagated by layers, they become barren,
and do not feed; which is alſo the caſe with moſt
other plants which are propagated by ſlips, layers, or
cuttings; ſo that the young plants which have been
newly obtained from ſeeds, are always the moſt pro-
ductive of ſeeds: the plants which are propagated by
layers or flips, will always continue to produce the
fame flowers, ſo that when a fine variety is obtained,
it is this way propagated and maintained; but all the
new varieties come from ſeeds, ſo that all thoſe who
are curious in theſe flowers, annually fow their ſeeds.
I ſhall next proceed to the culture of that ſpecies,
which is commonly known by the title of Sweet Wil-
liam; of this there are a great variety of different
colours, which are ſingle, and three or four with double
flowers: fome of theſe have narrow leaves, which
were formerly titled Sweet Johns, but of late that
diſtinction has not been made, becauſe they are found
to vary when raiſed from ſeeds.
Some of the ſingle flowers have very rich colours,
which frequently vary in thoſe of the ſame bunch;
there are others with fine variegated flowers, and
others whoſe middles are of a ſoft red, bordered with
white, which are called Painted Ladies; but where
perſons are deſirous to preſerve any of theſe varieties
in perfeétion, the beſt fowers of each ſhould be par-
ticularly marked, and no other permitted to ſtand
near them, left their farina ſhould impregnate them,
which would cauſe them to vary.
That which is called the Painted Lady Sweet Wil-
liam, is a very beautiful variety; the ſtalks of this
do not riſe fo high as moſt of the other; the bunches
of flowers are larger, and produced more in the form
of an umbel, the flowers ftanding equal in height,
make a better appearance: there are others whoſe
ftalks riſe three feet high, and the flowers of a very
deep red or ſcarlet colour. Theſe all flower at the
fame time with the Carnations, which renders then
leſs valuable, becauſe they have no ſcent.
The ſingle kinds of theſe flowers are generally pro-
pagated by feeds, which muſt be fown the latter end
of March or the beginning of April, in a bed of
light earth, and in June they will be fit to tranſplant
out; at which time you muſt prepare fome beds
ready for them, and let them at fix inches diſtance
every way: in theſe beds they may remain till Mi-
chaelmas, at which time they may be tranſplanted
into the borders of the pleaſure-garden or wilderneſs.
Theſe will flower the next year in June, and perfect
their feeds in Auguſt, which you ſhould fave from
the beſt coloured flowers for a ſupply.
They may be alſo propagated by hipping their roots
at Michaeimas; but this is ſeldom practiſed, ſince
their feedling roots will always blow the ſtrongeſt, and
new varieties are obtained yearly.
The four forts with double flowers are; 1. The broad-
leaved fort, which hath very double flowers, of a
deep purple colour inclining to blue, which burſts its
pods, ſo that it is not ſo much eſteemed as the others,
and therefore has been lefs regarded, and is now al-
moſt totally baniſhed the gardens of the curious.
2. The Double Roſe Sweet William, whoſe flowers
are of a fine deep Rofe colour, and ſmell ſweet; this
is much valued for the beauty and ſweetneſs of its
flowers; the empalement (or pods) of theſe flowers
never burſt, fo the flowers remain with their petals
fully expanded, and do not hang down looſely as
thoſe of the former. 3. The Mule, or Fairchild's
Sweet William ; it hath narrower leaves than either
of the former, and is of that variety called Sweet
John: this was ſaid to have been produced from ſeeds
of a Carnation, which had been impregnated by the
farina of the Sweet William; the flowers of this are
of a brighter red colour than either of the former,
their bunches are not quite fo large, but the flowers
have an agreeable odour. The fourth fort has fine
variegated flowers.
The double kinds are propagated by layers, as the
Carnations; they love a middling foil, not too light,
nor too heavy or ſtiff, nor too much dunged, which
very often occaſions their rotting: theſe continue
flowering for a long time, and are extremely beautiful,
eſpecially the Mule, which produces two full blooins
of flowers, one in June, and the other in July. This
very ſubject to canker and rot away, eſpecially if
planted in a foil over wet or too dry, or if watered
with ſharp ſpring water. Theſe flowers being planted
in pots, are very proper to adorn court-yards at the
time they are in flower.
The China Pink is generally ſuppoſed an annual plant,
becauſe the plants which are raiſed from ſeeds flower
and produce ripe ſeeds the ſame ſeaſon, fo their roots
are not often preſerved; but where they are planted
on a dry foil, they will continue two years, and the
ſecond year will produce a greater number of flowers
than the firſt. There are a great variety of very
rich
colours in theſe flowers, which annually vary when
raiſed from feeds. The double flowers of this fort
are moſt eſteemed, though the colours of the ſingle
are more diſtinct and beautiful; for the multiplicity
of petals in the double flowers, in a great meaſure,
hides the deep ſhades, which are toward the lower
part of the petals.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
be fown upon a gentle hot-bed about the beginning
of April; this moderate heat is only intended to for-
ward the vegetation of the ſeeds, therefore when the
plants come up, they muſt have a large ſhare of air
admitted to them, to prevent their drawing up weak;
and as ſoon as the weather will permit, they muſt be
expoſed to the open air; in about three weeks or a
month after, the plants will be fit to remove; then
they ſhould be carefully taken up with good roots,
and planted in a bed of rich earth, at about three
inches aſunder, being careful to ihade them from the
ſun till they have taken new root, and in dry weather
they muſt have water three or four times a week.
The farther care is to keep them clean from weeds
till the end of May, at which time they may be
tranſplanted to the places where they are deſigned to
remain for flowering, when they may be taken up
with large balls of earth to their roots, ſo as ſcarcely
to feel their removal, eſpecially if it happens to rain
at that time.
As theſe plants do not grow large, fo when they are
planted ſingly in the borders of the flower-garden,
they do not make ſo fine an appearance, as where they
are planted by themſelves in beds; or if they are
planted
a
و

D IC
DIE
this genus.
3
planted in ſmall clumps, of fix or eight roots in each, in the autumn ſoon after they are ripe, the plants
where the flowers being of different colours, fet off will appear the following April; but when they are
each other to advantage.
kept out of the ground till the ſpring, the ſeeds fel-
Thoſe who are curious in theſe flowers, take parti- dom fucceed; or if they do grow, it is the following
cular care in ſaving their feeds, for they never permit ſpring before the plants appear, ſo that a whole year
any ſingle flowers to ſtand among their double, but is loft. When the plants come up, they muſt be
pull them up as ſoon as they ſhew their flowers, and conſtantly kept clean from weeds; and in the autumn
alſo draw out all thoſe which are not of lively good when their leaves decay, the roots ſhould be carefully
colours; where this is obſerved, the flowers may be taken up, and planted in beds at ſix inches diſtance
kept in great perfection; but where perſons have
every way; theſe beds may be four feet broad, and
trufty friends, who live at fome diſtance, with whom the paths between them two, that there may be room
they can exchange feeds once in two or three years, enough to paſs between the beds to weed them. In
it is much better ſo to do, than to continue fowing theſe beds the plants may ſtand two years, during
feeds in the ſame place many years in ſucceſſion, and which time they muſt be conſtantly kept clean from
this holds true in moſt ſorts of ſeeds: but the great weeds; and if they thrive well, they will be ſtrong
difficulty is to meet with an honeſt perſon of equal enough to flower; ſo in the autumn they ſhould be
ſkill, who will be as careful in the choice of his plants carefully taken up, and planted in the middle of the
for ſeed, as if he was to fow them himſelf.
borders of the flower-garden, where they will con-
DIAPENSIA. See SANICULA.
tinue thirty or forty years, producing more ſtems of
DICTAMNUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 468. Fraxinella. flowers in proportion to the ſize of the roots. All
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 430. tab. 243. White Dittany, the culture theſe require, is to be kept clean from
or Fraxinella; in French, Fraxinelle. This plant was weeds, and the ground about them dug every winter.
titled Fraxinella, from Fraxinus the Aſh-tree, the The roots of this plant are uſed in medicine, and
leaves of this having ſome reſemblance in their form, eſteemed cordial and cephalic, reſiſting putrefaction
to thoſe of the Afh-tree, ſo it was called Little Afh. and poiſon, and are uſeful in malignant and peftilen-
But as this plant has been long mentioned under the tial diſtempers, as alſo in epilepſies.
title of Dictamnus albus, i. e. White Dittany in the DICTAMNÚSCRETICUS. See ORIGANUM.
diſpenſaries, fo Dr. Linnæus has adapted that title to DIERVILLA. Tourn. Act. R. Par. 1706. Loni-
cera. Lin. Gen. Plant. 210.
The CHARACTERS are,
The title of this genus was given it by Dr. Tournefort,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five ſmall after Mr. Dierville, a ſurgeon, who brought this plant
oblong leaves, ending in points. The flower hath five from Acadia.
oblong petals which are unequal, two of them turning up-
The CHARACTERS are,
ward, two are oblique on the ſides, and one turns down- The empalement of the flower is cut into five parts, almoſt
ward. It bath ten riſing ſtamina, which are as long as to the bottom ; the flower is of one leaf, having a tube at
the petals, which are ſituated between the two fide petals ; the bottom, but is cut into five parts at the top, and has
they are not equal in length, and are terminated by obtufe the appearance of a lip flower; it hath five ſtamina,
four-cornered Summits ſtanding erect. In the center is ſl- which are terminated by oblong ſummits, which are equal
tuated a five-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſhort incurved with the petal. At the bottom of the flower is ſituated
Style, crowned by an acute ſtigma; the germen afterward an ovál germen fixed to the empalement, ſupporting a fender
becomes a capſule with five cells, each having a compreſſed ſtyle equal with the ſtamina, crowned by an obtufe ftigma;
margin, which ſpreads open at their exterior parts, but the germen afterward becomes a pyramidal berry, divided
join together at their inner, opening with two valves, and into four cells, which contain ſmall round ſeeds.
incloſing ſeveral roundiſ, hard, ſhining ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of of Tournefort's third claſs, which includes the plants
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, with a tubulous anomalous flower of one leaf. It is
the flower having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ranged by Dr. Linnæus under his genus of Lonicera,
We have but one diftinct SPECIES of this genus, in the firſt ſection of his fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria
viz.
Monogynia, the flower having five ſtamina and one
DICTAMNUS ( Albus). Hort. Cliff. 161. Fraxinella. Cluſ. ſtyle.
Hift. 99. and the Dictamnus albus, vulgò Fraxinella. We know but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent,
C. B. P. 222. White Dittany, commonly called Fraxinella.
viz.
There are three varieties of this plant, one with a DIERVILLA (Lonicera) Acadienſis fruticoſa, Alore luteo.
pale red flower ftriped with purple, another with a Act. R. Par. 1706. Shrubby Diervilla of Acadia with a
white flower, and one with ſhorter ſpikes of flowers; yellow flower. This is the Lonicera racemis termi-
.
but as I have obſerved them to vary when propagated nalibus foliis ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 275. Lonicera
by feeds, ſo I efteem them only ſeminal varieties. with bunches of flowers terminating the branches, and
This is a very ornamental plant for gardens, and as ſawed leaves.
it requires very little culture, ſo deſerves a place in This plant grows naturally in the northern parts of
all good gardens. It hath a perennial root, which America, from whence it was brought to Europe, and
ſtrikes deep into the ground, and the head annually is now propagated in the gardens for ſale. It hath
increaſes in fize; theſe fend up many ſtalks, which woody roots which ſpread far in the ground, and put
riſe from two to three feet high, garniſhed with winged out ſhoots at a diſtance from the principal ſtalk,
leaves placed alternate, compoſed of three or four whereby it multiplies greatly : the ſtalks are ligneous,
pair of oblong lobes, terminated by an odd one: and ſeldom riſe more than a foot and a half high;
they are ſmooth and ſtiff, ſitting cloſe to the midrib, theſe are garniſhed with oblong heart-shaped leaves,
which hath a longitudinal furrow on the upper fide; ending in acute points, they are very ſlightly ſawed
the lobes (or fmall leaves) placed on each ſide the on their edges, and are placed oppoſite, fitting cloſe
midrib, are oblique, but thoſe which terminate the to the ſtalks: the upper part of the ſtalks are gar-
leaf have their fides equal. The flowers are produced niſhed with flowers, which ufually come out from the
in a long pyramidal looſe ſpike or thyrſe; on the top ſide of the ſtalk at the ſitting on of the leaves, and
of the ſtalk, which is nine or ten inches long; the alſo at the top of the ſtalks; there are two or three
flowers of one fort is white, and of the other they are flowers ſuſtained upon each foot-ſtalk : they are of a
of a pale red, marked with red or purple ſtripes. pale yellow, and being ſmall, make no great ap-
The whole plant when gently rubbed, emits an odour pearance. Theſe come out in May, and if the ſeaſon
like that of Lemon peel, but when bruiſed has ſome- proves moiſt and cold, they frequently flower again
thing of a balſamic ſcent. It flowers the latter end in Auguft.
of May, and in June, and the feeds ripen in Sep- It is eaſily propagated by fuckers, which it fends out
tember.
in plenty, and loves a moiſt foil and ſhady ſituation,
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which, if fown where the cold will never injure it.
DIGITALIS.
a
:

DIG
DIG
a
a
а.
DIGITALIS. Lin. Gen. Piant. 696. Tourn. Inſt.
R. H. 164. tab. 73. Raii Meth. Plant. 89. Foxglove ;
in French, Digitale.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a permanent empalement, which is cut into five
parts; the flower is bell-shaped, of one petel, with a
large open tube, whoſe baſe is cylindrical and contracted,
but the brim is divided into four parts ſlightly; the upper
lip ſpreading and indented at the top, the lower is larger.
It haih four ſtamina, which are inſerted in the baſe of the
petal, two being longer than the other, which are termi-
nated by bipartite acuminated ſummits; the flower being
past, the germen ſwells to an oval capſule, having two
cells fitting on the empolement, incloſing many ſmall angular
feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
ſhorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds being included in a
capſule.
The Species are,
1. DIGITALIS (Purpurea) calycinis foliolis ovatis acutis,
corollis obtufis, ſabio ſuperiore integro. Hort. Upſal.
178. Foxglove whoſe ſmall leaves of the empalement are
oval and acute, the petals obtuſe, and the upper lip entire.
Digitalis purpurea folio afpero. C. B. P. 243. Purple
Foxglove with a rough leaf, or common Foxglove.
2. DIGITALIS (Thapſ) foliis decurrentibus. Lin. Sp. 867.
Foxglove with running leaves. Digitalis Hiſpanica pur-
purea minor. Tourn. Inft. 165. Leſſer Spaniſh purple
Foxglove.
3. DIGITALIS (Lutea) calycinis foliolis lanceolatis co-
rollis acutis labio ſuperiore bifido. Hort. Upfal. 178.
Foxglove with Spear-ſhaped leaves to the empalement, an
acute petal, whoſe upper lip is bifid. Digitalis minor
lutea, parvo flore. C. B. P. 244. Leſer yellow Foxglove
with a ſmall flower.
4. DIGITALIS (Magno flore) foliolis calycinis linearibus,
corollis acutis, labio fuperiore integro, foliis lanceo-
latis. Foxglove with long narrow leaves to the empale-
ment, an acute petal, whoſe upper lip is entire, and ſpear-
Shaped leaves. Digitalis lutea, magno flore. C. B. P.
244. Yellow Foxglove with a larger flower.
5. DIGITALIS (Ferruginea) calycinis foliolis ovatis obtu-
fis, corollæ labio inferiore longitudine floris. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 622. Foxglove with oval blunt leaves to the
empalement, and the lower lip of the petal as long as the
flower. Digitalis anguſtifolia, fore ferrugineo. Č. B. P.
244. Narrow-leaved Foxglove with an iron-coloured
flower.
6. DIGITALIS (Canarienſis) calycinis foliolis lanceolatis,
corollis bilabiatis acutis, caule fruticoſo. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 622. Foxglove with ſpear-ſhaped leaves to the em-
palement, an acute petal with two lips, and a ſhrubby
ſtalk. Digitalis acanthoides Canarienſis fruteſcens,
fore aureo. Hort. Amft. 2. p 105. Shrubby Canary
Foxglove like Bearſbreech, with a golden flower.
7. DIGITALIS (Orientalis) calycinis foliolis acutis, foliis
ovato-lanceolatis nervoſis. Foxglove with acute leaves
to the empalement, and oval, Spear-ſhaped, veined leaves.
Digitalis lutea non ramofa, ſcorzoneræ folio. Buxb.
Cent. 25. Yellow unbranched Foxglove with a leaf like
Scorzonera.
The firſt fort grows naturally by the ſide of hedges
in ſhady woods in moſt parts of England, fo is rarely
cultivated in gardens. This is a biennial plant, which
the firſt year produces a great tuft of long rough
leaves which are hairy; the ſecond year it ſhoots up
a ſtrong herbaceous ſtalk, which riſes from three to
four feet high, garniſhed with leaves of the ſame
form as the lower, but they gradually leſſen upward,
ſo thofe which are intermixed with the flowers on the
top are very narrow. The flowers grow in a long
looſe thyrſe, ſtanding only on one ſide of the foalk;
they are large, tubulous, and ſhaped like a thimble,
of a purple colour, with ſeveral white ſpots on the
under lip; theſe flowers are ſucceeded by oval cap-
fules with two cells, which are filled with dark brown
feeds. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in au-
tumn; if they are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will come up in the ſpring, and become troubleſome
weeds; but whoever has a mind to cultivate it, ſhould
ſow the feeds in autumn, for thoſe which are fown in
the ſpring ſeldom ſucceed, or at leaſt lie one year in
the ground before they grow. This plant ſtands in
the liſt of medicinal fimples of the diſpenſaries, and
there is an ointment made of the flowers, and May-
butter, which has been in good eſteem.
There is a variety of this with a white flower, which
is found growing naturally in ſome parts of England,
which differs from this only in the colour of the
flower and leaves; but this difference is permanent;
for I have cultivated it more than thirty years in the
garden, and have never found it vary.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain, from
whence I received the ſeeds; this plant feldom riſes
much more than a foot and a half high; the lower
leaves are ten inches long, and three broad in the
middle; they are ſoft, woolly, and roughly veined
on their under fide; the ſtalks are garniſhed with
leaves of the ſame ſhape, but ſmaller ; the upper part
of the ſtalk hath a ſhort thyrſe of purple flowers like
thoſe of the common fort, but they are ſmaller, and
the ſegments of the petal are acute. This plant re-
tains its difference when cultivated in gardens.
The third fort hath very long obtuſe leaves near the
root; the ftalk is ſmall, and riſes from two to three
feet high, the lower part being pretty cloſely gar-
niſhed with ſmooth leaves, about three inches long
and one broad, ending in obtuſe points: the upper
part of the ſtalk, for ten inches in length, is adorned
with ſmall yellow flowers, which are cloſely ranged
on one ſide of the ſtalk, having a few very ſmall acute
leaves placed between them, which are ſituated on
the oppoſite ſide of the ſtalk; the upper lip of the
flower is entire, and the petal is obtuſe. It flowers
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort hath long ſmooth-veined leaves at
the bottom; the ſtalk is ſtrong, and riſes two feet
and a half high, garniſhed with leaves which are five
inches long, one and a half bread, ending in acute
points; theſe have many longitudinal veins, and are
ſlightly ſawed on their edges; the upper part of the
ſtalk is adorned with large yellow flowers, nearly of
the ſize of thoſe of the common fort, the brim having
acute points, and the upper lip entire. This flow-
ers and ripens its feeds about the ſame time as the
former.
The fifth fort hath narrow ſmooth leaves, which are
entire ; the ſtalk riſes near fix feet high, and puts
out fome ſlender branches from the ſide toward the
bottom; the lower part of the ſtalks is garniſhed
with very narrow ſmall leaves, three inches long, and
one third of an inch broad; the flowers terminate
the ſtalk, growing in a very long ſpike, with very
few leaves between them, and thoſe very ſmall; the
empalement is divided into four obtuſe parts, the
lower lip extending much longer than the upper.
The flowers are of an iron colour, and appear in
June.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands,
from whence the feeds were firſt brought to England;
and many of the plants were raiſed in the biſhop of
London's gardens at Fulham, part of which were ſent
to the royal gardens at Hampton Court, and ſome
were ſent over to the gardens in Holland: thoſe
which were ſent to Hampton Court, were preſerved
there a few years, but by the ignorance of the gar-
deners, to whoſe care thoſe gardens were committed,
this, with many other valuable plants, were foon
deſtroyed
This plant hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes to the
height of five or fix feet, dividing into ſeveral
branches, garniſhed with rough fpear-shaped leaves,
near five inches long, and two broad in the middle;
gradually decreaſing to both ends, having a few ſhort
ſerratures on their edges; theſe are placed alternately
on the branches; each of theſe branches is terminated
by a looſe ſpike of flowers, about four inches in length
the empalement of theſe is cut into five acute feg-
a
5 A
ments

DIO
DTO
9
n
و
tents almoſt to the bottom; the upper lip is long Tävi tereti. Hort. Cliff. 459. Dioſcorea will heart.
and entire, this is arched, and immediately under it ſhaped leaves placed alternate, and a ſmooth taper ſtalk:
the ſtamina and ſtyle are ſituated; the lower lip is Dioſcorea fcandens, foliis tamni fructu racemoſo.
obtuſe, and indented at the top; there are two acute Plum. Nov. Gen. 9. Climbing Dioſcorea with black Bri-
ſegments on the fide, which compoſe the chaps of ony leaves, and fruit growing in long bunches.
the flower, there are two of the ſtamina longer than 2. DIOSCOREA (Haſtata) foliis haftato-cordatis, caule
the other; theſe are crowned with roundiſh ſummits. lævi, racemis longiffimis. Dioſcorea with ſpear-pointed
In the bottom of the flower is ſituated the germen, heart-shaped leaves, a ſmooth ſtalk, and very long bunches
ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an oval ftigma; of flowers. Diofcorea ſcandens, folio haftato fruétu
the germen afterward becomes an oval capſule, filled racemoſo. Houít. MSS. Climbing Dioſcorea with a
with ſmall angular feeds.
Spear-pointed leaf, and fruit growing in bunches.
This plant begins to flower in May,and there is ge- 3. DIOSCOREA (Villosa) foliis cordatis alternis, oppofi-
nerally a ſucceſſion of Powers on the ſame plant, till tiſque caule lævi. Lin. Sp. 1463. Diofcorea with beart-
the winter puts a ſtop to them, which renders the Shaped leaves placed alternate and oppoſite, and a ſmooth
plant more valuable. It is propagated by feeds, which ſtalk. Dioſcorea ſcandens, folio fubrotundo acumi-
ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light earth, in the nato fructu "racemoſo. Houſt. MSS. Climbing Diof-
autumn, ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe; theſe pots corea with a rounaiſh pointed leaf, and fruit growing in
ſhould be plunged into an old bed of tanners bark, long bunches.
whoſe heat is gone, and in mild weather the glaſſes 4. DIOSCOREA (Bulbifera) foliis cordatis, caule lævi bul-
ſhould be drawn off to admit the air ; but in hard bifera. Flor. Zeyl. 360. Dioſcorea with beart-ſhaped
rains and froſt they muſt be kept on, to protect the leaves, and a ſmooth ſtalk becring bulbs. Volubilis ni-
ſeeds from both, which frequently deſtroys them here gra, radice albâ aut purpurea maxima tuberoſa eſcu-
when they are expoſed; in the ſpring the plants will lenta, caule membranulis extantibus alato, folio cor-
come up, when they ſhould enjoy the free air in mild dato nervoſo. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 46. The Yom, or
weather, but muſt be protected from the cold. Yammes.
When theſe are large enough to tranſplant, they 5. DIOSCOREA (Oppoſitifolia) foliis oppofitis ovatis acu-
ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled minatis. Lin. Sp. 1483. Dioſcorea with oval-pointed
with light earth, and placed under the frame till they leaves growing oppoſite.
have taken new root, then they ſhould be gradually 6. DIOSCOREA (Digitata) foliis digitatis. Hort. Cliff.
inured to the open air. During the ſummer ſeaſon
459. Dioſcorea with hand-ſhaped leaves. Nureni Ke-
the plants ſhould remain abroad in a ſheltered ſitua- lengu. Hort. Mal. 7. p. 67.
tion, but in the winter they muſt be placed in a green- The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
houſe, for they will not live abroad in England; they in the Weſt Indies. I received the ſeeds of this fort
muſt not be kept too warm and cloſe in the houſe, from Jamaica, where the late Dr. Houſtoun found it
for they only want protection from the froſt; there- growing plentifully. This hath ſlender climbing
fore in mild weather, they ſhould have free air con- ftalks, which fix themſelves to any ſupport near them,
ftantly admitted to them, and they require frequent and riſe to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, gar-
waterings, but they ſhould not have it in too great niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, ending with acute
plenty in winter.
points, having five longitudinal veins, which ariſe
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Tartary, from from the foot-ſtalks, which diverge toward the ſides,
whence the feeds were ſent to the imperial garden at but meet again at the point of the leaves. They
Peterſburgh, and from thence I received them. This
ſtand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, from the baſe of
plant hath many oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are which ariſe the branching ſpikes of flowers, which are
ſmooth, ariſing from the root; between theſe ariſe the ſmall, and have no beauty; the female flowers are
ſtalk, which grows about a foot high, and is garniſhed ſucceeded by three-cornered oblong capſules, having
below with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves, from four to three cells, each containing two compreſſed ſeeds.
five inches long, and one and a half broad in the The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of
middle, leffening gradually at both ends; theſe have their leaves, theſe having two round ears at their baſe,
no foot-ſtalks, but their baſe embraces the ſtalks half but the middle extends to an acute point, like that of
round; the upper part of the ſtalk is adorned by a an halbert. The bunches of flowers are longer, and
ſhort looſe ſpike of yellow flowers, which are almoſt are looſer placed than thoſe of the former fort.
as large as thoſe of the great yellow fort before-men- The third fort hath broad, round, heart-ihaped leaves,
tioned, but they are ſhorter. This flowers in May, which end in acute points; theſe have many longitu-
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
dinal veins which ariſe from the foot-ſtalk, and di-
All theſe forts ſhould be fown in the autumn; for if verge to the fide, but afterward join at the point of
the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring, they commonly fail, the leaf; the flowers come out on long looſe ſtrings,
or at leaſt lie a whole year in the ground before they ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks; the female flowers are
vegetate. The plants are biennial (except the fe- ſucceeded by three-cornered oblong capſules, with
venth fort) and generally periſh foon after the ſeeds three cells, having compreſſed bordered feeds.
are ripe.
The fourth fort hath triangular winged ſtalks, which
DIOSCOREA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 9. tab. 26. Lin. trail upon the ground and extend to a great length;
Gen. Plant. 995.
theſe frequently put out roots from the joints as they
The CHARACTERS are,
lie upon the ground, whereby the plants are multi-
It baib male and female flowers in different plants ; the plied. The roots of this plant are eaten in many
male flowers have a bell-shaped perianthium of one leaf, parts of both Indies, where the plants are much cul-
cut into fixo parts, but have no petals or empalement; they tivated.
have five short bairy ftamina, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The fifth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in other
The female flowers have the ſame perianthium as the male; parts of North America. This hath a ſmooth ſtalk
they have no petals, but have a ſmall three-cornered ger- which climbs on the neighbouring plants, and riſes
men, Supporting three styles, which are crowned by ſingle five or fix feet high, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
,
Stigmas ; the perianthium afterward becomes a triangular leaves, which are placed oppoſite; they are covered
capſule with three cells, opening with three valves, con- with ſmall hairs, and have ſeveral longitudinal veins.
teining two compreſed bordered Seeds in each.
The flowers come out from the ſide of the ſtalk in
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of the ſame manner as the other forts, but have no beau-
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia Hex- ty. Theſe plants are preſerved in ſome curious bo-
andria. The plants of this claſs and ſection have tanic gardens for the ſake of variety; but as they have
male and female flowers on different plants, and the no beauty, there are few perſons who will allow them
male flowers have fix ftamina.
a place, eſpecially as moſt of the forts require a good
The Species are,
ſtove to preſerve them through the winter in Eng-
1. DIOSCOREA (Sativa) foliis cordatis alternis, caule land.
Theſe
a
و

DIO
DIO
Dendr. 91.
Theſe plants may be propagated by laying their
The Species are,
branches into the ground, which in about three months 1. DIOSMA (Oppoſitifolius) foliis fubulatis acutis oppo-
will put out roots, and may then be taken from the fitis. Hort. Clif. 71. Dioma with acute awol-shaped
old plants, and planted into ſeparate pots, which ſhould leaves placed oppoſite. Spiræa Africana, foliis crucia-
be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove; during the tim politis. Com. Rar. Plant. 1. tab. 1. African Spi-
winter theſe plants ſhould have but little water given ræa with leaves placed in form of a croſs,
them; but in ſummer, when they are growing vigo-2. DIOSMA (Hirſuta) foliis linearibus hirſutis. Hort,
roully, they ſhould be watered three or four times a Cliff
. 71. Dioſma with narrow hairy leaves. Spiraa
week, and in warm weather the glaſſes ſhould be Africana odorata, foliis piloſis. Com. Rar. Plant. 3:
opened to admit a large ſhare of free air. Theſe tab. 3. Sweet African Spirea with hairy leaves:
plants rarely flower in England, but when the ſeeds 3. DIOSMA (Rubra) foliis linearibus acutis glabris, ca-
are ſent from America, they ſhould be immediately rinatis fubtus bifarium punctatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 198.
fown in pots, and plunged into a hot-bed, where, if Dioſma with ſmooth, narrow, acute leaves, which are
the feeds are fown early in the ſpring, the plants will Spotted on their under ſide. Spiræa Africana odorato,
come up the ſame ſeaſon; but when they are fown foribus fuaverubentibus. Com. Rar. Plant. 2. Sweet
late, the ſeeds often remain in the ground till the African Spirea with ſoft red flowers.
following ſpring before they vegetate; therefore when 4. DIOSMA (Erricoides) foliis lineari-lanceolatis fubtus
the plants do not come up the firſt ſeaſon, the pots convexis, bifariam imbricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 198.
ſhould be ſcreened from the froſt the following Diofia with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are con-
winter, and put into a new hot-bed in the ſpring, vex on their under ſide, and imbricated two ways. Spi-
which will bring up the plants, if the ſeeds were good. ræa Africana ericæ bacciferæ foliis. Raii Hift. gr.
The fourth fort is much cultivated by the inhabitants African Spirea with leaves like the Berry-bearing Heath.
of the iſlands in America, and is of great uſe to them 5. DIOSMA (Lanceolata) foliis lanceolatis glabris. Lin.
for feeding of their negroes; and the white people Sp. 287. Dioſma with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Spi-
make puddings of their roots, when ground to a fort ræa Africana, Saturejæ foliis brevioribus. Raii
of flour. This plant is ſuppoſed to have been brought
from the Eaſt to the Weſt Indies, for it has not been The firſt fort riſes to the height of three feet; the
diſcovered to grow wild in any part of America; but branches are very long and ſlender, and are produced
in the iſland of Ceylon, and on the coaſt of Malabar, from the ſtem very irregularly; the leaves are placed
it grows in the woods, and there are in thoſe places a croſſways, and are pointed; theſe are every evening
great variety of forts.
cloſed up to the branches. The flowers are produced
This fort, which is chiefly cultivated in the Weſt In- along the branches from between the leaves, and in
dies, has a root as big as a man's leg, of an irregular the evening, when theſe flowers are expanded, and
form, and of a dirty brown colour on the outſide, the leaves are cloſely embracing the ſtalks, the whole
but when cut, are white and meally within. The plant appears as if covered with ſpikes of white flow-
ftalks of this plant are triangular and winged; the ers; and as theſe plants continue a long time in flower,
leaves are heart-ſhaped, having two ears, ſomewhat they make a fine appearance when the plants are in-
like thoſe of Arum. Theſe ſtalks climb to the height termixed with other exotics in the open air.
of ten or twelve feet, when they grow near trees or The ſecond fort has been long known under the title
fhrubs, to which they faften themſelves, otherwiſe of Spiræa Africana odorata, foliis piloſis, or Sweet-
they trail upon the ground.
ſcented African Spiræa, with hairy leaves. This fort
This plant is propagated by cutting of the root into makes a very handſome ſhrub, growing to the height
pieces, obſerving to preſerve an eye or bud to each, of five or ſix feet; the ſtalks are woody, ſending
as is practiſed in planting of Potatoes; each of theſe out many ſlender branches; the leaves come out al-
being planted will grow, and produce three or four ternately on every ſide, which are narrow-pointed and
large roots. In America they are commonly ſix or hairy. The flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters at
eight months in the ground before the roots are taken the end of the ſhoots, which are white; theſe are fuc-
up for uſe. The roots are roaſted or boiled, and ceeded by ſtarry feed-veſſels, having five corners,
eaten by the inhabitants, and ſometimes are made like thoſe of the ſtarry Aniſe; each of theſe corners is
into bread.
a cell, having one ſmooth, ſhining, oblong, black
In ſome curious gardens this plant is preſerved for feed; theſe feed-veſſels abound with a reſin, which af-
the ſake of variety, but it is ſo tender as not to live in fords a grateful fcent, as doth alſo the whole plant.
England, unleſs it is placed in a warm ſtove. As theſe The third fort is of humbler growth than either of
roots are frequently brought from America, who- the former, ſeldom riſing above three feet high, and
ever hath an inclination to preſerve the plant, may ſpreads out into many branches; the leaves of this
cut them in the manner before deſcribed, and plant fort are ſmooth, and reſemble thoſe of the Heath, and
each piece in a pot filled with freſh earth, and plunged this plant from thence had the name of Erica Æthio-
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and give them little pica, &c. given it by Dr. Plukenet: the flowers of
water until they ſhoot, left they ſhould rot. With this kind are produced in cluſters at the end of the
this management I have had the ſhoots ten feet high, branches, like thoſe of the ſecond fort, but are ſmaller,
but the roots have not grown to any great fize with and the bunches are not fo large.
This plant will not thrive in the open air in the All theſe plants are propagated by cuttings, which
warmeſt time of the year, ſo muſt conſtantly be kept may be planted during any of the ſummer months, in
in the bark-ſtove.
pots filled with light freſh earth, and plunged into a
DIOSMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 241. Spiræa. Com. very moderate hot-bed, where they ſhould be ſhaded
Rar. Plant. 2. African Spiræa, vulgò.
in the day time from the ſun, and frequently refreſhed
The CHARACTERS are,
with water. In about two months the cuttings will
The flower hath a permanent empalement, which is di- have taken root, when they ſhould be each tranſ-
vided into four acuie ſegments, which are plain at their planted into a ſmall pot, and placed in a ſhady fitua-
baſe ; it hath five obtuſe petals, which ſpread open and are tion until the plants have taken freſh root, when they
as long as the empalement; it hath five ſtamina terminated may be placed among other exotic plants, in a fhel-
by oval erext ſummits, and a five-pointed bollow nectarium tered ſituation: theſe plants may remain abroad un-
fitting on the germen, from which ariſes a ſingle style, til the beginning of October or later, if the ſeaſon
crowned by an obſolete ſtigma. The germen afterward continues favourable ; for they only require to be
becomes a fruit compoſed of five compreſſed capſules, fheltered from froſt, ſo that in a dry airy green-houſe
which open lengthways, each incloſing one ſmooth oblong they may be preſerved very well in winter, and in
ſummer they may be expoſed to the open air with
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of other green-houſe plants.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, Theſe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
the flowers having five ftamina and one ſtyle.
Hope, from whence the ſeeds were ſent to Europe;
where
me.
3
feed.

DIO
DIP
where ſome of the ſpecies have been long preſerved plenty of fruit in England, but they never come to
in the gardens of the curious. There have been perfection here. In America the inhabitants preſerve
ſome other ſpecies in the Engliſh gardens than are the fruit until it be rotten (as is practiſed by Medlars
here enumerated, but theſe are all that are at preſent in England) when they are eſteemed a pleaſant fruit.
to be found here.
Theſe are both propagated by feeds, which will come
The ſecond ſort frequently ripens its ſeeds in Eng- up very well in the open ground; but if they are
land; but if the feeds are not ſown ſoon after they are ſown upon a moderate hot-bed, the plants will come
ripe, they rarely grow, or they commonly lie a whole up much ſooner, and make a greater progreſs; but
year in the ground.
in this caſe the feeds ſhould be ſown in pots or boxes
DIOSPYROS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1027. Guaiacana. of earth, and plunged into the hot-bed, becauſe the
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 600. tab. 371. The Indian Date plants will not bear tranſplanting till autumn, when
Plumb.
the leaves fall off; ſo that when the plants are up,
The CHARACTERS are,
and have made fome progreſs, they may be inured
It hath hermaphrodite and female flowers on the ſame by degrees to the open air; and in June they may be
,
plant, and male flowers on Separate plants; the berma- wholly expoſed, and may remain abroad until No-
phrodite flowers have a large obtuſe permanent empalement vember, when it will be proper to ſet the pots under
of one leaf, which is divided into four parts; the flower a hot-bed frame to protect them from hard froſt,
bath one petal which is ſhaped like a pitcher, and cut at which, while they are very young, may kill the tops
the brim into four ſegments, which Spread open; it bath of the plants; but they muſt have as much free air
eight ſhort briſtly ſtamina firmly joined to the empalement, as poſſible in mild weather. The following ſpring,
terminated by oblong ſummits which have no farina. In before the plants begin to ſhoot, they ſhould be tranſ-
the center is ſituated a roundiß germen, Supporting a planted into a nurſery, in a warm ſituation, where
Single quadrifid ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe bifid ſtigma; the they may be trained up for two years, and then re-
germen afterward becomes a large globular berry with moved to the places where they are deſigned to re-
many cells, each including one oblong, compreſſed, hard main. Theſe are both hardy enough to reſiſt the
ſeed. The male flowers have a one-leaved empalement, greateſt cold of this country, after the plants have ac-
cut into ſmall acute ſegments; the petal is thick and four- quired ſtrength.
cornered, cut into four obtuſe ſegments which turn back- DIPSACUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 107. Tourn. Inft. .
ward; they have eight port ſtamina, terminated by long, R. H. 466. tab. 265. [Subanos, Gr. i. e. thirſty. It
acute, twin ſummits, but have no germen.
is ſaid to have taken its name by way of contrary,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection becauſe it receives the dew or rain in the hollow finus
of Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia of its leaves that cohere together, by which it drives
Diccia. The plants of this claſs and ſection have away the injuries of thirſt. It is alſo called Labrum
hermaphrodite and female flowers growing on the Veneris, from the poſition of its leaves, which form a
ſame plant, and the male on ſeparate plants.
ſort of baſon, containing a liquor that beautifies the
The SPECIES are,
face.] The Teazel; in French, Chardon à Bonnitier.
1. DIOSPYROS (Lotus) foliorum paginis diſcoloribus. The CHARACTERS are,
Lin. Sp. Plant. 1057. Dioſpyros with the ſurface of the It hath many florets collected in one common perianthium,
leaves of two colours. Guaiacana. J. B. 2. 138. The which is permanent; the florets have but one petal, which
Indian Date Plumb.
is tubular, cut into four parts at the top, which are ere&t.
2. DIOSPYROS (Virginiana) foliorum paginis concolori- They have four hairy ftamina which are as long as the per
bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1057. Diospyros with the ſurface tal, terminated by proftrate ſummits; the germen is fitil-
of the leaves of one colour. Guaiacana Virginiana Pif- ated below the flower, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned
hamin dicta. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. The Piſhamin or by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a co-
Perſimon, and by ſome Pitchumon Plumb.
lumn-Shaped ſeed, incloſed in the common conical fruit,
The firſt fort is ſuppoſed to be a native of Africa, which is divided by long prickly partitions.
and was tranſplanted from thence into ſeveral parts of This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Italy, and alſo the ſouth of France. The fruit of Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy-
this tree is by ſome ſuppoſed to be the Lotus, which nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Ulyſſes and his companions were inchanted with. The SPECIES are,
This is a tree of a middling growth in the warm 1. DIPSACUS (Sylveſtris) foliis feffilibus ferratis, ariſtis
parts of Europe, where there are ſeveral of them fructibus erectis. Teazel with Sawed leaves ſet cloſe to
which are upward of thirty feet high ; but particu- the ſtalks, and erext beards to the fruit. Dipſacus fyl-
larly in the botanic garden at Padua there is one very veftris. Dod. Pemp. 735. Wild Teazel.
old tree, which has been deſcribed by ſome of the 2. DIPSACUS (Fullonum) foliis connatis, ariſtis fructibus
former botaniſts, under the title of Guaicum Patavi- recurvis. Teazel with leaves joined at their baſe, and
This tree produces plenty of fruit every year, the beards of the fruit recurved. Dipſacus fativus. Dod.
from the feeds of which many plants have been Pemp. 735. Cultivated Teazel.
raiſed. In England there are none of theſe trees, but 3. DIPSACUS (Laciniatus) foliis connatis finuatis. Lin.
what have been raiſed within a few years paſt, in the Sp. Plant. 97. Teazel with finuated leaves joined at their
phyfic garden at Chelſea ; for the feeds of which I baſe. Dipſacus folio laciniato. C. B. P. 385. Teazel
was greatly obliged to my much honoured friend, his with a laciniated leaf.
excellency the Chevalier Rathgeb, his imperial ma- 4. DIPSACUS (Piloſus) foliis petiolatis appendiculatis.
jeſty's miniſter at Venice, who has alſo ſupplied me Hort. Upſal. 25. Teazel with foot-ſtalks having appen-
with many other curious plants, trees, and fruits, dices. Dipſacus fylveftris, capitulo minore, feu. Virga.
from different parts of the world, where his extenſive Paftoris minor. C. B. P. 385. Wild Teazel with a
correſpondence has been employed to collect whatever Smaller head, or ſmaller Shepherd's Rod.
rare plants he could procure; and his generoſity in The firſt of theſe plants is very common upon dry
communicating what feeds and plants he can procure banks in moſt parts of England, and is feldom culti-
to the phyſic garden at Chelſea, requires this public vated in gardens, unleſs for the ſake of variety.
acknowledgment.
The fourth fort grows naturally in many places near
The ſecond fort is a native of America, but particu- London, and is rarely admitted into gardens.
larly in Virginia and Carolina there is great plenty of The third ſort grows naturally in Alſace, and is kept
theſe trees growing in the woods. The ſeeds of this in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety; this dif-
fort are frequently brought to England, where the fers from the wild Teazel in having the leaves deeply
trees are now become pretty common in the nurſeries cut and jagged
about London. This riſes to the height of fourteen But it is the ſecond fort only which is cultivated for
or fixteen feet, but generally divides into many irre- uſe, which is called Carduus Fullorum, or Fullonum,
gular trunks near the ground, ſo that it is very rare being of fo fingular uſe in raiſing the knap upon
to ſee a handſome tree of this fort. This produces woollen cloth, for which purpoſe there are great
quantities
num.
a

D O D
D O D
a
quantities of this plant cultivated in the weſt country.
This plant is propagated by lowing the feeds in
March, upon a foil that has been well ploughed:
about one peck of this ſeed will ſow an acre; for the
plants ſhould have room to grow, otherwiſe the heads
will not be ſo large, nor in ſo great quantity. When
the plants are come up, you muſt hợe them in the
ſame manner as is practiſed for Turneps, cutting
down all the weeds, and fingling out the plants to
about fix or eight inches diſtance; and as the plants
advance, and the weeds begin to grow again, you
muft hoe them a ſecond time, cutting out the
plants to a wider diſtance, for they ſhould be, at laft,
left at leaſt a foot aſunder: and you ſhould be parti-
cularly careful to clear them from weeds, eſpecially
the firſt ſummer; for when the plants have ſpread ſo
as to cover the ſurface of the ground, the weeds will
not ſo readily grow between them. The ſecond year
after ſowing, the plants will ſhoot up ſtalks with heads,
which will be fit to cut about the beginning of Au-
guſt; at which time they ſhould be cut, and tied up
in bunches, ſetting them in the fun if the weather be
fair ; but if not, they muſt be ſet in rooms to dry.
The common produce is about an hundred and fixty
bundles or ſtaves upon an acre, which they ſell for
about one ſhilling a ſtave. Some people fow Caraway
and other feeds among their Teazels, but this is not
a good method, for the one ſpoils the other ; nor
can you fo eaſily clear them from weeds, as when
alone. Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes this to be only a ſe-
minal variety of the common wild Teazel, but I
have cultivated both the forts more than forty years,
and have never found either of them alter, ſo that
there can be no doubt of their being diſtinct ſpecies.
DIRCA, Leather Wood.
The CHARACTERS are,
There is no empalement to the flower, which is club-
ſhaped, of one petal, having a ſhort-bellied tebe, and an
unequal border ; it hath eight ſlender ſtamina ſituated in
the middle of the tube, terminated by erect roundiſh ſum-
mits, with an oval germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style
which is longer than the stamina, crowned by a ſimple
ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a berry with one
cell, incloſing one ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogy-
nia, the flower having eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
DIRCA (Paluſtris). Amen. Acad. 3. p. 12. Marſh Lea-
therwood. Thymelea floribus albis primo vere erum-
.
pentibus, foliis oblongis acuminatis, viminibus &
cortice valde tenacibus. Flor. Virg. 155.
This ſhrub grows naturally in ſwamps in Virginia,
Canada, and other parts of North America, where
it feldom riſes more than five or fix feet high, but in
Europe it rarely is more than half ſo high, it ſends
out many articulated branches near the root, gar-
niſhed with oval leaves, of a pale yellowiſh colour,
and ſmooth; the flowers come out from the ſide of
the branches, two or three upon each foot-ſtalk; they
are of a greeniſh white colour, and appear early in the
ſpring, juſt at the time when the leaves begin to ſhoot ;
the flowers are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in England.
This ihrub is very difficult to propagate in Europe; for
as it does not produce ſeeds here, it can only be increaf-
ed by layers or cuttings, and theſe are generally two
years before they put out roots ; for as the ſhrubs grow
naturally in very moiſt places, they are with difficulty
preſerved in gardens, unleſs they are planted in wet
ground, but they are ſeldom injured by cold.
DIT TANY, the white. See DICTAMNUS.
DITTANY of Crete. See ORIGANUM.
DOCK. See LAPATHUM.
DODARTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 698. Tourn. Cor.
47. tab. 478. [This plant was ſo named by Dr. Tour-
nefort, from Monſieur Dodart, a member of the A-
cademy of Sciences at Paris.] We have no Engliſh
name for this plant.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
which is bell-ſhaped, cut into five parts et top; the
flower bath one petal, is ringent, having a cylindrical
diflexed tube much longer than the empalerment; the upper
lip riſes and is indented, the lower lip ſpreads open and is
trifid, the middle ſegment being narrow. It hath four ſia-
mina which incline to the upper lip, two of which are
Shorter than the other, and are terminated by ſmall roundiſhi
ſummits. In the center is ſituated e round germen, fup-
porting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by a bifid obtuſe
stigma. The germen afterward becomes a globular cap-
ſule with two cells, filled with ſmall feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
ſhort ſtamina, and the ſeeds being included in a capſule.
The SPECIES are,
1. DODARTIA (Orientalis) foliis linearibus integerrimis
glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 633. Dodartia with very nar-
row, fmooth, entire leaves. Dodartia Orientalis, flore
purpurafcente. Tourn. Cor. 47. Eaſtern Dodartia with
a purpliſh flower.
2. DODARTIA (Linaria) foliis radicalibus oblongo-ova-
tis, ferratis, caulinis linearibus integerrimis foribus
fpicatis terminalibus. Dodartia with oblong, oval,
Jawed leaves at the bottom, thoſe on the ſtalks narrow and
entire, and flowers growing in Spikes at the end of the
stalks. Linaria bellidis folio. C. B. P. 212. Toach
Flex with a Daiſy leaf.
The firſt fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort near
mount Ararat in Armenia, from whence he ſent the
ſeeds to the royal garden at Paris, where they fuc-
ceeded, and from thence moſt of the curious gardens
in Europe have been ſupplied with this plant. This
plant having characters which are different from all
thoſe of Tournefort's Inſtitutions, he conſtituted this
genus, and gave it the title from Monſieur Dodart,
member of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris,
and phyſician to her Royal Highneſs the Princeſs of
Conti.
It hath a perennial root which creeps far under the
ſurface, and ſends out new ſtalks at a great diſtance
from the parent plant; theſe ſtalks are firm, a little
compreſſed, and grow a foot and a half high, ſend-
ing out ſeveral ſide branches, garniſhed with long,
fleſhy, narrow leaves placed oppoſite, of a deep green
colour; thoſe on the lower part of the ſtalk are ſhorter
and broader than thoſe above, but thoſe on the up-
per part of the ſtalk are entire ; and at theſe joints
the flowers come out ſingly on each ſide the ſtalk,
fitting cloſe to it; theſe are near an inch long; the
bottom is tubulous, but divides into two lips above;
the upper lip is hollow like a ſpoon, the convex fide
ſtanding upward, and is divided into two parts; the
lower lip is divided into three parts, the middle be-
ing the narroweſt. The flower is of a deep purple
colour, and appears in July, and is rarely ſucceeded
by ſeeds in England. It propagates very faſt by its
creeping roots, ſo that when it is once eſtabliſhed in a
garden, it will multiply faſt enough ; it loves a light
dry foil, and may be tranſplanted either in autumn
when the ſtalks decay, or in the ſpring before the new
ſtalks ariſe.
The ſecond fort is a biennial, or at moſt a triennial
plant, which frequently periſhes ſoon after the ſeeds
are ripe. This ſends out from the root ſeveral ob-
long leaves, which are near four inches long, narrow
at their baſe, but increaſe in width upward, where
they are about an inch broad, rounded at the end, and
deeply ſawed on the edges; between theſe ariſe the
ſtalks, which grow a foot high, their lower parts be-
ing garniſhed with leaves of the ſame form as the
lower leaves, but much ſmaller; the upper leaves
are very narrow and entire. The powers grow in
ſpikes on the top of the ſtalks ; they are very ſmall
and white, but are ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
in autumn ſoon after they are ripe, upon a border of
light earth, where they are deſigned to remain. When
the plants appear the following ſpring, they muſt be
thinned, and kept clear from weeds, which is all the
cul
a
3
و
a
a
5 B

DOL
D OR
ز
3
culture they require : the ſecond year they will Aower DORONICUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 862. Tourn
and feed, after which the plants uſually decay; when Inft. R. H. 487. tab. 477. Leopard's Bane.
the feeds are fown in the ſpring, the plants never
The CHARACTERS are,
come up the ſame year.
It hath a flower compoſed of ſeveral bermaphrodite florets,
DODECATHEON. See MEADIA.
which are ſituated in the center, and form the diſk, and
DOG'S TOOTH. See ERYTHRONIUM.
of female florets which compoſe the rays ; theſe are in-
DOG-WOOD. See CORNUS.
cluded in one common empalement, which hath a double
DOLICHOS, Kidney Bean.
Series of leaves as long as the rays. The hermaphrodite
The CHARACTERS are,
florets are funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five parts at the
The empalement is of one leaf, ſhort, and cut into four top; theſe have five flort hairy Stamina, terminated by
equal ſegments. The flower is of the butterfly kind, hav- cylindrical ſummits. In the bottom is ſituated the germen,
ing a large round vexillum which is reflexed. The wings ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by an indented ſtigma;
are oval, obtuſe, and the length of the keel. The keel is the germen afterward becomes a ſingle, ovel, compreſſed
moon-ſhaped, compreſſed, and the top aſcends ; it hath feed, crowned with hairy down. The female florets are
nine ſi amina joined below, and a ſingle one ſtanding ſepa- formed like a tongue, which are ſpread out and compoſe
rate, terminated by Single ſummits, with a linear com the border; theſe have a germen, Supporting a fiyle,
preſſed germen, ſupporting on afcending Style, crowned by crowned by two refiexed ftigmas, but have no femina ;
a bearded ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a large the germen becomes a ſingle furrowed ſeed, covered with a
oblong pod with iwo valves, containing compreſſed ellipti-
hairy down.
cal ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
This genus is diſtinguiſhed from Phaſeolus, by the keel of of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
the flower not being Spiral.
Polygamia fuperflua. The plants of this ſection have
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of female and hermaphrodite flowers, which are both
Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
fruitful.
candria, the flower having ten ſtamina in two bodies.
The SPECIES are,
The SPECIES are,
1. DORONICUM (Pardali anches) foliis cordatis obtufis,
1. DOLICHOS (Lablob) volubilis, leguminibus ovato- denticulatis radicalibus petiolatis, caulinis amplexi-
acinaciformibus, feminibus ovatis hilo arcuato ver- caulibus. Lin. Mat. Med. 394. Leopard's Bane with
ſus alteram extremitatem. Prod. Leyd. 368. Doli- obtuſe, heart-ſhaped, indented leaves, thoſe from the root
chos with a winding ſtalk, oval bill-ſhaped pods, and having foot-ſtalks, and thoſe above embracing the ſtalks.
oval ſeeds.
Phaſeolus Ægyptiacus nigro femine. Doronicum maximum, foliis caulem amplexianti-
C. B. P. 341.
bus. C. B. P. 184. Greateſt Leopard's Bane with leaves
2. Dolichos (Uncinatus) volubilis, pedunculis multi- embracing the stalks.
floris leguminibus cylindricis hirſutis apice unguiculo 2. DORONICUM (Plantagineum) foliis ovatis acutis, ſub-
fubulato hamato, caule hirto. Lin. Sp. 1019. Doli- dentatis, ramis alternis. Hort. Cliff. 411. Leopard's
chos with a winding ſialk, many flowers on each foot-ſtalk, Bane with oval-pointed leaves indented at bottom, and al-
cylindrical hairy pods, whoſe points are crooked and awl- ternate branches. Doronicum plantaginis folio. C. B. P.
Jhaped.
184. Leopard's Bane with a Plantain leaf.
3. DOLICHOS (Pruriens) volubilis, leguminibus racemo- 3. DORONICUM (Helveticum) foliis lanceolatis, denticu-
ſis hirtis, valvulis ſubcarinatis, pedunculis ternis. Jacq. latis, fubtus tomentofis, caule unifloro. Prod. Leyd.
Amer. 27. Dolichos with a winding ſtalk, hairy pods 160. Leopard's Bane with Spear-ſhaped indented leaves,
growing in a racemus, almoſt boat-ſhaped valves, and woolly on their under ſide, and one flower on a ſtalk. Do-
each foot-ſtalk having three pods.
ronicum Helveticum incanum. C. B. P. 185. Hoary
4. DOLICHOS (Urens) volubilis, leguminibus racemofis Helvetian Leopard's Bane.
hirtis tranſverſim lamellatis, feminibus hilo cinctis. 4. DORONICUM (Bellidiaſtrum) caule nudo fimpliciffimo
Jacq. Amer. 27. Dolichos with a winding ſtalk, hairy unifloro. Hort. Cliff. 500. Leopard's Bane with a naked
pods in a racemus, whose hoirs are ſituated in tranſverſe Jingle ſtalk having one flower. Bellis fylveſtris media
lamelle, commonly called Cow-itch.
caule carens. C. B. P. 261. Middle wild Daiſy having
There are many other ſpecies of this genus, as there a tall ſtalk.
are alſo of Phaſeolus; but as there are few of them The firſt fort grows naturally in Hungary, and upon
cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, it would ſwell this the Helvetian mountains, but is frequently preſerved
work to a great bulk, if they were all inſerted which in the Engliſh gardens. It hath thick fleſhy roots,
have come to our knowledge, as the author has cul- which are divided into many knots or knees, ſending
tivated more than ſixty ſpecies, beſide many varieties. out ſtrong fleſhy fibres, which penetrate deep into the
The two firſt forts here mentioned, are cultivated in ground; and from theſe ariſe in the ſpring a cluſter
warm countries for the table, but in England theſe of heart-ſhaped leaves, which are hairy, and ſtand
feldom perfect their feeds; and were they to thrive upon foot-ſtalks; between theſe ariſe the flower-ſtalks,
here as well as in the warm countries, they would be which are channelled and hairy, growing near three
little eſteemed, becauſe we have much better forts feet high, putting out one or two ſmaller
ſtalks from
in our gardens already; for the ſcarlet flowering Kid- the ſide, which grow erect, and are garniſhed with one
ney Bean is preferable to all the other forts for eating, or two heart-ſhaped leaves, cloſely embracing the
ſo deſerves our care to cultivate it more than any ſtalks with their baſe; each ftalk is terminated by one
other.
large yellow flower, compoſed of about twenty-four
The third and fourth forts are ſometimes preſerved rays or female florets, which are about an inch long,
in botanic gardens, but eſpecially the fourth, whoſe plain, and indented in three parts at the top. In the
pods are cloſely covered with ſtinging hairs, com- center is ſituated a great number of hermaphrodite
monly known by the title of Cow-itch; but theſe are florets, which compoſe the diſk; theſe are tubulous,
too tender to thrive in the open air in this country, and ſlightly cut at the top into five parts. The flowers
ſo that whoever is deſirous to have the plants, ſhould appear in May, and are fucceeded by feeds which
fow their feeds in a hot-bed in March, and when the ripen in July; theſe are crowned by a hairy down,
plants are come up, they ſhould be each planted in a which ſerves to convey them to a diftance.
ſeparate pot, and plunged into the hot-bed again, This plant multiplies very faſt by its ſpreading roots,
being careful to ſhade thein till they have taken and if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, they will pro-
root; after which they muſt have freih air every day duce plants wherever they happen to fall, ſo that it
admitted to them, in proportion to the warmth of becomes a weed where it is once eſtabliſhed; it loves
the feaſon; and when the plants are too tall to re- a moiſt foil and a ſhady fituation.
main in the hot-bed, they thould be removed into The ſecond ſort hath oval leaves, ending in acute
the bark-ſtove, where, if they are allowed room to points; theſe are indented on their edges toward their
run, they will flower and perfect their feeds.
baſe, but their upper parts are entire; the ſtalks riſe
DORIA. See SOLIDAGO and OTHONNA.
about two feet high; each is terminated by a large
yellow
و
3
a

DOR
D OR
3
و
a
a
yellow flower, like thoſe of the former fort; the quadrangulari & undulatâ. Houſt. MSS. Contrayerva
Italks of this ſort have two or three leaves, which are with a Tovihwort root, a leaf leſs cut, and a quadrangular
placed alternately, and their baſe fits cloſe to the ſtalks; waved placenta.
theſe are not ſo hairy as thoſe of the former fort; it 3. DORSTENIA (Drakena) acaulis, foliis pinnatifido-pal-
flowers about the ſame time with that, and the ſeeds matis integerrimis, floribus ovalibus. Lin. Sp. 176
ripen well in England. This grows naturally in Por- Dwarf Dorſtenia with many pointed, band-ſhaped, entire
tugal, Spain, and Italy, but is equally hardy with the leaves, and an oval receptacle to the flowers ; handed
firſt, and multiplies in as great plenty; the root is leaves, whoſe angles are very acute, and an oblong four-
perennial.
cornered placente.
The third fort hath longer leaves than either of the The firſt of theſe plants was diſcovered by my late
former, which are covered with a hoary down on their ingenious friend Dr. William Houſtoun, near Old
under fide, and are indented on their edges; the Vera Cruz in New Spain. The ſecond was found by
Atalks are ſingle, and have ſeldom more than one leaf the fame gentleman, on the rocky grounds about
upon each; theſe grow a foot and a half high, and Campeachy. The third fort was found in great
are terminated by a ſingle flower on the top, like plenty in the iſland of Tobago, by Mr. Robert Millar,
thoſe of the former forts. This grows naturally on furgeon. But the roots of all theſe ſpecies are in-
the Pyrenees and Helvetian mountains. It delights differently brought over, and uſed in medicine, and
in a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, and propagates
for dyeing
in plenty, either from ſeeds or by parting the roots :
The firſt fort fends out ſeveral leaves from the root,
it flowers and feeds about the ſame time with the which are about four inches long, and as much in
former.
breadth;
theſe are deeply laciniated into five or ſeven
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Py- obtuſe parts, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks near four
renean mountains; this hath a perennial root; the inches long; they are ſmooth, and of a deep green.
leaves are like of the lefſer Daiſy, but longer, The italk which ſupports the placenta ariſes from the
and not fo broad. The flower grows upon a naked root, and grows near four inches high, upon which
foot-ſtalk, which is near a foot long; the roots feldom the fleſhy placenta is vertically placed; this is of an
ſend out more than one ſtalk; the rays of the flower oval form about one inch long, and three quarters
are white, and very like thoſe of the common Daily; broad. Upon the upper ſurface of this, the ſmall
the diſk of the flower is yellow, which is compoſed flowers are clofely ſituated, the fleſhy part becoming
of hermaphrodite flowers.
an involucrum to them; theſe are very ſmall, and
This plant is preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſcarce conſpicuous at a diſtance, being of an herba-
fake of variety, but the flowers make little better ceous colour.
appearance than thoſe of the common Field Daiſy, The ſecond ſort fends out ſeveral angular heart-ſhaped
only they ſtand upon much taller foot-ſtalks. It leaves from the root, which have foot-ſtalks eight or
muſt have a ſhady ſituation and a moiſt foil, other- nine inches in length and very ſlender; the leaves
wiſe it will not thrive in this country; it is propagated are about three inches and a half long, and almoſt
by parting of the roots, for the ſeeds do not ripen four broad at their baſe, the two ears having two or
well in England. I received this from Verona, near three angles which are acute, and the middle of the
which place it grows naturally.
leaves are extended and end in acute points like a
The roots of the firit fort have been ſometimes uſed halbert; theſe are ſmooth and of a lucid green; the
in medicine, ſome having commended it as an expeller foot-ſtalk which ſuſtains the placenta is nine inches
of the poiſon of ſcorpions ; but others reckon it to be long, and about half an inch ſquare, and the upper
a poiſon, and affirm that it will deſtroy wolves and ſurface cloſely ſet with ſmall flowers like the firſt
dogs.
The third fort ſends out leaves of different forms;
The other forts which have been formerly ranged fome of the lower leaves are heart-ſhaped, having a
under this genus, are now ſeparated, and may be found few indentures on their edges, and ending in acute
under the title ARNICA.
points, but the larger leaves are deeply cut like the
DORSIFEROUS plants (of dorfum, the back, fingers on a hand, into fix or ſeven acute ſegments.
and fero, Lat, to bear,] ſuch plants as are of the ca- Theſe leaves are five inches long, and fix broad in
pillary kind, without ftalk, and that bear their feeds the middle; they are of a deep green, and ſtand upon
on the backſide of their leaves.
long foot-ſtalks. The placenta is very thick and
DORSTENIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 29. tab. 8. Lin. fleſhy, an inch and a half long, and three quarters
Gen. Plant. 147. [This plant was ſo named by fa- broad, having four acute corners; theſe have a num-
ther Plumier, from Dr. Dorſten, a German phyſician, ber of ſmall flowers, placed on their upper ſurface like
who publiſhed a hiſtory of plants in folio.j Con- the other ſpecies.
trayerva.
Theſe plants are at preſent very rare in Europe, nor
The CHARACTERS are,
was it known what the plant was, whoſe roots were
It hath one common plain involucrum ſituated vertically, imported, and had been long uſed in medicine in
upon which fit many ſmall florets as in a diſk; theſe have England, until the late Dr. Houſtoun informed us :
no petals, but have four ſhort fender ſtamina, terminated for although father Plumier had diſcovered one fpe-
by roundiſh ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh cies of this plant, and given the name of Dorftenia
germen, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle crowned by an obtuſe ſtig- to the genus, yet he ſeems not to have known, that
ma; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle ſeed, incloſed the Contrayerva was the root of that plant.
in the common fleſhy receptacle.
It will be difficult to obtain theſe plants, becauſe the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſeeds are ſeldom to be found good; nor will they
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- grow, if they are kept long out of the ground; fo
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. that the only ſure method to obtain them is, to have
The SPECIES are,
the roots taken up at the time when their leaves begin
1. DORSTENIA (Contrayerva) acaulis, foliis pinnatifido- to decay, and planted pretty cloſe in boxes of earth,
palmatis, ſerratis, floribus quadrangulis. Lin. Sp. which may be brought very ſafe to England, pro-
176. Dwarf Dorſtenia with many pointed, hand-ſhaped, vided they are preſerved from falt water, and are not
Jawed leaves, and flowers placed on a quadrangular re- over-watered with freſh water in their paſſage. When
ceptacle. Dorſtenia fphondylii folio, dentariæ radice. the plants arrive, they ſhould be tranſplanted each
Plum. Nov. Gen. 29. Dorſtenia with a Cow Parfnep into a ſeparate por filled with freſh earth, and plunged
leaf, and a Toothwort root.
into the bark-ſtove, which ſhould be kept of a mo-
2. DORSTENIA (Houſtoni) acaulis, foliis cordatis angula- derate heat; and the plants muſt be frequently re-
tis acuminatis, floribus quadrangulis. Lin. Sp. 176. freſhed with water during the ſummer ſeaſon; but in
Dwarf Dorſtenia with angulor, heart-shaped, pointed winter, when the leaves are decayed, it ſhould be
teaves, and quadrangular receptacles to the flowers. Dor- given to them more ſparingly. With this manage
ftenia dentariæ radice, folio minùs laciniato, placentâ ment theſe plants may not only be maintained, but
may

DRA
D R A
3
a
treatment.
may alſo be increaſed by parting their roots in the The third fort grows naturally on the Alps, and other
fpring, before the plants put out their leaves.
mountainous parts of Europe. This is a low peren-
DORYCNIU M. See LOTUS.
nial plant, which ſeldom rifes more than two inches
DOUGLASSI A. See VOLKAMERIA.
high; it has a ſhrubby ſtalk, which divides into many
DRABA. Dillen. Gen. Lin. Gen. Plant. 714. Alyffon. ſmall heads like the firſt fort. The leaves are ſmall,
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 216. tab. 104.
ſome of them are winged, having five ſhort narrow
The CHARACTERS are,
lobes, placed on a midrib, others have but three.
The flower bath a four-leaved empalement, which falls The flowers come out in cluſters, fitting cloſe to the
off. It hath four petals placed in form of a croſs. It leaves. They are of a bright purple colour, and ap-
bath fix ſtamina, four of which are as long as the em- pear early in the ſpring. This is a perennial plant,
palement, the other two are much forter and incurved; which may be propagated by parting of the heads in
theſe are terminated by roundiſh Summits. In the center the ſame manner as the firit, and requires the ſame
is ſituated a bifid germen, Supporting a permanent ſtyle,
crowned by an oblong ſtigma. The germen afterward be- The fourth fort grows naturally in ſhady woods in
comes a very ſhort capſule with two cells, ſeparated by the many parts of Europe, and is but ſeldom kept in
ſwelling Ryle, which is oblique, and longer than the cop- gardens, unleſs for the ſake of variety. It is an annual
Jule. The valves are parallel to the middle, and divide plant, riſing with an upright branching ſtalk about
the lower part of the cell from the upper, which is open, ten inches high, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped indented
round, concave, and opens oblique, each cell containing a leaves, which embrace the ſtalks with their baſe. The
ſingle ſeed.
ſtalks are terminated by looſe ſpikes of white flowers,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of which appear the beginning of May; in June the
Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Sili- ſeeds ripen, and the plants ſoon after decay. If the
culofa, the flower having four long and two ſhort fta- feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
mina, and the ſeeds growing in ſhort capſules or pods. up without trouble. It muſt have a ſhady fituation,
The SPECIES are,
and delights in a moiſt foil.
1. DRABA (Alpina) fcapo nudo fimplici, foliis lanceo- The fifth fort is an annual plant, which grows in
latis integerrimis. Fl. Lapp. 255. Draba with a ſingle ſhady woods in the northern parts of Europe. This
naked ſtalk, and very entire ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Alyffon is like the former fort, but the leaves are larger,
Alpinum, hirſutum luteum. Tourn. Inft. 217. Yellow rounder, and do not embrace the ſtalks; they are
hairy Alpine Madwort.
alſo hairy, and the flowers are yellow. If the feeds of
2. DRABA (Verna) ſcapis nudis, foliis lanceolatis ſub this are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will maintain
inciſis. Hort. Cliff. 333. Draba with naked ſtalks and themſelves if they have a ſhady ſituation.
cut leaves. Alyffon vulgare, polygoni folio, caule
.
The ſixth fort riſes with an upright ſtalk about a
nudo. Tourn. Inft. 217. Common Madwort with a foot high, the lower part being very cloſely garniſhed
Knot-graſs leaf and naked ſi alk.
by oblong hoary leaves, which are indented on their
3. DRABA (Pyrenaica) ſcapo nudo, foliis cuneiformibus edges. The upper part of the ſtalks puts out two or
trilobis. Læfl. Lin. Sp. Plant. 642. Draba with a three ſhort branches; theſe are almoſt naked of leaves,
naked folk, and wedge-ſhaped leaves with three lobes. as is alſo the upper part of the ſtalk. The flowers
This is the Alyſſon Pyrenaicum, perenne, minium, come out looſely on the top of the ſtalk; they are
foliis trifidis. Tourn. Inft. 217. Leaſt perennial Mad- compoſed of four ſmall white petals placed in form
wort of the Pyrenees with trifid leaves.
of a croſs, which are ſucceeded by oblong pods, which
4. DRABA (Muralis) caule ramoſo, foliis cordatis den- are twiſted, containing three or four roundiſh com-
tatis amplexicaulibus. Prod. Leyd. 33. Draba with a preffed feeds. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen
branching ſtalk, and heart-ſhaped indented leaves em- in July. This grows naturally in the north of Eng-
bracing the ſtalks. Alyffon veronicæ folio. Tourn. Inſt. land and in Wales.
217. Madwort with a Speedwell leaf.
This plant feldom continues more than two years,
5. DRABA (Polygonifolia) caule ramoſo, foliis ovatis fef- but if the ſeeds are ſown in autumn in a ſhady border,
filibus dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 643. Draba with a the plants will come up in the ſpring; or where the
branching Stalk, and oval indented leaves growing cloſe to ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will riſe
the branches. Alyſſon Alpinum, polygoni folio in- without any trouble.
cano. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 217. Alpine Madwort with DRACO ÅRBOR. See Palma.
e boary Knot-graſs leaf.
DRACO HERBA. [i. e. Dragon's-wort.] Tarra-
6. DRABA (Incond) foliis caulinis numeroſis incanis, fi- gon, vulgò. See ABROTANUM.
liculis oblongis. Flor. Suec. 526. Draba with many DRACOCEPHALUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 648.
boary leaves on the ſtalks, and oblique pods. Lunaria Dracocephalon. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 181. tab. 83. [of
filiqua oblongâ intortâ. Tourn. Inft. 219. Moonwort decéxwv, a dragon, and xepann, a head.] i. e. Dragon's-
with an oblong intorted pod.
Head.
The firſt fort grows naturally on the Alps, and other
The CHARACTERS are,
mountainous parts of Europe ; this is a very low The flower bath a ſhort permanent empalement of one leaf,
plant, which divides into ſmall heads like ſome ſorts which is tubulous. It hath one ringent petal, with a tube
of Houſeleek, and from thence it was titled Sedum the length of the empalement, with large oblong inflated
Alpinum &c. or Alpine Houſeleek. The leaves are chaps. The upper lip is obtuſe and arched, the under lip
fhort, narrow, and very hairy; from each of theſe is trifid; the two ſide ſegments are erect, the middle turns
heads come out a naked fiower-ſtalk an inch and a downward and is indented. It hath four ſtamina ſituated
half high, terminated by looſe ſpikes of yellow flow- near the upper lip, two being ſhorter than the other, and
ers, having four obtuſe petals placed in form of a are terminated by heart-ſhaped ſummits. It hath a four-
croſs; when they fade they are ſucceeded by trian- parted germen, ſupporting a ſender ſtyle, ſituated with the
gular or heart-ſhaped pods, which are compreſſed, ſtamina, and crowned by a bifid reflexed ſtigma. The
and incloſe three or four roundiſh feeds. It flowers germen afterward becomes four oval oblong ſeeds, incloſed
in March, and the feeds ripen the beginning of June. in the empalement.
This plant is eaſily propagated by parting of the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
heads; the beſt time for doing of this is in autumn, Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
becauſe it ſhoots up to flower very early in the ſpring. noſpermia, the flower having two long and two ſhorter
It ſhould have a moiſt foil and a ſhady fituation, ſtamina, and the ſeeds are naked.
where it will thrive and flower annually. It requires
The SPECIES are,
no other culture but to keep it clean from weeds. 1. DRACOCEPHALUM (Virginianum) floribus ſpicatis foliis
The ſecond fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
lanceolatis ſerratis. Lin. Sp. 828. American Dragonºs-
turally upon walls and dry banks in many parts of Head with ſingle leaves and Spiked flowers. Dracoce-
England, fo is never cultivated in gardens. This phalon Americanum. Breyn. Prod. 1. 34. American
flowers in April, and the ſeeds ripen in May.
Dragon's-Head.
2. DRA-

DR A
DRA
I
4.
a
a
2. DRACOCEPHALUM (Canarienſe) floribus ſpicatis, foliis
compofitis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 308. Dragon's-Head with
Spiked flowers and compound leaves. Moldavica Ameri-
cana trifolia odore gravi. Tourn. Inſt. 184. Three-
Leaved American Balm, having a ſtrong ſmell, commonly
called Balm of Gilead.
3. DRACOCEPHALUM (Moldavice) foribus verticillatis,
3
bracteis lanceolatis ſerraturis capillaceis. Lin. Hort.
Cliff. 308. Dragon's-Head with flowers growing in
whorls, and ſpear-ſhaped bracte. Moldavica betonicæ
folio, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 184. Molda-
vian Balm with a Betony leaf and blue flower.
DRACOCEPHALUM (Ocymifolia) floribus verticillatis,
foliis floralibus orbiculatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 308.
Dragon's-Head with flowers growing in whorls, and the
upper leaves round. Moldavica orientalis minima ocy-
mifolio, flore purpuraſcente. Tourn. Cor. 11. Leſſer
Eaſtern Moldavian Balm with a Willow leaf and a bluiſh
flower.
5. DRACOCEPHALUM (Caneſcens) floribus verticillatis,
bracteis oblongis, ſerraturis fpinoſis, foliis tomentofis.
Hort. Upfal. 166. Dragon's-Head with flowers growing
in whorls, and the little leaves under the flowers ſawed,
ending in ſpines, and woolly leaves. Moldavica orienta-
lis betonicæ folio, flore magno violaceo. Tourn. Cor.
11. Eaſtern Moldavian Balm with a Betony leaf, and a
large blue flower.
6. DRACOCEPHALUM (Nutans) floribus verticillatis, brac-
teis oblongis ovatis integerrimis, corollis majuſculis
nutantibus. Hort. Upfal. 167. Dragon's-Hecd with
flowers growing in whorls, the ſmall leaves under the
flowers are oblong, entire, and hanging flowers much larger
than the empalement. Moldavica betonicæ folio, io-
ribus minoribus cæruleis pendulis. Amman. Ruth.
44. Moldavion Balm with a Betony leaf, and ſmaller blue
pendulous flowers.
7. DRACOCEPHALUM (Thymiflorum) floribus verticillatis,
bracteis oblongis integerrimis, corollis vix calyce ma-
joribus. Hort. Upſal. 167. Dragon's-Head with flowers
growing in whorls, the ſmall leaves are oblong, entire, and
the flowers equal with the empalement. Moldavica be-
tonicæ folio, floribus minimis pallidè cæruleis. Am-
man. Ruth. 46. Moldavian Balm with a Betony leaf,
and very ſmall blue flowers.
8. DRACOCEPHALUM (Peltatum) floribus verticillatis,
bracteis orbiculatis ferratociliatis. Hort. Upíal. 166.
Dragon's-Head with flowers growing in whorls, oval
braetee and very narrow spear-ſhaped leaves. Moldavica
orientalis, falicis folio, flore parvo cæruleo. Tourn.
Cor. 11. Eaſtern Moldavian Balm with a Willow leaf,
and a ſmall blue flower.
DRACOCEPHALUM (Grandiflorum) floribus verticillatis
foliis ovatis inciſo-crenatis, bracteis lanceolatis inte-
gerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 595. Dragon's-Head with
flowers growing in whorls, oval leaves which are cut and
crenated, and ſpear-ſhaped braťtece which are entire.
The firſt fort is a native of North America, where it
grows in the woods, and by the fides of rivers. This
riſes with an upright ſtalk, which is four-cor-
nered, near three feet high, garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped leaves about three inches long, and half an
inch broad, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; they are fawed
on their edges, and are placed oppoſite at each joint,
ſometimes there are three leaves ſtanding round at
the ſame place. The flowers are purple and grow in
ſpikes on the top of the ſtalks, ſo make a pretty va-
riety among other hardy plants, eſpecially if the
plants are ſtrong and vigorous. This is a perennial
plant, which will live in the open air, but requires a
moiſt foil, or ſhould be duly watered in dry weather,
otherwiſe the leaves will ſhrink, and the flowers will
make little appearance. This may be allowed a place
in the ſhady borders of a garden, ſince it will not
ramble, or take up much room.
It flowers in July,
and continues until the middle or end of Auguſt,
and may be propagated by parting of the roots in
The ſecond fort is a native of the Canary Ihands, and
hath been long an inhabitant in the gardens; it is
uſually called by the gardeners Balm of Gilead, from
the ſtrong reſinous ſcent which the leaves emit on
being rubbed. This is a perennial plant, which riſes
with ſeveral ſquare ftalks to the height of three feet
or more, becoming ligneous at their lower parts, and
are garniſhed with compound leaves at each joint,
which are placed oppoſite; theſe have three or five
lobes, which are oblong, pointed, and ſawed on their
edges. The flowers come out in ſhort thick ſpikes
on the top of the ſtalks; they are of a pale blue co-
lour, and are fucceeded by feeds, which ripen very
well in England. This plant continues producing
flowers moſt part of ſummer; it is uſually kept in
green-houſes; but in mild winters the plants will live
abroad, if they are planted in warm borders; and
thoſe plants which are kept in pots, will thrive much
better when they are ſheltered under a frame, than if
placed in a green-houſe, where the plants are apt to
draw up weak, for they ſhould have as much free
air as poſſible in mild weather, and only require to be
ſheltered from ſevere froſt. This may be propagated
by feeds, which, if ſown in autumn, will more cer-
tainly grow, than thoſe which are fown in the ſpring;
,
but if theſe are ſown in pots, they muſt be ſheltered
under a frame in the winter, and if the plants do not
come up the ſame autumn, they will ariſe in the
ſpring; but if the ſeeds are foon in the full ground,
it ſhould be in a warm border; and in hard froſt they
ſhould be ſheltered, otherwiſe the young plants will
be deſtroyed. The plants may alſo be propagated by
cuttings; which, if planted in a ſhady border any
time in ſummer, will very ſoon take root, and fur-
niſh plenty of rooted plants.
The third ſort is a native of Moldavia; this has been
long preſerved in curious gardens. It is an annual
plant, which riſes with branching ſtalks a foot and a
half high, garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are
placed oppoſite, and are deeply ſawed on their edges.
The flowers come out in whorls round the ſtalks at
every joint; theſe are blue, and appear in July, con-
tinuing to the middle of Auguſt, and the feeds ripen
in September. The plants have a ſtrong balſamic
odour, which is to ſome perſons very agreeable: the
feeds ſhould be ſown in ſmall patches in the ſpring,
upon the borders where they are to remain, and wher
the plants come up, they ſhould be thinned where
they grow too near together, and kept clear frm
weeds, which is the only culture they require. Of
this there is a variety with white flowers, which is
pretty common in the gardens; this only differs from
the other in the colour of the flowers, but yet theſe
conſtantly retain their difference from ſeeds.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Archipelago, who ſent the ſeeds to the royal gar-
den at Paris, which have ſince been communicated
to many curious gardens in Europe; this riſes with
upright ſtalks about a foot high, which ſeldom put
out branches; theſe are garniſhed with long narrow
leaves, which are entire, placed oppoſite at each joint,
where the flowers come out in whorls, almoſt the
whole length of the ſtalks; theſe are of a pale blue,
and appear about the ſame time as the former; this
fort has very ſmall flowers, which make no great ap-
pearance, therefore is feldom cultivated, except in
botanic gardens for the ſake of variety.
The fifth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant; this hath hoary ſquare ftalks, which riſe
a foot and a half high, putting out two or three fide
branches, garniſhed with hoary leaves near two inches
long, and half an inch broad, a little indented on
their edges; they are placed oppoſite at the joints,
juft under the whorls of flowers, which fit cloſe to
the ſtalk; theſe are larger than thoſe of the other fpe-
cies, and are of a fine blue colour, which between
the hoary leaves of the plant, make a pretty ap-
pearance. It flowers and feeds about the ſame time
as the former forts; this is generally treated as an an-
nual plant, like the former forts, but the roots of this
will live two years if they are in a dry foil. There is
a variety of this with white flowers, the feeds of which
generally produce the ſame coloured fowers.
5 C
The
9.
a
autumn.
a

DR
DRA
a
a
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Siberia, from whence 4. DRACONTIUM(Camtſchaicenſe) foliis lanceolatis. Aman,
(
the feeds were ſent to the imperial garden at Petert- Acad. 2. p. 360. Dragon with ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
burgh, and the late Dr. Amman, who was profeſſor The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
of botany, ſent me the ſeeds. This is an annual in the Weſt-Indies. This hath Nender jointed ſtalks,
plant, from whoſe roots come out many ſquare weak which put out roots at every joint, that faften to
Italks, which grow about nine inches long; theſe are the trunks of trees, walls, or any ſupport which is
at the bottom garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves near them, and thereby riſe to the height of twenty-
about two inches long, and one inch and a quarter five or thirty feet. The leaves are placed alternately,
broad, ſtanding oppoſite upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; they are four or five
and are crenated on their edges. The upper part of inches long, and two and a half broad, having ſe-
the ſtalks have ſmaller leaves, which fit cloſe at the veral oblong holes in each, which on the firſt view
joints, from whence come out the flowers in whoris ; appears as if eaten by infects, but they are natural to
they are of a deep blue colour, and hang downward; the leaves. The flowers are produced at the top of
theſe appear at the ſame time with the former, and the ſtalk, which always ſwells to a larger ſize in that
the feeds ripen in autumn.
part than in any other; theſe are covered with an
The ſeventh fort grows alſo in Siberia, the feeds of oblong ſpatha (or hood) of a whitiſh green colour,
this were ſent me with the former. It hath ſquare which opens longitudinally on one ſide, and ſhews the
ſtalks, which riſe a foot and a half high; the lower piſtil, which is cloſely covered with flowers, of a pale
leaves are very like thoſe of Betony, and ſtand upon yellow, inclining to white. When this plant begins
very long foot-ſtalks. The upper leaves are ſmall
, to flower, it feldom advances farther in height, ſo
and fit cloſer to the ſtalks. The flowers come out in that theſe-ſeldom are more than ſeven or eight feet
whorls at every joint; theſe are very ſmall, and of a high; but the leaves are much larger on theſe, than
pale purple or blue colour, ſo make little appearance, thoſe of the plants which ramble much farther.
but it is preſerved in ſome gardens for the ſake of This plant is eaſily propagated by cuttings, which,
variety
if planted in pots filled with poor fandy earth, and
The eighth fort grows naturally in the Levant, from plunged into a hot-bed, will ſoon put out roots, if
whence Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the royal they had none before ; but there are few of the joints
garden at Paris. This is an annual plant, which riſes which have not roots: the plants are tender, fo will
with a ſquare ftalk about a foot high, ſending out not live in the open air in England, therefore the
two ſmall fide branches from the lower part. The pots ſhould be placed near the walls of the hot-houſe,
leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, and crenated on their edges; againſt which the plants will climb, and faften their
they are placed oppoſite, and ſtand on foot-ftalks. roots into the wall, and thereby ſupport the ſtalks.
The flowers are ſmall, of a purpliſh colour, and come They ſhould have but little water given them in the
out in whorls round the ſtalks, having two roundiſh winter, but in warm weather it muſt be given them
ſınall leaves (called bracteæ) immediately under them, three or four times a week, and in the ſummer the
which are fawed on their edges, each ſerrature ending free air ſhould be admitted to them in plenty. The
with a long hair. This fort fowers and feeds at the plants have no particular ſeaſon of flowering, for they
ſame time as the former.
ſometimes flower in autumn, and at other times in
All theſe forts are propagated by feeds, which may the ſpring, but they do not ripen their feeds in
be fown either in the ſpring or autumn, in the places England.
where the plants are to remain, and will require no The ſecond fort grows naturally in ſeveral of the
other treatment than the third fort.
iſlands of America. I received roots of this from Barbu-
DRACONTIU M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 916. Dracun- da. This hath a large knobbed irregular root, covered
culus. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 160. tab. 70. Dragon; in with a rugged brown ſkin. The ſtalk riſes about a
French, Serpentaire.
foot high, is naked to the top, where it is garniſhed
The CHARACTERS are,
with a tuft of leaves, which are divided into many
It hath a ſingle cylindrical Spadix (or ſtalk) on the upper parts. The ſtalk is ſmooth, of a purple colour, but
part of which the parts of fructification are diſpoſed in a is full of ſharp protuberances of different colours,
ſingular manner. The flowers have no empalement, but which ſhine like the body of a ſerpent. The ſpadix
have five oval concave petals, which are equal; they have (or ſtalk) of the flower riſes immediately from the
ſeven narrow depreſſed ſtamina the length of the petals, root, and is ſeldom more than three inches high,
terminated by oblong, four-cornered, twin ſummits, which having an oblong ſwelling hood at the top, which
ſtand erect; they have an oval germen, ſupporting a taper opens lengthways, ſhewing the ſhort, thick, pointed
Style, crowned by a three-cornered ſtigma. The germen piſtil within, upon which the flowers are cloſely
afterward becomes a roundiſh berry, incloſing ſeveral ſeeds ; ranged
theſe are all incloſed in a large fleſhy Spatha (or ſheath) This fort is tender, fo requires a warm ſtove to pre-
opening with one volve.
ſerve it in England. The roots muſt be planted in
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and
of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, intitled Gynandria Po- plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, where they
lyandria. This clafs and ſection contains the plants ſhould conſtantly remain ; in the winter they muſt be
which have male and female flowers joined in the watered very ſparingly, but in warm weather, when
ſame ſpike, and the male flowers have ſeveral ſtamina. the plants are in vigour, they muſt be often refreſhed,
The SPECIES are,
but it ſhould not be given them in too great quan-
1. DRACONTIUM (Pertuſum) foliis pertuſis, caule fcan- tities; with this management the plants will flower,
dente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 968. Dragon with leaves having but their roots do not increaſe here.
holes, and e climbing ſtalk. Arum hederaceum, am- The third ſort grows naturally in the inand of Cey-
plis foliis perforatis. Plum. Amer. 40. tab. 56. lon, and in ſeveral parts of India; this hath an ob-
Climbing Arum with lorge perforated leaves.
long thick root, full of joints, from which ariſe ſeveral
2. DRACONTIUM (Polyphyllum) fcapo breviſſimo, petiolo leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of the common Arum, but
radicato, lacero, foliolis tripartitis, laciniis pinnatifidis. their foot-ſtalks are covered with rough protuberan-
Hort. Cliff. 434. Dragon with a very ſhort ſtalk, the The ſtalk which ſupports the flower is ſhort,
foot-ſtalk cut, and the ſmell leaves divided into three parts, and ſet with the like protuberances; and at the top
which terminate in many points. Arum polyphyllum, is a hood, or ſpatha, about four inches long, as thick
caule ſcabro punicante. Par. Bat. 93. Many leaved as a man's finger, which opens longitudinally, and
Arun with a rough purple ftolk.
expoſes the piſtil, which is ſet with flowers. This is
3. DRACONTIUM (Spinofum) foliis ſagittatis, pedunculis a tender plant, and requires the ſame treatment as
petioliſque aculeatis. Flor. Zeyl. 328. Dragon with the former fort.
arrow-pointed leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks have ſpines. Arum The fourth fort hath roots like the common Arum,
Zeylanicum fpinofum, fagittæ foliis. Par. Bat. 75. from which come out ſeveral ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
Prickly Arum of Ceylon with arrow-pointed leaves. ſtanding each upon a ſeparate foot-falk, ariſing in-
ces.
mediately

DRO
DU
a
mediately from the root, as thoſe of the common A- and there are three or four other forts, which are nda
rum. This hath not yet flowered in England, fo I tives of warmer countries; but as theſe cannot be cul-
can give no further account of it. This grows natu- tivated in gardens, unleſs where there are bogs, it
rally in Siberia, ſo requires a ſhady fituation, and
would be needleſs to deſcribe them.
will bear the greateſt cold of this country.
The common round-leaved fort is uſed in medicine,
Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of the cu- fo is gathered by the herb-folks who ſupply the
rious in England and Holland, more for the ſake of markets.
variety than for beauty; for except the firſt fort, DRYAS, Cinquefoil Avens.
there is not any of them which make much appear- There are two fpecies of this genus, which grow na-
ance; that indeed may be ſuffered to have a place turally in Scotland and Ireland, upon mountainous
againſt the wall of the ftove, over which it will places, where the ſoil is' wet; one of them hath five
ſpread, and cover the nakedneſs of the wall, and the petals to the flower, and winged leaves, the other
leaves remaining all the year, which are fo remarkably hath eight petals to the flower, and ſimple leaves ;
perforated, make a fingular appearance,
but as neither of the plants make much appearance,
All the other forts of Dragon are tender plants, ſo they are rarely preſerved except in ſome botanic gar-
will not live in this country, unleſs they are preſerved
dens for variety
in the warmeft ftoves; the ſeveral American forts DULCAMARA. - See SOLANUM.
grow naturally in the woods in Jamaica, and other DUNGS are deſigned to repair the decays of ex-
hot parts of America; the climbing forts twiſt them- haufted or worn-out lands, and to cure the defects
ſelves round the trunks of trees, into which they faſten of land, which are as various in their qualities as the
their roots, which are ſent forth from their joints, and dungs are, that are uſed to meliorate and reſtore them:
riſe to the height of thirty or forty feet. Theſe fomne lands abound too much in coldneſs, moiſture,
climbing forts are eaſily propagated by cuttings, and heavineſs; others again are too light and dry,
which, being very ſucculent, may be brought over and ſo, to anſwer this, ſome dungs are hot and light,
to England in a box of dry hay, if they are packed as that of ſheep, horſes, pigeons, &c. others again
up ſeparate, ſo as not to injure each other by the are fat and cooling, as that of oxen, cows, hogs, &c.
moiſture, which is apt to flow out at the part where And as the remedies that are to be uſed muſt be con-
they are cut off, which may occaſion a fermentation, trary to the diſtempers they are to cure, ſo the dung
and thereby rot the cuttings. When the cuttings ar- of oxen, cows, and hogs, muſt be given to clean,
rive, they ihould be planted in ſmall pots filled with dry, light earths, to make them fatter and cloſer, and
light freſh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tan- hot and dry dungs to meliorate cold, moiſt, and heavy
ners bark, being very careful not to let them have lands.
too much moiſture until they have taken root, left it There are two peculiar properties in dungs, the one
rot them: when they have taken root, they muſt be is to produce a certain ſenſible heat, capable of pro-
frequently refreſhed with water; and when they are ducing fome conſiderable effect, which properties are
grown pretty large, they ſhould be placed in the ſeldom found but in the dung of horſes and mules,
bark-bed in the ſtove, where they muſt be placed while it is newly made, and a little moiſt; the other
near ſome ſtrong plants, to which they may faſten property of dung is, to fatten the earth and render i
themſelves, otherwiſe they will not thrive; for though
inore fruitful.
they will ſend forth roots at their joints, which will The dung of horſes and mules is of admirable uſe in
faften to the mortar of the ſtove, when placed againſt gardens in the winter time, becauſe it then animates
the wall, yet they will not thrive near ſo well as and enlivens all things; and, in ſome meaſure, fup-
againſt a ſtrong plant, which will afford them nouriſh- plies the office which is performed by the heat of the
fun in the fummer time, affording us all the novel-
The other forts are propagated by offsets from their ties of the ſpring, as Aſparagus, Cucumbers, Ra-
roots; theſe may be procured from the countries of diſhes, fallads, &c. Horſe dung is the beſt improve-
their growth, and ſhould be planted in tubs of earth, ment for cold jejune lands that we can procure in
about a month before they are put on board the ſhip any quantity; but yet horſe dung being uſed alone,
;
to tranſport them; theſe tubs ſhould be placed in a or when it is too new, is frequently prejudicial to
ſhady ſituation until they have taken root. In their ſome plants; and if it be ſpread thin over lands in
paffage great care ſhould be had to keep them from the ſummer time, it is of very little ſervice, becauſe
falt water, as alſo not to let them have too much wa- the fun, drawing out all the virtue and goodneſs of
ter given them; for if they have a little water once it, renders it little better than thatch or dry ſtraw;
or twice a week at moſt, while they are in a hot cli- and though too much of it can ſcarcely be uſed in a
mate, and when they are come into a cooler climate, kitchen-garden for Cabbages, Cauliflowers, and all
once in a fortnight, this will be ſufficient for them; other plants that grow there, and require abundance
and it ſhould be done ſparingly, left it rot them; for of nouriſhment; yet may it be a fault to lay too much
if the tops of the plants ſhould decay for want of of it on corn-lands, becauſe it produces abundance
water in their paſſage, if the roots are not rotted, they
of ſtraw.
will ſoon recover with proper care.
In very cold moiſt land, I have frequently ſeen new
When the plants arrive, they ſhould be tranſplanted horſe dung buried as it came from the ſtable, and al-
into pots filled with light freſh earth, and plunged ways obſerved that the crops have fucceeded better,
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and gently watered than where the ground was dreſſed with very rotten
until they have taken good root, after which time dung.
they will require to be frequently refreſhed with wa- Horſe dung being of a very hot nature, is beſt for
ter; but as their ftems are very ſucculent, they muſt cold lands, and cow dung for hot lands; and being
not have too much moiſture. Theſe plants ſhould mixed together, may make a very good manure for
be conſtantly kept in the ſtove, where, in hot wea- moſt ſorts of foil, and for ſome they may be mixed
ther, they ſhould have freſh air admitted to them; with mud.
but in winter they muſt be kept very warm, otherwiſe Sheeps dung and deers dung differ not much in
they cannot be preſerved in this country.
their quality, and are eſteemed by ſome the beſt of
Theſe plants will riſe to the height of three, four, or dungs for cold clays. Some recommend them to be
five feet, and will afford a very agreeable variety beat into powder, and ſpread very thin over autumn
amongſt other tender exotic plants in the ſtove. or ſpring crops, about four or five loads to an acre,
DRACUNCULUS PRATENSIS. See A- after the ſame manner as afhes, malt duſt, &c. are
ſtrewed.
DRAGON. See DRACONTIUM.
This I have ſeen practiſed upon corn, and alſo upon
DROSERA. Ros Solis, or Sun-dew.
graſs land, to great advantage for the firſt year ;
We have two or three ſpecies of this plant, which but theſe light dreſſings do not laſt long, therefore
grow naturally upon bogs in many parts of England, require to be often repeated.
و
ment.
3
a
CHILLEA.

DUR
DUR
a
و
3
In Flanders and other places, they houſe their ſheep fiender Style, crowned by a headed ſtigma. The germen af
at nights in places ſpread with clean ſand, laid about terward becomes a globular berry, terminated by three aciet
five or fix inches thick, which, being laid on freſh points, having one cell incloſing four angular ſeeds.
every night, is cleared out once a week; this mixture This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of fand and dung makes an excellent dreſſing for of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
ſtrong land, for the dung and urine of the ſheep is Angioſpermia, the flower having two long and two
a very rich manure, bears a conſiderable price, and is ſhorter ſtamina, and the feeds being included in a
an excellent manure for all ſtiff cold land : and Mr. capſule.
Quinteney is of opinion, that it is the greateſt pro- The title which was firſt given by father Plumier to
moter of fruitfulneſs in all ſorts of ground.
this genus, was Caftorea, in memory of Caſtor Du-
Others recommend hogs dung as the fatteſt and moſt rant, a phyſician of Rome, who publiſhed a hiſtory
beneficial of all ſorts of dungs; and ſay, that one of plants in Italian, which was printed at Rome in
load of it will go as far as two loads of other dung, 1585. Dr. Linnæus has now altered the title of the
and that it is the beſt of all dungs for fruit-trees, genus, and inſtead of the chriftian name, he has given
eſpecially for Pear and Apple-trees in a light foil, and it the ſurname of the ſame perſon.
a very rich dung for grafs. I have often uſed this
The SPECIES are,
dung to fruit-trees when it was well rotted, and have 1. DURANTIA (Plumeiri) ſpinofa. Lin. Sp. Plant. 637
found it the moſt beneficial to them of any manure. Prickly Durantia. Caftorea repens ſpinoſa. Plum.
The dung of pigeons, hens, and geeſe, are great Nov. Gen. 30. Creeping prickly Caftorea.
improvers of meadow or corn land, the firſt of theſe 2. DURANTIA (Racemoſa) inermis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 637.
being the beſt ſuperficial improvement that can be Durantia without thorns. Caftorea racemoſa flore cæ-
laid on meadow or corn land: but before it is uſed, ruleo, fructu croceo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 30. Branch-
it ought to have lain abroad out of the dove-houſe ing Castorea with a blue flower and Saffron-coloured
ſome time, that the air may have a little ſweet- fruit.
ened it, and mollified the fiery heat that is in thoſe 3. DURANTIA (Erecta) caule erecto ſpinoſo, foliis ova-
dungs.
tis integerrimis, floribus racemoſis. Durantia with an
Eſpecially it is good for cold, wet, clayey lands ; upright prickly ſtalk, oval entire leaves, and flowers grow-
but it ought to be dried before it be ſtrewed, becauſe ing in long bunches. Jaſminum folio integro, obtufo,
it is naturally apt to clod in wet; and it ſhould be flore cæruleo racemoſo, fructu flavo. Sloan. Cat.
mixed with earth or fand to keep it from clinging to- Jam. 169. Jaſmine with entire obtuſe leaves, blue flow-
gether, that it may be ſtrewed thin, being naturally ers growing in bunches, and a yellow fruit.
very hot and ſtrong.
The firſt fort hath many trailing branches, which are
Some recommend the dung of pigeons, and alſo of armed with hooked thorns at every joint, and are
other fowls, as the beſt manure for Aſparagus, Straw- garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are placed with-
berries, or any forts of flowers; but this ſhould be out order, and are ſlightly fawed on their edges; the
rotted and well mixed with the earth, before it is uſed flowers come out from the fide of the ſtalks in pretty
to flowers.
long bunches, like thoſe of the common Currant;
Monfieur Gentil approves of pigeons dung, as being they are of a pale bluiſh colour, and ſucceeded by
good for ſuch trees whoſe leaves are apt to turn yel- brown berries not unlike the fruit of the Hawthorn;
low, if they grow in free foils that are rather cold than theſe have one cell, and inclofe four angular ſeeds.
hot, provided the heat of it has been abated by lying The ſecond ſort hath a branching woody ftalk, which
two or three years in the dunghill; but this ſhould riſes feven or eight feet high; the branches are gar-
be applied in autumn, and in ſmall quantities.
niſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves three inches
This being ſpread about an inch thick at the foot of long, and one and a half broad in the middle; they
a tree, whoſe leaves are yellow, and being left there are fawed on their edges, of a lucid green colour, and
till March, he recommends as very uſeful in cold ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are produced in long
and moiſt foils.
bunches at the end of the branches; theſe are blue,
The dung of poultry being hot and full of ſalts, and ſucceeded by pretty large, round, yellow berries,
tends much to facilitate vegetation, and is abundantly which contain four angular ſeeds.
quicker in its operation than the dung of animals The third fort riſes with a ſtrong woody ftein to the
which feed on herbs.
height of ten or twelve feet, covered with a white
Sir Hugh Plat ſays, one load of grain will enrich bark, dividing into many branches, which are armed
ground more than ten loads of common dung; which with ſharp thorns on their fide; thefe are garniſhed
if it be true, it is rational to ſuppoſe, that if ſimple
with oval ftiff leaves one inch long, and three quar-
grain, by only infuſion in the mixture of compoſts, ters broad. The flowers come out in long bunches
has a very good effect, it will be more powerful when from the end of the branches, which are blue, and are
it has paſſed through the bodies of animals.
ſucceeded by ſmall, round, yellow berries, which con-
Human dung is a great improver of all cold four tain four angular ſeeds. I received this from the late
lands, and eſpecially if it be mixed with other earths Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing in Jamaica.
or dungs to give it a fermentation.
The plants are natives of warm countries, fo they re-
But there is not any ſort of manure equal to the quire a ſtove to preſerve them in England; they are
cleanſing of London ſtreets, for all ſtubborn clayey propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in ſmall
ſoils; the parts of which will be better ſeparated, and pots, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark;
in a much leſs time, with this manure, than with any and when the plants are fit to remove, they muſt be
other compoſt whatever; and where it can be ob- planted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
tained, is extremely well worth procuring, either for earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, obſerving
corn, graſs, or garden land.
to ſhade them till they have taken new
root, then they
DURANTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 704. Caftorea. Plum. muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other plants
Nov. Gen. 30. tab. 17.
from the ſame country.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond ſort may be propagated by cuttings,
The flower bath a permonent empalement of one leaf, which may be planted in any of the ſummer months
which is erect, and cut into five acute ſegments at the top, but theſe ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed,
and ſits upon the germen; the flower is of the ringent and ſhaded from the fun till they have taken root,
kind, with one petal, having a long tube, which opens at then they may be treated in the ſame manner as the
the top in two lips; the upper lip is ovel, ereat, and ſeedling plants. This fort is not ſo tender as the other
concave; the under is divided into four equal ſegments, two, ſo may be placed in the open air in ſummer;
fo
which cre round. It bath four ſhort stamine, ſituated in
.
,
and if they are kept in a moderate temperature of
the bottom of the tubé, the two middle being a little shorter warmth in the winter, they will thrive better than in
than the other, terminated by proftrate ſummits; the ger- great heat. I kept fome of the plants of this fort
sen which is ſituated under the flower, Supports a long three winters, in a dry warm glaſs caſe without fires,
a
a
3
a
6
and

DW A
DW À
roots.
a
and they have ſucceeded pretty well, but the winter
1762 proving ſevere, cauſed their leaves to fall, but
fince they have put out again very well.
DWARF-TREES. Theſe were formerly in much
greater requeſt than they are at preſent; for though
they have many advantages to recommend them, yet
the diſadvantages attending them greatly over-balance;
and ſince the introducing of eſpaliers into the Engliſh
gardens, Dwarf-trees have been in little eſteem for
the following reaſons :
iit, The figure of a Dwarf-tree is very often ſo much
ftudied, that, in order to render the ſhape beautiful,
little care is taken to procure fruit, which is the prin-
cipal deſign in planting theſe trees.
2dly, The branches being ſpread horizontally near
the ſurface of the ground, render it very difficult to
dig or clean the ground under them.
3dly, Their taking up too much room in a garden
(eſpecially when they are grown to a conſiderable ſize)
ſo that nothing can be fown or planted between them.
4thly, Theſe trees ſpreading their branches near the
ground, continually ſhade the ſurface of the earth;
ſo that neither the ſun nor air can paſs freely round
their roots and ſtems, to diffipate noxious vapours ;
whereby the circumambient air will be continually re-
plete with crude rancid vapours, which, being drawn
in by the fruit and leaves, will render its juices crude
and unwholſome, as well as ill taſted.
It is alſo very difficult to get to the middle of theſe
Dwarf-trees in the ſummer, when their leaves and
fruit are on the branches, without beating off ſome of
the fruit, and breaking the young ſhoots; whereas,
the trees on an eſpalier can at all times be come at
on each fide, to tie up the new ſhoots, or to diſplace
all vigorous ones, which, if left on, would rob the
trees of their nouriſhment.
Add to this, the fruit-buds of all ſorts of Pears
and Apples, and moſt ſorts of Plumbs and Cherries, are
firſt produced at the end of the former year's ſhoot,
which muſt be ſhortened in order to keep the Dwarfs
to their proper figure, ſo that the fruit-buds are cut
off, and a greater number of branches are obtained,
than can be permitted to ſtand ; ſo that all thoſe forts
of fruit-trees, whoſe branches require to be trained
at their full length, are very improper to train up as
Dwarfs; and the Peaches and Nectarines which will
bear amputation, are too tender to be trained ſo in
theſe ; for free ſtocks are apt to make them ſhoot fo
vigorouſly, as not to be kept within bounds. Theſe
grafts or buds ſhould be put in about four or fix
inches above the furface of the ground, that the
heads of the trees may not be advanced too high;
and when the bud or graft has put out four ſhoots,
you ſhould ſtop the end of the ſhoots, to force out
lateral branches.
Two years after budding, theſe trees will be fit to
tranſplant where they are to remain ; for though many
people chuſe to plant trees of a greater age, yet they
ſeldorn fucceed ſo well as young ones.
The diſtance
theſe trees ſhould be planted is twenty-five or thirty
feet aſunder, for leſs will not do if the trees thrive
well. The ground between them may be culti-
vated for kitchen-garden herbs while the trees are
young, but you ſhould not fow or plant too near their
In order to train your trees regularly, you ſhould
drive ftakes into the ground round the tree, to which
the branches ſhould be faſtened down with lift in a ho-
rizontal poſition ; for if they are ſuffered to grow per-
pendicularly while young, they cannot be afterwards
reduced without great violence to any tolerable fi-
gure. The neceſſary directions to be afterwards fol-
lowed are, not to ſuffer any branches to croſs each
other; and always in ſhortening any ſhoots be ſure to
leave the uppermoft eye outwards, whereby the hol-
lowneſs in the middle of the tree will be better pre-
ferved; and be careful to rub off all perpendicular
ſhoots in the middle of the trees, as ſoon as they are
produced. The other neceſſary rules you will find
under the article of PRUNING.
The forts of Pears which do beſt in Dwarfs, are all
ſummer and autumn fruits; for winter Pears are not
worth planting in Dwarfs, they ſeldom bearing well,
nor are ever well tafted, and commonly are very
ftony, becauſe they are commonly grafted on Quince
ſtocks.
Apples are alſo planted in Dwarfs, moſt of which are
now budded or grafted on Paradiſe ftocks; but as
theſe are for the moſt part of a ſhort duration, they
are not profitable, and are fit only for ſmall gardens
as a matter of curioſity, producing fruit ſooner, and
in greater plenty, than when they are upon Crab or
Apple ſtocks.
The diſtance theſe trees ſhould be planted, if on
Paradiſe ftocks, ſhould be fix or eight feet, and upon
Dutch ſtocks eighteen or twenty ; but if on Crab
ſtokcs, twenty-five or thirty feet aſunder each way.
The management of theſe being the ſame with Pears,
I need not repeat it.
Some perſons alſo plant Apricots and Plumbs for
Dwarfs, but theſe ſeldom ſucceed well, as being of
tender conſtitution ; and thoſe which will produce
fruit on Dwarfs, are much more likely to do ſo when
trained on an eſpalier, where they can be much better
managed; and therefore I judge it much the better
method, as being more certain, and the trees will
make a better appearance.
this country:
a
a
Theſe evils being entirely remedied by training the
trees to an eſpalier, hath juſtly gained them the pre-
ference ; however, if any one has a mind to have
Dwarf-trees, notwithſtanding what has been ſaid, I
fhall lay down a few rules for their management.
If you deſign to have Dwarf Pear-trees, you ſhould
bud or graft them on Quince ſtocks; but as many
forts of Pears will not thrive if they are immediately
budded or grafted on Quince ſtocks, ſo ſome of thoſe
forts which will take freely, ſhould be firſt budded on
the Quince ſtocks; and when theſe have ſhot, the
ſorts you intend to cultivate, ſhould be budded into
ز
a
5 D
EARTH

E.
E AR
E A R
E
ARTH is the principal matter whereof our
globe conſiſts; the character of which, accord-
ing to Dr. Boerhaave, is, that it is a foffil body,
neither diffoluble by fire, water, nor air ; that
it is inſipid and tranſparent; more fuſible than ſtone;
ſtill friable, and containing uſually a ſhare of fatneſs.
There is no ſuch thing as a ſtrictly fimple earth.
Mr. Boyle ſays, that it doth not appear, that nature,
any more than art, affords an elementary earth ; at
leaft, fome which appear of the ſimpleſt forts are
found, upon examination, to have qualities not af-
cribed to pure earth.
Of ſuch earths ſome are ſimple and immutable, as
chalk, pumice, and rotten ſtone ; others compound
and fatty; of which kind are all boles, red, white,
and brown; fullers earth, and divers kinds of medi-
cinal earths, as the Cretica, Hungarica, Lemnian
earth, and others.
Which earth are all reſolvable into oil, a little acid
ſalt, &c. and a calx, which is the baſis, or the earth
properly ſo called.
Sand is by naturaliſts generally ranked as a ſpecies of
earth, though not very properly; in that ſands,
ſtrictly ſpeaking, are a fort of cryſtals, or little tranſ-
parent pebbles, and are calcinable; and, by the addi-
tion of a fixed alkaline falt, fuſible and convertible
into glaſs.
The fat earth is rendered fertile by the means of
fand, and becomes fit to feed and nouriſh vegetables,
&c. for pure earth is liable to coaleſce into a hard co-
herent maſs, as in clay; and earth thus embodied,
and as it were glued together, would be very unfit
for the nouriſhment of plants.
But if hard fand, i. e. cryſtals, which are indiffolu-
ble in water, and ſtill retain the fame figure, be in-
termixed with ſuch earth, they will keep the pores of
the earth open, and the earth itſelf looſe and incom-
pact, and by that means give room for the juices to
move, aſcend, &c. and for plants to be nouriſhed
thereby
Thus a vegetable, being planted either in the ſand
alone, or in the fat glebe and earth alone, receives
no growth or increment, but is either ſtarved or ſuf-
focated; but mix the two, and the maſs becomes
fertile.
In effect, by means of fand the earth is rendered,
in fome meaſure, organical ; pores and interſtices be-
ing hereby maintained or preſerved, ſomething analo-
gous to veſſels is effected, by which the juices of the
earth may be conveyed, prepared, digeſted, circulat-
ed, and at length excerned and thrown off in the
roots of plants.
The earth is made up of two parts; the firſt the con-
taining part, i. e. the body, bed, or couch: the ſe-
cond the part contained, and thoſe are the nitrous or
fulphureous particles, or prolific falts. The firſt is a
lifeleſs inanimate maſs, and is only the receptacle of
the other; for the earth, confidered fimply, and ab-
ſtracted from the before-mentioned nitrous and prolific
ſalts, is a lifeleſs, dead, and inanimate maſs; but by
the co-operation of water, ſun, and air, is
put
motion, and promotes the work of vegetation : but
if it were ſtript of thoſe prolific falts and ſpirituous
particles, would produce no manner of plant, herb,
&c. that ſhould be planted or fown in it.
Theſe nitrous particles, or prolific falts, are of va-
rious and different qualities, and according as the
earth is more or leſs ſtored with all or ſome of them,
it is more or leſs productive; and according as it
abounds with ſome of them more than others, differ-
ing from one another in contexture, it conſtitutes the
different ſpecies or kinds of ſoils adapted to the pro-
pagation of different plants, the pores of whoſe roots
are formed to receive, and whoſe nature is to attract,
thoſe falts that are congenial to them.
Some diſtinguiſh earths into three claſſes, ſand,
loam, and clay, as thoſe upon one or other of which
all others do in ſome reſpects depend.
Gravel, and all the open foils, till the loam is come
at, are of the fandy kind.
Thoſe binding earths from the loam downwards,
till the ſtiffneſs of chalk may be come at, may be
reckoned of the clay kind.
All theſe ſorts of earth have a little tendency to ve-
getation, and have their falts proper for it, but in a
different proportion; as a peck of clay may probably
have double the quantity of falts in it that a peck of
loam has, and a peck of loam may have fix times
the quantity of ſalts that a peck of ſand has.
Loam. Some call the ſuperficial earth that we meet
with in England by this name, without having regard
to what proportion of ſand and clay it contains : others
again call that earth loam, that inclines more to clay
than fand. Some by loam mean that fort of earth
that equally partakes of ſand and clay, being a me-
dium between fand and clay, which they call mother
earth; but the true definition of loam is, that fort
of earth which is fat and flippery, not of ſo cloſe a
texture as clay, nor too looſe and ſandy, but of a
middle nature between them, and is eaſily diſſolved
by froſt, and gentle or eaſy to be wrought. This
is one of the beſt foils for moſt eſculent plants and
3
roots.
This mother earth, they ſay, may be in colour either
black or yellow, and of which of theſe colours foever
it be, plants of moft forts will grow in it.
Sand and clay likewiſe produce certain plants, which
are natural to each of them, and conſequently will
thrive better in them than in any other foil.
But fand is apt to precipitate thoſe plants that are
ſet in it, earlier than clay, and will cauſe them to ger-
minate near a month fooner than thoſe that grow in
clay, and that for this reaſon, becauſe the falts which
are in fand, are liable to be put in motion by the
leaſt approach of the warmth of the ſun; but as ſand
is quick in the operation, the ſalts are foon exhaled
and ſpent.
Clay. The pores of clay are more cloſely compacted
together, and do not ſo eaſily give out thoſe falts that
are contained in it; nor can the fibres of every tender
plant make their way through it in queft of their pro-
per nutriment.
But if the parts of the clay be opened, by digging
and breaking it into ſmall particles, and thoſe parts
be kept open by a mixture of ſome ſharp fand, or ſome
other body of the like quality, the effects of its vi-
gour will plainly appear.
Some diſtinguiſh the ſeveral temperaments of the
earth either into a light, fandy, or looſe contexture,
or into thoſe of a ftiff, clayey, or cloſe one, either of
into
which

E B E
ECH
a
ture;
و
a
water.
و
which have their reſpective good qualities; and all of are ſtrong, and have many ſpikes of flowers on them.
them, when they are in their extremes, require art to It flowers in June and July, and in very warm ſeaſons
render them uſeful and beneficial in the production will ſometimes perfect their feeds in England.
and growth of plants.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
A light, fandy, or looſe earth, requires a proper li- in the autumn, for thoſe which are fown in the ſpring
gature, and ſhould have a compoſt of a heavier na- often fail; they muſt be fown in pots, and placed un-
and thoſe that are heavy, clayey, and cloddy,
der a frame in the winter, where they may be pro-
ſhould have a compoſt of a more fiery ſprightly na- tected from froſt. In the ſpring the plants will come
ture, that will inſinuate itſelf into the heavy, lumpy, up, which ſhould be kept clean from weeds, and re-
indigeſted clods, which would otherwiſe very much freſhed now and then with water. When theſe have
obſtruct the buſineſs of vegetation.
acquired ſtrength enough to be removed, they ſhould
A good earth ſhould be of a blackiſh colour, fat, be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with
pliant, or eaſy to be digged; it ſhould be neither cold light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed juſt
nor light; it ought to have no ill ſmell or taſte, and to promote their taking new root; then they ſhould
it ſhould be of the fame quality three or four feet deep be gradually inured to bear the open air, into which
for trees, which, if they have not that depth, will they ſhould be removed the latter end of May, pla-
languiſh and decay after they have been planted fix cing them in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may re-
years. But this depth is not required for fruit-trees, main till autumn, when they muſt be removed into
which will thrive very well if they have two feet and
ſhelter ; for theſe plants will not live in the open air
a half of good earth, and generally produce the moſt through the winter, nor ſhould they be too tenderly
generous fruits, when their roots ſpread near the ſur- treated, left they draw up weak. I have found them
face of the earth.
ſucceed beſt when placed in an airy glaſs-cafe without
In order to know whether the earth has any ill ſmell fire in winter, where they will have more fun and
or taſte, they direct to lay a handful of it to ſoak in air than in a green-houſe. During the winter fea-
water for ſeven or eight hours, and afterwards to fon, the plants muſt be ſparingly watered, but in the
ſtrain it, and taſte and ſmell it, by which the taſte or ſummer they will require to be often refreſhed. The
ſmell will eaſily be perceived.
other management is the ſame as for other of the har-
EARWIGS.
dier exotic plants, among which this will make a
Theſe are very troubleſome vermin in a garden, eſpe-
fine variety.
cially where Carnations are preſerved; for they are
EBULUS. See SAMBUCUS.
fo fond of theſe flowers, that if care is not taken to ECHINATE SEEDS [of echinus, Lat.
prevent them, they will entirely deſtroy them, by eat- hedge-hog,] ſuch feeds of plants as are prickly and
ing off the ſweet part at the bottom of the petals or rough.
leaves. To prevent which, moſt people have ſtands ECHINOMELOCACTUS. See Cactus.
erected, which have a baſon of earth or lead round ECHINOPHORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 292. Tourn.
each ſupporter, which is conſtantly kept filled with Inft. R. H. 656. tab. 423. (of 'Exivo, a hedge-hog,
See the article CARNATION.
and qépw, Gr. to bear.] Prickly Parſnep.
Others hang the hollow claws of crabs and lobſters
The CHARACTERS are,
upon ſticks in divers parts of the garden, into which It hath on umbellated flower; the general umbel is com-
theſe vermin get; and by often ſearching them, you poſed of many ſmaller, the intermediate being the ſhorteſt;
will deſtroy them without much trouble, which will the involucrum of the general umbel ends in acute thorns ;
be of great ſervice to your wall fruit, for theſe are those of the rays are turbinated, of one leaf, cut into fix
great deſtroyers of all loft fruits.
unequal parts, with acute points; the perianthium is di-
EBENUS. Lin. Gen. Nov. Barba Jovis. Tourn. vided into five parts, and ſits on the germen ; the general
Inft. R. H. tab. 419. Ebony.
umbel is uniform; the flowers have five unequat petals
The CHARACTERS are,
which Spread open ; they have each five ſtamina, termi-
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, which is di- nated by roundiſh ſummits. Under the perianthium is ſatu-
vided into five acute ſegments at the top; the flower is ated an oblong germen within the empalement, ſupporting
of the butterfly kind; the vexillum is obtuſe and reflexed ; two ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas; the germen after-
the wings are equal in length with the vexillum; they are ward turns to two feeds, which are incloſed in the hard
broad and roundiſh; the keel is ſhorter and turns upwards. empalement.
It bath ten ſtamine, nine joined, ſtanding together, and This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
the other ſeparcte, terminated by ſingle ſummits. In the of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
bottom is ſituated an oblong germen, ſupporting a riſing, the flower having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ftigma. The germen afterward
The SPECIES are,
becomes an oblong ſwelling pod, opening with two valves, 1. ECHINOPHORA (Spinoſa) foliolis fubulato-ſpinoſis in-
and incloſing three or four kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. This is tegerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 344. Prickly-headed Parf-
diſtinguiſhed from Trifolium, by the bracteæ which nep, with awl-ſhaped prickly leaves which are entire.
are fituated between the flowers on the ſpike.
Echinophora maritima fpinoſa. Tourn. Inft. 656.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection Prickly maritime Parfnep.
of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia 2. ECHINOPHORA (Tenuifolia) foliolis inciſis inermibus.
Decandria, the flowers having ten ſtamina in two Lin. Sp. Plant. 344. Prickly-beaded Parſnep, whoſe
bodies.
Small leaves are cut, but have no thorns. Echinophora
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. paſtinacæ folio. Tourn. Inft. 656. Prickly-headed Pars
EBENUS. Lin. Sp. Plant. 764. Ebony. Barba Jovis nep with a Carrot leaf.
lagopoides, Cretica, fruteſcens, incana, flore fpi- Theſe plants grow naturally on the borders of the
cato purpureo amplo. Breyn. Prod. 2. Shrubby Hares- Mediterranean ſea ; they are preſerved in the gardens
foot Jupiter's Beard of Crete with boary leaves, and a of botany for the ſake of variety; they have both
large purple flower growing in ſpikes.
perennial roots, which creep in the ground; the firſt
This plant grows naturally in Crete, and in ſome of hath branching ſtalks, growing five or ſix inches high,
the islands of the Archipelago; it riſes with a ſhrubby which are garniſhed with ſhort thick leaves, that ter-
ſtalk three or four feet high, which puts out ſeveral minate in two or three ſharp thorns; they are placed
fide branches, garniſhed with hoary leaves ať each by pairs oppoſite : the flowers grow in an umbel,
joint, which are compoſed of five narrow ſpear-ſhaped fitting upon a naked foot-ſtalk, which ariſes from the
lobes, which join at their tails to the foot-ſtalk, ſide of the ſtalk; they are white, and under the um-
and ſpread out like the fingers of a hand. The bel is ſituated an involucrum, compoſed of ſeveral
branches are terminated by thick ſpikes of large pur- leaves, which terminate in ſharp ſpines. It flowers
ple flowers, which are of the butterfly or Pea-bloom in June, but ſeldom ripens feeds in this country.
kind; the ſpikes are from two to three inches long, The ſecond fort riſes near a foot and a half high;
ſo make a fine appearance, eſpecially when the plants from the principal ftalk are ſent out two ſide branches
o
و
3
at

E CH
E CH
a
و
at every joint, which are placed oppoſite; the lower garniſhed with leaves, which are cut into many fine
part is garniſhed with leaves, which are finely divided ſegments to the midrib, which are ſet with prickles,
like thoſe of the Carrot; the flowers grow in ſmall and are white on their under fide: the ſtalks branch
umbels at the extremity of the branches, having a out toward the top; each of theſe branches is termi-
ſhort prickly involucrum. This flowers in July, but nated by a globular head of flowers, which are ſmaller
doth not ripen ſeeds in England.
than thoſe of the firit, and of a deeper blue; there
Theſe plants are propagated by their creeping roots is alſo a variety of this with white flowers. This
in England, as they do not produce ſeeds here: the flowers about the ſame time as the firſt, and is pro-
beſt time to tranſplant them is the beginning of pagated in the ſame way. Theſe will both grow in
March, a little before they ſhoot. The roots ſhould almoſt any ſoil or ſituation.
be planted in a gravelly or ſandy foil, and in a The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal:
warm ſituation, or otherwiſe they ſhould be covered this is an annual plant, which riſes with a ſtiff white
in the winter to prevent the froſt from deſtroying ſtalk two feet high, garniſhed with divided leaves,
them.
ending in many points which have ſpines; their upper
ECHINOPS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 829. Echinopus. fide is green, and covered with brown hairs, their
Tourn. Inft. R. H. tab. 463. Globe Thiſtle.
under ſide white and woolly, the ſtalk is terminated
The CHARACTERS are,
by one large head of pale blue flowers. Theſe appear
It hath a permanent perianthium, which is oblong, an- in July, and if the ſeaſon proves warm and dry, the
gular, and imbricated; the flower hath one funnel-ſhaped ſeeds will ripen in autumn, but in wet cold years they
petal, which is divided at the top into five parts, which rarely ripen here.
Spread open and cre reflexed. It bath five ſhort hairy fta- Theſe ſeeds ſhould be fown in the ſpring, upon a bor-
mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits. In the bottom of der of light earth, where the plants are to remain ;
the tube is ſituated an oblong germen, Supporting a ſlender and they require no other management, but to thin
ſtyle. the length of the tube, crowned by two oblong de- them where they are too cloſe.
preſſed ſtigmas which turn back; the germen afterward The fourth fort grows naturally in Greece, from
becomes an oblong oval feed narrowed at the baſe, but ob- whence Dr. Tournefort fent the ſeeds to the royal
tuſe and hairy at the top.
garden at Paris : this hath a perennial creeping root,
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of by which it multiplies faſt enough; the ſtalks riſe
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Po- about a foot high, and are cloſely garniſhed with
lygamia Æqualis. This ſection includes thoſe plants leaves which are ſhorter and much finer divided than
which have only hermaphrodite fruitful forets. either of the former forts; theſe are hoary, and armed
The SPECIES are,
on every fide with ſharp thorns; the ſtalks are ter-
1. ECHINOPS (Spherocephalus) capitulis globoſis pubef- minated by one middle-ſized globular head of flowers,
centibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1314. Globe Thiſtle with glo- which in ſome are blue, and in others white. They
bular heads and hairy leaves. Echinopus major. J. B. 3. appear the latter end of June, and in warm feaſons
p. 69. Greater Globe Thiſtle.
the feeds will ripen well in England. This is eaſily
2. Echinops (Ritro) capitulo globoſo, foliis fupra gla- propagated by its creeping roots, or from feeds; it
bris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1314. Globe Thiſtle with a globular Joves a dry foil and a warm ſituation.
head, and the upper ſide of the leaves ſmooth. Echinopus ECHINUS, Let is the prickly head or cover of the
minor. J. B. 3. 72. Smaller Globe Thiſtle.
ſeed or top of any plant, ſo called from its likeneſs
3. ECHINOPS (Strigoſus) capitulis fafciculatis calycibus, to a hedgehog.
lateralibus ſterilibus, foliis fuprà ftrigoſis. Lin. Sp. ECHIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 157. Tourn. Inſt. R.
Plant. 1315. Globe Thiſtle with bundled heads, whoſe fide
.
H. 135. tab. 54. [of "Exis, Gr. a viper, becauſe the
empalements are barren, and wing-pointed leaves. Echi- ipe ſeed of this plant reſembles the head of a viper.
nopus minor annuus, magno capite. Tourn. Inſt. 463. It is called Herba Viperaria, becauſe the ancients be-
Smaller annual Globe Thiſtle with a large head.
lieved that this plant killed vipers.] Viper's Buglofs ;
4. ECHINOPS (Græcus) caule unicapitato, foliis ſpinoſis, in French, Viperine.
omnibus pinnatifidis villofis, radice reptartice. Globe
The CHARACTERS are,
Thiſtle with one head on each ſtalk, prickly leaves, which The flower both a permanent empalement, divided into five
are all wing-pointed and woolly, and a creeping root. Segments. It bath one petal with a ſhort tube, having
Echinopus Græcus, tenuiſſime diviſus & lanuginoſus, an ereet broad brim, cut into five parts, and is obtuſe ;
capite minori cæruleo. Tourn. Cor. 34. Greek Globe the two upper being longer than the lower, which are
Thiſtle whoſe leaves are divided into narrow ſegments and acute and reflexed. It hath five awl-ſhaped ſtamina, ter-
are woolly, with a ſmaller blue head.
minated by oblong proftrate fummits. In the bottom are
The firſt is the common Globe Thiſtle, which has ſituated four germen with one ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an
been long cultivated in ſome gardens for the ſake of obtuſe bifid ſtigmo; the germen afterward become ſo many
variety; this grows naturally in Italy and Spain; it roundiß pointed ſeeds, incloſed in the rough empalement.
hath a perennial root, from which ariſe many ſtalks This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
that grow to the height of four or five feet; theſe are Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
garniſhed with long jagged leaves, which are divided the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
into many ſegments almoſt to the midrib, the jags The SPECIES are,
ending in ſpines; they are of a dark green on their 1. Echium (Anglicum) caule fimplici erecto, foliis lan-
upper fide, but woolly on their under; the flowers are ceolatis, foribus fpicatis lateralibus, ftaminibus co-
collected in globular heads, ſeveral of theſe grow rolla æquantibus. Viper's Bugloſs with ſingle ere Et
upon each ſtalk; the common hath blue flowers, but ſtalk, having rough ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers in
there is a variety of it with white. It flowers in July, Spikes proceeding from the ſide, with the ſtomina equalling
and the feeds ripen in Auguft.
the petal
. Echium vulgare C. B. P. 254. Common
This plant is eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which, if Viper's Buglofs.
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in plenty, 2. Echium (Vulgare) caule fimplici erecto, foliis cau-
ſo a few of them may be tranſplanted to the places linis lanceolatis hiſpidis, floribus fpicatis lateralibus
where they are deſigned to remain to flower; they ſtaminibus corollâ longioribus. Viper's Buglofs with a
require no other culture but to keep them clean from ſingle ere&t ſtalk, having rough narrow [pear-shaped leaves,
weeds: the ſecond year they will flower and produce flowers growing in ſhort ſpikes on the ſides, and ſtamina
feeds, and the roots will continue two or three years longer than the petal. Lycopfis Anglica. Lob. Engliſh
after; but if the feeds ſcatter, the plants will become Lycopſis.
troubleſome weeds; to prevent which, the heads ſhould 3. ÉCHIUM (Italicum) corollis vix calycem excedentibus,
be cut off as ſoon as the ſeeds are ripe.
margine villoſis. Hort, Upſal
. 35. Viper's Bugloſs,
The ſecond fort grows in the ſouth of France and in whoſe petals ſcarce exceed the empalement, having hairy
Italy; this hath a perennial creeping root, which borders. Echium majus & afperius, fiore albo. C. B. P.
ſends up ſeveral ſtrong ſtalks that riſe two feet high, 255. Great rough Viper's Bugloſs with a white flower.
4. ECHUM
و
2

E CH
E D G
a
4. ECHIUM (Luſitanicum) corollis ftamine longioribus. figned to remain, and the plants require no other
Lin. Sp. 200. Viper's Buglofs with the petal of the flower culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and
longer than the ſtamina. Echium amplifimo folio, thin them where they grow too cloſe. In July they
Luſitanicum. Tourn. Portugal Viper's Bugloſs with a flower, and their feeds ripen in five or fix weeks after.
large leaf.
The feeds of the other forts being fown in the ſpring,
5. ECHIUM (Creticum) calycibus fruteſcentibus diſtan- will the ſecond ſummer after produce flowers and
tibus, caule procumbente. Lin. Hort. Upfal. 35. ſeeds, after which they ſeldom continue. They all
Viper's Bugloſs with fruitful empalements growing at a delight in a rubbiſhy gravelly foil, and will grow upon
diſtance, and a trailing Stalk. Echium Creticum lati- the tops of old walls or buildings; where, when once
folium rubrum. C. B. P. 254. Broad-leaved Viper's they have eſtabliſhed themſelves, they will drop their
Bugloſs of Candia, having a red flower.
ſeeds, and thereby maintain a fucceffion of plants
6. ECHIUM (Anguſtifolium) caule ramos, aſpero, foliis without any care, and on theſe places they appear
callofo-verrucoſis, ftaminibus corollâ longioribus.
very beautiful
Viper's Bugloſs with a rough branching ſtolk, warted The ſeventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
leaves, and ſtamina longer than the petal. Echium Cre- Hope, from whence the feeds were brought to Hol-
ticum anguſtifolium rubrum. C. B. P.254. Narrow- land, where the plants are now preſerved in ſome cu-
leaved Viper's Buglofs of Candia, having a red flower. rious gardens. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk two
7. Echium (Fruticofum) caule fruticofo. Hort. Cliff. 43. or three feet high, dividing upward into ſeveral
Viper's Bugloſs with o ſhrubby ſtolk. This is the Echium branches, garniſhed with oval leaves placed alternate,
Africanum fruticans, foliis piloſis. Hort. Amít. 2. whoſe baſe fits cloſe to the ſtalk; they are hairy, and
p. 107. Shrubby African Viper's Buglofs, having bairy of a light green colour. The flowers are produced
leaves.
ſingly between the leaves at the end of the branches;
The firſt fort grows naturally in Germany and Auf- they are of a purple colour, and in ihape much like
tria, from whence I received the ſeeds. This and our thoſe of the fifth fort. Theſe appear in May and
common Viper's Buglofs, which is the ſecond, have June, but the feeds do not ripen in England.
been confounded by moſt of the writers on botany, It is propagated by feeds, when they can be obtained,
who have ſuppoſed they were the ſame plant, whereas which ſhould be fown in pots filled with light fandy
they are very different; for the leaves of this are earth foon after they are received. Theſe may be
fhorter, and much broader than thoſe of the ſecond; expoſed to the open air till the beginning of October
the ſpikes of flowers are much longer, and the ſta- when the pots ſhould be placed under a frame, to
mina of the flowers are in this equal in length with guard them from froſt; but in mild weather, they
the petal; whereas thoſe of the ſecond ſtand out fhould be opened to have the free air, to prevent the
much beyond the petal, which is an effential dif- ſeeds from vegetating till the winter is paft; for if
ference.
the plants come up at that ſeaſon, their ſtems will be
The ſecond ſort grows naturally upon chalky lands weak and full of juice, and very liable to rot with
in moſt parts of England: this is what Lobel titles damps; therefore it is much better if the plants do
Lycopſis Anglica, and has been generally taken for not come up till toward March, which is the uſual
the common Echium.
time of their appearing, when the ſeeds are not forced
The third fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, by warmth. When the plants are fit to remove, they
in Italy, and the iſle of Jerſey; this riſes with an fhould be each planted into a ſmall pot filled with
upright hairy ſtalk; the flowers are produced in ſhort light earth, and placed under a frame to forward their
ſpikes on the ſide of the branches, they are ſmall, putting out new roots; then they ihould be gradually
and ſcarce appear above the empalements; ſome plants inured to bear the open air, and the latter end of
have white flowers, and others are purpliſh; the em- May be placed abroad in a heltered ſituation, where
palements of the flowers are very hairy, and cut into they may remain till the beginning of October; at
acute ſegments.
which time they muſt be removed into an airy glaſs-
The fourth fort grows naturally in Portugal and caſe, where they may enjoy the fun and have free
Spain; the lower leaves of this are more than a foot air in mild weather. During the winter ſeaſon theſe
long, and two inches broad in the middle, gradually plants muſt be ſparingly watered; for as their ſtems
leſſening to both ends; theſe are covered with ſoft are fucculent, ſo much moiſture will cauſe them to
hairs. The ſtalks grow two feet high; the flowers In the ſummer they ſhould be ſet abroad in a
are in ſhort ſpikes coming from the ſide of the ſtalks ; ſheltered ſituation, and treated in the ſame manner as
the petals of theſe are longer than the ſtamina. other plants from the ſame country,
The fifth fort grows naturally in Crete; this hath EDERA QUINQUEFOLIA. See Vitis.
trailing hairy ſtalks, which grow about a foot long, EDGINGS. The beſt and moſt durable plant for
and put out ſeveral fide branches, garniſhed with edgings in a garden is Box; which, if well planted,
hairy ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches long, and and rightly managed, will continue in beauty ſeveral
three quarters of an inch broad, fitting cloſe to the years: the beſt ſeaſon for planting this, is either in
ſtalks. The flowers come out on ſlender ſpikes upon the autumn, or very early in the ſpring; for if you
long foot-ſtalks, which come from the wings of the plant it late, and the ſeaſon ſhould prove hot and dry,
leaves; they are large, of a reddiſh purple colour, it will be very ſubject to miſcarry, unleſs great care
which turns to a fine blue when they are dried; theſe be taken to ſupply it with water. The beſt fort for
ſtand at a diſtance from each other on the ſpike. It this purpoſe is the dwarf Dutch Box.
is an annual plant, which flowers in July and decays Theſe edgings are only planted upon the fides of
in autumn.
borders next walks, and not (as the faſhion was ſome
The ſixth fort hath branching ſtalks which grow a years ago) to plant the edgings of flower-beds, or
foot and a half long, declining toward the ground; the edges of fruit-borders in the middle of gardens,
they are covered with ſtinging hairs; the leaves are unleſs they have a gravel-walk between them ; which
four inches long, and not more than half an inch renders it proper to preſerve the walks clean, by
broad; theſe are pretty much warted, and are hairy. keeping the earth of the borders from waſhing down
The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes from the ſide of into the walks in hard rains.
the ſtalks, and alſo at the end of the branches; they It was alſo the practice formerly to plant edgings of
are of a reddiſh purple colour, but not fo large as divers forts of aromatic herbs, as Thyme, Savory,
thoſe of the former fort, and the ſtamina of theſe are Hyſſop, Lavender, Rue, &c. But as theſe very ſoon
,
longer than the petal. This is alſo an annual plant, grow woody, ſo that they cannot be kept in due com-
which grows naturally in Crete.
paſs, and in hard winters they are often killed in
Theſe are moſt of them biennial plants, except the fifth patches, whereby the edgings are rendered incomplete,
and fixth forts, which are annual, and are the moſt they are now ſeldom uſed for this purpoſe.
beautiful of all the kinds: the feeds of theſe muſt be Some people make edgings of Daiſies, Thrift, Catch-
fown every year, in the places where they are de- fly, and other flowering plants; but theſe alſo re-
5 E
quire
;
3
rot.
a

E HR
E L Æ
quire to be tranſplanted every year, in order to have be obtained, which ſhould be fown in ſmall pots
them handſome ; for they foon grow out of form, and plunged into a hot-bed; they may alſo be propagated
are ſubject alſo to decay in patches; ſo that there is by laying down their branches, but theſe are long
not any plant which ſo completely anſwers the deſign before they put out roots.
as Dwarf Box, which muſt be preferred to all others ELÆAGNUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 148. Tourn. Cor.
for this purpoſe.
53. tab. 489. [from 'Enaío, an Olive, and 'Ayvos Vitex;
EFFLORESCENCE, Lat. the blowing out of a becauſe this plant hath leaves like thoſe of the Chaſte-
flower.
tree, and a fruit like an Olive.] Oleafter, or wild
To E GERMINATE, Lat. to bud or ſpring out. Olive.
EHRETIA. Trew. tab. 24.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower beth a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf,
It hath a ſmall, permanent, bell-ſhaped empalement of one which is quamifid, rough on the outſide, but coloured
leaf, cut into five points; the flower bath one petal, whoſe within. It hath no petals, but four ſhort ſtamina which
tube is longer than the empalement, cut into five ſegments; are inſerted in the diviſions of the empalement, and are
it hath five awl-Shaped Spreading ſtamina the length of terminated by oblong proftrate ſummits. At the bottom is
the corolla, terminated by roundiſh incumbent ſummits, and ſituated a roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned
a roundiſh germen, Supporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of by a ſingle ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an ob-
the ſtamina, crowned by an obtuſe indented ſtigma ; the tuſe oval fruit, with a pun&ture at the top, incloſing one
germen afterward becomes a round berry with one cell, in- obtuſe nut.
cloſing four angular ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, gynia, from the flower having four ſtamina and one
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
The SPECIES are,
1. EHRETIA (Tinifolia) foliis oblongo-ovatis integerrimis 1. ELÆAGNUS (Spinoſus) aculeatus, foliis lanceolatis.
glabris, floribus paniculatis. Amen. Acad. 5. p. 395. Prickly wild Olive with Spear-ſhaped leaves. Elæagnus
Ebretia with oblong, oval, entire, ſmooth leaves, and flow- Orientalis latifolius, fructumaximo. Tourn. Cor. App.
ers growing in panicles.
52. Eaſtern broad-leaved wild Olive with a large fruit.
2. EHRETIA (Bourreria) foliis ovatis integerrimis lævi- 2. ELÆAGNUS (Inermis) inermis, foliis lineari-lanceola-
bus, floribus ſubcorymboſis, calycibus glabris. Lin. tis. Wild Olive without thorns, and narrow Spear-Maped
Sp. 275. Ebretia with oval entire leaves, flowers growing leaves. Elæagnus Orientalis anguſtifolius, fructu par-
in a fort of corymbus, and ſmooth empalements. Bourreria vo olivæformi ſubdulci. Tourn. Cor. App. 52. Eaſtern
fructibus ſucculentis. Jacq. Amer.
wild Olive with narrow leaves, and a ſmall, sweet,
The ſeeds of the firſt fort were ſent me from Jamaica Olive-ſoaped fruit.
in the year 1734, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea 3. ELÆAGNUS (Latifolia) foliis ovatis. Prod. Leyd.
garden, where the plants have grown to the height 250. Wild Olive with oval leaves. Elæagnus foliis ro-
of eight or nine feet, with ſtrong woody items, and tundis maculatis. Burm. Pl. Zeyl. 92. Wild Olive with
have ſeveral times produced their flowers, but have round Spotted leaves.
not perfected their feeds as yet in England. This is The firſt and ſecond ſorts Dr. Tournefort found
by Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſed to be the ſame plant men- growing naturally in the Levant, and the firſt I take
tioned by Sir Hans Sloane, under the title of Ceraſo to be the common fort, which grows naturally in Bo-
affinis arbor baccifera racemoſa, flore albo pentape- hemia, of which I ſaw ſome trees growing in the cu-
talo, fructu flavo monopyreno eduli dulce. Hift. rious garden of the late Dr. Boerhaave, near Leyden,
Jam. 2. p. 94. But I differ in my opinion from him, in Holland. The leaves of this ſort are not more
for the leaves of our plant are ſmoother, longer, and than two inches long, and about three quarters of an
more pointed, and the corymbus of flowers is much inch broad in the middle; they are white, and have
longer than in Sir Hans's plant.
a ſoft cottonny down on their ſurface; at the foot-
This hath a rough woody ſtalk, which divides into ſtalk of every leaf, there comes out a pretty long
ſeveral irregular branches, garniſhed with oblong, ſharp thorn; as the leaves are placed alternate on the
oval, ſmooth leaves, nine inches long, three broad branches, ſo the ſpines come out on each fide the
in the middle, ending in acute points; the flowers are branches; juſt below the foot-ſtalks of the leaves,
white, and produced in an oblong corymbus toward they are alternately longer: the flowers are ſmall, the
the end of the branches; they have one petal in each, inſide of the empalement is yellow, and they have a
which is cut at the top into five ſegments which are ſtrong ſcent when fully open.
reflexed. Theſe appear toward the end of July, but The ſecond ſort hath no thorns on the branches, the
fall away without being ſucceeded by feeds.
leaves are more than four inches long, and not half
The feeds of the ſecond fort I received from Surinam, an inch broad; they are very ſoft, and have a ſhining
which ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden. This hath appearance like fattin. The flowers come out at the
a woody upright ftem, covered with a brown bark, foot-ſtalks of the leaves, ſometimes ſingly, at other
ſending out branches regularly toward the top, gar- times two, and frequently three at the fame place ;
niſhed with ſmooth oval leaves placed alternate, the outſide of the empalement is ſilvery and ſtudded,
having ſhort foot-ſtalks; the leaves are fix inches long, the inſide of a pale yellow, having a very ſtrong ſcent.
and more than two broad, ending with blunt oval This flowers in July, and ſometimes the flowers are
points. As this fort hath not produced flowers here, ſucceeded by fruit. This is the fort which is moſt
fo I can give no farther account of them. This commonly preſerved in the Engliſh gardens.
Doctor Linnæus ſuppoſes to be the ſame with a plant Theſe plants may be propagated by laying down the
figured by Mr. Cateſby, under the title of Pittonia young ſhoots in autumn, which will take root in one
ſimilis laureolæ foliis, foribus albis, baccis rubris. year, when they may be cut off from the old trees,
But in this he is alſo miſtaken, for there are plants and either tranſplanted into a nurſery for two or three
in the Chelſea garden, which were raiſed from ſeeds years to be trained up, or into the places where they
ſent from the Bahama Iſlands, which are very different are to remain. The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting of
from the former.
theſe trees is in the latter end of February, or the be-
Theſe plants are too tender to thrive abroad in Eng- ginning of March ; though they may be removed at
land, where they require a moderate warm ſtove in Michaelmas, provided the roots are mulched, to pro-
winter; but when the plants have acquired ſtrength, tect them from ſevere froſt in winter. Theſe plants
they may be placed in the open air during the heat ſhould be placed where they may be ſcreened from
of ſummer; but it ſhould be in a ſheltered ſituation, ſtrong winds, for they grow very freely, and are very
and when the evenings grow cold in the autumn, ſubject to be ſplit down by the wind, if they are too
they muſt be removed into ſhelter.
much expoſed
They are both propagated by feeds when they can
There

E L E
E L L
a
a
water.
و
3
Theſe trees commonly grow to twelve or fourteen ſpread flat on the ground, and between theſe ariſe a
feet high, and when they are intermixed with other ftiff ſtalk, about a foot high, which divides into fe-
trees of the fame growth, make a pretty diverſity; veral branches, each being terminated by two flowers,
for their leaves being of a ſilver colour, are eaſily which are compoſed of ſeveral florets, incloſed in a
diftnguiſhed at a diſtance.
four-leaved involucrum ; two of theſe leaves are al-
The third ſort grows naturally at Ceylon, and in ſome ternately larger than the other. The involucrum is
other parts of India. This is pretty rare at preſent longer than the florets, ſo they do but juſt appear
in the Engliſh gardens, but ſome years paſt there within the two larger leaves; the flowers make no ap-
were ſeveral pretty large plants of it growing in the pearance. They appear in July, but the feeds never
garden at Hampton Court. This riſes with a woody
ripen in this country.
ftem to the height of eight or nine feet, dividing into The firſt fort hath a perennial root, but an annual
many branches, garniſhed with oval filvery leaves, ſtalk. If this is planted in pots, and ſheltered in the
which have ſeveral irregular ſpots of a dark colour on winter from froſt, it may be preſerved ſeveral years,
their furface; they are placed alternately on the and the plants will annually Power ; but the ſecond
branches, and continue all the year. The flowers I
fort feldon continues longer than two years.
have not ſeen, though ſome of the trees at Hampton Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
Court produced flowers, but I was not ſo lucky as to be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the
ſee them,
plants are come up, they muſt be tranſplanted into
This ſort requires a warm ſtove to preſerve it in this pots filled with freſh light earth, and plunged into a
country, for it is too tender to live in the open air, hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water and ſhade
excepting for a ſhort time in the warmeſt part of them until they have taken root; then you ſhould let
fummer.
them have a large ſhare of freſh air in warm weather,
The two firſt forts are extremely hardy, fo are not and they will require to be frequently refreſhed with
injured by the froſt, but the trees are not of very long
duration, therefore young plants ſhould be raiſed ELEPHAS. See RHINANTHUS.
once in three or four years, to preſerve the kinds.
ELICHRYSUM. See GNAPHALIUM.
ELATERIUM. See MOMORDICA,
ELM. See ULMUS.
ELATINE. See LINARIA.
ELLISIA.
ELECAMPANE. See INULA.
The CHARACTERS are,
ELEPHANTOPUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 827. Vaill. The flower has a permanentempalement, compoſed of five
ſmall,
A&t. Par. 1719. Dill. Hort. Elth. 104. (of 'Enimas, an erect, Spreading leaves ; it is of one petol, funnel-Shaped the
elephant, and Tês, a foot,] Elephant's foot; ſo called length of the cup, cut into five obtufe ſegments at top; it
by Monſieur Vaillant, becauſe he ſays the under leaves hath five ſtamina the length of the tube, terminated by
of the firſt fort ſomewhat reſemble an Elephant's roundiſh ſummits, and a round germen ſupporting a ſhort
foot.
Nender ſtyle, crowned by an oblong bifid ſtigma ; the germen
The CHARACTERS are,
afterward becomes a roundiſh fleſhy berry with two cells,
There are many flowers colleeted together in one common incloſing two rough feeds.
large involucrum which is permanent, and each empale- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ment contains four or five florets; the florets are tubulous Linnæus's fiſth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
and hermaphrodite; they have one petal which is tongue- the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ſhaped; the brim is narrow, and divided into five equal We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
parts ; they have five very ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated ELLISIA (NyEtelea.) Lin. Sp. 1662. Tea-leaved Elliſia
by cylindrical ſummits. In the bottom is ſituated an oval This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, where it forms
germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by two ſlender a buſhy ſhrub about fix or ſeven feet high. I have
ftigmas; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle compreſſed raiſed many of the plants from ſeeds, ſome of which
feed crowned with briſtles, ſitting on a placenta incloſed in are now four or five feet high, but have not as yet
the empalement.
produced flowers. It ſends out many branches from
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of the ftem, ſo as to form a thick buſh; the branches are
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes the plants generally covered with a dark purple bark; the leaves
with floſculous flowers, whoſe florets are all herma- alſo when the plants are expoſed in ſummer turn of
phrodite and fruitful.
the ſame colour, but after they have been ſome time
The SPECIES are,
removed into the ſtove, they recover their verdure
1. ELEPHANTOPUS (Scaber) foliis oblongis ſcabris. Hort. again. The leaves are placed oppoſite on the branches,
Cliff. 390. Elephantopus with oblong rough leaves. Ele- which are an inch and a half long, ſpear-ſhaped and
phantopus conyzæ folio. Vaill. Mem. Acad. Scien. indented on their edges, and have commonly two or
1719. Elephant's foot with a Flea-bane leaf.
three ſmall leaves fitting cloſe to the branches; at the
2. ELEPHANTOPUS (Tomentoſus) foliis ovatis tomentofis. foot-ſtalks of the larger leaves, and at the ſame place,
Gron. Virg. 90. Elephantopus with oval woolly leaves. ariſes pretty long black ſpines, generally placed op-
Elephantopus helenii folio, purpurafcente fore. Houft. poſite toward the lower part of the branches, but
MSS. Elephantopus with an Elecampane leaf, and a upward they are alternate, and the ends of the
purpliſh flower.
branches are without thorns. As the plants have not
The firſt fort grows naturally in both the Indies, I as yet produced flowers in England, ſo I can give no
have received it from ſeveral parts of America; this farther account of them.
fends out many oblong rough leaves, which ſpread This plant may be propagated by cuttings, which if
near the ground; between theſe in the ſpring ariſes planted in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and
a branching ſtalk, little more than a foot high. The plunged into a moderate hot-bed, covering them
fide branches are ſhort, and are generally terminated cloſe with a hand-glaſs any time in July, will put out
by two heads of flowers, each ſtanding upon a ſhort roots in about two months, ſo may then be ſeparated
foot-ftalk. The heads contain ſeveral hermaphrodite and put into ſmall pots, plunging them again into
florets, included in a common involucrum, compoſed the hot-bed to promote their taking new root, after
of four oval leaves, ending in acute points. The which they ſhould be gradually inured to the open
florets are of a pale purple colour. They appear in air ; but the beginning of October they ſhould be re-
July, but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England. moved into the dry ſtove, where, during the winter,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in South Carolina; they ſhould have a moderate warm air, in which they
the plants of this have frequently come up in the will thrive better than in a great heat.
earth, which has been ſent over from thence with When ſeeds of this plant can be procured from
other plants as weeds; this hath ſeveral oval woolly abroad, if they are fown on a hot-bed the plants will
leaves, four inches long, and three inches broad, riſe eaſily, and may be afterward treated in the ſame
growing from the root, having many tranſverſe way as is directed for thoſe raiſed by cuttings.
nerves, running from the midrib to the fides; they
EMERUS
a
a
a
a

Ε Μ Ε
É MP
IMERUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 650. Coronilla. Lin. veral other botaniſts; have ranged them in the ſame
Gen. Plant. 789. [this name was given it by Theo- genus.
phraftus, and reſtored by Cæſalpinus.] Scorpion Theſe ſhrubs are eaſily propagated by fowing their
Sena.
feeds (which they commonly produce in great plenty)
The CHARACTERS are,
in March, upon a bed of light fandy earth, obſerving
The flower kath a very floort empalement of one leaf, di- to keep the bed clear from weeds; and in very dry
vided into five parts which is permanent. The flower is
weather the bed muſt often be refreſhed with water,
of the butterfly kind. The tails of the petals are much which ſhould be given carefully, left the ſeeds ſhould
longer than the empalement. The ſtandard is narrow, be waſhed out of the ground by haſty watering. When
and ſhorter than the wings, over which it is crched. The the plants are come up, they muſt be kept clean from
wings ore large and concave. The keel is heart-ſhaped weeds, and in very dry weather, if they are watered,
and reflexed. Tbere are ten ſtamine in each, one of which it will promote their growth; the Michaelmas fol-
Stands Separate, the other nine are joined; theſe are ſituated lowing (if the plants have thriven well) you may draw
in the standard. In the empalement is ſituated an oblong out the largeſt, which may be tranſplanted into a
flender germen, ſupporting a fender Style, crowned by a nurſery, at three feet diſtance row from row, and one
taper liigma. The germen ofterward becomes a taper cy- foot aſunder in the rows. This will give room to
lindrical pod, ſwelling in thoſe parts where the ſeeds are thoſe plants which are left to grow in the ſeed-bed,
lodged, which are alſo cylindrical.
in which place they may remain another year, when
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of they will alſo be fit to tranſplant into a nurſery, where
Tournefort's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes the they ſhould be two years, when they will be fit to
trees and ſhrubs with a butterfly flower, whoſe leaves plant out, where they are to remain for good; in
are placed by pairs along the midrib. Dr. Linnæus doing of which, you ſhould be careful in taking them
has joined this genus, and alſo the Securidacca of up, not to break or wound the roots, nor ſhould they
Tournefort to the Coronilla ; but hereby the number remain too long in the nurſery before they are tranſ-
of ſpecies are increaſed, and therefore it is much better planted, for they are ſubject to ſhoot downright roots,
to keep them ſeparate, as there are more effential which, when cut off, oftentimes proves the death of
differences between them, than in ſome of the other the tree. In all other refpects it muſt be treated like
genera of this claſs which he has ſeparated.
other flowering ſhrubs, among which this is com-
The SPECIES are,
monly fold at the nurſeries. It may alſo be propagated
1. EMERUS (Major) caule fruticofo, pedunculis lon- by laying down the tender branches, which will take
gioribus caule angulato. Scorpion Sena with a fhrubby root in about a year's time, and may then be tranſ-
Stalk, longer foot-folks i'o the flowers, and angular ſtalks. planted into a nurſery, and managed in the ſame.
Emerus. Cæfalp. Scorpion Sena, vulgò.
manner as the ſeedling plants.
2. EMERUS (Minor) foliolis obcordatis, pedunculis bre- The third ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
vioribus, caule fruticoſo. Scorpion Sena with long heart- where Plumier firft diſcovered it in the French ſet-
Shaped leaves, forter foot-fialks to the flowers, and a tlements; but it was found growing in plenty at La
Sforubby ſtaik. Emerus minor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 650. Vera Cruz, in New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſtoun,
Leffer Scorpion Sena.
who fent me the ſeeds, which ſucceeded in the Chel-
3. EMERUS (Herbacca) caule erecto, herbaceo, foliolis ſea garden, where the plants flowered, but did not
multijugatis, floribus fingularibus alaribus, filiquis perfect their feeds, and the plants being annual, the
longiffimis erectis. Scorpion Sena' with an ereat herba- ſpecies was loſt here. This riſes with a round her-
čeous ſtalk, the leaves compoſed of many pair of lobes, ſingle baceous ſtalk three feet high, which is garniſhed at
flowers proceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks, and very each joint with one long winged leaf, compoſed of
long erect pods. Emerus filiquis longiffimis & an- about twenty pair of lobes, terminated by an odd one;
guftiffimis. Plum. Cat. 19. Emerus with very long and theſe have obtuſe points, and are of a deep green.
narrow pods.
The flowers come out ſingly from the fide of the
The firſt of theſe ſhrubs is very common in all the ſtalk, immediately above the foot-ſtalk of the leaves,
nurſeries near London ; this riſes with weak ſhrubby ſtanding upon flender foot-ſtalks two inches long;
ftalks to the height of eight or nine feet, dividing they are larger than thoſe of either of the former forts,
into many fiender branches, garniſhed with winged and are of a pale yellow colour; theſe are ſucceeded
leaves, compoſed of three pair of lobes (or ſmall by ſlender compreſſed pods, which are more than fix
leaves) terminated by an odd one. The flowers come inches long, having a border on each ſide, and a
out upon long foot-ſtalks from the ſide of the
ſwelling where each feed is lodged.
branches, two or three of theſe foot-ſtalks ariſing from This is an annual plant, whoſe feeds muſt be fown
the ſame point; each of theſe ſuſtains two, three, or upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants are
four yellow butterfly flowers; theſe appear in May, fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted into a ſe-
and are frequently ſucceeded by long ſlender pods, parate ſmall pot filled with light kitchen-garden earth,
which are taper, ſwelling in thoſe parts where the and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark,
ſeeds are lodged, and hang downward; theſe ſhrubs ſhading them from the ſun until they have taken new
continue long in flower, eſpecially in cool ſeaſons, and root, then they muſt be treated in the ſame manner
frequently flower again in autumn, which renders as other exotic plants from thoſe warm countries. If
them valuable.
theſe plants are brought forward in the ſpring, and
The ſecond fort riſes with many ſhrubby ſtalks like kept under a deep frame in a tan-bed, or plunged
the firſt, but not more than half the height; this hath into the bark-bed in the ſtove, when they are grown
larger leaves, which are of an oblong heart-ſhape. too tall to remain under common frames, they will
The flowers are rather larger than thoſe of the firſt, ripen ſeeds in England; for thoſe feeds which I re-
and ſtand upon ſhorter foot-fialks; theſe differences ceived did not arrive here till May, and yet thoſe
hold in the plants which are raiſed from feeds, there- plants flowered well in Auguit; but the autumn
fore I think they may be allowed to ſtand as diſtinct coming on ſoon after, prevented their perfecting feeds,
fpecies, though there is a great likeneſs at firſt ſight and that part of the feed which I reſerved till the
in them.
next year did not grow.
The leaves of theſe fhrubs, when fermented in a vat, EMPÉTRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 977. Tourn. Inſt.
in the ſame manner as is practiſed with the Indigo R. H. 579. tab. 421. ['Ep. Telpov, of tv, in, and witcoin
[",
plants, will afford a dye, very near to that of Indigo; Gr. a rock or ſtone, becauſe this tree grows in ftony
but whether it will anſwer the ſame purpoſes is not places.] Black-berried Heath.
yet certain, or whether it may be worth cultivating
The CHARACTERS are,
for that purpoſe, either here or abroad, is what we It bath male and female flowers on different plants; the
cannot yet détermine; but there is fo great affinity male flowers have a three-pointed empalement, which is
between theſe plants, and thoſe of the Indigo in their permanent; they have three oblong petals, which are ner-
generical characters, that Dr. Tournefort, and fe- row at their baſe, and three long hanging fiomina which
و
ere

Ε Ρ Η
E PI
ma.
are hairy, terminated by Mort two-pointed fummits, which off to tranſplant in the ſpring. They love a pretty
ſtand erect. The female flowers have the ſame empale- moiſt ſtrong foil, and will endure the cold of our or-
ment and petals as the male, but no ſtamina. In the cen- dinary winters very well in the open air. Some of
ter is ſituated a depreſſed germen, ſupporting nine reflexed theſe plants were formerly preſerved in pots, and were
Spreading ſtigma. The germen efterward becomes e de- houſed in winter, but by later experience they are
preſſed round berry of one cell, incloſing nine ſeeds placed found to thrive better in the full ground.
circularly.
EPHEMERUM. See TRADESCANTIA.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of EPIDENDRUM. Lin. Gen. 1016. Vanilla.
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe There are near thirty ſpecies of this genus, which
plants whoſe male and female flowers grow on ſe- grow naturally upon trees in Africa and both Indies;
parate plants, and the male flowers have three but as the plants cannot, by any art yet known, be
itamina.
cultivated in the ground, it would be to little purpoſe
We have but one SPECIES of this genus in England, the enumerating of them here, though could the
viz.
plants be brought to thrive by culture, many of them
EMPETRUM (Nigrum) procumbens. Hort. Cliff. 470. produce very fine flowers of uncommon forms. I had
.
Trailing Berry-bearing Heath. Empetrum montanum, three ſpecies of them ſent me from America, which
fructu nigro. Tourn. Inſt. 579. Black-berried Heath, were ſtripped from the trees on which they grew ;
Crow berries, Crake berries.
theſe I planted with care in pots, which were placed in a
This little ſhrub grows wild upon the mountains of ftove, where they came fo far as to ſhew their flowers,
Staffordſhire, Derbyſhire, and Yorkſhire, and is fel- but the plants foon after periſhed.
dom propagated in gardens unleſs for variety fake; EPIGÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 486. Memecylum.
but it may be cultivated in ſhady places, and will Mitch. 13. Trailing Arbutus.
thrive very well in gardens, where the ſoil is ſtiff. The CHARACTERS are,
The plants ſhould be procured from the places where The flower bath a double empalement, which is perma-
they grow naturally, for the ſeeds remain a year in nent; the outer is compoſed of three, and the inner of one
the ground before they vegetate, and afterward are leaf, divided at the top into five parts. The flower is of
very ſlow in their growth, ſo they are not worth the the ſalver Mape, with one petal, having a cylindrical
trouble of cultivating from feeds. If the plants are tube, which is longer than the empalement, and hairy
planted on a moiſt boggy ſoil in autumn, they will within. The brim is cut into five parts, which ſpread
get roots in the winter, and will require no farther open. It hath ten ſlender ſtamina the length of the tubes
care than to clear them from weeds, provided they which are fixed to the baſe of the petal, and are termi-
have a moiſt foil, otherwiſe they will require to be nated by oblong ſummits. In the center is ſituated a glo-
frequently watered; for theſe low ſhrubs commonly bular hairy germen, crowned by an obtuſe quinquefid ſtign
grow upon the tops of wild mountains, where the The germen afterward becomes a depreſſed, half glo-
foil is generally peaty, and full of bogs. The heath bular, five-cornered fruit, having five cells, opening with
cocks feed much upon the berries of this plant; five valves, containing ſeveral feeds,
ſo that wherever there is plenty of theſe low ſhrubs, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
there are commonly many of theſe fowls to be found. Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
EMUSCATION, the clearing a tree of moſs, Lat.
the flowers having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ENUCLEATION, a taking out the nut or ker-
We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
nel of any fruit, Let.
EPIGÆA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 486. Trailing Arbutus.
ENULA CAMPANA. See INULA.
This plant grows naturally in North America, from
EPHEDRA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1007. Tourn. Inſt. whence it has been introduced to the Engliſh gardenis.
663. tab. 477. Shrubby Horſe-Tail, vulgò.
It is a low plant, with a trailing ſhrubby ſtalk, which
The CHARACTERS are,
puts out roots at the joints, and when in a proper
It hath male and female flowers in different plants ; the foil and ſituation, multiplies very faſt
. The ſtalks
male flowers are colleEted in katkins, which are ſcaly ; un- are garniſhed with oblong rough leaves which are
der each ſcale is a ſingle flower ; theſe have no petals, but waved on their edges. The flowers are produced at
ſeven ſtamina, which are joined in form of a column, and the end of theſe branches in looſe bunches; theſe are
are terminated by roundiſh ſummits. The female flowers white, and divided at the top into five acute ſegments,
have an oval perianthium, compoſed of five ſeries of leaves, which ſpread open in form of a ſtar. It flowers in
which alternately lie over the diviſons of the lower range ; July, but doth not produce fruit in England.
theſe have no petals, but have two oval germen fitting The plants are eaſily propagated by their trailing
upon the perianthium, Supporting Sort ſtyles, crowned by ſtalks, which put out roots at the joints, fo may be
Jingle ſtigma. The germen afterward turn to oval ber- cut off from the old plant, and placed in a ſhady fitu-
ries, each having two ſeeds.
ation and a moiſt foil: the beſt time for this is in au-
This genus of plants is ranged in the twelfth ſec- tumn, that the plants may be well rooted before the
tion of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Di- ſpring. If the winter ſhould prove very fevere, it
cecia Monadelphia, the plants of this claſs and ſec- will be proper to lay a few dried leaves, or ſome fuch
tion having male flowers on different plants from the light covering over them, which will prevent their
female, and their ſtamina join in form of a column. being injured by froft; and after they are well root-
We have but one SPECIES of this genus in England, ed, they will require no farther care but to keep
viz.
them clean from weeds.
EPHEDRA (Diſtachia) pedunculis oppofitis, amentis ge- EPILOBIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 426. Chamene-
minis. Hort. Cliff. 465. Shrubby Horſe-Tail with oppo- rion. Tourn. R. H. 302. tab. 157. Willow Herb, or
fite foot-ſtalks, and twin katkins. Ephedra maritima French Willow.
minor. Tourn. Leſſer Sea Horſe-Tail
.
The CHARACTERS are,
This is a low ſhrubby plant, which grows naturally The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong
upon the rocks by the ſea in the ſouth of France, in pointed leaves, zubich are coloured. The flower bath four
Spain, and Italy; it is alſo preſerved in ſeveral gar- bordered petals which ſpread open, and eight ftampina
dens for the ſake of variety, but has little beauty. which are alternately ſorter, terminated by oval com-
This hath a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which puts out a few preſſed ſummits. Below the flower is ſituated a long cylin-
ſhort branches, riſing about two feet high, which drical germen, ſupporting a fender Style, crowned by an
have many protuberant joints, at which come out fe- obtuſe quadrifid ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
veral narrow ruſhy leaves, like thoſe of the Horſe- long, cylindrical, furrowed capſule with five cells, filled
Tail, which continue green all the year, but the with oblong ſeeds, crowned with down.
plants rarely flower in this country.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fection of
It may be propagated by offsets, which the plants Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogynia,
ſend forth in great plenty; for the roots creep under the flower having eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ground, and ſend forth fuckers, which may be taken
The
a
a
a
a
5 F

E PI
E RI
a
The SPECIES are,
This plant hath a creeping root, from which ariſe
1. EPILOBIUM (Anguſtifolium) foliis fparfis lineari-lance- many ſtalks about nine inches high, divided at the
olatis, fioribus inæqualibus. Lin. Sp. 493. Epilobium top into three, each of which is again divided into
with linear Spear-shaped leaves which are placed thinly, three ſmaller; upon each of theſe ſtands a ſtiff heart-
and unequal flowers. Chananerion latifolium vulgare. ſhaped leaf, ending in a point, of a pale green on the
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 302. Common broad-leaved Willow upper fide, but gray on the under. " A little below
Herb, or French Willow.
the firſt diviſion of the ſtalk comes out the foot-ſtalk
2. EPILOBIUM (Hirſutum) foliis oppoſitis lanceolatis ſer- of the flowers, which is near fix inches long, divid-
ratis decurrenti-amplexicaulibus. Lin. Hort. Cliff. ing into ſmaller, each of theſe fuftaining three flow-
145. Epilobium with oppoſite ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which ers; theſe are compoſed of four leaves, placed in
are Jawed on their edges. Chamænerion villoſum, form of a croſs; they are of a reddiſh colour, with
magno flore purpureo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 303. Hoary yellow ſtripes on the border. In the center of the
Willow Herb with a large flower, commonly called Codlins flower arifes the ſtyle, ſituated upon the germen,
and Cream.
which afterward turns to a ſlender pod, containing
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of
many oblong ſeeds. It flowers in May, and the leaves
which grow naturally in ihady woods and moiſt places decay in autumn. The roots, if planted in a ſhady bor-
in moſt parts of England, where they are often very der, ſhould be every year reduced, ſo as to keep them
troubleſome weeds, therefore are ſeldom admitted in within bounds, otherwiſe it will ſpread its roots and
to gardens, fo I ſhall not trouble the reader with their interfere with the neighbouring plants. It grows na-
diftinctions.
turally on the Alps, but I received ſome plants of it
The firſt fort here mentioned was formerly planted which were found growing naturally in a wood in the
in gardens for the beauty of its flowers; but as it North of England.
uſually ſpreads far by the creeping roots, whereby it EPIPHYLLOSPERMOUS PLANTS [of
over-runs all the neighbouring plants, it has been ge- ti, upon, Dúkrov, a leaf, and Emépusc, Gr. ſeed,] ſuch
nerally caſt out of moft gardens : however, in ſome plants as bear their ſeeds on the back of their leaves,
low moiſt places, or in great ihade, if there was a the ſame as capillaries.
place aſſigned for this plant, it will make a good ap- EQUINOCTIAL, ÆQUINOCTIAL [of
pearance when it is in flower, and theſe flowers are
equus, equal, and nox, Lat. night.] A great and
very proper to cut for baſons to adorn chimnies in
immoveable circle of the ſphere, under which the
the ſummer ſeaſon. This uſually grows about four equator moves in its diurnal motion.
feet high, with ſlender ſtiff branches, which are beſet The equinoctial, or equinoctial line, is ordinarily
with leaves, reſembling thoſe of the Willow, from confounded with the equator; but there is a difference,
whence it had the name of Willow Herb, or French
the equator being moveable, and the equinoctial un-
Willow. On the upper part of the ſtalks the flowers moveable, and the equator drawn about the convex
are produced in a long ſpike or thyrſe, which are of furface of the ſphere, but the equinoctial on the con-
a fine Peach colour, and, if the ſeaſon is not very hot, cave ſurface of the Magnus Orbis.
they will continue near a month in beauty. This fort The equinoctial is conceived, by fuppofing a femi-
is found growing wild in divers parts of England, diameter of the ſphere, produced through a point of
but ſeveral botaniſts have ſuppoſed it was only found the equator, and there deſcribing a circle on the im-
in ſuch places where the plants had been caſt out of moveable ſurface of the Primum Mobile, by the ro-
gardens; however, I think it muſt be allowed to be tation of the ſphere about its axis.
a native of this country, ſince it is found in great Whenever the fun comes to this circle, in his pro-
plenty in woods at a great diſtance from any habita- greſs through the ecliptic, it makes equal day and
tion, particularly in Charlton foreſt, and ſeveral other night all round the globe ; as then ariſing due eaſt,
woods in Suſſex. It is a great creeper at the root, ſo and ſetting due weſt, which he never does at any
may be eaſily propagated.
other times of the year.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, which The people who live under this circle, have their
is planted in gardens, but differs from it only in the days and nights conſtantly equal; and the ſun is in
colour of the flower; however, fome perſons are their zenith at noon, and caſts no ſhadow.
fond of propagating theſe varieties, for which reaſon EQUINOXES are the times when the fun enters
I mentioned it here.
into the equinoctial points, which are the two points
The ſecond fort is found wild by the fide of ditches where the equator and ecliptic interfect each other;
and rivers in many parts of England. This plant the one being in the firſt point of Aries, called the
grows about three feet high, and produces its flowers vernal equinox; and the other in the firſt point of
on the top of the ſtalks, but theſe are much leſs Libra, called the autumnal equinox.
beautiful than thoſe of the firſt, and the plant being So the equinoxes happen when the fun is in the equi-
a great rambler at the root, is ſeldom admitted into noctial circle, when, of conſequence, the days are
gardens. The leaves of this plant being rubbed, equal to the nights throughout the world, which is
emit a ſcent like ſcalded Apples, from whence ſome the caſe twice a year, viz. about the 21ſt of March,
have given the name of Codlins and Cream to this and the 22d of September; the firſt of which is the
plant.
vernal, and the ſecond the autumnal equinox.
EPIMEDIUM. Lin. Sp. Plant. 138. Tourn. Inft. EQUISETUM [of equus, a horſe, and feta, a
R. H. 232. tab. 117. Raii Meth. Plant. 129. Bar- briſtle, becauſe the leaves and branches repreſent the
briſtles or hair of a horſe's main or tail. It is by the
The CHARACTERS are,
Greeks called "Item2pis, of "ITTC, a horſe, and Oupda
The flower baih a three-leaved empalement which falls a tail; and hippoſeta, of inn@ and feta.] Horſe-
off. It both four obtuſe oval fruit, which are concave, Tail.
and ſpread open, and four neiteriums which are cup- There are ſeveral ſpecies of this plant, which are
Sheped, obtuſe at the botion, and es large as the petals. found in England, on the ſides of ditches, or in ſhady
It hath four ſi amino, terminated by oblong, erect, bilocu- woods; but as they are plants which are never cul-
lar ſummits. The oblong germen is ſituated at the bot- tivated in gardens, I ſhall paſs them over in this
tom, ſupporting c. ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ftigma. place.
The germen afterward becomes an oblong pointed pod, ERANTHEMUM. See ADONIS.
with one cell, opening with two valves, incloſing many ERICA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 435. Tourn. Inſt. R. H.
oblong feeds.
602. tab. 373. ['Epciun, of įpsixw, or épíxw, Gr. to break,
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of becauſe this plant is ſaid to have the virtue of break-
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- ing the ſtone in the bladder.] Heath ; in French,
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. Bruyere.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The CHARACTERS are,
1. EPIMEDIUM (Alpinum.) Hort. Cliff. 37. Alpine Barren- The flower bath a coloured permanent empalement of four
wort.
oval
a
renwort.
ز

E RI
E RI
و
This genus
oval erect leaves. It bath one ſwelling petal, which is It is with difficulty propagated here, which is done by
ereet and quodrifid, and eight hairy ft omina, which are laying down the young ſhoots, though theſe are oftea
fixed to the receptacle, and terminated by bifid ſummits. two years before they put out roots: others plant the
In the bottom is ſituated the roundiſh germen, ſupporting a young ſlips or cuttings into pots filled with light earth,
declining Style, which is longer than the fiomina, crowned covering them cloſe with a bell-glaſs, and ſhading
by a four-cornered ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes them from the ſun; where this is ſkilfully practiſed,
a round capſule, having four cells, which are filled with the cuttings will put out roots, and make better plants
fmall ſeeds.
than the layers.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ERICA BACCIFERA. See EMPETRUM.
Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogynia, ERIGERON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 855. Senecionis. Sp.
the flower having eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Dill. Conyzella. Dill. Groundſel.
The SPECIES are,
The CHARACTERS are,
1. ERICA (Vulgaris) antheris bicornibus inclufis, corol- It haih a compound rediated flower, compoſed of many
lis inæqualibus, campanulatis mediocribus foliis op- hermaphrodite florets which form the diſk, and female
pofitis fagittatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 352. Heath with half florets which make the rays; theſe are contained in
two horns including the ſummits, bell-ſhaped unequal petals, one oblong ſcaly empalement. The hermaphrodite florets
and middling arrow-pointed leaves placed oppoſite
. Erica are funzel-ſhaped, and cut at the top into five parts ;
vulgaris glabra. C. B. 485. Common ſmooth Heath. theſe have five ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindri-
2. ERICA (Herbacea) antheris bicornibus incluſis cam- cal ſummits; they have a ſmall germen, crowned with
panulatis mediocribus fecundis, foliis ternis triquetris down, which is longer than the petal. Upon the germeri
,
patulis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 500. Heath with a horned Sum- fits a ſlender ſtyle the length of the down, crowned by two
mit, a bell-ſhaped petal, and five narrow Spreading leaves. oblong Stigmas; the germen afterward becomes a ſmall ob-
Erica foliis coridis, multiflora. J. B. vol. 1. p. 356. long ſeed, crowned with long down. The female half flo-
Pine-leaved Heath with many flowers.
rets, which compoſe the rays, have one ſide of their petals
3. ERICA (Cinerea) antheris bicornibus inclufis, corollis ſtretched out like a tongue; theſe have no ſtamina, but o
ovatis racemofis, foliis ternis glabris linearibus. Lin. Small downy germen, ſupporting a pender ſtyle, which is
Sp. Plant. 352. Heath with two horns including the
hairy, crowned by two ſlender ſtigmas. The germen after-
fummits, oval branchy petals, and three long, narrow,
ward becomes a ſeed like the hermaphrodite florets.
ſmooth leaves. Erica humilis, cortice cinereo, arbuti
of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
flore. C. B. P. 486. Dwarf Heath with an Aſh-coloured of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the
bark, and Strawberry-tree flower.
plants with a compound flower, compoſed of herma-
4. ERICA (Ciliaria) antheris fimplicibus inclufis, corol- phrodite and female flowers, which are both fruitful.
lis ovatis irregularibus, floribus ternoracemoſis, foliis To this genus Dr. Linnæus has added ſeveral ſpecies
ternis ciliatis. Læf. Epift. 2. p. 9. Lin. Sp. Plant.
.
of Conyza and After of former botaniſts.
354. Heath with ſingle ſummits, oval irregular petals,
The SPECIES are,
triple branching flowers, and hairy leaves placed by threes. 1. ERIGERON (Viſcoſum) pedunculis uniforis lateralibus
5. ERICA ( Arborea) antheris bicornibus inclufis, corollis
foliis lanceolatis denticulatis calycibus ſquarroſis, co-
campanulatis longioribus, foliis quaternis patentiffi- rollis radiatis. Hort. Upſal. 258. Groundſel with one
mis, caule fubarboreo tomentoſo. Lin. Sp. 502. flower on a foot-ſtalk, proceeding from the ſide of the
Tree Heath, whoſe anthere are included in two horns, a ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a rough empelement. Co-
longer bell-ſhaped flower, and four ſpreading leaves at nyza mas Theophraſti, major Diofcoridis. C. B. P.
each joint.
265. Male Fleabane of Theophraſtus, and greater Flea-
The four firſt ſorts grow wild upon barren unculti- bane of Dioſcorides.
vated places in divers parts of England ; but notwith-2. ERIGERON (Acre) pedunculis alternis unifloris. Hort.
2.
ſtanding their commonneſs, yet they deſerve a place Cliff. 407. Groundſel with alternate foot-ſtalks having
in ſmall quarters of humble flowering ſhrubs, where, one flower. Conyza cærulea acris. C. B. P. 265. Blue
by the beauty and long continuance of their flowers, acrid Fleabane.
together with the diverſity of their leaves, they make 3. ERIGERON (Bonarienſe) foliis bafi revolutis. Lin. Sp.
an agreeable variety
Plant. 863. Groundſel whoſe leaves are curved et their
Theſe are ſeldom propagated in gardens, and ſo not baſe. Senecio Bonarienſis purpurafcens, foliis imis
to be had from the nurſeries, but may be taken up, coronopi. Hort. Elth. 344. tab. 257. Purpliſh Ground-
.
with a ball of earth to their roots, from the natural ſel of Buenos Ayres, with under leaves like Hartſhorit
place of their growth in autumn, and may be tranſ- Plantain.
planted into the garden. The ſoil where they are 4. ERIGERON (Canadenſe) caule floribuſque paniculatis.
planted ſhould not be dunged, nor ſhould you beſtow Hort. Cliff. 407. Groundſel with a paniculated Stalk and
any other culture on them than clearing them from flowers. Virga aurea Virginiana annua. Zan. Hift.
weeds; for the leſs the ground is dug, the better theſe 205. Annual Virginia Golden Rod.
will thrive, for they commonly ſhoot their roots near 5. ERIGERON (Alpinum) caule fubbifloro, calyce fubhir-
the ſurface, which, in digging, are ſubject to be hurt, futo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 864. Groundſel with two flowers
whereby the plant is often deſtroyed; theſe may alſo on a ſtalk, and hairy empalements. Conyza cærulea Al-
be propagated by feeds, but this being a tedious me- pina. C. B. P. 265. Blue Alpine Fleabane.
thod, the other is much preferable to it.
6. ERIGERON (Graveolens) ramis lateralibus multiforis,
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
foliis lanceolatis integerrimis, calycibus ſquarroſis.
Hope, and alſo in great plenty in Portugal, where Amen. Acad. 4. p. 290. Groundſel with many flowers
it riſes with a ſtrong ligneous ftem to the height of on the ſide of the ſtalks, entire Spear-ſhaped leaves, and
eight or ten feet, ſending out many branches the rough empalements. Virga aurea minor, foliis gluti-
whole length, garnished with narrow leaves, four nolis & graveolentibus.
coming out from the ſame point; the flowers are pro- 7. EriGERON (Fætidum) foliis lanceolato-linearibus retu-
duced between the leaves on the upper part of the
fis, floribus corymboſis
. Lin. Sp. 1213. Groundſel
branches; they are white, with a bluſh of red on their with linear ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers in a corym-
outſide; theſe appear in May, but are not ſucceeded
bus. Senecio Africanus folio retuſo. Herm. 661.
by feeds in England.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
This plant will live in the open air in England, pro- and in Italy. This hath a perennial root, from which
vided it is planted in a dry foil and a warm ſituation, ariſe ſeveral upright ſtalks near three feet high, gar-
but is generally kept in pots and houſed in winter ; niſhed with oblong oval leaves which are hairy, and
however, the plants fo managed, do not thrive or fit cloſe to the ſtalk; they are placed alternate, and
flower ſo well as thoſe in the full ground, therefore are four inches long, and two broad in the iniddle ;
it is much better to be at the trouble of ſheltering theſe in warm weather ſweat out a clammy juice. The
the plants in the ground in winter, than to keep them flowers are produced ſingle upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks, fome ariſing from the ſide of the ſtalk, and
6.
a
others
in pots.

E RI
E RI
others terminate it; they are yellow, and have an bentibus, floribus feffilibus axillaribus. IVoolly Erinas
agreeable odour. They flower in July, and the feeds with trailing ſtalks, and flowers fitting cloſe to their fides.
ripen in autumn.
Ageratum Americanum procumbens, gnaphalii fa-
This plant is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in cie, floribus ad foliorum nodos. Houſt. MSS. Trailing
autumn, will more certainly fucceed than thoſe which
American Ageratum with the appearance of Cudweed,
are ſown in the ſpring. When the plants come up, and flowers growing at the knots of the leaves.
they ſhould be thinned if they are too cloſe, and kept 3. ERINUS (Americanus) caule erecto, foliis lanceolatis
clean from weeds till autumn, when they ſhould be oppoſitis, foribus latè fpicatis terminalibus. Erinus
tranſplanted where they are to remain. They delight with an upright ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite,
in a dry foil and a funny expoſure. The ſecond year and flowers growing in loose Spikes, terminating the ſtalks.
the plants will flower and perfect their feeds, but the Ageratum Americanum erectum fpicatum, flore pur-
roots will continue feveral years, and annually pro- pureo. Houft. MSS. Upright American Ageratum with
duce their flowers and feeds.
Spikes of purple flowers.
The next four forts are preſerved in botanic gardens 4. ERINUS (Fruteſcens) caule erecto fruticofo, foliis ova-
for the ſake of variety, but are ſeldom admitted into to-lanceolatis ferratis, alternis, floribus axillaribus.
gardens for pleaſure. The fifth fort is a perennial Erinus with c forubby erect ſialk, oval, Spear-ſhaped,
plant, which grows naturally on the Alps, and may be Sawed leaves placed alternate, and flowers on the ſides of
propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner as the firſt the ſtalk. Ageratum fruteſcens, foliis dentatis lati-
fort, but ſhould have a ſhady ſituation and a moiſt oribus, villoſum. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby boary Ameri-
foil.
can Ageratun with broad indented leaves.
The others are annnual plants, which, if once ad- 5. ERINUS (Verticillatus) caule ramoſo procumbente, fo-
mitted into a garden, and ſuffered to ſcatter their liis ovatis ferratis glabris oppofitis, floribus verticilla-
ſeeds, will become very troubleſome weeds there. tis. Erinus with a branching trailing Stalk, oval, ſmooth,
The ſixth fort riſes with ſtiff ſtalks three feet high, Sawed leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers growing in
garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves; the flow- whorls round the ſtalks. Ageratum Americanum pro-
ers are yellow, and are produced in cloſe bunches from cumbens, foliis fubrotundis ferratis glabris. Houft.
the fide of the ſtalk toward the top; theſe appear in MSS. Trailing American Ageratum with roundiſh, ſmooth,
July, and in warm ſeaſons are ſucceeded by feeds in Sawed leaves.
England.
6. ERINUS (Procumbens) caulibus procumbentibus, fo-
It may be propagated by cutting the ſtalk in proper liis ovatis glabris, foribus fingulis alaribus, pedun-
lengths, which, if planted in a ſhady border, and culis longioribus. Erinus with trailing fialks, oval
duly watered, will put out roots; and the following Smooth leaves, and ſingle flowers on the ſides of the ſtalks,
autumn, theſe may be taken up and planted in the having longer foot-ſtalks. Ageratum Americanum,
borders of the flower-garden.
procumbens, glabrum, floribus luteis, longis pedicu-
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Africa : the roots lis inſidentibus. Houft. MSS. Smooth trailing Ameri-
of this ſend up five or fix upright ſtalks near four feet can Ageratum, with yellow flowers fitting upon long foot-
high, cloſely garniſhed with linear ſpear-ſhaped ſtalks.
leaves which are hairy; the ſtalks are terminated by The firſt fort grows naturally upon the Alps and Hel-
pretty large bunches of yellow flowers, formed in a vetian mountains: this is a very low plant, whoſe
corymbus. Theſe appear in October, and frequently leaves lie cloſe to the ground, growing in cloſe tufts ;
continue more than two months, which renders the they are about half an inch long, and one eighth of
plant more valuable.
an inch broad, ſawed on their edges, and of a dark
This is too tender to thrive in the open air in this green; between theſe ariſes the flower-ſtalk, which is
country, ſo the plants ſhould be kept in pots; and ſcarce two inches high, ſupporting a looſe bunch of
if in the winter they are placed in a common frame, purple flowers, which ſtand erect. Theſe appear in
where they may have a large ſhare of free air in mild May, and ſometimes are ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in
weather, and ſcreened from hard froſts, they will July
thrive better than with tender treatment.
It is eaſily
It is propagated by parting the roots ; the beſt time
propagated by cuttings, which, if planted in May, for this is in autumn; they muſt have a ſhady fitua--
will readily put out roots, and the young plants will tion and a loamy ſoil without dung, for in rich earth
flower the autumn following.
theſe plants are very ſubject to rot.
ERINUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 689. Ageratum. Tourn. The ſecond fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
Inft. R. H. 651. tab. 422.
toun from La Vera Cruz, where he found it growing
The CHARACTERS are,
naturally. This ſends out ſeveral trailing ſtalks about
The flower bath a permanent empalement, compoſed of fix inches long, which are cloſely garniſhed with ſmall
five leaves, which are equal; it hath one petal which is oval leaves, placed on every fide; they are very
tubulous, and of the ringent kind, cut into five equal ſeg- white and woolly, and at the joints juſt above the
ments, which ſpread open, three ſtanding upward from the leaves come out the flowers, fitting very cloſe to the
upper lip, and two turn downward. It hath four ſtamina ſtalks; theſe are white, and are ſucceeded by round
ſituated within the tube, two of which are a little longer capſules, having two cells, filled with ſmall feeds:
than the other, terminated by ſmall ſummits. In the bot- this plant has great reſemblance at a diſtance to the
tom of the tube is ſituated the oval germen, Supporting a Sea Cudweed.
Sport Style, crowned by a head-ſhaped ſtigma. The ger- The third fort was diſcovered by Dr. Houſtoun, in
men afterward becomes an oval capſule, covered by the the ſame country with the former : this hath an up-
empalement, having two cells filled with ſmall ſeeds. right ſtalk two feet high, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
leaves placed oppoſite ; and toward the top of the
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe ſtalk is produced two ſmaller branches placed oppoſite,
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort which ſtand erect; and theſe, as alſo the middle ſtalk,
ftamina, and their feeds growing in a capſule. Tour- are terminated by looſe ſpikes of purple flowers,
nefort has it in his appendix, but it ſhould be placed which are ſucceeded by oval feed-veſſels, filled with
in his third claſs, and the fifth ſection, which con- ſmall feeds.
tains the plants with an anomalous tubulous flower of The fourth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about four
one leaf.
feet high, dividing into ſeveral ſmall branches, which
The SPECIES are,
are hairy; theſe are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped
1. ERINUS ( Alpinus) floribus racemofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. leaves, deeply ſawed on their edges; they are placed
630. Erinus with branching flowers. Ageratum ſerra- alternate, and have pretty long foot-ſtalks.
The
tum, Alpinum, glabrum, fiore purpurafcente. Tourn. flowers come out from the fide of the ſtalks, fome-
R. H. 651. Smooth fawed Alpine Ageratum, having a times ſingle, at other times two or three at a joint,
purpliſh flower.
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks ; they are white, and are fuc-
2. ERINUS (Tomentoſus) tomentoſus, caulibus procum- ceeded by round feed-vefſels, filled with ſmall feeds.
The
a

E RI
E RU
ance ;
The fifth fort fends out many trailing ſmooth ftalks, Lavender Cotton, but not quite ſo rank. The flowers
which branch out very much on every ſide; they are produced in ſmall cluſters at the extremity of the
grow about ſeven or eight inches long, and are gar- branches, ſtanding erect; they are tubulous. The
niſhed with ſmall oval leaves placed oppoſite. The female florets which compoſe the rays, form a hol-
flowers come out in whorls, fitting very cloſe to the low, in the middle of which the hermaphrodite flow-
ſtalks ; they are white, and make but little appear- ers are ſituated which form the diſk. The border
theſe are ſucceeded by round capſules, filled is white, with a little reddiſh caſt on the inſide, and
with ſmall feeds.
the diſk is of a purpliſh colour. The flowers appear
The ſixth fort ſends out ſeveral trailing ſtalks about in autumn, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in this
fix inches long, which divide into many ſmaller country
branches; theſe are garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves, This plant is propagated by cuttings, which may be
ſtanding oppoſite. The flowers come out ſingly from planted any time from May to the middle of Auguſt,
the ſide of the ſtalk; they are of a bright yellow, and for if they are planted later in the ſeaſon, there will
ſtand on long ſlender foot-ftalks; theſe are ſucceeded not be time for thein to get good root before the
by oval feed-veſſels, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
winter; theſe cuttings ſhould be planted in ſmall pots
The fourth fort is a perennial ſhrubby plant, which filled with light earth, and plunged into a very mo-
will continue ſeveral years, if kept in a warm ſtove ;
derate hot-bed, where they ſhould be ſhaded from
but the ſecond, third, fifth, and fixth forts are annual, the ſun till they have taken root; theſe muſt be re-
decaying ſoon after they have perfected their feeds. freſhed with water two or three times a week, but
Theſe are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown they ſhould not have too much at each time, for
in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a mo- much moiſture is very hurtful to theſe plants. When
derate hot-bed, where ſometimes the plants will come
the cuttings have taken root, they ſhould be gradu-
up in five or fix weeks, and at other times the ſeeds ally inured to the open air, to prevent their ſhoots
do not vegetate till the following ſpring; this hap- from being drawn up weak; afterward they ſhould
pens frequently when the feeds have been kept long be removed into the open air, and placed in a ſhela
after they were gathered. When the plants are fit to tered ſituation, where they may remain till October,
remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate when they muſt be removed into an airy glaſs-caſe,
ſmall pot filled with light earth, not too rich with that they may have as much fun as poſſible, and en-
dung, and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners joy the free air in mild weather, but ſecured froin
bark. When they have taken new root, they ſhould froſt and damp air, either of which will ſoon deſtroy
be treated in the ſame way as other plants from thoſe them. During the winter they muſt be ſparingly wa-
countries, by admitting proper air to them at all times tered, for the reaſon before given ; but, in the ſum-
when the weather is warm, and frequently refreſhing mer, when the plants are placed in the open air, they
them with water: with this management the annual will require to be frequently refreſhed with water in
forts will flower in July and Auguſt, and frequently
hot weather.
ripen their ſeeds in autumn, if the plants are brought
Theſe plants retain their leaves all the year, ſo
forward early in the ſpring, otherwiſe the winter will they add to the variety of exotics in the winter
come on before their feeds ripen.
ſeaſon.
The ſhrubby kind muſt be placed in the bark-ſtove ERUCA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 226. tab. 111. Bral-
in autumn, and during the winter the plants ſhould fica. Lin. Gen. 734. Rocket; in French, Roquette.
be frequently refreſhed with water, but it muſt not
The CHARACTERS are,
be given them in large quantities, nor too often re- The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong
peated in cold weather, for moiſture will then deſtroy leaves, which ſtand erect, forming a tube. The flower
them; the ſecond year the plants will flower and per- hath four oblong petals, placed in form of a croſs, which
fect their feeds.
are rounded at their ends, where they are broad, but
ERIOCEPHALUS. Dill. Hort. Elth. 110. Lin. narrow at their baſe, and are much longer than the em-
Gen. Plant. 890.
palement. It hath fix ſtamina, four of which are a little
The CHARACTERS are,
longer than the empalement; the other two are shorter,
It bath e radiated flower, compoſed of female half flo-
terminated by acute ſegments. It hath an oblong taper gera
rets which form the rays, and hermaphrodite florets, which men, Supporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe bifid
form the diſk; theſe are included in one common ſcaly em- Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a taper-cornered
palement. The bermopiprodite florets are funnel-ſhaped, pod with two cells, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
and cut into five parts at the brin, which Spread open ; This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
theſe have five short hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindri- of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which includes the plants
cal ſummits; they have a ſmall naked germen, ſupporting whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhort ſtamina,
a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a pointed ſtigma; theſe are bar-
and their feeds are contained in long pods. Dr.
The female florets have their petals ſtretched out Linnæus has joined the common Rocket to his ge-
on one ſide like a tongue, which is divided at the end into nus of Braſſica, and ſome of the other ſpecies he has
three ſmall lobes ; theſe have no ftamina, but an oval diſtributed under his other genera; but as the com-
naked germen, with a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an inflexed mon Rocket has been long eſtabliſhed as an officinal
ſtigma ; theſe have one naked ſeed, ſitting on the naked plain plant, I chuſe to continue this genus by its old
receptacle.
title.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection The SPECIES are,
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe 1. ERUCA (Sativa) foliis pinnato-laciniatis, laciniis ex-
plants with compound flowers, whoſe hermaphrodite terioribus majoribus. Rocket with wing-fhaped jagged
florets are barren, and the female half forets are leaves, whoſe outer ſegments are the largeſt. Eruca ſa-
fruitful.
tiva major annua, flore albo ftriato. J. B. 2. 859.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. Greater Garden annual Rocket with a white ſtriped
ERIOCEPHALUS (Africanus.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 926. We flower.
have no proper title for this in Engliſh. Eriocepha- 2. ERUCA (Bellidis folia) foliis lanceolatis, pinnato-den-
lus ſempervirens, foliis faſciculatis & digitatis. Hort. tatis, caule nudo fimplici. Rocket with Spear-ſhaped
Elth. 132. Evergreen Eriocephalus with fingered leaves leaves which are indented, and a naked ſingle ſtalk. E-
growing in bunches.
ruca bellidis folio. Mor. Hiſt. 2. 231. Rocket with a
This plant hath a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes from Daily leaf.
four to fix feet high, putting out many ſide branches 3. Eruca (Perennis) foliis pinnatis glabris, caule ramo-
the whole length, cloſely garniſhed with woolly fo, floribus terminalibus. Rocket with winged ſmooth
leaves, which come out in cluſters; ſome of theſe leaves, and a branching ſtalk terminated by flowers. Eruca
are taper and entire, others are divided into three or tenuifolia perennis, flore luteo. J. B. 2. 861. Narrow
five parts, which ſpread open like a hand; they have leaved perennial Rocket with a yellow flower.
a ſtrong ſmell when bruiſed, approaching to that of
4. ERUCA
ren.
و
5 G

E RU
E RV
a
و
4. Eruca (Afpera) foliis dentato-pinnatifidis kirſutis, in form of a winged leaf, they are five or fix inches
caule hiſpido, filiquis lævibus. Rocket with indented, long, and one inch and a half broad, of a light green,
wing-pointed, hairy leaves, a rough ſtalk, and ſmooth having a hot biting taſte; the ſtalks riſe about a foot
pods. Eruca fylveftris, major, lutea, caule aſpero. high, they are ſtrong, and divide into ſeveral branches;
C. B. P. 98. Greater wild Saffron-coloured Rocket with theſe are garniſhed with a ſingle leaf at each joint,
a rough ſtalk:
thaped like thoſe below, but ſmaller. The flowers
5. Eruca (Tenacetifolia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceo- are produced in looſe cluſters at the end of the
latis pinnatifidis. Prod. Leyd. 342. Rocket with winged branches; theſe are white, and near as large as thoſe of
leaves, whoſe lobes are Spear-ſhaped and wing-pointed. the Garden Rocket, and are fucceeded by taper pods
Eruca Tenacetifolia. H. R. Par. Rocket with a Tanſey three inches long, containing two rows of round ſeeds.
leaf.
Theſe plants are preſerved in ſome gardens for the
6. ERUCA (Vininia) foliis finuato-pinnatis, feffilibus, ſake of variety, therefore they are here mentioned;
caule ramoſo. Rocket with wing-ſhaped finuated leaves and thoſe who are inclined to cultivate them, may do
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which are branching. Eruca it by ſowing their ſeeds on a bed of light earth in an
Sicula burfæ paftoris folio. C. B.P. 98. Sicilian Rocket open ſituation, and when the plants come up, they
with a Shepherd's Purſe leaf.
will require no other culture but to thin them, and
The firſt fort is an annual plant, which was formerly keep them clear from weeds. They flower in June
much cultivated in the gardens as a ſallad herb, but and July, and their feeds ripen in Auguſt.
at preſent is little known here, for it has been long ERUCAGO. See Bunias.
rejected on account of its ſtrong ungrateful ſmell. ERVUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 784. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
It ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants, but at pre- 398. tab. 221. Bitter Vetch.
ſent is ſeldom uſed, though it is reckoned a provoca-
The CHARACTERS are,
tive and a good diuretic. If it is propagated for ſal- The empalement of the flower is divided into five equal
lads, the feeds ihould be fown in drills, in the ſame parts, which end in acute points; the flower is of the
manner as is uſually practiſed for other ſmall ſallad butterfly kind, having a large, roundiſh, plain ſtandard,
herbs; for it muſt be eaten young, otherwiſe it will two obtuſe wings half the length of the ſtandard, and a
be too ſtrong for moſt palates. The winter and ſpring sporter keel which is pointed. It bath ten ſtamina, nine
ſeaſons are the times when this herb is uſed; for joined, and one ſtanding ſeparate, terminated by ſingle
when it is fown in the ſummer, the plants ſoon run up ſummits. It hath an oblong germen, ſupporting a riſing
to feed, and are then too rank. Where it is culti- Style, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward
vated for the ſeed, which is ſometimes uſed in medi- becomes an oblong taper pod, jointed between each ſeed.
cine, they ſhould be fown in March, on an open ſpot This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
of ground; and when the plants have put out four Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe
leaves, the ground ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the plants with a butterfly flower, with ten ſtamina ſepa-
weeds, and the plants muſt be thinned, ſo as to leave rated in two bodies. To this genus Dr. Linnæus
them three or four inches aſunder; and in about five has joined the Lens of Tournefort, and ſome ſpecies
or ſix weeks after, the ground ſhould be a ſecond time of Vicia. The difference which he makes between
hoed to deſtroy the weeds, which, if well performed, Vicia and Ervum is only in their ſtigmas, that of
will prevent them from growing to injure the plants, Vicia having an obtufe ftigma, bearded on the under
till the ſeeds are ripe; when the plants ſhould be ſide, and that of the Ervum is ſmooth.
drawn up, and ſpread upon a cloth in the ſun for two
The SPECIES are,
or three days to dry, then the ſeeds may be beaten 1. ERVUM (Ervilia) germinibus undato-plicatis foliis
out of the pods, and put up for uſe.
impari pinnatis. Hort. Upfal. 224. Ervum whoſe ger-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France mens are waved and folded, and unequal winged leaves.
and Italy, where it is often eaten as a ſallad herb; Eryum verum. Camer. Hort. The true Bitter Vetch.
this hath many ſpear-ſhaped leaves ariſing from the 2. Ervum (Lens) pedunculis fubbifioris ſeminibus com-
root, which are four or five inches long, and one inch preſfis convexis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 738. Ervum with
broad in the middle, regularly indented on their foot-talks having two flowers, and compreſſed ſeeds which
edges, and ſpread on the ground; the ſtalks are ſingle, are convex. Lens vulgaris. C. B. P. 346. Common
and riſe about a foot high; they are naked, ſeldom Lentils.
having more than one leaf, which is ſituated at the 3. Ervum (Monanthos) pedunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp.
,
bottom; the flowers grow in looſe bunches on the Plant. 738. Ervum with one flower on each foot-ſtalk.
top of the ſtalks, which are ſucceeded by pods two Lens monanthos. H. L. 360. One flowered Lentil.
inches long, having two cells filled with ſmall round 4. Ervum (Tetraſpermum) pedunculis ſubbifloris, ſemi-
ſeeds. This is an annual plant, which may be pro- nibus globoſis quaternis. Flor. Suec. 606. Ervum with
pagated by feeds in the fame manner as the former. two flower's on each foot-ſtalk, and four globular ſeeds in
The third fort grows naturally about Paris, and in each pod. Vicia ſegetum fingularibus filiquis glabris.
many other parts of Europe; the leaves of this are C. B. P. 345. Corn Vetch with ſingle ſmooth pods.
narrow, and regularly divided like a winged leaf; the 5. Ervum (Hirſutum) pedunculis multifloris, feminibus
Italks branch out upward, and are terminated by loofe globofis binis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 738. Ervum having
ſpikes of yellow flowers. This hath a perennial root, many flowers on a foot-ſtalk, and two globular ſeeds in
and an annual ſtalk.
each pod. Vicia fegetum, cum filiquis plurimis hir-
The fourth ſort grows naturally upon old walls and ſutis. C. B. P. 345. Corn-Vetch having many hairy pods.
buildings in many parts of England, where it con- The firſt ſort grows naturally in Italy and Spain :
tinues flowering all the ſummer, but is rarely admitted it is an annual plant, which riſes with angular weak
into gardens. It is ſometimes uſed in medicine, for ſtalks a foot and a half high, garniſhed at each joint
which reaſon I have here mentioned it.
with one winged leaf, compoſed of fourteen or fif-
The fifth fortgrows naturally about Turin, from whence teen pair of lobes, very like thoſe of the Vetch, but
I received the feeds. This hath fine divided leaves, narrower; the flowers come out from the ſide of the
fomewhat like thoſe of Tanſey, but are of a hoary ſtalks, on foot-ſtalks an inch long, each fuſtaining
green colour; the ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, two pale-coloured flowers, which are fucceeded by
which are fully garniſhed with leaves of the ſame ſhort pods a little compreſſed, each having three or
form, but gradually diminiſh in their ſize upward; four round feeds; the pods ſwell at the place where
the flowers are produced in cluſters at the top of the each feed is lodged, ſo that it is called a jointed pod
Italks, they are ſmall, and of a pale yellow colour ; by many. The ſeeds of this plant ground to flour
theſe are ſucceeded by ſlender taper pods two inches is ſometimes ufed in medicine; and the green herb
long, which contain two rows of ſmall round ſeeds. is uſed for feeding of cattle in ſome countries, but it
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain; is not worth cultivating for that purpoſe in England.
this is an annual plant, with many oblong leaves, The ſecond fort is the common Lentil, which is cul-
which are ſmooth and regularly ſinuared on their fides, tivated in many parts of England, either as fodder
a
3
for

ERY
E RY
a
for 'cattle, or for the feeds, which are frequently uſed
The Species are,
for rneagre foups. This is alſo an annual plant, and 1. ERYNGIUM (Maritimum) foliis radicalibus ſubrotura
is one of the leaſt of the pulſe kind, which is cul- dis plicatis fpinofis, capitulis pedunculatis. Hort.
tivated: it riſes with weak ſtalks a foot and a half Cliff. 87. Sea Holly whoſe lower leaves are folded, roundiß,
high, garniſhed with winged leaves at each joint, and prickly, and Power-beads having foot-ſtalks. Eryn-
compoſed of ſeveral pair of narrow lobes, terminated gium maritimum. C. B. P. 386. Sea Holly, or Eryngo.
by a tendril or claſper, which faſtens to any neigh- 2. ERYNGIUM (Campeſtre) foliis amplexicaulibus pinnato
bouring plant, and is thereby ſupported; the flowers laciniatis. Hort. Cliff. 87. Sea Holly whoſe leaves em-
come out upon ſhort foot-ſtalks from the ſide of the brace the ſtalks, and are cut like winged leaves. Eryngium
branches; they are ſmall, of a pale purple colour, vulgare. C. B. P. 386. Common Eryngo.
three or four ſtanding upon a foot-ſtalk; theſe are 3. ERYNCIUM (Planum) foliis radicalibus ovalibus planis
fucceeded by ſhort filat pods, containing two or three crenatis, capitulis pedunculatis. Hort. Cliff. 87. Sea
ſeeds, which are flat, round, and a little convex in Holly whoſe lower leaves are plain, oval, and crenated,
the middle. The flowers appear in May, and the with flower-beads having foot-ſtalks. Eryngium latifo-
feeds ripen in July. The ſeeds of this plant are com- lium planum. C. B. P. 386. Broad-leaved plain Eryngo.
monly fown in March, where the land is dry, but in 4. ERYNGIUM (Amethyſtinum) foliis trifidis bafi ſubpin-
moiſt ground the beſt time is in April. The uſual
natis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 337. Eryngo with trifid leaves,
quantity of ſeed allowed to an acre of land, is from and thoſe at the baſe winged. Eryngium montanum
one buſhel and a half to two buſhels. If theſe are amethyſtinum. C. B. P. 386. Purple Violet-coloured
ſown in drills in the ſame manner as Peas, they will
Mountain Eryngo.
ſucceed better than when they are fown in broad caft: 5. ERYNGIUM (Palleſcente) foliis radicalibus rotundato-
the drills ſhould be a foot and a half aſunder, to al-
multifidis, capitulis pedunculatis. Eryngo whoſe lower
low room for the Dutch hoe to clean the ground be- leaves are roundiſh and multifid, having foot-ſtalks to the
tween them; for if the weeds are permitted to grow heads of flowers. Eryngium Alpinum amethyſtinum,
among them, they will get above the Lentils and capitulo majore palleſcente. Tourn. Inft. 328. Alpine
ftarve them. The feeds of theſe will ripen in July, Eryngo with a large pale-coloured head.
when the plants ſhould be cut and dried, and after- 6. ERYNGIUM (Orientale) foliis radicalibus pinnatis,
ward the feeds ſhould be threſhed out for uſe.
ſerrato-ſpinoſis, foliolis trifidis. Eryngo whoſe lower
The ſeeds of Lentils are frequently the common food leaves are winged, Spiny indented, and the ſmaller ones tri-
of the poorer fort of people in ſome of the iſlands of fid. Eryngium Orientale, foliis trifidis. T. Cor. 23.
the Archipelago, and other warm countries, when Oriental Eryngo with trifid leaves.
they can meet with no better fare ; for theſe they 7. ERYNGIUM ( Aquaticum) foliis gladiatis ferrato-ſpinoſis,
loath, when they have better food, from whence floralibus indivilis caule fimplici. Lin. Sp. Plant. 336.
came the proverb, Dives fačtus jam difit gaudere Eryngo with ſword-ſhaped leaves which are fpiny and in-
lente; which is applied to thoſe who ſpurn at thoſe dented, and the upper ones entire. Eryngium foliis gla-
things in eaſy circumſtances, which they were glad of diolatis utrinque laxè ſerratis, denticulis fubulatis.
in a low condition.
Lin. Hort. Cliff. 88. American Sea Holly with leaves like
There is another fort of Lentil which has been cul- the Aloe, lightly ſawed, commonly called Rattleſnake Weed
tivated of late years in England, by the title of
in America.
French Lentil. This is the Lens major of Caſpar 8. ERYNGIUM (Pufillum) foliis radicalibus oblongis in-
Bauhin, and is undoubtedly a different ſpecies from ciſis, caule dichotomo, capitulis ſeſſilibus. Hort.
the common, being twice the ſize, both in plant and Cliff. 87. Eryngo with oblong lower leaves which are cut,
ſeed, and conſtantly produces the ſame from ſeeds, a ſtalk divided by pairs, and heads fitting cloſe. Eryn-
though they do not differ much in their characters, gium planum minus. C. B. P. 386. Leffer plain Eryngo.
but this is much better worth cultivating than the 9. ERYNGIUM ( Alpinum) foliis radicalibus cordatis ob-
other. This pulſe is frequently called Tills in many longis, caulinis pinnatifidis, capitulo fubcylindrico.
parts of England.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 233. Eryngo with oblong, heart-ſhaped,
The third fort is very like the common Lentil, but lower leaves, thoje upon the ſtalks wing-pointed, and cya
differs from it, in having but one flower on each lindrical beads. Eryngium Alpinum cæruleum, capi-
foot-ſtalk, whereas the other has three or four, but tulis diſpaci. C. B. P. 386. Blue Alpine Eryngo with
in other reſpects is the ſame, ſo may be cultivated in heads like the Teaſel.
the ſame manner.
10. ERYNGIUM (Fotidum) foliis radicalibus ſubenſifora
The fourth and fifth forts are ſmall annual Vetches, mibus ferratis floralibus multifidis caule dichotomo.
which grow naturally among the Wheat and Rye in Lin. Sp. Plant. 336. Eryngo with ſword-ſhaped lower
many parts of England, ſo are not admitted into gar- leaves having ſpiny ſaws, the upper leaves ending in many
dens; they are only mentioned here as weeds, which points. Eryngium foliis anguſtis ſerratis foetidum.
may be eaſily rooted out of the fields, if they are cut Sloan. Cat. Jam. 127. Stinking Eryngo having narrow
up when they begin to flower, and not permitted to Jawed leaves, commonly called Feverweed.
ripen their feeds; for as they have annual roots, ſo if The firſt of theſe ſpecies grows in great plenty on the
they do not ſcatter their ſeeds, they may be foon ſandy and gravelly ſhores in divers parts of England,
deſtroyed.
the roots of which are candied, and ſent to London
ERVUM ORIENTALE. See Sophora. for medicinal uſe, and is the true Eryngo. This hath
ERYNGIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 287. Tourn. Inft. creeping roots, which run deep into the ground; the
R. H. 327. tab. 173. Sea Holly, or Eryngo.
leaves are roundiſh, ſtiff, and of a gray colour, ſet with
The CHARACTERS are,
ſharp ſpines on the edges. The ſtalks riſe a foot high,
It hath many ſmall flowers fitting upon one common conical and divide upward into two or three ſmaller branches;
receptacle, whoſe involucrum is compoſed of ſeveral plain they are ſmooth, and garniſhed ateach joint with leaves
teaves; the flowers have a five-leaved ere&t empalement, of the fame form as the lower, but ſmaller, which
coloured on the upper ſide, fitting upon the germen; theſe embrace the ſtalks with their baſe ; at the end of the
forin a roundiſh general umbel, which is uniform. The branches come out the flowers in roundiſh prickly
powers have five oblong petals, which ere turned inward heads; under each is ſituated a range of narrow, ſtiff,
et top and botton, and five erect hairy ſtamina, ſtanding prickly leaves, ſpreading like the rays of a ſtar; the
;
above the flowers, terminated by oblong ſummits; under flowers are of a whitiſh blue colour. They appear in
the empalement is ſituated a prickly germen, ſupporting two July, and the ſtalks decay in autumn.
flender Styles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmes. The germen af- This fort will grow in a garden, if the roots are
terword becomes an oval fruit divided in two parts, each planted in a gravelly foil, and produce their flowers
having one oblong taper ſeed.
annually; but the roots will not grow near fo large
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection or fleſhy as thoſe which grow on the ſea-ſhore, where
of Linnæus's hifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants they are flowed with ſalt water. The beſt time to
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles. tranſplant the roots is in autumn, when their leaves
a
decay.
E RY
ERY
---

و
decay; the young roots are much better to remove
than the old, becauſe they are furniſhed with fibres,
ſo will readily take root: when theſe are fixed in the
ground, they ſhould remain unremoved; and if they
are kept clean from weeds, it is all the culture they
will require
The ſecond fort grows naturally in feveral parts of
England, where it is a very troubleſome weed, for
the roots run deep into the ground, fo are not eaſily
deſtroyed by the plough; and they ſpread and mul-
tiply greatly in the ground, to the prejudice of
whatever is fown or planted on the land, therefore it
is not admitted into gardens.
The third fort makes a very pretty appearance when
it is in flower, eſpecially that with the blue ſtalks and
flowers, for there is a variety of this with white flow-
ers and ſtalks ; but as this doth not ſpread at the
root, but keeps within bounds, ſo a few of the plants
ſhould be allowed a place in the pleaſure-garden. This
is propagated by ſeeds, which, if ſown in the autumn,
will more certainly ſucceed than when it is ſown in
the ſpring, for the latter commonly remains in the
ground a year before they vegetate; and if the ſeeds
are fown where the plants are to remain, they will
flower ſtronger than thoſe which are tranſplanted; for
as they have long downright roots, fo theſe are com-
monly broken in taking out of the ground, which
greatly weaken the plants. The culture they require
is to thin them where they are too near, keep them
clean from weeds, and dig the ground about them
every ſpring before they ſhoot.
The ſtalks of this ſort will riſe from two to three
feet high, the lower leaves are oval and plain ; thoſe
of the white fort are of a lighter green than thoſe of
the blue; the upper part of the ſtalks of the white
are of that colour, thoſe of the blue are of the colour
of amethyſt; the ſtalks divide upward, where they
are garniſhed with leaves divided into many points
ending with ſpines; the flowers are produced in oval
heads at the top of the ſtalk, ſtanding upon ſeparate
foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out in July, and the
ſeeds ripen in September.
The fourth fort grows naturally upon the mountains
of Syria, and alſo upon the Apennines. The lower
leaves of this ſort are divided like the fingers of a
hand, into five or fix ſegments, which are very much
cut at their extremities into many parts, and have
ſmall ſpines; the ſtalk riſes about two feet high, gar-
nished with ſmaller and more divided leaves; the
upper part of the ſtalk, and alſo the heads of flowers,
are of the fineſt amethyſt colour, ſo that they make
a very fine appearance. This ſort flowers in July,
and when the autumn proves dry, their feeds will
ripen in September, but in wet ſeaſons the ſeeds never
ripen in England. This is propagated by feeds in the
fame manner as the former fort.
The fifth fort has been ſuppoſed by many, to be only
a variety of the fourth; but I have propagated it by
feeds more than thirty years, without finding the leaſt
alteration, ſo that I make no doubt of its being a
diſtinct ſpecies. The lower leaves of this are very
much divided, and the extremity of the ſegments
form an oval or circle; theſe are divided into many
fine parts, which end in fpines; they are of a whitiſh
gray in the middle, and green on the borders. The
Italks riſe about two feet high, garniſhed at the joints
with ſmaller leaves which are finely cut; the fowers
terminate the ſtalk, they are of a light blue colour,
and grow in larger heads than either of the former
forts. It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn. This grows naturally on the Alps ;
it is a perennial plant, and may be propagated by
feeds in the ſame inanner as the former.
The fixth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant, from whence he ſent the feeds to the
royal garden at Paris. This hath a perennial root,
the lower leaves are regularly divided into ſeven or
nine parts to the inidrib, as the other winged leaves';
theſe ſegments are fawed on their edges, which end
in ſharp thorns. The ſtalks riſe two feet high,
fending out fide branches, garniſhed with ſtiff leaves,
which are divided into narrower ſegments than the
lower, and are terminated by three points. The flow-
ers terminate the ſtalks, ſitting cloſe among the leaves,
and are of a fine blue, as are alſo the leaves on the
upper part of the ſtalks, ſo they make a pretty ap-
pearance. This flowers in July, but feldom ripens
ſeeds in England. It is propagated in the ſame manner
as the three former forts, and the plants require the
ſame treatment.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca-
rolina, where it is titled Rattleſnake Weed, from its
virtues of curing the bite of that venomous reptile.
This hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
long leaves, which are fawed on their edges, ending
in ſpines; theſe leaves are diſpoſed round the root,
after the ſame form of the Aloe or Yucca; they are
of a gray colour, a foot long or more, and one inch
and a half broad, ftiff, and end in ſpines. The ſtalk
is ſtrong, grows two feet high, dividing upward into
ſeveral foot-ſtalks, each being terminated by an oval
head of flowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the former forts ;
they are white, with a little caſt of pale blue. This
fort flowers in July, but unleſs the ſeaſon is very
warm, the feeds will not ripen in England.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in
pots and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, the plants
will come up much ſooner than thoſe which are fown
in the full ground, whereby they will be much
ſtronger before the winter. When the plants are fit
to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate
ſmall pot, filled with light earth; and if they are
plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will forward
their taking root; then they muſt be gradually inured
to bear the open air, into which they may be re-
moved toward the latter end of May, and placed
among other hardy exotic plants. When the plants
have filled theſe pots with their roots, ſome of them
may be ſhaken out, and planted in a warm border;
the others may be put into larger pots, and in the
autumn placed under a common frame, where they
may be expoſed to the free air in mild weather, but
ſheltered from ſevere froft: the following ſpring theſe
may be turned out of the pots, and planted in a
warm ſituation, where they will endure the cold of
our ordinary winters very well, and if in ſevere froſt
they are covered with Straw, Peas-haulm, or any
ſuch light covering, it will ſecure them from injury.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy.
This puts out oblong plain leaves from the root,
which are cut on their edges; the ſtalks riſe about a
foot high, and branch out into many forked divifions,
which are regular, and at each of theſe diviſions is
ſituated a ſmall head of flowers, fitting very cloſe be-
tween the branches. Theſe have no great beauty, ſo
the plants are ſeldom cultivated in gardens, except
for the ſake of variety.
The ninth fort grows naturally on the mountains of
Helvetia and Italy. The root is perennial, the lower
leaves are oblong, heart-ſhaped, and plain; the ſtalks
riſe from two to three feet high, branching out on
their fides upward; theſe are garniſhed with ſtiff leaves,
which are deeply divided, ending in many points with
ſharp ſpines; the flowers terminate the ſtalks, they
are collected into conical heads, and are of a light
blue colour, as are alſo the upper part of the ſtalks.
This flowers in July, and the ſeeds are ripe in Sep-
tember ; it is propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner
as the other forts.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where it is much uſed in medicine, being accounted
of great ſervice in the cure of fevers, from whence it
hath the appellation of Feverweed in thoſe countries.
The roots of this plant are compoſed of many ſmall
fibres, which ſpread near the ſurface; the lower leaves
are fix or ſeven inches long; they are narrow at their
baſe, and enlarge upward to an inch in breadth near
the where they are rounded off on one ſide like
a fcymitar; they are finely fawed on their edges, and
are of a light green colour; the ſtalk riſes about a
3
foot
top,

E RY
E RY
a
foot high, and ſpreads out into many branches, gar- The firſt fort is uſed in medicine; this grows naturally
niſhed with ſmall leaves, which end in many points ; on the ſide of foot-paths, and upon old walls in moſt
the flowers are produced in ſmall heads which ſit cloſe parts of England, fo is rarely cultivated in gardens,
to the ſtalks, coming out at every diviſion of the where, if it is once admitted, will foon become a
ſtalks, and at the end of the branches; theſe are of troubleſome weed.
a dull white colour, ſo make little appearance. They The ſecond and third forts alſo grow naturally on the
appear in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. banks in moſt parts of England, theſe were formerly
;
As this plant is a native of hot countries, ſo it will eaten in winter fallads, before the Engliſh gardens
not thrive in England, but in a warm ſtove. It is were furniſhed with better plants; ſince when they
propagated by feeds, which muſt be ſown on a hot- have been rejected, for they have a rank ſmell, and
bed; and when the plants are fit to remove, they are diſagreeable to the palate.
ſhould be each planted into a ſmall pot, and plunged The fourth and fifth forts are not natives of this
into the bark-bed, and afterward treated like other
country, but fince they have been introduced into
tender plants from the ſame country; the ſecond year fome Engliſh gardens, they have propagated them-
they will produce flowers and feeds, ſoon after which felves by their ſcattered feeds in ſo plentiful a manner,
they commonly decay.
as to become troubleſome weeds. Theſe have a re-
ERY SIMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 729. Tourn. Inft. ſemblance of the common Winter Creſs, but the
R. H. 228. tab. 111. ['Epúoruov, of égów, Gr. to draw lower leaves of the fourth fort are entire, and of an
out, becauſe this plant, by means of its hot quality, oblong form; the upper leaves are oblong and in-
has the quality of drawing any thing out of the body dented, in which this differs.
in which it lies hid.] Hedge-Muſtard; in French, The fifth fort hath thicker leaves, which are of a
Velar, or Tortelle.
dark lucid green colour, and the flowers come out
The CHARACTERS are,
ſingle from the wings of the ſtalk the whole length.
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong, Theſe differences are laſting, and do not alter.
oval, coloured leaves; the flower hath four petals, placed The ſixth fort grows naturally on the ſides of banks
in form of a croſs; theſe are oblong, plain, and obtuſe; in many parts of England, ſo is not ſuffered to have
it hath two ne&tarious glands, ſituated between the ſtamina. a place in gardens. This was formerly eaten as a
It hath fix ſtamina, four of which are the length of the ſallad herb by the poorer ſort of people, who gave
empalement, the other two are a little ſhorter, terminated it the title of Sauce alone. This hath a rank ſmell
by ſingle ſummits. It hath a very narrow four-cornered and taſte of Garlick, and is very biting and hot on
germen as long as the ſtamina, with a ſhort ſtyle, crowned
the palate; it is frequently preſcribed in medicine.
by a ſmall permanent ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes The ſeventh ſort is ſometimes found growing natu-
a long, narrow, four-cornered pod with two cells, filled rally upon old walls in ſome parts of England, parti-
with ſmall round ſeeds.
cularly at Cambridge and Ely, at both which places
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection I have obſerved it. This hath pretty long, hairy, ſoft
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which includes thoſe leaves at the root; the ſtalks riſe near a foot high,
plants whoſe fowers have four long and two ſhort their upper part being garniſhed with ſmall greeniſh
itamina, and the feeds are included in long pods. white flowers in looſe ſpikes; theſe are ſucceeded by
The SPECIES are,
long compreſſed pods which hang downward. It
1. ERYSIMUM (Oficinale) filiquis fpicæ adpreſſis foliis flowers in May, and the feeds ripen in July and Au-
runcinatis. Hort. Cliff. 337. Hedge Muſtard whoſe pods guft; but the roots will abide ſeveral years, if they
are preſſed cloſe to the ſpikes. Eryſimum vulgare. C. B. P. have a dry lean foil, or grow upon a wall, for in rich
100. Common Hedge Muſtard.
land they foon decay.
2. ERYSIMUM (Barbarea) foliis lyratis extimo ſubrotun- The other forts are ſometimes kept in botanic gar-
do. Flor. Suec. 557. Hedge Muſtard with harp-ſhaped dens for the ſake of variety; they are biennial plants,
leaves, the outer ſegment being roundiſh. Sifymbrium which periſh after they have perfected their feeds.
erucæ folio glabro flore. Tourn. Inft. 226. Winter Theſe may be propagated by fowing their ſeeds in the
Creſs with a Rocket leaf and yellow flower.
autumn, in the places where they are to remain, and
3. ERYSIMUM (Vernum) foliis radicalibus lyratis, caulinis require no other culture but to thin them, and keep
pinnato-ſinuatis, fioribus laxè fpicatis. Hedge Muſtard them clear from weeds.
with lower leaves ſhaped like a harp, thoſe on the ſtalks ERYTHRIN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 762. Corallo-
finuated and winged, and flowers growing in looſe Spikes. dendron. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 661. tab. 446. Coral-
Sifymbrium erucæ folio glabro minus & præcocius. tree.
Tourn. Inft. 226. Smaller early Winter-Creſs with a
The CHARACTERS are,
ſmooth Rocket leaf.
The flower hath a tubulous empalement of one leaf, which
4. ERYSIMUM (Orientale) foliis radicalibus ovatis inte- is entire and indented at the brim. The flower is of the
gerrimis, petiolis decurrentibus, caulinis oblongis butterfly kind, compoſed of five petals; the ſtandard is
dentatis feffilibus. Hedge Muſtard with lower leaves oval Spear-ſhaped, and deflexed on the ſtyles; it is very long,
and entire, a winged foot-ſtalk, and the leaves upon the and riſes upward; the two wings are ſcarce longer than
Stalks oblong, indented, and fitting cloſe. Siſymbrium the empalement, and are oval; the keel is compoſed of two
Orientale barbareæ facie, plantaginis folio. Tourn. petals which are no longer than the wings, and are in-
Cor. 16. Oriental Siſymbrium with the appearance of dented at the top; it hath ten ſtamina which are joined
Water-Creſs and a Plantain Leaf.
below, and are a little curved, about half as long as the
ERYSIMUM (Minus) foliis inferioribus pinnato-finuatis, ſtandard, and are unequal in their length, terminated by
fuperioribus oblongis dentatis, floribus folitariis ala- arrow-pointed ſummits; it hath an awl-ſhaped germen
ribus. Hedge Muſtard whoſe lower leaves are winged and with a foot-ſtalk, narrowed at the ſtyle, which is the
ſinuated, the upper oblong and indented, and ſingle flowers length of the ſtamina, terminated by a ſingle ſtigma. The
proceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks. Siſymbrium minus germen afterward becomes a long ſwelling pod ending in
erucæ folio glabro nigro, craffo lucido. Boerh. Ind. an acute point, having one cell, filled with kidney-ſhaped
alt. 2. 16. Smaller Winter Creſs, with a ſmooth, dark, seeds.
thick, ſhining Rocket leaf.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
6. ErysiMUM (Alliaria) foliis cordatis. Hort. Cliff
. 338. Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes the plants
Hedge Muſtard with heart-ſhaped leaves. Hefperis al- with a butterfly flower, having ten ſtamina joined in
lium redolens. Mor. Hift. 2. 252. Dames Violet ſmelling two bodies.
like Garlick, commonly called Alliaria, Sauce alone, or
The SPECIES are,
Jack by the Hedge.
1. ERYTHRINA (Herbacea) foliis ternatis, caule fimpli-
7. Erysimum (Cheiranthoides) foliis lanceolatis integer- ciſfimo inermi. Hort. Cliff. 354. Erythrina with tri-
rimis. Flor. Lapp. 263. Hedge Muſtard with entire foliate leaves, and a ſingle ſmooth ſtalk. Corallodendron
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Leucoium heſperidis folio. Tourn. humile, fpicâ florum longiffimâ, radice craffiffimâ.
Inft. 221. Gilliflower with a Dames Violet leaf.
Cateſb. Carol. 49. tab. 49. Low Coral-tree with a very
5 H
long
a
5.
a

E RY
ERY
a
a
و
a
long Spike of flowers and thick root, commonly called the
Carolina Coral-tree.
2. ERYTHRINA (Corallodendron) inermis, foliis ternatis,
caule arboreo. Smooth Erythrina with trifoliate leaves,
and a tree-like ſtalk. Coral arbor Americana. Hort.
Amſt. 1. p. 211. Smooth American Coral-tree.
3. ERYTHRINA (Spinoſa) foliis ternatis, caule arboreo
aculeato. Hort. Cliff. 354. Erythrina with trifoliate
leaves, and a tree-like prickly ſtalk. Corallodendron tri-
phyllum Americanum, fpinofum, flore ruberrimo.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 661. Prickly three-leaved American
Corel-tree, with a very red flower.
4. ERYTHRINA (Pitta) foliis ternatis aculeatis caule ar-
boreo aculeato. Lin. Sp. 993. Erythrina with trifoliate
prickly leaves, and a prickly tree-like ſtalk. Coralloden-
dron triphyllon Americanum, minus fpinis & ſemi-
nibus nigricantibus. Tourn. Init. R. H. 661. Smaller
three-leaved American Coral-tree, with blacker ſpines and
feeds.
5. ERYTHRINA (Americana) foliis ternatis acutis, caule
arboreo aculeato, floribus ſpicatis longiffimis. Ery-
thrina with trifoliate acute-pointed leaves, a prickly tree-
like ſtalk, and very long Spikes of flowers. Coralloden-
dron triphyllon Americanum, foliis mucronatis, fe-
minibus coccineis. Houſt. MSS. Three-leaved American
Coral-tree, with acute-pointed leaves and ſcarlet Seeds.
6. ERYTHRINA (Inermis) foliis ternatis acutis, caule
fruticofo inermi, corollis longioribus clauſis. Ery-
thrina with acute trifoliate leaves, a hrubby unarmed
ſtalk, and longer flowers which are cloſed. Coral arbor
non ſpinoſa, flore longiore & magis clauſo. Sloan.
Cat. Jam. 142. Coral-tree without Spines, having a
longer cloſer flower.
The firſt fort grows naturally in South Carolina, from
whence Mr. Cateſby ſent the feeds in the year 1724,
and many of the plants were then raiſed in ſeveral
curious gardens. This hath a very large woody root,
which feldom riſes more than a foot and a half high,
from which come out freſh ſhoots every ſpring; theſe
grow about two feet high, their lower part being gar-
niſhed with trifoliate leaves, of a deep green colour,
which are ſhaped like the point of an arrow; the upper
part of the ſtalks are terminated by a long ſpike of ſcar-
let flowers, compoſed of five petals, the upper petal
being much longer than the other, ſo that at a ſmall
diſtance the flowers appear to have but one petal.
After the flowers are paſt, the germen turns to a taper
pod five or fix inches long, ſwelling in every part
where the ſeeds are lodged, opening in one cell, con-
taining five or fix kidney-ſhaped ſcarlet ſeeds. Theſe
plants flower in England, but they never produce
feeds here.
The ſecond ſort hath a thick woody ftem, which riſes
about ten or twelve feet high in this country, but in
its native country grows to twice that height, ſending
out many ſtrong irregular branches, which are covered
with a brown bark, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves
ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks, the middle lobe which
terminates the leaf, being much larger than the other
two; they are all heart-ſhaped, ſmooth, and of a
deep green colour; the flowers come out at the end
of the branches, in ſhort, thick, cloſe ſpikes; they
are of a deep ſcarlet colour, and make a fine appear-
Theſe commonly are in beauty in May and
June in this country, but are not ſucceeded by pods
here ; but in America, where the trees grow natu-
rally, they have thick, ſwelling, crooked pods, which
contain large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, of a reddiſh purple
colour. The leaves of this tree decay in the ſpring
and fall off, ſo that in ſummer they appear to have no
life ; but in the autumn it puts out new leaves,
which continue green all the winter. The flowers do
not appear till the leaves drop, ſo that the branches
are often naked at the time when the flowers are out.
The third fort chiefly differs from the ſecond, in
having its trunk, branches, and the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves, armed with ſhort crooked ſpines, the leaves
and flowers being very like thoſe of the fecond fort.
The fourth fort hath fhrubby ſtalks, which divide
into branches, and ſeldom riſe above eight or nine
feet high; theſe are armed in every part with ſtrong,
crooked, black fpines; the leaves are ſmaller than
thoſe of the two laſt forts, and have a nearer reſem-
blance of the firſt; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are
armed with the ſame ſort of ſpines, and the midrib
of the leaves have alſo ſome which are ſmaller and
not ſo black; the flowers are of a paler ſcarlet, and
grow in looſer ſpikes. The ſeeds are as large as thoſe
of the ſecond fort, but are of a dark purple colour.
This tree is generally planted in the Eaſt-Indies for
a ſupport to the Pepper plants, which twine round
the ſtem and branches, whereby they are prevented
trailing on the ground, and as the branches of this
tree will put out roots and grow, ſo they are preferable
to any dead props, which in thoſe hot countries,
,
where there is much rain, would ſoon rot.
The feeds of the fifth fort were ſent me from La
Vera Cruz, where the plants grow naturally; and
ſince I have received feeds of the ſame fort from the
Cape of Good Hope, ſo that it is a native of both
countries. The ſeeds of this are not half ſo large as
thoſe of the ſecond or third forts, and are of a bright
ſcarlet colour; the leaves are alſo much ſmaller, and
have long acute points ; the branches are very cloſely
armed with crooked greeniſh ſpines, as are alſo the
ribs and foot-ſtalks of the leaves. The flowers grow
in very long cloſe ſpikes, and are of a beautiful ſcarlet
colour.
I have alſo raiſed a variety of this with paler flowers
and feeds, and the plants were leſs thorny; but as I
was doubtful of its being a diſtinct ſpecies, ſo I only
mention it here.
The ſixth fort grows in Jamaica, and ſome of the
other iſlands in America, from whence I have received
the ſeeds. The pods of this ſort are longer, and not
more than half ſo thick as thoſe of the ſecond fort;
the feeds are of a bright ſcarlet colour, they are longer
and ſlenderer than thoſe of the other forts; the leaves
are ſmall and acute-pointed, and the ſtalks are ſmooth
and without fpines: this doth not grow very large,
but ſhoots out into branches at a little diſtance from
the ground, which grow erect, ſo form a buſhy ſhrub.
The flowers come out at the end of the branches in
ſhort ſpikes; the ſtandard of the flower is long, and
the ſides turn down over the wings, which are alſo
longer than thoſe of the other ſpecies, and the whole
flower is more cloſed.
I have alſo received ſpecimens of a variety of the third
fort from the iſland of Barbuda, with very ſhort flow-
ers and pods; they came by the title of Bean-tree,
which is the common appellation given to theſe trees
in America ; but the flowers were ſeparated from
the ſtalks, ſo that I can give no account in what
manner they grow, whether in long or ſhort ſpikes;
but the ſtamina of theſe are much longer than the
als, in which it differs from all the other; the
pods are very ſhort and crooked, but are rather
thicker than thoſe of the third fort; the leaves have
the ſame appearance, and are armed with ſpines, as
are alſo the ſtalks and branches, but the plants have
not as yet produced any flowers here.
A few years ago I received a few very ſmall feeds of
a Coral-tree from the Cape of Good Hope, which
were of a bright ſcarlet colour; the plants have no
ſpines on them, the leaves are much larger than the
other forts, their ftems are ſtrong, and have the ap-
pearance of growing to large trees; but as they are
young, ſo there is no determining how they may differ
from the other ſpecies.
There are two other forts of Coral-tree mentioned by
Sir Hans Sloane, in his Hiſtory of Jamaica: one of
which is by its characters a Sophora, under which
genus we ſhall place it; and the other will be put
under Robinia, to which genus it properly belongs.
Theſe plants when they produce their flowers, are
ſome of the greateſt ornaments to the ſtoves we yet
know; for their flowers are produced in large ſpikes,
and are of a beautiful ſcarlet, ſo they make a fine
ap-
pearance; but it is ſeldom they fower here, or in
any of the northern parts of Europe; yet in the
a
a
a
ance.
a
countries
S
S

E RY
ESP
3
countries where they naturally grow, they produce afterward becomes an oblong obtuſe capſule with three
flowers in great plenty every year; ſo that it is very cells, filled with flat ſeed.
common there to ſee moſt of their branches termi- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection
nated by large ſpikes of flowers, when they have no of Linnæus's fixth claſs, in which he places thoſe plants
leaves upon them; and the firſt fort, which grows
in whoſe flowers have fix ſtamina and one ftyle.
Carolina, is equally productive of fowers there, tho' The Species are,
here they do not flower oftener than once in two or 1. ERYTHRONIUM (Dens Canis) foliis ovatis. Erythroni-
three years, and the other forts 'not fo frequent. I in with oval leaves. Dens canis latiore rotundiore-
have tried by various methods to get them to flower ; que folio, fore ex purpurâ rubente. C. B. P. 87.
ſome I have treated hardily, by expoſing them to Dog's Tooth Violet with a brocder and rounder leaf, and
the open air during the ſummer ſeaſon, and in the a purple red flower.
winter kept them in a very moderate temperature 2. ERYTHRONIUM (Longifolium) foliis lanceolatis. Ery-
of warmth; others I have kept plunged all the year thronium with ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Dens canis anguf-
in the tan-bed of the ſtove, and ſome have remained tiore longioreque folio, flore ex albo purpuraſcente.
in a dry ſtove all the year, where in warm weather C. B. P. 87. Dog's Tooth Violet, with a longer and nar-
they had a large ſhare of air admitted to them, and rower leaf, and a purpliſh white flower.
in winter the air was kept to the temperate point. Theſe are the only diſtinct ſpecies which I have ſeen,
In this laſt place the plants have ſucceeded beſt, yet
but there are ſome varities of them, which are pre-
with this treatment they feldom flower, and this is ferved in curious gardens. Of the firſt fort there
the general complaint of every one who is poſſeſſed is a white flower, which is pretty common in the gar-
of theſe plants, not only in England, but alſo in Hol- dens; another with a pale purple, and a third with
land and France.
yellow flowers, which are rare in England : and of the
The firſt fort may be kept through the winter in a fecond ſort there is one with a white, and another with
warm green-houſe, but the plants ſo kept rarely a ſoft red fower, both which are now very rare in
flower, and the two forts which I have received from
the gardens.
the Cape of Good Hope, have lived through the win- The firſt fort fends out two oval leaves, which are
ter in a warm glaſs-caſe, without fire; but theſe have joined at their baſe : they are three inches long and
not made ſo good progreſs, as thoſe plants which were one and a half broad in the middle, gradually lefſen-
kept in a temperate warmth; ſo that in this country, ing toward the end; theſe at firſt embrace each other
it is much the beſt method of treating theſe plants, incloſing the fower, but afterward they ſpread flat
eſpecially while they are young.
upon the ground; they are ſpotted with purple and
Theſe plants are beſt propagated by feeds, when white ſpots all over their ſurface; between theſe riſes
they can be procured from the countries where they a ſingle naked ſtalk about four inches high, which is
naturally grow, for they do not produce any here, ſmooth, of a purple colour ; this ſuſtains one flower,
tho' they are annually brought to England in plenty, compoſed of fix ſpear-ſhaped petals, which in this
The ſeeds ſhould be fown in ſmall pots, and plunged are purple, but in ſome they are white; the flower
into a moderate hot-bed; where, if the ſeeds are good, hangs downward, and the petals reflex and ſpread
the plants will come up in a month or five weeks; open to their baſe. In the center is ſituated the ob-
when they are two inches high, they ſhould be care- long three-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle
fully ſhaken out of the pots, and each planted in a ſe- which is longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a tri-
parate ſmall pot, filled with light earth, and plunged ple ſtigma ; the purple ſtamina ftand cloſe about the
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where they Ityle, and the ftigma ſtands farther out.
This plant
muſt be ſhaded from the fun till they have taken new flowers early in April, but ſeldom produces feeds in
root; then they ſhould have a large ſhare of air ad- England. The root of this plant is white, oblong,
mitted to them
at all times when the weather is warm, and fleſhy, and ſhaped like a tooth; from whence it
to prevent their being drawn up weak; and as the had the title of Dog's Tooth.
plants increaſe in ſtrength, ſo they muſt have a larger The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of its
ſhare of air. They muſt be frequently refreſhed with leaves, which are longer and narrower, and the flowers
water, but not given to them in great plenty, for too are a little larger but not ſo well coloured. They
much moiſture will rot the fibres of their roots. In grow naturally in Hungary, and in ſome parts of Italy.
the autumn the plants ſhould be removed into the They are propagated by offsets from their roots,
ftove; and for the two or three firſt winters, while the which they do not ſend out very plentifully, ſo they
plants are young, they will require more warmth than are not ſo commonly ſeen in the gardens, as moſt other
when they have acquired more ſtrength. During the flowers of the ſame ſeaſon: they love a ſhady fitu-
time the leaves continue in vigour, the plants will re- ation and a gentle loamy foil, but ſhould not be too
quire to have water two or three times a week; but often removed. They may be tranſplanted any time
when they are deftitute of leaves, it muſt be ſparingly after the beginning of June, when their leaves will be
given, for moiſture then is very hurtful to them. As quite decayed, till the middle of September ; but the
the plants grow in ſtrength, ſo they muſt be more roots ſhould not be kept very long out of the ground,
hardily treated ; and by managing them differently, for if they ſhrink, it will often cauſe them to rot. The
there will be a greater chance of getting them to flower. roots of theſe flowers ſhould not be planted ſcattering
The third fort is frequently planted in the gardens in the borders of the flower-garden, but in patches
near Liſbon, where they annually flower and ripen near each other, where they will make a good ap-
their feeds, which have been brought me by perſons
who gathered the pods from the trees.
ESCHYNOMENE. See ÆSCHÝNOMENA.
Thele plants may alſo be propagated by cuttings, ESCHYNOMENOUS, ÆSCHYNOME-
which, if planted in pots during the ſummer months, NOUS PLANTS [Αίσχυνόμενοι, οf αισχύνομαι,
and plunged into a hot-bed, will take root, but the Gr. to be aſhamed,] the ſenſitive plants; which,
feedling plants are beſt.
when one touches them, will ſhrink in, or let their
ERYTHRONIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 375. Dens leaves fall down.
canis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 378. tab. 202. Dog's ESCULENT PLANTS [of eſculentus, Lat.
Tooth, or Dog's Tooth Violet.
eatable,] ſuch plants, or the roots of them, as may be
The CHARACTERS are,
eaten; as Beets, Carrots, Leeks, Onions, Parfnepsy
The flower has no empalement ; it is bell-ſhaped, and con- Potatoes, Radiſhes, Horſe-radiſh, Scorzonera, &c.
poſed of fix oblong petals, which ſpread open to their ESPALIERS, are either rows of trees planted
baſe. It hath fix ſtomina joined to the ſtyle, terminated about a whole garden or plantation, or in hedges,
by oblog, eret, quodrangular ſummits. In the center is ſo as to inclofe quarters or feparate parts of a gar-
ſituated an oblong, obtuſe, three-cornered germen, Support- den, which are trained up flat in a cloſe hedge, for the
ing a ſingle ſtyle which is longer than the ſtamina, crown- defence of tender plants againſt the violence and in-
ed by a triple, obtufe, ſpreading ſtigma. The germen jury of wind and weather.
The
a
و
а.
pearance.
a
و
a

E S P
E SP
a
3
a
a
و
3
و
و
The moſt commonly received notion of Epaliers are
hedges of fruit-trees, which are trained up regularly
to a lattice of wood work, formed either of Aſh-poles,
or ſquare long timbers cut out of Fir, &c. and it is of
this ſort of Efpalier that I ſhall treat in this place.
Eſpaliers of fruit-trees are commonly planted to fur-
round the quarters of a kitchen-garden, for which
purpoſe they are of admirable uſe and beauty; for by
laying out the walks of this garden regularly, which
are bounded on each ſide by theſe hedges, when they
are handſomely managed, they have a wonderful effect
in ſheltering the kitchen-plants in the quarters, and
alſo ſcreening them from the fight of perſons in the
walks ; ſo that a kitchen-garden well laid out in this
manner, and properly managed, will be equal to
the fineſt regular parterre for beauty.
The trees chiefly planted for Eſpaliers are Apples,
Pears, and ſome Plums; but the two former are
moſtly uſed : ſome plant Eſpaliers of Apples grafted
upon Paradiſe-ſtocks; but theſe being of humble
growth, and a ſhort duration, are not ſo proper for this
purpoſe, unleſs for very ſmall gardens; therefore I
ſhould rather adviſe the having them upon Crab-
ſtocks, or (if in ſmaller gardens, where the trees can-
not be allowed to grow ſo high) upon what the gar-
fo
deners call the Dutch-ſtock; which will cauſe them
to bear ſooner, and prevent their growing too luxu-
riantly, and theſe will continue many years in vigour.
In chuſing the trees for an Eſpalier, endeavour as
near as poſſible, to plant the ſeveral ſorts which are
nearly of the ſame growth in one line, that the Eſpa-
lier may be the more regular, and of an equal height,
which greatly adds to their beauty; for if you plant
trees which ſhoot very unequally in the ſame line, it
will be impoſſible to make the Eſpalier regular : be-
ſides, the diſtance of the trees muſt be in proportion
to their growth; for ſome trees, viz. thoſe of a larger
growth, ſhould be planted thirty or thirty-five feet
aſunder; whereas thoſe of ſmaller growth, need not
be above twenty-five feet diſtance from each other.
The width of the walks and borders between theſe
Eſpaliers ſhould (in a large garden) be fourteen or fix-
teen feet at leaſt ; and if the trees are deſigned to be
carried up pretty high, the diſtance ſhould be greater,
that each ſide may receive the advantage of the ſun
and air, which is abſolutely neceffary, if you
would
have the fruit well taſted. And if your ground is ſo
ſituated, that you are at full liberty which way to
make the Eſpaliers, I would adviſe the placing the
lines from the eaſt a little inclining to the ſouth, and
toward the weſt a little inclining to the north, that
the ſun may ſhine between the rows in the morning
and evening when it is low ; for in the middle of the
day, when the ſun is advanced far above the horizon,
it will ſhine over the tops of the Eſpaliers, and reach the
ſurface of the earth about their roots, which is a matter
of more conſequence than many people are aware of.
The forts of Apples proper for Eſpaliers, are the
Golden Pippin, Nonpareil, Rennette Griſe, Aroma-
tick Pippin, Holland Pippin, French Pippin, Wheel-
er's Ruffet, Pile's Ruffet, with ſome others. The
ſeaſon for planting, and the method of pruning and
training theſe trees, you will fee under the articles of
APPLES and PRUNING.
The forts of Pears proper for an Eſpalier, are chiefly
the ſummer and autumn fruits, for ſome of the win-
ter Pears ſeldom ſucceed well in an Efpalier. Theſe
trees, if deſigned for a ſtrong moiſt foil, ſhould be
upon Quince-ſtocks; but if for a dry foil upon free-
ſtocks. Their diſtance of planting muſt alſo be regu-
lated by the growth of the trees, which are more un-
equal in Pears than Apples, and ſhould therefore be
more carefully examined before they are planted. As
for thoſe Pears upon free-ſtocks, the diítance ſhould
never be leſs than thirty feet for moderate growing
trees; but for vigorous ſhocters, the ſpace of forty
feet is little enough ; eſpecially if the foil be ſtrong, in
which caſe they ſhould be planted at a greater diſtance.
The particular forts of Pears I would recommend for
an Eſpalier, are the Jargonelle, Blanquette, Poire ſans
Peau, Summer Boncretien, Hamden's Bergamot,
Autumn Bergamot, L'ambrette, Gros Rouſſelet,
Chaumontelle, Beurre du Roy, Le Marquis, Creffane,
with ſome others of leſs note; always remembering,
that thoſe Pears which are of the melting kind, will
do better in Efpalier than the breaking Pears, which
ſeldom ripen well on an Efpalier; as alſo that many
forts of Pears will ripen well on an Eſpalier in a warm
ſoil and ſituation, which require a wall in other places;
you ſhould alſo be careful of the ſtocks theſe are
grafted on; for if the breaking Pears are grafted upon
Quince-ſtocks, the fruit will be ftony, but the melt-
ing Pears will be improved by them. As to the
method of planting, ſee the article PEAR; and for
pruning and managing, fee PRUNING.
I ſhall now give directions for making the Eſpalier,
to which the trees are to be trained; but this ſhould
not be done until the third year after the trees are
planted ; for while they are young, it will be ſufficient
to drive a few ſhort ſtakes into the ground on each
fide of the trees, in a ſtrait line, to which the branches
ſhould be faſtened in an horizontal poſition, as they
are produced, in order to train them properly for the
Efpalier; which ſtakes may be placed nearer, or at
a farther diſtance, according as the ſhoots produced
may require ; and theſe will be ſufficient for the three
firſt years; for ſhould you frame the Eſpalier the firſt
year the trees are planted, many of the ſtakes would rot
before the Eſpalier is covered. The cheapeſt method
to make theſe Eſpaliers is with Aſh-poles, of which
you ſhould have two forts; one of the largeſt fize,
which contains thirteen polesin a bundle, and the other
fize thoſe of half a hundred. The firſt or largeſt fize
poles, ſhould be cut about ſeven feet and a half long;
theſe are intended for upright ſtakes, and muſt be ſharp-
ened at the largeſt end, that they may, with more eaſe,
be driven into the ground, and if their bottoms are
burred, or rubbed over with that compoſition men-
tioned in the article of COVERINGS, they may be pre-
ſerved a long time found; theſe ſhould be placed at a
foot diſtance from each other in a direct line, and of an
equal height, about fix feet above ground; then you
ſhould nail a row of ſtrait ſlender poles along upon the
tops of the upright ſtakes, which will keep themexactly
even, and continue to croſs the ſtakes with the ſmaller
poles, and alſo with the tops which were cut off from
the larger ſtakes, at about nine inches diſtance, row
from row, from the top to the bottom of the ſtakes.
Theſe rows of poles ſhould be faſtened with wire to the
ſtakes, which if made of Fir, and painted over, willlaſta
long time; and the largeſtend of the poles ſhould be cut
flat, and nailed to the upright ſtakes, which will ſecure
the Eſpalier almoſt as long as the poles will endure ;
whereas, if your faſtening is not ſtrong, the poles will
be continually diſplaced with every ſtrong wind.
When your Eſpalier is thus framed, you muſt faften
the branches of the trees thereto either with ſmall
Oſier-twigs, rope-yarn, or ſome ſuch binding, obſerv-
ing to train them in a horizontal poſition, and at equal
diſtances; being careful not to croſs any of the
branches, nor to lay them in too thick. The diſtance
which ſhould be allowed for the branches of Pears and
Apples, muſt be proportioned according to the ſize of
their fruit; fuch of them whoſe fruit is large, as the
Summer Boncretien, Monſieur John, and Beurre du
Roy Pears, and the Rennet Griſe, Holland Pippin,
French Pippin, and other large Apples, ſhould have
their branches fix or eight inches diſtance at leaſt;
and to thoſe of leffer growth, four or five inches
will be ſufficient. But for farther directions, I ſhall
refer to the articles of the ſeveral fruits : as alſo that
of PRUNING, where theſe particulars will be fuffici-
ently explained
But beſides this ſort of Efpalier made with Aſh-poles,
there is another fort that is by many people preferred;
which is framed with ſquare timbers cut to a proper
ſize, according to the ſtrength thereof, or the expence
the owner is willing to go to. Theſe, though they ap-
pear more ſightly, when well fixed and painted, are
not of longer duration than one of the former, pro-
a
3
a
vided

E U G
E U O
vided it is well made, and the poles are ſtrong which rious for the ſake of variety, though there is lit-
are ſet upright; nor will they anſwer the purpoſe tle hopes of their producing fruit in England. They
better, though they are vaitly more expenſive; for may be propagated by their ſtones, if they can be
the greateſt beauty conſiſts in the diſpoſing of the obtained freſh from the countries of their natural
branches of tree; which, eſpecially in ſummer, when growth. The ſtones ſhould be planted in ſmall pots
the leaves are on, will entirely hide from the fight filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed,
the frame of the Eſpalier; therefore all expence in obſerving to keep the earth moiſt but not wet ; in
erecting theſe is needleſs, farther than making provi- about fix weeks the plants will appear; and when
fion to ſecure the branches of the trees in a regular grown four inches high, they ſhould be carefully ſe-
order.
parated, planting each into a ſmall pot, plunging
Fruit-trees thus planted, and well managed, are them into the hot-bed again, being careful to ſhade
much preferable to thoſe trained up in any other figure, , them till they have taken new root; after which,
upon ſeveral accounts; as firſt, theſe take up very lit- they ſhould be treated in the fame way as other
e room in a garden, fo as not to be hurtful to the tender plants froin the ſame country, always plung-
plants which grow in the quarters; and, ſecondly, the ing them into the tan-bed in the ſtove, and in winter
fruit upon theſe are better taſted than thoſe which be ſparing in water to them, for much wet will kill
grow upon dwarfs, the fun and air having freer ac- then.
ceſs to every part of the tree; whereby the damp-EUONYMUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 240. Tourn. Inft.
neſs ariſing from the ground is ſooner diſſipated, which R. H. 617. tab. 388. [Ebuvo @of łu, good, and
is of fingular advantage to fruit-trees (as hath been ovoce, a name; ſo called by way of antiphrafis, becauſe
already ſhewn.) And as the trees againſt an Eſpa- it is hurtful to animals.] The Spindle-tree, or Prick-
lier are kept low, and the branches being faſtened to wood; in French, Fuſain.
the Eſpalier, the fruit will not be blown down fo
The CHARACTERS are,
foon by the wind; ſo that upon the whole, Eſpaliers It hath a short empalement to the flower of one leaf,
muſt be allowed to be of great uſe and beauty. which is divided into four or five ſegments. The flower
EVER-GREEN THORN. See PYRACANTHA. bath four or five oval petals, which ſpread open. It hath
EVERLASTING PEA. See LATHYRUS.
five ſhort ſtamind, which are joined at their baſe to
EUGENIA. Michel. 108.
the germen, terminated by twin ſummits
. In the center is
The CHARACTERS are,
Situated a large oval germen, ſupporting e ſhort ſtyle, crown-
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut ed by an obtufe ſtigma. The germen ofterwerd becomes a
into four ſegments : the flower hath four oblong obtuſe ſucculent four-cornered coloured capſule, having as many
petals
, twice as large as the empalement. It hath many cells as ongles, each containing one oval ſeed.
ftamina which are inſerted in the empalement, terminated This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
by ſmall ſummits, and a turbinated germen ſituated under Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
the flower, ſupporting a ſimple ſtyle the length of the whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Stamino, crowned by a ſingle Bigma. The germen af-
The SPECIES are,
terward becomes a quadrangular plumb-ſhaped fruit 1. EUONYMUS (Vulgaris) foliis lanceolatis, foribus te-
crowned, having one cell incloſing one ſmooth roundiſh nut. trandriis, fructu tetragono. Spindle-tree with Spear-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection Maped leaves, flowers having four ſtamina, and qua-
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intituled Icofandria Mono- drangular fruit
. Euonymus vulgaris, granis ruben-
gynia, the flower having many ftamina inſerted in tibus. C. B. P. 428. The common Spindle-free.
the empalement, and one ftyle.
2. EUONYMUS (Latifolius) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, flo-
The SPECIES are,
ribus pentandris, fructu pentagono, pedunculis lon-
1. EUGENIA (Malaccenſis) foliis integerrimis, peduncu- giffimis. Spindle-tree with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves,
lis racemofis lateralibus. Flor. Zeyl. 187. Eugenia flowers having five ſtamina, a five-cornered fruit, and
with entire leaves and branching foot-ſtalks of flowers. very long foot-ſtalks. Euonymus latifolius. C. B. P.
Jamboſa domeſtica. Rump. Amb. 1. p. 121.
428. Broad-leaved Spindle-tree.
2. EUGENIA (Famboo) foliis integerrimis, pedunculis 3. EUONYMUS (Americanus) floribus omnibus quinque-
racemofis terminalibus. Flor. Zeyl. 188. Eugenia fidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 197. Spindle-tree whoſe flowers
with entire leaves, and branching foot-ſtalks of flowers are all divided into five points. Euonymus Virginia-
terminiating the branches. Jamboſa fylveſtris
. alba. nus, pyracantha foliis, ſempervirens, capſulâ verru-
Rump. Amb. I. 127.
carum inftar aſperatâ rubente. Pluk. Phyt. 115. f. 5.
.
.
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus which Virginian evergreen Spindle-tree with rough, warted, red
grow naturally in India, but thoſe here mentioned ſeed-veſſels.
are the only forts which I have ſeen in the Engliſh 4. EUONYMUS (Pinnatis) foliis pinnatis, fructu racemoſo
gardens. Some plants of the firſt fort I received trigono. Spindle-tree' with winged leaves, and three-cor-
from Dr. Heberden with ſome other plants, which nered fruit growing in bunches. Euonymus caudice
were ſent by his brother from the Braſils, where non ramofo, folio alato, fructu rotundo tripyreno.
it is cultivated for the table; fo that the plants of Sloan. Cat. Jam. 171. Spindle-tree with an unbranching
this kind are common in moſt parts of the Eaſt-In- ſtalk, a winged leaf, and a round fruit having three ſeeds.
dies.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in England. It is very
This riſes with a tree-like ftem, covered with a brown common in hedges, and is ſometimes found growing
bark, which, in the countries where it grows natu- in woods. This, when growing in hedges, is feldom
rally, riſes from twenty to thirty feet high, fending feen of any conſiderable ſize, but rather appears like
out many branches, garniſhed with oblong entire a ſhrub; but if planted ſingle, and trained up
like
leaves, ending in acute points: theſe are placed op- other trees, will have a ſtrong woody ſtem, and riſe
poſite, and when young, are of a bright purple co- more than twenty feet high, dividing into many
lour ; but as they grow older, become of a light branches, garniſhed with ſpear-thaped leaves about
green. The flowers are produced on the ſide of three inches long, and one inch and a quarter broad
the branches, each foot-ſtalk branching into three or in the middle, gradually diminiſhing to both ends;
four others, each ſupporting one flower. Theſe are they are entire, of a deep green colour, and are placed
ſucceeded by irregular-ſhaped ſucculent fruit, in- oppoſite. The flowers come out in ſmall bunches
cloſing one nut.
from the ſide of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-
The ſecond ſort riſes to the fame height as the firſt, ſtalks; they are compoſed of four whitiſh petals, which
but the leaves are longer and narrower. The flowers are expanded in form of a croſs. The empalement
do, for the moſt part, terminate the branches, though is divided into four parts. The flowers have four
there are ſome which come on their fides. The ftamina, and the fruit is four-cornered, and opens
fruit of this is ſmaller, rounder, and not ſo much ef- into four cells. This tree flowers the latter part of
teemed as thoſe of the firſt.
May and the beginning of June, and the fruit ripensin
Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of the cu- October, at which time the feed-vefſels ſpread open
а
51
and

E U O
E UP
a
а.
و
and expoſe the feeds, which are of a beautiful red co- When the plants come up, they will require no other
lour ; fo that when the branches are well ſtored with care but to keep them clean from weeds till the fol-
them, the trees make a good appearance at that fea- lowing autumn, when, as ſoon as their leaves decay,
fon, when growing among other forts. The wood the plants ſhould be taken up and tranſplanted into a
of this tree is uſed by the muſical inſtrument-makers nurſery, in rows two feet diſtant, and the plants one
for toothing of organs and virginal keys; the branches foot aſunder in the rows; in this place they may re-
are cut into tooth-pickers, and for making of ſkewers; main two years, and then they may be removed to
and ſpindles are made of the wood, from whence the the places where they are to remain.
tree was titled Spindle-tree; but in ſome counties it When theſe are propagated by layers, the young
is called Dogwood.
ſhoots ſhould be laid down in antumn; and if the joint
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Auſtria and Hun- which is laid deepeſt in the ground is llit, as is prac-
gary; this was very ſeldom ſeen in England till of late tiſed for Carnations, it will cauſe them to put out roots
years, fince I procured it from France, and from the much ſooner than they otherwiſe would do ; theſe lay-
ſeeds of thoſe plants great numbers have been fince ers will be ſufficiently rooted in one year to bear tranſ-
raiſed, ſo it is now pretty common in ſeveral of the
planting, when they ſhould be taken from the old
nurſeries near London ; this riſes with a ſtronger ſtem plants, and treated in the ſame way as the ſeedlings.
than the firſt, and grows to a larger ſize. The leaves The cuttings of theſe forts, planted in a ſhady border,
are oval and ſpear-ſhaped, about four inches long, and will take root, but they ſhould be planted in autumn,
two inches broad in the middle, of a light green co- as ſoon as their leaves begin to fall; they ſhould be
lour, and entire ; they are placed oppoſite on the the ſhoots of the ſame year, with a knot of the for-
branches, with ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come mer year at bottom.
out from the ſide of the branches, upon very ſlender The third fort, which grows naturally in North
,
foot-ftalks, which are two inches and a half long ; America, is ſo hardy as rarely to ſuffer by cold in
theſe branch out into a looſe bunch, ſo that the flowers England, provided it is not planted in places very
ſtand upon ſeparate foot-ſtalks. The flowers have much expoſed. This may be propagated by laying
five petals, which at firſt are white, but afterward down the young branches in the autumn, obſerving
change to a purple colour ; the empalement of the to tongue them
in the ſame manner as is practiſed in
flower is divided into five parts. It hath five ſtamina, laying of Carnations: theſe will have made good roots
and the fruit is frequently five-cornered; the fruit is in one year, when they may be cut from the old
much larger than that of the common fort, and the plants, and planted in a nurſery for two years to
foot-ſtalks being weak, the fruit always hang down. get ſtrength; after which, they ſhould be planted
Dr. Linnæus has ſuppoſed theſe to be but one ſpecies, where they are deſigned to remain.
and has taken the characters of this genus from the The fourth fort is a native of warmer countries,
ſecond fort, whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and five ſo cannot be preſerved in England, unleſs it is placed
petals, and the fruit five corners; but all thoſe of in a ſtove in winter: this is generally propagated by
the common fort which I have examined have but ſeeds, which muſt be ſown in pots, and plunged into
four, and theſe differences are permanent in thoſe a hot-bed ; and when the plants are fit to remove,
plants which riſe from ſeeds; for I have raiſed many they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot,
of both forts from feeds, but have never found either and plunged into the hot-bed again, being careful
of them alter.
to ſhade them until they have taken new root; after
The third fort grows naturally in Virginia, Carolina, which they muft be treated in the fame way as other
and other parts
of North America ; this riſes with a tender plants of the ſame countries. This fort may
ſhrubbyftalk to the heightof eight or ten feet, dividing alſo be propagated by cuttings during any of the
into many branches, which come out oppoſite from the fummer months.
joints of the item; theſe are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped EUPATOROIPHALACRON. See VERBESINA.
leaves, which are two inches long, and about three EUPATORIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 842. Tourn.
quarters of an inch broad in the middle, ending in Inft. R. H. 455. tab. 259. [Eura Tuplov, of king Eu-
acute points; they are placed oppoſite, and continue pator, who firſt brought this plant into uſe.] Hemp
green all the year. The flowers are produced at the Agrimony; in French, Eupatoire.
end of the branches, and alſo from the ſides, in ſmall The CHARACTERS are,
cluſters, which are ſucceeded by round capſules, It hath a compound flower, compoſed of ſeveral berma-
which are cloſely armed by rough protuberances. phrodite florets, which are funnel-haped, cut into
,
This flowers in July, but ſeldom produces ripe fruit five parts at the brim, which ſpread open; theſe are in-
in England,
cluded in one common ſcaly empalement, whoſe ſcales are
As this is an evergreen fhrub, ſo it merits a place in narrow, erect, and unequal. The florets bave each five
every curious garden, and particularly in all planta- Short hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits. In
tions of evergreen trees and ſhrubs, there is a vari- the bottom is ſituated a ſmall germen, ſupporting a long
ety of this with variegated leaves, which is preſerved Slender ſtyle, which is bifid, crowned by a narrow ſtigma.
in the nurſery-gardens.
The germen afterward becomes en oblong ſeed, crowned
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and ſome with down, ſitting in the empalement.
of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this riſes
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
with an upright woody ſtalk, to the height of ten or Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
twelve feet ; at the top it divides into two or three plants with compound flowers, which have only her-
ſhort branches, which are garniſhed by winged leaves, maphrodite fruitful flowers.
compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of ſmall leaves (or lobes)
The SPECIES are,
about two inches long, and one inch broad; theſe 1. EUPATORIUM (Cannabinum) foliis digitatis. Hort.
leaves come out without order, ſtanding upon long Cliff. 396. Eupatorium with fingered leaves. Eupa-
foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out in cluſters from torium cannabinum. C. B. P. 320. Common Hemp
the ſide of the branches, toward their end; theſe are Agrimony
ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, having a thick brown 2. EUPATORIUM (Maculatum) foliis lanceolato-ovatis,
cover, which open in three cells, each containing a ſerratis, petiolatis, caule erecto. Hort. Cliff. 396.
ſingle hard feed.
Eupatorium with Spear-Shaped oval leaves which are
The two firſt ſorts may be propagated either by feeds, Jawed, having foot-ſtalks, and an upright ſtalk. Eupa-
or layers; if by feeds, they ſhould be ſown in autumn, torium Novæ Angliæ, urticæ foliis, floribus purpu-
ſoon after they are ripe; then the plants will come up raſcentibus, maculato caule. H. L. New England
the ſpring following; but if the ſeeds are not ſown till Hemp Agrimony with Nettle leaves, purpliſh flowers, and
ſpring, the plants will not appear till the following Spotted ſtalks.
ſpring, whereby a whole year is loft. The ſeeds ſhould 3. EUPATORIUM (Purpureum) foliis fubverticillatis, lan-
be fown upon a ſhady border, where they will ſucceed ceolatis ſerratis petiolatis rugofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 838.
better than when they are more expoſed to the ſun. Eupatorium with leaves placed in whorls, which are
Spear
a
5

E UP
Spear-ſhaped, ſawed, rough, and have foot-ſtalks. Eu- Conyza Salviæ foliis conjugatis, floribus fpicatis ru-
patorium folio oblongo rugofo, caule purpuraſcente. bentibus. Houft. MSS. Fleabane with Sage leaves
Tourn. Inft. 456. Canada Hemp Agrimony with a long placed oppoſite, and red flowers growing in Spikes.
rough leaf, and purpliſh ſtalk.
16. EUPATORIUM (Houfonis) foliis cordatis acuminatis,
4. EUPATORIUM (Scandens) caule volubili, foliis corda- caule volubili, floribus ſpicatis racemofis. Eupatorium
tis dentatis acutis. Hort. Cliff. 396. Eupatorium with with heart-ſhaped pointed leaves, a twining stalk, and
a twining ſtalk and heart-ſhaped leaves, which are ſharply branching Spiked flowers. Eupatorium Americanum,
indented. Eupatorium Americanum ſcandens, haftato ſcandens, folio haftato glabro, fioribus fpicatis. Houft.
magis acuminato folio. Vaill. Mem. 1719. Climbing MSS. Climbing American Hemp Agrimony with a ſmocih
American Hemp Agrimony, with a Spear-like ſharp- Spear-ſhaped leaf, and ſpiked flowers.
pointed leaf.
17. EUPATORIUM (Trifoliatum) foliis ternis. Flor. Virg.
5. EUPATORIUM (Rotundifolium) foliis feffilibus dif- 119. Lin. Sp. Plant 838. Hemp Agrimony with trifo-
tinctis fubrotundo-cordatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 837. Eu- liate leaves.
patorium with roundiſ heart-ſhaped leaves ſitting close 18. EUPATORIUM (Altifſimum) foliis lanceolatis nervofis,
to the ſtalks, and are diſtinet. Eupatorium America- inferioribus extimo fub ferratis, caule fruticoſo. Hort.
num, foliis rotundioribus abſque pediculis. Vaill. Upſal. 152. Eupatorium with nervous Spear-ſhaped leaves,
Mem. 1719. American Hemp Agrimony with round whose lower leaves are ſawed on their edges, and ſtand
leaves, having no foot-ſtalks.
in whorls round the ſtalks. Eupatorium folio oblongo,
6. EUPATORIUM (Fruticoſum) foliis oblongo-cordatis, rugoſo, ampliori, caule virefcente. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
floribus paniculatis, caule fruticoſo ſcandente. Eu- 456. Hemp Agrimony with a large, oblong, rough leaf,
patorium with oblong beart-ſhaped leaves, paniculated and a green ſtalk.
Aowers, and a climbing fbrubby ſtalk. Eupatorium 19. EUPATORIUM (Caleſtinum) foliis cordato-ovatis,
ſcandens, foliis fubrotundis lucidis, floribus fpicatis obtuſè ferratis petiolatis, calycibus multifloris. Lin.
albis. Houſt. MSS. Climbing Hemp Agrimony with round- Sp. Plant. 838. Eupatorium with heart-ſhaped oval
iſh shining leaves, and white flowers growing in ſpikes. leaves obtuſely ſawed, having foot-ſtalks, and many
7. EUPATORIUM (Odoratum) foliis ovatis, obtuſè ſerratis flowers to the empalements. Eupatorium ſcorodoniæ
petiolatis trinerviis, calycibus fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. folio, flore cæruleo. Hort. Elth. 140. tab. 114.
Plant. 839. Eupatorium with oval, obtuſe, ſawed, Hemp Agrimony with a Wood Sage leaf, and a blue
three-veined leaves, having foot-ſtalks, and ſingle em- flower.
palements to the flowers. Eupatorium Americanum, The laſt grows naturally in Carolina, from whence
teucrii folio, flore niveo. Vaill. Mem. Acad. Scien. the late Dr. Dale ſent me the feeds; theſe plants
American Hemp Agrimony with a Tree Germander leaf, flowered very finely the year after they were raiſed, but
and a white flower.
never have flowered ſince, for the roots creep greatly
8. EUPATORIUM (Perfoliatum) foliis connatis tomento- in the ground, but never ſend up any ſtalks.
fis. Hort. Cliff. 396. Eupatorium with woolly leaves The firſt fort grows naturally by the ſide of rivers
joined at their baſe. Eupatorium Virginianum, falviæ and ditches in moſt parts of England, and is the only
foliis longiſſimis acuminatis, perfoliatum. Pluk. Alm. ſpecies of this genus, which is known to grow natu-
Virginian perfoliate Hemp Agrimony, with long Sage-like rally in Europe ; this is eſteemed as a very good vul-
leaves cloſely ſurrounding the ſtalk.
nerary herb, fo ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants.
9. EUPATORIUM (Betonicifolium) foliis oblongis, obtufis, It is ſeldom admitted into gardens, becauſe, where-
crenatis, glabris, calycibus fimplicibus. Eupatorium ever it is ſuffered to ſeed, the ground will be well
with oblong, obtuſe, ſmooth, crenated leaves, and ſingle ſtored with the plants to a great diſtance.
empalements to the flowers. Eupatorium betonicæ folio The ſecond fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
glabro & carnoſo, flore cæruleo. Houſt. MSS. Hemp North America, from whence it has been introduced
Agrimony with a fleſhy ſmooth Betony leaf, and a blue flower. to the gardens in Europe ; this hath a perennial root,
10. EUPATORIUM (Morifolium) foliis cordatis ferratis but an annual ſtalk, which riſes about two feet
caule erecto arboreo. Eupatorium with beart-ſhaped and a half high; it is purple, and has many dark
Jawed leaves, and an upright tree-like ſtalk. Eupato- ſpots upon it
. The leaves are rough, oval and ſpear-
rium Americanum arboreſcens, mori folio, floribus ſhaped, having foot-ſtalks; they are placed by threes
albicantibus. Houſt. MSS. Tree-like American Hemp round the ſtalk toward the bottom, but upward by
Agrimony, with a Mulberry leaf and white flowers.
pairs oppoſite at each joint. The ſtalks are termi-
11. EUPATORIUM (Pun&tatum) foliis ovatis petiolatis nated by cluſters of purple flowers, growing in a fort
integris, caule fruticofo ramoſo, calycibus fimplici- of corymbus; theſe come out in July and Auguſt,
bus. Eupatorium with oval entire leaves having foot- and in warm ſeaſons will ripen its feeds in autumn.
ſtalks, a branching ſhrubby ſtalk, and ſingle empalements The third fort grows naturally in North America ;
to the flowers. Eupatorium Americanum fruteſcens, this riſes with an upright ſtalk near four feet high,
balſaminæ lutæ foliis, nigris maculis punctatis. Houſt. garniſhed with long, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped leaves at
MSS. American ſhrubby Hemp Agrimony, with yellow each joint; theſe are deeply ſawed on their edges, and
Balſamine leaves Spotted with black.
the midrib is oblique to the foot-ſtalk; they are
12. EUPATORIUM (Hylopifolium) foliis lanceolato-line- placed by fours round the ſtalk in whorls, and are
aribus trinerviis fub integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 836. of a dark green colour. The ſtalks are terininated
Eupatorium with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, by bunches of purple flowers like the laſt, which
having three nerves. Eupatorium Virginianum, folio
, appear at the ſame time. This hath a perennial root
anguſto foribus albis. Hort. Elth. 141. tab. 115. and an annual ftalk.
f. 140. Virginia Hemp Agrimony, with a narrow leaf, The fourth fort grows naturally in Virginia and Ca-
and white flowers.
rolina ; this hath a perennial root, which ſends out
13. EUPATORIUM (Ramoſum) foliis lanceolato-linearibus many twining ſtalks in the ſpring ; theſe twiſt about
acutis, fupernè ferratis caule ramoſo. Hemp Agrimony any neighbouring ſupport, and riſe to the height of
with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves, Sowed on their five or ſix feet, garniſhed at each joint with two heart-
upper part, and a branching ſtalk.
Shaped leaves, which are indented on their edges, and
14. EUPATORIUM (Conyzoides) foliis cordatis acutis, terminate in acute points; at each joint there are two
dentatis, trinerviis, caule fruiticoſo ramoſo. Eupa- ſmall fide branches come out, which are terminated
torium with pointed, heart-ſhaped, ſawed leaves, having by cluſters of white flowers, ſo that the ſtalks ſeem
three veins, and a branching ſhrubby ſtalk. Conyza covered with them moſt part of their length; but
fruticoſa, folio haſtato, flore pallidè purpureo. Sloan. as theſe come pretty late in the ſeaſon, fo unleſs the
Cat. Jam. 124. Shrubby Fleabane with a Spear-ſhaped ſummers prove warm, the plants do not flower well in
leaf, and a pele purple flower.
England.
15. EUPATORIUM (Paniculatum) foliis cordatis rugofis There is another of theſe plants with purple flowers,
crenatis, caule paniculato. Eupatorium with rough, ſtanding upon longer foot-ſtalks, which was ſent me
beart-ſhaped, crenated leaves, and a paniculated ſtalk. from Campeachy; but the ſtalks and leaves are very
و
a
like

E UP
E UP
a
a
a
like thoſe of this fort, ſo that I doubt whether it
be a diſtinct ſpecies.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in New England and
Virginia, from both of theſe counties I have received
the feeds; this hath a perennial root and an annual
ftalk; it riſes with upright ſtalks about a foot high;
theſe have their joints pretty near each other, where
they are garniſhed with roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves,
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks; they are ſawed on their
edg s, and are of a light green colour. The flowers
are produced in ſmall looſe panicles at the top of
the ftalks; they are white, and have two ſmall green
leaves immediately under the flowers. Theſe flowers
appear the latter end of June, but the feeds feldom
ripen in England.
The fixth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
America, from whence the late Dr. Houſton ſent me
the ſeeds; this hath a ſhrubby climbing ſtalk, which
riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet, faſtening itſelf
to any neighbouring prop for ſupport, and is gar-
niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, placed oppoſite;
they are about three inches long, and one and a half
broad, of a lucid green; the flowers come out in long
branching panicles, which proceed from the ſide of
the ſtalks, and are terminated by a branching pani-
cle of white flowers. This fort is tender, ſo will
not live in this country without artificial heat.
The ſeventh fort riſes with upright ſtalks three feet
high, garnished with oval leaves at each joint, which
are placed oppoſite ; they have very ſhort foot-
ſtalks, and are ſawed on their edges; from the ſides
of the ſtalks, at every joint, is produced two ſlender
branches, which ſtand erect; theſe, and the principal
ſtalks alſo, are terminated by cluſters of white
flowers; they appear in Auguſt and September, and
the ſtalks decay in winter, but the root is perennial.
This grows naturally in Penſylvania, and other parts
of America.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Virginia and Phi-
ladelphia; this hath a perennial root and an annual
ſtalk. The ſtalks riſe from two to three feet high;
they are hairy, and garniſhed with rough leaves at each
joint, which are from three to four inches long, and
about an inch broad at their baſe, gradually leſſening
to a very acute point; the two leaves are joined at
their baſe, ſo the ſtalks ſeem to grow through them ;
they are of a dark green, and are covered with ſhort
hairs. The upper part of the ſtalk divides into many
flender foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a cloſe cluſter of
white flowers. Theſe come out in July, and in warm
feaſons the ſeeds will fometimes ripen in England.
The ninth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent me the feeds; this
riſes with an upright ſtalk near two feet high, gar-
niſhed toward the bottom with oblong obtuſe leaves,
which are of a thick ſubſtance, and crenated on their
edges ; the upper part of the ſtalk is naked to the
top, where the flowers come out in a thick panicle ;
they are blue, and have ſingle empalements. This
flowers late in autumn, but never ripens feeds here; the
root is biennial, and periſhes ſoon after it has flowered.
The tenth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun
from La Vera Cruz, where he found it growing na-
turally; this hath a thick woody ſtalk, which riſes
twelveor fourteen feet high, ſending out many branches,
which are channelled, and covered with a brown
bark, garniſhed with regular heart-ſhaped leaves
as large as thoſe of the Mulberry-tree; they are
of a light green colour, and ſawed on their edges,
placed oppoſite upon foot-ſtalks, near two inches
long; the upper part of the branches are terminated
by four or five pair of foot-ſtalks, which come out
oppoſite from the joints, and the top is terminated by
an odd one; theſe ſuſtain branching panicles of white
flowers, which together form a long looſe pyramidal
thyrſe, and make a fine appearance, for there are no
leaves intermixed with the flowers, but ſo far as the
ſpike reaches the ſtalks are naked. This fort has
flowered in the Chelſea garden, but did not produce
feeds.
;
The eleventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent it me; this
rifes with many ſhrubby ſtalks near five feet high,
which divide into many ſlender branches, whoſe joints
are three or four inches alunder, at each of theſe come
out two oval leaves about three quarters of an inch
long, and half an inch broad, ſtanding upon long
flender foot-ſtalks ; they have ſeveral black ſpots on
their ſurface. The branches come out horizontal, and
are terminated by ſmall bunches of white flowers,
whoſe empalements are ſingle, and compoſed of ſe-
ven narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are divided to
the bottom.
The twelfth fort riſes with an upright round ftalk to
the height of three feet, ſending out ſeveral branches
toward the top, which come out regularly by pairs ;
they are garniſhed with leaves, placed by pairs ;
theſe are two inches and a half long, and about
one third of an inch broad, having three longitudinal
veins; they are of a light green colour, and entire.
The flowers ftand upon long foot-ſtalks at the end of
the branches, ſome fuſtaining one, ſome two, and
others three or four flowers; they are white, and ap-
pear late in autumn. This grows naturally in Carolina.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Maryland ; this
hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which riſes
three feet high, dividing upward into many branches,
which are cloſely garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, which are from two to three inches long, and
a quarter of an inch broad, of a deep green, fitting
cloſe to the branches; they have three longitudinal
veins, and their upper part ſharply ſawedontheir edges,
ending in acute points. The branches are termi-
.
nated by roundiſh cluſters of white fiowers, which
appear in Auguſt, and continue till Oftober; and
in warm ſeaſons they are ſucceeded by feeds, which
ripen here.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and
in moſt of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this
riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks about fix or ſeven feet high,
dividing into many branches, which are garniſhed
with heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points, in-
dented on their edges, having three longitudinal veins;
the upper part of the branches are terminated by flen-
der foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a finall cluſter of white
flowers, included in oblong ſcaly empalements of a
filvery colour.
The fifteenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz
by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with an upright
branching ſtalk three feet high, ſending out two fide
branches from every joint, almoſt the whole length,
which are terminated by looſe ſpikes of red flowers,
as is alſo the principal ftalk. The leaves are heart-
ſhaped, rough, and are crenated on their edges, fitting
cloſe to the ſtalks; they are of a light green, and a
little hoary.
The fixteenth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the
late Dr. Houſtoun; this hath ſlender twining ſtalks,
which faften themſelves to any neighbouring ſupport,
and riſe eight or ten feet high, ſending out ſmall
branches oppoſite, at moſt of the upper joints. The
leaves on the lower part of the ſtalk are heart-ſhaped,
ending in acute points; the upper leaves are almoſt
triangular, they are ſmooth, and of a lucid green;
the upper part of the ſtalks have long branching ſpikes
of white flowers, which are ſmall, and fit cloſe to the
foot-ſtalks.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Penſylvania;
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
upright ſtalks, which grow to the height of ſeven or
eight feet, in a moiſt foil, or where they are ſupplied
with water in dry weather, and are garniſhed with
oval, rough, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are a little
ſawed on their edges, they are placed in whorls round
the ſtalks, ſometimes ſeven, at other places four or
five of theſe ſtand at each joint; they are about three
inches long, and two inches broad. The ſtalks are
terminated by a looſe corymbus of purple flowers,
which appear in Auguſt and continue till October,
but are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
a
2
The

E UP
E UP
a
The eighteenth fort riſes with a ſingle, upright, green
ſtalk, about four feet high, garniſhed at each joint
by four fpear-ſhaped leaves, placed in whorls round
the ſtalks ; they are ſix inches long, and two inches
broad in the middle, leſſening to both ends, termi-
nating in acute points ; they are rough, ſawed on their
edges, and ftand on ſhort foot-ſtalks; the ſtalk is
terminated by a cloſe corymbus of purple flowers,
which appear in July, and continue till September.
The root is perennial, but the ſtalks decay every
winter ; it grows naturally in North America.
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this
hath a creeping root, which ſpreads and multiplies
very faſt. The ſtalks riſe about two feet high; they
are garniſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, which
have foot-ſtalks, and are fawed on their edges. The
Howers are produced at the top of the ſtalks in a
fort of corymbus; they are of a fine blue colour, but
the roots ſpread ſo much as to cauſe barrennefs of
flowers after the firſt year.
All theſe forts may be propagated by ſeeds; ſeveral
of them ripen their feeds in England; theſe ſhould
be fown in autumn as ſoon as they are ripe, for then
the plants will come up the following ſpring; but if
they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants
will not come up till the year after; and thoſe ſeeds
which are procured from America ſhould be fown as
foon as they arrive, for though they may not grow
the firſt year, yet there will be a greater certainty of
their ſucceeding, than when they are kept longer out
of the ground.
The ſecond, third, fifth, ſeventh, eighth, twelfth,
thirteenth, ſeventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth
forts are hardy plants, ſo the ſeeds of theſe may be
ſown in the full ground, but there muſt be care taken
in the fowing to keep the forts ſeparate ; for as the
ſeeds of theſe plants have a light down adhering to
them, they are eaſily diſplaced by the leaſt wind, ſo
fo
that the beſt way will be to ſow them in drills, but
theſe ſhould be but ſhallow, for if the feeds are bu-
ried too deep they will not grow. The bed in which
theſe are ſown ſhould not be too much expoſed to
the fun, but rather have an eaſt aſpect, where the
morning ſun only reaches it; but where it is more
expoſed, it ſhould be ſhaded with mats in the heat of
the day, and the ground ſhould be kept pretty moiſt;
for as theſe plants generally grow in moiſt ſhady fi-
tuations in their native countries, they will ſucceed
better when they have a ſoil and ſituation ſomewhat
like that, though as we want their heat in ſummer,
the plants will thrive here when expoſed to the fun,
provided they have a moiſt foil, or are ſupplied with
water in dry weather.
When the young plants come up, they muſt be kept
clean from weeds; and where they are too cloſe, ſome
of them ſhould be drawn out, to give room for the
others to grow; and if theſe are wanted, they may be
planted in another bed, where, if they are ſhaded and
watered, they will ſoon take root; after which they
will require no farther care but to keep them clean
from weeds till the following autumn, when they
may be tranſplanted to the places where they are to
remain. As the roots of theſe plants ſpread out to a
conſiderable diſtance, they ſhould not be allowed leſs
than three feet from any other plants, and ſome of
the largeſt growing ſhould be allowed four feet. If
the foil in which they are planted is a ſoft gentle
loam, they will thrive much better, and flower
ſtronger than in light dry ground; in which, if they
are not duly watered in dry ſummers, their leaves
will ſhrink, and their ſtalks will not grow to half their
uſual height.
All theſe forts have perennial roots, by which they
may be propagated; for as ſome of them do not per-
fect their feeds in England, ſo that is the only way
of increaſing the plants here; ſome of the forts have
creeping roots, ſending out offsets in great plenty, ſo
theſe are eaſily propagated; and the others may be
taken up, or the heads taken off from them every
other year, in doing of which there ſhould be care
taken not to cut or injure the old plants too much,
which would cauſe them to flower weak the following
year. The beſt time to remove theſe plants is in au-
tumn, as ſoon as they have done growing, that they
may get freſh roots before the froſt comes on; but
if that ſhould happen ſoon after their removal, if the
ſurface of the ground is covered with tan, or dried
leaves, to keep out the froſt, it will effectually ſecure
them, and if this is done to the old plants in very fe-
vere winters, it will always preſerve them; but the
nineteenth fort is the only one which I have known
killed by froft: however, it may not be amiis to
practiſe this on the young ſeedling plants, which have
not ſo good roots, nor are ſo well eſtabliſhed in the
ground; the future culture will be only to dig the
ground about them every ſpring, and keep them clean.
The fourth ſort ſends out many weak twining ſtalks,
which require ſupport; ſo there ſhould be ſome ſtakes
fixed down by their roots in the ſpring when they be-
gin to ſhoot, to which the young ſtalks ſhould be
led and faſtened, and afterward they will naturally
twine round them and riſe four or five feet high if
they are fupplied with water, and in warm ſeaſons
they will produce plenty of white flowers in Auguſt.
This fort is ſometimes killed in very ſevere winters,
if they are not covered; but if, when the ſtalks decay
in the autumn, the ground about them is covered
with ſome old tanners bark, it will effectually ſecure
the roots. This ſort multiplies very faſt by its creeping
roots, which may be parted every other year.
The ſixth and fixteenth forts have twining flender
ſtalks, which require to be ſupported in the like
manner; but theſe are natives of warm countries, ſo
they will not thrive in England, unleſs they are placed
in a warm ſtove; therefore they ſhould be planted in
pots and plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, where,
if they are ſupplied with wet in hot weather, they
will thrive and produce flowers. The ſixth fort hath
ſhrubby ſtalks, and does not propagate by the root,
ſo there ſhould be layers made of the young branches,
which will put out roots if they are properly ſupplied
with water ; but the ſixteenth fort may be propagated
by parting the roots, in the ſame manner as the
fourth fort.
The ninth and fifteenth forts have perennial roots,
but their ſtalks decay every winter. Theſe are tender
plants, fo ſhould be planted in pots, and kept con-
ſtantly plunged in the tan-bed in the ſtove, where
they will thrive and power. Theſe may be propagated
by cutting off ſome of their young ſhoots about the
middle of June, when they have ſtrength, and planted
into pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed, where, if they are ſhaded from
the ſun, and gently watered as they may require it,
they will put out roots in fix weeks, and may then
be tranſplanted into ſeparate pots, and treated as the
old plants.
The tenth, eleventh, and fourteenth forts have ſhrubby
ſtalks, which are perennial. Theſe are natives of
warm countries, fo will not thrive in England out of
a ftove; therefore they ſhould be planted in pots
and kept plunged in the tan-bed of the ſtove, and
treated as the former forts. Theſe will ſometimes
take root from cuttings, but not very freely, ſo that
the beſt way is from ſeeds when they can be procured.
When the feeds of theſe tender forts can be had from
their native countries, the plants raiſed that way are
much preferable to thoſe which are obtained by any
other method, and will flower much ſtronger, there-
fore ſhould be preferred; but as theſe ſeeds fel-
dom grow the firſt
the firſt year, few perſons have patience
enough to wait for the plants coming up. When any
of theſe ſeeds are brought over, they ſhould be fown
as ſoon as they arrive in pots, that they may be re-
moved at any time; the pots ſhould be plunged into
a moderate hot-bed, and the earth kept tolerably
moiſt; the glaſſes ſhould alſo be ſhaded in the heat of
the day, to prevent the earth from drying; in this hot-
bed the pots may remain till autumn, when, if the
plants are not up, they ſhould be plunged between
5 K
the
a

É U P
E UP
the plants in the bark-ſtove, and in the ſpring removed alt. 1. 258. Angular Euphorbium, with broad Oleander
to a gentle hot-bed, which will bring up the plants leaves.
foon after. When theſe are fit to remove they ſhould 6. EUPHORBIA (Heptagonc) aculeata nuda, ſeptem-an-
be planted in ſeparate ſmall pots, and plunged into gularis, fpinis ſolitariis fubulatis floriferis. Lin. Hort.
the hot-bed again, ſhading them from the fun till they Cliff. 196. Naked Septangular thorny Euphorbia, with
have taken new root; then they ſhould have a large ſingle awl-ſhaped Spines, producing flowers at their ex-
ſhare of free air admitted to them in warm weather, tremities. Euphorbium heptagonum, fpinis longif-
and frequently refreſhed with water.
ſimis in apice fructiferis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 258. Eu-
In the winter theſe plants ſhould be more ſparingly phorbium with ſeven angles and very long Spines, bearing
watered, eſpecially thoſe forts whoſe ſtalks decay; fruit at their tops.
and in the ſummer they ſhould have a large ſhare of 7. EUPHORBIA (Caput Meduſe) inermis tuberculis im-
free air admitted to them, with which management bricatis, foliolo lineari inſtructis. Lin. Hort. Cliff,
they will thrive and flower.
197. Euphorbia without thorns, cloſely covered with tu-
EUPHORBIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 536. Euphor- bercles lying over each other like tiles, and narrow leavės,
bium. Boer. Ind. alt. 1. 258. Tithymalus. Tourn. Inft. commonly called Meduſa’s Head. Euphorbium Afrum,
R. H. 85. tab. 18. The Burning Thorny Plant. caule craffo ſquamoſo, ramis in capitis Meduſæ fpe-
This plant was named Euphorbia by King Juba, the ciem cincto. Boerh. Ind. alt. 258. African Euphorbium
father of Ptolemy, who governed both the Maurita- with a thick ſcaly ſtalk, and branches diſpoſed like Me-
nias; whoſe phyſician was named Euphorbus, and his
duſe's head.
brother Antonius Muſa is ſaid to have healed Au-8. EUPHORBIA (Mamilleris) aculeata nuda, angulis tu-
guſtus with this plant.
beroſis, fpinis interſtinctis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 451. Naked
The CHARACTERS are,
prickly Euphorbia, with tuberous angles having Spines
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, growing between them. Euphorbium polygonum acu-
which is ſwelling, rough, and divided into five parts at leis longioribus ex tuberculorum internodiis pro-
the brim. The flower bath four or five thick truncated deuntibus. D’Iſnard. Act. Par. 1720. Euphorbium with
petals, and twelve or more ſtamina which are inſerted in many angles, and long Spines growing out from between
the receptacle; they are longer than the petals, and are the knots.
terminated by globular ſummits. In the center is ſituated 9. EUPHORBIA (Cereiformis) aculeata nuda, multangu-
e three-cornered germen, supporting three bifid ſtyles, laris, fpinis folitariis ſubulatis. Prod. Leyd. 195.
crowned by obtufe ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes Neked thorny Euphorbia with many angles, and ſingle
a roundiſh capſule with three cells, each containing one awl-ſhaped ſpines. Euphorbium cerei effigie, caulibus
roundiſh feed.
gracilioribus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 258. Euphorbiune
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection with the appearance of Torch Thiſtle, and a fender ſtalk.
of Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which includes the plants 10. EUPHORBIA (Fructus Pini) inermis imbricata tuber-
whoſe flowers have twelve ſtamina and three ſtyles. culis foliolo lineari inſtructis. Hort. Cliff. 197. Im-
To this genus he has added the Tithymalus and Ti- bricated Euphorbia without Spines, having tubercles far-
thymaloides of Tournefort and others. The difference niſhed with very narrow leaves
. Euphorbium Afrum,
between the Euphorbium and Tithymalus, conſiſts facie fructûs pini. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 258. African
more in their outward form, than in the characters Euphorbium with the appearance of Pine fruit, commonly
of either flower or fruit, ſo may be properly enough
fo
called Little Meduſa’s Head.
joined together; but the flower of Tithymaloides 11. EUPHORBIA (Patula) inermis, ramis patulis fimpli-
being very different in its form, ſhould be ſeparated cibus teretibus, foliolis linearibus inſtructis. Euphor-
from them, therefore I ſhall place them under the bia without ſpines, having ſingle ſpreading branches which
title of Tithymalus; and as the number of Tithymali are taper, terminated with very narrow leaves.
is very great, many of which are common weeds, 12. EUPHORBIA (Procumbens) inermis ramis teretibus
I ſhall ſelect only the more rare or uſeful kinds to procumbentibus tuberculis quadragonis. Euphorbia
enumerate here.
without Spines, having trailing branches with quadrangu-
The SPECIES are,
lar tubercles.
1. EUPHORBIA (Antiquorum) aculeata triangularis fub- 13. EUPHORBIA (Inermis) inermis, ramis plurimis pro-
nuda articulata, ramis patentibus. Lin. Hort. Cliff. cumbentibus, ſquamoſis, foliolis deciduis
. Euphorbia,
196. Euphorbia with triangular jointed ſtalks which are without Spines, having many trailing branches which are
naked, and have ſpines and ſpreading branches
. Euphor- ſcaly, and deciduous leaves.
bium verum antiquorum. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 23. 14. EUPHORBIA (Tiruaculii) inermis fruticoſa fubnuda fi-
Prickly triangular-pointed Euphorbia, with Spreading liformis erecta, ramis patulis determinatè confertis.
branches, commonly called the true Euphorbium of the Lin. Hort. Cliff. 197. Shrubby erect Euphorbia without
ancients.
Spines, and ſender Spreading branches terminating in
2. Euphorbia (Canarienſis) aculeata nuda fubquadan- cluſters, commonly called Indian-tree Spurge. Tithymalus
gularis, aculeis geminatis. Hort. Cliff. 196. Euphor- Indicus fruteſcens. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 27. Indian
bia with naked ſtalks, which have four angles and double Shrubby Spurge.
Spines. Euphorbium tetragonum & pentagonum fpi-15. EUPHORBIA (Viminalis) inermis fruticoſa nuda fili-
nofum Canarinum. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 258. Canary formis volubilis, cicatricibus oppoſitis. Hort. Cliff.
Euphorbium with four or five angles which have ſpines. 197. Shrubby naked Euphorbia without ſpines, and ſender
3. EUPHORBIA (Trigonum) aculeata nuda triangularis twining branches, commonly called Indian Climbing Spurge.
articulata, ramis erectis
. Thorny-jointed triangular Eu- Tithymalus Indicus vimineus penitus aphyllos. Indian
phorbia with upright naked branches. Euphorbium tri- Spurge with ſender branches, entirely without leaves.
gonum & tetragonum ſpinoſum, ramis compreſſis. 16. EUPHORBIA (Mauritanica) inermis fruticoſa feminu-
D’Iſnard. Act. Par. 1720. Prickly Euphorbium having da filiformis flaccida, foliis alternis. Lin. Hort. Cliff.
three and four angles with compreſſed branches.
197. Naked ſhrubby Euphorbia without Spines, taper
4. EUPHORBIA (Officinarum) aculeata nuda multangu- flaccid branches, and leaves placed alternately. Tithy-
laris, aculeis geminatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 196. Thorny malus aphyllus Mauritania. Hort. Elth. 384. Mauri-
Euphorbia having many angles and ſpines growing by tanian Spurge without leaves.
pairs
. Euphorbium cerei effigie caulibus craffioribus, 17. EUPHORBIA (Cotinifolia) foliis oppofitis fubcordatis
fpinis validioribus armatum. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 21. petiolatis emarginatis integerrimis, caule fruticoſo.
Torch-ſhaped Euphorbium, with thick ſtalks armed with Lin. Sp. Plant. 453. Euphorbia with heart-ſhaped leaves
ſtrong ſpines.
placed oppoſite upon foot-ftalks, which are indented at the
5. EUPHORBIA (Neriifolia) aculeata feminuda, angulis top, entire, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Tithymalus arboreus
obliquè tuberculatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 196. Thorny Ainericanus cotini folio. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 29. Tree
half-naked Euphorbia with oblique tubercular angles, com- American Spurge with a Venice Sumach leaf.
monly called the Oleander-leaved Euphorbium. Euphor- 18. EUPHORBIA (Lathyris) umbellâ quadrifidâ, dicho-
bium angulofum, foliis nerii latioribus. Boerh. Ind. tomâ, foliis oppofitis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant,
457.

E UP
E UP
457. Euphorbia with a quadrifid umbel, a forked ſtalk, fylvaticus lunato flore.C.B.P.290. Wood-Spurge with
and entire leaves placed oppoſite. Tithymalus latifolius a moon-ſhaped flower.
Cataputia dictus. H. L. Broad-leaved Spurge, called 30. EUPHORBIA (Heterophylla) inermis foliis ferratis pe-
Cataputia.
tiolatis difformibus ovatis lanceolatis panduriformibus.
19. EUPHORBIA (Myrſinites) umbellâ ſuboĉtifidâ, bifida, Lin. Sp. Plant. 453. Euphorbia without ſpines, having
involucellis fubovatis, foliis fpathulatio patentibus Jawed leaves with foot-ſtalks which are deformed, oval,
carnoſis mucronatis margine ſcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. Spear-shaped, and like a fiddle. Tithymalus Curaffavicus,
461. Euphorbia with an umbel divided into eight points, falicis & atriplicis foliis variis, caulibus viridantibus.
whoſe ſmall involucrums are oval, and ſpreading fleſhy- Pluk. Alm. 396. Spurge from Curaſſao, with variable
pointed leaves ſhaped like a ſpatula, having rough borders.
leaves like Willow and Orach, and a green ſtalk.
Tithymalus myrſinites latifolius. C. B. P. 296. Broad-31. EUPHORBIA (Hypericifolia) dichotomâ, foliis ferratis
leaved Myrtle Spurge.
ovali-oblongis glabris, corymbis terminalibus, ramis
20. EUPHORBIA (Dendroides) umbellâ multifidâ, dicho- divaricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 454. Forked Euphorbia
tomâ, involucellis fubcordatis, primariis triphyllis, with oblong, oval, ſmooth, ſawed leaves, and divaricated
caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 462. Euphorbia with a branches terminated by umbels. Tithymalus erectus
multifid forked umbel, heart-ſhaped ſmall involucrums, the acris, parietariæ foliis glabris, floribus ad caulim no-
firſt three-leaved, and a tree-like ſtalk. Tithymalus dos conglomeratis. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 82. Upright acrid
myrtifolius arboreus. C. B. P. 290. Myrtle-leaved Spurge, with ſmooth Pellitory leaves, and flowers growing
Tree Spurge.
in cluſters from the joints of the ſtalk.
21. EUPHORBIA ( Amygdaloides) umbellâ multifidâ, dicho- 32. EUPHORBIA (Ocymoides) inermis, herbacea, ramoſa,
tomâ, involucellis perfoliatis emarginatis, orbiculatis foliis, ſubcordatis integerrimis petiolatis floribus fo-
foliis obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 662. Euphorbia with a litariis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 453. Branching herbaceous Ex-
multifid umbel divided by pairs, orbicular perfoliate invo- phorbia without Spines, having entire heart-ſhaped leaves
lucrums, and obtuſe leaves. Tithymalus characias amyg- with foot-ſtalks, and ſingle flowers. Tithymalus Ame-
daloides. C. B. P. 290. Wood Spurge.
ricanus, erectus, annuus, ramofiffimus ocymi caryo-
22. EUPHORBIA (Paluſtris) umbellâ multifidâ, ſubtrifi- phyllati foliis. Houſt. MSS. Upright, annual, branching
dâ, bifidâ, involucellis ovatis, foliis lanceolatis, ra- Spurge of America, with leaves like ſmall Bafil.
mis fterilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 462. Euphorbia with a The firſt fort has been generally taken for the true
multifid umbel, which is ſubtrifid and bifid, the ſmall in- Euphorbium of the ancients, and as ſuch hath been
volucrums oval, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and ſteril branches. directed for medicinal uſe; but it is from the ſecond
Tithymalus paluſtris fruticoſus. C. B. P. 292. Shrubby fort, that the drug now imported under that title in
Marſh Spurge.
England is taken. Dr. Linnæus fuppoſes the fourth
23. EUPHORBIA (Orientalis) umbellâ quinquefidâ, qua-
to be the fort which ſhould be uſed, though as they
drifidâ, dichotomâ, involucellis fubrotundis acutis, are all nearly of the ſame quality, it may be in-
foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 460. Euphorbia with
different which of them that drug is taken from,
a quinquefid and quadrifid forked umbel, a pointed roundiſh which is the infpiffated juice of the plant.
involucrum, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Tithymalus Orien- The firſt fort hath a triangular, compreſſed, fucculent
talis, ſalicis folio, caule purpureo, flore magno.
ſtalk, which is jointed, and riſes to the height of
Tourn. Cor. 2. Eaſtern Spurge with a Willow leaf, a eight or ten feet, ſending out many irregular twiſting
purple ſtalk, and large flower.
branches, which are for the moſt part three-cornered,
24. EUPHORBIA (Characias) umbellâ quinquefidâ, trifi- but have ſometimes only two, and at others four an-
dâ dichotomâ, involucellis ovatis, foliis lanceolatis, gles; they are compreſſed, ſucculent, and ſpread out
capſulis lanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 460. Euphorbia with on every ſide the ſtalk; theſe have at the extremity
a quinquefid trifid umbel, dividing by pairs, an oval in- of the branches a few ſhort roundiſh leaves, which
volucrum, Spear-ſhaped leaves and woolly capſules. Ti- foon fall off; and near theſe come out now and then
thymalus arboreus, caule corallino, folio Hyperici, a few flowers, which have five thick whitiſh petals,
pericarpio barbato. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 256. Tree with a large three-cornered germen in the center;
Spurge with a red ſtalk, a St. John's Wort leaf, and theſe foon drop off without having any ſeeds. It grows
bearded capſule.
naturally in India, from whence the plants were
25: EUPHORBIA (Hiberna) umbellâ fextifidâ, dichotomâ, brought to the gardens in Holland, and have fince
involucellis ovalibus, foliis integerrimis, ramis nullis been communicated to moſt of the curious gardens in
capſulis verrucoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 462. Euphorbia
Europe.
with a ſix-pointed forked umbel, oval involucrums, entire The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands,
leaves, no branches, and warted capſules. Tithymalus from whence I have been credibly informed, the Eu-
Hibernicus Machingboy dictus. Mer. Pin. Iriſh Spurge, phorbium which is imported in England, is now
called Maching boy.
brought, and is the inſpiſſated juice of this plant. In
26. EUPHORBIA (Apios) umbellâ quinquefidâ, bifidâ,
its native country this grows to the height of twenty
involucellis obcordatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 457. Euphor- feet or more, but in England it is rarely ſeen' more
bia with a quinquefid bifid umbel, and heart-ſhaped in- than ſix or ſeven; nor is it of any advantage to have
volucrums. Tithymalus tuberosâ pyriformi radice. them ſo tall here, becauſe they ſend out many branches
C. B. P. 292. Spurge with a tuberous Pear-ſhaped root. which are large and ſucculent, fo render the plants
27. EUPHORBIA (Aleppica) umbellâ quinquefidâ, di- too heavy to be eaſily removed. This hath a very
chotomâ, involucellis ovato-lanceolatis mucronatis, thick, green, fucculent ſtalk, which has four or five
foliis inferioribus ſetaceis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 458. Eu- large angles or corners, cloſely armed with black
phorbia with a quinquefid forked umbel, oval ſpear-ſhaped crooked ſpines, which come out by pairs at every in-
involucrums which are pointed, and the lower leaves denture: the ſtalks ſend out from every fide large
briſtly. Tithymalus Cypariffius. Alp. Exot. 65. Cy- fucculent branches of the ſame form, which extend to
preſs Spurge.
the diſtance of two or three feet, then turn their ends
28. EUPHORBIA (Cretica) umbellâ multifidâ, bifidâ, in- upwards, ſo that when the plants are well grown,
volucellis orbiculatis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis villoſis. they have ſome reſemblance to a branched chandelier ;
Euphorbia with a multifid bifid umbel, orbicular involu- theſe have no leaves, but are cloſely armed with black
crums, and norrow, Spear-ſhaped, hairy leaves. Tithy-
,
ſpines like the ſtalks; at the end of the branches
malus Creticus characias, anguſtifolius, villoſus & come out the flowers, which are ſhaped like thoſe of
incanus. Tourn. Cor. 1. Creian Wood Spurge, with the firſt fort.
narrow, hairy, and hoary leaves.
The third fort hath a naked three-cornered ftalk
29. EUPHORBIA (Sylvatica) umbellâ multifidâ, dichoto- which is compreſſed, ſending out a great number of
mâ, involucellis perfoliatis, ſubcordatis, foliis lan- branches which grow erect, and join up to the main
ceolatis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 463. Euphorbia ſtalk; theſe are generally three-cornered, but ſome
with a multifid forked umbel, heart-ſhaped perfoliate invo- vary to four; they are jointed and armed with ſhort
lucrums, and entire ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Tithymalus crooked fpines, but have no leaves, nor do the
6
plants

E UP
E UP
a
a
plants produce flowers here. This grows naturally in
India.
The fourth fort puts out many ſtalks juſt above the
ſurface of the ground, which are thick, fucculent,
and roundish, having eight or ten angles while they
are young, but as they grow old they loſe their angles
and become round; the branches grow diſtorted and
irregular, firſt horizontal, and afterward turn upward;
they are armed with ſmall crooked ſpines on their
angles, and on the upper part of the branches come
out the flowers, which are ſmall, and of a greenish
white, ſhaped like thoſe of the ſecond fort. This grows
naturally in India.
The fifth fort grows naturally in India ; this riſes with
a ſtrong upright ſtalk five or fix feet high, which
hath irregular angles, and protuberances which are
oblique to the angles; the lower part of the ſtalk is
naked, the upper part is branching, and the branches
are armed with crooked ſpines; at every protube-
rance, and at the top, they are garniſhed with oblong
leaves of a lucid green, which are very ſmooth, en-
tire, and rounded at their ends; theſe fall off, and
the plants remain naked for ſome months, and then
the flowers come out, which fit cloſe to the branches,
and are of a greeniſh white colour; the leaves come
out in the autumn, and fall off in the ſpring.
The fixth fort riſes with a roundiſh, upright, fuccu-
lent ſtalk about three feet high, putting out ſeveral
branches on the ſide of the ſame form ; theſe have
ſeven angles or furrows, which are armed with long,
ſingle, black thorns; at the end of which come out
ſmall flowers, of the ſame form with thoſe of the
other forts, and are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſmall
fruit.
The ſeventh fort hath thick, roundiſh, ſucculent
ſtalks, which are fcaly; theſe ſend out many branches
from their fides of the ſame form, which are twiſted,
and run one over another, ſo as to appear like a par-
cel of ſerpents coming out from the ſtalks, from
whence it had the appellation of Meduſa’s Head.
The ends of the branches are garniſhed with narrow,
thick, ſucculent leaves, which drop off, and round
the upper part of the branches the flowers come out;
theſe are white, and of the ſame form with thoſe of
the other ſpecies, but larger, and are frequently ſuc-
ceeded by round ſmooth capſules with three cells,
each including a ſingle roundish feed.
The eighth fort hath roundiſh ftalks, which fwell out
like a belly in the middle, and have knobbed angles,
between which come out long ipines which are ftrait;
theſe ſtalks riſe two feet high, and put out a few
branches on their fide of the ſame form; the flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, fitting
cloſe upon the angles ; they are ſmall, of a yellowiſh
green colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other
ſpecies.
The ninth fort hath ftalks and branches very like
thoſe of the fourth, but much flenderer; the ſpines
of this are ſingle, and thoſe of the other double; and
the ends of the branches are cloſely garniſhed with
flowers on every angle, in which it differs from the
fourth fort.
The tenth fort hath a thick ſhort ſtalk, which ſeldom
riſes more than eight or ten inches high, from which
come out a great number of trailing branches which
are ſlender, and grow about a foot in length; theſe
intermix with each other like thoſe of the ſeventh
fort, but they are much ſmaller, and do not grow
near ſo long, but have the ſame appearance, from
whence it is called Little Meduſa's Head: the ends
of theſe branches are beſet with narrow leaves, be-
tween which the flowers come out, which are white,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies.
The eleventh fort riſes with a taper ſtalk fix or ſeven
inches high, ſending out from the top a few taper
branches, which ſpread out on every ſide; theſe are
not ſcaly, like thoſe of the laſt fort, but taper, and
garniſhed at their ends with ſeveral ſmall narrow
leaves which drop off. This ſort hath not yet flowered
here, having been but a ſhort time in England.
The twelfth fort hath a ſhort thick ſtalk, which never
riſes three inches high, to that the branches ipread
on the ſurface of the ground; theſe ſeldom grow
more than fix inches long, and their ſcales fwell into
a ſort of protuberances which are ſquare; they have
no leaves, and very rarely produce flowers in England,
but has been long an inhabitant in the gardens.
The thirteenth fort is very like the ſeventh, but the
ſtalks never rife more than a foot or fifteen inches
high, ſo that the branches fpread out near the ground;
theſe are alſo much ſhorter than thoſe of the feventh,
but have the ſame appearance, and are garniſhed with
narrow leaves at their end, which fall off as the
branches are extended in length: this produces a great
number of ſmall white flowers at the end of the
branches, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the other
ſpecies, and are frequently ſucceeded by round ſmooth
capſules with three cells, including one or two
roundiſh ſeeds which ripen here.
Theſe forts have been by moſt of the modern bota-
niſts ranged under the title of Euphorbium, and have
been diſtinguiſhed from the Tithymali, more from
the ſtructure and outward appearance of the plants,
than any real difference in their characters, as hath
been before obſerved; but as the number of ſpecies
of thoſe commonly called Spurge was very great, ſo
many of the writers were willing to ſeparate the Eu-
phorbia from that genus, to leſſen the number of
fpecies.
Theſe plants are preſerved in many curious gardens,
more for the oddneſs of their ſtructure, than any
real beauty ; but being ſo extremely different in their
form, from almoſt any plants of European production,
many curious perſons have been induced to preſerve
the ſeveral forts in their gardens.
They are all of them full of a milky acrid juice, which
flows out on their being wounded in any part; this
juice will bliſter the fleſh, if it happen to lie upon
any tender part for a ſhort time, and will burn li-
nen almoſt as bad as aqua fortis, therefore the plants
ſhould be handled with great caution ; nor ſhould the
ends of their branches be ever bruiſed or injured; for
if they are, it frequently occaſions their rotting down
to the next joint, and ſometimes will deſtroy the whole
plant, if thoſe injured branches are not cut off in time;
ſo that whenever the branches appear to have been in-
jured, the fooner they are cut from the plants, the
leſs danger there will be of their iuffering from it; nor
ſhould
any
of the branches be cut between the joints,
for the ſame reaſon.
Moſt of theſe plants were firſt brought to Europe by
the Dutch, who have been very curious to introduce
great numbers of plants from India, and alſo from
the Cape of Good Hope: from the latter there hath
been a very great variety of curious plants of late
years brought to Europe, many of which produce
very elegant flowers, and are the greateſt ornaments of
the conſervatory in the winter and ſpring ſeaſons.
Theſe have been brought over in ſeeds, but the dif-
ferent kinds of Euphorbia came over moſt of them
in plants or cuttings; for theſe may be eaſily tranſ-
ported to any diſtance, if either of them are put up
in boxes, with any ſoft dry package, to prevent their
being bruiſed, or their ſpines from wounding each
other, and kept from moiſture and cold; with this
care they may be kept fix months out of the ground,
and if carefully planted will take root, and thrive as
well as if they had been newly taken from the old
plants, or out of the ground but a ſhort time; which
is a much more expeditious method of obtaining the
plants than from ſeeds, when they can be procured.
The greateſt part of theſe ſucculent plants grow na-
turally upon barren rocky places, or in dry fandy
foils, where few other plants will thrive; therefore
they ſhould never be planted in rich or loamy earth
here, nor ſuffered to receive much wet, which will
cauſe them to rot. The beſt mixture of earth for
theſe plants is about a fourth part of ſcreened lime-
rubbiſh, a fourth part of ſea-ſand, and half of light
freſh earth from a common; theſe ſhould be mixed
well
a

E UP
E UP
3
a
3
well together, and frequently turned over before it
it uſed, that the parts may be incorporated, and the
coinpoft ſweetened by being expoſed to the air. If
this mixture is prepared a year before it is wanted, it
will be the better, that it may have the benefit of the
winter's froſt and the ſummer's heat to mellow it; and
the oftener it is turned over, and the ſmaller the
heaps are in which it is laid, the air will penetrate it
better, and render it more fit for uſe.
Theſe forts are eaſily propagated by cuttings, which
ſhould be taken from the old plants in June; theſe
muſt be cut at a joint, otherwiſe they will rot. When
theſe cuttings are taken off, the milky juice of the
old plants will flow out in plenty; therefore there
ſhould be fome dry earth or ſand applied upon the
wounded part, which will harden and ſtop the fap;
and the wounded part of the cuttings ſhould alſo be
rubbed in fand, or dry earth, for the ſame purpoſe;
then the cuttings ſhould be laid in a dry part of the
ftove, for ten days or a fortnight; and ſome of thoſe
whoſe branches are large and very ſucculent, may lie
three weeks or more before they are planted, that
their wounds may be healed and hardened, otherwiſe
they will rot. When the cuttings are planted, they
Thould be each put into a ſmall halfpenny pot, laying
ſtones or rubbiſh in the bottom, and filling the pots
with the mixture before directed; then plunge the
pots into a moderate hot-bed, and if the weather is
very hot, the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be ſhaded
in the middle of the day, and the cuttings ſhould be
gently watered once or twice a week, according as the
earth may dry: in about ſix weeks or two months the
cuttings will have put out roots, ſo if the bed is not very
warm, the plants may continue there, provided they
have free air admitted to them every day, otherwiſe
it will be better to remove them into the ſtove, where
they may be hardened before the winter; for if they
are too much drawn in ſummer, they are very apt to
decay in winter, unleſs they are very carefully ma-
naged. During the ſummer ſeaſon, theſe plants ſhould
be gently watered two or three times a week, ac-
cording to the warmth of the ſeaſon; but in winter
they muſt not be watered oftener than once a week,
and it ſhould be given more ſparingly at that ſeaſon,
eſpecially if the ſtove is not warm: the firſt fort will
require more warmth in the winter than any of the
other, as alſo leſs water at that ſeaſon. This, if well
managed, will grow ſeven or eight feet high; but the
plants muſt conſtantly remain in the ftove, giving
them a large ſhare of air in warm weather, and in
winter the ſtove ſhould be kept in a temperate degree
of warmth.
The ſixth fort is at preſent the moſt rare in England:
the plants of this fort, which have been procured
from Holland, have been moſt of them deſtroyed by
placing them in ſtoves, where, by the heat, they have
in one day turned black, and rotted immediately
after. This ſort will thrive well if placed in a dry
airy glaſs-caſe with Ficoides, and other fucculent
plants in the winter, where they may have free air
in mild weather, and be protected from froſt; in
ſummer the plants of this fort may be expoſed in the
open air, in a warm ſituation, but ſhould be ſcreened
from much wet: with this treatment, the plants will
thrive much better than when they are more tenderly
nurſed.
The ſeventh, eighth, tenth, eleventh, twelfth, and
thirteenth forts, are alſo pretty hardy, ſo will live in
a good glaſs-caſe in winter without fire, provided the
froſt is kept entirely out, and in ſummer they may
be placed abroad in a warm ſituation: as theſe are
very ſucculent plants, they ſhould not have too much
wet'; therefore, if the ſummer ſhould prove very
moiſt, it will be very proper to place theſe plants
under fome ſhelter, where they may enjoy the free air,
and be ſcreened from the rain, otherwiſe by receiv-
ing too much wet in ſummer they will rot in winter.
The ſeventh fort will require to be ſupported, other-
wiſe the weight of the branches will draw them upon
the pots; and, by training of the ſtems up to ſtakes,
they will grow four or five feet high, and a great
number of ſide branches will be produced; theſe;
being very ſucculent and heavy, are very apt to draw
down the ſtem if it hath not ſupport.
The following forts have been, by all the writers on
botany, placed under the title of Tithymalua; but
the fourteenth and fifteenth forts ſhould, according
to their own diſtinction, have been placed in the
genus of Euphorbium, becauſe they are as deftitute
of leaves as moſt of the ſpecies which they have there
placed.
The fourteenth ſort riſes with a taper ſucculent ſtalk
to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, ſending out
many branches of the ſame form, which fubdivide
into many ſmaller ; theſe are jointed but at a great dif-
tance: they are ſmooth, and of a deep green colour,
having a few ſmall leaves at their extremities, which
foon fall off. As the plants grow older, their ſtalks
become ſtronger and leſs ſucculent, eſpecially toward
the bottom; where they turn to a brown colour, and
become a little woody. The branches grow diffuſed
and intermix with each other, fo form a ſort of buſh
toward the top, but this doth not produce flowers
here.
The fifteenth fort fends out a great number of ſlender
taper ſtalks of a dark green colour, which are
ſmooth, and twiſt about each other, or any neigh-
bouring ſupport, whereby they will riſe to the height
of ten or twelve feet, putting out ſmaller branches
upward, which alſo twine and intermix with the other
ftalks, they are naked, having no leaves, nor do the
plants flower in England. Theſe grow in India.
The fixteenth fort fends out many taper ſucculent
ſtalks from the root, which riſe about four feet high;
they are ſlender and weak, fo require ſupport to pre-
vent their falling to the ground; theſe have a light
green bark, and their lower parts are naked, but their
upper parts are garniſhed with oblong leaves, which
are ſmooth, entire, and placed alternate on every ſide
the ftalks: the flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters
at the end of the branches, they are of a yellowiſh
green colour, and are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſmooth
round fruit, but the feeds rarely ripen in England.
This fort grows naturally on the African ſhore in the
Mediterranean.
The ſeventeenth ſort grows naturally in ſome of the
iſlands of the Weſt-Indies, and alſo upon the con-
tinent there. I received ſpecimens of this fort from
the iſland of Tobago, and alſo from Carthagena,
where the plants were growing in plenty; the Dutch
gardens were furniſhed with it from Curaſſao, where
it alſo grows naturally. This hath an upright ſtalk,
which riſes to the height of fix or ſeven feet, covered
with a light brown bark, and divides upward into
many branches; theſe are garniſhed with roundiſh
leaves, which are indented at their ends, and have
foot-ſtalks: they are ſmooth and of a beautiful
green,
but fall away in winter, ſo that in the ſpring they are
almoſt naked; the flowers come out from the end of
the branches, they are yellow and ſmall, foon falling
away without having any fruit ſucceed them here. .
Theſe forts are propagated by cuttings, in the ſame
manner as the Euphorbiums, and the plants muſt be
treated in the ſame way, as hath been directed for
them.
The fourteenth, fifteenth, and ſeventeenth ſorts, are
tender, ſo require a ſtove; theſe muſt have the ſame
treatment as the tender kinds of Euphorbiums, but
the fixteenth fort will live in a common green-houſe
in winter, and may be expoſed abroad in the ſummer.
The eighteenth fort ſtands in the liſt of medicinal
plants, but is rarely uſed in England at preſent; this
is a biennial plant, which periſhes after the ſeeds are
ripe. It grows naturally in Italy and the ſouth of
France, and where it is allowed to ſcatter its feeds
in a garden, becomes a weed here. This riſes with
an upright fucculent ftalk from three to four feet
high, garnished with oblong ſmooth leaves which are
placed oppoſite, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks; the upper
part of the ſtalk divides by pairs into ſmaller forked
5 L
branches,
a

E UP
E UP
a
3
branches, and from the fork between theſe diviſions
come out the umbels of flowers, each fork having
one; that which is ſituated in the firſt diviſion being
the largeſt, and thoſe in the upper the ſmalleft. The
,
flowers are of a greeniſh yellow colour ; they appear in
June and July, and the fruit follows ſoon after, which
is divided into three lobes, and has three cells, each
containing one roundiſh ſeed, which is caſt out at a
diſtance by the elaſticity of the pods. This ſort
will propagate itſelf faſt enough when it is once in-
troduced into gardens, fo requires no care but to keep
it clean from weeds.
The nineteenth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, in Spain, and Italy. This ſends out many
trailing branches from the root, which grow about a
foot long, lying upon the ground, which are cloſely
garniſhed with thick ſucculent leaves ; theſe are flat,
ſhort, and pointed; they ſpread open on every ſide
the branches, and are placed alternate, fitting cloſe to
the ſtalks : the flowers are produced in large umbels
at the end of the branches; the involucrum of the
principal umbel is compoſed of ſeveral oval-pointed
leaves, but thoſe of the ſmall umbels have only two
heart-ſhaped concave leaves, whoſe borders are rough;
the flowers are yellow, and are fucceeded by three
ſeeds, incloſed in a roundiſh capſule with three cells.
This plant will continue two or three years upon a
dry warm ſoil, and will ripen ſeeds annually; which,
if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up,
and require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds.
The twentieth fort grows naturally in Crete, and in
ſeveral iſlands of the Archipelago; this riſes with an
upright branching ſtem to the height of four feet;
the leaves of this are oblong and pointed, and are
placed alternate on the branches; the flowers come
out in umbels from the fork between the branches;
they are ſmall and yellow, and are rarely ſucceeded by
ſeeds in England. It is eaſily propagated by cuttings
during any of the ſummer months, and requires a
little protection from the froſt in winter.
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in the woods
in many parts of England; it riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk
three feet high; the flowers are produced in umbels
ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks, fo form a long ſpike; the
empalements are of a greeniſh yellow, and the petals
black, ſo they make an odd appearance. It flowers
in May, and the ſeeds ripen in July. If the feeds
of this are fown under trees in the autumn, the
plants will riſe the following ſpring, and require no
culture.
The twenty-ſecond fort ſtands in the liſt of medi-
cinal plants by the title of Eſula major, but at pre-
ſent is ſeldom uſed: this grows naturally in France
and Germany upon marſhy places, where it riſes
three or four feet high. It hath a perennial root,
by which it may be propagated better than by ſeeds,
which ſeldom grow, unleſs they are fown ſoon after
they are ripe.
The twenty-third fort was diſcovered in the Levant,
by Dr. Tournefort, who ſent the ſeeds to the royal
garden at Paris; this hath a perennial root, from which
ariſe many fucculent ſtalks three feet high, covered
with a purple bark, and garniſhed with oblong ſmooth
leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of Willow, of a dark green
colour. The upper part of the ſtalks divide, and in
the fork is ſituated an umbel of flowers of a greeniſh
yellow colour, which are ſucceeded by round cap-
ſules with three cells, each containing a ſingle feed.
It flowers in June, and the ſeeds are ripe in Auguſt;
this may be propagated by parting the roots, or
by fowing the ſeeds in autumn. The plant is hardy,
ſo will endure the greateſt cold of this country, if it
is planted in a dry foil.
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and
on the borders of the Mediterranean Sea ; this riſes
with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks to the height of five or
fix feet, having a red bark, and are garniſhed with
oblong, ſmooth, blunt leaves, which are placed alter-
The flowers grow in ſmall umbels from the
diviſion of their branches; they are yellow, and are
ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, which are rough,
having three cells like the other ſpecies. This is
eaſily propagated by cuttings during any of the fum-
mer months, and requires protection from the froſt
in winter.
The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally in Ireland,
from whence the roots have been brought to Eng-
land; this hath thick fibrous roots, which ſend up
ſeveral ſingle unbranched ſtalks about a foot high,
garniſhed with oblong leaves, placed alternate on
every fide. The flowers are produced in ſmall um-
bels at the top of the ſtalks ; they are yellow, and
are ſucceeded by rough warted capſules with three
cells ; it flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Au-
guft. This may be propagated by the roots, which
ſhould be planted in a ſhady ſituation and a moiſt
foil.
This plant was almoſt the only phyſic uſed by the
native inhabitants of Ireland formerly; but ſince the
uſe of mercury has been known to them, the other
has been generally neglected.
The twenty-fixth fort grows naturally in the Levant;
this hath a knobbed Pear-ſhaped root, from which
ariſe two or three ſtalks about a foot and a half
high, garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are hairy,
placed alternate on every fide the ſtalk. The flowers
are produced in ſmall umbels from the diviſions of the
ſtalk; they are ſmall, of a greeniſh yellow colour, and
are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds here; it may
be
propa-
gated by offsets, ſent out from the main root; theſe
may be taken off in autumn, and planted in a ſhady
ſituation, where they will thrive better than in the
full fun.
The twenty-ſeventh fort grows naturally at Aleppo,
and in other parts of the Levant; this hath a peren-
nial creeping root, by which it multiplies very faſt
where it is once eſtabliſhed. The ſtalks of this riſe a
foot and a half high; the lower leaves are narrow,
ſtiff, and briftly; but thoſe on the upper part of the
ſtalk are ſhaped like the narrow-leaved Myrtle. The
flowers are produced in large umbels from the divi-
ſions of the ſtalk; they are yellow, and appear in
June, but are rarely ſucceeded by ſeeds in this country:
The roots of this ſhould be confined in pots; for
when they are planted in the full ground, they creep
about to a great diſtance.
The twenty-eighth fort grows naturally in many parts
of the Levant, and alſo in Spain and Portugal. The
ſeeds of this were brought me from Scanderoon, by
thelate Mr. Robert Millar, who found the plants grow-
ing plentifully there ; and he aſſured me, that he ſaw
the inhabitants wounding of theſe plants, and collect-
ing their milky juice, which they mixed up with the
Scammony to ſend abroad.
The ſeeds of this plant were ſince fent me from Por-
tugal, by Robert More, Eſq; who found the plants
growing
there naturally, but this plant had been many
years before an inhabitant in the Engliſh gardens; this
riſes with a purple ſhrubby ſtalk near three feet high,
which is garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy
leaves, ſet cloſely on the ſtalk alternately on every
ſide ; the upper part of the ſtalk is terminated by um-
bels of flowers, which forrn a ſort of ſpike. The
greater umbels are multifid, but the ſmall ones are bi-
fid. The involucrums of the flowers are yellow, and
the petals of the flowers black ; theſe appear in May,
and are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in July : the
young plants which have been lately raiſed from ſeeds,
are generally very fruitful, but the old ones, and thoſe
,
,
raiſed by cuttings are barren ; this may be
propagated
by ſeeds, or from cuttings, and will live abroad if
planted in a dry rubbiſhy foil and a warm ſituation,
otherwiſe they are frequently killed by ſevere froſt.
The twenty-ninth fort grows naturally in the ſouth
of France, in Spain, and Italy; this is a biennial plant,
from whoſe root ariſe two or three ſtalks, which grow
two or three feet high, garniſhed with ſpear-ihaped
leaves, which are entire. The umbels of Howers ariſe
from the diviſion of the branches; the involucrums
a
a
nate.
are

E UP
Ε
EXO
are heart-ſhaped, and ſurround the pedicle with their about a foot high, dividing into a great number of
baſe. The flowers are yellow, and appear in June. branches, which ſpread very wide on every ſide,
The ſeeds ripen in Auguſt; which, if permitted to garniſhed with roundith, heart-ſhaped leaves, which
ſcatter, the plants will come up, and require no other are entire, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The
care but to keep them clean from weeds; this muſt flowers come out fingly from the diviſions of the
have a ſhady ſituation.
ſtalk, they are ſmall, and of an herbaceous colour,
The thirtieth ſort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, and are ſucceeded by Imall round capſules, contain-
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent me the feeds; ing three ſeeds
this is an annual plant, which riſes from two to The laſt three ſorts are annual; the feeds of theſe muit
three feet high. The leaves of theſe are ſometimes be fown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
narrow and entire, at other times oval, and divided in plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
the middle, almoſt to the midrib, in ſhape of a fiddle ; in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged into
they alſo vary in their colour, ſome being inclinable the hot-bed again, and muſt afterward be treated in
to purple, others of a light green; they are fawed on the ſame manner as other tender annual plants from
their edges, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The warm countries:
flowers are produced in ſmall umbels at the end of EUPHRASIA. Eyebright.
the branches; they are of a greeniſh white, and are This is a medicinal plant, which grows naturally in
ſucceeded by ſmall round capſules with three cells. the fields and commons in moſt parts of England, al-
The thirty-firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the ways among graſs, heath, furz, or ſome other cover,
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this is an annual plant, and will not grow when theſe are cleared from about
which riſes with a branching ſtalk about two feet it ; nor will the feeds grow when they are fown in a
high, garniſhed with oblong, oval, ſmooth leaves, garden; for which reaſon I ſhall not trouble the reader
which are fawed on the edges. The flowers grow with a deſcription, or any farther account of it, than
in ſmall umbels at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, that the herb-women ſupply the markets with it in
gathered into cloſe bunches; theſe are white, and plenty from the fields.
are ſucceeded by ſmall round capſules, incloſing three EXCORTICATION (excorticatio, Lat.]
feeds.
pulling or peeling off the outward bark of trees.
The ſeeds of the thirty-ſecond fort were fent me EXOTICS [exotica, Lat.] Exotic plants are ſuch
from La Vera Cruz, by the late Dr. Houſtoun ; this as are natives of foreign countries.
is an annual plant, which riſes with an upright ſtalk
a
F.
F AB
FAB
F
ABA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 391. tab. 212. Vi-
cia. Lin. Gen. Plant. 782. The Bean; in
French, Féve.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a tubulous empalement of one leaf,
which is cut into five ſegments at the brim; the three lower
ſegments being long, and the two upper are very ſort. The
flower is of the butterfly kind. The ſtandard is large,
oval, and indented at the end; the two ſides turn back-
ward, after ſome time; it hath two oblong erext wings,
which incloſe the keel, being much longer. The keel is
fort, ſwelling, and cloſely covers the parts of generation ;
theſe are joined in one column, almoſt to the top where
they are divided ; the nine ſtamina are in three parts, and
one ſtands ſeparate; theſe are terminated by roundiſh re-
clined Summits. At the bottom is ſituated an oblong com-
preſſed germen, ſupporting a ſhort angular ſtyle, crowned
by an obtuſe ſtigma, which is bearded on the two ſides.
The germen afterward becomes a long, compreſſed, leathery
pod, having one cell, filled with compreſſed kidney-ſhaped
feeds.
Tournefort ranges this genus of plants in the ſecond
ſection of his tenth claſs, which includes the herbs
with a butterfly flower, whoſe pointal turns to a long
pod with one cell. This is in the third ſection of
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, in which he places thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina, joined in two
bodies, and he joins it to his genus of Vicia, fo he
makes only a ſpecific difference between them; but as
the Bean hath a compreſſed leathery pod and kidney-
ſhaped ſeeds, and the Vetch a ſwelling pod with round
ſeeds, they ſhould be ſeparated.
There are ſeveral varieties of the Garden Bean, which
are known and diſtinguiſhed by the gardeners, but
do not eſſentially differ from each other; fo I ſhall
not enumerate them as diſtinct ſpecies, nor join
theſe to the Horſe Bean, as ſome have done, who have
ſuppoſed them to be but one ſpecies; for, from hav-
ing cultivated them more than forty years, without
findingthe Garden Bean degenerate to the Horſe Bean,
or the latter improving to the former, I conclude
they are diſtinct ſpecies.
There is a great variety of the Garden Beans, now
cultivated in the kitchen-gardens in England, which
differ in ſize and ſhape; ſome of them producing their
pods much earlier in the year than others, for which
they are greatly eſteemed by the gardeners, whoſe pro-
fit ariſes from their early crops of moſt eſculent plants;
therefore they are very careful to improve all thoſe va-
rieties which have a tendency to be fit for the markets
firſt; but as many ſorts of ſeeds, when cultivated long
in the ſame land, are apt to degenerate, ſo new ſeeds
ſhould be annually precured, either from abroad, or
fonte diftant ſituation, where the ſoil is of a different
nature, by which change many of the varieties may
be continued in perfection.
I ſhall begin with the Garden Bean, called by the
botaniſts, Faba major to diſtinguiſh it from the Horſe
Bean, which they have titled Faba minor ſeu Equina;
and I ſhall only mention the names of each, by which
they are known among the gardeners, placing them
according to their time of ripening for the table.
The Mazagan Bean is the firſt and beſt fort of early
Beans at preſent known; theſe are brought from a ſet-
tlement
a
a
3

F A B
F A B
5
5
3
tlement of the Portugueſe on the coaſt of Africa, juſt
without the Streights of Gibraltar; the feeds of this
fort are ſmaller than thoſe of the Horſe Bean; and
as the Portugueſe are but ſlovenly gardeners, there
is commonly a great number of bad feeds among
them. If this ſort is ſown in October, under a warm
hedge, pale, or wall, and carefully earthed up when
the plants are advanced, they will be fit for the table
by the middle of May. The ſtems of this fort are
very flender, therefore, if they are ſupported by ſtrings
cloſe to the hedge, or pale, it will preſerve them from
the morning froſts, which are ſometimes ſevere in the
ſpring, and retard their growth ; ſo by keeping them
cloſe to the fence it will cauſe them to come forwarder
than if this is neglected; theſe Beans bear plentifully,
but they ripen nearly together, ſo that there are never
more than two gatherings from the ſame plants ; if the
ſeeds of this ſort are ſaved two years in England, the
Beans will become much larger, and not ripen fo ſoon,
which is called a degeneracy.
The next fort is the early Portugal Bean, which ap-
pears to be the Mazagan fort ſaved in Portugal, for
it is very like thoſe which are the firſt year ſaved in
England; this is the moſt common fort uſed by the
gardeners for their firſt crop, but they are not near ſo
well tafted as the Mazagan; therefore when the Ma-
zagan Bean can be procured, no perſon would plant
the other.
The next is the ſmall Spaniſh Bean ; this will come
in ſoon after the Portugal fort, and is rather a ſweeter
Bean, therefore ſhould be preferred to it.
Then comes the broad Spaniſh, which is a little later
than the other, but comes in before the common
forts, and is a good bearer, therefore is frequently
planted.
The Sandwich Bean comes ſoon after the Spaniſh,
and is almoſt as large as the Windſor Bean; but, be-
ing hardier, is commonly fown a month ſooner; this is
a plentiful bearer, but not very delicate for the table.
The Toker Bean, as it is generally called, comes
about the ſame time with the Sandwich, and is a great
bearer; therefore is now much planted, though it is
a coarſe Bean.
The white and black Bloſſom Beans are alſo by ſome
perſons much eſteemed; the Beans of the former are,
when boiled, almoſt as green as Peas; and being a
tolerable fweet Bean, renders it more valuable ; theſe
forts are very apt to degenerate, if their ſeeds are not
ſaved with great care.
The Windſor Bean is allowed to be the beſt of all the
forts for the table; when theſe are planted on a good
foil, and are allowed fufficient room, their feeds will
be very large, and in great plenty; and when they are
gathered young, are the ſweeteſt and beſt taſted of all
the forts; but theſe ſhould be carefully ſaved, by pull-
ing out ſuch of the plants as are not perfectly right,
and afterward by forting out all the good from the
bad Beans.
This ſort of Bean is feldom planted before Chriſtmas,
becauſe it will not bear the froſt ſo well as many of
the other forts; ſo it is generally planted for the
great crop, to come in June and July.
All the early Beans are generally planted on warm
borders under walls, pales, and hedges; and thoſe
which are deſigned to come firſt, are uſually planted in
a ſingle row pretty cloſe to the fence : and here I can-
not help taking notice of a very bad cuſtom, which
too generally prevails in gentlemens kitchen-gardens,
which is that of planting Beans cloſe to the garden-
walls, on the beſt aſpects, immediately before the
fruit-trees, which is certainly a greater prejudice to
the trees, than the value of the Beans, or any other
early crop; therefore this practice ſhould be every-
where diſcouraged; for it is much better to run ſome
low Reed hedges acroſs the quarters of the kitchen-
garden, where early Beans and Peas may be planted,
in which places they may with more conveniency be
covered in ſevere froſt; and to theſe hedges they may
both be cloſely faſtened, as they advance in their
growth ; which, if practiſed againſt the walls where
3
good fruit-trees are planted, will greatly prejudice
the trees, by overſhadowing them, and the growth
of theſe legumes will draw off the nouriſhment from
the roots of the trees, whereby they will be greatly
weakened.
But to return to the culture of the Beans. Thoſe which
are planted early in October, will come up by the be-
ginning of November; and as ſoon as they are an inch
above ground, the earth ſhould be carefully drawn up
with a hoe to their ſtems, and this muſt be two or
three times repeated, as the Beans advance in height;
which will protect their ſtems from the froſt, and en-
courage their ſtrength. If the winter ſhould prove
ſevere, it will be very proper to cover the Beans with
Peas-haulm, Fern, or ſome other light covering,
which will ſecure them from the injury of froſt; but
this covering muſt be conſtantly taken off in mild
weather, otherwiſe they will draw up tall and weak,
and come to little ; and if the ſurface of the border is
covered with tanners bark, it will prevent the froſt
penetrating the ground to the roots of both, and
be of great ſervice to protect them from the injury
which they might otherwiſe receive.
In the fpring, when the Beans are advanced to be a
foot high, they ſhould be faſtened up to the hedge
with packthread or a ſmall line, ſo as to draw them
as cloſe as poſſible; which will ſecure them from be-
ing injured by the morning froſts, which are often
ſo ſevere in March and April, as to lay thoſe Beans
fiat on the ground, which are not thus guarded ; at
this time all fuckers which come out from the roots
ſhould be very carefully taken off; for theſe will
retard the growth of the Beans, and prevent their
coming early; and when the bloffoms begin to open
toward the bottom of the ſtalks, the top of the ſtems
ſhould be pinched off, which will cauſe thoſe firſt pods
to ſtand, and thereby bring them forward. If theſe
rules are obſerved, and the ground kept clean from
weeds, or other plants, there will be little danger of
their failing
But left this firſt crop ſhould be deſtroyed by froit,
it will be abſolutely neceſſary to plant more about three
weeks after the firſt, and ſo to repeat planting more
every three weeks, or a month, till February; but thoſe
which are planted toward the end of November, or the
beginning of December, may be planted on floping
banks, ata ſmall diſtance from the hedges; forif the wea-
ther is mild, theſe will not appear above ground before
Chriſtmas; therefore will not be in ſo much danger
as the firſt and ſecond planting, eſpecially if the ſur-
face of the ground is covered with tan to keep the
froſt out of the ground as is before directed; for the
firſt planting will, by that time, be a conſiderable
height: the ſame directions which are before given
will be ſufficient for the management of theſe; but
only it muſt be obſerved, that the larger Beans ſhould
be planted at a greater diſtance than the ſmall ones;
as alſo, that thoſe which are firſt planted muſt be
put cloſer together, to allow for ſome miſcarrying;
therefore, when a ſingle row is planted, the Beans
may be put two inches aſunder, and thoſe of the
third and fourth planting may be allowed three
inches; and when they are planted in rows acroſs a
bank, the rows ſhould be two feet and a half aſun-
but the Windſor Beans ſhould have a foot more
ſpace between the rows, and the Beans in the rows
ſhould be planted five or fix inches aſunder. This
diſtance may, by fome perfons, be thought too
great ; but from many years experience, I can affirm,
;
I
that the fame ſpace of ground will produce a greater
quantity of Beans when planted at this diſtance, than
if double the quantity of ſeeds are put on it. In the
management of theſe later crops of Beans, the princi-
pal care ſhould be to keep them clear from weeds,
and any other plants which would draw away their
nouriſhment; to keep earthing them up, and, when
they are in bloſſom, to pinch off their tops ; which, if
ſuffered to grow, will draw the nouriſhment from the
lower bloſſoms, which will prevent the pods from ſet-
ting, and ſo only the upper parts of the items will be
der;
fruitful;

F AB
FAB
و
و
;
و
fruitful; and another thing ſhould be obſerved in
planting of the ſucceeding crops, which is, to make
choice of moiſt ſtrong land for the later crops ; for if
they are planted on dry ground, they rarely produce
a crop.
Theſe after-crops ſhould be planted at about a fort-
night diſtance from each other, from the middle of
February to the middle of May, after which time
it is generally too late to plant, unleſs the land is
very ſtrong and moiſt, for in warm dry light land
all the late crops of Beans are generally attacked by
the black infects, which cover all the upper part of
their items, and ſoon cauſe them to decay.
Where the feeds of theſe Beans are deſigned to be
ſaved, a fufficient number of rows ſhould be ſet apart
for that purpoſe, according to the quantity deſired ;
theſe ſhould be managed in the ſame way as thoſe
which are deſigned for the table; but none of the
Beans ſhould be gathered, though there are ſome
covetous perſons, who will gather all the firſt ripe
for the table, and are contented to ſave the after-crop
for ſeed, but theſe are never fo large and fair as the
firſt; ſo that if theſe are for ſale, they will not bring
near the price as the other; therefore, what is gained
to the table is loſt in the value of the feed ; but thoſe
who are deſirous to preſerve the ſeveral varieties as
pure as poffible, ſhould never ſuffer two of the va-
rieties to grow for feeds in the ſame place; for by
their farina mixing with each other they will not con-
tinue ſo pure, but be apt to vary; and in order to
fo
keep the early kinds perfect, thoſe which come the
earlieſt ſhould be ſaved for feeds; but this is what
few people chuſe to do, becauſe they are then the
moſt valuable.
When the feed is ripe, the ſtalks ſhould be pulled up,
and ſet upright againſt a hedge to dry, obſerving
to turn them every third day, that they may dry
equally; then they may be threſhed out, and cleaned
for uſe, or otherwiſe ſtacked up in a barn, till there
is more leiſure for threſhing them out; and after-
ward the feed ſhould be drawn over to take out
all thoſe that are not fair, preſerving the beſt for uſe
It is a very good method to change the ſeeds of all
forts of Beans, and not to fow and ſave the ſeeds
long in the ſame ground, for they do not ſucceed fo
well; therefore, if the land is ſtrong where they are
to be planted, it will be the beſt way to procure
the feeds from a lighter ground, and ſo vice verſa ;
and by this method the crops will be larger, and the
Beans fairer, and not ſo liable to degenerate.
Having given directions for the culture of the Gar-
den Beans, I ſhall next proceed to that of the Horſe
Bean, which is cultivated in the fields: there are two
or three varieties of theſe Beans, which differ in their
fize and colour ; but that which is now in the greateſt
eſteem, is called the Tick Bean; this doth not grow
fo high as the other, is a more plentiful bearer, and
ſucceeds better on light land than the common Horſe
Bean, ſo preferred to it.
The Horſe Bean delights in a ſtrong moiſt foil, and
an open expoſure, for they never thrive well on dry
warm land, or in ſmall incloſures, where they are very
ſubject to blight, and are frequently attacked by a
black infect, which the farmers call the black dol-
phin; theſe inſects are often in ſuch quantities as to
cover the ſtems of the Beans entirely, eſpecially all
the upper part of them ; and whenever this happens,
the Beans feldom come to good; but in the oper
fields, where the ſoil is ſtrong, this rarely happens.
Theſe Beans are uſually fown on land which is freſh
broken up, becauſe they are of uſe to break and pul-
verize the ground, as alſo to deſtroy weeds ; ſo that
the land is rendered much better for corn, after a
crop of Beans, thani twould have been before, eípe-
cially if they are fown and managed according to the
new huſbandry, with a drill plough, and the horſe
hoe, ufed to ſtir the ground between the rows of
Beans, which will prevent the growth of weeds, and
pulverize the ground, whereby a much greater crop
of Beans may, with more certainty, be expected, and
the land will be better prepared for whatever Crop
it
is deſigned for after.
The ſeaſon for fowing of theſe Bcans is from the mid-
dle of February to the end of March, according to
the nature of the foil; the ſtrongeit and wet land
ſhould always be laſt fown; the uſual quantity of
Beans ſown on an acre of land is about three buſhels;
but this is double the quantity which need be fown,
eſpecially according to the new huſbandry; but I
shall firſt fet down the practice according to the old
huſbandry, and then give directions for their ma-
nagement according to the new. The method of
ſowing is after the plough, in the bottom of the fur-
rows, but then the furrows ſhould not be more than
five, or at moſt fix inches deep. If the land is new
,
broken up, it is uſual to plough it early in autumn,
and let it lie in ridges till after Chriſtmas; then plough
it in ſmall furrows, and lay the ground ſmooth; theſe
;
two ploughings will break the ground fine enough
for Beans, and the third ploughing is to low the Beans,
when the furrows ſhould be made ſhallow, as was be-
fore mentioned.
Moſt people ſet their Beans too cloſe ; for, as ſome
lay the Beans in the furrows after the plough, and
others lay them before the plough, and plough them
in; fo, by both methods the Beans are ſet as cloſe as
the furrows are made; which is much too near ; for
when they are on ſtrong good land, they generally
are drawn up to a very great height, and are not ſo
apt to pod as when they have more room, and are of
lower growth; therefore I am convinced by many
late trials, that the better way is to make the furrows
two feet and a half aſunder, or more; which will cauſe
them to branch out into many ſtalks, and bear in
greater plenty than when they are cloſer ; by this me-
thod, half the quantity of Beans will be ſufficient for
an acre of land, and by the ſun and air being ad-
mitted between the rows, the Beans will ripen much
earlier and more equally than in the common way.
What has been mentioned muſt be underſtood as re-
lating to the old huſbandry; but where Beans are
planted according to the new, the ground ſhould be
four times ploughed before the Beans are ſet, which
will break the clods, and render it much better for
planting; then with a drill plough, to which a hop-
per is fixed for ſetting of the Beans, the drills ſhould
be made at three feet afunder, and the ſpring of the
hopper ſet ſo as to ſcatter the Beans at three inches
diſtance in the drills. By this method leſs than one
buſhel of ſeed will plant an acre of land. When
the Beans are up, if the ground is ſtirred between the
rows with a horſe plough, it will deſtroy all the young
weeds; and when the Beans are advanced about three
or four inches high, the ground ſhould be again
ploughed between the rows, and the earth laid up to
the Beans; and if a third ploughing, at about five or
fix weeks after is given, the ground will be kept
clean from weeds, and the Beans will ſtalk out,
and produce a much greater crop than in the com-
mon way
When the Beans are ripe, they are reaped with a
hook, as is uſually practiſed for Peas; and after hav-
ing lain a few days on the ground they are turned,
and this muſt be repeated ſeveral times, until they are
dry enough to ſtack; but the beſt method is to tie
them in ſmall bundles, and ſet them upright; for
then they will not be in ſo much danger to ſuffer by
wet, as when they lie on the ground, and they will
be more handy to carry and ſtack, than if they are
looſe. The common produce is from twenty to
twenty-five buſhels on an acre of land ; but I have
known thirty-fix on an acre.
The Beans ſhould lie in the mow to ſweat, before
they are threſhed out; for as the haulm is very large
and fucculent, ſo it is very apt to give and grow moiſt;
but there is no danger of the Beans receiving damage,
if they are ſtacked tolerably dry, becauſe the pods will
preſerve the Beans from injury; and they will be
much eaſier to threíh after they have ſweat in the
or ſale.
a
و
ز
a
5 M
mow

FAG
F A G
mow than before ; and after they have once ſweated Theſe are both tender plants, fo muſt be kept in the
and are dry again, they never after give.
bark-ſtove conſtantly, and are propagated by ſeeds,
By the new huſbandry, the produce has exceeded and alſo by cuttings, if properly managed.
the old by more than ten buſhels on an acre; and if FAGONIA. Tourn. Init. R. H. 265. tab. 141. Lin.
the Beans which are cultivated in the common me- Gen. Plant. 475. This plant was ſo named by Dr.
thod are obſerved, it will be found that more than Tournefort, in honour of Dr. Fagon, who was luper-
half their ſtems have no Beans on them; for by ſtand- intendant of the royal garden at Paris.
ing cloſe, they are drawn up very tall; ſo the tops
The CHARACTERS are,
of the ſtalks only produce, and all the lower part is The flower bath a ſpreading empalement, compoſed of five
naked; whereas in the new method, they bear almoſt ſmall leaves ; it bath five heart-shaped petals, which
to theground; and as the joints of the ſtems are ſhorter, Spread open, aud are narrow at their baſe, where they are
ſo the Beans grow cloſer together on the ſtalks. inſerted in the empalement. It hath ten ſtamina which
In the year 1745 I made the following experiment, cre ereet, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. In the center
in planting a piece of eleven acres of Beans in Berk- is ſituated a five-cornered germen, ſupporting an awl-
ſhire, viz. the gentleman's bailiff, who was wedded Shaped Style, crowned by a ſingle ftigma. The germen
to the old practice of huſbandry, was very unwil- afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule having five lobes,
ling to depart from it; and having been an old fer- ending in a point, and five cells, each having a ſingle
vant in the family, his maſter was inclinable to hear roundiſh ſeed.
all he could ſay in favour of his opinion: however, Linnæus ranges this plant in the firſt ſection of his
at laſt I prevailed on the gentleman to let his bailiff tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, from the
plant one half of the land in his way, giving him flower having ten ſtamina and one ftyle.
the choice which half he would have : accordingly
The SPECIES are,
the land was divided and planted; but the ſummer I. FAGONIA (Ereita) ſpinoſa, foliolis lanceolatis planis
proving wet, the Beans on that part of the field he lævibus. Hort. Upfal. 103. Prickly Fagonia, whoſe
had choſen grew fo tall and rank, that they produced leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, plain, and ſmooth. Fagonia
no pods but on the upper part of the ſtalks; and Cretica ſpinofa. Tourn. Thorny Trefoil of Candia.
when they were threſhed out, there was no more than 2. FAGONIA (Hiſpanica) inermis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 386.
twenty-two buſhels on an acre, whereas the other Fagonia without Spines. Fagonia Hiſpanica non fpi-
half produced near forty.
nofa. Tourn. Spaniſh Fagonia without thorns.
FABA ÆGYPTIACA, is the Arum Ægyptiacum. 3. FAGONIA (Arábica) ſpinoſa, foliolis linearibus con-
FABA CRASSA, is Anacampſeros.
vexis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 386. Prickly Fagonia with nar-
FABAGO. See ZYGOPHYLLUM.
row convex leaves. Fagonia Arabica, longiffimis acu-
FAGARA. Brown. Hift. Jam. tab. 5. f. 1. Ironwood. leis armato. Shaw. Pl. Afr. 229. Arabian Fagonia,
The CHARACTERS are,
armed with very long Spines.
It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers upon different The firſt fort is a native of the iſland of Candia :
plants; the male flowers have a ſmall empalement, Nightly this has been deſcribed by ſome botaniſts under the
cut into four ſegments, but have no petals, and ſix ſta- title of Trifolium ſpinofum Creticum, which occa-
mina, terminated by roundiſ ſummits: theſe are barren. fioned my giving it the Engliſh name of Thorny Tre-
The female flowers have a larger concave permanent foil of Crete; though there is no other affinity be-
empalement with four Spreading petals, and four ſtamina, tween this and the Trefoil
, than that of this having
crowned with oval Summits, and an oval germen, ſup-
three leaves or lobes on the ſame foot-ſtalk.
porting a ſlender Style, terminated by an obtuſe ſtigma ; This is a low plant, which ſpreads its branches
the germen afterward becomes a globular capſule with cloſe to the ground, which are extended to the
two lobes, incloſing two ſeeds.
length of a foot or more every way, garniſhed
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of with ſmall trifoliate oval leaves, placed oppoſite;
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono- and at each joint, immediately below the leaves,
gynia ; whereas it ſhould be put into his ſixth ſection come out two pair of ſpines, one on each fide
of the twenty-third claſs, as the flowers are male and the ſtalk; and at the ſame places come out a
hermaphrodite on different plants, and the flowers fingle blue flower, ſtanding upon a ſhort foot-
have fix ftamina: but this miſtake he was led into by ſtalk, compoſed of five ſpear-shaped petals, which
Jacquin, who had ſeen and deſcribed the hermaphro- are narrow at their baſe, where they are inſerted
dite flowers only.
into the empalement; after theſe fall away, the ger-
The SPECIES are,
men turns to a roundiſh five-lobed capſule, ending
1. FAGARA (Pterota) foliolis emarginatis. Amen. Acad. in an acute point, having five cells, each containing
5. p. 393. Fagara, whoſe lobes (or ſmall leaves) are in- one roundiſh feed. It flowers in July and Auguſt,
dented at the top. Lauro affinis jaſmini alato folio, but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds do not
cofta media membranulis utrinque extantibus alata, ripen in England.
ligno duritie ferro vix cedens. Sloan. Hiſt. Jam. 2. The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain; this dif-
p. 25. Ironwood.
fers from the firſt in being ſmooth, the branches of this
2. FAGARA (Tragodes) articulis pinnarum fubtus acu- having no thorns; and the plant will live two years,
,
leatus. Jacq. Amer. 13. Fagara with ſpines under the whereas the firſt is annual.
leaves et the joints. Schinoides petiolis ſubtus aculea- The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Shaw
tis. Hort. Cliff. 489.
in Arabia ; this is a low plant with a ſhrubby ſtalk,
The firſt fort grows naturally in the warmeſt parts of from which come out ſeveral weak branches armed
America. The late Dr. Houſtoun found it growing with long thorns; the leaves of this are thick, nar-
at Campeachy, from whence he ſent me dried ſpeci- row, and convex on their lower fide; the flowers
mens of the plants in flower, by which I am con- come out in the ſame manner as in the firſt fort.
vinced there are male trees which are barren. It Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ihould
riſes with a woody ftem upwards of twenty feet high, be fown upon a border of freſh light earth, where the
ſending out branches great part of its length, gar- plants are deligned to remain, for they do not bear
niſhed with ſmall winged leaves, having three or five tranſplanting well; when the plants come up, they
lobes to each. The flowers come from the ſide of may be thinned out to the diſtance of ten inches or a
the branches, ſtanding four or five together upon foot; and if they are kept clean from weeds, they
ſhort foot-ſtalks.
will require no other care,
The ſecond fort I have placed here after Linnæus, The firſt fort is an annual p'ant, which feldom per-
but am not ſure it ſhould be ranged with it; for al- fects its feeds in England, unleſs the feaſons prove
though I have pretty ſtrong plants of it growing in very warm ; therefore the beſt way is to ſow the
the Chelſea garden, they have not yet flowered; but ſeeds upon a warm border in the autumn, and in
by the external face of the plant, it ſeems to agree froſty weather ſhelter the plants with mats, or ſome
with the firſt.
covering to ſecure them; or if they are fown in
ز
a
a
3
6
pots

F A G
F EN
a
3
3
pots and placed under a frame in the winter, and the weeds, as alſo to dig up the ground between the rows,
following ſpring ſhaken out of the pots, and planted at leaſt once a year, that their tender roots may the
in a warm border, they will come early to flower, better extend themſelves each way : but be careful not
and thereby ripe ſeeds may be more certainly ob- to cut or bruiſe their roots, which is injurious to all
tained.
young trees; and never dig the ground in fummer,
The other two forts may be treated in the ſame way; when the earth is hot and dry ; which, by letting in
for as theſe ſeldom fiower the firſt year from feeds, ſo the
rays of the fun to the roots, is often the deſtruc-
the plants ſhould be either kept in pots, and ſheltered tion of
young trees.
under a frame in winter, or placed in a warm border, This tree will grow to a conſiderable ftature, though
where they may be ſheltered with mats, or ſome other the foil be ſtony and barren ; as alſo upon the declivi- .
covering, to preſerve them from the froſt; and the ties of hills, and chalky mountains, where they will
following ſummer the ſecond fort will flower and pro-
refiſt the winds better than moſt other trees; but then
duce ripe ſeeds, but the third has not perfected any the nurſeries for the young plants ought to be upon
ſeeds as yet in England.
the ſame foil ; for if they are raiſed in good foil and
FAGO PYRUM. See HelXINE.
a warm expoſure, and afterwards tranſplanted into a
FAGUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 584. tab. 351. Lin. bleak barren ſituation, they feldom thrive, which holds
Gen. Plant. 951. [ſo called from cáyw, Gr. be- true in moſt other trees; therefore I would adviſe the
cauſe ſuppoſed to be the food of the firſt race of man- nurſery to be made upon the ſame foil where the plan-
kind.] The Beech-tree; in French, Hétre.
tation is intended, but of this I ſhall ſay more under
The CHARACTERS are,
the article of NURSERY.
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame tree; the The tree is very proper to form large hedges to
male flowers are colleEted into globular beads; theſe have ſurround plantations, or large wilderneſs quarters ;
no petals
, but have ſeveral ſtamina included in an em- and may be kept in a regular figure, if ſheared twice
palement of one leaf, which are terminated by oblong ſum- a year, eſpecially if they ſhoot ſtrong ; in which caſe,
mits. The female flowers have a one-leaved empalement
.
if they are neglected but a ſeaſon or two, it will be dif-
cut into four parts, but have no petals ; the germen is ficult to reduce them again. The ſhade of this tree
fixed to the empalement, ſupporting three ſtyles, crowned is very injurious to moſt forts of plants which grow
by reflexed ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes a near it, but is generally believed to be very falubrious
roundiſha capſule, armed with Soft Spines, opening in to human bodies.
three cells, each containing a triangular nut.
The timber is of great uſe to turners for making
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſec- trenchers, diſhes, trays, buckets; and likewiſe to
tion of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which in- the joiner for ſtools, bedſteads, coffins, &c. The
cludes thoſe plants that have male and female maſt is very good to fat ſwine and deer; it alſo af-
flowers on the ſame plant, and the male flowers have fords a ſweet oil, and the nuts have in ſcarce times
many ſtamina. To this genus he has joined the ſupported ſome families with bread.
Cheſnut; but as the male flowers of the Cheſnut This tree delights in a chalky or ſtony ground, where
are collected in long katkins, and thoſe of the Beech it generally grows very faſt; and the bark of the
are globular, and the fruit of the latter being trian- trees in ſuch land is clear and ſmooth ; and although
gular, there is ſufficient reaſon for keeping them fe- the timber is not ſo valuable as that of many other
parate.
trees, yet as it will thrive on ſuch foils and in ſuch
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. ſituations where few better trees will ſcarce grow, the
Fagus (Sylvatica) foliis ovatis obſolete ſerratis. Hort. planting of them ſhould be encouraged; eſpecially as
Cliff. 447. Fagus. Dod. Pempt. 832. The Beech-tree the trees afford an agreeable ſhade, and the leaves make
with oval Jawed leaves.
a fine appearance in ſummer, and continue green as
There are ſome planters, who ſuppoſe there are two long in autumn as any of the deciduous trees: there-
diſtinct fpecies of this tree; one they call the Moun- fore in parks, and other plantations for pleaſure, this
tain Beech, which they ſay is a whiter wood than the tree deſerves to be cultivated among thoſe of the firſt
other, which they diſtinguiſh by the title of Wild claſs, eſpecially where the ſoil is adapted to it.
Beech; but it is certain, that this difference in the The two forts with variegated leaves may be
pro-
colour of the wood ariſes from the difference of the pagated by budding or grafting them upon the com-
ſoils in which they grew, for I have not ſeen any ſpe- mon Beech, obſerving not to plant them in a good
cific difference in the trees. There have been feeds earth; which will cauſe the buds or cyons to ſhoot
of a Beech-tree brought from North-America, by the vigorouſly, whereby the leaves will become plain,
title of Broad-leaved Beech, but the plants which which often happens to moſt variegated plants.
were raiſed from them proved to be the common fort ; FARINA FECUND ANS is the impregnating
ſo that we know of no other variety, excepting thoſe meal or duft on the apices or fummits of fowers;
with ſtriped leaves, which is accidental, and when which, being conveyed into the uterus or vaſculum
the trees are in vigour, the leaves become plain again. ſeminale of plants, fecundates the rudiments of the
This tree is propagated by fowing the maſt; the feeds in the ovary, which otherwiſe would decay and
ſeaſon for which is any time from October to February, come to nothing. See GENERATION OF PLANTS.
only obſerving to ſecure the feeds from vermin when FEATHERFEW, or FE AVERFEW. See
early ſowed; which, if carefully done, the ſooner they MATRICARIA.
are fown the better, after they are full ripe: a ſmall FENCES. In hotter climates than England, where
ſpot of ground will be ſufficient for raiſing a great they have not occafion for walls to ripen their fruit,
number of theſe trees from ſeed, but you muſt be
,
their gardens lie open, where they can have water
very careful to keep them clear from weeds; and if fence and proſpects; or elſe they bound their gardens
the plants come up very thick, you ſhould not fail to with groves, in which are fountains, walks, &c.
draw out the ſtrongeſt of them the autumn following, which are much more pleafing to the fight than a
that thoſe left may have room to grow, ſo that if you
;
dead wall : but in colder countries, and in England,
huſband a ſeed-bed carefully, it will afford a three we are obliged to have walls to ſhelter and ripen our
years draught of young plants, which ſhould be fruit, although they take away much from the plea-
planted in a nurſery; and, if deſigned for timber fant proſpect of the garden.
trees, at three feet diſtance row from row, and Since therefore we are under a neceſſity to have walls
eighteen inches aſunder in the rows.
to ſecure our gardens from the injury of winds,
But if they are deſigned for hedges (to which the as well as for the conveniency of partitions or inclo-
very well adapted) the diſtance need not be ſo ſures, and alſo to ripen our fruit, brick walls are ac-
great ; two feet row from row, and one foot in the counted the warmeſt and beſt for this purpoſe: and theſe
rows will be ſufficient. In this nurſery they may re- walls being built pannel-ways, with pillars at equal
main two or three years, obſerving to clear them from diſtances, will ſave a great deal of charge, in that
the
و
а
tree is

F EN
F Ε Ν
ſerved, one of theſe pales will laſt, with a little care,
upward of forty years very well. The common way
of making theſe fences is, to have every other pale
nline or ten inches above the intermediate ones; ſo
that the fence may be fix feet and a half high, which
is enough for fallow deer; but where there are red
deer, the fence ſhould be one foot higher, otherwiſe
they will leap over.
Some incloſe their parks with brick walls; and in
countries where ſtone is cheap, the walls are built
with this material; fome with, and others without
imortar.
a
a
.
the walls may be built thinner, than if they were built
plain without theſe pannels, for then it would be ne-
ceſſary to build them thicker every where: and be-
fides, theſe pannels make the walls look the hand-
ſomer.
Stone walls are by ſome preferred to thoſe of brick,
eſpecially thoſe of ſquare hewn ftones; but where they
are deſigned for fruit, they ſhould be faced with brick.
Thoſe that are made of rough ſtones, though they are
very dry and warm, yet, by reaſon of their uneven-
neſs, are inconvenient to nail up trees to, except pieces
of timber be laid in them here and there for to
faften a trellis to them.
But in large gardens it is better to have the proſpect
open to the pleaſure-garden, which ſhould be fur-
rounded with a foffe, that from the garden the adja-
cent country may be viewed, but this muſt depend on
the ſituation of the place; for if the proſpect from the
garden is not good, it had better be ſhut out from the
fight by a wall, or any other fence, than to be open.
As alſo, where a garden lies near a populous town,
and the adjoining grounds are open to the inhabitants,
if the garden is open, there will be no walking there
in good weather, without being expoſed to the view
of all paſſengers, which is very diſagreeable.
Where theſe foſſes are made round a garden which
is ſituated in a park, they are extremely proper ; be-
cauſe hereby the proſpect of the park will be obtained
in the garden, which renders theſe gardens much
more agreeable than thoſe which are confined.
In the making theſe foſſes there have been many in-
ventions; but, upon the whole, I have not ſeen any
which are in all reſpects preferable to thoſe which have
an upright wall next the garden ; which (where the
foil will admit of a deep trench) ſhould be fix or ſeven
feet high, ſo as to be above the reach of boys; and
from the foot of this wall, the ground on the outſide
fhould riſe with a gradual eaſy flope to the diſtance of
eighteen or twenty feet; and where it can be allowed,
if it ſlopes much farther, it will be eaſier and leſs
perceptible as a ditch to the eye, when viewed at a
diſtance. But if the ground is naturally wet, ſo as
not to admit of a deep foffe, then, in order to make
a fence againſt cattle, if the wall be four feet high,
and flight poſts of three feet and a half high are placed
juſt behind the wall, with a ſmall chain carried on
from poſt to poft, no cattle or deer will ever attempt
to jump againſt it, therefore it will be a ſecure fence
againſt them; and if theſe are painted of a dark lead
colour, they will not be diſcerned at a diſtance; and
at the ſame time the chain will ſecure perſons walking
in the garden from tumbling over: and if another
chain is carried through the poſts at one foot from the
ground, it will more effectually prevent cattle from
creeping under.
In ſuch places where there are no good proſpects to
be obtained from a garden, it is common to make the
incloſure of park-paling; which, if well performed,
will laſt many years, and has a much better appear-
ance than a wall: and this pale may be hid from the
fight within, by plantations of ſhrubs and Ever-
greens; or there may be a quick hedge planted within
the pale, which may be trained up, ſo as to be an
excellent fence by the time the pales begin to decay.
There are ſome perſons who make ſtuckade fences
round their gardens to keep out cattle, &c. which,
when well made, will anſwer the purpoſe of a fence;
but this being very expenſive in the making, and not
of very long duration, has occaſioned their not being
more commonly in uſe.
As to fences round parks, they are generally of pa-
ling; which, if well made of winter-fallen Oak, will
laſt many years; but a principal thing to be obſerved
in making theſe pales, is not to make them too heavy;
for when they are ſo, their own weight will cauſe
them to decay; therefore the pale ſhould be cleft thin,
and the rails ſhould be cut triangular, to prevent the
wet lodging upon them; and the poſts ſhould be good,
and not placed too far afunder, burning that part of
them as goes into the ground. If theſe things are ob-
و
A kitchen-garden, if rightly contrived, will contain
walling enough to afford a fupply of ſuch fruits as
require the aſſiſtance of a wall for any family, and
this garden being ſituated on one fide, and quite out
of fight of the houſe, may be ſurrounded with walls,
which will ſcreen the kitchen-garden from the fight
of perſons in the pleafure-garden; and being locked
up, the fruit will be much better preſerved than it
can be in the public garden: and the having too great
a quantity of walling is often the occaſion that ſo
many ſcandalous trees are frequently to be ſeen in
large gardens, where there is not due care obſerved
in their management.
And beſides, the borders of pleaſure-gardens are ge-
nerally too narrow for the roots of fruit-trees, as will
be ſhewn in its proper place, therefore it is in vain
to plant them there.
The height of garden-walls ſhould be from ten to
twelve feet, which is a moderate proportion ; and if
the foil be good, it may in time be well furniſhed
with bearing wood in every part, eſpecially thoſe
parts planted with Pears, notwithſtanding the branches
being trained horizontally from the bottom of the
walls.
I would recommend the White Thorn, the Holly,
the Black Thorn and Crab, for outward fences to a
good ground, but I do not approve of the intermixing
them.
The White Thorn is the beſt quick to plant, becauſe
it is the moſt common, and may be clipped fo as to
render it the cloſeſt and hardieſt fence of any other
tree; and being very durable, is preferred to all others
for outward fences, or for the diviſion of fields, where
they are expoſed to cattle, &c.
The Black Thorn and Crab make very good fences,
and are to be raiſed as the White Thorn; but if the
kernels of Apples or Crabs be ſown, it is beſt to fow
the pòmmace with them, and they will come up the
fooner, i. e. the firſt year, if fown in the autumn, foon
after the fruit is ripe.
If Crab-ſtocks be planted while young, in the fame
manner as quick, they make excellent hedges foon,
and ſo will fome forts of Plumbs, I mean ſuch as
have thorns.
The Black Thorn is not accounted fo good for fences
as the White Thorn, becauſe it is apt to run more
into the ground, and is not certain as to the growing,
eſpecially if the plants are not ſet very young; but
then on the other hand, the buſhes are by much the
better, and are alſo more laſting than the White
Thorn, or any other, for dead hedges, or to mend
gaps; nor are they ſubject to be crcpt by cattle, as
the others are. The richer the mould is, the better
they will proſper, but yet they will grow on the fame
ſort of ſoil that the White Thorn does.
The Holly will make an excellent fence, and is pre-
ferable to all the reſt, but is a flow grower; but
when once it does grow, it makes amends by its
height, ſtrength, and thickneſs.
It is raiſed of young ſeedling plants or berries, as the
White Thorn is, and the berries will lie as long in
the ground before they come up. It delights moſt
.
in ſtrong grounds, but will grow upon the drieſt
gravel, amongſt rocks and ſtones.
The berries lie till the ſecond ſpring before they come
up, therefore they ſhould be prepared before they are
ſown (for this fee the article AQUIFOLIUM.) It will
be belt to fow them in the place where you deſign
.
a
و
3
3
they

FER
F E R
و
they ſhould grow, but they ſhould be well weeded | 4. Ferula (Ferulago) foliis pinnatifidis, pinnis linearibus
both before they come up and afterwards.
planis trifidis
. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferula with wing-pointed
French Furz will alſo do well upon dry ſandy banks, leaves, whoſe pinne are narrow, plain, and trifid. Fe-
where few other plants will grow; but they muſt be rula latiore folio. Mor. Hift. 3. P. 309. Fennel Giant
kept very clean at the bottom, and cut thin, and with a broader leaf.
never ſuffered to grow too high: nor ſhould they be 5. Ferula (Orientalis) foliorum pinnis bafi nudis, fo-
cut in dry weather, or late in autumn, nor early in liolis ſetaceis. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferula with the wings
the ſpring; the doing either of which is ſubject to of the leaves naked at the baſe, and the ſmaller leaves
make it die in patches, which is irrecoverable; nor briſtly. Ferula Orientalis, Cachyros folio & facie.
will it ever break out again from old wood, if cut Tourn. Cor. 22. Eaſtern Fennel Giant with the leaf and
cloſe in, after it has been ſuffered long to grow out.
appearance of Cachrys.
Fences may likewiſe be made of Elder: if the ſoil 6. FERULA (Meoides) foliorum pinnis utrinque baſi acu-
be any thing good, you may put ſticks of Elder, or tis, foliolis ſetaceis. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferulo with the
truncheons ten or twelve feet long, ſlopeways in your wings of the leaves pointed at their baſe on every ſide.
banks, ſo as to make a chequer-work; and they will Laſerpitium Orientale mei folio, fore luteo. Tourn.
make a fence for a garden the quickeſt of any thing, Cor. 23. Eaſtern Laſerwort with a Spignel leaf and
and be a good ſhelter. But theſe fences are improper yellow flower.
for a fine garden, becauſe they ſhoot very irregular, 7. FERULA (Nodiflora) foliolis appendiculatis, umbellis
and are ungovernable ; as likewiſe the roots of theſe ſubfeffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 247. Ferula with ap-
trees ſpread very far, and draw away all the heart of pendages to the ſmaller leaves, and umbels fitting cloſe to
the ground, ſo as to ſtarve whatever plants grow near the ſtalks. Libanotis ferulæ folio & ſemine. C. B. P.
them: and add to this the ſcattering of the berries, 158. Libanotis with a Fennel Giant leaf and ſeed.
which will fill the ground near them with young 8. FERULA (Glauca) foliis fupradecompoſitis, foliolis
plants; which, if not timely weeded out, will get the lanceolato-linearibus planis. Hort. Cliff. 95. Fennel
better of whatever grows near them; therefore this Giant with linear, Spear-ſhaped, decompounded leaves.
fort of fence is ſeldom planted, where a hedge of Ferula folio glauco, ſemine lato oblongo. J. B. 3.
White Thorn can be had.
p. 45
Elder planted on a bank, the ſide of which is waſhed The firſt of theſe plants is pretty common in the
with a river or ſtream, will make an extraordinary Engliſh gardens : this, if planted in a good foil, will
fence, and will preſerve the bank from being under- grow to a great height, and divide into many branches :
mined by the water, becauſe it is continually ſending the lower
leaves of this ſort ſpread more than two
ſuckers from the roots and lower branches, which is of feet every way, and branch out into many diviſions,
great advantage where theſtream waſhes away the bank. which are again ſubdivided into many ſmaller, gar-
For middle fences in a garden, the Yew is the moſt niſhed with very long, narrow, ſmall leaves that are
tonfile, governable, and durable plant.
ſingle; they are of a lucid green, and ſpread near
For ſurrounding wilderneſs quarters, Elm, Lime, the ground. From the center of the plant comes out
Hornbeam and Beech, are very proper.
the Rower-ſtalk, which, when the plants are ſtrong,
FENNEL. See FOENICULUM.
will be near as large as a common broomſtick, and
FENNEL-FLOWER. See NIGELLA.
will riſe ten or twelve feet high, having many joints ;
FERRUM EQUINUM. See Hippocrepis. if the ſtalks are cut, there ifſues from the veſſels a
FERUL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 305. Tourn. Inft. R. fætid yellowiſh liquor, which will concrete on the
H. 321. tab. 170. (takes its name of Ferendo, Lat. ſurface of the wound. The ſtalks are terminated by
becauſe the ſtalks of this plant are made uſe of in large umbels of yellow flowers, which come out the
ſupporting the branches of trees; or of Feriendo, be- latter end of June, or in the beginning of July; theſe
cauſe in old time ſticks were made of them, with are ſucceeded by oval compreſſed ſeeds, which have
which ſchool-maſters uſed to correct their ſcholars.] three lines running longitudinally on each ſide. Theſe
Fennel Giant; in French, Ferule.
ripen in September, and the ſtalks decay ſoon after.
The CHARACTERS are,
When the ſtalks are dry, they are full of a light dry
It hath an umbellated flower; the principal umbel is glo- pith, which will ſoon take fire.
bular, and is compoſed of ſeveral ſmaller called rays, of Mr. Ray ſays, that the people of Sicily uſe the pith
the ſame form; the involucrum is compoſed of ſeveral nar- of this plant for tinder to light their fires. And if
row leaves which fall off; the principal umbel is uniform. this was practiſed by the ancients, we may eaſily gueſs
The flowers have five oblong erect petals which are equal, why the poets feigned, that Prometheus ſtole fire
and five ſtamina of the ſame length, terminated by ſingle from heaven, and carried it to the earth in a hollow
fummits ; under the flower is ſituated a turbinated ger- Ferula.
men, ſupporting two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe The leaves of theſe plants decay ſoon after the ſeeds
ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an elliptical, com- are formed, ſo that before they are ripe, there are
preſſed, plain fruit, dividing in two parts, each having a ſeldom any leaves remaining, and the ſtalks afterward
large elliptical plain ſeed, marked with three lines on each dry and become very tough; ſo it is not unlikely
ſide.
theſe
inay
have been uſed for correction in the ſchools,
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection as they are very light, and cannot do much injury.
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, The roots of this ſort will continue ſeveral years, ef-
which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five pecially on a dry foil, and will annually produce
itamina and two ſtyles.
flowers and feeds.
The SPECIES are,
The ſecond ſort doth not grow quite ſo large as the
1. FERULA (Communis) foliolis linearibus longiffimis ſim- firſt, but the ſtalks of this will riſe ſeven or eight feet
plicibus. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferula with the ſmaller leaves, high; the lower leaves are large, and greatly divided;
very narrow, long, and fingle. Ferula major, ſeu fæ- the ſmall leaves are flat, and not ſo long as thoſe of
mina Plinii. M. Umb. Pliny's Female Fennel Giant. the former, and are of a lucid green colour; the um-
2. FERULA (Galbanifera) foliolis multipartitis, laciniis li- bels of flowers are ſmaller, and the ſeeds are lefs.
nearibus planis. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferula whoſe ſmaller This flowers and ripens its feeds about the ſame time
leaves are divided into many narrow parts which are plain. as the former fort.
Ferula galbanifera. Lob. Obf. Galbanum-bearing Fennel The third fort hath large ſpreading leaves near the
Giant.
root, which are divided and ſubdivided into many
3. FERULA (Tingitana) foliolis laciniatis, lacinulis tri- parts; the ſmall leaves of this are much broader than
dentatis inæqualibus. Hort. Cliff. 95. Ferula whoſe in any of the other forts, and theſe are divided at
ſmaller leaves are cut, and ſegments ending in three un- their end into three unequal ſegments; the leaves are
equal parts. Ferula Tingitana, folio latiſſimo lucido. of a very lucid green. The ſtalks are ſtrong, and
H. Edin. Broad-leaved ſhining Fennel Giant from riſe to the height of eight or ten feet, and are ter-
Tangier.
minated by large umbels of yellow flowers, which are
fucceeded
و
3
3
a
5 N

FER
FIC
grows na-
a
3
a
ز
fucceeded by large, oval, comprefied feeds, like thoſe The CHARACTers are,
of the firſt fort. This flowers and ripens its feeds It hath two keel-ſkaped ſpathe (or meaths) which alter-
about the ſame time as the former fort; it
nately incloſe the flowers, which have fix oblong pointed
turally in Spain and Barbary.
petals curled at their borders, revolving, and are alter-
The fourth fort grows to much the ſame height as the nately larger ; and three ſtamina fitting on the ſtyle, ter-
ſecond; the leaves of this branch out on every ſide minated by twin roundiſh ſummits; and a roundiſh three-
pretty wide, and the ſmaller leaves on the diviſions cornered germen under the flower, Supporting a ſimple
of the leaves, are broader than thoſe of the others erect ftigma, crowned by three bifid, hooded, curled flig-
(excepting the third) but they are longer than thoſe, ma; the germen afterward becomes en oblong three-cor-
and are of a darker green colour, ending in three nered capſule, having three cells, filled with roundiſ
points. The umbels of flowers are large, the flowers ſeeds.
are yellow, and are ſucceeded by oval compreſſed This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
feeds, like thoſe of the other ſpecies. This grows of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, intitled Gynandria tri-
naturally in Sicily.
andria, the flower having three ftamina which fit
The fifth fort is of much humbler growth than either upon the ſtyle.
of the former; the ſtalks of this ſeldom riſe much
The SPECIES are,
more than three feet high; the lower leaves branch 1. FERRARIA (Undulata) foliis lanceolatis. Burm. Icon.
into many diviſions, which are cloſely garniſhed with Ferraria with ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Iris ſtellata, Cycla-
very fine briftly leaves; the umbel of flowers is but ninis radice, pullo fore. Barrel: Icon. 1216. Starry
ſmall, when compared with the others, and the ſeeds Iris with a root like the Sowbread.
are ſmaller. It grows naturally in the Levant. 2. FERRARIA (Enfiformi) foliis enſiformibus. Burm. Icon.
The ſixth fort hath very branching leaves, the foot- Ferraria with ſword-ſhaped leaves.
ſtalks are angular and channelled; this ſends out at Theſe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
every joint two fide branches oppoſite; thoſe toward Hope; the roots of the firſt fort were fent me by
the bottom are nine or ten inches long, and the others Dr. Job Baiter, of Zirkzee, who received them from
are diminiſhed gradually to the top ; theſe fide the Cape. The root of this is ſhaped like that of
branches ſend out ſmaller at each joint in the ſame the Bizantine Cornflag; it has a bright brown ſkin
manner, which are garniſhed with very fine leaves or cover; on the upper fide is a hollow like a navel,
like thoſe of Spignel, which ſtand quite round the from whence the flower-ſtalk ariſes. The ſtalk riſes
ftalks in ſhape of whorls; the flower-ſtalks grow three a foot and a half high, and is about the ſize of a
feet high, having a pretty large umbel of yellow man's middle finger, garniſhed with leaves the whole
flowers at the top; theſe are ſucceeded by oval flat length; theſe are keel-ſhaped, embracing the ſtalks
ſeeds, which ripen in the autumn. It grows naturally with their baſe. The upper part of the ſtalk divides
in the Levant.
into two or three branches, which are garniſhed
The ſeventh fort riſes about three feet high; the with the ſame ſhaped leaves, but they are finaller;
leaves of this fort are much divided, and the ſmall each of the branches are terminated by a large ſpa-
leaves on the diviſions are very narrow and entire ; thæ or ſheath of the ſame colour with the leaves,
the umbels of flowers are ſmall, and are ſituated cloſe but this afterward withers and decays; theſe ſheaths
to the ſtalks between the leaves at the joints; theſe are double, and ſplit at the top, where the flower
are like thoſe of the other forts. It grows naturally peeps out its petals; theſe fix petals are three alter-
in Iftria and Carniola.
nately larger than the other, and are curiouſly fringed
The eighth fort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily. on their borders; they are of a pale greeniſh colour
The leaves of this are compoſed of many narrow flat on their outſide, but of a tawney purple within, and
ſegments, of a gray colour, and are divided into are of a ſhort duration ; in the centre of the flower
many parts: the ſtalk riſes from three to four feet
is ſituated the ſtyle, having the three ſtamina fixed
high, and is terminated by an umbel of yellow flow- on the ſide, and is terminated by twin ftigmas; the
ers in July, which are ſucceeded by oval compreſſed germen is fituated under the flower, which after-
feeds which ripen in autumn.
ward becomes an oblong ſmooth capſule with three
All theſe forts have perennial roots, which will con- cells, filled with roundiſh feeds.
tinue ſeveral years, theſe have thick ſtrong fibres, The ſecond fort is rare in England ; this differs from
which run deep in the ground, and divide into many the former in having ſmaller roots, and longer ſword-
ſmaller, ſpreading to a conſiderable diſtance every ſhaped leaves, which have deeper veins; the ſtalk
way: the ſtalks are annual, and decay ſoon after alſo does not divide ſo much, and the flowers are
they have perfected their feeds. As theſe plants ſpread ſmaller, and leſs fringed on their borders.
very wide, ſo they ſhould have each four or five feet
They are both progagated by offsets fent out from
room ; nor ſhould they ſtand near to other plants, for the roots, in the ſame way as the Ixia, and ſhould
their roots will rob whatever plants grow near them of be cultivated in the ſame manner as is directed for
their nouriſhment.
thoſe and the African Gladiolus, being too tender
They are all propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be to thrive in the open air in England, nor do they fuc-
ſown in the autumn ; for if they are kept out of the ceed well in a green-houſe; therefore the beſt me-
ground till the ſpring, they frequently fail, and thoſe thod is, to make a border four feet wide, either in
which ſucceed remain a year in the ground, ſo that the front of the green-houſe or ftoves, covering it
much time is loft. The ſeeds may be fown in drills, with a proper frame and glaſſes, ſo that the plants
by which method the ground may be eaſier kept may enjoy the free air in mild weather, but be
pro-
clean; they inuſt not be nearer than a foot row from tected from froſt. In ſuch a frame, moſt of the Afri-
row, and the feeds may be ſcattered two or three can bulbous and tuberous rooted plants may be
inches aſunder in the drills; when the plants come up, brought to great perfection.
they muſt be kept clean from weeds; and where they There is a great fingularity in the root of the firit
are too cloſe together, they ſhould be thinned, to allow fpecies, which is in its vegetating only every other
them room to grow, for they will not be ſtrong enough year, and the intermediate years it remains at reſt.
to remove till they have had two years growth; then FICOIDES. See MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.
in the autumn ſo ſoon as their leaves decay, the roots FICUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1032. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
ſhould be taken up with great care, ſo as not to cut or 662, tab. 420. The Fig-tree; in French, Figuier.
injure the tap or downright root, and then planted in The CHARACTERS are,
the places where they are deſigned to remain, for after It hath male and female flowers, which are included
this tranſplanting they ſhould not be removed. They within the covering, or ſkin of the fruit, so do not appear
delight in a ſoft, gentle, loamy foil, not too wet, and unleſs the covering is opened ; the male flowers are but fero
are very rarely injured by the hardeſt froſt.
in number, and are ſituated in the upper part of the fruit;
FERRARIA. Burman. Lin. Gen. 1018.
the female flowers are numerous, and ſituated in the lower
pert.
s
ز
2.

FIC
FIC
3
ment.
a
a
a
part. The male flowers fit each upon a ſeparate foot-
stalk, and have an empalement divided into three parts ;
they have no petals, but three briftly ſtamina as long as
the empalement, terminated by twin ſummits; the female
flowers fit upon diſtinet foot-ſtolks; their empalements
are divided into five parts; they have no petals, but a
germen as the empalement, ſupporting an inflexed ſtyle,
crowned by two reflexed pointed liigmas. The germen
afterward becomes a large ſeed, ſitting in the empole-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia
Polyæcia ; the male and hermaphrodite flowers being
fituated in the ſame common covering, but in the
wild Fig they are in diſtinct plants.
The SPECIES are,
1. Ficus (Carica) foliis palmatis. Hort. Cliff. 471. Fig-
tree with hand-ſhaped leaves. Ficus communis. C. B.
P. 457. The common Fig-tree.
2. Ficus (Sycomorous) foliis cordatis fubrotundis inte-
gerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 471. Fig-tree with roundiſh heart-
ſhaped leaves, which are entire. Ficus folio mori, fruc-
tum in caudice ferens. C. B. P. 459. Fig-tree with a
Mulberry leaf, bearing fruit on the body or ſtem, com-
monly called Sycomore.
3. Ficus (Religioſa) foliis cordatis oblongis integerrimis
acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. 471. Fig-tree with entire
heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points. Ficus Ma-
labarienfis, folio cuſpidato, fructu rotundo parvo ge-
mino. Pluk. Alm. 144. Malabar Fig with a long
pointed leaf, and ſmall double round fruit.
4. Ficus (Benghalenſis) foliis ovatis integerrimis obtuſis,
caule infernè radicato. Hort. Cliff. 471. Fig-tree with
oval, obtuſe, entire leaves, and the lower part of the
ſtalk putting out roots. Ficus Benghalenſis, folio fub-
rotundo, fructu orbiculato. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 119.
Bengal Fig with a roundiſh leaf, and orbicular fruit.
5. Ficus (Indica) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis, pedunculis
aggregatis, ramis radicantibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1060.
Fig-tree with Spear-ſhaped leaves having petals, the foot-
ftalks of the fruit growing in cluſters, and branches ſend-
ing out roots. Ficus Indica Theophraſti. Tabern.
Hiſt. 1370. Indian Fig of Theophraſtus.
6. FICUS (Maximus) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis.
Hort. Cliff. 471. Fig-tree with entire ſpear-ſhaped
leaves. Ficus Indica maxima, folio oblongo, funi-
culis è fummis ramis dimiſſis radices agentibus ſe
propagans, fructu minori fphærico fanguineo. Sloan.
Cat. Jam. 189. The largeſt Indian Fig with an oblong
leaf, ſending out roots from the tops of the branches, and
a ſmall ſpherical blood-coloured fruit.
7. Ficus (Racemoſa) foliis ovatis acutis integerrimis,
caule arboreo, fructu racemoſa. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1060. Amen. Acad. 1. p. 30. Fig-tree with oval,
entire, acute leaves, tree-like ſtalk, and branching fruit.
Alty-alu. Hort. Mal. 1. p. 43.
8. Ficus (Pumila) foliis ovatis acutis integerrimis, caule
repente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1060. Amen. Acad. 1. p.
30. Fig-tree with oval, acute, entire leaves, and a
creeping ſtalk. Ficus ſylveſtris procumbens, folio ſim-
plici. Kæmpf. Amen. 803. Trailing wild Fig-tree hav-
ing ſingle leaves.
9. Ficus (Nymphaefolia) foliis ovato-cordatis integer-
rimis glabris
. Fig-tree with oval, heart-ſhaped, entire,
Smooth leaves, vulgarly called Ficus nymphææ folio.
Fig-tree with a Water Lily leaf.
10. Ficus (Citrifolia) foliis oblongo-cordatis acuminatis,
petiolis longiffimis. Fig-tree with oblong, heart-ſhaped,
pointed leaves, and very long foot-ſtalks. Ficus citrii
folio, fructu parvo purpureo. Cateſb. Hift
. Carol. 3.
p. 18. Fig-tree with a Citron-leaf, and ſmall purple
fruit.
11. Ficus (Calyculata) foliis ovatis integerrimis obtufis,
oppoſitis, fructu globoſo calyculato. Fig-tree with
oval, obtuſe, entire leaves placed oppoſite, and a globulor
fruit having a calyx. Ficus folio lato fubrotundo,
fructu globoſo, magnitudine nuces mofchatæ. Houſt.
MSS. Fig-tree with broad roundiſh leaves, and a globu-
lar fruit about the bigneſs of a nutmeg.
The firſt fort, which is the Fig whoſe fruit is va-
luable, is cultivated in moſt parts of Europe ; of this
there are great varieties in the warm countries, which
have been obtained from ſeeds, therefore may be in-
creaſed annually, if the inhabitants were careful in
pro-
pagating the trees from the ſeeds of their beſt forts.
In England we had not more than four or five forts till
within a few years paſt; for as the generality of the
Engliſh were not lovers of this fruit, ſo there were
few who troubled themſelves with the culture of it.
But ſome years paſt I had a large collection of theſe
trees ſent me from Venice, by my honoured friend
the Chevalier Rathgeb, which I planted and pre-
ſerved to taſte of their fruits, ſeveral of which proved
excellent; theſe I have preſerved and propagated,
and thoſe whoſe fruit were inferior have been ne-
glected. And as the variety of them is very great,
ſo I ſhall here mention only ſuch of them as are the
beſt worth cultivating, placing them in the order of
their ripening.
1. The brown or Cheſnut-coloured Iſchia Fig. This
is the largeſt fruit of any I have yet ſeen, it is ſhort,
globular, with a pretty large eye, pinched in near the
foot-ſtalk, of a brown or Cheſnut colour on the out-
fide, and purple within ; the grains are large, and the
pulp ſweet and high-flavoured; this ſort very often
burſts open when it ripens. It ripens the latter end
of July, or the beginning of Auguſt. I have had
this fruit ripen well on ſtandards, in a warm foil. If
this fort is planted againſt hot walls, two plentiful
crops of fruit may be annually ripened.
2. The black Genoa Fig. This is a long fruit, which
ſwells pretty large at the top where it is obtuſe, but
the lower part is very ſlender toward the ſtalk; the
ſkin is of a dark purple colour, almoſt black, and hath
a purple farina over it like that on ſome Plumbs; the
inſide is of a bright red, and the fleſh is very high
flavoured. It ripens early in Auguſt.
3. The ſmall white early Fig. This hath a roundiſh
fruit a little flatted at the crown, with a very ſhort
foot-ſtalk; the ſkin, when fully ripe, is of a pale yel-
lowiſh white colour; the ſkin is thin, the inſide white,
and the fleſh ſweet, but not high-flavoured. This
ripens in Auguſt
4. The large white Genoa Fig. This is a large glo-
bular fruit, a little lengthened toward the ſtalk, the
ſkin is thin, of a yellowiſh colour when fully ripe,
and red within. This is a good fruit, but the trees
are not good bearers.
5. The black Iſchia Fig. This is a ſhort fruit, of
a middling ſize, a little flatted at the crown; the ſkin
is almoſt black when ripe, and the inſide is of a deep
red; the fleſh is very high flavoured, and the trees
produce a good crop of fruit, but the birds are great
devourers of them if they are not protected from
them. This ripens in Auguft.
6. The Malta Fig. This is a ſmall brown fruit,
much compreſſed at the top, and greatly pinched to-
ward the foot-ſtalk; the ſkin is of a pale brown co-
lour, as is alſo the inſide ; the fleſh is very ſweet, and
well flavoured. If this fort is permitted to hang upon
the trees till the fruit is ſhrivelled, it becomes a fine
ſweetmeat.
7. The Murrey, or brown Naples Fig. This is a
pretty large globular fruit, of a light brown colour
on the outſide, with ſome faint marks of a dirty
white, the inſide is nearly of the ſame colour; the
grains are pretty large, and the fleſh is well flavoured.
It ripens the latter end of Auguſt.
8. The green Iſchia Fig. This is an oblong fruit,
almoſt globular at the crown; the ſkin is thin, of a
green colour, but when it is fully ripe, it is ſtained
through by the pulp to a browniſh cait; the inſide is
purple, and will ſtain linen, or paper ; the fleſh is
high flavoured, eſpecially in warm ſeaſons. It ripens
toward the end of Auguſt.
9. The Madonna Fig, commonly called here the
Brunſwick, or Hanover Fig, is a long pyramidal fruit
of a large ſize; the ſkin is brown; the fleſh is of a
lighter brown colour, coarſe, and hath little flavour.
This ripens the end of Auguſt and the beginning of
September
a
3
a
0

FIC
F I C
3
а.
September; the leaves of this fort are much more di-
vided than of moſt other.
10. The common blue, or purple Fig is ſo well
known, as to need no deſcription.
11. The long brown Naples Fig. The leaves of
this tree are deeply divided. The fruit is long, fome-
what compreſſed at the crown. The foot-ſtalks are
pretty long; the ſkin is of a dark brown when fully
ripe, the Heſh inclining to red; the grains are large,
and the Aeſh well favoured. It ripens in September.
12. The yellow Iſchia Fig. This is a large fruit,
of a pyramidal form ; the ſkin is yellow when ripe,
and the fleſh is purple and well flavoured, but the
trees do not produce much fruit here; they grow
very luxuriant in branches, the leaves are very large,
and not much divided. This ripens in September.
13. The ſmall Brown Iſchia Fig. This is a ſmall
pyramidal fruit with a very ſhort foot-ſtalk ; the ſkin
is of a light brown, the fiefh inclining to purple, of
a very high flavour; it ripens late in September ; the
leaves of this tree are leſs divided than any of the
other forts. This is not a good bearer.
14. The Gentile Fig. This is a middle ſized globu-
lar fruit; the ſkin, when ripe, is yellow; the fleſh
alſo inclines to the ſame colour; the grains are large,
and the fleſh is well flavoured, but it ripens very late,
and the trees are bad bearers, ſo that it is not propa-
gated much in England.
There are ſeveral other forts which have been lately
introduced from Italy, but all thoſe which I have yet
taſted, are inferior to thoſe above-mentioned; ſome of
them rarely ripen their fruit, and others are very ill
bearers, not worth propagating, therefore I have
omitted the mentioning of them here; for as thoſe
which are enumerated, continue in fucceffion during
the ſeaſon for theſe fruits, and being preferable to the
other, few perſons will care to fill their gardens with
a greater variety of theſe trees than are of real uſe,
eſpecially as they require good walls, and a very large
ſhare of room.
The firſt, fecond, third, ninth, and tenth forts will
ripen their fruits on ſtandards, where they are in a
warm ſituation ; but the others require the aſſiſtance
of walls expoſed to good aſpects, otherwiſe their fruit
will not ripen in England.
Fig-trees generally thrive in all foils, and in
every
ſituation ; but they produce a greater quantity of fruit
upon a ſtrong loamy foil, than on dry ground; for if
the ſeaſon proves dry in May and June, thoſe trees
which grow upon very warm dry ground, are very ſub-
ject to caſt their fruit; therefore, whenever this hap-
pens, ſuch trees ſhould be well watered and mulched,
which will prevent the fruit from dropping off; and the
fruit upon theſe trees are better flavoured, than
any
of
thoſe which grow upon cold moiſt land. I have al-
I
ways obſerved thoſe Fig-trees to bear the greateſt quan-
tity of well-flavoured fruit, which were growing upon
chalky land, where there has been a foot or more of
a gentle loamy foil on the top. They alſo love a free
open air ; før although they will ſhoot and thrive very
wlll in cloſe places, yet they feldom produce any
fruit in ſuch ftuations, and all thoſe which are planted
in ſmall gardens in London, will be well furniſhed
with leaves, but I have never ſeen any fruit upon
them which have grown to maturity.
Theſe trees are always planted as ſtandards in all
warn countries, but in England they are generally
planted againſt walls, there being but few ſtandard
Fig-trees at preſent in the Engliſh gardens; however,
ſince ſome of the forts are found to ripen their fruit
well upon the ſtandards, and the crop of Figs is often
greater upon them, than upon thoſe trees againſt walls,
it is worthy of our care, to plant them either in ſtan-
dards or eſpaliers; the latter, I think, will ſucceed beſt
in England, if they were managed as in Germany, where
they untie the Fig-trees from the eſpalier, and lay
them down, covering them in winter with ſtraw or
litter, which prevents their ſhoots being injured by
the froſt; and this covering is taken away gradually
in the ſpring, and not wholly removed until all the
danger of froſt is over, by which management they
generally have a very great crop of Figs; whereas in
England, where the trees grow againſt warm walls, if
the ſpring proves warm, the young Figs are puſhed
out early, and the cold, which frequently returns in
April and May, cauſes the greateſt part of the fruit to
drop off; ſo that our crop of Figs is generally more
uncertain than moſt other forts of fruit : and it fre-
quently happens, that trees which are planted againſt
north and eaſt-aſpected walls, produce a greater
quantity of fruit in England, than thoſe which are
planted againſt ſouth and ſouth-eaſt aſpects; which
muſt happen from the latter putting out their fruit ſo
much earlier in the ſpring than the former; and if there
happen cold froſty nights after the Figs are come out
(which is frequently the caſe in this country) the for-
wardeſt of the Figs are generally ſo injured as to drop
off from the trees ſoon after. In Italy, and the other
warm countries, this firſt crop of Figs is little regarded,
being few in number; for it is the ſecond crop of
Figs which are produced from the ſhoots of the fame
year, which is their principal crop, but theſe rarely
ripen in England; nor are there above three or four
ſorts whichever ripen their ſecond crop, let the ſummer
prove ever ſo good, therefore it is the firſt crop which
we muſt attend to in England ; ſo that when theſe trees
are growing againſt the beſt aſpected walls, it will be
a good method to looſen them from the wall in au-
tumn; and after having diveſted the branches of all
the latter fruit, to lay the branches down from the
wall, faſtening them together in ſmall bundles, ſo that
they may be tied to ſtakes, to keep them from lying
upon the ground; the damp whereof, when covered
in froſty weather, might cauſe them to grow mouldy,
and hereby they will be ſecured from being broken by
the wind. When they are thus managed in autumn,
if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere, the branches
may be eaſily covered with Peas-haulm, ſtraw, or any
other light covering, which will guard the tender fruit-
bearing branches from the injury of froſt; and when
the weather is mild, the covering muſt be removed,
otherwiſe the Figs will come out too early; for the in-
tention of this management is, to keep them as back-
ward as poſſible: then in the ſpring, when the Figs
are beginning to puſh out, the trees may be faſtened
up to the wall again. By this management I have
ſeen very great crops of Figs produced in two or three
places.
I have alſo ſeen great crops of Figs in ſome particu-
lar gardens, after very ſharp winters, when they have,
in general, failed in other places, by covering up the
trees with Reeds made into pannels, and fixed up
againſt the walls.
In the pruning of Fig-trees, the branches muſt never
be ſhortened, becauſe the fruit are all produced at
the upper part of the ſhoots of the former year; if
theſe are cut off, there can be no fruit expected, beſide
the branches are very apt to die after the knife; ſo that
when the branches are too cloſe together, the beſt way
is to cut out all the naked branches quite to the bot-
tom, leaving thoſe which are beſt furniſhed with lateral
branches at a proper diſtance from each other, which
ſhould not be nearer than a foot ; and when they are
well furniſhed with lateral branches, if they are laid
four or five inches farther aſunder, it will be better.
The beſt ſeaſon for pruning of Fig-trees is in autumn,
becauſe at that time the branches are not ſo full
of ſap, and will not bleed ſo much, as when they
are pruned in the ſpring ; and at this ſeaſon, the
branches ſhould be diveſted of all the autumnal Figs,
and the ſooner this is done, when the leaves begin to
fall off, the better will the young ſhoots reſiſt the cold
of the winter. There are ſome ſeaſons ſo cold and
moiſt, that the young ſhoots of the Fig-trees will not
harden, but are ſoft, and full of juice; when this hap-
pens, there is little hope of a crop of Figs the ſucceed-
,
ing year, forthe firſt froſt in autumn will kill the upper
part of theſe ſhoots, for a conſiderable length down-
ward; whenever this happens, it is the beſt way to
cut off all the decayed part of the ſhoots, which will
prevent
a
a

FIC
FIC
ſweet;
و
prevent the infe&tion from deſtroying all the lower part1 them, therefore they ſhould be carefully watched
of the branches; and, by this method, I have ſeen a at that ſeaſon.
moderate crop of Figs put out from the lower part of The common blue and white Figs, which are the
the ſhoots; where, if the ſhoots had not been injured, ſorts which have been the moſt generally cultivated in
there would have been no fruit produced, becauſe it England, are not ſo proper to plant for ſtandards, as
is chiefly from the four or five uppermoſt joints of the ſome other forts which have been lately introduced ;
fhoots that the fruit comes out; and it is for this for they are much tenderer, and are often killed almost
reaſon, that as many of the ſhort lateral branches to the root, when ſome of the other forts, which have
fhould be preſerved as poſſible, thoſe being the moſt been growing in the fame ſituation, have received very
productive of fruit ; for where the long ſtrait ſhoots little injury from the froſt; indeed the white fort is
are faſtened up, there will be no fruit, but at their ex- generally a great bearer, and the fruit is very
tremities, ſo that all the lower part of the trees will but to thoſe palates which are accuſtomed to Figs, that
be naked, if there is not a particular regard had to fort is not much in eſteem, from its want of flavour :
ſupply young ſhoots in every part of the trees. thoſe which have ſucceeded beſt with me, are the firſt
Thoſe trees which are laid down from the eſpaliers, and third forts. Their branches are rarely hurt by
ſhould not be faſtened up again till the end of March, froſt in winter, and their fruit will always ripen well,
for the reaſons before given, and thoſe againſt walls for in favourable ſeaſons, many of theſe forts, which
may remain fome time longer ; and when the large were growing againſt walls, have ripened their ſecond
ſhoots of theſe are nailed up, if the ſmalllateral branches crop of fruit tolerably well. I have alſo planted ma-
are thruſt behind theſe, to keep them cloſe to the wall, ny of theſe forts of Fig-trees againſt north-eaſt and
it will ſecure the young Figs from being injured by the north-weſt aſpects; ſome of thoſe which were firſt
morning froſts; and when this danger is over, they planted, have produced a good quantity of well taſted
may be broughtforward to their natural poſition again: fruit, but were ripe much later, which has encouraged
during the ſummer ſeaſon theſe trees will require no me to plant many more of theſe trees to the ſame af-
other pruning, but to ſtop the ſhoots in the ſpring, pects, and alſo to increaſe my number of ſtandard trees.
where lateral branches are wanting; and as the branches I am aware, that what I have here advanced, in rela-
are often blown down by wind, therefore, whenever tion to the pruning and dreſſing of Fig-trees, will be
this happens, they ſhould be immediately faſtened up condemned by great numbers of people, who will not
again, otherwiſe they will be in danger of breaking : give themſelves time to conſider and examine the rea-
for the leaves of theſe trees being very large and ſtiff, fons upon which I have founded this practice, nor to
the wind has great power on them ; fo that where make one ſingle experiment to try the truth of it, as
the branches are not well ſecured, they are frequently being vaſtly different from the general practice of moſt
torn down.
gardeners, who always imagine, that Fig-trees ſhould
Thoſe trees which are planted againſt eſpaliers may never have much pruning; or, at leaſt, that they ſhould
be protected from the injury of froſt in the ſpring, by always be ſuffered to grow very rude from the wall,
placing Reeds on each ſide the eſpalier, which may be to fome diſtance. That by this management I have of-
taken down every day, and put up again at night; but ten ſeen great quantities of fruit I cannot deny, but
this need not be practiſed in warm weather, but only then this has been only after mild winters; for it is
at ſuch times as there are cold winds and froſty very certain, that in ſharp froſts few of theſe outſide
mornings ; and although there is ſome trouble and ſhoots eſcape being greatly injured where they are not
expence attending this management, yet the plentiful covered ; whereas it rarely happens that thoſe ſhoots
crop of Figs which may this way be obtained, will which are cloſely nailed to the wall in autumn, or laid
fufficiently recompenſe for both: the beſt way of down and covered, ſuffer the leaſt damage, and the
making this covering is, to faften the Reeds with fruits are always produced a fortnight ſooner upon
rope yarn in ſuch a manner as that it may be theſe branches, than they are upon thoſe which grow
rolled up like a mat, that the whole may with from the wall: but although the trees which are ſuf-
great facility be put up or taken down; and if theſe fered to grow rude from the walls may produce a good
Reeds are carefully rolled up, after the ſeaſon for uſing quantity of fruit for a year or two, yet afterward the
them is over, and put up in a dry ſhed, they will laſt trees will only bear at the ends of the ſhoots, which
will then be ſo far from the wall, as to receive little
There are ſeveral perſons who of late have planted benefit from it; nor can the trees be reduced again
Fig-trees in ſtandards, which have ſucceeded very to any regularity, without cutting away the greateſt
well; this practice was revived, by obſerving ſome old number of their branches, by which a year or two
ſtandard Fig-trees in ſome gardens, which had been will be loſt before they will come to bear again.
growing many years, and generally produced a much The ſeaſon alſo for pruning, which I have laid down,
greater plenty of fruit than any of thoſe trees which being vaſtly different from the common practice and
were growing againſt warm walls ; indeed, theſe ſtan- opinion ofmoft gardeners, will alſo be objected againſt;
dard Fig-trees are in much greater danger of having but I am ſure, if any one will but make trial of it, I
their branches killed by ſevere froſt, but in mild win- doubt not his experience will confirm what I have here
ters they generally do better than thoſe againſt walls ; advanced ; for as one great injury to this tree proceeds
ſo that where theſe trees can be covered in very hard from the too great effuſion of ſap at the wounded parts,
winters, there will always be plenty of fruit ; and by this autumn pruning this is prevented ; for, at
theſe may be covered by faſtening as many of the that ſeaſon, all the parts of European trees which
branches together as can be conveniently brought into caft their leaves, are leſs replete with moiſture than at
a bundle, and winding ſome Hay-bands, Straw, Peas- any other time of the year; for by the long continu-
haulm, or any ſuch light covering as can be readily ance of the ſummer's heat, the juices of plants having
procured, which in the ſpring may be gradually taken been exhauſted in the nouriſhment and augmentation
off, ſo as not to expoſe the ſhoots all at once to the of wood, leaves, fruits, &c. and alſo great quantities
open air ; and if there is ſome ſuch light covering laid being evaporated by perſpiration, the root not being
round the ſtems, and upon the ſurface of the ground able to ſend up a ſupply equivalent to this great con-
about their roots, it will more effectually ſecure them ſumption, the branches muſt contain a much leſs quan-
from the danger of froſt; but when this is practiſed, tity of ſap than in the ſpring, when it has had ſeveral
great care ſhould be taken that no mice or rats har- months fupply from the root; which, though but
bour in this covering, for theſe will eat off the bark ſmall in proportion to what is ſent up when the heat
from their ſhoots, and kill them : and I have often is greater, yet there being little or no wafte, either by
obſerved thoſe trees which were againſt walls, have perſpiration or augmentation, there muſt be a greater
ſuffered greatly by theſe vermin, by having many quantity contained in the branches, which alſo is eaſily
of their largeſt branches diſbarked near the ground, to be obſerved, by breaking or cutting off a vigorous
which has abſolutely killed them; and it is in branch of a Fig-tree at both ſeaſons (the ſap, being
the winter that theſe vermin do this miſchief to milky, may be readily diſcerned) when that cut in au-
50
ſeveral years.
3
a
a
tumn

FIC
FIC
СС
CG
60
CC
5
66
CG
CC
60
tumn ſhall be found to ſtop its bleeding in one day's
time, or leſs; whereas that cut in the ſpring will often
flow a week or more, and the wound will be propor-
tionably longer before it heals.
Of late years there has been ſome of theſe trees
planted againſt fire-walls, which have ſucceeded very
well where they have been properly managed; but
where they have been kept too cloſe, and drawn by
glaſſes, they have not produced much fruit; therefore
whenever this is practiſed, the heat ſhould not be too
great, nor the glaſſes, or other covering, kept too
cloſe, but at all times, when the weather is favourable,
a good ſhare of free air ſhould be admitted ; and if
the trees are young, that their roots are not extended
beyond the reach of the covering, they inuſt be fre-
quently watered when they begin to ſhew fruit, other-
wiſe it will drop off; but old trees, whoſe roots are
extended to a great diſtance, will only require to have
their branches now and then ſprinkled over with wa-
ter. If theſe trees are properly managed, the firſt crop
of fruit will be greater than upon thoſe which are ex-
poſed to the open air, and will ripen fix weeks or two
months earlier, and a plentiful ſecond crop may alſo
be obtained, which will ripen early in September, and
ſometimes in Auguſt, which is about the ſeaſon of
their ripening in the warmer parts of Europe ; but the
fires ſhould not be uſed to theſe trees till the begin-
ning of February ; becauſe when they are forced too
early, the weather is frequently too cold to admit
a ſufficient quantity of freſh air to ſet the fruit;
but the covers ſhould be put over the trees a month
before, to prevent the ſhoots from being injured by
the froſt.
It may not be improper in this place to mention the
great pains which the inhabitants of the Levant are at
in the culture of their Figs; and without which (it is
generally ſaid by all the travellers who have written on
this ſubject, as alſo by Pliny, and other old naturaliſts)
their fruit will fall off, and be good for nothing. I
ſhall here ſet it down, as I find it in the travels of
Monſ. Tournefort, chief botaniſt to the late king of
France.
6 Pliny, ſays he, obſerved, That in Zia they uſed
66 to dreſs the Fig-trees with much care ; they ſtill
« continue to do ſo. To underſtand aright this huſ-
« bandry of Figs (called in Latin, Caprificatio) we
« are to obſerve, that in moſt of the iſlands of the
Archipelago, they have two forts of Fig-trees to
e manage; the firſt is called Ornos, from the old
« Greek, Erinos, a wild Fig-tree; or Caprificus,
« in Latin ; the ſecond is the domeſtic, or garden
" Fig-tree ; the wild fort bears three kinds of fruit,
• Fornites, Cratitires, and Orni, of abſolute neceſſity
o towards ripening thoſe of the garden Fig.
« The Fornites appear in Auguft, and continue to
“ November, without ripening; in theſe breed ſmall
« worms, which turn to a ſort of gnats, no where to
" be ſeen but about theſe trees. In October and No-
66 vember theſe gnats of themſelves make a puncture
« into the ſecond fruit, which is called Cratitires,
66 and do not ſhew themſelves till towards the end
« of September ; and the Fornites gradually fall away
« after the gnats are gone ; the Cratitires, on the
“ contrary, remain on the tree till May, and incloſe
" the eggs, depoſited by the Fornites, when they
pricked them. In May the third ſort of fruit be-
gins to put forth from the ſame wild Fig-trees
" which produced the other two; this is much
bigger, and is called Orni; when it grows to a
- certain fize, and its bud begins to open, it is pricked
in that part by the gnats of the Cratitires, which
c. are ſtrong enough to go from one fruit to the
“ other, to diſcharge their eggs.
" It ſometimes happens, that the gnats of the Crati-
66 tires are ſlow to come forth in certain parts, while
66 the Orni in thoſe very parts are diſpoſed to receive
66 them , in which caſe the huſbandman is obliged to
o look for the Cratitires in another part, and fix them
e at the end of the branches of thoſe Fig-trees, whoſe
4 Orni are in fit diſpoſition to be pricked by the gnats;
if they miſs the opportunity the Orni fall, and the
gnats of the Cratitires fly away. None but thoſe
" that are well acquainted with this fort of culture,
“ know the critical minutes of doing this; and in
« order to it, their eye is perpetually fixed on the
“ bud of the Fig; for that part not only indicates
" the time that the prickers are to iſſue forth, but
“ alſo when the Fig is to be ſucceſsfully pricked, if
< the bud be too hard, and too compact, the gnat
cannot lay its eggs, and the Fig drops when this
cc bud is too open.
" Theſe three forts of fruit are not good to eat ;
“ their office is to help to ripen the fruit of the gar-
“ den Fig-trees, in manner following: during the
“ months of June and July, the peaſants take the Orni
« at a time that their gnats are ready to break out,
“ and carry them to the garden Fig-trees; if they do
“ not nick the moment, the Orni fall, and the fruit
“ of the domeſtic or garden Fig-tree not ripening,
will, in a very little time, fall in like manner. The
peaſants are ſo well acquainted with theſe precious
moments, that every morning, in making their
inſpection, they only transfer to their garden Fig-
" trees ſuch Orni as are well conditioned, otherwiſe
they loſe their crop. It is true, they have one re-
medy, though an indifferent one, which is, to
- ftrew over the garden Fig-trees the Aſcolimbros,
“ a very common plant there, and in whoſe fruit
" there is a ſort of gnats proper for pricking;
perhaps they are the gnats of the Orni, which are
“ uſed to hover about and plunder the flowers of this
plant.
“ To ſum up all in one word, The peaſants ſo well
“ order the Orni, that their gnats cauſe the fruit of
" the garden Fig-tree to ripen in the compaſs of forty
days. Theſe Figs are very good green; when they
“ would dry them, they lay them in the fun for ſome
" time, then put them in an oven to keep them the
“ reſt of the year. Barley bread and dried figs are
“ the principal fubfiſtence of the boors and monks of
“ the Archipelago; but theſe Figs are very far from
being ſo good as thoſe dried in Provence, Italy,
“ and Spain; the heat of the oven deſtroys all their
so delicacy and good taſte; but then, on the other
“ hand, this heat kills the eggs which the prickers
«s of the Orni diſcharged therein, which eggs would
infallibly produce ſmall worms that would preju-
judice theſe fruits.
" What an expence of time and pains is here for a
Fig, and that but an indifferent one at laſt! I
" could not fufficiently admire the patience of the
" Greeks, buſied above two months in carrying theſe
prickers from one tree to another. I was ſoon told
«s the reaſon, one of their Fig-trees uſually produces
" between two and three hundred pounds of Figs,
co and ours in Provence ſeldom above twenty-five.
" The prickers contribute, perhaps, to the maturity of
es the fruit of the garden Fig-tree, by cauſing them to
"extravaſate the nutritious juice, whoſe veſſels they
« tear aſunder in depoſiting their eggs ; perhaps too,
“ beſides their eggs, they leave behind them fome
" fort of liquor proper to ferment gently with the
“ milk of the Fig, and to make their fieíh tender.
Our Figs in Provence, and even at Paris, ripen much
“ ſooner for having their buds pricked with a Straw
dipped in olive oil. Plumbs and Pears, pricked by
« ſome inſects likewiſe ripen much the faſter for it;
" and the fleſh round ſuch puncture is better taſted
" than the reſt. It is not to be diſputed but that con-
“ fiderable change happens to the contexture of fruits
« ſo pricked, juſt the ſame as to parts of animals
pierced with any ſharp inſtrument.
" It is ſcarce poſſible well to underſtand the antient
« authors who have treated of caprification (or hul-
banding and dreſſing the wild Fig-tree) if one is
not well appriſed of the circumſtances, the particu-
lars whereof were confirmed to us not only at Zia,
« Tinos, Mycone, and Scio, but in moſt of the other
66 iſlands."
(6
66
5
CO
و
66
66
66
66
66
Fig-

FIC
FIC
3
a
a
ز
3
autumn.
Fig-trees are propagated in England, either by the
fuckers, which are ſent out from their roots, and by
layers made, by laying down of their branches, which
in one year will put out roots ſufficient to be removed,
or by planting of cuttings, which, if properly managed,
will take root; the firſt of theſe is a bad method, be-
cauſe all thoſe trees which are raiſed from ſuckers, are
very ſubject to ſend out great quantities of fuckers
again from their roots; and the branches of the fuckers
are not ſo compact, as thoſe of the layers, but are fuller
of ſap, ſo in greater danger of being injured by the
froſt; thoſe plants which are propagated by layers,
are the beſt, provided the layers are made from the
branches of fruitful trees; for thoſe which are made
from the ſuckers, or ſhoots, produced from old ſtools,
are very ſoft, and full of ſap, fo are in danger of ſuf-
fering by the froſt, and theſe will ſhoot greatly into
wood, but will not be very fruitful; for, when trees
have acquired a vicious habit while young, it is ſeldom
they are ever brought to be fruitful afterward; there-
fore the ſhoots which are laid down, ſhould be ſuch as
are woody, compact, and well ripened, not young
fhoots, full of ſap, whoſe veſſels are large and open.
The beſt time for laying down of the branches is in
autumn; and if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere,
if they are covered with ſome old tan, or any other
mulch, to keep the froſt from penetrating the ground,
it will be of great ſervice to them ; by the autumn
following, theſe will be fufficiently rooted for remov-
ing, when they ſhould be cut off from the old
plants, becauſe at that ſeaſon the branches are not ſo
full of fap as in the ſpring, fo will not bleed ſo
much as when cut off in the ſpring. If the place is
ready to receive them, the layers ſhould be tranſ-
planted in autumn, where they are to remain ; but if
it is not, then the layers may remain till the ſpring,
provided they are ſeparated from the old plants in
As theſe plants do not bear tranſplanting
well when they are large, it is the better way to plant
them at firſt in places where they are to remain ; and
after they are planted, the ſurface of the ground about
their roots ſhould be covered with mulch to keep out
the froſt; and if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere,
it will be proper to cover the branches with Reeds,
Peas-haulm, Straw, or ſome other light covering,
which will prevent their tender ends being killed by
the froſt, which frequently happens where this care
is wanting.
The other method of propagating theſe trees, is by
cuttings, which ſhould be taken from the trees in au-
tumn, for the reaſon before given : theſe muſt be cho-
ſen from ſuch branches as are compact, whoſe joints
are near each other; and they ſhould have a part of
the former year's wood at their bottom, and the top
of
each ſhould be left entire, not ſhortened as is uſually
practiſed with other cuttings; then they ſhould be
planted eight or nine inches deep, in a bed of
loamy earth, in a warm ſituation, covering the fur-
face of the ground, three or four inches thick, with
old tanner's bark, to keep out the froſt; and in ſevere
froſt their tops ſhould be covered with Straw, Peas-
haulm, Fern, or other light covering, to protect them
from froſt, which ſhould be removed in the ſpring ;
but the tan may remain, for that will prevent the
drying winds of the ſpring, and the fun in ſummer,
from penetrating the ground, and will be of great
uſe to ſecure the cuttings from injury; theſe cuttings
will be rooted fufficiently by the following autumn,
when they ſhould be tranſplanted, and treated in the
fame manner as the layers.
If fruitful branches of theſe trees are cut off, and
planted in pots, or tubs, filled with good earth, and
theſe are plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners bark
in the ſtove, they will put out fruit early in the ſpring,
which will ripen in the middle of May.
We ſhall now return to the other forts of Figs, which
grow naturally in warm countries, but are preſerved
in the gardens of thoſe who are curious in collecting
rare exotic plants, for theſe do not bear eatable fruit
in their native foil; but their leaves being large and
beautiful, the plants make a pleaſing variety in the
itove.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Levant, where
it becomes a large tree, dividing into many branches,
which are garniſhed with leaves ſhaped like thoſe of
the Mulberry, and affords a friendly ſhade in thoſe hot
countries. The fruit is produced from the trunk and
larger branches of the tree, and not on the ſmaller
ſhoots, as in moſt other trees; the ſhape is like the
common Fig, but is little eſteemed. This is called the
Sycamore; or Pharaoh's Fig-tree.
The third fort grows naturally in India, where it is fa-
cred, ſo that none dare deſtroy them; it is called by
fome the Indian God-tree; this riſes with a woody
ſtem to a great height, ſending out many lender
branches, which are garniſhed with ſmooth heart-
ſhaped leaves, ending in a long tail, or point; they
are entire, ſmooth, and of a light green, having pretty
long foot-ſtalks; they are between fix and ſeven inches
long, and three inches and a half broad toward their
baſe, diminiſhing gradually to the top, where they run
out in a narrow point, an inch and a half long. The
fruit comes out on the branches, which are ſmall,
round, and of no value.
The fourth fort riſes with many ſtalks, which grow
to the height of thirty or forty feet, dividing into a
great number of branches, which ſend out roots from
their under branches, many of which reach to the
ground; fo that in ſuch places where the trees grow
naturally, their roots and branches are ſo interwoven
with each other, as to render the places impaſſable. In
India, the Banyans trail the branches of theſe trees
into regular archades, and ſet up their pagods under
them, theſe being the places of their devotion. In
America, where theſe trees are equally plenty, they
form ſuch thickets, as neither man nor beaſt can paſs
through. The leaves of this fort are of a thick ſub-
ſtance, ſmooth, and oval; they are fix inches long,
and four inches broad, with obtuſe ends. The fruit
is the ſize of a narbie, and round, but of no uſe.
The fifth fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
riſes with a woody ſtalk to the height of thirty feet,
ſending out many branches, which are garniſhed with
oblong leaves ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ;
hey are about fix or eight inches long, and two inches
and a half broad, ending in an obtuſe point, of a dark
green, and ſmooth on their upper fide, but of a light
green, and veined on their under fide. The fruit is
ſmall, and of no value. The branches of theſe trees
ſend out roots from their lower fide, which fome-
times reach the ground.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where it riſes to the height of thirty or forty feet,
ſending ont many ſlender branches, which put out
roots in the fame manner as the former. The leaves
of this are eight or nine inches long, and two inches
broad, ending in points. The fruit is ſmall, round,
and of a blood colour when ripe, but is not eatable.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in India, where it
riſes to the height of twenty-five feet, and divides in-
to many branches, which are garniſhed with oval-
pointed leaves, which are ſmooth, and of a lucid green.
The fruit is ſmall, and grows in cluſters from the ſide
of the branches; theſe are not eatable.
The eighth fort grows naturally in India ; this is a
low trailing ſhrub, whoſe ſtalks put out roots at their
joints, which ſtrike into the ground, fo is propagated
plentifully where it naturally grows. The leaves are
two inches and a half long, and near two inches broad,
ending in points ; they are of a lucid green, and are
placed without order on the branches; the fruit is
ſmall, and not eatable.
The ninth fort riſes with a ſtrong, upright, woody
ſtalk twenty feet high, fending out ſeveral fide
branches, which are garniſhed with large, oval, tiff
leaves, about fourteen inches long, and near a foot
broad, and are rounded at the ends; they have ſeveral
tranſverſe veins, which run from the midrib to the
fides. The foot-ſtalks are long, and frequently
turned next to the branches; the upper ſide of the
a
3
a
a
leaves

FIL
F IR
a
a
a
leaves are of a lucid green, and the under ſide is of a or thoſe plants which fend forth fide branches of
gray, or ſea-green colour, they are of a thick ſub- flowers, which advance above the middle.
itance, and very ſmooth ; this grows naturally in FILIX, Fern. There are great varieties of this
India, from whence it was brought to the gardens in plant in the different parts of the world, but particu-
Holland.
Tarly in America, as may be ſeen in the Natural Hil
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies, tory of Jamaica, publiſhed by Sir Hans Sloane, Bart.
where it riſes twenty feet high, ſending out many fide and in Plumier's American Ferns : but as they are
branches, which are covered with a white bark, and plants which are ſeldom propagated in gardens, I
garniſhed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, ending ſhall paſs them over in this place.
in acute points ; they are about three inches long, and FILM, that woody ſkin which ſeparates the feeds in
one inch and a half broad, near the baſe ; of a lucid the pods of plants.
green on their upper fide, but of a pale green on FIMBRIATED [of Fimbria, Lat. a fringe] a
their under, ſtanding upon very long foot-ſtalks. The term relating to the leaves of plants when they are
fruit comes out from the ſide of the branches, toward jagged on the edges, having, as it were, a fringe
their ends ; they are about the ſize of large gray Peas, about them; theſe are often called furbelowed leaves.
and of a deep purple colour, fitting cloſe to the FIRE. However foreign, at the firſt view, this article
branches; theſe are not eatable.
may ſeem to our preſent purpoſe, yet I am of opinion, ,
The eleventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, that a tolerable acquaintance with its nature, as far
from whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun; as it can be attained, and its effects, will contribute
this riſes with many ſhrubby ſtalks to the height of no ſmall aſſiſtance in forwarding the work of vegeta-
twelve or fourteen feet, and divides into many ſmaller tion. And though the theory of fire is indeed philo-
.
branches, which are garniſhed with oval ſtiff leaves, ſophical, yet the conſideration of its effects, and how
which are obtuſe; they are four inches long, and three it
operates on vegetables, will be of no ſmall uſe in
broad, of a light green, and ſtand upon very ſhort the culture of them.
foot-ſtalks, which are joined to a cup, in which the That which beſt defines and diſtinguiſhes fire from
fruit fits; this is globular, and the ſize of a middling every thing elſe, is its heating; and ſo it may be de-
nutmeg, of a deep yellow, when ripe, but is not eat- fined, Whatſoever warms or heats bodies.
able.
Heat is ſomething, the preſence of which is beſt per-
The ſecond fort, I believe, is not in England at pre- ceived by the dilatation of the air or ſpirit in the
ſent; I raiſed two or three of theſe plants from ſeeds thermometer. So then, fire is a body, and a body in
in the year 1736, which were deſtroyed by the ſevere
motion too. The motion of it is proved by its ex-
froſt in 1740, ſince which time I have not been able panding the air, and that it is a body by experiment,
to procure any of the feeds. The other forts are pre- Pure mercury, being incloſed in a phial with a long
ſerved in ſeveral curious gardens; they are eaſily pro- neck, and kept in a gentle heat for the ſpace of a
pagated by cuttings during the ſummer ſeaſon. When year, will be reduced into a ſolid, and the weight al-
the cuttings are taken from the plants, they ſhould be ſo will be increaſed conſiderably; which increaſe can-
laid in a dry ſhady place for two or three days, that not proceed from any thing elſe but the acceſſion of
the wounds may be healed over, otherwiſe they are apt
fire.
to rot; for all theſe plants abound with a milky juice, The nature of fire is ſo obſcure and wonderful, that
which flows out whenever they are wounded; for which it was held by many of the ancients as a deity; and
reaſon, the cuttings ſhould have their wounded part ſeveral authors of prime note have taken great pains
healed over and hardened before they are planted ; to diſcover the myſtery of it, without having been able
after which they ſhould be planted in pots filled with to explain many of the principal effects thereof. The
ſandy light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- learned Herman Boerhaave has uſed no leſs induſtry
bed, where they ſhould be ſhaded from the ſun, and in making a new ſet of experiments, in order to come
two or three times a week gently refreshed with wa- to a clearer knowledge of them; and having laid
ter, if the ſeaſon is warm; but they muſt not have too
,
down a new doctrine of fire, in a courſe of public lec-
much moiſture, for that will infallibly deſtroy them. tures, I ſhall briefly take notice of ſuch of them as I
When the cuttings have taken root ſufficient to tranſ- apprehend may be of uſe.
plant, they ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall “ Fire (ſays he) in effect, appears to be the general
pot filled with light undunged earth, and plunged into "s inſtrument of all the motion in the univerſe. The
the hot-bed again, being careful to ſhade them until " conſtant tenor of a great number of experiments
they have taken freſh root; then they ſhould have a " leaves no room to doubt, but that, if there were no
large ſhare of free air admitted to them at all times “ fire, all things would inſtantly become fixed and
when the weather is favourable, to prevent their draw-
- immoveable. Of this there are inſtances every win-
ing up weak, and to give them ftrength before the ter; for while froſt prevails, the water, which be-
cold comes on. In autumn the pots ſhould be re- “ fore was fluid, by a mere privation of heat, becomes
moved into the ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed, folid, i. e. hardens into ice, and ſo remains till dif-
where they ſhould conſtantly remain, and muſt be “ ſolved again by fire. Thus, were a man entirely
treated in the ſame manner as other tender plants from « deſtitute of heat, he would immediately freeze into
the ſame countries; for although two or three of the a ftatue; and thus the air itſelf, which is found in
forts may be treated in a hardier manner, yet they will
" continual motion, being always either expanding
not make much progreſs.
or condenſing, would, upon the abſence of fire, con-
FICUS INDICA. See OPUNTIA.
es tract itſelf, and cohere into a firm rigid maſs; fo
FIL AGO. There are ſeveral ſpecies of this genus, alſo animals and vegetables, all oils, falts, &c.
ſome of which grow naturally upon barren land in " would, upon the like occaſion, immediately con-
moſt parts of England. They are called by ſome Cot- geal."
tonweed, by others Cudweed, their leaves being white, Although this doctrine of fire, here laid down by
and, when broken, have cottony threads. Theſe Boerhaave, feems new and extraordinary, at leaſt to
have been ranged under the genus of Gnaphalium by thoſe who have been uſed to conſider fire in the light
moſt botaniſts, and one of the ſpecies which is uſed in that it has been ſet in by the Lord Bacon, Mr. Boyle,
medicine, ſtands in the liſt of ſimples by that appel-
and Sir Iſaac Newton; and though we ought to pay
lation. As theſe plants are not cultivated in gardens, great veneration to thoſe illuſtrious authors, yet, in
I ſhall not trouble the reader with a farther account the judgment of themſelves, we ſhould be in excu-
of them.
ſable, if we ſhould abſolutely acquieſce in what they
FILBERT. See CORYLUS.
have done, and ſhut the door againſt farther and bet-
FILIPENDULA. See SPIRÆA.
ter information.
FILIUS ANTE PATREM i. e. the ſon be- It may reaſonably be ſuppoſed, that Dr. Boerhaave
fore the father) an expreſſion which botaniſts apply has had an opportunity of going beyond them; in that,
to plants, whoſe flower comes out before their leaves ; beſides all the experiments and obſervations that they
66
СС
CG
a
2
have

FIR
FIR
a
<
a
have had to build upon, he has had the advantage of
a new ſet, which they were unacquainted with.
As to the nature of fire, the great and fundamental
difference is, whether it be originally ſuch, formed
thus by the great Creator himſelf, at the beginning of
things? or, whether it be mechanically producible
from other bodies, by inducing ſome alteration in
the particles of it?
Among the modern writers, Homberg, Boerhaave,
the younger Lemery, and Dr. Graveſande, maintain
the former, and the Engliſh authors chiefly maintain
the latter.
Monſ. Homberg holds, That the chymical principle
or element, ſulphur, which is ſuppoſed one of the
ſimple, primary, pre-exiſtent ingredients of all natu-
ral bodies, is real fire; and, of conſequence, fire is
coeval with all bodies. Effai de Souffre Principe,
Mem. de l'Academie, anno 1705.
Dr. Graveſande proceeds much on the ſame princi-
ple: according to him, fire enters the compoſition of
all bodies, is contained in all bodies, and may be ſe-
parated or procured from all bodies, by rubbing them
againſt each other, and thus putting their fire in
motion : and he adds, That fire is by no means gene-
rated by ſuch motion. Elem. Phyſ. Tom. II. cap. 1.
Mr. Lemery the younger, aſſerts the abſolute and in-
generable nature of fire, and alſo extends it farther ;
not contented to confine it, as an element, to bodies,
he endeavours to ſhew, that it is “ Equably diffuſed
,
“ through all ſpace; is preſent in all places; in the
“ void ſpace between bodies, as well as the inſenſible
« interſtices between their parts.” Mem. de l'Acad.
anno 1713
This laſt ſentiment falls in with that of Boerhaave.
Of the contrary opinion is the Lord Bacon, who, in
his treatiſe de Forma Calidi, deduces from a great
number of particulars, that heat in bodies is no other
than motion, only a motion fo and ſo circumſtanti-
ated; ſo that to produce heat in a body, nothing is
required but to excite ſuch motion in the parts of it.
His opinion is ſeconded by Mr. Boyle, in his treatiſe
of the Mechanical Origin of Heat and Cold; where
he maintains the ſame doctrine, with new obſerva-
tions and experiments, of which two are as follow:
He ſays, “ In the production of heat there appears
,
nothing on the part either of the agent or patient
" but motion, and its natural effects. When a ſmith
briſkly hammers a ſmall piece of iron, the metal
thereby becomes exceedingly hot; yet there is no-
thing to make it ſo, except the forcible motion of
“ the hammer, impreſſing a vehement and variouſly
- determined agitation on the ſmall parts of the iron;
" which, being a cold body before, becomes by that
« fuperinduced commotion of its ſmall parts hot;
« firſt, in a more looſe acceptation of the word, with
regard to ſome other bodies, compared with which
as it was cold before ; then ſenſibly hot, becauſe this
agitation ſenſibly furpaſſes that of the parts of our
fingers. And in this inſtance oftentimes the ham-
« mer and anvil continue cold after the operation ;
es which ſhews, that the heat acquired by the iron
“ was not communicated by either of theſe imple-
ments, as heat, but produced in it, by a motion
great enough ſtrongly to agitate the parts of ſo
“ ſmall a body as the piece of iron, without being
« able to have the like effect upon ſo much greater
“ maſſes of metal as the hammer and anvil; though
« if the percuſſions were often and briſkly renewed,
" and the hammer were ſmall, this alſo might be
“ heated; whence it is not neceſſary, that a body it-
« ſelf ſhould be hot to give heat.
“ If a large nail be driven by a hammer into a
plank of wood, it will receive ſeveral ſtrokes on its
“ head, ere
it grows hot; but when it is once driven
the head, a few ſtrokes ſuffice to give it a con-
“ fiderable heat; for while at every blow with the
« hammer the nail enters farther into the wood, the
“ motion produced is chiefly progreſſive, and is of the
“ whole nail tending one way ; but, when the mo-
~ tion ceaſes, the impulſe given by the ſtroke being
66 unabie to drive the nail farther on or break it, muft
66 be ſpent in making a various, vehement, and in-
6 teſtine commotion of the parts among themſelves,
“ wherein the nature of heat confifts."
That fire is the real cauſe of all the changes in na-
ture, will appear from the following conſideration.
All bodies are either ſolid or fluid; the folid of them-
ſelves are either commonly ſuppoſed to be inactive or
motionleſs; the fluid both move and are moved.
And all folids are found to be ſo much the more firm
and contracted, as they have the leſs fire in them.
This is evident in iron, which, when heated, expands
itſelf into a much greater ſpace than when it was cold;
ſo that any folid and hard body, by being freed from
all fire, would ſink into a much leſs bulk, and its
parts would cohere more nearly, and with greater
force than before.
As to fluids, they all harden, ſo as to be viſible to
the eye upon the abſence of fire ; as water, by the
cold of a ſevere winter, will form itſelf into a ſolid
globe, and yet even then contains a great deal of fire,
as appears evidently upon applying a thermometer to
it, which is capable of falling twenty diviſions lower
before it arrive at the point of the moſt intenſe cold:
and hence it is, that the ſpirit of wine is kept from
freezing in the thermometer, which would undergo
the common fate of other things, were there not
abundantly more fire in it.
The air itſelf expands by a greater quantity of fire,
and condenſes by a leſs, but it ſtill contains a large
quantity of fire, where it is moſt of all contracted ;
this is evident from the ſtriking of a flint againſt a
ſteel, which is followed by ſparks of fire.
Likewiſe if this fire could be taken from the air, it
would become ſolid and perfectly at reſt, and, by con-
ſequence, uncapable of change
“ Fire (ſays Dr. Graveſande, in Element. Phyſ.) na-
turally unites itſelf with bodies; and hence it is,
" that a body brought near to the fire grows hot,
“ in which caſe it alſo expands or ſwells; which ex-
panſion is not only obſerved in very ſolid bodies,
“ but in thoſe whoſe parts do not cohere ; in which
“ caſe they likewiſe acquire a great degree of elaſ-
ticity, as is obſerved in air and vapours.”
Fire being thus acknowledged the inſtrumental cauſe
of all motion, it remains that itſelf be moved; nay,
to move, muſt be more natural and immediate to fire,
than to any other body; and hence ſome have ventured
to make motion effential to fire: but as this is incon-
ſiſtent with the notion of matter, which is defined to
be inert and paſſive, and as fire is capable of being
proved material, we ought rather to agree, that the
motion of fire itſelf is derived from ſome higher and
metaphyſical cauſe. A property of perpetual mo-
bility may indeed be ſuperadded to the other proper-
ties of fire, but it has no natural neceſſary connexion
with them; nor can it be maintained with them
otherwiſe than by ſome extrinſic efficacy of a ſuperior
cauſe.
However, that it is by motion that fire produces its
effects, is evident; and hence the action of fire can-
not make any alteration in the elementary ſubſtance
of bodies; for it is neceſſary, that what acts upon an
object, be without that object, i. e. the fire muſt not
penetrate the elementary parts, but only enter the pores
and interſtices of bodies, ſo that it does not ſeem ca-
pable of making thoſe tranſmutations, which Sir Iſaac
Newton aſcribes to it.
In effect, as to all our purpoſes, it may perhaps be
ſaid, that fire is always in motion. For inſtance,
take fix ſeveral ſorts of thermometers, and two vef-
ſels of water with ſal armoniac mixed therein, and ap-
ply the thermometers to it; and the conſequence will
be, that the air being condenſed in them, the ſpirit
will defcend in all of them: remove the veſſels of
water, and the air growing warmer, and rarefying,
the ſpirit will afcend again; ſo that the active force
in air, which produces ſo many effects, does really all
ariſe from the fire contained in it.
66
CC
a
و
66
a
fo
ز
CC
to
a
ز
5 P
Again:

F IR
FIR
a
Again : As all bodies placed in a very ſolid air, do,
by degrees, grow cold, motionleſs, rigid, &c. i. e.
though there be ſtill ſome remains of fire, and in
proportion as that is diminiſhed, the effect is accele-
rated; it follows, that cold, a leſs degree of heat, is
the effect of a leffer action of fire: and all action riſes
apparently from the fame fource.
Then, as fire can render the moſt folid bodies, as
ſtone, metals, &c. (as appears very evident in large
burning-glaſſes, in which gold itſelf immediately cal-
cines, and emits fumes, i. e. becomes fluid) ſo the
want of fire would convert the moſt fluid bodies, as
ſpirits of wine, &c. into folids.
Fire is diſtinguiſhed into two kinds, called elemen-
tary or pure fire, which is ſuch as exiſts in itſelf, and
alone is properly called fire; or common or culinary
fire, which is raiſed and kindled from the former, and
is that which agitates and affects ignited, combuſtible,
and moveable bodies, the particles of which, joining
with thoſe of the pure fire, conſtitute pure fiame.
This latter is improperly called fire, in that not only
a ſmall part of it is real or pure fire; and in ig-
nited bodies, that which flames, ſmokes, &c. is not
fimply fire ; whereas pure fire, ſuch as is collected
in a burning-glaſs, yields no flame, ſmoke, aſhes, or
the like.
Fire may be preſent in the greateſt abundance, yet
without any heat: this is evident in the tops of the
higheſt mountains, illuminated by the fun, where the
cold is always extremely pinching, and this even un-
der the equator, there being mountains there which
are perpetually covered with ſnow, though there can
be no want of fire.
So a large burning-glaſs has no effect: the ſmalleſt
warmth cannot be felt in its focus in a place where
the ſun does not ſhine, or when the ſun is covered
with a cloud, but a piece of metal may be ſeen to
melt the very moment the fun emerges.
Fire may be in exceeding ſmall quantity, and yet
burn with great violence: thus ſpirit of wine when
ſet on fire, does not burn the hands; and though
poured on a piece of red-hot iron, does not take fire;
fo that the fire that is in, ſhould not appear very
great : yet if it meet with ſome harder body while it
is burning, the particles of which body it is capa-
ble to agitate by the attrition of its own, it will yield
a fierce flame, capable of burning a harder body than
the hand.
From this it appears, that the relation of heteroge-
neous particles, agitated by the fire, has inore effect
in reſpect to heat than the action of the fire itſelf:
nor need we be far to ſeek for the mechanical reaſon
of this, for the particles of fire, being all equal and
ſpherical, muft of themſelves be harmleſs, but if
they carry certain fpicula, or any other bodies along
with them, then they become capable of doing much
harin.
Hence, though the flame of a piece of wood may
give a ſenſe of heat, and burn ſuch things as are ap-
plied to it, it does not therefore neceffarily follow,
that there is any pure fire in it, fo that the dif-
tinction of pure and common fire is abſolutely ne-
ceffary: though this diſtinction has been overlooked
by moſt or all the authors before Dr. Boerhaave, who
have written on fire; which has led them into egre-
gious miſtakes, infomuch that moſt of them have held,
that the flame of a piece of wood is all fire, which ap-
pears to be falſe from what has been already ſaid, and
alſo what follows.
Elementary or pure fire is of itſelf imperceptible, and
only diſcovers itſelf by certain effects that it pro-
duces in bodies, and theſe effects are only to be learnt
by the changes which ariſe in bodies. Theſe effects
are three ; ift, heat; 2dly, dilatation in all ſolid
bodies, and rarefaction in all fluids; 3dly, motion.
The firſt effect of elementary fire on bodies is heat:
heat ariſes wholly from fire, and in ſuch a manner,
that the meaſure of heat is always the meaſure of
fire; and that of fire, of heat; fo the heat is inſepa-
rable from the fire.
The ſecond effect of elementary fire is dilatation in
all folid bodies, and rarefaction in all fluids.
Numerous experiments make it evident, that both
theſe are inſeparable from heat. If you heat an iron
rod, it will increaſe in all its dimenſions; and the
more it is heated, the farther it will be increaſed, and
being again expoſed to the cold, it will contract, and
ſucceſſively return through all degrees of its dilatation,
till it arrive at its firſt bulk, being never two minutes
fucceſſively of the ſame magnitude.
The like may be obſerved in gold, the heavieſt of all
bodies, which takes up more ſpace when it is fuſed
than it did before ; nay, even mercury, the heavieſt
of all fluids, has been known to aſcend above thirty
times its height, being placed over the fire in a
tube.
The laws of this expanſion are ;
ift, That the fame degree of fire rarefies fluids
ſooner, and in a greater degree than it does ſolids.
Without this, the thermometer would be of no uſe ;
ſince, if it were otherwiſe, the cavity of the tube
would be dilated in the ſame proportion as the fluid is
rarefied.
2dly, By how much the liquor is lighter, by ſo much
the more it is dilated by fire : thus air, which is the
lighteſt of all fluids, expands the moſt, and ſpirit of
wine the next after air.
The third effect of fire on bodies is motion ; for
fire, in warming and dilating bodies, muft neceſſarily
move their parts. And in effect, all the motion of
nature ariſes from fire alone; and if this were taken
away, all things would become immoveable. All
oils, fats, waters, wines, ales, ſpirits of wine, vege-
tables, animals, &c. become hard, rigid, and inert,
upon the abſence of only a certain degree of fire; and
this induration will be both the ſooner, and the more
violent, the leſs the degree of fire is.
Hence, if the fire was abſolutely taken away, and
there were the greateſt degree of cold, all nature
would grow into one concrete body, folid as gold,
and hard as a diamond; but, upon the application of
fire, it would recover its former mobility.
And, of conſequence, every diminution of fire is at-
tended with a proportionable diminution of motion.
Pure fire is found in two different manners, either
as it exiſts every where, and is diffuſed equally in
all places; or as it exiſts in certain bodies, in which
it makes no great alteration.
That fire ſhould exiſt in the fame quantity in all
places, will ſeem a ſtrange paradox; and yet that
it does fo, is demonftrable from innumerable expe-
riments.
This elementary fire is preſent every where, in all
bodies, all ſpace, and at all times, and that in equal
quantities ; for let a perſon go where he will, to the
top of the higheſt mountains, or deſcend into the
loweſt cavern, whether the ſun ſhine or not; either in
the moſt ſcorching ſummer, or the ſharpeſt winter;
fire may be collected by ſeveral methods, as attrition
or otherwiſe. In a word, there is no phyſical point
aſſignable without fire, no place in nature where the
attrition of two ſticks will not render it fenfible.
The Carteſians, as Marriotte, Perrault, &c. hold,
That there is a large ſtock of fire in a perfect vacuum,
i. e. a ſpace out of which all the air has been exhauſted,
as fuppofing an abſolute vacuum impoffible: now,
the moſt perfect vacuum that we can arrive at, is that
of Mr. Hugyens's contrivance, which is as follows:
heat a quantity of the pureſt mercury to the heat of
boiling water, and pour it into a hot tube of about
forty inches long; and when the tube is filled, apply
a finger upon the orifice of it, and thus invert it into
a balon full of mercury: the mercury will now be
ſuſpended in the tube to the whole height; but then,
if you give it but a little ſhake, it will fink down to
the height of about twenty-nine inches, and thus
leave a vacuity of eleven inches.
Yet here the philoſophers above-mentioned deny there
is
any vacuum, and urge, that now ſo much the more
fire is entered into the ſpace as there was of other
matter;
و
و
3

FIR
FIR
3
meter.
3
matter ; but this is contrary to experience; at leaſt, the
fire contained there is no hotter than the mercury itſelf;
for if a drop or two of water be in a froſty ſeaſon
ſprinkled both upon the upper part of the tube, ſup-
poſed to be full of fire, and on the lower that is full of
mercury, they will in each place freeze alike; fo that
there is no more pure fire in a perfect vacuum, than
in any other place.
But whereas it has been ſaid, that fire is found in all
bodies, to prove this, ſet gold againſt the vacuum be-
fore-mentioned, and this gold, though the moſt pon-.
derous of all bodies, will not contain more fire than
Huygens's vacuum, as appears from the thermo-
But the fire in gold, when ready to fuſe, is pure
fire ; for a maſs of this being once heated red hot,
will retain this fire perfectly for three days"; nay, the
prince of Mirandola and others, have kept gold ig-
nited for two months, without any diminution of
weight.
Mr. Graveſande, Phyſ. Element, ſays, That bodies
of any kind, being violently moved againſt one ano-
ther, will grow hot by fuch friction, and this to a
conſiderable degree, which ſhews that all bodies have
fire in them; for fire may be put in motion, and fe-
parated from a body by ſuch rubbing, but can never
be generated that way.
Mr. Boyle, Mech. Prod. of Heat, ſays, That although
quickſilver is allowed to be the coldeſt of all fluids,
inſomuch that many deny, that it will produce any
heat by its immediate action on any other body, and
particularly on gold; yet ſeveral trials have aſſured
him, that a particular mercury may by preparation be
enabled ſuddenly to infinuate itſelf into the body of
gold, whether calcined or crude, and become mani-
feſtly hot with it in leſs than two or three minutes.
Mr. Graveſande ſays, That quickſilver contains fire,
is evident hence, that if you ſhake it about in an
exhauſted glaſs, it will appear all luminous.
Elementary fire of itſelf always lies concealed; nay,
it
may be perfectly undiſcoverable, where it is in the
greateſt quantity; as is evident in the torrid zone,
where the ſnow never melts, notwithſtanding the great
abundance of fire.
This fire, in itſelf thus perfectly latent, may diſco-
ver itſelf to be preſent by five effects ; ift, by rare-
fying bodies, and particularly air ; 2dly, by light;
3dly, by colour ; 4thly, by heat; and 5thly, by
burning
That there is a good quantity of fire even in the
coldeſt places, and in the coldeſt bodies, is confirmed
by the following experiment: if you take two large
:
iron plates, and rub them briſkly together in Iceland,
which is only twelve degrees ſhort of the north pole,
in the moſt froſty ſeaſon, and at midnight, they will
grow warm, glow, ſhine, and heat to ſuch a pitch as
not only to rarefy the ſpirit in the thermometer, but
even to ignite, and at laſt to fuſe.
Now the fire here found is either created de novo, or
it was there before, but nobody will aſſert its crea-
tion; and accordingly, unleſs it be furniſhed with a
proper fuel, it will be foon diſſipated again, but not
annihilated; and of conſequence it pre-exiſted, and it
appears to be true fire by its rarefying the ſpirit in
the thermometer.
From this, and many other experiments, it is evi-
dent, that fire is always found in all parts of ſpace,
and in all bodies equally ſpread on the utmoſt top of
the higheſt mountain, as in the ſubject valley, or in
the deepeſt cavern under ground, and in every cli-
mate, and at every ſeaſon.
The equable diſtribution of fire in all places being
proved, it ſhould thence follow, that there is the ſame
degree thereof every where ; which would really be
ſo, were it not that fire happens by one means or other
to be more collected in one place than another.
But, notwithſtanding the equable difference, &c. of
fire through all the mundane ſpace does not hinder,
but that, to our ſenſes, it appears very unequal in dif-
ferent places; and hence we have two vulgarly re-
puted ſources or funds of fire, viz. in the fun, and
the center of the earth.
As for the firſt, we have the concurrent opinions of
the philoſophers of all ages, but one excepted, who
held the fun to be cold.
As to the ſecond, the central fire, it is manifeſt that
there is an ample proportion of fire under ground;
and even, that fire appears much more abundant
there than on the ſurface; ſo that at leaſt, a ſubter-
raneous fire muſt be granted.
Thus they who dig mines, wells, &c. conſtantly ob-
ſerve, that while they are but a little below the fur-
face, they find it a little cool; and as they proceed
lower, it proves much colder, as being beyond the
reach of the ſun's heat, inſomuch that water will
freeze almoſt inſtantaneouſly, and hence is the uſe of
houſes.
But a little lower, about forty or fifty feet deep, it
begins to grow warmer, ſo that no ice can bear it;
and then the deeper they go, ſtill the greater heat ;
till at length it endangers the ſtoppage of reſpiration,
and puts out their candles. If they venture yet farther
with a lighted candle, the place ſhall be immediately
found full of flame, as once happened in the coal-pits
in Scotland, where a hardy digger, deſcending to an
unuſual depth, with a light in his hand, the fumes,
which were there found very copious, caught fire
thereby, and burnt the whole mountain down.
Therefore it ſeems as if nature had lodged another
ſun in the center of the earth, to contribute on its
part to the giving motion to bodies, and for the pro-
moting of generation, nutrition, vegetation, germi-
nation, &c. of animals, vegetables, and foſſils.
As to the origin of this ſubterraneous fun, fome
doubt whether it were formed there in the beginning,
like the fun in the firmament, or gradually produced
by a ſecondary collection of vague fire into this place.
What makes in favour of the former opinion, are
volcanos or burning mountains, which ſeem to have
exifted from the firſt ages; for the flames of mount
Ætna are mentioned as of great antiquity, and there
are likewiſe ſuch mountains found in the coldeſt re-
gions, viz. Nova Zembla and Iceland, as well as the
hotteft, as Borneo, &c.
It cannot be reaſonably pretended, ſays Mr. Boyle,
that the fubterraneous heat proceeds from the rays of
the fun, fince they heat not the earth above fix or ſe-
ven feet deep, even in the ſouthern countries; and if
the lower part of the earth were of its own nature
cold, and received the heat it affords only from the
fun and ſtars, the deeper men deſcend therein, the leſs
degree of heat and ſteams they would meet with.
The ſun contributes much in bringing fire to light,
by reaſon of his rapid motion round his axis; whereby
the fiery particles, every where diffuſed, are directed
and determined in parallel lines toward certain places
where its effects become apparent.
And from thence it is, that the fire is perceived by
us when the ſun is above; but that when he diſap-
pears, his impulſe or preſſion being then taken away,
the fire continues diſperſed at large through the ethe-
real ſpace.
There is not, in effect, leſs fire in our hemiſphere in
the night time, than there is in the day time; only it
wants the proper determination to cauſe it to be per-
ceived.
The effects of elemental fire may be increaſed divers
ways, viz. firſt, by attrition, or a ſwift rubbing or
agitating one body againſt another. This is very ma-
nifeſt in folids. The attrition of a flint againſt a ſteel
produces ſparks of fire; and likewiſe in fluids, the
violent agitation of cream, by churning, will produce
a ſenſible warmth, and ſeparate it into butter; and
this effect is rendered ftill more diſcernible by a ther-
mometer.
And the heat of animal bodies is owing to the agita-
tion and attrition of the parts of theſe juices againſt
each other, and the ſides of the veſſels.
The ſecond manner of increaſing the effect of ele-
mentary fire is, by throwing a quantity of moiſt or
green
a
3

F L O
F L O
a
have any
green vegetables, cut down while full of ſap, into a
large heap, and preſſing them cloſe down; by which
they grow warm, hot, ſmoke, and break out into
,
flame,
A third way is by mixing certain cold bodies : thus
water, and ſpirit of wine, being firſt warmed, grow
much hotter by being mixed; alſo oil of cloves, cin-
namon, &c. being mixed with ſpirit of wine, become
exceeding hot, and burſt forth like volcanos.
The like effects may be had from ſeveral hard and
dry bodies, as fulphur and ſteel filings.
To conclude : on fire and the effects thereof, depend
all fluidity of humours, juices, &c. all vegetation,
putrefaction, fermentation, animal heat, &c.
As all the four elements, water, air, earth, and fire,
are very conducive to the work of vegetation, and no
one of them more than this of fire; I conclude, that
theſe few hints, which I have collected from the moſt
approved authors, concerning the nature and proper-
ties of it, as they may be uſeful, would not be unac-
ceptable to the ingenious and ſtudious practiſers of
horticulture, which induced me to inſert them here.
FIR-TREE. See ABIES.
FISTULAR FLOWERS [Flores Fiſtulares,
of Fiſtula, Lat. a pipe] ſuch as are compounded of
many long, hollow, ſmall flowers, like pipes.
FLAMMULA JOVIS. See CLEMATIS.
FLESH, among botaniſts, is all the ſubſtance of
any fruit that is between the outer rind and the ſtone,
or that part of any root that is fit to be eaten.
FLORIFEROUS [florifer, Lat.] bearing flowers.
FLORIST, one who is converſant with, or ſkilled
in flowers.
FLORULENT, FLORULOUS [florentulus,
florulus, Lat.] Flowery, full of flowers; alſo blof-
foming.
FLOS AFRICANUS. See TAGETES.
FLOS PASSIONIS. See PASSIFLORA.
FLOS SOLIS. See HELIANTHUS.
FLOS TRINITATIS. See VIOLA.
FLOWER: a flower is a natural production which
precedes the fruit, which includes the grain or ſeed.
Though a flower is a thing ſo well known, yet the
definition of this part of a plant is as various almoſt as
the authors who define it. Jungius defines it to be the
more tender part of a plant, remarkable for its colour,
or forin, or both, cohering with the fruit. Yet this
author himſelf confeſſes, that this definition is too
narrow; for ſome of thoſe bodies which he allows to
be flowers are remote from the fruit.
Mr. Ray ſays, it coheres, for the moſt part, with
the rudiments of the fruit. Thus the words, for the
moſt part are hardly to be admitted into definitions.
Tournefort defines it to be a part of a plant very often
remarkable for its peculiar colours, for the moſt part
adhering to the young fruit, to which it ſeems to af-
ford the firſt nouriſhment, in order to explicate its
moſt tender parts. Which definition is ſtill more de-
ficient than the former, by this uncertain mode of
expreſſion.
Pontedera, the profeſſor of botany at Padua, defines
it to be a part of a plant unlike the reſt in form
and nature ; if the flower has a tube, it always ad-
heres to the embryo, or is very near it, for whoſe
uſe it is ſubfervient; but if it wants a tube, there
is no embryo adhering.
This definition is far from being clear, for it is ſcarce
intelligible, and is liable to this objection, that it may
include ſome parts of a plant which no perſon ever
called by that name; for a root, a ſtalk, or a leaf,
are parts of a plant unlike the reſt in form and nature,
having no tube, and ſo do not adhere to any embryo,
and thus by Pontedera's definition are flowers.
Monſ. Juffieu, the Paris profeſſor, ſeems not to have
fucceeded much better in this affair: he ſays, That
is properly called a flower, which is compoſed of
chives, and a piſtillum, and is of uſe in generation.
But this is too defective, for there are many plants in
which the piſtillium or ſtyle is found a conſiderable
diſtance from the chives; there are many flowers
a
that have no piftillum, whether that word be taken
to ſignify the embryo of the fruit, or its appendix,
and many which have no chives.
But the late Monſieur Vaillant ſeems to be happier,
in forming a clearer idea of this part of a plant.
We find in the lecture he read in the Royal Garden
at Paris, that the flowers, ſtrictly ſpeaking, ought to
be reckoned the organs which conftitute the different
ſexes in plants ; ſeeing they are ſometimes found with-
out any covering, and that the coats or petals, which
immediately encompaſs them, are deſigned only to
cover and defend them: but (ſays he) as theſe coats
are the moſt conſpicuous and moſt beautiful part of
the compoſition, which is called by the name of
flower; to theſe coats therefore I give the name of
flower, of whatſoever ftructure or colour they be;
whether they encompaſs the organs of both ſexes to-
gether, or contain only one of them, or only fome
parts depending on one of them, provided always
that they be not of the ſame figure of the leaves of
the plant.
But, in my opinion, Dr. Martyn has been happier,
in his definition of a flower, than all thoſe above-
mentioned: he defines a flower to be the organs of
generation of both ſexes adhering to a common pla-
centa, together with their common coverings; or of
either ſex ſeparately, with its proper coverings, if it
.
The parts of a flower are, 1. The germen or ovary;
which is the rudiment of the fruit, and ſo is properly
the female organ of generation.
2. The ſtyle, which is a body accompanying the
ovary, either ariſing from the top of it, or ſtanding
as an axis in the middle, with the embryos of the
ſeeds round it.
3. The ſummits, or apices, which are thoſe bodies
that contain the prolific powder, analogous to the
male ſperm in animals; and generally hang upon
flender threads, which are called the chives or fta-
mina.
The petals are thoſe tender fine coloured leaves,
which are generally the moſt conſpicuous parts of a
flower
The empalement, or calyx, is thoſe tender leaves
which cover the other parts of a flower. .
Flowers, according to the number of their petals,
are called monopetalous, dipetalous, tripetalous, te-
trapetalous, &c.
The ſtructure of flowers is indeed very various; but,
according to Dr. Grew, the generality have theſe three
parts in common, viz. the empalement, the foliation,
and the attire.
Mr. Ray reckons, that every perfect flower has the
petals, ftamina, apices, and ſtylus or piſtil; and
ſuch as want any of theſe parts, he accounts imperfect
flowers.
In moſt plants there is a perianthum, calyx, or flower-
cup; which is of a ſtronger conſiſtence than the flower
itſelf, and deſigned to ſtrengthen or preſerve it.
Flowers are diſtinguiſhed into male, female, or her-
maphrodite
The male flowers are thoſe in which are the ſtamina,
but have no germen or ſtyle, the ſame which botaniſts
call ftamineous flowers; theſe have no fruit.
The female flowers are ſuch as contain the germen
and ſtyle, or piſtil, which is ſucceeded with fruit,
and are called fruitful, or knitting flowers.
The hermaphrodite flowers are ſuch in which the two
ſexes are contained, i. e. the male and female parts
are found in the ſame flower, which are the moſt ge-
neral kind; ſuch are the Daffodil, Lily, Tulip, Al-
thæa, Geranium, Roſemary, Sage, Thyme.
The ſtructure of parts is much the ſame in thoſe
where the ſexes are divided; the difference between
them confifting in this, that the ſtamina and ſummits
or apices, i. e. the male parts in theſe are ſeparate
from the ſtyles or piſtils; being ſometimes on the
ſame plants, and ſometimes on different ones.
Among the plants which bear both male and female
parts, but at a diſtance from each other are reckoned
the
a
و

F LU
FLU
a
3
و
a
the Cucumber, Melon, Gourd, Turky-Wheat, Wal-
nut, Oak, Beech, &c.
FLUIDITY. [Fluiditas, of fluere, Lat. to Aow.]
Having occafion to mention fluids and fluidity, in
speaking of the properties of the elements air, water,
fire, &c. I thought it neceſſary, in this place, to give
the following account of that property, which I have
extracted from the moſt approved authors.
A fluid, or fluid body, is by fome defined to be a
body, whoſe particles are but weakly connected, their
mutual coheſion being, in a great meaſure, prevented
from fome external cauſe : in which ſenſe, a fluid
ſtands oppoſed to a ſolid; and is, by the excellent Sir
Iſaac Newton, defined to be one whoſe parts eaſily give
place, or move out of the way, on any force impelled
upon them, and by that means do ſo eaſily move one
over another. Which definition is much better than
that of Deſcartes, That a fluid is a body whoſe parts
are in continual motion, becauſe it is neither apparent
that the parts of all fluids are fo, nor that the parts of
fome ſolid bodies are not fo.
Fluidity is the ſtate or affection of bodies, which de-
nominates or renders them fluid, and ſtands in direct
oppoſition to firmneſs and folidity.
Ic is diſtinguiſhed from liquidity and humidity, in
that the idea of fluidity is abſolute, and the property
contained within the thing itſelf; whereas that of hu-
midity is relative, and implies wetting, or adhering,
i. e. fomething that gives us the ſenſation of wetneſs
or moisture, and would have no exiſtence, but for our
fenfes,
Thus melted metals, air, æther, and even ſmoke,
and flame itſelf, are fluid bodies, and not liquid ones;
the parts of them being actually dry, and not leaving
any ſenſe of moiſture.
Fluidity ſeems to conſiſt in this, that the parts of
any body, being fine and ſmall, are ſo diſpoſed by
motion and figure, as that they can eaſily ſlide
over
one another's ſurfaces all manner of ways. Mr. Boyle
alſo obſerves, That it is requiſite they ſhould be vari-
ouſly and ſeparately agitated to and fro, and that
they ſhould touch one another but in ſome parts only
of their ſurfaces. And the ſame gentleman ſays, in
his Hiſtory of Fluidity, That the conditions requiſite
to conſtitute a fluid body, are chiefly the three fol-
lowing:
aft, The minuteneſs or ſmallneſs of its parts: thus
we ſee the fire, by dividing metals into parts very fine
and ſmall, will melt them, and make them fluid; and
after the ſame manner do acid menftruums diffolve
them, ſuſpend their liquor, and render them fluid;
and that fire turns the hard body of common falt al-
moſt wholly into a liquor by diſtillation : though it
is not improbable, but that the ſhape and figure of
theſe ſmall parts may conduce much towards produ-
cing this quality of fluidity; for it is found in the
diſtillation of Olive oil (which is a fluid made only
by preſſure) that moſt of the oil will, by the action
of the parts of the fire (if it be done in a retort) be
turned into a kind of confiftent fubftance like butter.
Likewiſe mercury, whoſe parts are, without doubt,
much groſſer than thoſe of oil and water, is yet more
fluid than either of them.
2dly, It ſeems requiſite to fuidity, that there be ſtore
of vacuities, or vacant fpaces, interſperſed between
the corpuſcles of the fluid body; for elſe there will
not be room for each particle to continue its motion
and agitation on the ſurfaces of the neighbouring
ones. For,
3dly, The chief condition requiſite to conſtitute a
fluid body is, that its particles be agitated variouſly
and apart, either by their own proper motion, or by
something of ſubſtance, that tumbles them up and
down by its paſſage through them.
That this qualification is chiefly requiſite to fluidity,
you may gather from that common experiment of
putting a little dry powder of alabaſter, or plaſter of
Paris, finely fifted, in a flat-bottomed veffel over the
fire ; for in a little time it will boil like water, and
imitate all the motions of a boiling liquor; it will
tumble variouſly over in great waves like that, it will
bear ſtirring with a ſtick or ladle without refifting, as
it will do when cold ; nay, if it be ftirred strongly near
the fide of the veſſel, its waves will apparently dath
up againſt the fides: yet if any of it be lpeedily taken
out, and laid on a piece of paper, you will ſee nothing
but a dry powder.
So that it is evident from hence, that there is a real
difference between a fluid body and a wetting liquor 3
for not only this boiling powder and melted metals,
but the air and æther, and even flame itſelf, are pro-
perly fluid bodies, though not moiſt liquors.
This ingenious gentleman found alſo, that by blow.
ing the imoke of Roſemary into a glaſs pipe, and then
holding the pipe (when filled) upright, the ſurface of
the ſmoke would accommodate itſelf to a level ſitua-
tion; and which way foever the tube was inclined,
the ſuperficies of the ſmoke would be parallel to the
horizon; and when the glaſs was much inclined,
would run along it like water.
From whence he infers, that, in order to the render-
ing a body fluid, there is no need that its parts ſhould
be cloſely condenſed, as thoſe of water are.
And Dr. Hook, in his Micrograph. p. 12. preſents us
with a very pretty experiment or two, to prove this
account of fuidity, viz. That a diſh of fand being ſet
on a drum head, briſkly beaten by the ſticks, or on
the upper ftone of a mill, turning ſwiftly round on
the (empty) lower one, it in all reſpects, emulate the
properties of a fuid body; for a heavy body will
immediately ſink in it to the bottom, and a light one
emerge to the top; each grain of ſand hath a con-
ſtant vibrating, dancing motion; and if a hole be
made in the ſide of the diſh, the fand will ſpin out
like water
The corpuſcular philofophy, before it was wonder-
fully improved by Sir Iſaac Newton, did not go to
the bottom of this matter; for it gave no account of
the cauſe of the chief condition requiſite to conſti-
tute a fluid body, viz. the various motions and agi-
tations of its particles: but this may, in a great
meaſure, be accounted for, if it be ſuppoſed to be
one of the primary laws of nature, That as all par-
ticles of matter attract one another when they come
within a certain diſtance, fo likewiſe they fly away
from, and avoid one another, at all greater diſtances
from one another.
For then, though their common gravity may keep
them together in a maſs (it may ſometimes be) toge-
ther with the preſſure of other bodies upon them;
yet their continual endeavour to avoid one another
ſingly, and the adventitious impulſes of light, heat,
or other external cauſes, may make the particles
of fluids continually move round about one another,
and ſo produce this quality.
It is indeed a difficulty not eaſily got over, to account
for the particles of fluids always keeping at ſuch a
diſtance from one another, as not to come within the
ſphere of one another's attraction,
The fabric and conftitution of that fluid body,
water, is amazing ; that a body fo very rare, and
which has a vaſt over-proportion of pores, or inter-
ſperſed vacuity, to folid matter, ſhould yet be per-
fectly incompreſſible by the greateſt force; and yet
this fluid is eaſily reducible into that firm, tranſparent,
friable body which we cail ice, by being only expoſed
to a certain degree of cold,
One would think, that though the particles of wa-
ter cannot come near enough to attract each other,
yet the intervening frigorific matter doth, by being
mingled per minima, ſtrongly attract them, and is it-
ſelf likewiſe ſtrongly attracted by thern, and wedges
or fixes all the maſs into a firm body; which folid
body loſes its folidity again, when by heat the vincu-
lum is folved, and theſe frigorific particles are dif-
joined from thoſe of the water, and are forced to
fly out of it; and, perhaps, juſt thus may the fumes
of lead fix quickſilver.
When a firm ſolid body, ſuch as a metal, is by heat
reduced into a fluid, doth not the fire disjoin and ſe-
5 a
a
a
3
а
a
a
parate

F OE N
F OE N
a
parate its conſtituent particles, which mutual at- thick, and channelled, and thoſe of Dill fiat and bor-
traction cauſed to cohere before, and keep them at dered, it is much better to keep them ſeparate, than
ſuch a diſtance from each other, as that they are to join them in the fame genus.
without the ſphere of one anothers attraction as long The SPECIES are,
as that violent motion laſts? And do not they, when 1. FOENICULUM (Vulgare) foliis decompoſitis, foliolis
that is over, and the heat is flown out, come nearer brevioribus multifidis, ſemine breviore. Fennel with
10, attract one another, and coaleſce again?
decompounded leaves, whoſe finall leaves are fuorter and
As therefore the cauſe of coheſion of the parts of folid end in many points, and a ſhorter feed. Feniculum
bodies appears to be their mutual attraction, ſo the vulgare Germanicum. C. B. P. 147. Common Fennel.
chief cauſe of fluidity ſeems to be a contrary mo- 2. FOENICULUM (Dulce) foliis decompofitis, foliolis lon-
tion impreſſed on the particles of fluids, by which gioribus, femine longiori. Fennel with decompounded
they avoid and fly one another, as ſoon as they come leaves, whose ſmell leaves are very long, and a longer
at, and as long as they keep at, ſuch a diſtance from feed. Feniculum dulce, majore & albo ſemine. J. B.
each other.
3. p.2, 4. Sweet Fennel having a larger white feed.
It is obſerved alfo in fluids, that the direction of 3. FOENICULUM (Azoricum) humilius, radice caule-
their preſſure againſt the veſſels which contain them, ſcente carnoſo, feminibus recurvis, radice annuả.
is in lines perpendicular to the ſides of ſuch veſſels ; Dwarf Fennel with a fleſhy ſtalk, recurved feeds, and
which property being the neceſſary reſult of the par- an annual root. Feniculum dulce Azoricum. Pluk.
ticles of any fiuid's being ſpherical, it ſhews that the Alm. Sweet Azorian Fennel, called Finochio.
parts of all fluids are fo, or of a figure nearly ap- The firſt fort is the common Fennel, which is culti-
proaching thereto
vated in the gardens, and has ſown itſelf in many
Dr. Clarke fays, That if the parts of a body do not places, where it has been introduced in ſuch plenty,
touch each other, or eaſily ſlide over one another, and as to appear as if it were a native in England; but it
are of ſuch a magnitude as that they may be eaſily is no where found at a great diſtance from gardens, ſo
agitated by heat, and the heat be ſufficiently great to has been undoubtedly brought into England. There
agitate them; though perhaps it may be leſs than ſuf- are two varieties of this, one with light green leaves,
fices to prevent water from freezing; or even though and the other with very dark leaves, but theſe I be-
the parts be not actually inoved, yet if they be ſmall, lieve are only varieties which ariſe from the ſame
ſmooth, flippery, and of ſuch a figure and magni- ſeeds; but this is very difficult to aſcertain ; for un-
tude as diſpoſes them to move and give way, that leſs the ſeeds were ſown ſeparately in ſome place where
body is fluid.
neither of theſe plants have been growing before, it
And
yet
the particles of ſuch fiuid bodies do, in ſome cannot be done ; for the ſeeds of theſe plants which
meaſure, cohere; as is evident hence, that mercury, have ſcattered, will remain in the ground ſome years,
when well purged of air, will be ſuſtained in the ba- and when expoſed near the ſurface will grow;
ſo that
rometer to the height of fixty or ſeventy inches; that the plants become troubleſome weeds, wherever
water will aſcend in capillary tubes, even in vacuo ; their feeds have been ſuffered to ſcatter; and they fre-
and that the drops of liquors in vacuo run into a ſphe- quently come up where other feeds are fown, and
rical form, as adhering by fome mutual coheſion, thereby the two forts may accidentally mix,
like that between poliſhed marble planes.
The common Fennel is ſo well known, as to need
To this may be added, that theſe faid bodies, if they no deſcription. This hath a ſtrong fleſhy root, which
conſiſt of particles which are eaſily entangled with penetrates deep into the ground, and will continue le-
cach other, as oil; or if they be capable of being ftiff- veral years. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
ened by cold, and joined by the interpofition of certain autumn. The beſt time to fow the feeds, is foon
cunei or wedges, as water, they are eaſily rendered after they are ripe; the plants will come up in the au-
hard; but if their particles are ſuch as can neither be tumn or the following ſpring, and require no cther
entangled as air, nor ſtiffened by cold, as quickſilver, care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
then they never grow hard and fixed.
the plants where they are too cloſe; it will grow in
In ſhort, the Carteſians define a fluid to be a body, any foil or ſituation. The leaves, feeds, and roots
the parts of which are in continual inteſtine motion; of this, are uſed in medicine ; the root is one of the
and Dr. Hook, Mr. Boyle, and Dr. Boerhaave, tho' five opening roots, and the feed one of the greater
they differ in opinion widely from Carteſianiſin, ſub- carminative feeds. There is a ſimple water made
fcribe to the definition, and alledge arguments to from the leaves, and a diftilled oil from the ſeed.
prove, that the parts of fluids are in continual mo- The ſweet Fennel has been by many ſuppoſed only a
tion, and even that it is this motion which conſtitutes
variety of the common fort, but I have cultivated it
fiuidity; and the latter of them aſcribes this, and all in the ſame ground with that, where it has always re-
motion, to fire. See FIRE.
tained its differences. The leaves of this are very
Fluids then are either natural, as water and mercury; long and ſlender, growing more ſparſedly, and do not
or animal, as blood, milk, bile, lympha, urine, &c. end in ſo many points as thoſe of the common fort;
or factitious, as wines, ſpirits, oils, &c.
the ſtalks do not riſe fo high, and the ſeeds are longer,
FÔNICULUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 311. tab. narrower, and of a lighter colour. Theſe ſeeds are
164. Anethum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 326. Fennel; in generally imported from Germany or Italy, and are
French, Fenouil.
by ſome preferred to thoſe of the common fort for
The CHARACTERS are,
uſe, being much ſweeter.
It bath an umbellated flower; the great umbel is com- This may be propagated in the ſame manner as the
poſed of many ſmaller, which have no involucrum ; the former fort, being very hardy, but the roots are not
umbel is uniform; the flowers have five incurved petals, of ſo long duration
and five stamina, terminated by roundiſh ſumnits: the The third fort is ſuppoſed to have been originally
germen is ſituated under the flower, Supporting two ſmall brought from the Azorian Iſlands; it has been long
styles, crowned by roundiſ ftigmas. The germen after- cultivated in Italy as a fallad herb, under the title of
ward turns to an oblong fruit, deeply channelled, dividing Finochio; and there are ſome few gardens in England,
into two parts, each containing a ſingle ſeed, flat on one where it is now cultivated, but in ſmall quantities, for
fide, but convex and channelled on the ot ber.
there are not many Engliſh palates which reliſh it, nor
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection is it eaſy to be furniſhed with good ſeeds; thoſe which
of Tournefort's ſeventh claſs, which includes the herbs are annually brought from Italy feldom prove good;
with umbellated flowers diſpoſed circularly, whoſe em- and it is difficult to ſave it in England, becauſe the
palement turns to two narrow, oblong, thick ſeeds. winter frequently kills thoſe plants which are left for
Dr. Linnæus has joined this genus to Anethum, feeds; and when any good plants of the early fowing
which is placed in the ſecond ſection of his fifth claſs, are left for feeds, they do not ripen, unleſs the win-
with thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and
ter proves very favourable,
two ſtyles. But as the ſeeds of Fennel are oblong,
3
3
5
This

F OE N
FRA
a
mits.
This fort hath very ſhort ſtalks, which fwell juſt FCENUM BURGUNDIACUM.
|See Me-
above the ſurface of the ground, to four or five inches DIOA SATIVA.
in breadth, and almoſt two thick, being fieihy and FCENUM GRECUM. See TRIGONELLA.
.
tender: this is the part which is eaten when blanched, FOOT-STALKS, are thoſe ſmall ſtalks which
with oil, vinegar, and pepper, as a cold fallad. immediately ſuſtain the leaves, flowers, or fruit.
When theſe plants are permitted to run for feeds, the FOUNTAINS are fources or ſprings of living
ftalks do not riſe more than a foot and a half high, water, ariſing out of the ground. As to the ori-
having a large ſpreading umbel ſtanding on the top. ginal of them, ſee under the article SPRINGS.
The feeds of this ſort are narrow, crooked, and of a Of artificial fountains there are great variety, the me
bright yellow colour; they have a very ſtrong ſmell chaniſin of which not being to my purpoſe, I will
like Aniſeed, and are very ſweet to the taſte.
not dwell upon it, though I may affert, that they
The manner of cultivating this plant is as follows: are not only great ornaments to a fine garden, but
Your firſt care muſt be to procure good feeds from alſo of great uſe. But they ought not to be placed
fome perſon who has been careful in the choice of too near the houſe by reaſon of the vapours that
the plants, otherwiſe there will be little hope of hav- ariſe from the water, which may be apt to ſtrike a
ing it good; for the plants will run up to feeds before damp to the wall, and ſpoil the paintings, &c. and
they ſwell to any fize, fo will not be fit for uſe : then the ſummer vapours may cauſe a malignity in the
make choice of a good ſpot of light rich earth, not air, and ſo be prejudicial to the health of the fa-
dry nor very wet, for in either extreme this plant will mily, and likewiſe the noiſe may be incommodious
not thrive. The firſt crop may be fown about a fort-
in the night.
night in March, which, if it ſucceeds, will be fit for Fountains in a garden ſhould be ſo diſtributed, that
uſe in July; and by ſowing at ſeveral times, there may they may be ſeen almoſt all at one time, and that the
be a ſupply for the table till the froſt puts a ftop to water-ſpouts may range all in a line one with ano-
it. After having well dug and levelled the ground ther, which is the beauty of them; for this occaſions
ſmooth, you muſt make a ſhallow drill by a line, into an agreeable confufion to the eye, making them ap-
which you must ſcatter your feeds pretty thin ; for if pear to be more in number than they really are. See
your plants are fix inches afunder in the rows, it will JET D'EAU, SPRINGS, VAPOURS, WATER, &c.
be full near enough; but however, you muſt expect FRAGARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 558. Tourn. Inft.
fome of your feeds to fail, and therefore you ſhould R. H. 295. tab. 152. [is ſo called for its fragrant aro-
ſcatter them about two inches diſtance, then cover the matic ſcent.] Strawberries; in French, Fraſer.
feeds about half an inch thick with earth, laying it
The CHARACTERS are,
ſmooth: theſe drills ſhould be made eighteen inches The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, which is
aſunder, or more, that there may be room to clean cut into ten parts at the top. The flower bath five
the ground, as alſo to earth up the plants when they roundiſh petals, which are inſerted in the empalement,
are full grown. When the plants come up, which and ſpread open. It haih twenty ſtamina, which are inz-
will be in about three weeks or a month after fowing, ſerted in the empalement, terminated by moon-ſhaped fum2-
you muſt with a ſmall hoe cut up all the weeds be-
It hath a great number of germem colle Eted into a
tween them, and where the plants are too cloſe, they bead, each having a ſingle ſtyle, inſerted in the ſide of
ſhould be thinned to about three inches diſtance; andas the germen, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas; this head of-
they advance, and the weeds ſpring again, they ſhould, terward becomes a large, soft, pulpy fruit, which, if
from time to time, be hoed; and at the laſt time of left, falls away, leaving many ſmall angular ſeeds in the
thinning them, they ſhould be left feven or eight empalement.
inches aſunder at leaſt. If your kind be good, the This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection
ſtems of the plants will increaſe to a conſiderable bulk of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
juſt above the ſurface of the ground; which part whoſe flowers have at leaſt twenty ſtamina and many
ſhould be earthed up in the manner of Celery, to ſtyles, which are inſerted to the empalement.
blanch, about a fortnight or three weeks before it The SPECIES are,
is uſed, and this will cauſe it to be very tender and 1. FRAGARIA (Vefca) foliis ovatis ferratis, calycibus
crifp.
brevibus, fructu parvo. Strawberry with oval Sawed
Your ſecond crop ſhould be ſown about three weeks leaves, ſhort empalements, and a ſmall fruit. Fragaria
after the firſt, and ſo continue fowing every three vulgaris. C. B. P. 226. The common cr Wood Strawberry,
weeks or a month till the end of July, after which 2. FRAGARIA (Virginiana) foliis oblongo-ovatis ferratis,
time it will be too late for the plants to come to any infernè incanis, calycibus longioribus; fructu fubro-
perfection. But you ſhould obſerve to fow in April, tundo. Strawberry with oblong, ovil, Sarved leaves,
May, and June, on a moiſter foil than that which boary on their under fide, longer empalements, and a
you fowed the firſt on; as alſo what you fow in the roundiſh fruit. Fragaria Virginiana fructu Coccineo.
latter part of July, ſhould be fown on a drier foil, Hift. Ox. 2. 186. Virginia Strawberry with a ſcarlet
and in a warmer ſituation ; becauſe this crop will not fruit, commonly called the Scarlet Strawberry.
be fit for uſe till late in autumn, and therefore will be 3. FRAGARIA (Muricate) foliis ovato-lanceolatis rugofis,
ſubject to injuries from too much wet or cold wea- fructu ovato. Strawberry with ovel, Spear-ſhaped, rough
ther, if on a moiſt foil. But as the ground is often leaves, and an oval fruit. Fragaria fructu parvi pruni
extreme dry in June and July, and the ſeeds more magnitudine. C. B. P. 327. Sirawberry with fruit as
apt to miſcarry and not come up, you ſhould there- large as a ſmall Plumb, commonly called Hautboy Sirate-
fore obſerve to water and ſhade the beds where this berry.
feed is ſown at that ſeaſon, until the plants corne up. 4. FRAGARIA (Chiloenſis) foliis ovatis carnofis hirſutis
And if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, the plants muſt fructu maximo. Strawberry with oval, fleſhy, hairy
be duly watered, otherwiſe they will run up to leaves, and a large fruit. Fragaria Chiloenlis, fructu
ſeed before they are of any ſize; therefore there ſhould maximo foliis carnofis hirſutis. Hort. Elth. 145. tab.
be a channel made where cvery row of plants grow, 120. Strawberry of Chili with a large fruit, and hairy
to detain the water which is poured on them, to pre- fleſhy leaves, called Frutilla, in America.
vent its running off. In the autumn, if there ſhould There are ſome other varieties of this fruit, which
happen Tharp froſts, it will be very proper to cover are now cultivated in England ; but I have not ſeen
the plants with ſome Peas-haulm, or other light co- any other which can be called a diſtinct ſpecies, thai
vering, to prevent their being pinched; by which are here enumerated, and there, I think, may be al-
method they may be continued for uſe till the middle lowed to be fo, for they never alter from one to the
of winter.
other, by any cultivation, though the fruit is fre-
A ſmall bed of this plant will be ſufficient at each quently improved, ſo as to be of a larger ſize thereby;
fowing for a middling family; and for a large family, therefore thoſe who have ſuppoſed them but one fpe-
a bed of about twenty feet long, and four feet broad, cies, have greatly erred in ſo doing; I ſhall therefore
will be full enough at a time.
mention the ſeveral varieties of Strawberry, which are
3
at

FRA
FRA
a
3
a
a
3
at preſent to be found in the gardens under the ſpe-
cies to which they naturally belong.
The firſt fort is the common Wood Strawberry, which
grows naturally in the woods in many parts of Eng-
land, and is ſo well known as to need no deſcription ;
of this there are three varieties, 1. The common fort
with red fruit. 2. The white Wood Strawberry, which
ripens a little later in the ſeaſon, and is by many per-
fons preferred to it for its quick flavour, but as it fel-
dom produces ſo large crops of fruit as the red ſort,
it is not very generally cultivated. 3. The green
Strawberry, by ſome called the Pine Apple Straw-
berry, from its rich flavour. The fruit of this is
greeniſh when ripe; it is very firm, and hath a very
high flavour; this is a late ripe fruit, but unleſs it is
planted in a moiſt loamy ſoil, it is a very bad bearer;
but in ſuch land where it does ſucceed, it merits cul-
tivation as much as any of the forts.
The Scarlet Strawberry is the fort which is firſt ripe,
for which reaſon it merits eſteem, had it nothing elſe
to recommend it; but the fruit is ſo good, as by
many perſons of good taſte to be preferred to moit
other forts. This was brought from Virginia, where
it grows naturally in the woods, and is ſo different
from the Wood Strawberry in leaf, flower, and fruit,
that there need be no doubt of their being diſtinct
ſpecies.
There is a variety of this which hath been of late
years introduced from the northern parts of America,
which has the appearance of a diſtinct ſpecies. The
leaves of this are rounder, and not ſo deeply veined ;
the crenatures on their edges are broader and more
obtuſe. The leaves which compoſe the empalement
are much longer, and are hairy, and the fruit is
larger ; but as in other reſpects it approaches near
to the Scarlet Strawberry, I have choſen to join
it to that, rather than make a diſtinct ſpecies of
it; this I have been informed grows naturally in
Louiſiana.
There has alſo been another variety of this (if not
a diſtinct ſpecies) lately introduced to our gardens,
which is commonly known by the title of Alpine
Strawberry; the plants of this greatly reſemble thoſe
of the Scarlet Strawberry, but the fruit is more
pointed; it is a well flavoured fruit, and continues
bearing from the common ſeaſon of Strawberries,
until the froſt in autumn puts a ſtop to it, which
renders the fort very valuable : I have frequently
gathered the fruit in the beginning of November;
this has occaſioned the Dutch gardeners titling it
Everlaſting Strawberry.
The Hautboy Strawberry, which the French call Ca-
pitons, came originally from America, but it has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, and is
very different from the other forts in leaf, flower,
and fruit, as that no one can doubt of their being
different ſpecies; there is an improvement of this
fort, which is commonly called the Globe Hautboy.
The fruit of this is larger, and of a globular form,
but this difference has certainly ariſen from culture;
for where theſe have been neglected a year or two,
they have degenerated to the common Hautboy again ;
where the ground is proper for this plant, and their
culture is well managed, the plants will produce
great plenty of fruit, which will be large, and well
Havoured, and by ſome perſons are preferred to all
the other forts.
The Chili Strawberry was brought to Europe by
Monf. Frazier, an engineer, who was ſent to Ame-
rica by the late king of France, and was firſt planted
in the Royal Garden at Paris, from whence it was
communicated to ſeveral curious perſons in Holland,
and in the year 1727, I brought a parcel of the
plants to England, which were cominunicated to me
by Mr. George Clifford, of Amſterdam, who had
large beds of this ſort growing in his curious gardens
at Hartecamp. The leaves of this ſort are hairy, oval,
and of a much thicker ſubſtance than any fort
yet
known, and ſtand upon very ſtrong hairy foot-ſtalks ;
the runners from the plants are very large, hairy, and
extend to a great length, putting out plants at ſeveral
diſtances. The foot-ítalks which fultain the powers
are very ſtrong; the leaves of the empalement are
long and hairy. The flowers are large, and are often
deformed, and ſo is the fruit, which is very large,
and when cultivated in very ſtrong land, the plants
produce plenty of fruit, which is firin, and very well
favoured; but as it is a bad bearer in moſt places
where it has been cultivated, it has generally been
neglected.
The Strawberries in general love a gentle hazelly
loam, in which they will thrive and bear greater
plenty of fruit than in a light rich foil. The ground
ſhould alſo be moiſt, for if it is very dry, all the
watering which is given to the plants in warm dry
ſeaſons, will not be ſufficient to procure plenty of
fruit; nor ſhould the ground be much dunged, for
that will cauſe the plants to run into fuckers, and
grow luxuriant, and render the leſs fruitful.
The beſt time to remove theſe plants is in October,
that they may get new roots before the hard froſt
ſets in, which loofens the ground; ſo that if the roots
of the plants are not pretty well eſtablihed in the
ground, the plants are frequently turned out of the
ground by the firſt thaw; therefore the ſooner they
are planted when the autumnal rains begin, the bet-
ter will their roots be eſtabliſhed, ſo there will be
leſs danger of their miſcarrying, and ſometimes thoſe
which are well rooted, will produce a few fruit the
firſt year; there are ſome who tranſplant their plants
in the ſpring; but where that is done, they muſt be
duly ſupplied with water in the dry weather, other-
wiſe they will not ſucceed.
The ground in which theſe are planted ſhould be
thoroughly cleaned from the roots of Couch, and all
other bad weeds ; for as the Strawberry plants are to
remain three years before they are taken up, ſo if any
of the roots of thoſe bad weeds are left in the ground,
they will have time to multiply fo greatly as to fill
the ground, and overbear the Strawberry plants. The
ground ſhould alſo be well trenched and made level;
then the uſual method is to lay it out into beds of
four feet broad, with paths two feet or two feet and
a half broad between each; theſe paths are neceſſary
for the convenience of gathering the fruit, and for
weeding and dreſſing of the beds, and alſo for wa-
tering the plants; after the beds are marked out,
there ſhould be four lines drawn in each, at a foot
diſtance, which will leave fix inches ſpace on each
fide, between the outſide rows and the paths; then
the plants ſhould be planted at about a foot diſtance
from each other in the rows, in a quincunx order,
being careful to cloſe the ground to the roots of the
plants when they are planted; and if there ſhould not
happen rain ſoon after, the plants ſhould be well wa-
tered to ſettle the earth to their roots.
The diſtance here mentioned for the plants to be
placed muſt be underſtood for the Wood Strawberries
only, for as the other forts grow much larger, their
diſtances muſt be proportioned to their ſeveral growths ;
therefore the Scarlets and Hautboys ſhould have but
three rows of plants in each bed, which ſhould be at
fifteen inches diſtance, and the plants in the rows
ſhould be allowed the ſame ſpace from each other,
and the Chili Strawberry muſt have but two rows of
plants in each bed, which ſhould alſo be two feet
apart in the rows; for as theſe grow very ſtrong, if
they have not room to ſpread, they will not be very
fruitful.
In chuſing proper plants of any of the forts,
depends the whole ſucceſs ; for if they are promiſ-
cuouſly taken from beds without care, great partof the
plants will become barren ; theſe are generally called
blind, which is when there are plenty of flowers, but
no fruit produced ; if theſe flowers are well examined,
they will be found to want the female organs
neration, moſt of them abounding with ſtamina, but
there are few, if any ſtyles ; ſo that it frequently hap-
pens among theſe barren plants, that ſome of them
will have a part of an imperfect fruit formed, which
3
a
of
will

FRA
FRA
.
ز
will ſometimes ripen'; this barrenneſs is not peculiar to
Strawberries, but is general to all thoſe plants which
have creeping roots, or ſtalks ; and the more they in-
creaſe from either, the ſooner they become barren,
and this in ſome degree runs through the vegetable
kingdom ; for trees and ſhrubs which are propagated
by cuttings, are generally barren of ſeeds in two ge-
nerations, that is, when they are propagated by cut-
tings, which were taken from plants raiſed by cut-
tings; this I have conſtantly found to hold in great
numbers of plants, and in fruit-trees it often hap-
pens, that thoſe forts which have been long propa-
gated by grafts and buds, have no kernels. But to
return to the choice of the Strawberry plants, theſe
ſhould never be taken from old neglected beds,
where the plants have been ſuffered to ſpread or run
into a multitude of ſuckers, nor from any plants which
are not very fruitful; and thoſe offsets which ſtand
neareſt to the old plants, ſhould always be preferred
to thoſe which are produced from the trailing ſtalks
at a farther diſtance; and the Wood Strawberry 'is
beſt when the plants are taken freſh from the woods,
provided they are taken from fruitful plants, be-
cauſe they are not ſo liable to ramble and ſpread, as
thoſe which are taken from plants, which have been
long cultivated in gardens; therefore thoſe who are cu-
rious in cultivating this fruit, ſhould be very careful
in the choice of their plants.
When the plants have taken new root, the next
care is if the winter prove ſevere, to lay ſome old tan-
ners bark over the ſurface of the bed between the
plants, to keep out the froſt: this care is abſolutely
neceſſary to the Chili Strawberry, which is frequently
killed in hard winters, where they are expoſed with-
out any covering; therefore where tanners bark can-
not eaſily be procured, faw-duft, or ſea-coal aſhes
may be uſed; or in want of theſe, if decayed leaves
of trees, or the branches of Evergreen-trees with their
leaves upon them, are laid over the beds, to prevent
the froſt from penetrating deep into the ground, it
will ſecure the plants from injury.
The following ſummer the plants ſhould be con-
ftantly kept clean from weeds, and all the runners
ſhould be pulled off as faſt as they are produced ; if
this is conſtantly practiſed, the plants will become very
ſtrong by the following autumn; whereas when this
is neglected (as is too frequently feen) and all the run-
ners permitted to ſtand during the ſummer ſeaſon, and
then pulled off in the autumn, the plants will not be
half ſo ſtrong as thoſe where that care has been taken ;
therefore there will not be near the ſame quantity of
fruit upon them the following ſpring, nor will the
fruit be near ſo large and fair; and where proper
care is taken of the plants the firſt ſummer, there is
generally a plentiful crop of fruit the ſecond ſpring;
whereas when this is neglected, the crop will be thin
and the fruit ſmall.
As this fruit is very common, there are but few pet-
ſons who cultivate it with proper care; therefore I
ſhall give ſome directions for the doing of it, which,
if carefully practiſed, will be attended with ſucceſs.
The old plants of Strawberries are thoſe which pro-
duce the fruit, for the ſuckers ſeldom produce any till
they have grown a full year ; therefore it appears how
neceſſary it is to diveſt the old plants of them; for
wherever they are ſuffered to remain, they rob the
fruitful plants of their nouriſhment in proportion to
their number; for each of theſe fuckers ſend out a
quantity of roots, which interfere, and are ſo cloſely
matted together, as to draw away the greateſt part of
the nouriſhment from the old roots, whereby they
are greatly weakened ; and theſe fuckers alſo render
each other very weak, ſo that from hence the cauſe of
barrenneſs ariſes; for I have known where the old
plants have been conſtantly kept clear from fuckers,
they have continued very fruitful four or five years
without being tranſplanted; however, it is the beſt
way to have a fucceffion of beds, that after three years
ſtanding they may be taken up; becauſe by that time
they will have exhauſted the ground of thoſe vegetable
ſalts, neceſſary for the nouriſhment of that ſpecies of
plants ; for it is always obſerved, that Strawberries
planted on freih land are the moſt fruitful.
The next thing to be obſerved, is in autumn to di-
veft the plants of any ſtrings, or runners, which may
have been produced, and allo of all the decayed leaves,
and the beds cleared from weeds, then the paths
ſhould be dug up, and the weeds buried which were
taken from the beds, and ſome earth laid over the ſur
face of the beds between the plants; this will ſtrengthen
the plants, and prepare them for the following ſpring;
and if after this, there is ſome old tanners bark laid
over the ſurface of the ground between the plants, it
will be of great ſervice to them. In the ſpring, after
the danger of hard froſt is over, the ground between
the plants in the beds ſhould be forked with a narrow
three-pronged fork, to looſen it, and break the
clods; and in this operation, the tan which was laid
over the ſurface of the ground in autumn will be bu-
ried, which will be a good dreſſing to the Strawber-
ries, eſpecially in ſtrong land; then about the end of
March, or the beginning of April, if the ſurface of
the beds is covered with moſs, it will keep the ground
moiſt, and prevent the drying winds from penetrating
the ground, and thereby ſecure a good crop of fruit;
and the moſs will preſerve the fruit clean, that when
heavy rains may
may
fall after the fruit is full grown,
there will be no dirt waſhed over them, which fre-
quently happens, ſo that the fruit muſt be waſhed
before it is fit for the table, which greatly diminiſhes
its flavour; therefore where this method is practiſed,
the fruit may be had in perfection.
The ſoil in which the Chili Strawberry is found to fuc-
ceed beft, is a very ſtrong brick earth, approaching
near to clay, in this foil I have ſeen them produce a
tolerable good crop, and the fruit has been extremely
well flavoured, and if ſome cáre be taken to pull off
the runners as they are produced, ſo as to leave
only the old plants, I make no doubt but theſe plants
may be as fruitful as the common Hautboy: this
I mention from one or two experiments, which have
been made by my direction, and not from theory.
There are ſome perſons who are ſo fond of Straw-
berries, as to be at any expence to obtain them early in
the year, and to continue them as late in the ſeaſon as
poſſible, and ſhould I omit to give ſome directions
for both theſe managements, they would ſuppoſe
the book very defective; therefore I ſhall mention
the practice of ſome few, who have ſucceeded beſt
in the management of theſe fruits ; I ſhall begin with
directions for obtaining theſe fruits early in the ſpring.
Where there are any hot walls erected in gardens
for the producing early fruit, it is very common
to ſee Strawberries planted in the borders, that the fire
which is applied for ripening the fruit againſt the
walls, may alſo ſerve the purpoſe of bringing forward
the Strawberries; but where this is practiſed, the
Strawberry plants ſhould be annually renewed, taking
up the plants as ſoon as their fruit is over, and all
the earth of the borders ſhould be taken out, at leaſt
two feet deep, and freſh earth brought in, which will
be equally good for the wall trees; but, as was before
obſerved, that the old plants of Strawberries only are
thoſe which produce the fruit, there ſhould be a fuffi-
cient number of plants brought up in pots, to ſup-
ply the border annually; and the fame muſt be done
if they are to be raiſed in a common hot-bed, or in
ftoves; therefore I ſhall begin with giving directions
for raiſing and preparing plants for thoſe purpoſes.
The forts which are the moſt proper for forcing early,
are the Scarlet, the Alpine, and the Wood Strawber-
ries, for the Hautboy grows too large for this purpoſe.
In the choice of the plants, there ſhould be an efpe-
cial care taken to have them from the moft fruitful
plants, and thoſe which grow immediately to the
old plants ; they ſhould be taken off in autumn, and
each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with loamy
foil, and placed in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken
root; after which they may be removed to an open
fituation, where they may remain till the middle or
end
a
5 R

FRA
FRA
end of November, when the pots ſhould be plunged
into the ground up to their rims, to prevent the froſt
from penetrating through the ſide of the pots ;
if
theſe are placed near a wall, pale, or hedge, ex-
poſed to an eaſt aſpect, or north-eaſt, they will ſuc-
ceed better than in a warm ſituation, becauſe they
will not be forced too forward ; the only care they re-
quire, is to ſecure them from being turned out of the
pots after froſt. The ſpring following the plants will
be ſo far advanced as to have filled the pots with their
roots by the end of April, when they ſhould be turned
out of the pots, and their roots pared; then planted
into penny pots filled with the like loamy foil, and
plunged into the ground in a ſhady ſituation, where
they ſhould remain the following ſummer; during
which time they muſt be duly kept clean from weeds,
and all the runners muſt be taken off as faſt as they are
produced ; likewiſe if there ſhould be any flowers
come out, they ſhould alſo be pinched off, and not ſuf-
fered to bear fruit, which would weaken the plants,
for there cannot be too much care taken to have the
plants as ſtrong as poſſible, that they may produce
plenty of fruit, without which they are not worth the
trouble of forcing.
About the middle of October, or earlier, if the au-
tumn proves cold, the pots ſhould be removed into a
warmer ſituation, to prepare them for forcing; for
they ſhould not be ſuddenly removed from a very cold
ſituation immediately into the ftove or hot-bed, but
be gradually prepared for it; but where they are de-
figned for the borders near a hot wall, they may then
be turned out of the pots, and planted into the bor-
ders, that they may have time to get freſh rooting, be-
fore the fires are made to heat the walls; when theſe
are planted, they may be placed very cloſe to each
other ; for as they are deſigned to remain there no
longer than till they have ripened their fruit, they
will not require much room, as their roots will find
ſufficient nouriſhment below, and alſo from the earth
which is filled into the ſpaces between the balls of
earth, about their roots; and it is of conſequence to
get as much fruit as poſſible in a ſmall ſpace, where
there is an expence to force them early. If the fires
are lighted about Chriſtmas, the Strawberries in theſe
borders will be ripe the end of March; or if the ſea-
ſon ſhould prove very cold, it may be the middle of
April before they will be fit for the table.
In the management of the plants there muſt be care
taken to ſupply them with water when they begin to
ſhew their flowers, otherwiſe they will fall off without
producing any fruit; and, in mild weather, there
fhould be freſh air admitted to them every day; but
as fruit-trees againſt the wall muſt be ſo treated, the
fame management will agree with the Strawberries.
If the Strawberries are intended to be forced in a ſtove,
where there are Pine-apples, and no room to plunge
them in the tan-bed, then the plants ihould be tranſ-
planted into larger pots in September, that they may
be well rooted before they are removed into the itove,
which ſhould not be till December; but if they are
placed under a frame the beginning of November,
where they may be ſcreened from the froſt, it will
prepare the plants better for forcing; and thoſe who
are deſirous to have them very early, make a hot-
bed under frames, upon which they place their plants
the latter end of October, which will bring them
forward to flower, and then they remove the plants
into the ſtove; when theſe plants are removed into
the ſtove, they ſhould be placed as near to the glaſſes
as poffible, that they may enjoy the full ſun and air ;
for when they are placed backward, the plants will
draw up weak, and the flowers will drop without pro-
ducing fruit. As the earth in the pots will dry pretty
faſt when they ſtand dry upon the pavement of the
hot-houſe, or on ſhelves, ſo the plants muſt be duly
watered ; but it muſt be done with diſcretion, and
not too much given to them, which will be equally
hurtful to them; if theſe plants are properly ma-
naged, they will produce ripe fruit in February, which
is as early as moſt people will chuſe to eat them.
When the fruit is all gathered from the plants, they
ſhould be turned out of the ſtove; for as they will be
of no farther ſervice, they ſhould not remain to take
up the room; nor ſhould thoſe plants which are
planted in the borders near the hot walls be left there
after their fruit is gathered, but immediately taken up,
that they may rob the fruit-trees of their nouriſhment
as little as poſſible.
Where there is no conveniency of ftoves, or hot-walls
for this purpoſe, the fruit may be ripened upon com-
mon hot-beds; and though they may not be quite
ſo early as with the other advantages, yet I have ſeen
great crops of the fruit ripe in April, which were
upon common hot-beds under frames, and executed
at a ſmall expence in the following manner.
The plants were prepared in pots after the manner
before directed, which were placed in a warm ſitua-
tion in the beginning of October, and about Chriſtmas
the hot-bed was made in the ſame manner as for Cu-
cumbers, but not ſo ſtrong; and as ſoon as the firſt
violent fteam of the dung was over, ſome old rotten
dung laid over the hot-bed to keep down the heat,
or where it can be eaſily procured, neats dung is
preferable for this purpoſe ; then the plants ſhould be
turned out of the pots, and placed upon the bed as
cloſe together as poſſible, filling up the interſtices be-
tween the plants with earth; afterward the plants muſt
have air admitted to them every day; and if the heat
of the bed is too great, the plants ſhould be raiſed up,
to prevent their roots being ſcorched; and if the
bed is too cold, the ſides of it ſhould be lined with
ſome hot dung: this first bed will bring the plants
to flower by the latter end of February, or the be-
ginning of March, by which time the heat of the
bed will be ſpent, therefore another hot-bed ſhould
be prepared to receive the plants, which need not
be ſo ſtrong as the firſt ; but upon the hot dung
ſhould be laid fome neats dung about two inches
thick, which ſhould be equally ſpread and ſmoothed;
this will prevent the heat of the bed from injuring the
roots of the plants, upon this ſhould be laid two
inches of a loamy foil; when this has laid two days
to warm, the plants ſhould be taken out of the
firſt hot-bed, and turned carefully out of the pots,
preſerving all the earth to their roots, and placed
cloſe together upon this new hot-bed, filling up the
vacuities between the balls with loamy earth: the
roots of the plants will ſoon Atrike out into this freſh
earth, which will ſtrengthen their flowers, and cauſe
their fruit to ſet in plenty; and if proper care is taken
to admit freſh air to the plants, and ſupply them pro-
perly with water, they will have plenty of ripe fruit
in April, which will be full two months before their
natural ſeaſon.
The methods practiſed to retard this fruit, is firſt by
planting them in the coldeſt part of the garden, where
they may be as much in ſhade as poſſible, and the ſoil
ſhould be ſtrong and cold; when there are ſuch places
in a garden, the fruit will be near a month later than
in a warm ſituation, the next is to cut off all the
flowers when they firſt appear, and if the ſeaſon proves
dry, to water them plentifully, which will cauſe them
to put out a freíh crop of flowers ; and if they are fup-
plied with water, there will be a late crop of fruit,
but theſe are not ſo well flavoured as thoſe which ri-
pen in their natural ſeaſon.
But ſince the Alpine Strawberry has been introduced
in the Engliſh gardens, there is little occaſion for prac-
tiſing this method of retarding the fruit ; becauſe this
fort will ſupply the table the whole ſummer, eſpeci-
ally if care is taken to pull off the runners; and in dry-
ſeaſons to water the plants, without which the bloi-
ſoms will fall off, without producing fruit.
There are ſome perſons ſo curious as to raiſe the plants
from feeds, by which they have greatly improved
ſome of the forts; and if this was more practiſed, I
am certain it would be found of fingular ſervice, where
the faireſt of the fruit of each kind are chofen. The
feeds ſhould be immediately fown when the fruit is
eaten; the beſt way is to ſow the ſeeds in pots, placing
them in the ſhade.
a
3
6.
In

FRA
FRA
a
а
In the ſpring of the year 1724., there was ſcarce any gardens for variety; it may be increaſed by laying
rain from February till about the middle of July, ſo down the branches, but muſt have a ſtrong foil.
that moſt of the Strawberries and Raſpberries in the The fourth fort grows naturally in North America,
gardens near London, were burnt up, and came to no from whence I received the ſeeds; this is pretty like
perfection ; but upon plenty of rain falling in July, the firſt fort, but the leaves are longer and broader;
they recovered and put out plenty of flowers, which they are ſmooth, of a lucid green, and have many
were ſucceeded by fruit, which ripened in Septem- veins. The flowers are very like thoſe of the firſt fort.
ber, when the markets of London were ſupplied with Theſe ſhrubs are eaſily propagated by feeds, which
a great plenty of both thoſe fruits at that ſeaſon of the ſhould be fown as ſoon as they are ripe, and then the
year.
plants will come up the ſpring following ; but if they
FRANGULA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 612. tab. 383. are kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants will
Rhamnus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. [is ſo called of not come up till the year after. When the plants
.
frangendo, breaking, becauſe of the brittleneſs of come up, they muſt be kept clean from weeds till
its wood.] Berry-bearing Alder.
autumn, then they may be taken up and planted in a
The CHARACTERS are,
nurſery in rows, two feet aſunder, and at one foot
,
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut at the diſtance in the rows; in this nurſery they may remain
top into five ſegments, which are erect. The flower hatal two years, and may then be planted where they are
one petal, which is cut into five acute ſegments; theſe to remain ; they may alſo be propapated by layers and
are placed between the ſegments of the empalement, into cuttings, but the ſeedling plants are beſt.
zubich they are inſerted, but are morter, and stand The fruit of the firſt fort is often brought into the
erect. It bath five ſtamina, which are the length of
markets of London, and ſold for Buckthorn berries;
the petal, terminated by obtuſe ſummits; in the center of which cheat, all ſuch as make fyrup of Buckthorn
is ſituated a globular germen, ſupporting e ſender ſtyle, fhould be particularly careful; they may be eaſily diſ-
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen efterword be- tinguiſhed by breaking the berries, and obſerving how
comes a round berry, incloſing two plain roundiſh ſeeds. many feeds are contained in each, the berries of this
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection tree having but two, and thoſe of Buckthorn gene-
of Tournefort's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the rally four feeds in each berry, and the juice of the
trees and ſhrubs with a Roſe flower, whoſe pointal latter dies paper of a green colour.
.
turns to a berry. Dr. Linnæus has joined this genus FRAXINELLA. See DICTAMNUS.
with the Paliurus, Alaternus, and Ziziphus, to the FRAXINUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1026. Tourn. Inft.
Rhamnus, making them only ſpecies of one genus ; R. H. 577. tab. 343. The Aſh-tree; in French,
but according to his own fyftem, they ſhould be ſe- Frêne.
parated to a great diſtance from Rhamnus, and be The CHARACTERS are,
placed in his twenty-ſecond claſs, becauſe it hath It hath bermaphrodite and female flowers on the ſame
male and female flowers on different plants; whereas tree, and ſometimes on different trees. The hermaphro-
it is placed in the firſt fection of his fifth claſs, from dite flowers have no petals, but a ſmall four-pointed em-
the flower having five ſtamina and but one ſtyle. palement, including two ereEt ſtamina, which are termi-
The SPECIES are,
nated by oblong ſummits, having four furrows. In the center
1. FRANGULA (Alnus) foliis ovato-lanceolatis glabris. is ſituated an ovel compreſſed germen, Supporting a cylin-
Frangula with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves. Fran- drical ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen after-
gula, five alnus, nigra baccifera. Park. Theat. Black ward becomes a compreſſed bordered fruit, ſhaped like a
Berry-bearing Alder.
bird's tongue, having one cell, incloſing a ſeed of the
2. FRANGULA (Latifolia) foliis lanceolatis rugoſis. Fran- ſame form. The female flowers are the ſame, but have
gula with rough Spear-ſhaped leaves. Frangula rugo- no ſtamina.
fiore & ampliore folio. Tourn. Berry-bearing Alder This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
with a larger and rougher leaf.
of Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, which includes the
3. FRANGULA (Rotundifolia) foliis ovatis nervoſis. Fran- plants which have flowers of different ſexes on the
gula with oval veined leaves. Frangula montana pu- ſame or different plants, which are fruitful.
mila faxatilis, folio ſubrotundo. Tourn. Low moun-
The SPECIES are,
tain, rocky, berry-bearing Alder, with a round leaf. 1. FRAXINUS (Excelfor) foliolis ſerratis, floribus ape-
4. FRANGULA (Americana) foliis oblongo-ovatis ner- talis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1057. Albatree whoſe ſmaller leaves
voſis, glabris. Frangula with oblong, oval, ſmooth veined are ſerrated, and flowers having no petals. Fraxinus
leaves. Frangula Americana foliis glabris. Dale. excelffor. C. B. P. 416. The common Aſh.
American Berry-bearing Alder with ſmooth leaves. 2. FRAXINUS (Rotundifolia) foliolis ovato-lanceolatis fer-
The firſt fort grows naturally in the woods in many ratis, floribus coloratis. Aſh-tree whoſe ſmaller leaves
parts of England, fo is ſeldom planted in gardens; are oval, Spear-ſhaped, and ſarved, and the flowers com
this riſes with a woody ſtem to the height of ten or
loured. Fraxinus rotundiore folio. C. B. P. 416.
twelve feet, ſending out many irregular branches, Aſh-tree with a rounder leaf, commonly called Manna Aſh.
which are covered with a dark bark, and garniſhed 3. Fraxinus (Ornus) foliolis ſerratis, floribus colora-
with oval fpear-ſhaped leaves, about two inches long, tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1057. Aſh-tree whoſe ſmaller leaves
and one inch broad, having ſeveral tranſverſe veins are ſawed, and flowers having petals. Fraxinus hu-
from the midrib to the fides, and ſtand upon ſhort milior five altera Theophraſti, minore & tenujore
foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in cluſters at folio. C. B. P. 416. Dwarf Aſh of Theophraſtus with
the end of the former year's ſhoots, and alſo upon
the ſmaller and narrower leaves.
firſt and ſecond joints of the ſame year's ſhoot, each 4. FRAXINUS (Paniculata) foliolis lanceolatis glabris, flo-
ſtanding upon a ſhort ſeparate foot-ſtalk, on every ribus paniculatis terminatricibus. Aſh-tree with ſmooth
fide the branches; theſe are very ſmall, of an herba- Spear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing in panicles et
ceous colour, and do not expand; they are ſucceeded the ends of the branches. Fraxinus florifera botryoides.
by ſmall round berries, which turn firſt red, but af- Mor. Præl. 265. The flowering Afb.
terward black when ripe. The flowers appear in June, 5. FRAXINUS (Nova Anglia) foliolis integerrimis, peti-
and the berries ripen in September; this ſtands in olis teretibus. Flor. Virg. 122. Aff-tree with the ſmall
the Diſpenſary as a medicinal plant, but is ſeldom leaves entire, and taper foot-ſtalks. Fraxinus ex Nova
.
uſed.
Angliâ, pinnis foliorum in mucronem productioribus.
The ſecond fort hath larger rough leaves than the Rand. Cat. Hort. Chell. New England Aff with long
firſt. It grows naturally on the Alps and other acute points to the seings of the leaves.
mountainous parts of Europe, and is preſerved in 6. FRAXINUS (Caroliniana) integerrimis petiolis terreti-
ſome gardens for the ſake of variety.
bus fructu latiore. Prod. Leyd. 533. Aſh-tree with
The third fort is of humble growth, ſeldom riſing entire leaves and taper foot-ſtalks. Fraxinus Carolini-
above two feet high; this grows on the Pyrenean ana, latiore fructu. Rand. Cat. H. Chell. Carolina
Mountains, and is feldom preſerved unleſs in botanic Af with a broad fruit.
The
a

FRA
FRA
3
ز
The firſt fort is the common Ath-tree, which grows
naturally in moſt parts of England, and is ſo well
known as to need no deſcription. The leaves of this
fort have generally five pair of lobes, and are termi-
nated by an odd one; they are of a very dark green,
and their edges are ſlightly ſawed. The flowers are
produced in looſe ſpikes from the fide of the branches,
which are ſucceeded by fat ſeeds, which ripen in au-
tumn; there is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
which is preſerved in ſome gardens.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Calabria, and is
generally ſuppoſed to be the tree from whence the
manna is collected, which is an exſudation from the
leaves of the tree. The ſhoots of this tree are much
ſhorter, and the joints cloſer together than thoſe of
the firſt fort ; the ſmall leaves are ſhorter, and deeper
ſawed on their edges, and are of a lighter green. The
flowers come out from the ſide of the branches, which
are of a purple colour, and appear in the ſpring be-
fore the leaves come out. This tree is of humble
growth, ſeldom riſing more than fifteen or fixteen
feet high in England.
The third fort is a low tree, which riſes about the
ſame height as the ſecond ; the leaves of this ſort are
much ſmaller and narrower than thoſe of the firſt, but
are ſawed on their edges, and are of the ſame dark
colour. The flowers of this ſort have petals, which
are wanting in the common Alh.
The fourth fort was raiſed by the late Dr. Uvedale at
Enfield, from feeds which were brought from Italy by
Dr. William Sherard, where the trees grow naturally;
but it was ſuppoſed to be a different fort from that
mentioned by Dr. Morriſon, in his Præludia Botanica,
but by comparing them together they appear to be
the ſame.
The leaves of this ſort have but three or four pair
of lobes (or ſmall leaves) which are ſhort, broad, and
ſmooth, of a lucid green, and irregularly fawed on the
edges; the midrib of the great leaf is jointed, and
ſwelling where the leaves come out. The flowers
grow in looſe panicles at the end of the branches; theſe
are moſt of them male, having two ſtamina in each,
but no germen or ſtyle ; they are of a white herba-
ceous colour, and appear in May. As this ſort very
rarely produces feeds in England, it is propagated by
grafting or budding it upon the common Aſh.
The fifth ſort was raiſed from feeds, which were ſent
from New England in the year 1724, by Mr. Moore.
The leaves of this tree have but three, or at moſt but
four pair of lobes (or ſmall leaves) which are placed
far diftant from each other, and are terminated by
an odd lobe, which runs out into a very long point ;
they are of a light green and entire, having no ſerra-
tures on their edges: this tree ſhoots into ſtrong irre-
gular branches, but doth not grow to a large ſize in
the trunk. It is propagated by grafting it upon the
common Aſh
The fixth fort was raiſed from ſeeds which were
ſent from Carolina in the year 1724, by Mr. Cateſby.
The leaves of this fort hath ſeldom more than three
pair of lobes, the lower being the leaſt, and the upper
the largeſt; theſe are about five inches long and
two broad, of a light green colour, and ſlightly ſawed
on their edges; the foot-ſtalk, or rather the midrib,
of the leaves is taper, and has ſhort downy hairs;
the feeds are broader than thoſe of the common Alh,
and are of a very light colour. As this fort hath not
yet produced feeds in England, it is propagated by
grafting it upon the common Ath.
Theſe trees are now propagated in plenty in the
nurſeries for ſale, as there has been of late years a
great demand for all the hardy ſorts of trees and
Thrubs, which will live in the open air ; but all thoſe
trees which are grafted upon the common Ath, are
not ſo valuable as thoſe which are raiſed from ſeeds,
becauſe the ſtock grows much faſter than the grafts ;
ſo that the lower part of the trunk, ſo far as the ſtock
riſes, will often be twice the ſize of the upper ; and if
the trees ftand much expoſed to the wind, the grafts
are frequently broken off to the ſtock, after they are
grown to a large ſize, which is a great diſappointment
to a perſon after having waited ſeveral years, to ſee
their trees ſuddenly deftroyed. Beſide, if the wood
of either of the forts is valuable, it can be of little
uſe when the trees are ſo raiſed.
The fourth fort is generally planted for ornament,
the flowers making a fine appearance when they are
in beauty, for almoſt every branch is terminated by a
large looſe panicle; ſo that when the trees are large,
and covered with flowers, they are diſtinguiſhable at a
great diſtance.
All the other forts ſerve to make a variety in planta-
tions, but have little beauty to recommend them;
and as their wood ſeems to be greatly inferior to that
of the common Alh, ſo there ſhould be few of theſe
planted, becauſe they will only fill up the ſpace where
better trees might grow.
The common Af propagates itſelf in plenty by the
feeds which ſcatter in the autumn, ſo that where the
ſeeds happen to fall in places where cattle do not come,
there will be plenty of the plants come up in the ſpring;
but where any perſon is deſirous to raiſe a quantity of
the trees, the feeds ſhould be fown as ſoon as they are
ripe, and then the plants will come up the following
ſpring; but if the feeds are kept out of the ground
till the ſpring, the plants will not come up till the
year after, which is the ſame with all the forts of Ah;
that when any of their feeds are brought from abroad,
as they feldom arrive here before the ſpring, the
plants muſt not be expected to appear till the next
year; therefore the ground ſhould be kept clean all
the ſummer where they are fown, and not diſturbed,
left the feeds ſhould be turned out of the ground, or
buried too deep to grow; for many perſons are too
impatient to wait a year for the growth of feeds, ſo that
if they do not come up the firſt year, they dig up the
ground, and thereby deſtroy the ſeeds.
When the plants come up, they muſt be kept clean
from weeds during the ſummer; and if they make
good progreſs in the ſeed-bed, they will be fit to
tranſplant by the autumn; therefore there ſhould be
ſome ground prepared to receive them, and as ſoon
as their leaves begin to fall, they may be tranſplanted.
In taking them up, there ſhould be care taken
not to break or tear off their roots; to prevent which,
they ſhould be taken up with a ſpade, and not dranw
up, as is frequently practiſed, for as many of the
plants which riſe from feeds will out-itrip the others
in their growth, ſo it is frequently practiſed, to draw
up the largeſt plants, and leave the imaller to grow a
year longer before they are tranſplanted, and to avoid
hurting thoſe which are left, the others are drawn our
by hand, and thereby many of their roots are torn off
or broken ; therefore it is much the better way to
take all up, little or big together, and tranſplant then
out, placing the larger ones together in rows, and the
ſmaller by themſelves. The rows ſhould be three
feet aſunder, and the plants a foot and a half diſtance
in the rows; in this nurſery they may remain two
years, by which time they will be ſtrong enough to
plant where they are to remain ; for the younger
they are planted out, the larger they will grow; fo
that where they are deſigned to grow large, they
ſhould be planted very young; and the ground where
the plants are raiſed, ſhould not be better than that
where they are deſigned to grow ; for when the plants
are raiſed in good land, and afterward tranſplanted
into worſe, they very rarely thrive; ſo that it is much
the beſt method to make the nurſery upon a part of
the ſame land, where the trees are deſigned to be
planted, and then a fufficient number of trees may
be left ſtanding upon the ground, and theſe will out-
ſtrip thoſe which are removed, and will grow to a
Where people live in the neighbourhood of Aſh-
trees, they may ſupply themſelves with plenty of felf-
ſown plants, provided cattle are not ſuffered to graze
on the land, for they will eat off the young plants,
and not ſuffer them to grow; but where the feeds fall
in hedges, or where they are protected by bufhes, the
5.
plants
a
3
larger ſize.
و

FRE
FRE
a
a
a
plants will come up and thrive, and in theſe hedges
the trees frequently are permitted to grow till they have
deſtroyed the hedge, for there is ſcarce any tree ſo
hurtful to all kinds of vegetables as the Alh, which
robs every plant of its nouriſhment within the reach
of its roots, therefore ſhould never be ſuffered to grow
in hedge rows; for they not only kill the hedge, but
impoveriſh Corn, or whatſoever is ſown near them. Nor
Thould Alh-trees be permitted to grow near paſture
grounds, for if any of the cows eat of the leaves or
ihoots of the Ah, all the butter which is made of their
milk will be rank and of no value ; which is always
the quality of the butter which is made about Guild-
ford, Godalmin, and ſome other parts of Surry, where
there are Aſh-trees growing about all their paſtures,
ſo that it is very rare to meet with any butter in thoſe
places which is fit to eat; but in all the good dairy
countries, they never ſuffer an Alh-tree to grow.
If a wood of theſe trees is rightly managed, it will
turn greatly to the advantage of its owner ; for by
the under-wood, which will be fit to cut every ſeven
or eight years, for poles or hoops, there will be a
continual income more than ſufficient to pay the rent
of the ground, and all other charges; and ſtill there
will be a ſtock preſerved for timber, which in a few
years will be worth forty or fifty ſhillings per tree.
This timber is of excellent uſe to the wheelwright
and cartwright, for ploughs, axle-trees, wheel-rings,
harrows, bulls, oars, blocks for pullies, and many
other purpoſes.
The beſt ſeaſon for felling of theſe trees is from
November to February; for if it be done either too
early in autumn, or too late in the ſpring, the timber
will be ſubject to be infeſted with worms, and other
infects; but for lopping pollards, the ſpring is pre-
ferable for all ſoft woods.
FREEZING is the fixing of a fuid, or the de-
priving it of its natural mobility by the action of cold;
or it is the act of converting a fluid ſubſtance into a
firm, coherent, rigid one, called ice.
The principal phænomena of freezing are,
iſt, That Water being dilated or rarefied, and all
Auids, oil excepted, i. e. in freezing, take up more
ſpace, and are ſpecifically lighter than they were before.
That the bulk and dimenſions of water are increaſed
by freezing, is found by many experiments, and it
may not be improper here to take notice of the pro-
ceſs of nature.
A glaſs vefſel then, I A, full of water to A, being
immerged in a veſſel of water mixed
A
with ſalt GHKL, the water preſently
riſes from D to C; which ſeems owing
to the ſudden conſtriction of the veſſel,
haſtily plunged into ſo cold a medium:
foon after, from the point C, it con-
С
tinually deſcends condenſing, till it ar-
rives at the point F; where, for ſome
time, it ſeems to remain at reft : but
it foon recovers itſelf, and begins to ex-
pand, riſing from F to E, and from
H
thence ſoon after, by one violent leap,
mounts to B; and here the water in I
is immediately ſeen all thick and cloudy,
and, in the very inſtant of this leap, is
K
converted into ice. Add, that while the
ice is growing harder, and ſome of the water near the
neck of the veſſel I is freezing, the flux of the wa-
ter is continued above B towards A, and at length
runs out at the veſſel.
2dly, That they loſe not only of the ſpecific, but
alſo of their abſolute gravity, by freezing; ſo that
when they are thawed again, they are found conſider-
ably lighter than before.
3dly, That frozen water is not quite fo tranſparent
as when it was liquid, and that bodies do not perſpire
ſo freely through it.
4thly, That water, when frozen, evaporates almoſt
as much as when fluid.
5thly, That water does not freeze in vacuo, but re-
quires the preſence and contiguity of air.
6thly, That water which has been boiled, does not
freeze ſo readily as that which has not.
7thly, That water, being covered over with a fur
face of oil of Olives, does not freeze fo readily as it
does without it, and that nut oil abſolutely preſerves
it under a ſtrong froſt, when Olive oil will not.
8thly, That fpirit of wine, nut oil, and oil of turpen-
tine, do not freeze at all.
gthly, That the ſurface of the water, in freezing,
appears all wrinkled; the wrinkles being ſometimes
in parallel lines, and ſometimes like rays proceeding
froin a center to the circumference.
The theories of freezing, or the method of accounta
ing for theſe phænomena, are very many.
The chief principles that different authors have gone
upon, are, either that ſome foreign matter is intro-
duced within the pores of the fluid, by means of
which it is fixed, its bulk increaſed, &c.
Or that ſome matter which was naturally contained
in the fluid is now expelled, by reaſon of the abſence
of which, the body becomes fixed.
Or that there is ſome alteration produced in the tex-
ture or form, either of the particles of the fluid itſelf,
or of ſomething that is contained within it.
To ſome one of theſe principles all the fyſtems of
freezing are reducible.
The Carteſians explicate freezing by the recefs or
going out of the ethereal matter from the pores of the
water, or other liquor ; which being once done, the
finer parts are too ſmall and flexible to keep the long,
Nender, and eel-like particles of water fluent, or in
the form of a liquor.
But the Corpuſcularians, or Gaffendifts, aſcribe the
freezing of water, with more probability, to the in-
greſs of multitudes of cold or frigorific particles, as
they call them ; which, entering the liquor in ſwarms,
and diſperſing themſelves every way through it, croud
into the pores of the water, and hinder the wonted
agitation of its parts, and wedge it up, as it were,
into the hard or conſiſtent body of ice; and from
hence proceeds its increaſe of dimenſions, coldneſs,
&c.
That ice is ſpecifically lighter than the water out of
which it is by freezing made, is certain by its ſwim-
ming in it; and that this lightneſs of ice proceeds
from thoſe numerous bubbles which are produced in
it by its congelation, is equally plain; but how thoſe
bubbles come to be generated in freezing, and what
ſubſtance they contain in them, if they are not quite
empty, is an inquiry of great importance; and, per-
haps, if diſcovered, may contribute much to the un-
derſtanding the nature of cold.
Mr. Hobbes, will have it common air, which, in-
truding into the water in congelation, entangles itſelf
with the particles of the fluid, prevents their motion,
and produces thoſe numerous bubbles, thus expanding
its bulk, and rendering it ſpecifically lighter.
But, in anſwer to this, no ſuch ingreſs of air into
water appears in its coagulation; and that it does not
get into frozen oil is plain, becauſe that body is con-
denſed by being frozen.
And Mr. Boyle has alſo ſhewn, by undoubted ex-
periments, that water will freeze in veſſels hermeti-
cally ſealed; and in braſs bodies or veſſels cloſely
ſtopped, and into which the air can have no ingreſs,
hath yet been turned into ice, abounding with theſe
bubbles as numerous as thoſe frozen in the open air. .
He alſo has proved by experiment, that water kept
a while in the exhauſted receiver, till all its bubbles
were emerged and gone, being afterwards turned into
ice by a freezing mixture, the ice had ſcarce any
bubbles in it; whence it is plain, that theſe bubbles
are filled with ſome matter which is within the water,
if they are filled with any thing. But he proves alſo,
by plain experiments, that they have none, or ex-
ceedingly little, true elaſtic air contained in them.
Others, and thoſe of the greateſt number, are of
opinion, that the freezing matter is a falt; and they
argue that an exceſs of cold will render water torpid,
but never congeal it without falt: they ſay that thoſe
particles
B
a
D
E
F
G
I
I
5 S

FRE
FRE
3
وز
a
particles that are the chief cauſe of freezing are faline,
mixed in a due proportion, congelation bearing a
near relation to cryſtallization.
This falt is ſuppoſed to be of the nitrous kind, and
to be furniſhed by the air, which is generally found
to abound in nitre.
It is indeed no difficult matter, to account for the
particles of nitre preventing the fluidity of water.
Theſe particles are ſuppoſed to be ſo many rigid
pointed fpicula, which are eaſily impelled or driven
into the ſtamina or globules of water; which, by this
means, becoming variouſly mingled and entangled
with it, do, by degrees, weaken and deſtroy the mo-
tion of it.
The reaſon that this effect ariſes only in ſevere win-
ter weather, is, that it is then only that the retracting
action of the nitrous fpicula is more than equal to the
power or principle by which the fluid is otherwiſe
kept in motion, or diſpoſed for motion.
Several experiments of artificial freezing ſupport this
opinion.
For if you mix a quantity of common faltpetre with
ſnow, or ice pulverized, and diſſolve the mixture in
the fire, and then immerge a tube full of water in the
folution ; the water, that part of it next the mixture,
will freeze preſently, even in a warm air.
Whence they argue, that the ſpicula of the falt are
driven through the pores of the glaſs, and mixed with
the water, by the gravity of the mixture, and of the
incumbent air ; for that it is evident, that the ſalt
has this effect, inaſmuch as it is certainly known, that
the particles of water cannot find their way through
the pores of the glaſs.
In theſe artificial freezings, in whatever part the
mixture is applied, there is preſently a ſkin or lamina
of ice produced, whether at the top, bottom, or ſides,
by reaſon that there is always a ſtock of faline cor-
puſcles, ſufficient to overpower the particles of fire;
but natural congelations are confined to the top of
the water, where the laſt moſt abounds.
But this fyftem is oppoſed by the author of the Nou-
velle Conjecture pour expliquer la Nature de la Glace,
who objects, that it does not appear, that the nitre
always enters the compoſition of ice; but if it did, it
would fall ſhort of accounting for fome of the princi-
pal effects; as,
How ſhould the particles of nitre, by entering the
pores of the water, and fixing the parts, cauſe the
water to dilate, and render it fpecifically lighter?
They ſhould naturally augment its weight.
This and ſome other difficulties, ſhew the neceſſity
of a new theory; and therefore the ingenious author
advances this which follows, which ſeems to ſolve the
phænomena in a manner that is more eaſy and ſimple,
as not depending upon the admiſſion or extruſion of
any heterogeneous matter.
The water freezes in the winter only, becauſe its parts,
then being more cloſely joined together, mutually
embarraſs one another, and loſe all the motion they
had; and that the air, or rather an alteration in the
ſpring and force of the air, is the cauſe of this cloſer
union of water.
It is evident from experiment, that there are an in-
finite number of particles of groſs air interſperſed
among the globules of water; and it is allowed, that
each particle of air has the virtue of a ſpring; and
hence this author argues, that the ſmall ſprings of
groſs air, mixed with water, have more force in cold
winter weather, and do then unbend themſelves
more, than at other times. Hence thoſe ſprings thus
unbending themſelves on one ſide, and the external air
continuing to preſs the ſurface of the water on the
other, the particles of the water, being thus con-
ſtringed and locked up together, muſt loſe their mo-
tion and fluidity, and form a hard, conſiſtent body,
till a relaxation of the ſpring of the air, from an
increaſe of heat, reduce the particles to their old
dimenſions, and leave room for the globules to flow
again.
But this ſyſtem ſeems to be built upon a falſe prin-
ciple, for the ſpring or elaſticity of the air is not in-
creaſed by cold, but diminiſhed; air condenſes by
cold, and expands itſelf by heat ; and it is demon-
ſtrable in pneumatics, that the elaſtic force of ex-
panded air is to that of the ſame air condenſed, as
the bulk when rarefied is to its bulk when condenſed.
Indeed, ſome authors, in order to account for the
increaſe of the bulk and dimenſion of the ſpecific gra-
vity of frozen water, have advanced as follows, viz.
That the aqueous particles, in their natural ſtate, were
nearly cubes, and ſo filled their ſpace without the in-
terpoſition of many pores; but that they are changed
from cubes to ſpheres, by congelation ; from whence
it will neceſſarily follow, that there muſt be a great
deal of empty ſpace between them.
But, in oppoſition to this hypotheſis, the nature of
fluidity and firmneſs eaſily ſuggeſts, that ſpherical
particles are much properer to conſtitute a fluid than
cubical ones, and leſs diſpoſed to form a fixed than
cubic one.
But after all, in order to come to a conſiſtent theory
of freezing, we muſt either have recourſe to the fri-
gorific matter of the Corpuſcularians, conſidered un-
der the new light and advantages of the Newtonian
philoſophy, or to the ethereal matter of the Carteſi
ans, under the improvements of Monſ. Gauteron.
The true cauſe of freezing, or the congelation of wa-
ter into ice, ſay the former, ſeems plainly to be the
introduction of the frigorific particles into the pores
or interſtices between the particles of the water, and
by that means getting ſo near them, as to be juſt
within the ſpheres of one another's attracting force,
and then they muſt cohere into one folid or firm
body; but heat afterwards ſeparating them, and put-
ting them into various motions, breaks this union,
and ſeparates the particles ſo far from one another,
that they get out of the diſtance of the attracting force,
and into the verge of the repelling force, and then the
water re-aſſumes its fluid form.
Now, that cold and freezing proceed from ſome ſub-
ſtance of a faline nature floating in the air, ſeems pro-
bable from hence :
That all ſalts, and more eminently ſome particular
ones, do prodigiouſly increaſe the force and effects of
cold, when mixed with ſnow or ice. It is alſo evident,
that all faline bodies produce a ſtiffneſs and rigidity
in the parts of thoſe bodies into which they enter.
It appears, by microſcopical obſervations upon falts,
that the figure of ſome falts, before they ſhoot into
maſſes, are thin, double wedged, like particles which
have abundance of ſurface, in reſpect to their foli-
dity; and is the reaſon why they ſwim in water, when
once raiſed in it, though ſpecifically heavier.
Theſe ſmall points, getting into the pores of the
water, whereby they are alſo, in fome meaſure, ſuf-
pended in the winter time, when the heat of the fun
is not ordinarily ſtrong enough to diffolve the falts
into a fluid, to break their points, and to keep them
in perpetual motion, being leſs diſturbed, are at more
liberty to approach one another; and, by ſhooting
into cryſtals of the form above-mentioned, do, by
both their extremities, inſinuate themſelves into the
pores of the water, and by that means freeze it into a
ſolid form. And it is apparent, that the dimenſions
of water are increaſed by freezing, the particles of
it being kept at ſome diſtance from one another, by
the intervention of the frigorific matter.
But beſides this, there are many little volumes, or
ſmall particles of air, included at ſeveral diſtances,
both in the pores of the watery particles, and in the
interſtices formed by their ſpherical figure. Now, by
the infinuation of the cryſtals, the volumes of air are
driven out of the watery particles, and many of them
uniting, form larger volumes, which thereby have a
greater force to expand themſelves than when they
are diſperſed; and fo both enlarge the dimenſions,
and leiſen the ſpecific gravity of water thus congealed
into ice.
And hence (ſays Dr. Cheyne, from whom this laſt ac-
count is taken) we may gueſs at the manner how wa-
ter,
a
3

FRE
FRI
at all.
a
а
parate them.
و
ter, impregnated with ſalts, fulphurs, or earths, mediately froze into ice, without ſinking into the ſnow
which are not eaſily diſſolvable, may form itſelf into
metals, minerals, gums, and other foffils; the
parts
It made an incredible deſtruction of trees beyond any
of theſe mixtures becoming a cement to the particles thing in all history. A certain gentleman weighed a
of water, or getting into their pores, change them ſprig of an Aſh-tree of juſt three quarters of a pound,
into theſe different ſubſtances.
the ice which was on it weighed 16 pounds; that
For the ſecond : as an ethereal matter or medium is fome perſons were frighted with the noiſe in the air,
generally allowed to be the cauſe of the motion of till they underſtood that it was the clatter of icy
Huids, and as the air itſelf has all its motion from the boughs daſhed againſt each other.
ſame principle, it follows, that all fluids muſt remain Dr. Beale remarks, that there was no conſiderable
in a ſtate of reft or fixity, when that matter loſes of froft obſerved on the ground during the whole time;
its neceſſary force. And conſequently, the air being whence he concludes, that a froſt
may
be
very
fierce
leſs warmed in the winter time, by reaſon of the ob- and dangerous on the tops of ſome hills and plains,
liquity of the ſun's rays, is more denſe and fixed in while in other places it keeps at two, three, or four
winter than any other ſeaſon of the year.
feet diſtance above the ground, rivers, lakes, &ic.
But farther: it is evident, from divers experiments, and may wander about very furious in ſome places,
that the air does contain a falt which is ſuppoſed to and remiſs in others not far off. The froſt was fol-
be of the nature of nitre. If this be granted, and the lowed by glowing heats, and a wonderful forwardneſs
denſity of the air allowed, it will follow, that the of flowers and fruits. The effects of freezing vege-
particles of this nitre muſt likewiſe be brought nearer tables, is farther explained under the article of Frost.
together, and thickened by the condenſation of the FRITILLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 372. Tourn.
air ; as on the contrary, a rarefaction of the air, and Int. R. H. 376. tab. 201. Corona Imperialis. Tourn.
an augmentation of its Auidity, muſt divide and ſe- Init. R. H. 372. tab. 197, 198. Fritillary, or Che-
quered Tulip and Crown Imperial.
And if the ſame happens to all liquors that have im- The CHARACTERS are,
bibed or diffolved any falt, if the warmth of the li- The flower hath no empalement; it hath fix oblong petals,
quid keep the ſalt exactly divided, and if the cool- is bell-ſhaped, and ſpreading at the baſe; in the hollow,
neſs of a cellar, or of ice, cauſe the particles of the at the baſe of each petal, is ſituated a nečiarium; the
diffolved ſalt to approach, run into each other, and flower hath ſix ſtamina ſtanding near the ſtyle, which are
ſhoot into cryſtals; why ſhould the air, which is al- terminated by oblong four-cornered Summits. In the center
lowed to be a fluid, be exempt from the general law is ſituated an oblong three-cornered germen, Supporting a
of fluids?
ſingle style which is longer than the fi amina, crowned
It is true, that the nitre of the air, being groffer in by a ſpreading obtuſe frigma. The germen afterward be-
cold weather than in hot, muſt have a leſs velocity; comes an oblong capſule with three lobes having three
but ſtill the product of its augmented maſs into the cells, which are filled with flat ſeeds, ranged in a double
velocity that remains, will give it a greater momen- order.
tum, or quantity of motion. Nor is there any thing The capſule of Fritillaria is oblong and ſmooth, but
farther required to make this falt act with greater that of Corona Imperialis hath acute borders, or
force againſt the parts of fluids, and this may pro- membranaceous wings.
bably be the cauſe of the great evaporation in froſty This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
weather.
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes the plants which
This aereal nitre muſt neceſſarily promote the con-
have fix ftamina in their flowers, and but one ſtyle.
cretion of liquids; for it is not the air, nor yet the Theſe two genera of Fritillary and Crown Imperial,
nitre that it contains, which gives the motion to fluids; have been always ſeparated, till Dr. Linnæus joined
it is the ethereal medium, therefore a diminution of them together; indeed by their flowers they may be
the motion of reſt ariſes from the diminution of that properly enough placed in the ſame genus; but, if
force.
their fruit may be allowed as a characteriſtic note,
Now the ethereal matter, which in the winter time they ſhould be ſeparate; however, as this new ſyſtem
is weak enough, muſt ſtill loſe more of its force by is generally received, I ſhall, in compliance with
its action againſt air condenſed, and loaded with large the preſent taſte, join them together.
particles of falt. It muſt therefore loſe of its force The SPECIES are,
in cold weather, and become leſs diſpoſed to maintain 1. FRITILLARIA (Melagris) foliis linearibus alternis, filo-
the motion of the fluids.
ribus terminalibus. Fritillary with narrow leaves placed
In fine, the air, during froſt, may be eſteemed like alternate, and flowers terminating the ſtalk. Fritillaria
the ice impregnated with ſalt wherewith liquors are præcox, purpurea, variegata. C. B. P. 64. Early,
iced in ſummer time. It is very probable that theſe purple, variegated, chequered Tulip.
liquors freeze by reaſon of a diminution of the motion 2. FRITILLARIA (Aquitanica) foliis infimis oppofitis.
of the ethereal medium, by its acting againſt the ice Hort. Cliff. 81. Fritillary whoſe lower leaves are op-
and falt together, and the air is not able to prevent poſite. Fritillaria Aquitanica, fiore luteo obſcuro.
its concretion by all its ſcorching heat.
Swert. Floril. Aquitain chequered Tulip, with an obſcure
The air (ſays Mr. Boyle) being a fluid as well as yellow flower.
water, and impregnated with ſalts of different kinds, 3. FRITILLARIA (Nigre) floribus adfcendentibus. Fria
it is not improbable, that what happens in water im- tillary with flowers growing above each other. Fritil-
pregnated with ſuch falts, may alſo happen in the air. laria nigra. Lob. Adver. 2. 496. Black chequered
Two proper quantities of different falts being dif- Tulip.
Solved in hot water, they floated undiſtinguiſhably in 4. FRITILLARIA (Lutea) foliis lanceolatis, caule uniforo
it, and retained a capacity to act in conjunction upon maximo. Fritillary with Spear-ſhaped leaves, and one
ſeveral occaſions; yet when the liquor becomes cold, large flower on each ſtalk. Fritillaria lutea maxima Ita-
the faline particles of one kind being no longer lica. Park. Parad. 43. Largeſt yellow Italian Fritillary.
agitated by a due degree of heat, ſhot into cryſtals; 5. FRITILLARIA (Umbellata) floribus umbellatis. Fritil-
and, loſing their fluidity and motion, viſibly feparat- lory with flowers growing in umbels. Fritillaria umbel-
ed themſelves from the other, which ſtill continued lifera. C. B. P. 64. Umbellated chequered Tulip.
fluid in the liquor, and capable of acting ſeparately. 6. FRITILLARIA (Perſica) racemo nudiuſculo, foliis ob-
We have divers accounts in the Philoſophical Tranſ- liquis. Hort. Upſal. 82. Fritillary with a naked ſpike
actions, of a freezing rain which fell in the weſt of of flowers and oblique leaves. Lilium Perficum. Dod.
England in December 1672. This rain, as ſoon as Pempt. 220. The Perſian Lily.
it touched any thing above the ground, as a bough, 7. FRITILLARIA (Racemoſa) floribus racemofis
. Fritillary
or the like, immediately ſettled into ice; and, by with flowers growing in bunches. Fritillaria ramoſa,
multiplying and enlarging the icicles broke all down ſeu lilium Perſicum minus. Mor. Hort. Reg. Bleſ.
with its weight; the rain that fell on the ſnow im- Branching Fritillary, or ſmaller Perſian Lily.
a
8. FRI-

FRI
FRI
S.
a
a
3
a
FRITILLARIA (Imperialis) racemo comoſo infernè nu-
do, foliis integerrimis. Lin. Hort. Upſal. 82. Fritillary
with a tufted bunch of leaves over the flowers, which is
naked below, and entire leaves. Corona Imperialis. Dod.
Pempt. 202. Crown Imperial.
9. FRITILLARIA (Regia) racemo comofo infernè nudo,
foliis crenatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 303. Fritillary with a
tufted bunch of leaves over the flowers, which is naked
below, and crenated leaves. Corona regalis lilii folio
crenato. Hort. Elth. 110. Royal Crown with a crenated
Lily leaf.
ro. FRITILLARIA (Autumnalis) racemo infernè nudo,
foliis oblongis mucronatis. Fritillary with a naked ſtalk,
and oblong pointed leaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy, and other
warm parts of Europe; and from the feeds of this
there have been great varieties raiſed in the gardens
of the floriſts, which differ in the ſize and colour of
their flowers; and as there are frequently new va-
rieties produced, ſo it would be to little purpoſe to
enumerate thoſe which are at preſent in the Engliſh
and Dutch gardens, which amount to a great number
in the catalogues of the Dutch floriſts, who are very
fond of any little diſtinction, either in the colour or
ſhape, to enlarge their lifts.
The forts which are here enumerated, I think may
be allowed as diſtinct ſpecies, notwithſtanding Dr.
Linnæus has reduced them to five; for I have raiſed
many of all the forts from feed, which have con-
ftantly produced the ſame as the feeds were taken
from, and have only differed in the colour or fize of
the flowers; for the fort with broad leaves produced
the ſame fort again, and the umbellated and ſpiked
forts produced the ſame, though there are ſeveral va-
rieties in the colours of their flowers.
The firſt hath a round compreſſed root, in ſhape like
that of Cornflag, but is of a yellowiſh white colour ;
the ſtalk riſes about fifteen inches high, having three
or four narrow long leaves placed alternately, and
the top is divided into two ſlender foot-ſtalks which
turn downward, each fuſtaining one bell-ſhaped in-
verted flower, compoſed of ſix petals, which are che-
quered with purple and white like a chefs-board; and
in the center is ſituated a germen fupporting one
ſtyle, crowned by a trifid ftigma; the ſix ſtamina
ſtand about the ſtyle, but are ſhorter. At the bottom
of each petal there is a cavity, in which is ſituated a
nectarium, filled with a ſweet liquor; after the flower
is fallen, the germen ſwells to a pretty large three-
cornered blunt capſule, and then the foot-ſtalk is
turned and ſtands erect; when the ſeeds are ripe, the
capſule opens in three parts and lets out the fiat feeds,
which were ranged in a double order. The flowers
of this appear the latter end of March or beginning
of April, and the feeds are ripe in July. There is a
variety of this with a double Power.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in France; the leaves
of this are broader, and of a deeper green than the
former; the lower leaves are placed oppoſite, but
thoſe above are alternate ; the ſtalk riſes a foot and a
half high, and is terminated by two flowers of an ob-
ſcure yellow colour, which ſpread more at the brim
than thoſe of the firſt fort, but are turned downward
in the ſame manner. This flowers three weeks after
the firſt. There is a variety of this with greeniſh
flowers, which grows naturally in ſome parts of
England.
The third fort ſeldom riſes more than a foot high,
the leaves are narrow like thoſe of the firſt fort, but
are ſhorter; each ſtalk is terminated by three or four
flowers, which ariſe above each other; they are of a
very dark purple, chequered with yellowiſh ſpots.
This flowers in April, about the ſame time with the
ſecond.
The fourth fort riſes about a foot high, the ſtalk is
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves four inches long
and one broad, of a graſs-green colour; theſe are
ſometimes placed oppoſite, but are generally alter-
nate; the ſtalk is terminated by one large bell-Ihaped
flower of a yellowiſh colour, chequered with light
purple. This ſort flowers about the fame time as the
firſt. There are two or three varieties of this, which
differ in the ſize and colour of their flowers and the
breadth of their leaves, but retain their ſpecific dif-
ference, ſo as to be eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the other
forts.
The fifth fort riſes a foot and a half high; the ſtalk
is garniſhed with ſhorter and broader leaves than the
firſt fort, which are of a grayiſh colour; the flowers
are produced round the ſtalks like thoſe of the Crown
Imperial ; they are of a dark purple colour, che-
quered with a yellowiſh green. This flowers about
the ſame time with the ſecond fort.
The ſixth fort is commonly called the Perſian Lily,
and is ſuppoſed to grow naturally in Perſia, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens; the root
of this fort is round and large, the ſtalk riſes three
feet high; the lower part of it is cloſely garniſhed
with leaves which are three inches long, and half an
inch broad, of a gray colour, ftanding on every fide
of the ſtalks, but are twiſted obliquely; the flowers
grow in a looſe ſpike at the top of the ſtalk, forming
a pyramid; they are ſhaped like thoſe of the other
ſpecies, but are much ſhorter, and ſpread wider at
their brims, and are not bent downward like thoſe.
They are of a dark purple colour, and appear in May,
but are ſeldom fucceeded by feeds in England, fo are
only propagated by offsets.
The ſeventh fort hath a much ſhorter ſtalk than the
laſt, but is garniſhed with leaves like thoſe, only they
are ſmaller ; the ſtalks branch out at the top into fe-
veral ſmall foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining one dark co-
loured flower. This is commonly called the ſmall
Perſian Lily, from its reſemblance to the former fort.
Theſe plants are propagated either by feeds, or off-
ſets from the old roots; by the firſt of which methods
new varieties will be obtained, as alſo a larger ſtock
of roots in three years, than can be obtained in twenty
or thirty years in the latter method : I ſhall therefore
firſt treat of their propagation by feeds.
Having provided yourſelf with ſome good feeds,
ſaved from the faireſt flowers, you muſt procure ſome
ſhallow pans or boxes, which muſt have fome holes
in their bottoms to let out the moiſture; theſe you
ſhould fill with light freſh earth, laying a few pot-
fheards over the holes, to prevent the earth from
ſtopping them; then, having laid the earth very level
in the boxes, &c. you muſt fow the feeds thereon
pretty thick, covering it with fine fifted earth a
quarter of an inch thick. The time for fowing the
feed is about the beginning of Auguſt, for if it be
kept much longer out of the ground it will not grow;
then place the boxes or pans where they may have
the morning fun until eleven o'clock, obſerving, if
the ſeaſon proves dry, to water them gently, as alſo
to pull up all weeds as ſoon as they appear; for if
they are ſuffered to remain until they have taken deep
root into the earth, they would draw the feeds out of
the ground whenever they are pulled up. Toward
the latter end of September you ſhould remove the
boxes, &c. into a warmer ſituation, placing them
cloſe to a hedge or wall expoſed to the ſouth; if they
are fown in pots, theſe ſhould be plunged into the
ground, but they are beſt in tubs; theſe ſhould be
covered in ſevere froft. In this ſituation they may
remain until the middle of March, by which time
the plants will be come up an inch high; you muſt
therefore remove the boxes, as the weather increaſes
hot, into a more ſhady ſituation ; for while the plants
are young, they are liable to ſuffer by being too much
expoſed to the fun: and in this ſhady ſituation they
may remain during the heat of the ſummer, obſerving
to keep them clear from weeds, and to refreſh them
now and then with a little moiſture; but be careful
not to give them much water after their leaves are
decayed, which would rot their roots. About the
beginning of Auguſt, if the roots are very thick in
the boxes, you ſhould prepare a bed of good light
freſh earth, which muſt be levelled very even, upon
which you ſhould ſpread the earth in the boxes in
a
a
3
which

FRI
FRI
3
a
a
which the ſmall roots are contained, equally covering
it about one fourth of an inch thick with the ſame
freſh earth: this bed ſhould be fituated in a warm
pofition, but not too cloſe to hedges, walls, or pales,
which would cauſe their leaves to be long and flender,
and make the roots weaker than if placed in a more
open expoſure.
In this bed they may remain until they flower, which
is generally the third year from fowing; at which time
you ſhould put down a mark to the roots of all ſuch
as produce fair flowers, that at the time of taking
them out of the ground (which ought to be ſoon after
their green leaves are decayed) they may be ſelected
into a bed amongſt your old roots of this flower,
which, for their beauty, are preſerved in the beſt
gardens, but the other leſs valuable flowers may be
planted in the borders of the parterre-garden for
their variety, where, being intermixed with other
flowers of different ſeaſons, they will make a good
appearance,
The fine forts of this fower ſhould remain undif-
turbed three years, by which time they will have pro-
duced many offsets; and ſhould be taken up when
their leaves are decayed, and planted into a freſh
bed, taking ſuch of their offsets as are large enough
to produce flowers to plant in the flower-garden, but
the ſmaller roots may be planted into a nurſery-bed;
until they have obtained ſtrength enough to flower ;
but you muſt never ſuffer theſe roots to lie out of the
ground when you remove them, but plant them again
immediately, otherwiſe they will periſh.
During theſe three years which I have adviſed the
roots to remain in the beds, the ſurface of the earth
ſhould be ſtirred every autumn with a trowel, obſerv-
ing not to go fo deep as to bruiſe the root, and at the
ſame time lay a thin cover of very rotten dung or
tanners bark upon the ſurface of the beds; which, be-
ing waſhed into the ground, will cauſe the flowers to
be larger, as alſo the roots to make a greater increaſe :
you muſt alſo obſerve to keep them conſtantly clear
from weeds, and thoſe roots which you would pre-
ſerve with care, ſhould not be ſuffered to ſeed.
When a ſtock of good flowers are obtained, they
may be preſerved and increaſed in the ſame manner as
other bulbous rooted flowers, which is by offsets ſent
out from their roots, which ſhould be taken off every
other year from the fineſt forts; but the ordinary
flowers may remain three years undiſturbed, in which
time they will have multiplied ſo much, as that each
root will have formed a cluſter; ſo that if they are left
longer together, the roots will be ſmall, and the
flowers very weak; therefore, if theſe are taken up
every other year, the roots will be the ſtronger. Theſe
roots may be treated in the ſame manner as Tulips, and
other bulbous rooted flowers, with this difference only,
that the roots will not bear to be kept out of the
ground ſo long; therefore, if there ſhould be a necef-
fity for keeping them out of the ground any time, it
will be beſt to put the roots into ſand to prevent their
ſhrinking,
As theſe flowers come out early in the ſpring, they
make a pretty appearance in the borders of the plea-
ſure-garden, where they are planted in ſmall clumps ;
for when they ſtand ſingle in the borders, they make
but a poor figure
The eighth fort is the Crown Imperial, which is now
very common in the Engliſh gardens. This grows na-
turally in Perfia, from whence it was firſt brous
Conſtantinople, and about the year 1570, was in-
troduced to theſe parts of Europe; of this flower there
are a great variety now preſerved in the gardens of
floriſts, but as they have been produced accidentally
from ſeeds, they are but one ſpecies ; however, for
the ſatisfaction of the curious, I ſhall here mention all
the varieties which have come to my knowledge.
1. The common Crown Imperial, this is of a dirty
red colour.
2. The yellow Crown Imperial, this is of a bright
yellow.
3. The bright red Crown Imperial, called Fuſai.
4. The pale yellow Crown Imperial.
5. The yellow ſtriped Crown Imperial.
6. The large flowering Crown Imperial
.
7. The broad leaved late red Crown Imperial.
8. The double and triple crowned Imperial Crowa.
9. The double red Crown Imperial,
10. The double yellow Crown Imperial.
11. The filver ſtriped leaved Crown Imperial
12. The yellow ſtriped leaved Crown Imperial.
There are ſome few other varieties which are inen-
tioned in the catalogues of the Dutch floriſts, but
their diſtinctions are ſo minute, that they are not diſ-
tinguiſhable, fo I ſhall paſs them over, as thoſe here
inſerted are all that I have ſeen growing either in
England or Holland, which deſerved any diſtinction.
The Crown Imperial hath a large round fcaly root
of a yellow colour, and a ſtrong odour of a fox;
the ſtalk riſes to the height of four feet or upward; it
is ftrong, ſucculent, and garniſhed two-thirds of the
length on every fide, with long narrow leaves ending
in points, which are ſmooth and entire ; the upper
part of the ſtalk is naked, a foot in length; then the
flowers come out all round the ſtalk upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks, which turn downward, each ſuſtaining one
large, ſpreading, bell-ſhaped flower, compoſed of fix
ſpear-ſhaped petals; at the baſe of each petal is a
pretty large cavity, in which is ſituated a large white
nectarium, filled with a mellous liquor. In the center
of the flower is fixed a three-cornered oblong germen,
upon which refts the ſingle ſtyle, which is the length
of the petals, and is crowned by a ſpreading obtuſe
ſtigma, round the ſtyle there are fix awl-ſhaped ita-
mina which are ſhorter than the ſtyle, and are ter-
minated by oblong four-cornered fummits. Theſe
flowers hang downward, and above them riſes a
ſpreading tuft of green leaves, which are erect, and
from between theſe come out the foot-ſtalks of the
flowers: when the flowers decay, the germen ſwells
to a large hexagonal capſule, ſhaped like a water-
mill, having fix cells, which are filled with flat feeds.
This plant flowers the beginning of April, and the
feeds are ripe in July
The fort with yellow flowers, that with large flowers,
and thoſe with double flowers, are the moſt valuable;
but that which hath two or three whorls of flowers
above each other, makes the fineſt appearance;
though this feldom produces its flowers after this man-
ner the firſt year after removing, but the ſecond and
third year after planting, the ſtalks will be taller, and
frequently have three tier of flowers, one above ano-
ther, which is called the Triple Crown. The ſtalks of
this ſort frequently run flat and broad, when they pro-
duce a greater number of flowers than uſual; but
this is only a luxuriancy of nature, not conſtant,
though many of the writers have mentioned it as a
particular variety.
As this is one of the earlieſt tall flowers of the ſpring,
it makes a fine appearance in the middle of large bor-
ders, at a ſeaſon when ſuch fiowers are much wanted
to decorate the pleaſure-garden: but the rank fox-like
odour which they emit, is too ſtrong for moſt people,
ſo hath rendered the flowers leſs valuable than they
would have been ; for there is ſomething very pleaf-
ing in the fight of them at a diſtance, ſo that were it
not for the offenſive ſmell of the leaves and flowers, it
would be more frequently ſeen in all gardens for
pleaſure.
This may be propagated by feeds, or offsets from
the root; the firſt is too tedious for moſt of the
Engliſh foriſts, becauſe the plants ſo raiſed, are fix
or ſeven years before they flower; but the Dutch and
Flemiſh gardeners, who have more patience, fre-
quently raiſe them from feeds, fo get ſome new va-
rieties, which rewards their labour. The method of
propagating theſe flowers from feeds, being nearly
the ſame as for the Tulip, the reader is deſired to turn
to that article, where there are full directions for per-
forming it.
The common method of propagating them here, is
by offsets ſent out from the old roots, which will
flower
a
to
a
5T

FRO
FRO
a
a
.
a
flower ſtrong the ſecond year after they are taken from
the roots ; but in order to have plenty of theſe, the
roots ſhould not be tranſplanted oftener than every
third year, by which time each root will have put
out feveral offsets, ſome of which will be large enough
to flower the following year, ſo may be planted in the
fo
borders of the flower-garden, where they are to re-
main; and the ſmaller roots may be planted in a nur-
fery-bed, to grow a year or two according to their
fize; therefore they ſhould be ſorted, and the ſmalleft
roots planted in a bed together, which ſhould remain
there two years, and the larger by themſelves to ſtand
one year, by which time they will have acquired
ſtrength enough to flower, ſo may then be removed
into the pleaſure-garden.
The time for taking up theſe roots is in the begin-
ning of July, when their ſtalks will be decayed ;
and they may be kept out of the ground two months,
but they ſhould be laid ſingle in a dry ſhady room,
but not in heaps, or in a moiſt place, which will cauſe
them to grow mouldy and rot. The offsets ſhould be
firſt planted, for as theſe are ſmall, they will be apt
to ſhrink if they are kept long out of the ground.
As the roots are large, they muſt not be planted
too near other flowers; and when they are planted in
beds by themſelves, they ſhould not be nearer than a
foot and a half in the rows, and two feet row from
row; they ſhould be planted fix inches deep at leaſt,
eſpecially the ſtrong roots: they delight in a light
foil, not too wet, nor very full of dung; therefore,
if any dung is laid upon the borders where they are
planted, it ſhould be buried pretty deep, ſo as to be
two or three inches below the roots.
The ninth and tenth forts grow naturally at the Cape
of Good Hope, from whence they were brought into
the European gardens. The ninth has been many
years an inhabitant, where it has been uſually titled
Corona Regalis. This has a tuberoſe root, from which
ariſe in the autumn fix or eight obtuſe leaves, near
five inches long and two broad toward the top, grow-
ing narrower at their baſe, and are crenated on their
borders, lying flat on the ground; theſe continue all
the winter: in the ſpring ariſes the flower-ſtalk in the
center of the leaves, about fix inches high, naked at
the bottom; but the upper part is ſurrounded by
bell-ſhaped flowers, compoſed of fix greeniſh petals,
with an oval germen ſituate at the bottom, ſurrounded
by ſix ſtamina, ſupporting a triangular ſtyle, crowned
by a trifid ftigma; the germen afterwards becomes a
roundiſh capſule, but rarely perfects ſeeds in England.
This flowers in April, and the leaves decay in June.
The ſecond ſort I raiſed from ſeeds, which were fent
me from the Cape of Good Hope: the root of this is
like that of the ninth ſort, but the leaves are more
than a foot long, broad at their baſe, but are narrowed
to the top, where they end in acute points; the flower-
ſtalk riſes rather higher than that of the ninth, but
the flowers are of the ſame ſhape and colour: this
ſeldom flowers till Auguſt. The roots of this fort
were ſtolen out of the Chelſea garden the following
ſpring after it had flowered, and were ſold to ſome
perſons whoſe love for rare plants exceeded their ho-
neſty.
FRITILLARIA CRASSA. See ASCLEPIAS.
FRONDOSE [frondoſus, Lat.] full of leaves,
or ſhoots.
FROST may be defined to be an exceſſive cold ſtate
of the weather, whereby the motion and fluidity of
the liquors are ſuſpended; or, it is that ſtate of the
air, &c. whereby fluids are converted into ice.
By froſt metals contract, or are ſhortened. Monſ.
Auzout found by an experiments that an iron tube
twelve feet long, upon being expoſed to the air in a
froſty night, loft two lines of its length; but this
may
be ſuppoſed to be wholly the effect of cold.
On the contrary, froſt does not contract fluids, but,
on the other hand, ſwells or dilates them near one
tenth of their bulk.
Mr. Boyle gives us ſeveral experiments of veſſels made
of metals exceeding thick and ſtrong, which being
filled with water, cloſe ſtopped, and expoſed to the
cold, the water, being expanded by freezing, and not
finding either room or vent, burit the vefels.
A ſtrong barrel of a gun, with water in it, being ſtop
ped cloſe, and frozen, was rent the whole length;
and a ſmall braſs veffel, five inches deep, and two in
diameter, filled with water, &c. and frozen, lifted
up its lid, which was preſſed with a weight of fifty-fix
pounds.
There are alſo related many remarkable effects of
froſt on vegetables. Morery, Hift. de France, ſays,
That trees are frequently ſcorched and burnt up
with froſt, as with the moſt exceſſive heat, and that
even in ſo warm a climate as Provence.
Mr. Bobart relates, That in the great froft anno
1683, Oaks, Afhes, Walnut-trees, &c. were miſera-
bly ſplit and cleft, ſo as they might be ſeen through,
and this too with terrible noiſes like the exploſion of
fire arms; that the clifts were not only in the bodies,
but continued to the larger boughs, roots, &c.
Philof. Tranſact. N° 105.
Dr. Derham ſays, That the froſt in 1708, was re-
markable through the greateſt part of Europe ; and
the greateſt in degree, if not the moſt univerſal, in the
memory of man; that it extended throughout Eng-
land, France, Germany, Denmark, Italy, &c. but
was ſcarce felt in Scotland and Ireland. All the
Orange-trees and Olives in Italy, Provence, &c. and
all the Walnut-trees throughout France, with an in-
finity of other trees, periſhed by the froſt.
Monſ. Gouteron ſays, They had a gangrene on them,
which he takes to be the effect of a corroſive falt,
which corrupted and deſtroyed their texture. He adds,
That there is ſo much reſemblance between the god-
grene befalling plants through froft, and that which
the parts of animals are liable to, that they muſt have
ſome analogous cauſe. Corroſive humours burn the
parts of animals, and the aëreal nitre, condenſed, has
the ſame effects on the parts of plants. Memoires de
l' Academie Royale de Sciences, an. 1709.
Dr. Derham ſays, That the greateſt ſufferers in the
animal kingdom were birds and inſects, but vegeta-
bles were much the greateſt ſufferers ; that few of the
tender forts of vegetables eſcaped the ſeverity of the
froft; Bays, Laurels, Roſemary, Cypreſs, Alaternuſes,
Phillyreas, Arbutuſes, Lauruſtinuſes, and even Furz,
with moft fort of the fruteſcent herbs, as Lavenders,
Abrotanums, Rue, Thyme, &c. were generally de-
ſtroyed. He adds, that the fap of the finer wall-
fruit was ſo congealed and deſtroyed, that it ſtagnat-
ed in the limbs and branches, and produced diſor-
ders like to chilblains in human bodies, which would
turn to mortifications in many parts of the trees;
that the very buds of the finer trees, both in the leaf,
buds, and bloſſom buds, were quite killed, and dried
into a farinacious matter. .
Dr. Derham relates it as a common obſervation,
That vegetables ſuffered more from the ſun than from
the froſt, in that the fun-fhine, melting the ſnow,
and opening the ground, left it more expoſed to the
rigour of the enſuing night. It was likewiſe obſerved,
at a meeting of the Royal Society, That the calamities
which befel trees, aroſe not purely from their being
frozen, but principally from the winds ſhaking and
rocking them when they are frozen, which rent and
parted their fibres. Philof. Tranſact. N° 324.
Hoar froſt, or white froſt, is the dew frozen, or
congealed early in cold mornings, chiefly in autumn.
This (as Mr. Regis obſerves) is an aſſemblage of little
parcels of ice or cryſtals, which are of various figures,
according to the diſpoſition of the vapours which meet
and are condenſed by cold.
Dew is, to all appearance, the matter of hoar froſt,
though many of the Carteſians ſuppoſe it to be formed
of a cloud, and either congealed in the cloud, and ſo
let fall, or ready to be congealed as ſoon as it arrives
at the earth.
In the year 1728-9, there was a remakable froſt, which
continued for ſome months, and deſtroyed a great
number of trees and plants in ſeveral parts of Europe,
a brief
3
a

FRO
FRO
a brief account of which may not be improper to be
here inſerted.
The autumn began with cold north and eaſt winds,
and early in November the nights were generally
froity, though the froft did not enter the ground
deeper than the fun thawed the following day; but to-
ward the end of November the winds blew extremely
cold from the north, which was ſucceeded by a great
ſnow, which fell in ſuch quantities in one night, as to
break off large arms, as alſo the tops of many Ever-
green-trees, on which it lodged. After the ſnow had
fallen, it began to freeze again, the wind continuing to
blow from the north ; the days were dark and cloudy
for ſome time, but afterwards it cleared up, and the
fun appeared almoſt every day, which melted the ſnow
where expoſed to it, whereby thefroſt penetrated deeper
into the ground. It was obſervable, that; during theſe
clear days, a great miſt or vapour, appeared in the
evenings, floating near the ſurface of the ground un-
til the cold of the night came on, when it was ſuddenly
condenſed, and diſappeared. About the 8th of De-
cember, the nights were extremely cold; the ſpirits in
the thermometer fell 18 degrees below the freezing
point, and on the 10th of the ſame month the froſt
was as ſevere as had been known in the memory of
man; the fpirits of the thermometer fell to 20 de-
grees below the freezing point. At this time vaſt
numbers of Lauruſtinuſes, Phillyreas, Alaternuſes,
Roſemary, Arbutus, and other Evergreen-trees and
ſhrubs began to ſuffer ; eſpecially fuch as had been
trimmed up to heads with naked ſtems, or had been
clipped late in autumn. At this time alſo there were
great numbers of large deciduous trees diſbarked by
the froſt, as Pear-trees, Plane-trees, Walnut-trees,
with many other forts, and it was chiefly on the weſt
and ſouth-weſt ſide of the trees, that the bark came
off.
About the middle of December the froſt abated of
its intenſeneſs, and ſeemed to be at a ſtand till the 23d
of the fame month, when the wind blew extremely
ſharp and cold from the eaſt, and the froſt increaſed
again, continuing very ſharp till the 28th day, when
it began to abate again, and ſeemed to be going off,
the wind changing to the ſouth ; but it did not con
tinue long in this point, before it changed to the eaſt
again, and the froſt returned, though it was not ſo
violent as before.
Thus the weather continued for the moſt part froſty,
till the middle of March, with a few intervals of mild
weather, which brought forward ſome of the early
flowers; but the cold returning, foon deſtroyed them :
ſo that thoſe plants which uſually flower in January
and February, did not this year appear till March,
and before they were fully blown, were cut off by the
froft; of this number were all the Spring Crocuſes,
Hepaticas, Perſian Iriſes, Black Hellebores, Meze-
reons, with ſome others.
The Cauliflower plants, which were planted out of
the beds in the open ground, during the intervals be-
tween the froſt, were moſt of them deſtroyed, or ſo
much cut, that they loft moſt of their leaves; the ear-
ly Beans and Peas were moſt of them killed, and many
fruit and foreſt trees, which had been lately removed,
were quite deſtroyed. The loſs was very great to
fome curious perſons, who had been many years en-
deavouring to naturalize great numbers of exotic
trees and ſhrubs, abundance of which were either to-
tally killed, or deſtroyed to the ſurface of the ground;
amongſt this number there were many forts deſtroyed,
which had endured the
air
many years, without
receiving the leaſt injury from the cold, ſuch as Paffion
Flowers, Cork-trees, Ciftuſes, Roſemary, Stachas,
Sage, Maftich, and ſome others. In ſome places the
young Ath and Walnut-trees were killed ; but when
the froſt went off, there appeared to have been much
more damage done in the gardens, than there really
was, which occaſioped many people to dig up and de-
ſtroy large quantities of trees and ſhrubs, which they
ſuppoſed were killed; whereas thoſe who had more
patience, and ſuffered them to remain, fared better ;
open
for great numbers of them ſhot out again, fome from
their ſtems and branches, and others from their roots,
the following ſummer.
Nor was the froſt more ſevere in England, than in
other parts of Europe; but, on the contrary, in com-
pariſon, favourable; for in the ſouthern parts of
France, the Olives, Myrtles, Ciftuſes, Alaternuſes,
and ſeveral other trees and ſhrubs, which grow
there almoſt ſpontaneouſly, were either deſtroyed, or
at leaſt were killed to their roots, and about Paris, and
the northern parts of France, the buds of their fruit-
trees were deſtroyed, although they remained cloſed,
ſo that there were very few blofſoms which opened that
ſpring. The Fig-trees were in ſeveral parts of France
quite killed, and in England their tender branches
were deſtroyed, ſo that there was very little fruit on
thoſe trees the following ſummer, except where they
were protected from the froſt.
In Holland the Pines and Firs, with ſeveral other
trees, which are natives of cold countries, were great-
ly injured by the cold; and moſt of the trees and
hrubs, which were brought from Italy, Spain, or the
ſouth parts of France, which had been planted in the
full ground, in that country, were entirely killed,
though many other forts, which had been brought
from Virginia and Carolina, eſcaped very well in the
ſame gardens; but the perſon who ſuffered moſt in
that country, was the learned Dr. Boerhaave, who had
been ſeveral years endeavouring to naturalize as many
exotic trees and ſhrubs as he could poſſibly obtain
from the ſeveral parts of the world, great numbers of
which were entirely deſtroyed by the froſt this winter.
In ſome parts of Scotland they not only loſt many of
their curious flowers, plants, and trees, but great
numbers of ſheep, and other cattle, were buried
under the ſnow, where they periſhed; and many poor
people, who went to look after their cattle, were
equal ſufferers with them, being buried in the ſnow,
which in ſome places fell eight or nine feet deep in
one night.
It has been obſerved by thermometers, when that
kind of hovering lambent fog ariſes (either mornings
or evenings) which frequently betokens fair weather,
that the air, which in the preceding day was much
warmer, has, upon the abſence of the fun become
many degrees cooler than the ſurface of the earth,
which being near 1500 times denſer than the air, can-
not be ſo ſoon affected with the alteration of heat and
cold; whence it is probable, that thoſe vapours which
are raiſed by the warmth of the earth, are by the cooler
air foon condenſed into a viſible form. The ſame
difference has been obſerved between the coolneſs of
the air, and the warmth of water in a pond, by put-
ting a thermometer, which hung all night in the open
air in ſummer time, into the water, juſt before the
riſing of the fun, when the like reek, or fog, was
riſing on the ſurface of the water.
In the year 1739-40, we had another ſevere winter,
which did great miſchief to the gardens, fields, and
woods, the effects of which are yet, and will be many
years, felt in Europe. Some particulars of theſe
depredations, may not, perhaps, be unacceptable to
the reader, if they are here mentioned.
The wind ſet in blowing from the north and north-
eaft, about the autumnal equinox, and continued to
blow from the ſame quarter, with little variation, up-
ward of ſix months. Early in November, there was a
continued ſharp froft for nine days, in which time
the ice upon large ponds, and other ſtanding waters,
was frozen ſo hard as to bear perſons who fkated there-
on; but toward the end of November the froſt abated,
and there was little more than flight morning froſts
until Chriſtmas day, when it froze pretty hard that
morning, and continued every morning ſo to do; but
on the 28th day of December, the wind blew with
great ſtrength from the north-eaſt, and brought on
fevere cold ; that night the froſt penetrated very deep
into the ground, and the next day, viz. the 29th, the
wind changed to the ſouthward of the eaſt, and blew
with great fury, the thermometer fell this day to
twenty:
3
3
و

FR
FRO
twenty-five degrees below froſt; in the morning ſome
little ſnow fell, but the violence of the wind carried
it off; but cold ſtill increaſing, the waters were all
frozen over, and that day it was ſo intenſe, as to
freeze the water of the river, which was raiſed by the
force of the wind into ice, before it fell down again.
The wind continued to blow with the ſame force, and
from the ſame quarter, all the 30th day, the cold
ſtill increaſing, ſo that at this time the froſt penetrated
into moſt of the green-houſes in England, but eſpe-
cially into all thoſe whoſe fronts had the leaſt incli-
nation to the eaft; and ſuch of them as fronted the
ſouth-weſt eſcaped beft, where the back walls were of
a ſufficient thickneſs to keep out the froſt; the ſpirits
in the thermometer fell in the night of the zoth day
to thirty-two degrees below the freezing point, which
was lower than it had been known in England be-
fore; the violence of the wind made it very trouble-
ſome for perſons of the moſt robuſt conſtitutions to
be abroad, and this alſo cauſed the froſt to penetrate
through thick walls, and in the ſpace of two days,
the Evergreen-trees and ſhrubs appeared as if they had
been ſcorched by fire, ſo that they ſeemed to have no
life; the only trees of all the forts of Evergreens
which retained their verdure at this time, were the
Portugal Laurel, Savin, and ſhrubby Hartwood;
theſe in the midſt of this fevere froſt remained un-
hurt, when all the others were as brown as if they
had been dead a year; and it was very late in the
fpring, before any of them reſumed their uſual ver-
dure: during theſe ſevere days there had but little
ſnow fallen, ſo that the froft penetrated deep in the
ground, and deſtroyed the roots of great part of the
vegetables, where they were not well ſecured; the
Artichoke roots were moſt of them killed in all the
kitchen-gardens, ſome few only eſcaped, theſe were
ſuch as were not intended to be preſerved. A ſingle
row of theſe roots, which were growing in a place
where a great quantity of dung had been wheeled
over them, whereby the ground was rendered as hard
as that of a common foot-way, though there was no
covering upon theſe roots, yet they ſurvived the froſt
and did well; another parcel which was growing near
a tan-yard, where, by accident, ſome tan had been
thrown, were preſerved, ſo that from ſome of theſe
accidents we were ſo lucky as to retrieve the good
kind of Artichoke, which the Engliſh gardens were
ſo famous for being ſtocked with.
By the ſharp piercing winds the Graſs was almoſt to-
tally burned up, ſo that there was not the leaſt ver-
dure to be ſeen in the fields, and in many places the
ſweeteſt and beſt kinds of the herbage were entirely
killed, ſo that there remained only the ſtrong rough
kinds of graſs, whereby the paſtures were in general
much damaged; but on the 31ſt day in the evening,
the wind being much abated, the ſeverity of the froit
was not ſo great, and there ſeemed an appearance of
a thaw on the firſt and ſecond of January, but on the
third in the evening the froſt ſet in again with great
violence; and on the fourth of January in the morn-
ing, the thermometer was fallen one degree lower
than it had been before. The ſame morning there
was the greateſt hoary froſt which had been ſeen, the
woods, trees, and hedges, appeared as if they had
been covered with ſnow; and although there was no
wind ſtirring, yet the air was ſo ſharp and penetrating,
as to render it difficult to endure the cold, even with
following ſpring they were infeſted with inſeats to
ſuch a degree, as that their leaves were eaten and en-
tirely deſtroyed by them, ſo that at Midſummer the
trees were as naked as if it had been the beginning
of April, and this diftemper continued for two years
after, almoſt as bad as at firſt, and has leflened by
degrees, as the trees have recovered their ſtrength;
and where the trees were old and weak, they have
not yet gotten the better of this diſtemper.
The herbage was alſo ſo much weakened by the fe-
verity of the froſt, as not to be able to reſiſt the at-
tack made upon it by inſects, ſo that innumerable
quantities of them were diſcovered in the paſtures in
many parts of Europe, beginning firſt in the northern
countries, and afterward ſpreading to the ſouth; and
theſe infects in many places were lo numerous, as to
deſtroy the fward of Graſs, and it is to be feared the
diſtemper which ſo long raged among the cattle may
have been owing to this cauſe; for wherever the dir-
temper ſpread, it has been obſerved, that numbers of
theſe inſects have harboured about the roots of the
Graſs : and as a farther proof of this, it has con-
ſtantly been remarked, that, when theſe grubs are
changed into a ſort of beetle, and take their flight
(which is commonly about the beginning of May.)
the diſtemper ceaſes; and when theſe beetles have
depoſited their eggs in autumn, the diſtemper has
raged again. Another remark has been made, that
theſe beetles always chuſe to depoſit their eggs not
at a great diſtance from rivers, or large pieces of
water, and in ſuch places the cattle have been molt
attacked. There might be many other circumſtances
mentioned in favour of this opinion, as alſo the fa-
veral experiments which have been made by ſome of
the members of the Academy of Sciences at Paris,
which are ſufficient to prove, that the diſtemper was
not infectious, nor can be communicated by the
cattle, notwithſtanding it has been treated as ſuch in
many countries, where has been an immenſe loſs to the
public of ſuch numbers of cattle and their hides ; but
this may require a particular treatiſe, therefore I ihail
not enlarge farther on this head at preſent.
The froſt ſtill continued very hard till toward the
end of January, but not fo violent as at the beginning;
for had the wind continued to blow with ſo much
force as it had done the three firſt days of the froit,
for
any
conſiderable time longer, there would have
been few vegetables able to have refifted the cold,
nor would the animal kingdom have fared much
better; for the cold was ſo intenſe during thoſe few
days, as to kill ſeveral of the weaker fort of cattle,
where they were much expoſed to the wind.
The Walnut-trees, Afh, and ſeveral other
trees,
had
moſt of their ſhoots of the former year deſtroyed,
which cauſed them to be very late before they put out
their new ſhoots the following ſpring, and theſe ſhoots
were produced from the two and three
years branches.
.
The Fig-trees in many places were killed almoſt to
the ground, eſpecially thoſe which were growing
againſt the beſt aſpected walls, for thoſe on the north
and north-weſt aſpects, as alſo the old ſtandard Fig-
trees eſcaped better; but all thoſe ftools and layers of
theſe trees, which were growing in the nurſery-gar-
dens, were ſo much injured by the froſt, as not to be
recovered under three years, during which time there
were ſcarce any of theſe plants to be fold. The layers
of Vines, as alſo of the Oriental Plane-tree, in the
nurſeries, were likewiſe killed to the ground, and the
old ftools ſo much injured, that they had better have
been dug up and thrown away, than to have con-
tinued them; for in ten years after they did not recover
their former vigour, making their ſhoots ſo late in
the ſummer, that their wood had not time to harden,
and the firſt froſt in autumn frequently killed them
half way to the ground.
Many other deciduous trees were equal ſufferers by
this fevere froſt, and the Evergreens were more ge-
nerally injured, and abundance of them killed. The
Pine and Pinafter were ſo much hurt, as to loſe all
their verdure, and in ſome places the young plants of
و
great exerciſe.
The timber-trees ſuffered greatly that morning, ef-
pecially the Oaks, which were ſplit with great vio-
lence, and the noiſe in the woods that morning, re-
ſembled that of great branches breaking down in
every part of the woods, and when heard at a dif-
tance, like the firing of guns. This was little at-
tended to at the time, but the timber which has been
ſince fallen, fufficiently proves the great damage
which the woods then ſuſtained; nor was it here the
calamity ſtopped, for the Oaks in general had re-
ceived ſo much injury from the froſt, as to occaſion
ſuch a weakneſs and diſtemper among them, that the
5
the

FRU
FRU
a
a
a
the former fort were entirely killed. The Roſemary, the juice of the parenchyma, and conveys it thus pre-
Lavender, Stæchas, Sage, and many other aromatic pared to the kernel.
plants, were in many places quite deſtroyed, ſo that Of the fibres, authors generally reckon fifteen
it was two or three years before the markets could be branches, of which ten penetrate the parenchyma,
ſupplied with theſe ; and in general the eſculent plants and incline to the baſis of the flower; the other five
in the kitchen-gardens were killed, ſo that for ſome aſcend more particularly from the pedicle or ſtalk,
months the markets were not ſupplied with any and meet with the former at the baſe of the flower,
quantity of garden ſtuff. The flower-gardens allo to which branches the capſule, or coats of the ker-
were great ſufferers by this winter; for as the ſeaſons nels are faſtened.
for ſome years before had been very temperate, few Theſe branches being firſt extended through the pa-
perſons had made any proviſion for a hard winter; and renchyma to the flower, furniſh the neceſſary matter
the cold ſetting in fo very intenſe at the beginning, for the vegetation of it; but as the fruit increaſes, it
the miſchief was done before people could be pro- intercepts the aliment, and thus the flower is ſtarved,
vided with covering.
and falls off.
The Wheat in many parts of England, but eſpecially In a Pear there are five parts to be diſtinguiſhed, viz.
in the open common fields, was very much hurt, the ſkin, parenchyma, ramification, kernel, and ace-
particularly on the top of the ridges, where, in ſe- tarium.
veral places there were broad naked ſpaces on the The three firſt parts are common to the Apple. The
middle of the ridges, which in the ſpring appeared kernel, obſerved chiefly in Choke Pears, or Breaking
like ſo many foot-paths. And as the ſpring following Pears, is a congeries of ſtrong corpuſcles, that are
was very dry, and the wind continuing to blow from diſperſed throughout the whole parenchyma, but in
the north and eaſt; theſe piercing winds entered the the greateſt plenty, and cloſeſt together about the
ground, which had been looſened by the froſt, and center, or acetarium ; it is formed of the ſtony or
dried up the tender roots of the Corn, to the great calculous part of the nutritious juice.
prejudice of it; but ſome of the more expert farmers, The acetarium is a ſubſtance of a tart acid taſte, of a
who rolled their Wheat after the froſt was over, were globular figure, incloſed in an aſſemblage of ſeveral
well repaid by the great crops which their land pro- of the ſtony parts before-mentioned.
duced them.
In a Plumb, Cherry, &c. there are four parts, viz.
Were I to enter into all the particulars of the damages a coat, parenchyma, ramification, and nucleus, or
ſuſtained by this ſevere froſt in the gardens and fields, ſtone. The ſtone conſiſts of two very different parts ;
it would ſwell this work beyond the limits intended; the external or harder part, called the ſtone, or ſhell,
ſo I hope, on the other hand, I ſhall not be con- is a concretion of the ſtony, or calculous parts of the
demned for having inſerted thus much, ſince, by the nutritious juice, like the kernel in Pears, within it.
mention of theſe things, perſons may be inſtructed The inner, called the kernel, is ſoft, tender, and
how to ſave many of their valuable plants in future light, being derived from the pith, or medulla of
winters, as alſo what forts are more liable to danger the tree by ſeminal branches, which penetrate the
from froſts than others.
baſe of the kernel.
FRUCTIFEROUS [fructifer, Lat.] fruit-bearing, The nut, or acorn, conſiſts of a ſhell, cortex, and
fruitful.
medulla; the ſhell conſiſts of a coat and parenchyma,
FRUCTUS. See Fruit.
derived from the bark and wood of a tree.
FRUIT is the production of a tree or plant, for the The cortex conſiſts of an inner and outer part, the
propagation or multiplication of its kind; in which firſt is a duplicature of the inner tunic of the ſhell;
ſenſe fruit includes all kinds of ſeeds, with their fur- the ſecond is a moffy ſubſtance, derived from the ſame
niture, &c. botaniſts uſe it to ſignify properly, that ſource as the parenchyma of the ſhell. But authors
part of a plant wherein the feed is contained, which are not agreed, whether the medulla, or pulp of the
the Latins call Fructus, and the Greeks Kaparós. kernel does ariſe from the pith of the tree, or the
The fruit of ſome plants are produced fingły, as are
their flowers, and ſometimes they are produced in Berries, as the Grape, &c. contain (beſides three ge-
cluſters, as in moſt fruit-trees, which are alſo fleſhy, neral parts, viz. coat, parenchyma, and ramification)
but in many plants they are dry.
grains of a ftony nature, to do the offices of feeds.
The word fruit is alſo uſed to ſignify an aſſemblage Fruits in general are ſerviceable in guarding, preſer-
of feeds in a plant; as in a Pea, Bean, Ranunculus, ving, and feeding the incloſed feed, in filtrating the
&c. and in its general ſignification, for all kinds of coarſer more earthy, and ſtrong parts of the nutritious
grain, whether naked, or incloſed in cover, capſula, juice of the plant, and retaining it to themſelves,
or pod, whether bony, fleſhy, ſkinny, membranous, ſending none but the moſt pure, elaborated, and ſpi-
or the like.
rituous parts to the ſeed, for the ſupport and growth
Fruit is the product or reſult of the flower, or that of the tender delicate embryo or plantule, which is
for whoſe production, nutrition, &c. the flower is in- therein contained.
tended.
FRUMENTACEOUS [Frumentaceous, Lat.]
The ſtructure and parts of different fruits are different a term applied by botaniſts to all ſuch plants as have
in ſome things, but in all the ſpecies the eſſential a conformity with Wheat (called in Latin Frumentum,)
parts of the fruit appear to be only continuations or in reſpect either of their fruits, leaves, ears, or the
expanſions of thoſe which are ſeen in the other parts of like.
FRUMENTUM INDICUM. See ZEA.
Dr. Beale ſuggeſts fome very good reaſons for a di- FRUTEX, a fhrub; a vegetable of a genus be-
rect communication between the remoteft parts of the tween a tree and an herb, but of a woody ſubſtance.
tree and the fruit; ſo that the ſame fibres which con- It is pretty difficult to determine wherein moſt of the
ſtitute the root, trunk, and boughs, are extended into writers on gardening and agriculture have made the
the
very
fruit.
diſtinction between trees and ſhrubs, or where to fix
Thus, if you cut open an Apple tranſverſly, you will the difference or boundary, between the trees and
find it to conſiſt chiefly of four parts, viz. iſt, a ſkin, fhrubs, to ſay where one ends, and the other begins,
or cortex, which is only a production of the ſkin or for that cannot be determined by their growth; there-
outer bark of the tree. 2dly, A parenchyma or pulp,
fore the beſt definition which can be made of a ſhrub,
which is an expanſion and intumeſcence of the inner to diſtinguiſh it from a tree, is its fending forth many
bark of the tree. 3dly, The fibres, or ramifications ſtems from the roots, whereas the trees have a ſingle
of the woody part of the tree. 4thly, The core, trunk or body.
which is the produce of the pith, or medulla of the FRUTEX PAVONIUS. See POINCIANA.
plant, indurated or ſtrengthened by twigs of the FRUTICOSE [Fruticoſus, Lat. ſhrubby,] are
wood and fibres inofculated therewith. This ferves thoſe plants which are of a hard woody ſubſtance, and
to furniſh a cell, or lodge, for the kernels, filtrates do not riſe to the height of trees.
5 U
FUCHSIA
cortical part
part thereof.
a
the tree.
a
a

FUM
F UM
а
а.
FUCHSIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 14. Lin. Gen. Plant. of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia
1097. This plant was ſo named by Father Plumier, Hexandria, which includes the plants whoſe flowers
who diſcovered it in America, in honour of the me- have their ſtamina in two bodies, and have ſix fta-
mory of Leonard Fuchfius, a learned botaniſt.
mina. To this genus Dr. Linnæus has joined the
The CHARACTERS are,
Capnoides of Tournefort, the Cyſticapnos of Boer-
The flower hath no empalement; it bath one petal, haave, the Corydalis of Dillenius, and the Cucula-
with a cloſed tube, which is Nightly cut into eight parts ria of Juſſieu, making them only ſpecies of the ſame
at the brim, ending in acute points; it hath four ſtamina
genus.
the length of the tube, which are terminated by obtuſe
The Species are,
fummits. The oval germen is ſituated under the flower, 1. FUMARIA (Officinalis) pericarpis monoſpermis race- .
ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The mofis, caule diffuſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 700. Fumatory
germen afterward becomes a ſucculent berry with four fur- with feed-veſſels growing in a racemus, with a ſingle feed
rows, having four cells, containing ſeveral ſmall oval and c diffuſed ſtalk. Fumaria officinarum & Diofcori-
feeds.
dis, flore purpureo. C. B. 143. The common Fumatory
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of with a purple flower.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy-2. FUMARIA (Spicata) pericarpiis monoſpermiis fpicatis,
nia, the flower having four ſtamina and one ſtyle. caule erecto, folioliis filiformibus. Sauv. Monſp. 263.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus at pre- Fumatory with feed-veſſels growing in a ſpike, with one
ſent, viz.
ſeed, an upright ſtalk, and ibread-like leaves. Fumaria
FUCHSIA (Triphylla.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 1191. Tbree-leaved minor tenuifolia. C. B. 143. Leſſer narrow-leaved Fu-
Fuchſic. Fuchſia triphylla, fiore coccineo. Plum. Nov. matory.
Gen. Three-leaved Fuchſia with a ſcorlet flower. 3. FUMARIA (Alba) filiquis linearibus tetragonis, cauli-
This plant is a native in the warmeſt parts of Ame- bus diffufis acutangulis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 700. Fuma-
rica; it was diſcovered by Father Plumier, in ſome of tory with narrow four-cornered pods, and diffuſed ſtalks,
the French Inands in America, and was fince found by having acute angles. Fumaria ſempervirens & floreas,
the late Dr. William Houſtoun, at Carthagena in fore albo. Flor. Bat. Evergreen Fumatory with a white
New Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds into flower.
England.
4. FUMARIA (Capnoides) filiquis teretibus, caulibus dif-
This is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be ſown in fufis, angulis obtufis. Fumatory with taper pods and
pots filled with rich light earth, and plunged into a diffuſed ſtalks, having obtuſe angles. Fumaria lutea.
hot-bed of tanners bark, and treated in the ſame way C. B. 143. Yellow Fumatory.
as other feeds from warm countries. In about a month 5. FUMARIA (Claviculata) filiquis linearibus, foliis cir-
or fix weeks after the ſeeds are fown, the plants will rhiferis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 701. Fumatory with narrow
begin to appear, when they ſhould be carefully cleared pods, and leaves having claſpers. Fumaria claviculis
from weeds, and frequently refreſhed with water to donata. C. B. P. 143. Fumciory with tendrils.
promote their growth; and when they are about two 6. FUMARIA (Capreolata) pericarpiis monoſpermis race-
inches high, they ſhould be ſhaken out of the pot, and mofis, foliis fcandentibus fubcirrhoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ſeparated carefully; then plant each into a ſmall pot 701. Fumatory with ſeed-veſſels growing in a racemus,
filled with light rich earth, and plunge them again into with one ſeed, and climbing leaves having Mort tendrils
.
a hot-bed of tanners bark, being careful to ſcreen Fumaria major ſcandens, flore pallidiore. Raii Hift.
them from the ſun until they have taken new root ; 405. Greater climbing Fumatory with a paler flower.
after which time they muſt have freſh air admitted to 7. FUMARIA (Cava) caule fimplici, bracteis longitudine
them every day in proportion to the warmth of the forum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 699. Fumatory with a ſingle
ſeaſon, and ſhould be frequently watered. As the ſea- ſtalk, and brattee as long as the flowers. Fumaria bul-
ſon advances and becomes warm, the glaſſes of the boſa, radice cavâ, major. C. B. P. 143. Greater bul-
hot-bed ſhould be raiſed higher, to admit a greater bous Fumatory with a hollow root.
ſhare of air to the plants, to prevent their drawing up 8. FUMARIA (Bulboſa) caule fimplici, bracteis brevio-
weak; and when the plants are grown ſo tall as to ribus multifidis, radice folida. Fumatory with a ſingle
reach the glaſſes, they ſhould be removed into the bark- stalk, ſhorter many pointed brattece, and a ſolid root.
ftove, and plunged into the tan-bed. In winter theſe Fumaria bulboſa, radice non cavâ, major. C. B. P.
plants require to be kept very warm, and at that ſea- 144. Greater bulbous Fumatory with a ſolid root.
ſon they muſt not have much water, but in ſummer 9. FUMARIA (Cucularia) fcapo nudo. Hort
. Cliff
. 351.
it muſt be often repeated.
Fumatory with a naked ſtolk. Capnorchis Americana.
Theſe plants are too tender to thrive in the open
air Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 309. and the Fumaria tuberoſa
in this country, even in the hotteſt part of the year ; inſipida. Cornut. 129. Tuberous inſipid Fumatory.
therefore they ſhould conſtantly remain in the ſtove, 10. FUMARIA (Veſicaria) filiquis globofis inflatis. Hort.
obſerving to let in a large ſhare of freſh air in fum- Upfal. 207. Fumatory with globular inflated pods. Cyf-
mer, but in winter they muſt be kept warm ; with ticapnos Africana ſcandens. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 310.
this management the plants will produce their flowers, Climbing African Cyſticapnos.
and make a beautiful appearance in the ſtove, amongſt 11. FUMARIA (Eneaphylla) foliis triternatis, foliolis cor-
other tender exotic plants.
datis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 700. Fumatory with leaves com-
FUMARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 760. Tourn. Inft. R. poſed of three trifoliate ſmall leaves, which are heart-
H. 421. tab. 237. Fumatory; in French, Fumeterre. Jhaped. Fumaria enneaphyllos Hiſpanica ſaxatilis.
The CHARACTERS are,
Bocc. Muf. 2. p. 83. Five-leaved Rock Fumatory of Spain.
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two equal | 12. FUMARIA (Sempervirens) filiquis linearibus panicu
leaves placed oppoſite. The flower is of the ringent latis, caule erecto. Hort. Upſal. 207. Fumatory with
kind, approaching near to the butterfly flowers. The up- narrow pods growing in panicles, and an upright ſtalk.
per lip is plain, obtuſe, indenied at the top, and reflexed; Capnoides. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 423. Baſtard Fuma-
the nectarium at the baſe of this is obtuſe, and a little pro- tory.
minent. The under lip is like the upper in all its parts, The firſt fort is the common Fumatory which is uſed
but the baſe is keel-ſhaped; the nežtarium at the baſe is in medicine. This grows naturally on arable land in
leſs prominent. The chaps of the flower is four-cornered, moſt parts of England; it is a low annual plant, and
obtuſe
, and perfe Etly bifid; there are ſix equal broad ſta- flowers in April, May, and June; and very often from
,
mina in each flower, divided in two bodies, included in the plants which riſe late in the ſummer, there will be a
two lips, each being terminated by three ſummits. In the ſecond crop in autumn. The juice of this plant is
center is ſituated an oblong germen, Supporting a ſort ſtyle, greatly commended for bilious cholics. It is never
crowned by an orbicular compreſſed ſtigma. The germen af- cultivated in gardens.
terward becomes a ſort pod with one cell, including roundiſh The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
Seeds.
France, Spain, and Portugal, but is preſerved in bo-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection tanic gardens for the ſake of variety. It is an annual
plant,
a
a
a
a

F U M
F U M
plant, which riſes from the ſcattered ſeeds better than
when it is fown with care ; the ſtalks of this grow
more erect, the leaves are very finely divided, and the
flowers grow in a cloſe ſpike; they are of a deep red
colour, and flower about the ſame time as the com-
mon fort.
a
و
a
The third ſort grows naturally on the borders of the
Mediterranean Sea; it was firſt brought to England
from Tangier. This is a perennial plant, which ſends
out from the root many branching ſtalks, which riſe
about ſix or eight inches high, growing in tufts or
bunches; the leaves are very much divided, the ſtalks
are angular, and the flowers grow in looſe panicles
upon naked foot-ſtalks, which come out from the
diviſions of the branches; they are of a whitiſh yel-
low colour, and there is a ſucceſſion of them moſt
part of the year.
The fourth fort hath an appearance very like the
third, and by ſome it is ſuppoſed to be only a vari-
ety of that, but is undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies; for
I have cultivated both more than forty years, and never
yer found either of them to vary. The ſtalks of this
fort have blunt angles, whereas thoſe of the third are
acute ; they are of a purpliſh colour, and the flowers
grow in looſer panicles, each having a longer foot-
Italk than thoſe of the other; they are of a bright
yellow colour, and there is a ſucceſſion of them great
part of the year.
Theſe two forts continue green all the year, and ex-
,
cept
in
very fevere froſt, are always in flower, which
make a pretty appearance; they grow beſt on walls
or rocks, and are very proper for the joints of grot-
tos, or any rock-work, where, if a few plants are
planted, or the ſeeds ſcattered, they will multiply
faſt enough from their ſcattering feeds, which are cait
out of the pods by the elaſtic ſpring of the valves
when ripe, to a conſiderable diſtance; and as the plants
will require no care to cultivate them, they ſhould not
be wanting in gardens.
The fifth fort grows in ſtony and fandy places in
fome parts of England; it is an annual plant with
trailing ſtalks, ſending out claſpers from the leaves,
which faſten to any of the neighbouring plants. It
flowers in May and June, but is never cultivated in
gardens.
The fixth fort is an annual plant with many trailing
ſtalks, which grow about a foot long, ſending out a
few ſhort tendrils, whereby they faſten to any neigh-
bouring ſupport; the flowers come out from the
fide of the ſtalks in looſe bunches; they are of a whitiſh
herbaceous colour, with a purple ſpot on the upper
lip. This flowers in May and June. It grows in
France and Italy, on itony places in the ſhade.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and Italy, and was ſome years paſt preſerved in
the Engliſh gardens by way of ornament, but is now
rarely to be found here; it was titled Radix cava, or
hollow root, from its having a pretty large tuberous
root hollowed in the middle. The ſtalk of this fort
riſes about fix inches high, and does not divide, but is
garniſhed toward the bottom with one ramous leaf,
fomewhat like the common Fumatory, but the lobes
are broader; the flowers grow in a ſpike at the top
of the ſtalk; they are of a pale herbaceous colour,
and appear in April
. This plant delights in the ſhade,
and is multiplied by offsets, for it rarely ripens ſeeds
in England.
The eighth fort is pretty common in many of the
old gardens in England; it grows naturally in the
fouth of France, in Germany and Italy. This hath
a pretty large round folid root of a yellowiſh colour,
from which come out branching leaves like thoſe of
the laſt fort, but the lobes are longer; the flowers
grow in ſpikes on the top of the ſtalks ; they are of
a purple colour, and come out early in April. The
ſtalks of this fort are ſingle, and riſe about four or
five inches high.
There is a variety of this with green flowers, which
is mentioned in moſt of the books; but all the plants
of this fort which I have yet feen, are only abortive,
having no real flower, only a green bractea, which
has been generally taken for the flowers: there is alſo
mentioned a larger fort, but if there is one which is
really different from the common fort, I have not
ſeen it in the Engliſh gardens, nor the yellow and
white flowering forts, which are alſo mentioned in
many of the books.
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath a ſcaly root about the ſize of a large Hazel
Nut, from which come out three or four leaves upon
flender foot-ſtalks ; theſe are divided into three parts,
each of theſe parts is compoſed of many ſmaller divi-
fions, which have narrow lobes, divided into three parts
almoſt to the bottom; the flower-ſtalk is naked, and
eight or nine inches long; this is terminated by four
or five flowers, growing in a looſe ſpike; theſe have
two petals, which are reflexed backward, and form a
fort of fork toward the foot-ſtalk, and at their baſe
are two horned nectariums, which ſtand horizantai.
The flowers are of a dirty white colour and appear in
May, but rarely produce ſeeds here.
This is propagated by offsets from the root; it loves
a ſhady ſituation and a light foil; the beſt time to
tranſplant the roots is in autumn, when the leaves
are decayed, for it ſhoots pretty early in the ſpring,
therefore it would not be ſafe to remove them at that
ſeaſon.
The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this is an annual plant, with trailing ſtalks
which are two or three feet long, dividing into many
ſmaller, which are garniſhed with ſmall branching
leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the common Fumatory,
but end with tendrils, which claſp to any neighbour-
ing plants, and thereby the ſtalks are ſupported ;
the flowers are produced in looſe panicles, which
proceed from the ſide of the ſtalks; they are of a
whitiſh yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by globular
ſwollen pods, in which are contained a row of ſmall
fhining feeds.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the
plants are fit to remove, they muſt be each planted in
a ſmall
pot filled with light earth, and plunged again
into the hot-bed, where they muſt be ſhaded from
the fun till they have taken new root; after which
they ſhould have a large ſhare of air admitted to them
at all times in mild weather, to prevent their draw-
ing up weak; and as ſoon as the ſeaſon is favourable,
they ſhould be inured to bear the open air, to which
they may be removed the beginning of June, when
they may be ſhaken out of the pots, preſerving all
the earth to their roots, and planted in a warm
border, where their ſtalks ſhould be ſupported with
ſticks to prevent their trailing on the ground; and in
July the plants will flower, and continue a ſucceſſion
of Howers till the froſt deſtroys the plants; the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The eleventh fort grows naturally upon old walls, or
rocky places in Spain and Italy; this hath weak trail-
ing italks which are much divided, and are garniſhed
with ſmall leaves divided into three parts, each of
which hath three heart-ſhaped lobes; the flowers are
produced in ſmall looſe panicles from the ſide of the
ſtalks, they are of a greeniſh white, and appear moſt
of the ſummer months. It is an abiding plant, which
propagates itſelf by the ſeeds that ſcatter, and thrives
beſt in a ſhady ſituation, and on old walls or buildings.
The twelfth fort is an annual plant with an upright
ſtalk, which grows a foot and a half high, round and
very ſmooth, ſending out ſeveral branches upward ;
theſe are garniſhed with ſmooth branching leaves, of
a pale colour, which are divided like the common fort,
but the ſmall leaves are larger and more obtuſe; the
flowers are produced in looſe panicles from the ſides
of the ſtalks, and at the extremity of the branches;
they are of a pale purple colour, with yellow chaps
(or lips); theſe are ſucceeded by taper narrow pods
an inch and a half long, which contain many ſmall
ſhining black feeds. This flowers during moſt of
the ſummer months, and the ſeeds ripen in July, Au-
guſt,
3

F UM
FUR
guft, and September. If the feeds of this plant are gated by offsets, as other bulbous-rooted flowers ;
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up without theſe produce their flowers in the beginning of April,
any trouble, and require no other care but to thin and are very pretty ornaments to borders in a ſmall
them where they are too cloſe, and keep them clean flower-garden. They are extreme hardy, but do not
from weeds.
increaſe very faſt, feldom producing feeds with us;
Theſe plants may be ſuffered to grow on walls, and and their bulbs do not multiply very much, eſpecially
in ſome abject part of the garden; for if they are ad- if they are often tranſplanted. They love a light ſandy
mitted into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, they foil, and ſhould be ſuffered to remain three years un-
will ſcatter their feeds, and become troubleſome diſturbed, in which time they will produce ſeveral
weeds; but they are very proper plants to grow on offsets. The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting them is
ruins, or on the ſides of grottos or rock-work, where, from May to Auguft, when the leaves begin to die
by their long continuance in flower, they will have off; for if they are taken up when their leaves are
a good effect.
freſh, it will greatly weaken their roots.
The fifth, fixth, ſeventh, and eighth forts are propa-I FURZ. See GENISTA.
G.
G AL
G A L
G
3
ALANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 362. ſuffered to remain undiſturbed, the roots will multi-
Narciſſo-leucoium. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 387. ply exceedingly. The roots may be taken up the lat-
tab. 208. The Snow-drop; in French, Perce- ter end of June, when their leaves decay, and may be
neige.
kept out of the ground till the end of Auguſt, but
The CHARACTERS are,
they muſt not be removed oftener than every third year.
The Spatha or sheath of the flower is oblong, blunt, and GALE. See Myrica.
compreſſed. This opens fideways, and becomes a dry ſkin; GALEGA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 770. Tourn. Inft. R.
.
the flower has three oblong concave petals, which ſpread H. 398. tab. 222. Goat's-rue.
open, and are equal; in the bottom is ſituated the three- The CHARACTERS are,
leaved nectarium, which is cylindrical, obtuſe, and in- The empalement of the flower is ſhort, tubulous, and of
dented at the top; under the flower is ſituated the oval ger- one leaf, indented in five parts. The flower is of the
men, ſupporting a ſlender Style, which is longer than the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is oval, large, and reflexed;
Stamino, crowned by ſingle ſtigma ; this is attended by the wings are near the length of the ſtandard ; the keel is
fix ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by oblong pointed ſum- erect, oblong, and compreſſed; the under ſide toward the
mits, which are gathered together. The germen after- point is rounded, but the upper is acute; there are ten
ward becomes an oval capſule which is obtuſe and three- stamina, which join above their middle, and are termi-
cornered, opening in three cells, which are filled with nated by ſmall ſummits. In the center is ſituated a nar-
roundiſh ſeeds.
row, cylindrical, oblong germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of crowned by a ſtigma terminated by a puncture. The ger-
Linnæus's fixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, men afterward becomes a long pointed pod, incloſing ſeve-
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have ſix fta- ral oblong kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
mina and one ftyle.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
This plant, as alſo the great Snow-drop, was by Dr. of Linnæus's ſeventeenth clafs, intitled Diadelphia
Tournefort ranged together under the title of Nar- Decandria, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
ciflo-leucoium ; which being a compound name, Dr. have ten ſtamina joined in two bodies.
Linnæus has altered it to this of Galanthus; and has
The SPECIES are,
ſeparated the great Snow-drop from this, and given 1. GALEGA (Oficinalis) leguminibus ftrictis erectis, fo-
the ſimple name of Leucoium to that genus.
liolis lanceolatis ftrictis nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1062.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. Goat's-rue with ere&t cloſe pods, and Spear-ſhaped naked
GALANTHUS (Nivolis.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. 134. The com- leaves. Galega vulgaris, floribus cæruleis. C. B. P.
non Snow-drop. Leucoium bulbofum trifolium minus. 352. Common Goat's-rue with blue flowers.
C.B. P. The leaſt bulbous Snow-drop with three 2. GALEGA (Africana) foliolis lanceolatis obtufis, flori-
leaves.
bus fpicatis longioribus, filiquis craffioribus. Goats-
There is a variety of this with double flowers.
rue with obtuſe Spear-ſhaped leaves, flowers growing in
Theſe flowers are valued for their early appearance in longer Spikes, and thicker pods. Galega Africana, filo-
the ſpring, for they uſually flower in February when ribus majoribus filiquis craffioribus. Tourn. Inft. R.
the ground is often covered with ſnow. The ſingle H. 399. African Goat's-rue, with larger flowers and
fort comes out the firſt, and though the flowers are thicker pods.
but ſmall, yet when they are in bunches, they make a 3. GALEGA (Fruteſcens) foliis ovatis, floribus panicula-
very pretty appearance; therefore theſe roots ſhould tis alaribus, caule fruticoſo. Goat's-rue with oval
not be planted ſingle, as is ſometimes practiſed by leaves, and flowers growing in panicles from the ſides of
way of edging to borders; for when they are ſo diſ- the ſtalks, which are ſhrubby. Galega Americana, fo-
poſed, they make very little appearance. But when liis fubrotundis, floribus coccineis. Houſt. MSS. Ame-
there are twenty or more roots growing in a cloſe rican Goats-rue with roundiſh leaves and ſcarlet flowers.
bunch, the flowers have a very good effect; and as 4. GALEGA (Virginiana) leguminibus retrofalcatis com-
thefe flowers thrive well under trees or hedges, they preſſis villofis fpicatis, calycibus lanatis, foliolis ovali-
are very proper to plant on the ſides of the wood- oblongis acuminatis. Amen. Acad. 3. p. 18. Goats-
walks, and in wilderneſs-quarters; where, if they are rue with hairy, compreſſed, fickle-ſhaped pods, oblong
oval-

G A L
GAL
a
a
a
may
oval-pointed leaves, and woolly empalements. Orobus tender plants, which are kept in the bark-ſtove.
Virginianus, foliis fulvà lanugine incanis, foliorum With this management they will flower in July; and
nervo in ſpinam aberunte. Pluk. Mant. 142.
in September they will perfect their feeds, but the
5. GALEGA (Purpurea) leguminibus ftrictis adſcenden- plants may be preſerved through the winter in the
tibus glabris racemofis terminalibus, ftipulis fub- bark-ftove.
ulatis, foliis oblongis glabris. Flor. Zeyl. 301. Goats- The fourth fort grows naturaly in Virginia and Cara-
rue with cloſe, ſmooth, aſcending pods, terminating the lina; this hath a perennial root, and an annual ſtalk
ftalks in an oblong bunch, awl-fhaped ſtipula, and oblong which riſes three feet high; the lobes of the leaves
fmooth leaves. Coronilla Zelanica herbacea, flore pur- are oblong and oval, generally ſeven or nine to each
purafcente. Burm. Zeyl. 77.
leaf: the whole plant is covered with a filvery down.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain, but The flowers are of a red colour, and are produced in
is propagated in the Engliſh gardens for medicinal ſpikes at the end of the branches: theſe are ſucceeded
uſe. This hath a perennial root, compoſed of many by fickle-ſhaped compreſſed pods of a ſilvery colour,
Itrong fibres, which are frequently jointed, from which containing one row of kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
ariſe many channelled hollow ſtalks, from two to This plant, although it is tolerable hardy, yet it is
three feet high, which are garniſhed with winged with difficulty preſerved in gardens; for the ſeeds
leaves, compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of narrow ſpear- rarely ripen in England, and the plants are often de-
ihaped lobes, terminated by an odd one, which are ſtroyed by froſt in winter. The only method in which
ſmooth and entire; the flowers terminate the ſtalks I have been able to keep the plant, has been by pot-
growing in ſpikes, they are of the Pea-bloſſom ſhape, ting them, and placing them in a common frame in
and of a pale blue colour, and are diſpoſed in looſe winter, where they enjoyed the free air in mild wea-
ſpikes. They appear in June, and are ſucceeded by ta- ther, but were protected from froſt, in this way I have
per pods about one inch and a half in length, having kept the plant three years, but it has not ripened ſeeds
one row of kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen toward here.
the end of Auguft.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Ceylon, and in many
There is a variety of this with white flowers, and parts of India, from whence I have received the
another with variegated flowers, which have acciden- ſeeds. This fort was annual here, and decayed be-
tally been produced from feeds, ſo are not conſtant, fore the feeds were ripe. It hath an herbaceous ftalk,
therefore are only mentioned here.
which riſes two feet high, garniſhed with winged
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Africa; this dif- leaves, compoſed of eight or nine pair of oval lobes,
fers from the former, in having larger leaves, which terminated by an odd one; the foot-ſtalks of the
are compoſed of eight or ten pair of lobes, broader flowers come out oppoſite to the leaves; theſe fuſtain
and blunter at their ends than thoſe of the common a long looſe ſpike or thyrſe of ſmall purple flowers,
fort; the flowers are larger, and the ſpikes are longer; which are ſucceeded by flender erect pods.
the feed-pods are alſo much thicker than thoſe of the This may be cultivated in the ſame way as the third
common fort, but in other reſpects are very like it. fort; and if the plants are brought forward early in
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which may the ſpring, if the ſummer proves warm, the ſeeds
be ſown either in the ſpring or autumn, upon a bed ripen.
of ground in an open ſituation; and when the plants GALENIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 443. Sherardia. Ponted.
come up, they muſt be kept clean from weeds till they Epiſt. 14.
are ſtrong enough to remove ; then a ſpot of ground The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Lin-
ſhould be prepared, in ſize proportionable to the quan- næus, from the famous phyſician Galen.
tity of plants deſigned ; this ſhould be well dug, and
The CHARACTERS are,
cleared from the roots of all noxious weeds; then The flower bath a ſmall quadrifid empalement of one
the plants ſhould be carefully taken up, and planted in leaf; it hath no petals, but hath eight hairy ftamina the
rows at a foot and a half diſtance, and in the rows length of the empalement, terminated by double ſummits.
one foot aſunder, obſerving to water them till they In the center is ſituated a roundifls germen, ſupporting
have taken new root; after which they will require two reflexed styles, crowned by ſimple ſtigmas. The em-
no farther care to keep them clean from weeds, palement afterward becomes a roundish capſule with two
which
may be eaſily done by hoeing of the ground fre- cells, containing two oblong angular feeds.
quently between the plants, and in the ſpring the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ground between the rows ſhould be dug, which will of Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Digynia,
encourage their roots, and cauſe them to ſhoot out which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have eight
vigorous ſtalks ; and if their ſtalks are cut down be- ſtamina and two ſtyles,
fore the ſeeds are formed every year, the roots will
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
continue the longer, eſpecially if they grow on a GALENIA ( Africana.) Hort. Cliff. 150. Skrubby Galenia.
light dry foil. The feeds of theſe will grow where- Sherardia. Ponted. Epiſt. 14. and the Atriplex Afri-
ever they are permitted to ſcatter, fo that plenty of cana, lignofa fruteſcens, roſmarini foliis. Hort. Pif.
the plants will come up without any care, and theſe 20. Shrubby African woody Atriplex, with Roſemary
may be tranſplanted and managed in the ſame man- leaves.
ner as is before directed.
This ſhrub grows naturally at the Cape of Good
The firſt fort is uſed in medicine; it is accounted Hope, and in other parts of Africa; it riſes with a
cordial, fudorific, and alexipharmic, ſo very good ſhrubby ſtalk about four or five feet high, ſending
againſt peftilential diſtempers, expelling the venom out many weak branches, garniſhed with very når-
through the pores of the ſkin, and is of uſe in all row leaves, which are placed irregularly on every
kinds of fevers. Mr. Boyle, in his treatiſe of the ſide the branches; they are of a light green, with a
Wholſomeneſs and Unwholſomeneſs of the Air, be- furrow running longitudinally through the middle;
ftows three or four pages, in celebrating the virtues the flowers are produced in looſe panicles from the
of Goats-rue in peftilential and malignant diſeaſes, ſide and at the end of the branches; they are very
from his own obſervation and experience.
ſmall, and have no petals, fo make little appearance,
The third fort was diſcovered by the late curious bo- The flowers come out in July and Auguft, but are not
taniſt Dr. William Houſtoun, at Campeachy, froin ſucceeded by feeds in England.
whence he ſent the ſeeds into Europe. This plant is This plant will not live through the winter in the
propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown on a hot- open air in England, ſo muſt be placed in the green-
bed early in the ſpring; and when the plants come houſe, or under a frame, with other hardy exotic
up, and are fit to tranſplant, they muſt be tranſ- plants, where it may have a large ſhare of air in mild
planted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged weather, for it only requires to be protected from
into a hot-bed of tanners bark, lhading them from froſt. In the ſummer it may be expoſed in the open
the fun till they have taken new root; then they air, with other plants of the ſaine country, and in dry
muſt be treated as hath been directed for other weatber it muſt be frequently watered. This may be
5 X
propagated
و

G AL
GAL
propagated by cuttings, which, if planted during any GALIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 117. Tourn. Inft. R:H.
of the ſummer months, and watered frequently, will 114. tab. 39. Ladies Bedſtraw, or Cheeſe-rennet; in
take root in about five or ſix weeks, and may then French, Caillelait.
be treated as is directed for the old plants.
The CHARACTERS are,
GALEOPSIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 637. Tourn. Init: The flower bath a ſmall empalement indented in four parts,
R. H. 185. tab. 86. Stinking Dead Nettle.
fitting upon the germen. It hath one petal, divided into
The CHARACTERS are,
four ſegments almoſt to the bottom; and four awl-fbaped
The empalement of the flower is tubulous, of one leaf, cut Stamina which are shorter than the petal, terminated by
into five ſegments, which end in acute points. The flower ſingle fummits. It bath a twin germen ſituated under the
is of the lip kind, having a ſhort tube ; the chaps are a flower, ſupporting a fiender half bifid ſtyle, crowned by a
little broader, but the length of the empalement ; from the globular ſtigma. The germen efterward become two dry
baſe to the under lip, it is on both ſides farply indented; berries, which are joined together, each incloſing a large
the upper lip is concave, roundiſh, and ſawed at the top; kidney-ſhaped ſeed.
the under lip is trifid, the middle ſegment being the largeſt, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
which is crenated. It bath four ſtamina incloſed in the Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy-
upper lip, two being porter than the other, terminated nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
by roundiſh bifid ſummits. In the center is ſituated a four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
quadrifid germen, ſupporting a ſender ſtyle, crowned by a
The SPECIES are,
bifid acute ſtigma. The germen afterward become four 1. GALIUM (Verum) foliis octonis linearibus fulcatis, ra-
naked ſeeds, ſitting in the rigid empalement.
mis floriferis brevibus. Hort. Cliff. 34. Ladies Bedftraw
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of with eight narrow furrowed leaves, and ſhort flowering
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym- branches. Galium luteum. C. B. P. 335. Yellow La-
noſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers dies Bedſtraw.
have two long and two ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds 2. GALIUM (Mollugo) foliis octonis ovato-linearibus fub-
are naked.
ferratis patentiſſimis mucronatis, caule flaccido, ramis
The Species are,
patentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 107. Ladies Bedſtraw with
1. GALEOPSIS (Ladanum) internodiis caulinis æqualibus, eight oval narrow leaves, wbich are ſpread open, faved,
verticillis omnibus remotis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 579. and pointed, a weak ſtalk, and ſpreading branches. Mol-
Stinking Hedge Nettle, with equal diſtances between the lugo montana latifolia ramoſa. C. B. P. 333. Branching
joints, and whorls growing at a diſtance. Sideritis ar- broad-leaved Mountain Mollugo.
venſis anguſtifolia rubra. C. B. P. 233. Red narrow- 3. GALIUM (Purpureum) foliis verticillatis lineari-ſetaceis,
leaved Field Ironwort.
pedunculis folio longioribus. Hort. Cliff. 34. Ladies
2. GALEOPSIS (Tetrabit) internodiis ſupernè incraſſatis, Bedſtraw with narrow briſtly leaves growing in zboris,
verticillis fummis ſubcontiguis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 579, and foot-ſtalks of the flowers longer than the leaves. Ga-
Stinking Hedge Nettle, whoſe joints are thicker above, and lium nigro-purpureum montanum tenuifolium. Col.
the whorls at the top growing near each other. Lamium Ecphr. 1. p. 298. C. B. P. 335. Norrow-leaved Monz-
cannabino folio vulgare. Raii Syn. Ed. 3. p. 240.
tain Ladies Bedſtraw, with a black purple flower.
Common Dead Nettle with a Hemp leaf.
4. GALIUM (Glaucum) foliis verticillatis linearibus pe-
3. GALEOPSIS (Specioſa) corollâ favà, labio inferiore dunculis dichotomis, fummo caule floriferis. Prod.
maculato. Flor Lapp. 193. Stinking Hedge Nettle with Leyd. 256. Ladies Bedftraw with norrow leaves growing
a yellow flower, whose under lip is Spotted. Lamium in whorls, foot-ſtalks divided by pairs, and flower's growing
cannabinum aculeatum flore luteo ſpecioſo, labiis pur- at the top of the ſtalk. Galium ſaxatile glauco folio.
pureis. Pluk. Alm. 204. Prickly Hemp Dead Nettle, Bocc. Muſ. 2. p. 172. Rock Ladies Bedſtreze with a
with a beautiful yellow flower and purple lips.
4. GALEOPSIS (Galeobdolon) verticillis ſexforis, involucro 5. GALIUM (Rubrum) foliis verticillatis linearibus patu-
tetraphyllo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 780. Stinking Hedge Nettle lis, pedunculis breviffimis. Hort. Cliff. 34. Ladies
with fix flowers in each whorl, and a four-leaved invo- Bedſtraw with narrow leaves growing in whorls, and
lucrum. Galeopſis ſive urtica iners flore luteo. J. B. Short foot-ſtalks. Galium rubrum. C. B. P. 335. Red
323. Stinking or Dead Nettle with a yellow fiower.
Ladies Bedſtraw.
5. GALEOPSIS (Orientale) verticillis bifloris, foliis ob- 6. Galium (Boreale) foliis quaternis lanceolatis triner-
longo-cordatis. Stinking Hedge Nettle with two flowers viis glabris, caule erecto, feminibus hiſpidis. Flor.
in each whorl, and oblong heart-ſhaped leaves. Galeopſis Lappon. 60. Ladies Bedfirew with four ſmooth ſpeur-
Orientalis ocimaftri folio, fore majore faveſcente. Shaped leaves having three veins, an upright ftalk, and
H. R. Par. Eaſtern ſtinking Hedge Nettle, with an rough ſeeds. Rubia pratenfis lævis acuto folio. C. B.P.
Ocimaftrum leaf, and a larger yellowiſh flower.
333. Smooth Meadow Modder with an acute leaf.
6. GALEOPSIS (Hiſpanica) caule pilofo, calycibus labio 7. GALIUM (Album) foliis verticillatis, lineari-lanceolatis,
corollæ fuperiore longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 580. ramis floriferis longioribus. Ladies. Bediraw wiib
Stinking Hedge Nettle with a hairy ſtalk, and the em- narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves growing in whorls, and longer
palement longer than the upper lip of the petal. Galeopſis branches of flowers. Galium album vulgare. Tourn.
annua Hiſpanica, rotundiore folio. Inft. R. H. 186. Inft. R. H. 113. Common white Ladies Bedſtraw.
Annual Spaniſh ſtinking Hedge Nettle, with a rounder S. GALIUM (Linifolium) foliis lineari-lanceolatis glabris,
leaf
caule erecto ramofiffimo. Ladies Bedſtraw with ſeves
Theſe are all of them annual plants, except the fourth narrow, ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and an upright
fort; the three firſt grow naturally in England. The
;
branching ſtolk. Galium album linifolium. Barrel.
firſt is found upon arable land in many places; the Obſer. 99. White Ladies Bedſtraw with a Flax leaf.
ſecond grows upon dunghills, and by the ſide of 9. GALIUM (Paluftre) foliis quaternis obovatis inæqua-
paths, in many parts of England. The third fort libus, caulibus diffufis. Flor. Suec. 119. Ladies Bed-
grows chiefly in the northern counties, but I have ſtraw with four unequal oval leaves, and a diffuſed stolk.
found it growing wild in Effex, within ten miles of Galium paluſtre album. C. B. P. 335. White Mar;
London. Theſe plants are ſeldom cultivated in Ladies Bedſtraw.
gardens, for if their feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the The firſt of theſe plants (which is the fort commonly
plants will come up as weeds wherever they are al- uſed in medicine) is very common in moiſt meadows,
lowed a place.
and in paſture grounds, in ſeveral parts of England.
The fourth is a perennial plant with a creeping root; The other varieties are preſerved in curious botanic
this grows in the woods and under hedges in moſt gardens, but as they are plants of very little beauty,
parts of England. The fifth grows in the Levant; and are ſubject to ſpread very far, and over-run
this is a biennial plant, which periſhes ſoon after the whatever plants grow near them, they are ſeldom
ſeeds are ripe. It is preſerved in botanic gardens for cultivated in other gardens.
the ſake of variety, but hath no great beauty.
Theſe forts may any of them be propagated by parting
GALEOPSIS FRUTESCENS. See PRASIUM their roots, which ſpread and increaſe very fait, either
5
a
gray leaf.
3

G AR
G A R
a
a
و
a
in the ſpring or autumn, and will grow almoſt in any red colour. The fruit which fucceeds the flower is
foil or fituation, eſpecially the firſt fort; the other round, the fize of a middling Orange; the top is
forts require a drier foil, but will all grow in any fi- covered by a cap, which was the itigma on the top
tuation.
of the ſtyle, and remains to the top of the fruit, and
GALLERIES, are ornaments made with trees of is indented in rays to the number of fix or ſeven,
various kinds, which are very common in all the which are obtuſe. The ſhell of the fruit is like that
French gardens, but are ſeldom introduced into the of the Pomegranate, but fofter, thicker, and fuller
Engliſh gardens, eſpecially ſince the taſte for clipped of juice; it is green at firſt, but changes to a dark
trees has been exploded; but as there may be ſome brown with ſome yellowiſh ſpots; the inſide of the
who yet fancy theſe obſolete ornaments, I ſhall juſt fruit is of a Rofe colour, and divided into ſeveral
mention the way of conſtructing them.
parts by thin partitions, as in Oranges, in which the
In order to make a gallery in a garden with porticoes ſeeds are lodged, ſurrounded by a ſoft juicy pulp of
and arches, a line muſt firſt be drawn of the length a delicious flavour, partaking of the Strawberry and
you deſign the gallery to be ; which being done, it the Grape, and is eſteemed one of the richeſt fruits
is to be planted with Hornbeam, as directed under in the world, the trees naturally growing in the form
the article HORNBEAM; which Hornbeam thus planted, of Pyrabolas, whoſe branches are well garniſhed with
is to be the foundation of the gallery.
large ſhining green leaves: they have an elegant ap-
The management of them is not very difficult; they pearance, and afford a kindly ſhade in hot countries,
require only to be digged about, and ſheared a little therefore are worthy of cultivation, in all thoſe coun-
when there is occaſion.
tries where there is warmth enough to ripen the fruit.
The chief curioſity required is in the ordering the As there are but few of the feeds in theſe fruit which
fore-part of the gallery, and in forming the arches. come to perfection (for the greateſt part of them are
Each pillar of the porticoes or arches ought to be four abortive) ſo moſt of thoſe which have been brought
feet diſtant one from the other; the gallery twelve to Europe have failed; therefore the fureſt way to
feet high, and ten feet wide, that there may be room obtain the plants, is to fow their feeds in tubs of earth
for two or three perſons to walk a-breaſt.
in the country, and when the plants have obtained
When the Hornbeams are grown to the height of ſtrength, they may be brought to Europe; but there
three feet, the diſtance of the pillars well regulated, ſhould be great care taken in their paſſage, to ſcreen
and the ground-work of the gallery finiſhed, the next them from ſalt water and the ſpray of the ſea, as alſo
thing to be done is to form the frontiſpiece: to per- not to give them much water, eſpecially when they
form which you muſt ſtop the Hornbeam between are in a cool or temperate climate, for theſe plants are
two pillars at the height, and run up a trellis made very impatient of wet. When the plants arrive in
for that purpoſe, which forms the arch.
Europe, they ſhould be carefully tranſplanted, each
As it grows up you muſt with your ſhears even thoſe into a ſeparate pot, filled with light kitchen-garden
boughs that outſhoot the others; in time they will earth, and plunged into the tan-bed, obſerving to
grow ſtrong, and may be kept in form by the ſhears. ſhade them from the ſun till they have taken new
Portico galleries may be covered with Lime-trees. root; then they muſt be treated in the ſame manner
GARCINIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 526. The Mango- as other tender plants from hot countries.
fteen.
GARDENS are diſtinguiſhed into flower-gardens,
The CHARACTERS are,
fruit-gardens, and kitchen-gardens: the firſt, being
The flower hath a one-leaved empalement, which is per- deſigned for pleaſure and ornament, are to be placed
It bath four roundiſh concave petals, which in the moſt conſpicuous parts, i. e. next to; or juſt
Spread open, and are larger than the empalement. It hath againſt the back front of the houſe; the two latter
Sixteen ſtamina which are erect, and form a cylinder, ter- being principally intended for uſe and ſervice, are
minated by roundiſh ſummits. In the center is ſituated an placed leſs in ſight.
oval germen, with ſcarce any ſtyle, but is crowned by a Though the fruit and kitchen-gardens are here men-
buckler-ſhaped plain ſtigma divided into eight parts, and tioned as two diſtinct gardens, and have by the French
is permanent. The germen afterward becomes a thick gardeners, as alſo by ſome of our own countrymen
globular berry with one cell, including eight hairy fleſhy been contrived as ſuch, yet they are now uſually in
feeds, which are convex and angular.
one; and with good reaſon, ſince they both require
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of a good foil and expoſure, and will equally require to
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, intitled Dodecandria Mo- be placed out of the view of the houſe. And as it
nogynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers will be proper to incloſe the kitchen-garden with
have twelve ftamina and one ſtyle.
walls, and to ſecure the gates, that no perſons may
We have but one Species of this genus, viz. have acceſs to it, who have no buſineſs in it, for the
GARCINIA (Mangoſtana.) Hort. Cliff. 182. The Man- ſake of preſerving the product, ſo theſe walls will
goſtan, or Mangoſteen. Arbor peregrina aurantio fi- anſwer the purpoſes of both. Moreover, in the diſ-
mili fructu. Cluf. Exot. 12. Foreign Tree with a fruit pofition of the kitchen-garden, when it is properly
like the Orange.
divided into quarters, the planting of eſpaliers of
This tree grows naturally in the Molucca Iſands, and fruit-trees round each of the quarters, will be of uſe
alſo in the inland parts of New Spain, from whence in ſcreening from the view the kitchen-herbs growing
I received perfect ſpecimens, which were ſent me by in the quarters; and, by that means, give an elegancy
Mr. Robert Millar, who gathered them near Tolu, to both parts, and ſave beſides a great expence. The
but did not know the tree. It riſes with an upright only objection which has been made to this of any
ſtem near twenty feet high, ſending out many conſequence is, that the gardenets are too apt to
branches on every ſide, which are placed oppoſite, crowd the borders near the walls with kitchen-herbs,
and ſtand oblique to each other, and not at right an- whereby the trees are deprived of their nouriſhment;
gles; the bark of the branches is ſmooth, of a gray but this is in every gentleman's power to redreſs, by
colour, but on the tender ſhoots it is green, and that not ſuffering the borders to be thus crowded. But I I
of the trunk is of a darker colour and full of cracks: ſhall treat more fully of this under the article of
the leaves are of the ſpear-Shape, and entire; they KITCHEN-GARDEN.
are ſeven or eight inches long, and about half ſo In the choice of a place to plan a garden in, the
much in breadth in the middle, gradually diminiſhing ſituation and expoſure of the ground are the moſt ef-
to both ends, of a lucid green on their upper fide, ſential points to be regarded; fince, if à failure be
and of an Olive colour on their under, having a pro- made in that point, all the care and expence will in a
minent midrib through the middle, with ſeveral ſmall manner be loft.
veins running from that to both ſides of the leaf. In a garden for pleaſure, the principal things to be
The flower is like that of a ſingle Roſe, compoſed of conſidered, are, ift, the ſituation ; 2dly, the foil,
four roundiſh petals, which are thick at their baſe, aſpect, or expoſure ; 3dly, water ; 4thly, proſpect.
but are thinner toward their ends; they are of a dark
ist, si-
manent.
a
a

GAR
G A R
yít, Situation: this ought to be ſuch an one as is
wholſome, in a place that is neither too high nor
too low; for if a garden be too high, it will be ex-
poſed to the winds, which are very prejudicial to
trees; if it be too low, the dampneſs of the ground,
the vermin, and venomous creatures that breed in
ponds and marſhy places, add much to their inſa-
lubrity
A ſituation on a riſing ground, or on the ſide of a
hill, is moſt happy, eſpecially if the ground be not
too ſteep; if the ilope be eaſy, and in a manner im-
perceptible; if a good deal of level may be had near
the houſe, and if it abounds with ſprings of water;
for, being ſheltered from the fury of the winds, and
the violent heat of the ſun, a temperate air will be
there enjoyed; and the water that deſcends from the
top of the hills, either from Springs or rain, will not
only ſupply fountains, canals, and caſcades, for or-
nament, but when it has performed its office, will
water the adjacent valleys, and render them fertile
and wlrolfome, if it be not ſuffered to ftagnate in
them.
Indeed, if the declivity of the hill be too ſteep, and
if the water be too abundant, a garden on the ſide of
it may often ſuffer, by having the trees torn up by
the torrents and floods; and the earth above tumbling
down, the walls may be demoliſhed, and the walks
it is one of the moſt agreeable beauties of a fine går-
den: beſides, if a garden be planted in a low place
that is buried, as I may ſay, and has no kind of prof-
pect, it will be not only diſagreeable but unwholſome,
by being too much ſhaded and obſcured; as the trees
will rather retain inſalubrious damps, than communi-
cate the refreſhing air, that is ſo purifying to vege-
table nature.
In ſhort, a garden neceffarily requires (beſides the
care of the gardener) the ſun, a good foil, a full, or
at leaſt an open proſpect, and water, the laſt above
all; and it would be egregious folly to plant a garden
where any of theſe are wanting.
Of the Deſigning or Manner of Laying out a Plea-
fure Garden.
a
a
ſpoiled.
a
It cannot however be denied, that the ſituation on a
plain or flat, has ſeveral advantages that the higher
ſituation has not: floods and rains make no ſpoil ;
there is a continued proſpect of champaigns, inter-
fected by rivers, ponds, brooks, meadows and hills,
covered with buildings or woods; and the level fur-
face is leſs tireſome to walk on, and leſs chargeable,
than that on the ſide of a hill; the terrace-walks and
fteps are not neceſſary; but the greateſt diſadvantage
of fat gardens is the want of an extenſive proſpect,
which riſing grounds afford.
2dly, The ſecond thing to be conſidered in chuſing
a plat for a garden, is a good earth or foil.
It is ſcarce poffible to make a fine garden in a bad
foil; there are indeed ways to meliorate ground, but
,
they are very expenſive, and ſometimes, when the
expence has been beſtowed of laying good earth two
feet deep over the whole ſurface, which for a large
garden is an expence too great for moſt perſons; and
after this a whole garden has been ruined, notwith-
ſtanding the expoſure has been foutherly and health-
ful, when the roots of the trees have come to reach
the natural bottom.
To judge of the quality of the ſoil, obſerve whether
there be any Heath, Thiſtles, or ſuch like weeds,
growing ſpontaneouſly in it, for they are certain figns
that the ground is poor. Likewiſe if there be large
trees growing thereabouts, obſerve whether they grow
crooked, ill. ſhaped, of a faded green, and full of
moſs, or infeſted with vermin; if ſo, the place is to
be rejected: but on the contrary, if it be covered
with good Grafs fit for paſture, then you may be en-
couraged to try the depth of the ſoil.
To know this dig holes in ſeveral places, fix feet wide
and four feet deep; if you find three feet of good
earth it will do well, but leſs than two will not be
fufficient.
The quality of good ground is neither to be ſtony,
nor too hard to work ; neither too dry, nor too moiſt;
nor too fandy and light, nor too ſtrong and clayey,
which is the worſt of all for gardens.
3dly, The third requiſite is water. The want of this
is one of the greateſt inconveniencies that can attend
a garden, and will bring a certain mortality upon
whatever is planted in it, eſpecially in the greater
droughts that often happen in a hot and dry ſituation
in ſummer; beſides the uſefulneſs of it in fine gardens,
for making jets d'eau, canals, caſcades, &c. which
are the greateſt ornaments of a garden.
4thly, The fourth thing required in a good ſituation
is, the view and proſpect of a fine country; and
though this is not ſo abſolutely neceſſary as water, yet
The area of a handſome garden may take up thirty
or forty acres, not more.
And as for the diſpoſition and diſtribution of this
garden, the following directions may be obſerved.
.
iſt, There ought always to be a deſcent from the
houſe to the garden not fewer than three ſteps, but if
there are fix or ſeven it will be better. This elevation
of the building will make it more dry and wholſome,
alſo froin the head of theſe ſteps there will be a far-
ther proſpect or view of the garden.
In a fine garden, the firſt thing that ſhould prefent
itſelf to the fight, ſhould be an open lawn of Graſs,
which, in ſize, ſhould be proportionable to the game
den; in a large garden it hould not be leſs than fix
or eight acres; but in middling or ſmall gardens, the
width of it ſhould be conſiderably more than the
front of the houſe; and if the depth be one half
more than the width, it will have a better effect. The
figure of this lawn need not be regular, and if on the
fides there are trees planted irregularly, by way of
open grove, ſome of which may be planted forwarder
upon the lawn than the others, whereby the regularity
of the lawn will be broken, it will render it more
like nature, the beauties of which ſhould always be
ſtudied in the laying out and planting of gardens;
for the nearer theſe gardens approach to nature, the
longer they will pleaſe; for what is a garden, but a
natural ſpot of ground dreſſed and properly orna-
mented ? there are thoſe who have erred in copying
of what they call nature, as much as thoſe who have
drawn a whole garden into ftrait lines, great alleys,
ſtars, &c. by bringing the rougheſt and moſt deformed
part of nature into their compoſitions of gardens: as
for inſtance, where the ground has been naturally
level, they have at great expence, made hollows and
raiſed mole-hills; ſo that the turf has been rendered
not only more unpleaſant to walk upon, but much
worſe to keep: and after all the pains that have been
taken to ape nature, the whole is as eaſily diſcovered
to be the work of art, as the ſtiffeſt ſlopes and the
moſt finiſhed parterres.
The great art in laying out of gardens, is to adapt
the ſeveral parts to the natural poſition of the ground,
ſo as to have as little earth to remove as poſſible ; for
this is often one of the greateſt expences in making
of gardens; and it may with truth be affirmed, that
wherever this has been practiſed, nine times in ten
it has proved for the worſe; ſo that if inſtead of le-
velling hills to form large terraces, ſtiff ſlopes, and
even parterres, as have been too often practiſed; or
the ſinking of hollows, and raiſing of hills, as hath
by others been done; if the ſurface of the ground
had only been ſmoothed and well turfed, it would
have had a much better effect, and been more ge-
nerally approved than the greateſt number of theſe
gardens, which have been made with an infinite ex-
pence both of time and money,
The next thing to be obſerved is, to contrive a dry
walk, which ſhould lead quite round the whole gar-
den; for as gardens are deſigned to promote the ex-
erciſe of walking, the greater the extent of this dry
walk, the better it will anſwer the intent; fince in
bad weather, or in dewy mornings and evenings,
whea

G A R
GAR
when the fields are unpleaſant or unſafe to walk over,
theſe dry walks in gardens become uſeful and pleaſant;
and ſuch walks, if laid either with gravel or ſand,
may lead through the different plantations, gently
winding about in an eaſy natural way, which will be
more agreeable than thoſe long ftrait walks, which
are too frequently ſeen in gardens.
But as the taſte of deſigning gardens has of late al-
tered from the former method, there are many per-
ſons who have gone into the oppoſite extreme; and
in the forming of what they terin ſerpentine walks,
have twiſted them about in ſo many ſhort turns, as to
render it very diſagreeable to walk on them; and at
the ſame time they ſtrike the fight with as much ſtiff-
nefs and appearance of art, as any of the methods
formerly practiſed. In ſhort, the fewer turns there
are in theſe walks, and the more they are concealed,
the better they will pleaſe; and yet the turns being
eaſy, and at great diſtances, will take off all the ap-
pearance of ſtraitneſs. And here let me obſerve, that
there can be no better, or more eaſy or natural me-
thod of laying out theſe walks, than by tracing the
eaſy turns made on a road, where it bends by the
track of the coach wheels.
Theſe walks ſhould be ſo contrived, as to lead into
ſhade as ſoon as poſſible; as alſo into ſome planta-
tions of ſhrubs, where perſons may walk in private,
and be ſheltered from the wind; for no garden can
be pleaſing where there is want of ſhade and ſhelter.
Another thing abſolutely neceſſary is, where the
boundaries of the garden are fenced with walls or
pales, they ſhould be hid by plantations of flowering
ihrubs, intermixed with Laurels, and ſome other
Evergreens, which will have a good effect, and at
the ſame time conceal the fences, which are diſagree-
able, when left naked and expoſed to the fight.
In ſituations where there is a good ſupply of water,
the deſigner has room for adding one of the greateſt
beauties to the garden, eſpecially if it will admit of a
conſtant ſtream; for in ſuch places, if the water is
properly conducted through the garden, it will afford
infinite pleaſure; for although theſe ſtreams may not
be ſufficient to ſupply a large ſurface, yet if theſe
narrow rivulets are judiciouſly led about the garden,
they will have a better effect than many of the large
ſtagnating ponds or canals, fo frequently made in
large gardens; for where theſe pieces of water are
large, if all the boundaries can be ſeen from one point
of view, they cannot be eſteemed by perſons of
judgment; and frequently theſe ſtanding waters are
brought ſo near the houſe, as to render the air damp
and unhealthy; and many times they are ſo ſituated,
as to occaſion this inconvenience, and at the ſame
time are not ſeen to any advantage from the houſe.
Where wilderneſſes are intended, theſe ſhould not be
cut into ſtars, and other ridiculous figures, nor formed
into mazes or labyrinths, which in a great deſign is
trifling, but the walks ſhould be noble, and ſhaded
by tall trees; and the ſpaces of the quarters planted
with flowering ſhrubs and Evergreens, whereby they
will be rendered pleaſant at all ſeaſons of the year;
and if there are hardy forts of flowers (which will
thrive with little care) ſcattered about near the ſides
of the walks, they will have a very good effect, in
making a variety of natural beauties almoſt through
The ſituation of theſe wilderneſſes ſhould not be too
near the houſe, left they ſhould occaſion damps;
therefore it is much better to contrive ſome open
groves, through which there may be a communica-
tion under ſhade, from the houſe to theſe wilderneſſes;
which are much the beſt when they are planted at the
fartheſt part of the garden, provided they do not ob-
ſtruct the view of fine objects.
Buildings are alſo very great ornaments to a garden,
if they are well deſigned and properly placed; but
the modern taſte of crowding gardens with large uſe-
leſs buildings, I preſume to think is cenfurable, with
I
regard as well to propriety as expence.
Statues and vaſes are alſo very beautiful objects, but
theſe ſhould by no means be placed too near each
other; for when ſeveral of them appear at once, they
fill and confound the eye, and loſe the beautiful ef-
fect which they would have, if now and then one pro-
perly ſituated engages the fight.
What an expence might be ſpared, and applied to
nobler purpoſes, if nature only were to be imitated,
if fimplicity were ftudied in this delightful art, rather
than oftentation for any thing may be ſaid to be
more of nature, than what we miſcall grandeur.
Fountains are alſo very ornamental to a garden, if
they are magnificently built, and where a conſtant
ſupply of water can be obtained; but if they are
meanly erected, or have not water to keep them con-
ftantly running, they ſhould never be introduced into
gardens, for nothing can be more ridiculous than to
fee a dry fountain ; which, perhaps, at a great ex-
pence, may have water forced up, to ſupply it for an
,
hour or two, and no more; and this perhaps not in
dry ſeaſons, when there is a general ſcarcity of water.
The ſame may alſo be obſerved of caſcades, and other
falls of water, which ought never to be contrived in
gardens, where there cannot be a conſtant run of
water; but where the fituation of a garden is ſo
happy, as to be naturally ſupplied with water, theſe
falls and jets d'eau, may be rendered very great
beauties, eſpecially if they are well deſigned, and not
made in the low mean tafte, in which too many of
thoſe now in being appear, and where the water is
made to fall over a parcel of regular ſteps of ſtone;
but the fall ſhould be in one ſheet from top to bottom,
where ſhould be placed many large rough ſtones to
break and diſperſe the water, and to increaſe the noiſe
of the fall.
Where the ground is naturally uneven, and has gen-
tle riſes and falls, theſe may be ſo humoured in the
laying out of the ground, as to be rendered very
great beauties; but theſe inequalities of the ground
muſt by no means be cut into regular ſtiff ſlopes, nor
amphitheatres, as has been too much the practice :
but if the knolls are properly planted with clumps of
trees or ſhrubs, and the floping fides ſmoothed and
left in their natural poſition, they will have a much
better effect, than can be given them by all the re-
gular angles, lines, and flat ſlopes, which have been
till of late, introduced by all the deſigners of gardens.
The taſte in laying out of gardens has greatly altered,
and has been as greatly improved in England, in the
compaſs of a few years; for, with the revolution,
the Dutch taſte of laying out gardens was introduced,
which conſiſted of little more than flower-borders laid
out in ſeveral ſcrolls of Box-work, clipped Ever-
greens, and ſuch low expenſive things; as alſo the
walling round, and dividing the ſeveral parts
dens by croſs walls; ſo that a garden conſiſting of
eight or ten acres, was generally divided by brick
walls, into three or four ſeparate gardens; and theſe
were reduced to exact levels, having many gravel-
walks, and the borders on each ſide crowded with
clipped trees and Evergreen hedges, dividing theſe
ſmall incloſures again; ſo that the firſt making and
planting of theſe ſmall gardens was attended with a
greater expence, as was the keeping of them afterward,
than gardens of ſix times the extent, when deſigned
after nature.
Whether this taite ſo univerſally prevailed in England,
in complaiſance to his late Majeſty King William, or
was owing to the low grovelling taſte of thoſe perſons,
who had the deſigning of moſt of the Engliſh gardens,
it is difficult to determine; but it is very certain, that
the gentlemen, at that time, attended very little them-
ſelves, to the diſpoſition of their gardens, but were con-
tented to leave the whole direction of them to perſons
of the meaneſt talents that ever profeſſed the art; fo
that ſoon after, when another taſte prevailed, theſe
gardens were almoſt totally demoliſhed, and it would
have been well, if a good, that is to ſay, a natural
tafte had ſucceeded the other, but this was not the
caſe ; for though a more open and extenſive way of
laying out gardens was introduced, yet this was lit-
و
of gar-
the year.
5Y
tle

G AR
G A R
ز
3
tle more than copying after the French, whoſe taſte new planted trees put out branches for a year or two,
was in making long avenues, ftrait walks, ftiff regu- which they generally do, but in three or four years
lar ſlopes, cabinets, fret-work, tall hedges cut into after, inſtead of making a progreſs, they begin to
various ſhapes, jets d'eau, fountains, &c. fo that there decay at the top, and continue to do ſo gradually,
was little of nature ſtudied; but, on the contrary, all until they quite perish, which, perhaps, may not hap-
the geometrical figures introduced in wilderneſs-work, pen in eight or ten years, eſpecially if no ſevere win-
as alſo in the parterres, and other compartments of ter, or very dry ſummer, intervenes, either of which
the garden: nor is it ſo much to be wondered at, that generally proves fatal to theſe plantations ; ſo that
this taſte prevailed in France, when the deſigns of all perſons may be led on with hopes, for ſo many years,
the principal gardens were there formed by architects, in the beſt part of their lives, when there is a certainty
who were as ftudious to have the ſymmetry of the op- of their failing, or at leaſt of their never increaſing in
poſite, or correſponding part of the garden, as exact fize; but of this I ſhall treat more fully in the ar-
as the apartments of a habitation; nor has length of ticle of PLANTING, and ſhall proceed.
time, nor the improvements already made in other In the buſineſs of deſigns, a mean and pitiful manner
countries, amended their taſte, or convinced them ſhould be ſtudiouſly avoided, and the aim ſhould be
of its abſurdity.
always at that which is noble and great, not to bring
As the gardens of Verſailles, Marli, and others, were too many little things into a garden, nor to make
extolled for their magnificence, ſo the plans of them ſmall pieces of water, narrow walks, &c. eſpecially
were almoſt univerſally copied; the deſigners, or imi- in large gardens; for it is much better to have a few
tators rather, only varying the parts according to the great things, than four times the number of ſmall
ſituation or figure of the ground; and this was prac- ones, which are trifling. In ſmall gardens there is
tiſed for ſeveral years, at a time, when great ſums of more excuſe for this, nor indeed would it be right, to
money were expended in gardens, which might have have either large lawns, broad walks, or large pieces
rendered this country the moſt beautiful of any in Eu- of water in ſuch ; but yet even in theſe there ought to
rope, had a natural taſte then prevailed in the deſign- be a medium, and perſons ſhould never attempt to crowd
ing of gardens ; which is the more to be lamented, too many things in theſe, whereby the whole will ap-
as the plantations then made, have been many of pearonly as a mean and trifling model of a large garden.
them rooted out, to make way for the alterations Before the deſign of a garden is entered upon, it
and improvements which have been fince introduced. ought to be conſidered, what it will be in twenty or
Many perſons, I am ſenſible, will have it, that, in thirty years time, when the trees and ſhrubs are
the deſigns of gardens, the taſte ſhould alter from
grown up, and ſpread; for it often happens, that a
time to time, as much as the faſhion of apparel ; deſign, which looks handſome when it is firſt planted,
but theſe cannot be perſons of judgment; for where- and in good proportion, in proceſs of time becomes fo
ever there are natural beauties in a country, they will ſınall and ridiculous, that there is a neceſſity either of
always pleaſe perſons of real knowledge, and fre- altering or totally deſtroying it.
quently it is obſerved, that perſons of but little ſkill The general diſtribution of a garden, and of its
in the art of gardening, are ſtruck with theſe beau- parts, ought to be accommodated to the different fitu-
ties without knowing the cauſe ; therefore where the ations of the ground, for a deſign may be very pro-
beautiful parts of nature are juſtly imitated in gar- per for a garden on a perfect level, which will by no
dens, they will always be approved by judicious per- means do for one where there are great inequalities in
ſons, let the taſte of gardening alter as it will.
the ground, ſo that, as I have before intimated, the
When trees have been long growing in a garden, great art of deſigning is, in properly adapting the de-
nothing can be more diſagreeable than to have ſign to the ſituation, and contriving to ſave the ex-
them deſtroyed, to alter the garden according to the pence of removing earth, to humour the inequalities of
faſhion of the time, becauſe it requires much time the ground, to proportion the number and forts of
to bring up trees to ſuch a height as to afford ſhade trees and ſhrubs to each part of the garden, and to
and ſhelter; and, as time is precious, ſo, where the ſhut out, from the view of the garden, no objects that
diſpoſition of the garden is altered, there ſhould be may become ornamental.
great attention given to the preſervation of all the
beſides theſe, many other rules relating to
good trees, wherever they can be either uſeful or or- the proportions, conformity, and diſpoſition of the
namental.
different parts and ornaments of gardens, of which
There is another effential part of gardening, which more may be ſeen under their ſeveral articles.
cannot be too much conſidered by perſons who GARDENIA. See JASMINUM.
deſign gardens, which is that of adapting the ſeveral | GARIDELLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 655. tab. 430.
.
forts of trees and ſhrubs, to the ſituation and foil of Lin. Gen. Plant. 507. [This plant was ſo named by
the garden, as alſo to allow the trees a proper ſhare Dr. Tournefort, in honour of Dr. Garidel, who was
of room; but, however neceſſary this will appear, profeſſor of phyfic, at Aix, in Provence.]
yet very few perſons have made this their ſtudy, in- The CHARACTERS are,
fomuch that when one views many modern gardens, The flower hath a ſmall, oblong, ereat empalement of five
and ſees the great number of trees and ſhrubs, which leaves; it bath no petals, but five oblong equal neeta-
are crowded into them, one would be induced to be- riums occupy their place ;- theſe are bilabiate. The outer
lieve, that private intereſt has had a greater influence part of the under lip is bifid and plain; the interior part
than
any other motive, with the deſigners. Indeed this of the upper lip is ſhort and ſingle. The flower bath
fault
may
often be aſcribed to the maſter, who, per- eight or ten awl-shaped ſtamina, which are ſhorter than
haps, is too much in hafte for ſhade and ſhelter, ſo the empalement, and are terminated by obtufe erext ſum-
will have three or four times the number of trees mits. In the center is ſituated three germina, which are
and ſhrubs planted as ſhould have been, or that can oblong, compreſſed, and ſharp-pointed, having no ſtyles, but
remain long without injury, where the plantations crowned by simple ſtigmas ; theſe become three oblong com-
ſucceed ; and to this over-haſte are owing the mi- preſſed capſules with two valves, incloſing ſeveral ſmell ſeeds.
ſerable plantations of large trees, fo often ſeen in This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
gardens and parks, where trees of all ſorts, and of of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
any age are taken out of woods, hedge-rows, &c. whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and three germen.
and removed at a great expence to ftand and decay We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
annually, till they become ſo many dead ſticks, than GARIDELLA (Nigelloſtrum.) Hort. Cliff. 170. Garidella
which nothing can be a more diſagreeable fight to foliis tenuiffime diviſis. Tourn. Garidella with very
the owner; who, after an expectation for ſeveral narrow divided leaves; and the Nigella Cretica folio
years, attended with an expence of watering, dig- Fæniculi. C. B. P. 146. Fennel-flower of Crete with a
ging, and cleaning, finds himſelf under a neceſſity Fennel leaf.
either of replanting, or giving up the thoughts of This plant is very near akin to the Nigella, or Fennel-
having any. Numbers of perſons have indeed amuſed flower, to which genus it was placed by the wri-
themſelves with the hopes of ſucceſs, by ſeeing theſe ters on botany before Dr. Tournefort, and was by
3
There are,
him

G A U
G EN
a
و
him ſeparated from it, as differing in the form of the We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
flower.
GAURA (Biennis.) Aman. Acad. 3. p. 26. Gaura. Ly-
It
grows
wild in Candia, and on mount Baldus, in fimachia chamenerio fimilis fioridana, foliis nigris
Italy, as alſo in Provence, where it was diſcovered by punctis capſulis carinatis in ramulorum cymis. Pluk.
Dr. Garidel, who ſent the feeds to Dr. Tournefort, Amalth. 139. tab. 428. f. 1.
for the Royal Garden at Paris.
This is a biennial plant, which grows naturally in Vir-
This is an annual plant, which riſes with an upright ginia and Penſylvania : the ſtalk riſes four or five feet
ſtalk a foot high, dividing into ſeveral ſlender high, ſending out ſeveral branches, which are gar-
branches, garniſhed at their joints with very ſlender niſhed with oblong, ſmooth, pale, green leaves, fit-
leaves like thoſe of Fennel. The ſtalks are terminated ting pretty cloſe. The flowers are produced in cloſe
by one ſmall flower, of a pale herbaceous colour, tufts at the end of the branches; they are compoſed
which is ſucceeded by three capſules, each containing of four oblong petals, of a pale Rofe colour, irregu-
two or three ſmall feeds. It flowers in June and July, larly placed, having eight ſtamina ſurrounding the
and the feeds ripen in September. It is propagated ſtyle. The flowers appear in September, and when
by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn, on a bed the autumn proves favourable, the feeds will riperi
or border of light freſh earth, where the plants are
toward the end of October.
deſigned to remain (for they feldom thrive if they are If the ſeeds of this plant are fown on open borders
tranſplanted;) when the plants are come up, they foon after they are ripe, they will more certainly ſuc-
muſt be carefully cleared from weeds, and where ceed than when they are fown in the ſpring. When
they are too cloſe, they muſt be thinned, leaving the plants come up, they muſt be kept clean from
them about four or five inches apart; this is all the weeds; and if they are too cloſe, ſome of them
culture the plants require, and if the ſeeds are per- ſhould be drawn out, and planted in a bed to allow
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up without any room for the other to grow, in the autumn they
farther care.
ſhould be all tranſplanted to the place where they are
GAULTHERIA.
deſigned to ſtand for flowering and perfecting their
The CHARACTERS are,
ſeeds, and will require no other culture but to fup-
It hath a double permanent empalement; the outer has port their branches to prevent the autumnal winds
two oval, concave, ſhort leaves; the inner has one bell- from breaking them down.
ſhaped leaf cut into five ſegments; the flower has one oval GENERATION is, by naturaliſts, defined to be
petal, cut half-way into five ſegments, which are reflexed; it the act of procreating and producing a thing which
has ten owl-ſhaped nectarii, which are ſhort, ſurrounding before was not; or, according to the ſchoolmen, it is
the germen and ſtamina, and ten awl-Shaped incurved ſta- the total change or converſion of a body into a new
mina inſerted to the receptacle, terminated by bifid horned one, which retains no ſenſible part or mark of its
fummits, and a roundiſh depreſſed germen, Supporting a former ſtate.
cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; the ger- Thus we ſay, fire is generated, when we perceive it
men afierward becomes an obtuſe five-cornered capſule, to be where before there was only wood, and other
having five cells, faſtened to the interior empalement, fuel, or when the wood is fo changed, as to retain no
which turns to a berry open at the top, filled with hard ſenſible character of wood ; in the like manner a chick
angular ſeeds.
is ſaid to be generated, when we perceive a chick,
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of where before was only an egg, or the egg is changed
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia, into the form of a chick.
the flower having ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
In generation there is not properly any production
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. of new parts, but only a new modification or manner
GAULTHERIA (Procumbens.) Amen. Acad. 3. p. 14. of exiſtence of the old ones, and thus generation is
Trailing Gaultheria. Vitis Idæa Canadenſis, pyrolæ diſtinguiſhed from creation.
folio. Tourn. Inft. 608. Canada Wortle-berry with a Generation alſo differs from alteration, in that in al-
winter green leaf.
teration the ſubject remains apparently the ſame, and
This plant grows naturally in ſeveral parts of North is only changed in its accidents or affections, as iron,
America upon ſwampy ground, ſo is with difficulty which before was ſquare, is now made round; or when
preſerved in the Engliſh gardens. The branches of the ſame body which is well to-day, is fick to-morrow.
this trail upon the ground, and become ligneous, but Again: generation is the oppoſite to corruption,
never riſe upward; they are garniſhed with oval en- which is the utter extinction of a former thing; as,
tire leaves, placed alternate ; the flowers are produced when that which before was an egg, or wood, is no
on the ſide of the branches; they are of an herba- longer either the one or the other ; whence it appears,
ceous colour, ſo make little appearance, and very that the generation of one thing is the corruption of
rarely are ſucceeded by fruit in England.
another.
The only method in which I have ſucceeded to keep The Peripateticks explain generation by a change or
this plant, was by planting of it in a pot, filled with paſſage from a privation, or want of a ſubſtantial
looſe undunged earth, placing it in the ſhade, and form, to the having ſuch a form.
frequently watering it ; with this management I have The moderns allow of no other change in generation,
kept the plant alive three years, and have had flowers than what is local; and, according to their no-
but no fruit.
tion, it is only a tranſpoſition, or new arrangement
GAURA.
of parts; and, in this ſenſe, the ſame matter is capa-
The CHARACTERS are,
ble of undergoing an infinite number of generations.
It hath an empalement of one leaf, which falls off, with As for example: A grain of Wheat, being committed
a long cylindrical tube, having four oblong glands faſtened to to the ground, imbibes the humidity of the ſoil, be-
it; the upper part is cut into four oblong ſegments, which comes turgid, and dilates to ſuch a degree, that it
are reflexed. The flower baih four oblong riſing petals, becomes a plant; and, by a continual acceſſion of
which are broad at the top but narrow at their baſe, matter, by degrees, ripens into an ear, and at length
ſitting upon the tube of the empalement; and eight upright into a feed; this feed, when ground in a mill, appears
Nender ſtamina which are shorter than the petals, and a in the form of a flour, which, being mixed up with
neEtarious gland between the baſe of each, with oblong water, makes a paſte, of which bread is generated
snoveable ſummits. The oblong germen is ſituated under by the addition of yeaſt, and undergoing the operation
the flower, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the of fire, i. e. by baking; and this bread being comi-
ſtamina, crowned by four oval Spreading ſtigmas ; the nuted by the teeth, digeſted in the ſtomach, and con-
flower is ſucceeded by an oval four-cornered compreſſed veyed through the canals of the body, becomes fleſh,
capſule, containing one oblong angular ſeed.
or, in other words, fleſh is generated.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of Now the only thing effected in all this ſeries of gene-
Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogy- ration, is a local motion of the parts of the matter,
nia, the flower having eight ftamina and one ſtyle. and their ſettling again in a different order; ſo that
where-

GEN
G EN
a
but that every
wherever there is a new arrangement, or compoſition
of the elements, there is, in reality, a new generation,
and thus generation is reduced to motion.
Generation is more immediately underſtood of ani-
mal and vegetable bodies from ſeed, or the coition
of others of different ſexes, but of the ſame genus or
kind.
Monſ. Perrault, and ſome of the modern naturaliſts
after him, maintained, That there is not properly any
new generation, that God created all things at firſt,
and that what is by us called generation, is no more
than an augmentation and expanſion of the minute
parts of the body of the feed ; ſo that the whole fpe-
cies, which are afterwards produced, were, in reality,
all formed at the firſt, and incloſed therein, to be
brought forth and expoſed to view in time, and ac-
cording to a certain order and economy.
And accordingly Dr. Garden fays, It is moſt proba-
ble, that the ſtamina of all the plants and animals
that have been formed, ab origine mundi, by the Al-
mighty Creator, within the firſt of each reſpective
kind; and he who conſiders the nature of viſion, that
it does not give us the true magnitude, but only
the proportion of things; and that which ſeems to
our naked eye but a point, may truly be made up
by as many parts as ſeem to be in the whole univerſe,
will not think this an abſurd or impoſſible thing,
Dr. Blair, treating of the generation of plants, ſays,
That when Almighty God created the world, he fo or-
dered and diſpoſed of the materies mundi, that every
thing produced from it ſhould continue ſo long as the
world ſhould ſtand. Not that the ſame individual
ipecies ſhould always remain ; for they were, in
proceſs of time, to periſh, decay, and return to the
earth, from whence they came, but that like
ſhould produce its like, every ſpecies ſhould produce
its own kind, to prevent a final deſtruction of the
ſpecies, or the neceſſity of a new creation, in order
to continue the ſame ſpecies upon earth, or in the
world.
For which end he laid down certain regulations, by
which each ſpecies was to be propagated, preſerved,
and ſupported, till, in order, or courſe of time, they
were to be removed hence; for, without that, thoſe
very beings, which were created at firſt, muſt have
continued till the final diffolution of all things,
which Almighty God of his infinite wiſdom did not
think fit.
But, that he might ſtill the more manifeft his omni-
potence, he fet all the engines of his providence to
work, by which one effect was to produce another by
the means of certain laws, or rules laid down for the
propagation, maintenance, and ſupport of all created
beings; this his divine providence is called nature,
and theſe regulations are called the laws, or rules of
nature, by which it ever operates in its ordinary
courſe, and whatever exceeds from that is ſaid to
be preternatural, miraculous, or monſtrous.
Moſes, in his account of the creation, tells us, that
plants have their feeds in themſelves, in theſe words :
And God ſaid, Let the earth bring forth graſs, the
herb yielding feed, and the fruit-tree yielding fruit
,
after his kind, whoſe feed is in itſelf upon the earth.
The antients, indeed, diſtinguiſhed the generation
of animals into two kinds, i. e. into regular, called
univocal; and anamolous, called alſo equivocal, or
fpontaneous.
The firſt was effected by parent animals of the ſame
kind, as that of men, birds, beaſts, &c. The ſecond
they ſuppoſed to be effected by corruption, the ſun,
&c. as that of inſects, frogs, &c. but this latter is now
generally exploded.
Many, indeed, have eſſayed to treat of the generation
of animals, but few have been able to give that fa-
tisfactory account of it that were to be wiſhed for, and
far fewer yet have been able to treat of the generation
of plants as it ought to be; for that which ſtill kept
them in the dark, was,
Firſt, That though there were two different ſexes in
animals, by whoſe mutual aſſiſtance the ſpecies was
propagated, yet there was no ſuch thing then known
in plants.
Secondly, That though it can now be made appear,
that every animal is produced by univocal generation,
i. e. from an egg, and not by corruption, &c. as moſt
of the antients imagined the infects were; yet there
are ſtill thoſe who maintain, that thoſe which they call
imperfect plants, are the product of a certain rotten-
neſs in the earth.
The generation of plants bears a cloſe analogy to
that of ſome animals, eſpecially ſuch as want local
motion, as muſcles, and other immoveable ſhell-fth,
which are hermaphrodite, and contain both the male
and female
organs
of
generation.
The flower of a plant is found to be the pudendum,
or principal organ of generation ; but the uſe of ſo
much mechaniſm, and ſo many parts, has been but
little known till of late years.
The flower of a Lily conſiſts of fix petala, or flower-
leaves, from the bottom of which, in the middle, ariſes
a kind of tube, called by Tournefort, the piſtillum,
and by Dr. Linnæus the ſtyle ; this reſts upon the
germen, which is the female organ of generation ;
round this are placed pretty fine threads, called the
ftamina, or filaments, theſe ſtamina ariſe likewiſe
from the bottom of the flower, and terminate at the
top in little fummits, called by ſome apices, which
are replete with a fine duít, called farina; theſe are
the male organs of plants.
This is the general ſtructure of the flowers of plants,
although they are infinite ways diverſified, and to ſuch
a degree, that ſome have no ſenſible piſtil, and others
want the ſtarina; others again have the ſtamina, but
want the apices, and ſome plants exceed all others in
this, that they have no viſible flowers; but if it be al-
lowed, that this before-mentioned is the moſt common
ſtructure of flowers, it will follow, that theſe parts
that ſeem wanting are uſually only leſs apparent, or
are ſituated in different plants, or in different parts of
the ſame plant.
The fruit is uſually at the baſe of the piſtillum, fo
that when the piſtillum falls with the reſt of the flower
,
the fruit appears in the ſtead of it; but oftentimes
the piſtillum is the fruit itſelf, but ſtill they have both
the ſame ſituation in the center of the flower, and the
petala, or flower-leaves, which are diſpoſed around
the little embryo, ſeem to be deſigned only to prepare
a fine juice in the little veſſels, for the ſupport of it
during the little time that they laſt, and it requires;
but ſome ſuppoſe the chief uſe of them to be to defend
the piſtillum, &c.
The apices of the ſtamina are ſmall capſulæ, or bags,
full of a farina, or duſt, which falls out when the cap-
ſula grows ripe, and burſts.
Monſ. Tournefort ſuppoſed this duſt to be only an
excrement of the food of the fruit, and the ſtamina
to be nothing but excretory ducts, which filtrated this
uſeleſs matter, and thus diſcharged the embryo; but
Mr. Morland, Mr. Geoffroy, and others, find nobler
uſes for this duft; on their principle the ſtamina, with
the apices and farina, make the male part of the
plant, and the piſtil, the female.
Mr. Morland ſays, It hath been long ago obſerved,
that there is in every particular feed a ſeminal plant
conveniently lodged between the two lobes, which
conſtitute the bulk of the ſeed, and are deſigned for
the firſt nouriſhment of the tender plant.
But the admirable Dr. Grew, to whoſe generous in-
duftry, and happy fagacity, we are indebted for the
beft improvements of this part of knowledge, is the
only author I can find, who hath obſerved that the
farina, or fine powder, which is, at its proper ſeaſon,
ſhed out of thoſe thecæ, or apices feminiformes [i.e.
ſeed-forming caſes) which grow at the top of the
ſtamina, doth ſome way perform the office of male
ſperm. But herein, I think, he falls ſhort, in that he
ſuppoſes them only to drop upon the outſide the úte-
rus, or vaſculum ſeminale, and to impregnate the in-
cluded feed by ſome ſpirituous emanations, or energe-
tical impreſs.
3
I
That

G EN
G EN
3
That which is now ſubjected to the diſquiſitions and
cenfure of ſuch whoſe exquiſite ſkill conſtitutes
them judges of ſuch performances, is, Whether it may
not be more proper to ſuppoſe, that the ſeeds which
are lodged in the proper involucra, are at the firſt un-
impregnated ova (or eggs) as of animals; that this
farina is a congeries of feminal plants, one of which
muſt be conveyed into every ovum before it can be-
come prolific; that the ſtylus, in Mr. Ray's language,
or the upper part of the piſtillum, in Mr. Tourne-
fort's, is a tube deſigned to convey theſe feminal plants
into their nefts in the ova; that there is ſo vaſt a a pro-
viſion made, becauſe of the odds there are, whether
one, of ſo many, ſhall ever find its way into, and
through ſo narrow a conveyance.
To make this ſuppoſition the more credible, I ſhall
lay down the obſervations I have made upon the ſitu-
ation of theſe ſtamina, and the ſtylus, in ſome few ſpe-
cies of plants.
Firſt, In the Corona Imperialis, where the uterus, or
vaſculum feminale of the plant ſtands upon the center
of the flower; and from the top of this ariſeth the
ſtylus, the vaſculum ſeminale and ftylus together re-
preſenting a piſtillum.
Round this are placed fix ftamina ; upon the ends
of each of theſe are apices, fo artfully fixed, that they
turn every way with the leaſt wind, being in height
almoſt equal to the ſtyles about which they play,
and which in this plant is manifeſtly open at the
top, as it is hollow all the way; to which we muſt
add, that upon the top of the ſtylus there is a fort
of tuft, conſiſting of pinguid villi, which I imagined
to be placed there to catch and detain the farina, as
it fies out of the thecæ ; from hence, I ſuppoſe, the
wind ſhakes it down the tube, till it reach the vaſcu-
lum feminale.
In the Caprifolium, or Honeyſuckle, there riſes a ſty-
lus from the rudiments of a berry, into which it is in-
ſerted to the top of the monopetalous flower; from
the middle of which flower are ſent forth ſeveral ſta-
mina, that ſhed their farina out of the caſes upon
the orifice of the ſtylus, which, in this plant, is
villous or tufted, upon the ſame account as in the
former.
In Allium, or common Garlic, there ariſes a tricoc-
cous uterus, or feed-vefſel ; in the center of which is
inſerted a ſhort ſtylus, not ſo high as the apices, which
thus over-topping it, have the opportunity of ſhed-
ding their globules into an orifice more eaſily; for
which reaſon, I can diſcern no tuft upon this (as in
the former) to inſure their entrance, that being pro-
vided for by its ſituation juſt under them.
The reader, I hope, will excuſe me, if I preſent him
now with ſome ſuch reaſonings or reflections as the
foregoing account doth ſuggeſt, and will ſupport;
and I cannot but hope to perſuade thoſe that are
candid, th-t I have aſſigned to the ſeveral parts of the
flowers I have mentioned, their true and real uſe.
For nothing can be more natural than to conclude,
that where a fine powder is curiouſly prepared, care-
fully repoſited, and ſhed abroad at a peculiar ſeaſon,
where there is a tube ſo placed as to be fit to receive
it, and ſuch care in diſpoſing this tube, where it doth
not lie directly under the caſes that ſhed the powder,
it hath a particular apparatus at the end, to inſure its
entrance.
Nothing can be more genuinely deduced from any
premiſes, than it may from this, that this powder,
or ſome of it, was deſigned to enter this tube. If theſe
ſtamina had been only excretory ducts, as has been hi-
therto ſuppoſed, to ſeparate the groſſer parts, and leave
the juice deſigned for the nouriſhment of the ſeed
more reſerved, what need was there to lodge theſe ex-
crements in ſuch curious repoſitories? They would
have been conveyed any where, rather than where
there was ſo much danger of their dropping into the
feed-vefſel again, as there is here.
Again: the tube, over the mouth of which they are
thed, and into which they enter, leads always directly
into the feed-veffel.
To which we muſt add, that the tube always begins
to die when theſe thecæ are emptied of their contents
if they laſt any longer, it is only whilſt the globules,
which enter at their orifice, may be ſuppoſed to have
finiſhed their paſſage. Now, can we well expect a more
convincing proof of theſe tubes being deſigned to con-
vey theſe globules, than that they wither when there
are not more globules to convey.
If I could now ſhew, that the ova, or unimpregnat-
ed feeds, are ever to be obſerved without this ſeminal
plant, the proof would ariſe to a demonſtration ; but
having not been ſo happy as to obſerve this, I Thall
content myſelf at preſent with ſuggeſting, that hence
one would conclude, that the petala of the flower were
rather deſigned to ſever ſuperfluous juices from what
was left to aſcend in the ſtamina, than the ftamina to
perform this office, either for them, or the unimpreg-
nated femina, and obſerve the analogy between ani-
mal and vegetable generation, as far as was neceſſary
there ſhould be an agreement between them. I ſhall
recommend the enquiry to thoſe gentlemen who are
maſters of the beſt microſcopes, and addreſs in uſing
them; though, in the mean time, I have made fome
ſteps toward a proof of this fort, and have met with
fome ſuch hints, as make me not deſpair of being able,
in a ſhort time, to give the world even this fatisfaction.
For, not to infift upon this, that the ſeminal plant
always lies in that part of the ſeed which is always
neareſt to the inſertion of this ſtylus, or ſome propa-
gation of it into the ſeed-veſſels, I have diſcovered in
Beans, Peas, and Kidney-beans, juſt under one end of
that we call the eye, a manifeſt perforation, (diſcernible
by the groſſer ſort of magnifying glaſſes) which leads
directly to the ſeminal plant, and at which I ſuppoſe
the ſeminal plant did enter; and, I am apt to think,
the Beans or Peas that do not thrive well, may be
found deftitute of it.
But I muſt now proceed to deſcribe fome other
plants, whereby it will appear, that there is a parti-
cular care always exerciſed to convey this powder, ſo
often mentioned, into a tube, which may convey it
to the ova.
Now, in leguminous plants, if we carefully take off
the perala of the flower, we ſhall diſcover the pod, or
filiqua, cloſely covered with an involving membrane,
which, about the top, ſeparates into nine ftamina,
each fraught with its quantity of farina; and theſe
ftamina cloſely adhere to the ſtyle, which is obſerva
able at the end of that tube, which here alſo leads di-
rectly to the pod; it ſtands not upright, indeed, but
ſo bent, as to make near a right angle with it.
In Roſes there ſtands a column, conſiſting of many
tubes cloſely clung together, though eaſily ſeparable,
each leading to their particular cell, the ſtamina in a
great number placed all round about.
In Tithymalus, or Spurge, there riſes a tricoccous
veſſel, that, whilft it is ſmall, and not eaſily diſcernible,
lies at the bottom till it is impregnated, but af-
terwards grows up, and ſtands fo high upon a tall
pedicle of its own, as would tempt one to think, that
there were to be no communication betwixt this and
the apices.
In the Strawberries and Raſpberries, the hairs which
grow upon the ripe fruit (which, I ſuppoſe, may be
ſurpriſing to fome) are ſo many tubes leading each to
their particular ſeed; and therefore we may obſerve,
that in the firſt opening of the flower there ſtands a
ring of ſtamina, within the petala, and the whole in-
ward area appears like a little wood of theſe hairs or
pulp, which, when they have received and conveyed
their globules, the feeds fwell, and riſe in a carneous
pulp. Thus far Mr. Morland.
We may obſerve a veſſel at the bottom of the piſtil
of the Lily, which veſſel we may call the uterus, or
womb, in which are three ovaries filled with little
eggs, or rudiments of ſeed found in the ovaria,
which always decay, and come to nothing, unleſs im-
pregnated with the farina of the ſame plant, or ſome
other of the ſame kind; the ſtamina alſo ſerve for the
conveyance of the male feed of the plant to be per-
fected
a
a
52

G EN
G EN
و
fected in the apices, which, when ripe, burſt forth in
little particles like duft; ſome of them fall into the
orifice of the piſtil, and are either conveyed thence
into the utricie, to fecundify the female ova, or
lodged in the piſtil, where, by their magnetic virtue,
they draw the nouriſhment from the other parts of
the plant into the embryos of the fruit, making them
ſwell, grow, &c.
In flowers that turn down, as the Cyclamen, and the
Imperial Crown, the piſtil is much longer than the
ſtamina, that their duft may fall from their apices in
fufficient quantities on the piſtil, for the buſineſs of
impregnation.
Mr. Geoffroy aſſurés us, That in all the obſervations
he had made, the cutting off the piſtil before it
could be impregnated by the farina, actually ren-
dered the plant barren for the ſeaſon, and the fruit
abortive.
In many kinds of plants, as the Oak, Pine, Willow,
&c. the flowers, Mr. Geoffroy obſerves, have their
ſtamina and apices, whoſe farina may eaſily im-
pregnate the rudiments of the fruit, which are not
far off.
Indeed there is ſome difficulty in reconciling this
fyſtem with a certain fpecies of plants, which bear
flowers without fruit ; and another ſpecies of the
ſame kind and denomination, which bear fruit with-
out flowers; ſuch are the Palm, Hemp, Hop, Pop-
lar, &c. which are hence diſtinguiſhed into male
and female ; for how ſhould the farina of the male
here, come to impregnate the ova of the female?
This difficulty Mr. Geoffroy folves, by fuppofing the
wind to be the vehicle that conveys the male duſt to
the female uterus, which is confirmed by an inſtance
of Jovianus Potanus, of a ſingle female Palm-tree
growing in a foreſt, which never bore fruit, till,
having riſen above the other trees of the foreſt,
and being then in a condition to receive the farina of
the male by the wind, it began to bear fruit in abun-
dance.
As to the manner wherein the farina fecundifies, Mr.
Geoffroy advances two opinions :
Firſt, That the farina being always found of a ful-
phureous compoſition, and full of ſubtil and pene-
trating parts (as appears from its ſprightly odour)
which, falling on the piſtils of the flowers, there re-
folves, and the fubtileft parts of it, penetrating the
ſubſtance of the piſtil, excite a fermentation, which
putting the latent juices of the young fruit in mo-
tion, occaſions the parts to unfold the young plant
that is incloſed in the embryo of the feed.
In this hypotheſis, the plant in miniature is fup-
poſed to be contained in the ſeed, and to want only
a proper juice to unfold its parts, and to make them
grow.
The ſecond opinion is, That the farina of the male
plant is the firſt germ or femen of the new plant, and
Itands in need of nothing to enable it to grow or un-
fold, but a ſuitable nidus with the juice it finds
pre-
pared in the embryo of the feed or ovary.
It may be obſerved, that theſe two theories of vege-
table generation bear a ſtrict analogy to thoſe two
of animal generation, viz. either that the young ani-
mal is in the ſemen maſculinum, and only ſtands
in need of the juice of the matrix to cheriſh and
bring it forth; or that the female ovum contains the
animal, and requires only the male feed to excite a
fermentation.
Mr. Geoffroy rather makes the proper ſeed to be in
the farina, inaſinuch as the beſt microſcopes do not
diſcover the leaſt appearance of any bud in the little
embryos of the grains, when they are examined, be-
fore the apices have ſhed their duft.
In leguminous plants, if the petala and ſtamina be
removed, and the piſtil, or that part which becomes
the pod, be viewed with the microſcope before the
flower be open, thoſe little green tranſparent veſiculæ,
which are to become grains, will appear in their na-
tural order, yet ſtill fhewing nothing elſe but the mere
coat, or ſkin of the grain.
If you continue to obſerve the flowers as they ad-
vance for ſeveral days ſucceſſively, you will find them
to ſwell, and, by degrees, to become replete with a
limpid liquor ; in which, when the farina comes to
be ihed, and the leaves of the flower to fall, there may
be obſerved a little greeniſh ſpeck, or globule, float-
ing about at large.
There is not at firſt any appearance of an organiza-
tion in this little body; but in time, as it grows,
you may begin to diſtinguiſh two little leaves like two
ſmall horns; as the little body grows, the liquor di-
miniſhes inſenſibly, till at length the grain becomes
quite opake ; and upon opening it, the cavity will be
found filled with a young plant in miniature, confift-
ing of a little germ, or plantula, a little root, and
the lobes of the Bean, or Pea.
The manner wherein this germ of the apex enters the
veficula of the grain, is not very difficult to deter-
mine : for, beſides that the cavity of the piſtil reaches
from the top to the embryos of the grains, or thoſe
veſiculæ, have a little aperture correſponding to the
extremity of the cavity of the piſtil, ſo that the ſmall
duft, or farina, may eaſily fall, or find an eaſy paf-
ſage in the aperture in the mouth of the veſſels, which
is the embryo of the grain.
The aperture, or cicatricula, is much the ſame in
both grains, and it is eaſily obſerved in Peas, Beans,
&c. without a microſcope.
Dr. Patrick Blair, treating of the generation of
plants, ſays, That a vegetative life is common to
them, as well as animals; and that the propagation
or production of the ſpecies is the effect of the vege-
tative, not the ſenſitive life in animals, as well as in
plants; and that if there be a neceſſity of the con-
currence of two different fexes in animals, at the be-
ginning or generating of the ſpecies, the fame ne-
ceffity muſt be in plants too; for as a cow, a mare,
a hen, a fhe-reptile, an inſect, &c. cannot produce
an animal without the inale, no more can it be fup-
poſed, that a plant can produce fertile feed without
the concurrence of the male plant, or the male parts
of the plant.
Mr. Ray ſays, That he will not deny, that both trees
and herbs may produce fruit, and even come to ma-
turity, without the male ſeed being ſprinkled upon
them. For though moſt birds do not lay eggs with-
.
out congreſs of the male, yet the hen often does it
without copulating with the cock, but then theſe
eggs are barren and wind eggs; juit ſo, though a fe-
male plant may produce ſeed of itſelf, yet that feed is
never fertile. For, ,
Firſt, As the work of generation in animals does not
proceed from their animal or ſenſitive life but from
their vegitative, which being the ſame as in plants,
that operation muſt be performed after the fame
manner in both; therefore, as there is a neceſſity
of two different ſexes in animals, it muſt be fo too
in plants.
Secondly, As paffive feminal matter in female ani-
mals cannot be productive or fertile of itſelf, without
being impregnated, animated, or its particles fet in
motion and dilated by the active principles of the
male feminal matter; neither can the female feed
in plants be rendered fertile, until it be impregnated
by the farina fæcundans from the male parts of the
plants.
As to the flowers of plants, if they were not affift-
ing to, or if there were not ſome extraordinary uſe
from them in the perfection of the feed, they would
not be ſo often obſerved upon plants as they are. But
ſince there is no fruit or feed without a previous flower;
and ſince where the one is obvious the other is con-
ſpicuous, and ſince one is ſcarce to be obſerved with
the naked eye, neither is the other; this implies a re-
lation between them, that the one of them is not to
be expected without the other.
It is true, there may be flowers upon a plant, where
the fruit is ſeldom ſeen, eſpecially in theſe northern
climates; ſuch as the Pervinca, the Nymphæa alba
minima, and ſeveral others; where the plant exhauſts
the
.
a

G EN
GEN.
و
5
;
the nutritious juice, in puſhing forth tendrils or
creeping roots, which ſo weaken the plants, as not to
be able to bring the fruit to perfection; but there is
no fruit or feed to be ſeen, unleſs a flower has been
fent as a meſſenger before it, to give notice of its
approach ; though it is not always upon the ſame
plant, yet it is ſtill upon ſome other plant of the ſame
ſpecies; for the flowers are to be ſeen upon diſtinct
nd
plants, different branches, or different parts of the
branch from the fruit, in the Abies, Corylus, Nux
Juglans, &c. the Mercurialis, Spinachia, &c.
But the fruit never appears, or never begins to in-
creaſe upon theſe plants, till the flower is ſpent and
gone; therefore they muſt ſerve for another uſe, than
to be merely ornamental; for if that were their prin-
cipal uſe, they would be always conſpicuous, which
they are not for the moſt part in apetalous flowers;
and they would always be to be ſeen, and never be
hid; which is not ſo in the Aſarum, Hydrocotyle,
&c. where, though the flower is large enough pro-
portion to the fruit, yet it is not to be ſeen, unleſs
the leaf be turned up and both flower and fruit be
narrowly ſearched for.
The Frumenta and Gramina have their ſtamineous
flowers; yet in ſome of them the flower is ſeldom to
be ſeen, unleſs the ſpike be ſhaken; and then the
apices will appear.
The Polypodium, and other capillary plants, have
regular flowers, which precede the minute capſule or
ſeed-veſſels, but neither of them are conſpicuous with-
out a microſcope.
From theſe inſtances it appears, that the flowers are
not conſtantly a guard to preſerve the tender em-
bryos from the injuries of the air, for then the flowers
muſt always have been upon the ſame pedicle with
the fruit.
Therefore, ſince the appearance of the flower is the
firſt ſtep towards the production of the feed, whether
both be upon the ſame pedicle or not, it neceſſarily
follows, that the one muſt contribute towards the
bringing of the other to perfection.
The antients taking notice, that ſeveral plants did
produce flowers and had no feeds, and that other
plants of the ſame ſpecies, and ſown from the ſame
feed, did produce the ſeed without a previous flower,
they were ready to call the one male, and the other
female, without any notion that the one was aſſiſting
to the other; for they looked upon ſuch flowers to
be only barren ; and therefore they called thoſe which
had flowers female, and thoſe that produced the
fruits, male plants. Thus Mercurialis is called Spi-
cata Fomina, and Tefticulata Mas. That which
produces the fruit muſt needs be the female, as the
female animal brings forth the fætus; therefore the
tefticulata muft needs be the female, and the ſpicata
the male.
Wherever the plants are annual, theſe with the
flowers, and ſuch as have the feed, are always near to
each other ; but where the root is perennial, and where
the plant is more frequently propagated by the root
than the ſeed, the caſe alters; for there being no need
of the ſeed to propagate the plant, there is the leſs
need of the flower to be nearer to the plant which
produces the feed.
So the Spinachia and the Lupulus are frequently feen
to grow, to produce the feed, and the other the ſqua-
mous fruit; when the plants which produce the male
fowers of the one or the other, are at fome diſtance.
And this is ſo far from being an objection againſt the
neceſſity of two ſexes in plants as well as in animals,
that it is an argument to confirm it; for it ſhews the
wonderful contrivances in order to preſerve the fpe-
cies, when the ordinary means of propagating it by
the feed cannot be ſo conveniently attained.
Theſe, and more that might be produced, being
evident proofs of two ſexes in plants, as well as in ani-
mals, we ſhall in the next place, give ſome experi-
ments to confirm this in a negative way, as have been
already done in a poſitive.
When plants have been deprived of their male flowers,
or male parts in the flower, they either produced
no feed at all, or if they did, they became abortive,
dried up, or dwindled away, or though the ſeeds did
,
come to perfection, they were barren, or did not
produce
Experiment 1. Mr. Geoffroy having cut off all the
ſtamineous tufts of male flowers from the top of the
ſtalk in the Maiz or Turky-wheat, as ſoon as they ap-
peared, and before the ſpike loaded with the em-
bryos of the femen had put forth from the alæ of the
leaves, ſeveral of theſe embryos decayed and dried
up after they were pretty big; but fome grains upon
their pedicles all along the ſpike ſwelled conſiderably,
and ſeemed to be full of the bud, and were conſe-
quently fertile, while all the others miſcarried, and
there was not one ſpike where the whole ſeeds did not
ripen to the full.
This experiment is a fufficient proof of the uſe of
the male flowers of this plant; for whatſoever that is
which flows from the racemi of theſe flowers, it ſeems
it muſt be conducive not only for the impregnation of
the feed, but alſo for the growth and impregnation of
the fruit.
At preſent we ſhall ſhew, that what nouriſhment is
uſually furniſhed by the pedicle to the embryos, does
not appear to be capable to dilate or expand itſelf, or
contribute to the continual ſupply of nutritious par-
ticles, unleſs the embryos were animated or enlivened
by the ſpirit which ſhould have flowed from the male
flowers; ſo that they were ſo debilitated and weaken-
ed, in aſcending from the body of the plant towards
the embryos, before they could arrive at them, that
they which otherwiſe might have ſerved for the aug-
mentation and increaſe of all the embryos upon the
ſpike, could not now do any thing more than con-
tribute to the ripening of a few. And although Mr.
Geoffroy might have imagined, that theſe few ſeeds
which came to perfection were fertile alſo, becauſe
they were full of germs, yet he could not be ſure of
that, unleſs he had fown the ſame ſeeds next ſeaſon,
and tried whether they would chit or not.
Gardeners who buy Onion and Leek-feed brought
from Straſburgh, commonly try the following expe-
riment: they put a few of the ſeeds into a pot of wa-
ter mixed with earth, and if they find they begin to
ſpring, or ſend forth the ſeminal leaf or fibre of the
root, after a few days, they judge of the product of
it; and notwithſtanding all the feeds without this
trial may ſeem to be productive, being equally firm,
hard, and ſolid, perhaps not more than one third of
them will prove fertile.
And this barrenneſs may proceed, either becauſe they
had never been impregnated by the male parts of the
flower, or that they had been too much expoſed to
the air; being ſome time or other too much moiſt-
ened, and not afterwards been carefully dried, or have
been kept too long, by which neglect they loſe their
fpirit or life.
Now, if the fulneſs, folidity and firmneſs of a feed is
not a ſure ſign of its fertility, then Mr. Geoffroy
might have been miſtaken in his opinion of the ferti-
lity of theſe feeds in the Maiz, fince he did not make
any trial of it, by committing it to the ground.
In like manner, as to his ſecond experiment of the
Mercurialis Dioſcoridis, where he raiſed ſome plants
which had the fruit, and others which had the fta-
mineous flowers, and removed the floriferous plants
before the flowers were blown, every one of the ſeeds
upon the fructiferous plants, except five or fix, mil-
carried, which ſeeds were fo full, that he was per-
fuaded they were capable of producing new plants,
and the like was found by Camerarius in the Cannabis.
Yet inaſmuch as neither of them tried the experi-
ment, by fowing the ſame feed the ſecond year, they
could not be ſure but that they might have failed in
their expectation.
Mr. Bobart, overſeer of the phyſic-garden at Oxford,
many years ſince, which was before the doctrine of
the different ſexes of plants was well underſtood, being
herbarizing, found a plant of the Lychnis fylveſtris
fimplex,
a
a
و

G EN
GEN
fimplex, no apices; and taking notice that this was not
only in one, but in all the flowers upon the fame plant,
he imagined it might be a new ſpecies; and therefore
marked the plant, and took care to have it preſerved
till the ſeeds were ripe; and then, they being full,
hard, and firm, and to outward appearance full of
germ, he fowed them in a proper place in the garden
the next ſeaſon, but not a plant ſprung up from them.
,
Theſe and other inſtances, fet the opinion of the dif-
ferent ſexes of plants upon another footing than has
been received by moſt of our modern authors; for it
imports, that it is not the nouriſhment of the groſs
fubftance of the feed itſelf which is hereby meant, nor
the increaſe of the ſeed-veffel, which is thereby de-
figned; for (as is already obſerved) a hen can lay an
egg, without having before had congreſs with a cock;
and this, when newly laid, ſhall be of the fame big-
nefs, colour, taſte, and ſmell, with another egg which
has been cocked (as they call it;) i. e. which has been
fecundated by the maſculine feminal materies: but
the difference will appear, when both are put under
the hen, in order to be hatched; for the one ihall pul-
lulate or chit, and the other ſhall become fetid and
rot.
be
3
The caſe is juſt the ſame with the feed of a plant, it
may be augmented and increaſed in its bulk; it may
become firm, hard, and folid, and have all the tokens
of a perfect ripeneſs; the feed-veſſels may be enlarged,
and the pulp or parenchyma of the fruit may aug-
mented; and yet the particles of the ſeed may remain
crude, indigeſted, and incapable to be explicated and
dilated, or ſet in a ſuitable motion, whereby to pro-
trude the fibrilla of the root at one end, and the fe-
minal leaves at the other; except it has before re-
ceived ſome extraneous matter, or ſome active particles
from the male parts of the flower, or from the male
flower itſelf.
In order to confirm the neceſſity of two ſexes of plants,
as well as in animals, this familiar conſideration may
be added: that the fertility or barrenneſs of any tree,
in the more or leſs fruitful ſeaſons, may be known to
ignorant or leſs curious perſons, by the quantity of
the flowers which appear in the ſpring time; and that
not only in trees alone, where the flower and fruit are
upon one and the ſame foot-ſtalk, but alſo in ſuch
trees, where the flowers are upon diſtinct trees, or fe-
parate places upon the ſame tree; for it is eaſy to
determine by the catkins or iuli upon the Walnut,
Filbert, or Hazle-trees, whether ſuch or ſuch trees
will be fertile or barren for the enſuing ſeaſon, before
any of the embryos begin to break, be puſhed forth,
or appear.
Having already treated of the male and female parts
of flowers, we ſhall next conſider their uſe.
Flowers, in this reſpect, may aptly be divided into
that of male flowers, which (as has been before ob-
ſerved) were formerly reputed barren ; and the plants
which produce them were alſo called female plants,
becauſe thoſe perſons not having any notion of dif-
ferent ſexes in plants, they were called female, upon
account of their weakneſs; or if they had any thought
of ſexes in them, it was only illuſive.
The ancients were ignorant of thoſe which are now-
a-days called hermaphrodite flowers, and they, not
having a true notion of ſexes of plants, could not ima-
gine that the parts of both ſexes ſhould be in one
flower, upon one and the ſame foot-ſtalk.
And although hermaphrodite animals bear the leaſt
proportion in the animal kingdom, yet hermaphro-
dites have the greateſt ſhare in the vegetable, though
they are not ſo numerous as they have been ſuppoſed
to be; for upon a ſtrict examination it will be found,
that a great many more plants have diſtinct male and
female flowers, than was formerly believed.
The neceſſity of different ſexes in plants having been
demonſtrated, and that the female ſeed, though it
fhould ripen to the full, cannot be fertile, except it
be impregnated by what it receives from the male
parts of flowers, we ſhall next explain the organs of
generation in both ſexes.
In the animal economy, there are, beſides thoſe
vefſels that are deſtinated for nutrition, and the ſecre-
tion of the ſeveral juices in the body, ſpermatic veffels,
which conſiſt of præparantia, deferentia, and conti-
nentia femen. The præparantia in males, are the
blood veſſels and the teſtes; the one conveys the
blood, and the other ſeparates the femen from blood,
and elaborates it.
So likewiſe in plants there are veſſels that receive the
nutritious particles from the earth, and convey it to
the extremity of the plant; fome of which tend di-
rectly to the leaf, and others to the flowers.
Thoſe which go to the foot-ſtalk of the flower may
not improperly be called fpermatic-veſſels, for it is
from them that the ſeminal particles in male, female,
and hermaphrodite flowers are ſeparated; therefore
the foot-ſtalks of the hermaphrodite flowers are pro-
portionably larger than thoſe either of the male or fe-
male; they have a double office, and contribute ſuc-
cellively to both.
In thoſe where the calyx becomes the fruit, the
greateſt fupply is furniſhed to it firſt, and diſtributed
in its cortical parts, as is viſible in the Roſe; in which
the foot-ſtalk is ſo far enlarged at firſt, as to be of an
equal bigneſs with the bud.
After the calyx is thus formed, the next diſtribution
is to the inner or centrical part of the flower, which
Dr. Grew calls attire, and where the piſtillum becomes
the fruit; the piſtillum and ſtylus are formed at the
fame time with the ſtamina and apices.
The ſtylus at the very firſt acquires both its due length
and bigneſs; for the nutritious particles aſcending in
the center never ſtop till the ftylus is ſtretched out to
its full length; and in ſuch as are furnished with a
peculiar apex, that is formed firſt; the neck of the
ſtylus, or that part next to it, is the biggeſt; from
thence it gradually decreaſes in its grofineſs, till it
comes to the piſtillum. This is eaſily perceived by
thoſe who will take the pains to open the bud of a
Lily, Tulip, &c. before they are half blown.
The ftamen is furniſhed next with an extraordinary
fupply of the nutritious particles before the flower is
blown; theſe, whether fewer or more, are at firſt
brought to their proportional largenels, being round
and juicy.
The apex is the third which receives this extraordinary
ſupply of the nouriſhment, for after that the ſtylus
is formed, that it may lean to it after the vefrels of
the ftamen and ſummit are extended to their full
length, and ſo formed, that they can convey ſuch an
extraordinary quantity of particles as may fill up
the
capacity of the apex, it is then more enlarged than
ever after; for if the flower of a Lily be opened be-
fore it be blown, the apex will be found to be full as
long as the ſtamen; for as the one half of the
apex
covers the ftamen, fixed to its center, ſo the other
half of it is fo far extended above the framen, as the
ftamen remained uncovered below it, towards the pe-
dicle or foot-ſtalk.
The fourth part of a flower is the petala, which re-
ceives this extraordinary ſupply of nouriſhment be-
fore the blowing; theſe upon the reverſe, are firſt en-
larged towards the pedicle, and are afterwards ex-
tended and ſtretched forth in proportion to the en-
largement of the attire ; at firſt they are all groffer,
and more ſucculent towards the origin, and gradually
become thinner and broader. The ſtamina of mono-
petalous flowers do, for the moſt part, ariſe partly
from the petalon itſelf, and partly from the calyx;
eſpecially if the ſtamina correſpond in number to the
petala, as in the Hexapetalæ, or Polypetale Liliacea
of Tournefort, where every ſtamen ariſes oppoſite to
the middle of the petalon.
This obſervation (how and when this more than or-
dinary ſupply of nouriſhment is carried to the flowers)
eaſily demonſtrates wherein the analogy of the organs
of generation in plants and animals confifts.
In animals, the ſeminal matter is received by proper
veſſels from the fame blood from whence the other
fecretions, fit for the preſervation of the animal ceco-
a
5
nomy

GEN
G EN
a
3
a
nomy proceed; ſo that the blood in animals being
the ſame with the ſap in plants, and both being con-
veyed after the ſame manner throughout the ſeveral
bodies, it neceſſarily follows, that the one as well as
the other, muſt have proper veſſels for fecretion of
the ſeminal matter.
Let it then be conſidered, that the fap or nutritious
juice aſcends in common to the pedicle of the flower,
as the blood flows by the aorta deſcendens; and that
at the calyx or bottom of the flower, ſome ſhare goes
to one part of it, and ſome to another; as the aorta
ſends one branch to the fpermatic veffels, and the re-
mainder of it goes to perform the other functions ;
and as a part of the fap is ſeparated by the pedicle of
the flower, when the remainder is diſtributed through-
out the remaining parts of the plant, ſo the arteria
præparans goes directly to the teftes in the males, and
ovarium in the female: and in flowers fome veffels
tend directly to the calyx (if it becomes the fruit) or
to the perianthium (if there be any,) fome to the pe-
tala, fome to the ſtamina, fome to the piſtillum or
uterus, as it is called by Malpighius.
Theſe things being ſeriouſly reflected on, we muſt of
neceſſity conclude,
1. That the ſame due care is taken to elaborate and
prepare the more fubtile and impenetrable particles of
the nutritious juice in plants, as of the blood in
animals.
2. This ſubſtance ſo prepared, as it muſt be deſigned
for ſome extraordinary uſe, ſo this uſe can be no other
than that of being the means of fecundating the fe-
male in plants, as the other is of the feminine
oval in animals.
If any one ſhall take a flower full blown, and pull
one of the ſtamina from the pedicle, he will find a
rough viſcid liquor, like to the ſperma, which remains
here till its moſt fubtle parts have aſcended the ſta-
men, or perhaps the more groſs particles might have
remained there, after the moſt fubtile had aſcended,
before the flower was blown; this is as plain and de-
monftrable as can be in the Lilies, particularly in the
Orange Lily, and moſt of the Martagon Lilies, there
is a contrivance more obvious.
This viſcid liquor aſcending by parallel ducts to the
apex, there this fubtile matter is retained till it is
farther elaborated by the evaporations of the more
humid and aqueous particles, by the heat of the ſun;
and then it becomes a moſt ſubtile, fine, impalpable
duft, which is then ſaid to be ripe, and is called the
farina.
Dr. Blair, after having given the ſentiments of ſeven
different authors upon the ſubject, proceeds to give
his own, without ſubſcribing to the ſentiment of either
the one or the other; and endeavours by a ſtrict ex-
amination of the flowers themſelves, to find out which
of theſe two opinions, ſo diametrically oppoſite to each
other, are moſt agreeable to fact.
But before he begins, he lays down this general
maxim, which he takes for granted, that nature is
uniform in all her operations, and never recedes from
thoſe rules laid down by the wife Diſpoſer of all things
at the creation, by performing the ſame thing after
two different and contrary methods; and thence con-
cludes, that if the farina be a congeries of feminal
plants in one ſpecies, it muſt be ſo in all.
If there be an open and direct paſſage, or though it
be not ſo direct, yet if by any direct paſſage, by which
it can be demonſtrated, that one ſingle grain of the
farina can enter every individual feed in one plant, it
muſt be fo in all; but if neither of theſe hold good,
and if it can be proved by ocular inſpection, without
the aſſiſtance of a microſcope, in thoſe very plants
exemplified by Mr. Morland, Mr. Geoffroy, and Mr.
Bradley, that the farina in ſubſtance cannot enter the
ſeminal veſſel; or if it does, that there is no direct
paſſage for it to enter each particular feed, after it has
ſo got into the capſula or filiqua; then he hopes,
both their queries, ſuppoſitions, and aſſertions, muſt
fall.
As for the Corona Imperialis, the firſt example given
by Mr. Morland, the flower of which bangs dowita
wards, though he does not deny but its ftylus may be
hollow all the way, and that it may be open at the
extremity, yet by its ſituation, and ſeveral other cir-
cumſtances, it does not ſeem to him to favour this
opinion
For firſt, as there is a continual conflux of particles
through the ſkin in animal bodies, it is alſo fo in ve-
getables: this appears by the inmediate fading of
flowers, or any other part of the plant, after it has
been plucked off; which proceeds from the evapora-
tion of the particles in the little tubes, without any
more ſucceeding in their place.
He thinks it as reaſonable to ſuppoſe, that theſe par-
ticles flow out by the hollow ftylus, as by any other
part, and alſo more ſenſibly there than elſewhere, be-
cauſe of their being concentrated within ſuch narrow
bounds; and that if theſe particles deſcend by the
ſtylus hanging downwards, the particles, or rather
grains of the farina, can never aſcend the ſame way.
2dly, That if it ſhould be granted, that theſe grains
did aſcend by the ftylus, how do they get into the fe-
minal veſſels that being cloſely ſhut up, as will ap-
pear to any one who ſhall obſerve it.
3dly, Whereas Mr. Morland fuppoſes, that the rain
either waſhes it, or the wind ſhakes it down the tube,
till it reaches the feminal veſſel; Dr. Blair cbſerves,
that the extremity which is the upper part of the ſtylus
in an erect flower, muſt be the lower in a dependent
one ; ſo that if either the rain or wind have acceſs to
it, it muſt neceſſarily either waih or drive it away from
the ſeminal veſſel, which is now the ſtylus.
But here the Doctor takes notice of another contri-
vance, for anſwering that purpoſe, i. e. a ſort of a
pelvis or ciſtern, called by Linnæus nectarium, fi-
tuated at the origin or root of each petalon, filled with
a viſcous liquor which continues there, and never ex-
ceeds its bounds ſo long as the petalon is in health:
for ſince the apices are here ſo artfully fixed, that they
turn every way with the leaſt wind, as Mr. Morland
rightly obſerves, when they burſt, and the farina is
driven to and fro, though it cannot ſo eaſily enter the
tube, yet it may conveniently be blown up towards
the orifice of the petala ſurrounding the ſtylus, where
it is ſtopped or ſtaid by this viſcoſity, till it has per-
formed its office,
To confirm this, he inſtances Mr. Fairchild, who, he
ſays, being perſuaded that this viſcous liquor did ſome
way or other contribute towards the fructifying of this
plant, but not underſtanding how it did ſo, he tried
the experiment, by wiping this liquor off as foon as
it was depoſited in the pelvis, and the flower which
he fo ferved did not bear
.
And the
way
the doctor accounts for this is, that the
humidity being removed, the farina is no ſooner blown
upwards, than it immediately falls down, without
producing any effect; and that which he takes to be
a confirmation of this is, that both Tulips and Fri-
tillarias have this pelvis or balon, yet it is for the moſt
part dry and empty ; becauſe the flowers of the for
mer being erect, they have no ſuch need of this liquor
to retain the duſt; for that the rain, having immediate
acceſs to them, may waſh the duſt towards the origin
of the petala, where it can remain till it has performed
its office; whereas the rain having no acceſs to the
inner ſurface of the flower of the Corona Imperialis,
it is naturally endowed with this humidity, depoſited
there by ſeveral excretory ducts, in order to render
it fit for the purpoſe : and Malpighius himſelf takes
notice of this fingularity in this fower, though he af-
cribes no uſe to it.
The next example propoſed by Mr. Morland, is the
Yellow Lily, which, according to his figure, is repre-
ſented as having the apices equally high with the top
of the ſtylus, and the petala over-topping each other;
whereas he ſays, that by the narroweſt inſpection he
ever could make, the top of the apices (they being
then perpendicularly ſituated) reaches no higher than
the neck of the button upon the top of the ſtylus,
and that this is before the apices begin to burft and
6 A
ihed
any fruit
و

GEN
G EN
thed the duft; but as ſoon as the flower begins to
open, they depart from the ſtylus, and force the pe-
tala outwards, by a certain elaſticity, and expand
themſelves; this being done, they immediately change
their poſture from a perpendicular to an oblique or
horizontal one; nor do they ever pour out their duft
or farina, till they can conveniently drop it upon the
bottom of the flower, and towards the root of the
piſtillum
But taking it for granted that it was fo, the top of the
itylus (which the Doctor calls the button, in oppoſition
to the apices ſtaminum,) he ſays, is ſo compact, and
of fo firm a ſubſtance, that it is next to impoſſible,
that the farina in ſubſtance, or in integral parts, can
paſs through it.
If the integral parts, the complete grain, the minute
globuli, in which the whole ſeminal plant is contained,
cannot then enter, the whole compound muſt be dif-
ſolved, and the minute feminal particles in this ſmall
grain of duſt muſt be diſunited, and if ſo, how ſhall
theſe again come to cement, ſo as to make up one
continued body? or how ſhall this little body, fo united,
penetrate a ſecond time the partition-wall betwixt the
ſtylus and piſtillum? and again, how ſhall it find out
its way to its neft, in the proper embryo of the ſeed?
The Doctor takes notice of the White Lily, the Orange
Lily, the Martagon Lily, &c. as objections to the
opinions of Mr. Morland, Bradley, &c. and alſo
mentions the Iris, as a moſt pregnant inſtance, that
the farina cannot ſo much as come at the piſtillum ;
for having fix petals, the three ſtamina with long
apices lie hid between the three petala which hang
downwards, and three large expanſions of the bifid
ſtylus, and the upper part of the down-hanging pe-
talon: the farina can never reach the center of the
ſtylus, though it were hollow, which it is not, but
muſt deſcend along its outſide, to the top and outſide
of the rudiment of the fruit, there to emit its effluvia.
Theſe and other inſtances he concludes, are ſufficient
proof, that the farina cannot enter the ſtylus, penetrate
into the piſtillum, or inner part of the feminal veſſel,
nor have the leaſt acceſs to the embryo of the ſeed.
As to the objection, that there is not paſſage fufficient
to admit the male feed into the uterus, or even into
the ovaries, it is thus anſwered:
If it be conſidered how every flower, when it is pre-
pared for the act of receiving the male feed, is ſo
much under the influence of the ſun, that the petals
open at its approach, and ſhut up again at its depar-
ture, it very well explains how the piſtillum, or fe-
male parts of generation, are relaxed at one time more
than another, i. e. that the female parts are more re-
laxed at the opening of the flower, than when the
flower is ſhut up; for the lower-leaves adhering to
the bottom of the piſtillum, muſt conſequently, when
they bend back, put every part of the piſtillum into
a different poſture to that in which it was when the
petals were ſhut.
And it is certain, that it is the preſence of the ſun
that ripens the male duſt in the apices, and opens the
little caſes in which it is contained, giving them a
ſpringineſs that flings forth that duſt as ſoon as it is
ripe, ſo as to ſcatter it to a conſiderable diſtance. The
female parts are at this time dilated by the opening
of the Rower-leaves, and the apices and chives, con-
curring at the ſame time in finging forth their male
duft, anſwer the fame end in the generation of plants,
that the act of copulation does among animals.
Having thus given ſeveral reaſonings and arguments
uſed by various authors, who have made it their ſtudy
to inveſtigate the mode of generation of vegetables,
whether the impregnation of them proceeds from the
farina fæcundans, or male duſt, entering the uterus of
plants in ſubſtances, or by effluvia, I ſhall not take
upon me to determine the diſpute ; eſpecially ſince
Mr. Boyle has proved, that all effluvia are fubtile
par-
ticles of matter; ſo that it matters not how ſmall or
minute theſe particles are, ſince a body in its arſt ſtate
may be fo minute as to be ſcarcely perceptible.
I ſhall therefore conclude with mentioning a few ex-
periments of my own, which I communicated to Dr.
Patrick Blair, which he improved as a proof of his
opinion of effluvia; and Mr. Bradley alſo, as a proof
of the farina entering the uterus in ſubſtance, and
leave the curious enquirer to determine on that fide
of the queſtion, to which reaſoning and experiment
ſhall influence him.
I ſeparated the male plants of a bed of Spinach from
the female; and the conſequence was, that the feed
did ſwell to the uſual bigneſs, but when ſown it did
not grow afterwards; and ſearching into the ſeed, I
found it wanted the punctum vitæ, or what Geoffroy
calls the germen.
I ſet twelve Tulips by themſelves, about fix or ſeven
yards from any other, and as ſoon as they blew, I
took out the ſtamina with their ſummits ſo very care-
fully, that I ſcattered none of the male duft; and
about two days afterwards I ſaw bees working on a
bed of Tulips, where I did not take out the ſtamina;
and when they came out, they were loaded with the
farina or male duft on their bodies and legs; and I
ſaw them fly into the Tulips, where I had taken out
the ſtamina, and when they came out, I found they
had left behind them fufficient to impregnate theſe
flowers, for they bore good ripe feeds which afterward
grew.
In a parcel of Savoys, which were planted for ſeed
near white and red Cabbages, the feeds, when ſown,
produced half red, and ſome white Cabbages, and
ſome Savoys with red ribs, and ſome neither one fort
nor the other, but a mixture of all forts together in
one plant, which I ſuppoſe might happen by the ef-
fluvia of the different forts impregnating the uterus of
each other.
In a letter communicated by Paul Dudley, Eſq; to
the Royal Society, written from New England, he
mentions the interchanging of the colours of the In-
dian Wheat, if the various colours are planted in rows
near each other; but if they are planted ſeparately,
they conſtantly keep to their own colour; and this
interchanging of colours has been obſerved, when the
diſtance between the rows of Corn has been ſeveral
yards, though he ſays, if there happens to be a high
board fence between the different coloured Corns, the
alteration of colours is entirely prevented.
It is from different flowers impregnating each other,
that the ſeveral varieties have been produced ; and
this gives new light to the floriſts, for raiſing a much
greater variety of flowers; for by planting the dif-
ferent coloured flowers near each other, ſo that the
flowers when fully blown may be intermixed, their
farina will impregnate each other, ſo that the feeds
will produce variegated flowers partaking of both co-
lours. But it muſt be obſerved, that flowers of dif-
ferent genera will not impregnate each other, therefore
the plants muſt be of the fame genus which are placed
together.
Cucumbers and Melons always produce male and fe-
male flowers upon different parts of the ſame plant;
the male flower (which appears upon a ſlender foot-
ſtalk, and has a large ſtyle in the middle, covered
with an Orange-coloured farina) is by the gardeners
commonly called falfe bloffoms, and are ſometimes by
unſkilful perſons pulled off foon after they appear,
ſuppoſing that they weaken the plants, if ſuffered to
remain, which is a very great miſtake; for, in order
to try this experiment, I planted four holes of Melons
in a place pretty far diſtant from any other; and when
the flowers began to appear, I conſtantly pulled off
all the male flowers from time to time before they
opened; the conſequence was, that all the young fruit
dropt off ſoon after they appeared, and not one ſingle
fruit remained to grow to any ſize, though the vines
were equally ſtrong with thoſe which I had planted in
another place, where I ſuffered all the flowers to re-
main upon them, from which I had a great quantity
of fruit. But this doctrine is now ſo well eſtabliſhed
among the gardeners, being confirmed by experience,
that they now carry the male flowers of the Cucum-
bers and Melons to the female, if there are none
ſituated

GEN
G GEN
(6
drop off.
66
(
65
a
66
66
ſituated very near them, and gently ſtrike the farina o is fixed on the ſlender points of the ſtamina, whereby
the male, into the bofom of the female flowers, and " it might eaſily, with the leaſt breath of wind, be
thereby ſet the young fruit, which would otherwiſe diſperſed in the air, thereby furrounding the plant,
as it were, with an atmoſphere of ſublimed ſulphu-
There are ſome perſons, who ſtill object to this theory reous pounce? for many trees and plants abound
of the generation of plants, from having obſerved " with it, which uniting with the air particles, may,
ſome plants, which were termed female, growing perhaps, be inſpired at ſeveral parts of the plant,
ſingly, and at a very great diſtance from any male “ and eſpecially at the piſtillum, and be thence con-
plants of the fame kind, which had for ſome years veyed to the capſula ſeminalis, eſpecially towards
produced ſeeds which were perfect, and grew when “ evening, and in the night, when the beautiful pe-
ſown; and indeed I was myſelf a little ſtaggered in “ tala of the flowers are cloſed up, and they, with all
my opinion, on having obſerved a female plant of the " the other parts of the vegetable, are in a ftrongly
white Briony, which grew ſingly in a garden, where imbibing ſtate. And if to theſe united, fulphureous
there were no other plants of the fame kind; which “ and aereal particles, we fuppoſe fome particles of
for ſeveral years produced berries, which grew and “ light to be joined (for Sir Iſaac Newton has found,
flouriſhed perfectly well. This put me upon examining 56 that fulphur attracts light ſtrongly;) then the re-
the plant more carefully than I had before done, when 6 fult of theſe three by far the moſt active principles
I found there were great numbers of male flowers in- “ in nature, will be a punctum faliens to invigorate
termixed with the female, on the ſame plant; and " the ſeminal plant; and thus we are at laſt con-
ſince then I have frequently found the fame in many • ducted, by the regular analyſis of vegetable nature,
other plants, which are ſometimes male and female cs to the firſt enlivening principle of their minuteſt
in different plants, yet have ſometimes both ſexes on origin.”
the ſame plant; ſo that the objections which have been | GENIST A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 766. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
made to this doctrine, may not have proper evidence 643. tab. 412. Broom; in French, Genêt.
for their ſupport.
The CHARACTERS are,
It is certain, that the female plants may produce fruit, The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, tubulous, and
without the impregnation of the male; but it is not divided into two lips; the upper lip is deeply cut into two,
certain, that this fruit or feed will, if fown, produce and the under into three equal parts. The flower is of the
another plant. What has been ſo often related by butterfly kind; the standard is oval, acute, and remote
travellers and hiſtorians, of the neceſſity of the male from the keel, being wholly reflexed; the wings are a little
Palm-tree being near the female, in order to render it Shorter than the standard, and are looſe: the keel is erect,
fruitful, hath been fully confirmed by Father Labat, and longer than the ſtandard, and is indented at the top.
in his account of Africa, where he has treated of the It bath ten ſtamina joined in two bodies, which are ſituated
ſeveral forts of Palms: he ſays, that he obſerved in in the keel, terminated by ſingle ſummits. In the center is
Martinico a large Palm-tree, which grew by the fide an oblong germen, ſupporting an aſcending ſtyle, crowned
of a convent, which produced plenty of fruit, though by an acute twiſted ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
there was no other Palm-tree growing within two a roundiſ turgid pod with one cell, opening with two
leagues of this, but he alſo obſerved, that none of valves, incloſing kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
theſe fruit would grow, though they had made many This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
trials of them; ſo that they were obliged to procure
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes the plants
ſome fruit from Barbary, in order to propagate theſe with flowers having ten ſtamina, joined in two bodies;
trees. He likewiſe adds, that the fruit which grew and to this he adds ſome of Tournefort's ſpecies of
on this female tree, never ripened ſo perfectly, nor Spartium, and the Geniſtella of Tournefort.
was ſo well taſted, as thoſe which came from trees
The SPECIES are,
which had ſtood near ſome of the male : therefore we 1. GENISTA (Sagittalis) ramis ancipitibus articulatis, fo
may conclude, that the fruit or ſeed may be produced liis ovato-lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 355. Jointed Broom,
by the female plants of moſt kinds, without the af- with two-edged branches, and jointed, oval, Spear-ſhaped
fiſtance of the male ſperm, which may appear to fight
leaves. Chamæ Geniſta fagittalis. C. B. P. 395. Dwarf
perfect, and fit to produce others; but if we examine arrow-shaped Broom.
the feeds, we ſhall find that moſt of them have not 2. GENISTA (Florida) foliis lanceolatis, ramnis ftriatis tė-
the germ or little plant incloſed, nor will grow if they retibus racemis fecundis. Hort. Cliff. 355. Broom with
are fown.
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and ere&t taper branches abounding
From theſe and many other experiments, it is very
with flowers. Geniſta tinctoria Hiſpanica. C. B.P.395.
plain, that there is a neceſſity that the embryo of the Spaniſh Dyers Broom.
female flower ſhould be impregnated by the farina or 3. GENISTA (Tinctoria) foliis lanceolatis glabris ramis
male duft, in order to render the fruit perfect, but ftriatis teretibus erectis. Hort. Cliff. 355. Broom with
how, or in what manner it is performed, is what we Spear-ſhaped leaves which are acute, and taper channelled
can only gueſs at, ſince in the generation of animals, branches proceeding from the ſide of the ſtalk. Geniſta
our greateſt naturaliſts differ very much in their opi- tinctoria Germanica. C. B. P. 395. Common Dyers
nions; nor can any of them aſcertain any particular Broom, or Wood-waxen.
method how it is performed. I ſhall therefore con- 4. GENISTA (Purgans) fpinis terminalibus, ramis tereti-
clude with quoting the words of the Rev. Dr. Hales, bus ftriatis, foliis lanceolatis fimplicibus pubeſcen-
which are a moft ingenious fummary of the whole tibus. Lin. Sp. 999. Broom with taper-ſtreaked branches
doctrine of the generation of plants.
terminated by Spines, and
ſimple, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves.
** If I (ſays he) may be allowed to indulge conjecture Geniſta five ſpartium purgans. J. B. I. p. 404.
** in a caſe in which the moſt diligent enquirers are, 5. GENISTA (Candicans) foliis ternatis fubtus villoſis, pe-
56 as yet, after all their laudable reſearches, advanced dunculis lateralibus fubquinquefloris foliatis, legumi-
šo but little farther than mere conjecture, I would nibus hirſutis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 284. Trifoliate Broom
«c propofe it to their conſideration, whether from the with hairy leaves, fooz-ſtalks from the ſide of the branches
“ manifeft proof we have, that ſulphur ſtrongly at- having five flowers, and hairy pods. Cytiſus Monſpel-
* tracts air, a hint may not be taken, to conſider ſulanus, medicæ folio, filiquis denſe congeſtis & vil-
66 whether this may not be the primary uſe of the fa- lofis. Tourn Inft. 648.
“ rina fæcundans, to attract or unite with elaſtic or 6. GENISTA (Tridentata) ramis triquetris fubarticulatis,
6 ,
as other refined active particles. That this farina foliis tricuſpidatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 710. Broom with
« abounds with fulphur, and that a very refined fort, three-còrnered jointed branches, and leaves ending in three
e is probable from the fubtile oil which chymiſts ob- points. Geniſtella fruticoſa Luſitanica. Tourn. Inſt.
66 tain from the chives of Saffron; and if this be the 646. Shrubby Portugal Dyers Broom.
« uſe of it, was it poſſible that it could be more aptly 7. GENISTA (Pilofa) foliis lanceolatis obtufis, caule tu-
placed for the purpoſe on very moveable apices berculato decumbente. Hort. Cliff. 355. Broom with
obtufe

GEN
GEN
tumn.
a
و
obtuſe ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and a declining Stalk having appear in June and July, and the feeds ripen in aua
tubercles. This is the Geniſta ramoſa, foliis Hyperici.
C. B. P. 395. Branching Broom with leaves like St. The ſixth fort hath a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which feldom
Fobnſwort.
is more than a foot high, ſending out ſeveral weak
S. GENISTA (Anglica) ſpinis fimplicibus, ramis floriferis branches which are jointed, garniſhed with ſmall leaves
inermibus, foliis lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 355. Broom ending in three acute parts. The flowers are produced
with fingle ſpines, flower-branches without Spines, and in looſe ſpikes at the top of the branches, they are of
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Geniſta ſpartium minus Anglicum. a pale yellow colour, and appear the latter end of
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 645. Small Engliſh Broom, called June and in July, and the feeds ripen in September.
Petty Wbiz.
This plant grows naturally in Portugal
.
9. GENISTA (Hiſpanica) ſpinis decompoſitis, ramis flo- The ſeventh fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which declines
riferis, inermibus, foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. toward the ground, and is ſet over with tubercles; it
711. Broom with decompounded [pines, flower-branches divides into a few ſmall branches, which are garniſhed
without ſpines, and narrow hairy leaves. Geniſta ſpinoſa with ſmall obtuſe leaves. The flowers are diſpoſed in
minor Hiſpanica villofiffima. C. B. P. 395. Most hairy, ſmall looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they
Small, Spaniſh, prickly Broom.
are ſmall, of a pale yellow colour, and are ſucceeded
The firſt fort grows naturally in France, Italy, and by ſhort pods filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It
Germany. This plant fends out ſeveral ſtalks from flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. This
the root, which ſpread flat on the ground, and divide grows naturally in Germany and France.
into many ilat branches which are jointed, and their The eighth fort grows naturally upon open heaths in
two fides are edged like a broad ſword; theſe are many parts of England. It hath a ſhrubby ftalk
green and herbaceous, but are perennial. At each of which riſes about two feet high, ſending out many
the joints is placed one ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaf, with- flender branches, which are armed with long ſingle
out any foot-ſtalk. The flowers are produced in cloſe {pines, and garniſhed with very ſmall ſpear-ſhaped
ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are yellow, leaves, placed alternate on every fide the branches :
and of the Pea-bloom kind, and are ſucceeded by the flower-branches have no ſpines; theſe are ſhort,
ſhort hairy pods, which contain three or four kidney- and have five or ſix yellow flowers growing in a cluí-
ſhaped ſeeds. The plants flower in June, and the ter at the end. They come out in April and May,
ſeeds ripen in September.
and are ſucceeded by ſhort turgid pods, which con-
This fort is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in tain four or five ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. Theſe
the autumn, the plants will come up the following ripen in July.
ſpring; but when they are fown in the ſpring, the The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain. This hath
plants rarely come up the ſame year: when the plants a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which fends out many ligneous
come up, they will require no other culture but to branches, armed with branching thorns, compoſed
keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where of ſeveral ſharp thorns, which come out from each
they are too cloſe; at Michaelmas they may be tranſ- other, but the ſhort branches which produce the flow-
planted where they are deſigned to remain, and after ers have no ſpines ; theſe are garniſhed with ſmall
that they will only require to be kept clean, for they hairy leaves of different forms, ſome of them being
are very hardy, and will live ſeveral years.
as narrow as hairs, and others are of the ſpear-ſhape;
The ſecond fort riſes with ligneous ſtalks about two the branches are terminated by cluſters of yellow
or three feet high, ſending out many taper channelled flowers, which are fucceeded by ſhort, compreſſed,
branches which grow erect, garniſhed with ſmall ſpear- hairy pods, filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. The
fhaped leaves placed alternate, and are terminated by whole plant has much the appearance of the common
ſeveral ſpikes of yellow flowers, which are of the Pea- Furz or Gorfe, but is very hairy, and the flower-
bloom kind; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort pods, which branches being without thorns, are the moſt obvious
turn black when ripe, and contain four or five kid- diſtinctions.
ney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers in June and July, and All theſe ſorts of Brooms are propagated by feeds,
the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
which, if ſown in the autumn, will ſucceed much
The third fort grows naturally in England. This hath better than if ſown in the ſpring, and a year will be
ſhrubby ſtalks, which riſe about three feet high, gar- thereby faved; as theſe plants ſend out long, ſtringy,
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are broader, tough roots, which run deep into the ground, they
and end in ſharper points than thoſe of the former; do not bear tranſplanting well, eſpecially if they are
the branches come out from the ſide of the ſtalks, al- not removed young; therefore the beſt way is to fow
;
moſt their whole length, and do not grow ſo upright a few feeds in thoſe places where the plants are de-
as thoſe of the ſecond; theſe are terminated by looſe figned to remain, and to pull up all except the moft
ſpikes of yellow flowers, which are ſucceeded by pods promiſing plants as ſoon as they are paſt danger; after
like thoſe of the ſecond fort. It flowers, and the feeds this the plants will require no other culture, but to
are ripe about the ſame time as the former. The keep them clean from weeds: but where this cannot
branches of the plant are uſed by the dyers, to give a be practiſed, the ſeeds may be fown thin upon a bed
yellow colour, from whence it is called Dyers Broom, of light earth, and when the plants come up, they
Green-wood, Wood-waxen, or Dyers-weed.
muſt be kept clean from weeds till the following au-
The fourth fort grows naturally about Montpelier. tumn, when the plants ſhould be carefully taken up
This riſes with fhrubby, ftriated, taper ftalks four and tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain.
feet high, ſending out ſeveral branches which are They are all very hardy plants except the fourth, fifth,
terminated by ſpines; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, and ninth forts, which muſt have a warm ſheltered
ſingle, and hairy; the flowers are produced in ſpikes ſituation and dry foil, otherwiſe they will not live
at the end of the branches, they are larger than thoſe through the
winter, but the others will grow in almoſt
of the other forts, and are of a paler yellow colour. any ſoil or ſituation.
They appear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by GENISTA SPINOSA, the Furz, Whins, or
pods like the former forts.
Gorfe. See ULEX.
This fort is tender, and in ſevere froſts is often killed GENTIAN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 285. Tourn. Inſt.
in England, where the plants are not protected. R. H. 80. tab. 40. (takes its name from Gentius, a
The fifth fort grows naturally about Montpelier. king of Illyrium, who firſt diſcovered the virtues of
This riſes with a woody ſtalk to the height of ſeven this plant.] Gentian, or Fellwort; in French, Gen-
or eight feet, fending out many flender branches, tiane.
garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, hairy on their under The CHARACTERS are,
fide; the upper part of theſe branches, for more than It hath a permanent empalement, which is cut into five
a foot in length, ſend out ſmall flowering branches acute ſegments. The flower hath one petal, which is tu-
on their fide, ſupporting five yellow flowers. Theſe bulous, cut into five parts at the top, which are flat. It
hath
و

GEN
G EN
a
bath five awl-Shaped ſtamina, which are ſhorter than the
petal, terminated by fingle ſummits. In the center is
ſituated an oblong cylindrical germen, having no ſtyle,
but is crowned by two oval ſtigmas. The germen af-
terward becomes an oblong taper-pointed capſule, with one
cell, containing many ſmall ſeeds faſtened to the valves of
the capſule.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have five fta-
mina and two ftigmas.
The Species are,
1. Gentiana (Lutea) corollis quinquefidis rotatis ver-
ticillatis, calycibus ſpathaceis. Hall. Helv. 479. Gen-
tian with quinquefid zeheel-ſhaped petals growing in whorls,
and hood-like empalements. Gentiana major lutea. C.
B. P. 187. Greater yellow Gentian.
2. GENTIANA (Pneumonathe) corollis quinquefidis cam-
panulatis oppoſitis pedunculatis, foliis linearibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 228. Gentian with bell-ſhaped quinque-
fid petals placed oppoſite upon foot-ſtalks, and very nar-
row leaves. Gentiana auguſtifolia autumnalis major.
C. B. P. 188. Greater narrow-leaved autumnal Gentian.
3. GentiANA (Aſclepiades) corollis quinquefidis cam-
panulatis oppofitis feffilibus, foliis amplexicaulibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 227. Gentian with bell-ſhaped quinquefid
petals fitting cloſe to the ſtalk oppoſite, and leaves em-
bracing the ſtalk. Gentian Aſclepiades folio. C. B. P.
187. Gentian with a Swallow-wort leaf.
4. GENTIANA (Acaulis) corollâ quinquefidâ campanu
latâ, caulem excedente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 228. Gen-
tian with a bell-ſhaped quinquefid petal exceeding the ſtalk.
Gentiana Alpirra latifolia, magno flore. C. B. P. 187.
Broad-leaved Alpine Gentian with a large flower, com-
monly called Gentianella.
5. GENTIANA (Nivalis) corollis quinquefidis infundibu-
liformibus, ramis unifloris alternis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
229. Gentian with funnel-Shaped quinquefid petals, and
alternate branches having one flower. Gentiana annua,
foliis Centaurii minoris. Tourn. Inſt. 81. Annual Gen-
tion with leſſer Centaury leaves.
6. GENTIANA (Cruciata) corollis quadrifidis imberbibus
verticillatis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 231. Gentian
with quadrifid petals without beards, growing in whorls
cloſe to the ſtalks. Gentiana cruciata. C. B. P. 188.
Croſſwort Gentian.
7. GENTIANA (Cilliata) corollis quadrifidis margine ci-
liatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 231. Gentian with a four-pointed
petal, whoſe border is hairy. Gentianella cærulea oris
piloſis. C. B. P. 188. Blue Gentian with hairy brims.
8. GENTIANA (Utriculoſa) corollis quinquefidis hypo-
crateriformibus, calycibus plicatis alatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 229. Gentian with ſalver-ſhaped quinquefid petals,
and winged plaited empalements. Gentiana utriculis
ventricoſis. C. B. P. 188. Gentian with a ventricoſe
tube.
9. GENTIANA (Centaureum) corollis quinquefidis infun-
dibuliformibus caule dichotomo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 229.
Gentian with a funnel-ſhaped, five-pointed petal, and a
forked ſi alk. Centaurium minus. C. B. P. 278. Leſer
Centaury.
10. GENTIANA (Perfoliatum) corollis octifidis, foliis per-
foliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 232. Gentian with an eight-
pointed petal, and Thorough-wax leaves. Centaurium lu-
teum perfoliatum. C. B. P. 278. Yellow perfoliate Cen-
taury.
II. GENTIANA (Spicata) corollis quinquefidis floribus
alternis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 230. Gentian with
funnel-Shaped five-pointed petals, flowers growing alter-
nate, and fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Centaurium minus
fpicatum album. C. B. P. 278. Leſſer Centaury with
a white ſpiked flower.
12. GENTIANA (Exaltata) corollis quinquefidis co-
ronatis crenatis, pedunculo terminali longiflmo di-
chotomo, Lin. Sp. 331. Gentian with e five-pointed
petal, a very long foot-ſtalk, and forked branches.
Centaurium minus maritimum amplo flore cæruleo.
Plum. Cat. 3. Leſſer maritime Centcury with a large
blue flower.
The Erft fort is the common Gentian of the ſhops,
whoſe root is one of the principal ingredients in
bitters.
This plant has a large thick root of a yellowih
brown colour, and a very bitter taſte; the lower
leaves are of an oblong oval ſhape, a little pointed
at the end, ftiff, of a yellowiſh green, and have five
large veins on the back of each, and are plaited. The
ſtalk riſes to the height of three or four feet, which
is garniſhed with leaves, growing by pairs at each
joint, almoſt embracing the fall at their baſe ;
theſe are of the fame form with the lower, but di-
miniſh gradually in their ſize to the top. The flowers
come out in whorls at the joints, toward the upper
part of the ſtalks, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks, whoſe
origin is from the wings of the leaves; theſe are of
a pale yellow, and have one petal, which is divided
almoſt to the bottom, having an oblong cylindrical
germen, which afterward ſwells to an oblong taper
capſule, which is bifid at the point, and opens in two
cells, filled with ſmall feeds.
It grows naturally in the paſtures in Switzerland, and
in the mountainous parts of Germany, from whence
the roots are brought to England for medicinal uſe;
there is a compound water, and an extract made of
them. The root of the Gentian is alſo one of the
principal ingredients in bitters, and is frequently uſed
in many diſorders.
But a few years ago, there was a mixture of Henbane
roots brought over with Gentian, which was unhap-
pily uſed, and occaſioned great diſorders in the perſons
to whom it was adminiſtered; upon which great en-
quiry was then made to find out what that root could
be, ſome ſuſpecting it to be the root of Deadly
Nightſhade, and others believing it to be ſome of the
poiſonous umbelliferous roots, but on comparing it
with ſome dried roots of the Henbane, I found they
were the ſame. We have likewiſe an account of the
noxious quality of theſe roots, printed in the Synopſis
Stirpium Hibernicarum, which was communicated to
the author by Dr. Thomas Molyneux, phyſician to
the ſtate , it was as follows:
The Dean of Clonfert was making ſome alterations
in his garden, and, looking over his workmen, he ob-
ſerved them to dig up many roots, which he took for
Skirrets, and therefore ordered ſome of them to be
carried in and dreſſed for dinner, which was accord-
ingly done; but all thoſe who eat of them were in
a ſhort time ſeized with dizzineſs in their head, fick-
neſs at the ſtomach, attended with an unuſual heat
and drineſs in their throats; and two, who had eaten
a larger ſhare than the reſt, loſt the uſe of their rea-
fon, and became delirious, which continued for ſome
days; and as it appeared evident theſe diſorders were
occaſioned by the roots, the Dean cauſed ſome of them
to be planted, that he might be aſſured what the plant
was whoſe roots had this bad quality, and in the
ſpring, when they put out their leaves, they proved
to be the Henbane, which has been noticed by old
writers to be poſſeſſed of theſe qualities. And as the
diſorders which were occaſioned by theſe ſuppoſed
Gentian roots, were nearly the ſame, as is above re-
lated, I thought it might be of uſe to inſert it here,
to caution others againſt eating of roots which they
are unacquainted with.
This plant delights in a light loamy ſoil and a ſhady
ſituation, where it will thrive much better than in a
light dry foil, or in an open expoſure. It is propa-
gated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in pots foon
after it is ripe, for if it is kept till the ſpring, it will
not ſucceed, theſe pots ſhould be placed in a ſhady
ſituation, and kept clean from weeds. In the ſpring
the plants will appear, when they muſt be duly wa-
tered in dry weather, and kept clean from weeds
till the following autumn; then they ſhould be care-
fully ſhaken out of the pots, ſo as not to break or
injure their roots; and a ſhady border of loamy
earth ſhould be well dug and prepared to receive
them, into which the plants ſhould be planted at about
fix inches diſtance each way, obſerving to let the
top of the roots be a little below the ſurface of the
6 B
ground,
a
3
a

GEN
G EN
ز
a
ground, then preſs the earth cloſe to the roots; af-
ter this they will require no farther care, but to keep
them conſtantly clean from weeds; and if the fol-
lowing ſpring ſhould prove dry, they ſhould be
duly watered, which will greatly forward their
growth. In this border the plants may ſtand two
years, by which time they will be fit to tranſplant
where they are deſigned to remain ; therefore in au-
tumn, ſo foon as their leaves decay, they may be re-
moved; but as the roots of theſe plants run deep into
the ground, like Carrots, there muſt be great care
taken in digging them up, not to cut or break their
roots, for that will greatly weaken, if it does not kill
them. After the plants are well fixed in their places,
they require no other culture, but to dig the ground
about them early in the ſpring before they begin to
ſhoot, and in the ſummer to keep them clean from
weeds. The roots of theſe plants will continue
many years, but the ſtalks decay every autumn; the
ſame roots do not flower two years together, nor ſel-
dom oftener than every third year; but when they
flower ſtrong, they make a fine appearance ; and as
theſe delight in ſhady moiſt ground, where but few
ornamental plants will thrive, ſo they ſhould not be
wanting in good gardens.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moiſt paſtures in
many parts of England, but particularly in the north;
this riſes with an upright ſtalk about a foot high,
garniſhed with ſmooth leaves an inch and a half
long, and leſs than a quarter of an inch broad; they
are placed oppoſite, and have no foot-ſtalks. The
flowers are produced on the top of the ſtalk, three or
four in number, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks alternately
above each other, they are large, bell-ſhaped, and
divided into five points at their brim, and are of a
deep blue colour, fo make a fine appearance ; theſe
come out the latter end of July in the warm parts
of England, but in the north they are full a month
later.
It may be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner as
the firſt fort, and the plants may be treated in the
ſame way; but as this fort does not ſhoot its roots
deep into the ground, it may be tranſplanted with leſs
hazard; however, if theſe are removed with a ball of
earth to their roots, they will not feel their removal
ſo much as when the earth is all taken from them.
This fort ſhould be planted in a ſtrong, moiſt, loamy
ſoil, in which the plants will thrive and flower annu-
ally, but in a warm dry foil they will not thrive or
flower.
The third ſort grows naturally upon the Helvetian
mountains; this riſes with an upright ſtalk near a
foot high, garniſhed with ſmooth leaves about two
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at
their baſe, where they embrace the italk, but they end
in acute points; they are placed oppoſite, and are of
a fine green, and diminiſh in their fize as they are
nearer the top; they have five longitudinal veins,
which join at both ends, but diverge from each other
in the middle. The flowers come out by pairs op-
poſite, from the bottoms of the leaves, ſtanding on
ſhort fcot-ſtalks ; they are pretty large, bell-ſhaped,
and of a fine blue colour, ſo make a fine appearance
when they are open. This fort flowers in June and
July
It
may
be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner
as the firſt fort, and the plants may be treated in the
ſame way, but they muſt have a moiſt loamy foil,
otherwiſe they will not thrive. It may alſo be pro-
pagated by offsets, which may be divided from the
roots; theſe ſhould be taken off in autumn, which
is the beſt ſeaſon for removing all theſe forts of
plants; but theſe ſhould not be removed, or parted
oftener than every third year, where they are expected
to produce ſtrong flowers.
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps and
Helvetian mountains, but has been long cultivated
in moſt of the curious gardens in Europe; this is com-
monly known by the title of Gentianella. It is a low
plant, the ſtalks ſeldoin growing more than three or
four inches high ; they are garnished with ſmooth
leaves placed oppoſite, which are two inches long,
and half an inch broad, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. The
flowers grow erect on the top of the ſtalk, fo ſtand
quite above them; theſe are often fingle, but fome-
times, when the plants are ſtrong, there will be four
or five at the end of each ſtalk; they are large, bell-
ſhaped, and of a deep azure blue, ſo is the fineſt of
that colour of any flower yet known. It uſually
flowers in May, but ſometimes the plants flower
again in autumn.
This is commonly propagated by parting of the roots,
in the ſame manner as is before directed for the third
ſort, but theſe muſt not be often tranſplanted, or
parted, if they are wanted to flower ſtrong; this for
ſhould have a ſoft loamy ſoil and a fhady fitua-
tion, where the plants will thrive and flower well
every year.
It may alſo be propagated by feeds, which, in a
good foil, the plants will produce in plenty; theſe
ſhould be ſown in autumn, in the ſame manner as is
before directed for the firſt fort; and if the plants
are planted in a good foil, they will be ſtrong enough
to fower the ſecond year after they come up, and
theſe ſeedling plants will flower much ſtronger than
thoſe which are propagated by offsets.
The fifth and eighth forts are low annual plants,
which grow naturally upon the Alps and other moun-
tainous places in Europe, and are very rarely cultivated
in gardens. The fifth ſeldom riſes more than twoinches
high, branching out from the root into ſeveral ſlender
ftalks, garniſhed with very ſmall leaves placed by
pairs, and each ſtalk is terminated by one ſmaller blue
flower ftanding erect. The eighth fort grows about
four inches high, with a ſingle upright ſtalk of a pur-
ple colour. The leaves at the root are oval, but
thoſe upon the ſtalk are narrow, and ſtand oppofite.
The ſtalk is terminated by one blue flower, with a
large bellied empalement, which is plaited, and the
petal of the flower riſes but a little above the empale-
ment, ſo does not make much appearance. After the
top flower decays, there are frequently two ſmaller
flowers which come out from the ſide of the ſtalk, at
the two upper joints; theſe flower after each other,
the upper one coming firſt, ſo that there is a fucceffion
of flowers till autumn.
As theſe plants uſually grow upon moiſt ſpongy
ground, it is very difficult to cultivate them in gar-
dens; for unleſs they have a ſoil approaching near to
that in which they naturally grow, they will not
thrive; the only method to obtain them is, either to
ſow their ſeeds in pots, or upon a moift boggy ground
in autumn, but it muſt be in the ſhade; and when
the plants come up, they may be thinned, and the
ſurface of the ground about them covered with
mofs, which ſhould be conſtantly kept moiſt; with
this management I have ſeen the plants thrive and
flower very well.
The ſixth ſort is a perennial plant, which grows na-
turally upon the Appenines and the Helvetian moun-
tains; this riſes with an upright ſtalk about fix inches
high, garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves
about two inches long, and one broad in the middle,
fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; they are placed oppoſite,
and each pair of leaves croſs one another, from whence
it is called Croſſwort Gentian. The flowers are pro-
duced in whorls round the ſtalks at the upper joints,
fitting very cloſe to the ſtalks, and at the top there
is a large cluſter growing in the fame form; theſe
are of a light blue colour, and appear in May. This
may be propagated by feeds, or offsets, in the ſame
manner as the third and fourth forts, and the plants
muſt be treated in the ſame way.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and
other mountainous parts of Europe, this is a low pe-
rennial plant, whoſe ſtalks are very ſlender, and rarely
rife more than three or four inches high, garniſhed
with ſmall, narrow, acute-pointed leaves, placed in
pairs ; each ſtalk is terminated by one large blue
flower, which is hairy on the inſide at the brim. This
flowers
a
a
a
a
a
a

G ER
G ER
.
Howers in July and Auguſt, and may be propagated places it in the ſixth ſection of his ſixth claſs, in which
and treated in the ſame manner as the third and fourth he ranges the herbs with a Roſe flower, whoſe peintal
forts.
becomes a fruit with ſeveral capſules.
The ninth fort is the Leſſer Centaury of the ſhops;
The SPECIES are,
this grows naturally upon dry paſtures in moſt parts 1. GERANIUM (Pratenſe) pedunculis bifloris, foliis fub-
of England, where it riſes in height proportionable to peltatis multipartitis pinnato laciniatis rugofis acutis,
the goodneſs of the ſoil ; for in good land it is fre- petalis integris. Hort. Cliff. 344. Crane's-bill toith treo
quently a foot high, but in poor
foils not more than flowers on each foot-ſtalk, target-Shoped leaves cut into
three or four inches. It is an annual plant, with upright many acute ſegments, and entire petals. Geranium ba-
branching ſtalks, garniſhed with ſmall leaves placed trachiodes, Gratia Dei Germanorum. C.B. P. Crane's-
by pairs. The flowers grow in form of an umbel at bill with a Crow-foot leaf, and large blue flowers.
the top, and are of a bright purple colour, they | 2. GERANIUM (Macrorrhizum) pedunculis bifloris, caly-
come out in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. cibus inflatis, piſtillo longiſſimo. Hort. Cliff. 343
This plant cannot be cultivated in the gardens. Crane's-bill with two flowers on each foot-stalk, inflated
The tenth fort grows naturally upon chalky grounds empalements, and a very long pointal to the flower. Gera-
in many parts of England. It is an annual plant, riſing nium batrachioides, longius radicatum, odoratum.
with an upright ſtalk a foot high, garniſhed with oval- J. B. Long-rooted ſweet-ſmelling Crane's-bill, with a
pointed leaves, whoſe baſe ſurrounds the ſtalk; they Crow-foot leaf.
grow by pairs, and are of a gray colour; the ſtalks 3. GERANIUM (Sanguineum) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
and leaves are very ſmooth. The flowers grow
quinquepartitis trifidis orbiculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
in form of an umbel on the top of the ſtalk; they 685, Crane’s-bill with one flower on each foot-fialk, and
are of a bright yellow colour, and are cut into eight orbicular leaves, which are trifid and divided into five
parts at the top. Theſe appear in July, and the ſeeds parts. Geranium fanguineum, maximo flore. H. Ox.
ripen in autumn.
Bloody Crane’s-bill with a larger flower.
The eleventh fort is an annual plant, which grows 4. GERANIUM (Lancaſtrenſe) pedunculis unifloris, fo-
4
naturally in the ſouth of France and in Italy; this riſes liis quinquepartitis laciniis obtuſis brevibus, caulibus
with an upright ſtalk about a foot high, ſending out decumbentibus. Crane's-bill with one flower upon each
ſeveral branches toward the top, which are garniſhed foot-ſtalk, leaves divided into five parts, whoſe ſegments
by ſmall leaves placed oppoſite. The flowers are are ſhort, blunt, and declining ſtalks. Geranium hæ-
produced from the ſide and at the top of the ſtalk, matodes Lancaftrenſe, fiore eleganter ſtriato. Raii
in form of looſe irregular umbels; they are white, Hift. Bloody Crane’s-bill with a variegated flower.
and about the ſize of thoſe of the common Centaury. 5. GERANIUM (Nodoſum) pedunculis bifloris, foliis cau-
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies, linis trilobis integris ferratis, fummis fubfeffilibus.
where it was diſcovered by Father Plumier, and the Hort. Cliff. 343. Crane's-bill with two flowers on each
late Dr. Houſtoun found it growing in plenty at La foot-ſtalk, the leaves upon the ſtalks having three entire
Vera Cruz, in low moiſt places where the water ſtag- Sawed lobes, the upper leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalk.
nates, but at a remoter diſtance from the ſea. The Geranium 5. nodoſum. Plateau. Cluf. Hift. Knatty
ſeeds of this plant he ſent to England, which ſuc- Crane's-bill.
ceeded in the Chelſea garden ; this riſes with an up-6. GERANIUM (Pheum) pedunculis bifloris, foliiſque al-
6.
right branching ſtalk near two feet high, garniſhed ternis, calycibus ſubariftatis, caule erecto, petalis un-
with oblong, ſmooth, acute-pointed leaves, placed dulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 681. Crane's-bill with two
oppoſite; the upper part of the ſtalk divides into fe-
flowers on each foot-ſtalk, alternate leaves, bearded em-
veral forks, between which are fix or ſeven long na- palements, an erect ſtalk, and waved petals to the flower.
ked foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one large blue flower, Geranium phæum five fuſcum, peralis reflexis, folio
divided into five ſegments at the brim. The flowers non maculofo. H. L. Brown Crane's-bill with reflexed
are ſucceeded by oblong capſules with one cell, filled petals, and leaves not ſpotted.
with ſmall feeds.
7. GERANIUM (Fufcum) pedunculis bifloris, foliis quin-
This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown quelobatis incifis, petalis reflexis. Crane’s-bill with two
on a hot-bed ſoon after they are ripe, and the plants flowers upon eaeh foot-ſtalk, leaves divided into five lobes,
afterward treated in the ſame manner as other tender which are cut, and the petals of the flowers reflexed.
annual plants from warm countries, being too tender Geranium phæum five fuſcum, petalis rectis feu pla-
to thrive in the open air in England. If the feeds of nis, folio maculato. H. L. Brown Crane's-bill with
this plant are ſown in autumn, in pots placed in the plain petals, and ſpotted leaves.
tan-bed of the ſtove, they will ſucceed better than 8. GERANIUM (Striatum) pedunculis bifloris, altero bre-
when they are ſown in the ſpring, and the plants will viore, foliis quinquelobis medio dilatatis, petalis bilo
flower early, ſo good feeds may be obtained.
bis venoſo reticulatis. Burm. Ger. Crane's-bill with two
GENTIANELLA. See GENTIANA.
flowers upon each foot-ſtalk, one bigger than the other,
GERANIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 346. Tourn. Inft. leaves having five lobes, and flowers with two lobes. Ge-
R. H. 266. tab. 142. (takes its name from Tépara, ranium Romanum, verſicolor five ſtriatum. Park. Par.
Gr. a crane, or ſtork, becauſe its fruit reſembles the Roman Crane's-bill with ſtriped flowers.
bill of a Crane.] Crane’s-bill; in French, Bec de Gruë. 9. GERANIUM (Sylvaticum) pedunculis bifloris, foliis
The CHARACTERS are,
ſubpeltatis quinquelobis inciſo-ferratis, caule erecto,
The flower bath a permanent empalement, compoſed of petalis emarginatis. Flor. Lapp. 266. Crone's-bill with
five ſmall oval leaves. The flower bath five petals, two flowers on each foot-ſtalk, target-ſhaped leaves with
which are oval, or heart-ſhaped, ſpreading open ; theſe are five lobes deeply ſawed, an erect ſtalk, and indented petals
in ſome ſpecies equal, and in others, the upper iwo are to the flower. Geranium batrachioides montanum
much larger than the three lower. It hath ten ſtamina, noftras. Ger. Mountain Crane's-bill with a Crow-foot
which are alternately longer, but are ſhorter than the pe- leaf.
tals, and are terminated by oblong ſummits. In the bot- 10. GERANIUM (Orientale) pedunculis bifloris, foliiſque
tom of the flower is ſituated a five-cornered germen, ſup- oppoſitis, petalis integris, calycibus brevioribus. Eaſt-
porting an awl-ſhaped Style longer than the ſtamina, ern Dove's-foot Crane’s-bill, with oppoſite leaves, two
which is permanent, crowned by five reflexed ſtigmas. The flowers on each foot-ſtalk, and a ſhort empalement. Ge-
flower is ſucceeded by five feeds, each being wrapped up ranium Orientale columbinum, flore maximo, afpho-
the bulk of the beak, which is extended the length of the deli radice. T. Cor. Oriental Dove's-foot Crane's-bill,
ſtyle, where they are twiſted together at the point, ſo as with an Afphodel root and large flowers.
to form the reſemblance of a ſtork's beak.
II. GERANIUM (Perenne) pedunculis bifloris, foliis in-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of ferioribus quinque-partito-multifidis rotundis, fuperi-
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants oribus trilobis, caule erecto. Hudſ. Flor. Ang. 265.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina, and the male and fe- Crane's-bill with two flowers on each foot-ſtolk, the
male organs are joined in one body. Tournefort lower leaves having five many-pointed lobes, the upper
three,
in

GER
G ER
three, and en ere et ſtalk. Geranium Columbinum pe- with a one-leaved empalement, and ongular booded leaves
renne Pyrenaicum maximum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. ſharply indented. Geranium Africanum arboreſcens,
268. Greatest perennial Dove's-foot Crane’s-bill of the ibiſci folio angulofo, floribus amplis purpureis. Phil.
Pyrennes.
Tranf. 388. African-tree Crane's-bill with an angular
12. GERANIUM (Alpinum) pedunculis longiffimis multi- Marſhmallow leaf, and large purple flowers.
floris, calycibus ariſtatis, foliis bipinnatis. Crane's-23. GERANIUM (Zonale) calycibus monophyllis, foliis
bill with very long foot-ft alks Suſtaining many flowers, cordato-orbiculatis inciſis zona notatis. Hort. Upfal.
bearded empalements, and double wing-pointed leaves. 196. Crane's-bill with a one-leaved empalement, and
Geranium Alpinum Coriandri folio, longius radica- round heart-ſhaped leaves, which are cut, and marked
tum, flore majore purpureo. Michel. Alpine Crane's- with a circle. Geranium Africanum arboreſcens, al-
bill with a Coriander leaf, a long root, and a larger pur-
chimillæ hirſuto folio, floribus rubicundis. Com.
ple flower.
Præl. African-tree Crone's-bill with an hairy Ladies
13. GERANIUM (Argenteum) pedunculis bifloris, foliis Mantle leaf, and red flowers.
fubpeltatis feptempartitis trifidis tomentofo-fericeis, 24. GERANIUM (Inquinens) calycibus monophyllis, fo-
petalis emarginatis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 324. Crone's liis orbiculato-reniformibus tomentofis crenatis inte-
bill with two flowers on each foot-ſtalk, target-ſhaped griuſculis, caule fruticofo. Hort. Upfal. 195. Crone's--
leaves divided into ſeven parts, which are ſilvery, and the bill with a one-leaved empalement, and round kidney-
petals of the flower indented. Geranium argenteum Shaped leaves which are woolly, crenated, entire, and a
Alpinum. C. B. P. 318. Silvery Alpine Crane's-bill. Shrubby ſtalk. Geranium Africanum arboreſcens, mal-
14. GERANIUM (Maculatum) pedunculis bifloris, caule væ folio plano lucido, flore elegantiſſimè kermeſino.
dichotomo erecto, foliis quinquepartitis inciſis ſum- Di van Leur. Boerh. Ind. African-tree Crane's-bill,
mis ſeſſilibus. Flor. Virg. 78. Crane’s-bill with two with a plain, ſining, Mallow leaf, end an elegant fear-
flowers on each foot-stalk, upright ſtalks divided by pairs,
let flower.
and cut leaves divided into five parts, the upper ſitting 25. GERANIUM (Capitatum) calycibus monophyllis, fo-
cloſe to the ſtalk. Geranium batrachioides America- liis lobatis undatis villoſis, caule fruticoſo. Hort.
num maculatum, floribus obfoletè cæruleis. Hiort. Upfal. 196. Crane’s-bill with empalements of one leaf,
Elth. 158. American Spotted Crane’s-bill with obſolete leaves divided into lobes, which are waved and hairy, and
blue flowers.
e forubby ſtalk. Geranium Africanum fruteſcens,
15. GERANIUM (Bohemicum) pedunculis bifloris petalis malvæ folio odorato laciniato. H. L. African forubby
emarginatis arillis hirtis cotyledonibus trifidis medio Crane’s-bill with a jogged, Sweet-ſmelling, Mallow leof.
truncatis. Burm. Ger. 4. Crane's-bill with two flowers 26. GERANIUM (Vitifolium) calycibus monophyllis, fo-
on each foot-ſtalk, indented petals to the flower, hairy liis adſcendentibus lobatis pubeſcentibus, caule fruti-
beards, and a trifid leaf. Geranium annuum minus ba- coſo. Hort. Upſal. 196. Crane’s-bill with one-leaved
trachiodes Bohemicum, purpuro-violaceum. Mor. empalements, aſcending leaves which have lobes, are co-
Hift. 2.511. Leſſer annual Crane's-bill of Bohemia, with vered with soft boirs, and e fbrubby ſtalk. Geranium
a purple Violet flower.
Africanum fruteſcens, malvæ folio laciniato, odo-
16. GERANIUM (Sibiricum) pedunculis ſubunifloris, fo- rato inftar meliffæ, flore purpurafcente. Boerh. Ind.
liis quinquepartitis acutis foliolis pinnatifidis. Lin. African ſhrubby Crane's-bill
, with o jagged Mallow leaf
Sp. Plant. 683. Crane’s-bill with one flower on a foot- ſmelling like Balm, and a purpliſh coloured flower.
ſtalk, leaves divided into five acute parts, and the ſmall- | 27. GERANIUM (Papileonaceum) calycibus monophyllus,
er leaves wing-pointed.
corollis papilionaceis, alis carinaque minutis, foliis
17. GERANIUM (Moſchatum) pedunculis multiforis, flo- angulatis, caule fruticoſo. Hort. Cliff. 345. Crane's
ribus pentandris foliis pinnatis inciſis cotyledonibus bill with an empalement of one leaf, a butterfly flower,
pinnatifidis. Burm. Ger. 22. Crane’s-bill with many whoſe wings and keel are very ſmall, and a brubby
flowers on each foot-ſtalk, having firse ſtamina to the ſtalk. Geranium Africanum arboreſcens, malvæ fo-
flowers, and cut winged leaves. Geranium cicutæ folio, lio mucronato, petalis forum inferioribus vix con-
mofchatum. C. B. P. Muſked Crane's-bill, Frequently fpicuis. Phil. Tranſ. African-tree Crone's-bill with a
called Muſcovy.
pointed Mallow leaf, and the under petals of the flower
18. GERANIUM (Gruinum) pedunculis fub multifloris, Scarce diſcernible.
foribus pentandris, foliis ternatis lobatis. Burm. 28. GERANIUM (Acetoſum) calycibus monophyllis, foliis
Ger. 32. Crane’s-bill with many flowers on a foot-ſtalk, glabris obovatis carnoſis crenatis, caule fruticoſo.
five ſtamina to the fiower, and ternate lobed leaves. Hort. Cliff. 345. Crane's-bill with empalements of one
Geranium latifolium annuum, cæruleo flore, acu lon- leaf, ſmooth, oval, fleſhy leaves, which are crenated, and
giffimâ. H. Ox. Broad-leaved annuel Crane’s-bill with a a fhrubby ſtalk. Geranium Africanum fruteſcens,
blue flower, and a very long beak.
folio craſſo & glauco, acetofæ fapore. Com. Præl.
19. GERANIUM (Ciconium) pedunculis multifloris, caly- African ſhrubby Crane’s-bill with a thick glacuous leaf,
cibus pentaphyllis, floribus pentandris, foliis pinna- and an acid taſte like Sorrel.
tis acutis finuatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 680. Crane’s-bill 29. Geranium (Carnoſum) calycibus monophyllis, caule
with many flowers on each foot-ſtalk, having five-leaved fruticoſo, articulis carnoſo gibbofis, foliis pinnatifidis
empalements, five ſtamina to the flowers, and acute, finuated, laciniatis, petalis linearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 67.
winged leaves. Geranium Cicutæ folio, acu longiffimâ. Crane’s-bill with an empalement of one leaf, a ſhrubby
C. B. P. 319. Crane’s-bill with a Hemlock leaf, and very Stalk with fleſhy knees, wing-pointed leaves, and very
long beaks to the ſeed.
narrow petals to the flower. Geranium Africanum
20. GERANIUM (Viſcoſum) pedunculis multiforis, caly- fruteſcens, chelidonii folio, petalis florum anguſtis
cibus pentaphyllis, floribus pentandris, foliis bipin- albidis, carnoſo caudice. Phil. Tranſ. Geranium Afri-
natis multifidis caule erecto. Crane's-bill with many canum, folio alceæ, flore albo. Boerh. Ind. alt. Afri-
flowers on each foot-fi alk, having five-leaved empale- can ſhrubby Crane's-bill with a leaf like the Alcea, the
ments, flowers with five ſtamina, and many-pointed petals of the flower white and narrow, and a fleſhy ſtalk.
winged leaves. Geranium cicutæ folio viſcoſum erec- 30. GERANIUM (Gibboſum) calycibus monophyllis, caule
tum, acu longiffimâ. Juffieu. Ereet viſcous Crane's-bill fruticoſo, geniculis carnofis gibboſis, foliis fubpin-
with a Hemlock leaf, and very long beaks to the feed. natis appofitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 677. Crone's-bill with
21. GERANIUM (Cucullatum) calycibus monophyllis, fo- a one-leaved empalement, ſhrubby ſtalk with fley knees,
liis cuculatis dentatis. Hort. Cliff
. 345. Crane’s-bill and winged leaves placed oppoſite. Geranium Africa-
with an empalement of one leaf, and indented hooded leaves. num nočtu olens, tuberoſum & nodoſum, aquilegiæ
Geranium Africanum arboreſcens, ibiſci folio rotun- foliis. H. L. African Crane's-bill ſmelling ſweet in the
do, carlinæ odore. H. L. African-tree Crane's-bill with night, with knotty tuberous stalks, and leaves like Co-
around Marſhmellow leaf, and ſmell of the Carline lumbine.
Thiſtle.
31. GERANIUM (Fulgidum) calycibus monophyllis, fo-
22. GERANIUM (Anguloſum) calycibus monophyllis, fo- liis tripartitis inciſis, intermedia majore umbellis, ge-
liis cuculatis angulofis, acutè dentatis. Crane’s-bill minis, caule fruticoſo carnofa. Lin. Vir. 67. Crane's-
a
a
bill

G ER
G ER
bill with one-leaved empalements, leaves cut into three coriandri, floribus incarnatis, minus. H. L. Leſer
Segments, the middle one being the largest, double foot- African Crane’s-bill with a Coriander leaf, and c fieſta-
stalks with flowers growing in umbels, and a forubby coloured flower.
fieſhy ſtalk. Geranium Africanum, folio alceæ, flore 41. GERANIUM (Romanum) pedunculis multifloris, flo-
coccineo fulgidiffimo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 264. ribus pentandris, foliis pinnatis inciſis, ſcapis radica-
African Crane’s-bill with a Vervain Mallow leaf, and a libus. Burm. Ger. 30. Crane’s-bill with many flowers on
deep ſcarlet flower.
each foot-ſtalk, cut winged leaves, and foot-ſtalks riſing
32. GERANIUM (Peltatum) calycibus monophyllis, fo- from the root. Geranium myrrhinum tenuifolium,
lis, quinquelobis integerrimis glabris peltatis, caule amplo flore purpureo. Barrel. rar. 563.
fruticoſo. Hort. Cliff. 345. Crane’s-bill with empale-42. GERANIUM (Groſſularoides) calycibus monophyllis,
ments of one leaf, and ſmooth target-ſhaped leaves, hav- foliis cordatis fubrotundis lobatis crenatis, caule her-
ing five lobes, which are entire. Geranium Africanum baceo lævi. Burm. Ger. 53. Crane’s-bill with empole-
foliis inferioribus afari, fuperioribus ftaphidiſagriæ, ments of one leaf, roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves which
maculatis, ſplendentibus, & acetoſæ ſapore. Com. are crenated, and herbaceous ſmooth ſtalks. Geranium
Præl. African Crane's-bill with the under leaves like Afa- Africanum, uvæ criſpæ folio, floribus exiguis rubel-
rabacca, and the upper leaves like Staveſacre, Shining,
lis. H. L. African Crane’s-bill with a Gooſeberry leaf,
Spotted, and taſting like Sorrel.
and ſmall reddiſh flowers.
33. GERANIUM (Alchimilloides) calycibus monophyllis, 43, GERANIUM (Betulinum) calycibus monophyllis
, fo-
foliis orbiculatis palmatis inciſis pilofis, caule her- liis ovatis inæqualiter ferratis planis, caule fruticoſo.
baceo. Lin. Vir. 67. Crane’s-bill with empalements of Lin. Sp. Plant. 679. Crane’s-bill with one-leaved empale-
one leaf, roundiſ hand-ſhaped leaves, which are divided, ments, and oval plain leaves unequally ſawed, and a
hairy, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Geranium Africanum, Shrubby ſtalk. Geranium fruteſcens, folio lato den-
alchimillä hirſuto folio, floribus albidis. H. L. Afri- tato, flore magno rubente. Burm. Afr. 92. tab. 33.
can Crane’s-bill with a hairy Ladies Mantle leaf, and Shrubby Craneºs-bill with a broad indented leaf, and large
whitiſh flowers.
reddiſh flower.
34. GERANIUM (Odoratiſſimum) calycibus nionophyllis, 44. Geranium (Chium) pedunculis multifloris, floribus
caule carnoſo breviſſimo, ramis herbaceis longis foliis pentandris, foliis cordatis inciſis, fuperioribus lyrato-
cordatis. Hort. Cliff. 345. Crane's-bill with empale- pinnatifidis. Burm. Ger. 35. Crane's-bill with many
ments of one leaf, a very ſhort fleſhy ſtalk, long ber- flowers on each foot-ſtalk, heart-ſhaped cut leaves at bot -
baceous branches, and heart-ſhaped leaves. Gerani- tom, the upper lyre-ſhaped and winged. Geranium
um Africanum, folio malvæ craffo molli odoratif- chium vernum Caryphyllatæ folio. Tourri. Cor. 20.
fimo, flofculo pentapetalo albo. Boerh. Ind. alt. Afri-45. GERANIUM (Malacoides) pedunculis multiforis, flo-
can Crane’s-bill with a thick, Soft, ſweet-ſmelling Mal- ribus pentandris foliis cordatis ſublobatis. Hort.
low leaf, and a ſmall white flower compoſed of five Cliff. 344. Crane's-bill with many flowers on each ſtalk,
leaves.
and heart-ſhaped lobed leaves. Geranium folio Althææ.
35. GERANIUM (Triſte) calycibus monophyllis, feffili-
C. B. P. 318.
bus ſcapis bifidis monophyllis. Lin. Sp. 950. Crane's 46. GERANIUM (Glaucophyllum) pedunculis multifloris,
bill with Seſſile empalements of one leaf, a bifid ſtalk, and fioribus pentandris, foliis ovatis ferratis incanis line-
a roundiſh root. Geranium Americanum, noctu olens, aris. Lin. Sp. 952. Crane’s-bill with many flowers ori
radice tuberosâ, triſte. Corn. H. Ox. American tube- each ſtalk, and oval ſawed leaves. Geranium Ægyp-
rous-rooted Crane’s-bill, ſmelling ſweet in the night. tiacum glaucophyllon, roftris longiffimis plumofis.
36. GERANIUM (Myrrhifolium) calycibus monophyllis, 47. GERANIUN (Carolinianum) pedunculis bifloris, caly-
,
foliis bipinnatis, inferioribus cordatis lobatis, caule cibus ariſtatis, foliis multifidis, arillis hirſutis. Prod.
herbaceo, calycibus ftrigofis. Burm. Ger. 59. Crane’s- Leyd. 351. Crane’s-bill with two flowers on each ſtalk,
bill with empalements of one leaf, doubly wing-pointed bearded empalements, many pointed leaves, and hairy
leaves, the lower heart-ſhaped with lobes, and an herba- beaks. Geranium columbinum Carolinum, capſulis
ceous ſtalk. Geranium Africanum tuberoſum, ane- nigris hirſutis. Hort. Elth. 162,
mones folio, incarnato fiore. Par. Bat. Tuberous- 48. GERANIUM (Altheoides) calycibus monophyllis, fo-
rooted African Crane’s-bill with an Anemony leaf, and a liis cordato-ovatis plicatis ſinuatis crenatis, caule her-
pale, fleſh-coloured flower.
baceo proſtrato. Hort. Cliff. 354. Crane’s-bill with a
37. GERANIUM (Paſtinacefolium) calycibus monophyllis, one-leaved empalement, oval beart-shaped ploited leaves,
foliis decompofitis pinnatifidis, acutis pedunculis lon- which are indented, and a proſtrate herbaceous ſtolk.
giffimis. Crane’s-bill with empalements of one leaf, de- Geranium folio Althææ. Africanum odore meliffe.
compounded leaves ending in acute winged points, and Boerh. Ind. 1. p. 263.
very long foot-ſtalks to the flower. Geranium Africa- The firſt ſort grows naturally in moiſt meadows in
num noctu olens, radice tuberosâ, foliis paſtinacæ many parts of England, but is frequently planted in
incanis lanuginoſis latioribus, flore pallide flaveſcente. gardens for the beauty of its large blue flowers ; of
H. L. B. Night-ſmelling Crane’s-bill with a tuberous this there is a variety with white fowers, and another
root, broad, woolly, hoary, Parſnep leaves, and a pale with variegated flowers ; but theſe are apt to dege-
yellowiſh flower.
nerate to the commonfort, if they are raiſed from ſeeds,
38. GERANIUM (Villoſum) calycibus monophyllis, foliis but by parting of their roots they may be continued.
pinnatifidis villofis, laciniis linearibus. Crane’s-bill with It hath a perennial root, which ſends up many ſtalks,
empalements of one leaf, bairy wing-pointed leaves, having which riſe near three feet high, garniſhed with tar-
very narrow ſegments. Geranium Æthiopicum, noctu get-ſhaped leaves, divided into fix or ſeven lobes ;
olens, radice tuberosâ, foliis myrrhidus anguſtioribus. theſe are cut into ſeveral acute ſegments, after the
Breyn. Cent. Night ſweet-ſmelling Ethiopian Crane's manner of winged leaves, ending in many points.
bill with a tuberous root, and narrow Cicely leaves. The flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalks,
39. GERANIUM (Lobatum) calycibus monophyllis, caule each foot-ſtalk fuſtaining two flowers, whoſe petals
truncato, ſcapis fubradicalibus, umbella compoſita. are large and equal; they are of a fine blue colour,
Lin. Sp. 950. Crane’s-bill with empalements of one and
appear in May and June.
leaf, a truncated ſtalk, foot-ſtalks eriſing from the root, The varieties of this may be preſerved by parting of
and a compound umbel of flowers. Geranium Africa- their roots in autumn ; they may be planted in almoſt
num noctu olens, folio vitis hirſuto, tuberoſum. H. any foil or ſituation, and require no other culture but
L. Night ſweet-ſmelling African Crane’s-bill with a to keep them clean from weeds. They may alſo be
hairy Vine leaf, and a tuberous root.
propagated by feeds, but by this method they are very
40. GERANIUM (Coriandrifolium) calycibus monophyllis, apt to vary in the colour of their flowers. If the feed's
foliis bipinnatis linearibus fquarrofis, caule her- of theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will
baceo læviuſculo. Lin. Sp. 949. Crone's-bill wiih
come up
without
any
farther care.
a one-leaved empalement, doubly winged rough leaves, The ſecond fort grows naturally in Germany arid
and a very ſmooth ſtalk. Geranium Africanum, folio Switzerland; this hath a thick, fleſhy, perennial root,
6 C
from
a
;

GER
G. ER
a
3
و
3
a
from which ariſe ſeveral branching ſtalks, which grow
about one foot high, garniſhed with leaves at each
joint, which are divided into five lobes, and are di-
vided at the top into many ſhort ſegments, which are
crenated on their edges; they are of a light green, and
ſmooth. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches, many growing together in a bunch, but
each ſhort foot-ſtalk ſuſtains two flowers. The flowers
have ſwollen empalements, reſembling inflated blad-
ders. The petals are pretty large, equal, and of a
fine bright purple colour, and the ſtamina and ſtyle
are much longer than the petals; the whole plant,
when rubbed, emits an agreeable odour. This flowers
about the ſame time with the firſt fort, and may be
propagated and treated in the ſame manner, the plant
being equally hardy.
The third fort grows naturally in many parts of Eng-
land, but is often admitted into gardens; this hath
pretty thick, fleſhy, fibrous roots, which grow to a
large head, from which ariſe many ſtalks, gar-
niſhed with leaves, divided into five lobes, which
are again divided almoſt to the midrib. The flowers
ſtand upon long hairy foot-ſtalks, which come out
from the ſide of the ſtalk, each ſuſtaining one flower,
compoſed of five broad regular petals, which are of a
deep purple colour. This ſort flowers in June and Ju-
ly; there are two varieties mentioned of this fort as
diſtinct ſpecies, one whoſe ſtalks grow more erect, and
the other hath leaves more deeply divided; but the
plants which I have raiſed from ſeeds of theſe do not
come up the ſame as the parent plants, ſo they are
only ſeminal varieties.
This hath a perennial root, which may be parted in
autumn, and thereby propagated; or it may be pro-
pagated by ſeeds, and the plants treated in the ſame
manner as the firſt.
The fourth fort hath been ſuppoſed by ſome to be
only a variety of the third, but it is undoubtedly a
distinct fpecies; for I have frequently raiſed the
plants from ſeeds, which have always proved to be
the ſame. The ſtalks of this plant are ſhorter than
thoſe of the third, and ſpread flat on the ground;
the leaves are much leſs, and not ſo deeply divided,
and the flowers much ſmaller and of a pale colour,
marked with purple; it grows naturally in Lancaſhire
and Weſtinoreland, where I ſaw it in plenty. This
may be propagated and treated in the ſame manner
as the others.
The fifth fort is a perennial plant, of ſmaller growth
than either of the former. It riſes with branching
ftalks about fix inches high, garniſhed with leaves,
having three pretty broad lobes, which are undi-
vided, and crenated on their edges : thoſe on the
lower part of the ſtalks are placed oppoſite, upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks, but the upper leaves fit cloſe
to the ſtalks and are ſingle. The flowers are produced
at the end of the ſtalks, ſtanding together upon two
ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a dirty purple colour,
and
appear in June. It
in June. It grows naturally in France.
This fort may be propagated and treated in the ſame
manner as the firſt.
The ſixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Hel-
vetian mountains, and is found in ſome places in the
North of England : this hath a perennial root, from
which ariſe ſeveral ſtalks near a foot high, with
leaves which are divided into five or fix lobes, which
are laciniated on their edges; thoſe which grow near
the root have long foot-ſtalks, but thoſe on the up-
per part of the ſtalk fit cloſe; the ſtalk branches out
at the top into three or four diviſions, each being
terminated by two or three foot-ſtalks, ſuſtaining two
flowers of a dark purple colour, with erect petals
.
This flowers in June, and may be propagated by feeds
or parting of the roots, in the ſame manner as the
firſt fort.
The ſeventh fort is very like the ſixth, but the
leaves are larger, the lobes ſhorter, broader, and not
ſo much cut; they are ſtriped with black; the ſtalks
riſe higher, the flowers are larger, and the petals are
reflexed. Theſe differences are permanent, ſo are
ſufficient to conſtitute a ſpecific difference between
them. This may be propagated and treated in the
fame manner as the firſt fort. It grows naturally on
the Alps.
The eighth fort hath a perennial root, which fends
up many branching ſtalks a foot and a half high,
garnished with light green leaves; thoſe on the
lower part of the ſtalk hath five lobes, and ſtand
upon long foot-ſtalks ; but thoſe on the upper part
have but three lobes, fit cloſer to the ſtalks, and
are ſharply indented on the edges; the fowers ſtand
upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining two
flowers, compoſed of five obtuſe petals, which are
deeply indented at the top; they are of a dull white,
with many purple ſtripes running longitudnally thro'
them. Theſe appear in June, and in cool ſeaſons
there will be a ſucceſſion of flowers a great part of
July. This fort is very hardy, fo may
be
propagated
by dividing of the roots, or from feeds, in the ſame
manner as the firſt fort.
The ninth fort grows plentifully in the meadows in
Lancaſhire and Weſtmoreland ; this hath a perennial
root, which ſends out three or four upright ſtalks
about nine inches high, garniſhed with leaves, having
five lobes, which are fawed on their edges; they are
placed oppoſite on the ſtalks; thoſe on the lower
part have pretty long foot-ftalks, but thoſe on the
upper part fit cloſer. The flowers are ſituated
on the top of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two pretty large blue flowers,
with entire petals. This flowers in May and June,
and may be propagated and treated in the ſame way
as the firſt fort.
The tenth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant, from whence he ſent the feeds to the Royal
Garden at Paris ; this hath a perennial root, from
which ariſe a few weak ſtalks about nine inches long,
garniſhed with leaves which are round, and divided
into five lobes, which are indented at the top, and
placed oppoſite on the ſtalks. The flowers ftand upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks, which come ſingle from
the joints of the ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two purpliſh
flowers with entire petals, having very ſhort empale-
ments. It flowers in June, and
propagated
either from ſeeds, or by parting of the roots in the
ſame manner as the firſt fort, but the plants require a
drier foil and a warmer ſituation ; for although in
cominon winters it will live in the open air, yet in fe-
vere froft theſe plants are ſometimes killed, eſpecially
when they are planted in moiſt coid land.
The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
mountains; this hath a perennial root, from which
ariſe many branching ſtalks a foot and a half high,
garniſhed with round leaves, divided into many ob-
tuſe ſegments at the top, placed oppoſite. The
flowers are produced upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which
come out at the diviſions on the ſides, and at the top
of the ſtalks; they are in ſome of a pale purple co-
lour, and in others white. The petals of the flowers
are bifid, like thoſe of the common Dove's-foot
Crane's-bill, to which the whole plant bears ſome re-
ſemblance; but the ſtalks are erect, the leaves and
flowers much larger, and the root is perennial; this
will propagate itſelf faſt enough by its ſcattered ſeeds
where it has once got poffeffion, and will thrive in any
ſoil or ſituation.
The twelfth fort grows naturally upon the Alps. The
ſeeds of this were ſent me by Sig. Micheli, of Flo-
rence; this hath a perennial root, which runs very
deep into the ground. The lower leaves of the plant
have very long foot-ſtalks, they are doubly winged
and ſmooth. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high,
which are garniſhed with leaves of the ſame form as
the lower, but ſmaller, and ſtand oppoſite. The
flowers grow many together upon very long foot-
ſtalks; they are purple. This flowers in June, but
has never ripened any feeds in England. The plant
is hardy, and lives in the open air, but as the root
puts out no offsets, nor perfects ſeeds here, we have
not been able to propagate it.
The
may be

G ER
G ER
a
The thirteenth fort grows naturally on the Alps; this
hath a very thick perennial root, from which come
out roundiſh leaves, divided into many parts, ſtanding
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are very filvery,
and ſhining like filk. The flower-ſtalks riſe about
four or five inches high, garniſhed with one or two
ſmall leaves like thoſe below, which fit cloſe to the
italk. The ſtalks are terminated by two pretty large
pale flowers, whoſe petals are entire, and ſpread open
Aat. It flowers in June, but rarely ripens feeds here;
it may be propagated by parting of the roots in the
fame manner as the firſt, and muſt have a ſhady fi-
tuation.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica, from whence the feeds were ſent to England ;
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
ítalks about one foot high, which divide by pairs, and
from the middle of the diviſions come out the foot-
ſtalks of the flowers, which are pretty long and naked,
each ſuſtaining two pale purple flowers with entire
petals. The leaves are divided into five parts, which
are cut on their edges, and are placed oppoſite, the
lower having pretty long foot-italks, but the upper
fit cloſe to the ſtalks. It flowers in June, and fre-
quently ripens feeds, from which the plant may be
propagated; it thrives very well in the open air, and
requires no other culture but to keep it clean from
weeds.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Bohemia; this
is an annual plant, which fends out many ſtalks, di-
viding into ſeveral ſmaller, which are garniſhed with
leaves divided into five lobes, crenated on their edges;
they ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, and are for the moſt
part oppoſite. The flowers ftand by pairs upon pretty
long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which come out from the ſide
of the ftalk; they are of a fine blue colour, and are
fucceeded by ſeeds, whoſe capſules and beaks are
black. It flowers moſt part of ſummer, and the ſeeds
ripen ſoon after, which, if permitted to ſcatter, there
will be a ſupply of plants, which want no other care
but to keep them clean from weeds.
The ſixteenth fort grows naturally in Siberia. The
ſeeds of this plant were ſent me by Sir Charles Lin-
næus, profeſſor of botany at Upſal; this fort hath a
perennial root. The leaves are divided into five acute
lobes, which are cut into many ſharp wing-like ſeg-
ments on their edges; they are placed oppoſite, and
have long ſlender foot-ſtalks. The foot-Italks of the
flower come out from the wings of the ſtalk; they
are pretty long, ſlender, and each ſuſtain one pale
purpliſh flower. This fort flowers in June, and per-
fects its ſeeds very well, ſo may be eaſily propagated;
it will grow on any foil
, or in any ſituation.
The ſeventeenth fort is an annual plant, which is
ſometimes found growing naturally in England, but
is frequently preſerved in gardens for the muſky odour
of the leaves, which in dry weather is very ſtrong.
The leaves of this are irregularly winged, the lobes
grow alternate, and are cut into many obtuſe ſegments
on their edges. The ſtalks branch into many divi-
fions, and frequently decline to the ground. The
flowers are produced in umbels upon long foot-ſtalks,
which ariſe from the wings of the ſtalks; they are
ſmall, blue, and have but five ſtamina in each, their
empalements are compoſed of five leaves. It flowers
in May, June, and July, and the ſeeds ripen foon
after ; which, if permitted to ſcatter, there will be a
ſupply of plants without care, which will require no
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds,
and thin them where they are too cloſe; it will thrive
on any foil, or in any ſituation.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Crete; this is
an annual plant with very broad leaves, which are cut
on their fides regularly, in form of winged leaves, and
are crenated on their borders. The flowers are pro-
duced on pretty long foot-ſtalks, which come out
from the wings of the ſtalk; they have five-leaved
empalements, and are compoſed of five entire blue
petals; theſe are ſucceeded by the largeſt and longeſt
beaks of any ſpecies of this genus yet known. It
flowers in June and July; this ripens feeds very well,
and if they are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will
come up without care; or they may be fown in the
spring where they are deſigned to remain, and will
require no other culture but to thin them where they
are too cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds.
The nineteenth ſort grows naturally in Germany and
Italy; this is an annual plant, which hath ſeveral
proftrate ſtalks near a foot long, garniſhed with
winged leaves, cut into ſeveral acute parts, placed
oppoſite. The flowers come out from the wings of
the ſtalk, upon foot-ſtalks about three inches long;
ſome of theſe ſuſtain many flowers, but others have
no more than two; they are of a pale blue colour, and
are ſucceeded by very long beaks, but not ſo long
or large as thoſe of the former fort; but the ſeeds of
this are frequently uſed for hygrometers, to ſew the
moiſture of the air: if the feeds of this are permitted
to ſcatter, the plants will come up and thrive without
any other care than to keep them clear from weeds,
and the plants which come up in autumn will flower
early in May, but thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring
ſeldom flower till July. Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes this
and the former fort to be the fame, but whoever has
ſeen the two plants, cannot doubt of their being diſtinct
fpecies.
The feeds of the twentieth fort were ſent to the Chel-
fea garden by Dr. Juſſieu, profeſſor of botany at Pa-
ris; this is an annual plant, which hath upright ſtalks
near two feet high, which are garniſhed with double
winged leaves, ending in many points; theſe are very
viſcous, and ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are produced
on long naked foot-ſtalks, ſtanding many together
upon each; they are of a pale blue colour, and have
but five ſtamina ; their empalements are compoſed of
five leaves, which end with awns. It flowers in May,
June, and July, according to the times when the
ſeeds are fown, and the ſeeds ripen a month after;
this requires no other culture than the two former
forts.
There are ſeveral other ſorts of annual Geraniums,
ſome of which grow naturally in England, and are
troubleſome weeds in a garden, others grow naturally
a
in France, Spain, Italy, and Germany, and are pre-
ſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety ; but
as they are plants of little beauty, they are rarely ad-
mitted into other gardens, therefore I ſhall not trouble
the reader with an enumeration of the fpecies, which
would ſwell this article too much, ſo I ſhall next treat
of the African Crane’s-bills, which are preſerved in
moſt of the curious gardens, where there is conveniency
to ſcreen them from the froſt in winter.
The twenty-firſt ſort grows naturally near the Cape
of Good Hope; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk eight
or ten feet high, ſending out ſeveral irregular branches,
garniſhed with roundiſh leaves, whoſe fides are erect,
ſo form a fort of hood by the hollow cavity made in
the leaf. The baſe of the leaves are cut in form of
a heart-ſhaped leaf, and from the foot-ſtalk run many
nerves ariſing from a point, but diverge toward the
fides; the borders of the leaves are ſharply indented,
thoſe on the lower part of the branches have long
foot-ſtalks, and are placed without order on every fide,
but thoſe on the upper part have ſhorter foot-italks,
and ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are produced in
large panicles on the top of the branches; their em-
palements are of one leaf, deeply cut into five feg-
ments, and cloſely covered with ſoft hairs. The pe-
tals are large, entire, and of a purple blue colour. It
flowers in June, July, Auguſt, and September, and
the flowers are ſucceeded by feeds, having ſhort hairy
beaks.
The twenty-ſecond fort has ſome appearance of the
twenty-firſt, but the leaves are of a thicker ſubſtance,
divided into many acute angles, having purple edges,
which are acutely indented. The ſtalks and leaves
are very hairy. The branches are not ſo irregular as
thoſe of the former, nor are the bunches of flowers
near fo large; theſe differences are permanent in the
plants which are raiſed from feeds, ſo it is undoubtedly
a distinct
و
a

GER
GER
a
a
a diftinet ſpecies, though Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes them
to be the ſame.
The twenty-third fort comes from the Cape of Good
Hope, but is one of the oldeſt, and the moſt common
fort in the Engliſh gardens; this riſes with a ſhrubby
ftalk four or five feet high, and divides into a great
number of irregular branches, ſo as to form a large
head, which is often eight or ten feet high. The
branches are garniſhed with roundiſh heart-ſhaped
leaves, indented on their edges in ſeveral obtuſe feg-
ments, which are cut into ſhort teeth at their brims;
theſe have a purpliſh circle, or mark, like a horſe-
ſhoe, through the leaf, going from one ſide of the
baſe to the other, correſponding with the border of the
leaf; theſe leaves when gently rubbed, have a ſcent
like fcalded Apples. The flowers are produced in
pretty cloſe bunches, ſtanding upon foot-Italks about
five or fix inches in length, which come out from the
wings of the ſtalk, toward the end of the branches;
they are of a reddiſh purple colour, and continue in
fucceffion great part of ſummer; there is a variety of
this with fine variegated leaves, which is preſerved in
moſt of the Engliſh gardens for the beauty of its
leaves; but as this accidentally came from the other,
it is not a diſtinct fpecies, therefore I have not enu-
merated it.
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape
of Good Hope ; this riſes with a ſoft ſhrubby ſtem to
the height of eight or ten feet, ſending out ſeveral
branches, which are generally erect; theſe are gar-
niſhed with roundiſh kidney-ſhaped leaves, which are
of a thick ſubſtance, and of a lucid green, ſtanding
on pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are covered with ſoft
hairs on their under fide, and are placed without any
order. The flowers grow in looſe bunches upon long
ſtiff foot-ſtalks, which come out from the wings of
the ſtalk; they are of a bright ſcarlet colour, fo make
a fine appearance, and there is a ſucceſſion of theſe
flowers during all the ſummer months.
The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope, but has been many years an inhabitant
of the Engliſh gardens; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk
four or five feet high, dividing into ſeveral weak ir-
regular branches, garniſhed with leaves divided into
three unequal lobes, which are hairy and waved on
their edges; they are placed alternate on the branches,
and ſtand upon hairy foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow
in cloſe roundiſh heads on the top of the foot-ſtalks,
forming a ſort of corymbus; they are of a purpliſh
blue colour, and continue in ſucceſſion great part of
the ſummer. The leaves of this fort, when rubbed,
have an odour like dried Roſes, from whence many
have given it the title of Roſe Geranium.
The twenty-fixth fort is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope; this riſes with an upright ſhrubby ſtalk to the
height of feven or eight feet, ſending out many pretty
ſtrong branches, garniſhed with leaves ſhaped fome-
what like thoſe of the Vine; thoſe on the lower
part
ftand upon long foot-ſtalks, but the upper have ſhort
ones; when the leaves of this are rubbed, they have
a ſcent of Balm. The flowers grow in compact cluí-
ters on the top of long naked foot-ſtalks, which come
out from the wings of the ſtalk, but riſe much higher
than the branches; they are ſmall, and of a pale blue
colour, ſo make no great figure, but there is a ſuc-
ceſſion of them moſt part of the ſummer.
The twenty-ſeventh fort riſes with an upright ihrubby
ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high, ſending out ſeveral
fide branches, garniſhed with large, angular, rough
leaves, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks. The flowers
are produced in large panicles at the end of the
branches; theſe are ſhaped ſomewhat like a Butterfly-
flower, the two upper petals, which are pretty large,
turn upward like a ſtandard in the leguminous
flowers; theſe are finely variegated, but the three
under petals are ſo ſmall, as not to appear at a ſmall
diſtance; theſe are reflexed downward, ſo are ſcreened
from fight, unleſs the flowers are viewed near. This
fort flowers in May, at which time the plants make a
fine appearance, but they are not ſucceeded by any
6.
more afterward, as moſt of the other forts are ; this
grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope.
The twenty-eighth fort is from the ſame country; this
riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high,
ſending out ſeveral fide branches, garniſhed with ob-
long, oval, fleſhy, ſmooth leaves, of a gray colour,
which are crenated on their edges, and have an acid
taſte like Sorrel. The flowers ſtand upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the wings of the ſtalks,
each ſuſtaining three or four flowers, whoſe petals are
narrow and unequal in fize; they are of a pale bluſh
colour, with ſome ſtripes of a light red; theſe con-
tinue in ſucceſſion moſt part of the fummer. There
is a variety of this with ſcarlet flowers, which is faid
to have been raiſed from the feeds of this fort. The
leaves of it are larger, and ſeem to be an intermediate
fpecies between this and the twenty-fourth fort, for the
flowers are larger than thoſe of the twenty-eighth fort,
and are of a pale ſcarlet colour.
The twenty-ninth fort hath a thick, fleſhy, knotted
ſtalk, which riſes about two feet high, ſending out a
few flender fleſhy branches, garniſhed thinly with
double winged leaves, which, on the lower part of
the ſtalk, ſtand upon foot-ſtalks, but thoſe above fit
cloſe to the branches. The flowers are produced in
ſmall cluſters at the end of the branches; theſe have
five narrow white petals, which make no appearance,
and continue in ſucceſſion moft part of the ſummer.
It grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope.
The thirtieth fort hath a round fleſhy ſtalk with
ſwelling knots at the joints, which riſe about three
feet high, and ſend out ſeveral irregular branches,
which are ſmooth; they are thinly garniſhed with
ſmooth, fleſhy, winged leaves, ending in obtuſe points;
they are of a gray colour, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks. The flowers ſtand four or five upon each foot-
ftalk, which ariſes from the wings of the ſtalk, and
are of a dark purple colour. The petals are broader
than thoſe of the former fort, and have a very agree
able ſcent in the evening, after the fun has left them
ſome time; this and the former fort are ſuppoſed to
be one fpecies by Dr. Linnæus, but they are very dif-
ferent in many particulars, which are permanent in
the plants which come up from ſeeds.
The thirty-firſt ſort hath a fleſhy ſtalk which feldom
riſes a foot high, and puts out very few branches;
theſe are garniſhed with ſmooth, light, green leaves,
divided into three lobes, the middle ſegment being
much larger than the others. The flowers ſtand upon
ſhort foot-ftalks, each ſuſtaining two or three flowers
on the top, which are of a very deep ſcarlet colour,
and have unequal petals; this fort is not regular in its
ſeaſon of flowering, ſometimes it is in ſpring, at other
times in ſummer, and frequently in autumn. The
leaves of this ſort fall off, ſo that the ſtalks are fre-
quently deftitute of them for three or four months
in ſummer, and appear as if they were dead, but in
autumn they put out freſh leaves again.
The thirty-ſecond ſort hath many weak ſhrubby ſtalks,
which require ſupport to prevent their falling on the
ground, theſe extend to the length of two or three
feet, and are garniſhed with fleſhy leaves, divided into
five obtufe lobes, which are entire; theſe have flender
foot-ſtalks, which are faſtened to the middle of the
leaf like the handle of a target. The leaves are
ſmooth, of a lucid green, and have a circular purple
mark in their middle; they have an acid flavour, and
are placed alternate on their branches. The flowers
are produced upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which come
out from the wings of the ſtalk, each foot-ſtalk fuf-
taining four or five purple flowers, compoſed of five
unequal petals. This fort continues a ſucceſſion of
flowers moſt of the ſummer months, and frequently
ripen feeds here.
The thirty-third fort fends out ſeveral herbaceous
ſtalks about a foot and a half in length, which trail
upon the ground if they are not ſupported; theſe are
garniſhed with roundiſh hand-ſhaped leaves, which
are cut into many parts, and are very hairy. The
flowers are of a pale bluſh colour, and ſtand ſeveral
together
a

GER
G ER
a
.
apt to
a
3
together upon very long foot-ſtalks; there is a fuc-
ceffion of theſe during all the ſummer months, and
the feeds ripen accordingly about a month after the
flowers are fallen : there is a variety of this ſort which
has a dark circle in the middle of the leaves, which is
mentioned as a diſtinct ſpecies, but I find it is
vary from ſeeds.
The thirty-fourth fort hath a very ſhort fleſhy ſtalk,
which divides near the ground into ſeveral heads, each
having many leaves, which ariſe on ſeparate foot-
ſtalks from the heads; theſe are heart-ſhaped, ſoft,
and downy, and have a ſtrong ſcent like Aniſeed;
from theſe heads come out ſeveral ſlender ſtalks near
a foot in length, which lie proitrate on the ground,
and are garniſhed with rounder leaves than thoſe near
the root, but are of the ſame texture, and have the
like odour. The flowers are produced from the ſide
of theſe ſtalks, three, four, or five ſtanding together
upon ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are very ſmall and
white, ſo make little appearance, but the plant is pre-
ferved in gardens for the ſcent of its leaves.
The thirty-fifth fort hath a thick, roundiſh, tuberous
root, from which ariſe ſeveral hairy leaves, which are
finely divided, almoſt like thoſe of the Garden Carrot;
theſe fpread near the ground, and between theſe come
out the ſtalks, which riſe about a foot high, which
are garniſhed with two or three leaves of the fame fort
with thoſe below, but are ſmaller, and fit cloſer to the
ſtalks; from theſe ariſe two or three naked foot-ſtalks,
which are terminated by a bunch of yellowiſh flowers,
marked with dark purple ſpots, which ſmell very ſweet
after the fun hath left them; theſe are frequently fuc-
ceeded by feeds, which ripen in autumn. This is the
fort which has been long cultivated in the gardens,
and is known by the title of Geranium noctu olens,
or Night-Scented Crane’s-bill.
The thirty-fixth fort hath a knobbed tuberous root like
the laſt, from which come out ſeveral pretty large
leaves, compoſed of many lobes, fet along the mid-
rib in the form of a winged leaf; theſe are narrow at
their baſe, but are very much enlarged at their ends,
which are rounded, and cut all along their fide
and top into many acute points; the ſtalks which
ſuſtain the flowers ariſe immediately from the root,
and ſometimes have one or two ſmall leaves toward
the bottom, where they often divide into two naked
foot-ſtalks, each being terminated by a bunch of pale
reddiſh flowers, which ſmell ſweet at night.
The thirty-ſeventh fort hath oblong tuberous roots,
from which come out ſeveral decompounded winged
leaves, ending in many acute points; the ſegments of
theſe leaves are broader than thoſe of the thirty-fifth
fort, and the leaves are very hairy. The ſtalks riſe
a foot and a half high, which are garniſhed with a
fingle leaf at the two lower joints; theſe are ſingly
winged, and the lobes are narrow, itanding at a wider
diſtance, and the ſegments are more acute than thoſe
of the lower leaves; at the two lower knots or joints,
ariſe two long naked foot-ſtalks, each being termi-
nated by a bunch of yellowiſh flowers, which have long
tubes, and ſmell ſweet in the evening when the ſun
has left them. This grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope.
The thirty-eighth fort hath a tuberous root like the
former, from which ſpring out many hairy leaves,
which are finely divided like thoſe of the Pulſatilla,
which have a hoary appearance, and riſe immediately
from the root, ſpreading on every fide near the ground.
The foot-ſtalk of the flower is naked, and riſes from
the root; this grows about nine inches high, and is
terminated by a looſe bunch of flowers, which are of
a very dark purple colour, and ſmell fweet in the
evening
The thirty-ninth fort hath fleſhy tuberous roots like
thoſe of the former forts, from which come out three
or four broad leaves, divided on their borders into
ſeveral lobes, in form of a Vine leaf; theſe ſpread flat
on the ground, they are hairy, and crenated on their
edges, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The foot-
ftalks of the flowers ariſe immediately from the root,
and grow about a foot high; they are naked, and are
terminated by a bunch of dark purple flowers, with long
tubes, fitting cloſe to the foot-ſtalks, which have a
very agreeable odour in the evening.
The four firſt ſorts of tuberous-rooted Crane’s-bill, are
by Linnæus fuppoſed to be but one ſpecies; but I have
propagated them from feeds ſeveral times, and have
never found either of them vary from their parent
plants, ſo I make no doubt of their being diſtinct fpe-
cies, for their difference of leaves is as great as in any
of the other ſpecies.
The fortieth fort is an annual plant, which
grows na-
turally at the Cape of Good Hope; this riſes with
herbaceous branching ſtalks near a foot high, which
are garniſhed with doubly-winged leaves at each joint;
the lower leaves ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, but thoſe
on the upper part fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers
ſtand upon naked foot-ſtalks, which proceed from the
ſide of the talks, on the oppoſite ſide to the leaves ;
they grow three or four together upon ſhort feparate
foot-ſtalks; theſe are ſhaped ſomewhat like a papili-
onaceous Power; the two upper petals, which are
large, form a kind of ſtandard, the other three petals
are narrow, and reflexed downward; they are of a
pale fleſh colour, appearing in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in September, ſoon after which the plants
decay.
The forty-firſt ſort hath a pretty thick tuberous root,
from which is ſent out ſeveral irregular ſtalks, which
divide into branches, and grow diffuſed; theſe have
ſwelling joints, and are ſomewhat ligneousthey are
garniſhed with one double winged leaf at each of the
joints, and oppoſite to the leaves come out the foot-
ſtalks of the flowers; thoſe which are ſituated on the
lower part of the ſtalk, are very long and naked, but
thoſe which terminate the branches are ſhorter, and
have one or two ſmall leaves ſet at their baſe; theſe
foot-ſtalks are terminated by a ſmall bunch of flowers,
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, but larger, and
of a paler colour; theſe continue in ſucceſſion moſt
part of the ſummer: this and the former fort are ſup-
poſed to be the ſame by Dr. Linnæus, but the former
is an annual plant in every country, periſhing ſoon
after the ſeeds are perfected, and the latter is an
abiding plant with ligneous ſtalks.
The forty-ſecond ſort is a biennial plant, which grows
naturally at the Cape of Good Hope; this ſends out
a great number of very ſlender trailing ſtalks, which
are proftrate on the ground, and extend a foot and a
half in length, garniſhed with ſmall, roundiſh, hand-
ſhaped leaves, which are crenated on their edges.
The flowers ſit upon ſhort ſlender foot-ſtalks, which
come out at every joint from the ſide of the ſtalks ;
they are very ſmall, and of a reddiſh colour; fome-
times they are ſingle, and at other times there are
two or three flowers upon a foot-ftaik. They con-
tinue in ſucceſſion all the ſummer, and the ſeeds ripen
in about five weeks after the flowers decay.
The forty-third fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes
to the height of four or five feet, ſending out ſeveral
branches, which are garniſhed with oblong leaves,
indented, and unequally ſawed on their edges; the
flowers ftand upon long foot-ſtalks, which come out
from the ſide of their branches, they are large, of a
red colour, and the two upper petals are larger than
the other; this ſort flowers in June and July.
The forty-fourth ſort grows.naturally in the iſle of
Chio in the Levant. This is an annual plant, which
ſends out ſeveral branches a foot long; the lower leaves
are almoſt heart-ſhaped, but thoſe on the branches
are formed in the ſhape of an ancient lyre. Theſe are
placed alternate on the branches; the foot-ſtalks of
flowers are produced on the ſide of the branches, theſe
are fix inches long, ſuſtaining many bright purple
flowers at the top, which are fucceeded each by five
feeds, having long ſlender beaks; theſe ripen in five
or ſix weeks after
the flowers fall away, and if they
are permitted to ſcatter, the young plants will come
up in the autumn; and if the winter is favourable,
they will live in the open air, ſo will flower early the
6 D
a
a
a
following

G ER
GER
a
a
a
a
rot.
following ſpring: but if theſe ſhould be killed in the
winter, ſome feeds ſhould be ſown in the ſpring, on
a border of light ground, and when the plants come
up they ſhould be thinned, and kept clear from weeds;
theſe will flower in July, and their ſeeds will ripen in
Auguſt.
The forty-fifth fort grows naturally in Portugal and
Spain; this is an annual plant, whoſe lower leaves are
heart-ſhaped, and divided into three lobes; the foot-
ſtalks of the flowers are placed on the ſide of the
branches, which extend a foot and a half each way ;
theſe incline to the ground. The foot-ſtalks fuſtain
many bright red flowers, which are fucceeded each by
five feeds, having pretty long beaks. This flowers
and feeds about the ſame time as the former fort, and
requires the ſame culture.
The forty-ſixth fort grows naturally in Egypt. This
is an annual plant, having oval fawed leaves of a gray
colour; the branches extend a foot in length, adorned
with ſmall leaves placed alternate, and toward the end
have three or four foot-ſtalks produced from their
fides, ſuſtaining ſeveral pale blue flowers, which are
each ſucceeded by five feeds, having long feathery
beaks.
This fort is much tenderer than the two former, there-
fore if the feeds are fown on a moderate hot-bed in the
ſpring, and when the weather becomes warm, the
plants are carefully tranſplanted on a ſheltered border,
there will be greater certainty of their perfecting
feeds.
The forty-ſeventh fort grows naturally in Carolina,
and is an annual plant, greatly reſembling our common
Dove's-foot Crane’s-bill, but is ſmaller, and the branches
are ſhorter ; the flowers are very ſmall, of a pale blue
colour; theſe are ſucceeded by five feeds, having ſhort
erect beaks, which are black. If the feeds of this fort
are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will ariſe without
farther care; and if thinned and kept clean from
weeds, will produce flowers and feeds.
The forty-eighth fort has fome reſemblance of the
forty-fifth, but the leaves are more of an oval heart-
ſhape; the flowers are alſo of a bright red colour.
This grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope; the
plant is tender, therefore will require the ſame treat-
ment as the forty-ſeventh fort, with which they will
produce flowers and feeds, after which the plants
decay.
All the forts of African Crane’s-bill may be propa-
gated by ſeeds; theſe may be fown upon a bed of
light earth toward the end of March, where the plants
will
appear in a month or five weeks after, and by
the beginning of June the plants will be fit to remove;
when they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each
planted into a ſeparate pot, filled with light kitchen-
garden earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation till the
plants have taken new root; then they may be removed
into a ſheltered ſituation, and placed among other of
the hardier green-houſe plants, where they may remain
till autumn, when they muſt be removed into the
green-houſe, and treated in the ſame manner as other
hardy kinds of green-houſe plants.
But thoſe who are deſirous to have their plants large,
and flower foon, fow the ſeeds upon a moderate hot-
bed in the ſpring, on which the plants will come up
much ſooner, and will be fit to remove long before
thoſe which are ſown in the open air; but when theſe
plants come up, there muſt be great care taken not to
draw them up weak; and when theſe are tranſplanted,
the
pots ſhould be plunged into another moderate hot-
bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the fun till they
have taken new root; then they muſt be gradually
inured to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be
removed the beginning of June, and placed in a ſhel-
tered ſituation with other exotic plants. If theſe
plants are brought forward in the ſpring, moſt of
the forts will fiower the ſame ſummer, and the plants
will be very ſtrong before the winter, ſo will make a
better appearance in the green-houſe.
The ſhrubby African Geraniums, from the twenty-
firſt to the thirty-ſecond incluſive, and alſo the for-
ty-firſt and forty-third forts, are commonly propa-
gated by cuttings, which, if planted in a ſhady bor-
der in June or July, will take good root in five or fix
weeks, and may then be taken up and planted into
feparate pots, placing them in the ſhade till they have
taken new root; after which they may be removed in-
to a ſheltered ſituation, and treated in the ſame man-
ner as the ſeedling plants. The twenty-ninth, thir-
tieth, thirty-firſt, and thirty-ſecond forts, have more
fucculent ftalks than either of the other, ſo the cut-
tings of theſe forts ſhould be planted into pots filled
with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a
very moderate hot-bed, where they ſhould be fhaded
from the ſun in the heat of the day, and ſhould have
but little water; for theſe are very apt to rot with
much moiſture, ſo they muſt only be gently refreſhed
now and then with water. When theſe are well root-
ed, they may be ſeparated and planted in pots filled
with the ſame fort of earth, and placed in the ſhade
till they have taken new root; then they may be re-
moved into a ſheltered ſituation, where they inay re-
main till autumn. Theſe four forts ſhould be ſparing-
ly watered at all times, but eſpecially in the winter,
for they are apt to take a mouldineſs with moiſture,
or in a damp air: they will thrive much better in an
airy glaſs-cafe than in a green-houſe, becauſe in the
former they will have more fun and air than in the
latter, fo will not be fo liable to have a mouldineſs or
But all the other ſhrubby forts are proper furni-
ture for the green-houſe, where they will only require
protection from froſt, but ſhould have a large ſhare
of free air when the weather is mild; they will re-
quire water every week, in mild weather once or twice,
but it ſhould not be given them in too great plenty,
eſpecially in froſty weather. Theſe plants ſhould be
hardened in the ſpring gradually, and toward the
middle or latter end of May, they may be taken out
of the green-houſe, and at firſt placed under the ſhelter
of trees, where they may remain a fortnight or three
weeks to harden; then ſhould be removed into a fi-
tuation where they may be defended from ſtrong
winds, and enjoy the morning fun till eleven o'clock,
where they will thrive better than in a warmer
ſituation.
As theſe ſhrubby forts grow pretty faſt, ſo they foon
fill the pots with their roots; and if they ſtand long
unremoved in fummer, they frequently put out their
roots through the holes at the bottom of the pots into
the ground, and then the plants will grow vigorouſly;
but when they are ſuffered to grow long in this
manner, it will be difficult to remove them, for if
their roots are torn off, all the younger branches will
decay, and many times the plants are killed. There-
fore the pots ſhould be moved once in a fortnight or
three weeks, in the ſummer months, and the roots
which
may be then puſhing through the holes in the
pots cut off, to prevent their ſtriking into the ground.
Theſe plants will alſo require to be new potted at leaſt
twice in the ſummer; the firſt time ſhould be after
they have been three weeks or a month out of the
green-houſe; the ſecond ſhould be towards the end
of Auguſt, or the beginning of September, that the
plants may have time to eſtabliſh their new roots be-
fore they are removed into the green-houſe.
When theſe are new potted, all the roots on the out-
fide of the balls of earth ſhould be carefully pared
off, and as much of the old earth drawn away from
the roots, as can be done with ſafety to the plants ;
then if they require it, they ſhould be put into pots a
ſize larger than thoſe out of which they were taken,
putting a quantity of freſh earth into the bottom of
the pot; then place the plants upon that, being care-
ful the ball about the roots of the plant is not ſo high
as the rim of the pot, that ſome room may be left to
contain the water which may be given to the plants. .
Then the cavity all round the ball ſhould be filled up
with freſh earth, which ſhould be gently preſſed down,
and the bottom of the pot beaten upon the ground,
to ſettle down the earth; then the plant ſhould be well
watered, and the ſtem faſtened to a rail, to prevent
5
the

GER
GER
which may
in any
any mix-
a poorer ſoil.
a
the wind from diſplacing of the root before they are taken new root; then they muſt be gradually hardened
fixed in the new earth.
to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be re-
The compoſt in which I have always found theſe moved in June; and when the plants have filled the
plants thrive beft (where there has not been a conve- ſmall pots with their roots, they ſhould be ſhaken out,
niency of getting ſome good kitchen-garden earth) and the ball of earth preſerved to their roots, and put
was freſh hazel loam from a paſture, mixed with a into pots a fize larger, in which they will flower and
fourth or fifth part of rotten dung; if the earth is ripen feeds, and ſoon after the plants will decay.
inclinable to bind, then a mixture of rotten tan is The forty-ſecond fort is alſo propagated by feeds,
preferable to dung; but if it is light and warm, then
,
be either ſown upon a moderate hot-bed
a mixture of neat's-dung is belt: this compoſt ſhould in the ſpring, or upon a bed of light earth in the open
be mixed three or four months before it is uſed, and air, where the plants will come up very well, though
Thould be turned over three or four times, that the they will not be fo forward as thoſe on the hot-bed.
paris may be well mixed and incorporated; but where Thoſe which are fown in the open air will require no
a quantity of good kitchen-garden earth can be had, other care but to keep them clean from weeds, and
which has been well worked, and is clean from the thin the plants where they are too cloſe. Theſe plants
roots of bad weeds, there will need no compoſition, will flower in July and Auguſt, and if the autumn
for in that they will thrive full as well as in
proves favourable, the feeds will ripen in September;
ture which can be made for them, eſpecially if the but if theſe ſhould fail, thoſe which were raiſed on the
earth has lain in a heap for ſome time, and has been hot-bed will come earlier to flower, ſo there will be
two or three times turned over to break the clods, no danger of their perfecting feeds; and theſe plants,
and make it fine: theſe plants ſhould not be planted if they are in pots, may be preſerved through the
in very rich earth, for that will cauſe them to grow winter, if they are plunged into an old tan-bed under
very luxuriant, but they will not flower ſo well as in a frame, and treated in the ſame manner as the tu-
berous-rooted forts before mentioned.
The thirty-third fort hath herbaceous ſtalks, fo is beſt The ſhrubby forts muſt be looked over frequently
propagated by feeds, which the plants produce in during the winter, while they are in the green-houſe,
great plenty; but the cuttings of this will take root as to pick off all decayed leaves from them, which, if
freely as either of the other, but the ſeedling plants left on, will not only render the plants unſightly, but
are preferable to thoſe propagated by cuttings; and by their falling off, they will occaſion litter among
where the feeds of this and many other of the African the other plants ; and if they are ſuffered to rot in the
forts are permitted to ſcatter, there will be a ſupply houſe, they will occaſion a foul, nafty, damp air,
of young plants come up the ſpring following, pro- which will be very prejudicial to all the plants; there-
vided the ſeeds are not buried too deep in the ground. fore to avoid this, they ſhould be conſtantly picked
The thirty-fourth fort may be propagated by feeds, off every week; and during the ſummer ſeaſon, they
or from heads flipped off from the ſhort fleſhy ſtalk; will require to be picked every fortnight or three
theſe heads ſhould have their lower leaves ſtripped off, weeks to keep them clean from dead leaves; for as
that the ſtalk which is to be planted may be clear of
the branches advance, and new leaves are produced
leaves; then they may be planted ſingle into a ſmall on their top, the under ones as conſtantly decay; and
pot, or if the heads are ſmall, there may be two or if left on till they drop off, will render the plants very
three put into one ſmall pot; then they may be plunged unſightly.
into a very moderate hot-bed, which will forward GERMANDER. See TEUCRIUM.
their putting out roots, and if they are ſhaded from GEROPOGON. Goat's-beard.
the fun and gently refreſhed with water, they will The CHARACTERS are,
take root in a month or five weeks, when they muſt The empalement is ſingle, compoſed of many kéel-ſhaped
be hardened gradually, and removed into the open air, leaves which are longer than the corolia; the flower is
where they may remain till autumn, when they muſt compoſed of ſeveral bermaphrodite florets, which are im-
be removed into ſhelter for the winter ſeaſon.
bricated and ſhorter than the empalement, and are of one
The thirty-fifth, thirty-fixth, thirty-ſeventh, thirty- petal, divided into five ſegments at the top. Theſe have
eighth and thirty-ninth forts are generally propagated each five sort stamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits,
by parting of their roots; the beſt time for doing and an oblong germen with a ſlender Style, Supporting two
this is in Auguſt, that the young roots may be efta- thread-like ſtigma which are recurved; the feeds are in-
bliſhed before the cold comes on. Every tuber of cluded in the empaiement, and are crowned by five bearded
theſe roots will grow, provided they have a bud or Spreading rays.
eye to them; they may be planted in the ſame fort of This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
earth as was before directed, and if the pots are Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngenefia Poly-
plunged into an old tan-bed, under a good frame in gamia Æqualis, the florets having five connected ſta-
winter, the plants will thrive better than in a green- mina, and are fruitful.
houſe; the glaſſes of the frame may be drawn off
The SPECIES are,
every day in mild weather, whereby the plants will 1. GEROPOGON (Glabrum) foliis glabris. Lin. Sp. 1109.
enjoy the free air ; and if in hard froſt the glaſſes are Goat's-beard with ſmooth leaves. Tragopogon gramineo
well covered to prevent the cold penetrating to the folio glabrum, fore dilute incarnato. Raii Sup. 149.
plants, it is all the ſhelter they will require ; but in 2. GEROPOGON (Hirſutum) foliis piloſis. Lin. Sp. 1109.
this ſituation they ſhould have but little wet in win- Goat's-beard with hairy leaves. Tragopogon gramineo
ter, therefore the glaſſes ſhould be kept over them in folio, fuave rubente fore. Col. Ecphr. 1. p. 232.
heavy rains to keep them dry, but in mild weather The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy; this hath an
the glaſſes may be raiſed on the upper fide to ad- erect ſtalk more than a foot high, garniſhed with
mit the freſh air to the plants, which will give them ſmooth, Graſs-like, long leaves; the ſtalk branches up-
greater flope to carry off the wet. With this ma- ward into two or three diviſions, each being terminated
nagement the roots will thrive and flower very ſtrong by one Aeſh-coloured flower, compoſed of ſeveral
every year. Theſe forts may alſo be propagated by florets.
feeds.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily.
The fortieth fort is an annual plant, and is only This riſes with an erect ſtalk a foot high, garniſhed
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon a with hairy narrow leaves, and feldom divides into
gentle hot-bed in the ſpring, to bring the plants for- branches, but is terminated by one flower compoſed
ward; otherwiſe if the ſeaſon ſhould not prove very of four or five hermaphrodite florets, which are ſuc-
warm, the plants will not perfect their feeds in this ceeded by ſo many bearded ſeeds.
country. When the plants are come up, and grown Theſe plants require the ſame treatment as the TRA-
ſtrong enough to remove, they ſhould be each planted GOPOGON, to which article the reader is deſired to
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged into a moderate turn for their culture.
hot-bed again, obſerving to ſnade them till they have
GESNERA
a

GES
G E U
very well.
,
tive country
GESNERA. Plumier Nov. Gen. 27. tab. 9. Lin.
. veral times from America, which were taken out of
Gen. Plant. 667. This plant was ſo named by father the veſſels, but not one of them grew, till I pro-
Plumier, who diſcovered it in America, in honour of cured ſome to be ſent in their veſſels, which ſucceeded
Conrad Gefner, a very learned botaniſt, and natural
hiftorian.
The feeds ſhould be fown in pots filled with light
The CHARACTERS are,
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five as ſoon as they arrive, for they ſometimes lie long in
acute parts at the top, and is permanent, in which is fi- the ground; thoſe which I have ſown in autumn,
tuated the germen; the flower bath one petal which is tu- came up the following ſpring; therefore when they
bulous, and firſt bent inward, and efterward out again like happen to arrive here at that ſeaſon, the pots in which
o bugle-born; the brim is divided into five obtuſe ſegments the feeds are fown ſhould be plunged into the tan-bed
zohich are equal; it hath four ſtamina which are ſhorter in the ſtove, and during the winter the earth ſhould
than the petal, terminated by ſingle ſummits; the germen be now and then gently watered to prevent its drying
which ſits under the petal supports a ſingle crooked ſtyle, too much, but it muſt not be too moiſt. In the ſpring
crowned by a headed ſtigma. The germen afterward be- the pots ſhould be removed out of the ſtove, and
comes a roundiſn capſule with two cells, filled with ſmall plunged into a freſh hot-bed, which will bring up the
feeds, which are fixed on each ſide the partition.
plants ſoon after. When theſe are fit to remove, they
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate pot, and plunged
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia An- into a good hot-bed of tan, obſerving to ſhade them
gioſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers till they have taken new root; then they must be
have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds treated in the ſame way as other tender plants from
are included in a capſule,
the ſame countries.
The SPECIES are,
In autumn they muſt be plunged into the tan-bed
1. GESNERA (Tomentoſa) foliis ovato-lanceolatis crena- in the ſtove, where, during the winter, they ſhould
tis hirſutis, pedunculis lateralibus longiſſimis corym- have but little water given to them; for if they re-
biferis. Hort. Cliff. 318. Geſnera with oval, hairy, ceive much wet, it will deſtroy them. In this itove
crenated leaves, and long foot-ſtalks proceeding from the the plants muſt conſtantly remain, for they will not
fides of the ſtalks, fupporting flowers in a corymbus. Gef- thrive if they are kept out of the tan. In the ſum-
nera amplo digitalis folio tomentoſo. Plum. Gen. 27. mer, they ſhould have free air admitted to them at
2. GESNERA (Humilis) foliis lanceolatis ferratis femili- all times when the weather is warm; and they muſt be
bus, pedunculis ramoſis multifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. frequently refreſhed with water during that ſeaſon,
612. Geſnera with Spear-ſhaped Sawed leaves ſitting cloſe but it muſt not be given to them in too great plenty.
to the ſtalks, and branching foot-ſtalks having many flowers. As the plants advance in growth they will require
Gefnera humilis flore flaveſcente. Plum. Nov. Gen. larger pots, but there muſt be care taken not to
27. Low Gefnera with a yellowiſh flower.
over-pot them, for they will not thrive in large pots.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; the With this management the plants will flower the
feeds of this were ſent me from Jamaica, which fuc- ſecond year, and may be continued three or four
ceeded in the Chelſea garden; this riſes with a ſhrubby years, but they are not of long duration in their na-
ftalk to the height of fix or ſeven feet, which divides
into two or three irregular branches, covered with a GEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 561. Caryophyllata. Tourn.
ruffet wool, and garniſhed with hairy leaves which Inft. R. H. 294. tab. 151. Avens, or Herb Bennet;
are ſeven or eight inches long, and two and a half in French, Benoite.
broad in the middle, having a ruffet woolly midrib,
The CHARACTERS are,
and the edges are crenated; theſe are placed on every The flower bath a one-leaved empalement, cut at
fide the branches without order, and have ſhort foot- the top into ten ſegments, which are alternately ſmaller
ſtalks ; towards the end of the branches come out the than the other. The flower has five roundiſh petals, which
foot-ſtalks of the flowers at every joint, ariſing from are narrow at their baſe, where they are inſerted in the
the wings of the ſtalk; they are naked, and nine inches empalement; it hath a great number of awl-ſhaped ſta-
in length, branching at the top into many ſmaller mina, which are the length of the empalement, into which
foot-ftalks, each fuſtaining a ſingle flower, having a they are inſerted, and are terminated by broad obtuſe fum-
ſhort crooked tube, indented at the top in five obtuſe mits. In the center of the flower is ſituated a great number
parts, and of an obſolete purple colour. Theſe are of germen collected into a bead; theſe have ſtyles inſerted
ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules fitting cloſe in the em- in their ſides, which are long, hairy, and crowned by ſingle
palement, the diviſions of which ariſe above the ſtigmas. The germen afterward become ſo many flat rough
capſule ; which Dr. Linnæus, from Plumier's figure, ſeeds, which are hairy, and have the ſtyle which is bent
has taken for the empalement ſitting upon the capſule, like a knee adhering to them; theſe fit in the common em-
whereas the capſule is dictinct from the empalement palement.
and is incloſed by it. The capſule is divided into This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
two cells which are filled with ſmall feeds. It Linnæus's twelfth claſs, intitled Icofandria Polygynia,
flowers here in July and Auguſt, but hath not ri- in which he places thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
more than twenty ſtamina, and have many ſtyles in-
The ſecond fort is a plant of humbler growth; this ſerted into the empalement.
ſeldom riſes more than three feet high; the leaves are
The SPECIES are,
much ſmaller, are fawed on their edges, and fit cloſe | 1. GEUM (Urbanum) foribus erectis, fru&tu globoſo,
to the ſtalk ; the flowers ftand upon branching foot- ariſtis uncinatis nudis, foliis lyratis. Hort. Cliff.
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining many yellowiſh flowers, which 195. Geum with erect flowers, a globular fruit, naked
are deeper cut at their brims than thoſe of the firſt booked beards, and harp-ſhaped leaves. Caryophyllata
fort. This was found growing naturally by the late vulgaris. C. B. P. 321. Common Avens, or Herb
Dr. Houſtoun at Carthagena in New Spain.
Bennet.
There is a third ſpecies of this genus mentioned 2. GEUM (Rivole, fioribus nutantibus, fructu oblongo,
by Plumier, which grows to to a tree, and hath ſpotted ariſtis plumoſis. Hort. Cliff
. 195. Geum-with nodding
and fringed flowers ; but this I have not ſeen in any flowers, and an oblong fruit with feathery beards. Ca-
of the Engliſh gardens. Theſe plants are propagated ryophyllata aquatica, nutante flore. C. B. P. 321.
by ſeeds, which muſt be procured from the countries Aquatic Herb Bennet with a nodding flower.
where they grow naturally; theſe ſhould be brought 3. GEUM (Pyrenaicum) fioribus nutantibus, fructu glo-
over in their capſules, which is the beſt way to bofo, ariftis nudis, foliis lyratis, foliolis rotundiori-
preſerve the feeds good; for as they are very ſmall bus. Geum with nodding flowers, a globular fruit with
and light, ſo when they are ſeparated from the par- naked beards, and harp-ſhaped leaves with rounder lobes.
tition to which they adhere, they foon loſe their Caryophyllata Pyrenaica, ampliſſimo & rotundiori
vegetative quality; for I have received the ſeeds fe- folio, nutante flore. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 295. Pyrenean
و
pened ſeeds.
و
Aveus

GLA
GLA
Avens with a very large and rounder leaf, and a nodding ſword ; q. d. little ſword; becauſe the leaves of this
flower.
plant reſemble a ſword.] Corniag; in French, Glaicul.
4. GEUM (Montanum) flore erecto ſolitario fructu oblongo, The CHARACTERS are,
ariftis plumofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 501. Geum with a The flowers are included in sheaths, which ſtand at d
ſingle upright flower, and an oblong fruit with feathery diſtance from each other ; the petal of the flower is cut into
beards. Caryophyllata montana flore luteo magno. J. fox parts, three of the upper are near together, the three
B. 2. p. 398. Mountain Avens with c large yellow under Spread open, but they all form a foort incurved tube
flower.
with their baſe; they have three awl-fhaped ſtamina,
5. GEUM (Alpinum) flore folitario erecto, fructu globoſo, which are inſerted into every other petal, and all of theme
ariftis tenuioribus nudis. Geum with a ſingle ere Et afcend to the upper petals, and are terminated by oblong
flower, and a globular fruit with narrower naked beards. ſummits. The germen is ſituated below the flower, ſup-
Caryophyllata alpina minor. C. B. P. 322. Smaller porting a ſingle style the length of the framino, crowned
Alvine Avens.
by a concave trifid ſiigma. The germen afterward
6. GEUM (Virginianum) floribus erectis, fructu globoſo, becomes an oblong, ſwelling, three-cornered capſule, with
ariſtis uncinatis nudis, foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff. 195. three cells, opening with three valves, filled with roundiſh
Geum with upright flowers, a globular fruit with naked ſeeds.
becrds and trifoliate leaves. Caryophyllata Virginiana, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
albo flore minore, radice inodorâ, H. L. III. Vir- Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia,
ginia Avens with a ſmaller white flower, and a root which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have three
without fcent.
ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The firit ſort grows plentifully by the fide of hedges,
The SPECIES are,
and in woods, in moſt parts of England, fo is rarely 1. GLADIOLUS (Communis) foliis enſiformibus, floribus
admitted into gardens. This ſtands in the liſt of diftantibus, Lin. Sp. Plant. 36. Cornflag with Sword-
medicinal plants; the root is the only part uſed, Moped leaves and flowers ſianding at a diſtance. Gladio-
which is eſteemed cephalic and alexipharmic, and is lus floribus uno verſu difpofitis. C. B. P. 41. Corn-
manifeſtly of a binding nature, fo is uſeful in all flag with flowers diſpoſed on one ſide the ſtalk.
fluxes, &c.
2. GLADIOLUS (Italicus) foliis enſiformibus, floribus an-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moiſt meadows cipitibus. Cornflag with ſword-ſhaped leaves, and flowers
in the northern parts of England. This is of an hun- ſtanding on both ſides the stalk. Gladiolus utrinque
bler growth than the firſt, the lower leaves have two foribus. C. B. P. 41. Cornflag with flowers on each
pair of ſmall lobes at bottom, and three large ones at ſide the ſtalk.
the top, that which terminates being the largeſt. The 3. GLADIOLUS (Byzantinus) foliis enſiformibus, ſpathis
leaves upon the ſtalks are compoſed of three acute longioribus. Cornflag with ſword-ſhaped leaves and
lobes which fit cloſe to the ſtalk ; the flowers are of a longer sheaths to the flowers. Gladiolus major Byzan-
purpliſh colour, and nod on one ſide; they appear in tinus. C.B. P. 41. Greater Cornflag of Byzantium.
May, and the ſeeds ripen in July.
4. GLADIOLUS (Indicus) foliis enſiformibus, foribus
The third fort grows upon the Alps, and alſo on maximis incarnatis. Cornflag with ſword-ſhaped leaves,
the mountains in the north; this hath ſome reſem- and very large incarnate flowers. Gladiolus maximus
blance to the ſecond, but the leaves are much Indicus. C. B. P. 41. Greateſt Indian Cornflag.
larger and rounder, and are indented on their edges ; | 5. GLADIOLUS (Anguftis) foliis linearibus foribus dif-
the flowers are larger and of a gold colour. This tantibus, corollarum tubo limbis longiore. Lin. Sp.
fiowers about the ſame time as the ſecond.
Plant. 37. Cornflag with very narrow leaves, flowers
The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps; this ſtanding at a diſtance from each other, and the tube longer
hath leaves much larger than either of the other ſpe- than the margins of the petal. Gladiolus Africanus,
cies; the lower leaves are compoſed of three or four folio gramineo, floribus carneis, maculam rhomboi-
pair of ſmall irregular pinnæ fet along the midrib, deam infcriptis uno verſu pofitis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
which is terminated by one very broad roundiſh lobe, 127. African Cornflag, with e graſy leaf, and fleſh-co-
which is crenated on the edge. The flowers are loured flowers, marked with a purple rhomboid Spot ranged
large, of a bright yellow colour, ſtanding ſingle on all on one ſide the ſtalk.
the
top of the Italk, which ſeldom riſes more than 6. GLADIOLUS (Triſtis) foliis lineari cancellatis corollis
five or fix inches high. It flowers in May and June. campanulatis. Cornflag with very narrow channelled
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps; it is a leaves, and a ſtalk bearing bell-ſhaped flowers. Li-
very low plant, the flower-ſtalks are about three lio-Gladiolus bifolius & biflorus, foliis quadrangulis.
inches long, and bend on one ſide ; they are each ter- Trew. tab. 39. Lily Cornflag with two leaves and flowers,
minated by one bright yellow flower, about the ſize and four-cornered leaves.
of thoſe of the common fort. This flowers about the The firſt fort grows naturally in arable land in moſt
ſame time as the former.
of the warm countries in Europe, and was formerly
The fixth fort grows naturally in North America ; cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, where the roots
the ſtalks of this fort riſe a foot and a half or two have multiplied ſo greatly as to become a moſt trou-
fo
feet high, and branch out at the top into ſmall foot- bleſome weed, and are very difficult to eradicate;
ſtalks, each being terminated by a ſmall white flower; this hath a round, compreſſed, tuberous root, which is
the leaves of this fort are trifoliate, and the root of a yellowiſh colour, covered with a brown fur-
has no fcent. Theſe are all very hardy plants which rowed ſkin, like thoſe of the large yellow vernal Cro-
require a ſhady ſituation, but will thrive in any foil ; cus; from the root ariſe two flat ſword-ſhaped leaves,
they may be eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould which embrace each other at their baſe, and between
be ſown in autumn, for when they are fown in the theſe ariſe the flower-ſtalk, which grows near two feet
ſpring, they do not grow the ſame year.
high, having one or two narrow leaves embracing it
GILLIFLOWER, or JULY-FLOWER. See like a ſheath; the ſtalks are terminated by five or fix
DIANTHUS.
purple flowers, ſtanding above each other at ſome
GILLIFLOWER, or STOCK-GILLI-
diſtance, and ranged on one fide of the ſtalk; each
FLOWER. See CHEIRANTHUS.
of theſe has a ſpatha (or ſheath) which covers the
GILLIFLOWER, the Queen's or Dame's Vi- flower-bud before it expands, but ſplits open length-
olet. See HESPERIS.
ways when the flowers blow, and ſhrivel up to a dry
GINGER. See AMOMUM,
ſkin, remaining about the ſeed-veffel till the ſeeds
GINGIDIUM. See ARTEDIA.
are ripe. The flower hath one petal, which is cut
GLADE is an open and light paſſage made through almoſt to the bottom in fix parts, ſo as to appear like
a wood, by lopping off the branches of trees along a flower of fix petals; the three upper ſegments ftand
near together, and riſe like a labiated flower; the under
GLADIOLUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 55. Tourn. Inſt. one turns downward, and the two ſide ſegments form
R.H. 365. tab. 190. [takes its name of Gladius, Lat. the chaps of the flower, and ſpread open at the top,
6 E
buc
ز
a
that way.

G LA
G L A
a
و
a
but are curved downward at the bottom. They are
ranged along one ſide of the ſtalk, and are of a pur-
pliſh red colour. This flowers the latter end of May,
and in June, and the feeds ripen the beginning of Au-
guft; it requires no care, for when it is once planted
in a garden, it will multiply too faft, ſo as to become
a troubleſome weed.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, and
another with fleſh-coloured flowers, which have ac-
cidentally riſen from feeds, ſo are not different
ſpecies.
The ſecond fort differs from the firſt, in having
the flowers ranged on both fides the ſtalk, but in
other reſpects it is very like to that; and of this
there is a variety with white flowers, but theſe are
not ſo common in the Engliſh gardens as the former.
The third fort hath larger roots than either of the
former, but are of the ſame form, the leaves are
alſo much broader and longer, the veins or channels
of the leaves are deeper, the flower-ſtalks riſe
higher; the flowers are much larger, and of a deeper
red colour than thoſe of the former forts, and the
ſheaths are longer. This plant makes a fine appear-
ance in flower, fo is worthy of a place in every good
garden ; and the rather, becauſe the roots do not in-
creaſe ſo faſt as to become troubleſome in the borders.
This is propagated by offsets, which are ſent off from
the roots in the ſame manner as Tulips. The roots
may be taken out of the ground the end of July,
when their ſtalks decay, and may be kept out of the
ground till the latter end of September, or the begin-
ning of October; at which time they ſhould be planted
in the borders of the flower-garden, where they will
thrive in any ſituation, and being intermixed with
other flowers of the fame growth, they will add to
the variety
The fourth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence I have ſeveral times received the
ſeeds. This has been many years cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens, but very rarely flowers here ; for
in near thirty years that I have cultivated this
fort, I have never ſeen it but once in flower, though
I have kept it in all ſituations, and planted it in va-
rious foils. The roots increaſe very faſt, but will
not live in the open air through the winter in this
country. The roots of this fort are broader and
flatter than thoſe of any of the other forts, and are
covered with a netted ſkin ; the leaves come out in
the ſame manner, embracing each other like the for-
mer forts; they are longer, ſmoother, and of a
brighter green, than any of the others; theſe begin
to appear in September, and continue growing in
ſize till after Chriſtmas ; they begin to decay in
March, and the latter end of June are quite withered,
when the roots may be taken up, and kept out of
the ground till Auguft; the time of its flowering is
in January. The fowers of this fort are placed on
each ſide the ſtalk, and fit cloſe to it, like the
grains of the Aat Barley; the ſheaths between the
fowers are not ſo long as thoſe of the other forts,
and form a kind of ſcaly covering to them. The
flowers are of a pale red colour without, but the three
lower fegments are yellow within toward their baſe,
with a few red ſtripes. The flowers do not all open at
the ſame time, but the lower ones decay before thoſe
on the upper part of the ſpike are in beauty; however,
they make a good appearance at a ſeaſon when all
flowers are valuable.
This fort propagates by offsets very faft; theſe ſhould
be planted in a warm border of kitchen-garden
earth, and in winter they ſhould be covered with
glaſſes or mats to guard them from froft ; for I have
with a ſlight ſhelter preſerved thoſe which were in
pots under a common frame, and fome which were
planted in the full ground, when the froft has not
been ſevere; and I have always found that thoſe
plants which were hardily treated, grew much ſtronger
than thoſe which were placed in a moderate degree of
warmth ; ſo that where there is a conveniency of co-
vering a warm border with glaſſes in the winter, if
theſe roots are planted in the full ground, where they
may be protected from the froſt, there will be a greater
probability of their flowering, than in any other me-
thod of culture.
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence I received the feeds, which
fucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where the plants
annually produce their beautiful flowers.
This hath a round, ſmooth, bulbous root, which is
covered with a thin dark-coloured ſkin, from which
come out in autumn two or three very narrow grafiy
leaves, folded over each other at their baſe, but open
fiat above, and riſe near two feet high. In the ſpring
of the year ariſes a ſingle ſtalk from between the
leaves about two feet long, which always bend on
one fide; toward the upper part of this come out two
;
or three flowers, ranged on one ſide of the ſtalk,
ſtanding upright, each having a narrow ſpatha, or
hood, and long ſlender tubes, which ſwell large up-
ward, and are divided into fix parts, which are nearly
,
equal. The flower is of a duſky fleſh colour, and
each ſegment of the petal has a rhomboidal mark
of a dark red, or purple colour ; afterward the tube
of the flower opens, and the deep diviſion of the
petals is ſeen, and the three ſtamina with their ſum-
mits appear, attended by the ſtyle with its trifid
ſtigma, ariſing from the germen. This plant flowers
in May and the beginning of June; as this plant is a
native of a warm country, it requires protection from
the froſt in winter; therefore the bulbs ſhould be
planted in pots filled with light earth, and placed in
the green-houſe in winter; or, where there is not ſuch
conveniency, they may be put under a hot-bed
frame during that ſeaſon, where they may have air in
mild weather, and be ſcreened from the froſt; in
ſuch fituations I have had them thrive and flower very
well.
This is propagated by offsets from the root in the
ſame manner as the laſt, and alſo by feeds, which are
frequently perfected in England; theſe ihould be fown
the latter end of Auguſt, in pots filled with light earth,
and placed in a ſhady ſituation till the middle of Sep-
tember; then the pots ſhould be removed where they
may have the ſun great part of the day, and in Octo-
ber they muſt be placed under a hot-bed frame, where
they may be protected from froſt and great rains, but
enjoy the free air in mild weather. In the ſpring the
young plants will appear, when they will require a
little water once in eight or ten days, but it ſhould be
given them ſparingly, for too much wet will rot theſe
tender bulbs. In May, when the danger of froſt is
over, the pots ſhould be removed to a ſheltered fitua-
tion, where they may have the morning ſun till noon;
and, if the ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be now and
then refreſhed with water. Toward the latter end of
June, the leaves of theſe plants will decay, then the
roots ſhould be taken up, and may be mixed with
fand, and kept in a dry room till the end of Auguſt,
when they ſhould be planted again ; and as the roots
are ſmall, four or five may be planted in each half-
penny pot, filled with light earth; theſe ſhould be
placed where they may have only the forenoon fun,
till the middle of September, when they ſhould have
a warmer ſituation ; and in October they muſt be
placed under a hot bed frame as before, and treated
in the fame way during the winter ſeaſon; and in
the ſpring they muſt be placed in the open air till
their leaves decay, when they may be again taken
out of the ground, and treated in the fame manner as
before, but as the roots will have grown to a larger
ſize, ſo when they are planted again, they ſhould
each have a ſeparate half-penny pot, becauſe now they
will be large enough to flower, ſo may be treated as
the old roots.
The fixth fort is alſo a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence I have ſeveral times received the
feeds; the root of this fort is oval, not compreſſed as
thoſe of the common forts. The leaves are very long
and narrow, having two deep furrows running the
whole length, the midrib rifing very prominent, ſo as
3
a
3
3
a
a
a
to

GLE
G L E
3
a
a
to have the appearance of a four-cornered leaf. The 2. Gleditsia (Inermis) fpinis paucioribus, folis bipin-
GLEDITSIA
leaves are ſingle, and wrapped cloſe about the flower- natis, filiquis ovalibus. Gleditha with fewer Spines,
ítalk at their baſe to a conſiderable length; there are winged leaves, and oval pods. Acacia Abruæ folio tri-
feldom more than two of theſe leaves from one root; acanthos, capſulâ ovali unicum ſemen claudente. Ca-
the ftalk is ſlender and round, and riſes about two feet teſb. Car. I. p. 43. Three-thorned Acacia with an Ab-
high; and the top is garniſhed with two flowers, rus leof, and an oval pod containing one ſeed.
which are placed two inches and a half afunder on Theſe trees grow naturally in America; the firſt
the ſame ſide of the ſtalk, each having a ſhort ſpatha, fort is very common in moſt parts of North America,
or fheath, embracing the germen and the baſe of the where it is known by the title of Honey Locuft; this
tube, which is long, narrow, and recurved, but en- has been many years cultivated in the Engliſh gardens,
larges greatly before it is divided. The upper part and is known among the gardeners by the title of
of the flower is cut into fix equal ſegments, which three-thorned Acacia. It riſes with an erect trunk
end in acute points of a purpliſh colour, which form a to the height of thirty or forty feet, and is armed with
ftripe through the middle of each ſegment. The petal long ſpines, which have two or three ſmaller coming
is of a cream colour, and fades to a fulphur colour out from the ſide, and are frequently produced in
before it decays. This flowers in June, and ſome- cluſters at the knots on the ſtems of the trees; they
times the ſeeds ripen well in England. This may be are ſometimes three or four inches long. The
propagated by offsets from the root, or by feeds in branches of this tree are alſo armed with the fame fort
the ſame manner as the fifth fort, and the plants re- of ſpines, and are garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
quire the ſame treatment.
poſed of ten pair of ſmall leaves which fit cloſe to
GLANDIFEROUS trees, are ſuch trees as bear the midrib, and are of a lucid green. The flowers
maſt, as Acorns, &c.
come out from the fide of the young branches in
GLANDULOUS roots, are ſuch roots as grow katkins; they are of an herbaceous colour, ſo make
kernel-wiſe.
no figure. The hermaphrodite flowers are ſucceeded
GLANS is that ſort of fruit which is contained within by pods near a foot and a half long, and two inches
a ſmooth, but hard bark, having but one feed; its broad, divided into many cells by tranſverſe parti-
hinder parts covered with a kind of cup, the fore- tions, each containing one ſmooth, hard, oblong feed,
part being bare, as Acorns; but it is properly the ſurrounded by a ſweet pulp.
fruit without the cup.
The leaves of this tree feldom come out till June
GLASTENBURY THORN. See MESPILUS. in this country, and the flowers appear the latter end
GLAUCIUM. See CHELIDONIUM.
of July, but they do not flower till they are of a large
GLAUX, Sea Chickweed, or Milkwort, and black ſize: there was one tree in the Chelſea garden which
Saltwort, is a low trailing perennial plant, with leaves produced flowers ſeveral years, and there is one now
ſomewhat like Chickweed, but of a thickerconſiſtence, growing in the Biſhop of London's garden at Ful-
which fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers come out ham, which produced pods in the year 1728, and
from the bofom of the leaves; they are white, and came to their full ſize, but the feeds did not ripen.
like thoſe of Chickweed. This is feldom cultivated in The ſecond fort hath much the appearance of the
gardens, fo I ſhall not trouble the reader with a fur- firſt, but it hath fewer ſpines. The leaves are ſmaller,
ther account of it. This grows upon the ſea-ſhores in and the pods are oval, containing but one ſeed;
moſt parts of England.
this was diſcovered by the late Mr. Cateſby, in Ca-
GLECHOMA. Ground Ivy, Gill go by the Ground,
rolina, from whence he ſent the feeds to England,
Ale-hoof, or Turn-hoof.
by the title of Water Acacia, by which it is known
This plant grows naturally under hedges, and upon
in the gardens.
the fides of banks in moſt parts of England, ſo is Theſe trees are propagated by feeds, which muſt be
rarely cultivated in gardens, for which reaſon I ſhall procured from America, where the trees grow natu-
paſs over it, with barely mentioning it here.
rally; thoſe of the firſt fort are annually ſent to Eng-
GLEDITSIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1025. Acacia. Raii land in plenty, by the title of Locuſt, or Honey Lo-
Meth. 161. Honey Locuſt, or three-thorned Acacia. cuít, to diſtinguiſh it from the falſe Acacia, which is
The CHARACTERS are,
frequently called Locuft-tree in America; theſe feeds
It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers in the ſame may be fown upon a bed of light earth in the ſpring,
katkin, and female flowers in different plants. The male burying them half an inch deep; and if the ſpring
katkins are long, compact, and cylindrical, and have each ſhould prove dry, they muſt be frequently watered,
a three-leaved ſmall empalement ; they have three roundiſh otherwiſe the plants will not come up the firſt year,
petels, which ſpread open in form of a cup; theſe have for I have ſometimes had the feeds remain two years
a turbinated nectarium, whoſe mouth afterward grows to in the ground before they have come up; therefore
the parts of fructification ; they have fix flender ſtamina, thoſe who are deſirous to ſave time, ſhould fow the
which are longer than the petals, terminated by oblong feeds as ſoon as they arrive, and plunge the pots into
compreſſed ſummits. The hermaphrodite flowers in the a moderate hot-bed, obſerving to water them fre-
fame katkin, are ſituated at the end; theſe have empale- quently; by this method moſt of the plants will come
ments, petals, and ſtamina like the male, and have a ger- up
the fame ſeaſon, but theſe ſhould be gradually
men, ſtyle, and feeds like the femele, which are ſituated on inured to bear the open air, for if they are continued
different trees, and are diſpoſed iu a looſe katkin; theſe in the hot-bed, they will draw up weak; during the
have a five-leaved empalement, and have five oblong petals, ſummer ſeaſon, thoſe plants in pots will require fre-
with two ſort thread-like nectariums, and a broad ger- quent waterings, but thoſe in the full ground will
men longer than the petals, ſupporting a ſhort reflexed ſtyle, not dry ſo faſt, therefore need no water, unleſs the
crowned by a thick ſtigma. The germen afterward be- ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry. In autumn, thoſe in
comes a large fiat pod, with ſeveral tranſverſe partitions, the pots ſhould be placed under a hot-bed frame to
baving a pulp in each diviſion, ſurrounding one hard round- protect them from froſt, for theſe young plants ge-
iſh feed.
nerally keep growing late in the ſummer, fo the up-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection per part of their ſhoots is tender, and the early froſts
of Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia of the autumn often kill the ends of them, if they
Diæceia, which includes thoſe plants which have male are not protected, and this frequently occaſions great
and hermaphrodite flowers in the ſame plant, and part of the ſhoots decaying in winter ; for which rea-
female flowers in different plants.
fon thoſe plants in the full ground ſhould be co-
The SPECIES are,
vered with mats in autumn, on the firſt appearance
3. GLEDITSIA (Triacanthus) ſpinis triplicibus axillaribus. of froſt; for a ſmall froſt in autumn will do more
Lin. Sp. 1509. Gleditſia with three thorns on the ſide of miſchief to theſe young ſhoots which are full of fap,
the branches. Acacia Americana Abruæ folio triacan- than ſevere froſt when
the ſhoots are hardened.
thos, five ad axillas foliorum, fpinâ triplici donatâ, The following ſpring the plants may be tranſplanted
Pluk. Mant. I. Three-thorned American Acacia.
into nurſery-beds, ac a foot diſtance row from row,
and
3

GLO
GLO
a
a
3
a
and fix inches aſunder in the rows; but this ſhould The firſt of theſe plants grows plentifully about Mont-
not be performed till April, after the danger of pelier, as alſo at the foot of the mountains Jura and
hard froft is over; for as the plants do not put out Saleva, and in many other parts of Italy, and in Ger-
their leaves till very late, ſo there will be no hazard many; this plant hath leaves very like thoſe of the
in removing them any time before May. If the ſea- Daiſy, but are thicker and ſmoother. The flower-
fon ſhould prove dry, they muſt be watered ; and if ftalks riſe about fix inches high, ſupporting a glo-
the ſurface of the beds is covered with moſs, or mulch, bular head of flowers, compoſed of ſeveral florets,
to prevent the earth from drying, it will be of great which are included in one common ſcaly empalement;
ſervice to the plants. In theſe beds the plants may they are of a fine blue colour, and appear in June ;
remain two years, during which time they muſt be theſe are ſucceeded by feeds, which fit in the empale-
conſtantly kept clean from weeds; and in the winter ment, and ripen in autumn.
there ſhould be ſome rotten tan, or other mulch, ſpread The ſecond ſort grows plentifully in the woods, near
over the ſurface of the ground to keep out the froſt. the convent of the Carthufians, and on the Pyrenean
If the plants thrive well, they will be fit to tranſplant mountains; this is much larger than the former, and
to the places where they are to remain after two hath a fhrubby ſtalk a foot and a half high ; the foot-
years growth, for they do not bear removing when ſtalk is quite naked. The leaves are narrower, and
large; the beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting of theſe trees,
much longer.
is late in the ſpring; they thrive beſt in a light deep The firſt fort may be propagated by parting of the
foil, for in ſtrong ſhallow ground they become moffy, roots after the manner of Daiſies. The beſt ſeaſon
and never grow large; they ſhould alſo have a ſhel- for parting and tranſplanting of the plants is in Sep-
tered ſituation, for when they are much expoſed to tember, that they may take new root before the froſty
winds, their branches are frequently broken in the weather comes on. They ſhould be planted in a
ſummer ſeaſon, when they are fully clothed with ſhady ſituation, and require a moiſt loamy foil, in
leaves.
which they will thrive much better than in a light
GLOBULARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 106. Tourn.
ground and an open ſituation; but the plants ſhould
Inſt. R. H. 466. tab. 265. Blue Daiſy.
not be removed oftener than every other year, if they
The CHARACTERS are,
are required to flower ſtrong.
It bath a flower compoſed of many florets, which are The third ſort grows about Montpelier in France,
included in one common ſcoly empalement ; each floret has and in Valentia, and ſeveral other parts of Spain. This
an empalement of one leaf, which is tubulous, and cut into has a hard woody ftem, which riſes about two feet
five ſegments at the top. The fiorets have one petal, high, having many woody branches, beſet with leaves
whoje baſe is tubulous, but the brim is cut into four parts; like thoſe of the Myrtle-tree. On the top of the
the upper Segment, which is the least, is reflexed; they branches the flowers are produced, which are of a
have four ſtamina the length of the petal, terminated by blue colour, and globe-ſhaped; this plant may be
diſtinct ſummits; in the bottom of the tube is ſituated an propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be cut off in
ovel gerinen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an ob- April, juſt before they begin to make new ſhoots; the
tufe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes on oval ſeed, cuttings should be planted into pots filled with light
fitting in the common empalement.
freſh earth, and then placed into a very moderate hot-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of bed, obſerving to water and ſhade them until they have
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetandria Mono- taken root, when they may be taken out of the bed,
gynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have and inured to bear the open air by degrees. In fum-
four ftamina and one ſtyle.
mer theſe plants may be expoſed with other hardy ex-
The SPECIES are,
otic plants, and in winter they ſhould be placed under
1. GLOBULARIA (Vulgaris) caule herbaceo, foliis radi- a hot-bed frame, where they may enjoy the free air
calibus tridentatis, caulinis lanceolatis. Flor. Suec. in mild weather, but ſhould be ſcreened from hard
109. Globularia with an herbaceous ſtalk, the lower froſt, which will deſtroy them, if they are expoſed
leaves divided into three points, and thoſe on the fialks thereto, but in mild winters they will live in the open
Spear-ſhaped. Globularia vulgaris. Tourn. 467. Com- air. This plant never produces good feeds in this
mon Globularia.
country.
2. GLOBULARIA (Nudicaulis) caule nudo, foliis integer- The fourth fort was found in the mountains of Gra-
rimis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 97. Globularia with nada, by Dr. Albinus ; this plant is of low growth,
a naked ſtalk, and Spear-ſhaped entire leaves. Globu- and
may be propagated as the firſt; as may alſo the
laria Pyrenaica, folio oblongo, caule nudo. Tourn. fifth fort, which is the leaſt of all the forts, and the
467. Pyrenean Globularia, with an oblong leaf and moſt hardy; therefore ſhould have a ſhady ſituation,
naked ſtalk.
and a cool moiſt foil.
3. GLOBULARIA (Alypum) caule fruticoſo, foliis lance- The ſixth fort was found by Dr. Tournefort in the
latis tridentatis integriſque. Prod. Leyd. 190. Globulo- Levant; this is ſomewhat tender, and lhould be thel-
ria with a ſhrubby fialk, Spear-ſhaped leaves, ſome ending tered from the froſt in winter, under a frame, but in
in three points, and others are entire. Globularia fruti- ſummer it ſhould be expoſed with other hardy exotic
coſa, myrti folio tridentato. Tourn. 467. Shrubby plants, and will require to be frequently watered in
Globularia with a trifid Myrtle leaf.
dry weather. This may be propagated by ſeeds, or
GLOBULARIA (Spinoſa) foliis radicalibus crenato-acu- by parting of their roots, as was directed for the firſt
leatis, caulinis integerrimis mucronatis. Lin. Sp. fort.
Plant. 96. Globularia with lower leaves crenated and GLORIOSA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 374. Methonica.
prickly, thoſe on the ſtalks entire, ending in a point. Tourn. Acad. R. Scien. 1706. The Superb Lily.
Globularia ſpinoſa. Tourn. 467. Prickly Globularia. The CHARACTERS are,
5. GLOBULARIA (Cordifolia) caule ſubnudo, folis cune- The flower hath no empalement; it hath fixi long Spear-
iformibus tricuſpidatis, intermedio minimo. Lin. Sp. shaped petals, which are waved, ond reflexed to the foot-
Plant. 96. Globularia with a naked ſtalk, and wedge- ſtalk. It bath fix ſtamina, which ſpread open each way,
Maped leaves ending in three points, whoſe middle ſeg- and are terminated by proftrate ſummits. In the center is
ment is the leaſt. Globularia Alpina minima, origani ftuated a globular germen, Supporting a ſlender inclining
folio. Tourn. 467. Smalleſt Alpine Globularia with a Style, crowned by an obtuſe triple frigma. The germen af-
wild Marjoram leaf.
terward becomes an oval thin capſule having three cells,
6. GLOBULARIA (Orientalis) caule fubnudo, capitulis filled with globular ſeeds, diſpoſed in a double range.
alternis feffilibus, foliis lanceolato-ovatis integris. Lin. This genus of plants is ranged in the firit ſection of
Sp. Plant. 97. Globularia with a naked ſtalk, alternate Linnæus's fixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia,
beads fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and ovel, Spear-ſhaped, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have fix ita-
entire leaves. Globularia Orientalis, floribus per cau- mina and one ſtyle.
lem ſparſis. Tourn. Cor. 35. Eaſtern Globularia with 1. GLORIOSA (Superba) foliis longioribus capreolis ter-
flowers ſcattered along the ſtalks.
minalibus. Superb Lily with longer leaves ending with
claſpers.
4.
2

G L O
G L Y
a
3
clapers. Methonica Malabarorum. Hort
. Lugd. 688. roots are ſtrong, and ſome of the ſtalks will produce
Methonica of Malabar, and the Lilium Zeylanicum two or three Powers, which come out from the wings
ſuperbum. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 69. Superb Lily of of the ſtalk hear the top, theſe flowers make a fine
Ceylon.
appearance in the ſtove, during their continuance,
2. GLORIOSA (Cærulea) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acutis. which is ſeldom more than ten days or a fortnight:
Superb Lily with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, acute leaves. In ſummer, when the plants are growing, they will
The firſt ſort grows naturally on the coaſt of Malabar, require frequently to be watered, but they muſt not
and alſo in Ceylon, from whence it was firſt brought have it in too large quantities, for they are very
to the gardens in Holland, where it has been many ſubject to rot with much wet at any ſeaſon. Thoſe
years cultivated; this hath a long fleſhy root of a roots which are not taken out of the pots in winter,
whitiſh colour, and a nauſeous bitter taſte, from the ſhould be tranſplanted and parted the beginning of
middle of which ariſes a round weak ſtalk, which March, before they put out new fibres, or ftalks,
requires ſupport to prevent its trailing on the ground. for they muſt not be removed when they are in a
The ſtalks grow to the height of eight or ten feet, growing ſtate; the pots in which theſe roots are
garniſhed with leaves placed alternate on every ſide, planted ſhould not be too large; for unleſs they are
which are ſmooth, about eight inches long, and one confined, they will not put out ſtrong ſtalks; the
inch and a half broad at the baſe, growing narrower largeſt roots may be planted in twopenny pots, but
till within two inches of the end, which runs out in the ſmall ones will require only pots of about five or
a narrow point, ending with a tendril, or claſper, fix inches over at the top
by which it faſtens to the neighbouring plants for GLYCINE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 797. Apios. Boer. Ind.
fupport. At the upper part of the ſtalk the flower alt. Knobbed-rooted Liquorice Vetch.
is produced from the fide, ſtanding upon a ſlender
The CHARACTERS are,
foot-ſtalk; it is compoſed of fix oblong petals, end-
:
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, divided
ing with acute points, which, on their firſt opening, into two lips at the top, the upper lip being obtuſe and
are of an herbaceous colour, and ſpread wide open ; indented; the lower lip is longer, trifid, and acute, the
the flower hanging downward as the Crown Imperial middle indenture being extended beyond the other. The
and Fritillary, but afterward the petals turn quite flower is of the butterfly, kind. The ſtandard is heart-
back, and change to a beautiful red flame colour, Shaped, defleked on the ſides, gibbous on the back, and in-
their acute points meeting at the top; theſe petals dented at the point. The wings are ſmall, oblong, and
are finely waved on their edges. The fix ftamina oval toward their end, and bend backward. The keel
ſpread out every way almoſt horizontal, and are ter- is narrow, fickle-ſhaped, turning upward with its point to
minated by proftrate ſummits. In the center of the the ſtandard, where it is broadeſt. It hath ten ſtomina,
flower is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting an nine of which are joined in one body, and the other fiends
inclining ſtyle, crowned by a triple ftigma. This ſingle, terminated by ſingle ſummits. In the center is ſitu-
plant flowers in June and July, but ſeldom perfects ated an oblong germen ſupporting a ſpiral cylindrical style,
feeds in this country. The ſtalks decay in autumn, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
and the roots remain inactive all the winter, and the comes an oblong pod with two cells, incloſing kidney-ſhaped
new ſtalks come out in March. The roots and every Seeds.
part of this plant is very poiſonous, fo ſhould not be
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
put in the way of children.
of Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, which includes the
The ſeeds of the ſecond fort were ſent me by Monſ. plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
Richard, gardener to the French king at Trianon ; bodies. Tournefort places the firſt fort under this ge-
theſe were brought from Senegal by Monf. Adanſon, nus of Aſtragalus, which is ranged in the fifth ſection
who diſcovered this plant growing there naturally; of his tenth claſs, which includes the herbs with a
this is ſaid to have a blue flower, but the plants which butterfly flower, whoſe pointal turns to a pod with
are in the Chelſea garden have not yet flowered. This
hath a climbing ſtalk, which is garniſhed with ſmooth The SPECIES are;
leaves about three inches long, and two broad, end- 1: GLYCINE (Apios) foliis impari-pinnatis ovato-lance-
ing in acute points, but have no tendril or claſper. The olatis. Hort. Upſal. 227. Glycine with oval, Speara
ftalks as yet have not grown more than two feet high Maped, winged leaves. Aſtragalus tuberoſus ſcandens,
here, but have the appearance of climbing like the Fraxini folio. Tourn. Inſt. 415. Climbing tuberous
other ſort. The leaves have a ſtrong diſagreeable Milk Vetch with an Aſh leaf; and the Apios Ameri-
ſcent on being handled, ſo as to be troubleſome to the cana. Cornut. 200.
head if too near, or long ſmelt to.
2. GLYCINE (Fruteſcens) foliis impari-pinnatis caule pe-
As theſe plants rarely produce ſeeds in this coun- renni. Hort. Cliff. 361. Glycine with winged leaves and
try, they are generally propagated by their roots ; a perennial ſtalk. Phaſeoloides fruteſcens, Caroliniana,
thoſe of the firſt fort creep and multiply pretty faſt, foliis pinnatis, foribus cæruleis conglomeratis. Hort.
but the ſecond hath not as yet put out any offsets Angl. tab. 15. Carolina Kidney-bean-tree, with winged
but as the plants are young, we cannot as yet ſay how leaves, and blue flowers growing in whorls.
they may increaſe when they are of a proper age. 3. GLYCINE (Abrus) foliis abrupto-pinnatis pinnis nu-
Theſe roots may be taken out of the ground when meroſis obtufis. Lin. Sp. 1025. Glycine with abrupi
their ſtalks are decayed, and preſerved in ſand during winged leaves, whoſe lobes are obtufe. Orobus Ameri-
the winter ſeaſon, but they muſt be kept in the ſtove, canus, fructu coccineo nigrâ maculâ notato. Tourn.
or a warm room, where they can receive no injury Inſt. 393. American Bitter Vetch with a ſcarlet fruits
from the cold; and in the ſpring they muſt be marked with a black ſpot, commonly called wild Liquorice
planted in pots filled with light earth, and plunged in the Weſt-Indies.
into the tan-bed in the ftove; but others chuſe to let 4. GLYCINE (Comoſa) foliis ternatis hirſutis, racemi,
the roots continue in the ground all the winter, keep- lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 754. Glycine with hairy tri-
ing the pots always in the tan-bed: where this is
foliate leaves, and flowers growing in long bunches from
practiſed, the roots ſhould have very little water the ſides of the ſtalks. Phaſeolus Marianus ſcandens,
in the winter ; for as they are then in an inactive floribus commoſis. Pet. Muf. 453. Climbing Kidney-
ftate, ſo moiſture at that time frequently rots the bean of Maryland with ſpiked flowers.
5. GLYCINE (Tomentoſa) foliis ternatis tomentoſis, race-
Toward the latter end of March, or the beginning of mis axillaribus breviffimis, leguminibus difpermis.
April, their ſtalks will appear, when there ſhould be Lin. Sp. Plant. 754. Glycine with woolly trifoliate
ſome tall ſticks put down by them to ſupport them, leaves, and very short ſpikes of flowers proceedings from
otherwiſe they will trail over the neighbouring plants, the ſides of the ſtalks, with pods containing two ſeeds.
and the firſt fort will faften to the plants by the ten- Anonis phafecloides ſcandens, floribus flavis feffilibus.
drils, which are at the end of the leaves. The ſtalks Hort. Elth. 30. tab. 26. Climbing Reſt-Harrow like
of this ſort will riſe ten or twelve feet high, if the Kidney-bean, with yellow flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalks.
6 F
The
a
two cells.
:
roots.

GLY
G L Y
3
ز
2
و
a
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this hath
roots compoſed of ſeveral knobs, or tubers, which
hang to each other by ſmall ſtrings; from theſe
come out in the ſpring ſlender twining ſtalks, which
riſe to the height of eight or ten feet, garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of three pair of oval ſpear-
ſhaped lobes, terminated by an odd one. The flowers
come out in ſhort ſpikes from the ſide of the ſtalks ;
they are of a Pea-bloffom kind, of a dirty fleſh-
colour, having little ſcent. Theſe appear in Au-
guft, but do not produce ſeeds in England. The
ſtalks decay in autumn, but the roots continue; this
is propagated by parting of the roots, each of the
tubers being ſeparated from the principal root, will
grow; the beſt time for this is about the end of
March, or the beginning of April, before they put
out ſhoots. The roots ſhould be planted in a warm
ſituation, and in hard froft covered with tan or
mulch to protect them, otherwiſe they will not live
abroad in this country: where they have been planted
againſt a ſouth wall, they have thriven and fowered
extremely well, which they ſeldom do in any other
ſituation, and thoſe roots which are planted in
pots rarely flower, nor do their ſtalks riſe near fo
high as thoſe which are planted in the full ground;
ſome ignorant perſons call this the Twickenham
Climber.
The ſecond fort was brought from Carolina, but has
been ſince obſerved in Virginia, and ſome other places
in North America; this ſort has woody ſtalks, which
twiſt themſelves together, and alſo twine round any
trees that grow near, and will riſe to the height of
fifteen feet, or more. The leaves are winged, and
in ſhape ſomewhat like the Aſh-tree, but have a
greater number of pinna. The flowers are produced
in cluſters from the wings of the leaves, which are of
a purple colour; theſe are ſucceeded by long cylin-
drical pods, ſhaped like thoſe of the ſcarlet Kidney-
bean, containing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped feeds, but
theſe are never perfected in England.
This climbing ſhrub is propagated in ſeveral nur-
ſeries near London, where it is known by the name of
Carolina Kidney-bean-tree. It is increaſed by laying
down the young branches in October, which will be
rooted well by that time twelvemonth (eſpecially if
they are duly watered in dry weather) and may then
be tranſplanted, either in a nurſery for a year to get
ſtrength, or to the place where they are to remain for
good, which ſhould be in a warm light foil and a
ſheltered ſituation, where they will endure the cold
of our ordinary winters very well; and if their roots
are covered with ſtraw, Fern, Peas-haulm, or any
other light covering, there will be no danger of their
being deſtroyed by the froſt.
The third ſort grows naturally in both Indies, and
alſo in Egypt. This is a perennial plant, with ſlender
twining ſtalks, which twiſt about any neighbouring
ſupport, and riſe to the height of eight or ten feet,
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of fixteen
pair of ſmall, oblong, blunt lobes, ſet cloſe together;
theſe have the taſte of Liquorice, from whence the
inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies have given it the name
of Wild Liquorice, and uſe the herb for the ſame
purpoſe as the Liquorice in Europe. The flowers are
produced from the ſide of the ſtalks in ſhort ſpikes or
bunches; they are of a pale purple colour, and ſhaped
like thoſe of the Kidney-bean ; theſe are ſucceeded by
fhort pods, each containing three or four hard round
feeds of a ſcarlet colour, with a black ſpot or eye on
that fide which is faſtened to the pod. The ſeeds of
this plant are frequently ſtrung, and are worn as or-
naments by the natives of thoſe countries, where the
plants grow naturally: they are frequently brought
to England from the Weſt-Indies, and are wrought
into various forms, with ſhells and other hard feeds.
This plant is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be
ſown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring ; but as the
feeds are very hard, ſo unleſs they are ſoaked in water
twelve or fourteen hours before they are fown, they
frequently lie in the ground a whole year before they
vegetate ; but when ſoaked, the plants will appear in
a fortnight after the feeds are fown, if they are good,
and the bed in a proper temperature of heat. When
the plants are two inches high, they thould be cach
tranſplanted into a ſeparate pot, filled with light earth,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where
they ſhould be fhaded from the fun till they have taken
new root; after which they muſt be treated in the
fame manner as other tender plants from the ſame
countries, always keeping them in the bark-ſtove, for
they are too tender to thrive in any other ſituation in
England. This fort will flower the ſecond
year
from
feeds, and ſometimes ripens feeds here.
There are two other varieties of this plant, one
with a white, and the other a yellow feed, but the
plants do not differ from the other in leaf or ſtalk;
but as theſe have not as yet flowered in England, I
do not know how their flowers may differ.
The fourth fort hath a perennial root and an annual
ſtalk, which decays in the autumn. This riſes from
two to three feet high, with ſlender herbaceous ſtalks,
which are garniſhed with trifoliate hairy leaves, fitting
cloſe to the ſtalls; the ſmall leaves or lobes, are of
the oval ſpear-ſhape, ending in acute points. The
flowers come out from the ſide of the Italks, at the
foot-ftalk of the leaves; the naked part of the foot-
ftalk is about two inches long, and the ſpike of
flowers is about the ſame length, and is recurved; the
flowers are of a Pea-bloffom kind, fitting cloſe toge-
ther. They are ſmall, and of a fine blue colour,
coming out the beginning of June, and are fome-
times ſucceeded by feeds in England, which ripen in
Auguft.
This fort grows naturally in North America, and is
hardy enough to live in the open air in England. It
may be propagared by ſeeds, or parting of the roots ;
the former is the beſt method, where good feeds can
be obtained: theſe may be fown on a bed of light
earth in the ſpring, and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
dry, they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water,
otherwiſe they will remain a long time in the ground
before they vegetate : when the plants come up, they
muſt be kept clean from weeds in the ſummer, and in
the autumn when their ſtalks are decayed, if ſome
rotten tanners bark is ſpread over the ſurface of the
ground, it will protect the roots from being injured
by the froft. In the ſpring, the roots fhould be
tranſplanted to the places where they are defiged to re-
main, which muſt be in a warm ſheltered ſituation, but
not too much expoſed to the ſun, and in a light foil,
where they will thrive and produce flowers annually.
If this is propagated by parting of the roots, it hould
be done in the ſpring, before the roots begin to ſhoot,
which is the beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting the plants :
but theſe roots ſhould not be parted oftener than
every third year, for if they are often removed they
will not flower ſo ſtrong.
The fifth fort hath a perennial root and a climbing
ſtalk, which riſes near four feet high, garniſhed with
woolly trifoliate leaves : the flowers come out in
ſhort bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks ; they are
ſmall, of a yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by ſhort
pods, which contain two roundih ſeeds in each.
This flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
It grows naturally in America, but is too tender to
live in the open air in England. This is propagated
in the ſame manner, and requires the ſame treatment
as the third fort.
GLYCYRRHIZA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 788. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 389. tab. 210. [ſo called of yAureus,
ſweet, and p?o, Gr. a root, q. d. ſweet root: the
ancients called it Scythian Root, becauſe the Scy-
thians firſt brought it into uſe.] Liquorice; in French,
Regliſje.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower bath a permanent tubulous empalement of one
leaf, divided into two lips; the upper lip is cut into
three parts, the middle one being broad and bifid, the
under lip is ſingle. The flower both four petals, is of
the butterfly kind, having a long erecã ſtandard, with
oblong
a

G L Y
G N A
oblong wings, and a two-leaved keel which is acute. It the Liquorice plants when they appear above ground
kath ten ſtamina, nine joined and one standing fingle; they which would greatly injure them; and alſo obſerve to
are longer than the keely and terminated by roundiſh fum- cut up all the Onions which grow near the heads of
mits. In the bottom is ſituated a ſort germen, ſupporting the Liquorice; and after your Onions are pulled up:
an awl-fbaped ſtyle the length of the stamina, crowned by you ſhould carefully hoe and clean the ground from
a riſing obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an weeds; and in October, when the ſhoots of the Li-
oblong, or oval compreſſed pod with one cell, including two quorice are decayed, you ſhould ſpread a little very
or three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
rotten dung upon the ſurface of the ground, which
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of will prevent the weeds from growing during the
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- winter, and the rain will waſh the virtue of the dung
candria, which includes thoſe plants which have ten into the ground, which will greatly improve the
ſtamina joined in two bodies.
plants.
The SPECIES are,
In the beginning of March following you ſhould
1. GLYCYRRHIZA (Glabra) leguminibus glabris. Hort. Nightly dig
the ground between the rows of Liquorice,
Cliff
. 490. Liquorice with ſmooth pods. Glycyrrhiza fi- burying the remaining part of the dung; but in doing
liquoſa, vel Germanica. Č. B. P. Common Liquorice. of this,
you ſhould be very careful not to cut the roots.
2. GLYCYRRHIZA (Echinata) leguminibus echinatis. Prod. This ftirring of the ground will not only preſerve it
Leyd. 386. Liquorice with prickly pods. Glycyrrhiza clean from weeds a long time, but alſo greatly
capite echinato. C. B. P. Rough-podded Liquorice. ſtrengthen the plants.
3. GLYCYRRHIZA (Hirſuta) leguminibus hirſutis. Prod. The diſtance which I have allowed for planting theſe
Leyd. 386. Liquorice with hairy pods. Glycyrrhiza plants, will, I doubt not, by fome, be thought too
Orientalis, filiquis hirſutiſſimis. Tourn, Cor. Eaſtern great; but in anſwer to that, I would only obſerve,
Liquorice with hairy pods.
that as the largeneſs of the roots is the chief advan-
The firſt fort is that which is commonly cultivated in tage to the planter, ſo the only method to obtain this,
England for medicine; the other two kinds are pre- is by giving them room; and beſides, this will give
ſerved in curious botanic gardens for variety, but their a greater liberty to ftir and dreſs the ground, which
roots are not ſo full of juice as the firſt, nor is the is of great ſervice to Liquorice; and if the plantation
juice ſo ſweet; though the ſecond ſort ſeems to be deſigned were to be of an extraordinary bigneſs, I
that which Dioſcorides has deſcribed and recom- would adviſe the rows to be made at leaſt three feet
mended, but I ſuppoſe the goodneſs of the firſt has diſtant, whereby it will be eaſy to ſtir the ground with
occaſioned its being ſo generally cultivated in Europe. a breaſt plough, which will greatly leſſen the expence
The roots of this run very deep into the ground, and of labour.
creep to a conſiderable diſtance, eſpecially where they Theſe plants ſhould remain three years from the time
are permitted to ſtand long unremoved from theſe of planting, when they will be fit to take up for uſe,
ariſe ſtrong herbaceous ftalks, four or five feet high, which ſhould not be done until the ſtalks are perfectly
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of four or decayed; for when it is taken up too foon, it is ſub-
five pair of oval lobes, terminated by an odd one; the ject to ſhrink greatly, and loſe of its weight:
leaves and ſtalks are clammy, and of a dark green;
, The ground near London being rich, increaſes the
the flowers come out in ſpikes from the wings of the bulk of the root very faſt; but when it is taken up,
ſtalks, ſtanding erect; they are of a pale blue colour, it appears of a very dark colour, and not near ſo
and are ſucceeded by ſhort compreſſed pods, each con- fightly as that which grows upon a fandy foil in an
taining two or three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers open country
the latter end of July, but the feeds do not ripen in The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſome parts of Italy,
England.
and in the Levant; the ſtalks and leaves of this are
This plant delights in a light ſandy ſoil, which ſhould very like thoſe of the firft, but the flowers are pro-
be three feet deep at leaſt, for the goodneſs of Li- duced in ſhorter ſpikes, and the pods which ſucceed
quorice conſiſts in the length of the roots: the greateſt them are very ſhort, broad at their baſe, ending in
quantity of Liquorice which is propagated in England, acute points, and are armed with ſharp prickles. This
is about Pontefract in Yorkſhire, and Godalmin in flowers about the ſame time as the firſt, and in warm
Surry; though of late years there hath been a great feaſons will perfect feeds in England.
deal cultivated in the gardens near London: the The third ſort grows naturally in the Levant, from
ground in which you intend to plant Liquorice, whence the feeds were ſent to the royal garden at
Thould be well dug and dunged the year before you Paris, by Dr. Tournefort. This hath much the ap-
plant it, that the dung may be perfectly rotted, and pearance of the other two ſpecies, but the pods of it
mixed with the earth, otherwiſe it will be apt to ſtop are hairy, and longer than thoſe of the other. Both
the roots from running down; and before you plant it, theſe forts may be propagated in the ſame inanner as
the ground ſhould be dug three ſpades deep, and laid the firſt, or from ſeeds, which may be fown in the
very light; when your ground is thus well prepared, ſpring on a bed of light earth; but as neither of theſe
you ſhould furniſh yourſelf with freſh plants taken are uſed, ſo they are ſeldom propagated unleſs for the
from the ſides or heads of the old roots, obſerving fake of variety
that they have a good bud or eye, otherwiſe they are GNAPHALIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 850. Elichry-
ſubject to miſcarry; theſe plants ſhould be about ten fum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 452. tab. 259. Goldylocks,
inches long, and perfectly found.
or Eternal Flower; in French, Iminortelle.
The beſt ſeaſon for planting them is in the be-
The CHARACTERS are,
ginning or middle of March, which muſt be done It hath a compound flower, made up of bermaphrodite
in the following manner, viz. Firſt ſtrain a line fiorets and female half florets, included in one ſcaly empale-
croſs the ground in which you would plant them, ment; the hermaphrodite florets are tubulous, funnel-ſhaped,
then with a long dibble made on purpoſe, put in the and cut into five parts at the brim, which cre reflexed;
Thoot, ſo that the whole plant may be ſet ſtrait into thefe have five ſhort hairy Stamina, terminated by cylin-
the ground, with the head about an inch under the drical ſurmits. In the center is ſituated a germen, fup-
furface in a ſtrait line, about a foot aſunder, or more, porting a ſender ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned
· in the rows, and two feet diſtance row from row; and by a bifid ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle
after having finiſhed the whole ſpot of ground, you Seed, which in ſome ſpecies is crowned with a hairy down,
may fow a thin crop of Onions, which being plants and in others a featbery down. The female flowers which
that do not root deep into the ground, nor spread are intermixed with theſe have no ftamino, but a germen
much above, will do the Liquorice no damage the firſt Supporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a bifid reflexed ſtig-
year; for the Liquorice will not ſhoot very high the mo. Theſe are in ſome ſpecies fruitful, and in others they
firſt ſeaſon, and the hoeing of the Onions will alſo are borren. The empalement of the flower is permanent
keep the ground clear from weeds; but in doing of and forsing
of this you muſt be careful not to cut off the top ſhoots
a
а
This

G N A
GNA
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ramofo corymbis faſtigiatis. Hort. Cliff. 401. Herbe:
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants ceous Goldylocks with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves
which have hermaphrodite and female flowers incloſed placed alternate, and the upper part of the ſtalk branching,
in one common empalement, and are fruitful. with a compact corymbus of flowers. Elichryſum Ame-
The SPECIES are,
ricanum latifolium. Tourn. Inft. R: H. 453. Broad-
1. GNAPHALIUM (Stechas) fruticoſum foliis linearibus, leaved American Goldylocks.
ramis virgatis, corymbo compoſito. Hort. Cliff, 401. 13. GNAPHALIUM (Fetidum) herbaceum foliis amplexi-
Goldylocks with a ſhrubby Stalk garniſhed with very narrow caulibus, integerrimis acutis fubtus tomentoſis, caule
leaves, and a compound corymbus of flowers. Elichryſum ramoſo. Hort. Cliff. 402. Lin. Sp. Plant. 850. Her-
feu ftæchas citrina anguſtifolia. C. B. P. 264. Caſji- baceous Goldylocks with entire leaves embracing the ſtalks,
dony, or narrow-leaved Goldylocks.
woolly on their under fide, and a branching ſtalk.
2. GNAPHALIUM ( Anguſtiſſimum) foliis linearibus, caule Elichryſum Africanum fætidiſſimum, ampliffimo
fruticofo ramoſo, corymbo compofito. Hort. Cliff. folio. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 454. Moſt ſtinking African
401. Goldylocks with a branching ſhrubby ſtalk, and very Goldylocks with a large leaf.
narrow leaves, with a compound corymbus of flowers. 14. GNAPHALIUM ( Argenteuin) foliis amplexicaulibus in-
Elichryſam anguftiffimo folio. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. tegerrimis ovatis nervoſis utrinque tomentofis, caule
452. Goldylocks with very narrow leaves.
ramoſo. Hort. Cliff. 402. Goldylocks with entire acute
3. GNAPHALIUM (Uniflorum) foliis alternis, acutè den- leaves embracing the ſtalks, woolly on both ſides, and a
tatis, fubtus villoſis, pedunculis longiſſimis unifloris. branching ſialk. Elichryſum Africanum fætidiſſimum
Goldylocks with alternate leaves ſharply indented, woolly ampliffimo folio calyce argenteo. Tourn. Inſt. 454.
on their under ſide, with very long foot-ſtalks Suſtaining Moſt ſtinking African Goldylocks, with a very lerge leaf,
one flower. Elichryſum fylveftre latifolium, flore par- and a ſilvery empalement to the flower.
vo ſingulari. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 452. Brood-leaved wild 15. GNAPHALIUM (Undulatum) herbaceum foliis decur-
Goldylocks, with a ſingle ſmall flower.
rentibus lanceolatis acutis, undatis, fubtus tomentofis,
GNAPHALIUM (Luteo-album) foliis femiamplexicaulibus caule ramoſo. Hort. Cliff. 402. Goldylocks with acute
enfiformibus, repandis obtufis, utrinque pubeſcenti- running leaves which are waved, and woolly on their under
bus, floribus conglomeratis. Prod. Leyd. 149. Goldy- fide, and a branching Stalk. Elichryſum graveolens
locks with ſword-ſhaped leaves half embracing the ſtalks, acutifolium, caule alato. Hort. Elth. 130. Stinking
which are obtuſe, reflexed, woolly on both ſides, and flowers Goldylocks, with an acute leaf and winged ſtalk.
growing in cluſters. Elichryſum fylveftre latifolium ca-
16. GNAPHALIUM (Cymoſum) herbaceum foliis lanceo-
pitulis conglobatis. C. B. P. 264. Broad-leaved wild latis trinerviis fupra glabris caule infernè ramoſo ter-
Goldylocks, with heads growing in cluſters.
minali. Hort. Cliff. 401. Goldylocks with Spear-ſhaped
5. GNAPHALIUM ( Aquaticum) caule ramoſo diffuſo, flo- leaves, hating three veins, ſmooth on their upper ſide, and
ribus confertis. Flor. Lapp. 300. Goldylocks with a the under branches terminated with flowers. Elichryſum
diffuſed branching ſtalk, and flowers in cluſters at the top. Africanum folio oblongo, ſubtus incano, fuprâ viridi,
Elichryſum aquaticum, ramoſum, minus, capitulis, flore luteo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 121. African Goldylocks
foliaceis. Tourn. Inft. 452. Leſſer branching aquatic with an oblong leaf, boary on the under ſide, and green
Goldylocks, with leafy heads.
above, with a yellow flower.
6. GNAPHALIUM (Sylvaticum) caule ſimpliciſſimo, flo- 17. GNAPHALIUM (Americanum). caule herbaceo fimpli-
ribus ſparſis
. Flor. Lapp. 298. Goldylocks with a ſingle ciffimo, foliis lanceolatis obtufis tomentofis, floribus
stolk, and flowers growing Scatteringly. Elichryſum 1pi- fpicatis lateralibuſque. Goldylocks with a ſingle berba-
catum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 453. Spiked Goldylocks. ceous ſtalk, obtuſe, Spear-ſhaped, woolly leaves, and flowers
7. GNAPHALIUM (Dioicum) caule ſimpliciſſimo corymbo growing in Spikes from the ſides of the ſtalks. Gnaphalium
ſimplici terminali, ſarmentis procumbentibus. Hort. ad ftoechadem citrinam accedens. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 125.
Clif: 400. Goldylocks with a ſingle ſtalk terminated by a Cudweed like golden Caſjidony.
ſingle corymbus, and trailing branches. Elichryſum mon- 18. GNAPHALIUM (Rutilans) herbaceum foliis lineari-
tanum fore rotundiori candido. Tourn. Inft. R. H. lanceolatis, caule infernè ramoſo, corymbo compoſito
4:53. Mountain Goldylocks with a rounder white flower. terminali. Hort. Cliff. 401. Herbaceous Goldylocks with
8. GNÁPHALIUM (Montanum) foliis radicalibus cuneifor-
narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, the under part of the Stalk
mibus, caulinis acutis feffilibus, caule fimpliciſſimo, branching, and a compound corymbus terminating the
capitulo terminali aphyllo, floribus oblongis. Goldy- branches. Elichryſum Africanum, folio oblongo an-
locks with the lower leaves wedge-ſhaped, thoſe on the guſto, flore rubello poftea aureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 121.
Stalks acute, and fitting cloſe, a ſingle ſtalk without leaves, African Goldylocks with an oblong narrow leaf and a
terminated by oblong flowers. Elichryſum montanum reddiſh flower, which is ofterwards yellow.
longiore folio & flore albo. Tourn. Inft. 453. Moun- 19. GNAPHALIUM (Sanguineum) herbaceum, foliis de-
tain Goldylocks, with a longer leaf and white flower. currentibus lanceolatis tomentofis planis apiculo nudo
9. GNAPHALIUM (Chryſocomum) humile, caule ſuffruti- terminali. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 78. Herbaceous Goldylocks,
cofo, foliis linearibus fubtus argenteis, ſquamis caly- with Spear-ſhaped, woolly, running leaves, terminated by
cinis longioribus acuminatis. Low Goldylocks with a a naked point. Chryſocoma Syriaca, flore atro rubente.
hrubby ſtalk, very narrow leaves, filvery on their under Breyn. Cent. 146.
fide, and longer acute-pointed ſcales to the empalement. 20. GNAPHALIUM (Fruticoſum) fruteſcens foliis infernè
Chamæchryſocoma prælongis purpurafcentibuſque lanceolatis caulinis lineari-lanceolatis, utrinque tomen-
Jacææ capitulis. Barrel. Icon. 406. Dwarf Goldylocks toſis, corymbo compofito terminali. Shrubby Goldylocks
with longer and purpliſh heads like Knapweed.
with the under leaves Spear-ſhaped, thoſe on the ſtalks
10. GNAPHALIUM (Orientale) fubherbaceum, foliis li-
narrow, Spear-ſhaped, woolly on both ſides, and the fialks
neari-lanceolatis feffilibus, corymbo compofito, pe- terminated by a corymbus of flowers. Elichryſum Af-
dunculis elongatis. Lin. Sp. 195. Herbaceous Goldy- ricanum fruteſcens, anguſtis & longioribus foliis in-
locks with narrow Speer-ſhoped leaves, and a compound canis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 109. Shrubby African Goldy-
cluſter of flowers. Elichryſum Orientale. C. B. P. 264. locks, with longer and narrower leaves which are boary.
Eaſtern Goldylocks, called Immortal Flower.
21. GNAPHALIUM (Odoratiſſimum) foliis decurrentibus
11. GNAPHALIUM (Ignefcens) fruticoſum, foliis fublan- obtuſis infernè villoſis, corymbis conglobatis termi-
ceolatis tomentofis feffilibus, corymbis alternis con- nalibus. Goldylocks with obtuſe running leaves, hoary on
globatis, floribus globoſis. Prod. Leyd. 149. Shrubby their under ſide, and a cluſtered corymbus of flowers ter-
Goldylocks, with Spear-ſhaped woolly leaves ſitting cloſe minating the ſtalk. Elichryſum foliis linearibus decur-
to the ſtalks, and elternate cluſters of globular flowers. Eli- rentibus, fubtus incanis, Aoribus corymboſis. Fig.
chryſum Germanicum, calyce ex aureo rutilante. Plant. tab. 131. fol. 2. Goldylocks with narrow running
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 452. German Goldylocks having a leaves, boary on their under ſide, and flowers growing in
reddiſh gold-coloured empalement.
a corymbus.
12. GNAPHALIUM (Margaritaceune) herbaceum foliis li- 22. GNAPHALIUM (Plantaginifolium) farmentis procum-
neari-lanceolatis acuminatis, alternis, caule fupernè bentibus caule fimpliciffimo, foliis radicalibus ovatis
maximis,
a

GN A
G N A
>
و
a
a
a
maximis, farmentis procumbentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
850. Goldylocks with a ſimple ſtalk, large oval leaves at
bottorn, and trailing runners. Gnaphaliuin plantaginis
folio, Virginianum. Pluk. Alm. 171. Virginia Goldy-
locks with a Plantoin leaf.
23. GNAPHALIUM (Obtuſifolium) herbaceum foliis lan-
ceolatis, caule tomentoſo paniculato terminalibus glo-
meratis conicis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 851. Goldylocks with
Spear-ſhaped leaves, a woolly ſtalk, terminated by a conical
cluſter of flowers. Elichryſum obtuſifolium, capitulis-
argenteis conglobatis. Hort. Elth. 130. Blunt-leaved
Goldylocks, with ſilvery beads growing in cluſters.
24. GNAPHALIUM (Spicatum) foliis lanceolatis decurren-
tibus tomentofis, floribus fpicatis terminalibus latera-
libuſque. Goldylocks with ſpear-ſhaped, woolly, running
leaves, and flowers growing in ſpikes at the ends and ſides
of the ſtalks. Elichryſum caule alato, floribus fpi-
catis
. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 125. Goldylocks with a winged
ſtalk and ſpiked flowers.
The firſt fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes about
three feet high, branching out into long ſlender ſtalks
irregularly; the lower branches are garniſhed with ob-
tuſe leaves, two inches and a half long, and an eighth
of an inch broad at the point, but thoſe upon the
flower-ſtalks are very narrow, ending in acute points ;
the whole plant is very woolly: the flowers terminate
the ſtalks in a compound corymbus; their empale-
ments are of a ſilvery colour at firſt, and very neat,
but afterward turn of a yellowiſh ſulphur colour. If
theſe are gathered before the flowers are much opened,
the heads will continue in beauty many years, eſpe-
cially if they are kept from the air and duſt. The
plants begin to flower in June, and there is a ſuc-
ceſſion of flowers all the ſummer, ſome of which will
continue in beauty moſt part of the winter. This is
generally ſuppoſed to be the true golden Caffidony of
the ſhops, but the ſecond fort is uſually ſubſtituted for
it in England.
It is propagated by ſlips or cuttings, which may be
planted in June or July, in a bed of light earth, and
covered with glaſſes, or ſhaded with mats, obſerving
to refreſh them frequently with water, but it muſt not
be given in large quantities; theſe cuttings will put out
roots in fix or eight weeks, then they ſhould be taken
up and planted in pots filled with light earth, and
placed in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken new
root, when they may be removed to an open ſituation,
and placed among other hardy exotics, till about the
middle or end of October; at which time they ſhould
be placed under a common frame, where they may
be protected from froſt, but in mild weather they
ſhould be expoſed to the open air. With this ma-
nagement in winter, the plants will be much ſtronger
than thoſe which are kept in the green-houſe, where
they generally draw too weak; for this ſort only wants
to be ſheltered from hard froſt, being ſo hardy as in
very mild winters to live abroad in warm borders
near walls, with little ſhelter.
The ſecond fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk, which divides
into many ſlender branches, covered with a white
bark; theſe form a thick buſhy under ſhrub, and riſe
near three feet, garniſhed with very narrow leaves,
hoary on their under ſide, but green on their upper,
placed without order on every ſide the ſtalks; the
flowers are produced in a compound corymbus at the
end of the branches; their heads are ſmall, and are
of a yellow colour when fully blown; theſe are con-
tinued in ſucceſſion moſt part of ſummer. This grows
naturally in France and Germany, and is hardy enough
to live in the open air in England. It is propagated
by flips or cuttings, which may be planted in a ſhady
border during any of the ſummer months, and in the
autumn they may be tranſplanted into the places
where they are deſigned to remain. This ſhould have
a dry undunged foil, in which it is rarely injured un-
leſs in the moſt ſevere froſt.
The third ſort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in Italy and Sicily; this hath an herbaceous
ſtalk, which riſes little more than a foot high, gar-
niſhed with acute indented leaves, which are hoary on
their under fide; the flowers ftand upon long foot-
ftalks, which riſe far above the branches, each ſuitain-
ing one ſmall whitiſh flower. Theſe appear in July,
and the feeds ripen in September. It is propagated
by feeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn upon a bed
of light earth, where the plants are deſigned to re-
main; and when the plants come up in the ſpring,
they ſhould be thinned where they are too cloſe, and
kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture they
require.
The fourth fort is an annual plant with woolly leaves,
which riſe with woolly ſtalks about eight inches high,
garniſhed with oblong leaves which embrace the ſtalks
with their baſe; the flowers grow in cloſe cluſters at
the top, and from the ſide of their ſtalks, which are
included in dry ſilvery empalements.
There is another ſpecies of this with narrower leaves,
not quite fo woolly; the ſtalks riſe higher, and are
more branched; the flowers grow in cloſe bunches on
the top of the ſtalks, and are of a pale yellow colour.
Both theſe forts will come up better from the ſcattered
ſeeds, than when they are fown by art; but if the
ſeeds are fown, it muſt be foon after they are ripe,
otherwiſe they will not fucceed. The plants requise
no other care but to keep them clean from weeds, and
thinned where they are too cloſe. They flower in
July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fifth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu-
rally in many parts of England, on places which are
covered with water in the winter; this is a low
branching plant, with ſilvery leaves and dark heads of
flowers, but being of no uſe is not cultivated in gardens.
The ſixth fort is alſo an annual plant with narrow
leaves, which are hoary on their under fide; "the ftalks
grow erect about a foot high, and at every joint is
produced a ſhort ſpike of white flowers, with dark-
coloured empalements. This is found growing na-
turally in ſome parts of England, fo is not often ad-
mitted into gardens. If the feeds of this fort are per-
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in the ſpring
with greater certainty than if fown, and they will re-
quire little culture. Theſe flower in July, and the
plants decay ſoon after they have ripened their feeds.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in the northern parts
of England, upon the tops of hills and mountains,
where the ſhoots which are fenê' out from every ſide
of the plant put out roots, whereby it is propagated
in great plenty: the leaves of this grow cloſe to the
ground, they are narrow at their baſe, but rounded
at the end where they are broad; they are near an
inch long, and hoary on their under fide; the ſtalks
are ſingle, and riſe about four inches high, terminated
by a corymbus of flowers which is ſingle. This
flowers in May and June.
There are two varieties of this, one with a purple and
the other a variegated flower, which have riſen ac-
cidentally from feeds, but continue their difference in
the gardens. They are eaſily propagated by offsets,
which ſhould be planted in the autumn, in a ſhady
fituation, where they will require no other care but to
keep them clean from weeds. This plant is called
Pes Cati, or Catsfoot.
The eighth ſort grows naturally on the Alps. This
is a low plant, with under leaves like the laſt men-
tioned; the ftalks are ſingle, and riſe about fix inches
high, garniſhed with very ſmall acute leaves, and
terminated by four or five oblong flowers, which in
ſome plants are white, and in others of a purpliſh co-
lour. They appear about the ſame time as the for-
mer fort, and the plants may be propagated and treated
in the ſame manner.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy.
This is a low plant with a ligneous ſtalk, which ſel-
dom riſes more than fix inches high, garniſhed with
very narrow leaves, white on their under ſide; the
fowers are produced from the ide of the ſtalks, each
ſtanding upon a ſeparate foot-ſtalk; their empalements
are ſcaly and long, ending in acute ſtiff points, and are
of a purpliſh colour. This ſort flowers in July, buc
ſeldom perfects feeds in this country,
6 G
a
a
a
'The

G N A
G N A
weeds. They flower in July, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.
a
a
3
a
The tenth fort is ſuppoſed to have been brought firſt
from India to Portugal, where it has been long pro-
pagated for the beauty of its golden heads of flowers,
which, if gathered before they are too open, will con-
tinue in beauty ſeveral years; ſo that in the winter
ſeaſon they ornament their churches with theſe flowers,
and many of them are annually brought to England,
and ſold for ornaments to the ladies. Theſe plants
have a ſhort ſhrubby ſtalk, feldom riſing more than
three or four inches high, putting out many heads;
the leaves are narrow and woolly on both ſides, and
come out without order; the flower-ſtalks ariſe from
theſe heads; they grow eight or ten inches high, are
garniſhed all the way with narrow hoary leaves, and
terminated by a compound corymbus of bright yellow
flowers with large heads. Theſe begin to flower in
May, and there is a ſucceſſion of them moſt part of
fummer. This is propagated by flipping off the heads
during any of the ſummer months, and after ſtripping
off the lower leaves, they ſhould be planted in a bed
of light earth, covering them with hand-glaſſes, which
muſt be ſhaded every day when the ſun is warm; and
the cuttings muſt be ſupplied with water, which ſhould
be often repeated, but not in too great quantities;
when theſe are rooted they ſhould be planted in pots,
and treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed
for the firſt fort. Theſe plants in mild winters will
live abroad in a very warm border with little ſhelter,
and the hardier they are treated, the greater number
of flowers they will produce; for when they are drawn
weak in a green-houſe, they never flower ſo ſtrong.
The eleventh fort hath very woolly ſtalks and leaves,
which are much longer than thoſe of the tenth; the
ſtalks riſe a foot high, ſending out a few ſide branches;
theſe are terminated by a compound corymbus of
flowers, whoſe heads are ſmall, and of a gold colour,
changing a little red as they fade. This is propagated
by flips in the ſame manner as the laſt mentioned, but
the plants will live in the open air, if they are planted
on a dry foil.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in North America,
but has been long in the Engliſh gardens. This hath
a creeping root, which ſpreads far in the ground, ſo
as to become a troubleſome weed very often, unleſs
it is kept within bounds; the italks of this are woolly,
riſing a foot and a half high, garniſhed with long
leaves ending in acute points, which are placed alter-
nate, and are woolly on their under fide; the upper
- part of the ſtalk branches into two or three diviſions,
each being terminated by a cloſe corymbus of flowers,
with pretty large filvery empalements, which, if ga-
thered and properly dried, will retain their beauty ſe-
veral years. This fort will thrive in almoſt any foil
or ſituation, and is eaſily propagated by its creeping
It flowers in June and July, and the ſtalks
decay in autumn.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope. This is an annual plant, which ſends
out many oblong blunt leaves near the root; the ſtalks
riſe a foot and a half high, garniſhed with leaves placed
alternate, which are broad at their baſe where they
embrace the ſtalks, but end in acute points; they are
woolly, and when handled, emit a very rank odour;
the ſtalks are terminated by a corymbus of flowers, in
large filvery empalements, which will retain their
beauty ſeveral years.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope, and is an annual plant, very like the
former fort, but the leaves are of a yellowiſh green
on their upper fide, and woolly on their under; the
Italks branch, and the heads of flowers are of a bright
yellow colour, and theſe differences are permanent.
Both theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which, if
fown in the autumn on a warm border, will more cer-
tainly ſucceed, than when they are ſown in the ſpring;
or if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will
come up without care, and may be tranſplanted while
.
they are young, to the places where they are deſigned
to remain : when the plants have taken root, they
will require no other care but to keep them clean from
The fifteenth fort grows in Africa, and alſo in North
America, from both theſe countries I have received
the ſeeds. It is an annual plant, with oblong leaves
at the bottom, which are a little waved, and hoary on
their under fide. The ſtalks riſe about a foot high,
and are garniſhed with acute-pointed leaves; from
their baſe runs a border or wing along the ſtalk; the
whole plant has a diſagreeable odour. The flowers
grow in a corymbus on the top of the ſtalks, they are
white, and appear in July. The ſeeds ripen in the
autumn, which, if permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will come up without care, as the two former forts.
The fixteenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk three or
four feet high, ſending out many branches from the
lower part, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
which half embrace the italks with their bale; they
are of a dark green on their upper fide, but are hoary
on their under; the ſtalks are terminated by a com-
pound corymbus of yellow flowers, whoſe heads are
ſmall: theſe continue in ſucceſſion great part of the
ſummer, but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England.
It is eaſily propagated by cuttings in any of the ſum-
mer months, which may be planted in a ſhady border,
and duly watered. Theſe will take root in a month
or five weeks, and may then be taken up and planted
in pots, placing them in a ſhady ſituation till they
have taken freſh root; then they may be removed to
a ſheltered ſituation, and placed with other hardy
green-houſe plants till autumn, when they muſt be
carried into the green-houſe, where, during the winter
ſeaſon, they ſhould have as much free air as poſſible
in mild weather, for they only require protection from
froſt, ſo they ſhould be treated in the fame manner as
other hardy green-houſe plants.
The ſeventeenth fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally in France, Italy, and Spain. This hath a
woolly herbaceous ſtalk, which riſes fix or eight inches
high, garniſhed with obtuſe, ſpear-ſhaped, woolly
leaves. The flowers are produced in ſhort ſpikes from
the fide, and at the top of the ſtalks; they are of a
ſilvery colour, and appear in June and July. The
ſeeds ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to ſcatter,
the plants will come up without care, and require no
other culture, but to keep them clean from weeds.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope; this riſes with a ſlender Ihrubby ſtalk,
which ſends out many lateral branches below; theſe
are garniſhed with very narrow leaves, which are hoary
on their under fide. The flowers are produced in a
compound corymbus at the end of the branches; they
are at their firſt appearance of a pale red colour, but
afterward change to a gold colour; the empalements
of this ſort are ſmall, and dry like the other ſpecies of
this genus. This fort is propagated by cuttings, in
the fame manner as the ſixteenth, and the plants re-
quire the ſame treatment.
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in Egypt and Pa-
leſtine. This is a perennial plant, whoſe under leaves
ſpread near the ground, they are woolly on their under
fide; the ſtalks riſe about fix inches high; the leaves
upon theſe are ſpear-ſhaped, ending in acute points
the ſtalks and leaves are woolly, and the ſtalk is ter-
minated by a large corymbus of flowers fitting very
cloſe; theſe are of a fine ſoft red colour, ſo make a
pretty appearance in the month of June, when they
are in beauty.
This ſort is propagated by offsets in the ſame manner
as the ſeventh and eighth forts, but this doth not
produce them in plenty, fo is very uncommon in the
Engliſh gardens at preſent: it requires a drier foil than
the ſeventh, and a warmer ſituation, but not too
much expoſed to the mid-day ſun, ſo ſhould be planted
to a ſouth-eaſt aſpect.
The twentieth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope, but has been long preſerved in many
curious gardens in Europe; the ſtalk riſes three or
four feet high, fending out ſeveral long irregular
branches, which are terminated by a compound co-
rymbus
a
а
a
roots.
a

G NI
GOM
a
a
rymbus of flowers. The heads of this fort are com- Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Oetandria Monogynia,
poſed of leaves, which are much longer than thoſe of the flower having eight ftamina and one ſtyle
any other fort; the heads of the flowers are of a bright
We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
filver colour. This is propagated by cuttings, which I. GNIDIA (Pinifolia) foliis ſparſis lineari-ſubulatis, flow
fhould be planted in the ſame manner as hath been ribus verticillatis, aggregatis terminalibus. Lin. Sp.
directed for the tenth fort, and the plants ſhould alſo 512. Gnidia with linear awl-ſhaped leaves, and flowers
be treated in the ſame way.
placed cloſely in whoris terminating the branches. Rapun-
The twenty-firſt fort was raiſed from feeds in the culus foliis nervoſis linearibus, foribus argenteis non
Chelſea garden, which came from the Cape of Good galeatis. Burm. Afr. 112.
Hope ; the lower leaves of this are oblong and blunt. This plant grows naturally in Æthiopia. It hath a
The ſtalks are ſhrubby, and divide into many irregular low ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes three or four feet high,
branches, which riſe about three feet high; theſe are fending out a few fide branches, garniſhed with narrow,
garniſhed with oblong blunt-pointed leaves, hoary on oblong, acute-pointed leaves, which are green on their
their under fide, but of a dark green above; from the upper fide, but pale on their under, with a ſtrong
baſe of the leaves runs a border along the ſtalk, like longitudinal nerve, reſembling the leaves of Roſemary :
a wing, of the ſame conſiſtence with the leaves, ſo is the flowers come out almoſt in whỏrls from between
what the former botaniſts termed a winged ſtalk, but the leaves on the extremity of the branches, ſtanding
Dr. Linnæus calls it a running leaf. The ſtalks are on ſhort foot-Italks; they have long ſlender tubes, and
terminated by a compound corymbus of flowers, which are divided at the top into four ſegments which ſpread
are very cloſely joined together, and are of a bright horizontally, having eight very ſhort ſtamina in the
gold colour, but the flowers are ſmall, and change to
bottom of the tube, and an oval germen with a flender
a darker colour as they fade; there is a ſucceflion of ſtyle faſtened to the ſide of the ſtamina ; the germen
theſe flowers moſt part of the ſummer, and the early is afterward fucceeded by one oval-pointed feed.
Howers are frequently ſucceeded by feeds in England.
There are two varieties of this, one with a white, and
Thi sfort may be propagated by flips, or cuttings, in
the other hath a blue flower.
the ſame manner as the tenth, and the plants may This is uſually propagated here by cuttings, which if
be treated in the ſame manner as is directed for that. It carefully planted during the ſummer months, in pots
is engraven in the 13 iſt plate of the figures of plants. filled with light earth, plunged into a very moderate
The twenty-ſecond ſort grows naturally in North hot-bed, covering the pots cloſely with either bell or
America, from whence the ſeeds have been brought hand-glaſſes to exclude the air, being careful to ſhade
to England; this is a perennial plant, whoſe lower the glaſſes daily, the cuttings will put out roots in fix
leaves are large and oval; from the main ftalk there weeks, when they ſhould be gradually inured to the
come out runners, which take root in the ground, and open air. In winter the plants ſhould be placed in a
have young plants at their extremity. The ſtalks are dry airy glaſs-caſe, where they may enjoy free air in
fingle, and garniſhed with narrower woolly leaves, mild weather, but protected from froſt and damp air.
placed alternate. The flowers are produced at the top GOMPHREN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 279. Amaran-
.
of the ſtalks in a corymbus, they are of a white co-
thoides. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 654. tab. 420.
lour and ſmall. They appear in June and July, and
The CHARACTERS are,
ſometimes are ſucceeded by ſeeds, but the plants pro- The flower hath a large three-leaved empalement, which is
pagate ſo faſt by offsets, that the ſeeds are little re- coloured and permanent. The petal is erect, and cut into
garded; this will thrive in the open air, if planted in five parts at the top; it hath a cylindrical tubulous en-
a dry ſoil and a warm ſituation.
palement the length of the petal, cut into five ſmall parts
The twenty-third ſort grows naturally in North Ame- at the brim, which ſpread open; it hath five ſiaming
it is an annual plant, with woolly obtufe leaves. Scarcely diſcernible, ſituated in the brim of the nectarium,
The ſtalks are ſingle, and riſe about nine inches high. terminated by ſummits, Shut up in the mouth of the nec-
The flowers grow in ſpikes from the ſide of the ſtalks; tarium. In the center is ſituated an oval-pointed germen,
they are of a dirty white colour, ſo make no great with two ſmall ſtyles, crowned with ſingle ſtigma the length
appearance. If the ſeeds of this are permitted to of the ſtamina. The germen efterword becomes one large
ſcatter, the plants will riſe without trouble, and only roundija ſeed, incloſed in a thin crufied capſule with one
require to be kept clean from weeds.
cell.
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica,
-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
and other of the hot parts of America ; this riſes with of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
a ſhrubby ſtalk about two feet high, garniſhed with which includes the plants whoſe flowers have five ſta-
leaves about the ſize and ſhape of thoſe of Sage, but
mina and two ſtyles.
woolly on their under fide, and much veined; from
The SPECIES are,
the baſe of each leaf runs a border along the ſtalk. 1. GOMPHRENA (Globoſa) caule erecto, foliis ovato-lan-
The flowers are produced in ſpikes from the ſide, and ceolatis, capitulis folitaris, pedunculis diphyllis. Hort.
at the end of the ſtalk ; theſe are long, and cloſely Cliff. 86. Gomphrena with an erect ſtalk, oval Spear-
joined in the ſpike. It flowers in July and Auguft, Maped leaves, ſingle heads, and foot-ſtalks having two
but never perfects ſeeds in England.
leaves. Amaranthoides Lychnidis folio, capitulis pur-
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown on a pureis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 654. Globe Aniaranthus with
hot-bed in pots, becauſe the plants do not often riſe
purple heads.
the ſame year ; therefore when it fo happens, the pots
2. GOMPHRENA (Serrata) caule erecto, fpicâ interruptâ.
fhould be placed in the ſtove in winter, and the fol- Prod. Leyd. 419. Gomphrena with an ere Et ſtalk, and an
lowing ſpring put upon a freſh hot-bed to bring up interrupted ſpike of flowers.
the plants; when theſe appear they muſt be planted 3. GOMPHRENA (Perennis) foliis lanceolatis, capitulis di-
into pots, and kept conſtantly in the hot-bed, other- phyllis, floſculis perianthio proprio diſtinctis. Lin. Sp.
wiſe they will not thrive in England.
Plant. 224. Gomphrena with Spear-ſhaped leaves, two
GNAPHALODES. See MICROPUS.
leaves to the heads, and each floret having iis proper em-
GNIDIA
palement. Amaranthoides perenne, floribus ftramineis
The CHARACTERS are,
radiatis. Hort. Elth. 24. tab. 20. Perennial Globe Ama-
It hath a funnel-fboped empalement of one coloured leaf, ranthus with radiated ſirare-coloured flowers.
with a long tube divided into four ſegments; the flower The firſt fort grows naturally in India, from whence
hath four plein petels Shorter than the empalement inſerted the ſeeds were brought to Europe, and the plants have
to it, and eight briſtly ere&t ſtamina, terminated by ſimple been many years cultivated in all the curious gardens:
ſummits, and an ovel germen ſupporting o ſlender ſtyle on the it is an annual plant, which riſes with an upright
fide inſerted with the ſtamina, crowned by a ſtinging Stig- branching ſtalk about two feet high, garniſhed with
ma; the germen afterward becomes one ovel oblique-pointed ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite. The branches
ſeed, incloſed in the empalement.
alſo come out oppoſite, and the foot-ſtalks of the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of flowers, which are long and naked, having two ſhort
leaves,
rica;
;

G OM
GOR
leaves, cloſe under each head of flowers ariſes from rich earth, and when the bed is in a proper tempera-
the forks of the branches. The heads at their firſt
ap- ture of warmth, the plants ſhould be carefully taken
pearance are globular, but as they increaſe in ſize be- up with balls of earth to their roots, and each planted
come oval; theſe are compoſed of dry ſcaly leaves into a ſeparate pot, obſerving to ſhade them till they
or petals, placed imbricatim like the ſcales of fiſh; have taken new root, afterward they muſt be treated
under each of theſe is ſituated a tubulous flower, in the ſame manner as other tender exotic plants.
which juſt peeps out of the covering, but theſe are When the plants have filled theſe pots with their roots,
not much regarded by the generality of people ; for they ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and their roots
the ſcaly empalement which covers them is to beau- on the outſide of the ball of earth muſt be carefully
tiful, and theſe if gathered before they are too much pared off, then they ſhould be put into pots a fize
faded, will retain their beauty ſeveral years. After larger, and when there is conveniency of a deep frame,
the flowers are paſt, the germen, which is ſituated in to plunge the pots into another gentle hot-bed, it will
the bottom of each, becomes a large oval feed, in- bring the plants early to flower, and cauſe them to
cloſed in a chaffy covering, which ripens late in au- grow much larger than thoſe which are placed abroad.
tuinn, and the plants decay ſoon after.
In July the plants ſhould be inured gradually to bear
There are two varieties of this fort, one with fine the
open air, into which they may be removed about
bright purple heads, the other hath white or ſilvery the middle of that month, and intermixed with other
heads, and theſe never alter from feeds, ſo that they annual plants to adorn the pleaſure-garden; but it will
are permanent varieties, though in other reſpects they be proper to keep a plant or two of each fort in ſhelter
do not differ : there is alſo one with mixed colours, for feeds, becauſe when the autumn proves cold or
but whether this aroſe accidentally from the ſeeds of wer, thoſe plants which are expoſed abroad, ſeldom
either of the former, I cannot determine, for this va- produce good ſeeds.
riety continues from ſeeds, and the other two I have GOOSEBERRY.
I GOOSEBERRY. See GROSSULARIA.
cultivated more than thirty years, and have never GORTERIA.
found either of them vary.
The CHARACTERS are,
There are alſo two varieties of theſe which grow na- The empalement of the flower is stiff, fcały, ending in briſtly
turally in the Weſt-Indies, one with purple, and the Spines; the flower is compoſed of hermaphrodite florets in
other with white heads, which are much ſmaller and the diſk, and female in the rays or border; the hermaphro-
rounder than thoſe before-mentioned. The plants dite
florets are funnel-ſhaped, five-pointed, having five ſhort
grow much larger, and ſpread more into branches, and ſtamina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, with a hairy
they are later before they flower, ſo that in cold ſeaſons germen ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma
the feeds rarely ripen in England; theſe are called the germen afterward becomes one roundiſh ſeed, ſurrounded
Bachelors Buttons by the inhabitants of America, but by fine hairs. The female florets are tongue-shaped, have
whether they are ſpecifically different from the others, no ſtyle or ſtigma, and are barren.
I cannot with certainty determine.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
The ſecond fort hath much Nenderer ſtalks than the Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
firſt, which grow taller, and are irregular. The leaves gamia fruftranea, the flowers being compoſed of her-
are finaller, but of the ſame ſhape. The flowers grow maphrodite florets in the diſk which are fruitful, and
in ſpikes at the end of the branches, which are broken, female florets in the border, having neither ſtyle or
or divided into three or four parts with ſpaces between ſtigma, fo are barren.
them. The ſpikes are ſmall, and of a pale purple
The SPECIES are,
colour. The ſeeds of this fort were ſent me by the 1. GORTERIA (Ringens) ſcapis unifloris, foliis lanceolatis
late Dr. Houſtoun from Campeachy.
pinnatifidis, caule depreſſo. Amen. Acad. 6. p. 86.
The third fort hath ſender upright ſtalks, which are Gorteria with one flower on each foot-ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped,
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite ; wing-pointed leaves, and a depreſſed ſtalk. Aretotis ra-
they are hairy, and ſit cloſe to the ſtalks, which alſo mis decumbentibus, foliis lineari-lanceolatis rigidis
are hairy, and terminated by ſmall heads of flowers, fubtus argenteis. Ed. prior.
which ſpread open from each other, ſo as that the em- 2. GORTERIA (Fruticoſa) foliis lanceolatis integris den-
palement appear diſtinct; theſe are of a pale ſtraw co- tato-ſpinofis fubtus tomentofis, caule fruticofo. Lin.
lour, and appear in July. The ſeeds ſometimes will Sp. 1284. Gorteria with entire Spear-ſhaped leaves, whoſe
ripen in England, but the plants will live two or three indentures end in Spines, woolly on their under fide, and a
years, if they are preſerved in a ſtove.
Shrubby ſtalk. Carthamus Africanus fruteſcens, folio
The two forts with large heads of flowers which are ilicis, flore aureo. Walth. Hort. 13. tab. 7.
firſt mentioned, one with purple, and the other which The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
isſilver-coloured, are very ornamental plants in gardens, Hope; it is a low ſpreading plant, with ligneous ſtalks
and are now very commonly cultivated in the Eng- fix or eight inches long trailing on the ground, having
liſh gardens. In Portugal, and other warm countries, two or three ſide branches, each terminating in a
they are cultivated to adorn their churches in the cloſe head of leaves, which are narrow, green on their
winter; for if theſe are gathered when they are fully upper fide, but filvery on their under, cut into three
grown, and dried in the ſhade, they will retain their or five ſegments at their ends. The foot-ſtalks of the
beauty a long time, eſpecially if they are not expoſed flowers ariſe from the heads, and are fix inches long,
to the air; theſe plants are annual, fo are only pro- naked, ſupporting one large Orange-coloured flower
pagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown on a good at the top, compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets
hot-bed the beginning of March; but if the ſeeds are in the diſk, which are fruitful; but the feinale half
not taken out of their chaffy covering, it will be proper florets on the border are tongue-ſhaped, ſpreading
to ſoak them in water for twelve hours before they are open, each having a dark mark toward their baſe, with
ſown, which will greatly facilitate their growing. a white ſpot intermixed. The flowers appear in May
When the plants are come up half an inch high, they and June, but are ſeldom fucceeded by feeds in
ſhould be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-bed, at about England.
four inches diſtance, obſerving to ſhade them till they This plant is eaſily propagated by cuttings planted
have taken root; then they ſhould have freſh air ad- in a ſhady border during any of the ſummer months,
mitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth and the plants muſt be afterward treated as is directed
of the ſeaſon; they will alſo require to be frequently for ARCTOTIS.
refreſhed with water. In about a month's time, if The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
the hot-bed is of a proper warmth, the plants will Hope. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſlender ſtalk three
have grown fo large, as to nearly meet, therefore feet high, ſending out a few weak branches, garniſhed
they will require more room, otherwiſe they will with oblong leaves fitting cloſe to the branches; they
draw up weak; then a freſh hot-bed ſhould be
pre- are ſmooth on their upper fide, woolly underneath,
pared, into which there ſhould be a ſufficient num- and indented on their edges, each indenture ending
ber of three farthing pots plunged, filled with light with a weak ſpine. The flowers terminate the ſtalks,
و
a
a
a
a
having

GOS
GRA
are black.
having leafy empalements ending with fpines; the the former fort, but are larger; and of a deeper
flowers are yellow, and appear in the ſummer months, yellow colour. The pods are larger, and the feeds
but are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
It is propagated by planting of the ſmall heads at the The third fort hath a perennial ſhrubby ſtalk, which
end of the branches, in June or July, which muſt be rifes fix or eight feet high, and divides into many
cloſely covered with either bell or hand-glaſſes, or {mooth branches, garniſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves
they will not ſucceed, and ſhould be carefully ſcreened having four or five lobes. The flowers are produced
from the ſun. When theſe are well rooted, they ſhould toward the end of the branches; theſe are larger than
be
put
each into a ſmall pot, and in winter ſhould thoſe of the two former forts, and are of a deep yel-
be placed in an airy glaſs-caſe ſecure from damps. low colour. The pods of this fort are larger than
GORZ. See ULEX.
thoſe of the former.
GOSSYPIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 755. Xylon. The fourth fort is a native of the Eaſt and Weſt-
Tourn. Init. R. H. 101. tab. 27. Cotton,
Indies, from whence the ſeeds have been brought
The CHARACTERS are,
to Europe; this is alſo an annual plant, which periſhes
The flower has a double empalement; the outer is large, ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe. It riſes to the height of
of one leaf, and cut half way into three ſegments; the in- three feet or more, and ſends outmany lateral branches,
ner is cup-ſhaped, of one leaf, cut into five obtuſe ſeg- which extend to a great diſtance, where they are al-
ments at the top. It bath five plain heart-ſhaped petals, lowed room to grow; theſe are hairy, and gar-
which joint at their baſe, and ſpread open. It hath a niſhed with leaves, having in ſome three, and others
great number of stamina, which are joined at bottom in five acute-pointed lobes, with ſhort hairy down
a column, but are looſe above, and inſerted into the petals; on their ſurface. The flowers are produced from the
theſe are terminated by kidney-ſhaped ſummits. It hath a ſide, and at the end of the branches; theſe are large,
round germen, Supporting four ſtyles, joined in the column, of a dirty ſulphur colour, each petal having a large
and are the ſame length of the ſtamina, crowned by four purple ſpot at the baſe, and are ſucceeded by oval
thick ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh pods, which open into four cells, which are filled with
capſule, ending in a point, having four cells, which are oblong green feeds wrapped up in a ſoft down. Where
filled with oval feeds, wrapped up in down.
the plants have room to ſpread, their branches will
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection produce four or five pods of Cotton upon each, ſo that
of Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, intitled Monodelphia from a ſingle plant, thirty or more pods may be pro-
Polyandria, which includes the plants whoſe flowers duced; and each of theſe are as large as middling Ap-
have many ſtamina, which are joined together with ples, ſo there will be a much greater produce from this
the ſtyles in one column or body.
than from any other fort, and the ſtaple is much finer;
The SPECIES are,
therefore it is wellworth the attention of the inhabitants
1. GOSSYPIUM (Herbaceum) foliis quinquelobis, caule of the Britiſh colonies in America to cultivate and im-
herbaceo lævi. Hort. Upfal. 203. Cotton with leaves prove this fort, ſince it will ſucceed in Carolina, where
having five lobes, and a ſmooth herbaceous fialk. Gof- it it has been cultivated for ſome years ; and might be
fypium. Camer. Epit. 203. The common herbaceous a commodity worthy of encouragement by the pub-
Cotton.
lic, could they contrive a proper gin to ſeparate the
2. GOSSYPIUM (Barbadenſe) foliis trilobis integerrimis Cotton from the feeds, to which this fort adheres
fubtus biglandulofis. Hort. Upfal. 205. Cotton-tree much cloſer than any of the other forts, the Cotton
with entire leaves, having three lobes with three glands from this ſhrubbeing preferable to any other yet known
under their ſide. Goffypium fruteſcens annuum, folio All theſe forts are very tender plants, therefore will
trilobo Barbadenſe. Pluk. Alm. 172. tab. 188. Shrub- not thrive in the open air in England, but they are
by annual Barbadoes Cotton, with leaves having three lobes. frequently fown in curious gardens for variety: the firſt
3. GOSSYPIUM (Arboreum) foliis palmatis, lobis lanceo- and fourth forts will produce ripe ſeeds in England, if
latis, caule fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 693. Cotton their feeds are fown early in the ſpring, upon a good
with hand-ſhaped leaves, having five Spear-ſhaped lobes, hot-bed ; and when the plants are come up, planted
and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Xylon arboreum, flore flavo. each into ſeparate pots, and plunged into a hot-bed of
Tourn. Inft. R. H.101. Tree Cotton with a yellow flower. tanners bark to bring them forward ; and when they
4. GossypIUM (Hirſutum) foliis trilobis & quinquelobiſ- are grown too tall to remain under the frames, re-
que acutis, caule ramofo hirſuto. Cotton with leaves moved into the tan-bed in the ſtove, and ſhifted into
having three and five lobes, ending in acute points, and larger pots, when their roots have filled the other;
a hairy branching ſtalk. Xylon Americanum præftan- with this management I have had their flowers appear
tiſfimum, femine vireſcente. Lign. Tourn. Inft. R. in July, and toward the end of September the ſeeds
H. 101. Fineſt American Cotton with a green ſeed. have been perfectly ripe, and the pods as large as
The firſt fort is the common Levant Cotton, which thoſe produced in the Eaſt and Weſt-Indies, but if
is cultivated in ſeveral Iſlands of the Archipelago, as the plants are not brought forward early in the
alſo in Malta, Sicily, and the kingdom of Naples; it ſpring, it will be late in the ſummer before the flowers
is ſown in tilled ground in the ſpring of the year, and will appear, and there will be no hopes of the pods
is ripe in about four months after, when it is cut coming to perfection.
down in harveſt as Corn is in England; the plants
The Shrub-cotton will riſe from the feeds very eafily,
always periſh ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe : this plant if they are fown upon a good hot-bed; and when
grows about two feet high, with an herbaceous ſtalk, they are ſown early in the ſpring, and brought forward
garniſhed with ſmooth leaves divided into five lobes. in the ſame manner as hath been directed for the for-
Theftalks ſendout a few weak branches upward, which ner forts, the plants will grow to be five or ſix feet
are garniſhed with leaves of the ſame form but ſmaller. high the ſame ſummer; but it is difficult to preſerve
The fowers are produced near the extremity of the the plants through the winter, unleſs they are harden-
branches, at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves; theſe have
ed gradually in Auguſt during the continuance of the
two large empalements, the outer is cut into three warm weather ; for when they are forced on at that
parts, and the inner into five. The petals of the time, they will be fo tender, as to render them inca-
flower are of a pale yellow colour, inclining to white; pable of reſiſting the leaſt injury. The plants of this
theſe are ſucceeded by oval capſules, which open in fort muſt be placed in the bark-ſtove in autumn,
four parts, having four cells, which are filled with and kept in the firſt claſs of heat, otherwiſe they will
feeds wrapped up in down, which is the Cotton. not live through the winter in England.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſeveral iſlands of the GRAFTING is the taking a ſhoot from one tree,
Weſt-Indies; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſmooth ſtalk and inſerting it into another, in ſuch a manner, as
four or five feet high, ſending out a few ſide branches, that both may unite cloſely, and become one tree;
which are garniſhed with ſmooth leaves, divided into this is called by the ancient writers in huſbandry and
three lobes. The flowers are produced toward the gardening, inciſion, to diſtinguiſh it from inoculat-
end of the branches, which are ſhaped like thoſe of ing, or budding, which they call inſerere oculos.
6 H
The
a
a
و
3

GRA
GRA
The uſe of grafting is to propagate any curious
forts of fruits, ſo as to be certain of the kinds, which
cannot be done by any other method; for as all the
good fruits have been accidentally obtained from ſeeds,
to the ſeeds of theſe, when ſown, will many of them
degenerate, and produce ſuch fruit as are not worth
cultivating; but when ſhoots are taken from ſuch
trees as produce good fruit, theſe will never alter
from their kind, whatever be the ſtock, or tree, on
which they are grafted; for though the grafts receive
their nouriſhment from the ſtocks, yet their varieties
are never altered by them, but continue to produce
the ſame kind of fruit as the tree from which they
were taken; the only alteration is, that when the
ſtocks on which they are grafted do not grow ſo
faſt, and afford a fufficient ſupply of nouriſhment
to the grafts, they will not make near ſo great
progreſs as they otherwiſe would do, nor will the
fruit they produce be fo fair, and ſometimes not ſo
well flavoured.
Theſe ſhoots are termed cions, or graffs; in the
choice of theſe the following directions ſhould be care-
fully obſerved. ift, That they are ſhoots of the for-
mer year, for when they are older, they never fuc-
ceed well. 2dly, Always to take them from healthy
fruitful trees, for if the trees are fickly from whence
they are taken, the grafts very often partake ſo much
of the diſtemper as rarely to get the better of it, at leaſt
for ſome years; and when they are taken from young
luxuriant trees, whoſe veſſels are generally large, they
will continue to produce luxuriant ſhoots, and are fel-
dom ſo fruitful as thoſe which are taken from fruitful
trees, whoſe ſhoots are more compact, and the joints
cloſer together; at leaſt it will be a great number of
years before the luxuriant grafts begin to produce
fruit, if they are managed with the greateſt ſkill.
3dly, You ſhould prefer thoſe grafts which are taken
from the lateral, or horizontal branches, to thoſe from
the ſtrong perpendicular ſhoots, for the reaſons before
given.
Theſe grafts, or cions, ſhould be cut off from the
trees before their buds begin to ſwell, which is gene-
rally three weeks or a month before the ſeaſon for
grafting; therefore, when they are cut off, they ſhould
be laid in the ground with the cut downwards, bury-
ing them half their length, and covering their tops
with dry litter, to prevent their drying; if a ſmall
joint of the former year's wood is cut off with the
cion, it will preſerve it the better, and when they are
grafted, this may be cut off; for at the ſame time the
cions muſt be cut to a proper length before they are
inſerted in the ſtocks; but, till then, the ſhoots
ihould remain their full length, as they were taken
from the tree, which will preſerve them better from
ſhrinking; if theſe cions are to be carried to a con-
fiderable diſtance, it will be proper to put their ends
into a lump of clay, and to wrap them up in moſs,
which will preſerve them freſh for a month, or longer ;
but theſe ſhould be cut off earlier from the trees than
thoſe which are to be grafted near the place where
the trees are growing,
Having given directions for the cions and grafts,
we nežt come to that of the ſtock, which is a term
applied to the trees intended for grafting; theſe are
either ſuch old trees as are already growing in the
places where they are to remain, whoſe fruit is intended
to be changed, or young trees, which have been
raiſed in a nurſery for a ſupply to the garden ; in the
former caſe there is no other choice, but that of the
branches, which ſhould be ſuch as are young, healthy,
well fituated, and have a ſmooth bark; if theſe trees
are growing againſt walls, or eſpaliers, it will be
proper to graft fix, eight, or ten branches, ac-
cording to the ſize of the trees, by which they will
be much fooner furniſhed with branches again, than
when a leſs number of cions are put in; but in
ſtandard-trees, four, or at moſt fix cions will be ſuf-
ficient.
In the choice of young ſtocks for grafting, you
ſhould always prefer ſuch as have been raiſed from the
5
feed, and that have been once or twice tranſplanted.
Next to theſe, are thoſe ſtocks which have been raiſed
from cuttings, or layers, but thoſe which are fuckers
from the roots of other trees ſhould always be re-
jected, for theſe are never ſo well rooted as the others,
and conſtantly put out a great number of ſuckers
from their roots, whereby the borders and walks
of the garden will be always peſtered with them dur-
ing the ſummer ſeaſon, which is not only unſightly,
but they alſo take off part of the nouriſhment
from
the trees.
If theſe ſtocks have been allowed a proper diſtance
in the nurſery where they have grown, the wood will
be better ripened, and more compact than thoſe which
have grown cloſe and have been there drawn up to
a greater height; the wood of theſe will be ſoft, and
their veſſels large, ſo that the cions grafted into them
will ſhoot very ſtrong, but they will be leſs diſpoſed to
produce fruit than the other; and when trees acquire
an ill habit at firſt, it will be very difficult to reclaim
them afterward.
Having directed the choice of cions and ſtocks, we
come next to the operation, in order to which you
muſt be provided with the following tools.
1. A neat ſmall hand-faw to cut off the heads of large
ſtocks.
2. A good ſtrong knife with a thick back, to make
clefts in the ſtocks.
3. A ſharp penknife to cut the grafts.
4. A grafting chiſſel and a ſmall mallet.
5. Baſs ftrings, or woollen yarn, to tie the grafts
with, and ſuch other inftruments and materials as you
ſhould find neceſſary, according to the inanner of
grafting you are to perform.
6. A quantity of clay, which ſhould be prepared a
month before it is uſed, and kept turned and mixed,
like mortar every other day, which is to be made af
ter the following manner :
Get a quantity of ſtrong fat loam (in proportion
to the quantity of trees intended to be grafted, then
take ſome new ſtone-horſe dung, and break it in
amongſt the loam, and if you cut a little ftraw, or
hay, very ſmall, and mix amongſt it, the loam will
hold together the better; and if there be a quantity
of falt added, it will prevent the clay from dividing
in dry weather ; theſe muſt be well ſtirred together,
putting water to them after the manner of making
mortar; it ihould be hollowed like a diſh, and filled
with water, and kept every other day ftirred; but it
,
ought to be remembered, that it ſhould not be ex-
poſed to the froſt, or drying winds, and the oftener it
is ſtirred and wrought the better.
Of late years fome perſons have made uſe of another
compoſition for grafting, which they have found to
anſwer the intention of keeping out the air, better
than the clay before deſcribed. This is compoſed of
turpentine, bees-wax, and rofin, melted together,
which, when of a proper conſiſtence, may be put on
the ſtock round the graft, in the ſame manner as the
clay is uſually applied; and though it be not above a
quarter of an inch thick, yet it will keep out the air
more effectually than the clay; and as cold will harden
this, there is no danger of its being hurt by froſt,
which is very apt to cauſe the clay to cleave, and ſome-
times fall off, and when the heat of ſummer comes on,
this mixture will melt, and fall off without any trou-
ble. In uſing of this, there ſhould be a tin, or cop-
per-pot, with conveniency under it to keep a very
gentle fire with ſmall-coal, otherwiſe the cold will
foon condenſe the mixture; but you muſt be careful
not to apply it too hot, left you injure the graft. A
perſon who is a little accuſtomed to this compoſition,
will apply it very faſt, and it is much eaſier for him
than clay, eſpecially if the ſeaſon ſhould prove cold.
There are ſeveral ways of grafting, the principal of
which are four :
1. Grafting in the rind, called alſo ſhoulder-graft-
ing, which is only proper for large trees; this is
called crown-grafting, becauſe the grafts are ſet in
form of a circle, or crown, and is generally per-
formed
و
.
و
a

GRA
GRA
a
3
3
formed about the latter end of March, or the be-
ginning of April.
2. Cleft-grafting, which is alſo called ſtock, or flit-
grafting; this is proper for trees or ſtocks of a leſſer
fize, from an inch, to two inches or more diameter ;
this grafting is to be performed in the months of Fe-
bruary and March, and ſupplies the failure of the eſcut-
cheon way, which is practiſed in June, July, and Auguft.
3. Whip-grafting, which is alſo called tongue-graft-
ing; this is proper for ſmall ſtocks of an inch, half
an inch, or leſs, diameter; this is the moſt effectual
way of any, and which is moſt in ufe.
4. Grafting by approach, or ablactation; this is
to be performed when the ſtock you would graft on,
and the tree from which you take your graft, ſtand
ſo near together, that they may be joined ; this is
to be performed in the month of April, and is alſo
called inarching, and is chiefly uſed for Jaſmines,
Oranges, and other tender exotic trees.
We come next to the manner of performing the ſe-
veral ways of grafting.
The firſt method, which is termed rind, or ſhoulder-
grafting, is ſeldom practiſed but on large trees;
where either the head, or the large branches, are cut
off horizontally, and two or four cions put in, accord-
ing to the ſize of the branch, or ftem ; in doing of
this, the cions are cut flat on one ſide, with a ſhoul-
der to reft upon the crown of the ſtock, then the
rind of the ſtock muſt be raiſed up, to admit the cion
between the wood and the bark of the ſtock, which
muſt be inſerted about two inches, ſo as the ſhoulder
of the cion may meet, and cloſely join the crown of
the ſtock; and after the number of cions are inſerted,
the whole crown of the ſtock ſhould be well clayed
over, leaving two eyes of the cions uncovered there-
with, which will be ſufficient for ſhooting; this me-
thod of grafting, was much more in practice formerly
than at preſent; the diſcontinuance of it was occafion-
ed by the ill ſucceſs it was attended with ; for as
theſe cions were placed between the rind of the ſtock
and the wood, ſo they are frequently blown out by
ſtrong winds, after they had made large ſhoots,
which has ſometimes happened after five or fix years
growth; fo that whenever this method is practiſed,
there ſhould be ſome ftakes faſtened to ſupport the
cions, until they have almoſt covered the ſtock.
The next method is termed cleft, or ſtock-graft-
ing; this is practiſed upon ſtocks, or trees, of a
ſmaller ſize, and may be uſed with ſucceſs, where the
rind of the ſtock is not too thick, whereby the inner
bark of the cion will be prevented joining to that of
the ſtock; this may be performed on ſtocks, or
branches, which are more than one inch diameter; in
the doing of this, the head of the ſtock, or branch,
muſt be cut off with a flope, and a lit made the con-
trary way, in the top of the flope, deep enough to
receive the cion, which ſhould be cut floping like a
wedge, ſo as to fit the flit made in the ſtock, being
careful to leave that ſide of the wedge, which is to be
placed outward, much thicker than the other; and in
putting the cion into the ſlit of the ſtock, there muſt
be great care taken to join the rind of the cion to
that of the ſtock; for if theſe do not unite, the grafts
will not ſucceed: when this method of grafting is
uſed to ſtocks which are not ſtrong, it will be proper
to make a ligature of baſs, to prevent the ſlit of the
ftock from opening; then the whole ſhould be clayed
over, to prevent the air from penetrating the flit, ſo
as to deſtroy the grafts, only leaving two eyes of the
cions above the clay for ſhooting.
The third method is termed whip, or tongue-graft-
ing, which is the moſt commonly practiſed of any by
the nurſerymen near London, eſpecially for ſmall
ſtocks, becauſe the cions much ſooner cover the ſtocks
in this method than in any other.
This is performed by cutting off the head of the
ſtocks floping; then there muſt be a notch made in
the ſlope toward the upper part downward, a little
more than half an inch deep, to receive the cion, which
muſt be cut with a flope upward, and a ſlit made in
this ſlope like a tongue, which tongue muſt be in-
ferted into the lit made in the ſlope of the ſtock; and
the cion muſt be placed on one ſide of the ſtock, to
as that the two rinds of both cion and ſtock may be
equal, and join together exactly; then there ſhould be
a ligature of baſs to faſten the cion, ſo as that it may
not be eaſily diſplaced, and afterward clay it over, as
in the former methods:
The fourth fort of grafting is termed inarching-
grafting by approach, or ablactation. This is only
to be performed when the ſtocks, which are deſigned
to be grafted, and the tree from which the graft is
to be taken, ftand ſo near together, or may be brought
,
ſo near together, as that their branches may be united;
this method of grafting is commonly practiſed on ten-
der exotic plants, and ſome other forts which do not
ſucceed in any of the other methods.
In performing this operation, a part of the ſtock,
or branch, muſt be ſlit off about two inches in length,
obſerving always to make choice of a ſmooth part of
the ſtock; then a ſmall notch ſhould be made in this
flit of the ſtock downward, in the fame manner as hath
been directed for whip-grafting, then the branch of
the tree deſigned to be inarched, ſhould have a part
ſlit off in like manner as the ſtock, and a flit made
upward in this, ſo as to leave a tongue; which tongue
ſhould be inſerted into the ſlit of the ftock, obſerving
to join their rinds equally, that they may unite well
together; then make a ligature of baſs, to keep them
exactly in their ſituation, and afterward clay this part
of the ſtock over well, to keep out the air; in this
method of grafting, the cion is not ſeparated from
the tree, until it is firmly united with the ſtock, nor
is the head of the ſtock, or branch, which is grafted,
cut off till this time, and only half the wood pared
off with a flope, about three inches in length, and
the ſame of the cion, or graft.
This method of grafting is not performed fo early in
the ſeaſon as thoſe of the other, it being done in
the month of April, when the fap is flowing, at which
time the cion and ftock will join together, and unite
much ſooner than at any other ſeaſon.
The Walnut, Fig, and Mulberry, will take by this
method of grafting, but neither of theſe will ſucceed
in any of the other methods, there are alſo ſeveral
forts of Evergreens, which may be propagated by this
method of grafting; but all the trees which are graft-
ed in this way are weaker, and never grow to the ſize
of thoſe which are grafted in the other methods
therefore this is rarely practiſed, but on ſuch forts
of trees as will not take by the other methods.
The next thing which is neceſſary to be known, by
thoſe who would practiſe this art, is, what trees will
take and thrive by being grafted upon each other; and
here there have been no fure directions given by any of
the writers on this ſubject, for there will be found
great miſtakes in all their books, in relation to this
matter ; but as it would ſwell this article too great, if
all the forts of trees were to be here enumerated, which
will take upon each other by grafting, I ſhall only men-
tion ſuch general directions, as, if attended to, will be
fufficient to inſtruct perſons, ſo as they may ſucceed.
All ſuch trees as are of the fame genus, i. e. which
will agree in their flower and fruit, will take upon
each other : for inſtance, all the Nut-bearing trees may
be ſafely grafted on each other, as may all the Plumb-
bearing trees, under which head I reckon not only
the ſeveral ſorts of Plumbs, but alſo the Almond,
Peach, Nectarine, Apricot, &c. which agree exactly
in their general characters, by which they are diſ-
tinguiſhed from all other trees; but as many of theſe
are very ſubject to emit large quantities of
gum
from
the parts of the trees as are deeply cut and wounded,
ſo the tender trees of this kind, viz. Peaches and Nec-
tarines, which are moſt ſubject to this, it is found to
be the fureſt method to bud or inoculate thefe forts of
fruits, for which ſee INOCULATION.
Then all ſuch trees as bear cones will do well upon
each other, though they may differ in one being ever-
green, and the other ſhedding its leaves in winter; as
is obſervbale in the Cedar of Libanus, and the Larch-
tree, which are found te fucceed upon each other very
well;
3
a

GRA
GRA
و
nut,
well; but theſe muſt be grafted by approach, for they Millet-graſs. And under each of theſe ſections there
abound with a great quantity of reſin which is apt to are many ſpecies. And there are many others, which,
evaporate from the graft, if ſeparated from the tree by older writers, were included under this general
before it is joined with the ſtock, whereby they are title, fome of which have no relation to this claſs;
often deſtroyed; as alſo the Laurel on the Cherry, or but there are others which are near nearly allied to it,
the Cherry on the Laurel. All the maſt-bearing trees as the Cyperus and Cypreſs Graffes, &c. Theſe Dr.
will alſo take upon each other, and thoſe which have Linnæus has divided into genera; but by this method
a tender ſoft wood will do well if grafted in the com- of claſing them, he has ſeparated them to a great
mon way; but thoſe that are of a more firm contex- diſtance from each other; for all thoſe whole fiowers
ture, and are ſlow growers, ſhould be grafted by ap- have three ſtamina, are ranged in his third claſs; and
proach.
others which have male and female fowers, are re-
By ſtrictly obſerving this rule, we ſhall feldom miſ-
moved to his twenty-firſt clafs. However, it would
carry, provided the operation be rightly performed, have been much better to have kept them together, as
and at a proper ſeaſon, unleſs the weather ſhould prove Dr. Van Royen has done in the Prodromus of the
very bad, as it ſometimes happens, whereby whole Leyden garden, under one general title to the claſs
quarters of fruit-trees miſcarry; and it is by this me- of Graminea.
thod that many kinds of exotic trees are not only As the ſeveral genera under which the different ſpe-
propagated, but alſo rendered hardy enough to en- cies of Grafs are ranged, have different characters by
dure the cold of our climate in the open air ; for, which they are diſtinguiſhed, ſo it would be to little
being grafted upon ſtocks of the ſame fort which are purpoſe to give them all in this work, and as there
hardy, the grafts are rendered more capable to endure are no general characteriſtics by which the whole claſs
the cold, as hath been experienced by moſt of our can be known, fo I ſhall not trouble the reader with
valuable fruits now in England, which were formerly any of them here, but proceed to enumerate a few of
tranſplanted here from more ſoutherly climates, and the ſpecies.
were at firſt too impatient of our cold to ſucceed 1. GRAMEN ſpicâ triticeâ repens vulgare, caninum
well abroad; but have been, by budding or grafting dictum. Raii Syn. 2. p. 247. Common creeping Graſs
upon more hardy trees, rendered capable of refifting with a Spike like W beat, called Dog-graſs. Trici-
our fevereſt cold.
cum calycibus fublatis trifloris acuminatis. Lin. Sp.
And theſe different graftings ſeem to have been greatly Plant. Wheat with an awl-shaped pointed empalement
in uſe among the ancients, though they were certainly including three flowers, commonly called Couch, Couch-graſs,
miſtaken in the ſeveral ſorts of fruits which they or Quick-graſs.
mention to have ſucceeded upon each other ; as the 2. GRAMEN loliaceum, anguſtiore folio & fpicâ. C.
Fig upon the Mulberry, the Plumb upon the Cheſt- B. P. Darnel-graſs, with a narrower leaf and Spike.
with
many others of the like kind, moſt of which Lolium ſpicâ inuticâ. Lin. Sp. Plant. 83. Darnel with
I have already tried, and find they will not ſucceed; a chefy Spike, commonly called Ray, cr Rye-graſs
.
therefore what has been advanced on this head by the 3. GRAMEN pratenſe, paniculatum majus anguſtiore
ancients, is not founded on experience; or at leaſt folio. C. B. P. 2. Meadow-graſs with larger panicles and
they did not mean the ſame plants, which at preſent a narrower leaf. Poa paniculâ diffusâ, ſpiculis qua-
are called by thoſe names, though I cannot help drifloris pubeſcentibus, culmo erecto tereti. Flor.
thinking we are apt to pay too much deference to the Suec. 77. Poa with a diffuſed panicle, the ſmaller Spikes
writings of the ancients, in ſuppoſing them ſeldom to having four hairy flowers, and a taper erect ftraw.
be miſtaken, or to affert a falihood; whereas, if their 4. GRAMEN pratenfe
, paniculatum majus, latiore folic.
works are carefully examined, it will be found, that C. B. P. 2. Meadow-groſs with a larger panicle and
they have often copied from each other's writings, broader leaf. Poa paniculâ diffuſâ fpiculis trifloris gla-
without making experiments to prove the truth of bris, culmo erecto tereti. Flor. Suec. 76. Poa with a
their affertions: and it is well known, that the ranging difuſed panicle, ſmall ſpikes with three flowers, and an up-
of plants before Cæſalpinus's time (which is about right ſtraw.
170 years ſince) was, by their outward appearance, 5. GRAMEN avenacium pratenſe elatius panicula flave-
or from the ſuppoſed virtues of them, which me- ſcente, locuſtis parvis. Raii Syn. 407. Taller Mea-
thod is now juſtly exploded; and it hath been ob- dow Oat-graſs, with a yellowiſh panicle and fmall buks.
ferved, from many repeated trials, that however Avena paniculâ laxâ, calycibus trifloris brevibus,
plants may reſemble each other in the ſhape and make flofculis omnibus ariftatis. Prod. Leyd. 66. Oat-grafs
of their leaves, manner of ſhooting, &c. unleſs they with a looſe panicle, three flowers in each empalement,
agree in their fruit, and their other diſtinctive cha- which is ſhort, and all the flowers having awns.
racters, they will not grow upon each other, though 6. Gramen ſecalinum. Ger. Emac. lib. 1. cap. 22. n. 4.
performed with ever ſo much art.
Tall Meadow Rye.graſs.
GR AMEN. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 516. tab. 297. Raii | 7. GRAMEN tremulum maximum. C. B. P. 2. Greateſt
Meth. Plant. 171. Graſs ; in French, Chien-dent. Quaking-graſs, or Cowquakes. Briza fpiculis cordatis,
To enumerate all the ſpecies of Graſs which are found flofculis ſeptendecim. Hort. Cliff. 23. Briza with
growing naturally in England, would ſwell this arti- heart-ſhaped little ſpikes, and ſeventeen flowers in each.
cle greatly beyond the deſign of the work; therefore The firft fort of Graſs is that which is directed to be
I ſhall only take notice of a few ſpecies, which are ei- uſed in medicine; the roots of this are chiefly uſed,
ther uſed in medicine, or cultivated for fodder; for and are accounted aperitive and diuretic, opening cb-
there is ſcarce a paſture in this country, where at ſtructions of the reins and bladder, provoking urine,
leaſt twenty different ſpecies are not to be found in- and are of ſervice againſt the gravel and ſtone. The
termixed, and in moſt of them more than twice that jrice of the leaves and ſtalks was greatly eſteemed by
number. Theſe were, by the former writers on bo- Dr. Boerhaave, who generally preſcribed this in all
tany, all included under the common denomination of caſes where he ſuppoſed there were any obſtructions
Gramen, but were divided into different ſections. in the bile conduit.
Mr. Ray has ranged them in the following order, This hath a creeping root, which ſpreads far in the
Gramen Triticum, i. e. Wheat-graſs. Gramen Seca- ground, and is a very troubleſome weed in gardens
linum, i. e. Rye-graſs. Gramen Loliaceum, i. e. Dar- and arable land; for every ſmall piece of the root
nel-graſs. Gramen Paniceum, i. e. Panic-graſs. Gra- will grow and multiply exceedingly, ſo it is very dif-
men Phalaroides, i. e. Canary-graſs. Gramen Alope- ficult to extirpate where it once gets poffeffion: in
curoides, i. e. Fox-tail-grais. Gramen Typhinum, gardens, the common method of deſtroying it is, to
i. e. Cat’s-tail-graſs. Gramen Echinatum, i. e. Hedge- fork out the roots as often as the blades appear above
hog-graſs. Gramen Criftatum, i. e. Creſted-graſs. ground; where this is two or three times carefully
Gramen Avenacium, i.e. Oat-graſs. Gramen Dac- repeated, it may be totally rooted out; but when the
tylon, i. e. Cock’s-foot-graſs. Gramen Arundina- ſurface of the ground is very full of the roots of this
ceum, i, e. Reed-graſs. Gramen Milleacem, i. e. Graſs, the ſhorteſt way of deſtroying it, is to trench
the
а

GRA
GR
3
و
may be fown
و
the ground two ſpits and a ſhovelling deep, turning
all the couch into the bottom, where it will rot, and
never ſhoot up; but this can only be practiſed, where
there is a ſufficient depth of foil ; for in ſhallow ground
the roots cannot be buried fo deep, as to lie below
the depth to which they naturally ſhoot.
Where the roots of this Graſs get poffeffion in ara-
ble fields, it is very difficult to root out again; the
uſual method is by laying the land fallow in ſummer,
and frequently harrowing it well over to draw out the
roots: where this is carefully practiſed, the ground
may be ſo well cleaned in one ſummer, as that the
roots cannot much injure the crop which
upon it; but ſuch land ſhould be cropped with Beans,
Peas, or ſuch things as require the horſe-hoeing cul-
ture; for where the land can be frequently ſtirred and
harrowed afterward, it will be of great ſervice in
cleaning it from the roots of this Graſs and other bad
weeds. The blade of this Graſs is ſo rough, that cat-
tle will not feed upon it.
The ſecond fort is frequently cultivated, eſpecially
in ſtrong cold land, upon which this Graſs will fuc-
ceed better than any other ſpecies, and is an earlier
feed in the ſpring; but this is a very coarſe Graſs,
and unleſs it is cut very early for hay, it becomes hard
and wiery in the ſtalks, ſo that few cattle care to eat
it; for this ſpecies has but few leaves, running all to
ſtalk, fo is uſually called Bents, and in ſome counties
Bennet; when this graſs is fed, it will be proper to
mow off the Bents in the beginning of June, other-
wiſe they will dry upon the ground, and have the ap-
pearance of a ſtubble field all the latter part of ſum-
mer; ſo that it will not only be very diſagreeable to
the fight, but alſo be troubleſome to the cattle that
feed on it, by tickling their noſtrils ; ſo that the
want of better paſture only, will force them to eat of
the young Graſs which ſprings up between theſe Bents,
for thoſe they will not touch ; therefore thoſe who
fuppoſe that theſe are eaten in ſcarcity of feed by the
cattle, are greatly miſtaken; for I have many years
cloſely attended to this, and have always found theſe
Bents remaining on the ground untouched, till the
froſt, rain, and winds, deſtroy it in winter; and, by
permitting theſe to ſtand, the after-growth of the
Grafs is greatly retarded, and the beautiful verdure
is loft for three or four months ; ſo that it is good
huſbandry to mow them before they grow too dry,
and rake them off the ground: if theſe are then
made into the hay, it will ſerve for cart-horſes or
cows feed in winter, and will pay the expence of mow-
a
ground as can be deſired, but this is not to be prac-
tiſed upon ſuch lands where the beauty of the verdure
is principally regarded, therefore is fit for thoſe who
have only profit in view.
The third and fourth forts are the two beſt fpecies
of Graſs for paſtures, ſo that if the feeds of theſe were
carefully collected and fown ſeparately without any
other mixture of Graſs-ſeeds, they would not only af-
ford a greater quantity of ſeed on the ſame ſpace of
land, but the Graſs would alſo be better, the hay
ſweeter, and the verdure more laſting than of any
other forts ;, but there requires fome attention to the
ſaving of theſe feeds pure without mixture. I have
tried to fave the feeds of ſeveral ſpecies of Graſs fe-
parately, in order to determine their qualities, but
have found it very difficult to keep them diſtinct in
gardens where the ſeeds of other forts of Grafs have
been ſcattered: the only method in which I could fuc-
ceed, was by fowing cach ſpecies in a diſtinct pot,
and when the plants came up, to weed out all the
other kinds of Graſs which came up in the pots ; by
this means I preferved a great variety of the graſſy
tribe ſeveral years, but not having ground enough
to propagate the moſt uſeful ſpecies in any quantity,
I was obliged to abandon the purſuit : but I muſt re-
commend this to perſons of leiſure and ſkill who have
a ſufficient quantity of land for the purpoſe, to carry
this project into execution, which may be of fingular
benefit to the public; for we have an inſtance of the
advantage which the inhabitants of the Netherlands
have made, by ſaving the feeds of the White Clover,
or Honeyſuckle Trefoil, which is a plant common to
moft of the Engliſh paſtures; yet few perſons in this
country ever gave themſelves the trouble to collect
the feeds from the fields for ſowing, but have pur-
chaſed vaſt quantities of this feed annually, at a con-
fiderable price from Flanders, where the peaſants have
been ſo induſtrious, as to collect the feeds and fow
great quantities of land with it, with a view of fale to
this country only. This is not an inconſiderable ar-
ticle in huſbandry, but deſerves the attention of all
thoſe, who, by choice or otherwiſe, are engaged in
the buſineſs of agriculture; for one acre of land will
produce as much feeds of this ſpecies of Trefoil, as
will ſell for 12 l. where it is well planted and ſaved
from the ſpring crop; and if the Graſs-feeds before-
mentioned were ſeparately fown, and carefully weeded
from all other ſpecies, and permitted to ſtand till
their ſeeds were ripe, it might be of equal advan-
tage with the other, eſpecially now, when every gen-
tleman is endeavouring to improve the verdure near
their habitations,
The fifth and fixth forts are alſo very good Graffes
for paſtures, and have perennial roots, ſo are the next
fo
beſt forts for ſowing to thoſe before-mentioned, which,
in my opinion, deſerve the preference to all the
other; but as it will be difficult to ſave a ſufficient
quantity of ſeeds of thoſe alone, to ſupply the de-
mand which may be for their feeds; to theſe two fpe-
cies may be admitted in aid of the other, as they are
very leafy kinds of Graſs, and their ſtalks do not be-
come ftiff and harſh like many other ſpecies, but with
proper care may be made very fine; and, if duly
rolled, their roots will mat and form a very cloſe
ſward, therefore theſe ſhould be included in the num-
ber of fown Graffes.
The ſeventh fort is mentioned for the fake of variety,
and not for uſe; this hath an annual root, which ſends
up many broad hairy leaves, between which ariſe flen-
der ftiff ſtalks from a foot to near two two feet high,
dividing upward into a large looſe panicle, garniſhed
with heart-ſhaped ſmall ſpikes, each having about ſe-
venteen ſmall flofcules or florets; theſe, after the
flowers are paſt, have a fingle feed fucceeding thems
the heads hang by fender long foot-ſtalks, which are
moved by every wind, ſo that they generally appear
ſhaking, from whence it had the title of Quaking
Graſs. There are four ſpecies of this Graſs, two of
them grow naturally in England; and theſe Graffes
coming to head in May, occafioned the following
6 I
Engliſh
ing it.
a
There is another ſpecies of this Graſs called Red Dar-
nel, which is of a worſe nature than the firſt, the
ſtalks growing hard much ſooner, and having nar-
rower leaves. This is very common in moſt paſture
grounds, for as it comes early to flower, ſo the feeds
are generally ripe before the hay is cut, and from the
falling feeds the ground is ſupplied with plenty of
this fort ; therefore thoſe who are deſirous to keep
their paſtures as clear from this Graſs as poſſible,
Thould always mow it before the ſeeds are ripe.
This Graſs is ufually fown with Clover, upon fuch
lands as are deſigned to be ploughed again in a few
years, and the common method is to fow it with
Spring Corn; but from many repeated trials, I have
always found that by fowing theſe ſeeds in Auguſt,
when there has happened a few ſhowers to bring up
the Graſs, that the crop has anſwered much better than
any which has been fown in the common way; for the
Grafs has often been ſo rank, as to afford a good feed
the ſame autumn, and the following ſpring there has
been a ton and a half of hay per acre mowed very
early in the ſeaſon, and this has been upon cold four
land , ſo that I am convinced of that being the beſt
ſeaſon for fowing theſe Graffes, though it will be very
difficult to perſuade thoſe perſons to alter their
prac-
tice, who have been long wedded to old cuſtoms. The
quantity of feeds which I allow to an acre is about
two buhels, and eight pounds of the common Clover,
which, together, will make as good plants upon the
;

GRA
GRA
3
3
a
Engliſh proverb, May come foe early come ſbe late, makes
the cow quake. The large fort here mentioned, grows
naturally in the ſouth of France and Italy, and is only
preſerved in fome Engliſh gardens for the ſake of
variety.
If the ſeeds of this fort are fown in the autumn, or
permitted to ſcatter when ripe, the plants will come
up ſtronger, and flower much earlier, than when they
are fown in the ſpring, ſo good feeds may always be
fo
expected from them, which can ſeldom be attained
from the ſpring plants in England ; and as two or
three plants of this fort will be full enough in a garden
for variety, ſo theſe ihould be allowed to ſpread; for
where they grow at a diſtance from each other, the
roots will ſend out a great number of ſtalks, which will
be ſtronger, and produce much larger panicles than
thoſe which are too near together.
The Cock’s foot Grafs, Capon’s-tail Graſs, and Mil-
let Graſſes are too coarſe to deſerve attention in Eng-
land, though ſome of their ſpecies are very uſeful in the
warm parts of America, where there is a great ſcar-
city of finer Grafs; and ſome of theſe are much bet-
ter adapted to thoſe warm countries, than any of our
European Graffes, for many of them lie flat on the
ground, and emit roots from their joints, ſo are well
prepared for heat; their ſtalks are large and juicy, ſo
will live in heat where few of the European Graſſes
can be made to thrive.
The land on which Graſs-feed is intended to be ſown,
ſhould be well ploughed, and cleared from the roots
of noxious weeds, ſuch as Couch-graſs, Fern, Rulhes,
Heath, Gorſe, Broom, Reſt-harrow, &c. which, if
left in the ground, will foon get the better of the
Graſs, and over-run the land. Therefore in ſuch places
where either of theſe weeds abound, it will be a good
method to plough up the ſurface in April, and let it
lie ſome time to dry; then harrow the roots into ſmall
heaps, and burn them. The aſhes ſo produced, when
ſpread on the land, will be a good manure for it. The
method of burning the roots is particularly directed
under the article LAND, which fee: but where Couch-
graſs, Fern, or Reft-harrow is in pienty, whoſe roots
run far under ground, the land muſt be ploughed
two or three times pretty deep in dry weather, and
the roots carefully harrowed off after each ploughing,
which is the moſt fure method to deſtroy them. Where
the land is very low, and of a ſtiff clayey nature,
which holds water in winter, it will be of fingular ſer-
vice to make ſome under-ground drains to carry off the
wet; which, if detained too long on the ground, will
render the Graſs four. The method of making theſe
drains is preſcribed under the article LAND, which
fee.
Before the feed is ſown, the ſurface of the ground
ſhould be made level and fine, otherwiſe the feed will
be buried unequal. When the feed is fown, it muſt
be gently harrowed in, and the ground rolled with a
wooden roller, which will make the furface even, and
prevent the ſeeds being blown in patches. When the
Graſs comes up, if there ſhould be any bare ſpots,
where the feed has not grown, they may be fown
again, and the ground rolled, which will fix the
ſeeds; and the firſt kindly ſhowers will bring up the
Grafs, and make it very thick.
Where the land is deſigned to continue in paſture, it
ſhould be fown with the beſt forts of Graſs-feeds, and
white Dutch Clover, or what is commonly called Ho-
neyſuckle Graſs in many parts of England, but there
is a great difficulty of procuring hay-feeds which are
good ; for in all the good paſtures near London, which
abound with the beſt forts of Grafs, the hay is com-
monly cut before the ſeeds of the Grafs are ripe; ſo
fo
that thoſe ſeeds which are procured from the ſtables
where the horſes are fed with the beſt fort of hay, are
little more than chaff, or at beſt are only ſuch as are of
the early kinds of Graſs, with a great quantity of Plan-
tain and other weeds: which has diſcouraged many
gentlemen from fowing them, nor has any one at-
tempted to ſave theſe ſeeds properly; and as ic requires
longer time, and more attention, to ſave a quantity of
feeds of the purer ſort of Graſs than the generality
of people care to beſtow, fo I would recommend the
ſetting ſome of thoſe upland pastures, which are
cleaneſt from weeds, and have the ſweeteſt herbage
aſide, to ſtand for ſeeds; and although by ſo doing
the hay will be leſs valuable, yet from the ſale of
the ſeeds, it may anſwer better to the poffeffor, than
to mow it merely for the hay : for any gentleman who
has regard to the beauty of his land, had better give
fix times the price for ſuch ſeeds, as is uſually paid
for the ordinary ſeeds, fince the firſt expence of feeds
is not to be put in competion with the beauty and ad-
vantage of having ſuch as are good; for when the land
is brought to a good ſward (which may be done in
one year, where it is properly prepared and fown with
good feeds) it may be kept in good order, and by
good management improved annually, and will con-
tinue ſo, as long as proper care is taken of it. I I
know ſome land which was fown in the method here-
after directed above forty years ago, which are now
as good paſtures as any I have ſeen, and may be al-
ways continued fo.
Theſe grounds abounded with many bad weeds, ſo
they had a winter and ſummer's fallow, in which time
they were five times ploughed and ten times harrowed
in order to deſtroy the weeds, and make the ſurface
of the ground fine ; in Auguſt they were fown with
the beſt Graſs-feeds as could be procured, three buſh-
els of this, and nine pounds of the white Dutch Clo-
ver-feeds were allowed to each acre; as there happened
rains ſoon after the ſeeds were fown, ſo the Graſs came
up well, but among it were a great number of weeds,
which were drawn up and carried off the ground, and
in the beginning of October the fields were rolled with
a Barley roller, in the ſpring the fields were again
weeded, and afterward rolled, and that ſummer there
was more than two tons of hay per acre mowed off
the land, and by conſtant weeding twice a year,
fweeping it with a bush-harrow, rolling and dreſſing
of the land, the Graſs has been greatly improved ſince,
and is now as good paſture as any in England : and
fince I have laid down great quantities of land in the
ſame manner, and with equal ſucceſs; therefore from
many years experience can recommend it, as the fureft
method of having good paſtures.
But I know the generality of farmers will object to
the firſt loſs of their crop, and alſo to the after ex-
pence of weeding, rolling, &c. as too great for com-
mon practice: however, I am well ſatisfied from ex-
perience, that whoever will be at the expence, will
find their account in it; for the crops of hay will be
ſo much better, and the after paſture alſo, that it will
more than pay the expence, as from many exact ac-
counts, which have been kept of the whole, is ſuffici-
ently demonſtrated, and the verdure of theſe paſtures
is charming to all thoſe who have any taſte of natural
beauties.
The proper management of paſture land is the leaſt
underſtood of any part of agriculture; the farmers
never have attended to this, being more inclined to
the plough, though the profits attending that have
not of late years been ſo great as to encourage them
in that part of huſbandry, but theſe people never
think of laying down land for paſture, to continue
longer than three years, at the end of which time
they plough it up again, to fow it with grain.
There is a fort of ſtriped Graſs which is preſerved in
many gardens for the beauty of its variegated leaves,
which continue freſh the greateſt part of the ſummer.
This fort is eaſily propagated by parting the roots,
either in ſpring or autumn, for every offset will in-
creaſe to be a large root in one year's time. It will
grow on any ſoil or in any ſituation, therefore may be
planted in any abject part of the garden, where it will
thrive, and afford an agreeable variety. This fort is
by many perſons called Ribband-grafs, from the
ftripes of white and green, which run the whole
length of the blade, like the ſtripes in ſome rib-
bands.
و
For

GRA
GRÅ
a
other year,
3
For the further management of Graſs in fields, fee
, It is a general practice when turf is laid in garderis, to
PASTURE and MEADOW ; and for that in gardens, fee cover the ſurface of the ground under the turf, either
GRASS.
with fand or very poor earth; the deſign of this is to
Clover-graſs. See TRIFOLIUM.
keep the Grafs fine, by preventing its growing too
Saint-foin. See ONOBRYCHIS, or HEDYSARUM. rank. This is proper enough for very rich ground,
La Lucerne. See MEDICA.
but is not fo for ſuch land as is but middling or poors
Noneſuch, See MELILOTUS, or TRIFOLIUM.
for when this is practiſed in ſuch places, the Graſs
Trefoil. See TRIFOLIUM.
will ſoon wear out, and decay in patches.
Spurry. See SPERGULA.
When turf is taken from a common or down, there
GRANADILLA. See PASSIFLORA.
ſhould be regard had to the cleanneſs of it, and not
GRAPES. See Vitis.
to take ſuch as is full of weeds: for it will be a very
GRASS. The Engliſh Graſs is of ſo good a qua- tedious piece of work, to weed them out after the
lity for walks or Graſs-plats, that if they be kept in turf is laid ; and unleſs this is done, the Graſs will ne-
good order, they have that exquiſite beauty that they ver appear handſome.
cannot come up to in France, and ſeveralother countries. Where turf is deſigned to remain for years without
But green walks and green plats are, for the moſt renewing, there ſhould be dreſſing laid upon it every
part, not made by fowing the Graſs-feed, but by lay-
either of very rotten dung, alhes, or, where
ing turfs; and, indeed, the turfs from a fine common it can be eaſily procured, very rotten tan, is a good
or down, are much preferable to fown Graſs.
dreſſing for Grafs; but theſe dreſſings ſhould be laid
In fowing a fine green plat, there is a difficulty in get- on early in winter, that the rain may waſh them into
ting good feed; it ought not to be ſuch as is taken the ground, before the drought of the ſpring comes
out of the hay-loft without diſtinction ; for that feed on, otherwiſe they will occafion the Graſs to burn
ſhoating too high and making large ſtalks, the lower when the warmth of ſummer begins. Where Graſs is
part will be naked and bare; and although it be mow- ſo dreſſed, and kept well rolled and mowed, it may
ed ever ſo often, it will never make handſome Graſs ; be kept very beautiful for many years ; but where it is
but, on the contrary, will come to nothing but tufts not dreſſed or fed with ſheep, it will rarely continue
of weeds and Quick-graſs, very little better than that handſome more than eight or ten years.
of the common fields.
GRATIOL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 27. Raii Meth.
If walks or plats be made by fowing, the beſt way Plant. 9o. Digitalis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 165. Hedge
is to procure the ſeed from thoſe paſtures where the Hyffop.ott bo He betrol
Graſs is naturally fine and clear, or elſe the trouble of
The CHARACTERS are, as do
keeping it from ſpiry and benty Graſs will be very The flower bath a permanent empalement, which is cut
great, and it will ſcarce ever look handſome.
into five parts ; it both one petal of the grinning kind,
In order to ſow Graſs-feed, the ground muſt be firſt with a tube longer than the empalement, cut at the top
dug or broken up with a ſpade; and when it has been into four ſmall ſegments, the upper being broader and in-
dreſſed and laid even, it muſt be very finely raked dented at the end where it is reflexed; the other three are
over, and all the clods and ſtones taken off, and co- erečt and equal. It hath five owl-shaped ſtamina, three
vered over an inch thick with good mould, to facili- of which are fhorter than the petal, and ſteril; the other
tate the growth of the ſeed; this being done, the feed two are longer, and adhere to the tube of the petal; theſe
is to be fown pretty thick, that it may come up cloſe are fruitful in male duft; they are terminated by roundiſha
and ſhort; and it muſt be raked over again to bury ſummits. In the center is ſituated a conical germen, Jup-
and cover the feed, that if the weather ſhould hap- porting an ereet ſtyle, crowned by a ſtigma with two
pen to be windy, it may not be blown away.
.
lips, which cloſe after being fæcundated. The germen af-
As to the ſeaſon of fowing Grafs, the middle or lat- terward becomes an oval capſule ending in a point, having
ter end of Auguft is a good time, becauſe the ſeed two cells which are filled with ſmall ſeeds.
naturally requires nothing but moiſture to make it This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
grow: if be not ſown till the latter end of February, Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Monogynia,
or the beginning of March, if the weather proves dry,
,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have but
it will not fo foon make the walks or quarters green. two ſtamina and one ſtyle, for he does not eſteem
It is alſo beſt to ſow it in a mild day, and inclining to the three barren ſtamina as worthy notice.
for that, by ſinking down the feed in the earth, to The SPECIES are,
will cauſe it to ſhoot the fooner. But where Graſs is 1. GRATIOLA (Officinalis) floribus pedunculatis, foliis
ſown in gardens, either for lawns or walks, there lanceolatis ſerratis. Lin. Mat. Med. 18. Hedge Hylop
ſhould always be a good quantity of the White Tre- with flowers ſtanding on foot-ſtalks, and ſpear-ſhaped
foil or Dutch Clover fown with it, for this will make leaves. Digitalis minima Gratiolata dicta. Mor. Hift.
a fine turf much ſooner than any other ſown Grafs, 2. 479. Leaſt Foxglove, called Gratiola.
and will continue a better verdure than any of the 2. GRATIOLA (Virginiana) foliis lanceolatis obtufis ſub
Grafs tribe. Susa
ago
dentatis. Flor. Virg. 6. Hedge Hylop with obtufe in-
After the feed is well come up, and the Graſs is very dented leaves.
09189
oriad
thick and of a beautiful green, it will require a con- 3. GRATIOLA (Peruviana) floribus fubfeffilibus. Lin. Sp.
Itant care to keep it in order : this conſiſts in mowing Plant. 17. Hedge Hylop with flowers fitting cloſe to the
the Graſs often, for the oftener it is mowed, the branches. Gratiola latiore folio flore albo. Feuill.
thicker and handſomer it grows; it muſt alſo be rolled
vib
with a cylinder or roller of wood, to level it as much The firſt fort grows naturally on the Alps, and other
as poſſible.
mountainous parts of Europe. This hath a thick,
If Graſs be neglected, it will run into Quick-graſs fleſhy, fibrous, creeping root, which propagates very
and weeds; and if it does ſo, there is no way to re- much when planted in a proper foil and ſituation, from
cover it, but either by fowing it, or laying it over which ariſe ſeveral upright ſquare ftalks, near a foot
again, and that once in every two years; but if the high, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leavesplaced
ground be well cleared from the roots of ſtrong weeds, oppoſite; the flowers are produced on the ſide of the
and the turf be taken from a fine level common, it ftalks at each joint, they are ſhaped like thoſe of the
will continue handſome for ſeveral years, provided it Foxglove, but are finall, and of a pale yellowiſh co-
be well kept.nu
lour. Theſe appear in July, but are ſeldom ſuc-
In order to keep Graſs-plats or walks handſome and ceeded by ſeeds in England.
in good order, in autumn you may fow ſome freſh It is eaſily propagated by parting of the roots; the
feed over any places that are not well filled, or where beft time to do this is in the autumn, when the ſtalks
the Graſs is dead, to renew and furniſh them again; decay, the plants ſhould have a moiſt foil and a ſhady
but there is nothing which improves Graſs ſo much as ſituation, in which they will thrive exceedingly, but
conſtant rolling and polling it, to deſtroy wormcaſts, in dry ground they often decay in ſummer, unleſs they
and thereby the turf is rendered fine.
are plentifully watered,
This
;
rain;
:
Peruv.
و
arti 16
a

GRA
GR
This ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants, but is very ground is wet; in which cafe there cannot be too
rarely uſed in England, though it is recommended by much care to fill the bottom of the walks with large
ſome good writers as a purger of ferous and choleric Itones, flints, brick rubbish, chalk, or any other mate-
humours.
rials which can be beſt procured, which will drain of
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America, the moiſture from the Gravel, and prevent its being
from whence I received the ſeeds. This grows natu- poachy in wet weather ; but as it may be difficult in
rally in moiſt places, where it riſes more than a foot ſome places to procure a ſufficient quantity of thele
high, but in England I have not ſeen it more than materials to lay in the bottom of the walks, ſo there
eight inches; the leaves are blunt, and indented at
may
be a bed of Heath, or Furze, which ever can be
their extremities; the flowers are white, and come procured at the leaſt expence, laid under the Gravel to
out from the fide of the ſtalks, like thoſe of the other, keep it dry: and if either of theſe are uſed green, they
but are not ſucceeded by feeds here. It may be pro- will lie a long time, as they will be covered from air,
pagated in the fame manner as the firſt fort, and re- and theſe will prevent the Gravel from getting down
quires the ſame treatment.
into the clay, and will always keep the Gravel dry;
The ſeeds of the third fort were ſent me from Car- and where there is not this precaution in the firſt lay-
thagena, where it was found growing naturally in ing of the Gravel upon clay, the water being detained
places where there had been ſtanding waters, which by the clay, will cauſe the Gravel to be poachy when-
were then dried up; this plant grew about nine inches ever there is much rain.
high, with a weak ſtalk, and the leaves placed oppo- In making of Gravel-walks, there muſt be great re-
fite; they were about three quarters of an inch long, gard had to the level of the ground, ſo as to lay the
and half an inch broad, ſawed on their edges, the walks with eaſy deſcents toward the low parts of the
flowers came out ſingle on each ſide the ſtalk; they ground, that the wet may be drained off eaſily; for
were white, and much ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt when this is omitted, the water will lie upon the walks
fort, but were not ſucceeded by feeds, ſo the plant a conſiderable time after hard rains, which will ren-
was loſt here.
der them unfit for uſe, eſpecially when the ground is
GRAVEL and Graſs are naturally ornaments to a naturally wet or ftrong; but where the ground is level,
country-ſeat, and the glory of the Engliſh gardens, and there are no declivities to carry off the wet, it will
and things in wh ch we excel all other nations, as be proper to have fink-ſtones laid by the ſides of the
France, Holland, Flanders, &c.
walks, at convenient diſtances, to let off the wet; and
There are different ſorts of Gravel, but for thoſe who where the ground is naturally dry, that the water will
can conveniently have it, I approve of that Gravel on foon foak away, the drains of the ſink-ſtones may be
Blackheath, as preferable to moſt that we have in contrived ſo as to convey the water in feffpools,
England, it conſiſting of ſmooth even pebbles, which, from which the water will foak away in a ſhort time;
when mixed with a due quantity of loam, will bind but in wet land there ſhould be under-ground drains,
exceeding cloſe, and look very beautiful, and conti- to convey the wet off, either into ponds, ditches, or
nue handſome longer than any other ſort of Gravel the neareſt place to receive it; for where this is not
which I have yet feen.
well provided for, the walks will never be ſo hand-
Some recommend a ſort of iron-mould Gravel, or fome or ſo uſeful.
Gravel with a little binding loam amongſt it, than The month of March is the propereſt time for laying
which nothing, they fay, binds better when it is dry; Gravel ; it is not prudent to do it ſooner, or to lay
but in wet weather it is apt to ſtick to the heels of walks in any of the winter months before that time.
one's ſhoes, and will never appear handſome.
Some indeed turn up Gravel-walks in ridges in De-
Sometimes loam is mixed with Gravel that is over cember, in order to kill the weeds, but this is very
ſandy or ſharp, which muſt be very well blended to- wrong, for befides that it deprives them of the ben
gether, and let lie in heaps, after which it will bind nefit of them all the winter, it does not anſwer the end
like a rock.
for which it is done, but rather the contrary; for
There are many kinds of Gravel which do not bind, though it does kill the weeds for the preſent, yet it
and thereby cauſe a continual trouble of rolling, to lit- adds a fertility to them, as to the great future in-
tle or no purpoſe ; as for fuch,
creaſe of both them and Graſs.
If the Gravel be looſe or fandy, you ſhould take one If conftant rolling them after the rains and froſt will
load of ſtrong loam, to two or three of Gravel, and ſo not effectually kill the weeds and moſs, you ſhould
caſt them well together, and turn thismixtureover three turn the walks in March, and lay them down at the
or four times, that they may be well blended toge- ſame time.
ther ; if this is done in proper porportion, it will bind In order to deſtroy worms that ſpoil the beauty of
well, and not ſtick to the feet in wet weather.
Gravel, or Graſs-walks, ſome recommended the water-
There are many different opinions about the choice ing them well with water, in which Walnut-tree
of Gravel; ſome are for having the Gravel as white as leaves have been ſteeped, and made very bitter, eſpe-
poffible, and in order to make the walks more ſo, they cially thoſe places moft annoyed with them; and this
roll them well with ſtone rollers, which are often hewn they fay, as ſoon as it reaches them, will make them
by the maſons, that they may add a whiteneſs to the come out haſtily, ſo that they may be gathered, but
walks; but this renders it very troubleſome to the if, in the firſt laying of the walks, there is a good bed
eyes, by reflecting the rays of light ſo ſtrongly, there- of lime rubbiſh laid in the bottom, it is the moſt ef-
fore this ſhould ever be avoided ; and ſuch Gravel as fectual method to keep out the worms, for they do
will lie ſmooth, and reflect the leaſt, ſhould be pre- not care to harbour near lime.
ferred.
GREEN-HOUSE, or Conſervatory.
Some ſcreen the Gravel too fine, which is an error; As of late years there have been great quantities of
for if it be caft into a round heap, and the great ftones curious exotic plants introduced into the Engliſh gar-
only raked off, it will be the better.
dens, ſo the number of Green-houſes, or Conſervato-
Some are apt to lay Gravel-walks too round, but this ries, have increaſed; and not only a greater ſkill in the
is likewiſe an error, becauſe they are not ſo good to management and ordering of theſe plantshas increaſed
walk upon, and beſides, it makes them look nar- therewith, but alſo a greater knowledge of the ſtruc-
row; one inch riſe is enough in a crown for a walk ture and contrivance of theſe places, ſo as to render
of five feet; and it will be ſufficient, if a walk be ten them both uſeful and ornamental, hath been acquired;
feet wide, that it lies two inches higher in the middle and ſince there are many particulars to be obſerved in
than it does on each ſide; if fifteen feet, three inches; the conſtruction of theſe houſes, whereby they will be
twenty feet, four ; and ſo in proportion.
greatly improved, I thought it neceffary not only to
For the depth of Gravel-walks, fix or eight inches may give the beſt inſtructions for this I was capable of, but
do well enough, but a foot thickneſs will be fufficient alſo to give a deſign of one in the manner I would
for any; but then there ſhould always be a depth of chuſe to erect it, upon the annexed copper-plate.
rubbiſh laid under the Gravel, eſpecially if the
a


4H
Plan of the Greenhouse,
4. The Ground fllan of the tjreen-house
.
B.B. She Ground Plan of the two stoves.-
c.c.c.The Sheds behind the Gren-houfe and Stoves.
The paſsage of communication between the Green-houſe and
D.D. stobes
1.Delivies
, where the stairs are placed which lead to the Rooms
over the Green-houp
E.E. The election of the Blues in the back of the Stoves.
1'. The upright-of the Gren-house and' Stoves.
L
E
F.
E
LIITRITTIBILIT
177
H
C
С
с
А.
D
D
B
B
LI
L
L
|
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
Feet
700
70
80
go
F.Hayes Jeulp!

GRE
GRE
As to the length of theſe houſes, that muſt be pro-
portioned to the number of plants they are to contain,
or the fancy of the owner; but their depth ſhould
never be greater than their height in the clear, which
in ſmall, or middling houſes, may be fixteen or
,
eighteen feet, but for large ones, from twenty to
twenty-four feet, is a good proportion ; for if the
Green-houſe is long, and too narrow, it will have a
bad appearance both within and without, nor will it
contain ſo many plants, if proper room be allowed
for paſſing in front, and on the backſide of the ſtands
on which the plants are placed ; and on the other hand,
if the depth of the Green-houſe is more than twenty,
four feet, there muſt be more rows of plants placed
to fill the houſe, than can with conveniency be reached
in watering and cleaning ; nor are houſes of too great
depth ſo proper for keeping of plants, as thoſe of
moderate fize.
The windows in front ſhould extend from about one
foot and a half above the pavement, to within the
fame diſtance of the cieling, which will admit of a
cornice round the building, over the heads of the
windows. As it is neceſſary to have theſe windows ſo
long, it will be impoſſible to make them in proportion
as to their breadth; for if in the largeſt buildings the
ſaſhes are more than ſeven, or ſeven feet and a half
broad, they will be ſo heavy and troubleſome to move
up and down, as to render it very difficult for one
perſon to perform ; beſides, their weight will occaſion
their foon decaying. There is alſo another incon-
venience in having the windows too broad, which is
that of fixing proper ſhutters to them, in ſuch a
manner as that they may fall back cloſe to the piers,
ſo as not to be incommodious, or when open to ob-
ftruct any part of the rays of light from reaching the
plants. The piers between theſe windows ſhould be
as narrow as poſſible to ſupport the building, for which
reaſon I ſhould chuſe to have them of ſtone, or of
hard well-burnt bricks; for if they are built with fine
rubbed bricks, thoſe are generally ſo ſoft, that the
piers will require to be made thicker, and the building
will be leſs ftrong, eſpecially if there are any rooms
over the Green-houſe; which is what I would always
adviſe, as being of great uſe to keep the froſt out in
very hard winters. If theſe piers are made of ſtone, I
would adviſe them to be two feet and a half in dia-
meter, worked as columns cylindrical, whereby the
rays of the fun will not be taken off, or obſtructed
by the corners of the piers, which it would be if they
were ſquare; but if they are built with bricks, it will
be proper to make them three feet in front, other-
wiſe they will be too weak to ſupport the building ;
theſe I would alſo adviſe to be iloped off toward the
inſide to admit the fun.
At the back of the Green-houſe there may be erected
a houſe for tools, and for many other purpoſes, which
will be extremely uſeful, and will alſo prevent the froſt
from entering the houſe on the backſide, ſo that the
wall between theſe need not be more than two bricks
and a half in thickneſs; whereas were it quite expoſed
behind, it ſhould be at leaſt three bricks, or three and
a half in thickneſs; and by this contrivance, if you
are willing to make a handſome building, and to have
a noble room over the Green-houſe, you may make
the room over the tool-houſe, and carry up the ſtair-
caſe in the back, ſo as not to be ſeen in the Green-
houſe, and hereby you may have a room twenty-five
or thirty feet in width, and of a proportionable length;
and under this ſtair-caſe there ſhould be a private door
into the green-houſe, at which the gardener may enter,
in hard froſty weather, when it will not be ſafe to open
any of the glaſſes in the front. The floor of the Green-
houſe, which ſhould be laid either with Bremen
ſquares, Purbeck ftone, or broad tiles, according to
the fancy of the owner, muſt be raiſed two feet above
the ſurface of the ground whereon the houſe is placed,
which in dry ground will be ſufficient; but if the fi-
tuation is moiſt and ſpringy, and thereby ſubject to
damps, it ſhould be raiſed at leaſt three feet above the
furface; and if the whole is arched with low brick
arches under the floor, it will be of great ſervice in
preventing the damps riſing in winter, which are often
very hurtful to the plants, eſpecially in great thaws,
when the air is often too cold to be admitted into the
houſe, to take off the damps. Under the floor, about
one foot from the front, I would adviſe a flue of one
foot in width, and two feet deep, to be carried the
whole length of the houſe, which may be returned
againſt the back wall, and carried up in proper fun-
nels adjoining to the tool-houſe, three times over each
other, by which the ſmoke may paſs off. The fire-
place may be contrived at one end of the houſe, and
the door at which the fuel is put in, as alſo the aſh-
grate, may be contrived to open into the tool-houſe,
ſo that it may be quite hid from the fight, and be in
the dry, and the fuel may be laid in the fame ſhed,
whereby it will always be ready for uſe.
I ſuppoſe many people will be ſurpriſed to ſee me di-
rect the making of fiues under a Green-houſe, which
has been diſuſed ſo long, and by moſt people thought
of ill conſequence, as indeed they have often proved,
when under the direction of unſkilful managers, who
have thoughtitneceſſary, wheneverthe weather was cold
to make fires therein ; but however injurious flues may
have been under ſuch management, yet when ſkilfully
looked after they will be found of very great ſervice;
for though perhaps it may happen, that there will be
no neceſſity to make any fires in them for two or three
years together, as when the winters prove mild there
will not, yet in very hard winters they will be ex-
tremely uſeful to keep out the froſt, which cannot be
effected any other way, but with great trouble and
difficulty
Withinſide of the windows, in front of the Green-
houſe, you ſhould have good ſtrong ſhutters, which
ſhould be made with hinges to fold back, that they
may fall back quite cloſe to the piers, that the rays
of the ſun may not be obſtructed thereby. Theſe
ſhutters need not be above an inch and a half thick,
or little more when wrought, which if made to join
cloſe, will be ſufficient to keep out our common froſt;
and when the weather is ſo cold as to endanger the
freezing in the houſe, it is but making a fire in the
oven, which will effectually prevent it; and without
this conveniency it will be very troubleſome, as I have
often ſeen, where perſons have been obliged to nail
mats before their windows, or to ſtuff the hollow ſpace
between the ſhutters, and the glaſs with Straw, which
when done, is commonly ſuffered to remain till the
froſt goes away; which if it ſhould continue very long,
the keeping the Green-houſe clofely ſhut up, will
prove very injurious to the plants; and as it fre-
quently happens, that we have an hour or two of the
ſun-fhine in the middle of the day, in continued froſts,
which is of great ſervice to plants, when they can en-
rays thereof through the glaſſes, ſo when there
is nothing more to do than to open the ſhutters, which
may be performed in a very ſhort time, and as ſoon
fhut again when the ſun is clouded, the plants may
have the benefit thereof whenever it appears ; whereas,
where there is ſo much trouble to uncover, and as
much to cover again, it would take up the whole time
in uncovering and ſhutting them up, and thereby the
advantage of the ſun's influence would be loft. Be-
fides, where there is ſo much trouble required to keep
out the froſt, it will be a great chance if it be not
neglected by the gardener; for if he be not as fond
of preſerving his plants, and as much in love with
them as his maſter, this labour will be thought too
great by him ; and if he takes the pains to cover the
glaſſes up with mats, &c. he will not care to take
them away again until the weather alters, ſo that the
plants will be ſhut up cloſe during the whole con-
tinuance of the froſt.
There are ſome people who commonly make uſe of
pots filled with charcoal to ſet in their Green-houſe in
very ſevere froſts, but this is very dangerous to the
perſons who attend theſe fires, and I have ſometimes
known they have been almoſt fuffocated therewith,
and at the ſame time they are very injurious to the
6K
plants
joy the
a

GRE
GRE
a
a
a
Plants ; nor is the trouble of tending upon theſe ſmall,
and the many hazards to which the uſe of theſe fires
is liable, have juſtly brought them into difuſe with all
ſkilful perſons; and as the contrivances of fues, and
of the fires, are but ſmall charges in their firſt erecting,
they are much to be preferred to any other method
for warming the air of the houſe,
The wall on the back part of the houſe ſhould be
either laid over with ſtucco, or plaſtered with mortar,
and white-waſhed, for otherwiſe the air in ſevere froſt
will penetrate through the walls, eſpecially when the
froſt is attended with a ſtrong wind, which is often
the caſe in moſt ſevere winters. There are ſome per-
ſons who are at the expence of wainſcotting their
Green-houſes, but when this is done, it is proper to
plafter the walls with lime and hair behind the wainſ-
cot, to keep out the cold; and when they are lined
with wainſcot, they ſhould be painted white, as ſhould
the cieling, and every part withinſide of the houſe ;
for this reflects the rays of light in a much greater
quantity than any other colour, and is of ſignal fer-
vice to plants, eſpecially in the winter, when the houſe
is pretty much cloſed, and but a ſmall ſhare of light
is admitted through the windows; for at ſuch times
I have obſerved, that in ſome Green-houſes which
have been painted black, or of a dark colour, the
plants have caſt moſt of their leaves.
Where green-houſes are built in ſuch places as will
not admit of rooms over them, or the perſon is un-
willing to be at the expence of ſuch buildings, there
muſt be care taken to keep out the froſt from entering
through the roof. To prevent which it will be very
proper to have a thickneſs of Reeds, Heath, or Furz,
laid between the cieling and the tiles ; in the doing
of which there muſt be care taken in framing the
joiſts, ſo as to ſupport theſe, that their weight may
not lie upon the ceiling, which might endanger it;
for theſe ſhould be laid a foot thick at leaſt, and as
Imooth as poſſible, and faſtened down well with laths
to prevent their riſing, and then covered over with a
coat of lime and hair, which will keep out the air, and
alſo prevent mice and other vermin from harbouring
in them, which, if left uncovered, they would cer-
tainly do. For want of this precaution there are many
Green-houſes built, which will not keep out the froſt
in hard winters, and this is many times attributed to
the glaſſes in front admitting the cold, when the fault
is in the roof; for where there is only the covering,
either of tiles or Nates, over the cieling, every ſevere
froft will penetrate through them.
In this Green-houſe you ſhould have truſſels, which
may be moved out and into the houſe, upon which
you ſhould fix rows of planks, ſo as to place the pots
or tubs of plants in regular rows one above another,
whereby the heads of the plants may be ſo ſituated,
as not to interfere with each other. The loweſt row
of plants, which ſhould be the forwardeſt towards the
windows, ſhould be placed about four feet therefrom,
that there may be a convenient breadth left next the
glaſſes to walk in front; and the rows of plants ſhould
riſe gradually from the firſt, in ſuch a manner that the
heads of the ſecond row ſhould be entirely advanced
above the firſt, the ſtems only being hid thereby;
and at the back ſide of the houſe there ſhould be al-
lowed a ſpace of at leaſt five feet, for the conveniency
of watering the plants, as alſo to admit of a current
of air round them, that the damps occaſioned by the
perſpiration of the plants, may be the better diffipated,
which, by being pent in too cloſely, often occaſions
a mouldineſs upon the tender ſhoots and leaves, and
when the houſe is cloſe ſhut up, this ſtagnating rancid
vapour is often very deſtructive to the plants; for
which reaſon alſo you ſhould never croud them too
cloſe to each other, nor ſhould you ever place Sedums,
Euphorbiums, Torch Thiſtles, and other tender fuc-
culent plants, amongſt Oranges, Myrtles, and other
Evergreen trees; for, by an experiment which I made,
anno 1729, I found that a Sedum placed in a Green-
houſe among ſuch trees, almoſt daily increaſed its
weight, although there was no water given to it the
whole time; which increaſe of weight was owing to
the moiſture imbibed from the air, which, being re-
plete with the rancid vapours perfpired from the other
plants, occafioned the leaves to grow pale, and in a
ſhort time they decayed and dropped off; which I
have often obſerved has been the caſe with many other
fucculent plants, when placed in thoſe houſes which
were filled with many ſorts of Evergreen trees, that
required to be frequently watered.
Therefore, to avoid the inconvenience which attends
the placing of plants of very different natures in the
ſame houſe, it will be very proper to have two wings
added to the main Green-houſe, which, if placed in
the manner expreſſed in the annexed plan, will greatly
add to the beauty of the building, and alſo collect a
greater ſhare of heat. In this plan the Green-houſe is
placed exactly fronting the ſouth, and one of the wings
faces the ſouth-eaſt, and the other the ſouth-weft; fo
that from the time of the fun's firſt appearance upon
any part of the building, until it goes off at night, it
is conſtantly reflected from one part to the other, and
the cold winds are alſo kept off from the front of the
main Green-houſe hereby; and in the area of this place
you may contrive to place many of the moſt tender
exotic plants, which will bear to be expoſed in the
ſummer ſeaſon; and in the ſpring, before the weather
will permit you to ſet out the plants, the beds and
borders of this area may be full of Anemonies, Ra-
nunculuſes, early Tulips, &c. which will be paſt
flowering, and the roots fit to take out of the ground
by the time you carry out the plants, which will render
this place very agreeable during the ſpring ſeaſon, when
the flowers are blown: and here you may walk and
divert yourſelf in a fine day, when perhaps the air in
moſt other parts of the garden will be too cold for
perſons not much uſed thereto, to take pleaſure in
being out of the houſe.
In the center of this area may be contrived a ſmall
baſon for water, which will be very convenient for
watering of plants, and add much to the beauty of
the place; beſides the water being thus ſituated, will
be foftened by the heat which will be reflected from
the glaſſes upon it, whereby it will be rendered
much better than raw cold water for theſe tender
plants.
The two wings of the building ſhould be contrived fo
as to maintain plants of differing degrees of hardineſs,
which muſt be effected by the ſituation and extent of
the fire-place, and the manner of conducting the flues,
a particular account of which will be exhibited under
the article of Stoves. But I would here obſerve, that
the wing facing the fouth-eaſt ſhould always be pre-
ferred for the warmeſt ſtove, its ſituation being ſuch,
as that the fun, upon its firſt appearance in the morn-
ing, ſhines directly upon the glaſſes, which is of great
ſervice in warming the air of the houſe, and adding
life to the plants, after having been ſhut up during
the long nights in the winter ſeaſon. Theſe wings
being in the draught annexed, allowed fixty feet in
length, may be divided in the middle by partitions of
glais, with glaſs-doors to paſs from one to the other.
To each of theſe there ſhould be a fire-place, with
flues carried up againſt the back wall, through which
the ſmoke ſhould be made to paſs, as many times the
length of the houſe, as the height will admit of the
number of fiues; for the longer the ſmoke is in paſſing,
the more heat will be given to the houſe, with a leis
quantity of fuel, which is an article worth conſidera-
tion, eſpecially where fuel is dear. By this contri-
vance you may keep ſuch plants as require the ſame
degree of heat in one part of the houſe, and thoſe
which will thrive in a much leſs warmth in the other
part, but this will be more fully explained under the
article of STOVES.
The other wing of the houſe, facing the ſouth-weſt,
may
alſo be divided in the fame manner, and flues
carried through both parts, which may be uſed ac-
cording to the ſeaſons, or the particular ſorts of plants
which are placed therein; ſo that here will be four di-
viſions in the wings, each of which may be kept up
a
a
to

GRE
GRE
3
و
to a different degree of warmth, which, together with a ſcaly neclarium to each petal, which is thick and in
the Green-houſe, will be fufficient to maintain plants curved, inclining to the border, to which the ſtyle is fixed ;
from all the ſeveral countries of the world ; and with- it hath many ſtamina, which are briſtly, the length
out having theſe ſeveral degrees of warmth, it will be of the petals, terminated by roundiſh Summits. In the
impoſſible to preſerve the various kinds of plants from center is ſituated the roundiſh germen, which is lengthened
the ſeveral parts of Africa and America, which are to a column, fupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a four-
annually introduced into the Engliſh gardens ; for cornered obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
when plants from different countries are placed in the four-cornered berry with four cells, each incloſing one glo-
fame houſe, ſome are deitroyed for want of heat, while
bular ſeed.
others are forced and ſpoiled by too much of it; and This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
this is often the caſe in many places, where there are of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe
large collections of plants.
plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina joined to the
In the building theſe wings, if there are not ſheds ſtyle, forming a column of one body.
running behind them their whole length, the walls
The SPECIES are,
ſhould not be leſs than three bricks thick; and if they 1. GrewIA (Occidentalis) foliis fubovatis crenatis. Grewia
are more, it will be better, becauſe where the walls with oval crenated leaves. Ulmi facie arbuſcula Æthi-
are thin, and expoſed to the open air, the cold will opica, ramulis alatis, floribus purpurafcentibus. Hort.
penetrate them, and when the fires are made, the heat Amit. 1. p. 165. tab. 85. Ethiopian Shrub with the ap-
will come out through the walls, ſo that it will require pearance of Elm, winged branches, and purpliſh flowers.
a larger quantity of fuel, to maintain a proper tem- 2. Grewia (Africanus) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ferratis.
perature of warmth in the houſe. The back part of Grewia with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are fawed.
theſe houſes having ſloping roofs, which are covered The firſt fort has been long preſerved in many curious
either with tiles or ſlates, ſhould alſo be lined with gardens, both in England and Holland, and is fi-
Reeds, &c. under the covering, as is before directed gured by Dr. Plukenet, by the title of Ulmifolia ar-
for the Green-houſe, which will keep out the cold air, bor Africana baccifera, floribus purpureis; but by
and ſave a great expence of fuel; for the cloſer and Dr. Boerhaave it was ſuppoſed to be one of Father
better theſe houſes are built, and the glaſſes of the Plumier's American plants, intitled Guidonia Ulmi
ſlope, as alſo in front, well guarded by ſhutters, or foliis, flore roſeo; but the characters of this do not at
Reeds in hard froſt, the leſs fuel will be required to all agree with thoſe of the Guidonia, that particular
warm the houſes, ſo that the firſt expence in building ſpecies of this genus being in the royal garden at Paris,
theſe houſes properly, will be the cheapeſt, when the which is extremely different from this. It grows na-
after-expence of fires is taken into conſideration. turally at the Cape of Good Hope, from whence I
The ſloping glaſſes of theſe houſes ſhould be made have received the feeds, which have ſucceeded in the
to ſlide and take off, ſo that they may be drawn down Chelſea garden.
more or leſs in warm weather, to admit air to the This will grow to the height of ten or twelve feet,
plants; and the upright glaffes in front may be ſo con- and has a ſtem and branches very like thoſe of the
trived, as that every other may open as doors upon ſmall-leaved Elm, the bark being ſmooth, and of the
hinges, and the alternate glaſſes may be divided into ſame colour as that of Elm when young; the leaves
two; the upper part of each ſhould be contrived ſo as are alſo very like thoſe of the Elm, and fall off in
to be drawn down like faſhes, ſo that either of theſe winter; the flowers are produced fingly along the
may be uſed to admit air, in a greater or leſs propor- young branches from the wings of the leaves, which
tion, according as there may be occaſion.
are of a bright purple colour, theſe appear toward
But beſides the Conſervatories here mentioned, it will the end of July, and continue in Auguſt, and the be-
be proper to have a deep hot-bed frame, ſuch as is ginning of September, but are never fucceeded by
commonly uſed to raiſe large annuals in the ſpring,
fruit in this country.
into which may be ſet pots of ſuch plants as come from This may be propagated from cuttings or layers ; the
Carolina, Virginia, &c. while the plants are too ſmall cuttings ſhould be taken off, and planted in April,
to plant in the open air, as alſo many other forts from before the buds ſwell, for they do not ſucceed
Spain, &c. which require only to be ſcreened from the well after; theſe cuttings ſhould be planted in
violence of froſts, and ſhould have as much free air ſmall pots filled with loamy earth, and the
pots
ſhould
as poſſible in mild weather, which can be no better be plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark,
effected than in one of theſe frames, where the glaſſes where, if they are duly watered, and in the heat of
may be taken off every day when the weather will per- the day ſhaded from the ſun, they will take good root
mit, and put on every night; and in hard froſts the in about two months, and may then be gradually in-
glaſſes may be covered with mats, Straw, Peas-haulm, ured to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be
or the like, ſo as to prevent the froſt from entering removed in June, and placed in a ſheltered ſituation,
to the pots to freeze the roots of the plants, which is where they may remain till autumn, when they muſt
what will many times utterly deſtroy them, though a be removed into the green-houſe ; the beſt time to lay
ſlight froft pinching the leaves or ſhoots, very feldom down the layers of this plant is in the ſpring, before
does them much harm; if theſe pits are ſunk a foot or the buds come out, and theſe will be rooted by the
more, below the ſurface of the ground, they will be ſame time the following year, when they may be cut
the better, provided the ground is dry, otherwiſe they off from the old plants, and planted each into a fe-
muſt be wholly above ground; the ſides of this frame parate pot filled with a ſoft loamy foil.
ſhould be built with brick, with a curb of wood laid The beſt time to remove or tranſplant this plant is,
round on the top of the wall, into which the gutters, either in the ſpring, juſt before the buds begin to
on which the glaſſes ſlide may be laid; the back wall ſwell, or in autumn, when the leaves begin to drop;
of this frame may be four feet high, and two bricks for in ſummer, when the plants are in full leaf, it will
and a half thick, the front one foot and a half; the be very improper to diſturb them.
width of the inſide of the frame about ſix feet, and In winter theſe plants ſhould be placed in the green-
the length in proportion to the number of plants to houſe, for they are too tender to live abroad in Eng-
be containd therein.
land; but they ſhould have as much free air as poſſible
GREWIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 914. This genus of in mild weather, for they only require to be protected
plants was conſtituted by Dr. Linnæus, who
gave
it from froſt, and after their leaves are fallen, they will
this name in honour of Dr. Grew, F. R. S. who pub- require very moderate watering; but in ſummer they
Lifhed a curious book of the anatomy of plants. ſhould be conſtantly watered three or four times a week
The CHARACTERS are,
in dry weather, and placed in a ſheltered ſituation,
The flower bath a thick leathery empalement, compoſed of with other hardy green-houſe plants, where they will
five Spear. Shaped leaves, which are coloured, and ſpread add to the variety.
open. The flower hath five petals of the ſame form, but The ſeeds of the ſecond ſort were ſent me by Monf.
ſmaller, and are indented at their baſe, where is ſituated Richard, gardener to the King of France at Mar-
feilles,
a
a
a
a
a

GRI
GRO
a
feilles, which were brought from Senegal in Africa, porting a ſlender ſtyle which is longer than the ſtamina,
by Monſ. Adanſon; this riſes in this country with a crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
ſhrubby ftalk five or ſix feet high, ſending out many comes a roundiſh-coloured fruit with one cell, incloſing one
lateral branches, which are covered with a brown hairy large roundiſh feed.
bark, and garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
about two inches long, and one inch and a quarter Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
broad in the middle, having ſeveral tranſverſe veins which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
from the midrib to the fides, where they are fawed; ftamina and one ſtyle.
theſe are placed alternately on the branches, having We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
very ſhort foot-ſtalks, and continue in verdure through GRONOVIA (Scandens). Hort. Cliff. 74. Gronovia ſcan-
the year, the plants are young, ſo have not as yet dens lappacea, pampinea fronde. Houſt. Climbing
flowered in England, therefore I can give no further burry Gronovia.
account of them.
This plant was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun
This ſort is tender, ſo will not live through the win- at La Vera Cruz, from whence he ſent the feeds to
ter in England, unleſs it is placed in a warm ſtove; Europe, which have ſucceeded in many gardens. It
nor do thoſe plants thrive well, which are placed on is an annual plant, which fends forth many trailing
ſhelves in the dry ftove; therefore the only method branches like thoſe of the Cucumber, which are
to have them ſucceed, is to place them in the bark- cloſely ſet with broad green leaves, in ſhape like thoſe
bed in the tan-ſtove, where the plants have grown of the Vine; but they are covered with ſmall ſpines
very well for ſome years. In ſummer theſe plants on both ſides, which fting like the Nettle: the
require a good ſhare of free air to be admitted to branches have many tendrils or claſpers, by which
them, and ſhould have water three or four times a they faſten themſelves to whatever plants they grow
week in warm weather; but in winter they muſt be near, and will riſe to the height of fix or eight feet;
ſparingly watered, and require to be kept warm. the flowers are ſmall, and of a greeniſh yellow colour,
GRIA S. Lin. Gen. 659. Anchovy Pear.
ſo make no great appearance.
The CHARACTERS are,
This being a very tender plant, muſt be raiſed on a
The empalement is cup-ſhaped, of one leaf, cut into four hot-bed early in the ſpring, and afterward placed in
equal ſegments; the flower has four leathery concave petals, the bark-ſtove, and treated in the ſame way as the
and many briftly ſtamina which are inſerted to the recep- Momordica, with which management it will produce
tacle, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and a depreſſed ger- ripe ſeeds; but this having neither uſe or beauty, is
men immerſed in the empalement, having no ſtyle, crowned rarely cultivated but in botanic gardens for the fake
by a four-cornered croſs-ſhaped ſtigme, which afterward of variety
becomes a fleſhy berry, with a large nut having eight fur-GROSSULARIA. Raii Meth. Plant. 145. Tourn.
rows, and one cell containing a large pointed ſeed.
Inft. R. H. 639. tab. 409. Ribes. Lin. Gen. Plant.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of 247. Gooſeberry; in French, Groſelier.
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mono- This and the Currant are by Tournefort placed in
gynia, the flower having many ſtamina and one ſtyle. the ſame genus, under the title of Groſſularia; they
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. are alſo joined together by Dr. Linnæus, under the
1. GRIAS (Cauliflora). Lin. Sp. 732. Anchovy Pear. Pal- title of Ribes, for in their principal characters they
mis affinis malus Perſica maxima, caudice non ramo- agree; ſo according to the ſyſtems of botany, they
fa, foliis longiſſimis, flore tetrapetalo pallide luteo, ſhould be included in the ſame genus; but this may
fructu ex arboris trunco prodeunte. Sloan. Hift. Jam. not be quite ſo proper in a body of gardening, for as
2. P. 122.
theſe fruits have always paſſed under different deno
This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, and in many minations, ſo if they are here joined together, it may
other warm parts of America, where it riſes with a occaſion ſome confuſion among thoſe who do not enter
ftrait undivided ſtem about twenty feet high, having into the ſtudy of botany. Mr. Ray has ſeparated theſe
a gray bark, marked with the veſtigia of the fallen into different genera, and makes the difference of
leaves; the top of the ſtem is garniſhed with leaves Gooſeberry from the Currant, to conſiſt in the firſt
near two feet long and fix inches broad, fitting cloſe having thorns on the branches, and the fruit growing
without foot-ſtalks; theſe have one longitudinal mid- fingle; whereas the latter hath ſmooth branches, and
rib with ſeveral tranſverſe veins, and are of a lucid the fruit growing in long bunches; and although
green; the flowers come out from the ſtem below the theſe differences may not be ſtrictly ſcientific, yet it
leaves, having no foot-ſtalk, in ſome places one, and may be allowed ſufficient to diſtinguiſh them among
in others they are in cluſters, each having four thick
gardeners.
yellow petals, and a great number of ftamina which
The CHARACTERS are,
are fixed to the empalement of the flower; the ger- The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
men is included in the empalement, which afterward into five ſegments at the top, which is frollen, concave,
becomes a large oval Plumb, including a large pointed and coloured. It bath five ſmall, obtuſe, erect petals,
which riſe from the border of the empalement; and five
The fruit of this tree is by the Spaniards in the Weſt- awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are inſerted into the empale-
Indies pickled and ſent to old Spain as preſents, who ment, terminated by compreſſed proſtrate ſummits. The
eat them as Mango's, and ſome ſay the ripe fruit is germen is ſituated below the flower, having a bifid siyle
eaten as a deſart.
crowned by an obtufe ſtigma, and afterward becomes a glo-
The plant is propagated by planting of the ſtones, bular berry having a navel, with one cell, which is filled
which ſhould be put into the ground foon after the with roundiſh compreſſed ſeeds included in a pulp.
fruit is gathered, and the plants muſt be conſtantly This
genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in the
kept in the bark-bed in the ſtove, otherwiſe it will firſt ſection of his fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mo-
not thrive in this country.
nogynia, which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers
GRONOVIA. Martyn. Cent. 4. Lin. Gen. Plant. have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
284. The name of this genus was given by the late
The SPECIES are,
Dr. Houſton, in honour of Dr. Gronovius, a learned 1. GROSSULARIA (Reclinatum) ramis reclinatis aculeatis,
botaniſt at Leyden.
pedunculis triphyllis. Gooſeberry with reclining branches
The CHARACTERS are,
armed with ſpines, and a three-leaved foot-ſtalk. Grof-
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which ſularia ſpinoſa, fructu obfcure purpurafcente. J. B. 1.
is coloured, and cut to the middle into five ſegments. It hath 48. Prickly Gooſeberry with a dark purpliſh fruit.
five ſmall petals which are fixed to the cuts of the em- 2. GROSSULARIA (Hirſuta) ramis aculeatis, baccis
palement, and five hairy ſtamina the length of the petals, hirſutis. Gooſeberry with prickly branches and hairy berries.
which are inſerted into the empalement, and are placed al- Groſſularia fructu maximo hiſpido margaritarum ferè
ternate with the petals, terminated by twin ſummits which colore. Raii Hift. 14.84. Gooſeberry with a very large
are erect. The gernen is ſituated under the flower, Sup- rough fruit, almost of a pearl colour.
nut.
2
3. GROS-

GRO
GRO
a
ters.
3. GROSSULARIA (Uva Criſpa) ramis aculeatis, erectis, earth; though they will do very well upon middling
baccis glabris. Gooſeberry with erect prickly branches, foils, which are not too ſtrong or moiſt, and in all ſi-
and finooih berries. Groflularia fimplici acino, vel fpi- tuations, but where the fruit is cultivated, in order
nofa fylveſtris. C. B. P. 455. Gooſeberry with a ſingle to procure it in the greateſt perfection, they ſhould
fruit, or wild prickly Gooſeberry.
never be planted in the ſhade of other trees, but muſt
4. GROSSULARIA (Oxyacanthoides) ramis undique acu- have a free open expoſure. The diſtance they ought
leatis. Gooſeberry whoſe branches are armed on all fides to be planted is eight feet row from row, and fix feet
with Spines. Groſſularia oxyacanthæ foliis amplioribus afunder in the rows. The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting
è finu Hudſonis. Pluk. Amalth. 212. Gooſeberry with them is in October, when their leaves begin to decay ;
larger Hawthorn leaves from Hudſon's Bay.
obſerving, as was before directed, to prune their roots,
5. GROSSULARIA (Cynoſbati) aculeis ſubaxillaribus, baccis and trim off all lateral ſhoots, or ſuch as croſs each
aculeatis racemolis. Gooſeberry with Spines on the lower other, ſhortening all long branches, ſo as to make the
part of the branches, and prickly berries growing in cluj- head regular.
Ribes aculeis ſubaxillaribus, baccis aculeatis In the pruning of theſe ſhrubs moſt people make uſe
racemofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 202. Currant with ſpines on of garden-ſhears, obſerving only to cut the head round,
the lower part of the branches, and prickly berries growing as is practiſed for Evergreens, &c. whereby the
in bunches.
branches become ſo much crowded, that what fruit
The forts which are here enumerated, are ſuppoſed is produced, never grows to half the ſize as it would
to be diſtinct ſpecies; but there are ſeveral other va- do were the branches thinned, and pruned according
rieties which have been obtained from ſeeds, and are to art; which ſhould always be done with a pruning-
propagated for ſale in the nurſeries; moſt of theſe are knife, ſhortening the ſtrong ſhoots to about ten inches,
titled from the perſons who raiſed them, as Lamb's and cutting out all thoſe which grow irregular, thin-
Gooſeberry, Hunt's Gooſeberry, Edwards's Gooſe- ning the fruit-bearing branches where they are too
berry, &c. and as there are frequently new varieties thick, obſerving always to cut behind a leaf bud. With
obtained, it is needleſs to enumerate them here, there- this management your fruit will be near twice as large
fore I ſhall proceed to their culture.
as thoſe which are produced upon ſuch buſhes as are
Theſe are propagated either by ſuckers taken from not thus pruned, and the ſhrubs will continue in vi-
the old plants, or by cuttings; the latter of which I gour much longer; but you muſt obſerve to keep
prefer to the former, becauſe thoſe plants which are the ground clear from weeds, and dig it at leaſt once
produced from ſuckers are always more diſpoſed to a year; and every other year you ſhould beſtow a
ihoot out a greater number of ſuckers from their roots, little rotten dung upon it, which will greatly improve
than ſuch as are raiſed from cuttings, which generally the fruit.
form much better roots.
It is a common practice with the gardeners near Lon-
The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe cuttings is in au- don, who have great quantities of theſe buſhes in
tumn, juſt before their leaves begin to fall; obſerving order to ſupply the markets, to prune them ſoon after
always to take the handſomeft ſhoots, and from ſuch Michaelmas, and then to dig up the ground between
branches as generally produce the greateſt quantity of the rows, and plant it with Coleworts for ſpring uſe,
fruit; for if you take thoſe which are produced from whereby their ground is employed all the winter, with-
the item of the old plants (which are commonly very out prejudicing the Gooſeberries; and in hard winters
luxuriant) they will not be near fo fruitful as thoſe theſe Coleworts often eſcape, when thoſe which are
taken from bearing branches: theſe cuttings ſhould be planted in an open expoſure are all deſtroyed; and
about fix or eight inches long, and muſt be planted theſe are generally pulled up for uſe in February or
in a border of light earth, expoſed to the morning March, ſo that the ground is clear before the Gooſe-
ſun, about three inches deep, obſerving to water them berries come out in the ſpring, which is a piece of
gently when the weather proves dry, to facilitate huſbandry well worth practiſing where ground is dear,
their taking root; and in the ſummer, when they have or where perſons are confined for room.
put out branches, you ſhould rub off all the under GROVES are the greateſt ornaments to a garden, nor
fhoots, leaving only the uppermoſt or ſtrongeſt, which can a garden be complete which has not one or more
ſhould be trained upright, to form a regular ſtem. In of theſe. In ſmall gardens there is ſcarce room to ad-
October following theſe plants may be removed; at mit of Groves of any extent, yet in theſe there ſhould
which time you ſhould prepare an open ſpot of freſh be at leaſt one contrived, which ſhould be as large as
earth, which ſhould be well dug, and cleanſed from the ground will allow it; and where theſe are ſmall,
all noxious weeds, roots, &c. and being levelled, you there is more ſkill required in the diſpoſition, to give
ſhould proceed to take up your plants, trimming their them the appearance of being larger than they really
roots, and cutting off all lateral ſide branches, then
plant them at three feet diſtance row from row, and Groves have been in all ages held in great veneration:
one foot aſunder in the rows, obſerving to place fome
the ancient Romans had a ſort of Groves near ſeveral
ſhort ſticks to the plants, in order to train their ſtems of their temples, which were conſecrated to ſome God,
upright and regular. In this place they may remain and were called luci by antiphrafis, à non lucendo,
one or two years, being careful to keep them clear as being ſhady and dark; and theſe were dedicated to
from weeds, as alſo to trim off all lateral ſhoots which holy uſes, being places of folitude and retirement, and
are produced below the head of the plant, ſo that the were never to be violated with the ax.
ſtem may be clear about a foot in height above the Theſe Groves are not only great ornaments to gar-
ſurface of the earth, which will be full enough; and dens, but are alſo the greateſt relief againſt the violent
as the branches are produced commonly very irregular heats of the ſun, affording ſhade to walk under in the
in the head, you muſt cut out ſuch of them as croſs hotteſt part of the day, when the other parts of the
each other, or thin them where they are too cloſe, garden are uſeleſs; ſo that every garden is defective
whereby the head of the plant will be open, and ca-
which has not ſhade.
pable of admitting the air freely into the middle, Groves are of two forts, viz. open and cloſe Groves :
which is of great uſe to all kinds of fruits.
open Groves are ſuch as have large ſhady trees, which
After theſe plants have remained in this nurſery one or ſtand at ſuch diſtances, as that their branches may ap-
two years at moſt, they will be fit to tranſplant to the proach ſo near each other, as to prevent the rays of
places where they are deſigned to remain ; for it is not the ſun from penetrating through them; but as ſuch
ſo well to let them grow in the nurſeries too large trees are a long time in growing to a proper ſize for
which will occaſion their roots to be woody, whereby affording a ſhade, ſo where new Groves are planted,
the removing of them will not only hazard the growth the trees muſt be placed cloſer together, in order to
of the plants, but ſuch of them as may take very well have ſhade as ſoon as poſſible, but in planting of theſe
will remain ftined for two or three years, before, they Groves, it is much the beft way to diſpoſe all the trees
will be able to recovertheircheck. The ſoilin which theſe irregularly, which will give them a greater magnifi-
plants thrive to the greateſt advantage, is a rich light cence, and alſo form a ſhade ſooner, than when the
6 L
trees
a
are.
.
a a
a
2

GU A
GUA
و
a
a
3
trees are planted in lines ; for when the ſun ſhines
The CHARACTERS are,
between the rows of trees, as it muſt do ſome part of The flower hath a concave empalement of one leaf, whill
the day in ſummer, the walks between them will be is quinquefid. It hath five oblong, ovel, concave petols,
expoſed to the heat at ſuch times, until the branches which are inſerted in the empalement and ſpread open, and
of theſe trees meet; whereas in the irregular planta- ten ere Et ſtamina inſerted in the empalement, terminated by
tions, the trees intervene, and obſtruct the direct rays ſmall ſummits. The ſtyle is long and ſlender, the ger-
of the fun.
men is oval and pointed, and the figna is ſingle and
When a perſon who is to lay out a garden, is fo fiender. The germen afterward becomes a berry which is
happy as to meet with large fuil grown trees upon the roundiſh, with an oblique point, and deeply furrowed, in-
ſpot, they ſhould remain inviolate, if poſſible ; for it cloſing an oval hard ſeed.
will be better to put up with many inconveniencies,
, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
than to deſtroy theſe, which will require an age to re- Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
trieve; ſo that nothing but that of offending the ha- which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have ten
bitation, by being ſo near as to occaſion great damps ſtamina and one ſtyle.
or obſtructing fine views, ſhould tempt the cutting
The SPECIES are,
of them down.
1. GUAJACUM (Officinale) foliolis bijugatis obtufis. Lin.
Moſt of the Groves which have been planted either Sp. Plant. 381. Guajacun with obiuje lobes placed by
in England, or in thoſe celebrated gardens of France, pairs. Guajacum flore cæruleo, fructu ſubrotundo.
are only a few regular lines of trees; many of which Plum. Nov. Gen. 391. Guajacum with a blue flower
are avenues to the habitation, or lead to ſome build- and a roundiſh fruit.
ing, or object; but theſe do not appear fo grand, 2. GUAJACUM (Sanctum) foliolis multijugatis obtuſis. Lin.
as thoſe which have been made in woods where the Sp. Plant. 382. Gucjacum with many pair of obtuſe
trees have grown accidentally, and at irregular dif- tlobes. Guajacum flore cæruleo fimbriato, fructu te-
tances; and where the trees have large ſpreading tragono. Plum. Nov. Gen. 391. Guajacum with a blue
heads, and are left at ſuch a diſtance, as to permit fringed flower, and a four-cornered fruit.
the Grafs to grow under them, then they afford the 3. GUAJACUM (Afrum) foliolis multijugatis obtufis. Lin.
greateſt pleaſure : for nothing is more noble than Sp. Plant. 382. Guajacum with many pair of acute-
fine ſpreading trees with large ſtems, growing through pointed lobes. Guilandinoides. Hort. Cliff. 489. and
Grafs, eſpecially if the Graſs is well kept, and has a the Afra arbor acaciæ fimilis, foliis myrti aculeatis
good verdure ; beſides, moſt of theſe planted Groves fplendentibus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 57. African-tree
have generally a gravel-walk, made in a ſtrait line be- like the Acacia, with ſhining, acute-pointed, Myrtle leaves.
tween them, which greatly offends the fight of perſons The firſt fort is the common Lignum Vitæ, or Gua-
who have true taſte; therefore whenever a gravel- jacum, which is uſed in medicine, and grows naturally
walk is abſolutely neceſſary to be carried through in moſt of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes
theſe Groves, it will be much better to twiſt it about, to be a very large tree, having a hard, brittle, brown-
according as the trees naturally ſtand, than to attempt iſh bark, not very thick ; the wood is firm, folid, and
regularity; but dry walks under large trees are not ſo ponderous, appearing very reſinous, of a blackiſh yel-
uſeful as in open places, becauſe the dropping of the low colour within, and of a hot aromatic taſte; the
trees will render theſe walks uſeleſs after rain, for a ſmaller branches have an Afh-coloured bark, gar-
conſiderable time.
niſhed with leaves, which are divided by pairs, each
Cloſe Groves have frequently large trees ſtanding in pair having two pair of ſmall, oval, blunt leaves
them, but the ground is filled under theſe with ſhrubs, (or pinne) of a ſtiff conſiſtence, and a lucid green;
or under-wood; ſo that the walks which are made in the flowers are produced in cluſters at the end
of the
them are private, and ſcreened from winds, whereby branches, compoſed of five oval concave petals, of
they are rendered agreeable for walking, at ſuch times a fine blue colour ; in the center of theſe is fixed a
when the air is too violent or cold for walking in the ſtyle with an oval germen, crowned by a ſlender ftig-
more expoſed parts of the garden.
ma; and round this is ſituated from ten to twenty
Theſe are often contrived ſo as to bound the open itamina, which are as long as the ſtyle, terminated by
Groves, and frequently to hide the walls, or other in- fickle-ſhaped fummits. Dr. Linnæus fuppoſes the
clofures of the garden; and when they are properly flowers to have but ten ſtamina, whereas they cer-
laid out, with dry walks winding through them, and tainly have near twenty.
on the ſides of theſe ſweet-ſmelling ſhrubs and flowers The bark and wood of this tree are much of the ſame
irregularly planted, they have a charming effect ; for nature, only the wood is accounted hotter; they are
here a perſon may walk in private, ſheltered from the uſed in diet-drinks to purify and cleanſe the blood,
inclemency of cold or violent winds, and enjoy the and to cauſe ſweating ; they are eſteemed good for the
greater ſweets of the vegetable kingdom : therefore gout and dropſy, the king's-evil, and particularly
where it can be admitted, if they are continued round for the French pox. The gum or reſin, which is black,
the whole incloſure of the garden, there will be a much ſhining, and brittle, and when powdered, of a green-
greater extent of walk; and theſe thrubs will appear iſh white colour, of an aromatic ſmell, and poignant
the beſt boundary, when there are not fine proſpects taſte, is ſomewhat cathartic, and a good purge in
to be gained.
rheumatic caſes, to the quantity of two ſcruples
Theſe cloſe Groves are by the French termed bof- mixed with the yolk of an egg, and given in a con-
quets, from the Italian word boſquetto, which ſignifies venient vehicle.
a little wood, and in moſt of the French gardens there The wood of this tree is ſo hard as to break the tools
are many of them planted, but theſe are reduced to in felling them, ſo they are ſeldom cut down for
regular figures, as ovals, triangles, ſquares, and ſtars ; fire-wood, being difficult to burn; but the wood is of
which have neither the beauty or uſe which thoſe great uſe to the ſugar-planters, for making of wheels
have that are made irregularly, and whoſe walks are and cogs for the ſugar-mills, &c. It is alſo frequently
not ſhut up on each ſide by hedges, which prevents
,
brought to Europe, and wrought into bowls, and other
the eye from ſeeing the quarters; and theſe want utenſils are made of the wood.
the fragancy of the ſhrubs and flowers, which are This tree can only be propagated by feeds, which
the great delight of theſe private walks : add to this, muſt be procured from the countries where it naturally
the keeping of the hedges in good order is attended grows; theſe muſt be freſh, otherwiſe they will not
with a great expence, which is a capital thing to be grow, when they arrive, they ſhould be fown in pots
conſidered in the making of gardens.
filled with light earth, and plunged into a good hot-
GUAIABARA. See COCCOLOBOS.
bed : if the feeds are good, and the bed in which they
GUAJACANA. See DIOSPYROS.
are plunged is of a proper temperature of heat, the
GUAJACUM. Plum. Nov. Gen. 39. tab. 17. Lin.
.
plants will appear infix weeks or two months after; and
Gen. Plant. 465. Lignum Vitæ, or Pockwood. in ſix weeks will grow to be of ſtrength enough more
for
а
;
a
a

GU I
GUI
3
for tranſplanting ; then they ſhould be carefully taken a convex future on the upper fide; it is ſwelling and com-
out of the feed-pots, ſo as to preſerve their roots as preſſed, having one cell, including oval hard ſeeds, which
entire as poſſible, and each planted in ſeparate ſmall core ſeparated by partitions.
hot ni vabad
pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a new This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
hot-bed of tanners bark, where they muſt be ſhaded Linnæus's tenth claſs, in which he includes the plants
from the ſun till they have taken freih root; then they whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other tender The SPECIES are,
exotic plants from warm countries, admitting a large I. GUILANDINA (Bonduc) aculeata pinnis ovatis foliolis
ſhare of free air to them when the weather is warm : aculeis folitariis. Lin. Sp. 545. Prickly Guilandina with
they will require to be frequently refreſhed with water oval-winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are armed with
in warin weather, but it muſt be given them with cau- Single Spines. Bonduc vulgare majus polyphyllum.
tion, for too much wet will infallibly deſtroy them. Plum. Nov. Gen. 25. Common greater Bonduc, having
While the plants are young, they may be kept during many leaves, colled yellow Nickar.
the ſummer ſeaſon in a hot-bed of tanners bark un- 2. GUILANDINA (Bonducella) aculeata, pinnis oblongo-
der a frame; but in the autumn they muſt be re- ovatis foliolis aculeis geminis. Lin. Sp. 545. Prickly
moved into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the hot- Guilandina with oblong oval leaves, having Spines by pairs.
bed of tan, where they ſhould conſtantly remain, and Bonduc vulgare minus polyphyllum. Plum. Nov.
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other tender Gen. 25. Smaller common Bonduc, or Nickar-tree having
plants, being careful not to give them too much wa- many leaves, cabled gray Nickor.
ter in the winter, when it is very prejudicial to them, 3. GUILANDINA (Glabra) inermis foliis bipinnatis, foli-
and in ſummer they ſhould have a large ſhare of free olis ovatis acutis alternis. Smooth Guilandina with dou-
air admitted to them every day. With this treatment ble winged leaves, whoſe ſmall leaves are oval-pointed and
the plants will thrive very well, but they are plants of alternate. 3.bns
flow growth in their own country, ſo cannot be ex- 4. GUILANDINA (Moringa) inermis, foliis fubpinnatis,
pected to make great progreſs in Europe.
foliolis inferioribus ternatis. Flor. Zeyl. 155. Smooth
The ſecond fort has many ſmall leaves placed along Guilandina with winged leaves, whoſe under ſmall leaves
the midrib by pairs, which are rounded and obtufe are trifoliate. Moringa Zeylanica, foliorum pinnis
at their ends, but narrow at their baſe : they are of pinnatis, flore majore, fructu anguloſo. Burm. Zeyl.
the ſame confiftence with thoſe of the former fort, 162. tab. 75. Morunga of Ceylon, with double-winged
but of a darker green colour; the flowers are pro- leaves, a larger flower, ond on angular fruit.
duced in looſe bunches toward the end of the 5. GUILANDINA (Dioica) inermis foliis bipinnatis baſi
branches, which are of a fine blue colour, and their apiceque ſimpliciter pinnatis. Lin. Sp. 546. Guilandina
petals are fringed on their edges. This is called in with ſmooth branches, doubly winged leaves, whose baſe
fome of the iſlands Baſtard Lignum Vitæ; I received and tops are ſingle winged. Bonduc Canadenſe poly-
it from Antigua by that title. It requires the ſame phyllum, non ſpinoſum, mas & fæmina. Du Hamel.
treatment as the firſt fort, and is propagated by ſeeds Canada Nickar-tree having many leaves, which have no
in the ſame way.
TE 20
Spines, and are male and female in different plants.
I have alſo received fpecimens from the iſland of The firſt and ſecond ſorts grow naturally in moſt of
Barbuda of one, which ſeems different from either of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where they twine their
thoſe before-mentioned : the branches have the ſame ftalks about any neighbouring ſupport, and riſe to the
appearance with thoſe of the firſt fort, but the leaves height of twelve or fourteen feet. The leaves of the
are larger and indented at their extremities, and are firſt fort are near a foot and a half long, and are
placed all round the branches, on very ſhort foot- compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of pinnæ, or wings,
ftalks ; the flowers were broken off, ſo I cannot de- each of which has as many pair of lobes, or ſmall
termine the difference between them, but by all ap- leaves ſet along the midrib; theſe are oval and en-
pearance they ſeem to be of the ſame genus.
tire; the foot-ſtalk or principal midrib of the leaf,
The third fort has been long an inhabitant in ſome is armed with ſhort, crooked, ſingle thorns, which are
of the curious gardens in England and Holland, but placed irregularly; the ſtalks are cloſely armed with
ſeldom produces flowers in Europe. This grows na- the like thorns, which are larger. The ſtalks at firſt
turally at the Cape of Good Hope, from whence the grow erect, but afterward they twine about the neigh-
ſeeds were brought firſt to Holland, where it paffed bouring trees or ſhrubs, being too weak to ſtand with
for a ſpecies of Acacia, until it produced its flowers ; out ſupport: the flowers come out in long ſpikes
:
which, by the account given of them by the late Dr. from the wings of the ſtalk; they are compoſed of
Boerhaave, were of the butterfly kind; but whether five concave yellow petals, which are equal; in the
;
Dr. Linnæus has ſeen the flowers or not, I cannot ſay;
I
center is ſituated the oblong germen, ſurrounded by
however, he has removed it from that claſs of plants, ten ſtamina. After the flower is paſt, the germen
and has added it to this genus ; and as I have not yet becomes a broad thick pod, about three inches long
;
I
ſeen the flowers, ſo I do not know if it is rightly placed. and two broad, cloſely armed with ſlender ſpines,
The plants retain their leaves all the year, and will live opening with two valves, each incloſing two hard ſeeds
in a good green-houſe in winter, but in ſummer muſt about the ſize of children's marbles, of a yellowiſh
be placed abroad with other green-houſe plants. It is colour,
of flow growth, and is with difficulty propagated by The ſecond fort differs from the firſt, in having
layers.
much ſmaller leaves, which are fet cloſe together; and
GUAJAVA. See PSIDIUM.
below each pair of lobes are ſituated two ſhort ſtiff
GUANABANUS. See ANNONA.
crooked fpines, which are placed oppoſite; the flow-
GUAZUMA. See THEOBROMA.
ers are of a deeper yellow colour than thoſe of the firſt
GUIDONIA. See SAMYDA.
ſort, and the ſeeds are of an Afh-colour.
GUILANDIN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 464. Bonduc. The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Hou-
Plum. Nov. Gen. 25. tab. 39. The Nickar-tree. ftoun at Campeachy, from whence he ſent the dried
The CHARACTERS are,
ſamples to England, but there was no fruit on the
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, is bell-ſhaped, trees at the time when he was there, but he mentions
and cut at the top into five equal ſegments : the flower that this fort had an upright ſtem, which was of a large
has five concave ſpear-ſhaped petals which are equal, and ſize, dividing into many branches; theſe are garniſhed
fit cloſe to the empalement, into which they are inſerted. with double winged leaves, which are ſmooth; the
It bath ten awl-ſhaped ſtamina which are ereat, and in- wings come out altenrnate, each leaf being compoſed
ſerted in the empclement, being alternately Morter than of four pair, but the lobes are placed oppoſite upon
each other, and terminated by obtufe ſummits. In the the middle rib; they are oval, but end in a point,
center is ſituated an oblong germen, ſupporting e ſlender and are of a light green colour.
Style the length of the ſtamino, crowned by a ſingle ſtig- The fourth fort grows naturally in the iſland of
ma. The germen afterward becomes a rhomboid pod, with Ceylon, and in ſeveral places on the Malabar coaſt,
Oy
3
а
from

G UN
GUN
a
from whence the ſeeds were brought to England. This plant was ſo named by Dr. Tournefort, in ho-
This in its native country riſes to the height of twenty- nour of Dr. Gundelſcheimer, who found it in his tra-
five or thirty feet, with a ſtrong ftem, covered with a vels in company with Dr. Tournefort in the Levant.
fmooth bark, which in the young branches is green,
The CHARACTERS are,
but on the older it is of an Alh-colour ; the root grows
It bath an uniform tubulous flower, compoſed of many
knobbed, and very thick. This, when young, is ſcraped hermaphrodite florets, which are incircled by leaves.
and uſed by the inhabitants as Horſe-radiſh is in Eu- They have but one petal which is cloſed at the bottom, but
rope, having much the ſame ſharp tafte ; the branches ſwells at the top, where it is ſlightly cut into five ſeg-
are garniſhed with decompounded winged leaves; ments : they have five ſhort hairy ftamina, terminated by
thoſe which are ſituated at the baſe have but three long cylindrical ſummits. The ovel germen is ſituated
leaves, but above, the leaves are branched out into fe- at the bottom of the flower, crowned by ſmall ſcales, fup-
veral diviſions, which are again divided into ſmaller, porting a ſlender ſtyle which is longer than the petal, ter-
having each five or fix pair of oval lobes, terminated minated by two revolving ſtigmas. The germen afterward
by an odd one; they are of a light green, and a little becomes a roundiſho ſingle ſeed incloſed in the common recep-
hoary on their under ſide. The flowers are produced tacle, which is conical, and the ſeeds are ſeparated by a
in looſe bunches from the ſide of the branches; they
chaffy down.
This
are compoſed of an unequal number of petals, from
genus of plants is by Tournefort referred to his
five to ten; they have ten ſhort ſtamina ſurrounding twelfth claſs, which contains the herbs with flofcu-
the germen, which afterward turns to a long taper lous howers. Dr. Linnæus ranges it in the fifth fec-
pod, including ſeveral angular feeds, covered with a tion of his nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
thin membrane. Theſe have a flavour like the root. gamia ſegregata, which includes thoſe plants whoſe
Theſe four forts are natives of warm countries, ſo flowers have a common empalement, and each of the
will not live through the winter in England, unleſs fiorets are included in another.
they are placed in a warm ſtove, and the pots plunged
We have but one diſtinct SPECIES of this genus at
into the tan-bed. They are propagated by feeds, but preſent in England, viz.
thoſe of the two firft forts are ſo hard, that unleſs they GUNDELIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 814. There is no Engliſh
are ſoaked two or three days in water before they are title to this plant, but there are two varieties of it
put into the ground, or placed under the pots in the mentioned by Tournefort, which are ſuppoſed to
tan-bed to ſoften their covers, they will remain years ariſe from the ſame ſeeds, as they were found grow-
in the ground without vegetating: when the plants ing promiſcuouſly together. Theſe are,
come up, they will be fit to tranſplant in a ſhort time; 1. GUNDELIA (Tournefortii) Orientalis acanthi aculeati
then they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot foliis, foribus intensè purpureis, capite araneosâ lanu-
filled with light freſh earth, and plunged into a mo- gine obfito. Tourn. Cor. 51. Eoſtern Gundelio with
derate hot-bed of tanners bark, ſhading them till they prickly Bear's-breech leaves, deep purple flowers, and a
have taken freſh root; then they muſt be treated in bead covered with a down like a cobweb.
the ſame manner as other tender exotic plants, giv- 2. GUNDELIA (Glabro) Orientalis, acanthi aculeati fo-
ing them a large ſhare of air in warm weather, and lio, capite glabro. Tourn. Cor. 51. Eaſtern Gundelia
but little water; and when the plants have ad- with a prickly Bear's-breech leaf, and a ſmooth head.
vanced to be too tall to remain in the frames, they This plant was diſcovered by Dr. Gundelſcheimer,
muſt be removed into the bark-ſtove and plunged in- in company with Tournefort, near Baibout in Arme-
to the hot-bed, where they will make great progreſs, nia, but has ſince been foundgrowing naturally in ſe-
provided they have not too much water, eſpecially veral places in the Levant, where it is generally found
during the winter ſeaſon, for theſe plants are very im- in dry ſtrong land. The ſtalks of this plant ſeldom
patient of moiſture in cold weather.
riſe more than a foot and a half high; the under leaves
The fourth ſort requires the ſame treatment as thoſe are long, narrow, and fawed on their edges, their
before-mentioned, but the ſeeds will grow without be- teeth ending in a ſpine; the other leaves are broader,
ing ſteeped in water; and the plants are with diffi- which are irregularly ſlaſhed to the midrib, and
culty ſhifted from one pot to another, for their roots armed at the points with ſharp prickles ; the ſtalks
are large, fleſhy, and have but few fibres ; ſo that un- divide upward into ſeveral branches, which are armed
leſs great care is taken, all the earth will fall away with leaves of the ſame form, but are narrower; and
from them, which often cauſes their ſtalks to decay each is terminated by a conical head of flowers, reſem-
almoſt to the root, and ſometimes occaſions the loſs bling thoſe of Fuller's Thiſtle, being ſurrounded at
of the plants. This plant muſt be ſparingly watered the baſe by a circle of long, narrow, prickly leaves :
at all times, but particularly in cold weather, when theſe heads are compoſed of many hermaphrodite
moiſture will cauſe them to rot in a ſhort time.
florets, which are ſhut up in the ſcales, each having an
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Canada, from whence empalement, and a germen with five ſtamina ſurround-
the plants were brought to Paris, where it has been ing it ; but there are few of the ſeeds which ripen
ſome years cultivated; but about fourteen years paſt, perfectly in each head, in the natural places of its
it was firſt brought to England. This, in the country growth. If rain happens at the time when the plants
where it naturally grows, riſes with an erect ſtem to are in flower, the germen periſhes, which is the caſe
the height of thirty feet or more, dividing into many with ſeveral other of thoſe plants whoſe flowers are
branches, which are covered with a bluiſh Aſh-colour- collected into heads.
ed bark very ſmooth, and garniſhed with large decom- Theſe plants are propagated by feed, which ſhould
pounded winged leaves which are of the oval ſhape, be fown the beginning of March, in a warm dry bor-
very ſmooth and entire, but are ranged alternate on der of freſh, but lean earth, in the place where the
the midrib; theſe fall off in the autumn, and new plants are deſigned to remain. When the plants come
ones come out late in the ſpring,
up, they muſt be carefully cleared from weeds; as
There are male and female of this ſort in different
they grow large, they ſhould be thinned, leaving
plants; as theſe have not as yet flowered in any of the plants which are deſigned to remain, about two
che Engliſh gardens, ſo I can give no farther account feet aſunder, that they may have room to ſpread. After
of them nor of the fruit, having never ſeen any of this there is no other culture required, but to keep
them. This ſort lives abroad in the open air, and them clear from weeds; and if the froſt ſhould prove
is never hurt by froſt. It is propagated by cutting off fevere in winter, the plants ſhould be covered with
ſome of the horizontal roots, which will cauſe them to ſtraw or Peas-haulm to protect them, but this cover-
ſhoot upward, ſo it may be taken from the old root, ing muſt be taken off in mild weather, in two years
and planted in pots, whereby the plant may be mul- they will produce their flowers, when they will
tiplied, or by fuckers from the root. It requires a make a fine appearance amongſt other hardy plants
light foil, not too moiſt.
in the pleaſure-garden. They flower in May, and
GUNDELIA. Tourn. Cor. 51. tab. 586. Lin. Gen. the plants loſe their ſtalks and leaves in autumn,
Plant. 828. Hacub. Vaill. Ac. Reg. Scien. 1718. but their roots will abide many years,
GYP-
و
a

GYP
GYP
ending in acute points, which are recurved; the
ftalks riſe about a foot high, garniſhed with nar-
rower leaves placed oppoſite, and at fome of the
joints there are ſmaller leaves growing from the ſtalks
in cluſters; the upper part of the ſtalk divides into
ſmaller branches, each being terminated by a cloſe
bunch of ſmall white flowers. Theſe appear in July,
and are ſucceeded by ſmall oval capſules, filled with
ſmall feeds.
The ſecond fort is ſomewhat like the firſt, but the
leaves are much narrower, and almoſt three-cor-
nered; they are placed in cluſters, which come out
from the ſide of the ſtalk; the bunches of the
flowers are ſmaller, and not ſo cloſely joined. This hath
a perennial root, and grows naturally upon the Hel-
vetian mountains.
The third fort hath a perennial root, from which ariſe
ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves in cluſters; the ſtalks are
near a foot long, but are proftrate on the ground;
the flowers have a purpliſh caſt, and the ſtamina are
much longer than the petals of the flowers. This
flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in
autumn.
GYPSOPHYL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 498. We have
no Engliſh title for this genus.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a permanent, angular, bell-ſhaped em-
palement, cut into five parts at the top. It hath five oval
blunt petals, which Spread open, and ten awl-shaped sta-
mino, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. In the center is
ſituated a globular germen, ſupporting two flender Styles,
crowned by ſingle frigmas. The germen afterward becomes
e globular capſule with one cell, opening with five valves,
filled with ſmall roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The Species are,
1. GYPSOPHYLA (Aggregata) foliis mucronatis recurva-
tis, floribus aggregatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 406. Gypſo-
pbyla with pointed recurved leaves, and
flowers gathered
in a head. Lychnis Hiſpanica kali folio multiflora.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 338. Spaniſh Lychnis with a Glaſ-
wort leaf and many flowers.
2. GYPSOPHYLA (Feſtigiata) foliis lanceolato-lineari-
bus, obfoletè triquetris lævibus obtufis fecundis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 407. Gypſophyla with narrow Spear-
shaped leaves, having three blunt angles, and ſmooth ob-
tuſe leaves in cluſters. Saponaria caule fimplici, foliis
linearibus ex alis foliorum confertis teretibus. Hort.
Cliff. 166. Sopewort with a ſingle ſtalk, very narrow
leaves, coming out in cluſters from the wings of the
ſtalks.
3. GYPSOPHYLA (Proſtrata) foliis lanceolatis lævibus,
caulibus diffufis, piſtillis corollâ campanulatâ longio-
ribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. App. 1195. Gypſophyla with
Smooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves, diffuſed ſtalks, and the pointal
longer than the petal, which is bell-ſhaped.
4. GYPSOPHYLA (Perfoliata) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, fe-
miamplexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 408. Gypſophyla
with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, half embracing the ſtalks.
Lychnis Orientalis, faponariæ folio & facie, flore par-
vo & multiplici. Tourn. Cor. 24. Eaſtern Lychnis with
the leaf and appearance of Sopewort, having many ſmall
flowers.
5. GYPSOPHYLA (Paniculata) foliis lanceolatis ſcabris,
fioribus dioicis corollis revolutis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
407. Gypſophyla with rough, Spear-ſhaped leaves, male
and female in different plants, and the petals of the
flowers recurved. Alfine fruteſcens caryophylli folio,
flore parvo albo. Gerb. Shrubby Chickweed with a Clove
Gilliflower leaf, and a ſmall white flower.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
Spain, and Italy, upon the mountains. This hath
a perennial root, from which ariſe many narrow leaves
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Levant, and
alſo in Spain. It hath a ſtrong, fleſhy, fibrous root,
which ſtrikes deep in the ground, ſending up ſeveral
thick, fleſhy ſtalks, which riſe near two feet high,
garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which half
embrace the ſtalks with their baſe; the upper part of
the ſtalk divides into many ſmaller branches, which
are terminated with looſe bunches of ſmall white
flowers. Theſe open in July, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Siberia and Tartary,
the ſeeds of it were ſent me from Peterſburgh. This
hath a perennial root, from which ariſe many branch-
ing ſtalks a foot and a half high, garniſhed with
narrow ſmooth-pointed leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of
Gilliflowers ; at the top of the ſtalks are produced
looſe cluſters of very ſmall white flowers, which ap-
pear at the ſame time with the former forts, and the
ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
Theſe plants have no great beauty, fo are rarely cul-
tivated but in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
riety.
They are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
in a bed of light earth, and when the plants are fit to
remove, they may be tranſplanted into the places where
,
they are deſigned to remain, and will require no other
culture but to keep them clean from weeds; for the
roots will continue feveral years, and annually pro-
duce flowers and feeds.
a
a
H.
H Æ M
H Æ M
H
ÆMANTHUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 657.
tab. 433. Lin. Gen. Plant. 394. Dracunculoi-
des. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 226. [Aſpar@G, of
Aluce, blood, and "Avdc, fios, a flower, i. e.
Blood-flower.]
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a permanent empalement of fix leaves, which
is large, and ſhaped like an umbel. It hath one ereat petal,
which is cut into five parts, having a ſhort angular tube,
and fix awl-shaped ſtomina, which are inſerted in the petal,
but are longer, terminated by oblong proftrate ſummits.
The germen is ſituated under the flower,
Supporting a ſingle
Style the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a ſingle ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes a roundiß berry with three
cells, each containing one triangular ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia,
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have fix fta-
mina and one ſtyle,
6 M
The

H Æ M
HÆM
ز
The SPECIES are,
ted, and may remain abroad till the end of Sep-
I. HÆMANTHUS (Coccineus) foliis linguiformibus planis tember, at which time they may be removed into the
lævibus. Prod. Leyd. 42. Blood-flower with plain, tongue- glaſs-caſe; and during the time they are growing,
faped, ſmooth leaves. Hæmanthus Africanus. H. L. will require to have frequent waterings, but it muit
Bat. African Blood-flower, or Cape Tulip.
not be given to them in large quantities.
2. HÆMANTHUS (Carinatus) foliis longioribus carinatis. If a border is made either againſt the front of the
Blood-flower wilh longer keel-shaped leaves.
green-houſe or ftoves, which may be contrived fo
3. HÆMANTHUS (Puniceus) foliis lanceolato ovatis un- as to be covered with glaſſes in winter, in which theſe
dulatis erectis. Hort. Cliff. 127. Blood-flower with Spear- roots, with the African Gladiolus's, Ixia's, Perfian
Maped, waved, ereat leaves. Hæmanthus colchici fo- Cyclamens, &c. are planted in the full ground, they
liis perianthio herbaceo. Hort. Elth. 167. Blood-flower will flower more conſtantly, and the foot-ſtalks will
with Meadow Saffron leaves, and an herbaceous involu- riſe much higher than thoſe kept in pots.
crum. Dracunculoides. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 226. Baſtard The third ſort is alſo a native of the Cape of Good
Dragon.
Hope, from whence it was firit brought to Holland,
The firſt fort has been many years in ſeveral curious where it has been propagated and disperſed over Eu-
gardens in Europe, where it hath feldom flowered. rope; this may be
propagated by parting of the roots ;
This hath a large bulbous root, from which in the the beſt time for this is in the ſpring, before the plants
autumn comes out two broad flat leaves, of a fleſhy put out new ſtalks, which is alſo a right time to ſhift
,
conſiſtence, ſhaped like a tongue, which turn back- and new-pot them; but as the roots do not multiply
ward on each ſide, and ſpread flat on the ground, very faſt in offsets, the beſt way is to propagate them
,
have a fingular appearance all the winter; and in the from ſeeds, which they ripen plentifully in England;
ſpring theſe leaves decay, ſo that from the end of May theſe ſhould be fown foon after they are ripe, in pots
to the beginning of Auguſt, they are deſtitute of leaves: filled with light earth, and kept in the ſtove all the
when theſe produce their flowers, it is always in the winter; if theſe pots are plunged into the tan-bed in
autumn, juſt before the new leaves come out. In the the bark-ftove, in the vacancies between the plants,
books where this plant is figured, the flowers are re- the earth will be kept warm, and will not dry ſo faſt,
preſented growing upon a ſtrong upright foot-ſtalk; as when they are placed in a dry ſtove, ſo the feeds
but all thoſe which I have ſeen in flower, never have will be ſooner prepared to vegetate; in the ſpring the
rifen more than two or three inches from the bulb, pots may be taken out of the
ſtove, and plunged into
with a large cluſter of bright red flowers, incloſed in a hot-bed, which will bring up the plants ; theſe muſt
a common leafy-coloured empalement; theſe were have air admitted to them every day in mild weather,
tubulous, with one petal cut into fix parts, each having to prevent their drawing up weak; and when they
fix long ſtamina, ftanding out beyond the petal, and are fit to remove, they may be each planted in a ſepa-
in the center appears the germen fitting under the rate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged into
flower, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned with a ſtig- the hot-bed again, to promote their taking new root;
ma. The germen never ripens to a feed in England, then they muſt be gradually hardened, and afterward
but decays with the flower, and then the green leaves may be removed into the dry ſtove, where they ſhould
grow and ſpread on the ground.
conſtantly remain, otherwiſe the plants will not thrive
The ſecond ſort hath a large bulbous root like the and flower in this country. In the winter ſeaſon they
firſt, which fends out three or four leaves, that grow
muſt not have too much wet, for as their roots are
a foot long or more; theſe are not flat like thoſe of fleſhy and ſucculent, ſo they are apt to rot with
the other, but are hollowed like the keel of a boat, moiſture. In the ſummer they muſt have a large
and ſtand more erect than thoſe of the former fort, ſhare of air in warm weather, and require to be fre-
but are not quite fo broad; the flowers of this are like quently watered, eſpecially during the time of their
thoſe of the firſt, but are of a paler red; this is cer- flowering
tainly different from the other. I received the roots HÆMATOXYLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 417.
of this from Dr. Van Royen, profeſſor of botany at Bloodwood, Logwood, or Campeachy Wood.
Leyden.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third fort hath roots compoſed of many thick The flower hath a permanent empalement, which is cut
fleſhy tubers, which join at the top, where they form into five oval ſegments. It bath five oval petals which
a head, out of which ariſes a fleſhy ſpotted ſtalk, are equal, and larger than the empalement, and ten awl-
like that of the dragon, which ſpreads out at the top Maped ſtamina, which are longer than the petals, termi-
into ſeveral ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are waved on nated by ſmall ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oblong
their edges. The ſtalks grow about a foot high, and oval germen, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a thick
the leaves are fix or eight inches long, and two broad indented ſtigma. The germen ofterward becomes a com-
in the middle; from the ſide of this ſtalk near the preſſed obtufe capſule, with one cell, opening with two
ground, breaks out a ſtrong fleſhy foot-ſtalk, about valves, containing two or three oblong kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
fix or eight inches long, fuſtaining at the top a large This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
cluſter of flowers, included in one common empale-
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogy-
ment or covering, which is permanent; the flowers nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
are ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts, but are of a ten ſtamina and one ftyle.
yellowiſh red colour. Theſe appear in May, June,
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
or July, and are ſucceeded by berries which are of a HÆMATOXYLUM (Campechianum). Hort. Cliff. 161.
beautiful red colour when ripe.
Logwood, Lignum Campechianum, fpecies quæ-
The two firſt forts are with difficulty propagated in dam. Sloan. Cat. Jam 213. Campeachy Wood.
Europe, for their roots put out offsets but fparingly, fo This tree grows naturally in the Bay of Campeachy,
the gardens in Holland are ſupplied with them from at Honduras, and other parts of the Spaniſh Weit-
the Cape of Good Hope, where they naturally grow,
Indies, where it riſes from fixteen to twenty-four feet
and produce ſeeds; the plants are too tender to thrive in high. The ſtems are generally crooked, and very
this country in winter in the open air, therefore the deformed, and are ſeldom thicker than a man's thigh.
roots muſt be planted in pots filled with light loamy The branches come out on every fide ; they are
earth, and, in the winter, placed in a dry glaſs- crooked, irregular, and armed with ſtrong thorns,
caſe, where, during that ſeaſon, the leaves will be garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of three or
in full vigour, ſo will make a pretty appearance,
four pair of lobes, which are obtuſe, and indented at
when intermixed with other plants in the ftove; and the top. The flowers come out in a racemus from the
though they ſeldom flower here, yet are they worthy wings of the leaves, ſtanding erect; they are of a
of a place in every garden where there is conveni- pale yellowiſh colour, with a purple empalement,
ency of keeping them. The roots may be taken and are ſucceeded by flat oblong pods, each containing
up when their leaves are decayed, and kept out of two or three kidney-ſhaped feeds.
the ground till Auguſt, when they ſhould be new pot-
The
a
a

HAL
H AL
a
و
The wood of this tree is brought to Europe, where Both the forts grow naturally in South Carolina; the firſt
it is uſed for dyeing purples, and for the fineſt blacks, on the banks of Santee river, where it frequently comes
fo is a valuable commodity; but the Spaniards, who up
with two or three ſtems from the ſame root, which
claim a right to the poffeffion of thoſe places where it rile from fifteen to twenty feet high, ſending out
naturally grows, are for excluding all other countries branches toward their tops, garniſhed with oval ſpear-
from cuting of the wood, which has occafioned many ſhaped leaves, lawed on theiredges: the flowers are pro-
diſputes with their neighbours, but particularly with duced on the fide of the branches in cluſters, from two
the Engliſh ; this it is to be hoped will ſoon be over, or three to fix or ſeven in each ; they are bell-ſhaped,
as there are ſome of the planters in Jamaica, and the hanging downward, of one petal, white, which is
other iſlands in America, belonging to the crown of indented in four parts at the brim; theſe are ſucceeded
Great-Britain, who have propagated this tree in ſo by oblong nuts, having four wings and four cells,
great plenty, as to have hopes of ſupplying the de- each containing one oblong feed.
mand for this wood in Britain in a very few years; for The ſecond fort hath much reſemblance to the firſt,
the trees grow ſo faſt there, as to be fit for uſe in ten the leaves are oval, and the foot-ſtalks are ſmooth;
or twelve years years from feed; and as they produce the fruit has but two angles.
great plenty of ſeeds in the Britiſh colonies, fo thoſe Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, when they can
feeds ſcattering about, the plants come up in all the be procured freſh from the places of their natural
neighbouring lands, therefore will ſoon be like an in- growth. Theſe ſhould be ſown in pots as ſoon as the
digenous plant of the country.
ſeeds arrive, plunging the pots into the ground, in a
Some of the planters in Jamaica have incloſed their ſituation where they may have only the morning fun.
eſtates with hedges formed of theſe trees, which are The ſeeds often remain a year in the ground, therefore
very ſtrong and durable; but where the hedges are cut, the earth in the pots ſhould not be diſturbed, until
it will greatly retard the growth of the trees, ſo that there is no probability of the feed growing. When
thoſe who propoſe to make an advantage by the pro- the plants appear, they ſhould be ſcreened from the
pagation of the wood, ſhould fow the ſeeds upon fun, and frequently, but not too plentifully watered;
ſwampy lands, which may be unfit for growing of for while the plants are young, much moiſture will
ſugar, and permit all their branches to remain, which rot their ſhanks. The following autumn, the pots
will be of great uſe in augmenting the bulk of their ſhould be placed in a common frame, where the
ſteins; and if, while the plants are young, they are plants may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and be
kept clean from weeds, &c. it will be of great advan- ſcreened from froft. The ſpring following, before
tage in promoting of their growth. I have been cre- the plants begin to ſhoot, they ſhould be each put
dibly informed by ſome of the planters in Jamaica, into a ſeparate ſmall pot, plunging them in a frame,
that they have had ſome plants of this fort upward of where they ſhould be ſhaded from ſun; and in the
ten feet high in three years, ſo that it requires but few fummer placed in a ſhady fituation, ſcreening them
years to raiſe a ſupply of this wood, ſufficient to an- in winter; and the ſpring following they may be
fwer all the demands for it.
turned out of the pots, and planted in the full ground
This plant is preſerved in ſome curious gardens in where they are deſigned to remain.
England, for the ſake of variety. The ſeeds are fre- HALICACABUM. See PHYSALIS.
quently brought from America, which, if freſh, rea- HALICACABUS PEREGRINA. See Car-
CAR-
dily grow when ſown upon a good hot-bed; and if the
plants are kept in a moderate hot-bed, they will grow HALIMUS. See ATRIPLEX.
|
to be upward of a foot high the ſame year, and, HALLERIA. Lin. Gent. Plant. 679. Caprifolium.
while the plants are young, they are generally well
Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 226. African Fly Honeyſuckle.
furniſhed with leaves; but afterward they make but
The CHARACTERS are,
little progreſs, and are frequently but thinly clothed The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
with leaves. Theſe plants are very tender, ſo ſhould which is cut into three parts at the top, the upper ſeg-
be conſtantly kept in the bark-ſtove, where, if they ment being much broader than the other. It hath one pe-
are duly watered, and the ſtove kept in a good degree tel of the grining kind. The bottom of the tube is roundiſh.
of heat, the plants may be preſerved very well. . The chaps are ſwollen and inflexed, the brim is erect and
There are ſome of theſe plants now in England, which oblique, cut into four ſegments, the upper being longer than
are upward of ſix feet high, and as thriving as thoſe the others, and is blunt, with an indeniure at the top;
in their native foil.
the two ſide ones are ſhorter, and pointed, the lower is
HALESIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 596.
very ſhort and ecute. It bath four ſtamina, which are
The CHARACTERS are,
briſtly, two being longer than the other, terminated by
The flower hath a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf, twin ſummits. In the bottom of the tube is ſituated on
indented in four parts ; it hath a bell-ſhaped ſwelling flower oval germen, with a ſtyle longer than the ſtamino, crown-
of one petal, divided at the brim into four lobes, and from ed by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
twelve to fixteen ſtamina, Morter than the petal, termi- roundiſho berry with two cells, each containing one hard ſeed.
nated by oblong erect ſummits; the germen is ſituated be- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
low, is oblong, ſupporting e ſlender ſtyle longer than the of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia An-
petal, crowned by a ſimple ſtigma; the germen afterward gioſpermia, which includes the plants with a ringent
becomes an oblong nut, narrowed at both ends, having flower, which have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina,
four angles, with two cells, incloſing a ſingle ſeed in each. and the feeds are included in a capſule.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, intitled Dodecandria Mo- HALLERIA (Lucida). Hort. Cliff. 323. This plant has
nogynia, the flower having twelve ftamina and one its title from Dr. Haller, who was profeſſor of botany
ſtyle.
at Gottingen, in Germany. Caprifolium Africanum
The SPECIES are,
folio pruni leviter ſerrato, flore ruberrimo, baccâ ni-
1. HALESIA (Tetraptera) foliis lanceolato-ovatis, peti- grâ. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 226. African Fly Honeyſuckle,
olis glandulofis. Lin. Sp. 636. Halefia with oval ſpear- with a Plumb leof lightly ſawed, a very red flower, and
Maped leaves, whoſe foot-fi alks are glandulous. Frutex a black berry
padi foliis ferratis, floribus monopetalus albis cam- The Engliſh name which I have here added, has
paniformibus, fructu craſſo tetragono. Cateſb. Hift. been given to this plant by ſome gardeners, who ob-
Carol. 1. p. 64.
ſerved that the ſhape of the flower had ſome reſem-
2. HALESIA (Diptera) foliis ovatis, petiolis lævibus. blance to that of the Upright, or Fly Honeyſuckle,
Lin. Sp. 636. Halefia with oval leaves having ſmooth and for want of an Engliſh name gave this to it; or
foot-ſtalks.
they might take it from the Latin name, by which it
This genus of plants received its title from the late was called by Dr. Boerhaave, who made it a ſpecies of
learned and reverend Doctor Hales, miniſter of Honeyſuckle.
Teddington, near Hampton-Court.
DIOSPERMUM.
و
This

H A M
H AS
a
This plant grows to the height of fix or eight feet, In the ſpring the plants will come up, therefore as the
having a woody ſtem, which is well furniſhed with ſeaſon grows warm, the pots may be removed where
branches; theſe have oval fawed leaves, which are they may have the morning ſun till eleven o'clock;
placed oppoſite, and continue green through the year; and if they are duly watered in dry weather, the plants
the flowers come out fingly, and are of a red colour, will have made good progreſs by autumn, when they
but, being intermixed with the leaves, are not ſeen ſhould be tranſplanted, either into ſmall pots, or in a
unleſs they are looked after, for they grow ſcatteringly nurſery-bed, where in one, or at moſt two years time,
on the branches; theſe come out in June, and the they will be ſtrong enough to plant where they are de-
feeds ripen in September; the leaves are green in win- figned to remain; they love a moiſt foil, and a ſhady
ter, ſo the plants make a variety in the green-houſe ſituation.
during that ſeaſon.
HAMELLIA. Lin. Gen. 232.
It may be propagated by cuttings, which, if planted in The CHARACTERS are,
pots filled with light earth in June, and plunged into The empalement of the flower is ſmall, permanent, and cut
a gentle hot-bed, will ſoon take root; theſe plants may into five acute ſegments ; the flower is of one petal, having
be expoſed in ſummer, and will require plenty of wa- a long tube, whoſe brim is cut into five acute points; it hath
ter in that ſeaſon; in winter they muſt be houſed with five awl-ſhaped ſtamina inſerted to the middle of the petal,
Myrtles, and other hardy exotic plants, which re- terminated by linear Summits the length of the petal; and
quire a large ſhare of air in mild weather.
an oval germen, whoſe lower point is conical, Supporting
HAMAMELIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 155. Trilopus. a ſlender Style the length of the corolla, crowned by an ob-
Mitch. Gen. 22. The Witch Hazel.
tuſe linear ſtigma : the germen afterward becomes an ovel
The CHARACTERS are,
furrowed berry, with five cells, filled with ſmall compreſſed
It is male and female in different plants; the male flowers seeds.
have a four-leaved empalement, and four narrow petals, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of
which are reflexed; they have four narrow ſtamina, which Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
are ſhorter than the petals, terminated by horned reflexed the power having five ſtamina and one ſtyle: it is
Sunmits. The female flowers have a four-leaved involu- named in honour of Monſieur du Hameldes Monceaux,
crum, in which are four flowers; theſe have a four-leaved member of the Academy of Sciences at Paris, and
empalement, which is coloured ; they have four narrow fellow of the Royal Society of London; a gentleman
petals, which are reflexed, and four nectariums adhering well known to the learned, by the many uſeful books
to the petals. In the center is ſituated an oval hairy ger- he has publiſhed.
92en, ſupporting two Styles, crowned by headed ſtigmas
. We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The germen afterward becomes an oval copſule ſitting in 1. HAMELLIA (Patens) racemis erectos. Jacq. Amer.
the involucrum, having two cells, each containing one hard, 71. Hamellia with erect Spikes of flowers.
oblong, ſmooth feed.
This plant grows naturally in Africa, and alſo in the
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
warm parts of America: I received the feeds from
of Linnæus's fourth claſs, but properly belongs to the Paris, which were brought from Senegal by Mr.
ſecond ſection of his twenty-fecond claſs, which in- Adanſon, with the title of Mortura on the paper;
cludes thoſe plants which have male and female flowers and before that, received a drawing of the plant in
in different plants, whoſe female flowers have two flower, from the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it
ſtyles.
growing naturally in America, where it has ſince been
We have but one Species of this genus in the found growing by Mr. Jacquin, who has figured it.
Engliſh gardens at preſent, viz.
It riſes with a ligneous ſtalk five or fix feet high,
HAMAMELIS (Virginiana). Flor. Virg. 139. The Witch ſending out ſeveral erect branches toward the top,
Hazel. Piſtachia Virginiana nigra, coryli foliis. garniſhed with oval woolly leaves, placed by threes
Pluk. Alm. 296. Black Virginia Piſtachia with Hazel round the branches, having red foot-ſtalks; the flow-
leaves.
ers terminate the branches in ſlender ſpikes ; they are
This plant grows naturally in North America, from tubulous, and cut at their brims into five ſharp ſeg-
whence the feeds have been brought to Europe, and ments, ſtanding erect, of a bright red colour : thele
many of the plants have been raiſed in the Engliſh are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in England.
gardens, where they are propagated for ſale by the This plant is propagated by feeds, when they can be
nurſery gardeners. It hath a woody ftem, from two procured freſh from the countries where it grows na-
to three feet high, ſending out many flender branches, turally: theſe ſhould be fown in ſmall pots, and
garniſhed with oval leaves, indented on their edges, plunged into a moderate hot-bed: the plants gene-
having great reſemblance to thoſe of the Hazel Nut,
rally appear in about five or fix weeks after, and
placed alternately on the branches; theſe fall away in ſhould then be treated in the ſame way as other plants
autumn, and when the plants are deftitute of leaves, from the ſame countries ; giving them proper air in
the flowers come out in cluſters from the joints of the warm weather, and gently refreſhing them with wa-
branches; theſe ſometimes appear the latter end of ter; and when they are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould
October, and often not till December, but are not be each planted in a ſmall pot, plunging them into
ſucceeded by feeds in this country.
the hot-bed again, where they ſhould be thaded from
As the flowers of this ſhrub make very little ap- the fun until they have taken new root, when they
pearance, it is only preſerved in the gardens of ſhould have air and moiſture according to the warmth
the curious, more for the ſake of variety than its of the ſeaſon. In the autumn the plants muſt be re-
beauty.
moved into the tan-ſtove, plunging the pots into the
This is propagated by laying down the young branches bed, where they ſhould be always continued: this
in autumn, which will take root in one year, provided flowers in July and Auguſt, when it makes a pretty
they are duly watered in dry weather ; but many of appearance.
the plants which are in the gardens, have been pro- As the ſeeds of this plant are ſeldom brought to
duced from feeds which came from America ; theſe England, ſo the plant may be propagated by cut-
feeds always remain a whole year in the ground, ſo
fo tings, which if planted in ſmall pots, plunged into a
they ſhould be fown in pots, which may be plunged moderate hot-bed, and cloſely covered with either
into the ground in a ſhady part of the garden, where bell or hand-glaſſes, will put out roots in about fix
they may remain all the ſummer, and require no other weeks, and may then be treated in the ſame way as
care but to keep the pots clean from weeds, and in the feedling plants.
very dry weather to water them now and then ; in HARMALA. See PEGANUM.
autumn the pots may be removed to a warmer fitua- HASSEL QUISTIA. Lin. Gen. 34.1.
tion, and plunged into the ground under a warm
The CHARACTERS are,
hedge; and if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere, It is an umbelliferous plant, whoſe univerſal umbel is com-
they ſhould have ſome light covering thrown over the poſed of fix ſpreading rays; theſe are for the moſt part
pots, which will ſecure the ſeeds from being deſtroyed. double; the greater inuolucrum has many ſhort briftly
leaves;
و
2

H E D
HE D
وز
leaves ; the proper empalement is very ſmall, and bath fivel into large buihy heads, and their leaves are larger,
indentures; the general umbel is half radiated; the outer more of an oval ſhape, and not divided into lobes like
flowers are fruitful, but thoſe in the diſk are barren ; they the lower leaves, that it hath a different appearance,
,
have five petals, and five ſlender Jiamina longer than the which has occafioned fome to take them for diſtinct
petels, terminated by roundiſh ſummits : the turbinated ſpecies.
germen is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two fen- In the latter part of the laſt century, when it was the
der recurved ſtyles, crowned by obtufe ftigmas ; the germen faſhion to fill gardens with all forts of ſheered Ever-
afterward becomes an orbicular fruit, compoſed of two ſeeds greens, there were many of theſe plants trained into
having borders.
round heads, which were clipped into balls, or in form
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond or of a cone; and as theſe were ſo hardy as not to be in-
der of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria jured by weather, and would grow in any foil, ſo they
Digynia, the flowers having five ſtamina and two were then much eſteemed; but ſince that unnatural
Ityles.
taſte has been exploded, theſe plants are ſeldom ad-
It it named after Mr. Haſſelquiſt, who was a pupil mitted into gardens, unleſs to cover walls, or run over
of Dr. Linnæus.
grottos, &c. for which purpoſe there is no plant ſo
1. HASSELQUISTIA (Ægyptiaca). Amen. Acad. 4. p.
well adapted.
370. Egyptian Hofſelquiſtia. Paſtinaca Orientalis, fo- There are two varieties of this, one with filver-ſtriped
liis eleganter inciſis. Buxb. Cent. 3. p. 16.
leaves, and the other with yellowiſh leaves on the top
This plant is bennial, and being a native of warm of the branches; theſe are preſerved in ſome gardens
countries, is with difficulty preſerved in England;
for the ſake of variety.
for when the plants come up early in the ſpring, they Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by their trailing
do not perfect their feeds the ſame year : and thoſe branches, which fend forth roots their whole length;
plants which ariſe in the autumn, ſeldom live through
which branches being cut off, and planted, will grow
the winter; therefore the fureſt method to procure in almoſt any foil or ſituation, and may be trained up
good feeds in this country, is to fow the feeds in pots to ſtems, or ſuffered to remain as climbers, to cover
about the middle of Auguſt, placing the pots walls, pales, &c.
where they may have the morning fun only, being They may alſo be propagated by feeds, which ſhould
careful to water them duly; and as weeds will come be fown ſoon after they are ripe, which is in the begin-
up in the pots to take them out, and where the ning of April : if theſe are kept moiſt and ſhaded,
plants are too cloſe, thin them; in October re- they will grow the ſame ſpring, otherwiſe they will
move the pots into a common frame, where they remain a year in the ground; therefore few perſons
may enjoy the free air in mild weather, but be ſcreened trouble themſelves to propagate the plants in this way,
from froſt: in the ſpring following, if the plants are the other being much more expeditious.
carefully turned out of the pots, and planted in the While the ſtalks of this plant trail, either on the
full ground, they will flower in June, and the ſeeds ground or upon walls, or other ſupport, they do
will ripen in Auguft.
not produce any flowers, which has occafioned its be-
HAWTHORN. See MESPILUS.
ing called ſterile, or barren Ivy; but when the branches
HAZEL. See CORYLUS.
get above their ſupport, they produce flowers at the
HEDERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 249. Tourn. Inſt. end of every ſhoot; theſe appear in September, and
R. H. 612. tab. 384. The Ivy-tree.
are ſucceeded by berries, which turn black before
The CHARACTERS are,
they are ripe, and are formed into round bunches,
The flowers are diſpoſed in form of an umbel, having a which are called corymbi, and from theſe the epi-
Small involucrum indented in many parts. The empale- thet of corymbus, fo frequently uſed by botaniſts, is
ment is cut into five parts, and ſits upon a germen. The taken.
flower bath five oblong petals, which ſpread open, whose The leaves of this plant are frequently applied to
points are incurved; they have five awl-ſhaped ſtamina, iſſues to keep them cool, and free from inflammations ;
terminated by proſtrate ſummits, which are cut into two at they are alſo uſed for curing of ſcabs, fores, and
their beſe. The germen, which is ſituated below the flower, ſcald heads. Mr. Boyle, in his Uſefulneſs of Expe-
ſupports a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The rimental Philoſophy, commends a large doſe of the
germen afterward becomes a globular berry with one cell, full ripe berries, as a remedy againſt the plague ;
incloſing four or five large ſeeds, convex on one ſide, and but Schroder ſays, they purge upward and down-
angular on the other.
ward. The gum of Ivy is cauſtic, but is recom-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of mended by ſome to take ſpots and freckles out of the
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
face.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and but one ſtyle. There is mention made of another ſpecies of Ivy,
The SPECIES are,
which is titled Hedera Poetica, by Caspar Bauhin,
1. HEDERA (Helix) foliis ovatis lobatiſque. Flor. Lapp.
in many of the iſlands of the Archipelago,
91. Ivy with oval lobed leaves. Hedera arborea. and produces yellow berries; but as I have not ſeen
C. B. P. 305. Tree Ivy; and the Hedera communis this plant, I cannot determine if it is a diſtinct fpe-
major. J. B. 2. 111. Great common Ivy.
cies. Dr. Linnæus ſuppoſes it to be only a variety,
2. HEDERA (Quinquefolia) foliis quinatis, ovatis, ſerra- though he has not ſeen the plant; but Tournefort,
tis. Hort. Cliff. 74. Ivy with leaves compojed of five who gathered it in the Levant, puts it down as a dif-
lobes, which are ſawed. Vitis quinquefolia Canaden- ferent fort.
fis fcandens. Tourn. Inft. 613. Climbing Canada The ſecond fort grows naturally in all the northern
Vine with five leaves, commonly called Virginia Creeper. parts of America; it was firſt brought to Europe
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt parts of England, from Canada, and has been long cultivated in the
where it meets with any neighbouring ſupport. The Engliſh gardens, chiefly to plant againſt walls, or
ſtalks will faften to it, and riſe to a very great height, high buildings to cover them, which theſe plants will
fending out roots on every fide, which get into the do in a ſhort time, for they will ſhoot almoſt twenty
joints of walls, or the bark of trees, and thereby are feet high in one year, and will mount up to the top
ſupported; or if there is no ſupport near, the ſtalks of the higheſt building; but as the leaves fall off in
trail upon the ground, and take root all their length, autumn, the plants make but an indifferent appear-
ſo that they cloſely cover the ſurface, and are diffi- ance in winter; and as it is late before they come out
cult to eradicate ; for where any finall parts of the in the ſpring, they are not much eſteemed, unleſs it
ſtalks are left, they will ſoon ſpread and multiply. is for ſuch ſituations, where better things will not
While theſe are fixed to any ſupport, or trail upon thrive; for this plant will thrive in the midſt of London,
the ground, their ſtalks are ſlender and flexible ; but and is not injured by ſmoke, or the cloſeneſs of the
when they have reached to the top of their ſupport, air, ſo are very proper for ſuch fituations. The ſtalks
they fhorten and become woody, forming theinſelves of theſe plants put out roots, which faſten themſelves
this grows
a
3
ON
into

H E D
H E D
into the joints of the walls, whereby they are ſup-
ported.
This may be propagated by cuttings, which if planted
in autumn on a ſhady border, will take root, and by
the following autumn will be fit to plant where they
are deſigned to remain.
HEDERA TERRESTRIS. See GLECHOMA.
HEDGES. Hedges are either planted to make
fences round incloſures, or to part off and divide the
ſeveral parts of a garden : when they are deſigned as
outward fences, they are planted either with Haw-
thorn, Crabs, or Black Thorn, which is the Sloe ;
but thoſe Hedges which are planted in gardens, either
to ſurround wilderneſs quarters, or to ſcreen the
other parts of a garden from fight, are planted with
various forts of plants, according to the fancy of the
owner ; ſome preferring ever-green Hedges, in which
caſe the Holly is beſt, next the Yew, then Laurel,
Lauruſtinus, Phillyrea, &c. others, who make choice
of the deciduous plants, prefer the Beach and Horn-
beam, Engliſh Elm, or the Alder, to any other ; I
fhall firſt treat of thoſe Hedges which are planted for
outſide fences, and afterward briefly touch on the
other.
Theſe Hedges are moſt commonly made of Quick,
yet it will be proper, before planting, to conſider the
nature of the land, and what ſorts of plants will
thrive beſt in that foil, whether it be clay, gravel,
fand, &c. likewiſe what the ſoil is from whence the plants
are to be taken ; for if the land they are taken from
is much better than that in which they are to be planted,
it will be more difficult to get them to grow. As for
the ſize, the ſets ought to be about the bigneſs of a
gooſe quill, and cut within about four or five inches
of the ground; they ſhould be freſh taken up, ſtrait,
ſmooth, and well rooted. Thoſe plants which are
raiſed in the nurſery, are to be preferred to all
others, and if raiſed on a ſpot near the place, it will
be beft.
Secondly, If the Hedge has a ditch, it ſhould be
made fix feet wide at top, and one foot and a half at
bottom, and three feet deep, that each fide may have
a proper ſlope ; for when the banks are made too up-
right, they are very ſubject to fall down after every
froſt or hard rain, beſides, if the ditches are made
narrower, they are foon choked up in autumn by the
falling leaves, and the growth of weeds, nor are they
a ſufficient fence to the Hedge againſt cattle, where
they are narrower.
Thirdly, If the bank be without a ditch, the ſets
ſhould be ſet in two rows, almoſt perpendicular, at
the diſtance of a foot from each other, in the quin-
cunx order, ſo that in effect they will be but fix inches
aſunder.
Fourthly, The turf is to be laid with the Grafs fide
downwards, on that ſide of the ditch the bank is de-
ſigned to be made, and ſome of the beſt mould
fhould be laid upon it, to bed the Quick; then the
Quick is to be planted upon it a foot aſunder, ſo
that the ends of the Quick may ſtand upright.
Fifthly, When the firſt row of Quick is planted, it
muſt be covered with mould, and the turf laid upon
it as before ; ſo that when the bank is a foot high,
you may plant another row of ſets againſt the ſpaces
of the lower Quick, and cover them as the former
was done; and the bank is to be topped with the bot-
tom of the ditch, and a dry, or dead Hedge laid on
the other ſide, to defend the under plantation from the
cattle.
In making of theſe dead Hedges, there ſhould be
ſtakes driven into the looſe earth, at about two feet
and a half diſtance, fo low as to reach the firm
ground.
Oak ſtakes are accounted the beſt, and Black Thorn
and Sallow the next; then let the ſmall buſhes be
laid at bottom, but not too thick, for that will cauſe
the buſhes to rot; but the upper part of the Hedge
ſhould be laid with long buſhes to bind the ſtakes
in with, by interweaving them.
And, in order to render the Hedge yet ſtronger, you
may edder it (as it is called,) i. e. bind the top of the
ſtakes in with ſome ſmall long poles, or ſticks on each
ſide; and when the eddering is finiſhed, drive the ſtakes
anew, becauſe the waving of the Hedge and eddering
is apt to looſen the ſtakes.
The Quick muſt be conſtantly kept weeded, and ſe-
cured from being cropped by the cattle, and in Fe-
bruary it will be proper to cut it within an inch of the
ground, if it was not done before, which will cauſe it
to ſhoot ſtrong, and help it much in the growth.
When a Hedge is of about eight or nine years growth,
it will be proper to plaſh it ; the beſt time for this
work is either in October or February.
When a Hedge is grown old, i. e. of about twenty or
thirty years growth, and there are in it old ſtubs as
well as new ſhoots, the old ſtubs ſhould be cut fop-
ing off within two or three inches of the ground, and
the beſt and longest of the middle fize ſhould be left to
lay down; and ſome of the ſtrongeſt, at the height of
five or ſix feet, according as you deſign the height of
the Hedge to be, may be left to ſerve inſtead of ſtakes,
and freſh itakes ſhould be put in thoſe places where they
are wanting; the Hedge ſhould be then thinned, ſo as
to leave on the ſtubs only ſuch ſhoots as are deſigned
to be of uſe, that there may be room left to put a
ſpade in between them; the ditch allo ſhould be
cleanſed, and each ſide of the ſlopes kept as in a new
ditch; and where the earth is waſhed froin the roots
of the Quick, or is hollow, face it anew with ſo much
of the firſt ſpit of earth that is dug out of the ditch, as
there is occaſion for, and lay what is dug out at the
ſecond ſpit, on the top of the bank; for if it be laid
on the ſide, or face of the bank, it will flip into the
ditch again when wet comes, and alſo take a great
deal of the bank along with it.
In plaihing Quicks, there are two extremes to be
avoided; the firſt is, laying it too low and too thick;
becauſe it makes the ſap run all into the ſhoots, and
leaves the plaſhes without nouriſhment, which, with
the thickneſs of the Hedge, kills them.
Secondly, It muſt not be laid too high, becauſe this
draws all the ſap into the plaſhes, and ſo cauſes but
ſmall ſhoots at the bottom, and makes the Hedge fo
thin, that it will neither hinder the cattle from going
through, nor from cropping of it.
When the ſhoot that is deſigned to be plaſhed is bent,
give it a ſmall cut with a bill, half through, ſloping a
little downwards, and then weave it about the ſtakes;
and when the whole is finiſhed, trim off the ſmall fu-
perfluous branches that ſtraggle too far out on both
fides of the Hedge.
If the ſtubs are very old, cut them quite down, and
ſecure them with good dead Hedges on both ſides, till
the young ſhoots are got up tall enough to plaſh, and
plant new ſets in the void ſpaces.
In making a Hedge, if it be ſet with Crab Stocks,
it will be proper to leave one ſtanding uncut up at
every thirty or forty feet, if the ground on both
ſides of the Hedge be your own; which being done,
they may be ſo ordered, by pruning or ſtaking, that
one may lean into one ground, and the other into ano-
ther, &c.
Theſe ſtocks ſhould be pruned up every year, till they
are brought out of the reach of the cattle, and then
they may be grafted with the Red Streak, Gennet-
moil, or what other kind of cyder Apple you
pleaſe.
If the ſtocks be of Apple kernels, they may ſtand un-
grafted, for many of them will yield very good cyder
,
fruit; but then ſuch ſtocks as are not grafted, will be
longer before they bear; and alſo when you do graft,
you may be certain of your kind; but if
very natural ſtock, which by leaf, ſhoot, and bud,
appears likely, you may try it, and ſo you may have
a new fine fruit; and if you do not like it, you may
graft it when you pleaſe.
As for the reſt of the Hedge, when it has ſhot four
or five years, you may lay it to make a fence
for the doing of which, take the following direc-
tions :
3
Firſt
you find a

HED
H E D
a
a
a
Firſt, At every laying to lay down ſome old plaſhes ;
or, if the Hedge be thin, young ones; but they muſt
be ſo laid, as to point with their ends to the ditch fide
of the bank, the ends being kept low on the bank ;
by being ſo ordered, they will the better thicken the
bottom of the Hedge, and keep up the earth of the
bank.
Secondly, To heighten the bank every time you lay
earth on it, ſo as to cover the layers, all but the ends,
this earth will very much help the Quick ; and by
heightening the banks, and deepening the ditch, you
will render the fence the better.
Thirdly, Not to cut the plaſhes too much, but juſt
ſo as they may bend down well ; nor to lay them too
upright, as fome do, but to lay them near to a level ;
for by ſo doing, the ſap will the better break out at
ſeveral places, and not run ſo much to the ends, as it
will when they lie too much upon the flope.
If you have much wood to ſpare, you may cut up great
part
of thoſe that grow near the ditch, but then you
ought to hang the bank with buſhes, to prevent cattle
from cropping them the firſt year ; theſe will ſhoot
ſtrong, fecure the Hedge, keep up the bank, and
thicken the bottom of the Hedge.
Fourthly, Take care to lay the Hedge pretty thick,
and turn the beard on the ditch fide ; but you muſt
not let the beard hang uncut (though it makes a good
fhew at the firſt making), but you muſt cut off all the
ftraggling boughs within half a foot of the Hedge on
both fides, which will cauſe it to ſhoot ſtrong at
theſe places, and make the Hedge much the thicker.
Fifthly, If the bank be high, make the Hedge fo
low, that it may juſt ferve for a fence the firſt year,
for it will ſoon grow higher; and the lower the Hedge
is made, the faſter the Quick will grow, and alſo
will be the thicker at the bottom; but care muſt be
taken to preſerve it from cattle on the field fide for
the two firſt years that it is made.
Sixthly, If you would have a good Hedge, or fence,
you ſhould new lay it once in fourteen or fifteen years,
and conſtantly root out Elder, Travellers Joy (which
fome call Bull-bine), Briony, &c. and do not leave
too many high ſtandards, or pollards in it, though the
Elm is one of the beſt ; alſo no dead wood is to be left
in the bottom of the Hedges, for that will choke the
Quick ; but if there be a gap, the dead Hedge ſhould
be made at a diſtance.
The Crab is alſo frequently planted for Hedges, and
if the plants are raiſed from the kernels of the ſmall
wild Crab, they are much to be preferred to thoſe which
are raiſed from kernels of all ſorts of Apples without
diſtinction; becauſe the plants of the true ſmall Crab
never ſhoot ſo ſtrong as thoſe of the Apples, ſo may
be better kept within
the proper compaſs of a Hedge;
and as they have generally more thorns upon them,
they are better guarded againſt cattle, &c. than
the other ; beſides, the plants of the Crab will grow
more equal than thoſe which are raiſed from the ker-
nels of various kinds of Apples, for theſe always pro-
duce a variety of plants, which differ from each other
in their manner of growth, as much as in the ſize and
flavour of their fruits; ſo that Hedges made of theſe
will not appear ſo well, nor can be fo weil managed as
the other.
Some perſons intermix Crab with the White Thorn
in their Hedges, but this is not a good method ; for
the plants of the Crab will grow much ſtronger than
thoſe of the White Thorn, ſo that the Hedge will not
be of equal growth ; which is not near ſo beautiful or
uſeful, as when the plants of a Hedge keep pace in
their growth.
The Black Thorn, or Sloe, is alſo frequently planted
for Hedges, and is a ſtrong durable plant for that pur-
poſe, eſpecially as it is ſo ſtrongly armed with thorns,
that cattle ſeldom care to brouze upon it; but where
this is planted, the beſt way is to raiſe the plants from
the ſtones of the fruit, for all thoſe which are taken
from the roots of old trees, ſpawn, and put out
fuckers in ſuch plenty from their roots, as to ſpread
over, and fill the neighbouring ground to a conſider-
able diſtance on each ſide of the Hedge; and this
plenty of ſuckers drawing away the nouriſhment from
the old plants of the Hedge, they never grow so well
as where there are few or no fuckers produced, which
thoſe plants which are propagated from the ſtones
fend not forth, or at leaſt but ſparingly, therefore
may with little trouble be kept clear of them. The
beſt method of raiſing theſe Hedges is, to fow the
ſtones in the place where the Hedge is intended (where
it can be conveniently done), for then the plants will
make a much greater progreſs than thoſe which are
tranſplanted; but the objection to this method will
ariſe from the difficulty of ſecuring the young plants
from the cattle; but this can have little force, when it
muſt be conſidered, that if the Hedge is planted, it
muſt be fenced for ſome years, to prevent the cattle
from deſtroying it; therefore the ſame fence will do
for it when fown, nor will this require a fence much
longer than the other. For the plants which ſtand un-
removed, will make a better fence in ſeven years, than
that which is planted, though the plants ſhould be of
three or four years growth when planted; which is
what I have ſeen two or three times, where the experi-
ment has been tried. The ſtones of this fruit ſhould
be fown early in January, if the weather will permit;
but when they are kept out of the ground longer, it
will be proper to mix them with fand, and keep them
in a cool place. The buſhes of the Black Thorn are
by much the beſt of any for making of dead Hedges,
being of longer duration, and having many thorns,
neither the cattle nor the Hedge-breakers, will care
to meddle with them; theſe buſhes are alſo the beſt to
be uſed for under ground drains, for the draining of
land, for they will remain ſound a long time when
the air is excluded from them.
The Holly is ſometimes planted for Hedges, and is a
very durable ſtrong fence; but where it is expoſed,
there will be great difficulty to prevent its being deſtroy-
ed, otherwiſe it is by far the moſt beautiful plant, and
being an Evergreen, will afford much better ſhelter to
cattle in winter, than any other fort of Hedge; and the
leaves being armed with thorns, the cattle will not
care to brouze upon it. Another objection to this plant
is the flow growth, ſo that Hedges planted with this
plant, require to be fenced a much longer time than
moſt others. This is a reaſon which muſt be admitted,
to prevent this being generally practiſed; but in ſuch
grounds as lie contiguous to, or in ſight of gentlemen's
houſes, theſe fort of Hedges will have an exceeding
good effect, eſpecially when they are well kept, as they
will appear beautiful at all ſeaſons of the year; and in
the ſpring of the year, when the ſharp winds render
it unpleaſant to walk abroad in expoſed places, theſe
Hedges will afford good ſhelter, as they will effectual-
ly keep off the cold winds, if they are kept cloſe and
thick. The fureft method of raiſing theſe Hedges is,
by fowing the berries in the place where they are to
ſtand ; but theſe berries ſhould be buried in the ground
one year before they are fown, by which method they
will be prepared to grow the following ſpring. . The
way of doing this is, to gather the berries about
Chriſtmas (which is the time they are uſually ripe,)
and put them into large flower-pots, mixing ſome fand
with them ; then dig holes in the ground, into which
the pots muſt be ſunk, covering them over with earth
about ten inches thick ; in this place they may remain
till the following October, when they ſhould be taken
up, and ſown in the place where the Hedge is in-
tended. The ground for this Hedge ſhould be well
trenched, and cleared from the roots of all bad weeds,
buſhes, trees, &c. Then two drills ſhould be made
at about a foot diſtance from each other, and about
two inches deep, into which the feeds ſhould be fcat-
tered pretty cloſe, left ſome ſhould fail; for it is bet-
ter to have too many plants come up, than to want.
The reaſon of my adviſing two drills is, that the
Hedge may be thick to the bottom, which in a fin-
gle row rarely happens, eſpecially if there is not great
care taken of them in the beginning. When the plants
come up, they muſt be carefully weeded; for if the
weeds
a
a
3
fo
a
a

HED
H E D
و
a
و
a
و
3
a
weeds are permitted to grow among them, they will
foon deſtroy them, or weaken them ſo much, that
they will not recover their ſtrength in a long time.
This ſhould be conſtantly obſerved, by every perſon
who is deſirous to have good Hedges of either fort ;
for when the weeds are ſuffered to grow near the
plants, they will not only rob them of a great part of
their nouriſhment, but alſo prevent their putting out
ſhoots near the ground, which will occaſion the bot-
tom of the Hedge to be thin and naked.
When theſe Holly Hedges are deſigned to be kept
very neat, they ſhould be ſheered twice a year, in
May and Auguſt; but if they are only deſigned as
fences, they need not be ſheered oftener than once a
year, which ſhould be about the latter end of June,
or the beginning of July; and if this is well perform-
ed, the Hedges may be kept very beautiful.
The fences which are made to ſecure theſe Hedges
from cattle while they are young, ſhould be contrived
ſo as to admit as much free air as poflible, which is
abſolutely neceſſary for the growth of the plants ; for
when they are crowded on each ſide with dead Hedges,
the plants ſeldom thrive well. The beſt fort of fences
for this purpoſe, are thoſe which are made with poſts
and rails; or inſtead of rails, three ropes drawn from
poft to poft, and holes made in the poſts to draw the
ropes through ; this is the cheapeſt fence of this
kind, and will appear very handſome; but if ſheep
are not admitted into the fields, there will be occaſion
for two ropes only, which will be enough to keep off
larger cattle; and if the ropes are painted over with a
compoſition of melted pitch, brown Spaniſh colour,
and oil, mixed well together, they will laſt found fe-
veral years; and theſe ſort of fences never obſtruct
the air, and the place, at the ſame time being open
to view, the weeds will be better diſcovered than
when the fences are cloſe. In the latter caſe, the
Hedges are ſometimes ſuffered to be over-run with
weeds, by their being excluded from the ſight, ſo
are frequently forgotten, eſpecially in moiſt weather,
when the weeds grow more luxuriant.
There are ſome perſons who intermix Holly with the
White Thorn in making their Hedges, which if
rightly managed, will have a good effect, eſpecially
when young; but when this is practiſed, the Holly
ſhould be planted fo near, as that the Hedge may be
entirely formed of it as it grows up, when the White
Thorn ſhould be quite rooted out; for as theſe ad-
vance; they will not keep pace in their growth, ſo
will not appear beautiful when intermixed.
When a Hedge of Holly is intended to be made by
plants, the ground ſhould be well trenched, as was
before adviſed for the feeds; and (unleſs the ground
be very wet) the plants ſhould be ſet in October, but,
in wet ground, March is preferable. The plants
ſhould not be taken from a better ſoil than that in
which they are to be planted; for when it ſo happens,
the plants are much longer before they recover this
change, than thoſe are which are taken from a leaner
foil. If the plants have been before removed two or
three times, they will have better roots, and will be
in leſs danger of miſcarrying ; beſides, they may be
removed with balls of earth to their roots. When
the froit comes on, if mulch be laid upon the
ground near the roots of the plants, it will prevent the
tender fibres, which may then have been put out,
from being deſtroyed by the cold. I would never ad-
viſe the planting of Hedges with Holly plants, of
above five or fix years growth from the berries ; for
when the plants are older, if they take to grow, they
are longer before they form a good Hedge, than
plants which are much younger; and if the plants
have been twice before tranſplanted, they will more
certainly grow.
I ſhall next treat of Hedges for ornaments in gardens :
theſe are ſometimes planted with Evergreens, elpe-
cially if they are not intended to grow very high, in
which caſe, they are planted with deciduous trees.
Evergreen Hedges are planted with Holly, Yew,
Laurel, Lauruſtinus, Phillyrea, Alaternus, evergreen
Oak, and ſome others of leſs note. The Holly is
preferable to any other, for the reaſons before given.
Next to this, moſt people prefer the Yew, on account
of its growing very cloſe ; for when theſe Hedges are
well kept, they will be ſo thick as that a bird cannot
get through them; but the dead colour of the Yew,
renders theſe Hedges leſs agreeable. The Laurel is
one of the moſt beautiful greens of any of the ever-
green trees, but then it ſhoots ſo luxuriant, as to
render it difficult to keep the Hedges which are plant-
ed with it, in tolerable ſhape ; beſides, the leaves be-
ing very large, if the Hedge is clipped with ſheers,
the leaves will be cut through, which gives them a
bad appearance; therefore where there are Hedges
of this kind, it will be the beſt way to prune them
with a knife, cutting the ſhoots juſt down to a leaf.
And although by this method the Hedge cannot be
rendered ſo even as when cut with ſheers, yet it will
have a much better appearance than that of moſt of
the leaves being cut through and ſtubbed, in the man-
ner they muſt be when ſheered.
The Lauruſtinus is alſo a very fine plant for this pur-
poſe, but the ſame objection is to be made to this as
hath been to the Laurel; and as one of the great beau-
ties of this plant is in its flowers, which are produced
in the winter and ſpring, fo when theſe are ſheered,
the flowers are generally cut off, by which their beau-
ty is loft. Nor can this be avoided, where the Hedge
is to be kept in cloſe order, therefore this plant is not
ſo proper for the purpoſe; but in ſuch places where
walls or other fences are deſigned to be hid, there is
not any plant better adapted than this, provided it is
rightly managed; for the branches of this plant are
flender and pliable, ſo may be trained up cloſe to the
fence, whereby it may be entirely covered ; and if,
inſtead of clipping theſe with ſheers, they are pruned
with a knife, they may be ſo managed, as to have
them full of flowers from the ground upward. This
may be effected by pruning them in April, when the
flowers are going off, cutting out thoſe ſhoots that
have flowered, or project too far from the fence; al-
ways cutting cloſe to the leaf, that no ſtubs may be
left: but thoſe new ſhoots of the ſame ſpring muſt by
no means be ſhortened, becauſe the flowers are always
produced at the extremity of the ſhoots of the ſame
year; therefore when theſe are topped, as they muſt
be by ſheering, there can be few or no flowers upon
theſe plants, except toward the top, where the ſheers
have not paſſed. By this method of knife pruning,
the leaves will alſo be preſerved entire, and the Hedge
may always be kept enough within compaſs; and ſo
thick, as fully to anſwer the purpoſe of covering the
fence; and by the ſhoots growing a little irregular, it
will make a much better appearance than any fhorn
Hedge whatever.
The ſmall leaved and the rough leaved Lauruſtinus
are the beſt forts for this purpoſe, becauſe their
branches grow cloſer together than thoſe of the ſhin-
ng leaved ; they are alſo more hardy, and flower much
'better than the other, when growing in the open air.
The True Phillyrea is the next beſt plant for Hedges;
it is by the gardeners called the True Phillyrea, to dif-
tinguiſh it from the Alaternus, which they ſimply call
the Phillyrea. The branches of this are ſtrong, the
leaves pretty large, and of a ſtrong green colour.
And as this is a plant of middling growth, the Hedges
planted with this may be led up to the height of ten
or twelve feet; and if theſe Hedges are kept narrow
at the top, that there may not be too much width for
the ſnow to lodge upon them, they may be rendered
very cloſe and thick, and being a very good green,
will make a fine appearance,
The Alaternus was formerly much more cultivated
in the Engliſh gardens than at preſent. This was of-
ten planted to form Hedges, but the branches of this
plant are too pliant for this purpoſe, being frequently
diſplaced by ſtrong winds, which render theſe Hedges
unſightly, they alſo ſhoot very irregular and thin, fo
that
و

H E D
H E D
HED
a
а.
3
و
that the middle of the Hedge is frequently open and
wide, and only the ſides of them can be kept tolerably
cloſe, and that muſt be by often clipping them. If
we add to this, their being frequently laid or broken
down by ſnow in the winter, it muſt be deemed an
improper plant for this purpoſe.
The Ilex, or evergreen Oak, is alſo planted for
Hedges, and where theſe are deſigned to grow pretty
tall, it is a fit plant for the purpoſe; becauſe it is a
plant of large growth, eſpecially the fort which is
moſt common in England, for there are two ſorts of
them which grow in the ſouth of France and Italy,
that are of much humbler growth, ſo are better adopt-
ed to this purpoſe, eſpecially where the Hedge is not
intended to be high, but theſe are not at preſent com-
mon here.
When theſe Hedges are planted very
young, and kept cloſe trained from the beginning,
they may be very cloſe from the ground to the height
of twenty feet or more ; but theſe muſt always be kept
narrower at the top than below, that there may not
too much ſnow lodge upon them in the winter, which
is apt to break and diſplace the branches, whereby
the Hedges will be rendered unſightly.
There are alſo ſome perſons who have planted the
Pyracantha, or evergreen Thorn, Juniper, Box, Ce-
dar of Virginia, Bay, &c. as alſo the Halimus, or Sea
Purſlane, and the Furz, Roſemary, and ſeveral other
plants for Hedges; but the five forts firſt mentioned
having very pliant branches, which will require to be
ſupported, and the three laſt being often deſtroyed by
ſevere froſt, renders them unfit for this purpoſe ; nor
are there other forts of evergreen plants in the Eng.
liſh gardens, which are ſo well adapted for Hedges, as
thoſe before-mentioned,
The deciduous trees, which are uſually planted to form
Hedges in gardens, are the following forts.
The Hornbeam is much eſteemed for this purpoſe,
eſpecially in ſuch places where they are not required
to be very high, or not wanted to grow very faſt; for
this plant, while young, doth not make ſo great pro-
greſs as many others; but as it is of flower growth, the
Hedges may be kept neat with lefs trouble than moſt
other plants will require ; and the branches naturally
growing very cloſe, they will make one of the cloſest
Hedges of all the deciduous trees; but as the
leaves of this tree continue upon the branches all the
winter, and until the buds in the ſpring force them
off, they have a bad appearance during the winter
feaſon.
The Beech is alſo a very proper tree for this purpoſe,
having the fame good qualities as the Hornbeam ;
but the leaves of this continue late in winter upon
the branches, when they will have a bad appearance ;
beſides, the litter which is occaſioned by their leaves
gradually falling moft part of the winter, prevents
the garden from being made clean a great while
longer than if there are none of theſe trees planted.
The ſmall-leaved Engliſh Elm, is alſo a proper tree
for tall Hedges ; if theſe are planted young, and kept
cloſely clipped from their firſt ſetting out, the Hedges
may be trained up to the height of thirty or forty feet,
and be very cloſe and thick the whole height. But
when theſe trees are planted for this purpoſe, they
ſhould not be crowded ſo cloſe together as they uſually
are by moſt people ; by which method, when the
trees have ſtood fome years, if they have thriven well,
their ftems will approach ſo near each other, as that
few branches can be maintained below, whereby the
bottom of the Hedge will be naked; therefore they
ſhould not be planted cloſer together than ſeven or
eight feet, or if they are ten feet it will be ſtill better.
And although at this diſtance they will not form a cloſe
Hedge ſo ſoon as when the trees are planted cloſer to-
gether, yet they will in a few years recompenſe for
that, by their growing much cloſer and better from
the ground upward.
The Dutch Elm was formerly in great eſteem for
Hedges, being quick of growth, and thriving in ſuch
foils as the Engliſh Elm would not grow; but the
wretched appearance which theſe Hedges made, after
they had been growing a few years, very juſtly occa
fioned their being almoſt univerſally rooted out of
gardens, for a more abominable plant was never in-
troduced into gardens than this.
The Lime-tree hath alſo been recommended for
Hedges, and in ſome of the old gardens there were
many planted with this tree, which, for a few years
after planting, made a tolerable appearance, eſpecially
when they grow upon a moiſt foil; but after they had
ſtood ſome years, they grew very thin at bottom, and
by being ſheered at the top, they were rendered very
ſtubby and unſightly, their leaves growing very thinly
upon the branches, and thefe frequently turning of a
black diſagreeable colour, and falling off very ſoon in
the autumn, and ſometimes in the ſummer in dry ſea-
ſons, has brought theſe trees ſo much into difrepute,
as that few perfons make uſe of them at preſent for
this purpoſe: nor ſhould any of the very ſtrong
ſhooting trees be applied to this uſe; for the more
they are cut, the ſtronger they will ſhoot, and of courſe
will appear very unſightly; beſides, the often cutting
of theſe Hedges occaſions great trouble and expence,
and frequent litters in gardens.
The Alder is frequently planted for Hedges, and
where the ſoil is moiſt, there is not any of the decidu-
ous trees equal to it for this purpoſe ; for the leaves
are of a lively green, continuing freſh till late in the
autumn ; and when they decay, their litter is ſoon
over, for they all drop in a ſhort time.
There are, beſides the trees before-mentioned, many
of the flowering ſhrubs which have been planted to
form Hedges, ſuch as Roſes, Honeyſuckles, Sweet-
briar, &c. but theſe make a bad appearance, bem
ing more difficult to train ; and if they are cut to
keep them within compaſs, their flowers, which
are their greateſt beauty, will be entirely deſtroyed.
But as theſe are but of low growth, they are not
proper to plant where the Hedges are to be of any
height.
Although I have given theſe full directions for plant-
ing and ordering of theſe Hedges for the pleaſure-gar-
den, yet I am far from recommending them as orna-
mental or uſeful. But as there are numbers of perſons
who may differ from me in their opinion, and therefore
might think it a deficiency in my book, had I not
given theſe inſtructions; to avoid their reproach, I
have inſerted as much as I think will be neceffary for
the obtaining theſe Hedges wherever they are deſired,
and at a leſs expence than the late method of planting
them hath been generally attended with; where it
is not uncommon to ſee four times the number of
trees planted in theſe Hedges as would have been ne-
ceſſary, or that can remain long cloſe together with
any beauty. But moſt people who plant, are in too
great a hurry to have their garden filled ; and there-
fore frequently plant ſo cloſe, as that in three or four
years (if their trees thrive) three-fourths of them
will require to be taken away again, to make room
for thoſe which are left to grow ; and there are not
wanting perſons, who are ready enough to encourage
this practice, ſince their own intereſt is thereby pro-
moted.
The taſte in gardening having been greatly altered of
late years for the better, theſe clipped Hedges have
been almoſt excluded ; and it is to be hoped, that a
little time will entirely baniſh them out of the Engliſh
gardens, as it has already been done by the ſhorn Ever-
greens, which, a few years ſince, were eſteemed the
greateſt beauties of gardens. The latter was intro-
duced by the Dutch gardeners, and that of tall
Hedges with treillage-work, was in imitation of the
French gardens ; in ſome of which, the expence of
the iron treillage, to ſupport the trees which com-
poſe their cabinets, pavillions, bowers, porticoes, and
other pieces of rural architecture, amounted to a very
great
fum. I have been informed this work, in one
garden, has coft above twenty thouſand crowns; and
this only to train up trees in the diſtorted ſhape of pi-
lafters, niches, cornices, pediments, &c. when at the
ſame time, theſe can no longer retain the forms in-
tended,
و
.
a
a

H E D
H E D
7
tehded, than they are kept cloſely fhorn into them; intoried pods. Hedyfarum triphyllum fruticoſum, flore
for no ſooner do the trees begin to make freſh ſhoots, purpureo, filiquâ varie diftorta. Sloan. Cat. 73. Three-
but the whole frame is altered ; and inſtead of carrying leaved forubby French Honeyſuckle, with a purple flower
the fine finiſhed appearance of a regular piece of ar- and a variouſly diſtorted pod.
chitecture, it is grown into a rude unpoliſhed form. 7. HEDYSARUM (Caneſcens) foliis ternatis fubtus nervoſis,
This expenſive fort of work never has made much caule glabro fruticoſo floribus fpicatis terminalibus.
progreſs in England, but that part of the French taſte, Three-leaved forubby dwarf Honeyſuckle, with veins on the
in ſurrounding all the ſeveral diviſions of gardens with under
ſide, e ſmooth ſhrubby ſtalk, with flowers growing in
tall clipped Hedges, making great alleys,
forming the Spikes at the ends. Hedyſarum triphyllum frutico-
walks into ſtars, and the like ſtiff performances, have fum fupinum, flore purpureo. Sloan. Cat. Three-
too much obtained for ſome years paft in England : leaved ſhrubby dwarf French Honeyſuckle, with a pur-
and the taller theſe clipped Hedges were, the more ple flower.
they were admired; though many times they ſhut out
though many times they ſhut out 8. HEDYSARUM (Sericeum) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis ſub-
from the view the fight of ſome of the nobleft Oaks, tus fericeis, floribus fpicatis alaribus terminalibuſque.
and other timber trees, growing in the quarters, which Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with oval leaves fitting
are infinitely more pleaſing to a perſon of true taſte, on their under ſide, and flowers in Spikes from the ſide and
than all the ridiculous forms it is poſſible for trees to the end of the ſtalks. Hedyſarum triphyllum frutef-
be framed in by art. Beſides, when the expence
of
cens, foliis fubrotundis & fubtus ſericeis, flore pur-
keeping theſe Hedges, together with the great litter pureo. Houft. Three-leaved ſhrubby French Honeyſuckle
they occaſion when clipped, is confidered, theſe, ad- with roundiſh leaves, which are ſilky underneath, and a
ded to many other reafons which might be given, are purple flower.
fufficient to exclude them out of gardens; where they 9. HEDYSARUM. (Villoſum) foliis ternatis, caulibus dif-
can never be eſteemed neceffary, but to ſhut out from fuſis villofis, foribus fpicatis terminalibus, calycibus,
the view the fight of worſe objects.
villofiffimis. Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with dif-
HED YPNOIS. See HYOSERIS.
fuſed ſtalks which are hairy, flowers growing in Spikes
HEDY SARUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 793. Tourn. at the ends of the branches, and very hairy empalements.
Inft. R. H. 401. tab. 225. French Honeyſuckle. Hedyſarum triphyllum humile, flore conglomerato
The CHARACTERS are,
calyce villoſo. Houſt. Dwarf three-leaved French Ho-
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, neyſuckle, with flowers growing in cluſters, and a hairy
cut into five ſegments at the top. It is of the butterfly сир.
kind, having an oblong compreſſed ſtandard, which is in- 10. HEDYSARUM (Procumbens) foliis ternatis caulibus
dented at the point and reflexed; the wings are oblong and procumbentibus racemoſis, fioribus laxè fpicatis ter-
narrow; the keel is compreſſed, broader at the end, but minalibus, leguminibus contortis articulis quadrangu-
convex at the baſe. It bath nine ſtamina joined, and one laribus. Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with branch
ftanding separate, which are terminated by roundiſho com- ing trailing ſtalks, flowers growing in looſe Spikes at the
preſſed ſummits; the ſtamina are reflexed, having on ends of the branches, and twiſted pods with Square joints.
angle or knee. In the center is ſituated a long narrow Hedyſarum triphyllum procumbens, foliis rotundio-
germen, ſupporting an awl-Shaped inflexed ſtyle, crowned ribus & minoribus, filiquis tenuibus & intortis.
by a ſingle ſfigma. The germen afterward becomes a joint- Houft. Trailing three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with
ed pod which is compreſſed, each joint being roundiſh, and Smaller and rounder leaves, and narrow contorted pods.
incloſes a ſingle kidney-ſhaped ſeed.
11. HEDYSARUM (Intortum) foliis ternatis, foliolis ob-
This
genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of cordatis, caule erecto triangulo villoſo, racemis ter-
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- minalibus, leguminibus articulatis incurvis. French
candria, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers Honeyſuckle, with trifoliate leaves whoſe lobes are beart-
have ten ſtamina joined in two bodies.
shaped, a triangular upright hairy ſtalk, flowers grow-
The SPECIES are,
ing in long bunches at the ends of the branches, and
1. HEDYSARUM (Coronarium) foliis pinnatis, legumini- and jointed incurved pods. Hedyſarum triphyllum,
bus articulatis aculeatis, nudis, rectis, caule diffuſo. caule triangulari, foliis mucronatis, filiquis tenuibus
Hort. Cliff. 365. French Honeyſuckle with winged leaves, intortis. Houſt. Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with
naked, prickly, jointed pods, and a diffuſed ſtalk. He- a triangular ſtalk, pointed leaves, and a narrow con-
dyſarum clypeatum, flore fuaviter rubente. H. Eyft.
torted pod.
French Honeyſuckle, with a delicate red flower.
12. HEDYSARUM (Glabrum) foliis ternatis obcordatis,
2. HEDYSARUM (Spinofiffimum) foliis pinnatis, legumi- caule paniculato, leguminibus monoſpermis glabris.
nibus articulatis, aculeatis tomentofis, caule diffuſo. French Honeyſuckle with trifoliate beart-ſhaped leaves, a
Hort. Upfal. 231. French Honeyſuckle with winged paniculated ſtalk, and ſmooth pods containing one ſeed.
leaves, jointed, prickly, woolly pods, and a diffuſed ſtolk. Hedyſarum triphyllum, annuum, erectum, filiquis
Hedyſarum clypeatum minus, flore purpureo. Raii intortis, & ad extremitatem amplioribus. Houſt.
Hift. Sinaller French Honeyſuckle with a purple flower. Three-leaved, annual, upright French Honeyſuckle, with
3. HEDYSARUM (Canadenſe) foliis fimplicibus ternatif- contorted pods, which are broad at their extremity.
que, fioribus racemofis. Hort. Cliff
. 232. French Ho- 13. HEDYSARUM (Scandens) foliis ternatis, foliolis ob-
neyſuckle with ſingle and trifoliate leaves, and flowers in verse-ovatis, caule volubili, fpicâ longiffimâ reflexâ.
bunches. Hedyſarum triphyllum Canadenſe. Cornut. Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with obverſe oval lobes,
Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle of Canada.
a twining ſtalk, and a very long reflexed Spike of flowers.
4. HEDYSARUM (flexuoſum) foliis pinnatis, leguminibus Hedyfarum triphyllum Americanum fcandens, flore
articulatis, aculeatis, flexuoſis, caule diffuſo. Lin. Sp. purpureo. Three-leaved, climbing, American French Ho-
Plant. 750. French Honeyſuckle with winged leaves, neyſuckle, with a purple flower.
jointed prickly pods which are waved, and a diffuſed ſtalk. 14. HEDYSARUM (Repens) foliis ternatis obcordatis,
Hedyfarum annuum, filiquâ aſperâ undulatá intortâ. caulibus procumbentibus racemis lateralibus. Lin.
Tourn. Annual French Honeyſuckle, with a rough, Sp. 1056. Three-leaved French Honeyſuckle, with oval
waved, writhed pod.
heart-ſhaped leaves, trailing hairy ſtalks, and flowers oz
5. HEDYSARUM (Diphyllum) foliis binatis petiolatis, filo-
5
the ſide of the ſtalks. Hedyſarum procumbens, tri-
ralibus feffilibus. Flor. Zeyl. 291. French Honeyſuckle folii fragiferi folio. Hort. Elth. 172. Trailing French
with two leaves upon a foot-ſtalk, fitting cloſe to the Honeyſuckle, with leaves like the Strawberry Trefoil.
ſtolks. Hedyſarum minus diphyllum, fore luteo. 15. HEDYSARUM (Maculatum) foliis fimplicibus ovatis
Sloan. Cat. 73. Smoller two-leaved French Honeyſuckle, obtufis. Hort. Cliff. 449. French Honeyſuckle, with
with a yellow flower.
oval, obtuſe, ſingle leaves. Hedyſarum humile, cap-
6. HEDYSARUM (Purpureum) foliis ternatis, foliolis ob- paridis folio maculato. Hort. Elth. 170. Low French
ovatis floribus paniculatis terminalibus, leguminibus Honeyſuckle, with a Spotted Caper leaf.
intortis. French Honeyſuckle with trifoliate oval leaves, 16. HEDYSARUM (Fruteſcens) foliis ternatis ovato-lan-
flowers growing in panicles at the ends of the ſtalks, and ceolatis, fubtus villofis, caule fruteſcente villoſo.
3
Trifoliate

H E D
H E D
a
Trifoliate French Honeyſuckle, with oval Spear-ſhaped
teaves, hairy on their under fide, and a ſhrubby hairy
Stalk. Quere, Whether this be not the Hedyſarum
foliis ternatis ſub-ovatis ſubtus villofis caule fruteſ-
cente. Flor. Virg. 174. Three-leaved French Honey-
ſuckle, with oval leaves and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
17. HEDYSARUM (Pedunculatum) foliis ternatis, foliolo
intermedio pediculo longiore, racemis alaribus erectis
longiffimis. French Honeyſuckle with trifoliate leaves,
the middle lobe ſtanding on a longer foot-ſtalk, and very
long bunches of flowers coming from the ſides of the
fialks.
13. HEDYSARUM (Alhagi) foliis fimplicibus lanceo-
latis obtufis, caule fruticoſo ſpinoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
745. French Honeyſuckle with ſingle, Spear-shaped, ob-
tuſe leaves, and a prickly ſhrubby ſtalk. Alhagi Mau-
rorum. Rauwolf. 94. The Alhagi of the Moors.
19. HEDYSARUM (Triquetrum) foliis fimplicibus cordato-
oblongis integerrimis glabris. French Honeyſuckle with
Single, oblong, beart-ſhaped leaves, which are ſmooth
and entire. Onobrychis Zeylanica aurantii folio. Pet.
Hort. Scic. 247. Cockſhead of Ceylon with an Orange-
leaf.
20. HEDYSARUM (Echaft apbyllum) foliis fimplicibus ova-
tis fubtus fericeis, petiolis muticis. Amen. Acad. 5.
p. 403. French Honeyſuckle with oval ſingle leaves,
ſilky on their under ſide, and e ſpiked foot-ſtalk. Spar-
tium fcandens, citri foliis, floribus albis ad nodos con-
fertim nafcentibus. Plum. Sp. 19.
21. HEDVSARUM (Gangeticum) foliis fimplicibus ova-
tis acuminatis, fpicis longiffimis nudis terminalibus.
French Honeyſuckle with oval-pointed ſingle leaves, and
very long naked Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalks.
An Hedyſarum foliis fimplicibus ovatis acutis bafi
ftipulatis. Lin. Sp. 1052.
The firſt fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh
gardens for ornament. This grows naturally in Italy;
there are two varieties of this, one with a bright red,
and the other a white flower, which very rarely vary
from one to the other, but as there is no other dif-
ference but in the colour of their flowers, ſo they
are ſuppoſed to be the ſame ſpecies.
It is a biennial plant, which flowers the ſecond
year, and ſoon after the feeds are ripe, the roots ge-
nerally periſh: this fends up ſeveral hollow ſmooth
:
ſtalks two or three foot long, which branch out on
each ſide, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of
five or fix pair of oval lobes, terminated by an odd
one; the leaves are placed alternate, and from their
baſe comes out foot-ftalks which are five or fix inches
long, ſuſtaining ſpikes of beautiful red flowers ; theſe
are fucceeded by compreſſed jointed pods, which are
very rough, ſtanding erect ; in each of the joints is
lodged one kidney-ſhaped ſeed. This fort flowers in
June and July, and the feeds ripen in September.
The white is only a variety of this, and as ſuch, is
ſometimes preſerved in gardens.
They are propagated by fowing their feeds in April,
in a bed of light freſh earth ; and when the plants
come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted into other beds
of the like earth, and in an open ſituation, at about
fix or eight inches diſtance from each other, leaving
a path between every four rows, to go
between
them to hoe, and clear them from weeds. In theſe
beds they may remain until Michaelmas, then may
be tranſplanted into the large borders of a parterre
or pleaſure-garden, allowing them at leaſt three feet
diſtance from other plants, amongſt which they
ſhould be interſperſed, to continue the ſucceſſion of
flowers; where they will make a fine appearance when
blown, eſpecially the red fort, which produces very
beautiful flowers.
As theſe plants decay after they have perfected their
feeds, ſo there ſhould annually be a freſh ſupply of
plants raiſed, where they are deſired, for the old roots
feldom continue longer. They are very proper or-
naments for large borders, or to fill up vacancies
among ſhrubs, but they grow too large for ſmall bor-
ders, unleſs their ſtalks are pruned off, leaving only
two or three on each plant; which, if kept upright
with ſticks, will prevent their hainging over other
flowers. They are propagated for ſupplying the
markets with plants to adorn the London gardens
and balconies, by the gardeners in the neighbour-
hood of London.
The ſecond fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in Spain and Portugal; the leaves of this are
narrow and oblong, four or five pair being placed along
the midrib, with an odd one at the end ; the ſtalks are
terminated by ſmall ſpikes of purple flowers, which
are fucceeded by ſmall rough pods, ſhaped like
thoſe of the former fort. This plant is preferved in
botanic gardens for the ſake of variety ; it is
propa-
gated by feeds, which ſhould be fown the beginning
of April, in the place where the plants are to remain,
and will require no other culture but to thin them
where they are too near, and keep them clean from
weeds. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.
The third ſort hath a perennial root, which will
abide many years if planted in a dry foil. This is
propagated by fowing the feeds in the manner directed
for the former ; but when the plants are come up two
inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted where they
are to remain for good ; but if they are not too thick
in the feed-bed, they may be ſuffered to remain there
until the following autumn; at which time they
ſhould be carefully taken up, and tranſplanted into the
borders where they are deſigned to ſtand; for their
roots generally run down very deep, ſo that it is not
ſafe to remove them often. This plant produces its
flowers about the ſame time of the year as the for-
mer, and if the ſeaſon proves favourable, perfects its
ſeeds in autumn; and the roots will abide in the
open air very well, reſiſting the fevereſt cold, pro-
vided they are planted in a dry foil.
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the Levant. This hath ſome reſemblance
of the firſt, but is much ſmaller; the ſtalks ariſe near
a foot high, and are garniſhed with winged leaves,
compoſed of two or three pair of oval lobes, terminated
by an odd one; the flowers come out in ſpikes at the
top of the ſtalks, which are of a pale red intermixed,
with a little blue. Theſe appear in July, and are
ſucceeded by jointed pods which are waved on both
fides, forming an obtuſe angle at each joint ; the
feeds ripen in the autumn. This is propagated in
the ſame way as the ſecond fort, and is equally
hardy.
The fifth fort grows naturally in both Indies; the
feeds of this were ſent me from La Vera Cruz, by the
late Dr. Houſtoun. This is an annual plant, with a
long tap root which runs deep in the ground, ſend-
ing out one or two ſtalks, which riſe about nine inches
high, the lower part being garniſhed with oval leaves
by pairs on each foot-ſtalk; but the upper part of the
ſtalk where the flowers come out, is garniſhed with
ſmall leaves, ending in acute points, fitting cloſe to
the ſtalks, and at each of theſe is ſituated a ſingle,
ſmall, yellow flower, incloſed by the two leaves.
Theſe make but little appearance, and are ſucceeded
by oblong pods, containing one kidney-ſhaped feed.
The ſixth fort was ſent me by the the late Dr. Hour-
toun from La Vera Cruz, where he found it growing
naturally, as it alſo does in Jamaica. This is an annual
plant, which riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk upward of
four feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which
are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves that are trifo-
liate, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, the mid-
dle lobe ſtanding an inch beyond the other two, the
branches are terminated by long looſe panicles of
purple flowers, which are fucceeded by narrow jointed
pods which are twiſted. Theſe plants flower in July,
and their feeds ripen in autumn.
The two laſt mentioned are tender plants, ſo their
feeds muſt be fown in the ſpring upon a hot-bed ,
and when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould
be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with
light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed, keeping them
ſhaded from the fun till they have taken new root;
then
a
a

Η E D
H E D
3
a
a
a
tumn.
then they muſt be treated in the ſame way as other
tender plants from hot countries, always keeping
them in the ſtove or glaſs-caſe, otherwiſe they will
not flower or produce feeds in England.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun. This is a ſhrubby plant, which riſes about
five feet high, and divides into ſeveral branches, which
are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves which are oval, the
middle lobe being much larger than the other two;
the ſtalks are terminated by long ſpikes of ſmall pur-
ple flowers, which are ſucceeded by narrow pods,
ftrait on one ſide, but jointed on the other.
The eighth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz by
the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing there na-
turally. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven
feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which are
garniſhed with trifoliate oval leaves, ſilky and white
on their under ſide, but of a pale green on their up-
per fide; the flowers come out in long narrow ſpikes
from the wings, and at the end of the branches, fit-
ting cloſe to the ſtalks; they are ſmall, of a bright
purple colour, and are ſucceeded by fat, ſmooth,
jointed pods, about one inch long, each joint having
one kidney-ſhaped ſeed.
The two laſt forts will continue two or three years,
if the plants are placed in the bark-ſtove. They are
propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown upon a hot-
bed, and the plants treated in the fame manner as
thoſe juſt before-mentioned; and when they have
obtained height, they ſhould be removed into the
bark-ſtove, where they ſhould conſtantly remain, al-
lowing them a large jhare of air in warm weather.
Theſe plants ſeldom flower till the ſecond year,
when they will produce ſeeds which ripen in the au-
The ninth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally at La Vera Cruz, from whence it was ſent me
by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This ſeldom riſes more than
eight or nine inches high, ſending out ſeveral branches
from the root, which are diffuſed and hairy; they are
cloſely garniſhed with ſmall, oval, trifoliate leaves, a
little hoary. The flowers grow in cloſe ſhort ſpikes;
they are purple, and have very hairy empalements.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica. This
hath ligneous trailing ſtalks a foot and a half long,
ſending out ſeveral branches on each ſide, which are
garniſhed with ſmall, round, trifoliate leaves, of a
pale green colour; the flowers are produced in very
looſe ſpikes at the ends of the branches; they are
ſmall, and of a pale purpliſh colour, ſucceeded by
narrow twiſted pods which are jointed, each joint be-
ing four cornered, containing a ſingle, ſmall, com-
The two laſt forts being annual, require the ſame
treatment as the fifth and fixth forts before-mentioned,
with which management they will flower and ripen
their feeds in this country.
The eleventh fort is a ſhrubby plant, which riſes with
triangular ſtalks five or fix feet high, dividing into
ſeveral branches, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped trifo-
liate leaves, ending in acute points ; the fowers
are produced in very long ſpikes at the end of the
branches, which are of a pale purple colour, and are
ſucceeded by narrow jointed pods which are variouſly
twiſted; the feeds are ſmall and compreſſed.
This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, from whence
the feeds were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun. It
will continue three or four years, if the plants are
treated in the fame manner directed for the ſeventh
and eighth forts, and will perfect feeds in this country.
The twelfth fort is annual, the ſeeds of it were fent
me by the late Dr. Houſtoun from Campeachy. This
hath a paniculated ſtalk, which riſes about two feet
high, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped trifoliate leaves ;
the upper part of the ſtalk branches out into panicles
of Powers, which are of a pale purple colour, theſe
are ſucceeded by lunulated compreſſed pods, which
ſtand oblique to the ſtalk, each containing one com-
preffed kidney-ſhaped feed. This fort is propagated
by feeds, and requires the ſame treatment as the fifth
and fixth forts.
The thirteenth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz,
by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This hath a twining ſtalk,
which gets round the trees and ſhrubs which grow
near it, and climbs to the height of ten or twelve feet,
garniſhed with obverſe, oval, trifoliate leaves, ſtand-
ing upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ; the flowers are pro-
duced in very long ſpikes, which are reflexed; they
are of a dark purple colour, and fit cloſe to the ftalk.
This is an abiding plant, which requires a ſtove to
preſerve it in this country, fo the plants ſhould be
treated in the fame manner as the ſeventh and eighth
forts.
The fourteenth fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally in both Indies. The feeds of this were ſent
me from the Havannah by the late Dr. Houſtoun; it
hath trailing branches near a foot long, which are gar-
niſhed with round trifoliate leaves, a little indented at
the top, very like in ſhape to thoſe of the Strawberry
Trefoil; the ftalks and under ſide of the leaves are
hairy ; the flowers are produced toward the end of the
branches, ſometimes ſingle, and at other times two at
a joint ; they are of a purple colour and ſmall;
theſe
are ſucceeded by pods about an inch long, which are
ftrait on one ſide, and jointed on the other.
This
flowers the end of July, and ſometimes perfects feeds
here.
The fifteenth fort is a low annual plant, having ſen-
der ftalks near a foot long, their lower part being gar-
niſhed with ſingle oval leaves, ſtanding upon flen-
der foot-ſtalks; their upper part is adorned with
flowers, which come out by pairs above each other,
to the end of the ſtalk; they are but ſmall, and of a
reddiſh yellow colour; theſe are ſucceeded by jointed
narrow pods, which fit cloſe to the ſtalk, and are
ſickle-ſhaped. The two laſt mentioned are annual
plants, which require the ſame culture as the fifth
and fixth forts.
The ſixteenth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Dale,
from South Carolina. This hath a perennial root, from
which ariſe two or three ſhrubby hairy ſtalks near two
feet high, branching out on every fide near the top,
garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, trifoliate leaves,
which are hairy on their under ſide, and ſtand upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks; the flowers are produced at the end
of the branches in ſhort ſpikes ; they are of a pur-
pliſh yellow colour, and ſmall; the ſtalks of this fort
decay every autumn, and new ones ariſe in the ſpring.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants
are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted in ſeparate
ſmall pots filled with light earth, and plunged into
a moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them until they
have taken new root; then they ſhould have a large
ſhare of air admitted to them in warm weather, and
in ſummer they may be expoſed to the open air, but
in the autumn they muſt be placed under a frame to
ſcreen them from froſt; the following ſpring ſome of
theſe plants muſt be ſhaken out of the pots and planted
in a warm border, where, if the ſummer proves warm,
they will flower, but theſe ſeldom perfect their feeds;
therefore two or three plants ſhould be put into larger
pots, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will
bring thein early into flower; ſo that if the glaffes
are kept over them in bad weather, theſe will ri-
pen their feeds in autumn, and the roots will
continue fome years, if they are ſcreened from froſt
in winter.
The ſeventeenth fort was ſent me with the laſt, by the
ſame gentleman, from South Carolina. This hath a per-
ennial root and an annual ſtalk, which growserectabout
two feet high, garniſhed with long trifoliate leaves,
which are rounded at their baſe where they are broad-
eft, and narrowed all the way to a point; they are near
three inches and a half long, and half an inch broad
at their baſe, of a light green colour, and ſmooth;
the two fide lobes fit pretty cloſe to the ſtalk, but the
3
preſſed feed.
a
a
middle

H E D
H E L
a
a
MENE.
m
middle one fits upon a foot-ſtalk an inch long ; the Eaſt-Indies; this is an annual plant, which riſes about
flowers are produced in long ſpikes from the wings three feet high, having a ſlender ſtalk inclining to be
of the ſtalk, growing erect; the lower part of the ſhrubby, garniſhed with oval leaves placed ſingle on
ſpike is but thinly ſet with flowers, but on the upper very ſhort foot-ſtalks; ſome of the plants fend out one
part they are diſpoſed very cloſe; theſe are ſmall, and or two ſlender branches from the main ſtalk, the
of a bright yellow colour, fitting very cloſe to the ſtalks, lower part of which are garniſhed with leaves of the
and are ſucceeded by jointed pods ftrait on one ſide. fame form with thoſe on the principal ftalk, but are
This plant is propagated by ſeeds, and requires the ſmaller: the upper part of the principal ftalk and the
ſame treatment as the laſt mentioned, with which it branches are garniſhed with flowers near a foot in
will flower and produce ripe ſeeds.
length, which are of a worn-out purple colour,
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Syria, where ſtanding ſingle at each joint : theſe are ſucceeded by
it is one of the beauties of the country. It riſes with jointed pods an inch and a half long, containing three
ſhrubby ſtalks about three feet high, which branch or four kidney-ſhaped feeds in each.
out on every ſide, and are garniſhed with ſingle leaves, Theſe two forts are too tender to thrive in the open
ſhaped like thoſe of the broad-leaved Knot-graſs; they air in England; they are both propagated by feeds,
are very ſmooth, of a pale green colour, and ſtand on which muſt be fown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring :
fhort foot-ſtalks ; under theſe leaves come out thorns, and when the plants are come up, and fit to remove,
which are near an inch long, of a reddiſh brown co- they ſhould be parted, and each planted in a few
lour; the flowers come out from the fide of the parate ſmall pot, plunging them into a freſh hot-bed,
branches in ſmall cluſters; they are of a purple colour where they ſhould be ſcreened from the ſun till they
in the middle, and reddiſh about the rims; theſe are have taken new root; after which, they ſhould be
fucceeded by pods, which are ftrait on one ſide, and treated in the ſame manner as other tender plants.
jointed on the other, bending a little in ſhape of a The twenty-firſt fort muſt be placed in the bark-ſtove
fickle. This plant is at preſent pretty rare in the in autumn, but the other will ripen ſeeds the ſame
Engliſh gardens ; it is propagated by feeds, which will year the beginning of October.
frequently lie a year in the ground before they vege- HEDYS ARUM Zeylanicum majus & minus. See
tate, therefore ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light ÆSCHYNOMENE.
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed; and if HEDY SARUM mimofæ foliis. See Æschyno-
the plants do not appear by the beginning of June,
the
pots ſhould be taken out of the bed, and placed HELENIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 863. Helenial-
where they may have only the morning ſun, keeping trum. Vaill. Act. R. Par. 1720. Baſtard Sun-flower.
them clean from weeds; and in the autumn, they
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhould be plunged into an old bed of tanners bark un- It hath a flower compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets,
der a frame, where they may be ſcreened from the which form the diſk, and female bolf florets which com-
froſt and hard rains in the winter, and inſpring plunged poſe the rays. The bermaphrodite florets are tubulous,
into a freſh hot-bed, which will bring up the plants : and cut into five parts at the brim; theſe have each five
when theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits,
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with light earth, and with an oblong germen ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned
plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, ſhading them by a bifid ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an an-
from the ſun till they have taken new root; then they gular ſingle ſeed, crowned by a ſmall five-pointed empale-
ſhould be gradually hardened to bear the open air, in- ment. The female florets in the border have ſhort tubes,
to which they ſhould be removed in June, placing and are ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue to form the
them in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain ray; theſe are cut into five ſegments at their points, where
till the autumn ; when, if they are plunged into an old they are broad. The female flowers have no ſtamina,
tan-bed under a frame, where, in mild weather they but have an oblong germen, which turns to a ſingle ſeed
may enjoy the free air, and be protected from froſt, like thoſe of the hermaphrodite flowers ; theſe are all in-
they will ſucceed better than if placed in a green-
cluded in one common ſingle empalement, which ſpreads open,
houſe, or more tenderly treated. I have ſeen this
plant and is cut into ſeveral ſegments.
growing in the full ground, in a very warm border, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
where, by covering it in froſty weather, it had endured Linnæus's nineteenth claſs,
which includes thoſe plants
two winters, but a ſevere froſt happening the third which have compound flowers, the hermaphrodite
winter entirely killed it.
florets in the center, and the female half forets on
From this ſhrub the Perſian Manna is collected, the border, being both fruitful.
which is an exſudation of the nutritious juice of the
The SPECIES are,
plant. This drug is chiefly gathered about Tauris, I. HELENIUM (Autumnale) foliis lanceolatis-linearibus
à town in Perſia, where the ſhrub grows plentifully. integerrimis glabris, pedunculis nudis unifloris. He-
Sir George Wheeler found it growing in Tinos, and lenium with Spear-ſhaped narrow leaves, which are
ſuppoſed it was an undeſcribed plant. Tournefort Smooth, entire, and naked foot-ſtalks with ſingle flowers.
found it in plenty in many of the plains in Armenia Heleniaſtrum folio longiore & anguftiore. Vaill. Act.
and Georgia, and made a particular genus of it under R. Par. 1720. Baſtard Sun-flower with a longer and
the title of Alhagi.
narrower leaf.
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in India, from 2. HELENIUM (Latifolium) foliis lanceolatis acutis fer-
whence the feeds have been lately brought to Europe, ratis, pedunculis brevioribus, calycibus multifidis.
and ſeveral plants have been raiſed in the Engliſh gar- Helenium with pointed, Spear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves, ſhorter
dens; theſe have leaves ſo like thoſe of the Orange- foot-ſtalks, and a many-pointed empalement. Heleniaſ-
tree, as ſcarcely to be diſtinguiſhed while young; but trum folio breviore & latiore. Vaill. Act. R. S. 1720.
as there are not any plants here of a large ſize, ſo I Baſtard Sun-flower with a broader and ſhorter leaf.
can give no further account of this ſort at preſent. Theſe plants riſe to the height of fix or ſeven feet in
The twentieth fort was ſent me from Carthagena in good ground; the roots, when large, ſend up a great
New Spain, by the late Dr. Houſtoun: this is a peren- number of ſtalks, which branch toward the top;
nial plant with a twining ſtalk, which twiſts round any thoſe of the firſt fort are garniſhed with ſmooth leaves,
neighbouring ſupport, riſing to the height of ten or which are three inches and a half long, and half an
twelve feet, ſending out a few ſmall branches from inch broad in the middle, with entire edges ſitting
the ſide, garniſhed with oval leaves four or five inches cloſe to the ſtalks, and from their baſe is extended a
long, and an inch and a half broad in the middle; the leafy border along the ſtalk, ſo as to form what was
under ſide of the leaves are like fartin ; the flowers are generally termed a winged ſtalk, but Linnæus calls it
white, coming out from the ſide of the ſtalk in cloſe a running leaf; the upper part of the ſtalk divides,
bunches; they are of the ſame form with the other and from each diviſion ariſes a naked foot-italk
ſpecies of this genus, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods, about three inches long, ſuſtaining one yellow flower
containing one or two kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
at the top, ſhaped like a Sun-flower, but much
The ſeeds of the twenty-firſt fort I received from the ſmaller, having long rays, which are jagged pretty
6 P
deep
a
a
و

HEL
Η EL
3
,
a
deep into four or five ſegments; theſe appear in Au- thoſe of Ciftus five, and the capſule of the Helian-
guft, and there is a fucceffion of flowers on the plants themum has but three cells, and that of Ciftus five,
till the froſt puts a ſtop to them.
fo theſe characters are ſufficient to admit of their be-
The ſecond fort hath the appearance of the firſt, but ing ſeparated into different genera; and as there are
the leaves are not three inches long, and are more a great number of ſpecies of both forts, ſo by this
than an inch broad in the middle, ending in acute ſeparation they may be better aſcertained.
points, and are ſharply ſawed on their edges. The
The SPECIES are,
Howers ſtand upon ſhorter foot-ſtalks, growing cloſer 1. HELIANTHEMUM (Chamæciſtus) caulibus procumben-
together, for the ſtalks of this do not branch near ſo tibus fuffruticofis, foliis oblongis fubpilofis, ftipulis
much as thoſe of the other; they both flower at the lanceolatis. Dwarf Ciſtus with trailing ſhrubby ſtalks,
ſame ſeaſon.
oblong hairy leaves, and Spear-ſhaped ſtipule. Helian-
There is alſo another fort with leaves as narrow as the themum vulgare flore luteo. J. B. 2. 15. Common
firſt, which are acutely indented on the edges. The Dwarf Ciſtus with a yellow flower.
ſtalks branch at the top ſomewhat like thoſe of the 2. HELIANTHEMUM (Germanicum) caulibus procumben-
firſt, but the middle flowers have much ſhorter foot- tibus fuffruticofis, ramofiffimis, fpicis florum longi-
ftalks than thoſe which branch on the ſide, and oribus. Dwarf Ciſtus with trailing ſhrubby ſtalks
are garniſhed with ſmall leaves, almoſt to the top; full of branches, and longer ſpikes to the flowers. Heli-
but I am not certain if this is a diſtinct ſpecies, anthemum album Germanicum. Tab. Icon. 1062.
or only a variety which has accidentally riſen from White German Dwarf Ciſtus.
the feeds of the other.
3. HelianTHEMUM (Piloſus) caulibus fuffruticoſis pilo-
Theſe plants are both of them natives of America ; fis foliis lanceolatis obtufis, fpicis reflexis. Dwarf
the feeds of both forts I have received from Virginia Ciſtus with hairy ſhrubby ſtalks, blunt pear-baped leaves,
and New England, where they grow wild in great and reflexed ſpikes of flowers. Helianthemum foliis
plenty in the woods, and other ſhady places where majoribus, flore albo. J. B. 2. 16. Dwarf Ciſtus with
the ground is moiſt. They may be propagated by larger leaves and a white flower.
feeds, or by parting their roots; but the latter is ge- 4. HELIANTHEMUM (Apenninum) incanum, caulibus
nerally practiſed in this country, becauſe they ſeldom fuffruticoſis erectis, foliis lanceolatis hirſutis. Hoary
perfect their feeds here ; but if the ſeeds are procured Dwarf Ciſtus with erect ſhrubby ſtalks, and bairy Spear-
from abroad, they ſhould be fown the beginning of maped leaves. Helianthemum ſaxatile, foliis & cau-
March on a border of light earth; and if the ſeeds libus incanis, foribus albis, Appenini montis.
ſhould not come up the firſt year, the ground ſhould Mentz. Pug. tab. 8. Rock Dwarf Ciſtus of the Apen-
not be diſturbed, becauſe they often remain a whole nines, with boary ſtalks and leaves, and white flowers.
year in the ground before the plants come up; in which 5. HELIANTHEMUM (Umbellatum) caule procumbente
caſe there is nothing more to be done, but to keep non ramoſo, foliis linearibus incanis oppofitis. Dwarf
the ground clear from weeds, and wait until the plants Ciſtus with an unbranched trailing ſtalk, änd narrow
rife. When they appear, if the ſeaſon proves hoary leaves placed oppoſite. Helianthemum folio thy-
dry, they muſt be often watered, which will greatly mi incano. J. B. 2. 19. Dwarf Ciſtus with a bairy
forward their growth ; and where the plants come up Thyme leaf.
too cloſe to each other, they ſhould be thinned, and 6. HELIANTHEMUM (Fumana) caule fuffruticoſo pro-
tranſplanted out into beds a foot aſunder every way, cumbente, foliis linearibus alternis, foribus auricu-
being careful to fhade them until they have taken latis. Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſhrubby trailing ſtalk, very
root, as alſo to water them in dry weather. In au- narrow leaves placed alternate, and auriculated flowers.
tumn they may be tranſplanted where they are to Helianthemum tenuifolium glabrum luteo flore, per
remain, and the following ſummer they will pro- humum ſparſum. J. B. 2. 18. Smooth narrow-leaved
duce their flowers, which will continue till the froſt Dwarf Ciſtus, with a yellow flower and trailing ſtalks.
prevents them; and their roots will abide many years, | 7. HELIANTHEMUM (Sampſuchifolium) caule fuffruticoſo
and afford many offsets, by which they may be in- procumbente, foliis lanceolatis oppofitis, pedunculis
creaſed.
longioribus, calycibus hirſutis. Dwarf Ciſtus with a
The beſt ſeaſon to tranſplant the old roots, and to fbrubby trailing ſtalk, ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite,
part them for increaſe, is in the end of October, when longer foot-ſtalks to the flowers, and hairy empálements.
their flowers are paſt, or the beginning of March, juſt Helianthemum five Ciſtus humilis, folio ſampſüchi,
before they begin to Shoot ; but if the ſpring ſhould capitulis valde hirſutis. J. B. 2. 20. Dwarf Ciſtus
prove dry, they muſt be duly watered, otherwiſe they with a Marjorom leaf, and very hairy beads.
will not produce many fowers the ſame year; theſe 8. HELIANTHEMUM (Serpillifolium) caule fuffruticofo
plants ſhould not be removed oftener than every other procumbente, foliis linearibus oppoſitis, floribus um-
year, if they are expected to flower ſtrong; they de- bellatis. Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſörubby trailing ſtalk,
light in a foil rather moiſt than dry, provided it be very narrow leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers growing
not too ſtrong, or holds the wet in winter ; but if in an umbel. Helianthemum folio thymi floribus um --
they are planted in a dry ſoil, they muſt be often and bellatis. Tourn. Inſt. 250. Dwarf Ciſtus with a Thyme
plentifully watered in dry weather, to make them leaf and umbellated flowers.
produce plenty of flowers.
9. HELIANTHEMUM (Ciſtifolium) caulibus procumben-
HELENIUM, Elecampane. See INULA.
tibus ſuffruticofis glabris, foliis ovato lanceolatis op-
HELIANTHEMUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 248. pofitis, pedunculis longioribus. Dwarf Ciſtus with
tab. 128. Ciftus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 598. Dwarf Ciſtus, Shrubby trailing ſtalks which are ſmooth, oval Spear-
or Sun-flower.
Shaped leaves placed oppoſite, and longer foot-ſtalks to the
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers. Helianthemum Germanicum luteum Cifti
The flower has a three-leaved empalement, which is per- folio. Boerh. Yellow German Dwarf Ciſtus with a Rock
manent, which afterward covers the ſeed-veſſel. It bath Roſe leaf.
five roundiſh petals which Spread open, with a great 10. HELIANTHEMUM (Tuberaria) caule lignoſo perenne,
number of crezt ftamina, which are terminated by ſmell foliis radicalibus ovatis trinerviis tomentofis caulinis
roundiſh ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oval ger- glabris lanceolatis alternis. Perennial Dwarf Ciſtus
men, ſupporting a ſingle style the length of the ſtamina, with a woody ſtalk, whoſe lower leaves are ovel, woolli,
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward with three veins, thoſe on the ſtolks friooth, Spear-oped,
becomes a roundiſh, or oval capſule, with three cells, and placed alternate. Helianthemum plantaginis folio
opening in three parts, filled with ſmall roundiſh ſeeds. perenne. Tourn. Inft. 250. Perennial Dwarf Ciſtus
This
genus of plants is joined by Dr. Linnæus to with a Pläntein leaf.
that of Citus, and is ranged in the firſt ſection of his 11. HELIANTHEMUM (Polifolium) caulibus ſeſilibus fuf-
thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whofe fruticoſis, foliis lanceolatis oppofitis tomentofis caule
Powers have many ftamina and one ſtyle. As the florali racemoſo. Dwarf Ciſtus with very short fbrubly
empalement of the flower has but three leaves, and ſtalks, wbolly Spear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, and a
branching
a

Η EL
H E L
a
a
branching flower-ſtalk. Helianthemum foliis polii 24. HELIANTHEMUM (Marifolium) caule herbaceo pro-
montani. Tourn. Inft. 249. Dwarf Citus with leaves cumbente, foliis ovatis tomentofis feffilibus. Dwarf
like Poley Mountain.
Ciſtus with an herbaceous trailing Stalk, and oval woolly
12. HELIANTHEMUM (Nummularium) caule fuffruticoſo leaves ſitting cloſe to the branches. Helianthemum Al-
procumbente, foliis ovatis nervoſis, ſubtus incanis. pinun, folio piloſellæ minoris Fuchfil. J. B. 2. i8.
Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſhrubby trailing ſtalk, and oval Hoary Dwarf Ciftus of the Alps, with leffër Cat's-foot
zveined leaves, white on their under fide. Helian- leaves.
themum ad nummulariam accedens. J. B. 2. 20. The firſt fort grows naturally on the chalky hills and
Dwarf Ciſtus reſembling Moneywort.
banks in many parts of England; the ſtalks of this
13. HELIANTHEMUM (Lavendulæfoliom) caule fuffruti- plant are ligneous and ſlender, trailing upon the
coſo, foliis lineari-lanceolatis oppoſitis ſubtus tomen- ground, extending themſelves near a foot each way ;
toſis. Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſhrubby ſtalk, and narrow theſe are garniſhed with ſmall oblong leaves, of a dark
fpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, which are woolly on green on their upper fide, but of a grayiſh colour on
their under fide. Helianthemum lavendulæ folio. their under. The flowers are produced at the end of
Tourn. Inft. 249. Dwarf Ciſtus with a Lavender leaf.
the ſtalks in looſe ſpikes; they are compofed of five
14. HELIANTHEMUM (Hirtum) caule fuffruticoſo erecto, deep yellow petals, which ſpread open in the day, but
foliis linearibus margines revolutis fubtus incanis. ſhut cloſe in the evening; theſe appear in June and
Dwarf Ciſtus with a frubby erect ſtalk, and narrow July, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, incloſing
leaves reficxed on their edges, with their under ſide many angular feeds, which ripen in Auguſt and Sep-
boary. Helianthemum foliis Roriſmarini ſplendenti- tember, and the roots laſt ſeveral years.
bus, fubtus incanis. Tourn. Inft. 250. Dwarf Ciſtus The ſecond fort grow's naturally in Germany; the
with ſhining Roſemary leaves, which are boary on their ſtalks of this are much larger, and extend farther than
under fide.
thoſe of the firſt; the leaves are longer, and are hoary ;
15. HELIANTHEMUM (Surrejanum) caulibus fuffruticofis there are three accuminated ftipula at each of the lower
procumbentibus, foliis oblongo-ovatis fubhirſutis, joints, which are erect. The ſpikes of flowers are
petalis acuminatis reflexis. Dwarf Ciſtus with trailing much longer than thoſe of the former, and the flowers
Thrubby ſtalks, oblong oval hairy leaves
, and acute-pointed are white and larger. The empalement of the flowers
reflexed petals to the flowers. Helianthemum vulgare are hairy and whitiſh ; theſe differences are laſting
petalis forum peranguſtis. Hort. Elth. 177. tab.
from feeds.
145. Common Dwarf Ciſtus with narrow pétals to the The third fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
flowers.
in Italy, and Germany. The ſtalks of this grow more
16. HELIANTHEMUM (Luſitanicum) caule ſuffruticoſo
erect than either of the former, and are more ligneous.
erecto, foliis lanceolatis incanis glabris caule florali The joints are farther aíunder ; the leaves are longer
ramofo. Dwarf Ciftus with a ſhrubby upright ſtalk, and hairy, the ſpikes of flowers are generally reflex-
hoary Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are ſmooth, and branch- ed; they are white, and the ſize of thoſe of the ſecond ;
ing flower-ſtalks. Helianthemum Luſitanicum, mari the ftipula of this are very narrow.
folio incano, flore luteo. Tourn. Inft. 250. Portugal The fourth fort grows naturally on the Apennine
Dwarf Ciſtus with a hoary Marum leaf, and a yellow mountains; the ſtalks of this are more erect than thoſe
flower.
of the third. The leaves are not ſo long, the ſtipula
17. HELIANTHEMUM (Roſeum) caule ſuffruticoſo, foliis are very ſmall, and the whole plant is very hoary. The
oblongo-ovatis oppoſitis, ſummis linearibus alternis. flowers are white, and the ſpikes are ſhorter and more
Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſhrubby ſtalk, oblong oval leaves compact than either of the former.
placed oppoſite, thoſe toward the top being narrow and The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
alternate. Helianthemum ampliore folio, fore roſeo. in Spain, and Iftria, from the laſt country I have re-
Sherard. Act. Phil. Nº. 383. Dwarf Ciſtus with a larger
ceiv the ſeeds; this hath low trailing ſtalks, which
leaf, and Roſe-coloured flower.
are ligneous, but ſeldom branch; and are not more
18. HeliANTHEMUM (Guttatum) caule herbaceo hirſuto, than four or five inches long. The leaves are narrow
foliis lanceolato-linearibus pilofis, pedunculis longio- and hoary, and have no ftipula at their baſe. The
ribus. Dwarf Ciſtus with an herbaceous ſtalk which is flowers are white, and are in ſmall cluſters at the end
bairy, narrow ſpear-ſhaped hairy leaves, and longer of the ſtalks, this fort feldom continues longer than
foot-fialks to the flowers. Helianthemum fore macu-
two years.
lofo. Col. Cephr. 2. p. 78. Dwarf Ciſtus with a ſpot- The ſixth fort häth trailing ſhrubby ſtalks, which
ted flower.
extend a foot in length, and are garniſhed with very
19. HELIANTHEMUM (Fugacium) caule herbaceo, foliis narrow ſmooth leaves placed alternate ; but thoſe ſhort
ſubovátis pilofis, flore fugaci. Dwarf Ciſtus with an ſtalks near the root, which do not flower, have ſhorter
herbaceous ſtalk, hairy oval leaves, and a fugacious flower. and finer leaves growing in cluſters; theſe have no
Helianthemum annuum humile, foliis fubovatis, flore ftipula at their baſe. The flowers are placed thinly
fugaci. Allion. Annual Dwarf Ciſtus with oval leaves, toward the end of the branches, they are yellow and
and a fugacious flower.
auriculated; this fort grows in the ſouth of France
20. HELIANTHEMUM (Ledifolium) caule herbaceo erec-
and Italy.
to, foliis lanceolatis oppofitis, floribus folitariis, cap-
The ſeventh fort hath very long, trailing, ligneous
ſulis maximis. Dwarf Ciſtus with an ere&t herbaceous ſtalks, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
Italk, Spear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, flowers growing placed oppoſite, which are very hairy; and gray on
fingly, and very large capſules. Helianthemum Ledi their under fide, having at their baſe three long
folio. Tourn. Inft. 249. Dwarf Ciſtits with a Ledon narrow ftipula. The ſpikes of fowers are near
leaf.
foot in length, but grow thinly, they are large, and
21. HELIANTHEMUM (Salicifolium) caule herbaceo ra- of a deep yellow colour, with very hairy empale-
moſo, foliis oblongo-ovatis oppofitis, fummis alter- ments; this grows naturally in the ſouth of France
nis, floribus folitariis. Dwarf Ciſtus with a branching
and Spain.
berbaceous ſtolk, oblong oval leaves placed oppoſite, thoſe The eighth fort hath very ſhrubby crooked ſtalks,
toward the top growing alternate, and ſolitary flowers. covered with a purpliſh brown bark like the common
Helianthemum falicis folio. Tourn. Inft. 249. Dwarf
heath: The branches are ſlender, and garniſhed with
Ciſtus with a Willow leaf.
narrow ftilf leaves like thoſe of Thyme, which ſtand
22. HELIANTHEMUM (Faſciculatum) foliis faſciculatis. oppofite, having no ftipula at their baſe. The flow-
Royen. Dwarf Cifties with leaves growing in bunches. ers are produced on naked foot-ſtalks, which termi-
23. HELIANTHEMUM (Ægyptiacim) herbaceum erec- nate the branches in a ſort of umbel; they are of a
tum, foliis lineari-lanceolatis petiolatis, calycibus in- pale yellow colour, and a little fmaller than thofe of
fatis corolla majoribus. Dwarf Ciſtus with eret her- the common fort'; this grows naturally on the ſands
baceous ſtalks, linear Spear-shaped leaves, and ſwelling near Fontainbleau, in France:
empalements larger than the petals.
The
a

HEL
H E L
а
3
3
The ninth fort grows naturally in Germany, from
whence the feeds were ſent to the late Dr. Boerhaave,
in whoſe curious garden near Leyden I gathered the
ſeeds; this ſends out from a ligneous root a great
number of trailing ſtalks, which are ſmooth, and ex-
tend more than a foot cach way, garniſhed with oval,
ſpear-ſhaped, fmooth leaves, placed oppofite, having
at their baſe three ſpear-ſhaped ftipula. The flowers
are large, yellow, and grow in ſhort cluſters at the
end of the branches; this always continues the ſame
from feeds.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Spain, from
whence I received it; this hath a ſhort, thick, woody
ſtalk, from which come out ſeveral ſhort fide-
branches, which are garniſhed with oval woolly leaves,
having three longitudinal veins. The flower-italk
which ariſes from the main ſtem grows about nine
inches high, having two or three narrow leaves placed
alternate. The flowers are produced in pretty long pe-
dicles toward the top of the ſtalk, and have very
ſmooth empalements.
The eleventh fort was ſent me from Verona, where
it
grows naturally; this hath a low ſhrubby ítalk,
from which come out a few ſhort branches, garniſhed
with ſmall woolly ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed oppoſite.
The flower-ſtalk riſes about fix inches high, and
branches toward the top, where the flowers are pro-
duced on pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are white, and
ſmaller than thoſe of the common fort.
The twelfth fort hath long ſhrubby ſtalks which
trail on the ground, and divide into many branches,
which are garniſhed with oval veined leaves of a light
green on theirupper ſide, but of a grayiſh colour below,
with three narrow erect ftipula at their baſe. The
flowers are pretty large, white, and grow in cluſters
at the end of the branches.
The thirteenth fort hath ſhrubby ſtalks which grow
pretty upright, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, placed oppoſite, woolly on their under ſide,
with three very narrow ftipula growing at their baſe.
The fowers are white, growing in long ſpikes at the
end of the branches; this grows naturally in the ſouth
of France.
The fourteenth fort hath an erect ſhrubby ſtalk,
which ends out many fide branches, whoſe joints
are pretty cloſe, and are garniſhed with very nar-
row leaves, placed oppoſite, whoſe borders are re-
flexed; their upper fide is of a lucid green, and their
under fide hoary. The flowers are pretty large, white,
and grow in ſmall cluſters at the end of the branches;
this grows naturally in Spain, from whence the roots
were ſent me
The fifteenth fort was found by Mr. Edmund Du
Bois, near Croydon, in Surry, and was at firſt ſuppoſed
to be only an accidental variety of the common fort,
but the feeds of this always produce the ſame. I
have cultivated this above thirty years, and never have
found it vary from ſeeds; this is very like the com-
mon ſort, but the leaves are hairy. The petals of the
flowers are ſtar-pointed, and ſmaller than thoſe of the
common fort.
The ſixteenth fort hath upright ſhrubby ſtalks, which
riſe a foot and a half high, ſending out branches the
whole length; theſe are garniſhed with ſmall ſpear-
ſhaped filvery leaves, placed oppoſite, which are
ſmooth. The flower-ſtalks branch, and the flowers,
which are white, are produced in ſhort ſpikes at the
end of the branches.
The ſeventeenth fort was found growing na rally by
the late Dr. William Sherrard, near Smyrna, who ſent
the feeds to England ; this hath ſhrubby italks which
do not trail on the ground, garniſhed with oblong
oval leaves placed oppoſite, but thoſe toward the top
are narrow and placed alternate. The flowers are pro-
duced at the end of the branches in long looſe ſpikes ;
they are of a Roſe colour, and the ſize of thoſe of the
common fort.
The eighteenth fort is annual; this grows naturally
in France, Spain, Italy, and in Jerſey, where the late
Dr. William Sherrard found it, and ſent the feeds to
5
England; this hath a branching herbaceous (talk,
which riſes four or five inches high, garniſhed with
narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed oppoſite, which
are covered with hairs; thoſe on the upper part of
the ſtalks are placed alternate, and are narrower. The
flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks ; they are
ſmall, and compoſed of five yellow petals, with a dark
purple ſpot at the baſe of each ; theſe flowers are very
fugacious, for they open early in the morning, and
their petals drop off in a few hours after, ſo that by
ten of the clock the flowers are all fallen.
The nineteenth fort grows naturally upon Mount
Baldus, from whence the feeds were fent me; this is
an annual plant, which fends out many herbaceous
ſtalks from the root, garniſhed with oval leaves, which
are hairy. The flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes
at the end of the branches; they are of a pale yellow
colour, and very fugacious, ſeldom lafting two hours
before the petals fall off: there is another variety of
this which grows about Verona, with upright italks.
The twentieth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and Italy, and was found by the late Dr. Wil-
liam Sherrard, growing near Smyrna, who ſent the ſeeds
to England and Holland by a new title, ſuppoſing it
to be a different plant; but when it was cultivated here,
it proved to be the ſame with that growing in the
ſouth of France ; for this plant puts on different ap-
pearances, according to the foil and ſituation where it
grows; for, in a good foil, where the plants ftand
ſingle, and are not injured by weeds, they will riſe
near a foot and a half high, the leaves will be two
inches and a half long, and near half an inch broad
in the middle; but in a poor foil, or where the plants
ſtand too cloſe, or are injured by weeds or neighbour-
ing plants, they do not riſe more than half that
height. The leaves are much narrower, and the feed-
veſſels not half ſo large; ſo that any perſon finding
theſe plants in two different ſituations may be de-
ceived, and take them for different ſpecies; but when
they are cultivated in a garden in the ſame foil and fi-
tuation, they do not differ in any particular. This is
an annual plant, which periſhes ſoon after the feeds
are ripe.
The twenty-firſt fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally in Spain and Portugal; this hath branching
ſtalks, which riſe a foot high, garniſhed with oval
oblong leaves placed oppoſite on the lower part of
the ſtalk; but on the upper part they are alternate
and narrow, a ſingle leaf being placed between each
flower, which occaſions the title of Solitary Flowers,
for they grow in looſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches, in the ſame manner as the other ſpecies.
The twenty-ſecond fort was ſent me by Dr. Adrian
Van Royen, who received the ſeeds from the Cape of
Good Hope. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about
nine inches high, garniſhed with very narrow fine
leaves, growing in cluſters; the flowers come out from
the ſide and at the end of the branches, ſtanding upon
flender foot-ſtalks; they are of a pale Straw colour,
and very fugacious, feldom continuing longer than
two hours before the petals fall off. This ſeldom
continues longer than two years.
The twenty-third fort grows naturally in Egypt;
this is an annual plant having ſhrubby erect Italks,
garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſtanding
on foot-ſtalks; the upper part of the ſtalks are adorned
with white flowers, whoſe petals are not fo large as the
empalement, and being very fugacious they make
but little appearance : it flowers in July, and the feeds
ripen in September, ſoon after which the plants decay.
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally about Ken-
dal in Weſtmoreland, and in ſome parts of Lanca-
ſhire, upon rocky ſituations. This hath trailing her-
baceous italks, which ſeldom extend more than three
or four inches, garniſhed with oval leaves, which
are very woolly, and fit cloſe to the branches;
the flowers are produced at the upper part of the
branches; they are white and ſmall, 10 make no great
appearance,
Moſt
3
а
a
3

Η EL
H E L
3
autumn.
a
Moſt of the perennial ſorts of Dwarf Ciſtus are hardy, fo flower with a ſmall flower and a tuberous root, commonly
will thrive in the open air in England; they are pro- called Jeruſalem Artichoke ; in French, Taupinambour's.
pagated by ſeeds, which may be fown in places where 4. HELIANTHUS. (Strumoſis) radice fuſſi formi. Hort.
the plants are to remain, and will require no other Cliff. 420. Sun-flower with a Spindle-Shaped root. Co-
care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin them rona folis latifolia altiffima. Tourn. Inſt. 489. Talleji
where they are too cloſe, always obſerving to leave broad-leaved Sun-flower.
thoſe forts at a farther diſtance, whoſe ſtalks trail on 5. HELIANTHUS (Giganteus) foliis alternis lanceolatis fca-
the ground, and grow to the greateſt length. Theſe bris, bafi ciliatis, caule ftricto ſcabro. Lin. Sp. Plant.
plants will continue ſeveral years, eſpecially in a poor 1278. Sun-flower with Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a ſlender
dry foil ; but in rich ground or moiſt ſituations, they rough ſtolk. Chryſanthemum Virginianum altiff-
feldom laſt long: but as they ripen ſeeds in plenty, mum anguſtifolium puniceis caulibus. Mor. Hift. 3.
ſo they may be eaſily repaired. They all flower about p. 24. Tallest Virginia Chryſanthemum, with a narrote
the ſame time as the common fort, and their feeds ri- leaf and purple stalks.
pen in the autumn.
6. HELIANTHUS (Divaricatus) foliis oppofitis feffilibus
The annual forts may be propagated with as great ovato oblongis trinerviis, paniculâ dichotomâ. Lin.
facility; for if their ſeeds are fown upon a bed of com- Sp. Plant. 1279. Sun-flower with oblong, oppoſite, ovc!
mon earth in April, the plants will come up in May, leaves, having three veins hitting cloſe to the Stalk, and
and require no other culture, but to thin them where a forked panicle. Chryſanthemum, Virginianum re-
they are too cloſe, and keep them clear from weeds. pens, foliis afperis binarim feffilibus acuminatis. Mor.
Theſe will flower in July, and the feeds ripen in the Hift. 3. p. 22. Creeping Virginia Chr/yanthemum, with
The twenty-ſecond ſort will thrive in the rough-pointed leaves, fitting cloſe by pairs.
full ground in the ſame manner as the other ; but un-7. HELIANTHUS (Trachelij olius) foliis lanceolatis oppo-
leſs the ſummer proves favourable, the ſeeds will not fitis, ſupernè fcabris, infernè trinerviis, caule dicho-
ripen : the roots have ſtood through the winter when tomo ramoſo. Sun-flower with Spear-shaped leaves placed
the ſeaſon has proved mild, without any ſhelter, and
, oppoſite, whoſe upper ſurface is rough, the under having
have flowered the following ſummer.
three veins and a divided ſtalk. Corona folis trachelii
The twenty-fourth fort requires a ſhady ſituation, folio, radice repente. Tourn. Inſt. 490. Sun-flower
otherwiſe it will not thrive here.
with a Throatwort leaf, and a creeping root.
HELIANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 877. Corona 8. HELIANTHUS (Ramofillimus) caule ramofiffimo, foliis
folis. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 489. tab. 279. [of "HNO, lanceolatis fcabris, inferioribus oppoſitis, fummis al-
the ſun, and "Avocº, a flower,] i. e. Sun-flower; in ternis petiolatis, calycibus folioſis. Sunflower with a
French, Soliel.
very branching Stalk, rough Spear-ſhaped leaves placed op-
This genus of plants was titled Corona folis, by moſt poſite at bottom, but alternate toward the top, having
of the botánic writers; but this being a compound foot-ſtalks, and leafy empalements. Corona folis trachelii
name, Dr. Linnæus has altered it to this of Helian- folio tenuiore, calyce floris foliato. Act. Phil. Nº 412.
.
thus : it has alſo by ſome been titled Heliotropium, Sun-flower with a narrow Throatwort leaf, and a leafy
which name is now applied to another genus of plants,
flower-cup.
very different from this.
9. HELIANTHUS (Atrorubens) foliis ovatis crenatis tri-
The CHARACTERS are,
nerviis fcabris, fquamis calycinis erectis longitudine
It beth a compound radiated flower, the border or rays diſci Flor. Virg. 103. Sun-flower with oval, rough,
being compoſed of female half-florets, which ere barren, crenated leaves, having three nerves, the ſcales of the
and the diſk of hermaphrodite florets, which are fruitful empalement being erect, and as long as the diſk of the
theſe are contained in one common ſcaly empalement, whoſe flower. Corona folis Caroliniana, parvis floribus,
ſcales are broad at their baſe, pointed at their ends, and folio trinervi amplo afpero, pediculo alato. Martyn.
expand. The bermaphrodite florets are cylindrical, ſwell- Cent. I. 20. Carolina Sun-flower with ſmall flowers,
ing at their baſe, cut at the brim into five acute ſeg- large rough leaves having three veins, and a winged foot-
ments, which ſpread open ; theſe have five ſtamine which ſtalk.
are curved et bottom, as long as the tube, and termi- 10. HELIANTHUS (Decapetalus) caule infernè lævi, folis
nated by tubulous ſummits. The germen, which is ſitu- lanceolato-cordatis, radiis decapetalis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ated at the bottom of the tube, ſupports a ſlender ſtyle the 905. Sun-flower with a ſmooth ſi alk, heart Spear-ſhaped
length of the tube, crowned by a reflexed ſtigma, divided leaves, ſmooth on their upper ſide, and ten petals in the rays.
in two parts; the germen afterward becomes an oblong, All theſe ſpecies of Sun-flowers are natives of Ame-
blunt, four-cornered ſeed. The female half florets, which rica, from whence we are often ſupplied with new
compoſe the border, are ſtretched out on one ſide like a kinds; and it is very remarkable, that there is not a
tongue, which is long and entire; theſe bave a ger- fingle ſpecies of this genus that is European ; ſo that
men in the bottom, but no ſtyle or ſtamina, and are not before America was diſcovered, we were wholly un-
fruitful.
acquainted with theſe plants. But although they are
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of not originally of our own growth, yet they are become
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, in which he includes thoſe ſo familiar to our climate, as to thrive and increaſe
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
full as well as if they were in their native country,
fruitful flowers in the center, and female barren (ſome of the very late flowering kinds excepted, which
flowers in the circumference.
require a longer ſummer than we generally enjoy, to
The SPECIES are,
bring them to perfection;) and many of them are now
1. HELIANTHUS ( Annuus) foliis omnibus cordatis tri- ſo plentiful in England, that perſons unacquainted
nervatis, foribus cernuis. Lin. Sp. 1276. Sun-flower, with the hiſtory of theſe plants, would imagine them
whoſe leaves are all heart-ſhaped, with three veins and at leaſt to have been inhabitants of this ifland many
a nodding flower. Corona folis. Tabern. Icon. 763. hundred years ; particularly the Jeruſalem Artichoke,
and the Helenium Indicum maximum. C. B. P. 276. which, though it doth not produce feeds in our cli-
Greateſt Indian Sun-flower, commonly called annual Sun- mate, yet doth ſo multiply by its knobbed roots,
flower.
that, when once well fixed in a garden, it is not eaſily
2. HELIANTHUS (Muliifloris) foliis inferioribus cordatis to be rooted out.
trinervatis, fuperioribus ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1277. The firſt fort is annual, and ſo well known as to re-
Sun-fiower whoſe under leaves are beart-ſhaped, with quire no deſcription. There are ſingle and double
three veins, and the upper leaves oval. Corona folis flowers of two different colours, one of a deep yel-
minor færnina. Tabern. Icon. 764. Leffer female Suz- low, and the other of a ſulphur colour; but there
flower, commonly called perennial Sun-flower.
vary, ſo are not worthy to be mentioned as different.
3. HELIANTHUS (Tuberoſus) foliis ovato-cordatis tripli- They are eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
nerviis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1277. Sun-flower with oval ſown in March, upon a bed of common earth; and
heart-ſhaped leaves with three nerves. Corona folis par- when the plants come up, they muſt be chinned where
vo flore tuberosâ radice. Tourn. Inft. 489. Sun- they are too cloſe, and kept clean from weeds; when -
the
ژ

H EL
HEL
the plants are grown fix inches high, they may be when their ftems decay, the roots may be taken up
taken up with balls of earth to their roots, and plant- for uſe. Theſe ſhould be planted in ſome remote cor-
ed into the large borders of the pleaſure-garden, ob- ner of the garden, for they are very unſightly while
ſerving to water them till they have taken new root ; growing, and their roots are apt to over-run whatever
after which they will require no other care, but to grows near them, nor can they be eaſily deſtroyed
keep them clear from weeds.
when they are once well fixed in a garden.
In July the great flowers upon the tops of the ſtems The other ſpecies which have been ranged under this
will appear, amongſt which, the beſt and moſt doa- genus by Tournefort and others, are now removed to
ble flowers of each kind ſhould be preſerved for feeds; the following genera, under which titles they may
for thoſe which flower later upon the ſide branches be found.
are neither fo fair, nor do they perfect their feeds
COREOPSIS.
ſo well, as thoſe which are firſt in flower: when
HELENIUM
Corona Solis. See
the flowers are quite faded and the ſeeds are formed,
RUDBECKIA.
you Mould carefully guard the heads from the ſpar-
SILPHIUM.
rows, which will otherwiſe devour moſt of the good HELICTERES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 913. Iſora.
feeds; and about the beginning of October, when Plum. Nov, Gen. 34. tab. 37. Screw-tree.
. ,
the ſeeds are ripe, you ſhould cut off the heads The CHARACTERS are,
with a ſmall part of the ſtem, and hang them up
in The flower has a coriaceous empolement of one leaf,
a dry airy place for about a month, by which time which is narrow at bottom, but ſpreads open at the top,
the feeds will be perfectly dry and hard; when you where it is indented in five parts. The flower bath five
may eaſily rub them out, and put them into bags or oblong equal petals, which are longer than the empale-
papers, preſerving them from vermin until the ſeaſon ment to which they are fixed. It hath ten ſhort ſtamina
for fowing them.
at the baſe of the germen, terminated by otlong Jummits,
The feeds of this ſort of Sun-flower are excellent food end five nectariums ſurrounding the germen, which have
for domeſtic poultry; therefore where a quantity of it the appearance of petals. The ſtyle is very long, ſlender,
can be ſaved, it will be of great uſe, where there are and ſupports the germen at the top, which is roundiſh,
quantities of theſe fowls.
and crowned by an acute ſtigme. The germen afterward
The other perennial forts rarely produce feeds in turns to a twiſted Spiral fruit with one cell, incloſing many
England, but moſt of them increaſe very faſt at their kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
roots, eſpecially the creeping rooted kinds, which This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of
ipread too far for ſmall gardens. The ſecond fort, Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
which is the moſt common in the Engliſh gardens, is whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina which are connected
the largeſt and moſt valuable flower, and is a very to the ſtyle.
proper furniture for large borders in great gardens, as
The SPECIES are,
alſo for boſquets of large growing plants, or to inter- 1. HELICTERES (Ifora) foliis cordato-ovatis ferratis, ſub-
mix in ſmall quarters with ſhrubs, or in walks under tus tomentofis, fructu tereti contorto. HeliEteres with
trees, where few other plants will thrive; it is alſo oval heart-ſhaped leaves which are ſawed, and woolly on
a great ornament to gardens within the city, where it their under fide, and a taper twiſted fruit. Ifora althææ
grows in defiance of the ſmoke, better than moſt foliis, fructu longiore & anguſtiore. Plum. Nov. Gen.
&
other plants; and for its long continuance in flower, 24. Screw-tree with Morſhmallow leaves, and a longer
deſerves a place in moſt gardens, for the ſake of its narrower fruit.
flowers for baſons, &c. to adorn halls and chimneys, 2. HELICTERES (Breviore) foliis cordatis acuminatis fer-
in a ſeaſon when we are at a loſs for other flowers. ratis, fubtus tomentofis, fructu brevi contorto. He-
It begins flowering in July, and continues until Oc- lieteres with heart-shaped, pointed, Sowed leaves, woolly
tober; there is a variety of this with very double on their under ſide, and a ſhort twiſted fruit. Iſora al-
flowers, which is now become ſo common in the thææ foliis, fructu breviore & craffiore. Plum. Nov.
Engliſh gardens, as to have almoſt baniſhed the ſingle 34. Screw-tree with a Marſhmallow leaf, and a forter
fort from hence.
thicker fruit.
The third, fourth, fifth, fixth, and ſeventh forts may 13. HELICTERES (Arboreſcens) caule arboreo villoſo, fo-
alſo have a place in ſome large borders of the garden, liis cordatis crenatis nervoſis ſubtus tomentofis fructu
for the variety of their flowers; which, though not ovato contorto villofiffimo. HeliEteres with a tree-like
ſo fair as thoſe of the common fort, yet will add to hairy ſtalk, heart-ſhaped, nervous, crenated leaves, woolly
the diverſity; and as many of them are late flowerers, on their under ſide, and an oval, twiſted, very hairy fruit.
ſo we may continue the ſucceſſion of flowers longer in Iſora althææ folio ampliſſimo, fructu craliſfimo & vil-
the ſeaſon.
lofo. Edit. prior. Screw-tree with a very large Marſh-
Theſe forts are all of them very hardy, and will grow mallow leaf, and a very thick hairy fruit.
in almoſt any ſoil or ſituation; they are propagated by The firſt fort grows naturally in the Bahama Iſlands,
parting their roots into ſmall heads, which in one from whence I received the feeds. This riſes with a
year's time will ſpread and increaſe greatly. The Thrubby ftalk five or fix feet high, ſending out feve-
beft ſeaſon for this work is in the middle of October, ral lateral branches, which are covered with a ſoft
foon after the flowers are paſt, or very early in the yellowiſh down, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves
ipring, that they may be well rooted before the four inches long, and two and a half broad, ſawed
droughts come on ; otherwiſe their flowers will be few on their edges, woolly on their under fide, ſtanding
in number, and not near ſo fair, and by this means on long foot-ſtalks; at the upper part of the branches
their roots will be weak; but if they are planted in the flowers come out oppoſite to the leaves, upon
October, you will ſave the trouble of watering them; Nender foot-ſtalks which are jointed; theſe are com-
their roots being ſurely fixed before the dry weather, poſed of five oblong white petals, and in the cen-
they will need no other trouble than to clear them from ter ariſes the ſtyle, which is curved, three inches
, ,
weeds.
long, upon the top of which is ſituated the germen,
The Jeruſalem Artichoke is propagated in many gar- crowned by an acute ſtigma. The germen afterward
dens for the roots, which are by ſome people as much turns to a taper fruit two inches and a half long,
eſteemed as Potatoes ; but they are more watery and compoſed of five capſules, which are cloſely twiſted
flaſhy, and are very ſubject to trouble the belly by over each other like a ſcrew; theſe are hairy, and
their windy quality, which hath brought them almost have each one cell, containing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped
into diſuſe.
feeds.
Theſe are propagated by planting the ſmaller roots, The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
or the larger ones cut in pieces, obſerving to preſerve whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent me the feeds.
a bud to each feparate piece, either in the ſpring or This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk nine or ten feet high,
autumn, allowing them a good diſtance, for their fending out many lateral branches, covered with a
roots will greatly multiply; the autumn following, fmooth brown bark, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
leaves,
3
a
a
2

H EL
H E L
3
With this manage-
leaves, which end in acute points, ſawed on their ral lateral branches toward the top, garniſhed with
edges, a little woolly on their under ſide ; the flowers heart-Thaped leaves full of veins, lawed on their
are produced on the ſide of the branches, on ſhorter edges, and ending in acute points; they have foot-
foot-ſtalks than the former ; they are compoſed of five ſtalks three inches long, which ſtand oblique to the
petals, and the ſtyle in the center, which is ſtrait, leaves, and are placed alternate ; the flowers are pro-
upright, and not half ſo long as the other; the duced at the end of the ſhoots, in branching cluſters;
fruit
is thicker, not an inch long, but twiſted in the they are of a yellowiſh green, and are ſucceeded by
fame manner,
fiat compreſſed feed-vefſels of an oval ſhape, whoſe
The third ſort riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtalk twelve borders are cloſely ſet with threads repreſenting rays,
or fourteen feet high, ſending out many ligneous
of a brownith colour when ripe; theſe capſules are
branches, which are cloſely covered with hairy down, divided into two cells by an intermediate partition,
garniſhed with large heart-ſhaped leaves, which are in each of theſe is lodged a ſingle roundiſh ſeed end-
crenated on their edges, having large veins run- ing in a point.
ning from the midrib to the ſides; they are of a This plant is propagated by feeds, which muſt be
light yellowiſh green, and woolly on their under ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the
fide: the flowers are produced from the ſide of plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
the branches, they are of a yellowiſh white colour, in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light kitchen-garden
and larger than thoſe of the other forts. The ſtyle earth, andd plunged into a hot-bed, treating them in
is near four inches long, curved like that of the firſt the ſame way as other tender plants, which will not
fort ; the fruit is oval, about one inch long, very bear the open air in this country at any ſeaſon of the
thick at the bottom, and cloſely covered with hairy year; and while the plants are young, they require to
down. This ſort was ſent me by Mr. Robert Millar, be plunged in the tan-bed, but after they have ac-
from Carthagena.
quired ſtrength, they will thrive in the dry ſtove.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt In winter the ſhould have but little water, and muſt
be ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the be kept warm ; but in ſummer they ſhould have
plants are come up ſtrong enough to remove, they plenty of freſh air in mild weather, and muſt be fre-
Thould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled quently refreſhed with water.
with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- ment the plants will flower the third year, and pro-
bed of tan, obſerving to ſhade them from the fun duce good feeds, but may be preſerved ſeveral years
till they have taken new root; then they ſhould be with proper care.
treated in the ſame way as other tender plants from I have ſowed the ſeeds of this plant which had been
hot countries, raiſing the glaſſes every day in propor- kept ten years, and came up as well as if it had been
tion to the weather, that the plants may enjoy freſh faved the former year; though from the appearance
air, which will ſtrengthen them, and prevent their of the feeds, it ſeems as unlike to grow after the firſt
drawing up weak. In the ſummer the plants may year as any which I know.
remain under the frames, if there is ſufficient height HELIO PHILA. Lin. Gen. 816.
for them to grow; but in autumn they muſt be
The CHARACTERS are,
plunged into the tan-bed in the ftove, where they It hath a four-leaved empalement, whoſe boraers have
ſhould always remain, being careful to ſhift them membranes ; the two outer have ſmall bladders at their
into larger pots when they require it, and not give baſe. The flower has four roundiſh plain petals, placed
them too much wet in the winter ; but in ſummer in form of a croſs, and two nectariums, which are re-
they ſhould have a large ſhare of air in warm wea- curved toward the bladders of the empalement. It hath
ther, and require to be often refreſhed with water : fix ſtamina, four of which are longer than the other, ter-
the ſecond year from the ſeeds theſe plants have often minated by oblong erect ſummits ; and a cylindrical germen
flowered in the Chelſea garden, and the feeds have ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; the
ſome years ripened there, but the plants will live ſe- germen afterward becomes a taper pod, with two cells filled
veral years with proper management.
with ſeeds.
HELIOCARPOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 533. Mon- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
tia. Houſt. Gen. We have no title in Engliſh for Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Sili-
this plant.
quofa, the flower having four long and two ſhort
The CHARACTERS are,
ſtamina, and the feeds being included in long pods.
The flower bath one petal which is tubulous at the bottom,
The Species are,
and cut into five ſegments which expand. It hath an 1. HELIOPHILA (Integrifolia) foliis lanceolatis indiviſis.
empalement of one leaf, which is cut into five parts N. Burman. Heliophila with Spear-ſhaped undivided
Spreading open. In the center is ſituated a roundiſ ger- leaves. Leucoium Africanum, cæruleo fiore, latifo-
men, ſupporting two ere Et ſtyles, crowned by acute ſtigmas lium. H. L. 364. African Gilliflower with a broad leaf
which ſtand opart; theſe are attended by twelve ſtamina, and a blue flower.
which are of the ſame length with the ſtyles, terminated 2. HELIOPHILA (Coronopi folia) foliis line pinna-
by narrow twin ſummits which are proftrate. The ger- tifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 927. Heliophila with linear
men afterward becomes an oval compreſſed capſule, about wing-pointed leaves. Leucoium Africanum, cæruleo
three lines long and two broad, with a tranſverſe parti- fore, anguſto coronopi folio majus. H. L. 364. Afri-
tion dividing it in two cells, each containing a ſingle round- can Gilliflower, with narrow Hartſhorn leaves and blue
iſh ſeed ending in a point; the borders of the capſule are flowers.
ſet with hairs, reſembling rays.
Theſe are both annual plants, which grow naturally
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection at the Cape of Good Hope; the firſt riſes with an
of Linnæus's eleventh claſs, intitled Dodecandria Di- erect ſtalk about four or five inches high, ſending out
gynia, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have two or three ſide branches, garniſhed with long, nar-
twelve ftamina and two ityles.
row, entire green leaves, and terminated by a looſe
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
bunch of blue flowers without ſcent, which are fuc-
HELIOCARPOS (Americana.) Hort. Cliff. 211. tab. 16. ceeded by taper pods near three inches long, having
Montia arboreſcens mori folio fructu racemoſo. a double row of flat feeds.
Houſt. MSS. Tree Montia with a Mulberry leaf and The ſecond ſort grows about the ſame height, but
branching fruit.
branches more; the leaves are cut into many wing-
This plant was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun, pointed divifions, and the flowers are like thoſe of the
growing naturally about Old La Vera Cruz in New other fort.
Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds to England, The feeds of both forts may be ſown in the ſpring on
which ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where the a fouth border, and when the plants come up, if they
plants have produced fowers, and ripened feeds fe- are thinned and kept clean from weeds, it is all the
veral years. It riſes with a thick, ſoft, woody ſtalk, culture they require.
from fifteen to eighteen feet high, ſending out ſeve-
HELIO.
a

H EL
Η EL
ز
a
و
HELIOTROPIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 164. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 138. tab. 57. [Hicleóriou, of "HAO, the
fun, and trémw, to turn.] Turnfole.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, tubulous at
bottom, but cut into five
ſegmenis at the brim. The flower
both one petal, with a tube the length of the empalement,
Spreading flat above, where it is cut into five ſegments,
which are alternately larger than the other ; the chaps of
the tube is cloſed, and hath five prominent ſcales, joined in
form of a ſtar. It hath five ſhort ſtamina within the
tube, terminated by ſmall ſummits, and four germen at
the boitom of the tube, with one ſlender ſtyle the length of
the ſtamina, crowned by an indented ſtigma. The germen.
afterward becomes so many feeds, fitting in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. HELIOTROPIUM (Europeum) foliis ovatis integerrimis
tomentoſis rugofis fpicis conjugatis. Hort. Upfal. 33.
Heliotrope with oval, entire, woolly, rough leaves, and
conjugated Spikes. Heliotropium majus Dioſcoridis.
C. B. P. 253. The greater Turnfole of Diofcorides.
2. HELIOTRIPIUM (Indicum) foliis cordato-ovatis acutis
ſcabriufculis, fpicis folitariis, fructibus bifidis. Flor.
Zeyl. 70. Heliotrope with heart-shaped oval leaves, which
are pointed and rough, ſingle Spikes of flowers and bifid
Seeds. Heliotropium Americanum cæruleum, foliis
hormini. Acad. Reg. Sc. Blue American Turnſole with
Clary leaves.
3. HELIOTROPIUM (Horminifolium) foliis lanceolato-
ovatis acuminatis rugoſis, fpicis folitariis graciliori-
bus alaribus & terminalibus. Heliotrope with Spear-
jhaped oval leaves, which are rough, and end in acute
points, baving ſlender ſingle Spikes of flowers proceeding
from the fides and tops of the ſtalks. Heliotropium
Americanum cæruleum, foliis hormini anguſtiori-
bus. H. L. Blue American Turnſole with narrower Clary
leaves.
4. HELITROPIUM (Capitatum) foliis oblongo-ovatis in-
tegerrimis glabris fubtus incanis, floribus capitatis
alaribus, caule arboreſcente. Heliotrope with oblong,
oval, entire, ſmooth leaves, which are boary on their un-
der fide, flowers growing in heads from the wings of the
ſtalks, and a tree-like ſtalk. Heliotropium arboreſcens,
folio teucrii, flore albo in capitula denſa congefto.
Boerh. Ind. Tree-like Turnfole, with a Germander leaf,
and white flowers growing in thick ſhort heads.
5. HELIOTROPIUM (Canarienſe) foliis ovatis crenatis op-
pofitis, floribus capitatis alaribus dichotomis, caule
arboreſcente. Heliotrope with oval crenated leaves placed
oppoſite, flowers growing in heads from the wings of the
Stalks, which diverge, and a tree-like ſtolk. Heliotro-
pium Canarienſe arboreſcens, folio fcorodonæ. Hort.
Amft. Canary tree-like Turnfole, with a Wood Sage leaf.
6. HELIOTROPIUM (Peruvianum) foliis lanceolato-ovatis,
caule fruticoſo, fpicis numeroſis aggregato-corymbo-
fis. Lin. Sp. 187. Peruvian Helitrope with oval Spear-
Shaped leaves, e ſhrubby ſtalk, and many ſpikes of flowers
joined in a corymbus.
7. HELIOTROPIUM (Curaſavicum) foliis lanceolato-linea-
ribus glabris aveniis, fpicis conjugatis. Hort. Cliff. 45.
Heliotrope with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves with-
out veins, and conjugated Spikes of flowers. Heliotro-
pium Curaffavicum, foliis lini umbilicati. Par. Bat.
Prod. Heliotrope of Curallao, with a Venus Navelwort leaf.
8. HELIOTROPIUM (Gnaphalodes) foliis linearibus obtu-
fis tomentofis, pedunculis dichotomis, fpicarum flo-
ribus quaternis, caule fruteſcente. Lin. Sp. 188. He-
liotrope with linear, obtuſe, woolly leaves, forked
foot-ſtalks,
with four Spikes of flowers and a ſhrubby ſtalk. He-
liotropium arboreum maritimum, tomentofum, gna-
phalii Americani foliis. Sloan. Cat. 93. Tree maritime
woolly Heliotrope, with a Sea Cudweed leaf.
9. HELIOTROPIUM (Fruticoſum) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
piloſis, fpicis folitariis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. 187. He-
liotrope with linear, Spear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, and ſingle
Spikes of flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Heliotropiuin
minus lithoſpermi foliis. Smaller Heliotrope with leaves
like Gromwell.
10. HELIOTROPIUM (Procumbens) caule procumbente,
foliis ovatiis tomentofis integerrimis, fpicis folitariis
terminalibus. Heliotrope with a trailing Stalk, oval,
woolly, entire leaves, and ſingle Spikes of flowers term--
nating the branches. Heliotropium Americanum ſupi-
num & tomentofum, foliis fubrotundis. Houſt. MSS.
Low American woolly Heliotrope with roundiſh leaves.
II. HELIOTROPIUM (Americanum) foliis oblongo-ovatis
tomentofis, fpicis conjugatis terminalibus, caule fru-
ticoſo. Heliotrope with oblong, oval, woolly leaves, and
double Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalk, which is
florubby. Heliotropium Americanum fruteſcens &
tomentofum, foliis oblongis, floribus albis. Houſt.
MSS. Shrubby and woolly American Heliotrope, with
oblong leaves and white flowers.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain, Italy, and moſt of the warmer countries in
Europe. It is an annual plant, which ſucceds beta
ter from ſeeds which ſcatter in the autumn, or fown
at that ſeaſon, than in the ſpring; for when they are
ſown in the ſpring, they feldom come up the ſame
year ; but if the plant is once obtained, and the feeds
ſuffered to ſhed, it will maintain itſelf without any
trouble, requiring no other culture but to keep it
clean from weeds, and thin the plants where they
are too clofe.
This riſes about feven or eight inches high, dividing
into two or three branches, garniſhed with oval rough
leaves, two inches long and one broad in the middle,
of a light green, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks
alternately; the flowers are produced at the end of
the branches in double ſpikes, joined at the bottom,
which are about an inch and a half long, turning
backward like a ſcorpion's tail. The flowers are
white, and appear in June and July; the feeds ripen
in autumn, ſoon after which the plant decays.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies
This is annual; the ſtalk riſes a foot and a half, or
two feet high, branching out toward the top: the
leaves are rough and hairy, ſtanding upon pretty long
foot-ftalks; they are two inches and a half long,
and one and a half broad in the middle, ending in
acute points; the flowers are produced toward the
end of the branches in fingle ſpikes, which are fix
inches long, turning backward at the top like the
other ſpecies. The flowers are blue, and appear in
July and Auguſt, the ſeeds ripen in September and
October.
The third ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies.
This is a ſmaller plant than the former, ſeldom grow-
ing above two feet high; the leaves are one inch and
a half long, and about half an inch broad ; the ſpikes
of flowers are very ſlender, and not more than two
inches long; the flowers are ſmall, and of a light blue
colour. They appear at the ſame time with the for-
mer, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The feeds of theſe two forts muſt be fown on a hot-bed
in the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they
muſt be tranſplanted on another hot-bed to bring them
forward, treating them in the ſame way as the Balfa-
mine, and other tender annual plants; and in June
they may be taken up with balls of earth, and planted
in the borders of the flower-garden, where they will
flower, and in warm ſeaſons produce ripe feeds.
The fourth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſix or ſe-
ven feet high; the young branches are cloſely covered
with a white down, and the leaves on thoſe are very
hoary and entire, but thoſe on the older branches are
greener, and ſome of them are notched on their edges;
at each joint of the ſtalks come out two ſhort branches
oppoſite, which are garniſhed with ſmall hoary leaves
placed oppoſite : thefe, when bruiſed, emit a ſtrong
odour, which to ſome perſons is very diſagreeable, but
others are pleaſed with it. The plants rarely flower
in England, for in near forty years which I have cul-
tivated them, I have but once ſeen them in flower.
The flowers are white, collected in roundiſh heads,
which turn backward, and fit cloſe to the branches;
a
а.
و
a
a
a
3
the

H EL
H H EL
ز
a
a
the leaves continue all the year, for which the plants from the ſide of their branches; they are white and
are preſerved in green-houſes, to add to the variety in ſmall, fo make no great appearance. It is propagated
winter.
by feeds, and requires the ſame treatment as the ſe-
The fifth ſort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands. cond and third forts:
This riſes with a woody ſtalk three or four feet high, The eighth fort riſes with an upright woody ftalk
dividing into many branches, which are garniſhed with fix or ſeven feet high, with a hoary bark, full of marks
oval leaves notched on their edges, growing oppo- where the leaves have grown the upper part of the
fite upon long foot-ſtalks ; they are hairy, and of an ſtalk divides into two or three ſtrong woody branches,
Ath colour on their under fide; the flowers are pro- which grow erect, and are very cloſely garniſhed with
duced from the ſide of the branches on pretty long long, narrow, woolly leaves, which ſtand on every
foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining four ſhort roundiſh ſpikes fide the branches without order. The flowers come
or heads, which divide by pairs, and ſpread from out from the ſide of the ſtalks, to which they fit cloſe;
each other. The flowers are white, and appear in they are ſhort and reflexed, like thoſe of the other ſpe-
June and July, but are not ſucceeded by feeds in cies. The flowers are purple, ſitting in very woolly em-
England. The leaves of this plant, when bruiſed, palements, which are divided into five ſegments, which
,
emit an agreeable odour, for which it is by ſome ſpread oper; the whole plant is very white and woolly,
,
perſons much eſteemed; the gardeners have given it like the Sea Cudweed, ſo makes an odd appearance
the title of Madam Maintenon, but for what reaſon when intermixed with other exotic plants: this is pro-
I know not.
pagated by feeds, which muſt be procured from the
The two laſt forts are too tender to live through the places where it naturally grows, for it never produces
winter in the open air in this country, ſo muſt be any in Europe ; theſe ſeeds ſhould be fown in a tub of
kept in a green-houſe during that ſeaſon ; but they earth in the country, for when the dried feeds come
only require to be ſcreened from froſt, ſo
may
be over they feldom grow; and if they do, it is not be-
placed with Myrtles and the other hardy green- fore the ſecond year : and from ſeveral parcels of the
houſe plants, where they may have a large ſhare of air ſeeds which I have received from the Weſt-Indies, I
in mild weather, and be treated in the ſame way; have not raiſed more than two plants, and theſe came
they are eaſily propagated by cuttings during any of up from the ſeeds which had been fown more than a
the ſummer months, which, if planted in a ſhady year; ſo that if the ſeeds are fown as foon as they are
border and duly ſupplied with water, will take ripe in a tub of earth, when they arrive in England,
root in five or fix weeks; then they may be potted, the tub ſhould be plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
and placed in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken bark, which will bring up the plants; and when theſe
new root, after which they may be treated as the are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a
old plants.
ſeparate ſmall
pot
filled with earth; compoſed of ſand
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Peru, from whence and light undunged earth, with a little lime rubbiſh
the feeds were ſent by the younger Juſſieu to the well mixed together, then plunged into a hot-bed of
Royal Garden at Paris, where the plants produced tanners bark, and ſhaded until they have taken new
flowers and feeds; and from the curious garden of root; after which, they muſt be treated as other ten-
the Duke D'Ayen, at St. Germains, I was ſupplied der exotic plants, always keeping them in the tan-bed
with ſome of the feeds, which have ſucceeded in the in the ſtove, giving them but little water, eſpecially
Chelſea garden, where the plants have flowered and during the winter ſeaſon.
perfected their feeds for ſome years.
The ninth fort is a native of the Weſt-Indies,
This riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk two or three feet where it grows plentifully on the ſea-ſhore ; it riſes
high, dividing into many ſmall branches, garniſhed with an upright ſhrubby ftalk a foot and a half
with oval, ſpear-shaped, rough leaves, ſet on without high, garniſhed with ſimall ſpear-ſhaped leaves;
order; they are three inches long, and one inch ſcarce one inch long, and one-third of an inch
and a half broad in the middle, ſtanding on ſhort broad in the middle, ending in acute points, fit-
foot-ſtalks ; they are hairy, and greatly veined on ting cloſe to the ſtalk, they are hoary on their un-
their under fide, which is of an Aſh colour. The der fide, but ſmooth above. The flowers are pro-
flowers are produced at the end of the branches in duced in ſingle ſlender ſpikes, which come out from
ſhort reflexed ſpikes, growing in cluſters. The foot- the ſide, and at the top of the ſtalks; they are but
ftalks divide into two or three, and theſe divide again little recurved, eſpecially thoſe on the fide, but thoſe
into leſs, each ſuſtaining a ſpike of pale blue flowers, at the top are more bent; they are white, fo make
which have a ſtrong ſweet odour. The plants con-
but little appearance.
tinue in flower great part of the year, and thoſe flowers The tenth fort was ſent me from Carthagena in
which come out in ſummer, are ſucceeded by ripe New Spain, where it grows naturally on the fandy
feeds in autumn.
fhores. This is an annual plant, with trailing
It may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings. ſtalks which grow ſix or ſeven inches long, garniſhed
The ſeeds ſhould be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in
with ſmall oval leaves, which are woolly and en-
the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they tire. The flowers are produced at the end of the
ſhould be tranſplanted into ſmall pots filled with light branches, in ſingle ſhort ſpikes, which are re-
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed, where they ſhould flexed; they are ſmall and white; fo make little ap.
be ſhaded till they have taken new root; then they
pearance.
ſhould be inured to the open air by degrees, into The eleventh fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſ-
which they ſhould be removed in ſummer, placing toun from La Vera Cruz, where he found it grow-
them in a ſheltered ſituation ; and in autumn they ing in plenty ; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk three
muſt be houſed with other exotic plants in a good feet high, dividing into ſlender branches, which are
green-houſe, where they will flower great part of cloſely garniſhed with oblong, oval, woolly leaves,
winter, ſo will make a good appearance among the placed without order. The flowers are produced at
Orange-trees, and other green-houſe plants, with the end of the branches in double ſpikes, which are
whoſe culture this plant will thrive. If the cuttings ſender, ſhort, and ſtrait, not recurved as the other
of this plant are put into pots filled with light earth, fpecies. The flowers are ſmall and white, and the
during any of the ſummer months, and plunged into plant is perennial.
a moderate hot-bed, they will take root very freely,
Theſe three laſt mentioned are propagated by feeds,
but theſe do not make ſo good plants as thoſe raiſed but the difficulty of getting them freſh from America,
from feeds.
and the uncertainty of their growing, unleſs they are
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the ſea-ſhore fown abroad, and brought over in earth, has rendered
in the Weſt-Indies; this is an annual plant, whoſe them rare in Europe ; and as they are plants of little
branches trail upon the ground, and grow a foot long; beauty, fo few perſons have taken the trouble to pro-
they are garniſhed with narrow grayiſh leaves, which cure them: beſides, as they require a ſtove to preferve
are ſmooth. The fowers are produced in double ſpikes them in this country, and muſt have a peculiar foil
6 R
and
و
3
3

HEL
H E L
and management like the eighth fort, fo, unleſs for
the ſake of variety in botanic gardens, they are not
worth cultivating here.
HELLEBORE. See HELLEBORUS.
HELLEBORINE. See SERAPIAS and LIMA-
DORUM.
HELLEBOROIDES HYEMALIS. See
HELLEBORUS.
HELLEBORO RANUNCULUS. See
TROLLIUS.
HELLEBORUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 622. Tourn.
Inft
. R. H. 271. tab. 144. [EXEbOPO.] Black Hel-
lebore, or Chriſtmas flower; in French, Ellebore-
Noire.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flowers hath no empalement ; it hath five large
roundiſh petals, which are permanent, and many ſmall
nectarii placed circularly, each being of one piece, with
a narrow tube at the bottom, divided at the brim into two
lips, the under being ſhort and indented; it hath a great
number of ſtamina, terminated by compreſſed ere&t ſummits,
and ſeveral germen, which are compreſſed, ſupporting
awl-ſhaped ſtyles, crowned by thick ſtigmas. The germen
afterward turn to compreſſed capſules with two keels,
the lower being ſhort, and the upper convex, which are
filled with round ſeeds adhering to the ſeam.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Po-
lygynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
have many ftamina and ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. HELLEBORUS (Fætidus) caule multifloro foliofo, fo-
liis pedatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 784. Hellebore with many
flowers on a ſtalk, which are intermixed with leaves, and
ramoſe leaves fitting on the foot-ſtalk. Helleborus niger
fætidus. C. B. P. Stinking Black Hellebore, Bears-foot,
or Setterwort.
2. HELLEBORUS (Viridis) caule multifloro folioſo, foliis
digitatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 558. Hellebore with many
flowers on a ſtalk, which are intermixed with leaves, and
hand-ſhaped leaves. Helleborus niger hortenſis, flore
viridi. C. B. P. Green flowered Black Hellebore, or
Bears-foot.
3. HELLEBORUS (Niger) fcapo fub-uniforo fub-nudo,
foliis pedatis. Hort. Upfal. 157. Hellebore with one
flower on a ſtalk, which is naked, and hand-ſhaped leaves
fitting on the foot-ſtalk. Helleborus niger, fiore albo,
etiam interdum valde rubente. J. B. True Black Hel-
lebore, or Chriſtmas Roſe.
4. HELLEBORUS (Trifolius) caule multifloro, foliis ter-
natis integerrimis. Hellebore with many flowers on a
ſtalk, and leaves compoſed of three entire lobes. Helle-
borus niger trifoliatus. Hort. Farn. Trifoliate Black
Hellebore.
5. HELLEBORUS (Hyemalis) flore folio inſidente. Hort.
Cliff. 227. Hellebore with the flower hitting on the leaf.
Aconitum Hyemale, or Winter Aconite.
6. HELLEBORUS (Latifolius) caule multifloro folioſo, fo-
liis digitatis ſerratis amplioribus. Hellebore with many
flowers upon a ſtalk, intermixed with leaves, and large
fingered leaves which are fawed. Helleborus niger
amplioribus foliis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 272. Black
Hellebore with larger teaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods in ſeveral
parts of England, but particularly in Suſſex, where I
have ſeen it in great plenty ; this hath a jointed her-
baceous ſtalk, which riſes two feet high, dividing
into two or three heads, garniſhed with leaves com-
poſed of eight or nine long narrow lobes, which join
at their bale; four of theſe on each ſide are joined to-
gether at their tails, and the middle one ſtands on the
center of the foot-ſtalk; theſe are fawed on their
edges, and end in acute points; thoſe on the lower
part of the ſtalk are much larger than the upper,
which are ſmall and narrow. The flower-ſtalk ariſes
- from the center of the plant, dividing into many
branches, each fuſtaining ſeveral ſmaller foot-ſtalks,
with one entire ſpear-ſhaped leaf upon each, and one
large greeniſh flower at the top with purpliſh rims;
theſe appear in winter, and the ſeeds ripen in the
fpring; which, if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will
riſe without care, and may be tranſplanted into woods,
or in wilderneſs quarters, where they will grow in
great ſhade, and make a good appearance at a ſeaſon
when there are but few plants in beauty.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at Ditton, near Cam-
bridge, and in the woods near Stoken Church, in Ox-
fordſhire. The ſtalks of this fort grow more upright
than thoſe of the firſt, and do not branch ſo much.
The leaves are compoſed of nine long lobes, which
unite to the foot-ſtalk at their baſe, and are ſharply
fawed on their edges; they are of a lighter green than
thoſe of the firſt fort. The flowers are produced at
the top of the ſtalk, having one or two leaves ſet on
the foot-ſtalk; they are compoſed of five oval green
petals, with a great number of ſtamina ſurrounding the
germen in the middle; theſe appear the beginning of
February, and the feeds ripen the end of May, which
if ſown ſoon after they are ripe, the plants will come
up early the following ſpring; and, when they have
obtained ſtrength, may be planted in ſhady places un-
der trees, where they will thrive and flower very well,
The leaves of this fort decay in autumn, and new ones
ariſe from the roots in the ſpring, but the firſt fort is
always green.
The third ſort is ſuppoſed to be the Hellebore of the
antients; this grows naturally on the Alps and Apen-
nine mountains. The root of this fort is compoſed of
many thick fleſhy fibres, which ſpread far into the
ground, from which ariſe the flowers upon naked
foot-ſtalks, immediately from the root, each ſupport-
ing one large white flower, compoſed of five round-
ish petals, with a great number of ſtamina in the
middle. The leaves of this are compoſed of ſeven or
eight thick, Aeſhy, obtuſelobes, which are ſlightly ſaw-
ed on their edges, and unite with the foot-ſtalk at their
baſe; this plant flowers in winter, from whence the
title of Chriſtmas Roſe was applied to it: it is pro-
pagated by parting of the roots in autumn, for the
feeds ſeldom ripen well in England; it ſhould have
a more ſheltered ſituation than either of the former,
otherwiſe it will not flower well.
The fourth fort is like the ſecond, but differs from
it in having trifoliate leaves, which are broader
and entire, their furface is ſmoother; this flowers
early in winter, and the ftalks riſe higher than
either of the former forts, but is at at preſent rare in
England.
The fifth fort is the common Winter Aconite, which
is ſo well known as to need no deſcription. It flowers
very early in the ſpring, which renders it worthy
of a place in all curious gardens, eſpecially as it
requires but little room; this is propagated by
offsets, which the roots ſend out in plenty; theſe
roots may be taken up and tranſplanted, any time
after their leaves decay, which is generally by the
beginning of June till October, when they will be-
gin to put out new fibres; but as the roots are ſmall,
and nearly of the colour of the ground, ſo, if care
is not taken to ſearch them, many of the roots will
be left in the ground; theſe roots ſhould be plant-
ed in ſmall cluſters, otherwiſe they will not make a
good appearance; for ſingle flowers ſcattered about
the borders of theſe fmall kinds, are ſcarce ſeen at
a diſtance; but when theſe and the Snowdrops are
alternately planted in bunches, they will have a good
effect, as they flower at the ſame time, and are much
of a fize.
The ſixth fort is like the firſt, but the lobes of the
leaves are broader, and the ſtalks grow taller ; this
grows naturally in Iftria and Dalmatia, from whence
I received ſome of the feeds; it has been ſuppoſed to
be only a feminal variety of the firſt, and as ſuch I
fowed the ſeeds; but the plants had a very great dif-
ference, and the firſt winter proving ſevere, they were
all deſtroyed; fo that it is not fo hardy as our common
fort, and depending on their being ſo, occafioned the
lofs of the plants.
HEL-
و

H E L
HEM
a
3
a
autumn.
HELLEBORUS flore globoſo. See TROLLIUS. lour. The flower-ſtalk riſes a foot and a half high,
HELLEBORUS ALBUS. See VERATRUM. is naked and compreffed, but has no furrows; at the
HELMET FLOWER, or MONK'S HOOD. top is produced two or three yellow flowers, which
See ACONITUM.
are nearer the bell-shape than those of the other fpe-
HEMEROCALLIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 391. Li- cies, and ſtand on ſhorter foot-ſtalks; theſe flower
lio-Aſphodelus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 344. tab. 179. the beginning of June, and the feeds ripen early in
Liliaftrum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 369. tab. 194. Lily Auguſt
. It is propagated by offsets from the root,
Afphodel, or Day Lily; in French, Lis de Saint Bruno. or by feeds, in the ſame manner as the former, but
The CHARACTERS are,
the roots do not increaſe ſo faſt; it ſhould have a
The flower has no empalement ; in ſome ſpecies the moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, where it will thrive
flower is of one petal, cut into fix parts; in others it hath much better than in dry ground.
fix petals, with a ſhort tube, ſpreading open at the top, The third fort is a much larger plant than either of
which is reflexed. There are ſix awl-Shaped declining ſta- the former, and the roots ſpread and increaſe much
mina ſurrounding the ſtyle, terminated by oblong proſtrate more, therefore is not proper furniture for ſmall gar-
ſummits. The roundiſh furrowed germen is ſituated in the dens; the roots of this hath very ſtrong fleſhy fibres,
middle, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by an obtuſe to which hang large oblong tubers. The leaves are
three-cornered ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an near three feet long, hollowed like thoſe of the former,
ova! three-cornered capſule with three lobes, opening with turning back toward the top. The flower-ſtalks are
two volves, filled with roundiſha ſeeds.
as thick a man's finger, and riſe near four feet high;
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of they are naked, without joints, and branching at the
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes the plants top, where are ſeveral large copper-coloured flowers,
whoſe flowers have ſix ftamina and one ftyle. Tourne- ſhaped like thoſe of the Red Lily, and as large. The
fort places the firſt in the firſt ſection of his ninth claſs, ftamina of this ſort are longer than thoſe of the other,
which includes the plants with a Lily-flower of one and their ſummits are charged with a copper-coloured
leaf, cut into fix parts, whoſe pointal becomes the farina, which ſheds on being touched ; or if a per-
fruit; the ſecond he places in his fourth ſection of ſon ſmells to the flowers, it will fly off and ſpread over
the lame claſs, with the flowers of the ſame form which the face, dyeing it all over of a copper colour, which
have ſix petals.
is a trick often played by ſome unlucky people to the
TE SPECIES are,
ignorant: theſe flowers never continue longer than one
1. HEMEROCALLIS (Flava) corollis favis. Lin. Sp. 462. day, but there is a ſucceſſion of flowers on the ſame
Hort. Upſal. 88. Day Lily with a yellow flower. Li- plants for a fortnight or three weeks; this fort flowers
lio-Afphodelus luteus. Park. Par. 148. Yellow Alpho- about the ſame time as the former, and the roots
del Lily.
propagate too faſt for thoſe gardens where there is
2. HEMEROCALLIS (Minor) fcapo compreſſo corollis mo-
but little room. It will grow on any foil or in any
nopetalis campanulatis. Day Lily with a compreſſed ſituation ; the beſt time to tranſplant the roots is in
ſtalk, and a bell-ſhaped flower of one petal. Lilio-Aſpho-
delus luteus, minor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 344. Smaller The Savoy Spiderwort, or, as the French call it, St.
yellow Afphodel Lily.
Bruno's Lily, is a plant of humbler growth than either
3. HEMEROCALLIS (Fulva) corollis fulvis. Day Lily with of the former : there are two varieties of this, one is ti-
a copper-coloured flower. Lilio-Afphodelus phænicius. tled Liliaftrum Alpinum majus, and the other Liliaſ-
Park. Par. 148. Aſphodel Lily with a reddiſh flower. trum Alpinum minus by Tournefort; the firſt of theſe
4. HEMEROCALLIS. (Liliaſtrum) ſcapo fimplici, corollis riſes with a flower-ſtalk more than a foot and a half
hexapetalis campanulatis. Hort. Cliff. 128. Day Lily high ; the flowers are much larger, and there is a
with an unbranched ſingle ſtalk, and bell-shaped flowers greater number upon each ſtalk than the ſecond; but
with fixe petals. Liliaſtrum Alpinum majus. Tourn. as there is no other effential difference between them,
Inft. R. H. 369. Greater Alpine Baſtard Lily, called I have not put them down as different ſpecies; but the
Savoy Spiderwort; and in French, Lis de Saint Bruno, firſt is by much the finer plant, though not common
i. e. St. Bruno's Lily.
in England, for the ſecond fort is what I have always
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Hungary, Dalmatia, obſerved in the gardens here. I received ſome roots
and Iſtria, but has long been an inhabitant in the Eng- of the ſecond ſort from Monf. Richard, gardener to
liſh gardens ; this hath ſtrong fibrous roots, to which the King of France, which continue their difference in
hang knobs, or tubers, like thoſe of the Aſphodel, from the ſame foil and ſituation with the firſt, which flowers
which come out keel-ſhaped leaves, which are two feet earlier in the year; the leaves of this fort are fome-
long, with a rigid midrib, the two ſides drawing in- what like thoſe of the Spiderwort, are pretty firm, and
ward, ſo as to form a ſort of gutter on the upper fide. grow upright; the flower-ſtalks grow about a foot and a
The flower-ſtalks riſe two feet and a half high, hav- half high, and have ſeveral white flowers at the top,
ing two or three longitudinal furrows; theſe are ſhaped like thoſe of the Lily, which hang on one ſide,
naked, and at the top divide into three or four ſhort and have an agreeable ſcent; theſe are but of ſhort du-
foot-ftalks, each ſuſtaining one pretty large yellow ration, ſeldom continuing in beauty above three or
flower ſhaped like a Lily, having but one petal, with four days; but when the plants are ſtrong, they will
a ſhort tube, ſpreading open at the brim, where it is produce eight or ten flowers upon each ſtalk, fo they
divided into fix parts; theſe have an agreeable ſcent, make a good appearance while they laſt.
from which ſome have given it the title of yellow This fort is uſually propagated by parting the roots ;
Tuberoſe. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn is the beſt ſeaſon for doing this work,
Auguft; this plant is eaſily propagated by offsets, as it alſo is for tranſplanting the roots ; for when they
;
which the roots fend out in plenty; theſe may be are removed in the ſpring, they feldom flower the
taken off in autumn, that being the beſt ſeaſon for ſame year, or if they do, it is but weakly : theſe plants
,
tranſplanting the roots, and planted in any ſituation, ſhould not be tranſplanted oftener than every third
for they are extremely hardy, and will require no year, when the roots may be parted to inake an in-
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds, creaſe of the plants, but they ſhould not be divided
and to allow them room that their roots may ſpread; too ſmall; for if they are, it will be two years before
they may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which, if they flower: theſe plants delight in a light loamy foil
ſown in autumn, the plants will come up the follow- and in an open expoſure, ſo muſt not be planted under
ing ſpring, and theſe will flower in two years; but the drip of trees; but if they are planted to an eaft
if the ſeeds are not fown till ſpring, the plants will not aſpect, where they may be protected from the fun in
come up till the
the heat of the day, they will continue in beauty
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Siberia ; this hath longer than when they are more expoſed.
roots like thoſe of the former fort, but are ſmaller. HEMIONITIS ['Husovitis, of 'Huíoc», a Mule,
The leaves are not near ſo long, nor more than half q. d. Mulewort, becauſe this plant was believed to be
the breadth of the former, and of a dark green co- as barren as a mule.] Moonfern.
year
after.
3
6
This

HEP
HER
a
than every
year, if
This is a plant which is feldom propagated in gar- they are eaſily propagated, and alſo new fowers may
dens, therefore I ſhall not trouble the reader with any be that way obtained. The beſt ſeaſon for fowing of
account of it more than this. That whoever hath a the feeds is in the beginning of Auguſt, either in pots
mind to cultivate any of the forts, muſt procure the or boxes of light earth, which ſhould be placed to as
plants from the countries where they naturally grow ; to have only the morning ſun until October, when
there are two forts which are natives of the warmer they ſhould be removed into the full fun, to remain
parts of Europe, but in America there is a great num- during the winter ſeaſon; but in March, when the
ber of very different kinds ; theſe muſt be planted in young plants will begin to appear, they muſt be re-
pots filled with loamy undunged earth, and ſuch of moved again to a ſhady ſituation, and in dry weather
them as are natives of hot countries, muſt be placed ſhould be frequently watered, and about the begin-
in the ſtove; the others may be ſheltered under a com- ning of Auguſt they will be fit to be tranſplanted, at
mon frame in winter, and during the ſummer they which time you ſhould prepare a border facing the
muſt be frequently watered, but in winter they will eaſt, of good, freſh, loamy earth, into which you
require but little. In ſummer they ſhould alſo have ſhould remove the plants, placing them about fix
plenty of free air admitted to them; with this ma- inches diſtance each way, cloſing the earth pretty
nagement the plants will thrive.
10:07 faſt to their roots, to prevent the worms from draw-
HEPATICA. Boerh. Ind. Plant. Ranunculus. ing them out of the ground, which they are very
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 286. Anemone. Lin. Gen.
.
apt to do at that ſeaſon; and, in the ſpring follow-
Plant. 614. ['Hueritis, of 'Haap, the liver, ſo called, ing, they will begin to ſhew their flowers; but it will
becauſe the leaves of this plant are divided into lobes, be three years before they flower ſtrong, and till then
like the liver (but it does not at all take its name from you cannot judge of their goodnefs; when, if you
its uſe, for it is of no virtue againſt the diſeaſes of the find
any double flowers, or any of a different colour
liver, as many have erroneouſly imagined ;) and trifo- from the common forts, they ſhould be taken up,
lia, from its fimilitude thereto.] Hepatica, or Noble and tranſplanted into the borders of the flower-garden,
Liverwort.
where they ſhould continue at leaſt two years before
The CHARACTERS are,
mit sin
they are taken up or parted; for it is remarkable
The flower hath a three-leaved empalement. It bath in this plant, that where they are often removed and
fix petals, which are oval, and expand to the bottom, parted, they are very ſubject to die; whereas, when
with a great number of ſender ſtamina ſhorter than the they are permitted to remain undiſturbed for many
petals, terminaied by obtriſe ſummits; and ſeveral germen years, they will thrive exceedingly, and become very
colleated into a head, fupporting acuminated ſtyles, crowned large roots.
by obtufe ſtigmes. The germen afterward turns to acumi- The double flowers, which never produce ſeeds, are
nated ſecds fitting round the ſtyles.
propagated by parting their roots, which ſhould be
This genus of plants is by Tournefort ranged among done in March, at the time when they are in flower;
the Crowfoots, and by Linnæus it is placed under but
you
ſhould be careful not to ſeparate them into
Anemone ; but as the flowers of Anemone have no very ſmall heads, nor ſhould they be parted oftener
empalement, and the Hepatica hath a three-leaved
third or fourth
you
intend to have
one,
il
may be ſeparated from that genus; and as it them thrive, for the reaſon before given. They de-
is well known in the gardens by this title, ſo ſhould light in a ſtrong loamy ſoil, and in an eaſtern pofi-
we range it with the Anemone, it might occaſion con- tion, where they may have only the morning ſun,
fuſion. This is ranged in the ſeventh ſection of Lin- though they will grow in almoſt any aſpect, not too
næus's thirteenth claſs, which includes the herbs with warm, and are never injured by cold.
,
flowers having many ſtamina and ſtyles.
HEPATORIUM. See EUPATORIUM.
The VARIETIES of this plant are,
HEPTAPHYLLUM. See PotenTILLA.
1. HEPATICA (Nobilis) trifolio, coeruleo flore. Cluf. The HERACLEUM. Lin. Gen. 345. Sphondylium.
fongle blue Hepatice, or Noble Liverwort.
Tourn. Inft. 1. Cow Parſnep.
2. HEPATICA (Plena) trifolia cæruleo pleno. Cluſ. The The CHARACTERS are,
double blue Hepatica, or Noble Liverwort.
The calyx of the greater umbel is large, compoſed of many
3. HEPATICA (Alba) trifolia, fore alba fimplici. Boerh. ſmaller, which are plain; the general involucrum is com-
Ind. The ſingle white Hepatico, or Noble Liverwort. poſed of many leaves which fall off ; the partial umbels
4. HEPATICA (Vulgaris) trifolia, rubro flore. Cluf. Single bave involucrums of three to ſeven leaves, the outer being
red Hepatica, or Noble Liverwort.
the longeſt. The general umbel is deformed, the florets are
5. HEPATICA (Rubro) trifolia, fore rubro ple- moſtly fruitful ; thoſe of the diſk have five equal petals,
no. Boerh. Ind. Double red, or Peach-coloured Hepa- which are inflexed; thoſe of the rays have the ſame num-
tica.
ber of unequal petals, the outer being the largeſt; they
Theſe plants are ſome of the greateſt beauties of have each five ſtamina longer than the petals, terminated
the ſpring ; the flowers are produced in February and by ſmall ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the
March in great plenty, before the green leaves appear, flower, and is almoſt oval, ſupporting two ſtyles, crowned
and make a very beautiful figure in the borders of the by ſimple ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes an ellip-
pleaſure-garden, eſpecially the double forts, which tical fruit, compoſed of two oval compreſſed ſeeds.
commonly continue a fortnight long in flower than This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond order
the ſingle kinds, and the flowers are much fairer. I of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
have ſeen the double white kind often mentioned in the flowers having five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
books, but could never ſee it growing, though I do
The SPECIES are,
not know but ſuch a flower might be obtained from 1. HERACLEUM (Sphondylium) foliolis pinnatifidis. Hort.
ſeeds of the ſingle white, or blue kinds. I have Cliff. 103. Cow Parſnep with wing-pointed leaves.
ſometimes known the double blue fort produce fome Sphondylium vulgare hirſutum. C. B. P. 157. Com-
flowers in autumn, which were inclining to white, mon Cow Parſnep.
and thereby ſome people have been deceived, who 2. HERACLEUM (Panaces) foliis pinnatis, foliolis quinis,
haye procured the roots at that ſeaſon, and planted intermediis feffilibus, fioribus radiatis. Hort. Upfal.65.
them in their gardens; but the ſpring following Cow Parſnep with winged leaves having five lobes, and
their flowers were blue, as before, and this is what radiated flowers. Panax Sphondylii folio, ſc. Hera-
frequently happens, when the autumn is ſo mild as to racleum, C. B. P. 157.
cauſe them to power; but whether the double white 3. HERACLEUM (Alpinum) foliis fimplicibus, fioribus
fort, mentioned in the books, was only this acciden- radiatis. Lin. Sp. 359. Cow Parſnep with ſimple Leaves
tal alteration in the colour of the flower, I cannot and radiated flowers. Sphondylium Alpinum glabrum.
ſay, though it ſeems very probable it was, ſince I ne- C. B. P. 157. Smooth Alpine Cow Parfnep.
ver could hear of any perſon who ever ſaw the dou- 4. HERACLEUM (Sibricum) foliis pinnatis, folioliis qui-
ble white fort flower in the ſpring.
nis, intermediis feffilibus, corollulis uniformibus. Hort.
The ſingle forts produce feeds every year, whereby Upfal. 65. Core Parfuep with winged leaves, having five
lobes
و
3
و

H ER
H E R
lobes and a uniform corolla. Paſtinaca foliis fimpliciter nia with wedge-ſhaped folded leaves, which are crenated
pinnatis, foliolis pinnafidis. Flor. Siber. 1. p. 218. and indented. Hermannia fruteſcens, folio oblongo
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt parts of England, ſerrato latiori. Boerh. Ind. Shrubby Hermannia with a
fo is rarely admitted into gardens; there is a variety broader, oblong, ſerrated leaf.
(if not a diſtinct ſpecies of this) with narrower leaves, 2. HERMANNIA (Groſſulariefolia) foliis obovatis acutè
which are more divided than thoſe of the firſt; how- incifis, pedunculis bifloris. Prod. Leyd. 347. Her-
ever, as they are ſeldom cultivated, I ſhall not trou- mannia with oval leaves acutely cut, and foot-ſtalks bau-
ble the reader with their deſcription.
ing two flowers. Hermannia fruteſcens folio groſſu-
The ſecond ſort is placed in moſt of the Pharma- laria parvo hirſuto. Boerh. Ind. Shrubby Hermannia
copæias as a medicinal plant, but is rarelyuſed as ſuch, with a ſmall, hairy, Gooſeberry leaf.
eſpecially in England. This riſes with a tall ſtalk 3. HERMANNIA (Althææfolia) foliis obovatis plicatis cre-
near fix feet high, which is embraced by the baſe of natis tomentofis: Hort. Cliff. 343. Hermannia with
the leaves, there are winged, having generally five oval, folded, woolly leaves, which are crenated Her-
roundiſh lobes, whoſe ſurface is rough, of a dark mannia fruteſcens, folio ibiſci hirſuto molli, caule pi-
green colour: the flowers are produced at the top lofo. Boerh. Ind. Shrubby Hermannia with a ſoft, bairy,
of the ſtalks, being cloſely incloſed by the empale- Marſhmallow leaf, and woolly fialk.
ment when they firſt appear ; but this afterward burſt- 4. HERMANNIA (Hylopifolia) foliis lanceolatis obtufis
ing, the umbel expands, having large petals on their ferratis. Hort. Chiff. 342. Hermannia with obtuſe Spear-
exteriorrow, which are almoſt heart-ſhaped, and are fuc- ſhaped leaves, which are fawed. Hermannia frutefcens,
ceeded by flat compreſſed feeds like thoſe of Parſnep, folio oblongo ferrato. Tourn. Shrubby Hermannia with
but larger, having black ſtreaks on their outſide. an oblong ſerrated leaf.
This grows naturally on the Appenines.
5. HERMANNIA (Trifoliato) foliis oblongo-ovatis cre-
The third fort grows naturally on the Alps, as alſo in natis tomentofis flore mutabili. Hermannia with oblong,
Siberia: the ſtalks of this riſe as high as thoſe of the oval, crenated woolly leaves, and a changeable flower.
former, but the leaves are ſmooth. This is ſeldom Hermannia fruteſcens, folio oblongo molli cordato
cultivated.
hirſuto. Boerh. Ind. Shrubby Hermannia with a ſoft,
The fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia and Tran- oblong, hairy, beart-ſhaped leaf.
fylvania , in the former country, the inhabitants eat 6. HERMANNIA (Pinnata) foliis tripartitis, media pin-
the ſtalks and leaves of the plant for want of better natifida. Hort. Cliff. Hermannia with tripartite leaves
food.
ending in many points. Hermannia fruteſcens, folio
As theſe plants are rarely cultivated, unleſs in bota- multifido tenui, caule rubro. Boerh. Ind. alt. Sbrubby
nic gardens, fo I ſhall recommend to thoſe who are Hermannia with a narrow multifid leaf, and a red ſtalk.
defirous to propagate either of the ſpecies, to fow 7. HERMANNIA (Lavendulifolia) foliis lanceolatis obtufis
their weeds in the autumn; and in the ſpring, when integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 342. Hermannia with ob-
the plants are up, to hough the ground, cutting up tuſe Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are entire. Herman-
the ſeeds, and thinning of the plants, in the ſame man- nia fruteſcens, folio lavendulæ latiori & obtufo, fiore
ner as is directed for Parſneps, with which culture parvo aureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. Shrubby Hermannia
the plants will thrive.
with a broad, blunt, Lavender leaf, and a ſmall golden
HERBA GERARDI. See ANGELICA SYLVES- flower.
8. HERMANNIA (Hirſuta) foliis fimplicibus ternatifque
HERBALIST, HERBARIST, a perſon who hirſutis ſeſſilibus. Hermannia with ſingle and trifoliate
is ſkilled in diſtinguiſhing the kinds, natures, or vir- leaves which are hairy, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk.
tues of herbs or plants.
The firſt fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or eight
HERBA PARIS. See Paris.
feet high, dividing into many erect irregular branches,
To HERBARIZE, to go abroad in the fields in covered with a brown bark, garniſhed with wedge-
queft of different or new herbs or plants.
ſhaped leaves, which are narrow at their baſe, but
HERBIFEROUS fignifies bearing or bringing broad and round at the top ; they are about an inch
forth herbs.
long, and three quarters broad at the point, where
HERBIVOROUS, i. e. devouring or feeding on they are indented and crenated. The flowers are pro-
herbs or Grafs.
duced in ſhort ſpikes on the upper part of the
HERBOSE, graffy, or full of Graſs or herbs. branches; they are of a pale yellow colour, but
HERBOSITY, graffineſs, or abundance of Graſs ſmall; theſe appear in April and May, and are often
or herbs.
fucceeded by ſeeds, which ripen in Auguſt
.
HERBULENT, grafiy, full of Graſs or herbs. The ſecond fort is a ſhrub of lower ftature than the
HERMANNIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 656. tab. 432. firſt, but ſends out a great number of branches,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 742. The title of this genus was which ſpread wide on every ſide, garniſhed with
given by Dr. Tournefort in honour of that great bo- ſmaller leaves than thoſe of the former, which are
taniſt, Paul Herman, M. D. Profeſſor of Botany at rough, and fit cloſe to the branches. The powers
Leyden.
are produced in ſhort cloſe ſpikes at the end of every
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhoot, ſo that the whole ſhrub ſeems covered with
The flower hath a pitcher-ſhaped permanent empale-
flowers; they are of a bright yellow, and appear to-
ment, divided into five parts at the brin. It hath five ward the end of April, but are not ſucceeded by feeds
petals, which are narrow at their baſe, and twiſt againſt in England.
the fun within the tubulous empalement, but ſpread open The third ſort is a plant of humbler growth than ei-
above, where they are broad and obtuſe. It bath five ther of the former, feldom riſing more than two feet
broad ſtamino, which are joined in one body, terminated and a half high, the ſtem is not ſo woody, and the
by pointed ſummits, which are joined. In the center is branches are ſoft and ſender, garniſhed with oval
ſituated a roundiſh five-cornered germen, ſupporting an woolly leaves, which are plaited and crenated on the
awl-fhaped ſtyle which is longer than the ſtamina, crowned edges; the flowers are produced in looſe panicles at
by a ſingle stigma. The germen afterward becomes a five- the end of the branches, they are larger than thoſe
cornered roundiſh capſule, with five cells opening at the top, of the other ſpecies, and have very hairy empalements.
incloſing many feeds.
This ſort flowers in June and July, and frequently
This gerus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
puts out more in the autumn.
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes the plants The fourth fort has been longer in the European gar-
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina joined in one body to dens than either of the other. This riſes with a
the ſtyle.
ſhrubby upright ſtalk to the height of ſeven or eight
The SPECIES are,
feet, ſending out many ligneous branches from the
1. HERMANNIA (Alnifolia) foliis cuneiformibus plica- fide, which alſo grow more erect than any of the other;
catis, crenato-emarginatis. Hort. Cliff. 342. Herman- theſe are cloathed with obtuſe ſpear-shaped leaves,
6 S
6S
about
TRIS MINOR.
و
و

H E R
HER
a
3
3
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad, found thoſe plants which have been propagated by
ſawed on the edges toward the end: the flowers cuttings taken from thefe, have ſoon become barren :
come out in finall bunches from the ſide of the italk; the ſame thing I have obſerved in many other plants,
they are of a pale Straw colour, and appear in May therefore thoſe who are deſirous to continue their
and June; theſe are frequently ſucceeded by feeds, plants fruitful, ſhould conſtantly raiſe them from
which ripen the latter part of Auguſt.
feeds. Theſe, as alſo thoſe which are obtained from
The fifth fort feldom riſes more than two feet high, abroad, muſt be fown upon a moderate hot-bed;
with a ſoft ligneous ſtalk, ſending out ſlender irregular and when the plants come up, they muſt be trans-
branches, garniſhed with oblong, oval, woolly leaves, planted into ſmall pots, and plunged into another
ſtanding upon pretty long footſtalks ; the flowers are very moderate hot-bed, in order to promote their
produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; rooting; after which they muſt be hardened by de-
theſe are, at their firſt appearance, of a gold colour, grees, to endure the open air in fummer, and may
but after they have been ſome days open, they change then be treated as the old plants.
to yellow. This flowers in June and July. HERMODACTYLUS, the Hermodactyl, com-
The ſixth fort riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk near three monly called Snake's-head Iris.
feet high, ſending out many ſlender branches, covered This genus is by Dr. Linnæus joined to Iris, the
with a reddiſh bark, garniſhed with narrow wing- characters of the flower agreeing pretty well with thoſe
pointed leaves ; the flowers come out from the ſide of that genus ; from which Tournefort has ſeparated
of the branches in ſmall cluſters ; they are ſmall, and it from the difference of the root, which is not ac-
of a deep yellow colour. This flowers in June and cording to his own fyftem, where he makes the ſhape
July
Colum
of the petals with their number and poſition, the
The ſeventh fort hath ſhrubby branching ſtalks, principal characteriſtics in diftinguiſhing the claſſes
which are very buſhy, but feldom riſe more than a and genera ; but as this plant requires a particular
foot and a half high; the branches are very ſlender, treatment, fo I have continued it under Tournefort's
and garniſhed with hairy, pale, green leaves of dif-title. 73190
ferent ſizes; ſome of them are two inches long, and The CHARACTERS are,
one broad at their ends ; but their common ſize is fel- It bath a Lily-faped flower, conſiſting of one leof, and
dom more than one inch long, and half an inch broad Shaped exactly like an Iris, but has a tuberous root, di-
at their points ; they are entire, and ſit pretty cloſe vided into two or three dugs, like oblong bulbs.
to the branches; the flowers come out from the ſided We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
of the ſtalk fingly, they are ſmall
, and of a yellow HERMODACTYLUS (Tuberoſa) folio quadrangulo. C. B. P.
colour. This ſort flowers moſt part of ſummer. Snake's-head Iris, vulgò. This is alſo called Iris tu-
The eighth fort I raiſed from ſeeds which came beroſa Belgarum, i. e. Tuberous Iris of the Dutch.
from the Cape of Good Hope. This riſes with a This plant is eaſily propagated by its tubers, which
fhrubby hairy ſtalk about two feet high, ſending out ſhould be taken off foon after the green leaves decay,
many ſide branches, which grow more erect than thoſe which is the proper ſeaſon for tranſplanting the root ;
of the former, garniſhed with oblong, veined, hairy but they ſhould not be kept long out of the ground,
leaves, which are ſometimes ſingle, and at other left they ſhrink, which will cauſe them to rot when
times come out by threes, the middle one being the they are planted. They ſhould have a loamy foil,
largeſt; the flowers are produced toward the end not too ſtrong nor deep, and muſt be planted to an
of the branches, they are large, and of a deep yel- eaſt aſpect, where they will flower very well. The
low colour, with large, ſwollen, hairy empalements.
roots fhould not be removed oftener than once in
This ſort continues fowering moſt part of ſummer. three
years,
if you deſign to increaſe them, but
All the ſpecies of this genus yet known, are natives then they ſhould be planted at a farther diftance from
of the country about the Cape of Good Hope, from each other, than if they were to remain but one year;
whence moſt of them were brought to the gardens in and the beds ſhould be kept clear from weeds, and at
Holland, where they have been propagated and ſpread
Michaelmas there ſhould be ſome fine earth laid over
through moſt parts of Europe.
the beds, which will greatly ſtrengthen their roots.
The plants are all propagated by planting cuttings of The diſtance which theſe plants ſhould be allowed is
them during any of the ſummer months, in a bed of fixinches ſquare, and they ſhould be placed three inches
freſh earth, obſerving to water and ſhade them until deepin the ground. Theſe produce their flowers in May,
they are well rooted, which will be in about fix and their feeds are ripe in Auguſt; but as they mul-
weeks after planting; then you ſhould take them up, tiply pretty faſt by their roots, few people are at the
preſerving a ball of earth to their roots, and plant trouble of raiſing them from feeds; but thoſe who
them into pots filled with light freſh earth, placing have an inclination fo to do, muſt treat them in the
them in a ſhady ſituation until they have taken freſh manner directed for the bulbous Iriſes.
root; after which they may be expoſed to the open The roots of this plant are very apt to run deep into
air, with Myrtles, Geraniums, &c. until the middle the ground, and then they ſeldom produce flowers ;
or latter end of October, when they muſt be removed and many times they ſhoot ſo deep as to be loft,
into the green-houſe, obſerving to place them in the eſpecially where the foil is very light; therefore to
cooleſt part of the houſe, where they may have as prevent this, it will be proper to lay a thickneſs of
much free air as poſſible ; for if they are too much rubbiſh under the border where theſe are planted, to
drawn in the houſe, they will appear very faint and hinder them from getting down. This ſhould al-
fickly, and ſeldom produce many flowers; whereas, ways be practiſed in light ground, but in ſtrong land
when they are only preſerved from the froſt, and have there will be no occaſion to make uſe of this precau-
a great ſhare of free air, they will appear ſtrong and tion, becauſe they do not ſhoot downward ſo freely
healthy, and produce large quantities of flowers in in that.
April and May, during which ſeaſon they make a very This plant has by fome botanic writers been ſuppoſed
handſome appearance in the green houſe: they muſt the true Hermodactyl, but what has been long uſed
alſo be frequently watered, and will require to be new in Europe for that is the root of a Colchicum.
potted at leaſt twice every year, i. e. in May and Sep- HERNÀNDIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 8. tab. 40. Lin.
tember ; otherwiſe their roots will be ſo matted, as to Gen. Plant. 931. Jack-in-a-Box, vulgò.
prevent their growth.
The CHARACTERS are,
Theſe plants rarely produce good ſeeds with us, ex- It hath male and female fiowers on the same plant; the
cept the fourth and eighth forts, which ripen their male flowers have a partial involucrum, compoſed of four
ſeeds every year in England ; the other rarely pro- oval ſmell leaves, which incloſe three flowers; each of
ducing any, I ſuppoſe this may be accounted for by theſe has a proper bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf :
their having been long propagated from cuttings; for the petal is funnel-ſhaped, cut inio fix ſegments at the
thoſe plants which I have raiſed from ſeeds, have been brim; it bath three ſhort ſtomina inſerted in the empale-
fruitful two or three years after, but I have always ment, terminated by ere&t ſummits. The female frowers
a
و
ore

H E R
H ES
WO1150
water.
a
are ſhaped like the male, but want ſtamina; they have a 4. HERNIARIA (Fruticoſa) caulibus fruticofis, foribus
roundiſh germen, ſupporting three ſlender ſtyles, crowned quadrifidis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 369. Rupturewort
by acute ſtigmas. The empalement afterward becomes a with ligneous stalks and quadrifid flowers
. Herniaria
large, ſwollen, oblong fruit, perforated at each end, in- fruticofa, viticulis lignoſis. C. B. P. 382.
cloſing one hard globular nut. hlubit la The two firſt ſorts grow naturally in England, buc
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of not very common; they are low trailing plants, their
Linnæus's twenty-fi ft claſs, intitled Monæcia Tri- branches lying on the ground, and extend ſeven or
andria, which includes thoſe plants which have male eight inches each way; they have leaves like the
and female flowers in the ſame plant, whoſe male ſmaller Chickweed, the firſt is ſmooth, and thoſe of
flowers have three ſtamina. od sisubomo the ſecond are hairy; the flowers come out in
We have but one Species of this genus in Eng- cluſters from the ſide of the ſtalks at the joints;
land, viz.
obno.0123019
they are ſmall, and of a yellowiſh green, ſo make no
HERNANDIA (Sonora) foliis peltatis. Hort. Cliff. 485. appearance.govib emot nordover vad utrud
tab. 13. Hernandia amplo hederæ folio umbilicato. The fourth fort hath ſhrubby ſtalks which crail up-
Plum. Hernandia with a large umbilicated Ivy leaf, com- on the ground, garniſhed with ſmall hairy leaves
monly called in the Weſt-Indies, Jack-in-a-box. ist like the ſecond fort; the flowers are alſo very like
This plant is very common in Jamaica, Barbadoes, that. women diw bacing
diw bading, is minbar
St. Chriſtopher's, and many other iſlands in the Weſt- The third fort is an annual plant, which
grows na-
Indies, where it is known by the name of Jack-in-a- b turally in France and Italy. This doth not ſpread
box. The fruit of this plant when ripe, is perforated, ſo much as either of-the other forts, but the flowers
and the nut in the inſide becomes hard ; ſo that when and leaves are ſomewhat like the firſt, but larger.
the wind blows through the fruit, it makes a whiſtling Theſe plants are ſeldom cultivated, but in botanic
noiſe, which may be heard at a diſtance; fom whence,
;
gardens for the ſake of variety. The three firſt are
I ſuppoſe, the inhabitants gave this name to the annual plants, feldom continuing longer than one
plant. It grows in the gullies, where there are rills of year; and muſt be permitted to 1 ſhed their feeds,
AHDOHT b whereby they are better preſerved than if ſown with
In Europe this plant is preſerved in curious gardens, -art. The fourth fort is an abiding plant, which may
with other tender exotic plants. It is propagated by be propagated by cuttings; but as they are plants
ſowing the ſeeds in a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when of no beauty, they are rarely preſerved in gardens.
the plants have ariſen two inches high, they ſhould be The firſt fort is what ſhould be uſed in the ſhops, but
tranſplanted each into a ſeparate pot, filled with freſh is rarely ſeen in London, the herb-women commonly
rich earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, ob- bringing the Parſley Breakſtone to the markets, which
ſerving to water and ſhade them until they have taken is fold inſtead of this plant. 167 dagis, 9
root; after which time they muſt have air admitted | HESPERIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 222. tab. 108.
to them, (by raiſing the glaſſes) in proportion to the Lin. Gen. Plant. 731. [fome derive the name of this
warmth of the air, or the heat of the bed in which plant from Heſperia, Italy, from whence the people
they are placed ; and ſhould be frequently wa- were anciently called Heſperides; but it is pretty
tered, otherwiſe they will not thrive. As the plants plain, that the name was taken from "ECTEPG, be-
advance, they ſhould be removed into larger pots, cauſe the flower commonly ſmells moſt in an even-
which ſhould be filled with rich earth; but in doing ing; either of theſe may be admitted. It is called
this, you ſhould be very careful not to break the Viola Matronalis, becauſe it reſembles the Violet, and
roots, as alſo to preſerve a good ball of earth to was at firſt cultivated by women.] Dame's Violet,
them; and if their leaves ſhould hang after being Rocket, or Queen's Gillifower; in French, Juliane,
removed, the plants muſt be ſcreened from the ſun
or Juliene. Won
until they have taken new root.
The beſt time to ano The CHARACTERS are,
ſhift theſe plants is in July, that they may be well The flower is compoſed of four oblong petals in form of
rooted before the cold approaches; the plants muſt a croſs, whoſe baſe or tails are narrow, and are ſituated
be conſtantly kept in the bark-ſtove: in winter they in a four-leaved empalement, which falls away. It bath
ſhould have a moderate ſhare of heat, and in the fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina, four of them as long as the
fummer they muſt have plenty of air in hot weather. tube of the flower, and two much ſhorter, terminated by
With this management, the plants will grow to the narrow eret ſummits, reflexed at their points. It hath a
height of fixteen feet or more, and the leaves being honey-gland ſituated between the two ſhort ſtamina, and
very large, will make a beautiful appearance in the a four-cornered germen the length of the ſtamina, but no
ſtove. It hath not as yet flowered in England, though Style, the oblong eregt ſtigma ſitting on the germen; the
we may expect fome of the large plants to flower in a Stigma is divided into two parts, which join at their
ſhort time.
points. The germen afterward becomes a plain, long,
HERNIARIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 507. tab. 228. compreſſed pod with two cells, divided by an intermediate
Lin. Gen. Plant. 272. (of Hernia, Lat. a rupture.] partition, incloſing many ovel compreſſed ſeeds.
Rupturewort.
b.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
The CHARACTERS are,
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Si-
The flower hath no petals, but a coloured empalement liquoſa, the flowers having four long and two ſhort
of one leaf, cut into five parts which ſpread open. It ſtamina, and are ſucceeded by long pods.
bath five ſmall awl-ſhaped ſtamina, ſituated in the divi- The SPECIES are,
va
fions of the empalement, terminated by ſingle fummits, 1. HESPERIS (Matronalis) caule fimplici erecto, foliis
and five others which are barren, placed alternately be- ovato-lanceolatis denticulatis, petalis mucrone emar-
tween them. In the center is an oval germen with two ginatis. Lin. Sp. 927. Dame's Violet with a ſingle erect
ſtigmas, which have acute points ; the germen afterward ſtalk, oval, Spear-ſhaped, indented leaves, and the petals
turns to a ſmall capſule incloſed in the empalement, having of the flowers indented at the top. Hefperis hortenfis, ,
one oval-pointed feed.
flore purpureo. C. B. P. 202. Garden Rocket with a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection purple flower.
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia, 2. HESPERIS (Alba). caule fimplici erecto, foliis lanceo-
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have five ſta- latis ferratis, petalis integris. Dame's Violet with a ſingle
mina and two ſtyles.
upright ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped ſawed leaves, and the petals of
The SPECIES are,
the flower entire. Heſperis hortenſis fore candido.
1. HERNIARIA (Glabra) glabra herbacea. J. B. 3. 378. C. B. P. 202. Garden Rocket with a white flower.
Smooth Rupturewort.
3. HESPERIS (Inodora) caule ſimplici erecto, foliis ſub-
2. HERNIARIA (Hirſuta) hirſuta herbacea. J. B. 3. 379. haftatis dentatis petalis obtuſis. Lin. Sp. 727. Dame's
Rough or hairy Rupturewort.
Violet with a ſingle upright ſtalk, halbert-ſhaped, in-
3. HERNIARIA (Alfines folia) alſınes folio. Tourn. Inft. dented, obtuſe leaves and petals. Hefperis fylveftris in-
507. Rupturewort with a Chickweed leaf.
odora. C. B. P. 202. Unfavoury wild Rocket.
a
4. Hes-

HES
HES
manner:
3
4. HESPERIS (Triſtis) caule hifpido ramoſo patente. Hort.
Upfal. 187. Deme's Violet with a prickly, branching,
Spreading ſtalk. Heſperis montana, pallidia, odoratiffi-
ma. C. B. P. 202. Sweeteſt pale Mountain Rocket.
5. Hesperis (Siberica) caule fimplici, folis lanceolatis
dentato-ſerratis, petalis obtufiffimis integris. Lin. Sp.
927. Dame's Violet with a ſingle ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped
Jawed leaves, and blunt entire petals to the flower.
6. HESPERIS (Exigua) caule ramofiffimo diffuſo, foliis
lineari-lanceolatis dentatis, filiquis apice truncatis.
Dame's Violet with a very branching diffuſed ſtalk, nar-
row, ſpear-ſhaped, indented leaves, and the points of the
pods ſhaped like a truncheon. Heſperis exigua lutea,
folio dentato anguſto. Boerh. Ind. 146. Rocket with
a very ſmall yellow flower, and a narrow indented leaf.
7. HESPERIS (Dentata) foliis dentato-pinnatifidis, caule
lævi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 664. Dame's Violet with wing-pointed
indented leaves, and a ſmcoth ſtalk. Hefperis flore albo
minimo, filiquâ longâ, folio profundè dentato. Boerh.
Ind. alt. 2. 20. Rocket with a ſmall white flower, a
long pod, and leaves deeply indented.
8. HESPERIS (Africana) caule ramoſiſſimo diffuſo, fo
liis petiolatis lanceolatis acute dentatis fcabris filiquis
fefiilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 928. Dame's Violet with very
branching diffuſed ſtalks, ſpear-ſhaped, rough, fawed leaves,
and pods ſitting cloſe to the stalks. Heiperis Africana,
hieracii folio hirſuto, flore minimo purpuraſcente.
Niffol. Act. African Rocket with a hairy Hawkweed
leaf, and a very ſmall purpliſh flower.
9. HESPERIS (Verna) caule erecto ramofo, foliis corda-
tis amplexicaulibus ferratis villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
664. Dame's Violet with an ereat branching ſtalk, and
hairy, ſawed, beart-ſhaped leaves embracing the ſtalk.
Turritis annua verna, purpurafcente flore. Tourn.
Inſt. 224. Annual vernal Tower Mustard, with a pur-
pliſh flower.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy; this was for-
merly in greater plenty in the English gardens than at
preſent, having been long neglected becauſe the flowers
were ſingle, and made but little appearance; how-
ever, as the flowers have a very grateful ſcent, fo the
plant is worthy of a place in every good garden. This
rifes with an upright ſtalk a foot and a half high, gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which fit cloſe to
the ſtalk, and are ſlightly indented on their edges,
ending in acute points: the flowers are produced in
a looſe thyrſe on the top of the ſtalks; they are com-
poſed of four petals, which are roundiſh and in-
dented at their points, of a deep purple colour, and
ſmell very ſweet, eſpecially in the evening or in cloudy
weather. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen
the latter end of Auguſt. It is a biennial plant, ſo
that young plants ſhould be raiſed every year, to ſup-
ply the place of thoſe which decay: if the ſeeds are
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up without
trouble in the ſpring; and if the ſeeds are fown, the
beſt ſeaſon for it is in the autumn; becauſe thoſe which
are fown in the ſpring often fail if the ſeaſon proves
dry, or will remain a long time in the ground before
they vegetate. This plant ſhould have a loamy un-
dunged foil, in which it will thrive better than in
rich land.
There is a variety of this with double flowers, in ſome
of the gardens in France; but that which we have in
England, is a variety of the third fort with unfavoury
fiowers.
The ſecond ſort has been generally ſuppoſed only a
variety of the firſt, differing in the colour of the flower,
but is certainly a diſtinct fpecies; the leaves of this
are not ſo long, but much broader than thoſe of the
firft, and their borders are entire; the flowers are not
quite ſo large, nor do they form ſo good ſpikes;
they are white, and have not fo fine a ſcent as the firſt.
This is alſo a biennial plant, requiring the ſame treat-
ment as the firſt.
The third ſort grows naturally in Hungary and Auf-
tria. This riſes with an upright ſtalk near two feet
high, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in
acute points, and ſharply indented on their edges ;
they are of a dark green, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks ;
the flowers grow in looſe ſpikes on the top of the
ſtalks; in fome they are white, in others purple, and
ſometimes both colours ſtriped in the ſame flower;
theſe have no odour, fo are not deſerving of a place
in gardens, but may be propagated in the ſame man-
ner as the two former.
From this fort, the double white and purple Rock-
ets have been accidentally obtained, which are much
eſteemed for the beauty of their flowers; and if they
had the agreeable odour of the Garden Rocket, they
would be ſome of the beſt furniture for the borders
of the flower-garden, but they are without fcent; how-
ever, for the beauty of their flowers, they are by fome
greatly eſteemed, therefore I ſhall here inſert the beſt
method of propagating them yet known.
Theſe plants are naturally biennial, ſo the plants with
fingle flowers rarely ſurvive the ſecond year; nor will
thoſe with double powers continue much longer; ſo
that unleſs young plants are annually raiſed to ſupply
the place of the old ones, there will ſoon be a want
of them, which is what few perſons are careful enough
to obſerve; but thinking the roots to be perennial,
truſt to their putting out offsets, or the plants re-
maining after they have flowered ; and finding them
decay, are apt to think their foil very improper for
them, and are at a loſs to account for their decaying;
whereas, when the plants have flowered, they have
finiſhed their period, and feldom continue to flower a
ſecond time from the ſame root; though in poor
land, they will often put out a few weak offsets,
which may flower again, but feldom ſo ſtrong as the
principal roots; therefore thoſe who are deſirous to
propagate theſe plants, ſhould do it in the following
There ſhould be ſome ſtrong roots of each fort kept
apart for this purpoſe, which are not intended to
flower; when theſe have ſhot up their flower-ſtalks
about fix inches high, they ſhould be cut clofe, to
the bottom; each of theſe may be divided in the
middle to make two cuttings, which ſhould be planted
in a ſoft, gentle, loamy foil, to an eaſt expoſure, where
they may have only the morning ſun ; and theſe may
be planted pretty near together, fo as to be covered
with hand or bell-glaffes, which ſhould be put over
them after the cuttings have been well watered, and
clofely ſhut down, drawing the earth round the rim
of the glaſſes to exclude the air ; then the glaſſes
ſhould be ſhaded with mats every day when the ſun
is hot; and if the cuttings are gently refreſhed with
water once in ſeven or eight days, it will be fuffi-
cient, for too much moiſture will cauſe them to rot :
when theſe are watered, the glaſſes ſhould be cloſely
ſhut down again as before; with this management the
cuttings will put out roots in five or fix weeks, and
will begin to ſhoot above, then the glaſſes ſhould be
gently raiſed on one fide to admit the air to them,
and fo gradually harden them to the open air, to
prevent their drawing up weak. When theſe have
made good roots, they ſhould be carefully removed,
and planted in an eaſt border at about eight or nine
inches afunder, obſerving to ſhade and water them till
they have taken new root; after which they will re-
quire no other care, but to keep them clean from
weeds till the autumn, when they may be tranſplanted
into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, where they
are deſigned to flower.
The roots which are thus cut down, will ſend up
more ſtalks than before, and when theſe are of a
pro-
per height, they may be cut off and treated in the
ſo that if the roots are found, there may be
two or three crops of theſe cuttings taken from them,
and by ſo doing, the old roots may be continued much
longer than if they are permitted to flower; and by
this management, there may be always a ſupply of
good plants for the flower-garden.
Theſe plants are very ſubject to canker and rot when
they are planted in a light rich foil, but in poor ſtrong
ground, I have ſeen them thrive and flower in the ut-
moſt perfection, where the ſtems of flowers have been
as large, and the flowers as fair as the finest double
Stock-
a
3
و
ſame way;
a
3
a

H EL
H I B
ar
up
,
ring the ſeaſon of their flowering, have the porn als eed the ground; they are fawed and hairy : the Italk rifes
Stock-gillifowers. Their ſeaſon of flowering is in ſpear-ſhaped leaves ſawed on their edges, and termi-
the beginning of June, and I have frequently raiſed nated by loofe panicles of ſmall purple flowers, which
young plants from the ſtalks after the flowers have appear in June and July; theſe are ſucceeded by long
decayed, by cutting them in lengths, and planting pods ſitting cloſe to the talks, and are filled with
them in the manner before directed; but theſe fel- ſmall ſeeds which ripen in September.
dom make fo good plants as the young cuttings, nor Theſe three forts are rarely cultivated, except in bo-
are they ſo certain to grow, therefore the other are tanic gardens for the ſake of variety. If the ſeeds
to be preferred.
of theſe are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
The fourth fort grows naturally in Hungary. This without care, and only require to be kept clean
is much cultivated in the gardens abroad, for the great from weeds ; or they may be fown either in the ſpring
fragrancy of its flowers, which in the evening is ſo or the autumn where they are to ſtand, for they do
ſtrong, as to perfume the air at a great diſtance, eſpe- not bear tranſplanting well.
cially where there are any number of the plants. The The ninth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
ladies in Germany are very fond of this plant, and du-
,
turally in the ſouth of France. This ſends out ſeveral
pots placed heart-ſhaped leaves from the root, which ſpread on
, that may en-
joy the fragrancy of their flowers; for they have but nine inches high, branching toward the top, garniſhed
little beauty, being ſmaller than thoſe of the Garden with leaves of the fame ihape, which embrace the
,
Rocket, and of a pale colour, but the ſcent of their ſtalks with their baſe; the flowers are produced in
flowers is much preferable to them; though in the looſe panicles at the end of the branches; they are of
day-time, if the weather is clear, they have very little a lively purple colour, and thoſe plants which riſe in
odour ; but when the ſun leaves them, their fragrancy the autumn, flower early in the ſpring. If theſe
is expanded to a great diſtance. To this ſpecies it is ſeeds are ſown in the autumn, they ſucceed much bet-
fuppoſed, that the title of Dame's Violet was firſt ap- ter than in the ſpring.
plied.
HEUCHERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 283. Sanicle.
This ſort is very rarely ſeen in the Engliſh gardens : I
The CHARACTERS are,
fuppoſe it has been neglected, becauſe the flowers The flower is compoſed of five narrow petals, which are
make no appearance. It is a biennial plant like the inſerted in the border of the one-leaved empalement. It
Garden Rocket, which is propagated by ſeeds in the hath five ere&t awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are much longer
ſame manner; but the plants are not quite ſo hardy, than the empalement, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. It
and are very ſubject to rot in winter, eſpecially on a hath a roundiſh bifid germen, with two ereet ſtyles the
moiſt foil, or in rich land, where they are apt to grow length of the ſtamina, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The
very rank, ſo are foon injured by wet and cold in the germen afterward turns to an oval-pointed capſule with
winter; therefore the plants of this fort ſhould be two horns, which are reflexed, having two cells filled with
planted in a dry poor foil, and a warm ſituation ; and very ſmall ſeeds.
if ſome of them are planted in pots to be placed under This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
a common frame in winter, where they may be ſhel- Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
tered from hard rains and froft, but enjoy the free whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
air at all times when the weather is mild, it will be We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
a ſure way to preſerve them.
HEUCHERA (Americana.) Hort. Clif. 82. Mitella Ameri-
The leaves of this fort are much larger than thoſe cana, flore ſquallidè purpureo villoſo. Boerh. Ind.
of the Garden Rocket, and of a paler green ; the alt. Mitella of America, with hairy flowers of a dirty
ftalks are cloſely ſet with briſtly hairs; the flowers purple colour.
grow in looſe panicles at the top of the ſtalk, and ap- This plant grows naturally in Virginia, but is hardy
pear about the ſame time with the Garden Rocket. enough to thrive in the open air in England. It hath
The feeds of the fifth ſort were ſent me from Germany a perennial root, which ſends out many heart-ſhaped
without any title, nor any account of the country from oval leaves, which are indented into four or five
whence it came ; but as it was ſent with the feeds of lobes, and are crenated on their edges, of a lucid
fome Siberian plants, I ſuppoſe this came from the green, and ſmooth, from between theſe come out
ſame country. This is a biennial plant, which riſes the foot-ſtalks of the flower, which are naked, and
with a ſtrong branching ſtalk between two and three riſe a foot high, dividing at the top into a looſe pani-
feet high, which is very hairy, garniſhed with oblong cle, ſuſtaining many ſmall hairy flowers, of an obſo-
heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points, fitting lete purple colour. This flowers in May, and the
cloſe to the ſtalk; they are four inches long, and one ſeeds ripen in Auguſt.
and a half broad at their baſe, gradually diminiſhing It is propagated by parting the roots in autumn, and
to the point, and are ſlightly ſawed on their edges; ſhould be planted in a ſhady ſituation; there is little
the upper part of the ſtalk divides into two or three beauty in this plant, but it is preſerved in ſome
gar-
branches, which are garniſhed with ſmall leaves of dens for the ſake of variety.
the ſame ſhape with thoſe below, and are terminated HIBISCUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 756. Ketmia. Tourn.
with looſe panicles of ſingle, large, purple flowers of Inft. R. H. 99. tab. 26. Syrian Mellow.
great fragrancy. This fort Hlowered the end of June
The CHARACTERS are,
1757, but the great rains which fell in Auguſt, rotted The flower has a double empalement, which is permanent ;
the plants before the ſeeds were ripe.
the outer is compoſed of eight or ten narrow leaves, the
The fixth fort grows naturally in the warm parts of inner is shaped like a cup, and is of one leaf, cut at the
Europe ; this is annual ; the ſtalks riſe about eight brim into five acute points. It bath five heart-ſhaped
or nine inches high, branching out greatly on every petals, which join at their baſe into one.
fide in a confuſed order ; they are garniſhed with ſtamina, which are joined to the ſtyle, in form of a column,
ſmall, narrow, indented leaves, and are terminated within the tube of the flower, but expand toward
the top,
by cluſters of ſmall yellow flowers, which make no and are terminated by kidney-ſhaped ſummits. It has a
appearance.
round germen, with Nender ſtyles longer than the ſtamina,
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Sicily. This is crowned by roundiſh ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns
an annual plant, which ſeldom riſes more than fix to a capſule with five cells, opening in five parts, incloſing
inches high; the ftalk branches toward the top into kidne;-ſhaped feeds.
three or four ſmaller, which are terminated by ſmall
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
white flowers; the leaves are two inches long and of Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
one broad, cut almoſt to the midrib on each ſide, ſo plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina joined to the
as to reſemble a winged leaf.
ſtyles in one body, forming a column.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Africa. This is
The SPECIES are,
an annual plant with a very branching ſtalk, which 1. Hibiscus (Syriacus) foliis cuneiformi-ovatis, ſupernè
riſes about nine inches high, garniſhed with rough inciſo-dentatis, caule arboreo. Hort. Cliff. 350. Hibif-
6 T
a
a
a
It hath many
CUS

HIB
HIB
a
cus with wedge-ſhaped oval leaves, whoſe upper parts | 13. HIBISCUS (Cordifolius) foliis cordatis hirſutis crena-
are cut, indented, and a tree-like ſtalk. Ketmia Syrorum tis, floribus lateralibus, caule arboreo ramoſo. Hibiſ-
quibufdam. C. 3. P. 316. The Syrian Ketmia, commonly cus with beart-Soaped, boiry, crenated leaves, flowers
called Alibea frutex.
growing from the ſides of the branches, and a tree-like
2. HIBISCUS (Sinenſis) foliis cordato-quinquangularis ob- branching ſtalk. Ketmia Americana fruteſcens foliis
foletè ferratis, caule arboreo. Hort, Upfal. 205. Hi- fubrotundis crenatis hirſutis, flore luteo. Houft.
biſcus with beart-ſhaped leaves, having five angles which Shrubby American Ketmia with roundiſh, hairy, crenated
are flighily Jawed, and a tree-like ſtalk. Ketmia finen- leaves, and a yellow flower.
fis, fructu fubrotundo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 100. 14. Hibiscus (Bahamenſis) foliis oblongo-cordatis gla-
China Ketmia with a roundiſh fruit, commonly called China bris, denticulatis, fubtus incanis, floribus ampliffimis.
Rose.
Hibiſcus with oblong, heart-ſhaped, ſmooth, indented leaves,
3. HIBISCUS ( Abelmoſchus) foliis fubpeltato-cordatis fep- boary on their under ſide, and very large flowers.
temnangularibus, ferratis hifpidis. Hort. Cliff
. 349. 15. Hibiscus (Ficifolius) foliis quinquepartito pedatis,
Hibiſcus with beart-ſhaped target leaves, having ſeven calycibus inferioribus latere rumpentibus. Lin. Sp.
angles which are ſawed, and ſet with prickly hairs. Plant. 696. Hibiſcus with leaves like a band, divided
Ketmia Americana hirſuta, flore flavo, & femine mof- into five parts, and the lower empalement torn ſideways.
chato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 100. Hairy American Ket- Ketmia Braſilienſis, folio ficas, fructu pyramidato ſul-
mio with a yellow flower and muſky ſeed, commonly called cato. Tourn. Init. R. H. 100. Ketmia of the Brafils
Muſk.
with a Fig leaf, and a pyramidal furrowed fruit.
4. HIBISCUS (Manihot) foliis palmato-digitatis feptem- 16. HIBISCUS (Pentacarpos) foliis inferioribus cordatis
partitis. Hort. Cliff. 350. Hibiſcus with fingered leaves, angulatis, fuperioribus fubhaftatis, floribus fubnu-
which are divided into ſeven parts. Ketmia America- tantibus, piſtillo cernuo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 697. Hibiſcus
na, folio Papayæ, flore magno flaveſcente, fundo with lower leaves beari-ſhaped and angular, the upper
purpureo, fructu erecto pyramidali hexagono, femine ones ſomewhat ſpear-ſhaped, nodding flowers, and a re-
rotundulo ſapore fatuo. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. 272. Ame- curved piſtil. Ketmia paluſtris minor, folio anguſto,
rican Ketmia with a Papaw leaf, and a large yellow flore parvo purpurafcente, fructu depreffo pentago-
flower, having a purple bottom, a pyramidal, six-cornered, na. Zannich. Venet. 155. tab. 91. Smaller Marſh Ket-
.
ere Et fruit, and round ſeeds of a flat taſte.
mia with a narrow leaf, a ſmall purpliſh flower, and a
5. Hibiscus (Tomentoſus) foliis cordatis angulatis ſerra- five-cornered depreſed fruit.
tis tomentofis, caule arboreo. Hibiſcus with angular, 17. Hibiscus (Populneus) foliis ovatis acuminatis ferra-
heart-ſhaped, ſawed, woolly leaves, and a tree-like ſtalk. tis, caule fimpliciffimo, petiolis fioriferis. Hort. Up-
Malva arboreo, folio oblongo acuminato veluto den- fal. 205. Hibiſcus with oval-pointed lawed leaves, a
tato & leviter finuato, flore ex rubro flaveſcente. Sloan. ſingle ſtalk, and foot-ſtalks having flowers. Ketmia Afri-
Cat. 95. Tree Mollow with oblong, acute-pointed, in- cana Populi folio. Tourn. Inft. 100. African Ketmia
dented leaves, ſlightly ſinuated, and a reddiſh yellow with a Poplar leaf.
flower.
18. HIBISCUS (Paluſtris) caule herbaceo fimpliciffimo,
6. HIBISCUS (Tiliaceus) foliis cordatis fubrotundis in- foliis ovatis ſubtrilobis, fubtus tomentofis, floribus
diviſis acuminatis crenatis, caule arboreo. Prod. Leyd. axillaribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 693. Hibiſcus with a ſingle
532. Hibiſcus with entire heart-ſhaped leaves, and a tree- berbaceous ſtalk, oval leaves having three lobes, woolly
like ſtolk. Ketmia Indica tiliæ folio. Tourn. Inſt. R. on their under fide. Ketmia paluſtris flore purpureo.
H. 100. Indian Ketmia with a Lime-tree leaf.
Tourn. Inſt. 100. Marſh Ketmio with a purple flower.
7. Hibiscus (Favanica) foliis ovatis acuminatis ferratis 19. Hibiscus (Trionum) foliis tripartitis incifis, calyci-
glabris, caule arboreo. Flor. Zeyl. 260. Hibiſcus with bus inflatis. Hort. Upfal. 206. Hibiſcus with tripartite
oval-pointed, Sowed, ſmooth leaves, and a tree-like ſtalk. cut leaves, and a ſwollen empalement. Ketmia veficaria
Alcea Javanica arboreſcens, flore pleno rubicundo. vulgaris. Tourn. Inft. Common Bladder Ketmia, called
Bryen. Cent. 121. tab. 56. Tree Vervain Mallow of Venice Mallow, or Flower of an hour.
Java, with a double red flower, called in India Shoe-flower. | 20. HIBISCUS (Africana) foliis tripartitis dentatis, lobis
a -.
8. HIBISCUS (Vitifolis) foliis ferratis inferioribus ovatis anguſtioribus caule hirfuto calycibus inflatis. Hibiſ-
indiviſis, fuperioribus quinquepartitis, caule aculeato. cus
with tripartite indented leaves beving narrower lobes,
Prod. Leyd. 358. Hibiſcus with ſawed leaves, the lower a hairy ſtalk, and ſwollen empalements. Ketmia veſi-
oval and undivided, the upper divided into five parts, caria Africana. Tourn. Inft. 101. African Bladder
and a prickly ſtalk. Ketmia Indica vitis folio, mag- Ketmia.
no flore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 100. Indian Ketmia 21. HIBISCUS (Hiſpidus) foliis inferioribus trilobis, ſum-
with a Vine leaf and large flower.
mis quinque partitis obtufis crenatis calycibus infla-
9. HIBISCUS (Sabdariffa) foliis ferratis, inferioribus cor- tis, caule hiſpido. Hibiſcus with under leaves having
datis, mediis tripartitis, fummis quinquepartitis, caule three lobes, the upper being cut into five obtufe Segments,
aculeato. Hibiſcus with Sawed leaves, the lower ones which are crenated, ſwollen empalements, and a prickly
being heart-ſhaped, the middle divided into three parts, ſtalk.
the upper into five, and a prickly ficlk. Ketmia Ægyp-22. Hibiscus (Malvaviſcus) foliis cordatis-crenatis, an-
tiaca vitis folio, parvo flore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 100. gulis lateralibus extimis parvis, caule arboreo. Hort.
Egyptian Ketmia with e Vine leaf and a ſmall flower. Cliff. 349. Hibiſcus with beart-ſhaped crenated leaves,
10. HIBISCUS (Goſſypifolius) foliis quinquelobatis fer- whoſe outward lateral angles are ſmall, and a tree-like
ratis, caule glabro. Hibiſcus with Jawed leaves divided Stalk. Malvaviſcus arboreſcens, flore miniato clauſo.
into five lobes, and a ſmooth ſtalk. Ketmia Indica, Hort. Elth. 210. tab. 170. Tree-like, viſcous, ſeeded
Goſſyppii folio, acetofæ fapore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. Mallow, with a cloſed ſcarlet flower.
100. Indien Ketmia with a Cotton leaf, and the taſte of The firſt fort is cominonly called Althæa frutex by
Sorrel.
the nurſery gardeners, who propagate the ſhrubs for
II. HIBISCUS (Ficulneus) foliis quinquefido-palmatis, fale; of this there are four or five varieties, which
caule aculeato. Hort. Cliff. 498. Hibiſcus with hand- differ in the colour of their flowers; the moſt common
Maped five-pointed leaves, and a prickly ſtolk. Ketmia hath pale purple flowers with dark bottoms; another
Zeylanica, fici folio, perianthio oblongo integro. hath bright purple flowers with black bottoms, a third
Hort. Elth. 190. tab. 157. Ketmia of Ceylon with a Fig hath white flowers with purple bottoms; a fourth va-
leof, and an oblong entire perianthium.
riegated flowers with dark bottoms; and a fifth pale
12. Hibiscus (Surattenſis) foliis quinquepartitis, lobis yellow flowers with dark bottoms; but the laſt is very
ovato-lanceolatis hirſutis crenatis, caule ſpinoffimo. rare at preſent in the Engliſh gardens ; there are allo
Hibiſcus with leaves divided into five lobes, which are two with variegated leaves, which are by ſome much
oval, Spear-ſhaped, hairy, and crenated, and a very prickly eſteemed.
ſtalk. Ketmia Indica aculeata, foliis digitatis. Tourn. This grows naturally in Syria, from whence it has
Inft. 101. Prickly Indian Ketmia with hand-ſhaped been introduced to the gardens, and is one of the great
leaves.
ornaments of the autumn feafon: it riſes with a ſhrubby
ftalk

HI B
HIB
a
ſtalk to the height of fix or ſeven feet, ſending out
many ligneous branches, covered with a ſmooth gray
bark, garniſhed with oval ſpear-shaped leaves, whoſe
upper parts are frequently divided into three lobes,
which are fawed; theſe are placed alternately on the
branches, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers
coine out from the wings of the ſtalks at every
joint of the ſame year's ſhoot; they are large, and
ſhaped like thoſe of the Mallow, having five large
roundiſh petals, which join at their baſe, ſpreading
open at the top in ſhape of an open bell: theſe
appear in Auguſt, and if the ſeaſon is not too warm,
there will be a ſucceſſion of flowers part of Sep-
tember; the early flowers are ſucceeded by ſhort cap-
fules with five cells, filled with kidney-ſhaped feeds;
but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm, they will not ripen
in this country.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in
pots filled with light earth the latter end of March ;
and if they are plunged into a gentle heat, it will
greatly forward the growth of the feeds. When the
plants are come up, they muſt be inured to the
open air, and in May the pots may be plunged into
the ground, in a border expoſed to the eaſt, where
they may have the morning ſun: the reaſon of my
adviſing the pots to be plunged into the ground,
is to prevent the earth from drying ſo faſt as it
would do when the pots ſtand on the ſurface, ſo
that the plants will not require ſo much water in
ſummer; theſe plants will require no other culture,
but to keep them clean from weeds, and in very
dry weather to refreſh them with water during the
firſt ſummer, but in autumn it will be proper to re-
move the pots under a common frame to ſcreen
them from the froft; or where there is not ſuch con-
veniency, they may be plunged cloſe to a hedge,
pale, or wall, to a good aſpect; and in ſevere froſt, they
ſhould be covered with mats, Straw, or other light
covering; for although theſe plants, when they have
obtained ſtrength, will reſiſt the cold of our winters,
yet the young plants, whoſe ſhoots are tender, are
very often injured by the firſt froſt of autumn: ſo that
if they are not ſcreened the firſt year, they are often
killed to the ground. Toward the latter end of March
will be a good time to tranſplant theſe plants, at which
time a ſpot of light ground muſt be prepared to re-
ceive them, which ſhould be divided into beds four
feet broad, with paths of two feet broad between ;
then the plants ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots with
the earth about them, and ſeparated with care, for
their roots are very tender, and apt to break with
little force; theſe ſhould be planted at about nine
inches afunder in the beds; ſo that if four rows are
planted in each bed, there will be fix inches allowed
between the outſide rows and the paths. The ground
ſhould be gently cloſed about the roots to prevent
the air penetrating to them; and if a little old tan-
ners bark, or mulch, is laid over the ſurface of the
beds, it will prevent the earth from drying, and be
of
great uſe to the plants ; during the following ſum-
mer they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and if the
following winter prove ſevere, it will be prudent to
cover the plants again in autumn, eſpecially if they
ihoot late in the ſeaſon, or the autumn proves cold
and moiſt, for then the plants will be in
dan-
ger of having their tops killed: in theſe beds the
plants may remain two years, by which time they will
be fit to tranſplant where they are deſigned to remain;
for if they are kept longer in the nurſery, they will
not remove ſo well. The beſt time for tranſplanting
theſe plants is the end of March, or the beginning of
April, for they ſeldom begin to ſhoot till the end of
April, or the beginning of May; they ſhould have
a light foil, not too wet, for in ſtrong land their ſtems
grow mofly, and they never thrive after.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by cuttings,
which, if planted the latter end of March, in pots fill-
ed with light earth, and plunged into a gentle heat,
will take roor; but the plants fo raiſed, are not ſo
good as the ſeedlings. The ſeveral varieties may be
great
propagated by grafting upon each other, which is the
common method of propagating the forts with ſtriped
leaves.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in India, from
whence the French firit carried the feeds to their fet-
tlements in the Weſt-Indies; and the inhabitants of
the Britiſh colonies there have been ſupplied with the
feeds from them, ſo have given it the title of Martinico
Roſe: of this there are the double and ſingle flower-
ing, which from the ſeeds of the double the ſingle is
frequently produced, but the ſeeds of the ſingle ſel-
dom vary to the double. The flowers of theſe plants
alter in their colour, for at their firſt opening they are
white, then they change to a bluih Roſe colour, and
as they decay they turn to a purple. In the Weſt-In-
dies, all theſe alterations happen the ſame day, as I
ſuppoſe the fowers in thoſe hot countries are not of
longer duration : but in England, where the flowers
laſt near a week in beauty, the changes are not ſo
ſudden.
This plant has a ſoft ſpongy ftem, which, by age,
becomes ligneous and pithy. It riſes to the height of
twelve or fourteen feet, fending out branches on
every fide toward the top, which are hairy, gar-
niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, cut into five acute
angles on their borders, and are ſlightly fawed on their
edges, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but pale
below, ſtanding alternately upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks. The flowers are produced from the wings of
the ſtalk, like thoſe of the firſt fort; the ſingle one
is compoſed of five large petals, which ſpread open,
and are firſt white, but afterward change in the man-
ner before-mentioned; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort,
thick, blunt capſules, which are very hairy, having
five cells, which contain many ſmall kidney-ſhaped
ſeeds, having a fine plume of fibrous down adhering
to them.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be
ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with kitchen-garden
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, where
they muſt be ſhaded till they have taken new root;
then they muſt be treated as other plants from warm
countries, but not too tenderly, for theſe require a
large ſhare of air in warm weather, otherwiſe they
will draw up very weak : theſe plants ſhould not be
quite expoſed to the open air the firſt ſeaſon, and
the firſt winter will require the warmth of a mode-
rate ftove; but as they get more ſtrength, they may
be treated with leſs care, for they will bear the open
air in ſummer, in a warm ſheltered ſituation, and will
live through the winter in a very good green-houſe,
provided they have not too much wet; but the plants
thus hardily treated, will not make ſo great progreſs,
nor flower ſo well as with a little additional warmth;
and if they are too tenderly managed, they will draw
up weak, fo will be leſs likely to flower. This ſort
uſually flowers in England in November, ſo that it
keeps to the uſual time of flowering in its native
country.
The third fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where it is commonly known by the title of Muſk;
the French cultivate great quantities of theſe plants in
their American Iſlands, the feeds of which are annu-
ally ſent to France in great quantities, ſo that they
certainly have ſome way of rendering it uſeful, as it
feems to be a conſiderable branch of trade. This riſes
with an herbaceous ſtalk about three or four feet high,
ſending out two or three fide branches, garniſhed with
large leaves cut into fix or ſeven angles, which are
acute, and ſawed on their edges; theſe ſtand on long
foot-ſtalks, and are placed alternately. The ſtalks and
leaves of this are very hairy. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ſtalk upon pretty long foot-
ftalks, which ſtand erect; they are large, of a fulphur
colour, with dark purple bottoms, and are fucceeded
by pyramidal five-cornered capſules, which open in
five cells, filled with large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds of a
very mulky odour.
This

HIB
HIB
a
a
a
This ſort feldom lives more than one year in Eng-
land, but in its native country will laſt two years. It
is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown on a good hot-
bed in the ſpring, and the plants afterward planted
in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a freſh
hot-bed, treating them afterward in the fame way as
the Amaranthus, they will flower in July, and their
ſeeds will ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in both the Indies;
this riſes with an herbaceous ſmooth ftalk three or
four feet high, garniſhed with leaves which are di-
vided into ſeven ſegments almoſt to the bottom; the
middle ſegment being four inches long and half an
inch broad, the upper lateral ſegments about three
inches long and the fame breadth; theſe are indented
at their extremities, but the lower ſegments are not
much more than an inch long, and have foot-italks
four inches long. The flowers are produced from the
wings of the ſtalks toward the top, ſtanding on ſhort
foot-ſtalks ; they are compoſed of five large fulphur-
coloured petals, which, when open, ſpread five inches
wide; they have a dark purple bottom, with a column
of ſtamina and ſtyles riſing in the center, and are
fucceeded by large, pyramidal, five-cornered, erect
feed-vefſels, opening in five cells, which are filled with
pretty large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which have little
ſmell or tafte.
It is propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner as
the former fort, and if ſo managed, will produce
flowers and perfect feeds the ſame ſeaſon ; but the
plants may be continued through the winter in a
moderate warmth, though few perſons are at the
trouble of preſerving the plants after they have ri-
pened their feeds, becauſe the young plants make a
better appearance.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where it riſes with a woody ſtalk ſeven or eight feet
high, ſending out many fide branches toward the top,
which are covered with a whitiſh bark, and garniſhed
with angular heart-ſhaped leaves, which are woolly ;
they are about four inches long, and three broad to-
ward their baſe, ending in acute points, and have ſe-
veral longitudinal veins. The flowers are produced
from the wings of the ſtalk upon long foot-ſtalks ;
they are compoſed of five roundiſh petals, which are
joined at their baſe, but ſpread open above, and are
of a yellow colour, turning to a red as they decay ;
theſe are fucceeded by large, obtuſe, five-cornered,
hairy ſeed-veffels, which open in five cells, filled with
large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants after-
ward treated in the ſame way as the two laſt men-
tioned, during the firſt ſummer, but in the autumn
they muſt be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove,
where they ſhould conſtantly remain, and be treated
in the ſame way as other tender plants from the fame
country, giving them but little water in winter ; the
ſecond year the plants will flower, but they have not
as yet perfected ſeeds in England.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
rifes with a woody pithy ftem eight or ten feet high,
dividing into ſeveral branches toward the top, which
,
are covered with a woolly down, and garniſhed
with round heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute
points; they are of a lucid green on their upper fide,
and hoary on their under, full of large veins, and are
placed alternately on the ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced at the end of the branches in looſe ſpikes; they
are of a whitiſh yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by
ſhort acuminated capſules, opening in five cells, filled
with large kidney-ſhaped feeds.
This fort is propagated in the ſame way, and the
plants require the fame treatment as the fifth, and
flower the ſecond year, provided they are brought
forward, otherwiſe they will not flower before the
third or fourth ſeaſon, but they will bear the open
air in ſummer, in a warm ſituation, though they will
not make great progreſs there.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the coaſt of
Malabar, from whence I received the plants; this riſes
with a woody ftalk twelve or fourteen feet high, di-
viding into many ſmall branches toward the
top,
which
are garniſhed with oval fawed leaves, ending in acute
points; they are of a lucid green above, but are pale
on their under fide, and are placed without order.
The flowers come out from the ſide of the branches,
at the wings of the leaves, on pretty long foot-ſtalks ;
they are compoſed of many oblong roundith petals of
a red colour, which expand like the Rofe, the flowers
being as large when fully blown, as the common red
Roſe, and as double. This is a perennial plant, which
is propagated by cuttings; and the plants muſt con-
ftantly be kept in the ſtove, giving them a large ſhare
of air in warm weather, and but little water in win-
ter. There is a variety of this with white flowers, but
I have not ſeen any of the plants in the Engliſh gar-
dens; nor have I ſeen the fingle flowering kind, for
the inhabitants of India propagate that with double
flowers by cuttings, which put out roots freely; this
they do for the ſake of flowers, which the women of
that country make uſe of to colour their hair and
eye-brows black, which will not waſh off: the Eng.
liſh there uſe it for blacking of their ſhoes, and from
thence have titled it Shoe-flower.
The eighth fort is an annual plant, which riſes with
an upright ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high; the lower
leaves are oval, ferrated, and entire, but the upper
leaves are divided almoſt to the foot-ſtalk, into five
ſpear-ſhaped fegments, like the fingers of a hand,
ſtanding on very long foot-ſtalks, which have thorns
at their baſe, and are ſharply ſawed on their edges.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks ;
they are large, of a pale fulphur colour, with a dark
purple bottom, and are ſucceeded by oval, acumi-
nated, prickly capſules, which open in five cells, filled
with large kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. .
This ſort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
upon a hot-bed, and the plants treated in the ſame
way as the third fort; and when they are grown too
tall to ſtand under the frames, they muſt be placed in
the ſtove, where they will flower in Auguſt, and the
ſeeds will ripen in autumn.
The ninth ſort is near of kin to the eighth, but the
ſtalks do not grow ſo tall; the lower leaves are heart-
ſhaped and entire, the middle leaves are divided into
three, and the upper into five ſegments, almoſt to the
foot-ſtalks; they are fawed on their edges, and the
ſtalk is prickly. The flowers come out from the
wings of the ſtalks ; they are of a very pale fulphur
colour, with dark bottoms, but not ſo large as thoſe
of the laſt.
This is propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the
eighth, and the plants require the ſame treatment.
It flowers in July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in
a
و
autumn.
a
The bark of both theſe plants is full of ſtrong fibres,
which I have been informed the inhabitants of the
Malabar coaſt prepare and make into a ſtrong cord-
age; and by what I have obſerved, it may be wrought
into fine ſtrong thread of any ſize, if properly manu-
factured.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where the inhabitants uſe the green pods to add an
acid taſte to their viands: there are two varieties of
this, one with a light green, and the other a deep red
pod, which always maintain their difference; but as
there is no other difference but that of the colour of
their pods, they do not deſerve ſeparate titles. This
riſes with an herbaceous ftem about three feet high,
ſending out ſeveral lateral branches, which are gar-
niſhed with ſmooth leaves divided into five lobes.
The flowers come out from the ſide of the branches;
they are of a dirty white, with dark purple bot-
toms, and are fucceeded by obtufe feed-veſſels, di-
vided into five cells, which are filled with kidney-
ſhaped feeds
This fort is propagated in the ſame way as the third,
and will flower and perfect feeds the farne year, fo is
ſeldom preſerved longer in England.
4
The

HI B
H I B
a
و
a
The cleventh fort is a native of Ceylon; this riſes with
an herbaceous ftalk, which is prickly, from two to
three feet high, dividing upward into ſmall branches,
which are garniſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves, divided
into five ſegments. The flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves, they are ſmall and white, with
purple bottoms, and are ſucceeded by ſhort obtuſe
capſules with five cells, filled with kidney-ſhaped feeds.
The ſeeds of this fort were ſent me by Dr. Breynius of
Dantzick.
This plant is annual, ſo muſt be treated in the ſame
way as the third.
The twelfth fort is alſo annual with us ; this riſes with
an herbaceous ſtalk three feet high, cloſely ſet with
prickly hairs, and divides into branches upward, gar-
niſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves, divided into five
lobes, which are ſpear-ſhaped, ending in acute points ;
they are hairy, and crenated on their edges, ſtanding
upon very long foot-ſtalks ; the flowers come out from
the wings of the ſtalk, and are very like thoſe of the
third; this plant requires the fame culture as the third
fort. The ſeeds of this were ſent me by Dr. Juſſieu,
from Paris.
The thirteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun in the iſland of Cuba, from whence he ſent
me the feeds. This riſes with a woody ftalk twelve
or fourteen feet high, ſending out many lateral
branches, garniſhed with hairy heart-ſhaped leaves,
crenated on their edges; the flowers come out
ſingle from the wings of the leaves; they are of a
very bright yellow colour, but not fo large as either
of the former forts, and are fucceeded by ſhort cap-
ſules ending in acute points, divided into five cells,
which are filled with kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. This plant
is tender, fo requires the ſame treatment as the fifth,
and other tender kinds, with which management it
flowers and produces good feeds here.
The fourteenth fort has a perennial root but an an-
nual ftalk. The feeds of this were fent me from the
Bahama Iſlands, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea gar-
den, where the plants produced plenty of flowers,
but did not ripen their feeds. This riſes with ſeve-
ral ſtalks from the root, which grow four feet high,
garniſhed with oblong, heart-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves,
ending in acute points, of a light green on their
upper fide, but hoary on their under, and are ſlightly
indented on their edges, ſtanding upon long foot-
ftalks; the flowers are produced at the top of the
ſtalks; they are very large, and of a light purple co-
lour with dark bottoms, and are ſucceeded by ſhort
capſules divided into five cells, filled with kidney-
ſhaped feeds.
This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on
a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants
are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſe-
parate ſmall pot, and plunged into a hot-bed, treating
them in the ſame way as the other tender forts, but al-
lowing them a greater ſhare of air in warm weather;
for theſe may be brought to ſtand in the open air in
ſummer, but unleſs the ſeaſon is very warm they will
not flower there; for thoſe which flowered in the Chel-
ſea garden, were plunged into atan-bed whoſe heat was
declining, under a deep frame, where they produced
plenty of flowers, but they came too late to ripen
ſeeds. The ſtalks decay in the autumn, but if the
pots are ſheltered under a hot-bed frame and ſecured
from froſt, they will continue ſeveral years, and put
out new ſtalks in the ſpring.
The fifteenth fort is very common in the Weſt-Indies,
where the inhabitants cultivate it for the pods or feed-
veſſels, which they gather green to put into their ſoups ;
theſe, having a ſoft viſcous juice, add a thickneſs to
their foups, and renders them very palatable. It riſes
with a ſoft herbaceous ftalk, from three to five feet
high, dividing upward into many branches, garniſhed
with hand-ſhaped leaves, divided into five lobes; the
Aowers are produced from the wings of the ſtalk; they
are of a pale ſulphur colour with dark purple bottoms,
but are ſmaller than either of the other forts, and of
very ſhort duration, opening in the morning with the
riſing fun, but are faded long before noon in warm
weather. Theſe are ſucceeded by capſules of very
different forms, in the different varieties; in ſome the
capſules are not thicker than a man's finger, and five
or fix inches long; in others they are very thick, and
not more than two or three inches long; in ſome plants
they grow erect, in others they are rather inclined ;
and theſe varieties are conſtant, for I have many years
cultivated theſe plants, and have not found them
vary
This fort is propagated by feeds in the ſame way
as the third, and the plants require the ſame treat-
ment, for they are too tender to thrive in the
open
air
in this country ; I have often tranſplanted the plants
into warm borders, after they have acquired proper
ſtrength, and have ſometimes in very warm ſeafons had
them thrive for a ſhort time, but the firſt cold or bad
weather their leaves have all dropped off; and then
they have decayed gradually, ſo that they have but
rarely flowered, and have never in the beſt ſeaſons
perfected their feeds; therefore thoſe who are in-
clinable to cultivate theſe plants, muſt conſtantly ſhel-
ter them in bad weather.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally near Venice, in
moiſt land; this hath a perennial root, and an annual
ſtalk, which riſes from three to four feethigh; the lower
leaves are angular and heart-ſhaped, but the upper
are ſpear-ſhaped, and ſlightly indented on their edges;
the flowers are produced from the wings of the
leaves, upon long foot-ſtalks; they are ſmall, and
of a purple colour with a dark bottom, and are ſuc-
ceeded by five-cornered compreſſed capfules, filled
with kidney-shaped ſeeds.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be
fown on a hot-bed, and the plants ſhould be treated
in the ſame way as the fourteenth fort, otherwiſe they
will not flower; for although the roots will live in
the full ground here, yet the ſummers are not warm
enough to bring them to flower. I have ſome of the
roots which have remained ſeven years, putting up
many ſtalks, which riſe upward of three feet, and
have the flower-buds formed on their tops; but theſe
appear ſo late in the ſeaſon, that they feldom have
a
opened.
3
a
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica ; this hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk;
the roots of this fort will live in the full ground,
but unleſs the ſummer is warm, the flowers ſeldom
open. It riſes with ſingle ſtalks from the root, two
feet high or more; the leaves are oval and ſawed,
the flowers are large and purple.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica, in moiſt ground. This hath a perennial root,
and an annual ſtalk like the former, which is herba-
ceous and never branches; the leaves are oval, with
three lobes which are not deeply divided ; they are of
a bright green on their upper fide, but woolly on their
under; the flowers are produced from the wings of
the ſtalk; they are large, and of a bright purple co-
lour. This fort, like the former, ſeldom flowers in
the open air here, unleſs the ſummer proves very warm,
but the roots will live in the full ground, if they are
planted in a ſheltered ſituation. The only way to
have theſe plants flower in this country, is to keep
the roots in pots, and ſhelter them under a frame in
winter, and in the ſpring plunge them into a gentle
hot-bed, which will cauſe them to put out their
ſtalks early; and when the ſtalks are ſo high as to
reach the glaſſes, the pots may be removed into a
glaſs-caſe ; where, if they are duly ſupplied with wa-
ter, and have plenty of air in hot weather, they will
flower very well in July, and in warm feaſons will ri-
pen their feeds.
The nineteenth fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally in ſome parts of Italy, and has been long
cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, by the title of
Venice Malva. Gerard and Parkinſon title it Alcea
Veneta, and Flos Hora, or Flower of an hour, from
the ſhort duration of its flowers, which in hot wea-
ther continue but few hours open: however, there
а
a
و
6 U
is

H I B
HI E
3
a
و
و
is a ſucceffion of flowers which open daily for a con- cloſing a hard ſhell which opens in five cells, each
fiderable time, ſo that a few of theſe plants may be containing a ſingle roundiſh ſeed.
allowed a place in every curious garden.
This fort is generally propagated here by cuttings,
It riſes with a branching ſtalk a foot and a half becauſe the feeds do not often ripen here ; if the cut-
high, having many ſhort fpines which are ſoft, and tings are planted in pots filled with light earth, and
do not appear unleſs cloſely viewed: the leaves are plunged into a gentle hot bed, keeping the air from
divided into three lobes, which are deeply jagged al- them, they will ſoon take root, and ſhould be gradu-
moſt to the midrib; theſe jags are oppoſite, and the ally inured to bear the open air. Theſe plants require
ſegments are obtuſe; the flowers come out at the a moderate ſtove to preſerve them through the winter;
joints of the ſtalks upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, hav- and if they are kept in warmth in ſummer, they will
ing a double empalement, the outer being compoſed flower, and ſometimes ripen fruit, though they may
of ten long narrow leaves, which join at their baſe; be placed abroad in a iheltered ſituation for two or
the inner is of one thin leaf, fwollen like a bladder, three months in ſummer, but the plants fo treated fel-
cut into five acute ſegments at the top, having many dom fiower fo well.
longitudinal purple ribs, and is hairy; both theſe are HIERACIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 818. Tourn.
permanent, and incloſe the capſule after the flower is Inft. R. H. 469. tab. 267. [of 'Tépct, Gr. a hawk ;
paſt. The flower is compoſed of five obtuſe petals, ſo called, becauſe hawks as well as eagles, have a
which ſpread open at the top, the lower part forming ſtrong and quick fight; and it is reported, that if by
an open bell-ſhaped flower; theſe have dark purple reaſon of the heat of the air, a film grows over the
bottoms, but are of a pale ſulphur colour above, eyes of this bird, then the parent let falls a drop of
having the ſtamina and apices joined in a column in the juice of it in its eye, which takes it off; and that,
the center; after the flower is paſt, the germen turns in like manner, it is good to clear the human ſight.]
to a blunt capſule opening in five cells, which are Hawkweed.
filled with ſmall kidney-ſhaped feeds. It flowers in so The CHARACTERS are,
June, July, and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen about a It bath a flower compoſed of many bermaphrodite florets,
month after. This fort is propagated by feeds, which which are included in one common ſcaly empalement,
fhould be fown where the plants are deſigned to re- whoſe ſcales are narrow, and very unequal in their length
main, for they do not bear tranſplanting well; if and poſition; the florets are equal and uniform; they have
the feeds are fown in autumn, the plants will come one petal which is Maped like a tongue, indented in five
up early in the ſpring, ſo will flower in the Segments at the point, placed imbricatim over each other;
ſummer, and thoſe which are fown early in the ſpring theſe have each five short hairy ſtamina, terminated by
will ſucceed them; ſo that by fowing them at three cylindrical ſummits. At the bottom of the petal is fitu-
different ſeaſons, they may be continued in ſucceſſion ated the germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned
till the froſt ſtops them. Theſe require no other cul- by two recurved ſtigmas; the germen afterward becomes a
ture but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin Short four-cornered ſeed crowned with down, ſitting in the
them where they are too cloſe; and if the ſeeds are empalement.
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up full as This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
well as when fown, ſo that it will maintain its fitua- Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the plants
tion unleſs it is weeded out.
with a compound flower, compoſed only of fruitful
The twentieth fort grows naturally at the Cape of florets.
Good Hope; this is alſo an annual plant which reſem- There are a great number of ſpecies of this genus,
bles the former, but the ſtalks grow more erect, are many of which grow naturally as weeds in England,
of a purpliſh colour, and very hairy; the leaves are and the others are ſo in different countries, therefore I
compoſed of three lobes, which are divided almoſt to ſhall only ſelect thoſe wihch are the moſt beautiful,
the foot-ſtalk; theſe are narrow, the middle lobe and beſt worth cultivating from the number, which to
ſtretching out more than twice the length of the two enumerate, would ſwell this work greatly beyond its
fide lobes, and they are but lightly indented on their bounds.
edges, whereas thofe of the former are cut almoſt to 1. HIERACIUM (Aurantiacum) foliis integris caule fub-
the midrib; the flowers are larger, and their colour nudo fimpliciffimo pilofo corymbifero. Hort. Cliff.
deeper, than thoſe of the other.
388. Hawkweed with entire leaves, and a ſingle, hairy,
The ſeeds of the twenty-ſecond fort were fent me naked ſtalk, terminated by a corymbus of flowers. Hiera-
from the Cape of Good Hope, a few years paſt. This cium hortenſe, fioribus atro purpurafcentibus. C. B.
is alſo an annual plant, having at firſt fight ſome re- P. 128. Garden Hawkweed with dark purple flowers.
ſemblance of the other forts before-mentioned ; but it 2. HIERACIUM (Cerinthoides) foliis radicalibus obovatis
riſes with ſtrong hairy branching ſtalks, garniſhed denticulatis, caulinis oblongis femiamplexicaulibus.
with much broader leaves than either of the former, Prod. Leyd. 124. Hawkweed with oval indented leaves
the lower being divided into three, and the upper into at the root, thoſe on the ſtalks oblong, and half embracing
five obtufe lobes, which are crenated on their edges; them. Hieracium Pyrenaicum folio cerinthes. Schol.
the flowers are large, but of a paler colour than thoſe Bot. Pyrenian Hawkweed with a Honeywort leaf.
of the other. This has maintained the difference ten 3. HIERACIUM (Blattaroides) foliis lanceolatis amplexi-
years, fo that there is no doubt of its being a diſtinct caulibus dentatis, fioribus folitariis, calycibus laxis.
fpecies.
Hort. Cliff. 387. Hawkweed with Spear-shaped indented
All theſe are as hardy as the nineteenth ſort, ſo
may
leaves embracing the ſtalks, flowers growing ſingly, and
be treated in the ſame way.
loose empalements. Hieracium Pyrenaicum, blattariæ
The twenty-third fort grows naturally at Campeachy, folio minus hirſutum. Tourn. Inft. 472. Pyrenean
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent me the feeds. Hawkweed with a Moth Mullein leaf, leſs hairy.
This differs fo eſſentially from the other ſpecies in its 4. HIERACIUM ( Amplexicaule) foliis amplexicaulibus
fructification, as to deſerve another title; for all the cordatis fubdentatis, pedunculis unifloris hirſutis, caule
other have dry capſules with five cells, including ramofo. Hort. Cliff. 387. Hawkweed with heart-lbopedy
many kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, but this hath a ſoft vif-
indented, hairy foot-ſtalks, leaves embracing the ſtalks bear-
cous berry, with a hard fhell incloſed, containing five ing one flower, and a branching ſtalk. Hieracium Pyre-
roundiſh feeds: it riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ten or naicum rotundifolium amplexicaule. Schol. Bot. Py-
twelve feet high, dividing into many branches, which renean Hawkweed, with round leaves embracing the ftalks.
aré garniſhed with ſmooth, heart-ſhaped, angular 5. HIERACIUM (Sabaudum) caule erecto multiforo, fo-
leaves, which are crenated on their edges; the flowers liis ovato-lanceolatis dentatis femiamplexicaulibus,
come out from the wings of the ſtalks fingly, ſtand- Prod. Leyd. 124. Hawkweed with an ere et ſtalk bear-
ing on ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are compoſed of five ing many flowers, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves half
oblong petals, which are twiſted together and never embracing the ſtalk. Hieracium fabaudum altifimum,
expand; they are of a fine ſcarlet, and are ſucceeded foliis latis brevibus, crebrius nafcentibus. Mor. Hiſt.
by roundith berries of a ſcarlet colour when ripe, in- 3. P. 71.
5
6. Hie-
a
a
a
a

HIL
HIP
a
a
a
tumn.
و
a
6. HIERACIUM (Umbellatum) foliis linearibus fubden- being generally found to run from eaſt to weft, ferve to
tatis fparfis, floribus fubumbellatis. Flor. Lapp. 287. ſtop the evagation of thoſe vapours toward the poles,
Hawkweed with linear indented leaves placed thinly, and without which they would all run from the hot coun-
flowers almoſt in an umbel. Hieracium fruticoſum, an- tries, and leave them deftitute of rain.
guſtiſſimo incano folio. H. L. 316.
3dly, They condenſe thoſe vapours, like alembic
The firſt fort grows naturally in Syria ; this ſends out heads into clouds; and ſo by a kind of external diftil-
from the root many oblong oval leaves, which are lation, give origin to ſprings and rivers; and by
entire and hairy, from between the leaves ariſe a amaſſing, cooling, and conſtipating them, turn them
ſingle ſtalk, little more than a foot high, cover- into rain, and by that means render the fervid re-
ed with hairs; the flowers are produced in a co- gions of the torrid zone habitable.
rymbus at the top; they are of a dark red colour, 4thly, They ſerve for the production of a great num-
compoſed of many florets, which are fucceeded by ber of vegetables and minerals, which are not found
oblong black ſeeds, crowned with a white down,
in other places.
which, when ripe, by the elaſticity of the down, is It hath been found by experience and calculation,
drawn out of the empalement, and by the firſt ſtrong that Hills, though they meaſure twice as much as the
gale of wind, are wafted to a conſiderable diſtance. plain ground they ſtand upon, yet the produce of the
The flowers appear the beginning of June, and one can be no more than the other, and therefore, in
the feeds ripen in about five or fix weeks after, but purchaſing land, the Hills ought not to be bought for
there is frequently a ſucceſſion of flowers till the au- more than their ſuperficial meaſure, i. e. to pay no
more for two acres upon the ſide of a Hill, than for
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown on one upon the plain, if the ſoil be equally rich.
an eaſt aſpected border in March; and when the It is true, that thoſe lands that are hilly and moun-
plants come up, they muſt be kept clean from weeds, tainous, are very different as to their valuable con-
till they are ſtrong enough to remove, which will be tents, from what are found in fat and plain ground,
by the beginning of June ; then they ſhould be tranſ- whether they be planted, fown, or built upon, as for
planted to a ſhady border of undunged ground, at fix example:
inches diſtance, obſerving to water them if the wea- Suppoſe a Hill contains four equal fides, which meet
ther ſhould prove dry, till they have taken new root; in a point at top; yet the contents of theſe four fides
after which, if they are kept clean from weeds, they can produce no more grain, or bear no more trees,
will require no other culture : in the autumn they than the plain ground on which the Hill ſtands, or
ſhould be tranſplanted where they are deſigned to re- than the baſe of it; and yet by the meaſure of the
main; the following ſummer they will flower and fides, there may be double the number of acres, rods, ,
produce ripe ſeeds, and the roots will continue fome and poles, which they meaſure on the baſe or ground
years, if they are not planted in a rich moiſt foil, plot.
which frequently occaſions their rotting in winter. For as long as all plants preſerve their upright me-
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean thod of growing, hilly ground can bear no more plants
mountains. It is a perennial plant, whoſe lower leaves in number than the plain at the baſe.
are oval, indented, and of a grayiſh colour ; thoſe on Again, as to buildings on a Hill, the two ſides of a
the ſtalks are ſmaller, but of the ſame ſhape and co- Hill will bear no more than the ſame number of
lour, and half embrace the ſtalks with their baſe; the houſes that can ſtand in the line at the baſe.
ftalks riſe a foot high, branching out in ſeveral divi- And as to rails, or park pailing over a Hill, though
fions, each being terminated by one yellow flower. the meaſure be near double over the Hill to the line at
This is propagated by ſeeds as the firſt fort.
the bottom, yet both may be incloſed by the ſame
The third fort grows on the Pyrenees; this hath a number of pales of the ſame breadth.
perennial root, which fends up ſeveral erect ſtalks, HIPPOCASTANU M. See ESCULUS.
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are in- HIPPOCRATEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 54. Coa.
dented; the flowers are produced from the wings of Plum. Nov. Gen. 8. tab. 35.
the ſtalks, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one
The CHARACTERS are,
large yellow flower, having a looſe empalement; this It hath a large ſpreading empalement of one leaf, cut at
flowers in June; it is propagated by parting of the the top into five ſegments; the flower hath five oval pea
roots in autumn, and will thrive in
any
ſituation. tals, which are indented at the points. It bath three
The fourth fort riſes with a branching ſtalk a foot awl-Shaped ſtamina, terminated by broed ſummits, and
and a half high, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves on oval germen ſituated below the petal, with a ſtyle
which are indented at their baſe, where they embrace the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an obtufe ſtigma.
the ſtalks ; each diviſion of the branches terminate The germen afterward becomes a heart-ſhaped capſule
in a hairy foot-ſtalk, ſuſtaining one large yellow winged at the top, incloſing five ſeeds.
flower, which appears in June, and the feeds ripen This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
in the end of July. This is a perennial plant, which Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia,
is propagated by feeds as the firſt fort, and requires the the flowers having three ftamina and one ſtyle.
ſame treatment.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Savoy; the root of HIPPOCRATEA (Volubilis.) Lin. Sp. 50. Plum. Gen. 8.
this is perennial, ſending up ſeveral erect ſtalks near Hippocratea with a triple roundiſh fruit and a twining
two feet high, garniſhed with ſhort, ſpear-Shaped, in- ſtalk. Coa fcandens, fructu trigemino ſubrotundo.
dented leaves, half embracing the Italk with their Plum. Nov. Gen. 8. Climbing Coa with a triple roundiſha
baſe; the flowers are pretty large, of a deep yellow fruit.
colour, terminating the ſtalks ; it flowers in July. The feeds of this plant were ſent me from Campeachy
The fixth fort grows naturally in Holland; it is a by Mr. Robert Millar, and ſeveral of the plants were
perennial plant, riſing with three or four fender ſtalks, raiſed in England, which continued two years in ſe-
garniſhed with hoary linear leaves, and terminated by veral gardens, but not one of them lived to flower;
yellow flowers. This rarely produces feeds in Eng- they grew to the height of eight or ten feet, twining
land, fo is propagated by parting of the roots in au- round ſtakes, but their ſtalks were very flender, and
tumn: but the fifth may be propagated either in the decayed at the bottom, probably from their having
fame manner, or from ſeeds as the firſt fort, as it pro- too much wet.
duces plenty of feeds here.
It is a very tender plant, fo muſt be conſtantly kept
HILLS have many uſes, of which I ſhall only men- in the bark-bed in the ſtove, and ſhould have but lit-
tion three or four.
tle wet in winter.
ift, They ſerve as ſcreens, to keep off the cold and HIPPOCREPIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 791. Fer-
nipping blaſts of the northern and eaſtern winds. rum equinum. Tourn. Inft. 400. tab. 225. Horſe-
2dly, The long ridges and chains of lofty mountains, ſhoe Vetch; in French, Fer de Cheval.
The
3

HIP
HIP
و
"The CHARACTERS are,
other will continue two or three years, provided they
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leof, are not in too good ground.
divided into five parts, the two upper being joined. The HIPPOLA PATHUM. See Rumex.
flower is of the butterfly kind ; the ſtandard hath a nar- HIPPOMANE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1099. Mança-
row baſe the length of the empalement, but is beart- nilla. Plum. Nov. Gen. 50. tab. 30. The Man-
Shaped above ; the wings are oval, oblong, and blunt; chineel.
the keel is moon-ſhaped and compreſſed. It hath ten ſta-
The CHARACTERS are,
mina, nine joined and one ſeparate, which ſtand ereet, ter- It hath male and female flowers in the ſame ſpike; the
minated by Single ſummits. It hath an oblong narrow ger- male flowers come out in ſmall cluſters, from a ſmall
men, ſitting on an awl-shaped ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle cup-ſhaped empalement; theſe have no petals ; from the
fiigma. The germen afterward becomes a long, plain, con- center of each empalement ariſes a ſingle ſtyle, terminated
preljed pod, which is cut into many parts from the under by two bifid ſummits. The female flowers have no petol,
Jeam to the upper, each part forming a roundiſh finus, but an oval germen wrapped up in a three-leaved empale-
with obtuſe three-cornered joints connected to the upper ment; they have no ſtyle, but are crowned by a tripartite
ſeam, each joint being ſhaped like a borſe-shoe, incloſing bifid ſiigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiflo
a ſingle Jeed.
fruit with a fleſhy cover, incloſing a rough hard ſhell
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of with ſeveral cells, each incloſing one oblong feed.
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- This
genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of
candria, which includes the plants with a leguminous Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the plants
flower, having ten ſtamina joined in two bodies. with male and female flowers, which have but ono
The SPECIES are,
ftamina.
1. HIPPOCREPIS (Uniſiliquoſa) leguminibus feffilibus fo-
The SPECIES are,
,
litariis. Hort. Cliff. 364. Horſe-Shoe Vetch with ſingle 1. HIPPOMANE (Mançinella) foliis ovatis ferratis. Hort.
pods fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Ferrum equinum, filiquâ Cliff. 484. Hippomane with oval Sawed leaves. Man-
fingulari. C. B. P. 349. Horſe-Shoe Vetch with a ſingle çanella pyrie facie. Plum. Nov. Gen. 50. Manchineel
pod.
with the appearance of the Pear-tree.
2. HIPPOCREPIS (Comoſa) leguminibus pedunculatis con- 2. HIPPOMANE (Biglanduloſa) foliis ovato-oblongis, baſi
fertis, margine exteriore repandis. Prod. Leyd. 384. glandulofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1431. Hippomane witia
Horſe-Shoe Vetch, with pods growing in cluſters upon oval oblong leaves, which have glands at their baſe. Man-
foot-fialks, whoſe outer border is turned inward. Ferrum çanilla lauri foliis oblongis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 50.
equinum Germanicum, filiquis in fummitate. C. B. Manchineel with oblong Bay leaves.
P. 346. German Horſe-Shoe Vetch having pods on the tops 3. HIPPOMANE (Spinosa) foliis ſubovatis dentato ſpinoſis.
of the ſtalks.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 1191. Hippomane with oval leaves
3. HIPPOCREPIS (Multiſiliquoſa) leguminibus peduncu- which have prickly indentures. Mançanilla aqui-folii
latis confertis, margine altero lobatis. Hort. Cliff. 364. foliis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 50. Manchineel with Holly
Horſe-Shoe Vetch with pods growing in cluſters upon foot- leaves.
stalks, one border of which has lobes. Ferrum equi- The firſt fort grows naturally in all the iſlands of the
num filiquâ multiplici. C. B. P. 346. Horſe-Shoe Vetch Weſt-Indies. This is a very large tree in its native
with many pods.
foil, almoſt equalling the Oak in fize; the wood is
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain. much eſteemed for making of cabinets, book-caſes,
This is an annual plant, which ſends from the root &c. being very durable, and taking a fine poliſh; it
ſeveral trailing ſtalks a foot long, that divide upward is alſo ſaid, that the worms will not eat it: but as the
into ſmaller branches, garniſhed with winged leaves, trees abound with a milky cauſtic juice, ſo before
compoſed of four or five pair of narrow ſmall lobes, they are felled, they make fires round their trunks to
terminated by an odd one, which are obtuſe, and in- burn out their juice, otherwiſe they who fell them,
dented at their ends; from the wings of the ſtalk would be in danger of loſing their fight, by the juice
come out fingle flowers of the butterfly kind, which flying in their eyes; and wherever this falls on the
;
are yellow, and ſucceeded by ſingle pods ſitting cloſe ſkin, it will raiſe bliſters; and if it comes upon linen,
to the ſtalks, which are about two inches long, and it will immediately turn it black, and on being waſhed
a third of an inch broad, bending inward like a will come into holes: it is alſo dangerous working
fickle, and divided into many joints ſhaped like a of the wood after it is fawn out, for if any of the faw-
horſe-ſhoe. This flowers in June and July, and the duft happens to get into the workmens eyes, it cauſes
ſeeds ripen in the autumn, focn after which the plants inflammations, and the loſs of fight for fome time;
decay.
to prevent which, they generally cover their faces
The ſecond ſort is found growing naturally in ſome with fine lawn, during the time they are working the
parts of England, upon chalky hills, particularly at wood.
Hogmagog hills near Cambridge; this is a ſmaller This tree hath a ſmooth browniſh bark; the trunk
plant than the former, and hath a perennial root, ſend- divides upward into many branches, which are gar-
ing out ſlender trailing ſtalks about fix inches long, niſhed with oblong leaves about three inches long,
which are garniſhed with narrow winged leaves; the and one inch and a half broad, ending in acute points;
flowers grow in cluſters on the top of long foot- they are ſlightly fawed on their edges, and are of a
ſtalks; theſe are fucceeded by pods which are ſhorter, lucid green, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers
and twiſted inward in roundiſh curves, but have joints come out in ſhort ſpikes at the end of the branches,
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort.
being of both ſexes in the ſame ſpike, but having no
The third fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, petals they make but little appearance; theſe are ſuc-
Germany, and Italy. This is an annual plant, with ceeded by fruit, about the ſize and of the ſame ihape
trailing ſtalks greatly reſembling the firſt, but the as the Golden Pippin, turning of a yellow colour when
flowers are produced in cluſters on the top of pretty ripe, which has often tempted ftrangers to eat of
long foot-ſtalks ; they are ſhaped like thoſe of the them to their coſt, for they infiame the mouth and
other forts, and the pods are jointed in like man- throat to a great degree, cauſing violent pains in the
ner, but the joints are fixed to the oppoſite border. throat and ſtomach, which is dangerous, unleſs re-
Theſe plants flower in June and July, and the feeds medies are timely applied.
ripen in Auguſt and September.
The inhabitants of America believe it is dangerous
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould to ſit or lie under theſe trees, and affirm, that the rain,
be fown in the autumn, where the plants are deſigned or dew, which falls from the leaves, will raiſe blir-
to remain ; and when the plants come up, they muſt ters; but it is very certain, that unleſs the leaves are
be kept clean from weeds, and thinned where they broken, and the juice of them mix with the rain, it
are too cloſe, which is all the culture they require. will do no injury.
The two annual forts will decay in the autumn after The ſecond fort grows naturally at Carthagena in
they have perfected their feeds, but the roots of the New Spain, and the third at Campeachy, from which
places
a
a
و

a
3
HIP
places the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent me their feeds. The come out from the ſide of the younger branches, 10
fecond fort grows to as large a fize as the firſt. The which they fit very cloſe; the male fowers growing
leaves of this are much longer than thoſe of the firſt, in ſmall cluſters, but the female come out fingly :
and have two fmall glandules growing at their baſe ;
theſe make but little appearance. They appear in
they are fawed on their edges, and are of a lucid July, and the berries on the female plants are ripe in
green.
autumn.
The third fort is of humbler growth, feldom riſing This fort is eaſily propagated by fuckers from the
more than twenty feet high ; the leaves of this great- root, for the roots ſpread wide, and ſend up a great
ly reſemble thoſe of the common Holly, and are ſet
number of ſhoots, ſo as to form a thicket: if theſe
with ſharp prickles at the end of each indenture ; are taken off in autumn, and tranſplanted into a nur
they are of a lucid green, and continue all the year. fery, they will be fit to tranfplant after one year's
Theſe plants are preſerved in ſome of the curious growth, to the places where they are to remain: as
gardens in Europe, where they can never be expected there is little beauty in this plant, fo one or two of
to riſe to any great height, for they are too tender to them may be allowed a place in a plantation of ſhrubs
live in theſe northern countries, but in ſtoves; they
for the ſake of variety.
riſe eaſily from feeds, provided they are good. The The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America ;
feeds muſt be ſown upon a good hot-bed, and when this hath much the appearance of the former fort, but
the plants come up, they fhould be each planted in a the leaves differ in their ſhape, theſe being much
{mall ſeparate pot filled with light ſandy earth, and Thorter and broader, and are not ſo white on their
plunged into a good bed of tanners bark, creating under ſide. This hath not as yet flowered in this
them in the ſame way as other tender plants; but they country, but the plants ſeem equally hardy with the
muſt not have much wet, for theſe plants abound with former, and may be eaſily propagated by ſuckers or
an acrid milky juice, and it is certain that moſt plants layers.
which do, are foon killed by much moiſture : theſe HIPPOSELINUM. See SMYRNIUM.
plants muſt be removed into the ftove, and plunged HIRUNDINARIA. Set ASCLEPIAS.
into the tan-bed in autumn, where they ſhould con- HOEING is neceffary and beneficial to plants, for
ſtantly remain, giving them very little water in win- two things: iſt, For deſtroying of weeds ; 2dly, Be-
ter ; and in ſummer when the weather is warm, they cauſe it diſpoſes the ground better to imbibe the
ſhould have a good ſhare of air admitted to them, and night dews, keeps it in a conſtant freſhneſs, and adds
once or twice a week refreſhed with water ; by this å vigour to the plants and trees, whoſe fruit by that
management I have raiſed many of theſe plants to means, becomes better conditioned than otherwiſe it
the height of five or fix feet, which have, by their would be.
fhining green leaves, made a pretty variety during This operation is performed by the hand, with an in-
the winter ſeaſon in the ftove.
ftrument called a Hoe, which is well known to every
HIPPOPHAE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 980. Rhamnoides. gardener. There are ſeveral ſizes of theſe; the ſmalleſt,
Tourn. Cor. 52. tab. 481. Baſtard Rhamnus, or Sea which is called an Onion Hoe, is not more than three
Buckthorn.
inches broad, and is uſed for Hoeing of Onions; not
The CHARACTERS are,
only to cut up the young weeds, but alſo to thin
It is male and female in different plants, the male flowers the Onions, by cutting up all thoſe which are too cloſe.
have an empalement of one leaf, cut into two ſegments, The next fize is hear four inches and a half broad, and
which cloſe at their points ; they have no petols, but have is called a Carrot Hoe; this is uſed for Hoeing of Car-
four Mort ſtamina, terminated by oblong angular ſummits, rots, or any other crop which requires the ſame room
which are equal to the empalement. The female flowers as thoſe. The largeſt ſize is about ſeven inches broad,
hove no petals, but have a one-leaved empalement, which is and is frequently called a Turnep Hoe, being uſed for
oval, oblong, tubulous, and bifid at the brim; theſe have Hoeing of Turneps ; but this is generally uſed by the
320 ſtamino, but in the center is ſituated a ſmall roundiſh kitchen-gardeners, for Hoeing between all their crops
germen, with a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an oblong thick which are planted out, or ſtand ſo far afunder as to ad-
ſtigma, twice the length of the empalement. The germen mit an inſtrument of this breadth to paſs between the
afterward turns to a globular berry with one cell, incloſing platits. Beſide, theſe ſort of Hoes, which are contrived
one roundiſh ſeed.
to draw toward the perſon who uſes them, there is ano-
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection ther ſort of a different form, which is called a Dutch
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Diæcia Te- Hoe ; this is made for the perſon who uſes it to puſh
trandria, in which are included thoſe plants which from him, ſo that he does not tread over the ground
are male and female in diſtinct plants, and the male which is hoed. This is a very proper inſtrument for
flowers have four ſtamina.
ſcufling over the ground to deſtroy weeds, in ſuch
The SPECIES are,
places where the plants will admit of its being uſed,
I. HIPPOPHAE (Rhamnoides) foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. and a perſon will go over a much greater ſpace of
Plant. 102 3. Hippophae with ſpear-ſhaped leaves. Rham- ground in the ſame time with one of theſe inſtruments,
noides ſalicis folio. Tourn. Cor. 53. Sea Buckthorn than with the common Hoe; but this inftrument is
with a Willow leaf.
not fo proper for Hoeing out crops, ſo as to leave
2. HIPPOPHAE (Canadenſis) foliis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. the plants at a proper diſtance, nor will it penetrate
1024. Hippophae with oval leaves, called Canada Sea the ground ſo far, therefore the other ſort of hoe is
Buckthorn.
to be preferred to this, becauſe it ſtirs the ground and
The firſt ſort grows naturally on the ſea-banks in looſens the ſurface, whereby the dews penetrate the
Lincolnſhire, and alſo on the ſand-banks between Sand- ground, and thereby promote the growth of the plants.
wich and Deal, in Kent; there are two varieties of Of late years there has alſo been another inſtrument
this, one with yellow, and the other with red fruit, introduced in the field culture, called the Horſe Hoe,
but it is the firſt only which I have obſerved growing which is a ſort of plough with the ſhear ſet more in-
naturally in England; the other I ſaw growing on the clining to a horizontal poſition than the common
ſand-banks in Holland.
plough; but as moſt of the farmers are at a lofs how
Theſe riſe with ſhrubby ſtalks eight or ten feet high, to uſe this inftrument, ſo it has been but little practiſed
ſending out many irregular branches, which have in this country as yet ; nor is it likely to be brought
a brown bark filvered over, garniſhed with very nar- into uſe, unleſs the garden farmers near London, who
row ſpear-ſhaped leaves, about two inches long, and are undoubtedly the beſt huſbandmen in Europe, in-
a quarter of an inch broad in the middle, leſſening troduce it; for the common farmers can never be ſup-
gradually to both ends, of a dark green on their
upper
poſed to alter their old eſtabliſhed methods, till by re-
lide, but hoary on their under, having a prominent ceſſity they are drove to it: a ſtrong inſtance we have
midrib; the two borders of the leaves are reflexed of this kind, in the culture of Turneps, which for many
like the Roſemary; theſe are placed alternate on every years were fown in moſt of the counties in England,
fide the branches, fitting very cloſe. The flowers but till within about fixty years paſt, they were never
6 X
hoed,
.
a
a
a

HOL
HOR
hoed, except within twenty or thirty miles of London, on acute beard; they have a ſmall hairy corolla with
where the gardeners who had been bred in the kitchen- three hairy ſtamina, terminated by oblong ſummits. The
gardens near London, every ſeaſon went out in parti- hermaphrodite flowers are ſingle, in a ſtif bivalve chaff;
cular gangs to the different parts of the neighbouring the inner of theſe is ſender, hairy, and leſs than the em-
country, and each party engaged to hoe the Turneps palement; the outer valve terminates in a rigid beard,
in ſuch a particular diſtrict, at a certain price per and is larger than the empalement ; they have three hairy
acre ; and from the ſucceſs of the farmers who firſt
Stamina, terminated by oblong ſummits, with a round-
employed them, their neighbours were at length ish germen, Supporting two hairy Styles, crowned with
tempted to follow their example, ſo that it became ne- plumoſe Summits
. The germen afterward becomes an oval
ceſſary for ſome of their labourers to underſtand this ſingle ſeed wrapped up in the chaff.
work; and from that time it has prevailed ſo much, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
as that many of the diſtant counties have now engaged Linnæus's twenty third claſs, intitled Polygamia
in this practice: and if the Horſe-hoeing huſbandry Monæcia which includes thoſe plants which have
was but well eſtabliſhed among the farmers near Lon- male and hermaphrodite flowers in different parts of
don, there would be little doubt of its ſpreading into the ſame plant, whoſe flowers have ſeveral ſtamina.
the diſtant counties; but there are great prejudices
The SPECIES are,
againſt it at preſent, moſt of them ariſing from the 1. Holcus (Sorgum) glumis villoſis, ſeminibus ariſtatis.
ignorance of the farmers in general, and others from
Hort. Upfal. 301. Holcus with hairy chaff and bearded
the over-fondneſs of the author to his own ſchemes, Seeds. Milium arundinaceum, fubrotundo femine,
which has in many particulars carried him into many Sorgo nominatum. C. B. P. 26. Reed-like Millet, with
known abſurdities; and theſe being well known to a roundiſh ſeed, called Sorgum.
every practical farmer and gardener, are ſufficient ar- 2. Holcus (Saccharatus) glumis glabris, feminibus mu-
guments with them againſt making trial of the uſeful ticis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1047. Holcus with ſmooth buſks,
part of his ſcheme.
and ſeeds without awns. Milium Indicum, arundina-
The utility of this method of huſbandry, is firſt, in pro- ceo caule, granis faveſcentibus. H.L. 425. Indian
portioning the number of plants to the paſture, which Millet with a reedy ſtalk, and yellowiſh grains.
the ground is ſuppoſed capable of nouriſhing pro- There are ſeveral other of the graffy tribe which be-
perly. The ſecond is, by frequent ſtirring of the long to this genus, but as they are not cultivated for
ſurface of the land, all weeds which rob the crop ufe, ſo I thall not enumerate them here.
of its nouriſhment is deſtroyed, and the clods of earth The two forts here mentioned, grow naturally in In-
are hereby divided and pulverized, ſo that the roots of dia, where their grain is often uſed to feed poultry,
the plants can more eaſily penetrate them, and ſearch and the ſeeds of theſe are frequently ſent to Europe
their proper food ; beſides, the dews and moiſture are for the fame purpoſe; but the ſummers are feldom
eaſily imbibed in the looſe ground, whereby the plants warm enough to ripen the ſeeds in the open air in
receive a greater ſhare of nouriſhment.
England, but in Italy they are both cultivated. The
There are few perſons who properly conſider of what ſtalks of theſe plants riſe five or fix feet high, which
conſequence the ſtirring and breaking of the ſurface are ſtrong reedy, and like thoſe of the Maiz, or
of the ground is to all crops growing therein. I have Turkey Wheat, but ſmaller. The leaves are long and
frequently made trial of this, when the crop has been broad, having a deep furrow through the center,
ſo bad as to be thought not worth ſtanding, which has where the midrib is depreſſed on the upper ſurface,
been occaſioned by the great quantity of rain which and is very prominent below. The leaves are two
has fallen, whereby the ſurface of the ground has been feet and a half long, and two inches broad in the
ſo cloſely bound, as that the plants could find no nou- middle, embracing the ſtalks with their baſe. The
riſhment, but have changed their uſual verdure to a flowers come out in large panicles at the top of the
purple colour, and have made no progreſs; but ſtalks, reſembling, at firſt appearance, the male ſpikes
upon Hoeing the ground and breaking the clods, the of the Turkey Wheat; theſe are ſucceeded by large
plants have put out new roots, and have flouriſhed roundiſh ſeeds, which are wrapped round with the chaff.
exceedingly. From many repeated trials of this kind Theſe plants are propagated in a few gardens for
I can affirm, that if the Wheat in general was ſowed the ſake of variety, but as they are late in ripening
in rows, ſo as that the plough may be brought be- their grain here, ſo they are not worth cultivating
tween them in the ſpring, to looſen the ground, which for uſe. The feeds ſhould be fown on a warm border,
by the winter's rains may have been too cloſely bound, or upon a gentle hot-bed in March; and when the
the crop would more than double what is the com- plants come up, they ſhould be thinned and planted
mon produce.
at the diſtance of a foot aſunder in the rows, and the
But the author of this ſcheme was too fanguine in rows ſhould be three feet diſtance, the culture after
his propoſals, firſt, by aſſerting, that in this method this, is to keep the ground clean from weeds, and
of huſbandry, the land would conſtantly produce the draw the earth up with a hoe to the ſtems of the
ſame ſort of crops without diminution; and ſecondly, plants ; if the ſeaſon proves warm, their panicles will
it might be done without dreſſing or manuring the appear in July, and the grain will ripen in September,
ground; and his fondneſs for his own ſcheme carried but in bad ſeaſons their grain will not ripen here.
him ſo far in the proſecution of it, as at laſt to have HOLLOW ROOT. See FUMARIA.
much worſe crops than any of his neighbours; how- HOLLY. See ILEX.
ever, this ſhould not diſcourage others from the prac- HOLLYHOCKS. See Alcea.
,
tice of it, though upon different principles : for al-HOMOGENEAL or HOMOGENEOUS
though the land thus cultivated, will not nouriſh the plants, are ſuch plants as are of the ſame kind, or na-
ſame plant without manuring ſeveral years, yet by this ture, with others.
method of huſbandry I can affirm, that all crops will | HONEYSUCKLE. See PERICLYMENUM.
be ſo much improved, as to doubly anſwer the diffe- HOPS. See LUPULUS.
rence of expence, and leſs than a fixth part of the ſeed HORDEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 94. Tourn. Inft. R.
will be enough for the fame ſpace of ground. The H. 513. tab. 293. Barley; in French, Orge.
common ſwing plough will anſwer all intents of Horſe- The CHARACTERS are,
hoeing.
It hath a partial involucrum of fix narrow-pointed leaves,
HOLCUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1015. Milium. Tourn. which contain three flowers. The petal of the flower opens
Inft. R. H. 514. tab. 298. Sorgum. Mich. Indian with two valves; the under valve is angular, ſwelling,
Millet, or Corn.
oval, and pointed, being longer than the empalement,
The CHARACTERS are,
ending in a long beard; the inner is ſmall and ſpear-ſhaped.
It baih mole and hermaphrodite flowers ſometimes on the The flower hath three hairy ſtamina ſporter than the pe-
fame plant, at others on different plants
. The male tal, terminated by oblong ſummits. It hath an oval turned
flowers are small, and have a bivalve chaff ; theſe germen, Supporting two hairy reflexed ſtyles, crowned by the
valves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and twiſted, ending with like ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong bellied
3
Seed,
a
a

HOR
H OR
3
seed, pointed at both ends, having alongitudinal furrow, fur-
rounded by the petal of the flower, which does not fall off.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's third claſs, which includes the plants
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The Species are,
1. HORDEUM (Vulgare) flofculis omnibus hermaphrodi-
tis ariſtatis ordinibus duobus erectioribus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 84. Barley with all the flowers hermaphrodite,
and two orders of beards, which are erect. Hordeum
polyfticum vernum. C. B. P. 22. Spring Barley with
many rows of grain.
2. HORDEUM (Zeocriton) flofculis lateralibus mafculis
muticis, feminibus angularibus imbricatis. Hort.
Upfal. 23. Barley with male flowers on the ſide, with-
out awns, and angular ſeeds placed over each other. Hor-
deum diſtichon. C. B. P. 22. Common long-eared Barley.
3. HORDEUM (Diſtichon) foſculis lateralibus maſculis
muticis, feminibus angularibus imbricatis. Hort. Up-
fal. 23. Barley with mele flowers on the ſide, without
owns, and angular imbricated ſeeds. Hordeum diſtichum,
,
fpicâ breviore & latiore, granis confertis. Raii Syn.
246. Barley with ſhorter and broader Spikes, commonly
called Sprat, or Battledore Barley.
4. HORDEUM (Hexaftichon) flofculis omnibus herma-
phroditis ariftatis, ſeminibus ſexfariàm æqualiter po-
fitis. Hort. Upfal. 23. Barley with all the flowers her-
maphrodite, bearded, and ſix rows of ſeeds equally ranged.
Hordeum hexafticum pulchrum. J. B. 2. 429. Win-
ter, or Square Barley, Bear Barley, or Big.
The firſt fort is the common Spring Barley, which
is principally cultivated in England; of this the farmers
make two forts, viz. the common and rath-ripe Bar-
ley, which are the ſame : for the rath-ripe has only
been an alteration, occaſioned by being long cultivated
upon warm gravelly lands. The ſeeds of this, when
ſown in cold or ſtrong land, will the firſt year ri-
pen near a fortnight earlier than the feeds taken from
Itrong land; therefore the farmers in the vales, gene-
rally purchaſe their feed Barley from the warm land;
for if faved in the vales two or three years, it will be-
come full as late in ripening as the common Barley of
their own product ; and the farmers on the warm
land are alſo obliged to procure their feed Barley
from the ſtrong land, otherwiſe their grain would
degenerate in bulk and fulneſs, which by thus
changing is prevented. This ſort of Barley is eaſily
diſtinguiſhed by the two orders of beards, or awns,
which ſtand erect; the chaff is alſo thinner than that of
the two laſt ſpecies, ſo is eſteemed better for malting.
The ſecond fort is the long-eared Barley, which is cul-
tivated in many parts of England, and is an exceed-
ing good fort; but ſome farmers object to this fort,
becauſe they ſay the ears being long and heavy, it is
more apt to lodge; this hath the grains regularly
ranged in a double row, lying over each other like
tiles on a houſe, or the ſcales of fiſhes. The huſk,
or chaff of this Barley is alſo very thin, fo is much
eſteemed for malting.
The third fort is uſually called Sprat Barley; this
hath ſhorter and broader ears than either of the other
forts; the awns, or beards, are longer, and the grains
are placed cloſer together, and the awns being long,
the birds cannot ſo eaſily get out the grains; this
ſeldom grows ſo tall as the other ſpecies, the ſtraw is
Shorter and coarſer, ſo not very good fodder for cattle.
The fourth fort is rarely cultivated in the ſouthern
parts of England, but in the northern counties, and
in Scotland, is generally fown, being much hardier
than the other ſpecies, ſo will bear the cold; this hath
its grains diſpoſed in fix rows: the grain is large and
plump, but it is not ſo good for malting, which is the
reaſon for its not being cultivated in the ſouthern
parts of England, where the other forts, which are
much better for that purpoſe, do thrive well.
All theſe forts of Barley are ſown in the ſpring of the
year, in a dry time; in ſome very dry light land,
the Barley is ſown early in March ; but, in ſtrong
clayey foils, it is not fown till April, and fometimes
not until the beginning of May, but when it is
fown late, if the leafon doth not prove very favour-
able, it is very late in autumn before it is fit to mow,
unleſs it be the rath-ripe fort, which is often ripe in
nine weeks from the time of fowing,
Some people fow Barley upon land where Wheat
grew the former year; but when this is practiſed, the
ground ſhould be ploughed the beginning of October
in a dry time, laying it in ſmall ridges, that the froſt
may mellow it the better, and this will improve the
land greatly; and if this can be ploughed again in
January, or the beginning of February, it will break
and prepare the ground better; then in March the
ground is ploughed again, and laid even where it
is not very wet ; but in ſtrong wet lands the ground
ſhould be laid round, and the furrows made deep
to receive the wet. When this is finiſhed, the com-
mon method is to fow the Barley-feed with a broad
caſt at two fowings; the firſt being harrowed in once,
the ſecond is harrowed until the feed is buried; the
common allowance of feed is four buſhels to an acre.
This is the quantity of grain uſually fown by the far-
mers; but if they could be prevailed on to alter this
practice, they would ſoon find their account in it;
for if leſs than half that quantity is ſown, there will be
a much greater produce, and the corn will be leſs lia-
ble to lodge, as I have many years experienced; for
when corn or any other vegetable ſtands very cloſe,
the ſtalks are drawn up weak, ſo are incapable to reſiſt
the force of winds, or bear up under heavy rains ; but
when they are at a proper diſtance, their ſtalks will be
more than twice the ſize of the other, fo are ſeldom
laid. I have frequently obſerved in fields where there
has been a foot-path through the middle, that the
corn which has ſtood thin on each ſide the path hath
ſtood upright, when all the reſt on both ſides has been
laid flat on the ground : and whoever will obſerve theſe
roots of corn near the paths, will find them tiller out
(i. e. have a greater number of ſtalks) to more than
four times the quantity of the other parts of the
field. I have ſeen experiments made by ſowing Bar-
ley in rows acroſs divers parts of the ſame field, and
the grains fowed thin in the rows, ſo that the roots
were three or four inches aſunder in the rows, and the
rows at a foot diſtance, the intermediate ſpaces of
the fame field were at the ſame time fown broad caft
in the uſual way; the ſucceſs was this, the roots which
ſtood thin in the rows tillered out from ten or twelve,
to upward of thirty ſtalks on each root, the ſtalks
were ſtronger, the ears longer, and the grains larger
than any of thoſe ſown in the common way; and
when thoſe parts of the field where the corn was ſown
in the uſual way has been lodged, theſe parts fown
thin have ſupported their upright poſition againſt wind
and rain, though the rows have been made not only
lengthways, but croſs the lands, in ſeveral poſitions,
ſo that there could be no alteration in regard to the
goodneſs of the land, or the fituation of the corn;
therefore where ſuch experiments have been fre-
quently made, and always attended with equal fuc-
ceſs, there can be no room to doubt which of the two
methods is more eligible ; fince if the crops were
only ſuppoſed to be equal in both, the ſaving more
than half the corn fown is a very great advantage, and
deſerves a national conſideration, as ſuch a ſaving, in
ſcarce times, might beavery great benefit to the public.
I know the farmers in general are very apt to com-
plain if their corn does not come up ſo thick as to co-
ver the ground green in a ſhort time, like Graſs fields;
but I have often obſerved, that from the badneſs of
the ſeaſon it has come up thin, or by accident has
been in part killed, their corn has been ſtronger, the
ears longer, and the grain plumper, ſo that the pro-
duce has been much greater than in thoſe
it has come up thick; for the natural growth of corn
is to ſend out many ſtalks from a root, and not rife
ſo much in height; therefore it is entirely owing
to the roots ſtanding too near each other, when the
ſtalks are drawn up tall and weak. I have had eighty-
fix ſtalks upon one root of Barley, which were ſtrong,
produced longer ears, and the grain was better filled
than any which I ever ſaw grow in the common me-
thod of huſbandry, and the land upon which this
grew
3
و
a
3
years when
و

HOR
H OR
a
ز
ters on an acre.
3
crew was not very rich: but I have frequently ob- this will cauſe them to ſpread ſo as to fill the ground,
lerved on the ſides of hot-beds in the kitchen-gardens, and likewiſe to ſtrengthen the ſtalks.
where Barley-ſtraw has been uſed for covering the The time for cutting of Barley is, when the red colour
beds, that ſome of the grains left in the ears has drop- of the ears is off, and the ſtraw turns yellow, and the
ped out and grown, the roots have produced from ears begin to hang down: in the north of England
thirty to fixty ſtalks each, and thoſe been three or they always reap their Barley, and make it up in
four times larger than the ſtalks ever arrive at in fheaves, as practiſed here for Wheat, by which me-
the common way: but to this I know it will be ob- thod they do not loſe near ſo much corn, and it is alſo
jected, that although upon rich land in a garden, theſe more handy to ſtack ; but this method cannot ſo well
roots of corn may probably have ſo many ſtalks, yet be practiſed where there are many weeds amongit the
in poor land they will not have ſuch produce; there- corn, which is too frequently the caſe in the rich
fore unleſs there is a greater quantity of ſeeds ſown, lands near London, eſpecially in moiſt ſeaſons; there-
their crop will not be worth ftanding, which is one of fore when this is the caſe, the Barley muſt lie on the
the greateſt fallacies that can be imagined; for to fwarth till all the weeds are dead; but as it is apt to
ſuppoſe that poor land can nouriſh more than twice ſprout in wet weather, it muſt be ſhook up, and turn-
the number of roots in the ſame ſpace as rich land, ed every fair day after rain to prevent it. When it is
is ſuch an abſurdity, as one could hardly ſuppoſe any carried in, it ſhould be thoroughly dry, otherwiſe if it
perſon of common underſtanding guilty of; and yet
be ſtacked wet, it will turn muſty; or if too green, it
fo it is, for the general practice is to allow a greater is ſubject to burn in the mow. The common produce
quantity of ſeed to poor land, than for richer ground; of Barley, is two and a half, or three quarters on an
not confidering that where the roots ſtand ſo cloſe, acre, but I have ſometimes known fix or feven quar-
they will deprive each other of the nouriſhment, fo.
ftarve themſelves, which is always the caſe where the HORIZONTAL SHELTERS have, by ſome
roots ſtand cloſe; which any perſon may at firſt fight perſons, been greatly recommended to preſerve fruit-
obſerve, in any part of the fields where the corn hap-
,
trees from blights; but with how little reaſon, or up-
pens to ſcatter when they are ſowing it; or in places on what Night experiments, every one who has ever
where, by harrowing, the feed is drawn in heaps, made uſe of them will eaſily judge; eſpecially thoſe
thoſe patches will ſtarve, and never grow to a third which are contrived by placing tiles in the wall at
part of the ſize as the other parts of the ſame field; certain diſtances, nothing being more obvious, than
and yet common as this is, it is little noticed by far- that vegetables, when prevented from receiving the
mers, otherwiſe they ſurely would not continue their advantage of dews, rains, &c. thoſe kindly benefits
old cuſtom of fowing. I have made many experi- of heaven, grow weak, languid, and at laſt entirely
ments for ſeveral years in the pooreſt land, and have decay: and ſince, from vaſt numbers of experiments
always found that all crops which are fown or planted which have been lately made, we find that trees im-
at a greater diſtance than uſual, have ſucceeded beft; bibe great quantities of nouriſhment through the pores
and I am convinced, if the farmers could be prevailed of their leaves and branches, whereby they are ren-
on to quit their prejudices, and make trial of this me- dered vigorous and healthy, even in ſuch ſeaſons, and
thod of fowing their corn thin, they would foon fee upon ſuch foils, where one would think it impoſſible
the advantage of this huſbandry.
they ſhould receive much nouriſhment from the earth;
The noblemen and gentlemen in France are very to deprive them of this advantage, is no leſs than de-
buſy in ſetting examples of this huſbandry in moſt of ſtroying them, though perhaps, if the trees are vi-
their provinces, being convinced by many trials of gorous, it may not be effected ſuddenly; but there
its great utility; and it were to be wiſhed, the fame will be very viſible ſigns of decay on them daily, and
was done in England,
a few years will put a period to their lives, as I have
When the Barley is fown, the ground ſhould be rolled more than once obſerved, where ſuch walls were
after the firſt ſhower of rain, to break the clods and built.
lay the earth ſmooth, which will render it better to The only ſort of theſe ſhelters which I have ever ob-
mow, and alſo cauſe the earth to lie cloſer to the ſerved uſeful for fruit-trees, was made with two leaves
roots of the corn, which will be of great ſervice to of ſlit deal, joined over each other, and painted; this
it in dry weather.
being fixed upon the top of the wall with pullies, to
Where Barley is ſown upon new broken up land, the draw up and down at pleaſure, formed a ſort of pent-
uſual method is, to plough up the land in March,
houſe ; which being let down in great rains, or cold
and let it lie fallow until June, at which time it is nights, during the time that the trees were in flower,
ploughed again, and fown with Turneps, which are or the fruit was ſetting, proved ſerviceable; but then
eaten by ſheep in winter, by whoſedung the land is greatly theſe ſhelters were removed away ſoon after the fruit
improved ; and then in March following the ground is was ſet, ſo that the trees might enjoy all the advan-
ploughed up again, and ſown with Barley as before. tages of rain, dew, &c. in the ſummer, which is ab-
There are many people who fow Clover with their folutely neceſſary, if we would have healthy trees or
Barley, and ſome have fown the Lucern with Barley;
but neither of theſe methods is to be commended, for HORMINUM. Tourn. Inſt. 178. tab. 82. Salvia.
where there is a good crop of Barley, the Clover or Lin. Gen. Plant. 36. Clary; in French, Ormin.
Lucern muſt be fo weak as not to pay for ſtanding;
The CHARACTERS are,
ſo that the better way is to fow the Barley alone with- The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leof,
out any other crop among it, and then the land will be tubulous, and channelled, having two lips; the upper is
at liberty for any other crop, when the Barley is taken broad, ending in three acute points; the under is borter,
off the ground; but this practice of ſowing Clover, ending in two points. The flower has one petal, divided into
Rye-graſs, and other Graſs-feeds, with corn, has been two lips; the upper is concave, compreſſed on the two fides,
ſo long and univerſally eſtabliſhed among farmers, and incurved with a ſlight indenture at the point, the lower
that there is little hope of prevailing with thoſe peo- is broader and more indented. It hath two ſhort ſtamina,
ple to alter a cuſtom which has been handed down to ſituated in the tube of the flower, terminated by Short prof-
them from their predeceſſors, although there ſhould trate ſummits, and two other which decay soon after the
be many examples produced, to ihew the abſurdity of fiowers open. In the bottom of the tube are four roundiſh
this practice.
germen, ſupporting e ſingle ſtyle crowned by a bifid ſtig-
When the Barley has been up three weeks or a month, mo, ſituated in the upper lip of the petal. The germen
it will be a very good method to roll it over with a afterward becomes four ſeeds, lodged in the empalement.
weighty roller, which will preſs the earth cloſe to the This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
roots of the corn, and thereby prevent the ſun and Tournefort's fourth claſs, which includes the herbs
air from penetrating the ground, which will be of with a lip flower of one leaf, whoſe upper lip is
fingular ſervice in dry ſeaſons; and this rolling of it forked, or ſhaped like a helmet. Dr. Linnæus has
before it ſtalks, will cauſe it to till out into agreater joined this genus, and alſo the Sclarea of Tourne-
number of ſtalks; ſo that if the plants ſhould be thin,
fort to the Salvia, including them all in that genus ;
و
a
good fruit.
و
و
a
but

HOR
HOS
no
و
a
veral years.
but as there are many ſpecies of each genus, ſo it is turally in Auſtria and Bohemia. This fends out from
better to keep them alunder, whereby their old ti- the root a great number of heart-ſhaped leaves,
tles, by which they have always been known in the which are fawed on their edges and deeply veined,
Shops and market will be retained, though there is ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks which are hairy:
very eſſential difference in their characters.
the ſtalks ariſe from between theſe, which are ſquare,
The SPECIES are,
and grow two feet and a half high, which are gar-
1. HORMINUM (Verbenacea) foliis ſinuatis ſerratis, co- niſhed with two heart-ſhaped leaves at each joint;
rollis calyce anguſtioribus acutis. Clary with ſinuated whoſe baſe fits cloſe to the ſtalks, half embracing
fawed leaves, and the petal of the flower narrower than them; the ſtalks at the two or three upper joints,
the cup. Horminum ſylveſtre lavendulæ fore. C. B. put out on each ſide a long foot-ftalk; theſe, and alſo
P. 239. 'Wild Clary with a Lavender flower.
the principal ſtalk, are garniſhed with whorls of
2. HORMINUM (Lyrata) foliis pinnato-ſinuatis rugofis, ſmall blue flowers, not much unlike thoſe of the
calycibus corollâ longioribus. Clary with wing-/baped common fort, but larger; the ſpikes are more than a
finuated leaves, which are rough, and the empalements foot long, and toward the top the whorls are nearer
longer than the petal of the flower. Horminum folio together. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
querno. Volk. Ock-leaved Clary.
Auguft.
3. HORMINUM(Verticillatum) verticillis ſubnudis, ftylo co- The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
rollarum labio inferiore incumbente. Clary with heart- France, and in Italy. This is alſo a perennial plant,
ſhaped, crenated, indented leaves, naked whorls, and the which has fome reſemblance of the third, but the
Style lying under the lip of the petal. Horminum fyl- lower leaves of this are cut at their baſe to the mid-
veſtre latifolium verticillatum. C. B. P. 283. Broad- rib, into one or two pair of ears or lobes, which are
leaved wild Clary, with flowers growing in whorls, but finall, and are often at a diſtance from each other ;
4. HORMINUM (Napifolium) foliis radicalibus pinnato- the leaves are not ſawed, but are bluntly indented ;
inciſis, caulinis cordatis crenatis, fummis femiam- the ftalks of this are ſlenderer, and do not grow ſo
plexicaulibus. Clary, whoſe lower leaves are cut and tall as thoſe of the third, nor are the ſpikes of flowers
winged, thoſe on the ſtalks heart-ſhaped and crenated, and ſo long. This flowers and ſeeds at the ſame time with
thoſe on the top hclf embracing the ſtalks. Horininum na- the third.
pi folio. Mor. Hort. R. Blæſl. Clary with a Navew
Both forts may
be eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which,
leaf.
if fown in the ſpring on an open ſpot of ground, the
5. HORMINUM (Sativum) foliis obtufis crenatis, bracteis plants will come up, and require no other care but to
fummis fterilibus majoribus coloratis. Clary with ob- keep them clean from weeds, and allow them room
tuſe crenated leaves, the brofia on the top of the ſtalks to grow ; for the plants ſhould not be nearer than two
large, coloured, end barren. Horminum comâ purpuro- feet apart, for they grow very large, and will laſt fe-
violaceâ. J. B. 3. 309. Clary with a purple Violet top.
The firſt ſort grows naturally on ſandy and gravelly The fifth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu-
grounds, in many parts of England. This a peren- rally in Spain; of this there are three varieties which
nial plant; the lower leaves grow upon pretty long are conſtant, one with purple tops, another with red
foot-ſtalks, and are near four inches long and two tops, and a third with green tops. As they differ in
broad; they are finuated on their borders, and bluntly nothing but the colour of their bractæ on the top of
crenated; their furface is rugged and wrinkled; the the ſtalks, ſo I have not put them down as different
ſtalks are a foot long, ſquare, and inclining toward the ſpecies, though from more than thirty years culti-
ground; the leaves upon theſe are ſmaller, and cre- vating them, I have not known them alter.
nated on their edges; the flowers grow in a whorled Theſe plants have obtuſe crenated leaves, ſhaped
ſpike at the top of the ſtalk, generally with two like thoſe of the common red Sage; the ſtalks are
fhorter ſpikes, one on each ſide ; the flowers are ſmall ſquare and grow erect, about a foot and a half high;
and blue; theſe are ſcarce ſo long as their empale- their lower parts are garniſhed at each joint with two
ments; they have but one petal, which is divided into oppoſite leaves of the ſame ſhape, but gradually di-
two lips, the upper being a little longer than the un- miniſhing in fize toward the top: the ſtalks are gar-
der, and almoſt ſhuts over it; there are but two per- niſhed upward with whorls of ſmall flowers, and are
fect ſtarina in each flower, and four germen at the terminated by cluſters of ſmall leaves, which in one
bottom, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle ; the germen after- are red, in another blue, and a third green, which
ward become ſo many naked ſeeds, fitting in the em- make a pretty appearance, and are preſerved in gar-
palement. It flowers in June and July, and the feeds dens for ornament. They flower in June and July,
ripen in Auguit and September. This ſort propa- and their feeds ripen in the autumn.
gates itſelf in plenty, if the ſeeds are permitted to The feeds of theſe are ſown in the ſpring, in the places
ſcatter, and requires no other culture but to keep the where they are deſigned to remain, and require no
plants clean from weeds.
other care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
This is ſometimes called Oculus Chriſti, from the ſup- them where they come up too cloſe.
poſed virtues of its feeds in clearing of the ſight, which Garden Clary. See SCLAREA.
it does by its viſcous covering; for when any thing HORNBEAM. See CARPINUS.
happens to fall into the eye, if one of the ſeeds is put HORSE CHESTNUT. See ESCULUS.
in at one corner, and the eye-lid kept cloſe over it, HORSE DUNG is of great uſe to make hot-beds
moving the feed gently along the eye, whatever hap- for the raiſing all ſorts of early garden crops, as Cu-
pens to be there will ſtick to the ſeed, and ſo be brought cumbers, Melons, Aſparagus, Sallading, &c. for which
The virtues of this are ſuppoſed to be the purpoſe no other ſort of Dung will do ſo well, this
ſame as the Garden Clary, but not quite ſo powerful. fermenting the ſtrongeſt; and, if mixed with long
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the ſouth of litter, and ſea-coal aſhes in a due proportion, will con-
France and Italy; the lower leaves are upward of four tinue its heat much longer than any other fort of
inches long, and not more than one broad, regularly Dung whatſoever; and afterwards when rotted, be-
finuated on both ſides, in form of a winged leaf; the comes an excellent manure for moſt ſorts of lands,
ſtalks riſe about the fame height with the former, but more eſpecially for ſuch as are of a cold nature ; and
all the leaves upon the ſtalks are finuated in the for ftiff clayey lands, when mixed with fea-coal aſhes,
fame manner as the lower; the flowers are ſmaller and the cleanſing of London ſtreets, it will cauſe
than thoſe of the firit, but grow in whorled ſpikes the parts to ſeparate much ſooner than any other
like them. This is a perennial plant, which is very compoſt will do; ſo that where it can be obtained in
hardy, and will propagate itſelf in plenty by the
,
plenty, I would always recommend the uſe of it for
ſcattered ſeeds. It is ſeldom kept in gardens but for ſuch lands.
the ſake of variety.
HOSE IN HOSE, a term uſed in gardening, to
The third fort is a perennial plant, which grows na- fignify one tube or petal within another, as in the
6 Y
Polyanthus,
3
و
a
a
out.
a
و
و

HOT
Η Ο Τ
lots
a
а
Polyanthus, where there are in fome varieties two the ſides of the bed, eſpecially if the nights fhould
petals.
ICE prove cold, as it often happens in May, which is many
HOT-BEDS are of general uſe in theſe northern times, even at that ſealon, very hurtful to tender
parts of Europe, without which we could not enjoy plants on Hot-beds.
fo many of the products of warmer climes as we do But although the Hot-bed I have deſcribed is what
now; nor could we have the tables furniſhed with the kitchen-gardeners commonly uſe, yet thoſe made
;
the feveral products of the garden, during the winter with tanners bark are much preferable, eſpecially for
and ſpring months, as they are at preſent in moſt parts all tender exotic plants or fruits, which require an
of England, better than perhaps in any other country even degree of warmth to be continued for ſeveral
in Europe: for although we cannot boaſt of the cle- months, which is what cannot be effected by horſe
mency of our climate, yet England is better furniſhed dung only. The manner of making theſe beds is as
.
with all ſorts of efculent plants for the table, much follows:
earlier in the ſeaſon, and in greater quantities, than There muſt be a trench dug in the earth about three
in the gardens of our neighbours, which is owing to feet deep, if the ground be dry, but if wet, it mutt
our ſkill in Hot-beds.
o not be above a foot or fix inches deep at moſt, and
The ordinary Hot-beds which are commonly uſed in muſt be raiſed in proportion above ground, ſo as to
the kitchen-gardens, are made with new horſe dung, admit of the tan being laid three feet thick. The
in the following manner :
299
length muſt be proportioned to the frames intended
iſt, There is a quantity of new horſe dung from the to cover it, but ſhould never be leſs than eleven or
{table (in which there ſhould be part of the litter or twelve
twelve feet; ; but if it is twice that length it will be
ſtraw which is commonly uſed in the frable, but not better, and the width not leſs than ſix, which is the
in too great proportion to the dung,) the quantity of leaſt fize of theſe beds for to continue the heat. This
this mixture muſt be according to the length of the trench ſhould be bricked up round the fides to the
bed intended; which, if early in the year, ſhould not above-mentioned height of three feet, paving the bot-
be leſs than one good load for each light, this dung tom with bricks to prevent the earth mixing with the
;
ſhould be thrown up in a heap, mixing therewith a
tan, and ſhould be filled in the ſpring with freſh tan-
few ſea-coal aſhes, fome leaves of trees, and tan, which ners bark (i. e. ſuch as the tanners have lately drawn
will be of ſervice to continue the heat of the dung; it out of their vats, after they have uſed it for tanning
Thould remain fix or ſeven days in this heap, then it leather) which ſhould be laid in a round heap for a
fhould be turned over, and the parts well mixed toge- week or ten days before it is put into the trench, that
ther, and caſt into a heap again, where it may con- the moiſture may the better drain out of it, which, if
tinue five or fix days longer, by which time it will detained in too great a quantity, will prevent its fer-
have acquired a due heat, then in ſome well ſheltered mentation; then put it into the trench, and gently
part of the garden, you muſt dig a trench in length beat it down equally with a dung-fork; but it mult
and width, proportionable to the frames you intend not be trodden, which would alſo prevent its heating,
it for; and if the ground be dry, about a foot deep; by ſettling it too cloſe; then you muſt put on the
but if wet, not above ſix inches ; then wheel the dung frame over the bed, covering it with the glaſſes, and
into the opening, obſerving to ftir every part of it
in about ten days or a fortnight it will begin to heat;
with a fork, and lay it exactly even and ſmooth thro? at which time you may plunge your pots of plants
every part of the bed ; as alſo to lay the bottom part or feeds into it, obſerving not to tread down the
of the heap (which is commonly free from litter) up- bark in doing it.
on the ſurface of the bed; this will prevent the ſteam A Bed thus prepared (if the bark be new and not
from riſing ſo plentifully as it would otherwiſe do. To ground too ſmall) will continue in a good temper of
prevent this, and the heat from riſing ſo violently as warmth for two or three months; and when you find
to burn the roots of whatever plants are put into the the heat decline, if you ſtir up the bark again pretty
ground, it will be a very good way to ſpread a layer deep, and mix a load or two of freſh bark amongst
of neats dung all over the ſurface of the horſe dung, the old, it will cauſe it to heat again, and preſerve its
which will prevent the mould from burn ng: if the warmth two or three months longer. There are many
bed is intended for Cucumbers or Melons, the earth people who lay ſome hot horſe dung in the bottom of
fhould not be laid all over the bed at firſt, only a hill the trench, under the bark, to cauſe it to heat; but
of earth ſhould be firſt laid in the middle of each light this is what I would never practiſe, unleſs I wanted the
on which the plants ſhould be planted, and the re- bed ſooner than the bark would heat of itſelf, and then
maining ſpace ſhould be filled up from time to time I would put but a ſmall quantity of dung at bottom,
as the roots of the plants ſpread; but this is fully for that is ſubject to make it heat too violently, and
explained under thoſe two articles. But if the hot- will occaſion its loſing the heat ſooner than ordinary ;
bed is intended for other plants, then after the bed and there will never be any danger of the bark's heat-
is well prepared, it ſhould be left two or three days ing if it be new, and not put into the trench too wet,
for the ſteam to paſs off, before the earth is laid upon though it may
ſometimes be a fortnight or more be-
the dung
fore it acquires a ſufficient warmth, but then the heat
In the making of theſe hot-beds, it muſt be carefully will be more equal and laſting.
obſerved to ſettle the dung cloſe with a fork; and The frames which cover theſe Beds ſhould be propor-
if it be full of long litter, it ſhould be equally trod tioned to the ſeveral plants they are deſigned to con-
down clofe in every part, otherwiſe it will be ſubject tain : for example, if they are to cover the Ananas or
to heat too violently, and conſequently the heat will Pine-apple, the back part of the frame ſhould be three
be much ſooner ſpent, which is one of the greateſt feet and a half high, and the lower part fifteen inches,
dangers theſe ſort of beds may be liable to. During which will be a fufficient declivity to carry off the wet;
the firſt week or ten days after the bed is made, you and the back fide will be high enough to contain the
ſhould cover the glaſſes but ſlightly in the night, and large fruiting plants, and the lower fide will be fulfi-
in the day time carefully raiſe them to let out the cient for the ſhorteſt plants ; fo that by placing them
fteam, which is ſubject to riſe very copiouſly while the regularly according to their height, they will not only
dung is freſh ; but as the heat abates, ſo the cover- have an equal diſtance from the glaſſes, but alſo ap-
ing ſhould be increaſed; otherwiſe the plants in the pear much handſomer to the fight. And although
beds will be ſtinted in their growth, if not entirely many people make their frames deeper than what I
deſtroyed. In order to remedy this evil, if the bed be have allotted, yet I am fully perfuaded, that where
very cold, you muſt put a pretty good quantity of there is but height enough to contain the plants, with-
new hot dung round the fides of it, which will add a out bruiliug their leaves, it is much better than to al-
freſh heat thereto, and cauſe it to continue a conſidera- low a larger ſpace; for the deeper the frame is made,
ble time after ; and as the ſpring advances, the ſun the leſs will be the heat of the air incloſed therein,
will fupply the loſs of the dung's heat; but then it there being no artificial warnth but what the bark
will be adviſeable to lay ſome mowings of Graſs round affords, which will not heat a large ſpace of air; and
و
a
a
a
as

Η Ο Τ
H UR
3
tree.
و
as the Pine-apple requires to be conſtantly kept very
if they are not diſturbed, they will ſoon propagate
warm, in order to ripen the fruit well, ſo it will be themſelves in great plenty.
found upon trial, that the depth I have allowed will HUMIDITY is the quality commonly called moi-
anfwer that purpoſe better than a greater.
fture, or the power of wetting others, which quality
But if the Bed be intended for taller plants, then the fome liquors and fuids are endowed with ; and it dif-
frame muſt be made in depth proportionable thereto; fers very much from fluidity, in that it depends alto-
but if it be for fowing of feeds, the frame need not be gether on the congruity of the component particles
above fourteen or fixteen inches high at the back, and of
any liquor to the pores or ſurfaces of ſuch particu-
ſeven inches deep in the front, by which means the lar bodies, as it is capable of adhering to.
heat will be much greater; and this is commonly the Thus, quickſilver is not a moiſt liquor, in reſpect to
proportion allowed to the frames uſually made uſe of our hands or clothes, and many other things it will
in the kitchen-gardens. As to their length, that is ge- not ſtick to; but it may be called a moiſt liquor, in
nerally according to the fancy of the owner, but they reſpect to gold, lead, or tin, to the ſurfaces of which
commonly contain three lights each, which is in the it will preſently adhere,
whole about eleven feet in length, though ſometimes Nay, water itſelf, that wets almoſt every thing,
they are made to contain four lights, but this is too and is the great ſtandard of Humidity, or moiſture,
great a length for the boxes, for the frames thus made is not capable of wetting every thing; for it ſtands,
are not ſo handy to remove, as when they are ſhorter, and runs eaſily off in globular drops, on the leaves
and are more ſubject to decay at their corners. Some of Cabbages, and many other plants; and will not
indeed have them to contain but two lights, which is wet the feathers of ducks, fwans, and other water
very handy for raiſing Cucumber and Melon plants fowl.
while young; but this is too ſhort for a Bark-bed, as 9. And it is very plain, that it is only the texture that
not allowing room for a proper quantity of bark to may cauſe the Auid to be humid; becauſe neither
continue a warmth for any conſiderable time, as was quickfilver alone, nor biſmuth, will ſtick upon glaſs;
before-mentioned; but for the other purpoſes, one or yet being mixed together, they will form a maſs that
two ſuch frames are very convenient for common will ſtick on it, as it is very well known in the fo-
Dung-beds.
liating of looking-glaſſes, in which ſuch a compo-
As to thoſe frames which are made very deep, it is ſition is uſed.
much the better way to have them made to take aſun- HUMULUS. See LUPULUS.
der at the four corners, ſo that they may be removed HURA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 965. Hura, or Sand-box-
with eaſe; otherwiſe it will be very difficult to take the
frame off, when there is occafion to put in new bark,
The CHARACTERS are,
or take out the old. The manner of making theſe It hath male and female flowers on the same plant. The
frames is generally known, or may be much better male flowers have no petal, or ſcarce any empalement,
conceived by ſeeing them than can be expreſſed in but a column of Stamina, which are joined at bottom to the
writing, therefore I ſhall forbear faying any thing Style, forming a cylinder; theſe ſpread out at the top, and
more on this head.
are terminated by ſingle ſummits lying over each other.
HOTTONIA. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. p. 207. Lin. The female flowers have a fwelling empalement of one
Gen. Plant. 203. Stratoites. Vaill. Act. Par. 1719. leaf, with one tubulous petal; the roundiſh germen is ſitu-
Water Violet.
Sated in the bottom of the empalement, ſupporting o. long
The CHARACTERS are,
cylindrical Style, crowned by a large funnel-ſhaped ſtig-
The flower is funnel-ſhaped; it has one petal, with a tube ma, which is a plain convex, divided into twelve equal
the length of the one-leaved empalement, but is cut above obtuſe parts. The germen afterward becomes an orbicular
into five oblong oval ſegments, which ſpread open, and are ligneous fruit, depreſſed at top and bottom, having twelve
indented at their extremity. It hath five ſbort awl-ſhaped deep furrows, with so many cells, which open at the top
ftamina ſtanding on the tube of the petal, oppoſite to the with an elaſticity, each containing one round fiat feed.
cuts, terminated by oblong ſummits. In the center is ſitu- This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection
ated a globular germen ending in a point, Supporting a of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Mo-
Short ſlender ſtyle crowned by a globular ſtigma, which nodelphia, which includes thoſe plants which have
afterward becomes a capſule of the ſame form, with male and female flowers at ſeparate diſtances in the
one cell, filled with globular ſeeds, ſitting upon the en- ſame plant, whoſe ftamina are joined to the ſtyle,
palement.
forming one body.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of We know but one SPECIES of this gerus; viz.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogy- HURA (Crepitans.) Hort. Cliff. 486. Sand-box-tree. Hu-
nia, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have five ra Americana, Abutili Indici folio. Hort. Amft. 2.
ſtamina and one ſtyle.
131. tab. 66. American Hura with ihe leaf of the In-
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. dian Abutilon, commonly called in the Weſt-Indies Sand-
HOTTONIA (Paluſtris.) Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 207. Wa- box-tree.
ter Violet. Millifolium aquaticum five viola aquatica This grows naturally in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, from
caule nudo. C. B. P. 141. Water Milfoil, or Water whence it has been introduced into the Britiſh colonies
Violet, with a naked ſtalk.
of America, where ſome of the plants are preſerved
This plant grows naturally in ſtanding waters in by way of curioſity. It riſes with a ſoft ligneous ſtem
many parts of England; the leaves which are for the to the height of twenty-four feet, dividing into many
moſt part immerſed in the winter, are finely winged branches, which abound with a milky juice, and have
and flat, like moſt of the ſea plants; theſe extend ſcars on their bark, where the leaves have fallen off.
pretty wide, and at the bottom have long fibrous The branches are garniſhed with heart-ihaped leaves;
roots, which ſtrike into the mud; the flower-ſtalks thoſe which are the biggeſt are eleven inches long, and
riſe five or ſix inches above the water ; they are naked, nine inches broad in the middle, indented on their
and toward the top have two or three whorls of edges, having a prominent midrib, with ſeveral tranf-
purple fowers, terminated by a ſmall cluſter of the verſe veins from that to the ſides, which are alternate;
fame. Theſe flowers have the appearance of thoſe thefe ftand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks. The male
of the Stock-gilliflower, ſo make a pretty appearance flowers come out from between the leaves, upon
on the ſurface of the water.
The flowers appear in
foot-ſtalks which are three inches long; they are
June.
formed into a cloſe ſpike, or katkin, forming a co-
It may be propagated in deep ſtanding waters, by lumn, lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh.
procuring its feeds, when they are ripe, from the places The fernale flowers are ſituated at a diſtance from the
of their natural growth, which ſhould be immediately male; theſe have a ſwelling cylindrical empalement,
dropped into the water where they are deſigned to out of which riſes the peral of the flower, which
grow, and the ſpring following they will appear; and hath a long funnel-ſhaped tube, ſpreading at the
a
a
top,

H Y A
HY A
tance.
top, where it is divided into twelve parts, which are nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
reHexed. After the flower is paft, the germen ſwells
fix ftamina and but one ſtyle.
and becomes a round, compreffed, ligneous capſule,
The SPECIES are,
having twelve deep furrows, each being a diſtinct 1. HYACINTHUS (Nonſcriptas) corollis campanulatis fex-
cell, containing one large round compreſſed feed; partitis apice revolutis. Hort. Cliff
. 125. Hyacinth
when the pods are ripe, they burſt with an elaſti- with a bell-ſhaped petel divided into fix aparts, which are
city, and throw out their feeds to a conſiderable diſ- reflexed at their tops. Hyacinthus oblongo flore cæru-
leus major. C. B. P. 43. Grecter Hyacinth wrth an ob-
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown early long blue flower ; and the Hyacinthus Anglicus. Ger.
in the ſpring, in pots filled with light rich earth, 99. Engliſh Hyacinth, or Hare Bells.
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark. If the 2. HYACINTHUS (Serotinus) corollarum exterioribus pe-
ſeeds are freſh, the plants will appear in about five talis fubdiſtinctis, interioribus coadunatis. Lin. Sp.
or fix weeks after the feeds are fown. As the plants Plant. 453. Hyacinth whoſe exterior part of the flower
will advance very faſt, where due care is taken of has diſtinet petals, but the interior joined. Hyacinthus
them, ſo they ſhould have a large ſhare of freſh air obſoleto flore. C. B. P. 44. Hyacinth with a worn-out
admitted to them in warm weather, otherwiſe they will flower.
draw up too weak. When the plants are about two 3. HYACINTHUS (Utrinque Floribus) corollis campanula-
inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a tis ſexpartitis, floribus utrinque diſpoſitis. Hyacinth
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light rich earth, and with a bell-ſhaped petal which is divided into fix parts,
plunged again into the hot-bed of tanners bark, being and flowers ranged on each ſide of the ſtalk. Hyacin-
careful to ſhade them from the heat of the ſun, until thus foribus campanulæ utrinque difpofitis. C. B. P.
they have taken new root; after which time they muſt 44. Hyacinth with bell-ſhaped flower's diſpoſed on every
have free air admitted to them, by raiſing of the ſide the ſtalk.
glaſſes in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and 4. HYACINTHUS (Cernuus) corollis campanulatis ſexpar-
ſhould be frequently, but gently, watered. When the titis racemo cornuo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 217. Hyacinth
plants have filled theſe ſmall pots with their roots, with bell-ſhaped petals divided into fill parts, and a nod-
they muſt be ſhaken out of them, and their roots trim- ding branch of flowers. Hyacinthus Aoribus campa-
med, and then placed in larger pots, which ſhould nule, uno verſu diſpoſitis. C. B. P. 44. Hyacinth
be filled with the like rich earth, and plunged again with bell-ſhaped flowers ranged on one ſide the ſtalk.
into the hot-bed, where they ſhould remain till Mi- 5. HYACINTHUS (Amethyſtinum) corollis campanularis
chaelmas, provided the plants have room, without ſemiſexfidis baſi cylindricis. Hort. Upſal. 58. Hye-
touching of the glaſſes, at which time they muſt be cinth with bell-ſhaped petals cut balf way into fox parts,
removed into the bark-ſtove, and plunged in the and a cylindrical baſe. Hyacinthus oblongo cæruleo
warmeſt part thereof : during the winter ſeaſon they flore minor. C. B. P. 44. Leffer Hyacinth with an ob-
muſt be ſparingly watered, for as the plants have ſuc- long blue flower.
culent ſtalks, much moiſture will rot them; they muſt 6. HYACINTHUS (Orientalis) corollis infundibuliformi-
alſo be kept very warm, otherwiſe they will not live in bus femiſexfidis bafi ventricoſis. Hort. Upfal. 85. Hy-
this country. In ſummer they muſt have a large ſhare acinth with a funnel-Shaped petal cut half into fix parts,
of freſh air in warm weather, but they muſt not be re- and ſwelling at their baſe. Hyacinthus Orientalis
moved into the open air, for they are too tender to albus primus. C. B. P. 44. Early White Eastern Hy-
live abroad in the warmeſt part of the year in this acinth.
country.
The forts here mentioned are all of them diſtinct ſpe-
This plant is now pretty common in the Engliſh cies, of which there are ſeveral varieties, eſpecially of
gardens, where there are collections of tender plants the fixth, which have been cultivated with ſo much
preſerved, ſome of which are grown to the height of art, as to render ſome of them the moſt valuable
twelve or fourteen feet, and many of them have pro- flowers of the ſpring; in Holland the gardens abound
duced flowers, but there has not been any of their with them, where the floriſts have raiſed fo many va-
fruit produced as yet in England.
rieties as to amount to ſome hundreds; and ſome of
As theſe plants have ample leaves, which are of a their flowers are ſo large, double, and finely coloured,
beautiful green colour, they afford an agreeable va- as that their roots are valued at twenty or thirty
riety among other tender exotic plants in the ftove; pounds ſterling each root; to enumerate theſe varie-
for where they are kept warm, and duly refreſhed ties here, would ſwell this work to very little purpoſe,
with water, they retain their leaves all the year in ver- as every year produces new kinds.
dure.
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and near
The fruit of this plant is, by the inhabitants of the hedges, in lands which have lately been woods, in
Weſt-Indies, cut open on the ſide where the foot-ſtalk many parts of England, ſo is ſeldom admitted into
grew, and the feeds carefully taken out, after which gardens; but the poor people, who make it their
the ſhells are uſed to contain ſand for writing, which buſineſs to gather the wild flowers of the fields and
gave riſe to the name of Sand-box. When theſe woods for noſegays, &c. bring great quantities of
fruit are brought entire into England, it is very diffi- theſe in the ſpring to London, and fell them about
cult to preſerve them; for when the heat of the ſum- the ſtreets.
mer comes on, they uſually burſt with an exploſion, There is a variety of this with white flowers, which is
and ſcatter their feeds about; and from the noiſe made kept in ſome gardens, which only differs in the colour
by the ripe fruit, it was by Hernandez titled, Arbor of their flowers from the other.
crepitans.
The ſecond fort is preſerved in ſome few gardens
HYACINTHUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 344. tab. for the ſake of variety, but as it hath as little beauty
180. Lin. Gen. Plant. 427. Hyacinth; in French, as the firſt, ſo is ſeldom allowed a place in the flower-
Jacinte.
garden. The flowers of this are narrower than thoſe
The CHARACTERS are,
of the firſt fort, and ſeem as if their petals were divided
The flower has no empalement. It has one bell-ſhaped to the bottom, three of the outer ſegments being fe-
petal, whoſe rim is cut into fix parts, which are reflexed; parated from the other, ſtanding at a ſmall diſtance
ond three nečiariums on the point of the germen, with fix from the three interior, but they are all joined at their
Short awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by ſummits, which baſe; when the flowers firſt appear, they are of a
cloſe together. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh three- light blue colour, but before they decay, they fade
cornered germen, having three furrows ſupporting a ſingle to a worn-out purple colour. This flowers early in
ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen efter- the ſpring, and grows naturally in Spain and Mau-
ward becomes a roundiſh three-cornered capſule, having ritania.
three cells, which contain roundiſh ſeeds.
The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy;
Thris genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of this hath blue flowers of the open ſpread bell-ſhape,
Linnæus's fixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogy- which are divided into fix ſegments almoſt to the bot-
tom,
و
a
3
3

Η Υ Α
H Y A
a
a
mer.
tom, and are diſpoſed on every ſide the ſtalk. The
ſtalks riſe about nine inches high, and when the roots
are l ſtrong, the thyrſe of flowers is large. This
flowers about the ſame time with the firſt fort, and
was formerly preſerved in gardens, but ſince there have
been ſo many finer flowers raiſed from the ſeeds of the
Eaſtern Hyacinths, theſe have been almoſt totally ne-
glected, ſo that they are ſeldom ſeen but in old gardens
The fourth fort ſeems to be a variety of the firſt, the
Mowers being ranged for the moſt part upon one
ſide of the ftalk, and the top of the ſpike is always
bent on one fide. The flowers are of a bluſh Peach
colour, and appear about the ſame time as the firſt fort.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain; this hath a
finaller flower than either of the former forts, and
comes earlier in the ſeaſon. The petal is cut into fix
parts half the length, and is reflexed at the brim;
the lower part is cylindrical, a little ſwelling at the
baſe, and is of a deeper blue than either of the for-
This was formerly called by the gardeners the
Coventry blue Hyacinth.
The fixth fort is the Eaftern Hyacinth, of which we
formerly had no other varieties in the Engliſh gar-
dens, but the ſingle and double white and blue flower-
ing; but from the ſeeds of theſe there were a few
others raiſed in England; and alſo by the Flemiſh
gardeners, who came over annually with their flower-
roots to vend in England; but the gardeners in Hol-
land have within the laſt fifty years raiſed ſo many
fo
fine varieties, as to render the former forts of little
or no value.
But thoſe who are deſirous to preſerve any of the old
forts, need not be at much trouble about it, for their
roots propagate in great plenty in any foil or fituation,
and will require no other care but to take up their roots
every other or third year, ſoon after their leaves decay,
and plant them again in autumn; for if they are per-
mitted to remain longer in the ground, their roots will
have multiplied to ſo great a degree, as to render their
flowers very ſmall and weak, fo of little worth.
All the different ſorts of Hyacinths are propagated by
ſeeds or offsets from the old bulbs; the former me-
thod has been but little practiſed in England till very
lately, but in Holland and Flanders it hath been fol-
lowed for many years, whereby they have obtained a
very great variety of the moſt beautiful flowers of this
kind : and it is owing to the induſtry of the floriſts in
thoſe countries, that the lovers and delighters in gar-
dening are ſo agreeably entertained, not only with the
curious variety of this, but of moſt other bulbous
rooted flowers, few other floriſts thinking it worth
their trouble to wait four or five years for the flowers
of a plant, which when produced, perhaps there might
not be one in forty that may deſerve to be preſerved;
but they did not conſider that it was only the loſs of
the four or five firſt years after fowing, for if they con-
tinued fowing every year after they began, there would
be a fucceffion of flowers annually, which would con-
ftantly produce at leaſt ſome forts that might be diffe-
rent from what they had before ſeen; and new flowers
being always the moſt valuable to ſkilful floriſts (pro-
vided they have good properties to recommend them)
it would always be a fufficient recompence for their
trouble and loſs of time.
The method of raiſing theſe flowers from feed is as
follows: having provided yourſelf with ſome good
ſeed (which ſhould be ſaved from either femi-double,
or ſuch ſingle flowers as are large, and have good pro-
perties) you muſt have a parcel of ſquare ſhallow boxes
or pots, with holes in their bottoms to let off moiſture,
which muſt be filled with freſh light fandy foil, laying
the ſurface very level; then ſow your feeds thereon as
equally as poſſible, covering it about half an inch thick
with the ſame light earth; the time for this work is
about the middle or latter end of Auguſt
. Theſe
boxes, or pots, ſhould be placed where they may en-
joy the morning fun only until the latter end of Sep-
tember, at which time they ſhould be removed into a
warmer ſituation, and towards the end of October they
ſhould be placed under a common hot-bed frame,
where they may remain during the winter and ſpring
months, that they may be protected from hard frofts;
though they ſhould be expoſed to the open air when
the weather is mild, by taking off the glaſſes. In the
latter end of February or the beginning of March,
the young plants will begin to appear above ground,
at which time they muſt be carefully ſcreened from
froſts, otherwiſe they will be foon deſtroyed when
they are ſo young; but you muſt never cover them at
that feafon but in the night, or in very bad weather;
for when the plants are come up, if they are cloſe co-
vered, they will draw up very tall and ſlender, and
thereby prevent the growth of their roots. About the
middle of April, if the weather proves good, you may
remove the boxes out of the frame, placing them in a
warm ſituation, obſerving, if the ſeaſon be dry, to re-
freſh them now and then gently with a little water, as
alſo to keep them very clear from weeds, which would
foon overſpread the tender plants, and deſtroy them,
if permitted to remain.
Towards the beginning of May theſe boxes ſhould be
removed into a cooler ſituation ; for the heat of the
fun at that ſeaſon would be too great for theſe tender
plants, cauſing their blades to decay much ſooner than
they would naturally do, if they were ſcreened from its
violence. In this ſhady ſituation they ſhould remain du-
ring the heat of ſummer, obſerving to keep them con-
ftantly clear from weeds; but you muſt not place them
under the dripping of trees, &c. nor ſhould you give
them any water after their blades are decayed, for
that would infallibly rot the roots. About the latter
end of Auguſt you ſhould fift a little light rich earth
over the ſurface of the boxes, and then remove them
again into a warmer ſituation, and treat them, during
the winter, ſpring, and ſummer months, as was before
directed: and about the middle of Auguſt following
you ſhould prepare a bed of light rich fandy foil, in pro-
portion to the quantity of yourſeedling plants; and hav-
ing levelled the ſurface very even, you ſhould take the
earth from the boxes in which your plants were raiſed,
into a fieve, in order to get out all the roots, which
by this time, (if they have grown well) will be about
the thicknefs of a ſmall quill; theſe roots ſhould be
placed upon the bed at about two or three inches
aſunder, obſerving to ſet the bottom part of their
roots downwards; then cover them over two inches
thick with the ſame light earth; but as it will be im-
poſſible to get all the ſmall roots out of the earth in
the boxes, you ſhould ſpread the earth upon another
bed equally, and cover it over with light earth; by
which method you will not loſe any of the roots, be
they ever ſo ſmall.
Theſe beds muſt be arched over with hoops, and in
very hard froſty weather they muſt be covered with
mats, &c. to protect them from froſt; and in the
ſpring, when the green leaves are above ground, if
the weather ſhould be very dry, you muſt refreſh them
with water ; but do this ſparingly, for nothing is more
injurious to theſe bulbs than too great quantities of
moiſture. During the ſummer ſeaſon you muſt con-
ſtantly keep the beds clear froin weeds'; but after the
blades are decayed, you muſt never give them any
water; and in autumn you ſhould ſtir the ſurface of
the bed with a very ſhort hand-fork, being exceeding
careful not to thruſt it ſo deep as to touch the roots,
which, if hurt, are very ſubject to periſh foon after.
Then fift a little freſh, light, rich earth over the bed
about an inch thick, or ſomewhat more, and in winter
cover them again (as was before directed.) In this bed
the roots may continue two years, obſerving to treat
them, both in ſummer and winter, as before; then
the third year the roots ſhould be carefully taken up
a little before their leaves decay, laying the roots ho-
rizontally in the ground to ripen for three weeks, af-
ter which they may be kept out of the ground till the
end of Auguſt, when they ſhould be planted into new
beds prepared as before, placing them at the diſtance
of fix inches afunder; in theſe beds the roots may re-
main till they flower, during which time they ſhould be
treated as before, with this difference only, that inſtead
of covering them with mats in the winter, the ſurface
of the ground ſhould be covered with tanners bark.
6 Z
When
و

H Y A
HY H Y A
a
a
a
a
3
When their flowers begin to fhew themſelves, you
ſhould mark all ſuch as appear to have good proper-
ties, by thruſting a ſmall ſtick down by each root;
which roots, at the time for taking them up, ſhould
,
be ſelected from the reſt, and planted by themſelves;
though I would by no means adviſe the rejecting any
of the other roots, until they have blown two years,
before which you cannot be aſcertained of their va-
lue. When the green leaves of theſe plants begin to
decay, their roots
muſt be taken up, and a bed of light
earth, in a ſhady ſituation, ſhould be raiſed into a ridge;
the better to ſhoot off the moiſture, the roots ſhould
be laid into the earth again in an horizontal poſition,
leaving the green leaves hanging out of the ground
from the roots, whereby the great moiſture contained
in their very ſucculent leaves and flower-ſtalks may
be exhaled, and prevented from returning to the
roots, which, when ſuffered ſo to do, is very of-
ten the cauſe of their rotting after they are out of
the ground. In this ridge the roots ſhould remain
until the leaves are quite dried off, when they muſt
be taken up, and after being cleared of all manner of
filth, which would be hurtful to them, they muſt be
laid up in boxes, where they may be preſerved dry
until September, which is the proper ſeaſon for plant-
ing them again; the method of doing this ſhall be
hereafter mentioned, when we treat of the manage-
ment of old roots.
I ſhall now proceed to the culture of ſuch Hyacinths
as have either been obtained from Holland, or are of
our own product from the feeds of ſuch flowers
as were very beautiful, and worthy to be pre-
ſeved in collections of good flowers : and it hath
been the want of ſkill in the management of theſe
noble flowers, which has ocaſioned the ill ſucceſs
moſt people have had with them in England, where-
by they have been neglected, ſuppoſing their roots
to degenerate after they have flowered in England,
which is a great miſtake; for were the roots
managed with the ſame art as hath been practiſed in
Holland, I am fully convinced they would thrive near
as well in England as there, or elſewhere, as I have
experienced ; for, from ſome hundreds of roots which
I have received from Holland at two or three dif-
ferent times, I have had a very great increaſe of
their roots, which were as large, and produced as ma-
ny flowers upon their ſtems, as the ſame forts generally
do in Holland.
The foil in which theſe flowers ſucceed beft, is a
light, fandy, freſh, rich earth, which may be compoſed
after the following manner: take half freſh earth
from a common, or paſture land, which is chiefly of
a fandy loam; this ſhould be off the ſurface, and not
taken above eight or nine inches deep at moſt; and if
you take the turf, or green ſward with it, it will ſtill be
better, provided you have time to let it rot before it
is uſed ; to this you ſhould add a fourth part of fea-
ſand, and the other fourth part of rotten cow dung ;
mix theſe well together, and caſt it into a heap, where
it
may
remain until you uſe it, obſerving to turn it
over once in three weeks or a month, that it
may
be well mixed. If this compoft is made two years
before it is uſed, it will be much the better; but if
you are obliged to uſe it ſooner, then it ſhould be
oftener turned, that the parts may the better unite.
This foil ſhould be laid two feet deep on the beds
which are deſigned for Hyacinths, and if you
lay a little rotten cow dung, or tanners bark, at the
bottom, which may be within reach of the fibres, but
ſhould by no means touch the bulb, it will be better.
If the ſoil is very wet where theſe beds are made, you
ſhould raiſe them ten or twelve inches above the
ſurface of the ground; but if it be dry, they need
not be raiſed above three or four inches.
The manner of preparing the beds is as follows:
Firit, take all the former old earth out of the bed to
the depth you intend, which ſhould be near three feet;
then ſpread ſome rotten neats dung, or tan, in the
bottom, about fix inches thick, laying it very
le-
vel; upon this you ſhould lay the above-mentioned
earth two feet thick, levelling it very even ; then
A
ſcore out the diſtances for the roots, which ſhould
be eight inches ſquare, in ftrait rows each way ; af-
ter which, place your roots exactly in the ſquares,
obſerving to ſet the bottom part downward; then
cover the roots fix inches deep with the ſame prepared
earth, being very careful in doing this not to diſplace
any of the roots; and if the tops of theſe beds are
made a little rounding, to ſhoot off the wet, it will be
of ſervice in moiſt ground, provided the middle of the
beds are not made too high, which is a fault the other
way.
The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe roots is the middle
or latter end of September, according to the earlineſs
or lateneſs of the ſeaſon, or the weather when it hap-
pens; but I would adviſe you never to plant them
when the ground is extreme dry, unleſs there be a pro-
ſpect of ſome rain ſoon after ; for if the weather ſhould
continue dry for a conſiderable time after, the roots will
receive a mouldineſs, which will certainly deſtroy them.
The beds will require no farther care until the froſt
comes on very ſevere, at which time they ſhould
have ſome rotten tan ſpread over them, about four
inches thick; and if the alleys on each ſide of the
bed are filled up, either with rotten tan, dung, or
ſand, it will prevent the froſt from penetrating the
ground on each ſide to the roots, and ſecure them
from being deſtroyed ; but when the winters prove
very ſevere, it will alſo be proper to have ſome Peas-
haulm, Straw, or ſuch like covering laid over them,
which will keep out the froſt better than mats; and
lying hollow, will admit the air to the ſurface of the
ground, and alſo permit the exhalations to paſs off,
whereby the earth will remain dry, and prevent the
roots from rotting, which has often happened when
the beds have been too cloſe covered. But you muſt
obſerve to take off this light covering whenever the
weather is mild, and only let it continue on in very
hard froſts; for where the beds are covered with
tan or ſea-coal aihes, no common froft can penetrate
through, ſo the coverings are uſeleſs, except in very
ſevere froſt, for a ſmall froſt cannot injure the roots
before the green leaves appear above ground, which
is feldom before the beginning of February, at which
time the beds muſt be arched over with hoops, that
they may be covered either with mats, canvas, or
ſome other light covering, to prevent the froſt from
injuring the buds as they ariſe above ground; but
theſe coverings muſt be conſtantly taken off every
day when the weather is mild, otherwiſe the flower-
ftems will be drawn up to a great height, and become
very weak, and the foot-ſtalks of the flowers will be
long and ſender, and ſo rendered incapable of fup-
porting the bells; which is a great diſadvantage to
the flowers, for one of their greateſt beauties conſiſts
in the regular diſpoſition of their bells. When theſe
hoops are fixed over the beds, the rotten tan ſhould
be moſt of it taken off them ; in doing of which,
great care ſhould be taken not to bruiſe or injure the
leaves of the Hyacinths, which by that time will be
breaking out of the ground with the flower-ſtem,
therefore the tan ſhould be removed by the hands ;
or if any inftrument is made uſe of in the doing of
it, there muit be great caution how it is performed.
When the ſtems of the flowers are advanced to their
height before the flowers are expanded, you ſhould
place a ſhort ſtick down by each root, to which, with
a wire formed into a hoop, the ſtem of the flowers
ſhould be faſtened, to fupport them from falling;
otherwiſe, when the bells are fully expanded, their
weight will incline them to the ground, eſpecially if
they are not ſcreened from the wind and rain.
During their ſeaſon of flowering they ſhould be co-
vered in the heat of the day from the fun, as alſo
from all heavy rains ; but they ſhould be permitted
to receive all gentle ſhowers, as alſo the morning and
evening fun; but if the nights are froſty, they muſt
be conitantly defended therefrom. With this manage-
ment you may continue your Hyacinths in beauty at
leaſt one whole month, and ſometimes more, accord-
ing to their ſtrength, or the favourableneſs of the
ſeaſon.
9
3
3
3
a
3
3
When

HY A
H HY
Y D
When their flowers are quite decayed, and the tops they are large and ſaleable ; but the offsets and ſmall
of their leaves begin to change their colour, you muſt roots, they uſually leave two years in the ground.
carefully raiſe the roots out of the ground with a nar- There are ſome perſons who let their Hyacinth roots
row ſpade, or ſome other handy inſtrument; this is remain three or four years unremoved, by which they
what the Dutch gardeners term lifting of them: in the have a much greater increaſe of roots, than when
doing of this, the inſtrument muſt be carefully thruſt they are annually taken up; but the roots by this
down by the ſide of the root, being careful not to great increaſe are frequently degenerated, ſo as to pro-
bruiſe or injure it, as alſo to put it below the bottom duce ſingle flowers; therefore I ſhould adviſe the
of the root; then by the forcing of this inſtrument on taking up of the roots every year, eſpecially thoſe of
one fide, the fibres of the root are raiſed and ſeparated the moſt valuable kinds, which is the moſt certain
from the ground. The deſign of this is, to prevent method to preſerve them in their greateſt perfection,
their receiving any more nouriſhment from the ground; though the increaſe may not be ſo great ; and if theſe
for by imbibing too much moiſture at this ſeaſon, the roots are planted a fortnight or three weeks earlier
roots frequently rot after they are taken up: about a in the autumn than is before directed, it will cauſe
fortnight after this operation the roots ſhould be en- them to produce ſtronger flowers; and thoſe roots
tirely taken out of the ground, and then carried to which are annually removed, will be rounder and
beds ſituated where the morning ſun only ſhines up-
firmer than ſuch as ſtand two years unremoved.
on them; the earth of the beds ſhould be looſe and For the other forts of Hyacinth, ſee Muscari and
raiſed into a ſharp ridge, laying the roots into it
ORNITHOGALUM.
in a horizontal poſition, with their leaves hanging HYACINTHUS TUBEROSUS. See CRI-
out, by which means a great part of the moiſture NUM and POLYANTHES.
contained in their thick ſucculent ſtalks and leaves HYDRANGEA. Gron. Flor. Virg. 50. Lin. Gen.
will evaporate ; which, if it were permitted to Plant. 492. We have no Engliſh title for this genus.
return back to the roots, would cauſe them to rot
The CHARACTERS are,
and decay after they are taken up, which has been The flower hath a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf,
the general defect of moſt of the Hyacinths in indented in five parts, and five roundiſh petals which
England.
are equal, and larger than the empalement. It hath ten
In this poſition the roots ſhould remain until the green ſtamino, which are alternately longer than the petal, ter-
leaves are entirely decayed, which perhaps may be in ninated by roundiſh ſummits. Under the flower is ſituated
three weeks time. This is what the Dutch gardeners a roundiſh germen, Supporting two ſhort ſtyles ſtanding
term the ripening of their roots, becauſe by this me- apart, crowned by permanent obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen
thod the roots become firm, and the outer cover is afterward turns to a roundiſh capſule, crowned by the two
ſmooth, and of a bright purple colour ; whereas thoſe horned ſtigmas, divided tranſverſly into two cells, filled
roots which are permitted to remain undiſturbed, till svith ſmall angular ſeeds.
the leaves and ſtalks are quite decayed, will be large, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
ſpongy, and their outer coats will be of a pale colour; Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Dygynia,
for the ſtems of many of theſe flowers are very large, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have ten ſta-
and contain a great quantity of moiſture, which, if
mina and two ſtyles.
ſuffered to return into the roots, will infallibly cauſe
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
many of them to periſh. After they are ſo ripened, HYDRANGEA (Arboreſcens.) Gron. Flor. Virg. 50.
you muſt take them out of the ground, and wipe This plant grows naturally in North America, from
them clean with a ſoft woollen cloth, taking off all whence it has been brought within a few years
the decayed parts of the leaves and fibres, putting paft to Europe, and is now preſerved in gardens for
them into open boxes where they may lie ſingly, and the ſake of variety more than its beauty. It hath a
be expoſed to the air, but they muſt be preſerved ſpreading fibrous root, from which is ſent up many
carefully from moiſture; nor ſhould they be ſuffered ſoft, pithy, ligneous ſtalks, which riſe about three feet
to remain where the ſun may ſhine upon them ; in high, garniſhed at each joint with two oblong heart-
this manner they may be preſerved out of the ground ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, ſtanding upon foot-
until September, which is the ſeaſon for planting ſtalks about one inch long; the leaves are three inches
them again, at which time yon muſt ſeparate all long, and two broad near their baſe, ſawed on their
the ſtrong flowering roots, planting them in beds edges, and have many veins running from the mid-
by themſelves, that they may make an equal ap- rib upward to their borders; they are of a light green,
pearance in their flowers, but the offsets and ſmaller and fall away in the autumn; the flowers are pro-
roots ſhould be planted in another ſeparate bed for duced at the top of the ſtalks, in form of a corymbus;
one year, in which time they will acquire ſtrength, they are white, compoſed of five petals, with ten ſta-
and by the ſucceeding year will be as ſtrong as the mina ſurrounding the ſtyle. Theſe appear toward the
older roots.
end of July and in Auguſt, but ſeldom perfect their
The ſingle and femi-double flowers ſhould be planted ſeeds in England.
alſo in a bed by themſelves, where they ſhould be This is eaſily propagated by parting of the roots ;
carefully ſheltered (as was directed before) from the the beſt time for this is the latter end of October,
froſt, until the flowers are blown ; at which time their which is alſo the beſt time to tranſplant them: the
covering ſhould be entirely removed, and they ſuffered plants ſhould have a moiſt foil, for they grow na-
to receive the open air, but the flower-ſtalks ſhould turally in marſhy places; they require no other cul-
be ſupported with ſticks; which, though the weather ture but to keep them clear from weeds, and dig the
may ſoon deface the beauty of the flowers, yet is ab- ground between them every winter. The roots are
folutely neceſſary to promote their feeding; and perennial, and if in very ſevere froſt the ſtalks are
when the ſeeds are quite ripe, you muſt cut off the killed, they will put out new ones the following
veſſels and preſerve them, with the feeds therein, ſpring
until the feaſon for fowing it. But you muſt ob- HYDRASTIS. See WARNERIA.
ſerve, that after theſe flowers have produced feeds, HYDROCOTYLE, [of Swe, water, and xorúan, a
they ſeldom flower fo well again, at leaſt not in two cavity ; becauſe this plant has a cavity in the leaves
years after ; ſo that the beſt method to obtain good which contains water, and the plant grows in marſhes.)
ſeeds is, to plant new roots every year for that Water Navelwort.
purpoſe. Although theſe roots are, by moſt perſons, This plant grows in great plenty in moiſt places in
taken up every year, yet if the beds are well pre- moſt parts of England, and is never cultivated for uſe,
pared for them, they may remain two years in the fo I ſhall paſs it over with only naming it.
ground unremoved, and the roots will increaſe more HYDROLAPATHUM. See Rumex.
the ſecond year than the firſt, though the flowers are HYDROPHYLLON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 187.
more liable to degenerate ; therefore thoſe who cul- Hydrophyllon. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 81. tab. 16. Wa-
tivate theſe for ſale, take up their roots annually when
ter Leaf
The
a
;
3

H Y D
H Y D
There needs only a competent weight of an ex-
ternal fluid, to account for the riſing of water in
pumps, &c.
5. If a body be placed under water, ſo that its up-
permoſt ſurface lie parallel to the horizon, the direct
preſſure that it ſuſtains is no more than that of a co-
lumn of water, whoſe baſe is the horizontal ſuperficies
of the body, and its heighth the perpendicular depth
of the water.
And if the water which leans on the
body be contained in pipes which are open
at both
ends, the preſſure of the water is to be eſtimated
by the weight of a pillar of water, the baſe of which
is equal to the lower orifice of the pipe, and whoſe
height is equal to a perpendicular, which reaches
from thence to the top of the water, although the
pipe ſhould be much inclined any way, or though
it ſhould be ever ſo regularly ſhaped, and much
broader in ſome other place than the bottom.
6. A body which is immerſed in a fluid, fuítains a
natural preſſure from the fluid, which alſo increaſes
as the body is placed deeper beneath the ſurface of
the fluid.
7. The reaſon why water aſcends in ſiphons, and
by which it flows through them, may be explained
from the external preſſure of ſome other fluid, with-
out having recourſe to the abhorrence of a vacuum.
8. The moſt folid body, which will ſink by its own
weight at the ſurface, yet if it be placed at a depth
twenty times greater than that of its own thickneſs
it will not fink, if its defcent be not aſſiſted by the
incumbent water.
9. If a body which is ſpecifically lighter than a fluid,
be immerſed in that fluid, it will riſe with a force
proportionable to the exceſs of gravity in that fluid.
IO. If a body which is heavier than a fuid be im-
merſed, it will ſink with a force that is proportiona-
ble to the exceſs of its gravity.
II. If any vefſel be filled with water, or any other
liquor, the ſurface of which is capable of being even,
it will continue fo till diſturbed by ſome other exter-
nal cauſe.
12. When the fluids are preſſed, they are preſſed
undiquaque, i. e. on all fides.
How far the knowledge of any of theſe properties
of Auids may conduce to the philoſophical improve-
ment of gardening, and the buſineſs of vegetation,
will be more clearly perceived when well conſidered
by the ingenious artiſt, than being ſet forth by words.
HYGROMETER [uygópuélpov, of uygós, moiſt, and
Mércov, meaſure, of meletw, to meaſure,] is a machine
or inſtrument contrived to ſhew or meaſure, the
moiſtneſs and drineſs of the air, according as it
abounds with moiſt or dry vapours, and to meaſure
and eſtimate the quantity of ſuch moiſtneſs and
drineſs.
There are divers kinds of Hygrometers; for what-
ever body either ſwells or ſhrinks by drineſs or moi-
fture, is capable of being formed into an Hygrome-
ter; ſuch are the woods of moſt kinds, particularly
Alh, Deal, Poplar, &c. ſuch alſo is a cord, cat-
a
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf,
cut into five segments which ſpread open. It haih one
bell-ſhaped petal, which is divided into five parts, indented
at their points ; under each of theſe ſegments is fixed a
netarium, which is ſituated about the middle, and ſhut
up lengthways by two lamelle. It hath five ſtamina
which are longer than the petal, terminated by oblong
proftrate ſummits, and an oval-pointed germen, ſupport-
ing an awl-ſhaped ſtyle the length of the ſiamina, crowned
by a bifid Spreading ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
comes a globular capſule with one cell, incloſing one large
round ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Mono-
gynia, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have
five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
HYDROPHYLLON (Virginianum) foliis pinnatifidis. Lin.
Sp. 208. Morini. Joncq. Hort. Water Leaf with wing-
pointed leaves.
This plant grows naturally in many parts of North
America, on moiſt ſpongy ground. The root
of it is compoſed of many ſtrong fleſhy fibres,
which ſpread wide on every fide, from which ariſe
many leaves with foot-ſtalks five or fix inches long,
which are jagged into three, five, or ſeven lobes,
almoſt to the midrib; theſe are indented on their
edges, and have ſeveral veins running from the mid-
rib to the ſides; they are of a lucid green, and in the
ſpring have water ſtanding on the cavities, from
whence I ſuppoſe Morinus gave it the title of Water
Leaf, and not from the plant growing in water, as
Tournefort conjectures. The flowers riſe with foot-
ſtalks from the root, having one or two ſmall leaves
of the ſame ſhape with the lower; the flowers are
produced in looſe cluſters hanging downward ; they
are of a dirty white and bell-ſhaped, fo make no
great figure. They appear in June, and the feeds
ſometimes ripen here in Auguſt.
This plant is very hardy in reſpect to cold, but it
ſhould be planted in a moiſt rich foil ; for if it is
planted in a dry warm foil, it will not live, unleſs it
is conſtantly watered in dry weather. It may be pro-
pagated by parting of the roots, which ſhould be done
in autumn, thať the plants may be well rooted be-
fore ſpring, for otherwiſe they will require a great
deal of water, It requires a moift foil and ſhady
ſituation.
HYDROPIPER, the common biting Arſe-ſmart,
which grows in great plenty in moiſt places near
ditches ſides almoſt every where.
HYDROSTATICS [usposalen, of is op, water,
and coloring of saròs, ſtanding, of ismpat, I ſtand or ſtop;
Hydroſtatics being conceived as the doctrine of the
æquillibrum of liquors,] or the doctrine of the gra-
vitation of fluid; or it is that part of the mechanics
which conſiders the weight or gravity of Auid bodies ;
particularly of water, and of ſolid bodies immerged
therein.
To Hydroſtatics belongs whatever relates to the
gravities and æquilibria of liquors, with the art of
weighing bodies in water, in order to eſtimate their
fpecific gravities.
Of the uſe of this ſcience in horticulture, the Rev.
Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe of Vegetable Sta-
ticks, has given many examples, by experiments,
fhewing the quantities of moiſture imbibed and per-
ſpired by plants and trees, necefſary to be known, in
order to promote the buſineſs of vegetation.
Some of the moſt uſeful heads of this ſcience are ;
1. That the upper parts of all fuids preſs upon the
lower.
2. That a lighter fluid may gravitate or preſs upon a
heavier.
3. That if a body that is contiguous to the water,
be altogether, or in part, lower than the upper fur-
face of the water, the lower part of the body will
be preſſed upwards by the water which touches it
beneath.
.
gut, &c.
Stretch a hempen cord or fiddle-ſtring along a wall,
bringing it over a truckle or pully; and to the other
end tie a weight, unto which fit a ſtyle or index;
on the ſame wall fit a plate of metal, divided into
any number of equal parts, and the Hygrometer is
complete.
For it is a matter of undoubted obfervation, that
moiſture ſenſibly fhortens the length of cords and
ftrings; and that as the moiſture evaporates, they re-
turn to their former length, and the like may be ſaid
of a fiddle-ftring.
The weight therefore, in the preſent caſe, upon an
increaſe of the moiſture of the air, will aſcend, and
upon a diminution of the fame will deſcend.
Hence, as the index will ſhew the ſpaces of afcent and
deſcent, and thoſe ſpaces are equal to the increments
and decrements of the length of the cord or gut, the
inſtrument will diſcover whether the air be more or
leſs humid now, than it was at another given time.
The
&

H Y M
Η Υ Ο
fought for
two ounces.
a
The ordinary contrivance with whip-cord is one of ture on both edges; theſe contain three or four
the eaſieſt, for that will infallibly ſhorten and lengthen roundith compreſſed ſeeds, divided by tranſverſe par-
as the air grows moiſter and drier.
titions.
Some recommend a cat-gut as the beſt, which may The wood of this tree is eſteemed as good tinber
be a yard in length ſuſpended, having a plumbet or in the Weſt-Indies, and it yields a fine clear reſin which
piece of lead, with an index or pointer hanging at the is called gum anime in the ſhops, which makes an
lower end, by means of which the cat-gut will twiſt excellent varnish.
or untwiſt as the air dries or moiſtens, and ſhorten and It is eaſily raiſed from the ſeeds if they are freíh ;
lengthen ſo as to raiſe and fink the plumbet with theſe muſt be fown in pots, and plunged into a hot-
The index, and this index will point out the degree bed of tanners bark: there ſhould be but one feed put
into each pot, or if there is more, when the plants
The weight of this lead or plumbet, ſhould be about appear, they ſhould be all drawn out to one foon after
they come up, before their roots entangle, when it
Some perſons who approve a fine whip-cord inſtead will be hazardous doing it; for if great care is not
of cat-gut, uſe a greater weight of lead; the twiſting
,
taken, the plant intended to be left may be drawn out
and untwiſting of the cat gut or whip-cord, will make with the other. As the roots of this plant are but
the lead with the index turn round, as well as riſe flender, ſo they are very difficult to tranſplant; for
and fall. The degrees may be made upon an open unleſs a ball of earth is preſerved to their roots, they
fcrew of braſs within, with which the plumber and feldom ſurvive their removal, therefore they muſt be
index has its motion.
ſeldom tranſplanted from one pot to another
. The
When you are provided with a barometer and Hy- plants muſt conſtantly remain in the tan-bed in the
grometer, compare the motions of the one with the ſtove, and ſhould be treated in the ſame way with
other, in order to judge what proportion the riſe or other tender plants of the ſame country, giving but
fall of the quickſilver in the barometer bears to the little water to them, eſpecially in the winter. When
twiſting of the cat-gut or whip-cord; the degrees theſe plants firſt appear, they make conſiderable
pro-
of which motion may be obſerved by the index or greſs for two or three months, after which time they
pointer of the Hygrometer; and at the ſame time are at a ſtand perhaps a whole year without ſhooting,
both theſe muſt be compared with the riſing and fall- being in their growth very like the Anacardium, or
ing of the ſpirit in a thermometer, to know what de- Caſhew Nut, ſo is very difficult to preſerve long in
gree of heat or cold attends every different change
this country.
of weather.
HYOSCYAMUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 117. tab.
HYGROSCOPE (of vypòs, moiſt, and oxonéw, to 4.2. Lin. Gen. Plant. 218. (of 's a ſwine, and xúcp.com,
.
view or conſider,] a machine the ſame as the hygro- a Bean, q. d. Hog's-bean,] Henbane; in French,
meter, and for the ſame uſes.
Puſquaime.
Theſe inſtruments are of good uſe in conſervatories, for The CHARACTERS are,
meaſuring or ſhewing the dampneſs or drineſs of them The flower has a cylindrical empalement of one leaf,
in the winter ſeaſon.
which is permanent, ſwelling at the bottom, and cut into
HYMENÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 512. Courbaril. five acute ſegments at the top. It hath one funnel-ſhaped
Plum. Nov. Gen. 49. tab. 14. Locuſt-tree.
petal, with a ſhort cylindrical tube, and an erect spread-
The CHARACTERS are,
ing rim, cut into five obtuſe parts, one being larger than
The outward involucrum of the flower is divided into the others; it hath five inclined ſtamina, terminated by
two parts, the inward is of one leaf, indented in five roundiſh ſummits. In the center is ſituated a rou
oundiſh
parts; the flower hath five petals, which are equal in germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a round
fize, and ſpread open. It hath ten declining ſtamina, which ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an ovel obtuſe
are ſhort, terminated by oblong ſummits. In the center capſule fitting in the empalement, divided in two cells
is ſituated an oblong germen, ſupporting a declining Style, by an intermediate partition, opening with a lid at the
crowned by an acute ſtigma; the germen afterward be- top, to let out the many ſmall ſeeds which adhere to the
comes a large oblong pod, with a thick ligneous ſhell, di- partition.
vided into ſeveral partitions tranſverſly, in each of which This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
is lodged one compreſſed large ſeed, ſurrounded with a fa- Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
rinaceous pulp.
in which he includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
The Species are,
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have ten ſta- 1. HYOSCYAMUS (Niger) foliis amplexicaulibus finuatis,
mina and one ſtyle.
floribus fefilibus. Hort. Cliff. 56. Henbane with finu-
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. ated leaves embracing the ſtalks, and ſefile flowers. Hy-
HYMENÆA (Courbaril.) Hort. Cliff. 484. Locuſt-tree. oſcyamus vulgaris, vel niger. C. B. P. Common Black
Courbaril bifolia, flore pyramidato. Plum. Nov. Gen. Henbane.
49. Two-leaved Courbaril with a pyramidal flower, com- 2. HYOSCYAMUS (Major) foliis petiolatis, foribus pe-
monly called Locuft-tree in America.
dunculatis terminalibus. Henbane with leaves having
This is a very large ſpreading tree in the Weſt-Indies, foot-ſtalks, and flowers with foot-ſtalks terminating the
where it grows in great plenty: it hath a large ſtem, branches. Hyoſcyamus major, albo ſimilis, umbilico
covered with a ruffet bark, which divides into many floris atro-pupureo. T. Cor. Great Henbane like the
ſpreading branches, garniſhed with ſmooth ſtiffleaves, white, but with a dark purple bottom to the fiower.
which ſtand by pairs, their baſe joining at the foot- 3. HyoscyAMUS (Albus) foliis petiolatis, foribus feffi-
ſtalk, to which they ſtand oblique, one ſide being libus. Hort. Upfal. 56. Henbane with leaves having
much broader than the other, the two outer fides foot-ſtalks, and flowers fitting cloſe to the branches. Hy-
being rounded, and their infide ftrait, ſo that they oſcyamus major, albo fimilis, umbilico floris virenti.
reſemble a pair of ſheep-ihears; they are pointed Juſſieu. Greater Henbane like the white, with a green
at the top, and ſtand alternately on the ſtalk. The bottom to the flower.
flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the 4. HyoscyamUS (Minor) foliis petiolatis, floribus fo-
branches, ſome of the ſhort ligneous foot-ſtalks fup- litariis lateralibus. Henbane with leaves having foot-
porting two, and others three flowers, which are com- ſtalks, and flowers proceeding fingly from the fides of the
poſed of five yellow petals ſtriped with purple; the branches. Hyoſcyamus minor albo fimilis, umbilico
petals are ſhort and ſpread open; the ſtamina are much floris atro purpureo. Tourn. Cor. 5. Smaller Hen-
longer, and of a purpliſh colour ; theſe flowers are bane like the white, with a dark purple bottom to the
fucceeded by thick, fleſhy, brown pods, ſhaped like flower.
thoſe of the Garden Bean; they are fix inches long, 5. HYOSCYAMUS (Reticulatis) foliis caulinis petiolatis
and two inches and a half broad, of a purpliſh brown cordatis finuatis acutis, floribus integerrimis, corollis
colour, and a ligneous conſiſtence, with a large ſu- ventricoſis. Lin. Sp. 257. Henbane with heart-ſeped,
ſinuated,
و
7 A

Η Υ Ο
H Y P
3
a
3
a
a
a
;
a
Sinuated, ücate leaves upon foot-fialks, and entire fwollen thoſe of the common fort, but their tubes are
fl-wers. Hyofcyamus rubello flore. C. B. P. Henbane ſwollen.
with a reddiſh coloured flower.
All theſe are biennial plants, which periſh foon af-
6. HYOSCYAMUS (Aureus) foliis petiolatis eroſo-denta- ter they have perfected their feeds. They flower in
tis acutis, foribus pedunculatis fructibus pendulis. June and July, and their feeds ripen in the autumn,
Lin. Sp. 257. Henbane with acute indented leaves ſtand- which, if permitted to ſcatter, will produce plenty
ing on foot-fiolks, the flower having foot-ſtalks, and the of the plants the following ſpring; or if the feeds are
fruit hanging. Hyofcyamus Creticus luteus major. ſown at that ſeaſon, they will ſucceed much better than
C. B. P. Greater yellow Henbane of Candia.
in the ſpring; for when they are ſown in ſpring, the
HYOSCYAMUS (Pufillus) foliis lanceolatis dentatis, flo- plants ſeldom come up the ſame year. They are all
ralibus inferioribus binis, calycibus ſpinoſis. Hort. hardy except the fifth ſort, and require no other cul-
Upſal. 44. Henbane with Spear-Shoped indented leaves, ture but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
and a prickly empalement. Hyoſcyamus puſillus aureus the plants where they are too cloſe. The fifth fort
Americanus, antirrhini foliis glabris. Pluk. Alm. 188. ſhould have a warm ſituation and a dry foil, in
tab. 37. fol. 5. Low, golden, American Henbane, with which it will live much better through the winter
a ſmooth Snapdragon leaf.
than in rich ground.
The firft of theſe forts is very common in England, The ſixth fort grows naturally in Candia ; this is a
growing upon the ſides of banks and old dunghills perennial plant with weak ſtalks, which require a ſup-
almoſt every where. It is a biennial plant with long port; the leaves are roundiſh, and acutely indented
fleſhy roots, which ſtrike deep into the ground, ſend- on their edges, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ;
ing out ſeveral large ſoft leaves, which are deeply the flowers come out at each joint of the ſtalk, they
Naſhed on their edges, and ſpread on the ground; are large, of a bright yellow, with a dark purple bot-
the following ſpring the ſtalks come out, which riſe tom; the ſtyle of this fort is much longer than the
about two feet high, garniſhed with leaves of the petal. It flowers moſt part of ſummer, and ſome-
ſame ſhape, but ſmaller, which embrace the ſtalks times ripens feeds in the autumn. If theſe feeds are
with their baſe; the upper part of the ſtalk is gar- ſown in pots as ſoon as they are ripe, and placed
niſhed with Howers ſtanding on one ſide in a double
under a hot-bed frame in winter, the plants will come
row, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks alternately; theſe are up in the ſpring; but if they are kept out of the
of a dark purpliſh colour with a black bottom, and are ground till ſpring, they rarely ſucceed. This fort will
ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, fitting within the em- continue feveral years, if they are kept in pots and
palement ; theſe open with a lid at the top, and have ſheltered in winter, for they will not live in the open
two cells filled with ſmall irregular feeds. This is a air at that ſeaſon, but it only requires to be protected
very poiſonous plant, and ſhould be rooted out in all from froſt; therefore if theſe plants are placed under
places where children are ſuffered to come; for in the a common hot-bed in winter, where they may enjoy
year 1729, there were three children poiſoned with as much free air as poſſible in mild weather, they
eating the ſeeds of this plant, near Tottenham-court;
will thrive better than when they are more tenderly
two of which ſlept two days and two nights before
treated. This fort may be eaſily propagated by cut-
they could be awakened, and were with difficulty re- tings, which, if planted in a ſhady border during any
covered; but the third being older and ſtronger,
of the ſummer months, will take root in a month or
eſcaped better.
fix weeks, and may be afterward planted in pots, and
The roots of this plant are uſed for anodyne neck-
treated like the old plants.
laces to hang about children's necks, being cut to HYPECOUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 230. tab. 115.
pieces and ſtrung like beads, to prevent fits and cauſe Hypecoum ; Lin. Gen. Plant. 157. We have no
an eaſy breeding of their teeth, but they are very dan- Engliſh name for this plant.
gerous to uſe inwardly. For ſome years paſt there was
The CHARACTERS are,
a mixture of theſe roots brought over with Gentian, The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two ſmall
and uſed as ſuch, which was attended with very bad
oval leaves, which are oppoſite and erect. The flower
effects, as hath been mentioned under the article of hath four petals ; the two outer which are oppoſite, are
Gentian, fo I ſhall not repeat it here.
broad, and divided into three obtuſe lobes ; the two other
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of the which are alternate, are cut into three parts at their
Archipelago. This hath rounder leaves, which are points. It hath four ſtamina ſituated between the petals,
obtuſely ſituated upon their borders, and ſtand upon which are terminated by oblong ſummits. In the center is
foot-ſtalks; the ſtalks branch more than thoſe of the placed an oblong cylindrical germen, ſupporting two short
firſt, and the flowers grow in cluſters toward the end Styles, crowned by acute ſtigma. The germen efterward be-
of the branches, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they comes a long, compreſſed, jointed pod, which is incurved,
are of a pale yellow colour, with very dark purple with one roundiſha compreſſed ſeed in each joint.
bottoms.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
The third fort is much like the ſecond, but the Linnæus's fourth claſs, which contains the plants
flowers are in larger bunches, fitting very cloſe on the whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and two ſtyles.
ends of the branches; they are of a greeniſh yellow
The SPECIES are,
colour, with green bottoms. It grows naturally in 1. HYPECOUM (Procumbens) filiquis arcuatis compreffis
the warm parts of Europe, and is the fort whoſe feeds articulatis. Hort. Upfal. 31. Hypecoum with compreſſed
ſhould be uſed in medicine, being the white Henbane jointed pods bent inward. Hypecoum latiore folio.
of the ſhops.
Tourn. Broad-leaved Hypecoum.
The fourth fort was brought from the Levant by 2. HYPECOUM (Pendulum) filiquis cernuis teretibus cy-
Dr. Tournefort. This hath a ſmaller ſtalk than ei- lyndricis. Hort. Upfal. 31. Hypecoum with taper, cy-
ther of the former, whoſe joints are further diftant; lindrical, nodding pods. Hypecoum tenuiore folio.
the leaves are roundiſh, and deeply indented in ob- Tourn. Narrow-leaved Hypecoum.
tufe ſegments, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ; 3. Hypecoum (Erectum) filiquis erectis teretibus toru-
the flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the ſtalks, lofis. Hort. Upfal. 32. Hypecoum with taper, ereat,
at a good diſtance from each other, they are of a yel- wreathed pods. Hypecoum filiquis erectis teretibus.
low colour with dark bottoms.
Amm. Ruth. 58. Hypecoum with ereEt taper pods.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Syria ; this riſes The firſt fort hath many wing-pointed leaves of a
with a branching ſtalk two feet high, garniſhed with grayiſh colour, which ſpread near the ground, and flen-
long ipear-ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks; the der branching ſtalks, which lie proſtrate on the ſur-
lower leaves are regularly cut on both ſides into acute face of the ground; theſe are naked below, and at
ſegments which are oppoſite, fo are ſhaped like the the top are garniſhed with two or three ſmall leaves
winged leaves, but the upper leaves are entire; the of the ſame ſhape and colour with the under ones;
flowers grow at the end of the ſtalks in bunches ; from between theſe leaves come out the foot-Italks of
they are of a worn-out red colour, and ſhaped like the flower, each ſuſtaining one yellow flower with four
petals,
و
a

HYP
H Y P
petals, and a pointal ſtretched out beyond the petals, Polygynia, which contains the plants whoſe filowers
which afterward turns to a jointed compreſſed pod have many ftamina joined in diftinct bodies, and le-
about three inches long, which bends inward like a veral ſtyles.
bow, having one roundiſh compreſſed feed in each
The Species are,
joint. This flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds 1. HYPERICUM (Perfoliatum) fioribus trigynis, caule
ripen in Auguſt.
ancipiti, foliis obtufis pellucido-punctatis. Hort.
The ſecond fort hath fender ſtalks which ſtand more Cliff
. 383. St. Johnſwort with three ſtyles to the flower,
erect, and the ſegments of the leaves are longer and and obtuſe leaves having pellucid punetures. Hyperi-
much narrower than thoſe of the firſt, the flowers cum vulgare. C. B. P. 279. Common St. Johnſwort.
are finaller, and come out at the diviſion of the 2. HYPERICUM (Quadrangulum) foribus trigynis, caule
branches; theſe are ſucceeded by narrow taper pods, quadrato herbaceo. Hort. Cliff. 380. St. Johnſwort
which hang downward. It flowers and feeds at the with three ſtyles to the flowers, and a Square herbaceous
ſame time with the firſt.
ſtalk. Hypericum Afcyron dictum, caule quadran-
The third fort grows in the eaſt; Dr. Amman re- gulo. J. B. 3. p. 382. St. Johnſwort with a Square
ceived the feeds frorn Dauria, and I received the ſeeds ſtalk, commonly called St. Peterſwort.
from Iftria, where it was found growing naturally. 3. HYPERICUM (Hircinum) fioribus trigynis, ſtamini-
This hath much the appearance of the ſecond fort in bus corollâ longioribus, caule fruticoſo ancipiti.
leaf and flower, but the pods grow erect, and are Hort. Cliff
. 331. St. Johnſwort with three ſtyles to the
wreathed and twiſted about. It flowers and feeds at flower, Stamina longer than the petals, and a ſhrubby
the ſame time with the others.
ſtalk with two ſides. Hypericum foetidum frutel-
Theſe plants are all of them annual, fo their feeds cens. Tourn. 255. Stinking brubby St. Johnſwort.
ſhould be ſown ſoon after they are ripe, otherwiſe it will 4. HYPERICUM foribus trigynis, calycibus obtufis, fta-
be a year before the plants will appear, on a bed of minibus corollâ longioribus caule fruticoſo. Hort.
light freſh earth where they are to remain, for they Cliff. 381. St. Johnſwort with three ſtyles to the flower,
feldom ſucceed if they are tranſplanted. When the obtuſe empalements, ſtamina longer than the petals, and
plants are come up, they ſhould be carefully cleared a Brubby ſtalk. Hypericum fruteſcens Canarienſe
from weeds; and where the plants are too cloſe, they multiflorum. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 135. Shrubby St.
muſt be thinned, leaving them about fix or eight Johnſwort from the Canaries, having many flowers.
inches apart; after this they will require no other cul- 5. HYPERICUM (Olympicum) floribus trigynis, calyci-
ture, but to keep them conftantly clear from weeds. bus acutis, ftaminibus corolla brevioribus, caule fru-
In June theſe plants will flower, and their feeds will ticoſo. Hort. Cliff. 380. St. Johnſwort with three
be ripe in Auguft.
Styles to the flower, acute empalements, ftamina sorter
When the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring, and the ſeaſon than the petals, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Hypericum Ori-
proves dry, the ſeeds will not grow the firſt year; entale, fiore magno. T. Cor. 19. Eaſtern St. Johns-
but if the ground is kept clear from weeds and not wort, with a large flower.
diſturbed, the plants will come up the following 6. HYPERICUM (Inodorum) foribus trigynis, calycibus
{pring. I have known the ſeeds of theſe plants re- obtufis, ftaminibus corollâ longioribus, capſulis co-
main in the ground two years, and the plants have loratis, caule fruticoſo. St. Johnſwort with three ſtyles
come up the third ſpring very well; ſo that it will be to the flower, obtuſe empalements, ſtamina longer than the
very proper to ſow ſome of the feeds in autumn, petals, coloured ſeed-veſſels, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Hype-
ſoon after they are ripe, in a warm border, where the ricum Orientale, foetido fimile, ſed inodorum. Tourn.
plants may come up early the following ſpring; and Cor. 19. Eaſtern St. Johnſwort, like the ſtinking kind,
theſe will be ſtronger, and more likely to perfect ſeeds, but without ſmell.
than thoſe fown in the ſpring, by which method the 7. HYPERICUM (Aſcyron) floribus pentagynis, caule te-
kinds may be preſerved.
tragono herbaceo fimplici, foliis lævibus integerrimis.
If the feeds of theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter, Hort. Upfal. 236. St. Johnſwort with five ſtyles to the
the plants will come up the following ſpring without flower, a ſquare, ſingle, herbaceous ſtalk, end ſmooth en-
any care; and if they are treated in the ſame way as tire leaves. Afcyrum magno flore. C. B. P. 280.
the others, they will thrive equally; but when the Tutſan with a large flower.
feeds are ſown in the ſpring, they ſhould be taken out 8. HYPERICUM (Balearicum) floribus pentagynis, caule
)
of the pods, and diveſted of their fungous covering, fruticoſo, foliis ramiſque cicatriſatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
which adheres cloſe to them, ſo prevents their grow- 783. St. Johnſwort with five ſtyles to the flower, a
ing, till that is rotted and decayed.
florubby ſtalk, and ſcarified leaves and branches. Aſcy-
Theſe plants are feldom propagated but by thoſe who ron Balearicum, fruteſcens, maximo flore luteo, foliis
are curious in botany, though for the ſake of variety minoribus, fubtus verrucoſis falvad. Boerh. Ind. alt.
they may have a place in large gardens, becauſe they 1. 242. Shrubby Balearick St. Peterſwort with a large
require very little trouble to cultivate them; and as yellow flower, and ſmaller leaves warted on their under
they take up but little room, ſo they may be inter-
fo
ſide.
mixed with other ſmall annual plants in large borders, 9. HYPERICUM (Androſæmum) floribus trigynis pericar-
where they will make a pretty appearance.
piis baccatis, caule fruticoſo ancipiti
. Hort. Upſal.
The juice of theſe plants is of a yellow colour, re- 237. St. Johnſwort with three ſtyles to the flower, a
ſembling that of Celandine, and is affirmed by ſome fleſhy ſeed-veſſel, and a ſhrubby ſtalk with two ſides.
eminent phyſicians to have the ſame effect as opium.
Androfæmum maximum fruteſcens. C. B. P. 280.
HYPERICUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 254. tab. 131. Common Tutſan, or Park-leaves.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 808. St. Johnſwort; in French, 10. HYPERICUM (Bartramium) floribus pentagynis ca-
Millepertuis.
lycibus obtufis, ftaminibus corollâ æquantibus, caule
The CHARACTERS are,
erecto herbaceo. St. Johnſwort with five ſtyles to the
The flower bath a permanent empalement, divided into flower, obtuſe empalements, ſtamina equalling the petals,
five oval concave ſegments; it hath five oblong oval petals and en erėžt herbaceeus ſtalk.
which ſpread open, and a great number of hairy ſtamina, u. HYPERICUM (Monogynum) floribus monogynis, fta-
which are joined at their baſe in three or five diftinet minibus corollâ longioribus, calycibus coloratis, caule
bodies, terminated by finall ſummits. It hath in the cen- fruticoſo. St. Johnſwort with one ſtyle to the flowers,
ter a roundiſh germen, ſupporting one, three, or five Stamino longer than the petals, coloured empalements, and
jtyles, the same length of the ſtamina, crowned by fingle a fhrubby ſtolk.
stigmas. The germen afterward becomes a roundiń cap- There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which
fule, having the ſame number of cells as there are styles are preferved in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
in the flower, which are filled with oblong ſeeds.
riety, but as they are feldom admitted into other
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of gardens, I have not enumerated them here, left the
Linnæus's eighteenth claſs, intitled Polyadelphia work ſhould ſwell too large.
a
The

HY P
H Y P
а
3
а
a
The firſt and ſecond forts are both very common
plants, growing in the fields in moſt parts of
England, the firſt is uſed in medicine, but the fe-
cond is of no uſe: theſe are rarely propagated in gar-
dens, but I chuſe to mention them, in order to in-
troduce the other forts, which deſerve a place in
every good garden.
The firſt fort hath a perennial root, from which ariſe
ſeveral round ſtalks a foot and a half high, dividing
into many fmall branches, which are garniſhed at
each joint with two finall oblong leaves, ſtanding
oppoſite, without foot-ftalks ; the branches alſo come
out oppoſite. The leaves have many pellucid ſpots in
them, which appear like ſo many holes when held up
againſt the light. The flowers are numerous on the
tops of the branches, ſtanding on flender foot-ſtalks ;
they are compoſed of five oval petals, of a yellow co-
lour, with a great number of ſtamina, not quite ſo
long as the petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits.
In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting
three ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The germen
afterward becomes an oblong angular capſule, with
three cells, filled with ſmall brown feeds. It flowers
in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The root is perennial, ſo will continue many years ;
and if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will come up in too great plenty, ſo as to be very
troubleſome weeds. The leaves and flowers of this
are uſed in medicine ; it is eſteemed an excellent vul-
nerary plant, and of great ſervice in wounds, bruiſes,
and contuſions: there is a compound oil made from
this plant, which is of great uſe in the foregoing ac-
cidents. From the ſtamina of the flower is expreſſed
a red juice, which is ſometimes uſed in colouring,
but fades very ſoon.
The ſecond fort hath ſquare ſtalks, which riſe about
the ſame height with the firſt, but do not branch ſo
much. The leaves are ſhorter and broader than thoſe
of the firſt, and have no pellucid ſpots. The flowers
fit upon ſhort foot-ſtalks at the end of the branches,
which are ſhaped like thoſe of the other. This flowers
and ſeeds at the ſame time with the other, and will pro-
pagate in as great plenty if the ſeeds are permitted to
ſcatter.
The third ſort grows naturally in Sicily, Spain, and
Portugal; this riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks about three
feet high, fending out ſmall branches at each joint
oppoſite, which are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, ,
placed by pairs, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which
have a rank ſmell like a goat. The flowers are pro-
duced in cluſters at the end of the branches; they
are compoſed of five oval yellow petals, with a great
number of ſtamina which are longer than the petals,
and three ſtyles which are longer than the ſtamina.
The germen which ſupports theſe, afterward becomes
an oval capſule with three cells, filled with ſmall
ſeeds. It flowers in June, July, and Auguſt, and the
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands,
ſo was formerly preſerved in green-houſes during the
winter ſeaſon, but is found to be hardy enough to re-
fift the greateſt cold of this country, ſo is now culti-
vated in the nurſeries as a ficwering ſhrub; this riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, dividing
into branches upward, which are garniſhed with ob-
long leaves, ſet by pairs cloſe to the branches. The
leaves of this have alſo a ſtrong odour, but not quite
ſo bad as the former. The flowers are produced at
the end of the ſtalks in cluſters, and are very like
thoſe of the former fort, having a great number of
ftamina which are longer than the petals ;, this
fiowers at the ſame time with the former, and perfects
its feeds in autumn. Both theſe plants have a very
ſtrong odour like that of a goat ; fo that where the
plants grow in large quantities, the ſcent is carried by
the wind to a great diſtance; or if the leaves are
hand ed, they emit the ſame odour.
Theſe two forts are propagated by ſuckers, which are
plentifully ſent forth from the old plants. The beſt
keaſon for taking off the ſuckers is in March, juſt
before they begin to ſhoot; they ſhould be planted in
a light dry foil, in which they will endure the fevereſt
cold of our climate very well. They may alſo be pro-
pagated by cuttings, which ſhould be planted at the
ſame ſeaſon; or by feeds, which muſt be fown in Au-
guſt or September, which is as ſoon as they are ripe;
for if they are kept till ſpring, few of them will grow;
but as they multiply ſo faſt by ſuckers, the other methods
of propagating them are ſeldom practiſed in England.
The fifth fort grows naturally on Mount Olympus,
where it was diſcovered by Sir George Wheeler, who
fent the feeds to the Oxford garden ; this riſes with
many upright ligneous ítalks about a foot high, gar-
niſhed with ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaves, fitting cloſe to
the ſtalks oppoſite. The flowers are produced at the
the top of the ſtalks, three or four together, they are
compoſed of five oblong petals, of a bright yellow
colour, with a great number of ſtamina, which are
of unequal lengths, ſome being longer, and others
ſhorter than the petals, terminated by ſmall roundiſh
ſummits. In the center is ſituated an oval germen,
ſupporting three flender ſtyles, which are longer than
the ſtamina. The germen afterward becomes an oval
capſule with three cells, filled with ſmall feeds. This
flowers in July and Auguft, and in warm ſeafons ripens
its feeds in autumn.
This plant is uſually propagated by parting of the
roots, becauſe the feeds feldom ripen in this country;
the beſt time for doing of this is in September, that
the plants may have time to get root before winter;
this will live in the open air, if it is planted in a warm
ſituation and a dry foil, but it will be proper to keep
a plant or two in pots, to be ſheltered under a frame
in winter, left in very ſevere winters, thoſe in the open
air ſhould be deſtroyed. If this is propagated by ſeeds,
they ſhould be fown foon after they are ripe, in pots
filled with light earth, and placed under a frame in
the winter, to ſhelter them from froſt, and in the
ſpring the plants will appear ; when theſe are fit to
remove, ſome of them may be planted in a warm bor-
der, and others in pots, and treated in the ſame way
as the old plants.
The fixth ſort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or
eight feet high, with a reddiſh bark, and ſends out
many ſmaller branches, garniſhed with oval heart-
Thaped leaves, whoſe baſe fits cloſe to the ſtalks ;
they are placed oppoſite. The flowers are produced
at the end of the ſtalks in cluſters; they are ſmaller
than thoſe of the third fort, and have obtuſe em-
palements. The ſtamina are longer than the petals,
and are of a deeper colour. The flowers are ſucceed-
ed by conical capſules of a purpliſh red colour, hav-
ing three cells, filled with ſmall feeds. It flowers in
May, June, and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
This is now propagated in the nurſeries as a flowering
ſhrub, and may be treated in the ſame way as the
third and fourth forts.
The ſeventh fort was firſt brought to England from
Conſtantinople, but has long been very common in
the Engliſh gardens, for the roots ſpread and in-
creaſe very faſt, where it is permitted to ſtand long
unremoved. The ſtalks of this are ſlender, and in-
cline downward; they are garniſhed with oval, ſpear-
ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, placed by pairs, fitting cloſe to
the ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the end of
the ſtalks; theſe are very large, and of a bright yel-
low colour, with a great number of ſtamina, which
ſtand out beyond the petals; there are five ſtyles in
each flower, which are of the ſame length with the
ſtamina. The flowers are ſucceeded by pyramidal
feed-veſſels with five cells, containing many ſmall
ſeeds. It flowers in June and July.
This plant is eaſily propagated by parting of the
root, the beat time for this is in O&tober, that the
plants may be well eſtabliſhed before the drought of
ſpring, otherwiſe they will not produce many flowers,
As this will grow under trees, ſo it is a very proper
plant to place under ſhrubs and trees to cover the
ground, where they will make a good appearance
during the ſeaſon of their flowering.
a
а
3
The

H Y P
HY S
a
a
autumn.
The eighth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Mi- parting the roots. The beſt time for this is in aua
norca, from whence the feeds were ſent to England, tumn, it ſhould have a light ſoil and an open fitus-
;
by Mr. Salvador, an apothecary at Barcelona, in the tion. The flowers appear the latter end of July, and
year 1718; this riſes with a ſlender ſhrubby ſtalk in in Auguft.
this country about two feet high, but in its native The eleventh fort grows naturally in China, from
foil riſes feven or eight feet high, ſending out ſeveral whence the ſeeds were brought to the Right Hon. the
weak branches of a reddiſh colour, which are marked Earl of Northumberland, and the plants were raiſed
where the leaves have fallen off with a cicatrice. The in his Lordſhip's curious garden at Stanwick, and by
leaves are ſmall, oval, and waved on their edges, hav- his Lordſhip’s generoſity the Chelſea garden was fur-
ing ſeveral ſmall protuberances on their under fide, fit- niſhed with this plant.
ting cloſe to the ſtalks, half embracing them with their The root of this plant is compoſed of many ligneous
baſe. The flowers are produced at the top of the fibres, which ſtrike deep in the ground, from which
ftalks ; they are large, of a bright yellow colour, with arife ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks near two feet high, co-
a great number of ſtamina, which are a little ſhorter vered with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with ſtiff
than the petals; theſe flowers have five ſtyles, and are ſmooth leaves about two inches long, and a quarter
fucceeded by pyramidal capſules with five cells, which of an inch broad, placed by pairs, fitting cloſe to
have a ſtrong ſmell of turpentine, and are filled with the ſtalk ; they are of a lucid green on their upper
ſmall brown feeds: this plant has a ſucceſſion of ſide, and gray on their under, having many tranſverſe
flowers great part of the year, which renders it va- veins running from the midrib to the border. The
luable; it is too tender to live through the winter in flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalks, growing
the open air in England, but requires no artificial in ſmall cluſters, each ſtanding upon a ſhort distinct
heat: if the plants are placed in a dry airy glaſs- foot-ſtalk; theſe have an empalement of one leaf, di-
caſe in winter, where they may be protected from vided into five obtuſe ſegments almoſt to the bottom,
froſt, and enjoy a good thare of freih air in mild which is of a deep purple colour. The flower is com-
weather, they will thrive better than in a warmer poſed of five large obtuſe petals, of a bright yellow
fituation ; but they muſt by no means be placed in a colour; theſe are concave, and in the center is ſituated
damp air, for their ſhoots foon grow mouldy and de- an oval germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by
cay with damp, nor ſhould the plants have much five ſender ſtigmas, which bend on one ſide; the
water during the winter; but in ſummer they ſhould ſtyle is attended by a great number of ftamina which
be expoſed in the open air, and in warm weather they are longer than the petals, and terminated by round-
ſhould be gently watered three times a week; they iſh ſummits.
ſhould have a looſe ſandy foil, not over rich. This is This plant continues in flower great part of the year,
propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be planted in which renders it the more valuable ; and if it is planted
June, in pots filled with light earth, and plunged into in a very warm ſituation, it will live in the open air ;
a very moderate hot-bed, whoſe heat is declining, but thoſe plants which ſtand abroad will not flower in
ſhading them from the ſun in the heat of the day, winter, as thoſe do which are removed into ſhelter in
and now and then refreſhing them with water ; theſe
cuttings, ſo managed, will put out roots in ſix or It may be propagated by ſlips from the root, or by
ſeven weeks, when they ſhould be carefully taken laying down of the branches; if by flips, they ihould
up, and each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, placing be planted in the ſpring on a moderate hot-bed, which
them in the ſhade till they have taken new root; then will forward their putting out new roots; the layers
they may be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, where ſhould alſo be laid down at the ſame time, which will
they may remain till the froſt comes, when they ſhould have taken root by autumn, when they may be tranſ-
be removed into ſhelter.
planted into pots, and ſheltered under a frame in win-
If theſe are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be fown ter; and in the ſpring, part of theſe may be planted in
in autumn, in the ſame way as is before directed for a warm border, and the others continued in pots to be
the fifth fort, and the plants treated in the ſame man- ſcreened in winter, left thoſe in the open air ſhould be
ners as thoſe raiſed from cuttings.
killed.
The ninth fort is the common Tutſan, or Park-leaves, HYPERICUM FRUTEX. See SPIRÆA.
which is ſometimes uſed in medicine. It grows na- HYPOCHÆRIS, a ſort of Hawkweed, of which
turally in woods in ſeveral parts of England, fo is not there are two or three ſpecies, which grow naturally
often admitted into gardens; this hath a ſhrubby in England ; the others are ſeldom admitted into gar-
ſtalk, which riſes two feet high, ſending out ſome dens, therefore I ſhall not enumerate them.
ſmall branches toward the top; theſe, and alſo the HYPOPHYLLOSPERMOUS PLANTS
ſtalks, are garniſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, fit- [of vrò, under, púzdov, a leaf, and othépped, ſeed,] are
ting cloſe to them with their baſe, they are placed ſuch plants as bear their feeds on the backſides of
by pairs at every joint. The flowers are produced their leaves.
in ſmall cluſters at the end of the ſtalk; theſe are HYSSOPUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 200. tab. 95. Lin.
yellow, but ſmaller than either of the forts here men- Gen. Plant. 628. [takes its name from the Hebrew
tioned; they have many long ſtamina, which ſtand word 21x, in which language Hyffop ſignifies a holy
out beyond the flower, and three ſtyles. The ger- herb, or for purging or cleanſing ſacred places, as it
men afterward turns to a roundiſh fruit, covered with is ſaid in the Pſalms, Purge me with Hyſſop. But
a moiſt pulp, which, when ripe, is black. The capſule what plant the Hyſſop of the antients was, is not
has three cells, containing ſmall ſeeds. It flowers in known, but that it ſeems to have been a low plant,
June, and the ſeeds are ripe in autumn. It hath a becauſe Solomon is ſaid to have deſcribed the plants
perennial roct, and may be propagated by parting it from the Cedar to the Hyſſop.] Hyſſop ; in French,
in autumn; it loves ſhade and a ſtrong ſoil.
The tenth fort grows naturally in North America ; The CHARACTERS are,
this riſes with an upright herbaceous ſtalk three feet The empalement of the flower is oblong, cylindrical,
and a half high, fending out ſeveral ſmall branches ſtreaked, and permanent. It is of one leaf, cut into five
upward, which come out oppoſite, and are garniſhed acute parts at the top. The flower is of one petol, of the
with oblong leaves placed oppoſite, which half em- grinning kind, with a narrow cylindrical tube the length
brace the ſtalk with their baſe. At the end of each of the empalement. The chaps are inclining. The upper
ftalk is produced one pretty large yellow flower, with lip is ſport, plain, roundiſh, erect, and indented at the
an obtufe empalement, having many ſtamina, which top. The under lip is trifid, the two ſide ſegments being
are equal in length with the petals, and five ſtyles Shorter than the middle one, which is crenated. It hath
which are ſo cloſely joined as to appear but one. The four ſtamina, which ſtend apart; two of them are longer
ſtigmas are reflexed, which denote their number. This than the petol, the other two are shorter, terminated by
fort feldom ripens feeds here, ſo is propagated by ſingle fummits. It bath four germen, with a ſingle style
7 B
Situated
a
Hiſope.

HY S
HYS
و
3
a
a
ſituated under the upper lip, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. to the places where they are to remain, placing them
The germen afterward becomes so many ovel ſeeds fitting at leaſt a foot afunder each way; but if they are de-
in the empalement.
ſigned to abide in thoſe places for a long time, two
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection feet diſtance will be ſmall enough, for they grow
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia pretty large, eſpecially if they are not frequently cut,
Gymnoſpermia, which contains thoſe plants whoſe to keep them within compaſs; they thrive beft upon
flowers have two long and two ſhort ſtamina, and a poor dry foil, in which ſituation they will endure
are ſucceeded by naked ſeeds in the empalement. the cold of our climate better than when they are
The SPECIES are,
planted on a richer foil. If you would propagate
1. Hyssopus (Oficinalis) fpicis fecundis. Hort. Cliff. them by cuttings, they ſhould be planted in April or
304. Hylop with fruitful Spikes. Hyffopus officina- May, in a border where they may be defended from
rum cærulea ſeu fpicata. C. B. P. 217. HyJop of the the violent heat of the fun; and being frequently wa-
Mops with blue ſpikes, or the common Hyllop.
tered, they will take root in about two months; af-
2. HYSSOPUS (Rubra) fpicis brevioribus, verticillis ter which, they may be tranſplanted where they are
compactis. Hylop with Morter Spikes, and whorls more to continue, managing them as was before directed
compact. Hyffopus rubro flore. C.B. P. 217. Hypop for the ſeedling plants.
with a red flower.
The firſt fort was formerly more cultivated than at
3. Hyssopus (Altiffimis) fpicis longiſſimis verticillis dif- preſent in England, that being the fort commonly
tantibus. Hylop with the longeſt Spikes, and whorls at a uſed in medicine. The other ſpecies are preſerved in
greater diſtance. Hyffopus verticillis florum rario- curious gardens for their variety, but they are ſeldom
ribus. Houſt. Hyſlop with the whorls of flowers thinly cultivated for uſe.
ranged.
They are very hardy plants, which will endure the
4. HYSSOPUS (Nepetoides) caule acuto quadrangulo. cold of our winters in the open air, provided they are
Hort. Upſal. 163. Hylop with an acute Square Stalk. planted in a dry undunged foil; for when they are
Sideritis Canadenſis altiſſima, fcrophulariæ folio, flore planted in a rich foil, they grow very luxuriant in
flaveſcente. Tourn. Inft. 192. Tallest Canada Ironwort, ſummer, and are leſs able to reſiſt the cold in win-
with a Figwort leaf and a yellowiſh flower.
ter ; ſo that when any of theſe plants grow out of
5. HYSSOPUS (Lophanthus) corollis ſubrefupinatis fta- the joints of old walls, (as they frequently do) they
minibus corolla brevioribus. Hort. Upſal. 162. Hyf- will reſiſt the moſt ſevere froſt, and will be much
Sop with tranſverſe petals, and the lower ſtamina ſkorter more aromatic than thoſe which grow in a rich foil.
than the petel. Nepeta floribus obliquis. Dill. Cat- The fourth ſort grows naturally in North America ;
mint with oblique flowers. to asb yola this hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which
The firſt fort, which is the only one cultivated for decays in autumn. It riſes with an upright ſquare
uſe, grows a foot and a half high. The ſtalks are ſtalk near four feet high, garniſhed with oblique
firſt ſquare, but afterward become round; their lower heart-ſhaped leaves, which are fawed on their edges,
parts are garniſhed with ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaves and end' in acute points, they are placed oppo-
placed oppoſite, without foot-ftalks, and feven or eight fite on ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers grow in
very narrow erect leaves (or bractæa) riſing from the clofe thick ſpikes four or five inches long, at the
ſame joint. The upper part of the ſtalk is garniſhed top of the ſtalks. The upper lip is divided into
with whorls of flowers, the lower ones ſtanding half an two roundiſh ſegments, the lower one is divided into
inch apart, but the upper are almoſt joined together. three, the two fide ſegments ftanding erect, and the
The upper lip of the lower is indented at the top, middle one is reflexed, and acutely fawed at the end.
and the under is cut into three parts, the middle being The two upper ftamina, which are ſituated on each
deeply indented at the point. There are four ftamina fide the upper lip are the longeſt, the other two ſhorter
in each flower, which ſpread at a diſtance from each join the two fide fegments of the lower lip; they are
other; the two upper are the ſhorteſt, which are fitu- terminated by ſmall ſummits. The germen are fitu-
ated on each fide the upper lip; the two longer ſtand ated at the bottom of the tube, having a ſlender ſtyle
cloſe to the two fide ſegments, and are terminated by under the upper lip, crowned by a bifid ftigma. The
twin fummits. At the bottom of the tube are ſitu- germen afterward becomes four oblong brown feeds,
ated four naked germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, fitting in the tubulous empalement. This fort flowers
fitting cloſe to the upper lip, crowned by a bifid in July, and the feeds ripen in September.
ſtigma ; theſe germen afterward become four oblong There is a variety of this fort with purple ſtalks and
black ſeeds, fitting in the empalement. The whole purplith flowers. The leaves ſtand upon longer
plant has a ſtrong aromatic ſcent. It flowers in July foot-ſtalks, and the ſpikes of Howers are thicker, but
and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in September, but I cannot ſay if it is a diſtinct ſpecies or only a va-
the roots will abide many years; it grows naturally riety. It grows naturally in the ſame country with
in the Levant. There is a variety of this with white the other. It is titled, Betonica maxima, folio fcrophu-
flowers, but doth not differ froin the blue in any lariæ, floribus incarnatis, by Herman. Par. Bat. 106.
other particular.
CAT The fifth fort grows naturally in Siberia. The feeds
The ſecond ſort doth not grow fo tall as the firſt; of this were fent me from the Imperial garden at Pe-
the ftalks branch more, and the ſpikes of flowers are terſburgh, by the title of Lophanthus, and afterward
inuch ſhorter than thoſe of the firſt. The whorls are I received ſome from Holland, which were titled,
cloſer together, and have long narrow leaves ſituated Nepeta floribus obliquis. Dill. This is a perennial
under each. The flowers are of a fine red colour, and plant with a ſtrong fibrous root, ſending out many
appear at the ſame time with the former. This fort
ſquare ftalks, which divide into ſmaller branches,
is not quite ſo hardy as the common, for in 1739 the garniſhed with oblong leaves, crenated on their edges,
plants were all deſtroyed by the cold ; this is certainly ſet on by pairs. The flowers are produced at each
a diſtinct ſpecies, for I cultivated it from feeds
twenty joint in ſmall cluſters, two foot-ftalks ariſing from
years, and never obſerved it to vary.
the baſe of the leaves, about half an inch long, both
The third fort grows much taller than either of the inclining to one ſide of the ſtalk; each of theſe
other. The leaves are narrower, the whorls of foot-ſtalks divide again into two fmaller, and theſe
flowers are farther afunder, the ſpikes of flowers are do each ſupport a clufter of four or five flowers,
much longer, the flowers are larger, and of a deeper which have ſwelling tubulous empalements, cut into
blue than thoſe of the common fort, and the plant five acute ſegments at the top. The tube of the pe-
hath not ſo ſtrong an odour. It fowers at the fame tal is longer than the empalement. The lips of the
time as the firſt.
to dabidwald flower are oblique to it, being ſituated horizontally.
Theſe three forts of Hyffop are propagated either hy The two upper ſtamina and the ſtyle ſtand out be
ſeeds or cuttings; if by the feeds, they muſt be fown yond the petal, but the other are ſhorter. The
in March, upon a bed of light fandy foils and when flowers are blue, and appear in June and July, and the
the pants come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted out ſeeds ripen in September.
Both
3

H Y S
HY S
Both theſe forts are very hardy, and may be eaſily
propagated by ſeeds, which ihould be fown in au-
tumn; for thoſe fown in the ſpring, often lie a
year in the ground before they vegetate ; when the
plants come up, they muſt be kept clean from
weeds, and thinned where they are too cloſe. The
following autumn they ſhould be tranſplanted where
they are to remain, and the plants will flower in
fummer, and produce ſeeds, but the roots will abide
"It hath been a great diſpute amongſt modern wrie
ters, whether the Hyſſop now commonly known is
the ſame which is mentioned in fcripture ; about
which there is great room to doubt, there being very
little grounds to aſcertain that plant, though it is
moſt generally thought to be the Winter Savory,
which plant is now in great requeſt amongſt the in-
habitants of the eaſtern countries, for outward waſh-
ings or purification
fome years.
re
J.
JAC
JAS
.
J
a
3.
ACE A. See CENTAUREA.
have a ſcent like Jaſmine flowers, which they retain after
JACOBÆA. See SENECIO and OTHONNA. they decay, ſo are worn by the ladies of thoſe countries
JACQUINI A. Lin. Gen. 254.
for ornament.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third fortgrows naturally on the borders of the ſea,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five round- in the iſland of Dominica; this is an under-ſhrub, of a
iſh concave leaves, and is permanent. The flower has very low growth, rarely riſing about two feet high, di-
one bell-ſhaped petal, which is bellied, cut into ten ſeg- viding into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with linear ſtiff
ments. It bath five awl-ſhaped ſtamina ariſing from the leaves, ending with a thorn; theſe are placed in whorls
receptacle, terminated by halbert-ſhaped ſummits, and an round the branches, and from the middle of the whorls
ovel germen ſupporting a ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, come out the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, each being ter-
crowned by a beaded ſtigma. The germen afterward be- minated by one ſmall white flower without ſcent.
comes a roundiſha berry with one cell, containing one ſeed. As theſe plants are natives of hot countries, ſo they
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of will not live in England, unleſs they are placed in a
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, warm ftove, and treated in the manner directed for
the flowers having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
other plants from the ſame countries, giving them
The Species are,
little water in winter, and in warm weather plenty of
1. JACQUINIA (Ruſcifolia) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis. freſh air. They are raiſed from feeds, when they
Jacq. Amer. 15. Lin. Sp. 271. Jacquinia with Spear- can be procured from the countries where they natu-
Shaped acute-pointed leaves. Fruticulus foliis ruſci ftel- turally grow; which muſt be ſown on a hot-bed,
latis. Hort. Elth.
and may afterward be propagated by cuttings, though
2. JACQUINIA (Armillaris) foliis obtufis cum acumine. it is with difficulty they take root.
Jacq. Amer. 15. Lin. Sp. 272. Jacquinia with blunt JALAPA. See Mirabilis.
leaves ending in acute points. Chryſophyllum Barbaſco. JASIONE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 896. This is the Ra-
Lefl. it. 204.
punculus fcabiofæ capitulo coeruleo. C. B. P. 22.
JACQUINIA (Linearis) foliis linearibus acuminatis. Rampions with Scabious heads. This plant grows
Jacq. Amer. 15. Lin. Sp. 272. Jacquinia with linear naturally on fterile ground in moſt parts of England,
Marp-pointed leaves.
and is rarely admitted into gardens.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the iſland of Cuba, JASMINOIDES. See Castrum and LYCIUM.
and in ſome other warm parts of America ; it riſes JASMINUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 597. tab. 368.
with a fhrubby ſtalk about a foot high, which is Lin. Gen. Plant. 17. [This name is Arabic.] The
ligneous at the bottom, and about the ſize of a Jaſmine, or Jeffamine-tree; in French, Jaſmin.
ſwan's quill, covered with a dark brown bark, ſend The CHARACTERS are,
ing out a few ſlender branches, garniſhed at inter- The flower bath a tubulous empalement of one leaf
vals with hand-ſhaped ſtiff leaves, placed in whorls which is permanent, and cut into five ſegments at the brin,
round them; theſe are ſtiff like thoſe of Butcher's which are erect. The flower is of one petal, having a
Broom, ending with ſharp points, of a deep green long cylindrical tube, cut into five ſegments at the top,
on their upper fide, but pale on their under; the which ſpread open. It bath two short stamina; which
flowers are (according to Plumier's figure) produced are terminated by ſmall ſummits, and are ſituated within
from between the leaves on the top of the branches; the tube of the petal. In the center is ſituated a round-
but having ſeen no flowers in England, ſo I can give iſh germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a bifid
no farther account of them.
ftigma. The germen afterward turns to on oval berry, with
The ſecond fort grows naturally at Carthagena, Mar- a ſoft ſkin incloſing two feeds, rubich are flat on thoſe fides
tinico, and other parts of South America, where it which join, and convex on the other.
rifes with a ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet high, di- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
viding toward the top into four branches, which are Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Monogy-
ſituated in whorls round the principal ftalk, garniſhed nia, in which he ranges thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
with oblong blunt leaves, placed allo in whorls, having two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
a ſhort ſlender apex. The flowers are produced in a
The SPECIES are,
racemus on the end of the branches, each containing 1. JASMINUM (Officinale) foliis oppoſitis pinnatis, foli-
five or fix white flowers of a thick conſiſtence, which olis acuminatis. Jamine coith winged leaves placed op-
Polite,

JAS
JAS
a
pofite, whoſe lobes end in acute points. Jaſminum vul-
gatius, flore albo. C. B. P. 397. The common white
Faſmine.
2. JASMINUM (Humile) foliis alternis ternatis fimplici-
buſque, ramis angulatis. Hort. Upſal. 5. Jaſmine with
trifoliate winged leaves placed alternate, and angular
branches. Jaiminum humile luteum. C. B. P. 397.
Dwarf yellow Jaſmine, commonly called the Italian yellow
Yaſmine.
3. JASMINUM (Fruticans) foliis alternis ternatis fimpli-
cibuſque, ramis angulatis. Hort. Cliff. 5. Faſmine with
trifoliate ſingle leaves placed alternate, and angular
branches. Jaſminum luteum, vulgò dictum baccife-
rum. C. B. P. 398. The common yellow Jaſmine.
4. JASMINUM (Grandiflorum) foliis oppoſitis pinnatis, fo-
liolis brevioribus obtufis. Jaſmine with winged leaves
placed oppoſite, whoſe lobes are morter and obtuſe. Jaf-
minum humilis, magno flore. C. B. P. 398. The Spa-
niſh white, or Catalonian Jaſmine with a larger flower.
5. JASMINUM (Odoratiſſimum) foliis alternis ternatis, fo-
liolis ovatis, ramis teretibus. Jaſmine with trifoliate
leaves placed alternate, whoſe lobes are oval, and taper
branches. Jaſminum Indicum flavum odoratiſſimum.
Fer. Flor. The ſweet-ſcented yellow Indian Jaſmine.
6. JASMINUM (Azoricum) foliis oppofitis ternatis, folio-
lis cordato-acuminatis. Jaſmine with trifoliate leaves
placed oppoſite, whoſe lobes are heart-ſhaped and pointed.
Jaſminum Azoricum trifoliatum, fiore albo, odora-
tiffimum. Hort. Amft. The three-leaved Azorian Jaf-
mine, with very sweet white flowers, commonly called the
Ivy-leaved Jaſmine.
7. JASMINUM (Capenſe) foliis lanceolatis oppoſitis inte-
gerrimis, floribus triandris. Jaſmine with ſpear-ſhaped
entire leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers with three ſta-
mina.
The firſt fort is the common white Jaſmine, which is
a plant ſo generally known as to need no defcrip-
tion. This grows naturally at Malabar, and in ſe-
veral parts of India, yer has been long inured to our
climate, ſo as to thrive and flower extremely well, but
never produces any fruit in England ; this hath weak
trailing branches, ſo requires the affiftance of a wall
or pale to ſupport them. It is eaſily propagated by
laying down the branches, which will take root in one
year, and may then be cut from the old plant, and
planted where they are deſigned to remain : it may al-
fo be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be planted
early in the autumn, and if the winter ſhould prove
fevere, the ſurface of the ground between them
ſhould be covered with tan, fea-coal aſhes, or faw-duft,
which will prevent the froſt from penetrating deep in-
to the ground, and thereby preſerve the cuttings; or
where theſe are wanting, ſome Peas-haulm, or other
light covering ſhould be laid over the cuttings in hard
froft; but theſe muſt be removed when the weather
is mild, for they will keep off the air and occaſion
damps, which often deſtroy them.
When theſe plants are removed, they ſhould be
planted where they are deſigned to be continued,
which ſhould be either againſt ſome wall, pale, or
other fence, where the flexible branches may be ſup-
ported; for although it is ſometimes planted as a
ſtandard, and formed into a head, yet it will be very
difficult to keep it in any handſome order; or if you
do, you muſt cut off all the flowering branches; for
the flowers are always produced at the extremity of
the ſame year's ſhoots, which, if ſhortened before the
flowers are blown, will entirely deprive the trees of
flowers. Theſe plants ſhould be permitted to grow
rude in the ſummer, for the reaſon before given ; nor
ſhould you prune and nail them until the middle or
latter end of March, when the froſty weather is paft ;
for if it ſhould prove ſharp froſty weather after their
rude branches are pruned off, and the ſtrong ones
are expoſed thereto, they are very often deſtroyed ;
and this plant being very backward in ſhooting,
there will be no danger of hurting them by late
pruning
There are two varieties of this with variegated leaves,
one with white, and the other yellow ſtripes, but the
latter is the most common: theſe are propagated by
budding them on the plain Jaſmine, and it often hap-
pens, that the buds do not take, but yet they have
communicated their gilded miaſma to the plants ;
ſo that in a ſhort time after, many of the branches both
above and below the places where the buds have
been inſerted have been thoroughly tinctured; and
the following year I have often found
very
diſtant
branches, which had no other communication with
thoſe which were budded than by the root, have been
as compleatly tinged as any of the nearer branches,
ſo that the juices muſt have deſcended into the root.
The two ftriped forts ſhould be planted in a warm
ſituation, eſpecially the white ſtriped ; for they are
much more tender than the plain, and are very ſub-
ject to be deſtroyed by great froſts, if they are ex-
poſed thereto ; therefore the white ſtriped ſhould be
planted to a fouth or ſouth-weſt aſpect, and in very
ſevere winters their branches ſhould be covered with
mats or ſtraw, to prevent their being killed: the
yellow ſtriped is not ſo tender, ſo may be planted
againſt walls to eaſt or weſt aſpects; but theſe plants
with variegated leaves, are not ſo much in eſteem as
formerly.
The ſecond fort is frequently called Italian yellow Jaf-
mine by the gardeners, the plants being annually
brought from thence by thoſe who come over with
Orange-trees. Theſe plants are generally grafted upon
the common yellow Jaſmine ſtocks, ſo that if the graft
decays, the plants are of no value. This fort is
ſomewhat tenderer than the common, yet it will en-
dure the cold of our ordinary winters, if it is planted
in a warm ſituation. The flowers of this kind are
generally larger than thoſe of the common yellow
fort, but have very little ſcent, and are ſeldom pro-
duced ſo early in the ſeaſon. It may be propagated by
laying down the tender branches, as was directed for
the common white fort'; or by budding or inarching it
upon the common yellow Jaſmine, the latter of which
is preferable, as making the plants hardier than thoſe
which are obtained from layers: they ſhould be plant-
ed againſt a warm wall, and in very ſevere winters
will require to be ſheltered with mats, or ſome other
covering, otherwiſe they are ſubject to be deſtroyed.
The manner of dreſſing and pruning being the fame
as was directed for the white Jaſmine, I ſhall not re-
3
a
peat it.
3
The third fort was formerly more cultivated in the
gardens than at preſent, for as the flowers have no
fcent, ſo few perſons regard them. This hath weak
angular branches which require ſupport, and will riſe
to the height of eight or ten feet, if planted againſt
a wall or pale ; but the plants do often produce a
great number of ſuckers from their roots, whereby
they become troubleſome in the borders of the plea-
fure-garden; and as they cannot be kept in any order
as ſtandards, ſo there are few of the plants at preſent
introduced into gardens. It is eaſily propagated by
fuckers or layers.
The fourth fort grows naturally in India, and alſo
in the iſland of Tobago, where the woods are full of
it; the late Mr. Robert Millar fent me over a great
quantity of it from thence. This hath much ſtronger
branches than the common white fort; the leaves are
winged, and are compoſed of three pair of ſhort obtuſe
lobes, terminated by an odd one, ending in an acute
point; theſe lobes are placed cloſer than thoſe of the
common Jaſmine, and are of a lighter green; the
flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks, ſtand-
ing on foot-ſtalks which are two inches long, each
ſuſtaining three or four flowers, which are of a bluſh
red on their outſide, but white within ; the tube of
the flower is longer, the ſegments are obtuſe, twiſted
at the mouth of the tube, and are of a much thicker
texture than thoſe of the common ſort, ſo that there
is no doubt of its being a diſtinct ſpecies: the reaſon
for Dr. Linnæus's ſuppoſing it to be fo, was by mif-
take; for as theſe plants are generally grafted upon
ſtocks of the common Jaſmine, ſo there are always
ſhoots coming out from the ſtocks of that fort, which,
و
a
و
3
if

J AS
JAS
,
if permitted to ſtand, will produce flowers; and theſe
often ftarve and kill the grafts, ſo that there will
be only the common ſort left; and this has been the
caſe with ſome plants which he examined, therefore
ſuppoſed the difference of the other fort was wholly
owing to culture ; whereas, if he had only obſerved
the difference of their leaves, he would have certainly
made two diſtinct ſpecies of them, which he has now
done in the laſt edition of his ſpecies.
This plant is propagated by budding or inarching it
upon the common white Jaſmine, on which it takes
very well, and is rendered hardier than thoſe which
are upon their own ſtocks. But the plants of this kind
being brought over from Italy every ſpring in ſo great
plenty, they are ſeldom raiſed here. I ſhall therefore
proceed to the management of ſuch plants as are uſu-
ally brought into England from the place above-men-
tioned, which are generally tied up in ſmall bunches,
containing four plants, and their roots wrapped about
with moſs, to preſerve them from drying, which, if
it happen that the ſhip has a long paffage, will often
occaſion them to puſh out ſtrong ſhoots from their
roots, which muſt always be taken off before they are
planted, otherwiſe they will exhauſt the whole nou-
riſhment of the plant, and deſtroy the graft.
In the making choice of theſe plants, you ſhould
carefully obſerve if their grafts are alive, and in good
health : for if they are brown and fhrunk, they will
not puſh out, ſo that there will be only the ſtock left,
which is of the common fort.
When you receive theſe plants, you muſt clear the
roots of the moſs, and all decayed branches ſhould be
taken off; then place their roots into a pot or tub of
water, which ſhould be ſet in the green-houſe, or
ſome other room, where it may be ſcreened from the
cold; in this ſituation they may continue two days,
after which you muſt prune off all the dry roots, and
,
cut down the branches within four inches of the place
where they were grafted, and plant them into pots fill-
ed with freſh light earth; then plunge the pots into a
moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to wa-
ter and ſhade them, as the heat of the ſeaſon may re-
quire. In about a month or fix weeks after they will
begin to ſhoot, when you muſt carefully rub off all
ſuch as are produced from the ſtock below the graft;
and you muſt now let them have a great ſhare of air,
by raiſing the glaſſes in the heat of the day; and as
the ſhoots extend, they ſhould be topped, to ſtrength-
en them, and by degrees ſhould be hardened to en-
dure the open air, into which they ſhould be removed
the beginning of June, but muſt have a warm fitu-
ation the firſt ſummer; for if they are too much ex-
poſed to the winds, they will make but indifferent
progreſs, being rendered ſomewhat tender by the
hot-bed. If the ſummer proves warm, and the trees
have ſucceeded well, they will produce ſome flowers
in the autumn following, though they will be few in
number, and not near ſo ſtrong as they will be the
ſucceeding years, when the trees are ſtronger and
have better roots.
Theſe plants are commonly preſerved in green-houſes,
with Oranges, Myrtles, &c. and during the winter
ſeaſon, will require to be frequently watered, which
ſhould be performed ſparingly each time, eſpecially
in cold weather, for too much wet at that ſeaſon
will be apt to rot the fibres of their roots; they
ſhould alſo have a great ſhare of freſh air when the
weather, will permit, for which purpoſe they ſhould
be placed in the cooleſt part of the green-houſe,
among plants that are hardy, where the windows may
be opened every day, except in froſty weather ; nor
ſhould they be crowded too cloſe among other plants,
which often occaſions the tender part of their ſhoots
to grow mouldy and decay. In April the ſhoots of
theſe plants ſhould be ſhortened down to four eyes,
and all the weak branches ſhould be cut off; and if
you have the conveniency of a glaſs-ſtove, or a deep
frame, to place the pots in at that ſeaſon, to draw
them out again, it will be of great ſervice in forward-
ing their flowering ; yet ſtill you ſhould be careful
not to force them too much; and as ſoon as they
have made ſhoots three or four inches long, the
glaffes ſhould be opened in the day time, that the
plants may, by degrees, be inured to the open air,
into which they ſhould be removed by the latter end
of May, or the beginning of June; otherwiſe their
flowers will not be ſo fair, nor continue ſo long. If
the autuinn prove favourable, theſe plants will con-
tinue to produce freſh flowers until November ; and
ſometimes when they are ſtrong, they will continue
flowering later ; but then they muſt have a great ſhare
of air when the weather is mild and will admit of it,
otherwiſe the flower-buds will grow mouldy and decay.
But notwithſtanding moſt people preſerve theſe plants
in green-houſes, yet they will endure the cold of our
ordinary winters in the open air, if planted againſt a
warm wall, and covered with mats in froſty weather ;
they will alſo produce ten times as many flowers in
one ſeaſon as thoſe kept in pots, and the flowers will
likewiſe be much larger; but they ſhould not be planted
abroad till they have acquired ſtrength, ſo that it will
be neceſſary to keep them in pots three or four years,
whereby they may be ſheltered from the froſt in win-
ter; and when they are planted againſt the wall, which
ſhould be in May, that they may take good root in
the ground before the ſucceeding winter, you muſt
turn them out of the pots, preſerving the earth to their
roots; and having made holes in the border where
;
they are to be planted, you ſhould place them therein,
with their ftems cloſe to the wall; then fill up the
holes round their roots with good, freſh, rich earth,
and give them fome water to ſettle the ground about
them, and nail up their ſhoots to the wall, ſhortening
ſuch of them as are very long, that they may puſh out
new ſhoots below to furniſh the wall, continuing to
nail up all the ſhoots as they are produced. In the
middle, or toward the latter end of July, they will
begin to flower, and continue to produce new flowers
until the froſt prevents them; which, when you ob-
ſerve, you ſhould carefully cut off all the tops of ſuch
ſhoots as have buds formed upon them, as alſo thoſe
which have the remains of faded flowers left ; for if
thefe are ſuffered to remain on, they will ſoon grow
mouldy, eſpecially when the trees are covered, and
thereby infect many of the tender branches, which
will greatly injure the trees.
Toward the middle of November, if the weather proves
cold and the nights froſty, you muſt begin to cover
your trees with mats, which ſhould be nailed over
them pretty cloſe; but this ſhould be done when the
trees are perfectly dry, otherwiſe the wet being lodged
upon the branches, will often cauſe a mouldineſs upon
them, and the air being excluded therefrom, will rot
them in a ſhort time : it will alſo be very neceſſary to
take off the mats as ſoon as the weather will permit,
to prevent this mouldineſs, and only keep them cloſe
covered in froſty weather, and in the nights; at which
time you ſhould alſo lay ſome mulch upon the ſurface of
the ground about their roots, and faften ſome bands of
hay about their ſtems, to guard them from the froſt;
and in
very ſevere weather, you ſhould add a double or
treble covering of mats over the trees; by which
method, carefully performed, you may preſerve them
through the hardeſt winters. In the ſpring, as the
weather is warmer, you ſhould by degrees take off
the covering; but you ſhould be careful not to ex-
poſe them too ſoon to the open air, as alſo to guard
them againſt the morning froſts and dry eafterly
winds, which often reign in March, to the no ſmall
deſtruction of tender plants if they are expoſed
thereto; nor ſhould you quite remove your covering
until the middle of April, when the ſeaſon is ſettled;
at which time you ſhould prune the trees, cutting
out all decayed and weak branches, ſhortening the
ſtrong ones to about two feet long, which will cauſe
them
to ſhoot ſtrong, and produce many flowers.
There is a variety of this with ſemi-double flowers,
which is at preſent more rare in England, and only
to be found in ſome curious gardens ; though in
Italy it is pretty common, from whence it is fometimes
brought
a
a
و
a
a
7 C

JAS
JAS
3
brought over amongſt the ſingle ; the Aowers of this
kind have only two rows of leaves, ſo that it is ra-
ther cultivated for itscurioſity, than for any extraordi-
nary beauty in the flowers. This
may
be propagated
by budding it upon the common white Jaſmine, as
hath been directed for the ſingle, and muſt be treated
in the fame manner.
The fifth fort grows naturally in India; this riſes
with an upright woody ftalk eight or ten feet high,
covered with a brown bark, ſending out ſeveral
branches which want no ſupport; theſe are cloſely
garniſhed with trifoliate leaves of a lucid green, which
are placed alternate on the branches; the two fide
lobes of theſe leaves which grow oppoſite, are much
leſs than the end one; they are oval and entire, con-
tinuing green all the year: the flowers are produced
at the end of the ſhoots in bunches, which have long
ſlender tubes, and are divided at the top into five ob-
tuſe ſegments which ſpread open ; theſe flowers are of
a bright yellow, and have a moft grateful odour.
They come out in July, Auguſt, September, and
October, and ſometimes continue to the end of No-
vember ; they are frequently ſucceeded by oblong
oval berries, which turn black when ripe, and have
each two feeds.
This fort of Jaſmine is propagated either by feeds, or
laying down the tender branches; if you would pro-
pagate them by feeds, which they ſometimes produce
in England, you ſhould make a moderate hot-bed in
the ſpring, into which you ſhould plunge ſome ſmall
pots, filled with freſh light earth; and in a day or two
after, when you find the earth in the pots warm, you
muſt put your feeds therein ; about four in each pot
will be ſufficient, covering them about an inch thick
with the ſame light earth, and obſerve to refreſh the
pots with water as often as you ſhall perceive the
earth dry; but do not give them too much at each
time, which would be apt to rot the feeds.
In about ſix or eight weeks after fowing, the plants
will appear above ground, at which time it will be
neceſſary to remove the pots into another freſh hot-
bed, of a moderate temperature, in order to bring
the plants forward ; you muſt alſo be careful to water
them as often as is neceſſary, and in the great heat of
the day the glaſſes ſhould be tilted pretty high, and
ſhaded with mats, to prevent the plants from being
ſcorched with heat. About the middle of May you
ſhould begin to harden them to the open air, by
taking off the glaſſes when the weather is warm; but
this muſt be done cautiouſly, for you ſhould not ex-
poſe them to the open fun in a very hot day at firſt,
which would greatly injure them; but rather take off
the glaſſes in warm cloudy weather at firſt, or in gentle
ſhowers of rain, and ſo by degrees inure them to bear
the fun; and in June you ſhould take the pots out of
the hot-bed, and carry them to ſome well ſheltered
ſituation, where they may remain until the beginning
of October; at which time they muſt be carried into
the green-houſe, obſerving to place them where they
may enjoy as much free air as poſſible when the
windows are opened, as alſo to be clear from the
branches of other plants.
During the winter ſeaſon they will require to be often
watered, but you muſt be careful not to give them
too much at each time; and in March you muſt re-
move theſe plants each into a ſeparate pot, being
careful not to take the earth from their roots; and if
at this time you plunge them into a freſh moderate
hot-bed, it will greatly facilitate their rooting again,
and be of great ſervice to the plants, but when they
are rooted, you muſt give them a great deal of air;
for if
you draw them too much, they will become
weak in their ftems, and incapable to ſupport their
heads, which is a great defect in theſe trees.
You muſt alſo harden them to the open air, into
which they ſhould be removed about the middle of
May, obſerving, as was before directed, to place
them in a ſituation that is defended from ſtrong winds,
which are injurious to theſe plants, eſpecially while
they are young. In winter houſe them as before, and
continue the fame care, with which they will thrive
very faſt, and produce annually great quantities of
flowers.
Theſe plants are pretty hardy, and will require no
other care in winter, than only to defend them from
hard froſts; nor do I know whether they would not
live in the open air, if planted againſt a warm wall,
which is what ſhould be tried by planting ſome againſt
a wall for that purpoſe; and I think we have little
reaſon to doubt of the ſucceſs, ſince they are much
hardier than the Spaniſh ; but there is this difference
between them, viz. theſe plants have large, thick,
Evergreen leaves, ſo that if they were covered with
mats, as was directed for the Spaniſh Jaſmine, the
leaves would rot and decay the ſhoots; but as theſe
will only require to be covered in extreme froſt, ſo if
their roots are well mulched, and a mat or two looſely
hung over them in ordinary froſts, it will be ſufficient;
and theſe mats being either rolled up, or taken quite
off in the day, there will be no great danger of their
being hurt, which only can proceed from being too
long cloſe covered.
In the ſpring theſe ſhould be pruned, when you
ſhould cut off all decayed branches; but you muſt
1
not ſhorten any of the other branches, as was directed
for the Spaniſh fort, for the flowers of this kind are
produced only at the extremity of the branches, which,
if ſhortened, they would be cut off; and theſe growing
of a more ligneous ſubſtance than the other, will not
produce ſhoots ſtrong enough to flower the ſame year.
If you would propagate this plant from layers, the
ſhoots ſhould be laid down in March ; and if you give
them a little cut at the joint, as is practiſed in laying
of Carnations, it will promote their rooting: you
ſhould always obſerve to refreſh them often with water,
when the weather is dry; which, if carefully attended
to, the plants will be rooted by the ſucceeding ſpring,
fit to be tranſplanted, when they muſt be planted in
pots filled with light earth, and managed as was be-
fore directed for the ſeedling plants.
This fort is frequently propagated, by inarching the
young ſhoots into ſtocks of the common yellow Jaf-
mine, but the plants ſo raiſed do not grow ſo ſtrong
as thoſe which are upon their own ſtock; beſides, the
common yellow Jaſmine is very apt to ſend out a
great number of fuckers from the root, which renders
the plants unſightly; and if theſe fuckers are not con-
ſtantly taken off as they are produced, they will rob
the plants of their nouriſhment.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the Azores; this
hath long ſlender branches which require ſupport, and
may be trained twenty feet high; they are garniſhed
with trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are large and heart-
ſhaped, of a lucid green, and are placed oppoſite on
the branches; they continue all the year. The flow-
ers are produced at the end of the branches, in looſe
bunches; they have long narrow tubes, which at the
top are cut into five ſegments ſpreading open; they
are of a clear white, and have a very agreeable ſcent.
This flowers at the ſame time with the former ; the
gardeners call it frequently the Ivy-leaved Jaſmine.
The Azorian Jaſmine is alſo pretty hardy, and re-
quires no more ſhelter than only from hard' froſts;
and I am apt to think, if this fort was planted againſt
a warm wall, and managed as hath been directed for
the yellow Indian Jaſmine, it would ſucceed very
for I remember to have ſeen fome plants of this
kind growing againſt a wall in the gardens at Hamp-
ton Court, where they had endured the winter, and
were in a more flouriſhing ſtate than ever I ſaw any
of the kind in pots, and produced a greater quantity
of flowers. Theſe plants are propagated in the ſame
manner as the yellow Indian, and require the ſame
management.
Theſe plants are as deſerving of a place in all green-
houſes, as any which are there preſerved; for their
leaves being of a ſhining green, make a good ap-
pearance all the year; and their flowers having a fine
fcent, and continuing ſo long in fucceffion, renders
them very valuable.
The
;
a
well;

J AS
J A T
a
a
The ſeventh fort was brought from the Cape of Good printed, was taken from a double flower by ſome hafty
Hope, by Captain Hutchinſon of the Godolphin, who people, who ſhould have remembred what Linnæug
diſcovered it growing naturally, a few miles up the has written to caution perſons againſt regarding the
land from the ſea, being drawn to it by the great double powers of all kinds, in ranging them in their
fragrancy of its Aowers, which he ſmelt at fome claffes and genera, which if they had adhered to, they
,
diſtance from the plant, which was then in full flower; would not have made this miſtake; for I have ſince
and after having viewed the plant, and remarked the raiſed ſeveral of the plants from feeds, ſome of which
place of its growth, he returned thither the following have produced flowers which were fingle, having all
day with proper help, and a tub to put it in, and the marks of the double, the flowers altering to a
cauſed it to be carefully taken up, and planted in the buff colour before they faded, and all theſe flowers
tub with ſome of the earth on the ſpot, and con- had each but three ftamina and a trifid ſtigma;
veyed on board his ſhip, where it continued flowering whereas in the characters ſet down by Linnæus, there
great part of the voyage to England, where it arrived is no ftamina, but five linear antheræ, by which it is
in good health, and has for ſome years continued plain from the increaſe of the number of petals (or
flowering, in the curious garden of Richard Warner, rather their fegments) has occafioned an alteration in
Efq; at Woodford in Eflex, who was ſo obliging as the parts of generation; which is alſo very conſpicuous
to favour me with branches of this curious plant in in the double flowers of Dianthus, where ſome flow-
flower, to embelliſh one of the numbers of my figures ers have but two or three ftamina, when the ſame
of plants, where it is repreſented in the 180th plate. fpecies with ſingle flowers have uſually ten. Linnæus
This plant ſeems not to have been known to any of alſo ſuppoſes the capſule of the feed to have two cells
the botaniſts, for I have not met with any figure or full of ſmall feeds; but the perſons who led him into
deſcription of it in any of the books; there is one this miſtake, have ſince ſuppoſed the figure given by
ſort which is figured in the Malabar garden, and alſo Dr. Plukenet in his 448th plate, under the title
in Burman's plants of Ceylon, which approaches near of Um-ky, to be the fruit of this plant; whereas
this; it is titled Nandi ervatum major. Hort. Mal. this has three cells filled with angular ſweet-ſcented
But it differs from this, in having longer and narrower ſeeds, as the ſpecimens I have of that demonſtrate,
leaves; the tube of the flower is larger, and the feg- by which it is certain they are the fruit of a different
ments do not ſpread ſo much as this; the flowers allo plant; for the feeds which I fowed of this Jaſmine,
of the Cape Jaſmine fade to a buff colour before they were a berry compoſed of two feeds like the other
decay, therefore there is no doubt of its being a dif- Jaſmines; therefore I have continued it under the
ferent ſpecies from that of Dr. Burman, but it is ſame genus, with an addition to the title of its having
ſurprizing that this plant ſhould be unknown to the three ſtamina.
people at the Cape of Good Hope, for there was not This plant is eaſily propagated by cuttings during
one plant of it in their curious garden, nor could the the ſummer ſeaſon; the cuttings ſhould be planted in
captain ſee any other plant of it but that which he pots, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, covering
brought away
them cloſe with either bell or hand-glaſſes to exclude
The ftem of this plant is large and woody, ſending the external air, being careful to ſcreen them from
out many branches, which are firſt green, but af- fun in the day time; when they have taken root they
terward the bark becomes gray and ſmooth; the Thould be carefully parted, and put each into a fe-
branches come out by pairs oppoſite, and have ſhort parate ſmall pot, plunging them again into the hot-
joints; the leaves are alſo ſet oppoſite, cloſe to bed, and ſhading them until they have taken new
the branches; they are five inches long, and two root, after which they ſhould be gradually inured to
inches and a half broad in the middle, lefſening to the open air. .
both ends, terminating in a point; they are of a lu- Though the cuttings of this plant take root freely,
cid green, having ſeveral tranſverſe veins from the and make ſtrong ſhoots a year or two after, yet in
midrib to the borders; they are entire, and of a three or four years they are very apt to ſtint in their
thick conſiſtence. The flowers are produced at the growth, their leaves turning pale and fickly, and fre-
end of the branches, fitting cloſe to the leaves; they quently die foon after; this has happened every where
have a tubulous empalement, with five corners or within my knowledge, although the plants have been
angles, cut deep at the brim, into five long narrow kept in various degrees of heat in winter; and in
ſegments, ending in acute points: the flower hath ſummer when they have been differently managed,
but one petal, for although it is cut into many deep they have frequently failed. I have alſo been in-
I
ſegments at the top, yet theſe are all joined in one formed by a gentleman who lived ſome years in India,
tube below ; ſome of theſe flowers are much more where he had the plants in his garden, they fre-
double than others, having three or four orders of quently went off in the ſame manner. This has
petals; theſe which have ſo many, have only a bifid greatly leffened the value of the plants in England.
ſtigma, but thoſe which are leſs double have trifid JASMINUM ARABICUM. See COFFEE.
ſtigmas. All thoſe flowers which I have examined JASMINUMILICIS FOLIO. See LAN-
have but one or two ſtamina, which may be occafi-
oned by the fulneſs of the flowers; as is often ob- JASMINE, the Arabian. See NYCTANTHES.
ſerved in many kinds of plants, whoſe flowers have JASMINE, the Perſian. See SYRINGA.
a greater number of petals than uſual, many of JATROPHA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 961. Manihot.
which want both parts of generation, and ſome of Tourn. Inft. R. H. 958. tab. 438. Caſſada, or Caf-
them have no male parts. This flower, when fully ſava; in French Caſſave.
blown, is as large as a middling Roſe, and ſome of The CHARACTERS are,
them are as double as the Damaſk Roſe; they have It hath male and female flowers in the ſame plant; the
a very agreeable odour; on the firſt approach it is male flowers have a ſcarce viſible empalement ; they are
ſomething like that of the Orange flower, but when Salver-ſhaped, of one petal, with a ſhort tube, whoſe brim
more cloſely ſmelt to, has the odour of the common is cut into five roundiſh ſegments which ſpread open; they
double white Narciſſus. The ſeaſon of this plant have ten awl-ſhaped
ſtamina, five being alternately forter
flowering in England, is in July and Auguft, but in than the other, and ere joined cloſe together, ſtanding ere Et
its native country it is ſuppoſed to flower great part in the center of the flower, terminated by roundiſh looſe
of the year; for Captain Hutchinſon, who brought fummits. The female flowers which are ftuated in the
the plant over, ſaid there was a ſucceſſion of flowers Some umbel have no empalement, but have five petals Spread
on it, till the ſhip arrived in a cold climate, which open like a Roſe. In the center is a roundiſh germen with
put a ſtop to its growth.
three deep furrows, ſupporting three ſtyles, crowned by ſingle
Dr. Linnæus has been induced from what has been ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes a roundif cap-
printed in the Tranſactions of the Royal Society, Jule with three cells, each containing one ſeed.
to alter the title of this plant to Gardenia ; but as the This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of
deſcription of the plant with its characters as there Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monccia Mo-
3
nodelphia,
TANA.

JAT
JAT
a
a
3
nodelphia, which includes thoſe plants which have
male and female flowers on the ſame plant, and the
ftamina are collected in one body.
The SPECIES are,
1. JATROPHA (Manihot) foliis palmatis, lobis lanceolatis
integerrimis lævibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1007. Jatropha
with hand-ſhaped leaves, whoſe lobes are ſpear-ſhaped, en-
tire, and ſmooth. Manihot Theveti, juca & caffavi.
J. B. 2: 794. The Manihot of Thevet, and the Júca or
Cefjava of John Baubin.
2. JATROPHA (Quinquelobatus) foliis quinquelobatis, lo-
bis acuminatis, acutè dentatis lævibus, caule frutico-
fo. Jatropha with leaves compoſed of five ſmooth lobes
ending in points, which are sharply indented on their edges,
and a fhorubby ſtalk. Juffievia fruteſcens, non fpinoſa,
foliis glabris & minus laciniatis. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby
Juffevia without Spines, and ſmooth leaves leſs divided.
3. JATROPHA (Urens) aculeata, foliis quinquelobatis
acutè inciſis, caule herbaceo. Prickly Jatropha, with
leaves having five lobes which are ſharply cut on their
edges, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Juffievia herbacea, fpi-
nofiſima, urens, foliis digitatis & laciniatis. Houſt.
MSS. The moſt prickly ſtinging and herbaceous Juffievia,
with fingered leaves which are jagged.
4. JATROPHA (Herbacea) aculeata, foliis trilobis, caule
herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1007. Prickly Jatrophe, with
leaves having three lobes and an herbaceous ſtalk. Juſ-
ſievia herbacea fpinofiffima, urens, foliis trilobatis
minimè inciſis. Houft. MSS. Prickly ſtinging herbaceous
Juſievia, with leaves having three lobes, which are very
Nightly indented.
5. JATROPHA (Vitifolius) foliis palmatis dentatis aculeatis.
Hort. Cliff. 445. Jatropha with hand-ſhaped, indented,
prickly leaves. Manihot ſpinoſiffima, folio vitigineo.
Plum. Cat. 20. The moſt prickly Caſſava with a Vine
leaf.
6. JATROPHA (Aconitifolius) foliis lobatis dentatis acu-
minatis, urentibus, caule arboreo. Jatropha with lo-
bated leaves which are indented, acute-pointed, and ſtinging,
and a tree-like ſtalk. Juffievia arborea, minùs ſpinoſa,
floribus albis umbellatis, foliis aconiti urentibus.
Houſt. MSS. Tree Juffevia which is leſs prickly, with
white flowers growing in umbels, and ſtinging leaves like
thoſe of Wolfsbane.
7. JATROPHA (Multifida) foliis multipartitis lævibus, ſti-
pulis ſetaceis multifidis
. Hort. Cliff. 445. Jatropha
with ſmooth leaves divided into many parts, and briſtly
ftipule with many points. Ricinoides arbor Americana,
folio multifido. 656. Tree American Baſtard Ricinus
with a many pointed leaf, commonly called French Phyſic
Nut in America.
8. JATROPHA (Curcas) foliis cordatis angulatis. Hort.
Cliff
. 445. Jatropha with angular heart-ſhaped leaves.
Ricinoides Americana goffypii folio. Tourn. Inft. 656.
American Baſtard Ricinus with a Cotton leaf, commonly
called Phyſic Nut in America.
9. JATROPHA (Stepbyſagrifolia) foliis quinquepartitis, lo-
bis ovatis integris, fetis glanduloſis ramofis. Flor.
Leyd. Prod. 202. Jatropha with leaves divided into five
parts
, the lobes whereof are oval and entire, end branching
briſtlos ariſing from the glands. Ricinoides Americana
ftaphyſagriæ folio. Tourn. Inft. 656. American Baſtard
Ricinus, with a Staveſacre leaf, commonly called Belly-
ach Weed in America.
The firſt fort here mentioned, is the common Caſſada
of Caſlava, which is cultivated for food in the warm
1 arts of America, where, after the juice is expreſſed
out of the root (which has a poiſonous quality) it is
ground into a kind of flour, and made up in cakes
or puddings, and is eſteemed a wholefome food.
This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high,
carniſhed with ſmooth leaves, ſtanding upon long
foot-Italks alternately; they are compoſed of ſeven
Tobes, which are joined at their baſe in one center,
where they are narrow, but increaſe in their breadth
till within an inch and a half of the top, where they
diminiſh to an acute point; the three middle lobes
are about fix inches long, and two broad in their
broadert part; the two next are about an inch ſhorter,
and the two outfide lobes are not more than three
a
inches long; the middle lobes are finuated on each
fide near the top, but the two outer are entire. The
flowers are produced in umbels at the top of the
ſtalks, theſe are ſome male and others female in the
ſame umbel, they are compoſed of five roundiſh pe-
tals which ſpread open; the male flowers have their
ten ſtamina joined together in a column, and the fe-
male flowers have a roundiſh germen with three fur-
rows in the center, ſupporting three ſtyles; two are
ſeparated at a diſtance, and the third ariſes between
them, but is not ſo long; they are crowned by ſingle
ftigmas. The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh
capſule with three lobes, each having a diſtinct cell,
containing one feed.
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun at the Havanna, from whence he ſent the ſeeds.
This riſes with an upright ſtalk ten or twelve feet
high, which is firſt green and herbaceous, but after-
ward becomes ligneous, ſending out a few branches
at the top, which are garniſhed with ſmooth leaves,
compoſed of five oval lobes, which end in acute points ;
the edges are alſo indented in ſeveral irregular points,
which are acute. The flowers are produced in an
umbel at the extremity of the ſtalks, they are of an
herbaceous white colour, and are male and female in
the ſame umbel, as the other ſort; the capſule is
ſmooth and has three cells, each including a ſingle
feed.
The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally in the ſandy grounds about
the town of La Vera Cruz, from whence he ſent the
feeds, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden. This
hath a very thick fleſhy root, in ſhape like the white
Spaniſh Radiſh; the ſtalk riſes from one to two feet
high, it is taper, herbaceous, and branching, and
cloſely armed on every ſide with long white fpines,
which are not very ſtiff, but are pungent and ſting-
ing; the leaves are divided into five lobes, the middle
being the longeſt; the others are ſhortened, the two
next being about an inch ſhorter, but the two outer
are not more than half the length of the middle; theſe
are deeply jagged on both ſides, and are waved on
their edges; all the veins of the leaves are cloſely
armed with ſtinging fpines, ſo that it is dangerous
handling them; for all the intermediate parts of the
leaves have ſmall ſtinging ſpines like thoſe of the
Nettle, but they do not appear ſo viſible. At the end
of the branches the flowers are produced in umbels;
they are white, and have empalements cloſely armed
with the ſame ſpines as the ſtalks and leaves: there
are male and female flowers in the ſame umbel; the
female flowers are ſucceeded by tricapſular veſſels,
containing three ſeeds.
The fourth fort riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk about
a foot high, dividing into two or three branches, which
are garniſhed with leaves ſtanding alternate upon long
foot-ſtalks; they are compoſed of three oblong lobes
which are Nightly ſinuated on their edges, ending in
acute points; the whole plant is cloſely armed with
long, briſtly, ſtinging ſpines. The flowers grow in
an umbel at the end of the branches; they are ſmall,
of a dirty white colour, and are male and female in
the ſame umbel: the female flowers are ſucceeded by
oval capſules with three lobes, which are covered
with the ſame ſpines as the plant; theſe have three
cells, each containing a ſingle ſeed. This plant is
annual.
The fifth fort was found growing naturally at Car-
thagena in New Spain, by the late Mr. Robert Millar,
who ſent the feeds to England, which ſucceeded in
ſeveral curious gardens. This hath a thick, ſwelling,
fleſhy root, from which ariſes an herbaceous ſtalk as
big as a man's thumb, which is four or five feet high,
and divides into ſeveral branches; theſe are very
cloſely armed with long brown ſpines ; the foot-ſtalks
of the leaves are fix or ſeven inches long, which are
alſo armed with ſpines, but not ſo cloſely, nor are the
ſpines ſo long as thoſe on the ſtalk and branches; the
leaves are deeply cut into five lobes, which are jagged
deeply on their fides, and the nerves are armed with
ſtinging
a
3

JAT
I B E
a
a
ſtinging ſpines; the flowers are produced in umbels Cafiada, or Caffava, and at others Belly-ach Weed,
at the top of the branches, ſtanding upon long naked the leaves of this plant being accounted a good re-
foot-ſtalks; they are of a pure white colour, and are medy for the dry belly-ach. This plant riſes with
male and female in the fame umbel : the male flowers a ſoft herbaceous ſtalk to the height of three or four
appear firſt, which are compoſed of five petals, forming feet, covered with a purple bark, and at the joints
a ſhort tube at bottom, and the ſtamina ariſe the have branching briſtly hairs riſing in ſmall bunches,
length of the tube, joined in a column: the petals not only upon the principal ftalk, but alſo on the
ſpread open fiat above, and the ſtamina fills the mouth branches, and the foot-ftalks of the leaves. The
of the tube, ſhutting it up: the female flowers are ftalk divides upward into two or three branches;
ſmaller, but of the ſame ſhape, having no ftamina, theſe are garniſhed with leaves ſtanding on very long
but an oval three-cornered germen, which afterwards foot-ſtalks, divided into five lobes which are oval,
becomes a capſule with three lobes, each having a entire, and end in acute points. The flowers are pro-
diſtinct cell, with one feed incloſed.
duced at the end of the branches, upon fender
The ſixth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houf- naked foot-ſtalks, in ſmall umbels; they are ſmall,
toun at La Vera Cruz, where it is frequently per- of a dark purple colour, having male and female
mitted to grow about the town by way of ornament; flowers in the ſame umbel; the female flowers are
this riſes with a ſtrong, brittle, ligneous ſtalk, ten or ſucceeded by oblong tricapſular veſſels, ſmooth, and
twelve feet high, covered with a gray bark, and di- covered with a dark ſkin, when ripe ; in each of the
vides into many branches, which are garniſhed with cells is lodged one oblong brown feed.
leaves, that are divided into parts like thoſe of the All theſe plants are natives of the warm parts of
common Woolfsbane, but are armed with ſmall America, fo are too tender to thrive in the open air
ftinging fpines like thoſe of the Nettle; at the end in England. The firſt fort is cultivated in the Weſt-
of the branches come out the flower-ſtalks, which are Indies for food, where it is propagated by cutting
five or fix inches long, ſuſtaining an umbel of white the ſtalks into lengths of ſeven or eight inches, which,
flowers. The male flowers are of one petal, having when planted, put out roots; the method of doing
a pretty long tube, which is divided at the top into this having been mentioned in various books, I ſhall
five ſegments. The female flowers expand in form not repeat it here.
of a Roſe, having the germen in the center, which The other forts are eaſily propagated by feeds, which
afterward becomes a globular prickly fruit with three ſhould be fown on a good hot-bed in the ſpring, and
lobes, opening in three cells, each containing a ſingle when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each
feed.
tranſplanted into a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and
The ſeventh fort is now very common in moſt of the then plunged into a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark,
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, but was introduced from carefully ſhading them till they have taken freſh root;
the continent, firſt into the French iſlands, and from after which they muſt be treated in the ſame manner
thence it was brought into the Britiſh iſlands, where as other tender plants from hot countries, admitting
it is titled French Phyſic Nut, to diſtinguiſh it from freſh air to them daily, in proportion to the warmth of
the following fort, which is called Phyſic Nut, from the ſeaſon; but as many of the forts have ſucculent
its purging quality.
ſtalks, ſome of which have a milky juice, they ſhould
This riſes with a ſoft thick ftem eight or ten feet have but little water given them, for they are ſoon
high, dividing into ſeveral branches, covered with a deſtroyed by wet.
grayiſh bark. The leaves come out on every ſide The fourth fort is an annual plant, ſo if the feeds
the branches on ſtrong foot-ſtalks, which are ſeven are fown early in the ſping, and the plants are brought
or eight inches long; they are divided into nine or forward, they will perfect their feeds the ſame year;
ten lobes in form of a hand, which are joined at their but the other forts are perennial, ſo do not flower till
bafe; theſe are ſeven inches long, and about two the ſecond or third year; therefore the plants ſhould
inches broad, with many jagged points on their bor- be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, where they
ders ftanding oppoſite. The upper ſide of the leaves ſhould conſtantly remain, giving them a large ſhare of
are of a lucid green, but their under ſide gray, and air in warm weather; but in winter they muſt be ten-
a little cottony. The flowers come out upon long derly treated, and in that ſeaſon muſt have very little
foot-ſtalks from the end of the branches, formed into water. With this management the plants will continue
an umbel, in which there are male and female flow- ſeveral years, and produce their flowers, and frequently
ers, as in the other ſpecies; theſe umbels are large, perfect their ſeeds in England.
and the flowers being of a bright ſcarlet, they make IBERIS. Dillen. Nov. Gen. 6. Lin. Gen. Plant. 721.
a fine appearance; and the leaves being very remark- Thlafpidium. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 214. tab. 101. Sci-
able for their beauty, has occafioned the plant being atica Creſs.
cultivated for ornament in moſt of the iſlands of the The CHARACTERS are,
Weſt-Indies.
The flower hath an empalement of four oval leaves,
The eighth fort grows naturally in all the iſlands of which ſpread open, are hollowed and fall away. It bath
the Weſt-Indies; this riſes with a ſtrong ſtalk twelve four unequal petals
, which are oval, obtuſe, and ſpread
or fourteen feet high, which divides into ſeveral open, boving oblong erect tails; the two outer petals
branches; theſe are garniſhed with angular heart- are longer than the other. It heth fix awl-shaped ere Et
ſhaped leaves, which end in acute points. The flow- fiamina, the two on the ſides being shorter than the reſt,
ers come out in umbels at the end of the branches; terminated by roundiſh Summits. In the center of the tube
they are male and female, of an herbaceous colour, is ſituated a round compreſſed germen, Supporting a ſhort
ſo make but little appearance; the female flowers fingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen
are ſucceeded by oblong oval capſules with three cells, afterward becomes a roundiſh compreſſed veſſel, having two
each containing one oblong black ſeed.
cells, each containing one oval ſeed.
The ſeeds of the two laſt forts have been uſed as a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
purgative by the inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies, but Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Si-
they operate fo violently, that now they are ſeldom liculofa, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
uſed; three or four of theſe nuts have worked upward have four long and two ſhort ſtamina, and the feeds
and downward near forty times, on a perſon who was grow in ſhort pods.
ignorant of their effects; but it is affirmed that this The SPECIES are,
purgative quality is contained in a thin film, fituated 1. IBERIS (Semperflorens) fruteſcens, foliis cuneiformibus
in the center of the nut, which, if taken out, the obtufis integerrimis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 330. Shrubby
nuts are harmleſs, and may be eaten with ſafety. Sciatica Creſs with entire, wedge-Shaped, blunt leaves,
The leaves of the laſt fort are uſed in baths and fo- commonly called the Tree Candy Tuft. Thlafpidium
mentations.
fruticoſum, leucoii folio, ſemperflorens. Tourn. Inft.
The ninth fort grows naturally in all the iſlands of 214. Shrubby Thlaſpidium with a Gilliflower leaf, always
the Weft-Indies, where it is ſometimes called wild flowering
2. IPERIS
a
7 D

І В Е
IBE
a
a
2. IBERIS (Sempervirens) fruteſcens foliis linearibus acu-
tis integerrimis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 330. Shrubby Sci-
atica Creſs with narrow-pointed whole leaves, commonly
called Perennial Candy Tuft. Thlafpi montanum, ſem-
pervirens. C. B. P. 106. Evergreen Mountain Candy
Tuft.
3. IBERIS (Umbellata) herbacea foliis lanceolatis acumi-
natis, inferioribus ferratis, fuperioribus integerrimis.
Lin. Hort. Cliff. 330. Herbaccous Sciatica Creſs with
Spear-ſhaped pointed leaves, the under ones being ſawed,
but the upper entire, commonly called Candy Tuft. Thlaf-
pi Creticum quibuſdam, flore rubente & albo. J. B.
2.924. True Cretan Treacle Muſtard with a red and
white flower.
4. IBERIS (Odorota) foliis linearibus fupernè dilatatis
ſerratis. Flor. Leyd. 330. Sciatica Creſs with narrow
leaves dilated at their top, and ſawed. Thlafpi umbel-
latum Creticum, flore albo odoro, minus. C. B. P.
106. Small umbellated Treacle Muſtard of Crete with a
white ſweet flover.
5. IBERIS (Nudicaulis) herbacea foliis ſinuatis, caule
nudo fimplici. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 328. Sciatica Creſs
with finuated leaves, and a ſingle naked ſtalk. Naſtur-
tium petræum. Tab. Ic. 451. Rock Creſs.
6. IBERIS (Amara) herbacea foliis lanceolatis acutis ſub-
dentatis, foribus racemoſis. Lin. Hort. Upſal. 184.
Sciatica Creſs with acute, Spear-ſhaped, indented leaves,
ond flowers growing in bunches. Thlafpi avenſe umbel-
latum amarum. J. B. 2. 925. Bitter, umbellated, Field
Treacle Muſtard.
7. IBERIS (Rotundifolia) foliisſubrotundis crenatis. Royen.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 49. Iberis with roundiſh crenated leaves.
Thlafpi Alpinum, folio rotundiore carnoſo, flore pur-
puraicente. Tourn. Inft. 112. Alpine Treacle Muſtard
with a rounder fleſhy leaf, aud a purpliſh flower.
8. IBERIS (Linifolia) fruteſcens, foliis linearibus acutis,
corymbis hemifphæricis. Shrubby Sciatica Creſs with
norrow acute leaves, and hemiſpherical bunches of flowers.
Thlafpi Luſitanicum umbellatum, gramineo folio,
purpurafcente flore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 213. Portu-
gal, umbellated, Treacle Muſtard, with a Graſs leaf and a
purpliſh flower.
The firſt fort here mentioned is a low ſhrubby plant,
which ſeldom riſes above a foot and a half high, hav-
ing many fender branches, which ſpread on every
fide, and fall toward the ground if they are not ſup-
ported. Theſe branches are well furniſhed with leaves
toward their extremity, which continue green all the
year; and in ſummer the flowers are produced at the
end of the ſhoots, which are white, and grow in an
umbel. Theſe flowers continue long in beauty, and
are ſucceeded by others, ſo that the plants are rarely
deſtitute of flowers for near eight months, from the
end of Auguſt to the beginning of June, which ren-
ders the plant valuable.
This plant is ſomewhat tender, therefore is generally
preſerved in green-houſes in winter, where, being
placed among other low plants toward the front of the
houſe, it makes an agreeable variety, as it continues
flowering all the winter. But although it is commonly
fo treated, yet in moderate winters this plant will
live in the open air, if it be planted in a warm fitua-
tion and on a dry foil; and if, in very hard froſt,
they are covered either with mats, Reeds, Straw, or
Peas-haulm, they may be preſerved very well; and
theſe plants which grow in the full ground, will thrive
better, and produce a greater number of flowers, than
thoſe which are kept in pots; but the foil in which
theſe are planted, ſhould not be over rich, nor too wet,
for in either of theſe they will grow too vigorous in
ſummer, fo will be in greater danger of ſuffering by
the froſt in winter ; but when they grow on a gra-
velly foil
, or among lime rubbiſh, their ſhoots will be
ſhort, ſtrong, and not fo replete with moiſture, ſo
will better refift the cold.
This plant very rarely produces ſeeds in England,
therefore is only propagated by cuttings, which, if
planted during any of the ſummer months, and
ſhaded from the ſun, and duly watered, will be rooted
in two months, and may afterward be either planted
in pots, or into the borders where they are deſigned to
ſtand.
There is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
which is preſerved in ſome of the gardens where per-
fons delight in theſe ſtriped-leaved plants. This is
not ſo hardy as the plain fort, therefore muſt be
treated more tenderly in winter; this is alſo increaſed
by cuttings in the ſame manner as the other.
The ſecond fort is a plant of humbler growth than
the firſt, this ſeldom riſes more than fix or eight
inches high, nor do the branches grow woody, but
are rather herbaceous; the leaves of this plant conti-
nue green through the year, and the flowers are of as
long duration as thoſe of the firſt fort, which renders
it valuable. This rarely produces feeds in England,
but is propagated by flips, which in ſummer eaſily
take root, and the plants may be treated in the fame
manner as hath been directed for the firſt fort, and
will thrive in the open air.
The third fort is a low annual plant, the feeds of
which were formerly fown to make edgings for bor-
ders in the pleaſure-garden, for which purpoſe all the
low annual flowers are very improper, becauſe they do
not anſwer the intent, which is to prevent the earth of
the borders falling into the walks, which theſe plants
never can do; and though they make a pretty appear-
ance during their continuance in flower, which is fel-
dom more than a fortnight or three weeks, yet after
their flowers are paſt they become very unſightly ;
therefore all theſe forts of flowers ſhould be fown
in ſmall patches in the borders of the flower-gar-
den, where, if they are properly mixed with other
flowers, they will have a very good effect; and by
ſowing of them at three or four different ſeaſons,
there may be a ſucceſſion of them continued in flower
till autumn.
There are two different varieties of this third fort, one
with red, and the other hath white flowers, but the
white is not common in the gardens, but the feeds of
the ſixth fort are generally fold for it, and is feldom
diſtinguiſhed but by thoſe who are ſkilled in botany:
this plant feldom riſes more than five or fix inches
high, and if they have room will branch out on every
ſide, but when they are left too cloſe, they draw each
other up, and are weak: as theſe do not bear trans-
planting well, ſo the ſeeds ſhould be ſown thin in
patches, and when the plants are grown pretty ſtrong,
they ſhould be thinned, leaving but fix or eight in
in each patch to flower; and by thus treating them,
they will put out fide branches, and flower much
ſtronger, and continue longer in beauty than when
they are left cloſer together; theſe plants will require
no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds.
The fourth fort ſeldom grows ſo large as the third,
and the flowers are much ſmaller, but have an agree-
able odour. It grows naturally in Helvetia, and is
.
preſerved in botanic gardens for variety. It is an-
nual, and requires the ſame treatment as the third.
The fifth ſort grows on ſandy and rocky places in ſe-
veral parts of England, fo is rarely admitted into gar-
dens. The leaves of this are ſmall, and cut to the mid-
rib into many jags ; theſe are ſpread on the ground,
and between them ariſe a naked foot-ſtalk two or
three inches long, fuſtaining fmall umbels of white
flowers. This is an annual plant, whoſe feeds ſhould
be fown in autumn where the plants are deſigned to
remain, and require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds.
The ſixth fort is very like the third, but differs in
the ſhape of the leaves. The flowers of this are white,
fo may be fown to make a variety with the red. It
requires the ſame treatment. Tantana
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the Alps, from
whence it was fent me; this is a perennial plant, which
roots pretty deep in the ground. The lower leaves
which riſe from the root, are round, fleſhy, and cre-
nated on their edges. The ftalk riſes four or five
inches high, and is garniſhed with ſmall oblong
leaves which half embrace the ſtalks with their baſe.
The flowers terminate the ſtalk in a round com-
pact
a

ICE
ICE
a
pact umbel; they are of a purple colour, and ap- maſſes, are then double wedge-like particles, which
pear in June, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in have abundance of ſurface in reſpect to their folidity;
England
and this is the reaſon why they ſwim in water, when
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown on once they are raiſed in it, although they are ſpecifi-
a ſhady border in autumn, and when the plants are cally heavier, theſe ſmall points of ſalts getting into
ſtrong enough to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted the pores of the water, whereby they are, in ſome
on a fhady border where they are deſigned to remain, meaſure, ſuſpended in the winter, when the heat of
and will require no other care but to keep them clean the ſun is not ordinarily ſtrong enough to diffolve the
from weeds.
ſalts into fluid, to break their points, and to keep
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- them in perpetual motion ; which being leſs diſturbed,
gal ; this hath a great reſemblance of the ſecond, but are more at liberty to approach one another, and by
the ftalks do not ſpread ſo much; they grow erect, ſhooting into chryſtals, of the form above-mentioned,
about ſeven or eight inches high, are ligneous and pe- do, by their extremities, infinuate themſelves into the
rennial. The leaves are very narrow, and ſeldom
pores of water, and by that means freeze it into a fo-
more than an inch long, ſtanding thinly upon the lid forin, called Ice.
ftalks, having no foot-italks. The flowers grow in Monſ. Mariotte, in his Treatiſe of Hydroſtatics, gives
hemiſpherical umbels on the top of the ſtalks, and the ſubſequent account of what happens to water in
are of a purple colour. It flowers in May and June, freezing, which he diſcovered by the following expe-
but feldom produces good feeds here.
riment.
This fort may be propagated by cuttings, which Having filled a cylindric veſſel, of about ſeven or
ſhould be treated in the ſame way as is before di- eight inches high, and fix inches diameter, within two
rected for the firſt fort ; and ſome of the plants may inches of the top, with cold water, he expoſed it to
be planted on a warm border in a dry foil, where they the open air in a great froſt, and obſerved exactly the
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters very well; whole progreſs of the freezing of it.
but it will be proper to have two or three plants in The firſt congelation was in the upper ſurface of the
pots, which may be ſheltered under a frame in win- water, in little long water ſhoots, or lamina, which
ter, to preſerve the kind, if, by ſevere froſt, thoſe in were jagged like a faw, the water between them re-
the open air ſhould be deſtroyed.
maining ſtill unfrozen, though the reſt of the ſurface
IBISCUS.. See HIBISCUS.
was already frozen to the thickneſs of more than two
ICACO. See CHYRSOBALANUS.
lines; he obſerved that ſeveral bubbles of air were
ICE is a hard tranſparent body, formed from ſome formed in the Ice, that began to fix on the bottom
liquor congealed, or fixed.
and fides of the veſſel, ſome would riſe up, and others
Ice is faid to be the natural ſtate of water, which re- remained entangled in the Ice, which made him ima-
mains firm, and not liquid, when no external cauſe gine that theſe bubbles taking up more ſpace in the
acts upon it.
water, than when their matter was, as it were, diſ-
The true cauſe of the congelation of water into Ice, folved in it, they puſhed up a little water through
ſeems to be the introduction of frigorific particles into the hole at the top, after the ſame manner that new
the pores or interftices between the particles of wa- wine works out at the bung-hole of a veſſel when it
ter, and by that means getting fo near them, as to begins to heat, and the little water that ouzed out at
be juſt within the ſpheres of one another's attrac- this little hole in the Ice, ſpreading itſelf upon the
tions, and then they muſt cohere into one folid or upper ſurface of the water, which was already frozen,
firm body.
became Ice alſo, and there began to form a hill of
It may be wondered why Ice goes to the top of the Ice; and that hole continuing open, by reaſon of the
water, for one would imagine, that being colder than water which paffed ſucceſſively through it, being
flowing water, it ought to be more condenſed, and puſhed up by the new bubbles which formed them-
conſequently heavier ; but is to be conſidered, that ſelves in the Ice, which continue to increaſe about
there are always ſome bubbles of air interſperſed in the fides and bottom of the veffel, he obſerved that
Ice. It is certain, by the ſwimming of Ice upon wa- the upper ſurface of the water was frozen above an
ter, that it is ſpecifically lighter than the water out of inch thick towards the edges of the veſſel, and
which it is made by freezing; and it is as certain, above an inch and a half round about the little
that this lightneſs of Ice proceeds from thoſe nu- hole, before the water that was contained in it, as
merous bubbles that are produced in it by conge- in a pipe, became frozen, but at laſt it was frozen;
lation.
then the middle of the water remaining unfrozen,
Water, when it is frozen into Ice, takes up more and the water which was compreſſed by the new
ſpace than it did before it was congealed. It is vi- bubbles, which formed themſelves for two or three
fible, that the dimenſions of water are increaſed by hours, having no vent at the little hole, the Ice broke
freezing, its particles being kept at ſome diſtance at once towards the top, by the ſpring of the in-
the one from the other, by the intervention of the cluded air.
frigorific matter.
In like manner the froſt acts upon vegetables, by
And, beſides, there are many little volumes of air theſe frigorific particles entering the tender ſhoots of
included at ſeveral diſtances, both in the pores of the plants, and inſinuating between the pores of the fap,
watery particles, and in the interſtices made by the thereby increaſing its bulk, ſo that the tender veffels of
ſpherical figures. Now, by the inſinuation of theſe the plants are torn, and thoſe parts of the plants are
chryſtals, the voluines of air are driven out of the foon killed; and the greater the quantity of moiſture
watery particles, and many of them uniting, form is in vegetables, the more they are in danger of be-
larger volumes; theſe have thereby a greater force ing deſtroyed, for we frequently ſee many plants which
to expand themſelves than when they are diſperſed, grow on the top, and from the joints of walls, eſcape
and ſo both enlarge their dimenſions, and leffen the the ſevereſt froſts, when thoſe of the ſame kinds are
specific gravity of water thus congealed into Ice. all deſtroyed which were in the ground; which is en-
It ſeems very probable, that cold, and freezing, and tirely owing to their veſſels being ſtronger and more
conſequently Ice, are produced by ſome ſubſtance of a compact, and not fo replete with moiſture : fo when
faline nature floating in the air ; in that falts, and the autumn proves cold and moiſt, whereby the veſ-
more eminently ſome particular ones, when mixed ſels of plants are not properly hardened, and are re-
with Ice or ſnow, do wonderfully increaſe the force plete with moiſture, a ſmall froſt will do great mil-
and effects of cold.
chief to them; whereas when the autumn is dry and
It is alſo viſible, that all ſaline bodies cauſe a ftiff- warm, the tender ſhoots of trees and ſhrubs are har-
neſs and frigidity in thoſe bodies into which they dened, and drained of their moiſture, fo are not lia-
ble to the like accidents.
It is manifeſt, by obſerving falts by microſcopes, ICE-HOUSE is a building contrived to preſerve ice
that the figures of ſome falts, before they ſhoot into for the uſe of a family in the ſummer ſeaſon.
a
Theſe
enter.
4

ICE
JET
a
a
a
Theſe are more generally uſed in warm countries, perſon who builds, if he will be at the expence; but
than in England, but particularly in Italy, where the if not, then the plate into which the roof is to be
meaneſt perſon who rents a houſe, is not without a framed, muſt be laid on this outer wall, which ſhould
a vault or cellar for keeping of ice; but as the uſe of be carried high enough above the inner arch, to ad-
ice in England is much greater of late than it was mit of a door-way in, to get out the ice. If the build-
formerly, ſo the number of Ice-houſes has been ing is to be covered with flates or tiles, there ſhould
greatly increaſed ; and although the mention of theſe be a thickneſs of Reeds laid under, to keep out the
may, at firſt fight, feem foreign to my ſubject, yet fun and external air ; if theſe Reeds are laid two feet
if it is conſidered, that theſe buildings are generally thick, and plaſtered over with lime and hair, there will
erected in gardens, and as often put under the care be no danger of the heat getting through it.
of gardeners, it may not be amiſs for me to give ſome The external wall need not be built circular, but of
general directions for the choice of the ſituation and any other figure, either ſquare, hexangular, or octan-
ſtructure of the building, as alſo for the management gular; and where this ſtands much in fight may be fo
of the ice. of DodoH VI
contrived as to make it a good object. I have ſeen
In the choice of a ſituation for an Ice-houſe, the prin- an Ice-houſe built in ſuch a manner as to have a hand-
cipal regard ſhould be, that of a dry ſpot of ground, ſome alcove feat in the front, and behind this feat was
for wherever there is moiſture, the ice will melt; contrived a paſſage to get out and put in the ice; and
therefore in all ſtrong lands, which detain the wet, by having the entrance behind, to the north aſpect, a
there cannot be too much care taken to make drains ſmall paſſage being next the feat, through which a
all round the building to carry off all moiſture; for perſon might enter to take out the ice, and a large
when this is lodged near the building, it will occaſion door being contrived with a porch, wide enough for
a damp there, which will always be prejudicial to the a ſmall cart to back in, to ſhoot down the ice upon
keeping of the ice.
vilol the floor near the mouth of the well, where it may
The next confideration muſt be, to have the place be well broken, before it is put down. The aperture
.
ſo elevated, that there may be deſcent enough to carry of this mouth of the well need not be more than two
off whatever wet may happen near the building, or feet and a half diameter, which will be large enough
from the ice melting ; alſo, that the place be as to put down the ice, and if it was greater, it would
much expoſed to the ſun and air as poffible, and not be inconvenient; there ſhould be a ſtone fitted to
placed under the drip, or in the ſhade of trees, as hath ſtop this aperture, which muſt be cloſed up as ſecure
been too often practiſed, under a falſe notion, that if as poſſible, after the ice is put in, and all the vacant
it ſhould be expoſed to the ſun, the ice will melt away ſpace above and between this and the outer door, mult
in fummer, which never can be the caſe where there be filled cloſe with Barley Straw, to exclude the air;
is ſufficient care taken to exclude the outward air ſo the door to enter for taking out the ice should be on
(which muſt always be regarded in the building of the oppoſite fide, immediately behind the alcove ſeat,
theſe houſes) for the heat of the ſun can never pene- as was before-mentioned ; and this door ſhould be no
trate through the double arches of the building, ſo larger than is abſolutely neceſſary for the coming at
as to add any warmth to the air; but when the build- the ice, and muſt be ſtrong and cloſe to exclude the
ing is entirely open to the fun and wind, all damps air ; and at five or fix feet diſtance from this another
and vapours will thereby be removed from about the door ſhould be contrived, which ſhould be cloſely
building, which can never be kept too dry, or free ſhut before the inner door is opened, whenever the
from moiſt vapours. As to the figure of the building, ice is taken out.
w some
that may be according to the fancy of the owner; but The building being finiihed, ſhould have time to dry
for the well into which the ice is to be put, a circular before the ice is put into it; for when the walls are
figure is the moſt convenient; the depth of the well, green, the damp of them frequently melts the ice. At
as alſo the diameter of it, muſt be proportioned to the bottom of the well, upon the wooden grate,
the quantity of ice wanted, but it is always beſt to fhould be laid ſome ſmall faggots; and if upon theſe
have enough; for when the houſe is well built, it a layer of Reeds is placed imooth for the ice to lie
will keep the ice for two or three years, and there upon, it will be better than Straw, which is coin-
will be this advantage in having it large enough to monly uſed ; and in the choice of the ice, the chinner
contain ice for two years conſumption, that if a mild it is, the better it may be broken to powder; for the
winter ſhould happen, when there is not ice to be had, ſmaller it is broken, the better it will unite when put
there will be a ſtock to ſupply the wantet rolbai W into the well: in putting of it in, there muſt be care
If the quantity wanting is not great, a well of ſix feet taken to ram it cloſe, as alo to allow a vacancy
diameter, and eight feet deep, will be large enough ; all round next the wall, of about two inches; this
but for large conſumption, it ſhould not be leſs than is to give paſſage to any moiſture, which may be oc-
nine or ten feet diameter, and as many deep: where ned by the melting of ſome of the ice on the
the fituation is either dry chalk, gravel, or fand, Stop, which, if pent up, will melt the ice downward ;
the pit may be entirely below the ſurface of the when the ice is put into the well, if there is a little
ground; but in ſtrong loam, clay, or moiſt ground, ſalt-petre mixed at every ten inches or a foot thick-
it will be the beſt way to raiſe it fo high above neſs, it will cauſe the ice to join more cloſely into a
the ſurface, as that there may be no danger from folid maſs. The inſtructions here given, being care-
the wet. si
301 7919goi los gribne fully obſerved, will be ſufficient to guide perſons
At the bottom of the well there ſhould be a ſpace wholly ignorant in theſe matters.
left, about two feet deep, to receive any moiſture JET D'EAU is a French word, which ſignifies a
which may drain from the ice, and a ſmall under- fountain that cafts up water to any conſiderable height
ground drain ſhould be laid from this, to carry off the
in the air that caits up water to any confide
wet; over this ſpace of two feet, ſhould be placed a Monſ, Mariotte, in his Treatiſe of Hydroſtatics, ſays,
ſtrong grate of wood, to let the moiſture fall down, That a Jet d'Eau will never riſe fo high as its reſerva-
which may at any time happen, from melting of the tory, but always falls ſhort of it by a ſpace which is
ice. The ſides of this well muſt be bricked up with in a ſubduplicate ratio of that height; and this he
a wall, at leaſt two bricks and a half thick ; but if proves by ſeveral experiments; that though Jets
it is yet thicker, it will be better, becauſe the thicker ought to riſe to the height of the refervatories, yet
the walls are made, the leſs danger there will be the friction of the fides of the ajutages, and the
of the well being affected by any external cauſe. When reſiſtance of the air, are the cauſes that in Jets that
the well is brought within three feet of the ſurface, have very high reſervatories, the height of the
there muſt be another outer arch or wall begun, which Jets does not come up to that of the reſervatory by a
muſt be carried up to the height of the top of the in-
tended arch of the well; and if there is a ſecond arch He adds, That if a greater branches out in many
turned over from this well, it will add to the good- ſmaller ones, or is diſtributed through ſeveral Jets, the
neſs of the houſe, but this muſt be ſubmitted to the ſquare of the diameter of the main pipe muſt be pro-
portioned
a
great deal.
a

ILE
portion to the fum of all the expences'of its branches;
that if the reſervatory be fifty-two high, and the
ajutages half an inch in diameter, the pipe ought to
be three inches in diameter.
He ſays, That the beauty of Jets of water conſiſts in
their uniformity and tranſparency at the going out of
the ajutage, and ſpreading but very little, and that to
the higheſt part of the Jet.
That the worſt fort of ajutages are thoſe that are
cylindrical, for they retard very much the height of
the Jets, the conic retard it leſs; but the beſt way is,
to bore the horizontal plane, which ſhuts the extre-
mity of the pipe, or conduit, with a ſmooth and po-
liſhed hole, taking care that the plate be perfectly
plain, poliſhed, and uniform.
Theſe ſpouts of water are ſome of the greateſt beau-
ties of the Italian gardens, and are certainly better
adapted for gardens in thoſe warm countries, than they
are for our climate, becauſe, in the great heats of ſum-
mer, the fight of theſe water-ſpouts is cooling and
refreſhing to the imagination, and they certainly add
a real coolneſs to the air ; but in cold countries they
cool the air too much, therefore ſhould not be erect-
ed; or if they are, they ſhould be placed at ſuch diſ-
tances from the habitation, as that the damp may no
ways affect it.
There are ſeveral varieties of the common Holly with
variegated leaves, which are propagated by the nur-
ſery gardeners for ſale, and ſome years paſt were in
very great eſteem, but at preſent are but little regard-
ed, the old taſte of filling gardens with horn Ever-
greens being pretty well aboliſhed; however, in the
diſpoſition of the clumps or other plantations of Ever-
green trees and ſhrubs, a few of the moft lively co-
lours may be admitted, which will have a good ef-
fect in the winter ſeaſon, if they are properly diſpoſed.
As the different variegations of the leaves of Hollies,
are by the nurſery gardeners diſtinguiſhed by different
titles, fo I ſhall here mention the moſt beautiful of
them, by the names they are generally known:
Painted Lady Holly, Britiſh Holly, Bradley's beſt
Holly, Phyllis, or Cream Holly, Milkinaid Holly,
Pritcher's beſt Holly, Gold-edged Hedge-hog Holly,
Cheyney's Helly, Glory of the Weit Holly, Broad-
erick's Holly, Partridge's Holly, Herefordſhire white
Holly, Blind's Cream Holly, Longitaff's Holly,
Eales's Holly, Silver-edged Hedge-hog Holly.
All theſe varieties are propagated by budding or
grafting them upon ſtocks of the common green
Holly: there is alſo a variety of the common Holly
with ſmooth leaves, but this is frequently found
intermixed with the prickly-leaved on the ſame tree,
and often on the ſame branch, there are both forts of
leaves.
The common Holly grows naturally in woods and
foreſts in many parts of England, where it riſes from
twenty to thirty feet high, and ſometimes more, but
their ordinary height is not above twenty-five feet.
The ſtem by age becomes large, and is covered with
a grayiſh ſmooth bark; and thoſe trees which are not
lopped or browzed by cattle, are commonly furniſhed
with branches the greateſt part of their length, ſo form
a ſort of cone; the branches are garniſhed with oblong
oval leaves about three inches long, and one and a
half broad, of a lucid green on their upper ſurface,
but are pale on their under, having a ſtrong midrib:
the edges are indented and waved, with ſharp thorns
terminating each of the points, ſo that ſome of the
thorns are raiſed upward and others are bent down-
ward, and being very ſtiff, renders them troubleſome
to handle. The leaves are placed alternate on every
ſide of the branches, and from the baſe of their foot-
ftalks come out the flowers in cluſters, ſtanding on
very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; each of theſe ſuſtain five, fix,
or more flowers. In ſome plants I have obſerved the
flowers were wholly male, and produced no berries;
in others I have obſerved female and hermaphrodite
flowers, but upon ſome large old trees growing on
Windſor foreſt, I have oblerved all three upon the
ſame trees. The powers are of a dirty white, and
appear in May; they are ſucceeded by roundiſh ber-
ries, which turn to a beautiful red about Michael-
mas, but continue on the trees if they are not de-
ſtroyed, till after Chriſtmas before they fall away.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Canada, from
whence it was brought to Europe. The leaves of
this ſort are not ſo long as thoſe of the common Hol-
ly, and their edges are armed with ſtronger thorns
ftanding cloſer together; the upper ſurface of the
leaves is ſet very cloſe with ſhort prickles, from
whence the gardeners have given it the title of
Hedge-hog Holly. This fort is uſually propagated
in the nurſeries, by budding or grafting it upon the
common Holly; but I have raiſed it from the ber-
ries, and found the plants to be the ſame as thoſe
from whence the feeds were taken, fo make no doubt
of its being a diſtinct ſpecies.
There are two varieties of this with variegated leaves,
one of which is yellow, and the other white. There
is alſo a variety of the common Holly with yellow
berries, which is alſo accidental, and is generally
found on thoſe plants which have variegated leaves,
and but ſeldom on plain Hollies.
The common Holly is a very beautiful tree in win-
ter, therefore deſerves a place in all plantations of
Evergreen
Where theſe Jets are contrived, if there is not a con-
ftant ſupply for a large column of water, they ſhould
by no means be made, for nothing can have a meaner
appearance, than thoſe pitiful piſſing ſpouts, ſo fre-
quently to be ſeen in England, which perhaps have
not a ſupply of water to play above an hour or two ;
therefore where there is not a natural body of water,
to ſupply theſe Jets, without the expence of raiſing
it, there ſhould never be any of theſe contrived in
gardens.
ILEX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 158. Aquifolium. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 600. tab. 371. The Holly-tree; in
French, Houx.
The CHARACTERS are,
They have male, female, and hermaphrodite flowers on
different plants. The male flowers have a ſmall perma-
nent empalement of one leaf, which is indented in four parts;
ihey have but one
petal, which is cut into four ſegments al-
moſt to the bottom; they have four awl-ſhaped ſtamina,
which are shorter than the petal, and are terminated by
fmall ſummits. The female flowers have their empalements
and petals the ſame as the male, but have no ſtamina ; in
their center is placed the roundiſh germen, having four eb-
tuſe ſtigmas ſitting on it. The germen afterward becomes
a roundiſh berry with four cells, each containing a ſingle
hard ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Tetra-
gynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
four ftamina and four ſtyles; but according to his own
ſyſtem, it ſhould be placed in the third ſection of his
twenty-ſecond claſs, with thoſe plants which have male
and hermaphrodite flowers on different plants.
The SPECIES are,
1. Ilex (Aquifolium) foliis oblongo-ovatis, undulatis,
fpinis acutis. Holly-tree with oblong leaves which are
waved, and have acute ſpines. Ilex aculeata baccifera,
C.B. P. 425. Prickly berry-bearing Ilex ; and the Aqui-
folium five agrifolium vulgò. J. B. 1. 114. The com-
mon Holly.
2. ILEX (Echinata) foliis ovatis, undulatis, marginibus
aculeatis, paginis fupernè ſpinoſis. Holly with oval
waved leaves, whoſe borders are armed with ſtrong thorns,
and their upper ſurface prickly. Aquifolium echinatâ
folii fuperfice. Cornut. Canad. 180. Holly-tree whoſe
upper ſurface of the leaves are prickly, commonly called
Hedge-bog Holly.
3. Ilex (Caroliniana) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ſerratis.
Hort. Cliff. 40. Holly with oval, Spear-ſhaped, Sawed
leaves. Aquifolium Carolinienſe, foliis dentatis, baccis
rubris. Cateſb. Carol. 1. p. 31. Carolina Holly with
indented leaves and red berries, commonly called Daboon
Holly
و
3
7 E

I LE
ILL
a
Evergreen trees and ſhrubs, where its ſhining leaves tinct plants: he may probably have been led into this
and red berries make a fine variety; and if a few of miſtake, by receiving ſeeds of this fort mixed together
the beſt variegated kinds are properly intermixed, with the berries of Caſſine from America, which I have
they will enliven the fcene. The Holly was alſo for- more than once done; but whoever ſees the two plants
merly planted for hedges, and is a very proper plant growing, cannot doubt of their being different.
for that purpoſe; but then it ſhould not be clipped with This fort is tender while young, fo requires protec-
fhears, becauſe when the leaves are cut through the tion in the winter till the plants are grown ſtrong and
middle, they are rendered unfightly, ſo they ſhould woody, when they may be planted in the full ground
be cut with a knife cloſe to the leaf; and although in a warm ſituation, where they will endure the cold of
in this method they are not fhorn ſo even as with our ordinary winters pretty well; but in ſevere froſt
fhears, yet they will have a much better appearance, they ſhould be protected, otherwiſe the cold will de-
and may be made as cloſe and ſecure as by any other ſtroy them.
method generally practiſed.
This fort is propagated from ſeeds, in like manner as
The Holly is propagated by feeds, which never come the common fort; the feeds of it will lie as long in
up the firſt year, but lie in the ground as the Haws the ground, ſo the berries ſhould be buried in the
do; therefore the berries ſhould be buried in the ground a year, and then taken up and ſown in pots
ground in a large pot or tub one year, and then tak- filled with light earth, and placed under a frame in
en up and fown in the autumn upon a bed expoſed winter ; in the ſpring the pots ſhould be plunged into
only to the morning ſun; the following ſpring the a hot-bed, which will bring up the plants; theſe muſt
plants will appear, which muſt be kept clean from be preſerved in the pots while young, and ſheltered in
weeds; and if the ſpring ſhould prove dry, it will winter under a common frame till they have obtained
be of great ſervice to the plants if they are watered ſtrength, when in the ſpring they may be turned out
once a week; but they muſt not have it oftener, nor of the pots and planted in the full ground, in a warm
in too great quantity, for too much moiſture is
very
ſituation.
injurious to theſe plants when young.
From the bark of the common Holly is made the
In this feed-bed the plants may remain two years, bird-lime, and the wood is made into hones for ſet-
and then ſhould be tranſplanted in the autumn, into ting of razors. The wood is very white, and takes
beds at about fix inches diſtance each way, where they a fine poliſh, fo is very proper for ſeveral kinds of
may ſtand two years longer, during which time they furniture. I have ſeen a floor of a room laid in com-
muſt be conſtantly kept clean from weeds; and if partments with Holly and Mahogany, which had a
the plants have thriven well, they will be ſtrong enough
very pretty effect.
to tranſplant where they are deſigned to remain ; for ILLECEBRUM. Lin. Gen. 291. Corrigiola. Dill.
when they are tranſplanted at that age, there will be Gen. p. 169. Paronychia. Tourn. Inſt. 281.
leſs danger of their failing, and they will grow to a
a
The CHARACTERS are,
larger ſize than thoſe which are removed when they It hath a five-cornered coloured empalement of five leaves,
are much larger; but if the ground is not ready to which is permanent, but has no petals; it bath five flen-
receive them at that time, they ſhould be tranſplanted der ſtamina within the empalement, terminated by ſimple
into a nurſery in rows at two feet diſtance, and one ſummits, and an oval germen with a sport fiyle, crowned
foot aſunder in the rows, in which place the plants by on obtufe ſtigma. The empalement afterward becomes
may remain two years longer; and if they are de- a roundiſh capſule with five engles, having one cell, con-
ſigned to be grafted or budded with any of the va- taining one large ſeed, which is pointed on every fide.
riegated kinds, that ſhould be performed after the This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fection of
plants have grown one year in this nurſery; but the Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
plants fo budded or grafted ſhould continue two years the flowers having five ſtamina and one ftyle.
after in the nurſery, that they may make good ſhoots The SPECIES are,
Soon
before they are removed; though the plain ones I. ILLECEERUM (Suffruticoſum) floribus lateralibus folita-
ſhould not ſtand longer than two years in the nur- ris, caulibus fuffruticofus. Lin. Sp. 298. Illecebrum
fery, becauſe when they are older, they do not tranſ- with an under-ſhrub ſtalk, having ſingle flowers on the
plant ſo well. The beſt time for removing of Hol- fides. Paronychia Hiſpanica fruticofa, myrti folio.
lies is in the autumn, eſpecially in dry land ; but Tourn. Inft. 508.
where the ſoil is cold or moiſt, they may be tranſ- 2. ILLECE BRUM (Paronychia) foribus bracteis nitidis ob-
planted with great ſafety in the ſpring; if the plants valatis, caulibus procumbentibus. Lin. Sp. 299. Il-
are not too old, or if they have not ſtood long unre- lecebrum with neat bractea incloſing the flowers, and
moved, there is great odds of their dying when re- trailing ſtalks. Paronychia Hiſpanica. Cluf. Hift. 2.
moved.
rakstot two
p. 183
The Dahoon Holly grows naturally in Carolina, from 3. ILLECIERUM (Capitotum) floribus bracteis nitidis oc-
whence the ſeeds were ſent by the late Mr. Markcultantibus capitula terminalia, caulibus erectis, foliis
Cateſby, who found the trees growing on a ſwamp at ciliatis. Lin. Sp. 299. Illecebrum with neat bractea
a diſtance from Charles-town, but it hath ſince been terminating the erect ſi alks, and ſilvery leaves. Parony-
diſcovered in ſome other countries in North America. chia Narbonenſis erecta. Tourn. Inft. 508.
This riſes with an upright branching ſtem to the height 4. ILLECEBRUM ( Achyrantha) caulibus repentibus piloſis,
of eighteen or twenty feet; the bark of the old ſtems foliis ovatis mucronatis oppoſito minore, capitulis fub-
is of a brown colour, but that of the branches or .globoſis fubfpinofis. Lin. Sp. 299. Illecebrum with
younger ſtalks is green and ſmooth, garniſhed with creeping ſtalks, ſmall oval-pointed leaves placed oppoſite,
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are more than four inches almoſt globular beads of flowers, baving ſmall spines.
long, and one and a quarter broad in the broadeſt Achyrantha repens, foliis bliti pallidi. Hort. Elth. 8.
part, of a light green and thick conſiſtence; the up- tab. 7.
per part of the leaves are fawed on their edges, each 5. ILLECEBRUM (Polygonoides) caulibus repentibus hirtis,
ferrature ending in a ſmall ſharp ſpine ; they ſtand al- foliis lato-lanceolatis petiolatis, capitulis orbiculatis
ternately on every fide the branches, upon very ſhort nudis. Lin. Sp. 300. Illecebrum with hairy creeping
foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out in thick cluſters ſtalks, broad spear-fbòped leaves on foot-ftalks, and orbi-
from the ſide of the ſtalks ; they are white, and ſhaped cular naked beads of flowers. Amaranthoides humile
like thoſe of the common Holly, but are ſmaller ; the Curaſſavicum, foliis polygoni. Herm. Parad. 17.
female and hermaphrodite flowers are fucceeded by 6. ILLECEBRUM (Vermiculatum) caulibus repentibus gla-
ſmall roundiſh berries in its native country, which bris foliis, fubteretibus carnoſis, capitulis oblongis
make a fine appearance in winter, but they have glabris terminalibus. Lin. Sp. 300. Illecebrum with
not as yet produced fruit in England, ſo far as I Smooth creeping ſtalks, almoſt taper fleby leaves, and ob-
can learn.
long ſmooth heads terminating the branches. Amaran-
Dr. Linnæus fuppoſes this plant and the evergreen thoides humile Curaffavicum, cepeæ foliis lucidis, ca-
Calline to be the ſame, but they are undoubtedly dif- pitulis. Herm. Parad. 15.
The
29
a

I MP
IMP
و
not.
The three firſt forts grow naturally in Spain, Portu- ſummits, which join at the top round the ſiamino, but are
gal, and the ſouth of France; the firſt has ligneous divided at their baſe. In the bottom is ſituated an oval
ſtalks about a foot high, garniſhed with ſmall leaves Sharp-pointed germen, having no Jyle, but a ſingle ſtigma
like thoſe of Knot-graſs; the flowers come out fingly jorter than the ſummits. The germen afterward becomes
on the fide of the Italks, which make little appear- a capſule with one cell, opening with an elasticity in five
ance, fo is ſeldom preſerved in gardens.
valves, which twift Spirally, and contain ſeveral roundifla
The ſecond and third forts have trailing ſtalks near Feeds fixed to a column.
.
two feet long, which ſpread on the ground, gar- This genus of plants is sanged in the fifth ſection of
niſhed with leaves like thoſe of the firſt fort; the Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
heads of flowers come out from the joints of the ſtalk, which have ſingle flowers in the empalement, whoſe
having neat filvery bractea ſurrounding them, which ftamina vary
in number and ſituation.
make a pretty appearance. Their flowers appear in The SPECIES are,
June, and there is generally a ſucceſſion of them for 1. IMPATIENS (Noli tangere) pedunculis multifloris fo-
at leaſt two months; and when the autumn proves litariis, foliis ovatis, geniculis caulinus tumentibus.
warm, they will ripen their feeds the beginning of Flor. Suec. 722. Impatiens with foot-ſtalks ſuſtaining
October
many ſingle flowers, oval leaves, and stalks having
Theſe three forts may be propagated by feeds, which freelling joints. Balſamina lutea, five, Noli me tan-
ſhould be fown on a bed of light earth the beginning gere. C. B. P. 306. Yellow Balfamine, or Touch me
of April, the plants will come up in May, when they
ſhould be kept clean from weeds till the plants are 2. IMPATIENS (Balſamino) pedunculis unifloris aggre-
fit to remove; then the plants ſhould be carefully tak- gatis, foliis lanceolatis, nectaris floribus brevioribus.
en up, planting ſome of each fort in ſmall pots, and Hort. Upfal. 276. Impatiens with foot-fialks Suſtaining
the other into a warm dry border, obſerving to wa- Single flowers, which ariſe in cluſters, Spear-ſhaped leaves,
ter and ſhade them until they have taken new root ; and netariums which are ſhorter than the flower. Bal-
after which, thoſe which are planted in the full ground ſamina fæmina. C.B. P. 306. The female Balfamine.
will require no other culture but to keep them clean 3. IMPATIENS (Triflora) pedunculis trifloris folitariis,
from weeds; for in the ordinary winters of England, foliis angufto-lanceolatis. Flor. Zeyl. 315. Impatiens
they will live in the open air: but as theſe plants are with three flowers on a foot-ſtalk, and narrow Spear-
ſometimes killed in ſevere winters, therefore I adviſe Shaped leaves. Balſamina erecta, fc. foemina, Perficæ
ſome plants to be planted in pots, which may be placed angufto folio Zeylanica. Herm. Par. Bat. 105. Upright,
in a common frame in winter, where they may enjoy or female Balſamine of Ceylon, with e narrow Peech leaf.
the open air in mild weather, but be ſcreened from There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, which
frost.
grow naturally in India, which are plants of little
As the feeds of theſe plants do not conſtantly ripen beauty, fo have not been introduced into the Engliſh
in England, ſo they may be propagated by cuttings, gardens; the forts here mentioned, are all I have
which, if carefully taken off in May or June, and yet feen growing here, except one tall fort from
planted in a ſhady border, will in two months put North America.
out roots; then in moiſt weather they may be tranſ- The firſt fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
planted, and afterward treated as the old plants. Weſtmoreland and Yorkſhire, but is frequently in-
The other three forts are natives of the warm parts of troduced into gardens by way of curioſity. It is an
America ; the fourth fort grows naturally at Beunos annual plant, which riſes about a foot and a half
Ayres; the fifth and fixth, in many of the iſlands in high, with an upright ſucculent ſtalk, whoſe joints are
the Weſt-Indies.
fwollen, garniſhed with oval ſmooth leaves, which
Theſe have creeping ſtalks, which ſend out roots from ftand alternate on every fide the ſtalk. The flowers
the joints, which faſten to the ground in their native come out from the wings of the ſtalks upon long
foil, whereby they ſpread to a great diſtance; and flender foot-ſtalks, which branch into ſeveral other
in this country, when the pots are plunged into a ſmaller, each ſuſtaining one yellow flower, compoſed
tan-bed, they will multiply as faſt, by taking root in of five petals, which in front are ſhaped like the lip
tan, or any of the other pots of plants which are near or grinning flowers, but at their baſe have a necta-
them.
rium with a long tail like the flowers of Indian Creſs;
The flowers of the fourth fort make little appear-theſe are ſucceeded by taper pods, which, when ripe,
ance, therefore the plant is rarely propagated, except burſt open upon being touched, and twiſt ſpirally
in botanic gardens for variety; but thoſe of the fifth like a ſcrew, cafting out the feeds with great elal-
and fixth fort have dry heads of flowers, reſembling ticity. If the feeds of this plant are permitted to
thoſe of the Amaranthoides, under which genus they ſcatter, they generally ſucceed better than when they
were formerly ranged.
are fown; for unleſs they are fown in the autumn foon
Theſe three forts are tender, ſo will not thrive in after they are ripe, they very rarely grow. The plants
the open air in England; therefore their feeds ſhould require no care but to keep them clean from weeds,
be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, at the ſame time as 1 and thin them where they are too cloſe. It lowers in
the Amaranthus, Gomphrena, and other tender plants; June, and the ſeeds ripen about a month or five weeks
and afterward, if they are plunged into the tan-bed after ; this delights in a hady ſituation and a moiſt
in the ſtove, their branches will put out roots, whereby foil
. til
they may be propagated in plenty.
2 The ſecond fort is the female Balſamine, of which
IMPATIENS. Rivin. Ord. 4. Lin. Gen. Plant. there are ſeveral varieties; the common fort has been
899. Balſamina. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 418. tab. 235. long an inhabitant in the Engliſh gardens, of this there
Female Balfamine ; in French, Balfamine.
is the white, the red, and ſtriped flowered, and like-
The CHARACTERS are,
wiſe the ſingle and double flowering, with variegated
The flower has a two-leaved ſmall empalement, which flowers of two colours. Theſe forts are ſo hardy as
is coloured, and placed on the ſide of the petals
. It hath to riſe in the full ground; and where the ſeeds ſcat-
five petals which are unequal, and ſhaped like a lip- ter, the plants will come up the following ſpring;
flower ; the petols are roundiſh, the upper is erect, ſlightly but ſuch felf-fown plants do not come to flower fo
cut at the point into three parts, where it is ſharp-pointed, early as thoſe which are raiſed upon a hot-bed; hown
forming the upper lip; the two lower petals are broad, ever, they generally are ſtronger plants, and continue
obtufe, irregular, and reflexed; theſe conſtitute the lower much longer in the autumn in flower than the others,
;
lip; the intermediate pair are alike, and are placed oppo- ſo are an ornament to the garden, when there is a
ſite, joining at their baſe. It baih a nečiarium in the
greater ſcarcity of flowers.
bottom of the flower, Shaped like a hood or cowl, which This ſort riſes a foot and a half high, dividing into
is oblique to the mouth, riſing on the outſide, whoſe baſe ends many fucculent branches, which are garniſhed with
in a tail or ſpur. It hath five ſhort ſtamina which are long, ſpear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves. The flowers come
narrow toward their baſe, and incurved, terminated by out from the joints of the ſtalks, upon flender foot-
ih bodo
ftalks
a

I MP
I MP
a
5
و
.
و
ſtalks about an inch long, each ſuſtaining a ſingle and but rarely ripen their feeds here, ſo that few per-
flower; but there are two, three, or four of theſe fons care to cultivate this fort, eſpecially if they can
foot-ſtalks ariſing from the ſame joint. The flowers have the other.
are compoſed of five large unequal petals, which are The third fort here mentioned grows naturally in Cey-
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, but are larger, lon, and in many parts of India ; this hath very nar-
and ſpread open much wider, there are white, pur- row ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are fawed on their
ple, and red of this fort, as alſo ſingle and double edges; the foot-ſtalks ſuſtain each three flowers, which
flowers. If the feeds of theſe are ſown on a moderate are ſmaller than thoſe of the common fort, fo are not
hot-bed in the ſpring, the plants will flower in June ; worthy of a place in gardens, except for the ſake of
but thoſe which are fown in the full ground, will variety. This is a tender plant, and requires the ſame
not flower before the middle of July; and theſe will treatment as the Immortal Eagle Flower.
continue flowering till the froſt puts a ſtop to them in IMPERATORI A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 321. Tourn.
the autumn.
Inft. R. H. 316. tab. 168. Mafterwort; in French,
There are two other varieties of this, if not diftinét
Imperatoire.
ſpecies ; one of them grows naturally in the Eaſt, and The CHARACTERS are,
the other in the Weſt-Indies; that which comes from It bath an umbellated flower; the principal umbel is
the Eaſt-Indies, by the title of Immortal Eagle Flower, plain, and compoſed of many ſmaller ; the greater um-
is a moſt beautiful plant; the flowers are double, bel has no involucrum, but the ſmall ones have, which
much larger than thoſe of the common fort ; they are compoſed of many narrow leaves, almost as long as
are ſcarlet and white variegated, and purple and the umbel; the principal umbel is uniform; the flowers
white in others; and the plants producing many have five heart-ſhaped petals, which are equal and in-
flowers, render them very valuable; and if the ſeeds flexed. They have five hairy ſtamina, terminated by
of theſe are carefully ſaved, the kinds may always roundiſh ſumimits. The germen is ſituated under the pe-
be preſerved ; but I have raiſed ſome plants from tals, ſupporting two reflexed ſiyles, crowned by obtuſe liig-
foreign feeds, whoſe flowers were ſo very double mas. The germen ofterward becomes a roundiħ com-
as to loſe their male parts, ſo did not produce any preſſed fruit divided in two parts, containing two oval-
ſeeds.
bordered ſeeds.
The ſeeds of theſe plants ſhould be ſown on a mode- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
rate hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants are Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Digynia,
come up about an inch high, they ſhould be tranſ- which contains the plants whoſe flowers have five fta-
planted on another moderate hot-bed at about four
mina and two ftyles.
inches diſtance each way, obſerving to ſhade them We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
from the ſun till they have taken new root; after which IMPERATORIA (Oſtruthium.) Hort. Cliff. 103. Moſter-
they ſhould have a large ſhare of free air admitted wort. Imperatoria major. C. B. P. 156. Greater
.
to them, at all times when the weather is favourable, Mafterwort ; and the Astrantia of Dodonæus. Pempt.
to prevent their drawing up tall and weak: they 320. Mafterwort, or falſe Pellitory of Spain.
will require to be often refreſhed with water, but it This plant grows naturally on the Aultrian and Sty-
ſhould not be given to them in too great plenty; rian Alps, and upon other mountainous places in Italy;
for as their ſtems are very ſucculent, ſo they are apt the root is as thick as a man's thumb, running ob-
to rot with much moiſture. When the plants are liquely in the ground; it is fleſhy, aromatic, and has
grown ſo large as to touch each other, they ſhould be
fo
a ſtrong acrid taſte, biting the tongue and mouth
carefully taken up with balls of earth to their roots, like Pellitory of Spain; the leaves ariſe immediately
and each planted into a ſeparate pot filled with light from the root ; they have foot-ſtalks ſeven or eight
rich earth, and plunged into a very moderate hod-bed inches long, dividing into three very ſhort ones at the
under a deep frame, to admit the plants to grow, top, each ſuſtaining a trilobate leaf, indented on the
ſhading them from the ſun until they have taken freſh border; the foot-ſtalks are deeply channelled, and
root; then they ſhould have a large ſhare of air ad- when broken emit a rank odour. The flower-ſtalks
mitted to them every day, and by degrees hardened, riſe about two feet high, and divide into two or three
ſo as to bear the open air, into which part of the plants branches, each being terminated by a pretty large um-
may be removed in July, placing them in a warm bel of white flowers, whoſe petals are ſplit; theſe are
ſheltered ſituation; where, if the ſeaſon proves favour- fucceeded by oval compreffed feeds, ſomewhat like
able, they will flower and make a fine appearance ; thoſe of Dill, but larger. It flowers in June, and the
but it will be proper to keep part of the plants feeds ripen in Auguſt
.
either in a glaſs-caſe or a deep frame, in order to This plant is cultivated iu gardens to ſupply the
get good ſeeds, becauſe thoſe in the open air will markets. It may be propagated either by feeds, or
not ripen their feeds unleſs the ſummer proves very by parting the roots : if you would propagate it by
and the plants in ſhelter muſt have a good ſeeds, they ſhould be ſown in autumn foon after
ſhare of free air every day, otherwiſe they will grow they are ripe, on a bed or border, in a ſhady ſitua-
pale and fickly; nor ſhould they have too much of the tion; obſerving not to fow the feeds too thick,
fun in the middle of the day, in very hot weather, nor ſhould they be covered too deep. In the ſpring
for that occaſions their leaves hanging and their re- the plants will appear, when they ſhould be carefully
quiring water, which is often very hurtful; therefore weeded; and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry, they
if the glaſſes are ſhaded in the middle of the day for ſhould be now and then refreſhed with water, which
three or four hours, the plants will thrive better, and will greatly promote their growth. Toward the be-
continue longer in beauty than when they are expoſed ginning of May, if you find the plants come up too
to the great heat. Thoſe who are curious to preſerve cloſe together, you ſhould prepare a moiſt ſhady bor-
theſe plants in perfection, pull off all the ſingle and der (and thin the plants carefully, leaving them about
plain coloured Howers from the plants which they pre- fix inches afunder ;) and plant thoſe which you draw
ſerve for ſeeds, leaving only thoſe flowers which are up into the border about the ſame diſtance apart every
double and of good colours ; where this is carefully way, being careful to water them duly, if the ſeaſon
done, they may be continued without the leaſt dege- ſhould prove dry, until they have taken root; after
neracy conſtantly.
which time, theſe plants (as alſo thoſe remaining in
The fort which grows in the Weſt-Indies, is there the feed-beds) will require no other culture but to
called Cockſpur. This hath ſingle flowers as large as keep them clear from weeds; which may be eaſily ef-
the laſt-mentioned fort, but I never ſaw any of them fected, by hoeing the ground between the plants now
more than half double, and only with white and red and then in dry weather, which will deftroy the weeds;
ſtripes : the plants are very apt to grow to a very large and by thus ſtirring the ground, will be of great ſervice to
fize before they produce any flowers, ſo that it is late the plants. The following autumn theſe plants ſhould
in the autumn before they begin to flower; and ſome- be tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain,
times in bad ſeaſons they will ſcarce have any flowers, which ſhould be in a rich moiſt foil and a ſhady fitu-
4
ation;
warm ;
a

I N D
I N D
tation; where they will thrive much better than if too having a roundiſh Spreading ſtandard, which is indented
much expoſed to the ſun, or in a dry foil, for they at the point and rejlexed : the wings are oblong, obtuſe,
delight in ſhade and moiſture ; ſo that where theſe are and their under borders Spreading ; the keel is obtufe,
wanting the plants will require a conſtant ſupply of Spreading, and acute-pointed. It hath ten ſtamina digeſted
water in dry weather, otherwiſe they will thrive but in a cylinder whoſe points aſcend, terminated by roundiſh
flowly. The diſtance which theſe plants ſhould be Summits, and a cylindrical germen, Supporting a ſhort ſtyle,
placed, muſt not be leſs than two feet every way, for
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward ben
where they like their ſituation, they will ſpread and in- comes a long taper pod, incloſing kidney-Shaped ſeeds.
creaſe much. When theſe plants are rooted, they will This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection o.
require no other culture but to keep them clear from Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
weeds; and in the ſpring, before they ſhoot, the candria, from the flowers having ten ſtamina formed
ground ſhould be every year gently dug between the in two bodies.
plants; in doing of which, great care ſhould be had The SPECIES are,
not to cut or bruiſe their roots. Theſe plants, with I. INDIGOFERA (Tinetoria) leguminibus arcuatis incanis,
this management, will continue ſeveral years, and racemis folio brevioribus. Flor. Zeyl. 273. Indigo with
will produce feeds in plenty.
boary arched pods, and the bunches of flowers ſhorter than
If you would propagate theſe plants by offsets, their the leaves.
Anil five Indigo Americana, filiquis in
roots ſhould be parted at Michaelmas, and planted in falculæ modum contortis. Acad. R. Scien. 1718.
frady ſituation, at the ſame diſtance as has been di- Guctimala Indigo.
reeted for the ſeedling plants, obſerving to water them 2. INDIGOFERA (Suffruticoſa) leguminibus arcuatis in-
until they have taken root, after which time they canis, caule fruticoſa. Indigo with a ſhrubby ſtalk, and
muſt be managed as the ſeedlings.
2 boary arched pods. Colutea affinis fruticoſa argentea,
The roots of this plant are uſed in medicine, and are floribus fpicatis è viride purpureis, filiquis falcatis.
greatly reccommended for their virtue in contagious Sloan. Cat. Jam. 142.
diſtempers, or the bites of venomous creatures,
they 3. INDIGOFERA (Caroliniana) leguminibus teretibus, fo-
are alexipharmic and ſudorific; by fome they are re- liolis quinis fpicis longiffimis fparfis, radice perenne.
commended for cholics and aſthmas, for the
cramp, Indigo with taper pods, leaves with five lobes, long looſe
and all cold diſeaſes of the nerves.
Spikes of flowers, and a perennial root.
INARCHING is a method of grafting, which is 4. INDIGOFERA (Indice) leguminibus pendulis lanatis
commonly called grafting by approach. This method compreſiis, foliis pinnatis. Indigo with woolly, com-
of grafting is uſed when the ſtock you intend to graft preſſed, banging pods, and winged leaves.
on, and the tree from which you would take the graft 5. INDIGOFERA (Glebra) leguminibus glabris teretibus,
ſtand ſo near (or can be brought ſo near) that they foliolis trifoliatis. Indigo with ſmooth taper pods, and tri-
may be joined together. The method of performing foliate leaves.
it is as follows: take the branch you would Inarch, The firſt and fifth forts are annual plants with us; the
and having fitted it to that part of the ſtock where ſeeds of theſe muſt be fown on a hot-bed early in the
you intend to join it, pare away the rind and wood on ſpring of the year, and when the plants are come up
one fide about three inches in length. After the ſame two inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted into
manner cut the ſtock or branch in the place where the ſmall pots filled with good freſh earth, and the pots
graft is to be united, ſo that the rind of both may joinplunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark; when the
equally together, at leaſt on one ſide, that the fapplants have obtained ſome ſtrength, they muſt have
may meet; then cut a little tongue upwards in the a great ſhare of free air, by raiſing the glaſſes in the
graft, and make a notch or ſlit in the ſtock down- day time; and in June they may be expoſed more to
ward to admit it; ſo that when they are joined, the the open air, by which time they will begin to pro-
tongues will prevent their flipping, and the graft will duce their flowers, which will be ſucceeded by pods
more cloſely unite with the ſtock. Having thus placed in a ſhort time after, and in Auguſt their feeds will
them exactly together, you muſt tie them with ſome be perfected, if the plants are brought forward in the
baſs, or other ſoft bandage, then cover the place with
ſpring our
grafting clay, to prevent the air from entering to dry. The ſecond fort grows to the height of five or fix feet,
the wound, or the wet from getting in to rot the and will abide two or three years, if it is preſerved in
ſtock: you ſhould alſo fix a ſtake into the ground to a very warm ftove in winter, this produces ſpikes of
which that part of the ſtock, as alſo the graft ſhould flowers from the wings of the leaves on the ſides of
be faſtened, to prevent the wind from breaking them the ſtems of the plant, and ſometimes will perfect its
afunder, which is often the caſe when this precaution feeds in England. This muſt be raiſed in a hot-bed, ,
is not obſerved. Do
as was directed for the two former, but muſt not
In this manner they are to remain about four months, be wholly expoſed to the open air, even in the hotteſt
in which time they will be ſufficiently united, and the
ar
graft may then be cut from the mother tree, ob- The fourth fort is ſuppoſed to be promiſcuouſly uſed
ſerving to flope it off cloſe to the ſtock; and if at this
to make the Indigo, but the firſt is the common fort
time you cover the joined parts with freſh grafting which is cultivated in the Engliſh plantations in
clay, it will be of great ſervice to the graft.
America, but I have been aſſured by a perſon of great
This operation is always performed in April or May, credit, that he has made as good Indigo from the
that the graft may unite with the ſtock before the ſecond fort, as any that was produced in our plan-
fucceeding winter, and is commonly practiſed upon tations; and this being a much larger plant, will af-
,
Oranges, Myrtles, Jaſmines, Walnuts, Firs, Pines, and ford a greater quantity from the ſame compaſs of
feveral other trees, which will not fucceed ſo well by ground, than any one of the other ſpecies, eſpecially
common grafting or budding. But although I have if cut before the ſtalks grow ligneous; and this fort
mentioned Orange-trees among the reſt, yet I would will grow on poorer land, ſo may be cultivated in
by no means adviſe this practice where the trees are ſuch places where the firſt fort will not thrive ſo well,
deſigned to grow large, which, in this method, they by which means great improvements may be made
rarely ever will do, and it is chiefly practiſed upon with this plant in our American plantations. There are
thoſe trees only as a curioſity, to have a young plant ſome other forts of this plant which are natives of
with fruit upon it, in a year or two from ſeed, by India, from which this commodity is made; two of
Inarching a bearing branch into a young ſtock, which, viz. the fourth and fifth forts I have had
whereby it is effected, yet theſe plants are feldom growing in the garden at Chelſea, both which are very
long lived.
different in their leaves and pods from either of the
INDIGOFERA. Lin. Gen. 889. Indigo.
American forts which have been cultivated. I have
The CHARACTERS are,
alſo received feeds from India of the third fort, which
The empalement is of one leaf, Spreading almoſt flat, and is the ſame ſpecies of Indigo which grows naturally
cut into five ſegments; the flower is of the butterfly kind, in South Carolina, and which was greatly eſteemed
fome
a
27
a
w weather.
7 F

IND
I N D
fome years ago by the Indigo planters of that country, bia great many people call it barely Guatimalo. It is
for the beauty of the commodity which it produced ; made alſo in the Eaft-Indies, particularly in the do-
but the plants being ſlender and thinly garniſhed with minions of the Great Mogul, the kingdom of Gol-
leaves, which were ſmall, they did not furnith a conda, and other places thereabouts, as Mr. Tavernier
quantity of Indigo in proportion to their bulk, fo of relates in his voyages. This fort is in Europe oftener
late this fort has not been much cultivated there ; called India than Indigo or Anil, people taking for
though the account which I received with the feeds its proper name the name of the place it was made at.
was, that it was what the beſt Indigo of India was Some authors, and among others, Father du Tertre
made from.
a iwollors or of our order, having fancied that the Indigo which
The whole proceſs in making the Indigo being ex- comes from the Eaſt-Indies is more beautiful, finer,
actly deſcribed by Pere Labat in his voyages, I thought and dearer, than that which comes from the Weſt-
it would not be unacceptable to the Engliſh reader, Indies, which they call fat Indigo, while they call
to tranſlate his account in this place, which is as that from the Eaſt barely India. They would have
follows:
od 1910 5701 ſpoken more properly, if they had called the latter
There was formerly a great deal of Indigo made in round India; for, by their leave, all the difference
the pariſh of Macauba: there is not a ſtream nor between the two Indias, or Indiges, is, that that made
river in it, where one does not meet with Indigo in the Eaſt-Indies is ſhaped like half eggs, and that
works, that is, backs or vats of ſtone-work well ce- of the Weſt like cakes; for as for goodneſs and
mented, in which the plant that yields the dye is put beauty, the one will not be a whit fuperior to the
to digeft: there are uſually three of theſe vats one other, if both are wrought with equal care and fi-
above another, in the manner of a caſcade; ſo that delity. to DO
the ſecond, which is lower than the bottom of the The ſhape of the Oriental Indigo obliges the mer-
firft, may receive the liquor contained in the firſt, chants who would carry it into Europe to pound it,
when the holes which are made in the bottom of the that they may put the more into the cheſts, or barrels
firft are unſtopped; and that the third may in its they put it up in. It is certain, that being thus
turn receive what was in the ſecond globa
.
pounded, its grain having been broken under the
The firſt, largeſt, and higheſt of theſe vats is called peſtle, ground, and reduced to powder, makes it
the ſteeper or rot; it is uſually made twenty feet long, finer than the Weſt-Indian Indigo, which coming in
twelve or fifteen feet wide, and three or four feet
cakes juſt as it was dried, ſhews its grain entire, and
deep. The ſecond is called the battery, it is almoſt conſequently muſt appear coarſer; but what is that
half as ſmall again as the firſt: and the third, which to the intrinſic goodneſs of the commodity; I main-
is much leſs than the ſecond, is called the devilling. tain it is the fame in both, though there ſeems to be
The names of the two firſt perfectly agree with their a difference.
uſes, for the plant is laid to ſteep in the firſt, where To be convinced of this truth, take a lump of fu-
it ferments, is macerated, and becomes like rotten gar equally white throughout, break it in two, pound
dung: after that the falts and ſubſtance of the leaf
one part of it, and reduce it to powder; this will
and rind are diffuſed in the water by the fermentation, look finer and whiter than that which is whole, which
which the heat and ripeneſs of the plant has excited proceeds only from this, that the grain of the one has
in it. It is in the ſecond that they agitate and beat been feparated and divided into a greater number of
this water, impregnated and loaded with the falts of parts, which, though very ſmall, and almoſt inſen-
the plant, till having collected, re-united, and, as it fible, yet have a greater number of ſurfaces, and con-
were, coagulated them with one another, they form ſequently reflect more light; whereas the other re-
the particles which compoſe the dye. oid or more maining entire, preſenting to the fight only a large
As for the name of the third, I do not fee how it grain, which has but little furface, of courſe reflects
agrees with it, unleſs it be becauſe this vat is deeper leſs light, and by a neceſſary confequence muft ap-
coloured than the others; for the Indigo already
с
pear leſs white; which is the ſame as appearing leſs
formed remaining in it, conſequently dyes and co- beautiful, ſince the beauty of ſugar conſiſts in its
lours it much deeper than the others.n blow to whiteneſs. Methinks we may reaſon in the ſame
To which I Thould add, that it is only at St. Domingo manner upon Indigo, and ſay, that cæteris paribus,
that they make uſe of this name, In the Windward the Weſt-Indian Indigo is as beautiful as the Eaſt-
Illands they call this laſt vat the ſettler, and this name Indian, when they are both wrought alike.
fuits it perfectly well
, becauſe it is in this, that the I think I ſhould add, that the American Indigo is
Indigo begun in the ſteeper, and perfected in the better for uſe than the other; for who does not fee,
,
battery unites, grows into a maſs, ſeparates itſelf from that there is no pounding this dye, without the moſt
,
the particles of water which remained in it, leaves ſubtle parts being diffipated in the air, as Mr. Ta-
them at top, and ſettles at the bottom of the vat; vernier allows? And who can doubt that thefe
parts
whence it is taken out to be put into little bags, and are the beſt, and thoſe that go fartheft when it is
then into the boxes, as I ſhall mention hereafter. uſed?
Nothing ought to be omitted in the building and I grant that the Indigo which comes from the Eaſt-
making theſe vats ſubſtantial; the ſtrength of the fer- Indies, is dearer than that which is made in the Weſt-
mentation is fo great, that unleſs the ſtone-work and Indies; the reaſon is plain, it comes farther, runs
plaſter be very well done, and the mortar carefully greater riſks; and thoſe who bring it would not find
choſen and wrought, they crack; and a very mo- their account in ſelling it, at the ſame price with that
derate crack is ſufficient to let out a vat of Indigo, which comes from a much nearer place; but that
and cauſe a conſiderable loſs to the owner. bola does not at all prove it to be more beautiful, or
When this misfortune happens, the following is an el better.
eaſy and infallible remedy, which I can anſwer for, Indigo is compoſed of the ſalt and ſubftance of the
as having experienced it. Take ſome ſea ſhells of leaves and rind of a plant of the fame name; ſo that
any kind whatever, pound them without burning one may fay, it is a diffolution or digeſtion of the
them, powder them, and fift them through a fine plant, cauſed by the fermentation it has excited in
fieve. Take an equal quantity of quick lime and the water it was laid to ſteep in. I know ſome writers
fift it; mix theſe together with water enough to make pretend, that the ſubſtance of the leaves does not pro-
a ftiff mortar, and as quick as you can, ſtop the duce the Indigo, which (as they would have it) is
cracks of your vats with it. This mixture incorpo- only a viſcous tincture, or colour, which the fermen-
rates, ſticks, and dries in a moment, and immediately tation of the plant diffuſes in the water: but before I
prevents the matter's running out of the vat.
take their words for it, I deſire they would tell me
Every body does, or ſhould know, that Indigo is a what becomes of the ſubſtance of the plant; for
dye uſed to dye wool, ſilk, cloths, and ſtuffs, blue: when it is taken out of the ſteeper, it is certain, that
the Spaniards call it Anilo: the fineſt they make, i. e. it has no longer the fame weight, conſiſtence, nor
in New Spain, comes from Guatimala, which makes colour, it had before. The leaves, which were very
plump,
ز
a

IND
IN D
a
a
plump, and very full of juice, are light, flabby, and
withered, and look more like dung than any thing
elſe, which makes them frequently give the name of
rot to the ſteeper. If then we no longer find in the
leaves, and the reſt of the plant, the ſame ſubſtance
that was obſervable in it before it was laid to ſteep,
is it not moſt natural to believe, that it is the ſame
ſubſtance and ſalts, which, being freed from their in-
cloſures, and diffuſed in the water, have thickened it,
and by their union or coagulation have formed that
blue maſs which they call Indigo, ſo uſeful in painting
and dyeing ?
Lo vendido
The culture.] This plant requires a good rich level
foil, not too dry; it greatly robs and impoveriſhes
the ground where it grows, and muſt be alone. There
cannot be too much care taken to keep it clean, and
to hinder herbs of any kind whatever from growing
near it. They weed and cleanſe the ground where
they intend to plant the Indigo feed, five times over.
I ſhould think they ſhould call it ſowing, but the
term of planting is conſecrated in our iſles, and I do
not think I ought for the ſake of a word to fall out
with our planters, who deferve our eſteem upon a
thouſand accounts, though they have got a habit of
,
murdering the French language. They ſometimes
carry their neatneſs to ſuch a pitch, that they ſweep
the piece of ground as they do a room. After that
they make the holes wherein the ſeeds are to be put
for this purpoſe; the Naves, or others, who are to
work at it, range themſelves in the ſame line, at the
top of the piece of ground; and going backwards
they make little drills the breadth of their hoe, of the
depth of two or three inches, at about a foot diſtance
every way, and as much as poſſible in a ſtrait line.
When they are come to the end of the ground, each
furniſhes himſelf with a little bag of feeds, and re-
turning that way they came, they put eleven or
thirteen ſeeds into each of the holes they have made.
A relick of ſuperſtition has taught them that the
number muſt be odd. I by no means approve of this
practice, but I ſhall take care not to endeavour to
Thew them the uſeleſſneſs and folly of it, being fa-
tisfied I ſhall only loſe my time and labour.
This work is the moſt toilfome of any in the manu-
facture of Indigo; for thoſe who plant it muſt be al-
ways ſtooping, without riſing up, till the planting of
the whole length of the piece is ended; ſo that when
that is large, which almoſt always happens, they are
obliged to remain two hours, and often more, in this
pofture.
When they come to the top of the piece, they go
back again, and cover the holes where they have put
the feed in, by thruſting in with their feet the earth
they had taken out of them, and ſo the feed is covered
with about two inches of earth.
The culture of this plant may be rendered very eaſy,
provided the inhabitants of our colonies in America
could be brought to make uſe of the drill plough;
for with this inftrument two perſons and a horſe or
mule will fow more land with Indigo in one day, than
twenty perſons can perform in the ſame time, in the
method now practiſed; for the plough makes the
drill, and the hopper which is fixed to the plough
follows, and ſcatters the feeds at equal diſtances in
the driils; and another inſtrument behind the hopper
covers in the drills, whereby the whole operation is
periormed at the ſame time, and with great eaſe. In-
deed the uſe of this machine muſt be underſtood by
the perſons who are to perform it, otherwiſe they will
do it in a bad manner, but a little practice will bring
any perſon to the right uſe of it.
As the Indigo is fown in rows, a hoeing plough may
be made of a proper dimenſion, in order to clean the
ground between the rows; with this contrivance it
may be performed in much leſs time than in the me-
thod now practiſed. But in doing of this, I would
adviſe the ſtirring of the ground, foon after the Indigo
plants are come up, before the weeds have got much
ſtrength, at which time they are foon deſtroyed; and
by ſtirring of the ground the plants will be greatly
encouraged; and the ſtrongeſt and moſt thriving
plants will always make the beft Indigo.
What Le Bat ſays of cutting the plants before they
are too old, in order to have the Indigo of a better
colour, is certainly right. Therefore as ſoon as the
flowers begin to appear, it ſhould be cut; for if it
ftands much longer the ſtems of the plants will grow
hard and ſtringy, and the lower leaves will change
to a yellowiſh colour, which will render the Indigo
leſs valuable; as will alſo the plants being too cloſe
together, which will occaſion their bottom leaves to
decay for want of free air: the ſame will happen if
weeds are ſuffered to grow among the plants. There-
fore there muſt be great regard to their being kept
always clean. to its not a
Though all ſeaſons are good for the planting of In-
digo, yet care muſt be taken not to put it in the
ground in a dry time: it is true, the feed may keep
a whole month in the ground, without being ſpoiled ;
but when it is planted fo, one runs the riſk of having
it eaten up by vermin, or carried away by the wind,
or choked by the weeds that ſpring up with it, ſo that
the prudent planters never run the riſk of planting it
dry, i. e. at a time when they do not probably expect
rain in two or three days after the planting is ended:
they chuſe therefore, uſually, a moiſt ſeaſon, which
promiſes rain, and then they are fure of ſeeing the
plant ſpring up in three or four days after its being
planted.
Notwithſtanding all the care that has been taken in
clearing the ground where the feeds have been
planted, the planter muſt not be careleſs when the
İndigo is got above ground; becauſe the goodneſs of
the ſoil, joined to the moiſture and warmth of the
climate, and the plentiful dews that fall every night,
makes a prodigious quantity of weeds ſpring up,
which would choke and abſolutely ſpoil the Indigo,
if extreme care was not taken to weed them up as ſoon
as they appear, and to keep the plant extraordinary
neat ; and very often the weeds are partly the cauſe
of the breeding of a kind of caterpillars, which de-
your all the leaves in a ſhort time.
From the time of the plants riſing above ground, to
its perfect maturity, is but two months, and then it
is fit to cut: if one was to ſtay longer it would bloſſom,
its leaves would grow drier and harder, and confe-
quently they would yield leſs fubftance, and the co-
lour would not be near ſo beautiful.
After this firſt cutting, the new branches and leaves
which the plant produces may be cut about every ſix
weeks, provided the ſeaſon be rainy, and that care
be taken not to cut it in a time of drought, becauſe
then we ſhould infallibly loſe the plant, or, as they
call it there, the Choupues, and be obliged to plant
again ; but all things being rightly managed, the plant
may laſt two years; after which it muſt be plucked
up, and new ones planted.
When the plant is ripe, which is known by the leaves,
which grow brittle and leſs fupple, they cut it ſome
inches from the ground. They uſe for the cutting
of it great crooked knives made like fickles. Some
planters make it into bundles like double bottles of
hay, that a negro may eaſily carry them to the ſteeper;
but moſt people put it into large pieces of coarſe
cloth, which they tie by the four corners; and this is
more convenient, theplantis leſs handled and ſqueezed,
and the ſmall are carried away as ſafely as the great ;
and beſides the work goes on quicker this way, than
in making bottles; and as time is precious every
where, and eſpecially in America, there cannot be too
much care taken not to loſe
any.
Eighteen or twenty packets of plants, each about the
ſize of two bottles of hay, are ſufficient to fill a ſteeper
of the afore-mentioned fize. When it is filled with
water, fo that it covers the plants, they put pieces of
wood on the top, that the plants may not riſe above
the water (much after the manner as they do upon the
Grapes that are put into the preſs) and let all ferment.
According as the heat is greater or leſs, or the plant
more or leſs ripe, the fermentation is raiſed fooner or
later,
3
و

IND
I N D
a
a
a
later, fometimes in fix, eight, or ten hours; and It ſometimes happens that the caterpillars get among
ſometimes one is obliged to wait eighteen or twenty the Indigo; and if they are let alone ever ſo little a
hours, but very ſeldom longer. Then the effect of while they eat all the leaves, and often the very rind
the fermentation viſibly appears, the water heats, and and ends of the branches, and kill the ftocks, it is
boils up on all fides, as the Grapes do in the vat; but loſt time to endeavour to deſtroy them, or hinder
and the water which at firſt was clear, inſenſibly grows them from ravaging a whole piece, by itopping them
thick, and becomes of a blue, inclining to a Violet with a ditch. The fureft way is to cut down the In-
colour. Then without meddling at all with the plants, digo with all ſpeed, let its age be what it will, and to
they open the cocks, which are at the bottom of the throw both plants and caterpillars together into the
ſteeper, and let all this water, loaded with the falts ſteeper; there they burſt, and part with what they
and fubftance of the plant, which were freed by the had devoured, and the Indigo is not the leſs beau-
fermentation, run into the battery; and while they tiful for it. It is true, when the plant is not come to
throw away as uſeleſs, and almoſt rotten, the plants its perfect maturity, it yields much leſs; but many
that were in the ſteeper, and clean it, that it may be experiments have taught us, that the colour it yields
filled with freſh, they beat the water, which they have is much more beautiful; fo that what is loſt one way
let out of the ſteeper into the battery.
is gained another.
They formerly uſed for this purpoſe a battledoor I would not wait for ſo perfect a ripeneſs before I cut
wheel, whoſe axle was placed upon the middle of the the plant. Perhaps all the ſecret of thoſe, whoſe In-
vat, and which they turned by two handles that were digo is ſo much extolled beyond ours, lies only in
at the end of the ſame axle. Since that, in the room cutting the plant when it yields the livelieſt colour. I
of battledoors, they have put little bottomleſs boxes, have experienced that in leaving fome cochineal flies
and afterwards others, whoſe bottoms were bored full upon fome Indian Figs, which were too ripe, inſtead
of holes: at preſent they uſe a kind of pretty large of being red, they grew of a filemot colour, like the
pails, faſtened to ſtrong poles, placed upon chande- fruit they fed upon. The ſame thing might happen
liers, by means of which, the negroes violently and in Indigo; and what I here propoſe is not a ground-
continually raiſe, beat, and ſtir the water, till the leſs doubt, ſince it is backed by the experiment I have
falts and other parts of the ſubſtance of the plant are juſt related; which plainly proves, that the ſame
united, and ſufficiently, as it were, coagulated to in- plant, cut at different ages, produces colours different
corporate.
in beauty. I would not venture to give this advice
The hitting this minute exactly ſhews the ſkill of him to men wedded to their intereſt, who value the quan-
who overſees the making of the Indigo; for if he tity rather than the quality of their commodity; but
makes them leave off beating a little too ſoon, the I believe I have nothing to fear from cur iſlanders,
grain not yet formed, remains diſperſed in the water, who are generous and magnificent, ſometimes even
without finking and gathering together at the bottom beyond their abilities: I adviſe them therefore to make
of the vat, and is loft with the water, when they different trials, as to the ſoil, the ſeaſon, the ago
of
are obliged to let it out, which is a great loſs to the the plant, the water they ſteep it in, the point of diſ-
owner; or if when it is formed they continue to beat, ſolution, &c. and I am ſure, that with a little time,
they diffolve it, and the fame inconvenience follows. labour, and patience, they will make Indigo that will
This minute then muſt be nicked, and when it is equal, and even excel, the moſt boaſted Indigo of
found, they muſt leave off beating and let the matter foreign countries. The planters of St. Domingo know
reft.
that in 1701 their coarſe fugar was very bad, and was
To find this minute, they make uſe of a little filver not made without infinite trouble; and at preſent
cup, deſigned for this ufe alone; they fill it with this every body allows, that by their labour, alſiduity, and
water, while the negroes beat it, and according as enquiries, it is grown much more eſteemed than that
they obſerve that the fæces ſink to the bottom of the of the Windward Ilands: why may not the ſame be
cup, or remain diſperſed in the water, they ceaſe, or hoped for in Indigo?
continue beating
Mr. Pomet, author of the General Hiſtory of Drugs,
The General Dictionary printed at Trevoux, relates ſays in his firſt part, chap. 10. That the Indians of
very ſeriouſly, upon the credit of father Plumier a
the village of Sarqueſſe, near Amadabat, uſe only the
minim, that the Indigo-maker having taking up ſome leaves of the Indigo, and throw away the plant and
of the water of this battery in his cup, ſpits in it; and branches; and that it is from thence the moſt eſteemed
that if the Indigo be formed, the fæces immediately Indigo comes.
fink to the bottom of the cup, and that then he makes I am pretty much of his opinion; for we ſee, that
them leave off beating, if not, he makes them con- thoſe who take the pains to ſtrip off the Grapes from
tinue it. This is not the only incident in which people the branches, before they put them into the vat, and
have impoſed upon father Plumier's credulity and throw away the ſtalks entirely, make much the beſt
fimplicity. I have been a witneſs of it upon other wine; becauſe the ſtalks always contain an acid, which
occaſions.
mixes with the juice of the Grape in the treading and
When they have left off beating they let the matter preſſing them both together; and for the ſame reaſon,
reſt, the fæces ſink to the bottom of the vat, and the ſtalks of the Indigo plant muſt contain a liquid
gather together like a kind of mud; and the water much leſs perfect in colour than that of the leaves :
freed from all the ſalts it was impregnated with, but one ought to have the leiſure and patience of the
ſwims above it, and grows clear. Then they open Indians to undertake ſuch a work, and have work-
the cocks, which are placed in the battery at different inen as cheap as they are in that country, fuppofing
diſtances from the bottom, and let this water run the fact true, as Mr. Pomet delivers it from the re-
away; and when they come to the ſurface of the fæ- lation of Mr. Tavernier.
ces, they open the cocks of the bottom, that the
Though I am a great friend to thoſe experiments
fæces may all fall into the devilling or ſettler. There which may carry our manufactures to a greater per-
they let it fettle a little while longer, after which they fection, yet I dare not propoſe this, becauſe of the
put it into linen bags, fifteen or eighteen inches long, expence they muſt be at, who would try it; and be-
made with a point, where it perfectly purges itſelf cauſe the profit ariſing from it would not perhaps quit
from the reſt of the water, which remained among coft: however, I have here given the method of the
its particles. When that is done, they ſpread it in Indians of Sarqueffe, that I may have no reaſon to re-
little boxes three or four feet long, two feet broad, proach myſelf with having omitted a thing which
and about three inches deep, and expoſe it to the air may be of ſome uſe to my country.
to dry it perfectly. They obſerve not to expoſe it to Good Indigo ought to be fo light, as to ſwim upon
the ſun, becauſe it would ſtarve the colour in drying
the more it ſinks the more it is to be ſuſpected
it; and they take a great deal of care to keep it from of being mixed with earth, alhes, or powdered late.
the rain, becauſe that would diffolve and utterly Its colour ought to be a deep blue, inclining to a
ſpoil it.
Violet, brilliant, lively, and bright: it ought to be
a
water;
more

IN D
I NO
3
ter is
3
away than uſed.
و
more beautiful within than without, and look ſhining, grow, were the plants allowed a greater ſhare of room,
and as it were filvered.
ſo that the ſtalks conſiſt of little elſe but ftrong vef-
If it is too heavy in proportion to its bulk, it ought ſels which are not diſſolvable by the fermentation, and
to be ſuſpected, and its quality examined into ; for as it is only the upper parts of the plant which are fur-
it often bears a conſiderable price, it is fit that thoſe niſhed with leaves, like young trees growing cloſe to-
who buy it, ſhould be acquainted with the frauds that gether which are drawn up with ſlender ſtems, having
may be committed in it.
no lateral branches, nor leaves, but at their tops;
The firſt is the beating the plant too much in the therefore it is not to be ſuppoſed, a great quantity of In-
ſteeper, that the leaves and rind of it may be entirely digo can be produced from plants ſo managed; for it
fo
conſumed. It is certain that the quantity of the mat- is a common obſervation of the cultivators of Woad,
very conſiderably increaſed by this diffolution, that when their plants ſpire, and have narrow thin
but the Indigo is a great deal the leſs beautiful for it; leaves, they produce but little of the dye; ſo that
it is blackiſh, thick, heavy, and fitter to be thrown they make choice of rich ſtrong land for ſowing the
ſeeds of this plant, and are careful to thin them,
The ſecond is the mixing aihes, earth, or a certain that they may have room to ſpread, and produce large
brown ſhining ſand (which
is pretty commonly found fucculent leaves, from which they always reap the
in the bays by the ſea-ſide) and eſpecially powdered greateſt profit. If the planters of Indigo in America
fate, with the fæces, as they fall into the devilling, would but imitate the cultivators of Woad in this par-
and ſtirring all well together, that it may incorporate,
ticular, they would certainly find their advantage in
and the fraud not appear: and this fraud is much more
ſo doing
eaſily committed in the powdered Indigo, than in that Another thing in which they err is, letting the plant
which is in cakes; becauſe it is very difficult for thoſe ſtand too long before they cut it, fuppofing from the
heterogeneous bodies to unite ſo well together, as not height of the plant to procure a great quantity of the
to make in many places, as it were, beds of a different dye ; but in this they are greatly miſtaken, for the
matter; and then, by breaking the piece of Indigo, older the plant is before it is cut, the drier and firmer
they are eaſily perceived.
will be the ſtalks; therefore but little of the plant
The two following expedients may be made uſe will be diffolved by fermentation, nor will the fæces
of, in order to know the goodneſs or badneſs of of the old plants be near fo beautiful as that of the
Indigo.
young. Therefore it is to be wiſhed, that they would
The firſt is to diffolve a bit of it in a glaſs of water. try ſome few experiments in the culture and manage
If it is pure and well made, it it will entirely diffolve; ment of the plants, by lowing thin, and keeping the
but if it is adulterated, the foreign matter will ſink to plants perfectly clean from weeds; as alſo to cut them
the bottom of the glaſs.
while young and full of juice, and hereby they will be
The ſecond is to burn it. The good Indigo will burn
better informed how to improve it to the greateſt ad-
all away, whereas the aſhes, earth, ſand, and ſlate, vantage. But as labour is dear in that country, ſo
remain after the true Indigo is conſumed.
many perſons probably object to the expence of culti-
In 1694, Indigo was ſold at the Windward Inands, vating the Indigo in this method; therefore, to avoid
from three livres ten fols, to four livres per pound, this, I have before propoſed fowing the feeds with a
according to its beauty, and the number of vefſels to drill plough, whereby the firſt expence will be greatly
be freighted with it. I have known it ſince at a much lefſened, and the ſeeds more equally fown; and by the
lower price; however, the planter would not fail of uſe of the hoe plough, ten acres may be kept clean
making a very conſiderable profit of it, though he
from weeds with as ſmall expence, as one when ma-
ſhould ſell it for no more than forty ſols per pound, naged by the hand hoe; and by ſtirring of the ground
becauſe this commodity requires fewer utenſils and leſs often, and earthing up the plants, they would grow
charges than a ſugar-work.
much ſtronger, be leſs liable of being deſtroyed by
Since the cultivation of Indigo was introduced in flies, and have larger and more ſucculent ſtalks and
South Carolina, great quantities of that uſeful dye has leaves.
been brought from thence to England ; and it may be INGA. See MIMOSA.
hoped that the encouragement granted by parliament INOCULATING, or Budding. This is com-
to the planters, will enable them to profecute this monly practiſed upon all ſorts of ſtone fruit, in parti-
branch of commerce with ſuch ſucceſs, as to be a cular, ſuch as Peaches, Nectarines, Cherries, Plums,
great national benefit, and of equal advantage to that &c. as alſo Oranges and Jaſmines, and is preferable
colony : but as yet the planters have not arrived to to any ſort of grafting for moſt ſorts of fruit. The me-
ſo much perfection in the making of it as could be thod of performing it is as follows: you muſt be pro-
wiſhed; for moſt of the Indigo which I have ſeen of vided with a ſharp penknife, having a flat haft (the
the produce of that country, has been ſo hard as to uſe of which is to raiſe the bark of the ſtock, to ad-
render it difficult to diffolve, occaſioned by their pour- mit the bud) and ſome ſound baſs mat, which ſhould
ing a quantity of lime-water into the vat, in order to be foaked in water to increaſe its ſtrength, and make
make the fæces of the plant fubſide. I have alſo it more pliable; then having taken off the cuttings
been informed by letters from many of the planters, from the trees you would propagate, you ſhould
that after the fermentation of the plant in the vat, it chooſe a ſmooth part of the ſtock about five or fix
comes out again almoſt entire, being but in a very inches above the ſurface of the ground, if deſigned
ſmall proportion leſſened, either in bulk or weight. for dwarfs, and for half ſtandards at three feet; but
This may probably be owing, in great part, to their for ſtandards, they ſhould be budded fix or more feet
culture of the plant, as alſo from their vats not being above ground; then with your knife make an hori-
large enough to contain a fufficient quantity of the zontal cut croſs the rind of the ſtock, and from the
herb, to make the fermentation ſtrong enough to
iniddle of that cut make a flit downwards about two
diffolve it ; or from the vats being built in the open inches in length, ſo that it may be in the form of a
air, whereby the fermentation may be impeded, by T; but you muſt be careful not to cut too deep, left
the cooler breezes of the evening air: for in the iſlands you wound the ſtock: then having cut off the leaf
where the beſt Indigo is made, their vats are all built from the bud, leaving the foot-ſtalk remaining, you
under cover, where their heat is much greater than ſhould make a croſs cut about half an inch below the
that in Carolina, therefore this requires the attention eye, and with your knife Nit off the bud, with part
of the planters of Indigo.
of the wood to it, in form of an eſcutcheon: this
As to the culture of the plant, by all the information I done, you muſt with your knife pull off that
part of
have been able to procure from thence, they commit the wood which was taken with the bud, obſerving
a great error in fowing their feeds too thick, whereby whether the eye of the bud be left to it, or not (for all
the plants are drawn up with fender items, which are thoſe buds which loſe their eyes in ſtripping, ſhould
not ſufficiently garniſhed with leaves; nor are the be thrown away, being good for nothing) then having
leaves fo large and ſucculent as they would naturally gently raiſed the bark of the ſtock where the croſs in-
ciſion
3
a
a
7 G

INU
INU
ز
SI
3
ciſion was made, with the flat haft of your penknife
The CHARACTERS are,
clear to the wood, you ſhould thruſt the bud therein, It bath a radiated compound flower, with an imbricated
obſerving to place it ſmooth between the rind and the empalement, compoſed of looſe, Spreading, ſmall leaves,
wood of the ſtock, cutting off any part of the rind the outer being the broadeſt
. The diſk, or middle of the
belonging to the bud, which may be too long for the flower, is compoſed of hermaphrodite florets, and the bor-
ſlit made in the ſtock; and ſo having exactly fitted der, or ray of the female half florets, ſtretched out like
the bud to the ſtock, you muft tie them cloſely round a tongue. The hermaphrodite florets are funnel-fkaaped,
with baſs mat, beginning at the under part of the flit, erect, and cut into five ſegments at the top; theſe bave
and ſo proceed to the top, taking care that you do
five short ſender famina, terminated by cylindrical ſum-
not bind round the eye of the bud, which ſhould be mits, which coaleſce at the top: they have one long ger-
left open. longo da to nodoton
bao
men, crowned with down, ſupporting a fender Style the
When your buds have been inoculated three weeks length of the stamina, crowned by an upright bifid ſtig-
or a month, you will ſee which of them have taken ; mo. The female half
fiorets have a narrow entire tongue,
thoſe of them which appear ſhrivelled and black, be- no ftamino, but a long crowned germen with a hairy ſtyle,
ing dead, but thoſe which remain freíh and plump, and an upright ſtigma. The germen in both flowers be-
you may depend are joined ; and at this time you come a ſingle, narrow, four-cornered ſeed, crowned with a
ſhould looſen the bandage, which, if not done in 51 down, ſitting on a naked receptacle.
time, will pinch the ſtock, and greatly injure, if not This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
deſtroy, the bud.
po
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia
The March following you muſt cut off the ſtock Polygamia fuperflua, which includes the plants with
about three inches above the bud, ſloping it that the a compound flower, made up of hermaphrodite florets
wet may paſs off, and not enter the ſtock ; to this in the diſk, and female half Horets for the rays, which
,
part of the ſtock left above the bud, it is very proper
are fruitful.
to faften the ſhoot which proceeds from the bud, and
The SPECIES are,
would be in danger of being blown out, if not pre- 1. INULA (Helenium) foliis amplexicaulibus ovatis, ru-
vented; but this muſt continue no longer than one gofis, fubtus tomentofus, calycum ſquamis ovatis.
year, after which it muſt be cut off cloſe above the Amen. Acad. 1. p. 410. Elecampane with oval rough
bud, that the ſtock may be covered thereby.
leaves, which embrace the ſtalks, woolly on their under fide,
The time for Inoculating is, from the middle of and the ſcales of the empalement oval. After omnium
June until the middle of Auguſt, according to the maximus, Helenium dictus. Tourn. Inſt. 483. The
forwardneſs of the ſeaſon, and the particular forts of greateſt Starwort, called Elecampane.
trees to be propagated; but the time may be eaſily 2. INULA (Odora) foliis amplexicaulibus dentatis hirſu-
known, by trying the buds, whether they will come tiſſimis radicalibus ovatis, caulinus lanceolatis caule
off well from the wood. However, the moſt ge- paucifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1236. Inula with hairy in-
neral rule is, when you obſerve the buds formed dented leaves embracing the ſtalks, thoſe at the bottom oval,
at the extremity of the ſame year's ſhoots, which but thoſe on the ſtalks Spear-ſhaped, which have but fere
is a ſign of their having finiſhed their ſpring growth. flowers. After luteus radice odorâ. C. B. P. 266.
The firit fort commonly inoculated is the Apricot, Yellow Starwort with a ſweet root.
and the laſt the Orange-tree, which ſhould never be 3. INULA (Salicina) foliis feſſilibus lanceolatis recurvis
done until the middle of Auguſt; and in doing of ferrato-fcabris, floribus inferioribus altioribus, ramis
this work, you ſhould always make choice of cloudy ſub-angulatis. Amon. Acad. I. p. 410. Inula with
weather ; for if it be done in the middle of the day, in Spear-ſhaped, recurved, rough, ſawed leaves, fitting cloſe
very hot weather, the ſhoots will perfpire ſo faſt, as to to the ſtalks, and the under flowers growing taller than
leave the buds deſtitute of moiſture; nor ſhould you the upper, and angular branches. After montanus lu-
take off the cuttings from the trees long before they teus, falicis glabro folio. C. B. P. 266. Yellow Moun-
are uſed; but if you are obliged to fetch your cut- tain Starwort with a ſmooth Willow leaf.
tings from ſome diſtance, as it often happens, you | 4. INULA (Germanica) foliis feſilibus lanceolatis recur-
ſhould then be provided with a tin box or caſe, hav- vis, ſcabris, foribus ſubfaſciculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ing a ſocket about ten inches long, and a cover to the 883. Inula with Spear-ſhaped recurved leaves fitting cloſe
top, which muſt have five or ſix holes ; in this focket to the ſtalks, which are rough, and flowers growing in
you ſhould put as much water as will fill it about cluſters. After Thuringiacus altiſſimus latifolius,
two or three inches high, and place your cuttings montanus, flore luteo parvo. Haller. Jen. 181. Talleſt
therein in an upright poſition, ſo that that part which broad-leaved Mountain Starwort of Thuringia, with a
was cut from the tree may be ſet in the water, and ſo Small yellow flower.
faften down the cover to keep out the air ; and the 5. INULA (Crithmoides) foliis linearibus carnofis tricuſ-
holes in the cover will be ſufficient to let the perfpi- pidatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 883. Inula with narrow fleſhy
ration of theſe branches paſs off, which, if pent in, leaves ending in three points. After maritimus flavus
would be very hurtful to them ; you muſt alſo be crithmum chryſanthemum dictus. Raii Syn. Ed. 3.
careful to carry it upright, that the water may not p. 174. Yellow maritime Starwort, called Golden Sam-
p
reach to the buds; for it is a very wrong practice in phire.
thoſe who throw their cuttings all over in water, which 6. INULA (Montana) foliis lanceolatis hirſutis integerri-
fo faturates the buds with moiſture, that they have no mis, caule unifloro calyce brevi imbricato. Lin. Sp.
attractive force left to imbibe the ſap of the ſtock, Plant. 124. Inula with hairy, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves,
whereby they very often miſcarry.
one flower on a ſtalk, having a ſort ſcaly cup. After
But before I leave this head, I beg leave to obſerve, montanus luteo magno fiore. C. B. P. 267. Moun-
that though it is the ordinary practice to diveſt the tain Starwort with a large yellow flower.
bud of that part of the wood which was taken from 7. INULA (Oculis Chriſti) foliis amplexicaulibus oblongis,
the ſhoot with its yet, in many ſorts of tender trees, integerrimis hirſutis, caule piloſo, corymboſo. Lin.
it is beſt to preſerve a little wood to the bud, with- Sp. Plant. 1237. Inula with oblong, entire, hairy leaves,
out which they often miſcarry. The not obſerving and flowers growing in a corymbus. Conyza Pannonica
this, has occafioned ſome people to imagine, that ſome lanuginoſa. C. B. P. 265. Hungarian woolly Fleabane.
ſorts of trees are not to be propagated by Inoculation ; 8. INULA (Britannica) foliis amplexicaulibus lanceola-
whereas, if they had performed it in this method, tis, diftinctis ferratis, fubtus villoſis, caule ramoſo
they might have ſucceeded, as I have ſeveral times villoſo erecto. Flor. Suec. 756. Inula with Spear-
experienced
Shaped fowed leaves embracing the ſtalk, hairy on their
INTYBUS. See CICHORIUM.
under ſide, and an ereat branching ſtalk. After paluftris
INULA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 860. Enula. Cæſalp. He- luteus, folio longiore lanuginoſo. Tourn. Inft. 483.
lenium. Raii Meth. 33. After. Tourn. Inft. R. H. Yellow Marſh Starwort with a longer woolly leaf.
4.81. tab. 274. Elecampane.
9. INULA

IN U
I NU
9. INULA (Hirta) foliis feffilibus lanceolatis, recurvatis, decay, theſe ſhould be planted in rows about a foot
ſubferrato-ſcabris, fioribus inferioribus, altioribus, aſunder, and nine or ten inches diſtance in the rows;
caule teretiufculo fubpilofo. Lin. Sp. 1239. Inula with the ſpring following the ground muſt be kept clean
Spear-ſhaped, recurved, rough leaves, fatting cloſe to the bus from weeds, and if in autumn it is flightly dug, it
Sialks, and the lower flowers riſing above the other. Alps will promote the growth of the roots; theſe will be
ter luteus, falicis folio hirfuto. C. B. P. 266. Yellow be fit for uſe after two years growth, but the roots will
,
After with a bairy Willow leaf.sdp So
a
abide many years, if they are permitted to ſtand; how-
10. INULA (Bifrons) foliis oblongis decurrentibus denilever, the young roots are preferable to thoſe which are
ticulatis, Poribus congeftis terminalibus fubfeffilibus. old and ſtringy. It loves a gentle loamy foil, not too
Lin. Sp. 1236. Inula with oblong indented leaves run- dry.
Hoidworbud
ning along the ſtalks, and flowers in cluſters terminating The ſecond fort hath a perennial root, from which
the ſtalks. Conyza Pyrenaica, foliis primulæ veris. ariſe ſeveral ſtalks, about two feet high. The leaves
Par. Bat. 127.
at bottom are oval, indented, and hairy ; thoſe above
11. INULA (Squaroſe) foliis ovalibus lævibus reticulato embrace the ſtalks with their baſe. The ftalks are
venofis fubcrenatis, calycibus ſquarroſis. Lin. Sp. 1240. divided into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with a few
Inula with ſmooth oval leaves and netted veins, with rough ſcattering yellow flowers. The root has a very ſweet
empalements to the flowers. After Conyzoides odora- odour when broken. It flowers in July, but rarely
tus luteus. Tourn. Inft. 483
.. to
ripens feeds here.
boflar
12. INULA (Canarienſis) foliis linearibus carnoſis tricuf- The third fort hath a perennial root, from which
pidatis, caule fruticoſo. Inula with narrow, fleſhy, ariſes many ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are ſmooth
three-pointed leaves, and a florubby Stalk. After Cana- and recurved. The ſtalks rife near two feet high ;
rienfis fruteſcens, folio tridentato craffa. Hort. Chell.is they are angular, and branch at the top into ſeveral
26. Shrubby Canary Starwort with a thick leaf, ending in foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one yellow radiated flower.
three points.
It flowers in June, July, and Auguſt, and the ſeeds
13. INULA (Saturej aoides) foliis linearibus hirſutis op- ripen in September.
Dsd blow
poſitis, pedunculatis nudis unifloris. Inula with narrow The fourth fort riſes with an upright ſtalk between
hairy fialks placed oppoſite, and naked foot-ſtalks
, having three and four feet high, with ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
one flower. After ſaturejæ foliis conjugatis & pilofis, which are turned backward, indented on their edges,
flore luteo. Houft. MSS. Starwort with hairy Savoury and rough on their upper fide. The flowers are col-
leaves growing by pairs, and a yellow flower.
Iected in cloſe bunches on the upper part of the ſtalks;
14. INULA (Mariana) caule erecto hiſpido, foliis lan- they are ſmall and yellow. It grows on the Alps, and
ceolatis afperis, floribus alaribus folitariis fefilibus, other mountainous parts of Europe. It flowers in
terminalibus umbellatis. Inula with an erect prickly June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. do
ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped rough leaves, flowers proceeding ſingly The fifth fort grows naturally on the ſea-coaſts in ina-
from the ſides of the ſtalks, fitting cloſe, and terminating ny parts of England. I have ſeen it growing plenti-
in an umbel. After luteus Marianus Saligneis brevio- fully near Sheerneſs, in the ille of Sheepy, in Kent;
ribus foliis hirſutis pubeſcentibus, fummo caule ra- this riſes with an upright ſtalk a foot and a half high,
mofus. Pluk. Mant. 30. Yellow Starwort of Maryland, garniſhed with fleſhy fucculent leaves, which come out
with ſhorter, ſallow, hairy leaves, and the top of the in cluſters, and are about an inch and a quarter
Stalk branching
long, and one eighth of an inch broad, ending in three
15. INULA (Fruticoſa) foliis lanceolatis acutis, fubtus points. The flowers come out at the top of the
trinerviis, fquamis calycinis acutis caule fruticoſa. ſtalks in ſmall umbels; they are yellow, and have a
Inula with Spear-ſhaped acute leaves, having three veins border of rays; this flowers in July, and the ſeeds
on their under fide, the ſcales of the empalement ſharp- ripen in autumn. The younger branches of this
pointed, and a fhrubby ſtalk.
plant are frequently fold in the London markets
The firſt fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Eng- for Samphire ; but this is a great abuſe, becauſe this
land, but it is alſo cultivated in gardens for the ſake plant has none of the warm aromatic taſte of the true
of the roots, which are uſed in medicine, and are ac- Samphire.
counted carminative, ſudorific, and alexipharmic, of The fixth fort grows naturally in Germany; this riſes
great ſervice in ſhortneſs of breath, coughs, ſtuffing with upright ſtalks a foot and a half high, garniſhed
of the lungs, and infectious diſtempers.
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are covered with ſoft
This hath a perennial root, which is thick, branching, hairs, and are entire. The ſtalks each ſupport one
and of a ſtrong odour. The lower leaves are a foot large yellow flower, which appears in July, but rarely
long, and four inches broad in the middle, rough ripens feeds here.
on their upper fide, but downy on their under. The The ſeventh fort hath a perennial root and an annual
ſtalks riſe about three feet high, and divide toward ſtalk; this grows naturally in Hungary. The leaves
the top into ſeveral ſmaller branches, garniſhed with are oblong and hairy; the italks branch at the
oblong oval leaves, which are indented on their edges, top in form of a corymbus. The flowers are ſmall,
and end in acute points. The flowers terminate the yellow, and are in cloſe cluſters; theſe appear in
ſtalks, each branch ending with one large, yellow, July, but ſeldom perfect feeds in England.
radiated flower, ſitting in a ſcaly empalement, whoſe The eighth fort grows naturally in Auſtria, Bohemia,
ſcales are oval, and placed like the ſcales on fiſh over and other parts of Germany; it hath a perennial root,
each other. The flowers are fucceeded by narrow and an annual ſtalk which riſes near two feet high,
four-cornered feeds crowned with down. It flowers garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped woolly leaves, which are
in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen the latter end Jawed, and cloſely embrace the ſtalks with their baſe.
of Auguſt.
The upper part of the ſtalk divides into two or three
This fort may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould erect branches, or foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining one
be ſown in autumn foon after they are ripe ; for if pretty large deep yellow flower ; theſe are in beauty
they are kept till the ſpring, they feldom grow; but in July, but ſeldom ripen feeds here,
where they are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will The ninth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
come up the following ſpring without any care, and Spain, and Italy; this hath a perennial root, from
may be either tranſplanted the following autumn; whence ariſe ſeveral ſtalks about one foot high; the
or if they are deſigned to remain, they ſhould be lower leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and prickly; the upper
hoed out to the diſtance of ten inches, or a foot each half embrace the ſtalks, which divide into ſeveral
way, and conſtantly kept clean from weeds; theſe branches, each being terminated by one yellow flower,
roots will be fit for uſe the ſecond year.
which appears in July, but ſeldom
in July, but ſeldom perfects feeds
But moſt people propagate the plant by offsets, which, here.
if carefully taken from the old roots, with a bud, or The tenth fort riſes about a foot high, dividing into
eye, to each, will take root very eaſily; the beſt time many branches, which are garniſhed by oval hairy
for this is the autumn, as ſoon as the leaves begin to leaves, which half embrace the ſtalks with their baſe :
each
a
3

IN U
JOH
3
warm.
a
each of the branches is terminated by one large yellow therefore young plants ſhould be raiſed from feeds to
flower, whoſe empalement is compoſed of oval ſcales. fucceed them. The feeds may be fown at the ſame
It flowers in July and Auguft, but never perfects time, and in the ſame manner as is directed for the tenth
feeds in this country.
fort, and the plants afterward treated in the ſame way,
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Hungary ; this The fifth fort grows naturally in the falt marshes
riſes with ſingle upright italks near two feet high, in ſeveral parts of England, which are flowed by the
garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are tides, therefore is ſeldom admitted into gardens.
flightly indented on the edges, and fit cloſe to the The roots of this are perennial, but the ſtalks decay
ftalks, which are hairy, and divide in form of a co- in autumn; and if any one has curioſity to keep a plant
rymbus at the top. The flowers are pretty large, of or two of it in their gardens, they may tranſplant it in-
a pale yellow colour, and appear in July, but are not to a ſhady border from the place of its natural growth,
ſucceeded by ſeeds in this country.
and, by keeping it moiſt in dry weather, it will thrive
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands; pretty well, but the ſtalks will not riſe fo high, nor will
this riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks near four feet the leaves be near fo fileſhy as in the ſalt marſhes.
high, which divide into ſmaller branches, garniſhed The twelfth ſort will not live abroad in the open air
with cluſters of narrow fleſhy leaves, which are di- in England, during the winter ſeaſon, ſo muſt be re-
vided into three ſegments at their points. The flowers moved into ſhelter in autumn, but ſhould have as
come out on the ſide of the branches at the top of much free air as poſſible at all times, when the wea-
the ſtalks ; they are ſmall, and of a pale yellow co- ther is mild, otherwiſe it is apt to draw up weak. In
lour, appearing in Auguft.
cold weather the plants muſt have very little water,
The ſecond, third, fourth, fixth, ſeventh, eighth, for their ſtalks and leaves being ſucculent, they are
and ninth forts are abiding plants, which will thrive very apt to rot with too much wet; in ſummer they
and flower in the open air in England; they may be ſhould be placed abroad with other hardy exotic plants
all propagated by parting of their roots. The beſt in a ſheltered ſituation, where they will add to the va-
time for doing of this is in autumn, at which time riety, though they are plants of no great beauty, and
the plants may be removed; theſe may be intermixed feldom flower in England, unleſs the ſummer is very
with other flowering plants in the borders of large
This is eaſily propagated by cuttings, any
gardens, where they will make an agreeable variety time in fummer, which, if planted in a ſhady border,
during their continuance in flower. As theſe roots will take root in a ſhort time.
multiply pretty faſt, they ſhould be allowed room The thirteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
to ſpread, therefore ſhould not be planted nearer Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz; this
than two feet from other plants; and if they are re- riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about two feet high, divid.
moved every third year, it will be often enough, pro- ing into many ſmaller branches, which are hairy, and
vided the ground between them is dug every winter, garniſhed with narrow ſtiff leaves placed oppoſite,
and, in ſnmmer, if they are kept clean from weeds, without foot-ftalks ; from the edges of theſe ariſe long
they will require no other care.
hairs, which are ftiff, and come out by pairs ; at the
As ſome of theſe forts produce good feeds in England,
end of the branches ariſe the naked foot-ſtalks, which
they may be propagated by ſowing of the feeds in are four or five inches long, fuſtaining one ſmall, yel-
the autumn, on a border of light earth expoſed to the low, radiated flower.
eaſt, where the morning ſun only is admitted ; and in This is propagated by cuttings during the ſummer
the ſpring, when the plants appear, they ſhould be ſeaſon, which muſt planted on a bed of light earth,
kept clean from 'weeds till they are fit to remove, when and ſhaded till they have taken root; after which the
they ſhould be tranſplanted on a ſhady border, fix plants muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other
inches afunder, obſerving to ſhade and water them till hardy exotics, ſheltering them from froſt in winter.
they have taken new root; and during the ſummer The fourteenth fort was ſent me from Maryland,
ſeaſon they ſhould be kept clean from weeds, and in where it grows naturally; this riſes with a ſtrong
autumn they may be tranſplanted into the borders ſtalk about a foot and a half high, which is pretty
where they are to remain.
cloſely ſet with prickly hairs, and garniſhed with
The tenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, rough ſpear-ſhaped leaves, about three inches long,
and on the Pyrenean mountains. This hath a thick and near one inch broad in the middle: toward
fibrous root, which is perennial, ſending out many the upper part of the ſtalk there are ſingle flowers
oblong indented leaves, whoſe baſe runs along the coming from the wings at each joint, and the ſtalk
ſtalks from one joint to another : from the root ariſe is terminated by a cluſter of ſmall yellow flowers, diſ-
three or four ítalks about two feet high, which divide poſed in form of an umbel. This plant flowers here in
each into three or four ſmall branches, which are ter- Auguſt, but has not as yet perfected ſeeds in England.
minated by cluſters of ſmall yellow flowers, fitting
The fifteenth fort was diſcovered growing naturally
cloſe between the ſmall leaves; theſe appear in June
;
at Carthagena, by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes
and July, and are ſucceeded by narrow ſeeds, crowned with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of ten or twelve
with down, which ripen in the autumn.
feet, divided into ſeveral ligneous branches, garniſhed
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown on with ſpear-ſhaped leaves five inches long, and one
a bed of light earth early in the ſpring; in May the inch and a half broad in the middle, and ſmooth on
plants will appear, which ſhould be kept clean from their upper fide, but on their under have three longitu-
weeds till they are fit to tranſplant, when they ſhould dinal veins. The flowers are produced at the end of the
be planted in an eaſt border, at about ſix inches dif- branches, having very large ſcaly empalements; they
tance each way, watering and ſhading them till they are as large as aſmall Sun-flower, of a pale yellow colour.
have taken new root; after which they will require This plant is too tender to live in the open air in
no other culture but to keep them clean from weeds England, ſo muſt be conſtantly kept in the bark-ſtove.
till the autumn, when they ſhould be planted where It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured
they are deſigned to remain.
from the country where it naturally grows, for it does
The eleventh fort grows naturally near Montpelier, not produce any here; theſe muſt be fown upon a
and alſo in Italy; this hath a fibrous root, from which hot-bed, and when the plants are fit to remove, they
ariſe two or three erect ſtalks about two feet high, ſhould be each planted into a ſmall pot filled with light
garniſhed with ſmooth oval leaves placed alternate, earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, treating them
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks; the veins of the leaves are in the fame manner as other tender plants from the
flender, and formed like net-work. The ſtalks are
fame country
terminated by one yellow flower incloſed in a rough JOHNSONIA. Dale. Callicarpa. Lin. Gen. Plant.
ſcaly empalement, and at the two joints of the ſtalk 127. Spondylococus. Mitch. 20.
This plant was
immediately under the flower, come out ſmall foot- ſo titled by the late Dr. Dale, of South Carolina, in
ftalks, with ſmaller flowers than thoſe on the top. memory of Dr. Johnſon, who publiſhed an edition
This plant ſeldom continues above two or three years,
of Gerard's Herbal, corrected and much improved.
a
3
The

JON
IPO
3
a
The CHARACTERS are,
turned out of the pots, ſo as not to break their roots
The flower bath an empalement of one leaf, cut at the brim and part of them may be planted in ſmall pots filled
into four Mort ſegments, which are ereet.
It bath one
with light earth, and the others into a nurſery-bed
petal, which is tubulous, and divided into four parts at in a warm fituation, at about four or five inches afun-
the brim, which ſpread open. It bath four ſlender ſum- der; thoſe in the pots ſhould be plunged into a mo-
mits, which are longer than the petal, terminated by ob- derate hot-bed, which will forward their taking root,
long yellow ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh but afterward muſt be hardened to bear the open air
germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a thick - as before ; theſe plants in the pots ſhould be fhel-
tufe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſmooth glo- tered under a frame in winter for three or four years,
bular berry, incloſing four hard oblong feeds.
till they have obtained ſtrength; then they may be
Dr. Linnæus ranges this genus of plants in the firſt turned out of the pots, and planted in a warm ſitu-
fection of his fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Mono- ation, where they will live in the open air in common
gynia, which includes the plants whoſe flowers have winters; but in ſevere froſt they are in danger of be-
four ſtamina and one ftyle. As the feeds of this plant ing killed, if they are not ſheltered; therefore the
were ſent me from Carolina by the late Dr. Dale with ſurface of the ground about their roots ſhould be co-
this title, in the year 1739, and with them the cha- vered with old tan to keep out the froſt, and their
racters of the genus, which was before it was men- to tops covered with Straw, Peas-haulm, or Fern, which
tioned by Dr. Linnæus, I have continued it under the will protect them.
Doctor's title.
Thoſe plants in the beds ſhould alſo be covered with
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. mats, or Straw, in froſty weather, and after they have
JOHNSONIA (Americana) floribus verticillatis feffilibus, obtained ftrength, they may be tranſplanted into a
foliis ovato lanceolatis oppofitis, caule fruticoſo. Dale. warm fituation, and treated every winter in the fame
Shrubby Johnſonia with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed op- manner as the other.
poſite, and flowers growing in whorls fitting cloſe to the The leaves of this ſhrub were often uſed by Dr.
Stalks. Callicarpa. Act. Upſal. 1741. Mr. Cateſby, Dale, in dropfical caſes, with very good ſucceſs. A
in his Hiſtory of Carolina, has figured it under the particular account of the virtues of this, and many
following title, Frutex baccifer verticillatus, foliis fca- other plants of Carolina, was ſent me with dried fam-
bris latis dentatis & conjugatis, baccis purpureis dense ples of each, by the Doctor, during the laſt war; but
congeſtis, vol. ii. p. 47.
as the ſhips were taken in their paffage, they were all
This ſhrub grows plentifully in the woods near loft, and the Doctor dying foon after, I could never
Charles-town, in South Carolina. It riſes from four recover them.
to fix feet high, ſending out many branches from the JONTHLASPI. See CLYPEOLA.
root, which are woolly when young, like thoſe of the JONQUIL. See NARCISSUS.
Wayfaring-tree, garniſhed withovalſpear-ſhaped leaves IPOMOEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 199. Quamoclit.
placed oppoſite, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are Tourn. Inft. R. H. 116. tab. 39. Quomoclit, or Scar-
about three inches long, and one inch and a quarter
let Convolvulus.
broad in the middle, growing narrow at both ends,
The CHARACTERS are,
and a little indented on their edges, their ſurface The flower both a ſmall permanent empalement, cut into
rough, and a little hoary. The flowers come out in five parts at the top. The petal is funnel-ſhaped, having
whorls round the ſtalks, fitting very cloſe to the a long cylindrical tube, whoſe brim is five-pointed, Spread-
branches at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves; they are ing open flat. It hath five awl-ſhaped ſtamina, nearly the
ſmall, tubulous, cut into four obtuſe ſegments at the length of the petal, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. In
top, which expand, and are of a deep purple colour; the bottom of the tube is ſituated a round germen, ſupport-
theſe are ſucceeded by ſoft ſucculent berries, which ing a fiender Style, crowned by a roundiſh ſtigma. The
turn firſt to a bright red colour, but afterward change germen afterward becomes a roundiſhcapſule with three
to a deep purple when ripe, and incloſe four hard ob- cells, incloſing three oblong ſeeds.
long feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The feeds of this plant were ſent me by Mr. Cateſby, Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
from Carolina, in 1724; and many of the plants were which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
then raiſed in ſeveral curious gardens in England;
ftamina and one ſtyle.
moſt, if not all all of them were afterward planted in
The SPECIES are,
the open air, where they flouriſhed very well for ſome 1. IPOMOEA (Quamoclit) foliis pinnatifidis linearibus,
years, and ſeveral of the plants produced flowers in floribus fubfolitariis. Hort. Cliff. 60. Ipomoea with
the Chelſea garden for four or five years, but theſe very narrow many-pointed leaves, and ſolitary flowers.
were not ſucceeded by fruit; and in the ſevere froſt Quamoclitfoliis tenuiterincifis & pennatis. Tourn. Inft.
in 1740, they were moſt of them deſtroyed, as were R. H. 116. Quamoclit with narrow, cut, winged leaves.
alſo the young plants which were raiſed from Dr. 2. IPOMOEA (Coccinea) foliis cordatis acuminatis, baſi
Dale's feeds the year before, which were only ſhelter- angulatis, pedunculis multifloris. Hort. Upfal. 39.
ed under a frame; ſo that until the Doctor fent a freſh Ipomoea with heart-ſhaped pointed leaves, angular at the
ſupply offeeds in 1744, there were ſcarceany of the plants baſe, and many flowers on a ſtalk. Quamoclit Ame-
living in the Engliſh gardens; but ſince then, there ricana folio hederæ flore coccineo. Com. Rar. Plant.
has been quantities of the ſeeds brought to England. 21. American Quamoclit with an Ivy leaf and a ſcarlet
This plant riſes eaſily from ſeeds, if they are ſown in flower, commonly called Scarlet Convolvulus.
a moderate hot-bed; the beſt way is to fow the feeds 3. IPOMOEA (Solanifolia) foliis cordatis acutis integerri-
in pots, and plunge them into a tan-bed of a moderate mis, floribus folitaris. Prod. Leyd. 430. Ipomoea with
warmth ; and when the plants come up, and have ob- acute, heart-ſhaped, entire leaves, and ſolitery flowers.
tained fome ſtrength, they ſhould be gradually inured Quamoclit Americana folani folio, flore rofeo. Plum.
to the open air, into which they ſhould be removed Cat. 3. American Quamoclit with a Nightſhade leaf, and
in June, and placed in a ſheltered ſituation, where a Roſe-coloured flower.
they may remain till autumn; during which time 4. IPOMOEA (Violacea) foliis cordatis integerrimis, fori-
they muſt be kept clear from weeds, and gently re- bus confertis corollis indiviſis. Sauv. Monfp. 114.
freihed with water in dry weather ; but as theſe young Ipomoea with heart-ſhaped entire leaves, flower's growing
plants are tender, they ſhould be placed under a frame in cluſters, and undivided petals. Quamoclit foliis am-
before the early froft comes on; for a froſt in au- pliffimis cordiformibus. Plum. Cat. 4. Quamoclit with
tumn will kill the tender part of their fhoots, which large heart-ſhaped leaves.
often caufes their ſtalks to decay moſt part of their 5. IPOMOEA (Tuberoſa) foliis palmatis, lobis feptenis
length before the ſpring. During the winter ſeaſon lanceolatis integerrimis pedunculis trifloris. Hort
. Up-
they ſhould be ſcreened from froſt, but in mild wea- fal. 39. Ipomoea with hand-ſhaped leaves, compoſed of ſeven
ther they muſt enjoy the free air, otherwiſe their ſhoots Spear-baped entire lobes, and foot-fialks having three
will turn mouldy and decay. The following ſpring, flowers. Convolvulus major heptaphyllus, flore ful-
just before the plants ſhoot, they ſhould be carefully phureo odorato. Sloan. Cat. 55. Greater ſeven-lenved
Bind
و
3
a
a
berekenne former og foliis palmatis, lobis feptenis
7 H

I PO
IPO
a
a
a
Bindweed with a yellow ſweet flower, called Spaniſh Ar- no angies, and the flowers are of a Rofe colour, each
bour Vine.
foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining one flower. This may be treated
6. IPOMOEA (Triloba) foliis trilobis cordatis, pedunculis in the ſame manner as the ſecond fort.
trifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 161. Ipomea with beart- The fourth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
Shaped leaves having three lobes, and three flowers on a where it twines about any neighbouring ſupport, and
foot-ſtalk. Convolvulus pentaphyllos minor, fore pur- riſes ten or twelve feet high, garniſhed with large
pureo. Sloan. Cat. 55. Smaller five-leaved Bindweed
heart-ſhaped entire leaves : the flowers come out from
with a purple flower.
the ſide of the branches upon ſlender foot-Italks, in
7. IPOMOEA (Hepaticcefolia) foliis palmatis, floribus ag- cluſters; they are of a blue colour, and their brims
gregatis. Flor. Zeyl. 79. Ipomoea with band-ſhaped are not angular as in the former ſpecies, but entire.
leaves, and flowers growing in cluſters. Volubilis Zey- This fort is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
lanica pes tigrinus dicta. Hort. Elth. 318. Volubilis of fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants af-
Ceylon, called Tyger's-foot.
terward treated in the ſame way as is before directed
8. IPOMOEA (Digitata) foliis digitatis glabris floribus for the first fort, for it is too tender to thrive in the
feffilibus, caule lævi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 162. Ipomoea
open air here.
with ſmooth hand-/paped leaves, whoſe lobes fit cloſe, and The fifth fort is cultivated in moſt of the iſlands in
a foreooth ſtalk. Convolvulus quinquefolius glaber the Weſt-Indies, but is ſuppoſed to have been intro-
Americanus. Pluk. Alm. 116. Smooth five-leaved Ame- duced there from the Spaniſh Main. Theſe plants riſe
rican Bindweed.
to a very great height, and ſend out many branches,
The firſt fort grows naturally in both Indies; in the ſo are planted to cover arbours for ſhade in the iſlands,
Weft-Indies it is called Sweet-William, and by ſome from whence it had the appellation of Spaniſh Arbour
Indian Pink. It riſes with a twining ſtalk ſeven or Vine. The ſtalks of this plant are covered with a pur-
eight feet high, fending out many ſlender twining ple bark; they twine about any neighbouring ſup-
branches, which twiſt about any neighbouring plants port, ſending out many ſide branches, ſo that one
for ſupport; the leaves are winged, being compoſed plant will cover an arbour of fifty feet long. The
of ſeveral pair of very fine narrow lobes, not thicker leaves are divided into ſever lobes almoſt to the bot-
than fine ſowing thread ; they are about an inch long, tom; the flowers come out from the fide of the
of a deep green, and ſometimes are by pairs oppoſite, ſtalks; they are large, funnel-ſhaped, of a bright
and at others they are alternate; the flowers come yellow colour, and ſmell very ſweet ; theſe are ſuc-
out fingly from the fide of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon ceeded by large roundih capſules with three ceils,
fender foot-ſtalks about one inch long; they are fun- containing one large feed in each, which are of a
nel-ſhaped, having a tube an inch long, which is nar- dark colour.
row at bottom, but gradually widens to the top, which This is a perennial plant, but too tender to thrive in
ſpreads open flat, with five corners or angles: they the open air in England; the feeds of this muſt be
are of a moſt beautiful ſcarlet colour, ſo make a fine ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
appearance. This is an annual plant in England, but plants come up, they muſt be tranſplanted into ſepa-
whether it is ſo in its native place I cannot tell; for as rate pots, and plunged into a freíh hot-bed; but as
the feeds fall to the ground, ſo there is a ſucceſſion of they will foon grow too tall to ſtand under a frame,
young plants, which continue flowering great part of they ſhould be removed into the bark-ſtove, where
they muſt be ſupported, otherwiſe they will twine
This is a tender plant, ſo will not thrive in the open about all the neighbouring plants. As theſe plants
air in England it is propagated by ſeeds, which extend their ſhoots to a very great length, they re-
ſhould be fown on a hot-bed in the ſpring; and as the quire a tall ſtove, where they may have room to grow,
plants will ſoon appear, they ſhould be each tranſ- without which they will never produce any flowers.
planted into a ſmall pot filled with light earth, before I have had theſe plants ſeveral years, but have only
they twine about each other, for then it will be difficult ſeen one flower produced from them; for they grow
to diſengage them without breaking their tops. When ſo very large before they begin to have flowers, as that
they are potted, they ſhould be plunged into a new few of the ſtoves in England have height enough for
hot-bed, and ſticks placed down by each plant for their
their growth.
ſtalks to twine about; after they have taken new root, The ſixth fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands in
they ſhould have a good ſhare of air in warm wea- the Weft-Indies; this hath a twining ſtalk, which
ther to prevent their drawing up weak; and when they riſes ten or twelve feet high, garniſhed with leaves
are advanced too high to remain under the frame, divided into three lobes, which are heart-ſhaped; the
they ſhould be removed into the tan-bed in the ſtove, foot-ftalks ariſe from the ſide of the ſtalks, each ſuf-
where they ſhould have ſupport, for their branches taining three purple flowers. This is alſo tender, fo
will extend to a conſiderable height. They will begin the plants muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed in the ſpring,
to flower in June, and there will be a ſucceſſion of and afterward planted in ſeparate pots, plunging them
flowers till the end of September, and the feeds will into another hot-bed, where they may remain till they
ripen well in this ſituation every autumn. lum og reach the glaſſes, when they ſhould be removed into
The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina and the a glaſs-caſe where they may have room, and be ſcreen-
Bahama Iſlands; this is alſo an annual plant in Eng-ed from the cold, but ſhould have a large ſhare of
land, but is not ſo tender as the former. It hath a free air admitted to them in warm weather, with this
twining ſtalk, which riſes fix or eight feet high, gar- treatment the plants will flower and produce ripe ſeeds.
niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves ending in acute The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in India ; this riſes
points, which are divided into angles at their baſe; with a twining hairy ſtalk four or five feet high, gar-
the flowers come out from the fide of the branches, niſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves which are hairy, and
upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, which ſupport three or four divided at the bottom into ſeveral lobes; the flowers
flowers of the ſame form and ſize as the former, but come out in cluſters, incloſed in a five-cornered invo-
are not ſo deep coloured. There is a variety of this 2 lucrum; they are of a purpliſh colour, but ſmall, and
with Orange-coloured flowers, but they do not differ open only in the evening, ſo make no figure. This
in any other reſpect. If the feeds of this ſort are is propagated by feeds, and requires the ſame treat-
lown on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants ment as the fixth fort.
So 03 %) 21
come up, if they are gradually hardened, and after-
The eighth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies
ward tranſplanted into a warm border, in favourable this hath a ſmooth twining ſtalk which riſes four or
ſeaſons they will flower and produce good feeds; but five feet high, garniſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves
moſt people raiſe the plants on a very gentle hot-bed, having five lobes, which fit cloſe to the ſtalks ; the
and tranſplant them afterward into another ; by which Howers come out from the ſide of the ſtalks upon
method they are brought forward, ſo will perfect ſhort foot-ſtalks, which fuſtain two or three purple
-
their feeds earlier.no
flowers ; theſe are ſucceeded by round tricapſular feed-
The third fort is like the ſecond, but the leaves have veſſels ; in each cell there is one brown feed,
the year.
و
3
3
This

IRI
IR I
3
This fort requires the ſame treatment as the two for- 32. Broad-leaved Flower-de-luce, whoſe ſtalks are witlout
mer, with which it will produce flowers and perfect
leaves.
its feeds in England.
4. Iris (Variegato) corollis barbatis, caule fubfoliofo
IRESINE. Lin. Gen. 1113. Amaranthus. Sloan. Cat. longitudine foliorum multifloro. Prod. Leyd. 17. Iris
Jam. 49
with a bearded flower, and a leafy ſt clk the length of the
The CHARACTERS are, 35117 leaves, with many flowers. Iris latifolia pannonica, co-
It both male and female flowers on different plants; the lore multiplici. Č. B. P. 31. Broad-leaved Hungariat
male flowers have an empalement compoſed of two neat Flower-de-luce of many colours.
ſmall leaves, and five erect, ſmall
, ſpear-ſhaped petals, and 5. Iris (Sufiana) corollis barbatis, caule foliis longiore
five nectarii ſituated between the five erect ſtamina, which unifloro. Hort. Cliff. 18. Iris with a bearded flower,
are terminated by roundiſh ſummits; the female flowers on and a ſtalk longer than the leaves, having one flower. Iris
the other plants, have the like empalement and corolla as Sufiana, flore maximo ex albo nigricante. C. B. P. 31.
the male, with an oval germen but no style, crowned by Flower-de-luce with a very large flower of a black and
two roundiſh ftigma; the empalement afterward becomes on white colour, commonly called Chalcedonian Iris.
oval capſule, incloſing woolly ſeeds.
6. IRIS (Biflora) corollis barbatis, caule foliis breviore
This genus is ranged in the fifth order of Linnæus's trifloro. Hort. Upfal. 17. Iris with a bearded flower,
twenty-ſecond claſs of plants, intitled Diccia Pen- and a ſtolk ſhorter than the leaves, with three flowers.
tandria, from their having male and female flowers Iris humilis major, faturatè purpurea biflora. Tourn.
on different plants, and the male flowers having five Inft. 361. Greater Dwarf Flower-de-luce of a dark purple
ſtamina.
be
colour, and having two flowers on each ſtalk.
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. 7. Iris (Pumila) corollis barbatis, caule foliis breviore
IRESINE (Celofioides.) Lin.Sp. 1456. Amaranthus panicula unifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 38. Iris with a bearded flower,
flavicante gracili holofericea. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 49. and a ſtalk ſhorter thon the leaves, with ove flower. Iris
Amaranthus with ſiender yellowiſh panicles of ſilky flowers. humilis minor, flore purpureo. Tourn. Inft
. 361.
This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, and moſt of Smaller Dwarf Flower-de-luce with a purple flower.
the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, from whence I 8. Iris (Germanica) corollis barbatis, caule foliis longi-
have received the ſeeds. It is perennial; the ſtalks ore multifloro, fioribus inferioribus pedunculatis. Lin.
are weak, fo require ſupport; they riſe ten or twelve Sp. 55. Iris with a bearded flower, a ſtalk longer than
feet high, having large knots at each joint, garniſhed the leaves with many flowers, and the lower flowers on
with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves. The ſtalks foot-fialks. Iris Aliatica cærulea polyanthos. C. B.P.
are very diffuſed, branching out on every ſide; the Blue Afiatic Flower-de-luce with many flowers, called
flowers are produced on the top, in ſlender looſe pa- greater Dalmatian Iris.
nicles, covered with a filky down, of a pale yellow 9. IRIS (Orientalis) corollis barbatis, germinibus trigonis,
colour; theſe appear in July and Auguſt, and in warm foliis enſiformibus longifiimis caule foliis longiore bi-
ſeaſons the feeds will ripen in the autumn.
fioro. Pluk. 154. Iris with a bearded flower, a three-
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown upon cornered germen, very long ſword-shaped leaves, and a
a hot-bed in the ſpring, and the plants ſhould be af- Stalk longer than the leaves, with two flowers.
terward treated in the ſame manner as hath been di- 10. Iris (Graminea) corollis imberbibus, germinibus
rected for the tender forts of Amaranthus, till they ſexangularibus, caule ancipiti, foliis linearibus. Hort.
are grown too tall to remain in the frame, when they Cliff. 19. Iris with flowers having no beards, a fix-cor-
ſhould be removed to the bark-ſtove, plunging the nered germen, a ſtalk having flowers on both ſides, and
pots into the tan-bed, and ſupporting the branches of narrow leaves. Iris anguſtifolia prunum redolens mi-
the plants with a trellis to prevent their falling on nor. C. B. P. 33. Smaller narrow-leaved Flower-de-luce
other plants; in this ſituation they will produce flowers Smelling like Plums.
and feeds the ſecond year, but the plants may be con- 11. IRIS (Maritima) corollis imberbibus, caule foliis
tinued three or four years longer. g two
breviore trifloro, foliis lineari-enfiformibus. Iris whoſe
IRIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 358. tab. 186, 187, 188. flowers are not bearded, the ſtalk ſhorter than the leaves,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 57. Flower-de-luce; in French, having three flowers, and narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves.
Flambe.
Iris anguſtifolia maritima major. C. B. P. 33. Greater
The CHARACTERS are,
narrow-leaved maritime Flower-de-luce.
The flowers are incloſed in ſpathe (or sheaths) which are 12. Iris (Anguſtifolia) corollis imberbibus, caule foliis
permanent ; the flowers are divided into fix parts; the three æqualibus multifloro, ſpathâ majoribus erectis. Iris
outer petals are oblong, obtuſe, and reflexed, the three inner whoſe flowers have no beards, the ſtalks equal in length
are ereat, and end in acute points; theſe all join at their with the leaves, having many flowers which are larger
baſe: they have three awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which lie upon and more ere&t than the Spatha. Iris anguſtifolia, ma-
the reflexed petals, and are terminated by oblong depreſſed ritima minor. C. B. P. Sinaller narrow-leaved maritime
fummits
. Under the flower is ſituated an oblong germen,
Flower-de-luce.
ſupporting a ſender ſtyle, crowned by a large three-pointed 13. Iris (Bicolor) corollis imberbibus, caule foliis lon-
ſtigma, the germen afterward becomes an oblong angular giore multifloro, germinibus ſexangularibus, foliis li-
capſule with three cells, filled with large ſeeds.
nearibus. Iris whose flowers have no beards, the ſtalks
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of longer than the leaves, with many flowers, a fix-cornered
Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia, germen, and very narrow leaves. Iris anguſtifolia, bi-
which contains thoſe plants whoſe powers have three color. C. B. P. 33. Narrow-leaved Flower-de-luce with
ſtamina and one ſtyle.
16 gevo
two colours.
The Species are, cotis
iniwa 14. Iris (Spuria) corollis imberbibus, germinibus fex-
1. Iris (Pſeudoacorus) corollis imberbibus, petalis inte- 2 angularibus, caule tereti, foliis ſublinearibus. Hort.
rioribus ftigmate minoribus, foliis enſiformibus. Hort. "Cliff. 19. Iris whole flowers have no beards, with a fix-
Cliff. Iris with an unbearded flower, the inner petals cornered germen, a taper ſtalk, and very narrow leaves.
Smaller than the ftigma, and ſword-ſhaped leaves. Iris Iris pratenſis anguſtifolia, folio fætido. C. B. P. 32.
,
paluſtris lutea. Tabern. Icon. 643. Yellow Marſh | Narrow-leaved Meadow Flower-de-luce, with a ſtinking
Flower-de-luce. bne va
2. Iris (Squalens) corollis barbatis, caule foliis longiore 15. Íris (Sativa) corollis imberbibus, ſpathâ bifolia,
multiforo. Hort. Cliff. 18. Iris with bearded flowers, caule folioſo longitudine foliorum, pedunculis lon-
and the stolks longer than the leaves, having many flowers. gioribus. Iris with flowers having no beards, Sheath
This is the Iris vulgaris Germanica five fylveftris
. containing two leaves, a leafy fialk the length of the leaves,
3
C. B. P. 30. Common German, or wild Flower-de-luce. and longer foot-fialks to the flowers. Iris ſativa lutea.
3. Iris (Aphylla) corollis barbatis, fcapo nudo longitu- C. B. P. 32. Yellow Garden Flower-de-luce.
dine foliorum multiforo. Prod. Leyd. 17. Iris with a 16. Iris (Pieta) corollis imberbibus, caule longitudine
IRIS
bearded flower, and a naked fialk the length of the leaves, foliorum multifloro, foliis enfiformibus. Iris with an
with many flowers. Iris latifolia, caule aphyllo. C.B.P. unbearded Hower, a folk the length of the leaves, with
3
113 any
I
leaf.

IRI
IRI
a
a
3
many flowers, and ſword-shaped leaves. Iris humilis ſheath; they have three large. Violet-coloured petals
minor, flore picto. Tourn. Inft. 362. Leſſer Dwarf which turn backward, and are called falls; theſe have
Flower-de-luce with a painted flower.
beards near an inch long on their midrib toward their
17. IRIS (Verna) corollis imberbibus, caule unifloro fo- baſe, and have a ſhort arched petal which cover the
liis breviore, radice fibrosa. Flor. Virg. 10. Iris with beard, with three broad erect petals of the ſame co-
an unbearded flower, a ſtalk ſhorter than the leaves, with lour, called ſtandards; the ſtamina lie upon the re-
one flower, and a fibrous root. Iris Virginiana pumila flexed petals. Under each flower is ſituated an ob-
five chamæiris verna anguſtifolia, flore purpuro-ce- long germen, which turns to a large three-cornered
ruleo odorato. Pluk. Alm. 196. Dwarf Spring Vir- capſule with three cells, filled with large comprefied
ginia Flower-de-luce, with a narrow leaf, and a purple feeds. This flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
blue ſweet Smelling flower.
Auguſt
18. IRIS (Verficolor) corollis imberbibus, germinibus fub- There is a variety of this with blue ſtandards and
trigonis, caule tereti, foliis enſiformibus. Lin. Sp.
purple falls, which is titled Iris hortenfis latifolia, by
Plant. 39. Iris with an unbearded flower, a three-cor- Caſpar Bauhin; and one with pale purple ſtandards,
nered germen, a taper fiolk, and ſword-ſhaped leaves. Iris another with white, and a third with a ſmaller flower,
Americana verſicolor ſtylo crenato. Dill. Hort. Elth. but there are accidental varieties which have come
188. Pariy-coloured American Flower de-luce, with a from ſeeds.
crenated ſtyle.
The third fort has broader leaves than the laſt, the
19. Iris (Fæiidiffima) corollis imberbibus petalis interi- ſtalks have no leaves upon them, and are equalinlength
oribus patentiffimis, caule uniangulato foliis enſifor- with the leaves, they have three or four large bright
mibus. Hort. Cliff. 19. Iris with an unbearded flower, purple flowers, which ſtand above each other, having
the inner pet als Spreading, oftalk with one angle, and ſword- purpliſh fheaths or hoods; the three bending petals
Shaped leaves. Iris foetidiffima, feu Xyris. Tourn. Init. or falls are ſtriped with white, from the baſe to the
360. Mofi ſtinking Flower-de-luce, or Xyris, called Stinking end of the beard; the flowers are ſucceeded by large
Gladwyn.
blunt triangular capſules with three cells, filled with
20. IRIS (Siberica) corollis imberbibus, germinibus tri- compreſſed ſeeds. It flowers the latter end of May,
gonis, caule tereti, foliis linearibus. Lin. Hort. Cliff, and the feeds ripen the beginning of Auguſt.
19. Iris with an unbearded flower, e three-cornered ger- The fourth fort grows naturally in Hungary; the
* men, e taper ſtolk, and narrow leaves. Iris pratenſis,
a
leaves of this are like thoſe of the ſecond fort, but
anguſtifolia non fatida altior. C. B. P. 32. Taller are of a darker green ; the ſtalks riſe as tall as the
narrow-leaved Meadow Flower-de-luce, not ſtinking. leaves, and toward the bottom are garniſhed with one
2.1. Iris (Tuberoſa) corollis imberbibus, foliis tetragonis. leaf at each joint, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalks; the
Vir. Cliff. 6. Iris with an unbearded flower and four- upper pårt is-naked, and, branches into three, each
cornered leaves. Hermodactylus folio quadrangulo. having two or three flowers above one another; the
Tourn. Cor. 50. Hermodo style with a four-cornered leaf.
.
three upright petals or ſtandards are yellow, and the
22. IRIS (Florentina) corollis barbatis, caule foliis altiore bending petals or falls are variegated with purple
fubbifloro floribus feffilibus. Lin. Sp. 55. Iris with a ſtripes. This flowers in June, but is rarely ſucceeded
bearded corolla, ſtalks taller than the leaves, having two by ſeeds in England.
Seſile flowers. Iris alba Florentina. C. B. P. 31. White The fifth fort grows naturally near Conftantinople,
Florentine Iris.
and in other parts of the eaſt. The leaves of this fort
23. IRIS (Sambucina) corollis barbatis, caule foliis altiore are not ſo broad as thoſe of the ſecond, and are of a
multifloro, petalis deflexis planis, erectis emarginatis. grayiſh colour; the ſtalks riſe two feet and half
Lin. Sp. 55. Iris with a bearded corolla, ſtalks taller high, ſupporting one very large flower; the three
than the leaves, having many flowers whoſe petals are de- upright petals are almoſt as broad as a hand, but very
flexed, and the upright are indented. Iris latifolia Ger- thin, of mixed black and white ſtripes; the three
manica, fambuci odore. C. B. P. 31. .
berding petals or falls are of a darker colour, from
The firſt fort grows naturally in ditches and ſtanding whence fome gardeners have called it the Mourning
waters in moſt parts of England; this is titled in the Iris. This flowers the latter end of May, or the be-
Pharmacopeia, Acorus adulterinus, or Pſeudo acorus. ginning of June, but never has any feeds in England.
Baſtard Acorus. The roots of this are pretty thick, The fixth fort hath broad leaves like thoſe of the fe-
fleſhy, and ſpread every way near the furface of the cond fort, but ſhorter; the ſtalks riſe nine or ten
ground; the leaves are ſword-ſhaped, very long, of inches high, branching into two or three at the top,
a deep green colour, and not ſo ſtiff as thoſe of the
each ſuſtaining two deep purple flowers. This flowers
Garden Iris; the ſtalks riſe from two to three feet in May, but is not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
high, toward the top of which grow three or four The ſeventh fort hath narrower and ſhorter leaves
flowers one above another, which gradually ſucceed than the former; the ſtalks are ſhorter than the leaves,
each other; they are ſhaped like the ordinary Flower- and ſupport one flower on the top, of a light purple
de-luce, but the three inner petals are leſs than the colour. This flowers the beginning of May, but
ſtigmas, ſo they want the three upright petals which rarely produces feeds in this country. There are two
are termed ſtandards. Theſe appear in June, and are or three varieties of this, which differ in the colour
fucceeded by large three-cornered capſules, containing of their flowers.
three rows of flat feeds.
The eighth fort hath the largeſt leaves of any of the
This fort is not cultivated in gardens, but being an Flower-de-luce, they are of a grayiſh colour and
officinal plant, it is here mentioned to introduce the ſpread wide, embracing each other at their baſe, where
other.
they are purpliſh. The ſtalks rife near four feet high,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Germany, but has and divide into ſeveral branches, each ſupporting three
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for or- or four flowers above each other at diſtances, covered
nament; the roots of this are very thick, fleſhy, and with a thin ſheath; the three bending petals or falls,
divided into joints, ſpreading juft under the ſurface of are of a faint purple inclining to blue, with purple
the ground; they are of a brownish colour on their veins running lengthways, the beard is yellow, and
outſide, but white within; the leaves ariſe in cluſters, the three erect petals or ſtandards are of a bright blue,
embracing each other at their baſe, but ſpread afunder with ſome faint purple ſtripes, the flowers have an
upward in form of wings; they are a foot and a agreeable ſcent. They appear the latter end of June,
half long, and two inches broad, having ſharp edges, but are ſeldom fucceeded by feeds in England.
ending in points like fwords; the italks between theſe, The feeds of the ninth fort were brought from Car-
which are a little longer than the leaves, having at niola, by the Right Rev. Dr. Pocock, Biſhop of
each joint one leaf without a foot-ftalk; theſe diminiſh Offory, who found the plants growing there naturally:
in their ſize upward; the ftalks divide into three theſe were fown in the Chelſea garden, where they
branches, each of which produce two or three flowers ſucceeded very well, and the plants have been ſince
one above another at diſtances, each incloſed in a communicated to many curious gardens in Europe.
ز
3
3
a
.
.
This

IRI
IRI
a
.
a
This plant hath a thick fleſhy root, divided into many
knots or tubers, which ſpread and multiply in the
ground; theſe ſend out many ſtrong, thick, fleſhy fi-
bres, which ſtrike deep in the earth, putting out ſe-
veral ſmaller fibres from their fides. From theſe roots
ariſe cluſters of fiat ſword-ſhaped leaves of a deep
green colour, which are more than three feet long,
and little more than one inch broad in the broadeſt
part, ending in points; theſe leaves are connected to-
gether at their baſe into ſeveral heads or bundles,
wrapping over each other; and between theſe ariſe
the lower-ſtalks, which grow four feet high and are
jointed, having very long ſpathæ or ſheaths at each
of the upper joints, which include the flowers. Theſe
ítalks generally ſuſtain two flowers, one coming out
of each heath or ſpatha; theſe are permanent, and
when the flowers are paſt, cloſely cover the feed-veffel.
The flowers are divided into nine leaves, three of
theſe ftand erect, which are white, and fix turn down,
which are joined together at their baſe, the lower
ſpreading out into a broad, obtuſe, reflexed fall,
having a beard which is of a bright yellow colour; the
upper ſegment is arched over the lower, ſo as to form
a fort of lip, which is reflexed backward; under theſe
is ſituated an oblong three-cornered germen, which af-
terward becomes an oblong, ſwollen, three-cornered
feed-veſſel, ending in a long point, which opens into
three longitudinal cells, in which the ſeeds are ranged;
theſe are angular and compreſſed. This plant fowers
the latter end of June, or the beginning of July, and
the feeds ripen in the autumn. It is very hardy, and
thrives well in the open air without any protection.
The leaves decay to the root in the autumn, and new
ones ariſe in the ſpring. The roots alſo propagate
very faſt, when they are in a light moiſt foil, fo that
it may ſoon be had in plenty, without waiting for
plants from ſeeds.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Auſtria ; this hath
narrow, flat, Graſs-like leaves, about a foot long, of
a light green colour; between theſe ariſe the ſtalks
about fix inches high, having two narrow green leaves,
which are much longer than the ſtalks; theſe ſtalks
fuftain two or three flowers, which are ſmaller than
any of the former fpecies; the petals have no beards,
but have a broad yellow line adorned with purple
ſtripes; the three falls are of a light purple colour
ſtriped with blue, and have a convex ridge running
longitudinally, the other are of a reddiſh purple va-
riegated with violet; they have a ſcent like freſh
Plums. It flowers in July, and is ſucceeded by feed-
vefſels which are ſhort, having three borders or wings
running lengthways, opening in three cells, which are
filled with angular feeds, which ripen in September.
The eleventh
fort grows naturally near the ſea, in the
fouth of France, and in Italy. This hath narrow
ſword-ſhaped leaves, little inore than a foot long, of
a deep green colour; the ftalks do not riſe fo tall as
the leaves; they fuſtain at the top two or three flowers
which ſtand near together; they are of a bright
purple colour with very deep falls, and the three
Itandards are blue; the bending petals have no beards,
but inſtead of that white broad ſtripes through the
middle. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
September.
The twelfth fort hath narrower leaves than the former,
but of the ſame deep green colour; the ſtalks do not
riſe higher than the leaves, and ſupport two or three
Howers, which have long permanent empalements
ſtanding erect, which cover the feed-veffel till the
feeds are ripe ; the flowers are ſmaller, and of a paler
colour than thoſe of the eleventh fort.
The thirteenth fort has very narrow, long, Grafs-like
leaves, of a light green; the ſtalks riſe two feet and
a half high, fuftaining three or four flowers above each
other, which have blue falls, and purple ſtandards
ſtriped with pale blue lines. This flowers in July,
and the feeds ripen at Michaelmas.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Germany; this
hath leaves like thoſe of the eleventh fort, which,
when broken, have a diſagreeable ſcent; but this is
accidental, and not common to all the plants; the
ftalks of this are taper, and riſe a little above the
leaves, and ſuſtain three or four flowers one above
another, which have light blue ſtandards, and purple
variegated falls without beards; inſtead of which, they
have a broad white line in the middle; theſe are fuc-
ceeded by ſhort thick capſules, which have ſcarce any
angles, opening in three cells, which are filled with
angular ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen
in September
The fifteenth fort has narrower leaves than thoſe of
the ſecond, of a pale green colour, and not fo ftiff;
the ſtalks are equal in height with the leaves, and
branch out on both ſides with long foot-ſtalks, each
ſuſtaining one pretty large yellow power, incloſed in
a long two-leaved fheath; at each joint where the
foot-ſtalks come out there is a ſingle leaf, which em-
braces the ſtalks with their baſe. This flowers in June,
but rarely produces feeds in this country.
There are two varieties of this fort, one with a ful-
phur-coloured, and the other with a variegated flower,
which are ſuppoſed to be only varieties which have
been accidentally produced from ſeeds.
The fixteenth fort hath broad fword-ſhaped leaves
about eight inches long; the ſtalks riſe about the ſame
height with the leaves, and divide into two or three
foot-ftalks, each ſuſtaining two or three flowers one
above another, which have yellow ſtandards, and the
falls are variegated with dark ſtripes. This flowers
in June, but does not produce feeds here.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica; this hath tufted fibrous roots, from which ariſe
many Graſs-like leaves about nine inches long; from
between theſe come out the ſtalks, which are ſhorter
than the leaves, ſupporting one purple flower with
blue ſtandards. This fort flowers in May, but ſeldom
produces feeds in England.
The eighteenth fort grows alfo in North America;
this hath narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves about a foot
long, of a light green colour; the ſtalks riſe a little
above the leaves, they are taper, and ſupport two or
three flowers one above another; the ftandards are of
a light blue, and the falls are purple variegated, with
a broad white line inſtead of a beard through the
middle. The germen, which is ſituated under the
flower, is three-cornered below, but taper toward the
top. This flowers in June, and often produces feeds
here.
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in moiſt places
in many parts of England, fo is ſeldom admitted into
gardens. This hath thick tufted fibrous roots; the
leaves are of a Graſs-green, fword-ſhaped, and when
broken emit a ſtrong odour, not much unlike that of
hot roaſt beef at the firſt ſcent, but if ſmelt too cloſe,
becomes diſagreeable. It is generally called ſtinking
Gladwyn in England; the ſtalks riſe about the ſame
height with the leaves, ſupporting two ſmall flowers,
of a purple colour, variegated. It flowers in June,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The twentieth fort grows naturally in Auſtria and
Bohemia; this hath narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves near
a foot and a half long, of a dark green colour; the
flower-ſtalks riſe above the leaves, and ſupport two
or three flowers with light blue ſtandards, and deep
blue falls, with a broad itripe of white, inſtead of the
beard. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
September.
There are ſeveral varieties of theſe flag or ſword-leaved
Iriſes, which chiefly differ in the colour of their flow-
ers, ſo are not to be regarded as diſtinct ſpecies; thoſe
which are here enumerated are ſuppoſed to be fpe-
cifically different, great part of them I have cultivated
by ſeeds, and found them conſtantly produce the ſame
as the parent plants.
All theſe forts are generally propagated by parting
of their roots, which moſt of them multiply faſt
enough. The beſt time to remove and part the roots
is in autumn, that they may get good root before the
ſpring, otherwiſe they will not flower ſtrong the fol-
lowing ſummer. All thoſe forts which ſpread much
a
a
a
7 I
at

IS A
IS A
a
و
at their roots ſhould be tranſplanted every other year, Siliquoſa, which includes the plants whoſe flowers
to keep them within bounds, otherwile they will have four long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and their feeds
ſpread ſo much as to become troubleſome, eſpecially in pods.
if they are planted near other flowers; indeed, the
The Species are,
large growing kinds are moſt of them too ſpreading 1. Isatis (Tinctoria) foliis radicalibus oblongo-ovatis
for the flower-garden, fo are only fit to fill up the obtufis integerrimis, caulinis ſagittatis filiculis oblon-
ſpaces between trees and ſhrubs in large plantations, gis. Woad with oblong, oval, blant, entire leaves et
where they will have a good effect during the time of bottor, but thoſe on the ſtalks arrow-pointed, and oblong
their flowering;
pods. Iſatis fativa vel latifolia. C. B. P. 113. Brood-
The fifth, fixth, ſeventh, tenth, eleventh, ſixteenth, leaved cultivated Woad.
ſeventeenth and eighteenth forts, grow in leſs com- 2. ISATIS (Dalmatica) foliis radicalibus lanceolatis cre-
paſs, ſo may be admitted into the large borders, or in natis, caulinis lineari-fagittatis, filiculis brevioribus
clumps of flowers in the pleaſure-garden, where they emarginatis. Woad with ſpear-ſoaped lower leaves wbich
will add to the variety. The fifth ſort ſhould have a are Nightly crenated, thoſe on the stalks very narrow and
warmer ſituation, being a little tender, but all the crrow-pointed, and ſhorter indented pods. Ifatis Dal-
other forts will grow in almoſt any foil or fituation ; matica major. Bobart. Greater Woad of Dalmatia.
theſe
may all be propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould 3. ISATIS (Lufitanica) foliis radicalibus crenatis, caulinis
be ſown foon after they are ripe, then the plants will ſagittatis, pedunculis fubtomentofis. Lin. Sp. 936.
come up the following ſpring; but if the ſeeds are Woad with crenated lower leaves, thoſe on the ſtalks bal-
ſown in the ſpring, they will lie a year in the ground bert-shaped, and the foot-fialks of the flowers woolly.
before they vegetate : when the plants come up they Iſatis ſylveſtris, minor Lufitanica. H. L. App. Smaller
muſt be kept clean from weeds, and the following au- wild Portugal Woad.
tumn ſhould be tranſplanted into beds at ten inches 4. ISATIS (Ægyptiaca) foliis omnibus dentatis. Lin. Sp.
or a foot diſtance, where they may remain till they 937. Woad whoſe leaves are all indented.
flower, which will be the ſecond ſummer after tranf- The firſt fort is cultivated in ſeveral parts of England
planting; but as moſt of the forts are ſo eaſily pro- for the purpoſes of dyeing, this being uſed as a foun-
pagated by their roots, few people care to wait for dation for many of the dark colours.
ſeedling plants, unleſs of thoſe forts which are ſcarce. This is a commodity well worth propagating in all
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in the iſlands of places where the land is ſuitable for it, which muſt be
the Archipelago ; this hath a tuberous knobbed root, a pretty ſtrong foil, but not too moiſt.
from which ariſe five or fix long, narrow, four-cor- The plant is biennial, in which it differs from the
nered leaves, between which ariſe the ſtalk, which third and fourth fort, which are annual. The lower
ſupports one flower, ſhaped like thoſe of the Iris, but leaves of this are of an oblong oval figure, and pretty
ſmall, and of a dark purple colour. This flowers in thick conſiſtence, when growing in a proper foil;
April, but does not produce feeds in England. It is they are narrow at their bafe, but broad above, and
propagated by the roots, which ſend out offsets; theſe end in obtuſe roundiſh points, entire on their edges,
may be taken up and tranſplanted when their leaves and of a lucid green. The ſtalks riſe near four feet
decay, but ſhould not be kept too long out of the high, dividing into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with
ground. If theſe are planted in a deep looſe ſoil, the arrow-ſhaped leaves, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks; the
roots will run down, and be loft in a few years where ends of the branches are terminated by ſmall yellow
they are not diſturbed, ſo they ſhould be annually flowers, in very cloſe cluſters, which are compoſed of
tranſplanted, and have a ſhallow ſoil; they are hardy four ſmall petals, placed in form of a croſs; theſe are
in reſpect to cold, and require no farther care but to ſucceeded by pods ſhaped like a bird's tongue, half
keep them clean from weeds.
an inch long, and one eighth of an inch broad, which
The twenty-ſecond fort grows naturally in the warm when ripe turn black, and open with two valves,
parts of Europe, but is hardy enough to thrive in the having one cell, in which is ſituated a ſingle ſeed. It
open air in England; the leaves of this ſort are broad, flowers in July, and the feeds ripen the beginning of
of a pale green colour; the flower-ſtalks riſe taller September.
Txom 90
1
than the leaves, ſupporting one or two white flowers The third fort has been ſuppoſed to be the ſame ſpe-
which fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The roots of this are cies as the firſt, only differing by culture, but I have
uſed in medicine, and is uſually called Sweet Iris. propagated both forts more than forty years, and have
The twenty-third fort hath broad leaves, of a deeper not found either of them alter; there are alſo very
green than thoſe of the laſt fort. The ſtalks riſe much effential differences between the two plants, particu-
above the leaves, each having four or five flowers, larly in the ſhape of the under leaves, which in the
which have a yellow ground, variegated with dark wild fort are narrow and ſpear-ſhaped, and thoſe on
brown ſtripes, and have a ſcent like Elder; the two the ſtalks are not more than half the breadth of thoſe
forts flower the latter end of May, or beginning of of the cultivated Woad. The ſtalks do not branch
June.
ſo much, and the pods are narrower than thoſe of the
They are ſo hardy as to thrive as well as the ſecond other fort, nor do the roots abide ſo long, for they
fort in the open air in this country, and may
be
pro- generally die the ſame year, blazon riit
pagated by parting of their roots, or by feeds, in the The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Dalmatia; this is
ſame way as is directed for that fort.
a biennial plant; the lower leaves are ſpear-ſhaped,
IRIS bulbofa.
See XIPHIUM.
and crenated on their edges, but thoſe on the ſtalks
IRIS Perſica.
are very narrow and arrow-pointed. The ſtalks branch
ISATIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 211. tab. 100. Lin. Gen. more than thoſe of the firſt fort, and riſe higher. The
Plant. 738. Woad; in French, Paſtel.
flowers are larger, and of a brighter yellow colour.
The CHARACTERS are,
The feed-veffels are ſhorter, and broader at their ends,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval co- which are indented. Theſe plants all flower in July,
loured leaves, which ſpread open and fall away. The and their feeds ripen in September.
flower bath four oblong petals, placed in form of a croſs, The fourth ſort grows naturally in Egypt, and is an
which are narrow at their baſe, but broad and obtuſe at annual plant, which is too tender to thrive in the open
their ends. It bath fix ftamina, four of which are as long air in England, therefore the ſeeds ſhould be fown on
as the petals, the other two are shorter ; theſe are ter- a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit
minated by oblong lateral ſummits. It has an oblong com- to remove they muſt be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-
preſſed germen, the length of the two ſhorter ſtamina, bed to bring them forward, but as ſoon as they have
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen becomes an ob- taken new root, they ſhould have a large ſhare of
long compreſſed pod with one cell, opening with two valves, freſh air admitted to them daily, to prevent their being
incloſing one oval compreſſed ſeed in the center,
drawn up weak. In this bed they may remain five or
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection fix weeks, by which time they will be fit to tranſplant
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia into pots, which ſhould be carefully performed, nor
}
a
10

IS A
IS A
a
3
to let the earth fall from their roots; the pots ſhould ground muſt be harrowed to receive the feeds, which
alſo be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, giving the ſhould be ſown either in rows with the drill plough,
plants plenty of air at all times when the weather or in broad-caft, after the common method ; but it will
will permit, and ſupporting their ſtalks, which will be proper to ſteep the feeds one night in water before
otherwiſe trail on the ground, with this management
,
they are fown, which will prepare them for vegetation:
the plants will flower in June, and ripen their feeds if the feeds are fown in drills with a plough, they will
in September
be covered by an initrument fixed to the plough for
The three laſt forts are not cultivated for uſe, ſo that purpoſe, but thofe which are ſown broad-caft in
are only preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of the common way, muſt be well harrowed in. If the
variety; the ſecond and third forts are propagated by ſeeds are good and the ſeaſon favourable, the plants
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn; and when will appear in a fortnight, and in a month or five
the plants come up, they muſt be thinned, leaving weeks after will be fit to hoe ; for the ſooner this is
them fix inches apart, afterward they muſt be kept performed when the plants are diſtinguiſhable, the
clean from weeds: the ſummer following they will better they will thrive, and the weeds being then
Hower and produce ripe ſeeds, after which theſe forts young, will be foon deſtroyed. The method of hoe-
foon decay; the roots of the firſt fort will live another ing theſe plants is the ſame as for Turneps, with this
year. The firſt fort which is propagated for uſe, is ſown difference only, that theſe plants need not be thinned
upon freih land which is in good heart, for which the fo much ; for at the firſt hoeing, if they are ſeparated
cultivators of Woad pay a large rent; they generally to the diſtance of three or four inches, and at the laſt
chuſe to have their land fituated near great towns, to fix inches, it will be ſpace enough for the growth
where there is plenty of dreſſing, but they never ſtay of the plants ; if this is carefully performed, and in
long on the ſame ſpot, for the beſt ground will not dry weather, moſt of the weeds will be deſtroyed :
admit of being ſown with Woad more than twice ; but as ſome of them may eſcape in this operation,
for if it is oftener repeated, the crop ſeldom pays the and young weeds will ariſe, ſo the ground ſhould be
charges of culture, &c.
a ſecond time hoed in October, always chuſing a dry
Thole who cultivate this commodity, have gangs of time for this work; at this ſecond operation, the plants
people, who have been bred to this employment, fo ſhould be fingled out to the diſtance they are to re-
that whole families travel about from place to place, main. After this the ground will be clean from weeds
wherever their principal fixes on land for the purpoſe ; till the ſpring, when young weeds will come up, there-
but theſe people go on in one track, juſt as their pre- fore about a fortnight in April will be a good time
deceſſors taught them ; nor have their principals de- to hoe the ground again, when the weeds will be
viated much from the practice of their anceſtors, ſo young, ſo may be performed in leſs than half the
that there is a large field for improvement, if any
of time it would require if the weeds were permitted to
the cultivators of Woad were perfons of genius, and grow large, and the ſun and wind will much fooner
could be prevailed on to introduce the garden cul- kill them ; this hoeing will alſo ſtir the ſurface of the
ture ſo far as it may be adapted to this plant; this I ground, and greatly promote the growth of the
know from experience, having made numbers of plants; if it is performed in dry weather, the ground
trials in the culture of this plant, therefore I ſhall in- will be clean till the firſt crop of Woad is gathered,
fert them here for the benefit of thoſe who may after which it muſt be again well cleaned, if this
have ingenuity enough to ſtrike out of the old beaten is carefully repeated, after the gathering of each
track.no
crop, the land will always lie clean, and the plants
,
As the goodneſs of Woad conſiſts in the fize and will thrive the better. The expence of the firſt hoe-
fatneſs of the leaves, the only method to obtain this, ing will be about fix ſhillings per acre; and for the
is by fowing the feed upon ground at a proper ſeaſon, after-hoeings half that price will be ſufficient, provided
and allow the plants proper room to grow, as alſo to they are performed when the weeds are young; for if
keep them clean from weeds; which, if permitted to they are ſuffered to grow large, it will require more
to grow, will rob the plants of their nouriſhment. labour, nor can it be ſo well performed; therefore it
The method practiſed by ſome of the moſt ſkilful is not only the beſt huſbandry to do this work foon,
kitchen-gardeners in the culture of Spinach, would but it will be found the cheapeſt method; for the ſame
be a great improvement to this plant, for ſome of number of men will hoe a field of ten acres three times,
them have improved the round-leaved Spinach ſo when it is performed while the weeds are young, as
much by culture, as to have the leaves more than ſix is required to hoe it twice only, becauſe the weeds
times the ſize they were formerly; and their fatneſs have longer time to grow between the operations.
has been in the ſame proportion, upon the fame land, If the land in which the feed is ſown, ſhould have
which has been effected by thinning of the plants
been in culture before for other crops, ſo not in good
when young, and keeping the ground conſtantly heart, it will require dreſſing before it is fown, in
clean from weeds ; but to return to the culture of which cafe rotten ftable dung is preferable to any
Woad.
other ; but this ſhould not be laid on till the laſt
bna
After having made choice of a proper ſpot of land, ploughing before the ſeeds are fown, and not ſpread
which ſhould not be too light and fandy, nor over ſtiff but as the land is ploughed, that the fun inay not
and moiſt, but rather a gentle hazel loam, whoſe exhale the goodneſs of it, which in ſummer is foon
parts will eaſily ſeparate : the next is to plough this up loft, when ſpread on the ground. The quantity
juſt before winter, laying it in narrow high ridges, ſhould not be leſs than twenty loads to each acre,
that the froſt may penetrate through the ridges, to which will keep the ground in heart till the crop of
mellow and ſoften the clods; then in the ſpring plough
Woad is ſpent.
it again croſſway, laying it again in narrow ridges ; The time for gathering the crop is according to the
after it has lain fome time in this manner, and the feaſon, but it thould be performed as ſoon as the
weeds begin to grow, it ſhould be well harrowed to leaves are fully grown, while they are perfectly green;
deſtroy them; this ſhould be twice repeated while the for when they begin to change pale, great part of
weeds are young, and if there are any roots of large their goodneſs is over ; for the quantity will be leís,
perennial weeds, they muſt be harrowed out, and car- and the quality greatly diminiſhed.
ried off the ground. In June the ground ſhould be a If the land is good, and the crop well huſbanded, it
third time ploughed, when the furrows ſhould be nár- will produce three or four gatherings, but the two
row, and the ground ſtirred as deep as the plough will firſt are the beſt; theſe are commonly mixed together
go,
that the parts may be as well ſeparated as poſſible; in the manufacturing of it, but the after-crops are al-
and when the weeds appear again, the ground ſhould ways kept ſeparate ; for if theſe are mixed with the
be well harrowed to deſtroy them. Toward the end other, the whole will be of little value. The two
of July, or the beginning of Auguſt, it ſhould be firſt crops will fell from twenty-five to thirty pounds
ploughed the laſt time, when the land ſhould be laid a ton ; but the latter will not bring more than
Imooth, and when there is a proſpect of ſhowers, the ſeven or eight pounds, and ſometimes not ſo much.
An
و

ISO
I TE
a
a
a
a
An acre of land will produce a ton of Woad, and in fcatter, they ſucceed better than thoſe which are fown,
good ſeaſons near a ton and a half.
and the plants will require no other care but to keep
When the planters intend to ſave the ſeeds, they cut them clean from weeds; as there is no great beauty
three crops of the leaves, and then let the plants ſtand in this plant, fo a ſmall patch or two of them in any
till the next year for feed; but if only one crop is cut, ſhady part of the garden, by way of variety, will be
and that only of the outer leaves, letting all the mid- fufficient.
dle leaves ſtand to nouriſh the ſtalks, the plants will The cond and third forts were ſent me from Verona,
grow ſtronger, and produce a much greater quantity near which place they grow naturally. The ſecond
of feeds.
fort hath leaves very like thoſe of the ſmalleſt Mea-
Theſe feeds are often kept two years, but it is al- dow Rue. The ſtalks riſe four or five inches high, fup-
ways beſt to fow new feeds when they can be obtained. porting a few ſmall white flowers, with obtuie petals,
The feeds ripen in Auguſt; when the pods turn to a containing many ſmall feeds. It flowers the latter
dark colour, the feeds ſhould be gathered; it is beſt end of March, and the feeds ripen in May.
done by reaping the ſtalks in the ſame manner as The third fort hath leaves like the ſecond, but a little
Wheat, ſpreading the ſtalks in rows upon the ground, larger, and of a greener colour. The ſtalks riſe about
and in four or five days the ſeeds will be fit to threſh fix inches high, ſupporting two or three ſmall white
out, provided the weather is dry; for if it lies long, fowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the ſecond fort; theſe
the pods will open and let out the ſeeds.
are ſucceeded by recurved ſeed-veſſels, filled with
There are ſome of the Woad planters who feed down ſmall ſeeds. It Aowers in April, and the ſeeds ripen
the leaves in winter with ſheep, which is a very bad
in June.
method; for all plants which are to remain for a fu- Both theſe plants delight in a moiſt ſhady ſituation;
ture crop, ſhould never be eaten by cattle, for that they are propagated by feeds in the ſame way as the
greatly weakens the plants; therefore thoſe who eat firſt fort, but theſe will live two or three years.
down their Wheat in winter with ſheep are equally ISORA. See HELICTERES.
blameable.
ITEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 243. Flor. Virg. 143. Di-
ISOPYRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 621. Helleborus. conangia. Mitch. Gen. 5.
Amman.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is fmall
, permanent, and
The flower bas no empalement. It hath five equal oval pe- ereet, ending in five acute points. The flower has five
tals, which fall off, and five short tububulous nectarii, petals, which are inſerted in the empalement. It bath
ftuated within the petals, divided at their brim into five awl-ſhaped ſtamina inſerted in the empalement, which
three lobes, the middle one being the largeſt. It hath a are as long as the petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits,
great number of ſhort hairy ſtamina, terminated by ſingle and an oval germen Supporting a cylindrical ſtyle, which is
fummits, and ſeveral oval germen, with ſingle ſtyles of
,
permanent, crowned by an obtuſe liigma. The germen
the same length, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma the length of afterward becomes a long oval capſule, with the style et
the ſtamine. The germen afterward become ſo many re- the top, having one cell filled with ſmall ſeeds.
curved capſules with one cell, filled with ſmall feeds.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Po- which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
lygynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers ftamina and one ſtyle.
have many ſtamina and ſtyles.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The SPECIES are,
ITEA (Virginica.) Flor. Virg. 143. We have no English
1. ISOPYRUM (Fumaroides) ftipulis fubulatis, petalis acu- title for this plant,
tis. Hort. Upfal. 157. Isopyrum with owl-shaped ſti- This ſhrub grows in moiſt foils in ſeveral parts of
pula, and acute petals. Helleborus fumariæ foliis. North America, where it riſes to the height of fix or
Amman. Ruth. 57. tab. 12. Hellebore with Fumitory ſeven feet, ſending out many branches from the
leaves.
ground upward, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
2. IsOPYRUM (Thali Etroides) ftipulis ovatis, petalis ob- placed alternately, lightly ſawed on their edges,
tufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 557. Iſopyrum with oval ftipulæ, which are reflexed, veined, and of a light green. At
and obtuſe petals. Ranunculus nemoroſus, thalictri fo- the extremity of the farne year's ſhoots, in the month
lio. C. B. P. 178. Wood Crowsfoot with a Meadowe of July, are produced fine ſpikes of white flowers,
Rhe leaf.
three or four inches long, erect; and when theſe ſhrubs
3 IsOPYRUM (Aquilegioides) ſtipulis obfoletis. Lin. Sp. are in vigour, they will be entirely covered with theſe
Plant. 557. Isopyrum with obſolete ſtipule. Aquilegia ſpikes of flowers, ſo that they make a fine appearance
montana, flore parvo, thalictri folio. C B. P. 144. at their ſeaſon of flowering.
Mountain Columbine with a ſmall flower, and Meadow This ſhrub is now pretty common in England; but
Rue Leaf.
the garden where I have ſeen it in the greateſt
The firſt fort grows naturally in Siberia, from whence vigour, is that of his late Grace the Duke of Argyle,
the feeds were ſent to the Imperial garden at Peterſ- at Whitton, near Hounſlow, where the foil agrees ſo
burgh, and the late Dr. Amman, profeſſor of botany well with this plant, that it thrives and flowers there
there, fent me part of the feeds; this is an annual as well as in its native country.
plant, which feldom riſes more than three or four This ſhrub will live in the open air in England, the
inches high. The leaves are ſhaped like thoſe of cold never injuring it, but it will not thrive upon dry
Fumitory; they are ſmall, and of a gray colour. The gravelly ground, being very apt to die in ſuch places
ftalk is naked to the top, where there is a circle of in the ſummer ſeaſon. It is propagated by layers,
leaves juſt under the flowers. The flowers are ſmall, which, if laid down in the autumn, will put out roots
of an herbaceous colour on their outſide, but yellow ſo as to be fit to remove by the following autumn;
within, having five acute petals, and as many honey when they may be tranſplanted into a nurſery, or to
glands, with a great number of ſtamina which are the place where they are to remain. This ſhrub
ſhorter than the petals, and ſeveral reflexed moon- flowers at a ſeaſon when there are few others in beauty,
ſhaped germen, having ſo many ſingle ſtyles, crowned ſo it is the more valuable on that acount.
by obtuſe ftigmas. The flowers are ſucceeded by many IVA. Lin. Gen. 1059. Tarconanthus. Vail. Act. Par.
recurved feed-veffels with one cell, filled with ſmall
1719.
ſhining black ſeeds. It flowers the beginning of
The CHARACTERS are,
April, and the ſeeds ripen in May, then the plants It hath male and female flowers in the ſame plant; the
decay.
flowers have a roundiſh permanent empalement, including
The ſeeds of this plant ſhould be fown in a ſhady ſeveral florets, which are conver; the male flowers have
border foon after they are ripe, for when they are one petal, which is funnel-shaped, and indented in five
kept long out of the ground, they ſeldom grow the parts at the brim ; theſe are ſituated in the diſk; they have
therefore when the ſeeds are permitted to five briftly ftamina, terminated by eremummits, approach
a
ز
firſt year;

JUG
JUG
ſeed.
ing each other; the female half florets have neither petal
The SPECIES are
or ſtamina ; they have an oblong germen ſupporting two 1. JUGLANS (Regia) foliolis ovalibus glabris fubferran
hair-like ſtyles, crowned with acute ſtigmas. The em- tis fubæqualibus. Hort. Cliff
. 449. Walnut wiib oval
palement afterward becomes the capſule, including one naked Small leaves or lobes, which are ſmooth, Sawed, and equal.
Nux juglans five Regia vulgaris. C. B. P.417. Com-
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of mon Walnut.
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monccia Pen- 2. JUGLANS (Nigra) foliolis quindenis lanceolatis ferraa
tandria, from the plants having male and female flo- tis, exterioribus minoribus gemmulis fuper axillari-
rets, and the male florets having five ftamina.
bus. Lin. Sp. 1415. Walnut-tree with Spear-ſhaped
The SPECIES are,
lobes which are ſharply ſawed, the middle being the
1. IVA ( Annua) foliis lanceolato-ovatis, caule herbaceo. largeſt. Nux juglans Virginiana nigra. H. L. 452.
Hort. Upſal. 285. Ivy with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves Black Virginia Walnut.
and an herbaceous ſtalk. Tarconanthus foliis cordatis 3. JUGLANS (Oblonga) foliolis cordato-lanceolatis in-
ferratis trinervis. Prod. Leyd. 538.
fernè nervoſis, pediculis foliorum pubeſcentibus.
2. Iva (Fruteſcens) foliis lanceolatis, caule fruticofo. Walnut with heart Spear-ſhaped lobes, having many veins
Aman. Acad. 3. p. 25. Iva with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
.
on their under ſide, and downy foot-ſtalks to the leaves.
and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Agerato affinis, Peruviana fru- Juglans nigra, fructu oblongo profundiſſime inſculpto.
tefcens. Pluk. Alm. 12.
Cat. Hort. Chelf. Black Virginia Walnut, with an oblong
The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of the fruit very deeply furrowed.
Weſt-Indies; it is an annual plant, with an her- 4. JUGLANS (Alba) foliolis lanceolatis ferratis, exterio-
baceous ſtalk, which riſes from two to three feet ribus latioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 997. Walnut with
high, ſending out ſeveral branches from the ſides, Spear-ſhaped ſawed lobes, the outer being the broadeſt.
which are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, Nux juglans alba Virginienſis. Park. Theat. 1414.
having three deep longitudinal veins, and are ſawed White Virginia Walnut called Hickery Nut.
on their edges; the ſtalks and branches are termi-5. JUGLANS (Glabra) foliolis cuneiformibus ferratis, ex-
nated by ſmall cluſters of pale blue flowers, which terioribus majoribus. Walnut with wedge-ſhaped lobes
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by feeds which ri- which are ſawed, the outer being the largeſt. Juglans
pen in the autumn.
alba fructu minori cortice glabro. Clayt. Flor. Virg.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in White Walnut with a ſmaller fruit, and a ſmooth bark.
the ſpring upon a moderate hot-bed: and when the 6. JUGLANS (Ovata) foliolis lanceolatis ferratis glabris
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted ſubæqualibus. Walnut with ſmooth, ſpear-ſhaped, ſawed
on another hot-bed to bring them forward, treating lobes, which are equal. Juglans alba fructu ovato
them in the ſame way as is directed for Impatiens, compreſſo, nucleo dulce, cortice ſquarnoſo. Clayt.
with which management the plants will flower and Flor. Virg. White Walnut with an oval compreſſed fruit,
perfect their feeds.
a ſweet kernel, and a ſcaly bark, commonly called Shag-
The ſecond fort has been long an inhabitant of the bark in America.
Engliſh gardens, where it has been known by the ti- There are ſeveral varieties of the common Walnut;
tle of Jeſuits Bark-tree. It hath flender ligneous which are diſtinguiſhed by the following titles: the
branches which riſe eight or ten feet high, garniſhed large Walnut, the thin ſhelled Walnut, the French
with ſpear-ſhaped fawed leaves; the branches (in Walnut, the late ripe Walnut, and the double Wal-
warm ſeaſons) are terminated by ſmall cluſters of but theſe do all of them vary when raiſed by
flowers, of a pale purple colour, which appear the the ſeed, ſo that the nuts from the ſame tree will pro-
latter end of Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds duce plants whoſe fruit will differ ; therefore there
in England.
can be no dependence upon the trees which are raiſed
This fhrub was ſome years paft preſerved in green- from nuts, till they have produced fruit; ſo that
houſes, being ſuppoſed too tender to live through the thoſe perſons who plant the trees for their fruit,
winter in the open air; but late trials have made it ſhould make choice of them in the nurſeries when
appear, that the ordinary winters in England feldom they have their fruit upon them, otherwiſe they
hurt it, provided it is planted in a dry ſoil and a ſhel- may be deceived, by having ſuch as they would not
tered ſituation. It is propagated in the nurſery-gar- chuſe.
dens about London for ſale, and if the branches are The ſecond fort is commonly called Black Virginia
layed into the ground in the ſpring, they will put out Walnut ; this grows to a large ſize in North America.
roots in ſix months; or if cuttings are planted in a The leaves of this ſort are compoſed of five or fix
ſhady border in May, they will take root.
pair of ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which end in acute points,
JUDAICA ARBOR. See CERCIS.
and are ſawed on their edges, the lower pair of lobes
JUGLANS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 950. Nux. Tourn. are the leaſt, the other gradually increaſe in their fize
Inſt. R. H. 581. tab. 346. Walnut; in French, Noi- to the top, where the pair at the top, and the ſingle
ſetier
lobe which terminates the leaf, are ſmaller; theſe
The CHARACTERS are,
leaves, when bruiſed, emit a ſtrong aromatic flavour,
It hath male and female flowers at feparate diſtances on
as do alſo the outer cover of the nuts, which are
the ſame tree. The male flowers are diſpoſed in an oblong rough, and rounder than thoſe of the common Wal-
rope, or katkin, which is cylindrical and imbricated, with nut. The ſhell of the nut is very hard and thick, and
spaces between the ſcales ; each ſcale has one flower, with the kernel ſmall, but very ſweet.
one petal fixed in the outer cenier, toward the outſide of The third fort grows naturally in North America,
the ſcale. The petal is divided into fix equal parts; in the where the trees grow to a large ſize: The leaves of
center is ſituated many ſhort ſtamina, terminated by erect this fort are compoſed of ſeven or eight pair of long
acute ſummits. The female flowers grow in ſmall chifters, heart-ihaped lobes, broad at their baſe, where they
fitting cloſe to the branches; theſe have a fhort, erett, four- are divided into two round ears, but terminate in acute
pointed empalement, ſitting on the germen, and an acute points ; they are rougher, and of a deeper green than
ereet petal, divided into four parts. Under the empale- thoſe of the ſecond fort, and have nothing of the aro-
ment fits a large oval germen, ſupporting two fort ſtyles, matic ſcent which they have. The fruit is very long.
crowned by large reflexed ſtigmas. The germen afterward The ſhell is deeply furrowed, and is very hard. The
becomes a large oval dry berry, with one cell, incloſing a kernel is ſmall, but well flavoured.
large oval nut with netted furrows, whoſe kernel kath The fourth fort is very common in moſt parts of
four lobes, which are variouſly furrowed.
North America, where it is called Hickery Nut. The
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection leaves of this ſort are compoſed of two or three pair
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monccia Po- of oblong lobes, terminated by an odd one ; theſe are
lyandria, including thoſe plants which have male and of a light green, and fawed on their edges; the lower
female flowers on the ſame plant, and the male flowers pair of lobes are the ſmalleſt, and the upper the
have many ſtamina.
largeſt
. The fruit is ſhaped like the common Wal-
nut;
a
.
7 к.
nut;

JUG
JUG
SW
a
Walnut. ons
39VO
-
nut; but the ſhell is not furrowed, and is of a light ſize, for it often cauſes them to decay; but when
colour.
W gnista molt IV
ខ្មែរ និង
there is a neceſſity for cutting any of their branches
The fifth fort is not ſo large as the fourth. The loff, it ſhould be done early in September (for at that
leaves are compoſed of two pair of lobes, terminated ſeaſon the trees are not ſo ſubject to bleed) that the
by an odd one; theſe are narrow at their baſe, but wound may heal over before the cold increaſes; the
broad and rounded at their ends; they are fawed on branches ſhould always be cut off quite cloſe to the
their edges, and are of a light green. The nuts are s trunk, otherwiſe the ſtump which is left will decay,
ſmall, have a ſmooth ſhell, and are very hard and and rot the body of the tree.
white.
o modige
The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting theſe trees is as
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America, ſoon as the leaves begin to decay, at which time if
where it riſes to a middling ftature. The leaves of they are carefully taken up, and their branches pre-
this ſort are compoſed of three pair of ſmooth ſpear-e ſerved entire, there will be little danger of their fuc-
ſhaped lobes, of a dark green colour, ſawed on their ceeding, although they are eight or ten years old, as
edges, and ending in acute points. The fruit is oval, I have ſeveral times experienced; though, as was be-
the ſhell white, hard, and ſmooth the kernel ſmall, before obſerved, theſe trees will not grow ſo large, or
but very ſweet. The young ſhoots of the tree are to continue ſo long, as thoſe which are removed young.
covered with a very ſmooth browniſh bark, but the a This tree delights in a firm, rich, loamy foil, or fuch
Items and older branches have a rough ſcaly bark, as is inclinable to chalk or marl; and will thrive
from whence it had the appellation of Shagbark, in very well in ftony ground, and on chalky hills, as
America.
Thorn bal bstevidio - may be ſeen by thoſe large plantations near Leather-
The common Walnut is propagated in many parts of head, Godſtone, and Carſhalton in Surry, where are
England for the fruit, and formerly the trees were 1 great numbers of theſe trees planted upon the downs,
propagated for their wood, which was in very great which annually produce large quantities of fruit, to
eſteem, till the quantity of Mahogany, and other the great advantage of their owners ; one of which
uſeful woods which have been of late years imported I have been told, farms the fruit of his trees, to thoſe
into England, have almoſt baniſhed the uſe of si who ſupply the markets, for 30 l. per annum.
buto dijuda basi Salo The diſtance theſe trees ſhould be placed, ought not
Theſe trees are propagated by planting their nuts, to be leſs than forty feet, eſpecially if regard be had
which, as was before obſerved, feldom produce the to their fruit; though when they are only deſigned
fame ſort of fruit as are ſowns fo that the only way for timber, if they ftand much nearer, it promotes
to have the deſired fort, is to fow the nuts of the their upright growth. The black. Virginia Walnut
beſt kinds; and if this is done in a nurſery, the is inuch more inclinable to grow upright than the
trees ſhould be tranſplanted out when they have had common fort, and the wood being generally of a
three or four years growth, to the place where they . more beautiful grain, renders it preferable to that,
are deſigned to remain ; for theſe trees do not bear and better worth cultivating. I have ſeen ſome of
tranſplanting when they are of a large ſize, therefore this wood which hath been beautifully veined with
there may be a good number of the trees planted, black and white, which, when poliſhed, has appeared
which need not be put at more than fix feet apart, at a diſtance, like veined marble. This wood is
which will be diftance enough for them to grow till --greatly eſteemed by the cabinet-makers for inlaying,
they produce fruit; when thoſe whoſe fruit are of as alſo for bedſteads, ſtools, tables, and cabinets; and
the deſired kind may remain, and the others cut up, is one of the moſt durable woods for thoſe purpoſes
to allow them room to grow ; by this method a fuf- of Engliſh growth, being leſs liable to be infected
sficient number of the trees may be generally found
with inſects than moſt other kinds (which may pro-
among them to remain, which will thrive and flouriſh ceed from its extraordinary bitterneſs ;) but it is not
greatly when they have room ; but as many people proper for buildings of ſtrength, it being of a brittle
do not care to wait ſo long for the fruit, ſo the next nature, and exceeding ſubject to break very ſhort,
beſt method is to make choice of ſome young trees though it commonly gives notice thereof, by its crack-
in the nurſeries, when they have their fruit upon them; ing ſome time before it breaks.com
but though theſe trees will grow and bear fruit, yet - The general opinion is, that the beating of this fruit
they will never be fo large or ſo long lived, as thoſe improves the trees, which I do not believe, ſince in the
which are planted young. dosya daider has been doing of this, the younger branches are generally
All the forts of Walnuts which are propagated for broken and deſtroyed; but as it would be exceeding
timber, ſhould be fown in the places where they are troubleſome to gather it by hand, fo in beating it off,
to remain ; for the roots of theſe trees always incline great care ſhould be taken that it be not done with
downward, which being ſtopped or broken, prevent violence, for the reaſon before aſſigned. In order
their aſpiring upward, ſo that they afterwards divari- to preſerve the fruit, it ſhould remain upon the trees
cate into branches, and become low ſpreading trees; till it is thorough ripe, when it should be beaten
but ſuch as are propagated for fruit, are greatly - down, and laid in heaps for two or three days; af-
mended by tranſplanting : for hereby they are ren- ter which they ſhould be ſpread abroad, when, in a
dered more fruitful, and their fruit are generally little time, their huſks will eaſily part from the
larger and fairer; it being a common obſervation, ſhells, then you muſt dry them well in the ſun,
that downright roots greatly encourage the luxuriant and lay them up in a dry place, where mice or other
growth of timber in all ſorts of trees; but ſuch trees - Vermin cannot come to them, in which place they
as have their roots fpreading near the ſurface of the will remain good for four or five months ; but there
ground, are always the moſt fruitful and beſt fa- - are ſome perſons who put their Walnuts into an
voured.
wygoloti oven gently heated, where they let them remain
The nuts ſhould be preſerved in their outer covers four or five hours to dry, and then put them up
in dry fand until February, when they ſhould be plant- in oil jars, or any other cloſe veſſel, mixing them
ed in lines, at the diſtance you intend them to re- with dry land, by which method they will keep good
main; but in the rows they may be placed pretty ſix months. The putting of them in the oven is to
cloſe, for fear the nuts fhould miſcarry; and the dry the germ, and prevent their ſprouting; but if
young trees, where they are too thick, may be re- the oven be too hot it will cauſe them to ſhrink, there-
moved, after they have grown two or three years, fore great care muſt be had to that.
,
yon doit
leaving the remainder at the diſtance they are to to All the other forts are propagated in the ſame way,
ftand. Hilang di
od st peitendmi auditoin s but as few of the forts produce fruit in England, ſo
In tranſplanting theſe trees, you lould ob- - their nuts muſt be procured from North America ;
ſerve never to prune either their roots or large which ſhould be gathered when fully ripe, and put up
branches, both which are very injurious to them ; in dry fand, to preſerve them in their paſſage to Eng.
nor ſhould you be too buſy in lopping or pruning land : when they arrive here, the fooner they are
. 15
the branches of theſe trees when grown to a large planted the greater chance there will be of their fuc-
ceeding;
-
3
a
و
ga
HO
i

JUN
JUN
country.
eceding; when the plants come up, they ſhould be banks of the ſea in Holland, in order to prevent the
kept clean from weeds; and if they ſhoot late in the water from waſhing away the earth; which being
autumn, and their tops are full of fap, they ſhould very looſe, would be in danger of removing every
be covered with mats, or ſome other light covering, tide, if it were not for the roots of theſe Ruſhes, which
to prevent the early froſts from pinching their tender faften themſelves very deep in the ground, and mat
ſhoots, which often cauſes them to die down a con- themſelves near the ſurface, ſo as to hold the earth
fiderable length before the ſpring ; but if they are cloſely together. Therefore, whenever the roots of
ſcreened from theſe early frofts, the ſhoots will be theſe Ruſhes are deſtroyed, the inhabitants immediately
come firmer and better able to reſiſt the cold. Some repair them to prevent farther damage. In the ſum-
of theſe forts are tender while young, ſo require mer time, when the Ruſhes are fully grown, the in-
a little care for the two firſt winters, but afterward habitants cut them, and tie them up into bundles,
will be hardy enough to reſiſt the greateſt cold of this which are dried, and afterward carried into the lar:
quor
ger towns and cities, where they are wrought into
The black Virginia Walnut is full as hardy as the baſkets, and ſeveral other uſeful things, which are
common ſort: there are ſome large trees of this kind frequently ſent into England. Theſe forts do not
in the Chelſea garden, which have produced great grow ſo ſtrong in England, as they do on the Maeſe,
quantities of fruit upward of forty years; the nuts and ſome other places in Holland, where I have ſeen
have generally ripened ſo well there as to grow, but them upward of four feet high.
be
their kernels are ſmall, ſo are of little value.
The third and fourth forts grow on moiſt, ſtrong, un-
The trees all require the ſame culture as the com- cultivated lands in moſt parts of England, and con-
mon Walnut, but they grow beſt in a ſoft loamy foil fume the herbage where they are ſuffered to remain.
not too dry, and where there is a depth of foil for The beſt method of deſtroying theſe Ruſhes is, to
their roots to run down. The Hickery, when young, fork them up clean by the roots in July, and after
is very tough and pliable, ſo the ſticks of it are much having let them lie a fortnight or three weeks to dry,
eſteemed; but the wood when grown large is very to lay them in heaps, and burn them gently; and the
brittle, ſo not of any great uſe. The black Virginia aſhes which theſe afford, will be good manure for
to
Walnut is the moſt valuable wood of all the forts; the land; but in order to prevent their growing again,
ſome of the trees are beautifully veined, and will take and to make the paſture good, the land ſhould be
a good poliſh, but others have very little beauty, drained, otherwiſe there will be no deſtroying theſe
which is the caſe of many other forts of wood.
Ruſhes entirely; but after it is well drained, if the
JUJUBE. See Ziziphus.
roots are annually drawn up, and the ground kepr
JULIANS, or ROCKET S. See HESPERIS. duly rolled, they may be fubdued.
JULY FLOWER. See DIANTHUS. Domino JUNIPERUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 588. tab. 361.
JUNCUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 246. tab. 127. Lin. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1005. Juniper; in French, Genévrier.
Gen. Plant. 396. Ruſh; in French, Fonc, d bas zod The CHARACTERS are, SST 01 bongutab
The CHARACTERS are,
din
It hath male and female flowers in different plants, and
It hath a chaff opening with two valves, an empalement ſometimes et Jeparaie diſtances on the same plant. The
with fix oblong pointed little leaves which are perma- 1 male flower's grow on a conical katkin ; the flowers are
nent; the flower bath no petals, but the coloured em- placed by threes, two of them faftened along the common
palement is by fome taken for petals. It hath fix short tail oppoſite
, terminated by a ſingle one ; the ſcales are
bairy ſtamina, terminated by oblong ereEt ſummits, and a broad, ſhort, lying over each other, and fixed to the co-
three-cornered pointed germen, with a ſort ſlender Style, lumn by a very ſhort foot-ſtalk. The flower has no petal,
crowned by three long, hairy, ſlender ſtigmas, which are re- but three ſtamina in the male flower which are joined in
flexed. The germen efterward becomes a cloſe three-cor- one body below, having three diſtinɛt jummits, adhering
nered capſule with one cell, opening with three valves, in- to the ſcales of the lateral flowers
. The female flowers
cloſing roundiſh feeds.
< bris
have a ſmall three-pointed empalement fitting upon the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of germen, which is permanent; they have three ſtiff, acute,
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Monogynia, permanent petals; the germen fitting below the empalement,
which contains the plants whoſe flowers have fix fta- ſupports three ſingle ſtyles, crowned by ſtigmas. The ger-
mina and one ftyle.ob
o uyor
men afterward becomes a youndiſh berry, incloſing three
The Species are, nuoreidt to grob
SPECIES
Stony ſeeds, which are oblong and angular on one ſide, but
1. JUNCUS (Acutus) culmo fubnudo tereti mucronato, "2 convex on the other. w
paniculâ terminali
, involucro diphyllo ſpinoſo. Lin. This genus of plants is ranged in the twelfth ſection of
Sp. Plant. 325. Ruh with a naked, taper, pointed ſtalk, Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diæcia Mo-
terminated by a panicle, and a prickly two-leaved involu-nodelphia, which includes thoſe plants which have
crum. Juncus acutus, capitulis forghi. C. B. P. 11. male and female flowers in different plants, whoſe ſta-
Prickly large Sea Ruſhwa voordeur
.
mina are joined in one body.
2. Juncus (Filiformis) culmo nudo, apice membrana- The SPECIES are,
as og
buku
ceo incurvo, paniculâ laterali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 326. 1. JUNIPERUS (Communis) foliis ternis patentibus mu-
Ruffa with a naked ſtalk, an incurved membranacous cronatis bacca longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1040. Ju-
apex, and a lateral panicle. Juncus acutus, panicula niper with Spreading Marp-pointed leaves placed by threes.
ſparſa. C. B. P. Common hard Ruſh. bag Juniperis vulgaris fruticofa. C. B. P. 488. The con-
3. JUNCUS (Efufus) culmo nudo ftricto, paniculâ late- 2 mon Engliſh Juniper. to set todini o divors
rali. Flor. Leyd. 44. Ruſh with a naked cloſe ſtalk, and 2. JUNIPERIS (Suecia) foliis ternis patentibus, acutiori-
a lateral panicle. Juncus lævis, paniculâ ſparsâ, major. bus, ramis erectioribus, bacca longioribus Juniper
C. B. P. Larger common Soft Ruſh, with a ſpreading with longer and more acute-pointed leaves placed by threes,
panicle. Tu bas
Doctor oft 10 2007 aereat branches, and longer berries. Juniperis vulgaris
4. JUNCUS (Conglomeratis) culmo nudo ſtricto, capitulo arbor. C. B. P. 488. The Tree, or Swediſh Juniper.
laterali. Prod. Leyd. 44. Ruſh with a cloſe naked 3. JUNIPERUS (Virginiana) foliis ternis omnibus paten-
ſtalk and lateral beads. Juncus lævis, paniculâ non tibus. Juniper with leaves placed by threes, which are all
ſparsâ. C. B. P. Soft Ruſh with a more compact panicle. of them ſpreading. Juniperus Virginiana. H. L. Fo-
There are many other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of lio ubique juniperino. Boerh. Ind. Cedar of Virginia,
which grow naturally in England, and are very trou- For red Cedar. I wore syd
bleſome weeds in many places, ſo are not worthy of 4. JUNIPERUS (Caroliniane) foliis ternis baſi adnatis, ju-
fo
being enumerated here, and thoſe which are here nioribus imbricatis, ſenioribus patulis. Hort. Cliff.
mentioned, is only to point out a method of deſtroy-464. Juniper with leaves placed by threes adhering ai
ing them.
on sd bliront nist |
Fatheir baſe, the young ones tying over each other, and the
- The firſt and ſecond ſorts grow on the ſea-ſhores,old ones ſpreading. Juniperus Virginiana, foliis infe-
where they are frequently watered by the ſalt water. rioribus juniperinis, ſuperioribus fabinam, vel cypreſ-
Theſe two forts are planted with great care on the ſum referentibus. Boerh. Ind. Carolina Cedar.
don
sid omnia
5. JUNI-

JUN
JUN
-
5. JUNIPERUS (Bermudiana) foliis inferioribus ternis,
ſuperioribus quadrifariàm imbricatis. Juniper with
Spreeding under leaves placed by threes, and the upper by
fours, which lie cloſe over each other. Juniperis Ber-
mudiana. H. L. Cedar of Bermudas.
6. JUNIPERIS (Thurifera) foliis quadrifariàm imbricatis
acutis. Lin. Sp. 1471. Juniper with awl-ſhaped acute
leaves placed by fours, lying over each other. Juniperus
major baccâ cæruleâ. C. B. P: Greater Juniper with
blue berries.
7. JUNIPERUS (Phænicia) foliis ternis obliteratis imbri-
catis obtufis. Lin. Sp. 1471. Juniper with leaves placed
by threes, which are obliterate, obtufe, and lying over
each other. Cedrus folio cupreſſi major, fructu flave-
fcente. C. B.P. Greater Cedar with a Cypreſs leaf and
yellowiſh fruit.
8. JUNIPERUS (Lycia) foliis ternis undiqué imbricatis
ovatis obtufis. Flor. Leyd. go. Juniper with oval
blunt leaves, which every where lie over each other. Ce-
drus folio cupreſſi media, majoribus baccis. C. B. P.
488. Middle Cedar, with a Cypreſs leaf and larger
berries.
9. JUNIPERUS (Barbadenſis) foliis omnibus quadrifariàm
imbricatis junioribus ovatis ſenioribus acutis. Prod.
Leyd. 90. Juniper with all the leaves placed by fours,
lying over each other, the young being oval, the older
acute. Juniperus maxima cupreſſi folio minimo, cor-
tice exteriore in tenues philyras ſpiralis ductili
. Sloan.
Cat. Jam. 128. Greateſt Juniper with the leaſt Cypreſs
leaf, and the outer bark Splitting off in thin ductile pieces,
commonly called Jamaica Berry-bearing Cedar.
10. JUNIPERUS (Sabina) foliis oppoſitis erectis decur-
rentibus, ramis patulis. Juniper with oppofte, erect,
running leaves, and ſpreading branches. Sabina folio ta-
mariſci. C. B. P. 487. Savin with a Tamariſk leaf, or
common Savin.
11. JUNIPERUS (Luſitanica) foliis oppofitis patulis de-
currentibus, ramis erectioribus. Funiper with oppoſite
Spreading leaves, which run over each other, and more
ereat branches. Sabina folio cupreffi. C. B. P. 487.
Savin with a Cypreſs leaf, commonly called Berry-bearing
Savin.
12. JUNIPERUS (Oxycedrus) foliis undique imbricatis ob-
tuſis, ramis teretibus. Juniper with obtuſe leaves every-
where lying over each other, and taper branches. Juni-
perus major, baccâ rufeſcente. C. B. P. 489. Greater
Juniper with a browniſh berry.
13. JUNIPERUS (Hiſpanica) foliis quadrifariàm imbrica-
tis acutis. Prod. Leyd. 90. Juniper with acute leaves
Lying over each other, placed four ways. Cedrus Hiſpa-
nica procerior, fructu maximo nigro. Tourn. Inft.
588. Taller Spaniſh Cedar, with a very large black fruit.
The firſt fort grows naturally upon chalky lands
in many parts of England. This is a low ſhrub, fel-
dom riſing more than three feet high, ſending out
many ſpreading branches, which incline on every fide,
covered with a brown bark, and garniſhed with nar-
row awl-ſhaped leaves ending in acute points, which
are placed by threes round the branches, pointing
outward ; theſe are of a grayiſh colour, and conti-
nue through the year, the male flowers ſometimes
are ſituated on the ſame plant with the female, but at
diſtances, at other times they are upon diſtinct
plants: the female flowers are fucceeded by round-
iſh berries, which are firſt green, but when ripe, are
of a dark purple colour. The berries ripen in the
a
The third fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America, where it is called red Cedar, to diftin-
guiſh it from a ſort of Cypreſs, which is called white
Cedar there. Of this there are two, if not three va-
rieties, beſides the ſpecies here enumerated; one of
which has leaves in every part, like thoſe of the Sa-
vin, and upon being rubbed, emit a very ſtrong un-
grateful odour: this is commonly diſtinguiſhed in
America, by the title of Savin-tree. There is ano-
ther with leaves very like thoſe of Cypreſs, but as
theſe generally ariſe from the ſame feeds when they
are ſent from America, ſo they may be ſuppoſed
to be only feminal variations.
The lower leaves of the fourth fort are like thoſe
of the Swediſh Juniper, but the upper leaves are like
thoſe of the Cypreſs; and this difference is conſtant,
if the feeds are carefully gathered from the ſame tree;
but as moſt of thoſe people who ſend over theſe feeds,
are not very careful to diſtinguiſh the difference, fo
it often happens that the ſeeds of two or three forts
are mixed together, which has given occaſion to peo-
ple to imagine them but one ſpecies, but all the leaves
of the third are like thoſe of the Juniper, ſo the gar-
deners call this the red Virginia Cedar; and the fourth
they call Carolina Cedar, though all the forts grow
naturally in Virginia.
The fifth fort is the Bermudas Cedar, whoſe wood
has a very ſtrong odour, and was formerly in great
eſteem for wainſcotting of rooms, and alſo for fur-
niture; but the odour being too powerful for
many
perſons, has rendered it leſs valuable, and at pre-
fent there is not much of it imported into Eng-
land. Theſe plants, while young, have acute-pointed
leaves, which ſpread open, and are placed by threes
round the branches; but as the trees advance, ſo
their leaves alter, and the branches are four-cornered;
the leaves are very ſhort, and placed by fours round
the branches, lying over each other like the ſcales
of fish; the berries are produced toward the end of
the branches; theſe are of a dark red colour, inclining
to purple. As there are few of theſe trees of any
great ſize in England, fo I have not had an oppor-
tunity of examining their flowers, therefore do not
know if they have male and female flowers on the
fame plant, or if they are on different plants; for
although I have received very fine fpecimens from
Bermudas, yet they are all with fruit on them almoſt
fully grown, and notone with male flowers; and as theſe
trees are commonly deſtroyedinEngland wheneverthere
happens a ſevere winter, where they are not ſheltered,
ſo we have little hopes of ſeeing them in flower here.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Iftria, from whence
I received the berries, which have ſucceeded with me
in the Chelſea garden. This hath ſpreading branches,
growing thinly, which are garniſhed with acute-
pointed leaves, placed by fours round the branches;
they are of a deep green, and not very cloſe to each
other, but grow horizontally, pointing outward; the
berries are much larger than thoſe of the common
Juniper, and are blue when ripe.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Portugal, from
whence I have frequently received the berries. This
fort grows with its branches in a pyramidical form,
the lower ones are garniſhed with ſhort, acute-pointed,
grayiſh leaves, placed by threes round the branches,
pointing outward; but thoſe on the upper branches
are of a dark green, lying over each other like the
ſcales of fiſh, but end in acute points. The male
flowers are produced at the extremity of the branches;
they are ſituated in a looſe, ſcaly, conical katkin,
ftanding upon a ſhort foot-ſtalk erect; the fruit is
produced ſometimes upon the ſame tree, at diſtances
from the flowers, and at other times they are upon
ſeparate trees; the berries of this are of a pale yellow
when ripe, and about the ſize of thoſe of the common
Juniper.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy,
from both which countries I have received it. The
branches of this ſort grow erect, and are covered with
a reddiſh brown bark; the leaves are ſmall, obtuſe,
and
a
autumn.
The wood, the berries, and the gum, are uſed in
medicine; the gum is titled Sandaracha.
The ſecond fort is known in the gardens by the ti-
tle of Swediſh Juniper : this is by many ſuppoſed to
be only a variety of the firſt, but is undoubtedly a
diſtinct ſpecies, for I have many years raiſed both
forts from the ſeeds, and have never found them al-
This ſort riſes to the height of ten or twelve
feet, the branches grow more erect, the leaves are
narrower, and end in more acute points: they are
placed farther aſunder on the branches, and the ber-
ries are longer. It grows naturally in Sweden, Den-
mark, and Norway.
ter.

JUN
JUN
9
و
3
and lie over each other like the ſcales of fiſh; the they can then be procured ; for when they are kept
male flowers grow at the extremity of the branches until ſpring before they are ſown, they will not come
in a conical katkin, and the fruit grows ſingle from up until the ſecond year. The ground in which the
.
the ſide of the branches below the katkins, on the ſeeds of the hardy forts are fown, ſhould be freſh and
ſame branch; the berries are large, oval, and, when light, but it ſhould not be dunged: it ſhould be well
ripe, are brown.
dug and levelled very even; then fow your feeds
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo thereon pretty thick, and fift ſome earth over them
in the other iſlands of the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes about half an inch thick; this bed will require no
to be one of the largeſt timber trees in thoſe coun- farther care than only to keep it clear from weeds,
tries; the wood is frequently fetched from thence by and toward the middle or latter end of April, you
the inhabitants of North America, for building of will find ſome of your plants appear above ground,
{hips. This ſort is generally confounded with the Ber- though, perhaps, the greateſt part of them may lie
mudas Cedar, and taken for the fame, but the ſpeci- till the ſpring following before they come up;
;
mens of it which were fent me by the late Dr. Houſ- therefore you ſhould carefully clear the beds from
toun, prove them to be different trees; for the branches weeds, and in very dry weather refreſh them with
of this ſpread very wide, the leaves are extremely ſome water, which will greatly promote the growth
ſmall, and are every where lying imbricatim over of thoſe plants which are up, and alſo cauſe the other
each other ; the bark is rugged, and ſplits off in ſeeds to vegetate; but if the bed in which theſe ſeeds
ſtrings, and is of a very dark colour; the berries are ſown is much expoſed to the ſun, it ſhould
are ſmaller than thoſe of the Bermudas Cedar, and are be ſhaded with mats in the day; for when the plants
of a light brown colour when ripe: this fort is male come firſt up, they will not bear too much heat.
and female in different trees.
In this bed they ſhould remain till the ſecond autumn,
The tenth fort is the common Savin ; this grows na- when you muſt prepare fome beds to tranſplant them
turally in Italy, Spain, and the Levant, upon the into, which ſhould alſo be of light, freſh, undunged
mountains where it is cold. It ſends out its branches foil; and having well dug and cleanſed the ground
horizontally, fo feldom riſes more than three or four from all noxious weeds and roots, you ſhould make
feet high, but ſpreads to a conſiderable diſtance every it level; and then in the beginning of October, which
way; the branches are garniſhed with very ſhort acute- is the proper ſeaſon for removing theſe plants, you
pointed leaves placed oppoſite, which run over each ſhould raiſe up the young plants with a trowel, preſerv-
other along the branches, whoſe ends point upward. ing as much earth as poſſible to their roots, and plant
This ſort very rarely produces either flower or feed them into beds about five or fix inches aſunder each
in the gardens; I have frequently examined old plants way, giving them ſome water to ſettle the earth to
which have been ſtanding more than fifty years, and their roots; and if it ſhould prove very dry weather,
have not more than three times found any male you may lay a little mulch upon the ſurface of the
Howers upon them, and but once have ſeen any ber- ground round their roots, which will be of great ſer-
ries, which were upon a ſeparate tree from the flowers ; vice to the plants. But as many of the feeds will be
theſe berries were ſmaller than thoſe of the common yet left in the ground where they are fown, ſo the
Juniper, but of the ſame colour, and were a little beds ſhould not be diſturbed too much in taking up
compreſſed; the whole plant has a very rank ſtrong the plants; for I have known a bed fown with theſe
odour when touched. The leaves of this ſhrub are berries, which has ſupplied plants for three years
much uſed by the farriers for horſes when they have drawing, ſome of the berries having lain ſo long in
worms; and Mr. Ray commends the juice of it mixed the ground before they ſprouted; therefore the ſur-
with milk, and fweetened with ſugar, as an excellent face of the beds ſhould be kept level, and conſtantly
medicine for children who are troubled with worms. clean from weeds.
The leaves beaten into a cataplaſm with hog’s-lard, The plants may remain two years in theſe beds, ob-
will cure children's ſcabby heads.
ſerving to keep them clear from weeds; in the
The eleventh fort has, by many, been fuppoſed to ſpring you ſhould ſtir the ground gently between
be only an accidental variety of the former, but there them, that their roots may with greater eaſe ſtrike
is a a manifeſt difference between them ; for the into it; after which time they ſhould be tranſplanted,
branches of this grow more erect than thoſe of the either into a nurſery, at the diſtance of three feet
eleventh fort, the leaves are ſhorter, and end in row from row, and eighteen inches afunder in the
acute points which ſpread outward. This ſort will rows, or into the places where they are to remain
riſe to the height of ſeven or eight feet, and produces for good. The beſt ſeaſon to tranſplant them (as I
great quantities of berries. I have propagated this before obſerved) is in the beginning of October, when
fort from ſeeds, but have never found it vary. It has you ſhould take them up carefully, to preſerve a
been diſtinguiſhed by moſt of the old botaniſts, by ball of earth to their roots; and when planted, their
the title of Berry-bearing Savin. It grows natu- roots ſhould be mulched; all which, if carefully at-
rally on the Alps, from whence I have received the tended to, as alſo obſerving to refreſh them with
berries.
water in very dry weather until they have taken new
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, root, will preſerve them from the danger of not
and the ſouth of France, where it riſes ten or twelve growing; and they being extreme hardy in reſpect
feet high, ſending out branches the whole length of to cold, will defy the ſevereſt of our winters to in-
the ftem, which are garniſhed with ſmall obtuſe jure them, provided they are not planted in a moiſt
leaves, lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh; or rich foil.
the branches are ſmall and taper, having no angles or In order to have theſe trees aſpire in height, their
corners, as moſt of the others have ; the male flowers under branches ſhould be taken off, eſpecially where
are ſituated at the end of the branches in conical ſcaly they are inclined to grow ſtrong, but they muſt
katkins, and the berries grow below from the ſide not be kept too cloſely pruned, which would retard
of the ſame branches. Theſe are larger than thoſe their growth; for all theſe Evergreen trees do more
of the common Juniper, and when ripe are brown. or leſs abound with a refinous juice, which in hot
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Spain and weather is very apt to flow out from ſuch places as are
Portugal, where it riſes from twenty-five to thirty wounded , ſo that it will not be adviſeable to take off
feet high, ſending out many branches which form a too many branches at once, which would make fo
fort of pyramid; the branches are garniſhed with many wounds, from which their fap in hot weather
acute-pointed leaves, which lie over each other four would flow in ſuch plenty, as to render the trees weak
ways, ſo as to make the branches four-cornered ;
and unhealthy.
the berries of this fort are very large, and black when The two ſorts of Virginian Cedars grow to a much
ripe.
greater height than the former, and in their native
Theſe plants are all propagated by fowing their feeds, country afford excellent timber for many uſes; but
the beſt ſeaſon for which is as ſoon as they are ripe, if! with us there are very few which are above twenty-
7 L
five
3
а.
3
3

JUN
JUN
و
five or thirty feet high, though there is no doubt of
their growing larger; for they thrive very faſt after
the three firit years, and reſiſt the ſharpeſt froſt of our
climate exceeding well, and are very apt to grow
ſtrait and regular, provided they are not ſuffered to
ſhoot out too much at bottom.
Theſe plants are alſo propagated by feeds, which
muſt be procured from Virginia or Carolina (for they
rarely produce ripe ſeeds in England) and fown as was
directed for the other Junipers, but as this feed can-
not be procured in England till ſpring, fo when ſown
at that feafon, it remains in the ground until the fuc-
ceeding ſpring before the plants appear; therefore you
muſt obſerve to keep the beds clear from weeds, and
not ſuffer the ſeeds to be diſturbed, which is often the
fault of ſome impatient people, who think, becauſe
the plants do not riſe the firſt year, that they will ne-
ver come up, and fo dig up the ground again, where-
by their feeds are buried; but if they are let remain,
they ſeldom fail to grow, though ſometimes it is two
years after fowing before they come up. When the
plants come up they muſt be carefully weeded, and
in dry weather ihould be refreſhed with water, which
will greatly forward their growth; and the autumn
following they ſhould have a little rotten tan laid be-
tween them, to keep out the froſt. In this bed the
plants may remain till they have had two years growth,
then they ſhould be tranſplanted into other beds, as
was directed before for the other forts, obſerving to
preſerve a ball of earth to their roots; and after
they are planted, if the ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be
carefully watered, and the ſurface of the ground co-
vered with mulch, to prevent the fun and wind from
entering the earth to dry their fibres ; but they ſhould
not be too much watered, which often proves inju-
rious to theſe trees, by rotting their tender fibres foon
after they are emitted, whereby the plants have been
often deſtroyed.
In theſe beds they may remain two years, obſerving
to keep them clear from weeds; and in winter you
ſhould lay a little freſh mulch upon the ſurface of the
ground round their roots, which will prevent the froſt
from penetrating to them, and effectually preſerve
them; for while the plants are ſo young, they are lia-
ble to be injured by hard froſts, when too much
expoſed thereto; but when they have attained a
greater ſtrength, they will reſiſt the ſevereſt of our
cold.
After two years, they ſhould either be removed into
a nurſery (as was directed for the common Juniper)
or tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain, ob-
ſerving always to take them up carefully, otherwiſe
they are ſubject to fail upon tranſplanting; as alſo to
mulch the ground, and water them as was before di-
rected, until they have taken root; after which they
will require no farther care, than only to keep the
ground clear about their roots, and to prune up
their fide branches to make them aſpire in height.
The foil in which you plant theſe trees ſhould be
freſh and light, but muſt not be dunged, eſpecially at
the time when they are planted; for dung is very
hurtful to them, if it be not quite rotted to mould;
therefore the mulch which is laid upon the ſurface
of the ground ſhould not be dung, but rather
ſome old tanners bark or fea-coal aihes, which will
prevent the froſt from penetrating deep in the
ground.
Theſe trees being thus managed, will in a few years
riſe to a conſiderable ſtature, and by the variety of
their evergreen leaves and manner of growth, will
greatly add to the beauty of all plantations, if rightly
diſpoſed, which indeed is what we feldom obſerve in
any of the Engliſh gardens or wilderneſſes; for there
are few people who conſider the different growths of
the ſeveral trees with which they compoſe ſuch plan-
tations, ſo as to place the talleſt growing trees the
backwardeſt from fight, and the next degree to fuc-
ceed them, and fo gradually diminiſhing till we come
to the common Juniper, and others of the famegrowth,
whereby all the trees will be ſeen, and the gradual de-
clivity of their tops will appear like a verdant ſlope,
and be much more agreeable to the fight, as alſo more
advantageous to the growth of the trees, than to place
ſhrubs of humble growth near ſuch plants as will
grow to the firſt magnitude, whereby the ſhrub is hid
from fight, and will be over-ſhadowed and deſtroyed;
nor can the diſtance which each tree requires, be ſo
juftly proportioned any other way; for in this diftri-
bution, the largeſt trees being ſeparated by themſelves,
may be placed at a due diſtance; and then thoſe of a
middling growth fucceeding, may be accordingly al-
lowed ſufficient room; and the ſmaller, which are
next the light, being placed much cloſer, will hide
the naked ſtems of the larger trees, and have an
agreeable effect to the fight.
The timber of theſe trees is of excellent uſe in Ame-
rica, for building of veſſels, wainſcotting houſes, and
for making many ſorts of utenſils, it abounding with
a bitter reſin, which prevents its being deſtroyed by
ermin, but itis very brittle, therefore not ſo proper for
ſtubborn uſes ; but however, by increaſing the noin
ber of our timber trees, we ſhall find many advan-
tages, beſides the pleaſure their variety affords; for
we may hereby have trees of very different kinds,
which are adapted to grow in various foils and fitu-
tions, whereby we ſhall
never want proper trees for all
the different forts of foils in England, if proper care
be taken in their choice; which would be a great im-
provement to many parts of this kingdom, which now
lie unplanted, becauſe the owner, perhaps, find that
neither Oaks nor Elms will thrive there, and confe-
quently concludes, that no other fort of tree will, which
is a great miſtake; for if we conſider how different the
ſtructure of trees are (being deſigned by the wife Au-
thor and contriver of all things, to grow on different
foils and fituations) and only obſerve what forts are
adapted for growing on dry barren mountains, and
what are defigned for the lower and richer valleys, we
need never be at a loſs for proper trees for all ſorts of
ground.
The Bermudas Cedar being a native of that iland,
and alſo of the Bahama Inands, is much tenderer than
either of the former forts, except that of Jamaica, fo is
not likely to thrive well in this country; for although
many of theſe plants have lived ſeveral years in the open
air in England, yet whenever a ſevere winter happens,
it either kills them, or fo much defaces them, that they
do not recover their verdure in a year or two after.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds in the fame
manner as the former, with only this difference, that
theſe fhould be fown in pots or tubs of earth, that
they may be removed into ſhelter in the winter time,
otherwiſe the young plants are often hurt by hard
froſts; but they will require no more care than only
to be placed under a common hot-bed frame, where
the glaſſes may be conſtantly kept off in mild wea-
ther, when they cannot have too much free air, and
only covered in hard froſts. Theſe ſeeds conſtantly
remain in the ground until the ſecond year before they
come up, therefore the earth in the pots ſhould not
be diſturbed, and in the ſummer time they ſhould
be placed in the ſhade, to prevent the earth from
drying too faft; and in very dry weather they ſhould
be often watered, but do not give too much water to
them at once, which would rot the feeds.
The ſpring following, when the young plants come
up, they muſt be carefully cleared from weeds, and in
dry weather refreſhed with water ; but ſhould ſtand,
during the ſummer ſeaſon, in a place defended from
ſtrong winds; and in winter muſt be placed under
frames, where they may be covered in hard froſty
weather, but muſt have open air when the weather
is mild. In April following you ſhould tranſplant them
each into a ſingle halfpenny pot filled with freſh light
earth, being careful to raiſe them up with a ball of
earth to their roots; and when they are planted, you
ſhould water them, to ſettle the earth to their roots;
then place the pots in a warm ſituation, where they
may be defended from ſun and wind : but if you will
beſtow a moderate hot-bed to plunge the pots in, it
و
a
و
will

JUN
JUN
will greatly promote their taking new root; however, which are raiſed from feeds; fo that when there can
you muſt carefully defend them from the great heat be procured, it is much the better method, but the
of the ſun, which is injurious to them when freſh re- other is frequently practiſed on thoſe forts which do
moved; but when they have taken root, you may ex- not perfect their feeds in England.
poſe them by degrees to the open air. If you ſuffer As ſeveral of theſe forts grow to the height of eighteen
the pots to remain plunged all the ſummer, it will or twenty feet, the procuring as many of the forts as
preſerve the earth therein from drying ſo faſt as it can be gotten from the countries of their growth, will
would do, if they were ſet upon the ground.
be adding to the variety of our Evergreen plantations,
In October you ſhould again remove theſe plants into which cannot be too much propagated in England,
fhelter, or elſe plunge their pots into the ground un- where, in general, our winters are temperate enough
der a warm hedge, where they may be protected from for them to thrive to advantage, and as the forts
the cold north and eaſt winds; and in the ſpring fol- which are a little more tender than the others obtain
lowing you muſt ſhift the plants into pots a fize larger, ſtrength, they will be in leſs danger of ſuffering by
taking away fome of the earth from the outſide of the ſevere winters, as we find by many other plants, which
ball, and adding ſome freſh, which will promote their were fo tender as not to live in the open air at firſt,
growth; and fo continue to manage them as was be- but now defy the fevereft cold of our climate.
fore directed, until you plant them out in the places | JUSSIÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 478.
where they are deſigned to remain ; which ſhould not
The CHARACTERS are,
be done till they are four or five years old, by which It hath a ſmall permanent empalement, divided into five.
time they will be ſtrong enough to bear the cold of ſegments at the top, fitting upon the germen. The flower
our common winters.
has five roundiſh Spreading petals, and ten ſhort fiender
The reaſon for my directing theſe plants to be pre- Ramina, terminated by roundiſh ſummits. The oblong ger-
ſerved in pots until they are planted out for good is, men ſupports a ſender ſtyle, crowned by a flat ſtigma, marked
becauſe they are difficult to tranſplant, and being with five ſtripes
. The germen afterward becomes a thick
tender will require ſome ſhelter while young; and oblong capſule, crowned by the empalement, which opens
whoever obſerves the method here laid down, will lengthways, and is filled with ſmall ſeeds.
find the plants ſo managed to gain two years growth This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
in fix, from thoſe raiſed in the open air, and be in Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
leſs danger of being deſtroyed; and as the trouble which includes the plants whoſe flowers have ten ſta-
and expence in raiſing them this way is not great, ſo
mina and one ſtyle.
it is worth practiſing, ſince in a few years the trees
The SPECIES are,
will recompenſe the trouble.
1. JUSSIÆA (Suffruticoſa) erecta villoſa, floribus tetrape-
The timber of this tree is of a reddiſh colour, and talis, decandriis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 555. Up-
very ſweet, and is commonly known in England by right hairy Fuſica, with flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalks,
the name of Cedar Wood; though there are divers having four petals and ten foamina. Lyfimachia Indica
forts of wood called by that name, which come from non pappoſa, flore luteo minimo, filiquis caryophyl-
very different trees, eſpecially in the Weſt-Indies, lum aromaticum æmulantibus. H. L. 396. Indian
where there are ſeveral trees of vaflly different ap- Primroſe with a very ſmall yellow flower, and pods re-
pearances and genera, which have that appellation : ſembling Cloves.
it is this wood which is uſed for pencils, as alſo to 2. JUSSIÆA (Pubeſcens) villoſa, caule erecto ramofo, filo-
wainſcot rooms, and make ftair-caſes, it enduring ribus pentapetalis, decandriis fefilibus. Hairy Juſica
longer found than moſt other forts of timber, which, with an erext branching Sialk, flowers having five petals,
perhaps, may be owing to ſome extreme bitter taſte and ten ſtamina mbich ſit cloſe to the ſtalk. Lyſimachia
in the reſin, with which the tree abounds; for it is lutea erecta, non pappoſa major, foliis hirſutis, fructu
very remarkable, that the worms do not eat the bot- caryophylloide. Sloan. Cat, Jam. 85. Yellow upright
toms of the veſſels built with this wood, as they do larger Tree-Primroſe with hairy leaves, and a fruit like
thoſe built with Oak; ſo that the veſſels built with Cloves.
Cedar are much preferable to thoſe built with any 13. JUSSIÆA (Erečta) erecta glabra, floribus tetrapetalis
other fort of timber, for the uſe of the Weſt-India octandris feffilibus. Flor. Zeyl. 170. Smooth upright
ſeas, but they are not fit for ſhips of war, the wood Juffiæa with four petals, and eight ſtamine to the flowers,
being ſo brittle as to ſplit to pieces with a cannon which fit cloſe to the ſtalk. Lyſimachia lutea non pap-
ball.
pofa, erecta, foliis glabris, fructu caryophylloide.
The Jamaica Juniper is more impatient of cold than Sloan. Cat. Jam. 85. Yellow upright Tree-Primroſe with
the Bermudas, ſo will not live through the winter in ſmooth leaves, and a fruit like Cloves.
the open air in England, and the plants muſt be pre- 4. JUSSIÆA (Onagra) caule erecta ramoſo glabro, flori-
ſerved in pots and houſed in the winter ; this is pro- bus tetrapetalis octandris feffilibus, foliis lanceolatis.
pagated by ſeeds, in the ſame way as the Bermudas Jufica with an upright, bronching, ſmooth ſtalk, flowers
Cedar; but if the pots are plunged into a moderate having four petals, and eight stamina fitting cloſe to the
hot-bed the ſecond ſpring after the ſeeds are fown, it ſtalk, and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Onagra foliis perſicaria
will bring up the plants ſooner, and they will have amplioribus, parvo flore luteo. Plum. Cat. 7. Tree-
more time to get ſtrength before winter.
Primroſe with a large Arſeſmart leaf, and a ſmall yellow
All the other forts are hardy enough to live in the flower.
open air, ſo are very well worth propagating, as they 5. JUSSIÆA (Hirſuta) caule erecto ſimplici hirſuto, fo-
will add to the variety of Evergreen plantations; fome liis lanceolatis, floribus pentapetalis decandris feffilibus.
of the forts will riſe to a very conſiderable height, ſo Juffiæa with a ſingle, upright, hairy ſtalk, Spear-shaped
may prove to be uſeful timber, and may be adapted leaves, and flowers which have five petels, and ten fa-
to ſuch foils as will not ſuit many other trees.
mina ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Onagra erecta, caule ru-
The common Savin ſhould not be neglected, becauſe bro hirſuto, foliis oblongis, flore magno luteo. Houſt.
it is ſo very hardy as never to be injured by the ſevereſt MSS. Upright Primroſe with a hairy leaf of a reddifa
froſt; and as this ſpreads its branches near the ground, colour, oblong leaves, and a large yellow flower.
ſo if the plants are placed on the borders of woods, The firſt fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
they will have a good effect in winter, by ſcreening whence the feeds were ſent me by the late Mr. Robert
the nakedneſs of the ground from fight.
Millar; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk near three feet
All theſe forts are propagated by their feeds, which high, ſending out ſeveral fide branches, which are gar-
may be ſown in the fame way as the common Juniper, niſhed with oblong hairy leaves placed alternate. The
and the plants afterward fo managed; and moſt of the flowers come out from the fide of the ſtalks fingly,
forts may be propagated by cuttings, which, if planted having ſhort foot-ſtalks; they have four ſmall yellow
in autumn in a ſhady border will take root; but petals with eight ſtamina ; theſe fit upon the germen,
thoſe plants which are raiſed from cuttings will never which afterward becomes an oblong feed-veſſel, crown-
grow ſo upright, nor to fo large a fize as the plants ed by the four-leaved empalement, and has a great re-
femblance
.
3

JUS
JUS
a
ſemblance to Cloves. This plant flowers in July feeds the fame year, which is better than to have them
and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in October.
to keep through the winter.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Jamaica. The JUSTICIA. Houſt. Nov. Gen. Lin. Gen. Plant.
feeds of this were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun; 27. Adhatoda. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 175. tab. 79. This
this riſes with a hairy branching ftalk two feet high, plant was ſo named by the late Dr. Houſtoun, in ho-
and is garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, nour of James Juſtice, Efq; a great lover and en-
placed alternate. The flowers come out toward the courager of gardening and botany.
end of the branches ſingly from the wings of the
The CHARACTERS are,
leaves, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; they are compoſed The empalement of the flower is ſmall, and divided into five
of five pretty large yellow petals, and ten ſtamina ; acute ſegments at the top. The flower bath one peiol,
theſe fit upon a long germen, which afterward be- which is divided into two lips clmoſt to the bottom, which
comes the ſeed-veffel, crowned by the empalement; cre entire. The upper lip is raiſed orchways, and the
theſe are filled with ſmall ſeeds. It flowers and feeds under is reflexed. It hath two awl-Shaped Jiamina fituated
about the ſame time with the laſt.
under the upper lip, terminated by ere Et ſummits which
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from are bifid at their baſe. It hath an oblong germent, fup-
whence the feeds were ſent me with thoſe of the former porting a ſlender Style which is longer than the petal,
fort; this riſes with a ſmooth erect ſtalk three feet crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
high, garniſhed with long, narrow, ſmooth, ſpear- comes an oblong capſule with two cells, divided by a par-
Thaped leaves. The flowers are large and yellow, tition, which is contrary to the two values, which open
ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk; theſe are ſucceeded by long with an elaſticity, and coſt out the roundiſho feeds.
ſeed-veſſels, ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts. It
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
flowers and feeds at the ſame time with the Linnæus's ſecond claſs, intitled Diandria Monogynia,
former.
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have two
The fourth fort was ſent me from Carthagena by the ftamina and one ſtyle. To this genus of Dr. Houſ-
late Dr. Houſtoun ; this hath a branching ſmooth toun's is joined the Adhatoda of Tournefort, but there
ſtalk near three feet high, garniſhed with ſpear- is a diſtinction in their flowers; the two lips of Juſti-
ſhaped leaves, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The cia are entire, but the upper lip of Adhatoda is in-
flowers are ſmall, yellow, and are compoſed of four dented at the end, and the under is divided into three
petals and eight ſtamina; theſe ſit very cloſe to the parts; and in the capſule of Juſticia there are ſeldom
Italk, and are ſucceeded by feed-veffels, ſhaped like more than two feeds, but in Adhatoda feveral.
thoſe of the former forts.
The SPECIES are,
The fifth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, by 1. JUSTICIA (Scorpioides) foliis oblongo-ovatis hirfutis,
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with ſingle upright ſeſſilibus, floribus fpicatis alaribus, caule fruticofo.
red ſtalks three feet high, which are hairy and chan- Juſticia with oblong; ovel, hairy leaves fitting cloſe to
nelled. The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, and placed al- the ſtalks, end flowers growing in ſpikes proceeding from
ternate on the ſtalks, ſtanding nearer together than the ſide of the ſtalks, which are forubby. Juſticia fru-
in
any
of the other forts. The flowers come out from tefcens, floribus fpicatis majoribus, uno verſu diſpo-
the wings of the leaves, toward the top of the ſtalk; fitis. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby Juſticia with larger flowers
they are compoſed of five large yellow petals, and ten growing in ſpikes, which are ranged on one ſide.
ftamina fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and are ſucceeded 2. JUSTICIA (Sexangularis) caule erecto ramoſo hexan-
by feed-veſſels which are one inch long, and ſhaped gulari, foliis ovatis oppofitis, bracteis cuneiformibus
like thoſe of the former forts.
confertis. Juſticia with an erect branching ſtalk, having
The firſt, fecond, and fourth forts are annual plants, Six angles, oval leaves placed oppoſite, and wedge-ſhaped
at leaſt they are ſo in England; for if the plants are Small leaves (or brattere) growing in cluſters. Juſticia an-
raiſed early in the ſpring, they will flower in July, nua hexangulari caule, foliis Circææ conjugatis, flore
and ripen their feed the beginning of October; and miniato. Houſt. MSS. Annual Juſticia with an bexangu-
thoſe plants which are raiſed later in the ſpring, cannot lar ſtalk, Enchanters Nightſhade leaves ſet by pairs, and
he preſerved through the winter, though they are a carmine flower.
placed in a warm ſtove; nor do their ſtalks ever grow 3. JUSTICIA (Fruticoſa) foliis cvato-lanceolatis, pedicu-
ligneous, or ſhew any ſigns of their being perennial latis, hirſutis, bracteis cordatis acuminatis, caule fru-
in their native country.
ticoſo. Juſticia with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves growing on
The third and fifth forts have continued through the foot-ſtalks, heart-ſhaped acute-pointed bractea, and a
winter in the bark-ſtove, but thoſe have been ſuch Shrubby ſtalk. Juſticia fruteſcens & hirſuta, foliis ob.
plants as did not flower and feed the firſt year; for longis pediculis longiſſimis, flore rubro. Houft. MSS.
after they had perfected feeds, the following ſummer Shrubby and hairy Juſticia with oblong leaves growing on
the plants decayed.
very long foot-fi alks, and a red flower.
All theſe forts are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould 4. JUSTICIA (Adhatoda) arborea, foliis lanceolato-ovatis,
be ſown early in the ſpring, in pots filled with a ſoft bracteis ovatis perfiftentibus, corollarum galeâ con-
loamy ſoil, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed; but cavâ. Flor. Zeyl. 16. Tree-Juſticia with oval ſpear-shaped
as theſe ſeeds often
lie a whole year in the ground leaves, oval permanent bračiéæ, and a concave helmet to
before they vegetate, the earth muſt be kept moiſt, the flower. Adhatoda Zeylanenfium. H. L. 642. Ad-
and the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhaded in the heat of hatoda of Ceylon, commonly called Malabar Nut.
the day, by this method the ſeeds may be brought 5. JUSTICIA (Hylopifolia) fruticoſa, foliis lanceolatis in-
ſoon to vegetate; when the plants come up, and are tegerrimis, pedunculis triforis ancipitibus, bractéis
fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted into a calyce brevioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 15. Shrubby Jufficio
ſmall ſeparate pot, filled with light loamy earth, and with entire Spear-ſhaped leaves, foot-ftalks having three
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where they flowers placed different ways, and a brečiea forter than
ſhould be ſhaded from the fun till they have taken the empalement. Adhatoda Indica, folio faligno, fiore
new root; after which they ſhould have free air ad-
albo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 239. Indian Adhatoda with
mitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth a Willow leaf and white flower, commonly called Snap-
of the ſeaſon; they muſt alſo be frequently refreſhed
with water, but it muſt not be given to them in too 6. JUSTICIA (Spinoſa) ſpinoſa, foliis oblongo ovatis emar-
great plenty: when the roots of the plants have filled ginatis, caule fruticofo ramofo. Prickly Juſticia with
theſe ſmall pots, the plants ſhould be removed into oblong oval leaves indented at their edges, ond eſbrubly
others a fize larger; and if the plants are too tall to branching Stalk. Adhatoda Antegoana, Lycii facie,
ſtand under the frames of the hot-bed, they ſhould be fpinofa. Petiv. Prickly Adhatoda of Antigua, with the
removed into the bark-ſtove, where they may remain
appearance of Boxthorn.
to flower and perfect their ſeeds; for when the plants 7. JUSTICIA ( Arborea) arborea, foliis lanceolato-ovatis
riſe early in the ſpring, and are brought forward in feffilibus, fubtus tomentofis, floribus fpicatis congeitis
hot-beds, all the forts will flower and perfect their terminalibus: Tree-Juſticia with ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves,
woolly
a
tree.
4.

JUS
JUS
a
woolly on their under fide, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, with
Spikes of flowers growing in cluſters at the ends of the
branches. Adhatoda arborea, foliis oblongis, ſubtus
villoſis, floribus fpicatis albis. Houft. Tree-Adhatoda
with oblong leaves, hairy on their under ſide, and Spikes
of white flowers.
8. JUSTICIA (Ecbolium) arborea, foliis lanceolato ovatis,
bracteis ovatis deciduis mucronatis, corollarum galeâ
reflexâ. Flor. Zeyl. 17. Tree-Juſticia with Spear-ſhaped
oval leaves, oval-pointed bracter which fall off, and a
reflexed helmet to the flowers. Adhatoda ſpicà longiſſi-
mâ, flore reflexo. Burman. Zeyl. 7. tab. 4. f. 1. Ad-
hatoda with a very long Spike, and a reflexed flower.
The firſt fort was diſcovered growing naturally at La
Vera Cruz, by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent the
ſeeds to England; this riſes with a ſhrubby brittle
ítalk five or fix feet high, ſending out many branches,
which are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, two
inches long, and one inch broad, which are hairy and
placed oppoſite; from the wings of the leaves come
out the ſpikes of flowers, which are reflexed like a
ſcorpion's tail. The flowers are large, of a carmine
colour, and ranged on one ſide of the ſpike; theſe
are ſucceeded by ſhort pods about half an inch long.
The ſecond ſort was diſcovered by the ſame gentle-
man, in the ſame country ; this is an annual plant
with an upright ſtalk, having fix angles, which riſes
two or three feet high, dividing into many branches,
garniſhed with oval leaves placed oppoſite, an inch
and a half long, and one inch broad; they are ſmooth,
as are alſo the ſtalks. At each joint come out cluſters
of ſmall wedge-ſhaped leaves, which are by Dr. Lin-
næus termed bracteæ, and long before the ſtalks de-
cay, moſt of the larger leaves fall off, ſo there are
only theſe ſmall leaves remaining. The flowers are pro-
duced in ſmall ſpikes at the ſide of the branches,
fitting very cloſe among the leaves; they are of a
beautiful carminé colour, and have but one petal,
which has two lips. The upper lip is arched, bending
over the lower, which is alſo a little reflexed, but
both are entire. The flowers are fucceeded by ſhort
wedge-ſhaped capſules, opening lengthways, incloſing
two imall oval feeds.
The third fort was diſcovered by the ſame gentleman
at Campeachy; this riſes with a hairy ſhrubby ſtalk
four or ive feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches,
garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves, four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad, ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks which are above an inch long, placed
oppoſite. At the baſe of the foot-ſtalks come out a
clufter of ſmall heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute
points, which are termed bracteæ. The flowers come
out in looſe cluſters from the wings of the ſtalks, to-
ward the end of the branches; they are of a pale red
colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
be fown early in the ſpring, in ſmall pots filled with
freſh light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water the earth
gently as it appears dry. The ſeeds of theſe plants
frequently lie a year in the ground, ſo that the pots
muſt not be diſturbed, if the plants do not come up
the ſame year; but in the winter ſhould be kept in
the ſtove, and the ſpring following plunged into a
freſh hot-bed, which will bring up the plants if the
ſeeds were good. When the plants begin to appear,
the glaffes of the hot-bed ſhould be raiſed every day,
when the weather is warm, to admit freſh air to them.
The plants muſt alſo be frequently watered in warm
weather; but water ſhould not be given in large
quantities while the plants are young, becauſe they
are then very tender, and ſubject to rot at the bottom
of their ftems, with much inoiſture.
When the plants are about two inches high, they
ſhould be carefully taken up, and each tranſplanted
into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light earth,
and then plunged into the hot-bed again, being careful
to water and ſhade them until they have taken new
root; after which time they ſhould have air admitted
to them every day, in proportion to the warmth of
the ſeaſon, and ſhould be duly watered every two or
three days in hot weather.
As the plants advance in their growth, they ſhould
be ſhifted into larger pots, for if their roots are too
much confined, the plants will not make any conſide-
rable progreſs; but they ſhould not be over potted,
for that will be of worſe conſequence than the other ;
becauſe when they are planted in very large pots, they
will ſtarve and decay, without producing any flowers.
They are too tender to endure the open air in this
country, therefore they ſhould always remain in the
hot-bed, being careful to let them have a due pro-
portion of air in hot weather; and the annual fort
ſhould be brought forward as faſt as poſſible in the
ſpring, that the plants may flower early, otherwiſe
they will not produce good ſeeds in England.
The firſt and third forts ſhould remain in the hot-bed
during the ſummer ſeaſon (provided there is room
under the glaſſes, without being ſcorched ;) but at
Michaelmas they ſhould be removed into the ſtove;
and plunged into the bark-bed, where they muſt re-
main during the winter ſeaſon, obſerving to keep
them warm, as alſo to water them gently once or twice
a week, according as they ſhall require. The following
ſummer theſe plants will flower, and abide ſeveral
years, but they rarely produce good ſeeds in Europe.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Cey-
lon, but has been long in the Englih gardens, where
it is commonly known at preſent by the title of Ma-
labar Nut; but was formerly called Beetle Nut, and
was by ſome ſuppoſed to be the tree of which the
Chineſe chew the leaves and nuts: this, though a
native of ſo warm a country, is hardy enough to live
in a good green-houſe in England, without any ara
tificial heat. It riſes here with a ſtrong woody, ſtalk
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, ſending out
many ſpreading branches, which are garniſhed with
ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves more than ſix inches long,
and three inches broad, placed oppoſite. The flowers
are produced on ſhort ſpikes at the end of the
branches, which are white, with ſome dark ſpots;
theſe appear in July, but are not ſucceeded by any
feeds in England.
This fort may be propagated by cuttings, which, if
planted in pots in June or July, and plunged into a
very moderate hot-bed, will take root; but they muſt
be every day ſcreened from the ſun, and if the external
air is excluded from them, they will ſucceed better
than when it is admitted to them. It may alſo be
propagated by laying down their young branches,
which will take root in the tubs or pots in one year ;
then the young plants ſhould be put each into a fe-
parate pot, filled with ſoft loamy earth, and placed
in the ſhade till they have taken new root, when they
may be placed in a ſheltered ſituation during the
ſummer, but in winter they muſt be houſed, and
treated in the ſame way as Orange-trees, with only
this difference, that theſe require more water.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in India, this riſes with
a fhrubby ſtalk from three to four feet high, ſending
out branches on every ſide from the bottom, ſo as to
form a kind of pyramid; theſe are covered with a
white bark, and garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped entire
leaves, near two inches long, and one third of an inch
broad; they are ſmooth, ftiff, and of a deep green,
ſtanding oppoſite. At the baſe of the foot-ſtalks come
out cluſters of ſmaller leaves, of the ſame ſhape and
texture. The flowers come out upon ſhort foot-ſtalks
from the fide of the branches, each foot-ſtalk ſup-
porting one or two white flowers, having long em-
palements; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong feed-veſſels,
which, when ripe, caſt out their feeds with an elaſ-
ticity, from whence it had the title of Snap-tree.
This is propagated by cuttings during any of the
ſummer months; they ſhould be planted in pots filled
with light loamy earth, and plunged into a moderate
hot-bed, and ſhaded from the ſun, and now and then
gently refreſhed with water, and not too much air
admitted to them. In about two months the cuttings
will have taken root, then they muſt be gradually
a
3
inured
7 M
M

I XL
I XI
3
inured to bear the open air, into which they ſhould which is the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a thick
be removed, placing them in a ſheltered ſituation, trifid ſtigma; the germen afterward becomes an ovel three-
where they may ſtay till autumn; but if they get root cornered capſule with three cells, filled with roundiß
pretty early in the ſummer, it will be proper to ſe- feeds.
parate them each into a ſingle ſmall pot, ſetting them This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
in the ihade till they have taken new root, after which Linnæus's third clafs, intitled Triandria Monogynia,
they may be placed as before directed; but when it
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have three
is late in the ſeaſon before they take root, it will be ftamina and one ftyle.
better to let them remain in the ſame pots till the fol- The SPECIES are,
lowing ſpring. In winter theſe plants muſt be placed 1. IXIA (Chinenſis) foliis enſiformibus, floribus remotis
in a warm green-houſe, or in a moderately warm panicula dichotoma, floribus pedunculatis. Hort. Up-
ſtove, for they are impatient of cold and damp, nor fal. 16. Ixia with ſword-shaped leaves, and flowers ſianding
will they thrive in too much warmth; they will often remote in forked panicles upon foot-ſtalks. Bermudiana
require water in winter, but during that ſeaſon it iridis folio majori fiore croceo, eleganter punctato.
muſt be given them moderately; in ſummer they Krauf. Hort. 25. tab. 25. Bermudiana with a larger
muſt be removed into the open air, but ſhould have Iris leaf, and a Saffron-coloured flower, which is beauti-
a warm ſheltered ſituation, and in warm weather they fully ſpotted.
muſt have plenty of water. This plant flowers at 2. Ixia (Africana) foribus capitatis, ſpathis laceris
. Lin.
different ſeaſons, but never produces fruit here. Sp. Plant. 36. Ixia with flowers growing in heads, having
The fixth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from ragged ſheaths. Bermudiana Capenſis, capitulis lanu-
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent it to England; ginoſis. Pet. Hort. Sicc. 242. Bermudiana from the Cape
this riſes with many ſhrubby ſlender ftalks about five of Good Hope, with woolly beads.
feet high, ſending out branches on every ſide from 3. Ixia (Scillariis) foliis gladiolatis, nervoſis, hirſutis,
the root upward, which grow erect, and are covered fioribus fpicatis terminalibus. Icon. tab. 155. fig 1.
with a whitiſh bark, garniſhed with ſmall, oblong, Ixia with ſword-Saped, hairy, veined leaves, and flowers
oval leaves, coming out on each ſide the ſtalk op- growing in Spikes at the ends of the ſtalks.
pofite, and under the leaves are placed at every joint | 4. IXIA (Polyſtacia) foliis lineari-gladiolatis, floribus ala-
iwo ſharp thorns like thoſe of the Berberry; the How- ribus & terminalibus. Icon. tab. 155. fig. 2. Ioci a with
ers come out fingly from the wings of the leaves, they narrow ſword-ſhaped leaves, and flowers proceeding from
are finall, and of a pale red colour, ihaped like thoſe the ſides and tops of the fialk.
of the other forts.
5. Ixia (Crocata) foliis gladiolatis glabris, floribus co-
The ſeventh fort was found by the late Dr. Houſtoun, rymbofis terminalibus. Icon. tab. 156. Ixia with ſmooth
growing naturally at Campeachy. This riſes with a Spear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing in a corymbus
ſtrong woody item twenty feet high, dividing into terminating the ſtalk. Siſyrinchium Africanum majus,
many crooked irregular branches, covered with a light flore luteo maculâ notato. Olden. Greater African Siſy-
brown bark, garnihed with ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves, rinchium with a yellow Spotted flower.
near four inches long and two broad, which are co- 6. IXIA (Bulbifera) foliis lineari-gladiolatis, floribus al-
vered with a ſoft down on their under ſide. The ternis, caule bulbifero. Ixia with narrow ſword-Maped
flowers grow in ſpikes from the end of the branches, leaves, flowers placed alternate, and ſtalks bearing bulbs.
three, four, or five of theſe ſpikes ariſing from the 7. Ixia (Sparſa) foliis gladiolatis, fioribus diftantibus.
fame point, the middle ſpike being near three inches Ixia with ſword-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing
long, and the others about half that length. The diftant.
flowers are ſmall and white, but ſhaped like thoſe of 8. Ixia (Flexuoſa) foliis lineari-gladiolatis, floribus fpi-
the other ſpecies.
catis feffilibus terminalibus. Ixia with narrow sword-
The eighth ſort grows naturally at Malabar and in Maped leaves, and fejhle flowers growing in Spikes at the
Ceylon; this riſes in its native foil with a ſtrong top of the ſtalk.
woody ſtem ten or twelve feet high, dividing into The firſt fort grows naturally in India, where the
many branches, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped ſtalks riſe to the height of five or fix feet, but in
oval leaves five inches long, and two and a half broad, England they are feldom more than half that height.
of a lucid green, placed oppoſite. The flowers grow It hath a pretty thick fleſhy root, divided in knots or
in very long ſpikes from the end of the branches, they joints of a yellowiſh colour, ſending out many fibres;
are of a greeniſh colour with a ſhade of blue; the the ftalk is pretty thick, ſmooth, and jointed, gar-
helmet of the flower is reflexed.
niſhed with ſword-ſhaped leaves a foot long and one
Theſe three forts are propagated by ſeeds in the fame inch broad, with ſeveral longitudinal furrows em-
manner as the three firſt, and the plants muſt be bracing the ſtalks with their baſe, ending in acute
treated in the fame way, eſpecially while they are points; the upper part of the ſtalk divaricates into
young; but afterward the eighth fort may be more two ſmaller, with a foot-ſtalk arifing between them,
hardiiy treated, when they have gotten ſtrength. This which ſupports one fiower; the ſmaller branches di-
fort may alſo be propagated by cuttings, in the ſame varicate again in the fame manner into foot-ſtalks,
manner as the fifth fort; and when the plants are two which are two inches long, each ſuſtaining one flower.
or three years old, they will thrive in a moderate de- At each of theſe joints is a ſpatha or ſheath embracing
gree of warmth in winter, and in the ſummer they the ſtalk, which at the lower joints are three inches
may be placed abroad for two months in the warmert long, but the upper are not more than one inch,
ſeaſon of the year ; but they ſhould have a warm ſhel- ending in acute points which are permanent; the
tered ſituation, and when the nights begin to grow flowers are compoſed of fix equal petals, of a yellow
cold, they muſt be removed into the ſtove, but they colour within, and variegated with dark red ſpots;
muſt have free air adınitted to them at all times when the outſide is of an Orange colour. Theſe appear in
the weather is warm.
The other two forts ſhould
July and Auguft, and in warm ſeaſons are ſucceede
conſtantly remain in the bark-ſtove, and require the
by feeds.
fame treatment as other tenderplants from the warmeſt This fort may be propagated either by feeds or part-
countries.
ing of the roots: if by feeds they ſhould be fown in
IXIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 54. Siſyrinchium. Com. Hort. pots, and plunged into a moderate bot-bed, which
Amit.
will bring up the plants much ſooner than when they
The CHARACTERS are,
are fown in the full ground; when the plants are fit
It bath oblong permanent ſpathe (or sheaths) which inclose to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall ſe-
the germen; the fiower has six oblong Spear-ſhaped petels parate pot filled with light earth, and if they are placed
which are equal, and three awl-Shaped Stamina which ere under a frame till they have taken good root in the
Shorter than the petals, ſituated at equal diſtances, termi- pors, it will greatly forward their growth; afterward
nated by ſingle fummits. It hath an oval three-cornered
they may be placed in the open air in a ſheltered fi-
germen ſituated below the flower, Supporting a ſingle style. tuation, where they may remain till the autumn, when
they
a
a

I X I
I XO
they muſt be placed under a frame to ſcreen them bulbs, which, if planted, will grow and produce
from froſt; and in the ſpring moſt of the plants may
flowers.
be turned out of the pots and planted in a warm
The ſeventh fort hath ſhorter and broader leaves than
border, where they will abide through the common the former; the ſtalk is ſlender and furrowed, and at
winters very well, but in ſevere frofis they are often each of the lower joints is garniſhed with one leaf of
killed, unleſs they are covered with tan, or other the ſame ſhape, embracing the ſtalk with their baſe ;
covering to keep out the froſt; therefore a few of the the flowers come out toward the top of the ſtalk, at
plants may be kept in pots, and ſheltered under a two or three inches diſtance, each ſtalk ſupporting
frame in winter.
two or three fulphur-coloured flowers, which are each
The ſtalks and leaves of this plant decay to the root compoſed of fix ſpear-ſhaped petals an inch and a
in autumn, ſo that if the ſurface of the ground about half long, equal in their ſize and regular in poſition ;
the roots is covered two or three inches thick with they have a ſhort permanent empalement, cut into
tan, it will ſecure them from the danger of froſt; and two long and two ſhorter acute ſegments; theſe are
in the ſpring, before the roots ſhoot, will be the beſt ſucceeded by round capſules with three cells, filled
time to remove and part the roots; but this ſhould with round feeds. This fort fowers in March, and
not be done oftener than every third year, for when the feeds ripen about two months after.
they are often parted they will be weak, and will not The eighth fort hath very ſmall, round, bulbous roots,
flower fo well.
from which ariſe three or four long, ſlender, Graſs-
The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good like leaves, of a dark green colour; between theſe
Hope; this is a low plant, which rarely riſes more come out the ſtalk, which is very flender and round,
than three or four inches high; the leaves are narrow riſing a foot and a half high; at the top the flowers
and veined, the flowers are ſmall, growing in a are collected in a ſpike ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk, each
downy head on the top of the ſtalk, but they make having a thin, dry, permanent ſpatha or ſheath, which
little appearance, ſo are only kept for the ſake of covers the capſule after the flower is fallen. The flow-
variety
ers are of a pure white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the
The third ſort I raiſed from feeds, which were ſent other ſpecies, but are ſmaller ; they are ſucceeded by
me from the Cape of Good Hope. This hath a round ſmall round feed-veſſels with three cells, each con-
bulbous root a little compreſſed, covered with a red taining two or three round feeds. It flowers the latter
ſkin, from which ariſe five or ſix ſword-ſhaped leaves end of May, and the feeds ripen in July.
about three or four inches long, hairy, and with ſe- There are ſome other varieties of this genus, which
veral longitutinal furrows; theſe embrace each other have fowered in the Chelſea garden, differing only
at their baſe, but ſpread aſunder at the top; between in the colour of their flowers, lo are not ſuppoſed to
theſe come out the flower-ſtalk, which riſes fix or be diſtinct ſpecies; one of which is purple on the out-
eight inches high, is naked to the top, and terminated ſide, and white within; another has white flowers,
by a cluſter of Howers, each having a ſpatha or hood, with a blue ſtripe on the outlide of each petal, and a
which dries and is permanent; the fowers are of a third has white flowers with yellow bottoms. Theſe
deep blue colour, and appear in May; theſe are ſuc- have already Rowered in the Chelſea garden, where
ceeded by roundiſh three-cornered feed-veffels with there are many more, which have been fince raiſed
three cells, filled with roundiſh feeds which ripen in from feeds, whoſe flowers have not as yet appeared ;
July, then the leaves and ſtalks decay.
and at the Cape of Good Hope, where theſe plants
The fourth fort was raiſed from ſeeds in the Chelſea grow naturally, there are more than thirty varieties
garden, which came with thoſe of the former fort. mentioned in a catalogue of Dr. Herman's. The roots
This hath a ſmall round bulbous root, from which of moſt, if not all theſe forts, are frequently eaten by
ariſe four or five narrow, long, ſword-ſhaped leaves, the inhabitants at the Cape of Good Hope, who
fix or ſeven inches long; between theſe come out a greatly eſteem them.
Hora
very ſlender round ftalk about ten inches long, from All the forts multiply very faſt by offsets, ſo that
the ſide of which there comes out one or two cluſters when once obtained, there will be no occaſion to raiſe
of flowers, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, and at the them from ſeeds; for the roots put out offsets in great
top of the ſtalk the flowers grow in a looſe ſpike : plenty, moſt of which will flower the following ſeaſon,
they are of a pure white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the whereas thoſe from ſeeds are three or four years be-
other ſpecies. Theſe appear in May, and the ſeeds fore they flower. Theſe plants will not live through
ripen in July
the winter in the full ground in England, ſo ſhould be
The ſeeds of the fifth fort were ſent me from the Cape planted in ſmall pots filled with light earth, and placed
of Good Hope; this has an oval bulbous root which under a frame in winter, where they may be protected
is a little compreſſed, from which come up three or from froſt, but in mild weather ſhould enjoy the free
four narrow, thin, ſword-ſhaped leaves, near a foot air; but during the winter they muſt be guarded from
long; the flower-ſtalk rifes a little above the leaves, mice, who are very fond of theſe roots, and if not
it is very flender, naked, and terminated by a round prevented will devour them.
cluſter of Aowers, each having a ſpatha or hood; they IXORA. Lin. Gen. 131. Jaſminum. Burman.
are compoſed of fix pretty large oblong petals which
The CHARACTERS are,
are concave, and of a deep yellow colour, each It hath a ſmall permanent empalement cut into four fegra
having a large black ſpot at the baſe. This flowers ments; the flower has one funnel-ſhaped petal, having a
early in May, and the ſeeds ripen the latter end of Nender tube, cut into four ſegments at the top. It hath
June.
four ſhort ſtamine ſituated in the diviſions of the petal, ter-
The ſixth fort hath narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves about minoted by oblong ſummits, and a roundiſh gernien ftuated
fix or ſeven inches long; the ſtalk rifes near a foot at the bottom of the involucrum, ſupporting a fender Siyle
and a half high, garniſhed with one leaf at each of the length of the tube, crowned by a bifid ſtigma; the ger-
the lower joints, of the ſame ſhape with the other, men afterward becomes a berry with two cells, containing
but ſmaller; theſe embrace the ſtalk with their baſe, two convex angular ſeeds.se
and ſtand erect ; the upper part of the ſtalk is adorned This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt order of
with flowers, compoſed of ſix oblong oval petals of a Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy-
fulphur colour, which are placed alternate on the ſtalk, nia, the flowers having four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
which is bent at each joint where the flowers ftand; The SPECIES are,
the flowers have three ſhort ſtamina which are joined 1. Ixora (Coccinea) foliis ovatis femiamplexicaulibus,
at their baſe, terminated by long, flat, erect ſummits; floribus faſcicularis. Flor. Zeyl. 22. Ixora with ovel
the germen is fituated under the flower, ſupporting a leaves half embracing the ſialks, and flowers growing in
long lender ſtyle, crowned by a trifid ftigma; the bunches. Jaſminum Indicum lauri folio, inodorum
germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule with umbellatum, floribus coccineis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 59.
three cells, filled with roundiſh ſmall feeds. The
Italks at each of the lower joints thruſt out ſmall
a
a
2. Ixora
f. 2.

I X O
I XO
a
IXORA (Alba) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, floribus faſcicu-
latis. Lin. Sp. 160. Ixora with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
and flowers growing in bunches. Jaſminum Indicum,
lauri folio, inodorum, floribus albicantibus & ſchetti
album. Pluk. Phyt. 109. f. 2.
3. Ixora ( Americana) folis ternis lanceolato-ovatis, flo-
ribus thyrſoideis. Amen. Acad. 5. p. 393. Ixora with
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed by threes, and flowers in a
looſe Spike. Pavetta foliis oblongo-ovatis oppofitis, fti-
pulis ſetaceis. Brown. Jam. tab. 6. f. 2.
The firſt fort grows naturally in India, where it riſes
with a woody ſtalk five or fix feet high, ſending out
many ſlender branches covered with a brown bark, gar-
niſhed with oval leaves, placed fometimes oppoſite,
and at others there are three or four at each joint.
The flowers terminate the branches in cluſters; they
have very long ſlender tubes, are cut into four oval
ſegments at the top, and are of a deep red colour.
The ſecond ſort grows alſo in India ; this hath a woody
italk riſing fix or ſeven feet high, ſending out weak
branches, garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves
placed oppoſite, fitting cloſe to the branch; the flow-
ers terminate the branches in ſmall cluſters ; they have
long ſlender tubes, divided into four ſegments at the
top, and are white, without ſcent.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and ſome
other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it is called
Wild Jaſmine. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk four
or five feet high, ſending out ſlender branches op-
poſite, which are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed oppoſite, which are fix inches long, and
two inches and a half broad, having ſhort foot-ſtalks ;
the flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in a looſe ſpike, they are white, and have a ſcent like
Jaſmine.
Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, when they can
be procured from the countries where they grow na-
turally, for they do not perfect any ſeeds in England.
They ſhould be fown in ſmall pots as ſoon as they ar-
rive, and plunged into a hot-bed; if they arrive in
autumn or winter, the pots may be plunged in the
tan-bed in the ſtove, between the other pots of plants,
ſo will take up little room; but when they arrive in
the ſpring, it will be beſt to plunge them in a tan-
bed under frames; the feeds will fometimes come up
in about ſix weeks, if they are quite freſh ; otherwiſe
they will lie in the ground four or five months, and
ſometimes a whole year, therefore the earth ſhould
not be thrown out of the pots till there is no hopes
of their growing; when the plants come up, and are
fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſepa-
rate ſmall pot, filled with light earth, and afterward
treated in the manner directed for the Coffee-tree.
They may alſo be increaſed by cuttings during the
ſummer months, and planted in ſmall pots plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, covering them cloſe either
with bell or hand-glaſſes to exclude the external air,
fhading them carefully from the ſun during the heat
of the day, until they have put out good roots, when
they ſhould be parted, and each put into a ſeparate
pot, treating them as the ſeedling plants.
K.
K A L
K AL
K
K
ALI. See SALSOLA.
KALMIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 482. Cha-
mærhododendros. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 604.
tab. 373.
a
The CHARACTERS are,,
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement cut into five
parts, and one petal cut into five ſegments, which ſpread
open and are roundiſh. It hath ten ſtamina the length of
the petal, which decline in the middle, terminated by oval
fummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſup-
porting a fender ſtyle as long as the petal, crowned by an
obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval or
globular capſule with five cells, filled with very ſmall
Seeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogynia,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have ten
ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. KALMIA (Latifolia) foliis ovatis, corymbis terminali-
bus. Amon. Acad. 3. p. 19. Kalmia with oval leaves,
and flowers growing in bunches terminating the branches.
Chamædaphne foliis tini, floribus bullatis umbellatis.
Cateſb. Carol. 2. p. 98. tab. 98. Dwarf Laurel with a
Tinus leaf, and ſtudded flowers growing in umbels, com-
monly called Ivy-tree in America.
2. KALMIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis corymbus la-
teralibus. Lin. Gen. Nov. 1079. Kalmia with Spear-
maped leaves, and flowers growing in round bunches on the
fides of the fialk. Chamädaphne fempervirens, foliis
oblongis anguſtis, foliorum faſciculis oppoſitis. Cateib.
Carol. 3. p. 17. Evergreen Dwarf Laurel, with oblong
.
narrow leaves growing in bunches, which are placed oppoſite.
The firſt ſort grows naturally upon rocks and in barren
foils in Virginia and Penſylvania, where it riſes with
a branching ſtalk to the height of ten or twelve feet,
garniſhed with very ſtiff leaves, which are two inches
long and one broad, of a lucid green on their upper
fide, but of a pale green on their under; they
have ſhort foot-ſtalks, and ſtand without order round
the branches; between theſe the buds are formed for
the next year's flowers, at the extremity of the branches;
theſe budsſwell during the autumn and ſpring months,
till the beginning of June, when the flowers burſt out
from their empalements, forming a round bunch (or
corymbus) fitting very cloſe to the branch; they are
of a pale bluſh colour, the outſide of the petal is of
a Peach colour. The flower has but one petal, whoſe
baſe is tubulous, but is cut into five roundiſh ſeg-
ments, ftudded with purple ſpots, which are promi-
nent; after the flowers are paſt, the germen in the
center becomes an oval capſule, crowned by the per-
manent ſtyle, having five cells, which are full of very
ſmall feeds. This ſhrub in its native ſoil continues
flowering great part of the ſummer, and is one of the
greateſt ornaments te the country; but as yet it is not
ſo well naturalized to our climate as could be wiſhed,
though the plants are not injured by the cold, and
ſome of them have flowered ſeveral years paſt in the
Chelſea garden.
In

K A R
Κ Ε Μ
a
In the country where this ſhrub grows naturaliy, it
fends out plenty of fuckers from the roots, ſo that
they form thickets which are almoſt impaffable; but
here they have not as yet produced any fuckers, nor
do the feeds come to maturity, ſo that the plants are
not very common in England; for the ſeeds which are
ſent from America lie in the ground a whole year be-
fore the plants appear, and afterward they make very
flow progreſs, which has diſcouraged moſt people from
attempting to raiſe the plants in that method. The
only perſon who has ſucceeded well in the raiſing of
theſe, is Mr. James Gordon of Mile End, who has a
good number of the plants which have ariſen from
feeds.
The ſecond fort is a native of the ſame country with
the firſt, where it riſes from three to fix feet high,
dividing into ſmall ligneous branches which are very
cloſe, covered with a dark gray bark, garniſhed with
ftiff leaves about two inches long and half an inch
broad, of a lucid green, placed without order upon the
branches, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks; the flow-
ers grow in looſe bunches on the ſide of the branches,
upon flender foot-ítalks; they are of one petal, having
a ſhort tube, but ſpread open at the top, where they
are cut into five angles: the flowers are of a bright red
colour when they firſt open, but afterward fade to a
bluth or Peach bloom colour; theſe are ſucceeded by
roundih compreſſed feed-veſſels crowned by the per-
manent ſtyle, divided into five cells, which are filled
with ſmall roundiſh feeds. This ſhrub flowers great
part of ſummer in its native country, but is not yet
ſo well naturalized to this country as to do the like.
The leaves of this elegant plant are ſuppoſed to have
a noxious quality, deſtroying ſheep and oxen when
they feed upon them, yet the deer eat them with
impunity.
Both theſe forts multiply by their creeping roots in
their native foil, and at Whitton, where they have ſtood
unremoved a conſiderable time, they put out ſuckers
in pretty great plenty; and as theſe plants which come
from ſuckers, are much more likely to produce others
than thoſe which are raiſed from feeds, and will flower
much ſooner, ſo the plants ſhould not be removed,
but encouraged to ſpread their roots and ſend out
fuckers.
KARATAS, the Penguin or wild Ananas.
The CHARACTERS are,
It haih a tubulous bell-ſhaped flower, which is divided into
three parts at the mouth, from whoſe empalement where
the germen is ſituated ariſes the pointal, fixed like a noilin
the binder part of the flower, ettended by ſix sort ſtamina ;
the germen afterward becomes a fleſhy almoſt conical fruit,
which is divided by membranes into three cells, that are
full of oblong ſeeds.
There is but one ſort of this plant at preſent known
in England, which is,
KARATAS (Penguin) foliis ciliato ſpinofis mucronatis, ra-
cemo terminali. The wild Ananas or Penguin.
Father Plumier has made a great miſtake in the figure
and deſcription of the characters of this plant, and the
Caraguata; for he has joined the flower of the Cara-
guata to the fruit of the Karatas, and vice versâ ; this
has led many perſons into miſtakes, who have joined
the Bromelia and Ananas to this, making them all of
the ſame genus, whereas by their characters they
ſhould be ſeparated.
This plant is very common in the Weſt-Indies, where
the juice of its fruit is often put into punch, being of
a ſharp acid flavour. There is alſo a wine made of
the juice of this fruit which is very ſtrong, but it will
not keep good very long, fo is only for preſent uſe.
This wine is very intoxicating and heats the blood,
therefore ſhould be drank very ſparingly.
In England this plant is preſerved as a curioſity, for
the fruit feldom arrives to any degree of perfection in
this country, though it has often produced fruit in
the gardens, which ſometimes has ripened pretty well;
but if it were to ripen as thoroughly here as in its
native country, it would be little valued on account
of its great auſterity, which will often take the ſkia off
from the mouths and throats of thoſe people who eat
it incautiouſly.
This plant is propagated by feeds, for though there
are often fuckers fent forth from the old plants, yet
they come out from between the leaves, and are ſo
long, ſlender, and ill-ſhapen, that if they are planted
they feldom make regular plants. Theſe feeds ſhould
be fown early in the Ipring, in ſmall pots filled with
light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tan-
ners bark. When the plants are ſtrong enough to
tranſplant, they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each
planted into a ſeparate pot filled with light rich earth,
and plunged into the hot-bed again, obſerving to re-
freſh them frequently with water, until they have taken
new root, after which time they ſhould have air and
water in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon. In
this bed the plants may remain till Michaelmas, at
which time they ſhould be removed into the ſtove,
and plunged into the bark-bed, where they ſhould be
treated in the ſame manner as the Ananas.
Theſe plants will not produce their fruit in England
until they are three or four years old, ſo they ſhould
be ſhifted into larger pots, as the plants advance in
their growth; for if their roots are too much con ned,
they will make but little progreſs. They ſhould alſo
be placed at a pretty great diſtance from each other,
for their leaves will be three or four feet long, which
turning downward occupy a large ſpace.
The leaves of this plant are ſtrongly armed with
crooked ſpines, which renders it very troubleſome to
ſhift or handle the plants; for the fpines catch hold
of whatever approaches them by their crooked form,
being ſome berrt one way, and others the reverſe, io
that they catch both ways, and tear the ſkin or clothes
of the perſons who handle them, where there is not
the greateſt care taken of them.
The fruit of this plant is produced in cluſters, growing
upon a ſtalk about three feet high, and having ge-
nerally a tuft of leaves growing on the top, fo has, at
firſt ſight, the appearance of a Pine Apple; but, when
cloſer viewed, they will be found to be a cluſter of
oblong fruit, each being about the ſize of a finger.
A KATKIN is an aggregate of ſummits, hanging
down in form of a rope, or Cat's tail, as in the Sallow,
Hazel, Birch, &c. and is called in Latin iulus.
KÆMPFERIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 7.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a ſingle Spathe (or sheath) of one leaf; the flower
bath one petal, with a long ſlender tube, divided into fix
parts above; three of them are alternately Spear-ſhaped and
equal, the other are oval, and at bottom cut into two lege
ments which are vertically beart-ſhaped. It hath but one ſta-
men,
which is membranaceous, oval, andindented, terminated
by a linear ſummit, faſtened to it all the length, ſcarcely
emerging out of the tube of the petal. It hath e round
germen Supporting a ſtyle the length of the tube, crowned
by an obtuſe liigma; the germen afterward becomes as
roundiſh three-cornered capſule with three cells, filled with
Feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have one
ftamen and one ftyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. KÆMPFERIA (Galanga) foliis ovatis feffilibus. Flor.
Zeyl. 8. Kæmpferia with oval leaves fitting close to the
root. Katsjuli Kelengu. Hort. Mal. and the Wanhom.
Kæmpf. Amen. 901. Galangale.
2. KÆMPFERIA (Rotunda) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis.
Flor. Zeyl. 9. Kæmpferia with ſpear-ſhaped leaves having
foot-ſtalks. Zedoaria rotunda. C. B. P. Round Zedoary.
Theſe plants are both natives of the Eaſt-Indies, where
their roots are greatly uſed in medicine as fudorific
and carminative. The firſt fort hath much the ſcent of
green Ginger, when freſh taken out of the ground; the
roots are divided into ſeveral fleſhy tubers, which are
ſometimes jointed, and grow about four or five inches
long; the leaves are oval, about four inches long
and
a
a
7 N

KI G
KIT
a
have very
and two broad; theſe are without foot-ſtalks, growing ceous white colour, and appear in May, at which
cloſe to the root, and ſeem as if ſet on by pairs, time the plants are thinly garniſhed with lenves, for
ſpreading open each way; and from between theſe moſt of the old leaves drop juſt before the new onesap-
leaves the fowers are produced fingly, having no pear. The male flowers fall away foon after their farina
foot-ſtalks, but are cloſely embraced by the leaves ; is ſhed, but the hermaphrodite flowers are ſucceeded by
the flowers are white, having a bright purple bottom. globular fruit about the ſize of common red Cherries;
Theſe are not ſucceeded by any fruit in England. the cover of theſe is very rough, and of a thick con-
The ſecond ſort hath roots ſomewhat like thoſe of the ſiſtence, opening in five valves at the top, having one
firſt, but are ſhorter, growing in large clusters, covered cell filled with Imall angular feeds. Theſe fruit have
with an Aſh-coloured ſkin, but within are white; from grown to their full fize in the Chelſea garden, but
the roots ariſe the leaves, which fold over each other the feeds have rarely come to maturity here.
at their baſe; they are fix or eight inches long, and Theſe plants were not very common in Europe ſome
three broad in the middle, gradually ending in acute years paſt, being very difficult to propagate, unleſs
points; the flowers ariſe immediately from the roots, by feeds, which ſome plants both in Holland and
each having a ſpatha (or ſheath) at bottom cut into England have lately produced, ſo that they are now
two ſegments, which cloſely embrace the foot-ſtalk; much more plenty than they were in both countries;
theſe have fix petals, the three lower which decline for when any of the young branches are laid down,
downward are long and narrow, the two upper are they are two years before they put out roots, and
divided ſo deeply as to appear like a flower with four ſcarce one in five will then have any roots; nor do
petals, and the fide petal is bifid; they are of mixed the cuttings ſucceed better, for not one in twenty of
colours, blue, purple, white and red, having a fragrant them will take root, when planted with the utmott
odour: they flower in July and Auguſt, but do not care: the beſt time to plant the cuttings is in the
produce feeds in England.
ſpring, juſt before the plants begin to ſhoot; there
Theſe plants being natives of hot countries, will not ſhould be planted in pots filled with a ſoft loamy earth,
bear the open air in England, ſo requires a warm and plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, covering
ftove to preſerve them through the winter ; but as them cloſe with a glaſs, to exclude the air from them,
their leaves decay in the autumn, ſo the plants ſhould and ſhade them every day from the ſun; they ſhould
not have too much wet while they are in an inactive
little water after their first planting. If any
ftate. If the plants are placed in the bark-ſtove, and of them grow, they ſhould be planted into ſeparate
treated in the fame manner as is directed for the ſmall pots, filled with loamy earth, and may be ex-
Ginger, they will thrive, and produce plenty of poſed to the air in a ſheltered ſituation till autumn,
flowers every ſummer. They are both propagated when they muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and
by parting of their roots; the beſt time for this is in treated in the ſame manner as Orange-trees.
the ſpring, juſt before they begin to put out their KITCHEN-GARDEN. A good Kitchen-garden
leaves.
is almoſt as neceffary to a country ſeat, as a kitchen
KETMIA. See HIBISCUS.
to the houſe ; for without one, there is no way of
KIGGELARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1001. Laurus. being ſupplied with a great part of neceſſary food; the
Sterb. We have no Engliſh title for this plant. markets in the country being but poorly furniſhed
The CHARACTERS are,
with eſculent herbs, and thoſe only upon the market
It both male and bermaphrodite flowers ſituated on different days, which are ſeldom oftener than once a week; ſo
trees; the male flowers have an empalement of one leaf, that unleſs a perſon has a garden of his own, there
cut into five concave ſegments, and five concave petals will be no ſuch thing as procuring them freſh, in which
which are longer than the empalement, ſhaped like a their goodneſs conſiſts; nor can any variety of theſe
pitcher ; each of the petals have a honey gland faſtened to be had in the country markets; therefore whoever
their baſe, which have three obtuſe lobes and are coloured, propoſes to reſide in the country, ſhould be careful
fafiened to the tails of the petals; they have ten ſmall ſta- to make choice of a proper ſpot of ground for this
mina, terminated by oblong Summits. Tke hermaphrodite purpoſe; and the ſooner that is made and planted,
flowers have empalements and petals like the male, but fere the produce of it will be earlier in perfection ; for
of them have ſtamina. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh fruit-trees and Aſparagus require three years to grow, ,
germen, ſupporting five ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. before any produce can be expected from them; fo
The germen afterward becomes a rough globular fruit that the later the garden is made, the longer it will
with a thick cover, having one cell, filled with angular be before a ſupply of theſe things can be had for the
ſeeds.
table. And although the uſefulneſs of this garden is
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth fection of acknowledged by almoſt every one, yet there are few
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond clafs, intitled Diæcia De- who make a proper choice of foil and ſituation for
candria; but it ſhould be removed to his twenty-third ſuch a garden; the modern tafte, which is, perhaps,
claſs, as the hermaphrodite flowers are fruitful, tho' carried to as extravagant lengths, in laying open and
they are ſituated upon diſtinct plants, whoſe male throwing every obſtruction down, as the former cuf-
flowers have ten ſtamina.
tom of incloſing within walls was ridiculous; ſo that
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. now one frequently ſees the Kitchen-garden removed
KIGGELARIA ( Africana.) Hort. Cliff. 462. fol. 29. Euony- to a very great diſtance from the houſe and offices,
mo-affinis Æthiopica ſempervirens, fructu globoſo ſca- which is attended with great inconveniencies; and
bro, foliis falicis rigidis ferratis. H. L. 139. An often ſituated on a very bad ſoil, ſometimes too moiſt,
Eibiopian Evergreen plant reſembling the Spindle-tree, and at others without water, ſo that there is a great
with a rough globular fruit, and fif Sawed Willow expence in building walls and making the garden,
leaves.
where there can be little hopes of ſucceſs.
This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope, Nor will a Kitchen-garden be well attended to, when
where it riſes to be a tree of middling ſtature; but as it is ſo ſituated as to be out of ſight of the poſſeſſor,
it will not live in the open air here, they cannot be eſpecially if the gardener has not a love and value for
expected to grow to a great magnitude in England. it, or if it lies at a great diſtance from his habitation,
There are plants of it in the Chelſea garden upward or the other parts of the garden; for when it ſo hap-
of ten feet high, with ftrong woody ftems and pretty pens, a great part of the labourer's time will be loft
large heads; the branches have a ſmooth bark, which in going from one part to the other : therefore, be-
is frit green, but afterward changes to a purpliſh co- fore the general plan of the pleaſure-garden is ſettled,
lour; the leaves are about three inches long and one a proper piece of ground ſhould be choſen for this
broad, of a light green colour, and fawed on their purpoſe, and the plan fo adapted, as that the Kitchen-
edges, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks alternately. The garden may not become offenſive to the fight, which
flowers come out in cluſters from the fide of the
may be effected by proper plantations of ſhrubs to
branches, and hang downward ; they are of an herba- ſcreen the walls; and through theſe hrubs may be
contrived
a

K IT
KIT
a
3
contrived ſome winding walks to lead to the Kitchen-
garden, which will have as good an effect as thoſe
which are now commonly made in gardens for pleaſure
only. In the choice of the ſituation, if it does not
obſtruct the view of better objects, or ſhut out any
material proſpect, there can be no objection to the
placing it at a reaſonable diſtance from the houſe or
offices; for as particular things may be wanted for the
kitchen, which were not thought of at the time when
directions were given to the gardener what to bring
in; ſo if the garden is ſituated at a great diſtance
from the houſe, it will be found very inconvenient to
fend thither as often as things are wanting : therefore
it ſhould be contrived as near the ſtables as poſſible,
for the conveniency of carrying the dung thither ;
which, if at a great diſtance, will add to the expence
of the garden.
As to the figure of the ground, that is of no great
moment, ſince in the diſtribution of the quarters all
irregularities may be hid; though if you are at full
liberty, an exact ſquare or an oblong, is preferable to
any other figure.
The great thing to be conſidered is, to make choice
of a good foil, not too wet, nor over dry, but of a
middling quality; nor ſhould it be too ſtrong or ſtub-
born, but of a pliable nature, and eaſy to work; and
if the place where you intend to make the Kitchen-
garden ſhould not be level, but high in one part and
low in another, I would by no means adviſe the le-
velling it ; for by this ſituation you will have an ad-
vantage which could not be obtained on a perfect le-
vel, which is, the having one part dry ground
for early crops, and the low part for late crops,
whereby the kitchen may be the better ſupplied
throughout the ſeaſon with the various forts of herbs,
roots, &c. And in very dry ſeaſons, when in the
upper part of the garden the crop will greatly ſuffer
with drought, then the lower part will ſucceed, and
ſo vice versâ; but I would by no means direct the
chuſing a very low moiſt ſpot of ground for this
pur-
poſe; for although in ſuch foils garden-herbs are
commonly more vigorous and large in the ſummer
ſeaſon, yet they are ſeldom ſo well taſted or whole-
ſome as thoſe which grow upon a moderate foil; and
eſpecially ſince in this garden your choice fruits
fhould be planted, it would be wrong to have a very
wet foil.
This garden ſhould be fully expoſed to the ſun, and
by no means overſhadowed with trees, buildings, &c.
which are very injurious to your kitchen plants and
fruit-trees; but if it be defended from the north wind
by a diſtant plantation, it will greatly preſerve your
early crops in the ſpring ; as alſo from the ſtrong
ſouth-weſt winds, which are very hurtful in autumn
to fruit and garden-herbs. But theſe plantations ſhould
not be too near nor very large ; for I have generally
found where Kitchen-gardens are placed near woods or
large plantations, they have been much more troubled
with blights in the ſpring, than thoſe which have been
more expoſed.
The quantity of ground neceſſary for a Kitchen-garden
muſt be proportioned to the largeneſs of the family,
or the quantity of herbs deſired for a ſmall family,
one acre of ground may be ſufficient; but for a large
family, there ſhould not be leſs than three or four
acres; becauſe, when the ground is regularly laid out,
;
and planted with eſpaliers of fruit-trees, as will here-
after be directed, this quantity will be found little
enough, notwithſtanding what ſome perſons have ſaid
on this head.
This ground muſt be walled round, and if it can be
conveniently contrived, ſo as to plant both ſides of the
walls which have good aſpects, it will be a great ad-
dition to the quantity of wall fruit; and thoſe flips
of ground which are without ſide of the walls, will
be very uſeful for planting of Gooſeberries, Currants,
Strawberries, and ſome ſorts of kitchen plants, ſo
that they may be rendered equally uſeful with any of
the quarters within the walls; but theſe flips ſhould
not be too narrow, left the hedge, pale, or plantation
of ſhrubs, which incloſe them, ſhould thade the bofr
ders where the fruit-trees ſtand : the leaſt width of
theſe flips ſhould be twenty-five or thirty feet, but if
they are double that, it will be yet better, and the flips
will be more uſeful, and the fruit-trees will have a
larger ſcope of good ground for their roots to run.
Theſe walls ſhould be built about twelve feet high,
which will be a fufficient height for any ſort of fruit.
If the foil where you intend to place your Kitchen-gar-
den be very ſtrong, then you ſhould plough or dig it
three or four times before you plant any thing therein ;
and if you throw it up in ridges to receive the froſt in
winter, it will be of great ſervice to meliorate and
looſen its parts.
The manure which is moſt proper for ſuch foils, is
ſea-coal afhes, and the cleanſing of ſtreets or ditches,
which will render it light much ſooner than any other
dung or manure ; and the greater the quantity of
alhes the better, eſpecially if the ground be cold ;
and where theſe aſhes are not to be obtained in plenty,
ſea-fand is a very proper dreffing, where it can be
eaſily procured, or rotten wood, or the parts of ve-
getables rotted are very good; all which will greatly
looſen the ſoil, and cauſe it to be not only eaſier to
work, but alſo more advantageous for the growth of
plants.
But, on the contrary, if your foil be light and warm,
you
ſhould manure it with rotten neats dung, which
is much preferable to any other dreſſing for hot foils;
but if you uſe horſe dung, it muſt be well rotted,
otherwiſe it will burn up the crops upon the firſt hot
dry weather.
The ſoil of this garden ſhould be at leaſt two feet
deep, but if deeper it will be ſtill better, otherwiſe
there will not be depth enough of foil for many forts
of eſculent roots, as Carrots, Parfneps, Beets, &c.
which run down pretty deep in the ground, and moſt
other forts of eſculent plants delight in a deep foil
and many plants, whoſe roots appear ſhort, yet if
their fibres by which they receive their nourishment
are traced, they will be found to extend to a confi-
derable depth in the ground; ſo that when theſe are
ſtopped by meeting with gravel, chalk, clay, &c. the
plants will ſoon fhew it by their colour and ſtinted
growth.
You ſhould alſo endeavour to have a fupply of wa-
ter in the different parts of the garden, which, if pof-
ſible, ſhould be contained in large baſons or reſervoirs,
where it
may be expoſed to the open air and ſun, that
it may be ſoftened thereby; for ſuch water as is taken
out of wells, &c. juſt as it is uſed, is by no means
proper for any
any ſort of plants.
In the diſtribution of this garden, after having built
the walls, you ſhould lay out banks or borders under
them, which ſhould be at leaſt eight or ten feet broad,
whereby the roots of the fruit-trees will have greater
liberty than in ſuch places where the borders are not
above three or four feet wide; and upon theſe banks
you may fow many ſorts of early crops, if expoſed to
the ſouth; and upon thoſe expoſed to the north, you
may have ſome late crops; but I would by no means
adviſe the planting any ſort of deep rooting plants too
near the fruit-trees, eſpecially Peas and Beans; tho'
for the advantage of the walls, to preſerve them in
winter, and to bring them forward in the ſpring, the
gardeners in general are too apt to make uſe of thoſe
borders, which are near the beſt aſpected walls, to the
great prejudice of their fruit-trees; but for theſe pur-
poſes it is much better to have ſome Reed-hedges fixed
in ſome of the warmeſt quarters, under which you
fhould fow and plant early Peas, Beans, &c. where
they will thrive as well as if planted under a wall, and
hereby your fruit-trees will be entirely freed from ſuch
troubleſome plants.
Then you ſhould proceed to dividing the ground out
into quarters, which muſt be proportioned to the large-
neſs of the garden; but I would adviſe never to make
them too ſmall, whereby your ground will be loft in
walks; and the quarters being incloſed by eſpaliers
of fruit-trees the plants therein will draw up lender,
and
و

KIT
K N A
a
and never arrive to half the fize as they would do in their land fo well every year, as to render it almoſt
a more open expoſure.
new; though notwithſtanding all this, it is conſtantly
The walks of this garden ſhould be alſo proportioned obſerved, that freſh land always produces the best
to the ſize of the ground, which in a ſmall garden crops.
ſhould be four feet, but in a large one fix; and on In one of theſe quarters, which is ſituated neareſt to
each ſide of the walk ſhould be allowed a border five the ſtables, and beſt defended from the cold winds;
or fix feet wide between the eſpalier and the walk, or if either of the flips without the garden wall, which
whereby the diſtance between the eſpaliers will be is well expoſed to the ſun, lies convenient, and is of
greater, and the borders being kept conſtantly worked a proper width, that ſhould be preferred for a place
and manured, will be of great advantage to the roots to make hot-beds for early Cucumbers, Melons, &c.
of the trees; and in theſe borders may be fown fome The reaſons for ny giving the preference to one of
ſmall fallad, or any other herbs, which do not con- theſe flips, is, firſt, there will be no dirt or litter
tinue long or root deep, ſo that the ground will not carried over the walks of the Kitchen-garden in winter
be loſt.
and ſpring, when the weather is generally wet, ſo that
The breadth of theſe middle walks which I have here the walks will be rendered unfightly; ſecondly, the
aſſigned them, may by many perſons be thought too view of the hot-beds will be excluded from fight; and
great; but my reaſon for this is to allow proper room
;
laſtly, the convenience of carrying the dung into theſe
between the eſpaliers, that they may not ſhade each ſlips, for by making of a gate in the hedge, or pale,
other, or their roots interfere and rob each other of wide enough for a ſmall cart to enter, it may be done
their nouriſhment: but where the walks are not re- with much leſs trouble than that of barrowing it thro'
quired of this breadth, it is only enlarging of the bor- the garden; and where there can be a ſlip long enough
ders on each ſide, and fo reducing the walks to the to contain a ſufficient number of beds for two or three
breadth deſired.
years, it will be of great uſe; becauſe by the ſhifting
But the walks of theſe gardens ſhould not be gravelled, of the beds annually, they will ſucceed much better
for as there will conſtantly be occaſion to wheel ma- than when they are continued for a number of years
nure, water, &c. upon them, they would ſoon be de- on the ſame ſpot of ground; and as it will be abfo-
faced, and rendered unſightly; nor ſhould they be lutely neceſſary to fence this Melon-ground round
laid with turf; for in green walks, when they are with a Reed-hedge, it may be ſo contrived as to move
wheeled upon or much trodden, the turf is foon de- away in pannels; and then that hedge which was on
ſtroyed, and thoſe places where they are much uſed, the upper fide the firſt year, being carried down to a
become very unfightly alſo; therefore the beſt walks proper diſtance below that which was the lower hedge,
for a Kitchen-garden are thoſe which are laid with a and which may remain, there will be no occaſion to
binding fand; but where the ſoil is ſtrong and apt to remove more than one of the croſs hedges in a year;
detain the wet, there ſhould be fome narrow under therefore I am perſuaded, whoever will make trial of
ground drains made by the ſide of the walks, to carry this method, will find it the moſt eligible.
off the wet, otherwiſe there will be no uſing of the The moſt important points of general culture confit
walks in bad weather; and where the ground is very in well digging and manuring the ſoil, and giving a
wet, and the water is detained by the ſtiffneſs of the
proper diftance to each plant, according to their dif-
foil, if ſome lime-rubbiſh, flints, chalk, or any fuch
rent growths (which is conſtantly exhibited in their
material as can be procured with the leaſt expence, and ſeveral articles in this book) as alſo in keeping them
is laid at the bottom of theſe walks; or if neither of clear from weeds; for if weeds aae permitted to grow
theſe can be had, a bed of Heath or Furze ſhould be until their feeds are ripe, they will ſhed upon the
laid, and the coat of fand laid over it; the ſand will ground, and fill it ſo as not to be gotten out again in
be kept drier, and the walks will be found and good ſeveral years. You ſhould alſo obſerve to keep your
in all ſeaſons. Theſe fand-walks when they are well dunghills always clear from weeds, for it will be to
laid, are by much the eaſieſt kept of any; for when litte purpoſe to keep the garden clean, if this is not
either weeds or Moſs begin to grow, it is but ſcuffling obſerved ; for the feeds falling among the dung, will
them over with a Dutch hoe in dry weather, and raking be brought into the garden, whereby there will be a
them over a day or two after, and they will be as conſtant ſupply of weeds yearly introduced, to the no
clean as when first laid.
ſmall damage of your plants, and a perpetual labour
a
The beſt figure for the quarters to be diſpoſed into, occaſioned to extirpate them again. Another thing
is a ſquare or an oblong, where the ground is adapted which is abſolutely neceſſary to be obſerved, is, to car-
to ſuch a figure; otherwiſe they may be triangular, ry off all the refuſe leaves of Cabbages, the ſtalks of
or of any other ſhape, which will be moſt advantageous Beans and haulm of Peaſe, as ſoon as they are done
to the ground.
with, for the ill ſcent which moſt people complain of
When the garden is laid out in the ſhape intended, if in the Kitchen-gardens, is wholly occafioned by theſe
the ſoil is ſtrong, and ſubject to detain the moiſture, things being ſuffered to rot upon the ground; there-
or is naturally wet, there ſhould always be under- fore when the Cabbages are cut, all leaves ſhould be
ground drains made, to carry off the wet from every carried out of the garden while they are freſh, at
quarter of the garden, for otherwiſe moſt ſorts of which time they may be very uſeful for feeding of
kitchen plants will ſuffer greatly by moiſture in winter; hogs, or other animals, and this will always keep the
and if the roots of the fruit-trees get into the wet, they garden neat and free from ill ſcents. As for all other
will never produce good fruit, ſo that there cannot be neceſſary directions, they will be found in the articles
too much care taken to let off all ſuperious moiſture of the ſeveral forts of kitchen plants, which renders it
from the Kitchen-garden.
needleſs to be repeated in this place.
Theſe quarters ſhould be conſtantly kept clear from KLEINI A. See CACALIA.
weeds, and when any part of the ground is unoccu- KNAUTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 109. Lychni-Scabiofa.
pied, it ſhould always be trenched up into ridges, that
Boerh. Ind. 1. 131.
it may ſweeten and imbibe the nitrous particles of the This name was applied to this plant by Dr. Linnæus,
air, which is of great advantage to all ſorts of land, in honour of the memory of Dr. Chriſtian Knaut, who
and the ground will then be ready to lay down when- publiſhed a method of claſſing plants.
ever it is wanted.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ground in theſe quarters ſhould not be fown or It hath a ſingle oblong empalement, containing ſeveral flof-
planted with the ſame crop two years together, but cular flowers, which are ranged so as to appear regular,
the crops ſhould be annually changed, whereby they but each irregular, having tubes the length of the empale-
will prove much better than when they conſtantly grow ment, but are cut at the brim into four irregular ſegments,
upon the ſame ſpot. Indeed the kitchen-gardeners the outer being the biggeſt ; it bath four ſiamina the
near London, where the land is dear, are often obliged length of the tube, inſerted in the neceptacle, terminated by
to put the ſame crop upon the ground for two or oblong incumbent fummits; and a germen under the petal
,
three years together, but then they dig and manure ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a thick bifid figma,
و
which

K N A
K NI
which afterward becomes a four-cornered ſeed with a hairy into four ſegments at the top, and each contain four fio-
apex.
rets of a bright red colour, cut into four unequal ſeg-
This genus
of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ments, the outer being much larger than the other;
Linnæus's fourth claſs, intitled Tetrandria Monogy- theſe have four ſtamina the length of the tube of the pe-
nia, the flowers having four ftamina and one ſtyle. tal, terminated by oblong ſummits; and the flowers
The SPECIES are,
are ſucceeded by oblong four-cornered ſeeds, which,
1. KNAUTIA (Orientalis) foliis omnibus pinnatifidis, co- when ripe, foon fall out of the cup if they are not ga-
rollis calyce longioribus. Lin. Sp. App. 1679. Knau- thered.
tia with all the leaves wing-pointed, and the petal longer The ſecond fort differs from the firſt in its upper leaves
than the empalement. Lychni-ſcabioſa, flore rubro, being whole, and the petal of the fiower being equal
annua. Boerh. Ind. alt.
to the cup. The lower leaves of this are fawed on
2. KNAUTIA (Propontica) foliis ſuperioribus lanceolatis their edges, and terminate in acute points.
indivifis, corollis. calyce æqualibus. Lin. Sp. App. Theſe plants propagate eaſily; if their ſeeds are
1666. Knautia whoſe upper leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and permitted to ſcatter in the autumn, the plants will
whole, and the petal of the flower equal to the empale- come up foon after; and if ſome of theſe are planted
ment. Scabioſa Orientalis villoſa, flore ſuaverubente, in the borders of the pleaſure-garden, or among low
fructu pulchro oblongo. Tourn. Cor. 35.
ſhrubs near the walks in October, the plants will
Theſe plants are natives of the Eaſt, they are both live through the winter, and flower in June ; fo their
annual; the firſt has been long cultivated in the Eng- ſeeds will ripen the end of July or beginning of Au-
liſh gardens; this riſes with an erect branching ſtalk four guſt, therefore require no other culture but to keep
feet high, garniſhed with wing-pointed leaves; the them clean from weeds.
branches are terminated by ſingle foot-ſtalks, each ſup- KNIGHTS CROSS, or SCARLET CROSS,
porting one flower, having a tubular empalement cut is the Scarlet Lychnis. See LYCHNIS.
3
I
L.
L AB
L AC
L
a
3
ABIATE FLOWERS are ſuch as have them, but where there is ground enough, the double
lips, or more properly a labiated flower, is are moſt eligible.
an irregular monopetalous flower, divided into Double ones, or thoſe that are made with double
two lips; the upper is called the creſt, the un- hedges of a conſiderable thickneſs of wood between
der the beard, ſometimes the creſt is wanting, and hedge and hedge, are approved as much better than
then the ſtyle and chives fupply its place, as in the ſingle ones, as is the manner of making them in
Ground Pine, Scordium, Bugula, &c. but the greateſt France, and other places, of all which, that of Ver-
part have two lips, which, in ſome ſpecies the upper ſailles is allowed by all to be the nobleſt of its kind in
lip is turned upwards, as the Ground Ivy, &c. but the world.
moſt uſually the upper lip is convex above, and turns It is an error in Labyrinths in making them too nar-
the hollow part down to the lower lip, and ſo repre- row, for by that means the hedges muſt be kept cloſe
ſents a kind of helmet, or monk's hood, from whence clipped; whereas, if the walks are made wider, ac-
theſe are called galeate, cucullate, and galericulate cording to the foreign practice, they will not ſtand in
flowers, in which form are moſt of the verticillate ſo much need of it.
plants.
The walks are made with gravel, and the hedges are
LABLAB. See PHASEOLUS.
uſually ſet with Hornbeams; the palliſades ought to
LABRUM VENERIS. See DipsacUS.
be ten, twelve, or fourteen feet high; the Hornbeam
LABRUSCA. See Vitis.
ſhould be kept cut, and the walks rolled.
LABURNUM. See CYTISUS.
LACRYMA JOBI [ſo called, becauſe the ſeed
LABYRINTH (AaEsquec] a winding, mazy, of it reſembles a tear, or drop.] Job's Tears. See
and intricate turning to and fro, through a wilderneſs Coix.
or a wood.
LACTIFEROUS PLANTS are ſuch as abound
The deſign of a Labyrinth is, to cauſe an intricate with a milky juice, as the Euphorbia, Sonchus, Lac-
and difficult labour to find out the center, and the
aim is, to make the walks ſo intricate, that a perſon LACTUCA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 473. tab. 267.
may loſe himſelf in them, and meet with as great a Lin. Gen. Plant. 814. [fo called from lac, Lat.
number of ſtops and diſappointments as is poſſible, milk, becauſe the leaves, ſtalks, flower, and branch,
they being the moſt valuable that are moſt intricate. being broken, plentifully emit a milk, or white milky
As to the contrivance of them, it will not be poſſible juice, quickly turning yellow and bitteriſh.] Lettuce;
to give directions in words, there are ſeveral plans and in French, Laitue.
deſigns in books of gardening; they are rarely met
The CHARACTERS are,
with but in great and noble gardens, as Hampton- The flowers are compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets,
court, &c.
incloſed in one ſcaly oblong empalement ; theſe lie over each
There are two ways of making them, the firſt is with other like the ſcales of fiſh. The florets have one petal,
ſingle hedges; this method has been practiſed in Eng- which is ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue, and is
land. Theſe, indeed, may be beſt, where there is but Nightly indented at the end in three or four parts; theſe
a ſmall ſpot of ground to be allowed for the making have each five port hairy ſtamina; the oval germen Jup-
7 O
ports
a
tuca, &c.
a
3
3

LAC
L A C
tuce.
14
tuce.
very much
ports o fiender Style, crowned by two reflected liigmas, and
afterward becomes one oblong pointed ſeed, crowned with
o ſingle down, fiiting in the ſcaly empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnaeus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngenefia Polyga-
mia æqualis, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
are compoſed of all hermaphrodite, or fruitful florets,
and have their ſtamina and ſtyle connected.
It would be beſide my purpoſe to mention in this
place the ſeveral forts of Lettuce that are to be found
in botanic writers, many of which are plants of little
uſe, and are never cultivated but in botanic gardens
for variety ; ſome of them are found wild in many
parts of England. I ſhall therefore paſs over thoſe,
and only mention the ſeveral varieties which are cul-
tivated in the kitchen-garden for ufe: 1. Common or
Garden Lettuce. 2. Cabbage Lettuce. 3. Cilicia Let-
tuce. 4. Dutch Brown Lettuce. 5. Aleppo Lettuce.
6. Imperial Lettuce. 7. Green Capuchin Lettuce.
8. Verſailles, or Upright White Cos Lettuce. 9. Black
Cos. 10. Red Capuchin Lettuce. II. Roman Let-
12. Prince Lettuce. 13. Royal Lettuce.
Egyptian Cos Lettuce.
The firſt of theſe forts is commonly ſown for cutting
very young, to mix with other ſmall fallad herbs, and
is only different from the ſecond fort, in being a de-
generacy therefrom, or otherwiſe the ſecond is an in-
provement by frequent cultivation from the firſt ; for
if the feeds are ſaved from ſuch plants of the ſecond
fort as did not cabbage cloſely, the plants produced
from that ſeed will degenerate to the firſt fort, which
is by the gardeners called Lapped Lettuce, to diſtin-
guiſh it from the other, which they call Cabbage Let-
The ſeeds of the firſt, which are commonly
ſaved from any of the plants, without having regard
to their goodneſs
, are generally ſold at a very cheap
rate (eſpecially in dry ſeaſons, when theſe plants al-
ways produce the greateſt quantity of ſeeds,) though
ſometimes this feed is ſold in the feed-ſhops, and by
perſons who make a trade of ſelling ſeeds, for the
Cabbage Lettuce, which is often the occaſion of
peo-
ples being diſappointed in their crop ; ſo that this fort
ſhould never be cultivated but to be cut up very
young, for which purpoſe this is the only good fort
,
and may be fown any time of the year, obſerving only
in hot weather to ſow it in ſhady borders; and in the
ſpring and autumn upon warm borders, but in win-
ter it ſhould be fown under glaſſes, otherwiſe it is ſub-
ject to be deſtroyed by ſevere froſts.
The Cabbage Lettuce may alſo be ſown at different
times of the year, in order to have a continuation of
it through the whole ſeaſon. The firſt crop gene-
rally fown in February, which ſhould be upon a
warm ſpot of ground, and when the plants are come
up, they ſhould be thinned out to the diſtance of ten
inches each way, which may be done by hoeing them
out, as is practiſed for Turneps, Carrots, Onions, &c.
provided you have no occaſion for the ſuperfluous
plants, otherwiſe they may be drawn up, and tranſ-
planted into another ſpot of good ground at the ſame
diſtance, which, if done before the plants are too
large, they will ſucceed very well, though they will
not be fo large as thoſe which are left upon the
ſpot where they were fown, but they will come fome-
what later, which will be of ſervice where people do
not continue fowing every fortnight or three weeks in
fummer.
You muſt alſo obſerve in fowing the ſucceeding crops,
as the ſeaſon advances, to chuſe a ſhady moiſt fitu-
ation, but not under the drip of trees, otherwiſe, in
the heat of ſummer they will run up to ſeed before
they cabbage. In the beginning of Auguſt you ſhould
fow the laſt crop, which is to ſtand over winter;
the feeds ſhould be fown thin upon a good light foil,
in a warm ſituation, and when the plants are come
up they muſt be hoed out, ſo as they may ſtand fingly,
and cut down all the weeds to clear them. In the be-
ginning of October they ſhould be tranſplanted into
warm borders, where, if the winter is not very ſevere,
they will ſtand very well; but in order to be ſure of
a crop, it will be adviſeable to plant a few upon a bed
pretty cloſe together, where they may be arched over
with hoops, and in ſevere froſts they ſhould be co-
vered with mats and ſtraw, or Peas-haulm, to ſecure
them from being deſtroyed; and in the ſpring of the
year they may be tranſplanted out into a warm rich
foil, at the diſtance before-mentioned; but ſtill thoſe
which grew under the wall, if they eſcaped the win-
ter, and were ſuffered to remain, will cabbage ſooner
than thoſe which are removed again; but you muſt ob-
ſerve not to place them too cloſe to the wall, which
would occafion their growing up tall, and prevent
their being large or hard.
In order to ſave good feeds of this kind, you ſhould
look over your Lettuces when they are in perfection,
and ſuch of them as are very hard, and grow low,
ſhould have ſticks thruſt into the ground, by the ſides
of as many of them as you intend for ſeed, to mark
them from the reft; and you ſhould carefully pull up
all the reſt from amongſt them as ſoon as they begin
to run up, if any happen to be left, left when they are
run up to flower, they ſhould, by the intermixing
their farina with the good ones, degenerate the feeds.
It may be ſome perſons may object, that ſuppoſe
ſome bad ones ſhould happen to be left among them
(for ſeeds to fow for ſmall fallads,) yet the good ones
being marked, the feeds need not be mixed, and ſo no
danger can enſue from thence; but notwithſtanding
ever ſo much care be taken to keep the feeds fepa-
rate, yet, whether from the intermixing of the farina
during the time of their being in flower, or what other
cauſe, I cannot ſay, but it hath been frequently ob-
ſerved, that where good and bad plants have been left
for feed upon the ſame ſpot, the ſeeds of the good plants
which were carefully ſaved ſeparately, have
degenerated, and provedworſe thanſuch as have feeded
by themſelves. The ſeeds ſhould always be ſaved
either from thoſe which ſtood through the winter, or
thoſe which were ſown early in the ſpring, for the
late ones very feldom perfect their feeds.
The Cilicia, Imperial, Royal, Black, White, and Up-
right Cos Lettuces may be ſown at the following times ;
the firſt ſeaſon for fowing theſe ſeeds is at the latter
end of February, or the beginning of March, upon a
moderate hot-bed, or on a warm light foil in a ſhel-
tered ſituation; and when the plants are come up
and are fit to tranſplant, thoſe which were fown on
the hot-bed ſhould be planted on another warm bed
about four inches afunder, row from row, and two
inches diſtance in the rows, obſerving to ſhade them
from the ſun till they have taken new root; after
which they ſhould have a larger ſhare of air ad-
mitted to them daily, to prevent their drawing up
weak; but if the ſeaſon proves favourable, they
ſhould be tranſplanted the beginning of April to
the place where they are to remain, allowing them
fixteen inches room every way, for theſe large forts
muſt not be planted too near each other; thoſe which
were fown in the full ground will be later before they
come up, ſo ſhould be either hoed out, or tranſ-
planted into another ſpot of ground (as was directed
for thoſe fown on the hot-bed allowing them as
much room) eſpecially if the ſoil be good ; after
they have taken new root, you muſt carefully keep
them clear from weeds, which is the only culture
they will require, except the Black Cos Lettuce,
which ſhould be tied up when they are full grown (in
the manner as was directed for blanching of Endive,)
to whiten their inner leaves, and render them criſp,
otherwiſe they are ſeldom good for much, rarely cab-
baging without this affiſtance.
When your Lettuces are in perfection, you ſhould
look over them, and mark as many of the beſt of them
as you intend for feed (in the ſame manner as was
before directed for the common Cabbage Lettuce,)
being very careful not to ſuffer any ordinary ones to
ſeed amongſt them, as was before obſerved, which
would prove more injurious to theſe forts than to the
common, as being more inclinable to degenerate with
us, if they are not carefully ſaved.
You
a
is
.

LAC
LA M
3
them up
و
و
You may alſo continue theſe forts through the whole ſuch as cabbage beſt, otherwiſe they will degenerate,
ſeaſon of Lettuce, by lowing them in April, May, and and be good for little.
June, obferving, (as was before directed) to fow the In ſaving feeds of all theſe forts of Lettuce, you
late crops in a ſhady fituation, otherwiſe they will ſhould obſerve never to let two forts ftand near each
run up to feed before they grow to any fize; but in the other, for by their farina mixing, they will both vary
middle of September you may fow of theſe forts, to from their original, and partake of each other; and
abide the winter ; which plants ſhould be tranſplanted there ſhould be a ſtake fixed down by the ſide of each,
either under glaſſes, or into a bed, which ſhould be to which the ftem ſhould be faſtened, to prevent their
arched over with hoops, in order to be covered in the being broken, or blown out of the ground by wind,
winter, otherwiſe in hard winters they are often de- to which the Cilicia, Cos, and the other large growing
ítroyed; but you muſt conſtanly let theſe plants have Lettuces, are very ſubject when they are in flower.
as much free air as poſſible, when the weather is mild, You muſt alſo obſerve to cut ſuch branches of the
only covering them in hard rains or froſty weather ; large growing Lettuce as ripen firſt, and not wait to
for if they are kept too cloſely covered in winter, have the ſeed of the whole plant ripe together, which
they will be ſubject to a mouldineſs, which ſoon rots never happens; but, on the contrary, ſome branches
them.
will be ripe a fortnight or three weeks before others;
In the ſpring theſe plants ſhould be planted out into a and when you cut them, they muſt be ſpread upon a
rich light ioil, allowing them at leaſt fixteen inches coarſe cloth in a dry place, that the ſeeds may dry,
diſtance each way; for if they are planted too cloſe, after which you ſhould beat them out, and dry them
they are very ſubject to grow tall, but feldom cab- again, and then preſerve them for uſe, being careful
bage well; and from this crop, if they ſucceed well, to hang them up where mice and other vermin can-
it will be proper to ſave your feeds; though you not come at them; for if they do, they will ſoon eat
ihould alſo fave from that crop fown on the hot-bed
in the ſpring, becauſe ſometimes it happens, that the LACTUCA AGNINI. See VALERIANELLA.
firſt
firfc may fail by a wet feafon, when the plants are LADY'S SLIPPER. See CYPRIPEDIUM.
full in flower, and the ſecond crop may ſucceed, by LADY's SMOCK. See CARDAMIN.
having a more favourable ſeaſon afterwards; and if LAGOCIA, Baſtard Cumin.
they ſhould both ſucceed, there will be no harm in
The CHARACTERS are,
that, ſince the ſeeds will grow very well when two It hath many flowers collested into a head, which have
years old, and if well ſaved, at three, but this will not one common empalement, compoſed of eight indented leaves,
always happen.
but the ſimple empalement to each flower bath five leaves,
The moſt valuable of all the forts of Lettuce in Eng- which are very narrow and pinnated, ending in many
land, are the Egyptian Green Cos, and the Verſailles, hair-like points. The flower conſiſts of five borned petals,
or White Cors, and the Cilicia, though ſome people which are porter than the empalement ; at the bottom of
are very fond of the Royal and Imperial Lettuces, each flower is ſituated the germen, ſupporting a style
but they ſeldom fell ſo well in the London markets as crowned by a ſimple ſtigno, attended by five fiomino,
the other, nor are lo generally eſteemed. Indeed of which are long and narrow; the germen afterward changes
late years, ſince the White Cos has been commonly
,
to an oval ſeed, crowned with the empalement.
cultivated, it has obtained the preference of all the
There is but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
other forts, until the Egyptian Green Cos was intro- LAGOECIA (Cuminoides.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. Baſtard, or
duced, which is ſo much ſweeter and tenderer than Wild Cumin.
the White Cos, that it is by all good judges eſteemed We have no other Engliſh name for this plant, nor
the beſt fort of Lettuce yet known. This fort will is this a very proper one, but as it has been titled by
endure the cold of our ordinary winters full as well as ſome of the antient botaniſts Cuminum ſylveſtre, i. e.
the White Cos; but at the ſeaſon of its cabbaging, if Wild Cumin, and by Dr. Tournefort it is inade a
there happens to be much wet, this being very tender, diſtinct genus, by the title of Cuminoides, it may
is very ſubject to rot.
be ſtyled Wild, or Baſtard Cumin.
The Brown Dutch and Green Capuchin Lettuces are This is an annual plant, which grows about a foot
very hardy, and may be fown at the ſame ſeaſons as high. The leaves reſemble thoſe of the Honeywort.
was directed for the common Cabbage Lettuce, and The flowers, which are of a greeniſh yellow colour,
are very proper to plant under a wall
, or hedge, to are collected in ſpherical heads at the extremity of the
ſtand the winter, where many times theſe will abide, ſtalks ; but there being little beauty in the plant, it
when moſt of the other forts are deſtroyed, and there- is rarely cultivated, except in botanic gardens. It
IC
fore they will prove very acceptable at a time when grows plentifully about Aix, in Provence, as alſo in
few other forts are to be had, they will alſo endure moſt of the iſlands of the Archipelago. It is annual,
more heat and drought than moſt other forts of Let- and periſhes ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe. The ſeeds
tuce, which renders them very proper for late ſowing; of this plant ſhould be fown in autumn on a warm
for it very often happens, in very hot weather, that border, foon after they are ripe; or if they are per-
the other forts of Lettuce will run up to ſeed in a few mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up, and re-
days after they are cabbaged, whereas theſe will abide quire no other care but to clear them from weeds.
near a fortnight in good order, eſpecially if care be When the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring, they com-
taken to cut the forwardeſt firſt, leaving thoſe that monly remain in the ground a year before they grow,
are not ſo hard cabbaged to be laft. If ſome plants
and ſometimes I have known them to lie two or three
of theſe two laſt forts are planted under frames, on a years in the ground, ſo that if the plants do not come
moderate hot-bed in October, they will be fit for uſe up the firſt year, the ground ſhould not be diſturbed.
in April, which will prove acceptable to thoſe who LAGOPUS. See TRIFOLIUM.
are lovers of Lettuce, and being covered by glaſſes, LAMINATED ſignifies platted. Thoſe things are
will render them tender. In faving of theſe ſeeds, ſaid to be laminated, whoſe contexture diſcovers ſuch
the ſame care ſhould be taken to preſerve only ſuch as a diſpoſition as that of plates lying over one another,
are very large and well cabbaged, otherwiſe the ſeeds or the ſcales of fiſh.
will degenerate, and be good for little.
LAMIUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 183. tab. 89. Lin.
The Red Capuchin, Roman, and Prince Lettuces are Gen. Plant. 636. Dead Nettle, or Archangel.
pretty varieties, and cabbage very early, for which
The CHARACTERS are,
reaſon a few of them may be preſerved, as may alſo The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
fome of the Aleppo, for the beauty of its ſpotted which is tubulous, and cut into five equal ſegments at the
leaves ; though very few people care for either of theſe top, which end in beards. The flower is of the lip kind;
forts at table, when the other more valuable ones are it hath one petal, with a ſort cylindrical tube, ſwollen at
to be obtained; but in a ſcarcity, theſe may ſupply the chops and compreſſed; the upper lip is arched, roundiſh,
the place pretty well
, and theſe forts are very proper obtuſe, and entire; the under is ſport, beart-ſhaped, re-
for foups. The ſeeds of theſe muſt alſo be ſaved from flexed, and indented at the end. It hath four awl-shaped
ſtamina
a
a
а

LA M
L Α Ν
ز
ment.
3
ſtamina joined to the upper lip, two of which are longer in Italy; this hath a perennial creeping root, from
than the other, terminated by oblong hairy ſummits. It which ariſe many thick ſquare ftalks a foot high, gar-
both a four-cornered germen, ſupporting a fender Style niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves which are hairy, placed
Situated with the ſtamina, and crowned by an acute two- oppoſite, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-Italks; the
pointed ſtigma; the germen afterward become for three- flowers come out in whorls at the upper joints of
cornered ſeeds, fitting in the open empalement.
the ſtalk, they are large, and of a pale purpliſh co-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of lour; theſe continue in fucceffion moſt part of the
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym- ſummer, and the flowers are ſucceeded by feeds which
noſpermia, in which he ranges thoſe plants whoſe ripen about ſix weeks after. This may be propa-
flowers have two long and two ſhorter ftamina, and gated by feeds, but as the roots ſpread greatly in the
are ſucceeded by naked feeds fitting in the empale- ground, ſo when once it is obtained, it will propagate
faſt enough without culture.
The SPECIES are,
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Archipela-
1. LAMIUM (Purpureum) foliis cordatis obtufis petiola- go; this is an annual plant, which, if permitted to
tis. Hort. Cliff. 314. Dead Nettle with heart-ſhaped ſcatter its ſeeds, the plants will come up and thrive
obtuſe leaves ſtanding on foot-stalks. Lamium purpu- better than when ſown by the hand. The plants come
reum fætidum, folio fubrotundo, five Galeopſis Di- up in the autumn, and during the winter their
oſcoridis. C. B. P. Purple ſtinking Archangel, or Dead leaves make a pretty appearance, for they are marked
Nettle, or the Galeopſis of Dioſcorides with a roundiſh with white ſomewhat like thoſe of the autumnal Cy-
leaf.
clamen ; the ſtalks riſe eight or nine inches high,
2. LAMIUM (Album) foliis cordatis acuminatis ferratis and are garniſhed with ſmooth heart-ſhaped leaves
petiolatis. Hort. Cliff. 314. Dead Nettle with pointed placed oppoſite; theſe in dry weather have a mulky
heart-ſhaped leaves, which are ſawed, and have foot- ſcent, but in wet weather are fetid; the flowers are
ſtalks. Lamium album, non fætens, folio oblongo. white, ſtanding in whorls round the ſtalks. They ap-
C. B. P. White Archangel or Deod Nettle which does pear in April, and the ſeeds ripen in June, then the
not ſtink, with an oblong leaf.
plants decay; this requires no culture, but to keep
3. LAMIUM (Garganicum) folis cordatis pubeſcentibus, the plants clear from weeds.
corollis fauce inflata, tubo recto dente utrinque gemi- The fifth fort grows naturally in Portugal; this hath
no. Lin. Sp. 808. Dead Nettle with heart-fhaped hairy a perennial root and an annual ftalk, which riſes a
Leaves, and the chaps of the flower infiated, indented foot and a half high ; it is ſtrong, ſquare, and grows
with two teeth. Lamium garganicum fubincanum, erect; the leaves are large, heart-ſhaped, and much
flore purpuraſcente, cum labio ſuperiore crenato. veined; they are deeply ſawed on their edges, and are
Micheli. Hoary Dead Nettle with a purpliſh flower, placed oppoſite. The flowers come out in whorls
whoſe upper lip is crenated.
round the ſtalks at every joint; they are very large,
4. LAMIUM (Moſchatum) foliis cordatis obtufis glabris, and of a deep purple colour; thoſe on the lower part
floralibus feffilibus, calycibus profundè inciſis. Dead of the ſtalks appear the beginning of May, which are
Nettle with heart-ſhaped, obtuſe, ſmooth leaves, the upper ſucceeded by others above, ſo that there is a continu-
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and empalements deeply cut. La- ance of flowers almoſt two months on the ſame ſtalks.
mium Orientale, nunc moſchatum, nunc foetidum, This plant very rarely produces good feeds in Eng-
magno flore. Tourn. Cor. Eaſtern Dead Nettle, Some- land, nor do the roots propagate very faſt, ſo that it
times ſweet-ſcented and ſometimes ſtinking, with a large is not common here.
flower.
The beſt time to remove and part theſe roots is in Oc-
5. LAMIUM (Meliſ&folium) foliis cordatis nervoſis fer- tober, but they muſt not be tranſplanted oftener than
ratis, petiolis longioribus, caule erecto. Dead Nettle every third year if they are required to flower
with heart-ſhaped veined leaves which are ſawed, and ſtrongly ; for the great beauty of this plant conſiſts in
longer foot-ſtalks with an erect ſtalk. Lamium mon- the number of ſtalks, which are always proportional to
tanum meliffæ folio. C. B. P. 231. Icon. Pl. 158. the ſize of the plants ; for ſmall plants will put out one
Mountain Dead Nettle with a Balm leaf.
or two ſtalks only, whereas the larger ones will have
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, as alſo eight or ten. The roots are hardy, and will thrive
ſome varieties of it, but as moſt of them are weeds, beſt in a ſoft loamy ſoil.
I have paſſed them over, for there are few who care to LAMPSANA. See LAPSANA.
admit them into their gardens.
LAND. Its improvement.
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt parts of Eng- 1. By incloſing.
land, under hedges and by the ſide of highways; it is Incloſing of Lands, and dividing the ſame into feve-
alſo a troubleſome weed in gardens, but as it ſtands ral fields, for paſture or tillage, is one of the prin-
in moſt of the diſpenſaries as a medicinal plant, I cipal ways of improvement; firſt, by aſcertaining to
have choſen to inſert it. This is an annual plant, every man his juſt property, and thereby preventing
whoſe ſtalks ſeldom riſe more than four or five inches an infinity of treſpaſſes and injuries, that Lands in com-
high; the under leaves are heart-ſhaped, blunt, and mon are ſubject unto, beſide the diſadvantage of be-
ſtand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, but the upper ing obliged to keep the ſame ſeaſons with the other
leaves fit nearer to the ſtalks ; the flowers come out in people who have Land in the ſame field; fo that the
whorls on the upper part of the ſtalk; they are of ſowing, fallowing, and tilling the ground, muſt be
a pale purple colour, and are ſucceeded by four naked equally performed by all the landholders; and when
feeds fitting in the empalement; after the ſeeds are there happens a Nothful negligent perſon, who has
ripe the plant decays. It flowers in the middle of Land intermixed with others, it is one of the greateſt
March, when the autumnal ſelf-fown plants appear ; nuiſances imaginable. Secondly, it being of itſelf
theſe are ſucceeded by others, which continue in fuc-
a very great improvement; for where Land is
pro-
cefſion all the ſummer.
perly incloſed, eſpecially in open countries, and the
The ſecond fort is commonly called Archangel; this hedge-rows planted with timber trees, &c. it preſerves
is alſo uſed in medicine, for which reaſon I have enu- the Land warm, and defends and ſhelters it from the
merated it here. The roots of this are perennial, violent cold nipping winds, which, in ſevere winters,
and creep much in the ground, ſo is difficult to extir- deſtroy much of the corn, pulſe, or whatever grows
pate, where it happens to grow under buſhes and on the open field or champain grounds. And where
hedges; for the roots intermix with thoſe of the buſhes, it is laid down for paſture, it yields much more
and every ſmall piece of them grow and ſpread. The Grafs than the open fields, and the Graſs will begin to
ſtalks of this riſe much higher than thoſe of the laſt, grow much ſooner in the ſpring. The hedges and
the flowers are larger, white, and grow in whorls trees will afford ſhelter for the cattle from the cold
round the ſtalks; theſe continue in ſucceſſion moſt winds in winter, as alſo ſhade for them in the great
heats of ſummer. And theſe hedges afford the di-
The third fort grows naturally upon the mountains ligent huſbandman plenty of fuel, as plough-boot,
و
a
و
part of the ſummer.
cart-
4

L AN
L AN
by dry walls made of flat ſtones, laid regularly one
upon another, and laying the top courſe of ſtones in
clay, to keep them together, the weight of which ſe-
cures the under ones. But in ſome parts of Suſſex
and Hampſhire, they often lay the foundation of their
banks with flat ſtones, which is of a confiderable
breadth at bottom; upon which they raiſe the bank
of earth, and plant the hedge on the top, which in a
few years makes a ſtrong durable fence, eſpecially if
they are planted with Holly, as ſome of thoſe in Suf-
ſex are.
ز
a
ز
a
cart-boot, &c. And where they are carefully planted
and preſerved, furniſh him with timber and alſo maſt
for his ſwine ; or where the hedge-rows are planted
with fruit-trees, there will be a ſupply of fruit for cy-
der, perry, &c. which in moſt parts of England are
of no ſmall advantage to the huſbandman.
By this method of incloſing, there is alſo much more
employment for the poor, and is therefore a good re-
medy againſt beggary; for in thoſe open countries,
where there are great downs, commons, heaths, and
waſtes, there is nothing but poverty and idleneſs to
be ſeen amongſt the generality of their inhabitants. It
is
very obſervable of late years, how much advan-
tage the incloſing of the Land in Worceſterſhire, and
fome other counties at a diſtance from London, has
been to the inhabitants : for before this method was
introduced amongſt them, the Lands for the moſt part
lay in commons, &c. Upon which the poorer ſort of
people built themſelves cottages with mud walls,
where they contented themſelves with a cow or two,
and ſome ſwine; and thoſe of them who were more
induſtrious than the reſt, travelled to the neighbour-
hood of London every ſpring, where they were em-
ployed in the gardens and fields for the ſummer ſeaſon;
and in autumn they returned to their native countries,
where they lived in winter upon what money they had
ſaved in ſummer. But ſince they have converted
their waſtes and commons into incloſures, there are
but few of the inhabitants of thoſe countries, who
come to London for work, in compariſon to the
numbers that formerly came; ſo that moſt of the
labourers, who come to London for employment,
are either Welch, or inhabitants of ſome more diſtant
counties, or from Ireland, where this improvement
hath not as yet been introduced.
The advantages of incloſing Land are now ſo gene-
rally known, that there is no occaſion for me to enu-
merate them here; ſince the improvements which
have been made of late years in ſeveral parts of Eng-
land, and the increaſe of rent that is every where made
by thoſe who incloſe, are ſufficient arguments to en-
force the practice, and render it general ; more eſpe-
cially in the north, where it is moſt neglected, be-
cauſe it would greatly ſhelter the Lands, and render
them much warmer than they now are.
In incloſing of Land, regard ſhould be had to the
nature of the ſoil, and what it is intended for, be-
cauſe Corn Land ſhould not be divided into ſmall par-
cels; for beſides the loſs of ground in hedges, &c.
the Corn doth ſeldom thrive ſo well in ſmall inclo-
ſures, as in more open fields, eſpecially where the
trees are large in the hedge-rows. The Graſs alſo in
paftures is not ſo ſweet near hedges, or under the
drip of trees, as in an open expoſure; ſo that where
the incloſures are made too ſmall, or the Land over-
planted with trees, the herbage will not be near ſo
good, nor in ſo great plenty, as in larger fields;
therefore, before a perſon begins to incloſe, he ſhould
well conſider how he may do it to the greateſt advan-
tage; as for inſtance, it is always neceſſary to have
fome ſmaller incloſures near the habitation, for the
ſhelter of cattle, and the conveniency of ſhifting them
from one field to another, as the ſeaſon of the year
may require; and hereby the habitation, barns, fta-
bles, and outhouſes, will be better defended from
ſtrong winds, which often do great damage to thoſe
that are expoſed to their fury. Theſe ſmall incloſures
may be of ſeveral dimenſions, ſome of them three,
four, fix, or eight acres in extent; but the larger di-
vifions for Corn ſhould not contain leſs than twenty or
thirty acres or more, according to the ſize of the farm,
or the ſituation of it.
The uſual method of incloſing Land is, with a ditch
and bank ſet with quick. But in marſh Land, where
there is plenty of water, they content themſelves with
only a ditch, by the ſides of which they uſually plant
Sallows or Poplars, which being of quick growth, in
a few years afford ſhade to the cattle; and when they
are lopped, produce a conſiderable profit to their own-
ers. In ſome counties the diviſion of their Lands is
In marſhes and open paſtures, where there are no
hedges, the ditches are generally made ſix feet wide
at the top, eſpecially thoſe which are on the ſide of
highways or commons; but the common ditches
about incloſures are ſeldom more than three feet and a
half wide at top, and one foot and a half at bottom,
and two feet deep, that the ſides may have a good
Nope, and not be too upright, as they are frequently
made about London, ſo that they are continually
waſhing down with great rains. In theſe narrow bot-
tomed ditches, the cattle cannot ſtand to turn them-
ſelves, ſo as to crop the quick; but where the ditches
are made wider, they ſhould be proportionally deeper:
as for inſtance, if the ditch is made five feet broad, it
muſt be three feet deep; and if fix feet broad, three
feet and a half deep, and ſo in proportion.
The inethod of incloſing Lands, by raiſing high
banks of earth, on the ſide of which the quick is
planted (as is too much practiſed in many places near
London) is intolerable, for it is not only unſightly,
but very expenſive ; becauſe theſe banks are continu-
ally waſhing down, ſo that they muſt be repaired
every year at leaſt, if not oftener, otherwiſe the
earth will be in a few years waſhed from the roots of
the quick, and for want of proper nouriſhment, the
hedge will ſoon decay, which is the caſe with the
greateſt number of the hedges about London : be-
fides, it is a very uncertain way of planting quick on
the ſide of a ſteep bank, where all the moiſture runs
off; ſo that if the ſpring ſhould prove dry after it is
planted, there is a great hazard whether half the
plants will grow, and thoſe that take ſeldom make
much progreſs; whereas thoſe planted on the plain
ſurface, where they enjoy the advantages of fun and
moiſture, will in four years make a better fence than
one of theſe bank hedges will in eight or ten, and
will continue good much longer than the other.
Therefore I adviſe, that the banks on which the
hedges are to be planted, ſhould not be raiſed more
than one foot above the ſurface of the ground, where
the Land is dry, and in wet Land not more than two
feet, which will be enough.
I ſhall now mention the moſt proper plants for mak-
ing of fences for the different ſoils and ſituations, ſo
as to anſwer the expectation of the planter : and firſt,
the white Thorn is eſteemed the beſt for fencing, and
will grow upon almoſt any ſoil and in
but it fucceeds beft on a hazle loam. Of this there
are three or four varieties, which differ in the breadth
of their leaves and the ſize of their Haws, but that fort
with the ſmalleſt leaves and Haws will make the cloſeſt
fence. For it is very certain, that the branches of all
ſorts of trees are produced at a diſtance, in propor-
tion to the ſize of their leaves ; ſo that Yews, and
other Evergreen trees with ſmall leaves, will always
make a clofer hedge than other trees whoſe leaves are
larger. Therefore, for the cloſeſt hedge, the ſmalleſt
Haws ſhould be choſen; but where the moſt vigorous
fhooters are required, for the advantage of lopping,
there the largeſt Haws ſhould be preferred. But as
theſe hedges are uſually planted from a nurſery, where
the Haws are promiſcuouſly fown, it is very common
to ſee two or three forts planted in the fame hedge;
which may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed, when they have
obtained ſtrength, by the difference of their growth.
Indeed, where a perſon is curious in raiſing of his own
quick, it is worth while to gather the Haws ſepa-
rately, and low them apart; and each fort ſhould be
planted in a ſeparate hedge, which will render the
hedges
any ſituation,
و
a
a
7 P

L AN
L AN
.
ژ
a
hedges more equal in their growth. If theſe Haws
are fown in the places where they are deſigned to re-
main for a fence, they will make a much greater pro-
greſs in a few years, than thoſe which are tranſplanted;
but as the ſeeds remain a whole year in the ground be-
fore the plants appear, few people care to practiſe
this method ; however, thoſe who are defirous to raiſe
their hedges this way, ſhould bury the Haws, by put-
ting them in pots foon after they are ripe, and bury-
ing the pots two feet deep in the ground, where they
may remain one year, then take them up and fow
them; by this preparation the plants will come up the
following ſpring; but before they are fown, the
Haws ſhould be bruiſed with hands, and their outer
coverings waſhed off, whereby the ſeeds may be fown
,
at a more regular diſtance; for as moſt of the Haws
inclofe four or five feeds, ſo if they are fown entire
there will be as many plants ariſe in a cluſter, which
if permitted to ſtand, will prevent each other's
growth; and in drawing out the ſuperfluous plants,
there will be great danger of injuring thoſe which are
to remain.
The next to the white Thorn is the black Thorn,
which, though not ſo generally eſteemed as the white,
yet it will make an excellent fence, where proper care
is taken in the planting and after management of it;
and the loppings of this hedge make much the beſt
buſhes for draining of Land, and are of longer dura-
tion for dead hedges than thoſe of any other fort of
tree, and are very proper to mend gaps in fences ;
for their branches being beſet with ſharp thorns,
the cattle are not ſo apt to crop them as the white
Thorn, and ſome other forts. Theſe hedges are alſo
better, if the ſtones of the Plumbs are fown on the
ſpot where they are to remain, than where the plants
are taken from a nurſery; if theſe are ſown in the au-
tumn foon after the fruit is ripe, the plants will come
up the ſpring following.
The Crab will alſo make a ſtrong durable fence; this
may be raiſed by fowing the kernels in the place where
the hedge is deſigned; but then there ſhould be great
care taken of the plants while they are young, to keep
them clear from weeds, as alſo to guard them from
cattle. When theſe ſtocks have obtained ftrength,
ſome of them may be grafted with Apples for cyder,
where the fence is not expoſed to a public road; but
theſe grafts ſhould not be nearer than thirty-five or
forty feet, left they ſpoil the hedge, by their heads
overgrowing and dripping on it.
The Holly is alſo an excellent plant for evergreen
hedges, and would claim the preference to either of
the former, were it not for the flowneſs of its growth
while young, and the difficulty of tranſplanting the
plants when grown to a moderate ſize. This will grow
beſt in cold ſtony Lands, where, if once it takes well,
the hedges may be rendered ſo cloſe and thick, as to
keep out all ſorts of animals, and will grow to a con-
ſiderable height, and is of long duration. Theſe
hedges may be raiſed, by ſowing the berries, either
in the place where they are deſigned to remain, or by
planting young plants of three or four years growth;
but as the berries continue in the ground an entire
year before the plants appear, few perſons care to
wait fo long; therefore the uſual method is, to plant
the hedges with plants of the before-mentioned age.
But where this is practiſed, they ſhould be tranſplant-
ed, either early in the autumn, or deferred till toward
the end of March; then the ſurface of the ground
ſhould be covered with mulch near their roots after
they are planted, to keep the earth moiſt; and if the
ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, the plants ſhould be wa-
tered at leaſt once a week, until they have taken root,
otherwiſe they will be in danger of miſcarrying ; for
which reaſon the autumnal planting is generally pre-
ferred to the ſpring, eſpecially in dry grounds.
The Alder will alſo make a good hedge, when planted
on a moiſt foil, or on the ſide of rivers, or large
ditches; and will preſerve the bank from being waſhed
away, where there are running ſtreams ; for they ſpread
pretty much at bottom, and ſend forth fuckers from
their roots in great plenty, but thefe hedges ſhould
be ſheared at leaſt once a year, in order to make them
thick. Theſe Alder hedges are very ornamental, when
they are well kept in large gardens; and as they will
thrive beſt on wet ſwampy Lands, where many other
plants will not live, they ſhould be ſelected for ſuch
ſituations.
Of late years the Furz has been much propagated for
hedges in ſeveral parts of England, and indeed will
make a good fence on poor, fandy, or gravelly foils,
where few other plants will grow. The beſt method
of raiſing theſe hedges is, to fow the feed about the
latter end of March, or the beginning of April, in the
place where the hedge is deſigned; for the plants will
not bear to be tranſplanted, unleſs it be done while they
are young, and then there is great hazard of their
taking. The ground where the ſeeds are to be fown
ſhould be well cleanſed of weeds, and the ſurface made
light; then there ſhould be two or three drills made
(according to the width which the hedge is intended)
about half an inch deep, into which the feeds ſhould
be ſcattered pretty thick ; and then the drills ſhould
be filled up with the head of a rake, to cover the
feeds. This work ſhould be performed in dry weather,
for if much wet falls ſoon after the ſeeds are fown, it
is apt to burſt them. When the plants are come up,
they ſhould be kept clear from weeds, that they may
ſpread and grow thick at bottom; and if theſe hedges
are ſecured from cattle brouſing on them, and are cut
every ſpring juſt before they begin to ſhoot, they will
make an exceeding cloſe fence; but where they are
deſigned to be cut for fuel, then the beſt way is to
let them ſpread in width ; and when they are two years
old, to cut them down in the ſpring, juſt before they
begin to ſhoot, within two or three inches of the
ground, which will cauſe them to ſend forth a num-
ber of ſhoots from each root, and thereby increaſe
the width of the hedge; and by ſo doing, the plants
will not run up tall and weak, and be in danger of be-
ing weighed down by great falls of ſnow. Theſe
hedges when they are well grown, may be cut down
every third or fourth year for fuel ; wherefore if there
is a treble row of Furz fown, at about three feet apart,
they may be cut down alternately, ſo that there will be
a fence always remaining. But this is only recom-
mended for ſuch fandy Lands as lett for a ſmall
rent, and where fuel is ſcarce. The beſt fort of Furz
for this purpoſe is the greater kind, commonly called
the French Furz, which will grow to eight or ten
feet high, and is not apt to ſpread fo much as the or-
dinary ſmall fort.
Elder is ſometimes planted for hedges, being very
quick of growth; ſo that if ſticks or truncheons about
four or five feet long be thruſt into a bank flopewiſe
each way, ſo as to croſs each other, and thereby form
a ſort of chequer work, it will make a fence for ſhel-
ter in one year. But as this is a vigorous growing
plant, it will never form a cloſe fence; and the
young ſhoots being very ſoft and pithy, are foon
broken by cattle or boys in their ſport. Beſides,
where they are ſuffered to bear berries, and theſe are
ſcattered over the neighbouring Land, they will come
up the following ſpring, and become very troubleſome.
Where theſe hedges are planted, they may be cut
down every third year near the ground; and theſe
ſtakes (when diverted of their bark, ſo as to prevent
their growing) will laſt longer in the ground, to ſup-
port Vines or any other plants, which do not require
tall ſtakes, than any other fort of tree yet known.
And where the trees are ſuffered to grow to any con-
ſiderable ſize, the wood is as hard as Box, and there-
fore very uſeful for turners and inſtrument makers.
The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe truncheons is ſoon
after Michaelmas, becauſe the plants ſhoot very early
in the ſpring. Of late years there have been many
hedges, and other plantations, made of the white ber-
ried Elder, for the ſake of their fruit to make wine;
which, if rightly made, hath the flavour of Frontiniac
wine, and is by fome perſons mixed with white wines,
and vended for it.
There
3
a
a
ز

LAN
L AN
و
There are ſome other plants which have been recom-
mended for fences, but thoſe here enumerated are the
moſt uſeful forts for ſuch purpoſes; wherefore I hall
paſs over the others, as not worthy of the care of the
huſbandman. And as to the farther directions for
planting and preſerving of hedges, with inſtructions
for plaſhing or laying them, the reader is deſired to
turn to the articles of FENCES and HEDGES, where
there are particular directions for theſe works exhi-
bited, which I ſhall not here repeat.
The draining of Land is alſo another great improve-
ment to it; for though meadows and paſtures, which
are capable of being overflowed, produce a greater
quantity of herbage than dry Land, yet where the
wet lies too long upon the ground, the Graſs will be
four and extremely coarſe ; and where there is not care
taken in time to drain this Land, it will produce little
Grafs, and ſoon be overun with Ruſhes and Flags, ſo
as to be of ſmall value. The land which is moſt lia-
able to this, is cold ſtiff clays where the water cannot
penetrate, but is contained as in a difh; ſo that the
wet which it receives in winter, continues till the heat
of the ſun exhales the greateſt part
of it.
The beſt method for draining of theſe Lands is, to
cut ſeveral drains acroſs the Land, in thoſe places
where the water is ſubject to lodge; and from theſe
croſs drains to make a convenient number of other
drains, to carry off the water to either ponds or ri-
vers in the lower parts of the Land. Theſe drains need
not be made very large, unleſs the ground be very
low, and ſo fituated as not to be near any river to
which the water may be conveyed ; in which caſe there
ſhould be large ditches dug at proper diſtances, in the
loweſt part of the ground, to contain the water ; and
the earth which comes out of the ditches ſhould be
equally ſpread on the Land, to raiſe the ſurface. But
where the water can be conveniently carried off, the
beft method is, to make under ground drains at proper
diſtances, which may empty themſelves into large
ditches, which are deſigned to carry off the water.
Theſe ſort of drains are the moſt convenient, and as
they are hid from the fight do not incommode the
Land, nor is there any ground loft where theſe are
made.
The uſual method of making theſe drains, is to dig
trenches, and fill the bottoms with ſtones, bricks,
Ruſhes, or buſhes, which are covered over with the
earth which was dug out of the trenches; but this
is not the beſt method, becauſe the water has not a
free paſſage through theſe drains, ſo that whenever
there is a food, theſe drains are often ſtopped by the
foil which the water frequently brings down with it.
The beſt method I have yet obſerved to make theſe
drains, is to dig trenches to a proper depth for carry-
ing off the water, which for the principal drains ſhould
be three feet wide at their top, and floped down for
two feet and a half depth, where there ſhould be a
ſmall ledge or bank left on each ſide, upon which
the croſs ſtakes or bearers ſhould be laid, and below
theſe banks there ſhould be an open drain left, at
leaſt one foot deep, and ten or eleven inches wide,
that there may be room for the water to paſs through,
Theſe larger drains ſhould be at convenient dif-
tances, and ſmaller drains of about ſeven or eight
inches wide at top, and the hollow under the buſhes
eight or nine inches deep, ſhould be cut acroſs the
ground, which ſhould diſcharge the water into theſe
larger drains. The number and ſituation of them muſt
be in proportion to the wetneſs of the Land; and the
depth of the earth above the buſhes, muſt alſo be
proportioned to the intended uſe of the Land; for if
it is arable Land to be ploughed, it muſt not be ſhal-
lower than fourteen inches, that there may be fuffi-
cient depth for the plough, without diſturbing the
buſhes; but for paſture Land, one foot deep will be
full enough; for when the buſhes lie too deep in ſtrong
Land, they will have little effect, the ground above
will bind ſo hard as to detain the wet on the ſurface.
When the drains are dug, there ſhould be prepared a
quantity of good bruſh wood, the larger ſticks ſhould
be cut out to pieces of about fixteen or eighteen inches
in length, which ſhould be laid acroſs upon the two
fide banks of the drain, at about four inches diſtance;
then cover theſe ſticks with the ſmaller bruſh wood,
Furz, Broom, Heath, or any other kind of bruſh,
laying it lengthwiſe pretty cloſe ; on the top of theſe
may be laid Ruſhes, Flags, &c. and then the earth
laid on to cover the whole. Theſe ſort of drains will
continue good for a great number of years, and are
never liable to the inconveniencies of the other, for the
water will find an eaſy paffage through them; and
where there is plenty of bruſh wood, they are made at
an eaſy expence; but in places where wood is ſcarce,
it would be chargeable to make them: however, in
this caſe, it would be a great advantage to theſe
Lands, to plant a ſufficient number of cuttings of
Willow, or the black Poplar, on ſome of the moiſt
places, which would furniſh bruſh wood for theſe pur-
poſes in four or five years; and as the expence of
planting theſe cuttings is trifling, there cannot be a
greater advantage to an eſtate which wants draining,
than to practiſe this method, which is in every perſon's
power, ſince there is little expence attending it.
În countries where there is plenty of ſtone, that is the
beſt material for making theſe under ground drains ;
for when theſe are properly made, they will never want
repairing
The beſt time of the year for making theſe drains
is about Michaelmas, before the heavy rains of au-
tumn fall, becauſe at this ſeaſon the Land is uſually
dry, ſo that the drains may be dug to a proper depth;
for when the ground is wet, it will be very difficult to
dig to any depth, becauſe the water will drain in
wherever there is an opening in the ground.
When theſe drains are made, and the water carried
off the Land, it will be proper to pare off the Ruſhes,
Flags, &c. which may be laid in heaps in proper
places to rot, and will afford a good manure for the
land. The ground muſt alſo be ploughed to deítroy
the roots of noxious weeds, and if it be laid fallow
for one ſeaſon, and ploughed two or three times, it
will greatly mend the Land. The Ruſhes and Flags
which were pared off the ground when rotten, ſhould
be ſpread over the furface, and the Graſs-feed fown
thereon, which will greatly forward the Graſs, ſo that
it may ſoon be brought to a good turf; which Land
thus mended, has been lett for four times the rent it
was fet at before.
There are ſome perſons, who, after they have pared
off the Flags, Ruſhes, &c. from their Land, lay them
in ſmall heaps, and burn them in dry weather, then
ſpread the aſhes on the Land to improve it, which is
a good method, where a perſon is in hafte to have
Graſs again; but where the ground can be fallowed
one year, it will looſen the ſoil, and more effectually
deſtroy the roots of all noxious weeds; and the Ruſhes,
&c. when rotted, will afford a much larger quantity
of manure for the Land than when it is burnt: be-
ſides, this can only be practiſed in the ſummer ſea-
fon, when the weather is very dry; for if there fhould
fall much rain, the fires will go out, and it will be
impracticable to burn it. But where the method of
burning is practiſed, the heaps ſhould not be too
great, and it ſhould burn very flowly; which will ren-
der the aſhes a much better manure, than when the
fire is too violent, or the heaps too large; for in this
caſe, the inner part will be over-burnt before the fire
reaches the outſide of the heap.
As the draining of cold wet Lands is a great im-
provement to them, ſo the floating or watering of dry
looſe Land is not a leſs advantage to them. This
may be eaſily effected where there are rivers, or re-
ſervoirs of water, which are ſituated above the level of
the ground deſigned to be floated, by under ground
drains (made after the manner of thoſe before directed
for draining of Land,) through which the water may
be conveyed at proper ſeaſons, and let out on the
ground: in order to this, there muft be good nuices
made at the heads of the drains, ſo that the water
may never get out, but at ſuch times as is required ;
for
3
a

L AN
L AN
;
3
3
a
for if this be not taken care of, the water, inſtead of
improving the Land, will greatly damage it.
But where the Land lies ſo high, as that there is no
water in the neighbourhood lying above its level, it
will be more expenſive; becauſe in ſuch caſe, the wa-
ter muſt be raiſed by machines, from reſervoirs or
streams which lie below it. The moſt common engine
uſed for this purpoſe is the Perſian wheel (which, be-
ing well deſcribed and figured in Woolridge's Art of
Huſbandry, is needleſs for me here to repeat.) Yet
notwithſtanding the expence of raiſing the water, it
has been found greatly advantageous in many parts
of England, to drown the Lands, for the profit has
many times more than doubled the charge.
The time for drowning of Land, is uſually from
November till the end of April ; but though this is the
general practice, yet I cannot approve of it for many
reaſons. The first is, that by the wet lying continu-
ally on the ground in winter, the roots of the finer
fort of Graſs are rotted and deſtroyed; and by letting
on the water, at the ſeaſon when the ſeeds of Docks,
and other bad weeds, which commonly grow by ri-
ver ſides, are falling, theſe ſeeds are carried upon the
Land, where they remain and grow, and fill the ground
with bad weeds, which is commonly the caſe with moſt
of the water meadows in England, the Graſs in ge-
neral being deſtroyed; ſo that Ruſhes, Docks, and
other trumpery, make up the burden of theſe Lands:
but if theſe meadows were judiciouſly managed, and
never floated till March or April, the quantity of ſweet
good Grafs would be thereby greatly increaſed, and
the beautiful verdure of the meadows preſerved: but
there is little hope of convincing thoſe perſons by any
arguments, who are ſo much wedded to their own pre-
judices, as to ſhut their eyes and ears againſt experi-
ments or reaſon. Where the Land is very hot and
dry, and it lieth convenient to be watered at a ſmall
expence, it ſhould be repeated every week in dry hot
weather, which will prove a great advantage to the
Land. But whenever this is done, there ſhould no
cattle be admitted while it is wet, for they will poach,
,
and ſpoil the turf.
Another great improvement of Land, is by burning
of it, which, for four, heathy, and ruſhy Land, be it
either hot or cold, wet or dry, is a very great im-
provement; ſo that ſuch Lands will, in two or three
years after burning, yield more, excluſive of the
charges, than the inheritance was worth before; but
this is not to be practiſed on rich fertile Land; for as
the fire deſtroys the acid juice, which occaſions ſteri-
lity in the poor Land, ſo it will in like manner con-
ſume the good juices of the richer Land, and thereby
impoveriſh it, ſo that it hath been with great reaſon
diſuſed in deep rich countries.
The uſual method of burning Land is, to pare off
the turf with a breaſt plough, turning it over as it is
cut, that it may dry the better. And if it proves hot
dry weather when this work is done, then it needs no
more turning; but if rain ſhould fall, it muſt be turn-
ed, and the turfs ſet a little hollow, that they may
dry the better; and when they are thorough diy, they
may be laid on ſmall heaps, about half a cart load
on a heap, or leſs, for the ſmaller the heaps are, pro-
vided there is quantity enough to make a good fire,
ſo as to confume the whole to aſhes, it is the better;
if the turf be full of fibrous roots, or hath much
Moſs or Fern on it, it will burn without any addi-
tional fuel ; but if it hath not, the heaps ſhould be
raiſed on ſmall bundles of Heath, Fern, Gorze, &c.
which will ſet the whole on fire; yet there ſhould be
no more of theſe things applied, than what is neceſſary
to kindle the fire, becauſe the flower the turf con-
ſumes, the better will be the aſhes. When the turf
is wholly conſumed, the aſhes ſhould be equally ſcat-
tered over the ground in a calm day, left the wind
ſhould drive it in heaps. Then the Land ſhould be
gently ploughed, and the feeds ſown thereon; for if
the ground is ploughed too deep, the aſhes will be
buried too low for the roots of the Graſs or Corn to
reach them for a conſiderable time; nor ſhould the
aſhes lie too near the ſurface, becauſe then the roots
will reach them too ſoon, and the ſtrength of the
aſhes will be ſpent to nouriſh only the blade, ſo that
the Corn will grow too rank in winter; and when the
roots in the ſpring ſtrike down lower, they will meet
with a poorer foil, nor will the ſtalks and ears have
ſo much advantage from the improvement, as the
uſeleſs blade. But when care is taken in this parti-
cular, it is wonderful what ſucceſs it hath; for by
this method the pooreſt plains, and four heathy
Lands, have been rendered as fertile as almoſt any
good cultivated ground whatever.
It is alſo a very great improvement, where Land is
overgrown with Broom, Furz, &c. to ſtub them
up by the roots, and when they are dry, lay them
on heaps, and cover them with the parings of the
earth, and burn them, and ſpread the aſhes over
the ground. By this method vaſt tracts of Land,
which at preſent produce little or nothing to their
owners, might be made good at a ſmall expence,
ſo as to become good eſtates to the proprietors.
There are ſeveral other methods of improving
Land beſide thoſe here mentioned, as by planting
of wood, or adapting the ſeveral forts of plants
to the particular foils with which they agree; but
as noſt of theſe things are treated of under the ſe-
veral articles where theſe plants are mentioned, I
ſhall forbear to repeat them in this place, but ſhall
beg leave to offer a few general hints on the
preſent ſituation of the Lands in England, which
may probably excite ſome abler hand to undertake
a fuller and more complete diſquiſition of this
ſubject.
For ſome years paſt, the quantity of Corn raiſed
in England, has greatly exceeded the conſumption,
ſo that great quantities of Corn have been exported,
by which great ſums of money have been brought
into England ; but this was accidental; for had
not the crops failed in the neighbouring countries,
there would have been no demand for the produce
of England, ſo that the quantity here grown muſt
have reduced the price fo low, as to have almoſt
ruined the farming intereſt; nor is it poſſible to
contrive any ſcheme, in a country circumſtanced as
this, whereby the public may not, at times, fuffer
from the extravagant price, which, in a ſcarcity,
this commodity may be raiſed to; or, on the other
hand, the farmers are ſometimes almoſt undone by
the low price which it is often reduced to in times
of plenty; and ſurely there can be no one thing
more worthy of the ſerious attention of every per-
ſon, who has the leaſt regard for the public wel-
fare, than this, of always making ſuch proviſion of
Corn, againſt accidental ſcarcities, as that the inhabi-
tants may never be diſtreſſed for want of the ſtaff
of life, or the price be ſo high, as that the com-
mon people cannot purchaſe it. If I am not greatly
miſtaken, there has been, within the ſpace of three
or four years, ſuch a diſproportion in the price of
Corn, as can hardly be conceived, and this within
the memory of numbers of perſons; the time I mean
is between 1705 and 1709, in the compaſs of which
time the peck loaf of fine bread was riſen from
fourteen pence to four ſhillings and twopence; the
low price of this commodity was as detrimental to
the farmers, as the extravagant price was afterward
to the public, neither of which would have ſo fe-
verely felt the effects, had there been public grana-
ries where the Corn might have been depoſited,
and this purchaſed from the farmer, at a price by
which he might live, at the public expence, and
ſold out again at an eaſy rate in times of ſcarcity;
but I fear this is not an age for encouraging any
ſcheme for public utility, when in every thing of
this kind, however beneficial it may be to the
country, and though propoſed as fuch to the pub-
lic, if it meets with any reception, it is with a view
to turn it to private intereſt; the practice of turning
all things into private jobs, has ſo much prevailed of
late years, as to have almoſt extinguiſhed every ſocial
و
و
a
e
virtue

LAN
LAN
mara.
3
virtue ; but I fear I may have incurred the cenſure of are many other particulars, which might be here
many for this digreſſion; but, be it as it will, I could enumerated, to ihew the cauſe of the low condition of
not omit it, when it ſo properly came in my way; the farmers in general; but theſe few hints may
and as it is from a fincere love and regard to my probably lead ſome perſons of abler heads to the con-
country, that I have mentioned this, foit may be hoped, fideration of this affair, fo I ſhall not enlarge upon
that if any harſh expreſſion has been uſed, it will be them here.
forgiven. But to return to my ſubject; as the quan- LANIGEROUS TREES are ſuch as bear a
tity of Land now in tillage is very great in England, woolly or downy ſubſtance, as is commonly contained
from the deſtruction of woods, the ploughing up of
in the katkins of Willows, &c.
downs, the incloſing of commons, &c. fo that, unleſs LANTAN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 683. Camara. Plum.
there happens a failure in the crops of Corn in great Nov. Gen. 32. tab. 2. American Viburnum, or Ca-
part of England, the markets muſt be ſo low, as that
the farmer will always find it difficult to ſupport his The CHARACTERS are,
family, and pay his rent; the firſt muſt be done, let The empalement of the flower is cut into four ſegments.
the landlord fare as he will, for the farmers know, The flower is monopetalous, of an irregular ſhape, having
that when the farms are occupied by the landlords, a cylindrical tube, which extends beyond the empalement,
few of them can make the produce of the Land and and is spread open at the brim, where it is divided into
pay their expence, ſo that the whole rent of the farm five ſegments. In the center of the flower is ſituated the
is often funk, beſide the trouble and fatigue of pointal, ſupporting a crooked ſtigma, attended by four
managing the farms; and it is greatly to be feared, ſtamina, two being longer than the other. The pointal
from the preſent condition of the farmers in general, afterward changes to a roundiſh fruit, opening into two
that many landlords will be obliged to undertake cells, and incloſing a roundiſh ſeed.
this diſagreeable affair, which will be the more fo, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
as their Lands will be left without ſtock, and the foil of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia
exhauſted, and overgrown with weeds, which will Angioſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe
require ſome years to put into proper condition, and fiowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and
will be attended with great expence.
the ſeeds are incloſed in the capſule.
The extraordinary price which Corn bore ſome years
The SPECIES are,
fince, tempted the farmers to break up the downs I. LANTANA (Aculeata) foliis oppoſitis, caule aculeato
in many parts of England; and the landlords were ramoſo, foribus capitato-umbellatis. Lin. Sp. 874.
brought to comply with the requeſt of the farmer, Lantana with leaves growing oppoſite, o branching prickly
for the ſake of a little advance of the rent, not Stalk, and umbellated flowers growing in heads. Vibur-
conſidering the future conſequence of it; ſo that num Americanum odoratum, urticæ foliis latioribus
hereby great extents of downs have been ruined, ſpinofum, fioribus miniatis. Pluk. Alm. 285. tab.
and not likely to be recovered again; for the ſoil 223. Sweet prickly American Viburnum, with broad Net-
in many places was not more than four or five tle leaves, and carmine flowers.
inches deep, upon beds of fint or chalk, which, 2. LANTANA (Inerma) .caule inermi, foliis lanceo-
in ploughing, were turned up on the ſurface, and latis dentatis alternis, floribus corymboſis. Lanta-
the little foil which covered them, was in a few na with a ſmooth ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped indented leaves
years ſo much exhauſted, as not to produce the quan- placed aliernate, and flowers growing in round bunches.
tity of grain which was ſown upon them; and as there Periclymenum rectum, falviæ foliis majoribus ob-
no probability of procuring dreſſing for the longis, mucronatis, fubtus villofis, alternatim fitis,
Lands, the farmers have been obliged to throw them flore & fructu minoribus. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 164. Up-
up, which now lie waſte, and appear like quarries right Honeyſuckle with larger, oblong, acute-pointed Sage
of flints, or beds of chalk, without Graſs, or almoſt leaves, which are hairy on their under ſide, placed alter-
any other plant growing upon them. By this paf- nate, and a ſmaller flower and fruit.
fion for ploughing, the farmers have leffened their 3. LANTANA (Lanuginoſa) caule ramoſo lanuginoſo, fo-
ſtock of cattle, and, of conſequence, their quantity
liis orbiculatis crenatis oppofitis, floribus capitatis.
of manure has been lefſened in proportion, ſo that Lantana with a hairy brancking ſtalk, round crenated
they have either been obliged to purchaſe dreſſing at leaves placed oppoſite, and flowers colle&ted in heads.
a great expence, or deſtroy their Lands of their ve- Periclymenum rectum, falviæ folio rugoſo minore,
getative quality: by the former method, when grain ſubrotundo. Cat. Jam. 164. Upright Honeyſuckle with
bears a low price, the farmer is ruined, and by the a ſmaller rough roundiſh leaf.
latter, every one muſt know what will be the con- 4. LANTANA (Trifolia) foliis ternis, caule inermi fpicis
ſequence to both tenant and landlord ; therefore it oblongis imbricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 873. Lantana
is a matter of great concern to the proprietors of with leaves placed by threes round the fialk, without
Lands, to ſee that no more ground in their farms Spines, and oblong imbricated Spikes of flowers. Ca-
is kept in tillage, than the tenant can ſupply with mara trifolia, purpuraſcente flore. Plum. Nov.
dreſſing, ſo as to maintain the Land in heart; and Gen. 32. Three-leaved Camara, with a purpliſh
that a proper ſtock of cattle be kept up, in pro- flower.
portion to the ſize of the farms, which cannot be done 5. LANTANA (Urticefolia) caule aculeato, foliis oblongo-
where there is not a proportion of paſture kept to that cordatis ſerratis oppoſitis, floribus corymboſis. Lantana
of the arable Land in each farm.
There are many
with a prickly ſtalk, oblong, heart-ſhaped Sawed leaves,
perſons, who, by a miitake in the article of incloſing and flowers growing in a corymbus. Periclymenuin rec-
Lands, are likely to fall into a great error, by ſup- tum urticæ folio hirſuto majore, flore flavo. Sloan.
poſing, that the incloſing of commons will be a Cat. Jam. 163. Upright Honeyſuckle with a larger Net-
great advantage to their eſtates, and perhaps there tle leaf, and a yellow flower.
may be tenants on their eſtates, who may encourage 6. LANTANA (Camara) caule inermi, foliis ovato-lan-
the gentlemen ſo to do, from a preſent intereſt of their ceolatis, ſerratis, rugoſis, floribus capitatis lanuginoſis.
own; but wherever this has been done, the eſtates Lantana with a ſmooth ſtalk, oval, ſpear-ſhaped, rough,
have foon fallen in their rents, much lower than the Sawed leaves, and flowers growing in woolly beads. Pe-
addition made by incloſing the commons, which muſt riclymenum rectum, falviæ folio rugoſo, majore, ſub-
always be the caſe ; for if there is not common paſture, rotundo & bullato. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 163. Upright
where the farmers can turn out their cattle in ſum- Honeyſuckle with a large, rough, Sage leaf, which is
mer, it cannot be ſuppoſed they can keep up a ſtock roundifſ and ſtudded.
of live cattle upon their incloſed paſture ; ſo that, al- 7. LANTANA (Bullata) foliis oblongo-ovatis acumina-
though the dividing and incloſing the Lands in the tis ferratis rugoſis alternis, floribus capitatis. Lantana
common fields would be a very great benefit, yet the with oblong, oval-pointed, ſaved leaves, which are rough,
deſtroying of paſture commons would on the other placed alternate, and flowers growing in heads. Pericly-
extreme be a national diſadvantage and loſs. There menum rectum, ſalviæ folio rugoſo, minore, bullato,
7 Q
flore
was
و

LAN
LAN
3
3
flore albo. Sloan. Cat. 163. Upright Honeyſuckle with
a ſmaller rough Sage leaf, which is ſtudded, and a white
flower.
8. LANTANA (Alba) caule inermi, foliis ovatis ſerratis,
floribus capitatis alaribus feffilibus. Lantana with a
Smooth ſtalk, oval fawed leaves, and flowers growing in
beads proceeding from the wings of the leaves, friting cloſe
to the stalks. Camara foliis urticæ, floribus minoribus
albis, ex alis foliorum prodeuntibus. Houft. Camara
with a Neitle leaf, and ſmaller white flowers proceeding
from the wings of the leaves.
9. LANTANA (Annua) foliis quaternis, caule aſpero, fpi-
cis oblongis. Four-leaved Lantana with a rough ſtalk,
and oblong Spikes of flowers. Periclymenum rectum hu-
milius, folio rugoſo majore, Hore purpureo, fructu
oblongo, eſculento purpureo. Sloan. Cat Jam. 164.
Lower upright Honeyſuckle with a larger rough leaf, a
purple flower, and an oblong, purple, eſculent fruit.
10. LANTANA (Anguſtifolia) caule inermi, foliis ovato-
lanceolatis oppofitis, floribus capitatis pedunculis lon-
giffimis. Lantana with a ſmooth ſtalk, oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed oppoſite, flowers colle Eted in heads, and very
long foot-ſtalks. Periclymenum rectum, falviæ folio
rugoſo, longo & anguitiſimo. Sloan. Cat. 164. Up-
right Honeyſuckle with a rough Sage leaf, which is long
and narrow.
II. LANTANA (Africana) foliis alternis feffilibus, floribus
ſolitariis. Hort. Cliff. 320. Lantana with alternate leaves
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and flowers growing ſingly. Jaf-
minum Africanum, illicis folio, Hore folitario ex fo-
liorum alis proveniente albo. Com. Plant. Rar. 6. tab.
6. African Jaſmine with an Ilex leaf, and a ſolitary white
flower coming from the wing of the leaves.
12. LANTANA (Salvifolia) foliis oppofitis feffilibus, flo-
ribus racemofis. Lin. Sp. 875. Lantana with leaves
placed oppoſite cloſe to the ſtalks, and flowers in a racemus.
Frutex Africanus, foliis conjugatis falviæ anguſtis, filo-
ribus hirſutis. Herm. Afr. 10.
The firſt fort is pretty common in thoſe Engliſh gar-
dens, where there are collections of exotic plants; this
grows naturally in Jamaica, and moſt of the other
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it is called wild Sage,
as are ſeveral of the other forts which are not dif-
tinguiſhed by the inhabitants. It riſes with a woody
ftalk five or ſix feet high, ſending out many branches,
which have four angles, armed with ſhort crooked
ſpines. The leaves are placed oppoſite; they are
oval, ſpear-ſhaped, about an inch and a half long,
and three quarters of an inch broad, hairy, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; toward the end of the branches
the flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks, two
foot-ſtalks ariſing from the ſame joint, one on each
fide; they are near two inches long, and are ter-
minated by roundiſh heads of Aowers, thoſe which
are on the outſide and form the border, are firſt of a
bright red, or ſcarlet colour; theſe change to a deep
purple before they fall. Thoſe flowers which are in
the center are of a bright yellow, but after ſome time
fade to an Orange colour. The flowers are fucceeded
by roundiſh berries, which, when ripe, turn black,
having a pulpy covering over a ſingle hard feed. This
plant in the Weſt-Indies continues to flower moſt
part of the year; but in England they begin to
;
Hower in June, and continue in ſucceſſion till near
Chriſtmas, and the early flowers are ſucceeded by ripe
feeds.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this riſes
with a ſlender, ſmooth, ſhrubby ſtalk, about four feet
high, dividing into many ſmall quadrangular branches
which grow erect, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
about two inches long, and one inch broad, indented
on their edges, and hoary on their under ſide, ſtanding
alternate upon ſhort foot-ftalks. Toward the end of
the branches the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe al-
ternately from the wings of the leaves; theſe are very
ſender, and ſupport ſmall heads of pale purple flow-
ers, which are ſucceeded by ſmall purple berries, each
having one ſeed. This flowers at the ſame time with
the former fort. The feeds of this fort were firſt fent
me by the late Dr. Houſtoun, from La Vera
ز
Cruz, but I have ſince received them from Ja-
maica.
The third fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, by
the late Dr. Houſtoun ; this rifes with a fhrubby italk
about three feet high, dividing into ſeveral upright
branches. The leaves are oblong, and fawed on their
edges, ftanding oppoſite, on the lower part of the
branches, but toward the upper
part they are placed
by threes round the branches. The foot-ſtalks of the
flowers come out from the wings of the leaves; they
are near three inches long, ſuſtaining an oblong ſpike
of purple flowers, which come out from imbricated
ſcales, which end in acute points. The flowers are
ſucceeded by pretty large purple berries. This flow-
ers at the ſame time with the former forts.
The feeds of the fourth fort were ſent me from the
Havanna, by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with
a ſhrubby ftalk about three feet high, covered with
a gray bark, which is woolly. It divides into branches
by pairs, which are garniſhed with round leaves, in-
dented on their edges, whoſe upper ſurface is corru-
gated and rough, like thoſe of Sage; they are placed
oppofité, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-italks. At the end
of the branches ariſe the foot-ſtalks of the flowers,
which are ſhort, and ſuſtain a globular head of purple
flowers; theſe are ſucceeded by pretty large purple
berries containing one feed. This flowers at the fame
time with the former forts.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, whoſe
leaves are not quite ſo round, nor are they crenated
on their edges; but I ſuſpect they both come from
the ſame feeds, ſo I have not enumerated it as a dif-
tinct ſpecies.
The fifth fort was ſent me from La Vera Cruz, by
the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with a woody
branching ſtalk four or five feet high, garniſhed with
oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, which are fawed on their
edges, and end in acute points. At the end of the
branches the flowers come out in round bunches,
ſtanding upon flender upright foot-ſtalks, about one
inch long. The flowers are yellow, and grow in
looſer bunches or heads than thoſe of the former
ſorts, but flowers at the ſame time.
The ſixth fort riſes with a woody branching ſtalk five
or fix feet high, covered with a dark brown bark.
The branches are more divided than thoſe of the
other forts, and are much more ligneous. The leaves
are two inches and a half long, and one inch and a
quarter broad, deeply ſawed on their edges, and their
upper ſurface very rough, and many of them cloſely
ſet with white prominent ſpots as if ftudded; theſe
are placed alternately on the branches. The powers
come out from the wings of the ftalk, ftanding upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks, they are white, and are col-
lected in ſmall woolly heads. This flowers about the
ſame time with the former forts.
The ſeventh fort riſes with a branching ſhrubby ſtalk
about four feet high, covered with a dark brown bark,
and garniſhed with ſmall, oblong, oval leaves, ending
in acute points; they are an inch long, and half an
inch broad, very much veined on their upper fide,
ſtanding alternately pretty cloſe to the branches. The
flowers come out at the end of the branches upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks, in cloſe ſmall heads; theſe are white,
and make but little appearance. It flowers at the
ſame time with the former,
The eighth fort was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun,
from Campeachy; this hath a ſlender ſhrubby ſtalk
which riſes three or four feet high, dividing into many
flender, ſmooth, ſquare branches, which are garniſhed
with ſmall, oval, fawed leaves placed oppoſite; from
the wings of the ſtalk, at every joint, come out the
flowers, they are ſmall, white, and are collected in
cloſe heads; theſe come out by pairs, and fit cloſe to
the branches. This flowers at the ſame time with the
former.
The ninth fort is annual; this was firſt fent me by
the late Dr. Houſtoun from La Vera Cruz, but I
have ſince received the feeds from the north fide of
the iſland of Jamaica; it riſes with a ſtrong, upright,
rough
a
a
و
a

L AN
LAP
و
rough ſtalk near three feet high, dividing toward the fending out many irregular branches, which are cloſely
top into two or three erect branches, which are gar- garniſhed with thin oval leaves ending in points, and
niſhed with oblong, oval, ſawed leaves, ending in ſawed on their edges, which embrace the branches
acute points; they are placed by fours at each joint, with their baſe, and from the bofom of each leaf comes
and are a little woolly on their under ſide. The out one folitary white flower, which is cut at the top
Hower-ſtalks ariſe by pairs, and ſometimes three come into five parts, and at firſt fight has the appearance
out at the ſame joint; they are from two to three of a Jaſmine flower; but when cloſer viewed, the
inches long, and ſuſtain a thick ſpike of large purple tube will be found curved in the ſame manner with
flowers, which are ſucceeded by large purple berries thoſe which Dr. Linnæus titles ringent flowers. The
that are very ſucculent, and are frequently eaten flowers are not ſucceeded by feeds in England, but
by the inhabitants. This ſort flowers in July, pro- the plants are eaſily propagated by cuttings, which,
vided the plants are raiſed early in the ſpring and if planted upon an old hot-bed any time in July, and
brought forward, and the feeds will ripen in autumn, covered with a bell or hand-glaſs, and ſhaded from
ſoon after which the plants decay.
the fun, will put out roots in a month or five weeks;
The tenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from then they may be planted in pots, and placed in the
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent me the ſeeds; this ſhade till they have taken freſh root; after which they
riſes with a ſlender, ſmooth, branching ſtalk three feet may be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, where they
high. The branches are garniſhed with oval ſpear- may remain till the froſts come on. This plant was
ſhaped leaves two inches long, and one inch broad; brought from the Cape of Good Hope, fo is not very
they are crenated on their edges, and rough on their tender, therefore may be preſerved in a good green-
upper fide, ſtanding by pairs oppoſite, upon very houſe in winter; but during that ſeaſon it muſt have
ſhort foot-ſtalks, having an agreeable odour. The a large ſhare of air in mild weather, otherwiſe it is apt
flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk, upon to grow mouldy, and this will cauſe the tender
very long foot-ſtalks; they are placed oppoſite the branches to decay. In the ſummer ſeaſon it may be
whole length of the young branches, fuſtaining ſmall expoſed in the open air, with other green-houſe plants,
round heads of white flowers; theſe appear at the in a ſheltered ſituation, where it will add to the va-
ſame time with the other forts, but rarely produce riety; and although the flowers are ſmall, and are
feeds in England.
produced fingly from between the leaves, ſo do not
Theſe plants are all of them eaſily propagated by make any great appearance; yet as there is a ſuc-
cuttings except the ninth, which is an annual plant, ceffion of theſe flowers moſt part of the year, and the
ſo can only be propagated by ſeeds. They may alſo leaves continuing green throughout the year, it is
be propagated by ſeeds, which ſeveral of the forts rendered worthy of a place in every collection of
produce in England, and the others may be eaſily pro- plants.
cured from the Weſt-Indies, where there are a greater
The laſt fort is a native of Africa; this riſes with a
variety of theſe plants growing naturally, than are at ſhrubby four-cornered ſtalk eight or ten feet high,
preſent known in Europe; they are all of them called covered with a pale looſe bark, lending out many fide
Wild Sage, by the inhabitants of the Britiſh Iſlands, branches, garniſhed with rough leaves five or fix
but they do not diſtinguiſh the forts. Theſe ſeeds ſhould inches long, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalks, but they
be fown in pots filled with light earth, and plunged end with ſharp points, and are downy on their under
into a hot-bed of tan; the reaſon for my adviſing fide; the branches are terminated by looſe ſpikes of
them to be ſownin pots, is, becauſe the ſeeds frequently pale purple flowers, covered with a meally down; theſe
remain long in the ground before they vegetate; appear in fummer, but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds
therefore if the plants ſhould not come up the fame in England.
year, the pots ſhould be placed in the ſtove in winter, This is propagated by cuttings in the ſame manner as
and the following ſpring plunged into a new hot-bed, the eleventh fort, and the plants require the ſame
which will bring up the plants. When theſe are fit
to remove they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall pot, LANUGINOUS, fignifies downy, or to be covered
and plunged into another hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade with a ſoft down, as a Quince.
them till they have taken new root; then they ihould LAPATHUM. See RUMEX.
have air admitted to them every day, in proportion LAPSANA. Lin. Gen. Plant. $23. Lampſana &
to the warmth of the ſeaſon, to prevent their being Rhagadiolus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 479. tab. 272. Nip-
with weak ſtalks; afterward they muſt be plewort.
treated in the ſame manner as other plants from the The CHARACTERS are,
ſame country, till they have obtained ftrength; then The flower is compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets,
they may be removed into an airy glaſs-caſe, or a dry which are included in one common imbricated empalement.
ftove, where they may have a large ſhare of air in The florets have one petal, which is tubulous and ſtretched
warm weather, but protected from the cold. This is out at the top, in ſhape of a tongue; theſe bave each five
neceſſary for the young plants, which ſhould not the Short hairy ft omina, terminated by cylindricol ſummits which
firſt
year be expoſed to the open air, but afterward coaleſce. The germen is ſituated at the bottom of the fioret,
they may be placed abroad in the warmeſt part of ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a reflexed bifid ſtiga
ſummer, and in winter placed upon ſtands in the dry ma; the germen afterward becomes an oblong three-cor-
ftove, where they will continue long in flower, and nered ſeed, ſituated in the ſcale of the empalement.
many of the forts will ripen their feeds; but in win- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ter they ſhould be ſparingly watered, for much moiſ- Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia Poly-
ture will rot their roots.
gamia Æqualis, in which he ranges thoſe plants with
If they are propagated by cuttings, the beſt time for hermaphrodite flowers which are fruitful, whoſe fta-
planting them is in July, after the plants have been mina and ſtyle are connected together; and to this
expoſed to the open air for about a month, by which genus he has joined the Rhagadiolus and Zacintha of
time the ſhoots will be hardened ſo as to be out of Tournefort, making them only ſpecies of the ſame
danger of rotting with a little moiſture. Theſe cut-
genus.
tings ſhould be planted in ſmall pots filled with light The SPECIES are,
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed; and if 1. LAPSANA (Communis) calycibus fructûs angulatis, pe-
they are ſcreened from the violence of the fun in the dunculis tenuibus ramofiffimis. Hort. Cliff. 384. Nip-
middle of the day, they will be rooted in about fix plewort with ongular empalements to the fruit, and very
weeks time, when they muſt be hardened gradually narrow branching foot-ſtalks. Lampſana. Dod. p. 675.
to bear the open air, and afterward treated as the old Common Nipplewort.
plants.
2. LAPSANA (Rhagodiolus) calycibus fructús undique pa-
The eleventh fort has been long in the Engliſh gardens, tentibus, radiis fubulatis, foliis lyratis. Hort. Upſal.
and is commonly called the Ilex-leaved Jaſmine. This 245. Nipplewort with empalements to the fruit ſpreading
ſort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or ſix feet high, open every way, awl-shaped rays, and ſpear-ſhaped undă -
treatment.
а.
a
drawn up
vided

L AR
LAR
trees.
vided leaves. Rhagadiolus alter. Cæſalp. 511. Another
Rbagadiolus.
3. LAPSANA (Lampſanæfoliis) calycibus fructûs undique
patentibus, radiis ſubulatis, foliis lyratis. Hort. Uplal.
245. Nipplewort with empalements to the fruit ſpreading
open every way, awl-ſhaped rays, and harp-ſhaped leaves.
Rhagadiolus Lampianæ foliis. Tourn. Cor. 36. Rha-
gadiolus with a Nipplewort leaf.
4. LAPSANA (Zacintha) calycibus fructûs toruloſis de-
preffis obtufis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 811. Nipple-
wort with a depreſſed knotted empalement which is obtuſe,
and ſits cloſe to the branches. Zacintha five cichorium
verrucarium. Tourn. Inft. 476. Zacintha, or warted
Cichory.
The firſt fort is a common weed, which grows by the
fide of foot-paths and hedges in moſt parts of Eng-
land, fo is not permitted to have room in gardens.
The ſecond and third forts grow naturally in Portu-
gal, from whence I have received their feeds. Theſe
are annual plants, of no beauty or uſe, but are pre-
ſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety. If
the ſeeds of theſe are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will come up without trouble, and two or three of
them will be enough to leave to keep the forts.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Italy; this is alſo
an annual plant, of neither uſe or beauty, but is like
the others kept for variety. If the feeds of this fort
ſcatter in the autumn, the plants will come up better
than if ſown in the ſpring. The plants require no
culture, but will thrive like weeds.
LARIX. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 586. tab. 353. Pinus.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 956. The Larch-tree; in French,
Meleſe.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath male and female flowers growing ſeparate on the
Same tree. The male flowers are diſpoſed in a ſcaly katkin ;
theſe have no petal, but a great number of ſtamina which
are connected in a column below, but are ſeparated at their
points, and are terminated by creez ſumnnits
. The female
flowers are diſpoſed in a conical ſhape, having no petals ;
theſe are placed by pairs under each ſcale, having a ſmall
germen, ſupporting an awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle
Jiigma. The germen afterward becomes a nut with a mem-
braneous wing, incloſed in the ſcales of the cones.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, intitled Monæcia Mo-
nodelphia, the ſame tree having male and female
flowers in different parts, and the ſtamina of the male
flowers are united in one cluſter. Dr. Linnæus has
joined this genus, and the Abies of Tournefort, to the
genus
of Pinus, which, according to his fyftem, may
very well be brought together, but as Tournefort and
all former botaniſts have ſeparated them by the form
of their leaves, thoſe of the Abies coming out fingle
from the branches, thoſe of the Pine coming out by
two, three, or five out of each ſheath, and thoſe of
this genus ariſing in cluſters in the bottom, but are
ſpread above like a painter's pencil; ſo theſe diſtinctions
being pretty generally known by gardeners, I have
choſen to continue them under their former ſeparate
titles to prevent confuſion.
The SPECIES are,
1. LARIX (Decidua) foliis deciduis, conis ovatis obtufis.
Larch-tree with deciduous leaves, and oval obtuſe cones.
Larix folio deciduo, conifera. J. B. 1. p. 265. Com-
mon Cone-bearing Larch-tree.
2. LARIX (Chinenſis) foliis deciduis, conis mucronatis
ſquamis acutis. Larch-tree with deciduous leaves, and
pointed cones having acute ſcales.
3. LARIX (Cedrus) foliis acutis perennantibus, conis ob-
tufis. Larch-tree with acute evergreen leaves and obtuſe
Cedrus conifera, foliis laricis. C. B. P. 490.
Cone-bearing Cedar with a Larch-tree leaf, or the Cedar of
Lebanus.
The firſt ſort grows naturally upon the Alps and
Apennines, and of late years has been very much
propagated in England. This tree is of quick growth,
and will riſe to the height of fifty feet; the branches
are fiender, and their ends generally hang downward.
Theſe are garniſhed with long narrow leaves, which
ariſe in cluſters from one point, and ſpread open above
like the hairs of a painter's brush; they are of a light
green, and fall away in autumn like other deciduous
In the month of April the male flowers ap-
pear, which are diſpoſed in form of ſmall cones; the
female flowers are collected into oval obtufe cones,
which in ſome ſpecies have bright purple tops, and in
others they are white: theſe differences are acciden-
tal, for I have found the feeds taken from either of
theſe varieties, will produce plants of both forts; the
cones are about one inch long, obtufe at their points,
and the ſcales lie over each other, and are fiooth;
under each fcale there is generally lodged two ſeeds
which have wings.
There are two other varieties of this tree, one of which
is a native of America, and the other of Siberia ; the
latter requires a colder climate than England, for they
are very apt to die in ſummer here, eſpecially if they
are planted on a dry foil. The cones of this fort which
have been brought to England, ſeem to be in general
larger than thoſe of the common kind; but there is
ſo little difference between the trees in their charac-
teriſtic notes, as not to be diſtinguiſhed as different
ſpecies, though by the growth of the trees there is a
remarkable difference.
The cones of the ſecond fort were ſent from China,
to the Right Hon. the Earl of Northumberland, who
was ſo good as to communicate fome of the feeds to
me, which were fown in the Chelſea garden, where
they ſucceeded, as they alſo did in his Lordſhip’s
garden at Stanwick. The cones of this fort were
much larger than thoſe of the common fort, and ended
in acute points ; the ſcales were prominent like thoſe
of the Scotch Pine, and had ſo little reſemblance to
thoſe of the Larch, as that every one who ſaw them,
imagined they were a ſort of Pine; they were titled,
Fir good to keep up banks. As theſe plants make
but little progreſs the firſt year, ſo they were weak,
and in the autumn cafting off their leaves, they
were ſuppoſed to be dead, and moſt of the plants
were thereby loft; but thoſe which eſcaped, after-
ward ſhot their branches out horizontally, ſpreading
cloſe to the ground, and by their preſent appearance,
ſeem to be a ſhrub which never will riſe upright. This
fort is ſo hardy, as to thrive in the open air without
any protection
The common Larch is now very plenty in moſt of the
nurſeries in England, and of late years there has been
great numbers of the trees planted; but thoſe which
have been planted in the worſt ſoil and in bad fitua-
tions, have thriven the beſt; for where trees of equal
ſize have been planted in good garden earth at the
ſame time, the others on the cold ftiff land, have
in twelve years been twice the height of thoſe planted
in good ground; which is an encouragement to plant
theſe trees, ſince they will thrive in the moſt expoſed
ſituations, provided they are planted in clumps near
each other, and not ſingle trees; nor ſhould the plants
which are planted in very open expoſed places be
taken from warm nurſeries, but rather raiſed as near
to the ſpot where they are to remain as poſſible; nor
ſhould the plants be more than three or four years
growth when planted, where they are deſigned to grow
large; for though trees of greater fize will remove
very well, and grow ſeveral years as well as if they
had not been tranſplanted; yet after twenty or thirty
years growth they will frequently fail
, where the young
planted trees have continued very vigorous.
Theſe trees are raiſed from ſeeds, which moft years
ripen well in England: the cones ſhould be gathered
about the end of November, and kept in a dry place
till the ſpring, when they ſhould be ſpread on a cloth
and expoſed to the fun, or laid before a fire, which
will cauſe the ſcales of the cones to open and emit
their feeds. Theſe feeds ſhould be fown on a border
expoſed to the eaſt, where the morning ſun only comes
on it; or if they are ſown on a bed more expoſed to
the ſun, they ſhould be ſcreened with mats from the
fun in the middle of the day; for when the plants firſt
appear above ground, they are very impatient of heat;
and
cones.

LAR
L AR
and when the bed is much expoſed to the ſun, the
ſurface of the ground will dry ſo faſt, as to require to
have water very often, which frequently rots the tender
ſtems of the plants; which will be prevented by pro-
perly ſhading them while young, and afterward they
will be in no danger. Theſe young plants ſhould be
conſtantly kept clean from weeds, and if they have
made good progreſs, they may be tranſplanted the
following autumn, otherwiſe they may remain in the
feed-bed another year, eſpecially if the plants are not
too cloſe together. When they are tranſplanted, it
ſhould be performed in the autumn as ſoon as their
leaves decay; they may be planted in beds at about
fix inches aſunder each way, which will be diſtance
enough for the growth of the plants the two following
years, by which time they will be fit to tranſplant
where they are to remain.
When the young trees are planted out for good, they
need not be more than eight or ten feet diſtant from
each other, always planting them cloſer on expoſed
ſituations, than where they are more defended, after
the trees are planted, they will require no other care
but to keep them clean from weeds for three or four
years till the trees have obtained ſtrength, when they
will over-top the weeds and prevent their growth;
but the ground between theſe trees ſhould not be
dug, for that I have found has greatly ſtopped their
growth.
The Siberian Larch is of flow growth in this country,
for when the ſpring is mild, the trees will begin to
ſhoot in February, or early in March; and there are
frequently ſharp froſts after, whereby theſe ſhoots ar
often killed, and this ſtops the growth of the trees.
Likewiſe when they are planted on a warm dry foil,
they are frequently killed by drought in the ſummer;
therefore this is a very improper tree for this country,
unleſs for ſome cold, moiſt, peaty land, where they
may probably thrive, and in ſuch ſituations few other
trees will grow.
The American or black Larch, thrives pretty well
upon moiſt land, but on dry ground will make but
little progreſs. A few of theſe trees by way of variety,
may be allowed to have place in every collection of
trees deſigned for pleaſure; but for profit, the common
Larch is to be preferred to any other ſpecies.
In Switzerland, where theſe trees abound, and they
have a ſcarcity of other wood, they build moſt of
their houſes with it; and great part of their furniture
is alſo made of the wood, ſome of which is white,
and ſome red, but the latter is moſt eſteemed. The
redneſs of the wood is by ſome ſuppoſed to be from
the age of the trees, and not from any difference be-
tween them, but is rather owing to the quantity of
turpentine contained in them. They frequently cut
out the boards into ſhingles of a foot ſquare, with
which they cover their houſes, inſtead of tiles or other
covering; theſe are at firſt very white, but after they
have been two or three years expoſed, become as black
as charcoal; and all the joints are ſtopped by the re-
fin, which the fun draws out from the pores of the
wood, which is hardened by the air, and becomes a
fmooth ſhining varniſh, which renders the houſes ſo
covered impenetrable to either wind or rain; but as
this is very combuſtible, the magiftrates have made
an order of police, that the houſes fo covered ſhould
be built at a diſtance from each other to prevent fire,
which has often done great damage in villages.
In moſt countries where this wood is in plenty, it is
preferred to all the kinds of Fir for every purpoſe;
and in many places there are ſhips built of this wood,
which they ſay are durable; therefore this may be a
very proper tree for planting upon ſome of the cold
barren hills in many parts of England, which at pre-
fent produce nothing to their proprietors, and in one
age may be large eſtates to their poſterity, and a na-
tional advantage; which might be effected without a
great expence, where the buſineſs is properly con-
ducted.
The beſt method for doing this, would be by making
ſmall nurſeries on or near the place where the plan-
tation is intended to be made, in thoſe nurſeries the
feeds ſhould be fown, and if there are any poor cot-
tagers there, theſe may be employed in raiſing of the
plants, keeping of them clean, and afterward in tranf-
planting them. This will leſſen the number of indi-
gent poor, and by employing them in this fort of
huſbandry, they may be brought to have a love and
regard for trees of their own planting, ſo will not be
tempted to deſtroy them themſelves, or ſuffer others
to do it; and as the ſeaſon for planting happens at a
time of year when the farmers have little employment
for their labourers, ſo the finding them uſeful em-
ployment this
way, will be of infinitely more advan-
tage than the giving them alms from the pariſh; and
the children may be taught to weed and keep the
young plants clean in ſummer, whereby they may be
rendered uſeful, and kept from being burdenſome to
the pariſhes.
From the Larch-tree is extracted the Venice turpen-
tine, which the inhabitants of the valley of St. Martin
near Lucern, make a conſiderable merchandize of.
They collect this by boring holes in the trunk of the
trees, at about two or three feet from the ground,
into which they fix narrow troughs about twenty inches
long; the end of theſe are hollowed like a ladle, and
in the middle is a ſmall hole bored for the turpentine
to run into a receiver, which is placed below it; as
the turpentine runs from the trees, it paſſes along the
Noping gutter or trough to the ladle, and from thence
runs through the holes into the receiver. The people
who gather this viſit the trees morning and evening,
from the end of May to September, to collect the tur-
pentine from out of the receivers.
The third fort is the Cedar of Libanus, which is a tree
of great antiquity; and what is remarkable, this tree
is not found as a native in any other part of the world,
ſo far as hath come to our knowledge.
The cones of this tree are frequently brought from
the Levant, which, if preſerved entire, will preſerve
their feeds good for ſeveral years. The time of their
ripening is commonly in the ſpring, and ſo confe-
quently are near one year old before we receive them,
for which they are not the worſe, but rather the
better; the cones having diſcharged a great part of
their reſin by lying, and the feeds are much eaſier to
get out of them than ſuch as are freſh taken from the
tree.
a
a
The beſt way to get the ſeeds out is to ſplit the cones,
by driving a ſharp piece of iron through the center
lengthways, which will ſplit the cone; then you may
pull the ſeeds out with your fingers, which you will
find are faſtened to a thin leafy ſubſtance called wings,
as are thoſe of the Fir-tree: but before the ſeeds are
taken out, it will be proper to put the cones in water
for twenty-four or thirty hours, which will render
them eaſier to ſplit, ſo that the ſeeds may be taken
out with greater ſafety; for there will require care in
the doing of it, otherwiſe many of the feeds will be
ſpoiled, as they are very tender, and will bruiſe where
there is any force employed to get them out.
Theſe ſeeds ſhould be ſown in boxes or pots of light
freſh earth, and treated as was directed for the Firs
(to which I refer the reader) but only ſhall obſerve,
that theſe require more ſhade in ſummer while young
than the Firs, and ſhould be frequently refreſhed with
9
water.
The plants
a
When the plants come up they muſt be guarded from
the birds, otherwiſe they will pick off their tops, as
they do of the young Firs where they are not guarded;
they muſt alſo be conſtantly kept clean from weeds,
and not placed under the drip of trees.
may remain in theſe boxes or pots in which they were
ſown till the following ſpring, but it will be proper
to place them under a frame in winter, or cover them
with mats; for while they are young they are in dan-
ger
of loſing their tops, if they are pinched by froſt,
for the young plants often ſhoot late in the autumn.
In the ſpring, before the plants begin to ſhoot, they
ſhould be carefully taken up and tranſplanted into
beds at about four inches distance, cloſing the earth
gently
a
7 R

L A R
L A R
gently to their roots; theſe beds ſhould be arched over
with hoops, and covered with mats in the heat of the
day, to fhade the plants from the fun till they have
taken new root ; and if the nights prove froſty, it will
be proper to keep the mats over them in the night,
but in cloudy or moiſt weather they muſt be always
open. After the plants are well rooted, they will re-
quire no other care but to keep them clean from weeds,
unleſs the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry, in which caſe
it will be proper to give them fome water once or
twice a week, but it muſt be but in ſmall quantities,
for too much wet is often very injurious to them; fo
that it will be better to ſcreen them from the ſun in
hot weather, to prevent the earth from drying too
faft, or cover the ſurface of the ground with moſs to
keep it cool, than to water the plants often.
In theſe beds the plants may ſtand two years, then
they ſhould be either tranſplanted to the places where
they are deſigned to remain, or to a nurſery where
they may grow two years more; but the younger theſe
plants are when they are planted out for good, the
better the trees will thrive, and the longer they will
continue.
When theſe plants begin to ſhoot ſtrong, you will
generally find the leading ſhoot incline to one ſide ;
therefore, if you intend to have them ftrait, you muſt
ſupport them with ſtakes, obſerving to keep the leader
always cloſe tied up, until you have got them to the
height you deſign them, otherwiſe their branches will
extend on every ſide, and prevent their growing tall
.
Theſe trees are by many people kept in pyramids,
and ſheared as Yews, &c. in which form they loſe
their greateſt beauty; for the extenſion of the branches
is very ſingular in this tree, their ſhoots for the moſt
part are declining, and thereby ſhewing their upper
ſurface, which is conſtantly clothed with green leaves
in ſo regular a manner, as to appear at ſome diſtance
like a green carpet; and theſe waving about with the
wind, make one of the moſt agreeable proſpects that
can be to terminate a viſta, eſpecially if planted on
a riſing ground.
It is matter of ſurpriſe to me, that this tree hath not
been more cultivated in England formerly, for till
within a few years paſt, there were but few here;
ſince it would be a great ornament to barren bleak
mountains, where few other trees will grow ſo well,
it being a native of the coldeſt parts of Mount Li-
banus, where the ſnow continues great part of the
year. And from the obſervations I have made of
thoſe now growing in England, I find they thrive beſt
on the pooreſt foil; for ſuch of them as have been
planted in a ſtrong, rich, loamy earth, have made but a
poor progreſs, in compariſon to ſuch as have grown
upon a ſtony meagre foil. And that theſe trees are
of quick growth, is evident from four of them now
growing in the phyſic garden at Chelſea, which (as I
have been credibly informed) were planted there in the
year 1683, and at that time were not above three feet
high ; two of which trees are at this time (viz. 1766)
upwards of twelve feet and a half in girt, at two feet
above ground, and their branches extend more than
twenty feet on every fide their trunks; which branches
(though they are produced twelve or fourteen feet
above the ſurface) do at every termination hang very
near the ground, and thereby afford a goodly ſhade
in the hotteſt ſeaſon of the year.
The ſoil in which theſe trees are planted, is a lean
hungry fand mixed with gravel, the ſurface of which
is ſcarcely two feet deep before a hard rocky gravel
appears. Theſe trees ſtand at four corners of a pond,
which is bricked up within two feet of their trunks,
ſo that their roots have no room to ſpread on one ſide,
and conſequently are cramped in their growth; but
whether their ſtanding ſo near the water may not have
been advantageous to them, I cannot ſay, but ſure I
am, if their roots had had full ſcope in the ground,
they would have made a greater progreſs. I have
alſo obſerved, that lopping or cutting of theſe trees
is very injurious to them (more, perhaps, than to any
other of the reſinous trees) in retarding their growth;
for two of the four trees above-mentioned, being on
adviſedly planted near a green-houſe, when they began
to grow large had their branches lopped, to let the
rays of the fun into the houſe, whereby they have been
ſo much checked, as at preſent they are little more
than half the ſize of the other two.
Theſe trees have all of them produced, for ſeveral
years, large quantities of katkins (or male flowers,)
though there are but three of them which have as yet
produced cones; nor is it above thirty-five years that
theſe have ripened their cones, ſo as to perfect the
feed; but now the ſeeds which fall out of the cones
on the ground near them, produce plants in plenty,
which come up naturally without care: and ſince we
find that they are ſo far naturalized to cur country as
to produce ripe ſeeds, we need not fear being ſoon
ſupplied with enough, without depending on thoſe
cones which are brought from the Levant; as there
are many trees of this kind in England, which already
do, and abundance more which in a few years muſt
certainly bear: but I find they are more ſubject to
produce and ripen their cones in hard winters than
in mild ones; which is a plain indication, that they
will ſucceed, even in the coldeſt parts of Scotland,
where, as well as in England, they might be propa-
,
gated to great advantage.
What we find mentioned in fcripture of the lofty Ce-
dars, can be no ways applicable to the ſtature of this
tree; ſince, from the experience we have of thoſe
now growing in England, as alſo from the teſtimony
of ſeveral travellers, who have viſited thoſe few re-
maining trees on Mount Libanus, they are not inclined
to grow very lofty, but, on the contrary, extend their
branches very far; to which the alluſion made by the
Pſalmiſt agrees very well, when he is deſcribing the
flouriſhing ſtate of a people, and fays, They ſhall
ſpread their branches like the Cedar-tree.
Rauwolf, in his Travels, fays, there were not at that
time (i. e. anno 1574) upon Mount Libanus more than
26 trees remaining, 24 of which ſtood in a circle; and
the other two, which ſtood at a ſmall diſtance, had
their branches almoſt conſumed with age; nor could
he find any younger trees coming up to ſucceed them,
though he looked about diligently for ſome. Theſe
trees (he ſays) were growing at the foot of a ſmall hill,
on the top of the mountains, and amongſt the ſnow.
Theſe having very large branches, commonly bend
the tree to one ſide, but
are extended to a great length,
and in ſo delicate and pleaſant order, as if they were
trimmed and made even with great diligence, by
which they are eaſily diftinguiſhed at a great diſtance
from Fir-trees. The leaves (continues he) are very
like to thoſe of the Larch-tree, growing cloſe together
in little bunches upon ſmall brown ſhoots.
Maundrel in his Travels, ſays, there were but fixteen
large trees remaining when he viſited the mountains,
ſome of which were of a prodigious bulk, but that
there were many more young trees of a ſmaller ſize;
he meaſured one of the largeſt, and found it to be 12
yards 6 inches in girt, and yet found, and 37 yards in
the ſpread of its boughs. At about five or fix yards
from the ground it was divided into five limbs, each
of which was equal to a great tree. What Maundrel
hath related, was confirmed to me by a worthy gen-
tleman of my acquaintance, who was there in the year
1720, with this difference only, viz. in the dimenſions
of the branches of the largeſt tree, which he aſſured
me he meaſured, and found to be twenty-two yards
diameter. Now, whether Mr. Maundrel meant thirty-
ſevenyards in circumference of the ſpreading branches,
or the diameter of them, cannot be determined by his
expreſſions, yet either of them weil agrees with my
friend's account.
НЯ 1
Monſieur Le Brun reckons about 35 or 36 trees re-
maining upon Mount Libanus when he was there,
and would perfuade us it was not eaſy to reckon their
numbers (as is reported of our Stonehenge on Saliſbury
Plain.) He alſo ſays, their cones do ſome of them
grow dependent. Which is abundantly confuted by
the above-mentioned travellers, as alfo from our own
experience
a
a
و
a
a
Ten

L AS
L A S
Cor. 23
3
mas.
experience, for all the cones grow upon the upper daucoides prutenicum viſcoſo ſemine. Breyn. Cent
part of the branches, and ſtand erect, having a 167.
ſtrong, woody, central ſtyle, by which it is firmly | 9. LASERPITIUM (Peucedanoides) foliolis lineari-lanceo.
annexed to the branch, ſo as with difficulty to be taken latis venofo-ftriatis diſtinctis Amenit. Acad. 4. p.
off; which central ſtyle remains upon the branches 310. Laſerwort with linear ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which
after the cone is fallen to pieces, ſo that they never are diſtinɛt and veined. Laferpitium exoticum, lobis
drop off whole, as the Pines do.
anguftiffimis integris. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 96. f. 2.
The wood of this famous tree is accounted proof 10. LASERPITIUM (Siler) foliolis ovato-lanceolatis inte-
againſt all putrefaction of animal bodies; the ſaw- gerrimis petiolatis. Hort. Cliff. 96. Laſerwort with
duft of it is thought to be one of the ſecrets uſed oval, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, having foot-ſtalks. Siler
by thoſe mountebanks, who pretend to have the em- Montanum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 276.
balming myſtery. This wood is alſo ſaid to yield 11. LASERPITIUM (Chironium) foliolis oblique cordatis,
an oil, which is famous for preſerving books and petiolis hirſutis. Lin. Sp. 358. Laferwort with oblique
writings; and the wood is thought by my Lord Ba- heart-Maped lobes, having hairy foot-ſtalks. Panax He-
con, to continue above a thouſand years ſound. It racleum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 315. Herculus's All-heal.
is alſo recorded, that in the temple of Apollo at 12. LASERPITIUM (Ferulaceum) foliolis linearibus. Lin.
Utica, there was found timber of near two thou- Sp. 358. Laſerwort with linear leaves. Cachrys Orien-
ſand years old. And the ſtatue of the goddeſs, in talis, ferulæ folio tenuiore, fructu alato plano. Tourn.
the famous Epheſian temple, was ſaid to be of this
material alſo, as was moſt of the timber work of that There are ſome other varieties, if not diſtinct ſpe-
glorious ſtructure.
cies of this plant; fome of which have been put
This fort of timber is very dry and ſubject to ſplit, nor down as diſtinct ſpecies, which differ only in the co-
does it well endure to be faſtened with nails, from lour of their flowers, therefore ſhould not be regarded
which it uſually ſhrinks, therefore pins of the ſame as ſuch; but the number of ſpecies has been greatly
wood are much preferable.
leffened by ſome late writers, who have erred as much
LARKSPUR. See DELPHINIUM.
in leſſening, as thoſe before them had done in multi-
LASERPITIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 324. tab. plying of the ſpecies : which miſtake they may have
172. Lin. Gen. Plant. 306. Laſerwort.
fallen into by ſowing of the ſeeds near old plants of
The CHARACTERS are,
the fame genus, or on ground where ſome of theſe
It bath an umbellated flower, compoſed of many ſmall forts have grown, ſo that their feeds have been ſcat-
umbels ; both the ſmall and principal umbels have a many- tered and buried in the ground, where they will re-
leaved involucrum. The general umbel is uniform ; the main two or three years, and afterward grow; ſo that
,
flowers have five equal petals, whoſe points are beart- unleſs their feeds are fown at a diſtance from any of
Maped and inflexed; they have five ſtamina which are as the other ſpecies, there will commonly ſome other
long as the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits ; the round- ſpecies come up, whereby people have been often con-
ish germen is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two fuſed in diſtinguiſhing theſe plants ; nay, I have fre-
thick acuminated ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſpreading ſtig- quently obſerved the feeds of one ſpecies fall, and the
The germen afterward becomes an oblong fruit plants come up on the head of another plant which
with eight longitudinal wings or membranes, reſembling grew near it; and this young plant, if not timely
the fliers of a water-mill; the fruit divides into two ports, rooted out, has gotten the better of the old plant,
each containing one ſeed.
and deſtroyed it ; therefore where there is not great
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus's in care taken to prevent this, the different forts cannot
the ſecond ſection of his fifth claſs, intitled Pentan- be preſerved in gardens where the ſpecies grow near
dria Digynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe each other.com
flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
Theſe plants grow naturally in the fouth of France,
The SPECIES are,
in Italy, and Germany, and are preſerved in botanic
1. LASERPITIUM (Commune) foliolis oblongo-cordatis, gardens for the ſake of variety; but as they have no
inciſo-ferratis. Laſerwort with oblong heart-ſhaped lobes, great beauty, fo are ſeldom cultivated in other
gar-
which are cut like a ſaw. Laſerpitium foliis latioribus dens: they require much room, for their roots ex-
lobatis. Mor. Umbel. 29. Laſerwort with broader leaves, tend far every way, and the leaves of many forts
having lobes.
will-ſpread three feet, when the plants are ſtrong;
2. LASERPITIUM (Latifolium) foliolis-cordatis inciſo- their flower-ſtalks rife four or five feet high, and
ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 96. Laſerwort with heart-ſhaped their umbels of flowers are very large ; they have
lobes cut like a ſaw. Laſerpitium foliis amplioribus, all of them perennial roots but annual ſtalks. They
ſemine criſpo. Inft. R. H. 324. Laſerwort with large flower in June, and the feeds ripen in September.
leaves and curled ſeeds.
It is generally ſuppoſed, that the Silphium of the an-
LASERPITIUM (Paludapifolium) foliolis ovatis obtufis tients was procured from one ſpecies of this genus, ,
acutè ferratis. Laſerwort with oval obtuſe lobes but from which of them we are at preſent ignorant.
Sharply ſawed. Laſerpitium humilius, paludapii fo- All the ſpecies, if wounded, drop a very acrid juice,
lio, fore albo. Inſt. Ř. H. Lower Leſerwort, with a which turns to a refinous gummy ſubſtance, very acri-
Smallage leaf and a white flower.
i to be
monious. This was externally applied by the antients
4. LASERPITIUM (Gallicum) foliolis cuneiformibus fur- to take away black and blue ſpots that came by
catis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 248. Laſerwort with wedge- bruiſes and blows, as alſo to take away excreſcences;
Maped forked lobes. Laſerpitium Gallicum. 156. C. it was alſo by ſome of the antients preſcribed in in-
B. P. French Laſerwort.
рэв үг
VODIO SE
ternal medicines, but others have cautioned people
5. LASERPITIUM ( Anguſtifolium) foliolis lanceolatis in- not to make uſe of it this way, from the effects which
tegerrimis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 96. Laſerwort with they mention to have ſeen produced from the violence
Spear-ſhaped entire leaves fitting cloſe to the branches. of its acrimony
Laſerpitium anguſtiffimo & oblongo folio. Inft. R. All theſe plants are extreme hardy, except the laſt,
H. 324. Laſerwort with a very narrow bblong leaf. which requires a warmer ſituation, otherwiſe will be
6. LASERPITIUM (Selinoides) foliolis trifidis acutis. La- killed in ſharp winters ; the other forts will thrive in
ſerwort with acute trifid lobes. Laſerpitium felinoides, moſt ſoils and fituations; they are propagated by feed,
ſemine criſpo. Inft. R. H. Laſerwort reſembling ſweet which if ſown in autumn, the plants will come up the
Smalloge, with a curled feed.
1899
following ſpring; but when they are ſown in the
7. LASERPITIUM (Trilobum) foliolis trilobis inciſis. Lin. ſpring, the feeds commonly remain in the ground a
Sp. 357. Laſerwort with trifid leaves. Libanotis la- whole
year. The plants fhould be tranſplanted the
tifolia aquilegiæ folio. C. B. P. 157.
following autumn where they are deſigned to remain,
8. LASERPITIUM (Prutenicum) foliolis lanceolatis inte- for they ſend out long deep roots, which are fre-
gerrimis extimis coalitis. Laſerwort with ſpear-shaped quently broken by tranſplanting if they are large ;
entire lobes, whoſe outer ones coaeleſce. Laferpitium when the plants are removed, they fhould be planted
three
9299
3
:
.
3

L A T
L A T
three feet aſunder, for they grow very large ; they de- Prod. 263. Chichling Vetch with two flowers on a
cay to the ground every autumn, and come up again foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril
, and ſpear-ſhaped alter-
the following ſpring, but the roots will continue ma- nate leaves. Lathyrus Tingitanus filiquis orobi flore
ny years, and require no other culture but to clear amplo ruberrimo. Mor. Hift. 2. 55. Chichling Vetch
them from weeds, and to dig between the roots of Tengier, with a bitter Vetch pod, and a large red
every ſpring
flower.
LATHYRUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 394. tab. 216, 9. LATHYRUS (Annuus) pedunculis bifloris, cirrhis di-
217. Lin. Gen. Plant. 781. Chichling Vetch; in phyllis, foliolis enſiformibus, leguminibus glabris,
French, Geſe.
ftipulis bipartitis. Amen. Acad. 3. p. 417. Chich-
The CHARACTERS are,
ling Vetch with two flowers on a foot-fialk, a two-leaved
The flower has a bell-fbaped empalement of one leaf, tendril, ſword-ſhaped lobes, ſmooth pods, ond a bifid ſti-
cut into five parts at the top, the two upper being ſhort, pula. Lathyrus luteus latifolius. Bot. Monſp. Yellow
and the under longer. The flower is of the butterfly kind. broad-leaved Chichling Vetch.
The ſtandard is heart-ſhaped, large, and refiexed at the 10. LATHYRUS (Tuberoſus) pedunculis multifloris, cir-
point. The wings are oblong and blunt; the keel is half rhis diphyllis, foliolis ovalibus, internodis nudis. Hort.
round, the ſize of the wings. It hath ten ſtamina, nine Cliff. 367. Chichling Vetch with many flowers on a foot-
of them joined, and one ſeparate, crowned by roundiſh ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril, oval leaves, and naked be-
fummits. It hath an oblong, narrow, compreſſed germen, tween the joints. Lathyrus arvenſis repens tuberoſus. .
ſupporting a riſing ſtyle, which is flat, and the upper C. B. P. 344. Creeping Field Chichling Vetch with a
part broad, with an acute point, crowned by a hairy tuberous root.
Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a long compreſſed. LATHYRUS (Pratenſis) pedunculis multifloris, cir-
pod, ending in a point, having two valves, and filled rhis diphyllis, foliolis lanceolatis cirrhis fimpliciffi-
with roundiſh ſeeds.
mis. Hort. Cliff. 367. Chichling Vetch with many
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of flowers on a foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril, Spear-
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De- Maped leaves, and ſingle tendrils. Lathyrus luteus fyl-
candria which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers veſtris dumetorum. J. B. 2. p. 304. Yellow wild
have ten ſtamina formed in two bodies.
Chichling Vetch of the woods.
The SPECIES are,
12. LATHYRUS (Heterophyllus) pedunculis multifloris,
1. LATHYRUS (Sativus) pedunculis unifloris, cirrhis di- cirrhis diphyllis tetraphylliſque, foliolis lanceolatis.
phyllis, leguminibus ovatis compreſſis dorfo bimar- It. W. Goth. 75. Chichling Vetch with many flowers on
ginatis. Hort. Cliff. 367. Chichling Vetch with one a foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved, and ſometimes four-leaved ten-
flower upon a fooi-ſtalk, tendrils having two leaves, and dril, and Spear-shaped leaves. Lathyrus major Narbo-
oval compreſſed pods with two borders on their back part. nenſis anguſtifolius. J. B. 2. 304. Greater Chichling
Lathyrus annuus, flore cæruleo, Ochri filiquâ. H. L. Vetch of Narbonne with narrow leaves.
Annual Chichling Vetch with a blue flower, and a pod like 13. LATHYRUS (Latifolius) pedunculis multifloris, cir-
Ochrus.
rhis diphyllis, foliolis lanceolatis, internodiis membra-
2. LATHYRUS (Cicera) pedunculis unifloris, cirrhis di- naceis. Hort. Cliff. 367. Chichling Vetch with many
phyllis, leguminibus ovatis compreſſis, dorſo canali- Howers on a foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril, Spear-fbaped
culatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 730. Chichling Vetch with one leaves, and a membranaceous ſtalk between the joints.
flower upon a foot-ſtalk, two-leaved tendrils, and on oval Lathyrus latifolius. C. B. P. 344. Broad-leaved Chich-
compreſſed pod a little channelled on the back. Lathyrus ling Vetch, commonly called Everlaſting Pea.
ſativus fore purpureo. C. B. P. 344. Cultivated Chich- 14. LATHYRUS (Magnofiore) pedunculis multifloris,
ling Vetch with a purple flower.
cirrhis diphyllis foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, internodiis
3. LATHYRUS (Setifolius) pedunculis unifloris, cirrhis membranaceis. Cbichling Vetch with many flowers on a
diphyllis, foliolis ſetaceo-linearibus. Lin. Sp. 1031. foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril, oval ſpear-shaped leaves,
Chichling Vetch with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, a two- and a membranaceous ſtalk between the joints. Lathy-
leaved tendril, and linear briſtly lobes. Lathyrus foliis rus latifolius minor flore majore. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
anguſtis, foribus ſingularibus coccineis. Seg. Pl. p. 42. Smaller brood-leaved Chichling Vetch with a
:
Veron. Chichling Vetch, with narrow leaves and ſingle larger flower, or large, red, flowering, Everlaſting Pea.
Scarlet flowers.
15. LATHYRUS (Piſiformis) pedunculis multifloris, cir-
4. LATHYRUS (Parifienfus) pedunculis unifloris, irrhis rhis polyphyllis, ftipulis ovatis, baſi acutis. Hort.
polyphyllis, ftipulis lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 368. Upſal. 217. Chichling Vetch with many flowers on a
Chichling Vetch with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, a foot-ſtalk, a many-leaved tendril, and oval ftipula acute at
many-leaved tendril, and Spear-ſhaped stipule. Clyme-
num Pariſienſe flore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. R.H. 396. 16. LATHYRUS (Nifolia) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
Chichling Vetch of Paris with a blue flower.
ſimplicibus ftipulis fubulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 729.
5. LATHYRUS (Hiſpanicus) pedunculis bifloris, cirrhis Chichling Vetch with one flower on a foot-ſtalk, ſingle
polyphyllis, foliolis alternis. Hort. Cliff
. Chichling leaves, and awl-ſhaped ſtipule. Niffolia vulgaris. Tourn.
Vetch with two flowers upon a foot-ſtalk, a many- Inft. 656. Crimſon Graſs Vetch.
leaved tendril, and the lobes placed alternate
. Clyme- 17. LATHYRUS (Amphicarpos) pedunculis unifloris calyce
num Hiſpanicum, flore vario filiquâ articulatâ. longioribus, cirrhis diphyllis fimpliciffimis fubtus ve-
Tourn. Init. R. H. 296. Spaniſh Chichling Vetch, with noſis. Chichling Vetch with ſingle flowers upon a foota
a variable flower and jointed pod.
ſtalk, which are longer than the empalement, and a two-
6. LATHYRUS (Odoratus) pedunculis bifloris, cirrhis leaved ſingle tendril.
diphyllis, foliis ovato-oblongis, leguminibus hirſutis. 18. LATHYRUS (Aphaca) pedunculis unifloris, cirrhis
Hort. Cliff. 368. Chichling Vetch with two flowers on aphyllis, ftipulis fagitto-cordatis. Lin. Sp. 1029.
a foot-ſtalk, a two-leaved tendril, oblong oval leaves, Chichling Vetch with one flower on each foot-ſtalk, a ten-
and hairy pods. Lathyrus diſtoplatyphyllos hirſutus, dril without leaves, and a heart arrow-ſhaped ftipula.
mollis, magno & peramæno flore odore. Hort. Cath.
,
Aphacha. Lob. Ic. 2. p. 70.
The ſweet-ſcented Pea.
19. LATHYRUS ( Americana) pedunculis biforis, foliis
7. LATHYRUS (Hirſuta) pedunculis biforis, cirrhis di- reniformibus fimpliciſſimis ſubtus venoſis. Chickling
phyllis, foliolis lineari-lanceolatis, leguminibus hir- Vetch with two flowers upon a foot-fialk, and kidney-
ſutis, feminibus fcabris. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 363. Shaped ſingle leaves, which are veined on their under side.
Chichling Vetch with two flowers on a foot-ſtalk, a two- Niſfolia Americana procumbens, folio rotundo, flore
leaved tendril, narrow ſpear-ſhaped lobes, hairy pods, luteo. Houft. MSS. Trailing American Niſolio, with a
and rough ſeeds. Lathyrus anguſtifolius filiquâ hir- round leaf and a yellow flower.
ſutâ. C. B. P. Narrow-leaved Chichling Vetch with a The firſt fort grows naturally in France, Spain, and
hairy pod.
Italy, this is an annual plant, with a climbing ſtalk
8. LYTHYRUS (Tingitanus) pedunculis biforis, cirrhis about two feet high. The leaves come out at each
diphyllis foliolis alternis lanceolatis. Flor. Leyd. joint alternate ; they are compoſed of two long narrow
lobes,
the baſe.

L A T
I AT
a
3
lobes, with a tendril or claſper riſing between,
which faſtens to any ſupport near. The flowers come
fingly upon foot-ſtalks at each joint; they are blue,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the Pea; theſe are fuc-
ceeded by oval compreſſed pods, with a double mem-
brane or wing running longitudinally on the back.
This flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen
in September. It is ſeldom cultivated, unleſs in bo-
tanic gardens for the ſake of variety.
The ſecond fort is cultivated in ſome countries for
the feeds, which are uſed for feeding of poultry ;
this grows wild in Italy and Spain. It does not riſe
ſo high as the firſt fort. The leaves are longer, the
pods are near twice the length of thoſe, and are chan-
nelled on their back fide; this is cultivated in the
fame manner as Vetches or Tares.
The third fort was ſent me from Verona, where it
grows naturally; this is an annual plant, which feldom
riſes more than fix or eight inches high. The two
lobes of the leaves are ſmall, and end with claſpers.
The flowers are of a bright ſcarlet, and are fuc-
ceeded by taper pods, filled with roundiſh feeds. This
is only kept for variety in ſome botanic gardens.
The fourth fort grows naturall, about Paris ; this is
an annual plant, with a ſlender ftalk about one foot
high, garniſhed with leaves, compoſed of ſeveral nar-
row lobes placed alternate along the midrib, which
end in claſpers. The flowers come out ſingly upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks ; they are blue, and about the
fize of thoſe of the common Tare. It grows naturally
in ſome parts of England, particularly on Windſor
foreſt, in moiſt meadows, and has often a variable
flower.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy; it
is an annual plant, with a climbing ſtalk which riſes
near three feet high, garniſhed with leaves compoſed
of ſeveral lobes, which are ſpear-ſhaped, placed alter-
nately along the midrib, which is terminated by very
long claſpers. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers are five
or ſix inches long, upon which ſtand two flowers one
above the other, ſhaped like thoſe of the Pea. The
ſtandard, which is large, is of a bright red colour,
but the keel and wings are white. The flowers are
ſucceeded by pretty long jointed pods, filled with
roundiſh feeds. This flowers in June and July, and
the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fixth fort is commonly known by the title of
Sweet Pea; this grows naturally in Ceylon, but is
hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England.
It is an annual plant with a climbing ſtalk, which riſes
from three to four feet high, garniſhed with leaves
compoſed of two large oval lobes, whoſe midrib is
terminated by long claſpers. The foot-ſtalks come
out at the joints; they are about fix inches long, and
ſuſtain two large flowers with dark purple ſtandards;
the keel and wings are of a light blue colour. The
flowers have a ſtrong ſweet odour, and are ſucceeded
by oblong inflated pods, which are hairy, containing
four or five roundiſh feeds in each.
There are two other varieties of this fort, one of
which has a Pink-coloured ſtandard with a white keel,
and the wings of a pale bluſh colour; this is com-
monly called Painted Lady Pea. The flowers of the
other are all white, which are the only differences
between them.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Effex. I have
found it in places which were ſpread over with Bram-
bles, near Hockerel ; this hath a perennial root, fend-
ing out three or four weak ſtalks, which are near
two feet long, garniſhed with leaves compoſed of
two oblong lobes, whoſe midrib is terminated by
claſpers. The foot-ſtalks are about four inches long,
and ſuſtain two purple flowers, which are ſucceeded
by rough hairy pods, little more than an inch long,
containing three or four roundiſh ſeeds. This fort
is very rarely preſerved in gardens.
The eighth fort was originally brought from Tangier
to England; this is an annual plant, whoſe ſtalk riſes
four or five feet high, garniſhed with leaves com-
poſed of two oval veined lobes, whoſe midrib ends
with claſpers. The foot-ſtalks are ſhort, and ſuſtain
two large flowers with purple ſtandards, whoſe wings
and keel are of a bright red; theſe are ſucceeded by
long jointed pods, containing ſeveral roundiſh ſeeds:
This is ſometimes titled by the gardeners Scarlet
Lupine.
The ninth fort is an annual plant, which grows
naturally about Montpelier. I have alſo received
the feeds from Siberia ; this riſes with a climbing
ſtalk five or fix feet high, which has two mem-
branes, or wings, running along from joint to joint.
The leaves are compoſed of two long narrow lobes,
whoſe midrib ends with claſpers. The flowers ſtand
upon long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two pale yellow
flowers, which are fucceeded by long taper pods,
containing ſeveral roundiſh feeds.
The tenth fort grows naturally amongſt the Corn in
the South of France, and in Italy, but is cultivated
in the Dutch gardens for the roots, which are there
fold in the markets, and are commonly eaten: this
hath an irregular tuberous root about as big as thoſe
of the Pignut, covered with a brown ſkin; theſe ſhoor
up ſeveral weak trailing ſtalks, garniſhed with leaves
compoſed of two oval lobes, ending with claſpers.
The foot-ſtalks of the flowers are weak, about three
inches long, each fuſtaining two deep red flowers,
which are ſeldom fucceeded by pods, but the roots
increaſe plentifully in the ground. This fort will
grow-in moſt foils, but will thrive beſt on light
ground.
The eleventh fort grows naturally on the banks and
under thickets in moſt parts of England; this hath
a perennial creeping root, whereby it propagates fo
faſt as to be a very troubleſome weed, ſo ſhould not be
admitted into gardens.
The twelfth ſort grows naturally by the ſide of hedges,
and in thickets, in ſeveral parts of England; this hath
a perennial creeping root, which ſends out many
climbing ſtalks which riſe five or ſix feet high, gar-
niſhed with leaves, which have ſometimes two, and
at others four long narrow lobes, terminated by claf-
pers. The foot-ſtalks ſuſtain ſeveral ſmall flowers
with pale ſtandards, whoſe wings and keels are blue;
theſe are ſucceeded by long taper pods, containing ſe-
veral roundiſh ſeeds. It flowers in June and July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The thirteenth fort has been found growing naturally
in ſeveral parts of England, but is frequently culti-
vated in gardens for ornament, therefore it is doubt-
ful if it is a native here, this hath a perennial root,
from which ariſe ſeveral thick climbing ſtalks from
fix to eight feet high, which have membranaceous
wings on each ſide between the joints. The leaves are
compoſed of two ſpear-ſhaped lobes, and the midrib
is terminated by claſpers. The foot-ſtalks are eight
or nine inches long, and ſuſtain ſeveral large red
flowers, which are ſucceeded by long taper pods, con-
taining ſeveral roundiſh feeds. It flowers in June,
July, and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in autumn, foon
after which the ſtalks die to the root, and new ones
ariſe in the ſpring, from whence it is called Ever-
laſting Pea.
The fourteenth fort differs from the laſt in the ſtalks,
being much ſhorter and ſtronger. The leaves are
broader, and of a deeper green. The flowers are
much larger, and of a brighter red colour, ſo make a
better appearance ; theſe differences are laſting from
ſeeds, for I have raiſed many plants from ſeeds within
forty years paſt, and have always found them them to
be the ſame as the parent plant.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this
hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which is
garniſhed with leaves, compoſed of fix or eight pair
of oblong acute lobes. The flowers are blue, and
many of them ſtand upon each foot-ſtalk; theſe are
ſucceeded by pods, ſhaped like thoſe of the Pea. It
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in moiſt mea-
dows in many parts of England ; this riſes with an up-
right ſtalk one foot high, which is garniſhed with
long,
a
a
7S

LAV
LAV
و
و
long, narrow, ſingle leaves at each joint. The foot- in front by a bollow field, each capſule having one kid-
ſtalks of the flowers come out from the joints toward ney-Shaped ſeed.
the upper part of the ſtalk'; they are ſlender, about This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in the
three inches long, ſome having but one, and others
fifth order of his fixteenth claſs, intitled Monodelphia
have two bright red flowers on their tops. It flowers Polyandria, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
in May and June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. have many ftamina joined in a column.
This is rarely kept in gardens.
The SPECIES are,
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in Syria; this 1. LAVATERA ( Althææfolia) foliis infimis cordato-orbi-
is an annual plant with a trailing ſtalk, garniſhed culatis, caulinis trilobis acuminatis glabris, pedun-
with leaves compoſed of two lobes, whoſe midrib is culis unifloris, caule herbaceo. Lavatera whoſe lower
terminated by a ſingle tendril. The foot-ſtalk fup- leaves are orbicularly beart-ſhaped, thoſe on the ſtalks ſet
ports one flower of a pale purple colour, and when with three acute ſmooth lobes, and one flower upon a
the flowers decay, the germen is thruſt into the ground, foot-ſtalk, and an herbaceous fi alk. Lavatera folio &
where the pods are formed, and the ſeeds ripen. facie althææ. Act. R. P. 1706. Lavatera with the
The eighteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. leaves and appearance of Marſhmalloce.
Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in 2. LAVATERA (Africana) foliis infimis cordato-angula-
New Spain ; this is annual plant, with a trailing ſtalk tis, fupernè fagittatis, pedunculis unifloris, caule her-
a foot long, garniſhed with a ſingle kidney-ſhaped baceo hirſuto. Lavatera with the lower leaves angularly
leaf at each joint. The flowers grow two together beart-ſhaped, the upper ones arrow-pointed, o ſingle
upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are ſmall, and of flower upon each foot-ſtalk, and a hairy herbaceous ſtalk.
a deep yellow colour ; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort Lavatera Africana, flore pulcherrimo. Boerh. Ind.
taper pods, including three or four ſmall roundiſh alt. African Lavatera with a beautiful flower.
feeds.
3. LAVATERA (Trimeſtris) foliis glabris, caule fcabro
This fort is tender, ſo the ſeeds ſhould be ſown up- herbaceo, pedunculis unifloris, fructibus orbiculo
on a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants are tectis. Hort. Upſal. 203. Lavatera with ſmooth leaves,
fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted into a a rough berbaceous ſtalk, one flower upon a foot-ſtalk,
ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged into and an orbicular cloſed fruit. Malva folio vario. C.B.
a tan-bed, where they ſhould conſtantly remain, P. Mallow with a variable leaf.
treating them in the ſame manner as other tender 4. LAVATERA (Thuringiaca) caule herbaceo, fructibus
plants from warm countries ; if they are brought for- denudatis, calycibus inciſis. Hort. Upſal. 203. La-
ward in the ſpring, they will flower in July, and their vatera with an herbaceous ſtalk, naked fruit, and a cut
ſeeds will ripen in autumn.
empalement. Althæa fore majore. C. B. P. 316.
Several of the other forts are preſerved in curious Marſhmallow with a larger flower.
gardens for the variety of their flowers, ſome of which 5. LAVATERA (Hirſuta) foliis quinquelobatis hirſutis,
make a fine appearance, and continue long in flower. caule erecto fruticofo. Icon. tab. 161. Lavatera with
Theſe may all be propagated by fowing their feeds, hairy leaves having five lobes, and a hrubby upright
either in ſpring or autumn; but thoſe which are ſowed ſtalk.
in autumn ſhould have a light foil and a warm ſitua-6. LAVATERA (Veneta) caule arboreo, foliis fepteman-
ation, where the plants will abide the winter, and gularibus tomentofis plicatis, pedunculis confertis
come to flower early the following ſpring, and their unifloris axillaribus. Hort. Upfal. 202. Lavatera with
feeds will ripen in July ; but thoſe which are ſown in a tree-like ſtalk, woolly plaited leaves having ſeven angles,
the ſpring ſhould have an open expoſure, and be and foot-ſtalks with ſingle flowers ariſing in cluſters from
planted upon almoſt any foil, if not too wet, for the wings of the leaves. Malva arborea veneta dicta,
they are not tender plants, nor do they require parvo flore. C. B. P. 215. Tree Mallow with a ſmall
much culture: theſe forts ſhould all of them be fown flower.
where they are deſigned to remain, for they feldom 7. LAVATERA (Triloba) caule fruticofo, foliis fubcor-
ſucceed when they are tranſplanted, unleſs it is done datis ſubtrilobis rotundatis crenatis ftipulis cordatis,
while the plants are young; fo that where they are pedunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 691. Lavatera
ſown for ornament, there ſhould be four or five feeds with a ſhrubby ſtalk, heart-ſhaped leaves having three
ſown in a ſmall patch, in different parts of the bor- round indented lobes, which cre crenated, beart-ſhaped
ders of the flower-garden; and when the plants come ftipulæ, and foot-ſtalks with fingle flowers. Althæa fru-
up, they ſhould be carefully kept clear from weeds; teſcens, folio rotundiore incano. C. B. P. 316. Shrubby
but when they are grown two or three inches high, Marſhmallow with a rounder hocry leaf.
there ſhould be ſome ſticks put down by them to 8. LAVATERA (Olbia) caule fruticoſo, foliis quinque-
ſupport them, otherwiſe they will trail on the ground, lobo-haftatis. Hort. Upſal. 202. Lavatera with a
or on whatever plants ſtand near them, and become Shrubby ſtalk, and leaves having five errow-pointed lobes.
unſightly.
Althæa fruteſcens, folio acuto, parvo flore. C. B. P.
The fixth fort, with the two varieties of it, are de- 316. Shrubby Marſhmalloze with an acute leaf, and a
ſerving room in every good garden for the beauty ſmall flower.
and odour of their fowers; and the eighth fort is 9. LAVATERA (Hiſpanica) caule fruticoſo, foliis orbi-
by ſome cultivated for the colour of the flowers ; culatis crenatis tomentofis, pedunculis confertis uni-
but there are few of the other forts worthy of room floris axillaribus. Lavatera with a ſhrubby ſtalk, round,
in gardens, except the thirteenth and fourteenth forts, crenated, woolly leaves, and foot-ſtalks growing in cluf-
which, if they are planted in a proper ſituation, and ters at the wings of the Stalk, each ſuſtaining a fingle
are rightly trained, will make a fine appearance. flower. Althæa fruteſcens Hiſpanica folio rotundiori.
LATIFOLIOUS trees and plants are ſuch as have Tourn. Inft. R. H. 97. Spaniſh ſhrubby Marſhmallow
broad leaves.
with a rounder leaf.
LAVATERA. Tourn. Act. Gal. 1706. tab. 3. 10. LAVATERA (Undulata) caule fruticofo tomentoſo,
Dill. Gen. 10. Lin. Gen. Plant. 752.
foliis orbiculato-cordatis undatis incanis, ferrato-cre-
The CHARACTERS are,
natis, pedunculis fæpius trifloris. Lavatera with a
The flower has a double empalement; the outer is of Shrubby woolly ſtalk, round heart-ſhaped hoary leaves,
one leaf, ſhort, obtuſe, and trifid; the inner is of one leaf, which are waved, ſharply indented, and foot-ftclks which
and quinquefid; they are both permanent. The flower hath have frequently three flowers. Althæa fruteſcens Lu-
five petals, which are joined at their baſe, plain, and ſitanica, folio rotundiori undulato. Tourn. Inſt. 97.
Spread open above. It has many ſtamina, which are joined Portugal förubby Marſhmallow with a rounder waved
in a column below, but above are looſe; they are inſerted leaf.
in the "petal, and terminated by kidney-Shaped ſummits. 11. LAVATERA (Bryonifolia) caule fruticofo, foliis
It has an orbicular germen, Supporting a short cylindrical quinquelobatis acutis crenatis tomentofis, racemis ter-
Style, crowned by many briftly ſtigmas. The empalement minalibus. Lavatera with a fhrubby ſtalk, woolly leaves
efterward becomes a fruit with ſeveral capſules, covered having five acute lobes, and long spikes of flowers termi-
a
a
3
nating

I AV
LAV
a
autumn.
و
nating the ſtalks. Althæa fruteſcens, folio bryoniæ.
C. B. P. 316. Shrubby Althea with a Briony leaf.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Syria ; it is an an-
nual plant, with an erect, branching, herbaceous
ſtalk, riſing two feet high ; the under leaves are or-
bicularly heart-ſhaped, ſmooth, and ſtand upon long
foot-ſtalks, the upper are divided into three acute
lobes; the flowers come out upon long foot-ſtalks
from the wings of the leaves; they are very large,
and ſpread open like thoſe of the Marſhmallow, and
are of a pale red or Roſe colour. Theſe come out in
July, the ſeeds ripen in September, and the plants
decay in autumn.
There is a variety of this with white flowers, which
has accidentally riſen from ſeeds.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence the ſeeds were brought to Hol-
land, and the plants there cultivated, and the ſeeds
have ſince been communicated to moſt parts of Eu-
rope. This differs from the firſt in the ſhape of
.
the leaves, the lower having angles, and the upper
being arrow-pointed; the ftalks are hairy, the flowers
larger, and of a brighter red colour.
This fort is annual, and flowers at the ſame time
with the former, and the ſeeds are ripe in the
autumn.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily ;
this is an annual plant, which riſes with ſlender her-
baceous ſtalks about two feet high, covered with a
brown bark; the lower leaves are roundiſh, and the
upper are angular, and ſome arrow-pointed. The
flowers are not half ſo large as thoſe of either of the
former, and are of a pale red colour; theſe ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, and appear about the ſame
time with the former. This is certainly a diſtinct fpe-
cies, for I have cultivated it more than forty years,
and I have never found it vary.
The fourth fort hath a perennial root and an annual
ſtalk, which riſes five or fix feet high, is woolly, gar-
niſhed with angular heart-ſhaped leaves, ſtanding
upon long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out from
the wings of the leaves toward the top, ſitting cloſe
to the ſtalks at every joint; they are of a purpliſh
colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the Marſhmallow,
but are larger. Theſe appear in July and Auguſt,
and the feeds ripen in the autumn, then the ſtalks de-
cay to the root. It grows naturally in Auſtria and
Bohemia.
The fifth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, the ſeeds of it were ſent me by the ingenious
Mr. Storm, gardener at Amſterdam. This riſes with
a fhrubby branching ſtalk to the height of eight or
ten feet, garniſhed with large hairy leaves, deeply di-
vided into five roundiſh lobes, which are indented
on their edges, of a bright green, ſtanding alter-
nately upon long foot-ſtalks ; as the plants become
more ſhrubby the leaves decreaſe in ſize, ſo that
the upper leaves are not more than a fixth part
of the bigneſs of the firſt or lower leaves. The flowers
come out fingly at the wings of the leaves at every
joint, ſo that as the branches extend there is a fuc-
ceſſion of flowers, whereby the plants are ſeldom
deſtitute of them the whole year. The flowers are
of a bright purple colour, but are not very large; theſe
are ſucceeded by capſules having many partitions, in
each of theſe is one kidney-ſhaped ſeed, which ripen
in ſucceſſion as the flowers are produced.
The ſixth fort is commonly called Mallow-tree; this
riſes with a very ſtrong thick ſtalk the height of eight
or ten feet, dividing into many branches at the top,
which are garniſhed with ſoft woolly leaves that are
plaited, and the edges cut into ſeveral angles. The
fowers are produced in cluſters at the wings of
the leaves, each ſtanding upon a ſeparate foot-ſtalk ;
they are of a purple colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of
the common Mallow, and are ſucceeded by ſeeds of
the ſame form. This fort flowers from June to Sep-
tember, and the feeds are ripe in the autumn.
The ſeventh fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or
eight feet high, ſending out ſeveral long branches,
garniſhed with woolly leaves, differing greatly in fize
and ſhape, the lower being partly heart-ſhaped at
their baſe, but divide into five roundiſh lobes; the
upper, which are ſmall, have three lobes, which are
indented on their edges. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ſtalk, three or four at each
joint, upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a light
purple colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of Marſhmal-
low. There is a ſucceſſion of theſe flowers from June
to the autunn.
The eighth fort is a ſhrub which grows to the fame
fize as the ſeventh, and differs from it in the ſhape of
the leaves, which are divided into three or five acute-
pointed lobes; the flowers are ſmaller, but of the
ſame ſhape and colour, it continues in flower at the
ſame time. This grows naturally in the ſouth of
France.
The ninth fort riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk fix or eight
feet high, ſending out many branches, garniſhed with
roundiſh, crenated, woolly leaves, ſtanding upon long
foot-ftalks; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out
in cluſters from the wings of the leaves, each fuf-
taining one large pale blue flower, of the fame ſhape
with thoſe of the other ſpecies. This fowers at
the ſame time with them, and the ſeeds ripen in the
The tenth fort hath a ſoft, ſhrubby, woolly ſtalk,
which riſes to the height of four or five feet'; theſe
ſtand more erect than either of the former forts, and
do not branch ſo much ; the leaves are heart-ſhaped
at their baſe, but round on their edges, very hoary and
waved, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks. The flowers
come out in cluſters from the wings of the leaves,
ſtanding upon foot-ftalks of different lengths ; theſe
generally ſupport but one flower, but ſometimes they
have two or three; the flowers are large, and of a
pale blue colour. They appear at the ſame time with
the former, and their feeds ripen in the autumn. It
grows naturally in Portugal.
The eleventh fort riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk fix or
ſeven feet high, ſending out ſeveral ſhrubby branches,
which are garniſhed with woolly leaves, divided into
five lobes, which end in acute points, and are crenated
on their edges; the lower part of the branches are
adorned with a ſingle flower at each joint, fitting cloſe
to the ſtalk, but the branches are terminated by looſe
ſpikes of flowers, which are of a pale blue colour,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the former.
The fix laſt mentioned forts, though they have ſhrub-
by ſtalks, yet are but of ſhort duration here; the
fixth, tenth, and eleventh forts, feldom continue
longer than two years, unleſs when they happen to
grow upon dry rubbiſh, where they make but little
progreſs, and their ſtalks and branches being firmer,
ſo are better able to reſiſt the cold; for when they are
in good ground, they are very vigorous and full of ſap,
ſo are killed by the froſt in common winters. The
other three forts are not quite fo tender, nor of fo
ſhort duration ; theſe will continue three or four years,
and ſometimes longer, provided the winters are not
very ſevere; or if the plants ſtand in a warm fituation
and on a dry foil, but in moiſt rich ground they ſel-
dom continue long.
All theſe ſhrubby forts are eaſily propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be fown in the ſpring upon a bed of
light earth; and when the plants are about three or
four inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted to the
places where they are deſigned to remain ; for as they
ſhoot out long fleſhy roots which have but few fibres,
ſo they do not ſucceed well if they are tranſplanted af.
ter they are grown large. If the ſeeds of theſe plants
are permitted to ſcatter on the ground, the plants
will come up the following ſpring; and when they
happen to fall into dry rubbiſh, and are permitted to
grow therein, they will be ſhort, ſtrong, woody, and
produce a greater number of flowers than thoſe plants
which are more luxuriant. As theſe plants continue
a long time in flower, ſo a few plants of each fort
may be allowed a place in all gardens where there is
room.
The

LA V
LAV
3
The three firſt forts are annual plants, which are pro- the upper lip is large, bifid, and open ; the under lip is
pagated by feeds: the ſeaſon for fowing them is the cut into three equal ſegments. It hath four ſhort ftamina
end of March or the beginning of April, upon à ſituated within the tube of the petal, two being Norier
bed of freſh light earth; and when the plants are than the other, terminated by ſmall ſummits. It bath
come up, you muſt carefully clear them from weeds; a germen divided in four parts, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle
and in very dry weather they muſt be now and then the length of the tube, crowned by an obtuſe indented
refreſhed with water. When they are about two ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to four oval ſeeds,
inches high, you muſt tranſplant them into the places, Silting in the empalement.
where they are deſigned to remain, which ſhould be This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
in the middle of the borders in the flower-garden; for Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
if the foil is good, they will grow two or three feet noſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
high ; in tranſplanting them, you muſt take them up have two ſhort and two longer ſtamina, and have
very carefully, preſerving a ball of earth to their four naked feeds fitting in the empalement.
roots, otherwiſe they are apt to miſcarry; and alſo
The SPECIES are,
water and ſhade them until they have taken root, after 1. LAVENDULA (Spica) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis fpi-
which they will require no other care but to clear cis nudis. Hort. Cliff. 303. Lavender with entire ſpear-
them from weeds, and to faften them to ſtakes, to Shaped leaves and naked Spikes. Lavendula latifolia. C.
prevent their being injured by ſtrong winds. You may B. P. 216. Broad-leaved Lavender.
allo ſow their feeds in autumn, and when the plants 2. LAVENDULA ( Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolato-linearibus,
are come up, tranſplant them into ſmall pots, which, ipicis nudis. Lavender with ſpear-shaped narrow leaves,
towards the end of October, ſhould be placed in a and naked Spikes. Lavendula anguſtifolia. C. B. P.
common hot-bed frame, where the plants being de- 216. Narrow-leaved Lavender.
fended from ſevere froſts, will abide the winter very 3. LAVENDULA (Multifide) foliis duplicato-pinnatifidis.
well; and in the ſpring, you may ſhake them out of
Vir. Cliff. 56. Lavender with leaves doubly wing-
the pots, and plant them into larger, or elſe into the pointed. Lavendula folio diffecto. C. B. P. 216.
full ground, where they may remain to flower. The Lavender with a cut leaf.
plants thus managed will be larger, and flower ſtronger 4. LAVENDULA (Canarienſis) foliis duplicato-pinnatifi-
and earlier than thoſe fown in the ſpring, and from dis hirſutis, fpicis faſciculatis. Lavender with doubly
theſe you will conſtantly have good feeds, whereas wing-pointed hairy leaves, and Spikes of flowers growing
thoſe ſown in the ſpring ſometimes miſcarry. The in clusters. Lavendula folio longiore tenuius & ele-
feeds of the third fort ſhould be fown in the ſpring gantius diſſecto. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 198. Lavender
in the place where they are to remain, for they do not with a longer, narrower, and more elegant cut leaf.
well bear removing in the ſummer.
The firſt fort is cultivated in ſeveral of the Engliſh
The two firſt forts are very ornamental plants in a gardens, and has been generally known by the title
fine garden, when placed among other annuals, either of Spike, or Lavender Spike ; the leaves of this fort
in pots or borders.
are much ſhorter and broader than thoſe of the com-
The fourth fort hath a perennial root which abides fe- mon Lavender, and the branches are ſhorter, more
veral years, but the ſtalks decay in the autumn, and compact, and fuller of leaves. This ſort doth not
new ones ariſe in the ſpring. This is propagated by often produce flowers, but when it does, the flower-
ſeeds, which ſhould be fown upon a bed of light ſtalks are garniſhed with leaves very different from
earth in the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to re- thoſe on the other branches, approaching nearer to
move, they ſhould be either tranſplanted to the places thoſe of the common fort, but are broader ; the
where they are to remain, or into pots where they may ſtalks grow taller, the ſpikes of the flowers are
ſtand to get more ítrength, before they are planted in larger, the flowers are ſmaller, and are in looſer
the full ground. After the plants are well rooted, ſpikes. It generally flowers a little later in the ſea-
they will require no other care but to keep them clear fon. This has been frequently confounded with the
from weeds. And if the winter ſhould prove very common Lavender, and has been ſuppoſed the ſame
ſevere, it will be proper to cover the ground about fpecies, but is undoubtedly a different plant.
them with old tanners bark to keep out the froft; but This I believe to be the ſame with what Dr. Moriſſon
they will endure the cold of our ordinary winters very calls Lavendula latifolia fterilis, for the plants will
well, and will produce their flowers and ripen their continue feveral years without producing flowers; du-
feeds annually.
ring which time they have a very different appearance
The fifth ſort will not live through the winter in the from thoſe of the common Lavender, as thoſe branches
open air in England, ſo the feeds ſhould be fown in of the ſame plant always have which do not flower;
the ſame manner as thoſe of the other forts; and when but I have planted flips taken from thoſe flowering
the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each branches with narrow leaves, and others from thote
planted into a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and with the broad leaves, but have always found the
placed in the ſhade till they have taken new root; plants fo propagated return to their original fort,
then they may be removed to a ſheltered fituation, the cuttings with the narrow leaves have become broad
and mixed with other hardy exotic plants. As the again.
plants advance in their growth, ſo they will require The ſecond fort is the common Lavender, which
larger pots, and muſt be treated in the ſame way as is ſo well known as to require no deſcription. Both
other exotic plants; in the autumn they muſt be re- theſe forts flower in July, at which time the ſpikes
moved into the green-houſe, and placed with Myrtles of the ſecond fort are gathered for uſe; there is a
and the other kinds of plants, which only require pro- variety of this with white flowers.
tection from hard froſt, but muſt have as much free Theſe are propagated by cuttings or flips ; the beſt
air as poffible in mild weather.
ſeaſon for which is in March, when they ſhould be
LAVENDULA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 198. tab. 93. planted in a ſhady ſituation, or at leaſt they ſhould
Lin. Gen. Plant. 630. Lavender ; in French, Le- be ſhaded with mats until they have taken root,
vende. [It takes its name of Lavando, Lat, wafh- after which they may be expoſed to the ſun, and
ing, becauſe it was uſed to be thrown into baths when they have obtained ftrength, may be removed
for the fragrancy of the ſcent; or becauſe uſed in to the places where they are deſigned to remain.
lye, to give a fragrancy to linen; and becauſe it is Theſe plants will abide much longer in a dry, gravelly,
very good to waſh the face with, and give it both or ftony foil, in which they will endure our fevereſt
beauty and a grateful ſcent.]
winters; though they will grow much faſter in the
The CHARACTERS are,
ſummer, if they are planted upon a rich, light, moiſt
The flower bath an ovel permanent empalement of one foil, but then they are generally deſtroyed in winter;
teaf, which is obſcurely indented at the brim. The flower nor are the plants half ſo ſtrong ſcented, or fit for me-
is of the lip kind, with one peiol, having a cylindrical dicinal uſes, as thoſe which grow upon the moſt bar-
irebe longer than the empalement, but Spreading above; ren rocky foil
Theſe
3

L AU
L A U
Theſe plants were formerly in uſe to make edgings LAUREOLA. See THYMELÆA.
to borders in gardens, for which purpoſe they are LAUROCERASUS. See PADUŚ.
by no means proper, for they will grow too large for LAURUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 597. tab. 367. Lin.
ſuch deſigns; and if they are often cut in very dry Gen. Plant. 452. The Bay-tree; in French, Laurier.
weather, they are ſubject to decay; and in hard The CHARACTERS are,
winters they are very often killed, ſo that the edging It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers on different plants,
will not be complete : beſides, theſe plants greatly the male flowers have no empalement : they have one pe-
exhauſt the goodneſs of the ſoil, whereby the plants tal, which is cut into fix ſegments at the top, ond nine fta-
in the borders will be deprived of their nouriſhment; mina which are shorter than the petal, Stonding by threes,
ſo that they ſhould never be planted in a fine gar- terminated by fiender ſummits. The herinophrodite flower's
den amongſt other choice plants and flowers, but have noempalement ; they have one petal, which is ſlightly
rather be placed in beds in the phyſic-garden, or cut into six ſegments at the top. In the bottom is ſitu-
in any part of the kitchen-garden, if the ſoil is dry. ated an oval germen, Supporting a ſingle ſiyle of the ſame
The third fort grows naturally in Andaluſia ; this is length with the petal, crowned by en obtuſe ſtigma, at-
an annual plant, which riſes with an upright branching tended by fix or eight ſtamina : there are two globular
ſtalk two feet high; the ſtalks are woolly, and gar- glands, ſtanding upon very short foot-ſtalks, fixed to the
niſhed with hoary leaves growing oppoſite, which are baſe of the petal
. The germen afterward becomes an
cut into many diviſions to the midrib; theſe ſegments oval berry with one cell, incloſing one feed of the forme
are again divided on their borders toward the top, form.
into three obtuſe ſegments, ſo that they end in many This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
points. The foot-ftalk of the flower is continued Linnæus's ninth claſs, intitied Enneandria Monogy-
from the end of the branches, which is naked, and nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
about ſix inches long, having four corners or angles, nine ſtamina and one ſtyle; but it ſhould be ranged
and is terminated by a cloſe ſpike of flowers about in his twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants
one inch long; the ſpike has the rows of flowers whoſe male and female flowers are upon different
twiſted ſpirally: under this ſpike there are commonly plants.
two ſmall ones proceeding from the ſide of the ſtalk, The SPECIES are,
at about an inch diſtance from the middle ſpike. 1. LAURUS (Nobilis) foliis lanceolatis venoſis perennan-
This fort flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in au- tibus, floribus quadrifidis diæciis. Hort. Chiff. 105.
tumn. There are two varieties of this, one with blue, Bay-tree with evergreen, Spear-ſhaped, veined leaves, and
and the other with white flowers.
flowers cut into four points, which are male and female
This ſort is ſown every ſpring on borders or beds of on different plants. Laurus latifolia Diſcoridis. C.B.
light freſh earth, and when the plants come up, they P. The broad-leaved Bay of Diofcorides.
may be tranſplanted into other borders of the flower- 2. LAURUS (Undulatis) foliis lanceolatis venoſis peren-
garden, or into pots, to remain for good ; where they nantibus, marginibus undatis. Bay-tree, with evergreen
will require no farther care, but to keep them clean Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are veined and waved on their
from weeds. Theſe are pretty plants to place in large edges. Laurus vulgaris folio undulato. H. R. Par.
borders, amongft other plants, for variety, but they Common Bay-tree with waved leaves.
are never uſed with us; they may alſo be preſerved | 3. LAURUS (Tenuifolia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis venoſis
over the winter, if placed in a green-houſe in au- perennantibus, floribus quinquefidis diæciis. Bay-tree
tumn; but they never continue longer than two years with narrow Spear-shoped leaves which are evergreen and
with us, and many times (if they have produced feeds veined, flowers cut into five points, which are male and fe-
the firſt year) they will not continue longer. Nor do male on different plants. Laurus tenuifolia. Tab. Icon.
thoſe plants which are thus preſerved, appear hand- 925. Narrow-leaved Bay.
ſome the following ſummer, ſo that, unleſs in bad 4. LAURUS (Indica) foliis venoſis lanceolatis perennantia
ſeaſons, when the feeds do not ripen in the open bus planis, ramulis tuberculatis cicatricibus, floribus
air, it is not worth while to preſerve the plants. If racemofis. Hort. Cliff. 154. Bay-tree with evergreen,
the feeds of this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the veined, Spear-ſhaped, plain leaves, branches having tu-
plants will come up the following ſpring with- bercles and cicatrices, and flowers growing in bunches.
out care, and may be treated in the manner before Laurus Indica. Ald. Hort. Farneſ. 61. The Indian Bay.
directed.
5. LAURUS (Borbonia) foliis venofis lanceolatis calycibus
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands, fructus baccatis. Lin. Sp. 529. Bay-tree with veined
from whence the ſeeds were ſent to the Biſhop of Lon- Spear-ſhaped leaves, and the empalement becomes berries.
don, which were fown in his Lordſhip’s garden at Laurus Carolinienfis, foliis acuminatis, baccis cæruleis,
Fulham, where this plant was firſt raiſed. This riſes pediculis longis rubris infidentibus. Cateſb. Carol. 1.
with an upright, branching, ſquare ftalk four feet p. 63. Carolina Bay-tree with pointed leaves, and blue
high, garniſhed with leaves which are longer, and cut berries ſitting upon long red foot-ſtalks.
into narrower ſegments than thoſe of the third fort. 6. LAURUS (Benzoin) foliis ovato-lanceolatis obtufis in-
They are of a lighter green and almoſt ſmooth; the tegris annuis. Bay-tree with oval, obtuſe, Spear-ſhaped,
naked flower-ſtalk is alſo much longer than thoſe of entire leaves, which are annual. Arbor Virginiana, ci-
the former, and terminated with a cluſter of ſpikes treæ vel limonii folio, Benzoinum fundens. Hort.
of blue flowers ; at two or three inches below theſe, Amft. 1. p. 168. The Benjamin-tree.
are two ſmall ſpikes of flowers, ſtanding one on each 7. Laurus (Saſſafras) foliis integris trilobiſque. Hort.
fide the ſtalk. The flowers are ſmaller than thoſe Cliff. 154. Bay-tree with entire leaves, or having three
of the common Lavender, but are of the ſame ſhape. lobes. Cornus mas odorato, folio trifido, margine plano,
This fort is tenderer than either of the former, ſo faſſafras dicta. Pluk. Alm. 120. The Sofjafras.
the ſeeds of this muſt be fown on a moderate hot-bed 8. LAURUS (Enervius) foliis venofis oblongis acumina-
in the ſpring; and when the plants come up, they tis annuis, fubtus rugoſis. Bay-tree with oblong, acute-
ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled pointed, veined, annual leaves, which are rough on their
with light earth, and plunged into another hot-bed, under fide. Laurus foliis lanceolatis enervibus annuis.
to bring the plants forward ; and in the beginning Flor. Virg. 159. Bay-tree with Spear-shaped, winged,
of June, they ſhould be inured to the open air, unveined, annual leaves.
when they ſhould be placed in a ſheltered fitua-19. Laurus (Camphora) foliis trinerviis lanceolato-ovatis,
LAURUS
tion toward the end of that month ; in July the plants nervis fupra baſin unitis. Lin. Mat. Med. 192. Bay-
will flower, and if the autumn proves warm, the ſeeds tree with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, having three veins
will ripen in September; but when they do not per- which unite above the baſe. Camphora officinarum. C.
fect feeds, the plants may be preſerved through the B. P. 500. The Camphire-tree
.
winter in a good green-houſe, where they will pro- 10. LAURUS (Americana) foliis ovatis planis integerri-
duce flowers moſt part of that ſeaſon, whereby good mis, pedunculis racemofis, floribus in capitulum col-
ſeeds may be obtained.
lectis. Bay-tree with plain, oval, entire leaves, branching
7 T
foot-

L A U
L A U
و
و
3
foot-ſtalks, and flowers colle Eted into heads. Laurus
Americana, foliis fubrotundis, floribus in capitulum
collectis. Houſt. MSS. American Bay-tree with roundiſha
leaves, and flowers colleEted into heads.
11. LAURUS (Cinnamomum) foliis trinerviis ovato-oblongis
nervis verſus apicem evaneſcentibus. Flor. Zeyl. 145.
Laurel with oblong leaves which diminiſh toward their
end. Cinnamomum foliis latis ovatis frugiferum.
Burm. Zeyl. 62. Cinnamon-tree.
12. LAURUS (Canella) foliis triplinerviis lanceola-
tis. Flor. Zeyl. 146. Laurel with Spear-shaped leaves,
having three veins. Cinnamomum, ſc. Canella Mala-
fc
barica, fc. Javanenſis. C. B. P. 409. Caſa or Wild
Cinnamon.
13. LAURUS (Perſea) foliis venoſis ovatis coriaceis pe-
rennantibus, floribus corymboſis. Lin. Sp. 529. Bay-
tree with oval, thick, veined leaves, which continue through
the year, and flowers growing in a corymbus. Perſea.
Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 2.
The firſt fort is the broad-leaved Bay, which grows
naturally in Aſia, Spain and Italy; from all thoſe
places I have received the berries ſeveral times. This
is almoſt too tender to thrive in the open air in Eng-
land, for in ſevere winters they are frequently killed,
or their branches are ſo much injured as to appear fo
for a long time; therefore they are generally planted
in tubs, and removed into the green-houſe in winter.
The leaves of this fort are much broader than thoſe
of the common Bay, and are ſmoother : there are
male and female plants of this, as there are alſo of all
the other forts.
The ſecond is the common Bay; of this there are
plants with plain leaves, and others which are waved
on their edges, but they ſeem to be the ſame ſpecies ;
for the young plants which I have raiſed from the ber-
ries of one, have been a mixture of both forts; but
this is undoubtedly a different ſpecies from the firſt,
for this fort thrives well in the open air, and is ſeldom
hurt, except in very ſevere winters; whereas the firſt
will ſcarce live abroad, while young, in common win-
ters, without ſhelter.
The third ſort hath very long narrow leaves which
are not fo thick as thoſe of the two former, and are
of a light green; the branches are covered with a pur-
pliſh bark, and the male flowers come out in ſmall
cluſters from the wings of the leaves fitting cloſe to
the branches. This ſort is too tender to thrive in
the
open
air in England, ſo the plants are generally
kept in pots or tubs, and houſed in winter as the firſt
fort.
The fourth fort grows naturally at Madeira and the
Canary Iſlands, from whence it was formerly brought
to Portugal, where it has been propagated in fo great
plenty, as to appear now as if it was a native of that
country. In the year 1620, this plant was raiſed in
the Farneſian garden, from berries which were brought
from India, and was ſuppoſed to be a baſtard ſort of
Cinnamon. This grows to the height of thirty or forty
feet in temperate countries, but it is too tender to
thrive in the open air in England, ſo the plants are
kept in pots and tubs, and removed into the green-
houſe in winter.
The leaves of this fort are much larger than thoſe of
the common Laurel; they are thick, ſmooth, and of
a light green, the foot-ſtalks inclining to red; the
branches are regularly diſpoſed on every ſide, and the
male flowers are diſpoſed in long bunches; they are
of a whitiſh
green
colour; the berries are much larger
than thoſe of the other forts. It is called by ſome the
Royal Bay, and by others the Portugal Bay.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Carolina in great
abundance, where it is called the Red Bay; it alſo is
found in ſome other parts of America, but not in ſo
great plenty. In ſome ſituations near the ſea, this
riſes with a ſtrait trunk to a conſiderable height, and
their ftems are large, but in the inland parts of the
country they are of an humbler ftature. The wood
of this tree is much eſteemed, being of a fine grain, ſo
is of excellent uſe for cabinets, &c.
The leaves of this fort are much longer than thoſe of
the common Bay, and are a little woolly on their un-
der ſide, their edges are a little reflexed, the veins run
tranſverſly from the midrib to the ſides, and the male
fiowers come out in long bunches from the wings of
the leaves. The female trees produce their flowers in
looſe bunches, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks,
which are red; theſe are ſucceeded by blue berries
fitting in red cups.
This fort is alſo too tender to thrive in the open air in
England; for although ſome plants have lived abroad
in a mild winter, which were planted in a warm ſitu-
ation, yet the firſt ſharp winter has deſtroyed them, ſo
that theſe plants muſt be kept in pots or tubs, and
houſed in winter like the former.
Theſe five forts may be propagated by layers, and
the common fort is generally propagated by ſuckers ;
but thoſe plants never keep to one ſtem, but generally
ſend out a great number of ſuckers from their roots,
and form a thicket, but do not advance in height;
therefore the beſt way to have good plants, is to raiſe
them from the berries, when they can be procured, for
the plants which come from ſeeds, always grow larger
than the others, and do not put out fuckers from their
roots, ſo may be trained up with regular ftems. The
beſt way is to fow the berries in pots, and plunge
them into a moderate hot-bed, which will bring up
the plants much ſooner than if they are fown in the
full ground, ſo they will have a longer time to get
ſtrength before winter; but the plants muſt not be
forced with heat, therefore they ſhould be inured to
bear the open air the beginning of June, into which
they ſhould be removed, where they may remain till
autumn; then the pots ſhould be placed under a com-
mon frame, that the plants may be protected from
hard froſt, but in mild weather they may enjoy the
free air ; for while the plants are ſo young, they are
in danger of ſuffering in hard froſt, even the common
ſort of Bay. The ſpring following, thoſe forts which
will not live in the open air, ſhould be each tranſ-
planted into ſeparate pots ; but the common fort may
be planted in nurſery-beds fix inches aſunder each
way, where they may grow two years, by which time
they will be fit to plant where they are deſigned to
grow. The other forts muſt be conſtantly kept in
pots, ſo ſhould every year be new potted, and as they
advance in growth, they muſt have larger pots. As
theſe plants require ſhelter in winter, a few of each
ſort will be enough for a large green-houſe.
The common Bay will make a variety in all ever-
green plantations, and as it will grow under the ſhade
of other trees, where they are not too cloſe, ſo it is
very proper to plant in the borders of woods, where
it will have a good effect in winter.
The fixth fort grows naturally in North America,
where it riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet, di-
viding into many branches, garniſhed with oval ſpear-
ſhaped leaves near three inches long, and one inch
and a half broad, ſmooth on their upper ſurface, but
with many tranſverſe veins on their under ſide; theſe
leaves fall off in the autumn like other deciduous
The flowers I have but once feen, thoſe
were all male, and of a white herbaceous colour;
but if I remember right, they had but ſix ſtamina in
each.
The Safſafras-tree is alſo very common in most parts
of North America, where it ſpreads greatly by its
roots, ſo as to fill the ground with ſuckers wherever
they are permitted to grow; but in England this
ſhrub is with difficulty propagated. In America it is
only a ſhrub, ſeldom riſing more than eight or ten
feet high; the branches are garniſhed with leaves of
different ſhapes and ſizes, fome them are oval and en-
tire, about four inches long and three broad; others
are deeply divided into three lobes; theſe are fix
inches long, and as much in breadth from the extre-
mity of the two outſide lobes; they are placed alter-
nately upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, and are of a lucid
green; theſe fall off in the autumn, and in the ſpring,
ſoon after the leaves begin to come out, the flowers
appear juſt below them, upon ſlender foot-ftalks, each
fuſtaining
trees.
3
a

L A U
L AU
a
a
a
ſuſtaining three or four ſmall yellow flowers, which
have five oval concave petals, and eight ſtamina in
the male flowers, which are upon different plants from
the hermaphrodite flowers, which have an oval
ger-
men, that afterward becomes an oval berry, which,
when ripe, is blue, but thoſe plants do not produce
fruit in England.
The eighth fort grows naturally in North America,
in ſwampy lands; this riſes with a ſhrubby branching
ſtalk eight or ten feet high, covered with a purple
bark. The leaves are placed oppoſite, and are near
two inches long and one broad, ſmooth on their up-
per fide, but are veined on their under, where they
are rough. This hath not as yet produced flowers
here, but the berries which were fent me from Ma-
ryland were red, and nearly the ſize and ſhape of the
common Bay-berry.
The Camphire-tree grows naturally in Japan, and in
ſeveral parts of India, and alſo at the Cape of Good
Hope, where it riſes to a tree of middling ſtature, di-
viding into many ſmall branches, garniſhed with oval
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſmooth on their upper fide, hav-
ing three longitudinal veins which unite above the
baſe; if theſe are bruiſed, they emit a ſtrong odour
of Camphire, as alſo the branches when broken.
Theſe are male and hermaphrodite on different trees;
I have only ſeen thoſe of the male, which has flowered
plentifully in England; theſe were ſmall, and com-
poſed of five concave yellow petals, very like thoſe of
the Saſſafras-tree, and were produced three or four
upon each foot-ſtalk, in like manner.
The tenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ
toun at La Vera Cruz; this riſes with a woody ſtalk to
the height of twenty feet, dividing into many branches,
which are covered with a gray rough bark; at the ex-
tremity of the branches are produced the foot-ſtalks,
which are unequal in length, but divide into ſeveral
ſmaller, each ſuſtaining a cluſter of ſmall white
flowers, which are collected into a head or ſmall um-
bel, having one general involucrum; theſe are male
and hermaphrodite on different trees. The herma-
phrodite flowers are ſucceeded by oval berries, not
quite ſo large as thoſe of the common Bay. The
fo
leaves of this tree are about two inches long and one
broad, rounded at the top and entire, ſtanding upon
very ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The Saſſafras-tree is commonly propagated by the
berries, which are brought from America ; but theſe
berries generally lie in the ground a whole year,
and
ſometimes two or three years before they grow, when
they are fown in the ſpring; therefore the fureft me-
thod of obtaining the plants will be, to get the berries
put into a tub of earth ſoon after they are ripe, and
ſent over in the earth ; and as ſoon as they arrive, to
ſow the berries on a bed of light ground, putting thein
two inches in the earth; and if the ſpring ſhould
prove dry, the bed muſt be frequently watered, and
Thaded from the great heat of the ſun in the middle
of the day; with this management many of the plants
will come up the firſt ſeaſon, but as a great many of
the berries will lie in the ground till the next ſpring,
ſo the bed ſhould not be diſturbed, but wait until the
ſeaſon after, to ſee what will come up. The firſt win-
ter after the plants come up, they ſhould be protected
from the froſt, eſpecially in the autumn; for the firſt
early froſt at that ſeaſon is apt to pinch the ſhoots of
theſe plants, which, when young, are tender and
full of ſap, ſo will do them more injury than the
ſevere froſt of the winter ; for when the extreme part
of the ſhoots are killed, it greatly affects the whole
plant.
When the plants have grown a year in the ſeed-bed,
they may be tranſplanted into a nurſery, where they
may ſtand one or two years to get ſtrength, and may
then be tranſplanted into the places where they are to
remain for good.
There have been ſome of theſe plants propagated by
layers, but theſe are commonly two, and ſometimes
three years before they put out roots; and if they are
not duly watered in dry weather, they rarely take
3
root; ſo that it is uncertain, whether one in three of
theſe layers do ſucceed, which makes theſe plants
very ſcarce in England at preſent.
The wood of this ſhrub is frequently uſed to make
tea, which is eſteemed a great antiſcorbutic; and in
Carolina they frequently give a decoction of the wood
and leaves in intermitting fevers; but the flowers of
the ſhrub are gathered, and dried by the moſt curious,
and are uſed for tea.
The Benjamin-tree, as it is fallly called, may be pro-
pagated in the ſame manner as the Safſafras, by
ſowing of the berries: theſe generally lie long in the
ground, ſo that unleſs they are brought over in earth,
in the ſame way as before directed, they often fail, or
at leaſt remain long in the ground; but this is now
frequently propagated by layers in England, which
put out roots pretty freely, when the young ſhoots
are choſen to make layers.
The eighth fort is alſo a native of the fame country
with the laft, and may be propagated by feeds in the
ſame manner as thoſe, and require the ſame treat-
ment. This may alſo be propagated by layers, which
put out roots pretty freely; and as the ſhrubs do not
produce ſeeds in England, ſo this is the beſt method
to propagate them.
Theſe three forts will live in the open air in England,
but the Saffafras is often injured by very ſevere froſts,
eſpecially if they are in an expoſed ſituation; therefore
theſe plants ſhould have a warm ſituation and a looſe
foil; and in moiſt ground this, and alſo the eighth
fort, will thrive much better than in a dry foilfor
when they are planted on a hot gravelly foil, they fre-
quently die in ſummer when the ſeaſon proves dry.
They are all of them now much cultivated in Eng-
land, to add to the variety of ſhrubs, but they are not
very ornamental plants; though indeed the Saſſafras
makes a good appearance in ſummer, when it is fully
clothed with its large leaves, which being of different
ſhapes, makes an agreeable variety, when intermixed
with ſhrubs of the ſame growth.
The Camphire-tree is very near a-kin to the Cinna-
mon-tree, from which it differs in the leaves, thoſe
of the Cinnamon-tree having three ribs running lon-
gitudinally from the foot-ſtalk to the point, where
they ſoon diminiſh; whereas the ribs of the leaves of
this tree are ſmall, and extend toward the ſides, and
have a ſmooth ſhining ſurface : they are both male
and hermaphrodite in different trees.
In Europe this tree is propagated by layers, which
are generally two years, and ſometimes longer, before
they take root, ſo that the plants are very ſcarce; and
as all thoſe which I have feen flower are male trees,
ſo there can be no hopes of procuring feeds from them
here: but if the berries of this, and alſo of the Cin-
namon-tree, were procured from the places of their
growth, and planted in tubs of earth, as hath been
directed for the Saſſafras-tree, there may be a num-
,
ber of theſe plants procured in England : and if they
were ſent to the Britiſh colonies in America, they
might be there cultivated, ſo as to become a public
advantage; eſpecially the Cinnamon-tree, which will
grow as well in ſome of our ilands in the Weſt-Indies,
as it does in the native places of its growth, and in a
few years the trees might be had in plenty; for they
propagate eaſily by the berries, as the French expe-
rienced in their American iſlands. The Portugueze
brought ſome of the Cinnamon-trees from the Eaſt-
Indies, and planted them on the iſland of Princes, on
the coaſt of Africa, where they now abound, having
ſpread over a great part of the iſland; there is alſo
one tree now growing at the Madeiras, which I
have been informed is a male, ſo never produces
berries.
The Camphire-tree does not require any artificial heat
in winter, ſo that if they are placed in a warm dry
green-houſe they will thrive very well. During the
winter ſeaſon they muſt be ſparingly watered, and in
the ſummer they ſhould be placed abroad in a warm
ſituation, where they may be defended from ſtrong
winds, and not too much expoſed to the direct rays
of
;

LA W
L A W
a
of the ſun, but during this ſeaſon, they muſt be fre-
quently refreſhed with water.
They may be propagated by laying down the young
branches in autumn, which ſhould be treated in the
fame manner as is before directed for the Benjamin.
The tenth fort requires a ftove to preſerve it through
the winter in England; this is propagated by feeds,
which muſt be procured from the country where it
grows naturally
This plant requires the ſame treatment as the Coffee-
tree, lo ſhould be planted in a ſtove, with that and
other tender plants of thoſe warm countries, and al-
ways remain there.
The eleventh and twelfth forts have been generally
confounded by moſt, if not all the writers who have
treated of them ; though their bark, which is the ma-
terial part of theſe trees in uſe, is pretty eaſily dif-
tinguiſhed by the dealers in theſe commodities.
Dr. Linnæus is certainly miſtaken in referring the
latter to the figure of Dr. Burman, which he has given
in his Hiſtory of Ceylon plants, by the title of Cin-
namomum perpetuo florens, &c. which is a true re-
preſentation of the male Cinnamon-tree, and is not
the Caſſia Lignea; but as there are plants of all theſe
forts now in the Britiſh Iſlands of America, ſo we may
hope foon to have their ſpecies better aſcertained.
The plants of both theſe kinds are not fo tender as
moſt people do imagine, and the treating of thoſe
plants which have been brought to England fo ten-
derly has deſtroyed them; for ſo far as I have made
trial of their culture it has appeared, that great heat
is very prejudicial to them; therefore I would adviſe
thoſe perſons who may have any of the plants come
under their care, to treat them in a different manner,
otherwiſe there will be little hopes of keeping them ;
for when the plants have taken new root in the pots,
they ſhould in ſummer be placed in a glaſs-caſe, where
they may have plenty of air in warm weather, and in
winter placed in a ſtove kept moderately warm.
LAURUS ALEXANDRINA. See Ruscus.
LAURUS TINUS. See Tinus.
LAWN is a great plain in a park, or a ſpacious plain
adjoining to a noble ſeat.
As to the dimenſions of it, it ſhould be as large as the
ground will permit; but never leſs, if poſſible, than
thirty or forty acres; but this is to be underſtood of
Lawns in large parks, for in gardens a Lawn of fix or
eight acres is a reaſonable fize for gardens of a mo-
derate extent, ten or twelve acres for thoſe of the
largeſt fize.
As to the ſituation of a Lawn, it will be beſt to be in
the front of the houſe, and to lie open to the neigh-
bouring country, and not pent up too much with
a
a
be the beſt front in the houſe, therefore a Lawn on that
fide will much help the proſpect of the houſe.
But the moſt deſirable aſpect for a Lawn is that of the
ſouth-eaſt, which is generally the moſt favourable
point in England; for as the ſun riſes upon the front
of the houſe facing this point, ſo it will add a chear-
fulneſs to the rooms in the morning, and by noon the
rays will be oblique to this front, and in the afternoon
will have entirely left theſe apartments.
It will not be at all convenient to have the Lawn on
the north fide of the houſe, becauſe it will lay the
houſe too open to the cold north winds, &c. therefore
it will be more eligible to plant wilderneſſes and woods
on the weit and north ſides of the houſe, by way of
ſcreen to it, provided theſe do not ſhut out agreeable
objects.
As to the figure of the Lawn, fome contend for an
exact ſquare, others an oblong ſquare, fome an oval,
and others a circular figure ; but neither of theſe are
to be regarded, for it will be much better if con-
trived ſo as to ſuit the figure of the ground; and as
there ſhould be trees planted for ſhade on the boun-
daries of the Lawn, fo the ſides may be broken by ir-
regular plantations of trees; for if there are not ſome
good proſpects beyond the Lawn, it will be proper to
have it bounded on every ſide by plantations, which
may be brought round pretty near to each end of the
houſe, ſo that perſons may ſoon get into ſhade, which
is a very deſirable thing in hot weather ; for where
that is wanting, few perſons care to ſtir abroad when
the fun ſhines warm.
If in the plantations round the Lawn, the trees are
placed irregularly, ſome breaking much forwarder on
the Lawn than others, and not crowded too cloſe to-
gether, they will make a much better appearance than
any regular plantations can poſſibly do ; and if
there are varieties of trees properly diſpoſed, they will
have a good effect; but it ſhould be obſerved, that
no other but thoſe which make a fine appearance, and
that grow large, ftrait, and handſome, ſhould be ad-
mitted here, as they are placed in the conſtant view
from the houſe.
Many perſons have preferred the Lime-tree for this
purpoſe, on account of their regular growth; but as
the leaves of this tree often change their colour, and
begin to fall very ſoon in autumn, occafioning a great
litter in the garden; and from the end of July the
trees make but an indifferent appearance, ſo they are
not to be eſteemed for theſe plantations.
The Elm, Oak, Beech, and Cheſtnut, among the
deciduous trees, are to be preferred to all others, as
they keep their leaves late in autumn; and theſe are
all of them large growing trees, ſo are very proper for
this purpoſe.
If there are ſome clumps of Evergreen trees intermixed
with the deciduous trees in this plantation, if they are
properly diſpoſed, it will add to the beauty, eſpecially
in the winter ſeaſon; the beſt forts for this purpoſe
are Lord Weymouth's Pine, the Silver and Spruce
Firs, which will grow faſt, and become large trees;
and as the two latter forts always grow pyramidically,
ſo they will have a good effect to the fight, if they are
rightly placed, but they ſhould not be intermixed in
the ſame clumps with the deciduous trees; but as theſe
generally feather out their branches near the ground,
they ſhould be planted where they do not obſtruct the
view of any diſtant objects.
But as moft perſons who take pleaſure in beautifying
their ſeats in the country, are in hafte for ſhade, they
generally plant the trees too cloſe together, and often
in ſuch a manner as to render it difficult when the
trees are advanced to reduce their number, without
injury to the deſign; therefore thoſe trees ſhould be
firſt planted, which are deſigned to remain, and then
there may be ſome few others planted for preſent
ſhade, which may afterward be taken away. When
perſons who are beautifying their ſeats meet with full
grown trees on the ſpot, it is a great pleaſure, for theſe
ſhould not be deſtroyed, if they can poſſibly ſtand
without prejudice.
a
trees.
If the houſe front the eaſt, or ſouth-eaſt, it will be
moſt convenient, becauſe the rooms will be ſhaded in
the afternoon, and ſo the objects to be viewed from
the houſe will be much better feen, by the ſun's
fhining upon them at that time of the day'; for if the
beſt room of the houſe front the Lawn, as it always
ſhould do, the afternoon being the moſt uſual time
for people of faſhion to ſolace themſelves in ſuch
rooms, the ſun will not be offenſive to thoſe rooms,
nor will the proſpect be interrupted, but "rendered
more pleaſant; whereas, were it on the weſt ſide of
the houſe, the fun, by ſhining from the object, and
directly againſt thoſe rooms, would, by both, hinder
the proſpect, for the generality of proſpects are moſt
pleaſant when the ſun ſhines upon the objects.
Beſides, there is another inconvenience, if the Lawn
be on the weſt ſide of the houſe, it will give the more
way to the weſt wind (which is commonly the greateſt)
to injure the houſe, by its having a free paſſage
If the Lawn be on the fouth ſide of the houſe, it may
do well enough, for the reaſons before-mentioned, for
the ſun's rays being then darted obliquely, will not
ſo much interrupt the proſpect, and the ſun ſhining
moſt part of the day on that ſide of the houſe, will
till add to the beauty of that front, which ought to
و
to it.
4
LAW.

LAY
I AY
a
This is to be performed by ſitting the branches a little
way upward, and laying them under the mould about
half a foot; the ground ſhould firſt be well digged and
made very light, and after they are laid they ſhould
have a little water given them.
If they do not comply well in the laying of them
down, they muſt be pegged down with a forked ſtick
cut in form of a hook to keep them down; if the
Layers have taken fufficient root by the next winter,
they muſt be cut off from the main plants, and planted
in the nurſery, as is directed about ſeedlings.
Some twiſt the branch or bare the rind, and if it be
out of the reach of the ground, they faſten a tub or
baſket near the branch, which they fill with good
mould, and lay the branch in it.
a
Laying of Trees.
a
a
LAWSONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 433. Henna. Ludw.
143
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has e ſmall permanent empalement, divided into
four parts at the top. The flower is compoſed of four oval
Spear-shaped petals, which Spread open, and eight ſlender
Jiamina the length of the petals, which ſtand by pairs be-
tween them, terminated by roundiſh ſummits
. It hath a
roundiſh germen, Supporting e ſender permanent ſtyle,
crowned by a beaded fiigma. The germen afterward be-
comes a globular capſule ending in a point, having four
cells, filled with angular ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's eighth claſs, intitled Octandria Monogynia,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have eight
ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. LAWSONIA (Inermis) ramis inermibus. Flor. Zeyl.
134. Lawſonia whoſe branches have no ſpines. Liguſtrum
Egyptiacum latifolium. C. B. P. 476. Broad-leaved
Egyptian Privet, called Alhenna, or Henna, by the
Arabians.
2. LAWSONIA (Spinoſa) ramis ſpinoſis. Flor. Zeyl. 134.
Lawſonia with prickly branches. Rhamnus Malabaricus
MAIL-ANSKI. Pluk. Alm. 38. tab. 220. Malabar
Buckthorn, called Mail-anki.
The firſt fort grows naturally in India, Egypt, and
other warm countries, where it riſes with a ihrubby
ſtalk eight or ten feet high. The branches come
out by pairs oppoſite; theſe are ſlender, and covered
with a whitiſh yellow bark, and garniſhed with oblong
ſmall leaves of a pale green, ending in acute points,
placed oppoſite. The flowers are produced in looſe
bunches at the end of the branches; they are of a gray
or dirty white colour, and are compoſed of four ſmall
petals which turn backward at the top. The flowers
are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules with four cells, filled
with angular ſeeds.
The leaves of this ſhrub are much uſed by the Egyptian
women to colour their nails yellow, which they eſteem
.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in both Indies, for
I have received ſpecimens of it from the Spaniſh
Weſt-Indies, where it was found growing naturally in
great plenty.
This riſes with a woody trunk eighteen feet high or
The wood is hard and cloſe, covered with
a light gray bark. The branches come out alternate,
and are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, which
ſtand without order; and at the joints where the leaves
are placed, come out ſingle, ſtrong, ſharp thorns. The
flowers are produced in looſe bunches from the fide
of the branches; they are of a pale yellow colour,
and of a diſagreeable ſcent; they have four petals,
which ſpread open; between each of theſe are ſituated
two pretty ſtrong ftamina, terminated by roundiſh
funmits. After the flowers are paſt, the germen be-
comes a roundilh capſule with four cells, including
many angular feeds.
Theſe plants are both propagated by feeds, which
ſhould be fown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, that
the plants when they come up may have time to get
ftrength before winter. When the plants are fit to
remove, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall pot
filled with light fandy earth, and plunged into a hot-
bed of tanners bark, where they muſt be ſcreened
from the fun till they have taken new root; then their
treatment ſhould be the ſame as that of the Coffee-
tree, with this difference only, not to let theſe plants
have ſo much water ; but eſpecially in the winter,
during which ſeaſon it ſhould be given to them very
ſparingly, for by over-watering theſe plants I have
known many of them deſtroyed; theſe plants are too
tender to thrive in the open air in England, ſo they
muſt conſtantly remain in the ſtove, but in hot
weather they ſhould have plenty of free air admitted
to them.
LAYERS. Many trees and ſhrubs may be propagated
by Layers, which do not produce ſeeds here, ſo are
not eaſily increaſed by any other method.
an ornament.
more.
This operation is thus performed:
iſt, Take ſome of the moſt flexible boughs and lay
them into the ground about half a foot deep in fine
freſh mould, faſtening them down with forked ſticks,
leaving them with the end of the Layer about a foot
or a foot and a half out of the ground, and keep them
moiſt during the ſummer ſeaſon, and they will pro-
bably have taken root and be fit to remove in au-
tumn, and if they have not by that time taken root
they muſt lie longer.
2dly, Tie a piece of wire hard round the bark of the
bough, at the place you intend to lay in the ground,
and twiſt the ends of the wire, ſo that they may not
untie, and prick the place above the wire through the
bark, with an awl in ſeveral places, and then lay it in
the ground as before directed; this will often ſucceed
when the other fails.
3dly, Cut a flit upwards at a joint, as is practiſed in
laying of Carnations, which by gardeners is called
tonguing the Layers.
4thly, Twiſt the part of the branch deſigned to lay
in the ground like a withy, if it is pliable, and lay it
into the ground as directed in the firſt way of laying.
5thly, Cut a circle almoſt round about the bough
(that is deſigned to be laid) half an inch, at the place
that is moſt convenient to lay into the ground, and
manage it as is directed in the firſt method of laying.
The ſeaſon for laying hardy trees that ſhed their leaves
is in October, but for ſuch as are tender in the be-
ginning of March; for Evergreens, June or July are
good ſeaſons.
Though Layers may be laid at any time in the year,
yet the before-mentioned ſeaſons are moſt proper, for
the reaſons following, becauſe they have the whole
winter and ſummer to prepare and draw root; for at
theſe times of the year the ſun has ſufficient power on
the fap of the tree to feed the leaf and bud, but has
not power ſufficient to make a ſhoot.
And if that ſmall quantity of fap that does ariſe be
hindered, as it will by ſome of the preceding ways of
laying, the leaves and buds will gently crave of the
Layer, and by that means will prepare the Layer to
take root, or put forth roots a little to maintain it-
ſelf, finding it cannot have it from the mother plant.
And therefore, becauſe it wants but little nouriſhment
at that time of the year, it is better to lay Layers of
trees, or to ſet cuttings than at other times, either in
the autumn, when the fap ſtirs but little, or in the
ſpring when it begins to riſe, becauſe it is then apt to
come too ſuddenly to draw fap from the Layer, before
the Layer has drawn or prepared for root; but for
ſome forts the middle of ſummer is beſt.
However, the ſpring or ſummer may do well for
ſmall plants, becauſe ſuch plants being but ſhort-
lived draw root the quicker.
If you would lay young trees from a high ſtandard, the
boughs of which cannot be bent down to the ground,
then you muſt make uſe of Ofier baſkets, boxes,
or pots, filled with fine mould, mixed with a little
rotten Willow duſt, which will keep moiſture to aſſiſt
the Layer in taking root; this baſket, box, &c. muſt
be ſet upon a poft or treffel, &c. and the bough muſt
а
a
a
3
7 U
be

L E A
L E A
a
be laid according to either of the four firſt ways of
laying, but too much head muſt not be left on, left
that be injured by the wind, or by its own motion
rub off the tender root; and the ſmaller the boughs
are, the leſs way they ſhould be left out of the
ground, and care muſt be taken to keep them clear
from weeds.
The harder the wood of the tree is, the young ſhoots
will take root beft; but if the wood be ſoft, the older
boughs will take root the beft.
There are many kinds of trees and plants which will
not put out roots from their woody branches, though
laid down with the utmoſt care; yet if the young
ſhoots of the ſame year are laid in July, they will often
put out roots very freely, fo that when any plants are
found difficult to propagate by Layers in the common
way, they ſhould be tried at this feaſon; but as theſe
ſhoots will be ſoft and herbaceous, they muſt not
have too much wet, for that will cauſe them to rot;
therefore it will be a better method to cover the ſur-
face of the ground over the Layers with Moſs, which
will prevent the ground from drying too faſt, ſo that
a little water now and then will be ſufficient.
LEAVES. A Leaf is defined to be a part of a plant
extended into length and breadth, in ſuch a manner
as to have one ſide diſtinguiſhable from the other ;
they are properly the moſt extreme part of a branch,
and the ornament of the twigs, and conſiſt of a very
glutinous matter, being furniſhed every where with
veins and nerves; one of their offices is, to ſubtilize
and give more ſpirit to the abundance of nouriſhing
fap, and to convey it to the little buds.
We ſhall firſt conſider the diſtinctions which are made
by botaniſts in their definitions of the ſhape and form
of Leaves in their titles and deſcriptions of plants, and
afterward conſider their uſes in vegetation.
The Leaf of a plant or tree is diftinguiſhed from that
of flowers, the firſt is called Folium
in Latin, and the
other Petalum ; therefore what is to be underſtood
here of Leaves, are thoſe which are ranged on the
branches and ſtalks of plants, and have no connection
with the flower.
Thefe Leaves are either fimple or compound.
Simple Leaves are thoſe of which the foot-ſtalk or
petiole ſupports but one, compound are thoſe of
which the foot-ſtalk ſuſtains many Leaves or ſmall
foliola.
Simple Leaves differ in reſpect to circumſcription,
angles, finus, apices, margin, ſuperficies and ſub-
ftance; circumſcription conſiders the form of the cir-
cumference of Leaves where there are no angles or
finuations; in which reſpect Leaves are,
Orbiculate, or round Leaves (Orbiculatum) are ſuch
whoſe breadth are equal to their length, and every
part of their edges equally diſtant from the center, as
in fig. I.
A roundiſh Leaf (Subrotundum) when the Leaf is nearly
orbiculate, as in fig. 2.
An oval or egg-ſhaped Leaf (Ovatum) when the length
of the Leaf exceeds the breadth, and the baſe or lower
part of it forms a fegment of a circle ; but the upper
extremity is not in proportion, but ſmaller, as in
An obverſe oval Leaf is one whoſe foot-ſtalk is fixed
to its ſmaller end.
An oval or elliptic Leaf (Ovale ſive ellipticum) is one
whoſe length exceeds its breadth, and both ends are
narrower than the ſegments of circles, as fig. 4.
A parabolical Leaf (Parabolicum) is one whoſe length
exceeds its breadth, and is narrowed from the baſe
upward, fo becomes half egg-ſhaped, fig. 5.
A ſpatulated Leaf (Spatulatum) is of a roundiſh fi-
gure, but narrow at the baſe, and linearly lengthened,
A wedge-ſhaped Leaf (Cuneiforme) is one whofe length
exceeds the breadth, and is narrowed to the baſe,
A fpear-ſhaped or ſpear-pointed Leaf (Lanceolatum) is
oblong, and grows narrower toward both ends, and
terminates in a point, fig. 9.
A linear Leaf Lineare) is one whoſe two ſides run al-
moſt parallel to each other; they are uſually narrow,
and fomewhat broader in the middle than at the two
ends, fig. 10.
A chaffy Leaf (Aceroſum) is when the linear Leaf ſtays
on the tree, and is evergreen, as in the Fir, Yew, &c.
fig 11.
An awl-ſhaped Leaf (Subulotum) is one which is linear
below, but gradually contracting towards the top,
fig. 12.
A triangular Leaf (Triangulare) is when the diſk is
ſurrounded by three prominent angles, fig. 13.
A quadrangular and quinquangular Leaf, only differ
from the former in the number of their ſides or an-
gles, fig. 14
A deltoide Leaf is one with four angles, of which
thoſe of the extremities are farther diſtant from the
center than thoſe of the fides, fig. 15.
A round Leaf (Rotundum) is one without any angles.
A finus (or Hollow) is uſed to expreſs thoſe openings
or cavities in Leaves which diſtinguiſh them into parts.
A kidney-ſhaped Leaf (Reniforme) is of a roundiſh fi-
gure, and hollowed a little at the baſe, but without
any angles, fig. 16.
A heart-ſhaped Leaf (Cordatum) when they are ovate
and hollowed a little at the baſe, but without any
angles, fig. 17.
A moon-ſhaped Leaf (Lunulatum) is a roundiſh Leaf
hollowed at the baſe, with two curvilinear angles in
form of ſickles, fig. 18.
An arrow-ſhaped Leaf (Sagittatum) is one which is
triangular, and hollowed at the baſe for the inſertion
of the foot-ſtalk, fig. 19.
A heart arrow-ſhaped Leaf (Cordatum-ſagittatum)islike
the former, but the ſides of it are convex, fig. 20.
A ſpear-pointed Leaf (Haftatum) is of a triangular form,
the fides and baſe of which are hollowed, and the an-
gles ſpreading ſo as to reſemble a Leaf compoſed of
three parts, fig, 21.
A fiddle-Shaped Leaf (Pandure forme) is oblong,
larger at both ends than in the middle, the two fides
being compreſſed like the body of a violin, fig. 22.
A cleft or divided Leaf (Filam) is divided by linear
finuations and ſtrait margins; from the number of the
diviſions they are termed a two, three, or many pointed
A lobated Leaf (Lobatum) is one which is divided al-
moſt to the midrib, into parts which ſtand diſtant from
each other, and have convex margins according to
the number of theſe parts ; it is called bilobed, tri-
lobed, or quadrilobed, &c. fig. 24.
A handed Leaf (Palmatum) is one which is divided
into ſeveral longitudinal ſegments down to the baſe,
where they are united, and reſemble an open hand,
fig. 25.
A wing-pointed Leaf (Pinnatifidum) is one which is
tranſverſly divided into oblong horizontal diviſions,
fig. 26.
A lyre-ſhaped Leaf (Lyratum) is one which is divided
into tranſverſe ſegments, the upper ones being larger
than the lower, which are farther aſunder, fig. 27.
A laciniated or jagged Leaf (Laciniatum) is one whoſe
fides are variouſly divided into jags, which are again
divided without any order, fig. 28.
A finuated Leaf (Sinuatum) is one which has many fi-
nuations on its ſides, but is not indented or notched
on its edges, fig. 29.
An indented finuated Leaf (Dentato-finuatum) is one
like the former, but the fide lobes are of a linear
figure.
A divided Leaf (Partitum) is one which is divided
into many parts to the baſe, ſo as to appear like many
Leaves till cloſely examined. Theſe are called bipar-
tite, tripartite, &c. according to the number of parts,
fig. 30.
An entire Leaf (Integrum) is one that is undivided,
and has ſmooth edges.
a
leaf, fig. 23.
fig. 3;
fig. 6.
fig. 7
An oblong Leaf (Oblongum) is one whoſe length greatly
exceeds its breadth, and each extremity is narrower
than a ſegment of a circle, fig. '8.
4
Apex

L E A
L E A
,
fig. 37
a
a
Apex tip, is the extremity in which the Leaf termi-
nates; Leaves in reſpect to theſe are termed,
A truncated Leaf (Truncatum) is one whoſe fummit
ſeems as though it were cut off by a ftrait line, in a
tranſverſe direction.
A bitten Leaf (Premorſum) is one which is terminated
by very blunt unequal cuts, fig. 31.
A blunt Leaf (Retuſum) is one whoſe extremity is ter-
minated by an obtuſe finus, fig. 32.
A nicked Leaf (Emarginatum) is one whoſe extremity
is a little notched, fig. 33.
An obtuſe Leaf (Obtuſum) is one whoſe point is ter-
minated bluntly, or by a fegment of a circle, fig. 34.
A ſharp Leaf (Acutum) is one whoſe point is termi-
nated in an acute angle, fig. 35.
An acuminated Leaf (Acuminatum) is one which is ter-
minated by an awl-ſhaped point, fig. 36.
A pointed obtufe Leaf (Obtufum acumine) is one whoſe
upper part is rounded, but draws to an acute point,
A claſper Leaf (Cirrhoſum) is one which terminates
with a tendril, fig. 38. as in Glorioſa, Flagellaria, &c.
The margin of a Leaf is the outermoft boundary of
its fides, excluſive of its diſk or middle, ſo in reſpect
to their margin are,
A ſpinous Leaf (Spinoſum) is one whoſe edge or bor-
der ends with hard ſtiff prickles, fig. 39.
An indented Leaf (Dentatum) is one whoſe edge has
horizontal points of the fame conſiſtence with the Leaf,
but are ſeparated from each other, fig. 40.
A fawed Leaf (Serratum) is one whoſe edges are
ſharply notched like the teeth of a faw, which make
acute angles bending toward the top, fig. 41.
A backward ſawed Leaf (Retrorſo-ferratum) is one
whoſe ſerratures or teeth, are bent toward the baſe of
the Leaf.
A double ſawed Leaf (Duplicato-ferratum) is one whoſe
edges are ſawed with larger teeth, and the edges of
theſe are again fawed in the fame manner.
A notched Leaf (Crenatum) is one whoſe edges are
indented with angles, which neither turn toward the
point nor baſe. When theſe indentings terminate
obtuſely, it is called obtufe crenated; when acutely,
acute crenated; when the indentures are again in-
dented, it is called double crenated (Duplicato-crena-
tum,) fig. 42.
A bowed or ſerpentine Leaf (Repandum) is one whoſe
margin has ſeveral obtuſe ſinuſes which are inſcribed
with the ſegments of circles, fig. 43.
A cartilaginous or griſly Leaf (Cartilagineum) is one
whoſe edge is furniſhed with a firm cartilage of a dif-
ferent ſubſtance with the Leaf, fig. 44.
A ciliated Leaf (Ciliatum) is one whoſe edge is ſet
with parallel hairs, ſo as to reſemble the hairs of the
eye-lid, fig. 45.
A torn Leaf (Laceratum) is one whoſe edges are cut
into ſegments of irregular ſhapes.
A gnawed Leaf (Eroſum) is one which is ſinuated, and
the ſinuſes have their edges again indented with ſmall
obtuſe finuations, fig. 46.
A very entire Leaf (Integerrimum) is one whoſe margin
is entirely free of all notches or indentures.
The ſurface (Superficies) is the outſide, or what covers
the diſk of the Leaf, and reſpects both the upper and
under ſurface, ſo are termed,
A viſcous Leaf (Viſcidum) has its ſuperfices covered
with a clammy moiſture which is not fuid, but ſticky.
A downy Leaf (Tomentoſum) is one whoſe ſurface is
covered with a nap of interwoven hairs ſo ſhort and
fine, that the eye does not diſtinguiſh them ſingly,
though the Leaf is evidently downy both to the fight
and touch, fig. 47.
A woolly Leaf (Lanctum) is one whoſe ſurface is co-
vered with a kind of woolly ſubſtance, like a ſpider's
web, as in Salvia, Sideritis, &c.
A hairy Leaf (Piloſum) has its furface furniſhed with
long diſtinct hairs, fig. 48.
A rough or ſtinging Leaf (Hiſpidum) is one whoſe ſur-
face is covered with rigid hairs, which either ſting or
prick on being touched, fig. 49.
A rough Leaf (Scabrum) is one whoſe ſurface has on
it ſeveral little irregular prominences.
A prickly Leaf (Aculeatum) is one whoſe ſurface is
covered with ſtrong ſharp points or thorns, which ad-
here lightly to the ſurface.
A ſtreaked or channelled Leaf (Striatum) is when its
ſurface has a number of parallel longitudinal furrows.
A pimpled Leaf (Papilloſum) is one whoſe ſurface has
many little roundith protuberances like nipples or
bladders, fig. 50.
A punctuated Leaf (Punčiatum) is one whoſe furface
has many hollow points diſperſed over it.
A bright or fplendent Leaf (Nitidum) is one whoſe
ſurface is ſmooth and ſhining, as if poliſhed by art.
A plaited Leaf (Plicatum) is one which has ſeveral an-
gular riſings and hollows towards its borders, as if
folded up, as in Alchimilla, fig. 51.
,
A waved Leaf (Undulatum) is one whoſe ſurface to-
ward the edges riſes and falls convexly like the waves
of the ſea.
A curled Leaf (Criſpum) is when the circumference
of the Leaf grows larger than the diſk will admit, ſo
that the whole ſurface is raiſed in waves, fig. 52.
A rough leaf (Rugofum) is one whoſe veins are con-
tracted and funk below the diſk, and the intermediate
feſhy parts riſe in irregular forms, ſo as to appear
rough, fig. 53
A hollow or concave Leaf (Concavum) is one whoſe
margin contracts, ſo is leſs than the middle, and is
funk down or hollowed.
A veined Leaf (Venoſum) is one whoſe veins are
branched, and appear to the naked eye.
A convex Leaf (Convexum) is one whoſe middle riſes
into a protuberant form.
A nervous Leaf (Nervoſumi) is when the veins are ex-
tended lengthways from the baſe toward the ſummit
without branching, fig. 54.
A coloured Leaf (Coloratum) is one which has other
colours than green.
A ſmooth Leaf (Glabrum) is one whoſe ſurface is
ſmooth, without any inequalities.
The ſubſtance of a Leaf reſpects the conditions of its
fides, in this reſpect Leaves are,
A taper Leaf (Teres) is one of a thick ſubſtance, and
for the moſt part of a cylindrical form.
A half taper Leaf (Semicylindraceum) is one which is
of a cylindrical form, flatted on one ſide.
A hollow Leaf (Tubuloſum) is one which is hollow like
a pipe, as thoſe of the Onion.
A feſhy Leaf (Carnofum) is one that is ſucculent or
full of pulp.
A compreſſed Leaf (Compreſſum) is one whoſe margi-
nal fides are preſſed, ſo that the ſubſtance of the Leaf
is larger than the diſk.
A plane Leaf (Planum) is one whoſe ſurfaces are every
where parallel.
A gibbous Leaf (Gibbum) is one which is convex on
A
both ſides, the middle being fuller of pulp.
A depreſſed Leaf (Depreſum) is one whoſe diſk is more
depreſſed than the ſides.
A guttered Leaf (Canaliculatum) is one which has a
longitudinal deep furrow running through the middle
of the Leaf, and is almoſt cylindrical, fig. 55.
A double-faced Leaf ( Ancipites) is one whoſe diſk is
convex, and has two prominent longitudinal angles.
A fword-ſhaped Leaf (Enfiforme) is one with thin
edges, with a prominent rib running from the baſe to
the point in the middle.
A faulchion or ſeymiter-ſhaped Leaf (Acinaciforme) is
one which is fleſhy and compreſſed, with one of its
edges convex and narrow, the other thick and ſtrait,
fig. 56.
An ax-ſhaped Leaf (Dolabriforme) is one which is
roundiſh, obtuſe, and compreſſed, gibbous on the
outſide, the inſide ſharp-edged and taper below,
fig. 57
A tongue-ſhaped Leaf (Linguiforme) is linear, fleſhy,
and obtufe, convex on the under fide, and has often
cartilaginous edges, fig. 58.
a
a
a
A two-

LEA
L E A
a
fig. 61.
A two-edged Leaf (Anceps) is one which has two pro- A double-winged Leaf (Bipinnatum) is one whoſe foot-
minent angles, running lengthways on a convex diſk. ftalk is divided, and theſe diviſions have ſmall Leaves
A three-cornered Leaf (Triquetrum) has three longitu- ranged on their fide like wings, fig. 71.
dinal plain fides like an awl-ſhaped Leaf.
A foot-ſhaped or branched Leaf (Pedatum) is one
A three-edged Leaf (Trigonal) is much like the former, whoſe foot-Italk is divided, and has ſome ſmall Leaves
but in this the ribs are ſharp and membranaceous, placed on the inner fide, as in Palliflora and Arum,
the ſurface of the Leaf being channelied. When a
fig. 72.
Leaf has four or five angles, it is called tetragonal A greater compounded Leaf (Supra decompoſitum) is
and pentagonal, &c.
one whoſe foot-ſtalk is many times divided, and each
A furrowed Leaf (Sulcatum) is one that has ſeveral diviſion is garniſhed with ſmall Leaves.
ridges running lengthways, which have obtuſe ſinuſus, A triternate Leaf (Triternatum) is one whoſe foot-ſtalk
fig. 59.
connects three double trifoliate Leaves.
A keel-ſhaped Leaf (Cerinatum) is one that has the A triple-winged Leaf (Tripinnatum) is one compoſed
under part of the diſk prominent the whole length, of ſeveral double-winged Leaves; if theſe are termi-
and the upper concave like the keel of a boat.
nated by two ſmall Leaves, they are ſaid to be abrupt,
A membranaceous Leaf (Membranaceum) is one wholly fig. 73. but when they are terminated by an odd one,
compoſed of membranes, without any apparent pulp
they are called an irregular, triple, winged Leaf, fig. 74.
between.
We next come to conſider the diſtinctions of Leaves
A compound Leaf (Compofitum) in general means one,
A
from their place, poſition, inſertion, or their direction,
which is formed of ſeveral ſmall Leaves ftanding upon when joined to the other parts of plants.
one foot-ftalk, but theſe Leaves are diviſible again to A feed Leaf (Seminale) is the firſt Leaf of the plant,
the ſtructure and poſition of the ſmall Leaves.
and is what former writers called cotyledones; theſe
iſt, Into ſuch as are properly and diſtinctly called are different in form and ſubſtance from the other
compound Leaves; 2dly, the decompound; 3dly, the
Leaves, fig. 75.
fupradecompound, of each of theſe in its place. A bottom Leaf (Radicale) is one whoſe foot-ſtalk riſes
In deſcribing theſe kinds of Leaves, the whole Leaf immediately from the root.
which is the reſult of the combination, is conſidered An upper or ſtalk Leaf (Caulinum) is one which grows
as one Leaf, called (Folium) and the ſmall leaves which from the ſtalk of the plant, fig. 76.
together compoſe it (Folioli) or lobes.
An axillary Leaf (Axillare) is one which grows from
A fimple compound Leaf, is one whoſe fimple foot-
the inſertions of the branches, fig. 77:
ftalk bears more than one Leaf.
A fower Leaf (Florale) is one that is inſerted near
A jointed one (Articulatum) is when one Leaf grows the flower, and never appears but with it, fig. 78.
out of the point of another, fig. 60.
A ſtarry Leaf (Stellate) fig. 79. or whorled Leaf (Ver-
A fingered Leaf (Digitatum) is one which is compoſed ticillata) is when ſeveral Leaves are diſpoſed in whorls
of ſeveral ſmall Leaves joining to one foot-ſtalk at round the ſtalk, fig. 80.
their baſe, ſpreading open like the fingers of a hand, Oppoſite Leaves (Oppoſita) are when thoſe upon the
ſtalks ſtand by pairs on each ſide, fig. 81.
A two-lobed Leaf (Binatum) is one with two ſmall Alternate Leaves (Alterna) are when they ſtand alter-
Leaves on one foot-ſtalk, fig. 62.
nate above each other, fig. 82.
A three-lobed Leaf (Ternatum) is one with three ſmall Sparſed Leaves (Sparſa) are ſuch as ſtand without order
leaves, which is frequently called a trifoliate Leaf, over the whole plant.
fig. 63.
Cluſter Leaves (Conferta) are ſuch as come out from
A cinquefoil Leaf (Quinatum) has five ſmall Leaves the ſide of the branches in cluſters, and are ſo cloſe
on the ſame foot-ſtalk.
to one another, that it is not eaſy to diſcover their ex-
A winged Leaf (Pinnatum) is one which has many act fituation, fig. 83.
ſmall Leaves, ranged on each ſide a ſingle foot-ſtalk Imbricated Leaves (Imbricata) are ſuch as are placed
like wings; of theſe there are ſeveral kinds.
over each other like tiles on a houſe, or the ſcales of
An unequal winged Leaf (Pinnatum cum impare) is a fiſhes, fig. 84.
winged Leaf, terminated by an odd lobe or (Folioli) Faſciculated Leaves (Faſciculata) are ſuch as grow in
fig. 64.
cluſters from the ſame point, fig. 85.
A claſper-winged Leaf (Pinnaium cum cirrho) is a Diſticha is when the Leaves are ranged along only
winged Leaf ending with a tendril or claſper, fig. 65. upon two fides of the branches, as in the Fir-tree.
An abrupt-winged Leaf (Abruptum) is a winged Leaf A target or thield-ſhaped Leaf (Peltatum) is one whoſe
not terminated by an odd lobe or clafper, fig. 66. foot-ſtalk is fixed to the diſk, and not to the baſe or
An oppoſite-winged Leaf (Oppoſite pinnatum) is when edge of the Leaf, fig. 86.
the ſmall Leaves or lobes are placed oppoſite on the Petiolatum is when the foot-ſtalk is inſerted to the
midrib.
baſe of the margin, fig. 87.
An alternate-winged Leaf (Alternatim pinnatum) is Seffile is when the Leaf fits cloſe to the ſtalk or branch,
when the ſmall Leaves ftand alternate.
and has no foot-ſtalk, fig. 88.
An interrupted-winged Leaf (Interruptè pinnatum) is A running Leaf (Decurrens) is when the Leaf adheres
when there are ſmaller lobes intermixed with larger to the ſtalk or branch, and is extended along the ſtalk
upon the ſame midrib, fig. 67.
from the baſe, ſo as to form a leafy border on each
A jointed-winged Leaf (Articulatè pinnatum) is when
fide the ſtalk, fig. 89.
the common foot-ſtalk is jointed, fig. 68.
Amplexicaule is when the baſe of the Leaf environs
A running-winged Leaf (Decurſivè pinnatum) is one or embraces the ſides of the ſtalk entirely, fig. go.
whoſe ſmall Leaves run along the foot-ſtalk from one Semiamplexicaule, is when the baſe of the Leaf reach
to another, fig. 69.
but half round the ſtalk.
A conjugated Leaf (Conjugatum) is one which has but A perfoliate Leaf (Perfoliatum) is one which is per-
two ſmall Leaves on the ſame foot-ſtalk.
forated by the ſtalk or branch, which do not touch
We next proceed to the decompounded Leaves. the margin, fig. 91.
A decompounded Leaf (Decompoſitum) is one whoſe Connctum, is when the two oppoſite Leaves cohere
foot-ſtalk is once divided, and joins together many at their baſe, ſo as to form one body embracing the
ſmall Leaves.
ſtalk, fig. 92.
A double conjugated Leaf (Bigeminatum) is one whoſe Vaginans, is when the baſe of the Leaf forms a kind
foot-ſtalk divides in forks, and connects four ſmall of cylinder, embracing the ſtalk like a ſheath, as in
Leaves on the top, or it is compoſed of two conju- Corn, Grafs, fig. 93.
gations.
The direction of Leaves.
A double trifoliate Leaf (Biternatum) is one whoſe An adverſe Leaf (Adverſum) is one whoſe fides reſpect
foot-ſtalk is divided, and each diviſion ſuſtains three the meridian and not the heavens, as the Ginger, &c.
ſmall Leaves, fig. 70.
A2
a
a

To front LEA.
1
2
4
30003-10711
5
12
14
16
18
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29.
30
32
pa
Amy
گروہ
w
haver
32
33
34
35
36
37
30P
39
40
42
42
43
44
45
50
46
47
was
52
49
48
I
60
55
57
54
58
52
61
53
SOBA
66
64.
65
167
62
63
X
68
69
70
71
72
73
000
0000
B
o
85
193
83
84
99
178
192
82
go
74
91
797
d Too
1.96
70
82
76
80
88 95
94
89
753
87
86
77
J. Hiller Sculp.


L E A
L E A
3
a
a
a
An oblique Leaf (Obliquum) is when the baſe of the
Leaf regards the ſky, and the ſummit the horizon.
An inflexed or incurved Leaf (Inflexum) is one which
grows in form of a bow, turning its point toward the
talk again, fig. 94.
Aapreßum, is when the diſk of the Leaf approaches
near the ſtalk.
An erect Leaf (Ere&tum) is one fo ſituated as to make
a very acute angle with the ſtalk, fig. 95.
Patens, is when the Leaf does not make ſo acute an
angle with the ſtalk as the former, and yet does not
ftand horizontal, fig. 96.
An horizontal Leaf (Horizontale) is one which ſtands
perfectly at right angles with the ſtalk, fig. 97.
A reclined Leaf (Reclinatum) is one whoſe fummit is
lower than the baſe, fig. 98.
A rolled Leaf (Revolutum) is one whoſe upper part
is rolled downward, fig. 99.
A dependent Leaf (Dependens) is one whoſe fummits
point to the earth.
A rooting Leaf (Rodicans) is one which puts out roots.
A floating Leaf (Natons) is one which floats on the
ſurface of the water, as the Water Lily, &c.
Demerſum, is uſed to expreſs a Leaf funk below the
furface of the water.
Having explained the ſeveral forms of Leaves, by
which botaniſts diſtinguiſh them, and alſo their poli-
tion, both in regard to the other parts of the tree, or
plant, and that of the earth, we ſhall next proceed to
their ſtructure and uſes; for theſe were not deſigned
by the wiſe Creator only for ornament, but they are
of more important uſe in vegetation, and are as va-
riouſly conſtructed in their ſeveral parts, as their fe-
veral uſes for which they are deſigned.
Some plants have very thick fleſhy Leaves, whoſe
pulpy ſubſtance is always moiſt; theſe are ſuch plants
as naturally grow upon dry barren rocky places, and
for the moſt part are natives of warm countries; and
as they perſpire very little in compariſon of moſt other
plants, they are adapted to grow in ſuch places where
they can receive very little nouriſhment from the
earth. Moſt of the Leaves of theſe plants have a thin
compact ſkin over their ſurface, with very ſmall mi-
nute pores, whereby the deſcending moiſture is thrown
off, which, if admitted into the ſubſtance of the Leaves,
or ſtalks, would in a very ſhort time cauſe a mortifi-
cation, and deſtroy the plant.
The Leaves of all thoſe trees and ſhrubs which
continue their verdure all the year, have alſo a thin
compact ſkin or cover over their ſurfaces, as is eaſily
diſcovered by macerating them in water, in order to
ſeparate the parenchyma from the veſſels of the leaves,
which cannot be effected in any of theſe Evergreens,
till the thin parchment-like cover is taken off; theſe
trees and ſhrubs are found, by experiment, to imbibe
and perſpire but little in the ſame ſpace of time, when
compared with the deciduous trees and ſhrubs; and
it is principally owing to this cloſe covering, as alſo
to the ſmall proportion of moiſture contained in their
veſſels, that they retain their verdure, and continue
through the winter on the trees. The nutritive
juices of theſe plants always abound more or leſs with
an oily or terebinthinous quality, which ſecures them
from the injury of froft, ſo that many of theſe ever-
green trees are adapted to grow in the coldeſt
parts
of
the habitable world.
In all the Leaves of trees and plants which I have exa-
inined, there are two orders of veins or nerves, one
belonging to each ſurface; and I have generally ob-
ſerved, that the lower lamina or under ſide of the Leaf,
had the ramifications larger, and were capable of ad-
mitting a liquid to paſs through them, which thoſe of
the upper ſurface would not; theſe two orders of
veins are inofculated at ſeveral places, but not ſo
cloſely connected, but that they may be eaſily ſepa-
rated, after they have been macerated in water a pro-
per time, for ſome Leaves require a much longer
time than others, to render the parenchyma foft
enough to ſeparate eaſily from the veins without tear-
Theſe two laminæ, or orders of veins, are ſuppoſed
to be deſtined for different purpoſes; the upper lami-
na is thought to be air-vefſels, or trachæ, through
which the perfpiring matter is protruded, and by which
the air is inſpired ; that theſe are pores through which
that ſubſtance paſſes, which is thrown out of the plants,
is pretty evident; for the clammy ſubſtance which is
commonly called honey-dew, is always found flicking
to the upper ſurface of Leaves, from whence many
have ſuppoſed that this ſubſtance fell from above, and
lodged upon the Leaves in the night. This is the
Manna which is collected from Aſh-trees in Calabria,
and from the Alhagi in Perfia, &c. and is no other
than the nutritive juices, or a ſubſtance ſeparated
from that, which iſſues from the pores of the Leaves,
and is concreted on the ſurface of the Leaves by the
cold air; but whenever this is found in quantity
upon the Leaves, it is a fure ſign of a diſeaſed plant.
The lower lamina of veins are ſuppoſed to be deftined
for another purpoſe, which is that of receiving, pre-
paring, and conveying the moiſture imbibed from the
riſing vapours of the earth, by which trees and plants
are greatly nouriſhed; and for this uſe we fee how
differently the two ſurfaces are formed; the upper
one is commonly ſmooth and lucid, and the under is
frequently covered with hairs, or a ſoft down, the bet-
ter to ſtop and detain the riſing vapours, and tranſmit
them to the inner veſſels ;, and where the ſtructure of
the Leaves are different, it is found by experience,
that their functions alter; for thoſe Leaves, whoſe
upper ſurfaces are garniſhed with down or hairs,
are found to be the receivers and conveyers of
the moiſture, and not the under cnes, as in the
other plants.
If the ſurfaces of theſe Leaves are altered, by reverſing
the branches on which they grow, the plants are ſtop-
ped in their growth, until the foot-ſtalks are turned,
and the Leaves recover their former poſition. This
ſhews how neceffary it is to ſupport all thoſe weak
ſhoots of plants, which are naturally diſpoſed for up-
right growth, and that either twine about the neigh-
bouring trees for ſupport, or that put out clafpers,
by which they take hold of whatever trees or plants
grow near them, and are thereby ſupported; and, on
the contrary, how abſurd is that practice of tying
up the ſhoots of thoſe plants which are naturally
difpoſed to trail upon the ground; for, in both theſe
caſes, nature is reverſed, and conſequently the growth
of both forts of plants is greatly retarded.
This is one of the great functions for which the Leaves
of trees and plants are deſigned ; but, beſides this,
there are others of equal importance to the well-being
of plants and fruits; the firſt is that of the foot-
ftalks of Leaves nouriſhing and preparing the buds of
the future ſhoots, which are always formed at the
baſe of theſe foot-ſtalks, and during the continuance
of the Leaves in perfect health, theſe buds increaſe
in their magnitude, and, in the deciduous trees, are
brought to maturity before the foot-ſtalks ſeparate
from the buds in autumn; but if by accident the
Leaves are blighted, or if the entire ſurface of the
Leaves are cut off, and the foot-ſtalks are left re-
maining, yet the buds will decay, or not arrive to
their proper ſize, for want of that nouriſhment which
is conveyed to them from the Leaves; ſo that when-
ever trees are diveſted of their Leaves, or thoſe
Leaves are cut, or otherwiſe impaired, though it may
in either caſe happen when the buds may be nearly
formed; yet if it is before the foot-ſtalks ſeparate
naturally from the branches, the future ſhoots will be
weakened in proportion to the time when this is done;
therefore, as from all the experiments which have been
made in order to know how ſerviceable the Leaves
of trees and plants are to their well-being, it has been
found, that where the plants have been diveſted of
their Leaves, or their Leaves have been eaten, or cut,
during their growth, the plants have been remarkably
weakened thereby. This ſhould teach us not to pull,
or cut off the Leaves of trees, or plants, on any
account, while they retain their verdure or are in
7 x
health.
3
a
3
ing them.

L E A
L E A
ز
a
health. As alſo how abſurd that common practice
is, of feeding down Wheat in the winter and ſpring
with ſheep; for by ſo doing, the ſtalks are rendered
very weak, and the ears are in proportion ſhorter ;
nor are the grains of Corn fo plump and well nou-
riſhed, as that which is not fed down upon the ſame
ground: this is a fact which I can aſſert from many
years experience ; for when Corn or Graſs is fed
down cloſe to the root, the ſucceeding blades will
be much finer than if the firſt Leaves had been left
remaining; which is evident from all theep paſtures,
where the Graſs is much finer and ſhorter than in
other places; as alſo
as alſo upon lawns and bowling-greens,
where the Graſs is often mowed, the blades will be
rendered finer in proportion to the frequency of mow-
ing it, yet the ſpecies of Graſs is the ſame with that
on the richeſt paſtures; ſo that although this may be
a deſirable thing for lawns, &c. in gardens, yet
where regard is had to the produce, this ſhould be
avoided.
Beſides theſe, there are other uſes for which Leaves
are deſigned, one of which is that of ſhading the buds
for the future ſhoots from the ſun, which would ex-
hale and dry up all their moiſture, as alſo the ſhading
of the young fruit, which is abſolutely neceſſary du-
ring the time of their growth; for I have ſuſpended
the Leaves of trees which were growing againſt walls,
ſo as to expoſe the fruit to the ſun, and not taken
any of them off the branches, yet I have always found
thoſe fruits ſo expoſed, have been greatly ſtinted in
their growth, and have never arrived to near the
fize of others above and below them on the ſame
branches, nor were they ſo well taſted, or replete
with juice.
In making this experiment, I was as careful as pof-
fible not to reverſe the ſurfaces of the Leaves, having
been thoroughly convinced, from many repeated ex-
periments, how prejudicial that is to all plants; but
notwithſtanding this precaution, the event was as be-
fore-mentioned.
Another principal uſe of the Leaves is to throw off
by tranſpiration, what is unneceſſary for the growth
of the plants, anſwering to the diſcharge made by
ſweat in animal bodies; and as plants receive and
tranſpire much more, in equal time than large ani-
mals, ſo it appears how neceſſary the Leaves are to
preſerve the plants in perfect health ; for it has been
found by the moſt exact calculations, made from re-
peated experiments, that a plant of the Sun-flower re-
ceives and perſpires, in twenty-four hours, ſeventeen
times more than a man.
As naturaliſts have generally aſcribed a four-fold uſe
to Leaves, I ſhall beg leave to mention them here,
and then ſhall give an account of the moſt accurate
experiments which have been made to aſcertain the
truth of their hypotheſes.
1. Chiefly, that they do in the ſpring time receive
the crude humours into themſelves, divide them very
minutely, and move them ſtrongly in the utricles, and
perhaps draw in from the air what is neceſſary, though
unknown to us, and carry back great plenty of elabo-
rate juice to the plant.
2. That there may be a tranſpiration of what is un-
profitable, anſwering to the diſcharge made by ſweat ;
for ſometimes thoſe excretory veſſels of the Leaves are
ſo overcharged by the great plenty of diftending hu-
mour (juice,] that they burſt in the middle, and let
go
the more fubtile parts; nor is it feldom, that, in a
hot ſeaſon, great plenty of juices are this way dif-
charged and imbibed. Thus Manna is found to ex-
ſude (ſweat forth] from the Leaves of certain trees, if
a cold night ſhould follow a hot day; and the ſame
thing frequently happens in divers other plants and
trees, as we learn from the bees flying to the Lime-
tree, that they may gather that gumous ſubſtance from
,
their Leaves; and it is from the ſurfaces of the
Leaves, as well as from the flowers, thoſe animals
collect their honey; but if the heat ſhould be leſs,
all the ſuperfluous humours, except thoſe which, per-
haps, are tranſmitted by inſenſible tranſpiration thro'
the arterial veſſels, exhaling naturally, are ſeen to re-
turn into the trunk.
3. That the bibulous veſſels, dried by the diurnal
heat, and for this reaſon to be compared to veins,
may imbibe, in the night-time eſpecially, thoſe wa-
tery parts, which, among others, lie hid in the air
under the form of a very thin dew, and ſo make
amends for the loſs made by the arteries, by the new
moiſture received.
4. Laſtly, the Leaf ſerves chiefly for this purpoſe,
that it may keep and nouriſh the eye, or gem, until
the gem, by degrees growing out to a greater bulk,
preſſes together the veſſels of the foot-ſtalk, from
whence the humour is by little and little ſtopped in
the Leaf, till it cannot any more return to the foot-
italk ; which, by the ceaſing of the afflux and reflux
of the nutritive juice, grows putrid, whence a con-
ſumption being cauſed, the Leaf dies, and falls off,
which is the chief cauſe of the falling of the Leaves
in autumn.
The Rev. Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe of Ve-
getable Statics, ſpeaking of the perſpiration of plants,
gives an account of the following experiments, viz.
That in July or Auguſt he cut off ſeveral branches of
Apple-trees, Cherry-trees, Pear-trees, and Apricot-
trees, two of a fort; they were of ſeveral fizes, from
three to fix feet long, with proportional lateral branches,
and the tranſverſe cut of the largeſt part of the ſtems
was about an inch diameter.
That he ſtripped off the Leaves of one bough of each
fort, and then ſet their ftems in ſeveral glaſſes, pour-
ing in known quantities of water.
The boughs with Leaves on them imbibed ſome fif-
teen ounces, ſome twenty, twenty-five, or thirty, in
twelve hours day, more or leſs, in proportion to the
quantity of Leaves they had, and when he weighed
them at night, they were lighter than in the morning.
While thoſe without Leaves imbibed but one ounce,
and were heavier in the evening than in the morning,
they having perſpired little.
The quantity imbibed by thoſe with Leaves de-
creaſed very much every day, the fap-veſſels being
probably ſhrunk at the tranſverſe cut, and too much
ſaturate with water, to let any more pafs, ſo that uſu-
ally in four or five days the Leaves faded and wi-
thered much.
He adds, that he repeated the ſame experiments
with Elin branches, Oak, Ofier, Willow, Sallow,
Aſpen, Currant, Gooſeberry, and Filbert branches,
but none of theſe imbibed ſo much as the forego-
ing, and ſeveral forts of Evergreens very much leſs.
He adds alſo another experiment: That on the 15th
of Auguſt, he cut off a large Pippin with two inches
ſtem, and its twelve adjoining Leaves : that he
ſet the ſtem in a little phial of water, which im-
bibed and perſpired in three days one third of an
ounce
And that at the ſame time he cut off from the ſame
tree another bearing twig of the ſame length, with
twelve Leaves, no Apple on it, which imbibed in
the ſame three days near three-fourths of an ounce.
That about the ſame time, he fet in a phial of water
ſhort ſtem of the ſame tree, with two large Apples
on it, without leaves, and they imbibed near three-
fourths of an ounce in two days.
So in this experiment, the Apples and Leaves im-
bibed four-fifths of an ounce, the Leaves alone near
three-fifths, but the two large Apples imbibed and
perſpired but one third part ſo much as the twelve
Leaves, then the one Apple imbibed the one-ſixth
part of what was imbibed by the twelve Leaves ;
therefore two Leaves imbibe and perſpire as much
as one Apple; whence their perſpirations ſeem to
be proportinable to their ſurfaces, the ſurface of the
Apple being nearly equal to the fun of the upper
and under ſurfaces of the two Leaves.
Whence it is probable that the uſe of theſe Leaves
(which are placed juſt where the fruit joins to the
tree) is to bring nourishment to the fruit.
a
a
3
And

L E A
L E A
And accordingly he obſerves, that the Leaves next
adjoining to the bloſſoms are in the ſpring very much
expanded, when the other Leaves on barren ſhoots
are but beginning to ſhoot, and that all Peach Leaves
are very large before the bloſſom goes off. .
And that, in Apples and Pears, the Leaves are one-
third or half grown, before the bloſſom opens, fo pro-
vident is nature in making timely proviſion for the
nouriſhing the yet embryo fruit.
He alſo adds another experiment: he ſtripped the
Leaves of an Apple-tree branch, and then fixed the
great end of the item in the gage, it raiſed the mer-
cury 2 + inches, but it ſoon ſubſided, for want of
the plentiful perſpiration of the Leaves, ſo that the
air came in almoſt as faſt as the branch imbibed
water.
cloſet, where the air was very temperate; and as the
water in the glaſſes 'evaporated, there was from time
to time a ſupply of freſh, which was added with a
fyringe, ſo that the Leaves were not diſturbed. The
Leaves were taken from the following plants; the
Plantain, the Mullein, the Wake Robin, the great
Mallow, the Nettle, the Marvel of Peru, the Kindney-
bean, the Sun-flower, the Cabbage, the Balm, the
Cock’s-comb, the purple-leaved Amaranth, Spinach,
and the ſmaller Mallow.
Six of theſe fórts he found continued green a long
time, and theſe were with different ſurfaces upon the
water; they were of the following forts, the Wake
Robin, the Kidney-bean, the Sun-flower, the Cab-
bage, the Spinach, and ſmall Mallow; among the
others the following forts were found to draw the
moiſture better with their upper ſurface than their
under, the Plantain, the Mullein, the great Mal-
low, the Nettle, the Cock’s-comb, and the purple
Amaranth.
The Leaves of the Nettle whoſe under ſurface was
upon the water, were decayed in three weeks, whereas
thoſe whoſe upper ſurface was next the water conti-
nued two months.
The Leaves of Mullein, whoſe under ſurface was
next the water, did not continue freſh more than five
or ſix days, but thoſe whoſe upper ſurface was next
the water lafted five weeks.
The Leaves of the purple Amaranth, whoſe upper
ſurface was next the water, continued freſh three
months, whereas thoſe whoſe under ſurface was next
the water, were decayed in a week.
The Leaves of the Marvel of Peru and the Balm,
appeared to have the advantage, whoſe under ſur-
faces were next the water.
The Leaves of Wake Robin and of the Cock's-
comb, whoſe foot-ſtalks only were put into the wa-
ter, continued freſh a longer time than thoſe which
were placed with either ſurface next the water.
The Leaves of the Great Mallow, the Nettle, the
Sun-flower, the Marvel of Peru, and Spinach, whoſe
foot-ſtalks were plunged into the water, continued
freſh a ſhorter time than thoſe which had either of
their ſurfaces next the water.
The Leaves of the Mullein, of Plantain, and Ama-
ranth, which received the water at their foot-ſtalk,
continued freſh much longer than thoſe, whoſe under
ſurface was next the water.
It is not difficult to explain the reaſon of this fact,
for the orifices of the ſap-veffels in the foot-ſtalk,
are much larger than thoſe of either ſurface, ſo that
the moiſture inſinuates in greater quantities, and with
more eaſe, the firſt than by the ſecond way.
After this the ſame gentleman made experiments on
the Leaves of ſixteen ſorts of trees and ſhrubs of
the following forts, the Lilac, the Pear-tree, the
Vine, the Aſpen, the Laurel, the Cherry-tree, the
Plumb-tree, the Horſe Cheſnut, the White Mul-
berry, the Lime-tree, the Poplar, the Apricot, the
Walnut, the Filbert, the Oak, and the Creeper.
Among theſe ſpecies, he found that the Lilac and
the Aſpen imbibed the moiſture on their upper ſur-
face, equally with the under ſurface; but in all the
other forts, the under ſurface imbibed it in much
greater quantities than the oppoſite. The difference
was very remarkable in the Leaves of the White
Mulberry, for thoſe whoſe upper ſurface was laid
upon the water, faded in five days, whereas the other
whoſe under ſurface was next the water, preſerved
their verdure near ſix months.
The Vine, the Poplar, and Walnut-tree are very re-
markable inſtances, how little diſpoſed the upper ſur-
faces of the Leaves of ligneous plants are to imbibe
the moiſture; for thoſe of theſe three forts, whoſe
upper ſurfaces were applied to the water, decayed al-
moſt as ſoon as thoſe which had no nouriſhment.
In all the experiments made by this curious gentleman
upon the various Leaves of trees and herbs, it is re-
markable, that all thoſe Leaves which imbibed the
moiſture by their upper ſurface, were fuch as had
that
And as a farther proof of the influence of the Leaves
in raiſing the fap, he alſo made the following expe-
riment.
On the ſixth of Auguſt, he cut off a large Ruſſet
Pippin, with a ſtalk 1 + inch long, and twelve ad-
joining Leaves growing to it.
He cemented the ſtalk faſt in the upper end of a
tube, which tube was fix inches long, and one-
fourth diameter ; as the ſtalk imbibed the water, it
raiſed the mercury four inches high.
That he fixed another Apple of the ſame ſize in the
ſame manner, but firſt pulled off the Leaves, and it
raiſed the mercury but one inch; that in the ſame
manner he fixed a like-bearing twig, with twelve
Leaves on it, but no Apple, and it raiſed the mercury
three inches.
He then took a like-bearing twig, without either
Leaves or Apple, and it raiſed the mercury one-
fourth of an inch.
So a twig, with an Apple and Leaves, raiſed the
mercury four inches ; one with Leaves, only three
inches; one with an Apple without Leaves, only one
inch.
A Quince, which had two Leaves juſt at the twig's
inſertion, raiſed the mercury 2 + inches, and held
it up a conſiderable time.
A ſprig of Mint, fixed in the ſame manner, raiſed
the mercury 3 + inches, = to 4 feet 5 inches
height of water.
Theſe, and many more experiments of the Rev. Dr.
Hales, that curious enquirer into the cauſes, ſtate,
and progreſs of vegetation, evidently ſhew the great
perſpiration of the Leaves of plants, and their great
uſe in raiſing the fap, and other functions of vegeta-
ble nature; to whoſe excellent treatiſe before-men-
tioned, I refer the curious enquirer.
I ſhall add, That nature has directed us as to the
true diſtance we ought to train the branches of trees
againſt walls or eſpaliers, which ſhould always be in
proportion to the ſize of their Leaves ; for if we re-
gard her progreſs in the great varieties of trees, which
,
are within our obſervation, we ſhall always find their
branches grow diſtant from each other in proportion
to the breadth of their Leaves ; and it was upon this
account that the Romans ſo much admired the Plata-
nus, becauſe the Leaves, being large, afforded them
a kindly ſhade in ſummer, but in winter, when they
are deſtitute of Leaves, their branches growing at a
great diſtance, eaſily admitted the beams of the ſun.
I ſhall next beg leave to mention a few, out of the
many experiments which have been made by Monf.
Bonnet, of Geneva, to prove that moſt Leaves im-
bibe the moiſture of the air on their under ſurface,
and not from their upper: they are as follow :
He gathered the Leaves of ſixteen ſorts of herba-
ceous plants when fully grown; of each he put ſeveral
Leaves upon the ſurface of water in glaſs vaſes, fome
were poſited with their upper ſurface, and others with
their under ſurface upon the water; theſe were ad-
juſted exactly to the ſurface of the water, with great
care not to let any moiſture reach their oppoſite ſur-
faces, and the ſame care was taken to prevent their
foot-ſtalks from receiving any moiſture. The glaſſes
in which theſe Leaves were thus placed, were kept in a
2
9

L E A
L E O
3
9
that furface covered with either hairs or down; and and for the ſame reaſon it is likely that the moſt re-
on the contrary, where the under ſurface was garnish- fined and active principles of animals are alſo prepared
ed with cither hairs or down, the moiſture was im- in the air, and thence conveyed through the lungs into
bibed by that furface. He likewiſe mentions many the blood ; and that there is plenty of theſe ſulphureo-
experiments made by himſelf, and alſo by Moni. aereal particles in the Leaves, is evident from the ful-
du Hamel de Monceau, of the Royal Academy of phureous exſudations that are found in the edges of
Sciences at Paris, in rubbing the Leaves over with Leaves, of which bees are obſerved to make their
varnih, oil, wax, and honey, to ſee the effect of waxen cells, as well as of the duſt of flowers. And
thele upon various Leaves, ſome of which were rub- that wax abounds with fulphur, is plain from its
bed over on both ſurfaces, others only upon one; burning freely, &c.
fome only a part of the ſurface, others the edges We may therefore reaſonably conclude, that one great
of the Leaves were rubbed over, and in ſome only uſe of Leaves is what has been long ſuſpected by
the foot-ſtalks of the Leaves were rubbed with many, viz. to perform, in fome meaſure, the fame
theſe. They likewiſe anointed the trunks of ſome office for the ſupport of the vegetable life, as the
trees and ſhrubs, and left the Leaves and branches lungs of animals do for the ſupport of animal life;
in their natural ſtate.
plants, very probably, drawing through their Leaves
The reſult of theſe experiments was, that where the ſome part of their nouriſhment from the air.
Leaves were anointed on both ſurfaces with varniſh, LEDUM. Raii Syn. 1-142. Lin. Gen. Plant. 483.
they decayed preſently; and where they were anointed Marſh Ciſtus, or wild Roſemary.
with the other things, in proportion as thoſe were
The CHARACTERS are,
moſt penetrating, ſo the Leaves continued a ſhorter The flower has a ſmall empalement of one leaf, in-
time than the others; and where one furface only dented in five parts. It hath five oval, concave, Spread-
was anointed, they continued much longer than thoſe ing petals, and ten ſlender ſtamina the length of the
pe-
which were anointed on both; and where the pedicle tols, which Spread open, terminated by oblong ſummits,
only was anointed, they continued ſtill longer; but and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned
the anointing of the trunks, made no ſenſible alter- by on obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
ation, excepting in very hot weather; when they both roundiſh capſule with five cells, opening at the baſe in
imagine, that the anointing them was of ſervice, by five parts, and filled with ſmall, narrow, acute-pointed
hindering the too great tranſpiration which might ſeeds.
weaken the trees ; for they obſerved, that thoſe trees
This
genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus ranged in
which were varniſhed, fuffered leſs from the violent the firſt ſection of his tenth claſs, intitled Decandria
heat, than the trees which were left in their natural
Monogynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
ftate.
have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Monſ. Bonnet alſo obſerved, that thoſe Leaves which We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
were varniſhed, the tender parts of the Leaves were LEDUM (Poluftre) foliis linearibus fubtus hirſutis, flori-
deſtroyed by it, and the tough fibres only were left bus corymboſis. Flor. Suec. 341. Ledum with very
remaining
narrow leaves, hairy on their under fide, and flowers grow-
As it would ſwell this work much beyond its intended ing in a corymbus. Roſmarinum fylveſtre minus nof-
bulk, were I to mention more of theſe curious ex- tras. Park. Hift. 76. Our ſmall wild Roſemary.
periments, I ſhall refer the curious to his book, This plant grows naturally upon moſſes and bogs in
where they will find a great number of the moſt ac- many parts of Yorkſhire, Cheſhire, and Lancaſhire,
curate and well conducted experiments related, to where it riſes with a ſlender ſhrubby ſtalk about two
aſcertain the uſes of the Leaves of plants in ve- feet high, dividing into many ſlender branches, which
getation.
are garniſhed with narrow leaves not much unlike
The before-mentioned Rev. Dr. Hales, in his Trea- thoſe of Heath. The flowers are produced in ſmall
tiſe of Vegetation, ſays, it is plain from many expe-
cluſters at the end of the branches, which are ſhaped
riments and obſervations he had before mentioned, like thoſe of the Strawberry-tree, but ſpread open
that Leaves are very ſerviceable in this work of vegeta- wider at the top. Theſe are of a reddiſh colour,
tion, by being inſtrumental in bringing nouriſhment and appear in May, and in the natural places of their
from the lower parts, within the reach of the at- growth, are fucceeded by feed-veſſels filled with ſmall
traction of the growing fruit, which, like young ani- feeds, which ripen in the autumn.
mals, is furniſhed with proper inſtruments to fuck It is with great difficulty this plant is kept in a gar-
it thence, but the Leaves ſeem alſo deſigned for den, for as it naturally grows upon bogs, fo unleſs
many other noble and important ſervices ; for na- the plants have ſome ſuch foil and a ſhady fituation,
ture admirably adapts her inſtruments, ſo as to be at they will not thrive. The plants muſt be procured
the ſame time ſerviceable to many good purpoſes. from the places of their growth, and taken up with
Thus the Leaves, in which are many excretory ducts good roots, otherwiſe they will not live. They can-
in vegetables, ſeparate and carry off the redundant not be propagated in gardens, but in the moffes their
watery fluid, which, by being long detained, would roots ſpread and propagate pretty freely.
turn rancid, and prejudicial to the plant, leaving LEEKS. See PORRUM.
the more nutritive parts to coaleſce; part of which LEGUMES, or LEGUMENS, are a ſpecies
nouriſhment, we have good reaſon to think, is con- of plants which are called pulſe, ſuch as Peas, Beans,
veyed into vegetables through the Leaves, which &c. and are ſo called, becauſe they may be ga-
plentifully imbibe the dew which contain ſalt, ſul- thered by the hand without cutting. Mr. Ray reck-
phur, &c.
ons all thoſe plants which have a papilionaceous
For the air is full of acid and ſulphureous particles, flower, among the Legumes; but the French com-
which, when they abound much, do, by the action prehend moſt ſorts of eſculent plants, under this ge-
and reaction between them and the elaſtic air, cauſe neral title of Legumes.
that ſultry heat which uſually ends in lightning and LEGUMINOUS, of or belonging to pulſe.
thunder; and theſe new combinations of air, ful- LEMNA. Lin. Gen. 1038. Lens Paluſtris, Duck-
phur, and acid fpirit, which are conítantly forming in Meat. This is a very common plant, growing upon
the air, are doubtleſs very ſerviceable in promoting ſtanding waters in moſt parts of England; where, if
the work of vegetation; when, being imbibed by it is not diſturbed, it will ſoon cover the whole
the Leaves, they may not improbably be the mate- ſurface.
rials, out of which the more fubtile and refined prin- LEMON-TREE. See LIMON.
ciples of vegetables are formed; for fo fine a fluid LENS. See Ervum.
as the air ſeems to be a more proper medium, wherein LENTISCUS. See PISTACIA.
to prepare and combine the more exalted principles LEONTICE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 423. Leontopeta-
of vegetables, than the groſſer watery fluid of the fap: lon, Tourn. Cor. 49. tab. 484. Lion's Leaf.
The

L E O
L E O
a
The CHARACTERS are,
their roots do not increaſe in their bulk. If the plants
The empalement of the flower is made up of six very are not too cloſe, it will be beſt to let them remain in
narrow leaves, which are alternately ſmaller and drop of. the place unremoved till the ſecond year; but where
The flower has ſix oval acute petals, which are twice the they are too cloſe, part of the roots may be taken up
length of the empalement, and fix ne Etoriums which are in October, and tranſplanted cloſe to a warm wall,
fixed by ſmall foot-fi alks to the baſe of the petals. It has being very careful not to diſturb the roots which are
fix short ſlender ſtamino, terminated by erect ſummits. In left ſtanding; and in November, before the hard froſt
the center is placed on oblong oval germen, ſupporting a ſets in, it will be a good way to lay ſome old tanners
ſhort toper ſtyle, inſerted obliquely to the germen, crowned bark over the ſurface of the ground, three or four
by a ſimple fiigma. The germen afterward becomes a glo- inches thick, to prevent the froſt from penetrating to
bular ſwollen berry a little ſucculent, with one cell, in- the roots, but this ſhould be moſt of it taken off in
cloſing two or three globular ſeeds.
March, before the roots begin to puſh out their
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
leaves;
and if this is removed in part foon after the
of Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants hard froſt is over in February, and another part three
whoſe flowers have fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
weeks or a month after, it will be better than taking
The SPECIES are,
it all off at the ſame time, and if a thin covering of
1. LEONTICE (Chryſogonum) foliis pinnatis, petiolo com- the tan is left at the laſt over the ſurface of the ground,
muni fimplici. Hort. Cliff. 122. Lion's Leaf, with it will prevent the drying winds of the ſpring from
winged leaves having one common ſingle foot-fi alk. Leon- drying the ground, which will be of great ſervice to
topetalon foliis coitæ fimplici innaſcentibus. Tourn. the roots. Theſe roots ſhould have a dry looſe foil,
Cor. 49. Lion's Leaf with a ſingle foot-fialk to the
.
and muſt be ſeldom removed; but when that is done,
leaves.
October is the beſt time, for then the roots are inactive.
2. LEONTICE (Leontopetalum) foliis decompoſitis, peti- LEONTODON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 817. Dens leo-
olo communi trifido. Hort. Cliff. 122. Lion's Leaf nis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 468. Dandelion; in French,
with decompounded leaves, and a common trifid foot-fialk. Dent de Lion.
Leontopetalon foliis coftæ ramoſa innafcentibus. There are four or five ſpecies of this genus, which
Tourn. Cor. 49. Lion's Leaf with a branching foot- grow naturally in the fields either in England or
ſtalk to the leaves.
France, ſo are ſeldom cultivated in gardens; but as
Theſe plants both grow naturally in the iſlands of fome people in the ſpring gather the roots out of
the Archipelago, and alſo in the Corn fields about the fields, and blanch them in their gardens for a fal-
Aleppo, where they flower ſoon after Chriſtmas. They lad herb, ſo I have mentioned the genus, but ihall
have large tuberous roots about the ſize of thoſe of forbear ſaying any thing more of them, than that
Cyclamen, covered with a dark brown bark; the they are very bad weeds both in gardens and fields ;
leaves ariſe upon ſlender foot-ſtalks immediately from fo ſhould be rooted out before their ſeeds are ripe,
their roots, which grow about fix inches high; that otherwiſe they will ſpread to a great diſtance, as they
of the firſt fort is ſingle, having many ſmall folioli have down adhering to them, by which they are
ranged along the midrib, but the footſtalks of the wafted about by the wind.
fecond ſort are branched into three ſmaller; upon each LEONTOPODIUM. See PLANTAGO.
of theſe are ranged ſeveral folioli or ſmall leaves, in LEONURUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 187. tab. 87.
the ſame form as the winged leaves. The flowers ſit Phlomis. Lin. Gen. Plant. 642. [Aecóvep, of Awv,
upon naked foot-ſtalks, thoſe of the firſt fort fuf- a lion, and goda a tail, becauſe the creſt of this
tain many yellow flowers, but the flowers of the fe- flower ſeems to reſemble the tail of a lion.] Lion's
cond are ſmaller and of a paler colour. Theſe in their Tail.
native country appear foon after Chriſtmas, but in The CHARACTERS are,
England they do not flower till the beginning of The flower has a tubulous, five-cornered, permanent em-
April, and are never ſucceeded by ſeeds here.
palement of one leaf; the flowers have one petal, of the
Both theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, which lip or ringent kind; the upper lip is long, cylindrical,
require to be fown ſoon after they are ripe, otherwiſe hairy, and entire; the lower is ſhort, reflexed, and cut
they ſeldom fucceed; but as they are brought from into three parts. It hath four ſtamina ſituated under
diſtant countries, they ſhould be preſerved in ſand to the lower lip, two of which are forter than the other ;
be ſent to England. I received a few of the feeds from theſe are terminated by oblong compreſſed ſummits. In the
the Duke D'Ayen, which were ſent him from Aleppo, bottom of the tube cre ſituated four germen ſupporting a
put up in ſand, and theſe came up better than
any
of Nender ſtyle, ſituated with the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid
thoſe which came over dry; for of ſeveral parcels of acute ſtigma. The germen afterward become four oblong
theſe feeds which I have fown of both kinds for three
angular ſeeds, ſitting in the empalement.
years fucceffively, I had not more than two plants This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ariſe.
of Tournefort's fourth claſs, which includes the herbs
The plants are very difficult to preſerve in England, with a lip flower of one leaf, whoſe upper lip is hol-
for the roots will not thrive in pots; and when they lowed like a ſpoon, Dr. Linnæus has joined the fpe-
are planted in the full ground, the froſt frequently cies of this genus to the Phlomis, and has applied this
deſtroys them in winter, eſpecially where the roots are title to the Cardiaca, from which he ſeparates theſe
young
Of late years the winters have proved ſo very plants, becauſe they have no punctures on their ſum-
unfavourable, as to kill all the young roots which I mits. Theſe he ranges in the firſt ſection of his four-
had raiſed in the Chelſea garden : but before the ſevere teenth claſs, which includes the plants with a ringent
winter in 1740, I had ſome of the roots which were (or grinning) flower, that have two long and two
planted in a ſouth-weſt border that flowered ſeveral ihorter ſtamina, and naked feeds ſucceeding, fitting
years, and without any ſhelter ſurvived the winters; in the empalement.
but although I covered many of thoſe roots which I The CHARACTERS are,
had lately raiſed, yet I could not preſerve them. I. LEONURUS (Africana) foliis lanceolatis, obtusè fer-
The leaves of theſe plants decay about Midſummer, ratis. Hort. Cliff. 312. Lion's Tail with Spear-ſhaped
.
and the roots remain in an inactive ſtate till the fol- leaves which are bluntly ſawed. Leonurus perennis
lowing ſpring, at which time the flowers and leaves Africanus, fideritidis folio, flore Phænicio majore.
come up nearly at the ſame time.
Breyn. Cent. 1. 171. Perennial African Lion's Tail with
When the ſeeds are procured from abroad, the beſt on Ironwort leaf, and a larger ſcarlet flower.
way is to fow them as ſoon as they arrive, and cover 2. LEONURUS (Nepetæfolia) foliis ovatis, calycibus de-
them with glaſſes in the winter to protect them from cagonis, feptem dentatis, inæqualibus. Hort. Cliff.
froſt; and in the ſpring, when the plants begin to 312. Lion's Tail with oval leaves, an empalement hav-
appear, they muſt have the free air admitted to them
ing ten corners, and ſeven unequal indentures. Leonurus
at all times when the weather is mild, otherwiſe they minor capitis Bonæ Spei, vulgò. Boerh. Ind. alt. 180.
are very ſubject to draw up tall with weak ftems, and Small Lion's. Tail of the Cape of Good Hope.
7 Y
a
The

L EP
L E P
3
a
The firſt fort is a native of Ethiopia, but has been The SPECIES are,
long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens. This riſes with 1. LEPIDIUM (Latifolium) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inte-
a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high, ſending out gris ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 330. Dittander with entire,
ſeveral branches from the ſide, which are four-corner- oval, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are ſawed. Lepidium
ed; theſe are garniſhed with oblong narrow leaves, latifolium. C. B. P. 97. Broad-leaved Dittander.
acutely indented on their edges; they are about three 2. LEPIDIUM (Arvenſe) foliis lanceolatis amplexicauli-
inches long, and half an inch broad, hairy on their bus dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 331. Diitander with Spear-
upper fide, and veined on their under, ſtanding op- shaped indented leaves which embrace the stalks. Le-
poſite. The flowers are produced in whorls round pidium humile, incanum arvenſe. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
the branches, each of the branches having two or 216. Low boary Dittander of the fields.
three of theie whorls toward their ends, fitting very 3. LEPIDIUM (Chalepenſe) foliis fagittatis ſelfilibus den-
cloſe to the branches; they are of the lip kind, ſhaped tatis. Amon. Acad. 4. p. 321. Dittander with arrow-
ſomewhat like thoſe of the Dead Nettle, but their creſts ſhaped indented leaves fitting cloſe to the ſialks. Lepidium
are much longer and covered with ſhort hairs; they humile minus incanum, Alepicum. Tourn. Inſt. 216.
are of a golden colour, ſo make a fine appearance. Low Dittander of Aleppo with leſs boary leaves.
The flowers commonly appear in October and No-4. LEPIDIUM (Iberis) floribus diandris tetrapetalis, fo-
vember, and ſometimes continue till the middle of liis inferioribus lanceolatis ferratis, ſuperioribus line-
December, but are not ſucceeded by feeds here. aribus integerrimis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 334. Dittan-
There is a variety of this fort with variegated leaves, der with flowers having four petals and two ſtamino,
which is by ſome admired; but as this feldom pro- whoſe under leaves are Spear-ſhaped and lowed, and
duces ſo large whorls of flowers as the plain fort, it is the upper narrow and entire. Lepidium gramineo fo-
not ſo generally eſteemed.
lio five, Iberis. Tourn. Inft. 216. Dittander with a
The ſecond fort is mentioned by ſeveral authors as Graſs leaf, or Iberis.
an annual plant; they alſo ſuppoſe it to be a native 5. LEPIDIUM (Perfoliatum) foliis caulinis pinnato-mul-
of America, and believe it was brought from Surinam tifidis, ramiferis cordatis, amplexicaulibus integris.
to Holland; but it is undoubtedly a native of the Cape Hort. Cliff. 331. Dittander with lower leaves wing-
of Good Hope, from whence I have two or three pointed, and thoſe on the branches heart-ſhaped, entire,
times received the feeds; and the late Dr. Boer- and embracing the ſtalks. Thlafpi verum Diofcori-
haave aſſured me, that he frequently received the dis. 1 Zan. Hiſt. 193. The true Mithridate Muſterd of
feeds from that country, as alſo a painting of the Dioſcorides.
plant, ſo that he made no doubt of the plant grow- 6. LEPIDIUM (Virginicum) floribus ſubtriandris tetrape-
ing naturally there.
talis, foliis linearibus pinnatis. Lin. Gen. Plant. 645.
This riſes with a ſquare ſhrubby ſtalk about three Dittander with flowers having four petals, chiefly with
feet high, ſending out ſeveral four-cornered branches, three ſtamina, and very narrow winged leaves. Iberis
which are garniſhed with oval crenated leaves, rough humilior annua Virginiana ramofior. Mor. Hift. 2.
on their upper ſide like the Dead Nettle, but veined on p. 311. Lower, annual, branching Sciatica Creſs of
the under, which is of a pale green: theſe are placed Virginia.
oppoſite by pairs, as are alſo their branches. The 7. LEPIDIUM (Lyratum) foliis lyratis criſpis. Lin. Sp.
flowers come out in whorls round the branches, in Plant. 644. Dittander with curled lyre-ſhaped leaves.
like manner as the former, but are not ſo long nor fo Lepidium Orientale nafturtii criſpi folio. Tourn. Cor.
deep coloured; they appear at the ſame ſeaſon with 15. Eaſtern Dittander with a leaf like curled Creſs.
the firſt, and continue as long in beauty.
8. LEPIDIUM (Nudicaule) ſcapo nudo ſimpliciffimo, flo-
Both theſe forts are propagated by cuttings in Europe, ribus tetrandris. Lof. It. 155. Dittander with a ſingle
for they do not produce any feeds here. If the cut- naked ſtalk, and flowers with four ſtamino. Naftur-
tings are planted in July, after the plants have been tium minimum vernum, foliis tantum circa radicem.
ſo long expoſed to the open air as to harden the ſhoots, Magn. Montp. 187.
they will take root very freely. They ſhould be 9. LEPIDIUM (Petræum) foliis pinnatis integerrimis, pe-
planted in a loamy border to an eaſt aſpect, and if talis emarginatis calyce minoribus. Flor. Suec. Dit-
they are covered cloſely with a bell or hand-glaſs to tender with entire winged leaves, and indented petals to
exclude the air, and ſhaded from the ſun, it will for- the flowers which are ſmaller than the empalement. Na-
ward their putting out roots; but when they begin to ſturtium pumilum vernum. C. B. P. 105.
ſhoot, the glaſſes ſhould be raiſed to admit the free 10. LEPIDIUM (Sativum) fioribus tetradynamis, foliis
air, to prevent their drawing up weak, and by de- oblongis multifidis. Vir. Cliff. 63. Ditlander with fina
grees they muſt be expoſed to the open air. As ſoon Stamina in the flowers, and oblong leaves with many
as they have taken good root they muſt be taken
up,
points. Naſturtium hortenſe. Gorden Creſs.
and each planted in a ſeparate pot filled with ſoft 11. LEPIDIUM (Subulatum) foliis fubulatis indiviſis ſpar-
loamy earth, and placed in the ſhade till they have fis, caule fuffruticoſo. Lin. Sp. 899. Dittonder with
taken new root; then they may be removed to a owl-ſhaped undivided leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Le-
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till Octo- pidium capillaceo folio, fruticoſum Hiſpanicum.
ber, when they muſt be removed into the green-houſe, Tourn. Inft. 216.
and afterward treated as the Myrtle, and other hardy 12. LEPIDIUM (Ruderale) foribus diandris apetalis, fo-
green-houſe plants, obſerving to water the firſt fort liis radicalibus dentato-pinnatis, ramiferis linearibus
plentifully.
integerrimis. Flor. Suec. 534. Dittander with two ſte-
LE PIDIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 215. tab.
103 mina in the flowers, fugacious petals, the bottom leaves
Lin. Gen. Plant. 718. Dittander, or Pepperwort. indented, and thoſe on the branches linear and entire.
The CHARACTERS are,
Naſturtium ſylveſtre Ofyridis folio. C. B. P. 105.
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval 13. LEPIDIUM (Bonarienſe) floribus diandris tetra petalis,
concave leaves, which fall off. The flower has four oval foliis omnibus pinnato-multifidis
. Lin. Sp. 901. Dit-
petals placed in form of a croſs, which are much larger tander with two ſtamina and four petals to the flowers,
then the empalement, and fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina the and all the leaves wing-pointed. Thlafpi Bonarienſe
length of the empalement, two of which are ſhorter than multiciffum flore inviſibili. Hort. Elth. 286.
the other, terminated by ſingle ſummits. In the center is The firſt ſort grows naturally in moiſt places in many
ſituated a beart-ſhaped germen, Supporting e ſingle ſtyle, parts of England, fo is now ſeldom cultivated in gar-
crowned by an obtuſe liigma. The germen afterward turns
na .
dens. It hath ſmall, white, creeping roots, by which
to a ſpear-ſhaped ſeed-veſſel with two cells, divided by an it multiplies very faſt, fo as to render it difficult to
intermediate partition, containing oblong ſeeds.
eradicate the plant, after it has grown long in any
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of place ; the lower leaves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, about
Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia fili- three inches long, and one and a half broad toward
culofa, the flower having four long and two ſhorter the baſe, ſawed upon the edges, having long foot-
famina, and the ſeeds being included in ſhort pods. ſtalks. The ſtalks riſe two feet high, they are ſmooth,
SV
and

L EP
L EP
a
و
а
a
and ſend out many fide branches; the leaves upon the
italks are longer, narrower, and more acute-pointed
than the lower, and are not ſawed on their edges.
The flowers grow in cloſe bunches toward the top of
the branches, which come out from the ſide; they are
ſmall, and are compoſed of four ſmall white petals,
which appear in June and July, and the feeds ripen
in the autumn. The whole plant has a hot biting
taſte like Pepper, and the leaves have been often uſed
by the country people to give a reliſh to their viands
inſtead of Pepper, from whence it had the appellation
of Poor Man's Pepper.
This plant is eaſily propagated, for every piece of
the root will grow and multiply wherever it is planted,
ſo will become troubleſome to root out after growing
for ſome time in a garden. The leaves of this plant
bruiſed and mixed with hog's lard, and applied as
a cataplaſm to the hip, help the ſciatica; and
chewed in the mouth, cauſe a great defuxion of
rheum, fo is ſaid to help ſcrophulous tumours in the
throat.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Auſtria and Italy;
this hath a fleſhy fibrous root, from whence ariſe ſe-
veral weak ſtalks about a foot and a half high, which
are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, three inches
long and one and a half broad, deeply cut in upon
the edges; theſe are ſmooth, a little hoary, and em-
brace the ſtalks with their baſe; the flowers are ſmall,
white, and grow in looſe bunches at the end of the
branches. They flower from June till the beginning
of September, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
This is a perennial plant, which propagates very faſt
by its roots, and is ſeldom admitted into gardens.
The third ſort grows naturally about Aleppo; this
hath creeping roots, which extend to a great dif-
tance, ſo will foon ſpread over a large piece of ground.
,
The leaves of this are longer and narrower than
thoſe of the former, and are leſs hoary; the flowers
grow in looſe bunches at the end of the branches ;
they are ſmall and white like thoſe of the firſt. This
is a hardy perennial plant, which propagates by its
creeping roots in as great plenty as either of the
former.
"he fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, Italy, and Sicily, but is preſerved in ſome
Engliſh gardens for variety. This hath a long fleſhy
root, which runs deep into the ground, and fends out
many oblong leaves, which are fawed on their edges,
and ſpread flat on the ground; the ſtalks are flen-
der, ftiff, and branch out horizontally, on every ſide ;
they riſe about two feet high, and are garniſhed with
very narrow entire leaves.
The flowers come out in
cloſe ſmall cluſters at the ends of the branches;
they are white, and appear in June and July, and the
ſeeds ripen in the autumn. If the ſeeds are permitted
to ſcatter, the plants will come up early in the ſpring,
and require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds; the roots will abide ſeveral years if
they are in a dry foil
. This plant is alſo commended
for its virtues in ſciaticas, if bruiſed and mixed with
hog's lard as the firſt, and from its virtues it obtained
the title of Sciatica Creſs.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Perſia and Syria ;
this is ſuppoſed to be the true Mithridate Muſtard of
Diofcorides. It is an annual plant, whoſe lower leaves
are winged, and finely cut into many ſegments; the
ftalks rife a foot high, dividing into many ſlender
branches, which are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
leav that are entire, and embrace the ſtalks with
their baſe. The flowers grow in long looſe ſpikes from
the end of the branches; they are ſmall, yellow, and
appear in June and July, and the feeds ripen in Sep-
tember, ſoon after which the plant decays.
The ſeeds of this plant ſhould be fown in the au-
tumn, for thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring feldom
flower the ſame year, and are often killed by the froſt
in winter, whereas thoſe which are fown in the au-
tumn, or the plants that riſe from ſcattered ſeeds, will
always flower about Midſummer, and the feeds ripen
in Auguſt and September following. The plants re-
quire no other care but to thin them, and keep them
clean from weeds.
The ſixth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in Virginia, and alſo in all the iſlands of the
Weft-Indies, where the inhabitants gather the leaves,
and eat them in their fallads, as we do the Garden
Creis.
The lower leaves of this fort are three inches long
and one broad, ſawed on their edges, and are of a light
green, with a biting taſte like Creſs. The ſtalk riſes
a foot and a half high, fending out a great number
of ſmall fide branches, which are garniſhed with nar-
row leaves regularly fawed on their edges, ſo as to re-
ſemble winged leaves; theſe fit cloſe to the branches.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in looſe ſpikes; they are ſmall and white, and are ſuc-
ceeded by roundish or heart-ihaped compreſſed feed-
veſſels, which have a border round them. It flowers
in June and July, and the feeds ripen in the au-
tumn; this ſort is eaſily propagated by feeds, which
may be fown upon an open bed in April, where the
plants are deſigned to remain ; and when they come
up, they will require no other care but to thin them
where they are too cloſe, and keep them conſtantly
clean from weeds; or if the feeds are permitted to
ſcatter in the autumn, the plants will come up very
well, and may be treated in the ſame way as the
other.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Afia, and alſo in
Spain, from whence I have received the ſeeds. This
is a biennial plant; the lower leaves which ſpread on
the ground, are near two inches long, and about half
an inch broad, indented on both ſides in ſhape of a
lyre, and curled on the edges; the ſtalks riſe a foot
high, and divide into a great number of ſlender
branches, garniſhed with ſmall oblong leaves, which
are cut on their fides, and a little curled on their
edges; the ſtalks and leaves are of a gray colour,
inclining toward hoarineſs. The flowers are produced
in cluſters at the end of the branches; they are very
ſmall and white, appearing in July, and are ſucceeded
by roundiſh bordered feed-veſſels, which are com-
preſſed, and have two cells each, containing two
ſmall oblong feeds, which are ripe in the autumn.
This fort may be propagated by feeds in the ſame
manner as the former; or if the feeds are permitted to
ſcatter in the autumn, the plants will come up with-
out care, and ſhould be treated in the ſame way
as the former fort ; but this does not flower till the
ſecond year, ſo the plants ſhould be left farther
aſunder.
The eighth fort grows naturally about Montpelier.
It is a ſmall annual plant, having a few wing-pointed
leaves which ſpread on the ſurface of the ground;
between which ariſes a naked ftalk two or three
inches high, ſupporting five or fix ſmall white flowers,
each having four petals placed croſswiſe, and four fta-
mina placed near the ſtyle ; the germen afterward be-
comes a ſhort capſule, including four or five roundiſh
feeds.
If the feeds of this fort are fown in the autumn, the
plants will flower in April and their feeds ripen in
May; which, if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will
come up in autumn, and require no other care but
to thin them where they are too cloſe, and weed
them.
The ninth fort is alſo a low annual plant, which grows
naturally on Putney-heath; the leaves of this are
winged and entire, theſe are placed near the ground;
the flower-ſtalks riſe two inches high, fupporting a
few white flowers, whoſe petals are leſs than the em-
palement, and are indented at their points. This
Howers in May and June, and if their feeds are
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up as the
former.
The tenth fort is the Garden Creſs, ſo much uſed in
winter and ſpring fallads, and being ſo well known
requires no deſcription. There are three varieties of
this, one with broad leaves, another with curled
leaves, and the common fort which is uſed; the feeds
of
3
a

L E U
L E V
a
of this ſhould be ſown in drills pretty clofe, in winter, The firſt fort grows naturally in Switzerland and Ger-
on moderate hot-beds, but in ſpring and autumn on many, as alſo upon the mountains near Turin. This
borders, and will ſoon be fit for uſe; therefore ſhould hath an oblong bulbous root, ſhaped like that of the
be cut while young, otherwiſe it will be too rank. Daffodil, but imaller; the leaves are flat, of a deep
The eleventh fort is a low ſhrubby plant, garniſhed green, four or five in number, broader and longer
with entire awl-ſhaped leaves, which are very nar- than thoſe of the ſmall Snowdrop, between theſe
row; theſe are placed alternately on the ftalks ; ariſe an angular ſtalk near a foot high, which is na-
the foot-ftalks of the flowers proceed from the wings, ked, hollow, and channelled; toward the top comes
and alſo terminate the ſtalks; the flowers are white, out a ſheath, which is whitiſh, opening on the fide, out
and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies.
of which come two or three white flowers, hanging
This fort may be propagated by feeds or cuttings ; upon fender foot-ſtalks ; theſe have but one petal,
the feeds ſhould be fown in the ſpring on a bed of which is cut into fix parts almoſt to the bottom, which
light earth, in the open air; and when the plants are are much larger than thoſe of the ſmall Snowdrop,
fit to tranſplant, a few of them ſhould be planted in and the ends of the ſegments of the petal are tipped
pots, which may be ſheltered in winter under a com- with green, where they are of a thicker ſubſtance than
mon frame; for in ſharp winters, thoſe plants which in any other part. Theſe flowers appear in March,
are expoſed in the open air are frequently killed : the foon after thoſe of the ſmall fort; they have an
remaining plants ſhould be planted in a ſheltered fitu- agreeable ſcent, not much unlike that of the flowers
ation in a dry rubbiſhing ground, where they will of Hawthorn; after the flower is paft, the germen
grow flowly, fo will become more ſhrubby, and in which is ſituated below the flower, ſwells to a Pear-
leſs danger of ſuffering by cold.
ſhaped capſule with three cells, incloſing ſeveral ob-
The twelfth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
long feeds.
turally in ſeveral parts of England, ſo is rarely pre- The leaves of this fort decay toward the end of
ſerved in gardens, being a plant of no great beauty May, after which time the roots may be taken up
or uſe; yet I have known it eaten in ſallads, though and tranſplanted, for they ſhould not be long kept out
the taſte is very rank. The plants, when young, of the ground. It is propagated here by offsets, which
have ſome reſemblance to the Swine's Crefs. The the roots put out pretty plentifully when they are in
ſtalks riſe eight or ten inches high, ſupporting a a ſituation agreeable for them, and when they are not
number of ſmall white flowers, ſhaped like thoſe of too often removed. They ſhould have a foft, gentle,
the other ſpecies, which are ſucceeded by feeds like loany foil, and an expoſure to the eaſt; the roots
thofe of the Garden Creſs, which, if permitted to ſhould be planted fix inches afunder, and four or five
ſcatter, will abundantly fupply the place with young inches deep, and muſt not be tranſplanted oftener
plants.
than
every
third
year.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in many warm The ſecond fort is generally known by the title of
countries, for it has come up in the earth which came late, or tall Snowdrop; this grows naturally in the
from the Braſils, and from ſeveral parts of America, meadows near Piſa in Italy, in Hungary, and alſo near
ſo that it may be found in many other parts. The Montpelier.
leaves and ſtalks are much like thofe of the Gar- The root of this fort is nearly as large as thoſe of the
den Creſs, but are more divided, and differ in ſmell common Daffodil, and are very like them in ſhape;
and taſte from it: the petals of the flowers are ſo the leaves alſo are not unlike thoſe of the Daffodil, and
ſmall as to be almoſt imperceptible, and there ap- are more in number than thoſe of the other fort; they
pears but two ſtamina in each.
are of a pale green, and keel-ſhaped at the bottom,
This fort is only cultivated in botanic gardens for where they fold over each other, and embrace the
variety; the feeds ſhould be fown on a moderate ſtalk, which riſes a foot and a half high; at the top is
hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants have ob- ſituated a ſpatha (or ſheath) which opens on one ſide,
tained ftrength, they may be tranſplanted on a warm and lets out three or four flowers, which hang down-
border, where they will flower and perfect their feeds. ward, upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; theſe are cut into
;
LEPIDOCARPODENDRON. See PROTEA. fix oval concave ſegments almoſt to the bottom, and
LETTUCE. See LACTUCA.
are of a clear white, with a large green tip to each
LEUCANTHEMUM. See ANTHEMIS.
ſegment, which is of a thicker conſiſtence than any
LEUCOJUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 363. Narciſfo-leu- other part of the petal; within are fituated fix
cojum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 387. tab. 208. [Axxúrov, awl-ſhaped ſtamina, with oblong yellow ſummits,
of neuror, white, and "Iov, a Violet; i. e. White Vio- ſtanding erect round a very ſlender ſtyle, crowned by
let,] Snowdrop; in French, Perce-neige.
an obtufe ftigma. Theſe flowers appear the latter
The CHARACTERS are,
end of April or the beginnning of May, and as all
It bath an oblong, obtuſe, compreſſed Spatha or Meath, flowers in each ſheath do not come out together, but
which opens on the ſide. The flower is of the ſpreading following each other, ſo there is a ſucceſſion of them
bell ſhape, cut into fix parts, which join at their baſe. for three weeks or longer, in cool weather. The
It bath fix Mort briſtly ſtamina, terminated by oblong, ob- flowers are ſucceeded by large triangular feed-veſſels,
tuſe, four-cornered ſummits, which are erect. The roundiſh having three cells, each containing two rows of feeds.
germen is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting a Style This fort is generally propagated in England by off-
which is thick and obtuſe at the top, crowned by an erect ſets, for the plants raiſed by feeds will not come to
briſily filigma. The germen afterward becomes a turbi- flower in leſs than four years, and as the roots put
nated capſule with three cells, opening with three valves, out offsets in plenty, ſo that is the more expeditious
and filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
method. Theſe roots may be treated in the ſame
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of way as the firſt fort, and ſhould have a ſoft loamy
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes the plants whoſe foil, and be expoſed only to the morning fun, where
flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
they will flower ſtronger, and continue longer in
The SPECIES are,
beauty, than when they are in an open fituation,
1. LEUCOJUM (Vernum) fpathâ uniflorâ, ftylo clavato. though they will thrive in almoſt an foil or ſituation.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 289. Snowdrop with a ſheath incloſing LEUCOJUM INCANUM.
See CHEIRAN-
one flower, with a key-ſhaped ſtyle. Narciſfo-leucojum LEUCOJUM LUTEU M.
vulgare. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 387. Common great Snow-LEUCOJUM BULBOSUM. See GALANTHUS.
drop.
LEVEL, a mathematical inſtrument ſerving to draw
2. LEUCOJUM (Æltivum) ſpathâ multiflorâ, ftylo clava- a line parallel to the horizon, not only for vari-
to. Lai. Lin. Sp. Plant. 289. Snowdrop with many ous uſes in maſonry, &c. but alſo to meaſure the
flowers in a heath, and a key-ſhaped ſtyle. Narciſfo- difference of aſcent and deſcent between ſeveral
leucojum pratenſe multifiorum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. places, for the conveying of water, draining of
387. Meadow Snowdrop with many flowers, commonly fens, &c.
called the tall late Snowdrop.
A Water
а
any
THUS.

LEV
Ilc
a
a
go amiſs.
a
A water Level ſhews the horizontal line, by means and two poles from the top of that hill, thoſe foor
of a ſurface of water, or other liquid, founded on feet are to come out.
this principle, That water always naturally places it- To perform this, ſet up a ftake on the top of a hill
felf level.
two or three feet above ground, and another of the
The moſt ſimple inſtrument for this uſe is made ſame height where the depth comes out, fet down a
of a long wooden trough, or canal, whoſe fides are ſtake three rods from that, till the head comes to be
parallel to its baſe, ſo that, being equally filled with in a line with theſe two, and at that itake you must be
water, the ſurface thereof ſhews the line of Level. one foot deep.
This Level is alſo made with two cups fixed to the At fix poles ſtake down another as before, and there
two ends of a pipe three or four feet long, about an you muſt be two feet deep: then ſtake down another
inch in diameter ; by means whereof, the water com- at nine poles, and there you muſt be three feet
municates from the one to the other cup, and this deep, and you may fet more ftakes at equal dif-
pipe being moveable on its ſtand, by means of a tances, which will direct you fo as that you cannot
ball and ſocket, when the two cups become equally
full of water, the two ſurfaces mark the line of Level. LÈVITY is the privation or want of weight in any
,
Inſtead of cups, this inſtrument may be made with body, when compared with another which is heavier,
two ſhort cylinders of glaſs three or four inches long, in which ſenſe it is oppoſed to gravity.
faſtened to each end of the pipe with wax or maftich; The ſchoolmen maintain, that there is ſuch a thing as
then the pipe, being filled either with common or co- poſitive and abſolute Levity, and impute this to the
loured water, will ſhew itſelf through the cylinder, by riſe and emergency of bodies lighter in fpecie than
means of which the line of Level is determined, the the fluids wherein they riſe.
height of the water, with reſpect to the center of But, beſides that the common ſenſe of mankind dif-
the earth, being always the ſame in both cylinders. covers, that Levity is only a relative term, we find
This Level is very commodious in levelling ſmall that all bodies tend towards the earth, fome flower,
diſtances.
and ſome fafter, in all fluids or mediums, whether
If you would level any piece of ground that you can
water, air, &c.
fee from ſide to ſide, or from the middle to any fide, Thus cork is ſaid to be lighter than gold, becauſe
fet up your inſtrument in the middle of it, whether it under equal dimenſions of bulk the gold will fink in,
be a water Level, or a ground Level with ſights; and the cork ſwim upon the water.
place it ſo high, that you may ſee over the higheſt part Archimedes has demonſtrated, That a ſolid body
of the ground half a foot or a foot; then ſet up a will float any where in a fluid of the ſame ſpecific
ſtake in the middle, ſo that the top may be exactly gravity, and that a lighter body will keep above a
level with the fights, and another ſtake on the higheſt
heavier.
fide, the top of which muſt be level with the middle The reaſon of this is, becauſe bodies falling towards
ſtake; then either turn the Level, or look back fight, the earth, thoſe which have a like number of equal
and ſet up another ſtake on the lower ground level parts, have equal gravity, fince the gravity of the
with the two firſt; then you will have three ſtakes whole is the ſum of the gravity of all its parts.
ſtanding in a Level.
Now, two bodies having an equal number of equal
Then keeping your Level true to the middle ſtake, parts, if under the ſame dimentions there are no inter-
turn it till it makes right angles with the three ſtakes, vals deſtitute of matter; whence it follows, that as no
and ſet up two ftakes on each ſide one Level with portion of matter is ſo ſmall, but that body wherein
thoſe three, then you will have five ſtakes in two lines it is contained may be wholly divided into parts
ſet true leyel.
equally ſmall, there can be no reaſon for the delcent
If the ground be large, you may ſet up two rows of theſe, which will not hold equally for the deſcent
more by the Level, but five ſtakes are enough in a of that:
ſmall ground:
Hence it may be concluded, that thoſe bodies which
When this is done, you may lay your Level aſide, do not equally gravitate under the ſame dimenſions,
and look over the head of one to the head of another, do not contain the ſame equal portions of matter, and
and cauſe the perſon who affifts you to put down therefore when we fee, that a cube of gold ſubſides in
Itakes between two and two, till you have ſet as many water, at the ſame time that an equal bulk of cork
ftakes level in the ground as you think convenient; or ſwims upon it, it is evident, that the gold muſt have
you may uſe a rule, which being placed level with a greater number of equal parts of matter under the
the head of the ſtake, you may look over that to the ſame bulk than the cork, or the cork muſt have a
head of the other, and put ſtakes down between you greater number of vacuities than the gold, and that
and the other ſtake, to what number you pleaſe. there are alſo in the water a greater number of vacui-
The ground being thus ſtaked out with all the ſtakes ties than in the gold.
heads level, and half a foot higher than the higheſt Hence we have a clear idea both of denſity or gravity,
ground, in ſome grounds the middle ſtake, and the and of Levity, and know, that in a ſtriet ſenſe the
ftakes in the croſs line, will be the Level line the latter cannot be accounted any thing poſitive, but a
ground muſt be brought to; that is, abating the hill, mere negation, or abſence of body, which determines
and filling up the low ſide to the Level of the mid- that body to be lighter than another which contains
line. But if the ground be very uneven, then you
muſt meaſure over all the ſtakes, and take them mid-LICHEN. Liverwort.
dle high for their mean of Level, and, by the rule There being two ſorts of this plant which are uſed
of three, proportion your ground to that.
in medicine, and one of thoſe being accounted a fo.
As for inſtance: If a valley be ten poles in length, vereign remedy for the bite of mad dogs, I thought it
and two feet in depth from the ſtrait line, and there would not be improper to mention them here, though
be a hill five poles long; how many feet deep muſt a they are plants which cannot be propagated by any
perſon ſink thoſe five poles to fill up the valley ? method, except by paring up the turf of Graſs
This queſtion may be reſolved by the inverſe or back whereon they grow, and laying it down on ſome moiſt
rule of three, and will ſtand thus: As 5 to 2, fo is ſhady place, where, if the turf takes root, and
do to 4
thrives, the plants will ſpread and do well.
5---2-
The two SORTS are,
1. LICHEN (Petræus) petræus latifolius, five Hepa-
tica fontana. C.B. P. Common broad-leaved Liverwort,
5)20(4
2. LICHEN (Officinarum) terreftris cinereus. Raii Syn.
All-coloured Ground Liverwort.
So that a perſon muft go four feet deep in ſuch a hill The firſt fort grows on the fides of wells, and in moiſt
to make good ſuch a valley.
fhady places, not only on the ground, but on ſtones,
If you are to abut the top of the hill four feet deep, bricks, or wood. Of this there are ſeveral varieties,
which
a
a
more matter.
a
IO
2
72

LIG
I IG
a
twenty-five years to paſs from the earth to the fun, as
Mr. Huygens has computed; then the velocity of
Light will be to that of a cannon ball, as twenty-five
years is to ten minutes, which is above 10,000 to 1:
fo that the particles of Light move above a million
of times ſwifter than a cannon ball, from which ra-
pidity of motion very ſtrange effects may be pro-
duced; but Sir Iſaac Newton has fhewn, paft con-
tradiction, that the Light of the ſun is near ſeven mi-
nutes in its paſſage to the earth, which is the ſpace of
50,000,000, a velocity 10,000,000 times greater than
that wherewith a ball flies out of the mouth of a
cannon.
which are diſtinguiſhed by the curious in botany;
but as they are plants of no uſe, I ſhall not enumerate
them.
The ſecond ſort (which is uſed to cure the bite of mad
dogs) grows on commons and open heaths, where the
Graſs is ſhort, and the ground almoſt bare, in moſt
parts of England, eſpecially on declivities, and on the
fides of pits. This ſpreads on the ſurface of the
ground, and, when in perfection, is of an Aſh-co-
lour, but as it grows old, it alters, and becomes of a
dark colour. This is often carried into gardens
with the turf which is laid for walks and ſlopes, and
where the ſoil is moiſt and cool, it will ſpread,
and be difficult to deſtroy, ſo that it renders the
Graſs unſightly; but this is the only method yet
known to have it grow in gardens, where it is deſired.
This is eſteemed a ſovereign remedy for the bite of
mad dogs, and hath been for many years uſed with
great ſucceſs. It was communicated to the Royal So-
ciety by Mr. George Dampier, whoſe uncle had long
uſed this plant, to cure the bite of mad dogs on men
and animals, with infallible ſucceſs. The method of
taking it he has delivered as followeth: “Take of the
66 herb, and dry it either in an oven, by the fire, or
66 in the fun; then powder it, and paſs it through a
et fine fieve; mix this with an equal quantity of fine
6 powdered pepper. The common doſe of this mix-
66 ture is four ſcruples, which may be taken in warm
66 milk, beer, ale, or broth.” He alſo adviſes, that
the part bitten be well waſhed, as alſo the clothes of
the perſon who was bit, left any of the ſnivel, or dri-
vel of the mad dog ſhould remain. If the perſon bit-
ten be full grown, he adviſes, that he be blooded be-
fore the medicine is taken, and to uſe the remedy as
foon after the bite as poſſible, as alſo to repeat the
doſe two or three ſeveral mornings fafting.
LIGHT is uſed in various ſenſes: 1. Sometimes it
fignifies that ſenſation which is occaſioned in the mind
by the view of luminous bodies.
2. For thoſe properties in thoſe bodies, whereby they
are fitted to excite thoſe ſenſations in us.
3. A certain action of the luminous body on the me-
dium between that and the eye, by the means of
which the one is ſuppoſed to act on the other, and this
is called ſecondary Light, or derived Light, in diftinc-
tion to that of luminous bodies, which is called pri-
mary or innate Light.
As to the phænomenon of light, philoſophers have
explained it ſeveral ways; Ariſtotle by ſuppoſing ſome
bodies to be tranſparent, as air, water, ice, &c. The
Carteſians have conſiderably refined upon this notion
of Light, and own, that Light, as it exiſts in the lu-
minous body, is nothing elſe but a power or faculty
of exciting in us a very clear and vivid ſenſation; and
Father Malebranche explains the nature of Light by
a ſuppoſed analogy between it and found, the latter
of which is allowed to be produced by the ſhaking
or vibration of the inſenſible parts of the ſonorous
body.
But the greateſt diſcoveries into this wonderful phæ-
nomenon have been made by Sir Iſaac Newton, that
the primary light conſiſts wholly in a certain motion
of the particles of the lucid body, whereby they do
not propel any fictitious matter ſuppoſed to be lodged
in the hidden pores of tranſparent bodies, but throw
off from the luminous body certain very ſmall parti-
cles, which are emitted every way with great force.
And the fecondary or derived Light, not in a cona-
tus, but in a real motion of theſe particles receding
every way from the luminous body in right lines, and
with an incredible velocity.
For it has been demonſtrated by Mr. Reaumur, from
the obſervation on the ſatellites of Jupiter, that the
progreſs of Light from the ſun to our earth is not
above ten minutes, and therefore, ſince the earth is
at leaſt 10,000 of its own diameters diſtant from the
fun, Light muſt run 10,000 of thoſe diameters in a
minute, which is above 100,000 miles in a ſecond.
And if a bullet, moving with the ſame celerity with
which is leaves the muzzle of a cannon, requires
Sir Iſaac Newton alſo obferves, that bodies and Light
act mutually on one another : bodies on Light, in
emitting, reflexing, refracting, and inflecting it, and
Light on bodies, by heating them, and putting their
parts into a vibrating motion, wherein heat principally
conſiſts;
for he obferves, that all fixed bodies, when
heated beyond a certain degree, emit Light and ſhine,
which fhining, &c. appears to be owing to the vi-
brating motion of the parts, and all bodies abounding
in earthy and fulphureous particles, if they be fuffi-
ciently agitated emit Light, which way foever the
agitation be effected.
The fame great author obſerves, that there are but
three affections of Light wherein the rays differ, viz.
,
refrangibility, reflexibility, and colour; and thoſe rays
which agree in refrangibility, agree alſo in the other
two, whence they may be well defined homogeneal.
Again, the colours exhibited by homogeneal Light,
he calls homogeneal colours, and thoſe produced by
heterogeneal Light, heterogeneal colours; from which
definitions he advances feveral propofitions:
1. That the ſun's Light conſiſts of rays differing by
indefinite degrees of refrangibility.
2. That rays, which differ in refrangibility, when
parted from one another, do proportionably differ in
the colours which they exhibit.
3. That there are as many fimple and homogeneal
colours, as there are degrees of refrangibility, for to
every degreeof refrangibility belongs a different colour.
4. Whiteneſs, in all reſpects, like that of the ſun's
immediate Light, and of all the uſual objects of our
fenfes, cannot be compounded of ſimple colours, with-
out an indefinite variety of them, for to ſuch a com-
poſition there are required rays endued with all the in-
definite degrees of refrangibility, which infer as many
ſimple colours.
5. The rays of Light do not act one on another in
paſſing through the ſame medium.
6. The rays of Light do not fuffer any alteration of
their qualities from refraction, nor from the adjacent
quieſcent medium.
7. There can be no homogeneal colours produced
out of Light by refraction, which are not commixed
in it before, fince refraction changes not the qualities
of the rays, but only ſeparates thoſe that have divers
qualities by means of their different refrangibility.
8. The ſun's Light is an aggregate of homogeneal
colours, whence homogeneal colours may be called
primitive or original.
Hence proceeds the whole theory of colours in plants
and flowers.
Thoſe parts, v.g. which are the moſt refrangible,
conſtitute Violet colour, the dimmeſt and moſt lan-
guid of all colours.
And, on the contrary, thoſe particles that are the
leaſt refrangible, conſtitute a ray or a red colour,
which is the brighteft and moſt vivid of all colours;
the other particles being diſtinguiſhed into little rays,
according to their reſpective magnitudes and degrees
of refrangibility, excite intermediate vibrations, and
ſo occaſion the ſenſations of the intermediate colours.
See Sir Iſaac Newton's Doctrine of Colours.
Perhaps theſe obſervations of Light may to ſome
perſons ſeem foreign to the ſubject matter of this
book, yet, if thoroughly underſtood might probably
be found very uſeful. The learned and curious en-
quirer into the buſineſs of vegetation, the Rev. Dr.
Hales
a
a

LIG
LIG
65
:
.
Hales, in his treatiſe on that head, does, upon the
query put by Sir Iſaac Newton [“ Are not groſs bo-
« dies and Light convertible into one another? And
may not bodies receive much of their activity
“ from the particles of Light which enter their com-
poſition ? The change of bodies into Light, and
“ of Light into bodies, is very conformable to the
« courſe of nature, which ſeems delighted with tranſ-
“ mutations,"] add this query, " And may not
“ Light alſo, by freely entering the expanded fur-
« faces of leaves and flowers, contribute much to the
“ ennobling the principles of vegetables ?"
That Light has been found to be of infinite ſervice
to the growth of vegetables, has been fully proved
by many experiments: 1. By painting the walls of
the inſide of a green-houſe black, whereby there will
be no reflected rays of Light, when the weather be-
comes ſo cold, as that the ſhutters to the windows
have been obliged to be kept fhut a few days, the
leaves of thoſe plants which have been placed therein
have dropped off.
And plants which have been placed in dark rooms,
have been found to do the ſame. The earthing up
plants to blanch them, whereby they become tender,
and better for uſe ; yet if theſe are not uſed, when
properly blanched, will ſoon decay: the like will
happen if plants are covered cloſe, ſo as no Light
can come to them, they will ſoon grow pale and
ficken, and afterward decay.
How much the fine racy favour of fruits is owing
to Light is hard to ſay, but from a few experiments
it appears, moſt of their rich juices are beholden to
Light for their excellence; therefore we may truly
aver, that Light is as neceſſary to promote vegeta-
tion as for animal economy.
LIGUSTICUM. Tourn. Inſt
. R. H. 323. tab.
171. Lin. Gen. Plant. 308. [takes its name of Ligu-
ria, becauſe this plant, in old time, grew in greateſt
plenty near a river of Genoa, called Liguria.] Lo-
vage ; in French, Livêche.
The CHARACTERS are,
It bath an umbellated flower. The general umbel is com-
poſed of ſeveral ſmaller, which are alſo compoſed of other
yet ſmaller. The general umbel has an involucrum com-
poſed of ſeven unequal leaves. The perianthium of the
flower is indented in five parts, fitting upon the germen.
.
The flower bath five equal petols, which are inflexed at
their points, and keel-ſhaped within. It hath five hairy
ſtamina, which are ſhorter than the petals, terminated by
fimple ſummits. The germen, which is ſituated under the
flower, ſupports two ſimple ſtyles, crowned by ſimple ſtig-
mas. The germen afterward turns to an oblong fruit, di-
vided into two parts, which is angular and channelled,
containing two oblong ſmooth ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whofe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. LIGUSTICUM (Leviſticum) foliis multiplicibus, foliolis
ſupernè inciſis. Hort. Cliff. 97. Lovage with many
leaves, whose lobes are cut outward toward the top. Le-
viſticum vulgare. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 275. Common
Lovage.
2. LIGUSTICUM (Scoticum) foliis biternatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 250. Lovage with double trifoliate leaves Li-
gufticum Scoticum Apii folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
324. Scotch Lovage with a Smallage leaf.
3. LIGUSTICUM (Auſtriacum) foliis bipinnatis, foliolis
confluentibus incifis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. 360. Lo-
vage with double winged leaves, whoſe lobes run together,
and have entire ſegments
. Liguſticum cicutæ folio
glabrum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 323. Lovage with a
ſmooth Hemlock leaf.
4. LIGUSTICUM (Lucidum) foliis pinnatifidis, foliolis li-
nearibus planis. Lovage with wing-pointed leaves, whoſe
lobes are very narrow and plain. Liguſticum Pyrenai-
cum, fæniculi folio lucidum. Tourn. Inft
. 324. Lo-
vage of the Pyrenees, with a ſhining Fennel leaf
5. LIGUSTICUM (Peloponneſiacum) foliis multiplicato-
pinnatis, foliolis pinnatim inciſis. Lin. Sp. 36. Lo-
vage with leaves many times winged, and lobes cut like
wings. Cicutaria latifolia foetida. C. B. P. 161. Broad
leaved, ſtinking, Bafiard Hemlock.
The firſt fort is the common Lovage of the ſhops
this was formerly cultivated in the kitchen-gårdens as
an eſculent herb, but has been long diſuſed as ſuch in
England. It grows naturally upon the Appenines,
and alſo near the river Liguria not far from Genoa;
this hath a ſtrong, fleſhy, perennial root, which ſtrikes
deep into the ground, and is compoſed of many ſtrong
fleſhy fibres covered with a brown ſkin, and has a
ſtrong, hot, aromatic ſmell and taſte. The leaves are
large, winged, and compoſed of many large lobes
Maped like thoſe of Smallage, but are larger, and of
a deeper green. The lobes toward the top are cut
into acute ſegments. The ſtalks riſe to the height
of fix or ſeven feet; they are large and channelled,
dividing into ſeveral branches, each being terminated
by a large umbel of yellow flowers, which are ſuc-
ceeded by oblong ftriated ſeeds. It flowers in June
and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
This is eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ſown in autumn foon after they are ripe ; for when
they are kept out of the ground till ſpring; they ſel-
dom grow the firſt year ; when the plants come up
and are fit to remove, they may be tranſplanted into
a moiſt rich border, at about three feet diſtance from
each other; and after they have taken new root,
they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds. The roots will abide many years,
and where the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants
will come up without
without care.
The roots, leaves, and feeds of Lovage, are heating
and drying; they warm and comfort the ſtomach,
expel wind, and provoke urine.
The ſecond fort grows naturally near the ſea in many
parts of Scotland; this hath a biennial root, but of
much leſs fize than the former; the leaves are com-
poſed of broader and ſhorter lobes; each leaf having
two or three trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are in-
dented on their edges. The ſtalk riſes about a foot
high, ſuſtaining a ſmall umbel of yellow flowers
on the top, ſhaped like thoſe of the former; theſe
appear in June, and are ſucceeded by oblong chan-
nelled feeds, which ripen in autumn.
This plant
may be cultivated in the ſame manner as the former.
The third ſort grows naturally on the Alps, this is
a perennial plant. The ſtalks riſe about two feet
high, and at every joint are bent alternately, firſt to
one ſide, then to the oppoſite; at every joint they
are garniſhed with doubly winged leaves, compoſed
of ſmall lobes, which run into each other, and juſt
above each leaf comes out a ſide branch; theſe, as
alſo the principal ftalks, are terminated by umbels of
white flowers, which appear in June, and are ſuc-
ceeded by oblong channelled ſeeds, which ripen in
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains, this hath a biennial root. The leaves are
doubly winged. The lobes are very narrow, and
finely divided. The ſtalks are ſtrong, and riſe a foot
and a half high, garniſhed with ſhining winged leaves,
and are terminated by pretty large umbels of whitiſh
flowers, which appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
September
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Peloponeſian
Mountains; this hath a very thick fieſhy root like
that of Parfnep, which ſtrikes deep in the ground.
The leaves are very large, being compoſed of many
winged leaves, whoſe lobes are cut into acute points;
theſe are of a deep green, and, when bruiſed, emit a
fætid odour. The ſtalks riſe three or four feet high;
they are very large and hollow, like thoſe of Hem-
lock, and ſuſtain at their top large umbels of yellowiſh
flowers, in ſhape of a corymbus ; theſe appear in June,
and are ſucceeded by oblong channelled feeds which
ripen in autumn.
This has by ſome perſons been thought to be the
Hemlock of the antients, their conjectures being
founded upon the plant anſwering in many particu-
lars
a
autumn.
a

LIG
LIG
lars to the deſcription, and alſo from the poiſonous it feldom produces flowers there after the firſt year,
quality of this together with its fætid ſcene; and as unleſs it is in fome open places, where there is a free
this grows naturally in many parts of Afia, fo they air. In the country, the leaves of this plant will con-
have been induced to believe it might be the ſame tinue green great part of the winter. It lowers in
plant.
June, and the berries ripen in autumn, which gene-
All theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for rally hang upon the branches till Chriſtmas.
the ſake of variety, but are ſeldom cultivated any The Italian fort is now generally preferred to the
where elſe; they rife eaſily from feeds, which ſhould common fort for planting in gardens, the leaves be-
be fown in autumn, and the plants afterward treated ing larger and continuing green all the year, renders
in the fame way as the firſt; they love a moiſt foil it more valuable; and being ſo hardy as to reſiſt the
and a ſhady fituation.
greateſt cold in this country, it may be planted in
LIGUSTRUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 596. tab. 367 any ſituation where the common fort will thrive. I
Lin. Gen. Plant. 18. Privet ; in French, Troëne. have frequently planted it under the dropping of
The CHARACTERS are,
large trees, where I find it will thrive better than moft
The flower has a ſmall tubular empalement, cut at the other ſhrubs.
top into four obtufe ſegments. It both one funnel-shaped I cannot but think this ſort which is the moſt com-
petal, with a cylindrical tube cut into four aval ſegments mon in Italy, is the Liguſtrum mentioned by Virgil
at the top, which Spread open. It bath two stamina in the ſecond Fclogue: and my reaſon for it is, that
which ſtand oppoſite, terminated by er et ſummits which as the flowers of this ſhrub are of a pure white, but
are the length of the tube of the petal, and one roundiſha fall off very ſoon, they are by no means proper to ga-
germen Supporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe bi- ther for garlands, &c. and the berries being of a fine
fid ftigmo. The germen afterward turns to a ſmooth round black colour, and continuing long upon the plants,
berry with one cell, incloſing two oblong feeds, flat on one make a fine appearance. To confirm that theſe ber-
fide, but convex on the other.
ries were gathered for uſe, we find in ſeveral authors
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of of undoubted credit, that they were uſed in dyeing, as
Linnæus's fecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants alſo that the beſt ink was made of theſe berries.
whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle.
Beſides, is it not much more reaſonable to ſuppoſe,
The SPECIES are,
that Virgil would rather draw his compariſon from the
1. LIGUSTRUM (Vulgare) foliis lanceolato-ovatis obtuſis. flowers and fruit of the ſame plant, when he is warn-
Privet with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, obtuſe leaves. Ligur- ing the youth not to truſt to his beauty, than to men-
trum Germanicum. C. B. P. 475. The common Privet. tion two different plants, as has been generally ſup-
2. LIGUSTRUM (Itolicum) foliis lanceolatis acutis. Pri- poſed ? for here are the white flowers of the Privet ap-
vet with Spear-ſhaped leaves. Liguſtrum foliis majo- pearing early in the ſpring, which is an alluſion to
ribus & magis acuminatis toto anno folia retinens. youth ; but theſe are of ſhort duration, foon falling
Pluk, Alm. 217. Privet with larger and more acute- away; whereas the berries, which may be applied to
pointed leaves, which continue all the year, commonly mature age, are of long continuance, and are ga-
called the Italian ever-green Privet.
thered for uſe.
The firſt fort grows common in the hedges in moſt Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by laying down
parts of England, where it riſes fifteen or fixteen feet their tender ſhoots in autumn, which in one year's
high, with a woody ſtem, covered with a ſmooth gray time will be rooted enough to tranſplant; when they
bark, ſending out many lateral branches which are may be removed to the places where they are deſigned
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, ſmooth leaves, to remain, or planted in a nurſery for two or three
ending with obtuſe points; they are placed by pairs years, where they may be trained for the
purpoſes
oppoſite, fitting cloſe to the branches, and are of a deſigned
dark green. The flowers are produced in thick ſpikes They are alſo propagated by ſuckers, which theſe
at the end of the branches; they are white, with one plants ſend forth in great plenty ; but theſe are too
tubular petal cut at the top into four parts, which apt to put out a great number of fuckers from
fpread open. Theſe come out in June, and are fuc- their roots, ſo are not eaſily kept within bounds;
ceeded by ſmall round black berries, which ripen in nor do the plants rife ſo high as thoſe which are
the autumn; each of theſe contain two feeds. The
propagated by layers, therefore this method ſhould
leaves of this ſort frequently remain green till after be preferred
Chriſtmas, when they alter their colour and fall off. They may alſo be propagated by cuttings, which, if
There are two varieties of this fort, one whoſe leaves planted in the autumn on a ſhady border and in a
are variegated with white, and the other hath leaves loamy ſoil, will take root very freely, and may be af-
variegated with yellow; but in order to preſerve terward treated in the ſame way as the layers.
theſe varieties, they ſhould be planted in poor land; But the ſtrongeſt and beſt plants, are thoſe which are
for if they are in a rich foil, they will grow vigorous raiſed from feeds ; indeed, this is a much more tedi-
and foon become plain.
ous method than the other, ſo is ſeldom practiſed,
The other fort grows naturally in Italy; this riſes for the ſeeds generally lie a year in the ground before
with a ſtronger ítalk than the former, the branches they vegetate ; therefore, whoever would propagate
are leſs pliable and grow more erect; their bark is of the plants in this method, ſhould gather the berries
a lighter colour ; the leaves are much larger, and end when ripe, and put them into a pot with fand be-
in acute points; they are alſo of a brighter green, tween them, and bury the pot in the ground, as is
and continue upon the ſhrubs in verdure, till they are practiſed for Holly berries and Haws; and after they
thruſt off by the young leaves in the ſpring, as the have laid a year in the ground, take them up in the
Phillyrea and moſt other Evergreens do; fo that it is autumn, and fow them on a border expoſed to the
undoubtedly a diſtinct fort, though many have ſup- eaft, where the plants will come up the following
poſed they were the ſame. The flowers of this are ſpring, and theſe will make great progreſs after they
rather larger than thoſe of the common ſort, and are have gotten ſome ſtrength, ſo will grow upright, and
not often fucceeded by berries in this country.
not ſend out fuckers like the other.
The leaves and flowers of the firſt fort are uſed in Formerly theſe plants were greatly in uſe for hedges,
medicine; they are reckoned to be cooling, drying, but ſince ſo many others of great beauty have been
and reftringent, good for ulcers and inflammations of introduced, which are much preferable to theſe for
the mouth and throat, bleeding of the gums, and re- ſuch purpoſes, they have been entirely rejected, the
laxation of the uvula.
trouble of keeping them in order being very great ;
This ſhrub is frequently cultivated in the nurſeries nor are the hedges made with them ever ſo thick and
near London, to furniſh the ſmall gardens and balco- handſome, as thoſe made with divers other plants.
nies in the city, it being one of the few plants which The two variegated kinds are pretty varieties amongſt
will thrive in the finoke of London ; but although it other ſtriped ſhrubs. Theſe may be propagated by
will live fome years in the cloſe part of the town, yet budding, or inarching them upon the plain fort, as
alſo
3
3

LI
LIL
3
alſo by laying down their branches; but as they fel- w koſe petals turn backward. Martagon multis & mag-
dom ſhoot fo faſt, as to produce any branches pro- nis foribus luteis alios fuperans. Suvert. Icon. Pl. 57.
per for layers, the other method is chiefly uſed. The The great yellow Mertagon.
filver ſtriped fort is ſomewhat tenderer than the plain, 9. LILIUM (Martagon) foliis verticillatis, foribus re-
but will endure the open air, if planted in a dry foil flexis, corollis revolutis. Hort. Cliff. 120. Lily with
and in a warm ſituation.
leaves growing in whorls, and reflexed flowers whoſe pe-
LILAC. See SYRINGA.
tals turn backward. Lilium fioribus reflexis monta-
LILIASTRUM. See HEMEROCALLIS.
num. C. B. P. 77. Mountain Lily with reflexed flowers,
LILIO-ASPHODELUS. See HEMEROCALLIS commonly called purple Martagon.
and CRINUM.
10. LILIUM (Hirſutum) foliis verticillatis hirſutis, flori-
LILIO-FRITILLARIA. See FRITILLARIA. bus reflexis, corollis revolutis. Lily with hairy leaves
LILIO-HYACINTHUS. See SCILLA.
growing in whorls, and reflexed flowers whoſe petals turn
LILIO-NARCISSUS. See AMARYLLIS.
backward. Lilium floribus reflexis alterum lanugine
LILIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 369. tab. 191. Lin. hirſutum. C. B. P. 718. Another Lily with reflexed
Gen. Plant. 371. (takes its name of ne, ſmooth, flowers which is bairy and downy, commonly called the red
poliſhed, becauſe its leaves are, as it were, poliſhed; Martagon.
or of asupov, which fignifies the ſame thing,] the Lily; 11. LILIUM (Canadenſe) foliis verticillatis, floribus re-
in French, Lis.
flexis corollis campanulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 303. Lily
The CHARACTERS are,
with leaves growing in whorls, and reflexed bell-shaped
The flower has no empalement; it heth fix petals, which flowers. Lilium, fc. martagon Canadenſe maculatum.
are narrow at their baſe, but are broad, obtuſe, and re- Mor. Hift. 2. p. 408. Lily, or Martagon of Canada with
flexed at their points. The flower is of the open bell- Spotied flowers.
Jhape, the petals are thick, obtuſe, and keel-Shaped; on 12. LILIUM (Campſchatenſe) foliis verticillatis, Aoribus
their back each petal has a narrow longitudinal necta- erectis, corollis campanulatis. Amen. Acad. 2. p.
rium at their baſe. It both fix ſtamina which are erect 34.8. Lily with leaves growing in whorls, and an erect
and ſhorter than the petals, terminated by oblong proſtrate bell-ſhaped flower.
fummits, with a cylindrical oblong germen having fix fur-13. LILIUM (Philadelphicum) foliis verticillatis brevibus,
rows, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle the length of the pe- corollis campanulatis, unguibus petalorum anguſtio-
tals, croconed by a thick triangular ftigma. The germen ribus, foribus erectis. Icon. tab. 165. Lily with very
afterward becomes an oblong capſule with fix rough fur- fort leaves growing in whorls, and bell-shaped flowers
rows hollowed at the top, having three cells which are whoſe petals are very narrow at their baſe.
filled with flat half round ſeeds, lying above each other in a There is a greater variety of Martagons than are
double order.
here mentioned, but as they are ſuppoſed to be only
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of accidental ariſing from culture, fo I thought it would
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants be to little purpoſe to inſert them here, therefore I
whoſe flowers have ſix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
fhall only give their common titles hereafter.
The SPECIES are,
The common white Lily is ſo well known as to need
1. LILIUM (Candidum) foliis fparfis, corollis campanu- no deſcription ; this grows naturally in Paleſtine and
latis erectis, intus glabris. Hort. Cliff. 120. Lily with Syria, but has been long cultivated in all the gardens
Sparſed leaves, and a bell-ſhaped ere&t flower which is of Europe. It is ſo hardy that no froſt ever injures
ſmooth within. Lilium album, fiore erecto & vul- the roots in England, and it propagates ſo faſt by off-
gare. C. B. P. 76. Common white Lily with an erect fets from the roots, that it is become ſo common as to
flower.
be little regarded, though there is great beauty in the
2. LILIUM (Peregrinum) foliis fparfis, corollis campa- flowers, and they emit an agreeable odour. Of this
nulatis cernuis, petalis bafi anguftioribus. Lily with ſort there are the following varieties :
Sparfed leaves, and a bell-ſhaped nodding flower, whoſe pe- The white Lily ſtriped with purple.
tals are narrower at their baſe. Lilium album, flori- The white Lily with variegated leaves.
bus dependentibus, five peregrinum. C. B. P. 76. The white Lily with double flowers.
White foreign Lily with pendent flowers.
Theſe are varieties which have accidentally riſen
3
LILIUM (Bulbiferum) foliis fparfis, corollis campa- from culture ; the ſort with variegated flowers has noc
nulatis erectis, intus-ſcabris. Hort. Cliff. 120. Lily been in England much more than thirty-five years,
with Sparſed leaves, and an erect bell-Shaped flower, rough but is now very common in moſt of the gardens, and
within. Lilium purpureo-croceum majus. C. B. P. is by fome perſons eſteemed for the variety of its pur-
76. Greater Lily with a purple Saffron-coloured flower, ple ſtripes; but as the pure white of the flower is
commonly called Orange Lily.
ſtained by the purple, ſo as to appear of a dull co-
4. LILIUM (Humile) humile, foliis linearibus ſparſis, lour, therefore many prefer the common white Lily.
corollis campanulatis erectis, caule bulbifero. Dwarf The fort with variegated leaves is chiefly valued for
Lily with narrow Sparſed leaves, ereat bell-Shoped flowers, its appearance in winter and ſpring, for as the leaves
and a ſtalk bearing bulbs. Lilium bulbiferum minus. come up early in the autumn, which ſpread themſelves
C. B. P. 77. Smaller bulb-bearing Lily, by ſome called fiat on the ground, and being finely edged with broad
the fiery Lily.
yellow ſtripes, they make a pretty appearance during
5. LILIUM (Pomponium) foliis fparfis fubulatis, floribus the winter and ſpring months. The flowers are the
reflexis, corollis revolutis. Hort. Cliff. 120. Lily with ſame as thoſe of the common fort, but appear
earlier
awl-Shaped Sparſed leaves and reflexed flowers, whoſe pe- in ſummer, which may be occafioned by the roots be-
tals are turned backward. Lilium rubrum anguſtifo- ing weaker than thoſe of the plain fort, for all varie-
lium. C. B. P. 78. Narrow-leaved red Lily or Mortagon. gated plants are weaker than thoſe which are plain.
6. LILIUM (Anguſtifolium) foliis linearibus fparfis, pe- The white Lily with double flowers is leſs valuable
dunculis longiffimis. Lily with narrozo Sparſed leaves, than either of the other, becauſe their flowers never
and very long foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Lilium brevi open well, unleſs they are covered with glaſſes to
& gramineo folio. C. B. P. 79. Lily with a ſhort Graſs ſhelter them from the rain and dew, ſo often rot with-
Leaf, commonly called Mortagon of Pompony.
out expanding. Theſe flowers have none of the agree-
7. LILIUM (Chalcedonicum) foliis fparfis lanceolatis, flo- able odour which the ſingle fort is valued for, even
ribus reflexis, corollis revolutis. Hort. Cliff. 120. when they open the faireft ; for as by the multiplicity
Lily with ſparſed ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and reflexed flowers of petals in the flowers, the parts of generation are
webole petals turn backward. Lilium Byzantinum mi- deſtroyed, ſo there is a want of the fecundating pow-
niatum. C. B. P. 78. Lily of Byzantium wiih e carmine der from whence the odour is fent out.
flower, commonly called the ſcarlet Martagon.
The roots, leaves, and flowers of the common white
8. LILIUM (Superbum) foliis fparfis lanceolatis, floribus Lily are uſed in medicine; the roots are frequently
pyramidatis reflexis, corollis revolutis. Lily with spar- uſed to ſoften, ripen, and digeft tumours and hard
Jed (pear-shaped leaves, and pyramidal reflexed flowers, ſwellings. Matthiolus ſays, that the diſtilled water
4
و
8 A
of

LIL
LIL
every third
و
of the flowers, is properly and ſucceſsfully given to theſe differ from the coirmon Lilies, in having their
women in hard labour, and the distilled water of the perals reflexed backward in form of a Turk's turbant,
leaves is of great uſe in diſtempers of the lungs. from whence many give them the title of Turk's Cap.
The white Lily with dependent flowers, was origi- In the gardens of the Horiſts, particularly thoſe in
nally brought from Conſtantinople. This is by fome Holland, they make a great variety of theſe flowers,
fuppoſed to be only a variety of the common fort, but amounting to the number of thirty or upward; but
is undoubtedly a diſtinct fpecies; the ſtalk is much in the Engliſh gardens, I have not obſerved more
Nenderer than the common, the leaves are narrower than half that number, and moſt of theſe are acci-
and fewer in number; the flowers are not quite ſo dental, for thoſe before enumerated, are all that I think
large, and the petals are more contracted at their
may be fuppoſed ſpecifically different. However, for
bafe; theſe always hang downward, whereas thoſe of the ſake of ſuch as are curious in collecting theſe forts
the common fort grow erect. The ſtalks of this kind of flowers, I ſhall here mention all thoſe varieties
ſometimes are very broad and flat, and appear as if which are to be found in the Engliſh gardens.
two or three were joined together; when this hap- The common Martagon with double flowers.
pens, they ſuſtain from fixty to a hundred flowers, The white Martagon.
and ſometimes more; this has occafioned many to The double white Martagon.
think it a different fort, who have mentioned this The white ſpotted Martagon.
with broad ſtalks and many flowers as a diſtinct ſpe- The Imperial Martagon.
cies, though it is accidental, for the ſame root ſcarce The early ſcarlet Martagon,
ever produces the ſame two years.
The Conſtantinople Vermillion Martagon.
Theſe forts are eaſily propagated by offsets, which The common Martagon with red flowers, which is
the roots ſend out in ſo great plenty, as to make it the fifth fort before enumerated, has
, very narrow
neceſſary to take them off every other, or at moſt leaves, growing without order. The ſtalk riſes near
,
year, to prevent their weakening the prin- three feet high, fuſtaining at the top eight or ten
cipal roots. The time for removing the roots is at bright red flowers, which ſtand at a diſtance from
the end of Auguſt, ſoon after the ſtalks decay; for if each other. Theſe appear in June, and the italks de-
they are left longer in the ground, they will ſoon put cay in Auguſt, ſoon after which time the roots may
out new fibres and leaves, when it will be improper be tranſplanted.
to remove them, becauſe that will prevent their The ſixth ſort is called Martagon of Pompony; the
flowering the following ſummer. They will thrive in ſtalks of this rife higher than thoſe of the former, the
almoſt any foil or ſituation, and as they grow tall leaves are ſhorter, and ſet cloſer upon the ſtalks ; each
and ſpread, ſo they muſt be allowed room; therefore of theſe ſtalks ſuſtain from fifteen to thirty flowers,
in ſmall gardens they take up too much ſpace, but in of a very bright red, approaching to ſcarlet. The
large borders they are very ornamental.
foot-ſtalks of the flowers are very long, ſo that the
The common Orange or red Lily, is as well known in head of flowers ſpreads out very wide; theſe hang
the Engliſh gardens as the white Lily, and has been downward, but their petals are reflexed quite back.
as long cultivated here. This grows naturally in This flowers ſoon after the fifth fort.
Auſtria and ſome parts of Italy. This ſort multiplies The ſeventh fort is commonly known by the title of
very faſt by offsets from the roots, and is now fo Scarlet Martagon; this riſes with a ſtalk from three
common, as to be almoſt rejected; however, in large to four feet high; the leaves are much broader than
gardens theſe ſhould not be wanting, for they make thoſe of the former forts, and appear as if they were
a good appearance when in flower, if they are pro- edged with white; they are placed very cloſely upon
perly diſpoſed. Of this ſort there are the following the ſtalks, but without any order. The flowers are
varieties :
produced at the top of the ſtalk; they are of a bright
The Orange Lily with double flowers.
ſcarlet, and are ſeldom more than five or fix in num-
The Orange Lily with variegated leaves.
ber. This flowers late in July, and in cool ſeaſons
The ſmaller Orange Lily.
will continue in beauty great part of Auguſt
.
Theſe varieties have been obtained by culture, and The eighth fort riſes with a ſtrong ſtalk from four
are preſerved in the gardens of Aoriſts. They all to five feet high, garniſhed with leaves as broad as
flower in June and July, and their ſtalks decay in Sep- thoſe of the laſt mentioned, which ſtand without or-
tember, when the roots may be tranſplanted, and their der ; the flowers are produced in form of a pyramid,
offsets taken off, which ſhould be done once in two on the upper part of the ſtalk. When the roots of
or three years, otherwiſe their bunches will be too this kind are ſtrong, they produce forty or fifty
large, and the flower-ſtalks weak. This doth not flowers upon each ſtalk; they are large, of a yellow
put out new leaves till toward ſpring, ſo that the colour, ſpotted with dark ſpots, fo make a fine ap-
roots may be tranſplanted at any time after the ſtalks
pearance; but the flowers have ſo diſagreeable ſtrong
decay till near Chriſtmas. It will thrive in any foil or ſcent, that few perſons can endure to be near them,
ſituation, but will be ſtrongeſt in a ſoft gentle loam which has occaſioned their being thrown out of moſt
pot too moiſt.
Engliſh gardens. This flowers the latter end of June.
The bulb-bearing fiery Lily feldom riſes much more The ninth fort is frequently called the Purple Marta-
than half the height of the former ; the leaves are nar- gon, though in moſt of the old gardens it is known
rower, the flowers are ſmaller, and of a brighter ſimply by the title of Turk's Cap. This riſes with a
flame colour; they are few in number, and ſtand ſtrong ſtalk from three to four feet high, garniſhed
more erect. Theſe come out a month before the
by pretty broad leaves, which ſtand in whorls round
common fort, and the ſtalks put out bulbs at moſt of the ſtalk, at certain diſtances. The flowers are of
the joints, which, if taken off, when the ſtalks de- a dark purpliſh colour, with ſome ſpots of black; they
cay, and planted, will produce plants, ſo that it may are produced in looſe ſpikes on the top of the ſtalks.
be propagated in plenty. There are ſeveral varieties This flowers in June; the flowers of this fort have a
of this, which are mentioned as diſtinct ſpecies, but very diſagreeable odour when near, but it is not fo
are ſuppoſed to have been produced by culture. offenſive as the former fort.
-Thefe are,
The tenth fort is very like the former, but the leaves
The greater broad-leaved bulb-bearing Lily.
are narrower; the whorls ſtand farther aſunder, the
The many-flowered bulb-bearing Lily.
leaves and ſtalks are ſomewhat hairy, and the buds
The ſmall bulb-bearing Lily.
of the flowers are covered with a ſoft down: the
The hoary bulb-bearing Lily.
flowers are of a brighter colour with few ſpots, and
All theſe forts of Lilies will thrive under the ſhade come out earlier in the ſummer, though the ſtalks ap-
of trees, ſo may be introduced in plantations, and on pear much later above ground. This flowers early in
the borders of woods, where they will have a good June, and the ſtalks decay in Auguſt.
effect during the time they are in flower.
The eleventh fort is commonly called the Canada Mar-
There is a great variety of the Martagon Lily; tagon, as it was firſt brought to Europe from thence,
but
3

LIL
LIL
a
3
but it grows naturally in moſt parts of North Ame-
rica. The roots of this are oblong and large, made
up of ſcales like the other forts; the ſtalks riſe from
four to five feet high, garniſhed with oblong pointed
leaves placed in whorls round the ſtalk. The flowers
are produced toward the top of the ſtalk ; they are
large, of a yellow colour, ſpotted with black, which
are ſhaped like the flowers of the Orange Lily; the
petals of them are not turned backward ſo much as
thoſe of the other forts of Martagon. This flowers
the beginning of Auguſt, and when the roots are
large, the ſtalks have a good number of flowers, ſo
make a fine appearance. There are two varieties of
this, one with larger and deeper coloured Aowers
than the other, but they are ſuppoſed to have acci-
dentally come from feeds. Nors
The twelfth fort grows naturally in North Anierica,
and is alſo mentioned to grow at Campſchatſki. This
hath erect flowers ſhaped like thoſe of the Canada
Martagon, but the petals of this are oval, not nar-
rowed at their baſe as are thoſe, and fit cloſe to the
foot-ſtalk; the flowers are of a deeper colour, and
not ſo much ſpotted as the other fort. It flowers in
July, and the ſtalks decay in the autumn.
This fort is at preſent rare in England, being in very
few gardens. It was fent me a few years ago from Ma-
ryland, but after it had flowered the root periſhed.
The thirteenth fort was ſent me from Penſylvania by
Mr. John Bartram, who found it growing naturally in
that country. The root of this is ſmaller than thoſe
of the other forts; it is ſcaly and white ; in the ſpring
it ſends out one upright ftalk near a foot and a half
high; the leaves come out in whorls round the ſtalks,
at diſtances; they are ſhort, pretty broad, and have
obtuſe points. The ſtalk is terminated by two flowers
which Itand erect, upon ſhort ſeparate foot-ſtalks ;
they are thaped like the flowers of the bulb-bearing
fiery Lily, but the petals are narrower at their baſe, ſo
that there are ſpaces between each, but upward they
enlarge and join, forming a fort of open bell-ſhaped
flower; their petals are ſpear-ſhaped, ſo are con-
tracted at the top, where they terminate in acute points.
The flowers are of a bright purple colour, marked
with ſeveral dark purple ſpots toward their baſe. In
the center of the power is ſituated a ſix-cornered ger-
men, ſupporting a ſtrong ſtyle, crowned by a three-
cornered ftigma ; round this are ſituated fix awl-
ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by oblong proftrate ſum-
mits; theſe are a little ſhorter than the ſtyle. The
germen afterward turns to an oblong capſule with
three angles, blunt at the top, divided into three
cells, filled with flat feeds lying over each other. It
flowers in July, and the feeds ripen the latter end of
September
This fort is at preſent very rare in the Engliſh gar-
dens, but as it has ripened feeds the laſt ſeaſon here,
fo it may in a few years become very common.
. As
this ſort grows in a ſmall compaſs, and the flowers
have no ill ſcent, it is proper furniture for the bor-
ders of ſmall gardens. The ſtalks of this decay ſoon
after the ſeeds are ripe, when it will be a proper time
to remove the roots, for theſe do not put out new
fibres till after Chriſtmas. The roots of this kind
do not put out many offsets, ſo that unleſs it is
propagated by feeds, it cannot be increaſed in any
plenty.
All the forts of Martagon may be propagated by
offsets from the roots, in the ſame way as the com-
mon Lily, which ſome of the forts produce in as great
plenty ; but there are others which ſend out very few
offsets, which occaſion their preſent ſcarcity. The
roots of all the forts of Martagon may be ſafely taken
up when their ſtalks decay; and if there is a neceſſity
for keeping the roots out of the ground, if they are
wrapped in dry Moſs, they will keep perfectly well for
two months; ſo that if the roots are to be tranſported
to a diſtant place, this precaution of wrapping them
up is neceſſary; but where they are to be planted in
the ſame garden, there will be no occaſion for this,
eſpecially if they are not kept too long out of the
ground; for if the place is ready to receive the roots,
they ſhould be planted the beginning of October; fo
if the roots are put in a dry cool place, they will keep
very good without any further care ; but if the ground
is not ready to receive them till later in the
year,
then
it will be proper to cover the roots with dry land, or
wrap them in Moſs to exclude the air, which, if they
are much expoſed to, will cauſe their ſcales to ſhrink,
which weakens the roots, often cauſing a mouldineis,
,
and is ſometimes the occaſion of their rotting.
Theſe roots ſhould be planted five or fix inches deep
in the ground, eſpecially if the ſoil is light and dry;
but where the ground is moiſt, it will be proper to
raiſe the borders in which theſe are to be planted, five
or fix inches above the level of the ſurface of the
ground; for if the water riſes ſo high in winter as to
come near the roots, it will cauſe them to rot; and
where the ſoil is naturally ſtiff and ſubject to bind,
there ſhould be a good quantity of ſea-coal aſhes or
rough fard, well mixed in the border, to ſeparate the
parts, and prevent the ground from binding in the
ſpring, otherwiſe the roots will not ſend up very
ſtrong ſtalks, nor will they make ſo good increaſe.
As the Canada Martagon, the Martagon of Pompony,
and the laſt fort, are ſomewhat tenderer than the
others, ſo if in very ſevere winters the ſurface of the
ground over them is covered with old tanners bark or
ſea-coal afhes, it will be a good way to ſecure them
from being injured by the froſt; and in the ſpring
the covering may be removed, before the roots ihoot
up their ſtalks.
The tall growing forts of theſe are only proper for
large gardens, ſo they may be intermixed with the
white and Orange Lilies, the tall growing Iriſes, and
other flowers of the ſame growth; where, if they are
not too much crowded, and are properly diſpoſed, they
will make a good appearance; and as they flower one
after another, ſo they may be diſpoſed according to
their ſeaſons of fowering. There are ſome of the
common Martagons hardy enough to thrive under the
ſhade of trees, ſo they may be diſpoſed in wilderneſs
quarters, with the common ſort of Lilies, where they
will have a good effect.
The roots of all theſe kinds muſt never be tranſ-
planted after they have made any ſhoots, for that will
ſo much weaken them (if it does not entirely kill
them) as not to be recovered in leſs than two or three
years, as I have experienced to my coft; for being
obliged to remove a fine collection of theſe roots early
in the ſpring, I loft a great part of them, and the
others were long recovering their ſtrength.
All the forts of Lilies and Martagons may be propa-
gated by ſowing their ſeeds, by which method fome
new varieties may be obtained, provided the feeds
are ſaved from the beft forts; eſpecially the Marta-
gons, which are more inclinable to vary than the
other Lilies. The inanner of fowing them is as
follows:
You muſt be provided with ſome ſquare boxes about
fix inches deep, which ſhould have holes bored in their
bottoms to let the wet paſs off: thefe boxes ſhould be
filled with freſh light ſandy earth, and in the begin-
ning of October, foon after the ſeeds are ripe, you
mult fow them thereon pretty thick, covering them
over with light fifted earth about half an inch; then
place the boxes where they may have the morning
fun only, obſerving if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, to
refreſh them often with water, as alſo to pull out all
weeds which may be produced. In this ſituation the
boxes ſhould remain until the beginning of November,
when you muſt remove them where they may have as
much fun as poſſible, as alſo be ſcreened from the
cold north and eaſt winds during the winter ſeaſon;
but in the ſpring of the year, about the beginning
of April, you muſt remove the boxes into their for-
mer poſition ; for now the young plants will appear
above ground, which are impatient of too much
heat; beſides, the earth in the boxes will dry too
faft at this ſeaſon, if expofed to the full fun at noon.
You muſt alſo obſerye at this ſeaſon to keep them
entirely
a
ز
و
و

3
young :) but
و
LIL
entirely clear from weeds, as alſo to refreſh them good by their firſt flowers, therefore you fould never
gently with water, if the ſeafon ſhould prove dry, reject any of them until they have flowered two years ;
but this muſt be done fparingly and with caution. for many times, ſome of theſe fewers will make but
In this place you ſhould let the boxes remain until a mean appearance the firſt year, and afterwards be-
the beginning of Auguſt; at which time you ſhould come fair handſome flowers when they have obtained
prepare fome beds of the above mentioned freſh light ſtrength; ſo that you ſhould ſuffer all ſuch, of whole
earth, which muſt be levelled very even; then take worth you are not affured, to remain undiſturbed two
the earth out of the boxes, together with the ſmall years, that you may be afcertained which of them are
bulbs, and ſtrew it equally over the beds, covering it worth preferving; theſe ſhould be removed into the
over about half an inch thick with fine fifted earth; flower-garden at a proper ſeaſon, but the ordinary
and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very hot and dry, you ones may be rejected, or planted in ſhady outer walks,
would do well to fhade the beds in the middle of the
where, though they are mean flowers, they will ap-
day from the great heat of the ſun, and refreſh them pear well enough.
now and then with water.
LILIUM CONVALLIUM. See CONVALLARIA.
You muſt alſo obſerve to keep them entirely clear LILIUM PERSICUM. See FRITILLARIA.
from weeds, and if the following winter ſhould prove LILIUM SUPERBUM. See GLORIOSA.
very cold, you muſt cover the beds with Peas-haulm, LIME-TREE. See TILIA.
or ſome other light covering, to keep out the froſt, LIMODORUM. Flor. Virg. 110.
Flor. Virg. 110. Lin. Gen.
which would prejudice the roots, if ſuffered to enter Plant. 904. Helleborine. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 436.
deep into the ground (eſpecially while they are ſo tab. 249. Baſtard Hellebore.
you muſt never let the covering remain
The CHARACTERS are,
on in mild weather, which would alſo be very inju- It hath a ſingle naked flower-ſtalk, ariſing immediately
rious to them.
from the root. The flowers bave no empalement, but a
The end of February, or the beginning of March, Spatha (or ſheath) ſituated below them. The fiower is
when the hard froſts are over, you ſhould gently compoſed of five ovel petals, which are diffimilar. The
clear off the earth upon the ſurface of the beds (which, fide petals ſpread open, but the two upper are conneEted
during the winter ſeaſon, will often have contracted together; the lower one is keel-Maped, so that it has much
a moſlineſs ;) and fift a little freſh earth equally the appecrance of a butterfly flower. Within the petals
over the beds, which will greatly encourage the roots ; is ſituated a concave nectarium of one leaf, which is as
but in doing this, you muſt be very careful not to long as the petals. It has two fi amina, which are as long
ſtir the ground fo deep as to diſturb or injure the as the petals, terminated by two oval ſummits. It hath
roots; nor ſhould you defer doing it too late, left e column-Shaped germen fituated under the flower, which
the ſhocts ſhould be coming up, which, by this ope- is as long as the petals, ſupporting a fiender ſtyle, faſtened
ration might be broken and greatly hurt; and as the
;
to the ſtamino, crowned by a funnel-ſhaped frigma. The
ſeaſon advances, you muſt be careful to clear them column-haped germen afterward turns to a capſule of the
from weeds, and in dry weather to water them gently, ſome form, opening with three valves, having one cell,
but they ſhould not have it in great plenty; and in in which are lodged four or five roundiſh ſeeds.
very hot days, if you ſhade them from the ſun, it will This genus of plants is ranged in the first ſection of
be of great ſervice to them; but this need not be Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
done till the latter end of April or the beginning of whoſe flowers have but two ſtamina, which are con-
May, when the ſeaſon is ſometimes very hot and dry. nected with the ſtyle.
When their leaves are quite decayed, you ſhould ſtir We have but one Species of this genus at pre-
the ſurface of the beds again (but do not go too ſent in England, viz.
deep) which will prevent the weeds from growing LIMODORUM (Tuberoſum) foliis longis anguſtis fulcatis
very faſt, and be of ſervice to the roots; and in Sep- & acuminatis, pedunculis longiffimis. Limodorum with
tember you muſt fift fome more freſh earth over the long narrow leaves ending in acute points, and a very long
beds about half an inch thick, and in winter and foot-fialk to the flower. Helleborine Americana, ra-
ſpring you muſt manage them as was directed for the dice tuberofâ, foliis longis anguftis, caule nudo, filo-
preceding year.
ribus ex rubro pallide-purpurafcentibus. Martyn.
In September following theſe roots will require to be Cent. 1. Pl. 50. Icon. tab. 165. American Baſtard
.
tranſplanted to a greater diſtance, when you muſt pre- Hellebore with a tuberoſe root, long narrow leaves, a
pare ſome beds of the ſame freſh light earth as was naked ſtalk, and flowers of a red and pale purpliſh colour.
before directed, making them level; then take up This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, eſpecially on
the roots and tranſplant them into the beds, placing the north ſide of that iſland, from whence many of
them about eight inches aſunder, obſerving to put the roots were ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun, with
the roots with their buds uppermoſt, and about four the following title, Helleborine purpurea, tuberofà
inches below the ſurface.
radice. Plum. Cat. 9. ſo that it is the ſame plant with
.
This work ſhould be done when the weather is Plumier's. It alſo grows naturally in the French
moiſt, for if the roots are tranſplanted in a very dry Iſands of America. The roots of this were afterward
ſeaſon, and there doth not happen rain foon after, brought me from the Bahama Inands, where it was
they will take a mouldineſs which many times rots found growing naturally, and it was fince ſent me
them.
from Penſylvania, by Mr. John Bartram, who found
You muſt alſo obſerve, as was before directed, to it growing naturally in that country.
keep the beds entirely clear from weeds; and in win-The root of this plant is ſhaped like that of the true
ter, if the froſt ſhould be very ſevere, you muſt cover Saffron Crocus, but the outer cover is of a darker
them with Peas-haulm or decayed tan, to prevent the brown colour; from this comes out two or three
roots from being injured thereby; and in the ſpring leaves, according to the ſize and ſtrengthof the root;
you ſhould take off the covering, alſo the earth from theſe are nine or ten inches long, and near three
the ſurface of the beds, as before, laying ſome freſh quarters of an inch broad in the middle, being con-
thereon, and ſo continue the ſummer and winter's tracted toward both ends, terminating with long acute
work, as before.
points, folding over each other at their baſe; they
The ſecond year after being planted in theſe beds, have five longitudinal furrows, like the firſt leaves of
the ſtrongeſt roots will begin to flower; at which time, young Palms; theſe leaves come out in the ſpring,
if you obſerve any peculiar varieties, you ſhould put and frequently decay the following winter, but when
down a ſtick by each of theſe roots to mark them the plants are kept in a warm ftove, they are not very
which may be taken up when their leaves are de- long deſtitute of leaves. The flower-italk ariſes im-
cayed, and removed into the borders of the flower- mediately from the root, on one ſide of the leaves;
garden, or tranſplanted into other beds at a greater this is naked, ſmooth, and of a purpliſh colour to-
distance, to encourage them to flower ſtrong. But ward the top. It is near a foot and a half high, and
you cannot be ſo good a judge which of thoſe will be terminated by a looſe ſpike of purpliſh red flowers,
ſtanding
a
a
3
a

L I M
L I M
.
ma;
ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are compoſed pointed leaves, which are little ſawed. Limon vulgaris.
of five or fix petals, the two upper are connected Ferr. Heſp. 193. The common Limon.
together, forming a fort of helmet, the two fide pe- 2. LIMON (Spinoſum) foliis ovatis integris, ramis fub-
tals expand like the wings of a butterfly flower, and ſpinofis. Limon with oval entire leaves, and branches
the lower forms a ſort of keel. In the center of the tehich are ſomewhat ſpiny. Limon acris. Ferr. Hefp.
petals is ſituated a column-ſhaped germen, which 331. The ſour Limon, commonly called Lime.
riſes from the baſe of the petals, ſupporting a Nen- 3. LIMON (Racemoſum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ſubſerra-
der ſtyle, to which adhere two ſtamina, terminated by tis, fructu conglomerato. Limon with oval ſpear-
oval ſummits, as the ſtyle is by a funnel-ſhaped ſtig- shaped leaves, which are ſomewhat ſawed, and fruit
after the flowers are faded, the germen be- growing in cluſters. Limon fructu racemoſo. Tourn.
comes a three-cornered column-ſhaped capſule, with Inft. R. H: 621. Limon with fruit growing in bunches.
one cell, opening with three valves, containing ſe- There are great varieties of this fruit, which are pre-
veral roundith ſeeds, but theſe feeds are rarely pro- ſerved in ſome of the Italian gardens, and in both the
duced in England.
Indies there are ſeveral which have not yet been in-
This plant is not conſtant to any particular ſeaſon of troduced to the European gardens; but theſe, like
flowering; for ſometimes it has fowered in April and Apples and Pears, may be multiplied without end from
May, and in other years it has not flowered till Sep- ſeeds, therefore I ſhall only mention the moſt remark-
tember or October, but the moſt uſual time of its able varieties which are to be found in the Engliſh
flowering is in June and July, when the flowers ap- gardens at preſent, as it would be to little purpoſe to
pear early in the ſpring; they are ſucceeded by feed- enumerate all thoſe which are mentioned in the foreign
veffels, which ſometimes ripen in this country. catalogues.
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus men- The Limon-tree with variegated leaves.
tioned by Father Plumier, but I have only ſeen one The ſweet Limon.
more than this here mentioned, which had oval ob-
The Pear-ſhaped Limon.
tuſe leaves, furrowed in the ſame manner as the The imperial Limon
leaves of this fort, but were of a thicker conſiſtence; The Limon called Adam's Apple.
the flowers of this I have not yet feen. The root was The furrowed Limon.
ſent me from Maryland, where it grew naturally in a The childing Limon.
thicket.
The Limon with double flowers.
The fort here deſcribed is too tender to thrive in the The common Limon and the ſweet Limon are brought
open air in England, and although with care it may to England from Spain and Portugal in great plenty,
be preſerved in a warm green-houſe, yet it ſeldom but the fruit of the latter are not much eſteemed. The
flowers in ſuch a ſituation ; ſo that to have it in Lime is not often brought to England, nor is chat
perfection, it is neceſſary to keep it in the tan-bed fruit much cultivated in Europe, but in the Weſt-
in the ſtove in winter; and if in ſummer the pots Indies it is preferred to the Limon, the juice being
are plunged in a tan-bed under a deep frame, the reckoned wholeſomer, and the acid is more agreeable
plants will thrive, and flower as ſtrong as in their to the palate ; there are ſeveral varieties of this fruit
native foil.
in the Weſt-Indies, ſome of which have a ſweet juice,
It is propagated by offsets from the root, which are but thoſe are not greatly eſteemed; and as the inha-
fent out pretty freely when the plants are in vigour ; bitants of thoſe ilands do not propagate theſe fruits
theſe ſhould be taken off, and the roots tranſplanted by grafting or budding, being contented with fowing
when they are the moſt deſtitute of leaves. The roots their feeds, ſo there is no doubt but a great variety of
ſhould have a ſoft loamy foil, and muſt have but little them may be found by any perſon who is curious in
water, eſpecially in winter,
diſtinguiſhing them.
LIMODORUM. See ORCHIS:
As I have never known the common Limon ever vary
LIMON. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 621. Citrus. Lin. Gen. to the Lime, when raiſed from feeds, nor the Lime
Plant. 807. [fo called of Asiywv, a meadow, becauſe the vary to the Limon, I ſuppoſe they are ſpecifically
leaves of this tree are of a green colour, as is likewiſe different, for I have frequently raiſed both from feeds,
the fruit before it comes to maturity.] The Lemon- and have always found them continue their difference
tree; in French, Limonier.
in leaf and branch, for I never waited to fee their
The CHARACTERS are,
fruit, as they were only deſigned for ſtocks, to bud
The flower is compoſed of five oblong thick petals, which other forts into them.
are a little concave, ſpreading open ; theſe fit in a ſmall The Pear-ſhaped Limon is a ſmall fruit with very
empalement of one leaf, indented at fiveparts at the top. little juice, fo is not much propagated any where ; the
It bath about ten or twelve ſtamino, which are joined in curious, who have room and convenience for keeping
three or four bodies, which are terminated by oblong ſum- many of theſe trees, may preſerve a plant or two of
mits. It hath an oval germen, ſupporting a cylindrical this fort for the ſake of variety.
ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a globular ſum- The fruit of the Imperial Limon is ſometimes brought
mit. The germen afterward becomes an oval fruit with to England from Italy, but I do not remember to have
a fleſhy rind, incloſing a thin pulpy fruit with ſeveral cells, ſe n any of this ſort imported from Spain or Portu-
each having two hard ſeeds.
gal, ſo that I ſuppoſe they are not much propagated
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of in either of theſe countries, for the inhabitants of both
Tournefort's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the thoſe fine countries are ſo very incurious, eſpecially in
trees and ſhrubs with a Rofe-ſhaped flower, whoſe horticulture, as to truſt almoſt entirely to nature, that
pointal becomes a fleſhy fruit with hard dry feeds. the products of their gardens are inferior both in num-
Dr. Linnæus has joined the Citron, Orange, and Le- bers and quality, to many other parts of Europe,
mon together, making them only different ſpecies of where the climate is much leſs favourable for theſe
the ſame genus ; but if we admit of the fruit being productions. And in the article we are now upons
a characteriſtic note to diftinguiſh the genus, the there are many ſtrong inſtances of the flothfulneſs, or
Limon cannot be joined with the Orange, for the incurioſity of the Portugueze particularly, for they
Orange has a globular fruit, compreſſed at both ends, had many of the moſt curious forts of Orange, Limon,
but the Limon has an oval fruit, prominent at the top, and Citron-trees, brought from the Indies to Portu-
and the latter hath not fo many cells as the former. gal formerly, which ſeemed to thrive almoſt as well
It is placed in the ſecond ſection of Linnæus's there, as in their native foil, and yet they have not
eighteenth claſs, which includes the plants whoſe been propagated; there are a few trees of theſe forts
flowers have about twenty ftamina joined in ſeve- ſtill remaining in ſome neglected gardens near Lif
ral bodies.
bon, almoſt unnoticed by the inhabitants. As
The Species are,
there are alſo ſeveral curious trees and plants, which
1. LIMON (Vulgaris) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, were formerly introduced from both Indies, ſome
ſubſerratis. Limon-tree with oval, Spear-ſhaped, acute- of which thrive and produce fruit amidſt the wild
8 B
buſhes
a
a

L I M
L I M
وز
و
bushes and weeds, with which thoſe gardens are 4. LIMONIUM (Humile) foliis lanceolatis, caule humile
ſpread over.
patulo, fpicis forum tenuioribus. Sea Lavender with
All theſe forts are propagated by budding or inarch- Spear-ſhaped leavess, a low Spreading ſteik, end fender
ing them either on ſtocks of Lemons or Citrons, pro- Spikes of flowers. Limonium Anglicum minus, cauli-
duced from ſeeds, but they will not ſo readily unite on bus ramoſioribus, floribus in fpicis rariùs fitis. Raii
Orange ſtocks, for which reaſon the Citrons are pre- Hiſt. 217. Leſer Engliſh Sea Lavender, with more
ferable to either Oranges or Lemons for ſtocks, as branched ſtalks, and flowers ſeldom growing in a Spike.
they readily join with either fort, and being of larger 5. LIMONIUM (Tartaricum) foliis lineari-lanceolatis, caule
growth, cauſe the buds of the other forts to ſhoot ramoſo patulo, floribus diftantibus uno verſu diſpoſi-
much ſtronger than if they were on ſtocks of their tis. Sea Lavender with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves, a
own kind. The method of raiſing theſe ſtocks, and branching Spreading ſtalk, and flowers placed afunder on
the manner of budding them, being already exhibited one ſide the ſtalk. Limonium Orientale, plantaginis
under the article of AURANTIUM, it would be fuper- folio, floribus umbellatis. T. Cor. Oriental Sea Laven-
Huous to repeat it here.
der with Plantain leaves, and flowers growing in an umbel.
The culture of the Lemon being the ſame with that 6. LIMONIUM (Sinuatum) foliis radicalibus alternatim
of the Orange-tree, it would be needleſs to repeat pinnato-finuatis, caulinis ternis triquetris ſubulatis
it here ; therefore I ſhall only obſerve, that the com- decurrentibus. Sea Lavender with the lower leaves alter-
mon Lemons are ſomewhat hardier than the Oranges, nately finueted like wings, and thoſe upon the ſtalks three-
and will bring their fruit to maturity with us better cornered, awl-ſhaped, and running along the foot-ſtalk,
than they will do, and require to have a greater ſhare Limonium peregrinum, foliis afplenii. C. B. P. Fo-
of freſh air in winter; for which reaſon, they ſhould reign Sea Lavender with Spleenwort leaves.
always be placed nearer to the doors or windows 7. LIMONIUM (Siculum) caule fruticofo patulo, foliis li-
of the green-houſe; and in ſome curious gardens, neari lanceolatis craſſis, floribus folitariis diftantibusa
theſe trees have been planted againſt walls, where, Sea Lavender with a ſpreading fbrubby ſtalk, narrow,
by covering them with glaſſes in winter, and pro- thick, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing ſingly at a
tecting them from ſevere froſt, they have produced diſtance from each other. Limonium Siculum ligno-
plenty of large fruit: as theſe trees do generally pro- ſum, gallas ferens, & non ferens. Bocc. Rar. Woody
duce ſtronger ſhoots, they require more water to be Sicilian Sea Lavender, ſometimes producing galls, at other
given them than the Orange ; but as to the tender
times not.
forts, they muſt be treated with a little more care, 8. LIMONIUM (Africanum) foliis inferioribus lanceolatis
otherwiſe their fruit will fall in winter, and come to hirſutis ſerratis caulinis ternis linearibus acutis decur-
nothing; theſe things being fully exhibited before, rentibus. Sea Lavender with spear-ſhaped lower leaves
I refer the reader (as I hinted) to the article AURAN- which are hairy and ſawed, but growing by threes on the
TIUM, where their culture is fully ſet forth.
Stalks, narrow, acute-pointed, and running clong the ſialk.
LIMONIUM. Tourn. Init. R. H. 341. tab. 177. Limonium Africanum caule alato, foliis integris hir-
Statice. Lin. Gen. Plant. 348. [takes its name of Asi- ſutis, petalo pallidè flavo calyce amænè purpureo.
pewv, a marih, as growing in marſhes.] Sea Lavender. Martyn. Cent. 48. tab. 48. African Sea Lavender with
The CHARACTERS are,
a winged ſtalk, entire hairy leaves, pale yellow petals to
The flowers have an imbricated perianthium, riſing one the flower, and a beautiful purple empalement.
above another. The flower is funnel-ſhaped, compoſed of 9. LIMONIUM (Reticulatum) foliis cuneiformibus, caule
five petals, which are narrow at their baſe, but are broad erecto paniculato, ramis inferioribus fterilibus nudis.
and ſpreading at the top. It hath five awl-ſhaped ſta- Sea Lavender with wedge-ſhaped leaves, an upright pani-
mina which are ſhorter than the petals, crowned by prof- culated ſtalk, and the under branches ſterile and naked.
trate ſummits. It hath a ſmall germen, Supporting five Limonium minus flagellis tortuoſis. Bocc. Muf. Small
Nender Styles, crowned by pointed ſtigmas. The empale- Sea Lavender with twiſted ſhoots.
ment of the flower afterward becomes a capſule, ſhut close 10. LIMONIUM (Cordatum) caule nudo paniculato, foliis
at the neck, but expanded above where the ſeeds are lodged. ſpathulatis retuſis. Sea Lavender with a paniculated
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of naked ſtalk, and Spatule-ſhaped blunt leaves. Limoni-
Tournefort's eighth claſs, which includes the herbs um maritimum minus, foliolis cordatis. C. B. P. Small
with a Clove Gilliflower flower, whoſe pointal be- Sea Lavender with little leaves, which are beart-ſhaped.
comes the feed incloſed in the empalement. Dr. Lin- 11. LIMONIUM (Echoideum) caule nudo paniculato, te-
næus has joined this genus to the Statice of Tourne- reti, foliis tuberculatis. Sea Lavender with a naked, ta-
fort, and places it in the fifth ſection of his fifth claſs, per, paniculated ſtalk, and leaves ſet with tubercles. Li-
which contains the plants whoſe flowers have five fta- monium minus annuum, bullatis foliis vel echioides.
mina and five ſtyles. As the flowers of this genus are Bot. Monfp. Small annual Sea Lavender with ſtudded
ranged one above another in form of ſpikes, and thoſe leaves.
of the Statice are collected in globuar heads, they may, 12. LIMONIUM (Fruticoſum) caule erecto fruticoſo, fo-
without impropriety, be kept ſeparate; and as there liis lineari-lanceolatis obtufis, floribus alternis. Sec
are ſeveral ſpecies of each genus, therefore I have Lavender with an upright ſhrubby ſtalk, narrow Spear-
the rather been inclined ſo to do, than by joining Maped leaves, ending in obtuſe points, and flowers ranged
them, to ſwell the genus.
alternately. Limonium Egyptiacum fruticoſum, fo-
The SPECIES are,
liis lanceolatis obtufis. Shrubby Egyptian Sea Lavender
2. LIMONIUM (Vulgare) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, caule with blunt ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
tereti nudo paniculato. Sea Lavender with oval Spear- The firſt fort grows naturally in the marſhes which
Shaped leaves, and a taper paniculated ſtalk. Limonium are flowed by the fea, in ſeveral parts of England.
maritimum majus. C. B. P. 192. Common great Sea The roots of this plant are thick, of a reddiſh colour,
Lavender.
and an aſtringent taſte, ſending out many ſtrong fibres,
2. LIMONINM (Narbonenſe) foliis oblongo-ovatis, caule which ſtrike deep in the ground; and from the upper
paniculato patulo, fpicis florum brevioribus. Sea La- part of the root comes out ſeveral oval ſpear-ſhaped
vender with oblong oval leaves, e Spreading paniculated leaves, from four to five inches long, and more than
ſtalk, and ſhorter Spikes of flowers. Limonium mariti- two inches broad in the middle; they are ſmooth, of
mum majus alterum ſerotinum Narbonenfe. H. R. a pretty thick conſiſtence, and of a dark green. The
Par. Another large late flowering Sea Lavender of ſtalks riſe upward of a foot high, is naked of leaves,
Narbonne.
divided into many branches, which are again divided
3. LIMONIUM (oleæfolium) foliis ovatis obtufis, petiolis into ſmaller toward the top ; theſe are terminated by
decurrentibus, caule paniculato, fpicis florum erecti- flender ſpikes of pale blue flowers, ranged on one
oribus. Sea Lavender with oval obtuſe leaves, running fide the ſtalk above each other, coming out of narrow
foot-ſtalks, a paniculated fialk, and more upright Spikes covers like ſheaths; theſe appear in July, and are
of flowers. Limonium maritimum minus, oleæ folio. ſucceeded by oblong feeds, which are incloſed in the
C.B.P. 192. Small Sea Lavender, with an Olive leaf. empalement, ripening in autumn.
The
a
a
و

L I M
LIM
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France on the ſea-coaſt. The leaves of this fort are
of an oblong oval form ; they are fix inches long, and
three broad, ſmooth, entire, and of a deep green. The
ſtalk riſes fifteen or fixteen inches high, dividing into
ſeveral ſpreading branches, which are divided again
into finaller, and are terminated by ſeveral ſhort
ſpikes of pale blue flowers, ranged on one ſide the
foot-ſtalk. This fort feldom fowers till the end
of Auguſt, ſo never produces any good feeds in
England.
The third fort grows naturally in Narbonne and
Provence; this hath ſmall, oval, obtufe leaves, about
two inches long, and one broad, with pretty long
foot-ſtalks, which are bordered, or winged with part
of the leaves, which runs cloſe to, and partly embrace
the upper part of the root; theſe are of a lighter
green than either of the former. The ſtalk riſes a
foot and a half high, ſending out branches alter-
nately on each ſide, the lower ones being long, the
others gradually diminiſhing to the top, ſo as to form
a looſe kind of pyramid : theſe all point upward, and
toward their ends ſend out ſpikes of pale blue flowers,
which are erect. This ſort flowers late in Auguſt,
ſo never perfects feeds in England.
The fourth fort grows naturally in England. It was
firſt diſcovered on the ſea banks near Walton, in Ef-
ſex, afterward near Malden, in the ſame county, and
ſince at the mouth of the river that runs from Chi-
chefter, in Suſſex. The leaves of this fort are ſpear-
ſhaped, about three inches long, and one broad in
the middle, leſſening gradually to both ends. The
ftalk riſes four or five inches high, dividing into
many ſpreading branches, which are very thick ſet
with ſhort ſpikes of whitiſh blue flowers. Theſe ap-
pear in Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in October.
The fifth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant, from whence he ſent the feeds to the
Royal Garden at Paris, where they grew, and have
produced ſeeds many years, which have been com-
municated to many of the curious gardens in Europe.
The ſeeds of this fort were ſent me from the Darda-
nelles, where the plants grow in plenty. The leaves
of this fort are about four inches long, and three quar-
ters of an inch broad in the middle, diminiſhing gra-
dually to both ends. The ſtalks riſe about five
or fix inches high, dividing into ſeveral ſpreading
branches, which are again divided into ſmaller ; theſe
are terminated by ſpikes of pale blue flowers, ranged
on one ſide the foot-ſtalk ; the whole, when growing,
being ſpread wide, has ſomewhat the appearance of
an umbel of flowers. This fort flowers in Auguſt,
ſo never ripens feeds here.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Sicily and Paleſtine;
this is a biennial plant. The lower leaves which
ſpread on the ground, are indented almoſt to the
middle rib, theſe indentures are alternate and blunt.
The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, dividing
upward into ſeveral branches, garniſhed at each joint
with three narrow leaves ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks,
from whoſe baſe proceeds a leafy membrane, or wing,
which runs along on both ſides the ſtalk; theſe are
rough, and a little hairy. The ſtalks are terminated
by panicles of flowers, which fit upon winged foot-
ftalks, each ſuſtaining three or four flowers of a light
blue colour, which continue long without fading,
This fort flowers in July and Auguft, but unleſs the
fummer is very warm and dry, the ſeeds do not ripen
in England.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Sicily; this hath
a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes about two feet high, di-
viding into ſeveral ligneous branches, which ſpread
out on every fide; the lower part of theſe are cloſely
garniſhed with gray leaves, like thoſe of the Sea Pur-
lain, and are of a thick conſiſtence. The branches
are terminated by panicles of blue flowers, having
one funnel-ſhaped petal, which come out ſingly at a
diſtance from each other, having long tubes, but di-
vide into five ſegments upward, which ſpread open.
This flowers from June till autumn, but never pro
duces feeds in England: there is a variety of this,
which bears galls like thoſe upon the Oak, which
grows naturally in Sicily, but I do not know if it is
a different ſpecies, for thoſe plants which are in the
Engliſh gardens have no appearance of any.
The eighth fort was raiſed in the Chelſea garden,
from ſeeds which were brought me from Africa;
this is a biennial plant, which dies ſoon after it has
produced flowers and ſeeds. The lower leaves are
but few in number; they are ſpear-ſhaped, hairy,
and ſlightly ſawed on their edges, about two inches
long, and half an inch broad. The ſtalk riſes about
fifteen inches high, which at each joint is garniſhed
with three narrow leaves, ending in acute points ;
from the baſe of theſe leaves is continued a leafy mem-
brane, or wing, running along the ſtalk on each ſide;
theſe ſtalks branch out but little, and are terminated
by ſhort panicles of fowers, whoſe foot-ſtalks are not
winged as in the former; each foot-ſtalk fuftains two
or three flowers of a bright blue colour, out of the
middle of which ariſes another ſmall flower of a pale
yellow colour. This ſort flowered in July and Au-
guſt, 1757, but did not ripen feeds.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and was
found growing on the border of the ſea in Norfolk,
by Mr. Henry Scott, a gardener, and has ſince been
found in plenty in Lincolnſhire, by Banks, E1q;
The lower leaves of this fort are narrow at their bale,
but enlarge upward, where they are broad, and
rounded at the top, in ſhape of a wedge. The ſtalks
are ſlender and ſtiff, riſing from ſeven to fourteen
inches high, ſending out many ſlender fide branches;
all thoſe which proceed from the lower part of the
ftalk are barren, having no flowers; but toward the
top they have ſhort panicles of whitiſh flowers, which
are ſmall, and fit three or four together upon one
foot-ſtalk. This fort flowers in July and Auguft.
The tenth fort grows naturally near the ſea, about
Marſeilles and Leghorn; this hath many thick fleſhy
leaves, which are ſhaped like a ſpatula, growing near
the root, and ſpread on the ground; they are ſmooth,
and of a grayiſh colour. The ſtalks are naked, and
riſe about fix inches high, dividing toward the top
into many ſmaller branches, which are terminated by
ſhort crooked panicles of ſmall flowers, of a pale red
colour. This fort flowers in Auguſt, but never pro-
duces feeds in this country.
The eleventh fort grows naturally about Montpelier
and in Italy ; this is an annual plant, with long narrow
leaves, which are ſet with rough tubercles like the
leaves of Viper's Buglofs. The ſtalks riſe about eight
inches high, dividing into two or three ſmall branches,
which are terminated by reflexed ſhort ſpikes of pale
blue flowers; theſe come out late in Auguſt, and the
ſeeds are ſeldom perfected in England.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Egypt, from
whence the ſeeds were ſent to the Royal Garden at Pa-
ris, part of which were fent me by Dr. Bernard de
Juffieu, which grew in the Chelſea garden, where
there are ſeveral plants, which have produced flowers
many years. This riſes with an upright fhrubby
ſtalk to the height of eight or ten feet, divided up-
ward into many branches, garniſhed with narrow
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed without order; they are
of a thick conſiſtence, and of a gray colour, fitting
cloſe to the branches. The flowers are produced at
the end of the branches in looſe panicles, ſtanding al-
ternate on each ſide the ſtalk, one above another,
with intervals between them; they have pretty long
tubes, which enlarge upward, where they are cut
into five obtuſe ſegments, which ſpread open; theſe
are of a bright ſky blue, but fade to a purple before
they fall off. The flowers begin to appear in July,
and there is a fucceffion of them till winter.
The firſt, fecond, third, fourth, fifth, and eighth
ſorts, are abiding plants, which will thrive in the open
air in England ; fuch of theſe as grow naturally in
England, may be eaſily procured from the places
where they grow; theſe plants may be tranſplanted
at almoſt any time of the year, provided they are
çarefully

LIM
L IN
3
a
carefully taken up, preſerving fome earth to their tober, at which time they muſt be removed into
roots, and in hot weather to ſhade them till they ſhelter.
have taken new root; after which time they will re- The eleventh fort is annual, and rarely ripens feeds
quire no other culture but to keep the ground clean here, ſo theſe muſt be procured from abroad, and
from weeds, and in the ſpring to ſtir up the ground fowed in the ſame way as the fixth and eighth forts.
between them to looſen it. As theſe plants do not LINARIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 168. tab. 76. An-
require much culture, nor do they take up much tirrhinum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 668. [fo called of Li-
room, ſo a few of each fort may be allowed to have num, Lat. flax, becauſe its leaves reſemble Alax.]
a place in gardens, where there is room, for the fake Toad-flax; in French, Linaire.
of variety. Theſe plants do not propagate very faſt
The CHARACTERS are,
in gardens, fo the roots need not be removed oftener The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
than every third or fourth year, at which time they divided into five parts almoſt to the bottom. The flower
may be flipped to increaſe them; the beſt time for hath one petal, and is of the ringent (or grinning) kind,
this is in the autumn, that the plants may be well with an oblong ſwelling tube, having two lips above, with
rooted before the ſpring, otherwiſe they will not the chaps Mut. The upper lip is bifid and reflexed on
flower very ftrong the following ſummer. They the ſides, the lower lip is trifid and obtuſe. It bath an
ſhould be planted in a loamy ſoil, on an eaſt af- oblong nettarium, which is owl-ſhaped and prominent be-
pected border, where they may enjoy the morning hind, and four ſtamina, which are included in the upper
fun, but ſcreened from the great heat in the middle lip, two of which are ſhorter than the other, and a round-
of the day; in ſuch a ſituation the roots will con- iſh germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe
tinue feveral years, and flower as well as in their ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh obtuſe
native foil.
capſule with two cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, ſo This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
that ſuch of them as do not grow naturally in Eng- of Tournefort's third claſs, which includes the herbs
land, may be obtained by procuring their feeds from with a tubulous, anomalous, perſonated flower, of
abroad. Theſe ſhould be fown upon a border ex- one petal. Dr. Linnæus joins this genus, and alſo
poſed to the morning fun, and on a ſoft loamy foil, the Afarina of Tournefort to the Antirrhinum, and
early in the ſpring, for the feeds lie a conſiderable places that genus in the ſecond ſection of his
time in the ground before the plant comes up; fourteenth claſs, in which are contained the plants
therefore the ground muſt be kept entirely clean from whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſtamina,
weeds, and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry, the and the ſeeds are included in a capſule. The plants
border ſhould be watered two or three times a week, of this genus agree in their general characters with
otherwiſe the feeds will lie a whole year before they thoſe of the Antirrhinum, or Calve's Snout, except in
vegetate ; when the plants come up, they muſt be one particular, which is in the nectarium of the Li-
kept clean from weeds, and in very dry weather wa- naria, which, from the baſe of the petal, ſtretches out
tered, and in the autumn they may be tranſplanted like a heel; whereas the flowers of the Antirrhinum,
where they are deſigned to remain.
have their nectarium lodged withinſide the baſe of
The ſixth and eighth forts are biennial plants, which the petal : this being ſo very obvious, and both ge-
rarely perfect their ſeeds in England, ſo that unleſs nera having many ſpecies, I thought it might be ea-
freſh feeds can be procured from warm countries, fier for ſtudents in botany to range them under dif-
where they ripen well, it will be very difficult to ferent genera, than to join them under one.
continue the forts. If the feeds of theſe can be ob-
The SPECIES are,
tained time enough to fow them in the autumn, the 1. LINARIA (Vulgaris) foliis lanceolato-linearibus con-
plants will come up the following ſpring; but when fertis caule erecto, fpicis terminalibus feffilibus.
they are fown in the ſpring, they feldom grow the Toad-flax with Spear-ſhaped linear leaves growing in
ſame year. Theſe ſeeds ſhould be ſown on a border cluſters, and an upright ſtalk terminated by Spikes of
of loamy earth, not ftiff or moiſt, and expoſed to the flowers, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Linaria vulgaris lu-
ſouth; but when the ſun is warm, the border ſhould tea, flore majore. C.B. P. 212. Common yellow Toad-
be ſhaded with mats, to prevent the earth from dry- flax with a larger frower.
ing too faſt.
When the plants come up, they muſt | 2. LINARIA (Triphylla) foliis ternis ovatis. Toad-flax
be kept clean from weeds; and if they are too cloſe, with oval leaves placed by threes. Linaria triphylla
ſome of them ſhould be carefully taken out as ſoon minor lutea. C. B. P. 212. Smaller three-leaved yellow
as they are fit to remove, and planted in ſmall pots, Toad-fiax.
placing them in the ſhade till they have taken new 3. LINARIA (Luſitanica) foliis quaternis lanceolatis,
root; then they may be placed where they may en- caule erecto ramofo, foribus pedunculatis. Toad-flex
joy the morning ſun till autumn, when they ſhould with Spear-ſhaped leaves placed by fours, an upright
be put into a hot-bed frame, where they may be branching ſtalk, and flowers upon foot-ſtalks. Linaria
ſcreened from hard froſt, but enjoy the free air in latiſſimo folio Luſitanica. H. R. Par. Broadeſt-leaved
mild weather; and thoſe plants which are left in the Portugal Toad-flax.
border where they were fown, muſt be covered with 4. LINARIA (Alpina) foliis fubquaternis linearibus caule
mats in hard froſt; for though they will often live diffufo, floribus racemofis. Tood-flax with linear leaves
through the winter in mild ſeaſons, yet hard froſt placed by fours on the lower part of the ſtalk, a diffuſed
will always deſtroy them. The following ſummer ſtalk and branching flowers. Linaria quadrifolia fupina.
the plants will flower, and if the ſeaſon proves warm C.B. P. 213. Low four-leaved Toad-flax.
and dry, they will ripen ſeeds, and the roots ſoon af- 5. LINARIA (Purpurec) foliis lanceolato-linearibus fpar-
ter decay.
ſis, caule florifero erecto fpicato. Toad-flax with Spear-
The ſeventh and twelfth forts are ſhrubby plants, Maped linear leaves, and the flower-ſtalks ere&t and ſpiked.
which are too tender to live through the winter in the Linaria purpurea major odorata. C. B. P. 213. Greater
open air in England, ſo the plants muſt be removed
Sweet-ſcented purple Toad-flax.
into ſhelter in the autumn, but they only require pro-6. LINARIA (Repens) foliis linearibus confertis, caule
tection from hard froſt: theſe plants may be placed erecto ramoſo, floribus fpicatis terminalibus. Toad-flax
with Myrtles, Oleanders, and other hardy green-houſe with linear leaves in cluſters, an erect branching ſtalk,
plants, where they often continue to flower great and flowers in Spikes terminating the ſtalks. Linaria cæ-
part of winter, and make a pretty variety. Theſe rulea, foliis brevioribus & anguſtioribus. Raii Syn.
forts are eaſily propagated by cuttings, which, if 3. 282. Blue Toad-flax with ſhorter and narrower leaves.
planted in July on a ſhady border, and duly watered, 17. LINARIA (Multicaulis) foliis inferioribus quinis li-
will take root in fix or ſeven weeks, when they ſhould nearibus. Toad-flax with linear leaves, placed by fives at
be taken up and planted into pots filled with light the lower part of the ftalks. Linaria Sicula multicaulis,
loamy earth, placing them in the ſhade till they folio molluginis. Bocc. Rar. 38. Sicilian Toad-flax with
have taken root; then they may be expoſed till Oc- many ſtalks and a Bedftraw leaf.
3
8. LI-

L IN
L IN
a
3
8. LINARIA (Triſtis) foliis lanceolatis fparfis, inferiori- veral erect branching ſtalks a foot and a half high,
bus oppofitis, nectariis fubulatis, floribus fubfeffili- garniſhed with narrow gray leaves in cluſters, and
bus. Toad-flax with Spear-ſhaped Sparſed leaves, which terminated by ſpikes of yellow flowers, fitting cloſe
on the lower part of the fiolk ere oppoſite, awl-ſhaped to the ſtalk. The flowers are of one petal, with a
nectariums, and flowers fitting almoſt cloſe. Linaria Hif- long tube, to which is fixed a ſpur or heel, called a
panica procumbens, foliis uncialibus glaucis, flore nectarium; the fore parts of the flower has the ap-
Haveſcente pulchrè ftriato, labiis nigro-purpureis. pearance of the mouth of an animal, the under lip is
Act. Phil. Nº 412. Trailing Spaniſh Toad-flax with gray hairy within ; the chaps are of a golden colour, but
leaves an inch long, yellow flowers beautifully ſtriped, and the other parts of the flower are of a pale yellow;
dark purple lips.
theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules with two
9. LINARIA (Monfpefulana) foliis linearibus confertis, cells, filled with flat black ſeeds. It flowers in July
caule nitido paniculato, pedunculis fpicatis nudis. and Auguſt, when it makes a pretty appearance, ſo
Toad-flax with linear leaves in cluſters, a paniculated ſtalk, that a few plants might be allowed a place in gar-
and flowers in ſpikes on naked foot-ſtalks. Linaria capil- dens, were it not for their creeping roots, which ſpread
laceo folio, odora. C. B. P. 213. Sweet Toad-flax with too much, and become troubleſome weeds; therefore
hair-like leaves.
the roots ſhould be confined in pots to keep them
10. LINARIA (Villoſa) foliis lanceolatis hirtis alternis, within bounds.
foribus fpicatis, foliolo calycino ſupremo maximo. There is an ointment made of this herb and hog’s-
Toad-flax with alternate, hairy, Spear-shaped leaves,
lard, which is accounted excellent for the piles, being
flowers in Spikes, and the upper leaf of the empalement mixed with the yolk of an egg at the time of uſing
very large. Linaria latifolia villoſa, laciniis calycinis it. The plant is reckoned to be aperitive and diure-
inæqualibus, flore majore pallido ftriato rictu aureo. tic, opening obſtructions of the liver and ſpleen,
Horteg. Icon. Broad-leaved hairy Toad-flax, whoſe em- helping the dropfy and jaundice.
palement is unequally cut, and a large pale ſtriped flower The ſecond ſort grows naturally about Valencia and
with a golden fnout.
in Sicily ; this is an annual plant, which riſes with an
11. LINARIA (Peliſſeriana) foliis caulinis linearibus fpar- upright branching ſtalk near a foot and a half high,
fis, radicalibus rotundis. Tood-flax with linear leaves garniſhed with oval, ſmooth, gray leaves, placed of-
placed ſparſedly on the ſtalks, and on the lower leaves round. ten by threes, and ſometimes by pairs oppoſite at the
Linaria annua purpureo violacea, calcaribus longis, joints ; the flowers grow in ſhort ſpikes at the top of
foliis imis rotundioribus. Vaill. Bot. Par. 118. An- the ſtalks ; they are ſhaped like thoſe of the common
nual purple Violet Toad-flax, with long Spurs and rounder fort, but have not ſo long tubes ; they are yellow,
leaves at bottom.
with Saffron-coloured chaps. This fort flowers in
12. LINARIA (Chalepenſis) foliis lineari-lanceolatis alter- July and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn,
nis, floribus racemoſis, calycibus corolla longioribus. and the plants ſoon after decay.
Toad-flax with linear Spear-ſhaped leaves placed alternate, There is a variety of this whoſe flowers have a
branching flowers, and empalements longer than the petals. purple ſtandard and ſpur, which makes a pretty ap-
Linaria annua anguſtifolia, flofculis albis, longiùs pearance in a garden; but it is generally ſuppoſed to
caudatis. Triump. 87. Narrow-leaved annual Toad-flax, be only an accidental variety which has riſen from
with white flowers having long tails.
feeds of the former, for which reaſon I have not enu-
13. LINARIA (Dalmatica) foliis lanceolatis alternis, merated it here; though from many years culture of
caule fuffruticoſo. Toad-filax with ſpear-ſheped alternate both forts, I have never yet perceived either of them
leaves, and an under ſhrub ſtalk. Linaria latifolia Dal- alter. The leaves of this are longer than thoſe of the
matica, magno flore. C. B. P. 212. Broad-leaved Toad- yellow, but in other reſpects they do not differ.
flax of Dalmatia with a large flower.
This ſort may be propagated by ſeeds, or by the
14. LINARIA (Geniſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis, roots; the feeds ſhould be fown in the ſpring, on the
paniculâ virgatâ. Toad-flax with Spear-ſhaped acute- borders of the flower-garden where they are deſigned
pointed leaves, and a rod-like panicle. Linaria geniſtä to remain ; and when the plants come up, they ſhould
folio glauco, flore luteo. Par. Bat. App. 9. Toad-flax be thinned where they are too cloſe, and kept clean
with a gray Dyer's Weed leaf and a yellow flower.
from weeds, which is all the culture they require. If
15. LINARIA (Spuria) foliis ovatis alternis, caule flac- fome of the ſeeds are ſown in autumn upon a warm
cido procumbente. Toad-flax with oval leaves placed dry border, the plants will live through the winter,
alternate, and a weak trailing ſtalk. Elatine folio ſub- unleſs the froſt proves very ſevere; and theſe au-
rotundo. C. B. P. 253. Fluellin with a roundiſh leaf. tumnal plants will grow larger, flower earlier, and
16. LINARIA (Elatina) foliis haftatis alternis, caule from theſe good feeds may always be obtained: the
flaccido procumbente. Toad-flax with arrow-pointed
firſt fort is feldom admitted into gardens.
leaves placed alternate, and e weak trailing Stalk. Ela- The third fort riſes with upright ſtalks near two
SE
tine folio acuminato. C. B. P. 253: Fluellin with an feet high, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
acute-pointed leaf.
ſmooth leaves, placed ſometimes by fours round the
17. LINARIA (Cymbalaria) foliis cordatis quinqueloba- ſtalk, and at others by pairs oppoſite; the ſtalks are
tis alternis glabris. Toad-flax with heart-ſhaped leaves terminated by large purple flowers with long ſpurs,
baving five lobes, which are alternate and ſmooth. Li- ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks. This flowers in July, but
naria hederaceo folio glabro, ſeu Cymbalaria vulga- feldom ripens ſeeds in England, it grows naturally
ris. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 169. Toad-flax with a ſmooth in Portugal and Spain.
Ivy leaf, or common Cymbalaria.
This fort is tenderer than the laſt, ſo ſhould be
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus which planted in a dry foil and a warm ſituation, otherwiſe
are well known and deſcribed, which are of leſs note, the plants are often deſtroyed in winter. This plant
ſo are very rarely admitted into gardens, for which is propagated by ſeeds in the ſame manner as the for-
reaſon I have not enumerated them here.
mer, as alſo by parting the roots; but it is adviſeable
The firſt of theſe plants grows in great plenty upon always to keep ſome of theſe plants in pots, that they
the ſides of dry banks in moſt parts of England, and may be removed into ſhelter in winter, otherwiſe in
is feldom cultivated in gardens; for it is a very trou- hard frofts they will be killed.
bleſome plant to keep within bounds, the roots being The fourth fort grows naturally about Verona, from
very apt to ſpread under ground, and riſe at a great whence I received the ſeeds. This is a perennial plant,
diſtance from the mother plant, whereby it greatly in- from whoſe roots arife ſeveral diffuſed ftalks about
jures whatever plants ſtand near it. This is one of eight inches long, garniſhed with narrow, ſhort, gray
the plants mentioned in the catalogue of fimples at leaves, placed by fours round the ſtalks at bottom,
but
the end of the College Diſpenſatory, to be uſed in upward they are oppoſite; the ſtalks are terminated by
medicine.
ſhort branchingtufts of pale yellow flowers with golden
This hath a great number of ſlender white roots, chaps. This ſort flowers in June, and in warm feaſons
which creep far on every fide, from which ariſe fe- ſometimes the ſeeds will ripen here in the autumn.
8 C
The
a
2
3

LIN
L IN
3
a
a
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy; this hath a perennial root, ſending out ma-
ny ſtalks; thoſe of them which ſupport the Howers are
erect, and near three feet high, but the other ſtalks
are weaker, and hang looſely on every fide the plants ;
theſe are garniſhed with long, narrow, fpear-ſhaped
leaves placed ſparſedly; they are ſmooth, and of a
gray colour. The ſtalks are terminated by long
looſe ſpikes of blue flowers, which appear in June,
July, and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in the autumn,
which, if permitted to ſcatter, will produce plenty of
young plants without any further care.
The ſixth fort grows naturally about Henley in Ox-
fordſhire, and alſo in ſome parts of Hertfordſhire.
This hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
ſtalks near two feet high, which branch out on every
fide, and are garniſhed with narrow leaves growing
in cluſters toward the bottom, but upward they are
ſometimes by pairs, and at others ſingle. The flowers
are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the ſtalks ;
they are of a pale blue colour, which appear in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in the aurumn; which,
if permitted to ſcatter, will produce plenty of plants.
When the ſeeds happen to fall upon old walls, the
plants will grow there and continue longer than thoſe
planted in the ground.
I received a ſpecimen of this fort from abroad, by the
title of Linaria arvenſis cærulea. C. B. P.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Sicily; this is an
annual plant, from whoſe root ariſes many ſtalks
which are very ſlender and about a foot high, which
on their lower part are garniſhed with five very nar-
row leaves at each joint, but upward they are ſome-
times by pairs, and at others they are ſingle: the ſtalks
are divided into many ſmall branches, which are gar-
niſhed with ſmall yellow flowers, coming out ſingle
at diſtances from each other; theſe are ſhaped like
thoſe of the other ſpecies. The flowers appear in Ju-
ly, and the feeds ripen in the autumn.
There are
two varieties of this, one with a deep yellow, and the
other a fulphur-coloured flower.
This is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as
the ſecond ſort; if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter,
the plants will come up without care, and if they are
kept clean from weeds, will produce their flowers
early in the ſummer.
The eighth fort grows naturally on the rocks about
Gibraltar, from whence the late Sir Charles Wager
brought the ſeeds, which were ſown in his curious
garden at Parſon's Green near Fulham, where they
ſucceeded, and from thence many curious gardens
were furniſhed with the plants. This has a perennial
root, from which come out many ſlender ſucculent
ftalks about eight or nine inches long, which are weak
and hang down on every fide the root; they are gar-
niſhed with ſhort, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a
gray colour, and ſucculent, ſtanding without order ;
they are about one inch long, and a fifth part of an
inch broad. The flowers are produced at the end of
the ſtalks in ſmall bunches; they are yellow, marked
with purple ſtripes, and the chaps of the flower, as
alſo the ſpur, are of a dark purple colour; the flowers
fit: cloſe upon the top of the ſtalk. They appear in
June and July, but do not produce ſeeds in England.
This plant is eaſily propagated by planting cuttings
in
any
of the ſummer months, which, if watered and
ſhaded, will ſoon take root, and may be afterwards
planted in pots, filled with freſh, light, undunged
earth, in which they will ſucceed much better than in a
richer foil; for if they are planted in a fine rich earth,
it, cauſes them to grow very faſt for a ſhort time, but
they feldom fail to rot foon after. Theſe muſt be re-
moved into ſhelter in winter, where they muſt have
as much free air as poſſible in mild weather, and be
only protected from ſevere cold; ſo that if the pots
are placed under a hot-bed frame, the plants will
ſucceed better than in a green-houſe, where they
are apt to draw too much, which will cauſe them to
decay.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Wales, particularly
near Penryn. This hath a perennial root, from which
ariſe many branching ſtalks near two feet high, gar-
niſhed with very narrow leaves growing in cluſters,
which are of a grayiſh colour. The flowers are pro-
duced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they
are of a pale blue colour, and ſmell fweet. Theſe ap-
pear in June, and there is often a ſucceſſion of flowers
on the plants till winter. The ſeeds ripen in the au-
tumn, which, if permitted to ſcatter, will furniſh a
ſupply of young plants without any further care. If
the feeds of this fort get on a wall, the plants will come
up, and continue there a much longer time than when
they are planted in the ground.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Spain; the ſeeds of
it were ſent me by Dr. Hortega from Madrid. This
is an annual plant, which riſes with a ſingle ſtalk
about a foot and a half high, garniſhed with hairy
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk, which
are placed alternate. The flowers grow on the top
of the ſtalks in looſe ſpikes; they are of a pale yel-
low colour, with a few dark ſtripes, and the chaps are
of a gold colour ; the upper ſegment of the empale-
ment is much larger than the lower. The flowers of
this fort are as large as thoſe of the common fort ;
they appear in July, and the feeds will in warm ſea-
fons ripen in autumn in England.
The ſeeds of this fort ſhould be fown in the ſpring,
upon a border of light earth where the plants are de-
ſigned to remain ; and when the plants come up,
they muſt be treated in the ſame way as thoſe of the
ſecond fort.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in France ; this is
an annual plant, having round leaves at the root; the
ſtalks are ſlender, branching, and riſe a foot high,
garniſhed with very narrow leaves at each joint. The
flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the
branches; they are of a bright blue colour, and ap-
pear in July; the feeds ripen in the autumn, at which
time they ſhould be fown ; for thoſe which are fown
in the ſpring frequently lie in the ground till the
ſpring following, before the plants appear. When
the plants come up, they muſt be thinned where they
are too cloſe, and kept clean from weeds, which is
all the culture they require.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this is an
annual plant, which riſes with a branching ſtalk two
feet high, garniſhed with very narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed alternately. The flowers are produced
ſingly all along the branches the greateſt part of their
length; they are ſmall, white, and have very long
tails or fpurs. This flowers in July, and the feeds
ripen in the autumn. If the feeds of this fort are
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up and
fucceed better than if ſown with care, and require no
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Crete, and alſo
in Dalmatia. This riſes with a ſtrong ligneous ſtalk
three feet high, garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed alternate, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. The
flowers are produced at the end of the branches in
ſhort looſe ſpikes; they are of a deep yellow colour,
and much larger than thoſe of the common fort, ſtand-
ing upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. This ſort flowers in July,
but the feeds very rarely ripen in England, ſo that the
plants are ſeldom ſeen in any gardens here. It is
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown early in
the ſpring upon a border of light earth; and when
the plants come up and are fit to remove, ſome of
them ſhould be planted in pots filled with light fandy
earth, and placed in the ſhade till they have taken new
root; then they may be expoſed with other hardy ex-
otic plants till the end of October, when they ſhould
be put into a common hot-bed frame, where they may
be protected from hard froſt; but in mild weather
they ſhould enjoy the free air, for theſe plants only
require to be protected from hard froſt, for in mild
winters they will live abroad without ſhelter, if they
are upon a dry ſoil; therefore a part of the plants
may be planted on a warm border of poor fandy foil,
where they will live through our common winters
3
a
a
.
very

L IN
LIN
3
a
very well, and thoſe plants which grow in rubbiſh which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
and are ſtinted, will endure much more cold than the ſtamina' and five ftyles.
others.
Faria
The SPECIES are,
The fourteenth ſort grows naturally in Siberia; this 1. LINUM (Uſitatiſſimum) calycibus capſuliſque mucro-
is a biennial plant, which riſes with an upright branch- natis petalis crenatis, foliis lanceolatis alternis caule
ing ſtalk from three to four feet high, garniſhed with ſubſolitario. Lin. Sp. Plant. 277. Flax with empale-
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points, of a gray- ments, and capſules ending in acute points, crenated petals
iſh colour; theſe are placed alternate. The flowers to the flower, ſpear-ſhaped alternate leaves, and the ſtalks
are produced at the end of the branches, in looſe commonly ſingle. Linum ſativum. C. B. P. 214. Ma-
panicles; they are of a bright yellow colour, and nured Flax.
ihaped like thoſe of the other forts. This flowers in 2. LINUM (Humile) calycibus capſulifque mucronatis,
June and July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn, petalis emarginatis, foliis lanceolatis alternis, caule
which, if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come ramofo. Flax with ſharp-pointed empalements and cap-
up the following ſpring, and require no other care Jules, the petals of the flower indented, Spear-ſhaped alter-
but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep nate leaves, and a branching ſtalk. Linum ſativum hu-
them clear from weeds. The plants always decay milius flore majore. Bobart. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 284.
after they have ripened their feeds, therefore there Low manured Flax with a larger flower.
ſhould be a ſupply of young ones annually raiſed. 3. LINUM (Narbonenſe) calycibus acuminatis, foliis lan-
The fifteenth fort grows naturally amongſt Wheat ceolatis ſparſis ſtrictis ſcabris acuminatis, caule tereti
and Rye, in ſeveral parts of England. It is an annual bafi ramofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 278. Flax with acute-
plant with weak trailing ſtalks, which ſpread on the pointed empalements, rough Spear-shaped leaves placed
ground, and are a foot and a half long; they are without order, ending in acute points, and a taper ſtalk
hairy, and garniſhed with oval leaves, placed alter- branching at the baſe. Linum fylveſtre, cæruleum,
nately; from the ſetting on of the foot-ſtalks of the folio acuto. C. B. P. 107. Wild blue Flax with an
leaves ; at each joint comes out one flower, ſhaped acute leaf.
like thoſe of the other ſpecies. The upper lip is yel. 4. LINUM (Tenuifolium) calycibus acuminatis, foliis fpar-
low, and the under is purple; theſe appear in June fis linearibus ſetaceis retrorſum ſcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn, which 278. Flax with acute-pointed empalements, and narrow
ſhould be then ſown, or permitted to ſcatter; for if it briſtly leaves placed without order, which are rough on
is ſown in the ſpring, it feldom grows the ſame year, their outſide. Linum fylveſtre anguſtifolium, Aoribus
for it is rarely ſeen among ſpring-fown Corn, in thoſe dilutè purpuraſcentibus vel carneis. C. B. P. 214.
lands where it commonly grows.
Narrow-leaved wild Flax, with a pale purpliſh or fleſh-
This plant is uſed in medicine, and is eſteemed vul- coloured flower.
nerary, and good for old cancerous fores and ulcers; 5. LINUM (Anglicum) calycibus capſuliſque acuminatis,
it is accounted good for hæmorrhages of all ſorts. caule fubnudo ſcabro, foliis acuminatis. Flax with
The fixteenth ſort differs from the fifteenth, in no- acute-pointed empalements, an almoſt naked rough ſtalk,
thing but the ſhape of the leaves, which in this are and acute-pointed leaves. Linum perenne, majus, cæ-
fhaped like the point of an arrow, and thoſe of the ruleum, capitulo majore. Mor. Hift. 2.573. Greater
other are oval; this is more commonly found in Eng- blue perennial Flax with larger beads.
land than the other.
6. LINUM (Perenne) calycibus capſuliſque obtufis, fo-
The ſeventeenth fort was brought from Italy to Eng- liis alternis lanceolatis acutis, caulibus ramofiffimis.
land, where it now grows in as great plenty in the Plat. 166. Flax with obtuſe empalements and capſules,
neighbourhood of London, as if it was in its native alternate, Spear-ſhaped, acute leaves, and very branching
country, growing from the joints of walls, where- ſtalks, commonly called Siberian perennial Flax.
ever the feeds happen to ſcatter. It is a perenial plant, 7. LINUM (Hiſpanicum) calycibus acutis, foliis lineari-
which will thrive in any foil or ſituation, ſo that where lanceolatis ſparſis, caule paniculato procumbente.
it is once eſtabliſhed, it will be difficult to root out, for Flax with acuie empalements, linear Spear-ſhaped leaves
the ſeeds will get into any joints of walls, or the de- placed without order, and a paniculated ſtalk.
cayed parts of pales, as alſo in the hollow of trees, 8. LINUM (Bienne) calycibus patulis acuminatis, foliis
where they grow and propagate plentifully; for the linearibus alternis, caule ramofo, Flex with ſpreading
ſtalks put out roots at their joints, ſo ſpread them- acute-pointed empalements, linear alternate leaves, and a
ſelves to a great diſtance. It flowers all the ſummer, branching Stalk.
and the feeds ripen in ſucceſſion. It is never culti-9. LINUM (Hirſutum) calycibus hirſutis acuminatis fef-
.
os vated in gardens, but is ſuppoſed to be an excellent filibus alternis, caule corymboſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 277.
wound herb.
mono
Flax with hairy acute-pointed empalements, placed alter-
LINGUA CERVINA. Hart's Tongue.
nate cloſe to the ſtalks, whoſe flowers are formed in a co-
Theſe plants commonly grow out from the joints of rymbus. Linum fylveftre, latifolium, hirſutum cæru-
old walls and buildings, where they are moiſt and leum. C. B. P. 339. Broad-leaved, hairy, wild Flax,
dihady, and alſo upon ſhady moiſt banks, but are ſel- with a blue flower.
dom cultivated in gardens. There is a very great 10. LINUM (Strietum) calycibus foliiſque lanceolatis
variety of theſe plants, both in the Eaſt and Weſt- ftrictis mucronatis, margine ſcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
Indies, but there are very few ſpecies of them in Eu- 279. Flax with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and empalements
rope; all the hardy forts may be propagated by part- which end in acute points, and have rough edges. Paſſe-
ing their roots, and ſhould have a moiſt foil and ſhady rina Lobelii. J. B. 3. p. 454.
ſituation.
591mobi 911
11. LINUM (Fruticoſum) calycibus acutis, petalis inte-
LINUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 339. tab. 170. Lin. gris, foliis inferioribus linearibus faſciculatis, fuperio-
Gen. Plant. 349. Flax; in French, Lin.
ribus alternis, caule fuffruticofo. Flax with acute em-
The CHARACTERS are, in
palements, entire petals to the flower, linear under leaves
The flower bath a permanent empalement, compoſed of growing in cluſters, the upper ones alternate, and a ſhrubby
five ſmall, Spear-ſhaped, acute leaves. It is compoſed Stalk. Linum fylveſtre acutis foliis fruticans. Barrei.
of five large oblong petals, which are narrow at their Icon. 1008. Wild Flex with a fhrubby fialk, and acute
boſe, but broader upward, and ſpread open. It hath five leaves.
awl-ſhaped erect ſtamina, terminated by arrow-Shaped ſum- 12. LINUM (Nodiflorum) foliis lanceolatis alternis, filo-
mits. In the center is ſituated an ovel germen, ſupporting ribus alternis feffilibus caule fimplici. Flax with ſpear-
five ſlender Styles, crowned by reflexed ftigmas. The germen Soaped leaves placed alternate, flowers growing alter-
afterward turns to a globular capſule with ten cells
, open- nate, and cloſe to the ſtalks, which are ſingle. Li-
ing with five valves ; in each cell is lodged one oval, plain, num luteum ad fingula genicula floridum. C.B. P.
Smooth feed, with an acute point.
214. Yellow Flax with ſingle flowers growing from the
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of joints.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Pentagynia, Loimaa sivusto
SRO
a
a
9023
13. Li

LIN
L IN
by pretty large round feed-vefſels, ending in acute
points. This flowers about the ſame time as the
common Flax, but the roots will continue four or five
years.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Siberia ; it hath a
perennial root, from which ariſe feveral ſtrong ſtalks,
in number proportional to the ſize of the root, and in
height according to the goodneſs of the foil where it
grows; for in rich moiſt ground they will riſe near
five feet high, but in middling ground about three
feet; theſe divide into ſeveral branches upward, and
are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed
alternate ; they are not much more than an inch long,
and an eighth of an inch broad, of a deep green, ending
in acute points. The flowers are produced at the
end of the branches, forming a kind of umbel, the
ſtalks riſing nearly of the fame height. The flowers
are large, and of a fine blue colour; theſe appear in
June, and are ſucceeded by obtuſe feed-veſſels, which
ripen in September.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Spain, from
whence I received the ſeeds; this hath a perennial
root, from whence come out ſeveral trailing ſtalks,
which are cloſely garniſhed with leaves; theſe never
riſe much from the ground, but between theſe come
out upright ſtalks, which riſe upward of two feet high,
garniſhed with pretty long, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, placed without order. The flowers grow in
a ſort of panicle toward the upper part of the branches;
they are about the ſize of thoſe of the common fort,
and are of the ſame colour. It flowers and ripens its
ſeeds about the ſame time, and the roots continue fe-
veral years.
The eighth fort I received from Iftria ; this hath a bi-
ennial root, from which ariſe two or three ftalks,
which divide into ſeveral branches, at about fix inches
from the root, which divide again into ſmaller toward
the top; they are garniſhed with ſhort, narrow, acute-
pointed leaves, placed alternately. The flowers come
cut from the ſide of the branches, ſtanding upon long
foot-ſtalks. The empalement of the flower is com-
poſed of five broadiſh leaves ending in acute points,
which ſpread open ; the flowers are of the fame ſize
and colour as the common Flax, and appear at the
ſame ſeaſon. The feeds ripen in the autumn, and the
roots abide ſeveral years.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Hungary and Au-
ftria; this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe
ſeveral ſtalks near two feet high, which are thick,
firm, and hairy, dividing at the top into ſeveral
branches, and are garniſhed with broader leaves than
the other ſpecies, which are hairy. The flowers
grow along the ſtalks alternately; they are large,
and of a deep blue colour, appearing at the ſame time
with the common fort, and the ſeeds ripen in the
و
a
13. LINUM (Cathorticum) foliis oppofitis ovato-lanceo-
latis, caule dichotomo, corollis acutis. Hort. Cliff,
372. Flox with Spear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, a
Jalk divided by pairs, and acute petals to the flower.
Linum pratenſe, flofculis exiguis. C. B. P. 214. Mea-
dow Flax wiih Small flowers, commonly called Mountain
14. LINUM (Maritimun) calycibus ovatis acutis muticis,
foliis lanceolatis inferioribus oppofitis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
280. Flow with oval, acute, chafy empalements, and
Spear-ſhaped leaves, the lower of which grow oppoſite.
Linun maritimum luteum. C. B. P. 214. Yellow ma-
ritime Flax.
The firſt fort is the Flax which is cultivated in moſt
parts of Europe, but particularly in the northern parts;
this is an annual plant, which uſually riſes with a llen-
der unbranched Italk a foot and a half high, gar-
nished with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed alter-
nate, ending in acute points, and are of a gray co-
lour. The flowers are produced on the top of the
ſtalks, each ſtalk fuſtaining four or five blue flowers,
compoſed of five petals, which are narrow at their
bafe, but broad at the top, where they are flightly
crenated. The empalement of the flower is cut into
five parts, which end in acute points. The flowers
appear in June, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh cap-
fules which have ten cells, opening with five valves,
which are terminated by acute points ; each cell con-
tains one ſmooth flattich feed, ending in a point, of
a browniſh colour. The feeds ripen in September,
and the plants ſoon after periſh.
When this plant is cultivated in the fields after the
uſual method, it feldom riſes higher than is before
mentioned; nor do the ſtalks branch out, but when
they are allowed more room. they will riſe more than
two feet high, and put out two or three ſide branches
toward the top, eſpecially if the ſoil is pretty good
where it is fown.
The ſecond fort differs from the firſt, in having
ſtronger and ſhorter ſtalks branching out much more.
The leaves are broader, the flowers are larger, and the
petals are indented at their extremities. The feed-
veffels are alſo much larger, and the foot-ftalks are
longer ; theſe differences are lafting, for I have culti-
vated this and the common Flax on the ſame ground
upward of thirty years, and have never found either
of them alter.
The third fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Italy, and Spain ; this riſes from a foot to eighteen
inches high, branching out almoſt to the bottom into
many long ſlender branches, which are garniſhed with
narrow, ipear-ſhaped, acute-pointed leaves, placed
without order; theſe are rough to the touch. The
flowers are produced at the end of the branches, al-
moſt in form of an umbel; they are ſmaller than
thoſe of the manured fort, and are of a pale blue co-
lour. The feed-veffels are much ſmaller, and not ſo
round. It flowers and feeds about the ſame time as
the former.
The fourth fort grows naturally about Vienna and in
Hungary; this fort feldom riſes more than a foot
high, with a ſlender ſtalk, which divides into three
or four ſlender naked foot-ſtalks at the top, each
fuſtaining two or three flowers, which are of a pale
blue colour. The ſtalks are garniſhed with ihort,
narrow, briftly leaves, ſtanding erect, which are rough
on their outúde. This flowers and feeds about the
fame time as the former, and the plant ſoon after
decays.
There are two or three varieties of this, which differ
in the colour of their flowers, but in other reſpects
are the fame.
The fifth fort grows naturally in ſome parts of Eng-
land, particularly in Cambridgeſhire ; this hath a
perennial root, from which ariſe three or four in-
clining ítalks, garniſhed with ſhort narrow leaves to-
ward their baſe, but upward have ſcarce any. The
fiowers are produced at the end of the ſtalks, fitting
very clofe; they are of a blue colour, and about the
fize of thoſe of the manured kind, and are ſucceeded
3
3
a
autumn.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Germany and the
ſouth of France, aniongſt the Corn. This is an annual
(plant, riſing with an upright ſtalk near a foot and a
half high, garniſhed with ipear-ſhaped acute-pointed
leaves, which are rough on their edges.; they are
about the ſame length of thoſe of the common Flax,
but a little broader, placed alternately. The ſtalks
divide toward the top into ſeveral branches, each ſuf-
taining two or three yellow flowers, fitting in fpear-
ſhaped acute-pointed empalements. Theſe appear in
July, but unleſs the autumn proves favourable, the
feeds never ripen in England.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Spain; the feeds
of it were ſent me from Madrid by Dr. Hortega. This
hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes a foot high, ſending
out ſeveral branches which are garniſhed with very
narrow leaves coming out in cluſters, but the flowering
branches are garniſhed with broader and longer leaves,
placed alternately at every joint. The flowers are pro-
duced at the end of the branches, ſtanding erect upon
long ſlender foot-ſtalks ; they have acute-pointed em-
palements. The petals of the flower are large, entire,
and white, but before the flowers open, they are of a
pale yellow colour. Theſe flowers appear in July,
4-
but

L IN
LIN
;
autumn.
but unleſs the autumn proves favourable, the feeds do ſeaſon for ſowing of the Flax ſeed, the land muſt be
not ripen in England. The flower-ſtalks of this fort well ploughed, laid flat and even, upon which the
decay in the autumn, but the lower ſhrubby ſtalk ſeeds ſhould be fown about the latter end of March,
continues with the other branches all the year. or the beginning of April, when the weather is mild
The twelfth fort grows naturally upon the Alps; this and warm.
hath a perennial root, from whence ariſe two or three The common way is to fow the feed in broad-caft,
flender ftiff ſtalks, which divide at the top into two and to allow from two to three buſhels of feeds to one
or three ſender branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped acre of land ; but from many repeated trials, I have
leaves placed alternately. The powers come out found it is a much better method to fow the feeds in
fingly at the joints, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks; their drills, at about ten inches diſtance from each other,
empalements are cut into five flender ſegments, by which half the quantity of feed which is uſually
which are longer than the petals of the flower. The fown, will produce a greater crop; and when the Flax
flowers are yellow, and appear about the ſame time is thus fown, the ground may be eaſily hoed to deſtroy
with the common fort, and the feeds ripen in the the weeds; which, if twice repeated in dry weather,
will keep the ground clean till the Flax is ripe: this
The thirteenth fort grows common in many parts of may be performed at half the expence which the hand
England, upon dry barren hills. It is commonly call- weeding will coſt, and will not tread down the plants
ed Linum catharticum, purging Flax, and alſo Moun- nor harden the ground, which by the other method is
tain Flax. This riſes with ſeveral branching ſlender always done ; and it is abſolutely
neceſſary to keep the
ſtalks about ſeven or eight inches high, garniſhed with Flax clean from weeds, otherwiſe they will overbear
ſmall, oval, ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite. The
and ſpoil the crop.
flowers are ſmall and white, ftanding upon pretty long There are ſome people who recommend the feeding
foot-ſtalks, which come out from the ſide of the of ſheep with Flax, when it is a good height; and
branches, and alſo where they are divided. They ap- ſay, they will eat away the weeds and Grafs, and do
pear in July, and are ſucceeded by ſmall round cap- the Flax good ; and if they ſhould lie in it, and beat
ſules, containing ſmall flat ſeeds which ripen in the it down or flatten it, it will riſe again the next rain :
autumn. This is one of thoſe plants which refuſes but this is a very wrong practice, for if the ſheep
culture. I have frequently fown the ſeeds both in au- gnaw or eat the Flax, the plants will ſhoot up very
tumn and ſpring, but could ſeldom get up any of the weak, and never come to half the ſize they would
plants, and others who have made the trial have found have done, if not cropped: and as to the ſheep de-
the ſame.
ſtroying the weeds, they never are ſo nice diſtin-
The fourteenth ſort grows naturally about Montpe- guiſhers, for if they like the crop better than the
lier, and in ſome parts of Italy near the ſea. This weeds, they will devour that and leave the weeds
riſes with upright ſtalks near two feet high, the lower untouched.
part of which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves Toward the latter end of Auguſt or the beginning
placed oppoſite, but on the upper part they are alter- of September, the Flax will begin to ripen, when
nate. The ſtalks divide upward into ſeveral branches, you muſt be careful that it does not ſtand to be over
the tops of which are garniſhed with yellow flowers ripe ; therefore you muſt pull it up as ſoon as the
about the ſize of thoſe of common Flax, which hang heads begin to change brown and hang downwards,
downward, theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall oval cap-
;
otherwiſe the ſeeds will ſoon ſcatter and be loft ; fo
ſules, containing ſmaller feeds than thoſe of the com- that the pluckers muſt be nimble, and tie it
up
in
mon Flax. The flowers appear in July, and the ſeeds handfuls, ſetting them upright till they be perfectly
ripen in the autumn.
dry, and then houſe them. If the Flax be pulled
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of Flax which grow when it firſt begins to flower, it will be whiter than
wild in the different parts of Europe, but thoſe here if it ſtand till the feed is ripe, but then the feed will
enumerated are all I have ſeen growing in the Eng- be loft; but the thread will be ſtronger when Flax is
liſh gardens.
left till the feed is ripe, provided it does not ſtand too
The firſt fort is that which is cultivated for uſe in di- long, but the colour of it will not beſo good.
vers parts of Europe, and is reckoned an excellent The Siberian perennial Flax has been made trial of,
commodity; the right tilling and ordering of which, and anſwers very well for making of common ſtrong
is eſteemed a good piece of huſbandry.
linen, but the thread ſpun from this is not ſo fine or
This ſhould be cultivated upon a rich foil, that has white as that which is produced from the common
not been ploughed for ſeveral years, upon which Flax fort; but as the roots of this fort will continue many
always makes the beſt improvement; but as it draws years, ſo there will be a great ſaving in the culture,
greatly from the ſoil, it ſhould not be fown two years as it will require no other care but to keep it con-
together upon the ſame ground, nor in leſs than after ftantly clean from weeds; which cannot be well done,
five or fix
unleſs the ſeeds are ſown in rows, that the ground
This ground ſhould be as clean from weeds as pof- may be conſtantly kept hoed to deſtroy the weeds
fible; in order to have it ſo, it ſhould be fallowed two when young; for if they are ſuffered to grow large,
winters and one ſummer, obſerving to harrow the it will be difficult to get the ground clean, and they
ground well between each ploughing, particularly in will weaken the roots. This ſort muſt have the ſtalks
lummer, to deſtroy the young weeds ſoon after they cut off cloſe to the ground when ripe, and tied up in
appear, that the ſmalleſt of them may not ſtand to ri-
,
ſmall bundles, managing them afterward in the ſame
pen their feed; this will alſo break the clods, and fe- way as the common fort ; but this ſeldom produces
parate their parts ſo, that they will fall to pieces on more than three crops, which will pay for ſtanding,
being ſtirred. If the land ſhould require dung, that The eighth fort I received from Iſtria, which pro-
ſhould not be laid on till the laſt ploughing, when it duced the fineſt thread of all the forts which I
muſt be buried in the ground, but this dung ſhould have tried ; and this grows taller than the common
be ſuch as is clear from the feeds of weeds, which it Flax, and having a biennial root, may be wor-
always will be where there is care taken to keep the thy of trial to ſee how it will thrive in the open
dunghills clean from weeds, and the places near it; fields; for in gardens ir lives through the winter with-
for luppoſing there ſhould be any feeds at firſt among out receiving the leaſt injury from the froſt, the roots
the dung, yet when it is laid in a heap and well fer- having ſurvived through the winter in the Chelſea
mented, that will deſtroy the feeds; but there are few garden ſeveral years; and in order to make trial of
perions who are careful to keep their dunghills, and its goodneſs, I gave a parcel of the ſtalks of this, as
the places near them, clean from weeds; and the alſo of the Spaniſh and Siberian perennial ſorts, to a
feeds of theſe falling on the dung, are carried upon perſon who is well ſkilled in watering, breaking, and
the land; from whence ſprung that vulgar error, dreſſing of Flax, who prepared them, and aſſured me,
that dung produces weeds, which it can never do, if that the Iftrian Flax was by much the fineſtof the three,
there is not the feeds mixed with it. Juſt before the and was in goodneſs preferable to any he had ſeen.
8 D
There
years interval.

LIP
Lia
2
3
و
There is annually great quantities of the feed of feet, with a rough bark: the branches come out by
Flax imported into Scotland and Ireland, from the pairs oppofite, as do allo the leaves, which are oblong,
Eaſt Country, particularly from Riga, to the amount pointed, and a little fawed on their edges. From the
of many thouſand pounds ſterling, per ann. which wings of the leaves come out the foot-ftaiks, which
might be ſaved to the public, by encouraging the fuftain many pyramidal ſcaly heads, about the fize of
growth of Flax in the northern colonies of America, a large gray Pea, in which are many ſmall yellow
where the ſummers are warmer than in England, ſo flowers appearing between the ſcales, which are fuc-
that the feeds would ripen perfectly there, and the ceeded by the feed-vefiels.
change of ſeeds from thence would be greater than The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Carthagena in
that from Riga, but it ſhould be confined to the moſt New Spain, where it riſes with ihrubby ſtalks ten or
northern parts of America; for ſuch feeds as are twelve feet high, ſending out fiender branches to-
faved in the warmer parts will not fucceed well here, ward their top, garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped
as I have experienced in many other kinds of plants, leaves three inches long, ending in acute points,
whoſe feeds I have ſent to Carolina, where they have ſmooth on their upper furface, which are placed op-
grown two or three years, after which ſome of the poſite; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out oppo-
feeds have been ſent me back, which I have always ſite juſt above the leaves, each ſupporting a pyrami-
found to be much longer in growing to perfection dal head of white flowers, which peep out from the
than before.
fcales of the head; theſe are ſucceeded by capſules
The other forts which are here mentioned, are pre- having two cells, including ſmall feeds.
ſerved in gardens for the ſake of variety, but none of The ſeeds of the firſt fort were ſent by Dr. Houſtoun
them are uſed, except the Mountain Flax, which is to ſeveral curious gardens in Europe, where ſome of
eſteemed a good purger in dropfical diſorders, and has the plants have been raiſed; but as the country from
of late years been often preſcribed.
whence they came is very warm, fo the plants will
They are all of them propagated by feeds, which may not thrive in this climate, unleſs they are preſerved
be ſown in the ſpring, in the places where they are to in a warm ftove. The feeds thould be fown on a
remain, and will require no other culture but to keep hot-bed, and the plants may be treated in the ſame
the plants clean from weeds. The annual ſorts will manner as other ſhrubby plants which are natives
flower and perfect their feeds the ſame year, but the of warm countries : which is, to keep them always
roots of the perennial forts will continue ſeveral years, in the ſtove, plunged in the bark-bed, obſerving to
putting out freſh ſtalks every ſpring. The ſhrubby give them a large ſhare of air in warm weather,
forts will live through the winter in the open air, pro- and frequently refreſh them with water; but in win-
vided it is in a dry foil and a warm ſituation ; but ter they muſt be watered more ſparingly, and be
theſe rarely produce feeds in England.
kept in a moderate degree of warmth, otherwiſe they
The method of watering, piling, braking, &c. be- will not live through the winter, eſpecially while
ing a particular buſineſs, and foreign to my deſign, they are young; but when they have acquired
I ſhall not pretend to give any directions about it in ſtrength, they may be preſerved with a leſs ſhare of
this place.
warmth.
The common fort is a plant of the greateſt uſe, in ſeveral As the plants advance in their growth, they ſhould
of the moſt eſſential parts of life ; from the ſeeds an ex- be ſhifted into larger pots, but this ſhould not be too
preſſed oil is drawn, which is of great uſe in medicine, often repeated; for if they are removed into new pots
painting, &c. from the bark of the ſtalks is made every ſpring, it will be as often as they will require;
linen, and from the rags of linen is made paper; ſo ſo that when theſe, and many other exotic plants, are
that this plant may be eſteemed as one of the moſt va- too often removed, they do not thrive ſo well as when
luable, and abſolutely neceſſary in many of the princi- they are permitted to fill the pots with their roots.
pal conveniencies of life.
The beſt time to ſhift theſe plants is in April, at
LINUM UMBILICATUM. See CYNOGLOSSUM. which time the tan of the hot-bed ſhould be ſtirred,
LIPPIA. Houſt. Gen. Nov. Lin. Gen. Plant. 699. and freſh tan mixed with it, to increaſe the heat. The
This plant was ſo named by the late Dr. William earth in which theſe plants are placed, ſhould be freth
Houſtoun, who diſcovered it at La Vera Cruz, where and light, but not too rich.
it grows naturally, in honour of Dr. Auguſtus Lippi, LIQUIDAMBER. Mitch. Gen. 12. Lin. Gen.
a famous botaniſt, who travelled to Egypt, and dif- Plant. 955. Liquidamber, Sweet Gum, or Storax-tree.
covered many new plants.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath male and female flowers fometimes on the ſame
The empalement of the flower is permanent, roundiſh, plant, at other times upon different plants; the male
and compreſſed. The flower hath one petal, which is of flowers are numerous, diſpoſed in long, looſe, conical kat-
the ringent kind; the upper lip is divided into two parts, kins; theſe have four-leaved empalements, but no pe-
which are reflexed; the under lip is ſmaller, and cut into tals. They have a great number of ſhort ſtamina joined
two roundiſh ſegments. It hath four ſort ſtamina, two in one body, which are convex on one ſide, but plain oíz
of which are a little longer than the other, terminated by the other, terminated by ere Et twin fummits, with four fur-
ſingle ſummits, and on oval germen ſupporting a ſlender rows. The female flowers are often ſituated at the baſe of
Style the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an indented the male ſpike, colle&ted in a globe; theſe have a double
Digma. The germen afterward turns to a compreſſed cap- empalement like that of the male, and each of them has a
fule with one cell, opening with two valves, which ap- bell-ſhaped, angular, diſtinɛt empalement, with many pro-
pear like the ſcales of the empalement, incloſing two feeds tuberances. They have no petals, but an oblong germen faſt-
which are joined.
ened to the empalement, ſupporting two awl-shaped ſtyles,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection to which is alſo fixed the recurved ſtigmas, which are hairy
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia and as long as the ſtyles. The empalement afterward
Angioſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe turns to a roundiſh capſule of one cell, with two valves at
flowers have two long and two ſhorter Itamina, and the top, which are acute, and colle&ted in a ligneous globe,
the ſeeds are included in capfules,
containing oblong acute-pointed ſeeds.
The SPECIES are,
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
1. LIPPIA (Americana) arboreſcens foliis conjugatis ob- of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
longis, capitulis ſquamofis & rotundis. Houſt. Tree plants with male and female flowers, whoſe male
Lippia with oblong leaves growing by pairs, having round flowers have many ftainina,
ſcaly beads. Lippia capitulis pyramidatis. Lin. Sp.
The SPECIES are,
883. Lippia with pyramidal beads.
1. LIQUIDAMBER (Styraciflua) foliis quinquelobatis fer-
2. LIPPA (Flemiſpherica) capitulis hemifphæricis. Jacq. ratis. Liquidamber with fawed leaves having five lobes,
Amer: 25. Lippia with hemiſpherical beads.
Styrax aceris folio. Raii Hift. 1681. Maple-leaved
The first fort in the country of its native growth, Storex-tree,
commonly riſes to the height of fixteen or eighteen
2. li

an inch.
L IT
2. LIQUIDAMBER (Orientalis) foliis quinquelobatis, fi palement, divided inio five obtufe points at the briwa
nuatis obtufis. Liquidamber with leaves having five lobes, which are erect; the chops are perforated. It bath five
which are finuated and obtufe.
Sort stamina terminated by oblong summits, which are hue
The firſt fort has by fome writers been ranged with up in the chops of the petal
, it hath four germen, wiii
the Maple, but on no other account, except from a ſlender Style the length of the tube, crowned by a bifid
the fimilitude of the leaves; for in flower and fruit it obiuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turn to so many
is very different from the Maple, and moſt other ge- oval, hard, ſmooth, acute-pointed ſeeds, forcing in the ſpread
nera: nor has it any affinity to the Storax-tree, but ing empalement.
the gum which iſſues from this tree being tranſparent, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and having a great fragrancy, has by fome ignorant Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants
perſons been taken for that.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ftyle.
It grows plentifully in Virginia and ſeveral other parts The SPECIES are,
of North America, where it riſes with a ſtrait naked I. LITHOSPERMUM (Officinale) ſeminibus lævibus, co-
ſtem to the height of fifteen or ſixteen feet, and after- rollis calycem vix fuperantibus, foliis lanceolatis.
.
ward branches out regularly to the height of forty feet Hort. Cliff. 46. Gromcoell with ſmooth feeds, the petal
or upward, forming a pyramidal head. The leaves are of the flower ſcarce longer than the empolement, and Spear-
angular, and ſhaped ſomewhat like thoſe of the lefler ſhaped leaves. Lithoſpermum majus erectum. C. B.P.
Maple, having live lobes, but are of a dark green 258. Greater uprighi Gromwell.
colour, and their upper ſurfaces ſhining; a ſtrong, 2. LITHOSPERMUM (Arvenſe) ſeminibus rugoſis, corrol-
ſweet, glutinous ſubſtance excludes through the pore lis vix calycem fuperantibus. Hort. Cliff. 46. Grom-
of the leaves in warm weather, which renders them well with rough ſeeds, whoſe petals are ſcarce longer than
clammy to the touch.
the empalement. Lithoſpermum arvenſe, radice rubrâ.
The flowers are generally produced early in the C. B. P. 258. Field Gromwell with a red root.
ſpring of the year, before the leaves are expanded, 3. LITHOSPERMUM (Purpurocaruleum) feminibus lævi-
3
which are of a Saffron colour, and grow in ſpikes from bus, corollis calycem multoties fuperantibus. Hort,
the extremity of the branches; after theſe are paſt, Cliff. 46. Gromwell with ſmooth ſeeds, and the petal man
the fruit fwells to the ſize of a Walnut, being per- ny times longer than the empalement. Lithoſpermum mi-
fectly round, having many protuberances, each hav- nus repens latifolium C. B. P. 258. Smaller, creeping:
ing a finall hole and a ſhort tail, which extends half broad-leaved Gromwell.
4.
LITHOSPERMUM (Virginianum) foliis fubovalibus ner-
The planks of this tree being beautifully veined, are voſis, corollis acuminatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 132. Grom-
often uſed in America for wainſcotting rooms ; but it well with veined leaves which are almoſt oval, and acute-
requires a long time to ſeaſon the boards, otherwiſe pointed petals. Lithoſpermum latifolium Virginia
they are apt to ſhrink.
num, flore albido longiore. Mor, Hift. 3. p. 447.
In Europe this tree is cultivated in the gardens of the Broad-leaved Gromwell of Virginia with a longer whitiſ
curious, for the ſake of variety; it is hardy enough flower.
to endure the ſevereſt cold of this country in the open 5. LITHOSPERMUM (Fruticoſum) fruticoſum, foliis line-
air, and there are ſome of them upward of twenty aribus hiſpidis, ftaminibus corollam fubæquantibus.
feet high, though I have not heard of any of them Lin, Sp. 190. Shrubby Gromwell with rough linear
which has produced fruit.
leaves, and the Stamina almost equal to the petal. Bu-
This is commonly propagated by layers in England, gloffum famium fruteſcens, foliis Roriſmarini obſcure
but thoſe plants which are raiſed from ſeeds grow to virentibus lucidis & hirſutis. Tourn. Cor. 6.
be much fairer trees.
The firſt fort grows naturally upon the banks, and in
The feeds of this tree, if ſown in the ſpring, com- dry fields in many parts of England, ſo is ſeldom ad-
monly remain in the ground a whole year before the mitted into gardens. This hath a biennial root, from
plants come up; fo that the fureſt way to raiſe them which ariſe two or three upright ſtalks two feet high,
is, to fow the ſeeds in boxes or pots of light earth; which branch out toward the top, garniſhed with
which may be placed in a ſhady ſituation during the ſpear-ſhaped, rough, hairy leaves, placed alternate,
firſt ſummer, and in autumn they may be removed fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers come out
where they may have more fun, but if the winter ſingly at every joint of the ſmall branches; they are
ſhould prove fevere, it will be proper to cover them white, of one petal, cut into four parts at the top,
with Peas-haulm, or other light covering, which and ſtand within the empalement; theſe are ſucceeded
Mould be taken off conſtantly in mild weather. In by four hard, white, ſhining feeds, which ripen in
the following ſpring, if theſe boxes or pots are placed the empalement. It flowers in May, and the ſeeds ri-
upon a moderate hot bed, it will cauſe the feeds
pen in Auguſt.
to come up early, ſo that the plants will have time The ſeeds of this plant are accounted a powerful diu-
to get ſtrength before the winter ; but during the retic, and a cleanſer of the reins and urethers, being
firſt and fecond winters, it will be proper to ſcreen the boiled in wine and water, and are of great ſervice
plants from ſevere froſt, but afterward they will bear againſt gravel or ſtoppage of urine.
the cold very well.
The ſecond fort is an annual plant, which grows
The feeds of the ſecond ſort were ſent by Mr. Peyf-
among
winter Corn in many parts of England. This
fonel from the Levant, to the French king's gar- riſes with a ſlender branching ſtalk a foot and a half
den at Marli, a few of which were ſent me by Mr. high, garniſhed with narrow, fpear-ſhaped, rough
Richard, the king's gardener, which fucceeded in leaves placed alternately. The flowers are produced
the Chelſea garden. The leaves of this fort differ ſingly on the upper parts of the ſtalls. They are
from thoſe of the firſt, in having their lobes ſhorter, ſmall and white; theſe are ſucceeded by four rough
and much more finuated on their borders; they end in feeds, which ripen in the empalement. It flowers in
blunt points, and are not ferrated; but as I have not June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt, ſoon after which
ſeen the fruit of this, ſo I do not know how it differs the plants decay.
from the other.
The third ſort grows naturally in woods in many parts
LIRIODENDRUM. See TULIPIFERA.
of England ; this hath a perennial root, from which
LITHOSPERMUM. Tourn. Init. R. H. 137. come out two or three trailing ſtalks ſcarce a foot
tab. 55. Lin. Gen. Plant. 166. [of Aito, a ſtone, long, garniſhed with long, narrow, ſpear-thaped
and Enépui.cn feed ; q. d. Stone-feed; becauſe the leaves, placed alternately; theſe are ſmoother than
feed of this plant is hard; and good againſt the ſtone.] thoſe of the other forts. The flowers are produced at
Gromwell, Gromill, or Graymill; in French, Gremil. the end of the ftalks from amongſt the leaves ; they
The CHARACTERS are,
are white, and the petals are much longer than the
The flower bath an oblong, erect, acute-pointed, per- empalements. Theſe appear the latter end of May,
manent, empalement, which is cut into five peris. It bath and each is ſucceeded by four ſmooth feeds, which
one petol will a cylindrical tube the length of the em- ripen in the empalement.
The
a
a
a

L OB
LON
و
a
a
a
The fourth ſort grows naturally in North America ; The feeds of this plant were ſent to England by Mr.
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral Cateſby, in the year 1724, who gathered them in the
very hairy ſtalks about a foot and a half high, gar- Bahama Iſlands, where the plants grow in plenty, near
niſhed with rough, hairy, veined leaves, which are al- the ſhore of the ſea; and ſince that time the feeds
moſt oval, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks alternately. The have been ſent to England by Dr. William Houſ-
flowers grow in hort reflexed ſpikes at the end of the toun, who gathered them at La Vera Cruz; ſo that
branches: theſe are white, their petals being longer I believe the plant is common in moſt of the warm
than the empalement, ending in acute points. It
parts of America.
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn. It is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be procured
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, from the countries of its natural growth, for the plants
and alſo in the Levant.
the Levant. This hath a perennial root, will not produce them in Europe ; theſe ſeeds ſhould
which runs deep in the ground, from which comes be fown in pots filled with light fandy earth, and
out in the ſpring a ſhrubby erect ſtalk two or three plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where the
feet high, which is pretty cloſely ſet with hairs, and plants will come up in about a month or five weeks,
garniſhed with narrow leaves placed alternately. The provided the bed is warm, and the earth often wa-
Howers are produced in ſhort reflexed ſpikes at the tered. When the plants are up, they ſhould be kept
end of the ſtalk, ſtanding in hairy empalements; in a temperate hot-bed, and frequently refreſhed with
they are of a reddiſh purple colour, but as they de water, but it muſt not be given them in large quan-
cay change to a deep purple; they are tubulous, but tities, for they are very ſucculent, and ſubject to periſh
cut at the top into four or five ſegments; the upper
with much moiſture, eſpecially while they are young.
two are reflexed. It flowers in June, but the ſeeds When the plants are about two inches high, they
rarely ripen in England.
ſhould be carefully taken out of the pots in which they
Theſe plants may be cultivated by fowing their feeds were ſown, and each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot
in rows foon after they are ripe, in a bed of freſh earth, filled with freſh light fandy earth, and then plunged
allowing the rows at leaſt a foot diſtance from each into the hot-bed again, obierving to ſhade them in the
other, obſerving to keep them clear from weeds, and heat of the day until they have taken new root. In
they will thrive in almoſt any foil or ſituation.
this hot-bed the plants may remain until the middle,
LOAM is a common ſuperficial earth, that is a mix- or latter end of September, when they muſt be re-
ture of ſand and clay, commonly of a yellowiſh co- moved into the ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed,
lour, though there is ſome Loam that is blackiſh. in the warmeſt part of the ſtove, for they are very ten-
Some call Loam the moſt common ſuperficial earth der plants while young, therefore muſt be kept very
met with in England, without any regard to the pro- warm, otherwiſe they will not live through the firſt
portion it bears to ſand or clay, but moſt generally
;
winter in this country. In the ſpring following the
the appellation of Loam is applied to a ſoft fat earth, plants may be ſhifted into ſomewhat larger pots, and
partaking of clay, but eaſy to work.
then plunged into a freſh hot-bed to forward their
It is found by experience, that plants of moſt forts growth; for if they are not puſhed on while they are
will grow in it; and wherever it is found, it appears young, they ſeldom grow to any fize, nor will they
to be a more beneficial foil to plants than any other. ever flower; ſo that in order to have them in any
A clay uſed in grafting is alſo called Loam.
beauty, they muſt be carefully managed. The leaves
LOBELIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 21. tab. 31. Lin. of this plant are very ſubject to contract filth, by be-
Gen. Plant. 897
ing conſtantly kept in the ſtove, therefore they ſhould
The CHARACTERS are,
be waſhed with a ſponge frequently, to keep them
The empalement of the flower is ſmall, of one leaf, in- clean, otherwiſe they will appear unſightly.
dented in five parts, and grows about the germen. The LOBUS ECHINATUS. See GUILANDINA.
flower has but one petal, which is tubulous, and a little LOCULAMENTS are little diſtinct cells, or par-
ringent, cut into five parts at the brim; two of the up- titions, within the ſeed-veſſels of plants.
per ſegments ore ſmaller than the other, are more reflexed LOLIUM. Darnel Graſs. .
and deeper cut, theſe conſtitute the upper lip; the three Of this ſort of Graſs we have two or three ſpecies,
lower are ſpread open, and larger. It both five awl-ſhaped which grow naturally in England; fome in dry Graſs
Stamina the length of the tube, terminated by oblong cy- grounds, and one which is an annual Graſs, is fre-
lindrical ſummits, divided at their boſe into five parts. It quently found in arable land; but as neither of them
bas a pointed germen under the petal, Supporting a cylin- are cultivated for uſe, ſo I ſhall not trouble the reader
drical ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe prickly ſtigma. The with any farther account of them.
germen afterward becomes an oval fleſhy berry with two LONCHITIS [ſo called of Abyxn, a lance or ſpear,
cells, each containing a ſingle ſeed.
becauſe the leaves are ſo iharp-pointed as to reſemble
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of the point of a ſpear.] Rough Spleenwort.
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, to which he has joined The CHARACTERS are,
the Rapuntium of Tournefort; but although the The leaves are like thoſe of the Fern, but the pinnula
form of theflowers, and the number of their ſtamina, are eared at their baſe; the fruit alſo is like that of the
agree pretty well, yet as the fruit of this is a pulpy Fern.
berry; incloſing but two ſeeds, and the Rapunții have The SPECIES are,
dry capſules including many ſmall feeds, I ſhall keep 1. LONCHITIS aſpera. Ger. Rough Spleenwort.
them ſeparate.
2. LONchitis afpera major. Ger. Emach. Greater rough
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. Spleenwort.
LOBELIA (Fruteſcens) fruteſcens, foliis ovati-oblongis in- The firſt of theſe plants is very common in fhady
tegerrimis. Flor. Zeyl. 313. Shrubby Lobelia with ob- woods, by the ſides of ſmall rivulets, in divers parts
long, oval, entire leaves. Lobelia fruteſcens portulacæ of England; but the ſecond fort is not quite fo com-
folio. Plum. Nov. Gen. 21. Shrubby Lobelia with a mon, and has been brought into ſeveral curious bo-
Purſlane leaf.
tanic gardens from the mountains in Wales. There
This plant riſes with a ſucculent ſtalk five or fix are alſo great variety of theſe plants in America, which
feet high, garniſhed with oval, oblong, ſucculent at preſent are ftrangers in the European gardens;
leaves, which are placed alternately; theſe fit cloſe they are ſeldom cultivated but in botanic Gardens
to the ſtalk. The powers are produced upon long for the ſake of variety, where they muſt have a moiſt
foot-ſtalks, which come out from the ſide of the foil and ſhady ſituation.
ſtalk, and ſuſtain two or three white flowers of one LONGITUDINAL VESSELS, in plants, are
petal, cut into five acute ſegments at the brim; theſe ſuch as are extended in length through the woody
are ſucceeded by two oval berries as large as Bullace, parts of trees and plants, into which the air is ſuppoſed
containing a ſtone with two cells, in each of which is to enter, and mix with the juices of the plant, and
lodged a ſingle ſeed.
thereby augment its bulk.
LONI
3
ز
و
3

L ON
LON
a
LONICERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. Chamreceraſus.
Tourn. Init. R. H. 609. tab. 379. Upright Honeyſuckle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſmall empalement, cut into five ports,
upon which the germen fits. It hath one petal, with an
oblong tube, cut into five parts at the brim, and five owl-
ſhaped ſtamina, almoſt the length of the petal, terminated
by oblong ſummits. Under the petal is ſituated a roundiſha
germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the petal,
crowned by an obtuſe liigma. The germen afterward turns
to two berries, which join at their baſe.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle ; and to
this genus he has joined the Caprifolium, Periclyme-
num, and Xylofteum of Tournefort, and the Sym-
phoricarpos of Dillenius. Tournefort places this ge-
nus in the ſixth ſection of his twentieth claſs, in
which he ranges the trees and ſhrubs with a flower of
one petal, whoſe empalement becomes a berry.
The SPECIES are,
1. LONICERA (Xylofteum) pedunculis bifloris, baccis dif-
tinctis, foliis integerrimis pubeſcentibus. Prod. Leyd.
238. Lonicera with two flowers on each foot-ſtalk, diſtinez
berries, and entire woolly leaves. Chamæceraſus dume-
torum fructu gemino rubro. C. B. P. 451. Dwarf
Cherry with twin red fruit, commonly called Fly Honeyſuckle.
LONICERA (Alpigena) pedunculis bifloris, baccis co-
2. adunatis didymis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 174. Lonicera with
two flowers upon a foot-ſtalk, and twin berries which are
joined together. Chamæceraſus Alpina, fructu gemi-
no rubro duobus punctis notato. C.B. P. 451. Dwarf
Alpine Cherry with a red twin fruit, marked with two
points, commonly called red-berried upright Honeyſuckle.
3. LONICERA (Cærulea) pedunculis bifloris, baccis co-
adunatis globofis, ftylis indiviſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 174.
Lonicera with two flowers on a foot-ſtalk, globular ber-
ries, which are joined, and undivided ſtyles. Chamæce-
raſus montana, fructu fingulari-cæruleo. C. B.P.451.
Mountain Dwarf Cherry with a ſingle blue fruit, com-
monly called ſingle
, blue-berried, upright Honeyſuckle.
4. LONICERA (Nigra) pedunculis bifloris, baccis dif-
tinctis, foliis ferratis. Prod. Leyd. 238. Lonicera with
two flowers on a foot-ſtalk, diſtinkt berries, and ſaved
leaves. Chamæceraſus Alpina, fructu nigro gemino.
C. B. P.451. Alpine Dwarf Cherry with a black twin
fruit, called black-berried upright Honeyſuckle
.
5. LONICERA (Tartarica) pedunculis bifloris, baccis
diſtinctis, foliis cordatis obtufis. Hort. Upſal. 42.
Lonicera with two flowers on a foot-ſtalk, diſtinɛt berries,
and blunt heart-ſhaped leaves. Chamæceraſus fructu
gemino rubro, foliis glabris cordatis. Amm. Ruth.
184. Dwarf Cherry with a twin red fruity and ſmooth
heart-ſhaped leaves.
6. LONICERA (Pyrenaica) pedunculis bifloris, baccis
diſtinctis, foliis oblongis glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 174.
.
Lonicera with two flowers on a foot-ſtalk, diftinet berries,
and oblong ſmooth leaves. Xylofteum Pyrenaicum.
Tourn. Inft. 6o9. Pyrenean Dwarf Cherry.
7. LONICERA (Symphoricarpos) capitulis lateralibus pe-
dunculatis, foliis petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 175. Lo-
nicera with lateral beads of flowers growing upon foot-
ſtalks, and leaves having foot-ſtalks. Symphoricarpos
foliis alatis. Dill. Hort. Elth. 371. commonly called
brubby St. Peterſwort.
The firſt fort has been many years cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens under the title of Fly Honeyluckle.
It grows naturally upon the Alps, and in other cold
parts of Europe. It riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtalk
fix or eight feet high, covered with a whitiſh bark,
dividing into many branches, which are garniſhed
with oblong oval leaves placed oppoſite; they are
entire, and covered with ſhort hairy down. The
flowers come out on each ſide of the branches op-
poſite, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, each fuf-
taining two white flowers ftanding erect; theſe have
one petal, which is cut into five parts; the three lower
being narrow, are reflexed, the two broader ſtand
upright; theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded by
two red clammy berries, which are joined at their baſe,
and ripen the beginning of September.
The ſecond fort grows naturally upon the Alps; this
has been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, by
the title of red-berried upright Honeyſuckle ; this
hath a ſhort, thick, woody ſtem, which divides into ma-
ny ſtrong woody branches growing erect, garniſhed
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks; they are entire, their under fide
being of a pale green, but their upper of a dark
green. The flowers ftand upon very long ſlender
foot-ſtalks, which come out oppoſite on each ſide the
branches, at the baſe of the leaves, they are red on
their outſide, but pale within, ſhaped like thoſe of the
former fort, but are a little larger, ftanding erect;
theſe appear the latter end of April, and are com-
monly ſucceeded by two oval red berries, joined at
their baſe, which have two punctures; they ripen the
beginning of Auguſt. Sometimes there is but one berry
ſucceeding each flower, which is frequently as large as
a Kentiſh Cherry; this I believe has led ſome to ſuppoſe
it was a diſtinct ſpecies, as I thought myſelf, when I ſaw
all the fruit upon the ſhrub were ſingle, but the follow-
ing years, I found they had twin fruit like the others.
The third fort grows naturally upon the Appenines ;
this is a fhrub of humbler growth than either of the
former, ſeldom riſing more than four or five feet high.
The branches are ſlender, covered with a ſmooth pur-
pliſh bark. The joints are diſtant, where the leaves
come out oppoſite, and ſometimes there are two on
each ſide. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers are very
ſhort, each ſuſtaining two white flowers, ſhaped like
thoſe of the former forts; theſe are ſucceeded by blue
berries, which are ſingle and diſtinct. The flowers
appear in May, and the berries ripen in Auguſt.
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps and
Helvetian Mountains ; this is a ſhrub very like
the former, but the branches are flenderer. The
leaves are a little fawed on their edges. The flowers
have two berries ſucceeding them, in which conſiſts
their difference. It flowers at the ſame time with the
former.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Tartary, from whence
the feeds were ſent to the Imperial Garden at Pe-
terſburgh, where they ſucceeded, and from thence
the ſeeds were ſent to me; this is a ſhrub which
grows about the ſame height with the two former, to
which this has a great reſemblance in its branches; but
the leaves of this are heart-ſhaped, and the berries are
red, growing ſometimes ſingle, at others double, and
frequently there are three joined together, which are
about the ſame ſize with the former. It flowers in
April, and the fruit is ripe in July.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains, and alſo in Canada, from whence the
ſeeds were brought to Duke D'Ayen, which were
ſown in his curious garden at St. Germain, where they
fucceeded, and his highneſs was ſo good as to fur-
niſh me with a plant; this feldom riſes more than
three or four feet high, dividing into ſeveral ſpread-
ing irregular branches, which are garniſhed with ob-
long ſmooth leaves, placed oppoſite. The flowers
come out from the ſide of the branches upon flender
foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining two white flowers, which
are cut into five fegments almoſt to the bottom; theſe
are ſucceeded by berries as the other forts. It flowers
in April
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in North America,
but has been many years propagated in the Engliſh
gardens; this hath a ſhrubby ftalk which riſes about
four feet high, ſending out many ſlender plain
branches, garniſhed with oval hairy leaves, placed
by pairs oppoſite, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers are produced in whorts round the ſtalk; they
are of an herbaceous colour, and appear in Auguſt,
The fruit, which is hollow, and ſhaped like a pottage
pot, ripens in the winter. Dr. Dillenius, in his Hor-
tus Elthamenſis, has titled this plant, Symphoricar-
pos foliis alatis, fuppoſing the leaves to be winged ;
8 E
buc
و

L OP
LOT
tab. 37
5
but as the leaves fall off ſingle, and the branches re- wound is commonly healed over before the cold wea-
main upon which they were fixed, they cannot be
ther comes on.
called winged leaves.
LORANTHUS. Vaill. A&t. R. Sc. 1702. Lin.
Theſe fhrubs are now propagated in the nurſery- Gen. Plant. 400. Lonicera. Plum. Nov. Gen. 17.
gardens near London, for ſale, and are commonly
intermixed with other flowering ſhrubs for the ſake of
The CHARACTERS are,
variet'; ; but as there is little beauty in ſome of their The empalement of the flower is entire, concave, and
flowers, a few of them only ſhould be admitted, to crowns the germen. The flower is tubulous, and cut into
ſet off thoſe which are preferable; they are all of five narrow ſegments almoſt to the bottom, which are re-
them very hardy plants, ſo will thrive in a cold fitu- flexed. It haih four ſtamina which are longer than the
ation better than in a warm one; they love a moiſt tube of the flower, terminated by globular ſummits. The
foil, in which they will thrive, and produce a greater germen, which is ſituated below the empalement, ſupports
quantity of fruit than in dry ground.
a ſingle ſtyle which is longer than the ſtamina, crowned
They may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings. by an oval ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an
The ſeeds commonly lie in the ground a year
before oval pulpy fruit with one cell, including ſeveral compreſſed
they vegetate, but require no particular culture; if ſeeds.
they are fown in autumn, many of them will grow This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
the following ſpring. The cuttings ſhould be planted Linnæus's fixth claſs, but it ſhould be placed in his
in autumn in a ſhady border, where they will put out fourth claſs, for the fiower has but four ftamina and
roots the following ſpring, and in the following au- one ſtyle.
tumn they may be removed into a nurſery, to grow There are ſeveral ſpecies of this genus, which grow
two years to get ſtrength, after which they ſhould be naturally upon trees, in ſeveral parts of America;
tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain. but as the plants cannot be cultivated in gardens, ſo
LOPPING. It is very obfervable, that moſt old it will be to no purpoſe to enumerate them.
trees are hollow within, which does not proceed from LOTUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 402. Lin. Gen. Plant.
the nature of the trees, but is the fault of thoſe who 803. Bird's-foot Trefoil; in French, Lotier.
have the management of them, who ſuffer the tops to
The CHARACTERS are,
grow large before they lop them, as the Aſh, Elm, The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, permanent,
Hornbeam, &c. and perſuade themſelves, that they and cut at the top into five parts. The flower is of the
may have the more great wood; but, in the mean butterfly kind. The standard is roundiſh, and reflexed
time, do not conſider that the cutting off great tops, backward. The wings are broad, roundiſh, and shorter
or branches, endangers the life of a tree, or, at beft, than the ſtandard, cloſing together at the top. The keel
wounds it ſo, that many trees yearly decay more in is cloſed on the upper fide, and convex on the under,
their bodies, than the yearly tops come to; and at riſing a little. It hath ten ſtamina, nine joined and one
the ſame time that they furniſh themſelves with more Separate, terminated by ſmall ſummits, with an oblong ta-
great wood, they do it at the loſs of the owner.
per germen, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an in-
And, indeed, though the Hornbeam and Elm will flexed ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a cloſe cy-
bear great tops when the body is little more than a lindrical pod with one cell, opening with two valves, ha-
ſhell, yet the Afh, if it comes to take wet at the ving many tranſverſe partitions, in each of theſe is lodged
head, very rarely bears more top after the body of one roundiſha ſeed.
the tree decays; therefore, if once theſe trees decay This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
much in the middle, they will be worth little but Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
for the fire, ſo that if you find a timber tree decay, candria, which contains the plants whoſe flowers have
it ſhould be cut down in time, that the timber be ten ſtamina in two houſes.
not loft.
The SPECIES are,
The Lopping of young trees, that is, at ten or twelve 1. Lotus (Corniculatus) capitulis depreffis, caulibus de-
years old at moſt, will preſerve them much longer, cumbentibus, leguminibus cylindricis patentibus,
and will occafion the ſhoots to grow more into wood Lin. Sp. Plant. 775. Bird's-foot Trefoil with depreſſed
in one year, than they do in old tops at two or three. heads, trailing ſtalks, and cylindrical Spreading pods. Lo-
But when great boughs are ill taken off, it often tus corniculata glabra, minor. J. B. 2. 356. Leſſer,
ſpoils many a tree, for which reaſon they ſhould al- fmooth, corniculated Bird's-foot Trefoil.
ways be ſpared, unleſs there is an abſolute neceſſity. 2. Lotus (Anguftiffimus) leguminibus fubbinatis lineari-
When they muſt be cut off, it ſhould be cloſe bus ſtrictis erectis, caule erecto, pedunculis alternis.
and ſmooth, and not parallel to the horizon, and Lin. Sp. Plant. 774. Bird's-foot Trefoil with erect, li-
cover the wound with loam and horſe-dung mix- near, ſtrait pods, growing in pairs, an erect ſtalk, and
ed, to prevent the wet from entering the body of alternate foot-ſtalks. Lotus pentaphyllos, minor, hir-
the tree.
ſutus, filiquâ anguftiffimâ. C. B. P. 332. Smaller,
When trees are at their full growth, there are ſeve- five-leaved, hairy Bird's-foot Trefoil, with very narrow
ral ſigns of their decay, as, the withering or dying of pods.
inany of their top branches ; or if the wet enters at 3. Lotus (Glabrus) capitulis depreſſis, caulibus decum-
any knot, or they are any-wiſe hollow, or diſcoloured, bentibus, foliis linearibus glabris, leguminibus li-
if they make but poor ſhoots, or if woodpeckers make nearibus. Bird's-foot Trefoil with depreſſed heads, trail-
any holes in them.
ing ſtalks, ſmooth linear leaves, and very narrow pods,
This Lopping of trees is only to be underſtood for Lotus pentaphyllos fruteſcens, tenuiffimis glabris fo-
pollard trees, becauſe nothing is more injurious to liis. C. B. P. 332. Shrubby five-leaved Bird's-foot Tre-
the growth of timber trees, than that of Lopping or foil, with very narrow ſmooth leaves.
cutting off great branches from them ; whoever will 4. Lotus (Rectus) capitulis fubgloboſis, caule erecto,
be at the trouble of trying the experiment upon two leguminibus rectis glabris. Hort. Upfal. 221. Bird's-
trees of equal age and ſize, growing near each other, foot Trefoil with globular beads, an ere Et ſtalk, and ſtrait
to lop or cut off the ſide branches from one of them, Smooth pods. Lotus villoſus, altiffimus, flore glome-
and ſuffer all the branches to grow upon the other,
,
rato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 403. Talleſt hairy Bird's-
will, in a few years, find the latter to exceed the other foot Trefoil with a glomerated flower.
in growth every way, and this will not decay near ſo 5. LOTUS (Cretica) leguminibus fubternatis, caule fru-
foon.
ticoſo, foliis ſericeis nitidis. Hort. Cliff. 372. Bird's-
All ſorts of refinous trees, or ſuch as abound with a foot Trefoil with generally three pods on each foot-ſtalk, a
milky juice, ſhould be lopped very ſparingly, for they Jorubby ſtalk, and ſhining leaves. Lotus argentea Cre:
are ſubject to decay when often cut. The beſt ſeaſon tica. Pluk. Alm. 226. Silvery Bird's-foot Trefoil of
for Lopping theſe trees, is ſoon after Bartholomew tide, Crete,
at which time they ſeldom bleed much, and the
6. LOTUS

LOT
L O T
3
6. Lotus (Hirſutus) capitulis hirſutis, caule erecto hir-
ſuto, leguminibus ovatis. Hort. Upſal. 220. Bird's-
foot Trefoil with hairy beads, an erečt hairy ſtalk, and
oval pods. Lotus pentaphyllos filiquoſus villoſus.
C. B. P. 332. Five-leaved, hairy, podded Bird's-foot
Trefoil.
7. Lotus (Condidus) capitulis ſubgloboſis hirſutis, caule
erecto ramofo, hirſuto, foliis tomentofis. Bird's-foot
Trefoil with globular beads, which are hairy, an upright
branching hairy ſtalk, and woolly leaves. Lotus hæ-
morrhoidalis humilior & candidior. Tourn. Inft. 403.
Lower bird's-foot Trefoil, having whiter leaves.
8. LOTUS (Ornithopodioides) leguminibus fubquinatis ar-
cuatis compreſſis, caulibus diffufis. Hort. Cliff. 372.
Bird's-foot Trefoil with five arched compreſſed pods, and
diffuſed ſtalks. Lotus filiquis ornithopodii
. C. B. P.
332. Bird's-foot Trefoil with pods like birds feet.
9. Lotus (Peregrinus) leguminibus ſubbinatis lineari-
bus compreſſis nutantibus. Hort. Cliff. 372. Bird's-
foot Trefoil with two narrow compreſſed nodding pods.
Lotus filiquis geminis peregrina. Boerh. Ind. 2.
p. 38. Foreign Bird's-foot Trefoil with twin pods.
10. Lotus (Pratenſis) leguminibus ſolitariis rectis tere-
tibus terminalibus, caule erecto. Sauv. Monfp. 189.
Bird's-foot Trefoil with an erect ſtalk, terminated by a
Jingle, taper, ereet pod. Lotus pratenſis ſiliquoſa lutea.
C. B. P. 332. Yellow, meadow, podded Bird's-foot
Trefoil.
11. LOTUS (Edulis) leguminibus ſubſolitariis gibbis in-
curvis. Hort. Cliff. 370. Bird's-foot Trefoil with
ſingle, convex, incurved pods. Lotus pentaphyllos, fili-
quâ cornutâ. C. B. P. 332. Five-leaved Bird's-foot
Trefoil with horned pods,
12. Lotus (Maritimus) leguminibus folitariis membra-
naceo-quadrangulatis, bracteis lanceolatis. It. Oel.
143. Flor. Suec. 610. Bird's-foot Trefoil with ſingle
pods which are quadrangular by a membrane, and a
Spear-ſhaped bractea. Lotus maritima lutea filiquoſa,
folio pingui glabro. Bot. Monſp. Podded, yellow,
maritime Bird's-foot Trefoil with a ſmooth leaf.
13. LOTUS (Conjugatus) leguminibus conjugatis mem-
branaceo quadrangulis, bracteis oblongo-ovatis
. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 774. Bird's-foot Trefoil with conjugated pods
which are quadrangular by a membrane, and oblong oval
bracted. Lotus lutea, filiquâ angulosâ. Boerh. Ind.
alt. 2. p. 37. Yellow Bird's-foot Trefoil with angular pods.
14. Lotus (Tetragonolobus) leguminibus folitariis mem-
branaceo-quadrangulatis, bracteis ovatis. Hort. Up-
ſal. 220. Bird's-foot Trefoil with ſingle pods which are
quadrangular, with a membrane, and oval brastec.
Lotus ruber filiquâ angulosâ. C. B. P. 332. Red
Bird's-foot Trefoil with angular pods, commonly called
winged Pea.
15. Lotus (Cytiſoides) capitulis dimidiatis, caule dif-
fuſo ramofiffimo, foliis tomentofis. Prod. Leyd. 387.
Bird's-foot Trefoil with heads divided into two equal parts,
a very branching diffuſed ſtalk, and woolly leaves. Lotus
filiquoſa maritima lutea, Cytiſi facie. Barrel. Icon.
1031. Podded, yellow, maritime Bird's-foot Trefoil with
the appearance of Cytiſus.
16. Lotus (Jacobæus) leguminibus ſubternatis, caule
herbaceo erecto, foliis linearibus. Hort. Cliff. 372,
Bird's-foot Trefoil with three pods, an erect herbaceous
Stolk and narrow leaves. Lotus auguſtifolia, flore lu-
teo purpurafcente, inſulæ St. Jacobi. Hort. Amft. 2.
p. 165. Narrow-leaved Bird's-foot Trefoil of St. James's
iſland, with a yellow purpliſh flower.
17. Lotus (Dorycnium) capitulis aphyllis, foliis feffili-
bus quinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 776. Bird's-foot Trefoil
with naked heads, and leaves placed by fives fitting
cloſe to the branches. Dorycnium Monſpelienſium.
Lob. Icon. 51. Dorycnium of Montpelier.
The firſt, fecond, and third forts grow naturally in
many parts of England, fo are rarely admitted into
gardens. When theſe grow in moiſt land and a
ſhady ſituation, they ſend out ſtalks near two feet
long; but upon dry chalky and gravelly ground,
their ſtalks are not more than four or five inches long,
and lie flat upon the ground. I have always obſerved
in thoſe paſtures where theſe plants have grown, that
the cattle of all ſorts have avoided eating them, but
the Grafs all round them has been eaten very bare. I
have cut the plants when young, and given it to va-
rious kinds of animals, but could never get them to
eat it; and yet the feeds of theſe have been gathered
and fald by ſome quacks in huſbandry, under the
title of Lady's Finger Graſs, to be fown as an im-
provement to land for paſture,
The roots of theſe are perennial, fo are difficult to
get out when they have had long poſſeſſion of the
land; and they produce great quantities of feeds,
which is caft about by the elaſticity of the pods when
ripe, to a conſiderable diſtance; they flower in June,
and the ſeeds ripen in September.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, in Italy, and Sicily; this has by ſome been
ſuppoſed the Cytiſus of Virgil, but without founda-
tion, for it does not anſwer the deſcription given of
that plant. This hath a ſtrong perennial root, from
which ariſe many upright ſtrong ſtalks from three to
four feet high, covered with a purpliſh bark, and to-
ward the top ſend out a few fide branches; theſe
are garniſhed at every joint by a trifoliate leaf, whoſe
lobes are wedge-ſhaped ; at the baſe of the foot-
ftalk are placed two heart-ſhaped lobes fitting cloſe
to the branch; the leaves are hairy on their under
fide; the flowers are produced at the end of the
branches almoſt in globular heads, ſitting cloſe to
the foot-ſtalk: theſe are of a pale iefh colour and
appear in June, and are ſucceeded by ſmooth ſtrait
pods almoſt an inch long, which change to a brown
colour when ripe, and contain ſeveral roundiſh feeds
which ripen in September. It is rarely cultivated
but in botanic gardens for variety, but if any per-
ſon has an inclination to cultivate this plant for feed-
ing of cattle, it may be done in the ſame way as
the Lucern, for which there is full directions in the
article MEDICAGO. It riſes eaſily from feeds, is very
hardy, and will thrive on any light dry poor ground,
Cows and horſes will eat this plant when green, but
I have not tried if they will feed on it when made
into hay.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Syria and Crete;
this riſes with ſlender ftalks which require fupport,
from three to four feet high, ſending out a few fide
branches; theſe are garniſhed at each joint with neat
ſhining ſilvery leaves which are trifoliate, and have
two appendages at the baſe of their foot-ſtalks, as
the other forts; they are in ſhape like the former,
but a little ſmaller, and have an acute point at their
top. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which are from
two to three inches long, ariſe from the fide of the
branches, and ſuſtain heads of yellow flowers, which
part in the middle, each head containing four or fix
Powers; theſe appear in May, June, and July, and
are ſucceeded by long taper pods filled with roundiſh
feeds which ripen in the autumn.
This fort has a perennial ſtalk, but is too tender to
live through the winter in the open air in England, ſo
is kept in pots and removed into the green-houſe in
autumn, and treated like other hardy exotic plants
which only require protection from froſt, ſo want no
artificial heat. "It may be propagated by feeds, which
if fown on a bed of light earth in April, the plants will
come up in about a month after, and in another
month will be fit to remove; when they ſhould be each
put into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light
earth, placing them in the ſhade till they have taken
new root; then they may be removed to a ſheltered
ſituation, where they may remain till autumn.
It may be alſo propagated by cuttings, which may be
planted during any of the ſummer months, upon a
bed of light earth, covering them cloſe with a bell
or hand-glaſs, and ſcreening them from the fun; in
aboạt five or fix weeks they will have taken root,
when they muſt be inured to bear the open air, and
ſoon after may be planted in pots, and treated in the
fame way as the ſeedling plants,
The
a
3

LOT
LOT
a
а
The ſixth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy; this hath a perennial ftalk, which riſes three
feet high; when the roots are large, they frequently
fend up ſeveral of theſe ſtalks, efpecially if the old
ones are cut down; the ftalks are hairy, and divide
into ſeveral branches, which are cloſely garniſhed with
hoary trifoliate leaves, having two appendages at the
baſe of the ſtalk , the flowers are collected into heads
ſitting upon pretty long foot-italks, which come out
of the fide of the ſtalks. They have very hairy em-
palements, and are of a dirty white colour with a
few marks of pale red. They appear in June and
July, and are ſucceeded by short thick pods of a
Cheſtnut colour, containing ſeveral roundiſh feeds
which ripen in the autumn. This is propagated by
feeds in the ſame way as the laſt fort; the plants
will live through the winter in the open air in mode-
rate winters, but it will be proper to keep one or two
plants in pots to be ſheltered in winter, left thoſe
abroad ſhould be deſtroyed by ſevere froſt.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Sicily; this riſes
with an upright woody ſtalk near three feet high, gar-
niſhed with leaves like the fixth, but they are much
whiter, covered with a ſhort woolly down, as are alſo
the ſtalks; the flowers grow in clofe heads like the
laſt, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods, which contain
many yellow feeds. It flowers in ſummer, and the
ſeeds ripen in autumn. This is too tender to live in
the open air in England through the winter, fo the
plants muſt be kept in pots and houſed during that
ſeaſon. It is propagated in the ſame way as the fifth
ſort, and requires the ſame culture.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Sicily; this is an
annual plant, which fends out from the root many
ftiff ſtalks from one to two feet high, which divide in-
to many branches growing diffuſed without any or-
der, and are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, having
two appendages at their baſe; the foot-ſtalks of the
flower riſe from the wings of the ſtalks ; they are two
or three inches long, terminated by a cluſter of yel-
low flowers, which are fucceeded by fat pods two
inches long, which are bent like an arch, and have
many joints, ſeparating the cells in which the feeds are
lodged. It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
autumn, and the plants decay ſoon after.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
early in April upon an open bed or border expofed
to the fun, where the plants are to remain : when
they come up they must be thinned, leaving them
near two feet aſunder, and afterwards they muſt be
kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture they
require.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal: this is an annual plant like the former, but
doth not branch ſo much; the ſmall leaves are rounder
at their ends, and they are ſmoother; the foot-ftalks
are ſhorter, and ſeldom ſuſtain more than two flowers;
theſe are ſucceeded by two very narrow pods about
two inches long, which hang downward. This re-
quires the ſame culture as the former.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France;
this hath a perennial root, from which is ſent out fe-
veral hairy ſtalks near a foot long, garniſhed with tri-
foliate hairy leaves, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks,
with two appendages at the baſe of the foot-ſtalk; the
flowers ftand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ſingly,
which riſe from the end of the branches; they have
long hairy empalements, with two oblong acute-
pointed leaves immediately under them. The flowers
are yellow, ſtanding erect, and are ſucceeded by taper
erect pods an inch and a half long. It flowers in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn. It is
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown where the
plants are to remain, and muſt be treated as the two
former forts, but the roots of this will continue fe-
whence I received the feeds. This is an annual plant,
from whoſe roots come out ſeveral trailing ſtalks a
foot long, garniſhed at each joint with trifoliate round-
iſh leaves, having appendages. The flowers ftand
fingly upon long foor-ſtalks, which ariſe from the
fide of the branches; they are yellow and ſmall, and
are ſucceeded by ſingle pods, which are thick, and
arched with a deep furrow on the outſide. The
flowers appear in June and July, and in warm fea-
fons the ſeeds ripen in the autumn, but in cold
ſummers they will not ripen here. This muſt have
the ſame culture as the annual forts before mentioned.
The twelfth fort grows near the borders of the ſea in
France, Spain, and Italy; this hath a perennial root,
fending out many ſlender ſtalks about a foot and a half
long, which trail upon the ground, and are garniſhed
with trifoliate leaves at each joint, which are ſmooth,
and have two appendages to the baſe of the foot-
ſtalk. The flowers ftand ſingly, upon very long foot-
ftalks ariſing from the wings of the ſtalk; they are
yellow, and are fucceeded by ſingle pods near two
inches long, having four leafy, membranes running
longitudinally at the four corners. This flowers in
June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
It is propagated by feed in the ſame way as the tenth
fort.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and Italy; this is an annual plant, from
whoſe roots are ſent forth ſeveral branching ſtalks
a foot long, garnished with trifoliate leaves, whoſe
lobes are acute-pointed, and have two oblong oval
appendages at the baſe of their foot-ſtalks: the foot-
ſtalks of the flower ariſe from the wings of the
branches, each ſuſtaining two yellow flowers, which
are ſucceeded by taper pods near two inches long,
having four leafy membranes running longitudi-
nally their length. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn. It is propagated by the feeds in
the ſame way as the annual forts before mentioned.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Sicily, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens; it was
formerly cultivated as an eſculent plant.
pods of it were dreſſed and eaten as Peas, which
the inhabitants of ſome of the northern counties ſtill
continue, but they are very coarſe, ſo not agreeable
to the taſte of thoſe who have been accuſtomed to
better fare.
It is an annual plant which is cultivated in the flower-
gardens near London for ornament. This ſends out
from the root ſeveral decumbent ſtalks about a foot
long, garniſhed at each joint with trifoliate oval
leaves, having oval appendages at the baſe of their
foot-ſtalks ; from each joint ariſe alternately the foot-
ſtalks of the flowers, which are from two to three
inches long, each fuſtaining one large red flower at
the top, with three leaves juft under the flower. Af-
ter the flower fades, the germen becomes a ſwelling
taper pod two inches long, having four leafy mem-
branes or wings running longitudinally. It flowers
in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The ſeeds of this fort are commonly fown in patches,
five or fix ſeeds being fown near each other, in the
borders of the pleaſure-garden, where they are de-
figned to remain. If the feeds all grow, ſome of
the plants may be pulled up, leaving only two or
three in each patch, and afterward they will require
no other care but to keep them clean from weeds.
The fifteenth fort grows near the borders of the ſea,
in the ſouth of France and Spain. This is a perennial
plant, ſending out from the root many ſtalks, which
branch out their whole length, and are garniſhed
with roundiſh trifoliate leaves with two appendages;
they are covered with a woolly down: the flowers
ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, four or fix growing in a
divided head ; they are yellow, and appear in July,
and are ſucceeded by taper pods filled with roundiſh
ſeeds, which ripen in autumn.
This is propagated
by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in the ſpring in the
place where the plants are to remain, and muſt be
treated
The green
a
a
veral years.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Sicily and Crete,
where the pods are eaten by the poorer inhabitants
when they are young. It alſo grows about Nice, from

L U D
LUN
treated in the fame manner as the hardy perennial by roundiſh feed-veſſels with four leafy membranes
forts before mentioned.
they open in four cells, including many ſmall feeds:
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in the Inand of It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn.
St. James, from whence the feeds were firſt brought The plants muit be raiſed in a hot-bed in the ſpring,
to Europe, but I have fince received the feeds from and treated in the fame manner as hath been directed
the Cape of Good Hope. This hath a ſlender ftalk for the Amaranthus; for if they are not brought for-
which is woody, riſing from two to three feet high, ward in the ſpring, they feldom produce good feeds
fending out many ſlender herbaceous branches, gar- in England
niſhed with narrow white leaves, which are ſometimes LUFFA. Tourn. A&t. R. S. 1709. Momordica. Lin,
trifoliate, and at others there are five narrow lobes to Gen. 967. Egyptian Cucumber.
each; theſe fit cloſe to the branches, and are hoary.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flowers are produced from the fide of the ſtalks It hath a bell-ſhaped Power conſiſting of one leaf, which
towards their upper part, upon very flender foot- is divided into five parts to the center; there are male and
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining four or five flowers collected in female flowers on the ſame plant. The male flowers are
a head, of a yellowiſh deep purple colour, which are produced on ſhort foot-ſtalks, having no embryos ; but the
ſucceeded by taper flender pods little more than an female flowers reſt on the top of the embryos, which after-
inch long, containing five or fix ſmall roundiſh feeds. ward become o fruit like a Cucumber to outward appear.
This plant flowers all the ſummer and autumn, and ance, but is not flefly; the inner part conſiſting of many
many times great part of the winter, eſpecially if fibres, which are elegantly netted; and there are three cells
the plants are placed in a dry airy glaſs-caſe, where which are filled with ſeeds, which are almoſt of an oval
they may be free from damp, for nothing is more pre- Joape.
judicial to them. It is too tender to live abroad in We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
England, ſo the plants muſt be kept in pots; and in LUFFA (Ægyptiaca) Arabum. Tourn. Act. R. 170. The
the winter placed in a warm airy glaſs-caſe, but in Luffa of the Arabians,
the ſummer they ſhould be placed abroad in a ſhel- There are two varieties of this plant, one having
tered ſituation. It may be eaſily propagated by cut- white, and the other black ſeeds, but theſe are not
tings, during the ſummer ſeaſon, in the ſame way as diſtinct ſpecies.
the fifth fort, and alſo by ſeeds ; but the plants which This plant may be propagated after the ſame man-
have been two or three times propagated by cuttings, ner as Cucumbers and Melons, by ſowing the ſeeds on
feldom are fruitful.
a hot-bed the beginning of March ; and when the
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally about Montpe- plants are come up, they muſt be pricked into a freſh
lier; it riſes with weak ſhrubby ſtalks three or four hot-bed to ſtrengthen the plants, obſerving to let
feet high, ſending out many ſlender branches, which them have freſh air every day in warm weather, and
are thinly garniſhed with ſmall hoary leaves, growing to refreſh them frequently with water. When the
with five lobes in form of a hand; they fit cloſe to the plants have four or five leaves, they ſhould be planted
branches. The flowers are produced at the extremity out upon a hot-bed where they are deſigned to re-
of the branches in ſmall heads; they are very ſmall main, which ſhould be under frames, and but one plant
and white, ſo make no great appearance; they ap- put into each light; for as theſe plants ſend forth a
pear
in June, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods con- great number of fide-ſhoots, ſo where they are planted
taining two or three ſmall round feeds which ripen too cloſe, they will entangle one into the other, and
in the autumn.
This ſhrub will live in the open air,
, become ſo thick, as to cauſe the fruit to drop. In the
if it be planted in a dry foil and a warm ſituation. It management of theſe plants, after they are planted
is propagated by ſeeds, which will come up in any out for good, there muſt be the ſame care taken as
common border.
for Melons and Cucumbers, with this difference only,
LOTUS ARBOR See CELTIS.
that theſe require a larger ſhare of air in warm wea-
LOVE-APPLE. See LYCOPERSICON.
ther; otherwiſe the Vines will grow weak, and will
LUDVIGIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 142.
not produce fruit.
This title was given to this genus of plants by Dr. When the plants have ſpread, ſo as to fill the frames
Linnæus, in honour of M. Chriſt. Ludwig, of Leip- on every ſide, the frames ſhould be raiſed on bricks,
fic, who publiſhed Remarks on Rivinus's Method of and the ends of the plants drawn out, that they may
claſſing Plants, at Leipfic, in 1737.
have room to grow ; for when theſe plants are in a
The CHARACTERS are,
vigorous ſtate, they will ſpread eight or ten feet; ſo
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into that if they are confined, they will become ſo thick, as
four ſegments at the top, and ſits upon the germen. The
,
to rot the tender branches which are covered from
flower conſiſts of four ſpear-ſhaped petals, which are equal, the air, and there will be no fruit produced.
and ſpread open. In the center of the flower is ſituated The fruit, when it is young, is by ſome people eaten,
the four-cornered pointal, attended by four ſtamina : the and made into Mangoes, and preſerved in pickle; but
germen afterward becomes a four-cornered fruit, crowned it hath a very diſagreeable taſte, and is not accounted
with the empalement, and has four cells which are full of very wholeſome : wherefore theſe plants are feldom
ſmall feeds.
cultivated in Europe, except by ſuch perſons as are
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of curious in botany, for variety.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants LUNARIA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 218. tab. 105.
whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Gen. Plant. 725. [fo called of Luna, Lat. the moon.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus in the Eng- becauſe the feed-veſſels reſemble the form of the
liſh gardens at preſent, which is
moon.] Moonwort, Sattin Flower, or Honeſty ; in
LUDVIGIA (Alternifolia) foliis alternis lanceolatis. Lin. French, Bulbonac.
Sp. Plant. 118. Ludvigia wich alternate Spear-ſhaped The CHARACTERS are,
leaves. Ludvigia capſulis fubrotundis. Hort. Cliff. The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong,
491. Ludvigia with roundiſh capſules.
oval, ſmall leaves, which are obtuſe and fall off, the flower
We have no Engliſh name for this plant, but it is has four petals in form of a cross, which ere large, obtuſe,
very near akin to the Onagra, or Tree Primroſe, from and entire : it bath fix awal-Maped ſtomina, four of theſe
which it differs in the number of ftamina.
are the length of the empalement; the other two are
This plant grows naturally in South Carolina, from Shorter, terminated by ere Et ſummits. It has an oblong
whence the late Dr. Dale ſent me the feeds. It is annual, oval germen ſitting upon a ſmall foot-fialk, ſupporting a
and riſes with an upright branching ſtalk a foot high, Short Style, crowned by an entire obtuſe ſtigma. The
ger-
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed alternate. men afterward becomes an erect, plain, compreſed, elliptical
The flowers come out fingly at the foot-ſtalks of the pod, fitting upon the ſmall foot-fialk, terminated by the
leaves; they are compoſed of four ſmall yellow pe- Style, having two cells opening with two valves, which
tals, which ſpread open, ſtanding upon ſhort foot- are parallel, incloſing ſeveral compreſſed kidney-ſhaped ſeeds,
ſtalks, and have four ſtamina; the flowers are ſucceeded which are bordered, ſitting in the middle of the pod.
8 F
This
a

LUN
L UP
و
a
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia G-mooth, and of a lucid green. The flowers ftand
each upon pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which come
liculofa, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers out from the fide, and alſo at the end of the branches,
have four long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds in looſe ſmall cluſters; they are of a purple colour,
are included in ſhort pods.
and are ſucceeded by oblong compreſſed pods, which
The Species are,
hang downward. This fort flowers in June and July,
1. LUNARIA (Rediviva) filiculis oblongis. Lin. Sp. the feeds ripen the beginning of September, and the
Plant. 653. Sattin Flower with oblong pods. Lunaria plants decay ſoon after.
majer, filiquâ longiore. J. B. 2.881. Greater Moonwort This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
witlo longer pods, commonly called Honeſty, or White Sattin. upon an open border where the plants are to remain;
2. LUNARIA (Annua) filiculis fubrotundis. Lin. Sp. if they are ſown ſoon after they are ripe, the plants will
Plant. 653. Sattin Flower with roundiſh pods. Lunaria come up in the autumn, and live through the winter in a
major, filiquâ rotundiore. J. B. Greater Moonwart with ſheltered ſituation; theſe will flower early the following
a rounder pod.
ſummer, whereby ripe feeds may be obtained; they may
3. LUNARIA (Ægyptiaca) foliis fuprà decompoſitis, foli- alſo be ſown in the ſpring in like manner.
When the
olis trifidis, filiculis oblongis pendulis. Moonwort with plants come up, they will require no other care but
leaves decompounded whoſe lobes are trifid, and oblong hang- to keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where
ing pods. Cardamine foliis fuprà decompofitis, filiquis they are too cloſe. If the feeds are permitted to fcat-
unilocularibus pendulis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 656. Lady's ter in the autumn, the plants will riſe without care,
Sinock with leaves decompounded above, and hanging pods and may be treated in the ſame way, which is much
containing one cell.
preferable to the fowing the feeds in the ſpring.
4. LUNARIA (Perennis) perennis, filiculis oblongis, The fourth fort grows naturally in the Archipelago;
foliis lanceolatis incanis. Perennial Moonwort, with ob- this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe two or
long pods and ſpear-shaped boary leaves. Lunaria
Lunaria peren-
three ligneous ſtalks a foot high, covered with a white
nis, lutea, folio leucoii, ramis expanſis. Vaill. Yellow hairy bark, dividing upward into ſeveral ſmaller
perennial Moonwort, with a Stock Gilliflower leaf and branches, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves fitting
expanded branches.
clofe to the ſtalks, which are a little hoary. The
The firſt fort grows naturally in Hungary, Iſtria, and branches are terminated by loofe ſpikes of yellow
Auftria, but has been long an inhabitant of the Eng flowers which appear in June, and are fucceeded by
liſh gardens. It is a biennial plant, which periſhes oblong flat pods, containing flat kidney-ſhaped ſeeds,
ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe; it riſes with a branching which ripen in the autumn.
ftalk from two to three feet high, covered with a This ſort is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in
reddiſh hairy bark, ſending out branches on every the autumn, will ſucceed better than in the ſpring;
fide from the ground upward; theſe are garniſhed they ſhould be fown on a warm border, and on a dry
with heart-ſhaped leaves placed alternately, ending in poor foil, otherwiſe they will not live through the
acute points indented on their edges, and are a little winter ; but in a rubbiſhing foil the plants will conti-
hairy: the lower ſtanding upon pretty long foot- nue two or three years.
ftalks, but the upper ſit cloſe to the branches. The LUPINUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 392. tab. 213. Lin.
flowers are produced at the top and from the ſide of Gen. Plant. 774. Lupine ; in French, Lupin.
the branches toward their ends, in cluſters; they are
The CHARACTERS are,
compoſed of four purpliſh heart-ſhaped petals, placed The empalement is bifid and of one leof; the flower is
in form of a croſs. Theſe appear in May, and are of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is youndiſh, heart-
ſucceeded by large flat roundiſh pods with two cells, ſhaped, indented at the top, and the ſides reflexed and
incloſing two rows of flat kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which compreſſed. The wings are nearly oval, and almoſt as
have a border round them. Theſe pods, when ripe, long as the ſtandard; they are not fixed to the keel, but
turn to a clear white or fattin colour, from whence cloſe ai their baſe; the keel is as long as the wings, but is
the title of Sattin Flower has been given to it, and are narrow, falcated, and ends in a point. It bath ten ſta-
tranſparent.
mino joined at their baſe in two bodies, but as they rife
The feed-veſſels of this plant, when they are full are diftinet above, terminated by five oblong ſummits. In
ripe, become very tranſparent, and of the appearance
the center is ſituated a hairy, compreſſed, cwl-ſhaped ger-
of white fattin, at which time the branches are cut off men, Supporting a riſing ſtyle, terminated by an obtufe ſtig-
and dried; after which they are preſerved to place in ma. The germen afterward becomes a large, oblong, thick
the chimneys of halls and large rooms, where they pod with one cell, ending with an acute point, including
continue a long time in beauty.
Several roundiſh compreſſed ſeeds.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
in the autumn; for thoſe which are fown in the Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia De-
ſpring often miſcarry, or lie a long time in the ground candria, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
before they appear. The plants will grow in almoſt have ten ſtamina joined in two bodies.
any ſoil, but love a ſhady fituation ; it requires no
The SPECIES are,
other culture, but to keep it clean from weeds. If 1. LUPINUS (Varius) calycibus ſemiverticillatis appen-
the feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will riſe diculatis, labio ſuperiore bifido, inferiore ſubtriden-
without any farther care; and if they are left unre- tato. Hort. Cliff. 499. Lupine with empalements half
moved, they will grow much larger than thoſe which whorled, having appendages, whoſe upper lip is bifid, and
are tranſplanted; the roots of this fort periſh ſoon af- the under one almoſt trifid. Lupinus ſylveſtris, purpu-
ter the ſeeds are ripe.
reo flore, ſemine rotundo vario. J. B. 2. 291. Wild
The ſecond ſort grows naturally upon the mountains Lupine, with a purple flower and a round variegated ſeed,
in Italy; this hath ftalks and leaves very like the firſt, , commonly called the lejjer blue Lupine.
but the flowers are rather larger, and of a lighter pur- 2. LUPINUS (Anguſtifolius) calycibus verticillatis appendi-
ple colour ; but the principal difference is in the pods culatis, labio ſuperiore bipartito, inferiore integro. Lin.
of this being longer and narrower than thoſe of the Sp. Plant. 721. Lupine with empatements having alter-
other. It flowers and feeds at the fame time with the nate appendages, whoſe upper lip is divided into two, and
firſt, and requires the ſame culture.
the under one entire. Lupinus anguſtifolius cæruleus
The third fort is an annual plant, which grows natu- elatior. Raii Hift. 908. Narrow-leaved taller blue Lupine.
rally in Egypt. This riſes with a ſmooth branching 3: LUPINUS (Luteus) calycibus verticillatis appendicu-
ftalk little more than a foot high, garniſhed with latis, labio ſuperiore bipartito, inferiore tridentato,
winged leaves, compoſed of ſeveral pair of lobes Hort. Cliff. 499. Lupine with empalements growing in
ranged along the midrib, terminated by an odd one; whorls, having appendages to them, whoſe upper lips are
theſe lobes are of unequal fizes, and vary in their cut into two parts, and the under one into three. Lupi-
form ; fome of them are almoſt entire, and others are nus ſylveſtris, flore luteo. C. B. P. 348. The common
cut at their extremities into three parts; they are yellow Lupine.
و
و
4. I u.

L UP
LUP
4. LUPINUS (Hirſutis) calycibus verticillatis appendicu- proceeds from the end of the branches; they are large,
latis, labio fuperiore inferioreque integris. Hort. and of a beautiful blue colour, but have no fcent.
Cliff. 499. Lupine with whorl-ſhaped empalements hav- Theſe appear in July, and the ſeeds ripen in the au-
ing appendages, and the upper and under lip entire. Lu- tunin. The pods of this fort are large, almoſt an inch
pinus peregrinus major, vel villofus, cæruleus, major. broad, and three inches long, incloſing three large
C. B. P. Foreign, greater, hairy Lupine, with a large roundifh feeds compreſſed on their fides, very rough,
blue flower, commonly called the great blue Lupine. and of a purpliſh brown colour There is a variety
5. LUPINUS ( Albus) calycibus alternis inappendiculatis
, of this with fleſh-coloured Howers, which is com-
)
labio fuperiore integro, inferiore tridentato. Hort. monly called the Roſe Lupine; it differs from the
Cliff. 499. Lupine with alternate empalements having no blue only in the colour of the flower, but this dif-
eppendages, and the upper lip entire, but the under cut in- ference is permanent, for neither of the forts vary.
to three parts. Lupinus ſativus, flore albo. C. B. P. This is generally late in ripening the feeds, ſo that
347. Garden or manured Lupine, with a white flower. unlefs the autumn proves warm and dry, they do not
6. LUPINUS (Perennis) calycibus alternis inappendicu- ripen; therefore the beſt way to have good feeds, is
ot
latis, labio ſuperiore emarginato, inferiore integro. to fow them in September cloſe to a warm wall on
Lin. Sp. Plant. 721. Lupine with alternate empalements dry ground, where they will live through our ordi-
having no appendages, the upper lip indented, and the un- nary winters; and theſe plants will flower early the
der entire. Lupinus cæruleus, minor, perennis, Vir- following ſummer, ſo there will be time for the ſeeds
.
ginianus, repens. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 87. Smaller peren- to ripen before the rains fall in the autumn, which
nial, creeping, blue Lupine of Virginia.
frequently cauſes the feeds to rot which are not ripe.
The firſt fort grows naturally among the Corn in If a few of the feeds of both theſe varieties are fown
the ſouth of France and Italy, and in great abundance in fimall pots the beginning of September, and when
in Sicily. This is an annual plant, which riſes with a the frofts begin, the pots are removed into a com-
firm, ſtrait, channelled ſtalk near three feet high, di- mon hot-bed frame, where they may be protected
vided toward the top into ſeveral branches, which are from hard froſt, but enjoy the free air in mild wea-
garniſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves, compoſed of five, ther, the plants may be thus ſecured in winter; and
fix, or feven oblong lobes, which join in one center in the ſpring they may be ſhaken out of the pots, pre-
at their baſe, and are hairy. The flowers are pro- ſerving the earth to their roots, and planted in a warm
duced in ſpikes at the end of the branches, ſtanding border, where they will flower early, and produce
half round the ſtalk in fort of whorls; they are of a
very good ſeeds.
light blue colour, ſhaped like thoſe of Peas, and are The fifth ſort grows naturally in the Levant, but is
ſucceeded by ſtrait taper pods with one cell, incloſing cultivated in ſome parts of Italy, as other pulſe, for
a row of roundiſh feeds. This fort flowers in June food. This hath a thick upright ſtalk about two
and July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn.
feet high, which divides toward the top into ſeveral
It is propagated in the borders of the pleaſure-garden ſmaller hairy branches, garniſhed with hand-ſhaped
for ornament, by fowing the ſeeds in April, in the leaves, compoſed of ſeven or eight narrow oblong
places where they are to remain; and when the plants lobes, which are hairy, and join at their baſe, of a
come up they ſhould be thinned where they are too dark grayiſh colour, and have a ſilvery down. The
cloſe, and kept clean from weeds, which is all the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the
culture they require.
branches; they are white, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk;
The ſecond fort has much the appearance of the firſt, theſe are ſucceeded by hairy ſtrait pods about three
but the ſtalks riſe higher; the leaves have more lobes, inches long, a little compreſſed on the ſides, con-
and ſtand upon longer foot-ſtalks ; the lobes are taining five or fix flattiſh ſeeds which are white, hav-
blunt-pointed, and the ſeeds are variegated. This re- ing a little cavity like a navel, in that part which is
quires the ſame culture as the firſt, and flowers at the fixed to the pod. This ſort flowers in July, and the
ſame time.
feeds ripen in the autumn. It is an annual plant,
The third fort is the common yellow Lupine, which which is cultivated for ornament in the pleaſure-gar-
has been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for den. The feeds muſt be ſown in the places where
the ſweetneſs of its flowers. This grows naturally in the plants are to remain, and may be treated in the
Sicily; it riſes about a foot high, with a branching ſame way as the firſt fort.
ſtalk garniſhed with hand-ſhaped leaves, compoſed The ſixth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
of nine narrow hairy lobes, which join at their baſe of the northern parts of America. This hath a per-
to the foot-ſtalks; theſe are four or five inches long. ennial creeping root, from which ariſe ſeveral erect
The flowers are yellow, and are produced in looſe channelled ſtalks a foot and a half high, ſending out
ſpikes at the end of the branches, ſtanding in whorls two or three ſmall fide branches, garniſhed with
round the ſtalks, with ſpaces between them, termi- hand-ſhaped leaves, compoſed of ten or eleven nar-
nated by three or four flowers, fitting cloſe at the top ; row ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which join at their baſe,
theſe are ſucceeded by flattiſh hairy pods about two ſtanding upon very long foot-ſtalks, having a few
inches long, ſtanding erect, incloſing four or five hairs on their edges. The flowers grow in long looſe
roundiſh ſeeds, a little compreffed on their fide, of a ſpikes, which terminate the ſtalks, and are placed
yellowiſh white, variegated with dark ſpots. This without order on each ſide; they are of a pale blue
fort flowers at the ſame time as the former, but to have colour, having ſhort foot-ſtalks. Theſe appear in
a fucceffion of the flowers, the feeds are fown at dif- June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt, which are foon
ferent times, viz. in April, May, and June; but thoſe ſcattered if they are not gathered when ripe ; for after
only, which are firſt fown, will ripen their feeds. It a little moiſture, the ſun cauſes the pods to open with
may be cultivated in the ſame manner as the two for- an elaſticity, and caſt out the feeds to a diſtance all
mer, and is equally hardy.
round. This fort is propagated by feeds as the for-
The fourth fort is ſuppoſed to be a native of India, mer, which ſhould be fown where the plants are to re-
but has been many years in the Engliſh gardens. It main; for although the root is perennial, yet it runs
is an annual plant, which riſes with a ftrong, firm, ſo deep into the ground as that it cannot be taken up
channelled ſtalk from three to four feet high, covered entire, and if the root is cut or broken, the plant
with a ſoft browniſh down, dividing upward into ſe- ſeldom thrives well after. I have traced ſome of the
veral ſtrong branches, garniſhed with hand-ſhaped roots of this plant, which have been three feet deep
leaves, compoſed of nine, ten, or eleven wedge- in the ground in one year from feed, and ſpread
ſhaped hairy lobes, which are narrow at their baſe out as far on every fide, ſo that they muſt have
where they join the foot-ſtalk, but enlarge upward, room, therefore the young plants ſhould not be
and are rounded at the top where they are broadeft; left nearer than three feet aſunder. If this plant is
the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are three or four inches in a light dry foil, the roots will continue ſeveral
long. The flowers are placed in whorls round the years, and produce many ſpikes of flowers; and al-
ſtalks above each other, forming a looſe ſpike, which though the uſual ſeaſon of flowering is in June and
July,
a
a

L UP
L UP
a
July, yet when rain happens to fall in Auguſt,
there are frequently freſh ſtalks ariſe from the roots,
which flower the end of September, or beginning
of October.
The ſeeds of the fifth fort are uſed in medicine ; they
have a bitter taſte, fo open, digeft, diffolve, and
cleanſe ; and if they are ſteeped in water for ſome
days, till they have loſt their bitterneſs, they may be
eaten out of neceſſity, but they are ſuppoſed to breed
groſs humours, and are hard of digeſtion. Some wo-
men uſe the flower of the feed mixed with the juice
of Lemons, and a little Alumen ſaccharinum, made
into the form of ſoft ointment, to make the face
ſmooth, and look more amiable.
The ſmall blue Lupine is frequently fown in Italy,
to dreſs and manure the ground, eſpecially that which
is intended for vineyards; where, if they have time,
the ground is fown with Lupines, which grow till
they begin to flower; then they cut them down and
plough them into the ground, where the ſtalks rot
with the winter's rain, but it is doubtful whether
this is any real benefit to the ground, for there are
few plants which draw and impoveriſh the ground
ſo much as Lupines; therefore the dreſſing they
yield, is ſcarce an equivaient for what they have
drawn from the ground: but when there is not
time for this operation, they parboil the feeds to
prevent their growing, and ſow them upon the ground
before it is ploughed, allowing fixteen buhels to an
acre of land, and this dreſſing is preferable to the
former.
All the forts of Lupines make a pretty appearance
when they are in flower, but the yellow fort is pre-
ferred for its ſweetneſs, though the flowers of this
are of ſhort duration, eſpecially in warm weather ;
therefore the ſeeds of this ſhould be fown at ſeve-
ral times, that there may be a ſucceſſion of flowers
through the ſeaſon, for they will continue flowering
till they are ſtopped by hard froſt; and thoſe which
come in the autumn to flower, will continue in beauty
a longer time than the early ones. If ſome of the
feeds are fown in the autumn on a warm border, the
plants will often live through the winter, and flower
early in the ſpring.
LUPULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 535. tab. 309.
Humulus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 989. [This plant takes
its name of Lupus, Lat. a wolf, becauſe the antients
had a notion, that wolves were wont to hide them-
ſelves under this plant.] The Hop; in French,
Houblon.
The CHARACTERS are,
The male and female flowers are upon different plants.
The empalement of the male flower is compoſed of five
Small, concave, obtuſe leaves; it hath no petal, but has
five ſhort hairy ftamine, terminated by oblong ſummits.
The female flowers have a general, four-pointed, acute
peranthium, and a ſeparate ovcl one of four leaves, in-
cluding eight flowers; each of theſe have an empalement
of one leaf, which is cloſed at the baſe. Theſe have nei-
ther petal or fi amino, but a ſmall germen ſituated in the
center, ſupporting two awl-shoped ſtyles, crowned by acute,
reflexed, Spreading ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns
to e roundiſh ſeed covered with a thin ſkin, incloſed in the
baſe of the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, intitled Diccia Pen-
tandria, which includes thoſe plants whoſe male and
female flowers are upon different plants, and the male
flowers have five ſtamina.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
LUPULUS (Humilus) mas & femina. C. B. P. 298. Male
and female Hop.
The male Hop grows wild by the fide of hedges
and upon banks, in many parts of England: the
young ſhoots of theſe plants are often gathered in the
ſpring by the poor people, and boiled as an efculent
herb; but theſe muſt be taken very young, other-
wiſe they are tough and ſtringy; it is eaſily diſtin-
guiſhed by the flowers, which are ſmall, and hang in
long looſe bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks, abound-
ing with farina on their fummits; theſe have no
Hops fucceeding to the flowers.
The female Hop is the fort which is cultivated for
ufe; of this fort, the people who cultivate them
reckon three different varieties: as firſt, the long and
ſquare Garlick Hop, the long white Hop, and the
oval Hop, all which are indifferently cultivated in
England, but of the male Hop there is no different
varieties.
There being the greateit plantation of Hops in Kent
that are in any county of England, it is very pro-
bable, that their method of planting and ordering
them ſhould be the beſt.
As for the choice of their Hop-grounds, they eſteem
the richeſt and ſtrongeſt grounds as the moſt proper ;
they chufe a warm dry foil, that has a good depth
of hazel mould ; and if it be rocky within two or
three feet of the ſurface, the Hops will proſper well;
but they will by no means thrive on a ſtiff clay, or
ſpongy wet land.
If it may be, chuſe a piece of meadow or lay ground
to plant Hops on, ſuch as has not been tilled or fown
with other crops for many years, or an old decayed
orchard; for land that is worn out by long bearing
of Corn, will require abundance of dung to bring
it into any tolerable condition to bear a crop of Hops.
The Kentiſh planters accounting new land beſt for
Hops, they plant their Hop-gardens with Apple-trees
at a large diſtance, and with Cherry-trees between ;
and when the land hath done its beſt for Hops, which
they reckon it will in about ten years, the trees may
begin to bear. The Cherry-trees laſt about thirty
years, and by that time the Apple-trees are large, they
cut down the Cherry-trees.
The Effex planters account a moory land the pro-
pereſt for Hops, though there are ſeveral other forts
of foil that are eſteemed very good.
Some account that land which has a roffelly top, and
a brick earth bottom, the beſt ; a true roffel or light
ſand, is what they generally plant in, whether it be
white or black.
Moory land is of different forts, fome being ſtrong
and heavy, ſo as to crack in ſummer, and ſome ſo
light, that in dry ſeafons it will blow away with the
wind; and ſome are of a middle confiſtence, being
compoſed of both.
Theſe moors for goodneſs and value, are according
to the nature and goodneſs of the ſoil that is under-
neath them; which being flung up upon the ſurface,
will make a very good mixture, it being beſt to fling
the under foil downward for Hops, becaufe they na-
turally root downwards, fometims four or five yards
deep, and therefore the deepeſt and richeſt ſoil is beſt
for them.
Few are acquainted with the value of moors, becauſe
they do not ſearch into the bottom of them, by reaſon
of the expenſiveneſs of doing it, and the difficulty of
carrying off the water.
If the land be moiſt, it ought to be laid up in high
ridges, and to be well drained, and the drains kept
clear and open, eſpecially in winter, that the water
do not rot or too much chill the roots.
If the land be four or cold, it will be very much
helped by burning it, and if the haulm and ſtrings
of the Hops be burnt every year, and ſome of the pa-
ring or fides of the garden or other earth be laid on
them as they burn, and then more haulm be laid over
that, and ſo continued layer upon layer, it will make
an excellent compoft to make the hills with.
As to the ſituation of a Hop-ground, one that inclines
to the ſouth or weft is the moſt eligible ; but if it be
expoſed to the north-eaſt or fouth-weſt winds, there
ſhould be a center of fome trees at a diſtance; becauſe
the north-eaſt are apt to nip the tender ſhoots in the
ſpring, and the ſouth-weſt frequently break and blow
the poles at the latter end of the ſummer, and very
much endanger the Hops.
Hops require to be planted in an open ſituation, that
the air may freely paſs round and between them to dry
up and diffipate the moiſture, whereby they will not
be
و
a
3

L UP
L UP
ز
а.
be ſo ſubject to fire blaſts, which often deſtroy the
middles of large plantations, while the outſides re-
main unhurt.
As for the preparation of the ground for planting, it
ſhould, the winter before, be ploughed and harrowed
even; and then lay upon it in heaps a good quantity
of freſh rich earth, or well rotted dung and earth
mixed together, ſufficient to put half a buſhel in every
hole to plant the Hops in, unleſs the natural ground
be very freſh and good.
Then lay a line acroſs it from the hedge, in which
knots have been tied, at the diſtance you deſign your
Hop-hills to be at, about eight or nine feet diſtance
the whole length of the ground, and place a ſharp
pointed ſtick at every knot; then lay aſide the line,
and with two forked ſticks of about eight or nine feet
long, you may from the firſt row ſet out the whole
ground, by applying the two forks to two of the ſticks
which were firſt ſet up, and placing another row at
the ends, where the forked ſticks meet triangular-
wiſe, then you ſhould dig a hole at every ſtick about
a foot and a half wide, and fill it full of the good
earth you brought in.
If you plough the ground with horſes between the
hills, it will be beſt to plant them in ſquares chequer-
wiſe; but the quincunx form is the moſt beautiful,
and it will alſo be better for the Hop; but if the
ground is intended to be cultivated by the breaſt-
plough, it will be beſt to plant them in ſquares; but
which way ſoever you make uſe of, a ſtake ſhould be
ſtuck down at all the places where the hills are to be
made.
Perſons ought to be very curious in the choice of the
plants and ſets, as to the kind of the Hop; for if the
Hop-garden be planted with a mixture of two or
three ſorts of Hops that ripen at different times, it
will cauſe a great deal of trouble, and be a great de-
triment to the owner.
The two beſt forts are the white and the gray bind;
the latter is a large ſquare Hop, more hardy, and is
the more plentiful bearer, but ripens later than the
former.
There is alſo another fort of the white bind, which
ripens in a week or ten days before the common ; but
this is tenderer, and a leſs plentiful bearer, but it has
this advantage, it comes firſt to market.
But if three grounds, or three diftant parts of one
ground, be planted with theſe three forts, there will be
this conveniency, that they may be picked fucceſſively
as they become ripe.
The ſets ought to be procured out of grounds that are
entirely of the ſame fort you would have, they ſhould
be five or fix.inches long, with three or more joints
or buds on them, all the old bind and hollow part of
the ſet being cut off.
If there be a ſort of Hop you value, and would in-
creaſe plants and ſets from, the ſuperfluous binds may
be laid down when the Hops are tied, cutting off the
tops, and burying them in the hill; or when the
Hops are dreſſed, all the cuttings may be ſaved, and
laid in rows in a bed of good earth; for almoſt every
part will grow, and become a good ſet the next ſpring.
Some have tried to raiſe a Hop-ground by fowing
feeds, but that turns to no account, becauſe that
way is not only tedious, but the Hops ſo produced are
commonly of different kinds, and many of them wild
and barren.
As to the ſeaſons of planting Hops, the Kentiſh
planters beſt approve the months of October and
March, both which ſucceed very well, but the com-
mon fets are not to be had in October, unleſs from
ſome ground that is to be digged up and deſtroyed ;
and likewiſe there is ſome danger that the ſets may
be rotted, if the winter prove very wet; but the moſt
uſual time of procuring them is in March, when the
Hops are cut and dreſſed.
As to the manner of planting the ſets, you ſhould put
two or three good fets in every hole with a ſetting
ſtick, at about four inches diſtance, placing them
floping; they muſt ſtand even with the ſurface of the
ground ; let them be prefed cloſe with the hand, and
covered with fine earth, and a ſtick ſhould be placed
on each ſide the hill to ſecure it.
The ground being thus planted, all that is to be
done more that ſummer, is to keep the hills clear from
weeds, and to horſe-hoe the ground about the
month of May, gathering up the ſtones, if more are
turned up by ploughing, and to raiſe a ſmall hill
round about the plants; and in June you muſt twiſt
the young binds or branches together in a bunch or
knot, for if they are tied up to ſmall poles the firſt
year, in order to have a few Hops from them, it
will not countervail the weakening the plants.
A mixture of compoſt or dung being prepared for
your Hop-ground, the beſt time for laying it on, if
the weather prove dry, is about Michaelmas, that the
wheels of the dung-cart may not injure the Hops, nor
furrow the ground : if this be not done then, you
muſt be obliged to wait till the froft has hardened the
ground, ſo that it will bear the dung-cart; and this
is alſo the time to carry on your new poles, to recruit
thoſe that are decayed, and to be caſt out every year.
If you have good ſtore of dung, the beſt way will be
to ſpread it in the alleys all over the ground, and to
dig or plough it in the winter following. The quan-
tity they will require, will be forty loads to an acre,
reckoning about thirty buſhels to the load.
If you have not dung enough to cover all the ground
in one year, you may lay it on one part one year, and
on the reſt in another, or a third ; for there is no occa-
fion to dung the ground after this manner, oftener
than once in two or three years.
Thoſe who have but a ſmall quantity of dung, uſu-
ally content themſelves with laying on about twenty
loads upon an acre every year; this they lay only on
the hills, either about November, or in the ſpring;
which laſt ſome account the beſt time, when the Hops.
are dreſſed, to cover them after they are cut; but if it
be done at this time, the compoſt or dung ought to
be very well rotted and fine.
As to the dreſſing of the Hops, when the Hop-
ground is dug or ploughed in January or February,
the earth about the hills, and very near them, ought
to be taken away with a ſpade, that you may come the
more conveniently at the ſtock to cut it.
About the end of February, if the Hops were planted
the ſpring before, or if the ground be weak, they
ought to be dreſſed in dry weather ; but elfe, if the
ground be ſtrong and in perfection, the middle of
March will be a good time; and the latter end of
March, if it be apt to produce over rank binds, or the
beginning of April, may be foon enough.
Then having with an iron picker cleared away all the
earth out of the hills, ſo as to make the ſtock bear to
the principal roots, with a ſharp knife you muſt cut
off all the ſhoots which grew up with the binds the
laſt year; and alſo all the young ſuckers, that none
be left to run in the alley and weaken the hill. It will
be proper to cut one part of the ſtock lower than the
other, and alſo to cut that part low, that was left
higheſt the preceding year. By purſuing this me-
thod, you may expect to have ſtronger buds, and alſo
keep the hill in good order.
In dreſſing thoſe Hops that have been planted the
year before, you ought to cut off both the dead tops,
and the young ſuckers which have ſprung up from the
fets, and alſo to cover the ſtocks with fine earth a
finger's length in thickneſs.
About the middle of April the Hops are to be polled,
when the ſhoots begin to ſprout up; the poles muſt be
ſet to the hills deep into the ground, with a ſquare
iron pitcher or crow, that they may the better endure
the wind; three poles are ſufficient for one hill.
Theſe ſhould be placed as near the hills as may be,
with their bending tops turned outwards from the
hill, to prevent the binds from entangling; and a
ſpace between two poles ought to be left open to the
ſouth, to admit the fun beams.
The poles ought to be in length fixteen or twenty
feet, more or leſs, according as the ground is in
8 G
ſtrength
a
و
3

L UP
L UP
9
ſtrength ; and great care is to be taken not to over-
pole a young or weak ground, for that will draw the
ſtock too much, and weaken it. If a ground be over-
polled, you are not to expect a good crop from it; for
the branches which bear the Hops will grow very
little, till the binds have over-reached the poles,
which they cannot do when the poles are too long.
Two ſmall poles are ſufficient for a ground that is
young.
If
you
wait till the ſprouts or young binds are grown
to the length of a foot, you will be able to inake a
better judgement where to place the largeſt poles ;
but if you ſtay till they are ſo long as to fall into the
alleys, it will be injurious to them, becauſe they will
entangle one with another, and will not claſp about
the pole ſo readily.
Maple or Aſpen poles are accounted the beſt for
Hops, on which they are thought to proſper beſt, be-
cauſe of their warmth; or elſe, becauſe the climbing
of the Hop is furthered by means of the roughneſs of
the bark. But for laſtingneſs, Afhen or Willow poles
are preferable ; but Cheſtnut poles are the moſt dura-
ble of all.
If, after the Hops are grown up, you find any of
thern have been under-polled, taller poles may be
placed near thoſe that are too ſhort, to receive the
binds from them.
As to the tying of Hops, the buds that do not claſp
of themſelves to the neareſt pole when they are grown
to three or four feet high, muſt be guided to it by the
hand, turning them to the fun, whoſe courſe they
will always follow. They muſt be bound with wi-
thered Ruſhes, but not ſo cloſe as to hinder them from
climbing up the pole.
This you muſt continue to do till all the poles are
furniſhed with binds, of which two or three are enough
for a pole ; and all the ſprouts and binds that you
have no occaſion for, are to be plucked up; but if the
ground be young, then none of theſe uſeleſs binds
Thould be plucked up, but ſhould be wrapt up to-
gether in the middle of the hill.
When the binds are grown beyond the reach of your
hands, if they forſake the poles, you ſhould make uſe
of a ſtand ladder in tying them up.
Some adviſe, that if the binds be very ſtrong, and
overgrow the poles very much, you ítrike off their
heads with a long ſwitch, to increaſe their branching
below.
Towards the latter end of May, when you have made
an end of tying them, the ground muſt have the ſum-
mer ploughing or digging, which is done by caſting
with the Ipade ſome fine earth into every hill, and
a month after it muſt be again repeated, and the
hills made up to a convenient bigneſs.
It is not at all to be doubted, but that a thorough
watering would be of very great advantage to Hops
in a hot dry ſummer; but it is ſo much charge and
trouble to do this, that unleſs you have a ſtream at
hand to flow the ground, it is ſcarce practicable.
When the Hops blow, you ſhould obſerve if there be
any wild barren hills among them, and mark them,
by driving a ſharpened flick into every ſuch hill, that
,
they may be digged up and replanted.
Hops as well as other vegetables, are liable to dif-
tempers and diſaſters, and among the reſt, to the fen.
The Rev. Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe of Ve-
getable Statics, treating of Hops, gives us the follow-
ing account of the ſtate of Hops in Kent in the year
1725, that he received from Mr. Auſten of Canter-
bury, which is as follows:
In mid April not half the ſhoots appeared above
ground, ſo that the planters knew not how to pole
them to the beſt advantage.
This defect of the ſhoot, upon opening the hills,
was found to be owing to the multitude and variety of
vermin that lay preying upon the roots; the increaſe
of which, was imputed to the long and almoſt uninter-
rupted ſeries of dry weather for three months before.
Towards the end of April many of the Hop-vines
were infeſted with flies.
About the 20th of May there was a very unequal ap-
pearance, fome Vines being run ſeven feet, others not
above three or four; ſome juft tied to the poles, and
fome not viſible; and this diſproportionate inequa-
lity in their fize, continued through the whole time of
their growth.
The flies now appeared upon the leaves of the for-
wardeſt Vines, but not in ſuch numbers here, as they
did in moſt other places. About the middle of June
the flies increaſed, yet not ſo as to endanger the crop ;
but in diſtant plantations they were exceedingly mul-
tiplied, ſo as to ſwarm towards the end of the month.
June the 27th ſome ſpecks of fen appeared. From
this day to the gth of July was very dry weather. At
this time, when it was ſaid, that the Hops in moſt
parts of the kingdom looked black and fickly, and
ſeemed paſt recovery, ours held it out pretty well, in
the opinion of the moſt ſkilful planters.
The great leaves were indeed diſcoloured, and a lit-
tle withered, and the fen was ſomewhat increaſed.
From the gth of July to the 23d, the fen increaſed a
great deal; but the flies and lice decreaſed, it raining
much daily. In a week more the fen, which ſeemed
to be almoſt at a ſtand, was conſiderably increaſed,
eſpecially in thoſe grounds where it firſt appeared.
About the middle of Auguſt the Vines had done
growing both in ſtem and branch, and the forwardeſt
began to be in the Hop, the reſt in bloom ; the fen
continued ſpreading where it was not before perceived,
and not only the leaves, but many of the burs were
alſo tainted with it.
About the 20th of Auguſt ſome of the Hops were in-
fected with the fen, and whole branches corrupted by
it. Half the plantations had pretty well eſcaped hi-
therto, and from this time the fen increaſed but little;
but ſeveral days wind and rain the following week ſo
diſtorted them, that many of them began to dwindle,
and at laſt came to nothing; and of thoſe that then
remained in bloom, ſome never turned to Hops; and
of the reſt which did, many of them were ſo ſmall,
that they very little exceeded the bigneſs of a good
thriving bur.
We did not begin to pick till the 8th of September,
which is eighteen days later than we began the year
before ; the crop was little above two hundred on an
acre round, and not good. The beſt Hops fold this
year at Way-hill, for 161. the hundred.
The Rev. Dr. Hales, in his aforeſaid Treatiſe, gives
us an account of the following experiment that he
made on Hop-vines. He tells us, that in July he cut
off two thriving Hop-vines near the ground, in a
thick ſhady part of the garden, the pole ſtill ſtanding;
he ſtripped the leaves off from one of theſe Vines, and
ſet their ftems in known quantities of water in little
bottles; that with leaves imbibed in a twelve hours
day four ounces, and that without leaves three-
fourths of an ounce.
He took another Hop-pole with its Vines on it, and
carried it out of the Hop-ground into a free and open
expoſure; theſe imbibed and perſpired as much more
as the former in the Hop-ground, which is, doubtleſs,
the reaſon why the Hop-vines on the outſides of
plantations, where they are moſt expoſed to the air,
are ſhort and poor, in compariſon of thoſe in the
middle of the ground, viz. becauſe being much dried,
their fibres harden ſooner, and therefore they cannot
grow ſo kindly as thoſe in the middle of the ground,
which, by ſhade, are always kept moiſter, and more
ductile.
The ſame curious author proceeds as followeth: Now
there being 1000 hills in an acre of Hop-ground, and
each hill having three poles, and each pole three Vines,
the number of Vines will be 9000, each of which
perſpiring four ounces, the ſum of all the ounces per-
ſpired by an acre in twelve hours day will be 36000
ounces = 1575000o grains = 62007 cube inches, or
220 gallons, which divided by 6272640, the number
of ſquare inches in an acre, it will be found, that the
quantity of liquor perſpired by all the Hop-vines will
be equal to an area of liquor as broad as an acre, and
TCT
up

L UP
LUP
a
Tot part of an inch deep, beſides what evaporated from
the earth.
And this quantity of moiſture, in a kindly ſtate of
the air, if daily carried off, is a ſufficient quantity to
keep the Hops in a healthy ſtate ; but in a rainy moiſt
ſtate of air, without a due mixture of dry weather,
too much moiſture hovers about the Hops, ſo as to
hinder, in ſome meaſure, the kindly perſpiration of
the leaves, whereby the ſtagnating ſap corrupts, and
breeds mouldy fen, which often ſpoils vaſt quantities
of flouriſhing Hop-grounds.
This was the caſe in the year 1723, when for ten or
fourteen days almoſt continual rains fell, about the
latter half of July, after four months dry weather,
upon which the moſt flouriſhing and promiſing Hops
were all infected with mould, or fen, in their leaves
and fruit, while the then poor and unpromiſing Hops
eſcaped, and produced plenty, becauſe they, being
ſmall, did not perſpire ſo great a quantity as others,
nor did they confine the perſpired vapour, ſo much
as the large thriving Vines did in their ſhady thickets.
This rain on the then warm earth, made the Graſs
ſhoot out as faſt as if it were in a hot-bed, and the
Apples grew fo precipitately, that they were of a flaſhy
conſtitution, ſo as to rot more remarkably than had
ever been remembered.
The planters obſerve, That when a mould, or fen,
has once ſeized any part of the ground, it ſoon runs
over the whole, and that the Graſs, and other herbs
under the Hops, are infected with it, probably, becauſe
the ſmall ſeeds of this quick-growing mould, which
ſoon come to maturity, are blown over the whole
ground; which ſpreading of the feed may be the
reaſon why ſome grounds are infected with fen for
ſeveral years ſucceſſively, viz. from the ſeeds of the
laſt year's fen. Might it not then be adviſed to burn
the fenny Hop-vines, as ſoon as the Hops are picked, in
hopes thereby to deſtroy ſome of the feed of the mould?
Mr. Auften, of Canterbury, obſerves fen to be more
fatal to thoſe grounds that are low and ſheltered, than
to the high and open grounds, to thoſe that are ſhelv-
ing to the north, than to thoſe ſhelving to the ſouth ;
to the middle of grounds than to the outſides; to the
dry and gentle grounds, than to the moiſt and ſtiff
grounds.
This was very apparent throughout the plantations
where the land had the ſame workmanſhip and help
beſtowed upon it, and was wrought at the ſame time.
But if in either of theſe caſes there was a difference, it
had a different effect, and the low and gentle grounds,
that lay neglected, were then ſeen leſs diſtempered
than the open and moiſt, which were carefully ma-
naged and looked after.
The honey dews are obſerved to come about the 11th
of June, which, by the middle of July, turn the
leaves black, and make them ftink.
The faid Dr. Hales relates, That in the month of
July (the ſeaſon for fire-blaſts, as the planters call
them) he has ſeen the Vines in the middle of the Hop-
ground fcorched up almoſt from one end of a large
ground to the other, when a hot gleam of fun-ſhine
has come immediately after a ſhower of rain, at which
time vapours are all ſeen with the naked eye, but ef-
pecially with reflecting teleſcopes, to aſcend ſo plenti-
fully as to make a clear and diſtinct object become im-
mediately very dim and tremulous ; nor was there
any dry gravelly vein in the ground along the courſe
of this ſcorch, it was therefore, probably, owing to
the much greater quantity of ſcorching vapours in the
middle, than the outſides of the ground, and that be-
ing a denſer medium, it was much hotter than a more
rare medium.
And, perhaps, the great volume of aſcending va-
pours might make the ſun-beams converge a little
towards the middle of the ground, that being a den-
ſer medium, and thereby increaſe the heat conſide-
rably; for he obſerved, That the courſe of the
ſcorched Hops was in lines at right angles to the ſun-
beams about eleven o'clock, at which time the hot
gleam was.
The Hop-ground was in a valley which ran from
ſouth-weſt to north-eaſt, and to the beſt of his re-
membrance, there was but little wind, and that in the
courſe of the ſcorch; but had there been ſome other
gentle wind, either north or fouth, it is not improba-
ble but that the north wind gently blowing the vo-
lume of riſing wreak on the ſouth ſide of the ground,
that fide might have been moſt ſcorched, and ſo vice
verfa.
As to particular fire-blaſts, which fcorch here and
there a few Hop-vines, or one or two branches of a
tree, without damaging the next adjoining, what
aſtronomers obſerve, may hint to us no very impro-
bable cauſe of it, viz. They frequently obſerve (ef-
pecially with reflecting teleſcopes) ſmall ſeparate por-
tions of pellucid vapours floating in the air, which,
though not viſible to the naked eye, are yet conſide-
rably denſer than the circumambient air ; and va-
pours of ſuch a degree of denſity may very probably
either acquire ſuch a ſcalding heat from the ſun as
will ſcorch what plants they touch, eſpecially the more
tender.
(An effect which the gardeners about London have
too often found to their coſt, when they have incau-
tiouſly put bell-glaſſes over their Cauliflowers early in
a froſty morning, before the dew was evaporated off
them ; which dew, being raiſed by the ſun's warmth,
and confined within the glaſs, did there form a denſe,
tranſparent, ſcalding vapour, which burned and killed
the plants :)
Or, perhaps, the upper or lower ſurface of theſe
tranſparent, ſeparate, flying volumes of vapours, may,
among the many forms they revolve into, fometimes
approach fo near to an hemiſphere, or hemicylinder,
as thereby to make the ſun-beams converge, ſo as of-
ten to ſcorch the more tender plants they ſhall fall on,
and ſometimes alſo parts of the more hardy plants and
trees, in proportion to the greater or lefſer conver-
gency of the ſun's rays.
The learned Boerhaave, in his Theory of Chymiſtry,
p. 245, Shaw's edition, obſerves, That thoſe white
clouds which appear in ſummer time, are, as it were,
ſo many mirrours, and occaſion exceſſive heat. Theſe
cloudy mirrours are ſometimes round, ſometimes con-
cave, polygonous, &c. When the face of heaven is
covered with ſuch white clouds, the ſun ſhining
among them, muft, of neceſſity, produce a vehement
heat, ſince many of his rays, which would otherwiſe,
,
perhaps, never touch our earth, are hereby reflected
to us. Thus, if the fun be on one ſide, and the
clouds on the oppoſite one, they will be perfect burn-
ing-glaſſes, and hence the phænomena of thunder.
I have ſometimes (continues he) obſerved a kind of
hollow clouds full of hail and ſnow, during the conti-
nuance of which the heat was extreme, fince, by ſuch
condenſation, they were enabled to reflect more
ſtrongly. After this came a ſharp cold, and then
the clouds diſcharged their hail in great quantity, to
which ſucceeded a moderate warmth. Frozen con-
cave clouds, therefore, by their great reflexions, pro-
duce a vigorous heat, and the fame, when reſolved,
exceffive cold.
From which the Rev. Dr. Hales obſerves as follows:
Hence we ſee, that blaſts may be occaſioned by the
reflexions of the clouds, as well as by the above-men-
tioned refraction of denſe tranſparent vapours.
About the middle of July Hops begin to blow, and
will be ready to gather about Bartholomew-tide. A
judgment may be made of their ripeneſs, by their
ſtrong ſcent, their hardneſs, and the browniſh colour
of their feed.
When by theſe tokens they appear to be ripe, they
muſt be picked with all the expedition poſſible ; for
if at this time a ſtorm of wind ſhould come, it would
do them great damage, by breaking the branches, and
bruiſing and diſcolouring the Hops; and it is very
well known, that Hops, being picked green and
bright, will fell for a third part more than thoſe
which are diſcoloured and brown.
à
a
a
The

L UP
L UP
a
a
a
a
The moſt convenient way of picking them is into a
long ſquare frame of wood, called a bin, with a cloth
hanging on tenter-hooks within it, to receive the
Hops as they are picked.
The frame is compoſed of four pieces of wood joined
together, ſupported by four legs, with a prop at each
end to bear up another long piece of wood, placed at
a convenient height over the middle of the bin; this
ferves to lay the poles upon which are to be picked.
This bin is commonly eight feet long, and three feet
broad; two poles may be laid on it at a time, and
fix or eight perions may work at it, three or four on
each ſide.
It will be beſt to begin to pick the Hops on the eaſt or
north ſide of your ground, if you can do it conveni-
ently; this will prevent the ſouth-weſt wind from
breaking into the garden.
Having made choice of a plot of the ground contain-
ing eleven hills ſquare, place the bin upon the hill
which is in the center, having five hills on each ſide;
and when theſe hills are picked, remove the bin into
another piece of ground of the ſame extent, and ſo
proceed till the whole Hop-ground is finiſhed.
When the poles are drawn up to be picked, you muſt
take great care not to cut the binds too near the hills,
eſpecially when the Hops are green, becauſe it will
make the ſap to flow exceſſively.
And if the poles do not come up without difficulty,
they ſhould be raiſed by a piece of wood in the na-
ture of a lever, having a forked piece of iron, with
teeth on the inſide, faftened within two feet of the
end.
The Hops muſt be picked very clean, i. e. free from
leaves and ſtalks, and, as there ſhall be occaſion, two
or three times in a day the bin muſt be emptied into a
Hop-bag made of coarſe linen cloth, and carried im-
mediately to the oaſt, or kiln, in order to be dried ;
for if they ſhould be long in the bin, or bag, they will
be apt to heat, and be diſcoloured.
If the weather be hot, there ſhould no more poles
be drawn than can be picked in an hour, and they
ſhould be gathered in fair weather, if it can be, and
when the Hops are dry; this will ſave ſome expence
in firing, and preſerve their colour better when they
are dried.
The beſt method of drying Hops is with charcoal on
an oaft or kiln, covered with hair-cloth, of the fame
form and faſhion that is uſed for drying malt. There
is no need to give any particular directions for the
making it, fince every carpenter, or bricklayer, in
thoſe countries where Hops grow, or malt is made,
knows how to build them.
The kiln ought to be ſquare, and may be of ten,
twelve, fourteen, or fixteen feet over at the top,
where
the Hops are laid, as your plantation requires, and
your room will allow. There ought to be a due pro-
portion between the height and breadth of the kiln,
and the beguels of the ſteddle where the fire is kept,
viz. if the kiln be twelve feet ſquare on the top, it
ought to be nine feet high from the fire, and the ſted-
dle ought to be fix feet and a half ſquare, and ſo pro-
portionable in other dimenſions.
The Hops muſt be ſpread even upon the oaft a foot
thick or more, if the depth of the curb will allow it,
but care is to be taken not to overload the oaſt, if the
Hops be green or wet.
The caſt ought to be firſt warmed with a fire before
the Hops are laid on, and then an even ſteady fire
muſt be kept under them ; it muſt not be too fierce
at firſt, left it ſcorch the Hops ; nor muſt it be ſuf-
fered to ſink cr ſlacken, but rather be increaſed till
the Hops be near dried, left the moiſture, or ſweat,
which the fire has raiſed, fall back, or diſcolour
them. When they have lain about nine hours, they
muſt be turned, and in two or three hours more they
may be taken off the oaft. It may be known when
they are well dried by the brittleneſs of the ſtalks,
and the eafy falling off of the Hop leaves.
The Dutch and Flemings have another method of
drying their Hops: they make a ſquare kiln, or room,
about eight or ten feet wide, built of brick or ſtone,
having a door at one ſide, and a fire-place in the
middle of the room, on the floor, about thirteen
inches wide within, and thirteen inches high in length
from the mouth of it, almoſt to the back part of the
kiln, a paſſage being left juſt enough for a man to
go round the end of it; this they call a horſe, ſuch as
is commonly made in malt-kilns, the fire palling out
at the holes at each fide, and at the end of it.
The bed, or floor, on which the Hops lie to be dried,
is placed about five feet high above ; about that is
a wall near four feet high, to keep the Hops from
falling
A window is made at one ſide of the upper bed, to
ſhove off the dry Hops down into a room prepared to
receive them. The beds are made of laths, or rails,
ſawn very even, lying a quarter of an inch diſtant
from one another, with a croſs beam in the middle,
to ſupport them; the laths are let in even with the top
of the beam, and this keeps them even in the places;
this they call an oaſt.
The Hops are laid on this bed by baſkets full, with-
out any oaft-cloth, beginning at one end, and fo go-
ing on till all is covered, half a yard thick, without
treading them; then they even them with a rake, that
they may lie of equal thickneſs.
This being done, they kindle the fire below, either
of wood or charcoal, but the latter is accounted the
better fuel for Hops ; this fire is kept as much as
may be at an equal or conſtant heat, and only at the
mouth of the furnace, for the air will ſufficiently dif-
perſe it.
They do not ftir them till they are thoroughly dried,
i. e. till the top is as fully dried as the bottom; but
if they find any place not to be ſo dry as the reſt,
(which may be known by reaching over them with a
ſtick or wand, and touching them in ſeveral places,)
they obſerve where they do not rattle, and where they
do; and where they do not rattle, they abate them
there, and diſpoſe of them where the places were
a
firſt dry.
a
They know when they are thoroughly dry, by the
brittleneſs of the inner ftalk, if it be ſhort when it is
rubbed; which when they find, they take out the
fire, and ſhove out the Hops at the window that is
made for that purpoſe, into the room made to re-
ceive them, with a coal-rake made with a board at
the end of a pole, and then go in at a door be-
low, and ſweep up the Hops and feeds that fall
through, and put them to the other Hops; then they
lay another bed of green Hops, and renew the fire,
and proceed as before.
This method is diſapproved by fome, becauſe they
ſay) the Hops lying ſo thick, and not being turned,
the under
of them muſt needs dry before the up-
per; and the fire paſſing through the whole bed to dry
the uppermoft, muit neceffarily over-dry, and much
prejudice the greateſt part of the Hops, both in
ſtrength and weight, beſides the unneceſſary expence
of firing, which muſt be long continued to dry tho-
roughly ſo many together.
Therefore ſome have improved on this method, and
adviſed to make the kiln much as is before directed as
to the Dutch way.
Firſt to make a bed of flat ledges about an inch
thick, and two or three inches broad, fawn, and laid
acroſs one another the flat way, chequerwiſe, at about
three or four inches diſtance one from the other, the
edges being ſo entered one into the other, that the
floor may be even and ſmooth ; this bed may be made
to reft on two or three joiſts, fet edgewiſe, to ſupport
it from ſinking:
This bed is to be covered with large double tin, fol-
dered together at each joint, and the ledges muft be
ſo ordered, before they are laid, that the joints of the
tin may always lie over the iniddle of the ledge, the
bed being wholly covered over with tin: boards muſt
be fitted about the edges of the kiln, to keep up the
Hops, but one ſide muſt be made to remove, that the
Hops may be ſhoved off as before.
part

L UP
LYC
a
a
On this bed, or floor of tin, the Hops may be Dung of all ſorts was formerly more commonly made
turned without ſuch hazard or loſs, as upon the uſe of than now it is, eſpecially when rotted, and
hair-cloth: and alſo it will require a leſs expence of turned to mould, and they who have no other ma-
fuel, and, beſides, any fort of fuel will ſerve in this nure muſt uſe it; which, if they do, cows or hogs
kiln, as well as charcoal, becauſe the ſmoke does dung, or human ordure mixed with mud, may be
not paſs through the Hops as it does the former ways; a proper compoft, becauſe Hops delight moſt in a
but then care is to be taken, that there be paſſages manure that is cool and moilt.
made for it at the ſeveral corners and ſides of the kiln. Some recommend chalk, or lime, as the beſt ma-
It is found by experience, that the turning of Hops, nure, except in cold lands, and in ſuch, pigeons dung
though it be after the moſt eaſy and beſt manner, is
will do beft; a little of which laid to a hill, and fo
not only an injury and waſte to the Hops, but alſo an mixed, that it may not be too hot in a place, is of
expence of fuel and time, becauſe they require as great advantage.
much fuel, and as long a time, to dry a ſmall quan- LUTEOLA. See RESEDA.
tity, by turning them, as a large one.
LYCHNIDE A. See PHLOX.
Now, this may be prevented, by having a cover (to LYCHNIS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 333. tab. 175.
be let down and raiſed at pleaſure) to the upper bed Lin. Gen. Plant. 517. [fo called of Aúxuc, a candle,
whereon the Hops lie.
or light, becauſe the flowers of this plant imicate the
This cover may alſo be tinned, by nailing ſingle tin fiame or rays of light.] Campion.
plates over the face of it, ſo that when the Hops be-
The CHARACTERS are,
gin to dry, and are ready to burn, i. e. when the The flower has e permanent ſwollen empalement of one
greateſt part of their moiſture is evaporated, then the leaf, indented in five parts at the top. It hath five pe-
cover may be let down within a foot, or leſs, of the tols, whoſe tails are the length of the empalement, their
Hops (like a reverbatory) and will reflect the heat upper part plain, broad, and frequently cleft in lamina.
upon them, ſo that the top will ſoon be as dry as It hath ten stamina which are longer than the empale-
the lowermoft, and every Hop be equally dried. ment, alternately ranged, and faſtened to the tails of the
As ſoon as the Hops are taken off the kiln, lay them petals, terminated by proſtrate ſummits. In the center is
in a room for three weeks or a month to cool, give, ſituated an almoſt oval germen, ſupporting five awl-shaped
and toughen ; for if they are bagged immediately, Styles, crowned by reflexed hairy ftigmas. The einpale-
they will powder, but if they lie a while (and the ment afterward becomes an oval capſule with one cell,
longer they lie the better, provided they be covered opening with five values, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
cloſe with blankets to ſecure them from the air,) they This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
may be bagged with more ſafety, as not being liable Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Pentagy-
to be broken to powder in treading, and this will nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
make them bear treading the better, and the harder ten ſtamina and five ſtyles.
they are trodden, the better they will keep.
The SPECIES are,
The common method of bagging is as follows; they 1. LYCHNIS (Chalcedonica) floribus faſciculatis faftigia-
have a hole made in an upper floor, either round or atis. Hort. Cliff. 174. Campion with flowers gathered
ſquare, large enough to receive a Hop-bag (which into a pyramid. Lychnis hirſuta, flore coccineo, ma-
conſiſts of four ells and a half of ell-wide cloth, and jor. C. B. P. 203. Greater bairy Campion with a ſcar-
alſo contains ordinarily two hundred and a half of let flower.
Hops.) they tie a handful of Hops in each lower cor- 2. LYCHNIS (Viſcaria) petalis integris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ner of the bag, to ſerve as handles to it, and they 436. Campion with entire petals. Lychnis fylveſtris
faften the mouth of the hole, ſo placed that the hoop viſcoſa, rubra, anguſtifolia. C. B. P. 205. Wild
may
reft upon the edges of the hole.
viſcous Lychnis with a red flower and narrow leaves,
Then he that is to tread the Hops down into the bag, commonly called the Single Catchfly.
treads the Hops on every ſide, another perſon conti- 3. Lychnis (Dicci) floribus dicecis
. Hort. Cliff. 171.
nually putting them in as he treads them, till the Campion with mole and female flowers on different
bag is full, which being well filled and trodden, they plants
. Lychnis fylveſtris, five aquatica purpurea,
unrip the faſtening of the bag to the hoops, and let it fimplex. C. B. P. 204. Wood or equatic Lychnis
down, and cloſe up the mouth of the bag, tying up with a ſingle purple flower, frequently called Bachelors
a handful of Hops in each corner of the mouth, as Button.
was done in the lower part.
4. LYCHNIS (Albe) floribus diæcis, calycibus inflatis
Hops being thus packed, if they have been well hirſutis. Campion with male and female flowers grow-
dried, and laid up in a dry place, they will keep good ing on different plants, and ſwollen hairy empalements.
ſeveral years; but care muſt be taken, that they be Lychnis fylveftris, alba, fimplex. C. B. P. 204.
neither deſtroyed nor ſpoiled by the mice making Wild campion with a ſingle white flower.
their neſts in them.
5. LYCHNIS (Floſcuculi) petalis quadrifidis, fructu ſub-
The crop of Hops being thus beſtowed, you are to rotundo. Hort. Cliff. 174. Campion with quadrifid
provide for another, firſt by taking care of the poles petals, and a roundiſh fruit. Lychnis pratenfis flore
againſt another year, which are beſt to be laid up in a laciniato fimplici. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 537. Meadow
thed, having firſt ſtripped off the haulm from them; Campion with a ſingle jagged flower, commonly called
but if you have not that conveniency, fet up three Ragged Robin.
poles in the form of a triangle, or fix poles (as you 6. LYCHNIS (Alpina) petalis bifidis corymboſis. Lin.
pleaſe) wide at the bottom, and having ſet them into Sp. Plant. 436. Campion with bifid petals, and flowers
the ground, with an iron pitcher, and bound them to- growing in a corymbus. Silene floribus in capitulum
gether at top, ſet the reſt of your poles about them; congeftis. Haller. Helv. 376. Lychnis with flowers
and being thus diſpoſed, none but thoſe on the outſide colleEted in a bead.
will be ſubject to the injuries of the weather, for all 7. LYCHNIS (Siberica) petalis bifidis, caule dichotomo,
the inner poles will be kept dry, unleſs at the top; foliis fubhirtis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 437. Campion with
whereas, if they were on the ground, they would re- bifid petals, a ſtolk divided by pairs, and leaves which
ceive more damage in a fortnight, than by their ſtand- are ſomewhat hairy.
ing all the reſt of the year.
8. LYCHNIS (Lufitanica) caule erecto, calycibus ftriatis
In the winter time provide your foil and manure for acutis, petalis diſſectis. Plat. 170. Campion with an
the Hop-ground againſt the following ſpring.
ere Et ſtalk, ſtriped acute empalements, and petals cut into
If the dung be rotten, mix it with two or three parts many parts.
of common earth, and let it incorporate together till 9. LYCHNIS (Apetala) calyce inflato, corollâ calyce bre-
you have occaſion to make uſe of it in making your viore, caule fubunifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 437. Cam-
Hop-hills ; but if it be new dung, then let it be mixed pion with a ſwollen empalement, the petals of the flower
as before, till the ſpring come twelvemonths, for new Shorter than the cup, and ſtalks having chiefly one
dung is very injurious to Hops,
flower. Lychnis fylveſtris alba, calyce amplo veſi-
8 H
cario
a
a

L Y C
LYC
а
a
3
و
а
cario. Vaill. Wild white Campion with a large inflated ſucceed, and thoſe which do, will not be near ſo good
empalement.
plants as thoſe which are planted earlier ; therefore
The firſt fort is commonly known by the title of it will be better to ſacrifice the flowers of ſome roots
Scarlet Lychnis ; of which there is one with double for this purpoſe. Theſe plants delight in a ſoft, rich,
flowers, which is moſt eſteemed for the fize of the
loamy foil, not too moiſt or ftiff, in which they will
flowers and multiplicity of the petals; as alſo for thrive and flower very ſtrong, but they do not care
the duration of the flowers, which continue much for much dung, which very often cauſes the roots to
longer in beauty than the fingle flowers, ſo that the canker and rot, ſo that in the rich dunged lands
latter is not much cultivated at preſent, though the about London, they do not thrive well. As theſe
flowers of this are very beautiful, and as the plants plants grow tall, they ſhould be planted in the mid-
are ſo eaſily propagated by ſeed, they may ſoon be dle of large borders, and not crowded with other
had in greater plenty than thoſe with double flowers, plants, for their roots extend to a large diſtance; fo
which do not produce ſeeds. Of the ſingle ſort there if they are incommoded by other roots, it will ſtint
are three varieties, the deep ſcarlet, the fleſh-colour,
their growth.
and the white, but the firſt is the moſt beautiful. I have not ſeen any double flowers of the two other
This is eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould be varieties, but have been informed that there are of
ſown on a border expoſed to the eaſt, in the middle both the white and the fleſh-colour with double flowers
of March. The plants will appear in April, when if in ſome of the French gardens. Theſe make a vari-
the ſeaſon is dry, they ſhould be refreſhed with water ety, but are not ſo beautiful as the ſcarlet, fo are not
two or three times a week. By the beginning of June much eſteemed.
the plants will be fit to remove, when there ſhould The ſecond fort is commonly called Red German
be a bed of common earth prepared to receive them ; Catchfly. This hath been found growing naturally
into which they ſhould be planted at about four inches upon the rocks in Edinburgh Park, and in ſome places
apart, obſerving to water and ſhade them till they in Wales. It was formerly cultivated in flower-gardens
have taken root; after which time they will require for ornament, but ſince this ſort with double flowers
no other care but to keep them clean from weeds till hath been produced, the ſingle has been almoſt ba-
the following autumn, when they ſhould be tranf. niſhed out of the gardens. This hath long, narrow,
planted into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, where Graſs-like leaves, which come out from the root with-
they are to continue. The ſummer following theſe out order, fitting cloſe to the ground; between theſe
plants will flower and produce ripe ſeeds, but the come up ſtrait ſingle ſtalks, which in good ground
roots will abide ſeveral years and continue to flower. riſe a foot and half high ; at each joint of the ſtalk
This fort flowers in June and July, and the feeds | come out two leaves oppoſite, of the ſame form as
ripen in autumn. It may alſo be propagated by off- the lower, but decreaſe in their ſize upward; under
fets, but as the feeds ripen fo freely, few perſons each pair of leaves, for an inch in length, there
trouble themſelves to propagate the plants any other ſweats out of the ſtalk a glutinous liquor, which is
way. The French call this plant Jeruſalem Croſs. almoſt as clammy as birdlime, fo that the fies which
The fort with double flowers is a valuable plant, the happen to light upon theſe places, are faſtened to the
flowers are very double, and of a beautiful ſcarlet ftalk, where they die, from whence it had the title of
colour. This hath a perennial root, from which ariſe Catchfly. The ſtalk is terminated by a cluſter of
two, three, or four ſtalks, according to the ſtrength purple flowers, and from the two upper joints come
of the roots; theſe in rich moiſt land, grow upwards out on each ſide of the ſtalk a cluſter of the fame
of four feet high; the ſtalks are ſtrong, erect, and flowers, ſo that the whole form a ſort of looſe ſpike.
hairy. They are garniſhed the whole length with Theſe appear in the beginning of May, and the fingle
ſpear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, placed flowers are ſucceeded by roundiſh feed-vefſels, which
oppoſite ; and juſt above each pair of leaves, there are full of ſmall angular feeds ripening in July.
are four ſmaller leaves ſtanding round the ſtalk. It may be propagated in plenty by parting of the
The flowers are produced in cloſe cluſters fitting upon roots in autumn, at which time every ſlip will grow;
,
the top of the ſtalk ; when the roots are ſtrong, the or if the ſeeds are fown in the ſame manner as is di-
cluſters of flowers will be very large, ſo they make a rected for the firſt fort, the plants with ſingle flowers
fine appearance, the flowers being very double, and may
be raiſed in plenty. This delights in a light
of a bright ſcarlet colour. They appear the latter end moift foil and a ſhady ſituation.
of June, and in moderate ſeaſons continue near a The double flowering of this fort was accidentally
month in beauty. The ſtalks decay in autumn, and obtained from the feeds of the ſingle. This hath not
new ones ariſe in the ſpring. This was originally pro- been known forty years in the Engliſh gardens, but it
duced from the ſeeds of the ſingle ſort, and is propa- is now ſo common as to have excluded that with ſingle
gated by flips taken from the roots in autumn ; but flowers; it differs only from that in the doubleneſs
as this is a ſlow method of increaſing the plants, the of the flowers. As this never produces feeds, ſo it can
beſt way to have them in plenty, is to cut off the only be propagated by parting and flipping of the
flower-ſtalks in June before the flowers appear, which roots; the beſt time for this is in autumn, at which
may be cut into ſmall lengths, each of which ſhould time every flip will grow. If this is performed in
have three or four joints, which ſhould be planted September, the flips will have taken good root be-
on an eaſt border of ſoft loamy earth, putting three fore the froſt, and will flower well the following fum-
of the joints into the ground, leaving one eye juſt mer ; but if they are expected to flower ſtrong, the
level with the ſurface; theſe muſt be watered, and roots muſt not be divided into ſmall ſlips, though for
then covered cloſe with bell or hand-glaſſes, ſo as to multiplying the plants, it matters not how ſmall the
exclude the outward air, and ſhaded with mats when flips are. Theſe ſhould be planted on a border ex-
the ſun ſhines hot upon them. The cuttings fo ma- poſed to the morning ſun, and ſhaded when the ſun
naged will put out roots in five or fix weeks, when is warm till they have taken root. If the ſlips are
they muſt be expoſed to the open air, and in very planted in the beginning of September, they will be
dry weather they ſhould be now and then refreſhed rooted ſtrong enough to plant in the borders of
with water, but it muſt not be repeated too often, the flower-garden by the middle or latter end of Oc-
nor given in large quantities, for too much moiſture tober. The roots of this fort multiply ſo faſt, as to
will cauſe them to rot. Theſe will make good plants make it neceſſary to tranſplant and part them every
by the following autumn, when they may be tranf--year; for when they are let remain longer, they are
planted into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, where very apt to rot. This fort requires the ſame foil and
they will flower the following ſummer.
ſituation as the former.
Some people who are covetous to have their plants The third ſort grows naturally by the ſide of ditches
flower, ſuffer the ſtalks to remain till the flowers are and in moiſt paſtures in many parts of England, ſo
decayed, and then cut them off to plant; but by that is ſeldom admitted into gardens; it hath a perennial
time the ſtalks are grown hard, fo but few of them root, from which ariſe many branching diffuſed ſtalks
from

L Y C
L Y C
a
а
from two to three feet high, garniſhed with oval acute- planting the plants, and parting the roots, is the ſame
pointed leaves, placed by pairs at each joint, and are as for the ſecond fort, and the feeds may be fown up.
terminated by cluſters of purple flowers, which ap- on a ſhady border in March. In dry weather the
pear in April and May. The male flowers grow upon ground muſt be kept moiſt, otherwiſe the feeds will
ſeparate plants from the female. The latter produces not grow. When the plants come up, and are fit to
feeds which ripen in July; the ſtalks decay in au- remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted into a ſhady bor-
tumn, but the roots continue ſeveral years.
der, where they may remain to flower.
There is a variety of this with double flowers, which The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Siberia : this hath
is cultivated in gardens, by the title of Red Bachelor's a perennial root, from which ariſe many narrow leaves
Button. This is an ornamental plant, and continues fitting cloſe to the ground. The italks riſe a foot high,
long in flower. It is propagated by ſlips, which ſhould dividing into branches by pairs. The fowers grow
be planted the beginning of Auguſt in a ſhady border out from the diviſion of the branches, as alſo at the
of loamy earth, where they will take root in about fix top of the ſtalks. They are compoſed of five white
weeks or two months, and may then be tranſplanted petals, which are divided in the middle; theſe ap-
into the borders of the flower-garden. Theſe roots pear in June, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules
ſhould be annually tranſplanted, otherwiſe they fre- filled with ſmall angular feeds, which ripen in Au-
quently rot; and young plants muſt be propagated by guft. This requires the ſame treatment as the for-
flips to ſupply the decay of the old roots, which are
mer fort.
not of very long duration. This ſort thrives beſt in The eighth ſort was brought from Portugal to Eng-
a ſoft loamy ſoil, and in a ſhady ſituation, where they land, and is probably a variety of one with ſingle
have only the morning ſun.
flowers, which grows naturally in that country, but is
The fourth ſort is very common upon dry banks on different from any we have in England. This ap-
the ſide of roads in moſt parts of England, fo is not proaches neareſt to the Double Ragged Robin, but is
admitted into gardens; there is a variety of this with different from that. It hach a perennial root, from
purple flowers, which I find is by fome ſuppoſed to which ariſe many oblong narrow leaves fitting cloſe
be the ſame as the third, but is very different, for the to the ground. It divides into ſeparate heads like
ftalks of this are branched out much more; the the ſecond fort, and from each of theſe come out an
leaves are longer and more veined, and the flowers of upright ſtalk about nine inches high, which divides
this ſtand ſingly upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, fo are upwards by pairs, and from the middle of each divi-
not produced in cluſters like thoſe of the third. This fion comes out a ſlender foot-ſtalk two inches long,
is alſo very hairy, and the empalement of the flowers fuſtaining one double purple flower at the top, whole
is ſwollen like inflated bladders. This flowers near petals are very much jagged at their points; the em-
a month after the other, but the male and female palements of the flowers are marked with deep pur-
flowers grow upon different plants, as in the former. ple ſtripes. From the fide of the ſtalks there are al-
There is a variety of this with double flowers, which fo foot-ftalks come out at the wings, which for the
is propagated in gardens by the title of Double white moſt part ſuſtain but one flower, though ſometimes
Bachelor's Button, and is an ornamental plant in the they have two, theſe flowers being very double, are
flower-garden; though being white it doth not make never ſucceeded by feeds. The uſual time of this
ſo good an appearance as the other, however it addsplant flowering is in June, but ſometimes it fends
to the variety. This is propagated in the ſame way out freſh ſtalks, which have flowers in the autumn.
as the double ſort before-mentioned, but the plants It is propagated by flips in the fame manner as the
will thrive in a drier foil, and a more open expoſure third and fourth forts, but coming from a warm
than that.
7652
country, it is impatient of much cold, and requires
The fifth ſort grows very common in moiſt meadows, a particular treatment, for it does not thrive well in
and by the ſide of rivers in moſt parts of England, pots; nor will it live through the winter in open bor-
where it is intermixed with the Graſs. This riſes with ders, ſo that the only ſituation in which I have ſeen it
upright unbranched ſtalks near a foot and a half high, thrive, was where it was planted as cloſe as poſſible to
garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed by a ſouth wall in dry undunged earth; for in rich or
pairs oppoſite at each joint. The ſtalks are Nender, moiſt ground the roots preſently rot, as they alſo do
channelled, and are terminated by fix or ſeven purple when they are watered. If they are planted in brick
flowers upon pretty long foot-ftalks, which branch brubbiſh, they will ſtill do better. I was favoured with
The empalement of the flower is ſtriped with this plant by John Browning, Eſg; of Lincoln’s-inn,
purple, and the petals of the flowers are deeply jag-bwho received it from Portugal.
no
ged in four narrow ſegments, which appear as if torn; - The ninth fort grows naturally in the northern parts
from whence the country people have given it the ap- of Europe. It is likthe fourth fort, but the petals
pellation of Ragged Robin. It flowers in May, and of the flowers do not extend beyond the empalement,
the ſeeds ripen in July. This fort is never kept in and the empalements are much larger and more
gardens, but there is a variety of it with very double fwollen. osaik
so y
Howers, which is propagated by the gardeners for or- dirt The other SPECIES of Lychnis are now ranged un-
nament. It only differs from the ſingle in the multi-blwod der the following genera, viz. nin adlari
plicity of the petals, and produces no feeds, fo is AGROSTEMMA, CUCUBALUS, SAPONARIA, and Si-
propagated by flips in the fame manner as the ſecond LENE, to which articles the reader is defired to turn
99
fort. It is commonly known by the title of Double for thoſe which are not here enumerated.
Ragged Robin.
Dobd son fum voor LYCIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 232. Jaſminoides. Nif-
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps, in Lap- fol. A&t. R. Par. 1711. Rhamnus. C. B. P. 477.
land, and the other cold parts of Europe. This is a Boxthorn. w babortions
perennial plant which delights in a moiſt foil. The The CHARACTERS are,
ſtalks of this are erect, half a foot high, garniſhed The flower hath a ſmall
, obtuſe, permanent empalemení,
with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed by pairs op- which is erect, and divided into five parts at the top; the
polite, like the former fort, but are a little ſhorter and flower is funnel-ſhaped, of one petal, with an incurved
broader; the bottom leaves are broader than thoſe tube, whoſe brim is cut into five obtufe ſegments, which
upon the italks, and fit cloſe to the ground; they are ſpread open. It has five awl-fhaped ſtamina, which are a
fmooth, and of a deep green: the flowers are produced little inclined and ſhorter than the tube, terminated by erect
in a corymbus on the top of the ſtalk, fitting cloſe to-ſummits
. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen ſup-
gether, they are of a purple colour, and the petals porting a ſingle ſtyle, which is longer than the stamina,
are cut in the middle. This flowers the beginning crowned by a thick bifid ſtigma ; the germen afterwards
of June, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt. It is propa- becomes a roundiß berry with two cells, incloſing kidney-
gated by feeds, and alſo by parting of the roots ; Shaped ſeeds faſtened to the middle partition.
it muſt have a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, other- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
wiſe the plants will not thrive. The time for tranſ- Linnæus's fifth clafs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
out.
a
which

Lyc
L Y C
a
ز
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. LYCIUM (Afrum) foliis lineari-longioribus, tubo
forum longiori, ſegmentis obtufis. Bosthorn with
longer linear leaves, a longer tube to the flower, and ob-
tufe ſegments. Lycium foliis linearibus. Hort. Cliff
57. Bost born with linear leaves.
2. LYCIUM (It alicum) foliis lineari-brevioribus, tubo
florum breviori, ſegmentis ovalibus patentiffimis. Box-
thorn with ſhorter linear leaves, a ſhorter tube to the
flower, and ovel ſegments Spreading open.
3. LYCIUM (Salicifolium) foliis cuneiformibus. Vir. Clif.
14. Boxtborn with wedge-ſhaped leaves. Jaſminoides
aculeatum, falicis folio, flore parvo ex albo purpura-
fcente. Mitchel. Gen. 224. Prickly Baſtard Jaſmine with
a Willow leaf, and a ſmall purpliſh white flower.
4. LYCIUM (Barbarum) foliis lanceolatis craffiuſculis, ca-
lycibus trifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 192. Boxtborn with
Spear-ſhaped thick leaves, and trifid empalements. Jaf-
minoides aculeatum, polygoni folio, floribus parvis
albidis. Shaw. Afr. 349. f. 349. Prickly Baſtard Jaf-
mine, with a Knot-graſs leaf, and ſmall whitiſh flowers.
5. LYCIUM (Chinenſe) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, ramis dif-
fufis, foribus folitariis patentibus alaribus, ftylo lon-
giori. Boxthorn with ovel Spear-ſhaped leaves, diffuſed
branches, end. ſingle Spreading flowers proceeding from
the ſides of the branches, with a longer ſtyle.
6. LYCIUM (Halimifolium) foliis lanceolatis acutis. Box-
thorn with ſpear-ſhaped acute leaves. Jaſminoides Si-
nenſe halimi folio longiore & anguftiore. Du Ham.
306. China Baſtard Jaſmine with a narrower and longer
leaf.
7. LYCIUM (Capenſe) foliis oblongo-ovatis, craffiuſculis,
confertis, fpinis robuftioribus. Boxthorn with oblong,
oval, thick leaves growing in cluſters, and ſtronger ſpines.
8. LYCIUM (Anguſtifolium) foliis lineari-lanceolatis con-
fertis, calycibus brevibus acutis. Boxthorn with linear
Spear-ſhaped leaves growing in cluſters, and ſhort acute em-
palements.
9. LYCIUM (Inerme) inermis, foliis lanceolatis, alternis,
perennantibus. Smooth Boxthorn, with Spear-ſhaped ever-
green leaves placed alternate.
10. LYCIUM (Cordatum) foliis cordato-ovatis, feffilibus,
oppofitis perennantibus, fpinis craffis bigeminis, filo-
ribus confertis. Lycium with oval heart-ſhaped leaves
placed oppoſite, which are ever-green, and fit cloſe to the
Stalks, with thick double ſpines, and flowers growing in
cluſters. Arbor Africana ſpinoſa, foliis craffis corda-
tis & conjugatis, fpinis craffis bigeminis. Herm. Cat. 4.
Prickly Áfrican-tree with thick heart-shaped leaves grow-
ing by pairs, and thick double ſpines.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, and
at the Cape of Good Hope. This riſes with irregular
ſhrubby ſtalks ten or twelve ket high, ſending out fe-
veral crooked knotty branches, covered with a whitiſh
bark, and armed with long ſharp ſpines, upon which
grow many clufters of narrow leaves; theſe thorns
often put out one or two ſmaller on their fides, which
have ſome cluſters of ſmaller leaves upon them; the
branches are garniſhed with very narrow leaves an inch
and a half long, and at the baſe of theſe come out
cluſters of ſhorter and narrower leaves. The flowers
come out from the ſide of the branches, ſtanding upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks; they have a ſhort permanentempale-
ment of one leaf, which is tubulous, and cut into
five ſegments at the brim; it is funnel-ſhaped, of one
petal, with a long incurved tube, cut into five ob-
tuſe ſegments at the brim; they are of a dull pur-
ple colour, and have five ſtamina almoſt as long as
the tube, with erect ſummits. In the center is ſitu-
ated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſtyle which is
longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid ftigma.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh fleſhy ber-
ry, of a yellowiſh colour when ripe, incloſing ſeve-
ral hard ſeeds. This uſually flowers in June and July,
and the feeds ripen in the autumn; but there is fre-
quently a few flowers come out in all the ſummer
months.
It may be propagated either by feeds, cuttings, or
layers. If by feeds, they ſhould be fown in the au-
tumn foon after they are ripe; for if they are kept
out of the ground till spring, they feldom come up the
firſt year. If the feeds are fown in pots, the pots
fhould be plunged into ſome old tan in the winter,
and in very ſevere froſt covered with Peas-haulm or
ſtraw, but in mild weather ſhould be open to receive
the wet; in the ſpring the pots ſhould be plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, which will ſoon bring up
the plants; theſe muſt be inured to bear the open
air as ſoon as the danger of froſt is over, and when
they are three inches high, they may be ſhaken out of
the pots, and each planted in a finall ſeparate pot,
filled with loamy earth, and placed in the ſhade till
they have taken new root, when they may be removed
to a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till the
autumn; then they ſhould be either removed into the
green-houſe, or placed under a hot-bed frame to ſhel-
ter them from hard froft ; for theſe plants are too
tender to live in the open air in England, ſo they muſt
be kept in pots and treated in the ſame way as Myr-
tles, and other hardy green-houſe plants ; but when
the plants are grown ſtrong, there may be a few of
them planted in the full ground in a warm ſitua-
tion, where they will live in moderate winters, but in
hard froſts they are commonly deſtroyed. If the cut-
tings of theſe plants are planted in a ſhady border in
July, and duly watered, they will take root, and
may then be treated in the ſame way as the ſeedling
plants.
The ſecond fort was raiſed in the Chelſea garden
from feeds which came from the Cape of Good Hope.
This hath an irregular ſhrubby ſtalk like the former,
but feldom riſe more than four or five feet high;
the large leaves are ſhorter and a little broader than
thoſe of the firſt, but the tufts of ſmall leaves are
narrower; the tube of the flower is ſhorter, the brim
is deeper cut into oval ſegments which ſpread open ;
the empalement is fhorter, and cut into acute ſeg-
ments; the flowers and fruit are alſo ſmaller. Theſe
differences are permanent, in all the plants which I
have two or three times raiſed from feeds. It flowers
about the ſame time as the firſt, and
may
be
propa-
gated in the ſame way; the plants alſo require the
fame culture.
The third ſort grows naturally in the hedges in the
ſouth of France, in Spain and Italy. This hath many
irregular ſhrubby ſtalks, which riſe eight or nine feet
high, ſending out ſeveral irregular branches, covered
with a white bark, and armed with pretty ſtrong thorns ;
the leaves are narrow at bottom, growing broader
upward, and are of a pale green colour. The flowers
come out from the ſide of the branches; they are of
a purpliſh white colour and ſmall, fo make no great
appearance. This fort flowers in June and July, but
rarely produces any feeds in this country. The
leaves of this remain till winter, when they fall off.
It may be propagated by cuttings or layers, in the
fame manner as the firſt fort. The plants will live
abroad in a ſheltered warm ſituation, but in very hard
froſt they ſhould be covered with ſtraw or litter,
otherwiſe the branches will be killed, and ſometimes
the roots are deſtroyed where they have not ſome
و
cover.
The fourth fort was brought from Africa by the late
Dr. Shaw, where it grows naturally. This hath a
ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes ſeven or eight feet high,
ſending out ſeveral irregular branches, which are arm-
ed with ſtrong ſpines, and garniſhed with ſhort, thick,
ſpear-ſhaped, oval leaves, which ſtand without or-
der. The flowers come out from the ſide of the
branches; they are ſmall and white, ſo make little
appearance. This flowers in July and Auguft, but
does not produce ſeeds in England. It may be pro-
pagated by cuttings in the ſame way as the firſt fort,
but is too tender to live in the open air in winter in
this country, fo the plants muſt be kept in pots, and
removed into the green-houſe in autumn, and treated
in the ſame way as other hardy kinds of green-houſe
plants.
The

LYC
L Y C
а
a
a
3
The fifth fort grows naturally in China, from whence
the feeds were brought to England a few years paſt,
and the plants were raiſed in ſeveral gardens, and by
fome were thought to be the Thea. This riſes with
weak, irregular, diffuſed branches to a great height,
but require ſupport, otherwiſe they will trail upon
the ground: I have meaſured fome of theſe branches,
which in one year has been upward of twelve feet
long: the lower leaves are more than four inches
long, and three broad in the middle : they are of a
light green and a thin conſiſtence, placed without or-
der on every fide the branches; as the ſhoots advance
in length, ſo the ſize of the leaves diminiſh, and to-
ward the upper part they are not more than an inch
long, and a quarter of an inch broad; they fit cloſe to
the ſtalks on every ſide. The flowers come out ſingly
at every joint toward the upper part of the branches,
ſtanding upon ſhort ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are of a
pale colour, with ſhort tubes ; the brims are ſpread
open broader than either of the former forts, and the
ſtyle is conſiderably longer than the tube of the
flower. This fort flowers in Auguſt, September, and
October ; the plant is very hardy, and retains its
leaves till November before they decay. It propa-
gates faſt enough by its creeping roots, which fend
out fuckers at a great diſtance, and the cuttings
thruſt into the ground will take root as freely as
Willows.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in China, from whence
the feeds were brought to the Royal Garden at Paris,
and the feeds were ſent me by Dr. Bernard de Juffieu,
demonftrator of the plants in that garden. This riſes
with a fhrubby ſtalk to the height of four or five feet,
ſending out many irregular branches, covered with a
very white bark, and armed with a few ſhort ſpines;
the leaves are about three inches long, and one broad
in the middle; they are placed alternately on the
branches, and are of a pale green colour. The flowers
of this fort appear in June and July, which are fuc-
ceeded by ſmall round berries that ripen in the au-
tumn, when they are as red as coral. This fort is
propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be planted in
the ſpring before they begin to ſhoot, in a border ex-
poſed to the morning fun, where they will take root
very freely; but theſe ſhould not be removed till the
autumn, when they may be planted to cover walls,
for the branches are too weak to ſupport themſelves ;
and as the leaves continue green as long as any of
the deciduous plants, ſo they are proper plants for
ſuch purpoſes.
The ſeventh fort was raiſed in the Chelſea garden
from ſeeds, which were brought me from the Cape of
Good Hope. This riſes with ſhrubby branching
ſtalks ſeven or eight feet high, which are armed with
long ſtrong thorns, that have ſeveral cluſters of leaves
upon them; the branches are garniſhed with ſmall,
oblong, oval leaves, which are placed without order ;
ſometimes they come out in ſmall cluſters from one
point, at others they are ſingle, ſtanding on every ſide
the ſtalk, theſe are of a light green, and a pretty
thick conſiſtence, continuing green all the year.
Theſe plants have not as yet flowered here, ſo I can
give no account of them; but by the fruit which I
received entire, I make no doubt of its belonging
genus.
This fort is pretty hardy, for it has lived abroad
four winters, where it was planted againſt a ſouth-eaſt
wall. It may be propagated either by layers or cut-
tings, in the ſame manner as the firſt; and when the
plants have obtained ftrength, they may be planted in
a warm ſituation, where they will live with very little
ſhelter in ſevere froſt. The branches of this fort are
ſtronger than thoſe of the former, ſo will not require
the ſame fupport. It will be proper to keep a plant
of this in ſhelter to preſerve the kind, left thoſe in
the open air ſhould be deſtroyed.
The eighth fort has much the appearance of the firſt,
but the branches are not ſo ſtrongly armed with
thorns; they have alſo a whiter bark, the leaves are
broader and of a lighter green, ſtanding in cluſters as
every joint. The flowers are ſmaller, of a deeper
purple colour, and have much ſhorter empalements,
which are cut into acute ſegments. It flowers at the
ſame time with the firſt fort, but does not produce
any ſeeds in this country; it is not ſo hardy as the for-
mer fort, fo requires protection from very hard froſt;
therefore the plants ſhould be kept in pots and houſed
in the winter, treating them in the ſame way as other
hardy green-houſe plants. It may be propagated by
cuttings or layers, in the ſame way as the first fort.
The ninth fort has been long an inhabitant of the
Chelſea garden ; it was raiſed from feeds which came
from China, and was for many years taken for the Tea-
tree, till it produced fome flowers, which diſcovered
its true genus. This riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtalk
ſix or ſeven feet high, ſending out many finooth
branches, which are covered with a brown bark
having no thorns; they are garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped leaves about three inches long, and near three
quarters of inch broad, placed alternately on the
branches, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are
of a deep green, and continue all the year. The
flowers are white, and of the ſame ſhape with the
others of this genus, but there has not been any ſeeds
of this fort as yet produced in England.
This plant will live in the open air, if it is planted in
a warm ſituation and a dry foil; but it is of now
growth, ſeldom ſhooting more than three or four
inches in a ſeaſon; it is alſo difficult to propagate,
for the branches which are laid down will not take
root in leſs than two years, and the curtings are with
difficulty made to grow. The beſt time to plant them
is in May, in pots filled with light loamy earth,
plunging them into an old bed of tanners bark, co-
vering the pots cloſe with bell or hand-glaſſes, to ex-
clude the external air; theſe ſhould be ſhaded every
day from the fun; theſe cuttings ſhould be refreſhed
with water once a week, but it muſt not be given to
them in too great plenty. Thoſe cuttings which fuc-
ceed, will have put out roots by the beginning of Au-
guft, when they may be taken up and planted in
ſmall pots, placing them in the ſhade till they have
taken new root; and then they may be placed with
other hardy exotic plants in a ſheltered ſituation, till
the end of October, when they may be put under
a common frame to ſhelter them in winter. When
the plants have acquired ſtrength, they may be
ſhaken out of the pots, and planted in the full ground
in a warm fituation, where, if they are ſheltered
in ſevere froſts, they will thrive better than in pots.
The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence the feeds were ſent to Holland
a few years paſt, where the plants were raiſed. This
is a low ſhrubby plant, which ſends out branches from
the ground upward, which are covered with a dark
green bark, and are armed with ſhort ſtrong thorns,
which come out by pairs, and ſometimes there are
double pairs upon the fame foot-ſtalk; theſe are fitu-
ated juſt below the leaves, and where there are four,
two of them point upward, and the other two down-
ward. The leaves are heart-ſhaped, not much larger
than thoſe of the Box-tree, of the fame conſiſtence
and colour, terminating in acute points, they are
placed by pairs oppoſite, upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks,
ſtanding pretty cloſe together; theſe continue green
all the year. The flowers come out from the ſide of
the branches upon ſhort ſlender foot-ftalks, each
fupporting five or fix ſmall white flowers, which grow
in a cluſter at the top; theſe have very ſhort empale-
ments, and pretty long tubes, divided at the brim
into five acute ſegments. Theſe flowers have an
agreeable odour; they appear in July and Auguſt,
but are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in England.
This fort may be propagated by cuttings in the
ſame manner as the firft fort, which, if planted in
July, and ſhaded from the ſun, will take root very
freely ; then they ſhould be planted into ſeparate
ſmall pots, and placed in the ſhade till they have
8 I
taken
to this

LYC
LYC
و
a
a
taken new root, after which they may be treated in
the ſame manner as the former fort. This plant has
not as yet been planted in the full ground in Eng-
land, but it lives through the winter under a common
frame.
The other ſpecies which were included in this genus,
are now removed to CELASTRUS.
LYCOPERSICON. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 150. tab.
63. Solanum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 224. [of Auo', a
wolf, and Perſica, Lat. a Peach.] Love Apples, or
Wolf's Peach.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf,
which is cut into five acute ſegments at the top, and is
permanent. The flower has one petal, which is wheel-
shaped, with a very ſhort tube, and a large five-cornered
brim, which Spreads open and is plaited. It bath five
Small awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by oblong ſummits
which cloſe together. It hath a roundiſh germen, ſupport-
ing a ſlender Style the length of the ſiamina, crowned by
an obtuſe ſignsa. The germen afterward becomes a round-
iſh fleſhy fruit or 'berry, divided into ſeveral cells, incloſing
many flat ſeeds.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
of Tournefort's ſecond claſs, which includes the herbs
with a wheel-ſhaped flower of one leaf, whoſe pointal
becomes a ſoft fruit. Dr. Linnæus has joined this
genus, and alſo the Melongena of Tournefort, to the
Solanum, which he places in the firſt ſection of his
fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
have five ſtamina and one ftyle; but as there are nu-
merous ſpecies of Solani, ſo it is much better to keep
theſe ſeparate, to avoid confufion, which if we allow
the fruit as a characteriſtic note, ſhould be done; for
as the fruit of the Solanum has but two cells, and the
fruit of this many, ſo that diſtinction may be allowed
to ſeparate the genera.
The SPECIES are,
1. LYCOPERSICON (Galeni) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis
pinnatis inciſis, fructu rotundo glabro. Love Apple
with an herbaceous unarmed ſtalk, pinnated cut leaves, and
a ſmooth round fruit. Lycoperſicon Galeni. Ang. 217.
The Wolf Peach of Galen.
2. LYCOPERSICON (Eſculentum) caule herbaceo hirfutif-
fimo, foliis pinnatis, incifis, fructu compreffo ſulcato.
Love Apple with a very hairy herbaceous ſtalk, winged
cut leaves, and e compreſſed furrowed fruit. Solanum
pomiferum, fructu rotundo ftriato molli. C. B. P.
167. Apple-bearing Nightſhade, with a ſoft, round,
Striated frnit, commonly called Tomatas by the Spaniards.
3. LYCOPERSICON (Æibiopicum) caule inermi herbaceo,
erecto, foliis ovatis dentato angulatis, fubfpinofis fruc-
tu ſubrotundo fulcato. Love Apple with an herbaceous,
erect, unarmed ſtalk, oval angular leaves indented, having
a few ſpines, with a roundiſh furrowed fruit. Lycoper-
ficon fructu ſtriato duro. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 150.
Wolf's Peach with a hard ſtriated fruit.
4. LYCOPERSICON (Pimpinellifolium) caule inermi herba-
ceo, foliis inæqualiter pinnatis, foliolis obtuſe-dentatis,
racemis fimplicibus. Love Apple with an herbaceous
unarmed ſtalk, leaves unequally winged, whoſe lobes are
bluntly indented, and ſimple branches of flowers. Li-
coperficon inodorum. Juft. Wolf's Peach having no ſcent.
5. LYCOPERSICON (Peruvianum) caule inermi herbaceo,
folis pinnatis tomentofis inciſis, racemis bipartitis fo-
liofis. Love Apple with an unarmed herbaceous ſtalk,
winged cut leaves, which are downy, and a leafy double
Spike of flowers. Lycoperſicon pimpinellæ fanguiſor-
bæ foliis. Feuill. Obf. 3. p. 37. Wolf's Peach with
leaves like Burnet.
6. LYCOPERSICON (Procumbens) caule herbaceo, pro-
cumbente, foliis pinnatifidis, glabris, fioribus folita-
riis alaribus. Love Apple with an herbaceous trailing
ſtolk, wing-pointed ſmooth leaves, and flowers growing
ſingly from the wings of the ſtalk.
7. LYCOPERSICON (Tuberoſum) caule inermo herbaceo,
foliis pinnatis integerrimis. Love Apple with an unarmed
herbaceous fialk, and winged leaves which are entire. So-
lanum tuberoſum eſculentum. C.B. P. 167. Eſculent
tuberous Nightſhade, commonly called Potatoe, by the In-
dians Batatas.
The first fort here mentioned is ſuppoſed to be the
Lycoperficon of Galen. This is an annual plant, with
an herbaceous, branching, hairy ſtalk, which will riſe
to the height of fix or eight feet, if ſupported, other-
wiſe the branches will fall to the ground; theſe are
garniſhed with winged leaves of a very rank diſagree-
able odour, compoſed of four or five pair of lobes
terminated by an odd one; theſe are cut on their
edges, and end in acute points. The flowers come
out from the ſide of the branches upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining ſeveral yellow flowers,
ranged in a ſingle long bunch or thyrfe, and are ſuc-
ceeded by round, ſmooth, pulpy fruit, about the ſize
of a large Cherry. There are two varieties of this,
one with yellow, and the other with red fruit: The
plants flower from June till the froſt ſtops them, and
the fruit ripens in ſucceſſion from the end of July, till
the froſt kills the plants ; this fort is uſed in medicine.
The ſecond fort is very like the firft, excepting the
fruit, which differ greatly; for thoſe of the ſecond
fort are very large, compreſſed at both ends, and
deeply furrowed all over the ſides. This fort never
varies to the other, ſo that it is undoubtedly a diſtinct
ſpecies. This is the fort which is commonly culti-
vated to put into foups; and the Portugueze, Spa-
niards, and ſome others, uſe them in many of their
,
ſauces, to which they give an agreeable acid flavour.
The third fort is alſo annual; this riſes with an erect
herbaceous italk a foot and a half high, dividing into
ſeveral branches, garniſhed with oval angular leaves,
from three to four inches long, and almoſt three
inches broad in the middle; they are placed alter-
nately upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which have one
or two ſhort fpines upon thein, as there alſo is upon
the midrib of the leaves. The flowers come out ſingly
upon foot-ſtalks from the fide of the branches; they
are white, and are ſucceeded by red ftriated fruit,
which are firmer than thoſe of the other forts, and
about the ſize of Cherries. This fruit ripens in the
autumn, and the plants decay foon after.
The fourth fort is ſomewhat like the firſt, but the
leaves are unequally winged, having ſome ſmaller
lobes placed between the large ones; the lobes of
this are ſhorter, broader, and not cut like thoſe of the
firſt, but have ſome obtuſe indentures toward their
baſe. The leaves of this fort have not that rank dif-
agreeable odour which the two firſt have ; the fruit of
it is not ſo large as thoſe of the firſt, but they are
round and ſmooth, and are very late before they ri-
pen here, ſo that unleſs the plants are raiſed early
in the ſpring, they will not produce ripe fruit.
The fifth fort is alſo annual ; this hath a very branch-
ing herbaceous ſtalk, ſpreading out into many divi-
fions, and is not fo hairy as the two firſt; the leaves
are compoſed of a greater number of lobes, which are
much ſhorter and more indented on their edges,
where they are a little waved, and are downy. The
flowers ftand upon very long foot-ſtalks, which branch
out and ſupport a large number of flowers at the top;
theſe have a longer ſtyle than thoſe of the other ſpe-
cies, which is permanent, remaining on the top of
the fruit. This fort is late in ripening the fruit, fo
that unleſs the plants are raiſed early in the ſpring,
the fruit will not ripen in England.
The feeds of theſe two forts were ſent from Peru by
Mr. Joſeph de Juffieu to the Royal Garden at Paris,
part of which was ſent me by his brother Dr. Ber-
nard de Juſſieu, of the Royal Academy of Sciences.
The fixth fort was raiſed by Mr. James Gordon,
gardener at Mile-end, who gave me ſome of the
feeds, but from what country it came I could not
learn. This hath very weak, trailing, ſmooth ſtalks,
not more than a foot long, garniſhed with ſmooth
leaves, ſtanding by pairs oppoſite; theſe are regularly
cut on the ſides almoſt to the midrib, in form of a
winged leaf; and theſe ſegments are alſo indented on
their edges, and at their points. The flowers come
و
a
QUC

L Y C
L Y C
autumn.
3
out on the ſide of the ftalks fingly; they are of a
whitiſh yellow colour, and have a pretty large ſpread-
ing empalement, which is deeply cut at the brim in-
to many acute ſegments which ſpread open. The
flowers are ſucceeded by ſmall roundiſh berries a lit-
tle compreſſed at the top, of an herbaceous yellow
colour when ripe.
Theſe plants are all propagated by fowing their feeds
on a moderate hot-bed in March, and when the plants
are come up two inches high, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted into another moderate hot-bed, at about
four inches diſtance from each other, obſerving to
fhade them until they have taken root; after which
they muſt have frequent waterings, and a large ſhare
of freſh air ; for if they are too much drawn while
young, they feldom do well afterwards,
In May theſe plants ſhould be tranſplanted either in-
to pots filled with rich light earth, or into borders
near walls, pales, or Reed-hedges, to which their
branches may be faſtened to ſupport them from
trailing on the ground, which they otherwiſe will do,
and then the fruit will not ripen ; ſo that where theſe
plants are cultivated for the ſake of their fruit, they
ſhould be planted to a warm aípect, and the branches
regularly faſtened as they extend, that the fruit may
have the advantage of the fun's warmth to forward
them, otherwiſe it will be late in the ſeaſon before
they are ripe, and they are unfit for uſe before ; but
when the plants are brought forward in the ſpring,
and thus regularly trained to the ſouth ſun, the
fruit will ripen by the latter end of July, and there
will be a fucceffion of it till the froſt kills the
plants.
Some perſons cultivate theſe plants for ornament,
but their leaves emit ſo ſtrong offenſive an odour on
being touched, which renders them very improper for
the pleaſure-garden, and their branches extend fo wide
and irregular, as to render them very unſightly in ſuch
places; for as their branches cannot be kept within
bounds, eſpecially when they are planted in good
ground, ſo they will appear very unſightly in ſuch
places; therefore the borders in the kitchen-garden,
where theſe plants are placed for their fruit, muſt
not be too rich, for in a moderate foil they will not
be fo luxuriant and more fruitful.
The Italians and Spaniards eat theſe Apples, as we
do Cucumbers, with pepper, oil, and falt; and ſome
eat them ftewed in fauces, &c. and in foups they
are now much uſed in England, eſpecially the ſecond
fort, which is preferred to all the other. This fruit
gives an agreeable acid to the ſoup, though there
are ſome perſons who think them not wholeſome,
from their great moiſture and coldneſs, and that the
nouriſhment they afford muſt be bad.
The third fort is never uſed either in the kitchen or
for medicine, but the plants are preſerved for the
fake of variety, eſpecially by thoſe perſons who are
lovers of botany. This fort is propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be fown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring,
and the plants afterward treated in the ſame manner
as hath been directed for the Capſicum, with which
this plant will thrive and produce plenty of fruit
annually.
The ſeventh fort is the common Potatoe, which is
a plant ſo well known now, as to need no deſcrip-
tion. Of this there are two varieties, one with a
red and the other with a white root; that whoſe
roots are red, have purplish flowers, but the white
root has white flowers; theſe are ſuppoſed to be only
accidental variations, and not diſtinct ſpecies.
The common name of Potatoe, ſeem to be only a
corruption of the Indian name Batatas. This plant
has been much propagated in England within thirty
or forty years paſt, for although it was introduced
from America about the year 1623, yet it was but
little cultivated in England till of late; theſe roots
being deſpiſed by the rich, and deemed only pro-
per food for the meaner fort of perſons; however,
they are now generally eſteemed by moſt people,
and the quantity of them which are cultivated near
London, I believe, exceeds that of any other part of
Europe.
This plant was always ranged in the genus of Sola-
num, or Nightſhade, and is now brought under that
title again by Dr. Linnæus ; but as Lycoperſicon has
been eſtabliſhed as a diſtinct genus, on account of the
fruit being divided into ſeveral cells, by intermediate
partitions, and as the fruit of this plant exactly
agrees with the characters of the other ſpecies of this
genus, I have inſerted it here.
This is generally propagated by its roots, which
multiply greatly if planted in a proper foil. The
common way is, either to plant the ſmall roots or
offsets entire, or to cut the larger roots into pieces,
preſerving a bud or eye to each; but neither of
theſe methods is what I would recommend, for when
the ſmaller offsets are planted, they generally pro-
duce a greater number of roots, but theſe are al-
ways ſmall; and the cuttings of the larger roots are
apt to rot, eſpecially if wet weather happens foon
after they are planted, therefore what I would re-
commend is, to make choice of the faireft roots for
this purpoſe, and to allow them a larger ſpace of
ground, both between the rows, as alſo in the rows, ,
plant from plant; by which method I have obſerved,
the roots have been in general large the following
The foil in which this plant thrives beſt, is a light
fandy loam, not too dry or over moiſt; this ground
ſhould be well ploughed two or three times, in order
to break and divide the parts; and the deeper it is
ploughed, the better the roots will thrive. In the
ſpring, juſt before the laſt ploughing, there ſhould
be a good quantity of rotten dung ſpread on the
ground, which hould be ploughed into the ground
the beginning of March, if the ſeaſon proves mild,
otherwiſe it had better be deferred till the middle
or latter end of that month; for if it ſhould prove
hard froſt after the roots are planted, they may be
greatly injured, if not deſtroyed thereby : but the
fooner they are planted in the ſpring, after the danger
of froſt is over, the better it will be, eſpecially in
dry land. In the laſt ploughing, the ground ſhould
be laid even, and then the furaows ſhould be drawn
at three feet diſtance from each other, about feven or
eight inches deep. In the bottom of this furrow the
roots, ſhould be laid at about one foot and a half aſun-
der; then the furrow ſhould be filled with the earth
which came out, and the ſame continued through
the whole field or parcel of land, intended to be
planted.
After all is finiſhed, the land may remain in the
fame ſtate till near the time when the ſhoots are ex-
pected to appear above ground, when the ground
Thould be well harrowed over both ways, which will
break the clods, and make the ſurface very ſmooth ;
and by doing of it fo late, it will deſtroy the young
weeds, which, by this time, will begin to make
their appearance; and this will ſave the expence of
the firſt hoeing, and will alſo ſtir the upper ſurface of
the ground, which, if much wet has fallen after the
planting, is often bound into a hard cruſt, and will
retard the appearance of the ſhoots.
As I have allotted the rows of Potatoes at three feet
diſtance, it was in order to introduce the hoe-plough
between them, which will greatly improve theſe roots;
for by twice ſtirring and breaking the ground be-
tween theſe plants, it will not only deſtroy the weeds,
but alſo looſen the ground, whereby every ſhower of
rain will penetrate to the roots, and greatly improve
their growth; but theſe operations ſhould be per-
formed early in the ſeaſon, before the ſtems or branches
of the plants begin to fall and trail upon the ground,
becauſe after that, it will be impoſſible to do it with
out injuring the ſhoots.
If theſe ploughings are carefully performed between
the rows, and the ground between the plants in the
rows hand-hoed, it will prevent the growth of weeds,
till the haulm of the plants cover the ground; ſo that
afterward there will be little danger of weeds growing
fo
:

LYC
LYS
a
take up
a
ſo as to injure the crop; but as the plough can only foot of a wolf,] it is commonly called Water Hore-
go between the rows, it will be neceſſary to make uſe
,
hound.
of a hoe to ſtir the ground, and deſtroy the weeds in This plant grows in great plenty on moiſt foils by
the rows; and if this is carefully performed in dry the fides of ditches and ponds in moſt parts of Eng-
weather, after the two ploughings, it will be ſufficient land, but is never cultivated in gardens, ſo that it
to keep the ground clean until the Potatoes are fit to would be needleſs to ſay any thing more of it in this
.
place.
In places where dung is ſcarce, many perſons ſcat- LYSIMACHIA. Tourn. Inſt
. R. H. 141. tab. 59.
ter it only in the furrows, where the roots are plant- Lin. Gen. Plant. 188. [this plant was ſo called of
ed; but this is a very poor method, becauſe when Lyſimachus, the ſon of a king of Sicily, who is ſaid
the Potatoes begin to puſh out their roots, they are to have firſt found the virtues of it.] Looſtrife; in
foon extended beyond the width of theſe furrows, French, Corneille.
and the new roots are commonly formed at a diſtance
The CHARACTERS are,
from the old, ſo will be out of the reach of this dung, The empalement of the flower is permanent, and is cut
and conſequently will receive little benefit from it. into five acute ſegments, which are erect. The flower is
And as moſt of the farmers covet to have a crop of of one petal, cut into five oblong oval ſegments to the bot-
Wheat after the Potatoes are taken off the ground, ſo tom, which ſpread open. It bath five awl-shaped ſtamina
the land will not be fo thoroughly dreſſed in every about half the length of the petal, terminated by acute-
part, nor ſo proper for this crop, as when the dung pointed ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh ger-
is equally ſpread, and ploughed in all over the land, men, Supporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſtamina,
nor will the crop of Potatoes be ſo good. I have al- crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward
ways obſerved, where this method of planting the Po- turns to a globular capſule with one cell, opening with ten
tatoes has been practiſed, the land has produced a fine valves, and filled with ſmall angular Seeds.
crop of Wheat afterward, and there has ſcarce one This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſhoot of the Potatoe appeared among the Wheat the Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
following ſeaſon, which I attribute to the farmers which includes the plants whoſe flowers have five fta-
planting only the largeſt roots; for when they have mina and one ſtyle.
forked them out of the ground the following au-
The SPECIES are,
tumn, there have been fix, eight, or ten large roots 1. LYSIMACHIA (Vulgaris) paniculata, racemis termina-
produced from each, and often many more, and ſcarce libus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 209. Paniculated Looftrife, with
any very ſmall roots among them; whereas, in ſuch bunches of flowers terminating the ſtalks. Lyfimachia
places where the ſmall roots have been planted, there lutea, major, quæ Diofcoridis. C. B. P. 245. Greater
has been a vaſt number of very ſmall roots produced ; yellow Looſtrife of Dioſcorides.
many of which were ſo ſmall as not to be diſcovered 2. LYSIMACHIA (Thyrſiflora) racemis lateralibus pedun-
when the roots were taken up, ſo have grown the culatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 147. Loofirife with lateral
following ſeaſon, and have greatly injured whatever Spikes of flowers growing upon foot-ftelks. Lyſimachia
crop was on the ground.
bifolia flore globoſo, luteo. C. B. P. 242. Two-leaved
The haulm of theſe Potatoes is generally killed by Looſtrife with a yellow globular flower.
the firſt froſt in the autumn, when the roots ſhould 3. LYSIMACHIA (Airopurpurea) fpicis terminalibus peta-
be taken up ſoon after, and may be laid up in fand in lis, lanceolatis, ftaminibus corolla longioribus. Lin.
any ſheltered place, where they may be kept dry, and Sp. Plant. 147. Looftrife with Spear-ſhaped ſpreading
ſecure from froſt. Indeed the people who cultivate Spikes of flowers terminating the branches, and ſtamina
theſe roots near London, do not wait for the decay- longer than the petals. Lyſimachia Orientalis angufti-
ing of the haulm, but begin to take up part of them folia flore purpureo. Tourn. Cor. 7. Narrow-leaved
as ſoon as their roots are grown to a proper ſize for Eaſtern Looftrife with a purple flower.
the market, and ſo keep taking up from time to 4. LYSIMACHIA (Ephemerum) racemis fimplicibus ter-
time, as they have vent for them. There are others minalibus, petalis obtufis, ftaminibus corollâ brevio-
likewiſe, who do not take them up ſo ſoon as the ribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 146. Looftrife with Spikes of
haulm decays, but let them remain much longer in flowers terminating the ſtalks, obtuſe petals to the flower,
the ground; in which there is no hurt done, pro- and ſtamina ſhorter than the petal. Lyſimachia Orien-
vided they are taken up before hard froſt fets in, talis minor, foliis glaucis, annuentibus, flore purpu- .
which would deſtroy them, unleſs where the ground reo. Hort. Piff. Smaller Eaſtern Looſi rife, with nodding
is wanted for other crops ; in which caſe, the ſooner grayiſh leaves and a purple ſpike of flowers.
they are taken up the better, after the haulm is de- 5. LYSIMACHIA (Ciliata) petiolis ciliatis, floribus cernuis.
cayed. When theſe roots are laid up, they ſhould Lin. Sp. Plant. 147. Looftrife with hairy foot-ſtalks and
have a good quantity of ſand or dry earth laid be- nodding flowers. Lyſimachia Canadenſis Jalappæ fo-
tween them, to prevent their heating; nor ſhould liis. Sarr. Canad. Canada Looſtrife with a folop leaf.
they be laid in too large heaps, for the ſame reaſon. 6. LYSIMACHIA (Salicifolia) fpicâ fimplici erecto ter-
The kitchen-gardeners and farmers who live in the minali, petalis ovatis, ftaminibus corollâ longioribus.
neighbourhood of Mancheſter, cultivate great quan- Looſtrife with a ſingle ere&t Spike terminating the ſtalk,
tities of this root, as the inhabitants of that populous oval petals, and ſtamina longer than the fiower. Lyfi-
town conſume abundance of them, and are much machia ſpicata, flore albo, ſalicis folio. Tourn. Inft.
fonder of them than of any other eſculent plants ; R. H. 141. Looſtrife with a ſpike of white flowers and
which has occaſioned an emulation among the culti- a Willow leaf.
vators, of endeavouring to ourvie each other, in get- 7. LYSIMACHIA (Nummularia) foliis fubcordatis, flori-
ting the roots of a proper ſize for the table early in bus folitariis, caule repente. Vir. Cliff. 13. Looftrife
the ſeaſon: in order to obtain this, they have made with leaves nearly heart-ſhaped, flowers growing Jingly,
choice of thoſe roots which produced the firſt flowers, and a creeping ſtolk. Nummularia lutea major. C. B.
and have left them to ripen their feeds, which they P. 309. Greater yellow Moneywort.
have fowed with great care; and the plants fo raiſed, 8. LYSIMACHIA (Tenella) foliis ovatis acutiufculis, pe-
have generally been forwarder than the other; and dunculis folio longioribus, caule repente. Lin. Sp.
by frequently repeating of this, they have ſo much Plant. 148. Looſtrife with oval acute-pointed leaves, foot-
improved the forwarding of the roots, as to have Stalks longer thau the leaf, and a creeping fialk. Num-
them fit for uſe in two months after planting; fo mularia minor, purpurafcente flore. C. B. P. 310.
that great improvements may be made by this prac- Smaller Moneywort with a purpliſh flower.
tice, of many eſculent plants, by perſons who are cu- 9. LYSIMACHIA (Nemorum) foliis ovatis acutis, flo-
rious and careful in trying the experiments.
ribus folitariis, caule procumbente. Hort. Cliff. 52.
LYCOPUS [Auxótes, of Aúxo, a wolf, and lãs, Looſtrife with oval acute-pointed leaves, flowers grow-
a foot ; q. d. Wolf's-foot; becauſe the ancients ing ſingly
, and a trailing ſialk. Anagallis lutea nemo-
fancied, that the leaves of this plant reſembled the rum. C. B. P. 252. Zeblowe Pimpernel of the woods.
10. Lx-

L Y S
L Y S
10. LYSIMACHIA Quadrifolia) foliis fubquaternis, pe-
dunculis verticillatis unifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 147.
Looſtrife with leaves generally placed by fours, and
foot-ſtalks placed in whorls round the ſtalks, each ſustaining
a ſingle flower. Lyfimachia lutea minor, foliis nigris
punctatis notatis. C. B. P. 245. Smaller yellow Looftrife
with leaves marked with black Spots.
The firſt fort grows by the fide of ditches and ri-
vers in many parts of England, fo is not often ad-
mitted into gardens, becauſe the roots creep far in
the ground, and ſend up ſtalks at a great diſtance,
whereby it becomes often a troubleſome plant; other-
wiſe for the variety of its flowers, it might deſerve a
place in large gardens, eſpecially in moiſt places,
where better things will not thrive. It riſes with up-
right ſtalks from two to three feet high, garniſhed
with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed ſometimes
by pairs oppoſite; at others there are three, and fre-
quently four of theſe leaves placed round the ſtalk at
each joint. The upper part of the ſtalk divides into
ſeveral foot-ítalks, which ſuſtain yellow flowers grow-
ing in a panicle ; theſe have one petal which is deeply
cut into five ſegments, ſpreading open. They ap-
pear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by round-
ish feed-veſſels, filled with ſmall feeds which ripen in
the autumn. This is placed in the liſt of medicinal
plants, but is not often uſed. If the roots of this
plant are taken up from the places where it grows
naturally in the autumn, and planted in a moiſt ſoil,
they will thrive faſt enough without care.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the northern parts
of England; this hath a perennial creeping root,
which ſends up ſeveral erect ſtalks near a foot and a
half high, garniſhed at every joint by two pretty long
narrow leaves placed oppoſite, whoſe baſe ſits cloſe to
the ſtalk; they are about three inches long, and
more than half an inch broad toward their baſe, leſ-
ſening gradually to the end, which terminates in acute
points, the foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out oppo-
ſite on each ſide of the ſtalks ; they are an inch long,
ſuſtaining at their top a globular or oval thyrſe of yel-
low flowers, whoſe ftamina are much longer than the
petals. This flowers at the ſame time with the for-
mer fort, but feldom produces feeds, for the roots
creep
ſo much as to render it barren. It is but ſeldom
fo
kept in gardens, for the ſame reaſon as the former is
rejected; but thoſe who are deſirous to have it, may
procure the roots and plant them in a moiſt ſoil, where
it will ſoon ſpread.
The third ſort is a biennial plant, which was diſco-
vered by Dr. Tournefort in the Levant, from whence
he ſent the ſeeds to the Royal Garden at Paris, where
they ſucceeded, and many of the European gardens
have from thence been furniſhed with it. This riſes
with an upright ſtalk about a foot high, garniſhed
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ending in acute points ; theſe
are placed by pairs oppoſite; they are ſmooth, and
of a lucid green. The flowers grow in a looſe ſpike,
terminating the ſtalks ; the flowers ftand horizontally,
Spreading out on each fide the ſtalk; they have
longer tubes than the other ſpecies, and are of a pur-
ple colour. Theſe appear in June, and the ſeeds ri-
pen in September, ſoon after which the plants decay.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown on
a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, often watering the
ground to bring up the plants; and if the ſeaſon
ſhould prove warm, the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould
be ſhaded in the heat of the day; when the plants
are up, they ſhould have a large ſhare of freih air
admitted to them in warm weather, to prevent their
drawing up weak, and ſhould be frequently refreſhed
with water. When they are fit to remove, they ſhould
be each planted in a ſeparate pot, plunging them into
a moderate hot-bed to forward their taking new root:
after which they ſhould be gradually inured to bear
the open air, into which they ſhould be removed by
the beginning of June, where they may remain till
October, when they ſhould be removed into a com-
mon frame, where they may be ſheltered from froſt
in winter, but ſhould always enjoy the free air in mild
weather. The ſpring following ſome of the plants
ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and planted in bor-
ders; but a few of them ſhould be put into larger
pots, where they may flower and feed. this is called
Ephemerum by Linnæus, but is not fo.
When the plants come up, they must have plenty of
air admitted to them in warm weather, to prevent
their drawing up weak; then they may be planted
into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, where they
will flower and produce ripe feeds the following
ſummer.
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which is too ten-
der to riſe in the open air in this country, therefore
the feeds ſhould be fown on a moderate hoc-bed in
the ſpring, and the plants afterward treated in the
ſame manner as hath been directed for the third fort.
The fifth fort was firſt brought from Canada, where
it grows naturally; this hath a perennial creeping
root, fending up many erect ſtalks about two feet
high, garniſhed with oblong, oblique, ſmooth leaves,
placed oppoſite; they are veined on their under fide,
and end in acute points. The flowers are produced
from the wings of the ſtalks, each fitting upon a long
flender foot-ſtalk; there are three or four of theſe
ariſing from the ſhort branches, which come out on
each fide the ſtalk, at all the upper joints. The
flowers are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but ſmaller,
and hang downward; theſe appear in June and July,
but are ſeldom ſucceeded by any ſeeds in England.
This fort ſpreads and propagates by roots, in as great
plenty as the firſt, and is equally hardy, ſo requires no
other culture.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Spain, and was for-
merly titled by John Bauhin and others, Ephemerum;
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
upright ſtalks upward of three feet high, garniſhed
with narrow, ſmooth, ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which
ſtand oppoſite, and at the baſe of theſe come out
ſhort ſide branches, garniſhed with ſmaller leaves of
the fare ſhape. The powers are produced in a long,
cloſe, upright ſpike, at the top of the ſtalk; they
are cut into five oval fegments, which are white,
ſpreading open, and the ſtamina ſtand out longer
than the petal. It flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.
This is the fineſt ſpecies of this genus, and as the
roots of it do not ſpread like thoſe of the other, ſo
deſerves a place in the pleaſure-garden, where it is a
very ornamental plant for ſhady borders. It loves a
moiſt ſoil and a ſhady fitnation, where it will continue
long in beauty. It may be propagated by parting
the roots in autumn, but by this method it increaſes
flowly; ſo that the only way to have it in plenty, is by
fowing the ſeeds: theſe ſhould be fown upon an eaſt-
aſpected border in autumn, ſoon after they are ripe,
then the plants will come up the following ſpring;
but thoſe which are fown in the ſpring will not grow
the ſame year. When the plants come up they ſhould
be kept clean from weeds, and if they are too cloſe,
ſome of them may be drawn out and tranſplanted on
a fhady border, which will give the remaining plants
room to grow till autumn, when they may be tranſ-
planted into the borders of the flower-garden where
they are deſigned to flower; after which they will
require no other culture but to keep them clean
from weeds, and dig the ground between them every
ſpring
The ſeventh fort is commonly called Moneywort, or
Herb Two-pence; this is a perennial plant, which
grows naturally in moiſt ſhady places in moſt
England, fo is not cultivated in gardens. The ſtalks
of this trail upon the ground, and put out roots, by
which it foon ſpreads to a great diſtance. The leaves
are almoſt heart-ſhaped, and placed by pairs. The
flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the ſtalks ;
they are yellow, appearing in June and July.
The eighth fort is a ſmall trailing plant, which grows
upon bogs in mofly places in moſt parts of England,
but cannot be cultivated on dry ground. The ſtalks
ſeldom are more than three or four inches long, and
8 K
a
parts of
a

L Y T
L Y T
a
BIUM.
а
are terminated by three or four ſmall flowers, of a above alternate, and flower's having fix ftamine. Salica :
bright purple colour, growing in a bunch. This ria Hiſpanica, hyffopifolia, floribus oblongis faturate
flowers in June, but is rarely planted in gardens. cæruleis. Tourn. Inft. 253. Spaniſh Willow Herb with
The ninth fort is a perennial plant with trailing ſtalks, a Hylop leaf, and oblong, deep, blue flowers.
which grow naturally in moiſt woods in moſt parts 6. LYTHRUM (Verticillatum) foliis oppofitis
, fubtus to-
of England, fo is not cultivated in gardens. The mentofis fubpetiolatis, floribus verticillatis lateralibus.
leaves ftand oppoſite at each joint; they are ſmooth, Lin. Sp. Plant. 446. Willow Herb with oppoſite leaves,
oval, and acute-pointed. The fowers come out ſingly which are woolly on their under ſide, and flowers growing
from the ſide of the ſtalk, upon long foot-ſtalks; they
in whorls round the ſtalks.
are yellow, and ſpread open like the powers of Chick- 7. LYTHRUM (Petiolatum) foliis oppoſitis linearibus pe-
weed. This flowers in May and June, and the feeds tiolatis, foribus dodecandris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 446.
ripen in autumn
Willow Herb with linear leaves placed oppoſite, having
The tenth fort grows naturally among Ruſhes and foot-stalks, and flowers with twelve ſtamina.
Reeds, by the rivers fides in Holland; this hath a 8. LYTHRUM (Lineare) foliis oppoſitis linearibus, fo-
perennial creeping root like the firít. The ſtalks riſe ribus oppofitis hexandris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 447. Wil-
a foot high; they are ſlender, and are garniſhed by
low Herb with linear oppoſite leaves, and flowers having
ſpear-ſhaped leaves an inch and a half long, and a fix ſtamina, which are placed oppoſite.
quarter of an inch broad in the middle, placed ſome 9. LYTHRUM (Americanum) foliis oblongo-ovatis in-
times by pairs, at others by threes, and often four at fernè oppofitis fupernè alternis, floribus hexandris,
each joint, ſurrounding the ſtalk. The flowers alſo caule erecto. Willow Herb with oblong leaves placed op-
come out at each joint, four of them ſtanding round poſite below, and above alternate, with flowers having fix
the ſtalk in whorls, each having a diſtinct ſlender foot- ſtamina and an erect ſtalk. Salicaria Americana, hyſ-
ftalk an inch long. The flowers are ſmall and yel- ſopi folio latiore, floribus minimis. Houft. MSS. Ame-
low; they appear in June, and are ſometimes fuc- rican Willow Herb with a broader Hyllop leaf, and very
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn;
it
may
be Small flowers.
treated in the ſame manner as the firſt fort, and is The firſt fort grows naturally by the ſide of rivers and
equally hardy.
ditches in moſt parts of England. It has a peren-
LYSIMACHIA GALERICULAT A. See nial root, from which come forth ſeveral upright an-
SCUTELLARIA.
gular ſtalks, which riſe from three to four feet high
LYSIMACHIA NON PAPPOSA. See they are of a purple colour, and are garniſhed with
ENOTHERA.
oblong leaves, placed ſometimes by pairs oppoſite, at
LYSIMACHIA SILIQUOSA. See EPILO- others there are three leaves at each joint, ſtanding
round the ſtalk. The flowers are produced in a long
LYTHRUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 532. Salicaria. ſpike at the top of the ſtalk; they are of a fine pur-
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 253. tab. 129. Willow Herb, or ple colour, and make a fine appearance. This flowers
purple Looftrife.
in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn : although this
The CHARACTERS are,
plant is deſpiſed, becauſe it grows common, yet it me-
The flower hath a cylindrical ſtriated empalement of one rits a place in gardens better than many other which
leaf, indented at the brim in twelve parts, which are al- are propagated with care, becauſe they are more rare.
ternately ſmaller. It has ſix oblong blunt petals which It is eaſily cultivated by parting the roots in autumn,
Spread open, whoſe tails are inſerted in the indentures of and ſhould be planted in a moiſt foil, where it will
the empalement, and ten ſlender ſtamina the length of the thrive and flower without any other care than the
empalement, the upper being shorter than the lower, ter- keeping it clean from weeds.
minated by ſingle riſing ſummits. In the center is ſituated There is a variety of this with an hexangular ſtalk,
en oblong germen, ſupporting an awl-shaped declining ſtyle, and generally with three leaves at each joint; but this
crowned by a riſing orbicular ſtigma. The germen after- is only accidental, for the roots of this, when removed
ward turns to an oblong acute capſule with two cells, filled into a garden, come to the common ſort.
with ſmall ſeeds.
The ſecond fort hath perennial roots like the firſt,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of from which come out upright branching ſtalks three
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, intitled Dodecandria Mo- feet high, garniſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves
nogynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers about one inch long, and three quarters of an inch
have twelve ſtamina and one ftyle.
broad; they are downy, and placed by threes round
The SPECIES are,
the ſtalk. The flowers are produced in long ſpikes
1. LYTHRUM (Salicaria) foliis oppoſitis cordato-lance- at the top of the ſtalks, but they are diſpoſed in thick
olatis, floribus fpicatis dodecandris. Lin. Sp. Plant. whorls, with ſpaces between each; they are of a fine
446. Lythrum with heart Spear-ſhaped leaves placed op- purple colour, and appear at the ſame time with the
poſite, and flowers growing in Spikes, having twelve ſta- former. This may be propagated in the ſame way as
mina. Salicaria vulgaris, purpurea, folis oblongis. the firſt fort, and is equally hardy.
Tourn. Inft. R. H.. 253. Common purple Willow Herb The third ſort grows naturally in moiſt bogs in many
with oblong leaves.
parts of England, fo is ſeldom admitted into gardens ;
2. LYTHRUM (Tomentoſum) foliis cordato-ovatis, fori- this hath a perennial root, ſending up two or three
bus verticillato-fpicatis tomentoſis. Lythrum with branching ſtalks about a foot high, garniſhed with
oval beart-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing in whorlly narrow leaves, placed alternate. The upper part of
Spikes, which are woolly. Salicaria purpurea, foliis ſub- the ſtalk is garniſhed with flowers, which come out
rotundis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 253. Purple Willow Herb from the ſide fingly at each joint, ſtanding cloſe to
with roundiſh leaves.
the baſe of the leaves; they are ſmall, and of a light
3. LYTHRUM (Hylopifolia) foliis alternis linearibus, purple colour, appearing in June, and the feeds ripen
floribus hexandris. Hort. Upfal. 118. Lythrum with
linear alternate leaves, and flowers having ſix ſtamina, The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
Salicaria hyffopi folio anguftiore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. tugal, in moiſt places by the ſide of waters; this has a
253. Willow Herb with a narrow Hylop leaf.
perennial root and ſtalks like the firſt, which ſeldom
4. LYTHRUM (Luſitanicum) foliis lanceolatis ternis gla- grow more than one foot high, garniſhed with nar-
bris, floribus fpicatis decandris. Lythrum with ſmooth rower and ſhorter leaves than the firſt, which are
Spear-ſhaped leaves placed by threes, and flowers growing ſmooth, and placed by threes round the ſtalk. The
in ſpikes, which have ten ſi amine. Salicaria Luſitanica, flowers grow in ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks ; they
anguftiore folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 253. Portugal are of a light purple colour, and appear in July. The
Willow Herb with a narrower leaf,
ſeeds ripen in autumn. This fort is hardy, and may
LYTHRUM (Hiſpanicum) foliis oblongo-ovatis in- be propagated in the ſame way as the firſt.
fernè oppofitis ſupernè alternis floribus hexandris. Ly- The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal,
thrum with oblong oval leaves placed oppoſite below, but from both which countries I have received the feeds.
The
9
in autumn.

LYT
LYT
a
The root of this is perennial. The ſtalks are fiender,
not more than nine or ten inches long, ſpreading out
on every ſide. The lower part of the ſtalks are gar-
niſhed with oblong oval leaves, placed oppoſite. On
the upper part of the ſtalks the leaves are narrower,
and placed alternate. The flowers come out ſingly
from the ſide of the ſtalks at each joint; they are lar-
ger than thoſe of the common fort, and of a deeper
purple colour, ſo make a fine appearance in July,
when they are in beauty.
This fort has never produced any feeds in England,
and the ſevere froſt in 1740, killed all the plants here,
fince which time I have not ſeen any of them in the
Engliſh gardens.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the northern parts of
America ; this riſes with a ſtiff branching ſtalk a
foot and a half high, garniſhed with oblong leaves,
which are downy, and placed oppoſite, ſtanding upon
very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in
whorls round the ſtalks; they are of a pale purple
colour, and appear in July; theſe are ſucceeded by
capſules with two cells, filled with ſeeds which ripen
in autumn.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Virginia, from
whence I received the ſeeds; this riſes with an upright
woolly ſtalk near two feet high, garniſhed with linear
leaves placed oppoſite, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks ſingly;
they are ſmall, tubulous, and of a pale purple colour,
ſo make no great appearance; theſe appear in July,
and in warm ſeaſons only will perfect ſeeds; but the
roots of this fort will increaſe ſo faſt, as to render the
propagating the plants by feeds unneceſſary, when
once obtained.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in North America.
It has a perennial root. The ſtalks are ſlender, about
a foot high, garniſhed with linear leaves placed op:
poſite, which are entire. The flowers come out fingly
from the wings of the leaves, on the upper part of the
ftalks ; they are ſmall, white, and have ſix petals.
The empalement is ſtreaked, and cut at the top into
fix
parts, and the flower has ſix ſtamina. This flowers
in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun at La Vera Cruz; growing in ſwamps, where
the water had ftagnated. This hath a ligneous root,
from which ariſe two or three ſlender ſtalks upward
of two feet high, garniſhed with oblong, oval, ſmooth
leaves, which, on the lower part of the ſtalks are op-
poſite, but thoſe on the upper part are narrow and al-
ternate. The flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves, on the upper part of the ſtalk fingly, they are
ſmall and white, having fix petals and fix ſtamina ;
theſe do not appear till the ſecond year from feed, and
have not produced any good feeds in England,
This fort is tender, ſo will not live in the open air in
England. It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ſown in pots, and plunged into an oid hot-bed the firſt
ſeaſon ; for the ſeeds never riſe the firſt year, unleſs
they are ſown in autumn; the pots ſhould be ſheltered
in winter, and the ſpring following placed on a hot-
bed to bring up the plants; theſe muſt be treated in
the ſame way as ather tender plants from the ſame
country.
All the other forts, when raiſed from ſeeds, ſhould be
ſown in autumn, otherwiſe the feeds will remain
year in the ground, ſo that thoſe feeds which are
brought from America, never grow the ſame year they
are fown"; for which reaſon the ground ſhould not be
diſturbed in which the feeds are fown, but left till the
following ſpring, when the plants will come up if the
ſeeds were good.
a
M.
M A G
M A G
M
a
ACALEB. See CERASUS.
lauri folio fubtus albicante. Cateſb. Hift. Car. 1.
P.
MADDER. See RUBIA TINCTORUM. 39. Magnolia with a Bay leaf, which is whitiſh on the
MAGNOLIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 38. under fide, commonly called Small Magnolia, or Laurel-
tab. 7. Lin. Gen. Plant. 610. The Lau- leaved Tulip-tree.
rel-leaved Tulip-tree, vulgò.
2. MAGNOLIA (Grandiflora) foliis lanceolatis perfiftenti-
The CHARACTERS are,
bus, caule erecto arboreo. Fig. Plant. tab. 172. Mag-
The empalement is compoſed of three oval concave leaves nolia with Spear-faped leaves which are evergreen, and
like petals, which foon fall away. The flower is compoſed an erect tree-like ſtalk. Magnolia altiffima, flore ingenti
of nine oblong blunt petals, which are concave.
It hath a
candido. Cateſb. Carol. 2. p. 61. Talleſt Magnolia,
great number of ſhort ſtamina which are compreſſed, and with a very large white Hozguer, commonly called Greater
inſerted into the germen, terminated by linear ſummits, ad- Magnolia, or Tulip-tree, with a Laurel leaf.
bering to every ſide of the ſtamina. It hath many oblong 3. MAGNOLIA (Tripetela) foliis lanceolatis ampliffimis
oval germina faftened to the receptacle, ſupporting re- annuis, petalis exterioribus dependentibus. Magnolia
curved, contorted, hort ſtyles, with longitudinal hairy with very large ſpear-fhaped leaves which are annual, and
ſtigmas. The germen afterward become oval cones, with the outer petals of the flower declining. Magnolia ampliffi-
roundiſ compreſſed capſules almoſt imbricated, having mo fiore albo, fructu coccineo. Cateſb. Car. 2. p. 80.
one cell, opening with two valves, incloſing one kidney- Magnolia with a very lorge white flower and a fearlet
Shaped ſeed, hanging by a ſlender thread from the ſcale fruit, commonly called Umbrella-tree.
of the cone.
4. MAGNOLIA (Acuminata) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acu-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection minatis annuis, petalis obtuſis. Magnolia with oval,
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Po- Spear-ſhaped, pointed leaves, which are annual, and obtuſe
lygynia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers petals to the flower. Magnolia flore albo, folio majore
have many ſtamina and ſtyles. If Father Plumier's acuminato, haud albicante. Cateſb. Car. 3. p.15. Mag-
figure of the ſection of his fruit is exact, his muſt be nolia with a white flower, and a larger acute-pointed leaf,
a different genus from this; for the ſeeds of his are not whitiſh.
repreſented within the fruit, lying round a column. The firſt fort grows pretty common in Virginia, Caro-
The SPECIES are,
lina, and in moſt other parts of North America,
1. MAGNOLIA (Glauca) foliis ovato-lanceolatis fubtus where it is found in moiſt places, near brooks ; this
glaucis. Lin. Sp. 755. Magnolia with oval ſpear-ſhaped uſually grows about fifteen or fixteen feet high, with
lec which are gray on their under ſide. Magnolia a fender ſtem. The wood is white and ipongy,
chę
a

M A G
MAG
a
a
3
.
the bark is ſmooth and white, the branches are gar-
niſhed with thick ſmooth leaves, reſembling thoſe of
the Bay, but are of an oval ſhape, and ſmooth on
their edges, being white underneath. The flowers
are produced in May and June at the extremity of
the branches, which are white, compoſed of fix petals
which are concave, and have an agreeable ſweet ſcent.
After theſe are paſt, the fruit increaſes in ſize to be
as large as a Walnut with its cover, but of a conical
fhape, having many cells round the outſide, in each
of which is lodged a flat feed, about the ſize of a
Kidney-bean. This fruit is at firſt green, afterward
red, and, when ripe, of a brown colour. The ſeeds,
when ripe, are diſcharged from their cells, and hang
by a ſlender thread.
In the natural places of its growth, there is a fuccef-
fion of the flowers on the trees for two months or
more, during which time the woods are perfumed
with them ; but all thoſe trees which have produced
flowers in England, ſeldom have more than twelve or
fourteen flowers upon each, which are of ſhort dura-
tion, and are not ſucceeded by others; the leaves of
this fort fall off in winter.
The young plants of this fort frequently retain their
leaves through the greateſt part of winter, and often
do not fall off till the young ſhoots thruſt them off,
which has occafioned ſome perſons to believe the
plants were evergreen ; but when they are three or
four years old, they conſtantly caſt their leaves by the
beginning of November.
When theſe trees are tranſplanted from the places of
their growth into dry ground, they make handſomer
trees, and produce a greater number of flowers ; this
is to be underſtood of America, for in Europe they
do not thrive ſo well in a dry foil as in a moiſt loamy
land. The greateſt number of theſe trees, which are
now growing in England, are at his Grace the Duke of
Norfolk's, at Workfop Manor, in Nottinghamſhire.
The ſecond ſort grows in Florida and South Carolina,
where it riſes to the height of eighty feet or more,
with a ſtrait trunk upward of two feet diameter, hav-
ing a large regular head : the leaves of this tree re-
ſemble thoſe of the common Laurel, but are much
larger, and of a ſhining green on their upper fide,
and, in ſome trees, they are of a ruſſet, or buff co-
lour, on their under fide; theſe leaves continue all
the year, ſo that this is one of the moſt beautiful
,
evergreen trees yet known. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches; they are compoſed of
eight or ten petals, which are narrow at their baſe,
but broad at their extremity, where they are rounded,
and a little waved ; theſe ſpread open wide, and are
of a pure white colour. In the center is ſituated a
great number of ſtamina and ſtyles, faſtened to one
common receptaculum ; theſe flowers are ſucceeded
by oblong ſcaly cones in the places where it grows
naturally, but the ſummers are not warm enough in
England to produce any fruit to perfection, though
ſome old plants do often form cones. Theſe
trees in their native places of growth begin to pro-
duce their flowers in May, and continue a long time
in flower, ſo that the woods are perfumed with their
odour the greateſt part of ſummer; but thoſe which
have flowered in England, feldom begin till the mid-
dle or latter end of June, and do not continue long
in beauty. The largeſt tree of this kind, which I
have met with in England, is in the garden of Sir
John Colliton, of Exmouth, in Devonſhire, which
has produced flowers for ſeveral years, there are alſo
many pretty large plants of this fort in the gardens of
his Grace the Duke of Richmond, at Goodwood, in
Suſſex, one of which has has produced flowers ſeveral
years; and in the nurſery of Mr. Chriſtopher Gray,
near Fulham, there is one very handſome plant, which
has alſo produced many flowers ſeveral years.
As this fort is a native of a warm country, it is a lit-
tie impatient of cold, eſpecially while young, there
fore the plants ſhould be kept in pots, and ſheltered
in winter for fome years, until they have acquired
ſtrength, when they may be ſhaken out of the pots,
and planted in the full ground, but they muſt be
planted in a warm ſituation, where they may be
defended from the ſtrong winds, and ſcreened from
the north and eait, otherwiſe they will not live
abroad.
There were a great number of young plants in Eng-
land before the year 1739 ; but a great part of them
were deſtroyed by that ſevere winter, and ſince then,
there have been few good feeds ſent to England, fo
that there are not many of the plants at preſent to be
ſold in the nurſeries; and as almoſt every perſon who
is curious in gardening, is deſirous to have ſome of
theſe beautiful trees in their gardens, the demand for
them of late has greatly increaſed their value. If
this tree can be ſo far naturalized as to endure the
cold of our fevereſt winters abroad, it will be one of
the greateſt ornaments to our gardens; and this we
may hope, will, in time, be effected, by diligent
obſervation and care ; for the time when theſe plants
ſuffer moft, is in autumn, by the early frofts; for the
extremity of the ſhoots being then tender, as they are
then generally growing freely, a ſmall froſt will pinch
them, and afterward the whole ſhoot frequently de-
cays; ſo that the plants ſhould be guarded againſt
theſe early froſts, by covering their tops with mats
until the ſhoots are hardened, after which time they
will not be in fo much danger of ſuffering; for I
have conſtantly obſerved, that if theſe plants eſcape
the early frofts of the autumn, they are ſeldom in-
jured afterward: in the ſevere winter in the year
1739-40, I had a pretty large plant growing in the
open air, which was killed down by the froſt, and I
ſuppoſed was entirely deſtroyed, as there was not the
leaſt appearance of life in the ſtem ; ſo that after
Midſummer I cut it down to the ground, but left the
root remaining, which, to my great ſurprize, ſhot up
again the year after. This I mention, to caution peo-
ple from being too haſty in deſtroying plants after
hard froſt, but to have them wait until there can be
no hopes of their recovery.
The third ſort grows in Carolina pretty frequent, but
in Virginia it is pretty rare; this uſually grows from
fixteen to twenty feet high, with a ſlender trunk; the
wood is ſoft and ſpongy; the leaves of this tree are
remarkably large, and are produced in horizontal
circles, ſomewhat reſembling an umbrella, from
whence the inhabitants of thoſe countries have given it
the title of Umbrella-tree. The flowers are compoſed
of ten or eleven white petals, which hang down with-
out any order; the fruit is very like that of the former
fort; the leaves of this fort drop off at the beginning
of winter.
This tree is as yet very rare in Europe, but as it is
propagated from ſeeds, we may hope to have it in
greater plenty ſoon, if we can obtain good feeds from
Carolina, for it is rarely met with in Virginia.
The fourth fort is alſo very rare in England; there
are but few of the plants at preſent here, nor is it very
common in any of the habitable parts of America:
ſome of theſe trees have been diſcovered by Mr. John
Bartram, growing on the north branch of Suſque-
hannah river. The leaves of this tree are near eight
inches long and five broad, ending in a point. The
flowers come out early in the ſpring, which are com-
poſed of twelve white petals, ſhaped like thoſe of the
ſecond fort; the fruit of this tree is longer than thoſe
of the other ſpecies, but in other reſpects agrees with
them. The wood of this tree is of a fine grain, and
an Orange colour.
All theſe forts are propagated by feeds, which muſt
be procured from the places of their natural growth;
theſe ſhould be put up in ſand, and ſent over to Eng-
land as ſoon as poſſible; for if they are kept long
out of the ground, they very rarely grow, therefore
the feeds ſhould be ſown as ſoon as poſſible, when
they arrive here.
Some years paſt I received a good quantity of theſe
ſeeds from Carolina, which I fowed in pots as ſoon as
I received them, and plunged the pots into an old
hot bed of tanners bark, and with this management
I raiſed
a
3
a
ز
a

MAG
M AL
:
و
I raiſed a great number of plants, but from the ſeeds As the plants get ſtrength, they will be better able
which have been lately brought over, there have to endure the cold of our climate, though it will be
been but few plants produced; whether the ſeeds proper to lay fome mulch about their roots every
were not perfectly ripe when they were gathered, or winter; and, in very fevere froſt, to cover their heads
from what other cauſe this has happened, I cannot and items.
ſay, but it is certain the fault muſt be in the feeds, It is the firſt fort which requires the moſt care,
becauſe thoſe before-mentioned were differently fown being much tenderer than any of the other, for they
and managed by the ſeveral perſons who received will endure the cold very well, without much care,
them, and the ſucceſs was nearly alike every where. after they have acquired ſtrength; for as theſe loſe
There have been ſeveral plants of the firſt and ſecond their leaves in the winter, the froſt will not have ſo
fort raiſed from layers, and ſome from cuttings; but much force upon them as of the firft fort, whoſe
theſe do not thrive fo well as thoſe which come from leaves are frequently tender toward the end of the
ſeeds, nor will they grow to near the ſize of thoſe, ſo ſhoots, eſpecially when they grow freely, or ſhoot late
that it is much the beſt way to procure their ſeeds
in the autumn.
from America, and propagate them that way.
MAHALEB. See CERASUS.
The firſt fort frequently comes up well from ſeeds, MAJORANA. See ORIGANUM.
but the young plants are very difficult to keep the MALABAR NUT. See JUSTICIA.
two firſt years; for if they are expoſed much to the MALA ÆTHIOPICA. See LYCOPERSICON.
ſun, their leaves change yellow and the plants de MALA ARMENIACA. See ARMENIACA.
cay; ſo the beſt way is to keep the pots plunged in a
MALACOIDES. See MALOPE.
moderate hot-bed, and ſhade them every day from MALACOTONE A. See CYDONIA.
the fun with mats, giving them air in plenty when the MALA INSAN A. See MELONGENA.
weather is warm, and frequently refreſh them with MALLOW. See MALVA.
water ; during the winter ſeaſon they muſt be ſcreen- MALLOW-TREE. See LAVATERA.
ed from froſt, and in mild weather they muſt enjoy MALOPE. Baftard Mallow.
the free air, to prevent their growing mouldy,
The CHARACTERS are,
and they ſhould have but little wet in winter. The flower, which is ſhaped like that of the Mallowe, hath
With this management the plants may be train- a double empalement, the outer being compoſed of three
ed up, and when they have acquired ſtrength, beart-ſhaped leaves, and the inner is of one leaf cut into
they may be planted in the open air, where they will five ſegments; the flower is of one petal, divided into five
thrive and flower, if they have a warm ſheltered parts at the bottom, where they are joined, but ſo near
ſituation.
the bottom as to have the appearance of five petals. In
The ſecond fort is not ſo difficult to train up as the the center ariſes the pointal, having a great number of
firſt, but in order to get them forward, it will be ſtamina ſurrounding it, which are joined cloſely, and form
proper when they are removed out of the feed-pots, a ſort of column. The pointal afterward becomes a fruit
to plant them each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled compoſed of many cells, which are colleEted into a bead, in
with ſoft loamy earth, and plunge them into a gentle
each of which is lodged
a ſingle ſeed.
hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
from the fun, and admit proper air to them; but at MALOPE (Malacoides) foliis ovatis crenatis glabris
. Lin.
.
Midſummer, if they are well rooted, they ſhould be Hort. Cliff. 347. Baſtard Mallow, with oval ſmooth
inured to the open air gradually, and then placed in a
leaves, which are notched.
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till au- This plant was by Dr. Tournefort ſeparated from the
tumn; but on the firſt approach of froſt, they ſhould Mallow, and made a diſtinct genus, by the title of
be removed under ſhelter, otherwiſe the early froſts Malacoides; but Dr. Linnæus has altered the title of
will pinch their tender ſhoots, which often occaſions this for Malope, being an enemy to all names which
their dying downward after. When the plants have are compounded of oides.
got ſtrength, ſome of them may be turned out of The whole plant has greatly the appearance of the
the pots, and planted in the full ground in a warm Mallow, but differs from it, in having the cells col-
ſheltered fituation, but part of them ſhould be kept lected into a button, ſomewhat like a Blackberry; the
in pots, and ſheltered in the winter, to preſerve branches ſpread, and lie almoſt flat upon the ground,
them, left, by ſevere froſt, the other ſhould be killed. extending themſelves a foot or more each way. The
.
If the plants make good progreſs, they will be ſtrong flowers are produced fingly upon long foot-ſtalks,
enough to plant in the full ground in abour fix or ſe- which ariſe from the wings of the leaves, which are
ven years from ſeeds. The time for removing or in ſhape and colour like thoſe of the Mallow.
ſhifting theſe plants is in March, before they begin This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
to ſhoot, which may ſometimes happen to be too ſoon in the place where they are deſigned to remain, for
to turn them out of the pots into the full ground, they do not bear tranſplanting well. If theſe ſeeds are
eſpecially if the ſeaſon proves late; but as there will ſown upon a warm border in Auguſt, the plants will
be no danger in removing them out of the pots, the frequently ſtand through the winter, and flower early
ball of earth being preſerved to their roots, ſo it is the following ſeaſon, fo that good feeds may be ob-
beft to defer this till the month of April, but it will tained; for thoſe which are fown in the ſpring, rarely
be neceſſary to harden thoſe plants which are intend- ripen ſeeds the ſame year in England, and theſe
ed to be planted out, by expoſing them to the air as plants being large, are often deſtroyed in winter, un-
much as poſſible before, which will keep the plants leſs they are ſheltered under a frame; it ſeldom con-
backward, and prevent their fhooting; for if they tinues longer than two or three years, ſo that young
make ſhoots in the green-houſe, thoſe will be too ten- plants ſhould be annually raiſed.
der to bear the ſun, until they are by degrees harden- MALPIGHIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46. tab. 36.
ed to it, and the leaſt froſt will greatly pinch them, Lin. Gen. Plant. 38. Barbadoes Cherry, vulgò.
and ſuch froſts frequently happen very late in the The CHARACTERS are,
ſpring
The flower bath a ſmall permanent empalement of five
The two or three winters after theſe are planted out, leaves, which are cloſed together. It bath two oval mel-
it will be neceſſary to lay ſome mulch on the ſurface lous glands, adhering to the ſmall leaves within and with-
of the ground about their roots, as alſo to throw It has five kidney-ſhaped petals, which are concave,
ſome mats over their heads, eſpecially at the begin- and ſpread open, having long narrow tails, and ten
ning of the morning froſts in autumn, for the reaſons broad owl-ſhaped ſtamina, which are erect, terminated by
before given; but in doing this, the heads of the heart-ſhaped Summits. It has a ſmall roundiſh germen,
plant ſhould never be too cloſely covered up, leſt ſupporting three ſlender Styles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas.
thereby the ſhoots ſhould grow mouldy, for that will The germen efterward turns to a large furrowed globular
certainly kill the leading buds of every ſhoot, and berry with one cell, incloſing three rough Stony ſeeds,
prove to the full as injurious to them as the froſt. which are angular.
8 L
This
a
а
a
out.

MAL
M AL
a
a
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Trigynia,
which includes the plants whoſe flowers have ten ſta-
mina and three ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. MALPIGHIA (Glabra) foliis ovatis integerrimis gla-
bris, pedunculis umbellatis. Hort. Cliff. 169. Mal-
pighia with ſmooth, oval, entire leaves, and umbellated
foot-ſtalks. Ceraſus Jamaicenfis, fructu tetrapyreno.
Hort. Amft. 1. p. 145. Jamaica Cherry with a fruit
having four feeds, commonly called Barbadoes Cherry.
2. MALPIGHIA (Punicifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis,
acuminatis, glabris, pedunculis umbellatis. Mal-
pighia with oval, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, ending in
acute points, and umbellated foot-ſtalks. Malpighia ma-
li punici facie. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46. Malpighia with
the appearance of Pomegranate.
3. MALPIGHIA (Incana) foliis lanceolatis fubtus incanis,
pedunculis umbellatis alaribus. Malpighia with ſpear-
Shaped leaves, boary on their under fide, and umbellated
foot-ſtalks, proceeding from the wings of the ſtalk.
4. MALPIGHIA (Urens) foliis cordato-lanceolatis, fetis
decumbentibus rigidis, racemis lateralibus. Malpighia
with Spear heart-shaped leaves, having rigid declining
briſtles, and bunches of flowers proceeding from the ſides
of the ſtolks. Malpighia latifolia, folio ſubtus fpino-
fo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46. Broad-leaved Malpigha, with
Spines growing on the under ſide of the leaf.
5. MALPIGHIA (Nitida) foliis ovatis acutis glabris, pe-
dunculis umbellatis alaribus terminalibuſque. Mal-
pigbia with oval, ſmooth, acute-pointed leaves, and um-
bellated foot-ſtalks, proceeding from the ſides and at the
ends of the branches.
6. MALPIGHIA (Paniculata) foliis oblongo-cordatis acu-
minatis glabris, pedunculis paniculatis, alaribus ter-
minalibuſque. Malpighia with oblong, beart-ſhaped,
fmooth leaves, ending in acute points, and paniculated
foot-ſtalks proceeding from the ſides and ends of the
branches. Apocynum fruticoſum, folio oblongo acu-
minato, floribus racemofis. Sloan. Cat. 89. Shrubby
Dogſbane with an oblong acute-pointed leaf, and flowers
growing in cluſters.
7. MALPIGHIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis,
ſetis decumbentibus rigidis, pedunculis unbellatis
alaribus. Malpighia with linear Spear-ſhaped leaves, ri-
gid declining briſtles, and foot-ſtalks having umbels of
flowers proceeding from the ſides of the branches. Mal-
pighia anguſtifolia, folio fubtus fpinofo. Plum. Nov.
Gen. 46. Narrow-leaved Malpighia with Spines under
the leaves.
8. MALPIGHIA (Illicifolia) foliis lanceolatis dentato-ſpi-
nofis fubtus hiſpidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 426. Malpighia
with Spear-shaped leaves, indented and prickly, whoſe
under ſides are ſet with Spiny hairs. Malpighia an-
guſtis & acuminatis aquifolii foliis. Plum. Nov. Gen.
46. Malpighia with narrow and acute-pointed Holly
leaves.
9. MALPIGHIA (Lucida) foliis oblongo-ovatis obtu-
fis glabris, pedunculis racemofis alaribus. Malpighia
with oblong oval leaves, which are obtuſe and ſmooth,
and branching foot-ſtalks of flowers proceeding from the
ſides of the branches.
10. MALPIGHIA (Coccigrya) foliis fubovatis dentato-ſpi-
noſis, pedunculis unifloris. Malpighia with leaves
nearly oval, indented, and prickly, and foot-ſtalks with
one flower. Malpighia humilis, ilicis cocci-glandi-
feræ foliis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 46. Low Malpighia with
leaves like the Kermes Oak.
The firſt fort is commonly cultivated in the Weſt-
Indies for the ſake of its fruit; this tree uſually
grows to the height of ſixteen or eighteen feet, having
a ſlender ſtem, covered with a light brown bark.
The leaves are produced oppoſite ; they are oval,
ſmooth, ending in acute poins, and continue all the
year. The flowers are produced in bunches upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks, which come out from the fide
and at the end of the branches; theſe are compoſed
of five roundiſh petals, which are of a Roſe colour,
joined at their baſe. The flowers are fucceeded by
red fruit, ſhaped like thoſe of the ſmall wild Cherry,
and of the ſame fize, having ſeveral furrows, each
incloſing four angular furrowed ſtones, ſurrounded
by a thin pulp, which has an agreeable acid flavour;
the fruit of this often ripens in England.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this
riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ten or twelve feet high, di-
viding into ſeveral flender ſpreading branches, cover-
ed with a light brown bark, garniſhed with oval,
ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves placed oppoſite, ending in
acute points
. The flowers are produced in ſmall um-
bels at the end of the branches, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks;
they are of a pale Roſe colour, and compoſed of five
obtufe concave petals which are indented, having long
narrow tails, by which they are joined; theſe ſpread
open, and in the center is ſituated the roundiſh ger-
men, ſupporting three ſtyles, attended by ten ſtami-
na which ſpread aſunder. The germen afterward
turns to a roundiſh pulpy berry with many furrows,
red when ripe, incloſing three or four hard angular
ſeeds. The fruit of this fort is eaten by the inhabitants
of the iſles in America.
The third ſort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
whence it was ſent me by the late Mr. Robert Millar.
This riſes with a ſtrong woody talk eighteen or twen-
ty feet high, dividing into many branches, covered
with a brown ſpotted bark, garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, which are hoary on
their under ſide. The flowers come out in umbels
from the ſide of the branches; they are of a Roſe co-
lour, and are ſucceeded by oval channelled fruit, like
thoſe of the former fort.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent me the feeds.
This riſes with a woody ſtalk from fifteen to eighteen
feet high, dividing into many pretty ſtrong branches,
which are furrowed, and covered with a brown bark.
The leaves are from three to four inches long, and
one broad at their baſe, where they are rounded in
form of a heart, leſſening gradually to the point ;
they are covered on their under fides with ſtinging
briſtly hairs ſo cloſely, as to render it very trouble-
ſome to handle them, for theſe hairs faften themſelves
into the fleſh, and are difficult to get out again. The
flowers are produced in umbels from the ſide of the
branches; they are of a light purple colour, and
ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, they are ſuc-
ceeded by oval furrowed fruit like that of the for-
mer fort. This is called in the Weſt-Indies, Couhage,
or Cowitch Cherry
The fifth fort grows naturally at Carthagena in New
Spain, from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent me
the ſeeds. This riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk about ten
feet high, covered with a light brown ſpotted bark,
branching out regularly at the top on every ſide ; the
leaves are oval, ſmooth, and end in acute points,
ſtanding oppoſite, of a light green on the upper ſide,
but paler on the under. The flowers come out from
the ſide of the ſtalks in ſmall umbels, ſtanding erect;
the foot-ſtalks of the umbels are ſcarce an inch long.
They are of a pale bluſh colour, ſhaped like thoſe of
the former forts; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh
furrowed berries with a red ſkin, covering three hard
angular ſeeds.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent the feeds to Eng-
land. This riſes with ſeveral ſlender ſhrubby ftalks
from five to fix feet high, garniſhed with oblong
heart-ſhaped leaves, four inches long and one inch
and a quarter broad at the baſe, where they are round-
ed in two heart-ſhaped lobes, gradually diminiſhing
to the point; they are ſmooth, and of a pale yellowiſh
green, placed oppoſite. The flowers are produced
in looſe panicles from the ſide and at the end of the
branches; they are of a light purple colour, ſhaped
like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but ſmaller ; the fruit
is more pointed, and not ſo much furrowed.
The ſeventh fort was ſent me from the iſland Barbu-
da: this rifes with a ſhrubby ítalk ſeven or eight feer
high, covered with a bright purpliſh bark which is
ſpotted and furrowed, dividing toward the top into
ſeveral

M AL
M AL
a
a
a
lucid green
a
ſeveral ſmaller branches, garniſhed with narrow ſpear- vated in Europe, they are obliged to eat the fruit of
ſhaped leaves, about two inches long and a quarter
theſe ſhrubs.
of an inch broad, of a lucid green on their upper fide, Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe
but of a ruffet brown on their under, where they are perſons who are ſo curious in botanical ſtudies, as to
cloſely armed with ſtinging briſtles, which faften erect hot-houſes for maintaining foreign plants: and
themſelves into the fleſh or clothes of thoſe who touch where there are ſuch conveniencies, theſe plants de-
them; theſe leaves are placed oppoſite. The flowers ferve a place ; becauſe they retain their leaves all the
are produced from the ſide and at the end of the year, and commonly continue flowering from Decem-
,
branches in ſmall umbels; they are of a pale purple ber to the end of March, when they make a fine ap-
colour, of the ſame form of the other ſpecies, but pearance at a ſeaſon, when there is a ſcarcity of other
ſmaller; and are ſucceeded by ſmall, oval, furrowed flowers, and many times they produce ripe fruit here.
fruit, of a dark purple colour when ripe.
Thoſe forts whoſe leaves are armed with fringing
The eighth fort was ſent me from the iſland Berbuda briſtles, like the Cowitch, are the leaſt worthy of a
in the Weſt-Indies, where it grows naturally. This place in ftoves, becauſe they are ſo troubleſome to
riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtem from fifteen to twenty handle, nor do their flowers make ſo good an appear-
feet high, dividing into many ſpreading branches, ance as many of the other forts. The tenth fort is the
covered with a gray bark, garniſhed with oblong oval moſt valuable for its flowers, which are produced in
leaves of a firm conſiſtence; they are about an inch larger bunches than thoſe of any of the other,
long, and half an inch broad, rounded at their ends, and there being flowers of different colours in the
of a lucid green, and placed oppoſite. The powers fame bunches, they make a fine variety; and this
come out from the ſide, and alſo at the end of the ſort grows more like a tree than the others, the
branches, upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which branch leaves are alſo of a ſtronger conſiſtence and of a
in form of a racemus, or long bunch. They are of
the ſame form with thoſe of the other ſpecies, but va- As theſe plants are natives of the warmeſt parts of
ry in their colour, ſome of them being of a bright America, they will not live through the winter in
red, and others of an Orange colour in the ſame England, unleſs they are preſerved in a warm ſtove;
bunch; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall oval berries, but when the plants have obtained ftrength, they
which are leſs furrowed than thoſe of the other may be expoſed in the open air in a warm ſituation,
ſpecies, and, when ripe, change to a dark purple from the middle or latter end of June, till the begin-
colour.
ning of October, provided the weather continues fo
The ninth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Cuba, long mild; and the plants ſo treated, will flower
where the late Dr. Houſtoun found it in plenty. This much better than thoſe which are conſtantly kept in
riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of ſeven or
a ftove.
eight feet, fending out branches the whole length, They are all propagated by feeds, which muſt be
which are covered with a gray bark, garniſhed with ſown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring; and when
narrow prickly leaves like thoſe of the Holly, which the plants are fit to tranſplant, they muit be each put
have many ſtinging briſtles on their under ſide. The into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with rich earth, and
flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters from the ſide plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and muſt
of the branches, they are of a pale bluſh colour, and be treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed
ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but ſmaller ; for other tender plants of the ſame country; and for
the fruit is more pointed than thoſe of the common the two firſt winters, it will be proper to keep them
ſort, and turns to a dark purple colour when ripe.
in the bark-bed in the ftove; but afterward they may
The tenth fort grows naturally near the Havanna, be placed upon (tands in the dry ſtove in winter,
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the feeds. where they may be kept in a temperate warmth, in
This is a very low ſhrub, ſeldom riſing more than two which they will thrive much better than in a greater
or three feet high; the ſtalk is thick and woody, as heat; theſe muſt be watered two or three times a
are alſo the branches, which come out on every fide week, when they are placed in the dry ſtove, but it
from the root upward ; they are covered with a muſt not be given to them in large quantities.
rough gray bark, garniſhed with lucid leaves half an MALT-DUST is accounted a great enricher of bar-
inch long, and almoſt as much broad; they appear ren ground; it contains in it a natural heat and ſweet-
as if cut at their ends, where they are hollowed in, neſs, which gives the earth whereon it is laid a proper
and the two corners riſe like horns ending in a ſharp fermentation, as thoſe who live in malting countries
thorn, as do alſo the indentures on the ſides. The have found by experience.
flowers come out from the ſide of the branches, Some are of opinion, that there is not a greater ſweet-
upon foot-ſtalks an inch long, each ſuſtaining one ener than Malt-duft, where the grounds are natural
ſmall pale blush flower, of the ſame form with thoſe clay, and have contracted a fourneſs and auſterity,
of the other ſpecies; the fruit is ſmall, conical, whether by reaſon of its having lain long untilled and
and furrowed, changing to a purple red colour unexpoſed to the air, or by reaſon of water having
when ripe.
ſtood long thereon.
There are two other ſpecies of this genus, which have MALVA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 94. tab. 23. Lin. Gen.
.
been lately introduced from America, but as neither Plant. 751. [ſo called of an axíów, or pcndcow, to
μαλακίζω, μαλάσσω,
of them have yet flowered here, ſo I have not enu- ſoften, becauſe it is good to foften the belly.] Mal-
merated them; and if thoſe warm parts of America lows; in French, Mauve.
were ſearched by perſons of ſkill, there might be ma-
The CHARACTERS are,
ny more ſpecies diſcovered; for from a large number The flower has a double empalement ; the outer is con-
of imperfect ſpecimens which were ſent me from the poſed of three ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and is permanent; the
Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, I have ſelected many which have inner is of one leaf, cut into five broad ſegments at the
the appearance of the other ſpecies of this genus, but brim. The flower is, according to Tournefort, Ray, &c.
as they are without flowers or fruit, they cannot be of one petal; but according to Linnæus, it has five; they are
aſcertained.
joined at the baſe, and ſpread open, and fall off joined. It has
The fruit of ſeveral of the ſpecies here mentioned, a great number of ſtomina which coaleſce at bottom in a cylin-
are promiſcuouſly gathered and eaten by the inhabi- der, but ſpread open above, and are inſerted in the petal, ter-
tants of the countries where they naturally grow; but minated by kidney-ſhaped ſummits. In the center is fitu-
the firſt fort is cultivated in ſome of the iſlands for cted an orbicular germen Supporting a ſhort cylindrical
its fruit, though that is but indifferent: the pulp Style, with many briſtly ſtigmas the length of the ſtyle.
which ſurrounds the ſtones is very thin, but has a The empalement afterward turns to ſeveral capſules, which
pleaſant acid flavour, which renders it agreeable to are joined in an orbicular depreſſed bead faſtened to the
the inhabitants of thoſe warm countries, where, to column, opening on their inſide, each containing one kid-
fupply the want of thoſe Cherries which are culti- ney-ſhaped ſeed.
و
4
This

M A L
M A L
و
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection | 13. Malva (Tournefortia) foliis radicalibus quinque
of Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, intitled Monodelphia partitis, trilobis linearibus, pedunculis folio caulino
Polyandria, which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers longioribus, caule procumbente. Ancen. Acad. 4. p.
have many ſtamina joined with the ſtyle in one body. 283. Mallow with cut leaves having three lobes, which
The SPECIES are,
are linear, and a declining ſtolk. Alcea maritima Gal-
1. MALVA (Sylveſtris) caule erecto herbaceo, foliis ſep- loprovincialis, geranii folio. Tourn. Inft. 98. Maria
tem lobatis acutis pedunculis petioliſque pilofis. Lin. time Vervain Mallow of Provence, with a Crene's-bill leaf.
Sp. Plant. 969. Mallow with an erect herbaceous ſtalk, 14. MALVA (Capenſis) foliis fubcordatis laciniatis hirſu-
with ſeven acute lobes to the leaves, and hairy foot-ſtalks tis, caule arboreſcente. Mallow with hairy cut leaves,
both to the leaves and flowers. Malva fylveftris, folio almoſt heart-ſhaped, and a tree-like ſi alk. Malva Afri-
ſinuato. C. B. P. 314. Wild Mallow with a ſinuated leaf.
3
cana fruteſcens, flore rubro. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 175.
2. MALVA (Rotundifolia) caule proftrato, foliis cordato- African ſhrubby Mallow with a red flower.
orbiculatis obſoletè quinquelobis, pedunculis fructi- 15. Malva (Americana) foliis cordatis crenatis, floribus
)
feris declinatis. Lin. Sp. 969. Mallow with proſtrate lateralibus folitariis, terminalibus fpicatis. Prod. Leyd.
ſtalks, roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves with five obſolete lobes, 359. Mallow with heart-ſhaped crenated leaves, and
and the foot-ſtalks of the fruit declining. Malva vul- flowers growing ſingly from the ſides of the ftelks, and in
garis, flore minore, folio rotundo. J. B. 2. p. 949. Spikes at the top. Althæa Americana, pumila, fore
Common Mallow with a ſmall flower and a round leaf. luteo fpicato. Breyn. Cent. 124. Low American Marſh-
3. Malva (Orientalis) annua, caule erecto herbaceo, mallow, with a yellow spiked flower.
foliis lobatis obtufis & crenatis. Annual Mallow with The two firſt forts are found wild in moſt parts of
an erect berbaceous ſtalk, and obtuſe lobed leaves which England, fo are rarely cultivated in gardens. The
are crenated. Malva orientalis erectior, flore magno firſt is the fort commonly uſed in medicine, with
fuavè rubente. Tourn. Cor. 3. Eaſtern Mallow with a which the markets are fupplied by the herbfolks,
more upright ſtalk, and a large, Soft, red flower.
who gather it in the fields. Theſe are both ſo well
4. MALVA (Criſpa) caule erecto, foliis angulatis criſpis, known, as to need no deſcription. There is a va-
floribus axillaribus glomeratis. Lin. Sp. 970. Mallow riety of the firſt with white flowers, which continues
with an erect ſtalk, angular curled leaves, and flowers in the ſame from feeds; but as it only differs in the co-
cluſters on the ſide of the ſtalks. Malva foliis criſpis. lour of the flower, ſo it cannot be reckoned a diſtinct
C. B. P. 315. Furbelowed Mallow.
ſpecies.
5. MALVA (Verticillata) caule erecto, foliis angulatis, The third fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
foribus axillaribus glomeratis feffilibus, calycibus the Levant, this is an annual plant with an erect ſtalk ;
ſcabris. Vir. Cliff. 356. Mallow with an erect ſtalk, the flowers are larger than thoſe of the common fort,
angular leaves, and flowers growing in whorls at the and are of a ſoft red colour. This is preſerved in
wings of the ſtalks.
fome curious gardens for the ſake of variety.
6. MALVA (Chinenſis) annua, caule erecto herbaceo, fo- The fourth fort is annual ; this riſes with an upright
liis fuborbiculatis obſoletè quinquelobatis, floribus ſtalk four or five feet high; the leaves are curled
confertis alaribus feffilibus. Annual Mallow with an on their edges, for which variety it is preſerved in
erect, herbaceous, ſingle ſtalk, leaves almoſt round, with gardens.
five indented lobes, and flowers growing in cluſters, which The fifth fort was diſcovered firſt by Dr. Tournefort,
fit cloſe to the ſtalks. Malva Sinenſis erecta, fofculis and afterward by Dr. Sherard, in the Levant, who
albis minimis. Boerh. Ind. alt. Upright annual China ſent the ſeeds to ſeveral gardens, where the plants
Mallow, with very ſmall white flowers.
have produced flowers and ſeeds ; which having fcat-
7. MALVA (Cretica) caule erecto ramoſo hirſuto, foliis tered in thoſe gardens ſo plentifully, as to become as
angulatis, floribus alaribus pedunculis brevioribus. common as our native forts.
Mallow with an erect, branching, hairy ſtalk, ongular The fixth fort was formerly ſent from China as a
leaves, and flowers proceeding from the wings of the pot-herb, and hath been cultivated in ſome curious
ſtalks, which grow upon forter foot-ſtalks. Malva gardens in England, though it is not likely to ob-
Cretica annua altiſſima, flore parvo ad alas umbel- tain here as an efculent plant, fince we have many
lato. Tourn. Cor. 2. Talleſt annual Mallow of Crete, others which are preferable to it for that purpoſe.
with ſmall flowers growing in umbels on the ſides of This is an annual plant, which will propagate itſelf
the ſtalk.
faſt enough, provided it be permitted to ſcatter its
8. Malva (Peruviana) caule erecto herbaceo, foliis lo- feeds, when they feldom fail to grow, and are often
batis, fpicis fecundis axillaribus feminibus denticula- very troubleſome when they have gotten poffeffion
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 968. Mallow with an erect herba-
of the ground.
ceous ſtalk, leaves having lobes, and Spikes of flowers The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Crete; this plant
in fruitful cluſters proceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks, is annual, the ſtalks riſes rather higher than that of
and indented ſeeds.
our common Mallow, and the branches extend far-
9. Malva (Alcea) caule erecto, foliis multipartitis ſca- ther, and are in greater plenty; the leaves are an-
briuſculis. Hort. Cliff. 347. Mallow with an ereet gular, and the flowers ftand on ſhort foot-ſtalks.
Stalk, and rough leaves divided into many parts. Alcea This will be very common, provided the feeds are
tenuifolia criſpa. J. B. 2.953. Narrow-leaved curled permitted to ſcatter.
Vervain Mallow.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Peru, from whence
10. Malva (Moſchata) foliis radicalibus reniformibus the feeds were ſent to the Royal Garden at Paris, by
incifis, caulinis quinque partitis pinnato-multifidis. Mr. Joſeph de Juſſieu. This is an annual plant, ri-
Hort. Upfal. 202. Mallow with kidney-Shaped lower ſing with an upright branching ſtalk near two feet
leaves which are cut, and thoſe on the ſtalks divided into high, garniſhed with broad hairy leaves, having three
five parts, ending in winged points. Alcea folio ro- lobes. The flowers grow in ſpikes from the wings
tundo laciniato. C. B. P. 316. Round cut-leaved of the ſtalks ; they are ſmall, of a pale blue, and fet
Vervain Mallow.
very cloſely on the ſpikes. Theſe appear in June,
II. MALVA (Ægyptia) foliis palmatis dentatis, corollis and are ſucceeded by ſeeds, which, if permitted to
calyce minoribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 690. Mallow with ſcatter, will come up plentifully the following ſpring
hand-ſhaped indented leaves, and petals leſs than the em-
without care.
palement. Alcea Ægyptia, geranii folio. Jufl. Egyp- The ninth fort is the common Vervain Mallow, which
tian Vervain Mollow with a Crane's-bill leaf.
is found growing naturally near London. It is a bi-
12. Malva (Bryonifolia) foliis palmatis ſcabris, caule ennial plant; the ſtalks riſe higher than thoſe of the
tomentoſo fruticoſo, pedunculis multifloris. Prod. former, the leaves are cut into obtuſe lobes which
Leyd. 356. Mallow with rough hand-ſhaped leaves, a are indented. The flowers are large, appearing in
shrubby woolly ſtalk, and foot-ſtalks with many flowers. June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
Althæa fruteſcens bryoniæ folio. C. B. P. 316. The tenth fort differs from the ninth, in having taller
Shrubby Vervain Mallow with a Briony leaf.
hairy ſtalks, and the leaves being kidney-Shaped,
and
و

M A L
M A L
а
a
a
a
3
and finely cut into narrow ſegments. This grows na- ward treated in the ſame way as the hardy plants from
turally in the middle counties of England, and about the ſame country, always allowing them plenty of
Paris.
free air in mild weather.
The eleventh fort was ſent from Egypt to the Royal The fifteenth fort grows naturally in moſt of the
Garden at Paris, and hath ſince been communicated iſlands in the Weſt-Indies. This is an annual plant,
to many other gardens. This is an annual plant, which riſes about a foot high, ſending out a few ſhort
whoſe ſtalks are about a foot long; they are ſmooth, branches from the fide, which are woolly, and gar-
and decline toward the ground. The leaves ſtand up- niſhed with heart-ſhaped woolly leaves which are cre-
on pretty long foot-ſtalks, they are ſhaped like a nated on their edges, and are placed alternately upon
hand, having five diviſions which join at their baſe to pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced
the foot-ſtalk, and are indented on their ſides. The fingly from the fide of the ſtalk, and in a cloſe ſpike
flowers come out ſingle from the wings of the ſtalk, at the top; they are ſmall, and of a pale yellow
and at the top in cluſters ; they have pretty large acute colour. They appear in July, and the ſeeds ripen
empalements; the flowers are ſmall, and of a pale in autumn.
blue colour. Theſe appear in June, and the ſeeds This is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be fown
ripen in autumn.
upon a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this riſes are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a
with a ſhrubby woolly ſtalk four or five feet high, ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light freſh earth, and
ſending out branches on every fide, garniſhed with plunged into a new hot-bed, ſhading them until they
angular woolly rough leaves; the foot-ſtalks ariſe have taken freſh root; then they muſt have free air
from the wings of the leaves, each ſupporting four admitted to them in proportion to the warmth of the
or five flowers of a bright purple colour, ſhaped like ſeaſon, and the latter end of June they may be placed
thoſe of the common Mallow, which appear in July, in the open air in a ſheltered ſituation, where they will
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This fort feldom flower and produce ripe ſeeds.
continues more than two or three years, but if the The ſeeds of the other ſpecies ſhould be fown the end
feeds are permitted to ſcatter, young plants will come of March, upon a bed of freſh light earth, and when
up the following ſpring.
the plants are up three or four inches high, they
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of ſhould be tranſplanted where they are deſigned to be
France; this is an annual plant, which has ſome re- continued, allowing them a good diſtance; for if
ſemblance of the former, but the ſtalks are longer they are planted too cloſe, they do not appear fo
and more branched; the leaves are cut into five ob- well; but they are beſt when intermixed with other
tuſe lobes almoſt to the bottom, and theſe are deeply flowers of the fame growth, where they afford an
cut on their ſide. The flowers ftand upon very long agreeable variety
foot-ſtalks ; the empalement of the flower is large, Theſe feeds may alſo be fown in Auguſt, for the
prickly and acute-pointed; the flowers are blue, and plants will endure the greateſt cold of our climate,
larger than thoſe of the other fort. It flowers and if placed on a dry foil, and will grow larger, and
ripens its ſeeds about the ſame time.
flower ſooner than thoſe ſown in the ſpring; or if the
The fourteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of feeds are permitted to ſcatter, they will come up as
Good Hope; this riſes with a woody ſtalk ten or the former forts, and thrive equally well.
twelve feet high, ſending out branches from the fide MALVA ARBOREA. See LAVATERA.
the whole length; the ſtalks and branches are cloſely MALVA ROSEA. See ALCEA.
covered with hairs, and are garniſhed with hairy MALUS. The Apple-tree.
leaves, which are indented on the ſides, ſo as to have The CHARACTERS are,
the appearance of a trilobate leaf; theſe on the young The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five
plants are three inches long and two broad at their Segments. The flower conſiſts of five leaves, which ex-
baſe, but as the plants grow older, they are ſcarce pand in form of a Roſe, whoſe teils are inſerted into the
half that fize. The flowers come out from the ſide empalement. The fruit is hollowed about the foot-ſtalk,
of the branches, upon foot-ſtalks an inch long; they is for the moſt part roundiſh, and umbellated at th
are of a deep red colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the top; it is fleſhy, and divided into five cells or partitions,
common Mallow, but are ſmaller. This plant con- in each of which is lodged one oblong ſeed.
tinues flowering great part of the year, which ren- Dr. Linnæus has joined the Pear, Apple, and Quince
ders it valuable.
together, making them all of the famé genus, and
There are two other varieties of this plant, which has reduced all the varieties of each to one ſpecies.
have been mentioned by ſome authors as diſtinct fpe- The Apple he diſtinguiſhes by the title of Pyrus foliis
cies. The firſt is, Alcea Africana fruteſcens, grof- ſerratis, pomis bafi concavis. Hort. Cliff. i. e. Pear
fulariæ folio ampliore, unguibus florum atro-ruben- with ſawed leaves, and the Apple hollow at the baſe.
tibus. A&t. Phil. 1729. Shrubby African Vervain Mal- But where the fruit is admitted as a diſtinguiſhing
low, with a larger Gooſeberry leaf, and the bottoms of character of the genus, the Apple thould be ſeparated
the flower of a dark red. The other is, Alcea Afri- from the Pear, this diſtinction being founded in na-
cana fruteſcens, folio groſſulariæ flore parvo rubro. ture; for theſe fruits will not take by budding or
Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 271. Shrubby African Vervoin Mal- grafting upon each other, though it be performed
low, with a Gooſeberry leaf, and a ſmall red flower.
with the utmoſt care. Indeed I have ſometimes ſuc-
The leaves of the laſt appear very different from ei- ceeded ſo far, as to have the bud or graft of an Apple
ther of the other, being deeply divided into three ſhoot when grafted on a Pear, but they foon decayed,
lobes, which are alſo deeply indented, ſo that any per- notwithſtanding all poſſible care was taken of them ;
ſon upon ſeeing it would ſuppoſe it to be a different therefore I ſhall beg leave to continue the ſeparation
fpecies; but I have frequently raiſed all theſe, with of the Apple from the Pear, as hath been always
ſome other intermediate varieties, from the ſeeds of practiſed by the botaniſts before his time.
one plant.
The SPECIES are,
This plant is eaſily propagated by feeds, which, if 1. Malus (Sylveſtris) foliis ovatis ferratis, caule arbo-
ſown in a common border in the ſpring, the plants reo. Apple with oval Sawed leaves, and a tree-like stalk.
will come up; but as it is too tender to live abroad Malus ſylveſtris, fručtu valde acerbo. Tourn. Inft.
in the winter, ſo when the plants are three or four R. H. 635. Wild Apple with a very four fruit, com-
inches high, they ſhould be each planted into a ſe- monly called Crab.
parate pot of light freſh earth, placing them in the 2. Malus (Coronaria) foliis ferrato-angulofis. Apple
fhade till they have taken freſh root; then they may with angular ſawed leaves. Malus fylveftris Virginia-
be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, intermixing them na, floribus odoratis, Cat. Hort. Wild Crab of Vir-
with other hardy exotic plants, where they may re- ginia, with a ſweet-Scented flower.
main till autumn; when the froſt comes on they 3. MALUS (Pumila) foliis ovatis ſerratis, caule fruticoſo.
ſhould be removed into the green-houſe, and after- Apple with oval Jawed leaves and a fhrubby ſtolk. Malus
8 M
pumila
a
a
3

M AL
M AL
a
pumila quæ potiùs frutex quam arbor. C. B. P. 433.
Dwarf Apple, which is rather a fhorub than a tree, com-
monly called Paradiſe Apple.
Of the firſt fort there are two varieties of fruit, one
is white, and the other purple toward the fun, but
theſe are accidental variations. There is alſo a vari-
ety of this with variegated leaves, which has been pro-
pagated in ſome of the nurſeries near London ; but
when the trees grow vigorous, their leaves foon be-
come plain.
The fecond fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America, where the inhabitants plant them for
ſtocks to graft other forts of Apples upon; the leaves
of this are longer and narrower than any of the other
forts, and are cut into two acute angles on their fides.
The flowers of this have a fragrant odour, which
perfumes the American woods at the time they appear.
The third fort is undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies from
all the others, for it never riſes to any height; the
branches are weak, ſcarce able to ſupport themſelves,
and this difference is permanent when raiſed from
ſeeds.
I have not diſtinguiſhed the Apples from the Crab,
as diſtinct ſpecies, though I have never ſeen any Ap-
ples produced from the ſeeds of Crabs. I ſhall next
mention a few of thoſe forts of Apples which have
been introduced from France, which were moſt of
them grafted on Paradiſe ſtocks, ſo were for ſome
time much efteemed, and ſhall mention thoſe of our
own growth afterward.
There is alſo a ſort of Apple, called the Fig Apple,
which is common to England and North America,
but the fruit is not greatly eſteemed; however, as
ſome perſons are fond of variety, ſo I have men-
tioned it.
Pomme de Rambour. The Rambour is a very large
fruit, of a fine red next the fun, and ſtriped with a
pale or yellowiſh green. This ripens very early, com-
,
monly about the end of Auguſt, and foon grows
meally, therefore is not eſteemed in England.
Pomme de Courpendu, the hanging body. This is a
very large Apple, of an oblong figure, having fome
irregular rifing or angles, which run from the baſe
to the crown; it is of a red caft on the fide toward
the ſun, but pale on the other ſide; the foot-ſtalk is
long and ſender, ſo that the fruit is always hanging
downward, which occafioned the French gardeners to
give it this name.
The Rennette-blanche, or White Renette, or French
Rennette. This is a large fine fruit, of a roundilh fi-
gure, and of a pale green, changing a little yellowiſh
when ripe, having ſome ſmall gray ſpots; the juice
is fugary, and it is good for eating or baking; it will
keep till after Chriſtmas found.
The Rennette-griſe. This is a middle fized fruit,
ſhaped like the Golden Rennette, but is of a deep
gray colour on the ſide next the ſun, but on the other
lide intermixed with yellow; it is a very juicy good
Apple, of a quick flavour. It ripens in October, and
will not keep long,
Pomme d'Api. This is a ſmall hard fruit, of a bright
purple colour on the ſide next the fun, and of a yel-
lowiſh green on the other ſide ; it is a very firm fruit,
but hath not much flavour, ſo is only preſerved by
ſome perſons by way of curioſity. It keeps a long
time found, and makes a variety in a diſh of fruit.
Le Calville d'Automne, the Autumn Calville. This
is a large fruit of an oblong figure, of a fine red co-
lour toward the ſun. The juice is vinous, and much
eſteemed by the French.
Fenouillat ou Pomme d'Anis, the Fennel, or Aniſe
Apple. This is a middle fized fruit, a little longer
than a Golden Pippin, of a grayiſh colour. The pulp
is tender, and has a ſpicy taſte like Aniſe-feed; the
wood and the leaves are whitiſh.
Pomme Violette, the Violet Apple. This is a pretty
large fruit, of a pale green, ſtriped with deep red to
the fun. The juice is ſugary, and has a flavour of
Violets, which occaſioned the name.
The Crab, which is the firſt fort here mentioned, has
been generally eſteemed as the beſt ſtock for grafting
Apples upon, being very hardy, and of long dura-
tion; but of late years there have been few perſons
who have been curious enough to raiſe theſe ſtocks,
having commonly fown the kernels of all ſorts of cy-
der Apples for ſtocks without diſtinction, as theſe are
much eaſier to procure than the other; ſo the garden-
ers generally call all thoſe Crabs, which are produced
from the kernels of any ſort of Apple which has not
been grafted; but were the kernels of the Crabs
ſown, I fhould prefer thoſe for ftocks, becauſe they
are never fo luxuriant in their growth as thoſe from
Apple kernels, and they will continue longer found ;
beſide, theſe will preſerve ſome of the beſt fort of
Apples in their true fize, colour, and flavour; whereas
the other free ſtocks produce larger fruit, which are
not ſo well tafted, nor will they keep ſo long.
The Paradiſe Apple for fome years paft was greatly
eſteemed for ſtocks, to graft or bud the other forts
upon; but theſe are not of long duration, nor will the
trees grafted upon them ever grow to any ſize, unleſs
they are planted ſo low as that the cion may ſtrike
root into the ground, when it will be equal to no
ſtock; for as the graft will draw its nouriſhment from
the ground, ſo the ſtocks will become uſeleſs after ;
therefore it is only by way of curioſity, or for very
ſmall gardens, that theſe ſtocks are proper, ſince there
can never be expected any conſiderable quantity of
fruit from ſuch trees.
Theſe trees have been much more eſteemed in France,
where they were frequently brought to the table in
the pots, growing with their fruit upon them ; but this
being only a curioſity, it never obtained much in Eng-
land, ſo that the gardeners do not propagate many of
them here at preſent.
There is another Apple, which is called the Dutch Pa-
radiſe Apple, much cultivated in the nurſeries for
grafting Apples upon, in order to have them dwarfs ;
and theſe will not decay or canker as the other, nor
do they ſtint the grafts near ſo much, fo are generally
preferred for planting eſpaliers or dwarfs, being
eaſily kept within the compaſs uſually allotted to
theſe trees.
Some perſons have alſo made uſe of the Codlin ſtocks
to graft Apples upon, in order to make them dwarf;
but the fruit which are produced on ſuch trees are not
ſo firm, nor do they laſt near ſo long as thoſe upon
Crab ſtocks; therefore the winter fruits ſhould never
be grafted upon them.
The Virginian Crab-tree with ſweet flowers, is often
preſerved by ſuch perſons as are curious in collecting
great variety of trees; it may be propagated by bud-
ding or grafting it upon the common Crab or Apple-
tree, but it is ſomewhat tender while young ; where-
fore it ſhould be planted in a warm ſituation, other-
wiſe it will be ſubject to ſuffer by an extreme hard
winter. The flowers of this tree are ſaid to be ex-
ceeding ſweet in Virginia, where it grows in the
woods in great plenty; but I could not obſerve much
fcent in ſome of them which have flowered in England,
ſo that I am in doubt whether the fort at preſent in
the gardens is the very ſame with that of Virginia ; or
perhaps it may have degenerated by fowing the ſeeds,
which is the way it was firſt obtained in England.
The Fig Apple is ſuppoſed by many perſons to be
produced without a previous flower. But this opinion
is rejected by more curious obſervers, who affirm,
there is a ſmall flower precedes the fruit, which is very
fugacious, feldom continuing above a day or two.
Now, which of theſe opinions is the right, I have not,
as yet, had an opportunity to determine, not having
a tree in my own poſſeſſion which is arrived at matu-
rity to produce fruit; though it might reaſonably be
expected, that ſuch who have had trees of this kind
ſeveral years, might have determined this point long
before this time.
I remember an account of a tree of this kind, men-
tioned in a letter from New England, written by Paul
Dudley, Eſq; to the Royal Society, and publiſhed in
the Philoſophical Tranſactions, N° 385. which was
exceeding
a
a
a

M A L
M A L
a
a
a
exceeding large, and produced great quantities of
fruit, without any previous flowers; but it grew at
fome diſtance from his habitation, and he having no
other opportunity to obſerve it ſtrictly himſelf, but
by viſiting the place two or three times about the ſea-
fon of flowering, and not being apprized of the fud-
den decay of the flowers, they might eaſily be ſup-
poſed to have appeared and dropped off, between the
times of his viſiting the place.
The other forts which are above-mentioned, are what
have been introduced from France, but there are not
above two or three of them, which are much eſteemed
in England, viz. the French Rennette, the Rennette-
griſe, and the Violet Apple ; the other being early
fruit, which do not keep long, and their fleſh is
ge-
nerally meally, ſo they do not deſerve to be propa-
gated, as we have many better fruits in England: but
as there may be ſome perſons who are willing to
have all the forts, I have mentioned them here for
their inſtruction; but I ſhall next put down thoſe
forts of Apples which are beſt eſteemed in England,
placing them in the order according to their time of
ripening
The firſt Apple which is brought to the markets, is
the Codlin. This fruit is ſo well known in England,
that it is needleſs to deſcribe it.
The next is the Margaret Apple: this fruit is not ſo
long as the Codlin, of a middling fize; the ſide next
the fun changes to a faint red, when ripe; the other
fide is of a pale green; the fruit is firm, of a quick
pleaſant tafte, but doth not keep long.
The Summer Pearmain is an oblong fruit, ſtriped
with red next the fun; the fleſh is foft, and in a ſhort
time is meally, ſo that it is not greatly eſteemed.
The Kentiſh Fill Baſket is a ſpecies of Codlin, of a
large ſize, and ſomewhat longer ſhaped than the Cod-
lin; this ripens a little later in the ſeaſon, and is
ge-
nerally uſed for baking, &c.
The Tranſparent Apple: this was brought to Eng-
land a few years fince, and was efteemed a curioſity;
it came from Peterſburgh, where it is affirmed to be
ſo tranſparent, as that the kernels may be perfectly
ſeen, when the Apple is held to the light; but, in
this country, it is a meally inſipid fruit, ſo not worth
propagating
Loan's Pearmain: this is a beautiful fruit, being of
a middling fize; the ſide next the ſun is of a beauti-
ful red, and ſtriped with the ſame colour on the other;
the fleſh is vinous, but as it ſoon grows meally, it is
not greatly eſteemed.
The Quince Apple: this is a ſmall fruit, feldom
larger than the Golden Pippin, but is in ſhape like
the Quince, eſpecially toward the ſtalk; the fide next
the fun is of a ruffet colour, on the other ſide in-
clining to yellow: this is an excellent Apple for about
three weeks in September, but will not keep much
longer.
The Golden Renette is a fruit ſo well known in Eng-
land, as to need no deſcription; this ripens about Mi-
chaelmas, and for about a month is a very good fruit,
either for eating raw or baking.
The Aromatic Pippin is alſo a very good Apple: it
about the ſize of a Nonpareil, but not ſo flat, it is
a little longer; the ſide next the ſun is of a bright
ruffet colour ; the fleſh is breaking, and hath an aro-
matic flavour. It ripens in October.
The Hertfordſhire Pearmain, by ſome called the Win-
ter Pearmain: this is a good fized fruit, rather long
than round, of a fine red next the fun, and ſtriped with
the ſame colour on the other ſide; the fleſh is juicy,
and ſtews well, but is not eſteemed for eating by any
nice palates. This is fit for uſe in November and De-
cember
The Kentiſh Pippin is a large handſome fruit, of an
oblong figure; the ſkin is of a pale green colour; the
feſh is breaking, and full of juice, which is of a quick
acid flavour. This is a very good kitchen fruit, and
will keep till February.
The Holland Pippin is larger than the former; the
fruit is ſomewhat longer, the ſkin of a darker green,
and the fleſh firm and juicy. This is a very good
kitchen fruit, and will keep late in the ſeaſon.
The Monſtrous Renette is a very large Apple, of an
oblong ſhape, turning red toward the fun, but of a
dark green on the other fide; the fleſh is apt to be
meally, ſo it is not much valued by thoſe who are cu--
rious, and only preſerved for the magnitude of the
fruit.
The Embroidered Apple is a pretty large fruit,
ſomewhat ſhaped like the Pearmain, but the ſtripes
of red are very broad, from whence the gardeners
have given it this title: it is a middling fruit, and
is commonly uſed as a kitchen Apple, though there
are many better.
The Royal Ruſſet, by fome called the Leather Coat
Ruſſet, on account of the deep ruffet colour of the
ſkin; this is a large fair fruit, of an oblong figure,
broad toward the baſe; the fleſh is inclinable to yel-.
low. This is one of the beſt kitchen Apples we have,
and is a very great bearer: the trees grow large and
handſome, and the fruit is in uſe from October till
April, and is alſo a pleaſant fruit to eat.
Wheeler's Ruſſet is an Apple of a middling fize, flat,
and round; the ftalk is flender, the fide next the fun
of a light rufſet colour, and the other fide inclining
to a pale yellow, when ripe ; the fleſh is firm, and the
juice has a very quick acid flavour, but is an excel-
lent kitchen fruit, and will keep a long time.
Pile's Ruffet is not quite ſo large as the former, but
is of an oval figure, of a rufſet colour to the ſun,
and of a dark green on the other ſide, it is a very firm
fruit, of a ſharp acid flavour, but is much eſteemed
for baking, and will keep ſound till April, or later, if
they are well preſerved.
The Nonpareil is a fruit pretty generally known in
England, though there is another Apple which is fre-
quently fold in the markets for it, which is what the
French call Haute-bonne; this is a larger fairer fruit
than the Nonpariel, more inclining to the yellow;
the ruffet colour brighter, and it is earlier ripe, and
fooner
gone;
this is not ſo flat as the true Nonpa-
reil, nor is the juice ſo ſharp, though it is a good
Apple in its ſeaſon ; but the Nonpareil is feldom ripe
1
before Chriſtmas, and where they are well preſerved
they will keep till May perfectly found; this is juftly
eſteemed one of the beſt Apples that have been yet
known.
The Golden Pippin is a fruit almoſt peculiar ta Eng-
land; there are few countries abroad where this fuc-
ceeds well, nor do they produce ſo good fruit in many
parts of England as were to be wiſhed; which, in
ſome meaſure, is owing to their being grafted on free
ſtocks, which enlarges the fruit, but renders it leſs
valuable, becauſe the fleſh is not fo firm, nor the fia-
vour ſo quick, fo is apt to be dry and meally; there-
fore this ſhould always be grafted upon the Crab
ſtock, which will not canker like the others, and
though the fruit will not be fo fair to the fight, yet it
will be better flavoured and keep longer.
There are yet a great variety of Apples, which, be-
ing inferior to thoſe here mentioned, I have omitted,
as thoſe which are here enumerated will be fuffi-
cient to furniſh the table and the kitchen, during
the whole ſeaſon of theſe fruits ; ſo that where theſe
forts can be had, no perſon of taſte will eat the other.
I ſhall here mention ſome of the Apples which are
chiefly preferred for the making of cyder, tho' there
are in every cyder country, new forts frequently ob-
tained from the kernels; but thoſe hereafter men-
tioned, have, for ſome years, been in the greateſt
eſteem.
The Red-ſtreak.
Devonſhire Royal Wilding.
The Whitfour.
Herefordſhire Under Leaf.
John Apple, or Deux-annes.
Everlaſting Hanger.
Gennet Moyle.
All the forts of Apples are propagated by grafting or
budding upon the ftocks of the ſame kind, for they
a
a
a
3
a
و
will

M AL
M A L
66
و
will not take upon any other fort of fruit tree. In
the nurſeries there are three ſort of ſtocks generally
uſed to graft Apples upon; the firſt are called free
ſtocks; theſe are raiſed from the kernels of all forts
of Apples indifferently, and ſometimes they are alſo
termed Crab ſtocks; for all thoſe trees which are pro-
duced from the ſeeds before they are grafted, are
termed Crabs without any diſtinction; but, as I have
before obſerved, I ſhould always prefer fuch ſtocks
as are raiſed from the kernels of Crabs, where they are
preſſed for verjuice; and I find ſeveral of the old wri-
ters on this ſubject of the fame mind. Mr. Auſten,
who wrote above a hundred years ago, ſays, 66 The
6 ftock which he accounts beſt for Apple grafts is
65 the Crab, which is better than fweeter Apple-trees
" to graft on, becauſe they are uſually free from
“ canker, and will become very large trees; and, I
sc conceive, will laſt longer than ſtocks of ſweeter
Apples, and will make fruits more ſtrong and hardy
« to endure froſt;" and it is very certain, that by
freguently grafting ſome forts of Apples upon free
ftocks, the fruits have been rendered leſs firm and
poignant, and of ſhorter duration.
The ſecond ſort of ſtock is the Dutch Creeper, be-
fore-mentioned; theſe are deſigned to ſtint the growth
of the trees, and keep them within compaſs for
dwarfs or eſpaliers.
The third fort is the Paradiſe Apple, which is a very
low ſhrub, ſo only proper for trees which are kept in
pots, by way of curioſity, for theſe do not continue
long
Some perſons have made uſe of Codlin ſtocks for
grafting of Apples, in order to ſtint their growth ;
but as theſe are commonly propagated by ſuckers, I
would by no means adviſe the uſing of them ; nor
would I chuſe to raiſe the Codlin-trees from ſuckers,
but rather graft them upon Crab ſtocks, which will
cauſe the fruit to be firmer, laſt longer, and have a
ſharper flavour ; and theſe trees will laſt much longer
ſound, and never put out ſuckers, as the Codlins al-
ways do, which, if not conſtantly taken off, will weak-
en the trees, and cauſe them to canker : and it is not
only from the roots, but from the knots of their ſtems,
there are generally a great number of ſtrong ſhoots
produced, which fill the trees with uſeleſs ſhoots,
and render them unſightly, and the fruit ſmall and
crumpled
The method of raiſing ſtocks from the kernels of
Crabs, or Apples, is, to procure them where they are
prefied for verjuice or cyder, and after they are
cleared of the pulp, they may be fown upon a bed of
light earth, covering them over about half an inch
thick with the ſame light earth; theſe may be fown
in November or December, where the ground is dry,
but in wet ground, it will be better to defer it till Fe-
bruary; but then the ſeeds ſhould be preſerved in
dry fand, and kept out of the reach of vermin, for
if mice or rats can get at them, they will devour the
feeds; there ſhould alſo be care taken of the ſeeds,
when they are fown, to protect them from theſe ver-
min, by ſetting traps to take them, &c. In the ſpring,
when the plants begin to appear, they muſt be care-
fully weeded, and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, it
will be of great ſervice to water them two or three
times a week; and, during the ſummer, they muſt be
kept clean from weeds, which, if ſuffered to grow,
will ſoon over-top the plants, and ſpoil their growth;
if theſe thrive well, they will be fit to tranſplant into
the nurſery the October following, at which time the
ground ſhould be carefully digged, and cleanſed from
the roots of all bad weeds; then the ſtocks ſhould be
و
planted in rows three feet aſunder, and the plants one
foot diſtance in the rows, cloſing the earth pretty faſt
to their roots; when the ſtocks are tranſplanted out
of the feed-bed, the firſt autumn after ſowing, they
need not be headed, but where they are inclined to
ſhoot downward, the tap root muſt be ſhortened, in
order to force out horizontal roots; if the ground is
pretty good in which theſe ſtocks are planted, and the
weeds conſtantly cleared away, the ſtocks will make
great progreſs, ſo that thoſe which are intended for
dwarfs, may be grafted the ſpring twelve months
after they are planted out of the feed-bed; but thoſe
which are deſigned for ſtandards will require two or
three years more growth, before they will be fit to
graft, by which time they will be upward of fix feet
high. The other neceſſary work to be obſerved in
the culture of theſe trees, while they remain in the
nurſery, being exhibited under the article of Nur-
SERY, I ſhall not repeat in this place.
I ſhall next treat of the manner of planting ſuch of
theſe trees, as are deſigned for eſpaliers in the kitchen-
garden, where, if there is an extent of ground, it
will be proper to plant, not only ſuch forts as are for
the uſe of the table, but alſo a quantity of trees to
ſupply the kitchen; but where the kitchen-garden is
ſmall, the latter muſt be ſupplied from ſtandard-trees,
either from the orchard, or wherever they are planted ;
but as many of theſe kitchen Apples are large, and
hang late in the autumn upon the trees, they will be
much more expoſed to the ſtrong winds on ſtandard
trees than in eſpaliers, whereby many of the fruit
will be blown down before they are ripe, and others
bruiſed, ſo as to prevent their keeping; therefore
where it can be done, I ſhould always prefer the
planting them in eſpaliers.
The diſtance which I ſhould chuſe to allow theſe trees,
ſhould not be leſs than thirty feet, for ſuch forts as
are of moderate growth (if upon Crab or free ſtocks:)
but the larger growing forts ſhould not be allowed
leſs room than thirty-five or forty feet, which will
be found full near enough, if the ground is good,
and the trees properly trained; for as the branches
of theſe trees ſhould not be ſhortened, but trained at
their full length, fo in a few years they will be found
to meet. Indeed, at the firſt planting, the diſtance
will appear fo great to thoſe perſons who have not ob-
ſerved the vigorous growth of theſe trees, that they
will ſuppoſe they never can extend their branches lo
far, as to cover the eſpalier ; but if theſe perſons will
but obſerve the growth of ſtandard-trees of the ſame
kinds, and ſee how wide their branches are extended
on every ſide, they may be foon convinced, that as
theſe eſpalier-trees are allowed to ſpread but on two
fides, they will of courſe make make more progreſs,
as the whole nouriſhment of the root will be em-
ployed in theſe fide branches, than where there is a
greater number of branches on every ſide of the tree,
which are to be ſupplied with the ſame nouriſhment.
The next thing to be obſerved is the making choice
of ſuch forts of fruits as grow nearly alike, to plant
in the ſame eſpalier. This is of great conſequence, ,
becauſe of the diſtance they are to be placed, other-
wiſe thoſe forts which make the largeſt ſhoots, may
be allowed leſs room to ſpread than thoſe of ſmaller
growth; beſide, when all the trees in one eſpalier
are nearly equal in growth, they will have a better
appearance than when ſome are tall, and others ſhort;
but for the better inſtruction of thoſe perſons who are
not converſant in theſe things, I ſhall divide the forts
of Apples into three claſſes according to their different
growths.
•
Largeſt

MAL
M AL
Largeſt growing tree.
Middle growing tree.
Smalleſt growing tree:
All the forts of Pearmains. Margaret Apple.
Quince Apple.
Kentiſh Pippin.
Golden Renette.
Tranſparent Apple.
Holland Pippin.
Aromatic Pippin.
Golden Pippin.
Monſtrous Renette.
Embroidered Apple.
Pomme d'Api.
Royal Ruffet.
Renette Griſe.
Fenouillet, or Anis Apple
Wheeler's Ruffet.
White Renette.
Pile's Ruffet.
Codlin.
Nonpareil.
Violet Apple.
N. B. Theſe are all ſuppoſed to be grafted on the ſame fort of ſtocks.
of the trees, whereby they are greatly injured. If
the winter ſhould prove ſevere, it will be proper to
lay ſome rotten dung, tanners bark, or ſome other
ſort of mulch about their roots, to prevent the froſt
from penetrating of the ground, which might da-
mage theſe tender fibres; but I would not adviſe the
laying of this mulch before the froſt begins, for if
is laid over the ſurface of the ground about their
roots, ſoon after the trees are planted (as is often
practiſed,) it will prevent the moiſture entering the
ground, and do much more harm than good to the
;
trees.
If theſe Apples are grafted upon Crab ſtocks, I would
willingly place them at the following diſtance from
each other, eſpecially where the ſoil is good, viz. the
largeſt growing trees at forty feet, the middle grow-
ing at thirty feet, and the ſmall growing at twenty-
five feet, which, from conſtant experience, I find to
be full near enough; for in many places, where I
have planted theſe trees at twenty-four feet diſtance,
they have ſhot ſo ſtrong, as that in ſeven years their
branches have met ; and in ſome places where every
other tree hath been taken up, the branches have al-
moiſt joined in ſeven years after; therefore it will be
much the better way to plant theſe trees at a proper
diſtance at firſt, and between theſe to plant ſome
Dwarf Cherries, Currants, or other forts of fruit, to
bear for a few ars, which may be cut away when
the Apple-trees have extended their branches to
them; for when the Apple-trees are planted nearer
together, few perſons, care to cut down the trees,
when they are fruitful, ſo that they are obliged to
uſe the knife, faw, and chiſel, more than is proper
for the future good of the trees; and many times,
where perſons are inclinable to take away part of their
trees, the diſtances will be often fo irregular (where
there was not this conſideration in their firſt planting,)
as to render the eſpalier unſightly.
When the trees are upon the Dutch Dwarf ſtock, the
diſtance ſhould be for the larger growing trees thirty
feet, for thoſe of middle growth twenty-five, and the
ſmalleſt twenty feet, which will be found full near
where the trees thrive well.
The next is the choice of the trees, which ſhould not
be more than two years growth from the graft, but
thoſe of one year ſhould be preferred; you ſhould
alſo be careful, that their ſtocks are young, ſound,
and ſmooth, free from canker, and which have not
been cut down once or twice in the nurſery; when
they are taken up, all the ſmall fibres ſhould be en-
tirely cut off from their roots, which, if left on, will
turn mouldy and decay, ſo will obſtruct the new fi-
res, which will ſoon puſh out, in their growth; the
extreme part of the roots muſt alſo be ſhortened, and
all bruiſed roots cut off, and if there are any miſ-
placed roots which croſs each other, they ſhould alſo
be cut away. As to the pruning of the head of theſe
trees, there need be nothing more done than to cut
off any branches which are fo fituated, as that they
cannot be trained to the line of the eſpalier : in the
planting, there muſt be care taken not to place their
roots too deep in the ground, eſpecially if the ſoil is
moiſt, but rather raiſe them on a little hill, which
will be neceſſary to allow for the raiſing of the bor-
ders afterward. The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe
trees (in all foils which are not very moiſt) is, from
Otober, to the middle or latter end of November,
according as the ſeaſon continues mild; but fo foon
as the leaves fall, they may be removed with great
ſafety. After the trees are planted, it will be pro-
per to place down a ſtake to each tree, to which the
branches ſhould be faſtened, to prevent the winds
from ſhaking or looſening their roots, which will de-
ſtroy the young fibres; for when theſe trees are
planted pretty early in autumn, they will very foon
puſh out a great number of new fibres, which, being
very tender, are ſoon broken, by the wind ſhaking
3
The following ſpring, before the trees begin to
puſh, there ſhould be two or three ſhort ſtakes put
down on each ſide every tree, to which the branches
ſhould be faſtened down as horizontally as poſſible,
never cutting them down, as is by ſome practiſed,
for there will be no danger of their putting out branches
enough to furniſh the eſpalier, if the trees are once
well eſtabliſhed in their new quarters.
In the pruning of theſe trees, the chief point is, ne-
ver to ſhorten any of the branches, unleſs there is
an abfolute want of ſhoots to fill the ſpaces of the
eſpalier ; for where the knife is much uſed, it only
multiplies uſeleſs ſhoots, and prevents their fruiting;
ſo that the beſt method to manage theſe trees is, to
go over them three or four times in the growing fea-
fon, and rub off all ſuch ſhoots as are irregularly pro-
duced, and train the others down to the ſtakes in
the poſition they are to remain : if this is carefully
performed in ſummer, there will be little left to be
done in the winter, and by bending of their ihoots
from time to time, as they are produced, there will
be no occafion to uſe force to bring them down, nor
any danger of breaking the branches. The diſtance
which theſe branches ſhould be trained from each
other, for the largeſt ſorts of fruits ſhould be about
ſeven or eight inches, and for the ſmaller four or five.
If theſe plain inſtructions are followed, it will ſave
much unneceſſary labour of pruning, and the trees
will, at all times, make a handſome appearance ;
whereas when they are ſuffered to grow rude in ſum-
mer, there will be much greater difficulty to bring
down their ſhoots, eſpecially if they are grown ſtub-
born, when it may become neceſſary to ſlitthe branches
to make them pliable. All the forts of Apples pro-
duce their fruit upon curſons, or ſpurs, ſo that
theſe ſhould never be cut off, for they will continue
fruitful a great number of years.
The method of making the eſpaliers having been
already exhibited under that article, I need not re-
peat it here, but only obferve, that it will be beſt to
defer making the eſpalier till the trees have had three
or four years growth ; for before that time, the
branches may be ſupported by a few upright ſtakes,
ſo that there will be no neceſſity to make the eſpalier,
until there are fufficient branches to furniſh all the
و
lower part.
a
I ſhall now treat of the inethod to plant orchards, fo
as to have them produce the greateſt profit. And
firſt, in the choice of the ſoil and fituation for an or-
chard : the beſt fituation for an orchard is, on the al-
cent of the gentle hills, facing the ſouth, or ſouth-
eaft; but this aſcent muſt not be too ſteep, left the
earth ſhould be waſhed down by hafty rains. There
8 N
are

M A L
M AL
CC
و
(
66
,
are many perſons who prefer low ſituations at the foot
long laſting, and theſe two are no ſmall advan-
of hills, but I am thoroughly convinced from expe- tages.” For, ſays he, “Men are miſtaken, when
rience, that all bottoms where there are hills on each they ſay, the more trees in an crchard, the more
fide, are very improper for this purpoſe, for the air “ fruits, for one or two large trees which have room
is drawn down into theſe vallies in ſtrong cur- " to ſpread, will bear more fruits than fix or ten (it
rents, which, being pent in renders theſe bottoms may be) of thoſe that grow near together, and
much colder than the open ſituations; and during “ crowd one another.” Again he ſays, “Let men but
the winter and ſpring, theſe bottoms are very damp “ obferve, and take notice of ſome Apple-trees, that
and unhealthy to all vegetables; therefore the gentle grow a great diſtance from other trees, and have
riſe of a hill, fully expoſed to the fun and air, is by room enough to ſpread both their roots and
much the beſt ſituation. As to the ſoil, a gentle ha- - branches, and they ſhall fee, that one of thofe trees
zel loam, which is eaſy to work, and that doth not (being come to full growth) hath a larger head,
detain the wet, is the beſt ; if this happens to be « and more boughs and branches, than (it may be)
three feet deep, it will be better for the growth of « four, or fix, or more, of thoſe which grow near
the trees, for although theſe trees will grow upon ve- together, although of the ſame age.
ry ſtrong land, yet they are ſeldom fo thriving, nor And Mr. Lawſon, an ancient planter, adviſes to
are their fruit ſo well flavoured, as thoſe which grow plant Apple-trees twenty yards aſunder. As the two
on a gentle foil; and on the other hand, theſe trees authors above quoted have written the beſt upon this
I will not do well upon a very dry gravel or ſand, ſubject, and ſeem to have had more experience than
therefore thoſe foils ſhould never be made choice of any of the writers I have yet feen, I have made uſe
for orchards.
o of them as authorities to confirm what I have ad-
The ground intended to be planted ſhould be well vanced; though the fact is ſo obvious to every perfon
prepared the year before, by ploughing it thorough- who will make the leaſt reflection, that there needs
ly, and if ſome dung is laid upon it the year before, 19 no other proof.
it will be of great ſervice to the trees ; if in the pre- When the trees are planted, they ſhould be ſtaked,
ceding ſpring a crop of Peas or Beans is planted on to prevent their being ſhaken, or blown out of the
the ground (provided they are fown or planted in rows, ground by ſtrong winds; but in doing of this, there
at a proper diſtance, ſo as that the ground between
a
|fhould be particular care taken, to put either ſtraw,
them is horſe-hoed, it will deſtroy the weeds, and haybands, or woollen cloths between the trees and
looſen the ground, ſo that it will be a good prepara- the ſtakes, to prevent the trees from being rubbed
tion for the trees, for the earth cannot be too much 1. and bruiſed, by the ſhaking againſt the ſtakes, for if
wrought, or pulveriſed for this purpoſe : theſe crops brtheir bark ſhould be rubbed off, it will occafion ſuch
will be taken off the ground long before the ſeaſon great wounds, as not to be healed over in ſeveral
for planting of theſe trees, which ſhould be as ſoon years, if they ever recover it.
316
as poſſible performed when the trees begin to ſhed If the winter ſhould prove very ſevere, it will be pro-
their leaves.
II И A
per to cover the ſurface of the ground about their
In chuſing of the trees, I would adviſe the taking roots with fome mulch, to prevent the froſt from pe-
ſuch as are but of two years growth from the graft, netrating the ground, which will deſtroy the young
and never to plant old trees, or ſuch as are grafted up- fibres; but this mulch ſhould not be laid on too ſoon,
on old ſtocks, for it is loſing of time to plant theſe ; as hath been before mentioned, left the moiſture
young trees being always more certain to grow, and ſhould be prevented from ſoaking down to the roots
make a much greater progreſs than thoſe which are of the trees, nor ſhould it lie on too long in the ſpring
old. As to pruning of the roots, it muſt be done in for the ſame reaſon; therefore where perſons will be
the ſame manner as hath been already directed for the at the trouble to lay it on in froſty weather, and re-
eſpalier-trees; and in pruning their heads, little more move it again after the froſt is over, that the wet in
is neceſſary than to cut out ſuch branches as are ill - February may have free acceſs to the roots of the
placed, or that croſs each other; for I do not approve trees; and if March ſhould prove dry, with ſharp
the heading of them down, as is by ſome often practiſed north or eaſt winds, which often happens, it will be
to the loſs of many of their trees.
.
proper to cover the ground again with the mulch, to
The diſtance which theſe trees ſhould be planted, prevent the winds from penetrating and drying the
where the ſoil is good, muſt be fifty or fixty feet; and ground, and will be of ſingular ſervice to the trees.
where the ſoil is not ſo good, forty feet may be ſuffi- But I am aware, that this will be objected to by ma-
cient; but nothing can be of worſe conſequence, than ny, on account of the trouble, which may appear to
the crowding trees too cloſe together in orchards. be great; but when it is conſidered, how much of
And although there may be ſome who may imagine this buſineſs may be done by a fingle perſon in a ſhort
this diſtance too great, yet I am ſure, when they have time, it can have little force, and the benefit which
thoroughly conſidered the advantages attending this the trees will receive by this management, will greatly
practice, they will agree with me.
Nor is it my own
recompenſe the trouble and expence.id
opinion in this affair, for in many of the old writers As theſe trees muſt be conſtantly fenced from cattle,
on this ſubject, there is often mention made of the it will be the beſt way to keep the land in tillage for
neceſſity for allowing a proper diſtance to the fruit- ſome years, that by conſtant ploughing or digging of
trees in orchards, particularly Auſten, upon planting the ground, the roots of the trees will be more en-
before quoted, who ſays, 6. He ſhould chuſe to couraged, and they will make the more progreſs in
preſcribe the planting theſe trees fourteen or fix- their growth; but where this is done, whatever crops
4 teen yards aſunder; for both trees and fruits have are fown or planted, ſhould not be too near the trees,
many great advantages, if planted a good diſtance left the nouriſhment ſhould be drawn away from the
one from another. One advantage he mentions
trees; and as in the ploughing of the ground where
is, “ The ſun refreſhes every tree, the roots, body, it is ſo tilled, there muſt be care taken not to go too
“6 and branches, with the bloſſoms and fruits; where-
near the ſtem of the trees, whereby their roots would
s by trees bring forth more fruit, and thoſe fairer and be injured, or the bark of their items rubbed off, ſo
"s better.” Another advantage he mentions is, " That
66
it will be of great ſervice to dig the ground about
" when trees are planted at a large diſtance, much the trees where the plough doth not come, every
profit may be made of the ground under and about
autumn, for five or ſix years after planting, by which
" theſe trees, by cultivating garden-ſtuff, commo- time their roots will have extended themſelves to a
“ dious as well for ſale as houſekeeping ; as alſo greater diſtance.
" Gooſeberries, Raſpberries, Currants, and Straw- It is a common practice in many parts of England, to
berries, may be there planted.” Again he ſays, lay the ground down for paſture, after the trees are
" When trees have room to ſpread, they will grow grown pretty large in their orchards; but this is by
very large and great; and the conſequences of that no means adviſeable, for I have frequently ſeen trees
I
56. will be, not only multitudes of fruits, but alſo of above twenty years growth, almoſt deſtroyed by
horſes,
a
92
66
66
ク
​
M A M
M AN
any
ز
horſes, in the compaſs of one week; and if ſheep are often brought from the Welt-Indies, (which ſhould
put into orchards, they will conſtantly rub their bo- be very frelh, otherwiſe they will not grow,) into pots
dies againſt the ſtems of the trees, and their greaſe filled with freſh light earth, and plunged into a hot-
ſticking to the bark, will ſtint their growth, and in bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water the earth
time will ſpoil them ; therefore wherever orchards whenever it appears dry. In about a month or fix
are planted, it will be much the better method to weeks the plants will appear above ground, after
keep the ground ploughed or dug annually, and fuch which they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water,
crops put on the ground as will not draw too much and in hot weather the glaſſes of the hot-bed hould
nouriſhment from the trees. adlib 19
be raiſed to let in freſh air. In two months the
In pruning of orchard-trees, nothing more ſhould be roots of the plants will have filled the pots, when you
done, but to cut out all thoſe branches which croſs ſhould provide ſome pots of a little larger fize, into
each other, and, if left, would rub and tear off the 1 which you ſhould tranſplant the plants, being careful
bark, as alſo decayed branches, but never ſhorten any to preſerve as much earth to their roots as poſſible;
of their ſhoots. If ſuckers, or ſhoots from their
then
you ſhould fill up the pots with freſh light earth,
ſtems, ſhould come out, they muſt be entirely taken and plunge them into the bark-bed again, obſerving
off annually; and when any branches are broken by to water and ſhade them until they have taken root,
the wind, they ſhould be cut off, either down to the after which they ſhould be conſtantly refreſhed with
diviſion of the branch, or cloſe to the ſtem from water as you ſhall find they want it, and muſt have
whence it was produced; the beſt time for this work air in hot weather. In this bed they may remain till
is in November, for it ſhould not be done in froity Michaelmas, when they muſt be removed into the
weather, nor in the ſpring, when the fap begins to bark-ſtove, where they muſt be conſtantly kept, ob-
be in motion. or gone
Il ſerving to refreſh them with water, but it muſt be
The beſt method to keep Apples for winter uſe is, given to them ſparingly at this ſeaſon, as alſo to clean
to let them hang upon the trees until there is danger their leaves from the filth they are apt to contract in
of froſt, and to gather them in dry weather, laying the ſtove; the ſpring following they ſhould be ſhifred
them in large heaps to ſweat for three weeks or a ninto freſh earth, and if they require it, into larger
months afterward look them over carefully, taking pots, but by no means over-pot them, for they do not
out all ſuch as have appearance of decay, wiping all produce many roots, therefore if the pots are too
the ſound fruit dry, and pack them up in large oil- large the plants will not thrive; they muſt be con-
jars, which have been thoroughly ſcalded and dry, ftantly kept in the bark-ſtove, and may be treated
ftopping them down cloſe to exclude the external after the manner directed for the Coffee-tree.
air : if this is duly obſerved, the fruit will keep found
If, when the ſtones of this fruit are brought over,
a long time, and their fleſh will be plump; for when they are put into the tan-bed, under the bottom of
they are expoſed to the air, their ſkins will ſhrink, of the pots, they will ſprout ſooner than thoſe
and their pulp will be ſoft.
which are planted in the earth.
MALUS ARMENIACA. See ARMENIACA. MANCANILLA. See HIPPOMANE.
MALUS AURANTIA. See AURANTIA. MANDRAGORA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 6. tab.
MALUS LIMONIA. See LIMONIA.
12. Lin. Sp. Plant. 221. Mandrake; in French,
MALUS MEDICA. See CITREUM.
Mandragore.
MALUS PERSICA.See PERSICA.
The CHARACTERS are,
MALUS PUNICA. See PUNICA.
The empalement of the flower is large, bell-shaped, erect,
MAMME A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 44. tab. 4. Lin. and permanet ; it is of one leaf, cut at the top into five
Gen. Plant. 583. The Mammee-tree.
acute ſegments. The flower bath one ereat bell-shaped
The CHARACTERS are,
petal which ſpreads open, and is a little larger than ibe
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two ſmall, empalement. It has five awl-ſhaped stamina, which are
et
oval, concave leaves, which fall off. The flower has arched end hairy at their baſe. In the center is ſituated
,
four large concave petals, which Spread open. It beth a roundiſh germen, ſupporting an owl-shaped Syle, crown-
many avel-fhaped ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, ed by a beaded ſtigma. The germen afterwerd turns to a
.
and in the center a roundiſh germen, with a conical ſtyle large round berry with two cells, having a fleſhy receptacle
the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a ſingle permanent convex on each ſide
, filled with kidney-Shaped ſeeds.
ſtigma. The
The germen afterward turns to a large fleſhy This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fruit, of a Spherical figure, incloſing one, two, or three Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
large almoſt oval ſtones.
which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſtamina and one ftyle.
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, intitled Polyandria Mo- We have but one Species of this genus in the
nogynia, which includes the plants whoſe flowers Engliſh gardens, viz.
have many ftamina and one ſtyle.
MANDRAGORA (Oficinarum.) Hort. Cliff. 51. The Man
There is but one SPECIES of this tree known in the drake. Mandragora fructu rotundo. C. B. P. 169.
Engliſh gardens, viz.
Mandrake with a round fruit.
MAMMEA ftaminibus flore brevioribus. Mammee with This plant grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, Italy,
the ſtamina ſhorter than the flower. Mammea magno and the Levant, but is preſerved here in the gardens
fructu, perſicæ fapore. Plum. Nov. Gen. 44. Mam- of the curious. It hath a long taper root ſhaped like
mee with a large fruit, having the taſte of a Peach. Parſnep, which runs three or four feet deep in the
This tree, in the Weſt-Indies, grows to the height ground; it is ſometimes ſingle, and at others divided
of fixty or ſeventy feet; the leaves are large and ſtiff, into two or three branches, almoſt of the colour of
and continue green all the year, the fruit is as large Parſnep, but a little darker ; from this ariſes a circle
as a man's fiſt; when ripe, it is of a yellowiſh green of leaves, which at firſt ſtand erect, but, when grown
colour, and is very grateful to the taſte. It grows to their full ſize, ſpread open, and lie upon the
in great plenty in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, where the ground; they are more than a foot in length, and
fruit is generally ſold in their markets, and is eſteem- four or five inches broad in the middle, growing nar-
ed one of the beſt fruits in the country. It alſo grows row toward both ends, of a dark green colour, and a
on the hills of Jamaica, and has been tranſplanted fatid ſcent. Theſe riſe immediately from the crown
into moſt of the Caribbee IQands, where it thrives of the root, without any foot-ſtalk; between them
,
exceeding well.
come out the flowers, each ſtanding upon a ſeparate
In England there are ſome few of theſe plants, which foot-ſtalk about three inches long, which alſo arife
are preſerved with great care by ſuch as are curious immediately from the root; they are five-cornered,
in cultivating exotic plants ; but there are none of of an herbaceous white colour, ſpreading open at the
any conſiderable fize, ſo that we cannot expect to fee top like a Primroſe, having five hairy ſtamina, with
either fruit or flowers for ſome years. Theſe plants a globular germen in the center, ſupporting an awl-
may be propagated by planting the ſtones, which are ſhaped ſtyle. The germen afterward turns to a glo-
bular
a
а

Μ Α Ν
M A N
a
a
bular ſoft berry lying upon the leaves, which, when ſhaped petals which ſpread open, having five awl.
fully grown, is as large as a Nutmeg, of a yellowiſh Thaped ſtamina the length of the petals, which are
green colour when ripe, full of pulp, in which the ſituated between them, the gerinen at the bottom of
kidney-ſhaped ſeeds are lodged. It flowers in March, the flower afterward becomes a large oblong kid-
and the ſeeds are ripe in July.
ney-ſhaped Plumb, inclofing a rough not of the
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fame form.
ſown upon a bed of light earth foon after they are This fruit, when fully ripe, is greatly eſteemed by
ripe, for if they are kept until the ſpring, they fel- the inhabitants of thoie countries where they grow
dom ſucceed weil; but thoſe which are lown in au- naturally, or have been tranſplanted; but in Europe
tumn will come up in the ſpring, when they ſhould we have only the unripe fruit brought over in pickle,
be carefully cleared from weeds; and in very dry which is little better than ſeveral other fruit when
weather they muſt be refreſhed with water, which will pickled in the ſame way: however, from the account
greatly promote their growth. In this bed they given of the ripe fruit, by moſt people who have
ſhould remain till the latter end of August, (obſerv- eaten it in the country; it has excited the curioſity of
ing always to keep them clear from weeds) at which many perſons in Europe to endeavour to procure young
time they ſhould be taken up very carefully, and plants in their gardens, for which purpoſe great quan-
tranſplanted into the places where they are to remain; tities of the nuts have been brought to ſeveral parts of
the foil ſhould be light and deep, for their roots al- Europe, but without effect; for I have not heard of
ways run very deep, ſo that if the ſoil is wet, they one plant which has been produced in Europe from
are often rotted in winter, and if it be too near the the nuts. All thoſe which have fallen into my hands
gravel or chalk, they will make but little progreſs; have been rotten when received, ſo that I am api to
but if the ſoil be good and they are not diſturbed, think the vegetative quality of them cannot be long
the plants will grow to a large ſize in a few years, and preſerved ; therefore the only method to obtain the
will produce great quantities of flowers and fruit; plants in England, is to plant a good quantity of the
the roots will abide a great many years.
nuts in a tub of earth in the country where they grow
I have been informed by ſome perſons of credit, that naturally; and when the plants are grown a fcot
one of theſe roots will remain ſound above fifty years, high, to ſhip them for England, placing a covering
and be as vigorous as a young plant. I have known over them to defend them from falt water and the
ſome plants myſelf near that age, which are now in
ſpray of the fea, being very careful not to let them
great vigour, and may continue ſo many years longer, have much wet in their paſſage ; as alſo when the ſhip
as there are no ſigns of their decay; but they ſhould arrives in a cold climate, to ſcreen the plants from
never be removed after their roots have arrived to any cold, eſpecially if it is toward the approach of winter.
conſiderable ſize, which would break their lower fi-
By carefully obſerving theſe rules, the plants may be
bres, and ſo ſtint the plants, as that if they live they brought very fafely over, as has been experienced by
will not recover their former ſtrength in two or three a plant of this fort, with ſeveral other forts of plants,
years. Theſe plants ſhould have a warm fituation, which were brought over by Capt. Quick, and are
otherwiſe in ſevere winters they will be deſtroyed. now in good health in the Chelſea garden.
As to the feigned reſemblance of a human form, There have been ſome plants brought to England be-
which the roots of this plant are ſaid to carry, it is fore this, which were deſtroyed by having too much
all impofture, owing to the cunning of quacks and heat, for this plant will not thrive in a hot-bed of
mountebanks, who deceive the populace and the ig- tanners bark; ſo that the only way to have them íuc-
norant with fictitious images, ſhaped from the freſh ceed, is to plant them in pots filled with light kitch-
roots of Briony and other plants: and what is report- en-garden earth, and place them in a dry ſtove, where
ed as to the manner of rooting of this plant, by ty- in warm weather they ſhould have freſh air daily, and
ing a dog thereto, to prevent the certain death of the in the winter the air kept up to temperate, as is
perſon who ſhould care to attempt it, and the groans marked upon the thermometers.
it emits upon the force offered, &c. is all a ridicu- MANIHÓT. See JATROPHA.
lous fable; for I have taken up ſeveral large roots MANURE.
I
of this plant, ſome of which have been tranſplanted There are various kinds of Manure, which are now
into other places, but could never obſerve any commonly uſed in different parts of England, for er-
particular difference in this from any other deep riching of the ſeveral foils. Some of theſe have been
rooting plant.
already mentioned under the article of DUNG, fo I
MANĞIFERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 278. The Man- ſhall not repeat them here, but proceed to take notice
go-tree.
of ſome other kinds of Manure, which are at preſert
The CHARACTERS are,
neglected by many people, though they might te
The empalement of the flower is cut into five Spear-ſhaped uſed with equal ſucceſs, if not better on many lands,
ſegments; the flower hath five ſpear-ſhaped petals longer as moſt of thoſe now commonly in uſe.
than the empalement, and five awel-ſhaped ſtamina the Oak bark, after the tanners have uſed it for tanning
length of the corolla, crowned with beart-ſhaped ſummits. of leather, when laid in a heap and rorted, is an ex-
It hath a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a fender ſtyle the cellent Manure, eſpecially for ſtiff cold land; in
Length of the empalement, terminated by a ſingle ſtigma ; which one load of this Manure will improve the
the germen afterward becomes an oblong kidney-ſhaped ground more, and laſt longer, than two loads of the
Plumb fomewhat compreſſed, incloſing an oblong woolly richeſt dungs; and yet it is very common to ſee large
nut of the ſame form.
heaps of this remaining in the tanners yards for many
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of years, in ſeveral parts of England, where Manure of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogy- other kinds is very ſcarce, and often carried to a great
nia, the flower having five ftamina and one ſtyle. diſtance. Of late years this tan has been much uſed
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. for hot-beds in ſeveral parts of England, and is found
MANGIFERA (Indica.) Lin. Sp. 290. The Mango-tree. greatly to exceed horſe dung for that purpoſe, the
Manga Indica fructu magno reniforma. Raii Hiſt. fermentation being moderate and of long continuance;
1550.
ſo that a bed of tan, when rightly made, will continue
This tree grows naturally in moſt parts of India, as in a moderate temperature of heat for three or four
alſo in the Brazils, and ſome other parts of the world, months; and when the heat begins to decay, if it be
where it becomes a large tree; the wood is brittle, ſtirred up with a dung fork, and ſome freſh can add-
and the bark becomes rough by age; the leaves are ed to it, the heat will renew again, and lait for ſome
ſeven or eight inches long, and two or more broad, months, ſo that theſe beds are by far the moſt kindly
terminating in points, having ſeveral tranſverſe veins for exotic plants; and whatever plants are plunged
from the middle rib to the ſides, which are oppoſite. into theſe beds, if they are permitted to root through
The flowers are produced in loole panicles toward the the bottom of the pots, they will thrive more in
end of the branches, each conſiſting of five ſpear- one month after, than they did in four months while
they
a
.
a

Μ Α Ν
M A N
they are confined to the pots. I have frequently ob- uſed for this purpoſe are Buck Wheat, Vetches, and
ſerved many kinds of plants, which were rooted through Spurry. And in fome countries abroad they com-
the pot into the tan, and have ſent forth roots up-monly fow Lupines upon fuch land as they want to
ward of twelve feet each way, in leſs than three improve, and when they are full grown they mow
months, and the plants have advanced in proportion; them down, and plough them into the ground, which
which is a plain indication, that plants are greatly they eſteem to be good Manure. This is chiefly uſed
nouriſhed by the rotten tan.
After the tan hath been in the ſouth of France and in Italy, where ſome of
uſed for a hot-bed, I have ſpread it on the ground for the forts of Lupines grow naturally, but theſe are
Manure, and found it has greatly enriched the ground; not proper for this climate, becauſe, if the ſeaſon
but it is much better for cold ſtrong land, than for ſhould prove cold or wet after the Lupines are fown,
light hot ground, becauſe it is of a warm nature, and
, they will ror in the ground, ſo that it is very hazard-
will looſen and ſeparate the earth; fo that where this ous to fow them in this country; and there being
Manure hath been uſed three or four times, it hath many other forts of plants which are hardy, and grow
made the land very looſe which before was ſtrong, to a much larger ſize with us than Lupines, they
and not eaſy to be wrought. When this Manure is ſhould be preferred to them for this purpoſe. I have
laid upon Graſs, it ſhould be done foon after Mi- known fome land fown pretty thick with Horſe-beans
chaelmas, that the winter rains may waſh it into the which have been mowed down when they were in
ground; for if it is laid on in the ſpring, it will burn bloſſom, and ploughed in for a crop of Wheat, and
the Graſs, and inſtead of improving it, will greatly it hath largely repaid the owner. Almoſt any of
injure it for that ſeaſon. Where it is uſed in Corn the pulſe kind, which grow large, are very proper
land, it ſhould be ſpread on the ſurface before the to be fown for this purpoſes and next to theſe
laſt ploughing, that it may be turned down for the may be fown Muſtard, Cole-ſeed, or any of theſe
fibres of the Corn to reach it in the ſpring; for if it large growing plants; which, if cut before they form
lies too near the ſurface, it will forward the growth their feeds, and ploughed in, will greatly enrich
of the Corn in winter: but in the ſpring, when the the ground. of tot sourborg Iw
nouriſhment is chiefly wanted to encourage the ſtems, The refuſe of kitchen-gardens, when laid in heaps and
it will be nearly confumed, and the Corn will receive rotted, will alſo afford a good ſort of Manure for Corn
little advantage from it. Nor will it be proper to land; but as this is not to be obtained in any quanti-
have this Manure lie too near the roots of any plants, ty, excepting near great cities, fo, in ſuch places,
for when this has happened, I have frequently obſerv-dung being to be had pretty reaſonable, the other
ed it prejudicial to moſt plants, but eſpecially to bul will not be much ſought after.rnb ogiv som
bous and tuberoſe-rooted flowers, which are very ſub- I have lately been informed of another improvement,
ject to rot where it lies near their roots; yet when it which may be of great uſe in feveral parts of the king-
is buried juſt deep enough for the fibres of their dom; which is, the mowing down of Fern while it
roots to reach it in the ſpring, the flowers have been is green and tender, and laying it in heaps to rot; ,
exceedingly improved by it. And in ſome places, which will make a tolerable Manure for lands and as
where this Manure hath been uſed in kitchen-gar- this is a moſt troubleſome plant in many parts of
dens, it hath greatly improved the vegetables ; ſo England, fo by frequently mowing, it may be de-
that it is to be wondered, that this ſhould not be ftroyed; and when rotted, a good quantity of this
employed on the land in every country where it can 21 Manure may be obtained, which will more than de-
be obtained.
anlar
by fray the charges of cutting it down. In ſome places, ,
Rotten vegetables of moſt ſorts alſo will enrich land, where no tan or horſe-dung can be obtained, they
ſo that where other Manure is ſcarce, theſe may be have cut down Fern and chopped it pretty ſmall, and
uſed with ſucceſs. The weeds of ponds, lakes, or laid it in a heap to ferment, then have uſed it for hot-
ditches, being dragged out before they feed, and laid beds, for which purpoſe it has anſwered pretty well.
in heaps to rot, will make good Manure, as will moſt The firſt perſon who informed me of this, was Mr.
other forts of weeds, but wherever any of theſe are Samuel Brewer, a very curious gentleman in garden-
employed, they ſhould be cut down as ſoon as they ing, who made ſeveral hot-beds of Fern, which, he
begin to flower, for if they are ſuffered to ſtand until ſays, continued their heat for ſome months ; fo that
their feeds are ripe, the land will be ſtored with he prefers it to dung, where a moderate laſting heat
weeds, which cannot be eaſily deſtroyed; nay, ſome is required.
amoori
kinds of weeds, if they are permitted to ſtand ſo long There are many kinds of weeds which infeſt the lands
as to form their feed, will perfect them after they are in many parts of England, which, if cut down at a
cut down, which may be equally prejudicial to the proper time and laid to rot, might be uſed to great
land : therefore the fureft method is, to cut them advantage for manuring of land ; and hereby the
down juſt as they begin to flower ; at which time weeds may in time be deſtroyed, and the Manure
moſt ſorts of vegetables are in their greateſt vigour, would more than pay the expence of doing it: but
being then ſtronger and fuller of juice, than when few perſons who are employed in huſbandry care to
their feeds are farther advanced ; ſo that at that time go out of their old beaten road to try experiments,
they abound moſt with ſalts, and therefore are more even where they are attended with little expence and
proper for the intended purpoſe. In rotting of theſe nothing hazarded; otherwiſe there is great room to
vegetables, it will be proper to mix ſome earth, mud, make improvements of this kind, eſpecially in coun-
or any other ſuch like ſubſtance with them, to pre- tries where dung, or other common Manure is very
vent their taking fire in their fermentation ; which ſcarce ; in which places, if fome experiments were
they are very ſubject to, where they are laid in large properly made, of rotting whatever vegetables could
heaps without any other mixture to prevent it; and be procured in the neighbourhood, it might turn to
it will be alſo proper to cover the heaps over with good account.
earth, mud, or dung, to detain the falts, otherwiſe The aſhes of all kinds of vegetables are an excellent
many of the finer particles will evaporate in fer- Manure for land, ſo that where the ground is over-
menting. When theſe vegetables are thoroughly run with buſhes, brambles, &c. which are become
rotted, they will form a ſolid maſs, which will cut woody, if they are grubbed up in ſummer, and ſpread
like butter, and be very full of oil, which will greatly abroad to dry for a little time, then gently conſumed
improve land.
to alhes, and theſe ſpread on the land, it will greatly
In ſuch places where there are neither ponds, lakes, improve it. The method for doing this is already
or ditches, to ſupply theſe weeds, and the ſituation explained under the article of LAND.
being far from the fea (from whence alſo may be ob- Rotten wood, and faw-duft when rotted, is a very good
tained many ſorts of weeds for this purpoſe) there Manure for ſtrong land; becauſe it looſens the parts
may be many ſorts of vegetables fown, in order to
of the earth and renders it light.
plough them into the grounds when they are full Bones, horns, and other parts of animals, alſo ea-
grown, to enrich the land ; at preſent thoſe chiefly rich land greatly, as do decayed filh; ſo that in fome
8 0
places
و

MAR
MAR
a
a
و
places where theſe can be eaſily obtained, a great im-
provement may be made of them.
Sea-fand and ſhells are in ſeveral parts of England
uſed to great advantage, eſpecially in Devonſhire,
where they are at the expence of fetching the fand
and ſhells on horſes backs, twelve or fourteen miles.
The land on which they lay this Manure, is a ſtrong
loam inclining to clay; ſo that this ſeparates the parts,
and the falts which are contained in the dreſſing are
a very great improvement of their land. Coral, and
ſuch kinds of ſtony plants which grow on the rocks,
are filled with ſalts which are very beneficial to land;
but as theſe bodies are hard, the improvement is not
the firſt or ſecond year after they are laid on the
ground, becauſe they require time to pulverize them
before their ſalts can mix with the earth to impreg-
nate it. Therefore dreſſings of this kind are ſeldom
uſed by tenants, who want to reap the fruit of their
labour ſoon as poſſible. But theſe Manures are
much better for cold ſtrong land, than for that which
is light and ſandy. In ſome countries, at a great
diſtance from the ſea, have been diſcovered great
quantities of foffil ſhells, which have been dug out
of the earth, and uſed as Manure, which have im-
proved the ground a little, eſpecially ſtrong land: as
theſe have little falts, when compared to thoſe ſhells
which are taken from the ſhore, therefore where the
latter can be obtained, they other are ſcarce worth
uſing
Where the land lies near the ſea, ſo that either ſand,
ſhells, corals, wrecks, or ſea-weeds, can be obtained
at an eaſy expence, they are by far the beſt kinds of
Manure, becauſe they enrich the land for ſeveral
years; for as their ſalts are cloſely locked up, they
are communicated by degrees to the land, as the heat
and cold cauſes the bodies to pulverize, and fall into
ſmall parts; ſo that where fand and ſmaller kinds of
ſea-weeds are uſed, if they are laid on land in proper
quantities it will enrich it for fix or feven years; but
ſhells, corals, and other hard bodies, will continue
many years longer.
In dunging of land, I have frequently obſerved in
ſeveral parts of England, but eſpecially in Cambridge-
fhire, a very wrong cuſtom continued, by carrying
and laying the dung on the land about Midſummer,
and ſpread abroad perhaps a month or fix weeks be-
fore the ground is ploughed; in which time the fun
exhales all the goodneſs of the dung, ſo that what re-
mains is of little ſervice to the land. Therefore when
dung or any other Manure is uſed, it ſhould not be
laid on the ground until the laſt time of ploughing,
when it ſhould be buried as ſoon as poſſible, to pre-
vent the evaporation of the falts. Indeed, where
fhells, corals, or any other hard fubſtances, are uſed
for Manure, if theſe are ſpread abroad ſome months
before the ground is ploughed, the ſun, rain, or froſt
will cauſe them to pulverize much ſooner than when
they are buried and excluded from the air.
The dreſſing of Graſs ground in ſummer, ſoon after
the crop of hay is taken off the land, is equally bad;
for before Michaelmas the fun will have dried and
exhaled moſt of the goodneſs, if the dreſſing is of
dung or any other ſoft Manure, ſo that the ground
will receive ſmall advantage from it; and yet this
method is too generally practiſed.
MAPLE. See Acer.
MARACOCK. See PASSIFLORA.
MARANTA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 16. tab. 36. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 5. Indian Arrow-root.
The CHARACTERS are,
It beth a ſmall three-leaved empalement fitting upon the
germen; the flower hath one petal, which is of the grin-
ning kind, having an oblong compreſſed tube, which is ob-
lique and turned inward ; the rim is cut into fix ſmall ſeg-
ments, repreſenting a lip flower, the two fide Segments
being the largeſt
. It has one membranaceous ſtamina, ap-
pearing like a ſegment of the petal, with a linear ſummit
faſtened to the border. It bath a roundiſh germen fitu-
ated under the flower, ſupporting a ſimple ſtyle the
length of the petal, crowned by a three-cornered ſtigma.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh three-cor-
nered capſule with three valves, containing one bard
rough feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's firſt claſs, intitled Monandria Monogynia,
which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have but
one ftamina and one ftyle.
The Species are,
1. MARANTA (Arundinacea) culmo ramoſo. Lin. Sp. 2.
Indian Arrow-root with branching ſtelks. Maranta
Arundinacea cannacori folio. Plum. Nov. Gen. 16.
Maranta with a leaf of the Indian flowering Reed.
2. MARANTA (Galango) culmo fimplici. Lin. Sp. 3.
Indian Arrow-root with a ſimple ſtalk. Canna Indica,
radice albâ alexipharmica. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 122. In-
dian Arrow-root.
The firſt fort was diſcovered by Father Plumier in
ſome of the French ſettlements in America, who gave
it this name, in honour of one Bartholomew Maranta,
an ancient botaniſt. The feeds of this kind were
.
ſent to Europe by the late Dr. William Houſtoun,
who found the plant growing in plenty near La Vera
Cruz in New Spain.
This hath a thick, fleſhy, creeping root which is very
full of knots, from which ariſe many ſmooth leaves,
which are fix or ſeven inches long, and three broad
toward their baſe, leſſening toward each end, termi-
nating in points. They are of the conſiſtence and co-
lour of thoſe of the Reed, and ſtand upon Reed-
like foot-ſtalks, which ariſe immediately from the
root, between theſe come out the ſtalks, which riſe
near two feet high; theſe divide upward into two or
three ſmaller, and are garniſhed at each joint with
one leaf of the ſame ſhape with the lower, but are
ſmaller. The ends of the ſtalks are terminated by a
looſe bunch of ſmall white flowers, ſtanding upon
foot-ſtalks which are near two inches long. The
flowers are cut into fix narrow ſegments, which are
indented on their edges; theſe fit upon the embryo,
which afterward turns to a roundiſh three-cornered
capſule, incloſing one hard rough feed. It flowers
here in June and July.
The other fort was brought from ſome of the Spaniſh
ſettlements in America, into the iſlands of Barbadoes
and Jamaica, where it is cultivated in their gardens
as a medicinal plant, it being a ſovereign remedy to
cure the bite of waſps, and to extract the poiſon of
the Manchineel-tree. The Indians apply the root to
expel the poiſon of their arrows, which they uſe with
great ſucceſs. They take up the roots, and after
cleanſing them from dirt, they maſh them, and apply
it as a poultice to the wounded part, which draws out
the poiſon and heals the wound. It will alſo ſtop a
gangrene, if it is applied before it is gone too far, ſo
that it is a very valuable plant.
This fort is very like the firſt, but has a ſingle ſtalk;
the flowers are ſmaller, and the ſegments of the petals
are entire, in which their principal difference conſiſts ;
it flowers alſo at the ſame time.
Theſe plants being natives of a warm country, are
very tender, and therefore will not live in this climate,
unleſs they are preſerved in ſtoves. They may be pro-
pagated by their creeping roots, which ſhould be part-
ed in the middle of March, juſt before they begin to
puſh out new leaves. Theſe roots ſhould be planted
in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving now and
then to refreſh them with water; but it muſt not be
given to them in large quantities, for too much moi-
fture will ſoon rot the roots, when they are in an un-
active ſtate. When the green leaves appear above
ground, the plants will require more frequently to be
watered, and they ſhould have free airadmitted to them
every day, in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon,
and the heat of the bed in which they are placed. As
the plants advance in ſtrength, they ſhould have a
greater ſhare of air, but they muſt conſtantly remain
in the ſtove plunged in the tan, otherwiſe they will not
thrive; for when the pots are placed on ſhelves in the
ſtove, the moiſture paſſes too ſoon from the fibres,
which

M A R
AR
MAR
а.
3
to it.
a
3
which generally ſpread on the ſides and bottoms of lies near coals. This fort is leſs eſteemed, it being
the pots, ſo that the plants do not receive much nou-
hard to be gor.
riſhment from the water. But where they are con- The properties of any ſorts of Marles, and by which
ſtantly kept in the tanners bark, and have proper air the goodneſs of them may be beſt known, are better
and moiſture, they will thrive, ſo as from a ſmall judged of by their purity and uncompoundedneſs,
root to fill the pot in which it was planted, in one than their colour: as if it will break in pieces like
ſummer. About Michaelinas the firſt fort will begin dice, or into thin flakes, or is ſmooth like lead ore,
to decay, and in a ſhort time after the leaves will die and is without a mixture of gravel or fand, if it
to the ground, but the pots muſt be continued all the will ſhake like flate ſtones, and ſhatter after wet, or
winter in the bark-bed, otherwiſe the roots will pe- will turn to duſt when it has been expoſed to the ſun:
riſh; for although they are in an unactive ſtate, yet or will not hang and ſtick together when it is tho-
they will not keep very long from ſhrinking, when roughly dry, liks tough clay, but is fat and tender,
taken out of the ground; and if the pots are taken out and will open the land it is laid on, and not bind;
of the tan, and placed in any dry part of the ſtove, it
may be taken for granted, that it will be beneficial
the roots often ſhrivel and decay; but when they are
continued in the tan-bed they ſhould have but little Some adviſe to try the goodneſs of Marle, by put-
water given to them when their leaves are decayed, ting ſome of it in a glaſs of water; and they ac-
left it rot them. The firſt fort doth flower conſtantly count it to be good, if it be ſo tender, that the lumps
in July or Auguſt, and will often produce ripe ſeeds break, and diffolve as ſoon as it comes to the bot-
in England; but the ſecond fort doth not flower ſo tom; they alſo reckon it a good ſign, if it ſparkle
conftant, nor do the flowers appear fo conſpicuous, in the water, and feel fat between the fingers; but
being very ſmall and of a ſhort duration. This fort the fureſt ſign of its goodneſs is, if it diffolve by wet
never hath produced any feeds in England, nor could or froſt. The ſtrength of Marle may alſo be known,
I ever obſerve any rudiment of a ſeed-veſſel ſucceed- by putting a lump of it in a glaſs of good vinegar,
ing the flower. The green leaves abide on this fort where, if the fermentation is great, it is a ſure ſign
moſt part of the winter, feldom decaying till Febru- of the goodneſs of the Marie.
ary; and ſometimes will continue green until freſh Some approve of marling land ſhallow, becauſe they
leaves come up, and thruſt the old ones off, in which ſay, it is apt to work downwards; others of laying
particular there is a more remarkable difference be- in deep at firſt, becauſe the ſun waſtes the fatneſs
tween the two forts, than can be obſerved in the face of it.
of plants.
Some recommend Marles for the improving of ſandy
MARJORAM. See ORIGANUM.
looſe land, but the ſureſt way to know what lands it
MARLE is a kind of clay, which is become fatter, will beſt ſuit with, is to try with a little of it on lands
and of a more enriching quality, by a better fermen- ſuppoſed to be of a contrary nature to it.
tation, and by its having lain ſo deep in the earth as Marles do not make fo good an improvement of lands
not to have ſpent or weakened its fertilizing quality the firſt year as afterwards.
by any product.
Some adviſe, firſt to burn the Marle before it is laid
Marle is ſuppoſed to be much of the nature of chalk, on the lands; which if it be done, one load will go
and is believed to be fertile from its ſalt and oily qua- as far as five.
lity; and that it contracts its ſalts from the air, and The quantity of Marle ought to be in proportion to
for that reaſon is the better the longer it is expoſed the depth of the earth, for over-marling has often
proved of worſe conſequence than under-marling, ef-
Marles are of different qualities in different counties pecially where the land is ſtrong; for by laying it in
of England. There are reckoned to be four forts of too great quantities, or often repeating the marling,
Marles in Suſſex, a gray, a blue, a yellow, and a red; the land has become ſo ſtrong, and bound ſo cloſely,
of theſe the blue is accounted the beſt, the yellow the as to detain the wet like a diſh, ſo that the owners
next, and the gray the next to that; and as for the have been obliged to drain the ground at a great ex-
red, that is the leaſt valuable.
pence, and have often been obliged to lower their
The Marle in Suſſex is moſt like fullers earth, and rents ; but in fandy land there can be no danger in
therefore muſt certainly be the fatteft, whereas that laying on a great quantity, or repeating it often, for
in the north country runs much upon the loam.
it is one of the belt dreſſings for ſuch land.
In Cheſhire they reckon fix ſorts of Marle:
MARRUBIASTRUM, Baſtard Horehound. See
1. The cowſhut Marle, which is of a browniſh co- SIDERITIS.
lour, with blue veins in it, and little lumps of chalk MARRUBIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 192. tab. 91.
or lime ftone ; it is commonly found under clay, or Lin. Gen. Plant. 640. Pſeudodictamnus. Tourn. 188.
low black land, ſeven or eight feet deep, and is very tab. 89. Lin. Gen. Plant. 640. [ſome derive the name
hard to dig.
of 212, Heb. Marrob, i. e. bitter juice; others
2. Stone, Nate, or flag Marle, which is a kind of ſoft from the Latin word Marcidum, becauſe the leaves of
ſtone, or rather ſlate, of a blue or bluiſh colour, that this plant are ſo wrinkled, that they appear to be wi-
will eaſily diſſolve with froſt or rain. This is found thering.] Horehound.
near rivers and the ſides of hills, and is a very laſting
The CHARACTERS are,
fort of Marle.
The empalement of the flower is funnel-ſhaped, of one
In Staffordſhire they eſteem the dice or flate Marle leaf, and equal at the brim, which ſpreads open. The
better than the clay Marle, and reckon the blue beſt flower is of the lip or grinning kind, with a cylindrical
for arable land, and the gray for paſture. .
tube opening at the brim, where it is divided into two lips,
3. Peat Marle, or delving Marle, which is cloſe, the upper being very narrow and acute, the under broad,
ſtrong, and very fat, of a brown colour, and is found reflexed, and cut into three ſegments, the middle one is
on the ſides of hills, and in wet boggy grounds, broad and indented. It has four ſtamina, which are un-
which have a light fand in them about two feet or a der the upper lip, two of which are a little longer than
yard deep. This is accounted the ſtrongeſt of all the other, terminated by ſimple ſummits. It hath a four-
Marles, and is very good for ſandy land, but the pointed germen, Supporting a Nender Style of the ſame
land muſt have a double quantity laid on.
length, and ſituated with the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid
4. Clay Marle; this reſembles clay, and is pretty ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to four oblong ſeeds,
near akin to it, but is fatter, and ſometimes mixed ſitting in the empalement.
with chalk ſtones.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
5. Steel Marle, which lies commonly in the bottom Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
of pits that are dug, and is of itſelf apt to break noſpermia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
into cubical bits; this is ſometimes under ſandy land. have two long and two ſhort ſtamina, which are fuc-
6. Paper Marle, which reſembles leaves or pieces of ceeded by naked feeds fitting in the empalement.
brown paper, but fomething of a lighter colour; this
The
to it.
و
a
a
a

MAR
MAR
down;
The SPECIES are,
1. MARRUBIUM (Vulgare) dentibus calycinis ſetaceis un-
cinatis. Hort. Cliff. 312. Horehound with booked briſtly
indentures to the empalement. Marrubium album vul-
gare. C. B. P. 230. Common white Horehound.
2. MARRUBIUM (Peregrinum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis fer-
ratis, calycum denticulis ſetaceis. Hort. Cliff. 311.
Horchound with oval, Spear-ſhaped, Jawed leaves, and
triftly indentures to the empalement. Marrubium album
latifolium peregrinum. C. B.P.230. Broad-leaved, fo-
reign, webite Horebound.
3. MARRUBIUM (Creticum) foliis lanceolatis dentatis,
verticillis minioribus, dentibus calycinis ſetaceis erec-
tis. Horebound with Spear-ſhaped indented leaves, ſmaller
whorls, and erect briſtly indentures to the empalements.
Marrubium album anguſtifolium peregrinum. C.B.P.
230. Norrow-leaved, foreign, white Horehound.
4. MARRUBIUM ( Alyson) foliis cuneiformibus, quinque
verticillis involucro deftitutis. Hort. Cliff. 311.
Horehound with wedge-ſhaped plaited leaves, with five
indentures, and the whorls deſtitute of covers. Marru-
bium alyffon dictum, foliis profundè inciſis. H. L.
Horehound, called Madwort, with leaves which are
deeply cut on their fides.
5. MARRUBIUM (Supinum) dentibus calycinis ſetaceis
rectis villoſis. Hort. Cliff. 312. Horehound with hairy,
erect, briſtly indentures to the empalement. Marrubium
Hiſpanicum ſupinum, foliis fericeis argenteis. Tourn.
193. Low Spaniſh Horehound with ſilken filver-coloured
leaves.
6. MARRUBIUM (Candidiſſimum) foliis fubovatis lanatis fu-
pernè emarginato-crenatis, denticulis calycinis ſubu-
latis. Hort. Cliff. 312. Horehound with woolly leaves al-
moſt oval, the upper parts of which are indented and cre-
noted, wiih awl-ſhaped indentures to the empalements.
Marrubium album candidiffimum & villoſum. Tourn.
Cor. 1. Whiteſt and villoſe Horehound.
7. MARRUBIUM (Hiſpanicum) calycum limbis patentibus,
denticulis acutis. Hort. Cliff. 312. Horehound with
Spreading borders to the empalement, and acute indentures.
Marrubium album rotundifolium Hiſpanicum. Par.
Bat. 201. Round-leaved Spaniſh Horehound.
8. MARRUBIUM (Criſpum) calycum limbis planis villoſis,
foliis orbiculatis rugoſis, caule herbaceo. Horebound
with c. plain hairy border to the empalement, round rough
leaves, and on herbaceous ſtalk. Pſeudodictamnus Hif-
panicus, foliis criſpis & rugoſis. Tourn. Inſt. 188.
Spaniſh Boftard Dittany, with rough curled leaves.
9.
MARRUBIUM (Suffruticoſum) calycum limbis planis vil-
lofis, foliis cordatis rugoſis incanis, caule fuffruticoſo.
Horebound with the border of the empalement plain and
boary, beart-ſhaped, rough leaves, and a Srubby ſtalk.
Pſeudodictamnus Hiſpanicus, ampliſſimo folio can-
dicante & villoſo. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 118. Spaniſh Bas-
tard Dittany, with a very large boary leaf.
10. MARRUBIUM (Pſeudodietamnus) calycum limbis planis
villofis, foliis cordatis, caule fruticoſo. Hort. Cliff.
312. Horchound wiih a plain hairy border to the empale-
ment, heart-ſhaped leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Pſeudo-
dictamnus verticillatus inodorus. C.B. P. 232. Whorled
unfavoury Baſtard Dittany.
11. MARRUBIUM (Acetabuloſum) calycum limbis tubo
longioribus membranaceis, angulis majoribus rotun-
datis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 584. Horebound with a mem-
branaceous rim to the empalement longer than the tube, and
larger rounder angles Pſeudodictamnus acetabulis Mo-
luccæ. C. B. P. 222. Baſtard Dittany, with a pan or
bollow of Molucca Baum.
The firſt fort is the Praſium, or white Horehound of
the ſhops. This grows naturally in moſt parts of
England, fo is ſeldom propagated in gardens. It hath
a ligneous fibrous root, from which come out many
{quare ftalks a foot or more in length, which branch
out upward, and are garniſhed with hoary round-
iſh leaves, indented on the edges, placed oppoſite.
The flowers grow in very thick whorls round the
talks at each joint; they are ſmall, white, and of
the lip kind, ſtanding in ſtiff hoary empalements, cut
into ten parts at the top, which end in ſtiff briſtles ;
theſe are ſucceeded by four oblong black ſeeds fitting
in the empalement. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily;
this rifes with ſquare ſtalks near three feet high, which
branch much more than the firſt; the leaves are
rounder, whiter, and ſtand farther aſunder; the
whorls of flowers are not ſo large, but the flowers have
longer tubes.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal; this riſes with ſlender hoary ſtalks near three feet
high ; the leaves are very hoary, much longer and
narrower than thoſe of the ſecond ; the whorls of
flowers are ſmaller, the briſtly indentures of the em-
palement are longer and erect; the whole plant has
an agreeable flavour.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy;
this is a biennial plant, whoſe ſtalks are about the
ſame length as thoſe of the firſt; the leaves are
wedge-ſhaped, hoary, and obtuſely indented; the
whorls of flowers are ſmall, and have no covers. The
flowers ftand looſer in the whorls, and the cuts of the
empalement end in very ſtiff prickles, which ſpread
open; the flowers are purple, and larger than thoſe
of the firſt fort.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Archipelago ; the ſtalks of this are ſeldom above
eight or nine inches long, covered with a ſoft hoary
the leaves are ſmall, roundiſh, and very ſoft
to the touch; they are hoary, and indented on the
edges. The whorls of flowers are ſmall, very downy,
and white; the flowers are ſmall and white.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Spain; this hath
ſtalks about the ſame length as the firft; the leaves
are nearly oval, woolly, and crenated toward the
top, and the empalement of the flowers are awl-
ſhaped.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Iſtria, from
whence I received the feeds. The ſtalks of this grow
more erect than thoſe of the common fort: the leaves
are rounder and more fawed on the edges; the em-
palement of the flowers ſpread open, ending in acute
ſegments. The flowers are like thoſe of the common
fort; the whole plant is very hoary.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily;
this ſends out many ftiff roundiſh ſtalks, which riſe
more than two feet high, covered with a white cot-
tony down; the leaves are almoſt round, rough on
their upper fide, and woolly on their under; the
whorls of flowers are large, the borders of the em-
palement are flat and hairy; the tube of the flower
is ſcarce ſo long as the empalement, ſo the two lips
are but juſt viſible.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain; the ſtalks
of this are ſhrubby, and riſe near three feet high,
dividing into ſmall branches; the leaves are heart-
ſhaped and rough on their upper fide, but hoary on
their under; the whorls of flowers are large, the bor-
ders of the empalements flat and hairy; the tube of
the flower is longer, and the flowers are larger than
thoſe of the former fort ; they are of a pale purple
colour, and their upper lips are erect.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and the
Iſlands of the Archipelago. This riſes with a ſhrubby
ſtalk two feet high, which divides into many branches,
garniſhed with ſmall heart-ſhaped leaves, fitting pretty
cloſe to the ſtalks: the whorls of flowers are not ſo
large as thoſe of the two former forts. The rim of
the empalements are fat. The flowers are white, and
the whole plant is very hoary.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath
very hairy ſtalks which riſe about two feet high,
garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, which are rough
on their upper fide, but hoary on their under. The
whorls of flowers are large, the border of the em-
palements flat, and cut into many fegments, which
are membranaceous, angular, and rounded at the top.
.
The flowers are ſmall, of a pale purple colour, but
ſcarce appear out of their empalements, and their up-
3
per lips are erect.
The

M A R
M A R
a
The firſt fort is what the College of Phyſicians has coſa, folio fubrotundo, flore magno rubro. Hout
directed to be uſed in medicine. The leaves and tops Annual, hairy, viſcous Martynia, with a roundif leaf,
of the plants are eſteemed hot and dry, pectoral, and and a large red flower.
good to free the lungs from thick viſcid phlegm, and 2. MARTYNIA (Perennis) caule fimplici, foliis ferratis.
thereby to help old coughs, eſpecially in cold moiſt Lin. Sp. Plant. 618. Martynia with a ſingle ſtalk and
conftitutions, the juice being made into a fyrup with Sawed leaves. Martynia foliis ferratis. Lin. Hort,
ſugar or honey; they open obſtructions of the Cliff. Martynia with Sarved leaves
.
liver and ſpleen, and are very ſerviceable againſt the 3. MARTYNIA (Louiſiana) chule decumbente ramoſa, fo-
dropſy, jaundice, green fickneſs, and obſtructions of liis integris fructibus longißimis. Martynia with a de-
the catamenia, and ſuppreſſion of the lochia, and cumbent branching ſtalk, entire leaves, and tery long fruit.
other diſtempers of the female ſex, for which few The firſt of theſe plants was diſcovered by the late
herbs go beyond this. The officinal preparation is Dr. William Houſtoun, near La Vera Cruz, in New
the ſyrupus de Praffio.
Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds into England,
The fourth fort is ſuppoſed to be Galen's Madwort ; which ſucceeded very well in the Phyſic Garden at
this was by the antients greatly recommended for its Chelſea; and in the year 1731, ſeveral of theſe plants
efficacy in curing of madneſs, and ſome few of the were raiſed, which produced their beautiful i wers,
moderns have preſcribed it in the ſame diſorder, but and perfected their feed, from whence ſeveral plants
at preſent it is ſeldom uſed; it is a biennial plant, were raiſed the fucceeding year.
which generally periſhes after it hath perfected feeds. This riſes with a ſtrong, herbaceous, hairy ſtalk near
All theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for three feet high, which divides upward into three or
the ſake of variety, but there are not above two of four large branches, garniſhed with oblong oval leaves,
the forts which are cultivated in other gardens; theſe cut into angles on their fides; they are five inches
are the tenth and eleventh forts, whoſe ſtalks are long, and three inches and a half broad at their bafe,
ſhrubby; the plants are very hoary, ſo make a va- where they are broadeſt, ending in obtuſe points ;
riety when intermixed with other plants ; theſe very they are hairy, and very viſcous; ſticking to the fingers
rarely produce ſeeds in England, fo are propagated by if handled. The flowers are produced in ihort ipikes
cuttings, which, if planted in a ſhady border the mid- from the forks of the branches, and alſo at their tops ;
dle of April, will take root pretty freely.
they are ſhaped like thoſe of the Foxglove, but are
They are ſomewhat tender, ſo in very ſevere winters of a paler purple colour ; theſe are ſucceeded by ob-
are killed, unleſs they are ſcreened from the hard long oval capſules, which are thick, tough, and
froſts, eſpecially thoſe plants which grow in good clammy; theſe, when ripe, divide into two parts,
,
ground, where they grow luxuriant in ſummer, ſo leaving a large hard nut hanging on the plant, about
their branches are more replete with juice, and very the ſize, and much of the fame form, as the ſtag
liable to ſuffer by cold, but when they are in a poor beetle, with two ſtrong crooked horns at the end.
;
dry rubbiſh, the roots will be ſhort, firm, and dry, The nut has two deep longitudinal furrows on the
ſo are ſeldom injured by cold, and will continue much fides, and ſeveral ſmaller croſſing each other in the
longer than thoſe in better ground.
middle. It is ſo hard, that it is with difficulty cut
The other forts are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which open without injuring of the ſeeds : within are four
ſhould be fown on a bed of poor earth in the ſpring, oblong cells, two of which have generally a ſingle ob-
and when the plants come up they muſt be kept long feed in each, but the other two are abortive. If
clean from weeds; and where they are too cloſe they the plants are brought forward in the ſpring, they will
ſhould be thinned, leaving them a foot and a half begin to ſhew their flowers in July, which are firit
aſunder, that their branches may have room produced at the diviſion of the branches, and af-
ſpread; after this they require no other culture ; terward at the extremity of each branch, ſo there
they may alſo be propagated by cuttings, in the ſame will be a ſucceſſion of powers on the ſame plant till
manner as the other two forts. If theſe plants are the end of October, when the plants decay.
upon a dry poor foil, they will live ſeveral years, but in The ſecond fort was diſcovered by Mr. Robert Mil-
rich land they ſeldom laſt above three or four.
lar, growing naturally about Carthagena in New Spain,
MARRUBIUM NIGRUM. See BALLOTE. from whence he ſent the ſeeds to Europe, this hath a a
MARTAGON. See LILIUM.
perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which decays
MARTYNIA. Houft. Gen. Nov. Martyn. Dec. I. every autumn, and new ones ariſe in the ſpring. The
42. [This name was given by the late Dr. William roots of this plant are thick, Meſhy, and divided into
Houſtoun to this genus of plants, which he diſcovered knots, which are ſcaly, ſomewhat like thofe of Tooth-
in America, in honour of his friend Mr. John Mar- wort; theſe ſend up ſeveral ſtalks, which grow about
tyn, who was Profeſſor of Botany at Cambridge.] a foot high; they are thick, ſucculent, and of a pur-
The CHARACTERS are,
pliſh colour, garniſhed with oblong thick leaves,
The empalement of the flower is cut into five parts, whoſe baſe ſits cloſe to the ſtalk; they are fawed on
three of them are ereat, and two reflexed. The flower bath their edges, rough on their upper fide, where they
one petal, which is bell-ſhaped, with a large ſwelling are of a dark green, but their under ſide is purpliſh.
tube, at the baſe of which is ſituated a gibbous nečiarium. The ſtalk is terminated by a ſhort ſpike of blue
The rim of the petal is cut ſlightly into five obtuſe ſeg- flowers, which are bell-ſhaped, and do not ſpread
ments, two of which are turned upward, the other three open at the rim ſo much as the former fort; theſe
downward, repreſenting a lip flower. It hath four ſen- uſually appear in July or Auguft, but are not fuc-
der incurved ſtamina, which are inflexed into each other, ceeded by feeds in England.
terminated by ſummits, which are connected together. It The firſt fort, being an annual plant, is only pro-
bath an oblong germen ſituated under the flower, ſupporting pagated by ſeed, which ſhould be ſown in pots filled
a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a plain ſtigma. The empale- with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
ment afterward turns to an oblong gibbous capſule, which tanners bark, where (if the earth is duly watered to
divides into two parts, including a hard nut, ſhaped like promote the vegetation of the feed) the plants will
the body of a ſtag beetle, with two incurved ſtrong horns appear in about three weeks or a month, and will
at the end, having four cells, two of which are generally grow pretty faſt if the bed is warm; they ſhould
barren, the other two have one oblong feed in each. therefore be tranſplanted in a little time after they
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection come up, each into a ſeparate pot filled with light
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes the rich earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again,
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort fta- obſerving to water them well, as alſo to ſhade them
mina, and the ſeeds are included in a capſule.
from the ſun until they have taken new root; after
The SPECIES are,
which time they ſhould have a large ſhare of freſh air
1. MARTYNIA ( Annua) caule ramoſo, foliis angulatis. admitted to them in warm weather, by raiſing the
Lin. Sp. Plant. 618. Martynia with a branching ſtalk glaſſes of the hot-bed every day : with this manage-
and angular leaves. Martynia annua villofa & vif- ment the plants will make great progreſs, ſo as to
8 P
fill
to
a

MAR
M A T
a
3
have grown
fill the pots with their roots in about a month or fix the ſhoots of the young ſtalks will take roet, if they
weeks time, when they ſhould be ſhifted into pots are planted in pots filled with light earth, and plunged
about a foot diameter at the top, which ſhould be into a hot-bed during any of the ſummer months.
filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into The third fort grows naturally in Louiſiana, from
the hot-bed in the bark-ſtove, where they ſhould be whence the ſeeds were brought to France. This is
allowed room, becauſe they put out many fide an annnal plant, having a ſucculent viſcous ftalk,
branches, and will grow three feet high or more, ac- which divides into many branches; theſe thick fuc-
cording to the warmth of the bed, and the care which culent ftalks become too weighty for the ftalk to
is taken to ſupply them conſtantly with water; and ſupport them, whereby the ſtalk generally is brought
ſhould be conitantly kept in the tan-bed, giving them to the ground, unleſs it is well fupported: the leaves
plenty of free air at all times when the weather is are large, viſcous, and hairy ; ſome of them are cut
warm, but they will not bear to be expoſed abroad into angles, but for the moſt part they are entire,
in this country; when theſe plants thrive well they five or fix inches long, and four broad in the mid-
will ſend out many fide branches, which will all of dle. The flowers are produced from the forks of
them produce ſmall ſpikes of flowers; but it is only the ſtalk in ſhort ſpikes; they are of a pale red co-
from the firſt ſpike of flowers that good ſeeds can lour, and in ſhape and ſize like thoſe of the firſt fort;
be expected in this country, ſo that particular care they are ſucceeded by fruit four or five inches long,
ſhould be taken, that none of theſe are pulled off or having a thick green cover, which parts and falls off
deſtroyed, becauſe it is very difficult to obtain good when ripe, leaving a rough beetle-ſhaped veſſel, hav-
feeds here ; and I believe few of thoſe that are pro- ing two very long horns at the end, opening in two
duced on the ſide branches in the natural country of parts, containing ſeveral oval feeds, covered with
their growth, are duly ripened; for I have received a black ſkin, which muſt be taken off before the feeds
a great quantity of theſe feeds from abroad, which
are fown.
have appeared to be very good, and yet few of them This being an annual plant, ſhould be brought for-
ward in the ſpring, by fowing the ſeeds on a hot-bed
The feeds of theſe plants have a ſtrong green cover- the latter end of March ; and when the plants come
ing on them, as thick as the outer covering of an Al- up, they ſhould be treated almoſt in the ſame man-
mond, and when the feeds are ripe, the covering ner as the firſt, with this difference only, that being
opens, and lets the ſeeds fall, in the ſame manner as more hardy than the firſt, the plants ſhould have more
the covering of Almonds, Walnuts, &c. In each co- air admitted to them, to prevent their drawing up
vering there is one hard nut, in ſhape fomewhat like a weak; nor ſhould they have too much water in fum-
beetle, having two ſharp crooked horns at one end. mer, which is apt to rot their fucculent ftems before
This nut contains four embryos, but there are ſel- the feeds are perfected.
dom more than two feeds which are perfect in any of MARVEL OF PERU. See MIRABILIS.
them. However, when they are fown, the whole nut MARUM. See TEUCRIUM.
muſt be planted, for it is ſo hard, that it is almoſt MARUM VULGARE. See SATUREJA.
impoſſible to take out the ſeeds without ſpoiling them; MARY GOLD. See CALENDULA.
ſo where there are two plants produced from the fame MARYGOLD (AFRICAN.) See TAGETES.
nut, they are eaſily ſeparated, eſpecially if they are MARYGOLD (FIG.) See MESEMBRYANTHEMUM.
tranſplanted while young. Theſe feeds will continue MARYGOLD (FRENCH) See TAGETES.
good for ſome years, for I ſaved a pretty large quan- MASTERWORT. See IMPERATORIA.
tity of them in the year 1734, part of which I fowed MASTICHINA. See SATUREJA,
the following year, but had not one plant produced MATRICARIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 493. tab.
from them, the remainder of the ſeeds I divided, 281. Lin. Gen. Plant. 867. [fo called from the ma-
and fowed fome of them every ſucceeding year, with- trix, becauſe this plant is very good againſt diſeaſes
out any ſucceſs, until the year 1738, when I ſowed of the womb; and for the ſame reaſon it is called
all the feeds I had left, from which I had one plant Parthenium, of Ilocosº, a virgin.] Feverfew; in
produced, ſo that if the ſeeds are good, it is evi- French, Matricaire.
dent they will grow when they are four years old ; The CHARACTERS are,
therefore, whenever we receive good feeds from It bath a compound flower. The ray, or border, is com-
abroad, or ſave any in this country which are per- poſed of many female half florets, and the diſk, which
fectly ripened, it will be proper to preſerve ſome of is hemiſpherical, of bermaphrodite florets; theſe are in-
them for a year or two, left a bad ſeaſon ſhould hap- cluded in one common hemiſpherical empalement, compoſed
pen, when the plants may not perfect their feeds; lo of linear ſcales, nearly equal. The female half florets
that if this precaution be not taken, the ſpecies may are tongue-ſhaped, and indented in three parts at the end;
be loft in Europe.
theſe have a naked germen, ſupporting a fender ſtyle, ter-
The ſecond fort dies to the root every winter, and minated by two twiſted ſtigmas. The hermaphrodite flo-
riſes again the ſucceeding ſpring; this muſt be con- rets ere tubulous, funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five parts at
ftantly preſerved in the ſtove, and plunged into the the brim, which Spread open; they have each five hairy
bark-bed, otherwiſe it will not thrive in this country. ſhort ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits
, and an
During the winter ſeaſon, when the plants are decay- oblong neked germen, with a ſlender Style, crowned by a
ed, they ſhould have but little water given to them, bifid ſpreading ſtigma. The germen of both turn to fingle,
for at that time it will rot the roots. In the middle
oblong, naked ſeeds.
of March, juſt before the plants begin to ſhoot, is the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
proper ſeaſon to tranſplant and part the roots, when of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the
they ſhould be planted into pots of a middle ſize, plants with compound flowers, whoſe ftamina and
filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into ityles are connected, and the florets are all fruitful.
the bark-bed, which ſhould at this time be renewed
The SPECIES are,
with ſome freſh tan. When the plants come up, they 1. MATRICARIA (Parthenium) foliis compofitis planis,
muſt be frequently refreſhed with water, but it muſt foliolis ovatis inciſis, pedunculis ramoſis. Hort. Cliff
not be given to them in large quantities, left it rot 416. Feverfew with plain compounded leaves, whoſe lobes
their tender roots; and as the warmth of the ſeaſon
ere oval and cut, having branching foot-ſtalks. Matri-
increaſes, it will be proper to admit a large ſhare of caria vulgaris, feu fativa. C. B.P. 133. Common, or
freſh air, which will greatly ſtrengthen the plants ; Garden Feverfew.
they muſt alſo be placed in the tan-bed, where they are 2. MATRICARIA (Maritima) receptaculis hemiſphericis,
not over-hung, or ſhaded by other plants ; nor ſhould foliis bipinnatis fubcarnoſis, fuprà convexis, fubtus
they be ſhifted or tranſplanted when they are in leaf, carinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 891. Feverfew with hemi-
for that will prevent their flowering. As the roots Spherical receptacles, doubly winged leaves, which are fleby,
of this plant increaſe very faſt, there is no neceſſity and convex on their upper fide, but keel-Shaped below.
for uſing other methods to propagate it; otherwiſe Chamæmelum maritimum perenne humilius, foliis
brevoribus
.

Μ Α Τ
M A T
a
brevioribus craſſis obfcurè virentibus. Raii Syn. Ed.
3. p. 186. Dwarf, perennial, maritime Chamomile, with
short, thick, dark green leaves.
3. MATRICARIA (Indica) foliis ovatis finuatis angulis
ferratis acutis. Feverfere with oval, ſinuated, angular,
acutely-Towed leaves. Matricaria latiore folio, flore
pleno. Mor. Hift
. 3. p. 33.
4. MATRICARIA ( Argentea) foliis bipinnatis, pedunculis
ſolitariis, Hort. Cliff. 415. Feverfere with winged
leaves, and ſingle foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Chamame-
lum Orientale incanum, Millefolium folio. Tourn.
Cor. 37
5. MATRICARIA (Americana) foliis lineari-lanceolatis in-
tegerrimis, pedunculis unifloris. Feverfer with entire
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and foot-ſtalks with one flower.
The firft fort is the common Feverfew, which is di-
rected to be uſed in medicine. It grows naturally in
lanes, and upon the ſide of banks in many parts of
England, but is frequently cultivated in the phyſic-
gardens to ſupply the markets ; this is commonly a
biennial plant, which decays ſoon after it has per-
fected ſeeds. The root of this plant is compoſed of
a great number of fibres, which ſpread wide on every
fide. The ſtalks riſe upward of two feet high ; they
are round, ftiff, and ſtriated, branching out on every
fide. The leaves are compoſed of ſeven lobes, which
are cut into many obtuſe ſegments; they are of a
yellowiſh green colour. The ſtalks and branches are
terminated by the flowers, which are diſpoſed almoſt
in the form of looſe umbels, each flower ſtanding
upon a ſeparate foot-ſtalk, about two inches long.
The flowers are compoſed of ſeveral ſhort rays, which
are white, like thoſe of the Chamomile, ſurrounding
a yellow diſk, compoſed of hermaphrodite florets,
which form a hemiſphere; theſe are incloſed in one
common ſcaly empalement, and are ſucceeded by ob-
long, angular, naked feeds. It flowers in June, and
the ſeeds ripen in autumn. The whole plant has a
ſtrong unpleaſant odour. The leaves and flowers of
this are uſed in medicine, and are particularly appro-
priated to the female ſex, being of great ſervice in all
cold flatulent diſorders of the womb, and hyſteric af-
fections, procuring the catamenia, and expelling the
birth and fecundines.
The following varieties of this plant are preſerved in
botanic gardens, many of which are pretty conſtant,
if care is taken in ſaving the ſeeds; but where the feeds
of theſe plants has been ſuffered to ſcatter, it will be
almoſt impoſſible to preſerve the varieties without
mixture ; but if the ſeeds are fown upon a freſh ſpot
of ground, where there has not grown any of the
plants before, I am inclinable to believe the feeds
will produre the ſame plants as thoſe they were taken
from; however, as they are ſuppoſed to be only va-
rieties, fo I ſhall only juſt inſert them here, for the
uſe of thoſe who are curious in collecting the varieties.
1. Feverfew with very double flowers.
2. Feverfew with double flowers, whoſe borders, or
rays are plain, and the diſk fiſtular.
3. Feverfew with very ſmall rays.
4. Feverfew with very ſhort fiftular florets. .
5. Feverfew with naked heads, having no rays or border.
.
6. Feverfew with naked ſulphur-coloured heads.
7. Feverfew with elegant curled leaves.
Theſe plants are all propagated by their feeds, which
ſhould be ſown in March upon a bed of light earth,
and, when they are come up, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted out into nurſery-beds, at about eight inches
aſunder, where they may remain till the middle of
May, when they may be taken up, with a ball of
earth to their roots, and planted in the middle of
large borders, where they will flower in July and Au-
guít; and, if the autumn be favourable, will produce
ripe feeds the ſame year. But it is not adviſeable to
permit them to ſeed, which often weakens and de-
cays the roots; therefore, when their flowers are paſt,
you ſhould cut down their ſtems, which will cauſe
them to puſh out freſh heads, whereby the roots may
be maintained.
When the different varieties of theſe plants are inter-
mixed with other plants of the fame growth, they
make a handſome appearance during the ſcafon of
flowering, which commonly continues a full month,
or more, which renders them more valuable. But as
their roots ſeldom abide more than two, or at moft
three years, freſh plants would be raiſed from ſeeds
to ſupply their places; for although they may be
propagated by parting their roots either in ſpring or
autumn, yet theſe ſeldom make ſo good plants as
thoſe obtained from ſeeds, but the ſecond variety ſel-
dom produces any good feeds, therefore that muſt be
propagated in this manner, or by planting cuttings
in the ſpring or ſummer months, which will take
root, and make good plants.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally near the ſea, in ſe-
veral parts of England. I have obſerved it upon the
Suflex coaſt in great plenty, from whence I brought
the plants, which were of no longer duration in the
garden than two years, though in their native foil they
may continue longer. The Italks of this plant branch
out pretty much, and ſpread near the ground; they
are garniſhed with dark green leaves, which are com-
poſed of many double wings, or pinnæ, like thoſe of
the common Chamomile, but are much thicker in
ſubſtance; they have their edges turned backward, ſo
are convex on their upper ſurface, and concave on
their under. The flowers are white, like thoſe of
the common Chamomile, and are diſpoſed almoſt in
the form of an umbel; they appear in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.
This plant is feldom cultivated but in botanic gar-
dens for variety. It may be propagated by ſeeds,
which may be fown either in autumn, ſoon after they
are ripe, or in the ſpring, upon a bed of common
earth, in almoſt any ſituation, and when the plants
come up, they will require no other care but to thin
them where they are too cloſe, and keep them clean
from weeds.
The third ſort grows naturally in many parts of In-
dia, I received it from Nimpu, where it grows plen-
tifully; this plant riſes a foot and a half high, dividing
into many branches, garniſhed with angular oval
leaves, which are acutely ſawed on their edges, and
are of a pale colour; the flowers are produced on
foot-ſtalks which ariſe from the wings of the leaves,
and alſo terminate the branches; theſe are, in all I
have yet ſeen, very double, and full as large as thoſe
of the double fort before-mentioned; theſe appear in
July, and in favourable ſeaſons are ſucceeded by feeds
which ripen late in the autumn.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
ſown in the ſpring upon a moderate hot-bed, and
when the plants come up, they muſt be treated in the
manner already directed for the Chryſanthemum Co-
ronarium, with which culture they will thrive and
flower very well.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the eaſt; this fort
riſes a foot high, having winged leaves of a ſilver
colour, which are for the moſt part placed oppoſite;
the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe ſingle from the fide
of the branches, each ſupporting one white flower.
This flowers in July, and in warm ſeaſons will ſome-
times perfect ſeeds in autumn.
The ſeeds of this ſort ſhould be fown in April, on a
bed of light earth, in a good expoſure; and when the
plants are grown of a proper ſize to remove, they
ſhould be planted in the borders of the flower-gar-
den; where, if they are kept clean from weeds, they
will flower and perfect their feeds.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in North America;
this is a perennial plant, whoſe ſtalks and leaves decay
in the autumn, and new ones come out again in the
ſpring; the ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and di-
vide upward into ſeveral forked branches, at each of
theſe diviſions is placed one linear ſpear-ſhaped leaf
about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch
broad, entire on the edges, and of a deep green.
The branches are terminated by ſingle foot-ſtalks,
each ſupporting one blue flower, very like thoſe of
ſome kind of Starwort; but the empalement being
ſcaly
a
a

M A U
M A U
a
a
a
11
(caly, and the ſeeds having no down, occaſions its
being here placed. The powers appear in July and
Auguft, and the feeds ripen in the autumn.
This is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in the au-
tumn, ſoon after they are ripe, will more certainly
ſucceed than when ſown in the ſpring; they ſhould
be ſown in the full ground, and when the plants are
fit to remove, if they are planted in the borders of the
flower-garden, they will continue ſome years without
protection, and annually produce flowers and ſeeds.
MATTED ROOTS are ſuch as are entangled or
plaited together.
S302 AM
MAUDLIN. See ACHILLEA.
MAUROCENIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. Edit. 2. 289.
Frangula. Hort. Elth. 121. The Hottentot Cherry,
vulgo.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into
five ſegments, and is permanent. The flower hath five
oval petals, which Spread open. It bath five ſtamina,
which are ſituated betwen the petals, crowned by obtuſe
ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, hav-
ing no ſtyle, crowned by a trifid ſtigma. The germen af-
terward turns to an oval berry with one or two cells, each
containing a ſingle oval ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants whoſe
flowers have five ſtamina and three ſtyles or ftigmas ;
and in the laſt edition of his Genera, he has joined it
to the Caſſine, making them the ſame; but as the
flower of Caffine has but one petal, and the flower
of theſe have five; and the berries of the former
three cells, and thoſe of this but one or two, there-
fore I have ſeparated them.
en The Species are,
1. MAUROCENIA (Frangula) foliis fubovatis integer-
rimis, floribus confertis lateralibus. Maurocenia with
entire leaves which are almoſt oval, and flowers growing
in cluſters on the ſides of the branches. Frangula ſem-
pervirens, folio rigido fubrotundo. Hort. Elth. 146.
tab. 121. Evergreen berry-bearing Alder with a roundiſh
ſtiff leaf, commonly called Hottentot Cherry.
2. MAUROCENIA (Phillyrea) foliis obverse ovatis fer-
ratis, fioribus corymboſis alaribus & terminalibus.
Maurocenia with obverſe, oval, Jawed leaves, and flowers
growing in a corymbus at the ſides and ends of the branches.
Phillyrea capenſis, folio celaftri. Hort. Elth. 315.
tab. 236. Phillyrea of the Cope with a Staf-tree leef,
by the Dutch called Leplebout.
3. MAUROCENIA (Ceraſus) foliis ovatis nervoſis inte-
gerrimis. Maurocenia with oval veined leaves, which
are entire. Ceraſus Hottentotorum. Pluk. Almag. 94.
The ſmaller Hottentot Cherry.
4. MAUROCENIA (Americana) foliis obversè ovatis emar-
ginatis, floribus folitariis alaribus. Maurocenia with
obverſe oval leaves which are indented at the edges, and
flowers growing ſingly from the ſides of the branches.
Frangula folio fubrotundo rigido ſubtus ferrugineo.
Houſt. MSS. Berry-bearing Alder with a roundiſha ftif
leaf, which is of an iron colour on the under fide.
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, where it riſes to a conſiderable height, but here
they are rarely more than five or fix feet high. The
ſtalk is ſtrong, woody, and covered with a purpliſh
bark, ſending out many ftiff branches, garniſhed
with very thick leaves, almoſt oval, ſtanding for the
moſt part oppoſite ; they are about two inches long,
and almoſt as much in breadth, of a dark green
colour, and entire. The flowers come out from the
fide of the old branches, in cluſters, three, four,
or five, ſtanding upon one common foot-ſtalk,
which is ſlender, compoſed of five plain equal pe-
tals, ending in acute points; they are firſt of a green-
iſh yellow colour, but afterward change to white,
ſpreading wide open. In the center is ſituated the
oval germen, crowned by the trifid fligma, and be-
[ween each petal is ſituated a ſtamina ; theſe ſpread
open in the lame manner as the petals, and are ter-
minated by obtuſe ſummits. The germen afterward
turns to an oval pulpy berry, ſome having but one,
and others two cells , in each of theſe is lodged one
oval feed. The berries change to a dark purple
when they are ripe. This plant flowers in July and
Auguſt, and the berries ripen in winter.
The ſecond fort is a native of the Cape of Good Hope;
this hath a woody ftalk, which in this country feldom
rifes more than five or ſix feet high, ſending out ma-
ny branches, covered with a dark purpliſh bark, and
garniſhed with pretty ſtiff leaves, which are obverſely
oval, and fawed on their edges, ſtanding oppoſite;
they are about an inch and a half long, and a little
more in breadth, of a light green, having ſhort
foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in roundiſh
bunches from the ſide, and at the end of the branches;
they are white, and have five ſmall petals which
ſpread open; between theſe are ſituated the ſtamina,
which ſpread in the fame manner; theſe are termi-
nated by obtuſe ſummits. In the center is ſituated
the roundiſh germen, which is crowned ſometimes by
a bifid, and at others by a trifid ftigma. The flowers
appear in July and Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by
berries in England.
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this riſes with a woody ftalk about the ſame
height as the former, dividing into many branches,
which are garniſhed with ſtiff oval leaves about two
inches long, and nearly as much in breadth, of a
lucid green colour, and entire, having three lon-
gitudinal veins; theſe are ſometimes placed oppoſite,
and at others they are alternate, having a ſtrong mar-
gin, or border, ſurrounding them. This fort hath pro-
duced its flowers in England, and I am fully con-
vinced that the characters of the flowers are the ſame
with the others.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at the Paliſadoes in Jamaica,
from whence he ſent the feeds to Europe ; this riſes
with a woody ſtalk from fifteen to twenty feet high,
covered with a rough brown bark, and divides into
many branches, which are garniſhed with ftiff leaves,
placed alternately; they are about an inch and a half
long, and a little more in breadth, indented at the
top, with a ſtiff reflexed border, of a gray colour
on their upper ſide, but of a ruſty iron colour on
their under, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out ſingly along the ſide of the branches;
they have five ſmall white petals, which end in acute
points, and five ſlender ſtamina, which ſpread open,
and are terminated by obtuſe ſummits. In the center
is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a long bi-
fid ftigma, which is permanent. The germen after-
ward turns to a round berry, with one or two cells,
each having one oblong ſeed.
The firſt fort is too tender to live abroad in England,
but as it requires no artificial heat, ſo may be preſerved
through the winter in a good green-houſe, where it
deſerves a place for the beauty of its leaves, which
are very thick, of a deep green, and differing in
appearance from every other plant; this may be pro-
pagated by laying down thoſe ſhoots which are pro-
duced near the root, but they are long in putting out
roots. The ſhoots ſhould be twiſted in the part which
is laid, to facilitate their putting out roots; if theſe
are laid down in the autumn, they will put out roots
fufficient to remove by the following autumn; it may
alſo be propagated by cuttings, but this is a tedious
method, as they are ſeldom rooted enough to tranſ-
plant in leſs than two years. When this is practiſed,
the young ſhoots of the former year ſhould be cut off,
with a ſmall piece of the old wood at the bottom, in
the ſpring, and planted in pots filled with loamy earth,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, covering the
pots with glaſſes, which ſhould be clofe ſtopped
down to exclude the external air; they ſhould be
pretty well watered at the time they are planted, but
afterward they will require but little wet; the glaffes
over them ſhould be covered every day with mats, to
ſcreen the cuttings from the ſun during the heat of
the
.
3

MAR
MED
3
the day, but in the morning before the ſun is too fame manner as other tender plants from the ſame
warm, and in the afternoon, when the ſun is low, country, always keeping them in the tan-bed; and
they ſhould be uncovered, that the oblique rays of in winter they muſt have a temperate warmth, other-
the fun may raiſe a gentle warmth under the glaſſes. wiſe they will not live here.
With this care the cuttings will take root, but where All the forts delight in a ſoft, gentle, loamy foil, not
it is wanting, they ſeldom ſucceed. When the cut- over ſtiff, ſo as to detain the wet; nor ſhould the
tings or layers are rooted, they ſhould be each plant- foil be too light, for in ſuch they feldom thrive. They
ed in a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with ſoft loamy ſoil, retain their leaves all the year, fo make a good ap-
and placed in the ſhade till they have taken new root; pearance in the winter fealon, their leaves being re-
then they may be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, markably ſtiff and of a fine green, eſpecially the firſt
where they may remain during the ſummer ſeaſon ; fort, whoſe fruit ripens in winter, which when it is
and, before the froſts of the autumn come on, they in plenty on the plants, affords an agreeable variety.
muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and treated |MAYS.' See Zea.
in the ſame way as the other plants of that country, MEADIA. Cateíb. Carol. 3. p. 1. Dodecatheon. Lin.
giving them but little water in cold weather, and in Gen. Plant. 183.
mild weather admitting the free air. In ſummer they
The CHARACTERS are,
muſt be removed into the open air, and placed in a It hath a ſmall involucrum of many leaves, in which are
ſheltered ſituation with other exotic plants, and in many flowers. The flower hath a permanent empalement
very warm weather they muſt be watered three times of one leaf, cut into five long ſegments which are reflexed.
a week, but it muſt not be given them too freely at The flower bath one petal, cut into five parts, whoſe
any time. When the plants have obtained ſtrength, tube is ſhorter than the empalement, and the limb is re-
they will produce flowers and fruit, which, in warm flexed backward.
It hath five ſort obtuſe ſtamina fit-
ſeaſons, will ripen perfectly; and if the ſeeds are fown ting in the tube, terminated by arrow-pointed ſtigmas,
ſoon after they are ripe, in pots, and plunged into which are connected into a beak, with a conical germen,
the tan-bed in the ſtove, the plants will come up the Supporting a ſlender ſtyle longer than the ſtamina, crowned
ſpring following, and may then be treated in the by an obtufe ftigma. The empalement afterward becomes
ſame manner as thoſe which are propagated by cut- an oblong oval capſule with one cell, opening at the top,
tings and layers.
and filled with ſmall ſeeds.
The ſecond fort is not altogether ſo hardy as the firſt, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſo muſt have a warmer place in the green-houſe in Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
winter, and ſhould not be placed abroad quite ſo early whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle. The
in the ſpring, nor ſuffered to remain abroad ſo late in title of this genus was given to it by Mr. Mark
the autumn, but if the green-houſe is warm, the
-
Cateſby, F. R. S. in honour of the late Dr. Mead,
plants will require no additional heat. This may be who was a generous encourager of every uſeful branch
propagated by layers and cuttings, in the ſame man- of ſcience; but being himſelf no great botaniſt, Dr.
ner as the firſt, and requires the ſame care, for the Linnæus was unwilling any plant ſhould bear his
cuttings are with difficulty made to root; nor will name, ſo he has altered it to that of Dodecatheon,
the branches which are laid, put out roots in leſs than which was a title applied by Pliny to a ſpecies of
a year, and if theſe are not young ſhoots, they will Primroſe with a yellow root, and leaves like the Gar-
not take root.
den Lettuce.
As this fort does not produce ſeeds in England, it We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
can be only propagated by layers and cuttings, which MeaDIA (Dodecatheon.) Cateb. Hift. Carol. App. 1. tab.
being difficult to root, occaſions its being ſcarce at 1. Meadia. Auricula urſi Virginiana, fioribus boragi-
preſent in Europe.
nis, inftar roftratis, cyclaminum more reflexis. Pluk.
The third fort is yet more rare than either of the Alm. 62. tab. 79. fol. 6. Bear's-ear of Virgina, whoſe
former, and is with greater difficulty propagated, for flower has a beak like that of Borage, and reflexed petals
the layers and cuttings are commonly two years be- like thoſe of Sowbread.
fore they get roots fufficient to remove, and as it ne- This plant grows naturally in Virginia, and other
ver produces feeds here, it can be no other way pro- parts of North America, from whence it was ſent by
pagated; this is alſo tenderer than either of the other Mr. Baniſter, many years ſince, to Dr. Compton,
forts, ſo requires a moderate degree of heat in winter, Lord Biſhop of London, in whoſe curious garden I
for without ſome artificial warmth, it will ſeldom live firſt ſaw this plant growing in the year 1709; after
through the winters in England. In the middle of which the plant was for ſeveral years loft in England,
ſummer the plants may be placed abroad in a warm till within a few years paſt, when it was again obtain-
fituation, but they muſt be removed into ſhelter early ed from America, and has been propagated in pretty
in the autumn, before the cold nights come on, other- great plenty. It hath a yellow perennial root, from
wiſe they will receive a check, which they will not which comes out ſeveral long ſmooth leaves in the
recover in winter; during the ſummer ſeaſon they ſpring, which are near fix inches long, and two and
ſhould be gently watered three times a week in dry a half broad; at firſt ſtanding erect, but afterward
weather, but in winter they will require to be ſeldom they ſpread on the ground, eſpecially if the plants are
watered.
much expoſed to the fun; from between theſe leaves
The fourth fort is much more impatient of cold than ariſe two, three, or four flower-ſtalks, in proportion
either of the other, being a native of a warmer coun- to the ſtrength of the roots, which riſe eight or nine
try. This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be inches high, they are ſmooth, naked, and are ter-
procured from the country where it grows naturally, minated by an umbel of flowers, under which is fitu-
for it does not produce any here. Theſe do not grow ated the many-leaved involucrum. Each flower is
the firſt year, ſo the ſeeds ſhould be ſown in pots fill- ſuſtained by a pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalk which is
ed with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- recurved, ſo that the flower hangs downward. The
bed of tanners bark, where they may remain all the flower has but one petal, which is deeply cut into five
ſummer; and in the autumn they ſhould be removed ſpear-ſhaped ſegments, which are reflexed upward
into the bark-ſtove, and plunged into the tan-bed be- like the flowers of Cyclamen or Sowbread; the ſta-
tween the other pots of plants, in any vacant ſpaces ; mina, which are five in number, are fhort, and fit in
there they may remain till ſpring, when they ſhould the tube of the flower, having five arrow-pointed
be taken out of the ſtove, and plunged into a freſh ſummits, which are connected together round the
hot bed, which will bring up the plants. When theſe ſtyle, forming a ſort of beak. The flowers are pur-
are fit to remove, they ſhould be each tranſplanted ple, inclining to a Peach bloffom colour, and have
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with a ſoft loamy an oblong germen ſituated in the bottom of the tube,
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed again, being care- which afterward becomes an oval capfule incloſed by
ful to ſhade them from the ſun till they have taken the empalement, with the permanent ſtyle on its
new root, after which they muſt be treated in the apex, which, when ripe, opens at the top to let out
the
a
a
a
sa

Μ ME A
M Ε
E A
the feeds, which are faſtened round the ſtyle. This
plant flowers the beginning of May, and the feeds
ripen in July, ſoon after which the ſtalks and leaves
decay, ſo that the roots remain inactive till the fol-
lowing ſpring
This plant is propagated by offsets, which the roots
put out pretty freely when they are ina looſe moiſt foil
and a ſhady ſituation; the beſt time to remove the
roots, and take away the offsets, is in Auguſt, after the
leaves and ſtalks are decayed, that they may be fixed
well in their new ſituation before the froſt comes on.
It may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which the plants
generally produce in plenty; theſe ſhould be fown in
the autumn foon after they are ripe, either in a ſhady
moiſt border, or in pots, which ſhould be placed in
the ſhade; in the ſpring the plants will come up,
and muſt then be kept clean from weeds, and if the
ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be frequently refreſhed
with water ; nor ſhould they be expoſed to the fun,
for while the plants are young, they are very impa-
tient of heat, ſo that I have known great numbers
of them deſtroyed in two or three days, which were
growing to the full fun. Theſe young plants ſhould
not be tranſplanted till their leaves are decayed, then
they may be carefully taken up and planted in a
fhady border, where the foil is looſe and moiſt, at
about eight inches diſtance from each other, which
will be room enough for them to grow one year, by
which time they will be ſtrong enough to produce
flowers, ſo may then be tranſplanted into ſome ſha-
fo
dy borders in the flower-garden, where they will
appear very ornamental during the continuance of
their flowers.
At the firſt many ſuppoſed this plant to be tender, ſo
planted it in warm ſituations and nurſed it too much,
whereby the plants were often killed; but by experi-
ence it is found to be ſo hardy, as not to be hurt by
the fevereſt cold of this country; but it will not
thrive in a very dry foil, or where it is greatly expoſed
to the ſun.
MEADOW.
Under the general title of Meadow, is commonly
cemprehended all paſture land, or at leaſt all Graſs
land, which is mown for hay; but I chuſe rather to
diſtinguiſh ſuch land only by this appellation, which
is ſo low, as to be too moiſt for cattle to graze upon
them in winter, being generally too wet to admit hea-
vy cattle, without poaching and ſpoiling the ſward;
and thoſe Graſs lands which are drier, I ſhall diſtin-
guiſh by the title of paſture.
There are two ſorts of Meadows in England, one of
which is ftiled Water Meadows, and the other are
ſimply called Meadows.
Water Meadows are thoſe which lie contiguous to
rivers or brooks, from whence the water can be car-
ried to overflow the Graſs at pleaſure. Of theſe there
are large tracts in ſeveral parts of England, which, if
ſkilfully managed, would become much more profit-
able to their owners than they are at preſent, as hath
been already mentioned in another place; for nothing
can be more abſurd than the common practice of
flowing theſe low grounds all the winter, whereby the
roots of all the ſweeteſt kinds of Grafs are deſtroyed,
and only ſuch Graſſes left as are natives of marſhes,
which are coarſe and ſour: and if people were curious
to examine the herbage of theſe Water Meadows,
they would find the bulk of them compoſed of bad
weeds, ſuch as grow by the ſides of rivers, brooks,
and ditches, of which the ſeveral ſorts of Docks make
no ſmall ſhare; and although many of theſe Mea-
dows produce a great burden of what the country peo-
ple call hay, yet this is only fit for cows, cart-horſes,
and other animals, which by hard labour and hunger,
are driven to eat it; for horſes which have been accuſ-
tomed to feed on good hay, will ſtarve before they
will touch it: and after the Graſs is mown off theſe
Meadows, and cattle turned in to graze upon them,
how common is it to ſee the land almoſt covered with
theſe rank weeds, which the cattle never will eat !
Which muſt always be the condition of ſuch Meadows,
where the water is let over them in autumn and win-
ter; for, as the fides of rivers and brooks do every
where abound with theſe rank weeds, whoſe feeds ri-
pen
in autumn, and falling into the water, they are
carried by the ſtream, and depoſited on the flowed
land, where they grow and fill the ground in every
part; but fo incurious are the generality of farmers
in this reſpect, that if the ground is but well covered,
they care not what it is, few of them ever taking any
pains to weed or ciean their paſtures.
The method which I propoſe for the management of
theſe Meadows is, never to flow them till the middle
or latter end of March, excepting once or twice in
winter, when there may happen floods, which may
bring down a great ſhare of foil from the upper lands,
at which times it will be of great ſervice to let water
upon the Meadows, that the ſoil may ſettle there, but
;
the ſooner the wet is drained off when this is lodged,
the greater advantage the Meadows will receive by it;
but from the end of March to the middle of May, in
dry ſeaſons, by frequently letting on the water, the
growth of the Graſs will be greatly encouraged, and at
this ſeaſon there will be no danger of deſtroying the
roots of the Graſs; and after the hay is carried off
the ground, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, it will be
of great ſervice to the Graſs, if the Meadows are
flowed again ; but when this is practiſed, no cattle
ſhould be turned into the Meadows, till the ſurface
of the ground is become firm enough to bear their
weight without poaching the land, for otherwiſe the
Graſs will ſuffer more from the treading of the cat-
tle, than it will receive benefit by the flowing; but
theſe are things which the country people feldom
regard, ſo that the Meadows are generally very un-
fightly, and rendered leſs profitable.
I would alſo recommend the weeding of theſe Mea-
dows twice a year; the firſt time in April, and again
in October ; at which times if the roots of Docks
and all bad weeds are cut up with a ſpaddle, the Mea-
dows will ſoon be cleared of this trumpery, and the
herbage greatly improved.
Another great improvement of theſe lands might be
procured, by rolling them with a heavy roller in
ſpring and autumn. This will preſs the ſurface of
the ground even, whereby it may be mown much
cloſer, and it will alſo ſweeten the Graſs; and this
piece of hubandry is of more ſervice to paſtures
than moſt people are aware of.
As to thoſe Meadows which cannot be flowed, there
ſhould be the ſame care taken to weed and roll them,
as hath been directed for the Water Meadows; as alſo
never to let heavy cattle graze upon them in winter
when they are wet; for the cattle will then poach
thein, and greatly injure the Grafs; therefore theſe
ſhould be fed down as cloſe as poſſible in the autumn,
before the heavy rains fall to render the ground foft ;
and thoſe paſtures which are drier, may be kept to
ſupply the want of theſe in winter; and where there
are not cattle enough to eat down the Graſs in time,
it will be much better to cut off what is left, than
to ſuffer it to rot upon the ground, for that will pre-
vent the Graſs from ſhooting early in the ſpring; but
where people have not cattle enough of their own to
eat down the Graſs in time, they had much better
take in ſome of their neighbours, than ſuffer their fog
(as it is called) to remain all the winter. When theſe
Meadows are fed in the autumn, the greater variety
of animals are turned in, the cloſer they will eat the
Graſs; and I am fully convinced, the cloſer it is
eaten, the better the Graſs will come up the follow-
ing ſpring ; therefore, if during the time while the
cattle are feeding, the Meadows are well rolled, the
animals will eat the Graſs much cloſer than they
otherwiſe would.
TOL
Thoſe perſons who are beſt ſkilled in this part of
huſbandry, always dreſs their Meadows every other,
or at leaſt every third year, without which it is in vain
to expect any good crop of hay; but the generality
of the farmers are ſo much diſtreſſed for dreſſing to
ſupply their Corn land, as not to have any to ſpare
for
3

MED
MED
و
3
.
3
very little
for their Meadows, ſo that they are content with what Both theſe forts propagate freely by offsets from
the land will naturally produce, rather than take any the roots, ſo that when they are once obtained, there
part of their manure from their arable ground; but will be no neceſſity of ſowing their feeds, which com-
this is a very imprudent piece of huſbandry; for if monly lie a year in the ground, and the plants will
land is to be annually mowed far hay, can it be fup- not be ſtrong enough to flower in leſs than two years
poſed that it will produce a good crop long, unleſs more, whereas the offsets will flower the following
there are proper dreſſings allowed it? And when ſeaſon. The time for tranſplanting and parting of
ground is once beggared for want of manure, it will the roots is in July, when their ſtalks are entirely de-
be ſome years before it can be recovered again; but cayed, for they begin to ſhoot toward the end of Au-
I ſhall reſerve what is neceſſary to be farther en- guſt, and keep growing all the winter, and decay in
larged on this ſubject, to be fully treated under the the ſpring. Theſe roots ſhould be planted in pots
article of PASTURE.
filled with good kitchen-garden earth, and may re-
Vobis on
MEADOW SAFFRON. See COLCHICUM. main in the open air till there is danger of froſt, wher
Mo
MEDEOL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 411. tw rolni
they muſt be removed into ſhelter, for they are too
The CHARACTERS are,
by nid .
tender to live through the winter in the open air ; but
The flower has no empalement; it hath fix oblong oval if they are placed in a warm green-houſe, they will
petals which are equal, Spread open, and turn backwerd; thrive and flower very well, but they do not produce
and fix awl-Shaped ſtamina the length of the petal, ter- fruit unleſs they have ſome heat in winter; therefore
minated by incumbent ſummits, and three corniculated where that is deſired, the plants ſhould be placed in
germen terminating the ſtyle, crowned by thick recurved a ſtove kept to a moderate degree of warmth. During
ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to a roundiſ trifid the winter, when the plants are in vigour, they
berry with three cells, each containing one heart-ſhaped ſhould be frequently, but gently watered, but when
ſeed.
the ſtalks begin to decay, they muſt have
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of wet, for much moiſture will rot them while they are
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants in an inactive ſtate ; during which time, if the pots
whoſe flowers have ſix ſtamina and three ſtyles.
are placed where they have only the morning ſun,
The SPECIES are,
they will require little or no water : but when they
1. MEDEOLA (Aſparagoides) foliis ovato-lanceolatis al- begin to ſhoot out their ſtalks, they ſhould be removed
ternis, caule fcandente. Medeola with oval, Spear- to a warmer ſituation, and ſhould then be frequently
Maped, alternate leaves, and a climbing ſtalk. Aſpara- but gently watered.
gus Africanus, ſcandens, myrti folio. Hort. Piff
. 17. The flowers of theſe plants make no great appear-
Climbing African Aſparagus, with a Myrtle leaf.
ance, ſo the plants are not preſerved for their beauty;
2. Medeola (Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis alternis, but as their ſtalks are climbing, and their leaves are
caule ſcandente. Medeola with Spear-ſhaped alternate in full vigour in winter, during that ſeaſon they add
leaves, and a climbing Stalk. Aſparagus Africanus, to the variety in the green-houſe.
ſcandens, myrti folio anguftiore. Hort. Piff. 17. The third fort is a native of North America; it is
Climbing African Aſparagus, with a narrower Myrtle by Dr. Linnæus joined to this genus, in which I have
leaf
followed him ; though, if I remember rightly, the
3. MEDEOLA (Virginiana) foliis verticillatis, ramis in- characters of this fort do not exactly agree with thoſe
ermibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 339. Medeola with leaves
of the other, for the flower is either polypetalous, or
growing in whorls and ſmooth branches. Lilium five cut into many ſegments, and has but five ſtamina ;
martagon puſillum, floribus minutiffimè herbaceis. being ſome years ſince I ſaw the flowers, I can-
Pluk. Alm. 410. tab. 328. fol. 4. The Lily or little not be very certain if I am right. This hath a ſmall
Martagon, with very ſmall berbaceous flowers.
ſcaly root, from which ariſes a ſingle ftalk about
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good eight inches high, garniſhed with one whorl of leaves
Hope ; this hath a root compoſed of ſeveral dugs at a ſmall diſtance from the ground, and at the top
or oblong knobs, which unite together at the top there are two leaves ſtanding oppoſite; between theſe
like that of the Ranunculus, from which ariſe two or come out three ſlender foot-ſtalks which turn down-
three ſtiff winding ſtalks, which divide into branches ward, each ſuſtaining one pale herbaceous flower with
riſing four or five feet high, if they meet with any a purple pointal. It flowers in June, but I have not
neighbouring ſupport to which they can faften, ſeen any fruit upon
it.
otherwiſe they will fall to the ground; theſe are gar- This plant is hardy enough to live in the open air,
niſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute but does not propagate faſt here, as it produces no
points, placed alternately, and fitting cloſe to the feeds, ſo can only be encreaſed by offsets.
ſtalks ; they are of a light green on their under ſide, MEDICA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 410. tab. 231. Me-
and dark on their upper. The flowers come out dicago. Tourn. Inſt. 412. Lin. Gen. Plant. 805.
from the ſide of the ſtalks, ſometimes ſingly, and at [This plant takes its name from Media (as Pliny
others there are two upon a ſlender ſhort foot-ſtalk; writes) becauſe when Darius Hyftaſpis carried his
they have fix oblong equal petals which ſpread open, army into Greece, he had with him a great many facks
and are of a dull white colour ; within theſe are ranged of this ſeed for provender for his cattle, and ſo the
fix ftamina, which are as long as the petals, terminated ſeeds came to be ſcattered in Greece.] Medick, or La
by incumbent fummits. In the center is ſituated a Lucerne.
germen with three horns, fitting upon a ſhort ſtyle,
The CHARACTERS are,
crowned by three thick recurved ftigmas ; the germen
The flower hath a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, cut
afterward turns to a roundiſh berry with three cells, into five equal acute points. The flower is of the butterfly
each containing one heart-ſhaped feed. It flowers kind; the ſtandard is oval, entire, and the border is re-
the beginning of winter, and the ſeeds are ripe in the flexed; the two wings are oblong, oval, and fixed by an
ſpring
appendix to the keel; the keel is oblong, bifid, obtuſe,
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of the Cape of Good and reflexed toward the ſtandard. It has ten ſtamina,
Hope, from whence I received the feeds. This hath nine of which are joined almoſt to their tops, the other
a root like the firſt, but the ſtalks are not ſo ſtrong; is ſingle ; they are terminated by ſmall ſummits. It hath
they climb higher, but do not branch ſo much; the an oblong compreſſed germen which is incurved, ſitting on
leaves are much longer and narrower, and are of a e ſhort ſtyle, terminated by a ſmall ſtigma ; this and the
grayiſh colour. The Aowers come from the ſide of ſtamina are involved by the keel and ſtandard. The ger-
the branches, two or three upon each foot-ſtalk; they men afterward turns to a compreſſed moon-ſhaped pod, in-
are of an herbaceous white colour, ſhaped like thoſe of cloſing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
the former fort, and appear about the ſame time, but This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
this has not produced any fruit here. Theſe are un- of Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, which includes the
doubtedly diſtinct ſpecies, for they never vary when herbs with a butterfly flower, having ten ſtamina in
they are propagated by ſeeds.
two houſes. He alſo has joined the Medica and Me-
a
a
a
a
و
dicago

M E D
M E D
a
a
3
Medicago of Tournefort together, making them one
genus under the title Medicago, but Tournefort
makes the diſtinguiſhing character of Medicago to
conſiſt in having a falcated compreſſed pod. There-
fore I ſhall here ſeparate thoſe plants whoſe pods are of
that form, from the others whoſe pods are twiſted like a
ſcrew; and as the title of Medica was firſt applied to the
Lucern, fo I ſhall continue it to thoſe ſpecies as have
ſuch pods, and referthe others to the genus of Medicago.
The SPECIES are,
1. MEDICA (Sativa) pedunculis racemofis, leguminibus
contortis, caule erecto glabro. Lin. Sp. 1096. Me-
dick with branching foot-ſtalks, contorted pods, and an
erect ſmooth ſi alk. Medica major, erectior, floribus
purpurafcentibus. J. B. 2. 382. Greater upright Me-
dick with purpliſh flowers, commonly called La Lucerne,
and by the French, Burgundy Hay.
2. MEDICA (Falcata) pedunculis racemofis, legumini-
bus lunatis, caule proſtrato. Flor. Suec. 620. Medick
with branching foot-ſtalks, moon-Shaped pods, and trail-
ing ſtalks. Medica ſylveſtris, floribus croceis. J. B.
2. 383. Wild Medick with Saffron-coloured flowers.
3: Medica (Radiata) leguminibus reniformibus, mar-
gine dentatis, foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff. 377. Me-
dick with kidney-Shoped pods indented on the borders, and
trifoliate leaves. Medicago annua, trifolii facie.
.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H.. 412. Annual Medicago with the
appearance of Trefoil.
4. Medica (Hiſpanica) caule herbaceo procumbente,
foliis pinnatis, leguminibus ciliato-dentatis. Medick
with a trailing herbaceous ſtalk, winged leaves, and pods
having hairy indentures. Medicago vulnerariæ facie
Hiſpanica. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 412. Spaniſh Medicago
with the appearance of Ladies Finger.
5. MEDICA (Italica) caule herbaceo proftrato, foliis ter-
natis, foliolis cuneiformibus ſupernè ferratis, legumini-
bus margine integerrimis. Medick with a proſtrate her-
baceous ſtolk, trifoliate leaves whoſe lobes are wedge-
fooped and ſawed at the top, and the borders of the pods
entire. Medicago Italica, annua maritima, trifolia, po-
lycarpos, fructu toroſo non ſpinoſo. Mitchel. Hort.
Pift. Annual, Italian, maritime Medicago with trifoliate
leaves, and bearing much fruit, which is thick and with-
out ſpines.
6. MEDICA (Cretico) caule herbaceo proſtrato, foliis ra-
dicalibus integerrimis, caulinis pinnatis leguminibus
dentatis. Medick with a proſtrate herbaceous ſtalk, the
bottom leaves entire, thoſe on the ſtalks winged, and in-
dented pods. Medicago vulnerariæ facie Cretica.
Tourn. Inft. 412. Cretan Medicago, with the appearance
of Ladies Finger.
7. Medica (Arborea) leguminibus lunatis margine in-
tegerrimis caule arboreo. Hort. Cliff. 376. Medick
with noon-ſhaped pods whoſe borders are entire, and a
tree-like ſtalk. Medicago trifolia, fruteſcens, incana.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 412. Shrubby, boary, three-leaved
Medica, or the Cytiſus Virgilii.
The firſt fort hath a perennial root and annual
ftalks, which riſes near three feet high in good land;
theſe are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves at each joint,
whoſe lobes are ſpear-ſhaped, about an inch and a
half long, and half an inch broad, a little ſawed to-
ward their top, of a deep green, and placed alter-
nately on the ſtalks. The flowers grow in ſpikes, which
are from two to near three inches in length, ſtand-
ing upon naked foot-ſtalks which are two inches long,
riſing from the wings of the ſtalk; they are of a Pea
bloom or butterfly kind, of a fine purple colour,
and are ſucceeded by compreſſed moon-ſhaped pods,
which contain ſeveral kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in September.
There are the following varieties of this plant :
One with Violet-coloured flowers.
Another with pale blue flowers.
And a third with variegated flowers.
Theſe variations of their fowers have accidentally
riſen from ſeed, therefore are not to be ſuppoſed dif-
ferent plants; yet thoſe with the pale blue and vari-
egated flowers are never ſo ſtrong as thoſe with pur-
ple, ſo are leſs profitable to the cultivators.
This plant is ſuppoſed to have been brought origi-
nally from Media, and from thence had its name
Medica : it is by the Spaniards called Alfaſa; by
the French, La Lucerne, and Grand Trefle; and by
ſeveral botanic writers it is called Fænum Burgundia-
cum, i. e. Burgundian Hay. But there is little room
to doubt of this being the Medica of Virgil, Colu-
mella, Palladius, and other ancient writers of huf-
bandry, who have not been wanting to extol the
goodneſs of this fodder, and have given direction for
the cultivation of it in thoſe countries where they
lived.
But notwithſtanding it was ſo much commended by
the antients, and hath been cultivated to fo good pur-
poſe by our neighbours in France and Switzerland for
many years, it hath not as yet found ſo good recep-
tion in our country as could be wiſhed; nor is it cul-
vated in conſiderable quantities, though it is evident,
it will ſucceed as well in England as in either of the
before-mentioned countries, though will not bear
cutting ſo often here, yet is extremely hardy, and re-
ſiſts the fevereſt cold of our climate : as a proof of
this, I muſt beg leave to mention, that the ſeeds
which have have happened to be ſcattered upon the
ground in autumn, have come up, and the plants
have endured the cold of a ſevere winter, and made
very ſtrong plants the following ſeaſon.
About the year 1650, the ſeeds of this plant were
brought over from France, and ſown in England;
but whether for want of ſkill in its culture, whereby
it did not fucceed, or that the people were ſo fond
of going on in their old beaten road, as not to try
the experiment whether it would ſucceed here or not,
was the occaſion of its being entirely neglected in
England, I cannot ſay, but it is very certain that it
was neglected many years, ſo as to be almoſt forgot-
ten. However, I hope, before I quit this article, to
give ſuch directions for its culture, as will encourage
the people of England to make farther trial of this
valuable plant, which grows in the greateſt heat, and
alſo in very cold countries, with this difference only,
that in very hot countries, ſuch as the Spaniſh Welt-
Indies, &c. where it is the chief fodder for their cat-
tle at this time, they cut it every week ; whereas in
cold countires, it is ſeldom cut oftener than four or
five times in a year. And it is very likely that this
plant may be of great ſervice to the inhabitants of
Barbadoes, Jamaica, and the other hot iſands in the
Weſt-Indies, where one of the greateſt things they
want is fodder for their cattle ; ſince by the account
given of this plant by Pere Feuillé, it thrives ex-
ceedingly in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, particularly
about Lima, where they cut it every week, and bring
it into the market to ſell, and is there the only fodder
cultivated.
It is alſo very common in Languedoc, Provence, aad
Dauphiné, and all over the banks of the Rhone, where
it produces abundantly, and may be mowed five or
fix times in a year. Horſes, mules, oxen, and other
domeſtic cattle, love it exceedingly; but above all
when it is green, if they are permitted to feed on
it, and eſpecially the black cattle, which will feed
very kindly upon the dried plant ; the exceſs of which
is, by many people, thought to be very dangerous ;
but it is ſaid to be exceeding good for milch cattle,
to promote their quantity of milk; and is alſo ſaid to
agree with horſes the beſt of all, though ſheep, goats,
and moſt other cattle, will feed upon it, eſpecially
when young
a
The directions given by all thoſe who have written of
this plant are very imperfect, and generally ſuch as,
if practiſed in this country, will be found entirely
wrong; for many of them order the mixing of this
feed with Oats or Barley, (as is practiſed for Clover)
but in this way it ſeldom comes up well, and if it
does, it will draw up ſo weak by growing amongit
the Corn, as not to be recovered under a whole
year,
if ever it can be brought to its uſual ſtrength again.
Others have directed it to be ſown upon a low, rich,
moiſt foil, which is found to be the worſt next to a
clay
a

M E D
M E D
clay, of any for this plant; in both which the roots
will rot in winter, and in a year or two the whole crop
will be deſtroyed.
But the foil in which this plant is found to ſucceed
beſt in this country is, a light, dry, looſe, fandy land,
which ſhould be well ploughed and dreſſed, and the
roots of all noxious weeds, ſuch as Couch Graſs, &c.
deſtroyed, otherwiſe they will overgrow the plants
while young, and prevent their progreſs.
The beſt time to fow the feed is about the middle of
April, when the weather is ſettled and fair ; for if
you fow it when the ground is very wet, or in a rainy
ſeaſon, the ſeeds will burſt and come to little (as
is often the caſe with ſeveral forts of the leguminous
plants ;) therefore you ſhould always obſerve to low
it in a dry ſeaſon, and if there happens rain in about
a week or ten days after it is ſown, the plants will ſoon
appear above ground.
But the method I would direct for the fowing theſe
feeds is as follows: after having well ploughed and
harrowed the land very fine, you ſhould make a drill
quite acroſs the ground, about half an inch deep, into
which the feeds ſhould be ſcattered very thin by a
hopper fixed to a drill plough, then cover them over
half an inch thick, with the earth that came out of
the drill; then proceed to make another drill about
two feet and a half from the foriner, fowing the ſeeds
therein in the ſame manner as before, and ſo proceed
through the whole ſpot of ground, allowing the ſame
diſtance between row and row, and ſcatter the ſeeds
very thin in the drills. In this manner, an acre of
land will require about fix pounds of feeds; for when
it is fown thicker, if the feed grows well, the plants
will be ſo cloſe as to ſpoil each other in a year or
two, the heads of them growing to a conſiderable ſize,
as will alſo the roots, provided they have room. I
have meaſured the crown of one root, which was in
my poffeffion, eighteen inches diameter ; from which
I cut near four hundred ſhoots at one time, which is
an extraordinary increaſe, and this upon a poor, dry,
gravelly foil, which had not been dunged for many
years, but the root was at leaſt fourteen years old ; ſo
that if this crop be well cultivated, it willcontinue many
years, and be equally good as when it was firſt ſown;
for the roots generally run down very deep in the
ground, provided the foil be dry; and although they
ſhould meet a hard gravel a foot below the ſurface,
yet their roots would penetrate it, and make their
way downward, as I have experienced, having taken
up ſome of them which were above four feet in length,
and had run above two feet into a rock of gravel,
which was ſo hard as not to be looſened without
mattocks and crows of iron, and that with much dif-
ficulty.
The reaſon for directing this feed to be fown in rows
is, that the plants may have room to grow; and for
the better ftirring the ground between them, to de-
ſtroy the weeds, and encourage the growth of the
plants, which may be very eaſily effected with a Dutch
hoe, juſt after the cutting the crop each time, which
will cauſe the plants to ſhoot again in a very little time,
and be much ſtronger than in ſuch places where the
ground cannot be ſtirred; but when the plants firſt
come up, the ground between them ſhould be hoed
by hand with a common hoe; and if in doing of this
you cut up the plants where they are too cloſe in the
rows, it will cauſe the remaining to be much ſtronger.
This hoeing ſhould be repeated two or three times
while the plants are young, according as the weeds
are produced, obſerving always to do it in dry wea-
ther, that the weeds may the better be deſtroyed; for
if it be done in moiſt weather, they will take root
and grow again.
With this management, the plants will grow to the
height of two feet, or more, by the beginning of Au-
guſt, when the flowers will begin to appear, when it
ſhould be cut for the firſt time, obſerving to do it
in a dry ſeaſon, eſpecially if it is to be made into hay,
and keep it often turned, that it may ſoon dry, and
carried off the ground; for if it lie long upon the
roots, it will prevent their ſhooting again. After the
SO
crop is taken off, you lhould ſtir the ground be
tween the rows with a hoe, to kill the weeds, and
looſen the ſurface, which will cauſe the plants to
ſhoot again in a ſhort time, ſo that by the middle of
September there will be ſhoots four or five inches
high, when you may turn in ſheep upon it to feed it
down, for it will not be fit to cut again the ſame ſea-
ſon; nor ſhould the ſhoots be ſuffered to remain up-
on the plants, which would decay when the froſty
weather comes on, and fall down upon the roots, and
prevent their ſhooting early the fucceeding ſpring;
but theſe ſheep ſhould not remain ſo long upon it as
to endanger the crowns of the roots.
So that the beſt way is to feed it until November,
when it will have done ſhooting for that ſeaſon; buc
it ſhould not be fed by large cattle the firſt year, be-
cauſe the roots being young, would be in danger of
being deſtroyed, either by their trampling upon them,
or their pulling them out of the ground; but ſheep
will be of ſervice to the roots by dunging the ground,
provided they do not eat it too cloſe.
The beginning of February, the ground between the
roots ſhould be again ſtirred with the hoe, to encou-
rage them to ſhoot again; but in doing of this you
ſhould be careful not to injure the crown of the roots,
upon which the buds are at that time very turgid,
and ready to puſh. With this management, if the foil
be warm, by the middle of March the ſhoots will be
five or fix inches high, when, if you are in want of
fodder, you may feed it down till a week in April ;
after which it ſhould be ſuffered to grow for a crop,
which will be fit to cut the beginning of June, when
you ſhould obſerve to get it off the ground as ſoon
as poſſible, and ſtir the ground again with a Dutch
hoe, which will forward the plants ſhooting again,
ſo that by the middle of July, there will be another
crop fit to cut, which muſt be managed as before :
after which it ſhould be fed down again in autumn;
and as the roots by this time will have taken deep
hold in the ground, there will be little danger of
hurting them, if you ſhould turn in larger cattle; but
you muſt always obſerve not to ſuffer them to remain
after the roots have done ſhooting, left they ſhould
eat down the crown of the roots below the buds,
which would confideraby damage, if not deſtroy them.
In this manner you may continue conſtantly to have
two crops to cut, and two feedings upon this plant,
and in good ſummers there may be three crops cut,
and two feedings; which will be a great improve-
ment, eſpecially as this plant will grow upon dry
barren foils, where Grafs will produce little, eſpe-
cially in dry ſeaſons, when it will be of great uſe, the
Graſs being often burnt up. And as it is an early
plant in the ſpring, ſo it will be of great ſervice when
fodder falls ſhort at that ſeaſon, when it will be fit to
feed at leaſt a month before Graſs or Clover; for I
have had this plant eight inches high by the tenth of
March, old ſtyle, at which time the Graſs in the ſame
place has ſcarcely been one inch high.
That the cold will not injure this plant, I am fully
fatisfied; for in the very cold winter, anno 1729-30,
I had ſome roots of this plant which were dug up in
October, and laid upon the ground in the open air till
the beginning of March, when I planted them again,
and they ſhot out very vigorouſly ſoon after; nay,
even while they lay upon the ground, they ſtruck
out fibres from the under ſide of the roots, and be-
gun to make ſhoots from the crown of the roots. But
that wet will deſtroy the roots I am fully convinced,
for I ſowed above an acre upon a moiſt ſpot of
ground for a trial, which came up very well, and
Houriſhed exceedingly during the ſummer ſeaſon, but
in winter, when the great rains fell, the roots began
to rot at bottom, and before the ſpring moſt of them
were deſtroyed. There has been lately fome perſons
who have adviſed the fowing of Lucern in broad-caft,
and to make uſe of a ſtrong harrow, to tear up and
deſtroy the weeds which naturally grow up among
the plants; but this advice has been given too pre-
maturely, therefore it is to be hoped will not be fol-
lowed by any diſcreet perſons, who are deſired to take
8 R
a ſurvey
a
a
و

Μ Ε D
M E D
3
a ſurvey of fome of theſe lands which have been ſo
cultivated three or four years, which I am fully per-
fuaded will convince them of the bad huſbandry, for
no perſon who has any regard to neatneſs and utility,
will ever practiſe this method.
The beſt
places to procure the ſeed from, are Swit-
zerland, and the northern parts cf France, for the
feeds faved in thoſe countries ſucceed better with
us than that which comes from a more ſouthern cli-
mate; but this feed may be ſaved full as well in Eng-
land, and in as great plenty, were people curious
enough to let the firſt crop ſtand for that purpoſe ;
in order to which, a ſmall quantity of the plants
ſhould be fuffered to grow uncut till the ſeeds are
ripe, which is commonly about the beginning of
September, when it muſt be cut, and laid to dry in
an open barn, where the air may freely paſs through,
but be defended from the wet; for if it be expoſed
thereto, it will ſhoot while it remains in the pod,
whereby it will be ſpoiled. When it is quite dry, it
muſt be threſhed out, and cleanſed from the huſk,
and preſeved in a dry place till the ſeaſon for ſowing
it; and this feed ſaved in England is much preferable
to any brought from abroad, as I have ſeveral times
experienced, the plants produced from it having been
much ſtronger than thoſe produced from French,
Helvetian, and Turkey feeds, which were fown at
the ſame time, and on the ſame foil and ſituation.
I am inclinable to think, that the reaſon of this plant
not fucceeding, when it has been ſown in England,
has either been occaſioned by the fowing it with Corn,
with which it will by no means thrive (for though
the plant be very hardy when grown pretty large, yet
at its firſt coming up, if it be incommoded by any
other plants or weeds, it feldom does well; there-
fore it ſhould always be ſown by itſelf, and care-
fully cleared from weeds until it has ftrength, af-
ter which it is not eaſily deſtroyed ;) or, perhaps, peo-
ple have fown it at a wrong ſeaſon, or in wet wea-
ther, whereby the ſeeds have rotted, and never come
up, which hath diſcouraged their attempting it
again : but however the ſucceſs has been, I dare aver,
that if the method of fowing and managing of this
plant, which is here laid down, be duly followed, it
will be found to thrive as well as any other ſort of
plant now cultivated in England, producing a much
greater crop than any other ſort of fodder, and will
continue much longer; for if the ground be duly
ſtirred after the cutting each crop, and the laſt crop
fed as hath been directed, the plants will continue in
vigour forty years or more, without renewing, pro-
vided they are not permitted to feed, which will weak-
en the roots more than four times cutting it would do.
The hay of this plant ſhould be kept in cloſe barns, it
being too tender to be kept in ricks open to the air
as other hay; but it will remain good, if well dried
before it be carried in, three years. The people
abroad reckon an acre of this fodder ſufficient to keep
three horſes all the year round.
And I have been affured by perſons of undoubted
credit, who have cultivated this plant in England, that
three acres of it have fed ten cart-horſes from the
end of April to the beginning of O&tober, without any
other food, though they have been conſtantly worked.
Indeed, the beſt uſe which can be made of this Graſs
is, to cut it, and give it green to the cattle; where
this hath been daily practiſed, I have obſerved that
by the time the field has been cut over, that part
which was the firſt cut hath been ready to cut again ;
ſo that there has been a conſtant ſupply in the ſame
field, from the middle of April to the end of Octo-
ber: when the ſeaſon has continued long mild, and
when the ſummers have proved ſhowery, I have
known fix crops cut in one ſeaſon, but in the drieſt
ſeaſons there will be always three or four. When the
plant begins to flower, it ſhould then be cut; for if
it ſtands longer, the ſtalks will grow hard, and the
under leaves will decay, ſo that the cattle will not ſo
greedily devour it. Where there is a quantity of
this cultivated, ſome of it ſhould be cut before the
Aowers appear, otherwiſe there will be too much to
cut within a proper time.
When this is made into hay, it will require a great
deal of making; for as the ſtalks are very ſucculent, it
muſt be often turned, and expoſed a fortnight or
longer, before it will be fit to houſe ; for this re-
quires a longer time to make than Saint Foin; there-
fore, when it is cut, it ſhould be carried to make
upon fome Grafs ground, becauſe the earth in the
intervals of the rows will waſh up, and mix with the
hay in every ſhower of rain, and by carrying it off as
foon as it is cut, the plants will ſhoot up again foon;
but it is not ſo profitable for hay, as to cut green for
all ſorts of cattle, but eſpecially horſes, which are
extremely fond of it; and to them it will anſwer the
purpoſe both of hay and Corn, and they may be
worked at the ſame time juſt as much as when they
are fed with Corn, or dry food.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain, Italy, and alſo in ſome more northern
countries, and has been ſuppoſed only a variety of
the firſt, but I have frequently cultivated this by feeds,
and have never obſerved it to alter. The talks of
this are ſmaller, and never riſe fo high, generally prof-
trating on the ground; the leaves are not half ſo
broad, the flowers are produced in ſhort roundiſh
ſpikes, and are of a Saffron colour. This flowers
about the ſame time as the firſt, and the ſeeds ripen the
latter part of ſummer. It may be eaſily propagated
by feeds, and hath a perennial root which will con-
tinue
many years, but is ſeldom cultivated any where.
The third fort grows naturally in Italy; this is an an-
nual plant, having ſeveral flender branching ſtalks a
foot and a half long, which ſpread on the ground,
garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, whole lobes are oval,
ſpear-ſhaped, and entire. The flewers are produced
ſingly upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, which proceed from
the ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, of a yellow
colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort;
theſe are ſucceeded by broad, flat, moon-ſhaped
pods, whoſe borders are indented, and theſe inden-
tures are terminated by fine hairs; in each of theſe
pods is lodged four or five kidney-ſhaped feeds. It
flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in the
و
autumn.
و
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain; this is al-
ſo an annual plant, whoſe ſtalks grow a foot and a
half long, trailing on the ground, and are garniſhed
with winged leaves compoſed of two pair of ſmall
lobes, terminated by one large, oval, ſpear-ſhaped
lobe, which are a little hoary, and placed alter-
nately at the joints. The flowers ſtand upon long
fender foot-ſtalks, each fuſtaining four or five gold-
coloured flowers at the top, which are fucceeded by
compreſſed moon-ſhaped pods, not half fo large as
thoſe of the third fort, but have hairy indentures like
thoſe. This flowers and perfects its ſeeds about the
ſame time as the former.
The fifth fort grows naturally on the borders of the
fea in ſeveral parts of Italy; it is alſo an annual plant,
with proftrate herbaceous ftalks about a foot long,
garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are
wedge-ſhaped and ſawed toward the top. The flowers
are produced upon Nender foot-ſtalks ariſing from the
joints of the ſtalk; they are about an inch long, each
ſuſtaining five or fix pale yellow flowers, which are fuc-
ceeded by ſmall, thick, moon-ſhaped pods, whoſe
borders are entire, containing three or four ſmall kid-
ney-ſhaped ſeeds in each. It flowers and feeds about
the ſame time with the two former.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the Archipelago ;
this is an annual plant, from whoſe roots come out
ſeveral oblong leaves about two inches and a half
long, narrow at their baſe, but broad toward the top,
where they are rounded; theſe ſpread on the ground,
and between them come out the ſtalks which are fien-
der, about a foot long, branching out into ſmaller,
garniſhed with winged hoary leaves : thoſe on the
lower part of the ſtalk are compoſed of two pair of
lobes terminated by an odd one; theſe are equal in
ſize,

M E D
M E D
lize, but thoſe on the upper part of the ſtalks are
trifoliate. The flowers are produced at the end of
the ſtalks ; they are ſmall, yellow, and ſhaped like
thoſe of the other forts, and are ſucceeded by com-
preſſed moon-ſhaped pods, which are acutely indented
on their borders, and contain three or four kidney-
ſhaped ſeeds. This plant flowers and ripens its feeds
about the ſame time as the other.
Theſe annual ſorts are preſerved in the gardens of
thoſe who are curious in botany; the feeds of theſe
ſhould be fown upon an open bed of freſh ground, in
the places where the plants are to remain, becauſe
they do not bear tranſplanting well, unleſs when they
are very young. As the plants ſpread their branches on
the ground, ſo they ſhould not be fown nearer than
two feet and a half afunder; when the plants come
up, they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds. In June they will begin to flower,
and as the ſtalks and branches extend, there will be
a ſucceſſion of Powers produced till the autumn; but
the early flowers are ſuch as will have good ſeeds fuc-
ceed them; for thoſe which come late in ſummer,
have not time to ripen before the cold weather
comes on.
in due compaſs; but you ſhould never prune them
early in the ſpring, nor late in autumn, for if froſt
Thould happen ſoon after they are pruned, it will de-
ſtroy the tender branches, and many times the whole
plant is loſt thereby.
Theſe plants have been conſtantly preſerved in the
green-houſe, ſuppoſing them too tender to live thro'
the winter in the open air ; but I have had large plants
of this kind, which have remained in a warm ſitua-
tion many years without any cover, and have been
much ſtronger, and flowered better, than thoſe which
were houſed; though, indeed, it will be proper to
keep a plant or two in ſhelter, left by a very ſevere
winter (which fometimes happens in England) the
plants abroad ſhould be deſtroyed.
They may alſo be propagated by cuttings, which
ſhould be planted in April, upon a bed of light earth,
and watered and ſhaded until they have taken root, af-
,
ter which they may be expoſed to the open air; but
they ſhould remain in the ſame bed till July or Au-
guft following, before they are tranſplanted, by which
time they will have made ftrong roots, and may be
removed with ſafety to the places where they are to
remain, obſerving (as was before directed) to water
and ſhade them until they have taken root; after
which you may train them up with ſtrait items, by
faſtening them to ſticks, otherwiſe they are apt to
grow crooked and irregular; and when you have got
their ſtems to the height you deſign them, they may
then be reduced to regular heads, and with pruning
their irregular ſhoots every year, they may be kept
in very good order.
This plant grows in great plenty in the kingdom of
Naples, where the goats feed upon it, with whoſe
milk the inhabitants make great quantities of cheeſe ;
it alſo grows in the iſlands of the Archipelago, where
the Turks uſe the wood of theſe ſhrubs to make han-
dles for their fabres, and the Caliogers of Patmos make
their beds of this wood.
This is, as hath been before obſerved, by many peo-
ple, ſuppoſed to be the Cytiſus of Virgil, Columella,
and the old writers in huſbandry, which they men-
tion as an extraordinary plant, and worthy of culti-
vation for fodder, from whence ſeveral perſons have
recommended it as worthy of our care in England.
But however uſeful this plant may be in Crete, Sicily,
Naples, or thoſe warmer countries, yet I am per-
ſuaded it will never thrive in England, ſo as to be of
any real advantage for that purpoſe ; for in ſevere
froſt it is very ſubject to be deſtroyed, or at leaſt fo
much damaged, as not to recover its former verdure
before the middle or latter end of May; and the
ſhoots which are produced will not bear cutting above
once in a ſummer, and then will not be of
any
conſide-
rable length; and the ſtems growing very woody, will
render the cutting of it very troubleſome ; ſo that,
upon the whole, it can never anſwer the trouble and
expence in cultivating it, nor is it worth the trial,
ſince we have ſo many other plants preferable to it;
though in hot, dry, rocky countries, where few other
plants will thrive, this may be cultivated to great ad-
vantage, fince in ſuch fituations this plant will live
many years, and thrive
very
well.
But however unfit this may be for ſuch uſes in Eng-
land, yet for the beauty of its hoary leaves, which
will abide all the year, together with its long conti-
nuance in flower, it deſerves a place in every good
garden, where, being intermixed with ſhrubs of the
fame growth, it makes a very agreeable variety.
As there are at preſent fo many perſons inquiſitive to
know which is the true Cytiſus mentioned by the an-
tients, I have taken the pains of tranſcribing briefly
what they have ſaid as to its deſcription, by which
may be judged how uncertain it is to determine in an
affair where there is ſo little to be found in authors to
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Archipelago, in Sicily, and the warmeſt parts of Italy.
This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of eight
or ten feet, covered with a gray bark, and divides into
many branches, which, while young, are covered with
a hoary down; theſe are garniſhed at each joint with
trifoliate leaves, ſtanding upon foot-ftalks about an
inch long, there are two or three of theſe at each
joint, ſo that the branches are cloſely covered with
them; the lobes are ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, and hoary
on their under fide; theſe remain all the year. The
flowers are produced on foot-ſtalks which ariſe from
the ſide of the branches, they are of a bright yel-
low, each foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining four or five flowers ;
theſe are ſucceeded by compreſſed moon-ſhaped pods,
each containing three or four kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
It flowers great part of the year, and when the win-
ters are favourable all the year; or when the plants
are ſheltered in winter, they are ſeldom deftitute of
flowers; but thoſe in the open air begin to flower
in April, and continue in ſucceſſion till December.
Thoſe flowers which appear early in ſummer will have
their feeds ripe in Auguſt, or the beginning of Sep-
tember, and the others will ripen in ſucceſſion till the
cold ſtops them.
This plant may be propagated by fowing the ſeeds
upon a moderate hot-bed, or a warm border of light
earth, in the beginning of April; and when the plants
come up, they ſhould be carefully cleared from weeds;
but they ſhould remain undiſturbed, if ſown in the
common ground, till September following ; but if
on a hot-bed, they ſhould be tranſplanted about Mid-
ſummer into pots, placing them in the ſhade until they
have taken root; after which they may be removed
into a ſituation where they may be ſcreened from
ftrong winds, in which they may abide till the latter
end of October, when they muſt be put into a com-
mon garden frame, to ſhelter them from hard froſts;
for thoſe plants which have been brought up tenderly,
will be liable to ſuffer by hard weather, eſpecially
while they are young. In April following theſe plants
may be ſhaken out of the pots, and placed in the full
ground where they are deſigned to remain, which
Thould be in a light ſoil and a warm ſituation, in which
they will endure the cold of our ordinary winters ex-
tremely well, and continue to produce flowers moſt
part of the year, and retaining their leaves all the
winter renders them the more valuable.
Thoſe alſo which were ſown in an open border may
be tranſplanted in Auguſt following, in the ſame man-
ner; but in doing of this you muſt be careful to take
them up with a ball of earth to their roots, if poffi-
ble, as alſo to water and ſhade them until they
have taken root; after which they will require little
more care than to keep them clean from weeds, and
prune off the luxuriant branches to keep them with-
و
a
و
affiſt us.
a
و
Theophraſtus ſays, Cytiſus is ſuch an enemy to other
plants, that it will kill them, by robbing them of
nouriſhment, and that the medulla of it is ſo hard and
thick, that it comes the neareſt of anything to Ebenum.
The

M E D
MED
Pliny ſays the wood is of no value, that it muſt of
neceſſity produce woody branches; nay, the contrary
is rather true, that there is no value in the wood,
that it bears viny pliable branches, with which the
goats cannot be ſatiated.
Theocritus very plainly expreffes it, That Cytiſus is
a very grateful food to goats :
Η αλς τον κύτισον, ολύκ©την αίγα διώκει.
a
noxes.
woman.
The ſhrub Cytiſus, by Ariſtomachus, the Athenian,
as may be ſeen in Pliny [who ſays much the ſame as
Varro and Columella, from whom probably he has
taken it,] is highly commended for food for ſheep,
and, being dry, for ſwine; the utility [as to health
and fattening, Dal.] the ſame as that of Ervum, but
the fatiety is quicker, a four-footed animal growing
fat with a little of it, ſo that cattle ſet light by their
Barley.
No food makes a greater quantity, nor better milk,
and it excels all things as to the diſeaſes of cattle ;
moreover, being given dry, or in a decoction of wa-
ter mixed with wine, to nurſes whoſe milk fails, it
helps very much and makes the children ſtronger, and
take to their feet fooner; green, it is alſo good for
them, or dry, if it be made moiſt.
Democritus and Ariftomachus ſay, bees will never
want food, if they have Cytiſus enough, nor is any
thing cheaper.
If, when the ſeed be ſown, ſhowers are wanting, Co-
lumella directs, That it be watered the fifteen fol-
lowing days.
It is ſown [according to the antients] after the equi-
It is perfected in three years. It is mown
in the vernal equinox [for it flouriſhes all the win-
ter, Dal.] with the cheap labour of a boy, or old
The Cytiſus is hoary in aſpect. If any one would
expreſs its likeneſs briefly, it is a ſhrub of a broader
fort of Trefoil.
In winter, being moiſtened, ten pounds will ſatisfy a
horſe, and a leſs quantity other animals. Being dry,
it has more virtue, and a lefs quantity ſatisfies.
This ſhrub was found in the iſle Cythnus, thence it
was tranſlated into all the Cyclades, and afterwards
into the cities of Greece, where it occafioned a great
increaſe of cheeſe.
It fears not the injury of heat nor cold, nor hail nor
ſnow, and Hyginus adds, nor of enemies, becauſe
the wood is of no value.
Alſo Galen, in his book de Antid. writes, “ Cytiſus
" is a fhrub. In Myſia, in that part that is neareſt to
as our province, there is a tract which they call Brot-
ton, in which there is a place full of Cytiſus, from
" the flowers of which, all agree, the bees make very
“ much honey.
" It is a fruticoſe plant; it riſes to the height of a
Myrtle.”
He ſays, ſeven ſimple leaves have the faculty of di-
geſting, mixed with warm water, as the leaves of
Mallows: thus Galen.
Cornarus too ſecurely writes, That Cytiſus either ne-
ver came among the Germans, or that it perished long
ago. From what Pliny ſays, That it was very rare in
Italy in his time, he cannot perſuade me, that nothing
could grow in Germany, that was ſcarce in Italy. Jo.
Bauh.
Strabo, contrary to Dioſcorides, Pliny, and Galen,
will have the Cytiſus to be a tree, and he likens it to
the Balſamum, an odoriferous tree, which probably
was the occaſion, that Cornarus thought this tree came
neareft to a ſhrub, becauſe Pliny ſaid the wood was of
no value, therefore he perſuades himſelf, that it
pro-
duces woody branches, not tender and ſoft, as in an
herb.
But Virgil ſhews it is neither a tree nor a fhrub,
when he ſays:
a
Capra Cytiſum, lupus capellam fequitur."
Which is thus imitated by Virgil :
« Torva lezna lupum fequitur, lupus ipfe capellam :
“Florentem Cytiſum fequitur laſciva capella.”
Amatus, to avoid this difficulty, concludes Cytiſus to
be between trees and ſhrubs, by the difference of ge-
nus, to be diſtinguiſhed by Pliny, that, as a tree, it
may be uſed in the feminine gender, as a ſhrub in
the maſculine, which is not worth the minding.
Columella uſes Cytiſus in the feminine gender, and
Theocritus and others in the maſculine; as Cob.
Conſt. in Lex. who writes that it was called dipróqua-
20v, and Theocritus calls this ſhrub xulonòv, and others,
κύτισον και others again τηλις.
Of Cythnus, or, as others, of Cythiſa, the name of
an iſland, as Severius has it.
Among theſe words of Dioſcorides in ſome manu-
ſcripts, there are found, falſely written, in fome, Te-
linen Triphyllon, in others Lotum Grandem.
Dioſcorides's deſcription of the Cytiſus is not ſo ac-
curate, that from it the true Cytiſus may be aſcer-
tained.
Although in the ſeveral ſpecies of Cytiſuſes it is hard
to judge which is the legitimate Cytiſus ſpecified by
the antients; the moſt ſkilful take it to be that which
Maranthus has deſcribed, which is our Medica, which
has been ranged under the genus of Cytiſus, by moſt
of the writers before Dr. Tournefort, who eſtabliſhed
the genus of Medicago, on account of the feed-vefſel
being like that of Medica, or Snail Trefoil.
This plant grows in great plenty at Abruzzo, where
the goats feed upon it, and from their milk are made
great quantities of cheeſe. I have had both feeds and
ſpecimens of the plant ſent me from thence, by per-
fons of the greateſt ſkill in botany, who have aſſured
me, that this plant is generally ſuppoſed, by all the
people of learning in that country, to be the plant
mentioned by Virgil.
Trifolium fruticans, according to Dodonæus, or Po-
lemonium, according to ſome, is improperly called,
Cytiſus by many.
Trifolium candidum Dodon. by fome is ſaid to be
the Cytiſus of Columella, concerning which, ſee Lib.
Hiſt. n. 9. 17. of Trifolious herbs.
Tragus writes, That their opinion is to be rejected,
who interpret the Trifolium pratenſe to be a Cytiſus.
Some contend the Trifolium candidum of Dodon. the
Rectum Melilotum vulgarem, to be the Cytiſus of
the antients, as Dodonæus ſays, but they have not hit
on the truth.
Ruellius writes, That he was afraid that Marcellus
took Cytiſus for Medica.
MEDICAGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 805. Medica.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 410. tab. 231. Snail Trefoil.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a cylindricel erect empalement of one leaf,
which is cut at the brim into five equal acute ſegments
.
The flower is of the butterfly kind, having an oval ere Et
ſtandard, whoſe borders are reflexed. The wings are ob-
long, oval, and fixed to the keel by an appendix. The
keel is oblong, bifid, obtuſe, and reflexed. It bath ten
ſtamine, nine of which are joined, and the other is ſingle,
terminated by ſmall ſummits, and an oblong germen, which
fits upon a ſport ſtyle, is involved with the ſtamina by the
keel, and crowned by a very ſmall ſtigma. The germen
afterward turns to a long compreſſed pod, twiſted into the
form of a ſail, incloſing many kidney-shaped
ſeeds.
66
26
- Non me paſcente, capellæ,
“ Florentem Cytiſum, & falices capretis amaras."
[Buc. Ecloc. J.
" Sic Cytiſo paftæ diftendunt ubera vaccæ."
Eclog.9.
" Nec Cytiſo faturantur apes, nec fronde capellæ.
ECLOG. 10.
Virgil, I ſay, indicates very plainly in theſe verſes,
that it is neither a tree nor a ſhrub, for goats do not
uſe it; nor can they, if they were wont to eat flowery
trees. Neither will what Cornarus ſays avail, when
This

M E D
MEL
a
و
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſame ſection ſide of the branches. Theſe appear in June and July,
and claſs, as the former by Tournefort and Linnæus. and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn. It is propagated
The SPECIES are,
by feeds, which fhould be fown in the middle of April,
1. MEDICAGO (Marina) pedunculis racemofis, legumi- where the plants are to remain ; and the plants ſhould
nibus cochleatis, fpinofis, caule procumbente tomen- be thinned where they are too cloſe, and kept clean
tofo. Hort. Cliff. 378. Medicago with branching foot- from weeds, which is all the culture they require.
Stalks, ſnail-ſhaped prickly pods, and a trailing woolly The third fort is alſo an annual plant, which grows
Stalk. Medica Marina. Lob. Icon. 38. Sea Medick, or in the ſame countries as the former. This hath trail-
Sncil Trefoil.
ing branches, and yellow flowers like the ſecond fort,
2. MedicaCO (Scutellata) leguminibus chochleatis, in- but the fruit is much longer and cloſer twiſted, ſo as
ermibus ftipulis dentatis caule angulofo diffuſo, foli- to reſemble the figure of a veſſel called a pipe, being
olis oblongo ovatis acute dentatis. Medicago with leſs at each end than in the middle. This is frequently
ſmooth ſnail-Shaped pods, indented ftipula, an angular dif- kept in gardens for the ſake of variety, and
may
be
fuſed ſtalk, and oblong, oval, ſmall leaves, which are propagated and treated in the ſame way as the ſecond
Sharply indented. Medica ſcutellata. J. B. 2. 384. Snail fort.
Trefoil, commonly called Snails.
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which was for-
3. MEDICAGO (Tornato) leguminibus tornatis inermibus, merly more cultivated in the Engliſh gardens than
ftipulis acutè dentatis foliolis ſerratis. Medicago with a at preſent. The ſtalks, leaves, and flowers, are like
turned ſmooth pod, acute indented ftipulæ, and the
ſmall thoſe of the two former forts, but the fruit is much
leaves Sawed. Medica tornata minor lenis. Park. larger, and cloſely armed with long ſpines like a
Theat. 1116. Snail Trefoil with a ſmaller, turned, ſmooth hedgehog, from whence it had the title ; theſe ſpines
fruit.
point every way, ſo that it is difficult to handle the
4. MEDICAGO (Intortexta) leguminibus cochleatis fpi- fruit without ſmarting for it. This is propagated by
nofiffimis aculeis utrinque tendentibus. Medicago with ſeeds in the ſame way as the ſecond fort, and the plants
very prickly ſnail-Shaped pods, whoſe Spines point every require the ſame treatment. It flowers in June, and
way. Medica magno fructu, aculeis furfum & deor-
&
the feeds ripen in September.
ſum tendentibus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 411. Snail Tre- The fifth ſort grows naturally in Syria; it is an an-
foil with a large fruit, whoſe Spines point upward and nual plant, with trailing ſtalks like the former; the
downward, commonly called Hedgehog.
lobes of the trifoliate leaves are wedge-ſhaped, ſharply
5. MEDICAGO (Laciniata) leguminibus chochleatis ſpi- indented on the edges, and at the top have three
noſis, foliolis acutè dentatis tricuſpidiſque. Medicago acute points. The flowers are of a pale yellow, and
with prickly ſnail-Maped pods, whose lobes are acutely in- the fruit is ſnail-ſhaped, but ſmall, armed with many
dented, and terminate in three points
. Medica cochleata weak fpines. It flowers about the ſame time with the
dicarpos capſulâ rotundâ ſpinosa, foliis eleganter dif- former, and may be cultivated in the ſame way.
ſectis. H. L. B. Snail-Shaped Trefoil, having e double MEDLAR. See MESPILUS:
fruit with a round prickly capſule, and elegant cut leaves. MELAMPYRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 173.
There are many other ſpecies of this genus, which tab. 78. Lin. Gen. Plant. 660. Men députupov, of merasa
grow naturally in the warm parts of Europe, and are black, and wupòs, Wheat.] Cow Wheat?
frequently preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake
The CHARACTERS are,
of variety ; but theſe are rarely cultivated in other The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
gardens, ſo it would be befide my purpoſe to enume- is tubulous, cut into four ſegments at the brim. The flower
rate them here.
is of the lip kind, having an oblong recurved tube com-
The firſt fort grows naturally on the borders of the preſſed at the brim ; the upper lip is formed like a belmet,
Mediterranean Sea, this is a perennial plant, with and is compreſſed and indented at the top; the under lip
trailing woolly branches about a foot long, which are is plain, erect, and cut into three ſegments at the top,
divided into ſmall branches, garniſhed with ſmall, tri- which are equal and obtuſe. It beth four awl-ſhaped
foliate, downy leaves at each joint, ſtanding upon ſtamina which are curved under the upper lip, two of
ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced from which are ſhorter than the other, terminated by oblong
the fide and at the ends of the branches, in ſmall ſnmmits, and in the center is ftuated an acute-pointed ger-
cluſters, they are of a bright yellow colour, and are men, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle crowned by on obtufe ftigma.
ſucceeded by ſmall roundiſh ſnail-ſhaped fruit, which The empalement afterward turns to an oblong aeute-pointed
are downy, and armed with a few ſhort ſpines. The capſule with two cells, incloſing two pretty large oval
flowers appear in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen ſeeds.
in September.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
ſown upon a warm border of dry foil in the ſpring, plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
where the plants are deſigned to remain ; when the ſtamina, and the ſeeds are included in a capnſule.
plants are come up, two or three of them may be
The SPECIES are,
tranſplanted into ſmall pots to be ſheltered in win- 1. MELAMPYRUM (Pratenſe) Horibus fecundis latera-
ter, becauſe in very ſevere froſt, thoſe which are in libus, conjugationibus remotis, corollis claufis. Flor.
the open air are frequently deſtroyed ; though they Suec. 513. Cow Wheat with fruitful foot-ſtalks of
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters, if they flowers ſtanding at a diſtance, and the petals fout. Me-
are growing in a dry foil and a ſheltered ſituation. lampyrum luteum latifolium. C. B. P. 234. Broad-
Thoſe plants which are left remaining, will require no leaved yellow Cow Wheat.
other culture but to thin them where they are too 2. MELAMPYRUM (Criſtatum) fpicis quadrangularibus
clofe, and keep them clean from weeds. This ſort may bracteis cordatis compactis denticulis imbricatis. Flor.
be propagated by cuttings, which may be planted Suec. 510. Cow Wheat with quodrangular Spikes, and
in June or July, in a ſhady border, covering them heart-ſhaped brattee, which are imbricated. Melampyrum
cloſe with a glaſs to exclude the external air ; theſe luteum anguſtifolium. C. B. P. 234. Yellow narrow-
will take root in about ſix weeks time, and may then leaved Cow Wheat.
be either planted in a warm border or in pots, and 3. MELAMPYRUM ( Arvenſe) fpicis conicis laxè bracteis
treated in the ſame way as the feedling plants.
dentato-fetaceis. Flor. Seuc. 511. Cow Wheat with
The ſecond ſort is an annual plant, which grows na- looſe conical Spikes, and briſtly indented bractea. Melam-
turally in the warm parts of Europe, but in England pyrum purpuraſcente comâ. C. B.P. 234. Cow Wheat
it is frequently cultivated in gardens for the oddneſs
with purpliſh tops.
of its fruit, which is twiſted in the form of a ſnail ; 4. MELAMPYRUM (Nemoroſum) floribus fecundis latera-
and as it ripens turns to a dark brown colour, ſo as to libus bracteis dentato cordato lanceolatis, fummis,
have the appearance of ſnails feeding on the plants at coloratis fterilibus, calycibus lanatis. Flor. Suec. 512.
a diſtant view. This hath trailing branches; the Cow Wheat with fruitful lateral flowers, heart Speer-
flowers are of a pale yellow, and come out from the Shoped brattee, ſterile coloured tops, and woolly empale-
0
a
و
a
a
8 S.
ments,

M E L
MEL
3
may be
part of it.
ments. Melampyrum comâ cæruleâ. C. B. P. 234. ter with a garden frame, and treated in the ſame way
Cow Wheat with blue tops.
as is directed for the Ixia, they will thrive and flower
Theſe plants are ſeldom cultivated in gardens. The annually.
firſt fort grows naturally in woods in many parts of MELASTOM A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 481. Groſſula-
England. The ſecond ſort grows plentifully in Bed- ria. Sloan. Hift. Jam. Plum. Sp. 18. The American
fordſhire and Cambridgeſhire. The fourth ſort grows Gooſeberry-tree, vulgò.
in the northern parts of Europe. The third fort
The CHARACTERS are,
grows naturally in ſome of the ſandy lands in Norfolk, The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, ſwell-
tho' not in great plenty ; but in Weſt Friezland and ing like a bladder, and obtuſe. It hath five roundiſh pe-
Flanders, it grows very plentifully among the Corn ; tals, which are inſerted into the border of the empalement,
and Clufius ſays, it ſpoils their bread, making it dark; and ten ſhort ſtamina, terminated by long erect ſummits a
and that thoſe who eat of it uſed to be troubled with little curved. Under the flower is ſituated a roundiſ)
heavineſs of the head, in the ſame manner as if they germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an incurved
had eaten Darnel or Cockle: but Mr. Ray ſays, He indented ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a berry
has eaten of this bread very often, but could never with five cells, covered by the empalement which crowns
perceive that it gave any diſagreeable taſte, or that it it, and contains many ſmall ſeeds.
was accounted unwholeſome by the country people, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
who never endeavour to ſeparate it from the Corn: Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogy-
and Tabernæmontanus declares, he has often eaten it nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
without
any
harm ; and ſays, it makes a very pleaſant ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
bread. It is a delicious food for cattle, particularly
The SPECIES are,
for fattening of oxen and cows, for which purpoſe it 1. MELASTOMA (Plantaginis folio) foliis denticulatis
may be cultivated.
ovatis acutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 389. Melaſtoma with
The ſeeds of theſe plants ſhould be ſown in the au- oval, acute-pointed, indented leaves. Groſſularia Ame-
tumn ſoon after they are ripe, otherwiſe it ſeldom ricana, plantaginis folio ampliſſimo. Plum. Sp. 18.
grows the firſt year; when the plants come up, they 2. MELASTOMA (Acinodendron) foliis denticulatis fub-
muſt be weeded in the ſpring while young, and as ſoon trinerviis ovatis acutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 558. Melafto-
as they begin to ſhew their flowers, the cattle
ma with oval indented leaves ending in acute points,
fed upon it; but they ſhould be confined to a cer- having three veins. Groſſularia alia plantaginis folio,
tain ſpace, and not permitted to run over the whole fructu rariore violaceo. Plum. Sp. 18.
field to trample it down, which would deſtroy a great 3. MELASTOMA (Hirta) foliis denticulatis quinquener-
vibus, ovato-lanceolatis caule hiſpido. Lin. Sp. 390.
The third and fourth ſorts make a pretty appear- Melaſtoma with Spear-ſhaped indented leaves, with five
ance, with their purple and blue tops, during the veins, and a prickly ſtalk. Groffularia plantaginis folio
months of July and Auguft. They are all of them anguſtiore hirſuto. Plum. Sp. 18.
annual plants.
4. MELASTOMA (Holoſericea) foliis integerrimis triner-
MELANTHIUM, Star-flower.
viis oblongo-ovatis tomentofis racemis brachiatis,
The CHARACTERS are,
ole
fpicis bipartitis. Lin. Sp. 559. Melaſtoma with very
The flower has no empalement (unleſs the corolla is ſo call- entire oblong oval leaves, which are woolly on their under
ed) it bath fix oblong, oval, Spreading petals, which are fide, and ſpikes of flowers dividing in two parts. Arbor
con
permanent, and fix fender erect ſtamina inſerted above the racemoſa Braſiliana, folio Malabathri. Breyn. Cent.
tails, with globular Summits, with a ſtreaked globular
tab. 2 & 3
germen, ſupporting three curved diſtinct ſtyles, crowned 5. MELASTOMA (Groſſularioides) foliis lanceolatis utrin-
by obtuſe ſtigma; the germen afterward turns to an oval que glabris nervis tribus ante baſın coëuntibus. Hort.
capſule
, having three cells, which are united within, con- Cliff. 162. Melaftoma with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ſmooth
țaining ſeveral
oval compreſſed ſeeds.
on both ſides, and three veins which join before they reach
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of the baſe. Groſſularia fructu non ſpinoſo, Malabathri
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, intitled Hexandria Trigy.nia, foliis oblongis, floribus herbaceis racemofis, fructu
the flower having fix ftamina and three ſtyles.
nigro. Sloan. Cat. 165.
The SPECIES are,
6. MELASTOMA (Bicolor) foliis lanceolatis, nervis tribus
1. MELANTHIUM (Virginicum) petalis unguiculatis. Lin. longitudinalibus, ſubtus glabris coloratis. Hort. Cliff.
Sp. Plant. 483. Star-flower with tender nail-ſhaped pe- 162. Melaſtoma with Spear-ſhaped leaves having three
tals. Afphodelo affinis Floridana, ramoſo caule, fo- longitudinal veins, ſmooth and coloured on their under
ribus ornithogali obſoletis. Pluk. tab. 434. f. 8. ſide.
2. MELANTHIUM (Sibericum) petalis feffilibus. Amen. 7. MELASTOMA (Malabathrica) foliis lanceolato-ovatis
Acad. 2. p. 349. Star-flower with ſefile petals. Orni- quinquenervibus ſcabris. Flor. Zeyl. 171. Melaſtoma
thogalum fpicis forum longiſſimis ramoſis. Flor. with ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves which are rough, and have
five veins. Melaftoma quinque nervia hirta major, ca-
3 MELANTHIUM (Pun&tatum) petalis punctatis, foliis pitulis ſericeis villoſis. Burm. Zeyl. 155. tab. 73:
cucullatis. Amen. Acad. 3. Star-flower with punctu- 8. MELASTOMA (Lævigata) foliis oblongo-ovatis minu-
ated petals, and hooded leaves.
tiſſimè dentatis infernè fericeis quinquenervibus, flo-
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia and in other ribus racemofis. Melaſtoma with oblong oval leaves,
parts of North America, but being a plant of little having very ſmall indentures on the edges, and ſilky on their
beauty, is feldom cultivated except in botanic
gar-
under
ſide, with five veins, and flowers growing in long
dens; the flower-ſtalks of this riſes from fix to eight bunches. Groſſulariæ fructu, arbor maximo non fpi-
inches high, branching upward into three or four di- nofa, Malabathri folio maximo inodora, flore race-
viſions, garniſhed below the flower with two or three moſo albo. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 165.
linear leaves. The flowers are compoſed of fix 9. MELASTOMA (Petiolatis) foliis denticulatis ovatis acu-
ſpreading petals of a duſky worn-out colour, which minatis, infernè nitidiffimis, petiolis longiffimis. Me-
are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England.
laftoma with oval acute-pointed leaves, which are indented
If the roots of this plant are planted in a border of on their edges, very ſhining on their under fide, and have
light earth, not too dry, they will thrive and pro- very long foot-ſtalks.
duce their flowers here, but feldom increaſe. 10. MelASTOMA (Umbellata) foliis cordatis acuminatis
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Siberia, ſo is at integerrimis, infernè incanis, floribus umbellatis.
preſent a ſtranger in England, but may be propagated Melaſtoma with heart-ſhaped, acute-pointed, entire leaves,
here (if once obtained) by planting the bulbous roots boary on their under fide, and flowers growing in umbels.
in an eaſt border.
Sambucus Barbadenſis dicta, foliis fubincanis. Pluk.
The third fort grows at the Cape of Good Hope, ſo Phyt. tab. 221. fol. 6.
is too tender to thrive in the open air in England. But II. MELASTOMA (Racemoſa) foliis oblongo-cordatis acu-
of the roots are planted in a border, covered in win- minatis, denticulato-ferratis, floribus racemofis ſpar-
Siber. p. 45.
a
fis.

M E L
MEL
a
a
a
ſis. Melaſtoma with oblong, heart-ſhaped, acute-pointed
leaves, having ſawed indentures, and flowers growing
thinly in long bunches.
12. MELASTOMA (Verticillata) foliis ovato-lanceolatis,
quinquenervibus, fubtus aureis, floribus verticillatis,
caule tomentoſo. Melaſtoma with oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves having five veins, which are of a gold colour on their
under ſide, and flowers growing in whorls, with a woolly
ſtalk.
13. MELASTOMA (Acuta) foliis lanceolatis acutis denti-
culatis infernè incanis trinervibus, floribus racemofis.
Melaftoma with acute Spear-ſhaped leaves which are in-
dented on their edges, hoary on their under fide, have three
veins, and flowers growing in bunches.
14. MELASTOMA (Glabra) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acu-
minatis integerrimis, utrinque glabris trinervibus, flo-
ribus racemofis. Melaſtoma with entire, oval, Spear-
ſhaped leaves ending in acute points, having three veins,
and ſmooth on both ſides, with flowers growing in long
bunches. Arbor Syrinamenſis, canellæ folio utrinque
glabro. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 249. fol. 5.
.
.
15. MELASTOMA (Quinquenervia) foliis ovatis quinque-
nervibus fcabris, floribus racemofis alaribus. Melaſtoma
with oval rough leaves having five veins, and flowers
growing in bunches from the ſides of the branches.
16. MELASTOMA (OEtandria) foliis lanceolatis trinervi-
bus glabris, marginibus hiſpidis
. Melaftoma with ſmooth
Spear-ſhaped leaves having three veins, and hairy prickles
on the border.
17. MELASTOMA (Aſpera) foliis ovatis quinquenervibus
glabris, marginibus hiſpidis. Melaſtoma with oval
ſmooth leaves, having five veins, and hairy prickly
borders.
18. MELASTOMA (Scabroſa) foliis ovato-lanceolatis fca-
bris acuminatis quinquenervibus, floribus racemofis.
Melaſtoma with oval, Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed leaves,
having five veins, ond flowers growing in long bunches.
The title of this genus of plants was given to it by
Profeſſor Burman, of Amſterdam, in the Theſaurus
Zeylanicus; ſome of theſe plants have been titled
Sambucus, others Chriſtophoriana, and to ſome of
the ſpecies Dr. Plukenet gave the title of Acidendron ;
but Sir Hans Sloane and Father Plumier, gave them
the title of Groſſularia, from whence I have applied
the Engliſh name of Gooſeberry to them, which is
the name by which ſome of the forts are known in
America.
The firſt fort riſes about four or five feet high, the
ſtem and branches being covered with long rufſet
hairs; the leaves are placed on the branches oppoſite;
they are five inches long and two broad, and are alſo
covered with the ſame rufſet down, having five ribs
or veins running through the leaves from end to end,
but the three inner join before they reach the baſe, with
ſmall tranſverſe ribs; the fruit is produced at the end
of the ſhoots, which is a pulpy blue berry, as large as
a Nutmeg.
The ſecond ſort grows to be a large tree, having ma-
ny crooked branches, covered with a brown bark,
the leaves placed oppoſite on the branches; theſe are
ſmooth, entire, and above five inches long, and two
broad in the middle, with three deep veins running
through them ; both ſides of theſe leaves are of a
light green and ſmooth, and are ſharply indented on
their edges, ending in acute points. The fruit
grows in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches;
they are thinly placed on the ſpikes, and are of a
Violet colour.
The third fort grows to the height of twenty feet, with
a large trunk, covered with a ruffet bark: the leaves
of this tree are very large, being above ſeven inches
long, and three and a quarter broad, of a dark ruſſet
colour on their upper ſide, but of a yellowiſh ruſſet on
their under, ſoft to the touch, having a ſoft down over
them; the italks are covered with rough hairs, and the
leaves are placed by pairs on the branches, which
make a beautiful appearance when the trees are viewed
at a diſtance.
The fourth fort ſeldom grows more than eight or ten
feet high, the leaves are about four inches long,
having three veins, which join before they reach the
baſe; they are entire, and are of a fattin colour on
their under ſide, but of a light green on their upper;
theſe are placed by pairs on the branches.
The fifth ſort feldom grows more than ſeven or eight
feet high, ſpreading out into many branches, which
are covered with a ſmooth purple bark; they are ſlen-
der, and are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, five
inches long and two broad in the middle, where they
are broadeſt; they are ſmooth on both ſides, their
edges are entire, and they terminate in acute points.
The flowers are produced in pretty long hanging
bunches, of an herbaceous colour, with long ſtyles
which are ſtretched out a good length beyond the pe-
tals, and are permanent; the fruit is ſmall, and black
when ripe.
The fixth ſort riſes four or five feet high, dividing
into many flender branches, which are ſmooth, and
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves three inches long,
and one and a quarter broad, of a lucid green on the
upper fide, but white on the under, having three lon-
gitudinal veins which join before they reach the baſe ;
theſe are entire, and placed alternately on the branches.
The flowers are produced in a looſe panicle at the
end of the branches; they are ſmall, white, and have
pretty long tubes; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall pur-
ple fruit.
The ſeventh fort riſes with an angular (talk fix or ſeven
feet high, ſending out branches oppoſite, which are
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, rough leaves,
placed by pairs; they are hairy, of a dark green on
their upper ſide, but of a pale green on their under.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches,
two or three ftanding together; they are large, and
of a Roſe colour, inclining to purple, ſitting in large
hairy empalements; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh
purple fruit crowned by the empalement, which are
filled with a purple pulp ſurrounding the feeds.
The eighth fort grows to the height of twenty feet,
with a large ſtrait ftem, covered with a gray bark,
and at the top divides into many angular branches;
theſe are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves near a
foot long, and fix inches broad in the middle, of a
dark green on their upper fide, but filky on their un-
der, with five ſtrong longitudinal veins; they are in-
dented on their edges, and placed oppoſite. The
flowers are produced in looſe long bunches at the end
of the branches; theſe are white, and are ſucceeded
by roundiſh purple fruit, filled with pulp, in which
the ſeeds are lodged.
The ninth fort riſes with a ſtrong erect ſtalk near
thirty feet high, covered with a gray bark, dividing
at the top into ſeveral angular compreſſed branches,
which are garniſhed with oval leaves indented on their
edges; they are ſeven inches long and almoſt five
broad, ſtanding by pairs oppoſite on very long foot-
ſtalks, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but of
pale gold colour and fattiny on their under, with five
ſtrong longitudinal veins, and a great number of
ſmaller tranſverſe ones. The flowers are produced in
looſe panicles at the end of the branches; they are
white, and are fucceeded by purple fruit, about the
ſame ſize as thoſe of the former.
The tenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ten or twelve
feet high, covered with a hairy bark, and divides in-
to many branches toward the top, which are garniſh-
ed with heart-ſhaped leaves ending in acute points ;
they are five inches long and three broad toward their
baſé, entire in their borders, of a dark green on their
upper fide, but hoary on their under, with five lon-
gitudinal veins, and many ſmaller tranſverſe ones ;
theſe are placed oppoſite, and ſtand upon hairy foot-
ftalks, two inches and a half in length. The flow-
ers are produced at the end of the branches, in a
fort of umbel; they are of a pale Roſe colour and
pretty large, fitting on hairy empalements; theſe are
fucceeded by ſmall black fruit, a little larger than
Elder-berries.
The eleventh fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about
eight or nine feet high, covered with a dark brown
bark,
;
3
a
a
a
a

M E L
M E L
purple fruit.
a
a
a
3
baris, and divides at the top into many ftraggling long and three broad, rough on their ſurface, entire
branches, which are garniſhed with oblong heart- on their edges, ending in acute points; they are of
Shaped leaves fix inches long, and three broad toward a light green on both ſides, and ſtand upon ſhort
their baſe, ending in acute points, indented on their foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in pretty
edges with iharp ſerratures; they are ſmooth on both large looſe panicles at the end of the branches; they
fides, and of a light green colour. The flowers are are ſmall, white, and are fucceeded by ſmall, round,
produced in very loole bunches at the end of the
branches; they are ſmall, of an herbaceous colour, All the forts are natives of the warm parts of Ame-
and are ſucceeded by ſmall fruit, of a dark colour rica, where there are many more ſpecies than are
when ripe.
here enumerated. Moft of theſe here mentioned,
The twelfth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix were found by the late Dr. Houſtoun, growing na-
feet high, dividing into many ſmaller branches, which turally in Jamaica, from whence he fent many of their
are covered with a hairy woolly bark, of a ruſty iron ſeeds to Europe, ſome of which ſucceeded; but moſt,
colour; theſe are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped if not all the plants which were raiſed from them,
leaves, one inch and a half long, and three quarters were loſt in the ſevere winter in 1740, ſince which
of an inch broad in the middle; they are of a dark time they have not been recovered in Europe.
green on their upper fide, and of a ruſty iron colour There is great beauty in the diverſity of the leaves of
on their under, having five longitudinal veins; they theſe plants, many of them being very large, and
are placed oppoſite, and fit cloſe to the branches. The moſt of them are of different colours on the two fur-
flowers come out in whorls at the joints of the ſtalks; faces, their under ſide being either white, gold co-
they are ſmall, of a purpliſh colour, and are ſucceed- lour, or rufſet, and their upper of different ſhades of
ed by ſmall black fruit.
green, ſo that they make a fine appearance in the hot-
The thirteenth fort is a low ſhrub, feldom riſing houſe all the year ; indeed, their flowers have no
more than three feet high, dividing at the bottom great beauty to recommend them, but yet for the
into flender branches, which are garniſhed with ſpear- fingular beauty of their leaves, theſe plants deſerve a
fhaped leaves, ending in acute points ; theſe are five place in all curious collections, as much as moſt other
inches long, and one and a half broad in the middle, forts.
fawed on their edges, of a dark green on their upper There are very few of theſe plants at preſent in any
fide, but of a hoary white on their under, having of the European gardens, which may have been oc-
three longitudinal veins; they are placed oppoſite, caſioned by the difficulty of bringing over growing
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in plants from the Weſt-Indies; and the ſeeds being
looſe bunches at the end of the branches; they are ſmall when they are taken out of the pulp, foon be-
white, and ſucceeded by ſmall purple fruit.
come dry, fo ſeldom fucceed. The beſt way to ob-
The fourteenth fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk eight or nine tain theſe plants is, to have the entire fruits put up in
feet high, divided toward the top into many flender dry fand as ſoon as they are ripe, and forwarded by
branches which are ſmooth, garniſhed with oval ſpear- the ſooneſt conveyance to England; theſe ſhould be
ſhaped leaves, which are ſeven inches long and three immediately taken out when they arrive, and the
broad, ending in acute points ; they are entire on feeds ſown in pots of light earth, and plunged into a
their edges, and ſmooth on both ſides, ſtanding moderate hot-bed of tanners bark. When the plants
oppoſite, and have three longitudinal veins. The come up, and are fit to remove, they muſt be each
flowers are produced in looſe panicles at the end of planted into a ſmall pot of light earth, and plunged
the branches, and are ſucceeded by very ſmall pur- into the tan-bed; and may afterward be treated in
ple fruit.
the manner directed for the ANNONA, to which I ſhall
The fifteenth fort riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks five deſire the reader to turn, to avoid repetition.
or fix feet high, dividing into ſeveral crooked branches, MELIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 473. Azederach. Tourn.
garniſhed with oval leaves three inches long, and Init. R. H. 616. tab. 387. The Bead-tree.
almoſt as much broad, having five longitudinal veins; The CHARACTERS are,
they are rough, of a dark green on their upper fide, The empalement of the flower is ſmall, erect, and of one
but of a pale green on their under, indented on leaf, cut into five points at the top, which are obtuſe.
their edges, ſtanding upon very hairy foot-ſtalks ; The flower bath five long, narrow, Spear-ſhaped petals
they are ſometimes oppofite, and at others alternate, which ſpread open, and a cylindrical nectarium of one leaf,
on the branches. The flowers are produced in very the length of the petals, indented at the brim in ten parts.
looſe bunches, which come out from the ſide of the It has ten ſmall ſtamina inſerted in the top of the neeta-
ſtalks; they are ſmall, of an herbaceous colour, and rium, terminated by ſummits which do not appear above
are fucceeded by ſmall purpliſh fruit, filled with very it, with a conical germen ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle,
finall feeds.
crowned by an obtuſe indented ſtigma. The germen af-
The fixteenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or terward turns to a ſoft globular fruit, including a round-
eight feet high, and divides into many ſmooth ish nut having five rough furrows, and five cells, each
branches, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped containing one oblong feed.
leaves about four inches long, and one inch and a This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
quarter broad in the middle ; they are ſmooth on both Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Monogy-
fides, of a dark green colour, and have three longi- nia, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
tudinal veins; the edges of theſe leaves are cloſely ſet ten ſtamina and one ftyle.
with briſtly ſtinging hairs. The flowers are produced
The SPECIES are,
in looſe bunches at the end of the branches; they are 1. MELIA (Azedarach) foliis bipinnatis. Flor. Zeyl.
Imall, of a purpliſh colour, and are ſucceeded by ve- 162. Melia with double winged leaves. Azederach.
ry ſmall black fruit.
Dod. Pempt. 848. The Becd-tree, or Falſe Sycamore.
The ſeventeenth fort is in many parts like the former, 2. MELIA (Azedirachta) foliis pinnatis. Hort
. Cliff.
but the leaves are oval, a little more than two inches 161. Melia with winged leaves. Olea Malabarica,
long, and oneand a quarter broad; theſe have five lon- fraxini folio. Pluk. Alm. 269.
gitudinal veins, and are ſmoothon both ſides, of a dark The firſt ſort grows naturally in Syria, from whence
green colour, and ſtand oppoſite on ſhort foot-ſtalks. it was brought to Spain and Portugal, where it is
The flowers grow in looſe bunches at the end of the now become as common almoft, as if it were a native
branches, they are larger than thoſe of the former of thoſe countries. This in warm countries grows to
fort, but are of the ſame colour. The edges of the a large tree, ſpreading out into many branches, which
leaves of this fort are cloſely ſet with ſtinging hairs, are garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of three
as thoſe of the other.
ſmaller wings, whoſe lobes are notched and indented
The eighteenth fort riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk eight on their edges; they are of a deep green on their up-
or nine feet high, dividing into branches ſtanding per fide, and paler on their under. The flowers
oppoſite, as do alſo the leaves, which are ſeven inches come out from the ſide of the branches in long looſe
bunches;
a
a

M EL
M E L
bunches; they are compoſed of five long, narrow, the pulp which ſurrounds the nut is oily, acrid, and
fpear-thaped petals, of a blue colour, and are ſuc- bitter; the nut is white, and ſhaped like that of the
ceeded by oblong fruit as large as a ſmall Cherry, former. It grows in fandy land, both in India and
green at firſt, but when ripe changes to a pale yellow, the iſland of Ceylon, where it is always green, and
incloſing a nut with five deep furrows, having four or produces flowers and fruit twice a year.
five cells, in each of which is lodged one oblong This fort is now very rare in England, and alſo in the
feed. This produces its flowers in England in July, Dutch gardens, where ſome years paſt it was more
but are not often ſucceeded by feeds here; it drops common; it is propagated by feeds in the ſame way
its leaves in the autumn, and puts out freſh in the as the other fort, but being much tenderer, the
ſpring. The pulp which ſurrounds the nut, is faid plants ſhould be kept conſtantly in the tan-bed while
to have a deadly quality if eaten ; and if mixed with young. In the ſummer they may be placed under a
greaſe, and given to dogs, it will kill them. The nuts frame, but in winter they muſt be removed into the
are bored through, and ſtrung by the Roman Catho- bark-ſtove, and treated in the ſame way with other
lics to ſerve as beads.
plants from the ſame countries. When the plants
There has been of late years ſome of theſe plants in- have obtained ſtrength, they may be treated more
troduced to the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where I hardily, by placing them in winter in a dry ſtove, and
am informed they continue flowering, and produce in the middle of ſummer they may be placed abroad
their fruit moſt part of the year. The fruit I have for two or three months in a warm ſheltered ſituation,
received from thence by the title of Indian Lilac, but they ſhould not remain too long abroad ; and
from which I have raiſed many of the plants, and find during the winter ſeaſon they ſhould be ſparingly wa-
them to be the ſame as that from Syria.
tered : with this management the plants will produce
This fort is propagated by ſeeds (which may be ob- flowers annually, and as they retain their leaves all
tained from Italy or Spain, where theſe trees annually the year, they are ornamental in winter in the ftove.
produce ripe fruits in the gardens where they are The firſt fort is commonly called, Zizyphus alba, in
planted :) the ſeeds or berries ſhould be ſown in pots Portugal and Spain, and in Italy, Pſeudocycamo-
filled with good freſh light earth, and plunged into a rus. It was by moſt of the modern botaniſts titled,
moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where (if the ſeeds Azederach, but Dr. Linnæus has altered it to this of
are freſh) they will come up in about a month or five Melia, which was by Theophraftus applied to a ſpe-
weeks time. When the plants are come up they ſhould cies of Aih.
be frequently watered, and ſhould have a large MELIANTHUS. Tourn. Init. R. H. 430. tab.
ſhare of free air, by raiſing the glaſſes every day; in 245. Lin. Gen. Plant. 712. [neníavto, of persy
June they ſhould be expoſed to the open air, in a well honey, and äv9c, a flower.] Honey Flower.
ſheltered ſituation, that they may be hardened before
The CHARACTERS are,
winter. In October the pots ſhould be removed un- The flower has a large, coloured, unequal empalement, di-
der a hot-bed frame, where they may enjoy free open vided into five ſegments; the two upper are oblong and
air when the weather is mild, and be covered in hard ereet, the lower is fort, and ſhaped like a bag. The
froſt. During the winter ſeaſon they muſt be refreſh- middle are ſpear-ſhaped and oppoſite. It bath four nar-
ed gently with water, but by no means repeat this row Spear-ſhaped petols, reflexed at their points, Spreading
too often, nor give them too much at a time; for open outward, and ſhaped like the empalement into two
their leaves being off, they will not be in a condition lips, connexted on their fides. It has a nectarium of one
to throw off a ſuperfluity of moiſture.
leaf, ſituated in the lower ſegment of the empalement, and
In March following, you may ſhake out the plants faſtened with it to the receptacle ; it is Mort, compreſſed
from the ſeed-pots and divide them, planting each on the ſides, and cut on the margin. It haib four ere Et
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with light freſh earth, awl-ſhaped ſtamina, the two under being ſomewhat ſhorter
plunging them into a moderate hot-bed, which will
than the other, terminated by oblong beart-ſhaped fum-
greatly promote their rooting, and increaſe their
mits. In the center is ſituated a four-cornered germen,
growth, but they muſt not be drawn too much; and ſupporting an ereet ſtyle, crowned by a quadrifid ſtigma.
in June you ſhould remove them out into the open The germen ofterward becomes a quadrangular capſule
air as before, and during the three or four winters, with diftended cells, divided by partitions in the center,
while the plants are young, you muſt ſhelter them, each containing one almoſt globulor ſeed, fixed to the center
to ſecure them from the cold; but when the plants of the capſule.
are grown pretty large and woody, they will endure This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
to be planted in the open air againſt a ſouth wall. Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
The beſt ſeaſon for this is in April, at which time whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina,
you ſhould ſhake them out of the pots, being careful and their ſeeds are included in empalemnets.
not to break the earth from the roots, but only pare
The SPECIES are,
off with a knife the outſide of the ball of earth; then 1. MELIANTHUS (Major) ftipulis folitariis petiolo adna-
open your holes and put in the plants, cloſing the
tis. Hort. Cliff. 492. Honey Flower with ſingle ftipula
earth to their roots, obſerving if the weather is dry, to growing cloſe to the foot-fialk. Melianthus Africanus.
give them ſome water, which ſhould be repeated twice H. L. B. 414. Greater African Honey Flower.
a week until the plants have taken root; but you muſt 2. MELIANTHUS (Minor) ftipulis geminis diſtinctis.
obſerve to plant them on a dry foil, otherwiſe they Hort. Cliff. 492. Smaller Honey Flower with two
will be liable to miſcary in ſevere froſty weather. diſtinet ſtipule. Melianthus Africanus minor foetidus.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in India, where it Com. Rar. Pl. tab.
becomes a large tree; the ſtem is thick, the wood of The firit fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
a pale yellow, and the bark of a dark purple colour Hope, from whence it was brought to Holland in the
and very bitter. The branches extend wide on every year 1672 ; this hath a ligneous perennial root, which
ſide, which are garniſhed with winged leaves, com- ſpreads far on every fide, from which ariſe many lig-
poſed of five or fix pair of oblong acute-pointed neous ſtalks which riſe four or five feet high, and are
lobes, terminated by an odd one; theſe are ſawed on herbaceous toward the top, where they are garniſhed
their edges, of a light green colour, and a ſtrong with large winged leaves, which embrace the ſtalks
diſagreeable odour ; they ſtand upon pretty long foot- with their baſe, where they have a large ſingle ſtipulæ
ſtalks, which come out ſometimes oppoſite, and at faſtened on the upper ſide of the foot-ſtalk, with two
others they are alternate. The flowers are produced ears at the baſe, which alſo embrace the ſtalk. The
in long branching panicles which proceed from the leaves have four or five pair of very large lobes, ter-
ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, white, and fit minated by an odd one ; theſe are deeply jagged on
in ſmall empalements, which are cut in five acute their edges into acute ſegments, and between the
ſegments; theſe are ſucceeded by oval fruit of the
lobes runs a double leafy border or wing on the up-
fize of ſmall Olives, which are green, afterward yel- per ſide of the midrib, ſo as to connect the baſe of
low, and when ripe, they change to a purple colour ; the lobes together ; theſe are alſo deeply jagged in
8 T
the
a
a
4.
4.

MEL
M E L
a
the fame manner as the lobes ; they are of a gray co- over, and covered cloſe with bell or hand-glaffes to
lour. The flowers are produced in pretty long exclude the air, will take root pretty freely; these
ſpikes, which ariſe from between the leaves toward may be planted in pots, and ſheltered in the winter
the top of the ſtalks; they are of a brown or chocolate under a common frame for a year or two till they
colour, and are formed like the lip flowers, but have have obtained ſtrength, then they may be planted in
four narrow petals, in which it differs from the other a warm border, and treated in the ſame way as the
plants of this claſs with lip flowers, theſe are ſuc- former fort, with which management I have ſeen them
ceeded by oblong four-cornered capſules, divided by flower much better than any of thoſe which have been
a central partition into four cells, each containing one treated more tenderly, and theſe plants have perfected
roundiſh feed; this plant flowers in June, but unleſs their feeds in good ſeaſons.
the ſeaſon proves warm, they are not ſucceeded by MELICOCCA. See SAPINDUS.
feeds in England.
MELILOTUS. See TRIGONELLA.
This plant was formerly preſerved in green-houſes as MELISSA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 193. tab. 91. Lin,
a tender exotic, but if planted in a dry ſoil and a Gen. Plant. 647. [fo called of peas, honey, becauſe
warm fituation, it will endure the cold of our ordi- the bees procure it from this plant; it is alſo called
nary winters very well; and if in a ſevere froſt the Meliffophyllon, pént, and qúarov, a leaf, q. d. Ho-
tops of them ſhould be deſtroyed, yet the roots will ney Leaf.] Baum.
abide, and put forth again the ſucceeding ſpring, ſo
The CHARACTERS are,
that there is no great danger of loſing it ; and the The empalement of the flower is of the open, bell-ſhape,
plants which grow in the open air always flower much angular kind, ſtreaked with one leaf, whoſe brim is form-
better than thoſe which are preſerved in the green- ed into two lips; the upper lip is indented in three parts,
houſe, as they are leſs drawn, which always is hurt- which are ſpread open and refiexed; the under lip is
ful to the flowering of plants ; for it rarely happens Short, acute, and indented in two parts. The flower is
that any of the plants of this fort, which are placed of the lip kind, having a cylindrical tube ; the chaps are
in the green-houſe do flower, for they are apt to gaping, the upper lip is bort, erett, forked, ond round-
draw up tall and weak, which prevents their flower- iſh, indented at the end. The under lip is trifid, the mid-
ing, and thoſe branches which produce flowers, ge- dle part being the largeſt. It both four awl-shaped ſte-
fto-
nerally decay ſoon after ; ſo that although the ſtems mina, two of which are as long as the petol, but the
become woody, yet they are not of long duration, other are but half so long; they are terminated by ſmall
but the roots ſpread where they have room, and ſend fummits, which join by pairs. It hath a quadrifid ger-
out a great number of ſtalks annually; and when the men, ſupporting a fender Style the length of the petal,
plants grow in the full ground, moſt of thoſe ſtalks which, with the ſhamina, ere ſituated under the upper lip,
which are not injured by froſt, ſeldom fail to flower and is crowned by a ſlender, bifid, reflexed ſtigma. The
the ſpring following, ſo that the fureft method to have germen afterward turns to four naked ſeeds, ſitting in the
them flower, is to cover the ſhoots of theſe plants in empalement.
froſty weather with Reeds or mats, to prevent their This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
tops being killed by the cold; therefore it is the beſt Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes the plants
way to plant them cloſe to a good aſpected wall, and whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſtamina,
on a dry rubbiſh, in which they will not ſhoot fo vi- whoſe feeds are naked.
gorous as in good ground, ſo will be leſs ſucculent,
The SPECIES are,
and therefore not ſo liable to ſuffer by cold; but if 1. MELISSA (Officinalis) racemis axillaribus verticillatis,
the winter proves ſevere, the ſtalks may be faſtened pedicellis fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592. Baum
up to the wall, and covered to protect them; for with whorled bunches of flowers proceeding from the ſides
want of this care the ſtalks are frequently killed to of the ſtalks, having ſingle foot-ſtalks. Meliſſa horten-
the ground in winter, ſo that there is ſeldom any fis. C. B. P. 229. Garden Baum, or common Boum.
flowers produced.
2. MELISSA (Romana) floribus verticillatis feffilibus,
This plant may be propagated by taking off its fuck- foliis hirſutis. Baum with whorls of flowers fitting cloſe
ers or fide ſhoots, any time from March to Septem- to the fiolks, and bairy leaves. Meliſſa Romana, mol-
ber, obſerving to chuſe ſuch as are furniſhed with fibres, liter hirſuta & graveolens. H. R. Par. Roman Baum
and after they are planted and taken root, they will with Soft hairy leaves, and a ſtrong ſmell.
require no farther care but to keep them clear from 3. Melissa (Grandiflora) pedunculis axillaribus dicho-
weeds : they may be alſo propagated by planting tomis longitudine florum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592. Baum
cuttings, during any of the ſummer months, which, with foot-ſtalks ariſing from the wings of the ſialk, which
if watered and ſhaded, will take root very well, and are divided in forks, and are the length of the flowers.
may afterwards be tranſplanted where they are de- Calamintha magno flore. C. B. P. 229. Calaminth with
.
figned to remain.
a large flower.
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of the country about 4. MELISSA (Calamintha) pedunculis axillaribus dicho-
the Cape of Good Hope, from whence it was brought tomis longitudine foliorum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 593.
to Europe; this riſes with round, ſoft, ligneous ſtalks Baum with foot-ſtalks ariſing from the wings of the ſtalk,
five or ſix feet high, which fend out two or three which are forked, and as long as the leaves. Calamin-
branches from their fide, garniſhed with winged tha vulgaris & officinarum Germaniæ. C. B. P. 228.
leaves like thoſe of the former fort, but not half fo Common officinal Calamint of the Germans.
large; theſe have two diſtinct ftipulæ adhering to 5. MELISSA (Nepeta) pedunculis axillaribus dichotomis
their foot-italks; they are of a deep green on their folio longioribus, caule decumbente. Lin. Sp. Plant.
upper fide, and whitiſh on their under. The flowers 593. Baum with foot-ſtalks oriſing from the wings of the
come out from the ſide of the ſtalks in looſe hanging Stalk, which are forked, and longer than the leaves, with
panicles, each ſuſtaining fix or eight flowers, which a declining ſtalk. Calamintha pulegii odore five ne-
are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but ſmaller ; peta. C. B. P. 228. Calamint with the ſcent of Penny
the lower part of the petals are green, their upper Royal, or Cat Mint.
part are of a Saffron colour, and on the outſide, in the 6. MELISSA (Cretica) racemis terminalibus, pedunculis
ſwelling part of the petals, is a bluſh of fine red ; folitariis breviffimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 593. Baum with
theſe have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina, which Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalks, growing upon ve-
are terminated by yellow ſummits. The flowers are ry ſhort ſingle foot-ſtalks. Calamintha incana ocy-
fucceeded by four-cornered feed-veſſels, which are mi foliis. C. B. P. 228. Hoary Calamint with Bafil
ſhorter than thoſe of the firſt fort, in which are lodged leaves.
four oval ſeeds in ſeparate apartments ; this flowers 7. Melissa (Majoranifolia) foliis ovatis glabris, floribus
at the ſame ſeaſon with the former.
verticillatis feffilibus, pedunculis folitariis breviffimis.
This fort does not ſpread its roots as the firſt, fo is Baum with oval ſmooth leaves, and flowers growing in
not propagated with ſo great facility, but cuttings of whorls, fitting cloſe to the branches, which have very
this fort planted upon an old hot-bed, whoſe heat is Short Single li alks. Calamintha Romana, majorana
a
folio,

M E L
MEL
و
3
a
folio, pulegii odore. Bocc. Muſ. Roman Calamint with in July, and are ſucceeded each by four ſmall, round-
a Marjoram leaf, and the ſcent of Penny Royal.
iſh, black ſeeds. The herb is uſed in medicine, and
8. MELISSA (Fruticofa) fruticoſa, ramis attenuatis virga- is hotter, and abounds with more ſubtile and volatile
tis, foliis fubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp.Plant. 593. Shrubby parts than Mint. It proyokes urine, brings down
Baum with fiender twig-like branches, and leaves which the menſes, opens the liver, and is good for coughs,
ore woolly on their under fide. Calamintha Hiſpanica This may be planted in gardens, and treated in the
fruteſcens, mari folio. Tourn. Inſt. 194. Shrubby ſame way as the common Baum.
Spaniſh Calamint with a Marum leaf.
The fifth fort is found in greater plenty than the
The firſt fort grows naturally on the mountains near fourth, growing wild in England. The ſtalks of this
Geneva, and in ſome parts of Italy, but is cultivated are longer and bend towards the ground. The leaves
here in gardens as a medicinal and culinary herb. It are larger, and more indented on their edges, and
has a perennial root, and an annual ſtalk, which is have a very ſtrong ſcent like Penny Royal. The
ſquare, branching, and riſes from two to three feet whorls of flowers are ſet cloſer together than thoſe of
high, garnifhed with leaves ſet by pairs at each joint, the fourth fort, but in other reſpects they agree.
which are two inches and a half long, and almoſt two The fixth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
inches broad at their baſe, growing narrower toward and in Italy; this is not of ſo long duration as the
the top, indented about their edges, and the lower former forts, feldon continuing more than two or
ones itanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The three years. The ſtalks are ſlender, a little ligneous,
flowers grow in looſe ſmall bunches at the wings of and are garniſhed with ſmall, roundith, hoary leaves,
the ſtalk, in whorls, ſtanding upon fingle foot- placed oppoſite at each joint. The flowers are pro-
ftalks ; they are of the lip kind, the upper lip ſtand-
duced in whorls toward the upper part of the
ing erect and is forked; the under lip is divided into ftalks, which are terminated by a looſe ſpike; they
three parts; the middle one is roundiſh, and indent- are ſmall and white, ſhaped like thoſe of the other
ed at the top. The flowers are white, and appear
in ſpecies, and appear in June ; theſe are ſucceeded by
July. The whole plant has a pleaſant ſcent, fome- ſeeds, which ripen in autumn, and if they are per
what like Lemons.
mitted to ſcatter, there will be a ſufficient ſupply of
It is reckoned to be cordial, cephalic, and good for
young plants.
all diſorders of the head and nerves ; there is a fim- The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Italy; this is a
ple water of this herb. It is alſo uſed as Tea, and biennial plant, whoſe ſtalks are about eight inches
is by ſome greatly eſteemed for that purpoſe; there long, declining toward the ground, and are garniſhed
is a variety of this with ſtriped leaves.
with roundiſh leaves about the fize of Marjoram, of
This plant is eaſily propagated by parting of the a light green colour. The flowers come out in cloſe
root; the beſt time for this is in October, that the whorls on the upper part of the ſtalks, each ſtanding
offsets may have time to get root before the froſts upon a ſhort feparate foot-ſtalk; they are large, and
come on. The roots may be divided into ſmall pieces of a bright purple colour, appearing in July and Auguft,
with three or four buds to each, and planted two feet and the ſeeds ripen in autumn; this is propagated
apart in beds of common garden earth, in which they by feeds, which ſhould be ſown ſoon after they are
will ſoon ſpread and meet together, the only culture ripe, and then the plants will come up in the ſpring;
it requires is to keep it clean from weeds, and cut off but when the ſeeds are not fown till the ſpring,
the decayed ftalks in autumn, ſtirring the ground they ſeldom grow till the next year. The plants may
between the plants.
alſo be propagated by cuttings, which if planted in
The ſecond ſort grows naturally about Rome, and the ſummer, and ſhaded from the ſun, will take root
in ſeveral parts of Italy, this hath a perennial root, very freely. If theſe plants are on a warm border,
and an annual ſtalk like the former. The ſtalks are they will live through the winter, but to preſerve the
flender, the leaves are much ſhorter than thoſe of fpecies, a plant or two ſhould be kept in pots, and
the former fort, and the whole plant is hairy, and ſheltered under a frame in winter.
of a ſtrong diſagreeable odour. The flowers grow The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain; this hath
in whorls, fitting pretty cloſe to the branches, and flender ſhrubby ſtalks about nine inches long, which
are ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt fort; it flowers put out fmall ſide branches oppoſite, and are garniſh-
about the ſame time. It is ſeldom preſerved in
.
ed with ſmall, hoary, oval-pointed leaves, placed by
gardens, but may be cultivated in the ſame way as pairs; theſe have much the appearance of thoſe of the
the former.
Marum. The flowers grow in whorled ſpikes, at the
The third fort grows naturally in the mountains of end of the ſtalks ; they are ſmall and white, appear-
Tuſcany and Auſtria, but is preſerved in many Eng- ing in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. The
liſh gardens for the ſake of variety. It hath a peren- whole plant has a ſtrong ſcent of Penny Royal; this
nial root, and an annual ſtalk, which riſes about a foot plant is of as ſhort a duration as the ſeventh fort, and
high, garniſhed at each joint with two leaves ſtand- may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings in the
ing oppofite, which are an inch and a half long, and ſame way as the ſeventh, and the plants require the
three quarters of an inch broad, ſawed on their edges, fame treatment.
of a lucid green on their upper fide, and whitiſh on MELISSA TURCICA. See DRACOCEPHA-
their under: from the wings of the ſtalks come out
ſingle foot-ſtalks half an inch long, which divide in- MELITTIS. Greater Dead Nettle.
to two ſmaller, and each of theſe ſuſtain two flowers The CHARACTERS are,
upon ſhort ſeparate foot-ſtalks. The flowers are large, It hath an erect, taper, bell-ſhaped empalement, having
of a purple colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other two lips; the upper is tall and indented, the under is fort
ſpecies. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in and bifid ; the flower is ringent, the tube is longer than
Auguſt. This may be propagated in the ſame way the empalement, the chaps are thicker ; the upper lip is
;
as the firſt fort, and the plants may be treated in the roundiſh, plain, and erect; the lower is trifid, Spreading,
ſame manner.
and obtuſe. It hath four Stamina, which are awl-shaped,
The fourth fort is the common Calamint of the ſhops, ftuated under the upper lip, iwo being a listle longer than
which grows naturally in many parts of England, ſo is the other, terminated by bifid obtuſe summits, which are
feldom kept in gardens. It hath a perennial root, placed a croſs; it bath an obtuſe, quadrifid, kairy germen
from which ariſe ſeveral ſquare ftalks near a foot long, Supporting a fiender Style, crowned by a bifid acute fiig-
which are hairy, and garniſhed with two roundiſh ma. The flower is ſucceeded by four feeds which ripen in
leaves at each joint, about the fize of thoſe of Pot the empalement.
Marjoram, a little indented on their edges, and of a This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſtrong penetrating odour. The flowers come out in Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym-
whorls on the ſide of the ſtalks, upon foot-ſtalks, noſpermia, the flowers having two long and two ſhort
which divide by pairs, and are as long as the leaves ; ſtamina, and are ſucceeded by four naked feeds fit-
theſe ſuſtain ſeveral ſmall bluiſh flowers, which appear ting in the empalement.
a
3
a
LON.
3
We

M E L
M E L
a
و
We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
MELITTIS (Melylophyllum.) Hort. Cliff. 309. Greater
Dead Nettle. Meliſa. Fuchſii.
This plant grows naturally in ſome woods in the Weſt
of England and in Wales, Germany and near Mont-
pelier. It hath a perennial root, which in the ſpring
fends up three, four, or more ſtalks, according to the
age and ſtrength, which riſe a foot and a half high ;
theſe are ſquare, and garniſhed with leaves like thoſe
of the common Dead Nettle, but are much larger,
rougher, and ſtand on longer foot-ſtalks, two being
placed oppoſite at each joint. The flowers come out
at the joints of the ſtalks, juſt above the foot-ſtalks
of the leaves; they are in ſhape like thoſe of the
Dead Nettle, but are much larger, of a redder pur-
ple colour, and the upper lip grows erect. Theſe ap-
pear in May, when the plants make a handſome ap-
pearance, and if the ſeaſon does not prove hot, the
flowers will continue in beauty upward of three weeks.
As the plants do rarely produce good ſeeds in the gar-
dens, ſo they are uſually propagated by parting the
roots; but where the plants are intended for orna-
ment, the roots ſhould not be diſturbed oftener than
every third year; nor ſhould they then be divided in-
to ſmall parts, left thereby they ſhould not flower
the firſt year. The beſt time to remove and part the
roots is the beginning of October, that they may have
time to get root before the froſt comes on. They
ſhould have a loamy ſoil and an eaſt expoſure, where
the plants will thrive and produce flowers in plenty.
MELO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 104. tab. 32. Cucumis.
.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 969. [it takes its name of mñdov, an
Apple, becauſe the fruit reſembles an Apple.] The
Melon.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. The
male flowers have a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf,
whoſe border is terminated by five awl-Shaped briſtles.
The flower is of one petal, which is bell-ſhaped, faſtened
to the empalement, and cut into five ſegments at the brim ;
theſe are veined and rough. It hath three sort ſtamina
inſerted in the empalement, and are joined together, two
of which have bifid points. The ſummits are linear, and
run up and down on the outſide of the ſtamina, to which
they adhere. The female flowers have no ſtamina or
Summits, but have a large oval germen ftuated below the
flower, ſupporting a ſhort cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by
three thick gibbous ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns
to en oval fruit with ſeveral cells, filled with oval, acute-
pointed, compreſſed ſeeds, incloſed in a ſoft pulp.
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus joined with
the Colocynthus and Anguria, to the Cucumis, mak-
ing them only ſpecies of the fame genus, which, ac-
cording to his ſyſtem, may be allowable ; but who-
ever will admit the fruit as a characteriſtic note to
diftinguiſh the genera, will find marks to ſeparate
them; and however properly theſe may be put toge-
;
ther in a ſyſtem of botany, yet in a work of this na-
ture it cannot be admitted.
There is a great variety of this fruit cultivated in the
different parts of the world, and in this country there
are too many of them propagated, which are of no va-
lue, eſpecially by thoſe who ſupply the markets,
where their ſize is chiefly regarded ; ſo that by endea-
vouring to augment their bulk, the fruit is rendered of
no value ; I lhall therefore only mention a very few
of the varieties, which are the moſt deſerving of care,
excluding the common Melons, as being unworthy of
the trouble and expence in cultivating.
The ſort of Melon which is in the greateſt efteem
among all the curious in every part of Europe, is the
Cantaleupe; which is ſo called from a place about four-
teen miles from Rome, where the pope has a country
feat, in which place this fruit has been long culti-
vated; but it was brought thither from that
of
Armenia which borders on Perſia, where this fruit
is in fo great plenty, that a horſe-load is fold for a
French crown. The fleſh of this Melon, when in
perfection, is delicious, and does not offend the moſt
tender ftomachs, ſo may be eaten with ſafety. The
part
Dutch are fo fond of this fruit, as to cultivate very
few other forts, and by way of pre-eminence, call it
only by the appellation of Cantaleupe, and never
join the title of Melon to it, which they apply indif-
ferently to all the other forts. The outer coat of
this is very rough, and full of knobs and protuber-
ances like warts; it is of a middling fize, rather
round than long, and the fleſh is for the most part
of an Orange colour, though there are ſome with a
greeniſh fielh, but I have never met with any of that
colour ſo good as thoſe of the other.
The Romana is by fome much eſteemed, and when
the fruit is well conditioned, the plants in perfect
health, and the ſeaſon dry, it is a good Melon, and
may be brought forwarder in the ſeafon than the Can-
taleupe ; therefore thoſe who are deſirous of early Me-
lons may cultivate this fort.
The Succado is alſo a good fort, and may alſo be cul-
tivated for early fruit, but theſe muſt give way to the
Cantaleupe, when that is in ſeaſon.
The Zatte is alſo a very good Melon, but very ſmall.
The fruit of this is ſeldom bigger than a large
Orange; it is a little flatted at the two ends, and the
outer coat is warted like the Cantaleupe, but there
is ſo little fleſh in one of theſe fruit, that they are
ſcarce worthy the trouble of propagating:
The ſmall Portugal Melon, which is by fome called
the Dormer Melon, is a pretty good fruit, and the
plants generally produce them in plenty, fo by many
people this is preferred to moſt other, eſpecially thoſe
who love a plenty, and are not ſo nice in diſtinguiſh-
ing the quality : this may alſo be cultivated for an
early crop.
But the beſt Melon for this purpoſe is the Black Gal-
loway, which was brought from Portugal by Lord
Galloway many years ſince, but of late years is rarely
to be met with in England, it having been degene-
rated by growing among other forts. The fruit of
this ſort will ripen in a ſhorter time from its firſt ſet-
ting, than any other which I have yet ſeen, and when
,
ſuffered to ripen naturally, is not a bad fruit.
The few varieties here mentioned, are ſufficient to
ſatisfy the curious, who may be fond of variety, for
there are ſcarce any other which deſerve the trouble ;
and indeed thoſe who have a true taſte for this fruit,
feldom cultivate any but the Cantaleupe; but as I be-
fore obſerved, where this fruit is deſired early in the
ſeaſon, the Cantaleupe is not ſo proper as ſome of the
other, therefore a few plants of one of the other forts
ſhould be raiſed earlier in the ſpring, but ſhould be in
a different part of the garden from the Cantaleupe
Melons; for when two forts of Melons grow near,
they cannot be preſerved perfectly right; therefore
the Dutch and German gardeners are very careful in
this reſpect, and in order to keep the fort in perfec-
tion, do not plant any other fort of Melon, Cucum-
ber or Gourd, near theſe, left, by the impregnation
of the farina of thoſe other, theſe fruit ſhould be ren-
dered bad; and in this particular, I am convinced,
from long experience, they are right ; and from the
not obſerving this, many perſons who are lovers of
this fruit, have gradually diminiſhed their goodneſs,
without knowing the cauſe, and have imputed it to
the long cultivating from the feeds faved in the ſame
garden, believing it abſolutely neceſſary to procure
feeds from a diſtant place frequently to preſerve them
good : indeed, where a perſon can ſecurely depend
on the care and ſkill of thoſe he procures the ſeeds
from, it is a very yood method to exchange ſeeds
now and then ; but there are ſo few who are exact
in making choice of the fruits from which they fave
the feeds, or careful enough to do it themſelves, but
often depend on others to clean the feed, that I ſhould
adviſe every one to do it himſelf, which is the fure
way to have it good; for I have frequently been de-
ceived myſelf, by depending on the fidelity and ſkill
of others; nor could I procure any of theſe feeds
from Cantaleupe which were good, until my much
honoured friend, the Chevalier Rathgeb, ſent me plen-
tifully of it from thence; though I had often been
fupplied
a
3
a

M E L
MEL
a
3
ſupplied with ſeeds by perſons who I thought could ſhould be fown about the middle or end of February,
not be deceived in their choice, and who lived near if the ſeaſon proves forward ; but if it is otherwiſe, it
the place of their growth.
will be better to defer it till the end of that month;
Before I quit this head, I beg leave to caution all per- the future fuccefs greatly depends on the raiſing the
fons againſt depending upon ſeeds which are brought plants in ſtrength, which cannot be ſo well effected,
from abroad, either by thoſe perſons who import if the weather ſhould prove ſo bad after the plants
them for ſale, or gentlemen who frequently bring or are come up, as that a ſufficient quantity of freſh air
ſend over theſe feeds to their friends, for it ſeldom hap- cannot be admitted to them, therefore it is not ad-
pens that any of theſe prove tolerable. I have been viſeable to be too early in fowing the ſeeds.
ſo often deceived by theſe myſelf, as to determine When the feaſon is come, theſe ſeeds may be fown on
never to make trial of any of theſe feeds again, unleſs the upper ſide of a Cucumber-bed, where there are
I receive them from a perſon who is ſkilful, and who any, and if there are none, a proper quantity of
eat of the fruit himſelf of which he ſaved the feeds; new horſe dung muſt be provided, which muſt be
for in Italy, Spain, Portugal, and many parts of thrown in a heap to ferment, and turned over, that
France, the gardeners are very careleſs in the choice it may acquire an equal heat, in the fame manner as
of all their feeds, but of the Melons they are remarka- hath been directed for Cucumbers; and the plants
bly ſo; and as for thoſe which come from Conftan- muſt be raiſed and managed in the ſame manner as
tinople, Aleppo, and other parts of Turkey, I have hath been directed for them, until they are planted
rarely ſeen one Melon produced from thoſe ſeeds where they are to remain for good, to which article
which was tolerable.
the reader is deſired to turn, to avoid repetition.
The ſeeds of Melons ſhould not be fown until they The ſecond ſeaſon for fowing of theſe feeds is about
are three years old, nor would I chuſe to ſow them the middle of March, and both theſe fowings muſt be
when they are more than fix; for although they will underſtood to be planted under frames, for thoſe
grow at ten or twelve years old, yet the fruit which which are deſigned for bell or hand-glaſſes, or to be
are produced from thoſe old ſeeds are ſeldom ſo thick covered with oil papers, ſhould not be fown till about
fleſhed, as thoſe which come from ſeeds which are a week in April, for when theſe are ſown earlier, if
freſher: and it is the fame of light ſeeds, which twim the plants are properly managed, they will grow ſo
upon water, when they are taken out of the pulp, long, as to extend their ſhoots to the ſides of the
for I have made ſome trials of theſe, and have had glaffes, before it will be ſafe to let them run out;
them grow at three years old ; but not one of the Me- for it often happens in this country, that we have
lons produced on theſe plants was near ſo deep feſhed, ſharp morning froſts in the middle of May; ſo that
as thoſe which grew upon plants raiſed from heavy if the ends of theſe Vines are then without the glaſſes,
feeds taken out of the fame fruit, though they grew if they are not covered with mats to guard them
in the ſame bed, and were cultivated exactly in the againſt the froſt, they will be in danger of fuffering
ſame manner; nor was their fleſh ſo firm, but ra- greatly therefrom; and, on the other hand, if the
ther inclining to be meally; therefore I would not plants have ſpread ſo much as to fill the glaſſes, and
adviſe the fowing of theſe light ſeeds, nor thoſe not permitted to run out, they will be in equal dan-
which are very old.
ger of ſuffering by their confinement from the heat
Having thus largely treated of the choice of the forts, of the ſun in the day time; therefore it is that I
and of the ſeeds, I ſhall next proceed to the me- ſhould adviſe the putting of the ſeed rather a little la-
thod of cultivating them, in order to obtain plenty of ter into the hot-bed for the glaſſes, than thoſe which
good fruit: the method which I am going to preſcribe are to be covered with the oil papers. Nor will the
being very different from what has been conſtantly times here mentioned be found too late, for I have
practiſed in England, will, I doubt not, be objected to put the ſeeds of Cantaleupe Melons into a hot-bed
by many; but it is what has been practiſed in all the the third of May, which were not tranſplanted, but
good gardens in Holland and Germany, where the remained where they were fown, and covered with
Cantaleupe Melon is produced in great plenty and oiled paper; and from this bed I cut a large crop of
perfection; and from ſeveral years experience, I have good fruit, which ripened about the latter end of Au-
found this to be the only method in which theſe Me- guft, and continued till the end of October. This I
lons can be cultivated with ſucceſs; and I am like- only mention, to fhew what has and may be done,
wiſe convinced of its being the beſt way to obtain though it muſt not be always depended on.
plenty of any other fort of Melon.
But we next come to the making and preparing of
It is common to hear many perſons valuing them- the beds, or, as the gardeners term it, the ridges, into
ſelves upon having two or three early Melons, which, which the plants are to be put out to remain ; theſe
when brought to the table are not better than a Pump- ſhould always be placed in a warm fituation, where
kin, and theſe are procured at a great expence and they may be defended from all cold and ſtrong winds,
with much trouble, and in order to have them ripe a for the eaſt and north winds are generally very trou-
little earlier than they would naturally come, if ſuf- bleſome in the ſpring of the year; ſo that if the place
fered to grow to their full ſize, the ſtem upon which be expoſed to thoſe aſpects, it will be difficult to ad-
the fruit grows is commonly twiſted, to prevent the mit a proper ſhare of freſh air to the young plants ;
nouriſhment entering the fruit, whereby the growth and if it is much expoſed to the ſouth-weſt winds,
is checked; then the fruit is cloſely covered with the which often are very boiſterous in ſummer and au-
mowings of Graſs-plats, laid of a fufficient depth to tumn, theſe will turn up and diſplace the Vines,
cauſe a fermentation, by which the fruit becomes whereby they will ſuffer greatly; therefore the beſt
coloured : but where this unnatural method is prac- poſition for theſe beds is where they are open to the
tiſed, the fruit has little fleſh, and that has neither ſouth, or a little inclined to the eaſt, and ſheltered
moiſture, firmneſs, or flavour ; ſo that after four at a diſtance by trees from the other points: this
months attendance, with a great expence of dung, &c. place ſhould be incloſed with a good Reed fence,
there may, perhaps, be three or four brace of Melons which is better for this purpoſe than any other inclo-
produced, which are fitter for the dunghill than the fure, becauſe the winds are deadened by the Reeds,
table. Therefore my advice is, never to attempt to and are not reverberated back again, as they are by
have theſe fruit ripe earlier than the middle or latter walls, pales, and other cloſe fences; but in making
end of June, which is generally foon enough for this the incloſure, it ſhould be extended to ſuch diſtance
climate ; and from that time to the end of September, every way from the beds, as not to obſtruct the fun's
they may be had in plenty, if they are ſkilfully ma- rays during any part of the day; this ſhould have a
naged ; and when the autumn has continued favour- door wide enough to admit of wheelbarrows paſſing, to
able, I have had them very good in the middle of carry in dung, earth, &c. and it ſhould be kept locked,
October
that no perſons ſhould be allowed to go in but thoſe
But in order to continue this fruit ſo long, the ſeeds who have buſineſs ; for ignorant perſons, having of-
muſt be fown at two or three different ſeaſons: the firſt ten curioſity to look into the beds, open the glaſſes
8 U
and
و

M E L
MEL
و
3
and let the cold air to the plants, and frequently leave
the glaſſes in part open; or ſometimes when they are
raiſed by the gardener to admit the freſh air, the tilts
are thrown down, ſo that the air is excluded; all
which are very injurious to the young plants, as is
alſo the handling of the fruit after it is ſet; there-
fore none ſhould be admitted, but when the perſon
who is intruſted with the care of them is there.
The next thing is the preparation of the earth for
theſe plants, in which the Dutch and German garden-
ers are very exact: the mixture which they generally
prepare is of the following forts; of hazel loam,
one third part; of the ſcouring of ditches or ponds a
third part, and of very rotten dung a third part;
theſe are mixed up at leaſt one, and often two years,
before they make uſe of it, frequently turning it over,
to incorporate their parts and ſweeten it; but the
compoſt in which I find theſe plants fucceed beſt in
England, is two thirds of freih gentle loam, and one
third of rotten neats dung; if theſe are mixed toge-
ther one year before it is wanted, ſo as to have the
benefit of a winter's froſt and ſummer's heat, ob-
ſerving to turn it over often, and never ſuffer weeds
to grow upon it, this will be found equal to any other
compoft whatever.
As theſe plants ſucceed beſt when they are planted
young, fo before the plants appear there ſhould be a
quantity of new dung thrown in a heap, proportion-
able to the number of lights intended, allowing
about fifteen good wheelbarrows full to each light;
this muſt be two or three times turned over, to pre-
pare it (as hath been directed for Cucumbers) and in
a fortnight it will be fit for uſe, at which time the
trench muſt be dug to receive the dung, where the
bed is intended; this muſt be made wider than the
frames, and in length proportional to the number of
frames intended. As to the depth, that muſt be ac-
cording as the ſoil is dry or wet; but in a dry ground
it ſhould not be leſs than a foot, or a foot and a half
deep; for the lower theſe beds are made the better they
will ſucceed, where there is no danger of their ſuffering
by wet. In the well laying and mixing of the dung,
the ſame care muſt be taken as hath been adviſed
already for Cucumbers, which in every reſpect muſt
be the ſame for theſe beds. When the bed is made,
the frames ſhould be placed over it to keep out wet;
but there ſhould be no earth laid upon it till after it
has been three or four days made, and is found of a
proper temperature of heat ; for many times theſe
beds will heat ſo violently when they are firſt made,
26 to burn the earth, if covered with it; and when
this happens, it is much the beſt way to take this
earth off again, for the plants will never thrive in it.
As ſoon as the bed is found to be of a proper
warmth, the earth ſhould be laid upon it, which at
firſt need not be more than two inches thick, except in
the middle of each light, where the plants are to be
placed, where there muſt be a hill raiſed fifteen inches
high or more, terminating in a flat cone ; in two or
three days after the earth is put on the bed, it will be
of a proper temper to receive the plants ; then in the
evening you may tranſplant the plants, but always
do it when there is little wind ſtirring: in taking up
the plants, their roots ſhould be carefully raiſed with
a trowel, ſo as to preſerve all their fibres; for if theſe
are broken off, the plants do not foon recover this ;
or if they do, they are generally weaker, and ſeldom
make fo good Vines as thoſe which are more carefully
removed ; for theſe plants are more nice and tender
in tranſplanting than thoſe of Cucumber, eſpecially
the Cantaleupe Melon; which, if it is not planted
out, ſoon after the third, (or what the gardeners call
the rough) leaf is put out, they are long recovering
their vigour; ſo that when it happens that the beds
cannot be ready for them in time, it will be a good
method to plant each plant into a finall pot while they
are young, and theſe may be plunged into the hot-bed
where they were raiſed, or into the Cucumber-bed
where there is room, ſo that they may be brought for-
ward ; and when the bed is ready, theſe may be turned
out of the pots, with the whole ball of earth to their
roots, whereby they will receive no check in removing:
and this latter method is what I ſhould prefer to any
other for the Cantaleupe, becauſe there ſhould never be
more than one plant left to grow in each light; there-
fore in this method there will be no neceflity of plant-
ing more, as there will be no danger of their fucceed-
ing; whereas in the common way, moſt people plant
two or more plants in each light, for fear fome
ſhould miſcarry. When the plants are placed on the
top of the hills, they ſhould be gently watered, which
ſhould be repeated once or twice after till the plants
have taken good root, after which they ſeldom require
more ; for when they receive too much wet, they of-
ten canker at the root, and when that happens they
never produce good fruit. When the plants have
eſtabliſhed themſelves well in the new beds, there
ſhould be a greater quantity of earth laid on the bed,
beginning round the hills where the plants grow, that
their roots may have room to ſtrike out; and as the
earth is put in from time to time, it muſt be trodden
or preſſed down as cloſe as poſſible; and it ſhould be
raiſed at leaſt a foot and a half thick upon the dung
all over the bed, obſerving alſo to raiſe the frames,
that the glaſſes may not be too near the plants, left
the ſun ſhould ſcorch them.
When the plants have gotton four leaves, the top of
the plants ſhould be pinched off with the finger and
thumb, but not bruiſed or cut with a knife, becauſe
in either of theſe caſes the wound will not ſo foon
heal over : this pinching is to cauſe the plants to put
out lateral branches, for theſe are what will produce
the fruit; therefore, when there are two or more of
theſe lateral ſhoots produced, they muſt alſo be pinch-
ed, to force out more; and this muſt be practiſed of-
ten, that there may be a ſupply of what the gardeners
call runners, to cover the bed. The management of
theſe beds nuſt be nearly the ſame as hath been di-
rected for the Cucumbers, therefore I need not re-
peat it here; but ſhall only obſerve, that the Melons
require a greater ſhare of air than Cucumbers, and
very little water; and when it is given to them, it
ſhould be at a diſtance from their items.
If the plants have ſucceeded well, they will ſpread
over the bed, and reach to the frames, in about five or
fix weeks, at which time the alleys between the beds
ſhould be dug out; or where there is but one bed,
there ſhould be a trench made on each ſide, of about
four feet wide, as low as the bottom of the bed, and
hot dung wheeled in, to raiſe a lining to the ſame
height as the dung of the bed, which ſhould be trod-
den down cloſe, and afterward covered with the ſame
earth as was laid upon the bed, to the thickneſs of a
foot and a half or more, treading it down as cloſe
as poſſible ; this will add to the width of the bed, fo
much as to make it in the whole twelve feet broad,
which is abſolutely neceſſary, for the roots of the
plants will extend themſelves quite through it; and
it is for want of this precaution, that it is common
to ſee the Vines of Melons decay, before the fruit is
well grown; for where there is no addition made to
the width of the bed, the roots will have reached
the ſides of the beds by the time that the fruit ap-
pears, and having no more room to extend themſelves,
their extremities are dried by the ſun and air, which
is foon diſcovered by the plants hanging their leaves in
the heat of the day, which is ſoon attended with a
decay of many of thoſe leaves which are near the
ſtem, and the plants from that time gradually lan-
guiſh, ſo that the fruit cannot be ſupplied with nou-
riſhment; but when ripe, will be found to have little
fleſh, and that meally and ill flavoured; whereas thoſe
plants which have ſufficient breadth for their roots to
run, and the earth laid of a proper depth and cloſely
trod down, will remain in vigour until the froſt de-
ſtroys them, ſo that I have had a fecond crop of
fruit on them, which have ſometimes ripened well;
but all the firſt were excellent, and of a larger ſize
than
a
a
3
و

M E L
M E L
a
0
a
than theſe forts uſually grow: the leaves of theſe
plants were very large, and of a ſtrong green, fo
that they were in the utmoſt vigour; whereas, in moſt
places where the Cantaleupe Melons have been raiſed
in England, the beds have been no wider than they
were firſt made, and perhaps not more than three
inches thickneſs of earth upon them, ſo that the plants
have decayed many times without producing a ſingle
fruit ; and from thence people have imagined, that
this ſort of Melon was too tender for this climate,
when their ill ſucceſs was entirely owing to their not
underſtanding their culture.
There is alſo another advantage attending this method
of widening the beds, as above directed, which is
that of adding a freſh warmth to the beds, by the hot
dung, which is buried on each ſide, which will cauſe
the dung in the bed to renew its heat; and as the
plants will by this time ſhew their fruit, this addi-
tional heat will be of great ſervice in ſetting the fruit,
eſpecially if the ſeaſon ſhould prove cold, as it often
happens in this country in the month of May. When
the beds are made up in the manner here directed,
and the Vines have extended fo far as to fill the
frames, and want more room, the frames ſhould be
raiſed
up with bricks about three inches high, to ad-
mit the ſhoots of the Vines to run from under them ;
for if the plants are ſtrong, they will run fix or ſeven
feet each way from the ſtems, for which reaſon, I
caution every one to allow them room, and to put
but one plant in each light; for when the Vines are
crowded, the fruit ſeldom will ſet well, but will drop
off when they are as large as an egg; therefore the
frames which are deſigned for Melons ſhould not be
made ſmall, but rather fix feet wide; for the wider
theſe are, the better will the plants thrive, and produce
,
a greater plenty of fruit.
There is no part of gardening, in which the prac-
titioners of this art differ more than in the pruning
and managing of theſe plants: nor are there any rules
laid down in the ſeveral books in which the culture of
Melons have been treated of, by which any perſon
can be inſtructed; for there is ſuch inconſiſtency in
all their directions, and what is worſe, the greateſt
part of them are abfurd, ſo that whoever follows them
can never hope to ſucceed; therefore I ſhall, in as
few words as poſſible, give ſuch plain directions, as
I hope will be fufficient to inſtruct any perſon, who is
the leaſt converſant in theſe things.
I have before adviſed the pinching off the ends of the
plants as ſoon as they have a joint, in order to get
lateral ſhoots, which are by the gardeners called run-
ners; and when theſe ſhoots have two or three joints,
to pinch off their tops to force,out more runners, be-
cauſe it is from theſe that the fruit is to be produced ;
but after a ſufficient number are put out, they ſhould
not be ſtopped again, but wait for the appearance of
the fruit, which will ſoon come out in plenty ; at
which time the Vines ſhould be carefully looked over
three times a week, to obſerve the fruit, and make
choice of one upon each runner, which is ſituated
neareſt the ſtem, having the largeſt foot-ſtalk, and
that appears to be the ſtrongeſt fruit, and then pinch
off all the other fruit which may appear on the ſame
runner ; alſo pinch off the end of the runner at the
third joint above the fruit, and if the runner is
gently pinched at the next joint above the fruit, it
will ſtop the fap and ſet the fruit. There is alſo ano-
ther method practiſed by ſome gardeners to ſet this
fruit, which is the taking off ſome of the male flowers,
whoſe farina are juſt ripe and fit for the purpoſe, lay-
ing them over the female flowers, which are ſituated
on the crown of the young fruit, and with their nails
gently ſtrike the male flowers to ſhake the farina into
the female flowers, whereby they are impregnated,
and the fruit ſoon after will ſwell, and ſhew viſible
figns of their being perfectly ſet; fo that where the
plants are under frames, and the wind excluded from
them, which is neceſſary to convey the farina from
the male to the female flowers, this practice may be
very neceſſary. The taking off all the other fruit
6
will prevent the nouriſhment being drawn away from
the fruit intended to grow, which, if they were all
left on the plant, could not be ſupplied with ſuffi-
cient nouriſhment; ſo that when they come to be
as large as the end of a man's thumb, they frequently
drop off, and ſcarce one of them fets, which will be
prevented by the method before directed: but there
are ſome perſons, who are ſo covetous of having a
number of fruit, as not to ſuffer any to be taken off,
whereby they generally fail in their expectation. My
allowing but one fruit to be left upon each runner is,
becauſe if half theſe ſtand there will be full as many
fruit as the plant can nouriſh ; for if there are more
than eight upon one plant, the fruit will be ſmall
and not ſo well nouriſhed : indeed, I have ſometimes
ſeen fifteen or twenty Melons upon one plant, but
theſe have generally been of the ſmaller kinds, which
do not require ſo much nouriſhment as the Canta-
leupes, whoſe ſkins are of a thick ſubſtance; ſo that
where a greater number are left of them than the
plants can well ſupply, their fleſh will be remarkably
thin.
As I before adviſed the ſtopping or pinching off the
runners three joints above the fruit, ſo by this there
will be freſh runners produced a little below the places
where the others were pinched; therefore it is, that I
adviſe the careful looking over the Vines fo often, to
ſtop theſe new runners ſoon after they come out, as
alſo to pull off the young fruit which will appear; and
this muſt be repeated as often as is found neceffary,
which will be until thoſe intended to ſtand are grown
ſo large as to draw all the nouriſhment which the
plants can fupply, for then the plants will begin
to abate of their vigour. Theſe few directions, if
properly made uſe of, is all the pruning which is ne-
ceffary to be given them ; but at the ſame time when
this is practiſed, it may be neceſſary to give ſome wa-
ter to the plants, but at a diſtance from their ſtems,
which will be of ſervice to ſet the fruit and cauſe it to
fwell, but this muſt be done with great caution.
The glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould alſo be raiſed high,
to admit a large ſhare of air to the plants, otherwiſe
the fruit will not ſet; and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
very warm, the glaſſes may be frequently drawn off,
eſpecially in an evening, to receive the dews, pro-
vided there is but little wind ſtirring; but the glaſſes
ſhould not remain off the whole night, left the cold
ſhould prove too great; but in warm weather, the
glaſſes may be kept off from ten in the morning till
evening
When the plants have extended themſelves from un-
der the frames, if the weather ſhould alter to cold,
it will be neceſſary to cover their extremities every
night with mats; for if theſe ſhoots are injured, it
will retard the growth of the fruit, and often proves
very injurious to the plants: and now what water is
given to the plants, ſhould be in the alleys between
the beds; for as the roots of the Vines will by this
time have extended themſelves through the alleys, fo
when the ground there is well moiſtened, the plants
will receive the benefit of it ; and by this method, the
ſtems of the plants will be preſerved dry, whereby
they will continue ſound ; but theſe waterings ſhould
not be repeated oftener than once a week in very dry
warm weather, and be ſure to give as much air as por-
fible to the plants when the ſeaſon is warm.
Having given full inſtructions for the management of
thoſe Melons which are raiſed under frames, I ſhall
next proceed to treat of thoſe which are raiſed under
bell or hand-glaſſes. The plants. for theſe muſt be
raiſed in the ſame manner as hath been already di-
rected, and about the latter end of Aprril, if the ſea-
ſon proves forward, will be a good time to make the
beds; therefore a ſufficient quantity of hot dung
ſhould be provided, in proportion to the intended
number of glaſſes, allowing fix or eight good wheel-
barrows of dung to each glafs
. Where there is but
one bed, which is propoſed to be extended in length,
the trench ſhould be dug out four feet and a half
wide, and the length according to the number of
glaſſes
3
;

M E L
M EL
8
glaffes, which ſhould not be placed nearer than four
feet to each other; for when the plants are too near
each other, the Vines will intermix, and fill the bed
fo cloſely as to prevent the fruit from ſetting: in dig-
ging the trench, it ſhould be ſo ſituated, as to allow
for the widening of the bed three or four feet on each
fide ; the depth muſt be according as the ſoil is dry or
wet; but, as was before obſerved, if the ſoil is ſo dry
as that there is no danger of the beds being hurt by
the wet, the lower they are made in the ground the
better: in the making of the beds, the ſame regard
muſt be had to the well mixing and laying of the dung
as was before directed; and after the dung is laid,
there ſhould be a hill of earth raiſed, where each
plant is to ſtand, one foot and a half high; the other
part of the bed need not as yet be covered more than
four inches thick, which will be ſufficient to keep the
warmth of the dung from evaporating; then the
glaſſes ſhould be placed over the hills, and ſet down
cloſe, in order to warm the earth of the hills to receive
the plants; and if the beds work kindly, they will
be in a proper temperature to receive the plants in
two or three days after making; then the plants
ſhould be removed, in the ſame manner as was before
directed ; and if they are in pots, ſo that there will
be no danger of their growing, there ſhould but one
plant be put under each glaſs; and if they are not in
pots, there ſhould be two, one of which may be af-
terward taken away, if they both grow. Theſe plants
muſt be watered at firſt planting, to ſettle the earth
to their roots, and ſhaded every day until they have
taken new root; and if the nights prove cold, it will
be proper to cover the glaſſes with mats, to preſerve
the warmth of the bed.
Where there are ſeveral of the beds intended, they
ſhould be placed at eight feet diſtance from each
other, that there may be a proper ſpace left between
them, to be afterward filled up, for the root of the
Vines to have room for extending themſelves, for the
reaſons before given.
When the plants have taken good root in the beds,
their tops muſt be pinched off; and their pruning,
&c. muft, from time to time, be the ſame as for thoſe
under the frames. In the day time, when the weather
is warm, the glaſſes ſhould be raiſed on the oppoſite
fide to the wind, to admit freſh air to the plants; for
where this is not obſerved, they will draw up weak
and fickly, therefore all poſſible care ſhould be taken
to prevent this; for if the runners have not proper
ſtrength, they can never ſupply the fruit with nou-
riſhment.
When the plants are grown ſo long as to reach the
fides of the glaſſes, if the weather proves favourable,
the glaſſes muſt be ſet on three bricks, ſo as to raiſe
them about two inches from the ſurface of the beds,
to give room for the Vines to run out from under
them; but when this is done, the beds ſhould be co-
vered all over with earth to the depth of one foot and
a half, and trod down as cloſe as poſſible, and if the
nights ſhould prove cold, there ſhould be a covering
of mats put over the beds, to prevent the cold from
injuring the tender ſhoots of the Vines; but as the
Vines of the Contaleupe Melons are impatient of wet,
it will be neceſſary to arch the beds over with hoops
to ſupport the mats, that they may be ready for co-
vering at all times when they require it; which is the
only ſure method to have theſe Melons ſucceed in Eng-
land, where the weather is ſo very uncertain and va-
riable ; for I have had ſome beds of theſe Melons in
as fine order under theſe glaſſes as could be deſired,
which were totally deſtroyed by one day's heavy rain
in June.
After the thickneſs of earth is laid upon the beds, if
the weather ſhould prove cold, it will be adviſeable to
dig trenches on each ſide of the beds, into which you
fhould lay a ſufficient quantity of hot dung, to make
it of the ſame thickneſs with the bed, after the man-
ner before directed for the frames; or if there is a ſuf-
ficient quantity of hot dung ready, the whole ſpace
between the beds may be dug out and filled up with
the dung, laying thereon the earth a foot and a half
deep, treading it down cloſe; this new dung will add
a freſh warmth to the beds, and cauſe the plants to
ſhew fruit ſoon after.
The watering of theſe plants muſt be done with great
caution, and not given to their ſtems; the pinching
off the runners muſt alſo be duly attended to, as alſo
the pulling off all ſuperfluous fruit, to encourage thoſe
which are deſigned to remain : and in ſhort, every
thing before directed for thoſe under frames, muit
likewiſe be obſerved for theſe; and the further care
is, to cover them in all hard rains and cold nights,
with mats, which, if performed with care, there will
be little danger of their miſcarrying, and theſe Vines
will remain vigorous until the cold in autumn de-
ſtroys them.
There have been many perſons, who of late years
have raiſed their Melons under oiled paper, and in
many places they have ſucceeded well, but where
this is practiſed, there muſt be great care taken not
to keep theſe coverings too cloſe over them; for
where that is done, the Vines will draw very weak,
and rarely ſet their fruit in any plenty ; therefore
where theſe coverings are propoſed to be uſed, I
ſhould adviſe the bringing up of the plants under
hand or bell-glaſſes, in the manner before directed,
until they are grown far enough to be let out from
under the glaſſes; and then, inſtead of the covering
with mats, to put over the oiled paper; and if this
covering is prudently managed, it will be the beſt
that can be uſed. The beſt fort of paper for this
.
purpoſe is that which is ſtrong, and not of too dark a
colour ; and it ſhould be done over with linſeed
oil, which will dry ſoon. There ſhould be a pro-
portionable number of ſheets of this paper paſted
together, as will ſpread to the dimenſions of the
frame to which it is faſtened ; and if this is fixed to
the frame, before the oil is rubbed over it, ſo much
the better; but this ſhould be done ſo long before
they are uſed, as that the oil may be thoroughly
dry, and the ſtench gone off, otherwiſe it will deſtroy
the plants.
There are ſome perſons who make theſe frames of
broad hoops, in imitation of the covers of waggons;
;
but as theſe are cumberſome to move, and there are
no conveniencies for admitting air to the plants, but
by raiſing the whole frame on one ſide, I prefer thoſe
made of pantile laths, framed like the ridge of a
houſe; and each flope having hinges, may be raiſed
at pleaſure to admit the air to the plants, but as de-
ſcriptions of theſe things are not well comprehended
by perſons not ſo converſant with them, I ſhall exhi-
bit a figure of one of theſe frames, to be added to the
article of STOVES.
The further management of the Melons, after their
fruit is ſet, is to keep pulling off all the ſuperfluous
fruit, and to pinch off all weak runners, which may
draw away part of the nouriſhment from the fruit; as
alſo to turn the fruit gently twice a week, that each
fide may have equal benefit of the fun and air; for
when they are ſuffered to lie with the ſame fide con-
ſtantly to the ground, that ſide will become of a pale
or whitiſh colour, as if it were blanched, for want of
the advantages of the ſun and air. The plants will
require a little water in very dry weather, but this
ſhould be given them in the alleys at a diſtance from
the ſtems of the plants, and not oftener than once
in a week or ten days, at which time the ground
ſhould be well ſoaked in the alleys. This will encou-
rage the growth of the fruit, and cauſe the fleíh to be
thick; but the great caution which is neceffary to be
obſerved, is not to over-water the plants, which is
certain injury to them: alſo be ſure to give as much
free air as poſſible, at all times, when the weather
will permit, for this is abſolutely neceffary to render
the fruit good.
When the fruit is fully grown, they muſt be duly
watched to cut them at a proper time; for if they
are left a few hours too long upon the Vines, they will
loſe much of their delicacy, therefore they ſhould be
a
looked
а.

M E L
M E L
any
W
corners.
looked over at leaſt twice every day, and if thoſe 4. MELOCHIA (Concatenata) racemis confertis termina
; ;
fruit which are intended for the table, are cut early libus, capſulis globoſis feffilibus. Flor. Zeyl. 247
in the morning, before the ſun has warmed them, Jews Mallow with cluſtered ſpikes terminating the ſtalks,
they will be much better flavoured; but if ſhould and globular capſules fitting cloſe.
require to be cut afterward, they ſhould be put into 5. MELOCHIA (Stipina) floribus capititatis, foliis ovatis
cold ſpring water, or ice, to cool them, before they ſerratis, caulibus procumbentibus. Lin. Sp. 944.
are brought to the table: and thoſe cut in the morn- Fews Mallow with flowers in beads, oval ſawed leaves,
ing, ſhould be kept in the cooleſt place till they are and trailing ſtalks. Alcea ſupina pufilla, geranii exi-
ſerved up to table. The fign of this fruit's maturity gui maritimi folio & facie, maderaſpatenſis, fructu
is, that of its beginning to crack near the foot-ſtalk, in fummo caule glomerato, pericarpio duro. Pluk.
and its beginning to ſmell, which never fail; for as Phyt. tab. 132. f. 4.
f
theſe Cantaleupe Melons ſeldom change their colour The firſt fort grows naturally in the Brazils as a com-
until they are too ripe, that ſhould never be waited for. mon weed, having a ſtalk ſomewhat ſhrubby, which
The directions here given for the management of the riſes four or five feet high; the flowers are produced
Cantaleupe Melons, will be found equally good for in umbels from the fide of the ſtalk, oppoſite to the
all the other forts, as I have fully experienced; for leaves; they are of a pale fleſh colour, and are fuc-
in the common method of managing them, where the ceeded by pyramidal capſules with five corners having
earth is laid but three or four inches thick, the plants five cells, each containing one angular feed.
are very apt to decay before the fruit is ripe; for The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, and other
their roots foon reach the dung, and are extended to warm parts of America. This has a trailing herba-
the ſides of the bed, where their tender fibres are ceous ſtalk, garnished with woolly leaves ſhaped like
expoſed to the air and fun, which cauſe the leaves Betony. The flowers are produced in umbels at the
of the plants to hang down in the heat of the day, ſo wings of the ſtalk; they are of a purple colour, and
it is neceſſary to ſhade them with mats, to pre- are ſucceeded by pyramidal capſules, having five
vent their decay; and this alſo occaſions the water-
ing of the plants often to keep them alive, which is The third fort was diſcovered growing naturally at
alſo prejudicial to their roots; whereas when the beds the Havannah, by the late Dr. Houſtoun. This
are made of a proper width, and earthed of a ſuffici- riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or ſix feet high, gar-
ent thickneſs, the plants will bear the ſtrongeſt heat niſhed with angular leaves reſembling thoſe of the
of the fun in this climate, without ſhewing the leaft. Currant buſh; the flowers are produced fingly from
want of moiſture, or their leaves drooping, and they the ſide of the ſtalk: they are of a fleſh colour, and
will continue in health till the autumn cold deſtroys in ſhape like thoſe of the ſmall flowering Mallow;
them.
theſe are ſucceeded by rough five-cornered capſules,
In ſaving of the ſeeds I need not repeat here, that only incloſing five Mallow-ihaped ſeeds.
ſuch ſhould be regarded, which are taken from the The fourth ſort grows naturally in both Indies; this
firmeſt fruit, and thoſe which have the higheſt flavour; hath an herbaceous ſtalk, which is terminated by fe-
and if theſe are taken out with the pulp entire, with- veral oblong bunches of flowers, which are ſucceeded
out diſplacing the ſeeds, and ſuffered to remain in by globular capſules with five cells, in each of which
the pulp two or three days before it is waſhed out, the is lodged a ſingle ſeed.
better ; and then to preſerve only the heavy feeds, The fifth ſort grows naturally in India ; this is an an-
which fink in the water.
nual plant with trailing ſtalks which ſpread on the
MELOCACTUS.
See Cactus.
ground, garniſhed with ſmall Betony-inaped leaves;
MELOCARDUUS.
the flowers and fruit are produced in cluſters at the
MELOCHIA, Jews Mallow.
end of the branches.
The CHARACTERS are,
Theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for va-
It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut half way riety, but having little beauty they are rarely culti-
into five ſegments; the flower bath five large Spreading vated in other places; they are propagated by feeds
petals; the ſtamina are involved in the tube of the ger-
;
which muſt be fown on a hot-bed, and when the
snen, and have five ſummits. It has a roundiſh germen plants come up, they ſhould be treated in the fame
with five awl-ſhaped ereet ſtyles, which are permanent, way as is directed for SIDA, to which the reader is
crowned by fingle ſtigmas. The flower is ſucceeded by deſired to turn to avoid repetition. The firſt and third
five-cornered roundiſ) capſules, having five cells with two forts are ſhrubby, fo may with care be preſerved thro'
horns, in each cell is lodged one angular compreſſed ſeed. the winter in a ſtove, whereby good feeds may be
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fećtion of obtained; for theſe feldom ripen their feeds well
Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, intitled Monadelphia Pen- the firſt year, unleſs the plants are brought forward
tandria; the flowers of this claſs have their ftamina early in the ſpring, and the ſummer proves warm.
and ſtyles connected in one houſe, and thoſe of this The other three forts generally ripen their feeds the
fection have but five ſtamina.
ſame year they are ſown.
The SPECIES are,
MELON. See MELO.
1. MELOCHIA (Pyramidata) floribus umbellatis oppofi- MELONGENA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 151. tab.
tis foliis, capſulis pyramidatis pentagonis, angulis 65. Solanum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 224. Mad Apple,
acutis, foliis nudis. Hort. Cliff. 343. Jews Mal- by ſome called Egg Plant ; in French, Mayenne.
low with umbellated flowers placed oppoſite to the leaves,
The CHARACTERS are,
and five-cornered pyramidal capſules. Althæa Braſilia- The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
na fruteſcens, incarnato flore, fagopyri ſemine. Pluk. is deeply cut into five acute ſegments, which ſpread open.
Phyt. tab. 131. f. 3.
The flower hath but one petal, which is cut into five
2. MELOCHIA (Tomentoſa) floribus umbellatis axillari- parts, which ſpread open and are reflexed. It hath five
bus, capſulis pyramidatis pentagonis, angulis mucro- awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by oblong ſummits which
natis, foliis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 943. Fews Mallow converge together. In the center is ſituated an oblong
with umbellated flowers at the wings of the ſtalk, five- germen ſupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe
cornered pyramidal capſules, and woolly leaves. Abutilon Stigma ; the germen afterward becomes an oval or oblong
herbaceum procumbens, betonicæ folio, flore pur- fruit with one cell, which hath a fleſhy pulp, filled with
pureo. Sloan. Hiſt. Sp. 220.
compreſſed roundiſha ſeeds.
3. MELOCHIA (Depreſſa) Aoribus folitariis capfulis de- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
preffis pentagonis, anguftis obtufis ciliatis. Flor. of Tournefort's ſecond claſs, which includes the
Leyd. Prod. 348. Fews Mallow with flowers growing herbs with a wheel-ſhaped flower of one leaf, whoſe
ſingly, and five-cornered depreſſed capſules. Abutilon pointal changes to a ſoft fruit. Dr. Linnæus has
Americanum, ribefii foliis, flore carneo, fructu pen- joined this genus, and the Lycoperſicon of Tourne-
tagono afpero. Houſt. MSS.
fort, to the Solanum, making them only ſpecies of
that
}
a

M E L
M E L
a
but very
that genus; but as the fruit of this genus has but one this differs greatly from either of the former. The
cell, ſo it ſhould be ſeparated from the Solanum, ftalks and leaves are armed with very ſtrong thorns,
whoſe fruit have two cells, and of which there are ſo and the leaves are larger, and deeply jagged on their
many ſpecies already known, that there need not be fides. The flowers are larger, and of a deeper blue
any addition of plants which can be ſeparated with colour. The fruit is long, taper, and white.
propriety added to it; he places it in the firſt ſection Theſe fruit are eaten by moſt of the inhabitants of
of his fifth claſs.
the warm parts of the globe, and are eſteemed a de-
The SPECIES are,
licacy, but are ſuppoſed to have a property of pro-
1. MELONGENA (Ovata) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis voking luft.
oblongo-ovatis tomentoſis integris, fructu ovato. Mad They are propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
Apple with a ſmooth herbaceous ſtalk, oblong, oval, woolly upon a moderate hot-bed in March, and when the
leaves, which are entire, and an oval fruit. Melonge- plants come up, they muſt be tranſplanted into ano-
na fructu oblongo violaceo. Tourn. Inſt. 151. Mad ther hot-bed about four inches afurder, obſerving to
Apple with an oblong Violet-coloured fruit.
water and ſhade them until they have taken root; af-
2. MELONGENA (Tereta) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis ter which you muſt give them a great ſhare of air
oblongo-ovatis tomentofis, fructu tereti. Mad Apple when the weather is warm, otherwiſe they will draw
with herbaceous, fmooth, oblong, ovel, woolly leaves, up very weak. They muſt be alſo frequently water-
and a taper fruit. Melongena fructu tereti violaceo. ed, without which they will make but very indiffe-
Tourn. Inft. 151. Mad Apple with a taper Violet-co- rent progreſs; but when they are grown fo ftrong as
loured fruit.
to fill the frame (which will be by the middle or end
3. MelONGENA (Incurva) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis of May,) you muſt tranſplant them out into a rich
oblongis finuatis tomentoſis, fructu incuryo. Mad ſpot of ground, at two feet diſtance, or in the
Apple with a ſmooth herbaceous ſtalk, oblong ſinuated borders of the pleaſure-garden at the ſame diſtance
leaves which are woolly, and an incurved fruit. Melon- from other plants, obſerving to preſerve as much
gena fructu incurvo. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 152. Mad earth to the roots as poſſible when you take them up,
Apple with an incurved fruit.
otherwiſe they are ſubject to miſcarry. You muſt ob-
4. MELONGENA (Spinoſa) ſpinoſa, foliis finuatis-lacini- ſerve to water them plentifully, and ſhade them until
atis, fructu tereti, caule herbaceo. Mad Apple, with a they have taken root, after which they will require
prickly ſtalk and leaves which are cut into finuſes, a taper
little
care, more than to keep them clear
fruit, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Solanum pomiferum from weeds, and in very dry weather to give them
fructu fpinofo. J. B. 3. 619. Apple-beariug Night-
fome water.
hade with a prickly fruit.
About the middle of July the fruit will appear, at
The firſt fort grows naturally in Afia, Africa, and which time, if the weather ſhould be very dry, you
America, where the fruit is commonly eaten by the muſt often water them, which will cauſe the fruit to
inhabitants; and it is cultivated in the gardens in grow very large, and increaſe their number: toward
Spain as an eſculent fruit, by the title of Barenkeena; the latter end of Auguſt their fruit will ripen, when
the Turks who alſo eat the fruit, call it Badinjan, the you muſt preſerve the feeds of each kind ſeparate;
Italians Melanzana, and the inhabitants of the Britiſh but thoſe for the table ſhould be gathered before they
iſlands in America, Brown John, or Brown Jolly. It are quite ripe.
is an annual plant with an herbaceous ftalk, which Theſe plants are only preſerved as curioſities in the
becomes a little ligneous, and riſes near three feet Engliſh gardens, the fruit being ſeldom eaten in
high, ſending out many fide branches, garniſhed this country, except by ſome Italians or Spaniards,
with oblong oval leaves ſeven or eight inches long, who have been accuſtomed to eat them in their own
and four broad; they are woolly, and their borders countries.
are very ſlightly ſinuated, but not indented, ſtanding MELOPEPO. See CUCURBITA.
without order upon very thick foot-ſtalks. The MELONRY, or MELON GROUND, is an
flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the branches, apartment in the kitchen-garden for the propagation
having a thick fleſhy empalement of one leaf, which
of Melons only.
is deeply cut into five acute ſegments, which ſpread This fpct of ground ſhould be open to the ſouth-eaſt
open, and is armed with ſtrong prickles on the out- fun, but ſheltered from the weſt, north-weſt, and
fide. The flowers have one petal, which is cut at north-eaſt winds, by walls, pales, or hedges, the
the brim into five ſegments, which expand in form latter of theſe is the beſt ; it ſhould alſo be upon a
of a ſtar, and are a little reflexed; they are blue, and dry ſoil, for nothing is more injurious to theſe plants
the ſummits which are connected together in the bo- than much wet ; for in the ſpring of the
year
it often
ſom of the flower are yellow. The flowers are fuc- proves very wet weather, when, if the ſoil is very
ceeded by oval feſhy fruit, about the ſize and ſhape wet, there will be no making the ridges until it is very
of a ſwan's egg, of a dark purple on one ſide, and
late. This ſhould alſo be contrived as near to the
white on the other. The flowers come out in June
.
dung as poſſible, which will ſave a great deal of la-
and July, and the fruit ripens in September.
bour in wheeling the dung; and, if there ſhould be a
There are the following varieties of theſe ſpecies ; one pond of water near it, which, in very dry weather,
with white fruit, called by ſome the Egg Plant; one will be very uſeful to water the Melons when it is
with yellow fruit, and another with pale red fruit; neceffary, though it is not often that water is wanted
all theſe varieties are generally conſtant, the ſeeds pro- for this purpoſe in England.
ducing the fame fruit as thoſe from which they were As to the fize of the ground, that muſt be propor-
taken, but as they only differ in colour, ſo I chuſe tioned to the quantity of ridges intended, which you
not to enumerate them as diſtinct ſpecies.
may eaſily calculate, by allowing twelve feet breadth
The ſecond fort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of for every ridge, and the holes placed at about four
the fruit, which is commonly eight or nine inches feet afunder; but it is the beſt way to allow room
long, taper and ſtrait; in other reſpects they are the enough where you are not ſtreightened to it.
fame, but as this never varies when propagated in This ground ſhould be incloſed with a Reed fence,
gardens, ſo there can be no doubt of their being dif- and kept conſtantly locked up during the time that
tinct ſpecies. There are two varieties of this
fort, the Melons are growing, for if they are expoſed to
one with a purpliſh fruit, and the other white, but every perſon that walks in the garden (moſt of whom
the latter is the moſt common in England.
have a curioſity to handle the Vines, and look after
The third fort differs from the two former in the the fruit,) it will be of ill conſequence, nothing be-
ſhape of the leaves, which are deeply finuated on their ing more injurious to theſe plants than frequent tum-
borders. The fruit is oblong and incurved, of a yel- bling or diſturbing their leaves.
lowiſh colour, and larger at the end than in any other The common practice in moſt gentlemens gardens is,
part.
to incloſe a ſpot of ground either with walls or pales,
The ſeeds of the fourth fort were ſent me from India; which they conſtantly appropriate to this purpoſe ;
but
a
.

MEL
Μ Ε Ν
but this is by no means a good method, for it rarely out fide, and eight oval concave petals within, which are
happens that theſe ſucceed well longer than two years ſmaller than thoſe without, ronged in four ſeries, and
in the ſame place, unleſs the ſoil be removed and many cylindrical ſtamino which are longer than the petals,
freſh brought in, which is very expenſive; therefore terminated by fort obtuſe ſummits having four lobes. The
the beſt way is, to have a ſufficient parcel of Reeds female flowers have the ſame empalement and corolla as
made into pannels, which may be annually moved the male, and have eight ſtamina with pellucid ſummits,
from place to place, ſo that you need not continue which are fruitful. Theſe have two ovel incurved ger-
your ridges longer than one year in the ſame place; mina, ſupporting a ſolitary recurved ſtyle, crowned by a
and if you have a piece of ground which is large bifid ſtigma; the germen afterward become two roundiſh
enough to divide into three or four ſuch places, the
Japabaped berries of one cell, incloſing a large kidney-
fence may be every year removed till the whole has
been occupied, after which you may return to the This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection of
ſpot where you began, which, by that time, will be Linnæus's twenty-fecond claſs, which includes thoſe
as good as freſh earth; and hereby, without much plants which have male and female flowers on diffe-
trouble, you may remove them every year, for as rent plants, and the male flowers have twelve ſtamina.
one of the ſides will remain unremoved every time
The SPECIES are,
the fence is carried forward, the labour will not be ſo 1. MENISPERMUM (Canadenſe) foliis peltatis fubrotundis
great as if it were wholly removed to ſome diſtance, angulatis. Hort. Cliff. 140. Moonſeed with target-
and theſe Reed fences are much preferable to either fhaped, roundiſh, angular leaves
. Meniſpermum Cana-
walls or pales, for this purpoſe.
denſe ſcandens, umbilicatis foliis. Tourn. A&t. Par.
MELOTHRIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 48.
1705. Climbing Moonfeed of Canada; with a navel-
The title of this genus was applied to it by Dr. Lin- Shaped leaf.
næus in the Hortus Cliffortianus. By ſome authors 2. MENISPERMUM (Virginicum) foliis cordatis peltatis
it hath been placed under the genus of Cucumis, and lobatis. Flor. Virg. 40. Moonfeed with heart and tar-
by others under that of Bryonia; but the Doctor has get-shaped leaves, which have lobes. Meniſpermum fo-
removed this to a diſtance from either of thoſe gene- lio hederaceo. Hort. Elth. 223. tab. 178. Moonfeed
ra, on account of its having but three ftamina; but with an Ivy leaf.
Dr. Van Royen has brought it next to the genus of 3. MENISPERMUM (Carinianum) foliis cordatis fubtus
Bryonia again, as the plants have male and herma- villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 340. Moonfeed with heart-
phrodite Howers.
Shaped leaves, which are hairy on their under ſide.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort grows naturally in Canada, and moſt
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, bell-Maped, parts of North America, in the woods; this hath a
and cut ſightly at the brim into five parts, and in the
thick ligneous root, from which are ſent out many
hermaphrodite flowers, reſts upon the embryo. The climbing ſtalks, which become ligneous, and riſe to
male flower is of one leaf, wheel-ſhaped, having a tube the height of twelve or fourteen feet, twiſting them-
the length of the empalement. In the center of the hér- felves about the neighbouring plants for ſupport;
mophrodite flower is ſituated the pointal, ſupporting a cy-
theſe are garniſhed with large,ſmooth, roundifh leaves,
lindrical ſtyle, attended by three conical ſtamina, which whoſe foot-ſtalks are placed almoſt in the middle of
are inſerted in the tube of the flower, and are extended to the back of the leaves ; on the upper fide there is a
the ſame length; the male flowers have three ſtamina, hollow in that part of the leaf reſembling a navel.
terminated by blunt ſtyles. The pointal afterward becomes
The flowers come out in looſe bunches from the ſide
an oval ſmall berry, having three diviſions, in which are of the ſtalks; they are of an herbaceous colour, ſmall,
lodged ſmall flat ſeeds.
and compoſed of two tiers of oblong oval petals, ve-
We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
ry ſhort ſtamina, with ten in the male flowers, termi-
MelothRIA (Pendula.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. 490. Small nated by ſingle ſummits; the two germen ſituated in
creeping Cucumber. Cucumis minima fructu ovali ni- the center of the female flowers turn to ſo many
gro lævi. Sloan. Hift. 1. p. 227. Smalleſt Cucumber channelled berries, each containing one kidney-ſhaped
with a ſmooth, black, oval fruit
.
feed. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in au-
This plant grows wild in the woods in Carolina, Vir-
ginia, and alſo in many of the iſlands in America ; This ſort may be eaſily propagated by laying down
it creeps upon the ground with flender Vines, hav- of the branches, which, if performed in autumn,
ing angular leaves, ſomewhat reſembling thoſe of the will have made good roots by the following autumn,
Melon, but much ſmaller. Theſe Vines ſtrike out when they may be ſeparated from the old plant, and
roots at every joint, which faſten themſelves into the tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain ; theſe
ground, and thereby a larger ſhare of nouriſhment is plants require ſupport, for their branches are ſlender
drawn to the plants, by which means their ſtalks ex-
and weak. In the country where it grows naturally;
tend to a great diſtance each way, and cloſely cover they climb up the trees to a conſiderable height, ſo
the ground. The flowers are very ſmall, in ſhape like that if theſe are planted near trees in wilderneſs quar-
thoſe of the Melon, and of a pale fulphur colour. ters, where their ſtalks may have ſupport, they will
The fruit, in the Weſt-Indies, grow to the fize of a thrive better than in an open ſituation.
Pea, of an oval figure, and changes black when ripe; The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in the ſhape of
theſe are by the inhabitants ſometimes pickled when its leaves, which are angular, and ſometimes heart-
they are green.
ſhaped; their foot-ſtalks join to the baſe of the leaves,
In England the fruit are much ſmaller, and are ſo ſo they have no umbilical mark on their ſurface. The
hidden by the leaves, as to render it difficult to find ftalks of this become ligneous, and riſe nearly as high
them. The plants will not grow in the open air here, as thoſe of the firſt fort, and the flowers and berries
but the ſeeds muſt be fown upon a hot-bed, and if do not differ from them. It is alſo propagated after
the plants are permitted, will ſoon ſpread over the
the ſame manner.
ſurface of a large bed; and when the fruit is ripe, if The third ſort grows naturally in Carolina, from
they ſcatter their feeds, the plants will come up whence the ſeeds were ſent to England; this has by
where the earth happens to be uſed on a hot-bed again, ſome been ſuppoſed the ſame with the ſecond fort,
and if they are ſupplied with water, will require no
from which it differs in its branches, not becoming
farther care. This plant is in ſome gardens preſerv- woody as thoſe do. The ſtalks are herbaceous; the
ed for the ſake of variety, but is of no uſe.
leaves are entire and hairy, and are not more than
MENISPERMUM. Tourn. Act. R. Par. 1705. half ſo large as thoſe of the ſecond, nor is the plant
Lin. Gen. Plant. 1131. Moonfeed.
ſo hardy, for in fevere winters, thoſe which are ex-
The CHARACTERS are,
poſed to the open air are ſometimes killed, whereas
It hath male and female flowers on different plants ; the ſecond ſort is never injured by cold. This fort
the male Howers have empalements compoſed of two short does not produce any flowers in England, unleſs the
linear leaves, and have four oval ſpreading petals with ſeaſon proves very warm.
tumn.
3
This

Μ Ε Ν
Μ Ε Ν
a
3
This may be propagated by parting of the roots, 7. MENTHA (Criſpa) floribus ípicatis, foliis cordatis
which ſpread out on the ſide, ſo that part of them dentatis undulatis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 306. Mini
may be cut off every other year; the beſt time for with spiked flowers, and beart-ſhaped indented leaves,
doing this is in the ſpring, a little before the plants which are waved, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks. Mentha
begin to ſhoot; theſe ſhould be planted in a warm fi- criſpa Danica five Germanica ſpecioſa. Mor. Hift. 3.
tuation and have a light foil, for in ſtrong land, p. 367. Daniſh or German curled Mini.
where the wet is detained in winter, the roots are 8. MENTHA (Rotundifolia) fpicis confertis, foliis ova-
apt to rot; therefore if they are planted cloſe to a tis rugofis feffilibus. Mint with ſpikes growing together,
wall expoſed to the ſouth or weſt, their ſtalks may and oval rough leaves fitting cloſe to the fialk. Men-
be faſtened againſt the wall, to prevent their trailing taftrum folio rugofo rotundiore ſpontaneum, fiore
upon the ground, and in this fituation the plants ſpicato, odore gravi. J. B. 3. 217. Wild Mint with
will frequently flower, and by having a little ſhelter a rounder rough leaf, and a ſpiked flower, having a
in ſevere froit, their ſtalks may be preſerved from Strong ſcent.
injury.
9. Mentha (Rubra) fpicis confertis interruptis, foliis
There is little beauty in theſe plants, but yet they are oblongo-ovatis acuminatis dentatis feffilibus. Mint
preſerved in many gardens for the ſake of variety, for with interrupted ſpikes of flowers growing together, and
which reaſon they are here inſerted.
oblong, oval, acute-pointed, indented leaves
, ſitting cloſe
MENTHA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 188. tab. 89. Lin. to the ſtalk. Mentha rotundifolia rubra, aurantii odo-
Gen. Plant. 633. [Múvón, according to the ancients, re. Mor. Hift. 3. 369. Round-leaved red Mint, ſmelling
a goddeſs, as alſo according to the poets. The an- like an Orange, commonly called Orange Mint.
cients alſo gave it the name of Sweet-ſmelling, and 10. MENTHA (Chalepenſa) foliis oblongis dentatis,
where this word is found, this plant is underſtood. utrinque tomentofis ſeſſilibus, fpicis tenuioribus.
Mentha is likewiſe ſo called of Mens, Lat. the mind, Mint with oblong indented leaves, which are woolly on
becauſe this plant is ſaid to ſtrengthen the mind.] both ſides, fet cloſe to the ſtalk, and very narrow Spikes
Mint; in French, Menthe.
of flowers. Mentraftum chalepenſe, anguſtifolium,
The CHARACTERS are,
rarò fiorens. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 185. Narrow-leaved
It hath a lip flower of one petal, ſitting on a permanent wild Mint of Aleppo, which rarely flowers.
tubulous empalement of one leaf, which is erect, and cut 11. MENTHA (Paluſtris) floribus capitatis, foliis ovatis
at the brim into five equal ſegments. The tube of the ferratis petiolatis, ftaminibus corolla longioribus.
petal is a little longer than the empalement. The chaps are Hort. Cliff. 306. Mint with flowers growing in heads,
cut into four almoſt equal ſegments, the upper being a oval ſawed leaves having foot-ſtalks, and ſtamina longer
little larger and indented. It hath four awl-ſhaped Jta- than the petals. Mentha rotundifolia paluſtris five
mine, which are ereti, ſtanding afunder, the two neareſt aquatica major. C. B. P. 227. Greater round-leaved
being longeſt ; they are terminated by roundiſh Summits, Water Mint.
and in the bottom of the tube is ſituated a four-pointed 12. MENTHA (Nigricans) foribus capitatis, foliis lan-
germen, ſupporting a ſlender ere Et ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ceolatis ferratis fubpetiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 576.
Spreading ftigma. The germen afterward turns to four Mint with flowers growing in heads, and Spear-shaped
naked ſeeds ſitting in the empalement.
Jawed leaves with very ſhort foot-ſtalks. Mentha fer-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of vida nigricans latifolia. Rand. Broad-leaved blackiſh
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe Pepper Mint.
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter 13. MENTHA ( Arvenfis) floribus verticillatis, foliis ova-
ſtamina, and the feeds ripen in the empalement. tis acutis ferratis, ftaminibus corollâ brevioribus. Lin.
The SPECIES are,
Sp. Plant. 577. Mint with flowers growing in whorls,
1. MENTHA (Viridis) floribus fpicatis, foliis oblongis oval, acute, ſawed leaves, and ſtamina Shorter than the
ferratis. Hort. Upſal. 168. Mint with ſpiked flowers, petals. Mentha arvenſis, verticillata hirſuta. J. B.
and oblong ſawed leaves. Mentha anguſtifolia ſpicata. 3. 2. 217. Whorled hairy field Mint, or Calamint of the
C. B. P. 227. Narrow-leaved ſpiked Mint, commonly Shops.
called Spear Mint.
14. MENTHA (Exigua) floribus verticillatis, foliis ova-
2. MENTHA (Glabra) floribus fpicatis, foliis longiori- tis dentatis, ftaminibus corollâ longioribus. Mint with
bus glabris, fupernè minimè ferratis. Mint with flowers growing in whorls, oval indented leaves, and ſto-
Spiked flowers, and longer ſmooth leaves, which are very mina longer than the petals. Mentha aquatica, exigua.
Nightly ſawed toward their points. Mentha anguſtifo- Trag. Lib. I. c. 6. Smalleſt Water Mint.
lia fpicata glabra. Rand. Narrow-leaved, ſmooth, ſpiked 15. MENTHA (Gentilis) foribus verticillatis, foliis ova-
Mint.
tis, marginibus ciliatis, ftaminibus corollam æquan-
3. MINTHA (Candicans) foliis lanceolatis ſerratis, fub- tibus. Mint with whorled flowers, oval leaves whoſe bor-
tus incanis, floribus fpicatis hirſutiſſimis. Mint zwith ders are hairy, and ſtamina equalling the petals. Men-
Spear-ſhaped fawed leaves, which are boary on their un- tha verticillata, rotundiore folio, odore ocymi. Dale.
der ſide, and very hairy Spiked flowers. Mentha Syl- Whorled Mint with a rounder leaf, ſmelling like Bafil.
veftris candicans, odore fativi. Doody. Raii Syn. 16. MENTHA (Hirſuta) fioribus verticillatis, foliis ova-
App. Wild Mint of a white colour, ſmelling like that tis ſerratis hirſutis, ftaminibus corollâ longioribus.
of the garden
Mint with whorled flowers, oval, ſawed, beiry leaves, and
4. MENTHA (Sylveſtris) fpicis confertis, foliis ferratis Stamina longer than the petals. Mentha aquatica five
tomentofis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 306. Mint with fifymbrium hirſutus. J. B. 3. 2. 224. Water Mint,
Spikes of flowers growing in cluſters, and woolly ſawed or hairy Sifymbrium.
leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Mentha fylveſtris lon- 17. MENTHA (Verticillata) floribus verticillatis, foliis
giore folio. C. B.P. 227. Wild Mint with a longer leaf. lanceolatis acutis ferratis, rugofis, ftaminibus corol-
5. MENTHA (Aquatica) fpicis craffioribus, foliis ovato- lam æquantibus. Mint with whorled flowers, ſpear-
lanceolatis ferratis ſubtus tomentofis petiolatis. Mint Jhaped, acule-pointed, Jawed, rough leaves, and ſtamina
with thicker ſpikes, and oval, ſpear-shaped, Sawed leaves, equalling the petals. Mentha verticillata, longiori
which are woolly on their under ſide, and have foot- acuminato folio, odore aromatico. Rand. Hort. Chel.
ftalks. Mentaftri aquatici genus hirſutum, fpicâ la- Cat. Whorled Mint with a longer acute-pointed leaf, and
tiore. J. B. 3. 222. Hairy Water Mint with a broad- an aromatic ſcent.
er ſpike.
There are ſeveral other varieties of this genus, which
6. MENTHA (Piperita) fpicis craffioribus interruptis, have been found growing naturally in England, of which
foliis lanceolatis acutè ferratis. Mint with thicker ſpikes I have twelve or more in my own collection ; but as I
of flowers, which are interrupted, and Spear-ſhaped ſuſpect fome of them to be only accidental variations,
leaves which are ſharply ſawed. Mentha fervida ni- ariſing from the different ſoils and fituations where
gricans, piperis fapore. Rand. Hort. Chel. Cat. they have been found, I have not enumerated them
Blackiſh bot Mint with a tofte like Pepper, commonly all here; thoſe which are here mentioned, I take to
called Pepper Mint.
be diſtinct ſpecies, having cultivated them more than
ز
thirty

MEN
M EN
a
a
3
thirty years, in which time I have not obſerved
them to change from one to another; ſeveral of theſe
I have propagated by feeds, and have found them
keep to the kind from which the feeds were ſaved.
The firſt fort is what the gardeners cultivate to fup-
ply the markets, and is uſed both as a culinary herb,
and for medicine ; it is generally called Spear Mint,
and by ſome Hart Mint ; Parkinſon and Gerard title
it Roman Mint; this is a plant ſo well known, as to
need no deſcription. There are two varieties of this,
one with a curled leaf, and the other has variegated
leaves, but both theſe I have had run from the com-
mon fort ; theſe are by ſome preſerved in their gar-
dens for the ſake of variety, therefore I have mention-
ed them here.
This herb is greatly eſteemed for all diſorders of the
ftomach, loſs of appetite, and vomiting ; there is a
fimple water, a ſpirit, and compound fyrup, and a
diſtilled oil of it prepared in the ſhops.
The ſecond ſort hath ſmoother leaves than the firſt,
and they are rather narrower, in other reſpects it
agrees with that, ſo that it is frequently cultivated in
the gardens for uſe, without diſtinction.
The third fort grows naturally in England; the
leaves of this are ſhorter, and broader in the middle
than either of the former, the ferratures on their
edges are more acute, and their under fides are wool-
ly, and very white. The ſtalks divide more toward
the top, ſo are terminated by a greater number of
ſpikes, the lower part of which are interrupted.
The ſcent of this ſort is very like that of the Gar-
den Mint.
The fourth fort hath longer and broader leaves than
either of the former, which are woolly and white.
The ſerratures on their edges are farther afunder, and
are very ſharp pointed; they fit cloſe to the ſtalks,
which are hairy. The ſpikes of Aowers are ſlender,
ſeveral of them growing together at the top of the
ſtalk, which are hairy. This is the Mentaftrum, or
wild Mint of the ſhops, and is an ingredient in the
Trochiſci de Myrrha.
The fifth fort grows naturally in moiſt places in ſeveral
parts of England, it is titled Spiked Horſe Mint, or
Water Mint. The ſtalks of this are ſhorter than
thoſe of either of the former, and are hairy, as are
alſo the leaves, which are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſawed
on their edges, and of a pale colour. The flowers
grow in ſhort thick ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks,
their ſtamina being ſhorter than the petal.
The fixth fort is found growing naturally in ſome
parts of England; I have found it by the ſide of the
river between Mitcham and Croydon, in Surry; this
hath ſmooth purple ſtalks ; the leaves are ſmaller
than thoſe of common Mint; they are ſpear-ſhaped,
fawed on their edges, and of a darker green colour
than either of the former; their midrib and veins are
purple, and a little hairy on their under fide. The
ſpikes of flowers are ſhorter and thicker than thoſe of
the common Mint, and are broken or interrupted at
the bottom; they are of a dark purple colour, and
their ſtamina are longer than the petal. The whole
plant has a hot biting taſte like Pepper, and a plea-
fant ſcent. There is a diſtilled water of this plant
kept in the fhops, which is by moſt people preferred
to that of the common Mint, for all the purpoſes
which that is uſually preſcribed, and is eſteemed an
excellent remedy againſt the ſtone and gravel.
The ſeventh fort was originally brought from Den-
mark, where it was thought to grow naturally, but
Dr. Linnæus fixes it as a native of Siberia. The
ſtalks of this fort are hairy, and riſe about the ſame
height with the common. The leaves are heart-
ſhaped, deeply indented on their edges, waved and
curled, and lit cloſe to the ſtalk, they are of a light
green. The flowers are purple, growing in thick
interrupted ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks; their
empalements are cut almoſt to the bottom, and the
ftyle of the flower is bifid, ſtanding out beyond
the petal
The eighth fort grows naturally in many parts of
England ; this riſes with a ſtrong, four-cornered, hairy
ftalk, about the ſame height as the common Mini,
branching out toward the top, and garniſhed with
oval rough leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks; they are
of a dark green, and crenated on their edges. The
ſpikes of flowers grow in cluſters at the top of the
ſtalks, which are ſhort and cloſe; the flowers are of
an herbaceous white colour, and their ftamina are
ſtretched out beyond the petal.
The ninth fort is commonly called Orange Mint,
from its ſcent, which is ſomewhat like that of the
rind of Orange. This riſes with an upright ſmooth
ftalk about the ſame height with the common Mint,
but does not branch out like that, the leaves are
much broader than thoſe of the common fort; the in-
dentures on their edges are deep, and they end in
acute points. The ſpikes of flowers grow in cluſters
on the top of the ſtalks, which are interrupted; they
are of a pale colour, and their ſtamina are ſorter than
the petal. It is commonly cultivated in gardens for
its pleaſant ſcent.
The tenth fort grows naturally at Aleppo, but is
hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England.
This hath ſlender four-cornered ſtalks, which are pur-
ple at bottom, but woolly upward, ſeldom branching;
they are garniſhed with oblong indented leaves, which
are downy on both ſides, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks.
The ſpikes of flowers are fingle, and very ſlender ;
theſe do not often appear in England, but when they
do it is late in the ſummer. It creeps much at the
root, fo the only way to obtain flowers, is to confine
their roots in pots.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in ditches in moſt
parts of England, and is commonly known by the
name of Water Mint. This hath hairy ſtalks about
a foot high, which branch toward the top, and are
garniſhed with oval fawed leaves, ſtanding upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in round-
iſh ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are
of a purple colour, and their ſtamina are longer
than the petal. The whole plant has a very ſtrong
fcent, ſomewhat like that of Penny Royal. This
fort is ſometimes uſed in medicine, and is reckoned
hotter than the Garden Mint: it is carminative, ex-
pelling wind out of the ſtomach, and helping the
cholick.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in ditches in ſeveral
parts of England; the ſtalks of this are purple,
ſmooth, and ſhort, branching out on every ſide; the
leaves are ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, of a dark colour;
they are but Nightly ſawed on their edges, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in round-
iſh heads on the top of the ſtalks, they are purple,
and their ſtamina are longer than the petal. This fort
has a warm biting tafte, but not quite ſo hot as the
Pepper Mint before deſcribed, but is often uſed for
it. There is a variety of this which ſmells like Pen-
.
ny Royal.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in arable land
in moſt parts of England, and is rarely admitted in-
to gardens. This is the Water Calamint of the
ſhops, but is now ſeldom uſed in medicine. The
ftalks of this ſort riſe about a foot high and are hairy,
garniſhed with oval leaves ending in acute points,
and ſawed on their edges. The flowers grow in
very thick whorls round the ſtalks ; they are ſmall,
of a purple colour, and their ſtamina are ſhorter than
the petal
. The plant has a ſtrong ſcent like Penny
Royal.
The fourteenth fort grows in watery places in many
parts of England ; this hath weak trailing ſtalks a
foot and a half long, garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves
which are indented on their edges, and ſtand upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in thick
whorls round the ſtalks, they are purple, and their
ftamina are longer than the petal.
The fifteenth fort grows plentifully on the ſide of the
road between Bocking and Gosfield in Eſſex; the ſtalks
of this are much ſmaller, and not ſo long as thoſe of
the former; the leaves are ſhorter and rounder, and
8 Y
a
a
are

MEN
Μ Ε Ν
ز
3
are very little indented on their edges, but have the diſtilling of herbs, there will be leſs occafion for
their borders ſet with hairs. The whorls of flowers uſing of Wheat.
are ſmaller, and the whole plant has the ſcent of MENTHA CATARIA. See NIPETA.
Bafil.
MENTZELIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. Plant. 40. tab.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in ditches and on
6. Lin. Gen. Plant. 595.
the ſides of rivers, in many parts of England. This The name was given to this plant by Father Plumier,
hath hairy four-cornered ftalks, which are a foot or who diſcovered it in the French ſettlements in Ame-
more in height; the leaves are oval, fawed, and very rica, in honour of Dr. Mentzelius, who was phyſician
hairy. The flowers grow in large whorls toward the to the Elector of Brandenburgh, and who publiſhed
top of the ſtalks; they are purple, and their ſtamina an Index of plants in Latin, Greek, and High Dutch.
are longer than the petals. This hath a pleaſanter
The CHARACTERS are,
fcent than the common Water Mint, ſo is called Sweet The flower hath o ſpreading empalement cut into five parts,
Water Mint by way of diſtinction: it ſtands in the which fits upon a long cylindrical germen. It both five
liſt of ſimples in moſt diſpenſaries, but is now ſeldom petals which ſpread open, and are a little longer than
uſed in medicine.
the empalement, and many ereat briſtly ſtamina, termi-
The ſeventeenth grows naturally by the ſide of the nated by ſingle ſummits. From the long cylindrical ger-
river Medway, between Rocheſter and Chatham. men which is ſituated under the flower, ariſes d briftly
This riſes with ſlender hairy ſtalks near two feet high, Style the length of the petals, crowned by a ſingle frigma,
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute The germen afterward turns to a cylindrical long capſule
points, which are fawed on their edges; the ſtalks are with one cell, containing many ſmall ſeeds.
beſet with whorls of flowers almoſt their whole This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
length, ſo that they have frequently ten or twelve Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
whorls on each. The flowers are purpliſh, and their plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and one ftyle.
ſtainina are equal with the petals; this hath a very
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
pleaſant aromatic ſcent.
MENTZELIA (Afpera.) Hort. Cliff. 492. Plumier titles
All the forts of Mint are eaſily propagated by part- it Mentzelia foliis & fructibus afperis. Nov. Gen.
ing the roots in the ſpring, or by planting cuttings Plant. 41. Mentzelia with prickly leaves and fruit.
during any of the ſummer months, but they ſhould This plant grows plentifully at La Vera Cruz, from
have a moiſt foil; and after the cuttings are planted, whence the feeds were ſent to England by the late Dr.
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, they muſt be often wa- William Houſtoun, which have fucceeded in the phy-
tered until they have taken root; after which, they fic garden at Chelſea.
will require no farther care but to keep them clear This plant is annual ; it riſes with a ſlender ſmooth
from weeds: they ſhould be planted in beds about ſtalk, which is ſtiff, and becomes a little woody,
four feet wide, allowing a path about two feet broad riſing more than three feet high, branching out alter-
between the beds, to water, weed, and cut the plants. nately at diſtances; the branches are diſtorted, and
The diſtance they ſhould be ſet is four or five run into one another ; theſe are garniſhed with leaves
inches, or more, becauſe they ſpread very much at ſhaped like the point of an halbert, ſtanding alter-
their roots; for which reaſon, the beds ſhould not nately on the branches, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they
ſtand longer than three years before you plant freſh, are covered with ſhort hooded prickles, which faften
for by that time the roots will be matted ſo cloſely, themſelves into the clothes of thoſe who rub againſt
as to rot and decay each other, if permitted to ſtand them; and thoſe parts of the branches eaſily ſeparate
longer. There are ſome people who are very fond from the plants, and adhere to the clothes in like
of Mint fallad in winter and ſpring; in order to ob- manner as the feeds of Clivers. The flowers come
tain which, they take up the roots before Chriſtmas, out fingly from the joints of the ſtalk, refting upon a
and plant them upon a moderate hot-bed pretty cloſe, cylindrical germen, which is near an inch in length,
covering them with fine earth about an inch thick, narrow at the baſe, but widens upward to the top.
and cover the bed either with mats or frames of glaſs. Upon the top of it comes out the empalement, which
In theſe beds the Mint will come up in a month's is ſpread open after the ſame manner as thoſe of the
time, and be ſoon fit to cut for that purpoſe.
Onagra; then the petals of the flower ſpread open
When the herb is cut for medicinal uſe, it ſhould be upon the empalement; they are of a pale yellow co-
done in a very dry ſeaſon, juft when it is in flower ; lour, and longer than the empalement. In the mid-
for if it ſtand longer, it will not be near fo handſome, dle ariſes a great number of ſtamina which are erect,
nor ſo well tafted ; and if it be cut when it is wet, it and are terminated by ſingle ſummits; from the
ger-
will change black and be little worth; this ſhould be men ariſes a ſingle ſtyle, which is as long as the petals,
hung up to dry in a fhady place, where it may re- crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward
main until it be uſed.
turns to a long cylindrical capſule, armed with the
If the ſoil be good in which theſe plants are ſet, they like prickles as the leaves, which alſo falten them-
will afford three crops every year, but after July they ſelves to the clothes of thoſe who rub againſt them;
ſeldom prove good; therefore what ſhoots are pro- theſe have but one cell, which is filled with ſmall ceds.
duced after that time ſhould be permitted to remain As this is an annual plant, which periihes foon afier
till Michaelmas, when they muſt be cut down cloſe; the ſeeds are ripe, therefore the feeds must be fown on
and after having cleared the beds from weeds, you a hot-bed early in the ſpring, that the plants may be
should ſpread a little fine rich earth all over them, brought forward early in the ſeaſon, otherwiſe they
which will greatly encourage the roots againſt the fuc- will not produce ripe ſeed in this country. When the
ceeding ſpring
plants are come up about an inch high, they ſhould
As the diſtilled water of all the forts of Mint is ef- be each tranſplanted into a feparate halfpenny pot
teemed a very wholeſome cordial dram, ſo I ſhould filled with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot bed
think it might be ſubſtituted inſtead of thoſe vile of tanners bark, being careful to fhade them from the
fpirits with which the common people intoxicate ſun until they have taken new root; after which time
themſelves ; for the Pepper Mint water is as warm on they muſt be conſtantly watered every other day in
the ſtomach as any ſort of dram, and more fo than warm weather, and ſhould have freſh air every day
any of thoſe noxious fpirits; and if this was mixed admitted to them, in proportion to the warmth of the
with ſome other agreeable aromatic herbs, there ſeaſon, and the heat of the bed in which they are
might certainly be a diſtilled liquor much more pa- plunged. In about fix weeks or two months after
latable and wholeſome than what is now vended in tranſplanting, if the plants have made a good pro-
common; for as the generality of the lower claſs of greſs, they will have filled the pots with their roots,
people are ſo debauched, as not to be contented with- when they ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots, which
out drams, ſo the leſs hurtful thoſe are made, the muſt be filled with light rich earth, and then plunged
better it will be for the public; and by introducing into the bark-bed in the ftove, that they may have
a
و
a
room

M ER
M E S
3
و
room to grow in height, obſerving, as before, to wa- without branches, rifing ten or twelve inches high,
ter them duly, as alſo to admit freth air to them every garniſhed with rough leaves, placed by pairs at each
day in warm weather : with this management the joint; they are of a dark green colour, and indented
plants will riſe to the height of three feet, and will on their edges; theſe have their male Mowers growing
produce ripe ſeeds the latter end of Auguft or the be- in ſpikes upon different plants, from thoſe which pro-
ginning of September.
duce ſeeds.
MENYANTHES, is the Trifolium Paluſtre, or This hath a poiſonous quality, there have been many
Bog Bean.
late inſtances of it, where people in the ſpring of the
This plant is common upon boggy places in divers year, when there has been a ſcarcity of greens, have
parts of England, but is never cultivated in gardens ; boiled the leaves of this, and have ſuffered greatly by
for which reaſon I ſhall not trouble the reader with
eating them.
any farther account of it, except the taking notice, The third fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
that this plant is at preſent in great eſteem, being in Spain, and Italy. This riſes with a ſhrubby branch-
thought an excellent remedy for the rheumatiſm, ing italk a foot and a half high, garniſhed with oval
gout, and many other diſorders. It is frequently leaves placed by pairs, which are covered with a white
called Bog Bean, or Marih Trefoil, in the markets, down on both fides. The male flowers grow in-ſhort
and grows plentifully on bogs in many parts of Eng- ſpikes from the fide of the ſtalks, upon different
land, where it is gathered and brought to ſupply the plants froin the fruit, which are teſticulated and
markets.
hoary. If the ſeeds of theſe are permitted to ſcatter,
MERCURIALIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 534. tab. the plants will come up the following ſpring; and if
308. Lin. Gen. Plant. 998. [This plant takes its the feeds are fown, it should be performed in the au-
name from Mercury, becauſe the ancients had a no- tumn, for thoſe which are fown in the ſpring feldom
tion, that the God Mercury brought this plant into grow the ſame year. This plant ſhould have a warm
uſe.] Mercury ; in French, Mercuriale.
ſituation and a dry rubbiſhy foil, in which it will live
The CHARACTERS are,
three or four years, but in hard froſt theſe plants are
It is male and female in different plents; the male frequently killed.
flowers have a ſpreading empalement, which is cut into MESEMBRYANTHEMUM. Dill. Gen. 9.
three concave ſegments; theſe have no petals, but have Hort. Elth. 179. Ficoides. Tourn. Ac. R. Par.
.
nine or twelve erect hairy ſtamina, crowned by globular 1705. Fig Marygold.
twin ſummits. The female flowers have no petals, but The CHARACTERS are,
have two awl-ſhaped acute-pointed nečiariums ; to each The flower hath a permanent Spreading empalement of one
of theſe there is a ſingle broad germen, impreſſed with a leaf, which is cut at the top into five ccute parts. It
furrow between them ; theſe roundiſh compreſſed germen hath one petel, which is cut into many linear ſegments el-
have a prickly furrow on each ſide, and ſupport two re- moſt to the bottom, and ranged in ſeveral ſeries, but are
flexed prickly ſtyles, crowned by acute reflexed ſtigmas. joined together at their baſe; within theſe are ranged a
The germen afterward turns to a twin capſule ſhaped like great number of hairy ftamino, terminated by incumbent
the ſcrotum, having two cells, each containing one round- Summits. Under the flower is ſituated an obtuſe five-corner-
iſh feed.
ed germen, Jupporting Sometimes five, and often ten or more
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection of Styles, which are reflexed, and crowned by ſingle ſtigmas.
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh fleſhy fruit,
plants whoſe male flowers grow on different plants having as many cells as there are ſtyles, filled with
ſmall
from the fruit, and have nine ſtamina in each.
seeds.
The SPECIES are,
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
1. MERCURIALIS ( Annua) caule brachiato, foliis glabris. of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
Hort. Cliff. 461. "Mercury with a branching ſtalk and whoſe flowers have from twenty to thirty ſtamina in-
fmooth leaves. Mercurialis ſpicata & tefticulata mas ſerted in the empalement, and five ſtyles.
& fæmina. C.B. P. 121. Mercury with ſpiked and teſ-
The SPECIES are,
ticulated flowers, which are both male and female, called 1. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Nodi forum) foliis alternis
French Mercury.
teretiufculis obtufis ciliatis. Hort. Upſal. 129. Me-
2. MERCURIALIS (Perennis) caule fimpliciſſimo, foliis ſembryanthemum with taper, obtufe, hairy leaves, placed
fcabris. Hort. Cliff. 461. Mercury with a ſingle ſtalk alternately. Ficoides Neapolitana, fore candido. H.L.
and rough leaves. Mercurialis montana ſpicata & Fig Marygold of Naples with a white flower, or Egyp-
teſticulata. C. B. P. 122. Mountain Mercury, or Dog's tian Kali.
Mercury, with ſpiked and teſticulated flowers.
MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Cryſtallinum) foliis alternis
3. MERCURIALIS (Tomentoſa) caule fubfruticoſo, foliis ovatis papulofis undulatis. Hort. Cliff. 216. Meſem-
tomentofis. Hort. Cliff. 461. Mercury with a stalk bryanthemum with oval, obtuſe, waved leaves placed al-
ſomewhat ſhrubby, and woolly leaves.
and woolly leaves. Mercurialis fruti- ternately. Ficoides Africana, folio plantaginis undu-
cofa incana, ſpicata & tefticulata. Tourn. Inft. R. H. lato, micis argenteis adfperfo. Tourn. Act. R. Par.
534. Shrubby boary Mercury, having ſpiked and teſticu- 1705. African Fig Marygold, with a waved Plantcin
lated flowers.
leaf, marked with ſilvery ſpots, commonly called the Dia-
The firft fort is commonly called French Mercury, mond Ficoides, or Diamond Plant.
from whence it might have been brought into Eng- 3. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Geniculiflorum) foliis ſemite-
land; for although it is now become a weed in gar- retibus papulofis diſtinctis floribus ſeſfilibus axillari-
dens and upon dunghills, yet it is ſeldom found grow- bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 481. Meſembryonthemum with
ing at a diſtance from habitations. This is an an- half taper leaves, and flower's ſitting cloſe to the wings of
nual plant, with a branching ſtalk about a foot high, the ſtalks. Ficoides Capenſe, folio tereti, fiore albido,
garnished with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about an inch and Pet. Gaz. 78. fol. 3. Fig Marygold of the Cape, with a
a half long, indented on their edges, of a pale or yel- toper leaf and a whitiſh flower.
lowiſh green colour. The male plants have ſpikes of MESEMBRYANMTHEMUM (Noctiflorum) foliis ſemicy-
herbaceous flowers growing on the top of the ſtalks, lindraceis, impunctatis diſtinctis, fioribus peduncula-
theſe fall foon; but the female plants, which have tis calycibus quadrifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 481. Meſem-
tefticulated flowers proceeding from the ſide of the bryanthemum with almoſt cylindrical leaves, and quadrifid
ſtalks, are ſucceeded by feeds, which, if permitted foot-stalks to the flowers. Ficoides Africana, erecta,
to ſcatter, will produce plenty of plants of both arboreſcens, lignola, flore radiato, primo purpureo,
ſexes. The leaves and ſtalks of this plant are uſed dein argenteo, interdiu clauſo, noctu aperto. Boerh.
in medicine, and are reckoned aperitive and molli- Ind. alt. 1. 290. Upright, ligneous, tree Fig Morygold of
fying
Africa, with a radiated flower, wbich is at firſt purple,
The ſecond fort grows under hedges and in woods in afterward ſilvery, but in the day, and open at night.
moſt parts of England. This hath a perennial root, 5. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Splendens) foliis femiteretibus
which creeps in the ground, the ſtalks are fingle and impunctatis recurvis diſtinctis congeftis, calycibus
terminalibus
2.
a
a
4

MES
MES
a
mene.
terminalibus digitiformibus. Lin. Sp. 689. Meſembry-
olaceo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 291. African förubby Fig
anthemum will taper, inſpotted, recurved, diſtinët leaves Marygold, having ſtalks adorned with filvery down, and
in cluſters, whoſe empalement is finger-ſhaped.
long, ſmall, taper leaves, Spotted as it were with ſilvery
6. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Umbellatum) foliis fubulatis, drops, and a Violet-coloured flower.
fcabrido-punctatis connatis apice patulo, caule erecto, 16. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Villosum) caule foliiſque
corymbo trichotoma. Lin. Sp. Plant. 481. Meſembry- pubeſcentibus. Hort. Cliff. 217. Meſembryanthemum
anthemum with awl-ſhaped leaves which join, having whoſe ſtalks and leaves are garniſhed wiih dowony hairs.
rough Spots, an erect ſtalk, and a corymbus of flowers at 17. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Scabrum) foliis fubulatis
the triple diviſion of the ſtalk. Ficoides Africana erec- diſtinctis ſubtus undique muricatis, calycibus mu-
ta teretifolia, fioribus albis umbellatis. Par. Bat. 166. ticis. Hort. Cliff. 219. Meſembryanthemum with awl-
Upright African Fig Marygold, with a taper leaf, and Maped leaves, which are diſtinct, every where rough on
white flowers growing in umbels.
their under fide, and chaffy empalements. Ficoides Afra,
7. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Calamiforme) acaule foliis folio triangulari viridi longo afpero, flore violaceo.
fubteretibus adſcendentibus impunctatis connatis, flo- Boerh. Ind. alt. 290. African Fig Marygold, with a
ribus octagynis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 481. Meſembryanthe- long, green, rough, triangular leaf, and a Violet-coloured
mum without a ſtalk, almoſt taper leaves which join at their flower.
baſe, and flowers having eight ſtyles. Ficoides Capenfis 18. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Uncinatum) articulis cauli-
humilis, cepææ folio, fore ftamineo. Brad. Suec. p. nis terminatis in folia connata acuminata ſubtus den-
10. fol. 19. Low Fig Marygold of the Cape, with an tata. Hort. Cliff. 218. Meſembryanthemum whoſe joints
Onion leaf, and a ſtamineous flower.
of the ſtalks are terminated by acute-pointed leaves, which
8. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Tripolium) foliis alternis lan- are joined at their baſe, and indented on their under fide.
ceolatis planis impunctatis caulibus laxis fimplicibus
Ficoides Afra, folio triangulari glauco, perfoliato,
calycibus pentagonis
. Hort. Cliff
. 217. Meſembryan- breviffimo, apice fpinofo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 290. Afri-
themum with plain Spear-ſhaped leaves which are not can Fig Marygold, with a ſhort, perfoliated, triangular
Spotted, a ſingle weak ſtalk, and a five-cornered empale- leaf, whoſe point is prickly, commonly called Buckſhorn
Ficoides Africana, procumbens, tripolii folio, Ficoides.
fiore argenteo. Hort. Chelf. Trailing African Fig Ma- 19. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Perfoliatum) perfoliatum,
rygold, with a Tripolium leaf and a ſilvery flower.
foliis majoribus, apicibus triacanthis. Hort. Elth. 251.
9. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Bellidiflorum) acaule, foliis Perfoliate Meſembryanthemum with larger leaves, whoſe
triquetris linearibus impunctatis apice trifariàm denta- points have three thorns. Ficoides Africana fruteſcens
tis. Hort. Cliff. 218. Meſembryanthemum without a ſtalk, perfoliata, folio triangulari glauco punctato, cortice
having narrow, three-cornered, unſpotted leaves, marked lignoſo candido tenui. Tourn. Act. Par. 1705. Shrubby,
with three indentures at their points. Ficoides Capen- perfoliate, African, Fig Marygold, with a triangular,
fis humilis, folio triangulari in ſummitatem dentato, gray, Spotted leaf, and a thin, white, ligneous bark, com-
fiore minore purpuraſcente. Brad. Suec. p. 9. tab. 18. monly called Stagſborn Ficoides.
Dwarf Marygold of the Cape, with a triangular leaf in- 20. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Spinoſum) foliis tereti-tri-
dented at the top, and a ſmaller purpliſh flower.
quetris punctatis diſtinctis fpinis ramofis. Hort. Cliff,
10. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Subulatum) acaule foliis fub- 216. Meſembryanthemum with taper three-cornered leaves,
ulatis triquetris dorfo fupernè ferratis. Meſembryan- which have diſtinct ſpots and branching ſpines. Ficoides
themum without a stalk, and awl-ſhaped three-cornered Africana, aculeis longiffimis & foliolis naſcentibus ex
leaves, whose back part is ſaved toward the top.
foliorum alis. Tourn. Act. R. Par. 1705. African Fig
II. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Deltoides) foliis deltoidibus Marygold with long Spines, and ſmaller leaves ariſing
triquetris dentatis impunctatis diſtinctis. Hort. Cliff. from the wings of the leaves.
218. Meſebryanthemum with three-cornered indented 21. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Tuberoſum) foliis fubulatis
leaves, which are shaped like the Greek delta, without pappiloſis, diſtinctis apice patulis radice capitatâ.
Spots, and diſtinct. Ficoides Africana, folio triangulari Hort. Cliff. 216. Meſembryanthemum with awl-ſhaped
craffo, brevi, glauco, ad tres margines aculeato. pimply leaves, and a headed root. Ficoides Africana,
Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 290. African Fig Marygold, with a folio triangulari recurvo, floribus umbellatis obfoleti
short, thick, gray, triangular leaf, with prickles on the coloris, externè purpureis. Tourn. Act. Par. 1705.
three edges.
African Fig Marygold with a triangular recurved leaf,
12. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Cauleſcens) cauleſcens, fo- and umbellated flowers of a dark colour, which are pur-
liis deltoidibus, lateribus minimè dentatis. Stalky Me- ple on their outſide.
ſembryani bemum, with leaves ſhaped like the Greek delta, 22. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Tenuifolium) foliis ſubulatis
whoſe fides are a little indented. Ficoides Africana, fo- ſemiteretibus glabris, diftinctis internodio longioribus.
lio triangulari glauco, breviſſimo, craffiſſimo, margine Hort. Cliff. 216. Meſembryanthemum with avel-ſhaped,
non ſpinoſo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 290. African Fig Ma- half-taper, ſmooth, diſtinct leaves, whoſe joints are far-
rygeld, with very thick, short, triangular, gray leaves, ther diftant. Ficoides Capenſis humilis, teretifolia,
having no Spines on their edges.
flore coccineo. Brad. Suec. p. 13. Low Fig Marygold
13. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Barbatum) foliis fubovatis of the Cape, with a taper leaf and a ſcarlet flower.
papuloſis diſtinctis apice barbatis. Hort. Cliff. 216. 23. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Stipulaceum) foliis fubtri-
Meſembryanthemum with almoſt oval leaves, having dif- quetris compreſſis incurvatis punctatis diſtinctis con-
tinct bladders bearded at their points. Ficoides feu ficus geſtis bafi marginatis. Lin. Sp. 693. Meſembryanthe-
aizoides Africana, folio variegato afpero, ad apicem mum with three-cornered, compreſſed, incurved leaves,
-
ſtella ſpinoſa armato. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 291. Afri- having diſtinct spots, whoſe baſe are bordered and clustered.
con Fig Marygold, with a rough variegated leaf, whoſe Meſembryanthemum fruteſcens, fore purpureo rari-
point is armed with ſpines in form of a ſtar.
ore. Hort. Elth. tab. 209.
14. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Stellatum) caulibus decum- 24. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Craſifolium) foliis femicy-
bentibus, foliis teretibus papulofis apice barbatis. lindricis impunetatis connatis, apice triquetris caule
Meſembryanthemum with decumbent ſtalks and taper blad- repente ſemicylindricis
. Hort. Cliff. 217. Meſembryan-
dered leaves, whoſe points are bearded like a ſtar. Fi- themum with a creeping cylindrical ſtalk, cylindrical ſmooth
coides Capenfis fruteſcens, folio tumido, extremitate leaves, joining at their baſe, whoſe points are three-cor-
ftellatâ, fore purpureo. Brad. Suec. Dec. 1. tab. 6. nered. Ficoides Africana reptans, folio triangulari,
Shrubby Fig Marygold of the Cape, with a ſtar-pointed flore faturatè purpureo. Brad. Suec. p. 16. tab. 38.
tumid leaf, and a purple flower.
Creeping African Fig Marygold with a green triangular
15. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Hiſpidum) foliis cylindricis leaf, and deep purple-coloured flower.
papulofis diſtinctis, caule hifpido. Lin. Sp. Plant. 482. 25. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Folcatum) foliiis fub-acina-
Meſembryanthemum with a prickly ſtalk, and deflexed cy- ciformibus incurvis punctatis diſtinctis ramis tereti-
lindrical leaves with pulpy bladders. Ficoides Afra, fru- bus. Hort. Cliff. 219. Meſembryanthemum with diſtinci,
ticoſa, caule lanugine argentea ornato, folio tereti, Smooth, falchion-Shaped leaves, and taper branches. Fi-
parvo, longo, guttulis argenteis quaſi ſcabro, flore vi- coides Afra folio triangulari enfiformi breviſſimo,
fore

M E S
MES
tence.
flore dilutè purpurafcente filamentoſo. Brad. Suec. gold with a long triangular leaf, obtufer borders, and a
Dec. 5. tab. 42. African Fig Marygold with a triangu- large flower of a pale yellow within, and marked with a
lar, cimeter-Shaped, ſhort leaf, and a pale purpliſh flower. long red ſtreak on the outſide.
26. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Glomeratum) foliis teretiul 36. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Expanſum) foliis planiuſcu-
culis compreſſis punctatis, caule paniculato multifloro. lis lanceolatis impunctatis patentibus diſtinctis орро-
Lin. Sp. 694. Meſembryanthemum with teper, com- fitis alternatifque remotis. Lin. Sp. 697. Meſembryon-
preſſed, Spotted leaves, and a panicled ſtalk with many themum with plain, Spear-ſhaped, unſpotted leaves, which
flowers. Meſembryanthemum falcatum minus, flore Spread diſtinctly, and are oppoſite end alternate at a dif
carneo minore. Hort. Elth. tab. 213.
Ficoides Africana humifuſa, folio triangulari
27. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Edule) foliis æquilateri-tri- longiore glauco, fore flaveſcente. Tourn. Acad. R.
quetris acutis ſtrictis impunctatis connatis carina ſub- Par. 1705. Trailing African Fig Morygold, with a
ferratis, caule ancipiti. Lin. Sp. 695. Meſembryanthe- longer, gray, triangular leaf, and a yellowiſh flower.
mum with equilateral, acute, unſpotted leaves joined at 37. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Micans) foliis fubulatis tri-
their baſe, whoſe keel are ſawed. Ficoides feu ficus quetris punctatis diſtinctis, caule fcabro. Lin. Sp.
aizoides Africana major procumbens, triangulari fo- 696. Meſembryanthemum with three-cornered owl-fwaped
lio, fructu maximo eduli. H. L. 244. Greater trail- leaves, which cre diſtinętly Spotted, and a rough ftalk.
ing African Fig Marygold, with a triangular leaf and a Meſembryanthemum micans, flore Phenicio, filamen-
large eatable fruit.
tris atris. Hort. Elth. tab. 215.
28. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Bicolorum) foliis fubulatis 38. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Torinofum) foliis planiuf-
lævibus punctatis diſtinctis caule fruteſcente corollis culis oblongo-ovatis fubpapillofis confertis connatis,
bicoloribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 695. Meſembryanthemum calycibus tryphyllis bicornibus. Lin. Sp. 697. Me-
with awl-ſhaped ſmooth leaves, which have different ſembryanthemum with plain, oblong, oval leaves joining
Spots, a ſhrubby fialk, and the flower of two colours. Fi- at their baſe, and a three-leaved empalement with two
coides Capenfis fruteſcens, folio tereti punctato, pe- horns. Ficoides Capenſis procumbens aleæ folio, fiore
talis luteis. Brad. Suec. 1. p. 8. tab. 7. Skrubby Fig
1
albo medio croceo. Brad. Suec. Dec. 2. p. 7. tab. 16.
Marygold of the Cape, with a taper leaf having punc- Trailing Fig Marygold of the Cape, with an Olive leaf,
tures, and yellow petals.
and a white flower of a Saffron colour in the middle.
29. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Acinaciforme) foliis acina- 39 MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Ringens) fubacaule, foliis
ciformibus impunctatis connatis, angulo carinali ſca- ciliato-dentatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 218. Meſembryan-
bris, petalis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. 695. Meſembryan- themum with a ſhort ſtalk, and leaves having hairy inden-
themum with Marp, three-cornered, unſpotted leaves, tures. Ficoides Capenſis humilis, folio triangulari
joined at their baſe, whoſe keel are rough, and ſpear-ſhaped prope ſumitatem dentato, flore luteo. Brad. Suec.
petals of the flower. Ficoides Africana folio longo tri- Dec. 2. p. 8. tab. 17. Low Fig Marygold of the Cape,
angulari incurvo, caule purpureo. Tourn. Act. Par.
. with a triangular leaf indented toward the top, and a
1705. African Fig Marygold with a long triangular leaf, yellow flower, commonly called Dogs Chap Ficoides.
which is incurved, and a purple ſtalk.
40. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Roftratum) acaule, foliis fe-
30. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Loreum) foliis ſemicylin- micylindricis connatis exterre tuberculatis. Lin. Sp.
dricis recurvis congeſtis bafi interiore gibbis connatis, 696. Meſembryant bemun wiiboui a jüalk, having cylindri-
caule pendulo. Lin. Sp. 694. Meſembryanthemum with cal leaves joined at their baſe, and tubercles on the out-
cylindrical recurved leaves, whoſe baſe are cluſtered and fide. Ficoides Afra folio triangulari, enfiformi craſio
join, and a pendulous ſtalk. Meſembryanthemum lo- brevi, ad margines laterales multis majoribus fpinis
reum. Hort. Elth. tab. 200.
aculeato. Martyn. Cent. 30. tab. 30. African Tig
Flig
31. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Serratum) foliis ſubulatis Marygold, with a triangular, cimeter-ſhaped, ſhort, thick
triquetris punctatis diſtinctis angulo carinali retrorſum leaf, whoſe ſide borders have many large ſpines, commonly
ſerratis. Lin. Sp. 696. Meſembryanthemum with awl- called Cats Chap Ficcides.
Maped leaves having diſtinct spots, and the angle of the 41. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Dolabriforme) foliis dolabri-
keel fawed. Meſembryanthemum ſerratum fore ace- formibus punctatis. Hort. Cliff. 219. Meſembryanike-
tabuliformi luteo. Hort. Elth. tab. 192.
mum with ex-Maped ſpotted leaves. Ficoides Capenſis
32. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Tuberculatum) acaule foliis humilis foliis cornua cervi referentibus, petalis luteis,
ſemicylindricis connatis externé tuberculatis. Hort. noctiflora. Brad. Suec. 1. p. 11. tab. 10. Low Fig
Cliff. 219. Meſembryanthemum without a ſtalk, and cy- Marygold of the Cape, with leaves like a ſtag's born, yel-
lindrical leaves which have tubercles on their outſides, and low petals, and a flower opening at night.
are joined ct their baſe. Ficoides Afra, folio trian- 42. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Difforme) foliis difformibus
gulari, longo, ſucculento, caulibus rubris. Boerh. punctatis connatis. Prod. Leyd. 287. Meſembryanthe-
Ind. alt. 290. African Fig Marygold with a long, tri- mum with deformed leaves. Ficoides Afra foliis latim-
angular, ſucculent leaf, and red ſtalks.
mis craſſimis lucidis, difformibus. Boerh. Ind. alt.
33. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Veruculatum) foliis trique- 292. African Fig Marygold, with very brood, ihick, Noizz
tro-cylindricis acutis connatis arcuatis impunctatis ing, deformed leaves.
diſtinctis. Hort. Cliff
. 220. Meſembryanthemum with 43. MISEMBRYANTHEMUM (Lucidnm) acaule foliis lin-
three-cornered cylindrical leaves which are conneEted at guiformibus lucidis imarginatis
. Meſembryanthemum
their baſe, bowed and ſmooth. Ficoides Afra arbore- without a ſtalk, and tongue-Shaped lucid leaves, indented
fcens, folio tereti glauco, apice purpureo craſſo. at the top. Ficoides Afra acaulos, foliis latiſſimis craf-
Boerh. Ind. alt. 291. African Tree Fig Marygold, with ſis lucidis conjugatis, flore aureo ampliffino. Tourn.
a taper gray leaf, having a thick purple top.
Acad. R. Scien. 1705. African Fig Merygold without
34. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Glaucum) foliis triquetris a ſtalk, broad, thick, ſhining leaves growing by poirs, and
acutis, punctatis diſtinctis calycinis foliolis ovato- a very large yellow flower.
cordatis. Lin. Sp. 696. Meſembryanthemum with acute 44. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Linguiforme) acaule foliis
three-cornered leaves marked with pun&tures, and oval linguiformibus altero margine craffioribus impuncta-
heart-ſhaped empalements. Ficoides Afra caule lignoſo, tis. Lin. Sp. 699. Meſembryanthemumn without a ſtolk,
erecta, folio triangulari enſiformi ſcabro, flore luteo very broad tongue-Shaped leaves, one edge being thicker
magno. Boerh. Ind. alt. 289. African Fig Marygold than the other, and without ſpots. Ficoides Afra acau-
with an ereEt ligneous ſtalk, a triangular, cimeter-Shaped, los, foliis latiffimis craftiffimis, lucidis conjugatis, flore
rough leaf, and a large yellow flower.
aureo amplo, pedunculo brevi. Boerh. Ind. alt. 292.
35. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Corniculatum) fcliis trique- African Fig Marygold having no stalk, very brood, thick,
tro-ſemicylindricis ſcabrido-punctatis, fupra baſin li- shining leaves placed by poirs, and a large golden flower
nea elevatis connatis. Lin. Sp. 697. Stalky Meſembry- with a ſhort foot-ſtalk.
anthemum with three-cornered, ſemicylindrical, rough, Spot- 45. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Albidum) acaule foliis tri-
ted leaves, which are conneEted at their baſe. Ficoides quetris. Meſembryanthemum having no ſtalk, and gray,
,
Afra triangulari longiſſimo, marginibus obtuſioribus, entire, three-cornered leaves. Meſembryanthemum fo-
flore amplo, intus pallidè luteo, extus lineâ rubrâ liis robuftis albicantibus. Hort. Elth. 243. Mejemlry-
longâ picto. Boerh, Ind. alt. 289. African Fig Mary- anthemum with ſtrong whitiſh leo ves.
8 Z
46. ME-

MES
M E S
a
3
و
TO 21
46. MESEMBRYANTHEMUM (Pugioneforme) foliis alter- about ſix weeks, when they ſhould be carefully taken
nis fubulatis triquetris longiffimis impunctatis. Hort. up, and each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
Cliff. 216. Meſembryanthemum with alternate, awl- with light ſandy earth, and then placed in a ſhady
Shaped, three-cornered leaves, which are very long, with- ſituation, giving them a little water to ſettle the earth
out Spots. Ficoides Capenſis, caryophylli folio, flore to their roots; in this place they may remain about
aureo ſpecioſo. Brad. Suec. Dec. 2. p. 5. tab. 14. ten days or a fortnight, by which time they will
Fig Marygold of the Cape, with a Clove Gilliflower leaf, have taken good root, and may be removed to a
a
and a beautiful golden-coloured flower.
ſheltered place, where they may have more fun, in
Theſe plants are moſt of them natives of the Cape of which they may remain till autumn; during the ſum-
Good Hope, from whence their feeds were firſt mer months, theſe may be watered twice, or in very
brought to Holland, and the plants raiſed in many of hot weather, three times a week, but it muſt not be
their curious gardens, and have ſince been communi- given them in too great plenty ; but as the fun de-
cated to moſt parts of Europe; theſe were at firſt ti- clines in autumn, they ſhould not have it oftener than
tled Chryſanthemum by the old botaniſts, but after- once a week, for if they are often ſupplied with it,
ward they were titled Ficoides by Herman and the plants will grow luxuriant; their leaves and
Tournefort, from their capſules being ſhaped like branches will be fo replete with moiſture, that the
little Figs; afterward they had this title of Meſem- early froſts in the autumn will deſtroy them ; whereas
bryanthemum applied to them, which fignifies a when they are kept dry, their growth will be ftinted;
flower opening in the middle of the day, which is what ſo that they will be hardy enough to reſift fmall froſts,
moſt of the ſpecies do; there are three or four of but there muſt be care taken that they do not ſhoot
them which open in the evening, and are cloſed all their roots through the holes of the pots into the
the day; theſe have been feparated from the others ground, for when they do, the plants will grow very
by fome, and have had the title of Nycterianthemum luxuriant; and when the pots are removed, and thoſe
applied to them, from their flowers being expanded roots are torn off, their leaves and branches will
in the night; but as they all agree in the characters ſhrink, ſo will not recover it in a long time, if ever;
which diſtinguiſh the genus, they ſhould by no means to prevent which, the pots ſhould be removed every
be feparated.
fortnight, and where the roots are beginning to come
Moſt of the plants of this genus have beautiful through the pots, they ſhould be cut off. The forts
flowers, which appear at different ſeaſons of the year ; which grow very freely ſhould be ſhifted three times
ſome of them flower early in the ſpring, others in fum- in the ſummer, to pare off their roots, and keep them
mer, fome in the autunin; and there are others which
within compaſs, and theſe ſhould never be planted in
flower in winter; and many of them produce their rich earth for the reaſons before given; for if the
flowers in ſuch quantity, as that when they are ex- earth is freſh, there will require no dung or other
panded, the plants are entirely covered with them; compoft, unleſs it is ſtrong, in which cafe ſea fand,
they have all of them thick fucculent leaves, but ſome to or lime rubbiſh, will be a good mixture ; the quan-
of the ſpecies are much more fo than others, and the tity of either muſt be in proportion to the ſtiffneſs of
figures of their leaves vary ſo much in the ſeveral ſpe- the ground, always being careful to render it fo light,
cies, that they afford an agreeable variety when they as that the wet may eaſily paſs off. noun
are not in flower.
We next proceed to treat of thoſe forts, whoſe ſtalks
To deſcribe all the ſpecies which are here mentioned, and leaves are very ſucculent. The cuttings of theſe
would ſwell this work too much, and as their titles ſhould be taken from the plants ten days or a fort-
are ſhort deſcriptions of the ſpecies, I ſhall not en- night before they are planted, that they may have
large more on that head, but proceed to their culture. time for their wounded part to heal over and dry; the
All the forts here mentioned are perennial plants ex- lower leaves of theſe ſhould alſo be ſtripped off, that
cept the two firſt, which are annual. The perennial their naked ſtalks may be of a ſufficient length for
forts are eaſily propagated by cuttings during any of planting. As theſe are moſtly plants of humble
the ſummer months; ſuch of them as have ſhrubby growth, ſo if their ſtalks are diveſted of their leaves
ftalks and branches, very readily take root when an inch and a half, it will be fufficient. The cuttings
planted in a bed of light foil, and covered either with of theſe forts require to be covered with glaſſes, to
mats or glaſſes, but when they are covered with the keep off the wet ; they muſt alio have leſs water than
latter, they muſt be ſhaded every day when the ſun the other, but in other particulars require the ſame
is warm ; theſe cuttings of the ſhrubby forts need treatment. The roots of theſe do not ſpread and ex-
not be cut from the plant more than five or ſix days tend ſo much as thoſe of the other, fo will not require
before they are planted, during which time they to be ſhifted oftener than twice a year at moft; they
ſhould be laid in a dry room, not too much ex- muſt alſo be kept in ſmall pots to confine their roots ;
poſed to the ſun, that the part which was ſeparated the earth in which they are planted ſhould be rather
from the old plants may heal over and dry before light and not rich. During the ſummer ſeaſon they
they are planted, otherwiſe they are apt to rot; theſe muſt not have too much wet, and in the winter they
may be planted at about three inches diſtance from muſt have but little water. If theſe fucculent forts are
each other, and the earth preſſed cloſe to them, but placed in an open airy glaſs-cafe in winter, where they
none of their leaves ſhould be buried in the ground, may have free air admitted to them in plenty in mild
for as they abound with moiſture, ſo if they are co- weather, and ſcreened from the froſt, they will thrive
vered with the earth, it will cauſe them to rot, and much better than when they are more tenderly treated.
that often deſtroys the cuttings; therefore when The other ſhrubby kinds may be ſheltered in winter
the cuttings are taken from the old plants, they under a common frame, where, if they are protected
ſhould be divefted of their lower leaves, ſo far as from froſt and wet, it is all they require ; for the har-
may be neceſſary, to allow a naked ſtalk of ſufficient dier theſe are treated, the greater quantity of flowers
length for planting.
they will produce : and ſome of the forts are ſo hardy,
When the cuttings are planted, it will be neceſſary to as to live abroad when planted cloſe to a good af-
give them a little water, to ſettle the ground about pected wall, and in a poor dry foil; fo that where
them, but it ſhoold be done with caution, for too there is room to diſpoſe them againſt a wall, and the
much wet will ſpoil them; if theſe are faded every border is raiſed with lime rubbiſh to prevent their
day from nine or ten o'clock till three or four, when rooting deep and growing luxuriant, they may be
the ſun is warm, it will prevent the ground from dry- preſerved through the winter with very little ſhel-
ing too faſt, ſo that the cuttings need not be watered ter, and theſe will flower much better than thoſe un-
oftener than once in a week; but if there ſhould hap- der cover. divisa nemozucul inimigo
pen ſome gentle ſhowers of rain, it will be proper to The firſt fort grows naturally in Egypt, where they
take off their covers, and let them receive it, but cut up the plants, and burn them for pot-aſh; and
they ſhould be ſcreened from hard rains. The cut- this is eſteemed as the beſt fort for making hard fope,
tings thus managed will have put out good roots in and the beſt fort of glaſs.
a
a
ortine
This

M E S
MES
This is an annual plant, which does not perfect ſeeds P. 453. German Medlar with a Bay-tree leef which is
in England; for when it is placed in the ſtove, or kept not ſawed, or wild Medlar.
in the hot-bed, their ſtalks grow long and ſender, fo 3. MespilUS (Pyracantha) ſpinoſa, foliis lanceolato-
are not productive of flowers; and thoſe which are ovatis crenatis, calycibus fructûs obtufis. Hort. Cliff.
raiſed in hot-beds, and afterward expoſed in the open 189. Prickly Medlar, with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, crenated
air, will flower pretty freely, but do not perfect their leaves, and obtuſe empalements to the fruit. Meſpilus
ſeeds. As this plant will thrive in South Carolina as aculeata, amygdali folio. Tourn. Inft. 642. Prickly
well as in its native foil, ſo it might turn to the ad- Medlar with an Almond leaf, called Pyracantha.
vantage of that colony, and likewiſe become benefi- 4. MESPILUS (Cordato) foliis cordata-ovatis acuminatis,
cial to the public, if the inhabitants could be prevailed acutè ferratis
, ramis ſpinoſis. Fig. Plant. tab. 179.
on to cultivate this plant.
Medlar with heart-ſhaped, oval, acute-pointed leaves,
The ſecond fort is annual ; this is a native at the which are ſharply ſawed, and prickly branches.
Cape of Good Hope. It is propagated for the odd- 5. Mespilus (Amelanchier) inermis, foliis ovalibus fer-
neſs of its leaves and ſtalks, which are cloſely covered ratis, cauliculis hirſutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 478. Med-
over with pellucid pimples full of moiſture, which, lar without thorns, having oval ſawed leaves, and hairy
when the ſun ſhines on the plants, they reflect the ſtalks. Meſpilus folio rotundiori
, fructu nigro ſub-
light, and appear like ſmall bubbles of ice; from dulci. Tourn. Inſt. 642. Medlar with a rounder leaf
whence ſome have called it the Ice Plant, and others and a black ſweetiſh fruit, commonly called Amelanchier.
have named it the Diamond Plant, or Diamond Fi-6. MESPILUS (Canadenſis) foliis ovato-oblongis glabris
coides.
ſerratis, caule inermi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 478. Medlar
This ſort is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be with oval, oblong, ſmooth, ſawed leaves, and branches
ſown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring; and when the without thorns. Meſpilus inermis
, foliis fubtus gla-
plants come up, they muſt be planted on a freſh hot- bris obverse-ovatis. Flor. Virg. 54. Medlar without
bed to bring them forward; after they have taken thorns, and obverſe oval leaves, which are ſmooth on their
root in the hot-bed, they ſhould have but little wet, under fide.
for moiſture will rot them. When they are grown | 7. Mespilus (Cotoneaſter) foliis ovatis integerrimis.
large enough to tranſplant again, they ſhould be each Hort. Cliff. 189. Medlar with oval entire leaves. Mef-
planted into a ſmall pot, filled with light freſh earth, pilus folio ſubrotundo, fructu rubro. Tourn. Inſt.
but not rich, and plunged into a hot-bed of tan, ob- R. H. 642. Medler with a roundiſ leaf and a red fruit,
ſerving to fhade them in the heat of the day until they commonly called Dwarf Quince.
have taken new root; then they ſhould have plenty 8. MESPILUS (Chamemeſpilus) inermis, foliis ovalibus
of freſh air admitted to them every day in warm wea- ſerratis glabris, floribus capitatis, bracteis deciduis li-
ther, to prevent their drawing weak. In the latter nearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 479. Medlar without thorns,
end of June, ſome of the plants may be inured to bear having ſmooth, oval, ſawed leaves, headed flowers, and
the open air, and afterward they may be turned out of linear brastea which fall off. Cotoneafter folio oblongo
the pots, and planted into a warm border, where they ſerrato. C. B. P. 452. Baftard Quince with ari oblong
will thrive, and ſpread their branches to a great dif- Sawed leaf.
tance upon the ground; but theſe plants will not be 9. Mespilus (Orientalis) foliis ovatis craffis integerri-
very productive of flowers, therefore ſome of them mis, ſubtus tomentofis, foribus unbellatis axillari-
muſt be continued in the ſmall pots, and may at the bus. Medlar with oval, thick, entire leaves, which are
ſame time, when the others are planted out, be re- woolly on their under ſide, and flowers growing in umbels
moved into the ſtove or glaſs-caſe, placing them up- from the wings of the ſtalk. Chamæceraſus Idæa. Alp,
on the ſhelves, that the roots may not get out from Exot. 5. Dwarf Cherry of Mount Ida.
the bottom of the pots, ſo that they may be confined, 10. MOSPILUS (Arbutifolia) inermis, foliis lanceolatis
Mespilus
which will cauſe them to flower plentifully, and from crenatis ſubtus tomentoſis. Hort. Cliff. 189. Virginia
theſe good ſeeds may every year be obtained.
Medlar with an Arbutus leaf. Meſpilus Virginiana;
MESPILUS [Mémo, Gr.] Tourn. Inſt. R. H. folio arbuti. H. L. 578.
641. tab. 410. Lin. Gen. Plant. 549. The Medlar. 11. MESPILUS (Virginiana) inermis, foliis oblongo-ova-
The CHARACTERS are,
tis, ſubtus tomentofis, fructu ovato, pedunculis lon-
The empolement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf, giffimis. Smooth Virginia Medlar, with oblong oval leaves,
cut into five Spreading concave ſegments. The flower downy on their under ſide, and oval fruit on long foota
is compoſed of five roundiſh concave petals, which are in- ſtalks.
ſerted in the empalement. The number of stamina are The firſt fort grows naturally in Sicily, where it be-
different in the ſeveral ſpecies, from ten to twenty or more ; comes a large tree; this riſes with a ſtraiter ſtem, and
theſe are alſo inſerted in the empalement, and are termi- the branches grow more upright than thoſe of the
nated by ſingle fummits. The germen is ſituated under the Dutch Medlar; the leaves are narrower and not ſawed
flower, and ſupports an uncertain number of ſtyles from on their edges; the flowers are ſmaller than thoſe of
three to five, which are crowned by headed ſtigmas. The the Dutch Medlar, and the fruit is ſhaped like a
germen afterward becomes a roundiſh or ovel berry, cer- Pear.
rying the empalement on its top, and incloſing four or five The ſecond fort is generally called the Dutch Med-
bard ſeeds.
lar;
this never riſes with an upright ſtalk, but ſends
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection out crooked deformed branches at a ſmall height from
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes the plants the ground; the leaves of this are very large, entire,
whoſe flowers have twenty ftamina inſerted to the em and downy on their under ſide. The flowers are very
palement, and five ſtyles.
large, as are alſo the fruit, which are rounder, and
The SPECIES are,
approach nearer to the ſhape of an Apple. This be-
1. MESPILUS (Sylveſtris) inermis, foliis lanceolatis dening the largeſt fruit, is now generally cultivated in
tatis acuminatis, fubtus tomentoſis, calycibus acumi- the gardens; but there is one with ſmaller fruit, which
natis. Smooth Medlar, with Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, is called the Nottingham Medlar, of a much quicker
indented leaves, woolly on their under ſide, and acute-and more poignant taſte than this; which is, I ſupm
pointed empalements
. Meſpilus folio laurino major, poſe, only a variety, ſo I have not enumerated it as a
,
fructu minori, rariori fubftantiâ. Hort. Cath. Greater diſtinct ſpecies.
Medlar with a Bay-tree leaf, and a ſmaller leſs ſubſtantial The fifth ſort grows naturally in Auſtria, Italy, and
fruit.
France, particularly near Fontainbleau ; this riſes with
2. MESPILUS (Germanica) inermis foliis lanceolatis in- many ſlender ſtalks about three or four feet high,
tegerrimis fubtus tomentofis, calycibus acuminatis. which put out ſmall ſide branches, covered with a dark
Hort. Cliff. 189. Unarmed Medlar with Spear-Maped purple bark, having no thorns, cloſely garniſhed
entire leaves, which are downy on their under fide, and with oval leaves, about three quarters of an inch
acute-pointed empalements. Meſpilus Germanica, folio long, and half an inch broad, ſlightly fawed on their
laurino, non ſerrato, five Meſpilus fylveftris. C. B. edges; the ſmall fide branches which ſuſtain the
flowers,
a
3
3
a

M E S
MIC
a
a
a
و
a
flowers, are very hairy and woolly, as are alſo the are by ſome of the inhabitants of America eaten in
foot-ftalks, and the under ſide of the leaves, but a ſcarcity of other forts of fruit, but are not very
their upper ſides are ſmooth and green. The flowers
.
palatable.
come out in bunches at the end of the ſhoots, which All theſe forts are hardy enough to thrive in the open
have five long narrow petals, and about ten ſtamina air in England, and ſome of them are very ornamen-
in each. The flowers are ſucceeded by ſmall fruit, tal plants for gardens, where, during the ſeaſon of
which, when ripe, are black; the gardeners call this their flowering, they will make a fine appearance;
New England Quince; there is one of this kind and again, in autumn, when their fruit are ripe, they
which grows naturally in North America, but the will afford an agreeable variety, and their fruit will
leaves of that are wedge-ſhaped and not ſawed on be food for the deer and birds ; fo that if clumps of
the edges, ſo I take it to be a different ſpecies. each fort are planted in different parts of the garden,
The fixth fort grows naturally in Canada ; this is alſo nothing can be more ornamental.
a low ſhrub, ſeldom riſing more than five feet high, The American kinds are uſually propagated in the
dividing into ſeveral ſmooth branches, covered with nurſeries, by grafting or budding them upon the com-
a purpliſh bark. The leaves grow upon long ſlender mon White Thorn, but the plants fo propagated will
foot-ſtalks ; they are one inch and a half long, never grow to half the ſize of thoſe which are propa-
and an inch broad, ſmooth on both ſides, and a little gated by feeds; ſo that thoſe plants ſhould always be
fawed on their edges. The flowers come out in choſen which have not been grafted or budded, but
ſmall bunches at the end of the branches; they are are upon their own roots.
about the ſize of thoſe of the common Hawthorn, and But there are many who object to this method of
are ſucceeded by ſmall fruit of a purpliſh colour when raiſing the plants from ſeeds, on account of their
ripe.
ſeeds not growing the firſt year, as alſo from the te-
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean diouſneſs of the plants growth after ; but where a per-
mountains, and in other cold parts of Europe; this ſon can furniſh himſelf with the fruit in autumn, and
riſes with a ſmooth ſhrubby ſtalk about four feet take out their feeds foon after they are ripe, putting
high, dividing into a few ſmall branches, which are them into the ground immediately, the plants will
covered with a purple bark, and garniſhed with come up the following ſpring, if they are kept clean
oval entire leaves, little more than one inch long, from weeds, and in very dry weather ſupplied with
and about three quarters of an inch broad, having water, they will make good progreſs; but if they are
very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out from planted in the places where they are to remain, after
the ſide of the ſtalks, two or three together, they two years growth from ſeeds, they will ſucceed much
are ſmall, of a purpliſh colour, and fit cloſe to the better than when the plants are of greater age; the
ſtalks; theſe appear in May, and are ſucceeded by ground ſhould be well trenched, and cleanſed from
ſmall roundiſh fruit, which are of a bright red colour the roots of all bad weeds. The beſt time to tranſ-
when ripe.
plant them is in autumn, when their leaves fall off;
The eighth fort grows naturally in the northern parts theſe ſhould be conſtantly kept clean from weeds,
of Europe ; this hath a ſmooth ſtalk, riſing about four and if the ground between the plants is dug every
or five feet high, ſending out flender branches, which winter, it will greatly encourage the growth of the
are covered with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with plants, ſo that if they are cleaned three or four times
oval ſmooth leaves about two inches long, and one in the ſummer, it will be ſufficient.
inch and a half broad, ſawed on their edges, but the All the forts of Meſpilus and Cratægus will take, by
teeth point upward; they have pretty long ſlender budding or grafting upon each other; they will alſo
foot-italks, and are of a yellowiſh green on both ſides. take upon the Quince, or Pear ſtocks, and both
,
The flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk, theſe will take upon the Medlars ; ſo that theſe have
four or five joined together in a cloſe head, of a pur- great affinity with each other, and might be with
pliſh colour ; between the flowers come out long nar- more propriety brought together under the fame ge-
row bractea, which are purpliſh, and fall off as the nus, than the Pear and Apple, which will not take
flowers begin to decay. The fruit is ſmall, and red upon each other ; but although the Pear will take
when ripe.
upon the White Thorn, yet it is not adviſeable to
The ninth fort grows naturally upon mount Ida, in make uſe of theſe ſtocks, becauſe they generally cauſe
Crete, where the poor fhepherds feed upon the fruit the fruit to be ſmall and often to crack, and renders
when ripe ; this hath a ſmooth ſtalk about eight feet their fleſh itony ; ſo unleſs it is the very ſoft melting
high, dividing into many ſmooth branches, garniſh- kinds of Pears which are upon theſe ſtocks, the fruit
ed with oval leaves two inches and a half long, and will not be good.
near two inches broad, of a thick ſubſtance, and a METHONICA. See GLORIOSA.
dark green on their upper ſide, but downy on their MEUM. See ATHAMANTA.
.
under, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers MEZEREON. See THYMELÆA.
|
come out from the ſide of the ſtalk upon fhort MICROPUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 892. Gnaphalo-
ſmall branches, five or fix growing upon each in a des. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 439. tab. 261. Baſtard
cloſe bunch; they are of a purple colour, the petals Cudweed.
being but little longer than the empalement, which The CHARACTERS are,
is woolly, and cut into five obtuſe ſegments. The It hath hermaphrodite and female flowers, which are in-
fruit is large, roundiſh, and of a fine red colour cluded in the ſame double empalement ; there are ten ber-
when ripe.
maphrodite flowers which compoſe the diſk; theſe have
The tenth ſort grows naturally in North America, one petal, are funnet-ſhaped, erect, and cut into five parts
where it rarely riſes more than five feet high, fending at the top, and have five Mort briſily ſtamina, terminated
out a few upright branches, garniſhed with ſpear- by cylindrical ſummits, with an obſolete germen Supporting
ſhaped leaves whoſe edges are crenated, and their a ſhort fender Style, crowned by an obſolete fligna. In
under ſide downy; the flowers are produced in ſmall the ſame empalement are five female flowers in the circum-
bunches on the ſide, and at the extremity of the ference, which have each an oval germen which is com-
branches, which are ſucceeded by ſmall roundiſh fruit preſſed, hid under the ſcales of the inierior empalement,
a little compreſſed, of a purple colour when ripe. each having a ſtyle by their ſide, which is briſtly, turning
The eleventh fort is an inhabitant of the ſame country toward the bermaphrodite flowers, crowned by fender
with the former; this riſes fix or eight feet high, acute-pointed ſtigmas, divided in two parts. The female
ſending out fide branches, garniſhed with oblong, flowers have each a ſingle ovel feed ſucceeding them, in-
oval, entire leaves, downy on their under fide; the cluded in the ſmall leaves of the empalement, but the ber-
flowers are produced in ſmall bunches, ſtanding on maphrodite flowers are barren.
long foot-ſtalks, having each five narrow white pe- This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
tals which are contracted at their baſe, and are fuc- of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
ceeded by oval fruit of a blue colour when ripe, and plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of female fruitful
flowers
a
a
a
a

MIL
M IL
a
the firſt year.
flowers in the border, and barren hermaphrodite earth, from whence they were exhaled, and in motion
fowers in the middle.
to the weſt, do, as it were, fall upon the ground which
We have but one Species of this genus in the lies eaſtward at right angles, and therefore is moſt of-
Engliſh gardens, viz.
fenſive to them.
MICROPUS (Supinus) caule proſtrato, foliis geminis. Hort. But I take the true cauſe of the Mildew appearing
Upfal. 275. Prod. Leyd. 145. Micropus, or Beſtard moſt upon plants which are expoſed to the eait, to
Gnaphalium, with a trailing ſtalk. Gnaphalodes Luſita- proceed from a dry temperature in the air when the
nica. Tourn. Inft.R.H.439. Portugal Baſtard Cudweed. wind blows from that point, which ſtops the pores of
This is an annual plant, which grows naturally in plants, and prevents their perſpiration, whereby the
Portugal, near the ſea. The roots fend out ſeveral juices of the plants are concreted upon the ſurface of
trailing ſtalks about fix or eight inches long, gar- their leaves, which being of a ſweetiſh nature, inſects
niſhed with ſmall, oval, ſilvery leaves, whoſe baſe are incited thereto, where, finding proper nutriment,
embrace the ſtalks. The flowers come out from the they depoſit their eggs, and multiply fo faſt as to co-
wings of the ſtalks in ſmall cluſters; they are very ver the whole ſurface of plants, and by their corrod-
ſmall, white, and fit in a double empalement, the ing the veſſels, prevent the motions of their fap;
interior being ſo large, as to almoſt hide the flowers. and it is very probable, that the excrements of theſe
It fiowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in au- inſects may enter the veſſels of plants, and by mixing
tumn ; this is frequently preſerved in gardens for with their juices, may ſpread the infection all over
the beauty of its filvery leaves: if the ſeeds are fown them; for it is obſervable, whenever a tree has been
in autumn, or are permitted to ſcatter, the plants greatly affected by this Mildew, it ſeldom recovers it
will come up in the ſpring, and will require no other in two or three years, and many times is never entire-
care but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin ly clear from it after.
them where they are too cloſe. When the ſeeds of Others fuppoſe, That the reaſon why valleys afford
this plant are fown in the ſpring, they feldom grow more moiſture than hills is, becauſe of the dew which
is attracted from the earth and herbs as before, and
MICROSCOPE, a dioptrical inſtrument, by means that they afford more moiſture than hills (they fay) is
of which very minute or ſmall objects are repreſented often ſeen by the miſts, which are more frequent on
very large, and capable of being viewed very diſtinct- them than on hills; this being drawn by the ſun in
ly, according to the laws of refraction.
the day time, and wanting wind to aſſiſt its motion,
This inftrument may be of fingular uſe to a curious hangs in the lower region, and when the ſun ſets, it
enquirer into the operation of vegetative nature, by falls upon the plants with its thick clammy ſubſtance,
viewing nicely the ſeveral minute veſſels and
parts
of and hinders the fap of the plant or tree from aſcending
vegetables, in order to diſcover their various uſes, and to nouriſh its flowers or ſhoots, in thoſe whoſe bark is
how the buſineſs of vegetation is carried on, as alſo tender and young, and the pores open with the heat
to examine the minute parts of flowers, which are of the ſeaſon.
not obvious to the naked eye.
This dew has been obſerved in the great leaved Cher-
MILDEW is a diſeaſe that happens to plants, and ries, ſuch as the Black Heart, the White Heart, &c.
is ſuppoſed to be cauſed by a dewy moiſture which to fall upon them at the top, juſt at the beginning of
falls on them, and continuing, for want of the ſun's the Midſummer ſhoot, which has ſo ftopped the ſhoot
heat to draw it up, and by its acrimony corrodes, that it has ſhot forth in other places below, and on
gnaws, and ſpoils the inmoſt ſubſtance of the plant, the top of theſe ſhoots there have been many ſmall
and hinders the circulation of the nutritive ſap, upon flies feeding on this dew, which may plainly be ſeen
which the leaves begin to fade, and the bloſſoms and and taſted on the leaves of Oak and Maple.
fruit are much prejudiced: but Mildew is rather a Some are of opinion, that Mildews and blights are the
concrete ſubſtance, which exſudes through the pores ſame thing; but others again, that Mildew is quite
of the leaves.
another thing than blaſtings. They ſay Mildews are
However, what the gardeners commonly call Mil- cauſed from the condenſation of a fat and moiſt ex-
dew, is an inſect, which is frequently found in great halation in a hot and dry ſummer, from the blof-
plenty, preying upon this exſudation.
ſoms and vegetables, and alſo from the earth it-
Others ſay, That Mildew is a thick clammy vapour,
ſelf, which is condenſed into a fat glutinous matter
exhaled in the ſpring and ſummer from plants, blof- by the coolneſs and ſerenity of the air, and falls down
foms, and even the earth itſelf, in cloſe ftill weather, on the earth again, part of which refts upon the
where there is neither fun enough to draw it upwards
leaves of the Oak and other trees, whoſe leaves are
to any confiderable height, nor wind of force ſtrong ſmooth, and for that reaſon do not fo eaſily admit the
enough to diſperſe it, and that, hanging in the lower moiſture into them, as the Elm, and other rougher
regions, when the cold of the evening comes on, it
leaves do.
condenſes, and falls on plants, and with its thick clam- Other parts of Mildew reft upon the ears and ſtalks
my ſubſtance ſtops the pores, and by that means pre- of Wheat, beſpotting the ſame with a different co-
vents perſpiration, and hinders the ſap from aſcend- lour from what is natural, being of a glutinous
ing to nouriſh the flowers, ſhoots, &c.
ſubſtance, by the heat of the fun, and it binds up
Some ſay, That Mildew is a corrofive or nipping dew, ſo cloſe the tender ears of Wheat, that it prevents
proceeding from the vapours that are exhaled by the the growth, and occaſions it to be very light in the
earth, which, being drawn up, and falling down harveſt.
again on the tender opening buds, infects them by Some are of opinion, that Mildews are the principal
its acrimony, and hinders the circulation of the nu- food of bees, it being ſweet, and eaſily converted
tritious fap in the proper veſſels, upon which the
into honey
leaves begin to fade, and the bloſſoms and fruit re- MILIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 514. tab. 298.
ceive a very great prejudice.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 73. [fo called of Mille, Lat. a
There are others who make this obſervation, That thouſand, becauſe of the multitude of its grains.]
the places moſt liable to Mildew are incloſed grounds Millet.
and valleys, eſpecially thoſe that lie tending to the The CHARACTERS are,
eaft; and the reaſons that they give why thoſe grounds It is of the Corn or Graſs tribe, with one flower in each
which lie from the horizon to the eaſt, are moſt fub- chaff, the chef opening with two oval acute-pointed
ject to Mildew and blaſtings, may be by the ſun's at- volves. The petal of the flower is bivalve, ond ſmaller
tracting thoſe vapours towards it, after the manner than the empalement. It hath three very fhort hoiry ſta-
that a great fire in a room draws the air to it; ſo the mina, terminated by oblong ſummits, and a roundiſh ger-
fun having ſet theſe in motion, and not having ftrength men with two hairy styles, crowned by bruſh-ſhaped ſtig-
enough to draw them into the middle region, to form The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh ſeed, co*
them into a cloud, he does yet draw them till he be vered by the petal of the flower.
below the horizon, and then theſe dews tend to the
9 A
This
a
mas.

MIL
MIL
3
TC
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of five parts; theſe have five hairy ſtamina, with ereiz la-
Linnæus's third claſs, which includes thoſe plants neer ſummits connected in their middle, to the ſide, and are
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles. the length of the petal, and an oblong narrow germen,
The SPECIES are,
Supporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by two narrow, obtufe,
1. MILIUM (Panicum) paniculâ laxa flaccidâ, foliorum Spreading ftigmas; theſe florets ere barren. The female
vaginis pubeſcentibus. Millet with a looſe hanging pan half forets is of one leaf, ſtretched out on one ſide like e
nicle, and the ſheaths of the leaves hairy. Milium le- tongue, and is indented at the top ; this hath a large three-
mine luteo. C. B. P. 26. Millet with a yellow feed. cornered genmen, jupporting
cornered genmen, jupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned by
Panicum Miliaceum. Lin. Sp.
two long briſtly ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to
2. Milium (Sperſum) paniculâ ſparsâ erectâ, glumis on oblong, three-cornered, obtufe ſeed, incloſed in the em-
ariſtatis. Millet with a looſe erect panicle, and bearded palement.
chaff. Milium paniculâ amplâ ere&tâ ſparsâ. Houſt. This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
MSS. Millet with a large, erect, Sparſed panicle.de
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
3. Milium (Effuſum) floribus paniculatis difperfis. Flor. plants with compound flowers, whoſe hermaphro-
Suec. 55. Millet with diſperſed flowers. Gramen fyl- dite Aowers are barren, and the female flowers are
vaticum paniculâ miliaceâ ſparsâ. C. B.P. 3. Wood
fruitful.
Graſs with a Sparſed Millet-like panicle.
The SPECIES are,
Milium (Confertum) floribus paniculatis confertis. 1. MILLERIA (Quinqueflora) foliis cordatis, pedunculis
Prod. Leyd. 57. Millet with panicles of flowers grow-
dichotomis. Hort. Cliff. 426. Milleria with heart-
ing in cluſters. Gramen paniculatum Alpinum, lati- Maped leaves, and forked ſtalks. Milleria annua, erec-
folium, paniculâ miliaceâ ſparsâ. Scheu. Gr. 34. ta, major, foliis conjugatis, floribus fpicatis luteis.
Broad-leaved, Alpine, Panicle Groſs, with a ſparſed Mil- Houſt. MSS. Greater, upright, annual Milleria, with
let-like panicle.
leaves growing by poirs, and yellow Spiked flowers.
The firſt fort grows naturally in India, but is now 2. MILLERIA (Maculata) foliis infimis cordato-ovatis
cultivated in many parts of Europe as an eſculent acutis rugofis, caulinis lanceolato-ovatis, acuminatis.
grain ; this riſes with a Reed-like ſtalk from three Milleria whoſe lower leaves are oval, heart-ſhaped, acute-
to four feet high, and is channelled ; at every joint pointed, and rough, and the upper ones oval, Spear-ſhap-
there is one Reed-like leaf, which is joined on the ed, and pointed. Milleria annua erecta ramofior, foliis
top
of the ſheath, which embraces and covers that maculatis, profundiùs ferratis. Martyn. Dec. 5. Up-
joint of the ſtalk below the leaf; this ſheath is cloſely right, annual, branching Milleria, with ſpotted leaves deeply
covered with ſoft hairs, but the leaf which is expand- Jawed.
ed has none; that has ſeveral ſmall longitudinal fur-3. MILLERIA (Biflora) foliis ovatis, pedunculis fimpli-
rows running parallel to the midrib. The top of the ciffimis. Hort. Cliff. 425. Milleria with oval leaves,
ſtalk is terminated by a large looſe panicle, which and ſingle foot-ſtalks. Milleria annua erecta minor,
hangs on one ſide, having a chaffy flower, which is foliis parietariæ, floribus ex foliorum alis. Houſt.
ſucceeded by a ſmall round feed, which is often made MSS. Smaller, upright, annual Milleria, with a Pellifca
into puddings, &c. There are two varieties of this, ry leaf, and flowers proceeding from the wings of the
one with white, and the other hath black ſeeds, but leaves.
do not differ in any other particular.
4. MILLERIA (Triflora) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acumi-
This plant is ranged under the title of Panicum, by natis trinerviis, pedunculis alaribus trifloris. Milleria
Linnæus, but as it is more generally known by its with oval, Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed leaves, having
former appellation, ſo I chuſe to continue it.
three veins, and foot-ſtalks proceeding from the wings of
The ſecond fort was diſcovered growing naturally at the leaves, with three flowers. Milleria annua erecta,
La Vera Cruz; this has a ſlenderer ſtalk than the for- foliis parietariæ longioribus, floribus ex foliorum alis.
mer, which riſes about three feet high. The ſheaths Edit. Prior. Annual ereat Milleria, with a longer Pelli -
which ſurround it have no hairs, but are channelled. tory leaf, and flowers proceeding from the wings of the
The leaves are ſhorter than thoſe of the former. The
leaves.
panicle ſtands erect, and the chaff has ſhorter awns, The firſt fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. William
or beards.
Houſtoun, at Campeachy, in the year 1731, from
The other two ſorts grow naturally in woods, and are whence he ſent the feeds to Europe; and as the
never cultivated in the fields, ſo do not require any characters which diſtinguiſh the genus, were different
farther deſcription.
from all the other genera of the claſs to which it be-
The common Millet was originally brought from the longs, ſo he conſtituted a new genus with this title.
Eaſtern countries, where it is ſtill greatly cultivated, This riſes with an herbaceous branching ſtalk from
from whence we are furniſhed annually with this grain, four to five or ſix feet high, garniſhed with heart-
which is by many perſons greatly eſteemed for pud- ſhaped leaves about four inches long, and three inches
dings, &c. but is ſeldom cultivated in England in broad toward their baſe, drawing to a point at the
quantity, but by way of curioſity in ſmall gardens, end, which are ſlightly ſawed on their edges, having
for feeding of poultry; but the ſeeds generally ripen two veins on each ſide the midrib, which diverge and
alton
join to it near the baſe, meeting again at the point,
They muſt be ſown the beginning of April, upon a which generally is oblique to the foot-ſtalk. The
warm dry ſoil, but not too thick, becauſe theſe leaves are of a light green, and hairy, ſtanding oppo-
plants divide into ſeveral branches, and ſhould have ſite; their foot-ſtalks are about an inch long, and have
much room ; and when they come up, they ſhould a part of the leaf running on each ſide like wings.
be cleared from weeds, after which they will, in a The ſtalks divide upward into forks, and the foot-
ſhort time, get the better of them, and prevent ſtalks of the flowers come out at the diviſions; theſe
their future growth. In Auguſt theſe ſeeds will ri-branch again by pairs, and terminate in looſe ſpikes
pen, when it muſt be cut down, and beaten out, of yellow flowers, compoſed of four or five herma-
as is practiſed for other grain ; but when it begins to phrodite florets, which are barren, and one female
ripen, if it be not protected from birds, they will half foret, which is fucceeded by a ſingle, oblong, an-
foon devour it.
gular ſeed, wrapped in the empalement of the flower.
MILLEFOLIUM. See ACHILLEA.
It flowers in July and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in
MILLERIA. Houſt. Gen. Nov. Martyn. Cent. 4.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 881.
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by Mr. Robert Mil-
The CHARACTERS are,
lar, at Campeachy, in the year 1734; this approaches
This hath a compound flower, compoſed of ſeveral florets, near to the firſt fort, but the ſtalks riſe fix or ſeven
and one half floret, which are included in one common em- feet high, branching out very wide. The leaves are
palement of one leaf, which is cut into three parts, and ſeven inches long, and four inches and a half broad
is permanent. The hermaphrodite florets have one tubu- toward their baſe, ending in long acute points ; they
lous petal, which is erect, and indented at the brim in are deeper ſawed on their edges, and have ſeveral
large
a
very well.
autumn.

M I M
M I M
3
large black ſpots ſcattered over them; their ſurface
The CHARACTERS are,
is rougher, and they are of a darker green tivan thoſe The empalement of the flower is Smell, of one leaf, its
of the firſt. The upper leaves are long and ſpear-dented in five parts at the top: the flower has one funnel-
ſhaped; the foot-falks of the flowers branch out wi- shaped petal, which hath five points. It bath many long
der, and the ſpikes of flowers are ſhorter than thoſe boiry ſtamina, terminated by proſtrate ſummits, and on
of the Arft.
go oblong germer ſupporting a ſhort ſlender ſtyle, crowned by
The third fort was diſcovered at Campeachy by the a truncated ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a
late Dr. Houſtoun ; this is alſo an annual plant, which - long jointed pod with ſeveral tranſverſe partitions, inclo-
riſes with an herbaceous ftalk upward of two feet fing compreſſed ſeeds of various forms, and there are many
high, branching out at a ſmall diſtance from the root male, female, and hermaphrodite flowers mixed in ſome
into three or four ſlender ſtalks, which are naked al- e air of the ſpecies.
moſt to the top, where they have two oval ſpear- This genus of plants Dr. Linnæus has joined to the
ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, which are about two Acacia of Tournefort, and the Inga of Plumier, and
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad near places it in the firft ſection of his twenty-third claſs,
their baſe, ending in points ; they are hairy, and ſtand which includes thoſe plants which have male, female,
upon naked foot-ſtalks near an inch long, and are and hermaphrodite flowers on the ſame plant, which
rough, having three longitudinal veins, and are ſlight- have many ſtamina and one ſtyle.
ly indented on their edges. The flowers come out
The SPECIES are,
at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, in ſmall cluſters ; the 1. Mimosa (Punctata) inermis, foliis bipinnatis, fpicis
common empalement is compoſed of three orbicular decandris, inferioribus caftratis corollatis caule erecto
leaves, which are compreſſed together ; in each of tereti. Lin. Sp: 1502. Senſitive Plönt without Spines,
theſe are ſituated two hermaphrodite forets, which double winged leaves, Spikes having ten ſtamina, and the
are barren, and one female half floret, which is fruit- lower without ſtamina, and an ere&t taper ſtalk. Mimoſa
ful, being ſucceeded by a roundiſh angular ſeed, in- Jamaicenſis. Zan. Hiſt. 144. Senſitive Plant of Ja-
cloſed in the empalement. This flowers and perfects maica.
ſeeds about the ſame time with the former.
2. MIMOSA (Plena) inermis, foliis bipinnatis, fpicis pen-
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the late Mr. Ro- tandris, inferioribus plenis. Hort. Upſal. 145. Smooth
bert Millar, at Campeachy ; this is an annual plant, Senſitive Plant with double winged leaves, the ſpikes with
which riſes with an upright ſtalk three or four feet five ſtamina, and the under one double. Mimoſa non
high, garniſhed the whole length with oval ſpear-ſpinoſa, paluſtris & herbacea, procumbens, flore lu-
ſhaped leaves near four inches long, and almoſt two teo pleno. Houſt. MSS. Herbaceous, marſ), trailing
broad near their baſe; they have three longitudinal Senſitive Plant without ſpines, and a double yellow flower.
veins, and toward the top there are two more which 3. MIMOSA (Pernambucana) inermis decumbens, foliis
diverge from the midrib, but join again at the point. bipinnatis, fpicis cernuis, pentandris, inferioribus
The upper ſide of the leaves are of a dark green and
a
caſtratis. Hort. Upſal. 145. Smooth Senſitive Plant with
ſmooth, their under fides are of a pale green, and in- inclining ſtalks, double winged leaves, nodding Spikes of
dented on their edges. The flowers grow from the flowers having five ſtamino, but the under ones without
wings of the leaves in ſmall cluſters, having three any. Mimoſa ſpuria de Pernambuque, dicta mimoſa
hermaphrodite and one female flower in each, ſtand- Italica. Zan. Hift. 151. Spurions Senſitive Plant of
ing upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe have empalements Pernambuque, called Italian Senſitive Plant.
like the former, but they are much ſmaller. This 4. MIMOSA (Pudica) aculeata, foliis pinnatis. Prickly
flowers and feeds later in the year than either of the Senſitive Plant with winged leaves. Mimofa herbacea
former, fo that unleſs the plants are brought for- procumbens, & fpinola, caule tereti & villoſo, fili-
ward in the ſpring, they will not ripen their ſeeds in quis articulatis. Houft
. MSS. Trailing herbaceous Sena
England.
fitive Plant having Spines, with a taper and hairy ſtalk,
The feeds of theſe plants ſhould be fown early in the and jointed pods.
ſpring, on a moderate hot-bed ; and when the plants 5. Mimosa (Pudica) foliis fubdigitatis pinnatis, caule
are come up about two inches high, they ſhould be aculeata, hiſpido. Lin. Sp. 1501. Senßtive Plant with
each tranſplanted into a ſeparate pot filled with light winged-handed leaves, a prickly declining ſtalk, and ſmall
rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of pods growing in cluſters, with prickly coverings. Mi-
tanners bark, being careful to ſhade them from the moſa humilis fruteſcens & ſpinoſa, filiquis congloba-
ſun until they have taken root, as alſo to water them tis. Plum. Cat. Low ſhrubby and prickly Senſitive
frequently. After the plants are rooted, they ſhould Plant with cluſtered pods, commonly called the Humble
have a large ſhare of free air admitted to them, by
Plant.
raiſing of the glaſſes of the hot-bed every day when 6. MIMOSA (Quadrivalvis) aculeata, foliis bipinnatis,
the weather is warm, and in hot weather muſt be du- caule quadrangulo, aculeis recurvis, leguminibus
ly watered, for they are very thirſty plants. With quadrivalvibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1508. Prickly Senf-
this management, the plants will, in a month after tive Plant with double winged leaves, a four-cornered
tranſplanting, riſe to a conſiderable height; therefore ſtalk, recurved Spines, and pods having four valves.
they ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots, and placed Mimoſa herbacea procumbens, & ſpinoſa, caule quad-
in the ſtove, plunging them into the bark-bed, where rangulo, filiquis quadrivalvibus. Houſt. MSS. Trail-
they may have room to grow, eſpecially the firſt and ing and prickly herbaceous Senſitive Plant, with a quad-
ſecond forts, which uſually grow high and branch out rangular ſtalk, and pods having four valves.
where they are well managed. But the other forts 7. MIMOSA (Senſitiva) foliis conjugatis pinnatis, partia
ſeldom riſe above three or four feet high, and do not alibus bijugis, intimis minimis, caule aculeato. Lin.
ſpread their branches very far, ſo theſe may be al- Sp. Plant. 1501. Senſitive Plont with conjugated wing-
lowed leſs room.
ed leaves, whoſe wings have two pair of lobes, the inner
In the middle of July theſe plants will begin to flow- of which are the leaſt, and a prickly ſtalk. Mimofa
er, and the feeds will be ripe about a month or fix fpinofa prima, five Braſiliana latifolia, filiquis, ra-
weeks after; therefore they muſt be gathered when diatis. Breyn. Cent. 1. 31. The firſt prickly, or brood-
they begin to change of a dark brown colour, other- leaved Senſitive Plant of the Brazils, with radiated pods.
wiſe they will ſoon fall off, eſpecially thoſe of the two 8. Mimosa (Aſperata) caule fruticoſo, foliis bipinna-
large kinds, which will drop on the leaſt touch when tis, aculeatis, aculeis geminis, filiquis radiatis hir-
they are ripe. Theſe plants will continue flowering ſutis. Fig. Plant. tab. 183. fol. 3. Senſitive Plant
.
till Michaelmas, or later, if the ſeaſon proves favour- with a ſhrubby ſtalk, double winged prickly leaves, whoſe
able; but when the cold of the autumn comes on, Spines grow in pairs, and hairy radiated pods. Æſchy-
they will ſoon decay.
nomene ſpinoſa quarta, five foliolis Acaciæ angufti-
MIMOSA: Tourn. Inft. R. H. 605. tab. 375. Lin. oribus, frondibus validiſſimas fpinas habentibus.
Gen. Plant. 597. The Senſitive Plant.
Breyn. Cent. 1. 43. The fourth prickly Senſitive
Plant,
a

MI M
MI M
Plant, with narrow Acacia leaves, armed with ſtrong 20. MIMOSA (Campeachiana) ſpinofa, foliis bipinnatis,
Spines.
pinnis anguſtis, fpinis fingulis cornu bovinum per lon
MIMOSA (Viva) inermis, foliis conjugatis pinnatis, gitudinem fifium referentibus. Acacia with doubly
partialibus quadrijugis ſubrotundis, caule inermi her- winged leaves having narrow pinna, and ſingle Spines like
baceo. Lin. Sp. 1500. Senſitive Plant with a creeping, ex's horns Split their length. Acacia fpinofa tenuifolia,
herbaceous, unarmed ſtalk, conjugated winged leaves, and fpinis fingulis cornu bovinum per longitudinem iffum
globular flowers proceeding from the wings of the ſtalks. referentibus. Houft. Cat. Acacia with ſingle thorns
Mimoſa herbacea, non ſpinoſa, minima, repens. Sloan. ſhaped like thoſe of an ox's born, and ſeem as if Split thro?
Hift. Jam. 2. p. 58. The leaſt creeping herbaceous Sen-
their length.
fitive Plant, having no ſpines.
21. MIMOSA (Cinerea) ſpinis folitariis, foliis bipinnatis,
10. Mimosa (Nilotica) fpinis ftipularibus patentibus,
, floribus fpicatis. Flor. Zeyl. 215. Acacic with ſingle
foliis bipinnatis, partialibus extimis glandula inter- Spines, doubly winged leaves, and ſpiked flowers. Aca-
ſtinctis, fpicis globoſis pedunculatis. Haſfelq. It. 475.
. cia ſpinoſa tenuifolia, filiquis latis, fpinis minimis re-
Acacia with double winged leaves, and globular Spikes of curvis folitariis. Houſt. Cat. Prickly narrow-leaved
flowers having foot-ſtalks. Acacia Ægyptica. Hern. Acacia with broad pods, and ſmall recurved ſpines, which
Mex. 866. True Egyptian Acacia.
come out ſingle.
11. Mimosa (Farneſiana) ſpinis ftipularibus diſtinctis, 22. Mimosa (Latifolia) inermis, foliis conjugatis, pin-
foliis bipinnatis, partialibus octojugis, fpicis globofis nis terminalibus oppoſitis, lateralibus alternis. Lin.
feffilibus. Hort. Upſal. 146. Acacia Indica foliis, Sp. 1499. Broad-leaved Acacia without thórns, conju-
ſcorpioidis leguminoſa, filiquis fuſcis teretibus re- gated leaves whoſe upper pinna are oppoſite, but the ſide
finofis. H. L. Indian Acacia with taper reſinous ones are cliernate. Acacia non fpiroia, juglandis fo-
pods.
lio, flore purpurafcente. Plum. Sp. 17. Acacia with-
12. MIMOSA (Cornigera) fpinis ftipularibus geminis out thorns, Walnut-tree leaves, and a purple flower.
connatis, foliis bipinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 208. Acacia 2 3. Mimosa (Circinalis) aculeata, foliis conjugatis pin-
with two ſpines joined at their baſe, and doubly winged natis, pinnis æqualibus, ftipulis fpinoſis. Lin. Sp.
leaves. Acacia fimilis Mexiocana, fpinis cornu fimi- 1499. Prickly Acacia with conjugated winged leaves,
libus. The great horned Acacia.
which are equal, and prickly ſtipule. Acacia foliis am-
13. Mimosa (Unguis cati) ſpinoſa, foliis bigeminis ob- plioribus, liliquis circinatis. Plum. Sp. 17. Acacia
tufis. Hort. Cliff. 207. Prickly Acacia with four ob- with broad leaves and twiſted pods.
tuſe leaves. Acacia quodammodo accedens, ſive Ce-24. MIMOSA (Fagifolia) inermis
, foliis pinnatis bijugis
ratia & Acacia media Jamaicenſis ſpinoſa, bigemi- petiolo marginato. Lin. Sp. 1498. Broad-leaved Aca-
natis foliis, fofculis ftamineis, atronitente fructu, fi- cia without ſpines, whoſe wings have four lobes, and run-
liquis intortis. Pluk. Phyt. Acacia with branching ning foot-ſtalks. Arbor filiquoſa, faginis foliis, Ame-
leaves and twiſted pods.
ricana, Horibus comofis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 141. fol. 2.
14. MIMOSA (Arborea) inermis, foliis bipinnatis, pinnis The firſt ſort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands in
dimidiatis acutis, caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. 1503. Tree the Weſt-Indies, and it has been found growing in
Acacia without thorns, doubly winged leaves, whoſe pin- ſome warm moiſt ſpots, as far north as Virginia. This
ne are acute. Acacia arborea maxima non ſpinoſo, riſes with upright branching ſtalks fix or ſeven feet
pinnis majoribus flore albo, filiqua contorta coccinea high, which become ligneous toward the root, but
verticoſa elegantiffima. Sloan. Jam. 157.
are not perennial (at leaſt they are not ſo here in any
15. Mimosa (Purpurea) inermis, foliis conjugatis pin- ſituation, the plants always decaying in winter;) theſe
*
natis, foliis intimis minoribus. Lin. Sp. 1500. Pur- are ſmooth, and garniſhed with double winged leaves,
ple Acacia without Spines, conjugated winged leaves which compoſed of four or five pair of long winged lobes,
are ſmalleſt below. Acacia Americana fruteſcens non which have about twenty pair of ſmall leaves ranged
aculeata, flore purpurafcente. Plum. Cat. Shrubby along the midrib; they are ſmooth and rounded at
American Acacia with thorns, and a purpliſ flower. their points, of a full green on their upper fide, but
16. MIMOSA (Houſtoniana) inermis, foliis bipinnatis gla- pale on their under. Theſe ſmall leaves contract
bris, pinnis tenuiffimis, filiquis latis villoſis. Fig. Pl. themſelves together on their being touched, but the
5. Acacia without thorns, doubly winged ſmooth leaves, foot-ſtalks do not decline at the ſame time, as thoſe
whoſe pinne are very narrow, and broad hairy pods. do which are titled Humble Plants, ſo this is called
Acacia Americana, non fpinoſa, fore purpureo, ſta- the Senſitive Plant by way of diſtinction. The flowers
minibus longiffimis, filiquis planis villofis, pinnis fo- are produced upon long foot-ſtalks, which come out
liorum tenuiffimis. Houft. MSS. American Acacia from the wings of the leaves, and are diſpoſed in
without thorns, having purple flowers, with very long
,
globular heads which nod downward ; they are yel-
filaments, flet hairy pods, and very narrow leaves. low, and all thoſe which have petals have ten ftamina
17. MIMOSA (Lutea) aculeata, foliis bipinnatis glabris, in each, but thoſe ſituated round the border have
floribus globofis pedunculatis, aculeis longiſſimis. neither petals or ſtamina; thoſe on the upper part of
Prickly Acacia with ſmooth doubly winged leaves, globular the ſpike are ſucceeded by pods an inch and a half
flowers having foot-ſtalks, and very long Spines. Acacia long, and a quarter of an inch broad, which change
ſpinoſa, foliorum pinnis tenuiffimis glabris, floribus to a dark brown when ripe, incloſing three or four
globoſis lutea, fpinis longiffimis. Houſt. MSS. Prickly compreſſed, ſhining, black feeds.
Acacia with very narrow ſmooth leaves, round yellow The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Hou-
flowers, and very long thorns.
ftoun at La Vera Cruz, growing in ftagnant waters,
18. MIMOSA (Glauca) inermis, foliis bipinnatis, parti- where the ſtalks were very broad and flat, and floated
alibus ſejugis, pinnis plurimis, glandula inter infima. on the ſurface, in the ſame way as the pond weeds
Lin. Sp. Plant. 1502. Acacia without thorns, doubly do; but in thoſe places where the water was dried up
winged leaves, whoſe wings are ſeparated, and have ſmall the ſtalks grew upright and were round, which is al-
glands between them. Acacia non fpinoſa, flore albo,
,
ways the caſe when the plants are cultivated in gar-
foliorum pinnis latiuſculis glabris, filiquis longis dens, ſo that they might eaſily paſs for different
planis. Houit. MSS. White flowering Acacia with- plants, to thoſe who never ſaw them growing in both
out thorns, having broad ſmooth leaves, and long flat ſituations. When this fort is cultivated in gardens,
pods.
it has great reſemblance to the firſt, but the ſtalks of
19. MIMOSA (Anguſtiſſima) inermis, foliis bipinnatis, this never grow fo erect, the wings of the leaves are
pinnis anguftiffimis glabris, leguminibus tumidis. longer, and ſtand more horizontal; the heads of
Narrow-leaved unarmed Acacia, with doubly winged flowers are much larger, the ſtamina are longer, and
ſmooth leaves, and jointed pods. Acacia non fpinoſa, the flowers on the under ſide of the ſpike which have
foribus globoſis albis foliorum pinnis tenuiffimis gla- no ftamina are double : the pods of this fort are
bris, filiquis ad fingula grana tumidis. Houft. MSS. ſhorter, and much broader than thoſe of the firſt fort.
Acacia without thorns, having round white flowers, with This is alſo an annual plant in this country. This
very narrow ſmooth leaves, and jointed pods.
fort was fince diſcovered by a friend of mine, growing
naturally

MI M
MIM
a
a
naturally in a marihy ſpot of land in the iſland of Bar-
buda, from whence he ſent me the feeds, with a large
branch of the plant, in a glaſs filled with a lixivium,
which preſerved it in the ſtate it was gathered, with
the flowers and pods upon it.
The third ſort grows naturally in all the iſlands of the
Weſt-Indies, where it is titled the flothful Senſitive
Plant, becauſe the leaves do not contract on their be-
ing touched. The ſtalks of this fort feldom riſe more
than two feet and a half high, they are ſmooth, and
garniſhed with double-winged leaves, compoſed of
three or four pair of wings which are ſhorter, and the
fmall leaves are much narrower than thoſe of the two
former forts; the heads of flowers are ſmaller, and
the pods are longer and narrower than thoſe of the
other. This fort will live through the winter in a
moderate warm air.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz. This
hath ligneous ſtalks which decline to the ground,
spreading out two or three feet from the root, and
fend out ſeveral ſide branches, which are armed with
ſhort yellowiſh fpines under the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves, and are their whole length cloſely covered
with briſtly ſtinging hairs; the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves are three inches long, and at the top ſuſtain
four fingle winged leaves, whoſe baſe meet in a point,
but ſpread above like the fingers of an open hand.
Theſe wings are about three inches long, and are
cloſely garniſhed with ſmall narrow lobes, ſet by
pairs along the midrib, which is alſo covered on the
under fide with the like briſtly hairs as the ſtalk.
The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are collected into
globular heads, and are of a pale yellowiſh colour;
theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall jointed pods, containing
two or three ſhining black ſeeds.
The fifth fort is the moſt common of any in the iſlands
of the Weſt-Indies, as alſo in the English gardens;
the feeds of this fort are frequently fold in the feed-
ſhops, by the title of Humble Plant. The roots of
this are compoſed of a great number of hairy fibres,
which mat cloſe together, from which come out ſe-
veral ligneous ſtalks which naturally decline toward
the ground, unleſs they are ſupported; they are arm-
ed with ſhort recurved ſpines, and garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed of four, and ſometimes five
wings, whoſe baſe join at a point, where they are in-
ſerted to the foot-ftalk, ſpreading upward like the
fingers of a hand; theſe wings are ſhorter than thoſe
of the former fort, and the ſtalks are not hairy. The
fowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks, upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are collected in ſmall globu-
lar heads, are yellow, and are ſucceeded by ſhort,
fiat, jointed pods, which have two or three orbicular,
bordered, comprefied feeds in each: theſe pods are
in cloſe cluſters, almoſt covered with ſtinging hairy
by feeds, when they can be obtained. This is one of
the forts, whoſe foot-ftalks fall on being touched.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence the late Dr. Houltoun ſent the feeds.
This riſes with a flender ligneous ſtalk ſeven or eight
feet high, armed with ſhort recurved thorns. The
leaves grow upon long foot-ítalks which are prickly,
each ſuſtaining two pair of wings; the exterior pair
have two lobes which join at their baſe, and are
rounded on their outſide, but ftrait on their inner
edges, very much ſhaped like a pair of thoſe ſhears
uſed for fhearing of ſheep; theſe two outer pair of
lobes are much larger than the inner; they are almoſt
two inches long, and one broad in the middle. From
the place where theſe are inſerted to the ſtalk, come
out imall branches which have three or four globular
heads of pale purple flowers coming out from the
ſide, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, and the principal ſtalk
has many of thoſe heads of flowers on the upper part
for more than a foot in length; and this, as alſo the
branches, are terminated by the like heads of flowers :
theſe are fucceeded by broad, flat, jointed pods,
which open with two valves, fome having but one,
others two, and ſome have three orbicular compreſſed
ſeeds. The leaves of this fort move but ſlowly when
they are touched, but the foot-ſtalks fall when they
are preſſed pretty hard.
The eighth fort was alſo found by the ſame gentle-
man, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz. This hath
a fhrubby erect ſtalk about five feet high, which is
hairy, and armed with ſhort, broad, ftrong thorns,
which are white, ftanding on each ſide fometimes al-
moſt oppoſite, and at others alternately. The leaves
are compoſed of five or fix pair of wings, which are
ranged oppoſite along a ſtrong midrib, and between
each pair are placed two ſhort ſtrong ſpines, pointing
out each way. The ſmall leaves which compoſe theſe
wings are extremely narrow, and ſtand very cloſe to
each other. Toward the upper part of the ſtalk, the
flowers are produced from the fides, upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks; they are collected into globular heads, and
are of a bright purple colour; the ſtalks are alſo ter-
minated by ſmaller heads of the like flowers. Theſe
are ſucceeded by flat jointed pods about two inches
long, and a quarter of an inch broad, which ſpread
open
like
rays, there being commonly five or fix of
theſe joined together at their baſe to the foot-ſtalk.
Theſe pods ſeparate at each articulation, leaving the
two ſide membranes or borders ſtanding; and the
ſeeds which are compreſſed and ſquare, drop out from
the joints of the pods; theſe pods are hairy at firſt,
but as they ripen become ſmooth.
This is a perennial plant, which may be preſerved
through the winter in a warm ftove, by which me-
thod the feeds may be obtained, for they ſeldom flower
the firſt year. The foot-ſtalks of this fort do not fall
on being touched, but the ſmall leaves on the wings
covers.
cloſe up
a
The ſixth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent the feeds. This
hath a perennial creeping root, which ſpreads and
multiplies greatly in the ſands, where it grows wild;
the ſtalks are ſlender, and have four acute angles, arm-
ed with ſhort recurved ſpines pretty cloſely ; the
leaves ſtand upon long prickly foot-ſtalks, which are
thinly placed on the branches; they are compoſed of
two pair of wings, ſtanding about an inch aſunder;
the wings are ſhort, and the ſmall leaves are narrow,
and not placed ſo cloſe together, as in many of the
other ſpecies. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves, fuſtaining a ſmall
globular head of purple flowers; theſe are ſucceeded
by four-cornered pods about two inches long, which
have four cells, opening with four valves, containing
ſeveral angular ſeeds in each.
This ſort ſpreads ſo much at the root, as to
render it not ſo productive of flowers, and feeds
as moſt of the others; and the plants which are
propagated by parting of the roots, are always
weak, ſo that the beſt way is to propagate them
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this hath
trailing herbaceous ſtalks, which put out roots at
every joint, which faften in the ground and ſpread to
a great diſtance, as they will alſo do here, when placed
in a bed of tanners bark. I have had a ſingle plant
in one fummer, which has ſpread near three feet
ſquare, whoſe branches were cloſely joined, ſo as to
cover the ſurface of the bed; but when they are thus
permitted to grow, they feldom produce flowers.
Theſe ſtalks have no thorns, but are garniſhed with
winged leaves compoſed of two pair of ſhort wings,
whoſe ſmall leaves or lobes are narrow; theſe ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which are ſmooth. The
leaves of this fort contract and fall down upon the
leaft touch, ſo that where the plant is extended to a
diſtance, a perſon may draw any figure with a ſtick
upon the leaves, which will be very viſible till the
leaves recover again. The flowers come out from
the wings of the leaves, upon naked foot-ſtalks
about an inch in length; they are of a pale yellow-
iſh colour, and are collected into ſmall globular
heads; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort, flat, jointed
pods,
9 B

M I M
MIM
a
3
و
а
pods, containing three or four compreſſed roundiſh
feeds.
Theſe plants are all of them propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be ſown early in the ſpring, upon a good
hot-bed. If the ſeeds are good, the plants will appear
in a fortnight or three weeks, when they will require
to be treated with care, for they muſt not have much
wet till they have acquired ſtrength; nor ſhould they
be drawn too weak, fo that freſh air ſhould be admit-
ted to them at all times when the air is temperate. In
about a fortnight or three weeks after the plants come
up, they will be fit to tranſplant, eſpecially if the bed
in which they were fown, continues in a proper degree
of heat; then there ſhould be a freſh hot-bed pre-
pared to receive them, which ſhould be made a week
before the plants are removed into it, that the vio-
lent heat may be abated before the earth is laid upon
the dung, and the earth ſhould have time to warm
before the plants are planted into it. Then the plants
muſt be carefully raiſed up from the bed to preſerve
the roots entire, and immediately planted in the new
bed, at about three or four inches diſtance, preſſing
the earth gently to their roots; then they ſhould be
gently ſprinkled over with water, to ſettle the earth to
their roots; after this they muſt be ſhaded from the
ſun till they have taken niew root, and the glaſſes of
the hot-bed ſhould be covered every night to keep up
the heat of the bed. When the plants are eſtabliſhed
in their new bed, they muſt have frequent, but gentle
waterings, and every day they muſt have free air ad-
;
mitted to them, in proportion to the warmth of the
ſeaſon, to prevent their being drawn up weak; but
they muſt be conſtantly kept in a moderate degree of
heat, otherwiſe they will not thrive. In about a
month after the plant will be ſtrong enough to remove
again, when they ſhould be carefully taken up, pre-
ferving as niuch earth to their roots as poflible, and
each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled with good
kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
tan, carefully ſhading them from the ſun till they have
taken new root; then they muſt be treated in the ſame
manner as other tender exotic plants from very warm
countries.
The forts which grow upright and tall, will ſoon
riſe high enough to reach the glaſſes of the hot-bed,
eſpecially if they thrive well, therefore they ſhould
be ſhifted into larger pots, and removed into the ſtove,
and if they are plunged into the tan-bed there, it will
greatly forward them. The firſt fort will often flower
here, if the plants are raiſed early in the ſpring, and
brought forward by their removal from one hot-bed
to another; and two or three times I have had their
feeds ripen, but this can only be expected in very
warm ſeaſons.
The perennial forts will live through the winter, if
they are preſerved in a warm ſtove, and the following
fummer they will produce flowers and ripen their
ſeeds. Some of theſe may be propagated by laying
down their branches, which will put out roots, and
then may be ſeparated from the old plants ; and I
have ſometimes propagated them by cuttings, but
the plants which riſe from ſeeds are preferable to either
of theſe.
There is no particular management which theſe plants
require, different from others of the fame warm
countries; the great care muſt be to keep them in a
proper temperature of heat, and not to give them too
much water, eſpecially in cool weather; nor ſhould
they be kept too dry, for many of the forts require
frequent waterings, as they naturally grow in moiſt
places. There ſhould alſo be care taken that they
do not 'root into the tan-bed, for they foon put out
their roots through the holes at the bottom of the
pots, which, when they ſtrike into the tan, will cauſe
the plants to grow very luxuriant; but when they are
removed, and theſe roots are cut or broken off, the
plants ſeldom ſurvive it ; therefore the pots ſhould be
frequently drawn out of the tan, and if any of the
roots are beginning to get through the holes at the
bottom, they ſhould be cut off clofe ; and when the
roots are very cloſely matted together, they ſhould
be turned out of the pots, and pared round to reduce
them, and then potted again, either in pots of the
fame ſize, or if the plants require, in pots one ſize
larger ; but they muſt not be over-potted, for then
the plants will not thrive.
Some of thoſe forts whoſe ſtalks ſpread near the
ground, may be turned out of the pots in the mid-
dle of June, and planted in a very warm border, where,
if they are covered with bell or hand-glaſſes, they will
live through the ſummer ; but theſe will not grow
very large, and upon the approach of cold in the au-
tumn, they are foon deſtroyed : however, thoſe who
have not conveniency of ftoves or tan-beds, may raiſe
the plants on common hot-beds in the ſpring; and
when they have acquired ſtrength, they may be treated
in this manner, whereby they will have the pleafure
of theſe plants in ſummer, though not in ſo great per-
fection, as thoſe who have the advantages before-
mentioned: but theſe plants will not thrive in the
open air in this country, nor will they retain their fen-
ſibility when they are fully expoſed to the air.
It would be to little purpoſe to trouble the reader
with the ſeveral idle ſtories related of theſe plants by
travellers, nor to inſert what has been ſaid by others,
who have attempted to account for the motion of the
leaves of theſe plants on their being touched, fince
there has not been any thing wrote on this ſubject,
worthy of being noticed, that I have yet feen; I Shall
therefore only mention what I have myſelf obſerved in
theſe plants, for more than forty years that I have
cultivated them.
The firſt is, that they are more or leſs ſuſceptible of
the touch or preſſure, according to the warmth of
the air in which they grow; for thoſe plants which are
kept in a warm ſtove, contract their leaves immedi-
ately on being touched, either with the hand, a ſtick,
or any other thing, or by the wind blowing upon
them : ſome of the forts only contract their ſmall
leaves, which are placed along the midrib; others
not only contract their ſmall leaves, but the foot-
ſtalk alſo declines downward on being touched: the
firft are called Senſitive, and the ſecond Humble Plants;
but when theſe plants are placed in a cooler ſituation,
they do not move fo ſoon, nor contract ſo cloſely, as
thoſe which are in a greater warmth; and thoſe which
are entirely expofed to the open air, have very little
motion, but remain in one ſtate, neither expanded
nor cloſed, but between both, eſpecially in cool wea-
ther ; nor do theſe ſhut themſelves at night, as thoſe
do which are in a warm temperature of air.
The ſecond is, that it is not the light which cauſes
them to expand, as ſome have affirmed, who have had
no experience of theſe things; for in the longeſt days
of ſummer, they are generally contracted by five or
fix in the evening, when the ſun remains above the
horizon two or three hours longer; and although the
glaſſes of the ſtove in which they are placed, is cover-
ed cloſe with ſhutters to exclude the light in the mid-
dle of the day, yet if the air of the ſtove is warm,
the leaves of the plants will continue fully expanded,
as I have ſeveral times obſerved. Nor do theſe plants
continue ſhut till the ſun riſes in the morning, for I
have frequently found their leaves fully expanded by
the break of day in the morning; ſo that it is plain
the light is not the cauſe of their expanſion, nor the
want of it that of their contraction.
I have alſo obſerved, that thoſe plants which are
placed in the greateſt warmth in winter, continue vi-
gorous, and retain their faculty of contracting on
being touched; but thoſe which are in a moderate
warmth, have little or no motion.
When
any of the upper leaves of theſe plants are
touched, if they fall down and touch thoſe which are
below them, it will occaſion their contracting and
falling, ſo that by one touching another, they will
continue falling for ſome time. When the air of the
ſtove in which theſe plants ſtand, is in a proper tem-
perature of warmth, the plants will recover themſelves,
and their leaves will be fully expanded in about eight
a
ز
or

M I M
M I M
a
upon them.
or ten minutes. I have frequently watched them as
they have been recovering, and have always found it
has been by a vibratory motion, like the index of a
clock.
Some of the forts are ſo ſuſceptible of the touch, that
the ſmalleſt drop of water falling on their leaves will
cauſe them to contract, but others do not move with-
out a much greater preſſure.
VE
The roots of all the forts have a very ſtrong diſa-
greeable odour, almoſt like that of a common lewer.
I have met with ſome accounts of theſe plants, in
which it is mentioned, that the leaves and branches
have a poiſonous quality, and that the Indians extract
a poiſon from them, which kills by flow degrees, and
that the root of the plant is the only remedy to expel
it ; but how far this is true I cannot ſay, having never
made any experiments on the qualities of theſe plants;
but if theſe plants are endowed with fo deadly a qua-
lity as related, this ſenſibility with which they are en-
dued, may be deſigned by providence to caution per-
ſons from being too free with it ; and as many of them
are ſtrongly armed with thorns, ſo that is a guard
againſt their being eaten by animals; for in all the
enquiries which I have made of thoſe perſons who
have reſided in the countries where they naturally
grow, I could never learn that any animal will browie
Theſe plants are all of them natives of America, ſo
were unknown to the other parts of the world till that
was diſcovered, for I have not heard of any of them
being found in any other country: and a few years
ago I ſent ſome of the ſeeds of theſe plants to China,
which ſucceeded, and occafioned great admiration in
all who ſaw the plants.
The Acacias are ſo nearly allied to the Mimoſas in
their characters, that Linnæus has joined them in
the fame genus ; and as his fyítem is now generally
followed, ſo in compliance with that I have done the
fame.
The tenth fort of Acacia is the tree from whence
the true Succus Acacia is taken, and the Gum Ara-
bic exſudes from the branches of the fame; which,
though mentioned as a native of Egypt, yet it is alſo
found in divers parts of America, from whence the
feed of this tree have been ſent into England, and
there raiſed in ſeveral gardens near London.
This tree arrives to a large ſize in the countries where
it grows, but in England is rarely ſeen more than eight
or ten feet high. It frequently flowers in autumn,
but never produces any feeds.
The eleventh fort is the moſt common kindin Jamaica
and Barbadoes, and the other warm parts of America ;
and, for the ſweetneſs of its flowers, has been diſ-
perſed through moſt parts of Europe ; and though a
native of the warmer parts of the Indies, it hath been
made familiar to the Italian gardens, and is cultivated
likewiſe in great plenty in Portugal and Spain.
The Italian gardeners, who bring over Orange-trees,
&c. every year, generally bring alſo many young
plants of this fort to England, under the title of Ga
zia; but as they are too tender to live in a common
green-houſe in England, fo few of thoſe which are
purchaſed of them ſucceed.
I have had ſome plants of this ſort upwards of fix-
teen feet high, which have produced great numbers
of flowers in July and Auguſt, but theſe were kept
in a ſtove in winter, and in glaſs-cafes in ſummer, to
ſcreen them from wet and the cold, for they will not
flower in the open air in this country. The flowers
are of a bright yellow colour, and ſmell ſweet; in the
Weſt-Indies it is called Sponge-tree.
The twelfth fort is at preſent very rare in England,
and only to be found in ſome curious gardens. This
tree produces its fpines by pairs, which are extreme
large and crooked, and of a whitiſh colour; but I do
not remember ever to have ſeen this flower.
In England, from the dried ſamples, however, which
I have received from Campeachy, with many flowers
upon them, there appears but little beauty in them ;
nor do the trees in their native foil make a better ap-
pearance, their branches always growing deformed,
and being but thinly garniſhed with leaves, when in
their greateſt vigour ; but for ſeveral months they are
deftitute of leaves, ſo that the only thing remarkable
in this tree is, the uncommon wreathed ſpines with
which the trunk and branches are fully beſet
. Theſe
have the refemblance of animal horns, and are vari.
ouſly twiſted and contorted.
The twenty-third fort was brought from the Bahama
Iſlands by Mr. Cateby, anno 1726. The feeds of this
plant (which are flat, and one half of a beautiful red
colour, the other half of a deep black) grow in long
twiſted pods, opening when the ſeeds are ripe, on one
fide, and letting them out, which hanging by a ſmall
thread for ſome time out of the pods, make a very
agreeable appearance, the leaves of this tree branch
out and divide into many ramifications: the lobes are
roundiſh, and placed in a very regular order. The
flowers have not as yet appeared in England, but
from a painting done from the plant in the country,
they ſeem to be very beautiful.
The thirteenth fort was brought from Jamaica, and
is growing in the phyſic-garden at Chelſea ; this hath
four large lobes to each leaf; the ſpines are ſhort, ſtiff,
and crooked, and the feeds grow in twiſted pods like
the former. This
plant is well deſcribed in Sir Hans
Sloane’s Natural Hiſtory of Jamaica. By the inha-
bitants of America it is called Doctor Long, under
which name the ſeeds are frequently brought to
England.
Moſt of the other forts here mentioned, were col-
lected by the late ingenious Dr. William Houſtoun,
in Jamaica, at Vera Cruz and Campeachy, who ſent
the feeds of moit of them into Europe, many of
which are now growing in the phyſic-garden at Chel-
ſea, where ſome of them have produced flowers and
plenty of ſeeds.
Theſe being all tender, are to be placed in ſtoves in
the winter, and in ſummer muſt be but a ſhort time
expoſed to the open air, and have a warm ſituation.
They are propagated by fowing their feeds on a hot-
bed in the ſpring of the year, which will in a ſhort
time appear above ground, and in about five or
fix weeks after, be fit to tranſplant, when a freſh
hot-bed is to be prepared for them, and ſhould be
pretty warm; the next thing to be provided is a quan-
tity of ſmall halfpenny pots, which are to be filled
with freſh, light, ſandy earth; theſe ſhould be plunged
into the hot-bed, but not into dung; for if theſe beds
are made with warm horſe dung, they ought to be
covered with earth as deep as the pots, whoſe bottoms
,
ſhould reft upon the dung, for otherwiſe the roots of
the plants may ſuffer by too much heat; but beds of
tanners bark ſeldom heat ſo violently. As ſoon as
the earth in the pots is warm, which will be in two or
three days, you ſhould carefully take up the young
plants out of the firſt hot-bed, planting four or five
plants into each of theſe pots, giving them a gentle
watering to ſettle the earth to their roots, and ſcreen-
ing them with mats over the glaſſes from the heat of
the fun, until they have taken root; after which time
you muſt give them air, by raiſing the glaſſes in pro-
portion to the heat of the weather, or to the conftitu.
tion of the plants.
The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth, forts are very
tender, eſpecially while young, therefore ſhould have
a hot-bed of tanners bark; and as they increaſe in
bulk, ſhould be ſhifted into bigger pots. The earth
for theſe ſhould be a little lighter, and more inclined
to a fand, than for the other forts ; but never plant
them in pots that are too large, which is full as bad
to theſe as to Orange-trees; neither give them too
much water, eſpecially in winter. The tenth fort
being the hardieſt of the three, will, when grown to
be woody, ftand in a common ftove, which ſhould
be kept to the point of temperate heat in winter; and
in the ſummer time, in warm weather, may enjoy
the open free air: but the eleventh and twelfth forts
muſt have a bark-ſtove in winter; nor ſhould they
be expoſed to the open air in ſummer, at leaſt for four
a
a
Or

M I M
M I M
3
or five years, until they are grown very woody, for | MIMULUS (Ringens) erectus, foliis oblongis linearibus
they are very tender, and with great difficulty pre- feffilibus. Hort. Upfal. 176. tab. 2. Upright Mimulus
ſerved in this climate. The ſtove in which theſe with oblong linear leaves ſitting cloſe to the Stalk. Di-
ſhould be placed in winter, muſt be kept above the gitalis perfoliata glabra, flore violaceo minore. Mor.
temperate point, as marked in the botanical thermo- Hift. 2. p. 479. Smooth perfoliated Foxglove, with a ſmall
meters. Theſe ſhould have very little water in win-
Violet flower.
ter, but in fummer time will require frequent re- This plant grows naturally in North America in moiſt
freſhings, though at that ſeaſon it ſhould not be given ground. It has a perennial root and an annual ftalk,
them in great quantities at one time. The eleventh which decays in the autumn ; the talk is ſquare, and
ſort is a very beautiful tree. The twelfth ſheds its riſes a foot and a half high, garniſhed at each joint
leaves juſt before the new ones come on, ſo that it is with two oblong ſmooth leaves, which are broadeſt
naked of leaves about a month or fix weeks in the at their baſe, where they almoſt join round the ſtalk,
ſpring of the year, which has occafioned ſome people but end in acute points. The lower part of the
to throw them away as dead, when, if they had let ſtalk ſends out two or three ſhort branches, and the
them remain, they would have come out freſh again. upper part is adorned with two flowers at each joint,
This I thought proper to mention, in order to cau- coming from the bofom of the leaves on each ſide the
tion people not to be too haſty in throwing out trees ftalk; theſe have an oblong curved empalement with
for dead, but preſerve them through the ſucceeding five angles, indented at the top into five parts, out of
ſummer, to ſee if they will ſhoot again ; for I have which ariſes the flower, with a long curved tube,
known ſeveral plants, which, after having been given ſpreading open at the top into two lips, the upper
over by unſkilful perſons for dead, have the July fol- lip ſtanding erect, which is ſlightly cut into two parts
lowing ſhot out vigorouſly again; and others, which at the top; the under lip turns downward, and is cut
have died to the ſurface of the earth, have riſen again into three flight ſegments. The flowers are of a Vi-
from the root.
olet colour, but have no fcent. Theſe appear in Ju-
The three ſorts of horned Acacias are very often def- ly, and are ſucceeded by oblong capſules with two
titute of leaves for two or three months, appearing cells, filled with ſmall feeds, which in warm ſeaſons
to have no life; but they will put out freſh leaves to- ripen in the autumn.
wards autumn, which is commonly the ſeaſon when This plant is very hardy in reſpect to cold, but ſhould
they are moſt vigorous. Theſe ſhould be expoſed in have a loamy ſoft foil, rather moiſt than dry, and
the ſummer ſeaſon for about two months, to clear not too much expoſed to the ſun. It may be propa-
them from inſects, which greatly infeft them, in a place gated by parting of the roots in the autumn, but the
defended from ſtrong winds; and in the winter they flips ſhould not be divided too ſmall; it may alſo be
require a moderate degree of warmth.
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in au-
All the other forts here mentioned are propagated by tumn, ſoon after they are ripe, for thoſe which are
feeds, which, feldom ripening in this country, muſt be fown in the ſpring ſeldom grow the ſame year: theſe
procured from America, partticularly at Campeachy, may be fown on a border expoſed to the morning
where there is great variety of this tree, many forts fun, and the plants may be afterward planted in the
of which have been hitherto unknown to botanical flower-garden.
writers. In bringing over the feeds of theſe trees, MINT. See MENTHA.
they ſhould be taken out of the pods when gathered, MIRABILIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 215. Jalapa.
and put up in papers, and ought to have Tobacco, or Tourn. Inft. R. H. 129. tab. 50. Marvel of Peru, or
fome other noxious herb, put between the papers, to Four o'Clock Flower.
keep off inſects, otherwiſe the ſeeds will be eaten and The CHARACTERS are,
deſtroyed before they arrive in England. For the in- The enpalement of the flower has five, oval, Spear-ſhaped,
ſects depoſit their eggs in ſmall punctures which they Small leaves, and is erect, ſwelling, and permanent. The
make in the pods; and as theſe are ſoon hatched, ſo flower has one funnel-Shaped petal, with a fender tube
they immediately attack the feeds for food, and eat fitting upon the nectarium, which ſpreads open above, and
holes through them, by which they are ſpoiled from is cut into five obtufe ſegments. It hath five ſender ſta-
growing. This has often happened to feeds which mina, which adhere to the petal, which are unequal and
have been fent me from America.
inclined, terminated by roundiſh Summits, wiih a roundiſha
There are ſeveral of theſe Acacias, which are very germen within the nectarium, Supporting a fender Style,
tender while they are young; but, after two or three crowned by a globular ſtigma. The germen efterward be-
years growth, become hardy enough to bear the open comes an oval five-cornered nut, incloſing one ſeed.
air in ſummer, though ſcarce any of them will live This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
through the winter in a green-houſe, unleſs they have Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
ſome warmth in very cold weather.
whoſe fiowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Acacia Germanorum. See PRUNUS SYLVESTRIS.
The SPECIES are,
Acacia Virginiana. See ROBINIA.
1. MIRABILIS (Falapa) floribus congeſtis terminalibus
Acacia, the Three-thorned. See GLEDITSIA.
erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 252. Marvel of Peru, with
MIMULUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 761. Cynorrhyn- bunches of flowers erect, terminating the ſtalk. Admi-
chium. Mitch. 3.
rabilis Peruviana. Cluf. Hift. 2. p. 87.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. MIRABILIS (Dichotoma) floribus feffilibus axillaribus
The flower bath an oblong, priſmatical, permanent em- erectis folitariis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 267. Marvel of
palement of one leaf; it is of the lip or ringent kind, hav- Peru, with an ereEi ſingle flower ſitting cloſe to the wing's
ing one petel, whoſe tube is the length of the empalement, of the branches. Jalapa officinarum. Mart. Cent. 1. f.
and the brim is divided into two lips. The upper lip is erect, 1. The then ſuppoſed Jalap of the shops.
divided at the top into two parts, which are reflexed on 3. MIRABILIS (Longiflora) floribus congeſtis terminali-
their ſide; the lower lip is broad and trifid, the middle bus longiſſimis nutantibus, foliis fubvilloſis. Act.
Segment is the leaft; the palate is convex and bifid. It Holmenf. 1756. p. 176. Long-flowered Marvel of Pe-
has four ſender ſtamina, two longer than the other, ter- ru, whoſe flowers are in bunches, terminating the talks
mincted by bifid kidney-ſhaped Summits, and a conical ger- and nodding, with hairy leaves. Mirabilis Mexicana.
men ſupporting a fender ſtyle, crowned by an oval, bifid, Hern. Mex. 170. f. 2.
compreſſed figma. The germen afterward turns to an The firſt fort is the Marvel of Peru, which has been
ovel capſule with two cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds. many years cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for or-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection nament; of this there are ſeveral varieties, which dif-
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe fer in the colour of their flowers; two of theſe retain
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſta- their difference, one of them has purple and white
mina, and their feeds are included in the capſule. flowers, which are variable, ſome of them are plain
We know but one Species of this genus at preſent purple, others are plain white, but moſt of them are
in England, viz.
variegated with the two colours; and all theſe varie-
I
ties

MIS
MIT
a
ties are frequently upon the fame plant, and at others from thoſe plants whoſe flowers are plain, and thoſe
on different plants; the other has red and yellow who are defirous of having only the variegated kinds,
flowers, which are generally mixed in the ſame How- are careful to pull off all the plain flowers from thoſe
ers, but are often with plain flowers of both colours plants which they intend for feeds, to prevent them
on the ſame plant, intermixed with thoſe which are from bearing any feeds; by this method they rarely
variegated; but ſome plants have only plain flowers ; have any plants with plain flowers.
and I have never found that the ſeeds of the purple The feeds ſhould be fown on a imoderate hot-bed in
and white fort, ever produced the yellow and red, nor March, and when the plants come up, they ſhould
the latter ever vary to the former, and I have con- have plenty of air admitted to them, when the wea-
ftantly cultivated both more than forty years; but al- ther is mild, to prevent their being drawn up weak;
though theſe do not change from one to the other, and when they are about two inches high, they ſhould
yet as there is no other difference between them than be tranſplanted on another very moderate hot-bed ;
in the colour of their flowers, I have not enumerated or if they are each planted in a ſmall pot filled with
them as diſtinct ſpecies.
light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it
The ſecond fort is very common in all the iſlands of will be a more ſecure way, for then there will be no
the Weſt-Indies, where the inhabitants call it the danger in ſhaking them out of the pots, when they
Four o'Clock Flower, from the flowers opening at are to be planted in the borders, ſo as to preſerve
that time of the day. Of this ſort I have never ſeen all the earth to their roots; by this method, they will
any with variable flowers; they are of a purpliſh red not require to be ſhaded, whereas thoſe that are to
colour, and not much more than half the ſize of the be tranſplanted from the ſecond hot-bed to the bor-
other. The ſtalks of this fort have thick ſwollen ders, often riſe with little earth to their roots, ſo
joints ; the leaves are ſmaller, and the fruit is
very muſt be carefully ſhaded, otherwiſe they often miſ-
rough, ſo there can be no doubt of their being diſ- carry.
tinct ſpecies, for I have never ſeen any alteration in When they are in the ſecond hot-bed, they ſhould be
this from ſeed, and I have cultivated it many years.
ſhaded till they have taken freih root, after which they
Tournefort was informed by Father Plumier, that muſt have plenty of free air admitted to them to pre-
the root of this plant was the officinal Jalap, upon vent their being drawn up weak, and in May they muſt
which he conſtituted the genus, and gave that title to be gradually inured to the open air. The beginning of
it; but the late Dr. Houſtoun was fully informed in June, if the ſeaſon is favourable, they ſhould be tranf-
the Spaniſh Weft-Indies of the contrary, and brought planted into the borders of the pleaſure-garden, giv-
over a drawing of the plant which was made by a ing them proper room, and after they have taken
Spaniard at Halapa, and he carried two or three of new root, they will require no further care. If there
the plants to Jamaica, where he planted them in a ſeeds are fown in a warm border the beginning of
garden, but after he left the iſland they were de- April, they will grow very well, but the plants will
ſtroyed by hogs : however, he was fully ſatisfied of be late in the ſeaſon before they flower.
its being a Convolvulus, which Mr. Ray had many
As the feeds of theſe plants ripen very well every
years before given the Jalap the title of, but upon year, ſo there are not many who are at the trouble of
what authority it does not at preſent appear. Some preſerving their roots; but if theſe are taken out of
few years after I received three feeds of the Jalap from the ground in autumn, and laid in dry ſand all the
the Spaniſh Weft-Indies, one of which grew, and winter, ſecured from froſt, and planted again in the
became a large plant, having a bulbous root, as large ſpring, they will grow much larger, and flower earlier
as thoſe of the Jalap which are imported, but the plant than the feedling plants: or if the roots are covered
produced no flowers in the three years it lived; and in winter with tanners bark to keep out the froit,
in the winter 1739-40 it died, ſince when I have not they may remain in the borders, provided the foil be
been able to procure any feeds; however, I am fully dry. If the roots which are taken out of the ground,
ſatisfied that the Jalap is a ſpecies of Convolvulus : are planted the following ſpring in large pots, and
indeed the roots of the Marvel of Peru are purgative, plunged into a hot-bed, under a deep frame, they
and when given in a double quantity for a doſe, will may be brought forward, and raiſed to the height of
anſwer the purpoſe of Jalap.
four or five feet, as I have frequently practiſed; and
The third fort was ſent from Mexico 'a few years theſe plants have come earlier in the ſeaſon to flower,
ſince. The ſeeds of this were firſt fent me from Paris, ſo have been intermixed with other ornamental plants,
by Dr. Monier, of the Royal Academy of Sciences, to decorate halls and ſhady courts, where they have
and afterward I had ſome ſent me from Madrid, by appeared very beautiful.
Dr. Hortega. The ftalks of this ſort fall on the The other two ſpecies require the ſame treatment, but
ground, if they are not ſupported; theſe grow about the ſecond ſort is not quite ſo hardy as the other two,
three feet long, and divide into ſeveral branches, which ſo unleſs the plants are brought forward in the ſpring,
are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, placed oppo- they will not flower till very late, ſo their feeds will
ſite; theſe, as alſo the ſtalks, are hairy and viſcous, not ripen.
ſticking to the fingers of thoſe that handle them. The MISLETOE. See Viscum.
Howers come out at the end of the branches; they are MITELLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 241. tab. 126.
white, and have very long ſlender tubes, and a faint Lin. Gen. Plant. 496. [fo called of Mitella, Lat. a
muſky odour; theſe are like the other forts, cloſely little mitre, becauſe the feed-veſſel of this plant re-
ſhut all the day, but expand every evening when the ſembles a biſhop's mitre.] Baſtard American Sanicle.
fun declines. The feeds of this fort are larger than
The CHARACTERS are,
thoſe of any other ſpecies, and are as rough as thoſe The flower has a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, cut
of the ſecond fort.
into five points, which is permanent. It bath five petals,
The two varieties of the firſt fort are very ornamen- ending in many hairy points, and are inſerted in the em-
tal plants in gardens, during the months of July, Au- palement, as are alſo the ten owl-ſhaped ſtamina, which
guſt, and September ; and if the ſeaſon continues are ſhorter than the petals, and terminated by roundiſha
mild, they often laſt till near the end of October. The ſummits. It hath aroundiſh germen, which is bifid, with
flowers do not open till toward the evening, while Scarce any ſtyle, crowned by two obtufe ftigmas. The em-
the weather continues warm, but in moderate cool palement afterward becomes en oval capſule with one cell,
weather, when the ſun is obſcured, they continue open opening with two valves, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
almoſt the whole day. The flowers are ſo plentifully This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond ſection
produced at the ends of the branches, as that when of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
they are open, the plants ſeem entirely covered with whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles or
thein, and there being ſome plain, and others varie- ſtigmas.
gated on the ſame plants, they make a fine appearance.
The SPECIES are,
The plants are propagated by feeds, in the choice 1. MITELLA (Diphylla) fcapo diphyllo. Lin. Gen. Nov.
of which there ſhould be care taken not to ſave any 29. Mitella with flower-fi alks having two leaves. Mi-
9 с
tella
3
a

MOL
MOL
loamy foil.
tella Americana, forum petalis fimbriatis. Tourn. MOLUCCELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 643. Molucca.
Inft. 242. American Mitella with fringed petals to the Tourn. Inft. R. H. 187. tab. 88. [This plant takes
flowers.
its name from the Molucca Ilands, becauſe it was
2. MITELLA (Nuda) fcapo nudo. Amen. Acad. 2. found there.] Molucca Balm.
p. 252. Mitella with a naked ſtalk.
2. The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt ſort grows naturally in the woods, in moſt 1 The flower hath a large permanent empolement of one
parts of North America. It has a perennial root, leof, which is deeply indented at the brim, where it ſpreads
from which come out many heart-ſhaped angular open. The flower is of the lip kind, with a short tube
leaves, ſome of which are obtuſe, and others end in and chaps. The upper lip is erect, concave, and entire.
acute points ; they are indented on their edges, and The under lip is trifid, ihe middle ſegment being longer
of a lucid green, a little hairy, and ſtand upon pretty than the other. It has four ſtamina ſituated under the
long foot-ſtalks. The flower-ſtalks ariſe immediately upper lip, two of which are shorter than the other, crown-
from the root, having two or three angular leaves to- ed by ſingle ſummits, and a germen with four parts, fup-
ward the bottom, and about the middle of the ſtalk
porting a ſtyle ſituated with the ſtamina, crowned by a
come out two ſmall leaves with acute angles, placed bifid figme. The germen afterward turns to four angular
oppoſite. The ſtalks riſe eight or nine inches high, convex ſeeds, fitting in ihe empalement.
and are terminated by a looſe ſpike of ſmall whitiſh This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
flowers, whoſe petals are fringed on their edges; Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
theſe appear the beginning of June, and are fuc- whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſtamina,
ceeded by roundiſh capſules filled with ſmall feeds. and are ſucceeded by naked ſeeds in the empalement.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the northern parts
The SPECIES are,
of Afia; this is of a humbler growth than the firſt, 1. MOLUCCELLA (Levis) calycibus campaniformibus
ſeldom riſing more than five or fix inches high. The fubquinquedentatis, denticulis æqualibus. Lin. Sp.
leaves are not ſo angular as thoſe of the firſt fort, and 821. Molucca Balm with bell-shaped empalements, in-
the flower-ſtalks are always naked, having no leaves. dented in five equal parts. Molucca lævis. Dod. Pempt.
The ſpikes of flowers are ſhorter, and more compact. 92. Smooth Molucca Bolm.
Both theſe are propagated by parting of their roots ; 2. MOLUCCELLA (Spinoſa) calycibus ringentibus octo-
the beſt time for this is in autumn: they ſhould be dentatis. Lin. Sp. 821. Molucca Balm whoſe empale-
planted in a fhady ſituation, and they love a ſoft ments are ringent, indented in eight parts. Molucca fpi-
noſa. Dod. Pempt. 92. Prickly Molucca Balm.
MITELLA MAXIMA. See BIXA.
The firſt fort riſes with a ſquare ftalk three feet high,
MOLDAVICA. See DRACOCEPHALUM.
ſpreading out into many branches, which are ſmooth,
MOLLE. See SCHINUS.
and come out by pairs, garniſhed with roundih
MOLLUGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 99.
leaves, which are deeply notched on their edges,
The CHARACTERS are,
ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks placed oppoſite; they
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five oblong are ſmooth, of a light green on both ſides, and at
Small leaves, which are coloured on their inſide, and is the baſe of their foot-ſtalks the flowers come out in
permanent. The flower has five oval petals, which are whorls; theſe have
theſe have very large ſpreading empalements,
ſhorter than the empalement, and three briftly ſtamina, which are indented in five parts, and immediately un-
which ſtand near the ſtyle, and are terminated by ſingle der them come out two bunches of pretty long ſpines,
fummits, with an oval germen having thrée furrows,
,
one on each ſide the ſtalk, each bunch conſiſting of
Supporting three very ſhort styles, crowned by obtuſe ſtig- five or fix ſpines ariſing from the fame point. The
mas. The germen afterward becomes an oval capſule with flowers are ſmall, and being ſituated at the bottom
three cells, filled with ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
of the large empalements, are not viſible at a diſtance;
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of they are white, with a caſt of purple, and ſhaped like
Linnæus's third claſs, which includes thoſe plants thoſe of the other lip flowers, having the upper lip
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and three flyles, entire, and hollowed like a ſpoon, and the under lip
The SPECIES are,
is cut into three ſegments, the middle one being the
1. MOLLUGO (Verticillata) foliis verticillatis cuneifor-| longeſt. After the flower is paft, the germen turn to
mibus acutis, caule ſubdiviſo decumbente, pedun- four club-ſhaped angular feeds incloſed in the empa-
culis unifloris. Hort. Upſal. 24. Mollugo with acute lement. It flowers in July, but unleſs the ſeaſon
wedge-ſhaped leaves, growing in whorls
, a trailing di- proves warm and dry, the feeds do not ripen in Eng-
vided ſtolk, and foot-ſtalks bearing a ſingle flower. A1- land. The ſmell of this plant is to ſome perſons very
fine procumbens, galii facie Africana. Hort. Lugd. diſagreeable, and to others very pleaſant .
Trailing African Chickweed, with the appearance of La- The ſecond fort hath ſquare ſmooth ftalks, of a
dies Bedfiraw.
purpliſh colour, which riſe four fcet high, and
2. MOLLUGO (Quadrifolia) foliis quaternis obovatis, pa- branch out in the ſame manner. The leaves
niculâ dichotomâ. Hort
. Cliff. 28. Moluggo with four are ſmaller, and ſtand upon ſhorter foot-ſtalks ;
leaves at each joint, which are almoſt oval, and a panicle they are deeper, and more acutely indented on their
ariſing ei the diviſion of the branches. Herniaria alfines edges. The empalements of the flowers are not fo
folio. Tourn. Inft. 507. Rupturewort with a Mouſe large, and are cut into eight ſegments, each being
Ear leaf.
terminated by an acute ſpine. The flowers are like
There are two or three ſpecies of this genus, which thoſe of the former ſpecies, as are alſo the feeds; this
are rarely admitted into gardens, fo I have not enu- is not ſo hardy as the firſt fort.
merated them here.
The firſt grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Syria,
Both theſe forts are annual; the firſt is a native of and the ſecond is a native o the Molucca Iſlands,
warm countries, fo is leſs hardy than the ſecond; they from whence this genus received its title. They are
are both trailing plants, whoſe ſtalks lie flat on the both annual plants, which decay ſoon after their feeds
ground; the firſt ſpreads out eight or nine inches are ripe, and being natives of warm countries, they
every way, and at each joint is garniſhed with fix or ſeldom perfect their feeds in England, when they are
feven ſmall leaves ſpread out in form of a ſtar. The ſown in the ſpring; therefore the beſt way is to raiſe
flowers are ſmall, like thoſe of Chickweed, one ſtand- the plants in autumn, and plant them in ſmall pots ;
ing upon each foot-ſtalk ; theſe are ſucceeded by oval theſe ſhould be placed under a hot-bed frame in win-
capſules filled with ſmall ſeeds, which, if permitted to ter, where they may have free air in mild weather, by
,
ſcatter, the plants will come up the following ſpring taking off the glaſſes, but covered in froſty weather,
without any care ; but when the feeds happen to fall obſerving to keep them pretty dry, otherwiſe they are
upon earth which is thrown upon a hot-bed, the very ſubject to rot, when they are cloſely covered in
plants will be forwarder and ſtronger than thoſe in froſty weather. In the ſpring the plants may be
the open air. This is preſerved in fome gardens for turned out of the pots, with all the earth about
the ſake of variety, but has no great beauty,
their roots, and planted in a warm border, defended
from
و
a

Μ Ο ΜΕ
M OM
a
و
3
a
from ſtrong winds, giving them a little water to ſet- low, when ripe, and cafts out its feeds with an elaſ:
tle the earth to their roots; after this they will re- ticity.
quire no other care but to keep them clean from The fruit of the third fort is ſhort and pointed like
weeds, and to ſupport them with ſtakes, to prevent that of the firſt, but does not ſwell fo large in the
their being broken by the winds. The plants thus middle. The angles of this are not deep, and the
preſerved through the winter, will fiower the latter whole ſurface is cloſely ſet with ſharp tubercles; this
end of June, fo from theſe good feeds may be ex- changes to a deep Orange colour when ripe, and cafts
pected.
out its feeds in the like manner.
MOLY. See ALLIUM.
The fourth fort is commonly called Wild or Spurting
MOMORDIC A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 103. tab. 29, Cucumber, from its cafting out its feeds, together
30. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1090. Male Balfam Apple; in with the viſcid juice in which the feeds are lodged,
French, Pomme de Marveille.
with a violent force, if touched when ripe ; and from
The CHARACTERS are,
hence it has ſometimes the appellation of Noli me
It both male and female flowers upon the ſame plant. tangere, or touch me not. This plant grows natu-
This
The male flowers have a ſpreading empalement of one leaf. rally in fome of the warm parts of Europe, but in
The flower hath one petal, which adheres to the em- England it is cultivated in gardens for the fruit,
palement. It has three mort awl-shaped ſtamina; in two which is uſed in medicine, or rather the fæcula of
of the ſtamina the ſummits are bifid, and eared on both the juice of the fruit, which is the Elaterium of the
fides; the third has a ſingle eared Summit; theſe are com- ſhops.uolto
preſſed in a body. The female flowers have the ſame em- This plant hath a large fieſhy root ſomewhat like that
palement and petal as the male, but fit upon the germen ; of Briony, from which come forth every ſpring ſe-
theſe have three ſhort filaments without ſummits. The veral thick, rough, trailing ſtalks, which divide into
germen ſupports one taper trifid ſtyle, crowned by three ob- many branches, and extend every way two or three
long gibbous ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to an feet; theſe are garniſhed with thick, rough, almoſt
oblong fruit, opening with an elaſticity, having three mem- heart-ſhaped leaves, of a gray colour, ſtanding upon
branaceous cells, filled with compreſſed ſeeds.
long foot-ſtalks. The fiowers come out from the
This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection of wings of the ſtalk, theſe are male and female, grow-
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which contains the ing at different places on the ſame plant, like thoſe
plants with male and female flowers on the ſame of the common Cucumber, but they are much leſs,
plant, whoſe ſtamina coaleſce together.
of a pale yellow colour, with a greeniſh bottom :
The SPECIES are,
the male flowers ſtand on ſhort thick foot-ſtalks, but
1. MOMORDICA (Balſamina) pomis angulatis tubercula- the female flowers fit upon the young fruit, which,
tis, foliis glabris patenti-palmatis. Hort. Cliff. 451. after the flower is faded, grows to be an inch and a
Male Balſam Apple with angular waried fruit, and ſmooth half long, and ſwelling like a Cucumber, of a gray
open-handed leaves. Momordica vulgaris. Tourn. Inft. colour like the leaves, and covered over with ſhort
R. H. 103. Common male Balſam Apple.
prickles. Theſe do not change their colour when
2. MOMORDICA (Charantia) pomis angulatis tubercula- ripe, like moſt of the other fruit of this claſs; but
tis, foliis villoſis, longitudinaliter palmatis. Hort. if attempted to be gathered, they quit the foot-
Cliff. 451. Male Balſam Apple with angular warted ſtalk, and caſt out the feeds and juice with great vi-
fruit, and hairy leaves, which are longitudinally hand-
olence; ſo that where any plants are growing, and
Shaped. Momordica Zeylanica; pampineâ fronde, the fruit permitted to ſtand till it is ripe, the feeds
fructu longiori. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 103. Male Bal- will be ſcattered all round to a great diſtance, and
ſom Apple of Ceylon, with a Vine leaf and a longer there will be plenty of the plants produced the fol-
fruit.
lowing ſpring
3. MOMORDICA (Zeylanica) pomis ovatis acuminatis But when the fruit is deſigned for uſe, it ſhould al-
tuberculatis, foliis glabris palmatis ſerratis. Male ways be gathered before it is ripe, otherwiſe the
Balfam Apple with an oval, acute-pointed, warted fruit, greateft part of the juice will be loſt, which is the
and ſmooth hand-ſhaped leaves, which are ſawed. Mo- only valuable part; for the juice which is expreſſed,
mordica Zeylanica, pampineâ fronde, fructu brevio- with part of the parenchyma of the fruit, is not to
ri. Tourn. Inft. 103. Male Balſam Apple of Ceylon, be compared with the other for its virtues; for the
with a Vine leaf and a ſorter fruit.
Elaterium which is made from clear juice of the
4. MOMORDICA (Elaterium) pomis hiſpidis, cirrhis nul- fruit, is much whiter, and will retain its virtues much
lis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1010. Male Balſam Apple with a longer, than that which is extracted by preſſure.
prickly fruit, and no tendrils to the Vines. Cucumis The three firſt forts are annual; their feeds muſt be
fylveftris aſininus dictus. C. B.P. 314. Wild Cucum- fown on a hot-bed the beginning of March, and
ber, called Ajes Cucumber, and the Elaterium of Boer- when the plants come up, they ſhould be tranſplant-
baave.
ed out into a freſh hot-bed, after the manner of Cu-
The firſt fort grows naturally in Aſia, the ſecond and cumbers or Melons, putting two plants of the fame
third in the iſland of Ceylon; they are annual plants, kind under each light, and the plants watered and
which periſh foon after they have ripened their fruit ; ſhaded until they have taken root; after which they
theſe have trailing ſtalks like thoſe of the Cucumber muſt be treated as Cucumbers, permitting their
and Melon, which extend three or four feet in length, branches to extend upon the ground in the ſame man-
ſending out many fide branches which have tendrils, ner, and obſerve to keep them clear from weeds.
by which they faſten themſelves to any neighbouring With this management (provided you do not let them
plants, to ſecure themſelves from being toſſed and have too much wet, or expoſe them too much to the
blown about by the winds, and are garniſhed with open air) they will produce their fruit in July, and
leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the Vine. The leaves of their feeds will ripen in Auguſt and September, when
the firſt and third forts are ſmooth, and deeply cut you muſt obſerve to gather it as ſoon as you ſee the
into ſeveral fegments, and ſpread open like a hand; fruit open, otherwiſe it will be caſt abroad, and with
but thoſe of the ſecond fort are extended more in difficulty gathered up again.
length, and are hairy. The fruit of the firſt ſpecies Theſe plants are preſerved in curious gardens for the
is oval, ending in acute points, having ſeveral deep oddneſs of their fruit; but as they take up a great
angles, which have ſharp tubercles placed on their deal of room in the hot-beds, requiring frequent at-
edges; it changes to a red or purpliſh colour when tendance, and being of little beauty or uſe, ſo they
ripe, opening with an elaſticity, and throwing out are not much cultivated in England, except in bota-
its feeds.
nic gardens for variety.
The fruit of the ſecond fort is much longer than There are foune perſons who put theſe plants in pots,
that of the firſt, and not ſo deeply channelled. The and faften them up to ftakes, to ſupport the Vines
tubercles are ſcattered all over the ſurface, and are from trailing on the ground, and place the pots in
not ſharp like thoſe of the other; this fruit is yel- ſtoves; where, when they are ſkilfully managed, they
a
with

MON
Μ Ο Ν
tumn.
a
a
will produce their fruit tolerably well, and in this garniſhed with oblong leaves, broad at their baſe, but
way they make a better appearance, than when the terminate in acute points; they are hairy, a little in-
Vines ſpread on the ground like Cucumbers and Me- dented on their edges, ſtanding on ſhort hairy foot-
lons. But when the plants ſpread on the ground, ſtalks, and are placed oppoſite. The ſtalk and
which is their natural way of growing, they thrive branches are terminated by heads of purple flowers,
much better, and produce more fruit, than when they which have a long involucrum, compoſed of five
are ſupported; for though theſe plants have claſpers, acute-pointed leaves. The flowers have each two
yet theſe are not formed for climbing, but merely to ſtamina which are longer than the petal, with a ſtyle
faften themſelves about any neighbouring fupport, to of the ſame length, crowned by a bifid ftigma. The
ſecure them from being raiſed by the wind and brok- flowers appear in July, and are fucceeded by feeds
en ; which would often happen, where they grow in which ripen in the autumn.
the open air and are fully expoſed, were it not for The ſecond fort grows naturally in North America,
this fecurity
where the inhabitants frequently uſe the leaves for
The fourth fort is eaſily propagated by feeds, which tea, ſo it is commonly called Oſwego Tea, by which
(as was before mentioned) if permitted to ſcatter, title it was brought to England. This hath a peren-
there will be a ſupply of plants come up the following nial root and an annual ſtalk, which decays every au-
ſpring; or if the ſeeds are fown upon a bed of light
The ſtalks of this fort are ſmooth, having
earth, the plants will come up in about a month after, four acute angles; they riſe about two feet high, and
and may be tranſplanted to an open ſpot of ground, are garniſhed with ſmooth, oval, ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
in rows at three or four feet diſtance, and almoſt as which are indented on their edges, and ſtand oppoſite
far afunder in the rows; if theſe are carefully tranſ- on very ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe when bruiſed, emit a
planted while young, there will be little hazard of their very grateful refreſhing odour; the ſtalks ſend out
growing; and after they have taken new root, they toward their top two or four ſmall fide branches,
will require no further care, but to keep them clear which are garniſhed with ſmall leaves of the ſame
from weeds. If the ground is dry in which they are ſhape with the other. The flowers are produced in
planted, the roots will continue three or four years, large heads or whorls at the top of the ſtalk, and
unleſs the winter ihould prove very ſevere, which will there is often a ſmaller whorl of flowers, growing
kill them.
round the ſtalk at a joint below the head; and out of
MONARDA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 34. Leonurus. the head ariſes a naked foot-ſtalk, fuſtaining a ſmall
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 187. tab. 87.
head or whorl of flowers: the flowers are of a bright
The CHARACTERS are,
red colour; they have two lips, the upper lip is
The flower has a tubulous cylindrical empalement of one long, narrow, and entire, the under lip is cut into
leaf, which is channelled, and cut into five equal parts at three parts; they have each two ftamina which are
the brim. The flower hath one petal, and is of the lip longer than the petal, terminated by compreſſed ſum-
kind, having a cylindrical tube longer than the empale- mits, and many of them have two Thorter ſtamina,
ment, divided at the top into two lips. The upper lip is without ſummits. The plant flowers in July, but in a
narrow, entire, and ere&t ; the under lip is broad, trifid, moiſt ſeaſon, or when the plants are in a moiſt foil,
and reflexed; the middle ſegment being long and narrow, they will continue in flower till the middle or latter
thoſe on the ſide are obtuſe. It bath two briſtly ftamina end of September.
the length of the upper lip, in which it is involved, ter- Both theſe forts may be propagated by parting of
minated by compreſſed erext ſummits
. In the bottom of their roots; the firſt does not multiply ſo faſt as the
the tube is ſituated a four-pointed germen, Supporting a fecond, but as that produces plenty of ſeeds, ſo it may
Slender Style involved with the ſtamina, and crowned by an be eaſily propagated that way. If the ſeeds are fown
acute bifid ſtigmo. The germen afterward turns to four in the autumn ſoon after they are ripe, the plants will
noked ſeeds, incloſed in the empalement.
come up the following ſpring; but if they are not
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſown till ſpring, the plants ſeldom riſe till the next
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes the plants year. When the plants are come up and are fit to
whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted into a ſhady bor-
The SPECIES are,
der about nine inches diſtance, and when they have
1. MONARDA (Fiſtulofa) capitulis terminalibus, caule taken new root, they will require no other care but to
obtuſ-angulo. Hort. Upſal. 12. Monarda with beads keep them clean from weeds till the autumn, when
of flowers terminating the ſtalks, which have obtuſe an- they ſhould be tranſplanted into the borders where
gles. Leonurus Canadenſis, origani folio. Tourn. they are to remain. The following ſummer they
Inſt. R. H. 187. Canada Lion's Tail, with an Origa- will fower and produce ripe ſeeds, but the roots
num leaf.
will continue ſeveral years, and may be parted eve-
2. MONARDA (Didyma) floribus capitatis, ſub-didyna- ry other year to increaſe them. This loves a foft
mis, caule acutangulo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 32. Monarda loamy foil, and a ſituation not too much expoſed to
with headed flowers, whoſe ſtamina are almost in two bon the ſun.
dies, and an acute angular ſtalk. Monarda floribus ca- The ſecond fort feldom ripens ſeeds in England, but
pitatis verticillatiſque, caule acutangulo, foliis lance- it increaſes faſt enough by its creeping roots, as alſo
olato-ferratis glabris. Butt. Cun. 226. Monarda with by flips or cuttings, which, if planted in a ſhady bor-
flowers colle Eted in heads and whorls, an acute-angular der in May, will take root in the ſame manner as
ſtalk, and ſmooth, Sawed, Spear-ſhaped leaves, commonly Mint or Balm; but as the roots multiply fo fait, there
called Oſwego Tea.
is ſeldom occaſion to uſe any other method to propa-
3. MONARDA (Punctata) floribus verticillatis, corollis
punctatis. Hort. Upfal. 12. Monarda with flowers This ſort loves a moiſt light foil, and in a ſituation
growing in whorls, whoſe petals are ſpotted. Clinopo- where the plants have only the morning ſun, they will
dium Virginianum, anguſtifolium, floribus amplis continue longer in flower than thoſe which are expoſed
luteis, purpurâ maculâ notatis, cujus caulis fub quo- to the full fun. This is a very ornamental plant in
vis verticillo decem vel duodecim foliolis rubentibus gardens, and the ſcent of the leaves is very refreſhing
eft circumcinćtis. Baniſt. Raii Sup. 300. Narrow- and agreeable to moſt people, and ſome are very fond
leaved Field Bofil of Virginia, with large yellow flowers of the tea made with the young leaves.
Spotted with purple, whoſe ſtalks have ten or twelve red- The third fort grows naturally in North America;
diſh leaves under each whorl of flowers.
this is a biennial plant, and probably in its native
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Canada, and many country may be an annual, for the roots periſh after
other parts of North America. It hath a perennial the plants have perfected their feeds. This hath
root, compoſed of many ſtrong fibres, which ſpread ſquare ftalks which riſe about two feet high, branch-
far on every fide. The ſtalks riſe near three feet high, ing out from the bottom to the top, and are garniſh-
which are hairy, and have obtuſe angles; theſe ſend ed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which come out in cluf-
out two or four ſmall ſide branches toward the top, ters at each joint, where there are two larger leaves
placed
a
gate them.

M OR
MOR
a
a
3
a
placed oppoſite, and ſeveral ſmaller come out on each ers appear in June, and the feeds ripen the end of
fide the ſtalk; the larger leaves are about two inches July
and a half long, and three quarters of an inch broad,
The ſecond fort hath a ſmall bulbous root, a little
and are nightly indented on their edges. Toward compreſſed on the ſides, with a ſmooth dark-coloured
the upper part of their ſtalk the flowers come out in ſkin, from which ariſe three or four awl-ſhaped leaves
large whorls, having to each whorl an involucrum, of a pale green, fome of which are five inches long,
compoſed of ten or twelve ſmall ſpear-shaped leaves, and others are ſeven or eight, and about half an inch
of a purpliſh red colour on their upper fide; the broad, terminating with three angles; the foot-ſtalks
flowers are pretty large, of the fame form with thoſe of the flowers riſe about fix inches high, and general-
of the other forts, of a dirty yellow colour ſpotted ly bend at their lower joint ; theſe are garniſhed with
with purple ; they have each two long ſtamina ſituated a ſmall leaf at each joint, whoſe baſe almoſt furrounds
under the upper lip, which are terminated by bifid the ſtalk, which is terminated by two flowers, en-
compreffed ſummits, and are ſucceeded by four naked compaffed with a withered ſheath; the flowers are of
feeds incloſed in the empalement. It flowers in July, an Orange colour; the petals are pretty broad up-
and if the ſummer proves favourable, the feeds fome- ward, but are connected at their baſe. Theſe appear
times ripen in the autumn.
in June, and the feeds ripen the end of July.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which, if ſown on The plants are propagated either by feeds, or from
a border of light earth expoſed to the eaſt, the plants offsets of the ſecond fort, and by parting or dividing
will riſe very freely; when they are fit to remove, the roots of the firſt; the beſt time for tranſplanting
they may be tranſplanted into a ſhady border, in the of them, and ſeparating the offsets of the ſecond fort,
fame manner as hath been directed for the firſt fort ; and parting the roots of the firſt, is in Auguſt, that
and if they ſhould ſhoot up ſtalks to flower, they they may put out new fibres before winter, and that
ſhould be cut down to ſtrengthen the roots, that they is alſo the right ſeaſon for fowing of the feeds, for
may put out lateral buds, for when they are permitted when they are fown at this time of the year in ſmall
to flower the firſt year, the roots ſeldom live through pots, and plunged into a bed of old tanners bark, un-
the winter, therefore they ſhould be prevented : in the der a common frame in winter, there is little danger
autumn the plants may be removed, and planted in of theſe feeds miſcarrying. The plants will alſo re-
the open borders of the pleaſure-garden, where they quire this ſort of ſhelter in winter, for as they are too
will flower the following ſummer ; and if the ſeaſon tender to thrive in the open air in England, and if
ſhould prove dry, they ſhould be duly watered, other- they are placed in a green-houſe, they are apt to draw
wiſe they will not be near ſo beautiful, nor will the up weak, therefore when they are ſheltered under a
plants produce good feeds.
frame, ſo as to enjoy the free open air in winter when
MONBIN. See SPONDIAS.
the weather is warm, and ſecured from froſt and
MONTIA. See HELIOCARPUS.
hard rains, they will flower and ripen their feeds bet-
MORÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 6o.
ter than with any other management: in ſummer they
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhould be fully expoſed to the open air till October,
The feath of the flower has two valves; the flower is when they ſhould be removed into ſhelter.
compoſed of fix petals, the three upper are ereat and bifid, MORINA. Tourn. Cor. 48. tab. 480. Lin. Gen.
the three under Spread open; it hath three hort ſtamina, Plant. 39. Diototheca. Vaill. Mem. Acad. 1722.
.
terminated by oblong ſummits. The germen is ſituated be- The CHARACTERS are,
low the flower, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a tri- It hath a double empalement ; that under the fruit is tubu-
fid erect ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a three- lous, cylindrical, of one leaf, indented at the brim, and
cornered capſule, having three furrows, with three cells, permanent; that of the flower is tubulous, bifid, of one
containing ſeveral round ſeeds.
leaf, and permanent. The flower hath one petal, with
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of a long tube enlarged upward, ond a little incurved. The
Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Monogynia, top is divided into two lips; the upper lip is ſmall and
the flower having three ſtamina and one ſtyle. fibifid, the under lip is cut into three equal obtuſe ſegments,
The SPECIES are,
the middle one being extended beyond the other. It hath
1. Morða (Vegeta) ſpatha uniflora, foliis gladiolatis. two briſtly ſtamina ſituated near the ſtyle, terminated by
Morea with one flower in each beath, ond ſword-ſhaped beart-ſhaped erext ſummits. The globular germen is ſitu-
teaves. Moræa foliis canaliculatis. Lin. Sp. 59. Mo- ated under the flower, ſupporting a fender ſtyle which is
rea with channelled leaves.
longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a target-Shaped ſtig-
2. MORÆA (Funcea) ſpatha bifora, foliis ſubulatis. Mo- ma; the germen afterward becomes a ſingle seed, crowned
rea with two flowers in each ſheath, and awl-ſhaped leaves. by the empalement of the flower.
Moræa foliis fubulatis. Lin. Sp. 59. Morea with awl- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Shaped leaves.
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants
Theſe plants are both natives of the Cape of Good whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Hope, from whence I received their feeds, which There is but one Species of this genus at preſent
have ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden, where the plants known, which is,
have ſeveral times produced their flowers, which dif- MORINA (Orientalis.) Hort. Cliff. 14. Morina Orientalis,
fering from all the other genera of plants in the ſame carlinæ folio. Tourn. Cor. Eaſtern Morina, with a
claſs, I have taken the liberty of titling it Morea, in Carline Thiſtle leaf.
honour of Robert More, Eſq; of Shrewſbury, who This plant was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort, in his
is well ſkilled in the ſcience of botany, and alſo in travels in the Levant, who gave it this name in honour
other parts of natural hiſtory.
of Dr. Morin, a phyſician at Paris.
The firſt fort has fibrous roots like thoſe of the Flag- It grows naturally near Erzeron in Perſia, and was in
leaved Iris, from whence ariſes many ſmall ſword- the Engliſh gardens before the ſevere winter in 1740, ,
ſhaped leaves, five or fix inches long, and half an which killed all the plants that were here, alſo thoſe in the
inch broad in the middle, diminiſhing toward both garden at Paris; ſo the only plant remaining was in the
ends, of a deep green colour, lying over each other garden of Monſieurdu Hamel. The root of this plant is
at their baſe, in the ſame manner as the Iris; the taper and thick, running deep into the ground, fend-
flower-ſtalk ariſes between the leaves from the root, ing out ſeveral thick ſtrong fibres as large as a finger;
about eight inches high, having one ſmall leaf at the ſtalk riſes near three feet high ; it is ſmooth, of a
each joint, and is terminated by one flower, which is purpliſh colour toward the bottom, but hairy and
covered with a ſpatha (or ſheath) having two valves; green at the top, garniſhed at each joint by three or
the flower is of a dirty white, each petal having a four prickly leaves like thoſe of the Carline Thiſtle;
bluſh of purple toward their upper part, and a pretty they are four or five inches long, and an inch and a
broad ſpot of yellow toward their tails; within are half broad, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but
three ſender ſtamina terminated by oblong ſummits, of a pale green on their under, and a little hairy,
and one ſtyle crowned by a trifid ftigma. The flow, armed on their edges with ſpines. The flowers come
9 D
a
out

MOR
M OR
a
ز
out from the wings of the leaves on each fide the ris inftar ramoſa, foliis amplifimis. Pluk. Phyt. tab.
, .
ſtalk; theſe have very long tubes, which are fiender 246. fol. 4. Virginie Mulberry branching like the Nettle-
at the bottom, but are enlarged upward, and are a tree, having very large leaves.
little incurved; the brim ſpreads open with two large 4. Morus (Alba) foliis obliquè cordatis lævibus. Hort.
lips, the upper lip is indented at the top and round- Cliff. 441. Mulberry with oblique, ſmooth, beart-ſhaped
ed, the lower lip is cut into three obtufe ſegments; leaves. Morus fructu albo. C. B. P. 459. Mulberry
under the lip are ſituated two briftly ftamina which with a white fruit.
are crooked, and crowned with yellow ſummits. 5. MORUS (Tinctoria) foliis obliquè cordatis acuminatis
Theſe flowers appear in July, but I never had any hirſutis. Mulberry with oblique, beart-ſhaped, acute-
feeds ſucceed them. Some of the flowers are white, pointed, hairy leaves. Morus fructu viridi, ligno ful-
and others of a purpliſh red on the ſame plant.
phureo tinctorio. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 2. p. 3. Mulberry
This plant is propagated by ſeed, which ſhould be with a green fruit, whoſe wood dyes a fulphur colour, or
ſown ſoon after it is ripe in the autumn, otherwiſe the Fuſtick wood.
plants will not come up the following ſummer; for I 6. Morus (Pepyrifera) foliis palmatis, fructibus hifpi-
have ſeveral times obſerved, where the ſeeds have dis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 986. Mulberry with hand-ſhaped
been ſown in the ſpring, they have remained in the leaves and prickly fruit. Morus fativa, foliis urticæ
ground fourteen or fifteen months before the plants mortuæ, .
cortice papyrifera. Kæmp. Amæn. 471. Cul-
have appeared. Theſe feeds ſhould be fown in the tivated Mulberry with leaves like Dead Nettle, and of
places where the plants are to remain, becauſe they whoſe bark paper is made.
ſend forth tap-roots, which run very deep into the 7. Morus (Tatarica) foliis ovato-oblongis utrinque
ground; and when theſe are broken or injured in æqualibus, inæqualiter ſerratis. Flor. Zeyl. 337. Mul-
tranſplanting, the plants ſeldom thrive after. They berry with oval oblong leaves, which are equal on both
may be fown in open beds or borders of freſh light fides, but unequally ſawed. Tinda-parua. Hort. Mal.
earth, being careful to mark the places, that the 1. p. 87. fol. 49.
ground may not be diſturbed; for it frequently hap- 8. Morus (Zanthoxylum) foliis ovato-oblongis acumina-
pens, that the ſeeds do not come up the firſt year, tis obliquis, ramis aculeatis. Mulberry with oval, ob-
when they are ſown in autumn; but when they are long, acute-pointed leaves, which are oblique to the foot-
ſown in the ſpring, they never come up the ſame ſtalk, and prickly branches. Zanthoxylum aculeatum,
year. The ground where the ſeeds are ſown muſt be carpini foliis, Americanum, cortice cinereo. Pluk.
kept clear from weeds, which is all that is neceſſary Phyt. 239. fol. 3. Prickly Zanthoxylum of America,
to be done, until the plants come up; where they with Hornbeam leaves and an Alfh-coloured bark.
are too cloſe together, they ſhould be thinned while The firſt fort is the common black Mulberry-tree,
young, ſo as to leave them near eighteen inches apart; which is cultivated for the delicacy of its fruit. This
after which time, they will require no other culture tree grows naturally in Perſia, from whence it was
but to keep them conſtantly clear from weeds; and firft brought to the ſouthern parts of Europe, but is
in the ſpring, juſt before the plants put out new now become common in every part of Europe, where
leaves, to dig the ground gently between them, and the winters are not very ſevere; for in the northern
lay a little freſh earth over the ſurface of the bed parts of Sweden, theſe trees will not live in the open
to encourage them.
air ; and in ſeveral parts of Germany they are planted
In autumn theſe plants decay to the ground, and againſt walls, and treated in the ſame way as Peach,
ſend forth new leaves the following ſpring, but it will and other tender fruits are here.
be three years from the time of the plants firſt coming Theſe trees are generally of both ſexes, having male
up to their flowering, though after that time they will flowers or katkins on the ſame tree with the fruit;
flower every ſeaſon; and the roots will continue ma- but it often happens, that ſome of the trees which
ny years, provided they are not diſturbed, or killed are raiſed from ſeeds, have generally male flowers,
by very ſevere froſt.
and produce no fruit; ſo that thoſe who plant theſe
MORU S. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 589. tab. 363. Lin. trees for their fruit, ſhould never make choice of
Gen. Plant. 936. [of piccupos, black, becauſe its fruit ſuch as have been propagated by feeds, unleſs they
is ordinarily fo.] The Mulberry-tree; in French, have ſeen them produce fruit in the nurſery. It is
Murier.
alſo the ſureſt way to mark ſuch trees as are fruitful
The CHARACTERS are,
in the nurſery, at the time when their fruit is upon
It bath male flowers growing at ſeparate diſtances from them, becauſe thoſe trees which are propagated by
the female on the ſame tree. The male flowers are col- layers, are ſometimes of the male fort, for I have
lected in long taper ropes or katkins; theſe have no petals, ſeveral times obſerved, that ſome of the large branches
but have four awl-shaped erect ſtamina, which are of theſe trees have produced only katkins, when the
longer than the empalement, terminated by ſingle ſummits. other parts of the trees have been very fruitful; fo
The female flowers are colleEted into roundiſh beads; theſe that unleſs care is taken in the choice of the branches
have no petals, but a heart-ſhaped germen, ſupporting for making the layers, there is the ſame hazard as in
two long, rough, reflexed ſtyles, crowned by fingle ſtigmas. ſeedling trees : nor ſhould the ſhoots which come
The empalement of theſe afterward become large, fleſhy, out near the roots of old trees be ever laid down, for
ſucculent fruit, compoſed of ſeveral protuberances, in each theſe rarely produce fruit until they have been plant-
of which is lodged one oval ſeed.
ed many years, although the trees from which theſe
This genus is ranged in the fourth ſection of Linnæ- were produced might be very fruitful. I have ob-
us's twenty-firſt claſs, which contains thoſe plants ſerved fome trees which produced only katkins for
which have male and female flowers at ſeparate dif- many years after they were planted, and afterward
tances on the ſame plant, and the male flowers have have become fruitful; the ſame I have obſerved in
four ftamina.
Walnut-trees, and my honoured friend the Chevalier
The SPECIES are,
Rathgeb, has informed me, that he has obſerved the
1. Morus (Nigra) foliis cordatis. Hort. Cliff. 441. fame in the Lentiſk and Turpentine-trees.
Mulberry with rough heart-ſhaped leaves. Morus fructu The old Mulberry-trees are not only more fruitfulthan
nigro. C. B. P. 459. Mulberry with a black fruit, or the young, but their fruit are much larger and bet-
the common Mulberry.
ter flavoured ; ſo that where there are any of theſe old
2. Morus (Laciniatis) foliis palmatis hirſutis. Mulberry trees, it is the beſt way to propagate from them, and
with hand-ſhaped hairy leaves. Morus fructu nigro to make choice of thoſe branches which are moſt
minori foliis eleganter laciniatis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. fruitful. The uſual method of propagating theſe
589. Smaller black Mulberry with elegant cut leaves. trees, is by laying down their branches, which will
3. MORUS (Rubra) foliis cordatis ſubtus villoſis, amentis take root in one year, and are then ſeparated from
cylindricis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 986. Mulberry with heart- the old trees, but as the moſt fruitful branches are
ſhaped leaves which are hoiry on their under ſide, and cy- often ſo far from the ground as not be layed, unleſs
lindrical katkins. Morus Virginienſis arbor, loti arbo- by raiſing of boxes or baſkets of earth upon ſupports
for

MOR
MOR
a
ز
3
for this purpoſe, ſo the better way is to propagate at ſuch a diſtance as not to keep off the ſun; for where
them by cuttings, which, if rightly choſen and ſkil- the fruit has not the benefit of his rays to diffipate
fully managed, will take root very well, and in this the morning dews early, they will turn mouldy and
method there will be no difficulty in having them rot upon the trees. There is never any occafion for
from trees at a diſtance, and from the moſt fruitful - pruning theſe trees, more than to cut off any of the
branches. Theſe cuttings ſhould be the foots of branches which may grow acroſs others, ſo as to rub
the former year, with one joint of the two years and wound their bark, by their motion occafioned by
wood to their bottom ; the cuttings ſhould not be the wind; for their ſhoots ſhould never be ſhortened,
ſhortened, but planted their full length, leaving two becauſe the fruit is produced on the young wood.
or three buds above ground. The beſt ſeaſon for - The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sicily, from
planting them is in March, after the danger of hard whence I received a parcel of the ſeeds, and raiſed a
froſt is over ; they ſhould be planted in light rich good number of the plants; all theſe were totally
earth, preſſing the ground pretty cloſe about them; different in their leaves from the common Mulberry,
and if they are covered with glaſſes, it will forward ſo that I am certain of its being a diſtinct ſpecies. It
their putting out roots; but where there is not fuch is alſo a tree of humbler growth, but the fruit is ſmall
conveniency, the ground about them ſhould be and has no flavour, fo is not worth propagating:
covered with moſs, to prevent its drying; and
fome of the trees produced fruit two or three years in
where this is carefully done, the cuttings will re-
the Chelſea garden.
quire but little water, and will ſucceed much bet- The white Mulberry is commonly cultivated for its
ter than with having much wet. If the cuttings leaves to feed filk-worms in France, Italy, &c.
ſucceed well and make good ſhoots, they may be though the Perſians generally make uſe of the common
tranſplanted the following ſpring into a nurſery, black Mulberry for that purpoſe ; and I have been af-
where they ſhould be regularly trained to ftems, by ſured by a gentleman of honour, who has made trial
fixing down ſtakes by each, to which the principal of both ſorts of leaves, that the worms fed with thoſe
,
ſhoots ſhould be faſtened ; and moſt of the lateral of the black fort produce much better ſilk than thoſe
branches ſhould be cloſely pruned off, leaving only fed with the white; but he obſerves that the leaves
two or three of the weakeft to detain the fap, for of the black fort ſhould never be given to the worms
the augmentation of the ſtem ; for when they are after they have eaten for ſome time of the white, leit
quite diveſted of their ſide ihoots, the fap is mounted the worms ſhould burſt, which is often the caſe when
to the top, ſo that the heads of the trees grow too faſt they are thus treated.
for the ſtems, and become too weighty for their fup- The trees which are deſigned to feed fill-worms,
port. In about four years growth in the nurſery, they ſhould never be ſuffered to grow tall, but rather kept
will be fit to tranſplant where they are to remain ; for in a ſort of hedge; and inſtead of pulling off the
theſe trees are tranſplanted with greater ſafety while leaves ſingly, they ſhould be ſheared off together
young, than when they are of a large ſize.
with their young branches, which is much tooner
If the cuttings are planted in a bed fully expoſed to the done, and not fo injurious to the tree.
fun, it will be proper to arch the bed over with This white fort may be propagated either from ſeeds
hoops, that they may be ſhaded with mats in the or layers, as the black Mulberry, and is equally hardy :
heat of the day during the ſpring, till they have put but the moſt expeditious method of raiſing theſe trees
out roots; after which, the more they are expoſed in quantity, is from the ſeeds, which may be pro-
to the ſun, the better they will ſucceed, provided cured in plenty from the ſouth of France or Italy: the
the ground is covered with moſs or mulch to prevent beſt way to fow theſe ſeeds in England, is to make a
its drying, for the fun will harden the ſhoots, and moderate hot-bed, which ſhould be arched over with
thereby they will be in leſs danger of ſuffering by the hoops, and covered with mats ; upon this bed the
early froſts in autumn ; for when theſe are in a ſhady feeds ſhould be fown in the end of March, and co-
ſituation, they are apt to grow vigorouſly in ſummer, vered over with light earth about a quarter of an
ſo will be replete with moiſture, and the early froſts inch deep: in very dry weather the bed muſt be fre-
in October frequently kill their tops; and if the fol- quently watered, and in the heat of the day ſhaded
lowing winter proves fevere, they are often killed to with mats, and alſo covered in the nights when they
their roots, and ſometimes are entirely deſtroyed. I are cold; with this management the plants will come
have two or three times made trial of planting the up in five or fix weeks, and as they are tender when
cuttings of Mulberries on a hot-bed, and have found they firſt appear, ſo they muſt be guarded againſt froſty
them ſucceed extremely well. This I was led to by mornings, which often happen in May, and deſtroy
obſerving ſome ſticks of Mulberry-trees which were ſuch tender plants; during the ſummer they muſt be
cut for forks, and thruft into the hot-bed to faften kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture they
down the Vines of Cucumbers; which, although require: but there muſt be care taken of them the firit
they had been cut from the tree a conſiderable time, winter, eſpecially to cover them in autumn, when the
yet many of them put out roots and ſhot out branches; firft froſts come, which will kill the tender plants to
ſo that where any perſon is in haſte to propagate theſe the ground, if they are not protected; the following
trees, if the cuttings are planted on a moderate hot- March theſe plants ſhould be tranſplanted into the
bed, they will take root much ſooner than in the com- nurſery to get ſtrength, where they may remain two
mon ground.
or three years, and then ſhould be removed where they
This tree delights to grow in rich light earth, ſuch as are to continue.
is in moſt of the old kitchen-gardens about London, There are two or three varieties of this tree, which
where there is alſo a great depth of earth; for in ſome differ in the ſhape of their leaves, fize, and colour of
of thoſe gardens there are trees of a very great age, their fruit; but as they are of no other uſe than for
which are very healthy and fruitful, and their fruit is their leaves, the ſtrongeſt ſhooting and the largeſt
larger and better flavoured than thoſe of younger leaved ſhould be preferred.
trees. I have never yet ſeen any of theſe trees which The third fort, which is the large-leaved Virginian
were planted in a very ſtiff ſoil, or on ſhallow ground, Mulberry with black ſhoots, is more uncommon than
either upon clay, chalk, or gravel, which have been either of the former ; there is a large tree of this
healthy or fruitful, but their ſtems and branches are growing in the gardens of the Biſhop of London at
covered with moſs, ſo that the little fruit which they Fulham, which has been ſeveral years an inhabitant
ſometimes produce are ſmall, ill tafted, and late be- of that garden, but has never produced any fruit that
fore they ripen.
I could learn, but hath ſome years a great number of
If theſe trees are planted in a ſituation where they are katkins, much like thoſe of the Hazel-nut, which oc-
defended from the ſtrong fouth and north-weſt winds, caſioned Mr. Ray to give it the name of Corylus;
it will preſerve their fruit from being blown off; but but it may be one of the male trees which do not pro-
this ſhelter, whether it be trees or buildings, ſhould be duce fruit, as it ſometimes happens in the common
forts
ز
a
a

MOR
MOR
a
a
ز
3
forts of Mulberries; the leaves of this are ſomewhat off on the firſt approach of froſt in autumn, as do
like thoſe of the common Mulberry-tree, but are thoſe of the common Mulberry. The deſcription which
Tougher.
Kæmpfer gives of the fruit is, that they are a little
This tree has not been propagated yet in this country, larger than Peas, ſurrounded with long purple hairs,
for though it has been budded and grafted upon both are compoſed of acini, or protuberances, and when
the black and white Mulberries, yet I cannot hear ripe, change to a black purple colour, and are full of
that it hath ſucceeded upon either, ſo that I ſuſpect
ſweet juice.
it is not of this genus; and the tree being pretty tall, This tree may be propagated by laying down the
cannot be laid down, which is the moſt likely me- branches, in the ſame way as is practiſed for the com-
thod to propagate it. This is very hardy, and will mon Mulberry; or it may be multiplied by planting
endure the cold of our climate in the open air very the cuttings, in the ſame manner as before directed
well, and is coveted as a curioſity by ſuch as delight for the common fort.
in a variety of trees and ſhrubs.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in India, where it
The fifth fort is the tree whoſe wood is uſed by the
becomes a large tree.
It hath foft, thick, yellowiſh
dyers, and is better known by the title of Fuſtick, bark, with a milky juice like the Fig, which is
which is given to the wood, than by its fruit, which aftringent. The branches comeout onevery ſide, which
is of no eſtimation. This grows naturally in moſt of are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves, ſtanding up-
the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, but in much greater on ſhort foot-ſtalks ; both ſides of theſe leaves are
plenty at Campeachy, where it abounds greatly. This equal, but their edges are unequally ſaweds they
wood is one of the commodities exported from Ja- are rough, of a dark green on their upper fide, but
maica, where it grows in greater plenty than in any pale on their under, ſtanding alternately on the
other of the Britiſh iſlands.
branches. The flowers come out in round heads at
This tree in the countries where it grows naturally, the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, on each ſide the branches;
riſes to the height of fixty feet or upward; it has a they are of an herbaceous white colour; the male
light brown bark, which hath ſome ſhallow furrows; flowers have four ftamina; the female flowers are fuc-
the wood is firm, folid, and of a bright yellow colour. ceeded by roundiſh fruit, which are firſt green, after-
It ſends out many branches on every fide, covered wards white, and when ripe turn to a dark red colour.
with a white bark, and are garniſhed with leaves I received the feeds of this plant from Bombay, which
about four inches long, which are broad at their baſe, ſucceeded in the Chelſea garden. The plants are too
indented at the foot-ſtalk, where they are rounded, tender to live out of a ſtove in this country; for as I
but one ſide is broader than the other, ſo that they raiſed a good number of the plants, ſo when they had
are oblique to the foot-ſtalk; theſe diminiſh gradu-
;
obtained ftrength, I placed ſome of them in different
ally, and end in acute points ; they are rough like ſituations, where they were defended from the froſt,
thoſe of the common Mulberry, of a dark green, and but not any of them ſurvived the winter, but thoſe
ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. Toward the end of the which were in the bark-ſtove, where they are con-
young branches come out ſhort katkins of a pale her- ftantly kept, and treated in the ſame manner as other
baceous colour, and in other parts of the ſame tender plants, giving them but little water in winter,
branches the fruit is produced, growing upon ſhort with which management the plants thrive, and retain
foot-ſtalks; they are as large as nutmegs, of a
their leaves all the year. .
roundiſh form, full of protuberances like the com- The eighth ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo
mon Mulberry, green within, and alſo on the outſide, in the Bahama Iſlands, from both which places I have
of a luſcious ſweet taſte when ripe.
received the ſeeds. The wood of this tree is cut, and
It is too tender to thrive in this country, unleſs pre- ſold for the ſame uſes as the fifth, from which this
ſerved in a warm ſtove. There are ſeveral of the tree has not been well diſtinguiſhed by the botaniſts:
plants now growing in the Chelſea garden, which this does not grow to ſo great a ſize as the fifth; the
were raiſed from feeds ſent from Jamaica, by Wil-
branches are fienderer, the leaves are narrower, and
liam Williams, Efq; with many other curious forts, are rounded at their baſe, fawed on their edges, and
which are natives of that iſland. The feeds of this
end in acute points. At the foot-ſtalk of each
plant come up freely on a hot-bed, and when the leaf comes out two ſharp thorns, which, in the older
plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted branches grow to the length of two inches. The fruit
in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light earth, is ſhaped like that of the fifth ſort, but is ſmaller,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and MOSCHATELLINA. See Adoxa.
ſhaded from the fun till they have taken new root; | MOSS. See Muscus.
then they ſhould be treated in the ſame way as other MOTHERWORT. See CARDIACA.
plants from thoſe hot countries, always keeping them MOULD, or earth, the goodneſs of which may be
in the tan-bed in the ſtove, where they will make known by the fight, ſmell, and touch.
good progreſs. Theſe plants retain their leaves great Firſt, by the fight: thoſe Moulds that are of a bright
part of the year in the ftove.
Cheſtnut, or hazelly colour, are counted the beſt ; of
The ſixth fort grows naturally in China and Japan ;
this colour are the beſt loams, and alſo the beſt natu-
it alſo grows naturally in South Carolina, from ral earth, and this will be the better yet, if it cuts
whence I have received the feeds; the inhabitants like butter, and does not ſtick obſtinately, but is
of Japan make paper of the bark; they cultivate ſhort, tolerably light, breaking into ſmall clods, is
the trees for that purpoſe on the hills and moun- ſweet, will be tempered without crufting or chapping,
tains, much after the ſame manner as Ofiers are cul- in dry weather, or turning to mortar in wet.
tivated here, cutting down the young ſhoots in au- The next to that, the dark gray and ruſſet Moulds
tumn for their bark. There were ſeveral of theſe are accounted the beſt, the light and dark Aſh-colour
trees raiſed from ſeeds a few years paſt, in the gardens are reckoned the worſt, ſuch as are uſually found on
of his Grace the Duke of Northumberland, who was common, or heathy ground ; the clear tawny is by no
ſo good as to favour me with one of the plants, which means to be approved, but that of a yellowiſh red co-
thrives very well in the open
well in the open air without any ſhelter, lour is accounted the worſt of all; this is commonly
as many of the trees and plants of thoſe countries will found in wild and wafte parts of the country, and for
do, if they grow on the mountains. This plant makes the moſt part produce nothing but Furz and Fern,
very ferong vigorous ſhoots, but ſeems not to be of
according as their bottoms are more or leſs of a light
tall growth, for it fends out many lateral branches and ſandy, or of a ſpewy gravel, or clayey nature.
from the root upward. The leaves are large, fome Secondly, by the ſmell: all lands that are good
of them are entire, others are deeply cut into three, and wholeſome, will, after rain, or breaking up by
and fome into five lobes, eſpecially while the trees the ſpade, emit a good ſmell.
are young, dividing in form of a hand; they are of Thirdly, by the touch: by this means we may dif-
a dark green, and rough to the touch, but of a pale cover whether it conſiſts of fubftances entirely arena-
green, and ſomewhat hairy on their under fide, falling ceous, or clammy; or, according as it is expreſſed by
Mr.
a
و
a
a
a

M U M
M UN
3
a
و
a
Mr. Evelyn, whether it be tender, fatty, deterſive, or may, with a bruſh, plaſter the inciſions which are
Nippery, or more harſh, gritty, porous, or friable. made for the inoculation, grafting, &c.
That being always the beſt that is between the two Garden or Foreſt Mummy; the ſame author directs
extremes, and does not contain the two different qua- the making it as follows:
lities of ſoft and hard mixed, of moiſt and dry, of Take three pounds of common turpentine, and four
churliſh and mild, that is neither too unctuous or too pounds of common pitch ; melt the turpentine over
lean, but ſuch as will diſſolve, of a juſt conſiſtence, the fire, and, having beaten the pitch to a powder,
between fand and clay, and ſuch as will not ftick to throw it in ; when they are well mixed together, and
the ſpade or fingers upon every flaſh of rain.
grown pretty thick, take it off, and keep it for uſe.
A loam, or brick Mould, is not to be diſapproved, This compoſition may be either made up into little
as requiring little help or improvement but the ſpade, iticks, like thoſe of ſealing-wax, to be made uſe of
and is eſteemed both by the gardener and floriſt. on little trees, or it may be kept in little pots, and
MUCILAGE is a viſcous clammy ſubſtance about melted over a ſlow fire, when there is occafion to uſe
ſeeds, &c.
it, and, dipping a little bruſh in it, you may plaſter
MUCILAGINOUS ſignifies, endowed with a
the graft.
clammy viſcous matter.
The Noble Mummy, or grafting wax; to make this
MULBERRY. See Morus.
the ſame author directs :
MULLEIN. See VERBASCUM.
Take two pounds of pure pitch, ſuch as is called at
MULTISILIQUOUS plants are ſuch as have Ratiſbon virgin pitch, and add to it half a pound of
after each flower, many diftinct, long, ſlender, and, good turpentine; put them together in an earthen
oftentimes, crooked caſes, or filiquæ, in which their pot, and ſet them over the fire, that the volatile part
feed is contained, and, which, when they ripen, open of the turpentine may evaporate, otherwiſe it would
of themſelves, and let the ſeeds drop. Of this kind be very prejudicial to trees and roots. Prove it as you
is the Bear's-foot, Columbines, common Houſe- did the former, to know when it is enough; then
leek, Navelwort, Orpine, &c.
add to it half a pound of virgin wax, and half an
MUMMY, a fort of grafting wax, made of one ounce of pounded Myrrh and Aloes ; when theſe are
pound of common black pitch, and a quarter of a well mixed, make it up into little rolls or plaſters,
pound of common turpentine, put into an earthen or elſe it may be kept in gallipots.
pot, and ſet on the fire in the open air ; in doing this The time he directs when the operation of the roots
you ought to hold a cover in your hand, ready to co- is to be performed, is in the month of September,
ver it, in order to quench it, by putting it thereon, October, and November; though it may fucceed well
which is to be done ſeveral times, ſetting it on the at any time of the year, yet thoſe months are the
fire again, that the nitrous and volatile parts may be moſt
proper ſeaſons for it. The only difference he
evaporated. The
The way to know when it is enough, ſays, is, what is planted in the ſpring, will ſhoot out
is by pouring a little of it on a pewter plate, and if in June or July, and what is planted in autumn
it be ſo, it will coagulate preſently, then this melted comes not forth till the month of April.
pitch is to be poured into another pot, and a little The aforeſaid author mentions great performances by
common wax is to be added to it, mixing them well uſing theſe Mummies; thoſe who have a mind to be
together, and then to be kept for uſe.
ſatisfied, may peruſe his treatiſe.
Dr. Agricola directs the uſing this Mummy as fol- MUNTINGI A. Plum. Gen. Nov. 41. tab. 6. Lin.
lows:
Gen. Plant. 575.
When you would dreſs roots with this way, you The CHARACTERS are,
muft melt it, and afterwards let it cool a little; then The empalement of the flower is cut into five ſegments
dip in the ends of the roots you would plant (for he to the bottom. The flower bath five heart-shaped petals,
propoſes it for the planting pieces of roots of trees, narrow at their baſe, which are inſerted in the empale-
&c.) one after the other, but not too deep, and af- ment, and ſpread open like a Roſe. It has a great num-
terwards to put them in water, and to plant them ber of ſtamina, which are terminated by roundiſh ſummits.
in the earth, the ſmall end downwards, fo that the In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, having no ſtyle,
larger end may appear a litele way out thereof, and but is crowned by a ſtigma divided into many parts. The
have the benefit of the air, and then to preſs the earth germen afterward turns to a ſoft fruit, with one cell,
very hard down about them, that they may not re- crowned by the ſtigma, like a navel, and filled with ſmall
ceive too much wet, becauſe that would rot them. feeds.
Mummy for exotic plants; the ſame author directs
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
the making it as follows:
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
Take half a pound of gum copal, beat it very fine, plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina and one ſtig-
and ſearce it ; take three pounds of Venice turpentine, ma. According to Tournefort's fyftem, it muſt be
and melt it over a now fire in a ſtrong earthen pot ; ranged in the eighth ſection of his twenty-firſt claſs,
when the turpentine is melted and liquidated, put the which contains the trees and ſhrubs with a Roſe
fifted gum into it, keep it continually tirring with a flower, whoſe empalement becomes a fruit, having
little ſtick, augmenting the fire gradually, and it will hard feeds.
all diffolve inſenſibly, afterwards let the curpentine We know but one Species of this genus, viz.
evaporate well, and it will thicken ; and when it is be- MuntingIA (Calabura.) Jacq. Hift. tab. 107. Mun-
come of a fufficient conſiſtence, you may make it up tingia folio fericeo molli, fructu majori. Plum. Nov.
into little rolls, like ſealing-wax, and keep it for uſe. Gen. 41. Muntingia with a ſoft ſilky leof, and a larger
This Mummy, he ſays, is an excellent vulnerary for fruit.
plants, it being ſubject to no corruption, as other The title of this genus was given to it by Father Plu-
gummy things are ; it hinders any rottenneſs between mier, in honour of Dr Muntingius, who was profel-
the ſtock and the root, by means of which the callus for of botany at Groningen in Holland, who publiſh-
is formed the ſooner, and ſpreads over all the parts, ed a folio book of botany, entitled, Phytographia
and the ſtock becomes entirely connected with the Curioſa, in which there are many figures of plants ex-
root. It alſo gives ſtrength and vigour to the root, hibited, engraven on copper-plates; he alſo publiſhed
and likewiſe facilitates it.
two books of plants in quarto, one of which is enti-
Vegetable Mummy; the ſame author directs the tled, Aloidarum, in which the figures of ſeveral forts
making of this as follows:
of Aloes are exhibited ; the title of the other is, De
Fill a large kettle, or earthen pot, about a third Herba Britannica Antiquorum.
part full of common black pitch, and add to it a This plant is figured and deſcribed by Sir Hans
little fine reſin, or ſulphurated pitch, and a little yel- Sloane, in his Hiſtory of Jamaica, by the title of
low wax; melt theſe together till they become li- Loti arboris folio anguftiore, rubi flore, fructu polyf-
quid, then take them off the fire, and let them ſtand permo umbilicato, 2. p. 80. This riſes to the height
till they have done ſmoking, and, when cool, you of thirty feet or more in its native foil, ſending out
many
a
a
9 E

MUS
M U S
و
many branches toward the top, which are covered long, three-cornered, fleſhy fruit, covered with a thick
with a ſmooth, dark, purple bark, garniſhed with rind, divided into three parts.
leaves about three inches long, and three quarters This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
broad at their baſe, where they are rounded to a heart- Linnæus's twenty-third clals, which includes thoſe
ſhape at the foot-ſtalk, but end in acute points, are plants with male and female flowers, which have
very woolly on their under fide, but ſmooth above, hermaphrodite flowers on the fame ſtalk. Plumier
and of a lucid green ; they are Alightly fawed on their ranges it in Tournefort's claſs, with the anomalous
edges, and are placed alternately. The flowers come flowers of ſeveral petals; and Garçin places it among
out from the wings of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon long the plants with a Lily flower.
foot-ſtalks, compoſed of five heart-shaped petals,
The SPECIES are,
which are white, and ſpread open, reſembling thoſe 1. Musa (Paradiſiaca) fpadice nutante floribus mafcu-
of the Bramble, having many ftamina about half lis perſiſtentibus. Lin. Sp. 1477. Muſa with a nod-
the length of the petals, terminated by globular ſum- ding Spike, and nodding male flowers. Muſa fructu
mits, and in the center is ſituated a roundiſh ger- cucumerino longiorio. Plum. Nov. Gen. 24. Muſa
men, crowned by a many-pointed ſtigma. The ger- with a longer Cucumber-ſhaped fruit, commonly called
men afterward turns to a pulpy umbilicated fruit, as Plantain-tree.
large as the fruit of the Cockſpur Hawthorn, and, 2. Musa (Sapientum) fpadice nutante floribus mafculis
when ripe, of a dark purple colour, incloſing many deciduis. Lin. Sp. 1477. Muſa with a nodding Spike,
finall, hard, angular ſeeds; this fort has produced and deciduous male flowers. Muſa fructu cucumerino,
flowers and fruit in England.
breviore. Plum. Nov. Gen. 24. Muſa with a shorter
The feeds of this plant were ſent by Mr. Robert Cucumber-ſhaped fruit, commanly called Bonana.
Millar from Jamaica, which ſucceeded in ſome of The firſt fort is cultivated in all the iſlands of the
the Engliſh gardens.
Weſt-Indies, where the fruit generally ſerves the ne-
The plants are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be groes for bread, and ſome of the white people alſo
ſown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged prefer it to moſt other forts, eſpecially to the Yams,
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, and in warm and Caffada bread.
weather the glaſſes ſhould be raiſed to admit freſh air. This plant riſes with a ſoft herbaceous ſtalk fifteen or
Theſe feeds will often remain in the ground a whole twenty feet high, and upward; the lower part of the
year before the plants will appear; in which caſe the ſtalk is often as large as a man's thigh, diminiſhing
pots muſt be kept conſtantly clear from weeds, and gradually to the top, where the leaves come out on
fhould remain in the hot-bed till after Michaelmas, every fide, which are often more than fix feet long,
when they may be removed into the ſtove, and and near two feet broad, with a ſtrong fleihy mid-
plunged into the bark-bed, between other pots of rib, and a great number of tranſverſe veins running
tall plants, where they may remain during the winter from the midrib to the borders. The leaves are thin
ſeaſon. Theſe pots ſhould be now and then watered, and tender, ſo that where they are expoſed to the
when the earth appears dry, and in the beginning of open air, they are generally torn by the wind; for
March the pots ſhould be removed out of the ſtove, as they are large, the wind has great power againſt
and placed into a freſh bark-bed under frames, which them : theſe leaves come out from the fide of the prin-
will bring up the plants ſoon after.
cipal ſtalk, incloſing it with their baſe; they are rolled
When the plants are come up about two inches up at their firſt appearance, but when they are ad-
high, they ſhould be carefully taken out of the pots, vanced above the ſtalk, they expand quite fat, and
and each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with turn backward, as theſe leaves come up rolled in the
light rich earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed manner before mentioned, their advance upward is
again, obſerving to fhade them from the ſun until ſo quick, that their growth may be almoſt difcerned
they have taken new root, after which time they by the naked eye; and if a line is drawn acroſs, le-
ſhould be duly watered, and in warm weather they vel with the top of the leaf, in an hour's time the
muſt have a large ſhare of freſh air. In this hot-
.
leaf will be near an inch above it. When the plant
bed the plants may remain until autumn, when the is grown to its full height, the ſpike of flowers will
nights begin to be cold; at which time they ſhould be appear from the center of the leaves, which is often
removed into the ſtove, and plunged into the bark- near four feet in length, and nods on one ſide. The
bed. During the winter ſeaſon theſe plants muſt be flowers come out in bunches, thoſe on the lower part
kept warm, eſpecially while they are young, and fre- of the ſpike being the largeſt; the others diminiſh
quently refreſhed with water ; but it muſt not be in their fize upward, each of theſe bunches is co-
given to them in large quantities, left it rot the ten- vered with a ſpathe or ſheath, of a fine purple colour
der fibres of their roots. It will be proper to continue within, which drops off when the flowers open. The
theſe plants in the ſtove all the year, but in warm wea- upper part of the ſpike is made up of male or barren
ther they ſhould have a large ſhare of freſh air; but flowers, which are not ſucceeded by fruit, but thoſe
as the plants grow in ftrength, they will be more of the ſecond ſort fall off with their covers. The
hardy, and may be expoſed in ſummer for two or fruit of this is eight or nine inches long, and above
three months, and in winter will live in a dry ftove, an inch diameter, a little incurved, and has three
if kept in a moderate degree of heat.
angles; it is at firſt green, but, when ripe, of a pale
MURUCUIA. See PASSIFLORA.
yellow colour. The fkin is tough, and within is a
MUS A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 24. tab. 34. Lin. Gen. ſoft pulp of a luſcious ſweet flavour. The ſpikes of
Plant. 1010. The Plantain-tree.
fruit are often fo large as to weigh upwards of forty
The CHARACTERS are,
pounds.
It hath male and female flowers upon the ſame foot- The fruit of the firſt fort is generally cut before it is
Stolk, some of which are hermaphrodite; theſe are produced ripe, and roaſted in the embers, then it is eaten in-
on a ſingle ſtolk (or Spadis ;) the male flowers are ſituated on ſtead of bread. The leaves are uſed for napkins and
the upper part of the ſpike, and the female below; theſe table cloths, and are food for hogs.
are in bunches, each bunch having a sheath, or cover, The ſecond fort, which is commonly called Bonana,
which falls off. The flowers are of the lip kind. The differs from the firſt, in having its ſtalks marked with
petals conſtitute the upper lip, and the nectarium the un- dark purple ſtripes and ſpots. The fruit is ſhorter,
der; they have ſix awl-fəaped ſtamina, five of which are ſtraiter, and rounder, and the male flowers drop off;
ſituated in the petal, and the ſixth in the nefarium ; this the pulp is fofter, and of a more luſcious taſte, ſo is
is double the length of the other, terminated by a linear generally eaten by way of defert, and feldom uſed in
ſummit; the others have none. The germen is ſituated the ſame way as the Plantain, therefore is not culti-
under the flower, which is long, having three obtuſe vated in ſuch plenty.
ongles, ſupporting an erect cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a Both theſe plants were carried to the Weſt-Indies
ruundiſh ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an ob- from the Canary Illands, to which place it is believed
they
و
a
2
.
و

M U S
M U S
و
they were carried from Guinea, where they grow na- ſuch bent leaves force through the glaſs, and by the
turally : thefe plants are alſo cultivated in Egypt, and next morning advanced two or three inches above
in moſt other hot countries, where they grow to per-
the glaſs.
fection in about ten months, from their firſt planting, I have ſeen fome bunches of fruit of the firft fort,
to the ripening of their fruit; when their ſtalks which were upwards of forty pounds weight, and per-
are cut down, ſeveral fuckers come up from the fectly ripe in England ; but this is not ſo good a fruit,
root; they will alſo produce fruit in ten months as to tempt any perſon to be at the expence of raiſing
after, ſo that by cutting down the ſtalks at different them in England. The ſecond fort is preferred to the
times, there is a conſtant fucceffion of fruit all the firſt, for the flavour of its fruit, in all thoſe hot coun-
year.
tries where theſe plants abound : the bunches of theſe
in Europe there are ſome of theſe plants preſerved in are not near fo large as thoſe of the firſt fort, nor are
the gardens of curious perſons, who have hot-houſes the ſingle fruit near fo long; theſe change to a deeper
capacious enough for their reception, in many of yellow colour as they ripen, but their taſte is fome-
which they have ripened their fruit very well, but as what like that of meally Figs. Some perſons who have
they grow very tall and their leaves are large, they reſided in the Weſt-Indies, having eaten ſome of
require more room in the ſtove than moſt people care theſe fruit which were produced in England, and
to allow them: they are propagated by fuckers, thought them little inferior to thoſe which grew in
which come from the roots of thoſe plants which have America; and I imagine, that the inhabitants of
fruited; and many times the younger plants, when thoſe countries would not eſteem theſe fruits ſo much,
they are ſtinted in growth, will put out fuckers ; theſe had they variety of other forts; but, for want of
ſhould be carefully taken off, preſerving fome fibres better, they eat many kinds of fruit, which would
to their roots, and planted in pots filled with light not be valued in Europe, could they be obtained in
rich earth, and plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove: perfection.
cheie
may be taken off any time in fuminer, and it is MUSCARI. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 347. tab. 180.
beſt to take them off when young, becauſe if their Muſk, or Grape Hyacinth, vulgò.
roots are grown large, they do not put out new fibres The CHARACTERS are,
ſo foon, and when the thick part of the root is cut in The flower has no empalement. It bath one oval pitcher-
taking off, the plants often rot.
Joaped petel, which is reflexed et the brim. It hath ibree
During the ſummer ſeaſon theſe plants muſt be plen- nečtoriums on the top of the germen, and fix awl-shaped
tifully watered, for the ſurface of their leaves being Stamine which are porter than the petal, whoſe ſummits
large, there is a great conſumption of moiſture, by join together, and in the center is ſituated a roundiſh
perſpiration in hot weather, but in the winter they three-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſingle style, crowned
muſt be watered more ſparingly; though at that ſeaſon by an obtuſe stigma. The germen afterward turns to a
they muſt be often refreſhed, but it muſt not be given roundiſh three-cornered capſule, having three cells, filled
them in ſuch quantities.
with roundiſh feeds.
The pots in which thefe plants are placed, ſhould be Dr. Linnæus has joined this genus to the Hyacinth,
large in proportion to the ſize of the plants, for their which is placed in the firſt ſection of his ſixth claſs,
roots generally extend pretty far, and the earth ſhould which contains the plants whoſe flowers have fix fta-
be rich and light. The degree of heat with which mina and one ſtyle.
theſe-plants thrive beft, is much the ſame with the
The SPECIES are,
Anana, or Pine Apple, in which I have had many of 1. MUSCARI (Botryoide) corollis globoſis uniformibus,
theſe plants produce their fruit in perfection, and they foliis canaliculato-cylindricis ſtrictis. Muſcari with uni-
were near twenty feet high.
form globular petels, and cylindrical gutter-shaped leaves.
The moſt fure method to have theſe plants fruit in Muſcari arvenſe, juncifolium, cæruleum, minus.
England is, after they have grown for ſome time in Tourn. Inft. 348. Smaller blue Field Muſcary, with
pots, ſo as to have made good roots, to ſhake them Ruſs leaves, commonly called Grape Hyacinth.
out of the pots with the ball of earth to their roots, 2. MUSCARI (Comoſus) corollis angulato-cylindricis, fum-
and plant them into the tan-bed in the ſtove, obferv- mis fterilibus longiùs pedicellatis. Muſcari with angu-
ing to lay a little old tan near their roots for their lar cylindrical petals, which on the top of the Spike are
fibres to ſtrike into, and in a few months the roots of barren, and have longer foot-fi alks. Muſcari arvenſe,
theſe plants will extend themſelves many feet each latifolium, purpurafcens. Tourn. Inſt. 347. Broad-
way in the bark; and theſe plants will thrive a great leaved, purple, Field Muſcari, commonly called Fair-haired
deal faſter than thoſe which are confined in pots, or Hyacinth.
tubs. When the bark-bed wants to be renewed with 3. MUSCARI (Racemoſus) corollis ovatis, fummis feffili-
freſh tan, there ſhould be great care taken of the bus foliis laxis. Muſcari with oval petals. Muſcari
roots of theſe plants, not to cut or break them, as al- obſoletiore flore. Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 178. Muſcari with
lo to leave a large quantity of the old tan about them, an obſolete flower, commoniy called Muſk Hyacinth.
becauſe if the new tan is laid too near them, it will 4. Muscari (Monſtrofus) corollis fubovatis. Muſcari
ſcorch their roots, and injure them: theſe plants with almost oval corolla. Hyacinthus paniculâ cæru-
muſt be plentifully ſupplied with water, otherwiſe leâ. C. B. P. 42. Blue paniculated Hyacinth, called Fea-
they will not thrive; in winter they ſhould be water- thered Hyacinth.
ed twice a week, giving at leaſt two quarts to each 5. MUSCARI (Orchioide) corollis fexpartitis, petalis tri-
plant, but in ſummer they muſt be watered every bus exterioribus brevioribus. Muſcari with petals which
other day, and double the quantity given to them ore cut into sono parts. Hyacinthus orchioides Africa-
each time. If the plants puſh out their flower-ſtems nus major bifolius maculatus, fiore ſulphureo, obfo-
in the ſpring, there will be hopes of their perfecting leto majore. Breyn. Prod. 3. 24. Greater African Hy-
their fruit; but when they come out late in the year, acinth, reſembling Orchis, with two ſpotted leaves, and
the plants will ſometimes decay before the fruit is e larger, obſolete, ſulphur-coloured flower.
ripe. The ftoves in which theſe plants are placed The firſt fort grows naturally in the vineyards and
ihould be at leaſt twenty feet in height, otherwiſe arable fields in France, Italy, and Germany, and
there will not be room for their leaves to expand; where it is once planted in a garden, it is not eaſily
for when the plants are in vigour, the leaves are of- rooted out, for the roots multiply greatly, and if
ten eight feet in length, and two feet broad: ſo that they are permitted to ſcatter their ſeeds, the ground
if the ſtems grow to be fourteen feet to the divi- will be filled with the roots. There are three varieties
fion of the leaves, and the houſe is not twenty of this, one with blue, another with white, and a third
feet high, the leaves will be cramped, which will with Aſh-coloured flowers: the firſt fort hath a ſmall,
retard the growth of the plants ; beſides, when the round, bulbous root, from which come out many
leaves are bent againſt the glaſs, there will be dan- leaves about fix inches long, which are narrow, and
ger of their breaking them, when they are growing their edges are incurved, ſo as to be ſhaped like a
vigorouſly; for I have had in one night the ſtems of gutter: between theſe ariſe the flower-ſtalk, which
و
3
is

M U S
M U S
a
common.
3
is naked, and toward the top garniſhed with a cloſe high or more, and is terminated by a ſpike of flowers,
ſpike of blue Rowers, ſhaped like pitchers, ſitting which are of a pale ſulphur colour; theſe have no
very cloſe to the ſtalk; theſe ſmell like freſh ftarch, foot-ſtalks ; they have one petal, which is of an irre-
or the ſtones of Plumbs which are freſh. They gular figure, and cut at the top into fix parts. The
flower in April, and the ſeeds ripen the latter end Itamina are almoſt equal with the petal, and ſtand
of June.
round the ſtyle, which is of the ſame length. The
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- flowers appear in March, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by
gal, from whence I have received both roots and good ſeeds here.
feeds; this hath a bulbous root as large as a middling The four firſt forts are very hardy, ſo will thrive in
Onion, from which come out five or fix leaves a foot the open air, and require no other culture than any
long, and three quarters of an inch broad at their other hardy bulbous-rooted flower; which is, to take
baſe, diminiſhing gradually to a point. The flower- up their roots every ſecond or third year to ſeparate
ſtalk riſes about a foot high, the lower half naked, their bulbs, for as ſome of the forts multiply pretty
but the upper is garniſhed with cylindrical, angular, faft, ſo when they are become large bunches, they do
purple flowers, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks half an inch not flower ſo ſtrong as when they are ſingle : the beſt
long; theſe grow horizontally, but the ſtalk is ter- time to take them out of the ground, is ſoon after
minated by a tuft of flowers whoſe petals are oval, their ſtalks and leaves are decayed ; then they ſhould
and have neither germen or ſtyle, ſo are barren. This be ſpread on a mat, in a dry ſhady room for a fort-
fort flowers the latter end of April, or the beginning night to dry, after which they may be kept in boxes
of May; there is a variety of this with white, and like other bulbous roots, till Michaelmas, when they
another with blue flowers, but the purple is the moſt may be planted again in the borders of the flower-
garden, and treated in the ſame way as the common
The third fort hath pretty large, oval, bulbous roots, hardy kinds of Hyacinths.
from which ariſe ſeveral leaves, which are about eight The firſt fort Ihould not be admitted into the flower-
or nine inches long, and half an inch broad; they garden, becauſe the roots will propagate ſo faſt, as to
are incurved a little on their ſides, and end in obtuſe become a troubleſome weed there.
points; theſe embrace each other at their baſe ; out The ſecond fort has but little beauty, ſo a few of
of the middle of theſe, the ſtalk which ſuſtains the theſe only ſhould be allowed a place merely for the
flowers ariſes; they are naked below, but their upper ſake of variety; this is ſo hardy, as to thrive in
parts are garniſhed with ſmall flowers growing in a any ſoil or ſituation.
ſpike; theſe have oval pitcher-Shaped petals, which The third ſort merits a place for the extreme ſweet-
are reflexed at their brim, and are of an Aſh-coloured neſs of its flowers, but eſpecially that variety of it
purple, or obſolete colour, ſeeming as if faded, but with yellow flowers, called Tibcady.
have an agreeable muſky fcent: theſe ſtalks do not The fourth forc may alſo be allowed to have place in
riſe more than ſix inches high, ſo the flowers make the common borders of the pleaſure-garden, where
ño great appearance; but where they are in ſome quan- they will add to the variety, and are by no means to
tity, they will perfume the air to a conſiderable dif-
be deſpiſed.
tance. This fort flowers in April, and the ſeeds ripen They are all eaſily propagated by offsets, which moſt
in July
of their roots ſend out in pretty great plenty, ſo that
Of this there are two varieties, one of which has the there is little occaſion for fowing of their ſeeds, unleſs
ſame coloured flowers with this here cnumerated, on it be to gain ſome new varieties.
the lower part of the ſpike, but they are larger, and The fifth fort is too tender to thrive in the open air in
have more of the purple caft, but the flowers on the England, ſo the roots muſt be planted in ſmall pots,
upper part of the ſpike are yellow, and have a very filled with light rich earth; and in the autumn they
grateful odour. The Dutch gardeners title it Tib- ſhould be placed under a hot bed-frame, where they
cadi Muſcari. As this is ſuppoſed to be only a ſemi- may be protected from froſt, but ſhould have as
nal variety of the third, I have not enumerated it as much free air as poſſible in mild weather; for when
diſtinct. There is another variety of this with very theſe are placed in a green-houſe, their leaves are
large yellow flowers, that has been lately raiſed from drawn long and narrow, and the flower-ſtalks are ge-
ſeeds in Holland, which the floriſts there fell for a nerally weak, ſo never flower ſo well as when they have
guinea a root.
plenty of free air. Theſe flowers will continue a
The fourth ſort hath a large bulbous root, from month where they are not drawn, but will decay in
which come out ſeveral plain leaves a foot long, and half that time in a green-houſe.
about half an inch broad at their baſe; they are Theſe roots ſhould be tranſplanted in July, when
ſmooth, and end in obtuſe points. The lower-ſtalks their ſtalks and leaves are decayed, and ſhould be
riſe near a foot and a half high; they are naked at placed in the open air during the ſummer ſeaſon, but
the bottom for about ſeven or eight inches, above ſhould have very little water when their leaves are
which the panicles of flowers begin, and terminate decayed.
the ſtalks. The flowers ftand upon foot-Italks MUSCIPULA. See SILENE.
which are more than an inch long, each ſuſtaining MUSCOSE, MUSCOSUS, Moffy, or abound-
three, four, or five flowers, whoſe petals are cut in- ing with Moſs.
to Nender filaments like hairs; they are of a purpliſh MUSCOSITY, Moſſineſs.
blue colour, and have neither ſtamina or germen, MUSCUS, Moſs.
ſo do never produce ſeeds. It flowers in May, and, Theſe, though formerly ſuppoſed to be only ex-
after the flowers are paſt, the ſtalks and leaves creſcences produced from the earth, trees, &c. yet
decay to the root, and new ones ariſe the following are no leſs perfect plants than thoſe of greater mag-
fpring
nitude, having roots, branches, flowers, and feeds,
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good but yet cannot be propagated from the latter by any
Hope, from whence I received the ſeeds, which ſuc-
ceeded in the Chelſea garden, where the plants have The botaniſts diſtinguiſh theſe into ſeveral genera,
flowered for ſeveral years paſt; this hath a ſmall, under each of which are ſeveral ſpecies; but as they
white, bulbous root, about the ſize of a Hazel nut, are plants of no uſe or beauty, it would be to little
from which comes out generally but two, (though purpoſe to enumerate them in this place.
dometimes when the roots are ſtrong) three leaves, Theſe plants chiefly flouriſh in cold countries, and
which are five or fix inches long, and one inch and a in the winter ſeaſon, and are many times very inju-
half broad in the middle, ending in obtuſe points ; rious to fruit-trees, which grow upon cold barren
theſe are of a lucid green, and have many ſpots, or ſoils, or where they are ſo cloſe planted as to exclude
protuberances on their upper ſurface. The flower- the free acceſs of air. The only remedy in ſuch
Italk riſes between them to the height of fix or ſeven caſes is to cut down part of the trees, and plough up
inches; it is round, ſmooth, and naked for three inches the ground between thoſe left remaining: and in the
ſpring
a
art.
3

MUS
MY A
as this.
و
ſpring of the year, in moiſt weather, you ſhould, as to form it like the ridge of a houſe, which may
be
with an iron inſtrument made a little hollow, the bet- done by three layers of dung and as many of earth.
ter to furround the branches of the trees, ſcrape off
When the bed is finished it ſhould be covered with
the Moſs, carrying it off the place; and by two or litter or old tharch, to keep out wet, as alſo to pre-
three times thus cleanſing them, together with care- vent its drying; in this ſituation it may remain eight
fully ſtirring the ground, it may be entirely deſtroyed or ten days, by which time the bed will be in a pro-
from the trees; but if you do not cut down part of per temperature of warmth to receive the ſpawn ; for
the trees, and ſtir the ground well, the rubbing off there ſhould be only a moderate warmth in it, great
the Moſs will fignify little ; for the cauſe not being heat deſtroying the ſpawn, as will alſo wet; therefore
removed, the effect will not ceaſe, but the Moſs will when the ipawn is found, it ſhould always be kept
in a ſhort time be as troubleſome as ever.
dry until it is uſed for the drier it is, the better it
MUSHROOMS are, by many perſons, ſuppoſed will take in the bed, for I had a parcel of this ſpawn,
to be produced from the putrefaction of the dung, which had lain near the oven of a ſtove upward of
earth, &c. in which they are found; but notwith- four months, and was become ſo dry, that I de.
ſtanding this notion is pretty generally received ſpaired of its fuccefs; but I never have yet feen
amongſt the unthinking part of mankind, yet by the any which produced fo foon, nor in ſo great quantity
curious naturaliſts, they are eſteemed perfect plants,
though their flowers and feeds have not as yet been The bed being in a proper temperature for the ſpawn,
perfectly diſcovered. But ſince they may, and are the covering of litter ſhould be taken off, and the
annually propagated by the gardeners near London, fides of the bed ſmoothed ; then a covering of light
and are (the eſculent fort of them) greatly eſteemed
rich earth about an inch thick ſhould be laid all over
by moſt curious palates, I ſhall briefly ſet down the the bed, but this ſhould not be wet ; upon this the
method practiſed by the gardeners who cultivate them ſpawn ſhould be thruit, laying the lumps four or five
for ſale.
inches afunder; then gently cover this with the ſame
But firſt, it will not be improper to give a ſhort de- light earth above half an inch thick, and put the
fcription of the true eatable kind, ſince there are fe- covering of litter over the bed, laying it fo thick as
veral unwholſome forts, which have been by unſkilful to keep out wet, and prevent the bed from drying:
perſons gathered for the table.
when theſe beds are made in the ſpring or autumn,
The true Champignon, or Muſhroom, appears at firſt as the weather is in thoſe ſeaſons temperate, ſo the
of a roundiſh form, like a button ; the upper part of ſpawn will then take much ſooner, and the Muſhrooms
which, as alſo the ſtalk, is very white; but being will appear perhaps in a month after making ; but
opened, the under part is of a livid fleſh colour, but thoſe beds which are made in ſummer, when the ſea-
the fleſhy part when broken is very white ; when ſon is hot, or in winter, when the weather is cold, are
theſe are ſuffered to remain undiſturbed, they will much longer before they produce.
grow to a large ſize, and explicate themſelves almoſt The great ſkill in managing of theſe beds is, that of
to a flatneſs, and the red part underneath will change keeping them in a proper temperature of moiſture,
to a dark colour.
never ſuffering them to receive too much wet: during
In order to cultivate them, if you have no beds in the ſummer ſeaſon the beds may be uncovered, to re-
your own, or in neighbouring gardens, which pro- ceive gentle ſhowers of rain at proper times; and in
duce them, you ſhould look abroad in rich paſtures, long dry ſeaſons the beds ſhould be now and then
during the months of Auguſt and September, until gently watered, but by no means ſuffer much wet to
you find them (that being the ſealon when they are come to them ; during the winter ſeaſon they muſt be
naturally produced ;) then you ſhould open the kept as dry as poſſible, and ſo cloſely covered as to
ground about the roots of the Muſhrooms, where keep out cold. In froſty or very cold weather, if
you will find the earth, very often, full of ſmall white ſome warm litter ſhaken out of a dung heap is laid
knobs, which are the offsets, or young Muſhrooms; on, it will promote the growth of the Muſhrooms;
theſe ſhould be carefully gathered, preſerving them in but this muſt not be laid next the bed, but a covering
lumps with the earth about them: but as this ſpawn of dry litter between the bed and this warm litter;
cannot be found in the paſture, except at the ſeaſon and as often as the litrer is found to decay, it ſhould
when the Muſhrooms are naturally produced, you be renewed with freſh; and as the cold increaſes, the
may probably find ſome in old dunghills, eſpecially covering ſhould be laid ſo much thicker. If theſe
where there has been much litter amongſt it, and the things are obſerved, there may be plenty of Muſh-
wet hath not penetrated it to rot it; as likewiſe, by rooms produced all the year, and theſe produced
ſearching old hot-beds, it may be often found; for in beds, are much better for the table than any of
this ſpawn has the appearance of a white mould, ſhoot- thoſe which are gathered in the fields.
ing out in long ftrings, by which it may be eaſily A bed thus managed, if the ſpawn takes kindly, will
known wherever it is met with : or this may be pro- continue good for ſeveral months, and produce great
cured by mixing ſome long dung from the ſtable, quantities of Muſhrooms; from theſe beds when
they
which has not been thrown on a heap to ferment; are deſtroyed, you ſhould take the ſpawn for a freſh
which being mixed with ſtrong earth, and put under ſupply, which may be laid up in a dry place until the
cover to prevent wet getting to it, the more the air proper ſeaſon of uſing it, which ſhould not be fooner
is excluded from it, the fooner the ſpawn will appear; than five or fix weeks, that the ſpawn may have time
but this muſt not be laid ſo cloſe together as to heat, to dry before it is put into the bed, otherwiſe it will
for that will deſtroy the ſpawn: in about two months. not fucceed well.
after the ſpawn will appear, eſpecially if the heap is Sometimes it happens, that beds thus made do not
cloſely covered with old thatch, or ſuch litter as hath produce any Muſhrooms till they have lain five or fix
lain long abroad, ſo as not to ferment, then the beds months, ſo that theſe beds ſhould not be deſtroyed,
may be prepared to receive the ſpawn: theſe beds though they ſhould not at firſt anſwer expectation ;
ſhould be made of dung, in which there is good ſtore for I have frequently known theſe to have produced
of litter, but this ſhould not be thrown on a heap to great quantities of Muſhrooms afterward, and have
ferment; that dung which hath lain ſpread abroad continued a long time in perfection.
for a month or longer, is beſt. Theſe beds ſhould be MUSTARD. See SINAPI.
made on dry ground, and the dung laid upon the MYAGRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 211. tab. 99.
ſurface, the width of theſe beds at bottom ſhould be Lin. Gen. Plant. 713. Gold of Pleaſure.
about two feet and a half or three feet, the length in The CHARACTERS are,
proportion to the quantity of Muſhrooms deſired ; The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong,
then lay the dung about a foot thick, covering it oval, coloured leaves, which fall off. The flower bath
about four inches with ſtrong earth. Upon this lay four roundiſ obtuſe petals, placed in form of a croſs.
more dung, about ten inches thick, then another It heth ſix ftamina the length of the petels, four of which
layer of earth, ſtill drawing in the ſides of the bed, ſo are a little longer than the other, terminated by ſingle fuma
mits,
و
a
a
9F

MY A
MY O
ear.
mits. In the center is ſituated an oval germen, ſupporting plant; the lower leaves are large, jagged, and hairy;
Slender Style, crowned by an obtuſe Stigma. The germen the ftalks branch out from the bottom, and are gar-
afterward becomes a turbinated, heart-shaped, ſhort pod, niſhed with leaves about four inches long and two
having two valves with a rigid Style on the top, incloſing broad; they are hairy, and unequally jagged. The
roundiſh ſeeds.
ftalks are terminated by very long loole ſpikes of yel-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of low flowers, which are fucceeded by ſhort pods with
Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which contains the plants two joints, each including one roundith feed. It
whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter ſtamina, flowers about the ſame time with the former.
and the feeds are incloſed in ſhort ſmall pods.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
The SPECIES are,
and Italy; this hath a ſmooth branching ſtalk upward
1. MYAGRUM (Sativum) filiculis ovatis, pedunculatis of two feet high ; the lower leaves are five or fix
polyſpermis. Hort. Cliff. 328. Myagrum with oval inches long, ſmooth, fucculent, and a little indent-
pods having foot-ſtalks, incloſing ſeveral ſeeds. Alyffon fe- ed; the upper leaves almoſt embrace the ſtalks with
getum foliis auriculatis acutis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. their baſe. The flowers are produced in long looſe
Corn Madwort with eared acute-pointed leaves, commonly ſpikes, which are yellow, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk;
called Gold of Pleaſure.
theſe are ſucceeded by heart-ſhaped compreffed pods,
2. MYAGRUM (Alyſſum) filiculis cordatis pedunculatis divided into two cells by a longitudinal partition,
polyſpermis, foliis denticulatis obtufis. Myagrum with each containing one roundiſh feed. It flowers at the
heart-ſhaped pods ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks, having ſame time with the former.
many ſeeds and indented leaves. Alyſſon ſegetum fo- If the feeds of all theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter
liis auriculatis acutis fructu majori
. Tourn. Inft. in the autumn, the plants will riſe without any care,
217. Corn Madwort, with acute-eared leaves and a
and only require to be thinned and kept clean from
larger fruit.
weeds. Theſe autumnal plants will always ripen their
3. MYAGRUM (Rugoſum) filiculis globofis compreſiis feeds, whereas thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring
punctato-rugoſis. Hort. Cliff. 328. Myagrum with ſometines fail.
globular, compreſſed, ſmall pods, having rough punctures. MYOSOTIS. Dill. Gen. 3. Lin. Gen. 180. Mouſe-
Rapiſtrum arvenſe, folio auriculato acuto. Tourn.
Inft. 211. Field Charlock with an acute-eared leaf.
The CHARACTERS are,
4. MYAGRUM (Perenne) filiculis biarticulatis difpermis, The flower hath an oblong, ereEt, permanent empalement,
foliis extrorſum finuatis denticulatis. Hort. Upfal. cut into five points; the flower is Salver-Soaped, having
182. Myagrum with ſhort pods, having two joints and a ſbort cylindrical tube, cut into five obtufe ſegments at
i wo feeds, and outer leaves which are finuated and in- the brim; the chaps are cloſed by five ſmall scoles which
dented. Rapiſtrum monoſpermum. C. B. P. 95. One- join, and are prominent. It bath five ſhort ſtamina in the
feeded Charlock.
neck of the tube, terminated by ſmall fummits; and four
5. MYAGRUM (Perfoliatum) filiculis obcordatis fubfef- germen ſupporting a fender ſtyle the length of the tube,
filibus, foliis amplexicaulibus. Hort. Upíal. 182. crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma; the germina afterward be-
Myagrum with ſmall beart-ſhaped pods fitting cloſe to the come four oval feeds incloſed in the empalement.
ſtalk, and the leaves embracing it. Myagrum mono- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſpermum latifolium. C. B. P. 109. Broad-leaved Mya- Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia,
grum having one ſeed in a pod.
the flower having five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Corn fields in the
The SPECIES are,
fouth of France and Italy; I have alſo found it grow- 1. Myosotis (Virginica) ſeminibus aculeatis glochidi-
ing in the Corn in Eaſthamſted-park, the ſeat of bus, foliis ovato-oblongis, ramis divaricatis. Lin. Sp.
William Trumbull, Eſq; but it is not common in this 189. Mouſe-ear with prickly ſeeds, oblong oval lecues,
country. It is an annual plant, with an upright ſtalk and divaricated branches. Cynogloſſum Virginianum,
about a foot and a half high, ſending out two or four flore & fructu minimo. Mor. Hiſt. 3. tab. 30. fol. .
fide branches toward the top, which grow erect; they 9. Virginian Hound's-tongue, with ſmall flowers and ſeeds.
are ſmooth, and have a fungous pith; the lower 2. Myosotis (Leppula) feminibus aculeis glochidibus,
leaves are from three to four inches long, of a pale foliis lanceolatis piloſis. Flor. Suec. 150. Mouſe-ear
or yellowiſh green, and are eared at their baſe; thoſe with prickly ſeeds, and hairy Spear-ſhaped leaves. Cyno-
upon the ſtalks diminiſh in their fize all the way up, glofſum minus. C. B. P. 257. Smaller Hound's-tongue.
and are entire, and almoſt embrace the ſtalks with 3. Myosotis (Apula) ſeminibus nudis, foliis hiſpidis,
their baſe. The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes at the racemis foliolis. Lin. Sp. 189. Mouſe-eer with naked
end of the branches, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks an ſeeds, ſtinging leaves, and leafy branches. Echium lu-
inch long; they are compoſed of four ſmall yellow- teum minimum. C. B. P. 254. The leaft yellow Vi-
iſh petals, placed in form of a croſs; theſe are fuc- per's Buglofs.
ceeded by oval capſules, which are bordered, and There are one or two other ſpecies of this genus
crowned at the top with the ſtyle of the flower, hav- which grow naturally in England, fo are rarely admit-
ing two cells, which are filled with red feeds.
ted into gardens, therefore are omitted here : and
The ſecond fort is alſo an annual plant, and differs thoſe here enumerated are ſeldom cultivated except in
from the firſt in having a taller ſtalk; the leaves are botanic gardens, being plants of little beauty or uſe.
much longer, narrower, and are regularly indented Thoſe perſons who are deſirous of keeping them,
on their edges, ending in obtuſe points. The flowers ſhould fow their feeds in the autumn, upon an open
are larger, but of the ſame form and colour; the cap- bed or border of light earth, and in the ſpring thin
ſules are much larger, and are ſhaped like a heart. the plants where they are too cloſe, and keep them
Both theſe plants flower in June and July, and their clean from weeds, which is all the culture they re-
ſeeds ripen in September.
quire; and if their feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the
The third ſort grows naturally on the borders of ara- plants will riſe withour farther trouble.
ble fields, in the ſouth of France and Italy. This is MYOSURUS, Mouſe-tail.
an annual plant, whoſe lower leaves are five or fix This plant is very near a-kin to the Ranunculus, in
inches long; they are hairy and ſucculent; their baſe which genus it is ranged by ſome botaniſts; the
is eared, and they end in acute points. The ſtalks flowers are extremely ſmall
, and are ſucceeded by
riſe a foot and a half high, they are brittle and hairy, long ſlender ſpikes of feeds, reſembling the tail of
branching out toward the top like the two former, and a mouſe, from whence it had the name.
are terminated by ſhort looſe ſpikes of ſmall pale wild upon moiſt grounds in divers parts of Eng-
flowers, which are fucceeded by ſmall, rough, round- land, where it flowers the latter end of April; and
iſh capſules, compreſſed at the top. It flowers in the ſeeds ripen in a month after, when the plants de-
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
cay, being annual. It is rarely cultivated in gardens,
The fourth fort grows naturally amongſt the Corn, fo I ſhall not trouble the reader with any further ac-
in France and Germany. This is alſo an annual count of it.
MYRICA.
و
a
а
It grows
3

MY R
MYR
3
MYRICA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 981. Gale. Tourn. Act.
Reg. Scien. 1706. The Candleberry Myrtle, Gale, or
Sweet Willow; by ſome Myrtus Brabantica, or
Dutch Myrtle ; in French, Piment Royal.
The CHARACTERS are,
The mole flowers are upon different plants from the fe-
male; the male flowers are produced in a looſe, oblong,
oval kotkin, imbricated on every ſide; under cach ſcale is
Stuated one moon-shaped flower, having no petol, but bath
four or ſix ſhort ſlender ſtamina, terminated by large twin
fummits, whose lobes are bifid. The female flowers have
neither petal or ſtamina, but on oval germen ſupporting
two jender Styles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The germen
afterword becomes a berry with one cell, incloſing a ſingle
feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes
the plants whoſe male flowers have four ſtamina, and
are upon different plants from the fruit.
The SPECIES are,
1. MYRICA (Gole) foliis lanceolatis fubferratis, caule
fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1024. Myrica with Spear-
shaped ſawed leaves and a fbrubby fialk. Gale frutex
odoratus ſeptentrionalium. J. B. 1. p. 2. 225. Nor-
thern, frubby, Sweet Gale, Sweet Willow, Dutch Myrtle,
or Gale.
2. MYRICA (Cerifera) foliis lanceolatis ſubſerratis, caule
arboreſcente. Kalm. Myrica with Spear-ſhaped leaves,
and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Myrtus Brabanticæ ſimilis Caro-
linienfis baccifera, fructu racemoſo feffili monopyre-
no. Pluk Phyt. tab. 48. fol. 9. Carolina Myrtle like
that of the Dutch, with berries growing in bunches, and
Sitting cloſe to the ſtalks, commonly called Candleberry
Myrile.
3. MYRICA (Carolinienſis) foliis lanceolatis ferratis, cau-
le fuffruticofà. Myrica with Spear-shaped ſawed leaves,
and a ſprubby ft alk. Myrtus Brabanticæ fimilis Caro-
linienſis humilior, foliis latioribus & magis ferratis.
Cateſb. Car. vol. i. p. 13. Lower Carolina Myrtle, or
Candleberry-tree reſembling that of Brabant, having
broader leaves which are more fawed.
4. MYRICA (Aſplenifolia) foliis oblongis alternatim fi-
nuatis. Hort. Cliff. 456. Myrica with oblong oval
laves, which are alternately finuated. Gale Mariana
Aſplenii folio. Pet. Muf. 773. Maryland Gale with a
Spleenwort leaf.
5. MYRICA (Quercifolia) foliis oblongis oppofitè finuatis
glabris. Myrica with oblong ſmooth leaves, which are
oppoſitely finuated. Laurus Africana minor, folio
quer-
củs. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 161. Smaller African Bay with
an Oak leaf.
6. MYRICA (Hirſuta) foliis oblongis oppofitè finuatis
hirſutis. Myrica with oblong hairy leaves, which are op-
poſitely finuated.
7. MYRICA (Cordifolia) foliis ſubcordatis ferratis feffili-
bus. Hort. Chiff. 456. Myrica with Sawed leaves which
are alınost heart-ſhaped, and fit cloſe to the ſialk. Gale
Capenſis, ilicis cocciferæ folio. Pet. Muf. 774. Gale
from the Cape, with a leaf like the Kermes Oak.
The firit fort grows naturally upon bogs in many
parts of England, particularly in the northern and
weſtern counties, as alſo in Windſor-park, and near
Tunbridge-wells. This riſes with many ſhrubby
talks near four feet high, which divide into ſeveral
fender branches, garniſhed with ſtiff ſpear-ſhaped
leaves, about an inch and a half long, and half an
inch broad in the middle; they are of a light or yel-
lowiſh green, ſmooth, and a little fawed at their
points, and emit a fragrant odour when bruiſed; they
are placed alternately on their branches. The male
flowers or katkins are produced from the ſide of the
branches, growing upon ſeparate plants from the fe-
male, which are ſucceeded by cluſters of finall berries,
each having a ſingle feed. It flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn.
The leaves of this ſhrub has been by ſome per ons
gathered and uſed for Tea, but it is generally fup-
poſed to be hurtful to the brain ; but from this uſe
of it, a learned phyſician a few years fince, wrote a
treatiſe to prove this to be the true Tea, in which
he has only ſhewn his want of knowledge in theſe
things.
It grows naturally in bogs, fo cannot be made to
thrive on dry land, for which reaſon it is ſeldom pre-
ſerved in gardens.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in North America,
where the inhabitants get a fort of green wax from
the berries, which they make into candles. The me-
thod of collecting and preparing this, is deſcribed by
Mr. Cateſby, in his Hiſtory of Carolina.
This grows naturally in bogs and ſwampy lands, where
it riſes with many ſtrong ſhrubby ſtalks eight or ten
feet high, ſending out ſeveral branches, garniſhed
with ſtiff ſpear-ſhaped leaves near three inches long,
and one broad in the middle; they are ſmooth and
entire, having fcarce any foot-ſtalks, of a yellowiſh
lucid green on their upper ſide, but paler on their un-
der, ſtanding alternately, and pretty cloſe to the
branches; theſe have a very grateful odour when
bruiſed. The katkins come out upon different plants
from the berries, theſe are about an inch long, ftand-
ing erect. The female flowers come out on the ſide
of the branches in longiſh bunches, which are ſucceed-
ed by ſmall roundiſh berries, covered with a ſort of
meal. This ſhrub delights in a moiſt ſoft foil, in
which it thrives extremely well, and lives in the open
air without any protection.
The third fort grows naturally in Carolina; this doth
not riſe fo high as the former, the branches are not
ſo ſtrong, and they have a grayiſh bark; the leaves
are ihorter, broader, and are fawed on their edges,
but in other reſpects is like the ſecond fort; the ber-
ries of this are alſo collected for the ſame purpoſe.
Theſe forts are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
be ſown in the autumn, and then the plants will
come up the following ſpring; but if the ſeeds are
kept out of the ground till the ſpring, they feldom
grow till the year after. Theſe plants will require
water in dry weather, and ſhould be ſcreened from
froſts while young, but when they have obtained
ſtrength, they will reſiſt the cold of this country very
well.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Philadelphia,
from whence many of the plants have been brought
to England, and thoſe which have been planted
on a moiſt foil have thriven very well; ſome of theſe
creep at their roots, and ſend up ſuckers plentifully,
,
in the ſame manner as in their native foil.
This riſes with ſlender ſhrubby ſtalks near three feet
high, which are hairy, and divide into ſeveral ſlender
branches, which are garniſhed with leaves from three
to four inches long, and half an inch broad ; they are
alternately indented almoſt to the midrib, and have a
great reſemblance to thoſe of Spleenwort; they are of
a dark green, hairy on their under ſide, and fit cloſe
to the ſtalks. The male flowers or katkins come out
on the ſide of the branches between the leaves ;
theſe are oval, and ſtand erect. I have not ſeen any
of theſe plants in fruit, ſo I can give no deſcription
of it.
This fort may be propagated by fuckers, which are
ſent out from the roots when it is planted in a looſe
moiſt foil, and will endure the cold full as well as the
two former forts.
The fifth and fixth forts grow naturally at the Cape
of Good Hope; theſe only differ from each other, in
one having very ſmooth ſhining leaves, and thoſe of
the other hairy. I do not know if they are really dif-
ferent ſpecies, but as I received them from Holland
as ſuch, and the plants ſtill retaining their difference,
fo I have enumerated them both.
Theſe riſe with ſhrubby ſlender ſtalks about four
feet high, which divide into ſmaller branches, which
in one fort are ſmooth, and in the other they are
hairy ; theſe are cloſely garniſhed with leaves about an
inch and a half long, and almoſt an inch broad; ſome
having two, others three, deep indentures on their
fides, which are oppoſite; in one fort they are ſmooth
and ſhining, and in the other they are hairy, and of a
darker green; they fit cloſe to the branches, and
end
a
3
3
a

M Y R
MY R
a
a
end in obtufe points which are indented : between the tifolia Belgica. C. B. P. 469. Broad-leaved Durch
leaves come out ſome oval katkins, which drop off, Myrtle.
ſo that all the plants which I have ſeen have been 3. MYRTUS (Acuta) lanceolato-ovatis acutis. Myrtle
male, therefore I can give no account of the fruit. with Spear-ſhaped, oval, acute-pointed leaves. Myrtus
Thefe retain their leaves all the year, but are too ten- fylveſtris, foliis acutiffimis. C. B. P. 469. Wild Myr-
der to live through the winter in the open air in Eng- tle with very acute-pointed leaves.
land, fo muſt be placed in the green-houſe in winter. 4. MYRTUS (Bætica) foliis ovato-lanceolatis confertis.
As theſe do not produce ſeeds here, ſo they are pro- Myrtle with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves growing in cluſters.
pagated by layers, but they do not take root very Myrtus latifolia Botica 2 vel foliis laurinus, con-
freely, ſo that the plants are not very common in Eu- fertim nafcentibus. C. B. P. 469. Second broad-leaved
rope at preſent; for I do not find that the cuttings of Spaniſh Myrtle, with Bay leaves growing in cluſters, com-
theſe plants will eaſily take root, having made ſeve- monly called Orange-leaved Myrtle.
ral trials of them in all the different methods ; nor 5. Myrtus (Italica) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acutis, ra-
have the Dutch gardeners had better ſucceſs, ſo that mis erectioribus. Myrtle with oval, acute-pointed, Spear-
the plants are as fcarce there as in England.
Maped leaves, and erect branches. Myrtus communis
When the layers are laid down, that part of the Italica. C. B. P. 468. Common Italian Myrtle, called up-
fhoot which is laid ſhould be tongued at a joint, as is right Myrtle.
practiſed in laying of Carnations; and the young 6. MYRTUS (Tarentina) foliis ovatis, baccis rotundio-
ſhoots only fhould be choſen for this purpoſe, for ribus. Myrtle with oval leaves and rounder berries.
the old branches will not put out roots. Theſe layers Myrtus minor vulgaris. C. B. P. 469. Common ſmaller
are often two years before they will have taken root Myrtle, called the Box-leaved Myrtle.
enough to tranſplant, for they ſhould not be ſepa- 7. MYRTUS (Minima) foliis lineari-lanceolatis acumina-
rated from the old plants till they have made good tis. Myrtle with linear, Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed leaves.
roots, becauſe they are very ſubject to miſcarry if they Myrtus foliis minimis & mucronatis. C. B. P. 469.
are not well rooted.
Myrtle with the ſmallest ſharp-pointed leaves, commonly
When they are taken off from the old plants, they called Roſemary-leaved Myrtle.
ſhould be each put into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled 8. Myrtus (Zeylanica) pedunculis multifloris, foliis
with ſoft, rich, loamy earth; and if they are placed ovatis ſubpetiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 472. Myrtle with
under a common frame, ſhading them from the ſun many flowers on each foot-fialk, and oval leaves having
in the middle of the day, it will forward their taking short foot-ſtalks. Myrtus Zeylanica odoratiſſima, bac-
new root; then they may be placed in a ſheltered fi- cis niveis monococcis. H. L. 434. Sweet ſmelling Myr-
tuation during the ſummer, and in the autumn re- tle of Ceylon, with ſnow white berries containing one ſeed.
moved into the green-houſe, and treated in the fame The firſt fort is the common broad-leaved Myrtle,
way as other plants from the ſame country. The beſt which is one of the hardieſt kinds we have. The
ſeaſon for laying down the branches, I have obſerved leaves of this are an inch and a half long, and one inch
to be in July, and by the ſame time the following broad, of a lucid green, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
year they have been fit to remove.
ſtalks. The flowers are larger than thoſe of the other
The ſeventh fort is a native of the Cape of Good forts, and come out from the ſide of the branches, on
Hope ; this hath a weak ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes pretty long foot-ſtalks ; theſe are ſucceeded by oval
five or fix feet high, fending out many long ſlender berries of a dark purple colour, incloſing three or four
branches, which are cloſely garniſhed their whole hard kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers in July and Au-
length with ſmall heart-ſhaped leaves, which fit cloſe guft, and the berries ripen in winter. This fort is by
to the branches, and are ſlightly indented and waved ſome called the flowering Myrtle, becauſe it generally
on their edges. The flowers come out between the has a greater quantity of flowers, and thoſe are larger
leaves in roundiſh bunches; theſe are male in all the than of any other fort.
the plants I have yet ſeen; they have an uncertain The ſecond fort has leaves much leſs than thoſe of the
number of ſtamina, and are all included in one com- former, and are more pointed, ſtanding cloſer toge-
mon ſcaly involucrum or cover.
Theſe flowers ap- ther on the branches; the midrib on the under ſide
pear in July, but make no great appearance; the of the leaves is of a purple colour, they are of a
leaves of this fort continue all the year green.
darker green, and fit cloſer to the branches. The
This is propagated in the ſame way as the two for- flowers are ſmaller, and have ſhorter foot-ſtalks than
mer forts, and is difficult to increaſe, fo is not com- thoſe of the firſt fort; this flowers a little later in the
mon in the European gardens. It requires the ſame ſummer, and ſeldom ripens its berries here.
treatment as the two former forts.
The double flowering Myrtle I take to be a variety of
MYRRHIS. See CHÆROPHYLLUM, SCANDIX, Sison. this, for the leaves and growth of the plant, the ſize
MYRTUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 640. tab. 409. Lin. of the flowers, and the time of flowering, agree bet-
Gen. Plant. 543. Myrtle; in French, Mirte.
ter with this than any of the other forts.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five and in Italy ; the leaves of this are much ſmaller
acute points at the top, is permanent, and ſits on the than thoſe of the ſecond, being leſs than an inch long,
germen. The flower has five large oval petals which and not more than half an inch broad, of an oval ſpear-
are inſerted in the empalement, and a great number of ſhape, ending in acute points, of a dull green, and ſet
ſmall ſtamina which are alſo inſerted in the empalement, pretty cloſe on the branches. The flowers are ſmaller
terminated by ſmall ſummits. The germen is ſituated than either of the former, and come out from the
under the flower, ſupporting a Sender Style, crowned by wings of the leaves toward the end of the branches;
an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an the berries are ſmall and oval.
oval berry with three cells, crowned by the empalement, The fourth fort hath a ſtronger ftalk and branches
each cell containing one or two kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
than either of the former forts, and riſes to a greater
This genus of plants is ranged in the firit ſection of height; the leaves are oval, fpear-ſhaped, and are
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, in which is contained thoſe placed in cluſters round the branches; theſe are of a
plants whoſe flowers have about twenty ſtamina and dark green. The flowers are of a middling fize, and
one ſtyle.
come out ſparingly from between the leaves, the
The SPECIES are,
berrries are oval, and finaller than thoſe of the firſt
1. MYRTUS (Communis) foliis ovatis, pedunculis longi- ſort, but feldom ripens in England. The gardeners
oribus. Myrtle with oval leaves, and longer foot-ſtalks to call this the Orange-leaved Myrtle, and by ſome it is
the flowers. Myrtus latifolia Romana. C. B. P. 468. ſtiled the Bay-leaved Myrtle. This fort is not ſo
Broad-leaved Roman Myrtle, or common broad-leaved hardy as the former.
Myrtle.
The fifth fort is the common Italian Myrtle; this
2. MYRTUS (Belgica) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis. Myr- hath oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points ;
tle with ſpear-ſhaped acute-pointed leaves. Myrtus la- the branches of this grow more erect than thoſe of eia
ther
a
a
a

M Y R
MYR
a
و
ther of the former forts, as do alſo the leaves, from
whence it is called by the gardeners upright Myrtle.
The flowers of this fort are not large, and the petals
are marked with purple at their points, while they re-
main cloſed; the berries are finall
, oval, and of a pur-
ple colour. There is a variety of this with white ber-
ries, in which it only differs from this; and I believe
the Nutmeg Myrtle is only a variety of this, for I have
raiſed ſeveral of the plants from ſeed, many of which
were ſo like the Italian Myrtle, as not to be diftin-
guiſhed from it.
The ſixth fort is commonly called the Box-leaved
Myrtle; the leaves of this are oval, ſmall, and fit
cloſe on the branches; they are of a lucid green, end-
ing in obtuſe points; the branches are weak, and fre-
quently hang downward, when they are permitted to
grow without ſhortening, and have a grayiſh bark.
The flowers are ſmall, and come late in the ſummer,
the berries are ſmall and round.
The ſeventh fort is called the Roſemary-leaved My-
tle, and by ſome it is called the Thyme-leaved Myrtle.
The branches of this grow pretty erect; the leaves
are placed cloſe on the branches; they are ſmall, nar-
row, and end in acute points; they are of a lucid
green, and have a fragrant odour when bruiſed. The
flowers of this are ſmall, and come late in the ſeaſon,
and are but feldom ſucceeded by berries here.
There are ſome other varieties of theſe Myrtles,
which are propagated in the gardens for ſale; but as
their difference has been occaſioned by culture, ſo it
would be multiplying their titles to little purpoſe.
Thoſe which are here enumerated I believe to be
really diftinct, for I have raiſed moſt of them from
feeds, and have not found them change from one to
another, though there has been other Imall variations
among the plants.
The eighth fort is a native of the Inand of Ceylon:
this is much tenderer than either of the former forts,
ſo cannot be kept through the winter in England,
without ſome artificial heat. This hath a ſtrong up-
right ſtalk, covered with a fmooth gray bark, di-
viding upward into many ſlender ſtiff branches, gar-
niſhed with oval leaves placed oppoſite, which are
near two inches long, and an inch and a quarter broad,
ending in points; they are of a lucid green, and have
very ſhort foot-ftalks. The flowers come out at the
ends of the branches, ſeveral of them being ſuſtained
upon one common foot-ſtalk, which branches out,
and each flower ſtands on a very ſlender diſtinct foot-
ftalk ; they are very like the flowers of Italian Myr-
tle, but always appear in December and January, and
are never ſucceeded by berries here.
I ſhall firſt treat of the method of cultivating and pro-
pagating the common ſorts of Myrtle, as they all re-
quire nearly the fame management, and ſhall after-
ward take notice of that of the laſt mentioned, which
require a different treatment ; but as the varieties of
the common ſorts of Myrtle are cultivated in the gar-
dens for ſale, I ſhall juſt mention the titles by which
they are known, that the curious may be informed
how many there are.
Two forts of Nutmeg Myrtles, one with a broader
leaf than the other.
The Bird's Neft Myrtle, the ſtriped Nutmeg Myr-
tle, the ſtriped upright Myrtle, the ſtriped Roſe-
mary-leaved Myrtle, the ſtriped Box-leaved Myrtle,
and the ſtriped broad-leaved Myrtle.
Theſe plants may be all propagated from cuttings, the
beſt ſeaſon for which is in the beginning of July, when
you ſhould make choice of ſome of the itraiteft and
moft vigorous young ſhoots, which ſhould be about
fix or eight inches long, and the leaves on the lower
part muſt be ſtripped off about two or three inches
high, and the part twiſted which is to be placed in
the ground, then having filled a parcel of pots (in
proportion to the quantity of cuttings deſigned) with
light rich earth, you ſhould plant the cuttings therein,
at about two inches diſtance from each other, obſerv-
ing to cloſe the earth faſt about them, and give them
ſome water to ſettle it to the cuttings; then place the
pots under a common hot-bed frame, plunging them
either into ſome old dung, or tanners bark, which will
prevent the earth from drying too faft; but you muſt
carefully fhade them with mats in the heat of the day,
and give them air in proportion to the warmth of the
feafon, not forgetting to water them every two or three
days, as you ſhall find the earth in the pots require it.
With this management, in about fix weeks, the cut-
tings will be rooted, and begin to ſhoot, when you
mult inure them to the open air by degrees, into which
they ſhould be removed towards the latter end of
Auguſt, or the beginning of September, placing them
in a ſituation where they may be ſheltered from cold
winds, in which place they may remain till the mid-
dle or latter end of October, when the pots ſhould be
removed into the green-houſe, but ſhould be placed
in the cooleſt part thereof, that they may have air
given to them whenever the weather is mild, for they
require only to be protected from ſevere cold, except
the Orange-leaved, and the ſtriped Nutmeg Myrtles,
which are ſomewhat tenderer than the reſt, and thould
have a warmer fituation.
During the winter ſeaſon, they muſt be frequently,
but gently watered, and, if any decayed leaves ap-
pear, they ſhould be conſtantly picked off, as alſo
the pots kept clear from weeds, which, if permitted
to grow, will ſoon overſpread the young plants, and
deſtroy them.
If theſe pots are placed under a common hot-bed
frame in winter, where they may be ſcreened from
froſt, and have the free air in mild weather, the
young plants will fucceed better than in a green-
houſe, provided they do not receive too much wet,
and are not kept cloſely covered, which will oc-
cafion their growing mouldy, and dropping their
leaves.
The ſpring following theſe plants ſhould be taken
out of the pots very carefully, preſerving a ball of
earth to the roots of each of them, and every one
ſhould be placed into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
with rich light earth, obſerving to water them well
to ſettle the earth to their roots, and place them un-
der a frame until they have taken root; after which
they ſhould be inured to the open air, and in May
they muſt be placed abroad for the ſummer, in a
ſheltered ſituation, where they may be defended from
ſtrong winds.
During the ſummer ſeaſon they will require to be
plentifully watered, eſpecially being in ſuch ſmall pots,
which in that ſeaſon foon dry; therefore you ſhould
obſerve to place them where they ſhould receive the
morning fun, for when they are too much expoſed to
the fun in the heat of the day, the moiſture contain-
ed in the earth of theſe ſmall pots will ſoon be ex-
haled, and the plants greatly retarded in their growth
thereby.
In Auguſt following you ſhould examine your pots,
to ſee if the roots of the plants have not made way out
through the hole in the bottom of the pots, which
if
you obſerve, you muſt then ſhift them into pots a
fize larger, filling them up with the like rich earth,
and obſerve to trim the roots which were matted to
the fide of the pots, as alſo to looſen the earth from
the outſide of the ball with your hands, ſome of
which ſhould be taken off, that the roots may the
eaſier find paſſage into the freſh earth; then you
muſt water them well, and place the pots in a fitu-
tion where they may be defended from ſtrong winds;
and at this time you may trim the plants, in order
to reduce them to a regular figure, and if they are
inclinable to make crooked ſtems, you ſhould thruſt
down'a ſlender ſtrait ſtick cloſe by them, to which
their ſteins ſhould be faſtened, ſo as to bring them
upright.
If care be taken to train them thus while they are
young, the ſtems afterward, when they have acquired
ſtrength, will continue ſtrait without any ſupport,
and their branches may be pruned, ſo as to form either
balls or pyramids, which for ſuch plants as are pre-
ſerved in the green-houſe, and require to be kept in
ſmall
و
و
9 G

MY R
MY R
a
Small compaſs, is the beſt method to have them abroad, it would endure the cold as well as any of the
handſome, but then theſe ſheered plants will not pro- other forts, it being a native of the fouthern parts
duce any flowers, for which reaſon that ſort with of France. This, and the Orange-leaved kind, are
double flowers ſhould not be clipped, becauſe the the moſt difficult to take root from cuttings; but if
chief beauty of that conſiſts in its flowers; but it will they are planted toward the latter end of June, mak-
be neceſſary to ſuffer a plant or two of each kind to ing choice of only ſuch ſhoots as are tender, and the
grow rude, for the uſe of their branches in nofe- pots are plunged into an old bed of tanners bark which
gays, &c. for it will greatly deface thoſe which have has loſt moſt of its heat, and the glaſſes ſhaded every
been conſtantly iheered to cut off their branches. day, they will take root extremely well, as I have
As theſe plants advance in ftature, they ſhould an- more than once experienced. The Orange-leaved
nually be removed into larger pots, acording to the ſort, and thoſe with variegated leaves, are ſomewhat
ſize of their roots; but you muſt be careful not to put tenderer than the ordinary forts, and ſhould be houſed
them into pots too large, which will cauſe them to a little ſooner in autumn, and placed farther from the
fhoot weak, and many times prove the deſtruction of windows of the green-houſe.
them; therefore when they are taken out of the former The eighth fort is at preſent rare in Europe, ſo is in
pots, the earth about their roots ſhould be pared off, very few gardens. This fort was by Dr. Linnæus
and that within fide the ball muſt be gently looſened, ſeparated from the Myrtles in the former editions of
that the roots may not be too cloſely confined ; and his works, and had the title of Myrſine applied to it;
then place them into the ſame pots again, provided but in his Species of Plants, he has joined it to that
they are not too ſmall, filling up the ſides and bottom genus again, to which, according to his fyftem, it
of them with freſh rich earth, and giving them properly belongs; for the number of petals, ſtamina,
plenty of water to ſettle the earth to their roots ; and ſtyle, do agree with thoſe of the Myrtle, but it dif-
which ſhould be frequently repeated, for they require fers in fructification, this having but one ſeed in each
to be often watered both in winter and ſummer, but fruit, and the Myrtle has four or five.
in hot weather they muſt have it in plenty.
This plant is with difficulty propagated, which oc-
The beſt ſeaſon for ſhifting theſe plants is either in caſions its preſent ſcarcity, for as it does not produce
April or Auguſt, for if it be done much ſooner in the ripe feeds in Europe, it can only be increaſed by lay-
ſpring, the plants are then in a ſlow growing ſtate, and ers or cuttings. By the former method the layers
ſo not capable to ſtrike out freſh roots again very ſoon; are commonly two years before they take root, and
and if it be done later in autumn, the cold weather the cuttings frequently fail, though the latter is pre-
coming on will prevent their taking root; nor is it ad- ferred, when performed at a proper ſeaſon and in a
viſeable to do it in the great heat of ſummer, becauſe right method, the beſt time to plant the cuttings is
they will require to be very often watered, and alſo to in May: in the choice of them, it ſhould be the
be placed in the ſhade, otherwiſe they will be liable to fhoots of the former year, with a ſmall piece of the
droop for a conſiderable time ; and that being the ſea- two years wood at bottom; theſe ſhould be planted
fon when theſe plants ſhould be placed amongſt other in ſmall pots, filled with ſoft loamy earth, for ſmall
exotics, to adorn the ſeveral parts of the garden, theſe pots are to be preferred to large ones for this pur-
plants, being then removed, ſhould not be expoſed pofe, and they ſhould be plunged into a very mo-
until they have taken root again, which, at that time derate hot-bed of tanners bark; and if the pots are
(if the ſeaſon be hot and dry) will be three weeks or each covered with ſmall bell or hand-glaſſes, ſuch as
a month.
have been uſed for blowing of Carnations to exclude
In October, when the nights begin to be froſty, the air, it will be of great ſervice to promote the cut-
you ſhould remove the plants into the green-houſe ; tings putting out roots, though they are covered with
but if the weather proves favourable in autumn (as it the glaſſes of the hot-bed above them; the cuttings
often happens) they may remain abroad until the be- ſhould be ſhaded from the ſun in the heat of the day,
ginning of November ; for if they are carried into the and gently refreſhed with water, as the earth in the
green-houſe too ſoon, and the autumn ſhould prove pots is found to dry, but they ſhould by no means
warm, they will make freſh ſhoots at that ſeaſon, which have too much wet; thoſe cuttings which ſucceed,
will be weak, and often grow mouldy.in winter, if the will have taken root by July, when they ſhould be
weather ſhould be ſo ſevere as to require the windows gradually inured to bear the open air, into which
to be kept cloſely ſhut, whereby they will be greatly it will be proper to remove them about the middle
defaced, for which reaſon they ſhould always be of that month, that they may be ſtrengthened before
kept as long abroad as the ſeaſon will permit, and re- winter, but it will not be proper to tranſplant the cut-
moved out again in the ſpring before they ſhoot out; tings till ſpring; the pots muſt be removed into a tem-
and during the winter ſeaſon that they are in the perate ftove in autumn, and during the winter the
green-houſe, they ſhould have as much free air as pof- cuttings muſt be gently refreſhed with water. In the
ſible when the weather is mild.
ſpring they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each
The three firſt mentioned forts I have ſeen planted planted in a ſmall pot filled with light earth from a
abroad in warm ſituations, and upon a dry ſoil, where kitchen-garden, and plunged into a moderate hot-
they have endured the cold of our winters for ſeveral bed to forward their taking freſh root; then they
years very well, with only being covered in
very
hard ſhould be gradually hardened, and in July placed in
frofts with two or three mats, and the ſurface of the the open air in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may
ground about their roots covered with a little mulch remain till the end of September, and then be re-
to prevent the froſt from entering the ground; but in moved into the ſtove.
Cornwall and Devonſhire, where the winters are more This plant will not live through the winter in Eng-
favourable than in moſt other parts of England, there land in a green-houſe, but if it is placed in a moderate
are large hedges of Myrtle which have been planted degree of warmth, it will flower well in winter; and
feveral years,
and are very thriving and vigorous, in July, Auguft, and September, the plants ſhould
ſome of which are upward of fix feet high; and I be- be placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation.
lieve, if the double flowering kind were planted MYRTUS BRABANTICA. Seo MYRICA.
3
و
a
.
NAP-

N.
N
va. H. L.
3
NAP
N AR
APELLUS. See ACONITUM.
tuſe ſegments; in the center ariſes the column, to
NAPUS. See BRASSICA and RAPA. which the ſtamina are joined at their baſe, but ſpread
NAPÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 748. Mal- open above, and in the hermaphrodite flowers the
ſtyle is connected to the ſame column. The herma-
The CHARACTERS are,
phrodite flowers are ſucceeded by compreſſed orbicu-
It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers in diſtinct plants. Iar fruit, incloſed in the empalement, and divided
The male flowers have pitcher-Shaped empalements of one
into five cells, each containing a kidney-ſhaped ſeed,
leaf, which are permanent, and cut at the top into five but the male plants are barren. It flowers in July and
ſegments. The flowers have five oblong petals, which are the ſeeds ripen in autumn, ſoon after which the ſtalk
connexted at their baſe, but ſpread open, and are divided decays, but the roots will live many years.
at the top ; they have many hairy ſtamina, which are The ſecond ſort hath alſo a perennial root, which
joined at the bottom into a ſort of a cylindrical column, ter- frequently creeps in the ground; this ſends up ſmooth
minated by roundiſh compreſſed ſummits
. The berma- ſtalks, which riſe about four feet high, garniſhed
phrodite flowers have the like empalement, petals, and
with ſmooth leaves, placed alternately, ſtanding upon
Stamina, as the male, and have a conical germen, ſup- pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are deeply cut
porting a cylindrical ſtyle, divided at the top into ten into three lobes, which end in acute points, and are
parts, crowned by ſingle ftigmas. The germen after- irregularly ſawed on their edges; thoſe on the lower
ward turns to an oval fruit, incloſed in the empale- part of the ſtalk are near four inches long, and almoſt
ment, divided into ten cells, each containing one kidney- as much in breadth, but they diminiſh gradually to-
ſhaped ſeed.
ward the top of the ſtalk. At the baſe of the leaf
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection comes out the foot-ſtalk of the flower, which is about
of Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes the three inches long, dividing at the top into three ſmall-
plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina, which are er, each ſuſtaining one white flower of the ſame form
joined at their baſe to the ſtyle, and together form a with thoſe of the firſt fort, but are ſmaller, and the
column. As the plants of this genus have male and column of ſtamina is longer, their ſummits ſtanding
hermaphrodite flowers on diſtinct plants, ſo they differ out beyond the petal.
from all the tribe of malvaceous plants, to which Both theſe plants grow naturally in Virginia, and
they properly belong, the flowers being monopeta- other parts of North America; from the bark of
lous, the ſtamina and ſtyles being joined at their baſe, theſe plants might be procured a ſort of hemp, which
forming a column, which are the eſſential characters many of the malvaceous tribe afford; and in ſome
of that claſs.
of the forts which grow naturally in India, the fi-
The SPECIES are,
bres of the bark are fo fine, as to ſpin into very
1. NAPÆA (Dioica) pedunculis involucratis angulatis fine threads, of which there might be woven very
foliis ſcabris, floribus dioicis. Flor. Virg. 102. Napæa
fine cloth.
with angular foot-ſtalks, rough leaves, and male and ber- Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which if
maphrodite flowers on different plants
. Abutilon folio ſown on a bed of common earth in the ſpring, the
profundè diſſecto, pedunculis multifloris mas & foe- plants will riſe very freely, and will require no other
mina. Ehret. Piet. 7 & 8. Abutilon with a deeply di- care but to keep them clear from weeds till autumn,
vided leaf, and foot-ſtalks having many flowers, which when they may be tranſplanted into the places where
are both male and femole.
they are to remain; they delight in a rich moiſt foil,
2. NAPÆA (Hermaphrodita) pedunculis nudis lævibus, in which they will grow very luxuriantly, ſo they muſt
foliis glabris, foribus hermaphroditis. Napea with be allowed room.
The ſecond ſort may be propa-
naked foot-ſtelks, ſmooth leaves and hermaphrodite flowers. gated by its creeping roots, which may be parted in
Althæa Ricini folio Virginiana. H.L. Virginia Marſh- autumn; but as theſe plants have no great beauty, ſo
mallow with a Ricinus leaf.
one or two of each fort in a garden, for the ſake of
The firſt fort has perennial roots, which are compoſed variety, will be enough.
of many thick fleſhy fibres, which ftrike deep into NARCISSO LEUCOIUM. See GALANTHUS.
the ground, and are connected at the top into a large NARCISSUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 364. [takes its
head, from which come out a great number of rough name of vapòs, or vcpun, a torpidneſs, or deep ſleep,
hairy leaves, near a foot diameter each way, which becauſe the ſmell of this flower is ſaid to cauſe a hea-
are deeply cut into fix or ſeven lobes, which are irre- vineſs of the head, and a ſtupidity. Plutarch tells us,
gularly indented on their edges, each lobe having a this plant was ſacred to the infernal gods. The poets
ftrong midrib, which all meet in a center at the foot- tell us, that Narciſſus was the ſon of Cephiſus, and
ſtalk. The foot-ſtalks are large and long, ariſing the nymph Lyriope; a youth of ſuch excellent beau-
immediately from the root, and ſpread out on every ty, that once upon a time coming to a fountain to
fide. The flower-ſtalks riſe feven or eight feet high, drink, and feeing his beauteous image in the water,
and divide into ſmaller branches, garniſhed at each he
grew
fo enamoured with it that he pined away with
joint with one leaf, of the ſame form as thoſe below, delire, and was transformed into a flower of his
but diminiſh in their ſize toward the top, where they name.] The Daffodil.
feldom have more than three lobes, which are divided The CHARACTERS are,
to the foot-ſtalk; toward the upper part of the ſtalk The flowers are included in an oblong compreſſed Spatha
come out from the fide at each joint a long foot- (or ſeatb) which tears open on the ſide, and witbers.
ſtalk, which branches out toward the top, ſuſtaining The flowers have a cylindrical funnel-fhaped empalement
ſeveral white flowers, which are tubulous at bottom, of one leaf, which is ſpread open at the brim; they have
where the ſegments of the petal are connected, but six oval petals on the outſide of the nectarium, which are
they ſpread open above, and are divided into five ob- inſerted above their bofe, and fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina fixed
to

N A R
NAR
3
a
a
a
to the tube of the ne Etarium, terminated by oblong ſum-
mits; they have a three-cornered, roundiſh, obtuſe ger-
men, ſituated belove the flower, ſupporting a long ſender
Siyle, crowned by a trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward
turns to an obtuſe, roundiſh, three-cornered capſule, with
three cells, filled with globular ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. NARCISSUS (Pſeudonarciſſus) ſpatha uniflorâ, nectario
campanulato erecto, crifpo æquante petala ovata.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 414. Daffodil with one flower in each
sheath, whoſe nečiarium is erect, bell-ſhaped, and equal
with the petals, which are oval. Narciſſus fylveſtris
pallidus, calyce luteo. C. B. P. 52. Pale wild Dafo-
dil with a yellow cup, or common Engliſh Daffodil.
2. NARCISSUS (Poëticus) ſpathâ uniflora, nectario rotato
breviffimo, fcariofo crenulato. Hort. Upfal. 74. Daf-
fodil with one flower in a ſheath, having a very short
wheel-shaped nectarium indented on the edge. Narciſſus
albus, circulo purpureo. C. B. P. 48. White Daffodil
with a purple circle in the middle.
3. NARCISSUS (Incomporibilis) ſpathâ uniflorâ, nectario
campanulato erecto, petalo dimidio breviore. Dafo-
dil with one flower in a peath, having an erect bell-
Shaped empalement half the length of the petal. Nar-
ciſſus incomparibilis, flore pleno, partim flavo, par-
tim croceo. H. R. Par. The Incomparable Daffodil
with a double flower, partly yellow, and partly Saffron-
coloured.
4. NARCISSUS (Medio-luteus) ſpathâ biflorâ, nectarii
campanulato, breviffimo, floribus nutantibus. Deffo-
dil with two flowers in a sheath, a short bell-shaped nec-
tarium, and nodding flowers. Narciſſus medio luteus
vulgaris. Park. Common Dafodil with a yellow middle,
called Primroſe Peerleſs
.
5. NARCISSUS ( Albus) ſpathâ uniflorâ, nectario campa-
nulato breviſlimo, petalis reflexis. Daffodil with one
hower in a ſheath, having a very ſhort bell-shaped netta-
rium, and reflexed petals
. Narciſſus albus, foliis re-
Alexis, calyce brevi aureo. H. R. Par. Daffodil with
white flowers, having reflexed petals, and a bort golden
сир.
6. NARCISSUS (Bulbocodium) ſpathâ uniforâ, nectario
turbinato petalis majore, genitalibus declinatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 417. Rub-leaved Daffodil with one flower in
each ſheath, a turbinated nectarium larger than the petal,
and declining ſiamino. Pſeudonarciffus juncifolius
flavo fiore. Cluf. Hift. 166. Commonly called Hoop-
petticoat Narciſus.
7. NARCISSUS (Serotinus) ſpathâ uniforâ, nectario bre-
viſlimo fex-partito. Laf. Lin. Sp. Plant. 290. Daf-
fodil with one flower in a beath, having a very port
neciarium, which is cut into fix parts. Narciſſus au-
tumnalis minor. Cluſ. Hifp. 251. Smaller autumnal
Daffodil.
8. NARCISSUS (Tazetta) ſpathâ multiflorâ, nectario
campanulato, foliis planis. Hort. Upfal. 74. Daffo-
dil with many flowers in a peath, having a bell-shaped
nektarium, and plain leaves. Narciſſus luteus polyan-
thos Lufitanicus. C. B. P. 50. Yellow Portugal Daffo-
dil with many frowers, commonly called Polyantbus Nar-
ciſſus.
9. NARCISSUS (Jonquilla) ſpatha multiflorâ, nectario cam-
panulato brevi, foliis fubulatis. Hort. Upfal. 75. Daf-
fodil with many flowers in a Meath, a ſhort bell-shaped
neet arium, and cwl-ſhaped leaves. Narciſſus juncifolius
luteus minor. C. B. P. 51. Smaller yellow Rufb-leaved
Daffodil
, called Jonquil
.
The forts here enumerated, are all the real ſpecies
which I have met with in the Engliſh gardens, though
there is a great variety of each ſpecies, which differ
ſo much from one another, as to render it very
diffi-
cult to aſcertain the ſpecies to which they belong ; in
order to find out, as well as I could, from what ipe-
cies many of thoſe varieties have been raiſed, I en-
deavoured to degenerate as many of the double flower-
ing, and others of the beſt kinds, fo far as I could,
by which I have obſerved their feveral changes, and
а
ſhall here mention under each ſpecies, the varieties I
have obſerved.
The firſt fort is the common Engliſh Daffodil, which
grows naturally by the borders of woods and fields in
many parts of England; this hath a large bulbous
root, from which comes out five or fix fiat leaves,
about a foot long, and an inch broad, of a grayiſh
colour, and a little hollowed in the middle like the
keel of a boat. The ſtalk rifes a foot and a half
high, having two ſharp longitudinal angles ; at the
top comes out a ſingle flower, incloſed in a thin ſpa-
tha (or ſheath), which is torn open on one ſide, to
make way for the fiower to come out, and then wi-
thers and remains on the top of the ſtalk. The
flower is of one petal or leaf, being connected at the
bafe, but is cut into fix parts almoſt to the bottom,
which expand; in the middle of this is ſituated a
bell-ſhaped nectarium, called by the gardeners a
cup, which is equal in length to the petal, and ſtands
erect. The flower nods on the ſide of the ſtalk. The
petal is of a pale brimſtone colour, and the nectarium
yellow. It flowers the beginning of April, and after
the flowers are paſt, the germen turns to a roundiſh
capſule, with three cells filled with roundith black
ſeeds, which ripen in July. This fort propagates
very faſt by offsets from the root.
The varieties of this are,
One with white petals, and a pale yellow cup.
One with yellow petals, and a golden cup,
The common double yellow Daffodil.
Another double Daffodil, with three or four cups
within each other.
And, I believe, John Tradeſcant's Daffodil may be
referred to this ſpecies.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and in Italy; this hath a ſmaller and rounder
bulbous root than the former. The leaves are long-
er, narrower, and flatter than thoſe of that fort. The
ftalks do not riſe higher than the leaves, which are
of a gray colour: at the top of the ſtalk comes out
one flower from the ſheath, which nods on one fide.
The petal of this is cut into fix fegments, which are
rounded at their points; they are of a ſnow white, and
ſpread open fiat. In the center is ſituated a very ihort
nectarium or cup, which is fringed on the border
with a bright purple circle. The fowers have an
agreeable odour. This flowers in May, but feidom
produces feeds, however it increaſes faſt enough by
offsets.
The double white Narciſſus is the only variety of
this which I have obſerved, though there is mentioned
in ſome books ſeveral other.
The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal, from whence I have received the roots. The
bulbs of this ſort are very like thoſe of the firſt. The
leaves are longer, of a darker green, and the flower-
ſtalks riſe higher. The ſegments of the petal are
rounder, and ſpread open, flatter than thoſe of the firſt
fort. The nectarium, or cup, in the middle, is about
half the length of the petal, and is edged with a gold-
coloured fringe. It flowers in April, but feldom pro-
duces ſeeds here. This fort ſports and varies more
than any of the other : the following variations I have
traced in the ſame roots.
The roots of theſe, the firſt year, produced very dou-
ble flowers, of the
fort which is commonly called the
Incomparable Daffodil. The fix outer ſegments of
the petal were longer than either of the others, and
white;
the middle was very full of ſhorter petals,
ſome of which were white, others yellow, and col-
lected into a globular figure: ſome of theſe roots, the
following year, produced Powers leſs double than be-
fore, with no white petals in them, but the larger pe-
tals were of a ſulphur colour, and the others yellow;
from this they afterward degenerated to half double
flowers, and at laſt to ſingle flowers, with a cup half
the length of the petal, in which manner they have
continued to flower many years; ſo that we may con-
clude, that thoſe varieties were firſt obtained from
the feeds of this fingle flower.
The
a

N AR
NAR
و
a
3
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and in Italy, and has been found growing in the
fields in ſome parts of England, but it is likely to have
been from ſome roots which have been thrown out of
gardens with rubbiſh. The roots of this fort are not
to large as thoſe of the firſt, and are rounder ; the
leaves are long, of a gray colour, and ſmoother than
thoſe of the firſt; the flower-ſtalks are of the ſame
length with the leaves, and have commonly but one
flower in a ſheath, but ſometimes when the roots are
ſtrong, they have two. The power nods downward,
the ſegments of the petal are a little waved on their
edges, the nectarium or cup is ſhort, and bordered
with yellow; it flowers in May. The ſcent of theſe
flowers is not very agreeable, and as they are not very
beautiful, ſo they are ſeldom cultivated in gardens,
ſince the finer forts have been plenty. There is no
variety of this ſo far as I have been able to trace, for
I could never obſerve any variation in the flowers.
The fifth fort has ſome reſemblance of the fourth, but
the fowers are whiter, the ſegments of the petal are
reflexed, and the border of the nectarium or cup is
of a gold yellow colour; this has fome affinity to the
fecond fort.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Portugal, from
whence I have received the roots. The bulbs of this
kind are ſmall, the leaves are very narrow, having
ſome reſemblance to thoſe of the Ruſh, but are a little
compreſſed, and have a longitudinal furrow on one
ſide; theſe are ſeldom more than eight or nine inches
long. The flower-ſtalk is nender, taper, and about
fix inches long, ſuſtaining at the top one fower,
which is at firſt incloſed in a fheath; the petal is
ſcarce half an inch long, and is cut into fix acute
ſegments; the nectarium or cup is more than two
inches long, very broad at the brim, leſſening gra-
dually to the baſe, being ſomewhat formed like the
ladies hoop petticoats, from whence the flower is to
called. It Howers in April, but does not produce
feeds here. There are no varieties of this fort.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Spain; this hath
a ſmall bulbous root; the leaves are but few in num-
ber, and are narrow; the ſtalk is jointed, and riſes
about nine inches high, ſuſtaining at the top one
flower, which at firſt is incloſed in the ſpatha, or
fheath; the flower is cut into fix narrow ſegments,
which are white; the nectarium, or cup, is yellow.
It flowers late in the autumn, and the roots are ten-
der, ſo are often killed by hard froſts in England,
which renders it ſcarce here.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Portugal, and in
the iſlands of the Archipelago : of this there are a
greater variety than of all the other ſpecies; for as
the flowers are very ornamental, and come early in
the ſpring, ſo the floriſts in Holland, Flanders, and
France, have taken great pains in cultivating and
improving them ; ſo that at preſent the catalogues
printed by the Dutch floriſts, contain more than thirty
varieties, the principal of which are theſe hereafter
mentioned.
Theſe have yellow petals, with Orange, yellow, or
fulphur-coloured cups, or nectariums.
The Great Algiers. The Moſt Beautiful.
The Ladies Noſegay.
The Golden Star.
The Greater Bell.
The Mignon
The Golden Royal. The Zeylander.
The Golden Scepter.
The Madouſe.
The Triumphant.
The Golden Sun.
The following have white petals, with yellow or ſul-
phur-coloured cups or nectariums.
The Archdutchefs. The Greater Bozelman.
The Triumphant Noſegay. The Czarina.
The New Dorothy.
The Grand Monarque.
The Paffe Bozelman. The Czar of Muſcovy.
The Superb.
The Surpaffante.
There are ſome with white petals and white cups,
but theſe are not ſo much eſteemed as the others,
though there are two or three varieties with large
bunches of ſmall white Aowers, which have a very
agreeable odour, ſo are as valuable as any of the
other, and are later in flower than moſt of the other
forts. There is alſo one with very double flowers,
whoſe outer petals are white, and thoſe in the mid-
dle are ſome white, and others of an Orange-colour,
which have a very agreeable ſcent, and is the ear
lieft in flowering ; it is generally called the Cyprus
Narciſſus, and ſeems to be a diſtinct ipecies from the
others. This, like moſt other double flowers, never
produces any feeds, fo is only propagated by offsets,
and is the moſt beautiful of all the Narciſſus, when
blown upon glaffes of water in a room; but when it
is planted in the ground, if the bed in which they are
planted is not covered with mats in froſty weather, to
prevent their flower-buds from being deſtroyed, they
ſeldom flower; for the leaves begin to hoor early in
the autumn, and the flower-buds appear about Chrift-
mas, which are tender, ſo that if hard froſt happen
when they are coming out of the ground, it generally
kills them; but if they are properly ſcreened from
froſt, they will flower in February, and in mild ſeaſons
often in January
The ninth fort is the Jonquil, a flower ſo well
known as to need no deſcription; of this there is the
great and ſmall Jonquil with ſingle flowers, and the
common fort with double flowers, which is moſt
eſteemed.
I ſhall firſt treat of the method for raiſing the fine
forts of Polyanthus Narciflus from ſeeds, which is the
way to obtain new varieties.
The not practiſing this has occafioned our ſending
abroad annually for great quantities of flower-roots,
which have been kept up to a high price, on account
of the great demand for them in England; whereas
if we were as induſtrious to propagate them as our
neighbours, we might foon vie with them, if not out-
do them, in moſt ſorts of flowers; as may be ſeen, by
the vaſt variety of Carnations, Auriculas, Ranuncu-
las, &c. which have been produced from feeds in
England, and exceed moſt of thoſe kinds in any part
of Europe.
You muſt be very careful in ſaving your ſeeds, to
gather none but from ſuch flowers as have good pro-
perties, and particularly from ſuch only as have ma-
ny flowers upon a ſtalk, that fower tall, and have
beautiful cups to their flowers; from ſuch you may
expect to have good flowers produced; but if you
fow ordinary feed, it is only purting yourſelf to
trouble and expence to no purpoſe, ſince from ſuch
ſeeds there can be no hopes of procuring any valua-
ble flowers,
Having provided yourſelf with good ſeeds, you muſt
procure either ſome ſhallow caſes or flat pans, made
on purpoſe for the raiſing of ſeedlings, which ſhould
have holes in their bottoms, to let the moiſture paſs
off; theſe muſt be filled with freſh, light, fandy earth
about the beginning of Auguſt (that being the ſeaſon
for fowing the ſeeds of moſt bulbous-rooted flowers ;)
the earth in theſe muſt be levelled very even ;
en; then
ſow the feeds thereon pretty thick, covering them over
with fine fifted light earth about half an inch thick,
and place the caſes or pans in a ſituation where they
may have only the morning fun till about ten o'clock,
where they ſhould remain until the beginning of Oc-
tober, when they muſt be removed into a warmer fi-
tuation, placing them upon bricks, that the air may
freely paſs under the caſes, which will preſerve them
from being too moiſt.
They ſhould alſo be expoſed to the full fun, but
ſcreened from the north and eaſt winds; and if the
froſt ſhould be ſevere, they muſt be covered, other-
wiſe there will be danger of their being deſtroyed; in
this ſituation they may remain until the beginning of
April, by which time the plants will be up, when
you muſt carefully clear them from weeds; and if
the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, they muſt be frequently
watered: the caſes ſhould alſo now be removed into
their former ſhady poſition, or ſhaded in the middle
9 H
of

N A R
N AR
:
a
of the day, for the heat of the noon-day fun will be
too great for the young plants.
The latter end of June, when the leaves of the plants
are decayed, you ſhould take off the upper ſurface
of the earth in the caſes (which by that time will have
contracted a moífineſs, and, if ſuffered to remain,
will greatly injure the young roots) obſerving not to
take it ſo deep as to touch the roots; then fift ſome
freſh light earth over the ſurface, about half an inch
thick, which will greatly ſtrengthen the roots; the
fame ſhould alſo be repeated in October, when the
caſes are moved again into the fun.
During the ſummer ſeaſon, if the weather ſhould
prove very wet, and the earth in the caſe appear very
moiſt, you muſt remove them into the ſun till the earth
be dry again; for if the roots receive much wet during
the time they are inactive, it very often rots them ;
therefore you muſt never give them any water after
their leaves are decayed, but only place them in the
ſhade, as was before directed.
Thus you ſhould manage them the two firſt ſeaſons,
till their leaves are decayed; but the ſecond ſummer
after fowing, you ſhould carefully take up the roots ;
which may be done, by fifting the earth in the caſes
through a fine ſieve, whereby the roots will be eaſily
ſeparated from the earth; then having prepared a bed
or two of good freſh light earth, in proportion to the
quantity of your roots, you ſhould plant them there-
in, at about three inches diſtance every way, and
about three inches deep in the ground.
Theſe beds ſhould be raiſed above the level of the
ground, in proportion to the moiſture of the foil,
which if dry, three inches will be enough; but if it be
wet, they muſt be raiſed fix or eight inches high, and
laid a little rounding, to ſhoot off the wet.
If theſe beds are made in July, which is the beſt time
to tranſplant the roots, the weeds will ſoon appear very
thick; therefore you ſhould gently hoe the ſurface
of the ground to deſtroy them, being very careful not
to cut ſo deep as to touch any of the roots; and this
fhould be repeated as often as may be found necef-
ſary, by the growth of the weeds, obſerving always
to do it in dry weather, that they may be effectually
deſtroyed; and toward the latter end of October, after
having entirely cleared the beds from weeds, you
ſhould fift a little rich light earth over them, about
an inch thick ; the goodneſs of which will be waſhed
down to the roots by the winter's rain, which will
greatly encourage their ſhooting in the ſpring.
If the cold hould be very ſevere in winter, you
ſhould cover the beds either with old tan or ſea coal
aſhes, or in want of theſe with Peaſe-haulm, or ſome
ſuch light covering, to prevent the froſt from pene-
trating the ground to the roots, which might greatly
injure them while they are ſo young.
In the ſpring, when the plants begin to appear above
ground, you muſt gently ſtir the ſurface of the ground,
clearing it from weeds, &c. in doing of which, you
ſhould be very careful not to injure the plants; and
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, you ſhould now and
then gently refreſh them with water, which will
ſtrengthen the roots.
When their leaves are decayed, you ſhould clear the
beds from weeds, and lift a little earth over them (as
was before directed) which muſt alſo be repeated in
October, in like manner; but the roots ſhould not re-
main longer in theſe beds than two years, by which
time they will have grown fo large as to require more
room ; therefore they ſhould be taken up as ſoon as
their leaves are decayed, and planted into freſh beds,
which ſhould be dug deep, and a little very rotten dung
buried in the bottom, for the fibres of the roots to
ftrike into. Then the roots ſhould be planted at fix
inches diſtance, and the ſame depth in the ground.
In the autumn, before the froſt comes on, if ſome
rotten tan is laid over the beds, it will keep out the
froſt, and greatly encourage the roots; and if the
winter ſhould prove ſevere, it will be proper to lay a
greater thickneſs of tan over the beds, and alſo in the
alleys, to keep out froſt, or to cover them over with
Straw, or Peafe-haulm, otherwiſe they may be all de-
ſtroyed by the cold. In the ſpring thefe coverings
ſhould be removed, as ſoon as the danger of hard
froſts is over, and the beds muſt be kept clean from
weeds the following ſummer : at Michaelmas they
ſhould have ſome freſh earth laid over the beds, and
covered again with tan, and ſo every year continued
till the roots flower, which is generally in five years
from ſeed, when you ſhould mark all ſuch as promiſe
well, which ſhould be taken up as foon as their leaves
decay, and planted at a greater diſtance in new pre-
pared beds; but thoſe which do not flower, or thoſe
you do not greatly eſteem, ſhould be permitted to re-
main in the ſame bed; therefore, in taking up thoſe
roots which you marked, you muſt be careful not to
diſturb the roots of thoſe left, and alſo to level the
earth again, and fift fome freſh earth over the beds
(as before) to encourage the roots ; for it often hap-
pens in the ſeedlings of theſe flowers, that at their
firſt time of blowing, their flowers feldom appear
half ſo beautiful as they do the ſecond year; for which
reaſon none of them ſhould be rejected until they
have flowered two or three times, that ſo you may be
afſured of their worth.
Thus having laid down directions for the fowing and
managing theſe roots, until they are ſtrong enough
to flower, I ſhall proceed to give fome inſtructions
for planting and managing the roots afterwards, ſo as
to cauſe them to produce large fair flowers.
All the forts of Narciſſus which produce many flowers
upon a ſtalk, ſhould have a ſituation defended from
cold and ſtrong winds, otherwiſe they will be ſubject
to be injured by the cold in winter, and their ſtems
broken down when in flowers for notwithſtanding their
ſtalks are generally pretty ſtrong, yet the number of
flowers upon each renders their heads weighty, eſpe-
cially after rain, which lodges in the flowers, and,
if ſucceeded by ſtrong winds, very often deſtroys
their beauty, if they are expoſed thereto; ſo that
a border under a hedge, which is open to the ſouth-
eaſt, is preferable to any other poſition for theſe
flowers.
The morning ſun riſing upon them will dry off the
moiſture which had lodged upon them the preceding
night, and cauſe them to expand fairer than when
they are planted in a ſhady ſituation ; and if they are
too much expoſed to the afternoon fun, they will be
hurried out of their beauty very foon; and the
ſtrong winds uſually coming from the weft and ſouth-
weſt points, they will be expoſed to the fury of
them, which frequently is very injurious to them.
Having made choice of a proper ſituation, you muſt
then proceed to prepare the earth neceffary to plant
them in; for if the natural foil of the place be very
ſtrong or poor, it will be proper to make the border
of new earth, removing the former foil away about
three feet deep. The beſt earth for theſe flowers is a
freſh, light, hazel loam, mixed with a little
very rotten
neats dung: this ſhould be well mixed together, and
often turned over, in order to ſweeten it; then having
removed away the old earth to the fore-mentioned
depth, you ſhould put a layer of rotren dung or tan
in the bottom, about four or five inches thick, upon
which you muſt lay fome of the prepared earth about
eighteen or twenty inches thick, making it exactly le-
vel; then having marked out by line the exact dif-
tances at which the roots are to be planted (which
ſhould not be leſs than fix or eight inches ſquare) you
muſt place the roots accordingly, obſerving to ſet
them upright; then you muſt cover them over with
the before mentioned earth about eight inches deep,
being very careful in doing it, not to diſplace the
roots; when this is done, you muſt make the ſurface
of the border even, and make up the ſide ſtrait, which
will appear handſome,
The beſt time for planting theſe roots is in the end of
Auguſt, or beginning of September; for if they are
kept too long out of the ground, it will cauſe their
flowers to be weak. You ſhould alſo obſerve the
nature of the foil where they are planted, and whe-
ther
3
3
а

N AR
NA T
a
ther the ſituation be wet or dry, according to which ſame place is conſtantly occupied by the like flowers.
you ſhould adapt the freſh earth, and order the But thoſe people take up their roots every year, for as
beds; for if the ſoil be very ſtrong and the ſituation they cultivate them fur fale, the rounder their roots
moiſt, you ſhould then make choice of a light earth, are, the more valuable they will be: the way to have
and raiſe the beds fix or eight inches, or a foot, above them fo is, to take their offsets from them annually;
the level of the ground, otherwiſe the roots will be for when their roots are left two or three years unre-
in danger of periſhing by too much wet; but if the moved, the offsets will have grown large, and theſe
ſituation be dry and the foil naturally light, you ſhould preſſing againſt each other, will cauſe their fides to be
then allow the earth to be a little ſtronger, and the flatted; ſo that where the roots are propagated for ſale,
beds ſhould not be raiſed above three or four inches they ſhould be annually taken up as ſoon as their
high; for if they are made too high, the roots will leaves decay; and the large bulbs may be kept out of
fuffer very much, if the ſpring ſhould prove dry, the ground till the middle or end of October, but the
nor would the flowers be near fo fair. As alſo in offsets ſhould be planted the beginning of September
very ſevere winters, thoſe beds which are raiſed much or ſooner, that they may get ſtrength, ſo as to become
above the level of the ground, will be more expoſed blowing roots the following year: but where they
to the cold than thoſe which are lower, unleſs the are deſigned for ornament, they ſhould not be removed
alleys are filled up with rotten tan or litter.
oftener than every third year, for then the roots will
During the ſummer, the only culture theſe flowers be in large bunches, and a number of ſtalks with
require is, to keep them free from weeds; and when flowers coming from each bunch, they will make a
their leaves are entirely decayed, they ſhould be much better appearance than where a ſingle ftalk riſes
raked off, and the beds made clean : but by no from each root, which will be the caſe when the roots
means cut off their leaves till they are quite decayed, are annually removed.
as is by ſome practiſed, for that greatly weakens The common forts of Daffodil are generally planted
the roots.
in large borders of the pleaſure-garden, where, being
Towards the middle of October, if the weeds have intermixed with other bulbous-rooted flowers, they
grown upon the beds, you ſhould in a dry day gently afford an agreeable variety in their ſeaſons of flower-
hoe the ſurface of the ground to deſtroy them, ob- ing. Theſe roots are very hardy, and will thrive in
ſerving to rake it over ſmooth again ; and before the almoſt
any
foil or ſituation, which renders them very
frofts come on, the beds ſhould be covered over two proper for rural gardens, where, being planted under
inches thick with rotten tan, to keep out the froſt; the ſhade of trees, they will thrive for ſeveral years
after which they will require no farther care till the without tranſplanting, and produce annually in the
ipring, when their leaves will appear above ground; ſpring great quantities of flowers, which will make a
at which time you ſhould gently ſtir the ſurface of the good appearance before the trees come out in leaf.
earth with a ſmall trowel, being very careful not to The Jonquils ſhould be planted in beds or borders,
injure the leaves of the plants, and rake it ſmooth ſeparate from other roots, becauſe theſe require to be
with your hands, clearing off all weeds, &c. which, tranſplanted at leaſt every year, otherwiſe their roots
if ſuffered to remain at that ſeaſon, will ſoon grow ſo are apt to grow long and flender, and ſeldom flower
faſt as to appear unſightly, and will exhauſt the nou- well after; which is alſo the caſe, if they are continued
riſhment from the earth. With this management many years in the ſame foil, wherefore the roots
theſe roots will flower very ſtrong, ſome of which will ſhould be often removed from one part of the garden
appear in March, and the others in April; which, if to another, or at leaſt, the earth ſhould be often re-
ſuffered to remain, will continue in beauty a full newed, which is the moſt probable method to pre-
month, and are, at that ſeaſon, very great ornaments ſerve their flowers in perfection.
to a flower-garden.
The foil in which theſe flowers ſucceed beft, is an
After the flowers are paſt, and the leaves decayed, hazel loam, neither too light nor over ſtiff; it muſt
you ſhould ſtir the ſurface of the ground, to prevent
be freſh, and free from roots of trees or noxious
the weeds from growing; and if at the ſame time weeds, but ſhould not be dunged; for it is very re-
you lay a little very rotten dung over the ſurface of markable, that where the ground is made rich, they
the beds, the rain will waſh down the ſalts thereof, ſeldom continue good very long, but are ſubject to
which will greatly encourage the roots the ſucceeding ſhoot downwards, and form long ſlender roots.
year.
Theſe flowers are greatly eſteemed by many people
During the ſummer ſeaſon they will require no farther for their ſtrong ſweet ſcent, though there be
care, but to keep them clear from weeds till October,
,
ladies that can bear the ſmell of them ; ſo powerful
;
when the ſurface of the beds ſhould be again ſtirred, is it, that many times it overcomes their ſpirits, eſpe-
raking off all weeds, &c. and laying ſome good freſh cially if confined in a room; for which reaſon, they
earth over the beds about an inch deep, which will ſhould never be planted too cloſe to a habitation, left
make good the loſs ſuſtained by weeding, &c. and in they become offenſive ; nor ſhould the flowers be
the ſpring you muſt manage as was directed for the placed in ſuch rooms where company is entertained.
preceding year.
NASTURTIUM. See LEPIDIUM.
Theſe roots ſhould not be tranſplanted oftener than NASTURTIUM INDICUM. See TROPÆOLUM.
every
third
year,
if they are expected to flower ſtrong NATURAL is belonging to, or proceeding from
and make a great increaſe; becauſe the firſt
becauſe the firſt year after nature.
removing, they never flower ſo ſtrong as they do the NATURE is a term variouſly uſed; and Mr. Boyle,
ſecond and third ; nor will the roots increaſe ſo faft, in a treatiſe of the vulgarly received notion of Na-
when they are often tranſplanted; but if you let them ture, gives us eight principal ones.
remain longer than three years unremoved, the num- 1. Nature is uſed for the ſyſtem of the world, the
ber of offsets which by that time will be produced, machine of the univerſe, or the aſſemblage of all cre-
will weaken the large bulbs, and cauſe them to produce
ated beings.
very weak flowers, therefore at the time of tranſ- In this ſenſe we ſay, the author of Nature, meaning
planting them, all the ſmall offsets ſhould be taken God; and ſpeaking of the ſun, call him the father of
off, and planted in a nurſery-bed by themſelves, but Nature, becauſe he warms the earth, and makes it
the large bulbs may be planted again for flowering. If fruitful; and the eye of Nature, becauſe he illumi-
you plant them in the ſame bed where they grew be- nates the univerſe, and of a phoenix, a unicorn,
fore, you muſt take out all the earth two feet deep, a griffin, a fatyr, that there are no ſuch things in
and fill it up again with freſh, in the manner before Nature.
directed, which will be equal to removing them into 2. Nature, in a more confined ſenſe, comprehends
another place : this is the conſtant practice of the the ſeveral kinds of beings, created and uncreated,
gardeners in Holland, who have but little room to corporeal and ſpiritual: thus we ſay, human Nature,
change their roots; therefore they every year remove i. e. all men who poſſeſs the ſame rational fouls; an-
the earth of their beds, and put in freſh, ſo that the gelical Nature, divine Nature.
3. Nature,
very few
a

NEC
NEP
a
a
3. Nature, in a ftill more reſtrained ſenſe, is uſed 7. Murry Nectarine is a middle fized fruit, of a dirty
for the effence of a thing, or that attribute that makes red colour on the ſide next the fun, but of a yellowiſh
a thing what it is; as, it is the Nature of the ſoul to green towards the wall, the pulp is tolerably well
think.
favoured: this ripens the beginning of September.
4. Nature is particularly uſed for the eſtabliſhed or- 8. Golden Nectarine is a fair handſome fruit, of a
der and courſe of material things, the ſeries of the ſoft red colour next the fun, but of a bright yellow
ſecond cauſes, or the laws that God has impoſed on next the wall; the pulp is very yellow, of a rich fla-
the motions impreſſed by him. In this ſenſe we ſay, vour, and cloſely adheres to the itone, where it is of
the day and night, by Nature, fucceed one another; a faint red colour: this ripens the middle of Sep-
phyſic is the ſtudy of Nature ; reſpiration is by Na- tember
ture neceffary to life.
9. Temple's Nectarine is a middle-fized fruit, of a
5. Nature is alſo uſed to ſignify an aggregate of powers,
foft red colour next the ſun, of a yellowiſh green to-
which belong to any body, eſpecially a living one. ward the wall: the pulp is melting, of a white co-
Thus we ſay, Nature is ſtrong, Nature is weak, Na- lour towards the ſtone, from which it parts, and has
ture is ſpent, &c.
a fine poignant flavour ; this ripens the end of Sep-
6. Nature is alſo more ſtrictly uſed for the action of tember.
providence, the principle of all things, or that fpi- 10. Peterborough, or late green Nectarine, is a mid-
ritual being which is diffuſed throughout the creation, dle fized fruit, of a pale green colour on the outſide
and moves and acts in all bodies, and gives them cer- next the fun, but of a whitiſh green towards the wall;
tain properties, and procures certain effects. In this the fleſh is firm, and, in a good ſeaſon, tolerably well
fenſe, Nature fignifies the qualities or virtues that flavoured; this ripens the middle of October.
God has given to his creatures, animal, vegetable, &c. There are ſome perſons who pretend to have more
In ſpeaking of the action of Nature, no more is to be varieties than I have here enumerated, but I much
underſtood, but that bodies act on one another in a doubt whether they are different, there being ſo
manner agreeable to the general laws of motion near a reſemblance between the fruits of this kind,
which the Creator has eſtablihed.
that it requires a very cloſe attention to diſtinguiſh
NEBULOSE, or NEBULOUS, fignifies cloudy, them well, eſpecially if the trees grow in different
miſty, foggy, hazy.
ſoils and aſpects, which many times alters the ſame
NECTARINE [properly ſo called of nectar, the fruit ſo much, as hardly to be diſtinguilhed by per-
poetical drink of the Gods] Nectarine.
ſons who are very converſant with them; therefore,
This fruit ſhould have been placed under the article in order to be thoroughly acquainted with their dif-
of Peaches, to which it properly belongs, differing ferences, it is neceſſary to conſider the ſhape and ſize
from them in nothing more than in having a ſmooth of their leaves, the fize of their flowers, their man-
rind, and the fleſh being firmer. Theſe the French ner of ſhooting, &c. which is many times very help-
diſtinguiſh by the name of Brugnon, as they do thoſe ful in knowing of theſe fruits.
Peaches which adhere to the ſtone, by the name of The culture of this fruit differing in nothing from
Pavies, retaining the name of Peſche to only ſuch as that of the Peach, I ſhall forbear mentioning any
part from the ſtone; but ſince the writers in garden- thing on that head in this place, to avoid repetition,
ing have diſtinguiſhed this fruit by the name of Nec- but only with thofe perſons who propagate this fruit,
tarine from the Peaches, fo I ſhall follow their exam- will take their buds from bearing trees, and not from
ple, left by endeavouring to rectify their miſtakes, I young nurſery trees, as is too often practiſed; how-
ſhould render myſelf leſs intelligible to the reader. I ever, I ſhall refer the reader to the article PERSICA,
ſhall therefore mention the ſeveral varieties of this where there is an ample account of their planting,
fruit, which have come to my knowledge :
pruning, &c.
1. Fairchild's early Nectarine. This is one of the NEMORAL ſignifies belonging to a wood or
earlieſt ripe Nectarines we have; it is a ſmall round grove.
fruit, about the ſize of the Nutmeg Peach, of a beau-NEPETA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 629. Cataria. Tourn.
tiful red colour, and well flavoured; it ripens the end Inft. R. H. 202. tab. 95. Catmint, or Nep; in French,
Herbes aux Chats.
2. Elruge Nectarine: the tree has fawed leaves; the
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers are ſmall; it is a middle-ſized fruit, of a dark The empalement of the flower is tubulous and cylindrical,
red or purple colour next the fun, but of a pale yel- indented into five acute parts at the top. The flower is
low or greeniſh colour towards the wall; it parts from of the lip kind, with one petal, having an incurved cy-
the ſtone, and has a ſoft melting juice : this ripens in lindrical tube, gaping at the top. The upper lip is erect,
the beginning of Auguſt
.
roundiſh, and indented at the point. Tbe under lip is
3. Newington Nectarine : the tree has fawed leaves ; large, concave, entire, and ſawed on the edge. It hath
the flowers are large and open ; it is a fair large fruit, four awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſituated under the upper lip,
(when planted on a good foil) of a beautiful red co- two of which are porter than the other, terminated by
lour next the fun, but of a bright yellow towards the incumbent ſummits. In the bottom of the tube is ſituated
wall, it has an excellent rich juice; the pulp adheres the quadrifid germen, Supporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned
clofely to the ſtone, where it is of a deep red colour : by a bifid acute ſtigmo. The germen afterward turns to
this ripens the latter end of Auguſt, and is the beſt four oval ſeeds, ſitting in the empalement.
flavoured of all the forts, or perhaps of any known This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fruit in the world.
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
4. Scarlet Nectarine is ſomewhat leſs than the laſt, of plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
a fine red or fcarlet colour next the ſun, but loſes itſelf itamina, and are fucceeded by naked ſeeds ſitting in
in paler red towards the wall : this ripens in the end the empalement.
of Auguſt.
The SPECIES are,
5. Brugnon or Italian Nectarine, has ſmooth leaves ; 1. NEPETA (Cataria) floribus fpicatis, verticillis fub-
the flowers are ſmall; it is a fair large fruit, of a deep pedicellatis, foliis petiolatis cordatis dentato-ſerratis.
red colour next the fun, but of a ſoft yellow towards Lin. Sp. Plant. 796. Catmint with Spiked flowers,
the wall; the pulp is firm, of a rich flavour, and whoſe whorls have very ſhort foot-ſtalks, and heart-ſhaped
cloſely adheres to the ſtone, where it is very red : this leaves growing on foot-ſtalks, which are indented like
ripens in the end of Auguſt.
the teeth of a law. Cataria major vulgaris. Tourn.
6. Roman Red Nectarine has ſmooth leaves, and Inft. R. H. 202. Common greater Catmint.
large flowers ; it is a large fair fruit, of a deep red or 2. NEPETA (Minor) floribus ſpicatis, fpicis interruptis,
purple colour towards the fun, but has a yellowiſh verticillis pedicellatis, foliis ſubcordatis ſerratis peti-
caít next the wall; the fleſh is firm, of an excellent olatis. Catmint with Spikes of flowers, with interrupted
favour, cloſely adhering to the ſtone, where it is very whorls ftanding on foot-ſtalks, and ſawed leaves, with
red: this ripens in September.
foot-ftalks almoſt heart-ſhaped. Cataria minor vul-
of July.
a
а.
m
a
garis.

NEP
N E P
06
و
garis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 202. Smaller common Cat-
mint.
3. NEPETA (Anguſtifolia) floribus fpicatis, verticillis fub-
ſeſſilibus, foliis cordato-oblongis íerratis feffilibus.
Catmint with ſpiked flowers, whoſe whorls grow almoſt
cloſe to the ſtalks, and oblong, Sawed, heart-ſhaped leaves,
fitting close. Cataria anguſtifolia major. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 202. Greater narrow-Icaved Catmint.
4. NEPETA (Paniculata) floribus paniculatis, foliis ob-
longo cordatis acutis ſerratis feffilibus. Catmint with
panicled flowers, and oblong, beart-ſhaped, acute; Sawed
leaves, fitting cloſe to the fialks. Cataria quæ nepeta
minor, folio melillæ Turcicæ. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 174.
Smaller Cotmint with a Turkey Balm leaf.
5. NEPETA (Italica) foribus feffilibus verticillato-ſpica-
tis, bracteis lanceolatis longitudine calycis, foliis pe-
tiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 798. Catmint whoſe flowers
grow in whorled Spikes, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk, having
Spear-ſhaped bractee the length of the empaiement, with
leaves growing upon the foot-ſtalks. Cataria minor
Alpina. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 202. Smaller Alpine
Catmint.
6. NEPETA (Violacea) verticillis pedunculatis corymbo-
fis, foliis petiolatis cordato-oblongis dentatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 797. Catmint with roundiſh whorls ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks, and oblong, beart-shaped, indented leaves.
Cataria Hiſpanica, betonicæ folio anguſtiore flore cæ-
ruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 202. Spaniſh Catmint with
a narrow Betony leaf, and a blue flower.
7. NEPETA (Tuberoſa) fpicis feſilibus, bracteis ovatis
coloratis, foliis fummis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 311.
Catmint with ſpiked flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, oval
coloured bractea, and the upper leaves fitting cloſe to the
fialks. Cataria Hiſpanica, fupina, betonicæ folio,
tuberoſà radice. Tourn. Init. R. H. 202. Spaniſh Cat-
mint with a declining Stalk, a Betony leaf, and a tube-
Yous root.
8. Nepeta (Hirſuta) floribus feffilibus verticillato-ſpi-
catis, verticillis tomento obvolutis. Hort. Cliff. 311.
Catmint with flowers growing in whorled Spikes fitting
cloſe to the stalk, and the whorls covered with down.
Horminum ſpicatum lavendulæ flore & odore. Bocc.
Plant. Sic. 48. tab. 25. Spiked Clary with a Lavender
ſmell and flower.
9. NEPETA (Virginica) foliis lanceolatis, capitulis ter-
minalibus, ftaminibus flore longioribus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 571. Catmint with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, fialks ter-
minated by flowers growing in heads, and ſtamina longer
than the flower. Clinopodium amaraci folio, floribus
albis. Pluk. Alm. 110. Field Baſil with a Marjoram
leaf, and a white flower.
10. NEPETA (Orientalis) floribus fpicatis, verticillis craf-
fioribus, foliis cordatis obtusè dentatis petiolatis. Cat-
enint with Spiked flowers, whoſe whorls are very thick,
and heart-ſhaped leaves which are obtuſely indented, and
ſtand upon foot-ſtalks. Cataria Orientalis, teucrii folio,
lavendula odore, verticillis fiorum craffiffimis. Tourn.
Cor. Inft. 13. Eaſtern Catmint with a Tree Germander
leaf ſmelling like Lavender, and very thick whorls to the
flowers.
11. ,NEPETA (Procumbens) foribus verticillatis, bracteis
ovatis hirſutis, foliis cordato-ovatis crenatis, caule
procumbente. Catmint with whorled flowers, having
oval hairy brotled, oval heart-ſhaped leaves, which are
crenated, and a trailing ſtalk.
The firſt fort is the common Nep, or Catmint, which
grows naturally on the ſide of banks and hedges in
inany parts of England; this has a perennial root,
from which ariſe many branching ſtalks, which are
four-cornered, about two feet high, garniſhed at each
joint by two heart-ſhaped leaves ftanding oppoſite,
upon pretty long foot-Italks ; they are ſawed on their
edges, and are hoary on their under fide. The flow-
ers grow in ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks, and below
the ſpikes are two or three whorls of flowers, which
have very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are white,
and have two lips; the upper lip ſtands erect, and
the lower is a little reflexed, and indented at the
point; theſe are each ſucceeded by four oval black
ſeeds, which ripen in the empalement.
The whole plant has a ſtrong ſcent between Mint and
Penny Royal; it is called Catmint, becauſe the cats
are very fond of it, eſpecially when it is withered, for
then they will roll themſelves on it, and tear it to
pieces, chewing it in their mouths with great plea-
lure. Mr. Ray mentions his having tranſplanted
ſome of the plants of this fort from the fields, into
his garden, which were foon deſtroyed by the cats,
but the plants which came up from feeds in his gar-
den eſcaped, which verifies the old proverb, viz. “ If
you ſet it the cats will eat it, if you fow it the cars
“ will not know it.” I have frequently made trial of
this, and have always found it true; for I have tranſ-
planted one of the plants from another part of the
garden, within two feet of ſome plants which carne
up from ſeeds, the latter has remained unhurt, when
the former has been torn to pieces, and deſtroyed by
the cats; but I have always obſerved, where there is
a large quantity of the herb growing together, they
will not meddle with it. This flowers in June and
.
July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. It is uſed in
medicine.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Italy, and the
fouth of France; the ſtalks of this are ſlendere, their
joints farther aſunder, the leaves are narrower, and
the whole plant whiter than the firſt. The ſpikes of
flowers are divided into whorls; the lower of theſe
are two inches apart, others are an inch, and the up-
per half an inch, and theſe differences are perma-
nent, for I have always found the feeds produce the
ſame kind.
The ſtalks of the third fort do not branch ſo much as
either of the former; they are flenderer, and their
joints farther afunder; the leaves are ſmall, narrow,
and almoſt heart-ſhaped, ſawed on their edges, hoary,
and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The ſpikes of flowers
are more broken, or interrupted than thoſe of the fe-
cond, and the whorls ſtand upon foot-ſtalks. It grows
naturally in Italy.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Sicily; this riſes
with a ſtrong four-cornered ſtalk near three feet
high; the lower joints are four or five inches aſunder.
The leaves are long, narrow, and heart-ihaped, deeply
ſawed on their edges, and ſet pretty cloſe to the ſtalk,
The flowers grow in panicles along the ſtalks, and are
of a pale purpliſh colour. It flowers about the fame
time with the other forts.
The fifth fort grows naturally upon the Alps; the
ſtalks of this feldom riſe more than a foot and a half
high, ſending out very few branches. The whorls of
flowers which form the ſpike, are diſtant from each
other, and ſet cloſe to the ſtalk. The leaves are ſhort,
oval, heart-ſhaped, and ſtand upon foot-ſtalks ; the
plant is hoary, and ſtrong ſcented.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain; the ſtalks of
this riſe about two feet high, and have a few flender
branches coming out from the fides. The leaves are
heart-ſhaped, and indented on their edges. The
flowers grow in roundiſh whorls, upon foot-ſtalks,
and are blue; there is alſo a variety of this with white
flowers.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Portugal; this
has a thick knobbed root, from which comes out one
or two ſtalks, which often decline to the ground;
they are about two feet and a half long, and ſend out
two fide branches oppoſite. The leaves are oblong,
crenated on their edges, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks,
and are of a deep green. The upper part of the ſtalk,
for more than a foot in length, is garniſhed with
whorls of flowers, the lower being two inches aſunder,
but are nearer all the way upward; theſe fit
very
cloſe
to the ſtalks, and are guarded by oval, ſmall, coloured
leaves, or bractea. The flowers are blue, and ſhap-
ed like thoſe of the other ſpecies; there is one of this
fort with an erect ſtalk, which is the only difference
between them.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Sicily. The ſtalks
of this grow about two feet high; the branches come
out toward the bottom; they are heart-thaped, ob-
tufe, and but little indented, ſtanding upon pretty
long
a
a
a
a
91

N ER
N ER
a
a
a
long foot-ſtalks. The ſtalks are terminated by long H. L. Narrow-leaved Indian Roſe Bay, with ſingle
ſpikes of whorled flowers, which are ſeparated, and ſweet-Scented flowers.
lit cloſe to them; theſe are wrapped in a hoary down. 3. Nerium (Latifolium) foliis lanceolatis longioribus
The flowers are white, and appear in July.
fiaccidis. Rose Bay with longer, Spear-ſhaped, flaccid
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America; leaves. Nerium indicum latifolium, floribus odora-
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral tis plenis. H. L. Broad-leaved Indian Roſe Bay with
four-cornered ftalks two feet high, which are gar- double ſweet flowers, commonly called the double Ole-
nihed with hairy leaves, fomewhat like thoſe of Mar- ander.
joram, but are larger. The fiowers grow in whorls The firſt fort grows naturally in Greece, and in ſeve-
round the ſtalks, and alſo at the extremity of the ſtalk, ral countries near the Mediterranean ſea, generally by
in a large roundiſh whorl or head; they are of a pale the ſides of rivers and brooks: there are two varieties
fleſh colour, and their ſtamina is longer than the petal. of this, one with white, the other with red flowers,
It flowers in July.
but ſeem to have no other difference, ſo may properly
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant, from be placed together as one ſpecies, though that with
whence the ſeeds were ſent to Paris, by Dr. Tourne- white flowers is rarely found growing wild in any
fort. The ſtalks of this are ſtrong, and riſe near place but the iſland of Crete.
three feet high. The leaves are heart-ſhaped, and
Theſe riſe with ſeveral ſtalks to the height of eight or
have blunt indentures on their edges, flanding upon ten feet. The branches come out by threes round
ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in whorled the principal ſtalks, and have a ſmooth bark, which
ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks ; the whorls are ve- in the red flowering is of a purpliſh colour, but the
ry thick, and fet cloſe together, terminating in an white fort hath a light green bark. The leaves for the
obtuſe point. The flowers are of a pale fleſh co- moſt
part
ſtand by threes round the ſtalks, upon very
lour; the whole plant is hoary, and has a ſtrong ſhort foot-ſtalks, and point upward; they are about
ſcent.
three or four inches long, and three quarters of an
The eleventh fort grows naturally among the rocks in
inch broad in the middle, of a dark green, very ſtiff,
Candia, where it is uſed as Water Germander by the and end in acute points. The flowers come cut at
inhabitants ; this hath four-cornered ſtalks a foot long, the end of the branches, in large looſe bunches, which
which trail upon the ground, ſending out ſome flen- are in one of a bright purple, or crinſon colour, and
der branches from the ſide. The leaves are very like in the other they are of a dirty white; they have ſhort
thoſe of the round-leaved Mentaltrum, fitting cloſe tubes, and ſpread open at the top, where they are
to the ſtalk. The flowers grow in thick roundiſh deeply cut into five obtuſe fegments, which are twiſt-
whorls, which fit cloſe to the ſtalk, and are ſurround- ed at bottom, ſo are oblique to the tube. At the
ed by oval hairy leaves, or bractea. The flowers are mouth of the tube, the torn capillary nectarium is fi-
white, and juſt peep out of their empalements. The tuated, and within the tube are the five ſtamina, with
roots of this fort ſeldom continue longer than two the germen at bottom, which afterward turns to a
years, but as the ſeeds ripen well
, ſo if they are per- brown, taper, double pod, about four inches long,
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up the follow- which opens longitudinally on one ſide, and is filled
ing ſpring
with oblong feeds, crowned with long hairy down,
All the forts are very hardy, ſo are not injured by lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh. This
froſt: they are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, for if they plant flowers in July and Auguſt, and in warm ſea-
are permitted to fall, the plants will riſe without trou- fons they are ſucceeded by pods, but the feeds ſeldom
ble; or if the feeds are fown, either in the ſpring or ripen well here.
autumn, the plants will come up, and require no When the ſummers are warm and dry, theſe plants
other culture but to thin them where they are too make a fine appearance, for then they open and flower
cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds. If theſe in great plenty; but, in cold moiſt ſeaſons, the
plants are fown upon a poor dry foil, they will not flowers often decay without expanding, and the fort
grow too rank, but will continue much longer, with white flowers is more tender than the red ; ſo
and appear handſomer than in rich ground, where that unleſs the weather is warm and dry at the
they grow too luxuriant, and have not ſo ſtrong a time the flowers appear, they rot, and make no
fcent.
figure, unleſs they are placed under glaffes to ſcreen
NERIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 262. Nerion. Tourn. them.
Inft. R. H. 604. tab. 374. The Oleander, or Roſe The ſecond ſort grows naturally in India ; this riſes
Bay; in French, Laurier Roſe.
with ſhrubby ſtalks fix or ſeven feet high, which are
The CHARACTERS are,
covered with a browa bark, and garniſhed with ſtiff
The empclement of the flower is permanent, and cut into leaves from three to four inches long, and not more
five acute ſegments. The flower has one funnel-ſhaped than a quarter of an inch broad; they are of a light
petal. The tube is cylindrical ; the border is large, and green, and their edges are reflexed; theſe are placed
cut into five broad obtuſe ſegments, which are oblique. It ſometimes oppoſite, at others they are alternate, and
bath a nectarium terminating the tube, which are torn ſometimes by threes round the branches. The flowers
into hairy ſegments. It hath five ſhort owl-ſhaped sta- are produced in looſe bunches at the end of the
mina within the tube, with arrow-pointed ſummits joining branches; they are of a pale red, and have an agree-
together, terminated by a long thread. Ii hath an oblong able muſky fcent. It flowers at the ſame time with
germen, which is bifid, with ſcarce any ſtyle, crowned by the former, but theſe flowers ſeldom open here in the
Jingle ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to two long, open air, ſo that unleſs the plants are placed in an airy
taper, acute-pointed pods, filled with oblong ſeeds, lying glaſs-cafe, where they are defended from wet and
over each other like the ſcales of fiſh, and crowned with cold, they ſeldom flower well.
down.
The third ſort grows naturally in both Indies; this
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of plant was firſt introduced to the Britiſh Inands in
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants Ameri from the Spaniſh Main, and is called by
whoſe flowers have five ftamina and one ſtyle.
the inhabitants of thoſe iſlands South Sea Roſe; the
The SPECIES are,
beauty and ſweetneſs of its flowers engaged the inha-
1. NERIUM (Oleander) foliis lineari-lanceolatis ternis. bitants of the iſlands to cultivate the plants, ſo that
Hort. Clift. 76. Oleander, or Roſe Bey, with linear in many places they were planted to form hedges ;
Ipear-ſhaped leaves, which are placed by threes round the but the cattle browzing upon them, when there was
Jalk. Nerion floribus rubeſcentibus. C. B. P. 464. ſcarcity of food, were many of them killed, which
Oleander with red flowers.
has occafioned their being deſtroyed in places expoſed
2. NERIUM (Indicum) foliis linearibus rigidis. Oleander, to cattle; ſo that now they are only preſerved in gar-
or Roſe Bay, with linear rigid leaves. Nerium Indi- dens, where they make a fine appearance great part
cum, anguſtifolium, floribus odoratis fimplicibus, of the year, for in thoſe warm countries they are ſel-
dom
3
a

N ER
NI
no ſkill.
1
dom deſtitute of flowers. This has been by ſome per- tics, where they may remain till the end of Octo-
fons, who have only a ſuperficial knowledge of plants, ber, when they fhould either be removed into the
thought only a variety of the common fort, but thoſe green-houſe, or placed under a hot-bed frame,
who have cultivated both, know better; for the firſt where they may be protected from froſt in winter,
will live through the winter in the open air, in a but enjoy the free air at all times when the weather
warm ſituation, but this is too tender to thrive in is mild.
England, unleſs preſerved in a warm green-houſe; This fort is ſo hardy as to live abroad in mild winters,
nor will the plants flower without the affiftance of a if planted in a warm ſituation ; but as they are liable
glaſs-cafe in ſummer. The third fort was not known to be deſtroyed in ſevere froft, the beſt way is to keep
here till the beginning of laſt century, being a the plants in pots, or if they are very large in tubs,
ſtranger in Europe, but the former has been in the that they be ſheltered in winter, and in the ſummer
Engliſh gardens near two centuries : nor has the feeds removed abroad, placing them in a warm ſheltered
of the firſt ever produced plants of the third fort, ſituation. In the winter they may be placed with
though this has been poſitively aſſerted by perfons of Myrtles, and other of the hardier kinds of exotic
plants, in a place where they may have as much free
The leaves of this fort are fix inches long, and one air as poſſible in mild weather, but ſcreened from
inch broad in the middle, of a much thinner texture ſevere froſt, for if theſe are kept too warm in winter,
than thoſe of the firſt, and their ends are generally they will not flower ſtrong, and when the air is ex
reflexed; they are of a light green, and irregularly cluded from them, the ends of their ſhoots will be-
placed on the branches; ſometimes they are by pairs, come mouldy; ſo that the hardier they are treated,
at others alternate, and ſometimes by threes round provided they are not expoſed to hard froſts, the bet-
the branches. The flowers are produced in very large ter they will thrive.
bunches at the end of the branches, ſtanding upon The other two forts require a different treatment,
long foot-ſtalks; they have three or four ſeries of pe- otherwiſe they will not make any appearance ; there-
tals within each other, ſo are more or leſs double. fore the young plants when they have taken new root,
The flowers are much larger than thoſe of the com- ſhould be gradually inured ro bear the open air, into
mon fort, and ſmell like the flowers of Hawthorn. which they ſhould be removed in July, where they
The plain flowers are of a ſoft red, or Peach colour; may remain till October, provided the weather con-
but in moſt they are beautifully variegated with a tinues mild; but during this time, they ſhould be
deeper red, and make a fine appearance. Their placed in a ſheltered ficuation; and upon the firſt
uſual time of flowering is in July and Auguſt, but approach of froſt, they ſhould be removed into ſhel
if they are placed in a warm ftove, they will conti- ter, for if their leaves are injured by froft, they will
nue in flower till Michaelmas. As the flowers of this change to a pale yellow, and will not recover their
are double, they are not ſucceeded by feeds; and at uſual colour till the following autumn. Theſe ſorts
preſent we are unacquainted with the ſingle flowering may be preſerved in a good green-houſe through the
of this kind, for the ſecond is undoubtedly a diſtinct winter, and the plants will be ſtronger than thoſe
ſpecies.
which are more tenderly treated; but in May, when
All the ſpecies of the Roſe Bay are ſuppoſed to have the flower-buds begin to appear, the plants ſhould be
a poiſonous quality; the young branches, when cut placed in an open glaſs-cafe, where they may be de-
or broken, have a milky ſap or juice, and the larger fended from the inclemency of the weather ; but
branches, when burnt, emit a very diſagreeable odour, when it is warm weather, the air ſhould at all times
ſo there is great reaſon to believe the plants have be admitted to them in plenty. With this manage-
ſome noxious quality, but this genus of plants has ment the flowers will expand, and continue long in
been confounded by many of the writers on botany beauty; and during that time, there are few plants
with the Chamærhododendros of Tournefort, and which are equal to them, either to the eye or noſe,
many of the noxious qualities with which the latter for their ſcent is very like that of the flowers of the
abounds, have been applied to the Nerium, but par- White Thorn; and the bunches of flowers will be ve-
ticularly that of the honey, about Trebifond, which ry large, if the plants are ſtrong.
is reckoned very unwholſome, which has been ſup- NERVES are long tough ftrings, which run either
poſed to be occafioned by the bees fucking it from acroſs, or lengthways, in the leaves of plants.
the flowers of the Nerium ; whereas it is from the NICOTIANA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 117. tab. 41.
flowers of the Chamærhododendros, as Tournefort Lin. Gen. Plant. 220. [This plant takes its name
has fully informed us; but the affinity of their names from Janies Nicotius, counſellor to Francis II. King
in the Greek language has occaſioned theſe two plants of France, who in the year 1560, being ambaſſador
to be often confounded.
to the court of Portugal, bought the feeds of this
Theſe plants are generally propagated by layers in plant of a Dutchman, who brought them from Ame-
this country, for although they will ſometimes take rica, and ſent them to Queen Catharine de Medicis
root from cuttings, yet that being an uncertain me- France ; where, being fown, they produced feeds :
thod, the other is generally purſued ; and as the the Indian inhabitants call it Tabac, becauſe it grew
plants are very apt to produce ſuckers, or ſhoots from in an iſland called Tabaco, or Tobago. The leffer
their roots, thoſe are beſt adapted for laying, for the ſort is by fome called Hyofcyamus, becauſe it agrees
old branches will not put out roots; when theſe are in ſome of its characters with this plant; it is alſo
laid down, they ſhould be ſlit at a joint, in the ſame called Priapeia.] Tobacco; in French, Nicotiane ou
manner as is practiſed in laying of Carnations, which Tabac.
will greatly facilitate their taking root : if theſe The CHARACTERS are,
branches are laid down in autumn, and are properly The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf,
fupplied with water, they will have taken root by that cut into five acute ſegments. The flower bas one funnel-
time twelvemonth, when they ſhould be carefully ſhaped petal, with a long tub Spread open at the brim,
raiſed up with a trowel; and if they have taken good and ending in five acute points. It hath five awl-ſhaped
root, they ſhould be cut off from the old plant, and ſtamina which are the length of the tube, a little inclined,
each planted in a ſeparate fmall pot, filled with ſoft and terminated by oblong ſummits; and an oval ger-
loamy earth; thoſe of the common ſort will require men ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an indented
no other care, but to be placed in a ſhady Gituation, ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an oval capſule,
and gently watered as the ſeaſon may require, till with a furrow on each ſide, having two cells which open
they have taken new root; but the two other ſpecies at the top, and are filled with rough ſeeds faſtened to the
ſhould be plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, to partition
forward their taking root, obſerving to ſhade them This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
from the ſun in the heat of the day, after the com- Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
mon fort has taken new root, the plants may be whoſe flowers have five ſtam na ard one ſtyle.
placed in a ſheltered ſituation with other hardy exo-
The

NIC
NIC
a
The Species are,
1. NICOTIANA (Latiffima) foliis ovatc-lanceolatis rugo-
fis, ſemiamplexicaulibus. Tobacco with oval, Spear-
Shaped, rough leaves, which half embrace the folks.
Hyofcyamus Peruvianus. Ger. 357. Tobacco, or Hen-
bane of Peru.
2. NICOTIANA (Tabacum) foliis lanceolato-ovatis decur-
rentibus, floribus acutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 258. To-
bacco with oval, Spear-ſhaped, running leaves, ſitting cloſe
to the ſtalks. Nicotiana major latifolia. C. B. P. 169.
Greater broad-leaved Tobacco.
3. NICOTIANA ( Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis acutis, fef-
filibus, calycibus acutis, tubo floris longiſſimo. Plat.
185. Tobacco with acute Spear-ſhaped leaves ſitting cloſe
to the ſtalks, Sherp-pointed empalements, and a very long
tube to the flower. Nicotiana major anguſtifolia. C.
B. P. 170. Greater narrow-leaved Tobacco.
4. NICOTIANA (Fruticofa) foliis lineari-lanceolatis acu-
minatis femiamplexicaulibus, caule fruticoſo. Tobacco
with linear, Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed leaves, half em-
bracing the ſtalks, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Nicotiana major
anguſtiſſimo folio perennis. Juff. Narroweſt-leaved,
greater, perennial Tobacco.
5. NICOTIANA (Alba) foliis ovatis acuminatis femiam-
plexicaulibus, capſulis ovatis obtufis. Tobacco with
ovcl acute-pointed leaves half embracing the ſtalk, and
oval obtufe feed-veſſels
. Nicotiana major latifolia, flo-
ribus albis, vafculo brevi. Martyn. Dec. 5. Greater.
broad-leaved Tobacco with white flowers, and a ſhort
feed-veſſel.
6. NICOTIANA (Ruſtica) foliis petiolatis ovatis inte-
gerrimis, floribus obtufis. Lin. Sp. 258. Tobacco with
oval entire leaves, and obtuſe flowers. Nicotiana minor.
C. B. P. 170. Smaller Tobacco, commonly called Engliſh
Tobacco
7. NICOTIANA (Rugoſa) foliis ovatis rugoſis petiolatis.
Tobacco wiih oval rough leaves, having foot-ſtalks.
Nicotiana minor, foliis rugofioribus amplioribus.
Vaill. Smoller Tobacco with larger and rougher leaves.
8. NICOTIANA (Paniculata) foliis petiolatis cordatis in-
tegerrimis, fioribus paniculatis obtufis clavatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 259. Tobacco with heart-ſhaped leaves, pani-
culated flowers, and club-ſhaped tubes. Nicotiana mia
nor, folio cordiformi tubo foris prælongis. Feuill.
Obf. 1. p.717. tab. 10. Smaller Tobacco with a beart-
Shaped leaf, and a very long tube to the flower.
9. NICOTIANA (Glutinoſa) foliis petiolatis cordatis inte-
gerrimis, racemofis floribus ſecundis ringentibus, ca-
lycibus inæqualibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 259.
259. Tobacco
with beart-ſhaped leaves, having foot-fialks, branching
ringent petals, and unequal empalements.
10. NICOTIANA (Humilis) foliis ovato-lanceolatis obtuſis
rugofis, calycibus breviffimis. Plat. 185. Tobacco with
oval, Spear-ſhaped, obtuſe, rough leaves, and a very
Mort empalement. Nicotiana humilis, primulæ veris
folio. Houſt. MSS. Dwarf Tobacco with a Primroſe
leaf
The firſt fort was formerly the moſt common Tobac-
co which was fown in England, and which has been
generally taken for the common broad-leaved Tobac-
co of Caſpar Bauhin, and others, but is greatly dif-
ferent from it. The leaves of this fort are more than
a foot and a half long, and a foot broad, their fur-
faces very rough and glutinous: when theſe plants
are in a rich moiſt ſoil, they will grow more than ten
feet high ; the baſe of the leaves half embrace the
ſtalks ; the upper part of the ſtalk divides into ſmall-
er branches, which are terminated by looſe bunches
of flowers ftanding erect; they have pretty long tubes,
and are of a pale purpliſh colour. It flowers in July
and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
This is the fort of Tabacco which is commonly
brought to the markets in pots to adorn the ſhops
and balconies of London, and by ſome is called Oroo-
noko Tobacco.
The ſecond fort is the broad-leaved Tobacco of Caf-
per Bauhin; the ſtalks of this ſeldom riſe more than
five or fix feet high, and divide into more branches
than the firſt. The leaves are about ten inches long,
and three and a half broad, ſmooth, and end in acute
points, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks; the flowers of this
are rather larger, and of a brighter purple colour
than thoſe of the firit. It flowers and perfeets feeds
at the ſame time, this is by fome called ſweet-fcented
Tobacco
The third fort riſes with an upright branching ſtalk
four or five feet high; the lower leaves are a foot
long, and three or four inches broad; thoſe on the
ſtalks are much narrower, leſſening to the top, and
end in very acute points, fitting cloſe to the Italks ;
they are very glutinous. The flowers grow in looſe
bunches at the top of the ſtalks, they have long tubes,
and are of a bright purple or red colour. Theſe ap-
pear at the ſame time with the former forts, and their
ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
The fourth fort riſes with very branching ſtalks about
five feet high; the leaves on the lower part of the
ſtalks are a foot and a half long, broad at the baſe,
where they half embrace the ſtalks, and are about
three inches broad in the middle, terminating in long
acute points ; the ſtalks divide into many ſmaller
branches, which are terminated by looſe bunches of
flowers, of a bright putple colour, and are ſucceeded
by acute-pointed feed-veſſels. This flowers about
the ſame time with the former, but if the plants are
placed in a warm green-houſe, they will live through
the winter. The feeds of this fort were ſent me for
Brazil Tobacco.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the woods in the
iſland of Tobago, from whence the ſeeds were fent
me by the late Mr. Robert Millar. This rifes about
five feet high; the ftalk does not branch ſo much as
thoſe of the former ; the leaves are large and oval,
about fifteen inches long and two broad in the middle,
but diminiſh gradually in their ſize to the top
of the
ſtalk, and with their baſe half embrace it. The
flowers
grow
in cloſer bunches than thoſe of the for-
mer, and are white; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort,
oval, obtuſe ſeed-veffels. It flowers and perfects feeds
about the ſame time with the former.
The fixth fort is commonly called Engliſh Tobacco,
from its having been the firſt which was introduced
here, and being much more hardy than the other
forts. The ſeeds ripen very freely, and ſcattering in
the autumn, the plants have come up without care,
wherever any of the plants have been ſuffered to run
to ſeed, ſo that it has been a weed in many places ;
but it came originally from America, by the title of
Petum. Dodonæus, Tabernemontanus, and others,
have titled it Hyofcyamus luteus, from the affinity
there is between this plant and the Henbane; but the
flowers of this are tubulous, and not ringent, as are
thoſe of the Henbane ; nor do the ſeed-vefſels of this
open with a lid on the top, as that of Henbane. The
ſtalks of this feldom riſe more than three feet high ;
the leaves are placed alternately on the ſtalks, ſtand-
ing upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are oval and ſmooth.
The flowers grow in ſmall looſe bunches on the
top of the ſtalks; they have ſhort tubes, which
ſpread open at the top, and are cut into five obtufe
ſegments, of an herbaceous yellow colour, appearing
in July, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules, filled
with ſmall feeds, which ripen in the autumn.
The ſeventh fort riſes with a ſtrong ſtalk near four
feet high ; the leaves of this are ſhaped like thoſe of
the former, but are greatly furrowed on their ſurface
and near twice the ſize, of a darker green, and have
longer foot-ſtalks. The flowers are larger than thoſe
of the former, and of the ſame ſhape. This is un-
doubtedly a diſtinct plant from the former, for I have
ſown the ſeeds more than thirty years, and have never
found any of the plants vary.
The eighth fort was found growing naturally in the
valley of Lima, by Pere Feuille, in the year 1710;
and of late years the ſeeds of it were ſent from Peru,
by the younger de Juffieu, to Paris. The ſtalk of
this fort riſes more than three feet high, dividing up-
ward into many ſmaller panicled branches, which are
round and a little hairy; the leaves are heart-ſhaped,
about four inches long, and three broad, ſtanding
upon
a
3
a

N I G
NIG
a
a
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro- ſeveritli are very hardy, and may be propagated by
duced in looſe panicles at the end of the branches ; ſowing their feeds in March, upon a bed of light earth,
theſe have tubes about an inch long, ſhaped like a where they will come up, and may be tranſplanted
club; the brim is ſlightly cut into nine obtufe ſeg- into any part of the garden, where they will thrive
ments, which are reflexed ; they are of a yellowiſh without farther care.
green colour, and are fucceeded by roundiſh capſules, The laſt fort being ſomewhat tenderer than the other,
filled with very ſmall feeds. It flowers about the ſhould be fown early in the ſpring on hot-bed ; and
fame time with the other forts.
when the plants come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted
The ſeeds of the ninth fort were ſent from Peru with on another moderate hot-bed, where they muſt be
thoſe of the former, by the younger de Juſſieu; the duly watered, and ſhould have a large ſhare of free
ftalk of this is round, and riſes near four feet high, air in warm weather; and when the plants have ob-
ſending out two or three branches from the lower tained a good ſhare of ſtrength, they ſhould be tranſ-
part; the leaves are large, heart-ſhaped, and a little planted into ſeparate pots, and plunged into a mo-
waved; they are very clammy, ſtanding upon long derate hot-bed to bring them forward. About the
foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes at the middle of June ſome of the plants may be ſhaken
top of the ſtalk, having ſhort open tubes, which are out of the pots, and planted into beds of rich earth;
curved almoſt like the lip flowers; they are of a dull but it will be proper to keep one or two plants in pots,
purple colour, the empalement is unequally cut, one which may be placed in the ſtove (in caſe the ſeaſon
of the ſegments being twice the ſize of the other. ſhould prove bad,) that they may ripen their feeds,
The tenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- fo
ſo that the ſpecies may be preſerved.
toun at La Vera Cruz, who ſent the ſeeds to England. NIGELLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 258. tab. 134.
This hath a pretty thick taper root, which ſtrikes Lin. Gen. Plant. 606. [fo called, as though Nigrella,
deep in the ground; at the top comes out fix or ſe- from the colour of its feed, becauſe the feeds of this
ven oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which ſpread on the ſur- plant are, for the moſt part, black. It is alſo called
face of the ground; they are about the ſize of thoſe Melianthum, of peaces, black, and drto, a flower,
of the common Primroſe, but are of a deeper green ; q. d. black flower, although the flower is not black :
the ſtalk riſes about a foot high, branching into three it is alſo called Melaſpermum, of mércs, black, and
or four divifions, at each of theſe is placed one ſmall o trépuan feed.] Fennel-flower, or Devil in a buſh.
leaf; the branches are terminated by a looſe ſpike of
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers, which are ſmall, tubulous, and of a yellow- The flower has no empalement, but a leafy perianthium.
iſh green colour, having very ſhort empalements, It hath five oval, obtuſe, plain petals, which ſpread open,
which are cut at the brim into five acute ſegments. and are contraEted at their baſe, and eight very foort nec-
The ſeed-veſſel is ſmall, oval, and divided into two tariums ſituated in a circle, each having two lips; the
cells, which are full of ſmall feeds.
exterior being larger, the inferior bifid, plain, and con-
All the forts except the ſixth, ſeventh, and eighth, re- vex; the interior is ſhorter, narrower, from an oval ter-
quire the ſame culture, and are too tender to grow minating in a line. It hath a great number of owl-ſhaped
from ſeeds ſown in the full ground, to any degree of ſtamina, which are porter than the petals, terminated by
perfection in this country, ſo require to be raiſed in a obtuſe, compreſſed, erect ſummits; and in ſome five, in
hot-bed, after the following manner :
others ten, oblong, convex, erect germen, ending in awl-
The feeds muſt be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in Shaped ſtyles, which are long, revolved, and permanent,
March, and when the plants are come up fit to re- having ſtigmas faſtened longitudinally to them. The ger-
move, they ſhould be tranſplanted into a new hot- men afterward become ſo many oblong compreſſed capſules,
bed of a moderate warmth, about four inches aſun- divided by a furrow, but connected within, filled with
der each way, obſerving to water and ſhade them rough angular ſeeds.
until they have taken root; after which you muſt let This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
them have air in proportion to the warmth of the Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
ſeaſon, otherwiſe they will draw up very weak, and plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and five ſtyles.
be thereby leſs capable of enduring the open air: you
The SPECIES are,
muſt alſo obſerve to water them frequently, but 1. NIGELLA ( Arvenſis) piſtillis quinis, petalis integris,
while they are very young, it ſhould not be given to capſulis turbinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 534. Fennel-flower
them in too great quantities; though when they are having five pointals, entire petals, and turbżnated feed-
pretty ſtrong, they will require to have it often, and veſſels. Nigella arvenſis cornuta. C. B. P. Field horned
in plenty
Fennel-flower.
In this bed the plants ſhould remain until the middle 2. NIGELLA (Damaſcena) foribus involucro folioſo cinc-
of May, by which time (if they have ſucceeded well) tis. Hort. Cliff. 215. Fennel-flower whoſe flowers are
they will touch each other, therefore they ſhould be encompaſſed with a leafy involucrum. Nigella anguſti-
inured to bear the open air gradually ; after which folia, fore majore ſimplici cæruleo. C. B. P. 145.
they muſt be taken up carefully, preſerving a large Narrow-leaved Fennel-flower, having a larger, ſingle, blue
ball of earth to each root, and planted into a rich light flower.
foil, in rows four feet aſunder, and the plants three 3. NIGELLA (Sativa) piſtillis quinis, capſulis muricatis
feet diſtance in the rows, obſerving to water them ſubrotundis, foliis ſubpilofis. Hort. Upfal. 154. Fen-
until they have taken root; after which they will re- nel-flower with five pointals which are prickly, and leaves
quire no farther care (but only to keep them clean Somewhat hairy. Nigella flore minore fimplici candi-
from weeds) until the plants begin to ſhew their flower- do. C. B. P. 145. Fennel-flower with a ſmaller, ſingle,
ſtems; at which time you ſhould cut off the tops
of
white flower.
them, that their leaves may be the better nouriſhed, 4. NIGELLA (Cretica) piſtillis quinis, corolla-longiori-
whereby they will be rendered larger, and of a thicker bus, petalis integris. Fennel-flower with five pointels
ſubſtance. In Auguſt they will be full grown, when longer than the petals, which are entire. Nigella Cre-
they ſhould be cut for uſe; for if they are permitted tica latifolia odorata. Park. Theat. 1376. Brood-leaved
to ſtand longer, their under leaves will begin to de- ſweet-ſmelling Fennel-flower of Crete.
cay. This is to be underſtood for ſuch plants as are 5. NIGELLA (Latifolia) piſtillis denis corollâ brevioribus.
propagated for uſe, but thoſe plants which are deſign- Fennel-flower with ten pointals which are morter than
ed for ornament, ſhould be planted in the borders of the petals. Nigella alba fimplici flore. Alp. Exot. 261,
the pleaſure-garden, and permitted to grow their full Fennel-flower with a ſingle white flower.
height, where they will continue flowering from July, 16. NIGELLA (Hiſpanica) piſtillis denis corollam æquan-
till the froſt puts a ſtop to them.
tibus. Hort. Upſal. 154. Fennel-flower with ten pointals
The three ſmaller forts of Tobacco are preſerved in equalling the petal. Nigella latifolia fore majore fim-
botanic gardens for variety, but are ſeldom propagat- plici cæruleo. C. B. P. 145. Broad-leaved Fennel-
ed for uſe. The firſt fort is found growing upon flower with a large, ſingle, blue flower.
dunghills in divers parts of England. The ſixth and
7. NICILLA
a
9K

NIG
NI T
3
ornament,
7. NICELLA (Orientalis) piſtillis denis corolla longiori- gardens, where they are preſerved for the ſake of
bus. Hort. Cliff. 215. Fennel-flower with ten pointals variety.
which are longer than the petals. Nigella Orientalis, All theſe plants may be propagated by fowing their
fiore flaveſcente, femine alato plano. Tourn. Cor. 19. feeds upon a bed of light earth, where they are to re-
Fennel-flower of the Eaſt, with a yellowiſh flower, and main (for they feldom ſucceed well if tranſplanted ;)
a plain winged ſeed.
therefore, in order to have them intermixed amongſt
The firſt fort grows naturally among the Corn, in other annual flowers in the borders of the flower-gar-
France, Italy, and Germany, ſo is ſeldom propagated den, the feeds ſhould be ſown in patches at proper
in gardens; this riſes with flender ftalks near a foot diſtances ; and when the plants come up, you muſt
high, which ſometimes branch out at the bottom, and pull up thoſe which grow too cloſe, leaving but three
at others they are fingle, garniſhed with a few very fine or four of them in each patch, obſerving alſo to keep
cut leaves, fomewhat like thoſe of Dill; each ſtalk is them clear from weeds, which is all the culture they
terminated by one ſtar-pointed flower of five petals, require. In July they will produce their flowers, and
which are of a pale blue colour, and have no leafy in- their feeds will ripen in Auguſt, when they ſhould be
volucrum under them; theſe are ſucceeded by cap- gathered and dried; then rub out each fort ſepa-
fules, having five ſhort horns, which incline different rately, and preſerve them in a dry place.
ways at the top, and are filled with rough black ſeeds ; The ſeaſon for fowing theſe feeds is in March ; but
there is a variety of this with white powers, and ano- if you fow ſome of them in Auguſt, ſoon after they
ther with double flowers.
are ripe, upon a dry foil and in a warm ſituation, they
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Italy, will abide through the winter, and flower ſtrong the
among the Corn; this riſes with an upright branching
;
fucceeding year ; fo by fowing the feeds at different
ſtalk a foot and a half high, garniſhed with leaves times, they may be continued in beauty moſt part of
much longer and finer than thoſe of the firſt. The the ſummer.
flowers are large, of a pale blue, and have a long They are all annual plants, which periſh ſoon after
leafy involucrum under each: theſe are ſucceeded by they have perfected their feeds; which, if permitted
larger ſwelling ſeed veſſels, with horns at the top; of to ſcatter upon the borders, will come up without any
this there is one with ſingle white flowers, and another
farther care.
with double flowers, which is ſown in gardens for NIGELLASTRUM. See AGROSTEMMA.
NIGHTSHADE. See SOLANUM.
The third fort grows naturally in Crete ; this riſes NIGHTSHADE, the Deadly. See BELLADONNA.
about the ſame height as the former. The leaves are NIL. See Anil.
not ſo finely cut as thoſe of the ſecond, and are a little NISSOLIA. See LATHYRUS.
hairy. At the top of each ſtalk is one lower, com- NITRE is a kind of ſalt, impregnated with abun-
posed of five white petals, which are ſlightly cut at dance of ſpirits out of the air, which renders it vo-
their end into three points; theſe are ſucceeded by latile.
oblong ſwelling feed-veffels, with five horns at the Monſieur Le Clerc gives us the following account of it:
top, filled with ſmall pale-coloured ſeeds.
In Egypt they make a great quantity of it, but it is
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Crete; this riſes not ſo good, for it is duſky, and full of knots and
with branching ſtalks about a foot high, garniſhed ſtones.
with ſhorter and broader leaves than either of the It is made almoſt in the manner that falt is made,
other ſpecies. At the top of each branch is one but only that they uſe fea-water in their falt-works,
flower, having no involucrum'; they are compoſed and the water of Nile about their Nitre.
of five oval petals, and have five pointals longer When the Nile retires, their Nitre-pits ſtand ſoaking
than the petals ; the feed-veſſel is not much ſwollen, for forty days together; but as the Nitre is grown
and has five ſlender horns at the top; the feeds are firm, they are in hafte to carry it off, left it ſhould
of a light yellowiſh brown colour.
melt again in the pits. They pile it up in heaps, and
The fifth ſort is alſo a native of Crete; this riſes it keeps very well
.
with a branching ſtalk a foot high, garnihed with The Memphian Nitre grows ſtrong, and there are fe-
leaves like thoſe of Larkſpur. The flowers have five veral pits of ſtone thereabouts ; out of theſe they
large oval petals, which are entire, and ten pointals make veſſels, and ſome they melt down with ſulphur
which are ſhorter than the petals, and a great num-
among their coals.
.
ber of green ſtamina with blue chives; the feed- This fame Nitre they uſe alſo about ſuch things as
veſſels are like thoſe of the laſt fort.
they would have to laſt a long time.
The fixth fort riſes a foot and a half high ; the lower The proof of the goodneſs of Nitre is, that it be very
leaves are finely cut, but thoſe on the ſtalks are cut light, very friable, and very near of a purple colour.
into broader ſegments. The flowers are larger than There is but very little difference between the natural
thoſe of the other ſpecies, and are of a fine blue co- and artificial Nitre; but that the one refines itſelf, and
lour : the pointals of this are of equal length with the the other is refined by art, as falt; and, indeed, all
petals; the feed-veiſel has five horns, and is of a Nitre is a kind of ſalt, and hardly differs from falt,
firmer texture than any of the other.
This grows na- properly ſo called, farther than in theſe reſpects,
curally in the ſouth of France and Spain; there is a That well refined Nitre is more acid and light than
variety of this with double flowers.
ſalt, and eaſily takes fire.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the Corn-fields The reaſon of which difference, he ſays, ſeems to
about Aleppo; this riſes with a branching ſtalk a be;
foot and a half high, garniſhed with pretty long leaves, 1. That the angles at both ends of the oblong parti-
which are finely divided. The flowers are produced cles of Nitre are ſhorter than the angles of the faline
at the end of the branches; they are compoſed of five particles.
yellowilh leaves or petals ; at the baſe of theſe are 2. That the particles of Nitre are finer and fuller of
placed eight nectariums, between which ariſe a great pores; which, when the particles of fire get in, they
number of ftamina, with an unequal number of
ger- foon put the nitrous particles into a hurry, till they
men, fome having but five, others have eight or nine; break to pieces, and turn to flame.
they are oblong and compreſſed; theſe afterward be- 3. Nitre exceeds falt in lightneſs, becauſe the faline
come ſo many oblong compreſſed ſeed-veſſels, joined
fo
particles contain more homogeneous matter in the
together on their inner fide, terininating with horns, fame compaſs, than the nitrous do.
and open longitudinally, containing many thin com- Dr. Lifter tells us, he viewed the particles of Nitre
preſſed feeds, having borders round them.
through a microſcope, and found them to have fix
The varieties of theſe with double flowers, are chiefly angles, parallelogram fides, and pointed like a pyra-
propagated in gardens for ornament; but thoſe with mid at one end.
Single flowers are rarely admitted into any but botanic
Some
a
ز
3
a
9
و

N OL
N U R
ment.
a
a
3
Some authors are of opinion, that the nitrous faits one of the perſons who were ſent by the late king of
ſeem to be aſſigned by nature chiefly for the growth Denmark, to make diſcoveries in the Eaſt.
of plants.
It is an annual plant, with trailing ſtalks which lie prof-
Others differ from them in opinion, and ſay, that trate on the ground, and divide into ſeveral branches,
when Nitre is contiguous to plants, it rather deſtroys which are garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth
than nouriſhes them ; but yet they allow, that Nitre leaves, having ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe come out fin-
and other ſalts do certainly looſen the earth, and ſepa- gle at ſome joints, by pairs at others, and frequently
rate the concreted parts of it, and by that means, fit three or four at the upper joints: the flowers are pro-
and diſpoſe them to be affumed by water, and carried duced fingly from the forks of the branches, upon
up into the feed or plant, for its formation and aug- prerty long foot-ſtalks ; they are ſhaped like thoſe
of the Winter Cherry, having ſhort tubes, which
It is obſervable, how all ſalts are wrought upon by ſpread open above, and are of a fine blue colour;
moiſture, how eaſily they liquidate and run with it; theſe are ſucceeded by four naked ſeeds, ſitting in the
and when theſe are drawn off, and have deſerted the empalement of the flower. This plant flowers in Ju-
lumps wherewith they were incorporated, thoſe muſt ly, and the feeds ripen in the beginning of September.
moulder immediately, and fall aſunder of courſe. The ſeeds of this plant muſt be fown on a hot-bed in
The hardeſt ſtone, if it has any falt mixed with the March, and when the plants come up and are fit to
fand of which it confifts, upon being expoſed to a hu- remove, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſmall
mid air, in a ſhort time diffolves and crumbles all to pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a freſh
pieces, and much more will clodded earth and clay, hot-bed to bring the plants forward, otherwiſe they
which is not of near fo compact and folid a conſtitu- will not ripen their ſeeds in this country; but when
tion as ſtone is.
their flowers open in July, they ſhould have a large
If the earth be never fo good and fit for the produc- ſhare of air admitted to them when the weather
tion of vegetables, little will come of it, unleſs the is warm, to prevent their flowers falling away without
parts of it be ſeparated and looſe ; and for this reaſon, producing ſeeds: with this management the plants
is the ground digged, ploughed, and harrowed, and will continue flowering till the early froſt deſtroy's
the clods broken ; and it is this way that Nitre, ſea- them, and their flowers will produce ripe ſeeds the
ſalt, and other falts, promote vegetation.
beginning of September.
A certain gentleman has given a relation, That he NOLI ME TANGERE. See IMPATIENS.
dwelling in the country near a petre-houſe, where NONSUCH, or FLOWER of BRISTOL.
ſuch faltpetre as is brought from abroad, is boiled and See LYCHNIS.
refined, to make gunpowder, this being ſo near as to NORTHERN ASPECT is the leaſt favoura-
communicate the ſteam of the Nitre to the greateſt ble of any in England, as having very little benefit
part of the orchard and garden ; and, though ſome from the ſun, even in the height of ſummer, there
were of opinion that it injured his trees and plants, fore can be of little uſe, whatever may have been ad-
yet he found, that it had a contrary influence upon vanced to the contrary; for although many forts of
his orchard, &c. in that it never failed to bring him fruit-trees will thrive and produce fruit in ſuch poſi-
a plentiful crop of fruit every year, although thoſe tions, yet ſuch fruit can be of little worth, ſince they
about him had but very little, or ſcarce any; notwith- are deprived of the kindly warmth of the ſun to cor-
ſtanding his orchard, &c. was not leſs expoſed to rect their crude juices, and render them well taſted
blighting winds by its natural ſituation, than the other and wholſome; therefore it is to little purpoſe to
orchards in the ſame town. From whence he judged, plant fruit-trees againſt ſuch walls, except it be thoſe
that the nitrous vapour which mixes with the air that which are intended for baking, &c. where the fire
ſurrounds his orchard, prevents blights, and is noxious will ripen, and render thoſe juices wholſome, which,
to the caterpillars.
for want of fun, could not be performed while growing.
The Lord Bacon, in his Natural Hiſtory, commends You may alſo plant Morello Cherries for preſerving;
the uſe of Nitre, for the preſervation of health in hu- and white and red Currants, to come late, after thoſe
man bodies; and many ſkilful huſbandmen have which are expoſed to the ſun are gone; and if the
given it no leſs a character for the preſervation of foil be warm and dry, fome forts of ſummer Pears
vegetables, if its quantity be rightly proportioned. will do tolerably well on ſuch an expoſure, and will
That the atmoſphere does abound with ſaline parti- continue longer in eating, than if they were more ex-
cles, is moft certain ; for being filled continually with poſed to the ſun. But you ſhould by no means plant
effluvia from earth and fea, it muſt needs have from Winter Pears in ſuch an aſpect, as hath been practiſed
both a great quantity of faline corpuſcles; and the ſalt by many ignorant perſons, ſince we find that the beſt
will be of different kinds, according to the variety ſouth walls, in ſome bad years, are barely warm
of thoſe falts from whence they are derived.
enough to ripen thoſe fruits.
NOLANA. Royen. Lin. Gen. Plant. 193.
Duke Cherries planted againſt walls expoſed to the
The CHARACTERS are,
North, will ripen much later in the ſeaſon, and, if the
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, turbinated at foil is warm, they will be well flavoured, ſo that here-
the baſe, divided into five acute heart-ſhaped ſegments, by this fruit may be continued a month later than is
and is permanent. The flower is bell-ſhaped, plaited, uſual.
Spread open, and is twice as large as the empalement; it NUCIFEROUS TREES, are ſuch which
pro-
bath five awel-Shaped erect ſtamina, which are terminated
duce nuts.
by arrow-pointed ſummits, and five roundiſh germen lur-NUMMULARIA, See LYSIMACHIA.
rounding a cylindrical erect ſtyle, crowned by a beaded NURSERY, or Nurſery-garden, is a piece of land
ftigma. The ſucculent interior baſe of the receptacle be- ſet apart for the raiſing and propagating all ſorts of
comes four cells, in which the ſeeds are incloſed.
trees and plants to ſupply the garden, and other plan-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of tations. Of this ſort there are a great number in the
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants hav- different parts of this kingdom, but particularly in the
ing five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
neighbourhood of London, which are occupied by
We know but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent the gardeners, whoſe buſineſs it is to raiſe trees, plants,
viz.
and flowers for ſale; and in many of theſe there is at
NOLANA (Proſtrata.) Lin. Sp. 202. Dec. 1. tab. 2. preſent a much greater variety of trees and plants cul-
Trailing Nolana. Atropa foliis geminatis, calycibus tivated, than can be found in any other part of Europe.
polycarpis, caule humifuſa. Gouan. Monfp. 82. Deadly In France, their Nurſeries, (which are but few, when
Nightſhade with two leaves at each joint, flower-cups with compared with thoſe in England) are chiefly confined
ſeveral feeds, and a trailing ſtalk.
to the propagation of fruit-trees, from whence they
This plant grows naturally in Egypt, from whence I have the appellation of Pepinier. For there is ſcarce
received the feeds, which were ſent by Mr. Forfchal, any of thoſe gardens, where a perſon can be fupplied
و
a
eicher

N U R
NUR
either with evergreens, flowering-ſhrubs, or foreſt-
trees: and in Holland their Nurſeries are principally
for flowers; ſome few of them, indeed, propagate
tender exotic plants. But thoſe Nurſeries in the
neighbourhood of London do, ſeveral of them, in-
clude all theſe, and from hence moſt of the curious
perſons abroad are ſupplied with furniture for their
gardens. But I do not propoſe in this place, to treat
of theſe extenſive Nurſeries, or to give a deſcription
of them, therefore ſhall confine myſelf to treat of
ſuch Nurſeries only as are abſolutely neceſſary for all
lovers of planting, to have upon the ſpot where they
deſign to make their plantation. For if theſe are large,
the expence of carrying a great number of trees, if the
diſtance is
great,
will be no ſmall article, beſide the ha-
zard of their growing, which, when the plants have
been trained up in good land, and removed to an in-
different one, is very great. Therefore it is of the
utmoſt conſequence to every planter, to begin by
making a Nurſery. But in this article I muſt beg
leave to obſerve, that a Nurſery ſhould not be fixed
to any particular ſpot : I mean by this, that it would
be wrong to continue the raiſing of trees any num-
ber of years upon the ſame ſpot of ground, becauſe
hereby the ground will be ſo much exhauſted by the
trees, as to render it unfit for the ſame purpoſe.
Therefore all good Nurſery gardeners ſhift and change
their land from time to time, for when they have
drawn off the trees from a a ſpot of ground, they
either plant kitchen herbs, or other things, upon the
ground for a year or two, by which time, as alſo by
dunging and trenching the land, it is recovered, and
made fit to receive other trees. But this they are
obliged to from neceffity, being confined to the
ſame land; which is not the caſe with thoſe gen-
tlemen, who have large extent of ground in the
country. Therefore all ſuch perfons I would ad-
.
viſe to make Nurſeries upon the ground which is in-
tended for planting, where a ſufficient number of the
trees may be left ſtanding, after the others have been
drawn out to plant in other places; which, for all
large growing trees, but particularly ſuch as are cul-
tivated for timber, will be found by much the moſt
advantageous method; for all thoſe trees which come
úp from the feed, or which are tranſplanted very
young into the places where they are deſigned to re-
main, will make a much greater progreſs, and become
larger trees, than any of thoſe which are tranſplanted
at a greater age. Therefore the Nurſeries ſhould be
thinned early, by removing all thoſe trees which are
intended for other plantations while they are young,
becauſe hereby the expence and trouble of ſtaking, wa-
tering, &c. will be ſaved, and the trees will ſucceed
much better. But in expoſed ſituations, where there
are Nurſeries made, it will be neceſſary to permit the
trees to ſtand much longer ; that, by growing cloſe
together, they may ſhelter each other, and draw them-
ſelves up; and theſe ſhould be thinned gradually, as
the trees advance; for, by taking away too many at
firſt, the cold will check the growth of the remaining
trees. But then thoſe trees which are taken out from
theſe Nurſeries, after a certain age, ſhould not be de-
pended on for planting; and it will be prudence ra-
ther to conſign them for fuel, than by attempting to
remove them large, whereby, in endeavouring to get
them up with good roots, the roots of the ſtanding
trees will be often much injured.
What has been here propoſed, muſt be underſtood
for all large plantations in parks, woods, &c. but
thoſe Nurſeries which are only intended for the raiſing
of evergreens, flowering ſhrubs, or plants which are
deſigned to embelliſh gardens, may be confined to one
ſpot, becauſe a ſmall compaſs of ground will be ſuf-
ficient for this purpoſe. Two or three acres of land
employed this way, will be ſufficient for the moſt ex-
tenſive deſigns, and one acre will be full enough for
thoſe of moderate extent. And ſuch a ſpot of ground
may be always enıployed for fowing the feeds of fo-
reign trees and plants, as alſo for raiſing many ſorts
of biennial and perennial flowers, to tranſplant into
the borders of the pleaſure-garden, and for raifing
many kinds of bulbous-rooted flowers from feeds,
whereby a variety of new ſorts may be obtained annu-
ally, which will recompenſe for the trouble and ex-
pence, and will moreover be an agreeable diverſion to
all thoſe perſons who delight in the amuiements of
gardening
Šuch a Nurſery as this ſhould be conveniently fitu-
ated for water; for where that is wanting, there muſt
be an expence attending the carriage of water in dry
weather. It ſhould alſo be as near the houſe as it can
with conveniency be admitted, in order to render it eaſy
to viſit at all times of the year, becauſe it is abſolutely
neceſſary that it ſhould be under the inſpection of the
maſter, for unleſs he delights in it, there will be little
hopes of ſucceſs. The ſoil of this Nurſery ſhould alſo
be good, and not too heavy and ſtiff, for ſuch land
will be very improper for fowing moft forts of ſeeds;
becauſe as this will detain the moiſture in the ſpring
and winter, the ſeeds of moſt tender things, eſpecially
of flowers, will rot in the ground, if fown early;
therefore where perſons are confined to ſuch land,
there ſhould be a good quantity of ſand, alhes, and
other light manures buried, in order to ſeparate the
parts, and pulverize the ground, and if it is thrown
up in ridges, to receive the froſt in winter, it will be
of great uſe to it, as will alſo the frequent forking,
or ſtirring of the ground, both before and after it is
planted.
The many advantages which attend the having ſuch
a Nurſery, are ſo obvious to every perſon who has
turned his thoughts in the leaſt to this ſubject, that it
is needleſs for me to mention them here, and there-
fore I ſhall only beg leave to repeat here what I have
ſo frequently recommended, which is, the carefully
keeping the ground always clean from weeds ; for if
theſe are permitted to grow, they will rob the young
trees of their nouriſhment. Another principal buſi-
neſs is, to dig the ground between the young plants
at leaſt once every year, to looſen it for the roots to
ſtrike out, but if the ground is ſtiff, it will be better if
it is repeated twice a year, viz. in October and March,
which will greatly promote the growth of the plants,
and prepare their roots for tranſplanting,
But as there may be ſome perſons who may have the
curioſity to raiſe their own fruit-trees, which is what
I would recommend to every one who is a lover of
good fruit, becauſe the uncertainty in procuring the
intended kinds of each fruit is very great, when taken
from common Nurſery-gardens, ſo that moſt gentle-
men who have planted many, have conſtantly com-
plained of this diſappointment; but beſide this, there
is another inconvenience, which, for want of ſkill, is
ſcarce taken notice of, which is, the taking the buds
or grafts from young trees in the Nurſeries which
have not borne fruit; this having been frequently re-
peated, renders the trees ſo raiſed as luxuriant as
Willows, making ſhoots to the top of the walls in
two or three years, and are rarely after fruitful with
the moſt ſkilful management: I ſhall therefore treat
of the proper method to make a Nurſery of theſe
trees.
In the doing of which you muſt obſerve the follow-
ing rules:
1. That the ſoil in which you make the Nurſery be
not better than that where the trees are to be planted
out for good; the not obſerving this is the reaſon
that trees are often at a ſtand, or make but little pro-
greſs for three or four years after they come from the
Nurſery, as it commonly happens to ſuch trees as are
raiſed near London, and carried into the northern parts
of England, where, being planted in a poor foil and a
much colder ſituation, the trees ſeldom ſucceed well;
therefore it is by far the better method (when you have
obtained the forts you would propagate) to raiſe a Nure
fery of the ſeveral ſorts of ſtocks proper for the vari-
ous kinds of fruit, upon which you may bud or
graft them; and thoſe trees which are thus raiſed up-
on the foil, and in the ſame degree of warmth, where
they are to be planted, will ſucceed much better than
thoſe
a

NUR
N U R
;
9
in
thoſe brought from a greater diſtance and from a
richer foil.
2. This ground ought to be freſh, and not ſuch as
has been already worn out by trees, or other large
growing plants, for in ſuch foil your ſtocks will not
make any progreſs.
3. It ought not to be too wet, nor over dry, but ra-
cher of a middling nature ; though of the two ex-
tremes, dry is to be preferred, becauſe in ſuch foils
(though the trees do not make ſo great a progreſs as
in moiſt, yet) they are generally founder, and more
diſpoſed to fruitfulneſs.
4. You muſt alſo obſerve to incloſe it, that cattle and
vermin may not come in, for theſe will make fad ha-
vock with young trees, eſpecially in winter, when
the ground is covered with fnow, that they have lit-
tle other food which they can come at. Some of the
moft miſchievous of theſe animals are hares and rab-
bets, which are great deſtroyers of young trees at
that ſeaſon, by eating off all their bark; therefore
you muſt carefully guard your Nurſery againſt theſe
enemies.
The ground being incloſed, ſhould be carefully
trenched about eighteen inches, or two feet deep, pro-
vided it will allow it ; this ſhould be done in Auguſt
or September, that it may be ready to receive young
ſtocks at the ſeaſon for planting, which is commonly in
the middleorend of October. In trenching the ground,
you muſt be very careful to cleanſe it from the roots
of all noxious weeds, ſuch as Couch-graſs, Docks, &c.
which, if left in the ground, will get among
the
roots of the trees, ſo as not to be gotten out after-
wards, and will ſpread and over-run the ground, to
the great prejudice of your young ſtocks.
After having dug the ground, and the ſeaſon being
come for planting, you muſt level down the trenches
as equal as poſſible, and then lay out the ground into
quarters, proportionable to the ſize thereof, and thoſe
quarters may be laid out in beds, for the fowing of
ſeeds or the ſtones of fruit.
The beſt fort of ſtocks for Peaches, Nectarines, &c.
are ſuch as are raiſed from the ſtones of the Muf-
cle and white Pear Plumb, but you ſhould never plant
fuckers of theſe (which is what ſome people practiſe)
for theſe ſeldom make ſo good ſtocks, nor are ever
well-rooted plants; beſides, they are very ſubject to
produce great quantities of fuckers from their roots,
which are very troubleſome in the borders, or walks
of a garden, and greatly injure the tree; ſo that you
ſhould annually, or at leaſt every other year, fow a
few ſtones of each, that you may never be at a loſs
for ſtocks.
For Pears, you ſhould have ſuch ſtocks as have been
raiſed from the kernels of the fruit where perry hath
been made, or elſe preſerve the feeds of ſome forts of
ſummer Pears, which generally ſhoot ſtrong and vi-
gorous, as the Cuiffe Madame, Windſor, &c. but when
this is intended, the fruit ſhould be ſuffered to hang
upon the trees till they drop, and afterward permitted
to rot; then take out the kernels and put them in
fand, being careful to keep them from vermin, as
alſo to place them where they may not be too damp,
which will cauſe them to grow mouldy. Theſe you
fhould fow for ſtocks early in the ſpring, upon a bed
of good light freſh earth, where they will come up
in about fix weeks, and, if kept clear from weeds,
will be ſtrong enough to tranſplant the October fol-
lowing. But for
But for many ſorts of ſummer and autumn
Pears, Quince ſtocks are preferable to free (i. e. Pear)
ftocks; theſe are generally uſed for all the forts of
foft-melting Pears, but they are not ſo good for the
breaking Pears, being apt to render thoſe fruits
which are grafted upon them ftony; theſe are very
often propagated from fuckers, which are generally
produced in plenty from the roots of old trees; but
thoſe are not near ſo good as ſuch as are propagated
from cuttings or layers, which have always much
better roots, and are not ſo ſubject to produce ſuck-
ers as the other, which is a very deſirable quality,
ſince theſe fuckers do not only rob the trees of part of
their nouriſhment, but are very troubleſome in a
garden.
Apples are grafted or budded upon ftocks raiſed
from feeds which come from the cyder-preſs, or upon
Crab ſtocks, the latter of which are eſteemed for their
durableneſs, eſpecially for large frandard trees; theſe
ſhould be raiſed from ſeeds, as the Pear ſtock, and
muſt be treated in the ſame manner, for thoſe pro-
cured from fuckers, &c. are not near fo good; but for
ſmall gardens, the Paradife ſtock hath been for ſome
years paft greatly eſteemed, it being of very humble
growth, cauſeth the fruit-trees grafted or budded
thereon to bear very ſoon, and they may be kept in
ſmall compaſs; but theſe are only proper for very
ſmall gardens, or by way of curioſity, ſince the
trees thus raiſed are but of ſhort duration, and ſel-
dom ariſe to any ſize to produce fruit in quantities,
unleſs the graft or bud be buried in planting, ſo that
they put forth roots, and then they will be equal to
trees grafted upon free ftocks, fince they receive but
ſmall advantage from the ſtock.
For Cherries, you ſhould make uſe of ſtocks' raiſed
from the ſtones of the common Black, or the wild
Honey Cherry, both of which are ſtrong free growers,
and produce the cleaneſt ſtocks,
For Plumbs, you may uſe the ſtones of moſt free-
growing forts, which will alſo do very well for Apri-
cots, theſe being not ſo difficult to take as Peaches or
Nectarines; but as I ſaid before) theſe ſhould not
be raiſed from ſuckers for the reaſon there afligned,
but rather from ſtones.
There are ſome perſons who recommend the Almond
ſtock for ſeveral forts of tender Peaches, upon which
they will take much better than upon Plumb
ſtocks; but theſe being tender in their roots, and
apt to ſhoot early in the ſpring, and being of ſhort du-
ration, are by many people rejected; but ſuch ten-
der ſorts of Peaches which will not take upon Plumb
ſtocks, ſhould be budded upon Apricots, upon which
they will take very well, and all ſorts of Peaches
which are planted upon dry foils, will continue much
longer, and not be ſo ſubject to blight, if they are up-
on Apricots ; for it is obſerved, that upon ſuch ſoils
where Peaches ſeldom do well, Apricots will thrive
exceedingly, which may be owing to the ſtrength and
compactneſs of the veffals in the Apricots, which ren-
der it more capable or affimilating, or drawing its
nouriſhment from the Plumb ſtock, which in dry foils
ſeldom afford it in great plenty to the bud ; and the
Peach-tree being of a looſe ſpongy nature, is not fo
capable to draw its nouriſhment therefrom, which
occafions that weakneſs which is commonly obſerved.
in thoſe trees, when planted on a dry foil, therefore
it is the common practice of the Nurſery-gardeners,
to bud the Plumb ſtocks either with Apricots, or
ſome free growing Peach; and after theſe have
grown a year, they bud the tender forts of Peaches
upon theſe ſhoots, by which method many ſorts fuc-
ceed well, which in the common way will not thrive,
or ſcarce keep alive; and theſe the gardeners term
double worked Peaches.
There are ſome people who of late have budded and
grafted Cherries upon ſtocks of the Corniſh, and others
on the Morello Cherry, which, they ſay, will render
the trees more fruitful, and lefs luxuriant in growth, fo
that they may be kept in leſs compaſs; theſe ſtocks
having the ſame effect upon Cherries, as the Paradiſe
ſtock hath on Apples.
Having provided yourſelf with young ſtocks of all
theſe different forts, which thould be raiſed in the fe-
minary the preceding year, you ſhould proceed to
tranſplanting them in October (as was before directed)
into the Nurſery. The diſtance which they ſhould
be planted, if deſigned for ſtandards, ſhould be three
feet and a half or four feet, row from row, and a
foot and a half diſtant in the rows, but if for dwarfs,
three feet row from row, and one foot in the rows,
will be a fufficient diſtance.
In taking theſe ſtocks out of the feed-beds, you muſt
raiſe the ground with a ſpade, in order to preſerve
gt
the

NUR
N Y C
ز
3
3
the roots as entire as poſſible; then with your knife Nurſery, where they ſhould be preſerved until they
you ſhould prune off all the very ſmall fibres; and have flowered, when you ſhould mark all ſuch as are
if there are any which have a tendency to root down- worthy of being tranſplanted into the flower-garden,
right, ſuch roots ſhould be ſhortened; then having which ſhould be done in their proper ſeaſons; for it
thus prepared the plants, you ſhould draw a line is not ſo well to have all theſe feedling flowers ex-
acroſs the ground intended to be planted, and with poſed to public view in the flower-garden, becauſe
your Ipade open a trench thereby exactly ſtrait, into it always happens, that there are great numbers of
which you ſhould place them at the diſtance before- ordinary flowers produced amongſt them, which will
mentioned, ſetting them exactly upright; and then make but an indifferent appearance in the pleaſure-
put the earth in cloſe to them, filling up the trench, garden.
and with your foot preſs the earth gently to the NUX AVELLANA. See Corylus.
roots of them, obſerving not to diſplace them ſo as NUX JUGLANS. See JUGLANS.
to make the rows crooked, which will render them NUX VESICARIA. See STAPHYLODENDRON.
unſightly; theſe plants ſhould by no means be head- NYCTANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 16. Jaſmi-
ed, or pruned at top, which will weaken them, and num. Raii Meth. Plant. Arabian Jaſmine.
cauſe them to produce lateral branches, and thereby The CHARACTERS are,
ſpoil them.
The empalement of the flower is cylindrical, permenent, and
If the winter ſhould prove very cold, it will be of of one leaf, cut into eight or ten acute ſegments. The flower
great ſervice to your young ſtocks, to lay fome mulch is of the ſalver-Shape, of one leaf, with a cylindrical tube
upon the ſurface of the ground near their roots, which longer than the empalement, cut into eight or ten ſegments at
will prevent the froſt from penetrating the ground, ſo the top, which ſpread open. It hath two ſmall awl-shaped
as to hurt the tender fibres which were produced af- ſtamina, ſituated at the bottom of the tube, terminated by
ter planting ; but you ſhould be careful not to let it erect ſummits, and one roundiſh) depreſſed germen, ſupport-
lie too thick near the ſtems of the plants, nor remain ing e ſingle ſtyle the length of the tube, crowned by a bifid
too long, left the moiſture ſhould be prevented from erect ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſha
penetrating to the roots of the plants, which it often berry with two cells, each containing a large roundiſh ſeed.
does, where there is not due care taken to remove it This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
away as ſoon as the froſt is over,
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants
In the ſummer ſeaſon you muſt always obſerve to whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle.
hoe and deſtroy the weeds, which, if permitted to re- The SPECIES are,
main in the Nurſery, will greatly weaken and retard 1. NYCTANTHES (Sambec) caule volubili, foliis fubova-
the growth of your itocks; and, the ſucceeding years, tis acutis. Hort. Upíal. 4. Ny&tanthes with a winding
you ſhould obſerve to dig up the ground every ſpring ftalk and acute leaves. Jaſminum Arabicum. Cluſ. Cur.
between the rows, which will looſen it ſo, as that the 3. The Arabian Jaſmine.
fibres may eaſily ſtrike out on each ſide, and the 2. NYCTANTHES (Hirſuta) petiolis pedunculiſque villo-
weeds will thereby be deſtroyed; you ſhould alſo ob- fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 6. Nyctanthes with the foot-ſtalks of
ſerve, where any of the ſtocks have ſhot out lateral the leaves and flowers hairy. Jaſminum Indicum bac-
branches, to prune them off, that they may be en- ciferum, flore albo majore, noctu olente. Com. Hort.
couraged to grow upright and ſmooth.
Mal. Indian berry-bearing Jaſmine, with a larger white
The ſecond year after planting, ſuch of the ſtocks as flower, ſmelling by night.
are deſigned for dwarf trees will be fit to bud, but The firſt fort grows naturally in India, from whence it
thoſe which are deſigned for ſtandards, ſhould be ſuf- has been formerly brought to the iſlands in America,
fered to grow fix or ſeven feet high before they are where the plants are cultivated for ornament; this
budded or grafted. The manner of budding and riſes with a winding ſtalk to the height of fifteen or
grafting being fully deſcribed under their reſpective twenty feet, ſending out many ſmall branches, gar-
heads, I fhall not repeat them in this place, nor need niſhed with oval finooth leaves near three inches long,
I ſay any thing more of treating theſe trees after bud- and almoſt two broad, of a light green, ſtanding op-
ding, that being alſo treated of under the ſeveral ar- ſite on ſhort foot-ſtalks, ending in acute points. The
ticles of fruits; I ſhall only add, that thoſe ſtocks flowers are produced at the end of the branches, and
which were budded in the ſummer, and have failed, alſo upon the ſide ſhoots, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; each
may be grafted the following ſpring, but Peaches and generally ſuſtain three flowers, the two lower being op-
Nectarines never take well from grafts, theſe ſhould poſite, and the middle ones longer: theſe have cylindri-
therefore be always budded.
cal empalements, which are ſhort, and are cut almoſt
The ground you intend for the Flower-nurſery ſhould to the bottom into eight narrow ſegments. The tube of
be well ſituated to the ſun, but defended from ſtrong the flower is narrow, about half an inch long, and is
winds, by plantations of trees or buildings, and the cut at the top into eight obtuſe ſegments, which ex-
foil ſhould be light and dry; which muſt always be pand quite flat; they are of a pure white, and have
obſerved, eſpecially for bulbous-rooted flowers, which a moft agreeable odour, ſomewhat like the Orange-
are deſigned to be planted therein, the particulars flower, but ſweeter; theſe flowers, when fully blown,
of which are exhibited under the ſeveral articles of
drop out of their cups upon being ſhaken, and fre-
flowers.
quently fall in the night, ſo that when the plants are
In this Nurſery ſhould be planted the offsets of all in full flower, the place under them is often covered
your bulbous-rooted flowers, where they are to re- with flowers in the morning, which foon change to a
main until they become blowing roots, when they purpliſh colour. The plants continue flowering great
ſhould be removed into the pleaſure-garden, and part of the year, when they are kept in a proper tem-
planted either in beds or borders, according to the
perature of warmth.
goodneſs of the flowers, or the management which There is a variety of this ſort with very large double
they require.
flowers, having a moſt agreeable odour, which grows
You may alſo in this ground raiſe the ſeveral ſorts of naturally at Malabar, where the women ſtring the
bulbous-rooted flowers from ſeed, by which means flowers to hang round their necks, and by way of
new varieties may be obtained; but moſt people are ornament. This fort was, ſome years paft, growing
diſcouraged from ſetting about this work, from the in the gardens at Hampton-Court, but was after-
length of time before the ſeedlings will come to ward loft, with many other rare plants, by the igno-
Power : however, after a perſon hath once begun, and rance of the gardener; and, for ſeveral years paſt,
conſtantly continued fowing every year, after the par- was only known to grow in the gardens of the Duke
cel firſt fown has flowered, the regular ſucceſſion of of Tuſcany in Europe, who kept a conſtant guard
them coming annually to flower, will not render this over the plants, ſo that neither cuttings or layers
method fo tedious as it at firſt appeared.
might be taken from them, fo as to be propagated;
The feedling Auriculas, Polyanthuſes, Ranunculuſes, but I have lately received a plant of this fort, which
Anenonies, Carnacions, &c. ſhould be raiſed in this was brought from the Malabar coaſt, with ſeveral other
a
ز
a
rare

NYC
IN Y M
3
rare plants, by Captain Quick; and this is at pre- much more difficult to propagate, ſo is very rarely
fent in fo flouriſhing a ſtate of health, that I hope found in the European gardens; there were two or
foon to increaſe the number of plants, which will be three of theſe plants brought from Florence a few
a great acquiſition to the Engliſh gardens.
years ſince, but they were put into the hands of un-
Linnæus has ſuppoſed that ſort of Jaſmine, to which skilful perſons, ſo were loft.
the title of Gardenia has been given, to be the ſame NYMPHÆA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 260. tab. 137,
with this, but as my plant has flowered here, ſo it 138. Lin. Gen. Plant. 579. [is ſo called, becauſe it
appears plainly to be an accidental variety of this Nyc- grows in water, which the poets feign to be the reſi-
tanthes, the flowers changing to a purple colour be- dence of the nymphs.] The Water Lily; in French,
fore they drop off, whereas the plant titled Gardenia Nenufar.
changes to a buff colour; beſide, this Nyctanthes is
The CHARACTERS are,
a twining plant, whereas the other is of upright The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four or five
growth: he is likewiſe as much miſtaken in fup- coloured leaves, and is permanent. The flower bath many
poſing it to be the ſame with Rumpfius's plant, for it petals which are ſmaller than the empalement, fitting on
differs in many reſpects from that, as alſo from Bur- the ſide of the germen, for the moſt part in a ſingle ſe-
man's figure, therefore if he had looked upon the ries. It hath a great number of short, plain, incurved
figure, and attended to the deſcription given of this ſtamine, with oblong Summits, like threads, growing to their
plant in the Piſa Garden, he could not have ſuppoſed borders It hath a large oval germen, but no ſtyle, with
theſe two to be the ſame plant.
an orbicular, plain, target-ſhaped ſtigma, ſitting cloſe,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in India, where it whoſe border is crenated and is permanent. The germen
riſes to the height of a tree, dividing into many afterward becomes a hard, oval, Hefby fruit, with a rude
branches, garniſhed with large, oval, ſmooth leaves, narrow neck, crowned at the top, and divided into ten or
of a lucid green, with hairy foot-ſtalks; theſe come fifteen cells full of pulp, with many roundiſh ſeeds.
out on every fide the branches without order. The This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
flowers are produced on the ſide of the branches of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
from the wings of the leaves, upon long hairy foot- plants whoſe flowers have many male parts and buc
ſtalks, each ſuſtaining ſeven or eight flowers, which one female.
are of a pure white, and very fragrant, but have longer
The SPECIES are,
tubes than thoſe of the former fort. The flowers of
The flowers of 1. NYMPHÆA (Lutea) foliis cordatis integerrimis, calyce
this plant open in the evening, and drop off in the petalis majore pentaphyllo. Flor. Lap. 218. Weter
morning, which has occaſioned ſome to give it the Lily with entire heart-ſhaped leaves, whoſe empalement
title of Arbor Triſtis, or the Sorrowful-tree, from its conſiſts of five leaves larger than the petals. Nymphæa
caſting the flowers in the morning; this is very rare lutea major. C. B. P. 193. Greater yellow Water Lily.
in Europe at preſent.
2. NYMPHÆA (Alba) foliis cordatis integerrimis, calyce
The plants of the firſt fort are frequently brought from quadrifido. Lin. Sp. Plant. 510. Water Lily with
Italy by the Italian gardeners, who bring Orange- heart-ſhaped entire leaves, and a four-pointed empalement,
trees here for ſale; but thoſe plants are always grafted Nymphæa alba major. C. B. P. 193. Greater white
upon ſtocks of the common Jaſmine, which do not
Water Lily.
keep pace in their growth with the graft, fo become There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus which
very unſightly, when the plants are grown to any fize; are natives of warm countries, but as they cannot
beſides, the ftocks are very ſubject to ſhoot from the without great difficulty be cultivated here, ſo I ſhall
bottom, and if theſe ſhoots are not conſtantly rubbed not enumerate them ; for unleſs there is a contrivance
off, they will draw the nouriſhment from the graft for ſtanding water in the ſtove, in which the plants
and ftarve it: therefore the beſt method to obtain may be planted, they will not grow; and ſuch a place
the plants, is to propagate them by layers or cuttings; would be injurious to moſt other plants in the ſtove,
the former is the fureft method, for unleſs the cuttings by occaſioning damps; ſo that unleſs a ſtove was con-
are very carefully managed, they will not take root; trived on purpoſe for ſome of theſe aquatic plants, ič
and as the ſtalks of this fort are pliable, they may would be imprudent to attempt their cultivation.
be eaſily brought down, and laid in pots filled with a The two forts here mentioned, grow naturally in
ſoft loamy ſoil, which ſhould be plunged into a hot- ſtanding waters in many parts of England ; they have
bed of tan : if the branches are laid down in the large roots, which are faſtened in the ground, from
ſpring and carefully watered, they will put out roots which ariſe the ſtalks to the ſurface of the water,
by autumn, when they may be cut from the old where the leaves expand and float; they are large,
plants, and each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall roundiſh, and heart-ſhaped. The flowers ariſe be-
pot, and then plunged into the tan-bed, where they tween the leaves, and ſwim upon the ſurface of the
ſhould be ſhaded from the fun till they have taken water. The white fort has a faint ſweet ſcent; theſe
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by large roundiſh
If theſe plants are propagated by cuttings, they ſhould feed-vefſels, filled with ſhining black feeds, which
be planted from May to Auguft, into pots filled with ripen toward the end of Auguſt, when they fink to
the before-mentioned earth, and plunged into a mo-
the bottom of the water.
derate hot-bed of tanners bark. The pots ſhould be The beſt method to propagate theſe plants is, to pro-
pretty large, and there may be ten or twelve cuttings cure ſome of their feed-veſſels juſt as they are ripe
planted in each ; if theſe pots are cloſely covered with and ready to open; theſe ſhould be thrown into ca-
bell or hand-glaſſes to exclude the air, it will greatly nals, or large ditches of ſtanding water, where the feeds
promote their taking root; they muſt alſo be ſhaded will fink to the bottom, and the following ſpring the
from the ſun in the heat of the day, and gently re- plants will appear floating upon the ſurface of the wa-
freſhed with water when the earth is dry; with this ter, and in June and July will produce their beauti-
management the cuttings will have taken root by Au- ful large flowers. When they are once fixed to the
guſt, when they may be tranſplanted into ſeparate place, they will multiply exceedingly, ſo as to cover
pots, and treated in the ſame way as the layers. the whole ſurface of the water in a few years.
Theſe plants may be preſerved in a moderate degree In ſome ſmall gardens I have ſeen the plants cultivated
of warmth, but if they are plunged into the tan-bed in large troughs of water, where they have flouriſhed
of the bark-ſtove, they will thrive much better, and very well, and have annually produced great quanti-
produce a greater quantity of flowers; and as the ties of flowers; but as the expence of theſe troughs
leaves continue all the year, the plants will make a is pretty great (their inſides requiring to be lined
fine appearance in the ſtove at all ſeaſons, and produce with lead, to preſerve them) there are but few peo-
flowers great part of the year.
ple who care to be at that charge.
The ſecond fort requires the ſame treatment, but is
O AK.
a
و
new root.
ز

O.
O CY
A K. See QUERCUS.
OBELISCOTHECA. See Rud-
BECKIA.
OCHRUS. See PISUM.
OCULUS CHRISTI. See HoRMINUM SYL-
O
VESTRE
;
و
O CY
the ſtalk is hairy, and four-cornered; the leaves are
placed by pairs oppoſite, and the branches alſo come
out in the ſame manner; the ſtalk is terminated by a
whorled ſpike of flowers, which is five or fix inches
long, and the branches are alſo terminated by ſhort
ſpikes of flowers of the ſame fort; the whole plant
has a ſtrong ſcent of Cloves.
Of this there are the following varieties :
1. The fringed-leaved Baſil with purple leaves.
2. The green fringed-leaved Bafil.
3. The green Bafil with ſtudded leaves.
4. The large-leaved Bafil.
The ſecond fort is a low buſhy plant, which feldom
riſes more than fix inches high, ſpreading out into
branches from the bottom, forming an orbicular
head; the leaves are ſmall, oval, and ſmooth, ſtand-
ing oppoſite on ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
produced in whorls toward the top of the branches;
they are ſmaller than thoſe of the former fort, and are
ſeldom ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds in England.
Of this there are ſome varieties, as
1. The ſmalleſt Bafil with black purple leaves.
2. The ſmalleſt Bafil with variable leaves.
The third fort is the common Baſil which is uſed in
medicine, and alſo in the kitchen, particularly by the
French cooks, who make great uſe of it in their ſoups
and fauces. This riſes about ten inches high, ſend-
ing out branches by pairs oppoſite, from the bottom;
the ſtalks and branches are four-cornered; the leaves
are oval, fpear-ſhaped, ending in acute points, and
are indented on their edges ; the whole plant is hairy,
and has a ſtrong ſcent of Cloves, too powerful for
moſt perſons, but to ſome it is very agreeable: the
whole plant is an ingredient in the compound Briony-
There are fome varieties of this ſpecies, viz.
1. Common Bafil with very dark green leaves, and
a Violet-coloured flower.
2. Curled-leaved Baſil with ſhort ſpikes of flowers.
3. Narrow-leaved Bafil ſmelling like Fennel.
4. Middle Bafil with a ſcent of Citron.
5. Baſil with ſtudded leaves.
6. Bafil with leaves of three colours.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in India; this riſes
with a branching ſtalk a foot and a half high, which
is taper, and of a purpliſh colour; the leaves are
ſhort and hairy; they are of an oval oblong figure,
ending in obtuſe points, and are fawed on their edges,
ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The ſtalks
are terminated by three ſpikes of flowers, that in the
middle being longer than the other two ; the ſpikes
are narrow, and the flower have ſhort foot-ſtalks;
under each whorl of flowers are two ſmall leaves (or
bractea) placed oppofire, which are heart-ſhaped, con-
cave, and reflexed. The flowers are ſmall, and in
ſome plants are of a purpliſh colour, but in general
they are white; their empalements are ſmooth, and
cut into five parts at the top; the ſtyle of the flower
is longer than the petal, and the whole plant has a
ſtrong, ſweet, aromatic odour.
The fifth fort riſes with an upright ſtalk near two feet
high, fending out fometimes two, and at others four
branches towards the top, oppoſite, garniſhed with
ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches long,, and one
broad in the middle, leſſening at both ends to a point ;
their foot-Italks are two inches long, and are hairy,
The
OCYMUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 203. tab. 96. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 651. Bafil; in French, Baſilic.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is ſport, permanent, of one
leaf, divided into two lips ; the upper lip is plain, bifid,
and heart-shaped ; the under is cut into four acute ſegments
.
The flower is of the lip kind, of one petal inverted. It
has a ſhort Spreading tube ; the riſing lip is broad, and
cut into four obtuſe equal parts; the reflexed lip is long,
narrow, and ſawed. It hath four ſtamina in the lower
lip, which are deflexed, two of which cre a little longer
than the other, terminated by half-moon-Shoped fummits.
The germen is divided into four parts, ſupporting a flen-
der Style, ſituated with the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid
ſtigma. The germen afterward become four naked ſeeds
inclosed in the empalement,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
Itamina, and their feeds have no covering.
The SPECIES are,
1. OCYMUM (Bafilicum) foliis ovatis glabris, calycibus
ciliatis. Hort. Cliff. 315. Bafil with oval ſmooth leaves,
and hairy empalements. Ocymum caryophyllatum
majus. C. B. P. 226. Greater Clove-ſcented, or common
Bafil.
2. OCYMUM (Minimum) foliis ovatis integerrimis. Hort.
Upfal. 169. Bofil with oval entire leaves. Ocymum
minimum. C. B. P. 226. The leaſt Bofil, commonly
called Buſh Bafil.
3. OCYMUM (Medium) hirſutum, foliis ovato-lanceclatis
acuminatis dentatis. Hairy Bafil with oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves which are indented, and end in acuí e points. Ocy-
mum medium vulgatius & nigrum. J. B. 3. p. 2.
247. Common middle black Bafil.
4. OCYMUM (Americanum) foliis ovato-oblongis ferratis,
bracteis cordatis reflexis concavis fpicis filiformibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 833. Bafil with oval, oblong, Sawed
leaves, and heart-ſhaped, concave, refiexed bračtea.
5. OCYMUM (Campechianum) foliis lanceolatis fubtus in-
canis, petiolis longiſſimis villoſis foribus peduncula-
tis. Bafil with Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are boary on
their under fide, and very long hairy foot-fi alks to the
flowers. Ocymum Campechianum odoratiffimum,
Houft. MSS. The sweeteſt-fcented Bafil of Campeachy.
6. OCYMUM (Fruteſcens) racemis fecundis lateralibus,
caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 832. Bofil with fruitful
Spikes of flowers on the ſide of the ſtalk, which are creet.
Ocymum zeylanicum, perenne, odoratiflimum lati-
folium. Burm. Zeyl. 174. tab. 8o. fol 1. Sweet-ſcented
perennicl Bafil of Ceylon, with broad leaves.
The three firſt forts grow naturally in India and Per-
lia; of theſe there are a great variety, which differ in
the fize, ſhape, and colour of their leaves, as alſo in
their odour, but as theſe differences are accidental,
fo I have not enumerated them, being convinced from
repeated experiments, that the feeds of one plant will
produce many varieties.
The firſt fort rifes with a branching ſtalk a foot and a
half high; the leaves are large, oval, and ſmooth;
water.
a
a

O CY
OE N A
و
و
3
The flowers grow in whorled ſpikes at the top of the in the brain of perſons who frequently ſmelled this
ſtalks, the flowers ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks, each ſuf- plant; and others have aſſerted, that ſcorpions com-
taining three flowers; theſe are about the ſize of thoſe monly breed under the plants, but theſe ſtories are
of the common Baſil, and are white; the whole plant without foundation : but it is certain, that the odour
has a ſtrong aromatic odour. It grows riaturally at of theſe plants is too ſtrong for moſt perſons, eſpeci-
Campeachy.
ally in a room, or if near them; for which reaſon they
The fixth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Cey- fhould not be placed too near the habitation, becauſe
lon ; this riſes with a ſquare ftalk two feet high, if they are in any quantity, the odour will extend at
which is hairy, and divides into three branches at times to moſt of the apartments when the windows
the top; the lower leaves are roundiſh, ending in
are open.
points; they are hairy, and crenated on their edges, ENANTHE. Tourn. Init. R. H. 312. tab. 166.
;
ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks; the leaves on the Lin. Gen. Plant. 314. [Oivavón, of oſin, a Vine, and
ſtalks are narrower and ſhorter, and have foot-ſtalks "Avc, a flower. The ancients called any plant
an inch long; the ftalks are terminated by three ſpikes CEnanthe that flowered at the ſame time with the
of flowers in whorls, that in the middle being the Vine, or whoſe flowers had the famodour.] Water
longeſt. The flowers are reflexed and hang down- Dropwort.
ward, they are white, and larger than thoſe of the
The CHARACTERS are,
common fort. This plant has leſs odour than the It is a plant with an umbelliferous flower ; the principal
other forts.
umbel bas but few rays, but the particular umbels have
Theſe plants being moſt of them annual, are propa- many bort ones. The principal involucrum is compoſed
gated from ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in March, of many ſingle leaves, which are ſhorter than the umbel
upon a moderate hot-bed ; and when the plants are the ſmaller umbels have many ſmall leaves ; the rays of
come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted into another the principal umbel are difform. Thoſe flowers in the
moderate hot-bed, obſerving to water and ſhade them diſk are hermophrodite, and are compoſed of five heart-
until they have taken root; after which they ſhould Jhaped inflexed petals, which are almoſt equal; those
have plenty of air in mild weather, otherwiſe they of the rays are mole, and have five large unequal
will draw up very weak ; you muſt alſo water them petals which are bifid ; they have five ſingle ft amina
frequently, for they love moiſture. In May they terminated by roundiſh ſummits. The germen is ſituated
ſhould be taken up with a ball of earth to their roots,
a
under the flower, ſupporiing two awl-ſhaped permanent
and tranſplanted either into pots or borders, obſerv- Styles, crowned by obtufe stigmas. The germen afterward
ing to ſhade them until they have taken root; after becomes an oval fruit, divided into two parts, containing
which they will require no farther care but to clear two almoſt oval ſeeds, convex on one ſide and plain on the
them from weeds, and refreſh them with water in other.
dry weather. Though theſe plants are only propa- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
gated from ſeeds, yet if you have any particular ſort of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
which may ariſe from feeds, which you are deſirous whofe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
to increaſe, you may take off cuttings any time in The SPECIES are,
May, and plant them on a moderate hot-bed, ob- 1. ENANTHE (Crocata) foliis omnibus multifidis obtufis
ſerving to water and ſhade them for about ten days; ſubæqualibus. Hort. Cliff
. 99. Water Dropwort,
in which time they will take root, and in three weeks whoſe leaves all end in many obtuſe points, and are almoſt
time be fit to remove, either into pots or borders, equel. Enanthe fucco viroſo, cicutæ facie lobelii.
with the ſeedling plants. In September theſe plants J. B. 3. p. 2. 193. Hemlock Dropwort.
will perfect their feeds, when thoſe forts which ap- 2. CENANTHE (Fiſtuloſe) ſtolonifera, foliis caulinis pin-
pear the moſt diſtinct, ſhould have their ſeeds preſerved natis filiformibus fiſtulofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 254. Water
ſeparate, for fowing the following ſpring.
Dropwort, with ſender, fiſtular, winged leaves growing
The ſeeds of theſe plants are uſually brought from the on the ſtalks. OEnanthe aquatica. C. B. P. 162. Wa-
ſouth of France or Italy every ſpring, becauſe ſome of ter Dropwort.
them ſeldom ripen their feeds in this country in the 3. CENANTHE (Pimpinelloides) foliolis radicalibus cunea-
open air. But whoever is curious to preſerve the feeds tis fiſfis, caulinis integris linearibus longiffimis cana-
of
any
of the varieties, ſhould place them in an airy liculatis. Hort. Cliff. 99. Water Dropwort whoſe lower
glaſs-caſe or ſtove in the autumn, when the weather leaves are oval and cut, but thoſe on the ſtalks entire,
begins to be cold or wet; and by ſupplying them narrow, and channelled. Enanthe apii folio. C. B. P.
with water, and letting them have free air every day 62. Water Dropwort with a Smallage leaf.
in mild weather, they will perfect their feeds very 4. CnANTHE (Prolifera) umbellularum pedunculis
well in this country.
marginalibus longioribus ramoſis maſculis. Hort.
The fifth fort is more tender than any of the other ; Upſal. 63. Water Dropwort whoſe foot-ſtalks on the
this was diſcovered growing wild at Campeachy, by borders of the umbels are longer, branching, and bear
the late Dr. William Houſtoun, who ſent the feeds male flowers. Enanthe prolifera Apula. C. B. P.
to England. This ſhould be fown on a hot-bed early 163. Childing Water Dropwort of Apulia.
in the ſpring, and when the plants are come up, 5. ENANTHE (Globuloſa) fructibus globoſis. Hort. Clif.
they ſhould be tranſplanted on another very tempe- 99. Water Dropwort with globular fruit. CEnanthe
rate hot-bed to bring them forward; and when they Luſitanica, femine craſſiore globoſo. Tourn. Inft.
have obtained ftrength, they ſhould be each tranf- 313. Portugal Water Dropwort, with a thicker globu-
planted into a ſeparate pot, and placed either in the
iar feed.
ftove, or on a moderate hot-bed, where they may
The firſt of thoſe here mentioned, is very common
have a large ſhare of air in warm weather, but by by the ſides of the Thames on each ſide London, as
being ſheltered from the cold and wet, the plants will alſo by the fides of large ditches and rivers in divers
perfect their feeds very well in England.
parts of England: this plant commonly grows four
The fixth fort grows to be ſhrubby, and if placed or five feet high with ſtrong jointed ſtalks, which,
in a moderate warmth in winter, may be preſerved being broken, emit a yellowiſh fætid juice, the leaves
two years; but this will ripen its feeds the firſt year, are ſomewhat like thoſe of the common Hemlock,
if the plants are brought forward in the ſpring, but but are of a lighter green colour: the roots divide
if this ſhould fail, the plants may be placed in the into four or five large taper ones, which, when ſepa-
ftove, where they may be kept through the winter, rated, have ſome reſemblance to Parſneps; for which
and the following ſeaſon they will perfect their ſeeds. ſome ignorant perſons have boiled them, whereby
In the ſummer the plants ſhould be placed in the open themſelves and family have been poiſoned.
air in a ſheltered ſituation, and in warm weather they This plant is one of the moſt poiſonous we know;
ſhould have plenty of water.
the juice which is at firſt like milk, turns afterward
There have been many fictitious ſtories handed down to a Saffron colour: if a perſon ſhould ſwallow ever
through leveral generations, of ſcorpions being bred ſo little of this juice, it will fo contract every part it
touchés,
1
I
9 M

OE NO
OE NO
1
a
a
touches, that there will immediately follow a terrible
inflammation and gangrene: and what is worſe,
there has not yet been found an antidote againſt it;
for which reaſon, we ought to be very careful to
know this plant, in order to avoid it, for fear we
ſhould take it for any other like it, which would cer-
tainly prove fatal.
The poiſonous quality of this plant, had led ſome
perſons to believe it to be the Cicuta of the ancients ;
but according to Wepfer, the Sium alterum oluſatri
facie of Lobel, is what the ancients called Cicuta, as
may be ſeen at large in Wepfer's book De Cicuta.
The ſecond ſort is very common in moiſt foils, and
by the ſides of rivers in divers parts of England: this
is not ſuppoſed to be near ſo ſtrong as the firſt, but
is of a poiſonous quality.
All the forts of theſe plants naturally grow in moiſt
places, ſo that whoever hath a mind to cultivate
them, ſhould fow their feeds ſoon after they are ripe
in autumn, upon a moiſt ſoil, where they will come
up, and thrive exceedingly the following ſummer,
and require no farther care but to clear them from
weeds.
CENOTHERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 424. Onagra.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 302. tab. 156. Tree Primroſe.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, having a long
cylindrical tube, cut into four acute ſegments at the brim,
which turn backward. The flower has four heart-ſhaped
petals, which are lengthways inſerted in the diviſions of
the empalement. It heth eight awl-ſhaped incurved ſia-
mina, which are inſerted in the tube of the empalement,
and are terminated by oblong proftrate ſummits. The cy-
lindrical germen is ſituated under the tube of the empole-
ment, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a thick qua-
drifid, obtuſe, reflexed ſtigma. The germen afterward
becomes a four-cornered cylindrical capſule having four
cells, which are filled with ſmall angular ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. CENOTHERA (Biennis) foliis ovato-lanceolatis plaris,
caule muricato fubvilloſo Vir. Cliff. 33. Tree Prim-
roſe, with plain, oval, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and a rough
hairy ſtalk. Onagra latifolia. Tourn. Inft. 302. Broad-
leaved Tree Primroſe.
2. ENOTHERA (Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis dentatis,
caule hiſpido. Tree Primroſe with ſpear-ſhaped indented
leaves, and a prickly ſtalk. Onagra anguſtifolia, caule
rubro, fiore minore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 302. Nar-
row-leaved Tree Primroſe, with a red ſtalk and a ſmaller
flower.
3. CENOTHERA (Glabra) foliis lanceolatis planis, caule
glabro. Tree Primroſe with plain Spear-shaped leaves,
and a ſmooth ſtalk.
4. CENOTHERA (Mollifjuma) foliis lanceolatis undulatis.
Vir. Cliff. 33. Tree Primroſe with waved Spear-ſhaped
leaves. Onagra Bonarienfis villoſa, flore mutabili.
Hort. Elth. 297. Hairy Tree Primroſe of Buenos Ayres,
with a changeable flower.
5. CENOTHERA (Pumila) foliis radicalibus ovatis, cauli-
nis lanceolatis obtufis, capſulis ovatis fulcatis. Tab.
188. Tree Primroſe with oval leaves at the root, thoſe
on the ſtalks Spear-ſhaped, blunt-pointed, and oval fur-
rowed ſeed-veſels.
The other ſpecies which have been formerly placed in
this genus, are now under JussiÆA and LUDWIGIA,
to which the reader is deſired to turn.
The three firſt ſorts grow naturally in Virginia, and
in other parts of North America, from whence their
ſeeds were brought to Europe in the beginning of the
fixteenth century; but they are now become ſo com-
mon in many parts of Europe, as to be taken for na-
tives. The firſt hath a long, thick, taper root, which
runs deep into the ground, from which ariſe many
obtuſe leaves which ſpread flat on the ground; be-
tween theſe the ſtalks come out, which riſe between
three and four feet high, and is of a pale green
colour, a little hairy, and about the thickneſs of a
finger, full of pith ; this is garniſhed with long nar-
row leaves fet cloſe to the ſtalk, without order. The
flowers are produced all along the ſtalk from the wings
of the leaves, the germen fitting cloſe to the ſtalk,
from the top of which ariſes the tube of the flower,
which is narrow, more than two inches long; at the
top is the empalement, which is cut into four acute
ſegments, which are reflexed downward. The petal
of the flower is cut into four large obtufe ſegments,
which in the evening are expanded quite fiat, but are
ſhut in the day ; theſe are of a bright yellow colour.
From the flower opening in the evening, many per-
fons call it the Night Primroſe. The plants begin to
flower about Midſummer, and as the ſtalks advance
in height, ſo other flowers are produced, whereby
there is a ſucceſſion of flowers on the ſame plant till
autumn.
The ſecond fort hath red ſtalks, which are ſet with
rough protuberances : it does not riſe ſo high as the
firſt, the leaves are narrower, and the flowers are
ſmaller.
The third fort differs from the firſt, in having ſhort-
er ftalks, narrower leaves, and ſmaller flowers, and
from the ſecond, in having ſmooth ſtalks, which are
of a pale green colour. Theſe differences are perma-
nent, ſo they are undoubtedly different fpecies.
The fourth fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres ;
this hath a ſhrubby ſtalk more than two feet high,
hairy, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leavesending
in acute points; theſe ſit cloſe to the ſtalks, being a
little waved on their edges. The flowers come out
from the wings of the leaves along the ſtalks, like
the other forts; they are firſt of a pale yellow, but as
they decay change to an Orange colour; they are
ſmaller than thoſe of either of the former forts, and
expand only in the evening; the feed-veſſels are flen-
der, taper, and hairy. This flowers at the ſame time
with the former.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Canada, from whence
the feeds were brought to Paris a few years paſt.
This is a perennial plant; the root is fibrous; the
lower leaves are oval and ſmall, fitting cloſe to the
ground; the ftalk is ſlender, near a foot high, and is
garniſhed with ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a light
green, ending in blunt points, fitting cloſe to the
Italks. The flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves like the other ſpecies; theſe are ſmall, of a
bright yellow colour, and appear at the ſame time as
the former, and are ſucceeded by ſhort, oval, fur-
rowed feed-veffels, filled with ſmall feeds.
The three firſt forts are very hardy plants, and if once
brought into a garden, and the feeds permitted to
ſcatter, there will be a ſupply of plants without any
care. They are biennial, and periſh after they have
perfected their feeds. The feeds of theſe plants
ſhould be fown in the autumn, for thoſe which are
ſown in the ſpring ſeldom riſe the ſame year: when
the plants come up, they ſhould be thinned and
kept clean from weeds, which is all the care they
require till the autumn, when they ſhould be tranf-
planted to the places where they are deſigned to
flower; but as the roots of theſe plants ſtrike deep in
the ground, ſo there ihould be care taken not to
cut or break them in removing. The plants will
thrive in almoſt any foil or fituation, and will flower
in London in ſmall gardens, better than moſt other
plants.
The fourth fort is now become pretty common in
the Engliſh gardens, for if the ſeeds of this are per-
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up the follow-
ing ſpring, and require no other care but to keep
them clean from weeds, and thin them where they
grow too cloſe. If theſe plants are kept in pots, and
placed in a green-houſe in the autumn, they will live
through the winter; but as they produce flowers and
feeds in the open air, the plants are ſeldom preſerved
longer.
The fifth fort is perennial, and may be propagated
either by parting of the roots, or by feeds : if it is by
the former, the beſt time for doing it is in the ſpring;
but
a

O L E
OLE
O
5
but if they are propagated by feeds, theſe ſhould be ward turns to an ovel ſmooth fruit (or berry) with ond
ſown in the autumn; and the ſureſt way is to low cell, incloſing an oblong oval nut.
the ſeeds in pots, and place them under a hot-bed This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
frame in winter : in the ſpring the plants will appear, , Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants
and when they are fit to remove, a few of them may whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
be planted in ſmall pots, to be theltered under a The SPECIES are,
common frame in the winter; and the others may 1. OLEA (Gallica) foliis lineari-lanceolatis ſubtus incanis.
be planted in a ſheltered border, where they will en- Olive with linear Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are hoary or
dure the cold of our ordinary winters very well, and their under ſide. Olea fructu oblongo minori. Tourn.
the following ſummer they will produce flowers and Inft. R. H. 599. Olive with a ſmaller oblong fruit,
ſeeds in plenty; ſo there will be little occaſion for part- commonly called Provence Olive.
ing of their roots, becauſe the ſeedling plants will 2. OLEA (Hiſpanica) foliis lanceolatis, fructu ovato.
be much ſtronger and flower better, than thoſe propa- Olive with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and an egg-ſhaped fruit.
gated by offsets.
Olea fructu maximo. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 599. Olive
OLDENLANDIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 42. tab. with the largeſt fruit, called the Spaniſh Olive.
36. Lin. Gen. Plant. 143.
3. OLEA (Sylveſtris) foliis lanceolatis obtufis rigidis,
The CHARACTERS are,
fubtus incanis. Olive with ſpear-ſhaped, obtuſe, rigid
The empalement of the flower is permanent, fitting upon leaves, which are boary on their under ſide. Olea fyl-
the germen, and is cut into five parts. The flower has veftris, folio duro, fubtus incano. C. B. P. 472.
four oval petals which ſpread open, and are double the The wild Olive with a bord leaf, and boary on its un-
length of the empalement, and four stamina terminated by
der fide.
ſmall ſummits. It hath a roundiſh germen ſituated under 4. OLEA ( Africana) foliis lanceolatis lucidis, ramis tere-
the flower, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an indent- tibus. Olive with Spear-shaped ſhining leaves, and toper
ed ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a globular branches. Olea Afra, folio longo, lato, fupra atro-
capſule with two cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
viridi ſplendente, infra pallidè viridi. Boer. Ind. alt.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 2. 218. African Olive, with a long, broad, ſhining leaf,
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants of a greeniſh black above, and pale on its under ſide.
whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle. 5. OLEA (Buxifolia) foliis ovatis rigidis feffilibus. Olive
We have but one Species of this genus in the with oval ftiff leaves, fitting cloſe to the branches. Olea
Engliſh gardens, which is,
Afra, folio buxi craffo atroviridi, lucido, cortice albo
OLDENLANDIA (Corymboſa) pedunculis multifloris, foliis ſcabro. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 218. African Olive, with a
lineari-lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 119. Oldenlandia thick, dark, Shining Box leaf, and a rough white bark,
with many flowers on a foot-ſtalk, and linear Spcar- commonly called Box-leaved Õlive.
Jhaped leaves. Oldenlandia humilis hyffopifolia. Plum. The firſt fort is what the inhabitants of the ſouth of
Nov. Gen. Dwarf Oldenlandia having a Hylop leaf. France chiefly cultivate, becauſe from this ſpecies the
This plant was diſcovered in America by Father Plu- beſt oil is made, which is a great branch of trade in
mier, who gave this name to it in honour of Henry Provence and Languedoc; and it is the fruit of this
Bernard Oldenland, a German, who was diſciple of fort which is moft eſteemed when pickled : of this
Dr. Herman at Leyden, and was a very curious bo- there are ſome varieties; the firſt is called Olive Pin
taniſt.
choline; there is another with dark green fruit, one
The ſeeds of this plant were ſent into England by with white fruit, and another with ſmaller and rounder
Mr. Robert Millar, who gathered them in Jamaica. fruit; but as theſe are ſuppoſed to be only accidental
It is a low annual plant, which feldom riſes above varieties which have riſen from the ſame feeds, I
three or four inches high, and divides into many
have not enumerated them.
branches which ſpread near the ground. Theſe The Olive ſeldom riſes to be a large tree, and is
branches are furniſhed with long narrow leaves, which rarely ſeen with a ſingle ftem, but frequently two or
are placed oppoſite. From the wings of the leaves three ſtems riſe from the ſame root; theſe grow from
ariſes the flower-ſtalk, which grows about an inch, or twenty to thirty feet high, putting out branches
little more in length, and divides into three or four from the fides almoſt their whole length, which are
ſmaller foot-ſtalks ; on the top of each of theſe, ſtands covered with a gray bark, and garniſhed with ſtiff
one ſmall white flower.
leaves about two inches and a half long, and half an
The feeds of this plant ſhould be fown early in the inch broad in the middle, gradually diminiſhing to
ſpring on a hot-bed, and when the plants are come both ends; they are of a lively green on their upper
up, they ſhould be tranſplanted on another hot-bed, fide, and hoary on their under, ſtanding oppoſite.
or into ſmall pots, and plunged into a moderate hot- The flowers are produced in ſmall bunches from the
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water and ſhade wings of the leaves, they are ſmall, white, and have
them until they have taken root; after which time ſhort tubes, ſpreading open at the top; theſe are
they muſt have a large ſhare of free air in warm wea- ſucceeded by oval fruit, which, in warm countries,
ther, and ſhould be frequently refreſhed with water. ripen in the autumn.
With this management the plants will flower in June, The ſecond ſort is chiefly cultivated in Spain, where
and their feeds will ripen in July, ſo that the feeds the trees grow to a much larger ſize than the former
muſt be gathered from time to time as they ripen; fort; the leaves are much larger, and not ſo white on
for as the branches grow larger, ſo there will be freſh their under fide; and the fruit is near twice the ſize
flowers produced until autumn, when the plants of thoſe of the Provence Olive, but are of a ſtrong
will periſh; but if the ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter rank flavour, and the oil made from theſe, is too
in the pots, the plants will ſoon after appear, which ſtrong for moſt Engliſh palates.
will live through the winter, provided they are placed
The third fort is the wild Olive, which grows natu-
in the ſtove, and will flower early the following rally in woods, in the ſouth of France, Spain, and
ſpring.
Italy, fo is never cultivated; the leaves of this fort
OLEA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 598. tab. 370. Lin. are much ſhorter and ſtiffer than thoſe of the other;
Gen. Plant. 20. (of 'Enaíc,] the Olive; in French, the branches are frequently armed with thorns, and
Olivier.
the fruit is ſmall and of no value.
The CHARACTERS are,
The fourth and fifth forts grow naturally at the Cape
It has a ſmall tubulous empalement of one leaf, cut into of Good Hope; the fourth riſes to the height of the
four ſegments at the top. The flower conſiſts of one petol firſt, to which it bears ſome reſemblance, but the
which is tubulous, cut at the brim into four ſegments bark is rougher; the leaves are not ſo long, and are
which ſprecd open. It has two ſhort stamina terminated of a lucid green on their upper fide; but as this does
by erect ſummits, and a roundiß germen ſupporting a ſhort not produce fruit in Europe, I can give no account
Style, crowned by a thick bifid ſtigma. The germen after- of it.
The
و
а.
a
و
3
a

OLE
OLE
The fifth fort is of humbler growth, ſeldom riſing
more than four or five feet high, fending out branches
from the root upward, forming a buſhy ſhrub; the
branches are taper, and covered with a gray bark;
the leaves are oval, very ftiff, and finaller than thoſe
of the other ſpecies. This has not produced any fruit
in England.
All theſe forts are preſerved in the gardens of the
curious, but they are rather too tender to thrive in the
open air, in the neighbourhood of London, where
they are ſometimes planted againſt walls, and with a
little protection in very ſevere froſt, they are main-
tained pretty well; but in Devonſhire there are ſome
of theſe trees, which have grown in the open air ma-
ny years, and are ſeldom injured by the froſt, but
the ſummers are not warın enough to bring the fruit
to maturity. There were ſeveral of theſe trees planted
againſt a warm wall at Cambden-houſe near Kenſing-
ton, which ſucceeded very well, till their tops were
advanced above the wall, after which they were ge-
nerally killed in winter, fo far down as to the top of
the wall. Theſe in 1719 produced a good number
of fruit, which grew fo large as to be fit for pickling;
but ſince that time, their fruit has ſeldom grown to
any fize.
The Olive was, by the ancients, conſidered as a ma-
ritime tree, and they ſuppoſed it would not thrive at
any diſtance from the ſea; but by experience, we find
they will ſucceed very well in any country, where the
air is of a proper temperature of heat, though the
trees are found to bear the ſpray of the ſea better than
moſt other forts.
In Languedoc and Provence, where the Olive-tree is
greatly cultivated, they propagate it by truncheons
ſplit from the roots of the trees; for as theſe trees
are frequently hurt by hard froſts in winter, ſo when
their tops are killed, they ſend up ſeveral ſtalks
from the root; and when theſe are grown pretty
ſtrong, they ſeparate them with an ax from the root,
in the doing of which they are careful to preſerve a
few roots to the truncheons; theſe are cut off in the
ſpring, after the danger of froſt is over, and plant-
ed about two feet deep in the ground, covering the
ſurface with litter or mulch, to prevent the fun and
wind from penetrating and drying of the ground;
when the plants have taken new root, they are care-
ful to ſtir the ground and deſtroy the weeds.
This tree will grow in almoſt any foil, but when it is
planted in rich moiſt ground, they grow larger and
make a finer appearance, than in poor land ; but the
fruit is of leſs eſteem, becauſe the oil made from it is
not ſo good as that which is produced in a leaner foil.
The chalky ground is eſteemed the beſt for theſe trees,
and the oil which is made from the trees growing in
that ſort of land is much finer, and will keep longer
than the other.
In the countries where the inhabitants are curious in
the making of their oil, they are frequently obliged to
get truncheons of the ordinary forts of Olives to
plant; but after they have taken good root, they
graft them with the fort of Olive which they prefer
to the others. In Languedoc they chiefly propagate
the Cormeau, the Ampoulan, and Moureau, which
are three varieties of the firſt fpecies: but in Spain
the ſecond fort is generally cultivated, where they
have more regard to the ſize of the fruit, and the
quantity of oil they will produce, than to their quality.
If the culture of theſe trees was well underſtood by
the inhabitants of Carolina, and properly purſued, it
might become a valuable branch of trade to them ;
for there is no reaſon to doubt of their ſucceeding, the
ſummers there being hot enough to ripen the fruit to
its utmoſt perfection.
In this country the plants are only preſerved by way
of curioſity, and are placed in winter in the green-
houſe for variety, ſo I thall next give an account of
the method by which they are here propagated, with
their manner of treatment.
Theſe plants may be propagated by laying down
their tender branches in the manner practiſed for
other trees, which ihould remain undiſturbed two
years; in which time they will have put out roots,
and may then be taken off from the old plants, and
tranſplanted either into pots filled with freſh light
earth, or into the open ground in a warm ſituation.
The beſt ſeafon for tranſplanting is the beginning
of April, when you ſhould, if poflible, take the op-
portunity of a moiſt feafon ; and thoſe which are
planted in pots, ſhould be placed in a fhady part
of the green-houſe until they have taken root; but
thoſe planted in the ground ſhould have mulch laid
about their roots, to prevent the earth from drying
too faſt, and now and then refreſhed with water ; but
you muſt by no means let them have too much moiſ
ture, which will rot the tender fibres of their roots,
and deſtroy the trees. When the plants have taken
freſh root, thoſe in the pots may be expoſed to the
open air, with other hardy exotics, with which they
ſhould be houſed in winter, and treated as Myrtles,
and other leſs tender trees and ſhrubs; but thoſe in
the open air will require no farther care until the
winter following, when you ſhould mulch the ground
about their roots, to prevent the froſt from pene-
trating deep into it; and if the froft ſhould prove
very ſevere, you ſhould cover them with mats, which
will defend them from being injured thereby; but
you muſt be cautious not to let the mats continue
over them after the froſt is pait, left by keeping
them too cloſe, their leaves and tender branches
ſhould turn mouldy for want of free air ; which will
be of as bad conſequence to the trees, as if they had
been expoſed to the froſt, and many times worfe;
for it feldom happens, if they have taken much of
this mould, or have been long covered, fo that it
has entered the bark, that they are ever recoverable
again; whereas it often happens, that the froſt only
deſtroys the tender ſhoots, but the body and larger
branches remaining unhurt, put out again the ſuc-
ceeding ſpring
Theſe trees are generally brought over from Italy
every ſpring, by the perſons who import Orange-
trees, Jaſmines, &c. from whom they may be pro-
cured pretty reaſonable ; which is a better method
than to raiſe them from layers in this country, that
being too tedious, and thoſe which are thus brought
over, have many times very large ſtems, to which
fize young plants in this country would not arrive
in ten or twelve years. When you firſt procure theſe
ſtems, you ſhould (after having foaked their roots
twenty-four hours in water, and cleaned them from
the filth they have contracted in their paſſage) plant
them in pots filled with freſh light fandy earth, and
plunge them into a moderate hot-bed, obſerving to
ſcreen them from the violence of the fun in the
heat of the day, and alſo to refreſh them with water,
as you ſhall find the earth in the pots dry. In this
ſituation they will begin to ſhoot in fix weeks or two
months after, when you ſhould let them have air in
proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; and after
they have made pretty good ſhoots, you ſhould in-
ure them to the open air by degrees, into which
they ſhould be removed, placing them in a fitua-
tion where they may be defended from ſtrong
winds ; in this place they ſhould remain till October
following, when they muſt be removed into the
green-houſe, as was before directed. Having thus
managed theſe plants until they have acquired ſtrong
roots, and made tolerable good heads, you may
draw them out of the pots, preſerving the earth to
their roots, and plant them in the open air in a
warm ſituation, where you muſt manage them as was
before directed for the young ones; and theſe will
in two or three years produce flowers, and in very
warm ſeaſons fome fruit, provided they do well.
The Lucca and Box-leaved Olives are the hardieſt,
for which reaſon they ſhould be preferred to plant in
the open air, but the firſt fort will grow to be the
largeſt trees.
OMPHA-
а

Ο Ν Ο
O NO
OMPHALODES. See CYNOGLOSSUM.
9. ONONIS (Criſtato) pedunculis uniforis prælongis,
ONAGRA. See OENOTHERA.
ramis inermibus, foliis ternatis glabris, vaginis acute
ONIONS. See CEPA.
dentatis. Reft-harrow with one flower growing on a long
ONOBRYCHIS. See HEDYSARUM.
foot-ſtalk, branches without Spines, Smooth trifoliate
ONONIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 772. Anonis. Tourn. leaves, and ſheaths which are sharply indenied. Anonis
Inſt. R. H. 408. tab. 229. Reft-harrow, Cammock, glabra inerinis, pedunculis unifloris prælongis vaginis
Pettywin ; in French, Arrête-beuf.
criftatis. Allion. Smooth Reft-harrow without Spines,
The CHARACTERS are,
having one flower on a long fooi-ſtalk, with a creſted
The empalement of the flower is cut into five narrow ſeg- feath.
ments, which end in acute points, the upper being a little 10. ONONIS (Ornithopodoides) pedunculis bifloris ariſta-
raiſed and arched, the lower bending under the keel. The tis, leguminibus linearibus cernuis. Prod. Leyd.
flower is of the butterfly kind. The ſtandard is heart- 376. Reft-barrow with two flowers on a foot-ſtalk ter-
ſhaped, depreſſed on the ſides, and larger than the wings. minated by a thread, and narrow nodding pods. Ano-
The wings are oval and fort; the keel is pointed, and nis filiquis ornithopodii. Boerh. Ind. alt
. 2. 34. Reji-
longer than the wings. It bath ten fi amino joined together, barrow with pods like thoſe of the Bird's-foot.
terminated by ſingle ſummits, and an oblong hairy germen, 11. ONONIS (Rotundifolia) fruticoſa pedunculis trifloris,
fupporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by an obiuſe ſtigma. calycibus triphyllo-bractatis foliis ternatis fubrotun-
The germen afterward becomes a turgid pod with one cell, dis. Hort. Ciff. 358. Reft-harrow with foot-ſtalks
incloſing kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
proceeding from the side of the branches, ſuſtaining three
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection flowers, ond trifoliate roundiſh leaves. Cicer fylveſtre
of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe latifolium triphyllum. C. B. P. 347. Broad three-
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two leaved wild Chich.
bodies.
12. ONONIS (Mitiffima) floribus feffilibus fpicatis, brac-
The SPECIES are,
teis ftipularibus, ovatis ventricoſis fcariofis imbrica-
1. ONONIS (Spinoſa) fioribus fubfeffilibus, folitariis la- tis. Lin. Sp. 1007. Reft-harrow with Spiked flowers fit-
teralibus, caule ſpinoſo. Hort. Cliff
. 389. Reft-har- ting cloſe, and oval ftipulæ to the flowers. Anonis alo-
row with ſingle flowers fitting cloſe to the ſides of the pecuroïdes, mitis annua purpurafcens. Hort. Elth.
branches, and a prickly stalk. Anonis ſpinoſa flore pur- 28. tab. 24. Smooth, annual, purpliſh, Fox-tail Reft-
pureo. C. B. P. 389. Prickly Reft-barrow with a pur- barroter.
ple flower, ſometimes called Cammock, or Petty-win, and 13. ONONIS (Alopecurożdes) fpicis foliofis fimplicibus
in ſome countries, French Furze.
ovatis obtufis ftipulis dilatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1008.
2. ONONIS (Mitis) floribus fubfeffilibus folitariis latera- Reft-harrow with leafy Spikes, and ſingle obtuſe leaves.
libus, ramis inermibus. Hort. Cliff. 359. Reft-harrow Anonis ficula alopecuroïdes. Tourn. Inft. 408. Fox-
with ſingle flower's ſitting close to the ſtalks, and tail Reſt-harrow of Sicily.
branches without spines. Anonis ſpinis carens pur- 14. ONONIS (Anil) foliis ternatis ovatis, petiolis longiſſi-
purea. C. B. P. 389. Purpie Reft-harrow having no mis, leguminibus hirſutis. Reft-harrow with oval tri-
Spines.
foliate leaves growing on very long foot-ſtalks, and hairy
3. ONONIS (Repens) caulibus diffuſis, ramis erectis, fo- pods. Anonis Americana, folio latiori fubrotundo.
liis ſuperioribus folitariis ftipulis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 409. American Refi-harrow with a
1006. Reft-harrow with diffuſed ſtalks, which are ereet, broader roundiſh leaf.
the upper leaves ſingle, and oval ftipule. Anonis mari- | 15. ONONIS (Decumbens) foliis ternatis lineari-lanceola-
.
tima procumbens, foliis hirſutis pubeſcentibus. Pluk. tis, caule decumbente, fioribus fpicatis alaribus, le-
Alm. 33. Trailing maritime Reft-barrow with hairy guminibus glabris. Refi-barrow with trifoliate, narrow,
leaves.
Spear-ſhaped leaves, a trailing ſtalk, Alowers growing in
4. ONONIS (Tridentata) foliis ternatis carnofis fublinea- Spikes from the wings of the dialk, and ſmooth pods. Ano-
ribus tridentatis, fruticoſa pedunculis bifloris. Lin. Sp nis Americana, anguſtifolia, humilior & minus hir-
Plant. 718. Shrubby Reſt-harrow, with trifoliate fleſhy futa. Houſt. MSS. Lower narrow-leaved American
leaves which are norrow, and have three indentures. Reft-harrow, which is leſs hairy.
Anonis Hiſpanica, fruteſcens, folio tridentato carno- The firſt fort is a common weed in moſt parts of Eng-
fo. Tourn. Init. 408. Shrubby Spaniſh Reft-harrow with land, fo is rarely admitted into gardens. It has a
a fiefby leaf, having three indentures.
ſtrong creeping root, which ſpreads far in the ground,
5. ONONIS (Fruticoſa.) fruticoſa fioribus paniculatis, pe- and is with great difficulty eradicated; the ſtalks riſe
dunculis fubtrifloris, ftipulis vaginalibus, foliis ter- a foot and a half high, they are flender, purple, and
natis lanceolatis ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 358. Reft-bar- hairy, ſending out ſmall branches on their fide, which
row with paniculated flowers growing three upon a foot- are armed with ſharp prickles. The flowers come
ſtalk, ſheath-like stipulæ, and trifoliate leaves. Anonis out ſingly from the ſide of the branches; they are of
purpurea verna præcox fruteſcens, flore rubro amplo. the butterfly kind, and of a purple colour, which are
Mor. Hift. 2. p. 170. Early Spring, purple, forubby Reſi- fucceeded by ſmall pods, containing one or two kid-
barrow, with a large red flower.
ney-ſhaped feeds. It flowers great part of ſummer,
6. ONONIS (Natrix) pedunculis unifloris ariftatis foliis and the feeds ripen in the autumn. The root of this
terminatis ovatis, ftipulis integerrimis. Hort. Cliff
. is one of the five opening roots; the cortical part of
358. Refi-harrow with one flower on a foot-ſtalk ter- it is eſteemed a good medicine for ſtoppage of urine,
minated by a thread, and ovel trifoliate leaves. Anonis and to open the obſtructions of the liver and ſpleen;
viſcofa ipinis carens lutea major. C. B. P. 389. Glu- there is a variety of this with white flowers.
tinous Rejt-barrow without ſpines, having a large yellow The ſecond fort grows naturally in many parts of
flower.
England, and has been by ſome ſuppoſed to be only
7. ONONIS (Viſcoſa) pedunculis uniforis ariſtatis, foliis a variety of the firſt; but I have cultivated both by
fimplicibus infimis ternatis. Lin. Sp. 1009. Reft-har- feeds, and have always found the plants retain their
row with one flower on each foot-ſtalk terminated by a difference; the ſtalks of this fort are hairy, and more
thread, whoſe lower leaves are trifoliate. Anonis annua diffuſed than thoſe of the firft; the leaves are broad-
erectior, latifolia glutinoſa Lufitanica. Tourn. Inft. er, and fit cloſer on the branches; the ſtalks do not
409. Annual broad-leaved, glutinous, erect Reft-harrow grow ſo upright, and have no fpines; the flowers
of Portugal.
and pods are like thoſe of the firſt. There is alſo a
8. ONONIS (Minutiſima) fioribus fubfeffilibus lateralibus, variety of this with white flowers.
foliis ternatis glabris, ftipulis ſetaceis, calycibus ariſ- The third fort grows naturally on the borders of the
tis corolla longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1007. Reft- ſea in ſeveral parts of England, this hath a creeping
harrow with flowers fitting cloſe to the ſides of the ſtalks, root, from which ariſe many hairy ſtalks which are
trifoliate leaves, briſtly ftipula, and the beard of the ca- near two feet long, ſpreading on every ſide upon the
lyw longer than the corolla. Anonis flore luteo parvo. ground, garniſhed with trifoliate hairy leaves, thoſe
H. R. Par. Reft-harrow with a ſmall yellow flower. on the lower part of the ſtalks being pretty large and
9
N
oval,
و

ON O
ONO
3
annual plant; the ftalks riſe about nine inches high,
fending out one or two branches toward the bottom,
garniſhed with ſmall trifoliate leaves, which ſtand on
ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out from the
ſide of the branches upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, each fuf-
taining two ſmall yellow flowers, which are fucceeded
by jointed compreſſed pods like thoſe of Bird's-foot,
having four or five kidney-ſhaped ſeeds in each.
This wort flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in the
autumn.
a
a
oval, but the upper are ſmaller and narrower. The
flowers are like thoſe of the firſt in ſhape, coming
out fingly from the fide of the ſtalks, but are of a
brighter purple colour; the pods are ſhort, con-
taining two or three ſeeds in each. It flowers in July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal; this riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks a foot and a half
high, dividing into ſlender branches very full of
joints, garniſhed with narrow, trifoliate, thick, fleſhy
leaves, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ftalks. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches in looſe
pa-
nicles, ſome of the foot-ſtalks fuſtaining two, and
others but one flower; they are of a fine purple
colour, and appear in June; the ſeeds ripen in
September
The fifth ſort grows naturally on the Alps: this is a
very beautiful low ſhrub; it riſes with ſlender ſhrubby
ſtalks about two feet high, dividinginto many branches,
which are garniſhed with narrow trifoliate leaves
ſawed on their edges, fitting cloſe to the branches.
The flowers come out in panicles at the end of the
branches upon long foot-ftalks, which for the moſt
part ſuſtain three large purple flowers; the ſtipula is
a kind of ſheath, embracing the foot-ſtalk of the
flower. It flowers the end of May and the beginning
of June, and the flowers are ſucceeded by turgid pods
about an inch long, which are hairy, incloſing three
or four kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen in Auguſt.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and in Spain; this hath a perennial root and an annual
ftalk, which riſes near two feet high, fending out ſhort
branches from the ſide on the lower part of the plants,
garniſhed with trifoliate oblong leaves, which are
hairy and claimy. The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes
at the end of the ſtalks; they are large, and of a bright
yellow colour, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks,
which are extended beyond the leaves, the flowers
hanging downward from the middle of the foot-ſtalk.
The Aowers appear the latter end of June, which are
fucceeded by turgid pods an inch long, containing
three or four brown kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which ri-
pen in September.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Portugal, from
whence the feeds were ſent to me. This is an annual
plant, with a ſtrong, herbaceous, hairy ſtalk, riſing
a foot and a half high, fending out branches the whole
length, cloſely garniſhed with trifoliate leaves ; the
middle lobe being large and oval, the two fide lobes
long and narrow, rounded at their points and indented
on their edges; they are very clammy. The foot-
ftalks of the flowers come out from the wings of
the ſtalks fingly, each ſuſtaining one pale yellow flower,
ſtanding erect in the middle of the foot-ſtalk, which
is extended beyond the flower. This plant flowers in
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The eighth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and Italy; this is an annual plant; the ſtalks
riſe about nine inches high, ſending out one or two
fide branches toward the bottom; the leaves are ſmall,
trifoliate, and oval, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks, and are indented on their edges. The flowers
come out fingly at the wings of the ſtalk; they are
ſmall, yellow, and fit very cloſe to the ſtalk, having
a ſharp briitly ftipula under the empalement; the pods
are very ſhort and turgid, containing two or three kid-
ney-ſhaped ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in the autumn.
The ninth fort grows naturally on the Alps, this
hath a perennial root, from which come out ſeveral
Nender trailing ſtalks about fix inches long, garniſhed
with ſmall, trifoliate, oval leaves, indented on their
edges, ſtanding upon pretty ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out fingly toward the top of the ſtalk,
upon pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalks, ariſing from the
wings of the leaves, each ſuſtaining one yellow
flower ; the ſheath embracing the baſe of the foot-
ſtalk, is ſharply indented. This flowers in June, and
the ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and is an
The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Alps and
Helvetian mountains, this riſes with a ſingle jointed
ſtalk a foot and a half high, garniſhed with oval, in-
dented, trifoliate leaves, ſtanding on pretty long foot-
ftalks. The foot-ftalks of the fiowers come out from
the wings of the leaves; they are long, ſlender, each
ſuſtains three pale yellow flowers, which are fuc-
ceeded by ſhort turgid pods, containing two or three
feeds in each. It flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen in September.
The twelfth fort came up in earth which was brought
from Barbadoes, but it does not ſeem to be a native
of that country, for it riſes eaſily from feeds in the
open air here, and perfects its feeds in the autumn,
nor will it thrive in greater warmth. This hath an
upright ſtalk a foot and a half high, ſending out
ſmall ſide branches, which are garniſhed with round-
ifh trifoliate leaves fawed on their edges, ſtanding up-
on ſhort foot-ftalks. The flowers grow in ſhort leafy
ſpikes at the end of the branches, they are ſmall, and
of a pale purple colour, appearing in July, and are
ſucceeded by ſhort turgid pods, containing two or
three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen in the autumn.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Portugal, Spain,
and Italy, This is an annual plant, riſing with upright
branching ſtalks a foot high, garniſhed with fingle
leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks , the larger leaves are
oval, about one inch long and three quarters of an
inch broad; the upper leaves are narrow, ending in
obtuſe points, and are ſlightly indented at their ends.
The flowers grow in leafy ſpikes at the end of the
ſtalks fet clofe together, having hairy empalements;
they are pretty large, of a purple colour, and appear
in July: theſe are fucceeded by taper pods about
an inch long, inclofing four or five kidney-ſhaped
ſeeds. This plant has ſeveral titles, in the different
books of botany.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the American
iſlands, this is an annual plant, riſing with a branch-
ing ſtalk two feet high, garniſhed with trifoliate
leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, ſtanding upon very
long foot-ſtalks, which are hairy. The flowers, grow
in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are
large, and of a purpliſh yellow colour, and are fuc-
ceeded by very turgid hairy pods, each containing five
or fix large kidney-shaped feeds. This fort flowers in
July and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn.
From this plant Indigo was formerly made, which, I
ſuppoſe, was of leſs value than that which is made
of Anil, ſo has not been for many years paſt cultivated
in any of the iſlands.
The fifteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New
Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds to England.
This is a perennial plant, from whoſe roots come out
ſeveral pretty ſtrong branches, which ſpread and in-
cline toward the ground; theſe are garniſhed with
narrow trifoliate leaves, very little hairy. The flowers
come out in looſe panicles at the end of the branches;
they are yellow, and are ſucceeded by ſmooth turgid
pods about half an inch long, each containing two or
three kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. This fiowers in July, and
the feeds ſometimes ripen here in the autumn.
The three firſt forts are never cultivated in gardens,
being very troubleſome weeds whenever they get
into the fields; for the roots ſpread and multiply
greatly in the ground, and are fo tough and ſtrong,
that the plough will ſcarcely cut through them, ſo
are with great difficulty eradicated when they have
once gotten poffeflion
The
3

Ο Ν Ο
Ο Ν Ο
a
The fourth and fifth forts are low ſhrubby plants, fupporting aflender fiyle terminated by a crotoned ſtigma.
which are propagated by feeds. The fourth is too The germen becomes a ſingle feed crowned with dowon, fiin
tender to thrive in the open air in England, unleſs it ting in the empalement.
is planted in a warm ſituation, and in very ſevere This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
froft covered to protect it. If the ſeeds of both theſe of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
forts are fown upon a bed of light earth in April, the plants with compound flowers, whoſe florets are all
plants will come up in May, when they muſt be kept hermaphrodite and fruitful.
clean fram weeds; and if they are too cloſe, fome
The SPECIES are,
of them ſhould be carefully drawn up in moiſt wea- 1. ONOPORDUM (Acontbium) calycibus fquarroſis, foliis
ther, and tranſplanted at four or five inches diſtance : ovato-oblongis finuatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 827. Woolly
thoſe of the fourth fort upon a warm ſheltered border, Thiſtle with rough empalements, and oblong, oval, fenuated
but the fifth may be planted in a lady border, where leaves. Carduus tomentoſus, acanthi folio, vulgaris.
they will thrive very well ; after theſe have taken root, Tourn. Inft. R. H. 441. Corsemon Woolly Tbiffle with a
the plants will thrive very well, but muſt be kept Bearſbreech leaf.
clean from weeds till the following autumn, when 2. ONOPORDUM (Illyricum) calycibus fquarroſis, ſpinis
they may be tranſplanted to the places where they foliis lanceolatis pinnatifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1158.
are to remain ; thofe plants which were left growing Woolly Thiſtle with rough empalements, and narrow
in the bed where they were fown, muſt alſo be treat- leaves ending in many points. Carduus tomentoſus,
ed in the ſame way. Theſe plants will not thrive in acanthi folio anguftiori. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 441.
pots, therefore ſhould always be planted in the full Woolly Thiſtle with a nerrower Bearſbreech leaf.
ground, where the fifth fort will nouriſh greatly, and 3. ONOPORDUM (Arabicum) calycibus imbricatis. Hort.
frequently ſend up many plants from their roots, Upſal. 249. Woolly Thiſtle with imbricated empalements.
but the other is more impatient of cold. Theſe plants Carduus tomentoſus, acanthi folio altiffimus, Lufita-
will flower the ſecond year, and make a fine appear- nicus. Tourn. Inft. 441. Talleſt woolly Thiſtle of Por-
ance during the continuance of their flowers, and the tugal, with a Bearſbreech leaf.
fifth fort will produce feeds in plenty.
4. ONOPORDUM (Orientale) calycibus ſquarroſis, foliis
The fixth fort is propagated by feeds, which ſhould oblongis pinnato-finuatis decurrentibus, capite magne.
be fown thin in drills upon a bed of light earth; and Woolly Thiſtle with rough empalements, oblong, ſinuated,
when the plants come up, they muſt be kept clean wing-pointed leaves running along the ſtalk, and a large
from weeds till the autumn, when they should be bead. Carduus tomentoſus, acanthi folio Aleppicus,
carefully taken up, and tranſplanted into the borders magno flore. Tourn. Inſt
. R. H. 441. Woolly Thiſtle
of the pleaſure-garden, where they are to remain ; of Aleppo with a Bearſbreech leaf, and a large flower.
the ſecond year they will flower and produce ripe 5. ONOPORDUM (Acaulon) ſubacaule. Lin. Sp. 1159.
ſeeds, but the roots will continue ſeveral years, and Woolly Thiſtle with a bead fitting cloſe to the ground.
are very hardy.
Onopordon acaulon ferme fiore albicante. D. Juffieu.
The ſeventh, eighth, and eleventh forts are hardy Vaill. Mem. 1718. Woolly Tbijtle without a ſtalk, and
annual plants; theſe are propagated by feeds, which having a wbitiſh flower.
ſhould be ſown in the places where the plants are to There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which
remain, and will require no other care but to thin are preſerved in botanic gardens, and alſo ſeveral va-
them where they are too cloſe, and keep them clean rieties differing in the colours of their flowers; but
from weeds.
as theſe plants are rarely admitted into other gar-
The ninth fort is a hardy perennial plant, but as it dens, ſo it would be to little purpoſe to enuinerate
makes but little appearance, ſo it is rarely preſerved,
them here.
unleſs in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety ; it The firſt fort grows naturally on uncultivated places
riſes yearly from feed, and will thrive in any foil or in moſt parts of England. It is a biennial plant; the
ſituation.
firſt year it puts out many large downy leaves, which
The fourteenth fort is an annual plant; the feeds of are finuated on their edges, and are prickly; theſe
this muſt be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in the ſpread on the ground, and continue the following
ſpring, and, when the plants are fit to remove, they winter, and in the ſpring ariſes the ſtalk in the mid-
fhould be tranſplanted to another moderate hot-bed to dle of the leaves, which, upon dunghills, or good
bring the plants forward, treating them in the ſame ground, grows five or fix feet high, dividing up-
way as the African and French Marygold. In June ward into many branches, which have leafy borders
they ſhould be taken up with balls of earth to their running along them, indented, and each indenture
roots, and tranſplanted into the open borders, where, is terminated by a ſpine. The ſtalks are termi-
if they are ſhaded till they have taken root, they nated by ſcaly heads of purple flowers, which
will thrive and flower the following month, and per- appear in June, and to theſe ſucceed oblong angular
feet their feeds in autumn.
ſeeds crowned with a hairy down, which aſlift their
The eighteenth fort is a tender plant. The feeds of Spreading about to a great diſtance by the wind, ſo
this ſhould be fown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring, that where the plants are permitted to ripen their
and when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be ſeeds, they often become troubleſome weeds.
each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light loamy The ſecond fort grows natually in Spain, Portugal,
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and the Levant; this riſes with a taller ſtalk than the
obferving to ſhade them from the fun till they have former, the leaves are much longer and narrower, and
taken new roof, after which they muſt be treated in the indentures on their ſides are regular, ending in
the ſame way as other tender plants from the fame ſharp ſpines. The heads of flowers are larger, and
countries. In autumn they ſhould be removed into the fpines of the empalement are longer than thoſe of
the bark-ſtove; the ſummer following they will pro- the firſt fort.
duce flowers, but they do not often perfect feeds in The third fort grows to the height of nine or ten
England.
feet; the ſtalks divide into many branches; the leaves
ONOPORDUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 834. Vaill. are longer than any of the other ſpecies, the heads
Act. Par. 1718. Carduus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 440. of flowers are large and of a purple colour; the em-
tab. 253. Woolly Thiftle, in French, Chardon.
palement hath the ſcales lying over each other like
The CHARACTERS are,
the ſcales of fiſh. This grows naturally in Spain and
The cominon empalement is roundiſh, bellied, and imbri- Portugal.
caied, compoſed of numerous ſcoles terminated by Spines. The fourth fort grows naturally about Aleppo; this
The flower is compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets, riſes with an upright branching ſtalk ſeven or eight
which are funnel-shaped, equal, ond uniform, having feet high; the leaves are long and are regularly finu-
narrow tubes swelling at the brim, cut into five points; ated on their borders, like wing-pointed leaves; the
they have five ſhort bairy Stamino, terminated by cylindri- heads of the flowers are very large, and the empale-
cal ſummits, and an oval germen crowned with down, ment is very rough and prickly.
The
ز
a

OPH
OP H
This genus
The fifth fort hath ſeveral oblong, oval, woolly leaves, nered, obtufe capſule, with one cell opening with three
which ſpread on the ground; between theſe comes valves, and filled with ſmall ſeeds like duft.
out the head of flowers fitting cloſe to the ground;
of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
theſe heads are ſmaller than any of the other, and of Linnæus's twentieth clats, which contains the
the flowers are white. Some of theſe plants have plants whoſe flowers have two ftamina, which are
been formerly cultivated for the table, but it was be- joined to the ſtyle; he has joined to this genus ſeve-
fore the Engliſh gardens were well ſupplied with other ral ſpecies of Orchis.
eſculent plants, for at preſent they are rarely eaten The SPECIES are,
here. They require no culture, for if the ſeeds are 1. OPHRYS (Nidas avis) bulbis fibroſo-faſciculatis caule
permitted to fall, the plants will come up faſt vaginato, nectarii labio bifido. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1339.
enough.
Twyblade with a fibrous root bundled, and a bifid lip
ON OSMA. Lin. Gen. 187.
to the nečtorium. Ophrys bifolia. C. B. P. 87. Com-
The CHARACTERS are,
mon Twyblade, or Twayblade.
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which 2. OPHRYS (Cordato) bulbo fibroſo, caule bifolio, fo-
is erect, and cut into five ſegments; the corolla is bell- liis cordatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 94.6. Iwyblade with a
ſhaped, of one petal, having a ſhort tube, with a ſwell- fibrous root, and two heart-ſhaped leaves on the ſtalk.
ing top, the brim cut into five parts, and naked pervious Ophrys minima. C. B. P. 87. Smalleſt Twyblade.
chaps; it hath five ſhort awl-ſhaped ſtomina, terminated 3. OPHRRYS (Spirolis) bulbis aggregatis oblongis, caule
by arrow-ſhaped ſummits, which are the length of the ſubfolioſo, floribus fecundis, nectarii labio indiviſo.
corolla, and a germen of four parts, ſupporting a ſlender Act. Upfal. 1740. Twyblade with oblong cluſtered bulbs.,
ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe liigma ; the germen afterward a leafy ſtalk, fruitful flowers, and an undivided lip to the
becomes four ſeeds ſitting in the empalement.
ne&tarium. Orchis ſpiralis alba odorata. J. B. 2. 769.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of White, Sweet-ſcented, Spiral Orchis, called Triple Ladies
Linnæus's fifth claſs, intitled Pentandria Monogynia, Traces.
the flowers having five ſtamina and one ſtyle. 4. OPHRYS (Monorchis) bulbo globoſo, caule nudo, nec-
The SPECIES are,
tarii labio trifido. Act. Upfal. 1740. Twyblade with a
1. ONOSMA (Simplicifima) foliis confertiſſimis lanceola- globular bulb, a naked ſtalk, and a trifid lip to the nec-
to-linearibus pilofis. Lin. Sp. 196. Onoſma with hairy, tarium. Orchis odorata moſchata, five monorchis.
linear, Spear-ſhaped leaves' growing in cluſters. Echium C. B. P. 84. Yellow, ſweet, or Mulk Orchis.
Creticum. Alp. Exot. 130. Cretan Viper's Bugloſs. 5. OPHRYS (Anthropophora) bulbis ſubrotundis, fcapo
2. ONOSMA (Orientalis) foliis lanceolatis hiſpidis, fructi- foliofo, nectarii labio lineari tripartito, medio elon-
bus pendulis. Lin. Sp. 196. Onoſma with hiſpid ſpear- gato bifido. Lin. Sp. Plant. 948. Twyblade with
Shaped leaves, and hanging fruit. Cerinthe Orientalis. roundiſh bulbs, a leafy Stalk, and a narrow three-pointed
Amen. Acad. 4. p. 267. Eaſtern Honeywort.
lip to the nečiarium, the middle ſegment of which is ſtretch-
3. ONOSMA (Echioides) foliis lanceolatis hiſpidis, fructi- ed out and bifid. Orchis flore nudi hominis effigiem
bus erectis. Lin. Sp. 196. Onoſma with hiſpid Spear- repræſentans fæmina. C. B. P. 82. Man Orchis.
phaped leaves and erect fruit. Anchuſa lutea minor. 6. OPHRYS (Infe£tifera) bulbis fubrotundis, fcapo foli-
C. B. P. 255. Smaller yellow Buglofs.
oſo, nectarii labio fubquinquelobo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The firſt and fecond forts are generally biennial plants, 948. Twyblade with roundiſh bulbs, a leafy ſtalk, and
which periſh ſoon after they have perfected ſeeds; the lip of the ne&tarium divided almoff into five lobes.
though ſometimes when they happen to grow out of
Orchis muſcam referens major. C. B. P. 83. Greater
the joints of walls, or the fiffures of rocks, they will
Fly Orchis.
abide three or four years; for in ſuch fituations the 7. Ophrys (Adrachnites) bulbis fubrotundis, caule fo-
plants are ſtinted in their growth, ſo are leſs replete liofo, nectarii labio trifido. Twyblade with roundiſh
with moiſture, and more compact, whereby they are bulbs, a leafy ſtalk, and a trifid lip to the nectarium.
in leſs danger of ſuffering from froſt in winter. There- Orchis fucum referens major, foliolis ſuperioribus
fore, if all the three forts can be cultivated on a wall candidis, aut purpurafcentibus. C. B. P. 83. The com-
or in rubbiſh, where their feeds may ſcatter, they mon Humble Bee Orchis.
may be maintained much better than in good ground. 8. OPHRYS (Sphegodes) bulbis fubroturdis, caule fub-
In order to have the plants grow in ſuch fituations, foliofo, nectarii labio trifido hirſuto. Twyblade with
it will be proper to ſow their ſeeds ſoon after they roundiſh bulbs, a leafy ſtalk, and a hairy trifid lip to the
are ripe, either on the joints of old walls, or in rub- nečiarium. Orchis five teſticulusſphegodes hirſuto flore.
biſh, laying the ſtalks of the plants over the places J. B. 2. 727. Humble Bee Satyrion with green wings.
where their ſeeds are ſown, which will ſhade them The firft fort grows naturally in woods, and ſometimes
from the ſun, and thereby greatly forward the vege- in moiſt paſtures in ſeveral parts of England. The
1
tation of the ſeeds; and when the plants are well eſta- root is compoſed of many ſtrong fibres, from which
bliſhed in their fituation, if they are permitted to ariſe two oval veined leaves three inches long, and two
ſcatter their feeds, they will maintain themſelves very broad, joined at their baſe ; between theſe ariſes a
well afterwards.
naked ſtalk about eight inches high, terminated by a
As theſe plants are ſeldom cultivated unleſs in botanic looſe ſpike of herbaceous flowers, reſembling gnats,
gardens, ſo it will be unneceſſary to enlarge farther compoſed of five petals, with a long bifid lip to the
about them; they flower early in the ſpring, and nectarium, with a creſt or ſtandard above, and two
their feeds ripen in June.
wings on the ſide. The flowers fit upon an angular
OPHIOGLOSSUM, Adder's-tongue.
germen, which afterward ſwells to a capſule, opening
This plant grows naturally in moiſt meadows, and is when ripe in fix parts, and filled with ſmall duſty
not eaſily brought to thrive long in gardens, ſo is ſeeds. This plant refuſes culture, but may be tranf-,
rarely attempted.
planted from the places where it grows naturally, into
OPHRYS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 437. tab. 250. Lin. a ſhady part of the garden, where, if the roots are not
Gen. Plant. 902. Twyblade.
diſturbed, they will continue ſeveral years, and flower
The CHARACTERS are,
in May, but they do not increaſe in gardens. The beſt
It has a ſingle ſtalk with a vague Spatha (or meatb.) time to remove the roots is in July or Auguft, when
The flower bath no empalement; it conſiſts of five oblong the leaves are decaying, for it will be difficult to find
petals which ofcend, and join ſo as to form a helmet, the roots after the leaves are gone.
and the under one is bifid The ne&tarium is dependent, The ſecond fort is found in ſome of the northern
and keel-Shaped behind; it hath two ſhort ſtamina fitting counties in England, but is ſeldom ſeen growing in
on the pointal
, with creet ſummits faſtened to the interior the ſouth. This hath a ſmall bulb with many ſtrong
border of the ne&tarium, and an oblong contorted germen fibres to the root, and ſends out two ſmall, ribbed,
ſituated under the flower, with a ſtyle adhering to the heart-ſhaped leaves at bottom. The ſtalk riſes about
inner border of the nectarium, crowned by an obſolete ſtig- four inches high, and is terminated by a ſpike of finall
The germen afterward turns to an oval, three-cor- herbaceous flowers ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort.
The
ma.

a
و
a
OPU
The third fort grows upon chalky hills in ſeveral parts umbilicated fruit with one cell, incloſing many roundifia
of England ; this hath an oblong, cluſtered, bulbous Seeds.
root, from which ariſes a fingle Italk fix inches high, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
having two oblong leaves at bottom, and rarely any of Tournefort's fixth claſs, which includes the herbs
above; the flowers are ſmall, of a white colour, with a Roſe flower, whoſe pointal or empalement
growing in a looſe ſpike on the top of the ſtalk; they becomes a fruit with one capſule. Dr. Linnæus places
have a muſky ſcent. This flowers in Auguft.
it in the firſt ſection of his twelfth claſs, in which he
This fort grows naturally in moiſt paitures in the nor- ranges thoſe plants whoſe Aowers have more than
thern parts of England, I have allo found it in great nineteen ſtamina, which are inſerted either into the
plenty on Enfield Chace, not far from the town. empalement, or petals of the flower.
The fourth and fifth forts grow upon the chalk-hills
The SPECIES are,
near Northfleet in Kent, and alſo upon Caulham-hills 1. OPUNTIA (Vulgaris) articulis ovatis compreſis, fpinis
near Reading; they have roundiſh bulbous roots, from ſetaceis. Indian Fig with oval compreſſed joints, and
which come out a few oblong leaves; the ſtalks riſe a briſtly spines. Opuntia vulgò herbariorum. J. B. I.
foot and a half high, garniſhed with a few narrower 154. The common Opuntic, or Indian Fig.
leaves; the flowers grow in a looſe ſpike on the top 2. OPUNTIA (Ficus Indica) articulis ovato-oblongis, ſpi-
of the ſtalk; they are in one of a ruſty iron colour, nis fetaceis. Indian Fig with oblong oval joints, and
and the other hath herbaceous flowers. The lip of briſtly ſpines. Opuntia folio oblongo media. Tourn.
the nectarium is divided into three parts, the middle Inft. R. H. 239. Middle Indian Fig with oblong leaves.
ſegment being ſtretched out much longer than the 3. OPUNTIA (Tuna) articulis ovato-oblongis, fpinis fub-
other, and is divided into two; the upper part of the ulatis. Indian Fig with oblong oval joints, and awla
flower being hooded, the whole bears ſome reſem- Maped Spines. Opuntia major, validiffimis fpinis mu-
blance to a naked man. They flower in June. nita. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 239. Greater Indian Fig
The eighth fort grows naturally in dry paſtures in with very firong Ipines.
ſeveral parts of England, and is commonly called the 4. OPUNTIA (Elatior) articulis ovato-oblongis, fpinis
Humble Bee Orchis; of this there are two or three va- longiffimis nigricantibus. Indian Fig with oblong oval
rieties found wild in England, and ſeveral more in joints, and very long black ſpines. Tuna elatior fpinis
Spain and Portugal. This hath a roundiſh bulbous validis nigricantibus. Hort. Elth. tab. 194. Taller In-
root; the leaves are like thoſe of the narrow-leaved dian Fig with ſtrong black Spines.
Plantain. The ſtalk riſes fix or ſeven inches high, 5. OPUNTIA (Maxima) articulis ovato-oblongis craffiffi-
having two or three ſheath-ſhaped leaves embracing mnis, ſpinis inæqualibus. Indien Fig with oblong, oval,
it, which are erect; at the top of the ſtalk come thick joints, and unequal ſpines. Opuntia maxima,
out two or three flowers without ſpurs, having purpliſh folio fpinoſo, latiffimo & longiffimo. Tourn. Inſt.
creſts and wings. The nectarium is large, ſhaped like 240. Greateſt Indian Fig, with the longeſt and broadeſt
the body of a humble bee, of a dark ſooty colour, prickly branches.
with two or three lines running acroſs it of a darker 6. OPUNTIA (Cochinelifera) articulis ovato-oblongis ſuba
or lighter colour, which appear brighter or duller ac- inermibus. Indian Fig with oblong oval joints, al-
cording to the poſition of the flower to the ſun. It moſt without ſpines. Opuntia maxima, folio oblon-
flowers early in June. There are ſome varieties of go-rotundo majore, ſpinulis mollibus & innocentibus
this fort, which differ in the colour and ſize of their obfito, flore ftriis rubris variegato. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
flowers.
194. Greateſt Indian Fig, with a larger, oblong, round
All theſe forts may be preſerved in gardens, though leaf, armed with ſoft, innocent, ſmall ſpines, and a flower
not propagated there. The beſt time to remove the variegated with red ſtripes, commonly called the Cochi-
roots from the places where they naturally grow, is
juſt before the ſtalks fall, for at that time the roots 7. OPUNTIA (Cyraſſovica) articulis cylindrico ventrico-
may be eaſily diſcovered, and then they are begin- fis, compreſſis, fpinis ſetaceis. Indian Fig with com-
ning to reft, ſo that the bulb will be fully formed for preſſed, cylindrical, bellied joints, and briſtly spines. Fi-
flowering the following year, and will not ſhrink; cus Indica, feu Opuntia Curaſlavica minima. Hort.
but when they are removed at a time of the year Amft. I. 107. Indian Fig, or the leaſt Opuntia of Curaſ
when they are in action, the bulb deſigned for flower- foa, frequently titled Pinpillow.
ing the following year, not being fully ripened, will 8. OPUNTIA (Spinoſijona) articulis longiffimis tenuibus
Ihrink, and frequently periſh; or if they ſurvive their compreffis, fpinis longiffimis confertiffimis, gracili-
removal, do not recover their former ſtrength in leſs bus albicantibus armatis. Houft. MSS. Stalky Indian
time than two years.
Fig, with large, narrow, compreſſed leaves, armed with
When theſe are removed into a garden, the ſoil ſhould the longeſt, narroweſt, white ſpines, growing in cluſters;
be adapted to the forts. Such of them as grow na- this is by the gardeners called, Robinſon Cruſoe's Coat.
turally in moiſt paſtures, ſhould be planted in ſhady 9. OPUNTIA (Phyllanthus) prolifer enfiformi-compreffus
moiſt borders; thoſe which are inhabitants of woods ſerrato-repandus. Indian Fig with compreſſed ſword-
may be planted under trees in wilderneſſes, but ſuch ſhaped joints, whoſe indentures turn backward. Cereus
as grow upon chalk-hills ſhould have a bed of chalk ſcolopendri folio brachiato. Hort. Elth. 73. tab. 64.
prepared for them in an open ſituation, and when the Torch Tbifile with a branching Spleenwort leaf.
plants are fixed in their ſeveral places, they ſhould Theſe plants are all of them natives of America,
not be difturbed after ; for if they are kept clean though the firſt fort is found growing wild on the
from weeds, the leſs the ground is diſturbed, the fides of the roads about Naples, in Sicily, and Spain,
better the plants will thrive, and the longer they will but it is probable that the plants may have been
continue.
brought from America thither at firſt. This fort
OPUNTIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 239. tab. 122. has been long in the Engliſh gardens; the joints or
Tuna. Hort. Elth. 295. Cactus. Lin. Gen. Plant. branches of this are oval, or roundiſh, compreſſed on
539. [This plant is called Opuntia, becauſe Theo- their two fides fiat, and have ſmall leaves coming out
phraſtus writes, that it grows about Opuntium.] The in knots on their ſurface, as alſo on their upper
Indian Fig, or prickly Pear; in French, Raquette. edges, which fall off in a ſhort time; and at the ſame
The CHARACTERS are,
knots there are three or four ſhort briſtly ſpines,
The flower is compoſed of ſeveral petals, which are ob- which do not appear unleſs they are cloſely viewed;
tuſe, concave, and placed in a circular order, ſitting upon but on being handled, they enter the fleſh, and ſepa-
the germen. It has a great number of awl-ſhaped ſtamina, rate from the plant, fo are troubleſome, and often
which are inſerted in the germen, are ſhorter than the very difficult to get out of the fielh. The branches
petals, and terminated by oblong ereEt fummits. The of this fort ſpread near the ground, and frequently
germen, which is ſituated under the flower, ſupports a cy- trail upon it, putting out new roots, ſo are extended
lindrical ſtyle the length of the Stamina, crowned by a to a conſiderable diſtance, and never riſe in height;
multifid ftigma. The germen efterward turns to a fleſhy theſe are fleſhy and herbaceous while they are young,
,
neal Fig.
90
buc

OPU
OPU
ز
a
but as they grow old become drier, of a tough co-
texture, and have ligneous fibres. The flowers come
out on the upper edges of the branches, generally,
though ſometimes they are produced on their fides;
theſe fit upon the embryo of their fruit, and are
compoſed of ſeveral roundiſh concave petals, which
ſpread open; they are of a pale yellow colour, and
within ariſe a great number of ſtamina, faftened to
the embryo of the fruit, which are terminated by ob-
long ſummits; and in the center is ſituated the ſtyle,
crowned by a many-pointed ſtigma; after the flowers
are paſt, the embryo ſwells to an oblong fruit, whoſe
ſkin, or cover, is ſet with ſmall ſpines in cluſters,
and the inſide is fleſhy, of a purple, or red colour, in
which are lodged many black ſeeds. This plant flow-
ers here in July and Auguſt, but unleſs the ſeaſon is
very warm, the fruit will not ripen in England.
I received ſome branches of this fort from Mr. Peter
Collinſon, F. R. S. who aſſured me they were ſent
him from Newfoundland, where the plants grow
naturally, which is much farther to the north than it
was before known to grow; and how it endures the
cold of that country is inconceivable, for though the
plants will live abroad in England, in a warm ſitua-
tion and a dry foil, yet, in ſevere winters, they are
generally deſtroyed, if they are not protected from
the froſt.
The ſecond fort hath oblong, oval, compreſſed
branches, which grow more erect than thoſe of the
firſt, armed with long briſtly ſpines, which come out
in cluſters from a point on each of the compreſſed
fides, ſpreading open like the rays of a ſtar. The
flowers grow upon the embryo of the fruit, which
come out from the upper edges of the leaves like the
firſt, but are larger, and of a brighter yellow colour.
The fruit is alſo larger, and of a deeper purple co-
lour, the outer ſkin is alſo armed with longer ſpines ;
this is the moſt common fort in Jamaica, and upon
the fruit of this the wild ſort of cochineal feeds, which
is called Sylveſter. I had ſome of the plants ſent me
with the live inſects upon them from Jamaica, by the
late Dr. Houſtoun, who was writing a hiſtory of theſe
inſects, at the time when he was taken ill and died ;
theſe inſects kept alive upon the plants here for three
or four months, but afterward periſhed. If the fruit
of this plant is eaten, it will dye the urine of a bloody
colour.
The third fort hath ſtronger branches than the ſecond,
which are armed with larger thorns, of an awl-
ſhape; they are whitiſh, and come out in cluſters like
thoſe of the other fort. The flowers are large, of a
bright yellow colour, and the fruit is ſhaped like that
of the fecond fort.
The fourth fort grows taller than either of the for-
mer; the branches are larger, thicker, and of a deep-
er green, and are armed with ſtrong black ſpines,
which come out in cluſters like thoſe of the other
forts, but the cluſters are farther aſunder. The flow-
ers are produced from the upper edges of the branches;
they are ſmaller than thoſe of the other forts, and are
of a purpliſh colour, as are alſo the ſtamina; the
fruit is of the ſame form as thoſe of the firſt, but do
do not ripen here.
The fifth fort is the largeſt of all the forts yet known.
The joints of theſe are more than a foot long, and
eight inches broad, they are very thick, of a deep
green colour, and armed with a few ſhort briſtly
fpines; the older branches of this often become al-
moſt taper, and are very ſtrong. The flowers of this
fort I have never yet feen; for although I have had
many of the plants more than ten feet high, none of
them has produced any flowers.
The fixth fort has been always ſuppoſed to be the
plant, upon which the cochineal inſects feed; this
hath oblong, ſmooth, green branches, which grow
erect, and riſe to the height of eight or ten feet, hav-
ing ſcarce any ſpines on them and thoſe few which
are, can ſcarce be diſcerned at a diſtance, and are ſo
foft as not to be troubleſome when handled. The
flowers of this fort are ſmall, and of a purple colour,
ſtanding upon the embryo of the fruit, in the ſame
manner as thoſe of the other fort, but do not expand
open like them. The flowers of this appear late in
the autumn, and the fruit drop off in winter, without
coming to any perfection here, this ſort is cultivated
in the fields of New Spain, for the increaſe of the in-
feets, but it grows naturally in Jamaica, where it is
probable the true cochineal might be diſcovered, if
perſons of ſkill were to ſearch after the infects.
The ſeventh fort is ſaid to grow naturally at Curaf-
ſao; this hath cylindrical ſwelling joints, which are
cloſely armed with ſlender white fpines. The branches
ſpread out on every fide, and where they have no
fupport, fall to the ground, very often ſeparating at
the joints from the plants, and as they lie upon the
ground, put out roots, ſo form new plants ; this
fort very rarely produces flowers in England. In the
Weſt-Indies it is called Pinpillow, from the appear-
ance which the branches have to a pin-cuſhion Ituck
full of pins.
The eighth fort was ſent me from Jamaica by the
late Dr. Houſtoun, who found it growing naturally
there in great plenty, but could never obſerve either
fruit or flower upon any of the plants, nor have any
of them produced either in England. The branches
of this ſort have much longer joints than any of the
other; they are narrower, and more compreſſed.
The ſpines of this are very long, ſlender, and of a
yellowiſh brown colour, coming out in cluſters all
over the ſurface of the branches, croſſing each other,
ſo as to render it dangerous to handle; for upon being
touched, the ſpines adhere to the hand and quit the
branches, and penetrate into the flesh, ſo become very
troubleſome.
The ninth fort grows naturally in the Brafils; this
hath very thin branches, which are indented regularly
on their edges, like Spleenwort; they are of a light
green, and ſhaped like a broad ſword; theſe are
fmooth, having no fpines. The flowers come out
from the ſide, and at the end of the branches, fit-
ting on the embryos in the ſame way as the other
forts; they are of a pale yellow colour. The fruit
is ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but rarely ripen
in England
All theſe forts (except the firſt) are too tender to
thrive in the open air in England ; nor can many of
them be preſerved through the winter here, unleſs
they have artificial heat; for when they are placed in
a green-houſe, they turn to a pale yellow colour, their
branches fhrink, and frequently rot on the firſt ap-
proach of warm weather in the ſpring.
Theſe plants may be all propagated by cutting off
their branches at the joints, during any of the ſum-
mer months, which ſhould be laid in a warm dry
place for a fortnight, that the wounded part may be
healed over, otherwiſe they will rot with the moilture
which they imbibe at that part, as is the caſe with
moſt other ſucculent plants. The foil in which theſe
plants muſt be planted, ſhould be compoſed after the
following manner, viz. one third of light freſh earth
from a paſture, a third part ſea ſand, and the other
part ſhould be one half rotten tan, and the other half
lime rubbiſh; theſe ſhould be well mixed, and laid
in a heap three or four months before it is uſed, ob-
ferving to turn it over at leaſt once a month, that the
ſeveral parts may be well united; then you ſhould
paſs it through a rough ſcreen, in order to ſeparate
the largeſt ſtones and clods, but by no means fift it
too fine, which is a very common fault, then you
ſhould reſerve ſome of the ſmaller ſtones and rubbiſh
to lay at the bottom of the pots, in order to keep an
open paſſage for the moiſture to drain off, which is
what muſt be obſerved for all ſucculent plants, for if
the moiſture be detained in the pots, it will rot their
roots and deſtroy the plants.
When you plant any of the branches of theſe plants
(except the firſt fort) you ſhould plunge the pots into
a moderate hot-bed, which will greatly facilitate their
taking root; you ſhould alſo refreſh them now and
then with a little water, but be very careful not to let
them
a
3
ز
a

ORC
them have too much, or be too often watered, eſpe-
cially before they are rooted. When the plants be-
gin to ſhoot, you muſt give them a large ſhare of air,
by raiſing the glaſſes, otherwiſe their ſhoots will draw
up ſo weak, as not to be able to ſupport themſelves ;
and after they have taken ftrong root, you ſhould
inure them to the air by degrees, and then remove
them into the ſtove where they ſhould remain, placing
them near the glaſſes, which ſhould always be open-
ed in warm weather; ſo that they may have the ad-
vantage of a free air, and yet be protected from wet
and cold.
During the ſummer ſeaſon theſe plants will require
to be often refreſhed with water, but it muſt not be
given to them in large quantities left it rot them,
and in winter this ſhould be proportioned to the
warmth of the ſtove; for if the air be kept very warm
they will require to be often refreſhed, otherwiſe their
branches will ſhrink; but if the houſe be kept in a
moderate degree of warmth, they ſhould have but lit-
tle, for moiſture at that ſeaſon will rot them very ſoon.
The heat in which theſe plants thrive beft, is the
temperate point, as marked on botanical thermome-
ters, for if they are kept too warm in winter, it cauſes
their ſhoots to be very tender, weak, and unſightly.
Thoſe forts which are inclinable to grow upright,
ſhould have their branches ſupported with ſtakes,
otherwiſe their weight is ſo great, that it will break
them down.
Theſe plants are by moſt people expoſed to the open
air in the ſummer ſeaſon, but they thrive much bet-
ter if they are continued in the ftoves, provided the
glaſſes be kept open, ſo that they may have free air ;
for when they are ſet abroad, the great rains which
generally fall in ſummer, together with the unſettled
temperature of the air in our climate, greatly dimi-
niſh their beauty, by retarding their growth; and
ſometimes in wet ſummers they are ſo replete with
moiſture, as to rot in the ſucceeding winter ; nor
will thoſe plants which are ſet abroad (I mean the
tender forts) produce their flowers and fruit in ſuch
plenty, as thoſe which are conſtantly preſerved in the
houſe.
ORANGE. See AURANTIUM.
ORCHARD. In planting of an Orchard, great
care ſhould be had to the nature of the foil; and ſuch
forts of fruits only ſhould be choſen, as are beſt
adapted to the ground deſigned for planting, other-
wiſe there can be little hopes of their ſucceeding;
and it is for want of rightly obſerving this method,
that we ſee in many countries Orchards planted, which
never arrive to any tolerable degree of perfection, the
trees ſtarving; and their bodies are either covered
with Moſs, or the bark cracks and divides, both
which are evident figns of the weakneſs of the trees;
whereas, if inſtead of Apples the Orchard had been
planted with Pears, Cherries, or any other fort of
fruit better adapted to the ſoil, the trees might have
grown very well, and produced great quantities of
fruit.
As to the poſition of the Orchard, (if you are at full
liberty to chuſe) a riſing ground, open to the ſouth-
eaft, is to be preferred; but I would by no means
adviſe planting upon the ſide of a hill, where the de-
clivity is very great; for in ſuch places the great rains
commonly waſh down the better part of the ground,
whereby the trees would be deprived of proper nou-
riſhment; but where the riſe is gentle, it is of great
advantage to the trees, by admitting the fun and air
between them, better than it can upon an entire level;
which is an exceeding benefit to the fruit, by diſſipat-
ing fogs and drying up the damps, which, when de-
tained amongſt the trees, mix with the air and render
it rancid : if it be defended from the weſt,* north, and
eaſt winds, it will alſo render the ſituation ftill more
advantageous, for it is chiefly from thoſe quarters
that fruit-trees receive the greateſt injury; therefore,
if the place be not naturally defended from theſe by
riſing hills (which is always to be preferred,) then you
ſhould plant large growing timber-trees at fome dir-
tance from the Orchard, to anſwer this purpoſe.
You ſhould alſo have a great regard to the diſtance
of planting the trees, which is what few people have
rightly conſidered; for if you plant them too cloſe,
they will be liable to blights; the air being hereby
pent in amongſt thern, will alſo cauſe the fruit to be
ill taſted, having a great quantity of damp vapours
from the perſpiration of the trees, and the exhala-
tions from the earth mixed with it, which will be im-
bibed by the fruit, and render their juices crude and
unwhoiſome.
Wherefore I cannot but recommend the method which
has been lately practiſed by ſome particular gentlemen
with very good ſucceſs, and that is, to plant the trees
fourſcore feet aſunder, but not in regular rows. The
ground between the trees they plough and fow with
Wheat and other crops, in the ſame manner as if it
were clear from trees; and they obſerve their crops
to be full as good as thoſe quite expoſed, except juſt
under each tree, until they are grown large, and af-
ford a great ſhade; and by thus ploughing and tilling
the ground, the trees are rendered more vigorous and
healthy, ſcarcely ever having any Moſs, or other
marks of poverty, and will abide much longer and
produce better fruit.
If the ground in which you intend to plant an Or-
chard has been paſture for ſome years, then you ſhould
,
plough in the green ſward the ſpring before you plant
the trees; and if you will permit it to lie a ſummer
fallow, it will greatly mend it, provided you ftir it
two or three times, to rot the ſward of Graſs, and
prevent weeds growing thereon.
At Michaelmas you ſhould plough it pretty deep, in
order to make it looſe for the roots of the trees,
which ſhould be planted thereon in October, provided
the ſoil is dry; but if it be moiſt, the beginning of
March will be a better ſeaſon. The diſtance, if de-
figned for a cloſe Orchard, muſt not be leſs than forty
feet, but the trees planted twice that diſtance will
fucceed better.
When you have finiſhed planting the trees, you
ſhould provide fome ſtakes to ſupport them, other-
wiſe the wind will blow them out of the ground;
which will do them much injury, eſpecially after they
have been planted ſome time; for the ground in the
autumn being warm, and for the moſt part moiſt,
the trees will very foon puſh out a great number of
young fibres ; which, if broken off by their being
diſplaced, will greatly retard the growth of the trees.
In the ſpring following, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
dry, you ſhould cut a quantity of green ſward, which
muſt be laid upon the ſurface of the ground about
their roots, turning the Grafs downward, which will
prevent the ſun and wind from drying the ground,
whereby a great expence of watering will be ſaved
and after the firſt year they will be out of danger,
provided they have taken well.
Whenever you plough the ground betwixt theſe
trees, you muſt be careful not to go too deep amongſt
their roots, left you ſhould cut them off, which would
greatly damage the trees; but if you do it cautiouſly,
the ſtirring the ſurface of the ground will be of great
benefit to them; though you ſhould obſerve, never
to fow too near the trees, nor ſuffer any great rooting
weeds to grow about them, which would exhauſt the
goodneſs of the ſoil, and ſtarve them.
If after the turf which was laid round the trees be
rotted, you dig it in gently about the roots, it will
greatly encourage them.
There are ſome perſons who plant many ſorts of fruit
together in the ſame Orchard, mixing the trees alter-
nately; but this is a method which ſhould always be
avoided, for hereby there will be a great difference
the growth of the trees, which will not only ren-
der them unſightly, but alſo the fruit upon the lower
trees ill tafted, by the tall ones overſhadowing them ;
ſo that if you are determined to plant ſeveral forts
of fruit on the ſame ſpot, you ſhould obſerve to
place
ز

ORC
ORC
ز
poorer; for if
place the largeſt growing trees backward, and ſo may be fome ſingle rows of trees planted to ſurround
proceed to thoſe of leſs growth, continuing the ſame fields, &c. which will fully anſwer the fame purpoſe,
method quite through the whole plantation ; whereby and be leſs liable to the fire-blaſts before-mentioned.
It will appear at a diſtance in a regular flope, and the ORCHIS. Tourn. Init. R. H. 431. tab. 248, 249
fun and air will more equally paſs throughout the Lin. Gen. Plant. 900. [of pxis, a teſticle, becauſe
whole Orchard, that every tree may have an equal the root of this plant reſembles the teſticles of a man;
benefit therefrom ; but this can only be practiſed up- or of opéyw, to have an appetite after, on account of
on good ground, in which moſt ſorts of fruit-trees
its being a provocative to venery: it is alſo called
will thrive.
xuvocópxıs, of nuvòs, a dog, and 6pxis, a teſticle.] Sa-
The foil of your Orchard ſhould alſo be mended once tyrion, or Fool-ſtones.
in two or three years with dung, or other manure,
The CHARACTERS are,
which will alſo be abſolutely neceſſary for the crops It hath a ſingle stolk with a vague ſheath; it bas ng
fown between ; ſo that where perfons are not inclinable empalement. The flower bath five petals, three without
to help their Orchards, where the expence of manure and two within, which riſe and join in e ſtandard. The
is pretty great, yet, as there is a crop expected from nectarium is of one leaf, fixed to the ſide of the recepta-
the ground beſides the fruit, they will the more rea-- cle, between the diviſion of the petals. The upper lip
dily be at the charge upon that account.
is short and erect, the under large, broad, and ſpreading;
In making choice of trees for an Orchard, you ſhould the tube is pendulous, born-ſhaped, and prominent behind.
always obſerve to procure them from a foil nearly It hath two short fender ft amina fitting upon the point-
a-kin to that where they are to be planted, or rather al, with oval erect ſummits fixed to the upper lip of the
you have them from a very rich foil, nectarium. It hath an oblong contorted germen under the
and that wherein you plant them is but indifferent, flower, with a short ſtyle faſtened to the upper lip of the
they will not thrive well, eſpecially for four or five ne&tarium, crowned by an obtuſe compreſſed ftigma. The
years after planting; ſo that it is a very wrong practice germen afterward turns to an oblong capſule with one
to make the nurſery where young trees are raiſed cell, having three keel-ſhaped valves, opening on the three
very rich, when the trees are deſigned for a middling fides, but joined at top and bottom, filled with ſmall ſeeds
or poor foil. The trees ſhould be alſo young and
like duft.
thriving, for whatever fome perſons may adviſe to This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
the contrary, yet it has always been obſerved, that Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which contains thoſe
though large trees may grow and produce fruit after plants whoſe flowers have two ftamina, which are
being removed, they never make ſo good trees, nor connected with, or fixed to the ſtyle.
are ſo long lived, as thoſe which are planted while The SPECIES are,
young.
1. ORCHIS (Morio) bulbis indiviſis, nectarii labio qua-
Theſe trees, after they are planted out, will require drifido crenulato, cornu obtuſo. Act. Upfal. 1740.
no other pruning, but only to cut out dead branches, Orchis with undivided bulbs, the lip of the neɛtarium cut
or ſuch as croſs each other, which render their heads into four points which are ſlightly indented, and an obtuſe
confuſed and unſightly: the pruning them too often, horn. Orchis morio femina. C. B. P. 82. Common
or ſhortening their branches, is very injurious ; eſpe- female Orchis.
cially to Cherries and ſtone-fruit, which will gum 2. ORCHIS (Mofcula) bulbis indiviſis, nectarii labio
prodigiouſly, and decay in ſuch places where they are quadrilobo crenulato, cornu obtufo, petalis derfali-
cut; and the Apples and Pears which are not of fo bus reflexis. Flor. Suec. 795. Orchis with undivided
nice a nature, will produce a greater quantity of la- bulbs, the lip of the ne&tarium having four lobes and an ob-
teral branches, which will fill the heads of the trees tuſe horn, and the backs of the petels reflexed. Orchis
with weak ſhoots, whenever their branches are thus motio mas, foliis maculatis. C. B. P. 81. The male
ſhortened ; and many times the fruit is hereby cut off, Orchis with Spotted leaves.
which, on many ſorts of fruit-trees, is firſt produced 3. ORCHIS (Bifolia) bulbis indiviſis, nectarii labio lan-
at the extremity of their ſhoots.
ceolato integerrimo, cornu longiffimo, petalis paten-
It inay, perhaps, ſeem ſtrange to fome perſons, that tibus. Ad. Upfal. 174.0. Orchis with undivided bulls,
I ſhould recommend the allowing ſo much diſtance to the lip of the nectarium entire and Spear-shaped, a very
the trees in an Orchard, becauſe a ſmall piece of long horn, and petals ſpreading very wide. Orchis alba
ground will admit of very few trees when planted in bifolia minor, calcari oblongo. C. B. P. 83. Smaller,
this method; but if they will pleaſe to obſerve, that white two-leaved Orchis, with an oblong Spur, or Butter-
when the trees are grown up, they will produce a fiy Orchis.
great deal more fruit, than twice the number when 4. ORCHIS (Militaris) bulbis indiviſis, nectarii labio
planted cloſe, and will be vaſtly better taſted; the quinquefido punctis ſcabro, cornu obtuſo, petalis
trees when placed at a large diſtance, being never fo confluentibus. Act. Upfal. 1740. Orchis with undi-
much in danger of blighting as in cloſe plantations, vided bulbs, c. five-pointed lip to the nečtorium, having
as hath been obſerved in Herefordſhire, the great rough Spots, an obtuſe horn, and petals running together.
county for Orchards, where they find, that when Or- Orchis latifolia, hiante cucullo major. Tourn. Inft.
chards are ſo planted or fituated, that the air is pent R. H. 432. The Man Orchis.
up amongit the trees, the vapours which ariſe from 5. ORCHIS (Pyramidalis) bulbis indiviſis, nectarii labio
the damp of the ground, and the perſpiration of the trifido æquali integerrimo, cornu longo, petalis fub-
trees, collect the heat of the ſun, and reflect it in lanceolatis. Act. Upfal. 1740. Orchis with undivided
ſtreams ſo as to cauſe what they call a fire-blaſt, which bulbs, an equal trifid lip to the nečiarium, with a long
is the moſt hurtful to their fruits, and this is moſt horn, and ſpear-ſhaped petals. Orchis militaris, mon-
frequent where the Orchards are open to the ſouth fun. tana, ſpicâ rubente, conglomeracâ. Tourn. Inft. R.
But as Orchards ſhould never be planted, unleſs H. 432. Mountain military Orchis, with a reddiſh con-
where large quantities of fruit are defired, ſo it will glomerated ſpike.
be the fame thing to allow twice or three times the 6. ORCHIS (Latifolia) bulbis ſubpalmatis rectis, nectarii
quantity of ground; ſince there may be a crop of cornu conico, labio trilobo, lateralibus reflexo, brac-
any
fort
upon the ſame place (as was before teis fiore longioribus. Act. Upíal. 1740. Orchis with
faid,) ſo that there is no loſs of ground; and for a fa- Strait, palmated, bulbous roots, a conical born to the
mily only it is hardly worth while to plant an Orchard, nečiarium, the lip cut into three lobes, which are reflexed
fince a kitchen-garden well planted with eſpaliers, on the ſides, and brostece longer than the flowers. Or-
will afford more fruit than can be eaten while good, chis palmata pratenſis, latifolia, longis calcaribus.
eſpecially if the kitchen-garden be proportioned to C. B. P. 85. Broad-leaved, Meadow, banded Orchis,
the largeneſs of the family, and if cyder be required, baving a long Spur.
there may be a large avenue of Apple-trees extended 7. ORCHIS (Maculata) bulbis palmatis patentibus, necta-
croſs a neighbouring field, which will render it plea- rii cornu germinibus breviore, labio plano petalis
fant, and produce a great quantity of fruit; or there dorſalibus patulis. Act. Upſal. 1740. Orchis with
banded
a
و
grain of
a

ORC
ORC
a
و
و
.
و
а
a
وز
handed ſpreading bulbs, the horn of the nectarium Morier
than the germen, a plain lip, and the binder part of the
petals ſpreading. Orchis palmata pratenſis, maculata.
C. B. P. 85. Meadow banded Orchis, with Spotted
leaves.
8. Orchis (Cornopico) bulbis palmatis, nectarii cornu,
ſetaceo germinibus longiore, labio trifido, petalis du-
obus patentiffimis. Act. Upfal. 1740. Orchis with
palmated bulbs, a briſtly horn to the nectarium, which is
longer than the germen, and a trifid lip. Orchis palma-
ta minor, calcaribus oblongis. C. B. P. 85. Smaller
palmated Orchis, with an oblong Spur to the flower.
9. ORCHIS (Abortiva) bulbis fafciculatis filiformibus,
nectarii labio ovato integerrimo. A&t. Upfal. 1740.
Orchis with thread-like bulbs growing in bunches, and the
lip of the nectarium oval and entire. Limidorum Auf-
triacum. Cluſ. Pan. 241. Purple Bird's-neft.
The firſt fort grows naturally in paſtures in moſt
parts of England. This hath a double bulbous root,
with ſome fibres coming out from the top; it has
four or fix oblong leaves lying on the ground, which
are reflexed. The ſtalk riſes nine or ten inches high,
having four or ſix leaves which embrace it; this is
terminated by a ſhort looſe ſpike of flowers, having
a four-pointed indented lip to the nectarium, and an
obtuſe horn. The flowers are of a pale purple co-
lour, marked with deeper purple ſpots; it flowers in
May.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in woods and ſhady
places in many parts of England; this hath a double
bulbous root, which is about the ſize and ſhape of
middling Olives; it hath fix or ſeven long broad
leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of Lilies, which have ſeve-
ral black ſpots on their upper fide; the ſtalk is round,
and foot high, having one or two ſmaller leaves
embracing it. The flowers are diſpoſed in a long
ſpike on the top of the ſtalk; they are of a purple
colour, marked with deep purple ſpots, and have an
agreeable ſcent. It flowers the latter end of April.
The third ſort grows naturally under the buſhes by
the ſide of paſtures, in many parts of England. This
hath a root compoſed of two oblong Pear-ſhaped
bulbs, from which come out three or four Lily-
ſhaped leaves, of a pale green, with a few faint ſpots;
the ſtalk riſes near a foot high, it is ſlender, furrowed,
and has a very few ſmall leaves which embrace it;
this is terminated by a looſe ſpike of white flowers,
ſmelling ſweet, which reſemble a butterfly with ex-
panded wings. This flowers in June.
The fourth fort is found growing naturally on Caw-
ſham-hills, and in other places where the ſoil is chalk.
The roots of this fort are compoſed of two bulbs,
from which come out four or five oblong leaves; the
ſtalk is about nine inches high, fuſtaining a looſe Ipike
of ſweet-ſmelling flowers, each hanging on a pretty
long foot-ſtalk; they have a ſhort obtuſe horn, a
creſt and wings, of an Ath-colour without, reddiſh
within, and ſtriped with deeper lines; the lip is ob-
long, divided into five parts, having rough ſpots. This
flowers in June.
The fifth fort grows naturally on chalk-hills in ſeveral
parts of England; the root of this is compoſed of two
oblong bulbs, from which ariſe three or four narrow
oblong leaves; the ſtalk riſes a foot high, having
three or four narrow erect leaves which embrace it.
The flowers are produced in a thick roundiſh ſpike
at the top; they are of a reddiſh colour, having long
ſpurs, and the wings are acute-pointed. It fowers
in June.
The fixth fort grows naturally in moiſt meadows in
many parts of England ; the root of this is com-
poſed of two fleſhy bulbs, which are divided into four
or five fingers, ſo as to reſemble an open hand; the
ftalk riſes from nine inches to a foot high, garniſhed
with leaves the whole length, which are three or four
inches long and one broad, embracing the ſtalk with
their baſe; theſe are not ſpotted, and end in acute
points. The flowers are diſpoſed in a ſpike on the
top of the ſtalk, with ſmall narrow leaves (called
bractea) between them, which are longer than the
flowers. The ſpur is half an inch long, extended
backward ; the lip of the nectarium is broad, divided
into three lobes, two fide ones being reflexed; the
flowers and bractea are of a purpliſh colour, having
deep purple ſpots. It flowers in May. There are two
varieties of this, differing in the colour of their flow-
ers, and one with a narrower leaf.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in moiſt meadows
in ſeveral parts of England; the root of this is com-
poſed of two broad felhy bulbs, both of which are
divided into four fingers, which ſpread afunder. The
ſtalk riſes a foot and a half high, and is very ſtrong,
inclining to a purple colour; it is garniſhed with
leaves the whole length; thoſe on the lower part of
the ftalk are fix inches long, and an inch and a half
broad, embracing it with their baſe. The flowers
are collected in a cloſe ſpike at the top of the ſtalk,
they are of a pale purple colour; the ſpur is about a
third part of an inch long; the beard of the nectarium
is plain, and divided into three parts, which is mark-
ed with deep purple ſpots; under each foot-ſtalk is
placed a narrow leaf (or bractea) of a purpliſh co-
lour. The leaves and ſtalks of the plant have many
.
dark ſpots. It flowers in June. There are two or
three varieties of this, which differ in the colour of
their flowers.
The eighth fort grows naturally in moift meadows in
ſeveral parts of England; this hath a double-handed
root, that which fuftains the ſtalk being waſting and
decaying, but the other is full, fucculent, and plump ;
the finger-like bulbs which compoſe the root are long,
and ſpread aſunder; the lower leaves are fix or ſeven
inches long, they are narrow, of a pale green, and
have no ſpots. The ſtalk riſes a foot high, it is gar-
niſhed with a few narrow ſhort leaves, which em-
brace it like ſheaths; it is terminated by a beautiful
ſpike of red flowers fix inches long; the flowers are
not marked with any ſpots; they have long, ſlender,
briſtly ſpurs like birds claws, being crooked; the lip
of the nectarium is indented on the edge. It flowers
in June.
The ninth fort grows naturally in ſhady woods in fe-
veral parts of England, but particularly in Suffex and
Hampſhire, in both which counties I have ſeveral
times found it. The root of this plant is compoſed
of many thick, oblique, long fibres, which are fleſhy;
the ſtalk riſes near two feet high, wrapped round with
leaves like ſheaths; they are of a purple colour. The
flowers are diſpoſed in a looſe thyrſe at the top of the
ftalk, and are of a purple colour, having an oval
entire lip to the nectarium, the creft terminating in a
horn. It flowers in June.
All theſe forts of Orchis grow wild in ſeveral parts of
England, but, for the extreme oddneſs and beauty
of their flowers, deſerve a place in every good gar-
and the reaſon for their not being cultivated in
gardens, proceeds from their difficulty to be tranſ-
planted; though this, I believe, may be eaſily over-
come, where a perſon has an opportunity of marking
their roots in their time of flowering, and letting
them remain until their leaves are decayed, when they
may be tranſplanted with ſafety; for it is the ſame
with moſt ſorts of bulbous or fielhy-rooted plants,
which, if tranſplanted before their leaves decay, fel-
dom live, notwithſtanding you preſerve a large ball
of earth about them; for the extreme parts of their
fibres extend to a great depth in the ground, from
whence they receive their nouriſhment; which, if
broken or damaged by taking up their roots, ſeldom
thrive after ; for though they may ſometimes remain
alive a year or two, yet they grow weaker until they
quite decay; which is alſo the caſe with Tulips, Fri-
tillarias, and other bulbous roots, when removed,
after they have made ihoots ; ſo that whoever would
cultivate them, ſhould ſearch them out in their ſeaſon
of flowering, and mark them; and when their leaves
are decayed, or juſt as they are going off
, the roots
ſhould be taken up, and planted in a foil or ſituation
as nearly reſembling that wherein they naturally grow,
as poſſible, otherwiſe they will not thrive, ſo that
they
.
a
den;
a
9 P

OR I
ORI
they cannot be placed all in the ſame bed; for ſome Origany with oval obtuſe leaves, and roundiſh, compact,
are only found upon chalky hills, others in moiſt mea- hairy Spikes. Majorana vulgaris. C. B. P. 224. Com-
dows, and ſome in ſhady woods, or under trees; but mon, or Sweet Marjoram.
if their foil and ſituation be adapted to their various 8. ORIGANUM (Ægyptiacum) foliis carnofis tomentofis,
forts, they will thrive and continue feveral years, fpicis nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 822. Origany with fleſhy
and, during their ſeaſon of flowering, will afford as woolly leaves. Majorana rotundifolia, ſcutellata, ex-
great varieties as any flowers which are at preſent otica. H. R. Par. Round-leaved foreign Marjoram with
cultivated.
a Spoon-shaped leaf.
The other forts not here enumerated, may be found 9. ORIGANUM (Smyrnæum) foliis ovatis acutè ferratis,
under the following articles, OPHRYS, SATYRIUM, fpicis congeſtis umbellatim faftigiatis. Hort. Cliff
SERAPIAS.
304. Origany with oval leaves acutely ſawed, and Spikes
OREOSELINUM. See ATHAMANTA.
of flowers diſpoſed in umbellated bunches. Origanum
ORIGANUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 645. Tourn. Inft. Smyrnæum. Wheel. Raii Hift. 450. Origeny of Smyrno.
R. H. 198. tab. 94. [of 'Opiyavou, ofoc, a moun- 10. ORIGANUM (Diktamnus) foliis omnibus tomentofis,
tain, and yavupais, to rejoice, q. d. a plant that de- fpicis nutantibus. Origany with all the leaves woolly,
lights to grow upon mountains.] Origany or Pot and nodding Spikes of flowers. Dictamnus Creticus.
Marjoram ; in French, Origan.
C. B. P. 222. The Dittany of Crete.
The CHARACTERS are,
I. ORIGANUM (Sipyleum) foliis omnibus glabris, fpicis
The flower is of the lip kind, having a cylindrical com- nutantibus. Hort. Cliff. 304. Origany with all the leaves
preſſed tube ; the upper lip is plain, erect, obtuſe, and in- Smooth, and nodding Spikes of flowers. Dictamnus mon-
denied; the under lip is trifid, the ſegments being nearly tis Sipyli origani foliis. Flor. Bat. 2. 72. Dittany of
equal. Theſe are diſpoſed in ſpikes compoſed of oval co- Mount Sipylus with an Origany leaf.
loured leaves, placed over each other like the ſcales of fiſh. 12. ORIGANUM (Hybridinum) foliis inferioribus tomen-
The flowers have four fiender ſtamina, two being as long toſis, fpicis nutantibus. Hort. Cliff. 304. Origany with
as the petal, the other two are longer, terminated by fim- the under leaves boary, and nodding Spikes of flowers.
ple ſummits, they have a four-cornered germen, Support- Origanum Dictamni Cretici facie, folio craffo, nunc
ing a fender ſtyle inclining to the upper lip, crowned by a villoſo, nunc glabro. Tourn. Cor. 13. Origany with
bifid ftigma. The germen afterward turns to four feeds the appearance of Dittany of Crete, and thick leaves fome-
fost up in the empalement of the flower.
times hairy, at others ſmooth.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 13. ORIGANUM (Onites) fpicis oblongis aggregatis hir-
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs,
which includes the plants futis, foliis cordatis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 590.
whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina, Origany with oblong hairy Spikes growing in bunches, and
and are ſucceeded by naked ſeeds. To this genus he heart-ſhaped woolly leaves. Origanum lignofum Syra-
has added the Majorana of Tournefort, and the Dic- cuſanum perenne, umbellâ ampliffimâ brevi, lato &
tamnus of Boerhaave. The firſt has its flowers dif- nervoſo folio. Bocc. Muſ. 2. p. 43. tab. 38. Ligneous
poſed in four-cornered ſcaly heads, the other has perennial Origany of Syracuſe, with a ſhort ample umbel,
the flowers dispoſed in looſe ſcaly heads, coming out and a broad-veined leaf.
from between the leaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally in thickets, and among
The SPECIES are,
buſnes in ſeveral parts of England ; the root is peren-
1. ORIGANUM (Vulgare) fpicis fubrotundis paniculatis nial, compoſed of many ſmall ligneous fibres. The
conglomeratis, bracteis calyce longioribus ovatis. Lin. ftalks are ſquare, and riſe near two feet high, they
Sp. Plant. 590. Pot Marjoram with roundiſb panici- are ligneous, and garnished with oval leaves placed
lated ſpikes gathered in clsefters, and ovel brattea which by pairs, and from the wings of theſe come out
are longer than the empalement. Origanum vulgare three or four ſmaller leaves on each ſide, which re-
fpontaneum. I. B. 2. 236. Common Wild Origany. ſemble thoſe of Marjoram, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk ;
2. ORIGANUM (Heracleoticiem) ſpicis longis pedunculis they have an aromatic ſcent: the flowers are produced
aggregatis, bracteis longitudine calycum. Lin. Gen. in roundiſh ſpikes growing in panicles at the top of
Plant. 589. Origany with long ſpikes growing in bunches, the ſtalks, many of the ſpikes being gathered toge-
and brattee as long as the empalement. Origanum he- ther; the flowers are of a flesh colour, and peep out of
racleoticumn, culina Gallinacea Plinii. C. B. P. 223. their ſcaly covering. Their upper lip is cut into two,
Winter Sweet Marjoram.
standing erect, and the lower lip or beard is divided
3. ORIGANUM (Latifolium) fpicis oblongis paniculatis into three parts, and hangs downward the ſtamina ſtand
conglomeratis, foliis ovatis glabris. Origany with ob- out a little beyond the petals, and are of a purpliſh
long ſpikes of flowers growing in cluffered panicles, and colour. It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds
oval ſmooth leaves. Origanum humilius latifolium ripen in the autumn. This fort is ſometimes culti-
glabrum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 199. Low, broad-leaved, vated in gardens, and is by ſome called Pot Marjoram;
fizootb Origary.
it is generally uſed in ſoups.
4. ORIGANUM (Humile) caule repente, fpicis oblongis It will riſe plentifully from ſcattered feeds, or it may
conglomeratis, bracteis florum longioribus. Origany be propagated by parting the roots; the beſt time for
with a creeping stalk, and oblong Spikes of flowers growing doing this is in autumn, and the roots may be planted
in clusters, with bractez longer than the flower. Origa- in any foil not over moiſt, and will thrive in any fitu-
num fylveſtre, humile. C. B. P. 223. Prod. 109. ation, ſo requires no other care but to keep them clear
Low mild Origany.
from weeds. There is a variety of this with white
5. ORIGANUM (Orientale) caule erecto ramofo, foliis flowers and light green ſtalks, and another with vari-
ovatis rugofis, fpicis fubrotundis conglomeratis, brac- egated leaves.
teis calycum brevioribus. Origany with an ereat branch- The ſecond ſort is now commonly known by the title
ing Stolk, oval rough leaves, roundiß Spikes of flowers of Winter Sweet Marjoram, though it was formerly
growing in clusters, with bractea ſhorter than the em- ftiled Pot Marjoram. This hath a perennial root,
palement. Origanum Orientale prunellæ folio glauco, from which ariſe many branching four-cornered ſtalks
fore purpureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. 179. Eaſtern Ori- a foot and a half high, which are hairy, and inclining
gany with a gray Self-heal leaf, and a purple flower. to a purpliſh colour, garniſhed with oval, obtuſe, hairy
6. ORIGANUM (Creticum) fpicis aggregatis longis prif- leaves, refembling greatly thoſe of Sweet Marjoram,
maticis rectis, bracteis membranaceis, calyce duplo ítanding by pairs on ſhort foot-ſtalks ; the Howers
longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 589. Origany with long, are diſpoſed in ſpikes about two inches long, feve-
upright, priſmatical Spikes growing in cluſters, and mem- ral ariſing together from the diviſions of the ſtalk
braneous braktee twice the length of the empalement. The flowers are ſmall, white, and peep out of their
Origanum Creticum. C. B. P. 223. Origany of Crete. fcaly covers ; theſe appear in July, and the ſeeds ri-
7. ORIGANUM (Majorana) foliis ovalibus obtufis, fpicis pen in autumn. It grows naturally in Greece and the
fubrotundis compactis pubeſcentibus. Hort. Cliff. 304. warm parts of Europe, but is hardy enough to thrive in
che
3

ORI
ORI
a
3
the open air in England, and is chiefly cultivated for
noſegays, as it comes ſooner to flower than Sweet
Marjoram, ſo it is uſed for the fame purpoſes, till the
other comes to maturity. There is a variety of this
with variegated leaves. This is generally propagated
by parting the roots in autumn, and ſhould have a
dry foil, where it will thrive, requiring no other cul-
ture than the firſt fort.
The third ſort grows naturally in France and Italy;
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
flender bending ſtalks near a foot high, garniſhed
with oval ſmooth leaves ſtanding on pretty long foot-
ftalks. The flowers are produced in oblong ipikes,
which grow in cluſtered panicles; they are ſmall, of a
purpliſh colour, peeping out of their ſcaly coverings.
It flowers in June, and may be propagated by part-
,
ing the roots in the ſame way as the former.
The fourth fort grows plentifully about Orleans; this
hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral four-
,
cornered ſtalks about fix inches high, which frequently
bend to the ground, and put out roots; they are gar-
niſhed with oblong hairy leaves fitting cloſe to the
ſtalk. The flowers grow in oblong cluſtered ſpikes
at the top of the ſtalks, having long coloured brac-
teæ between each; the flowers are ſome whitiſh,
others purple in the ſame ſpikes; they are ſmall, and
peep out of their ſcaly covers. This flowers in
June, and may be propagated in the ſame way as the
former.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the Levant; it is a
perennial plant. The ſtalks riſe two feet high, and
branch out their whole length; they are purple, and
garniſhed with oval rough leaves, fomewhat like
thoſe of Self-heal, but ſmaller. The flowers grow
in roundiſh cluſtered ſpikes, having ſhort bracteæ ;
they are purple, and appear in June, but are not
ſucceeded by feeds here. It is propagated by parting
of the heads in the ſame way as the former, and muſt
have a dry ſoil.
The fixth fort is the Origany of Crete, which is di-
rected to be uſed in medicine, but there has been
great confuſion among botaniſts in diſtinguiſhing the
fpecies. This riſes with four-cornered Italks a foot
and half high, garniſhed with oval hoary leaves of a
ſtrong aromatic ſcent. The flowers grow in long,
erect, bunched ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks, having
membraneous bracteæ between, which are twice the
length of the empalement; the flowers are ſmall and
white, like thoſe of the common Origany. It flowers
in July, but feldom perfects ſeeds in England. It is
propagated by parting the roots as the former, but
muſt have a dry foil and a warm ſituation, otherwiſe
it will not live through the winter here.
The ſeventh fort is the common Sweet Marjoram,
which is ſo well known as to need no deſcription. With
us in England it is eſteemed an annual plant, though
the roots often live through the winter in mild fea-
fons, or if they are ſheltered in a green-houſe; but in
warm countries, I believe, it is only biennial.
This is propagated by feeds, which are generally im-
ported from the ſouth of France or Italy, for they fel-
dom ripen in England. Theſe are ſown on a warm
border toward the end of March, and when the plants
are come about an inch high, they ſhould be tranſ-
planted into beds of rich earth, at fix inches diſtance
every way, obſerving to water them duly till they
have taken new root; after which, they will require
no other care but to keep them clean from weeds.
The plants will ſpread and cover the ground; in July
they will begin to flower, at which time it is cut for
uſe, and is then called Knotted Marjoram, from the
flowers being collected into roundiſh cloſe heads like
knots.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Africa; this is a
perennial plant with a low ſhrubby ſtalk, feldom riſing
more than a foot and half high, dividing into branches,
which are garniſhed with roundiſh, thick, woolly
leaves, and hollowed like a ladle; they are like thoſe
of the common Marjoram, but are of a thicker ſub-
ftance and woolly, and have much the ſame ſcent.
The flowers are produced in roundiſh ſpikes, cloſely
joined together at the top of the ſtalks, and, at the
end of the ſmall fide branches they are of a pale
fleſh colour, peeping out of their ſcaly coverings.
This fort flowers in July and Auguſt, but does not
ripen ſeeds in England.
It is propagated by flips or cuttings, which if planted
in a border
of good earth during any of the ſummer
months, and ſhaded from the ſun and duly watered,
will take root freely; and afterward the plants may
be taken up, and planted in ſmall pots filled with
light kitchen-garden earth, and placed in the ſhade
till they have taken new root, when they may be re-
moved into an open ſituation, where they may re-
main till the end of October, when they muſt be
placed under ſhelter, for they will not thrive through
the winter in the open air here; but if they are put
under a hot-bed frame, where they may be protected
from hard froit, and have as much free air as poſſible
in mild weather, they will thrive better than if they
are more tenderly treated.
The tenth fort is the Dittany of Crete, which is uſed
in medicine; this grows naturally upon Mount Ida,
in Candia; it is a perennial plant. The ſtalks are
hairy, and riſe about nine inches high, of a purpliſh
colour, and ſend out ſmall branches from their fides
by pairs; they are garnished with round, thick, woolly
leaves, which are very white; the whole plant has a
piercing aromatic ſcent, and biting taſte: the flowers
are collected in looſe leafy heads of a purple colour,
which nod downward; they are ſmall, and of a
le colour; the ſtamina ſtands out beyond the
petal, two of them being much longer than the
other. It flowers in June and July, and in warm
ſeaſons the ſeeds fometimes ripen in autumn.
This is propagated eaſily by planting cuttings or
flips during any of the ſummer months. Theſe
ſhould be planted either in pots or a ſhady border, co-
vering them cloſe with a bell or hand-glaſs to exclude
the air, and now and then refreſhing them with wa-
ter, but they muſt not have too much wet.
,
When
theſe have taken root, they ſhould be carefully taken
up, and each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
with light earth, and placed in the ſhade till they
have taken new root, when they ſhould be removed
into an open ſituation, where they may continue till
autumn, and then placed under a hot-bed frame to
ſcreen them from the froſt, but they ſhould enjoy the
free air at all times in mild weather. The following
ſpring ſome of the plants may be ſhaken out of the
pots, and planted in a warm border near a good af-
pected wall, and in a dry ſoil, where the plants will live
through the common winters without any other ſhel-
ter; but as they are liable to be killed by ſevere froſt,
it will be proper to keep a few plants in pots, to be
ſheltered in winter to preſerve the kind.
The eleventh fort grows naturally on Mount Sipylus
near Magneſia, where it was diſcovered by Sir George
Wheeler, who ſent the ſeeds to the Oxford Garden,
where the plants were raiſed ; this hath a perennial
root, but an annual ſtalk. The root is compoſed of
many Nender ligneous fibres; the leaves are oval,
ſmooth, and of a grayiſh colour ; thé ſtalks are flen-
der, of a purpliſh colour, four-cornered, and ſmooth ;
they riſe near two feet high, ſending out ſlender
branches oppoſite, which are terminated by ſlender
oblong ſpikes of purpliſh flowers, which peep out
of their ſcaly covers; the flowers are ſmall, but
ſhaded like thoſe of the tenth fort ; their ſtamina are
extended out of the petal to a conſiderable length.
The leaves, on the lower part of the ſtalk, are almoſt
as large as the common Origany, but thoſe on the
upper part of the ſtalk and branches are very ſmall, and
fit cloſe to the ſtalk. It flowers in June and July, and in
warm ſeaſons the feeds ripen here in autumn. It is
propagated by cuttings or flips, in the ſame way as
the Cretan Dittany, and the plants require the ſame
a
a
;
a
a
treatment.
The twelfth fort is undoubtedly a variety, which has
been produced from the intermixing of the farina
of

ORN
ORN
a
.
of the Cretan Dittany with that of Mount Sipylus ; permanent, terminated by an obtuſe ſtigma. The gernen
for the plants now in the Chelſea Garden were acci- afterward turns to a roundiſh angular capſule with three
dentally produced from the ſeeds of one ſpecies, where cells, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
both forts ſtood near each other in the garden of John This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection
Browning, Eſq; of Lincoln's Inn ; the feeds were of Linnæus's ſixth claſs, in which are contained thoſe
dropped from the plant into the border between the plants whoſe flowers have ſix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
two forts, ſo that it is uncertain from which fpecies; The SPECIES are,
but as the ſtalks and heads of ſuch flowers bear a 1. ORNITHOGALUM (Pyrenaicum) racemo longiſſimo,
greater reſemblance to the Dittany of Mount Sipylus, filamentis lanceolatis, pedunculis floriferis patentibus
we may ſuppoſe it aroſe from the ſeeds of that, which æqualibus, fructiferis fcapo approximatis. Lin. Sp.
had been impregnated by the farina of the Cretan Plant. 440. Star-flower with a very long Spike of flowers,
.
Dittany, which grew near it; for the under leaves of Spear-ſhaped filaments, and foot-ſtalks to the flowers equal,
this are round, of a thick texture and woolly, ſo nearly Spreading, and thoſe of the fruit approaching to the ſtalk.
reſembling thoſe of the Cretan Dittany, as not to be Ornithogalum anguſtifolium majus, floribus ex albo
diſtinguiſhed from it; but the ſtalks riſe full as high vireſcentibus. C. B.P. 70. Greater narrow-leaved Star-
as thoſe of the Dittany of Sipylus, but branch out flower, with whitiſh green flowers.
more their whole length; they are of a purple colour 2. ORNITHOGALUM (Pyramidale) racemo conico, flori-
and hairy. The lower leaves on the ſtalks are much bus numeroſis adfcendentibus. Prod. Leyd. 32. Star-
larger than thoſe of Mount Sipylus, and are hairy, ap- flower with a conical ſpike, having numerous flowers riſing
proaching to thoſe of the Cretan Dittany, but are not above each other. Ornithogalum anguſtifolium, fpica-
ſo thick or woolly; the upper leaves are ſmooth, and tum, maximum. C. B. P. 70. Largeſt Spiked Star-
approach to thoſe of the other fort, but are larger, as flower with a narrow leaf.
are alſo the ſpikes of Aowers, and the ſcaly leaves 3. ORNITHOGALUM (Latifolium) racemo longiſſimo, fo-
which cover the flowers are larger and of a deeper liis lanceolato-enfiformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 307. Star-
purple colour.
flower with the longeſt Spike, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
I have alſo dried famples of another variety, which Ornithogalum latifolium & maximum. C. B. P. 70.
aroſe from ſeeds in the Leyden Garden; the ſeeds were Greateſt broad-leaved Star-flower, called the Star-flower
ſent from Paris, by the title which Tournefort gave to of Alexandria.
that which he found in the Levant, which I have 4. ORNITHOGALUM (Nutans) floribus fecundis pendulis,
joined to the variety before-mentioned. The leaves nectario ftamineo campaniformi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 308.
of this are as large as thoſe of the Dittany of Crete, Star-flower with fruitful hanging flowers, and a bell-shaped
but are not ſo thick or woolly; the ftalks riſe more nectarium. Ornithogalum Neapolitanum. Cluf. App.
like thoſe of the Dittany of Mount Sipylus, but branch 2. p. 9. Star-flower of Naples.
out wider at the top; the flowers grow in cloſer cluf-5. ORNITHOGALUM (Luteum) ſcapo angulato diphyllo,
ters, and do not nod downward ; they are ſmall, and pedunculis umbellatis fimplicibus. Flor. Suec. 270.
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, flowering at the Star-flower with an ongular ſtalk having two leaves, and
ſame time.
ſingle umbellated foot-ſtalks. Ornithogalum luteum. C.
By the title which Dr. Linnæus has given to the B. P. 71. Yellow Star-flower.
Cretan Dittany, it may be ſuppoſed he has not ſeen 6. ORNITHOGALUM (Minimum) ſcapo angulato diphyllo,
the true fort, for his title better ſuits the variety to pedunculis umbellatis ramofis. Flor. Suec. 271. Star-
which I have applied it; for all the leaves of the true flower with an ongular ſtolk bearing two leaves, and
Dittany are very thick and woolly, even thoſe which branching foot-ſtalks having umbels. Ornithogalum lu-
are ſituated immediately below the flowers, whereas teum minus. C. B. P. 71. Smaller yellow Star-flower.
the lower leaves only are ſo in this title.
7. ORNITHOGALUM (Umbellatum) floribus corymboſis,
The thirteenth fort grows at Syracuſe ; this hath pe- pedunculis fcapo altioribus, filamentis emarginatis.
rennial ligneous ſtalks which riſe a foot and a half Hort. Cliff. 124. Star-flower with flowers growing in a
high, dividing into many ſmall branches, which are corymbus, whoſe foot-stalks are taller than the ſtolk, and
garniſhed with ſmall heart-ſhaped leaves a little larger indented filaments. Ornithogalum umbellatum medium
than thoſe of Marjoram, which are woolly. The anguſtifolium. C. B. P. 70. Middle umbellated Star-
flowers grow in oblong tufted ſpikes which are hairy; flower having narrow leaves.
they are ſmall, white, and peep out of their ſcaly co- 8. ORNITHOGALUM (Arabicum) floribus corymboſis, pe-
vers; they appear in July, but ſeldom perfect feeds dunculis fcapo humilioribus, filamentis emarginatis.
in England. This is propagated by cuttings or ſlips, Prod. Leyd. 32. Ster-flower with flowers growing in a
in the ſame way as the tenth fort, and the plants re- corymbus, foot-ſtalks lower than the ſtalk, and indented
quire the ſame treatinent.
filaments. Ornithogalum Arabicum. Cluf. Hift. 11.
The firſt and fixth forts are uſed in medicine, but the p. 186. Star-flower of Arabia.
firſt being a native of this country, is frequently fub- 9. ORNITHOGALUM (Capenſe) foliis cordatis ovatis. Prod.
a
ftituted for the other, which is pretty rare in Eng- Leyd. 31. Star-flower with oval heart-ſhaped leaves.
land, and is now ſeldom imported here. When the Ornithogalum Africanum piantaginis roſeæ folio, ra-
firſt fort is uſed, thoſe plants which grow upon dry dice tuberosâ. Hort. Amít. 2. p. 175. African Star-
barren ground are to be preferred, as they are much flower, with a Rose Plantain leaf and a tuberous root.
ſtronger and have greater virtue than thoſe which grow
grow 10. ORNITHOGALUM (Tuberoſum) racemo breviſſimo,
on good land, or are cultivated in gardens.
foliis teretibus fiſtuloſis. Star-flower with a very fort
The Dittany of Crete is alſo uſed in medicine, but Spike, and taper fiftular leaves
. Ornithogalum Africa-
the dried herb is generally imported into England, num, luteum odoratum, foliis cepaceis, radice tu-
which, by being cloſely packed, and the voyage be- berosâ. H. L. African Star-flower having yellow ſweet
ing long, it loſes much of its virtue ; ſo that if the flowers, leaves reſembling thoſe of the Onion, and a tu-
plants of Engliſh growth were uſed, they would be berous root.
found much better.
The firſt fort grows naturally near Briſtol, and alſo
ORNITHOGALUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 378. near Chicheſter in Suſſex, and ſome other parts of
tab. 203. Lin. Gen. Plant. 377. ['Ogviléganov, of opus, England. This hath a pretty large bulbous root, from
a bird, and yára, milk, i. e. a plant whoſe flowers which come out ſeveral long keel-ſhaped leaves, which
are as white as the white plumes of feathered ani- ſpread on the ground; between theſe come out a
mals.] Star of Bethlehem.
ſingle naked ftalk about two feet long, ſuſtaining a
The CHARACTERS are,
long looſe ſpike of flowers of a yellowiſh green co-
The flower has no empalement. It is compoſed of ſix lour, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, which
petals
, whoſe under parts are erect
, but ſpread open above, ſpread wide from the principal ſtalk; the petals of
and are permanent. It hath fix erect ſtamina about half the flowers are narrow, making but little appearance.
the length of the petals, crowned by ſingle ſummits, with an The flowers have an agreeable ſcent; they appear in
angular germen, Supporting an awl-shaped ſtyle which is May, and when the feed-veſſels are formed, the foot-
ſtalks
3
و

ORN
ORN
و
а
ſtalks which ſuſtain them become erect, and approach
near the ſtalk. The ſeeds ripen in Auguſt.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally upon the hills in Por-
tugal and Spain, but has been long cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens by the title of the Star of Bethlehem.
This hath a very large, oval, bulbous root, from
which ariſe ſeveral long keel-ſhaped leaves of a dark
green colour, in the middle of which come out a a
naked ſtalk which riſes near three feet high, termi-
nated by a long conical ſpike of white flowers, ſtand-
ing upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, riſing one above ano-
ther in an upright ſpike. Theſe appear in June, and are
fucceeded by roundiſh ſeed-veſſels, having three cells
filled with roundiſh feeds, which ripen in Auguft.
The third ſort grows naturally in Arabia ; this hath a
very large bulbous root, from which come out ſeve-
ral broad ſword-ſhaped leaves, which ſpread on the
ground; the ſtalk is thick and ſtrong, riſing between
two and three feet high, bearing a long ſpike of large
white flowers, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks. They
are compoſed of fix petals which ſpread open in form
of a ſtar, and appear in June, but do not ripen their
ſeeds in England.
The fourth fort grows in great abundance naturally in
the kingdom of Naples, and is now become almoſt as
common in England, for the roots propagate ſo faſt
by offsets and ſeeds, as to become troubleſome weeds
in gardens; and in many places where the roots have
been thrown out of gardens, they have grown upon
dunghills and in waſte places as plentifully as
weeds. This hath a pretty large, compreſſed, bul-
bous root, from which come out many long, narrow,
keel-ſhaped leaves, of a dark green colour. The
ftalks are very thick and fucculent, riſing about a
foot high, ſuſtaining ten or twelve flowers in a looſe
ſpike, each hanging on a foot-ſtalk an inch long;
they are compoſed of fix petals, which are white
within, but of a grayiſh green on their outſide, hav-
ing no ſcent; within the petals is ſituated the bell-
ſhaped nectarium, compoſed of fix leaves, out of
which ariſe the fix ftamina, terminated by yellow ſum-
mits. The flowers appear in April, and are fucceeded
by large, roundiſh, three-cornered capſules, which
are filled with roundiſh feeds; as the capſules grow
large, they are ſo heavy as to weigh the ſtalk to the
ground.
The ſixth fort hath ſmall bulbous roots not larger
than Peas, from which ariſe one or two narrow keel-
ſhaped leaves about five inches long, of a grayiſh co-
the ſtalk is angular, and riſes about four inches
high, having two narrow keel-ſhaped leaves juft be-
low the flowers, which are diſpofed in an umbel upon
branching foot-ſtalks; theſe are yellow within, but of
a purpliſh green on their outſide. They appear in
May, and are fucceeded by ſmall triangular capſules,
filled with reddiſh uneven ſeeds. It grows on the bor-
ders of cultivated fields in France and Germany.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in moſt parts of Eu-
rcpe, and is ſuppoſed to do fo in England, though it
is feldom found here, unleſs in orchards or grounds
where the roots may have been planted, or thrown out
of gardens with rubbiſh. This hath a bulb as large
as a ſmall Onion, to which adhere many ſmall off-
ſets : the leaves are long, narrow, and keel-ſhaped,
ſpreading on the ground, and have a longitudinal
white line through the hollow. The ſtalk riſes about
fix inches high, ſuſtaining an umbel of flowers which
are white within, but have broad green ſtripes on the
outſide of the petals; theſe ſtand upon long foot-
ſtalks, which riſe above the principal ftalk. It flowers
in April and May, and is fucceeded by roundiſh
three-cornered capſules filled with angular ſeeds, which
ripen in July
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Arabia ; this hath
a large bulbous root, from which ariſe many long
keel-ſhaped leaves, which embrace each other with
their baſe; they are of a deep green, and ſtand erect.
The flowers of this kind I have never yet feen, though
I have tried many ways to procure them: the roots
multiply exceedingly, and are never injured by froſt,
although the leaves are put out before winter. There
roots are frequently brought over from Italy for ſale,
but I have not heard of any having flowered; and
Clufius ſays, he never ſaw but one root flower, and
that came from Conftantinople.
The ninth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this hath an irregular tuberous root, varying
greatly in form and ſize, covered with a dark brown
ſkin, from which ariſe feveral oval heart-ſhaped
leaves, upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they have fe-
veral longitudinal veins like Ribwort Plantain. The
flower-ſtalks are fiender, naked, and riſe about a
foot high, fuſtaining ſeveral ſmall, greeniſh, white
flowers, formed in a looſe ſpike, ſtanding upon long
flender foot-ſtalks. They come our in November,
making but little appearance, and are not ſucceeded
by ſeeds in England.
The tenth fort grows naturally on the dry rocks at the
Cape of Good Hope ; this hath a large, depreſſed,
bulbous root, as big as a man's fift, covered with an
uneven brown ſkin, putting out ſeveral taper hollow
leaves nine or ten inches long, between which comes
forth a naked ſtalk near a foot high, terminated by a
looſe ſpike of yellow flowers, of an agreeable ſweet
ſcent. It flowers in May, but does produce ſeeds in
England
The three forts firſt mentioned, are cultivated for or-
nament in the Engliſh gardens. Theſe are propa-
gated by offsets, which
their roots commonly pro-
duce in great plenty. The beſt time to tranſplant
their roots is in July or Auguft, when their leaves are
decayed; for if they are removed late in autumn,
their fibres will be ſhot out, when they will be very
apt to ſuffer if diſturbed. They ſhould have a light
ſandy foil, but it muſt not be over dunged. They
may be intermixed with other bulbous-rooted flowers
in the borders of the pleaſure-garden, where they will
afford an agreeable variety. Their roots need not be
tranſplanted oftener than every other year, for if they
are taken up every year, they will not increaſe fó
faſt, but when they are ſuffered to remain too long
unremoved, they will have ſo many offsets about
them as to weaken their blowing roots. Theſe
alſo be propagated from ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
and managed as moſt other bulbous-rooted flowers,
and will produce their flowers three or four years af-
ter ſowing.
The fourth fort is ſcarce worthy of a place in gardens,
but as it will thrive in any ſituation or under trees, ſo
a few plants may be admitted in obſcure places for
the ſake of variety.
The fifth fort has not much beauty, therefore a few
roots of it will be enough for variety, as alſo of the
fixth and ſeventh forts; the two laſt will thrive in
fhade, but the fifth ſhould have an open ſituation.
The eighth fort multiplies fo faft by offsets from the
roots as to become troubleſome weeds in a garden,
for every ſmall root will grow, and in two years pro-
duce twenty or thirty more, ſo that unleſs the large
roots are taken up every year and diveſted of their
offsets, the borders will be over-run with them.
The ninth fort is too tender to thrive in the open
air in England, ſo the roots of this ſhould be planted
in pots filled with light earth, and in the autumn
placed under a hot-bed frame, where they may be
ſcreened from froſt, and in mild weather enjoy the
free air. The leaves of this appear in the autumn,
and continue growing all the winter, ſo inuſt not be
expoſed to froſt; nor ſhould they be drawn up weak,
for then the flowers will be few on a ſtalk, and not
large. If the pots do now and then receive a gentle
ſhower of rain in winter it will be ſufficient, for they
ſhould not have much wet during that ſeaſon. To-
ward the beginning of July the leaves and ſtalks de
cay, and then the roots may be taken up, laying
them in a dry cool place till the end of Auguſt, when
they muſt be planted again.
The other ſpecies which were included in this genus,
are now removed to Scilla.
9
Theſe may
lour;
a
ge
ORNI

ORN
ORO
a
و
ORNITHOPUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 790. Ornitho- along the midrib, terminated by an odd one. The
podium. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 400. tab. 224. Bird's- flowers grow in ſmall bunches on the top of the
foot; in French, Pié-d'oiſeau.
branches; they are yellow, and are generally fuc-
The CHARACTERS are,
ceeded by two flat pods not much more than an inch
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf, long, turned inward like a bird's claw. This flowers
tubulous, and indented in five equal ſegments at the brim. and feeds about the ſame time with the former.
The flower is of the butterfly kind, the ſtandard is heart- The fourth fort grows naturally among the Corn in
ſhaped and entire; the wings are oval, erect, and almoſt Spain and Italy; this hath many ſmooth branching
as large as the ſtandard; the keel is ſmall and com- ſtalks, which riſe near two feet high, garniſhed toward
preſſed. It hath ten ſtamina, nine of which are joined, their top with trifoliate oval leaves fitting cloſe, hav-
and one ſtands ſeparate, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The ing two ſmall appendages. The lower leaves are often
germen is narrow, ſupporting a briſtly aſcending Style, ſingle, and of a grayiſh colour, the middle lobe being
terminated by a punčtured ſtigma. The germen afterward twice the ſize of the two fide ones. The flowers
becomes a taper incurved pod, having many joints con- ſtand upon flender foot-ſtalks, are yellow, and fuc-
nected together, but when ripe separate, each containing ceeded by taper pods, which are two inches long,
one oblong feed.
ſhaped like a bird's claw. This flowers and feeds about
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of the ſame time with the former.
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes the plants Theſe plants are propagated by fowing their feeds in
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two bodies. the ſpring upon a bed of light freſh earth, where they
The SPECIES are,
are to remain (for they feldom do well when they are
I. ORNITHOPUS (Perpufillus) foliis pinnatis, leguminibus tranſplanted ;) when the plants come up, they muſt
compreſſis ſubarcuatis. Hort. Upſal. 234. Bird's-foot be carefully cleared from weeds; and where they are
with winged leaves, and compreſſed pods a little arched. too cloſe, ſome of the plants ſhould be pulled out, ſo
Ornithopodium majus. C.B.P.350. Greater Bird's-foot. as to leave the remaining ones about ten inches aſun-
2. ORNITHOPUS (Nodoſa) foliis pinnatis, leguminibus der. In June theſe plants will flower, and the ſeeds
confertis pedunculatis. Bird's-foot with winged leaves, will ripen in Auguft. There is no great beauty in
and pods growing in cluſters upon foot-ſtalks. Ornitho- them, but for the variety of their jointed pods, they
podium radice tuberculis nodosâ. C.B.P. 350. Bird's- are preſerved by ſome curious perſons in their plea-
foot with knobbed tubercular roots.
ſure-gardens ; where, if their ſeeds are fown in patches
3. ORNITHOPUS (Compreſus) foliis pinnatis, pinnis legu- in the borders, each fort diſtinctly by itſelf, and the
minibus compreſſis rugoſus. Hort. Cliff. 364. Bird's- plants thinned, leaving only two at each patch, they
foot with linear winged leaves, and compreſſed pods grow- will require no farther care, and will add to the vari-
ing in pairs. Ornithopodium Scorpoides, filiquâ com- ety, eſpecially where the Snail and Caterpillar plants
preſsa. Tourn. Inſt. 400. Bird's-foot with the appear- are preſerved, which are very proper to intermix with
ance of Caterpillar, and flat pods.
them. They are all annual plants, which periſh foon
4. ORNITHOPUS (Scorpioides) foliis ternatis ſubfeffilibus
after the ſeeds are ripe.
impari maximo. Hort. Cliff
. 364. Bird's-foot with tri- OROBANCHE, or Broom Rape.
foliate leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalk, and the middle lobe There are fix or ſeven ſpecies of this genus at preſent
very large. Ornithopodium Portulacæ folio. Tourn.
known, two of which grow naturally on dry grounds
Init. 400. Bird's-foot with a Purſlane leaf.
in ſeveral parts of England; but as all the forts do
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France, not agree with culture, ſo they are not admitted into
in Spain and Italy. It is an annual plant, having many gardens. They are ranged in the ſecond ſection of
trailing ſtalks a foot and a half long, from which come Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia An-
out a few ſide branches, garniſhed with long winged gioſpermia, the flowers having two long and two
leaves, compoſed of about eighteen pair of ſmall oval ſhorter ſtamina, and their feeds being included in a
lobes, terminated by an odd one; theſe lobes ſtand capſule.
ſometimes oppoſite, and at others they are alternate OROBUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 393. tab. 214. Lin.
and hairy. The flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters Gen. Plant. 780. ["poboʻ, of {pét TW, to eat, ßes, an
at the top of foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the wings ox, q. d. an herb with which oxen are fed, becauſe
of the ſtalks, and are near three inches long, having the ancients uſed to fatten their oxen with a like herb.]
a ſmall winged leaf, part of which is below, and the Bitter Vetch; in French, Orobe.
other part above the flowers, ſo that they ſeem to
The CHARACTERS are,
come from the midrib of the leaf; the flowers are of The empalement of the flower is tubulous, of one leaf, with
a deep gold colour, and ſhaped like a butterfly. an obtuſe baſe; the brim is oblique and indented in five
Theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by flat nar- parts, the three lower acute, the two upper ſhorter and ob-
row pods about three inches long, which turn inward tuſe. The flower is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is
at the top like a bird's claw. They are jointed, and heart-ſhaped; the two wings are almoſt as long as the
a little hairy, containing a ſingle feed in each joint, ſtandard, and join together; the keel is bifid, c.cute-pointed,
which ripens in autumn,
when the joints ſeparate and and riſing upwards , the borders are compreſſed, and the
fall afunder.
body ſwollen. It hath ten ſtamina, nine are joined, and
The ſecond fort grows naturally on dry commons one ſeparate; theſe are riſing, and terminated by roundiſh
and heaths in moſt parts of England. The root of ſummits. It bath a cylindrical compreſſed germen, ſup-
this fort is compoſed of two or three ſtrong fibres, to porting a crooked riſing Style, crowned by a narrow downy
which hang ſeveral ſmall tubercles or knobs like Stigma, faſtened by the inner edge in the middle to the
grains. There are many ſlender ſtalks come out point of the ſtyle. The germen afterward becomes a long
from the root, and ſpread on the ground, from taper pod ending in an acute point, having one cell, contain-
four to eight inches long, garniſhed with ſmall, ing ſeveral roundiſh ſeeds.
winged, hairy leaves, compoſed of ſix or ſeven pair This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
of narrow lobes, terminated by an odd one. The Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
flowers ftand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
come out at every joint of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, bodies.
of a yellow colour, and are fucceeded by cluſters of The SPECIES are,
ſhort pods, which are a little incurved at the top. I. Orobus (Vernus) foliis pinnatis ovatis, ftipulis ſemi-
It flowers and feeds about the ſame time as the former. ſagittatis integerrimis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The third fort grows plentifully about Meſſina and 728. Bitter Vetch with oval winged leaves, entire ftipula
Naples. The root of this fort runs deep into the half arrow-pointed, and a ſingle ſtalk. Orobus ſylvati-
ground, ſending out a few ſmall fibres on the ſide; cus purpureus vernus. C. B. P. 351. Purple, vernal,
the ſtalks are about fix inches long, and do not lie flat wood Bitter Vetch.
on the ground like the other ; the leaves are hairy, 2. OROBUS (Tuberoſus) foliis pinnatis lanceolatis, ſtipulis
compoſed of ten or twelve pair of narrow lobes placed ſemiſagittatis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp. Plant. 728.
a
a
a
و
3
Bitter

ORO
ORO
a
Bitter Vetch with Spear-ſhaped winged leaves, entire
half arrow-pointed ftipulæ, and a ſingle ſtalk. Orobus
fylvaticus foliis oblongis glabris. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
393. Wood Bitter Vetch with oblong ſmooth leaves.
g. OROBUS (Sylvaticus) caulibus decumbentibus hirſutis
ramofis. Cent. pl. 67. Flor. Angl. 275. Bitter Vetch
with hairy, branching, decumbent ſtalks. Orobus ſylvati-
cus noftras. Raii Syn. 324. Wood Biiter Vetch.
4. OROBUS (Niger) caule ramoſo, fohis fexjugis ovato-
oblongis. Hort. Cliff. 366. Bitter Vetch with a branch-
ing ſtalk, and leaves compoſed of ſix pair of oblong oval
lobes. Orobus ſylvaticus foliis viciæ. C. B. P. 352.
Wood Bitter Vetch with a Vetch leaf.
5. OROBUS (Pyrenaicus) caule ramolo, foliis bijugis lan-
ceolatis nervoſis, ſtipulis ſubſpinoſis. Lin. Sp. 1029.
Bitter Vetch with a branching ſtolk, and leaves compoſed
of two pair of nervous ſpear-ſhaped lobes. Orobus Pyre-
naicus, foliis nervoſis. Tourn. Inſt. 393. Bitter Vetch
of the Pyrenees with nervous leaves.
6. OROBUS (Lathyroides) foliis conjugatis fubfeffilibus,
ftipulis dentatis. Hort. Upſal. 220. Bitter Vetch with
leaves placed by couples cloſe to the ſtalks, and indented
ſtipula. Lathyroides erecta, folio ovato acuminato,
cæruleis viciæ fioribus & filiquis, Sibirica. Amman,
Ruth. 151. Siberian, upright, Baſtard Lathyrus, with an
oval acute-pointed leaf, blue flowers, and pods like thoſe
of the Vetch.
7. OROBUS (Luteus) foliis pinnatis ovato-oblongis, fti-
pulis rotundato-lunatis dentatis, caule fimplici
. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 728. Bitter Vetch with oval, oblong, winged
leaves, roundiſh, moon-ſhaped, indented ſtipulæ, and a
ſingle ſtalk. Orobus Sibericus perenne. Gmel. Peren-
nial Siberian Bitter Vetch.
8. OROBUS (Venetis) foliis pinnatis ovatis acutis, qua-
tuor-jugatis, caule fimplici. Tab. 193. fol. 2. Bitter
Vetch with oval, acute-pointed, winged leaves, having
four pair of lobes and a ſingle ſtalk. Orobus Venetus.
Cluf. Hift. 232. Venetian Bitter Vetch.
9. OROBUS ( Americanus) foliis pinnatis lineari-lanceola-
tis infernè tomentofis, caule ramofiffimo fruteſcente.
Bitter Vetch with linear, Spear-ſhaped, winged leaves,
which are woolly on their under ſide, and a very branch-
ing ſhrubby ſtalk. Orobus Americanus erectus, fo-
liorum pinnis anguftoribus & fubtus incanis, filiquis
glabris. Houft. MSS. Upright American Bitter Vetch,
with very narrow lobes to the leaves, boary on their under
fide, and having ſmooth pods.
10. OroBus (Argenteus) foliis pinnatis oblongo-ovatis
infernè fericeis, caule erecto tomentoſo, floribus fpi-
catis terminalibus. Bitter Vetch with oblong, ovel,
winged leaves, which are filky on their under ſide, and
have an upright woolly ſtalk, terminated by a ſpike of
flowers. Orobus Americanus, latifolius, argenteus,
flore purpureo. Houſt. MSS. Broad-leaved, ſilvery,
American Bitter Vetch, with a purple flower.
II. OROBUS (Procumbens) foliis pinnatis, foliolis exteri-
oribus majoribus tomentofis, caule procumbente.
Bitter Vetch with winged leaves, whoſe outer lobes are
woolly, and a trailing ſtalk. Orobus Americanus pro-
cumbens & hirſutus, flore purpureo. Houſt. MSS.
Trailing, hairy, American Bitter Vetch, with a purple
flower.
12. OROBUS (Coccineus) foliis pinnatis, foliis linearibus
villofis, caule procumbente floribus alaribus & ter-
minalibus. Bitter Vetch with winged leaves, having
hairy linear lobes, a trailing ſtalk, and flowers growing
on the ſides and at the ends of the branches. Orobus
Americanus procumbens minimus, flore coccineo.
Houſt. MSS. The leaſt trailing American Bitter Vetch,
having a ſcarlet flower.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the foreſts of Ger-
many and Switzerland. The root of this is perenni-
al, compoſed of many ſtrong fibres; the ſtalks riſe a
foot high, and are garniſhed with winged leaves,
compoſed of two pair of oval acute-pointed lobes,
and at the baſe of the foot-ſtalk is ſituated a ftipula,
(or ſmall leaf,) ſhaped like the point of an arrow cut
through the middle. This embraces the ſtalk. The
.
lobes of the leaves are about an inch and an half
long, and near an inch broad, ending in acute points.
The flowers ſtand upon foot-ſtalks, which ariſe frem
the wings of the ſtalk; they are about three inches
long, fuftaining fix or feven flowers ranged in a ſpike,
which are of the butterfly kind. Theſe are at firſt
of a purple colour, but afterward change blue; they
appear early in the ſpring, and are ſucceeded by flen-
der taper pods an inch and a half long, having one
cell, in which are lodged four or five oblong bitter
ſeeds, which ripen in June. There is a variety of this
with pale flowers, which is preſerved in ſome gardens.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in woods and ſhady
places in moſt parts of England. This hath a peren-
nial creeping root, from which ariſe angular ftalks
nine or ten inches long, garniſhed at each joint by
one winged leaf, compoſed of four pair of ſmooth
ſpear-ſhaped lobes, and, at the baſe of each, is fitu-
ated a ftipula like that of the firſt fort; and from the
wings of the ſtalks ariſe the foot-ſtalks of the flow-
ers, which are about four inches long, each ſuſtain-
ing two or three purpliſh red flowers, which turn to
a deep purple before they fade. They appear in
April, and are ſucceeded by long taper pods, con-
taining fix or ſeven roundiſh ſeeds, which ripen the
beginning of June. Theſe are called Wood or
Heath Peas.
The third fort grows naturally in Cumberland and
Wales. The root is perennial and ligneous, from
which ariſe ſeveral hairy ſtalks a foot and a half high,
garniſhed at each joint with one winged leaf, compof-
ed of ten or eleven pair of narrow lobes ranged cloſe
together along the midrib; at the baſe of which is
ſituated an acute ſtipula embracing the ſtalk. The
flowers are diſpoſed in a cloſe ſpike, ſtanding upon
foot-ftalks three inches long, which ariſe from the
wings of the leaves, they are of a purple colour, and
are ſucceeded by ſhort fiat pods, containing two or
three ſeeds. It flowers the beginning of June, and
the feeds ripen in July.
The fourth ſort grows naturally on the mountains in
Germany and Switzerland. This hath a ſtrong, lig-
neous, perennial root, from which ariſe many branch-
ing ſtalks two feet high, garniſhed at each joint by
one winged leaf, compoſed of five or fix ſmall, ob-
long, oval lobes ranged along the midrib. The
flowers ftand upon very long foot-ſtalks, which ariſe
from the wings of the ſtalk; theſe fuſtain at their
top four, five, or fix purple flowers, which appear
in May, and are fucceeded by compreſſed pods an
inch and a half long, containing four or five oblong
ſeeds, which ripen the beginning of July. The
stalks decay in autumn, and new ones ariſe in the
ſpring
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean moun-
tains ; this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe
ſeveral ſmooth branching ſtalks a foot and a half
high, garniſhed with winged leaves compoſed of four
pair of ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which have three longi-
tudinal veins; at the baſe of the leaves is ſituated a
ftipula embracing the ſtalk, in the ſame manner as
the firſt. The flowers ftand upon long foot-ſtalks,
ariſing from the wings of the leaves ; toward the up-
per part of the ſtalk they are ranged in a looſe
ſpike, are of a purple colour, appearing in May, and
are ſucceeded by compreſſed pods about two inches
long, containing three or four feeds, which ripen in
July
The fixth ſort grows naturally in Siberia ; this hath a
perennial root, from which ariſe three or four branch-
ſtalks about a foot high. The leaves ſtand by
pairs oppoſite along the ſtalks, to which they fit
cloſe, having an indented ftipula at their baſe; the
leaves are ſmooth, ftiff, and of a lucid green. The
flowers grow in cloſe ſpikes upon ſhort foot-ſtalks,
which riſe from the wings of the leaves at the
top of the ſtalks, where are generally three or four
of theſe ſpikes ſtanding together. The flowers are of
a fine blue colour, ſo make a pretty appearance.
Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded by ſhort
fiattiſh pods, containing two or three ſeeds in each,
which ripen in Auguft.
The
ing

ORO
OR V
a
a
a
a
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this hath autumn, that the plants may be well eſtabliſhed be-
a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral herbaceous fore the ſpring; for as ſeveral of them begin to put
ſtalks a foot and a half high, garniſhed with winged out their ſtalks very early in the ſpring, ſo if they are
leaves, compoſed of four or five pair of oval oblong then diſturbed, it will either prevent their flowering,
lobes, having at their baſe a roundih moon-ſhaped or cauſe their flowers to be very weak. Moſt of
ftipula embracing the ſtalk. The flowers come out theſe plants delight in a ſhady ſituation, and love a
from the wings of the leaves upon ſhort foot-ftalks ;
loamy foil.
they are large and of a purple colour, appearing in They are alſo propagated by feeds, but theſe ſhould
April, and are ſucceeded by ſwelling pods near two be fown in the autumn, for if they are kept out of
inches long, containing four or five feeds, which rip- the ground till ſpring, many of the forts will never
en in June.
grow, and thoſe which do, feldom vegetate the ſame
The eighth fort grows naturally in Italy; this hath a year; and the fourth fort I could never raiſe from
perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral ſtalks about ſeeds ſown in the ſpring, though I have made the
a foot high, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed
trial in different ſituations many times; but the ſeeds
of four pair of oval lobes, ending in acute points ;
which have ſcattered in the ſummer, have come up
they are ſmooth and of a pale green colour, placed well the following ſpring, as have alſo thoſe which
pretty far diſtant on the midrib. The flowers come were ſown in September. When the plants come up
out upon fender foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and where
wings of the leaves, four or five ſtanding at the top; they are too cloſe together they ſhould be thinned,
they are of a purple colour, and appear in March. ſo as they may have room to grow till the autumn,
Theſe are ſucceeded by ſwelling pods an inch and a
when they ſhould be tranſplanted into the places
half long, each containing three or four roundiſh where they are deſigned to remain. If the roots are
ſeeds, which ripen in May.
ſtrong, they will flower very well the following ſpring,
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
but thoſe which are weak will not flower till the fe-
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the feeds in 1731. cond year; therefore ſuch may be planted in a ſhady
This riſes with a very branching ſtalk about three border at four or five inches diſtance, where they
feet high, which is ligneous; the branches are gar- may grow one year to get ſtrength, and then may be
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of five or fix removed to the places where they are to remain. The
pair of narrow ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which are woolly farther care of them is only to dig the ground between
on their under ſide. The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes them in winter, and in ſummer to keep them clean
at the end of the branches, are of a pale purple co-
from weeds.
lour, and are ſucceeded by ſmooth compreſſed pods The four laſt mentioned forts being natives of warm
an inch and a half long, each containing five or fix
countries are tender, ſo muſt be preſerved in ſtoves,
roundiſh feeds.
otherwiſe they will not live in England. Theſe are
The tenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown early in
toun at La Vera Cruz, from whence he ſent the feeds the ſpring, in ſmall pots filled with light rich earth,
to England. This riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk five or and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerv-
fix feet high, dividing into many ſlender branches, ing frequently to moiſten the earth, otherwiſe the
which are covered with a brown woolly bark, and feeds will not grow. When the plants come up, they
garniſhed with ſoft, ſatteny, winged leaves; thoſe on ſhould be carefully taken out of the pots, and each
the young branches are compoſed of four pair of tranſplanted into ſeparate ſmall pots filled with rich
oval obtuſe lobes, of a browniſh green colour, hairy earth, and then plunged again into the tan-bed, ob-
on their upper fide, but of a ſilvery ſilky hue on ſerving to ſhade them until they have taken root;
their under. The leaves on the upper branches are after which time they ſhould have freſh air admitted
compoſed of ſeven or eight pair of oblong oval to them every day in warm weather, and muſt be
lobes, of the ſame colour and conſiſtence as the lower. frequently watered. With this management the plants
The flowers are produced in long erect ſpikes at the will make a great progreſs. When any of the plants
end of the branches, they are of a deep purple colour, are grown too tall to remain in the hot-bed, they
and are ſucceeded by long, woolly, compreſſed pods, ſhould be taken out, and plunged into the bark-bed
each conraining four or five feeds.
in the ſtove, where they may have room to grow,
The eleventh fort was diſcovered by Dr. Houſtoun at eſpecially the ninth and tenth forts; but the other
La Vera Cruz, who ſent it to England in 1730. This two being of humbler growth, may be kept in the
is a low plant, whoſe ſtalks bend to the ground, and hot-bed until Michaelmas, when the nights begin to
are feldom more than fix or eight inches long, from be cold; at which time they ſhould be removed into
which come out a few ſhort fide branches; they are the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-bed, where they
garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of four or muſt be treated as other tender exotic plants; by
five pair of ſmall, oblong, oval, woolly lobes, termi- which method they may be preſerved through the
nated by an odd one, the upper lobes being much winter, and the following ſummer they will produce
larger than the lower. The flowers come out in ſmall flowers. Theſe plants are perennial, ſo that if they
bunches, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which ariſe ſhould not perfect their feeds, the plants may be
from the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, and of
maintained for ſeveral years.
a bright purple colour; theſe are ſucceeded by com- ORTEGIA HISPANIC A.
preffed pods near two inches long, each having fix or This is called by Clufius, Juncaria Salmantica ; it is
ſeven roundiſh compreſſed ſeeds.
a low trailing plant, with Ruſh-like ſtalks, produ-
The twelfth fort was diſcovered at the ſame time, cing at the joints a few ſmall almoſt inviſible flowers,
growing naturally in the ſame country as the former, therefore the plant is feldom cultivated except in bo-
by the ſame gentleman. This hath a pretty thick tanic gardens for variety,
ligneous root, which fends out many ſlender ſtalks a ORYZA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 513. tab. 296. Rice;
foot and a half long, trailing upon the ground, gar- in French, Ris.
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of three or four The CHARACTERS are,
pair of narrow hoary lobes, about half an inch long. The chof is ſmall, acute-pointed, having two valves
The flowers come out from the fide and at the end of nearly equal, inclofing a ſingle flower. The petal bas two
the ſtalks, three or four ſtanding upon a ſhort foot- valves, which are hollow, comprefjed, and boat-ſhaped,
ftalk; they are ſmall and of a ſcarlet colour, and are ending in a beard or awn. It has a two-leaved nečiarium,
ſucceeded by ſhort taper pods, each containing three and fix hairy ſtamina the length of the petal, terminated
or four ſmall roundiſh ſeeds.
by ſummits whoſe baſe are bifid, and a turbinated germen,
The eight forts which are firſt mentioned, have pe- fupporting two reflexed hairy ſtyles, crowned by feathered
rennial roots but annual ſtalks, which decay every Stigmas. The germen afterward becomes one large, ob-
autumn ; ſeveral of theſe may be propagated by part- long, compreſſed ſeed, having two channels on each ſide,
ing their roots; the beft time for doing this is in the ſitting on the petal of the flower.
9
a
a
This

OST
OST
3
a
ers on
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection | 3. OSTEOSPERMUM (Spinoſum) ſpinis ramoſis. Lin. Hort
of Linnæus's fixth claſs, which contains thoſe plants Cliff. 424. Hard-ſeeded Chryſanthemum, with branching
whoſe flowers have ſix ſtamina and two ſtyles.
Spines. Chryſanthemoides Oſteoſpermum Africanum
We have but one Species of this plant, viz. odoratum, fpinofum & viſcoſum. Hort. Amft. 2. p.
ORYZA (Sativa.) Matth. 403. Rice.
85. Hard-feeded Chryſanthemum of Africa, which is
This grain is greatly cultivated in moſt of the eaſtern prickly, viſcous, and ſweet.
countries, where it is the chief ſupport of the inhabi- 4. OSTEOSPERMUM (Polygaloides) foliis lanceolatis im-
tants; and great quantities of it are brought into bricatis feffilibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 179. Hard-feed-
England and other European countries every year, ed Chryſanthemum, with ſpear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe
where it is in great eſteem for puddings, &c. it being to the ſtalks, and lying over each other like the ſcales of a
too tender to be produced in theſe northern countries, fiſh. Monilifera poligoni foliis. Vaill. A&t. Par. 1720.
without the aſſiſtance of artificial heat; but from ſome Monilifera with Knot Graſs leaves.
ſeeds which were formerly ſent to South Carolina, The firſt ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
there have been great quantities produced, and it is Hope, but has been ſeveral years an inhabitant in the
found to ſucceed as well there as in its native country, Engliſh gardens. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſe-
which is a very great improvement to our American ven or eight feet high, covered with a ſmooth gray
ſettlements.
bark, and divides into ſeveral branches, garniſhed
This plant grows upon moiſt foils, where the ground with oval leaves, which are unequally indented on
can be flowed over with water after it is come up; fo their edges ; they are placed alternately, and are of a
that whoever would cultivate it in England for cu- thick conſiſtence, covered with a hoary down, which
rioſity, ſhould fow the ſeeds upon a hot-bed ; and goes off from the older leaves. The flowers are pro-
when the plants are come up, they ſhould be tranſ- duced in cluſters at the end of the branches, fix or
planted into pots filled with rich light earth, and eight coming out together, upon foot-ſtalks an inch
placed into pans of water, which ſhould be plunged in- and a half long ; theſe are yellow, and ſhaped like
to a hot-bed ; and as the water waſtes, ſo it muft, from thoſe of Ragwort. The border or rays are com-
time to time, be renewed again, ftill preſerving the poſed of about ten half florets, which ſpread open ;
water in the pans, otherwiſe they will not thrive, and the diſk or middle is compoſed of tubulous forets,
keeping them in a ſtove all the ſummer; and toward which are cut into five parts at the brim; theſe are
the latter end of Auguſt, they will produce their barren, but the half florets round the border, have
grain, which will ripen tolerably well, provided the one hard ſeed ſucceeding each of them. This plant
autumn proves favourable.
flowers but ſeldom here ; the time of its flowering is
OSIER. See Salix.
in July or Auguft.
OSMUNDA, the Oſmund Royal, or flowering Fern. The ſecond ſort grows like the firſt, but the leaves
This is one of the kinds of Fern which is diftin- are more pointed, of a green colour, and acutely
guiſhed from the other forts, by its producing flow- ſawed on the edges; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are
the
top
of the leaves; whereas the others, for the bordered, and the leaves are deeply veined. This
moſt part, produce them on the back of their leaves. produces tufts of yellow flowers at the extremity of
There is but one kind of this plant, which grows wild the ſhoots from ſpring to autumn, and frequently ri-
in England, but there are ſeveral ſorts of them which
grow in America ; but as they are ſeldom kept in The third fort is a low ſhrubby plant, which feldom
gardens, I ſhall not enumerate their ſpecies.
riſes above three feet high, and divides into many
The common ſort grows on bogs in ſeveral parts of branches; the ends of the ſhoots are beſet with green
England, therefore whoever hath an inclination to branching fpines; the leaves are very clammy, eſpe-
tranſplant it into gardens, ſhould place it in a moiſt cially in warm weather ; theſe are long and narrow,
ſhady ſituation, otherwiſe it will not thrive.
and ſet on without any order. The flowers are pro-
OSTEOSPERMUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 887. duced fingly at the ends of the ſhoots, which are
Monilifera. Vaill. Act. Par. 1720. Chryſanthemoi- yellow, and appear in July and Auguft.
des. Tourn. Act. Par. 1705. Hard-ſeeded Chryſan- Theſe three forts are too tender to live in the
open
themum.
air in England, fo are placed in the green-houſe in
The CHARACTERS are,
October, and may be treated in the ſame manner as
The flower bath an hemiſpherical empalement, which is Myrtles, and other hardy green-houſe plants, which
ſingle, and cut into many ſegments
. The flower is com- require a large ſhare of air in mild weather; and in
poſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets in the diſk, which are the beginning of May the plants may be removed into
tubulous, and cut at the brim into five parts. Theſe are the open air, and placed in a ſheltered ſituation dur-
ſurrounded by ſeveral female florets, which are radiated, ing the ſummer ſeaſon. The ſecond and third forts
each having a long narrow tongue, which is cut into three muſt have plenty of water, being very thirſty plants.
parts at the top. The hermaphrodite florets have each five Theſe plants are propagated by cuttings, which may
flender foort ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, be planted in any of the ſummer months, upon a bed
with a ſmall germen ſupporting a fender ſtyle, crowned by of light earth, and ſhould be watered and ſhaded un-
an obſolete ſtigma; theſe are barren. The female florets til they have taken root, which they will be in five or
have each a globular germen ſupporting a ſender ſtyle, ſix weeks, when they muſt be taken up and planted
crowned by an indented ſtigma; the germen afterward be- in pots; for if they are ſuffered to ſtand long, they
comes one ſingle bard ſeed.
will make ſtrong vigorous ſhoots, and will be difficult
This
genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection to tranſplant afterward, eſpecially the firſt and ſecond
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia forts ; but there is not ſo much danger of the third,
Polygamia Neceſſaria, the flowers being compoſed which is not ſo vigorous, nor ſo eaſy in taking root
of hermaphrodite florets in the diſk, which are bar- as the other. During the ſummer ſeaſon the pots
ren, and female florets which are fruitful.
ſhould be frequently removed, to prevent the plants
The Species are,
from rooting through the holes in the bottom of the
1. OSTEOSPERMUM (Moniliferum) foliis ovalibus ferra- pots into the ground, which they are very apt to do
tis petiolatis fubdecurrentibus. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 424. when they continue long undiſturbed, and then they
Hard-feeded Chryſanthemum, with oval ſawed leaves on ſhoot very luxuriantly; and, on their being removed,
running foot-ſtalks. Chryſanthemoides Afrum populi theſe fhoots, and ſometimes the whole plants, will
albæ foliis. Hort. Elth. 80. tab. 68. Hard-feeded Afri- decay.
con Chryſanthemum, with leaves like thoſe of the white The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Poplar.
Hope; this hath a ſhrubby ſtalk about four feet high,
2. OSTEOSPERMUM (Pififerum) foliis lanceolatis acutè which divides into many ſmall branches, garniſhed
dentatis, caule fruticoſo. Tab. 194. fig. 1. Hard- with ſmall oblong leaves which fit cloſe to them, and
ſeeded Chryſanthemun, with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which in ſome of the upper branches they lie over each
are acutely indented, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
other like the ſcales of fiſh. The flowers come out
pens feeds.
a
a
9 R

Ο Τ Η
Ο Τ Η
at the end of the branches, ſtanding fingly upon foot-
italks, which are about an inch long; the half florets
which compoſe the border or rays, are acute-pointed
and ſpread open; the diſk is compoſed of florets
which are barren. This fort is propagated by cut-
tings, in the ſame manner as the other forts, and
inult be treated in the ſame way.
OSYRIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 978. Cafia. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 664. tab. 488. Poets Cafia.
The CHARACTERS are,
It is male and female in different plants; the empalement
of the flower is of one leaf, which is divided into three
acute ſegments. The flower hath no petals, but thoſe on
the male plants have three short ſtamina; the female have
a germen, which afterward changes to a globular berry,
having a ſingle feed.
We know but one Species of this plant, viz.
OSYRIS (Alba) fruteſcens baccifera. C. B. P. Shrubby
berry-bearing Poets Cofia; and by fome, red-berried
brubby Caſia.
This is a very low ſhrub, feldom riſing above two
feet high, having ligneous branches, which are gar-
niſhed with long narrow leaves, of a bright colour.
The flowers appear in June, which are of a yellowiſh
colour, and are ſucceeded by berries, which at firſt
are green, and afterward turn to a bright red colour,
ſomewhat like thoſe of Aſparagus.
This plant grows wild in the ſouth of France, in
Spain, and ſome parts of Italy, by the ſide of roads,
as alſo between the rocks, but is with great difficulty
tranſplanted into gardens; nor does it thrive after
being removed, ſo that the only method to obtain
this plant is, to ſow the berries where they are to re-
main. Theſe berries commonly remain a year in the
ground before the plants appear, and ſometimes they
will lie two or three years, ſo that the ground ſhould
not be diſturbed under three years, if the plants do
not come up ſooner. Theſe ſeeds muſt be procured
from the places where the plants naturally grow, for
thoſe which have been brought into gardens never
produce any, and it is with great difficulty they are
preſerved alive.
OTHONNA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 888. Doria. Raii
Meth Plant. 33. Jacobæa. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 485.
tab. 276. Ragwort.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath a radiated flower, compoſed of hermaphrodite flo-
rets which form the diſk, and female half florets which
form the rays or border ; theſe are included in one com-
mon ſingle empalement of one leaf, cut into eight or ten
Segments. The hermaphrodite flowers are tubulous, in-
dented at the top in five parts; the female half florets are
ſtretched out like a tongue, and the point has three in-
dentures which are reflexed. The hermaphrodite florets
bave ſport hairy ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſum-
mits, and an oblong germen ſupporting a ſender ſtyle,
crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The female half
florets have
oblong germen with a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a large bi-
fid reflexed ſtigma. The hermaphrodite florets are ſeldom
fruitful, but the female half florets have an oblong ſeed,
which is ſometimes naked, and at others crowned with
down; theſe ſit in the permanent empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the
plants with compound flowers, whoſe female flowers
are fruitful and the hermaphrodite barren.
The SPECIES are,
1. OTHONNA (Coronopifolia) foliis infimis lanceolatis in-
tegerrimis, fuperioribus ſinuato-dentatis. Hort. Cliff.
419. Othonna with Spear-ſhaped lower leaves which are
entire, and the upper ones indented in finuſes. Jacobæa
Africana fruteſcens coronopi folio. Hort. Amft
. 2. p.
139. Shrubby African Ragwort, with a Hertſhorn leaf.
2. OTHONNA (Calihoides) foliis cuneiformibus integer-
rimis feffilibus, caule fruticoſo procumbente, pedun-
culis longiffimis. Othonna with entire wedge-ſhaped
leaves fitting close, a ſhrubby trailing ſtalk, and very long
foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Calthoides Africana, glaſti
folio. Juff. African Baftard Marygold, with a Woad leaf.
3. OTHONNA (Pettinata) foliis pinnatifidis, laciniis line-
aribus parallelis. Hort. Cliff. 419. Othonna with wing-
pointed leaves, whoſe ſegments are narrow and parallel
.
Jacobæa Africana fruteſcens, foliis abfinthii umbelli-
feri incanis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 137. tab. 69. Shrubby
African Ragwort, with boary leaves like thoſe of the
umbelliferous Wormwood.
4. OTHONNA (Abrotanifolia) foliis multifido-pinnatis li-
nearibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 380. Othonna with very
norrow leaves, ending in many winged points. Jacobæa
Africana fruteſcens, foliis abrotani, fc. crithmi major
& minor. Volk. Norim. 225. Shrubby African Rag-
wort, with a Southernwood or Samphire leaf.
5. OTHONNA (Bulboſa) foliis ovato-cuneiformibus den-
tatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 926. Othonna with oval, wedge-
Maped, indented leaves. Solidago foliis oblongis den-
tatis glabris, floribus magnis umbellatis. Burm Afr.
164. tab. 59. Woundwort with oblong, indented, ſmooth
leaves, and large flowers growing in umbels.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Æthiopia. This
riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet high, di-
viding into ſeveral branches, garniſhed with grayiſh
leaves placed without order, thoſe on their lower part
being narrow and entire, but the others are indented
on the edges after the manner of Hartſhorn. The
flowers are produced in looſe umbels at the end of
the branches; they are yellow, and are fucceeded by
downy ſeeds.
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Shaw,
growing naturally near Tunis in Africa, from whence
he brought the feeds. This fends out many ligne-
ous ſtalks from the root, which ſpreads out on every
fide, declining toward the ground, garniſhed with
grayiſh leaves, which are narrow at their baſe, en-
larging upward, and are broad at their points, where
they are rounded; theſe fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The
flowers are produced upon long, thick, ſucculent foot-
ſtalks at the end of the branches ; they are yellow;
the rays are ſharp-pointed, and not much longer than
the empalement; the diſk is large, and the florets are
as long as the empalement ; the feeds are crowned
with a long down.
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence the ſeeds were brought to Hol-
land, and the plants were raiſed in the Amſterdam
Garden in 1699. This riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk
about the thickneſs of a man's thumb, two or three
feet high, which divide into many branches, covered
with a hoary down, and garniſhed with hoary leaves about
three inches long and one broad, cut into many nar-
row ſegments almoſt to the midrib; theſe fegments
are equal and parallel, and are indented at their ends
into two or three points. The flowers are produced
on long foot-ſtalks which ariſe from the wings of
the ſtalks; toward the end of the branches they
have large yellow rays, or borders, with a diſk of
florets, and are ſucceeded by oblong purple feeds
crowned with down.
The fourth fort grows naturally on the hills near the
Cape of Good Hope, and was raiſed from ſeed in the
Ainſterdam Garden. This hath a low, ſhrubby,
branching ſtalk; the leaves are thick like thoſe of
Samphire, and are cut into many narrow ſegments.
The flowers are produced on ſhort foot-ſtalks at the
end of the branches; they are yellow, and ſhaped
like the other ſpecies of this genus, and are ſucceeded
by brown ſeeds crowned with ſoft down.
The fifth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath a thick ſhrubby ſtalk, dividing into
ſeveral branches which riſe five or ſix feet high; the
leaves come out in cluſters from one point, fpread on
every fide; they are ſmooth, narrow at their baſe, en-
larging gradually to their points, which are rounded ;
their edges are acutely indented like thoſe of the Holly.
From the center of the leaves ariſe the foot-ſtalks of
the flowers, which are five or fix inches long, branch-
ing out into ſeveral ſmaller, each ſuflaining one yel-
low radiated flower, ſhaped like the former ; theſe
are ſucceeded by ſlender feeds crowned with down.
The firſt, ſecond, third, fourth and fifth forts, are
preſerved in green-houſes through the winter, but re-
a
a
3
quire

O XA
O X A
quire no artificial warmth; if theſe are protected from 8. OXALIS (Barreleri) caule ramofo erecto, pedunculis
the froft it is ſufficient, and in mild weather they muſt bifidis racemiferis. Lin. Sp. 624. Wood-forrel with an
have a large ſhare of free air. In the ſummer they erect branching ſtalk, and branching bifid foot-fiolks. Tri-
muſt be placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation, among
folium acetofum Americanum,rubro flore. Barrel. Rar.
other hardy exotic plants, where they will add to the 64. Three-leaved American Wood-forrel, with a red flower.
variety, and flower great part of the ſeaſon. Theſe The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt ſhady woods,
may be all propagated by cuttings during the ſum- and cloſe to hedges in moſt parts of England, ſo is
mer months, which ſhould be planted upon an old but ſeldom admitted into gardens; though whoever
hot-bed, and covered with glaſſes, ſhading them from is fond of acid herbs in fallads, can ſcarce find a more
the fun in the heat of the day. When theſe have grateful acid in any other plant. The roots of this
taken root, they ſhould be planted each into a ſeparate fort are compoſed of many ſcaly joints, which propa-
pot filled with ſoft loamy earth, placing them in the gate in great plenty. The leaves ariſe immediately
Thade till they have taken new root; then they may from the roots upon ſingle long foot-ſtalks, aré com-
be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, where they may poſed of three heart-ſhaped lobes, which meet in a
remain till autumn, treating them in the ſame way as center, where they join the foot-ftalk; they are of a pale
the old plants.
green and hairy ; between theſe come out the flowers
The ſecond fort will live in the open air if it is planted upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one
in a warm ſituation and a dry foil. Some of theſe large white flower of the open bell ſhape. Theſe
plants have endured the open air for more than appear in April and May, and are fucceeded by five-
twenty years in the Chelſea Garden, without protec- cornered oblong feed-veffels having five cells, in-
tion. This is eaſily propagated by cuttings, in the cloſing ſmall brownih feeds; when theſe are ripe, the
ſame way as the former.
ſeed-veſſels burſt open at the leaſt touch, and caft
OXALIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 515. Oxys. Tourn. Inft. out the feeds to a conſiderable diſtance. This is the
R. H. 88. tab. 19. Wood-forrel.
fort which is directed for medicinal uſe in the diſpen-
The CHARACTERS are,
faries, but thoſe people who ſupply the market with
The empalement of the flower is ſhort, permanent, and herbs, generally bring the third fort, which is now
cut into five acute ſegments. The flower is of one petal, become common in the gardens; but this hath very lit-
cut into five obtuſe indented ſegments almoſt to the bottom; tle acid, fo is unfit for the purpoſes of the other; but as
it hath ten erect hairy ſtomina, terminated by roundiſh fur- it riſes with an upright branching ſtalk, ſo it is ſoon
rowed ſummits, and a germen with five ongles, ſupporting gathered and tied up in bunches; whereas the leaves of
five ſlender Styles, crowned by obtuſe stigmas. The germen the firſt grow ſingly from the root, and require more
afterward becomes a five-cornered capſule with five cells, time in gathering. There is a variety of the firſt fort
which open longitudinally at the angles, containing roundiſh with a purpliſh flower, which grows naturally in the
ſeeds, which are thrown out with an elaſticity on the North of England, but, as it does not differ from it
touch when ripe.
in any other reſpect, I have not enumerated it.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of The ſecond fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants turally in woods and ſhady places in Italy and Sicily.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and five ſtyles.
The root of this is long, ſender, and fibrous ; the
The SPECIES are,
ſtalks trail upon the ground, ſpreading out eight or
1. OXALIS (Acetoſella) fcapo unifloro, foliis ternatis, ra- nine inches wide on every ſide, dividing into ſmall
dice ſquamoſo-articulata. Hort. Cliff. 175. Wood-for- branches; the leaves ſtand upon pretty long foot-
rel with one flower on a foot-ſtalk, trifoliate leaves, and a ſtalks, and are compoſed of three heart-ſhaped lobes,
ſcaly jointed root. Oxys flore albo. Tourn. Inſt. 88. which have deeper indentures at their points than
Wood-forrel with a white flower.
thoſe of the firſt fort. The flowers are yellow, grow-
2. OXALIS (Corniculata) caule ramofo diffuſo, pedun- ing in form of an umbel, upon pretty long ſlender foot-
culis umbelliferis. Hort. Cliff. 175. Wood-forrel with ſtalks, ariſing from the ſide of the branches. Theſe
a branching diffuſed ſtalk, and umbellated foot-ſtalks. appear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by feed-
Oxys lutea. J. B. Yellow Wood-forrel
.
veſſels near an inch long, which open with an elaſti-
3. OXALIS (Strista) caule ramoſo erecto, pedunculis city, and caſt out the feeds.
umbelliferis. Flor. Virg. 161. Wood-ſorrel with a The third fort grows naturally in Virginia and other
branching upright ſtalk, and umbellated foot-ſtalks. Oxys parts of North America, from whence the ſeeds were
lutea, Americana, erectior. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 88. formerly brought to Europe ; but wherever this plant
Upright, yellow, American Wood-forrel.
has been once introduced and ſuffered to ripen feeds,
4. Oxalis (Incarnata) caule ſubramoſo bulbifero, pe- it has become a common weed. This is an annual
dunculis unifloris, foliis paflim verticillatis foliolis ob- plant, riſing with a branching herbaceous ſtalk eight
cordatis. Lin. Sp. 622. Wood-forrel with branching or nine inches high; the leaves ſtand upon very long
ftolks bearing bulbs, the leaves generally in whorls, and foot-ſtalks, and are ſhaped like thoſe of the fecond
the ſmall leaves heart-ſhaped. Oxys bulbofa Æthiopica fort. The flowers are yellow, ſtanding in a fort of
minor, folio cordato, fiore ex albido purpuraſcente. umbel, upon long, ſlender, erect foot-ſtalks ; the feed-
Tourn. Inft. 89. Smaller bulbous Ethiopian Wood-forrel
, vefſels and ſeeds are like thoſe of the fecond fort.
with a beart-ſhaped leaf, and a purpliſh white flower. Theſe three forts require no particular culture; if
5. OXALIS (Purpurea) ſcapo unifloro, foliis ternatis, ra- the roots of the firſt fort are taken up and tranſplanted
dice bulbosâ. Hort. Cliff. 175. Wood-forrel with a in a ſhady moiſt border, they will thrive and multiply
foot-ſtalk ſupporting one flower, trifoliate leaves, and a exceedingly; and if they are kept clean from weeds,
bulbous root. Oxys bulboſa Africana, rotundifolia, will require no other care. If the feeds of the other
caulibus & floribus purpureis amplis. Hort. Amft. 1. two forts are ſown in an open border, the plants will
p. 41. tab. 21. African bulbous Wood-forrel, having a riſe freely, and require no care ; for if they are
round leaf, and large purple ſtalks and flowers.
permitted to ſcatter their ſeeds, there will be a plenti-
6. OXALIS (Pef-capre) ſcapo umbellifero, foliis ternatis ful ſupply of the plants.
bipartitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 434. Wood-forrel with on The fourth fort hath a roundiſh bulbous root, from
umbelliferous ſtalk, and trifoliate leaves divided in two which come out ſlender ſtalks about fix inches high,
parts. Oxalis bulboſa pentaphylla & hexaphylla, flo- which divide into branches by pairs, and from the di-
ribus magnis luteis & copioſis. Burm. Afr. 80. tab. vifions come out the foot-ſtalks of the leaves; theſe
29. Bulbous Wood-forrel with five or fix leaves, and large are long, ſlender, and fuſtain a trifoliate leaf compoſed
yellow flowers in abundance.
of three ſmall, roundiſh, heart-ſhaped lobes. The foot-
7. OXALIS (Fruteſcens) caule ere&to fruticoſo, foliis ter- ftalks of the flowers are long, ſlender, and ariſe from
natis, impari maximo. Wood-forrel with an upright the diviſion of the ſtalks, each fuſtaining one purpliſh
ſhrubby ſtalk, and trifoliate leaves, the middle one being flower about the fame fize and ſhape as thoſe of the
very large. Oxys lutea fruteſcens, trifolii bituminoli firſt fort. This flowers in May, June, and July, and
facie. Plum. Cat. 2. Yellow shrubby Wood-forrel, with ſometimes produces ripe ſeeds in England. It grows
the appearance of bituminous Trefoil.
naturally at the Cape of Good Hope, fo is too tender
a
و
a
a
10

Ο Χ Μ
0 X Y
a
a
ones.
a
to live through the winter in the open air in Eng. of the French colonies in America, and was ſince
land ; but if it is ſheltered from hard froft under a found growing plentifully at La Vera Cruz by the
common hot-bed frame in winter, it will require no late Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent it to England. This
other protection. It propagates in plenty by offsets riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk a foot and a half high, ſend-
from the root, as alſo by bulbs, which come out from ing out ſeveral ſlender branches, which are garniſhed
the ſide of the ſtalks.
with trifoliate ſmall leaves, compoſed of three oval
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good lobes, the middle one being twice as large as the fide
Hope in ſuch plenty, that the earth which came from
Theſe are placed by pairs oppoſite, and ſome-
thence, in which ſome plants were brought to Eng- times by threes round the ſtalk, ftanding upon ſhort
land, was full of it. This hath a roundiſh bulbous foot-ſtalks. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe from
root, covered with a brown ſkin, ſending out ſtrong the wings of the ſtalks, are near two inches long, each
fibres which itrike deep into the ground; the leaves ſuſtaining four or five yellow flowers, whoſe petals
are trifoliate, compoſed of three roundiſh, large, hairy are not much longer than the empalement; each of
lobes, which are but little indented at the top; theſe theſe have a ſmaller foot-ſtalk which is crooked, fo
ſtand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from that the flowers hang downward.
a thick thort ſtalk, which adheres to the root. The This ſort is much tenderer than either of the former,
foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe between the leaves from ſo requires to be placed in a ſtove kept to a moderate
the ſtalk, each ſupporting one large purple flower ; degree of warmth in winter. It is propagated by
theſe appear in January and February, but are rarely feeds, which muſt be fown in pots, and plunged into
ſucceeded by feeds here, but the roots put out offsets a moderate hot-bed; and when the plants come up,
in great plenty, whereby it is propagated. This fort they ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate pot filled
will not thrive in winter in the open air here, ſo the with light fandy earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-
roots ſhould be planted in pots, which may be ſheltered bed, ſhading them from the ſun till they have taken
under a common frame in winter, where it may have new root; after which they muſt be treated in the
as much free air as poſſible in mild weather, otherwiſe ſame manner as other tender plants from the ſame
the leaves will draw up weak; for the leaves of this country
plant come out in O&tober, and continue growing till The eighth fort grows naturally in the Brazils; for in
May, when they begin to wither and decay. The a tub of earth which came from thence, the plants
roots may be tranſplanted any time after the leaves
came up in plenty. This ſeldom riſes more than
decay, till they begin to puſh out again.
three or four inches high, having upright ſtalks; the
The fixth fort is a native of the ſame country as the leaves arec ompoſed of three pretty large hairy lobes,
fifth; the roots of this are bulbous; the leaves ftand ſtanding on long foot-ſtalks. The flowers riſe imme-
upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from a ſhort diately from the root, having foot-ſtalks the ſame
ſtalk or head; they are compoſed of three lobes, length with thoſe of the leaves ; they are bifid, fup-
which are for the moſt part divided into two parts porting two pretty large red flowers, which are fuc-
almoſt to their baſe. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers ceeded by oblong capſules filled with brown ſeeds.
are five or fix inches long, ſuſtaining ſeveral large This fort may be propagated by offsets from the root,
yellow flowers ranged in form of an umbel. Theſe or by ſeeds, and requires the ſame protection as the
appear in March, and are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſixth fort.
ſeeds here. This ſort requires the ſame treatment as O X-E YE. See BUPHTHALMUM.
the fifth.
OXYACANTHA. See BERBERIS.
The ſeventh fort was diſcovered by Plumier in ſome OXYS. See Oxalis,
P.
P
a
P A D
ADUS. Lin. Gen. Edit. prior. 476. Edit. 5.
Prunus. 546. Ceraſus & Lauroceraſus. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 625,627. tab. 401, 403. The Bird-
cherry, or Cherry Laurel.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is bell-ſhaped, of one leof,
indented in five parts at the brim, which ſpread open. The
flower hath five large roundiſh petals, which ſpread open,
and are inſerted in the empalement. It hath from twenty
to thirty awl-shaped ſtamina, which are inſerted in the
empalement, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and a round-
iſh germen ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an entire
obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh
fruit, incloſing an oval-pointed nut having rough furrows.
This genus of plants was by Dr. Linnæus, in the
former editions of his Method, ſeparated from the
Cherries, to which they had been before joined, be-
cauſe the furrows of the nuts in this genus were ob-
tuſe, whereas thoſe of the Cherries are acute; but there
is a more obvious diſtinction between them, which is,
the flowers of the Padus are ranged in a long bunch
or racemus) and thoſe of the Cherry have their foot-
italks ariſing from one joint, but in the laſt edition of
his Method, he has joined this genus, the Cherry and
Apricot, to the Plumb, making them only fpecies of
P A D
the ſame genus ; in which, I think, he has exceeded
the boundaries of nature; for although the Padus and
Cerafus may with propriety be joined in the fame ge-
nus, yet theſe ought by no means to be joined to the
Prunus ; for it is well known, that the Cherry will
not grow by grafting or budding upon the Plumb
ſtock, nor the Plumb upon Cherry ſtocks, though
there are no inſtances of two trees of the fame genus,
which will not grow upon each other, however diffe-
rent their exterior appearance may be.
It is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's twelfth
claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have
from twenty to thirty ſtamina, which are either in-
ſerted in the empalement or petals of the flower, and
but one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. PADUS (Avium) glandulis duobus, baſi foliorum
ſubjectis. Hort. Cliff. 185. Bird-cherry with two glends
at the baſe of the leaves. Ceraſus racemoſa, fylveftris,
fructu non eduli. C. B. P. 4.51. Branching wild Cherry
with a fruit not eatable.
2. PADUS (Rubra) foliis lanceolato-ovatis deciduus, pe-
tiolis biglanduloſis. tab. 196. fol. 2. Bird-cherry with
Spear-ſhaped, oval, deciduous leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks have
two glands. Ceraſus racemoſa fylveftris, fructu non
>
eduli

P A D
PAD
a
g
a
eduli rubro. H. R. Par. Branching wild Bird-cherry
-
with a red fruit, which is not eatable, and commonly called
by the gardeners, Corniſh Cherry
3. PADUS (Virginiana) foliis oblongo-ovatis ferratis acu-
minatis deciduis, baſi antice glandulofis. Bird-cherry
with oblong, oval, ſawed, acute-pointed, deciduous leaves, and
glands on the fore part of the foot-ſtolk. Cerafi fimilis
arbuſcula Mariana, padi folio, Alore albo parvo race-
moſo. Pluk. Mant. 43. Cateſb. Car. 1. p. 28. Ame-
rican Bird-cherry.
4. Padus (Lauroceraſus) foliis ſempervirentibus lanceo-
lato-ovatis. Hort. Cliff. 42. Bird-cherry with evergreen,
Spear-ſhaped, ovel leaves. Lauroceraſus. Cluf. Hift.
1. p. 4. The common Laurel.
5. PADUS (Lufitanica) foliis oblongo-ovatis femperviren-
tibus eglanduloſis. Bird-cherry with oblong, oval, ever-
green leaves, having glands. Lauroceraſus Lufitanica
minor. Tourn. Inft. 628. Smoller Portugal Laurel, called
Afarero by the Portugueſe.
6. PADUS (Caroliniana) foliis lanceolatis acutè denticu-
latis ſempervirentibus. Evergreen Bird-cherry with
Spear-ſhaped leaves, having ſmall acute indentures, called
in America Baſtard Mahogany.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in the hedges in York-
ſhire, and many of the northern counties in England,
as alſo in ſome few places near London, but it is pro-
pagated as a flowering-ſhrub in the nurſery-gar-
dens for ſale. This riſes with ſeveral woody ſtalks
to the height of ten or twelve feet, which will grow
to have ſtems nine or ten inches diameter, if they are
permitted to ſtand; but as the faſhions of gardens have
been frequently altering for fifty or fixty years paſt,
ſo there are few places where any of the ornamental
fo
flowering trees have been ſuffered to remain. The
branches of this tree grow wide and ſcattering ; they
are covered with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with
oval ſpear-fhaped leaves placed alternate, which are
ſlightly fawed on their edges, and have two ſmall pro-
tuberances or glands at their baſe. The flowers are
produced in long looſe bunches from the ſide of the
branches; they have five roundiſh white petals, which
are much ſmaller than thoſe of the Cherry, and are in-
ſerted in the border of the empalement; and within
theſe are a great number of ſtamina, which alſo are
inſerted in the empalement. The flowers ftand each
upon a ſhort foot-ſtalk, and are ranged alternately
along the principal foot-ſtalk; they have a ſtrong
fcent, which is very diſagreeable to moſt perſons.
Theſe flowers appear in May, and are ſucceeded by
ſmall roundiſh fruit, which are firſt green, afterward
turn red, and when ripe, are black, inclofing a round-
ith furrowed ſtone or nut, which ripens in Auguft
.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Armenia, from
whence I have received the ſeeds; but it has been many
years ago propagated in the nurſery-gardens about
London, where it is generally called Corniſh-cherry.
This fort has been often confounded with the firſt;
many of the late writers in botany have ſuppoſed it
was the ſame ſpecies, but I have raiſed both forts
from feeds, and have always found the young plants
to retain their difference. This riſes with a ſtrait up-
right item more than twenty feet high; the branches
are ſhorter, and grow cloſer together than thoſe of the
firft, ſo naturally form regular heads; the leaves of
this are ſhorter and broader than thoſe of the other,
and are not ſo rough; the flowers grow in cloſer
ſhorter ſpikes, which ftand more erect; the fruit is
larger, and red when ripe. This flowers a little af-
ter the firſt fort.
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
parts of North America. This riſes with a thick ſtem
from ten to thirty feet high, dividing into many
branches, which have a dark purple bark, and are
garniſhed with oval leaves placed alternately on ſhort
foot-ftalks; they are of a lucid green, and ſlightly
ſawed on their edges, continuing in verdure as late
in the autumn as any of the deciduous trees. The
flowers come out in bunches like thoſe of the ſecond
fort, and are ſucceeded by larger fruit, which is black
when ripe, and is foon devoured by the birds. The
wood of this tree is beautifully veined with black and
white, and will poliſh very ſmooth, fo is frequently
uſed for cabinet work; as is alſo the wood of the
firſt fort, which is much uſed in France, where it is
called, Bois de Sainte-Lucie.
The fourth fort is the common Laurel, which is now
ſo well known as to need no deſcription. This grows
naturally about Trebifond, near the Black Sea, and
was brought to Europe about the year 1576, but is
now become very common, eſpecially in the warmer
parts of Europe.
The fifth fort was brought to England from Portugal,
but whether it is a native of that country, or was in-
troduced there from ſome other country, is hard to
determine. The Portugueze call it Aferaro, or Aze-
rero. This was ſuppoſed to have been but a low
evergreen ſhrub, but by experience we find, that
when it is in a proper foil
, it will grow to a large
ſize. There are at preſent fome of the trees whoſe
trunks are more than a foot diameter, and twelve or
fixteen feet high, which are not of many years ſtand-
ing, and are well furniſhed with branches, which when
young have a reddiſh bark; the leaves are ſhorter
than thoſe of the common Laurel, approaching nearer
to an oval form ; they are of the fame conſiſtence,
and of a lucid green, which mixing with the red
branches, make a beautiful appearance. The flowers
are produced in long looſe ſpikes from the ſide of the
branches; they are white, and ſhaped like thoſe of
the common Laurel, appearing in June, and are
ſucceeded by oval berries ſmaller than thoſe of the
common Laurel ; they are firſt green, afterward red,
and when ripe are black, incloſing a ſtone like the
Cherry
The ſeeds of the ſixth fort were ſent from Carolina,
by the title of Baſtard Mahogany, from the colour of
the wood, which is fomewhat like Mahogony. This
ſeems to be little more than a ſhrub, if we may judge
from its growth here; the ftalk does not riſe more than
three feet high, but ſends out lateral branches, which
ſpreaon every fide,covered with a brown bark, and
gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves near two inches long,
and three quarters of an inch broad, with ſmall acutein-
dentures on the edges; they ſtand alternately upon very
ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are of a lucid green, continuing
their verdure all the year. This has not as yet flowered
in England, ſo I can give no account of it; but by the
ſeeds and deſcription which I received of its flowers,
it belongs to this genus.
This plant will live in the open air here, if it is
planted in a warm ſituation, and ſheltered in ſevere
froſt, to which, if they are expoſed, often deſtroys
them, eſpecially while the plants are young; but when
they have acquired ſtrength, there is no doubt of their
thriving very well in the open ground in ſheltered
ſituations. It may be propagated in the fame man-
ner as the Portugal Laurel from the berries; and if
the branches are laid down they will take root, but
the cuttings will
not grow, ſo far as I have experienced.
The three firſt forts are eaſily propagated, either by
the feeds or layers; when they are propagated by the
ſeeds they ſhould be ſown in the autumn, for if they
are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they feldom
grow till the ſecond year. Theſe may be fown upon
a bed or border of good ground, in the ſame way
as the Cherry-ſtones which are deſigned for ſtocks;
and the young plants may be treated in the fame
manner, planting them out in a nurſery, where they
may ſtand two years to get ſtrength, and then they
may be tranſplanted to the places where they are to
remain. They are uſually intermixed with other
flowering ſhrubs, in wilderneſs work, where they add
to the variety
If they are propagated by layers, the young ſhoots
ſhould be laid down in the autumn, which will have
good roots by that time twelvemonth, when they
may be ſeparated from the old plants, and tranſplanted
into a nurſery for a year or two to get ſtrength, and
may then be removed to the places where they are to
grow.
a
a
9S
The

P A D
PAD
a
و
The third fort will grow to be a very large tree when
it is planted in a moiſt foil, but in dry ground it rarely
riſes to be more than twenty feet high. There have
been ſome plants of late years raiſed from ſeeds which
came from Carolina, which have all the appearance
of the third fort, but are of much humbler growth;
whether this may proceed from their being brought
from a warmer climate, ſo do not agree with the cold
of our winters ſo well as that, or whether they are a
different ſpecies from that, I cannot yet determine,
as they have not produced fruit here.
The Laurel may be eaſily propagated by planting of
the cuttings; the beſt time for doing this is in Sep-
tember, as foon as the autumnal rains fall to moiſten
the ground; the cuttings muſt be the ſame year's
hoots, and if they have a ſmall part of the former
year's wood to their bottom, they will more certainly
ſucceed, and form better roots. Theſe ſhould be
planted in a ſoft loamy foil about fix inches deep,
preſſing the earth cloſe to them. If theſe are proper-
ly planted, and the ground is good, there will few of
the cuttings fail ; and if they are kept clean from
weeds the following ſummer, they will have made
good ſhoots by the following autumn, when they may
be tranſplanted into a nurſery, where they may grow
two years to get ſtrength, and then ſhould be remov-
ed to the places where they are to remain. Theſe
plants were formerly kept in pots and tubs, and pre-
ſerved in green-houſes in winter ; but afterward they
were planted againſt warm walls, to preſerve them,
being frequently injured by ſevere froſt. After this
the plants were trained into pyramids and globes, and
conſtantly kept fheered; by which the broad leaves
were generally cut in the middle, which rendered the
plants very unſightly. Of late years they have been
more properly diſpoſed in gardens, by planting them
to border woods, and the ſides of wilderneſs quarters;
for which purpoſe we have but few plants ſo well
adapted, for it will grow under the drip of trees, in
ſhade or fun; and the branches will ſpread to the
ground, ſo as to form a thicket; and the leaves be-
ing large, and having a fine glofſy green colour, they
ſet
off the woods and other plantations in winter, when
the other trees have caft their leaves, and in ſummer
they make a good contraſt with the green of the other
trees. Theſe trees are ſometimes injured in very
fe-
vere winters, eſpecially where they ſtand ſingle and
are much expoſed; but where they grow in thickets,
and are ſcreened by other trees, they are ſeldom much
hurt; for in thoſe places it is only the young tender
ſhoots which are injured, and there will be new ſhoots
produced immediately below theſe to ſupply their
place, ſo that in one year the damage will be re-
paired. But whenever ſuch ſevere winters happen,
theſe trees ſhould not be cut or pruned till after the
following Midſummer ; by which time it will appear
what branches are dead, which may then be cut away,
to the places where the new ſhoots are produced ; for
by haftily cutting theſe trees in the ſpring, the drying
winds have free ingreſs to the branches, whereby the
fhoots ſuffer as much, if not more, than they had done
by the froſt.
Theſe trees are alſo very ornamental, when they are
mixed with other evergreen trees, in forming of
thickets, or to ſhut out the appearance of diſagreeable
objects; for the leaves being very large, make a very
good blind, and are equally uſeful for ſcreening from
winds ; ſo that when they are planted between flower-
ing-ſhrubs, they may be trained ſo as to fill up the
vacancies in the middle of ſuch plantations; and will
anfwer the purpoſe of ſcreening in the winter, and
ſhutting out the view through the ſhrubs in all fea-
ſons: there are alſo many other purpoſes to which
this tree may be applied, ſo as to render it very or-
namental.
In warmer countries this tree will grow to a large
fize, ſo that in ſome parts of Italy there are large
woods of them ; but we cannot hope to have them
grow to fo large ftems in England; for ſhould theſe
trees be pruned up, in order to form them into ſtems,
the froſt would then become much more hurtful to
them than in the manner they uſually grow, with their
branches to the ground : however, if the trees are
planted pretty cloſe together in large thickets, and
permitted to grow rude, they will defend each other
from the froſt, and they will grow to a conſiderable
height: an inſtance of which is now in that noble
plantation of evergreen trees, made by his Grace the
Duke of Bedford at Wooburn-abbey, where there
is a conſiderable hill covered entirely with Laurels ;
and in the other parts of the fame plantation, there are
great numbers of theſe intermixed with the other ever-
green trees, where they are already grown to a con-
fiderable fize, and make a noble appearance.
There are ſome perſons who propagate theſe trees
from their berries, which is certainly the beſt way to
obtain good plants; for thoſe which come from ſeeds
have a diſpoſition to an upright growth, whereas al-
moſt all thoſe which are raiſed from cuttings or layers,
incline more to an horizontal growth, and produce a
greater number of lateral branches. When any perſon
is defirous to propagate this tree by feeds, the berries
muſt be guarded from the birds, otherwiſe they will
devour thern before they are perfectly ripe, which is
ſeldom earlier than the latter end of September, or the
beginning of October, for they ſhould hang until the
outer pulp is quite black. When theſe berries are
gathered, they ſhould be fown foon after, for when
they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they fre-
quently miſcarry; and there will be no hazard in
lowing them in the autumn, provided they are put
in a dry foil; and if the winter ſhould proye ſevere, che
bed in which they are fown ſhould be covered with
rotten tan, ſtraw, Peas-haulm, or any light covering,
to prevent the froſt from penetrating of the ground.
The beſt way will be to low the berries in rows at
about fix inches diſtance, and one inch afunder in the
rows; if drills are made about three inches deep, and
the berries ſcattered in them, and the earth drawn
over them, it will be a very good method. The fol-
lowing ſpring the plants will appear, when they ſhould
be kept clean from weeds; and if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove dry, if they are duly watered, the plants will
make ſo good progreſs as to be fit for tranſplanting
the following autumn, when they ſhould be carefully
taken up, and planted in a nurſery, placing them in
rows at three feet afunder, and the plants one foot
diftance in the rows. In this nurſery they may re-
main two years, by which time they will be fit to
tranſplant where they are deſigned to remain.
The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting theſe plants is in
the autumn, as ſoon as the rain has prepared the
ground for planting; for although they often grow
when removed in the ſpring, yet thoſe do not take
ſo well, nor make ſo good progreſs as thoſe which are
removed in the autumn, eſpecially if the plants are
taken from a light foil, which generally falls away
from their roots ; but if they are taken up with balls
of earth to their roots, and removed but a finall
diſtance, there will be no danger of tranſplanting
them in the ſpring, provided it is done before they
begin to ſhoot; for as the plants will ſhoot very early
in the ſpring, ſo if they are removed after thay have
fhot, the ſhoots will decay, and many times the plants
entirely fail.
There are ſome perfons who, of late, have baniſhed
theſe plants from their gardens, as ſuppoſing them
poffeſfed of a poifonous quality, becauſe the diſtilled
water has proved ſo in many inſtances; but however
the diftilled water may have been found deſtructive to
animals, yet from numberleſs experiments which
have been made both of the leaves and fruit, it hath
not appeared that there is the leaſt hurtful quality in
either; ſo that the whole muſt be owing to the oil,
which may be carried over in diſtillation.
The berries have been long uſed to put into brandy,
to make a ſort of ratafia, and the leaves have allo
been put into cuſtards, to give them an agreeable
flavour; and although theſe have been for many years
much uſed, yet there hath been no one inſtance/of
a
j
3
fo
a
their

Ρ Α Ο
Ρ ΑΟ
3
a
them any
their having done the leaſt injury; and as to the ber- oval and ſpear-ſhaped. Peonia folio nigricante fpleni
ries, I have known them eaten in great quantities dido, quæ mas. C. B. P. 323. Peony with dark faining
without prejudice.
leaves, otherwiſe male Peony.
There are ſome perſons who have grafted the Laurel 2. PÆONIA (Fæminea) foliis difformiter lobatis. Haller.
upon Cherry ſtocks, with deſign to enlarge the trees, Helvet. 311. Peony with difformied lobated leaves. Pæ-
but although they will take very well upon each other, onia communis, vel fæmina. C. B. P. 323. Common
yet they feldom make much progreſs when either the or female Peorzy.
Laurel is grafted on the Cherry, or the Cherry upon 3. PÆONIA (Peregrina) foliis difformiter lobatis, lobis in-
the Laurel ; ſo that it is only a thing of curioſity, at- ciſis, petalis florum rotundioribus. Peony with dif-
tended with no real uſe: and I would recommend to formed lobated leaves which are cut, and rounder petals to
perſons who have this curioſity, to graft the Laurel the flower. Pæonia peregrina, flore ſaturate rubente.
upon the Corniſh Cherry, rather than any other fort C. B. P. 324. Foreign Peony with a deep red flower.
of ſtock, becauſe the graft will unite better with this ; 4. PÆNIA (Hirſuta) foliis lobatis, lobis lanceolatis in-
and as it is a regular tree and grows large, ſo it will tegerrimis. Peony with lobated leaves, whoſe lobes are
better anſwer the purpoſe of producing large trees. Spear-ſhaped and entire. Peonia fæmina flore pleno
The Portugal Laurel may be propagated in the fame rubro majore. C. B. P. 324. Female Peony with a lar-
way as the common Laurel, either by cuttings, lay- ger double red flower.
ers, or ſeeds. If the cuttings are planted at the ſame 5. PÆONIA (Tartorica) foliis difformiter lobatis pube-
ſeaſon, and in the ſame way as hath been directed for fcentibus. Tab. 199. Peony with difformed lobated leaves,
the common Laurel, they will take root very freely ; which are downy.
or if the young branches are laid in the autumn, 6. PÆONIA (Luhtanica) foliis lobatis, lobis ovatis in-
they will take root in one year, and may then be re- fernè incanis. Peony with lobated leaves, whoſe lobes
moved into a nurſery, where they may grow a year are oval and boary on their under ſide. Pæonia Luſita-
or two get ſtrength, and then tranſplanted where they nica, fore ſimplici odoro. Juff. Peony of Portugal with
are to remain.
a ſingle ſweet flower.
But although both theſe methods are very expeditious The firſt fort here enumerated, is the common male
for the propagating theſe plants, yet I would recom-
I
Peony, which grows naturally in the woods on the
mend the railing them from the berries, eſpecially Helvetian mountains. The root of this is compoſed
where they are deſigned for tall ſtandards ; for the of ſeveral oblong knobs, ſhaped like the dugs of a
plants which are propagated by cuttings and layers, cow, which hang by ftrings, faſtened to the main
put out more lateral branches and become buſhy, but head ; the ſtalks riſe about two feet and a half high,
are not ſo well inclined to grow upright, as thoſe which are garniſhed with leaves compoſed of ſeveral
which come from feeds : and as there are now many oval lobes, ſome of which are cut into two or three
trees in the Engliſh gardens which produce plenty of ſegments, they are of a lucid green on their upper
berries every year, ſo if they are guarded from birds ſide, but are hoary on their under. The ſtalks are
till they are ripe, there may be a ſupply of them fuf- terminated by large ſingle flowers, compoſed of five
ficient to raiſe plants enough without propagating or ſix large roundith red petals, incloſing a great num-
other
way.
Theſe berries muſt be fown in ber of ftamina, terminated by oblong yellow ſum-
the autumn, and treated in the ſame way as the com- mits. In the center is ſituated two, three, or fome-
mon Laurel.
times five germen, which join together at their baſe;
This tree delights in a gentle loamy foil, which is they are covered with a whitiſh hairy down; theſe af-
not too wet nor over dry, though it will grow upon terward ſpread afunder, and open longitudinally, ex-
almoſt any ſoil : but the plants do not make ſo great poſing the roundiſh feeds, which are firſt red, then
progreſs, nor appear ſo beautiful, when planted in purple, and when perfectly ripe turn black. The
a very dry ſoil, or in ground that is too wet. The
flowers appear in May, and the feeds ripen in the
time of tranſplanting this, is the ſame as for the com-
mon Laurel.
There is one variety of this with pale, and another
This tree is much hardier than the common Laurel, with white flowers, as alſo one whoſe leaves have
for in the ſevere froſt of the year 1740, when great larger lobes; but as theſe are generally ſuppoſed to
numbers of Laurels were entirely killed, and moſt of be only ſeminal variations, ſo I have not enumerated
them loſt their verdure, this remained unhurt in per- them here.
fect verdure, which renders it more valuable; and as The ſecond fort is called the female Peony; the roots
by the appearance of ſome trees now growing in the of this are compoſed of ſeveral rourdiſh thick knobs
gardens, they ſeem as if they will grow to a large or tubers, which hang below each other, faſtened
ſize, ſo it is likely to be one of the moſt ornamental with ſtrings; the ſtalks are green, and riſe about
evergreens we have.
the ſame height as the former ; theſe are garniſhed with
PÆONIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 273. tab. 146. Lin. leaves, compoſed of ſeveral unequal lobes, which
Gen. Plant. 600. [ſo called from Pæon the phyſician, are variouſly cut into many ſegments; they are of a
becauſe he is ſaid to have cured Pluto, when wounded paler green than thoſe of the firſt, and are hairy on
by Hercules, with this herb.] The Peony; in French, their under ſide; the flowers are ſmaller, and of a
Pivoine.
deeper purple colour. It flowers at the ſame time as
The CHARACTERS are,
the firſt.
The flower has a permanent empalement, compoſed of There are ſeveral varieties of this fort with double
five concave reflexed leaves, unequal in ſize and poſition. flowers, which are cultivated in the Engliſh gardens ;
The flower hath five large, roundiſh, concave petals which theſe differ in the ſize and colour of their flowers, but
Spread open, and a great number of ſhort hairy ftamina, are ſuppoſed to have been accidentally obtained from
terminated by large, oblong, four-cornered ſummits, with feeds.
two, three, or four oval, erect, hairy germen in the cen- The third ſort grows naturally in the Levant; the
ter, having no ſtyles, but have oblong, compreſſed, obtuſe, roots of this are compoſed of roundiſh knobs like
coloured ſtigmas. The germen afterward become ſo many thoſe of the ſecond fort, as are alſo the leaves, but are
oval, oblong, reflexed, hairy capſules, having one cell, of a thicker ſubſtance; the ſtalks do not riſe fo high,
open longitudinally, containing ſeveral oval, ſhining, co- and the flowers have a greater number of petals. This
loured ſeeds, fixed to the furrow.
flowers a little after the other. The large double pur-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ple Peony, I ſuſpect is a variety of this fort.
I
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe The fourth fort hath roots like the ſecond, the ſtalks
plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina and two ger- are taller, and of a purpliſh colour; the leaves are
men or ſtyles.
much longer, the lobes are ſpear-ſhaped and entire;
The SPECIES are,
the flowers are large, and of a deep red colour. This
1. PÆONIA (Maſcula) foliis lobatis ex ovato-lanceolatis. flowers at the ſame time as the two firſt forts.
Haller. Helv: 311. Peony with lobated leaves which are
The
autumn.
a
a

PÆ O
P AL
a
3
The feeds of the fifth fort were brought from the fome freth rich earth over the beds about an inch
Levant, and from them there were plants raiſed, which thick, and conſtantly to keep them clear from weeds.
produced ſingle, and others with double flowers, of When you tranſplant them, (which ſhould be done in
the ſame ſhape, fize, and colour. The roots of September) you must prepare fome beds of fresh light
theſe are compoſed of oblong fleſhy tubers or knobs ; earth, which ſhould be dug, and well cleaned from
they are of a pale colour, and hang by ſtrings like the the roots of all noxious weeds; then plant the roots
other ſpecies. The Italks riſe about two feet high, therein fix inches alunder, and about three inches
which are of a pale green, and are garniſhed with deep. In theſe beds they may remain until they
leaves compoſed of ſeveral lobes, which are irregular flower, after which they may be tranſplanted where
in ſhape and ſize, ſome of them having but fix, and you deſign they ſhould grow. It is very probable
others have eight or ten ſpear-ſhaped lobes; theſe are there may be ſome varieties obtained from the ſeeds
fome cut into two, fome three ſegments, and others
,
of theſe plants, as is common in moſt other flowers,
are entire; they are of a pale green, and are downy ſo that thoſe which produce beautiful Aowers, may be
on their under fide. The ſtalks are terminated by placed in the flower-garden, but ſuch as continue
one flower of a bright red colour, a little leſs than that ſingle or ill coloured, may be planted in beds to pro-
of the female Peony, and have fewer petals; they pagate for medicinal uſe.
have a great number of ſtamina, and ſometimes two, The Portugal Peony may alſo be propagated either
at others three germen, like thoſe of the female Pe- by feeds, or parting the roots, in the ſame manner
ony, but ſhorter and whiter. This flowers a little as the other forts, but ſhould have a lighter foil and a
later than the common Peony.
warmer ſituation. The flowers of this kind are ſingle,
The feeds of the fixth fort were ſent to the Chelſea but ſmell very ſweet, which renders it worthy of a
Garden by Dr. de Juſſieu, who brought them from place in every good garden.
Portugal, where the plants grow naturally. The PÀLIURUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 616. tab. 387.
root of this ſort is not compoſed of roundiſh tubers Rhamnus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. Chriſt's Thorn.
or knobs, but hath two or three long, taper, forked
The CHARACTERS are,
fangs like fingers. The ſtalk riſes little more than a The flower has no empalement. It hath five petals which
foot high, and is garniſhed with leaves compoſed of are ranged circularly, and end in acute points. It hath
three or four oval lobes, of a pale colour on their up- five ſtamina, which are inſerted in the ſcales under the
per fide, and hoary on their under ; the ſtalk is ter- petals, terminated by ſmall ſummits, and a roundiſh trifid
minated by a ſingle flower, which is of a bright red germen, ſupporting three ſhort ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe-
colour, ſmaller than either of the former, and an agree- stigmas. The germen afterward becomes a buckler-ſhaped
.
.
able ſweet ſcent. This flowers about the ſame time nut divided into three cells, each containing one ſeed.
with the common fort.
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus joined to
The firſt of theſe forts is chiefly propagated for the the Rhamnus, which is ranged in the firſt section
roots, which are uſed in medicine ; for the flowers of his fifth claſs, in which are placed thoſe plants
being ſingle, do not afford near fo much pleaſure as whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle; but
thoſe with double flowers, nor will they abide near as the flowers of this have three ſtyles, ſo it fhould
ſo long in beauty
be ranged in his third ſection.
All the forts with double flowers are preſerved in cu- We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
rious gardens for the beauty of their flowers, which, PALIURUS (Spina Chriſti.) Dod. Pempt. 848. Chriſt's
when intermixed with other large growing plants in Thorn. Rhamnus aculeis geminatis, inferiore reffexo,
the borders of large gardens, will add to the variety; floribus trigynis. Hort. Cliff
. 69. Prickiy Buckthorn
and the flowers are very ornamental in baſons or with double thorns, the under ones of which are reflexed,
fower-pots, when placed in rooms.
and flowers containing three germina.
They are all extremely hardy, and will grow in al- This plant grows naturally in the hedges in Palef-
moſt any foil or ſituation, which renders them more tine ; it riſes with a pliant ſhrubby ſtalk to the height
valuable ; for they will thrive under the ſhade of of eight or ten feet, fending out many weak flender
trees, and in ſuch places they will continue much branches,garniſhed with oval leaves placed alternately,
longer in beauty.
ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks near one inch long; theſe
They are propagated by parting their roots, which have three longitudinal veins, and are of a pale green.
multiply very faſt. The beſt ſeafon for tranſplanting The flowers come out at the wings of the ſtalk in
them is toward the latter end of Auguſt, or the begin- cluſters, almoſt the length of the young branches;
ning of September; for if they are removed after they are of a greenish yellow colour, and appear in
their roots have ſhot out new fibres, they ſeldom June, and are ſucceeded by broad, roundiſh, buckler-
flower ſtrong the ſucceeding ſummer.
ſhaped ſeed-veſſels, which have borders like the brims
In parting theſe roots, you ſhould always obſerve to of a hat, the foot-ſtalks being faſtened to the middle;
preſerve a bud upon the crown of each offset, other- theſe have three cells, each containing one feed.
wiſe they will come to nothing; nor ſhould you di- This is by many perſons ſuppoſed to be the plant,
vide the roots too ſmall (eſpecially if you have re- from which the crown of thorns which was put upon
gard to their blowing the following year) for when the head of our Saviour, was compoſed; the truth of
their offsets are weak, they many times do not flower which is ſupported by many travellers of credit, who
the ſucceeding ſummer, or at leaſt produce but one affirm that this is one of the moft common Ihrubs in
flower upon each root: but where you would multi- the country of Judæa; and from the pliableneſs of
ply them in quantities, you may divide them as ſmall its branches, which may eaſily be wrought into any
as you pleaſe, provided there be a bud to each offset ; figure, it may afford a probability.
but then they ſhould be planted in a nurſery-bed for This ſhrub grows wild in moſt parts of the Levant,
a ſeaſon or two to get ſtrength, before they are placed as alſo in Italy, Spain, Portugal, and the ſouth of
in the flower-garden.
France, eſpecially near Montpelier, from whence
The ſingle forts may be propagated from ſeeds (which their feeds may be procured, for they do not ripen
they generally produce in large quantities, where the in England. Theſe feeds ſhould be fown as ſoon as
flowers are permitted to remain) which ſhould be poſſible after they arrive, on a bed of light earth,
ſown in the autumn foon after they are ripe, upon a and the plants will come up the following ſpring;
bed of light freſh earth, covering them over about but when the feeds are kept out of the ground till
half an inch thick with the ſame light earth. The {pring, they will not come up till the next year,
ſpring following the plants will come up, when they and
often fail; therefore it is much the beſt
ſhould be carefully cleared from weeds, and in very way to fow them in the autumn. Theſe feedling plants
dry weather refreihed with water, which will greatly may be tranſplanted the following ſeaſon into a nur-
forward their growth. In this bed they ſhould re- ſery to get ſtrength, before they are planted out for
main two years before they are tranſplanted, obſerving good
in autumn, when the leaves are decayed, to ſpread
very
a

PAL
PAL
a
و
و
It may alſo be propagated by laying down its tena prickly foot-ſtalks to the leaves, and a yellow, Pluma
der branches in the ſpring of the year, which if care- shaped, oily fruit, commonly called oily Palm-tree.
fully ſupplied with water in dry weather, will take 7. PALMA (Prunifera) frondibus pinnato-paimaris pli-
root in a year's time, and may then be taken off catis, caudice ſquamato. Palm-tree with band-ſhaped
from the old plant, and tranſplanted where they are winged leaves which are plaited, and a ſcaly ſtalk. Pal-
to remain.
ma Brafilienfis prunifera, folio plicatili feu flabel-
The beſt time for tranſplanting this plant is in au- liformi, caudici ſquamato. Rani Hift. 1368. Plum-
tumn, foon after the leaves decay, or the beginning bearing Palm-tree of the Brafils, with a plaited or
of April, juſt before it begins to ſhoot, obſerving to fan-ſhaped leaf, and a ſcaly ſtalk, called Palmetto or
lay fome mulch upon the ground about their roots to Thatch.
prevent them from drying, as alſo to refreſh them 8. PALMA (Polypodifolia) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis li-
now and then with a little water until they have taken neari-lanceolatis, petiolis fpinofis. Hort. Cliff
. 482.
freſh root, after which they will require but very little Palm-tree with winged leaves, whoſe lobes are linearly
care. They are very hardy, and will grow to be ten Spear-ſhaped, and prickly foot-ftalks. Palma Japonica,
or twelve feet high, if planted in a dry foil and a fpinofis pediculis, polypodii folio. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
warm ſituation. There is little beauty in this plant, 170. Palm-tree of Japan with prickly foot-ſtalks, and a
but it is kept in gardens as a curioſity,
Polypody leaf, or the Sago-tree.
PALMA. Plum. Gen. 1. Raii Meth. Plant. 135. 9. PALMA (Pumila) fructu clavato polypyreno. Trew.
The Palm-tree.
Dec. tab. 26. Palm-tree with a club-Maped fruit con-
The CHARACTERS are,
taining many feeds. Palma Americana foliis polygo-
It hath male and female flowers in ſome ſpecies on the nati brevioribus, læviter ferratis, & nonnihil fpinofis,
fame plant, and in others on different plants; the empa- trunco craffo. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 103. fig. 2. & tab.
lement of the male flowers are divided into three parts
. 309. fig. 5. American Palm-tree, with ſhorter Solomon's
The flowers of ſome Species have three petals, and sex Seal leaves which are -lightly ſawed and somewhat
Stamina terminated by oblong ſummits, with an obſolete prickly, with a thick trunk.
germen, ſupporting three ſhort ſtyles, crowned by acute 10. PALMA (Americana) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis lan-
ſtigmas ; theſe are barren. The female flowers have a ceolatis plicatis geminatis ſparſis. Palm-tree with wing-
common ſneath, but no empalement; they have six ſhort ed leaves, whoſe lobes are Spear-ſhaped, plaited, and come
petals, and an oval germen fitting upon an awl-ſhaped out by pairs from one point, ſtanding thinly along the mid-
Style, crowned by a trifid ſtigma. The germen afterward rib. Palma altiffima, non ſpinoſa, fructu oblongo.
becomes a fruit of various forms and ſizes in different Houſt. MSS. Talleſt Polm-tree having no prickles, and
Species.
bearing an oblong fruit.
Mr. Ray ranges this genus in the front of his trees II. PALMA (Draco) foliis fimplicibus enſiformibus inte-
and ſhrubs, which have male flowers at remote dif- gerrimis faccidis. Palm-tree with ſingle, ſword-ſhaped,
tances from the fruit, ſometimes on the fame, and at entire flaccid leaves. Palma prunifera foliis yuccæ, ,
others on different trees. Dr. Linnæus has ſeparated fructu in racemis congeftis ceraſi formi, duro, cine-
the ſpecies under the following genera, Chamærops, reo, pifi magnitudine, cujus lacryma ſanguis draco-
Boraflus, Corypha, Cocos, Phenix, Areca, and nis eſt dicta. Com. Cat. Amft. Plum-bearing Palm-
Elate, ranging them in his Appendix.
tree, with leaves like thoſe of the Yucca, and fruit ga-
The SPECIES are,
thered in long bunches, which are Cherry-ſhaped, Aſh-
1. PALMA (DaEtylifera) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis an- coloured, hard, and the ſize of Peas, whoſe tears are
guftioribus aculeis terminalibus. Palm-tree with wing- called Dragons Blood, commonly called Dragon-tree.
ed leaves, whoſe lobes are narrow, terminated by Spines. The firſt fort here mentioned is the common Date-
Palma major. C.B. P. 506. The greater Palm or Date- tree, which grows plentifully in Africa, and ſome of
the eaſtern countries, from whence the fruit is brought
2. PALMA (Cocos) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis replicatis, to England. This rifes to a great height in the warm
fpadicibus alaribus, fructu maximo anguloſo. Palm- countries; the ſtalks are generally full of rugged
tree with winged leaves, whoſe lobes are folded back, knots, which are the veſtiges of the decayed leaves,
foot-ſtalks proceeding from the ſides of the branches, and a for the trunks of theſe trees are not ſolid like other
large angular fruit. Palma Indica, coccifera, angu- trees, but the center is filled with pith, round which
lofa. C. B. P. 502. Indian Palm-tree having an angular is a tough bark full of ſtrong fibres while young, but
fruit, commonly called Cocoa-nut.
as the trees grow old, ſo this bark hardens and be-
3. PALMA (Spinoſa) frondibus pinnatis, ubique aculea- comes ligneous; to this bark the leaves are cloſely
tis, aculeis nigricantibus fructu majore. Palm-tree joined, which in the center rife erect, being cloſely
with winged leaves, which are every where armed with folded or plaited together, but after they are advan-
black ſpines, and bearing a larger fruit. Palma to- ced above the vagina which ſurrounds them, they ex-
ta ſpinoſa major, fructu pruniformi. Sloan. Cat. pand very wide on every fide the ſtem, and, as the
Jam. 177. Greater Palm-tree which is all over prickly, older leaves decay, the ſtalk advances in height. The
and a Plum-ſhaped fruit, commonly called great Ma- leaves of theſe trees, when grown to a fize for bear-
ing fruit, are fix or eight feet long, and may be term-
4. PALMA (Altiffima) frondibus pinnatis, caudice æqua- ed branches; (for the trees have no other) theſe have
li, fructu minore. Palm-tree with winged leaves, an narrow long leaves (or pinnæ) ſet on alternately their
equal trunk, and a ſmaller fruit. Palma altiffima non whole length. The ſmall leaves or lobes are toward
ſpinoſa, fructu pruniformi minore racemoſo ſparſo. the baſe three feet long, and little more than one
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 176. The talleſt Palm-tree having no inch broad; they are cloſely folded together when
Ipines, and a ſmaller Plum-ſhaped fruit, growing in they firft appear, and are wrapped round by brown
long bunches ſcatteringly, commonly called the Cabbage- fibres or threads, which fall off as the leaves advance,
making way for them to expand; theſe never open
5. PALMA (Gracili) frondibus pinnatis, caudice tereti flat, but are hollow like the keel of a boat, with a
aculeato, fructu minore. Palm-tree with winged leaves, ſharp ridge on their backſide; they are very ſtiff,
a toper prickly ſtalk, and a ſmaller fruit. Palma ſpinoſa and, when young, of a bright green, ending with a
minor, caudice gracili, fructu pruniformi, minimo ſharp black fpine. Theſe trees have male flowers
rubro. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 178. Smaller prickly Palm-tree on different plants from thoſe which produce the fruit,
with a ſlender ſtalk, and the leaſt, red, Plum-ſhaped fruit, and there is a neceſſity for fome of the male trees to
called Prickly Pole.
grow near the female trees to render them fruitful;
6. PALMA (Oleofa) frondibus pinnatis, foliolis lineari- or, at leaſt, to impregnate the ovary of the feed,
bus planis, ftipitibus fpinofis. Palm-tree with winged without which the ſtones, which are taken out of the
leaves, having narrow plain lobes, and prickly midribs. fruit, will not grow. Moſt of the old authors, who
Palma foliorum pediculis fpinofis, fructu pruniformi have mentioned theſe trees, affirm, that unleſs the
luteo oleoſo. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 175. Palm-tree with female or fruit-bearing Palm-trees have the affiftance
tree.
caw-irce.
17ee.
97
of

P A L
PAL ,
a
a
a
of the male, they are barren; therefore in ſuch
places where there are no male trees near the female,
the inhabitants cut off the bunches of male flowers
when they are juſt opened, and carry them to the
female trees, placing them on the branches near the
female flowers to impregnate them ; which, they all
agree, has the deſired effect, rendering the trees fruit-
ful, which would otherwiſe have been barren. Pere
Labat in his account of America, mentions a ſingle
tree of this kind, growing near a convent in the iſland
of Martinico, which produced a great quantity of
fruit, which came to maturity enough for eating ;
but, as there was no other tree of this kind in the
iſland they were deſirous to propagate it, and accord-
inly planted great numbers of the ſtones for ſeveral
years, but not one of them grew; therefore after
having made ſeveral trials without ſucceſs, they were
obliged to ſend to Africa, where theſe plants grew in
plenty, for fome of the fruit; the ſtones of which
they planted, and raiſed many of the plants. He then
conjectures, that the fingle tree before-mentioned,
might be probably ſo far impregnated by ſome neigh-
bouring Palm-trees of other ſpecies, as to render it ca-
pable of ripening the fruit, but not ſufficient to make
the feeds prolific, as is the caſe when animals of dif-
ferent kinds copulate.
The flowers of both ſexes come out in very long
bunches from the trunk between the leaves, and are
covered with a ſpatha, (or ſheath) which opens and
withers; thoſe of the male have fix ſhort ſtamina, with
narrow four-cornered ſummits filled with farina. The
female flowers have no ftamina, but have a roundiſh
germen, which afterward becomes an oval berry,
with a thick pulp incloſing a hard oblong ſtone, with
a deep furrow running longitudinally. The bunches
of fruit are ſometimes very large.
This ſpecies of Palm is by Dr. Linnæus titled Phe-
nix, which is the Greek name of it, and he makes it
a diſtinct genus. There are ſome varieties, if not
different ſpecies of this tree, in the warm countries;
but as we cannot expect to ſee the trees in perfection
in our country, it is not likely we ſhall come to any
certainty how they differ from each other.
Theſe plants may be eaſily produced from the ſeeds
taken out of the fruit, (provided they are freſh)
which ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light rich
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tan-
ners bark, which ſhould be kept in a moderate tem-
perature of heat, and the earth frequently refreſhed
with water
When the plants are come up, they ſhould be each
planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with the ſame
light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed again,
obſerving to refreſh them
with water, as alſo to let
them have air in proportion to the warmth of the
ſeaſon, and the bed in which they are placed. Dur-
ing the ſummer time they ſhould remain in the ſame
hot-bed, but in the beginning of Auguſt you ſhould
let them have a great ſhare of air to harden them
againſt the approach of winter; for if they are too
much forced, they will be fo tender as not to be
pre-
ſerved through the winter without much difficulty,
eſpecially if you have not the conveniency of a bark-
ſtove to keep them in.
The beginning of October you muſt remove the plants
into the ſtove, placing them where they may have a
moderate ſhare of heat (theſe being ſomewhat ten-
derer, while young, than after they have acquired
ſome ſtrength ;) though indeed they may be ſome-
times preſerved alive in a cooler fituation, yet their
progreſs would be ſo much retarded, as not to reco-
ver their vigour the ſucceeding ſummer. Nor is it
worth the trouble of raiſing theſe plants from feeds,
where a perſon has not the conveniency of a ſtove to
forward their growth; for where this is wanting, they
will not grow to any tolerable fize in twenty years.
Whenever theſe plants are removed, (which ſhould
be done once a year) you muſt be very careful not to
cut or injure their large roots, which is very hurtful
to them; but you ſhould clear off all the ſmall fibres
which are inclinable to mouldineſs, for if theſe are
left on, they will in time decay, and hinder the freſh
fibres from coming out, which will greatly retard the
growth of the plants.
The foil in which theſe plants ſhould be placed,
muſt be compoſed in the following manner, viz. half
of light freſh earth taken from a paſture ground, the
other half fea-fand, and rotten dung or tanners bark,
in equal proportion; theſe ſhould be carefully mixed,
and laid in a heap three or four months at leaſt before
it is uſed, but ſhould be often turned over to prevent
the growth of weeds and to ſweeten the earth.
You ſhould alſo obſerve to allow them pots proporti-
onable to the ſizes of the plants ; but you muſt never
let them be too large, which is of worſe conſequence
than if they are too ſmall. During the ſummer ſea-
ſon they ſhould be frequently refreſhed with water,
but you muſt be careful not to give it in too great
quantities, and in winter they muſt be now and then
refreſhed, eſpecially if they are placed in a warm
ftove, otherwiſe they will require very little water at
that feaſon.
Theſe plants are very now growers, even in their na-
tive countries, notwithſtanding they arrive to a great
magnitude; for it has been often obſerved by feveral
of the old inhabitants of thoſe countries, that the
plants of ſome of theſe kinds have not advanced two
feet in height in ten years; fo that when they are
brought into theſe countries, it cannot be expected
they ſhould advance very faſt, eſpecially where there
is not due care taken to preſerve them warm in win-
ter. But however flow of growth theſe plants are in
their native countries, yet they may be with us greatly
forwarded, by placing the pots into a hot-bed of tan-
ners bark, which ſhould be renewed as often as is ne-
ceffary, and the plants always preſerved therein both
winter and ſummer, obſerving to ſhift them into
larger pots as they advance in growth, as alſo to fup-
ply them with water properly, with which manage-
ment I have had ſeveral of them come on very faſt;
for I obſerve the roots of theſe plants are very apt to
root into the bark, if their pots remain a confi-
derable time without ſhifting, where they meet with
a gentle warmth, and the moiſture ariſing from the
fermentation of the bark doth preſerve their fibres
plump and vigorous; but although the leaves grow
tall in a few years with this management, yet it is
long before the plants come to have any ſtems. There
are plants now in the Chelſea Garden, whoſe leaves are
feven feet long, which were raiſed from feeds more
than twenty years ago, and their ftems are not two
feet high, ſome of which have produced ſmall bunches
of male flowers.
The ſecond fort here mentioned, is the Cocca-nut,
whoſe fruit are frequently brought to England, fome
of which are of a large ſize. The branches of this
tree are winged like thoſe of the former, but the
ſmall leaves or lobes are three times as broad; they
open flat, their borders fold backward, and are of a
lighter green than thoſe of the firſt fort. The whole
leaf (or branch) is often twelve or fourteen feet long;
the male flowers grow in different parts of the fame
tree with the fruit, proceeding from the trunk between
the leaves, they are diſpoſed in long bunches, as are
alſo the female, the nuts growing in very large cluſters,
which are covered with a thick fibrous coat adhering
cloſely to them. The nuts are large, oval, and have
three holes in the ſhell at the top , the kernel is firm,
white within, and the ſhell contains a quantity of pale
juice, which is called the milk.
The Cocoa-nut is cultivated in moſt of the inhabited
parts of the Eaſt and Weft-Indies, but is ſuppoſed a
native of the Maldives, and the deſert iſlands of the
Eaſt-Indies, from whence it is ſuppoſed it hath been
tranſported to all the warm parts of America; for it
is not found in any of the inland parts, nor any where
far diftant from ſettlements. It is one of the moſt
uſeful trees to the inhabitants of America, who have
many of the common neceflaries of life from it. The
bark of the tree is made into cordage, the ihell of the
a
a
4
nut

PAL
PAL
3
3
3
nut into drinking bowls, the kernel of the nut affords
them a wholſome food, and the milk contained in the
ſhell a cooling liquor. The leaves of the trees are
uſed for thatching their houſes, and are alſo wrought
into bakets, and moſt other things which are made of
Ofiers in Europe.
This cree is propagated by planting of the nuts, which
in fix weeks or two months after planting will come
up, provided they are freſh and thoroughly ripe,
which is what few of them are which are brought to
England, for they always gather them before they
are ripe, that they may keep during their paffage; fo
that the beſt way to bring nuts into England for
planting, would be to take fuch of them as are fully
ripe, and put them in dry fand in a tub, where the
vermin may not come to them; and theſe will often
ſprout in their paſſage, which will be an advantage,
becauſe then they may be immediately planted into
pots of earth, and plunged into the bark-bed.
Theſe plants, in the hot iſlands of America, make
conſiderable progreſs in their growth, in which places
there are ſome trees of very great magnitude; but in
Europe it is of much flower growth, being many years
before it advances to any conſiderable height; but as
the young leaves of this plant are pretty large, they
make a good appearance amongſt other tender exotic
plants in two or three years time. This plant is pre-
ſerved in ſome curious gardens in England for variety,
where it muſt be placed in the bark-ſtove, and ma-
naged as hath been directed for the other kind of
Palm; obſerving, as often as they are tranſplanted,
not to cut their ſtrong roots, which is generally death
to moſt of the Palm kind. Theſe plants muſt not be
too much confined in their roots, for if they are, they
will make but little progreſs; therefore, when the
young plants have filled the pots with their roots,
they ſhould be ſhifted into tubs of a moderate fize,
that their roots may have room to extend ; but theſe
tubs muſt be kept conſtantly plunged into the bark-
bed, otherwiſe the plants will not thrive. The me-
thod of raiſing theſe plants from the nuts, when they
are planted before they have ſprouted, is fully de-
ſcribed under the article of raiſing exotic ſeeds; to
which the reader is deſired to turn, to avoid repetition.
The third fort is commonly called Macaw-tree by the
inhabitants of the Britiſh Inands in America, this
riſes to the height of thirty or forty feet. The item
is generally larger toward the top than at bottom;
the branches (or rather the leaves) are winged; the
ſmall leaves or lobes are long and very broad ; the
ſtalk and leaves are ſtrongly armed with black ſpines
of various ſizes in every part; the male and female
flowers are on the ſame tree, coming out in the ſame
manner as the Cocoa-nut. The fruit is about the
ſize of a middling Apple, and is incloſed in a very
hard fhell.
The Macaw-tree is very common in the Caribbee
INands, where the negroes pierce the tender fruit,
from whence flows out a pleaſant liquor, of which
they are very fond; and the body of the tree affords a
folid timber, with which they make javelins, arrows,
&c. and is by fome ſuppoſed to be a fort of Ebony.
This tree grows very flow, and requires to be kept
warm in winter.
The fourth fort is commonly called Cabbage-tree in
the Weft-Indies; this riſes to a very great height in
the countries where it grows naturally. Ligon in his
Hiſtory of Barbadces fays, there were then ſome of
theſe growing there, which were more than two hun-
dred feet high, and that he was informed they were
a hundred years growing to maturity, ſo as to pro-
duce feeds. The ſtalks of theſe trees are ſeldom
larger than a man's thigh; they are ſmoother than
thoſe of moſt other forts, for the leaves naturally fall
off entire from them, and only leave the veſtigia or
marks where they have grown. Theſe leaves (or
branches) are twelve or fourteen feet long; the ſmall
leaves or lobes are about a foot long, and half an inch
broad, with ſeveral longitudinal plaits or furrows end-
ing in ſoft acute points, theſe are not fo ftiff as thoſe
of the firſt fort, and are placed alternately. The
flowers come out in long loote bunches below the
leaves ; theſe branch out into many looſe ſtrings, and
,
are near four feet long, upon which the flowers are
thinly placed. The female flowers are ſucceeded by
fruit about the fize of a Hazel nut, having a yellow-
iſh ſkin, fitting cloſe to the itrings of the principal
foot-ſtalk.
As the inner leaves of this encompaſs the future buds
more remarkably than moſt of the other ſpecies, ſo it
is diſtinguiſhed by this appellation of Cabbage-tree;
for the center ſhoots, before they are expoſed to the
air, are white and very tender, like moſt other plants
which are blanched; and this is the part which is cut
out and eaten by the inhabitants, and is frequently
pickled and ſent to England by the title of Cabbage;
but whenever theſe ſhoots are cut out, the plants de
cay, and never after thrive; ſo that it deſtroys the
plants, which is the reaſon that few of the trees are
now to be found in any of the iſlands near ſettlements,
and thoſe are left for ornament.
The fifth fort is commonly called Prickly Pole in
Jamaica, where it naturally grows. Theſe trees are
commonly found in thickets, where a great number
of them are cloſe together. Their ſtalks are ſlender,
ſeldom more than five or fix inches diameter, but riſe
to the height of forty feet, and are cloſely armed with
long thorns. The leaves are placed circularly on the
top, (as in moſt of the ſpecies.) Theſe are winged,
but the lobes are ſhorter and greener than thoſe of
the other forts, and are cloſely armed with thorns.
The flowers come out in the ſame manner as thoſe of
the Cocoa-nut, upon long branching foot-ſtalks ;
they are larger than the largeſt gray Peas, flatted at
the top, and are covered with a red ſkin. The inha-
bitants of Jamaica make rammers and rods for ſcower-
ing of guns, of the ſtems of theſe trees, which are
very tough and pliable, but there is no uſe made of
any other part, ſo far as I can learn.
The ſixth fort is called in the Weſt-Indies the Oily
Palm, and by fome Negroes Oil, for the fruit of this
tree was firſt carried from Africa to America by the
negroes. It grows in great plenty on the coaſt of
Guinea, and alſo in the Cape de Verd Iſlands, but
was not in any of our American colonies till it was
carried there ; but now the trees are in plenty in moſt
of the iſlands, where the negroes are careful to propa-
The branches, (or rather the leaves) of this tree, are
winged; the ſmall leaves or lobes, are long, narrow,
and not fo ftiff as moſt of the other forts, the foot-
ſtalks of the leaves are broad at their baſe, where they
embrace the ftem, diminiſhing gradually upward, and
are armed with ſtrong, blunt, yellowiſh thorns, which
are largeſt at their baſe. The flowers come out at the
top of the ſtem between the leaves; ſome bunches
have only male flowers, others have female ; the lat-
ter are ſucceeded by oval berries, bigger than thoſe
of the largeſt Spaniſh Olives, but of the ſame ſhape;'
theſe grow in very large bunches, and when ripe are
of a yellowiſh colour.
From the fruit the inhabitants draw an oil, in the ſame
way as the oil is drawn from Olives; from the body
of the tree they extract a liquor, which, when ferment-
ed, has a vinous quality, and will inebriate. The leaves
of the tree are wrought into mats by the negroes, on
which they lie.
The ſeventh fort is called Palmetto-tree, or Thatch,
by the inhabitants of Jamaica, where this tree grows
upon all the honey-comb rocks in great plenty.
It riſes with a fender ſtalk ten or twelve feet high,
which is naked and ſmooth, and at the top garniſh-
ed with many fan-ſhaped leaves placed circularly,
theſe have foot-ſtalks two or three feet long, which
are armed with a few ſtrong, green, crooked ſpines ;
the pinna, or lobes, do all meet in one center, where
they join the foot-ſtalk, and are joined together a
third part of their length from their baſe; they are at
firſt cloſely folded into plaits, but afterward ſpread
out like a fan; their ends being pliant often hang
downward,
gate them.
a
و
a

PAL
PAL
a
downward, and between theſe pinnæ hang down long
threads. The flowers and fruit come out from be-
tween the leaves; the fruit is of the ſhape and ſize of
the ſmall Lucca Olives. The leaves of this tree are
ufed for thatch all over the Welt-Indies.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Japan, and alſo
upon rocky dry mountains at Malabar. This in
time riſes with a ſtrait trunk about forty feet high,
which has many circles round it the whole length,
which are occafioned by the veſtigia of the leaves,
which are placed circularly round the ftem; fo as
theſe ſeparate entirely and fall off, the circles remain
where their baſe embraced the ſtalk. The ſtalks are
.
terminated by an obtufe cone, juſt below which the
leaves are placed; theſe on the large trees are eight
or nine feet long, but thoſe of the ſmall plants are
much leſs; the largeſt I have ſeen were not more than
two feet long. The baſe of the foot-ftalk, which
partly embraces the trunk, is broad and three-corner-
ed, and is armed on each ſide with ſhort ſpines to the
place where the lobes, or ſmall leaves, begin. Theſe
pinne or lobes, are long, narrow, and entire, of a
lucid green on their upper fide, ſtanding by pairs op-
poſite along the midrib, very cloſe together. The
Howers and fruit are produced in large bunches at the
foot-ftalks of the leaves; the fruit is oval, about the
fize of a large Plum, and nearly of the ſame ſhape;
the ſkin, or covering, changes firſt yellow, and af-
terward red when ripe, of a ſweet taſte, under which
is a hard brown ſhell, incloſing a white nut, which is
in taſte like the Cheſtnut.
From the pith of the trunk of this tree is made the
ſago ; this is firſt pulverized, then it is made into a
paite, and afterward granulated.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally in the ſands near Old Vera
Cruz in America. This hath a thick ſtem, which
ſeldom riſes more than two feet high. The leaves
come out round the upper part of the ftem, ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks which are a foot and a half long;
they are winged; the lobes or ſmall leaves are about
five inches long, and one and a half broad in the mid-
dle, drawing to a point at both ends; they are ſtiff,
ſmooth, and entire, having a few ſmall indentures at
their points, and are placed alternate, of a pale green
colour, there are fourteen or fifteen of theſe lobes
ranged along the midrib, or ſtalk. The fruit riſes
up from the ſide of the ftem, upon a ſhort thick foot-
ſtalk, ſtanding upright, and ſhaped like a club, hav-
ing many red feeds about the ſize of large Peas, ſtand-
ing in ſeparate cells round the central foot-ſtalk, to
which they adhere. Theſe plants have their male
flowers on ſeparate plants from the fruit, for all thoſe
plants which have flowered in England are of the male
kind. Theſe plants loſe their leaves before the fruit
is ripe annually. The firſt time when Dr. Houſtoun
ſaw theſe plants growing at La Vera Cruz, they were
in full leaf, but on his return to the ſame place three
months after, the fruit was then ripe, and all the
leaves were fallen off, and this he afterwards obſerved
the following ſeaſon.
The tenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun in the Spaniſh Weft-Indies. This riſes with a
very tall naked trunk, garniſhed at the top with long
winged branches or leaves, whoſe lobes are fpear-
ſhaped and plaited; they are of a ſofter texture than
any of the other forts, and for the moſt part come
out two from the fame point, ſo ſtand by pairs on the
fame fide of the midrib; they have two lobes on a
fide a little above each other, but there is a great
fpace between every four lobes. The powers come
out in long bunches from between the leaves, the
male flowers hanging on long tender ſtrings; but the
fruit, which is about the ſize of a middling Plum, is
collected into large bunches.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Cape Verd
Ihands, from whence I had one of the plants brought
me, as alſo in the Madeira, from whence I have re-
ceived the ſeeds. This is called Dragon-tree, be-
,
cauſe the inſpiffated juice of the plants becomes a
red powder, very like the eaſtern Dragons Blood, and
is frequently uſed inſtead of it in the ſhops; but the
tree, from whence the true Dragons Blood is taken,
is of a very different genus from this. Dr. Van
Royen in the Prodromus of the Leyden Garden, has
ranged this among the Yuccas, I ſuppoſe, from the
fimilitude of the plant to thoſe of that genus ; for,
as the fruit of this is a berry not unlike thoſe of the
Bay-tree, and the feeds of the Yucca grow in cap-
ſules with three cells, they cannot be of the fame ge-
nus; nor have we any good account of the real cha-
racters of this plant, lo as abſolutely to determine
the genus. Dr. Linnæus has, upon the information
of his pupil Lefling, ranged it in his genus of Af-
paragus, to which it ſeems to have little affinity ;
therefore, as it has by ſeveral modern authors been
ranged under this title, I have continued it there.
This rifes with a thick trunk nearly equal in fize the
whole length, the inner part of which is pithy; next
to this is a circle of ſtrong fibres, and the outſide is
ſoft. The ſtalk or trunk riſes twelve or fourteen feet
high, and is nearly of the fame diameter the whole
length, which is rarely more than eight or ten inches;
there are the circular marks or rings left the whole
length, where the leaves are fallen off; for as theſe
half embrace the ſtalk with their baſe, fo when they
fall away, the veſtigia where they grew remain. The
top of the ſtalk ſuitains a large head of leaves, which
come out ſingly all round it; they are ſhaped like
thoſe of the common Iris, but are much longer, be-
ing often four or five feet long, and an inch and a
half broad at their baſe, where they embrace the ſtalk,
and leffen gradually to the end, where they terminate
in a point. Theſe leaves are pliable, and hang down
all round the ſtem; they are entire, and of a deep
green, ſmooth on both ſurfaces, and greatly reſemble
thoſe of the common yellow Iris. As this plant has
not flowered in England, I can give no account of its
flowers ; but ſo far as I can judge from the berries
which I have received, it may properly enough be
ranged in this genus.
All theſe forts of Palms are propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be fown in the fame way as hath been
directed for the firſt fort, and the plants (nould af-
terward be treated in the ſame manner; with this dif-
ference, that ſuch of them as are natives of very warm
countries, will require to be kept in a wariner air.
The ſecond, third, fourth, fifth, fixth, feventh,
eighth, and ninth forts ſhould be conſtantly kept in
the bark-bed in the ſtove, otherwiſe they will not
make great progreſs in England; and when they do
thrive, they grow in about twenty years too tall for
moſt of the ſtoves which are at preſent built here, nor
can we hope to ſee many of them produce their fruit
in England ; ſo the plants are preſerved by the curi-
ous for their foliage, which being ſo fingular and dif-
ferent from that of the European trees, renders them
worthy of care.
The other forts may be kept in a dry ſtove in winter
in a moderate temperature of air, and in the heat of
ſummer they may be expoſed to the open air in a warm
ſheltered ſituation for about three months, but they
ſhould be removed into the ſtove before the morning
froſts come on in the autumn. When theſe plants are
kept in a moderate degree of warmth, they ſhould
have but little water during the winter ſeaſon; and in
the ſummer, when they are expoſed in the open air,
they muſt not be often watered, unleſs the ſeaſon is re-
markably dry and warm, for too much moiſture will
foon deſtroy them. The other management of them
is nearly the fame as for the Date Palms, which is not
to cut their principal roots when they are ſhifted from
one pot to another, nor to confine their roots too much;
but as the plants grow in fize, they ſhould annually
be removed into pots a fize larger than thoſe they were
in the former year. The earth in which they are
planted, ſhould be light, ſo as to let the moiſture
eaſily paſs off; for if it is ſtrong, and detains the
moiſture, the tender fibres of the roots will rot.
а
a
a
PANAX,

Ρ Α Ν
Ρ Α Ν
grown; for
PANAX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1031. Panacea. Mitch. He likewiſe mentions the emperor's having employed
Gen. 26. Araliaftrum. Vaill. 6. Ginſeng or Ninſeng. ten thouſand Tartars in the year 1709, to gather this
The CHARACTERS are,
plant in the deſarts, where it naturally grows; theſe
It hath male and hermaphrodite flowers on diſtinɛt plants ; were attended by a guard of mandarines, who encamp
the male have fimple globular umbels, compoſed of ſeveral with their tents in ſuch places as are proper for the
coloured rays which are equal. The involucrum on the ſubſiſtence of their horſes, and from time to time fend
outſide, conſiſts of the ſame number of ſmall ſpear-ſhaped their orders to the reſpective troops under their care ;
leaves. The flower has five narrow, oblong, blunt pe- and when they have completed their collection of
tals, which are reflexed, ſitting on the empalement, and roots, they return with their cargo to the city. The
five oblong ſlender ſtamina inſerted in the empalement, ter- roots of this plant which have been gathered in Ame-
minated by ſingle ſummits. The hermaphrodite umbels rica and brought to England, have been ſent to Chi-
are ſimple, equal, and cluſtered; the involucrum is ſmall, na, where, at the beginning, there was a good mar-
permanent, and compoſed of ſeveral awl-ſhaped leaves; ket for them; but the quantities which were after-
the empalement is ſmall and permanent. The flowers have ward fent, did not anſwer fo well, the market being
five oblong equal petals, which are recurved, and five overſtocked with that commodity.
Mort ſtamina terminated by ſingle ſummits which fall off, This plant has been introduced to the Engliſh gar-
with a roundiſh germen under the empalement, ſupporting dens from America, and where it has been planted in
two ſmall ereet ſtyles, crowned by ſingle stigmas. The a ſhady ſituation and a light foil, the plants have
germen afterward becomes an umbillicated berry with thriven and produced flowers, and ripened their ſeeds
two cells, each containing a ſingle, heart-ſhaped, convex, annually, but not one of theſe ſeeds have
plain feed.
I have ſeveral years fown them foon after they were
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ripe, without any ſucceſs; I have alſo fown of the
of Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, which includes the ſeeds which were ſent me from America ſeveral times
plants whoſe male flowers are upon diſtinct plants in various ſituations, and have not raiſed a ſingle plant
from the female or hermaphrodite flowers.
from either; and by the accounts which the miſſiona-
The SPECIES are,
ries have ſent from China, it appears, they have had
1. Panax (Quinquefolium) foliis ternis quinatis. Flor. no better ſucceſs with the ſeeds of this plant, which
Virg. 147. Panax with trifoliate Cinquefoil leaves. Ara- they ſay they have frequently fown in the gardens in
liaftrum quinquefolii folio, majus, Ninzin vocatum. China, but could not raiſe one plant; ſo that I believe
D. Sarraſin. Vaill. Gen. 43. Greater five-leaved Baſtard there is a neceſſity for the hermaphrodite plants to
Aralia, called Ninzin.
have ſome male plants ſtand near them, to render the
2. PANAX (Trifolium) foliis ternis ternatis. Flor. Virg. ſeeds prolific ; for all thoſe plants which I have ſeen,
35. Panax with three trifoliate leaves. Araliaſtrum or ſaved the ſeeds from, were ſuch as had hermaphro-
fragariæ folio minus. Vaill. Gen. 43. Smaller Baſtard dite flowers; and though the feeds ſeemed to ripen
Aralia with a Strawberry leaf.
perfectly, yet their not growing, though I have wait-
Both theſe plants grow naturally in North America; ed three years without diſturbing of the ground, con-
the firſt is generally believed to be the ſame as the firms me in this opinion.
Tartarian Ginſeng, the figures and deſcriptions of that The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the fame coun-
plant, which have been ſent to Europe by the miſſio- tries, but whether it is poſſeſſed of the ſame qualities
naries, agreeing perfectly with the American plant. as the firſt I cannot ſay; I have ſeen but one plant of
This hath a fleſhy taper root as large as a man's fin- this ſort in England, which was ſent me a few years
ger, which is jointed, and frequently divided into two ago from Maryland, and did not live over the firſt
ſmaller fibres downward. The ſtalk riſes near a foot ſummer, which was remarkably dry, and being plant-
and a half high, naked at the top, where it generally ed in a dry ſoil, was the occaſion of its death, the
divides into three ſmaller foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining ſtalk of this was ſingle, and did not riſe more than
a leaf compoſed of five ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which are five inches high, dividing into three foot-ſtalks, each
ſawed on their edges; they are of a pale green, and a ſuſtaining a trifoliate leaf, whoſe lobes were longer,
little hairy. The flowers grow on a ſlender foot-ſtalk, narrower, and deeper indented on their edges, than
juft at the diviſion of the foot-ſtalks, which ſuſtain the thoſe of the former. The flower-ſtalk roſe from the
leaves, and are formed into a ſmall umbel at the diviſions of the foot-ſtalk of the leaves, but before
top; they are of an herbaceous yellow colour, com- the flowers opened, the plant decayed, ſo I can give
poſed of five ſmall petals which are recurved. Theſe no farther account of it.
appear the beginning of June, and are ſucceeded by PANCRATIUM. Dill. Hort. Elth. 221. fol. 289.
compreſſed heart-ſhaped berries, which are firſt green, Lin. Gen. Plant. 365. Narciſſus. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
but afterward turn red, incloſing two hard, com- 353. tab. 185. Sea Daffodil
.
preſſed, heart-ſhaped ſeeds, which ripen the begin-
The CHARACTERS are,
ning of Auguſt.
The flowers are incloſed in an oblong Spatha or ſheath,
The Chineſe hold this plant in great eſteem, accord- which tears open on the ſide and withers. The flowers
ing to the accounts which have been tranſmitted to have a funnel-ſhaped cylindrical nectarium of one leaf,
Europe by the miſſionaries. Father Jartoux in his Spreading open at the top, and fix Spear-ſhaped petals,
Letters ſays, that the moſt eminent phyſicians in Chi- which are inſerted on the outſide of the nectarium above
na have written whole volumes upon the virtues of its baſe, with fix long ſtamina inſerted in the brim of the
this plant, and make it an ingredient in almoſt all nektarium, terminated by oblong proftrate ſummits. They
remedies which they give to their nobility, for it is have a three-cornered obtufe germen ſituated under the
of too high price for the common people. They af- flower, ſupporting a long ſlender Style, crowned by an ob-
firm, that it is a ſovereign remedy for all weakneſs oc- tuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh
cafioned by exceſſive fatigues either of body or mind; three-cornered capſule with three cells, filled with globu-
that it cures weakneſs of the lungs, and the pleuriſy;
lar ſeeds.
that it ſtops vomitings; that it ſtrengthens the fto- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
mach, and helps the appetite; that it ſtrengthens Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
the vital ſpirits, and increaſes lymph in the blood; whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
in ſhort, that it is good againſt dizzineſs of the
The SPECIES are,
head and dimneſs of light, and that it prolongs life in 1. PANCRATIUM (Maritimum) ſpathâ multiflorâ, petalis
planis, foliis lingulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 291. Pan-
This father alſo ſays, he has made trials of the root cratium with a ſheath containing many flowers, having
of this plant himſelf, and has, in an hour after tak- plain petals, and tongue-Shaped leaves. Narciſſus mari-
ing half one of the roots, found himſelf greatly reco- timus. C. B. P. 540. The Sea Daffodil.
vered from wearineſs and fatigue, and much more 2. PANCRATIUM (Illyricum) fpathâ multiflorâ, foliis en
vigorous, and could bear labour with greater eaſe ſiformibus, ftaminibus nectario longioribus. Flor.
than before.
Leyd. Prod. 34. Pancratium with many flowers in a
feath,
old age.
9 U

Ρ Α Ν
PAN
every third
Rowers in June, and frequently produces feeds which
ripen in September
This ſort is hardy, and will live through the winter in
the full ground, being never injured but in very ſevere
winters, and if, in ſuch ſeafons, the ſurface of the
ground is covered with tanners bark, ſea-coal aſhes,
ſtraw, or Peas-haulm, to keep out the froſt, there
will be no danger of the roots ſuffering. It is propa-
gated either by offsets from the roots, or from ſeeds;
the former is the more expeditious method, for the
offsets will flower very ſtrong the ſecond year; where-
as thoſe which are raiſed from ſeeds, ſeldom flower in
leſs than five years.
The roots of this plant ſhould not be removed oftener
than
year, if they are expected to flower
ſtrong; the beſt time to tranſpant them is in the be-
ginning of October, ſoon after their leaves decay :
they ſhould not be kept long out of the ground, for
as they do not loſe their fibres every year, ſo if theſe
are dried by long keeping out of the ground, it great-
ly weakens the roots. It loves a light ſandy ſoil, and
a ſheltered ſituation ; the roots ſhould be planted nine
inches or a foot aſunder every way, and five inches
deep in the ground.
If the plants are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be
fown in pots filled with light earth foon after they are
ripe; theſe pots ſhould be placed under a hot-bed
frame in winter to ſcreen them from froſt, but the
glaffes muſt be taken off every day in mild weather.
The other management being the ſame as for the
Narciſſus, I need not repeat it here ; fo fhall only
mention, that the young roots will require a little
protection in winter, till they have obtained ſtrength.
The third ſort grows naturally at Ceylon; this hath
a pretty large bulbous root, the leaves are long and
narrow, of a grayiſh colour, and pretty thick, ſtand-
ing upright; the flalk riſes between them a foot and
a half high, naked, ſuſtaining one flower at the top,
whoſe petals are reflexed backward ; the nectarium
is large, and cut at the brim into many acute ſeg-
ments; the ſtamina are long, and turn toward each
other at their points, in which it differs from the
other ſpecies. The flower has a very agreeable ſcent,
but is of ſhort duration ; this is very rare in the gar-
dens at preſent.
The fourth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun brought ſome of
the roots. The leaves of this fort are about a foot
long and two inches broad, having three longitudinal
furrows. The ſtalk riſes about a foot high, then di-
vides like a fork into two ſmall foot-ſtalks, or rather
tubes, which are narrow, green, and at firſt are en-
compaſſed by a thin ſpatha (or ſheath) which withers,
and opens to give way to the flowers, which are white,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but have
و
3
jbeath, ſword-ſhaped leaves, and ſi amino longer than the
neftarium. Narciſſus Illyricus liliaceus. Č. B. P. 55.
Lily Daffodil of Sclavonia.
3. PANCRATIUM (Zeylanicum) fpathâ uniflorâ, petalis
reflexis. Flor. Zeyl. 126. Pancratium with one flower
in a sheath, whoſe petals are reflexed. Narciſſus Zey-
lanicus, flore albo hexagoro odorato. H. L. 691.
Daffodil of Ceylon, with a white hexagonal ſweet flower.
4. PANCRATIUM (Carribeun) ſpathâ biflora. Hort. Cliff.
133. Pancratium with two flowers in a fheath. Pan-
cratium Mexicanum, flore gemello candido. Hort.
Elth. 299. tab. 222. Mexican Pancratium, with two
white flowers.
5. PANCRATIUM (Amboinenſe) ſpatha multiflorâ, foliis
ovatis nervoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 291. Pancratium with
many flowers in a ſheath, and oval veined leaves. Nar-
ciſſus Amboinenſis, folio latiffimo ſubrotundo. Hort.
Amft
. 1. p. 77. tab. 39. Narciſſus of Amboyno, with
the broadeſt roundiſh leaf.
6. PANCRATIUM (Carolinianum) ſpathâ multiflorâ, foliis
linearibus, ftaminibus nectarii longitudine. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 291. Pancratium with many flowers in a heath,
narrow leaves, and ſtamina the length of the nečiarium.
Lilio-Narciſſus polyanthos, flore albo. Cateſb. Car.
3. p. 5. The Lily Narciſſus bearing many white flowers.
7. PANCRATIUM (Americanum) ſpathâ multiflorã, foliis
carinatis anguſtioribus. Pancratium with many flowers
in a fheath, and narrow kcel-ſhaped leaves. Narciſſus
Americanus, flore multiplici, albo, odore balſami
Peruviani. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 358. American Nar-
ciſus with many white flowers, ſmelling like Balſam of
Peru.
8. PANCRATIUM (Latifolium) ſpathâ multiflorâ, foliis
carinatis latioribus. Pancratium with many flowers in a
peath, and broader keel-ſhaped leaves. Narciſſus totus
albus, latifolius, polianthos, major odoratus, ftami-
nibus ſex è tubi ampli margine extantibus. Sloan. Cat.
Jam. 115. Broad-leaved Daffodil, with many larger
Sweet flowers which are very white, and a large tube, out
of whoſe border proceed fix ſtamina.
The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſea-coaft in
Spain, and the ſouth of France. This hath a large,
coated, bulbous root, of an oblong form, covered
with a dark ſkin; the leaves are ſhaped like a congue;
they are more than a foot long, and one inch broad,
of a deep green, fix or ſeven of them riſing together
from the ſame root, encompaſſed at bottom with a
vagina or ſheath ; between theſe ariſe the ſtalk, which
is a foot and a half long, naked, ſuſtaining at the top
fix or eight white flowers, incloſed in a fheath, which
withers and opens on the ſide, to make way for the
flowers to come out. The germen are ſituated cloſe
to the top of the ſtalk, from theſe ariſe the tube of
the flowers, which are three inches long; they are
very narrow, ſwelling at the top, where the cup or
nectarium is ſituated, on the outſide of which is faſt-
ened the ſix ſegments or petals of the flower ; theſe
are narrow, and extend a great length beyond the
nectarium ; from the border of the nectarium ariſe
fix long ſlender ſtamina, terminated by oblong ſum-
mits which are proftrate, and in the center ariſes a
ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, terminated by an ob-
tuſe itigina. The flowers of this fort do not appear
in England till the latter end of Auguſt, ſo are not
fucceeded by feeds here. The leaves of this fort are
green all the winter, and decay in the ſpring, fo the
roots ſhould be tranſplanted in June, after the leaves
are decayed. This muſt be planted in a very warm
border, and ſcreened from ſevere froſt, otherwiſe it
will not live through the winter in England.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sclavonia, and
alio in Sicily; this hath a large, coated, bulbous
root, covered with a dark ſkin, ſending out many
thick strong fibres, which ſtrike deep in the ground;
the leaves are ſword-ſhaped, a foot and a half long
and two inches broad, of a grayiſh colour. The
Italks are thick, fucculent, and riſe near two feet
high, fustaining at the top fix or ſeven white flowers
Shaped like those of the firſt fort, but the tube is
ſhorter and the ſtamina are much longer. This
a
a
a
no fcent.
The fifth fort grows naturally at Amboyna, and alſo
in the American iſlands. The root of this ſort is ob-
long, white, and ſends out ſeveral thick fleſhy fibres,
which ſtrike downward; the leaves ſtand upon very
long foot-ſtalks, ſome of them are oval, and others
heart-ſhaped, about ſeven inches long, and five
broad, ending in points, having many deep longitu-
dinal furrows; they are of a light green, and their
borders turn inward. The ſtalk is thick, round, and
fucculent, riſing near two feet high, ſuſtaining at the
top ſeveral white Powers, ſhaped like the other fpe-
cies, but the petals are broader, the tube is ſhorter,
and the ſtamina are not ſo long as the petals. Theſe
flowers have a thin ſheath or covering, which ſplits
open longitudinally, to make way for the flowers.
The fixth fort grows naturally in moiſt boggy foils in
Georgia, where Mr. Cateſby diſcovered it. This hath
a roundiſh bulbous root, covered with a light brown
ſkin, from which ariſe ſeveral narrow dark green
leaves, about a foot long ; between theſe come out a
thick talk about nine inches high, ſuſtaining fix or
feven white flowers, with very narrow petals, having
large bell-Shaped nectariums or cups, which are deeply
indented on their brims; the ſtamina do not riſe far
a
above

PAN
PAN
a
а
a
above the nectarium, and are terminated by yellow men afterward becomes a roundiſ ſeed, faſtened to the
ſummits.
withered petals.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
Weſt-Indies, where it is called white Lily. This hath of Linnæus's third claſs, which includes the plants
a pretty large bulbous root, a little flatted at the top, ,
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles.
covered with a brown ſkin, the leaves are near a foot The SPECIES are,
and a half long, and little more than one inch broad, 1. PANICUM (Germanicum) fpicâ fimplici cernuâ, fetis
of a dark green, and hollowed in the middle like the brevioribus pedunculo hirſuro. Panic with a ſingle nod-
keel of a boat. The ſtalks riſe near two feet high, ding Spike, ſhort awns, and a hairy foot-ſtalk. Panicum
which are thick, fucculent, and naked, fuftaining at Germanicum, five panicula minore. C. B. P. 27.
the top eight or ten white flowers, ſhaped like thoſe German Panic with a ſmaller panicle.
of the firſt fort, but are of a purer white, and have a 2. PANICUM (Italicum) ſpicâ compofitâ, ſpiculis glome-
ſtrong ſweet odour, like that of Balſam of Peru. The ratis, fetis immixtis, pedunculo hirſuto. Lin. Sp.
ſtamina of this are very long, ſpreading out wide each Plant. 56. Panic with a compounded ſpike, whoſe ſmall-
way; the pointal is of the fame length, ſtanding in er ſpikes grow in cluſters intermixed with awns, end
,
the middle of the nectarium. Theſe flowers are of a hairy foot-fialk. Panicum Italicum five paniculâ
ſhort duration, ſeldom continuing longer in beauty majore. C. B. P. 27. Italian Ponic with a large ſpike.
than three or four days, and in very hot weather not 3. PANICUM (Indicumn) ſpicâ fimplici longiffimâ, fetis
fo long; when theſe fade, the germen, which are fi- hiſpidis, pedunculo hirſuto. Panic with the longest fin-
tuated at the bottom of the tubes, turn to ſo many gle Spike, prickly awns, and a hairy foot-ſtalk. Panicum
oblong bulbs, which are irregular in form, and when Indicum, fpicâ longiſſimâ. C. B. P. 27. Indian Penic
ripe, drop off in the ground, where they put out fi- with the longeſt Spike.
bres and become plants.
4. PANICUM (Alopecurodem) fpicâ tereti, involucellis bi-
Theſe foreign ſpecies are moſt, if not all of them, of Aoris fafciculato-pilofis. Flor. Zeyl. 44. Panic with a
this kind, bearing bulbs; whereas the two firſt have taper Spike having two flowers in each cover, and hairs
feed-veſſels with three cells, incloſing many roundiſh growing in cluſters. Panicum Indicum altiffimum,
.
black ſeeds, ſo that though they agree in the charac- fpicâ fimplicibus mollibus, in foliorum alis longiſſi-
ters of their flowers, yet in this particular they differ mis pediculis infidentibus. Tourn. Inſt. 515. Talleſt
greatly.
Indian Panic, with the Soft ſingle Spikes proceeding from
The eighth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies, the wings of the leavës, and fitting upon very long foot-
where it is not diſtinguiſhed from the former; but as ſtalks.
I have frequently propagated both by their bulbs which 5. Panicum (Cæruleum) fpicâ fimplici æquali, pedun-
ſucceed the flowers, and have always found the plants culis bifloris. Prod. Leyd. 54. Panic with an equal fin-
fo raiſed continue their difference, I make no doubt of gle Spike, and two flowers growing on each foot-ſtalk.
their being diſtinct ſpecies. This differs from the Panicum Indicum, fpicâ obtuſà cæruleâ. C. B. P. 7.
former, in the leaves being much longer and broader Indian Panic, with an obtuſe blue ſpike.
than that, for theſe are near two feet long, and more There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus than
than three inches broad, and are hollowed like the keel are here enumerated, fome of which grow naturally
of a boat. The flowers are larger, the petals longer, in England; but as they are not cultivated, ſo it
and the ſcent is not ſo ſtrong as that of the former, would be ſwelling this work too much if they were
and the roots flower in every ſeaſon of the year. This in ferted here.
ſeems to be the fort figured by Dr. Trew, in the The firſt fort grows naturally in Germany and Hun-
twenty-ſeventh table of his Decades of Rare Plants, gary; of this there are three varieties, one with yellow
but if it is, the leaves in his figure are too flat.
grain, another with white, and the third has purple
Theſe fix forts laſt mentioned are tender, ſo will not grains. This hath been formerly cultivated for bread,
thrive in England, unleſs they are placed in a warm in ſome of the northern countries. It riſes with a
ſtove. The beſt way to have theſe plants in perfec- jointed Reed-like ſtalk about three feet high, and
tion, is to plunge the pots into the bark-bed in the about the ſize of the common Reed, garniſhed at each
ftove, where they will thrive and flower exceeding joint with one Graſs-like leaf a foot and a half longs
well; for though they may be preſerved in a dry and about an inch broad at the baſe where broadeft,
ftove, yet thoſe will not thrive ſo well, nor will their ending in acute points ; they are rough to the touch,
flowers be ſo ſtrong, as when they are plunged in the embracing the ſtalk at their baſe, and turn downward
tan-bed, nor will they flower oftener than once a about half their length. The ſtalks are terminated by
year; whereas when they are in the tan-bed, the ſame compact ſpikes, which are about the thickneſs of 2
roots will often flower two or three times in a year. I man's finger at their baſe, growing taper toward their
have had ſeveral of the ſpecies in flower at all ſeaſons points, and are eight or nine inches long, cloſely ſet
of the year, ſo there has not been a month when ſome with ſmall roundiſh grain like that of Millet. This
of them were not in flower.
is an annual plant, which periſhes foon after the feeds
They are propagated by offsets from the roots, as alſo are ripe.
by the bulbs which ſucceed the flowers, if the latter The ſecond fort is frequently cultivated in Italy, and
are planted in ſmall pots filled with light earth from a other warm countries. This riſes with a Reed-like
kitchen-garden, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, ſtalk near four feet high, which is much thicker than
they will ſoon put out roots and leaves, and with pro- that of the former; the leaves are alſo broader, but
per management, will become blowing roots in one of the fame ſhape. The ſpikes are a foot long, and
year, ſo that they may be eaſily propagated ; and if twice the thickneſs of thoſe of the former, but not fo
they are conſtantly kept in the tan-bed in the ſtove, compact, being compoſed of ſeveral roundith cluſtered
they will put out offsets from their roots, and thrive fpikes; the grain is alſo larger, but of the ſame form.
as well as in their native countries.
There are two or three varieties of this, which differ
PANICLE. A Panicle is a ſtalk diffuſed into ſeve- only in the colour of their grain, this is alſo annual.
ral pedicles or foot-ſtalks, fuſtaining the powers or The third fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
fruits, as in Oats, &c.
hath a Reed-like ſtalk as large as a man's thumb,
PANICUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 515. tab. 298. riſing upward of five feet high; the leaves are two
Lin. Gen. Plant. 70. Panic ; in French, Panis. inches broad, and more than two feet long, of the
The CHARACTERS are,
fame form with thofe of the former fort; the ſpikes
There is one flower in each chof; the chaff opens with at the top are a foot and a half long, very compact,
three valves which are ovel, ending in acute points. The and thicker than a man's thumb at the baſe, growing
petals open with two oval acute-pointed valves. The taper toward the top. The ſeeds are much larger
flowers have three ſhort hair-like ſtamina, terminated by than thoſe of the other forts, and are in ſome white,
oblong ſummits, and a roundiſh germen ſupporting two and in others yellow.
bair-like ſiyles, crowned by feathered ftigmas. The ger-
The
3
a
a
а

P A P
PAP
a
3
a
The fourth fort grows naturally in both Indies; this terminated by oblong, compreſſed, ere&t ſummits. In the
hath a ſtrong Reed-like ſtalk, which riſes fix or ſeven center is placed a large roundiſh germen having no ſtyle,
feet high, garniſhed with leaves more than three feet but is crowned by a plain, rcdiated, target-ſhaped ſtigma.
long; they are near three inches broad at their baſe, The germen afterward becomes a large capſule, crowned
leſſening to a point at the end, having a ſmooth fur- by the plain ſtigma, having one cell, opening in many
face; the ſpikes ariſe at the wings of the ſtalk; they places at the top under the crown, and is filled with ſmall
are ſingle, but not ſo compact as thoſe of the for- ſeeds.
mer, having ſoft awns or beards; they are about fix This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection
inches long, and ſtand upon very long foot-ſtalks ; of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
the grain of this is pretty large.
plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and one
The fifth fort grows naturally in Peru; this riſes with
germen.
a Reed-like ftalk fix feet high, which ſends out two The SPECIES are,
or three branches from the ſides, and is garniſhed 1. PAPAVER (Rheas) capſulis glabris globoſis, caule
with long leaves two inches broad at their baſe; the pilofo multifloro, foliis pinnatifidis inciſis. Lin. 'Sp.
ítalks are of a purple colour, the leaves are alſo Plant. 507. Poppy with ſmooth globular heads, e hairy
inclining to the ſame. The ſpikes come out from the ſtalk with many flowers, and wing-pointed cut leaves.
wings of the ſtalks, and at the end of the branches; Papaver erraticum, rubrum, campeſtre. J. B. 3. 395.
they are about four or five inches long, thicker than Common red field Poppy.
a man's thumb, and almoſt equal at the point with 2. PAPAVER (Hybridum) capſulis fubgloboſis toroſis hif-
the baſe. They are of a pale blue colour, having pidis, caule folioſo multifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 506.
pretty long awns or beards of the ſame colour, as are Poppy with globular capſules which are furrowed and
alſo the ſeeds, which are larger and rounder than thoſe prickly, and a leafy ſtalk bearing many flowers. Arge-
of the other forts.
mone capitulo breviore hiſpido. J. B. 3. 396. Arge-
The two firſt forts are ſown in ſeveral parts of Eu- mone with a Morter prickly head.
rope in the fields, as Corn, for the ſuſtenance of the 3. PAPAVER (Argemone) capſulis clavatis hiſpidis, caule
inhabitants, but it is reckoned not to afford ſo good foliofo multifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 506. Poppy with
nouriſhment as Millet; however, it is frequently uſed nail-ſhaped prickly beads, and a leafy ſtalk bearing many
in ſome parts of Germany and Italy, to make cakes flowers. Papaver erraticum, capite longiore hiſpido.
and bread, but the German is not ſo much eſteemed Tourn. Inft. 238. Field Poppy with a longer prickly beod.
as the Italian fort; but as it will ripen better in cold 4. PAPAVER (Alpinum) capſulâ hiſpidâ, fcapo unifloro
countries than that, it is generally cultivated where nudo hiſpido, foliis bipinnatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 507.
a better fort of grain will not ſucceed.
Poppy with prickly beads, and a naked prickly ſtalk bear-
The ſeeds of this fort may be fown in the ſpring, ing one flower, and double winged leaves. Argemone
at the ſame time as Barley is fown, and may be ma- Alpina coriandri folio. C. B. P. 172. Alpine Argemone
naged exactly in the ſame way; but this ſhould not with a Coriander leaf.
be ſown too thick, for theſe ſeeds are very ſmall, and 5. PAPAVER (Cambricum) capſulis glabris oblongis, caule
the plants grow ſtronger, therefore require more room. multifloro lævi, foliis pinnatis inciſis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The German fort doth not grow above three feet high, 508. Poppy with oblong ſmooth heads, a ſmooth ſtalk
unleſs it is ſown on very rich land, in which caſe it bearing many flowers, and cut winged leaves. Papaver
will riſe to be four feet high; but the leaves and ſtems luteum perenne, laciniato folio, Čambrobritannicum.
of this Corn are very large, fo require to ſtand four Raii Syn. Ed. 3. p. 309. Yellow, Welch, perennial
or five inches apart, otherwiſe they will grow up weak Poppy, with a cut leaf.
and come to little. Theſe large growing Corns ſhould 6. PAPAVER (Nudicaule) capſulis hiſpidis, fcapo uni-
be fown in drills at about eighteen inches apart, ſo floro nudo hiſpido, foliis fimplicibus pinnato-finua-
that the ground may be hoed between the rows of tis. Hort. Upfal. 136. Poppy with prickly heads, a na-
Corn, to keep them clear from weeds, and the ſtir- ked rough ſtalk having one flower, and ſingle leaves which
ring of the ground will greatly improve the Corn. In are wingedly ſinuated. Papaver erraticum, luteo fiore,
Auguſt the Corn will ripen, when it may be cut down
,
capite oblongo hiſpido. Amman. Ruth. 61. Field
and dried, and then ſhould be houſed.
Poppy with a yellow flower, and an oblong prickly head.
The Italian Panic grows much larger than the Ger-1 7. PAPAVER (Orientale) capſulis glabris, caulibus uni-
and produces much larger ſpikes ; ſo this ſhould floris, fcabris, foliis pinnatis ferratis. Hort. Upfal.
be allowed more room to grow, otherwiſe it will come 136. Poppy with ſmooth beads, rough leafy ſtalks having
to little. This is alſo later before it ripens, ſo it is one flower, and ſawed winged leaves. Papaver Orien-
not very proper for cold countries.
tale hirſutiſſimum flore magno. Tourn. Cor. 17. Moſt
The other forts are natives of very warm countries, hairy eaſtern Poppy with a large flower.
where they are uſed by the inhabitants to make bread. 8. Papaver (Somniferum) calycibus capſuliſque glabris,
Theſe grow very large, and require a good ſummer, foliis amplexicaulibus inciſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 508.
otherwiſe they will not ripen in this country. The Poppy with ſmooth capſules and empalements, and cut leaves
feeds of this kind ſhould be fown the latter end of embracing the ſtalks. Papaver hortenſe nigro femine,
March or the beginning of April, on a moderate hot- ſylveſtre Diofcoridis, nigrum Plinii. C. B. P. 170.
bed, and the plants ſhould be planted out when Garden Poppy with black ſeeds.
grown to a proper ſize, upon a bed of light rich earth, 9. PAPAVER (Album) capfulis ovatis glabris, foliis lati-
in a warm fituation. They ſhould be planted in rows oribus amplexicaulibus marginibus inciſo-ferratis.
about three feet aſunder, and the plants muſt be kept Poppy with oval fmooth heads, and broader leaves em-
clear from weeds. When the plants are grown pretty bracing the ſtalks, which are cut on their edges like the
tall, they ſhould be ſupported by ſtakes, otherwiſe teeth of a ſaw. Papaver hortenſe, femine albo, fati-
the winds will break them down ; and when the Corn vum Dioſcoridis, album Plinii. C. B. P. 170. Garden
begins to ripen, the birds muſt be kept from it, Poppy with white ſeeds, commonly called white Poppy.
otherwiſe they will ſoon deſtroy it. Theſe forts are The firſt fort is the common red Poppy, which
preſerved in ſome curious gardens for the ſake of va- grows naturally on arable land in moſt parts of Eng-
riety, but they are not worth cultivating for uſe in land; from the flowers of this ſort is drawn a ſimple
England. The two laft forts ſeldom ripen here. water, a tincture, a fyrup and conſerve for medicinal
PANSIE'S. See VIOLA TRICOLOR.
uſe. It is an annual plant; from the roots riſe feve-
PAPAVER. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 2. tab. 119. Lin. ral rough branching ſtalks a foot and a half high,
Gen. Plant. 573. Poppy; in French, Pavot.
garniſhed with hairy leaves five or fix inches long,
The CHARACTERS are,
deeply jagged almoſt to the midrib, thoſe on the
The empalement of the flower is oval, indented, and com- lower part of the leaves being the deepeft; theſe jags
poſed of two almoſt ovai, concave, obtuſe leaves, which are oppoſite and regular, like thoſe of the winged
fall off
. The flower has four large roundiſh petals which leaves. At the top of each ſtalk ſtand the flowers,
Spread open, with a great number of hair-like ſtamina, which have oval hairy empalements, opening with
man,
و
و
two

Ρ Α Ρ
Ρ Α Ρ
a
و
3
mer.
;
a
a
two valves, and ſoon fall away. The flowers are
compoſed of four large roundiſh petals, which are
narrow at their bafe, but ſpread out into a circular or-
der; they are of a beautiful ſcarlet colour, and foon
fall off. Theſe appear in June, and are fucceeded by
oblong ſmooth heads, crowned by the fiat target-
ſhaped ſtigma, and perforated in ſeveral places at the
top, filled with ſmall purpliſh-coloured ſeeds. There
are ſeveral varieties of this with double flowers, culti-
tivated in gardens; ſome of them have white flowers,
others have red flowers bordered with white, and
ſome have variegated flowers; but as theſe varieties
have been produced by culture from the feeds of the
common fort, they ſhould be included in that ſpecies.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally among the Corn in
many parts of England; the leaves of this fort are
much ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt, and are cut into
much finer ſegments; the ſtalks are flender, a little
more than a foot high, not fo branching as the for-
The flowers are not fo large, and of a deep
purple colour, very ſoon falling away, ſeldom laſting
more than a whole day; theſe are ſucceeded by ob-
long prickly heads, filled with ſmall black ſeeds. It
flowers in June.
The third fort grows naturally among Corn in ſome
parts of England, but not in ſo great plenty as either
of the former. The leaves of this are finer cut and
ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt fort, but are not ſo fine
as thoſe of the ſecond; the ftalks do not riſe ſo high as
either of the former, and ſeldom have many branches.
The flowers are not half ſo large as either of the for-
mer, and are of a copper colour, falling away in a
few hours. Theſe appear in May, and are ſucceeded
by long, ſlender, prickly heads, which are channelled,
filled with ſmall, black, ſhrivelled feeds.
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps, among
the rocks. The leaves of this are ſmooth and doubly
winged, the ſegments are finely cut; the ſtalks riſe
about a foot high, fuftaining one ſmall yellow, or cop-
per-coloured flower, which is ſucceeded by roundiſh
prickly heads, filled with ſmall ſeeds. This flowers
abour the ſame time as the former fort.
The fifth fort has a perennial root; it grows na-
turally in Wales, and alſo in ſome of the northern
counties in England. I found it growing plentifully
near Kirby-Lonſdale in Weſtmoreland. Tournefort
alſo found this plant upon the Pyrenean mountains.
The leaves of this fort are winged; the lobes are
deeply cut on their edges. The ſtalks riſe a foot
high ; they are ſmooth, and are garniſhed with a few
ſmall leaves of the ſame ſhape as the lower. The up-
per part of the italk is naked, ſuſtaining one large yel-
low flower. Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded
by oblong ſmooth capſules, filled with ſmall purpliſh
ſeeds.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the confines of Ruf-
fia, near Tartary. The leaves of this ſort are ſingle,
and finuated almoſt to the midrib in form of a winged
leaf; they are rough and hairy. The ſtalk riſes near
two feet high ; it is ſlender, naked, fuitaining one
flower at the top, which is compoſed of four roundiſh
petals of a pale yellow colour, each having a dark
bottom or tail. The flowers have an agreeable ſcent,
but are of ſhort duration. They come out in June,
and are ſucceeded by long rough capſules, filled with
ſmall feeds.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Armenia, from
whence Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds to the royal
gardens at Paris, where they ſucceeded, and were af-
terward communicated to the curious gardens in Eng-
land and Holland. The root of this plant is com-
poſed of two or three ſtrong fibres as thick as a man's
little finger, which are a foot and a half long, of a
dark brown on their outſide, and full of a milky juice,
which is very bitter and acrid. The leaves are
winged, and ſawed on their edges; they are a foot
long, cloſely covered with briſtly white hairs. The
ftalks riſe two feet and a half high; they are
very rough and hairy, garniſhed below with leaves
like thoſe at bottom, but ſmaller; the upper part is
naked, fuſtaining at the top one very large flower, of
the ſame colour with the common red Poppy. Theſe
appear in May, and are ſucceeded by oval ſmooth
capſules, filled with purpliſh feeds.
There are two or three varieties of this which differ
only in the colour of their flowers, and I have been
informed, there is a double flower of this kind, but
I have not ſeen it. Tournefort ſays, the Turks eat the
green heads of this Poppy, although they are very bit-
ter and acrid.
The eighth fort is the common black Poppy, the
ſeeds of which are ſold in the ſhops by the title of
Maw-feed. The fort with ſingle flowers grows in the
warm parts of Europe naturally; this is annual ; the
ſtalks riſe three feet high; they are ſmooth, and divide
into ſeveral branches, and are garniſhed with large
leaves, which are ſmooth, and deeply cut or jagged
on their edges, embracing the ſtalks with their baſe.
The flowers grow on the top of the ſtalks; they are
compoſed of four large roundiſh petals of a purpliſh
colour, with dark bottoms, and are ſucceeded by oval
ſmooth capſules filled with black ſeeds. It flowers in
June, and the ſeeds ripen the latter end of Auguſt.
There are great varieties in the flowers of this fort,
ſome having very large double flowers, which are va-
riegated of ſeveral colours; ſome are red and white,
others purple and white, and ſome are finely ſpotted
like Carnations ; ſo that during their ſhort continu-
ance in flower, there are few plants whoſe flowers ap-
pear ſo beautiful, but having an offenſive ſcent, and
being of ſhort duration, they are not much regarded.
The leaves of this ſort are uſed as an ingredient in
cooling ointments; and the heads of this were an in-
gredient in the fyrupus e Melonio, but in the late
Diſpenſaries they have been left out.
The ninth fort is the common white Poppy; this is
cultivated in gardens for the heads, which are uſed in
medicine. The ftalks of this are large, ſmooth, and
riſe to the height of five or ſix feet; they branch out
into ſeveral ſmaller, garniſhed with large grayiſh leaves,
whoſe baſe embraces the ſtalks; they are jagged ir-
regularly on their ſides. The flowers terminate the
ſtalks ; theſe, when incloſed in the empalement, nod
downward, but before the flowers open they are
erect. The empalement of the flower is compoſed
of two large oval leaves, of the ſame grayiſh colour
as the other; theſe ſeparate and foon drop off. The
flower is compoſed of four large, roundiſh, white pe-
tals, which are of ſhort duration, and are ſucceeded
by large roundiſh heads as big as Oranges, flatted at
both ends, having indented crowns, and are filled
with finall white ſeeds. This flowers in June, and
the ſeeds ripen in Auguft.
There are ſeveral varieties of this fort, which differ
in the colour of their flowers and multiplicity of pe-
tals; thoſe with beautiful flowers are preſerved in
gardens for ornament, but that with the ſingle flowers
only is cultivated for uſe. The ſeeds of this fort are
uſed in emulſions, being cooling, and good in fevers
and inflammatory diſtempers, as alſo for the ſtran-
gury and heat of the urine. Of the dry heads in-
fuſed and boiled in water, is made the diacodium of
the ſhops.
It has been generally ſuppoſed, that from the heads
of this ſort of Poppy the opium is extracted; but one
of the heads which I have by me, from which opium
had been extracted in Turkey, is of a different ſhape
from thoſe of this fort.
All the forts of Poppy are propagated by feeds, but
the fifth and ſeventh forts, which have perennial roots,
may be alſo propagated by offsets. The beſt time for
fowing the ſeeds is in September, when they will
more certainly grow than thoſe which are ſown in the
ſpring; and thoſe forts which are annual will make
larger plants, and flower better than when they are
ſown in the ſpring. The beſt way is to fow the feeds
of the annual kinds in the places where they are to re-
main, and to thin the plants where they are too cloſe;
thoſe of the large kinds ſhould not be left nearer to
each other than a foot and a half, and the ſmaller
forts
a
a
9 X

PAP
PAR
3
CIUM.
forts may be allowed about half that ſpace. The The Species are,
culture they will require after this, is only to keep 1. PARIETARIA (Oficinalis) foliis lanceolato-ovatis al-
them clean from weeds.
ternis. Hort. Upial. 38. Pellitory with oval ſpear-ſhaped
Thoſe who are curious to have fine Poppies in their leaves, placed alternately. Parietaria officinarum &
gardens, carefully look over their plants when they Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. 121. The officinal Pellitory of
begin to flower, and cut up all thoſe plants whoſe Dioſcorides.
flowers are not very double and well marked, before 2. PARIETARIA (Judiaca) foliis ovatis caulibus erecti-
they open their flowers, to prevent their farina mixing ufculis, calycibus triforis, corollis hermaphroditis,
with their finer flowers, which would degenerate defloratis elongato-cylindricis. Lin. Sp. 1492. Pelli-
them; and it is the not being careful of this, that tory with oval leaves, an ereet ſtalk, and three flowers in
cauſes the flowers to degenerate fo frequently in ma- each cup, which are hermaphrodite. Parietaria minor
ny places, which is often ſuppoſed to be occaſioned Ocimi folio. C. B. P. 121. Smaller Pellitory with a
by the ground.
Bafil leaf.
The yellow Welſh Poppy requires a cool ſhady fitu- The firſt fort grows naturally in Germany and Hol-
ation, where the plants will thrive, and produce plenty land, but was not in England till the year 1727, when
of feeds annually. If theſe feeds are permitted to ſcat- I brought it here. This is ſuppoſed to be the true
ter, the plants will come up better than when ſown fort which is recommended by the ancients to be uſed
by hand; but if they are ſown, it ſhould be always in in medicine; it hath a thick perennial root, compoſed
the autumn; for the feeds of this, which are fown in of fleſhy reddiſh fibres, from which ariſe many ſtalks
the ſpring, rarely ſucceed.
a foot and a half high, garniſhed with hairy, oval,
The beſt time to tranſplant and part the roots of ſpear-ihaped leaves, about two inches long, and one
this fort is in the autumn, that the plants may be well broad in the middle, having ſeveral veins. The
eſtabliſhed in their new quarters, before the dry wea- flowers come out in ſmall cluſters on the ſide of the
ther comes on in the ſpring.
ſtalks ; they are ſmall, of an herbaceous colour, ſo
The eaſtern Poppy will thrive either in fun or ſhade, make no figure. Theſe appear in fucceffion all the
for I have ſeveral of theſe plants growing under trees, ſummer months, and the feeds ripen accordingly,
where they have thriven many years, and flower full which are caſt out to a diſtance with an elaſticity
as well as thoſe in an open ſituation, but came later in
when ripe.
the ſeaſon. This will propagate very faſt by its The ſecond fort grows plentifully on old walls, and
roots, ſo there is no neceſſity for fowing the feeds, the ſides of dry banks in moſt parts of England, this
unleſs to procure new varieties. This fort ſhould be differs from the former in having ſhorter ſtalks, and
tranſplanted at the ſame ſeaſon as the former; and if ſmaller oval leaves. The flowers are alſo lefs, and
the ſeeds are fown, it ſhould be at the ſame time, for are in ſmaller cluſters, in other reſpects they are the
the reaſons before given.
fame.
PAPAVER CORNICULATUM. See GLAU- They may be propagated in plenty from a ſingle
plant, which, if permitted to ſcatter its ſeeds, will
PAPAVER SPINOSUM. See ACREMONE. fill the ground about it with young plants, for the
PAPAYA. See CARICA.
.
ſeeds are very difficult to collect, as they are thrown
PAPILIONACEOUS. A papilionaceous (or out of their covers as ſoon as they are ripe.
Pea-bloom) flower is ſo called, becauſe in ſome mea- There are three or four other ſpecies of this genus,
ſure it reſembles a butterfly with its wings expanded. but as they have little beauty and are of no uſe, ſo
It always conſiſts of theſe parts; the vexillum or are not cultivated in gardens.
ſtandard, which is a large erečt ſegment or petal ; the PARIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 449. Herba Paris. Tourn.
alæ, or two wings, which compoſe the ſides, and the Inft. R. H. 233. tab. 117. True love, or One-berry.
carina, or keel, which is a concave petal or ſegment, The CHARACTERS are,
reſembling the lower part of a boat: this keel is The empalement of the flower is permanent, and compoſed
ſometimes entire, and ſometimes it conſiſts of two pe- of four leaves, which expand in form of a croſs. The
tals or ſegments adhering pretty cloſe together. Of flower alſo hath four leaves, which ſpread open in the
this tribe are Peas, Beans, Kidney-beans, Vetches, Same manner, and are permanent. In the center of the
and other leguminous plants.
flower is fiivated a roundiſh four-cornered germen, fup-
PAPPOSE PLANTS are ſuch as have their feeds
porting four Spreading ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſummits.
covered with a down, which adheres to the upper This is attended by eight ſtamina, each having an oblong
part of the ſeed, and are of uſe to ſpread them when Summit, faſtened by threads on each ſide to the ſtamina.
ripe, by ſuſtaining them in the air, ſo that they may The germen efterward changes to a roundiſh berry, having
be conveyed to a great diſtance. Of this kind are the four cells which are filled with ſeeds.
Sow-thiſtles, Hawkweeds, Dandelion, Starworts, &c. This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
PARASITICAL PLANTS are ſuch as are produced of Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes the plants
out of the trunk or branches of other plants, from whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and four ſtyles.
whence they receive their nouriſhment, and will not We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
grow upon the ground, as the Mineto, &c.
PARIS (Quadrifolia) foliis quaternis. Flor. Lapp. 155.
PÅRIETARI A. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 509. tab. Herb Paris, True-love, or One-berry.
289. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1020. ſo called from Paries, This plant grows wild in moiſt ſhady woods in di-
Lat. a wall, becauſe it grows on old walls.] Pellito- vers parts of England, but eſpecially in the northern
ry; in French, Parietaire.
counties, and it is with great difficulty preſerved in
The CHARACTERS are,
gardens. The only method to procure it, is to take
It hath hermaphrodite and female flowers upon the ſame up the plants from the places where they grow wild,
plant. There are two hermaphrodite flowers contained in
preſerving good balls of earth to their roots, and
a fix-leaved involucrum ; theſe have a quadrifid plain plant them in a ſhady moiſt border, where they may
empolement of one leaf, half the ſize of the involucrum. remain undiſturbed, in which fituation they will live
They have no petals
, but four permanent awl-shaped ſome years, but as it is a plant of little beauty, it is
ſtamina longer than the empalement, terminated by twin rarely preſerved in gardens.
fummits, with an oval germen ſupporting a ſlender co- PARKINSONIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 25. tab. 3.
loured ſtyle, crowned by a pencil-ſhaped ſtigma. The
ger-
Lin. Gen. Plant. 460.
men afterward turns to an oval feed wrapped up in the The CHARACTERS are,
empalement. The female flowers have no ſtamine, but in The empalement of the flower ſpreads open; it is of one
other reſpects are the ſame as the hermaphrodite.
leaf, indenied in five parts at the top. The flower has
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of five almoſt equal petals placed circularly; the four upper
Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, which contains thoſe are oval, the under is kidney-ſhaped. It has ten declining
plants which have hermaphrodite and female flowers Stamina terminated by oblong ſummits, and a long taper
on the ſame plant.
germen with ſcarce any Style, crowned by an obtufe ftigma.
The
a

PAR
P A R
a
a
.
The germen afterward becomes a long taper pod with to on oval four-cornered capſule with one cell, contoining
ſwelling joints, in each of which is lodged one oblong feed. ſeveral oblong feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and four ſtyles.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The SPECIES are,
PARKINSONIA (Aculeata.) Parkinſonia. Hort. Cliff. 57. PARNASSIA (Polutris.) Parnalis Graſs. Parnaffia pa-
Parkinſonia aculeata, foliis minutis, uni coftæ adnexis. Juftris & vulgaris. Inft. R. H. Cominon Marſh Grafs of
Plum. Nov. Gen. 25. Prickly Parkinſonia with very Parnaſſus.
ſmall leaves, which are fastened to one middle rib. 2. PARNASSIA (Pleno fiore) vulgaris flore pleno. Com-
This plant was diſcovered by Father Plumier in Ame- mon Graſs of Parnaffus, with a double flower.
rica, who gave it this name in honour of Mr. John The former of theſe forts grows wild in moiſt mea-
Parkinſon, who publiſhed an Univerſal Hiſtory of dows in ſeveral parts of England, but particularly in
Plants in English, in the year 1640.
the north; but it doth not grow in the neighbour-
It is very common in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies, but of hood of London, any nearer than on the other ſide of
late
years it has been introduced into the Engliſh ſet- Watford, in the low meadows by Caſſioberry, where
tlements in America, for the beauty and ſweetneſs of it is in pretty great plenty.
its flowers. This, in the countries where it grows na- The other fort is an accidental variety of the former,
turally, riſes to be a tree of twenty feet high or more, which has been diſcovered wild, and tranſplanted into
and bears long ſlender bunches of yellow flowers, gardens. This is but rarely to be found, being in
which hang down after the ſame manner as the La- very few gardens at preſent.
burnum. Theſe flowers have a moſt agreeable ſweet Theſe plants may be taken up from the natural places
ſcent, ſo as to perfume the air to a conſiderable dif- of their growth, with balls of earth to their roots,
tance round about the trees; for which reaſon, the and planted into pots filled with pretty ſtrong, freſh,
inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies plant them near their undunged earth, and placed in a Mady fituation,
habitations. And though this plant has not been in- where, if they are conſtantly watered in dry weather,
troduced many years into the Engliſh ſettlements, yet they will thrive very well, and flower every ſumner ;
it is now become ſo common in all the iſlands, that but if the plants are planted in the full ground, it
but few houſes are without ſome of the trees near it; ſhould be in a very moiſt fhady border, otherwile
for it produces flowers and ſeeds in plenty in about they will not live; and theſe ſhould be as duly wa-
two years from feed, ſo that it may ſoon be made tered as thoſe in the pots in dry weather, to make
common in all hot countries; but in Europe it re- them produce ſtrong flowers.
quires a ftove, otherwiſe it will not live through the They may be propagated by parting their roots,
winter.
which ſhould be done in March, before they put out
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be new leaves; but the roots ſhould not be divided too
ſown in ſmall pots filled with light freſh earth early in ſmall, for that will prevent their flowering the follow-
the ſpring, and the pots muſt be plunged into a hot- ing ſummer. Theſe roots ſhould always be planted in
bed of tanners bark, where, in about three weeks or pretty ſtrong freſh earth, for they will not thrive in a
a month's time, the plants will come up, when they light rich foil
. In the ſpring they muſt be conſtantly
ſhould be kept clear from weeds, and frequently re- watered, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, otherwiſe
freſhed with a little water. In a little time theſe they will not flower; nor ſhould they be parted of-
plants will be fit to tranſplant, which ſhould be done tener than every third year, to have them ſtrong.
very carefully, ſo as not to injure their roots. They Theſe plants flower in July, and their ſeeds are ripe
muſt be each planted into a ſeparate halfpenny pot
the latter end of Auguſt.
filled with light freſh earth, and then plunged into It is called Parnaffus, from Mount Parnaſſus, on
the hot-bed again, obſerving to ſtir up the tan; and which it was ſuppoſed to grow ; and from the cattle
if it hath loſt its heat, there ſhould be ſome freſh tan feeding on it, it was called a Grafs, though the plant
added to renew it again. Then ſhade the plants has no reſemblance to any of the Graſs kind, but is
from the heat of the ſun, until they have taken new more like the Ranunculus in flower, and the leaves
root; after which time they ſhould have freſh air ad- are pretty broad, oblong, and ſmooth.
mitted to them every day, in proportion to the warmth PARONYCHIA. See ILLECEBRUM.
of the ſeaſon. With this management the plants will PARSLEY. See Apium.
grow ſo faſt, as to fill the pots with their roots by the PARSNEP. See PASTINACA.
beginning of July, at which time they ſhould be PARTERRE is a level diviſion of ground, which,
ſhifted into pots a little larger than the former, for the moſt part, faces the ſouth and beſt front of
and plunged again into the bark-bed to forward a houſe, and is generally furniſhed with greens,
their taking new root; after which it will be the beſt flowers, &c.
way to inure the plants by degrees to bear the open There are ſeveral ſorts of Parterres, as plain Graſs
air, that they may be hardened before winter; for with borders, and Parterres of embroidery, &c.
if they are kept too warm in winter, the plants will Plain Parterres are more beautiful in England than in
decay before the next ſpring. The only method by any other countries, by reaſon of the excellency of
which I have ſucceeded in keeping this plant through our turf, and that decency and unaffected fimplicity
the winter, was by hardening them in July and Au- that it affords to the eye of the ſpectator.
guft to bear the open air ; and in September I placed Others are cut into fhell and ſcroll-work, with fand-
them on ſhelves in the dry ſtove, at the greateſt dif- alleys between them, which are the fineſt Parterre
tance from the fire, ſo that they were in a very tem- works efteemed in France.
perate warmth; and there they retained their leaves As to the general proportion of Parterres, an oblong
all the winter, and continued in health, when thoſe or long ſquare is accounted the moſt proper figure
which were placed in a warmer ſituation, as alſo thoſe for a Parterre; becauſe by the rules of perſpective,
in the green-houſe, were entirely deſtroyed, but theſe or the natural declenſion of the viſual rays in optics,
feldom ſurvived the ſecond winter.
a long ſquare ſinks almoſt to a ſquare, and an exact
PARNASSIA. Tourn. Inft. RH. 246. tab. 127. ſquare appears much leſs than it really is, therefore
Lin. Gen. Plant. 345. Grafs of Parnaſſus.
a Parterre ſhould not be lefs than twice as long as it
The CHARACTERS are,
is broad, twice and a half is accounted a very good
The flower bath a permanent Spreading empalement, cut into proportion, and it is very rare that three times is ex-
five parts. The flower hos five roundiſh, concave, ſpreading ceeded.
petals, which have five heart-ſhaped concave neftoriums, As to the breadth of a Parterre, it is to take its di-
and five stamina terminated by depreſſed ſummits, with a menſions from the breadth of the front of the houſe.
large oval germen having no ſtyle, but four obtuſe perma- If the front of the houſe is one hundred feet long, the
nent ftigmas in their place. "The germen afterward turns breadth of the Parterre ſhould be one hundred and
fifty

PAR
P A S
This may
fifty feet; and if the front of the houſe be two hun- ſhould be removed to a warm ſheltered ſituation,
dred feet, the Parterre ſhould be fifty feet broader; where they muſt be ſhaded from the fun until they
but where the front of the houſe exceeds the breadth have taken new root; after which time they may be
of the Parterre, it will be a good proportion to make expoſed, with other hardy annual plants in a warm
the Parterre of the ſame dimenſions with the front.
ſituation, where they will flower in July, and their
Some do not approve of making Parterres very broad, feeds will ripen in September. But if the ſeaſon
becauſe it makes them appear too ſhort; when no- ſhould prove cold and wet, it will be proper to have
thing is more pleaſing to the eye, than a contracted
,
a plant or two in ſhelter, either in the ſtove, or un-
regular conduct and view, as ſoon as the perſon goes der tall frames, in order to have good feeds, if thoſe
out of a houſe or building; and a forward direct plants which are expoſed ſhould fail, whereby the
view is the beſt, whether it be either Parterre or lawn, ſpecies may be preſerved.
or any other open ſpace, either two, three, or four- The ſecond fort is a perennial plant, which dies to
fold in the width; and for that reaſon, thoſe deſigns the ground every autumn, and ſhoots up again the
may juſtly be diſapproved, by which the nobleneſs
following ſpring. The ſeeds of this fort were ſent me
of the view is marred at the immediate entrance into
by my good friend Dr. Thomas Dale, from South
the garden, the angle of light being broken and Carolina, where the plants grow wild.
confuſed.
be propagated by parting the roots in autumn, and
The making of Parterres too large cauſes a great ex- may be planted in the full ground, where it will abide
pence, and at the ſame time occaſions a diminution
the cold of our ordinary winters very well. This fort
of wood, which is the moſt valuable part of a garden. flowers in July, but feldom produces good feeds in
As to the adorning and furniſhing theſe Parterres, England.
whether it be plain or with embroidery, that depends Theſe plants make no great appearance, fo are ſeldom
much upon the form of them, and therefore muft be cultivated but for the ſake of variety.
left to the judgment and fancy of the deſigner. PASQU E-FLOWER. See PULSATILLA.
PARTHENIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 939. Parthe-PASSERINA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 440. Thymelæ2.
niaftrum. Niffol. Act. Par. 1711. Dill. Gen. 13. Baf- Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 594. Pluk. Sanamunda. Cluſ.
tard Feverfew.
Sparrow-wort.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
It bath a flower compoſed of bermaphrodite florets and
fe- The flower has no empalement; it has one withered petal,
male half florets, which are incloſed in a common five- having a ſlender cylindrical tube ſwelling below the mid-
leaved Spreading empalement. The hermaphrodite flowers dle, and divided into four parts at the top, which ſpread
which form the diſk, have one tubulous petal cut into five open. It bath eight briſtly ſtamina fitting on the top
.
parts at the brim ; they have five hair-like ſtamina the of the tube, terminated by ere Et ſummits almoſt oval. It
length of the tube, terminated by thick ſummits. The has an oval germen under the tube, having a ſlender ſtyle
germen is ſituated below the floret, and is ſcarce viſible, riſing on one ſide of the top of the germen, crowned by a
Supporting a ſlender Style having no ftigma; theſe florets headed ſtigma, ſet with prickly horms on every ſide. The
are barren. The female florets which compoſe the rays germen afterward turns to an ovel ſeed pointed at both
or border, are ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue ; ends, incloſed in a thick oval capſule of one cell.
theſe have a large, beart-ſhaped, compreſſed germen, with This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
a ſender ſtyle crowned by two long Spreading Rigmas. Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
Theſe are ſucceeded by one heart-ſhaped compreſſed ſeed. whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
The SPECIES are,
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe 1. PASSERNIA (Filiformis) foliis linearibus convexis
plants which have male and female, or hermaphro- quadrifariàm imbricatis, ramis tomentoſis. Lin. Sp.
dite flowers in the ſame plants, whoſe male or herma- Plant. 559. Sparrow-wort with linear convex leaves im-
phrodite flowers have five ſtamina.
bricated four ways, and downy branches. Thymelæa
The SPECIES are,
Ethiopica, pafferinæ foliis. Breyn. Cent. 10. fig. 6.
1. PARTHENIUM (Hyſterophorus) foliis compoſito-multi- Ethiopian Spurge Laurel, with Sparrow-wort leaves.
fidis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 442. Parthenium with many 2. PASSERINA (Hirſuta) foliis carnofis extus glabris,
pointed compound leaves. Partheniaitrum artemiſiæ fo- caulibus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 559. Sparrow-
lio, fore albo. Hort. Chelf. 152. Baſtard Feverfew, wort with fleſhy leaves, which are ſmooth on their outſide,
with a Mugwort leaf.
and downy ſtalks. Sanamunda 3. Cluf. Hiſt. 1. p. 89.
2. PARTHENIUM (Integrifolium) foliis ovatis crenatis. Lin. The third Sanamunda of Clufius.
Hort. Cliff. 442. Parthenium with oval crenated leaves. 3. PASSERNIA (Ciliata) foliis lanceolatis ſubciliatis erec-
Partheniaſtrum helenii folio. Hort. Elth. 302. tab. tis, ramis nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 559. Sparrow-wort
225. Baſtard Feverfew with an Elecampane leaf.
with ſpear-ſhaped ere Et leaves having ſmall hairs and
The firit fort grows wild in great plenty in the iſland naked branches. Sanamunda 1. Cluf. Hift. 88. The
of Jamaica, and in ſome other of the Engliſh ſet- firſt Sanamunda of Clufius.
tlements in the Weſt-Indies, where it is called wild | 4. PASSERNIA (Uniflora) foliis linearibus oppoſitis, flo-
Wormwood, and is uſed by the inhabitants as a vul- ribus terminalibus folitariis, ramis glabris. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 560. Sparrow-wort with lineer leaves placed op-
The ſecond ſort grows plentifully in ſeveral parts of pofte, ſingle flowers terminating the branches, and ſmooth
the Spaniſh Weft-Indies, from whence the feeds have Stalks. Thymelæa ramoſa, linearibus foliis anguftis,
been brought to Europe.
fore folitario. Burm. Afr. 131. tab. 48. fig. 1. Branch-
The firſt is an annual plant, which may be propa- ing Spurge Laurel, with narrow linear leaves and a ſingle
pagated by fowing the ſeeds on a hot-bed early in the flower.
ſpring; and when the plants come up, they ſhould The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
be tranſplanted on another hot-bed, at about five or Hope, from whence it was firſt brought to the gar-
fix inches diſtance, obſerving to water and ſhade them dens in Holland. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five
until they have taken new root; after which time or ſix feet high, ſending out branches the whole
they muſt have a pretty large ſhare of freſh air in length, which, when young, grow erect, but as they
warm weather, by raiſing the glaſſes of the hot-bed advance in length, they incline toward an horizontal
every day, and they muſt be duly watered every poſition; but more fo, when the ſmall ſhoots to-
other day at leaft. When the plants have grown ſo ward the end are full of flowers and feed-vefſels,
as to meet each other, they ſhould be carefully taken which weigh down the weak branches from their up-
up, preſerving a ball of earth to their roots, and right poſition. The branches are covered with a white
each planted into a ſeparate pot filled with light rich down like meal, and are cloſely garniſhed with very
earth; and if they are plunged into a moderate hot- narrow leaves which are convex, and lie over each
bed, it will greatly facilitate their taking freſh root ; other in four rows like the ſcales of fiſh, ſo as that the
but where this conveniency is wanting, the plants young branches ſeem as if they were four-cornered.
The
nerary herb.
3

PAS
PAS
3
The flowers come out at the extremity of the young and obtuſe. The nectarium hath a triple crown ; the
branches, from between the leaves on every fide; outer, which is longer, is faſtened to the inſide of the pe-
they are ſmall and white, ſo make but little appear- tol, but is larger and compreſſed above. It has five awl-
ance, and are ſucceeded by ſmall feed-veffels, which ſhaped ſtamina, faſtened at their baſe to the column of the
ſeem withered and dry. The flowers come out in Style annexed to the germen, Spreading out horizontally, and
June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in the autumn. terminated by oblong, obtufe, incumbent ſummits. The Style
This plant may be propagated by cuttings during the is an erect cylindrical column, upon sohoſe top fits an oval
ſummer months, which ſhould be planted in a bed of germen, with three ſmaller ſtyles which Spread out, crown-
loamy earth, and cloſely covered with a bell or hand- ed by beaded ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an
glaſs to exclude the air, ſhading them every day from oval Aeſhy fruit with one cell, ſitting at the end of the
the fun, and refreſhing them now and then with wa- Style, filled with oval feeds, faſtened longitudinally to the
ter. With this treatment the cuttings will have taken skin or Shell.
root in about two months, when they may be taken This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
up, and each planted in a ſmall pot filled with ſoft of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe
loamy earth, placing them in the ſhade till they have plants whoſe male and female parts are joined toge
taken new root; then they may be removed into a ther, and their flowers have five ſtamina.
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till Octo-
The SPECIES are,
ber, when they muſt be placed in the green-houſe, for 1. PASSIFLORA (Incarnata) foliis trilobis ſerratis. Ameen.
they will not live in the open air through the winter in Acad. vol. i. p. 230. Paffon-flower with leaves having
England; but they require no other treatment, than three ſawed lobes. Granadilla Hifpanis, fios paſlionis
Myrtles and other hardy green-houſe plants, which Italis. Hern. Mex. 888. The Granadilla of the Spani-
is to ſcreen them from froſt. As this plant retains ards, and the Paſſion-flower of the Italians, commonly
its verdure all the year, ſo it makes a pretty variety
celled three-leaved Pafon-flower.
in the green-houſe in winter.
2. PASSIFLORA (Cærulea) foliis palmatis integerrimis
.
It may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which if ſown in Amen. Acad. vol. i. p. 231. Pafion-flower with banda
the autumn ſoon after they are ripe, will more cer- Maped entire leaves. Granadilla pentaphyllos, fore
tainly ſucceed, than at any other ſeaſon of the year. cæruleo magno. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 81. Five-leaved
The feeds ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled with Paſſion-flower, with a large blue flower, or the moſt com
light earth, and if they are plunged into an old bed mon Paffion-flower.
of tanners bark, under a common frame in winter, 3. PASSIFLORA (Lutea) foliis trilobis cordatis æqualibus
the plants will come up in the ſpring, and ſhould then obtuſis glabris integerrimis. Amen. Acad. vol. i. p.
be treated in the ſame manner as thoſe raiſed from 224. Paffion-flower with beart-ſhaped leaves having three
cuttings; but the feedling plants will grow more equal lobes, which are ſmooth, obtuſe, and entire. Gra.
erect, and appear handſomer than thoſe propagated nadilla folio tricuſpidi, flore parvo flaveſcente. Tourn.
by cuttings.
Inft. R. H. 240. Paffion-flower with a three-pointed leaf,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- and a ſmall yellowiſh flower.
gal; this hath ſhrubby ſtalks, which riſe to a greater 4. PASSIFLORA (Glabra) foliis trilobis integerrimis, lobis
height than the former; the branches grow more dif- ſublanceolatis, intermedio productiore. Amen. Acad.
fuſed, and are covered with a meally down, garniſh-
vol. i.
p. 229. Paffion-flower with leaves having three
ed with ſhort, thick, fucculent leaves, lying over entire lobes, which are somewhat Spear-ſhaped, and have
each other like the ſcales of fiſh; they are ſmooth and the middle one longer than the others. Flos paffionis
green on their outſide, but downy on their inner. minor, folio in tres lacinias non ferratis profundius
The flowers are ſmall and white, like thoſe of the diviſo, flore luteo. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 104. Smaller
former, and appear about the ſame time. This plant Paffron-flower, with a leaf deeply divided into three ſega
will live abroad in ordinary winters, if it is planted in ments which are not ſawed, and a yellow flower.
a dry foil and a warm ſituation ; but in hard froſts 5. PASSIFLORA (Suberofa) foliis trilobis integerrimis gla-
the plants are frequently deſtroyed, therefore one or bris, cortice ſuberofo. Amen. Acad. 1. 226. Paſſion-
two plants ſhould be kept in pots, and ſheltered in flower with leaves having three entire ſmooth lobes, and
winter to preſerve the ſpecies. This may be propa- Cork-like bark. Flos paſſionis Curaffavicus, folio gla-
gated by cuttings, in the ſame way as the former fort. bro, trilobato, & anguſto, flore flaveſcente omnium
The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal, minimo. Par. Bat. Pluk. Alm. 282. Paſion-flower of
as alſo at the Cape of Good Hope. This hath a Curoſſao, with a ſmooth leaf having three lobes, and the
ſhrubby ſtalk riſing five or ſix feet high, ſending out leaſt yellow flower.
many branches which are naked to their ends, where 6. PASSIFLORA (Oliv&forma) foliis haftatis glabris, pe-
they are garniſhed with oblong leaves ſtanding erect, talis florum anguftioribus. Paffion-floreer with holbert-
which have hairy points. The flowers are ſmall, white, pointed ſmooth leaves, and narrow petals to the flowers.
and come out between the leaves at the end of the
Granadilla folio amplo tricuſpidi, fructu olivæforma.
branches; they appear in June, but are not ſucceed- Tourn. Inft. R. H. 240. Paffion-flower with a large
ed by feeds in England. This may be propagated by three-pointed leaf, and an Olive-ſhaped fruit.
cuttings as the two former, and requires the ſame 7. PASSIFLORA (Fetida) foliis trilobis cordatis piloſis,
involucris multifido-capillaribus. Amon. Acad. I. p.
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good 228. Paffon-flower with leaves having three hairy lobes,
Hope ; it harh a low ſhrubby ſtalk, which ſeldom and the involucrum of the flower compoſed of many pointed
riſes more than a foot high, dividing into many llen- bairs. Granadilla fætida, folio tricuſpidi villoſo, fio-
der branches, which are ſmooth, and ſpread out on re albo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 240. Stinking Paffion-
every fide, garniſhed with very narrow leaves placed flower with a hairy three-pointed leaf, and a white flower.
oppoſite ; they are of a dark green, and have the ap- 8. PASSIFLORA (Variegata) foliis haftatis piloſis ampliori-
pearance of thoſe of the Fir-tree, but are narrower. bus, involucris multifido capillaribus. Paffios-flower
The flowers come out ſingly at the end of the branches, with the largeſt balbert-pointed hairy leaves, and empale-
which are larger than thoſe of the former, and the ments compoſed of many-pointed hairs. Granadilla fæ-
upper part of the petals is ſpread open almoſt flat ; tida, folio tricuſpidi villoſo, flore purpureo variega-
they are of a purple colour, and appear about the to. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 241. Stinking Paſſion-flower
ſame time as the former. This may be propagated by with a hairy three-pointed leaf, and a flower variegated
cuttings as the other forts, and the plants muſt be
with purple.
treated as the firſt fort.
9. PassiflORA (Holofericea) foliis trilobis, baſi utrinque
PASSIFLORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 910. Granadilla. denticulo reflexo. Amen. Acad. I. p. 229. Paffion-
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 240. tab. 124. Paſſion-flower; in flower with leaves having three lobes, a little indented on
French, Fleur de la Paſjon.
each ſide the baſe, which is reflexed. Granadilla folio
The CHARACTERS are,
haftato holoſerico, petalis candicantibus, fimbriis ex
The flower has a plain coloured empalement of five leaves, purpureo & luteo variis. Martyn. Dec. 51. Paffiona
and five half Spear-ſhaped petals, which are large, plain flower with a ſilky halbert-pointed leof, and frowers having
white
treatment.
3
9 Y

PA S
PAS
a
white petals, which are variegated with a purple and
yellow colour.
10. PASSIFLORA (Capſularis) foliis bilobis cordatis ob-
longis petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 957. Paſion-flower
with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, having two lobes ſtand-
ing upon foot-ſtalks. Granadilla flore fuaverubente fo-
lio bicorni. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 241. Paffion-flower
with a ſoft red Hower, and a leaf ending with two horns.
11. PASSIFLORA (Veſpertillio) foliis bilobis, baſi rotun-
datis biglandulofis, lobis acutis divaricatis, fub-
tus punctatis. Amen. Acad. I. 223. Paſſion-flower
having two lobes, and two glands at the baſe of their
leaves, whoſe lobes are acute, Spread from each other, and
Spotted on their under ſide. Granadilla bicornis, flo-
re candido, filamentis intortis. Hort. Elth. 164.
tab. 137. Paſion-flower with a two-horned leaf, a white
flower, and intorted filaments.
12. PASSIFLORA (Normalia) foliis bilobis, baſi emargi-
natis, lobis linearibus obtufis divaricatis, interinedio
obſoleto mucronato. Amen. Acad. 5. 248. Pohon-
flower with leaves having two linear obtuſe lobes, which
are indented at the baſe, and have foot-ſtalks. Grana-
dilla quæ Coanenepilli feu Contrayerva. Hernand.
Paſſion-flower, called Coanenepilli or Contrayerva, by Her-
nandes.
13. PASSIFLORA (Bicorna) foliis bilobis glabris rigidis,
baſi indiviſis. Paffion-flower with ſtif ſmooth leaves hav-
ing two lobes, which are undivided at their baſe. Grana-
dilla folio bicorni, glabro rigido, fore albo. Houft.
MSS. Paffion-flower with a ſmooth two-horned leaf, and
a white flower.
14. PASSIFLORA (Murucuia) foliis bilobis tranſverſis am-
plexicaulibus. Amen. Acad. 1. p. 222. Paſſion-flower
with tranſverſe leaves, having two lobes embracing the
Stalk. Murucuia folio lunato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 251.
Murucuia with a moon-shaped leaf.
15. PASSIFLORA (Maliformis) foliis indiviſis cordato-ob-
longis integerrimis, petiolis biglanduloſis involucris
integerrimis. Amen. Acad. 1. p. 220. Paffion-flower
with undivided, beart-ſhaped, oblong, entire leaves, foot-
fialks with two glands, and entire covers to the flowers.
Granadilla latifolia, fructu maliformi. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 241. Broad-leaved Pafon-flower with an Ap-
ple-Shaped fruit, commonly called Granadilla in the Weſt-
Indies.
16. PASSIFLORA (Laurifolia) foliis indiviſis ovatis, in-
tegerrimis, petiolis biglanduloſis involucris dentatis.
Amen. Acad. 1. p. 220. Paffion-flower with oval en-
tire leaves, foot-ſtalks with two glands, and the covers
of the flowers indented. Granadilla fructu citriformi,
foliis oblongis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 241. Paſion-flower
with a Citron-Shaped fruit, and oblong leaves, commonly
called Water Lemon in the Weſt-Indies.
17. Passiflora (Cupræa) foliis indiviſis ovatis integer-
rimis, 'petiolis æqualibus. Amen. Acad. vol. i. p.
219. Paſion-flower with undivided, ovel, entire leaves,
and equal foot-ſtalks. Granadilla Americana, fructu
ſubrotundo, corollâ floris erectâ, petalis amoene ful-
vis, foliis integris. Martyn. Cent. I. 37. American
Paſſion-flower with a roundiſh fruit, an erečt corollo to the
flower, the petals of a fine copper colour, and entire leaves.
18. PASSIFLORA (Serratifolia) foliis indivifis ferratis.
Amen. Acad. 1. p. 217. Paſſion-flower with undivided
fawed leaves. Granadilla Americana, folio oblongo
læviter ferrato, petalis ex viridi rubeſcentibus. Mart.
Cent. 1. p. 36. American Paffion-flower, with oblong
leaves which are fightly ſawed, and petals to the flower
of a greeniſh red colour.
19. PASSIFLORA (Multiflora) foliis indiviſis oblongis in-
tegerrimis, floribus confertis. Amen. Acad. 1. p. 221.
Paſſion-flower with undivided, oblong, entire leaves, and
flowers growing in cluſters. Clematis Indica, polyan-
thos odoratiſſima. Plum. Pl. Amer. 75. tab. 90. In-
dian Climber having many ſweet flowers.
20. PASSIFLORA (Quadrangularis) foliis indivifis ſubcor-
datis integerrimis, petiolis ſexglanduloſis, caule mem-
branaceo tetragono. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1356. Paffion-flower
with heart-ſhaped entire leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks have fix
glands, and a four-cornered membranaceous ſtalk. Paffi-
fora foliis amplioribus cordatis, petiolis glandulis ſex,
caule quadrangulo alato. Brown. Jam. 327. Pamon-
flower with ample heart-shaped leaves, whose foot-ſtalks
have fix glands, and a ſquare winged ſtalk.
The firſt lort grows naturally in Virginia and other
parts of North America; this was the firit known in
Europe of all the ſpecies, but was not very common
in the Engliſh gardens till of late years. The root of
this plant is perennial, but the ſtalk is annual in
North America, dying to the ground every winter, as
it alſo does in England, unleſs it is placed in a ſtove.
The ſtalks of this are flender, riſing about four or
five feet high, having tendrils or claſpers at each
joint, which faften themſelves about whatever plant
ſtand near them, whereby the ſtalk is ſupported. At
each joint comes out one leaf upon a ſhort foot-ſtalk;
theſe have for the moſt part three oblong lobes, which
join at their baſe, but the two fide lobes are ſome
times divided part of their length into two narrow
ſegments, ſo as to reſemble a five-lobed leaf; they
are thin, of a light green, and ſlightly fawed on their
edges. The flowers are produced from the joints of
the ftalk at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves; theſe have
long ſlender foot-ſtalks fucceeding each other, as the
ſtalks advance in height, during the ſummer months.
The involucrum of the flower is compoſed of five
oblong blunt-pointed leaves, of a pale green; theſe
open and diſcloſe five more leaves or petals, which are
white, having a fringe or circle of rays of a double
order round the ſtyle, of a purple colour, the lower
row being the longeft. In the center of this ariſes
the pillar-like ſtyle, with the roundiſh germen at the
top, furrounded at the bottom, where it adheres to
the ſtyle, with five fattiſh ftamina which ſpread out
every way, and ſuſtain each of them an oblong ſum-
mit which hang downward, and on their under fide
are covered with a yellow farina. The flowers have
an agreeable ſcent, but are of ſhort duration, open-
ing in the morning, and fade away in the evening,
never opening again, but are ſucceeded by freſh flow-
ers, which come out at the joints of the ſtalk above
them. When the flowers fade, the roundiſh germen
ſwells to a fruit as large as a middling Apple, which
changes to a pale Orange colour when ripe, incloſing
many oblong rough ſeeds incloſed in a ſweetiſh pulp.
This fort is uſually propagated by ſeeds which are
brought from America, for the feeds do not often
ripen in England; though I have ſometimes had ſe-
veral fruit perfectly ripe on plants, which were plung-
ed in a tan-bed under a deep frame; but thoſe plants
which are expoſed to the open air, do not produce
fruit here. The ſeeds ſhould be ſown upon a mode-
rate hot-bed, which will bring up the plants much
ſooner than when they are ſown in the open air, ſo
they will have more time to get ſtrength before winter.
When the plants are come up two or three inches
high, they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with good kitch-
en-garden earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed to forward their taking new root; after which
they ſhould be gradually inured to bear the open air,
to which they ſhould be expoſed in ſummer, but in
the autumn they muſt be placed under a garden-frame
to ſcreen them from the froſt; but they ſhould have
the free air at all times in mild weather. The ſpring
following ſome of theſe plants may be turned out of
the pots, and planted in a warm border, where, if
they are covered with tanners bark every winter to
keep out the froft, they will live ſeveral years, their
ſtalks decaying in the autumn, and new ones ariſe in
the ſpring, which in warm ſeaſons will flower very
well. If thoſe plants which are continued in pots, are
plunged into a tan-bed, ſome of them may produce
fruit; and, if the ſtalks of theſe are laid down in
the beginning of June, into pots of earth plunged
near them, they will take root by the end of Auguſt,
ſo that the plants may be eaſily propagated this way.
The ſecond fort has not been many years in England,
but is now the moſt common. This grows naturally
in the Braſils, yet is hardy enough to thrive in the
open air here, and is ſeldom injured except in very
ſevere winters, which commonly kills the branches to
the ground, and ſometimes deſtroys the roots; this
a
a
rifes

P AS
PAS
a
a
ments.
riſes in a few years to a great height, if they have
proper fupport. I have ſeen ſome of theſe plants,
whoſe branches were trained up more than forty feet
high. The ſtalks will grow almoſt as large as a
man's arm, and are covered with a purpliſh bark, but
do not become very woody. The ſhoots from theſe
ſtalks are often twelve or fifteen feet long in one ſum-
mer; they are very flender, ſo muſt be ſupported,
otherwiſe they will hang to the ground, intermix with
each other, and appear very unſightly. Theſe are
garniſhed at each joint with one hånd-ſhaped leaf,
compoſed of five ſmooth entire lobes, the middle one,
which is the longeſt, being almoſt four inches long,
and one broad in the middle, the other are gradually
ſhorter, and the two outer lobes are frequently divid-
ed on their outer fide into two ſmaller lobes or feg-
Their foot-ftalks are near two inches long,
and have two ſmall leaves or ears embracing the ſtalks
at their baſe, and from the ſame point coines out a
long claſper, which twiſts round the neighbouring
plants, whereby the ſtalks are ſupported. The flow-
ers come out at the ſame joint as the leaves; theſe
have foot-ſtalks almoſt three inches long. The
flowers have an outer cover, compoſed of three con-
cave oval leaves, of a paler green than the leaves of
the plant, which are little more than half the length
of the empalement, which is compoſed of five oblong
blunt leaves, of a very pale green ; within theſe are
five petals, nearly of the ſame ſhape and ſize with the
empalement, ſtanding alternately between them. In
the center of the flower ariſes a thick club-like co-
lumn about an inch long, on the top of which fits an
oval germen, from whoſe baſe ſpreads out five awl-
ſhaped horizontal ſtamina, which are terminated by
oblong broad ſummits faftened in the middle of the
ftamina, hanging downward; theſe may be moved
round without ſeparating from the ſtamina, and their
under ſurface is charged with yellow farina; on the
ſide of the germen ariſe three ſlender purpliſh ſtyles
near an inch long, ſpreading from each other, termi-
nated by obtuſe ſtigmas. Round the bottom of the
column are two orders of rays; the inner, which is
the ſhorteſt, inclines toward the column the outer,
which is near half the length of the petals, ſpread
open flat upon them; theſe rays are compoſed of a
great number of thread-like filaments, of a purple co-
lour at bottom, but are blue on the outſide. The
flowers have a faint ſcent, and continue but one day;
after they fade, the germen on the top of the co-
lumn ſwells to a large oval fruit about the ſize and
Shape of the Mogul Plum, and when ripe is of the
ſame pale yellow colour, incloſing a ſweetiſh diſagree-
able pulp, in which are lodged oblong ſeeds. This
plant begins to flower early in July, and there is a
ſucceſſion of flowers daily, till the froſt in autumn puts
a ftop to them.
It may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
in the ſame manner as thoſe of the firſt fort, and the
plants treated in the ſame way till the following ſpring,
when they ſhould be turned out of the pots, and
planted againſt a good aſpected wall, where they may
have height for their ſhoots to extend, otherwiſe they
will hang about and entangle with each other, ſo
make but an indifferent appearance ; but where build-
ings are to be covered, this plant is very proper for
the purpoſe. After they have taken good root in
their new quarters, the only care they will require, is
to train their ſhoots up againſt the wall, as they ex-
tend in length, to prevent their hanging about, and
if the winter proves ſevere, the ſurface of the ground
about their roots ſhould be covered with mulch to
keep the froſt from penetrating of the ground; and if
the ſtalks and branches are covered with mats, Peas-
haulm, ſtraw, or any ſuch light covering, it will
protect them in winter againſt fevere froſts; but this
covering muſt be taken off in mild weather, otherwiſe
it will cauſe the branches to grow mouldy, which will
be more injurious to them than the cold. In the
ſpring the plants ſhould be trimmed, when all the
ſmall weak ſhoots ſhould be entirely cut off, and the
ftrong ones ſhortened to about four or five feet long,
which will cauſe them to put out ſtrong ſhoots for
flowering the following year.
This plant is alſo propagated by laying down the
branches, which in one year will be well rooted, ſo
may be taken off from the old plants, and tranſplant-
ed, where they are deſigned to remain. The cut-
tings of this will alſo take root, if they are planted
in a loamy foil not too ftiff, in the ſpring, before they
begin to ſhoot. If theſe are covered with bell or
hand-glaſſes to exclude the air, they will ſucceed much
better than when they are otherwiſe treated, but when
the cuttings put out ſhoots, the air ſhould be admit-
ted to them, otherwiſe they will draw up weak and
ſpoil, and they muſt be afterwards treated as the layers.
Thoſe plants which are propagated by layers or cut-
tings, do not produce fruit fo plentifully as the feed-
ling plants ; and I have found the plants which have
been propagated two or three times, either by layers
or cuttings, ſeldom produce fruit, which is common
to many other plants.
If in very ſevere winters the ſtalks of theſe plants are
killed to the ground, the roots often put out new
ſtalks the following ſummer, therefore they ſhould not
be diſturbed, and where there is mulch laid on the
ground about their roots, there will be little danger
of their being killed, although all the ſtalks ſhould be
deſtroyed.
There is a variety of this, the lobes of the leaves are
much narrower, and are divided almoſt to the bottom.
The flowers come later in the ſummer; the petals of
the flowers are narrower, and of a purer white, but I
believe it is only a feminal variation of the other, fo
not worthy of being enumerated.
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia, and alſo
in Jamaica; this hath a perennial creeping root,
ſending up many weak ſtalks about three or four feet
high, which are garniſhed with leaves ſhaped very
like thoſe of Ivy, and are almoſt as large, but of a
pale green and very thin conſiſtence. The flowers
come out from the wings of the ſtalk upon fender
foot-ſtalks an inch and a half long, and at their baſe
ariſe very ſlender tendrils, which claſp round any
neighbouring ſupport. The flowers are of a dirty
yellow colour, and not larger than a fix-pence when
expanded, ſo make no great appearance. This may
be propagated by its creeping roots, which may be
parted in April, and planted where they are to remain.
This fort will live in a warm border, if treated in the
ſame way as is directed for the firſt fort. Some of theſe
plants lived many years in the Chelſea Garden in a
border to a ſouth-weſt aſpect, but in the year 1740
they were killed by the froſt.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this hath
a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral ſlender
ftalks four or five feet high, which have joints four
or five inches aſunder ; at each of theſe come out one
leaf, a tendril, and a flower. The leaves have three
the middle one is three inches long, and almoſt
an inch broad in the middle; the two ſide lobes are
about two inches long, and three quarters of an inch
broad, of a light green colour, and thin. The flowers
are ſmaller than thoſe of the laſt mentioned, and are
of a greeniſh colour; theſe are ſucceeded by oval
fruit, about the ſize of ſmall Olives, which turn pur-
ple when they are ripe.
The fifth fort grows naturally in moſt of the Weſt-
India iſlands; this riſes with a weak ſtalk to the height
of twenty feet. As the ſtalks grow old, they have
a thick fungous bark like that of the Cork-tree,
which cracks and ſplits. The ſmaller branches are
covered with a ſmooth bark, and garniſhed with
ſmooth leaves at each joint, fitting upon very ſhort
foot-ſtalks; theſe have three lobes, the middle one
being much longer than thoſe on the ſides, ſo that
the whole leaf has the form of the point of thoſe hal-
berts uſed by the yeomen of the guards. The flow-
ers are ſmall, of a greeniſh yellow colour, and are
ſucceeded by ſmall oval fruit of a dark purple co-
lour when ripe.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies ;
this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral
fender
a
lobes ;
a
a

PAS
PAS
a
a
و
Ilender ftalks, which riſe eight or ten feet high, gar-
niſhed with ſmooth green leaves ſtanding upon flender
foot-ſtalks. Theſe are but flightly indented into three
lobes, which end in acute points, and are ſhaped like
the points of halberts, the middle one ſtanding ob-
liquely to the foot-ſtalk. The flowers come out frora
the wings of the leaves on very ſhort foot-ſtalks; they
are of a pale yellow. The petals of the flowers are
very narrow, and longer than thoſe of the two former
forts; the fruit is ſmaller and of an oval form, chang-
ing to a dark purple when ripe.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
in the Weſt-Indies, where the inhabitants of the Bri-
tiſh iſlands call it Love in a Mift. The root of this
is annual; the ſtalks riſe five or fix feet high when
they are ſupported; they are channelled and hairy.
The leaves are heart-ſhaped, divided into three lobes,
the middle lobe being three inches long, and one and
a,
a, half broad; the two fide lobes are ſhort but broad ;
they are covered with ſhort brown hairs. The tendrils
come out at the fame place as the leaves, as do alſo
the flowers, whoſe foot-ſtalks are two inches long,
hairy, and pretty ſtrong. The empalement of the
flower is compoſed of ſlender hairy filaments, which
are wrought like a net; theſe are longer than the pe-
tals of the flower, and turn up round them, ſo that
the flowers are not very conſpicuous at a diſtance.
Theſe are white, and of ſhort duration, their ſtruc-
ture is the ſame with the other forts, and they are
ſucceeded by roundiſh oval fruit about the ſize of an
ordinary Golden Pippin, of a yellowiſh green colour,
incloſed with a netted empalement. This plant is
propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon a
hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the plants are
fit to remove, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into
a ſmall pot filled with light kitchen-garden earth, and
plunged again into a hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade
them from the ſun till they have taken new root ;
after which time they muſt be treated in the ſame way
as other plants from the ſame country, ſhifting them
into larger pots as their roots increaſe; and when
the plants are too tall to remain under the glaſſes of
the hot-bed, they ſhould be removed into an airy
glaſs-caſe, where they ſhould have the free air admit-
ted to them in warm weather, but ſcreened from the
cold. In this fituation the plants will flower in July,
and their feeds will ripen in the autumn. The whole
plant has a diſagreeable ſcent when touched.
There is a variety of this, if it is not a diſtinct ſpecies,
with hairy leaves not fo broad as thoſe of the former.
The whole leaf is ſhaped more like the point of a hal-
bert, and thoſe leaves which grow toward the upper
part of the ſtalks, have very ſmall indentures, fo ap-
proach near to ſimple leaves without lobes. The
flowers are alſo ſmaller, but of the ſame form, and
the roots are of a ſhorter duration, ſo that I am inclined
to believe it is a diſtinct ſpecies.
The eighth fort has ſome appearance of the ſeventh,
ſo that many perſons have luppoſed it was only an ac-
cidental variety of it, but there can be no doubt of
its being a different ſpecies. The ſtalks of this riſe
upward of twenty feet high, and will continue two
or three years ; the leaves are larger, but of the ſame
;
ſhape, and hairy; the tendrils of this ſort are very
long, as are alſo the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which
are ſmooth, not hairy as the former; the empalement
of the flowers is netted, but not ſo long as in the
former fort; the flowers are larger, and the rays are of
a light blue colour; the fruit is much leſs and round-
er than thoſe of the other, and when ripe changes to
a deep yellow colour.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun
growing naturally at La Vera Cruz; this a perennial
plant. The ſtalks riſe twenty feet high, dividing into
many ſlender branches, which are covered with a ſoft
hairy down. The leaves are ſhaped like the point of
a halbert; they are three inches long, and one inch
and a half at their baſe, of a light green, ſoft and
filky to the touch, ſtanding obliquely to the foot-ſtalks.
The flowers come out at the wings of the leaves like
the other ſpecies; theſe are not half fo large as thoſe
of the ſecond fort, but are of the ſame form. The
petals are white, and the rays or filaments are purple,
with a mixture of yellow. The fruit of this is ſmall,
roundiſh, and yellow when ripe.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the feeds to Eng-
land; this is a perennial plant. The ftalks are flen-
der, and riſe to twenty feet high when they are ſup-
ported, and divide into many weak branches, the
leaves, flowers, and tendrils come out at each joint,
The leaves are four inches long, and three broad,
rounded at their baſe in form of a heart, but end at
their points with two horns, which in fome leaves are
more acute than in others, ſeveral of them appearing
as if they were cut a little hollow at the top, like the
leaves of the Tulip-tree. They have three longitu-
dinal veins, which join at the baſe of the leaf to the
foot-ſtalk, but the two outer diverge toward the bor-
ders of the leaf in the middle, drawing inward again
at the top. The leaves are of a deep green on their
upper fide, but are pale on their under, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; the foot-ftalks of the flowers
are very ſlender, of a purpliſh colour, about an inch
and a half long. The flowers are ſhaped like thoſe
of the other ſpecies, but when expanded are not more
than an inch and a half diameter, of a ſoft red colour,
and little ſcent. The fruit is ſmall, oval, and when
ripe, changes to a purple colour.
The eleventh fort was diſcovered by the late Mr.
Robert Millar, growing naturally near Carthagena in
New Spain. This hath flender ftriated ſtalks of a
browniſh red colour, dividing into many flender
branches, which are garniſhed with leaves ſhaped like
the wings of a bat when extended ; they are about
ſeven inches in length, meaſuring from the two ex-
tended points, which may rather be termed the breadth,
for from the baſe to the top they are not more than
two inches and a half. The foot-ſtalk is fet half an
inch from the baſe of the leaf, from which come out
three ribs or veins; two of them extend each way to
the two narrow points of the leaf, the other riſes up-
right to the top, where is the greateſt length of the
leaf, if it may be fo termed. The figure of this leaf
is the moſt ſingular of any I have yet ſeen. The
flowers come out at the joints of the ſtalk like the
others, upon ſhort ſlender foot-ſtalks ; they are about
three inches diameter when expanded. The petals
and rays are white ; the rays are twiſted and fender,
extending beyond the petals. The fruit of this I have
not ſeen entire.
The twelfth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New
Spain. This hath ilender angular ſtalks which riſe
twenty feet high, ſending out many branches, which
are garniſhed with moon-ſhaped leaves, and have two
blunt lobes, ſpreading aſunder each way, ſo as to have
,
the appearance of a half moon. The flowers and ten-
drils come out from the fame joints of the ſtalks.
The flowers are of a pale colour and ſmall, but ſhaped
like thoſe of the other forts; theſe are ſucceeded by
oval fruit of a purple colour, about the ſize of
fmall oval Grapes.
The thirteenth fort has ſome reſemblance of the
twelfth, but the ſtalks are rounder and become lig-
The leaves are almoſt as ſtiff as thoſe of the
Bay-tree, and are not ſo deeply divided as thoſe of the
former. The flowers ftand upon long foot-ſtalks,
which are horizontal; they are ſmall, white, and
ſhaped like thoſe of the other fort. The fruit is oval,
ſmall, and of a purple colour, fitting cloſe to the pe-
tals of the flowers, which are permanent. This was
diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun growing naturally
at Carthagena in New Spain.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in moſt of the
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this is by Tournefort ſe-
parated from this genus, and titled by him Murucuia,
which is the Braſilian name for this, and ſome of the
other ſpecies. This hath flender climbing ſtalks,
which are channelled, putting out tendrils at the
joints, which faſten themſelves about the neighbour-
ing plants for ſupport, and climb to the height of ten
a
a
a
neous.
or

PAS
P AS
a
a
3
a
or twelve feet; they are garniſhed with leaves which
are cut into two lobes at their baſe, but at the top
are only a little hollowed at a diſtance from each
point, riſing again in the middle oppoſite the foot-
ſtalk. The baſe of the two lobes Spread and meet,
fo that they appear as if they embraced the ſtalk;
but when they are viewed near, they are found di-
vided to the ſhort crooked foot-ſtalk, which does
ſcarcely appear. There are two purpliſh veins ariſing
from the foot-ſtalk, which extend each way to the
points of the lobes. The leaves are of a lucid
green on their upper ſurface, but pale on their un-
der; the tendrils, which come out with the leaves,
are very long, tough, and of a purple colour. The
flowers are produced toward the end of the branches,
coming out by pairs on each ſide the branches; theſe
have purple foot-ſtalks an inch and a half long, ſuf-
taining one flower at the top, whoſe empalement is
compoſed of five purple leaves, which form a kind of
tube, and within are five very narrow purple petals.
The column in the center of the flower is of the ſame
length as the petals, but the ſtamina are extended an
inch above. When the flowers fade, the germen ſwells
to an oval purple fruit, the ſize of the ſmall red
Gooſeberry, incloſing a ſoft pulp, in which are
lodged the ſeeds.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where the inhabitants call it Granadilla; the fruit of this
ſort is commonly eaten there, being ſerved up to their
table in deſerts. This hath a thick, climbing, her-
baceous, triangular ſtalk, ſending out ſlender tendrils
at each joint, which faſten to the buſhes and hedges
for ſupport, riſing to the height of fifteen or twenty
feet, garniſhed at each joint with one large, oval,
heart-ſhaped leaf, fix inches long, and four broad in
the middle, indented at the baſe, where the ſhort
foot-ſtalk is faſtened to the branches, round at the
top, having an acute point. There are two large fti-
pulæ or ears joined to the ſtalks, which encompaſs the
foot-ſtalks of the flowers and leaves, as alſo the baſe
of the tendril. The leaves are of a lively green and
thin texture, having one ſtrong nerve or midrib run-
ning longitudinally, from which ariſe ſeveral ſmall
veins, which diverge to the fides, and incurve again
toward the top
.
The flowers ftand upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks, which have two ſmall glandules in the
middle; the cover of the flower is compoſed of three
ſoft velvety leaves, of a pale red, with ſome ſtripes of
a lively red colour; the petals of the flower are
white, and the rays are blue. Theſe flowers are
large, ſo make a fine appearance during their conti-
nuance; but they are like the other ſpecies, of ſhort
duration, but there is a ſucceſſion of flowers for ſome
time on the ſame plants. After the flowers are paſt,
the germenſwells to a roundiſh fruit, the ſize of a large
Apple, of a yellow colour when ripe, having a thicker
rind than any of the other forts, incloſing a ſweetiſh
pulp, in which are lodged many oblong flat ſeeds, of
a browniſh colour, a little rough to the touch.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Weſt-Indies; this hath climbing rough ſtalks, which
put out claſpers at every joint like the others, which
faften to the neighbouring trees and hedges for ſup-
port, and riſe upward of twenty feet high, ſending
out many ſide branches. The leaves are four or five
inches long, and two broad, of a pretty thick confif-
tence, and of a bright green on their upper ſide, but
pale on their under.
The flowers come out at the
joints of the ſtalks, upon foot-ſtalks an inch and a
half long; the buds of the flowers are as large as pi-
geons eggs before they begin to expand. The cover
of the flower is compoſed of three large, oval, green
leaves, which are indented on their edges, and hol-
lowed like a ſpoon: within theſe is the empalement
of the flower, which is compoſed of five oblong leaves,
of a pale green on their outſide, but whitiſh within;
theſe are about an inch and a half long, and half an
inch broad. The petals of the flower are white, and
ſtand alternately with thoſe of the empalement, but
are not more than half their breadth, and are marked
with ſeveral ſmall, brownish, red ſpots. The rays
of the flower are of a Violet colour; the column in
the center is yellowiſh, as is alſo the round germen
at the top, but the three ſtyles are of a purple co-
lour. Theſe flowers have an agreeable odour, and
when they fade, the germen ſwells to the ſize of a
pullet's egg, and nearly of the ſame ſhape, which
turns yellow when ripe. The rind is ſoft and thick;
the pulp has an agreeable acid flavour, which quenches
thirit, abates the heat of the ſtomach, gives an ap-
petite, and recruits the ſpirits, fo is commonly given
in fevers. The ſeeds are heart-ſhaped and browniſh.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in the Bahama
Ilands, from whence the late Mr. Cateſby ſent the
feeds to England; this hath flender, climbing, three-
cornered ſtalks, which ſend out tendrils at each
joint, faſtening themſelves to any neighbouring ſup-
port. The italks climb to the height of twelve or
fourteen feet, and are garniſhed with oblong oval
leaves about two inches long, and one broad, of a
light green, and entire. Their foot-ſtalks are ſlender,
and an inch long, from which ariſe three longitudinal
veins, one running through the middle of the leaf,
the other two diverge to the ſides, drawing toward
each other again at the point. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ſtalk, upon ſlender foot-ſtalks
an inch long; the empalement of the flower is com-
;
poſed of five oblong, narrow, purpliſh leaves, and
within are five narrower petals of the ſame colour,
which turn backward after they have been ſome time
expanded. The column in the middle of the flower
is very long and ſender, ſupporting a round germen,
from whoſe baſe ſpread out five ſlender ſtamina, ter-
minated by oblong hanging ſummits, and from the
top of the germen ariſe three ſlender ſtyles, which
ſpread aſunder, and are crowned by roundiſh ſummits.
When the flowers fade, the germen ſwells to an oval
fruit about the fize of ſparrow's egg, which changes
to a purple colour when ripe, filled with oblong ſeeds
incloſed in a ſoft pulp.
The nineteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, where it
grows naturally, from whence he ſent the feeds in
1731 to England, which ſucceeded in ſeveral gar-
dens. This hath ſlender climbing ſtalks, ſending out
many ſınall branches, which climb to the height of
twenty-five or thirty feet, when they meet with
neighbouring ſupport, to which they faſten themſelves
by tendrils. The ſtalks by age become ligneous to-
ward the bottom; their joints are not far aſunder.
The leaves ſtand upon ſhort ſlender foot-ſtalks; they
are three inches and a half long, and two broad in the
middle, rounded at their baſe, but terminate in a
point at the top ; they are ſmooth, entire, and of a
lively green colour. The flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks ;
the empalement of the flower is compoſed of five ob-
long leaves, green on their outſide, but whitiſh within.
The flower has five oblong white petals, ſituated
alternately to the leaves of the empalement, which
ſpread open; the rays are of a bluiſh purple colour,
inclining at bottom to red; the column in the
center is ſhort and thick; the germen on the top is
oval, and, after the flowers fade, ſwells to the ſize
of a pullet's egg, and changes to a pale yellow when
ripe, having many oblong feeds incloſed in a ſoft
pulp. The Aowers of this kind have an agreeable
odour, but are of ſhort duration, ſeldom continuing
twenty hours open; but there is a fucceffion of
flowers on the plants from June to September, and
ſometimes the fruit will ripen here.
The twentieth fort has much the appearance of the
fifteenth, both in italk and leaves; but the talks of
this have four angles, whereas thoſe of the fifteenth
have but three: the leaves alſo of that are not hollow-
ed at their baſe, but thoſe of twentieth fort are almoſt
heart-ſhaped; the flower of it is much larger, though
very like it in colour, and the fruit is near twice as
large, and of a very agreeable flavour.
a
a
a
a
9 Z
This

P A S
PAS
ز
a
وز
This requires the ſame culture as the fifteenth, PASTINACA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 319. tab. 170.
with which it will produce flowers, and often will Lin. Gen. Plant. 324. [of Paftus, Lat. fed ; becauſe
ripen its fruit in England. By ſome perſons this is it it a plant whoſe root is edible.] Parſnep; in French,
confounded with the fifteenth fort, and paſſes for the Panais.
Granadilla.
The CHARACTERS are,
All theſe perennial forts which are natives of the hot It bath an umbellated flower ; the principal umbel is com-
parts of America, require a ftove to preſerve them poſed of many ſmaller, and theſe are likewiſe compoſed of
here, without which they will not thrive; for although ſeveral rays. They have no involucrum, and the empale-
ſome of the forts will live in the open air during the ment is ſcarce viſible; the umbel is uniform. The flowers
warm months in ſummer, yet they make but little pro- have five ſpear-ſhaped incurved petels, and five hair-like
greſs; nor will the plants produce many flowers, un- ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh Summits. The germen is
leſs the pots in which they are planted are plunged ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two refiexed Nyles,
into the tan-bed of the ſtove, and their branches are crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen efterward becomes
trained againſt an eſpalier. The beſt way to have them an elliptical, plain, compreſſed fruit, dividing into two
in perfection, is to make a border of earth on the back parts, having two bordered elliptical ſeeds.
ſide of the tan-bed, which may be ſeparated by planks This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
to prevent the earth from mixing with the tan; and of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
when the plants are ſtrong enough, they ſhould be whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
turned out of the pots, and planted in this border;
The SPECIES are,
adjoining to which, ſhould be a trelliage erected to the I. PASTINACA (Sylveſtris) foliis fimpliciter pinnatis hir-
top of the ſtove; againſt this the ſtalks of the plants ſutis. Parſnep with ſingle, winged, hairy leaves. Paſ-
muſt be trained, and as they advance they will form a tinaca fylveftris latifolia. C. B. P. 155. Broad-leaved
hedge to hide the wall of the ſtove, and their leaves
Wild Parfnep.
continuing green all the year, together with their 2. PASTINACA (Sativa) foliis fimpliciter pinnatis gla-
flowers, which will be plentifully intermixed in ſum- bris. Parſnep with ſingle winged ſmooth leaves. Paſti-
mer, will have a very agreeable effect.
naca fativa, latifolia. C. B. P. 155. Broad-leaved Gar-
As there will be only a plank partition between the
den Parfnep.
earth and the tan, fo the earth will be kept warm by 3. PASTINACA (Opopanax) foliis decompoſitis pinnatis.
the tan-bed, which will be of great ſervice to the roots Hort. Cliff. 105. Parſnep with decompounded winged
of the plants. This border ſhould not be leſs than leaves. Paſtinaca fylveftris altiffima. Tourn. Inft. 319.
two feet broad and three deep, which is the uſual Talleſt wild Parfnep, by Caſpar Bauhin titled, Panax
depth of the pit for tan; ſo that where theſe borders Coſtinum. Pin. 156.
are intended, the pits ſhould not be leſs than eight The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſide of banks,
feet and a half, or nine feet and a half broad, that the and on dry land, in many parts of England. This is a
bark-bed, excluſive of the border, may be fix and a half biennial plant, the firſt year ſhooting our leaves which
or feven feet wide. If the border is fenced off with ſpread on the ſurface of the ground; theſe are fingly
ſtrong ſhip planks, they will laſt fome years, eſpecially winged, and the lobes are irregularly cut; the leaves
if they are well painted over with a compoſition of are hairy. The following year the ſtalks riſe four
melted pitch, brick-duft and oil, which will preſerve or five feet high, which are channelled, hairy, and
them ſound a long time; and the earth ſhould be taken garniſhed with winged leaves like thoſe at the bottom,
out carefully from between the roots of the plants, but ſmaller; the ſtalk branches out toward the top,
at leaſt once a year, putting in freſh: with this ma- each branch being terminated by a large umbel of
nagement, I have ſeen theſe plants in great perfec- yellow flowers; theſe are ſucceeded by compreſſed
tion. But where there has not been this conveniency, I fruit, having two flat bordered ſeeds. The plant
have turned the plants out of the pots, and planted flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguft.
them into the tan-bed when it was half rotten, into The root and feed of this fort is ſometimes uſed in
which they have rooted exceedingly, and have thriven medicine, but it is feldom cultivated in gardens, the
for two or three years as well as could be deſired; but markets being ſupplied from the fields; yet the drug-
when their roots extended to a great diſtance in the gifts cominonly ſell the feeds of the garden kind for
tan-bed, they have been injured by renewing of the it, which they may purchaſe at an eaſy price when it
bark; and when it has fermented pretty violently, is too old to grow, but then the ſeeds can have no
the roots have been ſcalded, and the plants have been virtue left.
killed, ſo that the other method is more eligible.
"The ſecond ſort hath ſmooth leaves, of a light or
Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould yellowiſh green colour, in which this differs from the
be ſown upon a good hot-bed in the ſpring, and when former; the ſtalks alſo riſe higher, and are deeper
the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each channelled; the foot-ſtalks of the umbels are much
planted in a ſmall pot filled with good kitchen-garden longer, and the flowers are of a deeper yellow colour.
earth, and plunged into a bed of tanners bark, ob- Theſe two forts have been thought only varieties, the
ſerving to Thade them from the ſun till they have Garden Parſnep they have ſuppoſed to differ from the
taken new root; then they muſt be treated like other wild only by culture ; but I have cultivated both ma-
tender plants from the ſame countries. When they ny years, and have never found that either of the
are too high to remain under the glaſſes of the hot- forts have varied; the feeds of each having conſtantly
bed, they ſhould be turned out of the pots and planted
,
produced the ſame fort as they were taken from, ſo
in the ſtove, in the manner before mentioned.
that I am certain they are diſtinct ſpecies.
As theſe forts do not often perfect their feeds here, This fort is cultivated in kitchen-gardens, the roots
ſo they may be propagated by laying down their of which are large, ſweet, and accounted very nou-
branches, which, if done in April, they will put out riſhing. They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
roots by the middle of Auguſt, when they may be ſe- be ſown in February or March, in a rich mellow foil,
parated from the old plants, and either planted in
pots
which muſt be well dug, that their roots may run
to get ſtrength, or into the border of the ſtove, where downward, the greateſt excellency being the length
they are to remain.
and bigneſs of the roots. Theſe may be fown alone,
Some of theſe forts may alſo be propagated by cut- or with Carrots, as is practiſed by the kitchen-garden-
tings; theſe ſhould be planted into pots about the ers near London ; fome of whom alſo mix Leeks,
middle or latter end of March, and plunged into a Onions, and Lettuce, with their Parſneps; but this I
moderate hot-bed, obſerving to ſcreen them from the think very wrong, for it is not poſſible, that ſo many
fun, and refreſh them with water gently, as often as different forts can thrive well together, except they
the earth may require it, and in about two months or are allowed a conſiderable diſtance; and if ſo, it will
ten weeks, they will put out roots, and may then be be equally the ſame to ſow the different forts ſeparate.
treated as the feedling plants.
However, Carrots and Parfneps may be fown together
PASSION-FLOWER See PASSIFLORA.
very well, eſpecially where the Carrots are deſigned
و
3
a
to

PAS
PAS
to be drawn off very young ; becauſe the Parſneps ge-
nerally ſpread moft towards the latter end of the ſum-
mer, which is after the Carrots are gone, ſo that there
may be a double crop upon the ſame ground.
When the plants are come up, you ſhould hoe them
out, leaving them about ten inches or a foot aſunder;
obſerving at the ſame time to cut up all the weeds,
which, if permitted to grow, would foon overbear the
plants and choke them. This muſt be repeated three
or four times in the ſpring, according as you find the
weeds grow; but in the latter part of ſummer, when
the plants are ſo ſtrong as to cover the ground, they
will prevent the growth of weeds, ſo that after that
ſeaſon they will require no farther care.
When the leaves begin to decay, the roots may be
dug up for uſe, before which time they are ſeldom
well tafted; nor are they good for much in the
ſpring, after they are ſhot out again; ſo that thoſe
who would preſerve theſe roots for ſpring uſe, ſhould
dig them up in the beginning of February, and bury
them in fand, in a dry place, where they will remain
good until the middle of April, or later.
If you intend to ſave the ſeeds of this plant, you
ſhould make choice of ſome of the longeſt, ſtraiteſt,
and largeſt roots, which ſhould be planted about two
feet aſunder, in fome place where they may be de-
fended from the itrong fouth and weft winds, for the
ſtems of theſe plants commonly grow to a great height,
and are very ſubject to be broken by ſtrong winds, if
expoſed thereto ; they ſhould be conſtantly kept clear
from weeds, and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry,
if you give them fome water twice a week, it will
cauſe them to produce a greater quantity of ſeeds,
which will be much ſtronger than if they were wholly
neglected. Toward the latter end of Auguſt or the
beginning of September, the feeds will be ripe; at
which time you ſhould carefully cut off the umbels,
and ſpread them upon a coarſe cloth for two or three
days to dry, after which, the ſeeds ſhould be beaten
off, and put up for uſe; but you muſt never truſt to
theſe feeds after they are a year old, for they will ſel-
dom grow beyond that age.
.
The leaves of the Garden Parſnep are dangerous to
handle, eſpecially in a morning, while the dew re-
mains upon them; at which time, if they are handled
by perſons who have a ſoft ſkin, it will raiſe it in blif-
ters. I have known ſome gardeners, when they have
been drawing up Carrots from among Parſneps in a
morning, when their leaves were wet with dew, they
have drawn the ſleeves of their ſhirts up to their ſhoul-
ders, to prevent their being wet; by doing of which
they have had their arms, ſo far as they were bare, co-
vered over with large bliſters ; and theſe were full of
a ſcalding liquor, which has proved very troubleſome
for ſeveral days.
The third ſort riſes with a green rough ſtalk ſeven or
eight feet high, garniſhed with large, decompounded,
winged leaves, which are very rough to the touch,
and of a dark green colour; the juice is very yellow,
which flows out where either the leaf or ſtalk is bro-
ken; the ſtalks are divided upward into many hori-
zontal branches, each being terminated by a large um-
bel of yellow flowers. Theſe appear in July, and are
ſucceeded by plain feeds which are bordered, and a
little convex in the middle, which ripen in the au-
tumn. The Opapanax of the ſhops is thought to be
the concrete juice of this plant.
PASTURE.
Paſture ground is of two forts: the one is low mea-
dow land, which is often overflowed, and the other
is upland, which lies high and dry. The firſt of
theſe will produce a much greater quantity of hay than
the latter, and will not require manuring or dreſſing
ſo often ; but then the hay produced on the upland is
much preferable to the other, as is alſo the meat
which is fed in the upland more valued than that
which is fatted in rich meadows; though the latter
will make the fatter and larger cattle, as is ſeen by thoſe
which are brought from the low rich lands in Lincoln-
fhire. But where people are nice in their meat, they
will give a much larger price for ſuch as hath been
fed on the downs, or in ſhort upland Paſture, than
for the other, which is much larger. Beſides this, dry
Paſtures have an advantage over the meadows, that
they may be fed all the winter, and are not ſo ſubject
to poach in wet weather ; nor will there be ſo many
bad weeds produced, which are great advantages,
and do, in a great meaſure, recompenſe for the ſmall-
neſs of the crop.
.
I have already mentioned the advantages of meadow
land, or ſuch as is capable of being overflowed with
water, and given directions for draining and improv-
ing low Paiture land, under the article of Land; there-
fore ſhall not repeat what is there faid, but I ſhall
juſt mention fome method for improving of upland
Paſture.
The firſt improvement of upland Paſture is, by
fencing it, and dividing it into ſmall fields of four,
five, fix, eight, or ten acres each, planting timber
trees in the hedge rows, which will ſcreen the Graſs
from the drying pinching winds of March, which pre-
vents the Graſs from growing in large open lands; fo
that if April proves a cold dry month, the land pro-
duces very little hay; whereas in the ſheltered fields
the Graſs will begin to grow early in March, and will
ſoon after cover the ground, and prevent the fun from
parching the roots of the Grafs, whereby it will keep
growing, ſo as to afford a tolerable crop, if the ſpring
fhould prove dry. But in fencing of land, it muſt be
obſerved (as was before directed) not to make the in-
cloſures too ſmall, eſpecially where the hedge rows
are planted with trees; becauſe when the trees are ad-
vanced to a conſiderable height, they will ſpread over
the land ; and, where they are cloſe, will render the
Grafs four; ſo that inſtead of being an advantage, it
will greatly injure the Paſture.
The next improvement of upland Paſtures is, to
make the turf good, where, either from the badneſs
of the ſoil, or want of proper care, the Graſs hath
been deſtroyed by Ruſhes, buſhes, or mole-hills.
Where the ſurface of the land is clayey and cold, it
may be improved by paring it off, and burning it in
the manner before directed under the article of LAND;
but if it is a hot fandy land, then chalk, lime, marle,
or clay, are very proper manures to lay upon it; but
this ſhould be laid in pretty good quantities, other-
wiſe it will be of little ſervice to the land.
If the ground is over-run with buſhes or Ruſhes, it
will be of great advantage to the land, to grub then
up toward the latter part of the ſummer, and after
they are dried to burn them, and ſpread the aſhes over
the ground juſt before the autumnal rains; at which
time the ſurface of the land ſhould be levelled, and
fown with Graſs-feed, which, if done early in the au-
tumn, will come up in a ſhort time, and make good
Graſs the following ſpring. So alſo, where the land
is full of mole-hills, theſe ſhould be pared off, and
either burnt for the aſhes, or ſpread immediately on
the ground, when they are pared off, obſerving to
fow the bare patches with Graſs-feed, juſt as the au-
tumnal rains begin.
There are ſome Paſture lands which are full of ant-
hills, which are not only diſagreeable to the ſight, but
where they are in any quantity, the Graſs cannot be
mowed; therefore the turf which grows over them
ſhould be divided with an inſtrument into three parts,
and pared off each way; then the middle or core of the
hills ſhould be dug out and ſpread over the ground,
leaving the holes open all the winter to deſtroy the
ants, and in the ſpring the turf may be laid down
again, and after the roots of the Grafs are ſettled again
in the ground, it ſhould be rolled to ſettle the fur-
face, and make it even. If this is properly managed,
it will be a great improvement to ſuch land.
Where the land has been thus managed, it will be
of great ſervice to roll the turf in the months of Fe-
bruary and March, with a heavy wood roller, always
obſerving to do it in moiſt weather, that the roll may
make an impreſſion: this will render the ſurface le-
vel, and make it much eaſier to mow the Graſs, than
when
و

PAS
P AS
when the ground lies in hills; and will alſo cauſe the
turf to thicken, ſo as to have what the people uſually
term a good bottom. The Graſs likewiſe will be the
fweeter for this huſbandry, and it will be a great help
to deſtroy bad weeds.
Another improvement of upland Paſtures is the feed-
ing them every other year; for where this is not prac-
tiſed, the land muſt be manured at leaſt every third
year ; and where a farmer hath much arable land in
his poffeffion, he will not care to part with his ma-
nure to the Paſture. Therefore every farmer ſhould
endeavour to proportion his Paſture to his arable land,
eſpecially where manure is ſcarce, otherways he will
ſoon find his error; for the Paſture is the foundation
of all the profit, which may ariſe from the arable land.
Whenever the upland Paſtures are mended by ma-
nure, there ſhould be a regard had to the nature of
the ſoil, and a proper fort of manure applied : as for
inſtance, all hot ſandy lands ſhould have a cool ma-
nure; neats dung and ſwines dung are very proper
for ſuch lands, as alſo marle and clay ; but for cold
lands, horſe dung, afhes, or fand, and other warm
manures, are proper. And when theſe are applied,
it ſhould be done in autumn, before the rains have
ſoaked the ground, and rendered it too ſoft to cart
on; and it ſhould be carefully ſpread, breaking all
the clods as ſmall as poſſible, and early in the ſpring
harrowed with buſhes, to let it down to the roots of
the Graſs. When the manure is laid on at this ſea-
fon, the rains in winter will waſh down the ſalts, ſo
that the following ſpring the Graſs will receive the
advantage of it.
There ſhould alſo be great care had to the deſtroying
of weeds in the Paſture, every ſpring and autumn;
for where this is not practiſed, the weeds will ripen
their feeds, which will ſpread over the ground, and
thereby fill it with ſuch a crop of weeds as will ſoon
over-bear the Graſs, and render it very weak, if not
deſtroy it, and it will be very difficult to root them
out, after they have gotten ſuch poffeffion ; eſpeci
ally Ragwort, Hawkweed, Dandelion, and ſuch other
weeds as have down adhering to their feeds.
Theſe upland Paſtures ſeldom degenerate the Graſs
which is ſown on them, if the land is tolerably good;
whereas the low meadows, which are overflowed in
winter, in a few years turn to a harſh ruſhy Graſs,
but the upland will continue a fine ſweet Graſs for
many years without renewing.
There is no part of huſbandry, of which the farmers
are in general more ignorant, than that of the Paſ-
ture; moſt of them ſuppoſe, that when the old Paſ-
ture is ploughed up, it can never be brought to have
a good ſward again; ſo their common method of ma-
naging their land after ploughing, and getting two
or three crops of Corn is, to ſow with their crop of
Barley, ſome Graſs-feeds, as they call them; that is,
either the red Clover, which they intend to ſtand two
years after the Corn is taken off the ground, or Rye-
graſs mixed with Trefoil; but as all theſe are at moſt
but biennial plants, whoſe roots decay ſoon after their
ſeeds are perfected, ſo the ground having no crop up-
on it, is again ploughed for Corn; and this is the
conſtant round which the lands are employed in, by
the better fort of farmers; for I never have met with
one of them, who had the leaſt notion of laying down
their land to Graſs for any longer continuance; there-
fore the ſeeds which they uſually low, are the beſt
adapted for this purpoſe.
But whatever may have been the practice of theſe
people, I hope to prove, that it is poſſible to lay
down land, which has been in tillage, with Graſs, in
fuch manner as that the ſward ſhall be as good, if not
better, than any natural Graſs, and of as long dura-
tion. But this is never to be expected, in the common
method of ſowing a crop of Corn with the Graſs-
feeds; for wherever this hath been practiſed, if the
Corn has ſucceeded well, the Grafs has been very
poor and weak; ſo that if the land has not been very
good, the Graſs has ſcarcely been worth ſtanding; for
the following year it has produced but little hay, and
after the crop is worth little, either to mow
or feed. Nor can it be expected it ſhould be other-
wiſe, for the ground cannot nouriſh two crops; and
if there were no deficiency in the land, yet the Corn
being the firſt, and moſt vigorous of growth, will keep
the Graſs from making any confiderable progreſs ; ſo
that the plants will be extremely weak and but very
thin, many of them which came up in the ſpring be-
ing deſtroyed by the Corn; for wherever there are
roots of Corn, it cannot be expected there ihould be
any Grafs. Therefore the Graſs muſt be thin, and,
if the land is not in good heart to ſupply the Graſs
with nouriſhment, that the roots may branch our af-
ter the Corn is gone, there cannot be any conſiderable
crop of Clover; and as theſe roots are biennial, many
of the ſtrongeſt plants will periſh ſoon after they are
cut; and the weak plants, which had made but little
progreſs before, will be the principal part of the crop
for the ſucceeding year, which is many times not
worth ſtanding.
Therefore, when ground is laid down for Graſs, there
ſhould be no crop of any kind fown with the ſeeds;
and the land ſhould be well ploughed, and cleaned
from weeds; otherwiſe the weeds will come up the
firſt, and grow ſo ſtrong, as to overbear the Graſs,
and if they are not pulled up, will entirely ſpoil it. The
beſt ſeaſon to fow the Grafs feeds upon dry land is
about the middle of Auguſt, if there is an appearance
of rain ; for the ground being then warm, if there hap-
pen ſome good ſhowers of rain after the feed is ſown,
the Grafs will ſoon make its appearance, and get fuf-
ficient rooting in the ground before winter, ſo will not
be in danger of having the roots turned out of the
ground by the froſt, eſpecially if the ground is well
rolled before the froit comes on, which will preſs it
down, and fix the earth cloſe to the roots. Where
this hath not been practiſed, the froſt has often loof-
ened the ground ſo much, as to let in the air to the
roots of the Grafs, and done it great damage ; and
this has been brought as an objection to the autumnal
ſowing of Graſs; but it will be found to have no
weight, if the above direction is practiſed; nor is
there any hazard in ſowing the Graſs at this feaſon,
but that of dry weather after the ſeeds are fown; for
if the Graſs comes up well, and the ground is well
rolled in the middle or end of October, and repea ed
the beginning of March, the ſward will be cloſely
joined at bottom, and a good crop of hay may be ex-
pected the fame ſummer. In very open, expoſed,
cold lands, it is proper to fow the ſeeds earlier than
is here mentioned, that the Graſs may have time to
get good rooting, before the cold ſeaſon comes on
to ſtop its growth ; for in ſuch ſituations, vegetation
is over early in the autumn, ſo the Graſs being weak,
may be deſtroyed by froit: but if the ſeeds are fown
in the beginning of Auguſt, and a few ſhowers fol-
low ſoon after to bring up the Graſs, it will ſucceed
much better than any which is fown in the ſpring, as
I have ſeveral years experienced, on ſome places as
much expoſed as moſt in England. But where the
ground cannot be prepared for fowing at that ſeaſon,
it may be performed the middle or latter end of
March, according to the ſeaſon's being early or late ;
for in backward ſprings and in cold land, I have often
fowed the Graſs in the middle of April with ſucceſs;
but there is danger in fowing late of dry weather,
and eſpecially if the land is light and dry; for I have
ſeen many times the whole ſurface of the ground re-
moved by ſtrong winds at that ſeaſon, ſo that the ſeeds
have been driven in heaps to one ſide of the field.
Therefore whenever the feeds are lown late in the
ſpring, it will be proper to roll the ground well foon
after the ſeeds are fown, to ſettle the ſurface, and pre-
vent its being removed,
The forts of feeds which are the beſt for this pur-
poſe, are the beſt fort of upland hay-feeds, taken
from the cleaneſt Paftures, where there are no bad
weeds; if this feed is fifted to clean it from rubbih,
three, or at moſt four buſhels, will be ſufficient to
ſow an acre of land. The other fort is the Trifolium
the
year
pratenfe
a
و

PAS
P AV
3
much upon
pratenſe album, which is commonly known by the where it is now much more valuable than any arable
names of White Dutch Clover, or White Honey-
land.
fuckle Graſs. Eight pounds of this feed will be After the ground has been ſown in the manner before
enough for one acre of land. The Graſs-feed ſhould directed, and brought to a good ſward, the way to
be fown firſt, and then the Dutch Clover-feed may preſerve it good is, by conſtantly rolling the ground
be afterward fown; but they ſhould not be mixed with a heavy roller, every ſpring and autumn, as hath
together, becauſe the Clover-feeds being the heavieſt, been before directed. This piece of huſbandry is
will fall to the bottom, and conſequently the ground rarely practiſed by farmers, but thoſe who do, find
will be unequally fown with them.
their account in it, for it is of great benefit to the
After the ſeeds are fown, the ground ſhould be Grafs. Another thing ſhould alſo be carefully per-
lightly harrowed to bury the feeds; but this ſhould be formed, which is, to cut up Docks, Dandelion, Knap-
performed with a ſhort-toothed harrow, otherwiſe the weed, and all ſuch bad weeds, by their roots, every
feeds will be buried too deep. Two or three days af- ſpring and autumn; this will increaſe the quantity of
ter fowing, if the ſurface of the ground is dry, it good Grafs, and preſerve the Paſtures in beauty.
Should be rolled with a Barley roller
to break the clods Dreſſing of theſe Paſtures every third year, is alſo a
and ſmooth the ground, which will ſettle it, and pre- good piece of huſbandry, for otherwiſe it cannot be
vent the ſeeds from being removed by the wind. expected the ground ſhould continue to produce good
When the ſeeds are come up, if the land ſhould pro- crops. Beſides this, it will be neceſſary to change
duce many weeds, theſe ſhould be drawn out before the ſeaſons of mowing, and not to mow the ſame
they grow ſo tall as to overbear the Graſs ; for where ground every year, but to mow one ſeaſon, and feed
this has been neglected, the weeds have taken ſuch the next; for where the ground is every year mown,
poffeffion of the ground, as to keep down the Graſs it muſt be conſtantly dreſſed, as moſt of the Graſs
and ftarve it; and when theſe weeds have been ſuf- grounds near London, otherwiſe the ground will be
fered to remain until they have ſhed their feeds, the foon exhauſted.
land has been fo plentifully ſtocked with them, as Of late years there has been an emulation, eſpecially
entirely to deſtroy the Grafs; therefore it is one of among gentlemen, to improve their Paſtures, by low-
the principal parts of huſbandry, never to ſuffer weeds ing ſeveral ſorts of Graſs-feeds; and there have been
to grow on the land.
ſome perſons of little ſkill in theſe matters, who have
If the ground is rolled two or three times at proper impoſed on many ignorant people, by ſelling them
diſtances after the Graſs is up, it will preſs down the ſeeds of fome foreign Graſs, recommending them for
Graſs, and cauſe it to make a thicker bottom; for as ſome particular quality, but when tried have proved
the Dutch Clover will put out roots from every joint of little worth, whereby they have loſt a ſeaſon or
of the branches which are near the ground, ſo by two, and have had their work to begin again. There-
preſfing down the ſtalks, the roots will mat ſo cloſely fore I would adviſe every perſon, not to truſt too
together, as to form a ſward ſo thick as to cover the
the faith of ſuch practitioners, who, upon
whole ſurface of the ground, and form a green car- flight experiments, have ventured to recommend
pet, which will better reſiſt the drought. For if we without judgment; for of all the forts of Graſs-feeds
do but examine the common Paſtures in ſummer in which have been brought from America (of which I
moſt of which there are patches of this White Honey- have, at various times, fown more than a hundred
fuckle Grafs growing naturally) we ſhall find theſe different ſpecies) I have found none equal to the com-
patches to be the only verdure remaining in the fields. mon Poa Grafs, which grows naturally in England,
And this the farmers in general acknowledge, is the either for duration or verdure; therefore that, and
ſweeteſt feed for all ſorts of cattle, yet never had any about fix or ſeven other forts, are the beſt worth cul-
notion of propagating it by ſeeds till of late years. tivating; but the trouble of collecting theſe in quan-
Nor has this been long practiſed in England; for till tity is ſo great, as to deter moſt people from attempt-
within a few years, that ſome curious perſons imported ing it; and in the purchaſing of hay-feeds, there is
the feed from Brabant, where it had been long culti- generally more feeds of weeds than Graſs, which will
vated, there was not any of the feeds faved in Eng- fill the ground; therefore for ſome years paft, I have
land; though now there are ſeveral perſons who ſave recommended and fown only the White Dutch Clo-
the feeds here, which ſucceed full as well as any of ver-ſeeds, and have waited for the natural Graſs com-
the foreign ſeeds which are imported.
ing up amongſt it, and have generally ſucceeded better
As this White Clover is an abiding plant, ſo it is cer- this way than by fowing hay-feed with it; for if the
tainly the very
beſt fort to fow where Paftures are laid Paſture is duly weeded, rolled, and dreſſed; all bad
down to remain ; for as the hay-feeds which are taken weeds may be deſtroyed, and a fine durable turf ob-
from the beſt Paſtures, will be compoſed of various tained: whereas the Burnet, and many other plants,
forts of Graſs, ſome of which may be but annual and which have been extolled as a good winter pabulum,
others biennial, fo when thoſe go off, there will be are of ſhort duration, fo very improper for improving
many and large patches of ground left bare and naked, land; nor are there two better plants yet known for
if there is not a ſufficient quantity of the White Clover the purpoſe of fodder, than the Lucern and Saint-
to ſpread over and cover the land. Therefore a good foin, for where theſe are properly fown upon right
fward can never be expected where this is not fown; foils and duly cultivated, they will produce a much
for in moſt of the natural Paftures, we find this plant greater quantity of food, than can be procured from
makes no ſmall ſhare of the ſward ; and it is equally the ſame quantity of land, ſown with any other abid-
good for wet and dry land, growing naturally upon ing plant: therefore I wiſh thoſe who are curious to
gravel and clay in moſt parts of England ; which is a have much fodder for their cattle, to apply themſelves
plain indication how eaſily this plant may be cultivated to the culture of theſe, and not engage in uncertain
to great advantage, in moſt ſorts of land throughout experiments.
this kingdom.
PAVIA. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 260. Efculus. Lin.
Therefore the true cauſe why the land which is in til- Gen. Plant. 420. The ſcarlet, flowering, Horſe
lage is not brought to a good turf again, in the uſual Cheſtnut.
method of huſbandry is, from the farmers not diſtin- The CHARACTERS are,
guiſhing which Graſſes are annual, from thoſe which The flower has a ſmall bellied empalement of one leaf, in-
are perennial ; for if annual or biennial Graſſes are dented in five parts at the top. The flower bas five
ſown, theſe will of courſe foon decay ; ſo that unleſs roundiſh petals, waved and plaited on their borders, and
where ſome of their feeds may have ripened and fallen, narrow at their baſe, where they are inſerted in the em-
nothing can be expected on the land but what will palement. It both eight ſtamina which are declined, and
naturally come up. Therefore this, together with the as long as the petals, terminated by riſing ſummits; and
covetous method of laying down the ground with a a roundiſh germen
ſitting upon an awl-shaped ſtyle, crowned
crop of Corn, has occafioned the general failure of by an acuminated ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
increaſing the Paſture in many parts of England, an ovel, Pear-ſhaped, leathery capſule with three cells,
in
a
a
3
IO A

P AV
PAU
3
en cohich is ſometimes one, and at others ivo, almoſt glo- quently put out ſhoots below the grafe, and ſometimes
bular ſeeds.
the grafts are blown out of the ſtocks, after ten years
This genus of plants ſhould be ranged in the firſt growth, but theſe ſtocks render the trees hardy, and
fectionof Linnæsu's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe of a larger growth.
plants whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and one PAULLINIA. Lin. Gen. Planit. 446. Serjana
style ; but he has joined this to the Horſe Cheſtnut, Plum. Nov. Gen. 34. tab. 35. Cururu. Plum. Nov.
under the title Eſculus, and places it in his ſeventh Gen. 34. tab. 35.
claſs; but as the flowers of this have eight ſtamina,
The CHARACTERS are,
and thoſe of the Horſe Cheſtnut but ſeven ; and the The flower hos a Spreading permanent empalement, com-
capſule of this is ſmooth, and that of the Horſe Cheſt- poſed of four ſmell oval leaves. It hath four oblong ovel
nut prickly, ſo they may be very well ſeparated. petals twice the ſize of the empalement, and eight ſport
There is but one Species of this genus, viz. Stamina, terminated by ſmall ſummits, with a turbinated
PAVIA (Octandria.) Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 260. The ſcar- germen, having three obtuſe corners, Supporting three
Lei Horſe Cheſtnut. Dr. Linnæus titles it, Eſculus flo- Jhort ſlender Styles, crowned by ſpreading ſtigmas. The
ribus octandris. Sp. Plant. 344. Eſculus with flowers germen afterward turns to a large three-cornered capſule
baving eight ſtamina.
with three cells, each containing one alinoſt oval ſeed. The
This plant grows naturally in Carolina and the Bra- capſule of Plumier’s Serjana has the ſeeds faſtened to the
zils; from the first the ſeeds were brought to Eng- baſe, and that of Cururu has the ſeeds growing to the top.
land, where the plants have been of late years
much This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
cultivated in the gardens. In Carolina it is but of Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
humble growth, ſeldom riſing more than eight or ten whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and three ſtyles.
feet high; the ſtalk is pretty thick and woody, ſend- The SPECIES are,
ing out several branches, which ſpread out on every 1. PAULLINIA (Serjana) foliis ternatis, petiolis teretiuf-
ſide, which are garniſhed with hand-ihaped leaves, culis, foliolis ovato-oblongis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 365.
compoſed of five or ſix ſpear-ſhaped lobes, which unite Three-leaved Paullinia with taper foot-ſtalks, and oblong
at their baſe where they join the foot-ftalk ; they are oval lobes - to the leaves. Serjana ſcandens, triphyllà
of a light green, having a rough ſurface, and are faw. & racemoſa. Plum. Nov. Gen. 34. Climbing branching
ed on their edges; theſe have long foot-ſtalks, and Serjana with three leaves.
ſtand oppoſite on the branches. The flowers are 2. PAULLINIA (Mexicana) foliis biternatis, petiolis mar-
produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches, ginatis, foliis ovatis integris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 366.
ſtanding upon long naked foot-ſtalks, which ſuſtain Paullinia with nine lobes in each leaf, bordered foot-fialks,
five or fix tubulous flowers ſpread open at the top, having oval entire lobes. Serjana ſcandens enneaphylla
where the petals are irregular in ſize and length, hay- & racemoſa. Plum. Nov. Gen. 34. Climbing branching
ing an appearance of a lip flower; they are of a Serjana with nine leaves.
bright red colour, and have eight ſtamina the length 3. PAULLINIA (Cururu) foliis ternatis, foliolis cuneifor-
of the petals. When the flowers fade, the germen mibus, obtufis ſubdentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 365. Three-
fwells to a Pear-ſhaped fruit, with a thick ruſſet co- leaved Paullinia with trifoliate leaves having wedge-ſhaped
ver having three cells, one of which, and ſometimes lobes, which are obtuſe and ſomewhat indented. Cururu
two, are pregnant with globular ſeeds. It flowers in ſcandens triphylla. Plum. Nov. Gen. 34. Climbing
July, and the feeds fometimes ripen here in autumn. three-leaved Cururu.
It may be propagated by fowing the feeds in the 4. PAULLINIA (Curaſſavica) foliis biternatis, foliolis ova-
ſpring, upon a moderate hot-bed covered with light tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 366. Paullina with double trifoliate
fandy earth; and when the plants come up, they leaves, having oval ſinuated lobes. Cururu ſcandens
ſhould be carefully cleared from weeds, but they muſt enneaphylla, fructu racemoſo rubro. Plum. Nov.
not be tranſplanted until the year following. But as Gen. 34. Climbing nine-leaved Cururu, with a red branch-
theſe ſeedling plants are tender while they are young, ing fruit.
ſo they ſhould be covered with mats the following 5. PAULLINIA (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis, foliolis inciſis,
winter'; and this ſhould be carefully performed in petiolis marginatis
. Hort. Cliff. 52. Paullinia with
autumn,
when the early froſts begin ; for as the tops winged leaves whoſe lobes are cut, and bordered foot-
of theſe young plants are very tender, fo a ſmall froſt ſtalks. Cururu ſcandens pentaphylla. Plum. Nov.
will pinch them; and when the tops are killed, they Gen. 37. Climbing five-leaved Cururu.
generally decay to the ground, and when this hap-6. PAULLINIA (Tomentoſa) foliis pinnatis tomentofis, fo-
pens, they ſeldom make good plants after. There- liolis ovatis inciſis, petiolis marginatis. Paullinia with
fore this ſhould be conſtantly obſerved for two or three winged woolly leaves whoſe lobes are oval, cut on their
years at leaſt, by which time the plants will have got- edges, and bordered foot-ſtalks. Cururu ſcandens, pen-
ten ſtrength enough to reſiſt the froſt, when they taphylla & villofa, fructu racemoſo rubro. Houſt.
ſhould be removed juſt before they begin to ſhoot, and MSS. Climbing Cururu with five leaves which are hairy,
placed either in a nurſery to be trained up, or other- and e red fruit growing in long bunches.
wiſe where they are to remain ; obſerving, if the ſeaſon Theſe plants all grow naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
proves dry, to water them until they have taken root, where there are ſeveral other ſpecies which are not
as alſo to lay ſome mulch upon the ſurface of the here enumerated. They have climbing ſtalks with
ground, to prevent the ſun and wind from drying it tendrils at each joint, by which they faſten themſelves
too faſt; and as the plants advance, the lateral to the neighbouring trees, and riſe to the height of
branches ſhould be pruned off, in order to reduce thirty or forty feet, garniſhed at each joint with one
them to regular ſtems.
leaf, which in ſome ſpecies is compoſed of three lobes
You muſt alſo obſerve to dig the ground about their like Trefoil, in others of five lobes; ſome have nine,
roots every ſpring, that it may be looſe, to admit the and others have many lobes. Theſe are in ſome ſpecies
fibres of the roots, which, while young, are too ten- entire, in others they are indented at the point, and
der to penetrate the ground if it be very hard.
ſome are cut on their edges ; in ſome ſpecies their
With this management the plants will greatly ad- furface is ſmooth, in others they are woolly. The
vance, and in four or five years will produce flowers flowers come out in long bunches like thoſe of Cur-
and often fruits, which in warm ſeaſons ripen rants; they are ſmall and white, ſo make no figures
enough to grow, ſo that the plants may be multiplied theſe are ſucceeded by three-cornered capſules having
therefrom very faſt.
three cells, which in the Cururu of Plumier, contain
This tree may alſo be propagated by budding or roundiſh feeds; but thoſe of the Serjana have winged
grafting it upon the common Horſe Cheſtnut, which ſeeds like thoſe of the Maple reverſed, being faſtened
is the common method practiſed by the nurſerymen; at the extremity of the wing to the capſule, the feed
but the trees thus raiſed, ſeldom make a good ap- hanging downward.
pearance long, for the common Horſe Cheſtnut will As theſe plants are ſo tender as not to live through the
be more than twice the ſize of the other, and fre- winter in England, unleſs they are placed in a warm
a
3
2
itoves

PEG
PEN
re
а
ftove, and requiring a large ſhare of room, they are Peganum with many-pointed leaves. Harmala. Dod.
ſeldom propagated in Europe, unleſs in botanic gar- Pempt. 121. Ruta fylveftris, fiore magno albo. C.B.P.
dens for the ſake of variety, for their flowers have 336. Wild Rue with a large white flower.
very little beauty to recommend them.
This plant grows naturally in Spain and Syria; it has
They are propagated by feeds, which muſt be ob- a root as large as a man's little finger, which by age
tained from the countries where they naturally grow, becomes woody. The ſtalks decay every autumn,
for they do not produce ſeeds in England. Theſe and new ones ariſe in the ſpring; theſe grow about a
ſhould be ſown in ſmall pots, filled with light earth, foot long, and divide into ſeveral ſmall branches,
as ſoon as they arrive, and the pots ſhould be plunged which are garniſhed with oblong thick leaves cut into
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark. If there ſeveral narrow ſegments; they are of a dark green,
ſeeds arrive in the autumn, the pots ſhould be plunged and of a gummy bitteriſh taſte. The flowers are
into the bark-bed in the ſtove, and then there will be produced at the end of the branches, fitting cloſe be-
a probability of the plants coming up the following tween the leaves; they are compoſed of five roundiſh
ſpring; but thoſe feeds which do not arrive here till white petals, which open like a Roſe, having fifteen
ſpring, will not come up the ſame year, ſo the pots awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by oblong, yellow, erect
in which they are fown, ſhould be plunged into a ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh three-
moderate hot-bed under a frame, where they may be cornered germen, having a three-cornered ſtyle the
continued all the ſummer, but in the autumn they length of the ſtamina, with three ftigmas which
ſhould be removed into the ftove, where they ſhould longer than the ſtyle. The germen afterward becomes
remain during the winter, and as the earth in the a roundiſh three-cornered capſule, having three cells,
pots will be dry, ſo they ſhould be now and then wa- which contain ſeveral oval acute-pointed ſeeds. It
tered, but it ſhould be given ſparingly. The follow- flowers in July, and in warm ſummers the ſeeds will
ing ſpring the pots ſhould be removed out of the ſtove ripen here in the autumn.
and plunged into a new hot-bed under a frame, which It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown thinly
will bring up the plants in about fix weeks if the ſeeds on a bed of light earth the beginning of April, and
are good. When the plants are fit to remove, they when the plants come up, they muft be conſtantly
ſhould be each planted in a ſmail pot filled with light kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture they
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, will require till the end of October, or the begin-
obſerving to ſhade them every day from the ſun till ning of November, when their ſtalks decay. At which
they have taken new root, after which they ſhould time, if the bed is covered with tanners bark, aſhes,
have free air admitted to them daily, in proportion to ſaw-duft, or ſuch like covering to keep out the froſt,
the warmth of the ſeaſon. In the autumn they muſt it will be a ſecure way to preſerve the roots, which
be removed into the bark-ſtove, where they ſhould when young are ſomewhat tender. The following
conſtantly remain, and muſt be treated in the ſame way March the roots may be taken up, and tranſplanted
as other tender plants.
into a warm ſituation and a dry foil, where they will
PEACH. See PERSICA.
continue ſeveral years. This is ſometimes uſed in
PEAR. See PYRUS.
medicine.
PEAS. See Pisum.
PELECINUS. See BISERRULA.
PEAS EVERLASTING. See LATHYRUS. PELLITORY OF SPAIN. See ANTHEMIS,
PEDICLE is that part of a ſtalk which immediately PELLITORY OF THE WALL See Pa-
.
fuftains the leaf, a flower, or a fruit, and is com-
monly called a foot-ſtalk.
PELTARIA. Jacq. Vind. 260. Lin. Gen. Plant.
PEDICULARIS, Rattle, Cocks-comb, or Louſe- 806. Mountain Treacle Muſtard.
The CHARACTERS are,
There are four different kinds of this plant, which The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four ſmall,
grow wild in paſtures in ſeveral parts of England, concave, coloured leaves which fall of the flower has four
and in ſome low meadows are very troubleſome to petals placed in form of a croſs, whoſe necks are ſhorter
the paſtures, eſpecially one fort with yellow flowers, than the empalement, and fix awl-ſhaped ſiamina, two of
which riſes to be a foot high, or more, and is often which are horter than the empalement, terminated by
in ſuch plenty, as to be the moſt predominant plant; Single fummits, with a roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſhort
but this is very bad food for cattle, and when it is Style, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward
mowed with the Graſs for hay, renders it of little becomes a roundiſh compreſſed pod with one cell, containing
value. The ſeeds of this plant are generally ripe by one roundiſh ſeed.
the time the Graſs is mowed, ſo that whenever per- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fons take Graſs-feed for fowing, they ſhould be very Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, intitled Tetradynamia Sili-
careful that none of this feed is mixed with it. As culofa, the flower having four long and two ſhort ſta-
theſe plants are never cultivated, I ſhall not trouble mina, and the ſeeds being included in ſhort pods.
the reader with their ſeveral varieties.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
.
PEGANUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 530. Harmala. PELTARIA (Alliacea.) Jacq. Vind. 260. Lin. Sp. Plant.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 257, tab. 133. Wild Aſſyrian Rue. 910. Peltaria or Treacle Muſtard. Thlafpi montanum,
The CHARACTERS are,
glaſti folio majus. C. B. P. 106. Mountain Treacle
The flower has a permanent empalement, compoſed of five Muſtard with a Woad leaf.
narrow ere&t leaves the length of the petal. It has five This plant grows naturally upon the mountains in
oblong oval petals which ſpread open, and fifteen awl- Auſtria and Iſtria; it is a biennial, ſo generally dies
ſhaped ſtamina about half the length of the petals, whoſe ſoon after the ſeeds are perfected. It riſes with an
baſes ſpread into a nectarium under the germen, and cre upright branching ſtalk about a foot high, garniſhed
terminated by ereći oblong ſummits. It has a three-cor- with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves, which embrace the
nered roundiſh germen, elevated at the baſe of the flower, ſtalks with their baſe; the ſtalks are terminated by
with a three-cornered ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſum- cluſters of white flowers growing in form of umbels,
mits, and three ſtigmas which are longer than the style. each flower having four petals placed in form of a
The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh three-cornered crofs; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh compreffed
capſule, having three cells, filled with oval acute-pointed pods, each containing one feed of the ſame form,
ſeeds.
The plant flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen in July,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of This is eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which may be
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which includes thoſe plants ſown in ſmall patches in the borders of the flower-
whoſe flowers have from eleven to nineteen ſtamina, garden the beginning of April, and when the plants
and one ſtyle.
are up, there ſhould be four or five left in each patch ;
We have but one Species in the Engliſh gardens the others ſhould be pulled out, to give theſe room to
at preſent, viz.
grow; after this, they will require no other culture
PEGANUM (Harmala) foliis multifidis. Hort. Upſal. 144, but to keep them clean from weeds.
PENDU-
a
RIETARIA.
a
wort.
3
a
0

PAN
PER
way as
a
PENDULOUS HEADS OF FLOWERS five large ſummits are barren, having no farina fee-
are ſuch as hang downward.
cundens upon them. Between the ſtamina is ſituated
PENNATED. A pennated leaf (called in Latin a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ftyle the length of
Foliun Pennatum) is a compound leaf, divided into the ſtamina, which is crowned by a thick ftigma.
feveral parts (each of which is called a lobe,) placed Theſe being all joined at their baſe into a fort of co-
along the middle rib, either alternately, or by pairs. lumn, diſtinguiſh the tribe to which it belongs,
When the middle rib is terminated by an odd lobe, which is the malvaceous; ſo that though the flower at
it is faid to be unequally pennated, and equally pen- firſt appearance greatly reſembles the fowers of Moth
nated, when it is not terminated by an odd lobe. Mullein, yet upon examination of its effential cha-
When the lobes are all nearly of the fame form and racters, it will be found to belong to the claſs here
bignefs, it is called an uniform pennated leaf; when mentioned. The flowers are of a fine ſcarlet colour,
they are not ſo, it is ſaid to be difform. Examples appearing in July, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh
of pennated leaves are the Afh, Walnut, &c.
capſules with five cells, which are a little woody,
,
PENNY-ROYAL. See PULEGIUM.
each cefl incloſing three or four oblong feeds, which
PENTAPETALOUS FLOWERS are ſuch ripen in the autumn.
as have five leaves.
The feeds of this plant muſt be fown upon a good
PEN TAPETES. Lin. Gen. Plant 757. Aicea. hot-bed early in March, and when the plants are fit
Raii Supp. 523.
to tranſplant, there ſhould be a new hot-bed prepared
The CHARACTERS are,
to receive them, into which ſhould be plunged ſome
The flower bas for the most part a double empalement, the ſmall pots filled with good kitchen-garden earth; in
outer being ſmall and compoſed of three leaves, the inner each of theſe ſhould be one plant put, giving them a
is cut into five parts which are reflexed. It has five ob- little water to ſettle the earth to their roots; they muſt
long petals which ſpread open, and fifteen narrow ſtamina alſo be ſhaded from the ſun till they have taken new
joined in a tube at their baſe, with five long coloured ſum- root, then they ſhould be treated in the ſame
mits, which are erect and barren ; between each of theſe other tender exotic plants, admitting the free air to
ere three ſtamine, terminated by oblong ereči ſummits. It them every day in proportion to the warmth of the
has a roundiſh gernen, with a cylindrical ſtyle the length feaſon, and covering the glaſſes with mats every even-
of the ſtamina, crowned by a thick frigma. The germen ing to keep them warm. When the plants are ad-
afterward becomes an oval capſule with five cells, filled vanced in their growth ſo as to fill the pots with their
with oblong ſeeds.
roots, they ſhould be ſhifted into larger pots, filled
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of with the ſame fort of earth as before, and plunged
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants into another hot-bed, where they may remain as long
whoſe flowers have many ſtamina which are connect- as they can ſtand under the glaſſes of the bed with-
ed with the ſtyle, forming together a coluinn. out being injured ; and afterward they inuſt be re-
We have but one Species of this genus at preſent moved either into a ſtove or a glaſs-caſe, where they
in the Engliſh gardens, viz.
may be ſcreened from the cold, and in warm weather
PENTAPETES (Phænicia) foliis haftato-lanceolatis ſerratis. have plenty of freſh air admitted to them. With
Lin. Sp. Plant. 698. Pentapetes with halbert-pointed, this management the plants will begin to flower early
Spear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves. Alcea Indica lucido haſta- in July, and there will be a fucceffion of flowers con-
to folio, flore blattarie Phænicio. Raii Supp. 523. tinued till the end of September, during which time
Indian Vervain Mallow with a lucid Spear-ſhaped leaf, they will make a good appearance. The ſeeds ripen
and a ſcarlet flower like Moth Mullein.
gradually after each other in the ſame ſucceſſion as
This plantgrows naturally in India, from whence I have the flowers were produced, ſo they ſhould be gather-
ſeveral times received the ſeeds; it is an annual plant ed as ſoon as their capſules begin to open at the top.
which dies in the autumn, ſoon after it has ripened Theſe plants are ſometimes turned out of the pots,
the feeds. It hath an upright ſtalk from two to near when they are ftrong and planted in warm borders,
three feet high, ſending out fide branches the whole where, if the ſeaſons prove very warm, the plants
length; thoſe from the lower part of the ſtalks are the will flower pretty well, but theſe very rarely per-
longeſt, the others gradually diminiſh, ſo as to form fect their feeds, ſo that in order to have them in per-
a ſort of pyramid. Theſe are garniſhed with leaves fection, they muſt be treated in the manner before
of different forms; the lower leaves, which are larg- directed.
eft, are cut on their ſides towards the baſe into two PENTAPHYLLOIDES. See POTENTILLA.
lide lobes which are ſhort, and the middle is extend- PENTHORUM. Gronov. Virg. 51. Lin. Gen.
ed two or three inches farther in length, ſo that the Plant. 58o.
leaves greatly reſemble the points of halberts in their
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhape; they are ſlightly ſawed on their edges, and The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
are of a lucid green on their upper fide, but are paler into five equal ſegments; the flower bas sometimes five
on their under, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. fmall narrow petals ſituated between the ſegments of the
The leaves which are on the upper part of the empalement, and ten equal briſtly ſtamina twice the length
branches are much narrower, and ſome of them have of the empalement, which are permanent, terminated by
very ſmall indentures on their fides; theſe fit cloſer roundiſho deciduous ſummits. It hath a coloured germen
to the ſtalks, and are placed alternately. From the with five ſtyles the length of the ſtamina, crowned by ob-
wings of the ſtalks the flowers come out; they are tuſe ſtigmas; and a ſingle five-cornered conical capſule ha-
for the moſt part ſingle, but ſometimes there are two ving five cells, filled with ſmall compreſſed ſeeds.
ariling at the ſame place from the fides of the foot- This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection of
Atalk of the leaves. The foot-ſtalk of the flower is Linnæus's tenth claſs, intitled Decandria Pentagynia,
fhort and ſlender. The exterior empalement of the which contains thoſe plants whoſe fowers have ten
flower is compoſed of three ſhort leaves, which fall ſtamina and five ſtyles.
off foon; the interior is of one leaf, cut at the top We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
into five acute ſegments, which ſpread open, and are PENTHORUM (Sedoides.) Gron. Virg. 51. Lin. Sp. 620.
alınoft as long as the petal. The flower is of one pe- Penthorum like Houfleek.
tal, cut into five obtufe ſegments almoſt to the bottom, This is a biennial plant, which grows naturally in
but as they are joined and fall off in one piece, ſo the Virginia. The ſtalks riſe about a foot high, garniſh-
fiower is monopetalous, according to Mr. Ray and ed with oblong leaves placed alternately, and are ter-
Tournefort. In the center of the flower ariſes a ſhort minated by cluſters of greeniſh yellow flowers, which
thick column, to which adhere fifteen ſhort ſtamina, make little appearance; theſe are ſucceeded by five-
terminated by oblong erect ſummits, and between cornered conical capſules, filled with ſmall compreffed
every third ſtamina is ſituated a larger ſtamina, with ſeeds. The flowers appear the latter end of July, and
an oblong erect ſummit of a deep red colour ; theſe the feeds ripen in the autumn.
a
و
a
a
As

PER
PER
As this plant makes but a mean appearance, ſo it is
The CHARACTERS are,
rarely cultivated, except in botanic gardens for the The empalement of the flower is ſmall, and cut into five
ſake of variety; but ſuch as are deſirous to have it, parts fitting upon the germen. The flower is of one petal,
ſhould ſow'the feeds on a moiſt ſhady ſpot of ground, having an oblong tube, which is cut at the top into five
and when the plants come up, if they are thinned ſegments which turn backward. It has five awl-shaped
and kept clean from weeds, they will require no Stamina elmoft the length of the petal, terminated by oblong
other culture.
Summits, and a roundiſ germen ſituated below the flower,
PEONY See PÆONIA.
fupported by a ſlender style, crowned by an obtufe ftigma.
PEPO. See CUCURBITA.
The germen afterward becomes an umbilicated berry with
PERENNIAL PLANTS are ſuch whoſe roots tvo cells, each containing one roundiſh ſeed.
will abide many years, whether they retain their leaves This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus placed in the
in winter or not; thoſe which retain their leaves are first ſection of his fifth claſs, which includes thoſe
called Evergreens, but ſuch as caſt their leaves are plants whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle,
called Deciduous or Perdifols. Some of theſe have and joins it to the Lonicera of Plumier, and the Cha-
annual ftalks, which die to the root every autumn, mæcerafus of Tournefort ; but as the flowers of this
and ſhoot up again in the ſpring; to which Jungius genus differ greatly in their form from either of
gives the title of Radix reftibilis.
thoſe genera, fo I have taken the liberty of ſeparating
PERESKI A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37. tab. 26. Cactus. it from them.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 539. Gooſeberry, vulgò.
The SPECIES are,
The CHARACTERS are,
1. PERICLYMENUM (Sempervirens) floribus capitatis ter-
It bath e Roſe-ſhaped flower conſiſting of ſeveral leaves, minalibus omnibus connatis fempervirentibus. Honey-
which are placed orbicularly, whoſe cup afterward becomes ſuckle with flowers growing in beads at the end of the
a ſoft, fleſhy, globular fruit beſet with leaves. In the branches, and evergreen leaves joined round the ſtalk.
middle of the fruit are many flat roundiſh ſeeds included in Periclymenum perfoliatum Virginianum ſempervirens
a mucilage.
& florens. H. L. Perfoliate, evergreen, Virginia Ho-
We have but one Species of this plant, viz. neyſuckle which always flowers, commonly called Trumpet
PERESKIA (Aculeata) aculeata, flore albo, fructu flavaſ- Honeyſuckle.
cente. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37. Prickly Pereſkia with a 2. PERICLYMENUM (Racemoſum) racemis lateralibus op-
white flower, and a yellowiſh fruit. Cactus caule tereti poſitis, floribus pendulis, foliis lanceolatis integerri-
arboreo ſpinoſo, foliis lanceolato-ovatis. Lin. Hort. mis. Honeyſuckle with flowers in long bunches grazing
Upfal. 122. Castus with a taper, tree-like, prickly ſtalk, oppoſite, hanging down, and entire Spear-ſhaped leaves.
and Spear-ſhaped oval leaves.
Periclymenum racemoſum flore favaſcente, fructu
This plant grows in ſome parts of the Spaniſh Weſt- niveo. Hort. Elth. 306. tab. 228. Honeyſuckle with
Indies, from whence it was brought to the Engliſh yellowiſh flowers growing in bunches, and a frowy fruit.
fettlements in America, where it is called a Gooſe-3. PERICLYMENUM (Verticillatum) corymbis terminali-
berry, and by the Dutch it is called Blad Apple. It bus, foliis ovatis verticillatis petiolatis. Honeyſuckle
hath many flender branches which will not ſupport with round bunches of flowers at the end of the branches,
themſelves, ſo muſt be ſupported by ſtakes, otherwiſe and oval leaves growing in whorls, baving foot-ſtelks.
they will trail on whatever plants grow near them. Periclymenum aliud arboreſcens ramulis inflexis,
Theſe branches, as alſo the ftem of the plant, are be- flore corallino. Pluin. Cat. 17. Another tree-like Ho-
ſet with long whitiſh ſpines, which are produced in ney-ſuckle with inflexed branches, and a coral-coloured
tufts. The leaves are roundiſh, very thick, and fuc- flower.
culent, and the fruit is about the ſize of a Walnut, 4. PERICLYMENUM (Germanicum) capitulis ovatis imbri-
having tufts of ſmall leaves on it, and hath a whitiſh catis terminalibus, foliis omnibus diſtinctis. Honey-
mucilaginous pulp.
ſuckle with oval imbricated heads terminating the ſtalks,
It may be propagated by planting of the cuttings and the leaves diſtinct. Caprifolium Germanicum. Dod.
during any of the ſummer months: theſe cuttings p. 411. The German Honeyſuckle.
ſhould be planted in pots filled with frelh light earth, 5. PERICLYMENUM (Italicum) floribus verticillatis ter-
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, minalibus feffilibus, foliis ſummis connato-perfoliatis.
obſerving to ihade them from the ſun in the heat of Hort. Cliff. 45. Honeyſuckle with whorls of flowers fit-
the day, as alſo to refreſh them every third or fourth ting cloſe ct the ends of the branches, and the upper leaves
day with water. In about two months the cuttings ſurrounding the ſtalk. Caprifolium Italicum. Dod. p.
will have made good roots, when they may be care- 4.11. Italian Honeyſuckle.
fully taken out of the pots, and each planted into a 6. PERICLYMENUM (Vulgare) floribus corymbofis ter-
feparate pot filled with freſh earth, and then plunged minalibus, foliis hirſutis diſtinctis, viminibus tenui-
into the hot-bed again, where they may remain dur- oribus. Honeyſuckle with a corymbus of flowers termi-
ing the ſummer ſeaſon; but at Michaelmas, when nating the ſtalks, hairy leaves growing diftinct, and very
the nights begin to be cold, they ſhould be removed ſender branches, commonly called Engliſh Honeyſuckle, or
into the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-bed. Dur- Woodbine.
ing the winter ſeaſon the plants muſt be kept warm, 7. PERICLYMENUM (Americanum) fioribus verticillatis
and ſhould be watered twice a week, but in cold terminalibus feffilibus, foliis connato-perfoliatis fen-
weather it ſhould not be given in large quantities. pervirentibus glabris. Honeyſuckle with whorled floreers
In ſummer they muſt have a large ſhare of air, and fitting cloſe, terminating the ſtalks, and ſmooth ever-
muſt be more plentifully watered, but they ſhould green leaves ſurrounding the ſtalks. Caprifolium per-
conſtantly remain in the ſtove; for though they will foliatum fempervirens, floribus fpeciofis. Hort. Chelſ.
bear the open air in ſummer in a warm ſituation, yet The evergreen Honeyſuckle, having beautiful flowers.
they will make no progreſs if they are placed abroad; The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, and inany
nor do they thrive near fo well in the dry ſtove, as other parts of North America, but has been long
when they are plunged in the tan; ſo that the beſt cultivated in the Engliſh gardens by the title of Vir-
way is to ſet them next a trellis, at the back of the
ginia Trumpet Honeyſuckle. Of theſe there are two
tan-bed, to which their branches may be faſtened, to varieties, if not distinct ſpecies, one being much
prevent their trailing on other plants. This plant has hardier than the other. The old fort, which came
not as yet produced either flowers or fruit in England, from Virginia, has ſtronger ſhoots; the leaves are of
but as there are ſeveral plants pretty well grown in the a brighter green ; the bunches of flowers are larger,
gardens of the curious, we may expect ſome of them and deeper coloured than the other which came from
will flower in a ſhort time.
Carolina. Theſe plants have the appearance of the
PERICLYMENUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 608. common Honeyſuckle, but the ſhoots are weaker
tab. 578. Caprifolium. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 6c8. tab. than any of thoſe, except the wild ſort called Wood-
379 Lonicera. Lin. Gen. Plant. 210. Honeyſuckle ; bine; they are of a purpliſh red colour, and ſmooth,
in French, Chevre-feuille.
The leaves are of an oblong oval ſhape inverted, and
cloſely
a
;
IO B

PER
PER
a
a
clofely ſurround the ſtalk; of a lucid green on their
upper ſide, but pale on their under. The flowers
are produced in bunches at the end of the branches;
theſe have long ſlender tubes, which are enlarged at
the top, where they are cut into five almoſt equal
ſegments. The outſide of the flower is of a bright
ſcarlet, and the inſide yellow; they have great ap-
pearance of the Honeyſuckle, but are not ſo deeply
divided, nor are the ſegments reflexed. They have
no odour, but for the beauty of their flowers, and
their long continuance, together with their leaves be-
ing evergreen, they are preſerved in moſt curious
gardens.
Theſe plants ſhould be planted againſt walls or pales,
to which their branches ſhould be trained for fup-
port, otherwiſe they will fall to the ground; for they
cannot be reduced to heads like many of the Honey-
ſuckles, becauſe their branches are too weak and
rambling, and are liable to be killed in ſevere win-
ters; therefore they ſhould be planted to a warm af-
pect, where they will begin to flower the latter end
of June, and there will be a ſucceſſion of flowers till
the autumn. Theſe are propagated by laying down
their young branches, which will eaſily take root, and
may be afterward treated like the Honeyſuckle.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this
hath many ſlender branches which cannot ſupport
themſelves, but trail upon any neighbouring buſhes.
They grow eight or ten feet long, are covered with a
brown bark, and garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
about two inches and a half long, and one broad in
the middle; of a lucid green on their upper ſide, but
pale on their under, ſtanding by pairs oppoſite. The
flowers come out from the ſide of the branches at
each joint; they are ranged on each ſide the foot-
ſtalk in long bunches like Currants. The bunches
come out oppoſite; they are three or four inches
long. The flowers are ſmall, of a yellowiſh green,
and are ſucceeded by ſmall berries of a ſnow white
colour, from whence the plant is called Snowberry-
buſh in America.
The third fort grows naturally in ſome of the iſlands
in the Weſt-Indies; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk
ten or twelve feet high, ſending out many ſlender
branches, covered with a light brown bark, garniſh-
ed with oval leaves near two inches long, and an inch
and a quarter broad, four of them coming out at each
joint in whorls round the ſtalk; they ſtand upon ſhort
foot-ſtalks, and have one ſtrong midrib, with ſeveral
veins running from the midrib to the ſides. The
flowers come out in round bunches at the end of the
branches; they are of a deep coral colour on their
outſide, but of a pale red within. This was found
growing in Jamaica by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who
brought it to England.
Theſe two forts are too tender to thrive in this coun-
try without artificial heat; they are propagated by
feeds, which muſt be procured from the countries
where they naturally grow, for they do not ripen ſeeds
here. Theſe ſhould be ſown in pots, and plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, where they may remain till
the autumn, for the plants rarely come up the firſt
year ; fo the pots ſhould be removed into the ſtove
for the winter ſeaſon, and the following ſpring placed
on a freſh hot-bed, which will bring up the plants ;
and when they are fit to remove, they fhould be each
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth,
and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, ſhading them from
the ſun till they have taken new root, after which
they muſt be treated in the manner as other tender
plants from thoſe countries. As the plants obtain
ſtrength, they ſhould be more hardily treated, by
placing them abroad in a ſheltered ſituation for two
months or ten weeks, in the warmeſt part of the ſum-
mer, and in the winter they may be placed in a dry
ftove, kept to a moderate temperature of warmth,
where they will thrive, and produce their flowers in
the autumn.
The fourth fort is the common Dutch or German
Honeyſuckle, which has been generally ſuppoſed the
ſame with the Engliſh wild fort called Woodbine, but
is undoubtedly a very different ſpecies, for the fhoots
of this are much ſtronger. The plants may be train-
ed with ſtems, and formed into heads, which the wild
fort cannot, their branches being too weak and trail-
ing for this purpoſe. The branches of this are ſmooth,
of a purpliſh colour, garnished with oblong ova!
leaves three inches long, and an inch and three quar-
ters broad, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but
pale on their under, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks ;
they are placed by pairs, but are not joined at their
baſe. The flowers are produced in bunches at the end
of the branches, each flower ariſing out of a ſcaly
cover, which cover, after the flowers fade, forms an
oval head, whoſe ſcales lie over each other like thoſe
outſide, and yellowiſh within, of a very agreeable
of fiſh. The flowers are of a reddiſh colour on their
odour. This fort flowers in June, July, and Au-
guft. There are two other varieties of this ſpecies,
one is called the long blowing, and the other the late
red Honeyſuckle.
The fifth fort is commonly called the Italian Honey-
ſuckle ; of this there are two or three varieties, the
early white Honeyſuckle is one; this is the firſt which
flowers, always appearing in May. The branches of
this are ſlender, covered with a light green bark, and
garniſhed with oval leaves of a thin texture, placed
by pairs, fitting cloſe to the branches, but thoſe which
are ſituated toward the end of the branches, join at
their baſe, ſo that the ſtalk ſeems as if it came through
the leaves. The flowers are produced in whorled
bunches at the end of the branches; they are white,
and have a very fragrant odour, but are of ſhort du-
ration, ſo that in about a fortnight they are entirely
over; and ſoon after the leaves appear as if blighted
and fickly, making an indifferent appearance the whole
fummer, which has rendered them leſs valued than
the others. The other variety is the yellow Italian
Honeyſuckle, which is the next in ſucceſſion to the
white. The ſhoots of this are much like thoſe of the
former, but have a darker bark; the leaves are alſo
of a deeper green; the flowers are of a yellowiſh red,
and appear foon after the white; they are not of much
longer duration, and are ſucceeded by red berries,
containing one hard ſeed incloſed in a ſoft pulp, which
ripens in the autumn.
The fixth fort is the common wild Engliſh Honey-
ſuckle or Woodbine; this grows naturally in the
hedges in many parts of England. The branches are
very ſlender and hairy, trailing over the neighbour-
ing buſhes, and twining round the boughs of trees;
the leaves are oblong, hairy, and diſtinct, not join-
ed at their baſe ; they are placed oppoſite; the flow-
ers are produced in long bunches at the end of the
branches. There are two varieties, one with white,
and the other yellowish red flowers. Theſe appear
in July, and there is a ſucceſſion of flowers till the
а
а
3
a
autumn.
There is alſo a variety of this with variegated leaves,
and one with cut leaves ſomewhat like the leaves of
Oak, and one of theſe with variegated leaves; but,
as theſe are accidental varieties, I have not enumerat-
ed them.
The ſeventh fort is ſuppoſed to grow naturally in
North America; this hath ſtrong branches, covered
with a purple bark, which are garniſhed with lucid
green leaves embracing the ſtalks, which continue
their verdure all the year. The flowers are produced
in whorled bunches at the end of the branches; there
are frequently two and fometimes three of theſe bunches
riſing one out of another; they are of a bright red
on their outſide, and yellow within, of a ſtrong aro.
matic flavour. This ſort begins to flower in June,
and there is a ſucceſſion of flowers till the froſt puts a
ftop to them, ſo that it is the moſt valuable of all
the forts.
All the forts of Honeyſuckles are propagated either
by layers or cuttings : when they are propagated by
layers, the young ſhoots only ſhould be choſen for
that purpoſe, they ſhould be layed in the autumn,
a
and

PER
PER
3
a
and by the following autumn they will have taken cauſe their flowers continue in ſucceſſion much longer
root, when they ſhould be cut off from the plants, than the other forts.
and either planted where they are to remain, or into Theſe plants may be propagated by feeds, but unleſs
a nurſery to be trained up, either for ſtandards, which they are ſown in the autumn ſoon after they are ripe,
muſt be done by fixing down ftakes to the ſtem of the plants will not come up the firſt year.
each plant, to which their principal ftalk ſhould be PERIPLOCA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 93. tab. 22.
faftened, and all the other muſt be cut off; the prin- Lin. Gen. Plant. 267. [Tlepstraoxn, of wapi, about, and
cipal ftalk muſt be trained to the intended height of włoxn, a knitting or plaiting, becauſe this plant en-
the ftem, then it ſhould be ſhortened to force out tangles itſelf with itſelf, or any other neighbouring
lateral branches, and theſe ſhould be again ſtopped to plants.] Virginian Silk.
prevent their growing too long; by the conſtant re-
The CHARACTERS are,
peating this as the ſhoots are produced, they may be The flower bath a ſmall permanent empalement, cut into
formed into a ſort of ſtandard, but if any regard is five points. The flower bas one plain petal, cut into five
had to their flowering, they cannot be formed into narrow ſegments, which are indented at their points, with
regular heads, for by conſtantly ſhortening their a ſmall nectarium going round the center of the petal, and
branches, the flower-buds will be cut off, ſo that few the five incurved filaments which are not so long as the pe-
Howers can be expected ; and as it is an unnatural tel, and five ſhort ſtamina terminated by erect ſummits
form for theſe trees, ſo there ſhould be but few of which join in a bead. It has a ſmall bifid germen with
them reduced to it, for when they are planted near Scarce any ſtyle, crowned by two ſimple ſtigmas. The ger-
other buſhes, in whoſe branches the foots of the men afterward becomes two oblong bellied capſules with one
Honeyſuckles may run and mix, they will flower cell, filled with ſeeds crowned with down, lying over each
much better, and have a finer appearance than
other like the ſcales of fiſh.
when they are more regularly trained ; therefore, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
when the plants are in the nurſery, if two or three of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
of the principal ſhoots are trained up to the ſtakes, whoſe flowers have five ftamina and two ſtyles.
and the others are entirely cut off, they will be fit to
The SPECIES are,
tranſplant the following autumn, to the places where 1. PERIPLOCA (Græca) floribus internè hirſutis. Lin. Sp.
they are to remain ; for though the roots may be Plant. 211. Virginia Silk, with flowers hairy on their in-
tranſplanted of a greater age, yet they do not thrive ſo fide. Periploca foliis oblongis. Tourn. Init. R. H.
well as when they are removed while they are young. 93. Virginia Silk with oblong leaves.
When theſe plants are propagated by cuttings, they 2. PERIPLOCA (Africana) caule hirſuto. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ſhould be planted in September, as ſoon as the ground 211. Virginia Silk with a hairy ſtalk. Apocynum ſcan-
is moiſtened by rain. The cuttings ſhould have four dens, Africanum, vincæ pervincæ folio fubincanum.
joints, three of which ſhould be buried in the ground, Com. Plant. Rar. 18. Climbing African Dog ſane, with
and the fourth above the ſurface, from which the a hoary Periwinkle leaf.
fhoots ſhould be produced. Theſe may be planted 3. PERIPLOCA (Fruticoſa) foliis oblongo-cordatis pubel-
in rows, at about a foot diſtance row from row, and centibus, floribus alaribus, caule fruticofo fcandente.
four inches aſunder in the rows, treading the earth Virginia Silk, with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves which are
cloſe to them; and as the evergreen and late red Ho- covered with ſoft bairs, and flowers proceeding from the
neyſuckles, are a little more tender than the other forts, ſides of the ſtalks, which are ſhrubby. Periploca foliis
ſo if the ground between the rows where theſe are cordatis holoſericeis, floribus parvis, albis, campani-
planted, is covered with tanners bark or other mulch formibus. Houſt. MSS. Periploca with beart-ſhaped
to keep out the froſt in winter, and the drying winds ſilky leaves, and ſmall, white, bell-spaped flowers.
of the ſpring, it will be of great advantage to the The firſt fort grows naturally in Syria, but is hardy
cuttings; and if the cuttings of theſe ſorts have a ſmall enough to thrive in the open air in England. It hath
piece of the two years wood at their bottom, there twining ſhrubby ſtalks, covered with a dark bark,
will be no hazard of their taking root.
The plants
which twiſt round any neighbouring ſupport, and will
which are raiſed from cuttings, are preferable to thoſe riſe more than forty feet high, ſending out ſlender
which are propagated by layers, as they have general- branches from the ſide, which twine round each other,
ly better roots.
and are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves near
Theſe plants will grow in almoſt any ſoil or ſituation four inches long, and two broad in the middle, of a
(except the laſt mentioned, which will not thrive lucid
green on their upper ſide, but pale on their un-
where they are too much expoſed to the cold in win- der, ſtanding by pairs, upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
ter) they thrive beſt in a ſoft ſandy loam, and will re- flowers come out toward the end of the ſmall branches
tain their leaves in greater verdure in ſuch ground than in bunches; they are of a purple colour, and hairy
if planted in a dry gravelly foil, where in warm dry on their inſide, compoſed of one petal, cut into five
ſeaſons their leaves often ſhrink, and hang in a very ſegments almoſt to the bottom, which ſpread open
diſagreeable manner; nor will thoſe forts which natu- in form of a ftar, and within is ſituated a nectarium,
rally flower late in the autumn, continue ſo long in which goes round the five ſhort ſtamina and germen,
beauty on a dry ground, unleſs the ſeaſon ſhould prove and is hairy. The germen afterward turns to a dou-
moiſt and cold, as thoſe in a gentle loam, not too ble long taper pod or capſule, filled with compreſſed
ftiff or wet.
ſeeds, lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh,
There are few forts of ſhrubs which deſerve cultiva- having a ſoft down fixed to their top. This plant
tion better than moſt of theſe, for their flowers are flowers in July and Auguſt, but rarely ripens its feeds
very beautiful, and perfume the air to a great diſtance in England
with their odour, eſpecially in the mornings and even- It is eaſily propagated by laying down of the branches,
ings, and in cloudy weather, when the fun does not which will put out roots in one year, and may then
exhale their odour, and raiſe it too high to be percep- be cut from the old plant, and planted where they are
tible ; ſo that in all retired walks, there cannot be to remain. Theſe may be tranſplanted either in au-
too many of theſe intermixed with the other ſhrubs. tumn, when the leaves begin to fall, or in the ſpring
I have ſeen theſe plants intermixed in hedges planted before they begin to ſhoot, and muſt be planted where
either with Alder or Laurel, where the branches have they may have ſupport, otherwiſe they will trail on
been artfully trained between thoſe of the hedge; the ground, and faften themſelves about whatever
from which the flowers have appeared diſperſed from plants are near ther.
the bottom of the hedge to the top, and being inter- The ſecond fort grows naturally in Africa; this hath
mixed with the ſtrong green leaves of the plants which many ſlender ſtalks, which twine about each other,
principally compoſe the hedge, they have made a fine or any neighbouring ſupport, and will riſe near three
appearance; but the beſt forts for this purpoſe, are feet high, putting out ſeveral ſmall fide branches;
the evergreen and long-blowing Honeyſuckles, be- theſe are hairy, as are alſo the leaves, which are oval,
about
a
a
a

PER
PER
ter.
3
about three quarters of an inch long, and half an inch Indies, as alſo in the iſland of Jamaica, and hath been
broad, ſtanding by pairs upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks. tranſplanted into moft of the Engliſh ſettlements in
The flowers come out in ſmall bunches from the ſide the Weſt-Indies on account of its fruit; which is
of the ſtalksthey are ſmall, and of a worn-out pur- not only eſteemed by the inhabitants as a fruit to be
pliſh colour, and a ſweet ſcent, being cut into five eaten by way of deſert, but is very neceſſary for the
narrow ſegments almoſt to the bottom. It flowers in ſupport of life. The fruit of itſelf is very infipid,
the ſummer months, but does not produce feeds here. for which reaſon they generally eat it with the juice
There is a variety of this with ſmooth leaves and of Lemons and ſugar, to give it a piquancy. It is
ftalks, from the ſame country,
very nouriſhing, and is reckoned a great incentive to
The third fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- venery. Some people eat this fruit with vinegar and
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in America. Pepper.
This riſes with a ſtrong woody ítalk to the height of In the warm countries where this is planted, it grows
five or fix feet, covered with a gray bark, putting out to the height of thirty feet or more, and has a trunk
many weak branches, which twiſt themſelves about as large as our common Apple-trees; the bark is
any neighbouring ſupport, and riſe to the height of ſmooth, and of an Aſh colour; the brances are beſet.
twenty feet; they are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped with pretty large, oblong, ſmooth leaves, like thoſe
leaves three inches long, and two broad near their of Laurel, which are of a deep green colour, and con-
baſe ; they are of a yellowiſh green, covered with tinue on the tree throughout the year. The flowers
filky hairs, which are ſoft to the touch; they ſtand and fruit are, for the moſt part, produced toward the
oppoſite upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flow- extremity of the branches. The fruit is as large as
ers come out in ſmall bunches from the wings of one of the largeſt Pears, incloſing a large ſeed with
the leaves, they are ſmall, white,and of the open bell two lobes, included in a thin fhell.
ſhape; theſe are ſucceeded by ſwelling taper pods, In Europe this plant is preſerved as a curiofity, by
filled with ſeeds crowned with long feathery down. thoſe perſons who delight in collecting exotic plants ;
The ſecond fort is hardy enough to thrive in this and though there is little hope of its producing fruit,
country, with a little protection from the froſt in win- yet for the beauty of its ſhining green leaves, which
If the plants are fheltered under a common continue through the winter, it deſerves a place in
frame or placed in a green-houſe during the winter every curious collection of plants.
ſeaſon, and placed abroad with other hardy exotic It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be obtained
plants in ſummer, they will thrive and flower very as frein as poſſible from the countries of its growth;
well; but as all the plants of this genus have a milky and if they are brought over in fand, will be more
juice, ſo they ſhould not have much wet, eſpecially likely to grow, than ſuch as are brought over dry.
in cold weather, left it rot them. They are eaſily
Theſe nuts or feeds ſhould be planted in pots, filled
propagated by laying down of their branches, which with light rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
in one year will have roots enough to tranſplant; theſe tanners bark, which ſhould be kept pretty warm.
Thould be planted in a light ſandy loam not rich, and The pots ſhould be alſo frequently watered when the
the pots muſt not be too large, for when they are over earth appears dry, which will greatly facilitate the
potted they will not thrive.
vegetation of the feed, provided the water is not giv-
The third fort is tender, fo will not thrive in England, en in large quantities, which would rot them. In
unleſs the plants are placed in a warm ftove. They about five or ſix weeks the plants will come up, when
may be propagated by laying down of their branches they muſt be treated very tenderly, for the bed muſt
in the ſame manner as the former; or from ſeeds, be kept in a due temperature for heat; and when the
when they can be procured from the places where weather proves warm, the freſh air ſhould be admit-
they naturally grow. Theſe ſhould be fown upon a ted to the plants, by raiſing the glaſſes a little. When
good hot-bed, and when the plants come up, they they have grown about four inches high, they ſhould
muſt be treated in the ſame manner as other tender be carefully tranſplanted, and where there are ſeve-
exotic plants.
ral plants in one pot, they muſt be parted, being
If theſe plants are conſtantly kept plunged in the tan- careful to preſerve a ball of earth to the root of each,
bed of the ſtove, they will thrive and power much and planted into ſeparate finall pots filled with light
better than in any other ſituation, but the ſtove ſhould rich earth, and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
not be kept too warm in winter; and in the ſummer bark, obſerving to fhade them until they have taken
the plants ſhould have a large ſhare of free air admit- new root; after which time they ſhould have freſh
ted to them; for when they are kept too cloſe, their air admitted to them, in proportion to the warmth of
leaves will be covered with infects, and the plants
the ſeaſon. Towards Michaelmas the plants muſt be
will become fickly in a fhort time.
removed into the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-
All the ſpecies of this genus are ſuppoſed to be hurt- bed, where, during the winter ſeaſon, they ſhould
ful to animals, as the Dogíbanes in general are, and be kept in a moderate warmth, and muſt be gently
theſe are very near a-kin to them, both in their cha- watered twice a week. In the ſpring the plants ſhould
racters and qualities.
be ſhifted into pots a ſize larger than the former, and
PERIWINCLE. See Vinca.
the bark-bed ſhould be then renewed with freſh tan,
PERSE A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 44. tab. 20. Laurus. which will ſet the plants in a growing ſtate early,
Lin. Gen. Plant 452. The Avocado, or Avogato whereby they will make a fine progreſs the following
Pear.
ſummer. Theſe plants muſt be conſtantly kept in
The CHARACTERS are,
the ſtove, for they are too tender to bear the open
The flower bath no empalement, but is compoſed of sixe air in this country at any ſeaſon, but in warm weather
Detais ending in acute points, which ſpread open. It hath ſhould have a large ſhare of air admitted to them.
Fixe ſtamina which are about half the length of the pe- PERSICA. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 624. tab. 402. [fo
tals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and a ſort ſtyle, called of Perſia in Afia, from whence this kind of plant
crowned by a pyramidal germen, which afterward becomes was brought into our climate.] The Peach-tree.
a large flejhy pyramidal fruit, incloſing an oval feed hav-
Amygdalus. Lin. Gen. 619.
The CHARACTERS are,
This genus of plants Dr. Linnæus has joined to his The flower has a tubulous empalement of one leaf, cut
genus of Laurus, which he places in the firſt ſection
into five obtuſe ſegments which Spread open. It hath
of his ninth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe five oblong, oval, obtuſe petals, which are inſerted in
flowers have nine ſtamina and one ſtyle.
the empalement, and about thirty erect ſender ſtamina
We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz. which are porter than the petals, terminated by Single
PERSEA (Americana.) Cluf. Hift. The Avocado, or Avo- Summits; theſe are alſo inſerted in the empalement. It
hath a roundiſh hairy germen, Supporting a ſtyle the length
This tree grows in great plenty in the Spanish Weſt- of the ſtamina, crowned by a beaded ſtigma. The germen
ofterward
3
a
a
ing iwo lobes.
gato Pear.

PER
PER
a
و
efterward becomes a roundiſh, woolly, large, esculent fruit,
with a longitudinal furrow, incloſing an ovel nut with a
netted ſhell, having many punctures.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have from twenty to thirty ftamina,
which are inſerted in the empalement of the flower,
and one ſtyle.
There is a great variety of theſe trees, which are cul-
tivated in the gardens of thoſe who are curious in col-
lecting the ſeveral forts of fruit from the different
parts of Europe: I ſhall therefore firſt beg leave to
mention two or three forts, which are cultivated for
the beauty of their flowers; after which I ſhall enu-
merate the ſeveral varieties of good fruit which have
come to my knowledge.
The SPECIES are,
1. PERSICA (Vulgaris) vulgaris, flore pleno. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 625. Common Peach-tree with double flowers.
2. PERSICA (Nano) Africana nana, fiore incarnato
ſimplici. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 625. Dwarf Almond with
ſingle flowers, vulgò.
3. PERSICA (Amygdalus) Africana nana flore incarnato
pleno. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 925. Double flowering
Dwarf Almond, vulgò.
The firſt of theſe trees is a very great ornament in a
garden early in the ſpring, the flowers being very
large, double, and of a beautiful red or purple co-
lour. This may be planted in ſtandards, and if in-
,
termixed with other flowering trees of the ſame
growth, makes a very agreeable variety; or it may be
planted againſt the walls of the pleaſure-garden, where
the beautiful appearance of its flowers early in the
ſpring, will be more acceptable in ſuch places than the
choiceſt fruits, which muſt be expoſed to ſervants,
and others, ſo that they ſeldom can be preſerved in
large families until they are ripe. This tree may be
propagated by budding it on the Almond or Plum
ſtocks, in the ſame manner as the other ſort of Peaches,
and ſhould be planted in a good freſh foil that is not
over moiſt.
The other two forts are of humbler growth, ſeldom
riſing above three or four feet high; theſe may be
budded upon Almond ftocks, or propagated by lay-
ers; they will alſo take upon Plum ſtocks, but they
are very apt to canker, after they have ſtood four or
five years upon thoſe ſtocks, eſpecially that with dou-
ble flowers, which is tenderer than the other, which
ſends out ſuckers from the root, whereby it may be
propagated in great plenty.
Theſe ſhrubs make a very agreeable variety amongſt
low flowering trees, in ſmall wilderneſs quarters. The
ſingle ſort Aowers in the beginning of April, and the
double is commonly three weeks later.
I ſhall now proceed to mention the ſorts of good
Peaches which have come to my knowledge ; and
though perhaps a greater number of forts may be
found in ſome catalogues of fruits, yet I doubt whe-
I
ther many of them are not the ſame kinds called by
different names; for, in order to determine the vari-
ous kinds, it is neceſſary to obſerve the ſhape and fize
of the flowers, as well as the different parts of the
fruit; for this does ſometimes determine the kind,
when the fruit alone is not ſufficient ; beſides, there
is a vaſt difference in the fize and flavour of the ſame
Peach, when planted on different foils and aſpects, ſo
that it is almoſt impoſſible for a perſon who is very
converſant with theſe fruits to diſtinguiſh them, when
brought from various gardens.
The preſent confuſion of the names of fruits, hath
been many times owing to the bringing over trees
from France; for the perſons who are generally em-
ployed to bring over thoſe trees for ſale, are entirely
ignorant of their various forts, and do themſelves take
them upon truſt, from the perſons who make it their
buſineſs to propagate great quantities, to ſupply the
markets of France, whither they are brought in wag-
gons, and ſold out in parcels to thoſe perſons who
bring them into England. It alſo happens many
times, if they are received by right names, that theſe
in length of time are loft, or the trees come into the
poffeffion of other perſons, who not knowing the true
name of the fruit, do often give them new names,
whereby there is ſuch a confuſion in the names of
fruit, as is impoſſible to rectify; and hence fome
perſons have ſuppoſed a much greater variety of
Peaches than there is in reality, though as the greateſt
part of theſe have been obtained from feeds, ſo their
varieties may be multiplied annually, until there be
no end of the forts. However, I ſhall content myſelf
with enumerating the principal forts now known in
England, which are ſufficient for any gentleman to
make a collection to continue through the whole ſea-
ſon of fruit.
1. The white Nutmeg (called by the French, L'A-
vant Péche Blanche :) this tree has ſawed leaves, but
generally ſhoots very weak, unleſs it is budded upon
an Apricot ftock ; the flowers are large and open, the
fruit is ſmall and white, as is alſo the pulp at the
ſtone, from which it ſeparates; it is a little mulky
and ſugary, but is only eſteemed for its being the firſt
fort ripe. It is in eating pretty early in July, and ſoon
becomes meally.
2. The red Nutmeg (called by the French, L'Avant
Péche de Troyes :) this tree has ſawed leaves, the
flowers are large and open; the fruit is larger and
rounder than the white Nutmeg, and is of a bright
vermilion colour ; the fleſh is white, and very red at
the ſtone ; it has a rich muſky flavour, and parts from
the ſtone. This Peach is well eſteemed, it ripens to-
ward the end of July.
3. The early or ſmall Mignon (called by the French,
La Double de Troyes, or Mignonette :) this tree has
ſmall contracted flowers, the fruit is of a middling
ſize, and round; it is very red on the ſide next the
ſun; the fleſh is white, and ſeparates from the ſtone,
where it is red; the juice is vinous and rich. It is
ripe the end of July, or beginning of Auguft.
4. The yellow Alberge: this tree has ſmooth leaves;
the flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is of a
middling fize, ſomewhat long: the fleſh is yellow and
dry; it is ſeldom well flavoured, but ſhould be per-
fectly ripe before it is gathered, otherwiſe it is good
for little. It is ripe early in Auguſt.
5. The white Magdalen: this tree has ſawed leaves ;
the flowers are large and open; the wood is generally
black at the pith; the fruit is round, of a middling
fize; the fleſh is white to the ſtone, from which it
ſeparates ; the juice is ſeldom high flavoured; the
ſtone is very ſmall. This ripens early in Auguft.
6. The early purple (called by the French, La Pour-
prée hâtive :) this tree has ſmooth leaves; the flowers
are large and open; the fruit is large, round, aná of
a fine red colour; the fleſh is white, but very red at
the ſtone; is very full of juice, which has a rich vi-
nous flavour, and is by all good judges eſteemed an
excellent Peach. This is ripe before the middle of
Auguſt.
7. The large or French Mignon: the leaves of this
tree are ſmooth; the flowers are large and open; the
fruit is a little oblong, and generally ſwelling on one
fide; it is of a fine colour; the juice is very ſugary,
and of a high flavour; the Aeſh is white, but very
red at the ſtone, which is ſmall. This is ripe in the
middle of Auguſt, and is juftly eſteemed one of the
beſt Peaches; this ſeparates from the ſtone. This
fort of Peach is tender, and will not thrive on a com-
mon ſtock, fo is generally budded upon ſome vigorous
ſhooting Peach, or an Apricot, by the nurſerymen,
which enhances the price of the trees. But the beſt
method is to bud this Peach into ſome old healthy
Apricot, which is planted to a ſouth or ſouth-eaſt al-
pect, and to cut away the Apricot when the buds have
taken, and made ſhoots : upon ſome trees which I
have ſeen thus managed, there has been a much great-
er quantity of fairer, and better flavoured fruit than
I have ever obſerved elſewhere, and the trees have
been much more healthy.
8. The Chevreuſe, or Belle Chevreuſe : this tree has
fmooth leaves; the flowers are ſmall and contracted ;
the
a
و
10 С

PER
PER
a
3
3
a
a
a
a
the fruit is of a middling ſize, a little oblong, of a
fine red colour; the fleſh is white, but very red at
the ſtone, from which it ſeparates; it is very full of
a rich ſugary juice, and ripens toward the end of Au-
guſt. This is a very good bearer, and may be ranged
with the good Peaches.
9. The red Magdalen (called by the French about
9
Paris, Madeleine de Courſon :) the leaves of this tree
are deeply ſawed; the flowers are large and open ; the
fruit is large and round, of a fine red colour; the
fleſh is white, but very red at the ſtone, from which
it ſeparates; the juice is very ſugary, and of an ex-
quiſite flavour. The fruit is ripe the end of Auguſt;
it is one of the beſt fort of Peaches.
10. The early Newington (or Smith's Newington :)
this is very like, if not the ſame, with what the French
call Le Pavie blanc. This tree has fawed leaves; the
flowers are large and open; the fruit is of a middling
fize, is of a fine red on the ſide next the fun; the
fleſh is firm and white, but very red at the ſtone, to
which it cloſely adheres. It hath a ſugary juice, and
is ripe the end of Auguſt.
II. The Montauban: this tree has fawed leaves;
the flowers are large and open; the fruit is of a mid-
dling ſize, of a deep red, inclining to purple next
the fun, but of a pale colour toward the wall; the
fleſh is melting and white to the ſtone, from which
it ſeparates; the juice is rich, and the tree is a good
bearer. It ripens the middle of Auguſt, and is well
eſteemed.
12. The Malta (which is very like, if not the ſame,
with the Italian Peach :) this tree has fawed leaves ;
the flowers are large and open; the fruit is of a mid-
dling fize, of a fine red next the fun: the fleſh is
white and melting, but red at the ſtone, from which
it ſeparates ; the ſtone is flat and pointed; the tree is
a good bearer. This ripens the end of Auguft.
13. The Nobleft: this tree has fawed leaves; the
flowers are large and open ; the fruit is large, of a
bright red next the fun; the fleſh is white and melt-
ing, and ſeparates from the ſtone, where it is of a
faint red colour; the juice is very rich in a good
ſeaſon. It ripens the end of Auguſt.
14. The Chancellor : the leaves of this tree are
ſmooth; the flowers are ſmall and contracted; the
fruit is ſhaped ſomewhat like the Belle Chevreuſe, but
is rounder; the fleſh is white and melting, and ſepa-
rates from the ſtone, where it is of a fine red colour ;
the ſkin is very thin, and the juice is very rich. It
ripens about the end of Auguſt, and is eſteemed one
of the beſt fort of Peaches. This tree is very tender,
and will not ſucceed on common ftocks, fo is budded
twice as the Mignon, and if budded on Apricots, as
was directed for that fort, will thrive much better than
in any other method.
15. The Bellegarde (or as the French call it, the
Gallande :) this tree has ſmooth leaves; the flowers
are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is very large and
round, of a deep purple colour on the ſide to the
fun ; the fleſh is white, melting, and ſeparates from
the ſtone, where it is of a deep red colour, the juice
is very rich. This ripens the beginning of Septem-
ber, and is an excellent Peach, but at preſent not
16. The Liſle (or as the French call it, La petite
Violette hâtive :) this tree has ſmooth leaves; the
flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is of a
middling fize, of a fine Violet colour toward the fun;
the fleſh is of a pale yellow and melting, but adheres
to the ſtone, where it is very red; the juice is very
vinous. This ripens the beginning of September.
17. The Bourdine: this tree has ſmooth leaves; the
flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large,
round, and of a fine red colour next the fun; the
fleſh is white, melting, and ſeparates from the ſtone,
where it is of a fine red colour; the juice is vinous
and rich; this ripens the beginning of September,
and is greatly eſteemed by the curious. The tree
bears plentifully, and will produce fruit in ſtandards
a
a
9
18. The Ronanna: this tree has ſmooth leaves ; the
flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large, a.
little longer than the Alberge; the fleſh is yellow
and ſeparates from the ſtone, where it is red; the
juice is rich and vinous. This ripens the beginning
of September, and is eſteemed a good Peach. This
is the ſame with what ſome call the purple, and others
the red Alberge, it being of a fine purple colour on
the fide next the fun.
19. The Admirable: this tree hath ſmooth leaves;
the flowers are finall and contracted; the fruit is large,
round, and red on the fide next the fun; the fleſh is
white, melting, and ſeparates from the ſtone, where
it is of a deep red colour; the juice is fugary and rich.
This ripens the beginning of September. This is by
ſome called the early Admirable, but is certainly what
the French call L'Admirable, and they have no other
of this name which ripens later.
20. The old Newington: this tree has fawed leaves ;
the flowers are large and open ; the fruit is fair and
large, of a beautiful red colour next the ſun, the
fleſh is white, melting, and cloſely adheres to the ſtone,
where it is of a deep red colour; the juice is very rich
and vinous. This is eſtemed one of the beſt forts of
Pavies. It ripens about the middle of September.
21. The Rambouillet (commonly called Rumbul-
lion :) this tree has {mooth leaves; the flowers are
large and open the fruit is of a middling ſize, ra-
ther round than long, deeply divided by a fulcus or
furrow in the middle; it is of a fine red colour next
the fun, but of a light yellow next the wall; the fleſh
is melting, of a bright yellow colour, and ſeparates
from the ſtone, where it is of a deep red colour; the
juice is rich, and of a vinous flavour. This ripens
the middle of September, and is a good bearer.
22. The Bellis (which I believe to be what the French
call La Belle de Vitry :) the leaves of this tree are
ſawed; the flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit
is of a middle fize, round, and of a pale red next the
fun; the fleſh is white and adheres to the ſtone, where
it is red; the juice is vinous and rich. This ripens
the middle of September.
23. The Portugal: this tree has ſmooth leaves, the
flowers are large and open; the fruit is large, and
of a beautiful red colour towards the ſun, the ſkin
generally ſpotted; the fleſh is firm, white, and cloſe-
ly adheres to the ſtone, where it is of a faint red co-
lour; the ſtone is ſmall, but full of deep furrows;
the juice is rich and vinous. This ripens the middle
of September.
24. La Teton de Venus (or Venus's breaſt,) fo called
from its having a riſing like a dug, or bubby : this
tree has ſmooth leaves; the flowers are ſmall and con-
tracted; the fruit is of a middling ſize reſembling the
Admirable, of a pale red colour next the ſun, the
fleſh is melting, white, and ſeparates from the ſtone,
where it is red; the juice is ſugary and rich. This
ripens late in September.
25. La Pourprée (or as the French call it Pourprée
tardive, i. e. the late purple :) this tree has very large
leaves which are fawed; the ſhoots are very ſtrong;
the flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large,
round, and of a fine purple colour; the fleſh is white,
melting, and ſeparates from the ſtone, where it is
red; the juice is ſugary and rich. This ripens late in
September.
26. The Nivette : this tree has fawed leaves ; the
flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large,
ſomewhat longer than round, of a bright red colour
next the fun, and of a pale yellow on their other fide;
the fleſh is melting, and full of rich juice, and is very
red at the ſtone, from which it ſeparates. This is
eſteemed one of the beſt Peaches; it ripens in the mid-
dle of September.
27. The Royal (La Royale :) this tree has ſmooth
leaves ; the flowers are ſmall and contracted; the
fruit is large, round, and of a deep red on the ſide
next the fun, and of a paler colour on the other ſide ;
the fleſh is white, melting, and full of a rich juice;
it parts from the ſtone, where it is of a deep red co-
a
މި
2
common.
a
a
lour.
very well.

PER
PER
a
a
lour. This ripens the middle of September, and,
when the autumn is good, is an excellent Peach.
28. The Perſique: this tree has fawed leaves; the
flowers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large,
oblong, and of a fine red colour next the fun; the
fleſh is melting, and full of a rich juice; it ſeparates
from the ſtone, where it is of a deep red colour. The
ſtalk has a ſmall knot upon it; this makes a fine tree,
and is a good bearer ; it ripens the end of September.
Many gardeners call this the Nivette.
29. The monſtrous Pavy of Pomponne (called by
the French, La Pavie rouge de Pomponne :) the
leaves of this tree are ſmooth; the flowers are large
and open ; the fruit is very large and round, many
times fourteen inches in circumference; the feſh is
white, melting, and cloſely adheres to the ſtone,
where it is of a deep red colour; the outſide is a
beautiful red next the ſun, and of a pale fleſh colour
on the other ſide. This ripens the end of October,
and when the autumn is warm, is an excellent Peach.
30. The Catharine : this tree hath ſmooth leaves; the
Howers are ſmall and contracted; the fruit is large,
round, and of a dark red colour next the fun; the
fleſh is white, melting, and full of a rich juice. It
cloſely adheres to the ſtone, where it is of a deep red
colour; it ripens the beginning of October, and in
very good ſeaſons is an excellent Peach, but being ſo
very late ripe, there are not many ſituations where it
و
ripens well.
a
31. The Bloody Peach (called by the French, La
Sanguinolle :) this Peach is of a middling fize, of a
deep red next the ſun; the fleſh is of a deep red quite
to the ſtone, and from thence is by fome gardeners
called the Mulberry Peach. This fruit rarely ripens
in England, fo is not often planted, but it bakes
and preſerves excellently; for which, as alſo the
curioſity, one or two trees may be planted, where
there is extent of walling.
There are ſome other forts of Peaches which are kept
in ſome of the nurſeries, but thoſe which are here enu-
merated, are the forts moft worth planting, and in the
lift, the choiceſt only ſhould be planted, but I ſhall
juſt mention the names of thoſe forts omitted, for the
ſatisfaction of the curious.
The Sion; the Bourdeaux; the Swalch or Dutch ;
the Carliſle ; the Eaton; the Pêche de Pau ; yellow
Admirable; the double Flower. This laſt fort is ge-
nerally planted more for the beauty of the flowers,
than for the goodneſs of the fruit, of which fome
years
the ſtandard trees produce great plenty, but they
are late ripe, and have a cold, watery, infipid juice.
The Dwarf Peach is alſo preſerved in ſome places as
a curioſity. This is a very tender tree, making very
weak ſhoots, which are very full of flower-buds. The
fruit is not ſo large as a Nutmeg, and not good, nor
will the tree laft any time, ſo it is not worth culti-
vating
And indeed, from theſe thirty-one above-named,
there are not above ten of them which I would adviſe
to be planted; becauſe, when a perſon can be furniſh-
ed with thoſe which are good, or has the beſt of the
ſeaſon, it is not worth while to plant any which are
middling or indifferent, for the ſake of variety; there-
fore the forts which I ſhould prefer, are theſe after-
mentioned.
The early purple; the Groſſe Mignon ; Belle Chev-
reuſe ; red Magdalen; Chancellor; Bellegarde ;
Bourdine ; Roffanna ; Rambouillet, and Nivette.
Theſe are the forts beſt worth planting; and as they
fucceed each other, they will furniſh the table thro'
the ſeaſon of Peaches; and, where there is room, and
the ſituation very warm, one or two trees of the Ca-
tharine Peach ſhould have place, for in very warm
feaſons it is an excellent fruit.
As theſe eleven forts do follow each other in their time
of ripening, ſo unleſs there is extent of good aſpected
walls, theſe will be ſufficient to furniſh any family
during the ſeaſon of this fruit : but as in ſome ſeaſons
there will be ſome forts of Peaches very good, which
in other ſeaſons often prove but indifferent; there-
fore when there is a ſufficient extent of good walls,
would recommend the planting three or four other
forts, which ſome years are excellent, though in ge-
neral are not ſo good as thoſe before-mentioned.
Theſe are the Montauban, the Liſle, the old New-
ington, La Teton de Venus, the Catharine, and the
Perfique.
The French diſtinguiſh thoſe we call Peaches into two
forts, viz. Pavies and Peaches; thoſe are called Peaches
which quit the ſtone, and thoſe, whoſe fleſh cloſely
adheres to the ſtone, are called Pavies. Theſe are
much more eſteemed in France than the Peaches,
though in England the latter are preferred to the
former by many perſons.
The French alſo diſtinguiſh them into male and fe-
male; the Pavies they make to be the male, and the
Peaches the female; but this diviſion is without foun-
dation, ſince the kernels of both forts will produce
trees equally; for the flowers of Peach-trees are ge-
nerally hermaphrodite, and have all the parts of ge-
neration in them, ſo that there is no neceſſity for fup-
poſing any of them to be entirely male or female : but
it is likely, that this diſtinction is of long ſtanding,
before perſons had a perfect notion of male and fe-
male in plants, or at leaſt they did not know how to
diſtinguiſh them aſunder.
The Nectarines (as I have in another place ſaid) are
by the French called Brugnons, which differ from the
other two forts, in having a firm hard fleſh, and the
ſkin quite fmooth, without any down upon them.
The forts of theſe I have already mentioned under the
article NECTARINES, to which the reader may readily
turn, therefore I ſhall not repeat them in this place.
I ſhall now ſet down the good qualities of Peaches,
by which any perſon may judge of their worth.
A good Peach ought to have a firm fleſh; the ſkin
ſhould be thin, of a deep or bright red colour next
the fun, and of a yellowiſh caſt next the wall. The
fleſh ſhould be of a yellowiſh colour, full of juice,
which ſhould be high-flavoured, the ſtone ſmall,
and the pulp or fleſh very thick. When a Peach
hath all theſe qualities, it may be eſteemed a valua-
ble fruit.
All the different forts of Peaches have been originally
obtained from the ſtones, which, being planted pro-
duce new varieties, as do the ſeeds of all other fruits ;
ſo that where perſons have garden enough to allow
room for propagating theſe fruits from feeds, there
is no doubt but many good forts may be obtained,
which will be better adapted to our climate, than ſuch
as are brought from warmer countries; though it is
true, that there will be many of them good for no-
thing, as is the caſe of moſt fruits and Howers which
are produced from feeds, amongſt which there may
be fome valuable kinds, ſuperior to thoſe from
whence the feeds were taken, yet there is always a
great number which are little worth ; but if we can
obtain only two or three valuable forts, it is ſufficient
to make amends for the trouble of raiſing them; but
where perſons are ſo curious as to plant the ſtones of
theſe fruits, great regard ſhould be had to the forts;
and if the fruits were permitted to remain upon the
trees until they dropped off, the kernels would be fit-
ter for planting, and more likely to grow. The beſt
forts for fowing are thoſe whoſe fleſh is firm, and
cleaves to the ſtone; and from amongſt theſe you
ſhould chuſe ſuch as ripen pretty early, and have a rich
vinous juice, from which forts ſome good fruit may
be expected
Theſe ſtones ſhould be planted in autumn, on a bed
of light dry earth, about three inches deep, and four
inches afunder; and in the winter the beds ſhould be
covered to protect them from the froit, which, if
permitted to enter deep into the ground, will deſtroy
them. In the ſpring, when the plants come up, they
ſhould be carefully cleared from the weeds, which
ſhould alſo be obſerved throughout the ſummer, and
if the ſpring ſhould prove very dry, if you refreſh
them now and then with a little water, it will greatly
promote their growth. In this bed they ſhould re-
3
و
3
a
main

PER
PER
a
main until the following ſpring, when they ſhould
be carefully taken up, ſo as not to break their ten-
der roots, and tranſplanted into a nurſery in rows
three feet afunder, and one foot diſtant plant from
plant in the rows, obſerving to lay a little mulch
up-
on the ſurface of the ground about their roots, to pre-
vent its drying too faft; and if the ſpring ſhould
prove very dry, you ſhould give them a little water
once a week, until they have taken root; after which
they ſhould be conſtantly kept clear from weeds, and
the ground between the rows carefully dug every
ſpring to looſen it, ſo as that the tender fibres may
itrike out on every ſide.
In this nurſery they may continue one or two years,
according to the progreſs they make; after which
they ſhould be tranſplanted where they are to remain,
to produce fruit.
In removing theſe trees, you ſhould obſerve to prune
their downright roots, if they have any, pretty ſhort,
and to cut off all bruiſed parts of the roots, as alſo
all the ſmall fibres, which generally dry, and when
left upon the roots after planting again, grow mouldy
and decay, ſo that they are injurious to the new
fibres which are ſhot out from the roots, and very
often prevent the growth of the trees; but you
ſhould by no means prune their heads, for the plants
which are produced from ſtones, are generally of a
more ſpongy texture, and ſo more liable to decay when
cut, than thoſe which are budded upon other ſtocks.
Beſides, as theſe trees are deſigned for ſtandards (for
it is not proper to plant them againſt walls, until
you ſee the produce of the fruit, to fhew which of
them deſerves to be cultivated, they will never re-
quire any other pruning, but only to cut out decayed
branches, or ſuch as ſhoot out very irregular from
the fides, for more than this is generally very injuri-
ous to them.
In planting theſe trees, it will be the better way to
diſpoſe them ſingly in the quarters of the kitchen-
garden, where they will thrive, and produce fruit
much better than if they are planted near each other
in rows; and, as they are thus ſingly diſpoſed, they
will not do much injury to the crops which grow
under them
When they have produced fruit, you will ſoon be a
judge of their goodneſs, therefore ſuch of them as
you diſike may be deſtroyed; but thoſe which are
good, may be propagated by inoculating them upon
,
other ſtocks, which is the common method now
practiſed to propagate theſe fruits, therefore I ſhall
now proceed to treat of that more particularly ; in
the doing of which, I fhall ſet down the method now
commonly practiſed by the nurſery-gardeners, and
then propoſe ſome few things of my own as an im-
provement thereon, for ſuch perſons who are very
curious to have good fruit. But firſt,
You ſhould be provided with ſtocks of the Muſcle
and white Pear Plums, which are generally eſteemed
the two beſt forts of Plums for ſtocks to inoculate
Peaches and Nectarines upon; as alſo fome Almond
and Apricot ſtocks, for ſome tender forts of Peaches
which will not grow upon Plum ſtocks. Theſe
ſhould be all produced from the ſtone (as hath been
already directed in the article NURSERY,) and not
from fuckers, for the reaſons there laid down. Theſe
ſtocks ſhould be tranſplanted, when they have had
one year's growth in the feed-bed, for the younger
they are tranſplanted, the better they will ſucceed,
and hereby they will be prevented from ſending tap-
roots deep in the ground; for by ſhortening thoſe
roots which ſeem ſo diſpoſed, it will cauſe them to
put out horizontal roots. Theſe ſtocks ſhould be
planted at the diſtance above-mentioned, viz. the
rows three feet aſunder, and one foot apart in the
rows. This is wider than moſt nurſerymen plant them,
but I ſhall give my reaſons hereafter for this.
When theſe ſtocks have grown in the nurſery two
years, they will be ſtrong enough to bud; the ſeaſon
for which is commonly about Midſummer, or any
time in July, when the rind will eaſily ſeparate from
the wood, when you ſhould make choice of ſome
good cuttings of the forts of fruit you intend to pro-
pagate, always obſerving to take them from healthy
trees, and ſuch as generally produce a good quantity
of well-tafted fruit; for it is very certain, that any
ſort of fruit may be ſo far degenerated where this
care is wanting, as not to be like the ſame kind. Ben
fides, whenever a tree is unhealthy, the buds taken
from that tree will always retain the diſtemper, in a
greater or leſs degree, according as it hath imbibed a
greater or leſs quantity of the diſtempered juice.
Thus, for inſtance, where a Peach or Nectarine-tree
hath been greatly blighted, ſo as that the ſhoots have
grown bufled, and the leaves curled up to a great
degree, that diſtemper is ſeldom recovered again by
the greateſt art, or at leaſt not under ſeveral years
management; for let the ſeaſons prove ever ſo favour-
able, yet theſe trees will continually ſhew the ſame
diſtemper, which many perſons are ſo weak as to fup-
poſe a freſh blight, whereas in reality it is no other
but the remains of the former fickneſs, which are
ſpread and intermixed with all the juices of the tree;
ſo that whatever buds are taken from ſuch trees, will
always retain a part of the diſtemper.
Upon the care which is taken in the choice of the
buds, the whole ſucceſs depends; therefore a perſon
who is curious to have good fruit, cannot be too care-
ful in this particular ; for in general no more is re-
garded by thoſe nurſerymen who are the moſt careful
in propagating the ſeveral forts of fruit-trees, than
the taking their buds or grafts from the true kinds
of fruit-trees; but there is ſtill more care required
to have found healthy trees, eſpecially in this of
Peaches and Nectarires; for if the buds are taken from
young plants in the nurſery which have not pro-
duced fruit, the ſhoots of which are generally very
ſtrong and vigorous, theſe buds will have fo vicious
a habit, as rarely to be corrected and brought into
good order ; for they will ſhoot more like the Willow
than the Peach, the joints being extended to a great
diſtance from each other, the ſhoots very groſs, and
the wood pithy; therefore where the practice of tak-
ing the buds from nurſery-trees is long continued,
there can be little hopes of the trees ſo raiſed. I
would therefore recommend it to every curious per-
fon, to procure their buds from ſuch trees as have
been long growing, whoſe fruit are well flavoured,
and the trees perfectly found ; as alſo never to make
choice of the ſtrongeſt or moſt luxuriant ſhoots of
theſe trees, but ſuch ſhoots as are well conditioned,
and whoſe buds grow pretty cloſe together. And
although theſe do not make ſo ſtrong ſhoots the fol-
lowing years, as thoſe which are taken from luxuri-
ant branches, yet they will be better diſpoſed to bear
fruit, and will make much better trees.
The cuttings with which you are thus to be provided,
ſhould always be taken from the trees either in a
morning or evening, or elſe in a cloudy day; for if
they are cut off when the ſun is very hot, the ſhoots
will perſpire fo freely, as to leave the buds deftitute of
moiſture, which is often the cauſe of their miſcarry-
ing; and the fooner they are put into the ſtocks when
cut from the trees, the better they will take. The
manner of this operation being fully explained under
the article of INOCULATION, I ſhall not repeat it in
this place. The management of theſe trees, during
their remaining time in the nurſery, is likewiſe fully
ſet down under that article. I ſhall therefore pro-
ceed to give ſome directions for the choice of theſe
trees, when they are to be procured from a nurſery.
The firſt care ſhould be to find out a perſon of cha-
racter to deal with, on whoſe integrity you may de-
pend, not only for having the trees of thoſe kinds
which you propoſe, but alſo for their buds being
taken from bearing trees; and either ſee them taken
up, or let ſome perſon you can confide in do it for
you, becauſe, as moſt of the nurſerymen have deal-
ings with each other, if the perſon applied to has not
the fort of fruit deſired in his own nurſery, he pro-
cures them from another, and if the gardener from
whom
3

PER
PER
а
a
whom he gets them, is not as honeſt and careful as
himſelf, it is a great chance if the trees prove to be
of the right kinds.
The trees ſhould alſo be choſen in the autumn, be-
fore others have drawn out the beſt for thoſe who
go firſt to the nurſeries, if they have ſkill, will always
draw the fineſt plants. In the choice of the trees,
you ſhould obſerve the ſtocks upon which they have
been budded, that they are of the right fort, whether
Plum or Apricot; that they are found and young;
not ſuch as had been budded the preceding year and
failed, nor thoſe which have been cut down. If the
ſize of the ſtock is near that of a man's finger, it will
be better than if they are larger ; theſe ſhould be clear
of moſs or canker. The buds ſhould be of one year's
growth only, and not ſuch as have been cut down in the
ſpring, and made a ſecond ſhoot; nor ſhould thoſe
trees be choſen whoſe ſhoots are very ſtrong and luxu-
riant, but ſuch as have clean ſhoots, of a moderate
fiże, whoſe joints are not too far afunder; and thoſe
trees which ſtand on the outſide rows, or near the
ends of the rows, where they have moſt air, are
generally ſuch ; for, where they ſtand cloſe in the
nurſery, their fhoots are drawn up in length, their
joints are much farther aſunder, and their buds or
eyes are flat; for which reaſon, I have before adviſed
the planting of the ſtocks at a greater diſtance than
the nurſerymen generally allow them; and, if a care-
ful diſcreet nurſeryman would be at the trouble and
expence in the raiſing of his Peach-trees according
to this method, he would better deſerve three ſhillings
per tree, than one in the manner they are uſually
raiſed; for every perſon who is at the expence of
building walls for fruit, ſhould not think of ſaving a
few shillings in the purchaſe of their trees; becauſe,
if they are bad, or not of the right kinds, there is a
great lofs of time and expence to no purpoſe, and
the diſappointment will be ſo great, after waiting three
or four years, as to diſcourage many from making
farther trials, thinking themſelves liable to the ſame
ill ſucceſs.
When the trees are choſen in the nurſery, the next
care muſt be to have them carefully taken up out of
the ground, ſo as not to break or tear their roots,
nor injure their bark; for as theſe trees are very apt
in thoſe places where they are wounded, there
cannot be too much care taken of this. If the trees
are to be tranſported to a diſtant place, their roots
ſhould be cloſely wrapped either with haybands, ſtraw,
or Peas-haulm, and mats ſewed over theſe, to prevent
the air from drying their roots and branches. If
the leaves of the trees are not fallen when they are
taken up, they ſhould be carefully ſtripped off, before
the trees are packed up; for when there are many of
theſe left, they are very apt to heat, if they are long
in their paſſage, and often occaſion a mouldineſs very
hurtful to the branches.
We come next to the preparing of the ground to re-
ceive the trees. The beſt earth for Peach-trees is
ſuch as is taken from a paſture-ground, that is nei-
ther too ſtiff and moiſt, nor over dry, but of a mid-
dling nature, ſuch as is termed hazel loan. This
ſhould be dug from the ſurface of the ground about
ten inches deep, taking the turf with it, and ſhould be
laid in heaps eight or ten months at leaft; but that
which is prepared one year or more is ſtill better be-
fore it be uſed, that it may have the winter's froſt, and
fummer's heat to mellow it; during which time it
ſhould be often turned, to rot the turf and break the
clods, whereby it will be rendered very light and
eaſy to work ; and about the beginning of September
you ſhould carry it into the garden, and make the bor-
ders, which muſt be raiſed in height proportionable
to the moiſture of the garden ; but if the ground be
very wet, it will be adviſeable to lay ſome rubbiſh in
the bottom of the border to drain off the moiſture,
alſo to prevent the roots of the trees from running
downward ; and in this caſe it will be proper to make
fome under-ground drains at the bottom of the border,
to convey off the ſuperfluous moiſture; which, if
detained about the roots of the trees, will greatly
prejudice them; then raiſe a border of earth at lealt
a foot, or in very wet land two feet above the level
of the ground, ſo that the roots of the trees may al-
ways remain dry; but if the ground be pretty dry, the
borders ſhould not be raiſed above fix or eight inches
higher than the ſurface, which will be ſufficient to al-
low for their finking,
As to the breadth of theſe borders, that cannot be too
great, but they ſhould never be leſs than fix or eight
feet broad, where fruit-trees are planted, for when
the borders are made very narrow, the roots of the
trees will be ſo confined in four or five years time, that
they will feldom thrive well after. The depth of theſe
borders ſhould not be greater than two feet and a
half; for when they are prepared to a great depth, it
only entices the roots of the trees downward, which
may be the cauſe of their future barrenneſs, for their
roots being got down below the influences of the
fun and ſhowers, imbibe a great quantity of crude
juices, which only add to the luxuriant growth of
the trees, and deſtroy their fruitfulneſs; beſides,
whatever fruit are produced from ſuch trees, are not
near ſo well tafted as thoſe are which grow upon thoſe
trees whoſe roots lie near the ſurface, and enjoy the
kindly benefit of the ſun's heat, to correct and digeſt
whatever crudities there may be in the earth.
Where the natural foil of the garden is ſhallow, and
either chalk, clay, or gravel lies near the ſurface,
theſe ſhould not be dug out to make pits to receive
the earth for the border, as is by ſome practiſed, for
this will be no better than planting the trees in tubs
or cafes, for their roots will be confined to theſe
pits; fo that when they are extended to the fides, and
can get no farther, the trees will blight and decay;
and if it is clay on the ſides, the wet will be detained
as in a bafon, and the earth of the border will be like
mud in very wet ſeaſons, ſo unfit for the roots of theſe
trees. Therefore, whenever it ſo happens that the
ground is of either of the forts before-mentioned, it
will be the beſt way to raiſe the borders of a proper
thickneſs of good earth over theſe, rather than to
fink down into them; for when the roots of the trees
lie near the ſurface of the ground, they will extend to
a great diſtance in ſearch of nouriſhment; but if they
get below the ſtaple of the land, they can find no-
thing but four crude paſture very unfit for vegetation.
Your borders being thus prepared, ſhould lie about
three weeks or a month to ſertle, by which time the
ſeaſon for planting will be come, which ſhould be
performed as ſoon as the leaves begin to decay, that
the trees may put out new roots, before the froſt
comes on to prevent them. Your ground being ready,
and the trees brought carefully to the place, the next
work is to prepare them for planting, which is to be
performed in the following manner: you muſt ſhorten
all the roots, and cut off ſmooth and broken or
bruiſed roots, as alſo all the ſmall fibres ſhould be
taken off, for the reaſons before given ; and where
any of the roots croſs each other, the worſt of them
muſt be cut out, that they may not injure the other.
And having thus prepared your trees, you ſhould mea-
ſure out their diſtance, which ought never to be leſs
than twelve feet ; but where the ground is very good,
they ſhould be planted fourteen feet afunder. This
I doubt not, will be thought too great a diſtance by
many perſons, eſpecially ſince it is contrary to the
general practice at this time, but I am fatisfied
whoever ſhall try the experiment, will find it no more
than is fufficient for theſe trees where they are rightly
managed; for if they take kindly to the ſoil, their
branches
may
be fo trained as to furniſh all the lower
part of the wall in a few years, which is what ſhould
be principally regarded, and not, as is too often the
practice, run up the ſhoots in height, and leave all the
lower part of the tree deſtitute of bearing wood, ſo
that in a few years there will not be any fruit but up-
on the upper part of the trees; which alſo muſt be the
caſe where they are planted too cloſe, becauſe there
being no room to extend the branches on either ſide,
they
a
to gum
و
a
IO D

PER
PER
they are obliged to lead them upright, which produces
the before-mentioned ill effect.
There may be alſo ſome perſons, who may think this
diſtance too fmall for theſe trees, becauſe Plums,
Cherries, and moſt other ſorts of fruit-trees require
much more room; but when it is conſidered, that
Peach and Nectarine-trees produce their fruit only
upon the former year's wood, and not upon fpurs,
as Cherries, Plums, and Pears do, ſo that the ſhoots
of theſe trees muſt be annually ſhortened in every part
of them to obtain bearing wood; therefore the trees
may be kept in much leſs compaſs than thoſe of any
other fort of fruit, and thereby every part of the
wall may be conſtantly ſupplied with bearing branches;
for when the trees are planted at a great diſtance, the
branches are often extended to ſuch lengths as to leave
the middle of the trees naked, for there are never any
good ſhoots produced from the old branches of theſe
a
trees.
5
render the ground ſo hard, as that the tender fibres
of the roots cannot ſtrike into it, whereby the tree
remains at a ſtand for ſome time, and if the earth
be not looſened in time, it frequently dies ; ſo that
whenever you obſerve the earth of your borders to be
bound, either by great rains, or from any other
cauſe, you ſhould dig or fork it, to loofen it again,
obſerving always to do it in dry weather, if in winter
or ſpring; but in ſummer it ſhould be done in a moiſt
ſeaſon.
Although I have here given directions for the choice
of trees from the nurſery, after the uſual method of
planting theſe trees, which is that of taking ſuch as
have made one year's ſhoot, yet I would prefer thoſe
which were budded the preceding ſummer, and have
made no ſhoot; for if the bud is found and plump,
and the bark of the ſtock well cloſed where the bad is
inſerted, there will be no danger of its growing; and
when the bud has made a ihoot the following ſpring
the length of five or fix inches, if it is ſtopped by
pinching off the top, it will put out lateral branches,
which may be trained to the wall, and this will prevent
any cutting off the head, as muſt be done to thoſe
trees which have had one year's growth in the nur-
ſery; for theſe trees do not care for thoſe large ampu-
tations, eſpecially fome of the more tender forts, so
by this method of planting theſe trees in bud, no time
will be loft, when it is conſidered that the trees which
have ſhot muſt be cut down, and there is a hazard of
their ſhooting again; therefore I am convinced from
experience, that it is the beſt method.
After you have thus planted your trees, which have
made their ſhoots in the nurſery, you ſhould faſten
their heads to the wall, to prevent their being ſhaken
by the wind, which would diſturb their roots, and
break off the tender fibres foon after they were pro-
duced, to the no ſmall prejudice of the trees; you
ſhould alſo lay ſome mulch upon the ſurface of the
ground about their roots, before the froſt fets in, to
prevent it from penetrating the ground, which would
injure, if not deſtroy, the ſmall fibres; but this mulch
ſhould not be laid upon the ground too early, left
it prevent the autumnal rains from penetrating to the
Theſe things being duly obſerved, they will require
no farther care till the beginning or middle of March,
according as the ſeaſon is earlier or later; when you
muſt cut off the heads of the new planted trees, leav-
ing only four or five eyes above the bud; in doing of
which, you muſt be very careful not to diſturb their
roots; to prevent which, you ſhould place your foot
down cloſe to the ſtem of the tree, and take faft hold
of that part of the ſtock below the bud with one
hand, to hold it ſteady, while with the other hand
you gently ſlope off the head of the tree with a ſharp
knife at the intended place, which ſhould always be
juſt above a bud ; this ſhould always be done in dry
weather, for if there ſhould be much rain ſoon after
it is done, there will be ſome danger that the wet will
enter the wounded part, and damage the tree ; nor
ſhould it be done in froſty weather for the ſame rea-
fon, for that would enter the wounded part and pre-
vent its healing over. After you have headed the trees,
you ſhould gently looſen the earth of the borders, to
admit the fibres of the roots; but you muſt be very
careful in doing of this, not to cut or bruiſe their new
roots, which would alſo damage them; and if the
mulch which was laid about their roots in autumn be
rotten, you may dig it into the border at fome dif-
tance from the roots of the trees; and when the dry
weather comes on, you ſhould pare off ſome turf from
a paſture ground, which ſhould be laid upon the ſur
face of the border about the roots of the trees, turn-
ing the Graſs downward, which will preſerve a gentle
moiſture in the earth, better than any other fort of
mulch; and this will not harbour inſects, as moſt
ſorts of dung and litrer do, to the no ſmall detriment
of the trees.
Thoſe trees which are planted in bud, and have not
made any fhoots, ſhould have their ſtocks cut down
And here I cannot help taking notice of another very
great error in planting of wall-fruit, which is the
placing ſtandard or half ſtandard trees between the
others, to cover the upper part of the wall, and to
produce fruit, until the trees underneath are grown
up ſuficient to furniſh the walls, when the ſtandards
are to be taken away. This is done, without confi-
dering that the greater number of trees which are
planted in a ſmall compaſs, the leſs nouriſhment they
can receive, and ſo conſequently muſt be the weaker,
for the ſame ſpace of ground cannot nouriſh twenty
trees equally as well as it could ten; ſo that whatever
ſtrength the ſtandard-trees may have, the dwarfs will
be proportionably weaker; and it is a common obſer-
vation, that moft trees extend their roots as far under
ground, as their branches ſpread above ground; ſo
that there ſhould always be the ſame allowance given
to the wall-trees, if we would have them ſtrong and
vigorous ; therefore the building very high walls for
fruit, unleſs for Pears, is to no purpoſe, for a ten or
twelve feet wall will be ſufficient for moſt ſorts of
fruit. I have ſeen gardens planted with fruit-trees
by perſons of great eſteem for their ſkill in this art,
where Peach and Nectarine-trees have been placed
againſt walls expoſed to the eaſt and weft, but could
never ſee any of the fruit on thoſe trees come to per-
fection ; for which reaſon I would caution every per-
fon never to follow ſuch examples, becauſe it is well
known, that the beſt aſpected walls do barely ripen
many of the latter Peaches fome years; therefore the
only aſpect to which theſe trees ſhould be expoſed, is
fouth, or with a point or two to the eaſt, and ſome
forts may do well if they are a point or two to the
weit.
In the diſpoſition of the trees, it will not be amiſs
to plant thoſe forts of Peaches near each other, which
ripen about the ſame time ; for by ſo doing, the fruit
may be the better guarded from men and inſects, and
this will ſave a great deal of trouble in gathering of
the fruit; for if a perſon is obliged to go from one
part of the garden to the other, or perhaps to look
over all the walls of the garden every time the fruit
is gathered, it is a great loſs of time, which may be
avoided by this firſt care in planting the trees.
But to return to planting ; after you have marked
out the places where each tree is to ſtand, you muſt
with your ſpade make a hole wide enough to receive
the roots of the tree; then you ſhould place it down,
obſerving to turn the bud outwards, that the wounded
part of the ſtock may be hid from fight, and let the
;
Item of the tree be placed about four or five inches
from the wall, with its head inclining thereto; then
fill in the earth with your hands, obſerving to break
the clods, that the earth may fall in between the
roors, ſo as no void ſpaces inay be left about them.
You ſhould alſo gently ſhake the tree with your hands,
to ſettle the earth down the better between the roots ;
then with your foot gently preſs down the earth about
the item, but do not tread it down too hard, which is
many times a very great fault, for when the ground
is inclinable to bind, the treading it cloſe doch often
roots.
a
3
ac

PER
PER
at this ſeaſon juſt above the bud, for the buds will
rarely ſhoot unleſs this is performed; and the nearer
they are cut to the bud, the ſooner will the head of
the ſtock be covered by the buds; for although it
may be neceſſary to leave a part of the ſtock above
the bud, in thoſe trees which are in the nurſery, to
which the ſhoots made by the buds may be faſtened,
to prevent their being broken by the wind; yet as
theſe are placed againſt the wall, to which the ſnoots
may be faſtened, there will be no want of any part of
the ſtock.
In watering theſe new planted trees, which ſhould not
be done unleſs the ſpring proves very dry, you ſhould
obſerve to do it with a noffel upon the watering-pot,
ſo as to let it out in drops ; for when it is haſtily
poured down, it cauſes the ground to bind; and if you
water over the head of the tree, it will be of great
ſervice to it. Your waterings ſhould not be repeated
too often, nor ſhould they be given in great quantity,
both which are very injurious to new planted trees.
In the middle or latter end of May, when theſe trees
will have ſeveral ſhoots fix or eight inches in length,
you fhould nail them to the wall, obſerving to train
them horizontally, rubbing off all fore-right hoots,
or ſuch as are weak, whereby thoſe which are preſerved
will be much ſtronger ; but if there are not more than
two ſhoots produced, and thoſe very ſtrong, you ſhould
at the ſame time nip off their tops, which will cauſe
each of them to puſh out two or more ſhoots, whereby
the wall will be better ſupplied with branches; you
muſt alſo continue to refreſh them with water in dry
weather, during the whole ſeaſon, otherwiſe they will
be apt to ſuffer ; for their roots having but little
hold of the ground the firſt year after tranſplanting,
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very dry, it will greatly
retard their growth, if due care be not taken to water
them.
In the beginning of October, when you
obſerve the
trees have done ſhooting, you ſhould prune them; in
doing of which, you muſt ſhorten the branches in pro-
portion to the ſtrength of the tree ; which, if ſtrong,
may be left eight inches long, but if weak, ſhould be
ſhortened to four or five; then you ſhould train them
horizontally to the wall (as was before directed,) ſo
that the middle of the trees may be void of branches,
for that part of the tree will be eaſily furniſhed with
wood afterwards; whereas, if the ſhoots are trained
perpendicularly to the wall, thoſe which are the ſtrong-
eft, will draw the greateſt ſhare of the fap from the
roots, and mount upwards; ſo that the ſide branches
will be deprived of their nouriſhment and grow weak-
er, until they many times decay; and this is the rea-
ſon that we ſee ſo many Peach-trees with one or two
upright ſhoots in the middle, and the two fides wholly
unfurniſhed with branches, whereby the middle of each
tree cannot produce any fruit, that being filled with
large wood, which never produces any bearing ſhoots.
Nor can the two ſides of the trees be regularly filled
with fruitful branches, when this defect happens to
them; therefore this method ſhould be carefully ob-
ſerved in the training up young trees, for when they
are permitted to run into diſorder at firſt, it will be
impoffible to reduce them into a regular healthful
ftate afterwards, the wood of theſe trees being too
ſoft and pithy to admit of being cut down (as may be
practiſed on many other hardy fruit-trees, which will
ſhoot out vigorouſly again ;) whereas theſe will gum
at the places where they are wounded, and in a few
years entirely decay.
The fummer following, when the trees begin to ſhoot,
you ſhould carefully look over them, to rub off all
fore-right buds, or ſuch as are ill placed, and train
thoſe which are deſigned to remain horizontally to the
wall, in their due order as they are produced, for this
is the principal ſeaſon when you can beſt order the
trees as you would have them ; whereas, if they are
neglected until Midſummer, as is the common prac-
tice, a great part of the nouriſhment will be ex-
hauſted by fore-right ſhoots, and other uſeleſs branches,
which muſt afterwards be cut off; and hereby the re-
maining hoots will be rendered very weak, and per-
haps ſome part of the wall be entirely furnithed with
branches; which might have been ealily ſupplied in
May, by ſtopping ſome of the ſtronger ihoots in ſuch
parts of the tree where there is a neceſſity for more
branches, which would cauſe each of them to ſhoot
out two or more ſide branches below the ends of the
ſhoots, which may be guided into the vacant parts of
the tree as they are produced, ſo as that every part may
be regularly furniſhed with proper wood, which is the
greateſt beauty and excellency of wall-trees; but you
ſhould always forbear ſtopping the ſhoots in ſummer,
where there is not a neceſſity for branches to fill the
wall; for there cannot be a greater fault committed,
than that of multiplying the number of ſhoots, ſo as to
caufe a confuſion, whereby the branches will be too
weak to produce good fruit; beſides, when they are
too cloſe laid in againſt the wall, the air is excluded
from the ſhoots by the great number of leaves, ſo that
they are never duly ripened; and conſequently, what
fruit is produced thereon, cannot be ſo well taſted, as
thoſe which are produced upon ſuch trees where the
ſhoots receive all the advantages of the fun and air to
bring them to maturity.
Thus having ſet down the method of training up
young trees, I ſhall now proceed to their pruning
and future management; which, being the ſame as
with full grown crees, will ſerve for general directions
how to manage theſe forts of fruit.
In the pruning of Peach and Nectarine-trees (which
require the ſame management) the two following rules
ſhould be ſtrictly obſerved, viz. Firſt, That every
part of the tree be equally furniſhed with bearing
wood; and ſecondly, That the branches are not laid
in too cloſe to each other for the reaſons before laid
down (with ſome others which will be hereafter in-
ſerted.) As to the firſt, it muſt be obſerved, That
Peach and Nectarine-trees produce their fruit upon
the young wood, either of the preceding year, or at
moſt, the two years ſhoots, after which age they do
not bear ; therefore the branches ſhould be ſhortened,
ſo as to cauſe them to produce new ſhoots annually in
every part of the tree, which cannot be done in the
ordinary method of pruning, where perſons neglect
their trees at the proper ſeaſon when they are moſt
capable of management, which is in April, May, and
June ; at which time the luxuriant growth of branches
may be checked by pinching, and new ſhoots pro-
duced where they are wanting, by ſtopping the neigh-
bouring branches ; which ſhoots, being produced at
that ſeaſon, will have time enough to ripen and gain
ſtrength before the autumn comes on; whereas all
thoſe ſhoots which are produced after the middle of
June, will be crude and pithy; and though they may
ſometimes produce a few bloſſoms, yet thoſe rarely
bring fruit; nor are the future branches good which
are produced from ſuch wood, the veſſels being too
large to ſtrain the juices, ſo that they eaſily admit of
great quantities of crude nouriſhment to paſs through
them. Therefore thoſe perſons who only regard their
wall-trees at two different ſeaſons, viz. the winter and
Midſummer pruning, cannot poſſibly have them in
good order ; for when all the branches which were
produced in the ſpring, are permitted to remain un-
til the middle or latter end of June (as is the common
practice) ſome of the moſt vigorous will draw the
greateſt part of the nouriſhment from the weaker
branches, which, when the ſtrong ones are taken off,
will be too weak to produce fair fruit; and hereby
the ſtrength of the tree is exhauſted, to nouriſh the
uſeleſs branches which are annually cut off again ; and
thus are too many trees managed, and at the ſame time
complaints made of their luxuriancy ; becauſe two or
three ſhoots, by drawing away the greateſt ſhare of the
nouriſhment grow very ſtrong and woody (whereas,
if the nouriſhment had been equally diſtributed to a
regular quantity of branches, there would be no ſign
of their too great ſtrength) until by often cutting off
theſe vigorous branches, the trees are either entirely
deſtroyed, or at leaſt rendered ſo weak as not to be
able
و
3

PER
PER
a
a
و
able to produce fruit; for although by thus weaken-
ing the branches, it is often the means to produce a
good number of bloffoms (as may many times be ob-
ferved alſo upon autumnal ſhoots ;) yet the utmoſt of
their ſtrength is ſpent in expanding the flowers, ſo that
they rarely produce fruit; and very often the greateſt
part of the branches die foon after, which is ſuppoſed
to be occaſioned by a blight (as I have elſewhere faid)
when in reality it is nothing leſs than the fault of thoſe
who have the management of the trees. It is there-
fore of the greateſt conſequence to wall-trees, eſpeci-
ally of theſe forts, to go over them two or three
times in the months of April, May, and June, to
rub off all irregular ſhoots, and to train in the branches
that are left in due order to the wall, that each ſhoot
may have an equal advantage of fun and air, both
of which are abſolutely neceſſary to ripen and pre-
pare the wood for the next year's bearing ; therefore
the oftener the trees are looked over, to diveſt them
of the uſeleſs branches, from the time they firſt be-
gin to ſhoot in the ſpring till the autumn, the bet-
ter will the wood be ripened for the ſucceeding year.
And by duly obſerving this in ſummer, there will not
be occaſion for ſo much cutting, as is often practiſed
on Peach-trees, to their great injury; for their wood
branches are generally ſoft, tender, and pithy, which
when greatly wounded, are not healed over again fo
foon as in many other forts of trees; and the wet in-
finuating into the wounded parts, doth often cauſe the
branches to canker and die; which may be entirely
avoided by the gentle eaſy method of pinching and
rubbing off the buds in the manner here directed,
which makes no wounds on the tree; and hereby a
vaft deal of labour is ſaved, for one perſon who is
ready at this buſineſs will go over a greater quantity
of walling in one day, than three or four can when
ſuffered to grow rude ; ſo that if the trees are
permitted to grow rude all the ſpring, they will re-
quire fix times the labour to reduce them into order.
Beſides, it is a great diſadvantage to the fruit, in
permitting the branches of the trees to extend from
the wall and ſhade them, and when they have grown
under the ſhelter of theſe branches and leaves all the
fpring, until Midſummer, then by pruning off and
ſhortening moſt of theſe ſhoots, and nailing the
others cloſe to the wall, the fruit are fuddenly ex-
poſed to the ſun and air, whereby they receive a very
great check, and are not only retarded in their growth,
but often rendered ill-tafted, and have tough ſkins.
The diſtance which the branches of theſe trees ſhould
be allowed againſt the wall, muſt be proportioned to
the ſize of the fruit or the length of the leaves ; for
if we obſerve how the branches of the trees are natu-
rally diſpoſed to grow, we ſhall always find them
placed at a greater or leſs diſtance, as their leaves are
larger or ſmaller, as I have already obſerved under
the article LEAVES. And there is no ſurer guide to
a curious artiſt than nature, from whence a gardener
ſhould always be directed in every part of his profeſ-
fon, ſince his buſinefs is to aid and allift nature, where
ſhe is not capable of bringing her productions to ma-
turity; or where there is room, to make conſider-
able improvements by art; which cannot be any
otherwiſe effected, than by gently affiſting her in her
own way.
But to return to pruning theſe trees: the branches be-
ing carefully trained in, as before directed, in the
ſpring and ſummer ſeaſons, we come now to treat of
the winter pruning, which is commonly performed
in February or March. But the beſt feaſon for this
work is in October, when their leaves begin to fall,
which will be early enough for their wounds to heal
before the froft comes on, ſo that there will be no
danger of their being hurt hereby; and the branches
of the trees being proportioned to the ſtrength of
the roots at that feafon, all the aſcending fap in the
ſpring will be employed to nouriſh only thoſe uſeful
parts of the branches which are left; whereas, if they
are left unpruned till February, the fap in the branches
being then in motion, as may be obſerved by the
ſwelling of the buds, the greateſt part of it will be
drawn up to the extreme parts of the branches, to
nouriſh ſuch bloſſoms as muſt be afterwards cut off ;
and this may be eaſily known by obſerving the ſtrongeſt
ſhoots at that ſeaſon, when you will find the extreme
buds to ſwell faſter than moſt of the lower ones; for
there being no leaves then upon the branches to de-
tain the fap to nouriſh the lower buds, the upper
ones will always draw from thoſe below.
But it is a conſtant practice amongſt gardeners, founded
upon long experience, to prune weak trees early in
the winter, and luxuriant trees late in the ſpring, in
order to check their luxuriancy. Now it is evident,
that this check does not proceed from any confidera-
ble loſs of fap at the wounds of the pruned tree (ex-
cepting a few of the bleeding trees, when cut at that
feaſon) but muſt ariſe from ſome other cauſe ; for by
ſeveral experiments made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, in
fixing mercurial gages to the ſtems of freſh cut trees,
he found thoſe wounds were conſtantly in an imbibing
ftate, except the Vine in the bleeding feafon.
Therefore when a weak tree is pruned early in the be-
ginning of winter, the orifices of the fap-veſſels are
cloſed up long before the ſpring; and confequently,
when in the ſpring and ſummer, the warm weather
advancing, the attracting force of the perſpiring leaves
is not then weakened by many inlets from freſh
wounds, but is wholly exerted in drawing fap from
the root; whereas, on the other hand, when a luxu-
riant tree is pruned late in the ſpring, the force of
its leaves to attract ſap from the root, will be much
ſpent and loft at the ſeveral freſh cut inlets.
Beſides, if it were no advantage to the trees to prune
them at this ſeaſon, (which I think no one will have
reaſon to doubt after making the trial) but that it
only ſucceeds as well as the ſpring pruning; yet there
is a great advantage in doing it at Michaelmas, for
that being a much more leiſure ſeaſon with garden-
ers than the ſpring, they will have more time to per-
form it carefully; and then they will not have too
many things come together, which may require to be
immediately executed; for the ſpring being the prin-
cipal ſeaſon for cropping their kitchen-gardens and at-
tending their hot-beds, if they are diſengaged from
the buſineſs of pruning at that time, it will be of
great advantage, eſpecially where there is a great
quantity of walling. And here is alſo another bene-
fit in pruning at this ſeaſon, which is, the having the
borders at liberty to dig and make clean before the
ſpring, ſo that the garden may not appear in a litter
at that feafon.
Having ſaid thus much concerning the time of prun-
ing, I ſhall now proceed to give ſome general direc-
tions how it is to be performed on Peach and Necta-
rine-trees, which require a very different management
from moſt other forts of fruits.
In pruning theſe trees, you ſhould always obſerve
where branches are ſhortened, to cut them behind
a wood-bud, which may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed from
the bloſſom-buds, which are ſhorter, rounder, and
more turgid than the wood-buds; for if the ſhoot
have not a leading bud where it is cut, it is very apt
to die down to the next leading bud; ſo that what
fruit may be produced above that, will come to no-
thing, there being always a neceffity of a leading bud
to attract the nouriſhment; for it is not ſufficient to
have a leaf-bud, as ſome have imagined, ſince that
will attract but a ſmall quantity of nouriſhment, the
great uſe of the leaves being to perſpire away fuch
crude juices as are unfit to enter the fruit. The
length you ſhould leave theſe branches, ſhould be
pro-
portioned to the ſtrength of the tree, which, in a
healthy ſtrong tree, may be left ten or twelve inches,
or more ; but in a weak one, they ſhould not be more
than fix inches; however, in this you muſt be guided
by the poſition of a leading bud; for it is better to
leave a ſhoot three or four inches longer, or to cut it
two or three inches fhorter than might be proper to
do, provided there be one of theſe buds, it being
abfolutely neceſſary for the future welfare of the tree;
you
a

PER
PER
3
a
you ſhould alſo cut out entirely all weak ſhoots, tho'
they may have many bloſſom-buds upon them ; for
theſe have not ſtrength enough to nouriſh the fruit,
but they will weaken the other parts of the tree.
In nailing the ſhoots to the wall, you muſt be careful
to place them at as equal diſtances as poſſible, that
their leaves, when come out, may have room to grow
without ſhading the branches too much; and you
ſhould never nail them upright if it can be avoided ;
for when they are thus trained, they are very ſubject
to ſhoot from the uppermoſt eyes, and the lower
part of the fhoots will thereby become naked.
Tnere is not any thing in the buſineſs of gardening,
which has more exerciſed the thoughts of the curious,
than how to preſerve their tender forts of fruit from
being blighted in the ſpring of the year, and yet there
has been little written upon this ſubject which is
worth notice: fome have propoſed mattreſſes of ſtraw
or Reeds to be placed before the fruit-trees againſt
walls, to prevent their being blaſted; others have di-
rected the fixing horizontal ſhelters in their walls, to
prevent the perpendicular dew or rain from falling up-
on the bloſſoms of the fruit-trees, which they fup-
poſed to be the chief cauſe of their blighting ; but
both theſe contrivances have been far from anſwering
the expectations of thoſe perſons who have put them
in practice, as I have elſewhere ſhewn; therefore it
may not be improper to repeat ſome things in this
place, which I have before mentioned in relation to
this matter. And
Firft, I have already faid, that the blights which are
fo often complained of, do not ſo often proceed from
any external cauſe, or inclemency in the ſeaſon, as
from a diftemper or weakneſs in the trees; for if we
obſerve the trees at that ſeaſon, where they are the
moſt ſubject to what is called a blight, we ſhall find
the branches very ſmall, weak, and not half ripened,
as alſo trained in very cloſe to each other, theſe
branches are, for the moſt part, full of bloſſom-buds
(which is chiefly occaſioned by their want of ſtrength.)
Theſe buds do indeed open, and to perſons not ſkilled
in fruit-trees, fhew a great proſpect of a plentiful
crop of fruit; whereas the whole ſtrength of the
branches is ſpent in nouriſhing the flowers, and be-
ing unable to do any more, the bloſſoms fall off, and
the ſmall efforts of the leaf-buds are checked, ſo that
many times great part of the branches die away, and
this is called a great blight; whereas, at the ſame
time it may be often obſerved, that ſome trees of a
different fort, nay, even ſome of the ſame fort, were
ſtronger and in health, though placed in the ſame foil,
expoſed to the ſame aſpect, and ſubject to the ſame
inclemency of air, have eſcaped very well, when the
weak trees have appeared to be almoſt dead; which
is a plain indication, that it proceeds from ſome cauſe
within the tree, and not from any external blight. All
this will therefore be remedied, by obſerving the fore-
going directions in the pruning and management of
the trees, ſo as never to over-burden them with
branches, nor to ſuffer any particular part of the trees
to exhauſt the whole nouriſhment from the root,
which will cauſe the other parts to be very weak;
but to diſtribute the nouriſhment equally to every
ſhoot, that there may be none too vigorous, at the
ſame time that others are too weak; and by continu-
ally rubbing off uſeleſs or fore-right ſhoots as they are
produced, the ſtrength of the trees will not be ſpent,
to nouriſh fuch branches as muſt be afterwards cut
out, which is too often ſeen in the management of
theſe trees. And
Secondly, It ſometimes happens, that the roots of
theſe trees are buried too deep in the ground, which,
in a cold or moiſt foil is one of the greateſt diſadvan-
tages that can attend theſe tender fruits ; for the fap
which is contained in the branches, being by the
warmth of the fun, put ſtrongly into motion early in
the ſpring, is exhauſted in nouriſhing the bloſſoms;
and a part of it is perſpired through the wood-branches,
ſo that its ſtrength is loft before the warmth can reach
to their roots, to put them into an equal motion in
ſearch of freſh nouriſhment, to ſupply the expence of
the branches, for want of which, the bloſſoms fall off
and decay, and the ſhoots ſeem to be at a ſtand, until
the farther advance of the warmth penetrates to the
roots, and {ets them in motion ; when ſuddenly after
the trees, which before looked weak and decaying,
make prodigious progreſs in their ſhoots; and before
the ſummer is ſpent, are furniſhed with much ſtronger
branches than thoſe trees which have the full advan:
tage of fun and ſhowers, and are more fruitful and
healthy; which muſt certainly be owing to the cauſe
here mentioned, as alſo to their drawing in a great
quantity of crude moiſture, which, though produc-
tive of wood, is yet unkindly for fruit: if therefore
this be the caſe, there is no way of helping it, but by
raiſing up the trees, if they are young; or if they
are too old to remove, it is the better way to root
them out and make new borders of freſh earth, and
plant down young trees; for it is a great vexation to
be at the trouble and expence of pruning and ma-
naging theſe trees, without having the pleaſure of
reaping any advantage from them, which will always
be the caſe where the trees are thus injudiciouſly
planted. Or,
Thirdly, This may proceed from the trees wanting
nouriſhment, which is many times the caſe, where
they are planted in a hard gravelly foil, in which it is
the common practice to dig borders three or four feet
wide, and three feet deep into the rock of gravel,
which is filled with good freſh earth, into which the
trees are planted, where they will thrive pretty well
for two years, until their roots reach the gravel, where
they are confined as if planted in a pot; and for want
of proper nouriſhment, the branches continually decay
every year. This cannot be helped where the trees
have been growing ſome years, without taking them
entirely up, or by digging away the gravel from their
roots, and adding a large quantity of freſh earth, that
may afford them a ſupply of nouriſhment a few years
longer ; but trees fo planted, cannot by any art be con-
tinued long in health.
But if the unfruitfulneſs of the trees does not proceed
of the before-mentioned cauſes, and is the
effect of unkindly ſeaſons, then the beſt method yet
known is, in dry weather, when little dew falls, to
ſprinkle the branches of the trees gently with water
ſoon after the bloſſoming ſeaſon, and while the young-
fet fruit is tender, which ſhould always be done be-
fore noon, that the moiſture may evaporate before
the night comes on; and if in the night you carefully
cover the trees with mats, canvas, or ſome ſuch light
covering, it will be of great ſervice to them: howe-
ver, where the trees are ſtrong and vigorous, they
are not ſo liable to ſuffer by a ſmall inclemency, as are
thoſe which are weak, fo that there will be few ſeaſons
in which there may not be hopes of a moderate quan-
tity of fruit from them, though there ſhould be no
covering uſed; for where theſe coverings are uſed, if
it is not performed with great care and diligence, it is
much better to have no covering, but to truſt to the
clemency of the ſeaſon ; for if the coverings are kepr
too cloſe, or continued too long, the trees will receive
more injury hereby, than from being conſtantly ex-
poſed; or, if after having been covered for ſome
time, and then incautiouſly removed, ſo as to expoſe
the trees too ſuddenly to the open air, they will ſuffer
more thereby than if they had not been covered. How-
ever, I muſt repeat in this place what has been before
mentioned under another article, of a management
which has been generally attended with ſucceſs, which
is, the putting up two feather-edge deal boards joined
together over the top of the trees, ſo as to form a
pent-houſe to caſt off perpendicular wer. Theſe ſhould
be fixed up when the trees begin to bloſſom, and
ſhould remain till the fruit is well ſet, when they
ſhould be taken down to admit the dew and rain to
the leaves and branches of the trees, which muſt not
be longer kept off; and where the wall is long, and
expoſed to currents of wind, if at the diſtance of forty
feet from each other, are fixed ſome croſs Reed-
hedges
from any
a
10 E

PER
PER
3
When your
a
و
hedges, to project about ten feet from the wall, theſe
will break the force of the wind, and prevent its de-
ſtroying of the bloſſoms; and theſe may be removed
away as ſoon as the danger is over. Where there
things have been practiſed, they were generally at-
tended with ſucceſs; and as there will be no trouble
of covering and uncovering in this method, after they
are fixed up, there can be no danger of neglect, as
very often is the caſe, when the trouble is great, or
to be often repeated.
fruit is ſet, and grown to the bigneſs of
a ſmall nut, you ſhould look over the trees and thin
them, leaving them at leaſt five or ſix inches aſunder;
for when they are permitted to remain in bunches, as
they are often produced, the nouriſhment which ſhould
be employed wholly to the fruits deſigned to ſtand,
will be equally ſpent amongſt the whole number, a
great part of which muſt be afterwards pulled off; fo
that the fooner this is done, the better it will be for
the remaining fruit; and if it ſhould ſometimes happen,
that a part of thoſe left, by any accident, ſhould be
deſtroyed, yet the remaining ones will be much the
larger and better taſted for it, and the trees will gain
more ſtrength, for a moderate quantity of fruit is al-
ways preferable to a great crop; the fruit when but
few, will be much larger, better taſted, and the trees
in a condition to bear well the ſucceeding year ; where-
as when they are overcharged with fruit, it is always
ſmall, ill tafted, and the trees are generally ſo much
weakened thereby, as not to be in a condition for bear-
ing well for two or three years after ; ſo that upon the
whole, it is much better to have a lefſer number of
fruit than is commonly eſteemed a crop, than to have
too many, ſince the fruit and alſo the trees are bene-
fited thereby. The quantity of fruit to be left on
large full-grown trees ſhould never be greater than five
dozen upon each ; but on middling trees, three or four
dozen will be enough.
If the ſeaſon ſhould prove hot and dry, it will be pro-
per to draw up the earth round the ſtem of each tree,
to form a hollow baſon of about ſix feet diameter, and
cover the ſurface of the ground in this baſon with
mulch ; and once in a week or fortnight, according
to the heat and drought of the ſeaſon, pour down
eight or ten gallons of water to the root of each tree;
or where there is an engine which will diſperſe the wa-
ter in gentle eaſy drops like rain, if the ſame, or a
larger quantity of water is ſprinkled all over the
branches of the trees, and this, ſoaking down to the
roots, will keep the fruit conftantly growing, which
will prevent their falling off the trees, as they gene-
rally do where this method is not practiſed; and the
fruit being thus conſtantly nouriſhed, will be much
better taſted, and hereby the trees will be maintained
in vigour ; ſo that it is what I can from long experi-
ence recommend, as one of the moſt neceffary things
to be practiſed by all lovers of good fruit. But this
ſhould not be continued longer than while the fruit are
growing, for afterward it will be hurtful to the trees
and fruit, for a dry autumn ripens both wood and
fruit better than a moiſt later ſeaſon.
When the Peach-trees are carefully managed in the
ſpring of the year, according to the rules before laid
down, all the nouriſhment which the roots can ſupply
will be uſefully employed in nouriſhing ſuch ſhoots
only as are to be continued, as alſo the quantity of
fruit which is proper for each tree, therefore both muſt
of conſequence be rendered better ; for where there
is not this care, the trees foon grow ragged, and are
not furniſhed properly with branches, and thoſe
ſhoots which are produced, are ſome of them very
weak, and others very luxuriant, whereby the trees
are rendered very unſightly, as alſo unhealthy, and
never continues many years fruitful; and by thus
training the branches to the wall as they are pro-
duced, the fruit will be always expoſed to the ſun
and air; which in the common method of managing
theſe trees, by letting their branches grow rude all
the ſpring, they are deprived from, and conſequently
do not receive the benefit from theſe equal to thoſe
which are properly managed; and by the timely ruba
bing off uſeleſs and luxuriant ſhoots, it will ſave much
trouble, and prevent the uſe of the knife in furnmer,
which is very hurtful to theſe trees, for there will be
no need to ſhorten any of the ſhoots in ſummer.
When theſe rules are duly executed, there will be no
occafion to pull off the leaves of the trees, to admit
the ſun to the fruit, which is often practiſed; for if
we conſider, that the leaves are abſolutely neceffary
to cheriſh the bloſſom-buds, which are always formed
at the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, the pulling them
off before they have performed the office affigned
them by nature, is doing great injury to the trees,
therefore I caution every one againſt that practice.
It is a common opinion which has for ſome years pre-
vailed, even amongſt perſons of good underſtanding,
that Peach-trees are not long lived, therefore ſhould
be renewed every twenty years; but this is a great
miſtake, for I have eaten ſome of the fineſt Peaches
of various kinds, which grew on trees which had
been planted above fifty years : and I am convinced
by experience, that when the trees are budded upon
proper ſtocks, and carefully planted and managed,
they may be continued fruitful and healthy fixty years
and upward; and the fruit produced on theſe old trees
will be much better flavoured, than any of thoſe upon
young trees; but I ſuppoſe the foundation of the above
opinion was taken from the French, who generally
bud their Peaches upon Almond ſtocks, which are of
ſhort duration, theſe ſeldom lafting good more than
twenty years; but this ſeldom being practiſed
in England, the caſe is widely different; nor in-
deed ſhould we fetch our examples from that nation,
where the profeſſors of the art of gardening are at leaſt
a century behind the Engliſh ; and from their preſent
diſpoſition, ſeem unlikely to overtake them ; for they
depart from nature in almoſt every part of gardening,
and are more pleaſed with introducing their little in-
ventions of pruning and managing their fruit-trees,
according to their own fancy, than they are careful to
draw their inſtructions from nature, from whence the
the true art is to be obtained; ſo that in very few in-
ftances gardeners ſhould deviate from nature, unleſs
it be in thoſe particulars, where art may be practiſed
to the greateſt advantage, which is in the procuring
many ſorts of eſculent plants and fruits earlier and
better flavoured than can be obtained without, in
which the French are extremely deficient; and herein
they truſt too much to nature, and uſe too little art.
In one of the moſt celebrated of their authors, who
treats very particularly of fruit-trees, there are direc-
tions for planting of Peach-trees twelve feet aſunder,
and at the ſame time he adviſes the planting of Pear-
trees but nine or ten feet diſtance, and
yet
that a Pear-tree in health will ſhoot three feet on each
fide every year ; therefore he does not allow room for
theſe trees to grow more than two years, before they
There is alſo another thing poſitively laid
down by the fame author, which is, never to lay any
dung upon the borders where fruit-trees are growing,
which, he ſays, will render the fruit ill taſted ; and
this opinion has too generally prevailed in England;
but this hath been exploded by one of his own coun-
trymen, who affirms, chat from upward of twenty
years experience, thoſe trees where the borders had
been conſtantly dunged, always produced the moſt
delicious fruit, and the trees were in the greateſt vi-
gour; and the fame gentleman mentions the practice
of the gardeners at Montreuil near Paris, who have
for ſome generations been famous for the culture of
Peaches, and are as careful to dung the borders where
their Peach-trees grow every other year, as the
kitchen-gardeners are for their legumes.
And from a long experience it is, that I can ſubſcribe
to the truth of this ; for in ſome particular gardens,
where the beſt fruit grew that I have yet tafted, the
ground was conſtantly dunged every other year; there-
fore it is what I muſt recommend to the practice of
every curious perſon, with this caution, always to uſe
ſuch dung for their borders as is well rotted, and to
;
3
he ſays,
meet.
3
dig

PET
PE T
dig it into the borders in November, that the rain
may waſh down the ſalts before the ſpring comes on;
and where the ground is very looſe or fandy, it will
be the beſt way to make uſe of neats dung, which is
cooler than that of horſes, but for cold ſtrong land the
latter is to be preferred.
If the ground is well trenched every year about the
roots, it will be of great ſervice to them; and where
the ſoil is ſubject to bind very cloſe, if it is forked
two or three times in a year to looſen the ſurface, it
will greatly help the trees. The borders ſhould not
be crouded with any large growing plants, which will
draw away the nouriſhment from the trees; therefore
when any ſort of kitchen herbs are planted on theſe
borders, they ſhould be only ſuch as are of ſmall
growth, and which may be taken off early in the
ſpring; and if this is carefully obſerved, the culti-
vating ſmall things on theſe borders can do no harm,
becauſe the ground will be ſtirred the oftener, on ac-
count of theſe ſmall crops, than perhaps it would
have been, when no uſe was to be made of the bor-
ders. Theſe rules which are here laid down, if pro-
perly obſerved, will direct any curious perſon how to
have plenty of good fruit, as alſo to preſerve the trees
in vigour a great number of years.
PERÝINCA. See VINCA.
PETALS are the fine coloured leaves which com-
pofe the moſt conſpicuous parts of a flower; theſe
are called in Latin Petala, to diſtinguiſh them from
the leaves of plants, which are called Folia.
PETASITES. See TUSSILAGO,
PETIVERIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 50. tab. 39.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 417. Guinea Henweed.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower both a permanent empalement, compoſed of five
narrow obtuſe leaves which are equal. It haih four ſmall
zwhite petals, placed in form of a croſs, which foon fall
off, and ſix awl-ſhaped erect ſtamina terminated by ſingle
fummits. In the center is ſituated an oblong compreſſed
germen, with four awl-ſhaped ſtyles, crowned by obtufe
permanent ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes one
oblong ſeed, narrow at the bottom and taper, but broad
above, where it is compreſſed and indented at the top, re-
ſembling an inverted ſhield armed with the acute style,
which is reflexed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
of Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have fix ſtamina and four ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. PETIVERIA (Alliacea) floribus hexandris. Hort. Cliff.
141. Petiveria with ſix ſtamina in the flowers. Verbe-
na aut ſcorodoniæ affinis anomala, flore albido calyce
afpero, alii odore. Sloan. Hift. I. p. 171. commonly
celled Guinea Henweed.
2. PETIVERIA (Oetandra) floribus octandris. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 486. Petiveria with eight ſtamina in the flowers.
Petiveria folani foliis, loculis fpinofis, Plum. Nov.
ers are produced in ſlender ſpikes at the end of the
branches; they are very ſmall, fo make no figure.
They appear in June, and are fucceeded by ſhort feed-
veſſels fhaped like an inverted ſhield, containing one
oblong ſeed which ripens in the autumn.
The ſecond fort is very like the firſt, from which it
differs in having a ſhorter and narrower ſtalk, and
the flowers having eight ſtamina; but unleſs theſe
marks are diſtinguiſhed by a nice obſerver, they may
both paſs for one plant.
In Europe, theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens
of thoſe perſons who are curious in botany; but they
have little beauty, and having ſo ſtrong rank loent
upon being handled, renders them leſs valuable,
They are propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown
cn a hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the plants
are come up, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a
ſeparate pot, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed to
bring them forward. When the plants have obtain
ed a good ſhare of itrength, they ſhould be inured
to bear the open air by degrees, into which they may
be removed toward the latter end of June, placing
them in a warm ſituation, where they may remain
till autumn, when they ſhould be removed into the
ftove, and in winter muſt have a moderate degree of
warmth, otherwiſe they will not live in this country.
They will produce flowers and feeds every ſummer,
and will continue ſeveral years, remaining conſtantly
green throughout the year, and may be propagated
by flips or cuttings.
PETRE A. Houft. Gen. Nov. Lin. Gen. Plant. 682.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower hath a bell-shaped empalement of one leaf, cut
into five large obtuſe ſegments almoſt to the bottom; which
are coloured, expanded and permanent. The flower hath
one petal, having a ſhort tube, but is cut above into five
almoſt equal ſegments, which are expanded. It hath fouga
Short ſtamina ſituated in the tube; two of which are a lit-
tle longer than the other, terminated by ſingle ſummits, and
four germen ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by an obtuſe
Stigma. The germen efterward become four ſeeds wrapped
up in a fringed cover:
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
itamina, and the feeds are incloſed in a cover.
The title of this genus was given to this plant by
the late Dr. Houſtoun, who diſcovered it growing
naturally at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, in honour
of Lord Petre, who was a great encourager of bota-
ny, and was poffeffed of a noble collection of exotic
plants.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
PETREA (Volubilis) fruteſcens foliis lanceolatis rigidis,
fiore racemoſo pendulo. Shrubby Petrea with ſtiff
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers growing in long hanging
bunches.
This plant was firſt diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New-
Spain, in 1731, ſince which time it was ſent me
from the iſland Berbuda, where it alſo grows natu-
rally. It riſes with a woody ſtalk to the height of
fifteen or ſixteen feet, which is covered with a light
gray bark, ſending out ſeveral long branches; theſe
have a whiter bark than the ſtem, and are garniſhed
with leaves at each joint, which on the lower part of
the branches are placed by threes round them, but
higher up they ſtand by pairs; they are about five
inches long, and two inches and a half broad in the
middle, drawing to a point at each end; they are
ftiff, and their ſurface rough, of a light green, hav-
ing a ſtrong dark midrib, with ſeveral tranſverſe veins
running from the midrib to the borders, which are
entire. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches growing in looſe bunches, which are nine or
ten inches long, each flower ſtanding upon a flender
foot-ftalk about an inch long; the empalement of the
flower is compoſed of five narrow obtuſe leaves about
an inch long, which are of a fine blue colour, fo are
much more conſpicuous than the petals, which are
white,
a
Gen. 50.
3
a
The title of this genus was given to it by Father
Plumier, who diſcovered it in America, in honour of
Mr. James Petiver, an apothecary of London, who
was a curious botaniſt.
The firſt is a very common plant in Jamaica, Barba-
does, and moſt of the other iſlands in the Weſt-In-
dies, where it grows in ſhady woods, and all the fa-
vannas, in ſuch plenty, as to become a troubleſome
weed; and as this plant will endure a great deal of
drought, it remains green when other plants are
burned up, which occaſions the cattle to browze on
it; and having a moft unfavoury ſtrong ſcent, fome-
what like wild Garlick, it gives the cows milk the
ſame flavour, and the cattle which are killed foon
after feeding on this plant, have a moſt intolerable
fcent, and their fleih is good for little. The roots are
Strong, and ſtrike deep in the ground, the ſtalks
riſe from two to three feet high; they are jointed and
become ligneous at bottom, and are garniſhed with
oblong leaves three inches long, and an inch and a
half broad, of a deep green, and veined; theſe are
placed alternately upon Thort foot-ſtalks. The flow

PEU
PE U
2
و
a
white, and not more than half the length of the em- leaves placed alternately. Silaum (quod ligufticum
palement. After the flower is paſt, the four germen Creticum, foliis fæniculi caule nodoſo. Tourn. Cor.
in the center become ſo many oblong feeds wrapped 23.)
up in a fringed cover.
The firſt fort is ſaid to grow naturally in England,
The Doctor found a variety of this with blue petals, but I have not been lucky enough to find it, though
of the ſame bright colour with the empalement, which I have ſearched the places where it is mentioned, but
made a fine appearance, every branch being termi- it grows in ſeveral parts of Germany in marſhy mea-
nated by a long ſtring of theſe flowers, fo that he has dows. This hath a perennial root, which divides in-
ranked this among the firſt claſs of beautiful Ameri- to many ſtrong fibres running deep in the ground,
can trees.
from which ariſe the foot-ſtalks of the leaves which
So far as I have been able to diſcover from the dried are channelled; theſe are naked at bottom, but about
ſamples which the Doctor brought to England, it ap- four or five inches from the root branches into five
pears that there are male and female flowers either on ſmaller foot-ſtalks, and theſe again divide into three,
different parts of the ſame tree, or upon different trees; and each of theſe diviſions ſuſtain three narrow leaves,
for one ſpike of flowers ſeems to be entirely male, and which when bruiſed emit a ſtrong ſcent like fulphur.
the other ſpikes are female, but the Doctor has not The ſtalks riſe near two feet high ; they are channel-
noticed this in his manuſcript.
led, and divide into two or three branches, each being
This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be obtained terminated by a large regular umbel of yellow flowers,
from the places where the trees grow naturally, and compoſed of feveral ſmall umbels which are circular.
theſe are very few good; for, from the ſeeds which Theſe flowers appear in June, and are ſucceeded by
the Doctor ſent to England, there were but two plants compreſſed ſeeds, which are deeply furrowed, and
raiſed, though the feeds were diſtributed to ſeveral ripen in the autumn.
perſons; and this is a fort of confirmation of the The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the mountains,
ſpikes of flowers being of different ſexes, and that and alſo in the low valleys by the ſides of rivers in
the feeds gathered by the Doctor, were taken either Italy. The root of this is perennial, ſtriking deep
from trees at ſome diſtance from the male, or ſuch into the ground; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are
parts of the ſame tree which were remote from the large and furrowed, dividing into three ſmall branches,
male flowers. The feeds muſt be fown in a good which are again divided into three, and theſe end
hot-bed, and when the plants come up, they ſhould with three long narrow lobes or ſmall leaves, which
be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with are much longer than thoſe of the other fort. The
light loamy earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tan- ſtalks which ſuſtain the umbels riſe near three feet
ners bark, and afterwards placed in the bark-bed in the high, and divide toward the top into ſeveral ſmall
ftove, where they ſhould conſtantly remain, and be branches, each ſuſtaining an umbel compoſed of ſe-
treated like other plants of the ſame country.
veral ſmaller rays or umbels, which ſtand upon very
PETROSELINUM. See APIUM.
long foot-ſtalks, that ſpread out irregularly. The
PEUCED ANUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 318. tab. flowers of this are yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of
169. Lin. Gen. Plant. 302. Hogs-fennel, or Sul- the former, but are much larger, as are alſo the feeds,
phur-wort.
but have the ſame form as the other. It flowers and
The CHARACTERS are,
perfects feeds about the ſame time as the former.
It hath an umbelliferous flower. The principal umbel is The third ſort grows naturally in the foreſt of Fon-
compoſed of ſeveral long narrow umbels which Spread tainbleau, and ſome other parts of France; it hath a
open. The cover of the large umbel is compoſed of many perennial root, from which come out leaves which
linear reflexed leaves. The empalement of the flower is branch into ſeveral diviſions, that divide again into
Small and indented in five parts. The petals of the great fmaller ; each of theſe ſmaller diviſions are garniſhed
umbel are uniform. Each flower is compoſed of five ob- with five ſhort narrow leaves. The ſtalks are round,
long incurved petals, which are equal and entire ; they and not ſo deeply channelled as either of the former,
bave each five hair-like ſtamina, terminated by ſingle ſum- ſuſtaining a large umbel of yellow flowers ſhaped like
mits, with an oblong germen ſituated under the flower, thoſe of the former forts; the feeds are ſhorter, but
ſupporting two ſmall ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. of the ſame ſhape as thoſe. It flowers in June, and
The germen afterward turns to an oval fruit channelled the feeds ripen the beginning of September.
on each ſide, ſplitting in two parts, containing two feeds The fourth fort grows naturally on St. Vincent's rock
convex on one ſide, compreſſed on the other, with three near Briſtol; this is a biennial plant, which periſhes
raiſed furrows, and a broad membranaceous border indented ſoon after it has perfected its feeds. The leaves of
at the top.
this ſort are ſhort and very narrow, ſpreading near the
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection ſurface of the ground; the ſtalks riſe near a foot high,
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants but are branched almoſt from the bottom; theſe
whoſe flowers have five ftamina and two ſtyles.
branches are almoſt horizontal, and are garniſhed with
The SPECIES are,
a few narrow ſhort leaves of a lucid green. Each
1. PEUCEDANUM (Officinale) foliis quinquies tripartitis ftalk is terminated by a ſmall umbel of flowers, which
linearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 358. Hogs-fennel with leaves are of an herbaceous yellow colour and ſmall. Theſe
which are divided by fives, and theſe are again divided are ſucceeded by ſmall channelled feeds.
into three linear ſegments. Peucedanum Germanicum. The fifth ſort grows naturally in Crete; it is not a
C. B. P. 149. German Hogs-fennel.
plant of long duration in England, nor do the ſeeds
2. PeuceDANUM (Italicum) foliis tripartitis filiformibus ripen well here. The ſtalks riſe a foor and a half
longioribus, umbellis difformibus. Hogs-fennel with high, having pretty large knots at the joints, from
leaves cut into three parts, which are longer, ſender, and which ariſes a leaf cut into many diviſions; the flowers
have irregular umbels. Peucedanum majus Italicum. terminate the ſtalks in umbels, and appear the begin-
C. B. P. 149. Greater Italian Hogs-fennel
.
ning of July, and in warm ſeaſons the ſeeds will ri-
3. PeucedaNUM (Alpeſtre) foliolis linearibus ramoſis. pen in the autumn.
Hort. Cliff. 94. Hogs-fennel with leaves branching, The firſt fort ftands in the liſt of medicinal plants,
which are very ſender. Ferula foliis libanotidis brevi- but is at preſent rarely uſed; the roots are the only
oribus, alpeſtris, umbellis ampliffimis. Boerh. Ind. part preſcribed. It is accounted good to clear the
alt. 1. p. 65.
lungs of tough viſcid phlegm, and thereby to help
4. PEUCEDANUM (Minus) foliis pinnatis, foliolis pinnati- old coughs and ſhortneſs of breath; it likewiſe opens
fidis, laciniis linearibus oppoſitis, caule ramofiffimo obſtructions of the liver and ſpleen, and helps the
patulo. Flor. Angl. 101. Hogs-fennel with winged leaves jaundice.
whoſe cuts are linear and oppoſite, with a ſpreading branch- The other forts are preſerved in botanic gardens for
ing ſtalk.
the ſake of variety, they are all propagated by feeds,
5. PEUCEDANUM (Nodoſum) foliolis alternatim multifi- which ſhould be fown in the autumn ſoon after they
dis. Hort. Cliff. 94. Hogs-fennel with many-pointed are ripe, for thoſe which are fown in the ſpring fel-
dom
a
و

Ρ Η Α
P H A
а
dom ſucceed, or if the plants come up, it is rarely three hair-like ſtamina, terminated by oblong filminiis ,
before the following ſpring. When the plants come and a roundiſh germent supporting two hair-like Styles
up, they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and the crowned by hairy ſtigmas; the ſeeds are incloſed by the
autumn following they may be tranſplanted where peials of the flower, each containing one Smooth ſeed pointed
they are to remain ; they love a moiſt foil and a fha- ot each end.
dy ſituation, but will not thrive under the drip of trees. This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond ſection
The roots of the three firſt forts will continue feveral of Linnæus's third claſs, intitled Triandria Digynia,
years, and every year produce flowers and feeds. The the flowers having three ſtamina and two ſtyles.
fourth fort will rarely ripen feeds in a garden, ſo that
The SPECIES are,
I have been obliged to procure them from the place 1. PHALARIS (Canarienfis
) panicula ſubovata fpiciformi,
where it grows naturally.
carinatis glumis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 79. Canary Graſs with
PHAC A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 798. Aſtragaloides. Tourn. oval ſpike-ſhaped panicles, and boat-shaped chaff
. Phalaris
Inft. R. H. 399. tab. 223. Baſtard Milk-vetch, or major ſemine albo. C. B. P. 28. Canary Graſs with a
Aſtragaloides.
white ſeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. PHALARIS ( Arundinacea) panicula oblonga ventrico-
The fiower hath a tubulous empalement of one leaf, which fa. Lin. Sp. Plant. 80. Reed-like Conery Graſs, with an
is cut into five ſmall indentures at the brim. It is of the oblong bellied panicle. Gramen arundinaceum, aceroſa
butterfly kind, having a large, oval, erect ſtandard, with gluina, Jerfeianum. D. Sher.
two oblong wings ſhorter than the ſtandard, which are There are ſeveral ſpecies of this genus which are ne-
obtuſe, and a ſhort compreſſed obtuſe keel. It bath ten ſta- ver cultivated for uſe, therefore it would be to little
mino, nine of which are joined in one body, and the other purpoſe to enumerate them here.
ſtands ſeparate, terminated by roundiſh riſing ſummits.
The firſt fort is cultivated in ſome parts of England,
In the center is ſituated an oblong germen, Supporting an particularly in the iſle of Thanet in Kent, where this is
awl-ſhaped Style, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The ger- eſteemed as a profitable crop, and may be ſo to thoſe
men afterward becomes an oblong ſwelling pod, whoſe up- who are ſituated where they have water carriage for the
per future is depreſſed toward the under, having one cell, feed to the London markets, where is the general de-
containing ſeveral kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
mand for this commodity. About London there is very
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection little of it fown, and what is there cultivated is chief-
of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe ly by ſome few curious perſons, in ſmall quantities,
plants whoſe fowers have ten ſtamina joined in two for their amuſement. I have ſeveral years ſown ſome
bodies.
of this feed by way of trial, but have never ſeen more
The SPECIES are,
than a few rods of ground fown with it, therefore
1. PHACA (Bætica) cauleſcens erecta pilofa, legumini- cannot give ſo good an account of its culture as I
bus tereti-cymbriformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 755. Phaca could wiſh; however, I ſhall briefly give an account
with a hairy upright ſtalk, and taper boat-ſhaped pods.
of the fuccefs I have had in thoſe trials which I have
Aftragaloides Luſitanica. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 399. made on this plant.
Portugal Baſtard Milk-vetch.
The firſt experiment I made was by fowing of the ſeed
2. PHACA (Alpina) cauleſcens erecta glabra, legumini- in broad caſt all over the ground, and as the land was
bus oblongis inflatis ſubpiloſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1064. very poor, I lowed the feeds too thick, which is the
Phaca with an upright ſmooth Stalk, and oblong, ſwell- common fault of farmers in general; the feeds grew
ing, hairy pods. Aſtragaloides elatior erecta, viciæ fo- well, but the months of May and June proving wet,
liis, foribus luteis, filiquis pendulis. Amman. Ruth. the plants grew tall, and having weak tender ſtalks,
148. Taller upright Milk-vetch, with a Vetch leaf, yel- a heavy rain which fell the beginning of Auguſt laid
low flowers, and pendulous pods.
it flat on the ground, and many fucceeding ſhowers
The roots of the firſt fort which grows naturally in which happened after kept it down, ſo that the whole
Spain and Portugal, will abide many years, and run
crop was loft.
very deep into the ground, but the branches decay The following year I ſowed a ſpot of ground with this
every autumn; theſe commonly riſe near four feet feed in rows at a foot diſtance, but the feeds were
high, and become ligneous. The flowers are pro- ſown too thick in the drills, ſo that the plants were
duced in ſhort ſpikes from the wings of the leaves, drawn
up ſo weak, that great part of theſe were lodg-
but unleſs the ſeaſon proves very warm, they rarely ed by wet in the month of Auguft; but many of the
flower in England, for which reaſon the plants are not outſide plants in the drills, whoſe ſtalks were much
much eſteemed; for it is not once in ſeven years that ſtronger than thoſe of the other, remained upright, fo
the flowers arrive to perfection, nor do the plants produced a good quantity of feeds which ripened well.
ever produce feeds in England; fo that the feeds muſt This put me on making a farther trial of this plant ;
be procured from abroad, by thoſe who are deſirous accordingly I fowed the feeds thin, in drills made a
to have the plants.
foot aſunder, and when the plants came up, where
The ſecond fort hath ſmooth ftalks, which do not riſe they were too cloſe I thinned them, ſo as to leave
ſo high as the former; the flowers are ſmaller, the them near two inches diſtance in the rows; and the
pods are much ſhorter, and hang downward.
ſeaſon proving favourable, the plants ſent out many
Both theſe forts are propagated by feeds; thoſe of ſtalks from the roots, which were ſtrong, ſo able to
the firſt ſhould be ſown in the place where the plants bear up till the feed was perfectly ripened ; and by
are to remain ; for as the roots ftrike very deep into hoeing the ground three times in the intervals, the
the earth, ſo it is very difficult to tranſplant them weeds were deſtroyed, and the ground kept clean ;
with any ſafety, eſpecially after they have remained the crop alſo was ſo plentiful, as to aſſure me that the
any conſiderable time in the ſeed-bed. The plants culture of this plant would anſwer well to the farmer,
ſhould be left about ſix feet aíunder, that there may provided a ſufficient quantity of ſeed was demanded;
be room to dig the ground between them every ſpring, but as there is but a moderate ſale for the feeds, and
which is all the culture they require, except the keep- that being chiefly in London, ſo the culture of this
ing them clean from weeds.
plant would not anſwer to thoſe who are fituated at a
The ſecond fort produces flowers in two years from diſtance from the metropolis, or who had not water
ſeeds, and the feeds ripen well in England, but the carriage for the ſeeds thither.
roots rarely live longer than three or four years. From ſeveral trials fince made, I find that three gal -
PHALANGIUM. See ANTHERICUM.
lons of the feed is fuficient to fow an acre of land;
PHALARIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 74. Canary Graſs. and if the feed is fown by a hopper, whoſe ſpring is
The CHARACTERS are,
properly ſet, to let out the feed at equal diſtance, it
It is one of the Graſs tribe, with one flower incloſed will be the beſt method of cultivating it; and keeping
in a calyx, having two valves, which is boat-ſhaped and the ground clean from weeds, will not only improve
compreſſed; the flower is lefs than the cup, the outer the crop, but alſo be of great advantage to the future
valve is oblong and twiſted, the inner is ſmaller. It has crops,
When
ز
JOB

PHA
PHA
20
3
3
a
3
a
When the feed is ripe it ſhould be immediately cut,
otherwiſe a good quantity will ſoon ſhed out; and if
it is turned two or three times to dry, according to
the favourableneſs of the ſeaſon, it will be fit to thraſh
out the feed, and the ſooner that is done, the leſs loſs
there will be of the feed.
PHASEOLOIDES. See GLYCINE.
PHASEOLUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 412. tab.
232. Lin. Gen. Plant. 777. [takes its name of
cáon, an oblong ſwift fhip, becauſe the huſk of
this plant reſembles a ſhip.] Kidney-bean ; in French,
Haricot.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is of one leof, having two
lips ; the upper lip is indented at the top, and the under
one is divided in three parts. The flower is of the butter-
fly kind; it hath a heart-ſhaped, obtuſe, inclined ſtandard,
reflexed on the ſides ; the wings are oval, the length of
the ſtandard, and a narrow Spiral keel twiſted contrary
to the fun. It hath ten ſtamina, nine joined in one body,
and the other ſianding ſeparate, which are Spiral within
the empalement, terminated by ſingle ſummits, and an ob-
long, compreſſed, hairy germen, ſupporting a ſlender, in-
flexed, Spiral ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe hairy figma.
The germen afterward becomes a long pod with a thick
Mell, ending in on obtuſe point, incloſing oblong, compreſſed,
kidney-shaped ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
bodies; he has divided the plants which were for-
merly included in this genus into two genera, one of
which he calls Dolichos, and the other Phaſeolus ; the
latter differs from the former, in having the parts of
generation in the flowers ſpirally twiſted.
It would be to little purpoſe to enumerate all the va-
rieties of this plant which have come to our know-
ledge in this place, ſince America does annually fur-
niſh us with ſo many new ſorts, as that there is no
knowing what varieties there may be produced in
different countries : beſides, as they are not likely to
be much cultivated here, ſince ſome of the old forts
are preferable to any of the new, for the uſe of the
kitchen-garden, therefore I ſhall only firſt mention a
few forts which are cultivated for their flowers, or as
curioſities, and then mention thoſe which are moſt ef-
teemed for the table.
The Species are,
1. PHASEOLUS (Alatus) volubilis, floribus laxè fpicatis,
alis longitudine vexillo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1017. Kid-
ney-bean with a twining ſtalk, and flowers growing in
loose Spikes, whoſe wings are as long as the ſtandard.
Phaſeolus fore purpureo, alis amplis longè protenfis
.
Hort. Elth. 314. tab. 235. Kidney-bean with a purple
flower, having large wings which are ſtretched out to a
great length.
2. PHASEOLUS (Caracalle) volubilis, vexillis carinâque
ſpiraliter convolutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 2017. Kidney-bean
with a twining ſtalk, whoſe ſtandard and keel cre ſpirally
twiſted. Phaſeolus Indicus cochleato flore. Triumf.
Obſ. 93. Indian Kidney-bean with a ſnail-ſhaped flower,
.
commonly called Caracalla in Portugal.
3. PHASEOLUS (Vexillatus) volubilis, vexillis revolutis
patulis leguminibus linearibus ftrictis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1017. Kidney-bean with a twining Stalk, Spreading
Standard which is twiſted backward, and narrow cloſe
pods. Phaſeolus fore odorato, vexillo amplo patulo.
Hort. Elth. 313. Kidney-bean with a ſweet flower, hav-
ing a large Spreading ſtandard.
4. PHALEOLUS (Farinoſus) volubilis pedunculis ſubca-
pitatis, feminibus tetragono-cylindricis pulverilentis.
Hort. Upſal. 214. Kidney-bean with a twining ftalk,
foot-ſtalks ending in flowers growing in heads, and four-
cornered cylindrical duft-coloured ſeeds. Phaſeolus pere-
.
grinus, flore roſeo, femine tomentoſo. Niffol. Act.
Par. 1730. Foreign Kidney-bean with a Roſe-coloured
flower and downy ſeeds.
5. Phaseolus (Vulgaris) volubilis, floribus racemofis ge-
5
minis, bracteis calyce minoribus, leguminibus pen-
dulis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 724. Kidney-bean with a treining
Stalk, bronching flowers growing by pairs, braclea which
are ſhorter then the empalement, and hanging pods. Pha-
feolus Indicus, fiore coccineo five puniceo. Mor. Hift.
2. p. 69. Indian Kidney-bean with a ſcarlet or purple
flower, commonly called the Scarlet-bean.
6. PHASEOLUS (Coccineas) volubilis, floribus racemoſis,
aliquis brevibus pubeſcentibus. Kidney-bean with a
twining Stalk, fiowers growing in long bunches, and ſhort
hairy pods. Phaſeolus florum fpicâ pyramidatâ, femine
coccineo nigrâ maculâ notatâ. Plum. Cat. 12. Kidney-
bean with flowers growing in a pyramidal ſpike, and ſcar-
let feeds which are marked with black.
The firſt fort is an annual plant ; the feeds of this
were brought from Carolina, where it grows naturally,
The ſtalks of this twine about any ſupport like the
common Kidney-bean ; they are hairy, and riſe four or
five feet high ; the leaves are ſhaped like thoſe of the
common Kidney-bean, but are narrower. The flowers
are produced in looſe ſpikes, ſtanding upon long foot-
ftalks; they are large and of a purple colour, turning
to a blue before they fade. Theſe appear in July,
and if the autumn proves warm, they will be fuc-
ceeded by narrow long pods, containing fmall oval
ſeeds which ripen in October.
The feeds of this ſort ſhould be fown on a warm
border about the latter end of April, and when the
plants begin to run up, they muſt be ſupported either
with ſticks, or faſtened to a hedge or wall, to pre-
vent their trailing on the ground, and conſtantly kept
clean from weeds. If they are cloſe to a wall or
hedge expoſed to a good aſpect, they will ripen their
ſeeds in England, otherwiſe they frequently fail in bad
ſeaſons.
otro
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Brazils, from
whence the feeds were brought to Europe. This is a
perennial plant with twining ſtalks, which riſe to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet; the leaves are
ſhaped like thoſe of the common Kidney-bean, but are
ſmaller. The flowers are produced in ſlender ſpikes ;
they are of a purpliſh colour, and have an agreeable
odour, theſe are ſucceeded by flender pods which
are compreſſed, containing ſeveral oval compreſſed
ſeeds. This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ſown in a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; and when
the plants come up, they muſt be carefully tranſ-
planted into pots filled with light freſh earth, and muſt
be plunged into a hot-bed to facilitate their taking
root; after which they ſhould be inured to bear the
open air by degrees, into which they ſhould be re-
moved the end of June or beginning of July, placing
them in a ſheltered ſituation, and as they advance in
their growth, and fill the pots with their roots, they
ſhould be removed into larger pots, which muſt be
filled with freſh light earth.
During the ſummer ſeaſon they muſt be frequently
refreſhed with water; but in winter they muſt be re-
moved into the green-houſe, and ſhould have but little
water during that ſeaſon. Theſe plants when young,
are tender, but after the firſt winter they will require
only to be ſcreened from froſt, but muſt have open
free air whenever the weather will permit, otherwiſe
the leaves will grow mouldy, and decay the tender
fhoots. This plant produces its flowers in July and
Auguſt, but ſeldom perfects its feeds in England.
It is very common in Portugal, where the inhabitants
plant it to cover arbours and feats in gardens, for which
it is greatly eſteemed by the inhabitants of that
country, for its beautiful ſweet ſmelling flowers, and
in that country it thrives very
well in the
open
air.
The third fort grows natutally in America, and is
preſerved in fome curious gardens for variety, but is
a plant of no great beauty; this may be propagated
by fowing the feeds in the ſpring upon a hot-bed,
and when the plants come up, they muſt be planted
in pots, and treated as the former fort. It produces
its flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in September.
The fourth fort was brought from America, and is
preſerved in curious gardens for the ſake of its long
flowering. This is an abiding plant, and ſhould be
managed as was directed for the third fort, but this
requires
5

PHA
P HÀ
3
а
120
9
requires a ſtove to preſerve it through the winter in will trail upon the ground and ſpoil. The fort with
England
Scarlet flowers is preferable to this in goodneſs, and is
The fifth fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh alſo hardier; and although it will not come ſo early as
gardens for the beauty of its ſcarlet flowers ; this hath ſome of the dwarf kinds, yet as it will continue bear-
twining ftalks, which, if properly fupported, will riſe ing till the froſt puts a ſtop to it in the autumn, ſo it
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet; the leaves is much preferable to either of them; for the pods
are ſmaller than thoſe of the common Kidney-bean. of this fort when old, are ſeldom ftringy, and have a
The flowers grow in large ſpikes, and are much better favour than the young pods of thoſe forts, and
larger than thoſe of the common Kidney-bean, and will boil greener; and where this is ſown in the fame
of a deep ſcarlet colour; the pods are large and ftuation and foil as the Batterſea-bean, it will not be
rough, and the ſeeds are purple marked with black. a fortnight later.
This fort requires no other treatment than the com- All the forts of Kidney-beans are propagated by ſeeds,
mon fort, but the ſtalks ſhould have tall ſtakes put which are too tender to be fown in the open air before
down by them to twine round, otherwiſe they will fall the middle of April, for if the weather ſhould be
on the ground, which will ſoon cauſe them to rot. cold and wet after they are in the ground, they will
Although this fort is chiefly cultivated for the beauty ſoon rot; or if the morning froſts ihould happen after
of its flowers at preſent, yet I would recommend it the plants come up, they will be deſtroyed, therefore
as the beſt fort for the table; and whoever will make the beſt way to have early Kidney-beans, where there
trial of this, I dare ſay muſt prefer it to all the other is no conveniency of framnes for raiſing them, is to low
kinds yet known
the feeds in rows pretty cloſe upon a moderate hot-
The fifth fort grows naturally in the warmeſt part bed, the latter end of March, or the beginning of
of America, fo will not thrive in England out of a April. If the heat of the bed is fufficient to bring up
ftove; and as the chief beauty of it is in the the plants, it will be enough ; this bed ſhould be arched
feeds, which are half ſcarlet and the other half black, over with hoops, that it may be covered with mats
fo theſe may be procured from abroad better than every night, or in bad weather. In this bed the plants
raiſed here.
was
may ſtand till they have put out their trifoliate leaves,
I ſhall now mention thoſe forts of Kidney-beans then they ſhould be carefully taken up, and tranſ-
which are cultivated in the Engliſh gardens to ſupply planted in warm borders near hedges, pales or walls.
the table, which are few in compariſon of the number If the ſeaſon proves dry at the time of removing them,
already known, though theſe are not many of them the plants ſhould be gently watered to forward their
valuable, and are only cultivated becauſe they re- taking new root, and afterward they muſt be mana-
quire leſs care, or will come a little forwarder in the ged in the ſame way as thoſe which are ſown in the
ſeaſon, for they are inferior in taſte to the others; full ground. Theſe tranſplanted Beans will not grow
however, as there are ſome perſons who eſteem them ſo ſtrong as thoſe which are not removed, nor will
for their qualities before-mentioned, ſo I ihall put they continue ſo long in bearing, but they will come
them down in the order of their ripening for uſe. at leaſt a fortnight earlier than thoſe which are ſown in
The three forts which are uſually cultivated for early the full ground.
crops, are the ſmall white Dwarf, the Dwarf black, The firſt crop intended for the full ground, ſhould
which is called the Negro-bean, and the Liver Colour be put in about the middle of April; but theſe ſhould
Bean. The ſtalks of theſe are never very long, ſo have a warm fituation and a dry foil, otherwiſe the
may be planted much nearer together than the larger feeds will rot in the ground; or if the weather fhould
growing kinds, and they require but little ſupport; prove fo favourable as to bring up the plants, yet there
ſo theſe are planted on hot-beds under frames, or in will be danger of their being killed by morning froſts,
pots which are placed in ſtoves, to come early in which frequently happen the beginning of May.
the ſpring, for which purpoſe they are better adapted The ſecond crop, which ſhould be one of the three
than any of the other, but they are not to be com- large ſorts laſt mentioned, ſhould be fown about the
pared with ſome of the others for goodneſs; but as middle of May. Theſe will come into bearing before
they may be had at a time when the others cannot be the early kinds are over, and if they are of the ſcarlet
ſo well obtained, ſo they are generally cultivated in fort, will continue fruitful till the froſt deſtroys the
the gardens; and where there are not the convenience plants in the autumn, and theſe will be good as long
of ftoves or frames for raiſing them very early, they as they laſt. The manner of planting them is to draw
are planted in warm borders near hedges, walls, or ſhallow furrows with a hoe, at about three feet and
pales, where they will be fit for uſe a fortnight earlier a half diſtance from each other, into which you ſhould
than the other forts.
drop the ſeeds about two inches aſunder; then with
The next to theſe are the Batterſea and Canterbury the head of a rake draw the earth over them, ſo as to
Kidney-beans; theſe do not ramble far, and produce cover them about an inch deep.
their flowers near the root, fo bear plentifully for ſome If the ſeaſon is favourable, the plants will begin to
time: the Batterſea Bean is the forwarder of the two, appear in about a week's time after ſowing, and foon
but the other will continue bearing much longer; they after will raiſe their heads upright; therefore, when
are both better flavoured than either of the three for- the ſtems are advanced above ground, you ſhould
mer forts, but when they begin to be large are very gently draw a little earth up to them, obſerving to do
ftringy and tough.
it when the ground is dry, which will preſerve them
There are two or three forts of Kidney-beans culti- from being injured by ſharp winds; but you ſhould
vated with erect ſtalks, which want no ſupport, as they be careful not to draw any of the earth over their feed-
do not put out any twining ſtalks ; theſe are much leaves, which would rot them, or at leaſt greatly re-
cultivated by the gardeners for that reaſon, as alſo tard their growth. After this, they will require no
for their producing a great plenty of pods; but they farther care but to ſtick them when the plants begin
are inferior in goodneſs to all the other, eſpecially that to run, and to keep them clear from weeds until they
fort with black and white feeds, whoſe pods have a produce fruit, when they ſhould be carefully gathered
rank flavour, and, when boiled, become ſoft and two or three times a week; for if they are permitted
meally; ſo this ſhould never be propagated by per- to remain upon the plants a little too long, the Beans
fons of tafte.
nie
will be too large for eating, and the plants would be
The beſt forts for the table are the ſcarlet Bloffom- greatly weakened thereby.
bean before-mentioned, and a white Bean of the ſame The large forts of Kidney-bean muſt be planted at a
fize and ſhape, which appears to be only a variety of greater diſtance, row from row; fer as theſe grow very
the ſcarlet, as it differs in no other reſpect but the tall, ſo if the rows are not at a greater diſtance, the
colour of the flowers and feeds, being equal in ſize and fun and air will be excluded from the middle rows,
flavour. And next to theſe is the large Dutch Kid- therefore theſe ſhould not be leſs than four feet dif-
ney-bean, which grows as tall as either of theſe, ſo tance row from row; and when the plants are about
muſt be ſupported by ſtakes, otherwiſe their ſtalks four inces high, the ſtakes ſhould be thruſt into the
ground
а
a
3
a

PHI
PHI
و
ground by the fide of the plants, to which they will ſide, garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves; thoſe
faften themſelves, and climb to the height of eight or upon the young ſhoots are three inches and a half
ten feet, and bear plenty of fruit from the ground long, and two broad in the middle, leffening toward
upward. The Dutch and French preſerve great quan- both ends, and terminating in acute points, having
tities of the large Dutch Beans for winter uſe, which ſeveral indentures on their edges, their ſurface rough,
they ftew, and make good with gravy and other and of a deep green on their upper fide, but pale on
ſauces.
their under, and have the taſte of freſh Cucum-
There are ſome perſons who raiſe theſe in hot-beds, bers; theſe ſtand oppoſite upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks,
in order to have them early. The only care to be The flowers come out from the fide, and at the end
taken in the management of theſe plants when thus of the branches, in looſe bunches, each ſtanding on
raiſed, is to allow them room, and give them as much a ſhort diſtinct foot-ſtalk; they have four oval petals
air as can be conveniently when the weather is mild, which ſpread open, with a great number of ftamina
as alſo to let them have but a moderate heat ; for if within, ſurrounding the ſtyle. The flowers are white,
the bed is over hot, they will either burn or be drawn and have a ſtrong ſcent, which at ſome diſtance re-
up
ſo weak as feldom to come to good.
ſembles that of Orange-flowers, but when near is too
The manner of making the hot-bed being the ſame powerful for moſt perſons. Theſe appear the latter
as for Cucumbers, &c. need not be repeated in this end of May, and continue great part of June, but are
place; but only obſerve, when the dung is equally le- feldom ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in this country,
velled, to lay the earth about four or five inches thick, This ſhrub riſes feven or eight feet high.
and let the great fteam of the bed paſs off before you There is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
low the ſeeds. The time for doing this muſt be pro- which ſome people preſerve in their gardens; but as
portioned to the ſeaſon when you would have the Beans the ſtripes generally diſappear when the plants are in
for the table, but the ſureſt time for a crop is about health, ſo it makes little appearance.
a week in February.
The ſecond fort is of humble growth, feldom riſing
The manner of ſaving the feeds of theſe plants, is to above three feet high; the leaves are ſhorter than
let a few rows of them remain ungathered in the thoſe of the former, and approach near to an oval
height of the ſeaſon; for if you gather from the plants form; they are but little indented on their edges.
for ſome time, and afterwards leave the remaining for The flowers come out ſingly from the ſide of the
feed, their pods will not be near ſo long and hand- branches, and have a double or treble row of petals,
fome, nor will the feed be ſo good. In autumn, when of the ſame ſize and form as the other, and the flowers
you find they are ripe, you ſhould in a dry ſeaſon pull have the fame ſcent ; but this fort flowers very rarely,
up the plants, and ſpread them abroad to dry; after fo is not much eſteemed.
which you may threſh out the feed, and preſerve it in Both theſe are extreme hardy, and will thrive in al-
a dry place for uſe.
moſt any ſoil or ſituation, but will grow taller in light
PHELLANDRIUM, Water Hemlock.
good ground than in that which is ſtiff. They are
There are two ſpecies of this genus at preſent known; uſually propagated by ſuckers, which are ſent out from
one of which grows naturally in ſtanding waters and their roots in great plenty; theſe ſhould be taken
deep ditches in ſeveral parts of England, the other from the old plants in autumn, and planted in a nur-
is found on the Alps; but as neither are cultivated, ſery to grow one or two years till they have obtained
fo I ſhall not trouble the reader with any farther ac- ſtrength, and then they ſhould be tranſplanted to the
count of them.
place where they are deſigned to remain. They are
PHILADELPHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 540. Sy- commonly diſpoſed in wilderneſs work, among other
ringa. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 617. tab. 389. Syringa,
ſhrubs of the fame growth, where they add to the
Pipe-tree, or Mock-orange.
variety.
The CHARACTERS are,
The third fort grows naturally in Carolina, and is as
It hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut into five yet very rare in Europe. This riſes with a ſhrubby
acute parts fitting upon the germen. It hath four or ſtalk about fixteen feet high, ſending out flender
five roundiſh plain petals which ſpread open, and twenty branches from the ſides oppoſite, garniſhed with
or more awl-shaped ftamina inſerted to the empalement, ſmooth leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the Pear-tree,
terminated by ere&t ſummits with four furrows. The ger- which are entire, ſtanding alſo oppoſite on pretty long
men is ſituated under the flower, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the end of
divided in four parts, each being crowned by a ſin- the branches; they are large, each having four oval
gle ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval acute- petals which ſpread open, and have large empale-
pointed capſule having four cells, which are filled with ments, compoſed of four acute-pointed leaves. The
ſmall ablong ſeeds.
petals are white, and within theſe ſtand a great num-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ber of ſhort ſtamina, terminated by yellow ſummits.
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants The flowers are fucceeded by oval capſules, filled with
whoſe flowers have about twenty ftamina, which are ſmall feeds.
fixed either to the petals or empalement of the flower. This ſhrub is very rare in England, for it rarely will
The SPECIES are,
riſe from feeds; I have fown the feeds, which were
1. PHILADELPHUS (Coronarius) foliis fubdentatis. Lin. fent me by the late Dr. Dale from Carolina, two or
Sp. 671. Philadelphia with indented leaves. Syringa three times without any ſucceſs, and others have done
alba, five Philadelphus Athenæi. C. B. P. White Sy- the fame, which occaſions its preſent ſcarcity in Eng-
ringa, or Mock-orange.
land; but when the plants are procured from abroad,
2. PHILADELPHUS (Nanus) foliis ovatis ſubdentatis, fiore they may be propagated by laying down their
ſolitario pleno. Syringa or Mock-orange, with oval leaves branches. I had one of the ſhrubs which was fent
which are ſomewhat indented, and double flowers ftanding me by the gentleman before-mentioned, which had
fingly on the ſides of the branches
. Syringa nana nun- thriven in the Chelſea Garden near two years; and
quam florens. Cat. Hort. Angl. Dwarf Syringa which ſome of the branches which were laid down had put
ſeldom flowers.
out roots, but they were all deſtroyed by cold in the
3. PHILADELPHUS (Inodorus) foliis integerrimis. Lin.
winter, 1740.
Sp. Plant. 672. Philadelphus with entire leaves. Phi- PHILLYRE A. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 596. tab. 367.
ladelphus flore albo majore inodoro. Cateſb. Carol. Lin. Gen. Plant. 16. Phillyrea, or Mock Privet; in
1. p. 84. tab. 84. Syringa with a larger white flower French, Filaria.
having no fcent.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh The flower has a ſmall permanent empatement of one leaf,
gardens as a flowering ſhrub, but the place where it ciet into five ſegments at the brim. It has one petal, with
naturally grows is uncertain. This ſends up a great a very ſhort tube cut into five parts, which turn back-
number of ſlender ſtalks from the root, having a gray qoard, and two Sport Stamina ftanding oppoſite, termi-
bark, ſending out ſeveral ſhort branches from their nated by fingle erect ſummits. It has a roundiß germen,
Supporting
3
a
a

PHI
PHI
a
a
3
fupporting a ſlender Style the length of the ſtamina, crocon-
ed by a thick ſtigme. The germen afterward turns to a
globular berry with one cell, inclosing one large roundiſh
feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. PHILLYRIA (Latifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inte-
gerrimis. Phillyrea with oval, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves.
Phillyrea latifolia lævis. C. B. P. 476. Broad-leaved
Smooth Phillyrea, commonly called the true Phillyrea.
2. PHILLYREA (Media) foliis ovatis fubintegerrimis.
Lin. Sp. 10. Phillyrea with oval leaves, which are
almoſt entire. Phillyrea folio leviter ſerrato. C. B. P.
Phillyrea with a leaf lightly ſawed, called broad-leaved
Phillyrea.
3. PHILLYREA (Spinoſa) foliis cordato-ovatis ferratis.
Hort. Cliff. 4. Phillyrea with oval beart-ſhaped leaves,
which are fawed. Phillyrea latifolia fpinofa. C. B. P.
476. Broad-leaved prickly Phillyrea.
4. PHILLYREA (Liguſtrifolia) foliis lanceolatis integerri-
mis. Hort. Cliff
. 4. Phillyrea with Spear-ſhaped entire
leaves. Phillyrea folio liguſtri. C. B. P. 476. Privet-
leaved Phillyrea.
5. PHILLYREA (Oleæfolia) foliis lanceolato-ovatis inte-
gerrimis, floribus confertis axillaribus. Phillyrea with
Specr-ſhaped, oval, entire leaves, and flowers growing
in cluſters from the ſides of the branches
. Phillyrea
olæ Epheſiacæ folio. Pluk. Alm. 295. Phyt. tab. 310.
fig. 3. Olive-leaved Phillyrea.
6. PHILLYREA (Anguſtifolia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
integerrimis, floribus confertis axillaribus. Phillyrea
with narrow, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, and flowers
growing in cluſters from the ſides of the branches. Phil-
lyrea anguſtifolia prima. C. B. P. 476. Firſt narrow-
leaved Phillyrea.
7. PHILLYREA (Roſmarinifolia) foliis linearibus integer-
rimis. Phillyrea with very narrow entire leaves. Phil-
lyrea anguſtifolia fecunda. C. B. P. 476. Second nar-
row-leaved Phillyrea, commonly called Roſemary-leaved
Phillyrea.
The firſt fort here mentioned is the moſt common in
the Engliſh gardens, where it is known by the title of
true Phillyrea ; ſo called, to diſtinguiſh it from the
Alaternus, which is called fimply Phillyrea by the
gardeners. This riſes with a ſtrong upright ſtem to
the height of eighteen or twenty feet, dividing into fe-
veral branches, covered with a ſmooth grayiſh bark,
and garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed op-
poſite, which are entire, firm, and of a light green,
about an inch and a half long, and an inch broad,
ftanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ſtalk on each ſide ; they are
of an herbaceous white colour, and grow in ſmall cluf-
ters. Theſe appear in March, but as they are ſmall
make no great appearance ; they are ſucceeded by glo-
bular berries with one cell, incloſing a ſingle ſeed of
the ſame form.
The ſecond fort riſes to an equal height with the
firſt, but the branches are more diffuſed, and have a
darker bark; the leaves are oval, and of a darker
green; they are more than two inches long, and al-
moſt an inch and a half broad, a little fawed on their
edges, placed oppoſite, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers come out from the wings of the branches,
growing in long bunches; they are of an herbaceous
white colour, appear about the ſame time as the for-
mer, and are ſucceeded by berries of the ſame form.
The third ſort riſes with an upright ftem as high as
the two former, ſending out ſeveral ſtrong branches
which grow erect, covered with a gray bark, and gar-
niſhed with oval heart-ſhaped leaves, about an inch
and a half long, and one inch broad; they are firm,
of a lucid green, and fawed on their edges, each
ferrature ending in a ſpine. The flowers and feeds of
this are like thoſe of the two former forts.
The fourth fort is of humbler growth than either of
the former, feldom riſing more than eight or ten
feet high ; the branches are weaker, and ſpread wider,
and are covered with a light brown bark, and garniſfied
with ftiff ſpear-ſhaped leaves almoſt two inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends; they are of a light green, and
fit cloſe to the branches oppoſite. The flowers are
produced in ſmall clufters at the wings of the
branches; they are ſmall, and whiter than thoſe of
the former, appearing about the fame time, and are
fucceeded by ſmall berries which ripen in autumn.
The fifth fórt riſes about the fame height as the
fourth ; the branches are ſtronger, and ſpread out wi-
der; the bark is of a lighter colour; the leaves are
ſtiff, ſmooth, and entire, ſtanding oppoſite on very
fliort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a lucid green, and ter-
minate in a point. The flowers come out in cluſters
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, at the wings of the
young branches; they are ſmall, white, and appear
at the ſame time with the other forts, and have round
berries ſucceeding them, which ripen in autumn.
The ſixth fort riſes with a woody ſtalk ten or twelve
feet high, ſending out branches oppoſite, which are
covered with a brown bark ſpotted with white, gar-
niſhed with ſmooth, ftiff, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
which are entire, fitting clofe to the branches; they are
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends, of a
light green, and point upward. The flowers come
out in large cluſters at each joint of the branches,
to which they fit cloſe like the whorled flowers, al-
moſt ſurrounding the ſtalk ; theſe are ſmall, white,
and appear at the ſame time as the former, and are
ſucceeded by ſmall berries, which ripen in autumn.
The ſeventh fort is of humbler growth than either of
the former, ſeldom riſing more than four or five
feet high, fending out flender branches oppofite,
which are ſparſedly diſpoſed ; the leaves are of a dark
green, ſtiff, and entire ; they are about an inch long,
and not more than one eighth of an inch broad, fit-
ting cloſe to the branches. The flowers are ſmall,
white, and grow in cluſters from the ſide of the
branches. The berries of this fort are very ſmall, and
rarely ripen in England.
Theſe plants all grow naturally in the ſouth of France,
Spain, and Italy, but are hardy enough to thrive in
the open air in England, and are never injured ex-
cept the winters are very ſevere, which ſometimes
cauſes their leaves to fall, and kills a few of the
weaker branches, but theſe are repaired by new ſhoots
the following ſummer ; ſo that there are but few of
the evergreen-trees which are hardier than theſe, or
that deſerve more to be cultivated for pleaſure.
Formerly theſe were either planted againſt walls, to
which they were trained to cover them; or if they
were placed as ſtandards, their branches were fheared
either into balls or pyramids, like moſt of the ever-
green-trees; ſo that when the former old taſte of lay-
ing out gardens was exploded, the evergreens were
generally baniſhed , and for ſome years there were but
;
few forts cultivated, whereby ſeveral valuable kinds
of evergreen-trees were almoſt entirely loſt in Eng-
land, and have been with difficulty retrieved ſince ;
for in the manner which the evergreen-trees and ſhrubs
are now diſpoſed in gardens, they have a very fine ef-
fect, eſpecially during the winter ſeaſon, when the
other trees are deſtitute of leaves.
There are ſome other forts mentioned to grow natu-
rally in Spain and Italy, but thoſe here mentioned
are all that I have ſeen growing in the Engliſh gar-
dens; and ſeveral of theſe have been ſuppoſed only
accidental varieties, which have been produced from
ſeeds; but I am more inclined to believe they are
ſpecifically different, for I have raiſed moſt of theſe
from feeds which were ſent me from Italy, where the
forts were carefully gathered diſtinct, and have never
yet found them vary from the kinds the ſeeds were
taken; ſo that I imagine thoſe feeds from which two
or three kinds have been raiſed, were gathered from
different plants without care.
The three firſt forts are very proper to intermix with
other evergreen-trees of the ſame growth, to form
clumps
a
a
9
10 G

PHI
PHL
ROCENA.
a
clumps in parks, or to plant round the borders of in the ſpring; but if they ſhould not come up, the pots
woods, which are filled with deciduous trees, where ſhould be plunged into the ground in an ealt border,
in the ſummer time, the dark ſhade of theſe ever- where they may only have the morning fun, in which
greens will make a fine contraſt with the brighter ſituation they fhould remain the following ſummer ;
green leaves of the deciduous trees; and in winter, during which time they may be conſtantly kept clean
when the latter are deſtitute of leaves, they will have from weeds, and in the autumn removed again under
a fine effect, and will be a fine harbour for birds. a frame for ſhelter in winter, and the ſpring
following
Theſe may be trained up to ſtems, ſo as to be out the plants will certainly come up, if the feeds were
of the reach of cattle, therefore may be planted in good. Toward the middle of April, the pots ſhould
open places, where, if they are fenced againſt cat- be again plunged into the ground on an eaſt border,
tle till they are grown up, they may be afterwards to prevent the air from drying the earth through the
expoſed.
pots, which is generally the caſe when the pots ſtand
The other forts, which are of humbler growth, muſt upon the ground; ſo that they muſt then be frequently
be confined to gardens or other incloſures, where they watered, which ſhould not be practiſed to theſe plants
may be ſecured from cattle, hares, rabbets, &c. where it can be avoided. The Michaelmas following
otherwiſe they will be foon deſtroyed.
the plants ſhould be carefully taken out of the pots,
Theſe plants are propagated either from ſeeds or lay- and planted in a nurſery-bed, covering the ſurface
ers, but the latter being the moſt expeditious me- with old tan to keep out the froſt; and if the winter
thod in England, is chiefly preferred. The beſt time prove ſevere, they ſhould be covered with mats, af-
to lay them down is in autumn, when you ſhould dig terward they may be treated as the layers.
the ground round the ſtems of the plants intended to PHILLY REA OF THE CAPE. See Maua
be layed, making it very looſe; then making choice
of a ſmooth part of the ſhoot, you ſhould make a flit PHLOMIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 177. tab. 82. Lin.
upward (in the manner as is practiſed in laying of Gen. Plant. 642. [paquis, ſo called of Qréyco, to burn,
Carnations) and then bend the branch gently cwn to becauſe in old time the peaſants uſed to burn theſe
the ground, making a hollow place with your hand to plants to enlighten their chambers.] The Sage-tree,
receive it; and having placed the part which was flit or Jeruſalem Sage.
into the gronnd, ſo as that the flit may be open, you
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhould faften it down with a forked ſtick that it may The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
remain ſteady, covering that part of the branch with having an oblong tube with five angles. It bath one petal,
earth about three inches thick, obſerving to keep the and is of the lip kind; the tube is oblong ; the upper lip is
upper part erect. You muft keep them clear from ovel, forked, and inflexed; the under is cut into three ſeg,
weeds the fpring and ſummer following, which, if ments, the middle one being large and obtuſe. It hath four
ſuffered to grow up amongſt them, will prevent their ſtamina bid under the upper lip, two being longer than the
taking root.
other, terminated by oblong Summits, and a germen di-
The autumn following moſt of theſe plants will be vided into four parts, ſupporting a ſtyle the length of the
rooted, at which time they may be taken off, and ſtamina, crowned by an acute bifid frigma. The germen
carefully planted in a nurſery, where they may be afterward become your oblong cornered ſeeds ſitting in the
trained up three or four years in the manner you intend empalement.
them to grow; during which time you ſhould dig the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ground between the rows, and cut about the roots of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains the plants
the plants every year, which will cauſe them to ſtrike whoſe flowers have two ſhort and two longer ſtamina,
out ſtrong fibres, ſo as to ſupport a good ball of and the feeds ſit naked in the empalement.
earth when they are removed ; you ſhould alſo fup- The SPECIES are,
port
their ftems with ſtakes, in order to make them 1. PALOMIS(Fruticofa) foliis fubrotundis tomentofis crena-
Itrait, otherwiſe they are very apt to grow crooked tis, involucris lanceolatis caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. 818.
and unfightly.
Phlomis with roundiſh, woolly, crenated leaves, and a
When the plants have been thus managed three or Shrubby ſtolk. Phlomis fruticofa, ſalviæ folio latiore
four years, you may tranſplant them into the places & rotundiore. Tourn. Inft. 177. Shrubby Jeruſalems
where they are deſigned to remain. The beſt time Sage, with a broader and rounder Sage leaf.
for this work is the latter end of September, or the 2. PALOMIS (Anguſtifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis tomen-
beginning of October ; but in removing them, you toſis integerrimis, caule fruticoſo. Phlomis with oval,
ſhould dig round their roots, and cut off all down- Spear-ſhaped, woolly leaves which are entire, and a ſhrubby
right or ſtrong roots, which have ſhot out to a great ſtalk. Phlomis fruticoſa, ſalviæ folio longiore & an-
diſtance, that you may the better preſerve a ball of guftiore. Tourn. Inft. 177. Shrubby Jeruſalem Sage,
earth to each plant, otherwiſe they are ſubject to miſ- with a longer and narrower Sage leaf.
carry; and when you have placed them in their new 3. PHLOMIS (Latifolia) foliis oblongo-ovatis petiolatis
quarters, you ſhould lay fome mulch upon the ſur- tomentofis, floribus capitatis, caule fruticoſo. Phlomis
face of the ground to prevent its drying. You ſhould with oblong, oval, woolly leaves having foot-ſtalks, flowers
alſo ſupport the plants with ſtakes, until they have growing in large heads, and a ſorubby ſtalk. Phlomis
taken faithold of the earth, to prevent their being turned latifolia, capitata, lutea, grandiflora. Hort. Elth. 316.
out of the ground, or diſplaced by the winds, which Broad-leaved Jeruſalem Sage, with large yellow flowers
will deftroy the fibres that were newly put out, and growing in beads.
greatly injure the plants. Theſe trees delight in a 4. PALOMIS (Herba Venti) involucris fetaceis hiſpidis,
middling foil, which is neither too wet and ſtiff, nor foliis ovato-oblongis fcabris, caule herbacea. Hort.
too dry, though the latter is to be preferred to the for- Upfal. 171. Phlomis with briſtly prickly involucrums, obe
mer, provided it be freſh.
long, oval, rough leaves, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Phlo-
Thoſe forts with fmall leaves are commonly two years mis Narbonenſis, hormini folio, flore purpurafcente.
before they take root when laid, therefore they ſhould Tourn. Inft. R. H. 178. Jeruſalem Sage of Narbonne,
not be diſturbed, for the raiſing them out of the with a Clary leaf and a purpliſh flower.
ground greatly retards their rooting.
5. PHLOMIS (Tuberofa) involucris hiſpidis fubulatis, fo-
If theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, they fhould liis cordatis ſcabris, caule herbacea. Hort. Upfal. 171.
be fown in the autumn foon after they are ripe, for Phlomis with awl-shaped prickly involucrums, rough
when they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they heart-ſhaped leaves, and an herbaceous stalk. Phlomis
do not grow the firſt year.
year. The feeds will do beft if urticæ folio glabro. Amman. Ruth. 40. Jeruſalem
they are fown in pots or boxes filled with light loamy Sage with a ſmooth Nettle leof.
earth, and placed under a garden frame where they 6. PALOMIS (Lychnitis) foliis lanceolatis tomentofis, filo-
may be ſcreened from hard froft, but always ex- ralibus ovatis, involucris ſetaceis lanatis. Lin. Sp.
poſed to the open air in mild weather. If the ſeeds Plant. 585. Phlomis with ſpear-ſhaped woolly leaves,
are fown early in the autumn, the plants will appear thoſe under the flowers oval, and briſtly woolly invol-
STums.

P H L
PHL
3
3
a
crums. Phlomis lychnitis. Cluf. Hift. 27. Narrow-
leaved Jeruſalem Sage.
-7. PHLOMIS (Purpurea) foliis ovato-lanceolatis crenatis,
ſubtus tomentofis, involucris fetaceis. Phlomis with
oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, which are woolly on their under
fide, and have a briſtly involucrum. Phlomis fruticoſa
Lufitanica, flore purpurafcente, foliis acutioribus.
Tourn. Inft. 178. Shrubby Portugal Phlomis with a pur-
pliſh flower, and acute-pointed leaves.
8. PALOMIS (Somia) foliis cordatis acutis fubtus tomen-
tofis, involucris ftrictis tripartitis. Phlomis with acute-
pointed heart-ſhaped leaves, which are woolly on their un-
der ſide, and the covers of the flowers divided into three
parts. Phlomis Samia herbacea, folio lunariæ. Tourn.
Cor. 10. Herbaceous Samian Jeruſalem Sage, with a
M001-wort-leaf.
9. PHLOMIS (Orientalis) foliis cordatis rugofis fubtus
tomentofis, involucris lanatis, caule herbaceo. Phlomis
with rough beart-shaped leaves, which are woelly on their
under fide, woolly covers to the flowers, and an herbaceous
ſtalk. Phlomis orientalis lutea herbacea latifolia, ver-
ticillata. Phil. Tranſ. vol. 34. Yellow, herbaceous, eaſt-
ern Jerufalem Sage, having a broad leaf, and flowers
growing in whorls.
10. PHLOMIS (Flaveſcenta) foliis lanceolatis crenatis fub-
tus tomentofis, involucris lanatis, caule fruticoſo.
Phlomis with ſpear-ſhaped crenated teaves, which are
woolly on their under ſide, woolly covers to the flowers,
and a forubby Stalk. Phlomis anguſtifolia lutea, cymis
flaveſcentibus. Sherard. Phil. Tranſ. N° 376. Yellow
narrow-leaved Jeruſalem Sage, with yellowiſh tops.
II. PHLOMIS (Nifolii) foliis radicalibus cordatis utrin-
que tomentofis villofis
. Lin. Sp. Plant. 585. Phlomis
whoſe lower leaves are beart-ſhaped, woolly, and hairy on
every ſide. Phlomis orientalis, foliis auriculatis inca-
nis, Hore luteo. Niffol. Eaſtern Jeruſalem Sage, with
boary eared leaves, and a yellow flower.
12. PHLOMIS (Ferruginea) involucris lanceolatis, foliis
cordatis fubtus tomentofis, caule fuffruticofo. Phlo-
mis with Spear-ſhaped involucrums, heart-ſhaped leaves
which are woolly, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Phlomis Hifpa-
nica, fruticoſa, candidiſſima, flore ferrugineo. Tourn.
Inft. 178. Whitet, forubby, Spaniſh Jeruſalem Sage,
with an iron-coloured flower.
13. PHLOMIS (Rotundifolia) involucris ſubulatis, foliis
cordato-ovatis fubtus tomentofis, caule fruticofo.
Phlomis with owl-shaped involucrums, oval beart-ſhaped
leaves which are woolly on their under ſide, and a forubby
Stalk. Phlomis fruticoſa, flore purpureo, foliis rotun-
dioribus. Tourn. Inſt. 178. Shrubby Jeruſalem Sage
with a purple flower, and rounder leaves.
14. Pulomis (Lacinieta) foliis alternatim pinnatis, fo-
liolis laciniatis, calycibus lanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 585.
Phlomis with leaves alternately winged, whoſe lobes ore
cut, and having woolly empalements to the flowers. Phlo-
mis orientalis foliis laciniatis. Tourn. Cor. 10. Eaſtern
Jeruſalem Sage with jagged leaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily;
this hath a pretty thick ſhrubby ſtalk, covered with a
looſe bark rifing five or fix feet high, dividing into
many irregular branches, which are four-cornered and
woolly when young, but afterward become ligneous.
Their joints are pretty far aſunder; at each of theſe
are placed two roundiſh leaves oppoſite, on ſhort foot-
stalks; they are woolly on their under fide. The
flowers come out in thick whorls round the ſtalks;
they are yellow, and have two lips; the upper lip is
forked, bending over the under, which is divided into
three parts; the middle is broad, and ſtretched out
beyond the two ſmall fide ſegments. The flowers ap-
pear in June, July, and Auguſt, but are very rarely
fucceeded by feeds here.
The fecond ſore hath a ſhrubby ftalk like the firſt,
but does not riſe fo high. The branches are weaker;
the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and oval, being longer,
narrower, and rounder at both points than the for-
mer; the whorls of flowers are ſmaller, but the
flowers are of the faine ſhape and colour. It flowers
about the fame time as the former.
Theſe two forts have been long propagated in the Eng-
liſh gardens by the title of Sage-tree, or feruſalem
Sage. The plants were formerly kept in pots, and
houſed in winter with other exotic plants; but of late
years they have been planted in the open air, where
they are ſeldom injured by cold, unlets in very ſevere
winters; ſo they are intermixed with other ſhrubs of
the ſame growth in quarters of wilderneſs-work,
where they add to the variety ; for as they retain their
hoary woolly leaves all the year, they make a good
appearance in winter; and their yellow flowers, which
continue great part of the ſummer, being intermixed
with their hoary leaves, have a good effect.
Theſe plants ſhould have a dry foil and a warm ſliel-
tered ſituation, otherwiſe they will not live in the open
air. They may be planted among Ciſtuſes of all the
different kinds, the Ihrubby Moon-trefoil, evergreen
Cytiſus, Wormwood-tree, and fome other exotic
ſhrubs of the ſame countries, which require a warm fi-
tuation and a dry foil, being too tender for open
plantations which are expofed to ſtrong cold winds;
and as they are not of long duration, they are better
when ſeparated from trees and ſhrubs which continue
many years; for theſe rarely live above twelve or
fourteen years in dry ground, and not more than half
ſo long in cold moiſt land, or where they are not well
ſheltered.
They are propagated by cuttings, which if planted
in a bed of light earth in April, juſt before the plants
begin to ſhoot, and covered with mats to ſcreen them
from the fun every day, as alſo to obſerve when the
ground is dry to give them water gently, they will
get good roots in about two months or ten weeks,
when they may be carefully taken up, and tranſ-
planted into a nurſery, where they may remain one
year, and then be tranſplanted to the places where
they are deſigned to ſtand, for theſe plants will not
bear tranſplanting at a greater age,
The third fort hath a ſhrubby Italk like the former,
but much lower, ſeldom riſing more than three feet
and a half high, fending out branches on every fide,
which are garniſhed with broader hoary leaves than
either of the former; theſe are of an oblong oval form,
and have pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are whiter
than thoſe of the former. The flowers grow in
large whorls or heads, which generally terminate the
branches, they are larger than thoſe of the other
forts, and the upper lip is very hairy. Theſe appear
about the ſame time as thoſe of the other forts.
The plants are equally hardy, and may be propagated
by cuttings in the fame way as is before directed for
them.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and in Italy; this hath a perennial root, and an an-
nual ftalk which riſes about two feet high, and de-
cays in the autumn. When the roots are large, they
ſend up a great number of ſquare ftalks, which are
covered with a hairy down, and garniſhed with ob-
long, oval, rough leaves placed oppoſite, fitting cloſe
to the ſtalks. The flowers grow in whorls round the
ſtalks, having ſtinging briſtly covers; they are of a
bright purple colour, ſo make a pretty appearance.
They appear at the ſame time with the former, but
are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England.
This may be propagated by parting the roots'; the
beft time for doing this is in the autumn, when the
ftalks begin to decay, that they may get root before
the froft comes on ; but they ſhould not be parted of
tener than every third or fourth year, if they are ex-
pected to have many flowers. This fort is hardy, ſo
may be planted in expoſed places, but it ſhould not
be planted in moiſt ground.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Tartary; this hath
a perennial root. The ſtalks are purple, have four
corners, and riſe five or fix feet high, garniſhed with
heart-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite; they are fix inches
long, and three broad at their baſe, but terminate in
acute points, and are deeply crenated on their edges.
The flowers grow in whorls round the ſtalks; their
covers are awl-ſhaped, and are ſet with ſtinging hairs
they are of a pale purple colour and hairy. Theſe
e ap-
pear
3

PHL
PHL
a
و
a
a
pear in Tune and July, and are ſucceeded by feeds
which ripen in September; ſoon after which the ſtalks
decay, but the roots will abide many years. It is pro-
pagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown upon an eaſt
border in the ſpring, and when the plants come up,
they muſt be kept clean from weeds the following
fummer, and in the autumn they ſhould be tranſ-
planted where they are to remain ; the following ſum-
mer they will produce flowers and feeds. This fort
is very hardy, ſo will thrive in almoſt any foil or
Gituation.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Spain and Italy; the root is perennial, and the ſtalk
annual. This fends out long, narrow, woolly leaves
from the roots in tufts, which are inveloped at their
baſe by a common covering; they are ſoft to the
touch, and lie upon the ground. The ſtalks are llen-
der, and near two feet long; their joints are far aſun-
der, at each of theſe ſtand two oval leaves oppoſite,
which embrace the ſtalk with their baſe. The whorls
of flowers are alſo encompaſſed by theſe leaves, and
within them is ſituated a radiated briſtly involucrum,
which covers the flowers, which are yellow, and thaped
like thoſe of the other forts. Theſe appear in July,
but are rarely ſucceeded by ſeeds in England. The
ſtalks decay in the autumn, but the lower leaves re-
nain all the year. It may be propagated by Nips in
the ſpring, and the plants require a dry ſoil and a
warm ſituation.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Portugal and
Spain. This hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes four or
five feet high, ſending out ſlender branches, which
have four angles covered with a white bark, gar-
niſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves about four inches
long, and an inch and a half broad at their baſe;
they are crenated on their edges, and woolly on their
under ſide, ſtanding upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers come out in whorls at each joint; they
have briſtly involuerums, and are of a deep purple
colour. This fowers in June and July, but does not
ripen ſeeds in England. It may be propagated by
cuttings in the ſame way as the three firſt forts, and
the plants require the ſame treatment.
The eighth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Tourne-
fort in the Levant, where it grows naturally; this
hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk. The leaves
of this are heart-ſhaped; thoſe at the root are three
inches long, and an inch and a half broad at their
bafe, ending in acute points; they are downy on their
under fide, and have five ſtrong veins. The ſtalks
rife a foot and a half high, and are garniſhed at
each joint with two leaves placed oppoſite, of the
fame form as the lower, but ſmaller. The flowers
grow in whorls round the ſtalks ; they are of a worn-
out purple colour; their involucrums are cut into
ſegments, and are cloſely ſhut. This never produces
feeds here, and the roots increaſe very flowly, ſo that
now it is very rare in Europe; for before the ſevere
winter in 1740, theſe plants had lived abroad in warm
borders upward of twenty years, ſo that there were
none of the plants kept in pots, and that year they were
almoſt all deſtroyed in England.
The feeds of the ninth fort were ſent from Smyrna by
the late Conful Sherard to the Chelſea Garden, where
the plants were raiſed; this hath a perennial root and
an annual ſtalk. The lower leaves are near three
inches long, and an inch and a half broad, ſtanding
upon long woolly foot-ſtalks; they are rough on their
upper fide, but woolly on their under, and are heart-
Thaped and entire
The talks, which riſe a foot
high, are very downy; the flowers grow in whorls
round the talks, they have very long tubulous em-
palements covered with down ; they are very large,
and of a bright yellow, to make a good appearance.
It fowers the latter end of June, and in July, but ne-
ver ripens feeds in England. This ſort hath ſurvived
many winters in the open air in the Chelſea Garden,
but in the year 1740 they were all deſtroyed.
The feeds of the tenth fort were alſo ſent from Smyrna
by the fame gentleman, and ſeveral of the plants were
raiſed in the Chelſea Garden. This hath ſhrubby
ftalks which riſe about three feet high, and are co-
vered with a yellowiſh down, ſending out many flen-
der irregular branches, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-
ſhaped leaves, which are covered with a yellowish
down on their under fide. The flowers are produced
in heads at the end of the branches; their involu-
crums are very downy; the flowers are ſmaller than
thoſe of either of the firſt forts, and are of a dirty
yellow colour. This approaches near to the ſecond
fort, but the leaves are much ſmaller, the branches
are Nenderer, and are covered with a yellow down,
eſpecially toward the end of the branches. The
whorls of flowers are not near fo large, and are gene-
rally produced at the end of the branches.
This ſort may be propagated by cuttings in the ſame
way as the three firſt forts, and the plants may be
treated in the like manner, with this difference only,
of planting them in a warmer ſituation, for it will not
bear ſo much cold, though in a warm border the
plants have lived ſeveral years abroad in the Chelſea
Garden.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Archipelago,
and alſo in Spain, from both which countries I have
received the feeds. This plant hath an annual ſtalk,
but the root is perennial, as are alſo the lower leaves,
which do not ariſe from the root immediately, bue
ſtand in cluſters upon ſhort, trailing, woolly branches;
they have very long downy foot-ſtalks, and are placed
without order ; they are heart-ſhaped, and downy on
both ſides, about four inches long, and two broad to-
ward their baſe. The ſtalks are ſlender, and riſe a
foot high, garniſhed with oval ſpear-shaped leaves,
which gradually decreaſe in ſize to the top, where
they are not half an inch long. Theſe ſtalks gene-
rally ſend out two ſide branches oppoſite, near the
bottom, and from this diviſion to the top are gar-
niſhed with thin whorls of yellow Rowers, which are
not cloſely joined together as in the other ſpecies, but
each flower ſtands ſeparate. Their empalements are
oval, very downy, and cloſely ſhut up. The flowers
appear in June and July, but there are feldom any
ſeeds produced in England. This fort may be pro-
pagated by ſlips in the ſame manner as the fixth fort,
and the plants ſhould be treated in the like way.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
tugal; this hath an almoſt ſhrubby ſtalk, which is a
little ligneous, and riſes about two feet and a half
high, covered with a thick white down. There are
many of the ſtalks which ariſe from the ſame root,
garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves about two inches
long, and one broad toward their baſe ; and from the
lower part of the ſtalks, at each joint, there are two
ſhort ſhoots come out oppoſite, which have four or
fix ſmall leaves of the ſame ſhape with the others,
and are covered with a very white down. The flowers
are produced in ſmall whorls toward the upper part of
the ſtalk; they have downy ſpear-ſhaped involucrums;
the flowers are ſhort, and of an iron colour. They
appear in June and July, but the plants produce no
ſeeds in England.
This fort multiplies by its ſpreading roots, ſo that
they may be divided every other year; the beſt time
for doing this is about the middle of September, that
the offsets may get root before the froſt comes on ;
but there ſhould be ſome mulch laid about their
roots to prevent the froſt from penetrating the ground.
It may be alſo propagated by cuttings in the ſame
way as the three firſt forts, during the ſpring and
ſummer months. The plants require the ſame treat-
ment as the tenth fort, for they are not ſo hardy as
the three firſt forts; therefore, if there is ſome tan-
ners bark, or other mulch laid upon the ſurface of the
ground about their roots every winter, it will be a
means of preſerving the roots ; ſo that if a ſevere
winter ſhould kill the ſtalks, the raots will put out
new ones the ſpring following.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
tugal. This riſes with ſeveral fhrubby ſtalks from
three to four feet high, which divide into ſeveral four-
و
cornered

PHL
PHL
a
open air.
cornered branches covered with a woolly down, and liis lucidis craffis acutis. Martyr. Dec. 1. Baſtard
garniſhed with leaves which on the lower part of the Lychnis of Carolina, with flowers diſpoſed as it were in an
Italks are heart-ſhaped, but upward they are of an umbel, and thick, ſhining, acute leaves.
oval ſpear-ſhape, and woolly on their under ſide ; they 3. Phlox (Maculata) foliis lanceolatis lævibus, race-
ſtand oppoſite upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers moſo oppoſite corymboſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Phlox
come out in whorls round the ſtalks; they have awl- with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are ſmooth, and branching
ſhaped involucrums ending in acute points, and co- oppoſite flowers. Lychnoides Marylandica, foliis bi-
vered with down; the flowers are of a bright pur- nis oppoſitis bafi & auriculis caulem utrinque amplexi-
ple colour, and appear in June, but are not ſucceeded caulibus. Raii Supp. 459. Maryland Baſtard Lychnis
by feeds in this country. This fort is propagated by with leaves growing oppoſite, whoſe baſe embraces the
cuttings in the ſame way as the three firſt forts, and Stalks on both ſides.
the plants ſhould be treated in the like manner as hath 4. Phlox (Divaricata) foliis lato-lanceolatis, fuperiori-
been before directed for the tenth fort.
bus alternis, caule bifido pedunculis geminis. Lin.
The fourteenth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tourne- Sp. Plant. 217. Phlox with broad Spear-ſhaped leaves
fort in the Levant, from whence he ſent the ſeeds to placed alternately at the top, and a branching ſtalk.
the Royal Garden at Paris, where they ſucceeded. Lychnidea Virginiana, alfines aquaticæ foliis, flori-
This fort hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk bus in ramulis divaricatis. Pluk. Mant. 121. Baſtard
which decays in the autumn, but the lower leaves Lychnis of Virginia with Water Chickweed leaves, and
continue all the year; theſe are alternately winged, flower-branches diverging from each other.
and the ſmall lobes are cut on their edges. The ſtalks 5. Phlox (Paniculotis) foliis lanceolatis margine fcabris,
riſe a foot and a half high, garniſhed with leaves of corymbis paniculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Phlox with
the ſame ſhape with the lower, but are ſmaller. The Spear-shaped leaves having rough borders, and flower's dif-
flowers come out in whorls round the ftalks, like poſed in a compound corymbus. Lychnidea Virginiana,
thoſe of the other forts, whoſe empalements are downy; umbeliata maxima, Lyſimachiæ luteæ foliis amplio-
they are of a worn-out purple colour, and appear in ribus, binis ex adverſo poſitis. Pluk. Mant. 121. Baf
June, but the ſeeds do not ripen here.
tard Lychnis of Virginia with the largeſt umbel, and large
It is propagated by offsets from the root in the ſame yellow Looftrife leaves placed oppoſite by pairs.
way as the eighth fort, but theſe are ſent out ſparingly 6. Phlox (Piloſa) foliis lanceolatis villoſis, caule erecto,
alſó, and the plants require the ſame treatment as corymbo terminali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Phlox with
thoſe of the eighth fort. It is at preſent very rare in hairy Spear-ſhaped leaves, and an upright ſtalk terminat-
England, for the ſevere froſt in the year 1740 de- ed by a corymbus of flowers. Lychnoides Marylandica,
ſtroyed all the plants in England, many of which had calycibus lanuginoſis, foliis anguſtis acutis. Raii
ſurvived all the winters for twenty years before in the Supp. 490. Baſtard Lychnis of Maryland, with woolly
empalements to the flowers, and narrow ecute-pointed leaves.
All the ſpecies of this genus are ornamental plants 7. Phlox (Ovata) foliis ovatis, floribus folitariis
. Lin.
when properly difpofed in gardens, ſo deſerve a place Sp. Plant. 152. Phlox with oval leaves and ſolitary
there, for there is generally a ſucceſſion of flowers on flowers. Lychnidea fiſtuloſa Marylandica, clinopodii
them for two or three months, and their hoary downy vulgaris folio, flore amplo fingulari. Pluk. Mant. 122.
leaves, when intermixed with plants whoſe leaves are Fiſtulous Baſtard Lychnis of Maryland, with a Field Baſil
green, make a pretty contraſt.
leaf, and large flowers growing Singly.
The leaves of the two firſt forts have been greatly re- The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in
commended by ſome perſons to be uſed as tea for fore ſome other parts of North America, but has been ſe-
throats.
veral years pretty common in the Engliſh gardens.
PHLOX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 197. Lychnidea. Dill. This hath a perennial root, which fends up-ſeveral
Hort. Elth. 166. Lychnidea, or Baſtard Lychnis. ſtalks, in number proportionable to the ſize of the
The CHARACTERS are,
roots; theſe riſe near a foot and a half high, and dia
The flower has a cylindrical empalement of one leaf, vide into three or four ſmall branches toward the top,
which is permanent, and hath five acute indentures at which are terminated by a corymbus of flowers. The
the top. It has one funnel-ſhaped petal, with a cylindrical leaves on the lower part of the ſtalks are placed op-
tube narrow at the baſe, where it is incurved, and plain poſite, and are about three inches long, and near
at the top, and is cut into five equal roundiſh ſegments half an inch broad at their baſe, ending in long acute
which ſpread open. It bath five Mort ſtamina fituated points; they are ſmooth, and fet cloſe to the ſtalks ;
within the tube, two of which are longer than the tube, the leaves on the upper part of the ſtalks are placed
terminated by' ſummits in the chaps of the flower. It bath alternate. The flowers grow on the top of the ſtalks
e conical germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of in a fort of corymbus, or rather in form of an um-
the ſtamina, crowned by an acute trifid ſtigma. The ger- bel, many of them ariſing from the ſame point, ſtand-
men afterward turns to an oval capſule with three cells ing on ſhort foot-ſtalks; their empalements are tubu-
fitting in the empalement, each cell containing a ſingle ſeed. lous, and have ten angles or furrows, and are cut at
This genus of plants is rạnged in the firſt ſection of the top into five acute ſegments; the tube of the
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants flower is twice the length of the empalement, and is
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle; but divided at the top into five roundiſh ſegments which
were it not for the number of ſtamina, it would be ſpread open; theſe are of a light purple colour, and
better placed among the ringent plants in the ſecond appear in June, but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm,
ſection of his fourteenth claſs, the ſtructure of the they are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
flower being the ſame with thoſe there ranged.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this hath
The SPECIES are,
a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral rough ſtalks
1. Phlox (Glaberrima) foliis lineari-lanceolatis glabris near two feet high, garniſhed with ſtiff ſhining leaves
acuminatis, caule erecto ramoſo, corymbo terminali. placed oppoſite, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks ; they are
Lin. Sp. 217. Phlox with ſmooth, narrow, Spear-ſhaped ſpear-shaped, entire, and their edges are reflexed ;
leaves ending in acute points, and upright branching the upper part of the ſtalk has generally two flender
Stalks terminated by flowers, which grow in a corymbus. fide branches, and is terminated by a head of flow-
Lychnidea Virginiana, holoftei ampliore folio, fori- ers, which grow in whorls round the ſtalks, but the
bus umbellatis purpureis. Rand. Phil. Tranſ. vol. 34.
.
whorls are ſo nearly placed, as to appear one corym-
Virginia Baſtard Lychnis with a larger Stitch-wort leaf, bus at ſome diſtance. The empalement of the flow-
and purple flowers growing in umbels.
er is ſhort, and deeply cut into five acute ſegments;
2. Phlox (Carolina) foliis lanceolatis lævibus, caule the tube of the flower is long, and at the top is cut
ſcabro corymbus fubfaftigiatis. Lin. Sp. 216. Phlox into five roundiſh fegments, which ſpread open.
with ſmooth Spear-ſhaped leaves, and upright ſtalks ter- Theſe flowers are of a deeper purple colour than
minated by flowers growing in a corymbus. Lychnidea thoſe of the former, and are a fortnight later before
Caroliniana, foribus quaſi umbellatim diſpoſitis, fo- they appear.
The
10 H

PHY
PHY
3
The third ſort grows naturally in Maryland; this hath ſtiff, in which they will grow tall, and produce much
a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral upright larger bunches of flowers than in dry ground; for
ftalks of a purpliſh colour, cloſely covered with white when the foil is poor and dry, they frequently die in
fpots; theſe grow about three feet high, and are gar- fummer, unleſs they are duly watered.
niſhed with heart ſpear-haped leaves which are ſmooth, They are generally propagated by parting their roots,
about three inches long and one broad at their baſe, becauſe they do not often produce feeds in England.
ending in acute points. Toward the upper part of The beſt time for this is in autumn, when their italks
to the ſtalks are ſent out ſmall branches oppoſite, each begin to decay. Theſe roots ſhould not be divided
being terminated by a ſmall bunch of flowers, but into ſmall heads, if they are expected to flower well
the principal ftalk is terminated by a long looſe ſpike the following ſummer ; nor ſhould they be parted of-
of flowers, compoſed of ſmall bunches ariſing from tener than every other year, becauſe when they are
the wings of the ſtalk at each joint, each cluſter hav- often removed and parted, it will greatly weaken the
ing one common foot-ſtalk near an inch long, but roots, ſo that they will ſend out but few ftalks, and
the ſimple foot-ſtalks of the flowers are ſhort; the thoſe will be ſo weak as not to riſe their uſual height,
flowers are of a bright purple colour, and appear late and the bunches of flowers will be much fmaller.
in July ; ſo that if the ſeaſon is temperate, or the When the roots are tranſplanted and parted, it will
ſoil in which they grow moiſt, they will continue in be a good way to lay ſome old tan, or other mulch,
beauty great part of Auguſt, but are rarely ſucceeded upon the ſurface of the ground about their roots, to
by ſeeds in England.
prevent the froſt from penetrating the ground; for as
The fourth ſort grows naturally in North America ; they will have put out new fibres before winter, fa
this has a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral the froſt when it is ſevere often kills the fibres,
flender ſtalks, which are apt to incline to the ground whereby the plants ſuffer greatly, and are fometimes
if they are not ſupported; theſe divide into ſeveral deſtroyed.
CIUDAD
fmall branches, which ſpread from each other; the The firft, fecond, and fifth forts, propagare pretty
lower part of the ſtalks are garniſhed with broad faſt by their ſpreading roots, but the others increaſe
fpear-ſhaped leaves placed alternate, fitting cloſe to but Nowly this way, therefore the beſt method to pro-
the ſtalks, and on the ſmaller branches they are nar- pagate them is by cuttings; and if the three firft forts
rower, and placed oppoſite. The flowers grow in are deſired in plenty, they may be eaſily obtained by
looſe bunches at the end of the branches; they have this method. The beſt time to plant the cuttings, is
ſhort empalements, which are cut into five, narrow, about the latter end of April or the beginning of May,
acute ſegments; the tube of the flower is long and when the ſhoots from the roots are about two inches
flender, the ſegments at the top are broad and heart- high; theſe ſhould be cut off cloſe to the ground,
ſhaped, inverted. They are of a light blue, and and their tops ſhould be ſhortened; then they muſt
appear the latter end of May or the beginning of June, be planted on a border of light loamy earth, and
but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England.
ſhaded from the ſun until they have taken root; or if
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America ; they are planted pretty cloſe together, and covered
this hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk, which with bell or hand-glaſſes, ſhading them every day
is ſmooth, of a light green, and riſes about two feet from the ſun, they will put out roots in five or fix
high, ſending out a few ſide branches, garniſhed with weeks ; but when they begin to ſhoot, the glaſſes
ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, near three inches ſhould be gradually raiſed to admit the free air to them,
long and one broad at the middle, drawing to a point otherwiſe they will draw up weak and ſoon ſpoil: as
at each end, fitting clofe to the ſtalks ; they are of foon as they are well rooted, the glaſſes ſhould be ta-
a dark green, and their edges are a little rough. ken off, and the plants inured to the open air; then
The flowers are diſpoſed in a corymbus at the top of they ſhould be ſoon after removed into a bed of good
the ftalks, compoſed of many ſmaller bunches of foil, planting them about fix inches distance every
ad flowers, which have each a diſtinct foot-ſtalk, and way, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun, and water
,
fupport a great number of Powers, which ſtand up- them duly till
they have taken new root ; after which,
on ſhort ſlender foot-ſtalks ; the empalement of the if they are kept clean from weeds, they will require
flower is ſhort, and cut almoſt to the bottom into five no other care till autumn, when they ſhould be tranſ-
narrow acute ſegments; the tube of the flower is planted into the borders of the flower-garden, where
long and ſlender, and is cut at the top into five oval they are deſigned to renain. Il no 37 x
ſegments which ſpread open. The flowers are of a If ſome of theſe plants are put into pots, and ſhel-
pale purple colour, and appear late in July, but theſe tered under a hot-bed frame in winter, they will
are often ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn. flower ſtrong the following ſummer; and theſe may
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Virginia; this hath be placed in court-yards, or other places near the ha-
a perennial root, from which ariſe a few ſtalks about a bitation, when they are in beauty, and being mixed
foot high, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves, with other flowers will be very ornamental.
ending in acute points, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and PHYLIC A. Lin. Gen. Plarit. 236. Alaternoides.
are a little hairy. The flowers are produced in a Com. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 1. Baſtard Alaternus.
looſe corymbus at the top of the ſtalk ; their em- 1. The CHARACTERS are,
Obmonio
palements are cut into acute ſegments almoſt to the The flowers are colleEted in a diſk, ſitting in a common
bottom; the tube of the flower is ſlender and pretty receptacle, each having a permanent empalement, compoſed
long, and is cut at the top into into five oval ſegments, of three narrow oblong leaves. They have one perforated
which ſpread open. The flowers are of a light pur- petal, with an erect conical tube, cut into five parts at the
ple colour, and appear the latter end of June, but brim, and an acute ſcale at each diviſion, which join to-
are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in England.
gether within, and five ſmall ſtamina inſerted under the
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Marylaid, and ſcales, terminated by ſingle Summits. The germen is ſitu-
other parts of North America. This hath a perennial ated at the bottom of the petal, Supporting a ſingle style,
root, from which comes out two or three ſlender crowned by an obtuſe stigma. The germen afterward be-
ſtalks about nine inches high, garniſhed with oval, comes a roundiſh capſule with three lobes, having three cells,
rough, hairy leaves, an inch and a half-long, and each inclofing a ſingle roundiſho ſéed, gibbous on one ſide,
about three quarters of an inch broad in the middle; and angular on the other.
er they are placed oppoſite upon very ſhort foot ftalks. This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The flowers come out fingly at the top of the ſtalk ; Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
they have very flender tubes, but are cut into five whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
roundiſh ſegments, which ſpread open. They are of The Species are,
OVE
a light purple colour, and appear in July, but are not 1. PHYLICA (Ericoides) foliis linearibus verticillatis.
fucceeded by feeds in England.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 195. Phylica with narrow leaves grow-
Theſe plants are hardy, ſo will thrive in the open air ing in whorls. Alaternoides Africana, ericæ foliis,
in England; they delight in a moiſt rich foil, not too foribus albicantibus & muſcofis. Hort. Amít. 2. p. I.
tab.
3
a

P H Y
PHY
tab. 1. African Baſtard Alaternus, with Heath leaves and an old hot-bed or in the ground, covering them clofe
white mofly flowers.
with bell or hand-glaſſes as before, and treating them
2. PHYLICA (Plumoſa) foliis lineari-ſubulatis, fummis in the ſame way; theſe will put out roots in about
hirſutis. Prod. Leyd. 199. Phylica with narrow awl- two months, but it will then be too late in the ſea-
Maped leaves, which are hairy at the top. Chamælæa ſon to tranſplant them, ſo they muſt remain in the
foliis anguſtis ſubtus incanis, fioribus capitatis mufco- ſame pots till ſpring. If theſe are placed under a hot-
ſis. Burm. Plant. Afr. 117. tab. 43. Spurge Olive bed frame in autumn, where they may be protected
with narrow leaves, which are boary on their under ſide, from the froſt, and expoſed to the open air in mild
and molly flowers collected in heads.
weather, they will ſucceed better than when they
3. PHYLICA (Buxifolia) foliis ovatis fparfis. Lin. Sp. are more tenderly treated.
Un gigning
Plant. 195. Phylica with oval leaves growing ſcatter- The plants are too tender to thrive in the open air in
ingly. Chamælæa folio ſubrotundo ſubtus incano flo- England, ſo they muſt be kept in pots and houſed in
ribus in capitulum collectis. Burm. Plant. Afr. 119. winter; for although the firſt fort will live through
tab. 44. Spurge Olive with roundiſh leaves, which are the winter in a warm ſheltered fituation when the ſea-
hoary on their under ſide, and flowers collected in beads. ſons prove favourable, yet when ſevere froſts happen
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good they are always deſtroyed ; but they require no artifi-
Hope, from whence it was firſt brought to the gar- cial heat to preſerve them, if they are ſheltered under
dens in Holland, but it alſo grows naturally about
a hot-bed frame in winter when they are young, and
Liſbon, where there are large extents of ground co- after they are grown large kept in a green-houſe,
vered with it, in the ſame manner as are many lands where they may enjoy the free air in mild weather,
in England covered with Heath. This is a low buſhy and treated in the ſame way as other hardy exotic
plant, ſeldom riſing more than three feet high; the plants from the ſame country; in the ſummer they
italks are ſhrubby and irregular, dividing into many muſt be placed abroad in a iheltered ſituation, with
ſpreading branches, which are again divided into which management the plants will thrive and conti-
ſmaller. The young branches are cloſely garniſhed nue feveral years, and as they flower in the winter,
with ſhort, narrow, acute-pointed leaves placed in they make a good appearance in the green-houſe
whorls round the ſtalks, to which they fit cloſe; they during that ſeaſon.
are of a dark green, and continue all the year. At PHYLLANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 932. Sea-
the end of every ſhoot, the flowers are produced in fide Laurel.
sloo
ſmall cluſters fitting cloſe to the leaves, they are of
The CHARACTERS are,
a pure white, and begin to appear in the autumn, It hath male and female flowers in the ſame plant; the
continuing in beauty all the winter, and decay in the empalements of the flower in both ſexes are permanent,
ſpring, which renders the plant more valuable. Theſe bell-fboped, and of one leaf, cut into fix parts which
flowers are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
Spread open, and are coloured. The flowers have no pe-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good tals according to fome, or no empolements according to
Hope, from whence it was brought to the gardens in others. The male flowers have three ſort ſtamina which
Holland. This hath an erect ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes join at their baſe, but Spread alunder at their top, and
near three feet high, covered with a purpliſh bark, are terminated by twin ſummits. The female flowers
and here and there ſome white down upon it; the have an angular nectarium ſurrounding the germen, which
leaves are narrow, ſhort, and acute-pointed, fitting is roundiſh and three-cornered, ſupporting three ſpreading
cloſe to the branches in alternate order on every fide; Styles, crowned by obtuſe liigmas. The germen afterward
they are thick, nervous, and of a dark green on their becomes a roundiſh capſule with three furrows, having
upper fide, but hoary on their under. The flowers three cells, each containing a ſingle roundiſh feed.
are collected in ſmall heads at the end of the branches; This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
they are white, woolly, and fringed on their borders, of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
cut into fix acute ſegments at the top. Theſe appear plants which have male and female flowers on the
the beginning of winter, and continue long in beauty, lame plant, and the male flowers have three ſtamina.
but are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
The SPECIES are,
The third fort is a native of the ſame country as the 1. PHYLLANTHUS (Epiphilanthus) foliis lanceolatis ſer-
former; this riſes with a ſhrubby erect ſtalk five or ratis, crenis foriferis. Hort. Cliff. 439. Phyllanthus
fix feet high; the ſtalks when old, are covered with with Spear-ſhaped Sawed leaves, having flowers growing
a rough purpliſh bark, but the younger branches have on their edges. Phyllanthus Americana planta, flores
a woolly down; theſe are garnished with thick oval è ſingulis foliorum crenis proferens. Hort. Amft. I.
leaves about the ſize of thoſe of the Box-tree; they p. 199. American Phyllanthus, with flowers growing out
are veined, ſmooth, and of a lucid green on their up- of every indenture of the leaves.
per fide, but are hoary on their under; they have 2. PHYLLANTHUS (Niruri) foliis pinnatis floriferis, flo-
hort foot-ftalks, and ſtand without order on the ribus pedunculatis, caule herbaceo erecto. Flor. Zeyl.
branches. The flowers are collected in ſmall heads at 331. Phyllanthus with winged leaves bearing flowers on
the end of the branches; they are of an herbaceous foot-fialks, and an upright herbaceous ſtalk. Niruri Bar-
colour, ſo make no great figure. Theſe appear at badenſe, folio ovali ſubtus glauco petiolis florum bre-
the ſame time with the former.
viffimis. Martyn. Cent. 9. tab. 9. Barbadoes Phyllana
As thefe plants do not produce ſeeds in England, ſo thus with an herbaceous upright ſtalk, and the flower-
they are propagated by cuttings, which, if properly Stalks very ſhort.
managed, will take root freely. There are two fea- 3. PHYLLANTHUS (Emblica) foliis pinnatis floriferis,
lons for planting theſe cuttings; the firſt is the lat- caule arboreo, fructu baccato. Flor. Zeyl. 333. Phyl-
ter end of March, before the plants begin to ſhoot ; if lanthus with winged leaves bearing flowers, a tree-like
theſe are planted in pots and plunged into a very mo- stalk, and berry-bearing fruit. Nelli-Camarum. Hort.
derate hot-bed, covering them cloſe with bell or hand-
Mal. 1. p. 69.
glafies, oberving to ſhade them from the ſun in the The firſt fort grows naturally upon the rocks near
middle of the day, and to refreſh them gently with the ſea, in all the iſlands of the Weſt-Indies, where
Water, they will put out roots in two months, then the inhabitants title it Sea-ſide Laurel. This is ſeldom
they ſhould be inured to the open air, and after they found growing on the land, which occaſions its ſcar-
have obtained ftrength, they ſhould be carefully taken city in Europe ; for the roots ſtrike ſo deep into the
out of theſe pots, and each planted in a ſeparate ſmall crevices of the rocks, as to render it almoſt impracti-
pot, filled with ſoft loamy earth, and placed in a ſhady cable to tranſplant the plants, and it is
very
difficult to
ſituation until they have taken new root, when they propagate by feeds; for unleſs they are fown foore
may be removed to a ſheltered ſituation, where they after they are ripe, they will not grow, and the greateſt
may remain till autumn.
part of the ſeed proves abortive, ſo that this fort is
The other ſeaſon for planting theſe cuttings is about very rare in Europe. There was formerly a plant of
the beginning of Auguſt; at this time they may be this fort in the gardens at Hampton-court; but this,
planted in pots, which may be either plunged into with many other fine plants, have been deſtroyed by
che
a
;
a
3

PHY
PHY
a
ز
the top
3
a
a
the ignorance of the gardeners. I alſo ſaw a fine plant the flower, has no ſtyle, but is crowned by two awl-
of this fort in the Amſterdam Garden.
Shaped, reflexed, hairy ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns
This tree grows about fifteen or fixteen feet high ; the to an oblong angular fruit, containing two parallel ſeeds,
leaves come out without any order, which are five or convex on their outſide, plain on the other, and broad at
fix inches long, ſmooth, and thick ; upon the edges
of the leaves the flowers are produced, but eſpeci- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
ally toward the upper part, where they are placed Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
very cloſely, ſo as almoſt to form a ſort of border to whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles or
the leaves, which, together with the ſhining green ftigmas.
colour of the leaves, makes a very beautiful appear- We have but one Species in the Engliſh gardens
ance : the leaves continue green all the year, which at preſent, viz.
renders the plant more valuable.
PHYLLIS (Nobla) ftipulis dentatis. Prod. Leyd. 92.
It requires to be placed in a moderate ſtove in the Phyllis with indented ftipulæ. Bupleuroides quæ fim-
winter, otherwiſe it will not live in England; but in pla nobla Canarienfium. Pluk. Boerh. Ind. alt
. I. p.
ſummer it may be placed in the open air, in a warm 22. Bastard Hare's-ear, or Simpla Nobla of the Canaries.
ſheltered ſituation. With this management the plant This plant grows naturally in the Canary Inlands,
was in great vigour in the Phyſic Garden at Am- from whence the feeds were formerly brought to Eng-
fterdam.
land. It riſes with a ſoft ſhrubby ftalk about two or
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Barbadoes, where three feet high, which is feldom thicker than a man's
it is a common plant; for I have many times had it finger, of an herbaceous colour, and full of joints.
come up in the tubs of earth brought from thence, Theſe fend out ſeveral ſmall ſide branches toward the
with other plants: though this is an annual plant, top, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves near four
yet the feeds being caſt out of the capſules when ripe, inches long, and almoſt two broad in the middle,
with an elaſticity, is thrown to a conſiderable diſtance, drawing to a point at each end ; they are of a lucid
and this way the plant propagates itſelf in England; green on their upper fide, but pale on their under,
for the ſeeds being caſt into the pots which are placed having a ſtrong whitiſh midrib, with ſeveral deep
near it in the ſtove, the plants come up without far- veins running from it to the fides; the leaves are for
ther trouble.
the moſt part placed by threes round the branches,
This riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk a foot and a half to which they fit cloſe. The flowers are produced
high, garniſhed with many long winged leaves, com- at the end of the branches, in looſe panicles; they
poſed of a great number of oval lobes, of a gray co- are ſmall, of an herbaceous colour at their firſt ap-
lour on their under fide, but of a bright green on pearance, but before they fade, change to a brown
their upper; theſe lobes contract every evening, or worn-out purple, and are cut into five parts to their
turning their under ſide outward ; on the under fide baſe, where they are connected, and fall off without
of the leaves the flowers are produced along the ſeparating, fo ſhould be termed a flower of one pe-
midrib, turning downward ; theſe are ſome of them tal. Theſe ſegments are reflexed backward ſo as to
male, and others female, intermixed on the ſame cover the germen, which is ſituated under the flower,
plant, having each a bell-ſhaped empalement of one and afterward becomes a ſhort, turbinated, obtuſe,
leaf, cut into fix ſegments at the brim; and being angular fruit, which ſplits in two parts when ripe,
coloured, the title of petals, or corolla, are by ſome each containing one feed, flat on the inſide, convex
applied to them, but others call them apetalous flowers. on the outſide and angular. This plant flowers in
The male flowers have each three ſtamina, the female June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
having a ſingle ſtyle, ſupporting a trifid ſtigma, and It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on a
are ſucceeded by roundiſh capſules with three cells, bed of freſh light earth toward the end of March,
each containing one ſeed. The plant uſually flowers and the plants will come up by the beginning of May;
from June to October, and the feed ripens after in when they are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould be put
fucceffion.
into ſeparate pots, and placed in a ſhady ſituation
The third ſort grows naturally at Malabar, where it until they have taken root ; after which time they
riſes with a tree-like ftalk to the height of twelve or ſhould be placed in a ſheltered ſituation, where they
fourteen feet; but in England they do not riſe more may have the morning ſun, and in the ſummer will
than half that height, ſending out from the fide many require to be frequently watered. In winter they
patulus branches, which are garniſhed with very nar- muſt be ſheltered from the froſt, but require to
row winged lobes, but as it hath not produced either have as much free air as poffible in mild weather ;
flowers or fruit in England, ſo I can give no farther the ſecond year the plants will flower, ſo if in the
account of it.
ſpring ſome of the plants are ſhaken out out of the
This plant is propagated by ſeeds, when they can be pots and put into the full
into the full ground, they will perfect
procured from the country where the plants grow their feeds much better than thoſe which remain in
naturally; theſe muſt be ſown upon a hot-bed, and
when the plants come up and are fit to tranſplant, As theſe plants ſeldom continue in health above four
they ſhould be each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot or five years, it will be proper to raiſe a fupply of
filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of young plants to ſucceed them.
tanners bark, being careful to ſhade and water them The plants retain their leaves all the year, which
until they have taken good root; after this, the being large and of a ſhining green, make a hand-
plants muſt conſtantly remain in the bark-ſtove, and
ſome appearance in winter, in which the beauty of it
be treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed confifts, for the flowers have none.
for many other plants from the ſame country, with PHYSALIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 223. Alkekengi.
which the plant has been maintained ſeveral years, Tourn. Inft. R. H. 150. tab. 64. Winter Cherry.
but has made little progreſs.
The CHARACTERS are,
The other forts, which in the former edition of this The flower hath a ſmall ſwelling permanent empalement
work were added to this genus, are now placed under of one leaf, which is five-cornered, and cut at the top
ANDRACHNE.
into five acute points. The flower bath one wheel-shaped
PHYLLIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 286. Bupleuroides. petal, with a ſhort tube and a large brim, which is five-
Boerh. Ind. alt. 71. Valerianella. Dill. Hort. Elth. cornered and plaited. It has five ſmall azul-ſhaped ſta-
mina which join together, terminated by erect ſummits,
The CHARACTERS are,
and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned
The empalement of the flower is very ſmall
, compoſed of by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an
two leaves fitting on the germen. The flower has five almost globular berry with two cells, incloſed in the large
obtuſe ſpear-ſhaped petals, which turn backward. It hath inflated empalement, and is filled with compreſſed kidney-
five ſhort bair-like ſtamina, which are flaccid, terminated fhaped ſeeds
by oblong ſummits. The germen, which is ſituated under
This
;
the pots.
މް
a
405. Simpla Nobla.

PHY
PHY
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 13. PHYSALIS (Villoſa) ramofiflima, ramis villoſis, fo-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants liis ovatis acuminatis ferrato-dentatis. The moſt branch-
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ftyle.
ing Phyſalis with hairy branches, and oval acute-pointed
The SPECIES are,
leaves, which are indented like a faw. Alkekengi Ame-
1. PHYSALIS (Alkekengi) foliis geminis integris acutis, ricanum, annuum, ramofiſfimum, villoſum, fructu
caule herbaceo inferne fubramoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. rotundo ex luteo vireſcente. Houſt. MSS. The moſt
262. Phyſalis with two leaves at a joint, which are branching, annual, hairy, American Winter Cherry, with
Sharp-pointed, and an herbaceous ſtolk which branches et a round, yellowiſh, green fruit.
bottom. Alkekengi officinarum. Tourn. Init. R. H. 14. PHYSALIS (Cordata) caule erecto ramoſo, foliis
151. The common or oficinal Winter Cherry.
ovatis ſerrato-dentatis, petiolis pedunculiſque longif-
2. PHYSALIS (Viſcofa) foliis geminis repandis obtuſis fimis. Phyſalis with an ereat branching ſtalk, oval, in-
ſubtomentofis, caule herbaceo fuperne paniculato. dented, ſawed leaves, and the foot-ſtalks of the leaves and
Lin. Sp. 261. Winter Cherry with leaves growing by flowers very long. Alkekengi Americanum annuum,
pairs, which are obtuſe, a little woolly, and an berbaceous lamii folio, fructu cordato. Houſt. MSS. Annual
ſtalk. Alkekengi Bonarienſe repens, baccâ turbinatâ American Winter Cherry, with a dead Nettle leaf and a
viſcofà. Creeping Winter Cherry of Buenos Ayres, with a heart-ſhaped fruit.
viſcous turbinated berry.
15. PHYSALIS (Maxima) caule erecto ramoſo, foliis
3. PHYSALIS (Penſylvanica) radice perenni, caule pro- ovato-lanceolatis viſcoſis, fructu maximo cordato.
cumbente, foliis ovatis acutè dentatis, petiolis longiſ- Phyſalis with an ereci branching stalk, oval, Spear-shaped,
fimis. Phyſalis with a perennial root, a trailing fialk, and viſcous leaves, and a large heart-ſhaped fruit. Aike-
oval leaves which are acutely indented, and have very long kengi Americanum annuum, maximum viſcoſum.
foot-ſtalks. Alkekengi Virginianum perenne majus, Houſt. MSS. The largeſt, annual, viſcous,, American
flore luteo amplo, fructu minimo. Rand. Act. Phil.
Winter Cherry.
N° 399: Greater 'perennial Virginia Winter Cherry, with 18. PHYSALIS (Peruviana) caule erecto ramoſo, ramis
a large yellow flower and a ſmall fruit.
angulatis, foliis ſinuatis, calycibus acutangulis. Pbyn
4 4. PHYSALIS (Virginiana) caule herbaceo, foliis ovato- ſalis with an ereat branching ſtalk, angular branches, finu-
lanceolatis acutè dentatis. tab. 206. fig. 1. Winter ated leaves, and empalements having acute angles. Al-
Cherry with an herbaceous ſtalk, and oval ſpear-ſhaped kekengi amplo flore violaceo. Feuill. Obf. 724. tab.
leaves which are acutely indented.
16. Winter Cherry with a large Violet-coloured flower.
5. PHYSALIS (Curoſavica) caule fuffruticoſo, foliis ovatis The firſt fort is the common Winter Cherry which is
tomentofis integerrimis. Phyſalis with a ſhrubby ſtalk, uſed in medicine; this grows naturally in Spain and
and oval downy leaves which are entire. Alkekengi Italy, but has been long cultivated in the Engliſh gar-
Curaffavicum, foliis origani incanis, flore vietè ful- dens. The roots of this are perennial, and creep in
phureo, fundo purpureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 66. the ground to a great diſtance, if they are not confined;
Winter Cherry of Curaſao with hoary Origany leaves, theſe ſhoot up many ſtalks in the ſpring, which riſe
and a ruſty ſulphur-coloured flower with a purple bottom. about a foot high or better, and are garniſhed with
6. PHYSALIS (Somnifera) caule fruticoſo, ramis rectis, leaves of various ſhapes; ſome are angular and ob-
floribus confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 180. Phyſalis with tufe, others are oblong and acute-pointed, of a dark
a ſhrubby ſtalk, ere&t branches, and flowers growing in green, and generally there are two leaves coming
cluſters
. Alkekengi fructu parvo verticillato. Tourn. out from the ſame point on the fame ſide of the ſtalk;
Inft. 151. Winter Cherry with a ſmall fruit growing in they have long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced
whorls.
from the wings of the ſtalks, ſtanding upon ſlender
7. PHYSALIS (Flexuoſa) caule fruticoſo, ramis flexuoſis, foot-ſtalks, having one white petal which has a
floribus confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 182. Phyſalis with ſhort tube, and is cut at the brim into five angles
a fhrubby ſtalk, flexible branches, and flowers growing in ſpreading open. In the center of the tube is ſituated
cluſters. Baccifera Indica, fioribus ad foliorum exor- a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a flender ſtyle crowned
tus, fructu ſulcato decapyreno. Raii Hift 1632. In- by an obtufe ftigma; this is accompanied by five
dian berry-bearing Plant, with flowers coming out from ſtamina of the ſame length, terminated by oblong,
the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, and a furrowed fruit contain- erect, yellow ſummits which join together. The flowers
ing ten ſeeds.
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by round berries
8. PHYSALIS (Arboreſcens) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inte- about the ſize of ſmall Cherries, incloſed in an in-
gerrimis oppofitis, caule fruticoſo. tab. 206. fig. 2. fated bladder, which turns red in the autumn, when
Phyſalis with oval, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves which are the top opens, and diſcloſes the red berry, which is
placed oppoſite, and a ſkrubby ſtalk. Alkekengi Ameri- ſoft, pulpy, and filled with fiat kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
canum arboreſcens, fructu fphærico rubro, veficâ Soon after the fruit is ripe, the ſtalks decay to the
atro-purpureâ. Houft. MSS. Tree American Winter
Cherry, with a red ſpherical fruit and a deep purple-co- This plant is eaſily propagated, either by ſeeds or
loured bladder.
parting the roots; the latter being the moſt expedi-
9. PHYSALIS (Ramoſa) ramofiffima, foliis villoſo-viſ- tious method is generally practiſed. Theſe roots may
cofis floribus pendculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 262. The moſt be tranſplanted and parted, any time after the ſtalks
branching Phyſalis with hairy viſcous leaves, and nod- decay, till the roots begin to ſhoot in the ſpring; they
ding flowers. Alkekengi Virginianum fructu luteo. love a ſhady fituation, and ſhould be confined, other-
Tourn. Inft. 151. Virginia Winter Cherry with a yel- wiſe they will ramble to a great diſtance in one year,
low fruit.
and when the ſtalks ſtand at a diſtance they make
10. PHYSALIS (Angulata) ramofiffima, ramis angulatis no appearance. Their only beauty is in autumn, when
glabris, foliis ovatis dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 262. the fruit is ripe, at which time their red bladders open-
The miaſt branching Phyſalis with angular ſmooth branches. ing and diſcloſing the Cherry-ſhaped fruit, make a
Alkekengi Indicum majus. Tourn. Inft. 151. Greater pretty appearance.
Indian White Cherry.
The leaves of this plant are cooling, and of the
11. PHYSALIS (Minima) ramofiffima, foliis ovatis acu- nature of common Nightſhade ; the berries are a fin-
minatis fubdentatis petiolis longioribus. Very branching gular good diuretic, and uſeful againſt the gravel and
Phyſalis, with oval acute-pointed leaves which are ſome- ftone. There has been ſeveral inſtances of their great
what indented, and have longer foot-ſtalks. Alkekengi virtue in bringing away great quantities of gravel,
Indicum minimum, fructu vireſcente. Tourn. Inft. when other remedies have been tried without ſucceſs.
151. The leaſt Indian Winter Cherry with a greeniſh fruit. The berries boiled in milk, and fweetened with ſu-
12. PHYSALIS (Patula) ramofiffima patula, ramis angu- gar, cure the heat of the urine, making bloody wa-
latis glabris, foliis lanceolatis pinnato-dentatis. The ter, and ulcers in the kidneys and bladder.
most branching Spreading Phyſalis
, with ſmooth angular The ſecond fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres ; this
branches, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are indented like hath a creeping root, by which it multiplies very faſt,
wings.
ſending up a great number of ſmooth ſtalks about a
10 I
foot
roots.

PHY
PHY
foot high, which divide toward their top into ſmall
ſpreading branches, garniſhed with heart-ſhaped or
oval leaves, about three inches long, and two broad
near their baſe; they are entire and rough to the
touch, of a pale yellowish green, ſtanding upon pretty
long foot ſtalks placed alternately. The flowers come
out
from the wings of the ſtalks toward the top, and
have long ſlender foot-ſtalks ; they are of a dirty yel-
low colour with purple bottoms. They appear in
June and July, and are ſucceeded by viſcous berries
about the fize of the common fort, of an herbaceous
yellow colour, incloſed in a ſwelling bladder, of a light
green colour.
3
This plant is eaſily propagated by parting the roots
either in ſpring or autumn, but it is too tender to live
abroad through the winter in England, ſo they ſhould
be planted in pots, and ſheltered under a hot-bed
frame in winter, where they may enjoy the free air at
all times in mild weather.
The ſeeds of the third fort were ſent me from Virgi-
nia, where the plant grows naturally, this hath a per-
ennial root and an annual ſtalk, but theſe roots do not
creep in the ground like the two former. The ſtalks
of this grow two feet long, and ſpread on the ground
if they are not ſupported; theſe are garniſhed with
oval leaves three inches long, and two inches and a
half broad, ſtanding alternately upon very long foot-
ftalks; they are of a pale green, having ſeveral acute
indentures on their edges. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ſtalk upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks;
they are larger than thoſe of the common fort, and of
a pale yellow colour. Theſe are fucceeded by very
ſmall yellowiſh berries which ripen in the autumn,
when the ſeaſon proves warm, but in cool moiſt ſum-
mers they feldom ripen here.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ſown upon a warm border about the latter end of
March, and when the plants come up, they ſhould
be thinned where they are too cloſe, and kept clean
from weeds till autumn, when they ſhould be tranf-
planted to the places where they are to remain, which
Thould be in a warm ſituation, where they will live
through the winter in mild ſeaſons, but are killed by
fevere froft if they are not ſcreened.
The feeds of the fourth fort were ſent me from Phi-
ladelphia by Dr. Benſil, who found the plants grow-
ing there naturally. This hath a perennial root com-
poſed of ſtrong fibres, from which ariſe two or three
hairy ſtalks about nine or ten inches high, dividing
into ſeveral branches which are garniſhed with oval
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a pale green and hairy, about
two inches and a half long, and an inch and a half
broad, having ſeveral acute indentures on their edges,
and ſtand alternately upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out from the ſide of the branches, at the
baſe of the foot-ſtalks of the leaves ; theſe have long
flender foot-ſtalks; the flowers have very ſhort tubes,
which are larger than in moſt of the ſpecies of this
ge-
nus'; they are of a ſulphur colour, with a dark purple
bottom. Theſe appear in July, and in warm ſeaſons
are ſucceeded by oval yellowiſh berries, which ripen
in the autumn.
This fort may be propagated by
ſeeds in the ſame way as the third, and the plants re-
quire the ſame treatment.
The fifth fort grows naturally at Curaſſao in the Weſt-
Indies. This hath a perennial creeping root, from
which ariſe ſeveral ſender ſtalks about a foot high,
which become ſomewhat ligneous, but ſeldom laſt
above two years, the leaves ſtanding alternately upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are about two inches long, and
an inch and a half broad. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ſtalk toward the top, ſtanding
upon ſhort fiender foct-ſtalks ; theſe are garniſhed
with oval downy petals, which are ſmall, of a ſulphur
colour, and have dark purple bottoms. They appear
in July and Auguſt, but are rarely ſucceeded by ber-
ries in England.
This is eaſily propagated by parting the roots in the
ſpring, but the plants are too tender to live through
the winter in England without artificial warmth, ſo
the pots ſhould be placed in a moderate warmth in
winter ; but during the months of July, Auguſt, and
September they may be placed in the open air in a
warm ſituation.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Crete, Sicily, and
Spain. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk near three
feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches which grow
erect, and are covered with a woolly down, garniſhed
with oval fpear-ſhaped leaves almoſt three inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle; they
are downy, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out in cluſters on the fide of the
branches; they are ſmall, of an herbaceous white
colour, fitting very cloſe to the branches, and are fuc-
ceeded by ſmall berries almoſt as large as thoſe of the
firſt fort, which when ripe are red. This flowers in
June and July, and the berries ripen in autumn.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which may be
ſown on a bed of light earth the beginning of April,
and when the plants are two or three inches high,
they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each planted
in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with earth out of a kitchen-
garden, and placed in the ſhade till they have taken
new root; then they may be removed to a ſheltered
ſituation, where they may remain till the beginning
of October; at which time they ſhould be removed
into the green-houſe, for the plants are too tender to
live through the winter in the open air, ſo they muſt
be treated like the other green-houſe plants, but
ſhould be ſparingly watered in winter. Theſe plants
will continue ſeveral years if they are not too tenderly
treated.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally at Malabar, and alſo
at the Cape of Good Hope. This riſes to the height
of five or fix feet, ſending out long flexible branches
covered with a gray bark, and garniſhed with oblong
oval leaves which are often placed oppoſite, and ſome-
times by threes round the branches, to which they fit
cloſe. The flowers are produced in cluſters at the
baſe of the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, they are ſmall,
and of an herbaceous yellow colour; theſe are fuc-
ceeded by round purpliſh berries having ten cells,
each including one ſeed. This plant flowers in July
and Auguft, but unleſs the ſeaſon is warm, the ber-
ries do not ripen in England.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants have
four leaves, they ihould be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-
bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the fun till they
have taken new root; then they ſhould have freſh air
admitted to them every day in warm weather to pre-
vent their drawing up weak, and ſhould be treated in
the ſame way as other exotic plants. When theſe
are grown three or four inches high, they ſhould be
carefully taken up, and each planted in a ſeparate
ſmall pot, filled with light loomy earth, and placed in
a frame upon an old hot-bed, ſhading them from the
fun till they have taken new root; then they ſhould
be gradually inured to bear the open air, into which
they ſhould be removed in July, and placed in a warm
ſituation, where they may remain till the end of Sep-
tember; then they ſhould be removed into ſhelter,
and the firſt, winter they ſhould be placed in a mode-
rate ftove; but when the plants have obtained ſtrength,
they will live through the winter in a good green-
houſe.
The eighth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun growing naturally at: Campeachy, from whence
he ſent the feeds to England. This hath a ſhrubby
ſtalk which riſes ten or twelve feet high, dividing to-
ward the top into ſeveral ſmall branches, covered with
a gray hairy bark, and garnished with oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves; thoſe on the lower part are placed alternately,
but toward the end of the branches they are oppoſite.
The lower leaves are from three to four inches long,
and two broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
both ends; they are of a pale green, and are downy.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks
toward the end of the branches, ſometimes one, and
at other times two are produced at the fame joint
oppoſite;
.
a

PHY
Ρ
PHY
ز
oppoſite; they ſtand upon ſhort nodding foot-ſtalks. Houſtoun at La Vera Cruz; this is an annual plant
The flowers are ſmall, of a pale dirty yellow colour, with a very branching hairy ftalk. The leaves are oval,
having purple bottons, theſe are fucceeded by ſmall
, acute-pointed, and indented like a faw on their edges;
ſpherical, red berries included in an oval, dark, purple the flowers are ſmall, and of a pale yellow colour;
bladder. It flowers in June and July, but unleſs the the fruit is round, as large as a Cherry, and of a yel-
ſeafon proves warm, there are no berries ſucceeding lowiſh green when ripe.
them.
The fourteenth fort was diſcovered at La Vera Cruz by
This may be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the ſame gentleman, this is an annual plant, with an
the laft-mentioned, and the plants require the ſame upright branching ſtalk near two feet high, garniſhed
treatment, but are not ſo hardy, therefore they muſt with oval leaves, indented on their edges like a faw.
be kept in a moderate ſtove in winter ; but in the They have long foot-ſtalks, and change to a purpliſh
middle of ſummer, they ſhould be placed in the open colour in the autumn.
The flowers are ſmall and
air in a ſheltered ſituation for about three months ; white, ftanding upon very long foot-ſtalks, and are
for if they are conſtantly kept in the ſtove, they will fucceeded by large berries almoſt as large, and of the
draw up weak, ſo will not fower. It may alſo be pro- ſhape of Heart-Cherries, of a yellowiſh green, with
pagated by cuttings, which, if planted in pots during
ſome purple ſtripes.
the ſpring and fummer months, and plunged into a The fifteenth fort was found by the fame gentleman,
gentle warmth, will take root freely, and may be growing naturally in the ſame country ; this is an an-
treated in the ſame way as is before directed for the nual plant, with a ſmooth, erect, branching ſtalk near
fixth fort.
three feet high, garniſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped,
The ninth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu- viſcous leaves, ſtanding on long foot-ſtalks. The
rally in Virginia. This branches out very wide cloſe flowers are of a pale yellow, and ſmall; theſe are
to the ground, and the branches frequently lie upon ſucceeded by large heart-ſhaped fruit, of a pale yellow
it; they are angular and full of joints, dividing again when ripe. The five laſt mentioned forts are propa-
into ſmaller branches, and are garniſhed with hairy gated by feeds in the ſame manner as the eleventh,
viſcous leaves, which are almoſt heart-ſhaped, ſtand- and the plants require the ſame treatment.
ing upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are about The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Peru, from
three inches long and almoſt two broad, having feve- whence the younger de Juſſieu ſent the feeds. This
ral acute indentures on their edges. The flowers are is an annual plant, riſing with a ſtrong, herbaceous,
produced on the fide of the branches upon ſhort, flen- angular ftalk four or five feet high, of a purpliſh co-
der, nodding foot-ftalks; they are of an herbaceous lour, dividing into ſeveral branches which are angu-
yellow colour with dark bottoms; theſe are fuc- lar, and ſpread out wide on every ſide; theſe are gar-
ceeded by large ſwelling bladders of a light green, niſhed with oblong leaves which are deeply ſinuated
incloſing berries as large as common Cherries, which on their fides, and are of a deep green. The foot-
are yellowiſh when ripe. This fort flowers in June ftalks of the flowers are ſhort, the empalement of
and July, and the berries ripen in the autumn.
the flower is large, bell-ſhaped, and deeply cut into
If the feeds of this fort are permitted to ſcatter, the five ſegments; the flower is large, of the open bell-
plants will come up in the ſpring, and require no ſhape, of a light blue colour, and is fucceeded by
other care but to thin them, and keep them clean berries about the ſize of common Cherries, incloſed
from weeds; or if the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring in a large ſwelling bladder, having five ſharp angles.
on a common border, the plants will riſe very well, It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn,
and need no other care.
which if permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up
The tenth fort is alſo an annual plant, which grows the following ſpring; or if the ſeeds are fown on a bed
naturally in the iſlands of the Weſt-Indies; this riſes of rich earth in the ſpring, the plants will riſe eaſily,
with an upright branching ſtalk from two to three and may be afterward tranſplanted to the borders of
feet high. The branches are ſmooth, angular, and the pleaſure-garden, where they muſt be allowed
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves ending in acute room, for if the ground is good, the plants will grow
points, which are ſharply indented on their edges. The
very large.
flowers come out toward the end of the branches up- Father Feuille, who firſt diſcovered this plant in
on fhort Nender foot-ſtalks ; they are very ſmall, of Peru, and has given a figure and deſcription of it,
a dirty white colour, and are ſucceeded by berries the recommends it greatly for its virtues, and ſays, the
fize of common Cherries, covered with an angular Indians make great uſe of its berries to bring away
bladder; they are of a yellowiſh colour when ripe. gravel, and to relieve perſons who have a ſtoppage
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown of urine, and gives the manner of uſing them ; which
on a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants come is, to bruiſe four or five of the berries either in com.
up and are a little advanced, they ſhould be planted mon water, or white wine, giving it to the patient to
on a freſh hot-bed to bring them forward, and treated drink, and the fucceſs is aſtoniſhing.
in the ſame way as the Capſicum. When they are PHYTOLACCA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 299. tab.
grown ſtrong, and are hardened to bear the open air, 154. Lin. Gen. Plant. 521. [This plant is ſo called
they may be tranſplanted with balls of earth to their of Outöv, a plant, and Lacca, a colour, becauſe a
roots into a warm border, obſerving to water and red coloured lacca is made thereof.] American Night-
ſhade them till they have taken root; after which ſhade.
they will require no other care, but to keep them clean
The CHARACTERS are,
from weeds.
The flower hath no petals according to ſome, or no empale-
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; ment according to others, for the cover of the parts of ge-
this is an annual plant with very branching ſtalks, neration being coloured, is by the latter termed petals ;
which ſeldom riſe above a foot high. The leaves are there are five of theſe which are roundiſh, concave, ſpread-
oval, of a deep green, and have long foot-Atalks; the ing open, and permanent. It has for the moſt part ten
flowers are ſmall, white, and ſtand upon ſhort foot- ſtamina which Spread open, and are the ſame length as the
ſtalks; the berries are fmall, and green when ripe. petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and ten compreſſed
The twelfth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- orbicular germen joined together on their inſide, but are
toun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz; this is a low divided on their ontſide, upon which fit ten very short
annual plant, with a very branching ſpreading ſtalk. Styles which are reflexed, and crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The
The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, downy, and have deep germen afterward turns to an orbiculer depreſſed berry,
indentures on their edges, which are oppoſite and re- with ten longitudinal deep furrows, having ten cells, each
gular like a winged leaf; the branches are ſmooth and containing a ſingle ſmooth ſeed.
angular; the flowers ſmall and white; the fruit is
This
genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
ſmall, and yellowiſh when ripe.
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
The thirteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. whoſe flowers have cen ftamina and ten ſtyles.
The
a

PHY
PHY
a
3
a
a
The Species are,
7. PHYTOLACCA (Vulgaris) fioribus decandris decagynis.
Hort. Clif. 117. Phytolacca with flowers having ten
ſtamina and ten ſtyles. Phytolacca Americana, majori
fructu. Tourn. Inſt. 229. American Nightſhade with
large fruit, commonly called Virginian Poke, or Porke Phyſic.
2. PHYTOLACCA (Mexicana) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, filo-
ribus feffilibus. Phytolacca with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
and flowers ſitting close to the ſtalks. Phytolacca Mexi-
cana, baccis feffilibus. Hort. Elth. 318. Mexican Phy-
tolacca, whoſe berries grow cloſe to the ſtalk.
3. PHYTOLACCA (Icofandra) fioribus icofandris decagy-
nis. Lin. Sp. 631. Phytolacca with mony ſtamina, which
are fixed to the receptacle. Phytolacca ſpicis forum
longiffimis, radice annuâ. tab. 207. Phytolacca with
the longejt ſpikes of flowers, and an anual root.
4. PHYTOLACCA (Dioica) floribus dioicis, caule arbo-
4
reo ramofa. Phytolacca with a tree-like ſtem, which has
male and female flowers on different plants.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, and alſo
in Spain and Portugal; this hath a very thick fleſhy
root, as large as a man's leg, divided into ſeveral
thick fleſhy fibres, which run deep in the ground.
When the roots are become large, they ſend out three
or four ſtalks, which are herbaceous, as large as a
good walking-ſtick, of a purple colour, and riſe the
height of fix or ſeven feet, dividing into many
branches at the top, garniſhed with leaves about five
inches long, and two inches and a half broad; they
are rounded at their baſe, but terminate in a point,
and are placed without order, having ihort foot-ſtalks;
they are of a deep green, and in the autumn change
to a purplish colour before they fall off. From the
joints of the branches and at their diviſions, come out
the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which are about five
inches long; the lower part is naked, but the upper
half ſuſtains a number of flowers ranged on each ſide
like common Currants. Each flower ſtands upon a
foot-ftalk half an inch long; the flowers have five
purpliſh petals, within which ſtand the ten ſtamina
and ſtyles. After the flowers are faded, the germen
turns to a depreſſed berry with ten furrows, having
ten cells, filled with ſmooth ſeeds. It flowers in July
and Auguft, and in warm ſeaſons the berries ripen in
It may be propagated by fowing the ſeeds in the
ſpring upon a bed of light earth, and when the plants
come up, they ſhould be tranſplanted into the bor-
ders of large gardens, allowing them fpace to grow,
for they muſt not be planted too near other plants, left
they overbear and deſtroy them, as they grow to be
very large, eſpecially if the ſoil is good. When they
have taken root, they will require no farther care but
only to clear them from weeds, and in the autumn
they will produce their flowers and fruit; but when
the froſt comes on, it will cut down the ſtems of theſe
plants which conſtantly decay in the winter, but their
roots will abide in the ground, and come up again the
ſucceeding ſpring
The roots of this plant will continue many years, ef-
pecially if they are planted in a dry foil, for wet in win-
ter ſtanding about the roots will cauſe them to rot; and
ſometimes the froſt in very ſevere winters will kill
them, if the ſurface of the ground is not covered with
mulch, but in our ordinary winters they are never
injured.
Parkinſon ſays, that the inhabitants of North Ame-
rica make uſe of the juice of the root as a familiar
purge; two ſpoonfuls of the juice will work ſtrongly.
Of late there have been ſome quacks, who pretend to
cure cancers with this herb, but I have not met with
one inſtance of its having been ſerviceable in that dif-
order. The inhabitants of North America boil the
young ſhoots of this plant, and eat it like Spinach.
The juice of the berries ſtain paper and linen of a
beautiful purple colour, but it will not laſt long. If
there could be a method of fixing the dye, it might
be very uſeful.
The vignerons in Portugal, for many years made uſe
of the juice of the berries of this plant to mix with
their red port wines when they made it, which gave a
deep colour to the wine; and when there was too much
of this juice added, it gave a very diſagreeable taſte to
the wine ; and complaint of this practice having been
communicated to his Portugueſe Majeſty, he gave or-
ders that the ſtems of the Phytolacca ſhould be cut
down and deſtroyed before they produced berries, to
prevent the uſe of this juice for the future, in order
to gain a better reputation to the wine of that country.
Some of this unmixed wine I have drank, and found
it much more palatable and lighter than any port
wine I had ever before taſted, but whether this is
ſtill continued in that country, I cannot ſay.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Spaniſh Weſt-
Indies; the late Dr. Houſtoun found it growing in
great plenty at La Vera Cruz, where the inhabitants
conſtantly uſed it for their table. This plant is bien-
nial, ſeldom continuing longer than two years; and
when it flowers and produces plenty of feeds the firſt
year, the plants frequently die before the following
ſpring. This hath an herbaceous ſtalk about two
feet high, about the ſize of a man's finger, dividing
at the top into two or three ſhort branches, garniſhed
with ovalſpear-ſhaped leaves near fix inches long, and
almoſt three broad, drawing to a point at each end;
they have a ſtrong longitudinal midrib, and ſeveral
tranſverſe veins running from that to the ſides, of a
deep green, and have foot-ſtalks an inch and a half
long, placed without order on the ſtalk. The foot-
ſtalks of the flowers come out from the ſide of the
branches oppoſite to the leaves, they are ſeven or
eight inches long; the lower part, about two inches
in length, is naked; the remaining part is garniſhed
with white flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which
are white, having a bluſh of purple in the middle,
each being cut into five ſegments almoſt to the bot-
tom, and have from eight to fourteen ſtamina, and
ten ſtyles in each flower, which are ſucceeded by flat
berries, having ten deep furrows divided into ſo many
cells, each containing one or two ſmooth feeds. This
flowers in July and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen late
in the autumn.
The third ſort grows naturally in Malabar, from
whence I received the feeds; this plant is annual, al-
ways periſhing ſoon after it has perfected feeds, ſo that
in this particular it differs greatly from the firſt; this
riſes with an herbaceous ftalk from two to three feet
high, which has ſeveral longitudinal furrows, and
changes the latter part of ſummer to a purpliſh colour.
It divides at the top into three or four branches, gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves fix or ſeven inches
long, and almoſt three broad in the middle, drawing
to a point at each end; they are of a deep green,
and have ſhort foot-ſtalks; ſometimes they ſtand al-
ternately, at others they are placed oppoſite, and are
frequently oblique to the foot-ſtalk. The foot-ſtalks
of the flowers come out from the fide of the branches
oppofite to the leaves, they are nine or ten inches
long, the lower part being naked as in the other forts,
but this is much ſhorter than the other ſpecies; the
other part is garniſhed with larger flowers than thoſe
of the other forts; they are white on their inſide, of
an herbaceous colour on their edges, and purpliſh on
their outſide, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; theſe
have not always the ſame number of ſtamina, fome
of them have but eight, and others nine or eleven,
which are terminated by roundiſh ſummits. Theſe
flowers are ſucceeded by orbicular, compreſſed, ſoft
berries divided by deep furrows on their outſide into
ten cells, each containing one ſmooth ſhining black
ſeed; the racemus of flowers is very narrow at the
top, where it is commonly inclined. This flowers in
,
July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in the autumn,
ſoon after which the plant decays.
The berries of this ſort are very ſucculent, and their
juice ftains paper and linen of a beautiful purple co-
lour, but it is not permanent.
Theſe two forts are not ſo hardy as the firſt, ſo their
ſeeds ſhould be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in the
ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they
fhould
autumn.
a

PIE
PIL
3
و
a
ſhould be tranſplanted to another hot-bed to bring from this plant, and the flowers of it have eight ita
them forward, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun mina as Plumier has repreſented it.
till they have taken new root; after which they ſhould The SPECIES are,
be treated in the ſame way as other tender exotic 1. PIERCEA (Glabra) foliis ovato-lanceolatis glabris.
plants, and the beginning of July they may be tranf- Piercea with oval, Spear-fhaped, ſmooth leaves. Sola-
planted out upon a warm border, or into pots filled noides Americana, circææ foliis glabris. Tourn. A&t.
with light rich earth, and ſhaded from the ſun till Par. 1706. American Solanoides with ſmooth Enchanters
they have taken new root; after which they will re- Nightſhade leaves.
quire to be duly watered in dry weather, and kept 2. Piercea (Tomentoja) foliis cordatis pubeſcentibus.
clean from weeds. As theſe plants perfect their feeds Piercea with heart-fbaped downy leaves. Solanoides Ame-
every autumn, they may be eaſily preſerved.
ricana circææ foliis canefcentibus. Tourn. Act. Par.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Mexico, from 1706. American Solanoides with hoory leaves like En-
whence the feeds were ſent to Paris ſome years paſt, chanters Nightſhade.
and they have been ſent to Spain many years ſince ; Theſe plants grow naturally in moſt of the iſlands in
for there are growing in ſome of the gardens, ſeveral the Weſt-Indies, but the firſt is the moſt common
trees which are now upward of twenty feet high ; and there. This riſes with a ſlender herbaceous ſtalk three
I have been credibly informed, there are ſome of the or four feet high, and by age becomes a little ligneous
trees which produce male, and others female flowers at the bottom. It divides into many branches which
only; but as the plant in the Chelſea Garden has not are herbaceous, and have angles; theſe are garniſhed
as yet produced any flowers which have opened per- with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves near four inches long,
fectly, ſo I cannot from my own obſervations deter- and two broad in the middle; they are of a bright
mine this.
green, and have flender foot-ſtalks an inch and a
The plant hath a ſtrong woody ſtem as large as a
half broad. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out
man's leg, which ſends out many irregular branches, from the ſide of the branches, at the baſe of the
garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves fix inches foot-ítalks of the leaves, they are from four to five
long, and almoſt three broad, having large midribs, inches long, ſuſtaining a great number of ſmall white
which are of a purple colour when the leaves are fully flowers, ranged along the upper part on both ſides.
grown; the flowers are produced at the baſe of the Theſe are fucceeded by ſmall red berries full of a red
foot-ſtalks of the leaves, in a racemus like thoſe of juice, inclofing one hard feed of the ſame form.
the other ſpecies; but as thoſe on the plant in the There is a ſucceſſion of flowers upon this plant moſt
Chelſea Garden were produced late in the ſeaſon, ſo part of the year, which are ſucceeded by berries ri-
they dropped off before they opened.
pening after each other, ſo that the plants are ſeldom
This ſpecies may be propagated by cuttings during deftitute of them; and although the flowers make buc
the ſummer months, which ſhould be planted in pots a ſmall appearance, yet the long bunches of bright red
filled with light earth and plunged into a moderate berries, hanging on all the branches great part of the
hot-bed, covering the pots with hand-glaſſes to ex- year, have a fine effect.
clude the air from the cuttings, and duly ſhading The ſecond fort grows taller than the firſt, and the
them from the ſun; in about five or fix weeks they branches grow more erect; the leaves are ſmaller,
will put out roots, when they may be each planted heart-ſhaped, and covered with ſhort hairy down;
into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged into the bed the ſpikes of flowers are not ſo long, and the flowers
again, ſhading them daily till they have taken new are not fo cloſely placed together, and have longer
root; then they ſhould be gradually inured to the open
foot-ſtalks. This continues flowering and producing
air, where they may remain till the end of Septem- ripe fruit in the ſame manner as the other, moſt part of
ber, when they muſt be removed into a moderate ſtove
for the winter ſeaſon, for they will not live through Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
the winter in a green-houſe, unleſs it is a very warm ſown ſoon after they are ripe, for if they are kept long
out of the ground they ſeldom grow the ſame year.
PIERCE A. Solanoides. Tourn. Act. Par. 1706. They ſhould be fown in pots filled with light earth,
The CHARACTERS are,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed ; and when the
The flower has no petols; the empalement which incloſes plants come up, they ſhould be kept clean from weeds,
the parts of generation is compoſed of four oblong, oval, and gently watered as the earth becomes dry. When
coloured leaves, which are by ſome called petals. It hath the plants are two inches high, they ſhould be each
four ſtamina, which ſtand erect and cloſe together, termi- planted in a ſmall halfpenny pot filled with light earth,
nated by ſmall ſummits. In the center is ſituated a large and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, obſerving to
roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by on fhade them till they have taken new root; after which
obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh they muſt be treated in the ſame way as other exotic
berry fitting upon the reflexed empalement, having one cell
, plants, by admitting freſh air to them daily, according
incloſing a rough feed of the ſame form.
to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and giving them water
I have taken the freedom of inſcribing this genus of as often as they require it. When the plants have
plants to his Grace the Duke of Northumberland, obtained ſtrength, they ſhould.be removed into the
who is not only a great encourager of botanical ſtu- Itove, and may be placed on ſhelves, and there they
dies, but greatly ſkilled in the ſcience himſelf.
muſt conſtantly remain, for they are too tender to
Tournefort firſt placed this with the Phytolacca, mak- thrive in the open air in England in the warmeſt part
ing it a ſpecies of that genus ; but as the flowers of
Phytolacca have five petals or leaves to the empale- The juice of the berries of theſe plants will ſtain pa-
ment, and ten ſtamina, and the flowers of this have
per and linen of a bright red colour, and I have made
but four petals and eight ſtamina, and the berries of many experiments with it to colour flowers, which have
Phytolacca have ten cells, and theſe have but
one,
fo fucceeded extremely well; theſe were made in the
they could not with propriety be joined together ; following manner. I preſſed out the juice of the ber-
therefore upon mature conſideration Tournefort con- ries, and mixed it with common water, putting it into a
stituted a new genus of it, by the title of Solanoides, phial, ſhaking it well together for fome time, till the
and publiſhed the characters in the Memoirs of the
water was thoroughly tinged ; then I cut off the flowers
Academy of Sciences for the year 1706; but as all which were juſt fully blown, and placed their ſtalks
thoſe titles of plants which end with oides, have been into the phial, and in one night the Aowers have been
by later botaniſts changed, ſo I ſhall join this to the finely variegated with red. The flowers which I made
firſt ſection of Linnæus's eighth claſs, who has ſup- the experiments on were the Tuberoſe and the double
poſed this to be the ſame with Plumier's Rivinia, fo white Narciſſus.
he has applied that title to this plant, and believed PILOSELLA. See HIERACIUM,
Plumier was miſtaken when he drew eight ſtamina to
the flower ; but Plumier's Rivinia is totally different
PIM-
a
the year.
one.
3
of the year.
3
ΤΟ Κ

PI M
PIM
و
a
PIMPINELL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 328. Tragoſe-
linum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 309. tab. 163. Burnet
Saxifrage; in French, Boucage.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath an umbellated flower ; the principal umbel is com-
poſed of many rays or ſmaller umbels ; neither of theſe
have any involucrums, and the empalements are ſcarce viſi-
ble; the greater umbel is uniform. The flowers have five
beart-ſhaped inflexed petals, which are nearly equal, and
five ſtamina which are longer than the petals, terminated
by roundiſ ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the
flower, ſupporting two ſhort ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtig-
mas. The
germen afterward becomes an oblong oval fruit,
divided in two parts, containing two oblong ſeeds, plain on
the inſide and convex on the other, and furrowed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are.
1. PIMPINELLA (Major) foliis pinnatis, foliolis cordatis
ſerratis, ſummis fimplicibus trifidis. Burnet Saxifrage
with winged leaves near the root, having heart-ſhaped
Jawed lobes, and ſingle three-pointed leaves at the top of
the Stalk. Tragoſelinum majus, umbellà candidă.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 309. Greater Burnet Saxifrage with
a white-umbel.
2. PIMPINELLA (Saxifraga) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ra-
dicalibus fubrotundis, fummis linearibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 263. Burnet Saxifrage with winged leaves, thoſe
at the bottom having lobes which are roundiſh, but thoſe at
the top linear. Tragoſelinum alterum majus. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 309. Another greater Burnet Saxifrage.
3. PIMPINELLA (Hircino) foliis pinnatis, foliolis radica-
libus pinnatifidis, ſummis linearibus trifidis. Burnet
Saxifrage with winged leaves, whoſe lobes of the bottom
leaves are wing-pointed, and the upper ones linear and tri-
fid. Tragoſelinum minus. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. Les-
fer Burnet Saxifrage.
4. PIMPINELLA (Nigre) foliis pinnatis hirſutis, foliolis
radicalibus cordatis inzqualiter ferratis, fummis line-
aribus quinquefidis. Burnet Saxifrage with hairy winged
leaves, whoſe lobes of the bottom leaves are heart-ſhaped,
unequal ond ſawed, the upper ones linear and five-pointed.
Tragoſelinum radice nigrâ Germanicum. Juffieu.
Hort. Chelſ. Cat. 100. German Burnet Saxifrage with a
black root.
5. PIMPINELLA (Auftriaca) foliis pinnatis lucidis foli-
olis radicalibus lanceolatis, pinnato ferratis, ſummis li-
nearibus pinnatifidis. Burnet Saxifrage with shining
winged leaves, the lobes of whoſe bottom leaves are Spear-
Soped and ſawed, and the upper ones linear and wing-
pointed. Tragoſelinum Auftriacum maximum, foliis
profundiffimè inciſis. Boerh. Hort. Chelſ. Cat. 100.
Largeſt Burnet Saxifrage of Auſtria, whoſe leaves are
deeply cut.
6. PIMPINELLA (Peregrina) foliis radicalibus pinnatis
crenatis, ſummis cuneiformibus inciſis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 164. Burnet Saxifrage, whoſe lower leaves are
winged and indented on their edges, and the upper ones
wedge-ſhoped and cut. Apium peregrinum foliis ſub-
rotundis. C. B. P. 153. Foreign Parſley with roundiſh
leaves.
7. PIMPINELLA (Anijum) foliis radicalibus trifidis incifis.
7
Lin. Sp. Plant. 264. Pimpinel with trifid cut lower
leaves. Aniſum vulgare. Cluf. Hift. 2. p. 202. Com-
mon Aniſe.
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods, and on the
fide of banks near hedges in ſeveral parts of Eng-
land, eſpecially upon chalky land. The lower leaves
of this fort are wing-ſhaped, compoſed of three pair
of heart-ſhaped lobes, and terminated by an odd one;
they are ſharply ſawed on their edges, and fit cloſe
to the midrib. The lower lobes which are the largeſt,
are near two inches long, and one and a half broad
at their baſe, and are of a dark green. The ſtalks
are more than a foot high, dividing into four or five
branching foot-ſtalks; the lower part of the ſtalk is
garniſhed with winged leaves, ſhaped like thoſe at
the bottom, but ſmaller ; thoſe upon the branches
are fhort and trifid; the branches are terminated by
ſmall umbels of white flowers, which are compoſed of
ſmaller umbels or rays. The fowers have five heart-
ſhaped petals which turn inward, and are fucceeded
by two narrow, oblong, channelled feeds. It flowers
in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. There is a
variety of this with red flowers, which is frequently
found among the other, and riſes from the ſame feed.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in dry paſtures in
many parts of England; the lower leaves of this are
compoſed of four pair of lcbes, terminated by an
odd one; theſe are roundiſh; thoſe on the lower part
of the leaf are about half an inch long, and the fame
breadth; they are indented on their edges; the ſtalks
riſe near a foot high, ſending out three or four flen-
der branches, which are garniſhed with very narrow
leaves. The umbels of fowers are ſmaller than thoie
of the firſt, as are alſo the flowers and ſeeds. It flowers
about the ſame time.
The third fort grows naturally in dry gravelly paf-
tures in ſeveral parts of England; the lower leaves of
this fort have five or fix pair of lobes terminated by
an odd one, which are deeply cut almoſt to their mid-
rib in form of wings. The ſtalks are flender, and
riſe about a foot high, ſending out a few ſmall
branches, which have a narrow trifid leaf placed at each
joint, and are terminated by ſmall umbels of white
Aowers, compoſed of ſeveral rays ſtanding upon pretty
long foot-ftalks. The flowers are ſmall, and appear
at the ſame time with the former.
The feeds of the fourth fort were fent me from Paris
by Dr. Bernard de Juſſieu. The lower leaves of this
fort are compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of lobes termi-
nated by an odd one; theſe are heart-ſhaped, almoſt
two inches long, and one and a half broad near their
baſe; they are hairy, and of a pale green. The ſtalk
riſes near two feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches,
which have one narrow five-pointed leaf at each joint,
and are terminated with umbels of white flowers like
thoſe of the firſt fort.
The feeds of the fifth fort I gathered in Dr. Boer-
haave's private garden near Leyden; the ſynonime
applied to it was the title he gave me for it, and he
told me he had received the ſeeds of it from Auſtria.
The lower leaves have five pair of lobes terminated
by an odd one; theſe are placed at a wider diſtance
from each other than thoſe of the other forts; they
are near two inches long, and three quarters of an
inch broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end, and are deeply cut in regular jags oppoſite, in
form of a winged leaf ; they are of a lucid green, and
have long foot-ftalks. The ſtalks riſe two feet high,
dividing at the top into two or three ſlender branches,
garniſhed at each joint with one wing-pointed narrow
leaf. The umbels of flowers are very like the firſt.
All theſe forts have perennial roots; they are propa-
gated by ſeeds, which, if fown in the autumn, will
more certainly ſucceed than when they are fown in
the ſpring. When the plants come up, they will re-
quire no other culture but to thin them when they are
too cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds; the fe-
cond year they will flower and produce ripe feeds, and
the roots will abide fome years, and continue to pro-
duce flowers and feeds, if they grow in poor land.
The firſt fort is directed for medicinal uſe, but the
herbwomen either bring the third fort to market for
it, or what is worſe, ſubſtitute Burnet and Meadow
Saxifrage in its ſtead. It enters the pulvis ari com-
poſitis, and is eſteemed good for the gravel.
The laſt fort is the common Aniſe : this is an annual
plant, which grows naturally in Egypt, but is cultivated
in Malta and Spain, from which countries the feeds
are annually brought to England.. From theſe feeds
there is a diſtilled water, and an oil drawn for medi-
cinal uſe. The paſtry-cocks alſo make great uſe of
theſe feeds in ſeveral of their compofitions, to give
them an aromatic taſte and ſmell. The lower leaves
are divided into three lobes, which are deeply cut on
their edges; the ſtalk riſes a foot and a half high,
dividing into ſeveral Nender branches, which are gar-
niſhed with narrow leaves, cut into three or four nare
a
3
row

PIN
PIN
3
row ſegments, and are terminated by pretty large 9. Pinus (Virginiana) foliis geminis brevioribus, conis
looſe umbels, compoſed of many ſmaller umbels or vis, ſquamis acutis. Pine-tree with two sporter leaves
rays, which ſtand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The in each ſheath, and ſmall comes with acute ſcales. Pinus
fiowers are ſmall, and of a yellowith white; the feeds Virginiana foliis binis brevioribus & craffioribus fetis,
are oblong and ſwelling. It flowers in July, and if the minori cono fingulis ſquamarum capitibus aculeo do-
ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds will ripen in autumn. natis. Pluk. Alm. 297. Virginian Pine with two ſhorter
The ſeeds of this ihould be fown the beginning of and thicker leaves in each beath, and a ſmaller cone with
April upon a warm border, where the plants are to each ſcale ending in a prickle, commonly called Jerſey Pine.
remain ; when they come up, they ſhould be thinned, 10. Pinus (Rigida) folis ternis, conis longioribus ſqua-
and kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture mis rigidioribus. Pine-tree with three leaves, and longer
this plant requires, but is too tender to be cultivated conés having rigid ſcales, commonly called three-leaved
in England for profit.
Virginian Pine.
PINASTER. See Pinus.
II. Pinus (Teda) foliis longioribus tenuioribus ternis,
PINGUICULA, Butterwort.
conis maximis laxis. Pine-tree with three longer nar-
This plant is found growing upon bogs in many rower leaves, and the largeſt loose cones. Pinus Virgi-
parts of England, but is never cultivated in gardens, niana tenuifolia tripilis, ic. ternis plerumque ex uno fo-
ſo I lhall paſs it over with barely mentioning it.
liculo fetis ſtrobilis majoribus Pluk. Alm. 297. Vir-
PINUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 585. tab. 355. Raii ginian Pine-tree with three narrow leaves in each feath,
Meth. Plant, 138. Lin. Gen. Plant. 956. The Pine- and larger cones, called the Frankincenſe-tree.
tree; in French, Pin.
12. Pinus (Echinoia) Virginiana prælongis foliis tenui-
The CHARACTERS are,
oribus, cono echinato gracili. Pluk. Alm. 297. Virgi-
The male flowers are collected in a ſcaly conical bunch ; nian Pine with longer and narrower leaves, and a ſender
they have no petals, but many framina, which are connected prickly cone, called three-leaved Baſtard Pine.
at their baſe, but divide at the top, terminated by ere&t 13. Pinus (Strobus) foliis quinis fcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
fummits; theſe are included in the ſcales, which ſupply 1001. Pine-tree with five rough leaves in each Sheath,
the want of petals and empalement. The female flowers commonly called Lord Weymouth's Pine.
are colle&ted in a common oval cone, and stand at a dif-14. PINUS (Paluſtris) foliis ternis longiſſimis. Pine-tree
tance from the male on the ſame tree. Under each ſcale with the longeſt leaves growing by threes out of each
of the cone is produced two flowers, which have no petals, Seath. Pinus Americana paluſtris trifolia, foliis lon-
but a ſmall germen ſupporting an owl-Shaped Style, crowned giffimis. Du Hamel. Three-leaved, Marſh, American
by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an ob- Pine with the longeſt leaves.
long oval nut, crowned with a wing, included in the rigid There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus in Ame-
ſcale of the cone.
rica, which have not been ſufficiently examined to
This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſectien aſcertain their differences, and it is probable fome of
of Linnæus's twenty-fourth claſs, which includes the the European kinds, which are now ſuppoſed to be
plants with male and female flowers on the ſame plant, only varieties of the forts here enumerated, may be
whoſe ftamina are joined in one body; to this genus he diſtinct ſpecies ; but as I have had no opportunities
adds the Larix and Abies of Tournefort.
of ſeeing them, ſo I have omitted them here.
The SPECIES are,
The firſt fort here enumerated is the Pineaſter, or
1. Pinus (Sylveſtris) foliis geminis primordialibus folita- wild Pine, which grows naturally in the mountains in
riis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 450. Pine-tree with two leaves Italy and the ſouth of France, where there are foreſts
in each ſheath, but the firſt leaves are ſingle. Pinus fyl- of theſe trees, which, if ſuffered to ſtand, grow to a
veftris. C. B. P. 491. The wild Pine, or Pineafter. large ſize ; but in Switzerland they are frequently cut
2. PINUS (Pinea) foliis geminis primordialibus folitariis into ſhingles for covering their houſes, and alſo for
ciliatis. Pine-tree with two gray leaves coming out of each making pitch ; and in the ſouth of France, the young
fbeath, and the firſt leaves ſingle. Pinus fativa. C.B. P. trees are cut for ſtakes to ſupport their Vines. This
490. The cultivated Pine-tree, commonly called the Stone grows to a large ſize; the branches extend on every
Pine.
fide to a conſiderable diſtance, and while the trees are
3. Pinus (Rubra) foliis geminis brevioribus glaucis, young, they are fully garniſhed with leaves, eſpecially
conis parvis mucronatis. Pine-tree with two Sorter where they are not ſo cloſe as to exclude the air from
gray leaves proceeding out of each fheath, and ſmell acute- thoſe within ; but as they advance in age, the branches
pointed cones. Pinus ſylveſtris foliis brevibus glaucis, appear naked, and all thoſe which are ſituated be-
conis parvis albentibus. Rail Syn. 2. 288. Wild Pine low become unlightly after years, for which reaſon
with shorter gray leaves, and ſmall whitiſh cones, called they have not been much in eſteem of late ; for as the
Scotch Fir or Pine.
wood of the Scotch Fir is much preferable to this,
4. PINUS (Tartarica) foliis geminis brevioribus latiuſcu- and the branches being generally better garniſhed with
lis glaucis, conis minimis. Pine-tree with two ſorter leaves, ſo the latter has been more generally propagated
broad leaves in each sheath which cre gray, and the than the former. The branches of this ſort grow at a
Smalleſt cones, commonly called Tartarian Pine.
wider diſtance than thoſe of the Scotch Pine, and are
5. PINUS (Montana) foliis fæpius ternis tenuioribus vi- more horizontal; the leaves are much larger, thicker,
ridibus, conis pyramidatis, iquamis obtuſis. Pine with and longer, and grow ſtrait, have a broad ſurface
three narrow green leaves often in each feath, and pyra- on their inſide, which has a furrow or channel running
midal cones with blunt ſcales. Pinus ſylveſtris montana longitudinally; they are of a darker green, and their
altera. C. B. P. 421. Another wild Mountain Pine, points are obtuſe. The cones of this are ſeven or
called Mugho.
eight inches long, pyramidal, and have pointed ſcales;
6. Pinus (Cembro) foliis quinis lævibus. H. Scan. 32. the ſeeds are oblong, a little flatted on their ſides,
Lin. Sp. Plant. 1000. Pine-free with five ſmooth leaves and have narrow wings on their tops.
in each feath. Pinus ſylveſtris montana tertia. C. B. The ſecond fort, which is generally called the Stone
P. 491. The third wild Mountain Pine, called Cembro. Pine, is very common in Italy; but I much doubt of
7. Pinus (Maritima) foliis geminis longioribus glabris, the country where it grows naturally, for fo far as I
conis longioribus tenuioribuſque. Pine-tree with two have been able to learn, there are none of theſe trees
longer ſmooth leaves in each neaih, end longer narrower growing in any part of Italy, but where they have
Pinus maritima fecunda. Tabern. Icon. 937. been planted, or where the feeds have ſcattered from
The ſecond maritime Pine.
planted trees, and I have frequently received the
8. Pinus (Halepenſis) foliis geminis tenuiffimis, conis feeds of a Pine from China, which were taken out of
obtufis, ramis patulis. Tab. 208. Pine-tree with two the cones fo like thoſe of this fort, as not to be dis-
narrow leaves in each ſheath, obtuſe cones, and ſpreading tinguiſhed from them; but theſe have never grown,
branches. Pinus Halepenfis, foliis tenuibus lætè viri- either by their being too old, or from their having
dibus. Rand. Hort. Chell. Cat. 158. Aleppo Pine with been taken out of the cones; for if the ſeeds of Pines
very narrow dark green leaves.
are kept in the cones, they will grow at ten or twelve
years
а
cones.

PIN Ν
PIN
nuts, which
3
و
years old; but when they are out of the cones, they
feldom grow well after two years, and ſome forts do
not grow after one year. The leaves of this are not
quite ſo long as thoſe of the former fort, and are of a
grayiſh or fea-green colour; the cones are not more
than five inches long, but are very thick, roundiſh, and
end in an obtuſe point; the ſcales of the cones are flat,
and the feeds are more than twice the ſize of thofe of
the former. The kernels of theſe are frequently ſerved
up in deſerts to the table during the winter ſeaſon in
Italy, and formerly they were uſed in medicine here,
but of late years the Piſtachia nuts have been gene-
rally ſubſtituted in lieu of them. The wood of this
tree is white, not fo full of reſin as many of the other
forts, ſo is never cultivated for its wood, but chiefly
for the beauty of its leaves and for the
are much eſteemed in the ſouth of France and in Italy.
The third fort is generally known here by the title of
Scotch Pine, from its growing naturally in the moun-
tains of Scotland, but it is common in moſt parts of
Europe; and Monf. du Hamel of the Royal Academy
of Sciences at Paris, mentions his having received
cones of this tree from St. Domingo in the Weſt-In-
dies, fo concludes that it grows indifferently in torrid,
frozen, and temperate zones. It is by John Bauhin
titled, Pinus ſylveſtris Genevenfis vulgaris ; ſo that it
grows commonly in the mountains near that city, and
ail through Denmark, Norway, and Sweden. The
wood of this tree is the red or yellow deal, which is
the moſt durable of any of the kinds yet known; the
leaves of this tree are much ſhorter than thoſe of the
former forts, and are broader, of a grayiſh colour,
and twiſted, growing two out of each ſheath ; the
cones are ſmall, pyramidal, and end in narrow points ;
they are of a light colour, and the feeds are ſmall.
This ſort grows well upon almoſt every foil; I have
planted numbers of the trees upon Peat-pits, where
they have made great progreſs. I have alſo planted
them in clay, where they have ſucceeded far beyond
expectation; and upon fand, gravel, and chalk, they
likewiſe thrive as well, but as they do not grow near
ſo faft upon gravel and fand as upon moiſt ground, ſo
the wood is much preferable ; for thoſe trees which
have been cut down upon moiſt foils, where they have
made the greateſt progreſs, when they have been fawn
out into boards, have not been valuable, the wood
has been white and of a looſe texture; whereas thoſe
which have grown upon dry gravelly ground, have
proved nearly equal to the beſt foreign deals; and I
doubt not but thoſe plantations which of late years
have been made of theſe trees, will, in the next age,
not only turn greatly to the advantage of their poffef-
fors, but alſo become a national benefit; therefore
this is the ſort which I would recommend to be culti-
vated on barren lands.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Tartary, from
whence I received the ſeeds. This hath a great re-
ſemblance to the Scotch Pine, but the leaves are
broader, ſhorter, and their points are more obtuſe;
they emit a ſtrong balſamic odour when bruiſed; the
cones of this are very ſmall, as are alſo the feeds, ſome
of which were black, and others white; but whether
they are from different trees or the ſame, I could not
learn ; for the ſeeds were taken out of the cones, but
in the parcel there was not one entire cone.
The fifth ſort grows naturally upon the mountains in
Switzerland ; this hath very narrow green leaves,
which grow ſometimes by pairs, and at others there
are three coming out of each ſheath; theſe generally
ſtand erect; the cones are of a middle ſize and pyra-
midal; the ſcales are flat, having each a ſmall obtuſe
riſing, but are very compact, till they are opened by
the warmth of the ſun the ſecond ſpring. The feeds
of this are much leſs than thoſe of the Pineafter, but
larger than thoſe of the Scotch Pine.
The fixth ſort grows naturally in Switzerland, and is
ſuppoſed to be the ſame as the Siberian, which I
greatly doubt ; for the cones of this are ſhort and
roundiſh, and the ſcales are cloſe, whereas thoſe of
the Siberian Pine are long and looſer ; the leaves have
a near reſemblance to each other, fo far as I have ob-
ſerved in the ſpecimens; but the plants which have
been raiſed from the Switzerland feeds, have made
much greater progreſs than thoſe from the Siberian
feeds, which can ſcarce be kept alive in England. The
leaves are long and narrow, finooth to the touch, of a
light green, and five of them come out from the fame
ſheath; the branches are cloſely garniſhed with them;
the cones are about three inches long, and the fcales
are pretty cloſe; the feeds are pretty large, and their
ſhells are eaſily broken.
The ſeventh fort grows in the maritime parts of Italy
and the ſouth of France ; this hath long fmooth
leaves, growing by pairs in each ſheath; the cones
are very long and fiender; the feeds are about the
fize of thoſe of the Pineafter.
The eighth fort grows naturally near Aleppo, and in
ſeveral other parts of Syria. This is a tree of mid-
dling growth in its native foil, and in England there
are none of any large ſize, for moſt of the plants
which were growing here before the year 1740, were
killed by the froſt that fevere winter, the two largeſt
which I have ſeen are growing at Goodwood in Suf-
fex, the ſeat of his Grace the Duke of Richmond ;
theſe had been tranſplanted thither the year before, fo
had ſcarce recovered their removal, and had made no
ſhoots that ſummer, therefore eſcaped much better
than thoſe plants which were in great vigour, moſt of
which were deſtroyed. This tree branches out on
every fide near the root; the branches at firſt grow ho-
rizontally, but turn their ends upward; their bark is
ſmooth, and of a dark gray colour. The leaves are
long and very narrow, of a dark green, and grow by
pairs in each ſheath; if they are bruiſed, they eric
a ſtrong reſinous odour. The cones come out from
the ſide of the branches; they are not much more
than half the length of thoſe of the Pineaſter, but are
full as large at their baſe; the ſcales are flatted, and
and the point of the cone obtuſe. The feeds are
much leſs than thoſe of the Pineafter, but of the fame
ſhape.
The ninth ſort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America; this never riſes to any great height, and is
the leaſt eſteemed in the country of all the forts. While
the plants are young, they make a pretty good ap-
pearance; but when they get to the height of le-
ven or eight feet, they become ragged and unſightly,
fo are not worth cultivating.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
parts of North America, where it riſes to a great
height; and ſo far as we can judge by the growth of
thoſe trees which are now here, it ſeems likely to be-
come a large tree in England. There are many of
them now growing in the noble plantation of ever-
green trees in his Grace the Duke of Bedford's park
at Wooburn, which are twenty feet high, though not
of many years ſtanding, and keep pace with the other
kinds of Pines and Firs in the ſame plantation. The
leaves of this are long, three generally ſtanding in
each fheath; the cones of this fort come out in cluí-
ters round the branches; they are as long as the cones
of the Pineafter, and have rigid ſcales; the ſeeds are
winged, and nearly as large as thoſe of the Pineafter.
The eleventh ſort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath very long narrow leaves, growing by threes
out of each ſheath; the cones are as large as thoſe of
the Stone Pine, but the ſcales are looſer, and the cones
more pointed. The ſcales of this open horizontally,
and diſcharge the ſeeds. This ſort was ſent over
from America to Mr. Ball of Exeter, and alſo to Dr.
Compton Biſhop of London, by the title of Frankin-
cenfe Pine.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; the cones
of this have been brought to England of late years,
by the title of Baſtard three-leaved Pine. The leaves
of this fort are long and narrow; ſometimes there are
three growing in each ſheath, and at others but two;
the cones are long, ſlender, and their ſcales terminate
in ſharp points; they are rather longer than thoſe of
the Pineafter, and not ſo thick.
The
a

PIN
PIN
و
و
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America, where it is called the white Pine. It
is one of the talleſt trees of all the ſpecies, often
growing a hundred feet high in thoſe countries, as I
have been credibly informed; the bark of this tree is
very ſmooth and delicate, eſpecially when young;
the leaves are long and ſlender, five growing out of
each ſheath , the branches are pretty cloſely garniſhed
with them, ſo make a fine appearance, the cones are
;
long, Nender, and very looſe, opening with the firſt
warmth of the ſpring, ſo that if they are not gathered
in winter, the ſcales open and let out the ſeeds. The
wood of this ſort is eſteemed for making maſts for
fhips ; it is in England titled Lord Weymouth's, or
New England Pine. As the wood of this tree was ge-
nerally thought of great ſervice to the navy, there was
a law made in the ninth year of Queen Anne for the
preſervation of the trees, and to encourage their growth
in America, and it is within forty years paſt theſe
trees began to be propagated in England in any
plenty, though there were ſome large trees of this
fort growing in two or three places long before, par-
ticularly at Lord Weymouth's, and Sir Wyndham
Knatchbull's in Kent; and it has been chiefly from the
feeds of the latter, that the much greater number of
theſe trees now in England have been raiſed; for al-
though there has annually been fome of the ſeeds
brought from America, yet theſe have been few in
compariſon to the produce of the trees in Kent; and
many of the trees which have been raiſed from the
ſeeds of thoſe trees, now produce plenty of good ſeeds,
particularly thoſe in the gardens of his late Grace the
Duke of Argyle at Whitton, which annually pro-
duce large quantities of cones, which his Grace did
moſt generouſly diftribute to all the curious.
This fort and the Scotch Pine, are the beſt worth cul-
tivating of all the kinds for the ſake of their wood;
the others may be planted for variety in parks, &c.
where they make a good appearance in winter, when
other trees are deſtitute of leaves.
All the forts of Pines are propagated by feeds, which
are produced in hard woody cones; the way to get
out their feeds is to lay the cones before a gentle fire,
which will cauſe the cells to open, and then the ſeeds
may be eaſily taken out. If the cones are kept entire,
the feeds will remain good for ſome years; ſo that the
fureſt way to preſerve them, is to let them remain in
the cones until the time for fowing the ſeeds ; if the
cones are kept in a warm place in ſummer, they will
open, and emit the feeds; but if they are not expoſed
to much heat, they will remain entire ſome years,
eſpecially thoſe which are cloſe and compact; and the
feeds which have been taken out of Cones of ſeven
years old, have grown very well, ſo that theſe may be
tranſported to any diſtance, provided the cones are
well ripened and properly put up:
The beſt time for fowing the ſeeds of Pines is about
the end of March, and when the ſeeds are fown, the
place ſhould be covered with nets to keep off birds,
Otherwiſe, when the plants begin to appear with the
huſk of the feed on their tops, the birds will pick off
the heads of the plants and deſtroy them.
Where the quantity of feeds to be ſown is not great,
it will be a good way to fow them either in boxes or
pots, filled with light loamy earth, which may be re-
moved from one ſituation to another, according to the
ſeaſon of the year, but if there is a large quantity of
the ſeeds, ſo as to require a good ſpace to receive
them, they ſhould be fown on an Eaſt or North-eaſt
border, where they may be ſcreened from the ſun,
whoſe heat is very injurious to theſe plants at their
firſt appearance above ground. Thoſe ſeeds which
are ſown in pots or boxes, ſhould alſo be placed in a
ſhady ſituation, but not under trees; and if they are
ſcreened from the fun with mats at the time when
the plants firſt come up, it will be a good method to
preferve them.
Moſt of the forts will come up in about fix or ſeven
weeks after they are fown, but the feeds of the Stone
or cultivated Pine, and two or three of the others,
whoſe ſhells are very hard, frequently lie in the ground
a whole
year,
ſo that when the plants do not come up
the firſt year, the ground ſhould not be diſturbed, but
kept clean from weeds, and the following ſpring the
plants will riſe. This frequently happens in dry ſea-
fons, and when they are fown in places a little too
much expoſed to the ſun. Therefore the ſureft me-
thod is, to ſoak the ſeeds in water twenty-four hours
before they are fown.
When the plants appear, they muſt be conſtantly kept
clean from weeds, and in very dry ſeafons, if they
are now and then gently refreſhed with water, it will
forward their growth, but this muſt be done with
great care and caution, for if they are haftily watered,
it will waſh the tender plants out of the ground, or
lay them down flat, which often rots their ſhanks; and
when this is too often repeated, it will have the fame
effect , ſo that unleſs it is judiciouſly performed, it will
be the beſt way to give them none, but only ſcreen
them from the fun.
If the plants come up too cloſe, it will be a good me-
thod to thin them gently about the beginning of July.
The plants which are drawn up may then be planted
on other beds which ſhould be prepared ready to re-
ceive them, for they ſhould be immediately planted
as they are drawn up, becauſe their tender roots are
foon dried and ſpoiled at this ſeaſon of the year. This
work ſhould be done (if poſſible) in cloudy or rainy
weather, and then the plants will draw out with bet-
ter roots, and will ſoon put out new fibres again; but
if the weather ſhould prove clear and dry, the plants
ſhould be ſhaded every day from the fun with mats,
and now and then gently refreſhed with water. In
drawing up the plants, there ſhould be great care taken
not to diſturb the roots of the plants left remaining in
the feed-beds, &c. fo that if the ground be hard, the
beds ſhould be well watered fome time before the
plants are thinned, to ſoften and looſen the earth;
and if after the plants are drawn out, the beds are
again gently watered to ſettle the earth to the roots of
the remaining plants, it will be of great ſervice to
them, but it muſt be done with great care, ſo as not
to walh out their roots, or lay down the plants. The
diſtance which ſhould be allowed theſe plants in the
new beds, is four or five inches row from row, and
three inches in the rows.
In theſe beds the plants may remain till the ſpring
twelve months after, by which time they will be fit
to tranſplant where they are to remain for good, for
the younger the plants are when planted out, the bet-
ter they will ſucceed, for although ſome forts will
bear tranſplanting at a much greater age, yet young
plants planted at the ſame time will in a few years
overtake the large ones, and ſoon outſtrip them in
their growth; and there is an advantage in planting
young, by ſaving the expence of ſtaking, and much
watering, which large plants require. I have ſeveral
times ſeen plantations of ſeveral forts of Pines, which
were made of plants fix or ſeven feet high, and at the
ſame time others of one foot high planted between
them, which in ten years were better trees than the
old ones, and much more vigorous in their growth;
but if the ground where they are deſigned to remain
cannot be prepared by the time before-mentioned, the
plants ſhould be planted out of the beds into a nurſery,
where they may remain two years, but not longer; for
it will be very hazardous removing theſe trees at a
greater age.
The beſt ſeaſon to tranſplant all the forts of Pines
is about the latter end of March or the beginning of
April, juſt before they begin to ſhoot; for although the
Scotch Pine, and ſome of the moſt hardy forts, may
be tranſplanted in winter, eſpecially when they are
growing in ſtrong land, where they may be taken
with balls of earth to their roots; yet this is what I
would not adviſe for common practice, having fre-
quently ſeen it attended with bad conſequences, but
thoſe which are removed in the ſpring rarely fail.
Where theſe trees are planted in expoſed ſituations,
they ſhould be put pretty cloſe together, that they may
ſhelter
3
a
IO I

PIN
PIN
3
ſhelter each other; and when they have grown a few
years, part of the plants may be cut down to give
room for the others to grow; but this muſt be gra-
dually performed, left by too much opening the plan-
tation at once, the air ſhould be let in among the re-
maining trees with too great violence, which will ſtop
their growth
Although theſe Evergreen-trees are by many perſons
deſpiſed on account of their dark green in fummer,
yet a proper mixture of theſe in large clumps make
a fine appearance about a ſeat in winter, and in ſum-
mer, by their contraſt with other trees, have no bad
effect in diverſifying the ſcene.
Wherever large plantations are deſigned to be made,
the beſt method will be to raiſe the plants either upon
a part of the ſame land, or as near to the place as
poſſible, and alſo upon the ſame fort of foil : a ſmall
piece of ground will be ſufficient to raiſe plants
enough for many acres, but, as the plants require
ſome care in their firſt raiſing, if the neighbouring
cottagers, who have many of them ſmall incloſures ad-
joining to their cottages, or where this is wanting, a
ſmall incloſure ſhould be made them for the purpoſe
of raiſing the plants, and they are furniſhed with the
feeds and directions for fowing them, and managing
the
young plants till they are fit for tranſplanting, the
women and children may be uſefully employed in this
work; and the proprietors of land agreeing with them
to take their plants when raiſed at a certain price, it
would be a great benefit to the poor ; and hereby they
would be engaged to have a regard for the planta-
tions when made, and prevent their being deſtroyed.
The Scotch Pine, as was before obſerved, being the
hardieſt of all the kinds, and the wood of it the moſt
uſeful, is the fort which beſt deſerves care. This will
thrive upon the moſt barren ſands, where ſcarce any
thing elſe except Heath and Furze will grow, ſo that
there are many thouſand acres of ſuch land lying con-
venient for water carriage, which at preſent is of lit-
tle benefit to any body, that might, by plantations of
theſe trees, become good eſtates to their proprietors,
and alſo a national benefit; and as the legiſlature
have taken this into their confideration, and already
paſſed ſome laws for the encouraging theſe plantations,
as alſo for their preſervation and ſecurity, ſo it may
be hoped that this will be undertaken by the gentle-
men who are poffefſed of ſuch lands in all the dif-
ferent parts of the kingdom with proper ſpirit; for
although they may not expect to receive much profit
from theſe plantations in their own time, yet their
ſucceſſors may with large intereſt; and the pleaſure
which thoſe growing trees will afford them, by beau-
tifying the preſent dreary parts of the country, will in
ſome meaſure recompenſe them for their trouble and
expence; and by creating employment for the poor, ,
leffen thoſe rates which are now ſo high in many parts
of England as ſcarce to be borne.
The expence of making theſe plantations is what moſt
people are afraid of, ſo would not engage in it; but the
greateſt of the expence is that of fencing them from
the cattle, &c. for the other is trifling, as there will be
no neceffity for preparing the ground to receive the
plants ; and the charge of planting an acre of land with
theſe plants will not be more than twenty or thirty
ſhillings where labour is dear, excluſive of the plants,
which may be valued at forty ſhillings more. I have
planted many acres of land with theſe trees, which
was covered with Heath and Furze, and have only
dug holes between to put in the plants, and afterward
laid the Heath or Furze which was cut, upon the
ſurface of the ground about their roots, to prevent
the ground drying, and few of the plants have failed.
Theſe plants were moſt of them four years old from
feed, nor was there any care taken to clean the ground
afterward, but the whole left to ſhift, and in five or
fix years the Pines have grown ſo well as to overpower
the Heath and Furze, and deſtroy it,
The diſtance which I have generally planted theſe
plants in all large open ſituations was about four feet,
but always irregular, avoiding planting in rows as
much as poſible, and in the planting, the great care
is not to take up the plants faſter than they can be
planted, ſo that ſome men have been employed in
digging up the plants while others were planting.
Thoſe who take up the plants muſt be looked after,
,
to ſee they do not tear off their roots or wound their
bark; and as faſt as they are taken up, their roots
1hould be covered to prevent their drying, and put
into their new quarters as ſoon as poffible. In planting
them, care ſhould be had to make the holes large
enough for their roots, as alſo to looſen and break the
clods of earth, and put the fineſt immediately about
their roots, then to ſettle the earth gently with the
foot to the roots of the plant. If theſe things are duly
obſerved, and a proper ſeaſon choſen for performing
it, there will be very little hazard of their ſucceeding;
but I have ſeen ſome plantations made with plants
which were brought from a great diſtance, and had
been ſo cloſely packed up as to cauſe a heat, whereby
moſt of the plants within had their leaves changed yel-
low, and few of them have grown, which has diſcou-
raged others from planting, not knowing the true
cauſe of their failure.
After the plantations are made, the only care they
require for five or fix years will be to ſecure the plants
from cattle, hares, and rabbits; for if theſe are ad-
mitted to them, they will make great deſtruction in
a ſhort time; for if the branches are gnawed by hares
or rabbits, it will greatly retard the growth of the
plants, if not deſtroy them.
In about five or ſix years after planting, the branches
of the young trees will have met, and begin to inter-
fere with each other, therefore they will require a
little pruning, but this muſt be done with great cau-
tion. The lower tier of branches only ſhould be cut
off; this ſhould be performed in September, at which
time there will be no danger of the wounds bleeding
too much, and the turpentine will harden over the
wounds as the ſeaſon grows cold, ſo will prevent the
wet from penetrating the wounds. Theſe branches
ſhould be cut off cloſe to the ſtem of the plants, and
care should be taken in doing this not to break any
of the remaining branches of the young trees. This
work ſhould be repeated every other year, at each
time taking off only the lower tier of branches; for
if the plants are much trimmed, it will greatly retard
their growth, as it does in general that of all trees;
but as theſe trees never put out any new ſhoots where
they are pruned, ſo they ſuffer more from amputa-
tion than thoſe which do.
In thoſe parts of France where they have foreſts of
theſe trees, the proprietors always give the faggots to
thoſe, who prune their young trees firſt, for their
labour, ſo it coſts them no money. At the ſecond
pruning the proprietor has one-third of the faggots,
and the dreſſers have the other two for their work,
and afterward the faggots are equally divided between
the workmen and proprietors, but there muſt be great
care taken that they do not cut off more than ſhould
be.
In about twelve or fourteen years theſe will require
no more pruning, for their upper branches will kill
thoſe below where they have not air; but foon after
this, if the plants have inade good progreſs, it may be
neceſſary to thin them ; but this ſhould be gradually
performed, beginning in the middle of the planta-
tion firſt, leaving the outſide cloſe to ſcreen thoſe
within from the cold, fo by degrees coming to them
at laft, whereby thoſe which were firſt thinned will
have had time to get ſtrength, ſo will not be in danger
of ſuffering from the adıniffion of cold air. When
theſe plantations are thinned, the trees ſhould not be
dug up, but their ſtems cut off cloſe to the ground,
for their roots never ſhoot again, but decay in the
earth, ſo there can no harm ariſe by leaving them,
and hereby the roots of the remaining plants are not
injured. The trees which are now cut will be fit for
many purpoſes; thoſe which are ftrait will make good
putlocks for the bricklayers, and ſerve for ſcaffolding
poles, ſo that there may be as much made by the
ſale

PIN
PIP
greater fize.
among ſnow.
ſale of theſe, as will defray the whole expence of the garniſhed with leaves, which are long, and of an
planting, and probably intereſt for the money into agreeable green, fo that in ſummer they have a beauty,
the bargain.
and in winter they make a better appearance than any
As the upright growth of theſe trees renders their of the forts. The wood of this tree is very uſeful,
wood the more valuable, they ſhould be left pretty eſpecially for maſts of ſhips, as the trees grow very
cloſe together, whereby they will draw each other up, tall and ſtrait, and are pliable, ſo do not break with
and grow very tall. I have ſeen ſome of theſe trees the wind, therefore the legiſlature thought proper to
growing, whoſe naked ſtems have been more than fe-
paſs a law for the preſervation and increaſe of theſe
venty feet high, and as ſtrait as a walking-cane, and trees in America, but as theſe trees will thrive in
from one of theſe trees there were as many boards England, they may be propagated in many places
ſawed, as laid the floor of a room near twenty feet where the ſoil is proper for them. This ſort grows
ſquare. If theſe trees are left eight feet aſunder each
beft upon a moiſt light ſoil, but it ſhould not be too
way, it will be ſufficient room for their growth; wet; it will alſo thrive on a loany ſoil, if it is not too
therefore if at the firſt thinning a fourth part of the much approaching to clay. The feeds of this fort
trees are taken away, the other may ſtand twelve or ſhould be fown with a little more care than thoſe of
fourteen years longer, by which time they will be of a the Scotch Pine, becauſe their ſtems are not ſo flrong,
fize for making ladders and ſtandards for ſcaffolding,
therefore are more apt to go off while young; fo if
and many other purpoſes, ſo that from this fale as theſe are ſown in the full ground, the bed ſhould be
much may be made, as not only to pay the remaining ſcreened with mats from the fun every day, but ex-
part of the expence of planting, if any ſhould be poſed to the dews every night. When the plants
wanting in the firſt, but rent for the land with in- come up, they ſhould be treated in the ſame way as
tereft, and the ſtanding trees for the fortunes of younger is before directed for the Scotch Pine; and if all the
children. This may be demonſtrated by figures, and plants of this kind are tranſplanted into beds in July,
there has been ſeveral examples of late years, where it will be a ſecure way to preſerve them; but as theſe
the profits have greatly exceeded what is here men- plants will grow faſter than thoſe of the Scotch Pine,
tioned.
they ſhould be planted farther afunder; their rows
The fifth fort is called in Switzerland Torch Pine ; ſhould be fix inches diſtant, and in the rows they
the peaſants there make uſe of the wood of this tree ſhould be four inches apart. This will allow them
inſtead of torches for burning. This tree grows to a room to grow till the ſpring twelvemonth following,
great height in its native foil, and is well furniſhed when they may be either tranſplanted where they are
with branches. The wood is pretty full of refin, and to remain, or into a nurſery, where they may ſtand
when firſt cut is of a reddiſh colour; this is uſed by two years to get ſtrength; but the fooner they are
the inhabitants in their buildings.
planted where they are to ſtand, the leſs danger there
The fixth fort of Pine makes but flow progreſs in will be of their fucceeding, and the larger they
England, unleſs upon the ſummits of the northern will grow ; for although they will bear tranſplanting
mountains, where upon the peaty moors, this and the
,
at a greater age, yet when they are planted young,
Siberian Pine are likely to ſucceed much better than they will make much greater progreſs, and grow to a
in
any
other
part
of Britain, for they naturally grow
The foil in which this ſort of tree thrives beſt is a ſoft
The eighth fort is never a large tree in its native hazel loam, not too wet, in which I have frequently
country, and in England it grows more like a ſhrub meaſured ſhoots of one year, which were two feet
than a tree, and is often greatly injured by cold in and a half long, and have for ſome years continued
winter, and by ſevere frofts fometimes killed, ſo that growing ſo much: they ſhould have a ſheltered fitu-
this is only kept for the ſake of variety in the Engliſh ation, for I have obſerved where the trees have been
gardens.
much expoſed to the South-weſt winds, they have not
The ninth and tenth forts are uſed indifferently by the made near fo great a progreſs as thoſe which grew in
inhabitants of North America for their buildings, and ſhelter; and where there have been plantations of theſe
the fame purpoſes as the other forts of Pine.
trees, thoſe on the outſide have not kept pace with
There are ſome varieties of theſe in America, if they the middle, nor have their leaves retained their ver-
are not diſtinct ſpecies. Some of them ripen their dure ſo well.
cones the firſt year, but others are two years, and The fourteenth fort grows naturally on ſwamps in
ſome three before they are ripe, but as theſe have not many parts of North America, where I have been in-
been well diſtinguiſhed by thoſe who refide in that formed they grow to the height of twenty-five or thirty
country, and there are few of the forts fo large in feet. Their leaves are a foot or more in length, grow-
England as to produce cones, ſo their differences can ing in tufts at the end of the branches, ſo have a fin-
not as yet be aſcertained.
gular appearance, but I have not heard the wood
The eleventh and twelfth forts I believe are indiffe- was of any uſe but for fuel ; and there are few places
rently called red Pine in North America, where their here where theſe plants do well, for in very fevere
wood is greatly eſteemed; the French at Canada froſts their leading ſhoots are often killed, and in
have built a fixty-gun fhip entirely of this wood, dry ground they will not thrive; ſo that unleſs the
called the Saint Laurent. I have had had a little of ſoil is adapted for them, it is to little purpoſe planting
this wood from America, which was very like that of them.
the Scotch Pine, but had rather more reſin. It may From the wild Pine or Pineaſter is procured the com-
not be amiſs to make trial of ſome of theſe forts in mon turpentine, which is chiefly uſed by the farriers,
plantations, to ſee which of them may deſerve to be and from it is diſtilled the oil of turpentine. The
propagated; for in ſome places where they are grow- finer and more valuable part, which comes firſt, is
ing they thrive very well, but theſe will not ſucceed called the ſpirit, what is left at the bottom of the
ſo well on dry land as on moiſt.
ſtill is the common refin.
The thirteenth fort is called the white Pine in moſt The kernels of the nuts of the manured or Stone
parts of North America ; of this I believe there are Pine are of a balſamic nouriſhing nature, good for
two varieties, if not diſtinct ſpecies ; but as they conſumptions, coughs, and hoarſeneſs, reſtorative,
have not been well examined by perſons of ſkill, we and of ſervice after long illneſs.
cannot take upon us to determine this, for Monſieur PIPER. Lin. Gen. Plant. 42. Saururus. Plum. Nov.
Gaultier's deſcription of one ſpecies is very different Gen. 51. tab. 12. Pepper, or Lizard's-tail.
from that of the Weymouth Pine, and yet he has The CHARACTERS are,
applied the title of white Pine to both.
The flowers are cloſely faſtened to a ſingle ſtalk, and
This fort deſerves to be propagated for its beauty, have no compleat sheath; theſe have no petals nor ſtamina,
which is fuperior to all the forts of Pines yet known but have two fummits oppoſite to the root of the germen,
in England. The bark of the young trees and the which are roundiſh; they have a large oval germen, but
branches are perfectly ſmooth; the branches are well no sigle, crowned by 6 prickly triple ſtigma. The
afterward
a
The gernen

PIP,
PIP
a
a
afterward becomes a roundiſha berry with one cell, contain-
ing one globular ſeed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have two male, and three female
parts
of generation
The SPECIES are,
1. PIPER (Obtuſifolium) foliis obovatis enerviis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 30. Pepper with obverſe oval leaves having no
veins. Saururus humilis, folio carnoſo, fubrotundo.
Plum. Cat. 51. Low Lizard's-tail with a seſbyroundiſh
leaf.
2. Piper (Pelucidum) foliis cordatis petiolatis, caule
herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 30. Pepper with heart-ſhaped
leaves having foot-ſtalks, and an herbaceous ſtalk. Pi-
per foliis cordatis, caule procumbente. Hort. Cliff. 6.
tab. 4. Pepper with heart-ſhaped leaves and a trailing ſtalk.
3. Piper (Amalago) folis lanceolato-ovatis quinquener-
viis rugoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with rough,
oval, Spear-ſhaped leaves having five veins. Saururus
foliis lanceolato-ovatis quinquenervis rugofis. Hort.
Cliff. 140. Lizard's-tail with rough, Spear-ſhaped, oval
leaves, having five veins.
4. PIPER (Humilis) foliis lanceolatis nervoſis rigidis ſef-
filibus. Pepper with ftif, Spear-ſhaped, veined leaves
ſitting cloſe to the branches. Piper longum humilius,
fructu è fummitate caulis prodeunte. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
45. Dwarf long Pepper, with the fruit coming out at the
end of the ſtolk.
5. PIPER (Peltatum) foliis peltatis orbiculato-cordatis
obtufis repandis, fpicis umbellatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 30.
.
Pepper with target-formed leaves which are orbicular,
beart-ſhaped, obtuſe, recurved, and have ſpikes growing
in umbels. Saururus arboreſcens, foliis amplis, rotun-
dis & umbilicatis. Plum. Cat. 51. Tree Lizard's-tail
with large, round, navel-Shaped leaves.
6. PIPER (Laurifolia) foliis lanceolato-ovatis nervofis,
fpicis brevibus. Pepper with Spear-ſhaped, oval, veined
leaves, and short ſpikes. Saururus fruteſcens, lauro-
,
ceraſi folio, fructu breviore & craffiore. Houſt. MSS.
Shrubby Lizard's-tail with a Lourel leof, and a ſporter
thicker fruit.
7. PIPER (Tomentoſum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis tomen-
tofis, caule arboreſcente. Pepper with oval, Spear-
Shaped, woolly leaves, and a tree-like ſtalk. Saururus
arboreſcens latifolia, villoſa fructu gracili. Houſt.
MSS. Broad-leaved, tree-like, hairy Lizard's-tail, with
a fender fruit.
8. Piper (Aduncum). foliis ovato-lanceolatis, nervis al-
ternis, fpicis uncinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with
ovel Spear-ſhaped leaves, having alternate veins and
crooked Spikes. Saururus arboreſcens fructu adunco.
Plum. Cat. 51. Lizard's-tail with a crooked fruit.
9. PIPER (Decumanum) foliis cordato-ovatis nervoſis
acuminatis, fpicis reflexis. Pepper with oval, heart-
Maped, nerved, acute-pointed leaves, and reflexed Spikes.
Saururus fruteſcens plantaginis folio ampliore, fructu
breviore & graciliore adunco. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby
Lizard's-tail with a larger Plantain leaf, and a ſorter
and fenderer crooked Spike.
10. PIPER (Siriboa) foliis cordatis ſubſeptinerviis ve-
noſis. Flor. Zeyl. 29. Pepper with heart-haped leaves
which are veined, and have almoſt ſeven nerves.
11. Piper (Reticulatum) foliis cordatis feptemnervis
reticulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with heart-ſhaped
netted leaves having ſeven veins. Saururus botryoites
major, foliis plantaginis
. Plum. Cat. 51. Greater Li-
zard's-tail with Plantain leaves.
12. Piper (Glabrum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis
glabris trinerviis. Pepper with oval, Spear-ſhaped, acute-
pointed, ſmooth leaves, having three veins. Saururus
racemoſus, ſeu botryides minor. Plum. Cat. 51. Small
branching, or cluſtered Lizard's-teil.
13. Piper (Racemoſum) foliis lanceolato-ovatis rugoſis,
nervis alternis. Pepper with Spear-ſhoped, oval, rough
leaves, having alternate veins. Saururus racemoſus,
ſeu botryites major. Plum. Cat. 51. Greater branching,
or cluſtered Lizard's-tail.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in many of the iſlands
in the Weſt Indies. This ſends out from the root
many fucculent herbaceous ſtalks almoſt as large as a
inan's little finger; they are jointed, and divide into
many branches, never riſing above a foot high, but
generally ſpread near the ground, putting out roots at
each joint, fo propagare very faſt, and foon cover a
large ſpace of ground. The leaves are very thick and
ſucculent; they are about three inches long and two
broad, very ſmooth and entire. The foot-ſtalk, which
-
ſuſtains the ſpike or tail, comes out at the end of the
branches; this is alſo very ſucculent, and the whole
length, including the ſpike, is about ſeven inches.
The ſpike is ftrait, erect, and about the ſize of a
gooſe-quill, cloſely covered with ſmall fowers which
require a glaſs to be diſtinguiſhed, fo have no beauty;
but the whole ſpike much reſembles the tail of a
lizard, for which Plumier gave it that title.
Theſe ſpikes appear great part of the year, but they
rarely have any feeds in England; the plants increaſe
very faſt by their ſtalks, which put out roots. It re-
quires a warm ſtove to preſerve it in England, and
ſhould have but little wet, eſpecially in winter. If
the plants are plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove,
the ſtalks will put out roots into the tan, ſo may be
cut off to make new plants.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies;
this is annual. The ſtalks are herbaceous and ſuccu-
lent; they riſe about ſeven or eight inches high;
the leaves are heart-ſhaped, an inch and a half long,
and three quarters of an inch broad; the ſpikes of
flowers come out at the end of the ſtalks ; they are
flender, about an inch long, and ſtrait; the flowers
are very ſmall, and fit cloſe to the foot-ſtalk. Theſe
appear in July, and are fucceeded by very ſmall ber-
ries, each containing a ſmall feed like duft. If there
ſeeds are permitted to ſcatter on the pots near it, the
plants will come up without trouble ; or if the feeds
are ſaved, and ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, the
plants will riſe eaſily. Theſe ſhould be tranſplanted
into ſeparate pots, and plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, treating them in the ſame way as other
tender plants, but they ſhould not have much wet.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica and Bar-
badoes. This hath ſeveral crooked ſtems, which rife
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, which are
jointed, hollow, and pithy; theſe divide into many
Îmall branches, which are garnihed with ſpear-shaped
oval leaves about three inches and a half long, and
one and a half broad; they are rough, and have five
longitudinal veins. The ſpikes come out at the end
of the branches; they are ſlender, and about three
inches long; theſe have many ſmall towers fitting
cloſe to the foot-ſtalk, which are ſucceeded by ſmall
berries.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica. The
ítalks of this are ſlender, and frequently trail upon
the ground, putting roots out from their joints like
the firſt; they are garniſhed with ftiff ſpear-ſhaped
leaves five inches long, and two broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end; they have one ſtrong
midrib, and on the backſide have ſeveral veins run-
ning from that to the ſides. The ſpike of flowers is
very ſlender, and about five inches long, ſhaped like
thoſe of the former forts.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this hath a
pretty thick ſpongy ſtalk which riſes fifteen feet high,
dividing into ſeveral branches which are jointed, and
pithy; the leaves are almoſt round; the foot-ſtalk is
faſtened to the under fide, ſo that the upper furface has
a mark like a navel where the ſtalk joins, and from
that center run out the veins to the fide. The leaves
are about a foot diameter; their lower part is in-
dented like a heart, but the other part is round, and
the ſtalk being fixed toward the middle, the leaves
have the appearance of a target. The ſpikes are ſmall,
and grow in form of an umbel.
The fixth ſort grows 'naturally at La Vera Cruz in
America. This hath ſhrubby jointed ſtalks which
riſe nine or ten feet high, dividing into ſmaller
branches, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped oval
leaves ſeven inches long, and three broad, ending
in
a

PIP
PIS
a
a
in acute points; they are veined and rough, of the This hath many ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe about ten
ſame conſiſtence with Laurel leaves. The ſpikes of feet high, and divide into ſeveral crooked branches
flowers come out from the ſide of the branch at the toward the top, which have ſwelling joints, and are
joints, oppoſite to the leaves; they are not more than garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves near four
one inch and a half long, about the thickneſs of a inches long, and two and a half broad, terminating
ſmall quill, and are cloſely ſet with flowers like the in acute points ; they are ſmooth, of a lucid green,
other forts.
and have three large veins running longitudinally; the
The ſeventh fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- middle or midrib being ſtrait, the two outer diverg-
toun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz. This hath ing toward the ſides in the middle of the leaf, but are
hollow pithy ſtalks, which riſe twelve or four- drawn together again at the point. The ſpikes come
teen feet high, dividing into many crooked branches out from the ſide of the ſtalks oppoſite to the leaves ;
having ſwelling joints, which are garniſhed with they are pretty long, lender, and a little incurved.
oval ſpear-ſlaaped leaves, about five inches long and The flowers and feeds are like the other ſpecies.
three broad, having many veins, and are covered with The thirteenth fort grows naturally at Campeachy;
a woolly down. The ſpikes of flowers come out from this hath a ſhrubby Italk, which riſes ten or twelve
the ſide of the branches oppoſite to the leaves; they feet high, dividing toward the top into a great num-
are ſlender, and about three inches long, turning ber of ſmall branches, which are hollow, and have
downward.
protuberant joints; they are garniſhed with ſpear-
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this hath Thaped, oval, rough leaves, about five inches long,
many hollow ſtalks, which riſe about five feet high; and two inches and a half broad; ſome of them have
the joints are pretty cloſe and protuberant; theſe di- long, and others very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are of a
-
vide into ſmaller branches, which are garniſhed with deep green on their upper fide, but pale on their un-
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ſeven inches long and three der, ending in acute points. The ſpikes come our
broad in the middle ; they are rough and veined, the from the ſide of the ſtalks, oppoſite to the leaves;
veins coming out alternately from the midrib, diverg- they are long and ſlender, and are cloſely ſet with
ing to the ſides, and join the borders of the leaf at very ſmall flowers like the other ſpecies.
the top. The ſpikes of flowers come out from the The eleven laſt-mentioned forts are abiding plants,
ſide of the branches, oppoſite to the leaves; they are which require a warm ſtove to preſerve them in Eng-
fiender, five inches long, and are incurved; theſe are land. They may be propagated by ſeeds, if they can
cloſely ſet with ſmall flowers their whole length. be procured freſh from the countries where the plants
This is called Spaniſh Elder in the Weſt-Indies. grow naturally; theſe ſhould be fown upon a good
The ninth fort was ſent me from Carthagena by the hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants come up
late Dr. William Houſtoun; this riſes with ſeveral and are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould be each put into
ſhrubby ſtalks fifteen feet high, dividing into many a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light freſh earth, and
flender branches with protuberant joints, which are plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, ſhading them
garniſhed with heart-ſhaped oval leaves, five inches every day from the fun till they have taken freſh
long and three broad, ending in acute points; they root; then they muſt be treated in the ſame way as
are ſmooth, and at their baſe have five veins, but the other tender exotic plants, admitting freſh air to them
two outer join the borders of the leaves foon; the daily in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon, to
other three run to the top, the middle one in a right prevent their drawing up weak; and when the nights
line; the two fide veins diverge, and join together at are cold, the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be covered
the top ; the leaves are of a dark green on their upper with mats to keep them warm. As the ſtalks of moſt
fide, but pale on their under. The ſpikes of flowers of theſe plants are tender when young, ſo they ſhould
come out from the ſide of the branches; they are ex- not have much wet, which would rot them; and when
tremely ſlender, an inch and a half long, and are re- water is given to them it muſt be with caution, not to
flexed at the end like a ſcorpion's tail.
beat down the plants; for when that is done, they
The tenth fort was ſent me by Mr. Robert Millar
ſeldom riſe again.
from Panama, near which place it grows naturally. In autumn the plants muſt be plunged into the tan-bed
This hath hollow ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe about four of the bark-ſtove, and during the winter they muſt be
feet high, and divide into many ſmall branches, which ſparingly watered; they require the ſame warmth as
are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves about five the Coffee-tree. In the ſummer they require a large
inches long, and four broad near their baſe, ending in ſhare of fresh air in hot weather, but they muſt be
long acute points; theſe have ſeven veins at their conſtantly kept in the ſtove, for they are too tender to
baſe, but the two outer foon diverge to the borders of bear the inclemency of our weather in ſummer.
the leaves, and unite with them, the other five are PISCIDIA. Lin. Gen. 856. Piſcipula. Loef. It. 275,
,
extended almoſt to the length of the leaves, diverging
The CHARACTERS are,
from the midrib toward the ſides, and unite toward The flower is of the butterfly kind; the empalement is of
the top. The ſpikes come out from the ſide of the one leaf, indented in five parts; the ſiandard is riſing,
branches; they are ſlender, and about four inches long, and indented at the end; the wings are as long as the
bending in the middle like a bow, and are cloſely fet ſtandard, the keel is moon-ſhaped and riſing. It hath ten
with ſmall herbaceous Powers, which are fucceeded ſtamina covered with a heath at bottom, which opens at
by Imall berries, incloſing a ſmall ſingle ſeed.
the top ; theſe are terminated by oblong ſummits: the ger-
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this men is linear and compreſſed, ſupporting a narrow riſing
riles with a ſhrubby pithy ſtalk about five feet high, Style crowned by a pointed ſtigma. This becomes a nar-
ſending out ſeveral fide branches which have protu- row pod, having four longitudinal borders with one cell, and
berant joints, and are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped between each iſthmus have one cylindrical ſeed.
leaves fix inches long and five broad near their baſe. This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
They have five veins which ariſe from the foot-ſtalk, of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, intitled Diadelphia
the middle one going in a direct line to the point; the Decandria, the flowers having ten ſtamina in two
two-ſide veins diverge toward the edges of the leaves bodies.
in the middle, but approach again at the top; the The SPECIES are,
ſurface of the leaves is full of finall veins, which 1. PISCIDIA (Erythrina) foliolis ovatis. Jacq. Amer. 27.
form a ſort of net-work. The ſpikes come out from Piſcidia with oval leaves. Coral arbor polyphylla, non
the ſide of the branches oppoſite to the leaves; they ſpinoſa, fraxini folio, filiquis alis foliaceis extantibus
are ſlender, and about five inches long, a little bend- rotæ molendinaria fluviatilis acuta. Sloan. Hift. 2.
ing in the middle, and are cloſely ſet with very ſmall p. 39. Dogwood-tree.
herbaceous flowers.
2. Piscidia (Carthaginienſis) foliolis obovatis. Jacq.
The twelfth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from Amer. 27. Piſcidia with oblong oval leaves. Phaſeolis
whence it was ſent me by the late Dr. Houſtoun. accedens Coral arbor polyphyllos, foliis durioribus
a
a
و
a
10 M
non

-PIS
PIS
a
non ſpinoſa. Pluk. Alm. 293. tab. 214. f. 4. Dog- different ſpecies, I ſhall therefore give ſhort deſcrip-
wood-free with oblong oval leaves.
tions of each.
The firſt fort grows plentifully in Jamaica, where it The male plants have ſtalks as thick as a man's arm,
riſes with a ſtem to the height of twenty-five feet or which riſe ten or twelve feet high; the bark is of a
more, which is almoſt as large as a man's body,
dark brown colour, and ſmooth; theſe ſend out ma-
covered with a light coloured ſmooth bark, and ny branches by pairs oppoſite, which are much
ſending out ſeveral branches at the top without order; stronger than thoſe of the female, ſo do not hang
theſe are garniſhed with winged leaves, whoſe pinnæ about fo looſe. They are garniſhed with obverſe,
or lobes are oval; there are generally ſeven in each oval, ſtiff leaves, an inch and a half long, and an
leaf; theſe are about two inches long, and one and a inch and a quarter broad, ſtanding oppoſite on ſhort
half broad, placed for the moſt part oppoſite, and
foot-ftalks. From the fide of the branches come out
terminated by an odd lobe; the flowers are of the but- ſhort curſons or ſpurs, like thoſe of the Pear-tree, hav-
terfly kind, of a dirty white colour, and are ſucceeded ing each two pair of ſmall leaves at bottom, and from
by oblong pods, which have four longitudinal wings, the top comes out the foot-ſtalk of the flowers which is
and are jointed between the cells which contain the flender, about half an inch long, dividing at the top into
feeds.
three ; each of theſe fuſtain a ſmall corymbus of herba-
The negroes in the Weſt-Indies make uſe of the bark ceous yellow flowers, each having five ſtamina ftanding
of this tree to catch fiſh, which, if thrown into the out beyond the petal, terminated by obtuſe ſummits.
water will intoxicate the fiſh, and cauſe them to riſe The ſtalks of the female plants are not ſo ſtrong as
to the ſurface of the water, and turn upon their backs, thoſe of the male, ſo require ſupport. Theſe riſe
ſo are eaſily caught ; but this intoxication is not of eighteen or twenty feet high, fending out ſlender weak
long continuance, nor has it been known to give any branches oppoſite, which are armed with ſhort, ſtrong,
bad quality to the fish.
hooked ſpines, and garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves,
The ſecond ſort is alſo a native of the Weſt-Indies; it about an inch and three quarters broad; theſe ſtand
differs from the firſt in the ſhape and conſiſtence of oppoſite on the larger branches, but on the ſmaller
the leaves, which are more oblong, and of a firmer they are alternate, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks. The
texture than thoſe of the firſt, but in other reſpects flowers are produced in ſmall bunches at the end of
they are very ſimilar.
the branches, fitting upon the germen; they are
Both forts are eaſily propagated by feeds, when they ſhaped like thoſe of the male, but have no ftamina ;
can be obtained freſh from the countries where they in the center is ſituated a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned
naturally grow, for in Europe theſe plants do rarely by five ſpreading ſtigmas. The germen afterward
flower, there are plants now in the Chelſea Garden turns to a channelled, five-cornered, glutinous cap-
which are more than twenty years old, and if they had fule, armed with ſmall crooked ſpines, each contain-
not been two or three times ſhortened, would have ing one oblong, oval, ſmooth feed.
been more than twenty-five feet high, yet have not Theſe plants are very common in the favannas, and
attempted to flower though they are in perfect health. other low places in the iſland of Jamaica, as alſo in
The feeds muſt be ſown upon a good hot-bed in the ſeveral other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it is
ſpring, and when the plants come up and are fit to very troubleſome to whoever paſſes through the
tranſplant, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall places of their growth, faſtening themſelves by their
pot filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed Itrong crooked thorns to the clothes of the perſons ;
of tanners bark, and afterward treated in the ſame way and their feeds being glutinous and burry, alſo faften
as hath been directed for the ERYTHRINA, to which themſelves to whatever touches them; fo that the
article the reader is deſired to turn, to avoid repetition. wings of the ground-doves and other birds, are often
PISONIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 7. tab. 11. Lin. Gen.
fo loaded with the ſeeds, as to prevent their flying,
Plant. 984. Fingrigo, vulgò.
by which means they become an eaſy prey.
The CHARACTERS are,
In Europe this plant is preſerved in the gardens of
The male flowers grow upon different plants from the ſome curious perſons for variety ; it is propagated by
fruit. The male flowers have a ſmall erect empalement, ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light
cut into five acute points. The flowers are funnel-ſhaped, rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
the tube is bort; the brim is expanded, and cut into five bark; and when the plants come up, they ſhould
acute parts , they have five awl-ſhaped ſtamina which be tranſplanted into ſeparate pots, and plunged into
are longer than the petal, terminated by obtuſe ſummits. the hot-bed again, where they may remain till Mi-
-The female flowers have empalements like the male, and chaelmas, when they ſhould be removed into the
the flowers are of the ſame form; they fit upon the ger- ftove, and plunged into the bark-bed, and treated in
men, wbich is ſituated under the receptacle, ſupporting a the ſame manner as hath been directed for ſeveral ten-
cylindrical ſtyle longer than the petal, crowned by five ob- der plants of the ſame country; obſerving in hot
long ſpreading ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to weather to give them plenty of water, but in winter
an oval capſule having five angles and one cell, containing they ſhould have it more ſparingly. They are too
one ſmooth, oblong, oval ſeed.
tender to thrive in the open air of this country at any
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of ſeaſon of the year, wherefore they ſhould be conſtantly
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe kept in the ſtove. They retain their leaves moſt part
plants whoſe male and female flowers are upon dif- of the year in England.
ferent plants, and the female flowers have five ftigmas PISTACIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 982. Terebinthus,
or ſtyles.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 579. tab. 345. Lentiſcus. Tourn.
We have but one SPECIES at preſent in England, Inft. R. H. 580. Turpentine-tree, Piſtachia-nut, and
viz.
Maſtick-tree.
Pisonia (Aculeata) fpinis axillaribus patentiſſimis. Lin.
The CHARACTERS are,
Sp. Plant. 1511. Prickly Pifonia, called Fingrigo in the The male and female flowers grow upon ſeparate trees ;
Weft-Indies. Piſonia aculeata, fructu glutinofo & ra- the male flowers are diſpoſed in loose ſparſed katkins, hau-
cemoſo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 7. Prickly Pifonia with a ing ſmall ſcales with one flower; theſe have ſmall five-
glutinous branching fruit.
pointed empolements, but no petals ; they have five ſmall
The title of this genus was given by Father Plu- ſtamina, terminated by oval, four-cornered, erect fummits.
mier, in honour of Dr. William Piſo, who pub- The female flowers have ſmall trifid empalements, but no
liſhed a Natural Hiſtory of Braſil. The name of petals; they have each a large oval germen, ſupporting
Fingrigo is what the inhabitants of Jamaica know three refiexed ſtyles, crowned by thick prickly ſtigmas. The
it by
germen afterward turns to a dry berry or nut, incloping an
The male piants differ fo much in appearance from oval ſmooth feed.
the female, that thoſe who have not ſeen them riſe This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
from the ſame ſeeds, would ſuppoſe they were Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe
plants
a

PIS
PIS
a
a
plants which have male and female flowers on ſepa-
rate plants, whoſe female flowers have three ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. PISTACIA (Terebinthus) foliis impari pinnatis, folio-
lis fubovato recurvis. Lin. Mat. Med. 454. Sp.
Plant. 145. Piſtachio with unequal winged leaves, whoſe
lobes cre ſomewhat oval and recurved. Terebinthus In-
dica Theophraſti piſtacia Diofcoridis. Adv. 413. The
Piſtachia-trée.
2. PISTACIA (Trifolia) foliis fubternatis. Hort. Cliff.
456. Piſtacia with trifoliate leaves. Terebinthus, ſeu
piſtacia trifolia. Tourn. Inft. 580. Three-leaved Tur-
pentine, or Piſtachia-tree.
3. PISTACIA (Narbonenſis) foliis pinnatis ternatiſque,
ſuborbiculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1025. Piſtachia with
winged and trifoliate leaves, which are almoſt round.
Terebinthus peregrina, fructu majore, piſtaciis fimili,
eduli. C. B. P. 400. Tourn. Inft. 579. Foreign Tur-
pentine-tree, with e large eatable fruit like Piſtachia.
4. PISTACIA (Verc) foliis impari pinnatis, foliolis
ovato-lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 456. Piſtachia with un-
equal winged leaves, whoſe lobes are oval and Spear-
maped. Terebinthus vulgaris. C. B. P. 400. The
common Turpentine-tree.
5. PISTACIA (Lentiſcus) foliis abruptè pinnatis, foliolis
lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 456. Piſtachia with abrupt
winged leaves, and narrow Spear-ſhaped lobes. Lentif-
cus vulgaris. C. B. P. 399. Common Moſtick-tree.
6. PISTACIA (Maſilienſis) foliis abruptè pinnatis, folio-
lis lineari lanceolatis. Piſtachia with abrupt winged
leaves, and narrow ſpear-ſhaped lobes. Lentiſcus anguf-
tifolia Maffilienſis. H. R. Par. Narrow-leaved Moftick-
tree of Marſeilles.
7. PISTACIA (Americana) foliis impari pinnatis, foliolis
lanceolato-ovatis acuminatis. Piſtachia with unequal
winged leaves, whoſe lobes are Spear-shaped, ovel, and
acute-pointed. Terebinthus piſtaciæ fučtu non eduli.
Plum. Cat. 17. Turpentine-tree with a fruit like the
Piſtachia, which is not eatable.
8. PISTACIA (Simaruba) foliis pinnatis deciduis, foliolis
oblongo ovatis. Piftachia with winged deciduous leaves,
having oblong oval lobes. Terebinthus major, betulæ
cortice, fructu triangulari. Sloan. Hilt. Jam. 2. p.
89. tab. 199. Greater Turpentine-tree with a bark like
the Birch-tree, and a triangular fruit, commonly called
Birch-tree in Jamaica.
The firſt fort is the Piſtachia-nut-tree, whoſe fruit is
much better known in England than the tree. This
grows naturally in Arabia, Perſia, and Syria, from
whence the nuts are generally brought to Europe. In
thoſe countries it grows to the height of twenty-five
or thirty feet; the bark of the ſtem and old branches
are of a dark ruffet colour, but that of the young
branches is of a light brown; theſe are garniſhed with
winged leaves, compoſed ſometimes of two, and at
others of three pair of lobes, terminated by an odd
one; theſe lobes approach toward an oval ſhape, and
their edges turn backward; if theſe are bruiſed, they
emit an odour like the ſhell of the nut. Some of
theſe trees produce male flowers, others have female,
and fome, when old, have both on the ſame tree. The
male flowers come out from the ſide of the branches,
in looſe bunches or katkins; they are of an herbaceous
colour, having no petals, but have each five ſmall
framina, crowned by large four-cornered ſummits
filled with farina ; when that is diſcharged, the flowers
fall off. The female flowers come out upon different
trees in cluſters from the ſide of the branches; theſe
have no petals, but have each a large oval germen,
ſupporting three reflexed ſtyles; theſe are ſucceeded
by oval nuts. This tree flowers in April, but the
fruit never ripens in England. It is propagated by
the nuts, which ſhould be planted in pots filled
with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed to bring up the plants ; when theſe
appear, they ſhould have a large ſhare of air ad-
mitted to them, to prevent their drawing up weak ;
and by degrees they muſt be hardened to bear the
open air, to which they ſhould be expoſed the be-
ginning of June, and may remain abroad till autumn,
when they ſhould be placed under a hot-bed frame to
ſcreen them from the froſt in winter; for while they
are young, they are too tender to live through the
winter in England without protection, but they
fhould always be expoſed to the air in mild weather ;
theſe plants ſhed their leaves in autumn, ſo ſhould
not have much wet in winter, and in the ſpring, be-
fore the plants begin to ſhoot, they muſt be tranſ-
planted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot; and if they
are plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, it will for-
ward their putting out new roots; but as ſoon as they
begin to ſhoot, they muſt be gradually hardened, and
placed abroad again ; theſe plants may be kept in
pots three or four years till they have got ſtrength,
during which time they ſhould be ſheltered in win-
ter; and afterward they may be turned out of the
pots, and planted in the full ground, fome againſt
high walls to a warm aſpect, and others in a ſheltered
ſituation, where they will bear the cold of our ordi-
nary winters very well, but in ſevere froſts they are
often deſtroyed. The trees flower and produce fruit
in England, but the ſummers are not warm enough to
ripen the nuts.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sicily and the Le-
vant, where it is a tree of a middling ſize, covered
with a rough brown bark, and dividing into many
branches, which are garniſhed with leaves, which for
the moſt part have three, but ſome have four oval
lobes; they ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, and are of
a dark green colour. The male flowers grow upon
different trees from the female, and are like thoſe of
the former fort, but are of a yellowiſh green colour.
The female flowers of this ſort I have not ſeen, fo can
give no account of them; theſe are ſucceeded by fruit
like that of the former, but are much ſmaller. This
is propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the for-
mer, and the plants ſhould be treated in the ſame way,
but require more protection in winter. There were fé-
veral plants of this kind in the Engliſh gardens before
the year 1740, which had lived abroad ſome years
againſt walls, but that ſevere winter killed moſt of
them.
The third fort grows in Italy and the South of
France, but is ſuppoſed to have been tranſplanted
there from ſome other country. This is a tree of a
middling fize, covered with a light gray bark, ſend-
ing out many fide branches, which are garniſhed with
leaves which have ſometimes five, and at others but
three roundiſh lobes, which ſtand upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks, and are of a light green colour. The
male flowers grow upon feparate trees from the
fruit, as in the other forts; the fruit of this is ſmall,
but eatable. This is propagated by nuts in the ſame
way as the firſt, and the plants are equally hardy.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Barbary, and alſo
in Spain, Italy, and the Levant. This is a tree of
middling fize, covered with a brown bark, and di-
viding into many branches, whoſe bark is very ſmooth
while young, garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed
of three or four pair of oval ſpear-ſhaped lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one. The flowers are male and
female on different trees, as the foriner: the male
flowers of this have purpliſh ftamina; they appear in
April, but I have not ſeen any of the female trees in
flower. This is propagated by ſeeds, but unleſs they
are fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, they ſel-
dom grow the firſt year, but remain in the ground a
whole year; and unleſs the ſeeds are taken from ſuch
trees as grow near the male, the ſeeds will not grow,
as I have feveral times experienced.
The plants of this fort may be treated in the ſame
manner as the firſt, and are as hardy. There is a tree
of this ſort now growing in the gardens of the Biſhop
of London at Fulham, againſt a wall, which was
planted there above fifty years ago, and has endured
the winters without cover; and ſome trees of this
kind which were planted in the open air, in the gar-
den of his Grace the Duke of Richmond at Good-
wood in Suflex, had ſurvived ſeveral winters without
any protection. From theſe trees the common tur-
pentine

PIS
PIS
а
true.
a
a
pentine of the ſhops was formerly taken, but there and is about the ſize of a middling Pea, having a dark
is little of that now imported, but that from ſome of ſkin covering a nut about the ſize of a common Cher-
the cone-bearing trees is generally ſubſtituted for it. ry-ſtone, and of the ſame colour.
The fifth fort is the common Maſtick-tree, which is Theſe two trees are tender, ſo will not thrive in this
better known in the gardens by its Latin title of Len- country, unleſs they are kept in a warm ſtove. They
tiſcus. This grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, and are propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be taken from
Italy, and being evergreen, the plants have been pre- ſuch trees as grow in the neighbourhood of the males,
ſerved in the Engliſh gardens to adorn the green- otherwiſe they will not grow, as I have too often found
houſe in winter. This in its native countries riſes to
Theſe ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light
the height of eighteen or twenty feet, covered with a earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners
gray bark, ſending out many branches, which have a bark; and when the plants are come up fit to re-
reddiſh brown bark, and are garniſhed with winged move, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall
leaves, compoſed of three or four pair of ſmall ſpear- pot, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, treating them
ſhaped lobes, without an odd one at the end. The in the ſame way as the other tender plants from the
midrib which fuftains the lobes, has two narrow bor- ſame countries, and in the autumn they ſhould be re-
ders or wings, running from lobe to lobe; theſe lobes moved into the ſtove, plunging the pots into the tan-
are of a lucid green on their upper fide, but pale on bed ; and during the winter they muſt have but little
their under. The male flowers come out in looſe water, eſpecially if they caſt their leaves, which is
cluſters from the ſides of the branches; they are of generally the caſe after the firſt winter ; for the young
an herbaceous colour, appearing in May, and ſoon plants generally retain their leaves the whole year,
fall off. Theſe are generally upon different plants but afterward they are deftitute of leaves for two
from the fruit, which alſo grows in cluſters, and are months, in the latter part of the winter. Theſe plants
ſmall berries, of a black colour when ripe.
ſhould conſtantly remain in the ſtove, but in warm
The plants of this fort are generally propagated by weather they muſt have a large ſhare of air admitted
laying down of their young branches, which, if pro- to them.
perly managed, will put out roots in one year, and PISUM. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 394. tab. 215. Lin.
may then be cut off from the old plants, and each Gen. Plant. 779. [Some are of opinion, that this
tranſplanted into ſeparate ſmall pots. Theſe muſt be plant takes its name from the city Pifa, where it an-
Theltered in winter, and in ſummer placed abroad in ciently grew in plenty; others derive it from décev,
a ſheltered ſituation, and treated in the ſame way as which comes from wittw, to fall; becauſe, if this
other hardy kinds of green-houſe plants. It may al- plant be not ſupported, it will fall to the ground.}
ſo be propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the Tur- Pea; in French, Pois.
pentine-tree ; but if the ſeeds are not taken from trees
The CHARACTERS are,
growing in the neighbourhood of the male, they will The flower bath a one-leaved permanent empalement cut
not grow; and if they are kept out of the ground into five points, the two upper being broadeſt ; it bath four
till ſpring, the plants rarely appear till the ſpring fol- petals, and is of the butterfly kind. The ſtandard is broad,
lowing. When theſe plants have obtained ſtrength, heart-ſhaped, reflexed, and indented, ending in a point. The
ſome of them may be turned out of the pots, and two wings are ſhorter, roundiſh, and cloſe together ; the
planted againſt warm walls; where, if their branches keel is compreſſed, moon-ſhaped, and ſhorter than the wings.
are trained againſt the walls, they will endure the It hath ten ſtamina in two bodies, the upper ſingle one is
ordinary winters very well, and with a little ſhelter in plain and awl-ſhaped, the other nine are cylindrical below
ſevere winters they may be preſerved.
the middle, awl-ſhaped above and cut; theſe are joined
The fixth ſort grows naturally about Marſeilles, and together, and are terminated by roundiſ ſummits. It has an
in ſome other places in the South of France, where it oblong compreſſed germen, with a triangular riſing ſtyle,
riſes to the ſame height as the former from which crowned by a hairy oblong ftigma. The germen afterward
it differs, in having one or two pair of lobes more on becomes a large, long, taper pod, terminated by a ſharp
each leaf, and the lobes are much narrower, and of a riſing point, opening with two volves, having one row of
paler colour. This difference holds in the plants roundiſh ſeeds.
which are propagated by feeds, ſo may be pronounced This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
a diſtinct ſpecies. It is propagated in the ſame way Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
as the former fort, and is equally hardy.
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in many of the bodies.
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes to a middling
The SPECIES are,
ftature, dividing into many branches, which are co- 1. Pisum (Sativum) ftipulis infernè rotundatis crenatis,
vered with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with winged petiolis teretibus, pedunculis multifloris. Hort. Upſal.
leaves, compoſed of two or three pair of ſpear-ſhaped, 215. Pea whoſe lower ftipula are roundiſh and indented,
oval, acute-pointed lobes, terminated by an odd one; with taper foot-ſtalks bearing many flowers. Pifum
theſe are an inch and three quarters long, and near an hortenſe majus, flore fructuque albo. C. B. P. 342.
inch broad, running out in acute points ; they are very
Greater Garden Pea with a white flower and fruit.
thin and tender, and have long foot-ſtalks. The male 2. Pisum (Humile) caule erecto ramoſo, foliis bijugatis,
flowers come out at the end of the branches; they are foliolis rotundioribus. Pea with an ereEt branching ſtalk,
diſpoſed in a ſingle racemus (or long bunch) about and leaves having two pair of round lobes. Piſum hu-
three inches long; they are of a purpliſh colour, and mile, caule firmo. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 394. Dwarf Pea
have yellow ſummits. The fruit grows upon ſeparate with a firm ſtalk.
trees from the male flowers ; they are ſhaped like the 3. Pisum (Umbellatum) ftipulis quadrifidis acutis, pe-
nuts of Piſtachia, but are ſmaller and not eatable. This dunculis multifloris terminalibus. Pea with four-
was ſent me by Dr. Creſſy from Antigua.
pointed acute ſtipule, and foot-ſtalks bearing many flowers,
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo which terminate the ſtalks. Piſum umbellatum. C.B.P.
in moſt of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where 342. The Roſe or Crown Pea.
it riſes to the height of thirty or forty feet, covered | 4. PISUM (Maritimum) petiolis fuprà planiuſculis, caule
with a looſe brown bark, which falls off in large pieces; angulato, ftipulis fagittatis, pedunculis multifloris.
the ſtems are large, and divide into many branches to- Flor. Suec. 608. Pea with foot-fialks which are plain
ward the top, which are crooked and unlightly ; theſe on their upper fide, an angular ſtalk, crrow-pointed ſti-
are garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of five pulæ, and foot-ſtalks bearing many flowers.
or fix pair of oblong, oval, ſmooth lobes, about four 5. PISUM (Americanum) caule angulato procumbente,
inches long and two broad, terminated by an odd one. foliolis inferioribus lanceolatis acutè dentatis, fummis
The flowers come out at the end of the branches, in ſagittatis. Pea with an angular trailing ſtalk, whoſe
long looſe bunches of a yellowiſh colour; theſe grow lower leaves are ſpear-ſhaped and ſharply indented, and
on different trees, or on different parts of the ſame thoſe at the top arrow-pointed, commonly called Cape
tree from the fruit, which alſo hangs in long bunches, Horn Pea.
6. PISUM
a
و
و
و
a

PIS
PIS
a
a
6. Pisum (Ochrus) petiolis decurrentibus membranaceis
diphyllis, pedunculis unifloris. Hort. Cliff. 370. Pea
with membranaceous running foot-ſtalks, having two
leaves and one flower upon a foot-fialk. Ochrus folio in-
tegro capreolos emittente. C. B. P. 343. Winged Pea
with an entire leaf ſending out tendrils.
There are a great variety of Garden Peas now culti-
vated in England, which are diſtinguiſhed by the gar-
deners and ſeedſmen, and have their different titles;
but as great part of theſe are only ſeminal variations,
and if not very carefully managed, by taking away all
thoſe plants which have a tendency to alter before the
ſeeds are formed, they will degenerate into their ori-
ginal ſtate, ſo that all thoſe perſons who are curious in
the choice of their feeds, look carefully over thoſe
which they deſign for ſeeds at the time when they be-
gin to flower, and draw out all the plants which they
dinike from the other. This is what they call roguing
their Peas, meaning hereby, the taking out all the bad
plants from the good, that the farina of the former
may not impregnate the latter ; to prevent which, they
always do it before the flowers are fully open; by
thus diligently drawing out the bad, and marking
thoſe which come earlieſt to flower, they have greatly
improved their Peas of late years, and are conſtantly
endeavouring to get forwarder varieties ; ſo that it
it would be to little purpoſe in this place, to attempt
giving particular botanical titles to each which are
now cultivated; therefore I ſhall only mention their
titles by which they are commonly known, placing
them according to their time of coming to the table,
or gathering for uſe.
The Golden Hotſpur. Sugar Dwarf.
The Charlton.
Sickle Pea.
The Reading Hotſpur. Marrowfat.
Maſters's Hotſpur. Dwarf Marrowfat.
Eſſex Hotſpur. Roſe, or Crown Pea.
The Dwarf Pea.
Rouncival Pea.
The Sugar Pea.
Gray Pea.
Spaniſh Morotto. Pig Pea, with ſome others.
Nonpariel.
The Engliſh Sea Pea is found wild upon the ſhore in
Suſſex, and ſeveral other counties in England. This
was firſt taken notice of in the year 1555, between Or-
ford and Aldborough, where it grew upon the heath,
where nothing, no not Grafs, was ever ſeen to grow ;
and the poor people being in diſtreſs, by reaſon of the
dearth of that year, gathered large quantities of theſe
Peas, and ſo preſerved themſelves and families. This
is mentioned by Stowe in his Chronicle, and Camden
in his Britannia : but they were both miſtaken, in ima-
gining that they were Peas caſt on ſhore by a fhip-
wreck, ſeeing they grow in divers other parts of Eng-
land, and are undoubtedly a different ſpecies from the
common Pea.
The fifth fort hath a perennial root, which continues
This was brought from Cape Horn by
Lord Anſon's cook, when he paſſed that Cape, where
theſe Peas were a great relief to the ſailors. It is kept
here as a curioſity, but the Peas are not ſo good for
eating as the worſt fort now cultivated in England; it
is a low trailing plant; the leaves have two lobes on
each foot-ſtalk, thoſe below are ſpear-ſhaped, and
ſharply indented on their edges, but the upper leaves
are ſmall and arrow-pointed. The flowers are blue,
each foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining four or five flowers ; the pods
are taper, near three inches long, and the ſeeds are
round, about the ſize of Tares.
The ſixth fort is annual ; this grows naturally amongſt
the Corn in Sicily and ſome parts of Italy, but is here
preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety.
It hath an angular ftalk riſing near three feet
high; the leaves ftand upon winged foot-ſtalks,
each ſuſtaining two oblong lobes. The flowers are
of a pale yellow colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of
the other forts of Pea, but are ſmall, each foot-ſtalk
ſuſtaining one flower ; theſe are ſucceeded by pods
about two inches long, containing five or fix round-
iſh ſeeds, which are a little compreſſed on their fides.
Theſe are by ſome perſons eaten green, but unleſs
they are gathered very young, they are coarſe, and at
beſt not ſo good as the common Pea. It may be
ſown and managed in the ſame way as the Garden Pea.
I ſhall now proceed to ſet down the method of culti-
vating the ſeveral ſorts of Garden Peas, ſo as to conti-
nue them throughout the ſeaſon.
It is a common practice with the gardeners near
London, to raiſe Peas upon hot-beds, to have them
very early in the ſpring; in order to which, they fow
their Peas upon warm borders under walls or hedges;
about the middle of October; and when the plants
come up, they draw the earth up gently to their ſtems
with a hoe, the better to protect them from froſt.
In theſe places they let them remain till the lat-
ter end of January, or the beginning of Febru-
ary, if they are preſerved from froſts, obſerving to
earth them up from time to time as the plants ad-
vance in height (for the reaſons before laid down) as
alſo to cover them in very hard froſt with Peas-haulm,
ftraw, or ſome other light covering, to preſerve them
from being deſtroyed; then, at the time before-men-
tioned, they make a hot-bed (in proportion to the
quantity of Peas intended) which muſt be made of
good hot dung, well prepared and properly mixed to-
gether, that the heat may not be too great. The
dung ſhould be laid about three feet thick, or ſome-
what more, according as the beds are made earlier or
later in the ſeaſon ; when the dung is equally levelled,
then the earth (which ſhould be light and freſh, but
not over rich) muſt be laid on about fix or eight inches
thick, laying it equally all over the bed. This being
done, the frames (which ſhould be two or two feet anda
half high on the back ſide, and about eighteen inches in
front) muſt be put on, and covered with glaſſes; after
which it ſhould remain three or four days, to let the
fteam of the bed paſs off, before you put the plants
therein, obſerving every day to raiſe the glaſſes to
give vent for the riſing ſteam to paſs off, then when
you find the bed of a moderate temperature for heat,
you ſhould, with a trowel, or ſome other inſtrument,
take up the plants as carefully as poſſible, to preſerve
the earth to the roots, and plant them into the hot-bed
in rows about two feet aſunder ; and the plants ſhould
be fet about an inch diſtant from each other in the
rows, obſerving to water and fade them until they
have taken root; after which you muſt be careful to
give them air at all times when the ſeaſon is favoura-
able, otherwiſe they will draw up very weak, and be
fubject to grow mouldy and decay. You ſhould alſo
draw the earth up to the fhanks of the plants as they
advance in height, and keep them always clear from
weeds. The water they ſhould have muſt be given
them ſparingly, for if they are too much watered it
will cauſe them to grow too rank, and ſometimes rot
off the plants at their ſhanks juſt above ground.
When the weather is very hot, you ſhould cover the
glaſſes with mats in the heat of the day, to ſcreen
them from the violence of the fun, which is then too
great for them, cauſing their leaves to flag, and their
bloſſoms to fall off without producing pods, as will
alſo the keeping the glaſſes too cloſe at that ſeaſon.
But when the plants begin to fruit, they ſhould be wa-
tered oftener, and in greater plenty than before ; for
by that time the plants will have nearly done grow-
ing, and the often refreſhing them will occaſion their
producing a greater plenty of fruit.
The fort of Pea which is generally uſed for this pur-
poſe is the Dwarf, for all the other forts ramble too
much to be kept in frames ; the reaſon for fowing
them in the common ground, and afterwards tranſ-
planting them on a hot-bed, is alſo to check their
growth, and cauſe them to bear in leſs compaſs; for
if the feeds were fown upon a hot-bed, and the plants
continued thereon, they would produce ſuch luxu-
riant plants as are not to be contained in the frames,
and would bear but little fruit.
The next fort of Pea which is fown to ſucceed thoſe
on the hot-bed is the Hotſpur, of which there are
reckoned three or four forts; as the Golden Hotſpur,
the Charlton Hotſpur, the Maſters’s Hotſpur, the
Reading Hotſpur, and ſome others, which are very
little differing from each other, except in their early
ſome years.
3
و
3
3
bearing
10 N

PIS
PIS
و
bearing, for which the Golden and Charlton Hot-
ſpurs are chiefly preferred; though if either of theſe
dorts are cultivated in the ſame place for three or four
years, they are apt to degenerate and be later in ſpring.
fruiting, for which reaſon moſt curious perſons pro-
cure their feeds annually from fome diſtant place; and
in the choice of theſe feeds, if they could be obtained
from a colder ſituation and a poorer ſoil, than that in
which they are to be ſown, it will be much better than
on the contrary, and they will come earlier in the ſpring.
Theſe muſt alſo be fown on warm borders, towards
the latter end of October; and when the plants are
come up, you ſhould draw the earth up to their ſhanks
in the manner before directed; which ſhould be repeat-
ed as the plants advance in height (always obſerving to
do it when the ground is dry) which will greatly pro-
tect the ſtems of the plants againſt froſt; and if the
winter ſhould prove very ſevere, it will be of great
ſervice to the plants to cover them with Peas-haulm,
or ſome other light covering; which ſhould be con-
ftantly taken off in mild weather, and only ſuffered
to remain on during the continuance of the froſt, for
if they are kept too cloſe, they will be drawn very
weak and tender, and thereby be liable to be deſtroyed
with the leaſt inclemency of the ſeaſon.
In the ſpring you muſt carefully clear them from
weeds, and draw ſome freth earth up to their ftems;
but do not raiſe it too high to the plants, left by bu-
rying their leaves you ſhould rot their ftems, as is fome-
times the caſe, eſpecially in wet ſeaſons. You ſhould
alſo obſerve to keep them clear from vermin, which,
if permitted to remain amongſt the plants, will in-
creaſe ſo plentifully as to devour the greateſt part of
them. The chief of the vermin which infeſt Peas
are the ſlugs, which lie all the day in the ſmall hol-
lows of the earth, near the ſtems of the plants, and in
the night time come out, and make terrible deſtruc-
tion of the Peas; and theſe chiefly abound in wet
ſoils, or where a garden is neglected, and over-run
with weeds; therefore you ſhould make the ground
clear every way round the Peas to deſtroy their har-
bours, and afterwards in a fine mild morning very
early, when theſe vermin are got abroad from their
holes, you ſhould ſlack a quantity of lime, which
fhould be fown hot over the ground pretty thick,
which will deſtroy the vermin wherever it happens
to fall upon them, but will do very little injury to the
Peas, provided it be not ſcattered too thick upon
them. This is the beſt method I could ever find to
deſtroy theſe troubleſome vermin.
If this crop of Peas ſucceeds, it will immediately fol-
low thoſe on the hot bed; but for fear this ſhould
miſcarry, it will be proper to low two more crops at
about a fortnight's diſtance from each other, ſo that
there may be the more chances to ſucceed. This will
be fufficient until the ſpring of the year, when you
may fow three more crops of theſe Peas; one toward
the beginning of January, the other a fortnight after,
and the third at the end of January. Theſe two late
fowings will be ſufficient to continue the early fort of
Peas through the firſt ſeaſon, and after this it will be
proper to have ſome of the large fort of Peas to fuc-
ceed them for the uſe of the family; in order to
which, you ſhould fow ſome of the Spaniſh Morotto,
which is a great bearer, and a hardy ſort of Pea,
about the middle of February, upon a clear open ſpot
of ground. Theſe muſt be ſown in rows about three
feet aſunder, and the Peas ſhould be dropped in the
drills about an inch diſtance, covering them about
two inches deep with earth, being very careful that
none of them lie uncovered, which will draw the
mice, pigeons, or rooks, to attack the whole ſpot;
and it often happens by this neglect, that a whole
plantation is devoured by theſe creatures; whereas,
when there are none of the Peas left in fight, they do
not ſo eaſily find them out.
About a fortnight after this you ſhould fow another
ſpot, either of this fort, or any other large fort of
Pea, to ſucceed thoſe, and then continue to repeat
ſowing once a fortnight, till the middle or latter end
of May, ſome of theſe kinds, only obſerving to allow
the Marrowfats, and other very large forts of Peas, at
leaft three feet and a half, or four feet between row
and row; and the Rofe Pea ſhould be allowed at leaſt
eight or ten inches diſtance plant from plant in the
rows, for theſe grow very large ; and if they have not
,
room allowed them, they will ſpoil each other by
drawing up very tall, and will produce no fruit.
When theſe plants come up, the earth ſhould be
drawn up to their ſhanks (as was before directed) and
the ground kept entirely clear from weeds; and when
the plants are grown eight or ten inches high, you
ſhould ſtick fome rough boughs, or bruſhwood, into
the ground cloſe to the Peas, for them to ramp upon,
which will ſupport them from trailing upon the
ground, which is very apt to rot the large-growing
forts of Peas, eſpecially in wet ſeaſons; beſides, by
thus ſupporting them, the air can freely paſs between
them, which will preſerve the bloſſoms from falling
off before their time, and occaſion then to bear much
better than if permitted to lie upon the ground, and
there will be room to paſs between the rows to gather
the Peas when they are ripe.
The dwarf forts of Peas may be fown much cloſer
together than thoſe before mentioned, for theſe ſeldom
riſe above a foot high, and rarely ſpread above half
a foot in width, ſo that theſe need not have more
room than two feet row from row, and not above
an inch afunder in the rows. Theſe produce a
good quantity of Peas, provided the ſeaſon is not
over-dry, but they ſeldom continue long in bearing,
ſo that they are not ſo properto low for the main crop,
when a quantity of Peas is expected for the table,
their chief excellency being for hot-beds, where they
will produce a greater quantity of Peas (provided they
are well managed) than if expoſed to the open air,
where the heat of the fun foon dries them up.
The Sickle Pea is much more common in Holland
than in England, it being the fort moſtly cultivated
in that country; but in England they are only propa-
gated by curious gentlemen for their own table, and
are rarely brought into the markets. This fort the
birds are very fond of, and if they are not prevented,
many times deſtroy the whole crop. This ſhould be
planted in rows about two feet and a half aſunder, and
ſhould be managed as hath been directed for the other
forts. Althoughl have directed the fowing of the large
forts of Peas for the great crop, yet theſe are not ſo
ſweet as the early Hotípur Peas; therefore it will alſo
be proper to continue a fucceffion of thoſe forts
through the ſeaſon, in ſmall quantities, to ſupply the
beſt table, which may be done by ſowing ſome every
week or ten days; but all thoſe which are fown
late in the ſeaſon, ſhould have a ſtrong moiſt foil, for
in hot light land they will burn up and come to
nothing
The large-growing forts may be cultivated for the
common uſe of the family, becauſe theſe will produce
in greater quantities than the other, and will endure
the drought better, but the early kinds are by far the
ſweeter tafted Peas.
The beſt of all the large kinds is the Marrowfat, which
if gathered young, is a well-taited Pea, and this
will continue good through the month of Auguſt
if planted on a ſtrong foil.
The gray and other large winter Peas are feldom cul-
tivated in gardens, becauſe they require a great deal
of room, but are uſually ſown in fields in moſt parts
of England. The beſt time for fowing theſe is about
the beginning of March, when the weather is pretty
dry, for if they are put into the ground in a very wet
ſeaſon, they are apt to rot, eſpecially if the ground be
cold; theſe ſhould be allowed at leaſt three or four feet
diſtance row from row, and muſt be fown very thin in
the rows; for if they are ſown too thick, the haulm
will ſpread ſo as to fill the ground, and ramble over
each other, which will cauſe the plants to rot, and
prevent their bearing
The common white Pea will do beſt on light fandy
land, or on a rich looſe foil. The uſual method of
fowing theſe Peas is with a broad caſt, and ſo harrow
them in; but it is a much better way to low them in
a
3
و
drills

PIT
PLA
а
3
و
ز
و
a
drills about three feet afunder, for leſs than half the PLANTA, a Plant, is defined by the ingenious Mr.
quantity of feed will do for an acre, and being ſet re- John Martyn to be an organical body, deſtitute of
gularly, the ground may be ſtirred with a hoe to deſtroy ſenſe and ſpontaneous motion, adhering to another
the weeds, and earth up the Peas, which will greatly body in ſuch a manner, as to draw from it its nou-
improve them, and the Peas may be much eaſier cut riſhment, and having power of propagating itſelf by
in autumn, when they are ripe. The uſual time for ſeed. As to the parts of which a plant confits, they
lowing theſe Peas is about the middle of March, are the root, ftalk, leaf, flower, and fruit.
or the beginning of April, on warm land, but on cold Plant and vegetable are pretty near terms fynony-
ground they ſhould be ſown a fortnight or three mous, all plants being vegetables. Dr. Boerhaave
weeks later. In the common way of fowing, they al- defines a vegetable to be a body generated of the
low three buſhels or more to an acre; but if they are earth, or ſomething ariſing of the earth, to which it
drilled, one buſhel and a half will be full enough. adheres, or is connected by parts called roots, through
The Green and Maple Rouncivals require a ſtronger which it receives the matter of its nouriſhment and
foil than the White, and ſhould be fown a little later increaſe, and conſiſts of juices and veſſels ſenſibly
in the ſpring; alſo the drills ſhould be made at a diſtinct from each other; or a vegetable is an organi-
greater diſtance from each other, for as theſe are apt cal body, compoſed of vefſels and juices, every
to grow rank, eſpecially in a wet ſeaſon, they ſhould where diſtinguiſhable from each other; to which body
be ſet in rows two feet and a half or three feet aſun- grow roots or parts, whereto it adheres, and from
der; and the ground between the rows ſhould be which it derives the matter of its life and growth.
ſtirred two or three times with a hoe, which will not This definition furniſhes a juſt and adequate idea of
only deſtroy the weeds, but, by earthing up the a vegetable ; for by its conſiſting of veffels and juices,
Peas, will greatly improve them, and alſo render the it is diſtinguiſhed from a foſil, and by its adhering
ground better to receive whatever crop is put on it to another body, and deriving its nouriſhment there-
the following ſeaſon.
from, it is diftinguiſhed from an animal.
The gray Peas thrive beſt on a ſtrong clayey land ; A vegetable is defined an organical body, becauſe
theſe are commonly fown under furrow, but by this conſiſting of different parts, which jointly concur to
method they are always too thick, and do not come the exerciſe of the ſame functions, adhering by ſome
up regular ; therefore all theſe rank-growing plants of its parts to another body; for we know of no
ſhould be fown in drills, where the feeds will be more plant that is abſolutely vague and fluctuating, but has
equally ſcattered, and lodged at the ſame depth in the ſtill a body it adheres to, though that body may be va-
ground; whereas in the common way fome of the rious, e. g. Earth, as in our common plants; ſtone,
feeds lie twice as deep as others, and are not ſcattered as in rock plants; water, as in ſea plants; and air, as
at equal diſtances. Theſe may be fown toward the fome mucilages.
end of February, as they are much hardier than either As to thoſe few plants which appear to float in the
of the former forts, but the culture for theſe ſhould water, their manner of growth is ſomething anoma-
be the ſame.
lous. Monſieur Tournefort has ſhewn that all plants
The beſt method to fow theſe Peas is to draw a drill do not ariſe ſtrictly from feeds, but that ſome, inſtead
with a hoe by a line about two inches deep, and then of femen, depoſit or let fall a little drop of juice, which,
fcatter the feeds therein ; after which, with a rake, finking in the water, reaches the bottom, or ſome
you may draw the earth over them, whereby they will rock, &c. in its way, to which it ſticks, ſtrikes root,
be equally covered, and this is a very quick method and ſhoots into branches, ſuch is the origin of coral.
for gardens; but where they are ſown in fields, they Add, that the root of a plant may have any ſitu-
commonly make a ſhallow furrow with the plough, ation at pleaſure, with reſpect to the body thereof, nor
and ſcatter the feeds therein, and then with a harrow needs it either be loweſt or higheſt, &c. Accordingly
they cover them over again. After this, the great in Aloes, Milleto, Coral, Mofles, Funguſes, &c. the
trouble is to keep them clear from weeds, and draw root is frequently uppermoſt, and its growth down-
the earth up to the plants; this, in ſuch countries wards.
where labour is dear, is a great expence to do it by The veſſels or containing parts of plants confift of
the hand with a hoe; but this may be eaſily effected mere earth, bound or connected together by oil, as a
with a horſe-hough, which may be drawn through gluten, which being exhauſted by fire, air, age, or
between the rows, which will entirely eradicate the the like, the plant inoulders, or returns again into its
weeds, and by ſtirring the ſoil render it mellow, and earth or duſt. Thus, in vegetables burnt by the in-
greatly promote the growth of the plants.
tenſeft fire, the earth or matter of the veſſels is left en-
When any of the beſt ſorts are intended for ſeed, there tire, and indiffoluble by its utmoſt forces, and conſe-
Thould be as many rows of them left ungathered, as quently the matter thereof is neither water, nor air,
may be thought neceffary to furniſh a fufficient quan- nor ſalt, nor ſulphur, but earth alone.
city of feed, and when the Peas are in flower, they The root or part whereby vegetables are connected to
ſhould be carefully looked over, to draw out all thoſe their matrix, and by which they receive their nutri-
plants which are not of the right fort; for there will tious juice, conſiſts of an infinite number of abſorbent
always be fome roguiſh plants (as the gardeners term vefſels, which, being diſperſed through the interſtices
thein) in every fort, which, if left to mix, will dege- of the earth, attract or imbibe the juices of the ſame;
nerate the kind. Theſe muſt reinain until their pods conſequently, every thing in the earth that is diffoluble
are changed brown and begin to ſplit, when you in water, is liable to be imbibed, as air, ſalt, oil,
fhould immediately gather then up, together with fumes of mineral, metal, &c. and of theſe plants really
the haulm; and if you have not room to ſtack them confift.
till winter, you may threſh them out as ſoon as they Theſe juices are drawn from the earth very crude, but
are dry, and put them up in ſacks for uſe; but you by the ſtructure and fabric of the plant, and the va-
muſt be very careful not to let them remain too long rious veſſels they are ftrained through, become
abroad after they are ripe, for if wet ſhould happen changed, further elaborated, ſecreted, and affimilated
it would rot them; and heat, after a fhower of rain, to the ſubſtance of the plant.
would cauſe their pods to burſt, and caſt forth their The motion of the nutritious juices of vegetables is
feeds, ſo that the greateſt part of them would be produced much like that of blood in animals, by the
loft; but, as I have ſaid before, it is not adviſable action of the air ; in effect, there is ſomething equiva-
to continue fowing of the ſame ſeed longer than two lent to reſpiration throughout the whole plant.
years on the fame ground, for the reaſons there laid The diſcovery of this we owe to the admirable Mal-
down, but rather to exchange their feeds every year, pighi, who firit obſerved that vegetables conſiſt of two
or every two years at leaſt, whereby you may always ſeries or orders of veſſels , firſt, ſuch as receive and
expect to have them prove right.
convey the alimental juices, anſwering to the arte-
PISUM CORDATUM. See CARDIOSPERMUM. ries, lacteals, veins, &c. of animals ; fecondly, tra-
PITTONIA. See TOURNEFORTIA.
cheæ, or air-veſſels, which are long hollow pipes,
wherein
a
9

PL A
PIA
is planted, will grow mouldy and decay, and thereby
greatly injure the new fibres which are produced, fo
that many times the trees miſcarry for want of duly
obſerving this. After the fibres are cut off, all the
bruiſed or broken roots ſhould be cut ſmooth, other-
wiſe they are apt to rot and diſtemper the trees; and
all irregular roots which croſs each other, and the
downright roots, (eſpecially in fruit-trees) muſt be
cut off; ſo that when the roots are regularly
pruned, they may in ſome ineafure reſemble the
fingers of a hand when ſpread open; then the
larger roots ſhould be ſhortened in proportion to the
age and ſtrength of the tree, as alſo the particular forts
of trees are to be conſidered; for the Walnut, Mul-
berry, and ſome other tender-rooted kinds ſhould not
be pruned ſo cloſe, as the more hardy forts of fruit or
foreſt-trees, which in young fruit-trees, ſuch as Pears,
Apples, Plums, Peaches, &c. that are one year old
from budding or grafting, may be left about eight or
nine inches long; but in older trees they muſt be left
of a much greater length; but this is to be under-
ſtood of the larger roots only, for the ſmall ones muſt
be quite cut out, or pruned very ſhort. Their ex-
treme parts, which are generally very weak, com-
monly decay after moving, ſo that it is the better
way entirely to diſplace them.
The next thing is the pruning of their heads, which
muſt be differently performed in different trees, for
the deſign of the trees muſt alſo be conſidered ; if they
are fruit-trees, and intended for walls or eſpaliers, it
is the better way to plant them with the greateſt part
of their heads, which ſhould remain on until the ſpring,
juſt before the trees begin to ſhoot, when they muſt
be cut down to five or fix eyes (as is fully inſerted
in the ſeveral articles of the various kinds of fruit) be-
ing very careful, in doing of this, not to diſturb the
new roots.
wherein air is commonly received and expelled, i. e.
inſpired and expired; within which tracheæ he ihews
all the former ſeries of vefſels are contained.
Hence it follows, that the heat of a year, nay, of a
day, of a ſingle hour or minute, muſt have an effect
on the air included in theſe tracheæ, i. e. muſt rarefy
it, and conſequently dilate the tracheæ, whence ariſes
a perpetual ſpring or ſource of action to promote the
circulation in plants.
PLANTAGO. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 126. tab. 48.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 133. Plantain. To this genus Dr.
Linnæus has joined the Coronopus and Pſyllium of
Tournefort. The first of theſe is called Hart's-horn,
the latter Fleawort. Of theſe there are ſeveral diſtinct
ſpecies, and ſome varieties; but as they are rarely
cultivated in gardens, I ſhall not enumerate them
all here, and ſhall only mention ſuch of them as grow
naturally in England. Of the Plantain there are the
following forts; the common broad-leaved Plantain,
called Waybread; the great hoary Plantain or
Lamb's-tongue; the narrow-leaved Plantain or Rib-
wort; and the following varieties have alſo been
found in England, which are accidental; the Beſom
Plantain, and Roſe Plantain. The Plantains grow
naturally in paſtures in moſt parts of England, and are
frequently very troubleſome weeds. The common
Plantain and Ribwort Plantain are both uſed in medi-
cine, and are ſo well known as to need no deſcription.
Of the Coronpus or Buck’s-horn Plantain there are
two varieties growing in England, viz. the common
Buck’s-horn, which grows plentifully on heaths every
where, and the narrow-leaved Welſh fort which is
found upon many of the Welſh mountains. The firſt
of theſe was forinerly cultivated as a fallad herb in
gardens, but has been long baniſhed from thence for
its rank diſagreeable flavour; it is ſometimes uſed in
medicine. There has been one ſpecies of Pſyllium or
Fleawort found growing naturally in England, which
is the fort uſed in medicine, which was in the earth
thrown out of the bottom of the canals which were
dug for the Chelſea water-works, where it grew in
great plenty. The feeds of this muſt have been bu-
ried there ſome ages, for no perſon remembers
any
of
the plants growing in that neighbourhood before.
The feeds of this are ſometimes uſed, which are im-
ported from the South of France.
There are feveral varieties of all theſe three forts,
which are ſometimes preſerved in botanic gardens,
but having no beauty, they are not admitted into any
other, fo I ſhall paſs them over here, as being weeds
wherever they are permitted to feed.
PLANTAIN-TREE. See Musa.
PLANTING. Although the method of Planting
the various forts of trees is fully fet down under their
ſeveral articles, where each kind is mentioned, yet it
may not be amiſs to ſay ſomething in general upon
that head in this place, which ſhall be treated as briefly
as poſſible. And,
Firſt, the firſt thing in Planting of trees is to prepare
the ground (according to the different ſorts of trees in-
tended to be planted) before the trees are taken out
of the earth; for you ſhould fuffer them to remain as
little time out of the ground as poffible.
In taking up the trees you fhould carefully dig away
the earth round their roots, ſo as to come at their fe-
veral parts to cut them off; for if they are torn out
of the ground without care, the roots will be broken
and bruiſed very much to the great injury of the
When they are taken up, the next thing is to
prepare them for Planting; in doing of which there
are two things to be principally regarded; the one is
to prepare the roots, and the other to prune their
heads, in ſuch a manner as may be moſt ſerviceable
in promoting the future growth of the trees.
And firſt as to the roots, all the ſmall fibres are to
be cut off as near to the place from whence they are
produced as may be (excepting ſuch trees as are to
be replanted immediately after they are taken up ;)
otherwiſe the air will turn all the ſmall roots and fibres
black, which, if permitted to remain on when the tree
But if the trees are deſigned for ſtandards, you ſhould
prune off the ſmall branches cloſe to the places where
they are produced ; as alſo irregular branches which
croſs each other, and by their motion, when agitated
by the wind, rub and bruiſe their bark, ſo as to occa-
fion many times great wounds in thoſe places ; beſides,
it makes a diſagreeable appearance to the fight, and
adds to the cloſeneſs of its head, which ſhould al-
ways be avoided in fruit-trees, whoſe branches ſhould
be preſerved as far diſtant from each other, as they
are uſually produced when in a regular way of growth,
(which is in all ſorts of trees proportionable to the
fize of their leaves, and magnitude of their fruit) for
when their heads are very thick, which is often oc-
caſioned by the unſkilful ſhortening of their branches,
the ſun and air cannot freely paſs between the leaves,
fo that the fruit muſt be fmall and ill-tafted. But to
return: after having diſplaced theſe branches, you
ſhould alſo cut off all ſuch parts of branches, as have
by accident been broken or wounded; for theſe will
remain a diſagreeable ſight, and often occaſion a dif-
eaſe in the tree. But you ſhould by no means cut off
the main leading ſhoots, as is by too many practiſed,
for thoſe are neceſſary to attract the ſap from the
root, and thereby promote the growth of the tree;
for from ſeveral experiments which I made in the win-
ter 1729, by cutting off the branches of ſeveral forts
of trees, and putting them into phials filled with wa-
ter, whoſe tops were cloſely covered to prevent the
evaporating of the water, I found, that thoſe ſhoots,
whoſe leading buds were preſerved, did attract the
moiſture in much greater quantities than thoſe ſhoots
whoſe tops were cut off; and from ſeveral experi-
ments made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, we find that
great quantities of moiſture are imbibed at wounds,
where branches are cut off ; ſo that by thus ſhortening
the branches,the wet, which generally falls ingreat plenty
during the winter ſeaſon, is plentifully imbibed, and for
want of leaves to perſpire it off, mixes with the fap of
trees, and thereby diftending the veſſels, deſtroys their
contracting force, which many times kills the tree, or
at leaſt weakens it ſo much as not to be recovered again
for ſome years, as I have ſeveral times obſerved.
But
trees.

PL
P LA
But being willing to try this experiment again in
the month of October 1733, I made choice of two
ſtandard Almond-trees of equal ſtrength and age ;
theſe I took up as carefully as poſſible, and having
prepared their roots as before directed, I pruned their
heads in the following manner, viz. from one of
them I only cut off the ſmall branches, and ſuch as
were bruiſed or broken, but preſerved all the ſtrong
ones entire; of the other, I ſhortened all the ſtrong
branches, and pruned off the weak and broken ſhoots,
as is the common practice. Theſe two trees I plane-
ed in the fame foil and to the ſame ſituation, gave
them both equal attendance, and managed them
both as nearly alike as poſſible ; yet in the ſpring,
when theſe trees began to ſhoot, that, whoſe branches
were entirely preſerved, came out early, continued
to ſhoot ſtronger, and is at preſent much larger, and
in better health than the other. And ſince this I
have made ſeveral other experiments of the like nature,
which have conſtantly ſucceeded in the ſame manner,
from whence it is reaſonable to conclude, that the
ſhortening of the branches is a great injury to all new-
planted trees, but eſpecially to Cherries and Horſe
Cheſtnuts, which are frequently killed by ſhortening
their large branches when they are removed.
Having thus prepared the trees for Planting, we muſt
now proceed to the placing them into the ground;
but before this, I would adviſe, if the trees have
been long out of the ground, ſo that the roots are
dried, to place them in water eight or ten hours be-
fore they are planted, obſerving to put them in ſuch
manner, that their heads may remain erect, and
their roots only immerſed therein, which will fwell
the dried veſſels of the roots, and prepare them to
imbibe nouriſhment from the earth. In fixing of
them, great regard ſhould be had to the nature of
the ſoil, which if cold and moiſt, the trees ſhould
be planted very ſhallow; as alſo, if it be a hard
rock or gravel, it will be much the better way to
raiſe a hill of earth where each tree is to be plant-
ed, than to dig into the rock or gravel, and fill it up
with earth (as is too often practiſed), whereby the
trees are planted, as it were in a tub, there be-
ing but little room for their roots to extend , ſo that
after two or three years growth, when their roots
have extended to the ſides of the hole, they are
ſtopped by the rock or gravel, can get' no farther,
whereby the trees will decline, and in a few years
die; beſides, theſe holes detain the moiſture fo, that
the fibres of the plants are often rotted thereby. But
when they are raiſed above the ſurface of the ground,
their roots will extend and find nouriſhment, though
the earth upon the rock or gravel be not three inches
thick, as may be frequently obſerved, where trees are
growing upon ſuch ſoils.
The next thing to be obſerved is to place the tree in
the hole in ſuch manner, that the roots may be about
the ſame depth in the ground, as they were growing
before they were taken up; then break the earth
fine with a ſpade, and ſcatter it into the hole, ſo that it
may fall in between every root, that there may be no
hollowneſs in the earth (but you ſhould by no means
fift or ſcreen the mould, for reaſons given in ſome
other places); then having filled in the earth, you
ſhould gently tread it clofe with your feet, but do not
make it too hard, which is a very great fault, eſpeci-
ally if the ground is ſtrong and inclineable to bind.
Having thus planted the trees, you ſhould provide
a parcel of ſtakes, one of which ſhould be driven
down by the ſides of the trees, and faſtened thereto to
ſupport them from being blown down or diſplaced by
the wind; then lay ſome mulch upon the ſurface of the
ground, about their roots, to prevent the earth from
drying
This is to be underſtood of ſtandard-trees which caſt
their leaves; for ſuch as are planted againſt walls,
Thould have their branches faſtened to the wall to
prevent the trees from being diſplaced by the wind;
but there is no difference in their management, only
to preſerve their heads entire, and to place their roots
about five inches from the wall, inclining their heads
thereto; and the ſpring following, juſt before they
ſhoor, their heads ſhould be cut down to five or fix
buds, as is fully directed under the ſeveral articles of
the different kinds of fruit.
As to the watering of all new-planted trees, I ſhould
adviſe it to be done with great moderation, nothing
being more injurious to them than over-watering.
Examples enough of this kind may have been ſeen in
many parts of England, where there has been planta-
tions made, which have been over-watered, whereby
the greateſt part of the trees have failed, or thoſe
which have ſurvived, have made little progreſs, oc-
cafioned by the abundance of water given to them,
whereby the fibres were rotted off as ſoon as produced.
And how can any perſon imagine that a tree ſhould
thrive, when the ground, in which it is planted, is
continually floated with water? for by an experiment
made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, in placing the roots of a
dwarf Pear-tree in water, the quantity of moiſture im-
bibed decreaſed very much daily, becauſe the fap-ver-
fels of the roots, like thoſe of the cut-off boughs in
the ſame experiment, were ſo ſaturated and clogged
with moiſture, by ſtanding in water, that more of it
could not be drawn up. And this experiment was
tried upon a tree which was full of leaves, and there-
by more capable to diſcharge a large quantity of moiſ-
ture than ſuch trees as are entirely deſtitute of leaves;
ſo that it is impoſible ſuch trees can thrive, where
the moiſture is too great about their roots.
The ſeaſons for planting are various, according to the
different forts of trees, or the ſoil in which they are
planted; for ſuch trees whoſe leaves fall off in win-
ter, the beſt time is in the middle or end of October,
provided the foil be dry; but for a very wet foil, it is
better to defer it until the latter end of February, or
the beginning of March ; and for many kinds of Ever-
greens, the beginning of April is by far the beſt ſeaſon,
though ſome ſorts may be fafely removed at Midſum-
mer, provided they are not to be carried very far ;
but you ſhould always make choice of a cloudy ſeaſon;
if poſſible, at that time of the year, when they will
take freſh root in a few days. And, on the contrary,
when theſe trees are removed in winter, during which
time they are almoſt in a ſtate of reſt, they do not
take root until the ſpring advances, and ſets the ſap
in motion; ſo that many
times they die, eſpecially if
the winter proves ſevere.
As to the preparing the ſoil for Planting, that muſt
alſo be done to ſuit the different forts of trees, ſome
requiring a light ſoil, others a ſtrong one, &c. But
this is fully ſet down in the ſeveral articles of trees,
under their proper heads, to which the reader is deſired
to turn; though for the fruit-trees in general, a freſh
foil from a paiture ground, which is neither too light
and dry, nor over-ſtrong and moiſt, but rather à gen-
tle, ſoft, loamy earth is to be preferred, provided it be
expoſed fome time. And if it be for wall trees, will
be the better if the borders are filled with this earth
fix or eight feet wide, but it need not be above two
feet and a half deep at moſt ; for when the borders
are made too deep, the roots of theſe trees are en-
ticed downward, which is of bad conſequence to
fruit-trees, as hath been elſewhere obſerved. The
ſame alſo muſt be obſerved for ſtandard-trees (where
freſh earth is brought to the places in which they are
planted), not to make the holes too deep, but rather
let them have the ſame quantity of earth in width,
which is much to be preferred.
There are ſeveral perſons who direct the placing of
the ſame fide of the tree to the ſouth, which before
removing had that poſition, as a material circum-
ſtance to be ſtrictly regarded; but from ſeveral trials
which I have made, I could not obſerve the leaſt
difference in the growth of thoſe trees which were fo
placed, and others which were reverſed; ſo that I
conclude, it is not of any conſequence to obſerve this
method.
The diſtance which trees ſhould be planted at, muſt
alſo be proportioned to their ſeveral kinds, and the
ferreral
10 O

PL A
PL A
ſeveral purpoſes for which they are intended, all which
is explained under their ſeveral heads; but fruit-
trees, planted either againſt walls, or for eſpaliers,
ſhould be allowed the following diſtances : for moſt
forts of vigorous ſhooting Pear-trees, from thirty-fix
to forty feet; for Apricots, fixteen or eighteen feet;
Apples, twenty-five or thirty feet; Peaches and Nec-
tarines, twelve feet; Cherries and Plums, twenty-
five feet, according to the goodneſs of the ſoil or
the height of the wall. But as theſe things are men-
tioned in the ſeveral articles of fruit-trees, it will be
needleſs to repeat any more in this place.
What hath been mentioned on this article chiefly re-
lates to fruit-trees and evergreens, for the adorning
of gardens ; but I ſhall now proceed to the planting
of foreſt and other trees, which are in all large plan-
tations of parks and extenſive gardens the moft nu-
The modern practice of tranſplanting theſe
forts of trees from hedge-rows and woods of large
fizes, and at a great expence, has too generally pre-
vailed in this kingdom, the generality of planters be-
ing in too great haſte, and by a miſtaken notion of
ſaving time, begin by tranſplanting ſuch large trees as
they find on their own eftates, or that they can procure
in their neighbourhood, and pleaſe themſelves with
the hopes of having fine plantations foon; but if, in-
ſtead of removing theſe trees, they would begin by
making a nurſery, and raiſing of their trees from
ſeeds, they would ſet out in a right method, and ſave
a great expence and much time, and they would
have the conſtant pleaſure of ſeeing their trees annual-
ly advance in their growth, inſteand of their growing
worſe, as will always be the caſe where old trees are
removed, though many perſons flatter themſelves
with the hopes of ſucceſs, when they find their trees
ſhoot out the following ſeaſon; and as theſe will often
continue to grow forfome years after, ſo they continue
their expectations, till after waiting many years, in
which time they might have had ſeedling trees grown
up to a fine fize, if they had been fown at the time
the large trees were planted, they then find their
trees annually decaying, when they moſt expected
their increaſe ; for of all the plantations which I have
yet ſeen of theſe large trees of any fort, there is ſcarce
one which has ever ſucceeded. And if thoſe perſon's
who are diſpoſed to plant, would be ſo kind to them-
ſelves as to ſurvey with attention, as many of the
modern plantations of this kind as they conveniently
can, they will be convinced of the truth of this fact';
but there are very few who give themſelves time to
deliberate before they begin, ſo that until they meet
with diſappointments, they ſcarce reflect on what
they are doing. And it too often happens, that the
perſons employed in the executing, either through
ignorance, or ſome other motive, encourage this
practice of Planting
In ſome of theſe plantations, all the Elms which
could be procured from the neighbouring hedge-
rows have been removed, moſt of which have been
fuckers produced from the old Rumps, ſo have ſcarce
any roots: theſe have, at a great expence, been
planted and watered, and perhaps many of them have
made conſiderable ſhoots, the whole length of the
ftem at every knot, and many of them have con-
tinued ten or twelve years alive, but have not in-
creaſed in the girt of their ſtems half an inch, and
all that time have been decaying at their heart, and
growing hollow ; ſo that when a ſevere froſt in winter,
or a great drought in ſummer, has happened, there
has been an almoſt total deftruction of the trees.
In other places I have ſeen great numbers of tall Oaks
tranſplanted, which have appeared to thrive for ſome
years when firſt planted; but in five or fix years
after have begun to decay at their top, and have
leiſurely died to the ground, than which nothing can
be a more diſagreeable fight to the owner. And the
method which is commonly practiſed in tranſplanting
of theſe trees would deſtroy them, were there a poſſi-
bility of ſuch large trees ſurviving their removal,
which is, that of cutting off all their branches; for,
were the ſame practiſed on a tree of the ſame age un-
removed, it would ſtint the growth fo much as not
to be recovered in ſeveral years, nor would it ever
arrive to the ſize of ſuch as have all their branches
left on them. But the reaſon given for this practice
is, that if the branches were left upon the trees, they
could not be ſupported, the winds would throw them
out of the ground; and another (which is bad philo-
fophy) is, that as the roots have been greatly reduced
by tranſplanting, ſo the heads of the trees ſhould be
reduced in the ſame proportion. As to the firſt, it
muſt be allowed, that trees which are removed with
great heads, are with great difficulty preſerved in
their upright ſituation ; for the winds will have ſuch
power againſt the branches as to overſet the trees, if
they are not very itrongly füpported with ropes.
Therefore this may be brought as an objection to the
tranſplanting of large trees, rather than in ſupport of
a practice which is fo prejudicial to them; and as to
the other reaſon, it has no foundation ; for if large
amputations are made at the root, there ſhould not
be the ſame practiſed on the head; becauſe the wound-
ed part of the head will imbibe the air at every ori-
fice, to the great prejudice of the tree. Beſides this,
if we pay any regard to the doctrine of the circulating
of the juices in plants, we muſt allow, that the heads
of the trees are equally uſeful to nouriſh the roots, as
the roots are to the heads; ſo that if there is a waſte
of fap both at the top and bottom of the trees, it
muſt weaken them in proportion. For whoever will
be at the trouble to try the experiment on two trees
of equal age and health, and to cut the branches off
from one, and leave them upon the other at the time
of tranſplanting, if the latter is well ſecured from
blowing down, it will be found to ſucceed much bet-
ter than the other; or if the ſame thing is practiſed
upon two trees left ftanding, the tree whoſe branches
are cut off, will not make half the progreſs as the
other, nor will the item increaſe in its bulk half ſo faſt.
Therefore where trees are tranſplanted young, there
will be no neceſſity for uſing this unnatural amputati-
on, and the ſucceſs of theſe plantations will always give
pleaſure to the owner. I have ſeen ſome plantations
of Oak-trees, which were made fifty years ago, and
had thriven beyond expectation moſt part of the
time, but are now annually decaying, and ſeer as if
they would not continue many years longer, when
the trees on the ſame foil and in the ſame ſituation,
which were left ſtanding, are in perfect health and
vigour; and ſome of theſe tranſplanted trees which
have been cut down, were found to be of little value,
their timber being ſhaken and bad.
It is common to hear perſons remarking, that from
the preſent ſpirit of Planting, great advantages will
accrue to the public by the increaſe of timber; but
whoever is the leaſt ſkilled in the growth of timber
muft know, that little is to be expected from moft
of the plantations which have lately been made ; for
there are few perſons who have had this in their view
when they commenced planters, and of thoſe few
ſcarce any of them have ſet out right; for there never
was any valuable timber produced from trees which
were tranſplanted of any conſiderable ſize, nor is any
of the timber of the trees which are tranſplanted
young, equal in goodneſs to that which has grown
from the ſeeds unremoved. Befide, if we conſider
the forts of trees which are uſually planted, it will
be found, that they are not deſigned for timber; ſo
that upon the whole, it is much to be doubted, whe-
ther the late method of planting has not rather
been prejudicial to the growth and increaſe of timber,
than otherwiſe.
re
Before I quit this ſubject of Planting, I muit beg
leave to obſerve, that moſt people are ſo much in a
hurry about Planting, as not to take time to prepare
their ground for the reception of trees, bue frequent-
ly make holes and ſtick in the trees, amongſt all
forts of rubbiſh which is growing upon the land :
and I have frequently obſerved, that there has not
been any care afterward taken to dig the ground, or
و
merous.
root

P LA
PLA
root out the noxious plants ; but the trees have been few years, if theſe large trees are left growing, the
left to ſtruggle with theſe bad neighbours, who have whole plantation muſt make a diſagreeable appear-
had long pofleflion of the ground, and have efta- ance; but having already mentioned theſe things
bliſhed themſelves ſo ſtrongly as not to be eaſily over- under the article of GARDENS, I ſhall not enlarge
come ; therefore, what can be expected from ſuch farther on them here.
plantations ? This is to be underſtood of deciduous PLANTING REVERSE: Dr. Agricola tells us,
trees, for the Pines and Firs, if once well rooted in That he has made ſeveral experiments on the branches
the ground, will ſoon get the better of the plants and of foreign trees, as well Orange as Laurel, which he
deſtroy them.
performed after the manner following; he firſt ſtrip-
There are ſome other perſons who begin better than ped the branches of all the leaves; then he bent and
the former, and who will be at the expence of pre- tied them, dreffed them with his noble mummy, and
paring the ground and of Planting their trees, but planted them the reverſe way, ſo that nothing was to
afterward take very little care of them ; ſo that it is be ſeen of all the branches but the great ends, and
common to ſee them overgrown with weeds in a year kept them during the winter in his ftove.
after they are planted, whereby the trees receive ſo He adds, That thoſe who have a mind to raiſe trees
much injury as to retard their growth, and many this way, which he calls monſtrous fruit-trees, may
times, if the trees are young, they are totally deſtroyed. raiſe Apples, Pears, Cherries, Apricots, Peaches,
Therefore I would adviſe every perſon who propoſes Mulberries, Walnut-trees, &c. alſo Roſe-trees, Gooſe-
to plant, to prepare the ground well before-hand, by berry buſhes, &c. which he direct to do ſomething
trenching or deep ploughing it, and clearing it from more at large, as follows:
che roots of all bad weeds, for by ſo doing, there Take thoſe branches that are furniſhed with long ſide
will be a foundation laid for the future ſucceſs of ſhoots or twigs, and bend the ſide twigs in the joints
the plantation. Alſo I adviſe no perſon to undertake toward the great branches, and tie them together with
more of this work than he can afterward keep clean, baſs or packthread; then dreſs them with mummy, ei-
for all plantations of deciduous trees will require this ther with a bruſh only near the ligature, and here and
care, or at leaſt for ſeven years after they are made, if there on the joints, or dip them entirely into it; then
they hope to ſee the trees thrive well. Therefore all having made a deep hole in the ground ſet the
ſmall plantations ſhould have the ground annually dug branches the reverſe way, ſo that nothing but the long
between the trees; and as to thole which are large, it end of the branch appears above ground, the reſt
ſhould be ploughed between them. This will encou- being covered with good, fat, and well broken earth.
rage the roots of the trees to extend themſelves, This being done, the little branches will take root in
whereby they will find a much greater ſhare of nou- the joints every where, then the buds will begin to
riſhment, and by looſening the ground, the moiſture ſhoot, ſo that you may fee fifty or fixty more branches
and air will more eaſily penetrate to the roots, to the ſpring up, making an agreeable as well as monſtrous
no ſmall advantage of the trees. But beſides this ope- figure.
ration, it will be abſolutely neceſſary to hoe the ground Mr. Fairchild of Hoxton had begun to put the ſame
three or four times in ſummer, either by hand or the into practice, and he gives directions for performing
hoe-plough. This I am aware will be objected to by it as follows:
many, on account of the expence; but if the firit Firſt, to make choice of a young tree of one ſhoot,
hoeing is performed early in the ſpring, before the either of Alder, Elm, or Willow, or any other tree
weeds have gotten ſtrength, a great quantity of ground that will take root eaſily by laying, and to bend the
may be gone over in a ſhort time, and if the ſeaſon is
;
extreme part of the ſhoot gently down into the earth,
dry when it is performed, the weeds will preſently die and ſo let it remain till it has taken root, ſo that
after they are cut; and if this is repeated before the the plant then will reſemble an arch or bent bow above
weeds come up again to any fize, it will be found the
the ground.
cheapeſt and very beſt huſbandry; for if the weeds are When this top end has well ſtruck new roots, to dig
ſuffered to grow till they are large, it will be a much about the firſt root, and raiſe it gently out of the
greater expence to root them out, and make the ground ground, till the ftem is upright, and ſo ſtake it up,
clean; beſides, the weeds will rob the trees of great otherwiſe it will be apt to bend.
part of their nouriſhment. I have ſometimes been told, Then to prune thoſe roots that are erected in the air,
That it is neceſſary to let the weeds grow among trees
from the bruiſes and wounds which they received in
in ſummer, in order to ſhade their roots, and keep the being dug up, and do over with a brush the pruned
ground moiſt, but this has come from perſons of no parts with the following compoſition, moderately
ikill, but as others may have been deceived by ſuch
;
advice, I imagine it may not be improper to give ſome Take four ounces of tallow, four ounces of bees-wax,
anſwer to this. And here I'muft obſerve, That if two ounces of refin, and two ounces of turpentine,
weeds are permitted to grow, they will draw away all melted together in a pipkin.
moiſture from the roots of the trees for their own After this prune off all the buds or ſhoots that are
nouriſhment, ſo that the trees will be thereby deprived upon the ſtem or plant, and dreſs the wound with the
of the kindly dews and the gentle ſhowers of rain, ſame compoſition, to prevent any collateral ſhootings,
which are of great ſervice to young plantations; and that may ſpoil the beauty of the ftem.
theſe will be entirely drawn away by the weeds, which Beſides, care is to be taken, that the new-growing
will prevent their penetrating the ground, ſo that it roots of this reverſed plant be well nouriſhed ; and
is only the great rains which can deſcend to the roots therefore that part of the ſhoot which was the larger,
of the trees. And whoever has the leaſt doubt of this is to be cut away a little below the earth, that the
matter, if they will but try the experiment, by keep- ſtem may be better nouriſhed, and its roots tranſlated.
ing one part of the plantation clean, and fuffer the Theſe experiments are curious but not uſeful, be-
weeds to grow on another, they will ſoon be con- cauſe theſe reverſed trees never ſhoot perpendicular,
vinced of the truth by the growth of the trees. And but their branches incline to the ground, retaining
though this cleaning is attended with an expence, yet their former method of growing.
the ſucceſs will overpay this, beſide the additional | PLATANUS. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 590. tab. 363.
pleaſure of ſeeing the ground always clean.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 954. [wWÓTAVO, of wactus, broad,
In the diſpoſition of trees in parks, and of ſhrubs and becauſe the leaves of this tree are broad.] The Plane-
trees in gardens, there are very few of thoſe who call
themſelves deſigners, who have had much regard to The CHARACTERS are,
this particular, for in moſt of the modern planta- It hath male and female flowers growing Separate on the
tions, it is not uncommon to ſee an Oak, an Elm, ſome tree. The male flowers are collected in a round ball;
or ſome other large-growing tree planted where a they have no petals, but have very ſmall empalements,
Roſe-buih, a Honeyſuckle, or Sweet-briar, might which have oblong coloured ſtamine, terminated by four-
with more propriety occupy the ſpace : ſo that in a cornered ſummits. . The female flowers have ſmall ſcaly
empalements,
ز
warm :
tree.
و

PL A
PLA
3
empalements, and ſeveral fmall concave petals, with ſe-
veral awl-ſhaped germen fitting upon the styles, crowned
by recurved ſtigmas ; theſe are colle Eted in large balls. The
germen afterward turns to a roundiſh ſeed fitting upon the
briftly ſtyle, and ſurrounded with downy hairs.
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
plants which have male and female flowers fepa-
rated on the ſame plant, whoſe male flowers have
a
many ſtamina.
ز
a
The SPECIES are,
1. PLATANUS (Orientalis) foliis palmatis. Hort. Cliff,
447. Plane-tree with hand-ſhaped leaves. Platanus Ori-
entalis verus. Park. Theat. 1427. The true Eaſtern
Plane-tree.
2. PLATANUS (Occidentalis) foliis lobatis. Hort. Cliff.
447. Plane-tree with lobated leaves. Platanus Occiden-
talis aut Virginienfis. Park. Theat. 1427. Occidental
or Virginian Plane-tree.
Theſe two are undoubtedly diſtinct ſpecies, but there
are two others in the Engliſh gardens, which I fup-
poſe to be varieties that have accidentally riſen from
feed; one is titled the Maple-leaved Plane-tree, and
the other is called the Spaniſh Plane-tree.
The firſt fort, or Eaſtern Plane-tree, grows naturally
in Afia, where it becomes very large; the ſtem is tall,
erect, and covered with a ſmooth bark, which annu-
ally falls off; it ſends out many fide branches, which
are generally a little crooked at their joints; the
bark of the young branches is of a dark brown, in-
clining to a purple colour ; they are garniſhed with
leaves placed alternate; their foot-italks are an
inch and a half long; the leaves are ſeven inches
long and eight broad, deeply cut into five fegments,
and the two outer are ſlightly cut again into two
more; theſe ſegments have many acute indentures on
their borders, and have each a ſtrong midrib, with
many lateral veins running to the ſides; the upper
ſide of the leaves are of a deep green, and the under
fide pale. The flowers come out upon long foot-
ſtalks or ropes hanging downward, each ſuſtaining
five or fix round balls of flowers; the upper, which
are the largeſt, are more than four inches in circum-
ference; theſe fit very cloſe to the foot-ſtalks. The
flowers are ſo ſmall as ſcarce to be diſtinguiſhed with-
out glaſſes ; they come out a little before the leaves,
which is in the beginning of June; and in warm fummers
the ſeeds will ripen late in autumn, and if left upon the
trees will remain till ſpring, when the balls fall to
pieces, and the briſtly down which ſurrounds the feeds,
help to tranſport them to a great diſtance with the wind.
The ſecond fott grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America; this tree alſo grows to a large ſize,
the ſtem very ſtrait, and of equal girt moſt part of
the length; the bark is ſmooth, and annually falls off
like that of the other; the branches extend wide on
every fide; the young ones have a browniſh bark, but
the old ones have a gray bark; the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves are three inches long; the leaves are ſeven
inches long, and ten broad; they are cut into three
lobes or angles, and have ſeveral acute indentures on
their borders, with three longitudinal midribs, and
many ſtrong lateral veins. The leaves are of a light
green on their upper fide, and paler on their under.
The flowers grow in round balls like the former, but
are ſmaller. The leaves and flowers come out at the
ſame time with the former, and the feeds ripen in
for different ſpecies, who had not ſeen them riſe from
the ſame ſeeds.
The Spaniſh Plane-tree has larger leaves than either
of the other forts, which are more divided than thoſe
of the Occidental Plane-tree, but not ſo much as
the Eaſtern. Some of the leaves are cut into five and
others but three lobes; theſe are ſharply indented on
the edges, and are of a light green; the foot-italks
are ſhort, and covered with a ſhort down. This is by
fome called the middle Plane-tree, from its leaves be-
ing ſhaped between thoſe of the two other forts. It
grows rather faſter than either of the other forts, but
I have not ſeen any very large trees of this kind.
The firſt fort was brought out of the Levant to
Rome, where it was cultivated with much coft and
induſtry. The greateſt orators and ſtateſmen among
the Romans took great pleaſure in their villas, which
were furrounded with Platani ; and their fondneſs for
this tree became ſo great, that we frequently read of
their irrigating them with wine inſtead of water. Pliny
affirms, that there is no tree whatſoever, which fo
well defends us from the heat of the fun in ſummer,
nor that admits it more kindly in winter, the branches
being produced at a proportionable diſtance to the
largeneſs of their leaves (which is what holds through
all the different forts of trees yet known) ſo that
when the leaves are fallen in winter, the branches
growing at a great diſtance, eaſily admit the rays of
the fun.
This tree was afterwards brought to France, where it
was cultivated only by perſons of the firſt rank; and
ſo much was the lhade of it prized, as that if any of
the natives did but put his head under it, they exacted
a tribute from him.
It is generally ſuppoſed, that the introduction of this
tree into England is owing to the great Lord Chancel-
lor Bacon, who planted a noble parcel of them at
Verulam, which were there very flouriſhing ſome
years ſince, but have lately been deſtroyed. But not-
withſtanding its having been ſo long in England, yet
there are but very few large trees to be ſeen of it at
preſent; which may, perhaps, be owing to the great
eſteem the perſons of the laſt age had for the Lime-
tree, which was a faſhionable tree at that time, and
being much eaſier to propagate, and of a quicker
growth during the three or four firſt years than the
Plane-tree, thereby it became the moſt common tree
for planting of avenues and ſhady walks near habita-
tions in England. But ſince the defects of that tree
have been more generally diſcovered, the Elm has
had the preference, and is now the moſt commonly
planted for ſuch purpoſes.
However, notwithſtanding what has been ſaid of the
Plane-tree, of its backwardneſs in coming out in the
ſpring, and the ſudden decay of its leaves in autumn,
yet for the goodly appearance, and great magnitude
to which it will grow, it deſerves a place in large
plantations, or ſhady receffes near habitations; eſpeci-
ally if the plantation be deſigned on a moiſt foil, or
near rivulets of water, in which places this tree will
arrive to a prodigious magnitude.
We read of one of theſe trees, which was growing
at a villa of the Emperor Caligula, whoſe trunk was
fo large, as when hollowed, to make room therein,
capacious enough to entertain ten or twelve perſons
at a repaſt, and for their ſervants to wait upon them.
And there is mention made of one of theſe trees,
which was growing in the Eaſtern country, which
was of ſo great a magnitude, that Xerxes made his
army (which conſiſted of ſeventeen hundred thouſand
men) halt for ſome days, to admire the beauty and
tallneſs of this tree; and became ſo fond of it, as to
take his own, his concubines, and all the great per-
ſons jewels to cover it ; and was ſo much enamoured
with it, that for ſome days, neither the concern of
his grand expedition, nor intereft, nor honour, the
neceſſary motion of his prodigious army, could
diffuade him from it; he ftiled it, his Miſtreſs, his
Minion, his Goddeſs; and when he was obliged
to part with it, he cauſed a figure of it to be
itamped
3
autumn.
a
That which is called the Maple-leaved Plane, is cer-
tainly a feminal variety of the Eaſtern Plane, for
the feeds which ſcattered from a large tree of this
kind in the Chelſea Garden have produced plants of
that fort ſeveral times. This differs from the two
forts before-mentioned, in having its leaves not ſo
deeply cut as thoſe of the Eaſtern Plane, but they
are divided into five fegments, pretty deep, but are
not lobed as thoſe of the Occidental Plane. The foot-
talks of the leaves are much longer than thoſe of
either of the former, and the upper ſurface of the
leaves is rougher, ſo that any perſon might take thein

P L O
PLO
a
parts of
a
ftamped on a gold medal, which he continually wore
about him.
And ſuch was the efteem which the people of Aſia
had for this tree, that wherever they erected any
fumptuous buildings, the porticoes, which opened to
the air, terminated in groves of theſe trees.
The Eaſtern Plane-tree is propagated either from
ſeeds, or by layers, the latter of which is generally
practiſed in England; though the plants thus raiſed fel-
dom make ſo large ſtrait trees, as thoſe which are
produced from ſeeds; but it has been generally
thought, that the feeds of this tree were not pro-
ductive, becauſe they have not been ſown at a proper
ſeaſon, nor managed in a right manner; for I have
had thouſands of the young plants ſpring up from the
ſeeds of a large tree, which ſcattered upon the ground
in a moiſt place, and I ſince find, that if theſe ſeeds
are ſown ſoon after they are ripe, in a moiſt ſhady
ſituation, they will riſe extremely well, and the plants
;
thus obtained, will make a conſiderable progreſs after
the ſecond year, being much hardier and leſs liable to
loſe their tops in winter, than thoſe which are propa-
gated by layers. And ſince the ſeeds of this tree fre-
quently ripen well in England, they may be propa-
gated in as great plenty as any other foreft-tree.
The Virginian Plane-tree will grow extremely well
from cuttings, if they are planted the beginning of
October upon a moiſt foil; and if they are watered in
dry weather, will make a prodigious progreſs; ſo
that in a few years from the planting, they will afford
noble trees for planting of avenues, and other ſhady
walks ; and their trunks are perfectly ſtrait, growing
nearly of the ſame ſize to a conſiderable height, there
being the leaſt difference in the girt of this tree, for
ſeveral yards upwards, of any other fort of tree what-
foever. The Hon. Paul Dudley, Eſq; in a letter to
the Royal Society, mentions one of theſe trees, which
he obſerved in New England, whoſe girt was nine
yards, and held its bigneſs a great way up, which tree,
when cut down, made twenty-two cords of wood. He
alſo ſays, in the ſame letter, That he had propagated
many of theſe trees by cutting off ſticks of five or ſix
feet long, and ſetting them a foot deep into the
ground in the ſpring of the year, when the ſeaſon was
wet, and that they always thrive beſt in a moiſt foil.
All the forts are propagated very eaſily by layers,
every twig of them will take root, if they are but
pegged down and covered with earth; theſe layers
will be well rooted in one year, when they ſhould be
cut off from the old trees or ſtools, and planted in
a nurſery, where they may remain two or three
years to get ſtrength, after which they may be tranſ-
planted where they are to remain, for the younger
theſe trees are planted the better they will thrive. An
experiment of this I made in 1731, when I planted
four of theſe trees, one of each fort, in the ſame foil
and ſituation, at about twenty feet diſtance from each
other;, one of which, viz. the Spanish Plane, whoſe
ſtem was eight inches in girt; next to this, I planted
one of the Maple-leaved Plane-tree, whoſe girt was
not three inches, but the latter is now much larger
than the former, and gains more in one year than the
other does in three ; and the two others which were
of a middle ſize, have grown in a mean proportion
between them.
PLOUGHING OF LAND.
There is not a greater improvement of arable land
than that of well ploughing it, by which the ſoil is
pulverized, and rendered fit to receive the fibres of
the plants; and the oftener this is repeated, and the
better it is performed, the greater improvement is made
in the land. But there are not many of the practition-
ers of the art of huſbandry, who attend enough to this
part of it, moſt of them contenting themſelves with
going on in the old beaten road of their predeceſſors;
ſo that the only perſons who have made
provement in this part of agriculture, are the great
gardeners, who cultivate moſt of their land with the
plough; therefore they have imitated, as near as poffi-
ble, the uſe of the ſpade in labouring of their ground.
The difference between digging of land with the
ſpade, and that of ploughing, conſiſts in the
the earth being much more divided by the former,
than the latter method ; therefore thote gardeners,
who are curious in the working of their land, oblige
their labourers to ſpit the ground as thin as poſſible,
that there may remain no large clods unbroken; fo;
when land is ploughed, the ſame regard ſhould be
had to break and pulverize the parts as much as pof-
fible ; for when there are great clods left unbroken,
the fibres of plants riever penetrate farther than the
ſurface of them ; fo that all the ſalts included in theſe
lumps of earth are locked up, that the planes can re-
ceive no benefit from them. And theſe clods, in pro-
portion to their fize, make ſuch interftices, that the
air often penetrates through, and greatly injures the
tender fibres of the roots. Therefore the oftener the
land is ploughed, and the more the parts are ſeparated
and pulverized, the better will the plants be nouriſhed
and fed; but particularly in all itrong land, this part
of huſbandry will be the moſt beneficial ; but this can-
not be effected under four or five ploughings, and by
uſing ſuch ploughs as have either two or four coul-
ters, which will cut and ſeparate the clods much bet-
ter than it can be performed by the common plough;
and in the operation, great care ſhould be had to the
breadth of the furrow, for when theſe are made too
broad, it will be impoſſible to break and ſeparate
the parts ſufficiently. In ſome counties, where the
huſbandmen are not very expert in the uſe of the
plough, I have ſeen gentlemen oblige them to plough
by a line, and they have ſet out the exact width of
each furrow. This not only adds a neatneſs to the
ground, but likewiſe, by keeping the furrows ítrait,
and at equal diſtances, the land will be more equally
worked; but many of the good ploughmen in the
counties near London, will direct the plough as
ſtrait by their eye, as if they were to uſe a line.
Another thing to be obſerved in ploughing of land
is that of going to a proper depth, for if the ſurface
only be broken up and pulverized, the roots of
whatever plants are fown upon it will in a very ſhort
time reach the bottom, and meeting with the hard
unbroken foil, they are ſtopped from getting farther,
and of conſequence the plants will ſtint in their growth;
for there are few perſons who have attended enough
to the downright growth of the roots of plants, and
only have had regard to the roots of thoſe plants,
which are of a ſtrong fleſhy ſubſtance, and are called
tap-roots, being in form of Carrots. Theſe they ſup-
pofe will require to have the land wrought to a greater
depth, that the roots may run down, and be the
longer, for in that particular their goodneſs confifts.
But they do not think that the ſmall fibrous-rooted
plants ever require ſo much depth to run into the
ground; in this they are greatly miſtaken, for I have
traced the ſmall fibres of Graſs and Corn above three
feet deep in the ground. And if any perſon is curi-
ous to obſerve the length of the fibres of plants, if they
will but plant one of each fort into a ſmall pot of earth,
and keep them duly watered till the plants are ad-
vanced to flower, and then turn them out of the
pots
carefully, ſo as not to break any of the fibres of the
roots, and after ſeparating the earth from them,
meaſure the length of their roots, they will be found
much greater than moſt people imagine. I have my-
ſelf frequently traced the roots of plants, which have
ſurrounded the pots upward of twelve times; and the
roots of fome ſtrong-growing plants, which have
gotten through the holes in the bottom of flower-pots,
have in three months time extended themſelves ten
or eleven feet from the plant; therefore the deeper
the ground is laboured, the greater benefit the plants
will receive from it: but it muſt be underſtood of ſuch
land as the ſtaple is deep enough to admit of this,
for if the ſoil is ſhallow, and either gravel, chalk, or
ſtone lie beneath, it will be very imprudent to turn up
either of theſe ; therefore the depth of the furrows in
ſuch lands, muſt be determined by the ſtaple of the
land. By the word Itaple muſt be underſtood all tha:
10 Р
depth
great im-

P L O
PLU
3
depth of foil next the ſurface, which is proper for ftrument uſed in this operation is a plough, yet
the growth of vegetables. Where clay is next the it is termed hoeing, as it is intended to deſtroy the
ſtaple, provided it is not of the blue or iron-mould weeds, and to ſtir the ground but a ſmall depth, to
ſort, there will not be the ſame danger of going a diftinguiſh it from the common ploughing to pre-
little deeper than the ſtaple, as in either of the be- pare the land for the crop.
fore-mentioned forts of land; for if the clay be of a PLUMBAGO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 140. tab. 58.
fat nature, when it hath been well expoſed to air, and Lin. Gen. Plant. 196. Leadwort.
often laboured, it will be capable of affording a al The CHARACTERS are,
large ſhare of nouriſhment to the crops.
The flower has e tubulous, five-cornered, permanent em-
If between each ploughing of the land a harrow palement of one leaf, which is indented at the top into five
with long teeth is made uſe of to tear and break the parts; it hath one petol which is funnel-ſhaped, and a
clods, it will be of great fervice to the land; for the cylindrical tube which is narrow at the top. The brim is
more it is ſtirred by different inſtruments, the better cut into five parts which are oval and Spreading; it has
will the parts be ſeparated and pulverized; ſo that five owl-ſhaped ſtamina fitvated in the tube, fitting upon
the common method, as practiſed by the farmers, when the valves of the nectarium, which includes the germen.
they fallow their land, is far from anſwering the in- The ſmall oval germen fufteins a ſingle ſtyle the length of
tention, for they plough up the ground, leaving it in the tube, crowned by a ſlender five-pointed ſtigma. The
great clods for ſome months, and frequently, during germen afterward becomes a ſingle oval feed included in
this time, Thiſtles and all bad weeds are ſuffered to the enpalement.
grow upon the land, to exhauft the goodneſs of it;
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and perhaps, juſt before the ſeeds are fown, they Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants whoſe
give it two more ploughings. This is what the far- flowers have five ſtamina and one ftyle.
mers call good huſbandry, but if inſtead of this me- The SPECIES are,
thod they would labour the ground often with the 1. PLUMBAGO (Europea) foliis amplexicaulibus. Hort.
plough, a harrow, and heavy roller, to break and Cliff. 53. Leadwort with leaves embracing the ſtalks.
ſeparate the parts, and never ſuffer any weeds to grow Plumbago quorundam. Cluf. Hift. 123. Leadwort or
upon the land during its lying fallow, I am ſure they Tootbwort.
would find their account in it; firſt, by the growth 2. PLUMBAGO (Zeylanica) foliis petiolatis ovatis glabris,
and increaſe of their crops, and afterward by a faving caule geniculis gibloſis. Lin. Sp. 215. Hort. Cliff. 53.
in the weeding; for if no weeds are ſuffered to grow Leadwort with leaves having foot-ſtalks
. Plumbago
to ſhed their feeds, during the time of fallowing the Americana, betæ folio ampliori
. Plum. Cat. Ameri-
land, there will but few come up when the ground is can Leadwort with a larger Beet leaf.
ſown, in compariſon with what would otherwiſe be in Theſe are all the forts which I have obſerved in the
the common huſbandry.
Engliſh gardens. The firſt fort grows naturally in
In many of the old gardens near London, which are the ſouth of France, in Italy, and Spain; it hath a
occupied by the kitchen-gardeners, when the
upper perennial root, which ſtrikes deep into the ground,
ſurface of the ground is exhauſted by the continual from which arife many ſlender ſtalks about three feet
crops which they get from it, it is a common method and a half high, which are channelled, and garniſhed
to trench the ground two or three ſpades depth, and with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches long
turn the bottom ſoil upward; and by this the land is and two broad, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalks; they
freſh, and produces very good crops for ſome years are ſmooth, entire, and of a grayiſh colour. The upper
after. And in imitation of this many of the farming
.
part of the ſtalks ſend out many fide branches which
gardeners, who make uſe of the plough, have two are ſlender, and garniſhed with ſmall leaves. Theſe,
or three men following the plough in the furrows, who and alſo the principal ſtalks, are terminated by tufts
turn up a ſpit in the bottom of each furrow; and of either blue or white flowers, which are ſmall, funnel-
where the ſoil is good, they throw it on the ſurface, ſhaped, and have pretty long tubes, and are ſucceeded
but if otherwiſe, they level it in the bottom, and this
by oblong, rough, hairy feeds. This plant feldom
looſening of the ground renders it capable of admitting flowers till toward the end of October in England, and
the roots of the plants.
unleſs the autumn proves warm, does not flower here,
The ploughing already mentioned is intended to pre- fo never produces ripe ſeeds. There is a variety of this
pare the land for the reception of the feeds which with white flowers and pale ſtalks, which is ſuppoſed
are propoſed to be ſown, and as was before obſerved, to have riſen from the feeds of the former.
the oftener and better this is performed, the more the The ſtalks of this decay in the winter, and new ones
land will produce. But, beſide this, there will be a come up the following ſpring; they are propagated
neceſſity for ſtirring the ground to deſtroy the weeds, here by parting of their roots, which fend out heads
after the crop is growing; for if the weeds are fuf-
;
in plenty. Theſe may be divided at any time when
fered to grow with the crop, they will draw away
moſt the weather is mild, from the time the ſtalks decay,
of the nouriſhment, and greatly leſſen their produce. till the roots begin to ſhoot in the ſpring; it ſhould
Therefore in gardens this work is generally performed have a light foil and a warm fituation, otherwiſe it
by hand, with an inſtrument called a hoe, unleſs will not flower here. The roots ſhould be allowed
when the ground is very ſtiff, and ſubject to bind ; in room to ſpread, and the ſtalks require ſupport, and if
which caſe it will be proper to make uſe of forks to the plants are kept clean from weeds, and the ground
break and looſen the earth between the crops, and between them dug every winter, it is all the culture
the oftener this is repeated, the better will the crops they require.
ſucceed, and this huſbandry I have feen attended with It is called Dentillaria or Toothwort by many au-
great advantage. But in the large open fields of thors, who recommend its virtues in curing the tooth-
Beans, Peas, and other large-growing plants which ach, being of a hot cauſtic nature like Pellitory of
are planted in rows, the ground between may be fre- Spain.
quently ſtirred with a ſmall ſwing-plough, which will The ſecond fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
deſtroy the weeds, pulverize the ground, and give is a perennial plant, with a ſtrong fibrous root, from
nouriſhment to the crop; for as all land is apt to which ariſe many ſlender ſtalks, which grow near four
bind, or the parts coaleſce by lying unitirred, the more feet high, garniſhed with ſmooth, oval, ſpear-ſhaped
and oftener it is ſtirred, the better it will be kept leaves about three inches long, and one and a half
loofe, and thereby rendered proper for the growth of broad near their baſe, ending in acute points, which
plants. This ſort of ploughing is termed horſe- are placed alternate, ſtanding upon fhort foot-ſtalks.
hoeing, and there being a particular treatiſe upon this The upper part of the ſtalks divide into ſmall
ſort of huſbandry written by Mr. Jethro Tull, of branches, garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves, and ter-
Shelbourn, in Berkſhire, in which the inſtruments are minate in ſpikes of flowers, which have long ſlender
figured and deſcribed, I ſhall refer thoſe, who are tubes, cut into five ſegments at the brim, which ſpread
deſirous to practiſe this huſbandry, to the book it- open; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong feeds covered
felf, and ſhall only take notice, that although the in- with the prickly empalement. The upper part of
the
و
a

PLU
PLU
a
a
ز
the ſtalks, and the empalements of the flowers are ve-
ry glutinous, ſticking to the fingers if touched, and
the ſmall flies which ſettle upon them are faſtened, ſo
cannot get off again. This plant is too tender to thrive
in the open air in England, fo requires to be kept in
a moderate ſtove, where they will continue flowering
great part of the year; and thoſe flowers which appear
early in the ſummer, will be ſucceeded by ripe ſeeds
in autumn.
This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
on a good hot-bed in the ſpring, where the plants
will come up in about five or ſix weeks. When theſe
are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted into a
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light loamy earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tan, obſerving to ſcreen
them from the ſun till they have taken new root;
afterward they muſt be treated like other plants from
the ſame country. In the ſummer they ſhould have a
large ſhare of freſh air admitted to them in warm
weather, and require water every other day in mode-
ration. In winter they ſhould be kept in a mode-
rate temperature of warmth, and muſt be more ſpa-
ringly watered. With this management the roots will
abide ſeveral years, and produce plenty of flowers
and feeds.
PLUM-TREE. See PRUNUS.
PLUMERIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 659. tab. 439.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 263. Red Jaſmine; in French, Fran-
gipanier.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſmall obtuſe empalement divided into five
parts; it hath one funnel-ſhaped petal, with a long tube
enlarging upward, cut into five oblong oval ſegments at
the top, which Spread open ; it hath five awl-ſhaped
ftamina ſituated in the center of the tube, terminated by
Jummits which cloſe together, and an oblong bifid germen
with ſcarce any ſtyle, crowned by a double acute ſtigma.
The germen afterward becomes a long, ſwelling, acute-
pointed capſule with one cell, filled with winged ſeeds placed
over each other like ſcales of fiſh, faſtened at their baſe to
the ſides of the capſule.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe
flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. PLUMERIA (Rubra) foliis ovato-oblongis, petiolis bi-
glandulofis. Hort. Cliff. 76. Plumeria with oblong oval
leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks have two glands. Plumeria
flore roſeo odoratiffimo. Inft. R. H. 659. Plumeria
with a Roſe-coloured ſweet-ſcented flower, commonly called
in the Weſt Indies Red Jaſmine.
2. PLUMERIA (Incarnata) foliis ovato-oblongis, ramis
patulis, floribus corymboſis. Plumeria with oblong oval
leaves, Spreading branches, and flowers growing in a co-
rymbus. Plumeria flore majore odorato & incarnato.
Plumeria with a larger ſweet-ſcented and incarnate flower,
called in the Weſt-Indies the Japan-tree.
3. PLUMERIA (Alba) foliis lanceolatis revolutis, pedun-
culis.fupernè tuberofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 410. Plumeria
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which turn backward, whoſe
foot-ſtalks have ſwellings on the upper ſide. Plumeria
Hore niveo, foliis longis anguftis & acuminatis. Inft.
R. H. Plumeria with a ſnowy flower, and long narrow-
pointed leaves.
4. PLUMERIA (Nivea) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis obtufis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 210. Plumeria with ſpear-ſhaped obtuſe
leaves having foot-ſtalks. Plumeria fore niveo, foliis
brevioribus & obtufis. Inft. R. H. Plumeria with a
ſnowy flower, and ſhorter blunt leaves.
5. PLUMERIA (Africana) foliis lineari-lanceolatis longif-
fimis. Plumeria with very long, narrow, Spear-shaped
leaves.
The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Tour-
nefort, in honour of Father Plumer, who was bota-
nift to the late King of France, and a long time in
America ſearching after new plants; and has publiſhed
a catalogue of the plants he diſcovered, with feveral
new genera which he conſtituted, in two volumes in
folio, with figures and deſcriptions of many of the
plants.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the Spaniſh Weſt-
Indies, from whence it was tranſplanted into inoſt of
the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it is cultivated
in the gardens for ornament. It riſes to the height of
.
eighteen of twenty feet; the ſtalk is covered with a
dark green bark, having marks where the leaves are
fallen off. The ſtalks are fucculent, and abound with
a milky juice, but within they are ſomewhat ligneous.
Toward the top they put out a few thick ſucculent
branches, which are garniſhed at their ends with oval
oblong leaves of a light green colour, having a large
midrib and many tranſverſe veins; theſe are full of a
milky juice. At the ends of the branches come out
the flowers in cluſters, they are ſhaped like thoſe of
the Oleander or Roſe Bay, having one petal which is
tubulous, and cut into five oval obtuſe ſegments which
ſpread open, of a pale red colour, and have an agree-
able odour. When the flowers are paſt, the germen
.
becomes a long ſwelling pod filled with fiat winged
ſeeds, lying over each other like the ſcales of fith. It
uſually powers here in July and Auguſt, but is never
ſucceeded by pods in England.
The ſecond fort I received from the iſland of St.
Chriſtopher's by the name of Japan-tree; this fort is
very rare in the Engliſh ſettlements at preſent, having
been but lately introduced from the Spaniſh Weſt-
Indies. It is in leaf and ftem very like the firſt, but
the ſtalks do not riſe ſo high; they divide into ſtrong
ſpreading branches, which are filled with a milky
juice; the leaves are of a thicker conſiſtence than thoſe
of the firſt, and their veins are larger; the Powers of
this are of a paler colour, and are produced in much
larger cluſters. It is very common to have upward
of twenty of theſe flowers open in one bunch, and a
number to ſucceed theſe as they decay, ſo that the
cluſters have continued in beauty upward of two
months, during which time they make a moſt beau-
tiful appearance in the ſtove, and have a very agree-
able flavour.
The third ſort grows plentifully at Campeachy, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent the feeds. He
alſo obſerved ſome plants of this kind at Jamaica.
This is not near ſo beautiful as the two former forts,
the flowers being ſmaller, and produced in leſs
bunches, and are moreover of ſhort duration. But
for the beauty of their ftems and leaves, and for the
ſake of variety, they deſerve room in every curious
collection of plants.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Houſtoun,
growing in great plenty near Cartlagena in the Spa-
niſh Weft-Indies, from whence he ſent the feeds to
England. This ſort produces ſmall white flowers, re-
ſembling thoſe of the third, fo is leſs valuable than
the two firſt.
The feeds of the fifth fort were ſent me by Mr.
Richard, gardener to the King of France at Ver-
failles ; they were brought from Senegal by Monſieur
Adanſon, who was fome years in that country in
ſearch of plants. This hath a ſtalk very like the firſt
ſort, but the leaves are nine or ten inches long, and
not more than two inches broad; they are thick, fuc-
culent, and full of a milky juice, a little roundiſh at
their baſe, but end in acute points. The flowers of
this fort are ſaid to be yellow, but as the plants have
not yet flowered here, I can give no farther account
of them.
All theſe plants may be propagated by feeds, which
muſt be procured from the countries where they natu-
rally grow; they ſhould be fown in pots filled with
light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark; and when the plants are come up about two
inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted into ſeparate
ſmall pots filled with light fandy earth, and plunged
into the hot-bed again, obſerving to fhade them from
the heat of the ſun in the middle of the day, until
they have taken root, but they muſt not have much
water, for as all the forts are very ſucculent, being
full of a milky juice, ſomewhat like the Euphorbiums,
moiſture will cauſe them to rot. In hot weather the
plants ſhould have a pretty large ſhare of freſh air
admitted

POD
POI
water.
a
admitted to them, by raiſing the glaſſes of the hot- which is faſtened to the under ſide of the leaf like the
bed every day, in proportion to the warmth of the handle of a targets the leaves are ſmooth, and of a
ſeaſon, to prevent their drawing up weak. Toward light green. At the diviſion of the foot-ſtalk comes
Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be cold, the out the flower, with a large empalement covering it
plants ſhould be removed into the ſtove, and plunged like a ſheath; the flower hath nine pretty large con-
into the bark-bed, where they muſt remain during cave white petals, which are roundiſh at the top, and
the winter. As theſe plants all caſt their leaves in the plaited on their borders. In the center is ſituated a
middle of winter, and continue deſtitute of them till large, roundiſh, oval germen, crowned by a plaited
about the beginning of May, ſo during that time, obtufe ftigma, and ſurrounded by a great number of
they ſhould be watered very ſparingly, becauſe they ſhort ſtamina, terminated by oblong, erect, yellow
are in more danger of rotting, while they are in a ſummits. The flowers appear in May, and when
leſs active ſtate, by too much moiſture, than when they fall off, the germen ſwells to a fruit of the fize
they are furniſhed with leaves, through which the and ſhape of the common Hip or fruit of the wild Roſe.
moiſture is more freely perſpired.
This is at firſt green, but when ripe changes to a yel-
All theſe forts are too tender to thrive in the open air low colour, incloſing ſeveral roundiſh feeds faſtened
of this country in the ſummer ſeaſon, therefore ſhould to the placenta.
be conſtantly preſerved in the ſtove, where, in warm This plant propagates fo faſt by its creeping roots, as
weather, they muſt have a large ſhare of free air, that few perfons are at the trouble of fowing the feeds.
but in cold weather they muſt be kept very warm. Every part of the root will grow, ſo they may be an-
While they are young, it will be
proper to continue
nually parted, either in autumn when their leaves de-
them in the bark-bed; but when they have obtained cay, or in the ſpring juſt before the roots begin to
ſtrength, they may be placed in a dry ftove, where ſhoot; they require no other culture but to keep them
they will thrive well, provided they are kept in a mo- clean from weeds. It loves a light loamy foil and a
derate temperature of heat, and have not too much ſhady fituation, and is ſo hardy as feldom to be in-
jured by the froft.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by cuttings, POINCIANA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 619. tab. 391.
which ſhould be taken from the old plants two months Lin. Gen. Plant. 462. Barbadoes Flower-fence, or
before they are planted, during which time they Spaniſh Carnations; in French, Poincillode.
ſhould be laid on the flues in the ſtove, that the part
The CHARACTERS are,
which joined to the old plant may be healed over be- The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five oblong
fore they are planted, otherwiſe they will rot. Theſe concave leaves which fall off. The flower has five une-
cuttings ſhould be planted in ſmall pots filled with qual petals ; four of them are nearly equal and roundiſh,
light ſandy earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- but the fifth is larger, deformed, and indented. It bath
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them in the ten long, briſtly, riſing Stamina, terminated by oblong ſun-
heat of the day from the ſun, and refreſh them once mits, and an awl-ſhaped declining germen which ſits upone
in a week or ten days with water, but it muſt be given the Jiyle the length of the ſtamina, and is crowned by art
to them ſparingly each time. If the cuttings ſucceed, acute ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
they will have taken root in about two months, when compreſſed pod, with ſeveral tranſverſe partitions ; in each
they ſhould have a larger ſhare of air to harden them of theſe is lodged a ſingle flattiſh ſeed.
by degrees to bear the ſun and air, and afterward may This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
be treated as the old plants.
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
The milky juice of theſe plants is very cauſtic, and whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
reckoned poiſonous. In cutting off any of the branches We have but one Species of this genus in the
of the plants, if the knife be not immediately cleaned, Engliſh gardens, viz.
the juice will corrode it, and turn the blade almoft POINCIANA (Pulcherrima) aculeis geminis. Hort. Upfal.
black in a very little time, ſo as not to be cleaned off 101. Flower-fence with double ſpines. Poinciana flore
again; and if dropped on linen will cauſe it to waſh in pulcherrimo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 619. Poinciana with
holes, equal to aquafortis.
a noſt beautiful flower.
PODOPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 571. Ana- There are two varieties of this which were diſcovered
podophyllum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 239. tab. 122. by the late Dr. Houſtoun in the Spaniſh Weft-Indies.
Duck’s-foot, or May Apple.
One of theſe hath a red, and the other a yellow
The CHARACTERS are,
flower ; but as there appears to be no other difference
The bud of the flower is incloſed in a large, three-leaved, in the plants from the common fort, they muſt be
coloured empalement in form of a ſpatha or ſheath. The ſuppoſed only accidental variations which have riſen
flower has nine roundiſh concave petals which are plaited from feeds.
on their borders, ſmaller than the empalement; it has a This plant grows naturally in both Indies; it is plant-
roundi) germen without a ſtyle, crowned by a plaited ob- ed in hedges to divide the lands in Barbadoes, from
tuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an oval whence it had the title of Flower-fence; it is alſo
capſule of one cell, crowned by the ſtigma, filled with called Spaniſh Carnations by ſome of the inhabitants
roundiſh ſeeds.
of the Britiſh iſlands in the Weſt-Indies. It riſes with
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of a ftrait ſtalk ten or twelve feet high, which is covered
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants with a ſmooth gray bark, and is ſometimes as thick
whoſe flowers have many ftamina and one ſtyle. as the ſmall of a man's leg, dividing into ſeveral
We have but one Species of this genus at preſent ſpreading branches at the top, which are armed at
in the Engliſh gardens, viz.
each joint with two ſhort, ſtrong, crooked ſpines, and
PODOPHYLLUM (Peltatum) foliis peltatis lobatis. Lin. are garniſhed with decompound winged leaves, each
Sp. Plant. 505. Duck’s-foot with target-ſhaped leaves leaf being compoſed of fix or eight pair of ſimple
having labes. Anapodophyllum Canadenſe Morini. winged leaves, the lower pair being compoſed of four
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 219. Canada Duck’s-foot of or five pair of lobes, the others gradually increaſing
Morinus.
in their number toward the top, where they decreafe
This plant grows naturally in many parts of North again, and are ſmaller. The lobes are three quarters
America. The root is compoſed of many thick tu- of an inch long, and almoſt half an inch broad at their
bers which are faſtened together by fleſhy fibres, which points, leffening gradually to their baſe; they are of
ſpread, and propagate greatly under ground, ſending a light green colour, and when bruiſed emit a ſtrong
out many ſmaller fibres which ſtrike downward. In odour.
the ſpring ariſe ſeveral foot-ſtalks about fix inches The branches are terminated by looſe ſpikes of flow-
high, which divide into two ſmaller, each ſuſtaining ers, which are ſometimes formed into a kind of pyra-
one leaf, compoſed of five, fix, or ſeven lobes, the mid, and at others they are diſpoſed more in forin of
five middle being deeply indented at the top; theſe an umbel. The foot-ſtalk of each flower is near three
join together at their baſe, where the foot-ſtalk meets, inches long; the flower is compoſed of five petals
و
a
which

POL
POL
.
3
a
which are roundiſh at the top, but are contracted to
The CHARACTERS are,
narrow tails at their baſe; they ſpread open, and are The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
beautifully variegated with a deep red or Orange co- is cut into five ſegments; it has one petal, of the wheel
lour, yellow, and ſome ſpots of green; they have a shape. The tube is very ſhort ; the upper part, which is
very agreeable odour. In the center of the flower is divided, Spreads open. It hath five flender ſigning whicha
fituated a ſlender ſtyle above three inches long, upon are inſerted in the valves of the tube ; theſe are inclined,
which the germen fits, and is accompanied by ten ſta- and are ſhorter than the petal, and are terminated by
mina nearly of the ſame length with the ſtyle, termi- roundiſh ſummits. In the bottom of the tube is ſituated
nated by oblong ſummits. After the flower is paſt, an acute oval germen, Supporting a Render Style which
the germen becomes a broad fiat pod about three is equal with the petal, crowned by a revolving trifid frig
inches long, divided into three or four cells by tranſ- ma. The germen afterward turns to a tkree-cornered oval
verſe partitions, each including one flattiſh irregular capſule having three cells, filled with irregular acutea
feed. The leaves of this plant are uſed inſtead of Se- pointed ſeeds.
na in the Weſt-Indies to purge, and in Jamaica the This genus of plants is ranged in the first ſection of
plant is titled Sena.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
Ligon ſays the ſeeds of this plant were firſt carried to whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Barbadoes from Cape Verd Iſlands, and the beauty of The SPECIES are,
the flowers was ſuch, that the inhabitants foon ſpread 1. POLEMONIUM (Ceruleum) calycibus corollze tubo lon-
it over that iſland, and afterward it was tranſported gioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 162. Greek Valerian, with an
into moſt of the neighbouring iſlands. This may have empalement longer than the tube of the flower. Polemo-
been ſo, but it is very certain that the plant grows nium vulgare cæruleum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 146.
naturally in Jamaica, where the late Dr. Houſtoun Common blue Greek Valerian.
found it in the woods at a great diſtance from any 2. POLEMONIUM (Reptans) foliis pinnatis, radicibus rep-
ſettlements. He alſo found it growing naturally at tatricibus. Flor. Virg. 22. Greek Valerian, with winged
La Vera Cruz, and at Campeachy, where he alſo leaves and a creeping root.
found the two varieties with red and yellow flowers. The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of Eu-
The only difference between theſe and the firſt fort be- rope ; it has been diſcovered growing wild in Carle-
ing in the colour of their flowers, and their branches ton Beek, and about Malham Cove near Craven, in
having fewer ſpines.
Yorkſhire. Of this there are two or three varieties,
The ſeeds of this plant are annually brought over in one with a white, and the other a variegated flower,
plenty from the Weſt-Indies, which, if fown upon a and another with variegated leaves.
hot-bed, will riſe eaſily. When the plants are come This plant has winged leaves, which are compoſed of
up, they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a ſmall pot, ſeveral pair of lobes placed alternately. The lower
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerv- leaves have eleven or twelve pair, and are terminated
ing to ſhade them from the fun till they have taken by an odd one; theſe are broadeft at their baſe, end-
root; after which you muſt give them air in propor- ing in points, and ſit cloſe to the midrib. The ſtalks
tion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; they muſt be fre- riſe near a foot and a half high; they are hollow,
quently refreſhed with water in ſummer. When the channelled, and are garniſhed with winged leaves of
plants have filled the pots with their roots, they ſhould the ſame form with the lower, but decreaſe upward
be ſhaken out, and placed into larger ones, that their in their fize, and are terminated by bunches of flow-
roots may have room to ſpread. If care be taken to ers which fit very cloſe; they have each one petal,
water and ſhift them as often as is neceſſary, they which has a ſhort tube, cut into five roundiſh ſega
will grow to be three feet high the firſt ſeaſon. At ments at the top; they are chiefly of a beautiful blue
Michaelmas the pots ſhould be plunged into a freſh colour, and have each five ſtamina, which are termi-
hot-bed of tanners bark in the ſtove, which ſhould nated by yellow ſummits. Theſe flowers appear the
be kept to the Ananas heat marked on the botanical latter end of May, and are ſucceeded by oval acute-
thermometers, and frequently refreſhed with water, pointed capſules, with three cells filled with irregular
but they muſt not have it in large quantities, which feeds, which ripen in Auguſt.
is very injurious to theſe plants at that ſeaſon. The Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by fowing their
earth which theſe plants ſhould be planted in, muſt ſeeds in the ſpring upon a bed of light earth, and
be freſh, light, and ſandy (but not over-rich,) in when they are come up pretty ſtrong, they ſhould be
which they will ſtand the winter better than if planted pricked out into another bed of the fame light earth
in a ſtronger foil. When the plants are grown large, about four or five inches afunder, obſerving to ſhade
there muſt be great care taken when they are ſhifted and water them until they have taken root; after
into larger pots, not to ſuffer the ball of earth to fall which they will require no farther care, but to keep
from their roots; for when this happens, the plants them clear from weeds until Michaelmas, at which
ſeldom ſurvive it.
time they muſt be tranſplanted into the borders of
Theſe plants muſt conſtantly remain in the bark-ſtove, the flower-garden, where, being intermixed with dif-
where in warm weather they ſhould have a large ſhare ferent ſorts of flowers, they will make a beautiful
ap-
of air, but they muſt not be expoſed to cold; they pearance.
are very impatient of moiſture in winter, and, if This plant is not naturally of long duration, but by
damp ſeizes their top, it very often kills the plants, taking them up in autumn and parting of them, they
or at leaſt occaſions the loſs of their heads. With may be continued ſome years; but as the ſeedling
proper management they will grow much taller here plants always flower much ſtronger than the offsets,
than they uſually do in Barbadoes, but their ſtems few perſons ever propagate them by flips.
will not be larger than a man's finger, which is oc- The fort with white flowers will frequently ariſe from
caſioned by their being drawn up by the glaſſes of the feeds of the blue, as will alſo that with variegated
the ſtove. I have had ſome of theſe plants near flowers, but theſe may be continued by parting of
eighteen feet high in the Chelſea Garden, which have
their roots.
produced their beautiful flowers fome years. Theſe The fort with variegated leaves is preſerved by part-
Howers have always appeared in December, but in the ing of their roots, becauſe the plants raiſed from
Weft-Indies I am informed they flower twice a year, at feeds would be ſubject to degenerate and become
which times they make a moſt beautiful appearance. plain. The beſt time to part them is about Michael
POKE VIRGINIAN. See PHYTOLACCA. mas, that they may take good root before the cold
POLEMONIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 146. tab. weather prevents them. Theſe ſhould have a freſh
61. Lin. Gen. Plant. 200. [fo called, according to light foil, but if it be too rich, their roots will rot in
Pliny, from worspelv, Gr. to wage war, on account of winter, or the ſtripes of the leaves will go off in the
the conteſts which aroſe betwixt two princes, each fummer.
aſſuming the honour of the diſcovery of it to himſelf.] The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia and other
Greek Valerian, or Jacob's Ladder.
parts of North America. This hath creeping roots,
10 Q
by
a
a
а

POL
POL
double range.
a
by which it multiplies very faſt. The leaves have of parting with any of the roots, even after he had pro-
feldom more than three or four pair of lobes, which pagated them in ſuch plenty as to have more than he
ſtand at a much greater diſtance from each other than could plant, ſo he cauſed them to be cut in pieces,
thoſe of the common fort; they are of a darker that he might have the vanity to boaſt of being the
green. The lobes are narrow, and are placed alter-only perſon in Europe who was poffeffed of this flower;
nately; the ſtalks riſe nine or ten inches high, fend- but of late years the roots have been ſpread into many
ing out branches their whole length. The flowers
The flowers parts, and as there is no other method to propagate
are produced in looſe bunches, ſtanding upon pretty this but but by the offsets, moſt people who have had
long foot-ſtalks; they are ſmaller than thoſe of the of this ſort are careful to multiply and increaſe it;
common ſort, and are of a lighter blue colour.
which is done by planting the offsets upon a moderate
a
This ſort may be propagated by feeds in the fame hot-bed early in March, and covering the bed in cold
manner as the common fort, or by parting of their weather with mats or ftraw, and in ſummer they muſt
roots in autumn, and is equally hardy with the com- have plenty of water in dry weather. In this bed the
mon fort.
roots may remain till the leaves decay in autumn, but
POLIANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 384. Hyacin- if there ſhould happen any froſt before that time, the
thus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 344. tab. 180. The Tube- bed ſhould be covered to guard the roots from the
roſe.
froſt, becauſe if the froft enters fo low as to reach the
The CHARACTERS are,
roots it will kill them; and if the leaves are injured
The flower has no empalement; it has one petal which is by the froſt, it will weaken the roots. Where there
funnel-ſhaped. The tube is oblong and incurved; the is due care taken to ſcreen them from froſt, and too
brim is cut into fix oval ſegments which Spread open. It much wet, it will be the beſt way to let the roots re-
hath fix thick ſtamina ſituated in the chaps of the petal, main in the bed till the end of November or the be-
terminated by linear ſummits, which are longer than the ginning of December, provided hard froſts do not fet
stamina. In the bottom of the tube is ſituated a roundiſh in ſooner; for the leſs time the roots are out of the
germen, ſupporting a ſender ſtyle, crowned by a thick, trifid, ground, the ſtronger they will be, and the fooner they
honey-bearing ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an will flower; when the roots are taken up, they ſhould
obtuſe, roundiſh, three-cornered capſule having three cells, be cleaned from the earth, and laid up in dry fand,
which are filled with plain half-round ſeeds diſpoſed in a where they may be fecure from froſt and wet; here
they ſhould remain until the ſeaſon for planting them
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
again ; this ſame method hould be practiſed by thoſe
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants who are defirous to cultivate the ſingle fort in Eng-
whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.
land, and alſo that with ſtriped leaves muſt be propa-
We have but one Species of this genus, viz. gated the ſame way.
POLIANTHES (Tuberoſa) foribus alternis. Hort. Cliff. I ſhall next give directions for the management of
127. Polianthes with flowers placed alternately. Hya- thoſe roots, which are annually brought from Italy.
cinthus Indicus tuberoſus, flore Narciſfi. C. B. P. 42. And firſt, in the choice of the roots, thoſe which are
Tuberous Indian Hyacinth, with a flower like Narciſſus, the largeſt and plumpeft, if they are perfectly firm
commonly called Tuberoſe.
and found, are the beſt; and the fewer offsets they
The varieties of this are the Tuberoſe with a double
have, the ſtronger they will flower; but the under
flower, the ſtriped-leaved Tuberoſe, and the Tube- part of the roots ſhould be particularly examined, be-
roſe with a ſmaller flower ; the laſt is mentioned by cauſe it is there that they firſt decay; after the roots are
ſeveral authors as a diſtinct ſpecies, but is certainly a choſen, before they are planted, the offsets ſhould be
variety. Caſpar Bauhin titles it Hyacinthus Indicus taken off ; for if theſe are left upon the roots, they
tuberoſus, flore Hyacinthi orientalis. Pin. 47. i. e. will draw away part of the nouriſhment from the
Indian tuberous Hyacinth, with a flower like the Eaſt- old root, whereby the flower-ſtems will be greatly
ern Hyacinth. This fort is frequent in the ſouth of weakened.
France, from whence the roots have been often
As theſe roots commonly arrive in England in the
brought to England early in the ſpring, before thoſe
month of February or March, thoſe who are deſirous
roots have arrived from Italy, which are annually to have theſe early in flower, ſhould make a moderate
imported; the ſtalks of this are weaker, and do not hot-bed foon after the roots arrive, which ſhould have
riſe fo high, and the flowers are ſmaller than thoſe of good rich earth laid upon the dung, about ſeven or
the common Tuberoſe, but in other reſpects is the eight inches deep; this bed ſhould be covered with a
frame, and when the bed is in a proper temperature
The Tuberoſe grows naturally in India, from whence for warmth, the roots ſhould be planted at about fix
it was firſt brought to Europe, where it now thrives inches diſtance from each other every way. The up-
in the warmer parts, as well as in its native ſoil. The
per part of the root ſhould not be buried more than
Genoeſe are the people who cultivate this plant, to one inch in the ground; when the roots are planted,
furniſh all the other countries where the roots cannot there ſhould be but little water given thein until they
be propagated without great trouble and care, and ſhoot above ground; for too much wet will rot them,
from thence the roots are annually ſent to England, when they are in an inactive itate, but afterward they
Holland, and Germany. In moſt parts of Italy, Sicily, will require plenty of water, eſpecially when the ſea.
and Spain, the roots thrive and propagate without fon is warm.
When the flower-ſtems begin to ap-
care, where they are once planted.
pear, the bed ſhould have a large ſhare of air given to
This plant has been long cultivated in the Engliſh it
, otherwiſe the ſtalks will draw up weak, and pro-
gardens for the exceeding beauty and fragrancy of its duce but few flowers; for the more air theſe plants
fowers; the roots of this are annually brought from enjoy in good weather, the ſtronger they will grow,
Genoa, by the perſons who import Orange-trees ; for and produce a greater number of flowers; therefore,
as theſe roots are too tender to thrive in the full ground toward the beginning of May, the frame may
be
in England, fo there are few perſons who care to take quite taken off the bed, and hoops faſtened over it,
the trouble of nurſing up their offsets, till they be- to ſupport a covering of mats, which need not be laid
come blowing roots, becauſe it will be two or three over but in the night, or in very cold weather, ſo
,
years before they arrive to a proper ſize for producing that by enjoying the free open air their ſtems will be
flowers; and as they muſt be protected from the froſt large ; and if they are well watered in dry weather,
in winter, the trouble and expence of covers is greater their flowers will be large, and a great number on
than the roots are worth ; for they are generally ſold each ſtem.
pretty reaſonable, by thoſe who import them from
,
This firſt planting will require more care than thoſe
Italy.
which are deſigned to come after them, for in order
The double flowering is a variety of the firſt, which to have a ſucceſſion of theſe flowers, the roots ſhould
was obtained from the ſeed by Monf. Le Cour, of Ley-bе planted at three different times, viz. the firſt the
den in Holland, who for many years was ſo tenacious beginning of March, the ſecond the beginning of
fame.co
3
April,

POL
PGL
و
a
April, and the third at the end of that month, or the are terminated by ſmall ſummits, and a germen divided
beginning of May; but theſe beds will require a much into four parts, supporting a flender Style
, crowned by two
leis quantity of dung than the firſt, eſpecially that narrow ſtigmas; the germen afterward become four naked
bed which is the laſt made ; for if there is but warmth ſeeds, incloſed in the empalement.
enough to put the roots in motion, it is as much as This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
will be required ; and this laſt bed will need no co- Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, who has joined this genus,
vering, for many times thoſe roots which are planted and alſo the Chamadrys and Chanæpitys of Tourne-
in the full ground at this ſeaſon, will produce ſtrong fort to the Teucrium, making them but one genus,
flowers in autumn; but in order to ſecure their flow- which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers have twa
ering, it is always the beſt way to plant them on a long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and are ſucceeded by
gentle hot-bed. As to the ſecond bed, that ſhould four feeds in the calyx.
be arched over with hoops, and covered with mats
The SPECIES are,
every night, and in bad weather, otherwiſe the late 1. POLIUM (Montanum) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis,
frofts which frequently happen in May will pinch caulibus procumbentibus, floribus corymbolis termi-
them.
nalibus. Mountain Poley with entire ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
Theſe plants may remain in the beds until the flowers trailing ſtalks, and flowers growing in a corymbus at the
are near expanding, at which time they may be care- end of the branches. Polium lavendulæ folio. C. B. P.
fully taken up, preſerving the earth to their roots, 220. Mountain Poley with a Lavender leaf,
and planted in pots, and then placed in the ſhade for 2. POLIUM (Luteum) fpicis oblongis foliis obtuſis crena-
about a week to recover their removal ; after which tis tomentofis. Mountain Poley with oblong Spikes of
time the pots may be removed into halls or other flowers, and obtuſe, crenated, woolly leaves. Polium
apartments, where they will continue in beauty a long montanum luteum. C. B. P. 220. Yellow Mountain
time, and their fragrant odour will perfume the air of Poley.
the rooms where they are placed; and by having a 3. POLIUM (Anguſtifolium) fpicis fubrotundis, caulibus
ſucceſſion of them, they may be continued from Mid- fuffruticoſis incanis, foliis linearibus tomentoſis.
fummer to the end of October, or middle of Novem- Mountain Poley with roundiſh Spikes of flowers, boary
ber; but as the ſtems of theſe plants advance, there forubby ſtalks, and very narrow woolly leaves. Polium
ſhould be ſome ſticks put down by each root, to which luteum anguſtifoliun. C. B. P. 220. Narroze-leaved
the ftems ſhould be faſtened, to prevent their being yellow Mountain Poley.
broken by the wind.
4. POLIUM (Album) caule ramoſo procumbente, foliis
It is a common practice with many people, to plant lineari-lanceolatis dentatis, floribus corymboſis termi-
theſe roots in pots, and plunge the pots into a hot-bed; nalibus. Poley with a branching trailing ſtalk, narrow,
but there is much more trouble in raiſing them in this Spear-ſhaped, woolly, indented ieaves, and flowers grow-
method, than in that before directed; for if the roots ing in a corymbus terminating the branches. Polium
are not planted in very ſmall pots, there will be a montanum album. C. B. P. 221. White Mountain
neceſſity of making the beds much larger, in order to Poley.
contain a quantity of the roots; and if they are firſt 5. POLIUM (Capitotum) caule erecto diffuſo, foliis line-
planted in ſmall pots, they ſhould be ſhaken out of ari-lanceolatis crenatis, corymbis terminalibus latera-
theſe into pots of a larger ſize, when they begin to libuſque. Poley with an erect difuſed ſtalk, narrow,
Thoot out their flower-ſtems, otherwiſe the ſtalks will Spear-ſhaped, crenated leaves, and flowers growing in a
be weak, and produce but few flowers; therefore I corymbus, terminating and proceeding out of the ſides of
prefer the other method, as there is no danger in re- the branches. Polium maritimum erectum Monfpe-
moving the roots if it is done with care.
liacum. C. B. P. 221. Upright maritime Poley of Mont-
When the roots are ſtrong and properly managed, the pelier.
ftems will riſe three or four feet high, and each ſtem 6. POLIUM (Pyreniacum) caulibus procumbentibus hir-
will produce ten or twelve flowers or more ; and in futiſſimis, foliis cuneiformi-orbiculatis crenatis. Poley
this the great beauty of theſe flowers conſiſts, for with very hairy trailing Salks, and orbicular wedge-
when there are but a few flowers upon the ſtalks Shaped leaves which are crenated. Polium Pyreniacum
they will ſoon fade away, ſo their places muſt be fre- ſupinum, hederæ terreftris folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
quently renewed; for the flowers are produced in 206. Low Pyrenean Poley, with a leaf like that of
1pikes coming out alternately upon the ſtalk, the lower Ground-ivy.
flowers opening firſt; and as theſe decay, thoſe above 7. POLIUM (Latifolium) caule erecto ramofo, foliis lan-
them open, ſo that in proportion to the number of ceolatis dentatis ſubtus tomentofis, floribus confertis
flowers upon each ſtalk, they continue in beauty a terminalibus. Poley with an upright branching ſtalk,
longer or ſhorter time.
Spear-ſhaped indented leaves which are woolly on their
The fort with double flowers will require a little under fide, and flowers growing in cluſters terminating
more care, in order to have the flowers fair ; but this the branches. Polium montanum album ſerratun, la-
care is chiefly at the time of blowing, for the flowers tifolium, erectum majus. Barrel. Obſ. 34. Greater
of this fort will not open, if they are expoſed to the upright white Mountain Poley, with a broad Jazeed leaf.
open air; therefore when the flowers are fully formed 8. POLIUM (Erectum) caule erecto corymboſo, foliis li-
and near opening, the pots ſhould be placed in an nearibus reflexis, floribus terminalibus. Poley with an
airy glaſs-caſe, or a ſhelter of glaſſes ſhould be pre- upright ſtalk branching out in form of a corymbus, nar-
pared for them, that the dews and rains may not fall Tow reflexed leaves, and flowers terminating the ſtalks.
upon them, for that will cauſe the flowers to rot Polium montanum album anguſtifolium. C.B.P. 221.
away before they open, and the heat of the ſun drawn Narrow-leaved white Mountain Poley.
through the glaſſes will cauſe their flowers to expand 9. POLIUM (Ramoſum) caule ramoſo, procumbente, fo-
)
With this management, I have had this 1 liis lineari-lanceolatis ſupernè dentatis, fpicis oblongis
fort with very double flowers extremely fair, and up- terminalibus. Poley with a trailing branching ſtalk, nor-
ward of twenty upon one ſtem, ſo that they have row ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are indented toward the
made a beautiful appearance; but where this has not top, and oblong Spikes of flowers terminating the fialks.
been practifed, I have rarely ſeen one of them in any Polium Hiſpanicum ſupinum, flore flaveſcente. Tourn.
beauty.
Inſt. 207. Low Spaniſh Poley with a yellowiſh flower.
POLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 206. tab. 97. Teu- 10. POLIUM (Spicatum) caule erecto fuffruticoſo, foliis
crium. Lin. Gen. Plant. 625. Mountain Poley. linearibus confertis, fpicis cylindricis faftigiatis ter-
The CHARACTERS are,
fominalibus. Poley with an upright under ſprub ſtolk, ner-
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf, row leaves growing in cluſters, and cylindrical Spikes of
cut into five acute ſegments. The flower is of the lip kind; flowers which terminate the ſtalks. Polium erectum
it hath one petal, with a ſhort tube. The ſtamina occupy album, anguſtiori folio & fpicâ. Phil. Tranſ. 417.
the place of the upper lip, and the lower lip is cut into Upright white Poley with a narrower leaf and ſpike.
five ſegments. It hath four ewt-ſhaped ſtamine, which
11. POLIUM
very fair.
a

POL
POL
a
و
3
و
11. POLIUM (Fruticoſum) caule erecto fruticoſo, foliis
lanceolatis tomentofis integerrimis, corymbis termi-
nalibus. Poley with an upright Shrubby ſtalk, Spear-
shaped woolly leaves which are entire, and flowers grow-
ing in a corymbus terminating the ſtalks. Polium Va-
lentinum fruticoſum, anguſtifolium, flore albo. Barr.
Icon. 1048. Shrubby narrow-leaved Poley of Valentia,
with a white flower.
12. POLIUM (Serratum) caule procumbente, foliis line-
aribus ſerratis, corymbis confertis terminalibus. Poley
with a trailing ſtalk, narrow ſawed leaves, and cluſtered
flowers growing in a corymbus at the ends of the ſtalks.
Polium montanum album, anguſtifolium ferratum,
ſupinum minus. Barrel. Icon. 1091. Low, ſmaller,
white Mountain Poley, with a narrow ſawed leaf.
13. POLIUM (Diffuſun) caule diffuſo procumbente, fo-
liis linearibus dentatis tomentofis, fpicis fubrotundis.
Poley with a trailing diffuſed ſtalk, narrow, indented,
woolly leaves, and roundiſh Spikes of flowers. Polium
montanum luteum, ſerratis anguftioribus incanis fo-
liis. Barrel. Icon. 1089. Yellow Mountain Poley, with
narrower, hoary, ſawed leaves.
14. POLIUM (Integerrimum) caule erecto fuffruticoſo, fo-
liis lanceolatis integerrimis, corymbis confertis termi-
nalibus. Poley with an erect ſhrubby ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped
entire leaves, and cluſtered flowers growing in a corymbus
at the ends of the branches.
15. POLIUM (Smyrnæum) caule diffuſo, foliis linearibus
pinnato-dentatis, fpicis fubrotundis lateralibus. Poley
with a diffuſed ſtalk, linear, winged, indented leaves, and
roundiſh ſpikes of flowers proceeding from the ſides of
the ſtalks. Polium Smyrnæum fcordii folio. Tourn.
Cor. 14. Poley of Smyrna, with a Water Germander
leaf.
The firſt ſort grows naturally on the mountains about
Bafil and Geneva, as alſo in France. The root of this
plant is compoſed of many ligneous fibres, which
fpread wide in the ground, from which ariſe ſeveral
weak, trailing, ligneous ſtalks, eight or nine inches
long, which ſend out many ſmall branches, garniſhed
with ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaves, of a deep green and
entire ; they are placed by pairs. The flowers are
produced in a corymbus at the end of the branches ;
they are white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other fpe-
cies. Theſe appear in June and July, but are ſel-
dom ſucceeded by feeds in England. There is ano-
ther fort with much ſmaller leaves, which are hoary on
their under fide, but I am not certain if it is a diſtinct
Species.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain; the ſtalks
of this are rather herbaceous, and trail upon the
ground, they are about fix inches long, hoary, and
garniſhed with woolly leaves about half an inch long;
ſome of them are wedge-ſhaped, others are oblong,
ending in obtuſe points, and are crenated toward
their ends. The flowers are collected in oblong thick
ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are of a deep
yellow colour, and appear the beginning of June, but
are feldom fucceeded by feeds in this country.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal;
the ſtalks of this are ligneous, erect, and branching,
covered with a hoary down; they riſe fix or eight
inches high, and are garniſhed with linear woolly leaves
about half an inch long, having ſometimes two or three
fight indentures on their edges. The flowers are col-
lected in roundiſh ſpikes at the end of the branches;
they are of a bright yellow, and have woolly empale-
Theſe appear in June and July.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and in Italy; this hath a trailing branching ſtalk,
which at the bottom is ligneous, but the branches are
herbaceous and woolly; they are garniſhed with li-
near, ſpear-ſhaped, woolly leaves, indented on their
edges. The flowers are produced in a corymbus at
the end of the branches; they are ſmall, white, and
ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies. This flowers
in June and July.
The fifth fort grows naturally near the ſea, in the
ſouth of France and in Italy. This hath an erect
branching ſtalk, which riſes a foot high; the lower
part becomes ligneous, but the upper is herbaceous ;
the leaves are linear, ſpear-ſhaped, about an inch long,
crenated on their edges, of a pretty thick conſiſtence,
and a little woolly. The flowers are collected in a co-
rymbus at the end of the branches; they are white,
and like thoſe of the other ſpecies. This flowers in
July and Auguft.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains; this hath flender fhrubby ſtalks, which
trail cloſe upon the ground ; they have a purple bark,
and covered with white hairs ; the leaves are round at
the top, but at their baſe are contracted in form of a
wedge, and are crenated on their edges, ſo as to re-
ſemble at firſt fight the leaves of Ground-ivy, but
they are hairy, and of a thicker conſiſtence. The
flowers are collected in round bunches at the end of
the branches, one half of their petals are purple, and
the other half white; they are larger than thoſe of the
other ſpecies, but are of the ſame form. It flowers
great part of ſummer, but ſeldom produces feeds here.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this hath a ligneous, erect, branching ſtalk, which
riſes near a foot high; it is very hoary, and branches
out toward the top; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, in-
dented on their edges, and woolly on their under fide.
The flowers are white, ſmall, and grow in cluſters at
the end of the branches. It flowers in June and July.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy,
this rifes with a ſhrubby ſtalk nine or ten inches high,
branching out toward the top in form of a corymbus ;
the leaves are linear, and their edges are reflexed. The
flowers are collected in roundiſh woolly heads at
the end of the branches; they are white, and ſmaller
than tnoſt of the other ſpecies. This fowers in June
and Fuly.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain; it hath a
trailing branching ſtalk about fix or eight inches long,
which is ligneous at bottom, but upward is herbaceous
and hoary; the leaves are linear, ſpear-ſhaped, and
indented toward the ends. The flowers are collected
in oblong ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are
of a pale yellow colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the
other ſpecies. This flowers great part of ſummer.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this hath
flender ſhrubby ſtalks, which riſe a foot and a half
high; they are ſmooth and white, ſending out a few
ſhort branches toward the top, garniſhed with ſmall
linear leaves growing in cluſters. The flowers are
collected in long cylindrical ſpikes, which ſtand at
the top of the ſtalks, and ſometimes come out in
bunches on the ſides; theſe are ſmall and white. It
flowers in July and Auguft.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Valencia ; this
hath ſlender ligneous ftalks near two feet high, which
are hoary, and garniſhed with ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, en-
tire leaves at intervals, ſtanding in cluſters; they are
woolly, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk; the upper part of
the ſtalk divides into ſeveral flender foot-italks, each
ſuſtaining a ſmall corymbus of white flowers. The
whole plant is very hoary, and has a ſtrong aromatic
odour; it flowers late in ſummer.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France and in Italy; this hath trailing ligneous ftalks
about a foot long, garniſhed with linear fawed leaves,
which are hoary, and have ſmaller leaves coming out
from the bofom of the other. The flowers are col-
lected in a corymbus at the end of the branches; they
are ſmall and white. This flowers in June and July.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Spain and
Italy; this hath diffufed trailing talks, which are
very woolly, about fix or ſeven inches long, garniſhed
with narrow indented leaves, which are covered with
a woolly down, and are terminated by roundiſh heads
of flowers, which are yellow; the whole plant is very
hoary. It flowers in July.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Spain; this
hath erect branching ſtalks about fix or eight inches
high; the branches come out oppoſite the whole
length of the ftalk; they are garniſhed with ſmall
ſpear-haped leaves, of a dark green colour on their
و
a
a
3
و
upper
ments.
a


POLYGALAfloribus imberbibus
fpintiscaule erecto herbaceo fimplicifsimo foliis
lato-lanceolatis Aman .
Soncgw Rattle Snake Root
Acad. p 2. 139
Senega
Kalender
G.D, Chret fulr

POL
POL
3
upper fide, but koary on their under; the ſtalks and the ancients uſed to crown virgins with the flowers of
branches are terminated by cluſters of blue flowers, this plant, when they perambulated the fields, to im-
which are collected in roundith heads. This fort plore fertility thereto; it is alſo called Amarella, be-
Aowers in July and Auguft.
cauſe it has a bitter taſte.] Milkwort.
The fifteenth ſort grows naturally about Smyrna; this
The CHARACTERS are,
hath diffuſed ſtalks, which riſe about a foot high ; The flower has a ſmall permanent empalernent of three
they are white, and cloſely garniſhed with linear leaves, which are oval and acute; two of iheſe are be-
leaves near two inches long, and about a quarter of low the petals, and one is above. The flower is shaped
an inch broad; they are indented regularly on their like thoſe of the butterfly kind, the number of petals is in-
edges like thoſe of Spleenwort, but the indentures are determinate. The wings are large, plain, and extend be-
not deep; they are of a dark green on their upper fide, yond the other petals; the fiandard is tubulous, fort, and
but hoary on their under. The flowers are collected reflexed at the brim, where it is bifid. The keel is con-
in roundiſh ſpikes, which terminate the branches, and cave, compreſſed, and bellicd toward the top. It both
alſo come out from their fide; they are white, and eight ſtamina in two bodies, included in the keel, termi-
ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies. It flowers in nated by ſingle fummits; and an oblong germen ſupporting
July and Auguft.
an erect style, terminated by a thick bifid ſtigma. The
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, which germen afterward becomes a beart-ſhaped capſule having
grow naturally in the warmer parts of Europe ; but two cells, each containing one feed.
thoſe which are here mentioned, are all that I have This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
yet feen growing in the Engliſh gardens; therefore I of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
have omitted the other, as I have had no opportunity plants whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina joined in two
to examine them myſelf.
bodies.
All the forts, except the firſt, are abiding plants ;
The SPECIES are,
they may be propagated by feeds, which muſt be pro- 1. POLYGALA (Vulgaris) foribus criftatis racemoſis,
cured from the countries where they naturally grow, caulibus herbaceis fimplicibus procumbentibus, foliis
becauſe they feldom perfect their feeds in England. lineari-lanceolatis. Amen. Acad. 2. p. 136. Milkwort
Theſe ſhould be fown upon a bed of freſh light earth with branching creſted flowers, ſingle, trailing, herbaceous
in the ſpring, and when the plants come up, they Stalks, and linear Spear-ſhaped leaves. Polygala vulga-
muſt be carefully kept clean from weeds; about the ris. C.B. P. 215. Common Milkwort.
middle of July the plants will be fit to remove, when 2. POLYGALA (Monſpeliaca) Aloribus criſtatis, racemofis,
they may be carefully taken up, and part of them caule erecto, foliis lanceolato-linearibus acutis. Sauv.
planted on a warm border of dry rubbiſhy foil, ob- Monſp. 53. Milkwort with branching creied flowers,
ſerving to ſhade them from the ſun, and water them on erect ſtalk, and acute, Spear-ſhaped, linear leaves.
till they have taken new root; after which they will Polygala vulgaris coloris obſoleti, foliis anguſtiſſimis.
require no other culture but to keep them clean from J. B. 3. p. 338. Common Milkwort with a worn-out
weeds. My adviſing theſe and many other aromatic flower, and the narroweſt leaves.
plants, which are natives of the warmer parts of Eu- 3. POLYGALA (Myrtifolia) fioribus criſtatis, carinâ lu-
rope, to be planted in rubbiſh, is founded upon long nulatâ, caule fruticoſo, foliis levibus oblongis obtufis.
experience of their abiding much longer, and reſiſt- Amen. Acad. 2. p. 138. Milkwort with creſted flowers,
ing the cold of our winters much better, than when a moon-Shaped keel, and a ſhrubby ſtalk bearing oblong
they are growing in better ground, where they grow leaves, which end in obtuſe points. Polygala fruteſcens,
much freer, are fuller of moiſture, and therefore more folio buxi, flore maximo. Tourn. Inft. 175. Sbrubby
liable to be killed by froſt.
Milkwort, with a Box-tree leaf and a large flower,
The other part of the plants may be planted in finall 4. POLYGALA (Chamabuxus) fioribus imberbibus ſparſis,
pots, filled with freſh, light, undunged earth, and carinæ apice ſubrotundo, caule fruticofo, foliis lance-
placed in the ſhade till they have taken new root ; olatis. Amen. Acad. 2. p. 140. Milkwort with flowers
then they may be removed into an open ſituation, growing thinly ond without beards, the point of the keel
where they may remain till the beginning of Novem- roundij, a ſhrubby ſtalk, and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Cha-
ber, when they ſhould be placed under a common mæbuxus flore coluteæ. C. B. P. 471. Low Box with
frame, to ſecure them from the froſt in winter, which a flower like Bladder Sena.
ſometimes deſtroys theſe plants ; by this method the 5. POLYGALA (Senega) floribus imberbibus fpicatis,
ſpecies may be preſerved.
caule erecto herbaceo fimpliciffimo, foliis lato-lance-
Theſe plants may be diſpoſed in a garden, ſo as to af- olatis. Amen. Acad. 2. p. 139. Milkwort with
ford pleaſure, by mixing them with Marum, Maftich, Spiked flowers having no beards, an erect, ſingle, berbe-
and feveral other aromatic plants, upon the floping ceous ſtalk, and broad Spear-ſhaped leaves. Polygala
fides of banks, which are expoſed to the ſun, or upon Virginiana, foliis oblongis, floribus in thyrſo candidis,
little hillocks raiſed in a ſheltered ſituation, where, by radice alexipharmicâ. Edit. Prior. Milkwort of Vir-
the diverſity of their hoary branches, being of various ginia with oblong leaves, white flowers ranged in a looſe
fhapes, they will make a pretty appearance; and in Spike, and an alexipharmic root, commonly called Senega
ſuch places they will reſiſt the cold much better, than Rattle Snakeroot.
when they are planted in a good foil.
6. POLYGALA (Mariana) floribus imberbibus, oblongo-
They may alſo be propagated by cuttings or flips, capitatis, caule erecto ramofa, foliis linearibus. Milk-
which ſhould be planted the beginning of April, juit wori with beardleſs flowers growing in oblong beads, an
before they ſhoot, upon a border expoſed to the Eaſt; ere Et branching ſtalk, and linear leaves. Polygala Ma-
and if the ſeaſon proves dry, they muſt be watered and riana, anguftiori folio, flore purpureo. Pluk. Man-
ſhaded until they have taken root, and afterward they tiff. 153. tab. 438. fig. 5. Maryland Milkwort with
will require no other care but to keep them clean a narrower leaf and a purple flower.
from weeds, and at Michaelmas the plants ſhould be 7. POLYGALA (Americana) fioribus criſtatis, racemo
removed where they are deſigned to remain ; but it terminali, caule erecto ramoſo, foliis lanceolatis to-
will be proper to put a plant of each fort in pots, that mentoſis. Milkwort with creſted flowers, on ereat branch-
they may be ſheltered in winter to preſerve the kinds. ing ſtalk, terminated by a loose Spike of flowers, and
The fourth and fifth forts are ſometimes uſed in me- woolly Spear-ſhaped leaves. Polygala Americana erecta,
dicine.
flore purpuro-cæruleo, folio molli incano. Houft.
POLYANTHUS. See PRIMULA.
MSS. Upright American Milkwort, with a purpliſh blue
POLYGALA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 174. tab. 79. flower and a ſoft boary leaf.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 761. [This plant is ſo called, of wonu, There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of
much, and yond, milk, becauſe if cattle are fed in which grow naturally in Europe, and others in Ame-
marthes that produce this plant, they give a great rica, but as they are ſeldom cultivated in gardens,
quantity of milk; it is alſo called Ambarvalis, of it would be to little purpoſe to enumerate them here,
Ambiendis Arvis, from luſtrating the fields ; becauſe
The
10 R

POL
POL
a
a
3
The firſt fort grows naturally in paſtures, and upon
heaths in many parts of England; of this there are
three varieties, one with a blue, another with a pur-
ple, and a third with white flowers, which are fre-
quently found intermixed ; and there is another which
is larger, and ſuppoſed to be a diſtinct ſpecies; but
I rather believe this difference is owing to the ſoil in
which they grow; for the large one is generally found
growing in moiſt paſtures, and the ſmall one upon dry
heaths. This hath a perennial root, from which come
out three or four ſlender, trailing, herbaceous ftalks,
about fix inches long, garniſhed with linear ſpear-
ſhaped leaves, about half an inch long, and an eighth
part of an inch broad in the middle, terminating in
points at both ends. The flowers are produced at
the
top
of the ſtalks, branching out; they are ſmall,
and of a blue, purple, or white colour, having two
wings, a keel and ſtandard like the butterfly flowers.
Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded by flattiſh
heart-ſhaped capſules, divided into two cells, each
containing one feed.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally upon fterile ground
about Montpelier; this fort is annual, it riſes with an
upright ſtalk about fix inches high, which is garniſhed
with narrow leaves placed alternate, ending in acute
points. The flowers are ſmall, of a worn-out purple
colour; the keel is bearded like the common fort.
This flowers in July, and has ſeed-veffels like the
firſt fort, but ſmaller; the feeds ripen in autumn.
Theſe forts are very rarely admitted into gardens, nor
do they thrive ſo well when ſown or tranſplanted there,
as in their natural ſituation. If theſe are cultivated,
their feeds ſhould be fown foon after they are ripe,
otherwiſe they rarely grow.
The third ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this hath a fhrubby ſtalk, covered with a
ſmooth brown bark, which riſes four or five feet high,
ſending out ſeveral ſpreading branches toward the
top, which are cloſely garniſhed with oblong, blunt-
pointed, ſmooth leaves, about an inch long, and a
quarter of an inch broad, of a lucid green, fitting
cloſe to the branches. The flowers are produced at
the end of the branches; they are large, white on
their outſide, but of a bright purple within; the keel
of the flower is hollowed like a halfmoon, and is
bearded; the wings are expanded wide, and the ſtan-
dard is incurved; this plant continueth flowering
moſt part of ſummer. The flowers are ſucceeded
by compreſſed heart-ſhaped feed-veffels, having two
cells, each containing one hard, ſmooth, ſhining feed.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
{own in ſmall pots, filled with light loamy earth;
foon after they are ripe, theſe pots may be placed where
they may have the morning ſun only till October,
when they ſhould be placed under a hot-bed frame,
and plunged into old tanners bark, which has loſt its
heat, where they may be defended from froſt during
the winter, and in the ſpring the pots ſhould be
plunged into a moderate lrot-bed, which will bring up
the plants. When theſe appear, they ſhould not be
too tenderly treated, but muſt have a large ſhare of
free air admitted to them ; when they are fit to tranſ-
plant, they ſhould be carefully ſhaken out of the pots,
and ſeparated, planting each into a ſmall pot filled with
ſoft loamy earth, and plunged into a very moderate
hot-bed to forward their taking new root, obſerving
to ſhade them from the ſun, and gently refreih them
with water as they may require it, but they muſt not
have too much wet. When they are rooted, they
muſt be gradually inured to the open air, and in June
they may be placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation,
where they may remain till the middle or latter end of
October, according as the ſeaſon proves favourable ;
then they muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and
treated in the ſame way as Orange-trees, being care-
ful not to give them too much wet during the winter
feaſon. In the ſummer they muſt be placed abroad
with other green-houſe plants, where, by their long
continuance in fower, they will make a fine appear-
ance. The management of this plant is nearly the
fame as for the Orange-tree.
The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and al-
fo
upon
the mountains in Auſtria and Hungary; this
riſes with a flender, branching, ligneous ftalk about a
or high, when it grows upon good ground, but on
a rocky foil feldom more than half that height. The
branches are cloſely garniſhed with ſtiff, ſmooth, ſpear-
ſhaped leaves of a lucid green. From between the
leaves, toward the top of the branches, the flowers
come out upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are white
on their outſide, but within are of a purpliſh colour
mixed with yellow, and have a grateful odour. Theſe
appear in May, and are ſucceeded by feed-veſſels
ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort.
This plant is very difficult to cultivate in gardens, for
it commonly grows out of the fiffures of rocks, ſo
cannot be eaſily tranſplanted, and the ſeeds are with
difficulty obtained from abroad; nor do theſe vege-
tate till they have been a whole year in the ground,
unleſs they are ſown ſoon after they are ripe, when
the plants will come up the ſpring following; when
the plants firit come up, they make very little pro-
greſs here, and are as difficult to tranſplant as almoſt
any plant at preſent known, which occaſions its pre-
ſent ſcarcity in England.
The bek method of cultivating this is by feeds, which
ſhould be procured as freſh as poſſible from the places
of its natural growth, and ſown in pots as ſoon as it
arrives; the pots may be plunged into the ground,
where they may have only the morning ſun. If theſe
are fown before Chriſtmas, there will be a chance of
the plants coming up the following ſpring; but thoſe
which are not fown till toward ſpring, will remain in
the ground a year, therefore the pots ſhould be
plunged into the ground, where they may have but
little fun the following ſummer, and in autumn they
may be removed, and plunged into an old tan-bed
under a hot-bed frame, where they may be protected
from ſevere froft; for although this plant is a native
of the Alps and other cold mountains, yet as the ſeeds
will not be covered with ſnow here, as they are in
their native foil and ſituation, they are frequently
ſpoiled here by the inconftancy of the weather in Eng-
land. When the plants come up, they ſhould be
placed in ihade during ſummer; and in autumn they
may be turned out of the pots, and planted in a bor-
der where they may have only the morning fun, for
this plant will not thrive long in pots. If the win-
ter proves very ſevere, it will be proper to cover
the ſurface of the ground about their roots with mulch
to keep out the froſt. If the plants take root in the
border, they fhould remain there undifturbed, and
be only kept clean from weeds, for the ground about
their roots Thould not be dug or dunged.
The fifth fort grows naturally in molt parts of North
America. This hath a perennial root compoſed of
ſeveral fleſhy fibres, from which ariſe three or four
branching ſtalks, which grow erect, and are more than
a foot high; theſe are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed alternately. The fiowers are produced
in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are
ſmall, white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the common
fort, but their keels have no beards. It flowers here
in July, but the plants do not produce ſeeds here.
The root of this fort hath been long uſed by the
Seneka Indians to cure the bite of the rattle-fnake,
which, if taken in time, is an infallible remedy. And
of late years it has been uſed by the inhabitants of
Virginia in many diſorders, which are occaſioned by a
thick fizy blood; fo that the root of this plant, when
its virtues are fully known, may become one of the
moſt uſeful medicines yet diſcovered. The Seneka
Indians uſe this root, which they powder, and gene-
rally carry about them when they travel in the woods,
left they ſhould be bit by the rattle-ſnake; and when
ever this happens, they take a quantity of the powder
inwardly, and apply fome of it to the part bitten,
which is a ſure remedy.
The
a
a

POL
POM
a
a
The fixth fort grows naturally in Maryland; this hath and ſeveral hermaphrodite florets in their middle,
a perennial root, from which ariſe two or three ſtalks which are encompailed by a double empalement;
about eight inches high, which divide into ſeveral the outer having five ſpreading leaves, the inner ten
erect branches, garniſhed with ſmall linear leaves of a erect ones ; the flowers appear in October, which is
dark green colour. The flowers are collected into ob- too late to be ſucceeded by feeds in England; the
long heads at the end of the ſtalks; they are ſmall, ftalks decay in winter, and new ones ariſe in the
and of a purpliſh blue colour.
ſpring
Both theſe forts are difficult to obtain, for the ſeeds The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
rarely ſucceed, ſo the beſt way is to procure their roots North America; this has alſo an abiding root, which
from America, and when they arrive plant them in a ſends up many tall ſtalks in the ſpring, which riſe al..
bed of light earth in a ſheltered ſituation. In ſummer moſt as high as thoſe of the other fort; theſe are gar-
they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and if the ſur- niſhed with large, angular, finuated leaves, of a deeper
face of the ground about their roots is covered with green than thoſe of the former, which are placed al-
old tanners bark, or any other kind of mulch in win- ternately, the flowers are of a paler yellow colour,
ter, to keep out the froſt, it will be a ſecure method and fit cloſe on the top of the ſtalks; theſe appear
to preſerve them.
late in the autumn, ſo are not fucceeded by feeds in
The ſeventh fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- England
toun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz: this hath Theſe plants are both propagated by feeds, which
a taper perennial root which runs deep in the ground, muſt be procured from the countries where the plants
from which ariſe ſeveral flender branching ſtalks about grow naturally, ſo that the feeds ſeldom arrive here
fix or ſeven inches high, garniſhed with downy ſpear- till toward the ſpring; and being ſown at that ſeaſon,
ſhaped leaves an inch long, and half an inch broad the plants feldom come up until the following ſpring;
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends. The whereas, if the ſeeds could be obtained in November,
flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the and were immediately fown, the plants would appear
branches; they are larger than thoſe of the common the following ſpring, whereby a year would be ſaved.
fort, and are of a bluiſh purple colour. The keel of The feeds ſhould be fown in a bed of light ground in
the flower is bearded, as in the common fort.
the open air; and when the plants come up, they
This is too tender to live in the open air in England, ſhould be thinned if they are too cloſe, and kept clean
and it is one of thoſe plants which will not thrive in from weeds till the following autumn, when the roots
pots, ſo is difficult to preſerve here. It is propagated ſhould be carefully taken up, and tranſplanted to the
by ſeeds, which muſt be procured from abroad. The places where they are to remain, allowing each plant
ſeeds, which I received from Dr. Houſtoun, remained at leaſt three feet room to grow, obſerving to keep
a year in the ground before the plants appeared, and them clean from weeds, and to dig the ground about
the plants lived one year; but when their roots them every ſpring.
reached the bottom of the pots, they decayed ; and POLYPODIUM. Tourn Inft. R. H. 540. tab. 316.
thoſe which were tranſplanted into larger pots did not Lin. Gen. Plant. [of wors many, and tous a foot,
ſurvive their removal, though it was performed with
9.
d. many feet. This kind of plant ſtrikes its roots
great care.
into every part it can lay hold of, whether it be ſtone,
POLYGONATUM. See CONVALLARIA.
earth, or tree, it is the ſame thing, eſpecially if it
POLYMNI A. Lin. Gen. 987. Hard-feeded Chry- be a tree of the Oak kind.] Polypody.
ſanthemum.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
This is one of the Fern tribe, which is diſtinguiſhed from
The flower hath a double empalement; the outer is com- the others, by the fru&iification being in roundiſh Spots, dif-
poſed of five large spreading leaves, the inner of ten ere ez tributed on the under ſurface of the leaf.
Spear-shaped leaves; it bath a radiated flower, whoſe It is ranged in the firſt ſection of Tournefort's fix-
diſk is compoſed of hermaphrodite florets, and the border, teenth claſs, which includes the herbs, which have
or rays, of five female half florets, which are tongue- no viſible fiower, whoſe fruit is faſtened on the leaves,
Jhaped and trifid. The bermaphrodite florets are funnel-
The SPECIES are,
hoped, have each five ſiamina terminated by cylindrical 1. POLYPODIUM (Vulgare) frondibus pinnatifidis, pin-
ſummits, which are longer than the petals; they have a nis oblongis fubſerratis obtufis, radice ſquamatâ. Lin.
a ſmall germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by an Sp. Plant. 1085. Polypody with wing-pointed leaves hav-
obiuſe fligma; iheſe are barren. The female half florets
.
ing oblong obtufe lobes, which are somewhat ſawed, and
bave a large germen, with a fiender ſtyle the length of a ſcely root
. Polypodium vulgare. C. B. P. 359.
the tube, crowned by two pointed ſtigmas; theſe have Common Polypody.
kach one oval gibbous ſeed lodged in the ſcaly receptacle, 2. POLYPODIUM (Cambricum) frondibus pinnatifidis, pin-
fucceeding them.
nis lanceolatis lacero-pinnatifidis ferratis. Lin. Sp.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection Plant. 1086. Polypody with wing-pointed leaves, whoſe
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, intitled Syngeneſia lobes are Spear-ſhaped, and the jag's wing-pointed and
Polygamia neceffaria, the plants having hermaphro- Sawed. Polypodium Cambro-Britannicum, pinnulis
dite and female fiorets; the former having five fta- ad margines laciniatis. Raii Syn. Welſh Polypody with
mina whoſe fummits are connected, the latter are jagged leaves.
fruitful.
There are many other ſpecies of this plant which are
The SPECIES are,
natives of America, ſome of which are preſerved in
1. POLYMNIA (Uvedalia) foliis oppoſitis haftato-finuatis. the curious botanic gardens for variety; but as they
Lin. Sp. 1303. Hard-feeded Chryſanthemum, with ſinu- are rarely cultivated in other gardens, it may not be
ated leaves placed oppoſite. Chryſanthemum angulofis thought neceſſary to enumerate them in this place.
platani foliis Virginianum. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 83. f. 3. The firſt fort is that which is uſed in medicine, and
2. POLYMNIA (Canadenſis) foliis alternis haftato-finuatis. is found growing upon old walls and ſhady banks in
Lin. Sp. 1303. Hard-ſeeded Chryſanthemum, with finu- divers parts of England. The ſecond fort was brought
ated leaves placed alternate.
from Wales, where it grows in great plenty, and is
The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, from whence the moſt beautiful of all the forts. Theſe plants may
I have received the ſeeds; this hath a perennial root, be propagated by parting of their roots in the ſpring
which runs deep in the ground, ſending up in the before they ſhoot, and ſhould be planted in a very poor
ſpring many ſtalks in proportion to their fize; theſe moiſt foil under the ſhade of a wall, for if they are
in moiſt good ground will riſe near ten feet high, and expoſed to the ſun, they will not thrive. They chiefly
are garniſhed with large, angular, finuated leaves eight delight to grow out of the joints of walls and old
or ten inches over, of a light green, placed oppoſite; buildings, but are commonly found expoſed to the
the ſtalks are terminated by a cluſter of yellow North.
flowers fitting cloſe, having very hort foot-ſtalks ; POMGRANATE. See PUNICA.
each having five feniale half fiorets in their borders, IPOMUM ADAMI. See AURANTIUM.
PON-
و

P ON
POP
3
a
PONTEDERIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 391. Michelia. merly one of theſe plants brought over to Charles
Houít. MSS.
Duboiſe, Efq; at Mitcham, but it was not long-lived
The CHARACTERS are,
here.
The flowers are included in an oblong sheath, which opens POPULAGO. See CALTHA.
on one fide, and haih fix petels, which are divided; the POPULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 592. tab. 365,
three upper are erect, and form a kind of lip; the three Lin. Gen. Plant. 996 The Poplar-tree; in French,
under are reflexed. It hath ſix ſtamina which are in- Peuplier.
ſerted to the petals; the three which are longeſt, are faſt-
The CHARACTERS are,
ened to the mouth of the tube, the other are inſerted in
The male and female flowers grow upon ſeparate treesa
the baſe ; they are terminated by proftrate ſummits. Under The mele flowers or katkins have one oblong, looſe, cylin-
the petals is ſituated an oblong germen, ſupporting a ſingle drical empalement, which is imbricated. Under each ſcale,
Jiyle which declines
, and is crowned by a ſingle ftigme. The which is oblong, plain, and cut on the border, is ſituat-
germen afterward turns to a ſoft fruit divided into ſix cells, ed a ſingle flower without any petal, having a nettarium
each containing ſeveral ſmall roundiſh ſeeds.
of one leaf, turbinated at the bottom, and tubulous at the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of top, and eight ſtamina terminated by large four-cornered,
Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes the plants whoſe Summits. The female flowers are in katkins like the male,
flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
but have no ſtamina ; they have an oval acute-pointed
The SPECIES are,
germen, with ſcarce any Style, crowned by a four-pointed
1. PONTEDERIA (Cordata) foliis cordatis, floribus fpi- ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval capſule
catis. Pontederia with heart-ſhaped leaves and ſpiked with two cells, including many oval ſeeds having bairy
flowers. Sagittæ fimilis planta paluſtris Virginiana, down.
fpicâ forum cæruleâ. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 618. Virgi- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
nion marſh plant, like Arrow-bead, having a Spike of of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe
blue flowers.
plants whoſe male flowers have eight ſtamina, and
2. PONTEDERIA (Hafiata) foliis haftatis, floribus um- grow upon diſtinct plants from the fruit.
bellatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 412. Pontederia with Spear-
The SPECIES are,
pointed leaves, and flowers growing in umbels
. Sagitta- 1. POPULUS (Alba) foliis fubrotundis dentato-angulatis
riæ quodammodo fimilis planta Maderaſpatana, flo- fubtus tomentofis. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree with
ribus medio caule quafi ex utriculo prodeuntibus. roundiſh angular leaves, which are downy on their under
Pluk. Phyt. tab. 220. A plant from Modras, Somewhat fide. Populus alba majoribus folii. C. B. P. 429.
like Arrow-head, with flowers proceeding from the middle White Poplar with larger leaves, commonly called the
of the ſtalk.
Abele-tree.
The firſt fort grows naturally in marihy places in Vir- 2. POPULUS (Tremula) foliis fubrotundis, dentato-angu-
ginia, and moſt parts of North America, and the latis utrinque glabris. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree
late Dr. Houſtoun found it growing plentifully at La with roundiſh leaves, which are angularly indented, and
Vera Cruz. This hath a perennial root, from which ſmooth on both ſides. Populus tremula. C. B. P. 429.
ariſe two or three herbaceous thick ſtalks a foot high, 3. POPULUS (Nigra) foliis deltoidibus acuminatis ferra-
each having one heart-ſhaped leaf about five inches tis. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar with pointed ſawed leaves,
long, and two and a half broad, of a pretty thick Shaped like the Delta. Populus nigra. C. B. P. 429.
conſiſtence. The baſe is deeply indented, and the Black Poplar.
two ears are rounded; the foot-ſtalk of the leaf cloſe-4. POPULUS (Mejor) foliis angulatis ſerratis, fubtus to-
ly embraces the ſtalk like a ſpatha or ſheath, for near mentofis ſupernè virentibus. Poplar with larger angu-
three inches in length; above this is another ſheath lor ſawed leaves, downy on their under ſide, and dark
which incloſes the ſpike of flowers; this opens on green on their upper. Populus alba majoribus foliis.
one fide, and the ſtalk riſes near two inches above it, C. B. P. 429. Greater white Poplar, or Abele-tree.
where the ſpike of flowers begin. The ſpikes are 5. POPULUS (Balſamifera) foliis fubcordatis oblongis cre-
about three inches long; the flowers are blue, fit very natis. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree with oblong leaves
cloſe together, and have the appearance of lip flowers. which are crenated, and almoſt heart-ſhaped. Populus
Theſe appear in June, but are not ſucceeded by feeds nigra folio maximo, gemmis balſamum odoratiffimum
in England.
fundentibus. Cateſb. Carolin. 1. p. 34. The Carolina
As this plant grows naturally in moiſt boggy places, Poplar-tree.
it is very difficult to be preſerved in England ; nor 6. POPULUS (Tacamobacca) foliis ſubcordatis, infernè in-
does the plant ariſe from ſeeds here, for I have low- canis, fupernè atroviridis. Poplar with leaves which
ed the feeds in various ſituations, and managed them are almoſt heart-ſhaped, boary on their under ſide, and of
different, but could never get up any of the plants ; a dark green above. Populo fimilis arbor refinofa altera.
but I had three or four of the plants fent me, incloſed C. B. P. 430. Another reſinous tree like the Poplar, com-
in large clods of earth from New England, which I monly called Tacamahacca.
planted in pots, covering them with Mofs, and con- The firſt fort grows naturally in the temperate parts
ſtantly ſupplied them with water. With this ma- of Europe; this and the fourth ſort are frequently
nagement two of them flowered, but the following confounded together, but they are certainly different
winter deſtroyed them, as they were not put under fpecies. The fourth fort is commonly called Abele-
ſhelter; ſo that to preſerve them, they ſhould be tree here, and the firſt white Poplar. The leaves of
placed under a hot-bed frame in winter, where they the fourth fort are large, and divided into three, four,
may be expoſed to the open air at all times when the or five lobes, which are indented on their edges; they
weather is mild.
are of a very dark colour on their upper fide, and
The ſecond ſort grows naturally about Madras in very white and downy on their under, ſtanding upon
watery places. This riſes with a ſingle ſtalk eight or foot-ftalks which are about an inch long. The young
nine inches high, having one arrow-pointed leaf, whoſe branches of this tree have a purple bark, and are co-
baſe embraces the ſtalk like a ſheath, and from the vered with a white down, but the bark of the ſtem
open fide of the ſheath comes out the flowers, which and older branches is gray. In the beginning of April
are at firſt incloſed in another ſmaller ſheath; theſe the male flowers or katkins appear, which are cylin-
grow in a ſmall kind of umbel; they are compoſed of drical, ſcaly, and three inches long, and about a week
fix acute-pointed petals which ſpread open. Each after come out the female flowers on katkins, which
flower ſtands upon a ſlender foot-ſtalk about an inch have no ftamina like thoſe of the male. Soon after
long; the foot-ſtalk of the leaf riſes a conſiderable theſe come out, the male katkins fall off, and in five
height above the flowers, ſo that they appear to come or fix weeks after, the female flowers will have ripe
out from the middle of the ſtalk.
ſeeds incloſed in a hairy covering, when the katkins
This fort is much more difficult to preſerve in Eng- will drop, and the ſeeds will be wafted by the winds
land, becauſe it grows naturally in a hot country, and to a great diſtance.
always in places flowed with water. There was for-
The
3
a
و
a

POR
POR
a
The leaves of the firſt fort are rounder, and not much ed too near the pleaſure-garden, becauſe the katkins
above half the ſize of thoſe of the fourth; they are and down which fall from theſe trees, will make a
indented on their edges into angles, and are downy prodigious litter in the ſpring.
on their under fide, nor are their under ſurfaces of fo The white forts, as alſo the Aſpen-tree, likewiſe cauſe
dark green. The ſhoots of this are paler, the kat- a greater litter in the ſpring, when their katkins and
kins are longer, and the down of the ſeeds is whiter down fall off; and their roots being very apt to pro-
and longer.
duce a large quantity of ſuckers, but eſpecially thoſe
The leaves of the third fort are oval, heart-ſhaped, trees that came from fuckers, which renders them un-
and ſlightly crenated on their edges, they are ſmooth fit to be planted near a houſe or garden; but when
on both ſides, and of a light green colour. The kat- they are interſperſed with other trees in large planta-
kins of this are ſhorter than thoſe of the two former. tions, they afford an agreeable variery, their leaves
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Carolina, where it being very white on their under fides, which, when
becomes a very large tree. The ſhoots of this fort blown with the wind, are turned to fight.
are very ſtrong in England, and are generally cor- A confiderable advantage may be made by planting
nered; they have a light green bark like ſome forts theſe trees upon moiſt boggy foils, where few other
of the Willow. The leaves upon young trees, and trees will thrive. Many ſuch places there are in Eng-
alſo thoſe upon the lower ſhoots, are very large, al- land, which do not at preſent bring in much money
moſt heart-ſhaped, and crenated, but thoſe upon the to their owners; whereas, if they were planted with
older trees are ſmaller; and as the trees advance, their theſe trees, they would, in a very few years, over
bark becomes lighter, approaching to a grayiſh co- purchaſe the ground, clear of all expence; but
lour. The katkins of this fort are like thoſe of the there are many perſons, who think nothing except
black Poplar, and the ſummits of the ſtamina are Corn worth cultivating in England; or if they plant
purple.
timber, it muſt be Oak, Ath, or Elm; and if their
The ſhoots of this tree while young, are frequently land be not proper for either of theſe, it is deemed
killed down a conſiderable length by the froſt in little worth ; whereas if the nature of the ſoil was
winter ; but as the trees grow older, their ſhoots are examined, and proper forts of plants adapted to it,
not ſo vigorous, and become more ligneous, ſo are there might be very great advantage made of ſeverai
not liable to the ſame diſaſter; but the trees ſhould large tracts of land, which at this time lie neglected.
be planted in a ſheltered ſituation, for as their leaves The wood of theſe trees, eſpecially of the Abele, is
are very large, the wind has great power over them, very good to lay for floors, where it will laſt many
and the branches being tender, they are frequently years, and for its exceeding whiteneſs, is by many
broken or ſplit down by the winds in the ſummer fea- perſons preferred to Oak; but being of a ſoft contex-
fon, where they are much expoſed.
ture, is very ſubject to take the impreſſion of nails,
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Canada, and in other &c. which renders it leſs proper for this purpoſe: it
parts of North America; this ſeems to be a tree of is alſo very proper for wainſcotting of rooms, being
middling growth, and does not ſpire upward, but leſs ſubject to ſwell or ſhrink, than moſt other forts
ſends out many ſhort thick ihoots on every fide, which of wood; but for turnery ware, there is no wood
are covered with a light brown bark, and garniſhed equal to this for its exceeding whiteneſs, ſo that trays,
with leaves differing from each other in ſhape and bowls, and many other utenſils, are made of it; and
fize, moſt of them almoſt heart-Thaped, but ſome are the bellows-makers prefer it for their uſe, as do alſo
oval, and others near to ſpear-ſhaped; they are whi- the ſhoemakers, not only for heels, but alſo for the
tiſh on their under fide, but of a dark green on their foles of ſhoes; it is alſo very good to make light
upper. The katkins are like thoſe of the black Pop- carts, and the poles are very proper to ſupport Vines,
lar, but the number of ſtamina in the male flowers is Hops, &c. and the lopping will afford good fuel,
uncertain, from eighteen to twenty-two. The female which in many countries is much wanted.
flowers I have not fully examined, but by the male The Carolina Poplar may alſo be propagated by cut-
katkins I have been induced to piace it in this genus. tings or layers, the latter is generally practiſed by the
Theſe trees may be propagated either by layers or nurſery gardeners, being the ſureſt method; and theſe
cuttings, which will readily take root, as alſo from plants are not ſo full of moiſture as thoſe raiſed by cut-
ſuckers, which the white Poplars fend up from their tings, ſo are leſs liable to be cut down by the froſt
roots in great plenty ; but theſe are leſs valuable than when young. There has been no trials made here of
thoſe propagated by cuttings, being more liable to the wood of this tree, ſo I cannot give any account of
fend up ſuckers. The beſt time for tranſplanting its worth.
theſe fuckers is in October, when their leaves begin The Tacamahacca ſends up a great number of ſuck-
to decay. Theſe may be placed in a nurſery for two ers from the roots, by which it multiplies in plenty,
or three years to get ſtrength, before they are planted and every cutting which is planted will take root;
out where they are deſigned to remain; but if you ſo that when a plant is once obtained, there may
intend to propagate them from cuttings, it is better ſoon be plenty of the plants raiſed. The buds of this
to defer the doing of that until February, at which tree are covered with a glutinous reſin, which ſmells
time you may plant truncheons of two or three feet very ſtrong, and this is the Tacamiahacca uſed in the
long, thruſting them about a foot and a half into the
ſhops.
ground. Theſe will readily take root, and if the ſoil PORRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 382. tab. 204. Al-
be moiſt in which they are planted, they will arrive lium. Lin. Gen. Plant. 370. [in Greek is called topós-
to a conſiderable bulk in a few years.
cov, from topców, to enkindle, as being a plant that
The black Poplar is not fo apt to take root from excites a warmth in the body.] Leek.
large truncheons, therefore it is the better method to The CHARACTERS are,
plant cuttings about a foot and a half in length, The flower bath fix bell-ſhaped petals, which are collected
thruſting them a foot deep into the ground; theſe into a ſpherical head, covered by a common roundijs Spa-
will take root very freely, and may be afterward tha or heath, which opens on one fide, and witbers. Theſe
tranſplanted where they are to remain. This fort will have fix ftamina, three of which are alternately broeder
grow upon almoſt any foil, but will thrive beſt in moiſt than the other, and bave forked Summits in their middle.
places.
They have a ſhort, round, three-cornered germen, lupa
I have planted cuttings of this tree, which in four porting a ſingle style, crowned by an acute ftigma. The
years have been bigger in the trunk than a man's germen afterward becomes a ſhort broad capſule with tloree
thigh, and near twenty feet in height, and this upon lobes, having three cells filled with angular ſeeds.
a very indifferent foil; but in a very moiſt foil, it is This genus of plants is joined to Linnæus's genus of
common for theſe trees to ſhoot eight or ten feet in a Allium, which is ranged in the firſt ſection of his
feaſon; ſo that where a perſon hath a mind to make a fixth claſs, including the plants whoſe flowers have
ſhelter in a few years, there is ſcarce any tree fo proper
fix ftamina and one ſtyle. The joining of theſe ge-
for that purpoſe as this, but they ſhould not be plant- nera together is allowable in a ſyſtem of botany, but
in
a
IO S

POR
POR
ز
a
3
ز
in a treatiſe upon gardening, it would not ſo well Chriſtmas or after, when
Chriſtmas or after, when you may threſh out the ſeeds
pleaſe ; for as the Leek has always been diſtinguiſh- for uſe. The hulk of theſe feeds is very tough, which
ed from Garlick and Onion by gardeners, ſo it renders it very difficult to get out the feeds; there-
would rather confuſe than inſtruct the practitioners, fore ſome perſons who have but a ſmall quantity, rub
if they were joined ; and as the ſpecies of Garlick it hard againſt a rough tile, which will break the huſks,
are numerous, ſo where their ſpecies are leſſened, by and
get
the feeds out better than inoſt other methods
dividing them into genera, it will be no leſs uſeful I have known uſed.
to botaniſts.
PORTUL AC A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 236. tab.
The SPECIES are,
118. Lin. Gen. Plant. 531. Purflane; in French,
I. PORRUM (Sativum) radice oblongâ tunicatâ, caule Pourpier.
planifolio, foribus capitatis, ftaminibus tricuſpidatis.
The CHARACTERS are,
Leek with an oblong coated root, a plain leaf on the ſtalk, The empalement of the flower is ſmall, bifid, ond per-
fiowers collested in heads, and three-pointed ſtamina. Por- manent, ſitting upon the germen. The flower has five
rum commune capitatum. C. B. P.72. Common-beaded plain, erect, obtuſe petals, and many hair-like ſtamina,
Leek, commonly called London Leek.
about half the length of the petals, terminated by ſingle
2. PORRUM (Ampelopraſum) caule planifolio umbellife- fummits; and a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle,
ro, umbellâ globosâ, ftaminibus corolla longioribus. crowned by five oblong ſtigmas. The germen afterward
Leek with a plain leaf on the ſtalk, which ſupports a glo- becomes an oval capſule with one cell, containing many
bilar umbel of flowers, whose ftamina are longer than the Small ſeeds.
petals. Porrum Siberienſe, floribus purpurafcentibus.
,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Gmel. Siberian Leek having purpliſh flowers.
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which contains the plants
The firſt fort is commonly cultivated in the Engliſh whoſe flowers have from eleven to nineteen ſtamina
gardens; of this there has been generally ſuppoſed incluſive, and one ftyle.
two ſorts, but I have made trial of them both, by
The SPECIES are,
fowing their feeds ſeveral times, and find they are the 1. PORTULACA (Oleracea) foliis cuneiformibus, floribus
fame, the difference which has riſen between them,
;
feffilibus. Prod. Leyd. 473. Purſlane with wedge-ſhap-
has been occafioned by fome perſons having ſaved ed leaves, and flowers growing cloſe to the ſtalks. Portu-
the feeds from old roots, and not from the feedling laca latifolia feu fativa. C.B. P. 288. Broad-leaved, or
Leeks, whereby they have degenerated them, and
Garden Purſlane.
rendered them ſmaller and narrower leaved; but by 2. PORTULACA (Piloſa) foliis fubulatis alternis, axillis
care this may be recovered again, as I have expe- piloſis, floribus feffilibus terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
rienced.
445. Purſlane with awl-ſhaped leaves placed clternately,
The other fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this hath hairy joints, and flowers fitting cloſe to the fielks. Por-
narrower leaves than the common fort, the ſtalks are tulaca Curaffavica angufto longo lucidoque folio,
imaller, and do not riſe fo high; the heads of flowers procumbens. Hort. Amft. I. p. 2. Troiling Purſlane
are alſo ſmaller, and of a purplih celour; the ſtami- of Curaſo, with long, narrow, Shining leaves.
na itands out beyond the flower.
3. PORTULACA (Anacampſeros) foliis ovatis gibbis, pe-
Leeks are cultivated by fowing their feeds in the dunculo multifloro, caule fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ſpring, in the ſame manner as was directed for Oni- 445. Purſlane with oval gibbous leaves, foot-ſtalks hav-
ons, with which theſe are commonly fown, the two ing many flowers, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Telephiaſtrum
forts of feeds being mixed according to the proportion folio globoſo. Hort. Elth, 376. Boftard Orpine with a
which is deſired of either fort; though the moſt com- globular leaf.
mon method is, to mix an equal quantity of both, firft fort grows naturally in America, and moſt
for the Onions will greatly out-grow the Leeks in the of the hot parts of the globe. This is the common
ſpring; but theſe being drawn off early in Auguſt, Purſlane which is cultivated in the gardens, and is fo
the Leeks will have time to grow large afterwards, ſo generally known as to need no defcription. There
that there may be a moderate crop of both forts. are two varieties of this, one with deep green leaves,
The management of Leeks being exactly the ſame and the other hath yellow leaves, which is called
with Onions, I ſhall not repeat it in this place; but Golden Purſane ; but as both theſe ariſe from the
Thall only add, that many perſons fow their Leeks ſame ſeeds, ſo they are only feminal variations. There
very thick in beds in the ſpring; and in June, after is alſo a third variety with ſmaller and leſs fuc-
fome of their early crops are taken off, they dig up culent leaves, which is called wild Purſlane, becauſe
the ground, and plant their Leeks out thereon, in wherever it is once ſown in a garden, and the plants
rows a foot apart, and fix inches afunder in the rows, permitted to ſcatter ſeeds, the plants will come up as
obſerving to water them until they have taken root ; weeds the following year, but this I am ſure is a de-
after which they will require no further culture, but generacy from the Garden Purſlane, for I have fown
to clear the ground from weeds. The Leeks thus it ſeveral times and let the plants ſhed their feeds, and
planted will grow to a moderate fize, provided the it has come up from thoſe feeds in two years, dege-
ground be good, and this method is very proper for nerated to the wild fort.
ſuch perſons who have little room.
Purſlane is propagated from feeds, which may be
If you would ſave the ſeeds of this plant, you ſhould fown upon beds of light rich earth during any of the
make choice of ſome of the largeſt and beſt Leeks fummer months; but if you intend to have it early in
you have, which muſt remain in the place where they the ſeaſon, it ſhould be fown upon a hot-bed; for it
grew until February, when they ſhould be tranſplant- is too tender to be fown in the open air before April,
ed in a row againſt a warm hedge, pale, or wall, at and then it muſt be in a warm ſituation. This feed is
about eight inches aſunder; and when their ſtems very ſmall, ſo that little of it will be ſufficient to fup-
advance, they ſhould be ſupported by a ſtring, to ply a family. There is no other culture which this
prevent their being broken down, to which they are plant requires, but to keep it clear from weeds, and
very liable, eſpecially when in head; and the cloſer
in dry weather to water it two or three times a week.
they are drawn to the fence in autumn, the better In warm weather this plant will be fit for uſe in ſix
the ſeeds will ripen; for it ſometimes happens in cold weeks after ſowing, ſo that in order to continue a
ſummers or autumns, that thoſe which grow in the ſucceſſion of it, you ſhould fow it at three or four dif-
open garden, do not perfect their feeds in this coun- ferent ſeaſons, allowing a fortnight or three weeks
try, eſpecially if there ſhould be ſharp froſts early in between each fowing, which will be ſufficient to laſt
autumn, which will entirely ſpoil the feed.
the ſummer, ſo long as it is proper to be eaten; for
When it is ripe (which may be known by the heads being of a very cold nature, it is unſafe to be eaten,
changing brown) you ſhould cut off their heads with except in the heat of ſummer in England; for which
about a foot or more of the ſtalk to each, and tie them reaſon, it is not to any purpoſe to ſow it upon a
in bundles, three or four heads in each, and hang hot-bed, ſince it will come early enough for uſe in
them up in a dry place, where they may remain till the open air.
If
;
و

P O T
POT
a
a
If the feeds are intended to be ſaved, a ſufficient num- Quinquefolium folio argenteo. C. B.P. 325. Cinque-
ber of the earlieſt plants ſhould be left for this pur- foil with a ſilvery leaf.
poſe, drawing out all thoſe which are weak, or have 6. POTENTILLA (Cauleſcens) foliis quinatis apice conni-
Imall leaves, from among them; and when the feeds venti-ferratis, caulibus multiforis erectis, receptacu-
are ripe, the plants ſhould be cut up, and ſpread up- lis hirſutis. Hort. Cliff. 194. Potentilla with five leaves
on cloths in the ſun to dry, and then the ſeeds may whoſe points are ſawed, ereat stalks with many flowers,
be eaſily beaten out and fifted, to clear it from the and hairy receptacles. Quinquefolium album minus
leaves and feed-veſſels.
alterum. C. B. P. 325. Another ſmaller white Cinque-
The ſecond fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands foil.
of the Weſt Indies; this is annual, the ſtalks are ve- 1 7. POTENTILLA (Monſpelienſis) foliis ternatis, caule ra-
;
ry ſucculent, of a purple colour, and branch out mofo erecto, pedunculis fupra genicula enatis. Hort.
greatly; the lower branches lie near the ground, but Upfal. 134. Potentilla with leaves growing by threes,
thoſe above them are more erect; the leaves are nar- In upright branching Sielk, and foot-ſtalks riſing above
row, awl-ſhaped, and of a lucid green; they are the joints. Fragaria ſterilis Alpina cauleſcens. Boerh.
placed alternately on the branches. At the joints there Ind. alt. 1. p. 42. Stalky Alpine barren Strawberry.
come out tufts of white hairs, and between theſe come 8. POTENTILLA (Grandiflora) foliis ternatis, dentatis
out the flowers fitting cloſe to the branches; they are utrinque fubpilofis, caule decumbente foliis longiore.
of a fine Pink colour, but of ſhort duration, ſeldom Lin. Sp. Plant. 715. Potentilla with three hairy leaves,
continuing open longer than five or fix hours; theſe and a trailing ſtalk longer than the leaves. Fragaria fte-
are ſucceeded by ihort roundilh capſules, filled with rilis ampliſſimo folio & flore, petalis cordatis. Vaill.
ſmall black ſeeds. It flowers from the middle of June Pariſ. 55. tab. 10.
till autumn.
9. POTENTILLA (Heptaphylla) foliis ſeptenis quinatiſque,
The third ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good foliolis pinnato-inciſis pilofis, caule erecto ramoſo.
Hope ; this is a perennial plant with a ſhrubby ſtalk, Potentilla with feven and five leaves, whoſe lobes are
which riſes four or five inches high, garniſhed with cut, winged, and hairy, and an upright branching ſtalk.
thick, globular, fucculent leaves; at the top of the Quinquefolium quod pentaphyllum feu potius hep-
ſtalk comes forth a ſlender foot-ftalk about two taphyllum reétum, caule rubro hirſutis. Hort. Cath.
inches long, ſuſtaining four or five Roſe-ſhaped flow- Cinquefoil or Septfoil, with a red, upright, bairy Stalk.
ers of a red colour. Theſe appear in July, but are There are many more ſpecies of this genus, which
not ſucceeded by feeds in England. This plant is are preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
too tender to live in the open air in winter, ſo it muſt iety, but as they are not cultivated in other places
be kept in pots, and treated in the ſame way as the either for uſe or beauty, I ſhall not enumerate them
moſt ſucculent kinds of Aloes. It is propagated by here.
cuttings.
The firſt fort here mentioned, grows naturally upon
POTENTILLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 559. Quin- cold ſtiff land in moſt parts of England, and is a ſure
quefolium pentaphylloides. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 296. mark of the ſterility of the ſoil. It ſpreads its ſtalks
tab. 153, 298. Cinquefoil; in French, Quinte-feuille. upon the ground, which ſend out roots from their
The CHARACTERS are,
joints, faſtening into the ground, and thereby propa-
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, which is gates ſo faſt, as in a little time to ſpread over and fill
Nightly cut into ten parts; the ſegments are alternately leſs the ground to a great diſtance. The leaves are com-
and reflexed. The flower is compoſed of five petals, which poſed of ſeveral lobes (or wings) which are generally
are inſerted into the empalement, and ſpread open. It hath placed alternately along the midrib, and terminated
twenty awl-ſhaped ſtamina inſerted in the empalement, by an odd one; they are fawed on their edges, and
terminated by moon-shaped fummits. In the center of the are of a ſilvery colour, eſpecially on their under fide.
flower there are ſeveral germen colleEted into one head, The flowers are produced fingly upon very long foot-
with very ſender Styles inſerted in the ſide of the germen, ſtalks, which ariſe from the root; they are compoſed
crowned by obtuſe liigmas. After the flower is poſt
, the of five yellow petals, which expand in form of a
germen becomes a head of roundiſh seeds, included in the Roſe; theſe have a great number of ſtamina which
empalement.
are inſerted to the petals, and many germen collected
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of in heads, which afterward become many acute-
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants pointed ſeeds wrapped up in the empalement. It
whoſe flowers have about twenty ftamina inſerted in flowers great part of ſummer. The leaves of this
the empalement, and have many germen.
plant are uſed in medicine, and are accounted re-
The SPECIES are,
ftringent and vulnerary. It is rarely cultivated in
1. POTENTILLA (Anſerina) foliis pinnatis ferratis, caule gardens, being a very common weed in England.
repente. Flor. Lapp. 210. Potentilla with winged ſawed The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, and
leaves, and a creeping ſtolk. Pentaphylloides argente- mountains in Germany. This hath a perennial root,
um alatum, feu potentilla. Tourn. Inft. 298. Silver which fends out ſeveral heads joined together; from
Weed, or Wild Tonfy.
theſe ariſe the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, which are
2. POTENTILLA (Rupeſtris) foliis pinnatis alternis, fo- long, and ſuſtain three pair of roundiſh lobes, ter-
liolis quinis ovatis crenatis, caule erecto. Hort. Cliff. minated by an odd one; theſe are crenated on their
193. Potentilla with alternate winged leaves, having edges, and fit cloſe to the midrib. Out of each
five oval crenated lobes, and an ere Et ſtalk. Pentaphyl- head ariſes a hairy ſtalk about nine inches high,
loides erectuny. J. B. 2. P. 398. Upright Cinquefoil
. having at each joint one or two trifoliate leaves,
3. POTENTILLA (Fruticoſa) foliis pinnatis, caule fruti- ſhaped like thoſe below, but ſmaller; the upper part
coſo. Hort. Cliff. 193. Potentilla with winged leaves of the ſtalk divides into ſmall foot-ſtalks, each fuf-
and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Pentaphylloides rectum frutico- taining two or three white flowers, very like thoſe of
fuin Eboracenſe. Mor. Hift. 2. 193. Upright forub- the Strawberry. Theſe appear in June, and are fuc-
by Cinquefoil of Yorkſhire, commonly called ſhrubby ceeded by feeds like thoſe of the former, It is
Cinquefoil.
eaſily propagated by feeds, or parting of the roots;
4. POTENTILLA (Re&ta) foliis feptenatis lanceolatis fer- the beſt time of fowing the feeds is in the autumn,
ratis utrinque ſubpilofis, caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. and that is alſo the ſeaſon for parting and tranſplant-
711. Potentilla with ſeven Speer-ſhaped, ſawed, hairy ing the roots; it loves a moiſt ſoil and a Thady
leaves, and an ere Et ſi alk. Quinquefolium erectum ſituation.
luteum. C. B. P. 325. Yellow upright Cinquefoil. The third ſort grows naturally in the northern coun-
5. POTENTILLA (Argentea) foliis quinatis cuneiformibus ties of England, and in many of the northern parts
incils fubtus tomentofis, caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. of Europe. This hath a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes
497. Potentilla with five wedge-ſhaped cut leaves, which about four feet high, dividing into many branches,
are woolly on their under fide, and have an erect ſtalk. which are garniſhed by winged leaves, compoſed of
two

рот
POT
3
two or three pair of narrow, acute-pointed, eritire on their edges; the flowers are larger, and the whole
lobes, which are hairy, and pale on their under fide. plant is of a deeper green. It flowers in July, and
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches the feeds ripen in autumn. It propagates itſelf like
in cluſters; they have five yellow petals ſpreading the former fort.
open in form of a Roſe, with many germen and ſta- The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily;
mina within. Theſe appear in July, and are ſome- this is a perennial plant; the ſtalks riſe near two feet
times ſucceeded by feeds incloſed in the empale- high, they are purple and very hairy, garniſhed with
ment. This plant is commonly cultivated in the leaves compoſed of five or ſeven narrow lobes, which
nurſery-gardens as a flowering ſhrub, by ſuckers, or are deeply cut on their fides, ſo as to reſemble thoſe
laying down the tender branches, which will take of winged leaves; the ſtalks branch out greatly to-
root in one year, and may then be taken off from ward their top. The flowers are yellow, and ſhaped
the old plants, and planted in a nurſery for a year like thoſe of the fourth fort. It flowers in June, and
or two to get ſtrength, before they are planted the feeds ripen in autumn. It may be propagated as
where they are deſigned to remain. It may alſo be the fourth fort.
propagated by cuttings, which may be planted in POTERIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 948. Pimpinella.
autumn in a moiſt ſhady border, where they will Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 156. tab. 68. Burnet ; in French,
take root the next ſpring, and the Michaelmas fol- Pimprenelle.
lowing may be tranſplanted into the nurſery.
The CHARACTERS are,
The beſt ſeaſon for tranſplanting of theſe plants is in It hath male and female flowers in the fame Spike. The
October, that they may get new roots before the male flowers have a three-leaved empalement; they have
hard froft ſets in; for as this plant grows naturally one petal, which is cut into four parts; theſe are oval,
upon moiſt boggy land, ſo when it is removed in concave, and permanent, and a great number of long hair-
the ſpring, if due care is not taken to water it in dry like ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh twin ſummits. The
weather, it is apt to miſcarry; nor will this plant female flowers have one wheel-fbaped petal with a foort
live in a hot dry foil, but in a ſhady ſituation and on tube, cut at the brim into four parts; theſe have no fto-
a cool moiſt ſoil it will thrive exceedingly.
mina, but two oblong ovel germen, with two hairy Styles
The fourth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of the length of the petal, crowned by coloured pencil-ſhaped
France and Italy; this hath hand-ſhaped leaves, com- ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes two hard ſeeds,
poſed of five or ſeven lobes which join at their baſe, incloſed in the petal of the flower.
where they meet the foot-ſtalk; they are deeply cre- This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection
nated on their fides, and are hairy on both ſides. The of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
ſtalks riſe nine or ten inches high, branching toward plants whoſe flowers are male and female in the
the top, and garniſhed at each joint with one leaf, ſame ſpike, and the male fiowers have many ftamina.
of the ſame form as thoſe below, but ſmaller. The The SPECIES are,
flowers grow at the top of the italk; they are white, 1. POTERIUM (Sanguiſorba) inerme, caulibus fubangu-
and ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, appearing
lofis. Hort. Cliff. 446. Unarmed Poterium with ang ular
about the ſame time, and are ſucceeded by feeds like ſtalks. Pimpinella fanguiſorba minor hirſuta. C.B.P.
thoſe. This is a biennial plant, which dies ſoon after 160. Smaller hairy Burnet.
the ſeeds are ripe. It may be propagated as the ſe- 2. POTERIUM (Hybridum) inerme, caulibus teretibus
cond fort.
usdy
ſtrictis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 994. Unarmed Poterium with
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and in a narrow taper ſtalk. Pimpinella agrimonoides odo-
other rough hilly parts of Europe. This hath a thick rata. H. R. Par. Sweet-Smelling Burnet reſembling
fleſhy root which ſtrikes deep in the ground, from Agrimony.
which ariſe ſeveral purple branching ſtalks about a 3. POTERIUM (Spinoſum) fpinis ramofis. Hort. Cliff.
foot high, garniſhed with leaves compoſed of five 445. Poterium with branching Spines. Pimpinella fpi-
wedge-ſhaped lobes, which are deeply cut on their noſa, feu ſempervirens. Mor. Umb. 57. Prickly or
es
edges, and are very hoary on their under fide. The
evergreen Burnet.
flowers grow at the top of the italk, which branches The firſt fort is the common Burnet, which grows
out into many foot-ſtalks; they are yellow, and ſhap-l naturally upon chalky lands in many parts of Eng-
ed like thoſe of the fourth fort, but finaller. The land; of this there are two or three varieties, one of
root is perennial, and the plant may be propagated them is much ſmoother than the other, and the third
as the ſecond fort,
hath larger ſeeds than either of the former; but theſe
The fixth fort grows on the mountains in Auſtria ; differences are not conſtant, being only feminal va-
this hath a perennial root; the leaves ſtand upon riations. This is a perennial plant, from whoſe root
foot-ſtalks which ariſe from the root, and are very ariſe a great number of leaves, ſtanding on pretty long
long; they are compoſed of five oblong lobes which foot-Italks ; they are compoſed of five or fix pair of
are a little ſawed at their ends, very hoary and filky lobes, terminated by an odd one. The lobes are ge-
on their under fides, but green on their upper. The nerally ranged a little alternate on the midrib, but
flowers are produced upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, ſometimes ftand by pairs; they are ſawed on their
which ariſe immediately from the root; they are edges, and are ſometimes ſmooth, and at others hairy.
white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, ap-
The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, branching out
pearing in May, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds in pretty much, and are terminated by long ſlender foot-
England. It may be eaſily propagated by runners in Italks, each ſuſtaining an oblong ſpike of Powers, in
the fame manner as the Strawberry; the beſt time to which there are ſome male and others female; they
tranſplant them is in autumn. It loves a cool foil are of a purpliſh red colour, and appear in June. The
and a ſhady ſituation.
female flowers are each ſucceeded by two hard feeds,
The ſeventh fort grows naturally near Montpelier ; which ripen in autumn.
this is a perennial plant; the ſtalks grow erect, about This plant is propagated in gardens; the young ten-
a foot high; they are very hairy, and garniſhed with der leaves are put into fallads in winter and ſpring,
trifoliate oblong leaves, ſawed on their edges. The and the leaves are uſed for cool tankards in hot wea-
flowers are produced upon foot-ſtalks, which come ther. It is uſed in medicine, and is reckoned to be
out above the joints of the ſtalk; they are white, cordial and alexipharmic. The powder of the root is
and large. This plant flowers in June, and the feeds commended againſt ſpitting of blood.
ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to ſcatter, will This plant is eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould
produce plants in plenty the following ſpring, which be fown in autumn ſoon after they are ripe; for if it
will require no other culture but to keep them clean is ſown in ſpring, the ſeeds frequently lie in the
from weeds.
ground till the ſpring following. If the ſeeds are
The eighth fort is alſo a perennial plant, but differs permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up in plenty;
from the other in having trailing ſtalks ; the lobes and if theſe are tranſplanted out in a bed of undunged
of the leaves are oval, obtuſe, and bluntly indented earth, at about a foot diſtance every way, and kept
clean
a
و
a
ز
;

PRA
PRA
care.
clean from weeds, they will continue fome years, ef- pointed germen fuſtaining a ſlender Style the lengib of
pecially if the ſoil is dry, and will require no other the ſtamina, crowned by a bifid ſtigmo. The germen af-
It may alſo be propagated by parting the roots terward become four berries, each containing a ſingle
in autumn; but as the plants ariſe fo freely from oundiſh ſeed.
ſcattered ſeeds, the latter method is feldom practiſed. This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
This plant has been of late recommended by perſons Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
of little ſkill, to be fown as a winter pabulum for cat- plants whoſe fowers have two long and two ſhorter
tle ; but whoever will give themſelves the trouble to ſtamina, and the ſeeds are naked.
examine the grounds where it naturally grows, will
The SPECIES are,
find the plants left uneaten by the cattle, when the 1. PRASIUM (Majus) foliis ovato-oblongis ſerratis. Lin.
Graſs about them has been cropped to the roots; be- Hort. Chiff. 309. Shrubby ſtinking Hedge-nettle, with
ſide, in wet winters and on ſtrong land, the plants oblong, oval, ſawed leaves. Galeopſis Hiſpanica fru-
are of ſhort duration, therefore very unfit for the
pur- teſcens, teucrii folio. Tourn. Inſt. 186. Spaniſh, forub-
poſe, nor is the produce ſufficient to tempt any per- by, ſtinking Hedge-nettle, with a Tree Germander leaf.
fons of ſkill to engage in its culture; therefore I wiſh 2. PRASIUM (Minus) foliis ovatis duplici utrinque crenâ
thoſe perſons to make trials of it in ſmall quantities, notatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 309. Shrubby ſtinking Hedge-
before they embark largely in theſe new ſchemes. nettle, with ovel leaves which are indented on every ſide.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France Lamium fruticans, teucrii folio lucido, calyce & flore
and Italy; this is a biennial plant, which decays foon magno candido: tantillâ purpurâ variè notato. Hort.
after the ſeeds are ripe. The leaves of this are like Cath. 106. Shrubby Dead-nettle, with a lucid Tree Ger-
thoſe of Agrimony, and are compoſed of three or four mander leaf, and a large white flower with ſome ſpots of
pair of oblong lobes, placed a little alternate on the
purple.
midrib, and terminated by an odd one : they are The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
deeply ſawed on their edges, and have an agreeable this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk two feet high, co-
fcent, the ſtalks riſe two feet high, and are garniſhed vered with a whitiſh bark, and divides into many
at each joint with one of thoſe winged leaves, which branches, which are garniſhed with oblong oval
gradually diminiſh in their fize at the top, and juſt leaves, ſawed on their edges. The flowers come out
above the leaf ariſes a long foot-ſtalk, which ſupports from the bofom of the leaves in whorls round the
two or three ſmall ones, each ſuſtaining a ſmall round- ſtalks; they are white, and have large permanent em-
iſh ſpike of flowers. Theſe appear in July, and are palements, cut into five points. The flowers are of
ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn. It is the lip kind; they appear in June and July, and are
propagated by feeds, which, if ſown in autumn, the ſucceeded by four ſmall berries fitting in the em-
plants will come up the following ſpring. Theſe re- palement, which turn black when they are ripe, and
quire no other culture than to thin them where they have a ſingle roundiſh feed in each.
are too cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds; the The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Sicily; this hath
ſecond year they will flower and ripen their feeds, and a ſhrubby ſtalk like the former, but riſes a little
foon after decay.
higher; the bark is whiter, the leaves are ſhorter and
The third ſort grows naturally in Crete, and in many oval, and are doubly crenated on each ſide; they are
of the iſlands of the Archipelago. This hath a of a lucid green. The flowers come out in ſmall
shrubby perennial ſtalk, which riſes about three feet whorls from the boſom of the leaves, like the former,
high, dividing into ſeveral ſender branches, which are they are ſomewhat larger, and are frequently marked
armed with branching ſharp thorns; the leaves are with a few purple ſpots; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall
very ſmall; they are winged, and have fix or ſeven berries like the other fort, which ripen at the ſame time.
pair of very ſmall lobes, ranged oppoſite along the Theſe plants may be propagated either by cuttings,
midrib, terminated by an odd one; they are of a or from the ſeeds : if they are propagated by cuttings,
lucid green, and continue all the year. The flowers they ſhould be planted on a ſhady border toward the
are produced in ſmall heads at the end of the branches, end of April; but the cuttings ſhould not be taken
and are of an herbaceous colour ; they appear the be- from ſuch plants as have been drawn weak, but rather
ginning of June, and there is a ſucceſſion of them from thoſe which have been expoſed to the open air,
moſt part of ſummer; but thoſe only which come whoſe ſhoots are ſhort and ſtrong; and if a joint of
early, are ſometimes ſucceeded by feeds in England. the former year's wood is cut to each of them, they
This plant is too tender to live through the winter in will more certainly ſucceed. Theſe cuttings may re-
the open air ; but if it is ſheltered under a common main in the ſame border till they are well rooted,
hot-bed frame in winter, where it may have the free when they may be tranſplanted into the places where
air at all times when the weather is mild, and ſheltered they are to remain, or into pots, that they may be
from hard froſt, it will thrive better than when it is ſheltered in winter under a common frame, where
more tenderly treated. It may be propagated by they may have as much free air as poſſible in dry
flips or cuttings during any of the ſummer months, weather, butonly require to be ſcreened from hard froſt.
which, if planted in a bed of light earth, and covered If they are propagated by ſeeds (which the plants
down clole with a hand or bell-glaſs, and ſhaded from produce in plenty every year) they ſhould be fown on
the ſun, will take root and may then be taken a bed of light earth in April; and in May the plants
up, and planted each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, filled will come up, when they require no other care but
with freſh undunged earth, and placed in the ſhade that of keeping them clean from weeds; and in the
till they have taken new root, and then removed to a autumn following, they may be tranſplanted in the
Sheltered ſituation, where they may ſtand till the froſt fame manner as before directed for thoſe raiſed from
comes on, when they ſhould be placed under the hot- cuttings, and may be afterward treated more hardily,
bed frame. It requires but little water, eſpecially in as they acquire ſtrength.
cool weather, and wants no particular culture.
A plant or two of each of theſe ſpecies may be al-
PRASIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 655. Galeopſis. Tourn. lowed to have a place where there are collections of the
Inft. R. H. 186. Shrubby Hedge-nettle.
different ſorts of ever-green ſhrubs, for the ſake of
The CHARACTERS are,
variety; eſpecially where the different forts of Ciſtus,
The flower bath a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, di- Phlomis, Tree-wormwood, and Medicago, are ad-
vided into two lips; the upper lip is broad, and ends in mitted, becauſe theſe are equally hardy; and when a
three acute points; the lower lip is cut into two parts. ſevere winter happens, which deſtroys the one, the
The flower is of the lip kind; it bath one petol; the others are ſure of the ſame fate ; but in mild win-
upper lip is ovel, erect, and indented at the end. The ters they will live abroad, eſpecially if they are planted
lower lip is brood, reflexed, and ends in three points, the in a dry rubbiſhy foil, and have a ſheltered ſituation,
middle one being broadest. It has four awl shaped ſtamina but in rich wet ground, the plants will grow vigo-
under the upper lip, two of which are shorter than the rous in ſummer, fo are liable to injury from the early
other, boving oblong Farmits on their ſide, and a four- froſts in autumn.
PERE-
a
a
ز
IO T

PRE
PRI
a
و
PRENANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 816. Vaill. Theſe plants are feldom admitted into gardens, but if
Mem. ann. 1721. Wild Lettuce.
any perſon is deſirous to cultivate them, if they fow
The CHARACTERS are,
the feeds ſoon after they are ripe, in a ſheltered fitu-
It hath a ſmooth cylindrical empalement Spreading at the ation, the plants will come up, and require no other
brim, having many ſcales, which are equal, but have care but to keep them clean from weeds.
three at the baſe unequal. This common empalement in- PRIMUL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 180. Primula veris.
cludes from five to eight bermaphrodite florets, diſpoſed in Tourn. Inft. R. H. 124. tab. 47. [This plant is ſo
a ſingle round order ; they have one petal, which is called, becauſe it is the firſt plant that appears in the
ſtretched out like a tongue, and indented in four parts at ſpring.] The Primroſe; in French, Primevere.
the end; they have five ſhort hair-like ſtamino, termi-
The CHARACTERS are,
nated by cylindrical ſummits. The germen is ſituated un- The flower bath a five-cornered tubulous empalement of
der the petal, ſupporting e ſender ſtyle longer than the one leaf, ending in five acute points ; it hath one petal,
ſtamina, crowned by a bifid reflexed ſtigma. The germen with a cylindrical tube the length of the empalement, but
afterward becomes a fingle heart-ſhoped ſeed, crowned with Spreads open above, where it is cut into five heart-ſhaped
bairy down.
fegments. It has five ſhort ſtomina ſituated in the neck of
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of the petal, terminated by ereat acute-pointed ſummits, and
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the plants a globular germen ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by a
with a flower compoſed of all hermaphrodite or fruit- globular ſtigma. The germen afteward turns to an oblong
ful fiorets, whoſe ſtamina and ſtyle are connected. capſule with one cell, opening at the top, filled with ſmall
The Species are,
angular ſeeds.
1. PRENANTHES (Muralis) flofculis quinis, foliis runci- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
natis. Hort. Cliff. 383. Prenanthes with five florets and Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thofe plants
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Lactuca ſylveſtris murorum, fiore whoſe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.
luteo. J. B. 2. p. 1004. Wild Wall Lettuce with a yel- The SPECIES are,
low flower.
I. PRIMULA (Veris) foliis dentatis rugofis, pedunculis
2. PRENANTHES (Purpurea) fofculis quinis, foliis lan- unifloris. Primroſe with rough indented leaves, and foot-
ceolatis denticulatis. Hort. Cliff. 383. Prenanthes with Stalks bearing one frozen Primula veris odorata, fore
five florets, and ſpear-ſhaped indented leaves. Lactuca luteo fimplici. J. E. 3. p. 495. Sweet-ſmelling Primroſe
montana purpuro-cæruleo major. C.B.P. 123. Greater with a ſingle yellow flower, or common Primroſe.
purple, blue, Mountain Lettuce.
2. PRIMULA (Elatior) foliis dentatis rugofis, floribus
3. PRENANTHES (Altiffima) flofculiis quinis foliis trilobis, faſtigiatis. Primroſe with rough indented leaves, and
caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 797. Upright Pernanthes flowers growing in bunches. Primula veris pallido fiore
with five florets, and leaves having three lobes. Prenanthes elatior. Cluf. Hift. 301. Taller Primroſe with a pale
Canadenſis altiffima, foliis variis, fiore luteo. Vaill. flower, called Cowſlip.
Act. 1721. Tallest Prenanthes of Canada, with variable 3. PRIMULA (Farinoſa) foliis crenatis glabris, florum
leaves and a yellowiſh flower.
limbo plano. Hort. Cliff. 50. Primroſe with ſmooth
4. PRENANTHES (Amplexicaule) flofculis quinis, caule crenated leaves, and a plain border to the flower. Pri-
ramoſo foliis ovato-lanceolatis ſemiamplexicaulibus. mula veris rubro fiore. Cluf. Hift. 300. Primroſe with
Prenanthes with five florets, a branching ſtalk, and oval a red flower, called Bird's-eyen.
Spear-ſhaped leaves half embracing the ſtalk. Lactuca 4. PRIMULA (Polyantha) foliis petiolatis fubcordatis
montana, purpuro-cærulea minor. C. B. P. 143. crenatis, floribus faftigiatis pedunculis longiffimis.
Smaller purple
, blue, Mountain Lettuce.
Primroſe or Cowſlip with heart-maped crenated leaves
The firſt fort grows naturally upon walls and dry having foot-ſtalks, and flowers growing in bunches on
ſhady banks in many parts of England, fo is never very long foot-ſtalks.
cultivated in gardens. The ſecond ſort grows natu- The firſt ſort of Primroſe grows wild in woods, and
rally upon the Helvetian Mountains; this hath a other ſhady places in moſt parts of England, from
creeping root, which ſpreads far in the ground, ſo be- whence their roots may be eaſily tranſplanted into the
comes a troubleſome weed if admitted into gardens. garden, where, if they are placed under hedges, and
The ſtalks of this riſe four feet high; the leaves are in ſhady walks, they make a beautiful appearance
ſpear-ſhaped, and a little indented toward their ends; early in the ſpring, when few other plants are in
the flowers are of a purple blue colour, and are pro- flower.
duced looſe in panicles from the ſides, and at the top This plant is ſo well known as to need no defcrip-
of the ſtalks. Theſe appear in July, and are fuc- tion; the flowers and roots of this are uſed in medi-
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
cine.
The third fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North There are ſeveral varieties of this which have been
America, where it is called Dr. Witt's Rattle-ſnake accidentally obtained, as the paper-white Primroſe
root; this feldom lives longer than two years. The with ſingle and double flowers, the common Prim-
lower leaves are four or five inches long, and three roſe with double flowers, the red Primroſe with ſingle
broad; they are ſometimes divided into five lobes, and double flowers; theſe have but one flower upon
but generally into three; they are indented a little on a foot-ſtalk.
their edges, ſmooth, of a dark green on their upper The ſecond ſort is the Cowſlip, or Paigle, or Para-
fide, but pale on their under. The ſtalks riſe three lyſis of the ſhops ; this grows naturally in meadows
feet high, and are garniſhed with a few ſmall leaves and moiſt paſtures in many parts of England. The
which are entire; the flowers come out from the ſide flowers of this ſort grow in bunches at the top of the
of the ſtalk in ſmall bunches ; theſe are of a pale ſtalk, ſo are eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the former ;
yellow colour, and appear in July. They are ſucceeded they are much uſed in medicine, and ſometimes the
by ſeeds, crowned with hairy down, which ripen in leaves. As theſe grow wild, their roots may be taken
There is a variety of this with pale purple up and tranſplanted into gardens.
flowers which ariſe from the ſame ſeeds. The roots The beſt time to tranſplant them is at Michaelmas,
of theſe plants are ſaid to be an antidote to expel the that their roots may have ſtrength to produce their
venom of the rattle-fnake, which induced me to flowers early in the ſpring. Theſe delight in a ſtrong
mention theſe plants.
ſoil, but will grow in almoſt any fort of earth, pro-
The fourth fort grows naturally on the mountains in vided they have a ſhady ſituation.
Germany ; this hath a perennial root. The ſtalks riſe There are a great variety of this at preſent in the gar-
a foot high, and branch out on each ſide; the leaves dens, as the Hoſe in Hofe, the double Cowſlip, and
are ſpear-ſhaped and oval; their baſe is broad, and all the forts of Polyanthus, which have been ſo much
half ſurrounds the ſtalk ; the flowers grow looſely up- improved within the lait fifty years, as to almoſt equal
on flender foot-ſtalks, which come out from the fide, the variety of the Auriculas; and in ſome parts of
and at the end of the branches. Theſe appear in June, England they are ſo much eſteemed as to fell for a
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
guinea a root, ſo that there may be ſtill a much
greater
a
a
a
autumn.
a

PRI
PRO
greater variety raiſed, as there are ſo many perſons entirely neglected. In June the feed will be ripe,
engaged in the culture of this flower.
which may be eaſily known by the pods changing
The ſeveral varieties of Polyanthufes are produced by brown and opening; fo that you ſhould at that time
ſowing of feeds, which ſhould be ſaved from ſuch look over the plants three or four times a week, ga-
flowers as have large upright items, producing many thering each time fuch of the feed-veſſels as are ripe,
flowers upon a ſtalk, which are large, beautifully which ſhould be laid upon a paper to dry, and may
ſtriped, open fat, and not pin-eyed. From the ſeeds then be put up until the ſeaſon of fowing.
of ſuch flowers there is room to hope for a great va- As the plants which ariſe from feeds, generally fow-
riety of good forts, but there ſhould be no ordinary er much better than offsets, thoſe who would have
fowers ſtand near them, left, by the mixture of their theſe flowers in perfection, ſhould annually fow their
farina, the feeds ſhould be degenerated.
feeds.
Theſe feeds ſhould be ſown in boxes filled with light PRIMROSE-TREE. See ONAGRA.
rich earth in December, being very careful not to PRINOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 398. Winterberry.
bury the feed too deep; for if it be only ſlightly co-
The CHARACTERS are,
vered with light earth, it will be ſufficient. Theſe The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
boxes ſhould be placed where they may have the be- which is cut into fix ſmall plain ſegments, and is perma-
nefit of the morning ſun until ten of the clock, but nent; it hath one wheel-ſhaped petal with no tube, cut
muſt by no means be expoſed to the heat of the day, into ſix plain ſegments; it hath fix awl-ſhaped ftomina
eſpecially when the plants begin to appear; for at jorter than the petal, terminated by obtuſe ſummits, and
that time, one whole day's fun will entirely deſtroy on oval germen fitting upon the ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe
them. In the ſpring, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a round berry open-
you muſt often refreſh them with water, which ihould ing in three parts, including one bard ſeed.
be given very moderately; and, as the heat increaſes, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
you ſhould remove the boxes more in the ſhade, for Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe
the heat is very injurious to them.
flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.
By the middle of May theſe plants will be ſtrong
The SPECIES are,
enough to plant out, at which time you ſhould pre- 1. Prinos (Verticillatus) foliis longitudinaliter ferratis.
pare ſome ſhady borders which ſhould be made rich Lin. Sp. Plant. 330. Prinos, or Winterberry, with leaves
with neats dung, upon which you muſt ſet the plants Sawed lengthways.
about four inches afunder every way, obſerving to 2. PRINOS (Glaber) foliis apice ſerratis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
water them until they have taken root; after which 330. Prinos with leaves ſawed at their points.
they will require no farther care but to keep them The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
clear from weeds, until the latter end of Auguſt fol- parts of North America. This riſes with a ſhrubby
lowing, when you ſhould prepare fome borders which ſtalk to the height of eight or ten feet, ſending out
are expoſed to the eaſt, with good light rich earth, many branches from the ſides the whole length, which
into which you muſt tranſplant your Polyanthufes, are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three
placing them fix inches aſunder equally in rows, ob- inches long, and one broad in the middle, terminating
ſerving, if the ſeaſon proves dry, to water them until in acute points; they are of a deep green, veined on
they have taken root; in theſe borders your plants their under ſide, and ſawed on their edges, having
wil flower the ſucceeding ſpring, at which time you Blender foot-ftalks ſtanding alternately on the branches.
muft obſerve to mark ſuch of them as are fine to pre- The flowers come out from the ſide of the branches,
ſerve, and the reſt may be tranſplanted into wilder- ſometimes ſingle, at others two or three at each joint ;
neffes, and other ſhady places in the garden, where, they have no tube, but are wheel-ſhaped, and cut
although they are not very valuable flowers, they will into fix parts ; they have fix awl-Shaped erect ſtamina,
afford an agreeable variety.
terminated by obruſe ſummits, and an oval germen
Thoſe which you intend to preſerve, may be remov- fitting upon the ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma;
ed ſoon after they have done flowering (provided you theſe are ſucceeded by berries about the ſize of thoſe
do not intend to fave ſeeds from them), and may be of Holly, which turn purple when ripe. It flowers
then tranſplanted into a freſh border of the like rich in July, and the feeds ripen in the winter.
earth, allowing them the ſame diſtance as before, ob- The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Canada; this is of
ſerving alſo to water them until they have taken root;l
lower growth than the former. The leaves are ſhorter,
after which they will require no farther care, but on- and fawed at their points, but the flowers of this I
ly to keep them clean from weeds, and the following have not ſeen.
ſpring they will produce ſtrong flowers, as their roots They are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown
will be then in full vigour; ſo that if the kinds are ſoon after they are ripe upon a bed of light earth, co-
good, they will be little inferior to a ſhew of Auriculas, vering them about half an inch with the ſame fort of
Theſe roots ſhould be conſtantly removed and parted earth. The ſeeds which are ſo ſoon put into the
every year, and the earth of the border changed, ground, will many of them come up the following
otherwiſe they will degenerate, and loſe the greateſt Apring; whereas thoſe which are kept longer out of
part of their beauty.
the ground, will remain a whole year in the ground
If you intend to ſave feeds, which is the method to before the plants will appear in the ſame manner as
obtain a great variety, you muſt mark ſuch of them, the Holly, Hawthorn, and ſome others; therefore the
which, as I ſaid before, have good properties. Theſe ground ſhould not be diſturbed, if the plants do not
ſhould be, if pofable, ſeparated from all ordinary come up the firſt year. When the young plants come
flowers, for if they ſtand ſurrounded with plain-co- up, they may be treated in the ſame manner as hath
loured flowers, they will impregnate each other, been directed for the American Hawthorns, for theſe
whereby the ſeeds of the valuable flowers will not be are full as hardy, but they delight in a moiſt foil and
near ſo good, as if the plants had been in a ſeparate a ſhady ſituation ; for in hot land they make but
border, where no ordinary flowers grew; therefore little progreſs, and rarely produce any fruit.
the beſt way is to take out the roots of ſuch as you PRIVET. See LIGUSTRUM.
do not eſteem as ſoon as the flowers open, and plant PROTEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 104. Conocarpoden-
them in another place, that there may be none left in dron. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 195. Silver-tree.
the border, but fuch as you would chuſe for feeds.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flowers of theſe ſhould not be gathered, except The flowers are collected in an oval head; they have one
Luch as are produced fingly upon pedicles, leaving common imbricated ſcaly perianthium. The flower is of
all fuch as grow in large bunches; and if the ſeaſon one petal, having a tube the length of the empalement ;
ſhould prove dry, you muſt now and then refreſh the brim is cut into four ports, which ſpread open, and
them with water, which will cauſe their feed to be are equal. It has four briſtly ſtamina the length of the
larger, and in greater quantity, than if they were petal, terminated by incumbent Summits, and a roundiſh
germen
و
s $1901
a

PRO
P RU
rot.
germen with an ere Et briſtly Style, crowned by an obtuſe When the plants appear, they ſhould not be
Frigma. The germen afterward turns a roundiſt naked too tenderly treated, for they muſt not be kept too
ſeed, ſitting in a diſtinct cell of the cone.
warm, nor ſhould they have much wet; but in warm
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of weather they muſt be expoſed to the open air in a
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants ſheltered ſituation, and in winter protected from froſt.
whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The third fort I raiſed from feeds, which came
The SPECIES are,
from the Cape of Good Hope; theſe feeds were long
I. PROTEA (Conifere) foliis lineari-lanceolatis integer- and ſlender, very different in ſhape from thoſe of
rimis acutis glabris obliquatis. Lin. Sp. 138. Protea the ſecond fort, but the plants have ſome reſemblance
with linear ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are entire, ſarp- to thoſe. The leaves are very ſilky and white; the
pointed, ſmooth and oblique.
ſtalks are purple, and grow erect, but have not as
2. PROTEA (Argentea) foliis lanceolatis obliquis acutis yet put out any branches.
fparfis villoſo-fericeis planis, floralibus verticillatis. The firſt fort may be propagated by cuttings,
Lin. Sp. 137. Protea with spear-ſhaped oblique-pointed which ſhould be cut off in April, juſt before the
leaves, which are plain, ſilvery haired, and the flowers plants begin to ſhoot; theſe ſhould be planted in
growing in whorls round the ſtalks. Conocarpodendron ſmall pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a
foliis argenteis ſericeis latiſſimis. Boerh. Ind. 2. p. 195. moderate hot-bed, ſhading them from the ſun, and
Silver-tree.
now and then gently refreſhing them with water, but
3. PROTEA (Nitida) foliis oblongo-ovatis hirſutis niti- it muſt be ſparingly given, for much wet will rot
dis integerrimis. Protea with oblong, oval, hoiry, ſhining them. Theſe cuttings will put out roots by Mid-
leaves, which are entire. Lepidocarpodendron folio ſummer, when they may be gently ſhaken out of the
ſaligno lato, caule purpurafcente. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. pots and parted, planting each in a ſeparate ſmall
138. Lepidocarpodendron, with a broad Willow leaf and pot filled with light earth, and placed in a frame,
a purpliſh ſtalk, oiherwiſe called Wageboom.
where they may be ſhaded till they have taken new
Theſe plants are natives of the country near the Cape root; then they ſhould be gradually inured to the
of Good Hope in Africa, where there is a great num- open air, into which they ſhould be removed, and
ber of ſpecies. In the catalogue of the Leyden Gar- treated in the ſame way as the old plants.
den, there are upwards of twenty forts enumerated; PRUNING OF TREES.
not that they have them growing there, but they have There is not any part of gardening which is of
good drawings of them, which were made in the more general uſe than that of Pruning, and yet
country where they are natives. The three forts it is very rare to ſee fruit-trees ſkilfully managed.
here mentioned are what I had lately growing in the Almoſt every gardener will pretend to be a mafter
Chelſea Garden, but the third is now loſt there. of this buſineſs, though there are but few who
Theſe plants are many of them well figured in the rightly underſtand it; nor is it to be learned by
index of the plants of the Leyden Garden, which rote, but requires a ſtrict obſervation of the difa
was publiſhed by Dr. Boerhaave in 1719, by the ti- ferent manners of growth of the ſeveral ſorts of
tles of Lepidocarpodendron, Conocarpodendron, and fruit-trees, fome requiring to be managed one way,
Hypophyllocarpodendron ; and, by ſome former wri- and others muſt be treated in a quite different
ters on botany, this genus was intitled Scolymo-ce- method, which is only to be known from carefully
phalus, from the reſemblance which the cones of theſe obſerving how each kind is naturally diſpoſed to pro-
trees have to the head of an Artichoke.
duce its fruit; for ſome forts produce their fruit on
As theſe plants are natives of the Cape of Good the ſame year's wood, as Vines; others produce their
Hope, they are too tender to live abroad through the fruit, for the moſt part, upon the former year's
winter in England, but the firſt fort is hardy enough wood, as Peaches, Nectarines, &c. and others upon
to live in a good green-houſe. This fort will grow curſons or ſpurs, which are produced upon wood of
to the height of ten or twelve feet, and may be trained three, four, or five, to fifteen or twenty years old,
up with a regular ſtrait ſtem, and the branches will as Pears, Plums, Cherries, &c. therefore, in order to
naturally form a regular large head. The leaves are the right management of fruit-trees, there ſhould
long and narrow, of a ſhining ſilver colour; and as always be proviſion made to have a fufficient quan-
they remain the whole year, the plants make a fine tity of bearing wood in every part of the trees, and
appearance, when they are intermixed with others at the ſame time there ſhould not be a ſuperfluity of
in the green-houſe. In the ſummer theſe may be uſeleſs branches, which would exhauſt the ſtrength
placed in the open air in a ſheltered ſituation ; for, if of the trees, and cauſe them to decay in a few years. .
chey are expoſed to winds, the plants will be torn, The reaſons which have been laid down for Pruning
and rendered unſightly, nor will they make any pro- of fruit-trees are as follows: Firſt, To preſerve trees
greſs in their growth. In warm weather they muſt be longer in a vigorous bearing ſtate; the ſecond is, To
frequently but ſparingly watered, and in cold weather render the trees more beautiful to the eye; and
this muſt not be too often repeated, left it ſhould rot thirdly, To cauſe the fruit to be larger and better taſted.
their fibres.
1. It preſerves a tree longer in a healthy bearing
The ſecond fort hath a ſtrong upright ſtalk covered ftate ; for by pruning off all ſuperfluous branches,
with a purpliſh bark, dividing into ſeveral branches, ſo that there are no more left upon the tree than are
which grow erect, garniſhed with broad, ſhining, fil- neceffary, or that can be properly nouriſhed, the root
very, ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed on every fide, ſo the is not exhauſted in ſupplying uſeleſs branches, which
plants make a fine appearance, when intermixed with muſt afterwards be cut out, whereby much of the
other exotics. This ſhould be placed in an airy dry fap will be uſeleſly expended.
glaſs-caſe, where it may be protected from cold, and 2. By ſkilful Pruning of a tree it is rendered much
have as much light as poſſible, and in winter ſhould more pleaſing to the eye; but here I would not be
have little water; this riſes eaſily from ſeeds, which underſtood to be an advocate for a ſort of Pruning,
muſt be procured from the Cape of Good Hope, which I have ſeen too much practiſed of late, viz.
where it grows naturally. The feeds will ſometimes the drawing a regular line againſt the wall, according
remain in the ground fix or eight months, and at to the ſhape or figure they would reduce the tree to,
other times the plants will appear in fix weeks ; and cutting all the branches, ſtrong or weak, exactly
therefore the beſt way is to fow the ſeeds in ſmall to the chalked line; the abſurdity of which practice
pots filled with ſoft fandy loam, and plunge them will ſoon appear to every one, who will be at the pains
into a moderate hot-bed; and, if the plants ſhould of obſerving the difference of thoſe branches ſhooting
not come up ſo ſoon as expected, the pots ſhould re- the ſucceeding ſpring. All therefore that I mean by
main in ſhelter till the following ſpring, when, if rendering a tree beautiful is, that the branches are
the feeds remain ſound, the plants will come up. all pruned according to their ſeveral ſtrengths, and
The pots in which the ſeeds are fown, fhould have are nailed at equal diſtances, in proportion to the
.but little wet, for moiſture frequently cauſes them to different ſizes of their leaves and fruit, and that no
part
a

PRU
PRU
و
a
trees.
part of the wall (ſo far as the trees are advanced) be
left unfurniſhed with bearing wood. A tree well
managed, though it does not repreſent any regular
figure, yet will appear very beautiful to the fight,
when it thus dreſſed and nailed to the wall.
3. It is of great advantage to the fruit; for the cutting
away all uſeleſs branches, and ſhortening all the bearing
ſhoots according to the ſtrength of the tree, will render
the tree more capable to nouriſh thoſe fruit and
branches which are left remaining, ſo that the fruit
will be much larger and better taſted. And this is the
advantage which thoſe trees againſt walls or eſpaliers
have to ſuch as are ſtandards, and are permitted to
grow as they are naturally inclined; for it is not
their being trained either to a wall or eſpalier which
renders their fruit ſo much better than ſtandards, but
becauſe the roots have a leſs quantity of branches
and fruit to nouriſh, and conſequently their fruit
will be larger and better taſted.
The reaſons for Pruning being thus exhibited, the
next thing is the method of performing it; but this
being fully handled under the ſeveral articles of the
different kinds of fruit, I ſhall not repeat it again in
this place, and therefore ſhall only add ſome few
general inſtructions, which are neceſſary to be un-
derſtood, in order to the right management of fruit-
There are many perſons who ſuppoſe, that if their
fruit-trees are but kept up to the wall or eſpalier
during the ſummer ſeaſon, ſo as not to hang in very
great diſorder, and in winter to get a gardener to
prune them, it is ſufficient, but this is a miſtake ; for
the greateſt care ought to be employed about them
in the ſpring, when the trees are in vigorous growth,
which is the only proper ſeaſon to procure a quantity
of good wood in the different parts of the tree, and
to diſplace all uſeleſs branches as ſoon as they are
produced, whereby the vigour of the tree will be
entirely diſtributed to ſuch branches only as are de-
ſigned to remain, which will render them ſtrong, and
more capable to produce good fruit; whereas, if all
the branches are permitted to remain which are pro-
duced, ſome of the more vigorous will attract the
greateſt ſhare of the fap from the tree, whereby they
will be too luxuriant for producing fruit, and the
greateſt part of the other ſhoots will be ſtarved, and
rendered fo weak, as not to be able to produce any
thing elſe but bloſſoms and leaves (as hath been be-
fore mentioned ;) ſo that it is impoffible for a perſon,
let him be ever ſo well ſkilled in fruit-trees, to reduce
them into any tolerable order by Winter-pruning on-
ly, if they are wholly neglected in the ſpring.
There are others who do not entirely neglect their
trees during the ſummer ſeaſon, as thoſe before-men-
tioned, but yet do little more good to them by what
they call Summer-pruning; for theſe perſons neglect
their trees at the proper ſeaſon, which is in April and
May, when their ſhoots are produced, and only about
Midſummer go over them, nailing in all their branches,
except ſuch as are produced fore-right from the wall,
which they cut out, and at the ſame time often ſhort-
en moſt of the other branches ; all which is entirely
wrong practice, for thoſe branches, which are intend-
ed for bearing the ſucceeding year, fhould not be
ſhortened during the time of their growth, which will
cauſe them to produce one or two lateral ſhoots from
the eyes below the place where they were ſtopped,
which ſhoots will draw much of the ſtrength from
the buds of the firſt ſhoot, whereby they are often
fiat, and do not produce their bloſſoms; and, if thoſe
two lateral ſhoots are not entirely cut away at the
Winter-pruning, they will prove injurious to the tree,
as the ſhoots which theſe produce, will be what the
French call water ſhoots; and in ſuffering thoſe luxu-
riant ſhoots to remain upon the tree until Midſum-
mer before they are diſplaced, they will exhauſt a great
ſhare of the nouriſhment from the other branches (as
was before obſerved ;) and, by ſhading the fruit all
the ſpring ſeaſon, when they are cut away, and the
other branches faftened to the wall, the fruit, by be-
ing ſo ſuddenly expoſed, will receive a very great
check, which will cauſe their ſkins to grow tough,
and thereby render them leſs delicate. This is to be
chiefly underſtood of ſtone fruit and Grapes, but Pears
and Apples being much hardier, ſuffer not ſo much,
though it is a great diſadvantage to thoſe alſo to be
thus managed
It muſt alſo be remarked, that Peaches, Nectarines,
Apricots, Cherries, and Plums, are always in the
greateſt vigour, when they are the leaſt maimed by
the knife, for where theſe trees have large amputa-
tions, they are very ſubject to gum and decay; ſo
that it is certainly the moſt prudent method carefully
to rub off all uſeleſs buds when they are firſt produ-
ced, and pinch others, where new ſhoots are wanted
to ſupply the vacancies of the wall, by which ma-
nagement trees may be ſo ordered, as to want but
fo
little of the knife in Winter-pruning, which is the fureft
way to preſerve theſe trees healthful, and is perform-
ed with leſs trouble than the common method.
The management of Pears and Apples is much the
ſame with theſe trees in ſummer, but in winter they
muſt be very differently pruned; for as Peaches and
Nectarines for the moſt part produce their fruit upon
the former year's wood, therefore they muſt have
their branches ſhortened according to their ſtrength,
in order to produce new fhoots for the ſucceeding
year ; fo Pears, Apples, Plums, and Cherries, on
the contrary, producing their fruit upon curſons or
ſpurs, which come out of the wood of five, lix, or
ſeven years old, ſhould not be ſhortened, becauſe
thereby thoſe buds, which were naturally diſpoſed to
form theſe curſons or ſpurs, would produce wood
branches, whereby the trees would be filled with
wood, but never produce much fruit ; and as it often
happens that the bloſſom buds are firſt produced at the
extremity of the laſt year's ſhoot, by ſhortening the
branches the bloffoms are cut away, which ſhould
always be carefully avoided.
There are ſeveral authors who have written on the
ſubject of Pruning in ſuch a prolix manner, that it is
impoſſible for a learner to underſtand their meaning.
Theſe have deſcribed the ſeveral forts of branches
which are produced on fruit-trees; as wood branches,
fruit branches, irregular branches, falie branches, and
luxuriant branches, all which they affert every perſon,
who pretends to Pruning, ſhould diſtinguiſh well;
whereas there is nothing more in all this but a parcel
of words to amuſe the reader, without any real mean-
ing: for all theſe are comprehended under the de-
fcription already given of luxuriant or uſeleſs branches,
and ſuch as are termed uſefulor fruit-bearing branches;
and, where due care is taken in the ſpring of the year
to diſplace theſe uſeleſs branches (as was before di-
rected, there will be no ſuch thing as irregular, falſe,
or luxuriant branches at the Winter-pruning; there-
fore it is to no purpoſe to amuſe people with a cant of
words, which, when fully underſtood, ſignify juſt
nothing at all.
But ſince I have explained the different methods of
Pruning the ſeveral forts of fruits under the reſpec-
tive articles, I ſhall forbear repeating it again in this
place, but ſhall only give ſome general hints for the
Pruning of ſtandard fruit-trees, and ſo conclude.
First, you ſhould never ſhorten the branches of theſe
trees, unleſs it be where they are very luxuriant, and
grow irregular on one ſide of the tree, attracting the
greateſt part of the fap of the tree, whereby the other
parts are unfurniſhed with branches, or rendered very
weak; in which caſe the branch ſhould be ſhortened
down as low as is neceſſary, in order to obtain more
branches, to fill up the hollow of the trees; but this
;
is only to be underſtood of Pears and Apples, which
will produce ſhoots from wood of three, four, or
more years old, whereas moft forts of ftone fruit will
gum and decay after ſuch amputations.
But from hence I would not have it underſtood, that
I would direct the reducing of theſe ttees into an ex-
act ſpherical figure, ſince there is nothing more de-
teſtable than to ſee a tree (which ſhould be permitted
m
و
10 U
to

PRU
PRU
a
to grow as it is naturally diſpoſed, with its branches noſpermia, from the flowers having two long and two
produced at proportionable diſtances, according to ſhort ſtamina, which are ſucceeded by four naked
the ſize of the fruit,) by endeavouring to make it ex- feeds fitting in the empalement.
actly regular at its head, ſo crouded with ſmall weak
The SPECIES are,
branches as to prevent the air from paſſing between 1. PRUNELLA (Vulgaris) foliis omnibus ovato-oblongis
them, which will render the trees incapable to produce petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 837. Self-beal with all the
fruit. All that I intend by this ſtopping of luxuriant leaves oblong, oval, having foot-ſtalks. Brunella ma-
branches, is only when one or two ſuch happen on a jor, folio non diffecto. C. B. P. 260. Greater Self-heal
young tree, where they entirely draw all the fap with entire leaves.
from the weaker branches, whereby they ſtarve them, 2. PRUNELLA (Laciniata) foliis ovato-oblongis petiola-
then it is proper to uſe this method, which ſhould be tis, fupremis quatuor lanceolatis dentatis. Lin. Sp.
done in time, before they have exhauſted the roots Plant. 837. Self-heal with oblong oval leaves having
too much.
foot-ſtalks, whoſe upper part of the leaves are cut into
Whenever this happens to ſtone fruit, which ſuffer four ſegments. Brunella folio laciniato. C. P. B. 261.
much more by cutting than the former forts, it ſhould
Self-beal with cut leaves.
be remedied by ſtopping or pinching thoſe ſhoots in 3. PRUNELLA (Hylopifolia) foliis lanceolato-linearibus
the ſpring, before they have obtained too much vi- ciliatis ſubſeſſilibus. Sauv. Monfp. 141. Self-beal with
gour, which will cauſe them to puſh out fide- linear Spear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Bru-
branches, whereby the fap will be diverted from af- nella Hyſſopifolia. C. B. P. 261. Self-heal with an
cending too faſt to the leading branch (as hath been Hyllop leaf
directed for wall-trees,) but this muſt be done with 4. PRUNELLA (Canadenſis) foliis linearibus feffilibus gla-
caution.
bris, internodiis longiffimis, fpicis interruptis. Self-
You muſt alſo cut out all dead or decayed branches, heal with linear ſmooth leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks,
which cauſe their heads to look very ragged, eſpe- the Spaces between the joints very long, and the ſpikes of
cially at the time when the leaves are upon the tree; flowers broken.
theſe being deſtitute of them, have but a deſpicable 5. PRUNELLA (Sulphurea) foliis oblongis pinnato-inciſis
appearance; beſides, theſe will attract noxious par- villofis, infimis petiolatis, fummis íeffilibus. Self-heal
ticles from the air, which are injurious to the trees, with oblong hairy leaves cut in form of winged leaves, the
therefore the fooner they are cut out the better. In lower having foot-ſtalks, but the upper fit cloſe to the
doing of this you ſhould obſerve to cut them cloſe Stalks. Brunella folio laciniato, fore fulphureo ele-
down to the place where they were produced, other- gantiſſimo. Boerh. Ind. alt.
wiſe that part of the branch left will decay, and prove 6 PRUNELLA (Caroliniana) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis,
equally hurtful to the tree ; for it feldom happens, infimis petiolatis, fummis feffilibus, internodiis præ-
when a branch begins to decay, that it does not die longis. Self-heal with entire Spear-Soaped leaves, the
quite down to the place where it was produced; and, lower having long foci-fi alks, but the upper fit cloſe to
if any part is permitted to remain long uncut, does the ſtalk, and the joints of ibe fialk are diſtant. Brunel-
often infect ſome of the other parts of the tree. If la Caroliniana magno flore dilute cæruleo, internodiis
the branches are large which you cut off, it will be prælongis. Act. Phil. N° 395.
.
very proper, after having ſmoothed the cut part ex- 7. PRUNELLA (Nova Anglia) foliis oblongis mucronatis
actly even with a knife, chiſel, or hatchet, to put on petiolatis, fpicis forum craſſiſſimis. Self-beal with ob-
a plaſter of grafting clay, which will prevent the wet long pointed leaves having foot-ftalks, and very thick
from ſoaking into the tree at the wounded part. Spikes of flowers. Brunella Nove Angliæ major, fo-
All ſuch branches as run croſs each other ſhould alſo
liis longius mucronatis. Hort. Chelf.
be cut out, for theſe not only occaſion a confuſion in There are ſome other varieties, if not diſtinct ſpecies,
the head of the tree, but, by lying over each other, of this genus, than are here enumerated, but it is
rub off their bark by their motion, and very often difficult to determine the ſpecies, ſome of them ap-
occaſion them to canker, to the great injury of the proaching ſo near to others, as ſcarcely to be diftin-
tree, and on old trees (eſpecially Apples) there are guiſhed from them; the firſt fort grows naturally in
often young vigorous ſhoots from the old branches England, and is uſed in medicine; the dried herb is
near the trunk, which grow upright into the head of frequently imported from Switzerland, among thoſe
the trees. Theſe therefore ſhould carefully be cut which are called vulnerary herbs, of which this is ſup-
out every year, left, by being permitted to grow, they poſed to be one of the beſt.
fill the tree too full of wood; which ſhould always be The ſecond fort is leſs common than the firſt, and of
guarded againſt, ſince it is impoſſible for ſuch trees this there are two or three varieties, which ſome wri-
to produce ſo much, or ſo good fruit as thoſe, whoſe ters on botany have enumerated as diſtinct ſpecies;
branches grow at a farther diſtance, whereby the ſun one of theſe has narrower leaves, which are cut into
and air freely paſs between them in every part of the finer ſegments; this is titled Verbennæ folio ; but as
the plants raiſed from the ſame ſeeds are very ſubject
Theſe are the general directions which are proper to to vary, ſo it is difficult to determine if it is really a
be given in this place, ſince not only the particular different plant.
methods, but alſo the proper ſeaſons for Pruning all The third ſort grows naturally in Italy and the ſouth
the different kinds of fruit, are fully exhibited under of France; the leaves of this fort are narrower than
their ſeveral articles.
thoſe of either of the former, and are covered on both
PRUNELL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 735. Tourn. Inſt. fides with fine hairs, and have very ſhort foot-italks ;
R. H. 84. Self-heal.
the ſpikes of flowers are ſlender, and are of a pale blue
The CHARACTERS are,
colour, this flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
The fiower kath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
the autumn.
with two lips; the upper is plain, brood, and ſlightly in- The fourth fort grows naturally in North America ;
dented in three parts; the under is erect, acute-pointed, the leaves of this are pretty long and narrow, ſhaped
and cut into two ſegments; the flower is of the ringent like thoſe of the third fort, but are ſmooth, fitting
kind, having a mort cylindrical tube with oblong chaps ; cloſe to the ſtalk; the ſpikes of flowers are longer,
the upper lip is concave, nodding, and entire; the under and the whorls of flowers are ſeparated.
is reflexed, trifid, and obtuſe. It hath four awl-Shaped It is uncertain where the fifth ſort grows naturally,
ftamina, two of which are longer than the other, with though I think Dr. Boerhaave, late profeſſor of bo-
Simple Summits inſerted to the ſtamina, and four germen tany at Leyden, told me, he received the feeds from
with a ſlender ſtyle, inclining to the upper lip of the flower, Auſtria; the ſtalks of this fort generally ſpread open,
crowned by an indented ſtigma. The germen afterward and proftrate near the ground; theſe are hairy, and
become four ſeeds, fitting in the empalement of the flower. garniſhed with oblong leaves, which are alſo hairy,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of and cut on their edges ſomewhat like winged leaves;
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, intitled Didynamia Gym- the ſtalks are terminated by cloſe ſpikes of flowers, of
a fulphur
a
3
tree.

PRU
PRU
a
ژ
a
a
a
a
a
a ſulphur colour ; this flowers and ripens its feeds from the ſtone. It ripens the end of July, and is
about the ſame time with the former.
eſteemed for its goodneſs.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Carolina, from whence 3. PRUNUS (Small Damas) fructu parvo dulci atro-cæru-
I received the feeds; the ſtalks of this ſort rife more leo. Tourn. The little black Damaſk Plum. This is a
than eight inches high, and are garniſhed with oblong ſmall black Plum covered with a light Violet bloom.
leaves; thoſe toward the bottom have long foot-ſtalks, The juice is richly ſugаred; the feſh parts from the
but thoſe on the top fit clofe to the ſtalks ; the ſpikes ſtone, and it is a good bearer. Ripe the beginning
of flowers are large and entire; they are of a pale
of Auguft.
blue colour, appearing at the ſame time with thoſe 4. PRUNUS (Groſs Damas) fructu magno dulci atro-cz-
of the two former forts, and the ſeeds ripen in Sep- ruleo. Tourn. Groſs Damas Violet de Tours, i. e. great
tember.
Damaſk Violet of Tours. This is a pretty large Plum,
The feeds of the ſeventh fort were firſt ſent me from inclining to an oval ſhape. The outſide is of a dark
New England; but fince then, I have received more blue covered with a Violet bloom; the juice is richly
from Virginia, fo I ſuppoſe the plant grows naturally ſugared; the fleſh is yellow, and parts from the ſtone.
in ſeveral parts of North America. The leaves of Ripe in Auguft.
this are large, ſmooth, and end in ſharp points; the 5. PRUNUS (Orleans) fructu rotundo atro rubente. The
ftalks are brown ; they riſe eight or nine inches high, Orleans Plum. The fruit is ſo well known to al-
and are terminated by thick ſpikes of blue flowers, moſt every perfon, that it is needleſs to deſcribe it;
which appear in July, and are ſucceeded by feeds it is a very plentiful bearer, which has occafioned its
which ripen in September.
being ſo generally planted by thoſe perſons who fup-
Theſe plants are feldom cultivated in any gardens, ply the markets with fruit, but it is an indifferent
unleſs by ſuch who have an inclination for the ſtudy Plum. It ripens in Auguft.
.
of botany, as they are plants which make little ap-6. PRUNUS (Fotheringham) fructu oblongo atro-rubente.
pearance ; however, thoſe who are deſirous to culti-
The Fotheringham Plum. This fruit is ſomewhat long,
vate any of the ſpecies, may do it by fowing the ſeeds
,
deeply furrowed in the middle. The fleſh is firm,
in the autumn, foon after they are ripe, when they and parts from the ſtone; the juice is very rich. This
will ſucceed much ſooner, and with greater certainty, ripens in Auguft.
than if they are fown in the ſpring; for the ſeeds 7. PRUNUS (Perdigron) fructu nigro, carne durâ. Tourn.
which are fown at that ſeaſon ſeldom grow till a twelve- The Perdigron Plum. This is a middle-ſized Plum of an
month after, and ſometimes do not fucceed. When oval ſhape. The outſide is of a very dark colour, co-
the plants come up, they require no other care but vered over with a Violet bloom; the fleſh is firm, and
to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep them full of an excellent rich juice. This is greatly eſteem-
clean from weeds. They will thrive upon any foil ed by the curious. Ripe in Auguft.
.
or ſituation, but beft on a inoift foil and a ſhady fitu-8. PRUNUS (Violet Perdigron) fructu magno è violaceo
ation, where, if the ground is not too good, they will rubente fuaviffimo faccharato. Tourn. The Violet Per-
live three or four years, but in rich land they ſeldom digron Plum. This is a large fruit, rather round than
continue longer than two years ; therefore to continue long, of a bluiſh red colour on the outſide. The
the ſpecies, it will be proper to fow their feeds every fleſh is of a yellowiſh colour, pretty firm, and cloſely
year, or every other year.
adheres to the ftone; the juice is of an exquiſite rich
PRUNUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 622. tab. 398. Lin. flavour. This ripens in Auguft.
Gen. Plant. 546. The Plum-tree.
9. Prunus (White Perdigron) fructu ovato ex albo fla-
The CHARACTERS are,
veſcente. The white Perdigron Plum. This is a mid-
The flower bath a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, cut dling Plum, of an oblong figure. The outſide is
into five parts; it hath five large roundiſh petals which yellow, covered with a white bloom ; the fleſh is
Spread open, and are inſerted in the empalement; and from firm, and well taſted. It is a very good fruit to eat
twenty to thirty ſtamina, which are near as long as the raw, or for ſweetmeats, having an agreeable ſweet-
petals, and are alſo inſerted in the empalement, terminated neſs mixed with an acidity. It ripens the end of
by twin fummits. It has a roundiſh germen, Supporting a Auguft.
jlender ſtyle, crowned by an orbicular ſtigma. The germen 10. PRUNUS (Imperial) fructu ovato magno rubente.
afterward turns to a roundiſh fruit, incloſing a nut of Tourn. The red imperial Plum, ſometimes called the red
the ſame form.
Bonum Magnum. This is a large oval-ſhaped fruit,
This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnæus in of a deep red colour, covered with a fine bloom,
the firſt ſection of his twelfth claſs, which includes The fleſh is very dry, and very indifferent to be eaten
thoſe plants whoſe flowers have many
ſtamina inſerted raw, but is excellent for making ſweetmeats, this is
to the empalement; and has joined to this genus the a great bearer. Ripe in September.
Padus, Ceraſus, and Armeniaca, making them only 11. PRUNUS (Bonum Magnum) fructu ovato magno fla-
fpecies of the fame genus; which, according to his veſcente. Tourn. White imperial Bonum Magnum,
ſyſtem of ranging the plants, may be allowed; yet in white Holland, or Mogul Plum. This is a large oval-
a treatiſe of this kind it would rather puzzle the prac- ſhaped fruit, of a yellowiſh colour, powdered over
titioners of the art of gardening to follow him, for with a white bloom. The fleſh is firm, and adheres
which reaſon I have kept them ſeparate.
clofely to the ſtone; the juice is of an acid taſte, which
I ſhall not abridge this article, but continue to men- renders it unpleaſant to be eaten raw, but it is very
tion the varieties of this fruit which are cultivated in good for baking or fweetmeats. It is a great bearer,
the Engliſh gardens.
and is ripe the middle of September.
The SPECIES are,
12. PRUNUS (Cheſton) fructu ovato cæruleo. The Cheſton
1. PRUNUS (Jaunbâtive) fructu parvo præcoci. The Plum. This is a middle-fized fruit of an oval figure.
white Primordian. This is a ſmall, longiſh, white Plum, The outſide is of a dark blue, powdered over with a
of a clear yellow colour, covered over with a white Violet bloom; the juice is rich, and it is a great
few, which eaſily wipes off. It is a pretty good bearer. Ripe the middle of September.
bearer, and, for its coming very early, one tree may 13. PRUNUS (Apricot) fructu maximo rotundo flavo
have a place in a large garden of fruit, but it is meal- & dulci. Tourn. Prune d'Abricot, i. e. the Apricot
ly, and has little flavour. This ripens the middle or Plum. This is a large round fruit of a yellow colour
latter end of July.
on the outſide, powdered over with a white bloom.
2. PRUNUS (Damas Noir) fructu magno craffo ſubacido. The fieſh is firm and dry, of a ſweet taſte, and comes
Tourn. The early Damaſk, commonly called the Morocco clean from the ſtone. This ripens the end of Sep-
Plum. This is a middle fized Plum, of a round ſhape, tember
divided with a furrow in the middle (like Peaches.) 14. PRUNUS (Maitre Claud) fructu fubrotundo, ex rubro
The outſide is of a dark black colour, covered with & flavo mixto. The Maitre Cloud. Although this
a light Violet bloom ; the fleſh is yellow, and parts name is applied to this fruit, yer it is not what the
French
ز
.
a
3
a
a

PRU
PRU
a
а
a
a
a
a
French to call. This a middle-ſized fruit, rather This ripens the middle of September, and is eſteemed
Sround than long, of a fine mixed colour between red the beſt Plum for ſweetmeats yet known.
and yellow. The fielh is firm, parts from the ſtone, 25. Prunus fructu magno è violaceo rubente ſerotino.
and has a delicate flavour. Ripe the end of Sep- Tourn. Imperatrice, i. e. the Empreſs. This is a large
tember.
round fruit, of a Violet red colour, very much pow-
15. PRUNUS (Diaprée) fructu rubente dulciffimo. Tourn. dered with a whitiſh bloom; the fleſh is yellow,
La Rochecourbon, or Dicprée rouge, i. e. the red Diaper cleaves to the ſtone, and is of an agreeable flavour.
Plam. This is a large round fruit, of a reddiſh co- This ripens about the beginning of October.
lour, powdered over with a Violet bloom; the Aeſh 26. PRUNUS fructu ovato maximo flavo. Tourn. Prune
adheres cloſely to the ſtone, and is of a very high de Monſieur, i. e. Monſieur's Plum. This is ſometimes
flavour. Ripe the end of Auguft.
called the Wentworth Plum. It is a large oval-
16. Prunus fructu rotundo flaveſcente. La petite Reine ſhaped fruit, of a yellow colour both within and
Claude, i. e. the little Queen Claudia. This is a ſmall without, very much reſembling the Bonum Mag-
round fruit, of a whitiih yellowiſh colour, powdered num, but the fleſh of this parts from the ſtone, which
over with a pearl-coloured bloom; the fleſh is firm the other doth not. This ripens towards the latter
and thick, quits the ſtone, and its juice is richly ſu- end of September, and is very good to preſerve, but
gared. Ripe the end of Auguſt.
the juice is too ſharp to be eaten raw. Itisagreat bearer.
17. Prunus fructu rotundo nigro-purpureo majori dul- 27. Prunus fructu majori rotundo rubro. Tourn. Prune
ci. Tourn. Myrobalan Plum. This is a middle-ſized Cerizette, i. e. the Cherry Plum. This fruit is com-
fruit, of a round ſhape; the outſide is a dark purple, monly about the ſize of the Ox-heart Cherry, is round,
powdered over with a Violet bloom; the juice is very and of a red colour, the ſtalk is long like that of a
ſweet. It is ripe the end of Auguſt.
Cherry, which this fruit ſo much reſembles, as not to
18. PRUNUS fructu rotundo è viridi flaveſcente, carne be diſtinguiſhed therefrom at ſome diſtance. The
duro fuaviſſimo. La groſſe Reine Claude, i. e. the large bloſſoms of this tree come out very early in the ſpring,
Queen Claudia, by ſome the Dauphiny. At Tours it is and being tender, are very often deſtroyed by cold,
called the Abricot verd, i. e. green Apricot; at but it affords a very agreeable proſpect in the ſpring;
Rouen, Le verte bonne, i. e. the good green; and for theſe trees are generally covered with flowers,
in other places, Damas verd, i. e. green Damaſk, or which open about the ſame time as the Almonds; ſo
Tromp-valet, the Servants Cheat. This is one of that when they are intermixed therewith, they make
the beſt Plums in England; it is of a middle ſize, a beautiful appearance before many other forts put
round, and of a yellowiſh green colour on the out- out; but by this bloſſoming ſo early, there are few
fide; the fielh is firm, of a deep green colour, and years that they have much fruit.
parts from the ſtone; the juice has an exceeding rich 28. Prunus fructu albo oblongiufculo acido. Tourn.
favour, and it is a great bearer. Ripe the middle The white Pear Plum. This is a good fruit for pre-
of September. This Plum is confounded by moſt ſerving, but is very unpleaſant if eaten raw ; it is ve-
people in England, by the name of Green Gage ; ry late ripe, and feldom planted in gardens, unleſs
but this is the fort which ſhould be choſen, although
for ſtocks to bud ſome tender forts of Peaches upon,
there are three or four different forts of Plums gene- for which purpoſe it is eſteemed the beſt amongſt all
rally fold for it, one of which is ſmall, round, and the forts of Plums.
dry; this quits the ſtone, and is later ripe, ſo not 29. Prunus Mytellinum. Park. The Muſcle Plum.
worth preſerving.
This is an oblong flat Plum, of a dark red colour;
19. Prunus fructu amygdalino. Tourn. Rognon de Coq, the ſtone is large, and the fleſh but very thin and not
i. e. Cock's Teſticles. This is an oblong fruit, deeply well taſted, ſo that its chief uſe is for ſtocks, as the
furrowed in the middle, ſo as to reſemble the teſticles; former.
it is of a whitiſh colour on the outſide, ſtreaked with 30. Prunus fructu parvo violaceo. The St. Julian Plum.
red; the feíh of it adheres firmly to the ſtone, and it This is a ſmall fruit, of a dark Violet colour, pow-
is late ripe.
dered over with a meally bloom ; the fleſh adheres
20. PRUNUS fructu rotundo flavo dulciffimo. Drap d'Or, cloſely to the ſtone, and in a fine autumn will dry
i. e. the Cloth of Gold Plum. This is a middle ſized upon the tree. The chief uſe of this Plum is for
fruit, of a bright yellow colour, ſpotted or ſtreaked ſtocks, to bud the more generous kinds of Plums and
with red on the outſide; the fielh is yellow, and full Peaches upon; as alſo for the Bruxelles Apricot,
of an excellent juice. It is a plentiful bearer, and which will not thrive ſo well upon any other ſtock.
ripens about the middle of September.
31. Prunus ſylveſtris major. J. B. The black Bullace-
21. PRUNUS fructu cerei coloris. Tourn. Prune de Sainte tree. This grows wild in the hedges in divers parts
Catharine, i. e. St. Catharine Plum. This is a large of England, and is rarely cultivated in gardens.
oval-ſhaped fruit, ſomewhat fat; the outſide is of an 32. Prunus ſylveſtris, fructu majore albo. Raii Syn.
;
amber colour, powdered over with a whitiſh bloom, The white Bullace-tree. This grows wild as the for-
but the fleſh is of a bright yellow colour, is dry and mer, and is feldom cultivated in gardens.
firm, adheres cloſely to the ſtone, and has a very | 33. Prunus fylveftris. Ger. Emac. The Black-thorn, or
agreeable ſweet taſte. This ripens at the end of Sep- Sloe-tree. This is very common in the hedges almoſt
-
tember, and is very ſubject to dry upon the tree, when every where; the chief uſe of this tree is to plant for
the autumn proves warm and dry. This makes fine hedges, as White-thorn, &c. and being of quick
ſweetmeats, and is a plentiful bearer.
growth, is very proper for that purpoſe.
22. Prunus fructu ovato rubente dulci. The Royal Plum. All the forts of Plums are propagated by budding or
This is a large fruit of an oval ſhape, drawing to a grafting them upon ſtocks of the Muſcle, White Pear,
point next the ſtalk; the outſide is of a light red co- St. Julian, Bonum Magnum, or any other forts of
lour, powdered over with a whitiſh bloom; the fleſh free-ſhooting Plums. The manner of raiſing theſe
adheres to the ſtone, and has a fine ſugary juice. ſtocks hath been already exhibited under the article of
This ripens the middle of September.
NURSERIES, therefore need not be repeated again in
23. PRUNUS fructu parvo ex viridi flaveſcente. Tourn. this place; but I would obſerve, that budding is
La Mirabelle. This is a ſmall round fruit, of a green- much preferable to grafting for theſe ſorts of itone
iſh yellow on the outſide; the fleſh parts from the fruit-trees, which are very apt to gum, wherever
ſtone, is of a bright yellow colour, and has a fine fu- there are large wounds made on them.
gary juice. This is a great bearer, ripens the end The trees ſhould not be more than one year's growth
of Auguſt, and is excellent for ſweetmeats.
from the bud when they are tranſplanted, for if they
24. PRUNUS Brigonienfis, fructu ſuaviffimo. Tourn. are older, they ſeldom fucceed ſo well, being very
Prune de Brignole, i. e. the Brignole Plum. This is a ſubject to canker; or if they take well to the ground,
large oval-ſhaped fruit, of a yellowiſh colour, mixed commonly produce only two or three luxuriant
with red on the outſide ; the fleſh is of a bright yel- branches, therefore it is much more adviſable to chuſe
low colour, is dry, and of an excellent rich flavour.
young plants.
The
a
.
a
a
3

PRU
PSI
و
The manner of preparing the ground (if for walls) is perſon in the right management of theſe forts of fruit-
the ſame as for Peaches; as is alſo pruning the roots trees; therefore I ſhall not ſay any more on that ſub-
and planting, therefore I ſhall forbear repeating ject, left by multiplying inſtructions, it may render it
it again. The diſtance which theſe trees ſhould be more obfcure to a learner.
planted at, muſt not be leſs than twenty-four feet PSEUDOACACIA. See ROBINIA:
againſt high walls; and if the wall is low, they ſhould PSEUDODICTAMNUS. See MarrueIUM.
be placed thirty feet aſunder.
PSIDIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 541. Guajava. Tourn.
Plums ſhould have a middling foil, neither too wet Inft. R. H. 660. tab. 443. The Guava-tree.
and heavy, nor over light and dry, in either of which The CHARACTERS are,
extremes they feldom do ſo well, and thoſe forts The flower bas a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, divided
which are planted againſt walls, ſhould have an eaft into five oval points at the top. It baib five oval, concave,
or fouth-eaſt aſpect, which is more kindly to theſe Spreading petals, indented in the empalement, with a great
fruits chan a full fouth aſpect, on which they are ſub- number of ſtamina which are ſhorter than the petals, and
ject to fhrivel, and be very dry, and many forts will
;
ore inſerted in the empalement, terminated by ſmall ſummits.
be extreme meally, if expoſed too much to the heat of It has a roundiſh germen ſituated under the flower, fup-
the fun ; but moſt forts will ripen extremely well on porting a long awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by a ſimple frig-
eſpaliers, if rightly managed.
ma; the germen afterward becomes a large oval fruit
There are ſome perſons who plant Plums for ſtand- crowned by the empalement, incloſing a great number of
ards, in which method fome of the ordinary ſorts will Small ſeeds.
bear very well ; but then the fruit will not be near ſo This genus of plants is ranged in the firft ſection of
fair as thoſe produced on eſpaliers, and will be more Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
in danger of being bruiſed or blown down by ſtrong whoſe flowers have many ſtamina which are in-
winds. The diſtance of placing them for eſpaliers ſerted in the empalement, and one ſtyle.
muſt be the ſame as againſt walls, as muſt alſo their
The SPECIES are,
pruning and management; ſo that whatever may be 1. PsIDIUM (Pyriferum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, pedun-
hereafter mentioned for one, ſhould be likewiſe un- culis unifloris. Pfidium with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves,
derſtood for both.
and one flower on each foot-ſtalk. Guajava alba dulcis.
Plums do not only produce their fruit upon the laſt Hort. Amft. vol. i. p. 121. The sweet white Guava.
year's wood, but alſo upon curſons or ſpurs, which 2. PSIDIUM (Pomiferum) foliis ovatis, pedunculis tri-
come out of wood that is inany years old; ſo that fioris. Pfidium with oval leaves and foot-ſtalks with three
there is not a neceſſity of ſhortening the branches, in flowers. Guajabo pomifera Indica, pomis rotundis.
order to obtain new ſhoots annually, in every part of C. B. P. 437. The red Guava.
the tree (as in Peaches, Nectarines, &c. hath been di- Both theſe forts grow naturally in the Eaſt and Weft-
rected) fince the more theſe trees are pruned, the more Indies; and there is alſo a third with a large white
luxuriant they grow, until the ſtrength of them is fruit, but I do not know whether this is a variety of
exhauſted, and then they gum and ſpoil; therefore the the common Guava, or of that with the ſmall white
fafeſt method to manage theſe trees is, to lay in their fruit ; though I am inclined to believe it is the former,
Thoots horizontally, as they are produced, at equal becauſe I have raiſed many plants from the ſeeds of
diſtances, in proportion to the length of their leaves; the ſmall white Guava, which have produced fruit
and where there is not a ſufficient quantity of branches in the Chelſea Garden, and have not varied from their
to fill up the vacancies of the tree, there the ſhoots
parent plant.
may be pinched the beginning of May (in the manner The common red Guava hath a pretty thick trunk,
as hath been directed for Peaches, &c.) which will which riſes twenty feet high, covered with a ſmooth
cauſe them to produce ſome lateral branches to ſup- bark, and divides into many branches toward the top;
ply thoſe places; and during the growing ſeaſon, all theſe are angular, and garniſhed with oval leaves two
fore-right shoots ſhould be diſplaced, and ſuch as are inches and a half long, and one inch and a half broad
to remain muſt be regularly trained in to the wall or in the middle, rounded at both ends; they have a
eſpalier, which will not only render them beautiful, Itrong midrib, and many veins running toward the
but alſo give to each part of the trees an equal ad- fides, of a light green colour, ſtanding oppoſite upon
vantage of fun and air; and hereby the fruit will be
very ſhort foot-ſtalks. From the wings of the leaves
always kept in a ductile growing ſtate, which they the flowers come out upon foot-ſtalks, about an inch
feldom are, when overſhaded with ſhoots ſome part and a half long; they are compoſed of five large,
of the ſeaſon, and then ſuddenly expoſed to the air, by roundiſh, concave, white petals, which are inſerted in
taking off, or training thoſe branches in their proper the empalement, and within theſe are a great number
poſition.
of ftamina which are ſhorter than the petals, terminated
With thus carefully going over theſe trees in the grow- by ſmall ſummits; theſe ſtamina are alſo inſerted in the
ing ſeaſon, there will be but little work to do to them empalement. Under the flower is ſituated a roundiſh
in winter; for when the branches are ſhortened, the germen, ſupporting a very long awl-ſhaped ſtyle,
fruit is cut away, and the number of ſhoots in. crowned by a ſimple ftigma. After the flower is paft,
creaſed; for whenever a branch is ſhortened, there
the germen becomes a large oval fruit, ſhaped like a
are commonly two or more ſhoots produced from the Pomegranate, having one cell, crowned by the em-
eyes immediately below the cut; ſo that by thus un- palement of the lower, and filled with ſmall feeds;
ſkilfully pruning, many perſons crowd their trees with the fruit, when ripe, has an agreeable odour. They
branches, and thereby render what little fruit the are much eaten in the Weft-Indies, both by men and
trees produce, very ſmall and ill-tafted; which is very beafts; and the ſeeds, which paſs whole through the
commonly found in too many gardens, where the ma- body, and are voided with the excrement grow,
nager, perhaps, thinks himſelf a complete maſter of
whereby the trees are ſpread over the ground where
his buſineſs; for nothing is more common than to fee they are permitted to grow. This fruit is very
every branch of a fruit-tree paſs the diſcipline of the aftringent, and nearly of the fame quality with Pome-
knife, however diſagreeable it be to ſeveral ſorts of granate, ſo ſhould be avoided by thoſe perſons who
fruits. And it is common to ſee theſe trees planted at are ſubject to be coſtive.
the diftance of fourteen or fixteen feet, ſo that the walls
The large white fort grows naturally in the iſlands of
are in a few years covered with branches, and then the Weft-Indies, and is often found intermixed with
all the ſhoots are cut and mangled with the knife, ſo the former, fo is ſuppoſed to be only an accidental
as to appear like a ſtumped hedge, and produce little variety ariſing from the ſame ſeeds. This differs from
fruit; therefore the only way to have Plum-trees in the former in the colour of the midrib of the leaves,
good crder, is to give them room, and extend their which in this are pale, but thoſe of the former are red.
branches at full length.
The flowers and fruit of this are larger, and the inſide
Thoſe few rules before laid down, will be ſufficient, of the fruit is white.
if due obſervation be joined therewith, to inſtruct any
The
a
3
a
IQ X

PSO
PSO
comedy
The leaves of the ſmall white Guava are like thoſe of ricana ſcandens, foribus cæruleis, ad alas foliorum
the larger, but the branches of the tree are not ſo an- conglomeratis. Houſt. MSS. Climbing American Jupi-
gular; the flowers are much ſmaller, and the fruit is ter's Beard, with blue flowers growing in clufiers at the
no larger than a middling Gooſeberry, but when ripe wings of the leaves.
has a very ſtrong aromatic flavour. This flowers in 5. PSORALEA (Capitata) foliis ternatis, caule fruticofo
June, and the fruit ripens in autumn.
ramofiffimo, fioribus capitatis pedunculatis alaribus.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be Pforalea with trifoliate leaves, a very branching ſhrubby
procured from the countries where they naturally fialk, and flowers growing in beads, which have foot-ft alks
grow, if theſe are brought over in the entire fruit, ga- proceeding from the wings of the leaves. Barba Jovis
thered full ripe, the feeds will more certainly ſucceed; Americana fruteſcens hirſuta, floribus cæruleis con-
theſe ſhould be fown in pots filled with rich kitchen- glomeratis. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby, hairy, American
garden earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners Jupiter's Beard, with blue cluſtered flowers.
bark, giving them water from time to time as the 6. PSORALEA ( Annúa) foliis pinnatis, fpicis terminali-
earth dries; in about ſix weeks the plants will appear bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 764. Pforalea with winged leaves,
(if the ſeeds are good) and muſt have free air admit- and flowers growing in Spikes terminating the branches
.
ted to them in proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon; Barba Jovis Americana annua, humilis, ramofiffima,
when the plants have obtained ſtrength enough to be fioribus cæruleis fpicatis. Houít. MSS. Low, very
removed, they ſhould be each planted in a ſmall pot, , branching, annual, American Jupiter's Beard, with blue
filled with the like rich earth, and plunged into a freſh Spiked flowers
hot-bed, ſhading them from the fun until they have 7. PSORALEA (Humilus) foliis pinnatis, foliolis rotundi-
taken new root; then they ſhould have a large ſhare oribus villoſis, fioribus capitatis alaribus terminali-
of free air admitted to them every day in warm wea- bufque, caule fruticoſo. Pſorolea with winged leaves
ther, to prevent their drawing up weak; they muſt having hairy round lobes, flowers growing in beads from
alſo be frequently refreſhed with water in fummer. the wings of the leaves, and at the end of the branches,
When the plants have filled theſe ſmall pots with their and a ſhrubby ſielk. Barba Jovis Americana, humilis
roots, they ſhould be ſhaken out and their roots rotundifolia & villoſa, flore vario. Houſt. MSS. Love
pared, then put into larger pots filled with the ſame American Jupiter's Beard, with a round hairy leaf and
fort of earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, a variable flower.
where they ſhould remain till autumn, when they 8. Psorales (Bituminoſa) foliis omnibus ternatis, pe-
muſt be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove: during dunculis capitatis. Hort
. Upfal. 225. Pforalea with
the winter they ſhould have a moderate warmth, and trifoliate leaves, and flower's growing in beads. Trifo-
not too inuch water, and in ſummer they will
require
lium bitumen redolens, C. B. P. 327. Trefoil with a
plenty of wet, and in hot weather a great ſhare of air; bituminous ſcent.
with this management the plants will produce flowers 9. PSORALIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovato-
and fruit the third year, and may be continued a long lanceolatis, floribus capitatis. Pforalea with trifoliate
time.
leaves having oval Spear-ſhaped lobes, and flowers growing
PSORALE A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 801. Flor. Leyd. in beads. Trifolium bitumen redolens anguſtifolium
Prod. 372. Barba Jovis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 40. ac ſempervirens. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 32. Trefoil
The CHARACTERS are,
ſmelling like Bitumen, with a narrow evergreen leaf.
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five 10. PSORALEA (Corylifolia) foliis fimplicibus ovatis.
parts, the lower ſegments being twice the length of the Hort. Upſal. 225. Pforalea with oval fimple leaves. Loto
other. The flower is of the butterfly kind, it bath five affinis coryli folio. Dodart. Acad. Scien. 4. p. 289.
petals; the ſtandard is roundiſh, and indented at the top. The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
The wings are ſmall, obtuſe, and moon-ſhaped; the keel is Hope, from whence I have frequently received the
moon-ſhaped, and compoſed of two petals. It hath nine feeds. This riſes with a ſoft ſhrubby ſtalk four or five
ſtamina joined together, and one briſtly ſtamina ſtanding ſe- feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which are
parate, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, with a linear ger- garniſhed with deep green winged leaves, compoſed
men ſupporting an awl-ſhaped riſing ſtyle, crowned by an of three or four pair of very narrow linear lobes,
obtuſe ſtigmo. The germen afterward turns to a ſlender terminated by an odd one, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
compreſſed pod, incloſing one kidney-shaped ſeed.
ftalks, which come out without any order on every
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of ſide the branches. The flowers fit very cloſe to the
Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe branches, coming out from the wings of the leaves;
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two they are often in cluſters. The ſtandard, which is
bodies.
erect and reflexed at the top, is of a fine blue; the
The SPECIES are,
wings are pale, and the keel white; theſe are fuc-
1. PSORALEA (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis, floribus axillari- ceeded by ſhort pods the length of the empalement,
bus. Hort. Upſal. 225. Pfor alea with winged leaves, each containing one kidney-ſhaped ſeed. It flowers
and flowers proceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks. Bar- great part of ſummer, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
ba Jovis Africana, foliis viridibus pinnatis, fore cæ- This is eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
ruleo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 40. African Fupiter's fown upon a moderate hot-bed; and when the plants
Beard, with green winged leaves and a blue flower. come up, they muſt not be drawn weak, for as they
2. PSORALEA (Hirta) foliis ternatis foliolis ovatis, caule are not tender, ſo they ſhould have air and but little
fruticoſo hirſuto, floribus fpicatis terminalibus. Pfo- heat. When they are fit to remove, they ſhould be
.
ralea with trifoliate oval leaves, a hairy ſhrubby fialk, planted in ſeparate ſmall pots, filled with light earth,
and flowers growing in ſpikes terminating the branches. and plunged again into the bed, ſhading them from
Barba Jovis Americana fruteſcens, foliis fubrotundis, the ſun till they have taken new root; then they
floribus fpicatis purpureis. Houft. MSS. Shrubby ſhould be gradually inured to the open air, into which
American Jupiter's Beard, with roundiſh leaves and pur- they ſhould be removed about the end of May, and
ple ſpiked flowers.
kept abroad till October ; then they muſt be placed
3. PSORALEA (Procumbens) foliis pinnatis argenteis, cau- in the green-houſe, and treated in the ſame way as
libus procumbentis, floribus axillaribus. Pſoralea with other plants from the ſame country. It may alſo be
filvery winged leaves, trailing ſtalks, and flowers proceed- propagated by cuttings, which may be planted during
ing from the fides of the stalks. Barba Jovis Malaba- any of the ſummer months, on a bed of light earth,
rica annua procumbens argentea, floribus minimis covering them cloſe with either bell or hand-glaſſes,
purpureis. Ed. Prior. Annual, trailing, ſilvery Fupi- ſhading them from the ſun, and gently refreſhing
ter's Beard of Malabar, with the leaſt purple flowers. them with water as the ground dries; when they have
PSORALIA (Scandens) foliis pinnatis, caule ramoſo taken root, they muſt be hardened gradually, and then
ſcandente, floribus alaribus feffilibus. Pforalea with tranſplanted into ſmall pots, and treated like the feed-
winged leaves, a climbing branching folk, and flowers ling plants.
fitting cloſe at the wings of the stalk. Barba Jovis Ame-
3
a
و
The

PSO
Ρ Τ' Ε
а
و
;
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- years; it riſes about two feet high, fending out two
toun at La Vera Cruz; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk or three flender branches, garniſhed with trifoliate
three or four feet high, ſending out a few ſide branches, leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, about two inches long,
which are garniſhed with oval trifoliate leaves which and one inch and a quarter broad, ſtanding upon long
are hairy, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks. The foot-ftalks; theſe, if handled, emit a ſtrong fcent of
flowers are collected in ſpikes at the end of the bitumen. The flowers are collected in heads, and
branches; they are of a purpliſh colour, and are fuc- have foot-ſtalks ſeven or eight inches long; they are
ceeded by ſhort pods, each containing one kidney- blue, and are ſucceeded by thort pods containing one
ſhaped feed. It is propagated by feeds, which muſt feed.
be fown upon a hot-bed, and the plants afterward The ninth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alſo in
treated in the ſame way as plants from hot countries; Jamaica, from both which countries I have received
but as this is an abiding plant, ſo they muſt be re- the ſeeds. This has been ſuppoſed to be the ſame with
moved into the ſtove in autumn, and kept in a mode- the former, but I have many years propagated both
rate warmth in winter; and in ſummer they muſt by ſeeds, and have never found either of them vary.
have a large ſhare of free air, but ſhould conſtantly The leaves of this are much longer and narrower
remain in the ſtove; the ſecond year they will produce
than thoſe of the former fort, and are rounded at
flowers, and ſometimes their feeds will ripen in Eng-
their baſe; the ſtalks are ſhrubby, and are of longer
land.
duration ; the heads of the flowers are ſmaller, and
The ſeeds of the third fort were brought me from the leaves have not ſo ſtrong an odour. Theſe are
Malabar, this is an annual plant, with trailing ſtalks propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown on a bed
about eight inches long, garniſhed with ſilvery leaves, of light earth in April, and in May the plants will
compoſed of three or four pair of narrow lobes, ter- come up, when they ſhould be kept clean from weeds,
minated by an odd one. The flowers grow in ſmall and as ſoon as they are fit to remove they ſhould be
cluſters at the wings of the leaves; they are ſmall, tranſplanted. Thoſe of the eighth fort will live thro'
and of a purple colour; the feed-pods are ſhort, and the winter in the open air, if they are planted in a
have one ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeed in each. This is warm dry border; but the ninth fort requires fome
propagated by ſeeds, in the ſame manner as the ſecond ſhelter in winter, ſo theſe ſhould be planted in pots,
fort.
and put into a common frame in winter, where they
The fourth ſort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- may be ſcreened from hard froſt. Theſe plants flower
toun at Campeachy, where it grows naturally. This from June to autumn, and perfect their feeds annu-
hath fiender, ſhrubby, climbing ſtalks, which twine ally.
about any neighbouring ſupport, and riſe to the The tenth fort grows naturally in India ; this is an an-
height of fix or ſeven feet, garniſhed with winged nual plant; the ſtalks riſe two feet high, and are
leaves, compoſed of three pair
of ſmall, oval, obtuſe garniſhed at each joint by one oval leaf about two
lobes, terminated by an odd one.
The flowers come inches long, and one inch and a half broad, having
out in ſmall cluſters from the wings of the leaves; one ſtrong midrib, from which come out ſeveral veins,
they are ſmall, of a bright blue colour, and are ſuc- which run toward the top of the leaf. The flowers
ceeded by ſhort pods, including one kidney-ſhaped ſtand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, which come out
ſeed.
at the wings of the leaves ; they are collected into
The fifth fort was diſcovered by the ſame gentleman, ſmall round heads, and are of a pale fleſh colour. It
growing naturally at Campeachy. This riſes with a flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. This
thrubby ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high, ſending out
is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown upon a
many long ſlender branches on every ſide, garniſhed hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit to
with trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are ſmall and remove, they ſhould be planted into ſeparate ſmall pots
wedge-ſhaped. The flowers are produced from the filled with light earth, and plunged into a moderate
wings of the leaves in cloſe ſmall heads, ſtanding upon hot-bed of tanners bark, ſhading them from the ſun
pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are blue, and are fuc- till they have taken new root, after which they muſt
ceeded by ſhort pods, each containing a ſingle, kid-
have free air admitted to them in warm weather, and
ney-ſhaped feed.
gently watered as often as they require it. When the
Theſe two forts are propagated by ſeeds, which muſt plants have filled the pots with their roots, they
be fown upon a hot-bed ; and when the plants come Thould be removed into larger, and the beginning
up, they muſt be treated in the ſame way as the third of July they may be removed into an airy glaſs-caſe,
fort.
where they may be defended from cold, but ſhould
The ſixth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- have free air in warm weather, with this care the
toun at La Vera Cruz; this is an annual plant, with plants will flower and ripen their feeds.
a very branching herbaceous ftalk, riſing a foot and PSYLLIUM. See PLANTAGO.
a half high, ſpreading wide on every fide, garniſhed PTRAMICA. See ACHILLEA.
with winged leaves, compoſed of five or ſix pair of PTELE A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 141. Shrub Trefoil.
narrow wedge-ſhaped lobes, terminated by an odd
The CHARACTERS are,
one. The flowers are collected in clofe oblong ſpikes, The empalement of the flower is ſmall, and cut into four
terminating the branches; they are ſmall, and of a acute ſegments. The flower has four oval Spear-faped
bright blue colour, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods, petals, which ſpread open flat; it hath four awl-shaped
each containing a ſingle kidney-ſhaped ſeed. This is ſtamina terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and an orbicular
propagated by ſeeds, and requires the ſame treatment compreſſed germen, Supporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by
as the fourth fort.
two obtuſe liigmas. The germen afterward becomes a
The ſeventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, roundiſh membranaceous capſule with two cells, each con-
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the feeds. taining one obtuſe ſeed.
This hath an upright ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes five This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
or fix feet high, having a few fide branches, which Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
are cloſely garnished with winged leaves, compoſed of whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
three or four pair of ſmall, roundiſh, hairy lobes, ter-
The SPECIES are,
minaled by an odd one. The flowers are collected I PTELEA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
in ſmall heads, coming out from the wings of the 118. Ptelea with trifoliate leaves. Frutex Virginianus
leaves, and at the end of the branches; they are yel- trifolius, ulmi famaris. Pluk. Alm. 159. Virginia
low and red intermixed, and are ſucceeded by ſhort Trefoil Shrub, with ſeeds like Elm, commonly called Caro-
pods, containing one kidney-ſhaped feed. This fort lina Shrub Trefoil.
requires the ſame treatment as the third.
2. PTELEA (Viſcoſa) foliis fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. Plant,
The eighth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France 118. Ptelea with ſingle leaves. Carpinus viſcoſa, fali-
and Italy; the root of this is perennial, but the ſtalk cis folio integro oblongo. Burm. Zeyl. 55. tab. 23.
is not of long duration, ſeldom laſting more than two Viſcous Hornbeam with an entire oblong Willow leaf. Plu-
a
mier

Ρ Τ Ε
PUL
a
one feed.
a
mier has titled it Staphyllodendron Americanum foliis dies. This fends up ſeveral ftalks from the root, about
lauri anguſtis. Cat. 18. American Bladder Nut, with the ſize of a man's arm, ſending out feveral upright
narrow Bay leaves.
branches, covered with a light brown bark, which fre-
The firſt fort grows naturally in North America ; it quently ſeparates from the wood, and hangs looſe;
was firſt diſcovered in Virginia by Mr. Baniſter, who they are garnished with ftiff leaves, which vary greatly
ſent the feeds to England, from which ſome plants in their ſhape and ſize, ſome being four inches long,
were raiſed at Fulham, and ſome cther curious gar- and an inch and a half broad; others are not three
dens; but being planted in the open air, they were inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad ; they
deſtroyed by a ſevere winter, ſo that there were ſcarce are ípear-fhaped, entire, and of a light green, growing
any of the plants left in England. In 1724, Mr. with their points upward, and have very ſhort foot-
Cateſby ſent over a good quantity of the feeds from ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the end of the
Carolina, which ſucceeded ſo well as to furniſh
many
branches in a fort of racemus, each ftanding upon a
gardens with the plants. This riſes with an upright flender foot talk about an inch long; they have four
woody ftem ten or twelve feet high, dividing upward folid channelled petals of an herbaceous colour, hay-
into many branches, covered with a ſmooth grayiſh ing four ſtamina which ſpread open, and in the cen-
bark, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves ſtanding upon ter is ſituated a roundiſh compreſſed germen, which
long foot-ſtalks. The lobes are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, afterward turns to a compreſſed capſule with three
ſmooth, and of a bright green on their upper fide, cells, ſurrounded by a broad leafy border, each cell
but pale on their under; theſe come out late in the containing one or two roundiſh feeds.
ſpring, ſoon after which the bunches of flower-buds This plant is propagated by feeds, which, if ob-
appear, which is generally in the beginning of June, tained freſh from abroad, will riſe eaſily upon a hot-
the leaves being then but ſmall, and afterward in- bed : when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould
creaſe in their fize, but are not fully grown till the be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
Flowers decay. The flowers are produced in large loamy earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bunches at the end of the branches; they are of an 'bark, ſhading them from the ſun till they have taken
herbaceous white colour, compoſed of four or five new root; then they ſhould have free air admitted to
ſhort petals, ending in acute points; theſe are faſtened them every day in proportion to the warmth of the
at their baſe to a ſhort empalement, cut into four feg- ſeaſon, for they muſt not be drawn up weak, nor
ments almoſt to the bottom. In the center is fituated
ſhould they have too much water. In the autumn
an orbicular compreſſed germen ſupporting a ſhort the plants muſt be removed into the ſtove, where they
ſtyle, which is attended by four awl-Shaped ſtamina ; ſhould have a temperate warmth in winter, but du-
the germen afterward turns to a capſule furrounded ring that ſeaſon little water ſhould be given them; nor
by a leafy border, having two cells, each containing ſhould they have too much heat, for either of theſe
will ſoon deſtroy them: as the plants obtain ſtrength,
Theſe ſhrubs may be propagated by cuttings, which they will become more hardy, and may be ſet abroad
ſhould be planted in pots of freſh rich earth, and in the open air for two or three months in the heat of
plunged into a moderate hot-bed. The beſt time fummer, but it ſhould be in a ſheltered ſituation ; in
for planting them is in the beginning of March, but winter they muſt be placed in a ſtove, kept to a mo-
they muſt be carefully managed ſo as not to have derate temperature of warmth, for the plants will not
too much heat, and ſhaded from the ſun in the mid- live in a green-houſe here.
dle of the day, otherwiſe they will not ſucceed. They This was formerly ſhewn for the Tea-tree in many of
may alſo be propagated by layers, but theſe are often the European gardens, where it many years paſſed for
two years before they take root; but if good feeds it among thoſe who knew no better.
can be procured either here or from abroad, the PULEGIUM. Raii Meth. Plant. 61. Mentha.
plants raiſed from thoſe will be much ſtronger Tourn. Inft. R. H. 189. Lin. Gen. Plant. 633. [This
than thoſe which are propagated by either of the for- plant takes its name from Pulex, a flea; becauſe
being burnt, it is ſaid to drive away fleas.] Penny-
Theſe ſeeds may be fown in the beginning of April, royal, or Pudden-grafs.
on a bed of light earth, in a warm ſheltered ſituation,
The CHARACTERS are,
where, if the ground is moiſtened in dry weather, the The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf,
plants will come up in fix weeks; but if the feeds are cut into five parts. The flower is of the lip kind; it hath
fown in pots, and placed on a very moderate hot-bed, one petal with a ſhort tube, divided at the brim into four
the plants will come up ſooner, and make greater parts; the helmet, or upper lip of the flower, is entire,
progreſs the firſt year ; but they muſt not be forced or the lower is cut into three equal ſegments. It hath four
drawn, for that will make them very tender; therefore ſtamina, two being longer than the other, terminated by
in June the plants ſhould be expoſed to the open air, roundiſho fummits, and a four-pointed germen, ſupporting
in a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till the an ereet ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen af
froſt comes on, when thoſe in the pots ſhould be ei- terward become four ſmall feeds, ſitting in the empalement
ther placed under a common frame, to ſhelter them of the flower.
from ſevere froſt, or the pots plunged into the ground, This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
near a hedge, that the froit may be prevented from of Mr. Ray's fourteenth claſs, which includes the herbs
penetrating through the fides of the pots to the roots with whorled flowers which have ſcarce any helmet,
of the plants. The following ſpring the plants may but are cut into equal ſegments. Tournefort and
be planted into a nurſery-bed, at about one foot dif- Linnæus place this under the genus of Mentha, to
tance, where they may grow two years, by which
which it may properly be joined; but as this is a ti-
time they will be fit to tranſplant where they are de- tle which has been long known in the ſhops and gar-
figned to remain.
dens, ſo I have choſe to continue it.
Theſe plants are a little tender while they are young,
The SPECIES are,
therefore will require ſome protection the firſt and le- 1. PULEGIUM (Vulgare) foliis ovatis obtufis, ſtaminibus
cond year, but particularly from the early frofts in corollam æquantibus, caule repente. Pennyroyal with
autumn, which frequently kills the tops of the ten- oval obtuſe leaves, Stamina equalling the petal, and a creep-
der ſhoots before they are hardened; and the more ing ſtalk. Pulegium latifolium. C. B. P. Common or
vigorous the plants have grown the preceding fum-
broad-leaved Pennyroyal.
mer, the greater danger there is of their being killed, 2. PULEGIUM (Erectum) foliis lanceolatis, ftaminibus
therefore they ſhould be ſcreened either with mats or corollâ longioribus, caule erecto. Pennyroyal with:
ſome other covering, but as they advance in ftrength, Spear-ſhaped leaves, ſtamina longer than the petal, and an
they become more hardy, and are rarely injured by upright ſtalk. Pulegium Hiſpanicum erectum, ftami-
froft.
nibus florum extantibus. Act. Phil. London. Upright
The ſecond fort grows naturally in both Indies; it is Spaniſh Pennyroyal, whoſe stamina ftand out from the
very common in moſt of the iſlands in the Weſt-In- flowers.
mer methods.
3
a
3. Pon

PUL
PUL
pro-
a
a
a
PulecIUM (Cervinum) foliis linearibus, Boribus ver- empalement of one leaf, cut into five segments at the top.
ticillatis terminalibuſque. Pennyroyal with linear leaves, The flower is of one petal, having a cylindrical tube the
and flowers growing in whorls at the ends of the stalks. length of the empalement, cat at the top into five parts,
Pulegium anguſtifolium C. B. P. Narrow-leaved which ſpread open, but the chaps are pervious. It bath
Pennyroyal.
five ſport ſtamina, terminated by ereEt ſummits which cloſe
The firſt fort grows naturally upon moiſt commons, together, and four germen ſupporting a fort Style, crown-
where the water ſtands in winter, in many parts of ed by an obtuſe indented ſtigma. The germen afterward
England. The roor is fibrous and perennial; the turn to four roundiſh ſeeds, fitting in the bottom of the em-
ſtalks are ſmooth and trail upon the ground, putting palement.
out roots at every joint, whereby it ſpreads and This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
pagates very faſt, the ſtalks are garniſhed at each Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe
joint by two oval leaves, which are for the moſt
part
flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
entire. The flowers grow toward the upper part of
The SPECIES are,
the branches, coming out juſt above the leaves at I. PULMONARIA (Officinalis) foliis radicalibus ovató.
each joint, in whorls; they are of a pale purple co- cordatis ſcabris. Hort. Cliff
. 44. Lungwort whoſe
lour, ſmall and galeated, the helmet being entire; lower leaves are oval, heart-shaped, and rough. Pul-
whereas in the Mint, this is indented at the point. monaria vulgaris, maculoſo folio. Cluf. Hift. 169.
The ſtamina of the lowers are of the ſame length with Common ſpotted Lungwort, or feruſalem Cowſlip.
the petal, but the ſtyle is ſomewhat longer; the 2. PULMONARIA (Alpina) foliis caulinis ovatis glabris,
whole plant has a very ſtrong ſmell, and a hot aroma- floribus patulis, ſegmentis obtufiufculis. Lungwort
tic taſte. There is a diſtilled water of this plant and with oval footh leaves ia the ſtalks, ſpreading flowers,
alſo an oil, which is kept in the ſhops for medicinal and obtufe Segments: Pulmonaria Alpina, foliis molli-
uſe. There is a variety of this with a white flower, bus fubrotundis, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
which is ſometimes found growing naturally in Eng- 136. Lungwort of the Alps, with ſoft roundiſh leaves,
land.
and a blue flower.
The ſeeds of the ſecond fort were ſent me from Gi- 3. PULMONARIA (Saccharata) foliis lanceolatis bafi ſemi-
braltar, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden, but amplexicaulibus, calycibus abbreviatis. Lungwort
had been before introduced into ſeveral gardens, with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, whoſe baſe half embrace the ſtalk,
where it had been cultivated to ſupply the markets. and the empalement ſhorter than the tube of the flower.
The ſtalks of this grow erect and near a foot high; Pulmonaria maxima foliis quafi faccharo incruftatis.
the leaves are longer and narrower than thoſe of the Pluk. Alm. 359. Greateſt Lungwort with ſpotted leaves,
common fort, the whorls of flowers are much larger, as if they were incrusted with ſugar.
and their ftamina are longer than the petals. This 4. PULMONARIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis radicalibus lanceo-
ſort hath almoſt ſuperſeded the firſt in the markets, latis. Hort. Cliff. 44. Lungwort with the lower leaves
for as the ſtalks grow erect, ſo it is much eaſier to Spear-ſhaped. Pulmonaria anguſtifolia cæruleo flore.
cut and tie in bunches than the common fort; it al- J.B. 3.596. Narrow-leaved Lungwort with a blue flower.
ſo comes earlier to flower; and has a brighter appear-5. PULMONARIA (Orientalis) caulibus procumbentibus,
ance, but whether it is as good for uſe, I ſhall leave
I
floribus fingularibus alaribus, calycibus inflatis corol-
to be determined by thoſe whoſe province it be- lâ longioribus. Lungwort with trailing ſtalks, flowers
longs to
growing fingly from the ſides, and ſwollen empalements
The third ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France which are longer than the petals. Pulmonaria Orien-
and Italy, it is called Hart's Pennyroyal. This is talis, calyce veſicario, foliis echii, fore purpureo in-
by ſome preferred to the common fort for medici- fundibuliformi. Tourn. Cor. 6. Eaſtern Lungwort with
nal uſe; the ſtalks of this grow erect, near two feet an empalement like a bladder, a Viper's Buglofs leaf, and
high, ſending out fide branches all their length; the a purple funnel-ſhaped flower.
leaves are very narrow, and of a thicker ſubſtance 6. PULMONARIA (Virginica) calycibus abbreviatis, foliis
than thoſe of the cominon fort, the whorls of flowers lanceolatis obtufiuſculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 135. Lung-
are rather larger; the ſcent is not quite ſo ftrong as wort with ſhort empalements to the flowers, and ſpear-
that of the firſt fort, and the ſtalks are frequently Jhaped obtuſe leaves. Symphytum five pulmonaria non
terminated by whorls of flowers. This is cultivated maculata, foliis glabris acuminatis fore patulo cæru-
in gardens here, and flowers about the ſame time aš leo. Pluk. Alm. 359. Lungwort with ſmooth; unſpot-
the common fort. There is a variety of this with ted, acute-pointed leaves, and a blue Spreading flower.
white flowers, which grows taller than that with pur- The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and ſhady
ple flowers, but I do not believe it is a different fort. places in Italy and Germany, and is cultivated in the
All theſe plants propagate themſelves very faſt by Engliſh gardens chiefly for medicitial uſe. It hath a
their branches trailing upon the ground, which emit perennial fibrous root; the lower leaves are rough,
roots at every joint, and faften themſelves into the of an oval heart-ſhape, about fix inches long, and
earth, and ſend forth new branches; fo that no more two inches and a half broad, of a dark green on their
is required in their culture, than to cut off any of upper ſide, marked with many broad whitiſh ſpots,
theſe rooted branches, and plant them out in freſh but pale and unfpotted on their under fide; the ſtalks
beds, allowing them at leaft a foot from plant to plant riſe almoſt a foot high, having ſeveral ſmaller leaves
every way, that they may have room to grow; or on them, ſtanding alternately. The flowers are pro-
the young, ſhoots of theſe planted in the ſpring, will duced in ſmall bunches at the top of the ſtalks, each
take root like Mint:
having a tubulous hairy empalement as long as the
The beſt time for this work is in September, that the tube of the flower, the brims of the petal are ſpread
plants may be rooted before winter; for if the old open, and are ſhaped like a cup; theſe are red, pur-
roots are permitted to remain ſo cloſe together, as ple, and blue, in the ſame bunch. They appear in
they generally grow in the compaſs of a year, they April, and are ſucceeded by four naked feeds, which
are ſubject to rot in winter; beſides the young plants ripen in the empalement. It is accounted a pectoral
will be much ſtronger, and produce a larger crop the balfamic piant, and good for coughs and conſumptions,
fucceeding fummer, than if they were removed in the ſpitting of blood, and the like diſorders of the lungs;
fpring. Theſe plants all love a moiſt ſtrong foil; in it is likewiſe put into wound drinks.
which they will flouriſh exceedingly.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
PULMONARIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 136. tab. hath a perennial fibrous root; the leaves are large,
55. Lin. Gen. Plant. 184. [ſo called from Pulmones, fmooth, and ſpotted on their upper fide; the ſtalks
Lat. the lungs, becaufe ſuppoſed to be a very good rife nine inches high, and are garniſhed with oval
medicament for the lungs.] Lungwort ; in French, leaves whoſe baſe join the ſtalks. The flowers grow
Pulinonaire.
in ſmall bunches on the top of the ſtalk; they are
The CHARACTERS are,
purple, and ſpread open wider than thoſe of the
The flower bath a cylindrical, five-cornered, permanent
common fort.
10 Y
The
0
3
a
a
a
а
a
a
3

PRU
PUL
a
;
a
a
و
The third ſort grows naturally upon the Helvetian ther comes on in the ſpring, which will cauſe them to
Mountains; this is a perennial plant, whoſe leaves flower much ſtronger.
are large, ſpear-ſhaped, and rough. The foot-Italks The ſoil in which they are planted ſhould not be
of the lower leaves are broad; the ftalks riſe a foot rich, but rather a freſh light fandy ground, in which
high, and are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, they will thrive much better than in a richer foil, in
whoſe baſe half embrace the ſtalks ; the leaves are which they are very ſubject to rot in the winter.
greatly ſpotted with white, appearing as if they were They ſhould have a ſhady ſituation, and the firſt
incruſted with ſugar-candy; the flowers grow in and third forts thrive beſt in a moiſt foil, for in a hot
large bunches on the top of the ſtalk; their tubes dry foil they burn and decay in ſummer, unleſs they
are longer than the empalement, and their brims are are duly watered in dry weather. All theſe early
ſpread more than thoſe of the common fort. They forts are better tranſplanted, and parted in autumn,
are of a bright blue, and appear in April and May. that they may be well rooted to flower ſtrong the
The fourth fort grows naturally in Auſtria and Hun- following ſpring. The ſixth fort ſhould not have a
gary; this hath leaves much narrower than thoſe of foil too moiſt, for as the roots run deep in the ground,
the common fort, which are covered with foft hairs. they will be in danger of rotting by much wet.
The ftalks riſe a foot high, and are garniſhed with The other fort is annual, and propagated by ſeeds
narrow leaves of the ſame ſhape with thoſe below, but only. The beſt time to fow theſe is in autumn, foon
ſmaller; theſe almoſt embrace the ſtalk with their baſe. after they are ripe, for the plants will refift the cold
The flowers are produced in bunches on the top of of our winters very well, ſo will flower early the
the ftalks like the others; theſe appear of a red co- following ſummer, and good feeds may be obtained;
lour before they expand, but when they are fully whereas thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring ſometimes
blown, are of a moſt beautiful blue colour. This fort miſcarry, or lie a year in the ground. Theſe feeds
flowers early in the ſpring, but is very rare in Eng- ſhould be ſown where they are deſigned to remain,
land at preſent.
for the plants do not fucceed very well when they
The fifth fort was diſcovered in the Archipelago by are tranſplanted. When the plants come up, they
Dr. Tournefort, who ſent the ſeeds to the Royal Gar- require no other culture but to keep them clear
den at Paris ; this is an annual plant. The lower from weeds; and, where they are too cloſe, to thin
leaves are oblong and hairy; the ſtalks trail upon the them. If theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter their
ground, and are a foot and a half long, garniſhed ſeeds, the plants will come up better than when they
with oblong hairy leaves ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks ; are fown.
juſt above each leaf comes a ſingle flower of a ſullen PULSATILLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 284. tab.
purple colour, funnel-ſhaped, the brims not ſpread- 148. Anemone. Lin. Gen. Plant. 614. [fo called of
ing; the empalement is ſwollen like an inflated blad- Pulſando, Lat. becauſe the ſeeds of this plant are
der, and covers the petal of the flower, ſo as not to blown, and fly away with the leaſt wind.] Paſque-
be feen without a near inſpection. This plant flowers flower ; in French, Coquelourde.
in May, if the plants come up in autumn, and after
The CHARACTERS are,
the flowers are paſt, the four feeds ripen in the em- The flower bath a leafy involucrum ending in many points ;
palement.
it hath two orders of petals, three in each which are oblong
The ſixth fort grows naturally upon mountains in and pointed, and a great number of ſender ſtamina about
moſt parts of North America. The ſeeds of this half the length of the petals, terminated by ere&t twin ſum-
plant were ſent many years ſince by Mr. Baniſter from mits, and a great number of germen colleated in a head,
Virginia, and ſome of the plants were raiſed in the with acute ſtyles crowned by obtufe ſtigmas. The germen
gardens of the Biſhop of London, at Fulham, where afterward become so many ſeeds, having long hairy tails
for ſeveral years it was growing, and was communi- ſitting upon the oblong receptacle.
cated to ſeveral other curious gardens ; this hath a This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
thick, fleſhy, perennial root, ſending out many ſmall of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
fibres. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and ſtyles,
divide at the top into ſeveral ſhort branches; the leaves and joins this genus to the Anemone in the later edi-
which are near the root are four or five inches long, tions of his works.
and two inches and a half broad ; they are ſmooth,
The SPECIES are,
obtuſe, and of a light green, having hort foot-ſtalks; 1. PULSATILLA (Vulgaris) foliis decompoſitis pinnatis,
thoſe upon the ſtalk diminiſh in their fize upward, flore nutante, limbo erecto. Hort. Cliff. 223. Paſque-
but are of the ſame ſhape, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk. flower with decompounded winged leaves, and a nodding
Each of the ſmall branches at the top of the ſtalk is flower having an ereEt rim. Pulſatilla folio craffiore &
terminated by a cluſter of flowers, each ſtanding up- majore fiore. C. B.P. 177. Paſque-flower with a thick-
on a ſeparate ſhort foot-ſtalk; their empalements are er leaf, and a larger flower.
very ſhort, and are cut into five ſegments almoſt to 2. PULSATILLA (Pratenſis) foliis decompofitis pinnatis,
the bottom; the tube of the flower is long, and at flore pendulo, limbo reflexo. Hort. Cliff. 223. Paſque-
the top ſpreads open in ſhape of a funnel, the brim flower with decompounded winged leaves, and a pendulous
being entire,, but appears five-cornered from the fold- flower whoſe border is reflexed. Pulſatilla flore minore
ing of the patal. The moſt common colour of theſe nigricante. C. B. P. 177. Paſque-flower with a ſmaller
flowers is blue, but there are ſome purple, others red, darkiſ flower.
and ſome white. They appear in April, and, if they | 3. PULSATILLA (Vernalis) foliis fimpliciter pinnatis, foli-
have a ſhady ſituation, will continue in beauty great olis lobatis, flore erecto. Flor. Suec. 448. Paſque-
part of May, and ſometimes they are ſucceeded by flower with ſimple winged leaves, whoſe wings have lobes
feeds in England. The leaves and ſtalks entirely de- and an ere Et flower. Pulſatilla lutea apii hortenſis fo-
cay in Auguſt, and the roots remain naked till the lio. C. B. P. 177. Yellow Paſque-flower with a Parſley
following fpring.
leaf.
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which are 4. PULSATILLA (Patens) foliis digitatis multifidis, flore
preſerved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety, erecto patente. Paſque-flower with hand-ſhaped leaves
but, having little beauty, they are ſeldom cultivated
having many points, and an erect Spreading flower. Pul-
in other places.
fatilla anemones folio diſſecto lanuginoſa, fore majore
The firſt, ſecond, third, fifth, and fixth forts have dilutè luteo patente. Amman. Ruth. 104. Paſque-flower
perennial roots, ſo may be cultivated by parting of with a cut Anemone leaf which is downy, and a larger pale,
their roots, which may be done either in the ſpring, yellow ſpreading flower
.
or autumn; but if the ground be moiſt into which The firſt of theſe plants is common in divers parts of
they are planted, it is better to be done in the ſpring, England; it grows in great plenty on Gogmagog-hills
otherwiſe the autumn is the more preferable ſeaſon, on the left-hand of the highway leading from Cam-
that the plants may be well rooted before the dry wea- bridge to Haveril, juſt on the top of the hill; alſo
about
3
a
a
;

PU L
PUN
j
a
a
about Hilderſham, fix miles from Cambridge, and fered to grow among them, will in a ſhort time overa,
on Bernack Heath not far from Stamford, and on bear them.
Southrop Common adjoining thereto; alſo on moun- When the leaves of this plant are entirely decayed
tainous and dry paſtures juft by Leadſtone Hall near (which is commonly in July,) you ſhould then take
Pontefract in Yorkſhire. It flowers in April.
up all the roots, which being nearly of the colour of
This hath a fleſhy taper root which runs deep in the the ground; will be difficult to find while ſmall;
ground; the leaves are hairy, and finely cut, like therefore you ſhould paſs the earth through a fine
thoſe of the wild Carrot, and ſpread near the ground; wire fieve, which is the beſt method to ſeparate the
the ſtalk riſes near a foot high, is pretty thick and roots from the earth, (but notwithſtanding all poſſi-
hairy, and naked at the top, where there is a leafy ble care taken, yet there will be many ſmall roots
involucrum to the flower, which is hairy, ending in left; ſo that the earth ſhould either be put into the
many points ; it is terminated by one flower compof- boxes again, or ſpread upon a bed of light earth, to
ed of fix petals ranged in two orders, three without, ſee what plants will ariſe out of it the ſucceeding
and three within ; they are oblong, thick, and of a year.) The roots being taken up, ſhould be imme-
bright purple colour ; they form a ſort of bell-ſhaped diately planted again on beds of light, freſh, ſandy
flower nodding on one ſide, and their points turn up- earth, about three or four inches aſunder, covering
ward. Within the petals are a great number of flen- them about three inches thick with the faine light
der yellowiſh ſtamina terminated by erect fummits, earth. The ſpring following moſt of theſe plants will
and in the center a great number of germen are col- produce flowers, but they will not be ſo large and
lected in a head, which afterward become ſeeds, each fair as in the ſucceeding years, when the roots are
having a long tail, by which they are diſtinguiſhed larger.
from Anemone.
The roots of theſe plants generally run down deep in
There is a variety of this with double, and another the ground, and are of a feſhy ſubſtance, fomewhat
with white flowers, but theſe have been obtained from like Carrots, ſo will not bear to be kept long out of
ſeeds of the other.
the ground; therefore, when they are removed, it
The ſecond ſort hath ſhorter leaves than the firſt, the ſhould be done early in the autumn, that they may
ſtalks do not riſe ſo high; the flowers do not expand take freſh root before the froſt comes on ; for if they
ſo wide, and hang downward, but their brims are re- are tranſplanted in the ſpring, they will not produce
flexed; they are of a very dark purple colour. This ſtrong flowers. Theſe plants thrive beſt in a loamy
grows naturally in the meadows in Germany.
foil, for in very light dry ground they are apt to de-
The third ſort grows naturally on the Alps and Hel-
cay in ſummer.
vetian Mountains; this hath a perennial root. The PUMPION. See Pepo.
leaves are like thoſe of Smallage, and are ſimply PUNICA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 633. tab. 407.
winged; the ſtalk riſes near a foot high, is naked al- Lin. Gen. Plant. 544. [This plant takes its name
moſt to the top, where comes out a neat hairy invo- from its punicean or red appearance, for its flowers
lucrum, and above that one yellow flower ſhaped like and fruit are of that colour. It is called Granatum,
the perennial yellow Adonis, ſtanding erect. Theſe from the word Granis, becauſe the fruit has many
appear
about the ſame time with the former, and are grains; or, as ſome ſuppoſe, of Granata, or Grana-
ſucceeded by feeds which ripen at Midſummer. da, becauſe it grows in great plenty in that country:]
The fourth fort grows in Siberia ; this hath a thick The Pomegranate-tree ; in French, Grenadier.
fleſhy root which ſends out many ſtrong fibres. The The CHARACTERS are,
leaves are hand-ſhaped, compoſed of ſeveral round- The empalement of the flower is permanent, bell-ſhaped,
ifh lobes, like ſome of the forts of Ranunculi; they coloured, and of one leaf, cut into ſix parts at the top.
are downy, and cut into ſeveral ſegments. The ſtalk The flower has five roundiſh, erect, ſpreading petals which
riſes nine or ten inches high, having a hairy involu- are inſerted in the empalement, and a great number of
crum a conſiderable diſtance below the flower, it is Nender ſtamina, which are alſo inſerted in the empalement,
terminated by one fower, which is large, ſpreading, terminated by oblong ſummits. The germen is ſituated un-
and of a whitiſh yellow colour, with deep yellow fta- der the flower, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle crowned by a head-
mina. This flowers early in the ſpring.
ed ſtigma ; it afterward becomes a large almoſt globular
There are ſome other ſpecies of this plant, but thoſe fruit, crowned by the empalement. The fruit is divided
here mentioned are all the forts which I have ſeen
into ſeveral cells by membranous partitions, which are
growing in England, and therefore I have not enu- filled with roundiſh ſucculent ſeeds.
merated more, as it would be to little purpoſe, ſince This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
it is difficult to procure them from the countries where Linnæus's twelfth claſs, in which he places thoſe
they naturally grow.
plants whoſe flowers have more than twenty ſtamina,
Theſe plants may be propagated by feeds, which which are inſerted either in the petals or empale-
ſhould be ſown in boxes or pots filled with very light ment, and one ſtyle.
ſandy earth, obſerving not to cover the ſeeds too The SPECIES are,
deep with mould, which will prevent their riſing, 1. PUNICA (Granatum) foliis lanceolatis, caule arboréo.
for they require no more than juſt to be covered. Hort. Cliff. 134. Pomegranate with linear Spear-ſhaped
Theſe boxes ſhould be placed where they may have leaves, and a tree-like ſtalk. Punica quæ malum gra-
the morning ſun until ten of the clock, but muſt natum fert. Cæfalp. Punica which bears the Pome-
be ſcreened from it in the heat of the day; and, if granate
the ſeaſon proves dry, the earth ſhould be often re- 2. PUNICA (Nana) foliis linearibus, caule fruticoſo.
freſhed with water. The beſt time for fowing of Pomegranate with linear leaves, and a ſhrubby ſtalk.
theſe ſeeds is in July or Auguft, ſoon after they are Punica Americana, nana ſeu humillima. Lig. Tourn.
ripe, for if they are kept till ſpring, they ſeldom Inft. 636. The American Dwarf Pomegranate.
grow.
There are the following varieties of the firſt fort,
Theſe boxes or pots, in which the ſeeds are fown, which are ſuppoſed to be accidental variations obtain-
ſhould remain in this ſhady ſituation until the begin- ed by culture from the ſeeds, therefore I have not
ning of October, when they ſhould be moved where enumerated them as ſpecies; but as many curious.per-
they may enjoy the full ſun during the winter ſeaſon. ſons will expect to find them inſerted here, I ſhall
About the beginning of March the plants will be- juſt mention them.
gin to appear, at which time the boxes ſhould be
The wild Pomegranate with ſingle and double flowers.
again removed where they may have only the forenoon The ſweet Pomegranate.
ſun; for if they are too much expoſed to the heat, The ſmall flowering Pomegranate with ſingle and
the young plants will ſoon be deſtroyed. They double flowers.
ſhould alſo be refreſhed with water in dry weather, The Pomegranate with ſtriped flowers.
which will greatly promote their growth, and ſhould Theſe plants grow naturally in Spain, Portugal, Ita-
be carefully kept clean from weeds, which, if ſuf- ly, and Mauritania. There are alſo many of their
in

PUN
PYR
a
in the Weſt-Indies, but they are ſupposed to have they will require no other dreſſing, but to cut off all
been tranſplanted there from Europe, but they are vigorous ſhoots which grow from the wall, and ne-
lo much improved there, as to be much preferable ver produce flowers (for it is the middling ſhoots on-
to
any in Europe, the fruit being larger arid'finer ly which are fruitful ;) and when the fruit is formed,
flavoured.
the branches on which they grow Thould be faſtened
This tree riſes with a woody ftern eighteen or twenty to the wall to ſupport them, otherwiſe the weight of
feet high, ſending out branches the whole length, the fruit, when grown large, will be apt to break
which likewiſe put out many ſlender twigs, ſo as to
them down.
render them very thick and buſhy. Some of theſe Though, as I ſaid before, the fruit of this tree fel-
are armed with ſharp thorns; they are garniſhed with dom arrives to any perfection in this country, ſo as
ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches long, and half to render it valuable; yet, for the beauty of its ſcar-
an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a point at let-coloured flowers, together with the variety of its
each end; they are of a light lucid green, and ſtand fruit, there ſhould be one tree planted in every good
oppoſite. The flowers come out at the end of the garden, ſince the culture is not great which they re-
branches, ſometimes ſingly, and at others three or four quire; the chief care is to plant them upon a rich
together, one of the largeſt terminates the branch, ſtrong foil, and in a warm ſituation. Upon ſome
and immediately under that are two or three ſmaller trees which had theſe advantages, I have obtained a
Buds, which, after the flower is paft, ſwell larger great quantity of fruit which have arrived to their full
and expand, whereby there is a continued fucceffion magnitude, but I cannot ſay they were well favour-
of flowers for ſome months. The empalement of ed, however, they made a very handſome appear-
the flower is very thick, fleſhy, and of one piece, cut ance upon the trees.
at the top into five ſegments; it is of a fine red co- The double powering kind is much more eſteemed
lour, and within are included five in the ſingle flow than the other in this country for the ſake of its
ers, but in the double a great number of ſcarlet
pe- large, fine, double flowers, which are of a moſt beau-
tals, which are inſerted in the empalement. In the tiful ſcarlet colour; and, if the trees are fupplied
center is ſituated the ſtyle, ariſing from the germen, with nouriſhment, will continue to produce flowers
encompaſſed by many ſlender ſtamina, which are ter- for two months ſucceſſively, which renders it one of
minated by oblong yellowiſh fammies. After the the moſt valuable flowering trees yet known. This
flower decays, the ģermen ſwells to a roundiſh fruit muſt be pruned and managed in the ſame manner as
crowried by the empalement, having a hard fhell, in- hath been already directed for the fruit-bearing kind,
cluding a pulp filled with angular ſeeds. This tree but this fort may be rendered more productive of its
flowers in July, Auguft, and September, and the fruit beautiful flowers by grafting it upon ſtocks of the
ripens late in autumn.
ſingle kind, which will check the luxuriancy of the
The Balauſtia of the ſhops is the empalement of the trees, and cauſe them to produce flowers upon almoſt
flower of the double flowering Pomegranate.
every ſhoot; by which method I have had a low tree,
The firſt of theſe trees is now pretty common in the which was planted in the open air, extremely full of
Engliſh gardens, where formerly it was nurſed up in flowers, which made a very fine appearance.
cafes, and preſerved in green-houſes with great care The fecond ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
(as was alſo the double flowering kind";) but they are where the inhabitants plant it in their gardens to form
both hardy enough to reſiſt the ſevereſt cold of our hedges. It ſeldom riſes more than five or fix feet
climate in the open air ; and, if planted againſt warm high in thoſe countries, ſo may be kept within com-
walls in a good ſituation, the firſt fort will often pro- pafs, and there the plants continue flowering great
duce fruit, which in warm ſeaſons will ripen tolera- part of the year. The flowers of this kind are much
bly well; but as theſe fruits do not ripen till late in ſmaller than thoſe of the common fort; the leaves
the autumn, they are ſeldom well taſted in England, are ſhorter and narrower, and the fruit is not larger
for which reaſon the fort with double flowers is com- than a Nutmeg, and has little flavour, ſo it is chiefly
monly preferred to it. The fort with ſweet fruit, as propagated for the beauty of its flowers. This is un-
alſo the wild fort, are leſs common in the Engliſh gar- doubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies from the common fort,
dens than the former two.
and is much tenderer.
Theſe plants may be eafily propagated by laying down This plant may be propagated by layers in the fame
their branches in the ſpring, which in one year's time manner as the former forts, but muft be planted in
will take good root, and may then be tranſplanted pots filled with rich earth, and preſerved in a green-
where they are deſigned to remain. The beſt ſeaſon houſe, otherwiſe it is too tender to endure the cold of
for tranſplanting of theſe trees is in ſpring, juſt before our winters; and in the ſummer, when the flowers
they begin to ſhoot; they ſhould have a ſtrong rich begin to appear, if the plants are expoſed to the open
foil, in which they flower much better, and produce air, the buds will fall off, and never open; ſo that
more fruit than if planted on dry poor ground; but in they ſhould not be expoſed to the open air, but placed
order to obtain theſe in plenty, there ſhould be care in an airy glaſs-caſe, giving them a large ſhare of air
taken in the pruning of theſe trees, for want of which every day in mild weather. As they will be covered
we often ſee theſe trees very full of ſmall ſhoots, but at the top by the glaſſes, the flowers will expand,
do not find many flowers produced upon them ; and the fruit will grow to the full ſize in England
therefore I ſhall ſet down directions for pruning of with this management, though they are
theſe trees, ſo as to obtain a great quantity of flowers deſirable ; but hereby the plants may be continued
and fruit.
in flower upward of two months, and will make a fine
The flowers of this tree, always proceed from the ex- appearance.
tremity of the branches which are produced the ſame PURSLAIN. See PORTULACA.
year. This therefore directs, that all weak branches PYRACANTHA. See MesPILUS.
of the former year ſhould be cut out, and that the PYROLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 256. tab. 132. Lin.
ſtronger ſhould be ſhortened in proportion to their Gen. Plant. 490. Winter-green:
ſtrength, in order to obtain new ſhoots in every part
The CHARACTERS are,
of the tree. The branches may be laid in againſt The flower bath a ſmall permanent empalement cut into
the wall about four or five inches afunder; for, as five ſegments; it bath five roundiſh, concave, Spreading
their leaves are ſmall, there is not a neceſſity of al- petals, and ten awl-ſhaped ſtamina terminated by large
lowing them a greater diſtance. The beſt time for nodding ſummits with two riſing horns, and a roundiſh
this work is about Michaelmas, or a little later, ac- germen ſupporting a flender Style, which is permanent and
cording to the mildneſs of the ſeaſon, for if they are longer than the ſiamina, crowned by a thick ſtigma. The
left until ſpring before they are pruned, they feldom germen afterverd becomes a roundiß, depresſed, five-cor-
put out their ſhoots ſo early, and the earlier they come nered capſule, with five cells.opening at the angles, filled
cut, the fooner the flowers will appear, which is of with ſeeds
great conſequence where fruit is deſired. In ſummer
not very
This

PYR
PYR
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of earth to their roots, and planted in a ſhady ſituation,
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants and on a moiſt undunged ſoil, where they ſhould be
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ftyle.
frequently watered in dry weather, otherwiſe they
The SPECIES are,
will not thrive. Some of theſe plants may be planted
1. PYROLA (Rotundifolia) ſtaminibus adfcendentibus, pif- in pots, which ſhould be filled with earth as nearly
tillo declinato. Flor. Suec. 330. Winter-green with ri- reſembling that in which they naturally grow as pof-
ſing ſtamina, and a declining pointel. Pyrola rotundi-
.
fible, and place them in a ſhady fituation, where,
folia major. C. B. P. 191. Greater round-leaved Win- if they are conſtantly watered in dry weather, they
ter-green.
will thrive very well.
2. PYROLA (Secunde) racemo unilaterali. Flor. Suec. The firſt fort is ordered by the College of Phyſicians
332. Winter-green with a bunch of flowers ranged on one to be uſed in medicine, and is generally brought over
ſide the foot-ſtalk. Pyrola folio mucronato ferrato. C. from Switzerland amongſt other vulnerary plants,
B. P. 191. Winter-green with a ſawed pointed leaf. amongſt which claſs this plant is ranged, and by ſome
3. PYROLA (Uniflora) ſcapo unifloro. Flor. Lapp. 167. hath been greatly commended.
Winter-green with one flower in a ſheath. Pyrola rotun- PYRUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 628. tab. 404. Lin.
difolia minor. C. B. P. 191. Smaller round-leaved
-
Gen. Plant. 550. The Pear-tree; in French, Poirier.
Winter-green.
The CHARACTERS are,
4. PYROLA (Maculata) pedunculis bifloris. Lin. Sp. The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
Plant. 396. Winter-green with two flowers on a foot- which is concave; and divided into five parts at the top ; it
ſtalk. Pyrola Marylandica minor, folio mucronato hath five roundiſh concave petals, which are inſerted in the
arbuti. Pet. Muf. 675. Smaller Winter-green of Mary- empalement, and many awl-shaped ſtamina porter than the
land, with a pointed Strawberry leaf.
petals, which are alſo inſerted in the empalement, and termi-
The firſt ſort grows wild in many places in the North noted by ſingle ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the
of England, particularly near Hallifax in Yorkſhire, flower, ſupporting four or five ſtyles crowned by ſingle stig-
on rocky hills and heaths, as alſo in ſhady woods ; fo mas; it afterward becomes a pyramidal fleſhy fruit in-
it is very difficult to preſerve in gardens in the ſouth- dented at the top, but produced at the baſe, having five
ern parts.
membranaceous cells, each containing one ſmooth oblong
This hath a perennial root, from which ſpring out five ſeed pointed at the baſe.
or fix roundiſh leaves, about an inch and a half long, This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
and almoſt as broad, of a thick conſiſtence, of a deep of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe
lucid green, and entire, ſtanding upon pretty long plants whoſe flowers have more than twenty ftamina
foot-ſtalks. Between theſe riſe a ſlender upright inſerted in the empalement, and five ſtyles. To this
ſtalk near a foot high, naked great part of the length, genus he has joined the Malus and Cydonia.
ending in a looſe ſpike of flowers, which are com- The Pearand Quince may be joined together with more
compoſed of five large concave petals, ſpreading propriety than the Apple with either, for the fruit of the
like a Roſe, but the two upper leaves are formed the two former are produced at their baſe, whereas the
into a kind of helmet. In the center is ſituated a Apple is indented both at the top and bottom; nor will
crooked pointal, bending downward, attended by ten the Apple grow upon either of the other two, or they
flender ſtamina, terminated by Saffron-coloured ſum- upon the Apple, when grafted or budded; but the
mits. It flowers in July, and the flowers are fuc- Quince and Pear will grow upon each other, ſo there is a
ceeded by cornered compreſſed capſules, having five boundary ſet by nature between thoſe and the Apple.
cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
The ſeveral varieties of Pears, which are now culti-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally upon mountains in vated in the curious fruit-gardens, have been acci-
Italy, particularly near Verona and Genoa, and I have dentally obtained by feeds, ſo muſt not be deemed
found it growing in Weſtmoreland. This hath a flen- diſtinct fpecies; but, as they are generally diſtin-
der, creeping, perennial root, from which ariſe two guiſhed in the fruit-gardens and nurſery, by the ſhape,
or three very fender ligneous ſtalks about five inches lize, and flavour of their fruit, I ſhall continue thoſe
high, ſuſtaining at the top four or five oval acute- diſtinctions, that the work may not appear imperfect
pointed leaves, an inch and a half long, and one broad, to ſuch as delight in the cultivation of theſe fruits.
of a thinner conſiſtence, and a brighter green than
The SPECIES are,
thoſe of the former, each ſtanding upon a ſhort foot- 1. Pyrus (Muſk) fativa, fructu æſtivo parvo racemoſo
ſtalk; and between theſe, on the ſide of the ſtalk, odoratiſſimo. Tourn. Petit Muſcat, i. e. Little Muſk
comes out the foot-ſtalk of the flowers, upon which Pear, commonly called the Supreme. This fruit is gene-
they are ranged along one ſide; they are ſhaped like rally produced in large cluſters; it is rather round
the other, but are ſmaller, as are alſo the capſules. It than long, the ſtalk ſhort; and, when ripe, the ſkin
flowers about the ſame time with the firſt fort.
is of a yellow colour ; the juice is ſomewhat muſky, ,
The third ſort grows naturally in ſhady woods in the and, if gathered before it is too ripe, is a good Pear.
northern parts of Europe. This hath a perennial This ripens the middle of July, and will continue
creeping root, from which come forth four or five good but for a few days.
roundiſh leaves of a pretty thick conſiſtence, and be- 2. Pyrus (Chio) fativa, fructu æſtivo minimo odora-
tween theſe ariſes a foot-ftalk about four inches high, tiffimo. Tourn. Poire de Chio, i. e. the Chio Pear,
ſuſtaining one large white flower on the top, of the commonly called the little Baſtard Muſk Pear. This is
ſame ſhape as the others. It flowers in June.
ſmaller than the former, but is in ſhape pretty much
The fourth fort grows naturally in North America; like that. The ſkin, when ripe, has a few ſtreaks of
this hath a ligneous perennial root, from which ariſe red on the ſide next the ſun, and the fruit feldom
two or three ligneous ſtalks a foot and a half high, hangs in cluſters as the former, but in other reſpects
garniſhed with ſtiff leaves two or three inches long, is nearly like it.
one broad near the baſe, ending in acute points, and 3. PYRUS (Citron des Carmes)
, fativa, fructu æſtivo parvo,
have ſome ſharp indentures on their borders; the è viridi albido. Tourn. Poire Hâtiveas, i. e. the
midrib is remarkably broad, and very white, as are Haſting Peor ; Poire Madeleine, ou Citron des Carmes,
alſo the veins which run from it. The flowers are called commonly the green Chiſel. This is a larger Pear
produced at the end of the ſtalk on ſlender foot-ſtalks than either of the former, and is produced more to-
about three inches long, each ſuſtaining two ſmall ward the pedicle. The ſkin is thin, and of a whitiſh
pale-coloured flowers at the top. It flowers in June. green colour when ripe; the fielh is melting, and, if
Theſe are all of them very difficult to cultivate in gar- not too ripe, of a ſugary flavour, but is apt to be
dens, for as they grow on very cold hills, and in moffy meally. This ripens in the end of July.
inooriſh foil, when they are removed to a better foil, 4. PYRUS (Muſcadelle) fativa, fructu æſtivo partim ſa-
and in a warmer ſituation, they ſeldom continue long: turatè rubente, partim flaveſcente. Tourn. Muſcadelles
The beſt time to tranſplant theſe plants into gardens Rouges, i. e. the red Muſcadelle. It is alſo called
is about Michaelmas, provided the roots can then be La Belliſſime, i. e. the Faireſt or Supreme This is a
found, when they ſhould be taken up with balls of large early Pear, of great beauty; the ſkin is of a fine
to Z
yellow
a
a
a
a
ز
2
a

PY R
PYR
a
3
a
a
a
a
yellow colour, when ripe, beautifully ſtriped with , 12. Pyrus (Long-ſtalk Blanquet) fativa, fructu æſtivo
red; the fleſh is half melting, and has a rich flavour, albido, pediculo longo donato. Tourn. Blanquette à
if gathered before it be to too ripe, but it is apt to be longue queue, i. e. Long-ſtalked Blanket Pear. This
meally. This generally produces two crops of fruit Pear is in ſhape fomewhat like the former, but the
in a year; the firſt is commonly ripe about the end eye is larger, and more hollow at the crown; toward
of July, and the ſecond ripens in September, but this the ſtalk it is ſomewhat plumper, and a little craoked;
late crop is ſeldom well tafted.
the ſkin is very ſmooth, white, and ſometimes to-
5. PYRUS (Muſcat) fativa, fructu æſtivo parvo flave- ward the ſun is a little coloured; the fleſh is between
ſcente moſchato. Tourn. Petit Muſcat, i. e. the Little melting and breaking, and is full of a rich ſugary
Muſcat. This is a ſmall Pear, rather round than long; juice. This ripens the middle of Auguſt.
the ſkin is very thin, and, when ripe, of a yellowiſh 13. Pyrus (Skinleſs) fativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo ru-
colour; the fleſh is melting, and of a rich muſky fefcente faccharato. Tourn. Poire fans Peau, i. e. the
flavour, but will not keep long when ripe. This Skinleſs Pear. It is alſo called Fleur de Guigne, i. e.
comes the end of July.
Flower of Guigne ; and by fome, Rouſſelet hâtif, i. e.
6. Pyrus (Cuiſſe Madame) fativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo the early Ruſſelet. This is a middle-fized fruir, of
ferrugineo, carne tenerâ moſchatâ. Tourn. Cuiſſe a long ſhape, and a reddiſh colour, ſomewhat like
Madame, Lady's Tbigl, in England commonly called Yar- the Ruſſelet; the ſkin is extremely thin; the feſh is
gonelle. This is a very long Pear, of a pyramidal melting, and full of a rich ſugary juice; the ſhoots
ihape, having a long foot-ſtalk; the ſkin is pretty are long and ſtrait. This ripens the middle of Auguſt.
thick, of a ruffet green colour from the ſun, but to- 14. Pyrus (Robine) fativa, fructu æſtivo turbinato,
wards the ſun it is inclined to an iron colour; the carne tenera faccharato. Mufchat Robine, i.e. the Muſk
fleſh is breaking, and has a rich muſky flavour ; ripe Robine Pear. This is alſo called Poire à la Reine, i.e.
the beginning of Auguſt. This is one of the beſt early the Queen's Pear; Poire d'Ambre, i. e. the Am-
ſummer Pears yet known, and is certainly what all the ber Pear; and Pucelle de Xaintonge, i. e. the Vir-
French gardeners call the Cuiſie Madame, as may be gin of Xaintonge. This is a ſmall round Pear, of a
eaſily obſerved by their deſcription of this Pear; but yellowiſh colour when ripe ; the Aeſh is between
I ſuppoſe the titles of this and the Jargonelle were melting and breaking. It hath a rich muſky flavour,
changed in coming to England, and have been con- and is a great bearer; it ripens the middle of Auguſt.
tinued by the ſame names.
15. PYRUS (Drone) fativa, fructu æſtivo turbinato mor-
7. Pyrus (Windſor) ſativa, fructu oblongo, è viridi chato. Le Bourdon Moſque, i. e. the Muſk Drone
flaveſcente. The Windfor Pear. This is an oblong Pear. This is a middle-ſized round fruit, whoſe skin
fruit, which ſwells toward the crown, but near the is of a yellowiſh colour when ripe; the fleſh is melt-
ítalk is drawn toward a point; the ſkin is ſmooth, and, ing, and has a high muſky juice, but it muſt not hang
when ripe, of a yellowiſh green colour; the feſh is too long on the tree, for it is ſubject to grow meally
very ſoft, and, if permitted to hang but two or three in a ſhort time. This ripens the end of Auguſt.
days after it is ripe, grows meally, and is good for 16. PYRUS (Orange) fativa, frucu æſtivo globofo feffili,
nothing
è viridi purpurafcente faccharato odorato. Tourn.
8. Pyrus (Jargonelle) fativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo, è Orange Rouge, i.e. the red Orange Pear. This Pear
viridi albo. The Jargonelle, now commonly called Cuiſſe hath been the moſt common of all the forts in France,
Madame. This is certainly what the French garden- which was occafioned by the general eſteemn it was in
ers call the Jargonelle, which, as I have before ob- fome years ſince. This is a middle-fized round fruit,
ſerved, is now in England, given to another fruit of a greeniſh colour, but the fide next the ſun changes
much preferable to this, ſo that the two names are to a purple colour when ripe; the fleſh is melting,
changed; for the Jargonelle is always placed amongſt and the juice is ſugared with a little perfume; the
choſe which the French call bad fruit, and the Cuiffe eye is very hollow, and the ſtalk is ſhort. This ripens
,
Madame is ſet down amongſt their beſt fruit, which the end of Auguſt.
is certainly the reverſe with us, as they are now named. 17. PYRUS (Caſſolette) ſativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo mi-
This Pear is ſomewhat like the Windſor, but is not ſo nori cinereo odorato. Tourn. Caſſolette Friolet, Mafcat
{welling toward the crown, and is ſmaller toward the Verd Lechefrion. This is ſo called from its being ſhaped
ſtalk; the ſkin is ſmooth, of a pale green colour; the like a perfuming-pot. It is a long fruit, in ſhape like
fleſh is apt to be meally if it ſtands to be ripe, but, the Cuiſſe Madame, of an Ah colour; its fleſh is
being a plentiful bearer, is much propagated for the melting, and full of a perfumed juice, but it is
very
London markets.
apt to rot in the middle as ſoon as ripe, otherwiſe it
9. PYRUS (Orange Muſk) ſativa, fructu æſtivo globoſo would be eſteemed an excellent Pear. It is ripe the
feffili moſchato, maculis nigris conſperſo. Tourn. end of Auguft.
Orange Moſquée, i.e. the Orange Muſk. This is a mid-18. Pyrus (Orange Muſk) fativa, fructu æſtivo turbi-
dle-ſized Pear, of a ſhort globular form ; the ſkin is nato è viridi albido. Orange Muſquée, i. e. the Muſk
of a yellowiſh colour, ſpotted with black; the fleſh Orange Pear. This is a large round Pear, in ſhape
is muſky, but is very apt to be a little dry and choaky. like a Bergamot ; the ſkin is green, and the fleſh is
It ripens in Auguft.
melting, but it is very ſubject to rot upon the tree,
10. Pyrus (Blanquet) fativa, fructu æſtivo albido ma- which renders it not near ſo valuable as ſome others.
jori. Tourn. Gros Blanquet, i. e. Great Blanket. This It ripens the end of Auguft.
is alſo called La Muſſette d'Anjou, i. e. the Bagpipe 19. Pyrus (Oignonnet) fativa, fructu æſtivo globofo è
of Anjou. It is a large Pear approaching to a round viridi purpurafcente. Tourn. Gros Oignonnet, i. e. the
form, the ſkin is ſmooth, and of a pale green co- Great Onion Pear. It is alſo called Amiré-roux, in e.
lour; the fleſh is foft, and full of juice, which hath Brown Admired ; and Roy d'Eté, i.e. King of Sum-
a rich flavour ; the ſtalk is ſhort, thick, and ſpotted; mer; Archiduc d'Eté ; i. e. the Summer Archduke.
the wood is ſlender, and the leaf is very much like This is a middle-ſized round Pear, of a browniſh
that of the tree called the Jargonelle. This ripens colour next the fun; the fleſh is melting, and the
the beginning of Auguſt.
juice is paffably good. This ripens the end of Auguſt.
11. PYRUS (Muſk Blanquet) fativa, fructu æſtivo albido 20. Pyrus (Avorat) fativa, fructu æftivo globofo fef-
faccharato odoratiſſimo. Tourn. The Blanquette, or fili ex albido flaveſcente faccharato odorato. Tourn.
Muſk Blanquette; the little Blanket Pear. This Pear Robine. It is alſo called Muſcat d'Aouſt, i. e. the
is much leſs than the former, and more pinched in Auguſt Muſcat; Poire d'Averat, i. e. the Averat
near the ſtalk, which is alſo ſhort, but ſlenderer than Pear; and Poire Royale, i.e. the Royal Pear. This
that of the former ; the ſkin is ſoft, and of a pale is a roundih flat Pear, in ſhape very like a Berga-
green colour; the fleſh is tender, and full of a rich mot; the ſtalk is long, ſtrait, and a little ſpotted,
mulky juice; the wood of this tree is much ſtronger and the eye is a little hollowed; the ſkin is ſmooth,
than that of the former, and the ſhoots are commonly and of a whitiſh yellow colour; the fleſh is breaking,
ſhorter. This ripens the middle of Auguſt.
but not hard, and its juice is richly ſugared and per-
fumed.
a
a
a

P Y R
PYR
;
a
a
3
a
fumed. It is a great bearer, and is eſteemed one of Pear with a ſmooth green ſkin; the ſtalk is ſliort and
the beſt ſummer Pears yet known; it ripens the end thick, the fleſh is melting, and full of juice, if ga-
of Auguft.
thered before it be too ripe, otherwiſe it is apt to
21. PYRUS (Roſe) fativa, fructu æſtivo globoſo feffili grow meally. This ripens the middle of September.
odorato. Tourn. Poire-roſe, i. e. the Roſe-Pear; and 31. Pyrus (Bergamot d'Eté) ſativa, fructu æſtivo ro-
L'Epine-roſe, i.e. the Thorny Roſe. This is a ſhort tundo ſeſfili faccharato, è viridi flaveſcente. Bergamotté
round fruit, ſhaped like the great Onion Pear, but d'Eté, i. e. Summer Bergamot
. This is by ſome called
much larger'; of a yellowiſh green colour, but a lit- the Hamden's Bergamot. It is a pretty large, round,
tle inclining to red on the ſide next the ſun; the ſtalk flat Pear, of a greeniſh yellow.colour, and hollowed
is very long and ſlender; the fleſh is breaking, and a little at both ends like an Apple ; the fleſh is melt-
the juice is muſky : this ripens the end of Auguſt. ing, and the juice is highly perfumed. This ripens
The ſhoots and the leaves of this tree are large. the middle of September.
22. Pyrus (Pouchet) fativa, fructu æſtivo globofo al. 32. PYRUS (Bergamot Autumn) fativa, fructu autumnali
bido ſaccharato. Tourn. Poire du Pouchet. This is feffili faccharato odorato è viridi flaveſcente, in ore li-
large, round, whitiſh Pear, ſhaped ſomewhat like queſcente. Tourn. Bergamotte d'Automne, i. e. the Au-
the Beſideri; the fleſh is ſoft and tender, and the tumn Bergamot. This is a ſmaller Pear than the for-
juice is fugary; this ripens the end of Auguſt. mer, but is nearly of the ſame ſhape; the ſkin is of
23. Pyrus (Parfumé) ſativa, fructu æſtivo turbinato fef- a yellowiſh green, but changes to a faint red on the
fili faturatiùs rubente punctato. Tourn. Poire de Par- fide next the ſun, the fleſh is melting, and its juice
fumé, i. e. the perfumed Pear. This is a middle-ſized is richly perfumed. It is a great bearer, ripens the
round fruit, whoſe ſkin is ſomewhat thick and tough, end of September, and is one of the beſt Pears of the
and of a deep red colour, ſpotted with brown; the ſeaſon.
fleſh is melting, but dry, and has a perfumed flavour. 33. Pyrus (Swiſs Bergamot) fativa, fructu autumnali
This ripens the end of Auguſt.
turbinato viridi, ftriis fanguineis diſtincta. Tourn.
24. Pyrus (Boncrétien) fativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo Bergamotte de Suiſſe, i. e. the Swiſs Bergamot. This
magno, partim rubro, partim albido odorato. Tourn. Pear is ſomewhat rounder than either of the former;
Boncrétien d'Eté, i.e. the Summer Boncrétien, or Good the ſkin is tough, and of a greeniſh colour, ſtriped
Chriſtian. This is a large oblong fruit, whoſe ſkin is with red; the fleſh is melting, and full of juice, but
fmooth and thin; the ſide next the ſun is of a beauti- is not ſo richly perfumed as either of the former.
ful red colour, but the other ſide is of a whitiſh This ripens the end of September.
green; the fleſh is between breaking and tender, and 34. Pyrus (Beurré Rouge) fativa, fructu autumnali ſuaa
is very full of juice, which is of a rich perfumed Ha- viſſimo, in ore liqueſcente. Tourn. Beurré Rouge, i. e.
vour.' It ripens the beginning of September.
the red Butter Pear. It is called l'Amboiſe, and in
25. Pyrus (Salviati) ſativa fructu æſtivo globoſo, ex Normandy Iſambert; as alſo Beurré gris, i. e. the
rubro albidoque flaveſcente faccharato odorato. Tourn. gray Butter; and Beurré vert, i.e. the green But-
Salviati. This Pear is pretty large, round, and flat,
ter Pear. All theſe different names of Beurrés have
very much like the Befideri in ſhape, but not in co- been occaſioned by the difference of the colours of
lour; the ſtalk is very long and nender, and the fruit the ſame fort of Pear, which is either owing to the
is a little hollowed both at the eye and ſtalk; the different expoſure where they grew, or from the ſtock,
colour is red and yellow next the fun, but on the thoſe upon free ſtocks being commonly of a browner
other ſide is whitiſh; the ſkin is rough, the fleſh is colour than thoſe which are upon Quince ſtocks,
tender, but a little ſoft, and has no core; the juice whence ſome perſons have ſuppoſed them to be diffe-
is fugary and perfumed, fomewhat like the Robine, rent fruits, though in reality they are the ſame. This
but is not near fo moiſt. This ripens the beginning is a large long fruit, for the moſt part of a brown co-
of September
lour. The fleſh is very melting, and full of a rich
26. Pyrus (Caillot-roſat) fativa, fructu æſtivo globoſo ſugary juice. It ripens the beginning of O&tober,
feffili rufeſcente odorato. Tourn. Caillot-roſat, i. e. the and, when gathered from the tree, is one of the Very
Roſe-water Pear. This is a large round Pear, fome- beſt fort of Pears we have.
what like the Meffire Jean, but rounder; the ſtalk is 35. PYRUS (Doyenne) fativa, fructu autumnali turbina-
very ſhort, and the fruit is hollowed like an Apple, to ſeſlili flaveſcente, & in ore liqueſcente. Tourn.
where the ſtalk is produced ; the ſkin is rough, and Le Doyenne, i.e. the Dean's Pear. It is alſo called by
of a brown colour; the fleſh is breaking, and the all the following names ; Saint Michel, i. e. Saint Mia
juice is very ſweet. This ripens the middle of Sep- chael ; Beurré blanc d'Automne, i. e. the white Au-
tember.
tumn Butter Pear; Poire de Neige, i. e. the Snow
27. Pyrus (Choak-Pear) fativa, fructu æſtivo longo, Pear ; Bonne Ente, i. e. a good Graft; the Carliſle,
acerbitate ftrangulationem minitante. Tourn. Poire and Valentia. This is a large fruit, in ſhape fome-
d'Etrangillon, i. e. the chosky Pear. The fleſh is red. what like the gray Beurré, but is ſhorter and round-
This is ſeldom preſerved in gardens, ſo there needs er; the ſkin is ſmooth, and, when ripe, changes to a
no deſcription of it.
yellowiſh colour; the fleſh is melting, and full of
28. Pyrus (Rouſſelet) fativa, fructu æſtivo oblongo è juice, which is very cold, but it will not keep good
ferrugineo rubente, nonnunquam maculato. Poire du much more than a week after it is gathered, being
Rouſſelet, i. e. the Ruſſelet Pear. This is a large ob- very ſubject to grow meally; it is a very indifferent
long Pear; the ſkin is brown, and of a dark red co- fruit. This is a great bearer, and ripens the begin-
lour next the fun; the fleſh is ſoft and tender, with- ning of October.
out much core; the juice is agreeably perfumed, if 36. PYRUS (Verte-longue) ſativa, fructu autumnali longo
gathered before it be too ripe. This produces lar- viridique odorato, in ore liqueſcente. Tourn. La
ger fruit on an eſpalier than on ſtandard trees: it ri- Verte-longue, i. e. the long green Peer. It is alſo called
pens the middle of September.
Moüille bouche d'Automne, i. e. the Autumn Mouth-
29. Pyrus (Prince's Pear) fativa, fructu æftivo fubro- water Pear. This is a long fruit, which is very green
tundo, partim rubro, partim flaveſcente, odorato. when ripe; the fleſh is melting, and very full of juice,
Poire de Prince, i. e. the Prince's Pear. This is a which, if it grows upon a dry warm foil, and a free
ſmall roundiſh Pear, of a bright red colour next the ftock, is very ſugary, otherwiſe it is but a very indif-
fun, but a yellowiſh colour on the oppoſite ſide; the ferent Pear. It ripens the middle of October, but
fleſh is between breaking and melting; the juice is ſome years they will keep till December.
very high-flavoured: it is a great bearer
. This ripens 37. Pyrus (Meſſire Jean) fativa, fructu autumnali tu-
the middle of September, but will keep a fortnight beroſo feffili faccharato, carne durâ. Tourn. Mefire
good, which is what few ſummer-fruits will do. Jean blanc & gris, i. e. the white and gray Monſieur
30. Pyrus (Moüille-bouche) fativa, fructu æſtivo glo- John. Theſe, although made two ſorts of fruit by
boſo viridi, in ore liqueſcente. Gros Moüille-bouche, i. e. many perſons, are indubitably the ſame; the diffe-
the great Mouthwater Pear. This is a large round rence of their colour proceeding from the different
و
e
و
a
9
3
foils

Ρ Υ Ρ.
PYR
a
و
a
a
a
a
a
و
foils and ſituations where they grow, or the ſtocks on ſmall oblong Pear, ſhaped much like the Martin Sec,
which they are grafted. This Pear, when grafted on
.
but differs from it in colour, this being of a pale co-
a free ſtock, and planted on a middling foil, neither lour on orte fide, but of a dark brown on the other ;
too wet nor over dry, is an excellent autumn Pear; the ſkin is ſmooth; the fleſh is tender, but dry, and,
but when it is grafted on a Quince ſtock, it is very apt if kept a ſhort time, is apt to grow meally. It is in
to be ftony; or if planted on a very dry foil, is very eating the beginning of November.
apt to be ſmall and good for little, unleſs the trees 45. Pyrus (Beſidéri) ſativa, fructu autumnali globoſo
are watered in dry ſeaſons, which has rendered it leſs feffili, ex albido faveſcente. Le Beſidéri. It is ſo called
eſteemed by ſome perſons, who have not conſidered from Heri, which is a foreſt in Bretagne, between
the cauſe of their hardneſs; for when it is rightly Rennes and Nantes, where this Pear was found. This
managed, there are not many Pears in the ſame fea- is a middle-ſized round Pear, of a pale green, in-
ſon to be compared with it. This is a large roundiſh clining to a yellowiſh colour; the ftalk is very long
fruit, the ſkin is rough, and commonly of a brown and ſender; the fleſh is dry, and but very indifferent
colour ; the fleſh is breaking, and full of a rich ſu- for eating, but it bakes well. It ripens the middle
gared juice. It ripens the end of October, and will of November
continue good near a month.
46. Pyrus (Craſane) fativa, fructu brumali ſeſlili, è vi-
38. PYRUS (Muſcat flueri) ſativa, fructu autumnali glo- ridi Alaveſcente, maculato, utrinque umbilicato, in
boſo ferrugineo, carne tenerâ fapidiffimâ. Tourn. ore liqueſcente. Tourn. The Craſane, or Bergamot Cra-
Muſcat fleuri, i. e. the flowered Muſcat. It is alſo ſane. It is alſo called Beurré Plat, i. e. the flat But-
called Muſcat à longue queue d'Automne, i. e. the ter Pear. This is a middle-ſized Pear, hollowed at
long-ſtalked Muſcat of the Autumn. This is an ex- the crown like an Apple; the ſtalk is very long and
cellent Pear, of a middling fize, and round; the ſkin crooked; the ſkin is rough, of a greeniſh yellow co-
is of a dark red colour; the feſh is very tender, and
, lour when ripe, covered over with a ruffet coat; the
of a delicate flavour. It ripens the end of October. fleſh is extremely tender and buttery, and is full of a
39. Pyrus (Poire de Vigne) fativa, fructu autumnali rich ſugared juice, and is the very beſt Pear of the
globoſo ferrugineo, carne viſcida. Tourn. Poire de ſeaſon. This is in eating the middle of November.
Vigne,, i.e. the Vine Pear. This is a round fruit, of 47. Pyrus (Dauphine) fativa, fructu brumali turbinato
a middling ſize; the ſkin of a dark red colour; the feffili flaveſcente faccharato odorato, in ore lique-
fleſh is very melting, and full of a clammy juice ; the ſcente. Tourn. Lanſac ou la Dauphine, i. e. the Lan-
ſtalk is very long and ſlender. The fruit ſhould be ſac or Dauphine Pear. This Pear is commonly about
gathered before it be full ripe, otherwiſe it grows the ſize of a Bergamot, of a roundilh figure, flat to-
meally and ſoon rots. It ripens the end of October. wards the head, but a little produced towards the
40. PYRUS (Rouſſeline) ſativa, fructu autumnali oblongo, ftalk; the ſkin is ſmooth, and of a yellowiſh green
dilutè rufeſcente, faccharato, odoratiſſimo. Tourn. colour; the fleſh is yellow, tender, and melting; the
Poire Rouſſeline, i. e. the Rouſſeline Pear. It is alſo juice is ſugаred, and a little perfumed; the eye is
called in Touraine, Le Muſcat à longue queue de la very large, as is alſo the flower, and the ſtalk is long
fin d'automne, i. e. the long-ſtalked Muſcat of the and ſtrait. When this Pear is upon a free ſtock, and
end of autumn. This is by fome Engliſh gardeners planted on a good foil, it is one of the beſt fruits of
called the Brute-bonne, but that is a very different the ſeaſon ; but when it is on a Quince ſtock, or upon
fruit from this. It is ſhaped ſomewhat like the Rouffe- a very dry foil, the fruit will be ſmall, ftony, and worth
let, but the ſkin of this is ſmooth, and of a greeniſh little. It ripens the end of November.
yellow from the ſun, but the fide next the ſun is of 48. Pyrus (Martin Séc) ſativa, fructu brumali oblongo,
a deep red colour, with ſome ſpots of gray; the fleſh partim intensè, partim dilute ferrugineo, faccharato,
is very tender and delicate ; the juice is very ſweet, odorato. Tourn. Martin Sec, i. e. the Dry Martin.
with an agreeable perfume. It ripens the middle of This is ſometimes called the Dry Martin of Cham-
O&tober, but muſt not be long kept, left it rot in the pagne, to diſtinguſſh it from another Dry Martin of
middle.
Burgundy. This Pear is almoſt like the Rouſſelet in
41. PYRUS (Pendar) fativa, fructu autumnali oblongo ſhape and colour, which has occaſioned fome perſons
majori cinereo. Tourn. Poire Pendar, i. e. the Knave's to give it the name of Winter Ruſſelet. It is an ob-
Pear. This is very like the Caſſolette Pear, but is long Pear, whoſe ſkin is of a deep ruſſet colour on one
ſomewhat larger; the fleſh is fine and tender; the ſide, but the other ſide is inclining to a red; the fleſh
juice is very much fugared. It ripens the end of is breaking and fine; the juice is ſugаred, with a lit-
October
tle perfume, and if grafted on a free ſtock, is an ex-
42. Pyrus (Sucré vert) ſativa, fructu autumnali turbi- cellent Pear, but if it be on a Quince ſtock, it is very
nato tuberoſo viridi faccharato, in ore liqueſcente. apt to be ſtony. It is in eating the end of Novem-
Tourn Sucré vert, i. e. The green Sugar Pear. This ber, but if they were permitted to hang their full
Pear is ſhaped like the Winter Thorn, but is ſmaller; time on the tree, will keep good two months.
the ſkin is very ſmooth and green ; the Aeſh is very 49. PYRUS (Bigarrade) ſativa, fructu brumali magno fef-
buttery ; the juice is ſugаred, and of an agreeable fia- fili, è cinereo flaveſcente. Tourn. La Villaine d'Anjou,
but it is ſometimes ſubject to be ftony in the i. e. the Villain of Anjou. It is alſo called Poire Tuli-
middle, eſpecially if grafted on a Quince ſtock. pée, i. e. the Tulip Pear, and Bigarrade, i. e. the
43.
PYRUS (Marquis) fativa, fructu autumnali tuberoſa Great Orange. This is a large round Pear, with a very
ſefili, è viridi faveſcente, maculis nigris confperſo, long ſlender ftalk ; the ſkin is of a pale yellow co-
carne tenerâ faccharatâ. Tourn. La Marquiſe, i. e. lour ; the fleſh is breaking, but not very full of juice.
the Marquis's Pear. This is often of two different This is in eating the end of November.
ſhapes, according to the nature of the foil where they 50. PYRUS (Poire de gros queüe) fativa, fructu brumali
are planted; for when the ſoil is dry, the fruit very flaveſcente odoratiſſimo, pediculo craſſiori. Tourn.
much reſembles a fine Blanquet; but when the ſoil is Poire de gros queüe, i.e. the large ſtalked Pear. This is
very rich and moiſt, it grows much larger. It is a a large roundiſh Pear, with a yellow ſkin; the ſtalk
well-ſhaped Pear, flat at the top ; the eye is ſmall and is very thick, from whence it had the name; the fleſh
hollowed; the ſkin is of a greeniſh yellow, a little in- is breaking and dry, and has a very muſky favour;
clining to red on the ſide next the ſun. If this Pear but it is apt to be ſtony, eſpecially if it be planted
does not change yellow in ripening, it is ſeldom in a dry ſoil, or grafted on a Quince-ſtock, as are
good; but if it does, the fleſh will be tender and de- moſt of the perfumed Pears.
licate, very
full of juice, which is ſugаred. It ripens 51. Pyrus (Amadote) fativa, fructu brumali turbinato
the beginning of November.
rufeſcente odorato. L'Amadote, i.e. The Amadot Pear.
44. Pyrus (Chat-brulé) ſativa, fructu autumnali ob- This is a middle-ſized Pear, ſomewhat long, but flat
longo, partim albido, partim rufeſcente. The Chat- at the top; the ſkin is generally rough, and of a ruf-
brulé, i.e. the Burnt Cat. It is alſo called Pucelle de ſet colour'; the feſh is dry and high flavoured, if
Xaintogne, i.e. the Virgin of Xaintogne. This is a grafted on a free ſtock. The wood of this tree is
generally
a
3
vour;
a
a
a

PYR
PYR
2
be good.
a
و
generally thorny, and is eſteemed the beſt fort of they are ſhortened, the fruit will be entirely cut
Pear for ſtocks to graft the melting Pears upon, be- . away, which is the reaſon it is condemned as a bad
cauſe it gives them fome of its fine muſky favour. bearer; but when it is grafted on a free ſtock, it ought
It is in eating the beginning of December, but will to be allowed at leaſt forty feet to ſpread; and if up-
keep good fix weeks.
on a Quince ſtock, it ſhould be allowed upwards of
52. Pyrus (Bouvar) fativa, fructu brumali, globoſo, thirty feet, and the branches trained in againit the
dilute virente, tuberoſo, punctato, in ore liqueſcente. eſpalier or wall, at full length, in a horizontal poli-
Tourn. Petit Oin, i.e. Little Lard Pear. It is alſo tion, as they are produced. Where this tree is thus
called Bouvar and Roulette d'Anjou, i.e. the Ruffet treated, it will bear very plentifully, and the fruit will
of Anjou; and Amadont, and Marveille d'Hyver,
i. e. the Wonder of the Winter. This Pear is of 57. Pyrus (Ambrette) fativa ſpinoſa, fructu globoſo,
the ſize and ſhape of the Ambret or Leſchafferie, but feffili, ferrugineo, in ore liqueſcente, faccharato,
the ſkin is of a clear green colour, and a little ſpotted; odoratiffimo. Tourn. Poire d'Ambrette. This is ſo
the ftalk is pretty long and ſlender; the eye is large, called from its muſky flavour, which reſembles the
and deeply hollowed; the fleſh is extremely fine, and ſmell of the Sweet Sultan Flower, which is called
melting the juice is much ſugared, and has an Ambrette in France. This Pear is like the Leichal
agreeable muſky flavour. It is in eating the middle ſerie in ſhape, but is of a ruffet colour; the eye is
of December, and is eſteemed one of the beſt fruits larger, and more hollowed; the fleſh is melting, and
in that ſeaſon. This is better on a free ſtock than the juice is richly ſugared and perfumed; the feeds
upon the Quince.
are large and black, and the cells in which they are
53. Pyrus (Louiſebonne) ſativa, fructu brumali, longo, lodged are very large; the wood is very thorny, eſpe-
è viridi albicante, in ore liquefcente. Tourn. cially when grafted on free ſtocks. The fruit is in
Louiſebonne, 1. e. the Good Lewis Pear. This Pear is eating the latter end of December, and continues good
Shaped ſomewhat like the St. Germain, or the Au- till the latter end of January, and is eſteemed a very
tumn Verte-longue, but is not quite ſo much point- good fruit by moſt people.
ed; the ſtalk is very ſhort, fleſhy, and ſomewhat 58. Pyrus (Epine d'Hyver) ſativa, fructu brumali, mag-
bent; the eye and the flower are ſmall; the ſkin is no, pyramidato, albido, in ore liqueſcente, faccha-
very ſmooth; the colour is green, inclining to a pale rato, odorato. Tourn. Epine d'Hyver, i. e. Winter-
colour when ripe; the fleſh is extremely tender and thorn Pear. This is a large fine Pear, nearly of a
full of juice, which is very ſweet, eſpecially when it pyramidal figure; the ſkin is ſmooth, and of a pale
grows upon a dry foil, otherwiſe it is apt to be very green colour, inclining to yellow as it ripens; the
large and ill tafted. It is in eating the beginning of ſtalk is ſhort and ſlender ; the fleſh is melting and
December.
buttery ; the juice is very ſweet, and in a dry ſeaſon,
54. PYRUS (Colmar) fativa, fructu brumali, tuberoſo, è is highly perfumed; but when it is planted on a moiſt
viridi flaveſcente, punctato, faccharato. Tourn. Poire ſoil, or the ſeaſon proves wet, it is very infipid, fo
de Colmar, i.e. the Colmar Pear. It is alſo called that it ſhould never be planted on a ſtrong foil. It
Poire Manne, the Manna Pear, and Bergamotte tar- ripens the end of December, and will continue good
dive, the late Bergainot. This Pear is ſomewhat two months.
like a Boncrétien in ſhape, but the head is fiat; the 59. PYRUS (Saint Germain) fativa, fructu brumali lon-
eye is large, and deeply hollowed; the middle is go, è viridi flaveſcente, in ore liquefcente. Tourn. La
larger than the head, and is floped toward the ſtalk, Saint Germain, i. e. the St. Germain Pear. It is alſo
which is ſhort, large, and a little bent; the ſkin is called L'Inconnue de la Fare, i. e. the Unknown of
green, with a few yellowiſh ſpots, but is ſometimes La Fare; it being firſt diſcovered upon the banks of
a little coloured on the fide next the fun; the fleſh is a river which is called by that 'name, in the pariſh of
very tender, and the juice is greatly fugared. It is in St. Germain. This is a large long Pear, of a yellow-
eating the latter end of December, but will often iſh green colour when ripe; the fleſh is melting, and
keep good till the end of January, and is eſteemed very full of juice, which in a dry ſeaſon, or if plant-
one of the beſt fruits of that ſeaſon.
ed on a warm dry ſoil, is very ſweet; but when it is
55. PYRUS (L'Eſchoſſerie) fativa, fructu brumali, glo- planted on a moiſt foil, the juice is very apt to be
boſo, citriformi, flaveſcente, punctato, in ore liquef- harſh and auftere, which renders it leſs eſteemed by
cente, faccharato, odoratiſſimo. Tourn. L'Eschafferie. ſome perſons, though in general it is greatly valued.
It is alſo called Vertelongue d'Hyver, i. e. the Win- This is in eating from the end of December till Fe-
ter long green Pear, and Beſidéri Landri, i. e. the bruary.
Landry Wilding. This Pear is ſhaped like a Citron; 60. Pyrus (Saint Auſtin) ſativa, fructu brumali tube-
the ſkin is ſmooth, and of a green colour, with ſome roſo fubacido flaveſcente punctato. Tourn. Saint
ſpots while it hangs on the tree, but as it ripens it Auftin. This is about the fize of a middling Vir-
becomes of a yellowiſh colour; the ſtalk is ftrait and goulé Pear, but is ſomewhat ſhorter and flenderer
long; the eye is ſmall, and not hollowed; the fleſh near the ſtalk; the ſkin is of a fine Citron colour,
is melting, and buttery; the juice is fugared, with ſpotted with red on the ſide next the fun; the fleſh is
a little perfume. It is in eating the latter end of tender, but not buttery, and is pretty full of juice,
December
which is often a little iharp, which to fome perſons is
56. Pyrus (Virgouleuſe) fativa, fructu brumali longo, diſagreeable, but others value it on that account.
è viridi flaveſcente, in ore liqueſcente, faccharato. This is in eating in December, and will continue good
Tourn. Le Virgoulé, or La Virgouleuſe. It is alſo call- two months.
ed Bujaleuf, and Chambrette; and Poire de Glaſſe, 61. Pyrus (Boncrétien d'Eſpagne) ſativa, fructu brumali
i. e. the Ice Pear in Gaſcoigne ; but it is called Vir- pyramidato, partim purpureo, punctis nigris conſper-
goule, from a village of that name in the neighbour- fo, flaveſcente. Tourn. Boncrétien d'Eſpagne, i. e. the
hood of St. Leonard in Limouſin, where it was raiſed Spaniſh Boncrétien. This is a large Pear, of a pyra-
and ſent to Paris by the Marquis of Chambret. This midal form, of a fine red or purple colour on the fide
Pear is large, long, and of a green colour, inclining next the fun, and full of ſmall black ſpots; the other
to yellow as it ripens; the ſtalk is ſhort, fleſhy, and fide is of a pale yellow colour, the fielh is breaking,
a little bent; the eye is of a middling fize, and a and when it is on a light rich foil, and grafred on a
little hollowed; the ſkin is very ſmooth, and ſome- free ſtock, its juice is very ſweet. It ripens in the
times a little coloured towards the fun; the fleſh is end of December, and will continue good a month or
melting, and full of a rich juice. It is in eating the fix weeks. If this be grafred on a Quince ftock, it
latter end of December, and will continue good till is very apt to be dry and ftony. This is a very good
the end of January, and is eſteemed one of the beſt fruit for baking
fruits of the ſeaſon, but the tree is very apt to pro-62. Pyrus (Poire de Livre) ſativa, fruétu brumali, mag-
duce vigorous ſhoots, and the bloffoms being gene- no, oblongo, turbinato, ferrugineo, utrinque umbi-
rally produced at the extreme part of the ſhoot, when licato. Tourn. Poire de Livre, i. e. the Pound Pear,
It
a
a
a
a
11 A

PYR
PYR
a
a
a
3
3
It is alſo called Gros Ratteau Gris, i.e. the gray raked | 68. Pyrus (Franc-real) Tativa, fructu brumali magno
Pear; and Poire d'Amour, i. e. the lovely Pear. In globoſo flaveſcente, punctis rufis conſperſo. Tourn.
England this is called Parkinſon's Warden, or the Franc-real. It is alſo called Fin-or d'Hyver, i.e. the
Black Pear of Worceſter. This is a very large Pear, Golden End of Winter. This is a very large Pear,
each of which commonly weighs a pound or more ; almoſt of a globular figure; the ſkin is yellow, Spotted
the ſkin is rough, and of an obſcure red colour on with red; the ſtalk is ihort, and the wood of the tree
the fide next the fun, but fomewhat paler on the meally. The fleſh of this Pear is dry, and very apt
other ſide, the ſtalk is very ſhort, and the eye
is to be ftony, but it bakes exceeding well, and conti-
greatly hollowed. This is not fit for eating, but bakes nues good from January till March.
or ſtews exceeding well, and is in ſeaſon from De-69. PYRUS (Eaſter Bergamot) fativa, fructu brumali tur-
cember to March.
binato feffili fubacido flaveſcente, punctis afperioribus
63. Pyrus (Beſi de Caloy) fativa, fructu brumali parvo conſperſo. Tourn. Burgamotte Bugi. It is alſo called
flaveſcente, maculis rubris conſperſo. Tourn. Beſi de Bergamotte de Paſque, i. e. the Eaſter Bergamot. It
Caſoy, i. e. the Wilding of Cafſoy; a foreſt in Bretagne, is a large Pear, almoſt round, but is a little produced
where it was diſcovered, and paſſes under the name in length towards the ſtalk; the eye is flat and the
of Rouſſet d'Anjou. It is alſo called Petit Beurré ſkin is green, having many rough protuberances like
d'Hyver, i. e. Small Winter Butter Pear. This is ſpots diſperſed all over, but, as it ripens, becomes
a ſmall oblong Pear, of a yellowiſh colour, ſpotted yellowiſh ; the fleſh is breaking, and in a good ſeaſon
with red; the fleſh is melting, and the juice is very the juice is ſweet; but it muſt have a free itock, a
rich. It is in eating in December and January. This ſouth-eaſt wall, and have a good foil, otherwiſe it is
is a prodigious bearer, and commonly produces its apt to be ftony and auſtere. It is in eating from Fe-
fruit in large cluſters, provided it be not too much bruary till April.
pruned; for it generally produces its bloſſom-buds 70. LE (Muſcat of Germany) MUSCAT D'ALAMAN, I. e.
at the extremity of its ſhoots, which if ſhortened, The German Muſcat. This is an excellent Pear, more
the fruit would be cut away. There was a tree of long than round, of the ſhape of the Winter-royal,
this kind in the gardens of Camden-houſe near Ken- but is leſs toward the eye, and is more ruffet, and
fington, which generally produced a great quantity of a red colour next the fun ; it is buttery, melting,
of fruit.
and a little muſky. This is in eating in March,
64. Pyrus (Martin-fire) fativa, fructu brumali turbina- April, and ſometimes in May, if it is well preſerved.
to inæquali, ventre tumido, partim purpureo, par- 71. LE BERGAMOTTE (Holland Bergamot) D'HOLLANDE,
tim flaveſcente. Tourn. Ronville. It is alſo called i. e. The Holland Bergamot. It is large and round,
Hocrenaille and Martin-fire, i. e. the Lord Martin of the ſhape of the ordinary Bergamot. The colour
Pear. This Pear is about the fize and ſhape of a is greeniſh, the fleſh is half buttery and tender, the
large Rouffelet; the eye is of a middling ſize, and juice is highly flavoured. This is a very good Pear,
hollowed a little; the middle of the Pear is generally and will keep till April.
fwelled more on one ſide than on the other, but is 72. Le Poire (Naples Pear) De Naples, i. e. The Pear
equally extended towards the ſtalk; the ſkin is very of Naples. This is a pretty large, long, greenih
ſmooth and ſoft, and is of a lively red colour next Pear; the fleſh is half breaking ; the juice is ſweet,
the fun, but on the other ſide it changes yellow as it and a little vinous. It is in eating in March. I am in
ripens. The fleſh is breaking and full of juice, which doubt whether this Pear is not in ſome places taken
very
ſweet and a little perfumed; but if grafred on for a Saint Germain, for there is a Pear in ſome gar-
a Quince ſtock, is very apt to be ſmall and ftony. dens, very like the Saint Germain, which will keep
65. Pyrus (Citron d'Hyver) ſativa, fructu brumali ci- till April, and this Pear agrees with the characters
triformi flaveſcente duro moſchato odoratiffimo. of that. It is called in England the Eaſter St. Ger-
Tourn. Citron d'Hyver, i. e. the Winter Citron Pear. main.
It is alſo called the Mulk Orange Pear, in ſome 73. PYRUS (Boncrétien d'Hyver) ſativa, fructu brumali
places. This is a pretty large Pear, in ſhape and magno pyramidato, è flavo nonnihil rubente. Tourn.
colour very like an Orange or Citron, from whence Boncrétien d'Hyver, i. e. the Winter Boncrétien Pear.
it had its name.
The fleſh is hard and dry, and very This Pear is very large and long, of a pyramidal fi-
ſubject to be ftony, for which reaſons it is not valued gure; the ſkin is of a yellowiſh colour, but the fide
as an eating Pear, but will bake very well. It is in next the fun inclines to a ſoft red; the fleſh is tender
feafon from December to March.
and breaking, and is very full of rich ſugared juice.
66. PYRUS (Rouſſelet d'Hyver) fativa, fructu brumali This is eſteemed in France one of the beſt winter
oblongo, è viridi flaveſcente, faccharato, faporis auf- Pears, but in England it is ſeldom ſo good; though
teri. Tourn. Rouſſelet d'Hyver, i. e. the Winter Ruf- I am fully ſatisfied, if it were grafted on a free ſtock,
ſelet. This is by ſome ſuppoſed to be the ſame Pear and planted in a good foil, againſt a wall expoſed to
as is called the Dry Martin, but it is
very
different the ſouth-eaſt, and the branches trained at full length,
from that in ſeveral particulars. The colour of this it might be rendered more acceptable than it is at
is a greeniſh yellow, inclining to brown; the ſtalk is preſent in England.
long and ſender, and the fielh is buttery and melt-74. Pyrus (Cadillac) ſativa, fructu brumali magno, cy-
ing, and generally full of juice, which is very ſweet, doniæ facie, partim flavo, partim purpurea. Tourn.
but the ſkin is apt to contain an auſtere juice, ſo that Catillac, or Cadillac. This is a large Pear, ſhaped
if it be not pared, it is apt to be diſagreeable to ma- ſomewhat like a Quince; the ſkin is for the moſt part
ny perſons palates. It is in eating in January and of a yellow colour, but changes to a deep red on the
February
ſide next the ſun; the feſh is hard, and the juice
67. PYRUS (Portail) fativa Pictavienſis, fructu brumali auftere, but it is a very good fruit for baking, and
globofo feſfili faccharato odorato. Tourn. Poir Por- being a plentiful bearer, deſerves a place in every good
tail, i. e. the Gate Pear. This Pear was diſcovered collection of fruit. It will be good from Chriſtmas to
in the province of Poicou, where it was ſo much April, or longer.
eſteemed, that they preferred it to moſt other fruit, 75. Pyrus (Paſtorelle) fativa, fructu brumali oblongo
though in the opinion of the moſt curious judges, it flaveſcente, punctis rubris confperfo. La Paſtorelle.
does not deſerve the great character which is given to This Pear is of the ſize and ſhape of a fine Rouffelet;
it; for it rarely happens that it proves good for eat- the ſtalk is ſhort and crooked; the ſkin is ſomewhat
ing, being generally dry, ftony, and hard, unleſs in rough, of a yellowiſh colour, ſpotted with red; the
extraordinary ſeaſons, and upon a very good foil. fleſh is tender and buttery, and when it grows on a
This muſt always be grafted on a free ſtock, and dry foil, the juice is very ſweet ; but on a wet foil,
ſhould be planted on a light rich foil; and in very dry or in moiſt years, it is ſubject to have an auſtere taſte.
ſeaſons the trees ſhould be watered, otherwiſe the fruit This Pear is in eating in February and March.
will be ftony. It is in ſeaſon from January to March, 76. Pyrus (Double Fleur) fativa, fructu brumali fefili,
and bakes well.
partim flaveſcente, partim purpurafcente. Tourn.
1s
a
3

P Y R
PYR
a
a
;
و
с
La Double Fleur, i.e. the double-flowering Pear. This
is ſo called, becauſe the flowers have a double range
of petals or leaves. It is a large ſhort Pear; the ſtalk
is long and ftrait; the ſkin is very ſmooth, and of a
yellowiſh colour, but the fide next the ſun is common-
ly of a fine red or purple colour. This is by ſome
eſteemed for eating, but it is generally too auftere in
this country for that purpoſe. It is the beſt Pear in
the world for baking or compofts. It is good from
February to May.
77. Pyrus (Saint Martial) ſativa, fructu brumali ob-
longo, partim flaveſcente, partim purpurafcente. Saint
Martial. It is alſo called in ſome places Poire Ange-
lique, i. e. the Angelic Pear; and in the ſouth of
France, Poire Douce. This Pear is oblong, in ſhape
like the Boncrétien, but not ſo large, and a little flat-
ter at the crown; it has a very long Ilalk; the ſkin is
fmooth and yellowish, but on the fide next the fun it
turns to a purpliſh colour ; the fleſh is tender and but-
tery, and the juice is very ſweet. This is in eating
in February and March.
78. PYRUS (Beſi Chaumontelle) fativa, fructu brumali
oblongo, partim albido, partim purpureo odorato,
ſaccharato. La Poire de Chaumontelle, or Beſi de Chau-
montelle, i. e. the Wilding of Chaumontelle. This Pear
is in ſhape fomewhat like the Autumn Beurré, but is
flatter at the crown; the ſkin is a little rough, of a
pale green colour, but turns to a purpliſh colour next
the ſun; the fleſh is melting; the juice is very rich,
and a little perfumed. It is in eating from November
to January, and is eſteemed by ſome as the beſt late
Pear yet known.
79. Pyrus (Carmelite) ſativa, fructu brumali globoſo
feſfili cinereo maculis amplis obfcurioribus conſperſo.
Tourn. Carmelite. This is a middle-fized Pear, of a
roundiſh form; the ſkin is of a gray colour on one
fide, but is inclining to a red on the other, having
ſome broad ſpots of a dark colour all over; the fleſh
is commonly hard and dry, ſo that it is not very much
eſteemed. It is in ſeaſon in March.
80. Pyrus (Union) fativa, fructu brumali maximo py-
ramidato, dilutè virente. The Union Pear, otherwiſe
called Dr. Uvedale's St. Germain. This is a very large
long Pear, of a deep green colour, but the fide next
the fun doth ſometimes change to a red as it ripens.
This is not fit for eating, but bakes very well, and
being a great bearer, and a very large fruit, deſerves
a place in every good collection. It is in ſeaſon from
Chriſtmas to April.
There are many other forts of Pears, which are ſtill
continued in ſome old gardens; but as thoſe here
mentioned are the beſt forts known at preſent, it
would be needleſs to enumerate a great quantity of
ordinary fruit; ſince every one who intends to plant
fruit-trees, would rather chuſe thoſe which are the
moſt valued, the expence and trouble being the ſame
for a bad ſort of fruit as a good one. Indeed I have
inſerted many more than are really worth planting,
in order to pleaſe ſuch who are fond of great varie-
ty; but whoever hath a mind to make choice of ſuch
only as are good, may eaſily diſtinguiſh them, by at-
tending to the account given of each fort, and here-
by every perſon is at liberty to pleaſe himſelf; for it
is not every one who prefers a Beurré Pear, though
that is generally eſteemed the very beſt in its proper
ſeaſon, there are ſome who admire the Meſſire Jean,
for the firmneſs of its fleſh, which to others is a great
objection againſt it; ſo that as ſome eſteem the break-
ing, and others the melting Pears, I have diſtinguiſh-
ed them by their deſcriptions in ſuch a manner, that
every one may make choice of the kinds of fruit
which are agreeable to their palates; and the different
ſeaſons in which each kind is in eating, being exhi-
bited (allowing a little for the difference of ſeaſons,
which are earlier fome years than others) it is not very
difficult for a perſon to make a collection of good
Pears to ſucceed each other throughout the ſeaſon of
theſe fruits, both for eating and baking.
The time of each fruit ripening, as here fet down, is
taken at a medium for ſeven years, and in the neigh-
bourhood of London, where all ſorts of fruit gene-
rally ripen a fortnight or three weeks earlier than in
almoſt any part of England; and it is very obvious
to every perſon who will attend to the culture of fruit-
trees, that their time of ripening is accelerated by
long cultivation ; for many of the forts of Pears,
which ſome years paſt rarely became ripe in England,
unleſs they grew againſt the beſt aſpected walls, are
now found to ripen
extremely well on eſpaliers and
dwarfs ; and thoſe Pears which ſeldom were in eating
till January, are ripe two months earlier. There is
alſo a very great difference in their time of ripening
in different ſeaſons, for I have known the fruit of a
Pear-tree in one year all ripe and gone by the middle
of October, and the very next year the fruit of the
ſame tree has not been fit to eat till the end of Decem-
ber, ſo that allowance ſhould be made for theſe acci-
dents. The Befi de Chaumontelle Pear, about forty
years paſt, was feldom fit to eat before February, and
has continued good till the middle of April, but now
this Pear is commonly ripe in November; and when
it is planted on a warm foil, and againſt a good af-
pected wall, it is in eating the middle or end of Oc-
tober. This forwarding of the ſeveral kinds of Pears,
may be in ſome meaſure owing to the ſtocks upon
which they are grafted; for if they are grafted upon
early ſummer Pear ſtocks, they will ripen much earlier
than when they are upon hard winter Pear ſtocks ;
and if ſome of the very ſoft melting Pears were grafted
upon ſuch ſtocks as are raiſed from the moſt auſtere
fruit, ſuch as are never fit to eat, and of which the
beſt perry is made, it would improve thoſe fruits, and
continue them much longer good; or if the common
free ſtocks were firſt grafted with any of theſe hard
winter Pears, and when they have grown a year,
then to graft or bud theſe ſoft melting Pears upon
them, it would have the ſame effect; but the Pears
ſo raiſed will require a year's more growth in the nur-
ſery, and conſequently cannot be ſold at the fame
price as thoſe which are raiſed in the common me-
thod, theſe requiring to be twice budded or grafted,
ſo that there is double labour, beſide ſtanding a full
year longer ; but this difference in the firſt expence
of the trees, is not worth regarding by any perſon who
,
is deſirous to have good fruit; for the ſetting out in
a right way is that which every one ſhould be the
molt careful of, fince by miſtaking at firſt, much
time is loft, and an after expence of new trees often
attends it.
Another cauſe of fruits ripening earlier now than they
formerly did, may be from the length of time they
have been cultivated; for it is very certain, that moſt
forts of plants have been greatly forwarded and im-
proved by culture, within the ſpace of thirty or forty
years, as may be known from the ſeveral ſorts of er
culent plants, which are cultivated in the kitchen-
gardens, and of which forts there are many which are
annually improving: and if we look back to the beſt
French authors who have written on the ſubject of
fruit-trees, we ſhall find, that the times of ripening
of many ſorts of Pears are put down a month or fix
weeks later about fifty or fixty years ago, than they
are now found to ripen about Paris ; and here about
London it is much the ſame, for I cannot find they
are the leaſt forwarder in the times of their ripening
at Paris than at London.
The ripening of theſe fruits may alſo be accelerated
by the method of pruning and managing theſe trees,
which are greatly improved within the ſpace of a few
years paft; for if we look into the directions which
are given by the beſt writers on this ſubject, we ſhall
ſoon diſcover how little they knew fifty years ago, of
the true method of pruning and managing moft forts
of fruit trees, ſcarce one of them making any diffe-
rence in the management of the different kinds of fruit.
Pears are propagated by budding or grafting them
upon ſtocks of their own kind, which are commonly
called free ftocks, or upon Quince ſtocks, or White-
thorn, upon all which theſe fruits will take; but the
latter ſort of ſtock is now ſeldom uſed, becauſe they
3
never

PYR
PYR
never keep pace in their growth with the fruit bud-
ded or grafted upon them; as alſo becauſe the fruit
upon ſuch ſtocks are commonly drier, and more apt
to be ftony, than when they are upon Pear ſtocks.
Quince ſtocks are greatly uſed in the nurſeries for all
forts of Pears which are deſigned for dwarfs or walls,
in order to check the luxuriancy of their growth, ſo
that they may be kept within compaſs better than up-
on free ftocks. But againſt the general uſe of theſe
.
ftocks, for all ſorts of Pears indifferently, there are
very great objections: ift, Becauſe ſome forts of Pears
will not thrive upon theſe ſtocks, but in two or three
years decay, or at moſt will but juſt keep alive. 2dly,
Moſt of the forts of hard breaking Pears are rendered
ſtony, and good for little; fo that whenever any of
theſe forts are thus injudiciouſly raiſed, the fruit, al-
though the kind be ever ſo good, is condemned as
good for nothing by ſuch as are not well acquainted
with it, when the fault is entirely owing to the ſtock
on which it was grafted. On the contrary, moſt melt-
ing búttery Pears are greatly improved by being upon
Quince ſtocks, provided they are planted on a ſtrong
ſoil, but, if the ground be very dry and gravelly, no
fort of Pear will do well upon Quince ſtocks in ſuch
places.
Theſe general directions being given, there is no oc-
caſion to repeat any part of the method in which theſe
ſtocks are raiſed, and the fruits budded or grafted
thereon, which has been already mentioned under the
article of NURSERIES.
The diſtance which theſe trees ſhould be planted ei-
ther againſt walls or eſpaliers, muſt not be leſs than
forty feet; for if they have not room to ſpread on
each fide, it will be impoſſible to preſerve them in
good order, eſpecially thoſe on free ftocks, for the
more theſe trees are pruned, the more they will ſhoot ;
and, as I ſaid before, many ſorts of Pears produce
their bloſſom-buds firſt at the extremity of the former
year's ſhoots, ſo that when they are ſhortened, the
fruit will be cut away, and this cannot be avoided,
where the trees have not room allowed in their firſt
planting
This diſtance, I doubt not, will be objected to by
many who have not fully attended to the growth of
theſe trees, eſpecially as it hath been the general
practice of moſt gardeners to plant theſe trees at leſs
than half the diſtance which is here mentioned; but,
whoever will be at the trouble to view any of theſe
trees which have been ſome years ftanding, they will
always find, if by accident, one of theſe trees has been
planted againſt a building, where the branches have
had room to ſpread, that this tree has produced more
fruit than twelve trees which have been crouded cloſe,
and have not room for their branches to extend. There
are ſome Pear-trees now growing, which ſpread more
than fifty feet in length, and are upward of twenty
feet high, which produce a much greater quantity of
fruit than if there had been three trees in the ſame
room they would have done, as there are examples
enough to prove, where trees are planted againſt
houſes and the ends of buildings at about twelve.
feet, or much leſs diſtance, becauſe there is height
of walling for them to grow, which is the reaſon com-
monly given by thoſe who plant theſe trees ſo cloſe to-
gether. But one tree will bear more fruit, when the
branches are trained horizontally, than three or four
trees, whoſe branches are led upright, and there ne-
ver can be any danger of the upper part of the wall
being left naked or unfurniſhed , for I have ſeen a
Pear-tree which has ſpread more than fifty feet in
width, and covered the wall upward of thirty-ſix feet
in height; this was a ſummer Boncrétien Pear, and
was extremely fruitful, which rarely happens to this
fort when they are not allowed a large ſhare of room.
The fineſt tree of this ſort of Pear, which I have ever
feen, was a large ſtandard-tree in my own poffeffion,
whole ſtem was not more than ten feet high, where
the branches came out regularly on every ſide, and
extended near thirty feet from the trunk, many of
which were by the weight of the fruit in fummer
brought down to the ground, ſo they were obliged
to be fupported with poles all around the tree to-
ward the extremity of the branches, to prevent their
lying upon the ground; and this tree had its branches
fo diſpoſed as to form a natural parabola of forty
feer in height, bearing from the loweſt to the higheſt
branches, ſo that in a kindly ſeaſon, when the bloſſoms
eſcaped the froſt, it hath produced upward of two
thouſand Pears, which were much better flavoured
than any of the fame fort which I have yet taſted.
This inſtance I mention, only to thew how much one
of theſe trees will ſpread, if proper room be allowed
it; and alfo to obſerve, that as the branches of this
tree had never been ſhortened, they were fruitful to
their extremities. This ſhews the abſurdity of the
French gardeners, who do not allow more than ten or
twelve feet diſtance to theſe trees, and ſome of their
moſt improved writers on this ſubject have adviſed
the planting an Apple-tree between the Pear-trees,
where they are allowed twelve feet; and yet theſe au-
thors afterward ſay, that a good Pear-tree will ſhoot
three feet each way in one year ; therefore, accord-
ing to their own obſervation, the trees ſo planted will
have their branches meet together in two or three
years at moft, and what muſt be the caſe with ſuch
trees in five or fix years is not difficult to know. But
this method of planting has not been peculiar to the
French, for moſt of the gardens in England have
been little better planted. Indeed, thoſe perſons who
were intrufted with the making and planting moſt of
the Engliſh gardens, had little ikill of their own, ſo
were obliged to follow the directions of the French
gardeners; of whom they had ſo great an opinion, as
;
to get their books tranſlated, and to theſe have added
ſome trifling notes, which rather betray their weak-
nefs; for, where they have objected to the little room
which their authors had allowed to theſe trees, they
have, at the moſt, allowed them but three feet more;
from which it is plain, they had not conſidered the
natural growth of the trees, and whoever departs
from nature, may be juſtly pronounced an unſkilful
gardener.
As moſt of the Engliſh gardens have been made and
planted by perſons of little judgment, it is very rare
to find any of them which produce much fruit; for
although many of theſe gardens have been totally al-
tered and new planted, yet they have ſeldom been
much altered for the better; and the poffeffors have
been put to the expence of removing the old trees,
alſo the earth of their borders, and to purchaſe new
trees, which have been planted perhaps a foot or two
farther aſunder, than the old trees which were re-
moved ; ſo that when the young trees have grown a
few years, they were in the fame condition as the old,
and it will be the loſs of ſo many years to the owner :
but this will conſtantly be the caſe, when it is the
intereſt of the perſons employed, who can ſell fo ma-
ny young trees; and the planting of three times the
number of trees in a garden, more than is proper,
may in ſome meaſure be aſcribed to the fame, though
in many inſtances I ſhall be inclinable to think they
have proceeded from ignorance, rather than deſign.
But where fruit-trees have been thus injudiciouſly
planted, if the ſtocks are healthy and good, the beſt
way to recover this loſs is to dig up two or three, and
leave every third or fourth tree, according to the
diſtance which they were planted, and ſpread down
the branches of thoſe which are left horizontally; I
mean, all ſuch as are capable of being ſo brought
down: but thoſe which are too ſtubborn for this,
ſhould be cut off near the ſtem, where there will be
new ſhoots enough produced to furniſh the wall or
eſpalier; and if the fort of fruit is not the ſame as de-
fired, the young branches may be budded the ſame
ſummer, or grafted the following ſpring with any
other ſort of Pear, and hereby many years may be
ſaved; for one of theſe old trees fo budded or graft-
ed, will ſpread to a much greater length, and pro-
duce more fruit, when thus managed, in three years,
than a new free will in ten or twelve, eſpecially if the
ground
a

P Y R
PYR
a
m
a
ground is mended. This is a method which I have
practiſed with great ſucceſs, where I have been em-
ployed to mend the blunders of theſe great garden-
ers, as they are ſtiled, and hereby the walls and ef-
paliers have been well furniſhed in a few years.
But the next thing to be done, after being furniſhed
with proper trees, is the preparing the ground to re-
ceive them; in the doing of which, there ſhould be
great regard had to the nature of the ſoil, where the
trees are to grow; for, if it is a ſtrong ſtiff land, and
ſubject to wet in the winter, the borders ſhould be
raiſed as much above the level of the ground as you
conveniently can. And if under the good foil there
is a fufficient quantity of lime, rubbiſh, or ftones
laid to prevent the roots of the trees from running
downward, it will be of great ſervice to the trees.
The borders for theſe ſhould not be leſs than eight
feet broad, but, if they are twelve, it will be ſtill
better. And as theſe borders may be planted with
fuch forts of eſculent plants as do not grow large, or
whoſe roots do not grow deep, or mat together on the
ſurface, theſe will do no harm to the Pear-trees ; for
theſe are not ſo nice in their culture as Peach and
Nectarine-trees, ſo the turning the ground, and mend-
ing it for theſe crops, will rather improve than injure
the trees, provided the plants do not ſhade the trees,
or are not ſuffered to ſtand too long upon the bor-
ders. But all the Cabbage kind, as alſo Beans, ſhould
be excluded from theſe borders, becauſe they root
deep in the ground, and draw much nouriſhment
from the trees.
But if the ſoil is ſhallow, and the bottom is either
gravel or chalk, there muſt be a ſufficient depth of
good earth laid upon the borders, ſo as to make them
two feet and a half deep , for if the ground is not
of this depth, the trees will not thrive well. And,
in doing of this, I muſt caution every perſon not to
dig out the gravel or chalk in a trench, (as is by fome
practiſed) and fill this trench with good earth; for by
1o doing, when the roots of the trees are extended to
the width of the trench, they will meet with the gra-
vel which will ſtop them, ſo that they will be con-
fined, as if they were in tubs of earth, whereby the
trees will ſoon fhew their diſtreſs; therefore, when
the gravel or chalk is removed, it ſhould be entirely
taken away over the whole border, otherwiſe it will
be better to raiſe the whole border above it.
If the garden is to be new-made from a field, then all
the good earth on the ſurface ſhould be carefully pre-
ſerved ; and, if the good ground is taken out where
the walks are deſigned to be made, and laid upon
the borders, or in the quarters, it will add to the
depth of the foil, and ſave expence in bringing in of
new earth. If the ground can be prepared one year
before it is planted, the trees will thrive the better ;
for by laying the ground in ridges, and turning it over
two or three times, it will looſen the ſoil, and render
it much better for planting; but in trenching or
ploughing of the ground, there ſhould be great care
taken not to go deeper than the ground is good, other-
wiſe all the good foil will be buried below the roots,
and the bad ground will be turned on the top, which
is what I have known done at a great expence by
perſons, who have been at the top of their profeſ-
fon, and have thereby entirely ruined the gardens.
Where there is a neceſſity of bringing any freſh earth
for the borders, it will be proper to do it as ſoon as
poffible, and to mix this with the ſurface of the earth
of the borders, that it may be turned over two or three
times, that the parts may be well mixed and incorpo-
rated before the trees are planted; and, if ſome very
rotten dung is added to this, it will greatly improve
it. In chuſing of the earth which is to be brought
into the garden, there ſhould be this care, viz. That
if the natural ſoil of the garden is light and dry, then
the new earth ſhould be loamy and ſtiff; but where
the natural ſoil is ſtrong or loamy, then the new earth
fhould be light and ſandy, which will looſen the parts
of the natural foil, and greatly mend it.
There are ſome perſons who recommend laying the
whole depth of the borders with what they call virgin
earth, that is, ſuch as is taken from a paſture where
the land has not been ploughed; but if this is not
brought into the garden at leaſt one year before
the trees are planted, that by turning it over often it
may be ſweetened, it will not be ſo good as that
which is taken from a kitchen-garden, where the land
is good, and has been well wrought ; for by often
turning and breaking the foil, it will be better pre-
pared to receive the trees,
Others recommend mixing a great quantity of rotten
dung with the earth of the borders, but this is not ſo
proper ; for, by making the ground too rich, it will
only encourage the luxuriant growth of the trees;
therefore it is always better to mend the borders from
time to time as they may require, and not to add to
much dung in the firſt making them.
Another care is required in making the borders on wet
ground, which is to contrive fome covered drains to
convey off the water in winter, otherwiſe, by this be-
ing detained about the roots of the trees, it will
greatly prejudice them ; and in building the walls
round a kitchen-garden, where the ground is inclina-
ble to be wet, there ſhould be ſome arches turned in
the foundations of thoſe walls which are in the loweſt
part of the garden, to let off the wet.
The manner of preparing theſe trees for planting is
the ſame as hath been directed for other fruit-trees,
viz. to cut off all the ſmall fibres from the roots, and
to ſhorten ſome of the longeit roots, and cut off all
the bruiſed ones, or ſuch as ſhoot downright ; this
being done, you ſhould plant them in the places in-
tended at the before-mentioned diſtance. The beſt
time to plant theſe trees (if upon a middling or dry
foil) is in October or November, leaving their heads
on till ſpring, which ſhould be faſtened either to the
walls or ſtakes, to prevent the wind from diſturbing
their roots; and in the beginning of March their heads
ſhould be cut off in the manner already directed for
Peaches and other fruit-trees, obſerving alſo to lay
fome mulch upon the ſurface of the ground about
their roots when they are planted, as hath been ſeve-
ral times already directed for other trees; but in wet
ground the trees may be planted in February, or the
beginning of March, at any time before the buds are
much ſwelled, but theſe may be cut down when they
are planted.
The firſt fummer after planting, the branches ſhould
be trained to a wall or eſpalier (againſt which they
are planted) in a horizontal poſition, as they are pro-
duced, without hortening them ; and the Michael-
mas following, ſome of theſe ſhoots ſhould be ſhort-
ened down to five or fix eyes, in order to obtain a ſuf-
ficient quantity of branches, to furniſh the lower part
of the wall or eſpalier ; but the ſhoots ought not to be
ſhortened, unleſs where there is a want of branches to
fill a vacancy; therefore the leſs a knife is uſed to theſe
trees, the better they will ſucceed ; for, whenever the
ſhoots are ſtopped, it occaſions the buds immediately
below the cut to fend forth two or more ſhoots, where-
by there will be a confuſion of branches, and rarely
any fruit is produced with this management.
The diſtance which the branches of Pears ſhould be
trained, muſt be proportioned to the ſize of their fruit;
therefore ſuch forts, whoſe fruit are ſmall, may be
allowed five or fix inches, but the larger forts muſt
not be leſs than ſeven or eight inches afunder. If this
be duly obſerved, and the branches carefully trained
horizontally as they are produced, there will be no
occaſion for ſo much cutting as is commonly practiſed
on theſe trees, which, inſtead of checking their
growth, does, on the contrary, cauſe them to ſhoot
the ſtronger.
It is very ſurpriſing to read the tedious methods,
which moſt of the writers on fruit-trees have directed
for pruning theſe trees; for, by their prolix and per-
plexed methods, one would imagine they had endea-
voured to render themſelves as unintelligible as poffi-
ble; and this, I am ſure, may be affirmed, That
it is next to impoſſible for a learner ever to arrive at
any
و
و
a
a
II B

PYR
PYR
a
a
و
3
any tolerable ſkill in pruning by the tedious and per-
plexed directions which are publiſhed by Monſieur
Quintiny, and thoſe who have copied from him ;
for, as theſe have all ſet out wrong in the beginning,
by allowing their trees leſs than half the diſtance which
they ſhould be planted, they have preſcribed rules to
keep them within that compaſs, which are the moſt
abſurd, and contrary to all reaſon, therefore ſhould
not be practiſed by thoſe perſons who are deſirous of
having plenty of fruit.
I ſhall therefore only lay down a few neceſſary direc-
tions for pruning and managing theſe trees, which
ſhall be done in as few words as poſſible, that a learner
may the more eaſily underſtand it, and which (toge-
ther with proper obſervations) will be ſufficient to in-
ſtruct any perſon in the right management of them.
Pear-trees generally produce their bloſſom-buds firſt
at the extremity of the laſt year's ſhoots, ſo that if
theſe are ſhortened, the bloſſoms are cut off, but this
is not all the damage, for (as I before ſaid) this occa-
fions the buds immediately below the cut to put
forth
two or more ſhoots, whereby the number of branches
will be increaſed, and the tree crowded too much
with wood; beſides, thoſe buds, which by this ma-
nagernent produce ſhoots, would have only produced
curſons or ſpurs, upon which the bloſſom-buds are
produced, if the leading branch had not been ſhort-
ened; therefore theſe ſhould never be ſtopped, unleſs
to furniſh wood to fill a vacancy.
It is not neceſſary to provide a new ſupply of wood in
Pear-trees, as muſt be done for Peaches, Nectarines,
&c. which only produce their fruit upon young wood;
for Pears produce their fruit upon curſons or ſpurs,
which are emitted from branches which are three or
four years old; which curfons continue fruitful many
years, ſo that, where theſe trees have been ſkilfully
managed, I have ſeen branches which have been
trained horizontally upwards of twenty feet from
the trunk of the tree, and have been fruitful their
whole length. And if we do but carefully obſerve
the branches of a healthy ſtandard-tree, which has
been permitted to grow without pruning, we ſhall find
many that are ten or twelve years old, or more, which
are very full of theſe curſons, upon which a good
number of fruit is annually produced.
During the ſummer ſeaſon theſe trees ſhould be often
looked over to train in the ſhoots, as they are pro-
duced, regularly to the wall or eſpalier, and to dif-
place fore-right and luxuriant branches as they ſhoot
out, whereby the fruit will be equally expoſed to the
air and fun, which will render them more beautiful
and better taſted than when they are ſhaded by the
branches; and by thus managing the trees in ſummer,
they will always appear beautiful, and in winter they
will want but little pruning.
Where Pear-trees are thus regularly trained without
ſtopping their ſhoots, and have full room for their
branches to extend on each fide, there will never be
any occaſion for dilbarking the branches, or cutting
off the roots (as hath been directed by ſeveral writers
on gardening ;) which methods, however they may
anſwer the intention for the preſent, yet will certainly
greatly injure the trees, as muſt all violent amputa-
tions, which ſhould ever be avoided as much as pof-
ſible on fruit-trees; and this, I am ſure, can never
be wanted, where trees have been rightly planted, and
regularly trained, while young,
The ſeaſon for pruning theſe trees is any time after
the fruits are gathered, until the beginning of March ;
but the fooner it is done after the fruit is gathered,
the better, for reaſons already given for pruning of
Peach-trees; though indeed the deferring of theſe un-
til ſpring, where there are large quantities of trees
to prune, is not ſo injurious to them, as to ſome ten-
der fruits ; but if the branches are regularly trained
in ſummer, and the luxuriant ſhoots rubbed off, there
will be little left to do to them in winter.
All the forts of Summer Pears will ripen very well
either on ſtandards, dwarfs, or eſpaliers, as will all
Autumn Pears upon dwarfs or eſpaliers; but, where
a perſon is very curious in his fruit, I would always
adviſe the planting them againſt eſpaliers, in which
method they take up but little room in a garden, and,
if they are well managed, appear very beautiful ; and
the fruit is larger and better taſted than thoſe pro-
duced on dwarfs, as hath been already obſerved, but
ſome of the Winter Pears muſt be planted againſt eaſt,
ſouth-eaſt, or fouth-weſt walls, otherwiſe they will
not ripen well in England in bad ſeafons.
But although this may be the caſe with ſome of the
late Winter Pears in very bad ſeaſons, yet, in gene-
ral, moſt ſorts of them will ripen extremely well in all
warm ſituations, when they are planted in eſpalier,
and the fruit will be better flavoured than that which
grows againſt walls, and will keep much longer good;
for, as the heat againſt walls which are expoſed to the
fun will be very great at ſome times, and at others
there will be little warmth, all fruit which grow near
them, will be haftened unequally, and therefore is
never ſo well flavoured as the ſame forts are which ri-
pen well in the open air; and all the fruit, which is
ripened thus unequally, will decay much fooner than
thoſe which ripen gradually in the open air ; there-
fore thoſe Winter Pears which grow in eſpalier, may
be kept fix weeks longer than thoſe which grow
againſt walls, which is a very deſirable thing; for to
have plenty of theſe fruit at a ſeaſon when it is very
rare to find any other fruit to ſupply the table but
Apples, is what all lovers of fruit muſt be greatly
pleaſed to enjoy; which is what may be effected by
planting many of the late forts in eſpalier, where,
although the fruit will not be ſo well coloured as
thoſe from the walls, yet they will be found exceeding
good. When the Beli de Chaumontelle came firſt to
England, the trees were planted in eſpalier, and ſome
of them not on a very good foil, or in a warm ſituation,
and yet from theſe trees I have eaten this Pear in great
perfection in April, and ſometimes it has kept till
May; whereas, all thoſe which have been fince
planted againſt walls ripen their fruit by the begin-
ning of November, and are generally gone by the
middle of December; nor are the latter ſo well taſted
as thoſe off the eſpaliers.
The Virgoleuſe and St. Germain, as alſo the Colmar,
are eſteemed the moſt difficult forts to ripen their
fruit, yet theſe I have eaten in great perfection from
eſpaliers, and often from ſtandard-trees, where they
grew upon a warm foil; but the fruit was much
ſmaller on the ſtandard-trees than thoſe of the ſame
forts which grew againſt walls or eſpaliers, but they
were full as well flavoured, and ſome of theſe forts I
have eaten good in April, which is two months later
than they uſually keep; but yet I would not adviſe
the planting theſe late Pears in ſtandard-trees, be-
cauſe they ſhould hang very late on the trees in au-
tumn, at which ſeaſon the winds are generally very
high; and theſe ſtandard-trees being much expoſed,
the fruit is often blown off the trees before they
are ripe ; and thoſe of them, which may hang on the
trees, are frequently bruiſed by being forced againſt
the branches by the winds, ſo that they ſeldom keep
well. What I mentioned this for, is to prove, that
theſe Pears will ripen very well without the aſſiſtance
of a wall; ſo that if they are planted in eſpaliers
where the trees are kept low, the fruit will not be
fo much expoſed to the ſtrong winds in autumn as
thoſe on the ſtandards, therefore can be in no danger
of the fruit coming to perfection ; and as the trees
in eſpaliers will be conſtantly pruned, and managed
in the ſame manner as thoſe againſt walls, the fruit
will be as large on thoſe trees; therefore, where a
perſon has a warm ſituation and a kindly foil, I
would not adviſe the being at an expence to build
walls on purpoſe for Pears, but to plant them againſt
eſpaliers : and where there is any one who is very cu-
:
rious in having plenty of theſe fruit, and will be at
the expence to procure them, I ſhould adviſe having
a ſufficient quantity of Reed mats made to fix up
againſt the back of the eſpalier in the ſpring, when
the trees are in bloſſom, which will fcreen them
from

PYR
P Y R
great ſer-
3
a
from cold winds, and preſerve the tender fruit until
they are paſt danger, when the Reeds may be taken
down, and put under a ſhed to preſerve them from
the weather, and if the autumn ſhould prove bad,
theſe Reeds may be fixed up again, which will for-
ward the ripening of the fruit, and alſo prevent the
winds from blowing down, and bruiſing it. Theſe
Reeds may be purchaſed for one ſhilling per yard,
running meaſure, at fix feet and a half high; and
if they are carefully laid up, and kept from the wea-
ther, theſe Reeds will laft ſeven or eight years, ſo
that the expence will not be very great; and when
the advantages which theſe are of to the fruit are con-
fidered, I believe no perſon will object to the uſe of
them.
But after the fruit is ſet and growing, there will be
farther care neceſſary in order to have the fruit good;
for it is not enough to have preſerved a good crop
of fruit on the trees, and then leave them entirely to
nature during the ſeaſon of their growth, but there
will require ſome ſkill and attendance on the trees
to help nature, or ſupply the deficiency of ſeaſons ;
for beſide the pruning and training trees in the
manner before directed, there will alſo be wanting
ſome management of their roots, according to the
nature of the ſoil, and the difference of feaſons. In
all ſtrong land, where the ground is apt to bind very
hard in dry weather, the ſurface of the borders ſhould
be now and then forked over to looſen the earth,
which will admit the ſhowers and large dews to pe-
netrate and moiſten the ground, and be of
vice to the trees and fruit, and alſo prevent the growth
of weeds. And if the ſoil is light and dry, and the
,
feafon ſhould prove hot and dry, there ſhould be large
hollows made round the ſtems of the trees to hold
water; and into each of theſe there ſhould be poured
eight or nine pots of water, which ſhould be repeated
once in a week or ten days during the months of June
and July, if the ſeaſon ſhould continue dry. There
Thould alſo be ſome mulch laid over the ſurface of
theſe hollows, to prevent the ſun and air from drying
the ground. Where this is practifed, the fruit will
be kept conſtantly growing, and prove large and
plump; whereas, if this is omitted, the fruit will of-
ten be ſmall, grow crooked, crack, and fall off from
the trees. For if the fruit is once ftinted in their
growth, and rain ſhould fall plentifully after, it will
occafion a great quantity of fruit to fall off the
trees, and thoſe which remain to ripen will not keep
ſo long as thoſe which never receive any check in
their growth; and it is from this cauſe, that ſome
years the fruit in general decays before the uſual
time. For after it has been for ſome time ftinted in
its growth, and then the ſeaſon proves favourable,
whereby it receives a ſudden growth, it becomes fo
replete with juice, as to diftend the veſſels too fud-
denly, ſo that they will not be firm, which occaſions
their decay; therefore it is always beſt to keep the
fruit conſtantly in a growing ſtate, whereby it will
acquire a proper ſize, and be rendered better fia-
voured.
There will alſo be required fome dreſſing to the
ground near the fruit-trees; but this ſhould be laid
on in autumn, after the trees are pruned. This
dreſſing ſhould be different, according to the nature
of the foil, if the land is warm and dry, then the drear-
ing ſhould be of very rotten dung, mixed with loam;
and if this is mixed fix or eight months before it is
laid upon the borders, and three or four times turned
over, it will be the better ; as will alſo the mixture,
if it is made with neat's or hog's dung, both which
are colder than horſe dung, ſo more proper for hot
land. But in cold ſtiff land, rotten horſe dung,
mixed with light ſandy earth, or ſea-coal alhes, will
be the moſt proper, as this will looſen the ground
and add a warmth to it.
Theſe dreſſings ſhould be repeated every other year,
otherwiſe the trees will not thrive ſo well, nor will the
fruit be ſo good. For, notwithſtanding what many
perfons have advanced to the contrary, yet experience
is againſt them for the fineſt fruit in England, both
as to ſize and flavour, is produced on land which is
the moſt dunged and worked. Therefore I would ad-
viſe trenching the ground about the fruit-trees very
well every winter, for I ain ſure they will find it an-
ſwer their expectations who ſhall practiſe this method.
And where the ground in the quarters is well dreſſed
and trenched, the fruit-trees will partake of the be-
nefit; for as the trees advance in their growth; fo
their roots are extended to a great diſtance from their
ftems; and it is chiefly from the diſtant roots that the
trees are ſupplied with their nouriſhment; therefore
dreſſing the borders only, will not be ſufficient for
fruit-trees which are old.
In gathering of Pears, great regard ſhould be had to
the bud which is formed at the bottom of the foot-
ſtalk, for the next year's bloſſoms; which, by forcing
off the Pear before it be mature, is many times ſpoiled;
for while the fruit is growing, there is always a bud
formed by the ſide of the foot-ſtalk upon the ſame
ſpur, for the next year's fruit; ſo that when the Pears
are ripe, if they are gently turned upward, the
foot-ſtalk will readily part from the ſpur, without in-
juring the bud.
The feaſon for gathering all Summer Pears is juſt as
they ripen, for none of theſe will remain good above
a day or two after they are taken from the tree, nor
will many of the Autumn Pears keep good above
ten days or a fortnight after they are gathered. But
the winter fruits ſhould hang as long upon the trees
as the ſeaſon will permit; for they muſt not receive
the froſt, which will cauſe them to rot, and render
their juices fat and ill taſted; but if the weather con-
tinue inild until the end of October, it will then be
a good ſeaſon for gathering them in, which muſt al-
ways be done in dry weather, and when the trees are
perfectly dry.
In the doing of this you ought carefully to avoid
bruiſing them, therefore you ſhould have a broad flat
baſket to lay them in as they are gathered ; and when
they are carried into the ſtore-room, they ſhould be
taken out ſingly, and each ſort laid up in a cloſe heap
on a dry place, in order to ſweat, where they may re-
main for ten days or a fortnight ; during which time
the windows ſhould be open to admit the air, in or-
der to carry off all the moiſture which is perſpired
from the fruit; after this, the Pears ſhould be taken
ſingly, and wiped dry with a woollen cloth, and then
packed up in cloſe baſkets, obſerving to put ſome
Wheat ftraw in the bottoms, and round the ſides of
the baſkets, to prevent their bruiſing againſt the baf-
kets. And if ſome thick ſoft paper is laid double or
treble all round the baſket, between the ſtraw and
the Pears, this will prevent the Pears from imbibing
the muſty taſte which is communicated to them by the
ftraw, when they are contiguous; which taſte often
penetrates through the ſkin ſo ſtrongly, that when
the fruit is pared, the taſte will remain. You ſhould
alſo obſerve to put but one fort of fruit into a baſket,
left by their different fermentations, they ſhould rot
each other, but if you have enough of one fort to
fill a baſket which holds two or three buſhels, it will be
ſtill better. After you have filled the baſkets, you muſt
cover them over with Wheat ſtraw very cloſe, firit
laying a covering of paper two or three times double
over the fruit, and faſten them down; then place theſe
baſkets in a cloſe room, where they may be kept dry
and from froſt, but the leſs air is let into the room,
the better the fruit will keep. It will be very necef-
ſary to fix a label to each basket, denoting the fort
of fruit therein contained, which will ſave the trou-
ble of opening them, whenever you want to know
the forts of fruit; beſides, they ought not to be
opened before their ſeaſon to be caten, for the of
tener they are opened and expoſed to the air, the
worſe they will keep. I do not doubt but this will
be objected to by many, who imagine fruit cannot
be laid too thin; for which reaſon, they make ſhelves
to diſpoſe them fingly upon, and are very fond of
admitting freſh air, whenever the weather is mild,
fuppofing
و
a
a
a
a
a

PYR
P Y R
Q
80
Buscio. QUE
O
100
No.supon
fuppofing it very neceſſary to preſerve the fruit, but ſerves) the air is the cauſe of putrefaction; and, in
the contrary of this is found true, by thoſe perſons order to prove this, that honourable perſon put fruits
who have large ſtocks of fruit laid up in their ſtore- of ſeveral kinds into glaſſes where the air was ex-
houſes in London, which remain cloſely ſhut up for hauſted, in which places they remained found for fe-
ſeveral months, in the manner before related ; and veral months, but, upon being expoſed to the air, rot-
when theſe are opened, the fruit is always found ted in a very ſhort time after ; which plainly ſhews the
plumper and founder than any of thoſe fruits which abſurdity of the common method now uſed, to pre-
were preſerved ſingly upon ſhelves, whoſe ſkins are ſerve fruit.
always ſhrivelled and dry. For (as Mr. Boyle ob-
brot hors in
Stichst A
su visoms toonid Sils
bolgono son
do cortilla JOUS COVE
Dawa vizbu di brod om vo-calosonal song
(
UDO
70 e out - audinivioquio anitrog
to solo to bussiga on heo
ad no yitob bussbil toque tiede -troido
en
orio di equo gov golona non els
s bab uusi olan All you
20 a 30 and done to po
coloqa gnilobin es es ali vibai egoldoto
al llstuten or no dudgis ar
2. (1 ใน 1 .
imao 10 2 teddo
20
is
USB como si nisi sul
Mous
uolo di Stoomilialind ods iv og Gulmelode
Bodonid ognuova
ban
bus ancestora
od 918 Yors stad
Jom QUE
wibno un
UAMOCLIT. See IPOMOEA.
nis ternis aut plurimis fimul junctis. C. B. P. 420.
QUERCUS. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 582. Dwarf Oak with galls growing together by pairs, by
.
tab. 349. Lin. Gen. Plant. 949. [fo called threes, or in larger cluſters.
of xépzw, Gr. to make rough, either from 5. QUERCUS (Cerris). foliis oblongis lyrato-pinnatifidis,
the roughneſs of its bark, or becauſe of its auſterity.] laciniis tranſverfis acutis, fubtus fubtomentofis. Lin.
The Oak-tree; in French, Chené.
Sp. Plant. 997. Oak with oblong leaves which are lyre-
The CHARACTERS are,
POBol dinin
ſhaped, wing-pointed, ond have tranſverſe acute jags which
It hath male and female flowers on the same tree; the are downy on their under ſide. Quercus calyce hiſpido,
male flowers are diſpoſed in a looſe katkin, theſe have an glande minore. C.B.P. 420. Oak with prickly cups
empalement of one leaf, divided into four or five ſegments; and ſmaller Acorns.
Blolo fodali
they have no petals, but many ſhort ſtamina, terminated 6. QUERCUS (Efculus) foliis pinnato-ſinuatis lævibus
by large twin ſummits. The female flowers which fit fructibus feffilibus. Prod. Leyd. 80. Oak with Smooth
cloſe to the buds, have a hemiſpherical thick empalement wing-indented leaves, and fruit fitting close to the
of one leaf, which is rough and entire, almoſt hiding the branches. Quercus parva ſive Phagus Græcorum &
flower, which has no petal, but a ſmall ovel germen, ſup- Eſculus Plinii. C. B.P. The ſmall Oak or Phagus of the
porting a ſingle five-pointed Style, crowned by ſingle per- Greeks, and the Eſculus of Pliny, commonly called the cut-
manent figmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval leaved Italian Oak.
no 2
nut (or acorn) with a thick cover, having one cell, whose 7. Quercus (Ægilops) foliis ovato-oblongis glabris,
baſe is fixed into the empalement or cup.
ſerrato dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1414. Oak with oblong,
This genus is ranged in the eighth ſection of Lin- oval, Smooth, ſawed, indented leaves. Quercus calyce
næus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe plants echinato, glande majore. C. B. P. 420. Oak with a
which have male and female flowers on the ſame plant, prickly cup and a larger Acorn.
whoſe male flowers have many ſtamina. He joins to 8. QUERCUS (Rubra) foliis obtusè-finuatis ſetaceo-mu-
this genus the Ilex and the Suber of Tournefort, cronatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 396. Oak with obtufe ſinu-
whoſe characters are the ſame as the Oak.
ated leaves, terminated by briſtly points. Quercus Eſculi
The SPECIES are,
diviſurâ, foliis amplioribus aculeatis. Pluk. Alm. 309.
1. QUERCUS (Robur) foliis deciduis oblongis, ſupernè tab. 54. fig. 4. Oak with broad Spiny leaves, which are
latioribus ſinubus acutioribus, angulis obtufis petiola- divided like the Eſculus.
tis glandibus feffilibus. Oak with oblong deciduous leaves, 9. QUERCUS (Prinus) foliis obovatis utrinque acumina-
broader toward the top, having acute indentures, with ob- tis finuato-ſerratis, denticulis rotundatis uniformibus.
tuſe angles, which have long foot-ſtalks, and acorns fitting Hort. Cliff. 448. Oak with oblong oval leaves which are
cloſe to the branches. Quercus latifolia mas, quæ pointed on both ſides, and have sawed finuſes, with uni-
brevi pediculo eft. C. B. P. 419. Brood-leaved male form roundiſh indentures. Quercus caftaneæ foliis pro-
Oak, the fruit of which has ſhort foot-ſtalks, or common cera arbor Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 309. The American
Oak.
Cheſtnut-leaved Oak.
2. QUERCUS (Fæmina) foliis deciduis oblongis obtufis, 10. QUERCUS (Nigra) foliis cuneiformibus obfoletë tri-
pinnato-finuatis petiolis breviffimis, pedunculis glan- lobis. Flor. Virg. 117. Oak with wedge-ſhaped leaves,
dorum longiſſimis. Oak with oblong, obtuſe, deciduous having three worn-out lobes. Quercus folio non ferrato
leaves, which are winged, ſinuated, and have very in ſummitate quaſi triangulo. Cateb. Car. I. p. 20. The
ſhort foot-ſtalks, with a fruit growing upon long foot- Black Oak.
It alks. Quercus cum longo pediculo. C. B. P. 429. II. QUERCUS (Alba) foliis obliquè pinnatifidis, finu-
Oak with long foot-ſtalks to the Acorn.
bus anguliſque obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 996. Ook with
3. QUERCUS (Sempervirens) foliis oblongis finuatis ob- oblique many-pointed leaves, having obtufe finuſes and
tufis perennantibus, pedunculis glandorum longiffi- angles. Quercus alba Virginiana. Catelb. Car. I.
mis. Oak with oblong, obtuſe, indenied leaves which are p. 21. tab. 21. The white Oak of Virginia.
evergreen, having very long foot-ſtalks to the Acorns. 12. QUERCUS (Pbellas) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis
Quercus latifolia perpetuò virens. C. B. P. 420. . glabris. Flor. Virg. 149. Ook with ſpear-ſhaped, entire,
Broad-leaved evergreen Oak.
ſmooth leaves. Quercus foliis oblongis non finuatis.
4. QUERCUS (Humilis) foliis oblongis obtusè dentatis, Cateſb. Car. 1. p. 17. The Willow-leaved Oak.
fructibus feffilibus conglomeratis. Dwerf Oak wiib 13. QUERCUS (Ilex) foliis oblongo-ovatis fubtus tomento-
oblong obtuſely indented leaves, and fruit growing in cluſters fis integerrimis. Prod. Leyd. 81. Oak with oblong, oval,
fitting cloſe to the branches. Quercus humilis gallis bi- entire leaves, which are downy on their under fide. Ilex
folio

QUE
QUE
3
folio angufto non ferrato. C. B.P. 424. The narrow-
leaved evergreen Oak.
14. QUERCUS (Gramuntia) foliis oblongo-ovatis ſinuato-
fpinofis fubtus tomentofis, glandibus pedunculatis.
Sauv. Monſp. 96. Evergreen Oak with oblong, oval,
prickly, indented leaves, which are woolly on their under
Side, and bears Acorns with foot-stalks. Ilex folio agri-
folii. Bot. Monfp. 140. The Holly-leaved evergreen Oak.
15. QUERCUS (Coccifera) foliis ovatis indivifis, fpinofo-
dentatis glabris. Prod. Leyd. 80. Oak with oval, un-
divided, ſmooth leaves, which are prickly and indented.
Ilex aculeata, cocciglandifera. C. B. P. 425. Prickly
Kermes Oak.
16. QUERCUS (Virginiana) foliis lanceolato-ovatis inte-
gerrimis petiolatis ſempervirentibus. Oak with Spear-
ſhaped, oval, entire leaves, which are evergreen, and
bave foot-ſtalks. Quercus fempervirens foliis oblon-
gis non finuatis. Baniſt. Evergreen Oak with oblong
leaves which are not finuated, commonly called Live Oak
in America.
17. Quercus (Suber) foliis ovato-oblongis indiviſis fer-
ratis ſubtus tomentofis, cortice rimofo fungoſo. Hort.
Cliff. 448. Oak with oval, oblong, undivided leaves,
which are ſawed and woolly on their under fide, and bave
a fungous cleft bark. Suber latifolium perpetuò vi-
rens. C. B. P. 424. The broad-leaved evergreen Cork-
tree.
The firſt fort here mentioned, is the moſt common
Oak of this country, which is ſo well known as to
need no deſcription; the leaves of this have pretty
long foot-ſtalks, and the Acorns have none, but fit
cloſe to the branches.
The ſecond fort is not ſo common here as the firſt,
but in the wilds of Kent and Suſſex I have ſeen many
large trees of this kind. The leaves of this are not
ſo deeply finuated as thoſe of the firſt, nor are they fo
irregular, but the indentures are oppoſite, like the
lobes of winged leaves ; theſe have ſcarce any foot-
ſtalks, but fit cloſe to the branches; the Acorns ſtand
upon very long foot-ſtalks, in which they differ from
the common fort. The timber of this fort is account-
ed better than that of the firſt, and the trees when
growing have a better appearance. Theſe have been
generally ſuppoſed to be feminal varieties, which have
accidentally come from Acorns of the ſame trees; I
was long of this opinion myſelf, but having lately
ſeen ſome young trees with Acorns upon them, which
were raiſed from Acorns of the ſecond fort, and find-
ing they retain their difference, I am inclined to be-
lieve they are different.
The third fort grows upon the Apennines, and alſo
in Swabia and Portugal. The leaves of this are
broader, and not ſo deeply ſinuated as thoſe of the
common Oak; they are of a lighter green on their
upper fide, and pale on their under; they have very
ſhort foot-ſtalks, and their points are obtuſe; the
Acorns have very long foot-ſtalks, which frequently
fuftain three or four growing in a cluſter.
The fourth fort grows in the ſouth of France and
Italy; this is a low buſhy Oak, which riſes but fix or
ſeven feet high, ſending out many ſlender branches
the whole length, garniſhed with oblong leaves which
are obtufely indented; they are about three inches
long, and one and a half broad, ſtanding upon flen-
der foot-ſtalks; the Acorns are ſmall and grow in
cluſters, and the galls grow three or four together.
The fifth fort grows in Burgundy; the leaves of this
are oblong and pointed, and are frequently indented
in the middle like a lyre; they are jagged and acute-
pointed, a little hoary on their under ſide, ſtanding
upon ſlender foot-ſtalks. The Acorns are ſmall, and
have rough prickly cups.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy; the
leaves of this tree are ſmooth, and deeply finuated
like winged leaves; ſome of the finuſes are obtuſe,
and others end in acute points ; they have very ſhort
foot-ſtalks; the branches are covered with a purpliſh
bark when young; the Acorns are long and ſlender,
the cups rough and a little prickly, fitting cloſe to the
branches. The Acorns of this ſort are ſweet, and are
frequently eaten by the poor in the ſouth of France,
who in times of ſcarcity grind them and make bread
with the flour.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the Levant, from
whence the Acorns are annually brought to Europe,
where they are uſed for dyeing; theſe are called Ve-
lani, and the tree Velanida by the Greeks. It is one
of the faireft ſpecies of Oak in the world: the trunk
of this riſes as high as the common Oak; the branches
extend very wide on every ſide, and are covered with
a grayiſh bark, intermixed with brown ſpots; the
the branches are cloſely garniſhed with oblong oval
leaves, about three inches long, and almoſt two
broad, which are deeply fawed on their edges; moft
of the laws or teeth turn backward, and terminate in
acute points. The leaves are ſtiff, of a pale green on
their upper ſide, and downy on their under; the Acorns
have very large ſcaly cups which almoſt cover them;
the ſcales are ligneous and acute-pointed, ſtanding
out a quarter of an inch; ſome of the cups are as
large as middling Apples.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in
other parts of North America. This arrives to a
large ſize in the countries where it naturally grows;
the bark is ſmooth, of a grayiſh colour, but that of
the younger branches is darker ; the leaves are fix
inches long, and two and a half broad in the middle,
where they are broadelt; they are obtuſely finuated,
each finus ending with a briſtly point, of a bright
green, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The leaves
continue their verdure very late in autumn, ſo that
unleſs hard froſt comes on early, they do not fall till
near Chriſtmas, and they do not change their colour
long before. The Acorns of this ſort are a little long-
er, but not ſo thick as thoſe of the common Oak.
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America;
of this there ſeems to be two kinds, one of which
grows to a much larger ſize than the other, though
this may be occafioned by the foil in which they grow;
for the largeſt fort grows in the rich low lands, where
it becomes the largeſt tree of any of the Oaks in
thoſe countries. The wood is not of a fine grain,
but is very ſerviceable ; the bark is gray and ſcaly:
;
;
the leaves are five or fix inches long, and two inches
and a half broad in the middle, indented on the
edges, and have many tranſverſe veins running from
the midrib to the borders; they are of a bright green,
and ſo nearly reſemble thoſe of the Cheſtnut-tree, as
ſcarcely to be diſtinguithed from it. The Acorns of
this ſort are very large, and their cups are ſhort. The
leaves of the other variety are not ſo large, nor ſo
ſtrongly veined, and the Acorns are ſmaller and a little
longer, which may ariſe from the ſoil.
The tenth fort grows naturally on poor land in moſt
parts of North America, where it never grows to a
large ſize, and the wood is of little value. The bark
is of a dark brown colour, the leaves are very broad
at the top, where they have two waved indentures,
which divide them almoſt into three lobes; they di-
miniſh gradually to their baſe, where they are narrow;
they are ſmooth, of a lucid green, and have ſhort
foot-ſtalks. The Acorns are ſmaller than thoſe of the
common Oak, and have ſhort cups.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in North America,
where the wood is eſteemed preferable to any of their
other forts for building, being much more durable
than any of them. The bark of this tree is grayiſh,
the leaves are of a light green fix or ſeven inches long,
and four broad in the middle; they are regularly in-
dented almoſt to the midrib; the indentures are ob-
ture, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks. The Acorns of this
greatly reſemble thoſe of the common Oak.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in North America,
where they diſtinguiſh two forts; one of them is call-
ed the Highland Willow Oak, which grows upon
poor dry land; the leaves are of a pale green and en-
tire, ſhaped like thoſe of the Willow-tree. The Acorns
are very ſmall, but have pretty large cups.
The other grows in low moiſt land, and riſes to a
much greater height; the leaves are longer and nar-
و
a
3
3
3
rowery
II C

QUE
QUE
of year
green all the
a
rower, and the Acorns are of the fame ſize and ſhape,
ſo that I ſuſpect their difference is owing to the ſoil
in which they grow.
The thirteenth fort is generally known by the title of
Ilex, or evergreen Oak; of this there are ſeveral va-
rieties, which differ greatly in the ſize and ſhape of
their leaves; but theſe will all ariſe from Acorns of the
ſame tree, as I have ſeveral times experienced; nay,
the lower and upper branches of the ſame tree are
frequently garniſhed with leaves, very different in ſize
and ſhape from each other; thoſe on the lower
branches being much broader, rounder, and their
edges indented and ſet with prickles, but thoſe on the
upper are long, narrow, and entire; ſo that I verily
believe they are all but one ſpecies, except the Kermes
Oak, which is undoubtedly a diſtinct fort. The leaves
of the Ilex are from three to four inches long, and
one broad near the baſe, gradually leſſening to a point;
they are of a lucid green on their upper fide, but
whitiſh and downy on their under, and are entire,
ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; theſe remain
year,
and do not fall till they are thruſt
off by young leaves in the ſpring. The Acorns are
ſmaller than thoſe of the common Oak, but of the
ſame ſhape.
The fourteenth fort is ſuppoſed to be a different fpe-
cies, but of this I much doubt, having raiſed fome
plants from the Acorns of the thirteenth, whoſe leaves
are ſo like thoſe of this, as not to be diſtinguiſhed
from them; theſe are ſhorter and broader than the
other, and approach in ſhape to thoſe of the Holly-
tree, and are alſo ſet with prickles on their edges.
The fifteenth fort is the Oak, from which the kermes,
or what is called ſcarlet grain is collected, which is an
infect that harbours on this tree. It grows naturally
in Provence and Languedoc, where it is known by
the title d'Avaux. This is of ſmall growth, ſeldom
riſing above twelve or fourteen feet high, ſending out
branches on every ſide the whole length, ſo as to form
a buſhy ſhrub; the leaves are oval and undivided;
they are ſmooth on their ſurface, but indented on
their edges, which are armed with prickles like thoſe
of the Holly-tree. The Acorns are ſmaller than thoſe
of the common Oak.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina and
Virginia, where it riſes to the height of forty feet.
The grain of the wood is hard, tough, and coarſe ;
the bark is grayiſh ; the leaves are ovally ſpear-ſhaped,
about three inches long and one and a half broad,
entire, and of a dark green, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks; they are of a thick conſiſtence, and continue
green all the year. The Acorns are ſmall, oblong,
and have ſhort cups; they are very ſweet, fo are eaten
by the Indians, who lay them up in ſtore for the
winter; they alſo draw a very ſweet oil from them,
little inferior to that of ſweet Almonds. This is call-
ed the Live Oak in America.
The feventeenth fort is the tree whoſe bark is the
cork; of this there are two or three varieties, viz.
one with a broad, another with a narrow leaf, which
are evergreen ; and there is one or two which caſt
their leaves in autumn, but the broad-leaved ever-
green
is the moſt common; the other may probably
be only varieties ariſing by accident. The leaves of
this are entire, of an oblong oval, about two inches
long, and one and a quarter broad, ſawed on their
edges, and have a little down on their under fides ;
their foot-ſtalks are very ſhort; theſe leaves continue
green through the winter till the middle of May, when
they generally fall off juſt before the new leaves come
out, ſo that the trees are very often almoſt bare for a
ſhort time. The Acorns are very like thoſe of the
common Oak.
The exterior bark of this tree is the cork; this is
taken off from the trees every eight or ten years, but
there is an interior bark which nouriſhes the trees, ſo
that the ſtripping off the outer is ſo far from injuring
them, that it is neceſſary to continue the trees ; for
thoſe whoſe bark are not taken off, ſeldom laſt longer
than fifty or fixty years in health; whereas the trees
which are barked every eight or ten years, will live
a hundred and fifty years and more.
The bark of
the young tree is porous and good for little, however
it is neceſſary to take it off when the trees are twelve
or fifteen years old, without which the bark will not
be good, and after eight or ten years, the bark will
be fit to take off again ; but this ſecond peeling is
of little uſe, but the third peeling the bark will be
in perfection, and will continue ſo many years, for
the beſt cork is taken from the old trees. The time
for ſtripping off this bark is in July, when
the ſecond fap flows plentifully; this is performed
with an inſtrument, like that uſed for diſbarking
Oaks. The aſhes of burnt cork mixed with freſh
butter, and made into an ointment, is much recom-
mended for the piles.
All the forts of Oaks are propagated by fowing their
Acorns, and the fooner they are put into the ground
after they are ripe, the better they will ſucceed; for
they are very apt to ſprout where they are ſpread thin,
and if they are laid in heaps, they ferment and rot in
a little time; therefore the beſt ſeaſon for ſowing them
is in the beginning of November, by which time they
will be fallen from the trees.
I lhall firſt give fome directions for raiſing the ſeveral
ſorts of Oaks in a nurſery, which are intended to be
planted out for ornament, where their timber is not
to be regarded. Theſe Acorns may be fown in beds
about four feet wide, with paths of two feet broad
between them ; in theſe beds there may be four rows
ſown, at about nine inches diſtance from each other;
when the beds are marked out, there ſhould be drills
drawn with a hoe in a ſtrait line, into which the
Acorns ſhould be dropped at about two or three inches
diſtance; then they muſt be carefully covered over
with the earth two inches thick, leaving none of them
uncovered, which might tempt the vermin, for if
they once find them out, they will make fad havock
of the Acorns.
In the ſpring, when the plants begin to appear, you
muſt carefully clear them from weeds; and if the
ſeaſon proves dry, you ſhould refreſh them now and
then with a little water, which will greatly promote
their growth. In theſe beds the plants ſhould remain
until the following autumn (obſerving conſtantly to
keep them clear from weeds ;) at which time you
ſhould prepare a ſpot of good freſh earth (in fize pro-
portionable to the quantity of plants,) which ſhould
be well trenched and levelled, then toward the mid-
dle or latter end of October, you ſhould carefully
take up the plants, ſo as not to injure their roots,
and plant them out in rows three feet afunder, and
eighteen inches diſtance plant from plant ; obſerving
never to ſuffer the plants to abide long out of the
ground, becauſe their roots would dry and endanger
their growth.
When the plants have taken root in this nurſery,
they will require little more care than to keep them
clear from weeds, and dig the ground between the
rows every ſpring; in doing of which, you ſhould
cut off ſuch roots as extend very far from the trunk
of the trees, which will render them better for tranf-
planting again ; you ſhould alſo prune off ſuch ſide-
branches as extend themſelves very far, and would
retard the upright ihoot; but you ſhould by no
means cut off all the ſmall lateral branches, ſome of
which are abſolutely neceſſary to be left on, to de-
tain the fap for the augmentation of the trunk; for
I have often obſerved, where trees have been thus
cloſely pruned, that their heads have overgrown their
bodies, ſo that they have bent downward and become
crooked.
When theſe trees have remained in the nurſery three
or four years, they will then be large enough to
tranſplant to the places where they are to remain
for it is not proper to let them grow very large before
they are planted out, becauſe theſe are very hazard-
ous trees to remove when old, or after they have taken
deep root.
a
3
The

QUE
QUE
ز
a
و
a
و
The feafon for this work is (as I ſaid before in the
autumin; at which time, if they are carefully taken
up, there will be little danger of their ſucceeding. In
tranſplanting theſe trees, you ſhould by no means
cut their heads, which is too much practiſed; all that
ſhould be done, muſt be only to cut off any bruiſed
or ill-placed branches, which ihould be taken off cloſe
to the place where they are produced; but there can
be no greater injury done to theſe trees, than to ſhorten
their ſhoots; for when the leading bud (which is ab-
ſolutely neceſſary to draw and attract the nouriſh-
ment) is taken off, the branch often decays entirely,
or at leaſt down to the next vigorous bud.
The trees thus raiſed and managed, will, (if planted in
a proper foil) grow to a conſiderable magnitude, and
are very proper for a wilderneſs in large gardens, or
to plant in clumps in parks, &c. but if they are de-
figned for timber, it is much the better method to fow
the Acorns in the places where they are to remain ; in
order to which, you ſhould provide yourſelf in autumn
with a ſufficient quantity of Acorns, which ſhould be
always taken from ſtrait, upright, vigorous growing
trees; theſe ſhould be gathered from under the trees
as ſoon as may be after they are fallen; and, if poſſi-
ble, in a dry time, laid thin in ſome open room to
,
dry ; after which they may be put into dry fand, and
preſerved in a dry place until the beginning of No-
vember, when you ſhould prepare the ground for
planting them.
The directions before given are deſigned only for
ſmall plantations in a garden or park, which are only
for pleaſure, but where theſe trees are cultivated with
a view to profit, the Acorns ſhould be ſown where the
trees are deſigned to grow ; for thoſe which are tranſ-
planted will never grow to the ſize of thoſe which
ſtand where they are fown, nor will they laſt near ſo
long found. For in ſome places, where theſe trees have
been tranſplanted with the greateſt care, and they have
grown very faſt for ſeveral years after, yet they are
now decaying, when thoſe which remain in the place
where they came up from the Acorns, are ſtill very
thriving, and have not the leaſt ſign of decay. There-
fore, whoever deſigns to cultivate theſe trees for tim-
ber, ſhould never think of tranſplanting them, but
ſow the Acorns on the ſame ground where they are to
grow; for the timber of all thoſe trees which are
tranſplanted, is not near fo valuable as that of the trees
from Acorns. I ſhall therefore add ſome plain direc-
tions for fowing Acorns, and managing young trees
during their minority, until they are out of danger,
and require no farther care.
The firſt thing to be done is, that of fencing the
ground very well, to keep out cattle, hares, and rab-
bets ; for if either of theſe can get into the ground,
they will ſoon deſtroy all the young trees. Indeed
they will in a few years grow to be out of danger
from hares and rabbets, but it will be many years be-
fore they will be paſt injury from cattle, if they are
permitted to get into the plantation, therefore durable
fences ſhould be put round the ground: if in the be-
ginning a pale fence is made about the land, which
may be cloſe at the bottom and open above, and
within the pale a Quick-hedge planted, this will be-
come a good fence by the time the pale decays,
againſt all ſorts of cattle ; and then the trees will have
got above the reach of hares and rabbets, ſo that they
cannot injure them, for the bark of the trees will be
too hard for them to gnaw.
After the ground is well fenced, it ſhould be pre-
pared, by ploughing it three or four times, and after
each ploughing to harrow it well, to break the clods,
and cleanie the ground from Couch, and the roots of
all bad weeds. Indeed if the ground is green ſward,
it will be better to have one crop of Beans, Peas, or
Turneps off the ground, before the Acorns are fown,
provided thefe crops are well hoed to ſtir the ſurface
and deſtroy the weeds; for if this is obſerved, the
crop will mend and improve the land for fowing; but
in this caſe the ground ſhould be ploughed as foon
as poffible, when the crop is taken off, to prepare it
for the Acorris, which ſhould be fown as ſoon as rhay
be after the Acorns are ripe; for although theſe may
be preſerved in ſand for ſome time, yet they will be
apt to ſprout; and if ſo, the ſhoots are in danger of
being broken and ſpoiled; therefore I ſhould adviſe
ſowing early, which is certainly the beſt method.
In making choice of the Acorns, all thoſe ſhould be
preferred, which are taken from the largeſt and moſt
thriving trees, and thoſe of pollard-trees ſhould al-
ways be rejected, though the latter are generally the
moſt productive of Acorns, but thoſe of the large
trees commonly produce the ſtrongeſt and moſt thriv-
ing plants.
The ſeaſon for fowing the Acornis being come, and
the ground having been ploughed and levelled
finooth, the next work is to ſow the Acorns, which
muſt be done by drawing drills acroſs the ground, at
about four feet aſunder, and two inches deep, into
which the Acorns ſhould be ſcattered at two inches
diſtance. Theſe drills may be drawn either with a
drill plough, or by hand with a hoe ; but the former
is the moſt expeditious method, therefore in large
plantations ſhould be preferred. In drawing the
drills, if the land has any flope to one ſide, theſe
ſhould be made the ſame way as the ground flopes,
that there may be no ſtoppage of the wet by the rows
of plants croſſing the hanging of the land. This ſhould
be particularly obſerved in all wet ground, or where
the wet is ſubject to lie in winter, but in dry land it is
not of much conſequence. When the Acorns are
fown, the drills ſhould be carefully filled in, ſo as to
cover the Acorns ſecurely ; for if any of them are ex-
poſed, they will entice the birds and mice; and if ei-
ther of theſe once attack them, they will make great
havock with them.
The reaſon of my directing the drills to be made at
this diſtance, is for the more convenient ſtirring the
ground between the rows, to keep the young plants
clear from weeds; for if this is not carefully done, it
cannot be expected that the young plants ſhould make
much progreſs; and yet this is generally neglected
by many who pretend to be great planters, who are
often at a large expence to plant, but ſeldom regard
them after ; ſo that the young plants have the diffi-
culty to encounter the weeds, which are frequently
four or five times the height of the plants, and not
only ſhade and draw them, but alſo exhauft all the
goodneſs of the ground, and conſequently ſtarve the
plants. Therefore, whoever hopes to have ſucceſs
in their plantations, ſhould determine to be at the ex-
pence of keeping them clean for eight or ten years af-
ter fowing, by which time the plants will have ob-
tained ſtrength enough to keep down the weeds; the
neglecting of this has occafioned ſo many plantations
to miſcarry, as are frequently to be met with in di-
vers parts of England.
About the middle of April the young plants will ap-
pear above ground; but before this, if the ground
ſhould produce many young weeds, it will be good
huſbandry to ſcuffle the ſurface over with Dutch hoes,
in a dry time, either the latter end of March or the
beginning of April, to deſtroy the weeds, whereby
the ground will be kept clean until all the plants are
come up ſo as to be plainly difcerned; by which time
be
proper to hoe the ground over again, for
by doing it early, while the weeds are ſmall, a man
will perform more of this work in one day than he
can in three or four when the weeds are grown large;
beſides, there will be great hazard of cutting off or
injuring the young plants when they are hid by the
weeds; and ſmall weeds being cut, are foon dried
up by the ſun ; but large weeds often take freſh root
and grow again, eſpecially if rain ſhould fall foon
after, and then the weeds will grow the faſter for
being ſtirred; therefore it is not only the beſt me-
thod, but alſo the cheapeſt huſbandry, to begin
cleaning early in the ſpring, and to repeat it as often as
the weeds are produced
The firſt ſummer, while the plants are young, it will
be the beſt way to perform theſe hoeings by hand,
buc
it may

QUE
Qui
a
މު
but afterward it may be done with the hoe-plough; much worth; and yet, by their ſtools being left, they
for as the rows are four feet aſunder, there will be will draw away a great ſhare of nouriſhment from the
room enough for this plough to work, and as this timber-trees, and retard them in their progreſs.
will ftir and looſen the ground, it will be of great fer-
The foil in which the Oak makes the greateſt pro-
vice to the plants ; but there will require a little hand- greſs, is a deep rich loam, in which the trees grow to
labour where the plough is uſed, in order to deſtroy the largeſt ſize; and the timber of thoſe trees which
the weeds, which will come up in the rows between grow upon this land, is generally more pliable than
the plants ; for theſe will be out of the reach of the that which grows on a ſhallower or drier ground, but
plough, and if they are not deſtroyed, they will ſoon the wood of the latter is much more compact and
overgrow and bear down the young plants.
hard. Indeed there are few foils in England, in which
After the plants have grown two years, it will be pro- the Oak will not grow, provided there is proper care
per to draw out ſome of them, where they grow too taken in their cultivation, though this tree will not
cloſe; but in the doing of this, great care ſhould be thrive equally in all foils; but yet it might be culti-
had not to injure the roots of thoſe left; for as the vated to a national advantage upon many large waſtes
plants which are drawn out are only fit for planta- in ſeveral parts of England, as alſo to the great profit
tions deſigned for pleaſure, ſo theſe ſhould not be ſo of the eſtates where theſe tracts of land now lie uncul-
much regarded in their being removed, as to facrifice tivated, and produce nothing to the owner. And
any of thoſe which are deſigned to remain. In the ſhould the preſent temper of deſtroying the timber
thinning of theſe plantations, the plants may at the of England continue in practice fome years longer,
firſt time be left about one foot aſunder, which will in the ſame degree which it has for ſome years paſt,
give them room enough to grow two or three years and as little care taken to raiſe a ſupply, this country
longer, by which time it may be eaſy to judge which which has been ſo long eſteemed for its naval ſtrength,
are likely to make the beſt trees; therefore theſe may be obliged to ſeek for timber abroad, or be con-
may be then fixed on as ſtandards to remain, though tent with ſuch a naval ſtrength, as the poor remains of
it will be proper to have a greater number at this time fome frugal eſtates may have left growing, for as to
marked than can be permitted to grow, becauſe ſome the large foreſts, from whence the navy has been ſo
of them may not anſwer the expectation, and as it long ſupplied, a few years will put an end to the tim-
will be improper to thin theſe trees too much at one ber there, and how can it be otherwiſe, when the
time, fo leaving double the number intended at perſons to whoſe care theſe are committed, reap an
the ſecond thinning will not be amiſs. Therefore, if advantage from the deſtruction of the timber?
they are then left at about four feet diſtance in the Before I quit this ſubject, I muſt beg leave to take
rows, they will have room enough to grow three or notice of another great evil, which is of ſo much
four years longer; by which time, if the plants have conſequence to the public, as to deſerve their utmost
made good progreſs, their roots will have ſpread over attention; which is, that of cutting down the Oaks
the ground, therefore it will be proper to take up in the ſpring of the year, at the time when the fap is
every other tree in the rows. But by this I do not fowing. This is done for the ſake of the bark, which
mean to be exact in the removing, but to make choice will then eaſily peel off; and for the fake of this, I
of the beſt plants to ſtand, which ever rows they may think, there is a law, whereby people are obliged to
be in, or if they ſhould not be exactly at the diſtance cut down their timber at this ſeaſon. But by fo do-
here aſſigned ; all that is deſigned here, is to lay down ing, the timber is not half ſo durable as that which is
general rules, which ſhould be as nearly complied fallen in the winter, ſo that thoſe ſhips, which have
with as the plants will permit; therefore, every perſon been built of this ſpring-cut timber, have decayed
ſhould be guided by the growth of the trees in the more in ſeven or eight years, than others which were
performance of this work.
built with timber cut in winter; have done in twenty
When the plants have been reduced to the diſtance of or thirty. And this our neighbours the French have
about eight feet, they will not require any more thin- experienced, and therefore have wifely ordered, that
ning. But in two or three years time, thoſe which the bark ſhould be taken off the trees ſtanding, at the
are not to remain will be fit to cut down, to make proper time, but the trees are left till the next, and
Itools for under-wood; and thoſe which are to remain, ſometimes until the ſecond winter, before they are
will have made ſuch progreſs as to become a ſhelter cut down; and the timber of theſe are found to be
to each other ; for this is what ſhould be principally more durable and better for uſe, than that of any trees
attended to, whenever the trees are thinned, therefore
,
which have not been peeled. Therefore I wiſh we
in all ſuch places as are much expoſed to the wind, were wiſe enough to copy after them in thoſe things
the trees ſhould be thinned with great caution and by which are for public good, rather than to imitate them
flow degrees; for if the air is let too much at once in their follies, which has been too much the faſhion
into the plantation, it will give a ſudden check to
the trees, and greatly retard their growth ; but in ſhel-QUICK. By the word Quick is generally underſtood
tered ſituations, there need not be ſo great caution all live hedges, of whatever fort of plants they are
uſed as in thoſe places, for the plants will not be in compoſed, to diſtinguiſh them from dead hedges;
ſo much danger of ſuffering.
but, in the more ſtrict ſenſe of this word, it is gene-
The diſtance which I ſhould chuſe to allow to thoſe rally applied to the Hawthorn, or Meſpilus Sylvef-
trees which are deſigned to remain for timber is, from tris ; under which name the young plants or ſers, are
twenty-five to about thirty feet, which will not be too commonly ſold by the nurſery-gardeners, who raiſe
near, where the trees thrive well; in which caſe their them for ſale.
heads will ſpread, ſo as to meet in about thirty or In the choice of theſe ſets, thoſe which are raiſed in
thirty-five years ; nor will this diſtance be too great, the nurſery, are to be preferred to ſuch as are drawn
ſo as to impede the upright growth of the trees. This out of the woods, becauſe the latter have ſeldom good
diſtance is intended, that the trees ſhould enjoy the roots; though as they are larger plants than are com-
whole benefit of the foil ; therefore, after one crop of monly to be had in the nurſery, many people prefer
the under-wood, or at the moſt two crops are cut, I them on that account; but from long experience I
would adviſe the ſtubbing up the ſtools, that the have found, that thoſe hedges which have been planc-
ground may be entirely clear, for the advantage of ed with young plants from the nurſery, have always
the growing timber, which is what ſhould be princi- made the beſt hedges. Indeed, if perſons would have
pally regarded ; but in general, moſt people have patience to wait for theſe from feed, and to fow the
more regard for the immediate profit of the under- Haws in the place where the hedge is deſigned, theſe
wood than the future good of the timber, and fre- unremoved plants will make a much ſtronger and more
quently by ſo doing ſpoil both; for if the under- durable fence, than thoſe which are tranſplanted; but
wood is left after the trees have ſpread ſo far as that I am aware that moſt people will be for condemning
their heads meet, the under-wood will not be of this practice, as tedious in raiſing; but if the Haws
و
of late years.
a
are

QUI
QUI
9
691
a
І
و
297
are buried one year in the ground, to prepare them pd inches more, it will make three feet four inches, fo
for vegetation before they are fown, it will not be foiras no carcle can approach the dead hedge to prejudice
long before this will become a good fence, as is geit, unleſs they ſet their feet in the ditch itſelf, which
nerally imagined. Nay, from ſome trials of this kind, will be at least a foot and a half deep; and from the
b
which I have made, I have found, that thoſe plants bottom of the foſs to the top of the hedge, about four
which have remained where they came up from feed, feet and a half, which they can hardly reach over to
have made ſuch progreſs as to overtake, in ſix years, crop the Quick, as they might in the old way;
plants of two years growth, which were tranſplanted and beſides, ſuch a dead hedge will endure a year
at the time when theſe feeds were fown on me
.
longer.com
And if the hedges are raiſed from ſeed, it will not be He ſays, he had a hedge which had ſtood five years ;
amiſs to mix Holly berries with the Haws; and if oo and though nine or ten feet were ſufficient for both
ſo, theſe berries ſhould alſo be buried one year, tosd ditches and banks, yet where the ground is but in-
prepare them, ſo that then both will come up toge different, it is better huſbandry to take twelve feet,
ther the following ſpring; and this mixture of Hollywhich will allow of a bank at leaſt fix feet broad, and
with the Quick, will not only have a beautiful ap-gives more ſcope to place the dead hedges farther from
pearance in the winter, but will alſo thicken the hedge the ſets, and the ditches being ſhallow, will in two
at the bottom, and make it a better fence. troch 9 years time graze.
But where the hedge is to be planted, the ſets ſhouldAs to the objection, that taking twelve feet waites
not be more than three years old from the Haws; for too much ground, he affirms, that if twelve feet in
when they are older, their roots will be hard and breadth be taken for a ditch and bank, there will no
e
woody; and as they are commonly trimmed off be- more ground be waſted than by the common way;
fore the ſets are planted, ſo they very often miſcarry; for in that a Quick is rarely ſet, but there are nine
and ſuch of them as do live, will not make ſo good feet between the dead hedges, which is entirely loſt
progreſs as younger plants, nor are they ſo durable ; all the time of fencing; whereas with double ditches,
for theſe plants will not bear tranſplanting ſo well as there remain at leaſt eighteen inches on each ſide
many others, eſpecially when they have ſtood long in where the turfs were ſet on edge, that bear more
the feed-bed unremoved.
Graſs than when it lay on the flat.
The method of planting, as alſo of plaſhing and But, admitting it did totally lay waſte three feet of
pruning of theſe hedges, having been fully explained ground, the damage would be very inconſiderable;
,
under the article of HEDGES, I ſhall not repeat that fince forty perches, in length, two hundred and
,
here, but ihall only beg leave to add the method twenty yards will make perches 7, 25", 9, or 7 poles
which is preſcribed by Thomas Franklin, Eſq; which Is which at 13 s. and 4d. the acre, amounts not to
he had long practiſed in planting of theſe hedges, 17 d. per annum.
which is as follows:
Now that this is not only the beſt, but cheapeſt way
He firſt ſet out the ground for ditches and Quick ten of Quick-ſetting, will appear by comparing the charge
feet in breadth, he ſubdivided that, by marking out of both.
two feet and a half on each ſide (more or leſs at plea- In the uſual way, the charge of a three feet ditch is
ſure) for the ditches, leaving five in the middle be- 4d. per pole, the owner providing ſets; if the work-
tween them; then digging up two feet in the midſt a man finds them, he will have for making the ſaid
of thoſe five feet, he planted the ſets in ; which al- ditch and ſetting them, 8 d. per pole, and for hedg,
though it required more labour and charge, he ſays, ing, 2 d. that is, for both fides, 4d. the pole ;
he foon found it repaid the coſt. This done he began which renders the charge of hedging, ditching, and
to dig the foffes, and to ſet up one row of turfs on fets, 12 d. the pole ; that is, for forty rods in length
the outſide of the ſaid five feet; namely, one row on
40S.
each ſide thereof, the green fide outmoſt, a little re- Then one load of wood out of the copſe coſts (with
clining, ſo as the Graſs might grow.
the carrriage, though but two or three miles diſtance)
After this, returning to the place he began at, he 10 s, which will ſeldom hedge above eight poles
ordered one of the men to dig a ſpit of the under-turf (ſingle hedge;) but allowing to do ten, to fence
mould, and lay it between the turfs placed edgewiſe, forty poles, there muſt be at leaſt eight loads of wood,
as before deſcribed, upon the two feet, which was which cofts 41. making the whole expence for ditch-
purpoſely dug in the middle, and prepared for the ing, fencing, and ſetting forty poles, to be 61. reck-
fets, which the planter ſet with two Quicks upon the soning with the leaſt ; for ſcarce any will undertake to
ſurface of the earth almoſt upright, whilſt another do it for leſs than 3 s. 6 d. per pole, and then the
workman laid the mould forwards about twelve inches, forty poles coft 71.
and then ſet two more, and ſo continued.
Whereas with double ditches, both of them, with
This being finiſhed, he ordered another row of turfs the plants included, will be done for 8 d. the pole,
to be placed on each ſide upon the top of the former, and the huſbandman get as good wages as with the
and filled the vacancy between the ſets and turfs as ſingle ditch (for though the labour about them is
high as their tops; always leaving the middle, where more, yet the making the table is ſaved,) which coſts
the ſets were planted, hollow, and ſomewhat lower 1 l. 6 s. 8 d. and the hedges being low, they will
than the ſides of the banks by eight or ten inches, make better wages at hedging for a penny a pole,
that the rain may deſcend to their roots; which is of than at 2 d. for common hedges, which comes to 6 s.
great advantage to their growth, and by far better 8 d. for hedging forty poles on both ſides. Thus
than by the old method, where the banks are made one load of wood will fence thirty poles at leaſt, and
too much ſloping; and the roots of the ſets are ſel- forty hedged with two thirds of wood leſs than in the
dom wetted, even in a moiſt ſeaſon, the ſummer fol-
other way, and coft but il. 6 s. 8 d. which makes
lowing; but if it prove dry, many of the ſets, eſpe- the other whole charge of fets, ditching, fencing,
cially the late planted, will periſh ; and even few of and wood, but 31.
thoſe that had been planted in the beginning of QUICK-BEAM. See Sorbus SYLVESTRIS.
April (the ſummer happening to be ſomewhat dry) QUINCE-TREE. See CYDONIA.
eſcaped.
QUINCUNX ORDER is a plantation of trees,
The planting being thus advanced, the next care is diſpoſed originally in a ſquare, conſiſting of five trees,
fencing, by ſetting a hedge of about twenty inches one at each corner, and a fifth in the middle, which
high upon the top of the bank on each ſide thereof,
diſpoſition, repeated again and again, forms a regu-
leaning a little outwards from the fets, which will lar grove, wood, or wilderneſs, and, when viewed
protect them as well (if not better) than a hedge of by an angle of the ſquare or parallelogram, preſents
three feet or more, ſtanding on the ſurface of the equal or parallel alleys.
ground; for as theſe are raiſed with the turfs and ſods Or, the Quincunx is the figure of a plantation of
about twenty inches, and the hedge about twenty trees diſpoſed in ſeveral rows, both length and
II D
breadth-

QUI
QUI
Trees planted in Quincunx are ſuch as are planted in
the following form
breadthwiſe, in ſuch manner, that the firſt tree of
the ſecond row commences in the centre of the ſquare
formed by the two firſt trees of the firſt row, and the
two firſt of the third, reſembling the figure of the
five at cards. This regular diſpoſition of trees was
formerly more regarded than at preſent, and is ſtill
much in practice in France for planting trees to form
a grove.
QUINQUEFOLIUM. See POTENTILLA.
R.
RAI
RAI
R
a
a
a
ACEMIFEROUS fignifies bearing in
cluſters.
RACEMUS, a cluſter, is a ſtalk divided
or branched into ſeveral foot-ſtalks, ſuſtain-
ing the flowers or fruit ſet together, as are the
bunches of Grapes, Currants, &c. The firſt of theſe
conditions diſtinguiſhes it from a ſpike, the laſt from
a panicle.
RADIATED FLOWERS are ſuch as have
ſeveral femiflorets ſet round a diſk in form of a ra-
diant ſtar, as are the flowers of Daiſy, Cammomile,
&c. Theſe are called radiated diſcous flowers ; thoſe
which have no ſuch ray, are called naked diſcous
flowers, as the Wormwood, Mugwort, Tanſey, &c.
RADICLE denotes that part of the ſeed of a plant,
which, upon its vegetation, becomes a little root, by
which the tender plant at firſt receives its nouriſhment
before the after-root be formed. This is that part
of the ſeed, which, in making malt, ihoots forth, and
is called the come or comb.
RADISH. See RAPHANUS.
RADISH (HORSE.) See COCHLEARIA.
RAIN is generally accounted to be a crude vapour
of the earth, but more eſpecially of the ſea, drawn
up from thence by the attractive power of the ſun, or
carried thitherward by pulſion, and wafted by the
winds into the aërial region, by which fublimation
and rarefaction, and the virtual qualities of the ſun
and air, it is formed into clouds.
The crudities are diſpelled, and theſe clouds ſuſpend
and hang in the air, and though it may be thought
impoſſible that they ſhould be ſo ſuſpended in the air
by reaſon of their great weight and preſſure, yet it
will not appear ſo on conſideration.
When theſe vapours are thus drawn up to any confi-
derable height by the ſtrength of the air which is un-
derneath them, and which ſtill grows greater and
greater, and by its motion, undulating this way and
that way, they riſe gradually through the air.
This is demonſtrable by paper kites, which, after they
are raiſed to about ſixty feet high, riſe eaſier and with
greater ſwiftneſs, and the higher, ſtill the better and
ſtronger they fly.
Theſe vapours, being this arrived into the upper re-
gions of the air, are ſoon aggregated and condenſed
into bodies and clouds.
And though they are blown here and there, they are
ſtill ſuſpended, till they are releaſed from their im-
priſonment by the genial diſpoſition of the fun, or by
the natural warmth, humidity and rarefaction of the
air.
It is not to be doubted, but that the Rain drops out
of the clouds, becauſe we do not find it rain, but
where clouds are to be ſeen, and by how much the
fairer the weather is, the ſeldomer it rains.
Rain is a very frequent and uſeful meteor, deſcend-
ing from above in form of drops of water.
Rain ſeems to differ from dew only in this, that dew
falls at ſome particular times, and in very ſmall drops,
ſo as to be ſeen when it is down, but is ſcarce per-
ceivable while it is falling; whereas Rain is groſſer,
and falls at any time.
Rain is apparently a precipitated cloud, as clouds
are nothing but vapours raiſed from moiſture, waters,
&c. and vapours are demonftratively nothing elſe but
little bubbles, or veſiculæ detached from the waters
by the power of the ſolar or ſubterraneous heat,
or both.
Theſe veſiculæ, being ſpecifically lighter than the at-
moſphere, are buoyed up thereby till they arrive at
a region where the air is a juſt balance with them;
and here they float, till by ſome new agent they are
converted into clouds, and thence into either Rain,
ſnow, hail, miſt, or the like.
But the agent in this formation of clouds, &c. is a
little controverted : the generality will have it the
cold, which, conftantly occupying the ſuperior re-
gions of the air, chills and condenſes the veſiculæ at
their arrival from a warmer quarter, congregates them
together, and occaſions ſeveral of them to coaleſce
into little maſſes ; by this means their quantity of
matter increaſing in a greater proportion than their
ſurface, they become an overload to the lighter air,
and deſcend into Rain.
The coldneſs of the air may cauſe the particles of the
clouds to loſe their motions, and become leſs able to
reſiſt the gravity of the incumbent air, and conſequent-
ly to yield to its preſſure, and fall to the ground.
The wind may collect the vapours in ſuch abundance,
as firſt to form very thick clouds, and then to ſqueeze
thoſe clouds together, till the watery particles make
drops too big to hang in the air.
But the grand cauſe, according to Monf. Rohault,
is ſtill behind; he conceives it to be the heat of the
air, which, after continuing for ſome time near the
earth, is at length carried up on high by a wind, and,
there thawing the frozen villi or flocks of the half-
frozen veſiculæ, reduces them into drops, which,
coaleſcing, deſcend, and have their diſſolution per-
fected in their progreſs through the lower and warm-
er ſtages of the atmoſphere.
Monſieur Le Clerc and others aſcribe this deſcent
of the clouds rather to an alteration of the atmo-
ſphere than of the veſiculæ, and ſuppoſe it to proceed
from

RAI
RAI
from a diminution of the ſpring, or elaſtic force of
the air
This elaſticity, which depends chiefly or wholly upon
the dry terrene exhalations, being weakened, the at-
moſphere finks under its burden, and the clouds fall
upon the common principle of precipitation.
Now the little veſiculæ, by any or all of theſe means
being once upon the deſcent, will perſiſt therein, not-
withitanding the increaſe of reſiſtance they every mo-
ment meet withal in their progreſs through ſtill den-
fer and denſer parts of the atmoſphere.
For as they all tend towards the ſame point, viz. the
center of the earth, the farther they fall, the more
coalitions will they make; and the more coalitions,
the more matter there will be under the ſame ſurface,
the ſurface not only increaſing as the ſquares, but the
folidity as the cubes; and the more matter under the
fame ſurface, the leſs friction or reſiſtance there will
be to the fame matter.
Thus, if the cold, the wind, &c. happen to act early
enough to precipitate the veſiculæ, ere they are ar-
rived to any conſiderable height, the coalitions being
few in fo ſhort a deſcent, the drops will be propor-
tionably ſmall, and thus is formed what we call dew.
If the vapours prove more copious, and riſe a little
higher, we have a miſt or fog.
A little higher ſtill, and they produce a ſmall Rain.
If they neither meet with cold or wind enough to con-
denſe or diſſipate them, they form a heavy, thick, dark
sky, which laſt ſometimes ſeveral days or weeks.
Hence we may account for many of the phænomena of
the weather, e.g. Why a cold is always a wet ſum-
mer, and a warm a dry one, becauſe the principle of
precipitation is had in the one caſe, and wanting in the
other :
Why we have ordinarily moft Rain about the equi-
noxes, becauſe the vapours ariſe more plentifully than
ordinary in the ſpring, as the earth becomes looſened
from the brumal conſtipations, and becauſe, as the
ſun recedes from us in autumn, the cold increaſing,
the vapours that had lingered above, during the ſum-
mer heats, are now diſpatched down.
Why a ſettled, thick, cloſe ſky ſeldom ever rains,
till it has been firſt cleared, becauſe the equally con-
fuſed vapours muſt firſt be condenſed and congregated
into ſeparate clouds to lay the foundation of Rain, by
which means the reſt of the face of the heaven is left
open, and pervious to the rays of the ſun, &c.
Monſ. Le Clerc obferves, that all winds do not pro-
duce Rains, but only ſuch as collect a great quantity
of vapours. Thus in Holland weſt winds are rainy,
becauſe they come from the ocean, and blow up the
vapours ; eaſt winds blow clear, becauſe they come
over vaft tracts of land ; north winds are rainy, be-
cauſe they come from the north ſea, but not ſo rainy
as the weſt, becauſe the cold north doth not yield ſuch
a quantity of vapours as the kinder climate of the
Britannic ocean; fouth winds bring Rain too, for
that they, conſiſting of vapours raiſed by the heat of
the ſun in a hot quarter, and ſo being elevated above
others in the air, ſeem to lie upon our clouds, and
preſs them down towards the earth.
Again: Rain may be produced after this manner. If
the vapours riſe in fo great abundance as to reach and
mingle with the clouds above then, then they cauſe
Rain in very large drops, and this may happen in
ſtill ſultry weather, for then the clouds, which are
over our heads, have no ſenſible motion, and in the
mean time the heat fills the air with vapours, which,
joining with the clouds, and ſo being ſtopped in their
progreſs, open a paſſage for the ſtores in the clouds
to deſcend upon the earth.
Sometimes alſo the warm wind thaws the clouds into
drops, as we ſee ſnow diffolved by heat; now by how
much the thicker and fooner any ſuch cloud was ga-
thered, the larger are the drops that come from it,
becauſe a greater ſtore of vapours was condenſed
a
there. From thence it is, that in ſummer time we
have ſudden ſhowers of Rain in very large drops.
It ought alſo to be remembered, that in thofe coun-
tries which lie between the tropics, where they have
the fun vertical, the Rain pours down for ſeveral weeks
together more like pailfuls than drops. And it is ve-
ry probable that this is the cauſe; viz. becauſe at that
time the ſun draws up abundance of vapours, and ra-
refies them extremely, ſo that they are elevated as high
as poſſible, and then are precipitated at once, being
too copious and heavy to hang in the air; and beſides,
there may ſometimes be a concurrence of neighbour-
ing vapours, which will be ready to croud into that
part of the air, which is moſt rarefied by the heat of
the fun meeting with the vapours, which are raiſed
in that place, and produce very great clouds and
Rain.
If any aſk, How the drops of falling water come to
be round, as in Rain? it is anſwered, That this does
not happen by any diſpoſition peculiar to the water,
but becauſe the drops are equally preſſed by the air
on every ſide, and thereby forced into a round figure,
the reſiſtance of the air being equal every way ; but
others give other reaſons for it.
In Rain there are two diſtinct properties or ſpecies ;
the one which ferves for the diffolution of the ſalts of
the earth, and the other is a terreſtrial matter, which
it meets with in its ſublimation, which may with ſome
propriety be called either falt or nitre, and both theſe
are uſeful in the buſineſs of vegetation.
Rain is operative in diſſolving the falts that are in the
earth, and cools and bathes the cortex or ſkin of all
vegetables, and, by a ſort of relaxation, cauſes the
fap to paſs up more freely, and by that means to
grow, and ſhoot the better.
Theſe foggy humid vapours ariſing out of the ground,
&c. of which Rain is formed, would inevitably ſtag-
nate and poiſon the whole face of the earth, were
they not fublimated by the air, and drawn up by the
aſiſtance of the ſun into the upper regions, but, be-
ing there rarefied, they are made of ſecond uſe in
vegetation
As to the quantity of Rain that falls, its proportion
in ſeveral places at the ſame time, and in the ſame
place at ſeveral times, we have ſtore of obſervations,
journals, &c. in the Memoires of the French Acade-
my, the Philoſophical Tranſactions, &c. an idea of
which take as follows:
Upon meaſuring then, the Rain falling yearly, its
depth, at a medium, is found as in the following
table :
a
a
Proportion

RAI
RAI
Proportion of Rain falling yearly, and its proportion in ſeveral places.
--
42 Inches
-
1
3
-
-
19 F
--
-
-
At Townly in Lancaſhire, obſerved by Mr. Townly
Upminſter in Effex, by Mr. Derham
Zurich in Switzerland, by Dr. Sceutcher
Piſa in Italy, by Dr. Mich. Angl. Tilli
Paris in France, by M. de la Hire
Liſle in Flanders, by M. de Vaubin
-
32
43
19
24
Proportions of the Rain of ſeveral years to one another.
At UPMINSTER.
At PARIS.
19 Inches 03 Cent.
69
18
78
42
20
38
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1 705
21 Inches 38 Cent.
27
15
18
51
20
14
82
99
23
15
16
81
21
93
Proportion of the Rain of the ſeveral ſeaſons to one another.
Depth at Depth at Depth at
Piſa.
Upminſter Zurich.
Depth at Depth at Depth at
Pifa. Upminſter Zurich.
1708
1708
Inch.
Inch.
O
OO
I
II
2
Inch.
I 64
I 65
I
51
27
2
Inch.
6 41
3
28
2 65
I
3 33
4 90
January
February
March
April
May
June
Inch.
2
28
O 46
2 03
o 96
2 02
2 32
I
July
Auguſt
September
October
November
December
7 21
25
Inch.
3 50
3 15
3 02
2
62
2 62
4 69
O
94
46
23
86
97
24
I
5 33
13
OO
91
5 91
O
O
II
Half year
28
82
16 67
17 31
Half year
14 94
8
57
15 35
1
I
The Reverend Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe of
Vegetable Staticks, tells us, that the quantity of
Rain and dew that falls in a year is, at a medium,
22 inches, and that the quantity of the earth's eva-
poration in a year is at leaſt 9 + inches, ſince that
12 / 2
is the rate at which it evaporates in a ſummer's day,
from which 9 + Inches is to be deducted 3. 39
inches, for circulating daily dew, there remains 6. 2
inches, which 6.2 inches deducted from the quan-
tity of Rain which falls in a year, there remains at
Icaſt 16 inches depth to repleniſh the earth with
moiſture for vegetation, and to ſupply ſprings and
rivers.
Hence we find that 22 inches depth of Rain in a
year is fufficient for all the purpoſes of nature in ſuch
fat countries as is that about Teddington near Hamp-
ton-Court ; but in the hill countries, as in Lancaſhire,
there falls 42 inches depth of Rain water, from
which deducting ſeven inches for evaporation, there
remains 35 inches depth of water, beſides great fup-
plies from much more plentiful dews than fall in plain
countries.
Which vaſt ſtores ſeem ſo abundantly ſufficient to an-
ſwer the great quantity of water which is conveyed
away by ſprings and rivers from thoſe hills, that we
need not have recourſe for ſupplies to the great abyſs,
whoſe ſurface at high water is ſurmounted ſome hun-
dreds of feet by ordinary hills, and ſome thouſands
of feet by thoſe vaſt hills, from whence the longeſt
and greateſt rivers take their riſe.
RAINBOW, a meteor in form of a particoloured
arch or ſemicircle, exhibited in a rainy ſky oppoſite
the fun, by the rarefaction of his rays in the drops
of falling rain.
The Rainbow, Sir Iſaac Newton obſerves, never ap-
pears but where it rains in the ſunſhine, and may
be repreſented artificially by contriving water to fall
in little drops like rain, through which the ſun ſhining
exhibits a bow to the ſpectator's eye placed between
the fun and the drops, eſpecially if a dark body, e.g.
로
​black cloth be diſpoſed beyond the drops.
Anton. de Dominis firſt accounted for the Rainbow in
1611, he explained at large how it was formed by re-
fraction and reflexion of the ſun-beams in ſpherical
drops of water, and confirmed his explication by ex-
periments made with glaſs globes, &c. full of water,
wherein he was followed by Des Cartes, who mended
and improved upon his account.
But as they were both in the dark as to the true ori-
gin of colours, their explications are defective, and
in ſome things erroneous, which, it it is one of the
glories of the Newtonian doctrine of colours, to fup-
ply and correct.
The following properties are aſcribed to the Rain-
bow:
1. That it never appears but in a place oppoſite the
fun; fo that, when we look directly at it, the ſun is
always behind us.
2. That when the Rainbow appears, it always rains
ſomewhere.
3. That the conſtant order of the colours is, that the
outmoſt is red or Saffron colour'; the next is yellow;
the third is green ; the fourth or inmoſt is Violet or
blue; but theſe colours are not equally bright.
4. Two Rainbows appear together, one of which is
higher and larger than the other, and ſhews the aforea
faid colours, but in an inverted order.
5. The Rainbow is always exactly round, but does
not always appear equally entire, the upper or lower
parts being very often wanting.
6. Its apparent breadth is always the ſame.
7. That thoſe, who ſtand upon plain low ground,
never ſee above half its circle, and oftentimes not fo
much.
8. The higher the ſun is above the horizon, the leſs
of the circle is ſeen, and, if there be no cloud to
hinder, the lower, the more of it.
9. That never any Rainbow appears, when the ſun is
above 41 degrees 46 minutes high.
Lunar (Rainbow :) The moon alſo ſometimes exhibits
the phænomena of an iris or bow by the refraction of
her rays in the drops of rain in the night time.
Ariſtotle

R A N
R AN
а
a
a
a
a
Ariſtotle ſays, he was the firſt that ever obſerved it; ſize of a marble, having a brittle ſhell under a thing
and adds, that it never happens, i. e. viſible, but at ſkin, with one cell, incloſing many compreſſed feeds
the time of the full moon, her light at cther times ſurrounded with a black pulp. It is propagated by
being too faint to reflect the fight. After two re- feeds, which ſhould be fown early in the ſpring in
fractions and one reflexion, the lunar iris has all the pots filled with light freſh earth, and plunged into a
colours of the ſolar very diſtinct and pleaſant, only hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water the earth
faint, in compariſon of the other, both from the dif- frequently but gently, to promote the vegetation of
ferent intenſity of the rays, and the different difpofi- the feeds. When the plants come up, they muſt
tion of the medium.
have freſh air admitted to them every day when the
Marine (Rainbow) is a phænomenon ſometimes ob- weather is warm, and ſhould be often refreſhed with
ſerved in a much agitated ſea, when the wind, ſweep- water. In about a month's time after the plants are
ing part of the tops of the waves, carries them aloft, up, they will be fit to tranſplant, when they ſhould
ſo that the ſun's rays falling upon them, are refracted, be carefully ſhaken out of the pots, and each plant-
&c. as in a common ſhower, and paint the colours ed into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light freſh
of the bow.
earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again,
F. Bourzes, in the Philoſophical Tranſactions, ob- where they muſt be ſcreened from the ſun until they
ſerves that the colours of the Marine Rainbow are have taken new root; after which time, they muſt
leſs lively, diſtinct, and of leſs duration, than thoſe have air and moiſture in proportion to the warmth of
of the common bow ; that there are ſcarce above the ſeaſon. The plants may remain in the hot-bed
two colours diſtinguiſhable, a dark yellow on the ſide till toward Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be
next the fun, and a pale green on the oppoſite fide. cold, at which time they ſhould be removed into the
But theſe bows exceed as to number, there being ftove, and if they are plunged into the bark-bed, it
ſometimes twenty or thirty ſeen together, they ap- will greatly forward their growth, though they will
pear at noon-day, and in a poſition oppoſite to that live in the dry ſtove, if they are kept in a moderate
of the common bow, i. e. the concave fide is turned temperature of heat. During the two firſt ſeaſons,
upwards, as indeed it is neceſſary it ſhould be, from while the plants are young, it will be proper to keep
what
may
be ſaid in accounting for the appearance of them conſtantly in the ftove, but their leaves muſt be
the folar bow.
waſhed whenever they contract filth; this will bring
RAMPIONS. See CAMPANULA RADICE ESCULENTA. them forward; but, after the plants have obtained
RAMSONS. See ALLIUM.
ſtrength, they may be expoſed every ſummer to the
RAMUS, a branch, is the diviſion of a ſtalk; in open air in the warmeſt part of the year for two or
trees it is often called a bough.
three months, provided they are placed in a warm
RANDIA. Houſt. Gen. Nov. 28. Lin. Gen. Plant. ſituation, but in winter they muft be conſtantly placed
194
in a ſtove, and kept in a moderate warmth, other-
The CHARACTERS are,
wiſe they will not live in this country,
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf, The leaves of this plant continue green throughout
cut into five ſhort ſegments at the brim. The flower is the year, which renders the plant valuable, becauſe
funnel-ſhaped, of one petal, cut into five parts at the top; it makes an agreeable variety in the winter ſeaſon,
it hath five short ſtamina terminated by oblong ere&t ſum- when mixed with other tender plants.
mits, and an oval germen Supporting a cylindrical ſtyle, RANUNCULUS. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 285. tab.
the length of the tube divided into two parts at the top, 149. Lin. Gen. Plant. 619. [fo called, as ſome ſay,
crowned by two obtuſe unequal ſtigmas. The germen af- from Rana, Lat. a frog, on account of its delighting
terward becomes an oval capſule with one cell, baving a to grow in moiſt places, which frogs frequent.] Crow-
bard cover, including many compreſſed cartilaginous Seeds foot.
ſurrounded with pulp.
The CHARACTERS are,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of The empalement of the flower is compoſed of five oval
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants concave leaves ; the flower has five obtuſe petals, which
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
have a narrow baſe ; each of theſe have an open netta-
We know but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent rium upon their tails. It hath many ſtamino, about
in the Engliſh gardens, viz.
half the length of the petals, terminated by oblong, erect,
RANDIA (Mitis) foliis ovatis emarginatis, fpinis gemi- twin fummits, and numerous germen colleated in a beed
natis, caule fruticoſo. Randia with oval leaves which having no styles, but are crowned by ſmall reflexed ftig-
are indented at the top, Spines growing by pairs, and a
The germen afterward become ſeeds of uncertain
ſhrubby ſtalk. Randia fruteſcens, fpinis bijugis, foliis irregular figures, faſtened to the recepiecle by very Sport
fubrotundis floribus albis. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby foot-ſtalks.
Randia with double ſpines, roundiſh leaves, and white This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh fection
flowers. Sir Hans Sloane titles it in the Hiſtory of Ja- of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
maica, Lycium forte, foliis fubrotundis integris, fpi- plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and germen.
nis & foliis ex adverfo fitis. Vol. i. p. 40. Boxthorn I ſhall not here enumerate all the ſpecies of this ge-
with roundiſ entire leaves, which, as well as the ſpines, nus, many of which are common weeds in moſt parts
are placed by pairs.
of England, and others are ſo in ſeveral parts of
This plant grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, where Europe, ſo are rarely admitted into gardens, there-
the late Dr. Houſtoun found it in plenty, and ſent fore I ſhall only mention thoſe forts which are culti-
the ſeeds to Europe; he gave this title to the genus vated in gardens, or have double flowers.
in honour of Mr. Iſaac Rand, who was a curious bo-
The SPECIES are,
taniſt. It was diſcovered by Sir Hans Sloane in the 1. RANUNCULUS (Acris) calycibus patulis, pedunculis
iſland of Barbadoes.
teretibus, foliis tripartito-multifidis, fummis lineari-
It riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of ten or bus. Lin. Flor. Suec. 466. flore pleno. Ranunculus
twelve feet, covered with a whitiſh bark, The with a ſpreading empalement, a taper foot-fialk, many-
branches come out oppoſite from the ſide of the ſtalk, pointed leaves divided by threes, and thoſe at the top li-
each pair croſſing the other, the leaves are of a thick near and bearing a double flower. Ranunculus hortenſis
confiftence, about an inch long, and three quarters erectus, flore pleno. C. B. P. 179. Upright Garden
broad, a little indented at the top, and are placed by Ranunculus with a double flower.
pairs ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. At the joints 2. RANUNCULUS (Repens) calycibus patulis, pedunculis
immediately under the leaves are produced two ſhort ſulcatis, repentibus, foliis compoſitis. Flor. Suec. 468.
ſpines ſtanding oppoſite. The flowers are produced flore pleno. Ranunculus with a Spreading empalement,
from the ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, white, furrowed foot-ſtalks, creeping shoots, and compound leaves
tubulous, and divided at the brim ſlightly into five with a double flower. Ranunculus hortenſis inclinans,
parts. Theſe are ſucceeded by oval berries about the C. B. P. 179. Inclining Garden Ranunculus,
mas.
a
II E
3. RANUN-

RAN
R AN
3: RANUNCULUS (Creticus) foliis radicalibus reniformi-
bus crenatis ſublobatis, caulinis tripartitis lanceolatis
integerrimis, caule multifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 550.
Ranunculus with kidney-ſhaped lower leaves, which are
crenated and almoſt divided into lobes, but thoſe upon the
Stalks divided into three ſpear-ſhaped lobes which are entire,
bearing many flowers on a fialk. Ranunculus afphodeli
radice Creticus. C. B. P. 181. Afphodel-rooted Ranun-
culus of Crete.
4. RANUNCULUS ( Aconitifolius) foliis omnibus quinatis
lanceolatis inciſo-ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 229. flore
pleno. Ranunculus with all the leaves divided into five
ſpear-ſhaped ſegments which are ſawed, and bear a dou-
ble flower. Ranunculus folio aconiti, fiore albo mul-
tiplici. C. B. P. 179. Ranunculus with a Wolfſbane leaf
and a double white flower, commonly called Mountain
Ranunculus.
5. RANUNCULUS (Gramineus) foliis lanceolato-linearibus
ſeffilibus, caule erecto radice bulbofo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
773. Ranunculus with linear leaves ſitting cloſe to the
ſtalk, which is erect, having very long foot-ftalks to the
flowers. Ranunculus montanus, folio gramineo.
C.B.P. 181. Mountain Ranunculus with a Graſs leaf.
6. RANUNCULUS (Rutæfolius) foliis fuprà decompoſitis,
caule fimpliciſſimo unifolio, radice tuberofà. Hort.
Cliff. 230. flore pleno. Ranunculus with leaves which
are decompounded above, a ſingle ſtalk bearing one leaf,
and a tuberous root with a double flower. Ranunculus
rutaceo folio, flore pleno, luteo, minori. Flor. Bat.
2, 3. Rue-leaved Ranunculus with a ſmaller double yel-
low flower.
7. RANUNCULUS (Auricomus) foliis radicalibus renifor-
mibus crenatis inciſis, caulinis digitatis linearibus,
caule multifloro. Hort. Cliff. 229. flore pleno. Ra-
nunculus with kidney-ſhaped, crenated, lower leaves, thoſe
on the ſtalks band-Maped and linear, and ſtalks bearing
many flowers. Ranunculus dulcis multiflorus. Tab.
Icon. 53. Sweet-ſmelling Ranunculus bearing many flowers.
8. RANUNCULUS ( Amplexicaulis) foliis ovatis acuminatis
amplexicaulibus, caule radice faſciculatâ. Hort. Cliff.
229. Ranunculus with oval, acute-pointed leaves which
embrace the ſtalks, mony flowers upon a ſtalk, and roots
growing in bunches. Ranunculus montanus, folio plan-
taginis. C. B. P. 180. Mountain Ranunculus with a
Plantain leaf.
9. RANUNCULUS (Grandiflorus) caule erecto bifolio, fo-
liis multifidis, caulinis alternis ſeſſilibus. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 492. Ranunculus with an erect ſtalk, having two
leaves which are many-pointed, and thoſe upon the ſtalks
alternate ſitiing cloſe. Ranunculus Orientalis, aconiti
folio, flore maximo. Tourn. Cor. 22. Eaſtern Ranun-
culus with a Wolfſbane leaf and a large flower.
10. RANUNCULUS (Sanguineus) foliis ternatis biternatif-
que, foliolis trifidis obtufis, caule fimplici. Ranuncu-
lus with leaves placed by threes, which are divided again
into twice trifoliate leaves, ending in three obtuſe points,
with a ſimple ſtalk. Ranunculus aſphodeli radice, flore
ſanguineo. C.B. P. 281. Afphodel-rooted Ranunculus
with a bloody flower.
11. RANUNCULUS (Afiaticus) foliis ternatis biternatiſque,
foliolis trifidis inciſis, caule infernè ramoſo. Lin. Sp.
552. Ranunculus with trifoliate and twice trifoliate leaves,
whoſe lobes are trifid, cut, and a ſtalk branching at the
bottom. Perſian Ranunculus.
The firſt fort is a variety of the common upright
Meadow Ranunculus, which grows naturally in eve-
ry paſture ; but as this hath double flowers, ſo it
is cultivated in gardens. The ſtalks of this are
erect, and riſe more than a foot high; the lower
leaves have very long foot-ſtalks ; they are divided
into ſeveral ſegments, reſembling thoſe of the Aco-
nite, or Monk’s-hood; the leaves toward the top of
the ſtalk are cut into linear ſegments to the bottom;
the ſtalk branches at the top into ſeveral foot-
ſtalks, which are terminated by double yellow flow-
Theſe appear in May, and if they ſtand in a
ſhady ſituation, will continue a month in flower ;
and many times in moiſt ſeaſons, there are ſmall
flowers riſing out of the middle of the others. This
is propagated by parting of the roots in autumn,
and ſhould be planted in a moiſt foil and a ſhady
ſituation.
The ſecond fort is a variety of the common creeping
Crow-foot, which grows naturally in cultivated fields
in moſt parts of England. The ſhoots from the root
of this fort trail upon the ground, and put out roots
from every joint in the manner of the Strawberry, fo
that when it is once introduced into a garden, it will
multiply faſt enough; the leaves and ſtalks are hairy,
the flowers are yellow and double, but ſmall. It
flowers the latter end of May.
The third ſort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath an
Afphodel root; the lower leaves are large, kidney-
ſhaped, and a little hairy, about three inches long
and four broad; they are deeply crenated on their
borders, and are divided almoſt into five lobes, and
have long foot-ſtalks which are hairy. The ſtalks
riſe about nine or ten inches high, and are garniſhed
with two or three leaves, which are cut into three ſeg-
ments, and are entire ; the top of the ſtalk divides into
ſeveral foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one large, pale,
yellow flower. This fort flowers the beginning of
June. It is propagated by offsets from the roots, in
the ſame way as the Garden Ranunculus, and ſhould
be planted in a warm border, otherwiſe the froſt will
deſtroy the roots.
The fourth ſort grows naturally upon the Alps, with
a ſingle flower, but the double has been obtained by
ſeeds, and is preſerved in many curious gardens for
the beauty of its flowers. This is by fome gardeners
called the Fair Maid of France; it hath a perennial
root, compoſed of many ſtrong fibres; the leaves are
divided into five ſpear-ſhaped lobes; the four fide
lobes are upon foot-ſtalks coming from the ſide of
the principal ftalk, and the middle one terminates it ;
they are deeply fawed on their edges, and have ſeve-
ral longitudinal veins. The ftalks riſe a foot and a
half high, and branch out at the top into three or
four diviſions, at each of which there is one leaf, of
the ſame ſhape with the lower, but ſmaller. The
flowers are pure white, and very double, each ſtand-
ing upon a ſhort foot-ſtalk. It flowers in May. This
is propagated by parting the roots in autumn, as ſoon
as the leaves decay, and ſhould be planted in an eaſt
border and a loamy foil, not too ftiff.
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps; this has
a perennial root; the leaves are long and narrow like
thoſe of Graſs, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, which riſe
a little more than a foot high, dividing at the
three or four flender foot-ſtalks, which are terminated
by ſingle yellow flowers like thoſe of the common But-
terflower. This flowers the beginning of May. There
is a double flower of this kind in the Paris Garden,
but we have not yet got it in England.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Auſtria, and alſo
in the Levant. This hath a tuberous root, the leaves
decompounded and ſmooth; the ſtalks riſe near a foot
high, and have one leaf of the ſame ſhape with the
lower, but ſmaller; the ſtalk is terminated by one
double flower, about the fize of the common Butter-
flower, but of a fine bright yellow colour. This
flowers in the end of May. It is propagated by off-
ſets from the roots in the ſame way as the Garden Ra-
nunculus, and muſt be planted in a warm border,
otherwiſe the froſt will deſtroy the roots in winter.
The ſeventh fort is a variety of the common ſweet
Wood Ranunculus, which hath a double flower. This
is a very hardy plant; it may be eaſily propagated by
the root, and ſhould have a loamy ſoil and a ſhady
ſituation.
The eighth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and
Apennine Mountains, where it feldom riſes more than
fix inches high; the leaves are narrow, and but one
flower upon a ſtalk; but when it is planted in a gar-
den, the ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and are gar-
niſhed with oval acute-pointed leaves, three inches
long, and one inch and a half broad, ſmooth, of a
grayiſh colour, embracing the ſtalks with their baſe ;
this branches out at the top into ſeveral foot-ſtalks,
each ſuſtaining one white flower. This flowers in the
a
top into
a
a
a
ers.
middle

R AN
R AN
a
very fine,
tions;
middle of April, and continues near å month in
beauty, if planted in a ſhady place. It is propagated
by parting of the roots in autumn, ſoon after the
leaves decay, and may be planted on a ſhady border,
where it will thrive exceedingly.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant; this hath a perennial root, from which
ariſe ſeveral leaves, cut into many points like thoſe of
Wolfſbane ; the ſtalk riſes a foot high, and is garniſhed
with two leaves which fit cloſe together, and are al-
ternate. This is terminated by one ſingle yellow
Rower, much larger than that of the Butterflower, and
blows in May. It is propagated by parting the roots
in autumn, and ſhould be planted in a light loamy
foil.
The tenth fort is common in the Engliſh gardens, and
was ſome years paſt more ſo than at preſent; for ſince
the Perſian Ranunculus has been introduced here, and
ſo many fine varieties have been obtained from ſeeds,
they have almoſt baniſhed this ſort out of the gardens.
It hath a grumous root like the Perſian fort; the
leaves are divided by threes, and thoſe are twice
again divided by threes, and are obtuſe-pointed; the
ſtalk riſes about nine inches high, terminated by one
large double red flower. This appears the latter end
of April, and have ſometimes one or two very ſmall
flowers branching out from the fide.
The eleventh fort was originally brought from Perſia,
but ſince it has been in Europe, has been greatly im-
proved by culture, and many new flowers obtained
from ſeeds, amongſt which are many with ſemidouble
flowers, which produce ſeeds; and from theſe there
are ſuch prodigious varieties of new flowers annually
obtained, which are ſo large, and of ſuch variety of
beautiful colours, as to exceed all other flowers of that
ſeafon, and even vie with the moſt beautiful Carna-
theſe are many of them finely ſcented, and the
roots, when ſtrong, generally produce twenty or
thirty flowers upon each; which, ſucceeding each
other, continue in beauty a full month or longer, ac-
cording to the heat of the ſeaſon, or the care taken to
defend them from the injuries of the weather; all
which excellent qualities have rendered them ſo valu-
able, that the old forts are almoſt diſregarded except
in fome old gardens.
All the very double flowers never produce feeds, ſo
that they are only multiplied by offsets from their
roots, which they generally produce in great plenty,
if planted on a good foil, and duly attended in winter.
The ſeaſon for planting their roots is any time in Oc-
tober, for if they are planted ſooner, they are apt to
come up in a ſhort time, and grow pretty rank before
winter, whereby they will be in greater danger of ſuf-
fering by froſt; and if they are planted much later,
they will be in danger of periſhing under ground; fo
that you ſhould not keep them out of the ground
any longer than the beginning or middle of October.
The beds in which the Perſian Ranunculus roots are
planted, ſhould be made with freſh, light, fandy
earth, at leaſt three feet deep: the beſt ſoil for them
may be compoſed in this manner, viz. Take a quan-
tity of freſh earth from a rich upland paſture, about
fix inches deep, together with the green ſward ; this
ſhould be laid in a heap to rot for twelve months be-
fore it is mixed, obſerving to turn it over very often,
to ſweeten it and break the clods; to this you ſhould
add a fourth part of very rotten neats dung, and a
proportionable quantity of ſea or drift-ſand, according
as the earth is lighter or ftiffer; if it be light and in-
clining to a ſand, there ſhould be no fand added ;
but if it be a hazel loam, one load of ſand will be
ſufficient for eight loads of earth; but if the earth is
ſtrong and heavy, the ſand ſhould be added in a
greater proportion; this ſhould be mixed eight
months or a year before it is uſed, and ſhould be of-
ten turned over, in order to unite their parts well to-
gether before it is put into the beds.
The depth which this ſhould be laid in the beds, muſt
be about three feet, and ſhould be below the ſurface,
in proportion to the dryneſs or moiſture of the place
where the beds are ſituated; for in dry ground it ſhould
be two feet eight inches below the ſurface, and the
beds raiſed four inches above; but in a noiſt place
they ſhould be two feet below, and one foot above
the ground, and in this caſe, it will be very proper
to lay ſome rubbiſh and ſtones in the bottom of each
bed, to drain off the moiſture; and if upon this, at
the bottom of the beds, ſome very rotten neats dung
is laid two or three inches thick, the roots will
reach this in the ſpring, and the flowers will be the
fairer. This earth I would by no means adviſe to
be ſcreened very fine, only in turning it over each
time, you ſhould be careful to break the clods, and
throw out all large ſtones, which will be ſufficient ;
for if it is made very fine, when the great rains in
winter come on, it will cauſe the earth to bind into
one folid lump, whereby the moiſture will be detained,
and the roots, not being able to extend their tender
fibres, will rot. Of this I have had many examples, but
one particularly to my coit: when I had procured a
fine parcel of theſe roots from abroad, and being
deſirous of having them thrive very well, I took
great pains to ſcreen the earth of
my
beds
which I had laid above two feet deep, and planted a
good part of my roots therein; but the ſeaſon ada
vancing, and having a great deal of other buſineſs
upon my hands, I did not ſcreen the earth of all my
beds, but planted ſome of them without doing any
thing more than raking them; and the ſucceſs was,
that the roots in thoſe beds which were ſcreened did,
great part of them, entirely rot; and the remaining
part were ſo weak, as not to produce any good flowers;
whereas thoſe which were planted in the beds which
were not ſcreened, did thrive and flower very well,
and ſcarce any of the roots failed, though the earth of
all the beds was the ſame, and were in the ſame ſitu-
ation, both with regard to wind and ſun ; ſo that the
damage which thoſe roots ſuſtained, was owing en-
tirely to the fineneſs of the earth; and this I have fe-
veral times ſince obſerved in other gardens.
I am aware that this depth of three feet, which I have
here directed to make the beds of thefe flowers, will
be objected to by many perſons, on account of the ex-
pence and trouble of preparing them, as alſo ſupa
poſing it neceſſary to make the beds ſo deep, for
flowers whoſe roots are ſmall; but if they will give
themſelves the trouble of making the experiment, by
preparing one bed in this manner, and another in the
common way, and plant them both with the ſame
flowers, they will ſoon be convinced of their error,
by the ſucceſs of the flowers. For in the beds which
have been prepared of this depth, I have ſeen one
root produce upward of fifty flowers, each of which
grew near a foot high, and were extremely large and
fair ; whereas in the common method of culture, they
are thought to do very well when they produce eight
or ten flowers on each root, and theſe grow ſix inches
high; but if a perſon will trace the length of the
ſmall fibres of theſe roots, he will find them extend
three or four feet downwards. And as it is by theſe
diſtant fibres that the nouriſhment is taken in, for the
increaſe and ſtrength of the flowers; ſo if theſe meet
with a poor barren foil below, they ſhrink, and the
flowers are ſtarved for want of proper nouriſhment
in the ſpring, when it is moſt required.
The beds being thus prepared, ſhould lie a fortnight
to ſettle before the roots are planted, that there may
be no danger of the earth ſettling unequally after they
are planted; which would prejudice the roots, by
having hollow places in ſome parts of the bed, to which
the water would run and lodge, and ſo rot the roots
there. Then having levelled the earth, laying the
ſurface a little rounding, the beds ſhould be marked
out in rows by a line, at about fix inches diſtance each
way, ſo that the roots may be planted every way in
ftrait lines, then
the earth with your
fingers at each croſs, where the roots are to be plant-
ed, at about two inches deep, placing the roots ex-
actly in the middle, with their crowns upright; then
with the head of a rake you ſhould draw the earth up-
you
ſhould
open
a

R AN
RAN
а
on the ſurface of the bed level, whereby the top of
the roots will be covered with earth near two inches,
which will be fufficient. This work ſhould be done
in dry weather, becauſe the earth will then work bet-
ter than if it were wet; but the ſooner after planting
there happens to be rain, the better it will be for the
roots; for if it ſhould prove dry weather long after,
and the earth of the beds be very dry, the roots will
be ſubject to mould and decay; therefore in ſuch a
caſe it will be proper to give a little water to the beds,
if there ſhould no rain happen in a fortnight's time,
which indeed is very rare at that ſeaſon of the year, ſo
that they will ſeldom bein danger of ſuffering that way.
When the roots are thus planted, there will no more be
required until toward the end of November, by which
time they will begin to heave the ground, and the buds
of their leaves appear; when you ſhould lay a little of
the freſh earth, of which the beds were compoſed,
about half an inch thick over the beds, which will
greatly defend the crown of the root from froſt; and
when you perceive the buds to break through this fe-
cond covering, if it ſhould prove very hard froſt, it will
be very proper to arch the beds over with hoops, and
cover them with mats, but eſpecially in the ſpring,
when the flower-buds will begin to appear; for if
they are expoſed to too much froit
, or blighting winds
at that ſeaſon, their flowers feldom open fairly, and
many times their roots are deſtroyed.
In the beginning of March the flower-ſtems will be-
gin to riſe, at which time you ſhould carefully clear
the beds from weeds, and ſtir the earth with your
fingers between the roots, being very careful not to
injure them; this will not only make the beds appear
handſome, but alſo greatly ſtrengthen their flowers in
blowing; and if the nights prove froſty, the beds ſhould
be covered with mats every evening, and ſhaded from
the ſun in the heat of the day. When the flowers
are paſt and the leaves are withered, you ſhould take
up the roots, and carefully clear them from the earth;
then ſpread them upon a mat to dry, in a ſhady place;
after which they may be put up in bags or boxes in a
dry room, until the October following, which is the
ſeaſon for planting them again.
Theſe Perſian forts are not only propagated by offsets
from the old roots, but are alſo multiplied by feeds,
which the ſemi-double kinds produce in plenty ;
therefore, whoever is deſirous to have theſe in perfec-
tion, ſhould annually fow their feeds, from which new
varieties will be every year produced; but in order
thereto, you ſhould be careful in ſaving your feed,
or in procuring it from ſuch perſons as underſtand
how to fave it, that is, who will be careful not to
leave any flowers for ſeeds, but ſuch as have five or
fix rows of petals at leaſt, and are well coloured ;
for fince theſe flowers increaſe plentifully, it is not
worth the trouble to ſow any indifferent feeds, be-
cauſe there can be but little hopes of obtaining any
good flowers from them.
Being prepared with feeds, about the middle of Au-
guft, which is the proper ſeaſon for fowing them, you
ſhould get ſome large pots, flat ſeed-pans, or boxes.
Theſe fould be filled with light rich earth, levelling
the ſurface very even; then fow the feeds thereon
pretty thick, and cover it about a quarter of an inch
thick with the ſame light earth; after which, you
Ihould remove theſe pots, pans, or boxes, into a
ihady ſituation, where they may have the morning
fun until ten of the clock; and if the ſeaſon prove
dry, you muſt often refreſh them gently with water,
being very careful in doing of this, not to waſh the
feeds out of the ground. In this ſituation the pots
ſhould remain until the beginning of October, by
which time the plants will fometimes begin to come
up, (though often the ſeeds will remain in the earth
until the end of November, before the plants ap-
pear ;) but then you ſhould remove the pots into a
more open expoſure, where they may have the full
fun, which at that time is neceſſary to exhale the
moiſture of the earth; but toward the middle of No-
vember, when you are apprehenſive of froſt, the pots
a
ſhould be removed under a common hot-bed frame,
a
where they may be covered with the glaſſes in the
night time, and alſo in bad weather ; but in the day,
when the weather is mild, they ſhould be entirely
opened, otherwiſe the plants will draw up too weak.
The only danger they are in, is violent rains and
froſts; the firſt often rotting the tender plants, and
the froft will often turn them out of the ground,
therefore they ſhould be carefully guarded againſt
both theſe.
In the ſpring, as the ſeaſon grows warm, theſe pots
ſhould be expoſed to the open air, placing them at
firſt near the ſhelter of a hedge, to protect them from
the cold winds; but toward the beginning or middle
of April, they ſhould be removed again into a more
ſhady fituation, according to the warmth of the feaſon;
and if it ſhould prove dry, they muſt be ſometimes
refreſhed with water ; but you ſhould be careful not
to give it them in great quantities, which is very apt
to rot theſe tender roots; and in the latter end of
April or beginning of May, they ſhould be placed
where they may have only the morning ſun; in which
place they may remain till their leaves decay, when
they may be taken out of the earth, and the roots
dried in a ſhady place; after which they may be put
up in bags, and preſerved in a dry place till the Oc-
tober following, when they muſt be planted in the
manner before directed for the old roots
The ſpring following theſe roots will power, at which
time you ſhould carefully mark ſuch of them as are
worthy to be preſerved, and the fingle, or bad co-
loured flowers may be pulled and thrown away, which
is the fureft method of removing them from the good
forts; for if they are permitted to remain together
until their leaves decay, there may be ſome offsets of
the bad forts mixed with the good flowers. You
ſhould not ſuffer thoſe flowers, which you intend to
blow fine the ſucceeding year, to bear feeds, if they
are inclinable ſo to do, but cut off the flowers when
they begin to decay; for thoſe roots which have pro-
duced feeds, feldom flower well afterwards; nor
will the principal old root, which has flowered
ſtrong one year, ever blow fo fair as will the offsets,
which is what ſhould be principally obſerved, when a
perſon purchaſes any of theſe roots; for a great part
of the complaints made by thoſe who have bought
theſe roots at a dear rate, is principally owing to this.
For the perſons who fold them, being appriſed of this
matter, have parted with their old roots to their pur-
chaſers, and reſerved the offsets for their own uſe;
which old roots have ſo much degenerated from
what they were the preceding year, as to cauſe a ſuf-
picion, whether the perſons they were purchaſed from
had not changed the roots: and this degeneracy al-
ways attends theſe flowers, after having flowered ex-
tremely large and fair, or that they have been per-
mitted to ſeed; ſo that it is abſolutely neceſſary to
ſow feeds every year, in order to preſerve a ſucceſſion
of good flowers.
The manner of preparing the beds, and the diſtance
and method of planting the roots, having been alrea-
dy directed, I ſhall not repeat it here, but only ob-
ferve, that theſe flowers being tender, muſt be pro-
tected from hard froſts, and cutting ſharp winds, ef-
pecially after Chriſtmas, when their flower-buds are
forming; for if they are neglected at that ſeaſon,
their flowers will rarely prove fair; nor ſhould you
ſuffer them to receive too much wet in winter or
ſpring, which is equally as injurious to them as froft.
In planting theſe roots you ſhould obſerve to place
the ſemi-double kinds, from which you intend to fave
feeds, in ſeparate beds by themſelves, and not inter-
mix them with the double flowers, becauſe they will
require to be treated in a different manner; for when
the flowers of the ſemi-double kinds begin to fade,
you ſhould carefully guard them from too much wet;
for if they are permitted to receive hard rains, or are
watered at that ſeaſon, the ſeeds rarely come to
maturity, or they are ſo weak, that ſcarce one in
fifty of them will grow.
When
ز

RAP
RAP
a
;
ticularly the green-topped Turnep, though there aren
ſome few perſons who fow them for the ſake of vari-
ety. The early Dutch Turnep is chiefly fown in the
ſpring, to ſupply the table before any of the forts can
be
procured; and when they are drawn off young,
are tolerably good ; but if they are left to grow large,
they are ftringy and very rank, ſo are unfit for uſe.
The French Turnep is not much cultivated in Eng-
land, but in France and Holland they are in great
eſteem, eſpecially for foups; their roots being finall,
are boiled whole in the ſoup, and ſo ſerved up to the
table ; theſe muſt alſo be uſed while they are young,
otherwiſe they will become rank and ſtringy.
Theſe are by ſome ſuppoſed to be only varieties
which have been accidentally obtained from feeds,
therefore I have not enumerated them as diſtinct fpe-
cies; but
yet I am certain they are conſtant where
care is taken in the ſaving of their ſeeds, not to ſuffer
any mixture of plants to ſtand for ſeeds: I have fown
of three or four forts ſeveral years, and have always
found them retain their differences; however, it is
not eaſy to determine, if ſome of theſe were not by
culture firſt obtained from the feeds of the common
white Turnep. The yellow Turnep ſeems moft un-
likely to have been an accidental variety, for I have
never known this alter, and the roots are yellow
within, whereas all the other have white fleſh, not*
withſtanding their outſides are of very different co-
3
lours.
When the feed begins to ripen (which may be eaſily
known by ſeparating from the axis and falling) you
fhould look it over every day, gathering it as it ri-
pens; for there will be a conſiderable diſtance in the
feeds of the fame bed coming to maturity, at leaſt a
fortnight, and ſometimes three weeks or a month.
When you gather the ſeed, it ſhould not be expoſed
to the ſun, but ſpread to dry in a ſhady place; af-
ter which, you muſt put it up where the vermin can-
not come to it, until the time of fowing it.
By this method of ſowing ſeeds every year, you will
not only increaſe your ſtock of roots, but alſo raiſe
new varieties, which may be greatly mended by
changing the ſeeds into freſh ground; for if a perſon
continually fows his ſeed in the ſame garden many
years, they will not produce near ſo fine flowers as if
he procured his feeds at ſome diſtance, which is alſo
the caſe with moſt other plants.
It will alſo be neceſſary to take away all the earth
out of the beds in which the roots were blown the
preceding year, and put in new, if you intend to plant
Ranunculuſes there again; otherwiſe they will not
thrive near ſo well, notwithſtanding you may add
fome new compoſt to the beds, and this is what all
the curious floriſts continually obſerve.
RAPA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 228. tab. 112. Braſſica.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 734. Turnep; in French, Navet.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is three-leaved, coloured, and
erect. The flower bath four plain ſpreading petals, which
are narrow at their baſe and entire. It has four oval
honey glands, ſituated between the ſtamina and ſtyle, and
fix erečt awl-shaped ſtamina ; the two which are oppoſite
are the length of the empalement, the other four are lon-
ger, terminated by ere&t acute-pointed ſummits. It bath a
taper germen, Supporting a ſort thick Style, crowned by
an entire beaded ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes
a long taper pod depreſſed on the ſides, opening in two
cells, which are filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have two ſhort and four longer
ſtamina, and the ſeeds are in oblong pods; and he joins
this genus to the Braffica, which, in a ſyſtem of botany
may be allowable, though not in a treatiſe of gar-
dening
The Species are,
1. RAPA (Rotunda) radice cauleſcente orbiculata de-
preſſâ carnosâ. Turnep with an orbicular, depreſſed, fleſhy
root. Rapa ſativa rotunda radice candida. C.B. P.
89. Garden Turnep with a white root.
2. RAPA (Oblonga) radice oblongâ carnosa. Turnep with
an oblong fleſhy root. Rapa ſativa, oblonga, ſeu fee-
mina. Č. B. P. 90. Turnep with an oblong root, or fe-
male Turnep.
3. RAPA (Napus) radice cauleſcente fuſiformi. Turnep
with a ſpindle-Shaped root. Napus ſativa, radice albă.
C. B. P. 95. Garden Naphew with a white root, com-
monly called French Turnep.
The firſt is the Turnep which is commonly cultivated
in the fields, of which there are the following varie-
ties, viz. The round, red, or purple-topped Turnep,
the green-topped Turnep, the yellow Turner, the
black-rooted Turnep, and the early Dutch Turnep.
The laſt fort is commonly fown early in the ſpring,
to ſupply the markets in May and June, but is never
cultivated for a general crop. The red-rooted Tur-
nep was formerly more cultivated in England than at
preſent ; for ſince the large green-topped Turnep has
been introduced, all the ſkilful farmers prefer it to
the other forts; the root of this will grow to a large
fize, and continue good much longer than the other
forts. The next to this is the red or purple-topped
Turnep, which will alſo grow large, and are ex-
tremely good for ſome time; but the roots of this
will become ſtringy much ſooner than thoſe of the
green-topped. The long-rooted Turnep, the yellow
Turnep, and the blackiſh-rooted Turnep, are now
rarely cultivated in England, neither of them being
ſo good for the table or for feed as the red, and par-
The long-rooted Turnep is, I think, a diſtinct fpe-
cies, the form of the root, and its manner of growth
being totally different from the other forts. I have
ſeen theſe roots as long as thoſe of fome Parſneps, and
nearly of the ſame ſhape ; theſe run deep into the
ground, ſo are unfit for feeding cattle ; and unleſs
they are uſed very young, become ſtrong, ſo not pro-
per for the table, which has occaſioned their being
rejected of late years.
The green-topped Turnep grows above the ground
more than any of the other, which renders it prefer-
able for feeding cattle, and being the ſofteſt and
ſweeteſt root when grown large of any of the kinds, is
moft eſteemed for the table, but in
very
ſevere win-
ters, they are in greater danger of ſuffering by froſt,
than thoſe whoſe roots lie more in the ground, eſpe-
cially if they are not covered by ſnow; for when they
are frequently hard frozen and thawed, it cauſes them
to rot ſooner than thoſe whoſe fleſh is leſs tender and
ſweet. I have ſeen the roots of this fort, which were
more than a foot diameter boiled, and were as ſweet
and tender as many of the ſmalleſt roots.
Turneps delight in a light, fandy, loamy ſoil, which
muſt not be rich, for in a rich foil they grow rank
and are ſticky; but if it be moiſt, they will thrive the
better in ſummer, eſpecially in freſh land, where they
are always ſweeter than upon an old worn out, or a
rich foil.
The common ſeaſon for fowing of Turneps, is any
time from the beginning of June till the middle of
Auguſt, or a little later, though it is not adviſeable to
fow them much after ; becauſe, if the autumn ſhould
not prove very mild, they will not have time to ap-
ple of a proper ſize before winter ; nor will the roots
of thoſe which are fown after the end of July grow
very large, unleſs the froſt keeps off long in autumn.
But, notwithſtanding this is the general ſeaſon in which
the greateſt part of Turneps are ſown in the country,
yet about London they are ſown ſucceſſively from
March to Auguſt, by thoſe who propagate them to
ſupply the markets with their roots ; but there is a
great hazard of loſing thoſe which are fown early in
the year, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, by the fly,
which will devour whole fields of this plant while
young ; ſo that where a ſmall quantity for the ſupply
of a family is wanted, it will be abſolutely neceſſary
to water them in dry weather; and where a perſon
fows thoſe ſeeds in April and May, it fhould always
be upon a moiſt foil, otherwiſe they feldom come to
good, the heat of the weather at that ſeaſon being
too great for them upon a dry foil ; but thoſe which
3
a
II F
are

RAP
RAP
are intended for the general crop, are fown toward the
latter end of June, when they commonly receive fome
refreſhing ſhowers to bring them forward; without
which, it is very common to have them all deſtroyed.
Theſe feeds ſhould always be ſown upon an open
ſpot of ground; for if it is near hedges, walls,
buildings, or trees, they will draw up, and be very
long topped, but their roots will not grow to any ſize.
They are ſown in great plenty in the fields near Lon-
don, not only for the uſe of the kitchen, but for cat-
tle in winter, when there is a ſcarcity of other food;
and by this way is become a great improvement to
barren fandy lands, particularly in Norfolk, where,
by the culture of Turneps only, many perſons have
doubled the yearly value of their ground.
The land upon which this ſeed is ſown, ſhould be
ploughed in April, and twy-fallowed in May, that is,
once more ploughed, and twice well harrowed, and
made very fine, then the ſeed ſhould be fown pretty
thin (for it being ſmall, a little will fow a large piece
of ground; two pounds of this feed is full fufficient
for an acre of any land, but one pound is the com-
mon allowance.) The ſeed muſt be harrowed in as
ſoon as it is fown, with a ſhort tined harrow, and the
ground rolled with a wooden roll, to break the clods
and make the ſurface even. In ten days or a fort-
night after ſowing, the plants will come up, at which
time, if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, they will be
in great danger of being deſtroyed by the fly, which
is too often the caſe with this crop; but if it ſo hap-
pen, the ground muſt be fowed again; for the feed
being cheap, the chief expence is the labour ; but
the ground ſhould be firſt harrowed to looſen it, ef-
pecially if it is ſtiff land; there have been many di-
rections given for to prevent this deſtruction, but
ſcarce one has ſucceeded on trial,
When the plants have got four or five leaves, they
ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the weeds, and to cut up
the plants where they are too thick, leaving the re-
maining ones about fix or eight inches aſunder
each way, which will be room enough for the plants
to ſtand for the firft hoeing; and the fooner this is
performed, when the plants have four leaves, the
better they will thrive; but in the ſecond hoeing,
which muſt be performed about a month after the firſt,
they ſhould be cut up, ſo that the remaining plants
may ſtand fourteen or fixteen inches diſtance, or more,
eſpecially if they are deſigned for feeding of cattle ;
for where the plants are allowed a good diſtance, the
roots will be proportionably large, provided the
ground is good; ſo that what is loft in number, will
be overgained by their bulk, which is what I have
often obſerved. But in ſuch places where they are
fown for the uſe of the kitchen, they need not be left
at a greater diitance than a foot, becauſe large roots
are not ſo generally eſteemed for the table.
It is not many years ſince the practice of fowing
Turneps for feeding of cattle has been of general uſe;
how it happened that this improvement ihould have
been ſo long neglected in every part of Europe, is
not eaſy to determine; ſince it is very plain, that
this piece of huſbandry was known to the an-
tients. For Columella, in treating of the ſeveral
kinds of vegetables which are proper for the field,
recommends the cultivating Rapa in plenty; becauſe
(ſays he) thoſe roots which are not wanted for the ta-
ble, will be eaten by the cattle. And yet this plant
was not much cultivated in the fields till within a
century paft; nor is the true method of cultivating
Turneps yet known, or at leaſt not practiſed, in ſome
of the diſtant counties of England at this time. For
in many places the feed is ſown with Barley in the
ſpring, and thoſe plants which come up, and live till
the Barley is cut, produce a little green for the
ſheep to pick up, but never have any roots. In other
places, where the Turnep-ſeed is ſown by itſelf, the
method of hoeing them is not underſtood, ſo that
weeds and Turneps are permitted to grow together,
and where the Turneps come up thick in patches, they
are never thinned; ſo that they draw up to have
long leaves, but never can have good roots, which
is the principal part of the plant, therefore ſhould be
chiefly attended to
The general method now practiſed in England, for
cultivating this plant in the fields, is the ſame as is
practiſed by the farming gardeners, who ſupply the
London markets with theſe roots, which is as before
directed. But it is only within the compaſs of half a
century, that the country people have been acquainted
with the method of hoeing them ; ſo that the farmers
uſually employed gardeners, who had been bred up
in the kitchen-gardens, to perform this work. And
the uſual price given per acre, for twice hoeing and
leaving the crop clean, and the plants ſet out pro-
perly, was ſeven ſhillings; at which price the gar-
deners could get ſo much per week, as to make it
worth their while to leave their habitations, and prac-
tiſe this in different counties during the ſeaſon for
this work, which always happens after the greateſt
hurry of buſineſs in the kitchen-garden is over ; fo
that they uſually formed themſelves in finall gangs
of fix or feven perſons, and ſet out on their different
routs, each gang fixing at a diſtance from the reſt,
and undertaking the work of as many farmers in
the neighbourhood as they could manage in the ſea-
fon ; but as this work is now performed by many
country labourers, that practice is loſt to the kitchen-
gardeners, the country labourers doing it much
cheaper.
There has alſo been another method practiſed very
lately, by ſome very curious farmers, in cultivating of
Turneps; which is, by lowing the feed in rows with
the drill plough. In ſome places the rows have been
ſown three feet aſunder, in others four, in ſome five,
and ſome fix. The latter has been commended by
ſkilful perſons as the moſt proper diſtance; for al-
though the intervals are ſo large, yet the crop pro-
duced on an acre has been much greater than upon
the fame quantity of land where the rows have been
but half this diſtance, and upon all the fields which
have been cultivated for Turneps, the crops have
greatly exceeded thoſe which have been hand-hoed.
The late Lord Viſcount Townſhend was at the expence
of making the trial of theſe two different methods
of huſbandry, with the greateſt care, by equally di-
viding the ſame fields into different lands, which
were alternately fown in drills, and the intermediate
lands in broad-caſt. The latter were hoed by hand,
in the common method, and the other cultivated by
the hoeing plough; and when the roots were fully
grown, his Lordſhip had an equal quantity of land,
which had been ſown in different methods, meaſured,
and the roots drawn up and weighed; and thoſe
roots which had been cultivated by the plough, were
ſo much larger than the other, that the crop of one
acre, weighed a ton and a half more than that of an
acre in the other huſbandry.
But when the Turneps are ſown in drills, they will
require to be hoed by hand, to ſeparate and cut out
the plants where they are too near together in the
rows, as alſo to cut up the weeds between the plants,
where the plough cannot reach them. If this is care-
fully performed, the ploughing of the intervals will
encourage the growth of the roots, by thus ftirring
of the ground, and prepare it much better for the
crop of Barley, or whatever elſe is fown the following
ſpring. This method of culture may be ſuppoſed to
be more expenſive than that commonly practiſed, by
thoſe unacquainted with it; but thoſe who have made
trials of both, find the horſe-hoeing to be much the
cheapeſt, and by far the beſt. For the country peo-
ple, who are employed in hand-hoeing of Turneps,
are very apt to hurry over their work, ſo that half
the weeds are left growing, and the plants are feldom
fingled out fo well as they fhould be; nor are they
curious enough to diſtinguiſh the Charlock (which is
one of the moſt common weeds in arable land) from
the Turneps ; ſo that about the middle of September,
it is very common to ſee the fields of Turneps full of
the yellow flowers of the Charlock. Now, in the
horſe.
و
و
3
و
a

RAP
RAP
a
و
و
horſe-hoing, all the weeds in the intervals will be en Barley, or any other crops fo that there will be an
tirely deſtroyed ; ſo that if a few plants of Charlock advantage in this, when the Turneps are kept late on
in the rows of Turneps ſhould be overlooked, they the ground, as will often be the cafe, eſpecially when
may be eaſily drawn out when they appear viſible; they are cultivated for feeding of ewes, becauſe it is
and by this method, the land will be ſooner and better often the middle of April before the ground will be
cleaned from weeds.
cleared; for late feed in the ſpring, before the natu-
The greateſt evil which attends a crop of Turneps, , ral Graſs comes up, is the moſt wanted, where num-
is that of their being deſtroyed by the fly, which bers of theep and ewes are maintained, and one acre
uſually happens foon after the plants come above of Turneps will afford more feed than thirty acres of
ground, or while they are in the feed leaf; for, after the beſt paſture at that ſeaſon.
they have put out their rough leaves pretty ſtrong, In Norfolk and ſome other courties, they cultivate
they will be part this danger. This always happens great quantities of Turneps for feeding of black cat-
in dry weather, ſo that if there ſhould be rain when tle, which turn to great advantage to their farms,
the Turneps come up, they will grow ſo faſt, as to for hereby they procure a good dreſſing for their
be in a few days out of danger from the fly; and it land; ſo that they have extraordinary good crops of
hath been found, that thoſe, which have been ſown in Barley upon the ſame ground, which would not have
drills, have eſcaped the fly much better than thoſe been worth the ploughing, if it had not been thus
ſown in broad-caft; but if foot is fown along the ſur-
huſbanded.
face of each drill, it will be of great ſervice to keep When the Turneps are fed off the ground, the cattle
off the fly, and a ſmall quantity of it will be ſuf-
ſhould not be ſuffered to run over too much of it at
ficient for a large field, where the drills only are to be one time; for if they are not confined by hurdles to
covered.
as much as is ſufficient for them one day, the cattle
Another danger of the crops being deſtroyed is from will ſpoil three times the quantity of Turneps as they
the caterpillars, which very often attack them, when can eat, fo that it is very bad huſbandry to give them
they are grown fo large as to have fix or eight leaves too much room; therefore the hurdles ſhould be
on a plant. The ſureſt method of deſtroying theſe once or twice every day removed forward, and, if the
infects is to turn a large parcel of poultry into the Turneps are drawn out of the ground before the cat-
field, which ſhould be kept hungry, and turned ear- tle or ſheep are turned into the new incloſure, there
ly in the morning into the field; theſe fowls will ſoon will be leſs waſte made, for they will then eat up the
devour the infects, and clear the Turneps. To this whole roots; whereas, if they are turned upon the
evil the Turneps, which are fown in drills, are not Turneps growing, they will ſcoop the roots, and
ſo much expoſed, for as the ground between the rows leave the rinds, which being hollow, the urine of the
will be kept ftirred, the plants will be kept growing, ſheep will lodge in them; ſo that when they are
ſo will not be in danger of ſuffering from theſe in- forked out of the ground, the ſheep will not eat any
fects; for the parent inſects never depoſit their eggs
one of thoſe roots which are thus tainted.
upon any plants which are in health, but as ſoon as I cannot omit taking notice of a common miſtake,
they are ftinted, they are immediately covered with which has generally prevailed with perſons who have
the eggs of theſe infects; and this holds in general not been well informed to the contrary, which is, in
with the vegetables as with animals, who are ſeldom relation to the mutton which is fattened with Turneps,
attacked by vermin when they are in perfect health ; moſt people believing it to be rank and ill tafted,
whereas, when they become unhealthy, they are ſoon whereas it is a known fact, that the beſt mutton this
overſpread with them, ſo that it is the diſeaſe which country affords is all fattened on Turneps; and that
occaſions the vermin, and not the vermin the diſeaſe, rank mutton, whoſe fat is yellow, is what the low
as is commonly imagined. Therefore as the plants marihy lands of Lincolnſhire, and other rank paſtures,
will always be in greater health when the ground is
produce.
well ſtirred about them, there will be leſs danger of In order to ſave good Turnep-feeds, you ſhould tranſ-
their ſuffering from theſe enemies, when they are cul- plant ſome of the faireft roots in February, placing
tivated by the horſe-hoe, than in the common way. them at leaſt two feet aſunder each way, obſerving to
When the Turneps are fown in drills, it will be the keep the ground clear from weeds, until the Turneps
beſt way to hoe between every other row at firſt, and have ſpread ſo as to cover the ground, when they will
ſome time after to hoe the alternate intervals, by prevent the weeds from growing; and when the feed-
which method the plants will receive more benefit pods are formed, you ſhould carefully guard them
from the often ftirring the ground, than they would againſt the birds, otherwiſe they will devour it, eípe-
do if all the intervals were hoed at one time, and the cially when it is near ripe ; at which time you ſhould
plants will be in leſs danger of ſuffering from the either ſhoot the birds as they alight upon the ſeed, or
earth being thrown up too high on ſome rows, while lay ſome birdlimed twigs upon it, whereby ſome of
others may be left too bare of earth; but, when the them will be caught; and, if they are permitted to
carth has been thrown up on one fide of the drill, it remain ſome time, and afterwards turned looſe, they
may be turned down again when the next interval is will prevent the birds from coming thither again for
hoed, and this alternate moving of the earth will ſome time, as I have experienced. When the feed is
prepare the ground very well for the ſucceeding crop, ripe, it ſhould be cut up, and ſpread to dry in the
as well as greatly improve the Turneps; but, as this ſun; after which it may be threſhed out, and preſerved
plough cannot well be drawn nearer to the drills than for uſe,
two or three inches, the remaining ground ſhould be There have been many receipts for preventing the fly
forked to looſen the parts, and make way for the taking Turneps, but few of them deferve notice,
fibres of the roots to ſtrike out into the intervals, therefore I ſhall only mention two or three which I
otherwiſe, if the land is ſtrong, it will become ſo have ſeen tried with ſucceſs. The firſt was ſteeping
hard in thoſe places which are not ſtirred, as to ſtint the feeds in water with flower of brimſtone mixed, ſo
the growth of the Turneps, and this may be done at as to make it ſtrong of the brimſtone: another was
a ſmall expence; a good hand will perform a great ſteeping it in water with a quantity of the juice of
deal of this work in a day, and, whoever will make Horſe-Aloes mixed; both which have been found of
the trial, will find their account in practiſing it, ef- uſe. The fowing of foot or Tobacco-duft over the
pecially on all ftrong land, where the Turneps are young plants as ſoon as they appear above ground,
much more liable to ſuffer from the binding of the has alſo been found very ſerviceable: in ſhort, what-
ground, than they will be on a looſe ſoil, but yet, in ever will add vigour to the young plants will prevent
all ſorts of ground, it will be of great ſervice to prac- their being deſtroyed by the fly, for theſe never al-
tife this.
tack them till they are ſtinted in their growth.
When the ground is thus ftirred in every part, one RAPHANUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 229. tab. 114.
ploughing will be fufficient, after the Turneps are Lin. Gen. Plant. 736. [of pódicº, eaſy, and ocive, to
eaten off the ground, to prepare it for the fowing of appear; q. d. a plant eaſily appearing, for this plant
.
being

R A P
R AP
و
;
;
3
3
being fown, quickly puts forth out of the ground.]
Radilh ; in French, Raifort.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is erect, and compoſed of
four oblong leaves. The flower has four heart-ſhaped pe-
tals, placed in form of a croſs, which ſpread open, and
are narrow at their baſe; it bath four honey glands, one
on each ſide the ſhort ſtamina between them and the ſtyle,
and one between each of the long ſtamina and the empale-
ment; it hath fix mort ſtamina which are ere Et; two
which are oppoſite, are the length of the empalement, the
other four are as long as the baſe of the petals, terminated
by ſingle fummits, and an oblong ſwelling germen nar-
fowed the length of the ſtomino, with ſcarce any ſtyle,
crowned by a beaded ſigma. The germen afterward be-
comes an oblong, ſmooth, Spongy pod having an acute
point, ſwelling and almoſt jointed, having two cells di-
vided by an intermediate partition, and filled with round-
iſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter
Itamina, and their ſeeds are included in pods.
The Species are,
1. RAPHANUS (Sativus) ſiliquis teretibus toroſis bilocu-
laribus. Hort. Cliff. 340. Radiſh with taper pods, hav-
ing two cells. Raphanus minor oblongus. C. B. P. 96.
.
Smaller oblong Radiſh, or the common Radiſh.
2. RAPHANUS (Rotundus) radice rotundâ. Round-rooted
Radiſh, or ſmall, round, Naples Radiſh.
3. RAPHANUS (Orbiculatis) radice orbiculatâ depreſsâ.
Radiſh with an orbicular depreſſed root. Raphanus
major, orbicularis vel rotundus. C. B. P. 96. Greater
orbicular, or round Radiſh, commonly called Turnep-
rooted, or white Spaniſh Radiſh.
4. RAPHANUS (Niger) radice fuſiformi. Radiſh with a
Spindle-Shaped root. Raphanus niger. C. B. P. 96. The
black Spaniſh Radiſh.
5. RAPHANUS (Chinenſus) oleiferus. Lin. Sp. 935. Chi-
na oily Radiſh.
6. RAPHANUS (Raphaniſirum) filiquis teretibus articula-
tis lævibus unilocularibus. Hort. Cliff. 340. Radiſh
with ſmooth, taper, jointed pods having one cell. Ra-
“
piftrum flore albo, filiquâ articulatâ. C.B.P. 95. White
flowering Charlock with a jointed pod.
The laſt ſort grows naturally on arable lands in many
parts of Europe, fo is ſeldom admitted into gardens.
The other five forts are ſuppoſed to be only femi-
nal variations; but from forty years experience, I have
never found either of theſe to vary from one to the
other ſort; and I am certain whoever will make the
trial, by ſaving the ſeeds of each carefully without
mixture, will always find the plants prove the ſame
as the feeds were ſaved from.
The firſt ſort here mentioned is that which is common-
ly cultivated in kitchen-gardens for its root, of which
there are ſeveral varieties, as the {mall-topped, the
deep red, the pale red or ſalmon, and the long-top-
ped ſtriped Radiſh; all which are varieties ariſing
from culture. The ſmall-topped fort is moſt com-
monly preferred by the gardeners near London, be-
cauſe they require much leſs room than thoſe with
large tops, and may be left much cloſer together;
and, as the forward Radiſhes are what produce the
greateſt profit to the gardener, thefe being com-
monly fown upon borders near hedges, walls, or
pales, if they are of the large-topped fort, will be
apt to grow moſtly to a top, and not ſwell ſo much
in the root as the other, eſpecially if they are left
winds; but there are ſome who ſow Radith-feeds
among other crops the middle of September, and, if
theſe are not deſtroyed by froſt, they will be fit for
ufe early in February; but theſe muſt be eaten while
they are young, for they foon grow ſticky and ſtrong.
The ſecond fowing is commonly about Chriſtmas,
provided the ſeaſon be mild, and the ground in a fit
condition to work, theſe are alſo ſowed near ſhelter,
but not ſo near pales and hedges as the firſt fowing.
If theſe are not deſtroyed by froſt, they will be fit
for uſe the beginning of April; but in order to have
a ſucceſſion of theſe roots for the table through the
ſeaſon, you ſhould repeat fowing of their ſeeds once a
fortnight, from the middle of January till the beginning
of April, always obſerving to fow the latter crops up-
on a moiſt foil and in an open ſituation, otherwiſe
they will run up and grow ſticky before they are fit
for uſe.
Many of the gardeners near London fow Carrot-feed
with their early Radiſhes, fo that when their Radiſhes
are killed, which ſometimes happens, the Carrots will
remain ; for the ſeeds of Carrots commonly lie in the
ground five or fix weeks before they come up, and
the Radiſhes feldom lie above a fortnight under
ground at that ſeafon, ſo that theſe are often up and
killed, when the Carrot-feed remains fafe in the
ground; but, when both crops ſucceed, the Radiſhes
muſt be drawn off very young, otherwiſe the Carrots
will be drawn up ſo weak, as not to be able to fup-
port themſelves when the Radiſhes are gone.
It is alſo a conſtant practice with theſe gardeners to
mix Spinach-feed with their latter crops of Radiſhes,
fo that when the Radiſhes are drawn off, and the
ground cleaned between the Spinach, it will grow
prodigiouſly, and in a fortnight's time will as com-
pletely cover the ground, as though there had been
no other crop. And this Spinach, if it be of the
broad-leaved kind, will be larger and fairer than it
commonly is when ſown by itſelf; becauſe where peo-
ple have no other crop mixed with it, they commonly
low it too thick, whereby it is drawn up weak, but
here the roots ſtand pretty far apart, ſo that after the
Radiſhes are gone, they have full room to ſpread;
and if the ſoil be good, it is a prodigious fize this
Spinach will grow to before it runs up for feed; but
this huſbandry is chiefly practiſed by ſuch gardeners
as pay very dear for their land, and are obliged to
have as many crops in a year as poſſible, otherwiſe
they could not afford to pay ſuch large rents.
When the Radiſhes are come up, and have got five
or fix leaves, they muſt be pulled up where they are
too cloſe, otherwiſe they will draw up to a top, but the
roots will not increaſe their bulk. In doing of this,
ſome only draw them out by hand, which is a tedious
method; but the beſt way is to hoe them with a ſmall
hoe, which will ſtir the ground, and deſtroy the
young weeds, and alſo
promote the growth of the Ra-
diſhes and Spinach. The diſtance which theſe ſhould
be left, if for drawing up ſmall, may be three inches,
but if they are to ſtand until they are pretty large, fix
inches are full near enough, and a ſmall ſpot of ground
will afford as many Radiſhes at each ſowing, as can
be ſpent in a family while they are good.
If you intend to ſave feeds of your Radiſhes, you
fhould, at the beginning of May, prepare a ſpot of
ground in proportion to the quantity of ſeeds intended
(but you ſhould always make allowance for bad ſea-
fons, becauſe it often happens, in a very dry ſeaſon,
that there will not be a fourth part of the quantity of
feeds
upon the ſame proportion of ground as there
will be in a moiſt ſeaſon, though in a dry year the
ſeeds will ripen beſt.) This ground ſhould be well
dug and levelled; then you ſhould draw up ſome
of the ſtraiteſt and beſt coloured Radiſhes (throwing
away all ſuch as are ſhort, and that branch out in their
roots ;) the Radiſhes ſhould be planted in rows three
feet diftance, and two feet aſunder in the rows, ob-
ſerving, if the ſeaſon be dry, to water them until they
have taken root; after which they will require no far-
ther care, but only to hoe down the weeds between
them
pretty cloſe.
The ſeaſons for fowing this feed are various, accord-
ing to the time when they are deſigned for uſe ; but
the earlieſt ſeaſon is commonly the end of October,
or beginning of November, that the gardeners near
London fow them to ſupply the markets; and theſe,
if they do not miſcarry, will be fit for uſe in the
beginning of March following, which is full as ſoon
as moſt people care to eat them. Theſe are com-
monly fown on warm borders near walls, pales, or
hedges, where they may be defended from the cold

RAP
RAP
و
.
them, until they are adyanced ſo high as to ſpread pinus parvus comoſus. J. B. 2. p. 811. Small, Alpine,
over the ground, when they will prevent the growth hairy, Rampion
of weeds.
5. RAPUNCULUS (Orbicularus) capitulo fubrotundo, foliis
When the feed begins to ripen, you ſhould carefully ſerratis radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with roundifly
guard it againſt the birds, for theſe will otherwiſe beads and fawed leaves, the lower ones of which are
deſtroy it. When it is ripe (which you may know heart-shaped. Rapunculus flore globoſo, purpureo.
by the pods changing brown,) you ſhould cut it, J. B. 2. 810. Rampion with a purple globular flower.
and ſpread it in the fun to dry, after which you Theſe are all of them hardy plants, which will thrive
ſhould threſh it out, and lay it up for uſe, where the in the open air. They are propagated by feed,
mice cannot come to it, otherwiſe they will eati it up. which ſhould be ſown in autumn, for if they are kept
The ſmall round-rooted Radish is not very common
out of the ground till the ſpring, they frequently
in England, but in many parts of Italy it is the only fail, or at leaſt lie a year in the ground. Theſe ſeeds
fort cultivated; the roots of this kind are very white, ſhould be ſown on a bed of freſh undunged earth
round, ſmall, and very ſweet. This may be
propa- where they are deſigned to remain, for they do not
gated in the ſame manner as the common fort, but thrive ſo well when they are tranſplanted; therefore
with this difference only, viz. That this muſt not be the beſt method is to make ſmall drills croſs the
fown till the beginning of March, and the plants ſhould bed about eighteen inches afunder, and fow the ſeeds
be allowed a greater diſtance. The feeds of this therein; then cover them lightly over with earth, for
kind are very ſubject to degenerate, when ſaved in if they are buried too deep, they will rot in the
England, unleſs thoſe which are planted for ſeeds are ground. In the following ſpring the plants will
at ſuch a diſtance from the common fort, as that the come up, when they ſhould be diligently weeded,
farina of one cannot mix with the other.
which is all the care they require; only they ſhould be
The other round-rooted Radiſhes are ſeldom cul- thinned where they are too cloſe, ſo as to leave them
tivated in England, but thoſe who have a mind to fix or ſeven inches apart in the rows, and afterward
have them, may fow them in the fame manner as they require no farther attention but to keep them
the laſt.
clear from weeds. In June the plants will Power,
The black and white Spaniſh Radiſhes are common- and if the ſummer prove favourable, they will pro-
ly cultivated for medicinal uſe, though there are duce ripe ſeeds,
fème perſons who are very fond of them for the ta- As theſe plants do not continue above two or three
ble. Theſe are commonly fown about the middle of years, there ſhould be ſeeds fown every other
year
July, or a little earlier, and are fit for the table to continue the forts, for they are plants which re-
by the end of Auguſt, or the beginning of Septem- quire little trouble to cultivate them, and their flow-
ber, and will continue good till the froft ſpoils them. ers make a pretty variety in large gardens, therefore
Theſe muſt be thinned to a greater diſtance than the they may be allowed a place amongſt other hardy
common fort, for the roots of theſe grow as large as
flowers.
Turneps, therefore ſhould not be left nearer together RAPUNTIUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 163. tab 51.
than fix cr eight inches.
Lobelia. Lin. Gen. Plant. 897. Rampions, or Cardi-
Some perſons who are very curious to have theſe roots nal's-flower.
in winter, draw them out of the ground before the
The CHARACTERS are,
hard froft comes on, and lay them up in dry land in The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five
the ſame manner as is practiſed for Carrots, being linear ſegments, the two upper being larger than the other.
careful to guard them from wet and froſt, and by this The flower is of one petal, it hath a long cylindrical tube
method they preſerve them till the ſpring.
which is c little curved, and divided at the brim into five
RAPISTRUM. See SINAPIS.
Segments, two of which compoſe the upper lip, and are
RAPUNCULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 113. tab. Smaller than the three lower which compoſe the under ;
38. Phyteuma. Lin. Gen. Plant. 203. Rampion. it hath five awl-shaped ſtamina the length of the tube, ter-
The CHARACTERS are,
minated by oblong ſummits which coaleſce at the top in
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, divided into form of a cylinder, but open in five parts at their baſe,
five acute parts fitting upon the germen. The flower bath having an acute germen ſituated below the flower, ſupporting
one petal, which is ſtarry, Spreading open, and cut into a cylindrical ſtyle crowned by a hairy obtuſe ſtigme. The
five linear ſegments which are recurved; it hath five sta- germen afterward becomes an oval capſule opening at the
mina which are horter than the petal, terminated by top, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
oblong ſummits. The germen, which is ſituated under This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
the flower, ſupports a ſlender recurved ſtyle crowned by of Tournefort's third claſs, which includes the herbs
an oblong, twiſted, three-pointed ſigma. It afterward with an anomalous flower of one petal, having a tube
becomes a roundiſh capſule with three cells, filled with ending in a tongue. Dr. Linnæus has joined the
ſmall roundiſ ſeeds.
plants of this genus to that of Plumier's Lobelia,
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fection making them but one genus ; but, as the Lobelia of
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, in which thoſe plants Plumier has a fleſhy berry incloſing a ſtone with two
are placed, whoſe flowers have five ftamina and one ſeeds, and the Rapuntium hath a dry capſule, they
ſtyle.
fhould be ſeparated.
The Species are,
The SPECIES are,
1. RAPUNCULUS (Spicatus) fpicâ oblonga, capſulis bilo 1. RAPUNTIUM (Cardinalis) caule erecto, foliis lanceola-
cularibus, foliis radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with an tis ſerratis, fpicâ terminali. Cardinal' s-flower with an
oblong Spike of flowers, capſules containing two cells, and ere&t ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped ſawed leaves, and a ſpike of flow-
the lower leaves beart-froaped. Rapunculus fpicatus. ers terminating the ſtalk. Rapuntium maximum, coc-
C. B. P. 92. Spiked Rompion.
cineo ſpicato flore. Col. in Rech. 880. The largeſt
2. RAPUNCULUS (Comoſus) fafciculo terminali feffili, fo- Rapuntium with a ſpike of ſcarlet flowers, commonly call-
liis dentatis, radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with flow- ed ſcarlet Cardinals-flower.
ers growing in bunches terminating the ſtalks, indent- | 2. RAPUNTIUM (Siphiliticum) caule erecto, foliis ovato-
ed leaves, and thoſe at the bottom beart-ſhaped. Ra- lanceolatis crenatis, calycum finubus reflexis. Cardi-
punculus Alpinus corniculatus. C. B. P. 93. Horned nal's-flower with an erect ſtalk, oval, Spear-ſhaped, crea
Alpine Rampion.
nated leaves, and the ſinuſes of the empalements reflexed.
3. RAPUNCULUS (Hemiſphericus) capitulo fubrotundo, Rapuntium Americanum, fiore dilutè cæruleo. H.R.
foliis linearibus integerrimis. Rampion with roundiſh Par. 105. American Cardinal' s-flower with a pale blue
beads, and linear entire leaves. Rapunculus folio gra- flower, commonly called the blue Cardinal' s-flower.
mineo. Tourn. Inft. 113. Rampion with a Graſs leaf. I 3. RAPUNTIUM (Cliffortianum) caule erecto, foliis cor-
4. RAPUNCULUS (Pauciflorus) capitulo fubfoliofo, foliis datis obfoletè dentatis petiolatis, fioribus fparfis thyrſo
omnibus lanceolatis. Rampion with heads which are longiffimo. Cardinal's-flower with an erect ſtalk, heart-
leafy, and all the leaves Spear-ſhaped. Rapunculus Al- Maped leaves which are ſomewhat indented, with foot-
Stalks,
II G

RAP
RAP
.
root, ſo
ftalks, and the longeſt Spike of flowers which are placed
thinly. Rapuntium Americanum trachelii folio, flore
purpurafcente. Plum. Cat. 5. American Cardinals-
flower, with a Throatwort leaf and a purpliſh flower.
4. RAPUNTIUM (Urens) caule erecto, foliis inferioribus
ſubrotundis crenatis, ſuperioribus lanceolatis ferratis,
fpicâ terminali. Rapuntium with an erect fialk, the lower
leaves roundiſh and crenated, the upper ſpear-ſhaped and
fawed, and a Spike of flowers terminating the ſtolk. Ra-
puntium urens, folonienſe. H. R. Blæs. Stinging Car-
dinal's-flower of Blois.
5. RAPUNTIUM (Inflatun) caule erecto, foliis ovatis fub-
ferratis, pedunculo longioribus, capfulis inflatis. Car-
dinals-fiower with an erect ſtalk, ovol leaves which are
fomewhat ſawed and longer than the foot-ſtalks, and
favelling ſeed-veſſels. Lobelia caule erecto brachiato,
foliis ovato-lanceolatis obſoletè incifis, capſulis infla-
tis. Hort. Cliff. 500. Lobelia with an erect branching
ftolk, oval Spear-ſhaped leaves a little cut, and ſwollen
feed-veſſels
.
6. RAPUNTIUM (Hirtum) foliis ovalibus crenatis lanatis,
fioribus lateralibus folitariis. Cardinal's-flower with
oval crenated leaves which are downy, and flowers grow-
ing singly from the fides of the ſtalks. Rapuntium foliis
fubrotundis hirtis, flore ex alis folitario. Burm. Afr.
105. tab. 40. Repuntium with roundiſh hairy leaves, and
.
folitary flowers proceeding from their wings.
7. RAPUNTIUM (Longiflorum) foliis lanceolatis dentatis,
pedunculis breviſſimis lateralibus tubo corollæ lon-
giſimo. Cardinals-flower with ſpear-ſhaped indented
leaves, very ſhort foot-ſtalks to the flowers which proceed
from the ſides of the ſtalks, and a very long tube to the
petal. Rapunculus aquaticus, foliis cichorii flore
albo tubo longiſſimo. Sloan. Hiſt. Jam. 1. p. 158.
Aquatic Rompion with a Cicory leaf, and a wbite flower
having the longest tube.
8. RAPUNTIUM (Erinum) caule patulo ramoſo foliis lan-
ceolatis fubdentatis, pedunculis longiffimis. Rapun-
tium with a ſpreading branching ſtolk, Spear-ſhaped leaves
which are ſomewhat indented, and very long foot-ſtalks to
the flowers. Campanula minor Africana, erini facie,
flore violaceo, caulibus erectis. H. L. 110. Smaller
African Bell-flower with the appearance of Erinus, a Vio-
let flower, and an upright ſtalk.
9. RAPUNTIUM (Erinoides) caulibus procumbentibus,
foliis lanceolatis ferratis, pedunculis lateralibus. Car-
dinals-flower with trailing ſtalks, Spear-ſhaped ſaved
leaves, and foot-ſtalks proceeding from their ſides. Cam-
panula minor Africana, erini facie, caulibus procum-
bentibus. H. L. 108. Smaller African Bell-flower with
the appearance of Erinus, and trailing ſtalks.
The firſt fort grows naturally by the fide of rivers
and ditches in great part of North America, but has
been many years cultivated in the European gardens
for the great beauty of its ſcarlet flowers. The root
is compoſed of many white fleſhy fibres; the lower
leaves are oblong, a little fawed, and of a dark pur-
pliſh colour on their upper fide; the ſtalks are erect,
and riſe about a foot and a half high ; they are gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle, a little
fawed on their edges, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks,
and are placed alternately; the ſtalk is terminated by
a ſpike of flowers of an exceeding beautiful ſcarlet
colour; theſe have a pretty long tube, which is a
little incurved, but at the top is cut longitudinally in-
to five ſegments; two upper, which are the ſmalleſt,
are greatly reflexed, the three under which form the
lower lip, are larger, and ſpread open. Theſe appear
the latter end of July and in Auguſt, when they make
a fine appearance for a month or more, and when the
autumn proves favourable, they will produce good
ſeeds here.
This is propagated by feeds, which, when they ripen
in England, ſhould be fown in autumn in pots filled
with rich kitchen-garden earth, and placed under a
common hot-bed frame; or, if the feeds come from
the country where the plants grow naturally, they
ſhould be fown in the ſame way as ſoon as they ar-
rive, for if they are kept out of the ground till ſpring,
they will lie à year in the ground before they vege-
tate. The pots in which theſe ſeeds are ſown ſhould
be expoſed to the open air at all times when the wea-
ther is mild, but they muſt be ſcreened from the
froſt, and the very hard rain in winter. In the ſpring
the plants will appear, when they ſhould have as
much free air as poſſible in mild weather, and if the
fpring proves dry, they muſt be frequently refreſhed
with water. As ſoon as they are fit to remove, they
ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled
with the ſame rich earth, and placed in the ſhade
till they have taken new root; then they may be
placed where they may have the morning ſun, in
which ſituation they may remain till autumn. During
the ſummer, they muſt be duly watered in dry wea-
ther, and when the roots have filled the pots, they
ſhould be removed into larger. In autumn they muſt
be placed under a common frame to ſcreen them
from hard froſt, but they ſhould enjoy the open air
at all times when the weather is mild. The ſpring
following they ſhould be new potted, and placed
where they may have the morning ſun, always ob-
ſerving to water them duly in dry weather, which
will cauſe their ſtalks to be ſtronger, and produce
larger ſpikes of flowers in Auguſt. Theſe will conti-
nue long in beauty, if they are not too much ex-
poſed to the ſun, and, if the autumn proves warm,
the feeds will ripen well in England. The roots of
this plant will ſometimes laſt two or three years, and
produce offsets for increaſe, but they will not flower
ſo ſtrong as the ſeedling plants, therefore an annual
fupply of them ſhould be raiſed. There are many
who propagate this plant by cutting their ſtalks into
proper lengths, and plant them in pots filled with
good earth, or into an eaſt border, covering them
cloſe with glaſſes. Theſe frequently take
produce young plants, but they are not ſo good as
the ſeedlings.
The plants of this fort will live in the full ground if
they are protected from hard froſt in winter, and they
will flower ſtronger than thoſe in pots.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
whence the late Mr. Robert Millar fent the feeds ;
this hath a fibrous root like the firſt. The ſtalks are
much larger, and riſe a foot higher; they are cloſe-
ly garniſhed with leaves which are above four inches
long, and half an inch broad, very ſmooth and en-
tire, ending in acute points; they are terminated
by ſhort ſpikes of flowers which are larger than thoſe
of the firſt fort, but are of the ſame beautiful ſcarlet
colour, and appear about the ſame time with them.
This is propagated by feeds in the ſame way as the
firſt, but the plants are not ſo hardy, therefore require
to be placed in a moderate ftove in winter, and in
ſummer they ſhould be placed in a deep frame, where
they may be covered with glaſſes in bad weather, but
enjoy the free air at all times when the weather is
favourable. With this management the plants flow--
ered very well in the Chelſea Garden, but they did
not perfect feeds.
The third fort grows naturally in Virginia, but has
been long an inhabitant of the Engliſh gardens; this
hath a perennial fibrous root. The leaves are ſmooth,
oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and a little indented on their
edges; the ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and are
garniſhed with leaves like thoſe at the bottom, which
are gradually ſmaller to the top, ſitting cloſe to the
ftalk. The flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves; they are of a pale blue colour, and have
large empalements whoſe edges are reflexed; they
appear a little earlier in July than the firſt fort, and
the feeds frequently ripen in England.
It is propagated in the ſame way as the firſt fort, and
the plants require the ſame culture.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun fent the feeds; this is
an annual plant. The ſtalk riſes about a foot high,
the n divides into four or five ſmaller, which grow
erect. The lower part is garniſhed with heart-lbaped
ſmooth leaves, about one inch and a half long, and
three
a
а.
a
a

RAP
RAU
The
a
a
3
three quarters of an inch broad at the baſe, leſſening flower is from three to four inches long, very flender,
to a point at the end; they have ſmall indentures on and is deeply cut at the top into five ſegments, which
their borders, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks.
ſpread open ; they are white, and appear in June, and
upper ſender ſtalks are thinly garniſhed with ſmall are ſucceeded by turgid ſeed-veſſels, crowned by the
purplih fiowers to the top, and theſe are ſucceeded five ſegments of the petal, having three holes at the
by Imall feed-veffels which ripen in autumn. When top, and filled with ſmall grayiſh ſeeds. The feeds
the ſeeds are permirted to ſcatter on the pots which of this fort ſhould be fown ſoon after it is ripe, in
ſtand near them, and thoſe are ſheltered from the pots filled with rich earth, and plunged into the tan-
froſt, the plants will come up plentifully the follow- bed in the ſtove, obſerving to refreih the earth fre-
ing ſpring; or, if they are ſown in pots in autumn, quently with water. In the ſpring theſe pots may be
and ſheltered in the winter, the plants will ariſe the removed, and plunged into a hot-bed, which will
following ſpring; and theſe ſhould be tranſplanted in- ſoon bring up the plants: when theſe are fit to re-
to ſeparate ſmall pots, placing them under a frame, move, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſepa-
where they will flower in June and July, and their rate ſmall pot filled with rich earth, and plunged in-
ſeeds will ripen in September, and the plants will to a freſh hot-bed, ſhading them from the ſun till they
then decay.
have taken new root; then they may be treated in
The fifth fort grows naturally in the foreſts about Blois the ſame way as other tender plants from the ſame
in France; this is an annual plant. The root is com- country, giving them a large ſhare of air in warm
poſed of many fleſhy fibres; the ſtalk riſes about two weather, and frequently refreſhing them with water.
feet high, and is garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves In autumn the plants must be plunged into the tan-
near three inches long, and one broad in the middle; bed of the ſtove, where they will flower the follow-
they are very thin, and are ſawed on their edges, fit- ing ſummer and produce ripe ſeeds, foon after which
ting cloſe to the ſtalk; the upper part of the ſtalk is the plants will decay. If the feeds of this plant are
garniſhed with very ſmall leaves, and from their baſe brought from the Weſt-Indies, they ſhould be fown
ariſe the flowers, which are of a bright blue colour. as ſoon as they arrive, in pots filled with rich earth;
Theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh and if it happens in the winter, the pots ſhould be
feed-veffels with holes at the top, which are filled plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, but if it is in
with ſmall red feeds.
the ſpring or ſummer, they may be plunged into a
The ſeeds of this plant ſhould be ſown in autumn in hot-bed in the common frames. Theſe feeds when
pots filled with loamy earth, and placed under a hot- ſown in the ſpring, feldom grow the ſame year, there-
bed frame in winter, and when they come up in the fore the following autumn the pots ſhould be remov-
ſpring, they ſhould be tranſplanted either into a bor- ed into the ſtove, and managed according to the above
der of ſoft loamy earth, or into ſeparate pots, ſhading directions.
them till they have taken new root; and afterward The ninth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
the muſt be duly watered in dry weather, which will Hope, this is an annual plant; the ſtalks are ſlender,
cauſe them to flower ſtrong, and produce good ſeeds branching, and ſpread out on every ſide ; they riſe
annually:
about a foot high, and are garniſhed with ſmall ſpear-
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America; ſhaped leaves which are indented on their edges,
this is a biennial plant in England, which rarely and fit cloſe to the branches. The flowers are ſmall
flowers the ſame year as the plants come up, but de- and blue; they ſtand upon very ſlender long foot-
cays foon after the ſeeds are ripe. The ſtalks of this ſtalks, and appear in July; theſe are ſucceeded by
are channelled and hairy; they grow erect to the ſmall roundiſh ſeed-veſſels, filled with ſmall ſeeds
height of two feet, and are garniſhed with thin oval which ripen in September. If the feeds of this fort
leaves about two inches long, and one broad in the are ſown in autumn, they will ſucceed much better
middle, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; they are of a light than when they are ſown in ſpring: theſe may be
green, and a little fawed on their edges. The flow- ſown in pots, and ſheltered under a common hot-bed
ers ſtand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks which come frame in winter, expoſing them to the open air at all
out from the wings of the leaves, and form a looſe times in mild weather, but ſcreening them from the
ſpike which terminate the ſtalk; they are ſmall, and froſt; and in the ſpring, the pots ſhould be plunged
of a light blue colour. This flowers in July, and into a moderate hot-bed, which will ſoon bring up
the feeds ripen in September. This is propagated by the plants ; when theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould
feeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn, in pots filled be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with
with rich earth, and treated in the ſame way as the rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed
firſt fort.
again, ſhading them from the ſun till they have taken
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good new root; then they muſt have a large ſhare of free
Hope; this is a biennial plant; the ſtalks riſe a foot air at all times when the weather is mild, and as the
and a half high, they are covered with a hairy down, plants grow ſtrong, they ſhould be gradually harden-
and are purpliſh toward the bottom; the leaves are ed to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be
oval, two inches and a half long, and an inch and a reinoved in June, placing them in a ſheltered fitua-
quarter broad, of a deep green colour, a little hairy tion, where they will flower in July, and if the ſeaſon
on their under fide, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The proves favourable, the feeds will ripen in September ;
flowers ftand upon long ſender foot-ftalks, which but if the ſeaſon ſhould prove cold, it will be proper
come out from the bofom of the leaves, ſometimes to remove one or two plants into a glaſs-caſe, to ob-
one proceeding from a joint, and at others they come tain good feeds.
out oppoſite on each ſide the ſtalk, each foot-ſtalk The tenth fort comes from the Cape of Good Hope :
ſuſtaining one pale blue flower, which being ſmall this hath trailing ſtalks, and the leaves are fawed on
makes but little appearance. This flowers about the their edges, and the foot-ſtalks come out from the
ſame time with the former, and may be propagated fide of the branches, in which it differs from the laſt
in the ſame
way.
ſort. It may be propagated by feeds, and treated in
The eighth fort grows naturally in moiſt places, on the fame manner as the laſt.
moſt of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies. This is alſo RAUVOLFIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. tab. 40.
a biennial plant, whoſe root is compoſed of a few Lin. Gen. Plant. 259.
ſtrong ligneous fibres, which ſtrike deep in the ground; The name was given to this genus of plants by Fa-
the ſtalk riſes about eight or nine inches high, and is ther Plumier, who was the perſon that diſcovered it
cloſely garniſhed with leaves on every ſide; theſe are in America, in honour of Leonard Rauwolf, who was
four inches long and half an inch broad, very deeply a curious botaniſt, and flouriſhed about the year 1583.
indented on their edges; they are hairy, of a deep He travelled into the Holy Land, and ſeveral other
green, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers come places in the eaſt, and publiſhed his travels in High
out at every joint from the wings of the leaves, ſtand- Dutch, which were tranſlated into Engliſh under the
ing upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks; the tube of the
inſpection of the great Mr. Ray.
The
a
a
a
a

R A U
RES
The CHARACTERS are,
they ſhould conſtantly remain in the ſtove; and if
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf, they are continued in the bark-bed, they will thrive
cut into five ſegments at the top. The petal is funnel- much faſter than when they are placed on ſtands in a
Shaped; the tube is cylindrical, globular at the baſe, and dry ftove. But in the ſummer ſeaſon they ſhould
is cut at the brim into five parts. It has five fitamina have a large ſhare of freſh air admitted to them, and
which are a little Morier than the tube, terminated by the leaves of the plants muſt be now and then waſhed
erect summits, and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a Mort with a ſponge, to clear them from the filth they are
Style, crowned by a beaded ſtigma. The germen afterward apt to contract; which, if ſuffered to remain, will
becomes a globular berry with two cells, incloſing one com- retard the growth of the plants. Where due care is
preffed feed in each.
taken of them, they will thrive very faſt, and the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſecond year will produce flowers, and continue fo to
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants do for many years, and will perfect their feeds in
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
England. They may alſo be propagated by cuttings. ,
The SPECIES are,
which ſhould be laid to dry for two or three days
1. RAUVOLFIA (Caneſcens) fubpubeſcens. Lin. Sp. Plant. before they are planted ; and then ſhould be plunged
303. Hairy Reuvolfia. Rauvolfia tetraphylla latifo- into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving
lia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. Broad four-leaved Rauvolfia. to ſhade them until they have taken root, after which
2. RAUVOLFIA (Nitido) glaberrima nitidiffima. Lin. Sp. time they may be treated as the ſeedling plants.
303. Smooth neat Rouvolfia. Rauvolfia tetraphylla RESEDA. Tourn. Init: R. H. 423. tab. 238. Lin.
anguſtifolia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. Narrow four-leaved Gen. Plant. 535. Baſtard-rocket.
Rauvolfia.
The CHARACTERS are,
Both theſe forts grow naturally in the warmeſt parts The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into le-
of America; Mr. Robert Millar fent the feeds of veral ſegments almoſt to the bottom, and is permanent.
them from Carthagena in New Spain, where he ob- The petals of the flower are unequal, and generally trifid,
ferved the ihrubs growing in great plenty. Theſe riſe having a honey gland on their baſe the length of the em-
with ſeveral ligneous ſtalks from the foot, which grow palement. The
honey glands are plain, erečt, and produced
ſeven or eight feet high, ſending out a few ſmall fide from the upper fide of the receptacle, between the ſta-
branches, covered with a ſmooth green bark when mina and the place of the upper petal, joining with the baſe
young, but as they are older their bark changes to a of the petals, dilating from the ſides. It bath fifteen or
gray. The leaves are placed by fours at each joint fixteen ſhort ſtamina, terminated by ere&t obtuſe ſummits ;
round the branches; thoſe of the firſt fort are two and o gibbous germen fitting upon very ſhort ſtyles, crowned
inches and a half long, and an inch and a half broad by a ſingle ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a: gib-
in the middle, a little hairy, of a light green, and bous angular capſule of one cell, with an aperture between
have a few light indentures on their edges; the the ſtyles, filled with kidney-Saaped ſeeds faſtened to the an-
leaves of the other fort are full as long, but are a gles of the capſule.
third part narrower, of a thinner ſubſtance, and much This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
ſmoother. Theſe differences continue in the plants Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which includes thoſe plants
which are raiſed from ſeeds, for I have ſeveral times whofe flowers have from eleven to nineteen ſtamina,
propagated them both from feeds, and have con- and three ſtyles.
Itantly found the ſeeds produce the ſame as the
The SPECIES are,
plants from which they were taken. The flowers are 1. RESEDA (Vulgaris) foliis pinnatis, foliolis integris al-
produced on flender foot-ſtalks, which ariſe from the ternis floribus tetragynis. Baſtard-rocket with winged
wings of the leaves ; they are tubulous, and globular leaves, whoſe lobes are entire, placed alternate, and have
at their baſe, and are ſucceeded by roundifh berries four ſtyles to the flower. Reſeda vulgaris. C. B. P.ICO.
about the ſize of thoſe of the Privet, which turn black Common Baſtard-rocket.
when they are ripe. Theſe plants flower moſt part 2. RESEDA (Criſpa) foliis omnibus trifidis, inferioribus
of the fummer, and the fruit ripens in autumn and pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 213. Baſtard-rocket with all the
winter; the leaves and ſtalks of theſe plants have a leaves trifid, and the lower ones winged. Refeda criſpa
milky juice, which flows out if they are broken. Gallica. Bocc. Sic. 77. French curled Baſtard-rocket.
Theſe are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown 3. RESEDA (Phyteuma) foliis integris trilobiſque, calyci-
in autumn foon after they are ripe; for if they are bus fexpartitis maximis. Hort. Cliff. 412. Baſtard-
kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants rarely rocket with entire and trifid leaves, and the largeſt em-
come up the ſame year, and this is frequently the caſe palement to the flower. Reſeda minor vulgaris. Tourn.
with thoſe ſeeds which are brought to England. Inft. R. H. 413. Leſſer common Baſtard-rocket.
The feeds of theſe plants ſhould be fown in pots fill-4. RESEDA (Undata) foribus trigynis
, tetragyniſque ca-
ed with freſh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of lycibus quinquepartitis, foliis pinnatis undulatis. Lin.
tanners bark ; for as they are very hard, ſo they fre- Sp. Plant. 644. Baftard-rocket with trifid and quadrifid
quently remain a long time in the ground; therefore flowers, whoſe empalements are cut into five parts, and
when they are in pots, they may be ſhifted from one winged waved leaves. Reſeda minor alba, dentatis fo-
bed to another as their heat decays. When the liis. Barrel. Icon. 588. Smaller white Baſtard-rocket
plants come up, they muſt be frequently refreſhed with indented leaves.
with water, but it muſt not be given them in large 5. RESEDA (Alba) foliis pinnatis, floribus tetragynis, ca-
quantities; for as the plants are fucculent and full of lycibus fexpartitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 645. Hort. Upfal.
a milky juice, ſo they are in danger of rotting with 149. Baſtard-rocket with winged leaves, flowers having
too much moiſture. They ſhould alſo have a large four ſtyles, and an empalement cut into fix parts. Reſeda
ſhare of freſh air admitted to them in warm weather, foliis calcitrapa flore albo. Mor. Hort. R. Bl. Baf-
and when they are about two inches high, they ſhould tard-rocket with Star Thiſtle leaves, and a white flower.
be tranſplanted each into a ſeparate fmall pot filled 6. RESEDA (Odorata) foliis integris trilobiſque, calycibus
with freih light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed florum æquantibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 646. Baſtard-
again, obſerving to fhade them from the fun until rocket with entire three-lobed leaves, whoſe empalement is
they have taken new root; after which time they equal with the petals of the flower, commonly called ſweet
ſhould have free air admitted to them every day, in Reſeda, or Mignonette d'Egypt.
proportion to the warmth of the ſeaſon. In this 7. RESEDA (Caneſcens) foliis fubulatis ſparſis
. Sauv.
hot-bed the plants may remain till toward Michael- Monſp. 41. Baſtard-rocket with awl-ſhaped leaves placed
mas, when they ſhould be removed into the ſtove, thinly. Seſamoides flore albo, foliis caneſcentibus,
and plunged into the tanners bark, where they muſt Tourn Inft. R. H. 424. Baſtard Seſamum with a white
be kept warm, and not have too much moiſture in flower and boary leaves.
cold weather.
8. RESEDA (Luteola). foliis lanceolatis integris, calycibus
As theſe plants are natives of very hot countries, they quadrifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 448. Baſtard-rocket with
will not live in the open air in England, therefore Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, and quadrifid empalements. Lu-
teola

RES
RES
a
a
a
a
teola herba falicis folio. C. B. P. 100. Dyer's Weed,
or wild Wood, by ſome called Weld.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
Italy, and Spain. This is a biennial plant, which
flowers and ſeeds the ſecond year, and periſhes foon
after. The root is long, white, and a little ligneous;
the leaves are unequally winged, and the lobes are
entire; the ſtalks are channelled, riſing two feet high,
garniſhed with leaves like thoſe below, but are ſmall-
er, and are terminated by long looſe ſpikes of pale
yellow flowers, compoſed of ſeveral unequal petals ;
the two upper are the largeſt, the ſide ones leſs, and
the lower are ſo ſmall as to be ſcarce conſpicuous ;
they are all of a ſingular figure, and appear as if one
leaf came out of two others. In the middle are fi-
tuated many ſtamina terminated by yellow fummits,
and at the bottom a three-cornered germen, which
afterward turns to a three-cornered feed-veffel, hav-
ing three or four holes at the top, and filled with
black ſeeds.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in chalky land in
many parts of England, and has been ſuppoſed to be
the common fort, it being our common fort in Eng-
land, but the former is more common abroad, and
is fo titled; the lower leaves of this are winged, and
every lobe is cut into three ſmall parts, and are
curled, having ſome ſmall indentures on their edges.
The ſtalks riſe about the ſame height as thoſe of the
former, and are terminated by longer and looſer
ſpikes of flowers ; the flowers are paler and approach
to a white. This flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen
in September
The third ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy; this is an annual plant, which has general-
ly a ſingle fleſhy tap-root running deep in the ground,
ſending out ſeveral trailing ſtalks near a foot long,
which divide into ſmaller branches, garniſhed with
ſmall leaves, ſome of which are wedge-ſhaped and
entire, others are cut into three obtuſe ſegments. The
ends of the branches are terminated by looſe ſpikes of
flowers, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The
empalement of the flower is large, divided into fix
ſegments almoſt to the bottom; the flowers are white,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts. It flowers in
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this is a biennial plant, the lower leaves are unequally
winged, ſome of the intermediate lobes or ſegments
being much leſs than the others, and of different
ſhapes. The ſtalks riſe two feet and a half high, gar-
niſhed with ſmaller difformed winged leaves, indented
on their edges. The flowers are produced in ſlender
looſe ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks ; they are ſmall
and white, of the ſame ſhape with the others, appear-
ing in June, and the feeds ripen in September.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France ;
it is a biennial plant ; the lower leaves are large,
winged, and compoſed of many narrow lobes or feg-
ments placed alternate, which are of a grayiſh co-
lour; the ſtalks riſe two feet and a half high, and
are garniſhed with the like leaves, which diminiſh in
their fize to the top ; the ſtalks are terminated by
horter and thicker ſpikes of flowers than either of the
former, which are white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the
other ſpecies. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen
in Auguft.
The ſixth fort is ſuppoſed to grow naturally in Egypt;
the feeds of this were ſent me by Dr. Adrian Van
Royen, the late profeſſor of botany at Leyden. The
root of this plant is compoſed of many ſtrong fibres,
which run deep in the ground, from which come out
ſeveral ſtalks about a foot long, which divide into
many ſmall branches; theſe are garniſhed with ob-
long leaves, ſome of which are entire, and others are
divided into three parts; they are about two inches
long, and three quarters of an inch broad in the mid-
dle, ending in oval points, of a deep green colour.
The flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at the end
of the branches, they ſtand upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks, have large empalements, and are of an her-
baceous white colour, and ſmell very like freſh Rafp-
berries, which occaſions its being much cultivated in
the Engliſh gardens. This plant is fo like the third
fort, as to be taken for the ſame by fome, but the
flowers of the third have no fcent; ſo that thoſe who
have been impoſed on, by having the feeds of the third
*fort fent them for this, have ſuppoſed the plant was
degenerated.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally upon the mountains
in Spain ; this hath a perennial root, from which
ariſe a few fiender ligneous ſtalks a foot and a half
high, which are thinly garniſhed with linear obtuſe
leaves, of a grayiſh colour; the upper part of the
ſtalk is garniſhed for a good length with ſmall
, whitiſh,
purple flowers, ranged in a very looſe ſpike, fitting
cloſe to the ſtalk. Theſe appear the latter end of May,
and the ſeeds ripen in Auguft.
The eighth fort grows naturally upon dry banks and
old walls in many parts of England, but is cultivated
in ſome places for the dyer's uſe. This is now gene-
rally believed to be the plant, with which the ancient
inhabitants of this iſland painted themſelves, and not
the Woad, as has been by ſome ſuppoſed; for the
Dyer's Weed is a native here, whereas the Woad has
been fince introduced into this country. This is a bi-
ennial plant ; the root is compoſed of a few ligneous
fibres; the leaves are four inches long, and half an
inch broad, entire, and ending in obtuſe points ; theſe
the firſt year ſpread circularly near the ground, and
have ſome gentle wavings on their edges; the ſtalks
riſe three feet high, and are garniſhed with leaves of
the ſame ſhape with thoſe at bottom. They are ter-
minated by long looſe ſpikes of yellowiſh flowers,
which appear the latter end of June, and the feeds
ripen in September.
The five forts firſt mentioned, and alſo the ſeventh,
are feldom cultivated in gardens except for the ſake
of variety, having very little beauty to recommend
them, and being of no uſe; but whoever has a mind
to have them, need only fow their feeds in autumn,
and when the plants come up, if they are thinned and
kept clean from weeds, it is all the culture they re-
quire; and if their feeds are permitted to ſcatter, the
plants will come up in plenty, and ſometimes become
troubleſome weeds.
The feeds of the ſixth fort ſhould be fown on a mo-
derate hot-bed in March, and when the plants are
ſtrong enough to tranſplant, they ſhould be pricked
out upon another moderate hot-bed to bring them
forward; but they ſhould have a large ſhare of air in
warm weather, otherwiſe they will draw up weak.
About the latter end of May the plants may be plant-
ed out, ſome into pots, to place near the apartments,
and others into warm borders, where they may remain
to flower and ſeed. For the plants which grow in the
full ground, often produce more feeds than thoſe which
are in pots; but at the time when the feed-veſſels be-
gin to ſwell, the plants are frequently infeſted with
green caterpillars, which, if they are not deſtroyed,
will eat off all the feed-vefſels.
If the feeds of this plant are fown on a bed of light
earth in April, the plants will come up very well,
and when they are not tranſplanted, will grow larger
than thoſe which are raiſed in the hot-bed, but they
will not flower ſo early, and in cold ſeaſons will
ſcarce ripen their ſeeds. The plants may alſo be
preſerved through the winter in a green-houſe, where
they will continue flowering moſt part of the year,
but the ſecond year they will not be ſo vigorous as
the firſt.
The eighth fort is the Weld, which is accounted a
rich commodity for dyeing; where this is cultivated,
the ſeeds are commonly fown with Barley in the ſpring,
and after the Barley is taken off the ground, the
Weld begins to make ſome progreſs, and the next
ſeaſon is pulled up for uſe. This has been long prac-
tiſed, and it will be difficult to prevail on the culti-
vaters of this plant to depart from their old cuſtoms ;
а
a
II H
buc

RH A
RH A
و
3
a
but if any perſons will follow the directions hereafter whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle, but ac-
given, I can from experience promiſe them much cording to his fyften, it ſhould be placed in the firſt
better ſucceſs.
ſection of his twenty-ſecond claſs; but as he has
As the Weld will grow upon very poor foil, yet the joined to this genus the Frangula, Paliurus, Alater-
crop will be in proportion to the goodneſs of the land; nus, and Ziziphus of Tournefort, ſo to comprehend
for upon very poor ground, the plants will not riſe them all he has placed them in his fifth claſs, which
more than a foot high, whereas upon good ground I had much better be kept ſeparate.
have meaſured them upward of three feet, and the
The SPECIES are,
ſtalks, leaves, &c. have been in proportion ; ſo that 1. RHAMNUS (Catharticus) floribus axillaribus, foliis
the better the ſoil is upon which it is fown, the greater ovato-lanceolatis ferratis nervoſis. Buckthorn with
will be the produce.
flowers proceeding from the ſides of the branches, and
The beſt way to cultivate this plant, is to fow it oval, Spear-ſhaped, Sawed, veined leaves. Rhamnus ca-
without any
other crop; if the ground is ready by tharticus. C. B. P. 478. Purging or common Buck-
the beginning or middle of Auguſt, that will be a thorn.
good ſeaſon; the land ſhould be well ploughed and 2. RHAMNUS (Minor) floribus axillaribus, foliis ovatis
harrowed fine, but unleſs it is very poor, it will not acuminatis nervofis integerrimis. Buckthorn with
require dung; when the ground is well harrowed flowers proceeding from the ſides of the branches, and oval,
and made fine, the ſeeds ſhould be fown; one gallon acute-pointed, entire leaves, having veins. Rhamnus ca-
of the feeds is ſufficient to ſow an acre of land, for tharticus minor. C. B. P. 478. Smaller purging or
they are ſmall. If rain falls in a little time after the common Buckthorn, commonly called Dwarf Rhamnus.
feeds are fown, it will bring up the plants, and in 3. RHAMNUS (Longifolia) foliis lanceolatis, floribus ax-
two months time they will be ſo far advanced as to illaribus. Buckthorn with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers
be eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the weeds; then they growing from the ſides of the ſtalks. Rhamnus cathar-
ſhould be hoed in the like manner as Turneps, al- ticus minor, folio longiori. Tourn. Inſt. 593. Smaller
ways obſerving to do it in dry weather, for then the purging Buckthorn with a longer leaf.
weeds will ſoon die after they are cut up; at this 4. RHAMNUS (Africana) foliis cuneiformibus confertis
time the plants may be left about ſix inches diſtance; perennantibus, foribus corymbofis alaribus. Buck-
if this is done in dry weather, and the work well thorn with wedge-ſhaped evergreen leaves growing in cluf-
performed, the plants will be clean from weeds till ters, and flowers growing in roundiſh bunches from the ſides
the ſpring ; but as young weeds will come up in of the branches. Rhamnus Afer, folio pruni longiore
March, ſo if in dry weather the ground is hoed again, fubrotundo, flore candicante, fpinis longiffimis. Boerh.
it may be performed at a ſmall expence while the Ind. alt. 212. African Buckthorn with a longer roundiſh
weeds are young, and then they will foon decay; and Plum leaf, a very white flower, and long Spines.
if after this there ſhould be many more weeds appear, The firſt fort grows naturally in the hedges in many
it will be proper to hoe it a third time, about the be- parts of England; it riſes with a ſtrong woody ftalk
ginning of May, which will preſerve the ground to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, ſending out
clean till the Weld is fit to pull. The beſt time to many irregular branches; the young ſhoots have a
pull the Weld for uſe, is as ſoon as it begins to flow- ſmooth, grayiſh, brown bark, but the older branches
er, though moſt people ſtay till the feeds are ripe, have a darker and rougher bark, and are armed with
being unwilling to loſe the ſeeds; but it is much a few ſhort thorns. The leaves ſtand upon pretty
better to ſow a ſmall piece of land with this feed, to long ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are of the oval ſpear-
remain for a produce of new ſeeds, than to let the ſhape, about two inches and a half long, and one
whole ſtand for feed; becauſe the plants which are and a quarter broad, ſlightly fawed on their edges, of
permitted to ſtand ſo long will be much leſs worth a dark green on their upper fide, but of a pale or
for uſe, than the value of the ſeeds; beſides, by light green on their under, having a pretty ftrong
drawing off the crop early, the ground may be fown midrib, and ſeveral veins proceeding from it, which
with Wheat the ſame ſeaſon; for the plants may be diverge toward the fides, but meet again near the
drawn up the latter end of June, when they will be point of the leaf. The flowers come out in cluſters
in the greateſt vigour, ſo will afford a greater quantity from the ſide of the branches; thoſe of the male have
of the dye.
as many ſtamina as there are diviſions in the petal;
When the plants are pulled, they may be ſet up in
thoſe of the female have a roundiſh germen, which
ſmall handfuls to dry in the field, and when it is dry afterward turns to a pulpy berry of a roundiſh form,
enough, it may be tied up in bundles and houſed dry, incloſing four hard ſeeds. It flowers in June, and the
being careful to ſtack it looſely, that the air may paſs berries ripen in autumn.
between to prevent its fermenting.
The berries of this are uſed in medicine; for with them
That which is left for ſeeds ſhould be pulled as ſoon there is a purging fyrup made, called Syrupus è ſpina
as the ſeeds are ripe and ſet up to dry, and then beat cervina, or fyrup of Buckthorn ; which is reckoned
out for uſe; for if the plants are left too long, the a good medicine to purge watery humours, and
ſeeds will ſcatter. The uſual price of the feed is ten againſt the dropſy, jaundice, itch, and all manner
ſhillings a buſhel.
of eruptions on the ſkin: of late years, the people
:
RHABARBARUM. See RHEUM.
who ſupply the market with theſe berries, have mix-
RH A BARBARUM MONACHORUM. ed ſeveral other forts with them, ſo that when the
See RUMEX.
ſyrup is made by perſons who have not ſkill to diſtin:
RHAGADIOLUS. See LAPSANA.
guiſh the berries, it is often very bad ; fo that two
RHAMNOIDES. See HIPPOPHAE.
ounces of the ſyrup of one ſhop will not purge ſo well
RHAMNUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 593. tab. 366. as one from another, which has brought this medi-
Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. the Buckthorn; in French, cine into diſrepute with many perſons. Theſe ber-
Nerprun.
ries may be eaſily known by examining their feeds, to
The CHARACTERS are,
ſee if there are four in each, and alſo by rubbing the
It hath male and female flowers on different plants; juice upon white paper, which it will ftain of a green
theſe have no empalements according to Some, nor petals colour.
according to others. The cover of the Sexes is funnel- From the juice of theſe berries is made a very fine
Shaped, and cut into four parts at the top, which Spread green colour, called by the French Verd-de-veflie,
open. The male flowers have five ſtamina the length which is much eſteemed by the painters in miniature.
of the tube, terminated by ſmall ſummits. The female The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of
Flowers have a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, France; this is an humble ſhrub, feldom riſing more
crowned by a quadrifid ſtigma. The germen afterward than three feet high, ſending out many irregular
becomes a roundiſho berry, incloſing four hard ſeeds. branches, covered with a dark brown bark, garniſhed
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection with oval leaves ending in acute points ; they are
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants about three quarters of an inch long, and half an inch
broad
a

RH A
RH E
a
a
a
a
broad in the wideſt part, which is near the baſe ; half as large; they are of a deep green, and continue
they are of a yellowiſh green, and a thin conſiſtence, all the year ; their points are broad and rounded,
having ſeveral veins diverging from the midrib to- growing narrower to their baſe, fitting cloſe to the
ward the ſides, which converge again toward the
branches. The flowers are produced on the ſide of
point. The flowers come out upon ſmall curſons or
the branches at each joint; they are collected into
ipurs on the ſide of the branches, each ſtanding upon
roundiſh bunches, ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks an inch
a ſeparate ſhort foot-ſtalk ; they are of a yellowiſh long; they are white, and have ſhort tubes; their
herbaceous colour, having ſhort ſwelling tubes, and upper part is cut into five acute ſegments, which
are cut into five acute ſegments at the top, which
ſpread open in forın of a ſtar. Theſe appear in June,
ſpread open; they appear in June, but are not fuc- at which time the whole fhrub ſeems covered with
ceeded by berries here.
flowers, ſo as to make a fine appearance ; and as the
Mr. Du Hamel de Monceaux, of the Royal Academy
leaves continue green all the year, it deſerves a place
of Sciences at Paris, fays, that the fruit of this ſpecies
where there is a conveniency to ſhelter them in winter.
gathered green is the Grain d'Avignon, or Avignon
This ſort has not as yet produced feeds in England,
berries, which are uſed in dyeing of yellow; but I have but it may be eaſily propagated by cuttings, which
been aſſured by a gentleman of ſkill, who reſided long ſhould be planted in pots filled with loamy earth the
in the ſouth of France, that the Avignon berries beginning of April. The pots ſhould be plunged
were the fruit of the narrow-leaved Alaternus; and in into a moderate hot-bed, and the cuttings ſhould be
order to be better ſatisfied of the truth, I gathered a
ſhaded from the fun in the heat of the day; they muſt
quantity of the berries of the narrow-leaved Alaternus alſo be ſprinkled with water two or three times a week,
before they were full ripe, and carried them to two according as the earth in the pot dries, but they muſt
eminent dealers in this commodity, and aſked them if by no means have too much wet.
Theſe cuttings
they knew what theſe berries were ; they both aſſured will put out roots in two months, and ſoon after will
me, after making trial of them, that they were Avig-
begin to make ſhoots at the top ; then they muſt have
non berries, and if I had a large quantity of them,
a large ſhare of air admitted to them, and gradually
they would purchaſe them all : therefore, as the Ala- inured to bear the open air, into which they ſhould
ternus before-mentioned is one of the moſt common be ſoon after removed ; and when they are well hard-
ihrubs in the ſouth of France, from whence the Avig- ened, they may be ſhaken out of the pots, and
non berries are brought, we may ſuppoſe Mr du Ha- ſeparated, being careful to preſerve a ball of ear h
mel has been ill informed.
to each, and plant them into fingle pots filled with
The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy; ſoft loamy earth, placing them in the ſhade till th y
this grows to a larger ſize than the ſecond, but not ſo have taken new root; then they may be remov d
high as the firſt. The branches are ſtronger, and are
into a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain
armed with a few long ſpines; the leaves are like till the froft comes on in autumn, at which time they
thoſe of the wild Plum, but are a little longer and
muſt be houſed, and treated in the ſame way as the
narrower; the flowers are ſmall, of a yellowiſh co- other hardier kinds of green-houſe plants.
lour, and are produced from the ſide of the branches; RHEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 454. Rhabarbarum.
theſe appear in June, but are not ſucceeded by berries Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 89. tab. 18. The Rhubarb.
in this country:
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort is fo common in the hedges in many The flower has no empalement; it hath one petal, which
parts of England, that it is ſeldom cultivated in gar- is narrow at the baſe, and impervious. The brim is cut
dens; this riſes eaſily from ſeeds, if they are ſown in into fix parts, which are obtuſe and alternately ſmaller ;
autumn ſoon after the berries are ripe ; but, if they it hath nine hair-like ſtamina inſerted in the petal, and is
are kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants will of the ſame length, terminated by oblong twin ſummits
not come up till the year after; theſe will require no which are obtuſe, and a ſhort three-cornered germen, with
particular treatment, but may be managed in the ſame ſcarce any ſtyle, crowned by three feathered ſtigmas which
way as young Crabs, or any other hardy deciduous tree; are reflexed. The germen afterward becomes a large three-
it
may alſo be propagated by cuttings or layers. If cornered ſeed, with acute membranceous borders.
the young ſhoots are layed in autumn, they will put This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
out roots by the following autumn, when they may
of Linnæus's ninth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
be taken off from the plants, and either planted in whoſe fowers have nine ſtamina or ſtigmas, and three
a nurſery to remain there to get ſtrength for a year or ſtyles.
two, or they may be planted where they are deſigned
The SPECIES are,
to remain. This is not ſo proper for hedges as the 1. Rheum (Rhaponticum) foliis cordatis glabris fpicis
Hawthorn or Crab, ſo thoſe ſhould be preferred to it. obruſis. Rhubarb with ſmooth heart-ſhaped leaves, and
The ſecond and third forts are preſerved in botanic obtuſe ſpikes of flowers. Rhaponticum. Prof. Alp. Exot.
gardens for the ſake of variety ; but as they are not 187. The Rhapontick, commonly called Engliſh Rhubarb.
beautiful, few perſons cultivate them here, eſpecially 2. RHEUM (Undulatum) foliis fubvillofis undulatis peti-
as theſe do not produce fruit in England. They may olis æqualibus. Lin. Diff. 1. tab. 1. Sp. Plant. 372.
be propagated either by laying down the young
Rhubarb with hairy waved leaves, having equal foot-
branches in autumn, or by planting the cuttings in ſtalks. Rhabarbarum folio longiori hirſuto criſpo,
the ſpring, before the buds begin to ſwell. Theſe florum thyrſo longiori & tenuiori. Amman. Ruth.
9.
will put out roots in the ſame manner as the common Rhubarb with a longer hairy curled leaf, and a longer and
ſort, and may be treated in the ſame way, for they. Nender Spike of flowers.
are both hardy plants, and will thrive in the open air. 3. Rheum (Compactum) foliis cordatis glabris, margi-
The fourth ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good bus ſinuatis, fpicis erectis compactis. Tab. 218. Rhu-
Hope, ſo is too tender to thrive in the open air in barb with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves, which are finuated
England; but if it is placed in a common green-houſe on their borders, and ere&t compa et Spikes of flowers.
with Myrtles, Olives, and the hardier kinds of exotic 4. RHEUM (Palmatum) foliis palmatis acuminatis. Lin.
plants in winter, and removed to the open air in fum- Sp. 531. Rhubarb with pointed hand-ſhaped leaves.
mer, it will thrive very well. This riſes with a ſhrubby 5. RHEUM (Ribes) foliis granulatis, petiolis æqualibus.
ſtalk to the height of four or five feet, ſending out Lin. Sp. Plant. 372. Rhubarb with granulated leaves
many ſide branches, which, when young, are covered having equal foot-ſtalks. Lapathum Orientale aſpero
with a green bark, but as they advance, the bark & verrucoſo folio, Ribes Arabium dictum. Hort.
changes to a dark brown; they are armed with a Elth. 191. tab. 158. Eaſtern Dock with a rough warted
few long ſlender thorns, and garniſhed with wedge- leaf, called by the Arabians Ribes.
ſhaped leaves, which come out in cluſters at each The firſt fort grows naturally near the Pontic Sea,
joint, four, five, or ſix riſing from the ſame point, but has been long an inhabitant of the Engliſh gar-
which differ in ſize, the largeſt being about an inch dens. When the feeds were firſt brought to Europe,
long, and three quarters broad, and the ſmalleſt about they were ſuppoſed to be of the true Rhubarb, but
upon
;

RH E
RH E
а.
a
upon making trial of the roots, they were found to
be greatly inferior to thoſe of the true Rhubarb, and
upon farther trials and examinantion, it was found
to be the Rhapontick of Proſper Alpinus, commonly
called Pontick Rhubarb. This hath a large thick
root, which divides into many ſtrong fleſhy fangs,
running deep in the ground; the outſide is of a
reddiſh brown colour, and the inſide yellow, from
which ariſe ſeveral leaves, in number according to the
ſize of the root; theſe come up folded in the ſpring,
and afterward expand themſelves; they are ſmooth,
of a roundiſh heart-ſhape, having very thick foot-
ſtalks of a reddiſh colour, which are a little channelled
on their lower part, but flat at the top. When the
plant grows in rich land, the foot-ſtalks of the leaves
are near two feet long, and thicker than a man's
thumb; the leaves alſo are often two feet long, and
as much in breadth, having ſeveral ſtrong longitudinal
veins running from the foot-ſtalk to the borders, of
a deep green, and are waved on their edges, having
an acid taſte, but particularly the foot-ſtalks, which
are now frequently uſed for making tarts. From
between the leaves ariſe the flower-ſtem, which is of
a purple colour, garniſhed with one leaf at each
joint, of the ſame ſhape with thoſe below, but ſmaller,
and fit cloſe to the ſtalk. The ſtalks grow from two
to three feet high, according to the ſtrength of the
ground, and are terminated by thick, cloſe, obtuſe
ſpikes of white flowers, which appear the beginning
,
of June, and are ſucceeded by large, triangular,
brown feeds, having a border or wing at each angle,
which ripen in Auguft.
The feeds of the ſecond ſort were ſent me from Ley-
den by the late Dr. Boerhaave, by the title of Rhabar-
barum Chinenfe verum, or true China Rhubarb,
which ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden. The root
of this ſort divides into a number of thick fibres,
which run deeper into the ground than thoſe of the
firſt, and are of a deeper yellow within. The leaves
appear much earlier in the ſpring; the foot-ſtalks are
not ſo much channelled on their under fide, and are
plain on their upper, not ſo red nor fo thick as thoſe.
The leaves are longer, running more to a point, and
are much waved on their edges, a little hairy on their
upper fide, and have many ſtrong veins or ribs on
their under. The flower-ftem is of a pale brownilh
.
colour, riſing about four feet high, dividing into
ſeveral looſe panicles or bunches of white flowers,
which appear in May, and are ſucceeded by tringu-
lar feeds like thoſe of the firſt fort, which ripen earlier
in the ſeaſon.
The feeds of the third ſort were ſent me from Pe-
terſburgh, for the true Tartarian Rhubarb. The
roots of this ſort are large, and divide into many
fangs; they are yellow within ; the leaves appear early
in the ſpring; the foot-ſtalks of theſe are of a pale
green, and almoſt as large as thoſe of the firſt fort ;
they have ſcarce any channels, and flat on their upper
,
fide ; the leaves are ſmooth, heart-ſhaped, and do not
run out to ſo great length in a point as thoſe of the
ſecond, but are longer than thoſe of the firſt; they
are very broad toward their baſe, and have very large
pale green ribs on their under ſide, a little waved on
their edges, having a ſharp acid flavour. The flower-
ſtalk is of a pale green; it riſes five or fix feet high,
and are as large as a common walking cane, garniſh-
ed at each joint by one leaf of the ſame ſhape with
thoſe below, but ſmaller, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk;
the upper part of the ſtalk divides into ſmall branches,
each ſuſtaining a panicle or ſpike of white flowers
ſtanding erect, which appear the latter end of May,
and are ſucceeded by large triangular bordered feeds,
like thoſe of the firſt fort.
The roots of this laſt approach nearer to thoſe of the
foreign Rhubarb than either of the other, both in
ſhape and quality, and as theſe feeds which were ſent
to Peterſburgh, were gathered from the plants grow-
ing on the ſpot where the Rhubarb is taken up, ſo
there is little reaſon to doubt of its being the true
ſort, though the roots which have grown in Eng-
land have not been equal in quality with thoſe of the
foreign; but this may have been occafioned for want
of age, or by being taken out of the ground at an
improper ſeaſon, therefore farther trials may in-
prove it ; and as the plants produce great plenty of
feeds here, ſo they may be propagated with great eaſe.
Dr. Linnæus ſeemed firſt to think the ſecond fort was
the true Rhubarb, but the roots of that which have
grown here are very little better than thoſe of the Rha-
pontick, and I have reaſon to doubt if it is not a va-
riety of it; for it is certain, theſe plants when grow-
ing near each other, are impregnated by each other's
farina ; for from the ſeeds of the Rhapontick, which
grew cloſe to the ſecond fort, I had a mixture of
plants of both forts produced, though the plant of
the ſecond ſort did not produce any feeds, for the
ftalk decayed ſoon after the flowers faded ; and the
ſeeds of the Rhapontick were gathered by myſelf
from one plant, and were fown in his Grace the Duke
of Bedford's garden at Wooburn Abbey, where there
had not been any of theſe plants before growing,
ſo that there could be no mixture of ſeeds, and yet
a third part of the plants proved to be of the fe-
cond fort.
It has been learnedly controverted by the botaniſts,
whether the Rhapontick of the antients, and the Rhu-
barb of the moderns, is one and the ſame plant,
fome affirming, and others denying that there is any
agreement; the reaſonings on both ſides may be
ſeen in the Appendix to the ſecond volume of John
Bauhin's Hiſtory of Plants.
The feeds of the fourth fort have been lately brought
to England, from which many plants have been
raiſed; theſe greatly differ in the form of their
leaves from all the other ſpecies, for they are deeply
cut into many acute ſegments, which ſpread open in
form of a hand; and I am informed by a ſkilful
botaniſt, who has ſeen this fort in flower, that it ſhould
be placed in the genus of Rumex, for there are but
fix ftamina in each flower ; but as the plant in the
Chelſea Garden has not as yet flowered, nor have I
ſeen any plants in that ſtate, ſo I cannot take upon
me to determine this.
However, I find the celebrated Linnæus now ſup-
poſes this to be the true Rhubarb, which farther ex-
periments muſt fettle.
The fifth fort grows naturally on Mount Libanus,
and other mountainous parts of Syria. This hath a
thick fleſhy root, which runs pretty deep in the
ground, from which ariſe ſeveral leaves in the ſpring,
which come up folded together, and afterward ex-
pand; they have very ſhort foot-ſtalks, fo ſpread near
the ground; but during the ſpring, their borders are
erect, and form a ſort of hood having ſeveral folds,
and are curled and waved on their edges, they are of
a purpliſh green, and have purple veins and borders;
theirfurface appears ſtudded with rough protuberances,
and when the leaves are fully expanded in ſummer,
they are a foot long, and above two feet broad; their
under fide is paler than the upper, and their borders
appear fringed. I have not ſeen this plant in flower,
but the feeds of it were brought from Mount Liba-
nus, by the Right Rev. Dr. Pocock, the late Biſhop
of Offory; theſe were larger than thoſe of the other
ſpecies, and covered with a fucculent pulp, of a deep
red colour, and very aftringent taſte; this fucculent
covering may have occaſioned its being taken for a
berry, by many of the old writers; the ſhape of the
feed is like that of the other ſpecies.
Theſe plants are all propagated by feeds, which ſhould
be fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, and then
the plants will come up the following ſpring; but if
they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants
ſeldom come up till the next ſpring, To that a whole
year will be loft. The feeds ſhould be ſown where
the plants are deſigned to remain; for as their roots
are large and fleſhy, ſo when they are tranſplanted,
they do not recover their removal foon; nor will the
roots of thoſe plants which are tranſplanted, ever
grow ſo large and fair, as thoſe which remain where
they
a
و
و
3
و
3
a

RH E
RHI
a
و
a great fize.
they were fown. When the plants appear in the ginia, from whence he ſent the feeds to England,
fpring, the ground ſhould be hoed over to cut up which ſucceeded in ſeveral gardens. This riſes with
the weeds; and where the plants are too cloſe, fome an erect ſtalk near a foot and a half high, which is
ſhould be cut up, to allow room for the others to four-cornered and hairy, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
grow, in the fame manner as is practiſed for Car hairy leaves about two inches long, and half an inch
rots and Parineps, leaving them at the firſt time of broad, which are entire, and placed oppoſite. The ſtalk.
hoeing fix or eight inches aſunder, for fear of acci- has two foot-ſtalks coming out from the fide oppoſite at
dents; but at the fecond time of hoeing they may be the upper joint, and is terminated by two other; theſe
ſeparated to a foot and a half diſtance, or more. Af- each ſuſtain two or three red flowers with heart-ſhaped
ter this, the plants will require no other culture but petals, which ſpread open in form of a croſs. Theſe
to keep them clean from weeds, ſo that as ſoon as the appear in June, but I have not ſeen any feeds pro.
weeds appear, if the ground is ſcuffled over with a duced here.
Dutch hoe in dry weather, it may be done for a ſmall The ſecond fort grows naturally in Maryland, from
expence, and thereby the ground will be kept clean. whence I received the ſeeds. This ſends up an erect
If this is begun early in the ſpring before the weeds ftalk about ten inches high, garniſhed with ſpear-
are large, they will ſoon die, and by repeating it two ſhaped leaves about an inch long, and a third part of
or three times at proper intervals, during the ſpring, an inch broad, fet on by pairs; and from every
the ground will be made clean ; and when the plants joint of the ſtalk comes out two ſhort ſhoots oppoſite,
ſpread out their leaves to cover the ground, they will garniſhed with ſmall leaves of the ſame ſhape as the
prevent the growth of weeds.
other; the whole plant is thick, ſet with ſtinging
In autumn the leaves of theſe plants decay, then the iron-coloured hairs. The ftalk divides at the top into
ground ſhould be made clean, and in the ſpring, be- two foot-ſtalks, ſpreading from each other, having
fore the plants begin to put up their new leaves, the one reddiſh flower on each; theſe have four heart-
ground ſhould be either digged between the plants, or ſhaped petals, which ſpread open like the other.
be hoed and made clean again; the ſecond year after It flowers about the ſame time as the firſt, but fel-
the plants come up, many of the ſtrongeſt will pro- dom produces feeds here. Theſe plants are propa-
duce flowers and feeds, but the third year moſt of gated by feeds, which muſt be procured from the
them will flower. The ſeeds of theſe ſhould be care- places where they grow naturally. If the feeds ar-
fully gathered when ripe, and not permitted to ſcat- rive before the ſpring, and are fown foon after they
ter, left they ſhould grow to injure the old plants. arrive in pots filled with good freſh earth, and placed
The roots of theſe plants will remain many years under a garden frame to guard them from froſt, the
without decaying; and I am informed, that the old plants will come up the following ſpring; but when
roots of the true Rhubarb are much preferable to the feeds are fown in the ſpring, the plants rarely
the young ones. They delight in a rich ſoil, not come up the firſt year. When the plants come up
too dry, nor over moiſt; and where there is a good and are fit to remove, part of them ſhould be planted
depth for their roots to run down in ſuch land, their in an eaſt border, where they may have only the
leaves will be very large, and their roots will grow to morning fun, and the others may be planted into
pots, that they may be ſheltered under a frame in
The firſt fort is now frequently cultivated in gardens winter, for they are often deſtroyed by fevere froſt,
for the foot-ſtalks of their leaves, which are peeled though they will live abroad in the common winters
and made into tarts in the ſpring: it is alſo kept in very well; the ſecond year the plants will flower, and
gardens, to ſupply the ſhops with the roots, which are with care they may be continued three or four years.
uſed in medicine.
RHINANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 658. Pedi-
The true Rhubarb is now ſown in many gardens, and cularis ſpecies. Tourn. Inft
. 171. Elephas. Tourn.
may probably ſucceed fo well here in time, as that a Cor. 48. tab. 482. Rattle, or Louſewort.
fufficient, quantity of that valuable drug may be raiſed,
The CHARACTERS are,
to ſupply our conſumption.
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
RHEXIA. Gron. Flor. Virg. 41. Lin. Gen. Plant. 423. which is roundiſh, compreſſed, and blown up. It hath one
The CHARACTERS are,
ringent petal, with a cylindrical tube the length of the ein-
The empalement of the flower is permanent, oblong, tu- patament, compreſſed at the baſe, but opening at the top.
bulous, and of one leaf, ſwelling below, but divided into The upper lip is hooded, compreſſed, and indented at the
four parts at the brim. The flower has four roundiſh pe- point ; the lower lip is plain, Spreading, and cut into three
tels inſerted in the empalement, which ſpread open. It hath obtuſe ſegments at the point. It has four ſtamina, which
eight ſender ſtamina which are inſerted in the empalement, are put up in the upper lip, two of which are ſhorter
terminated by declining furrowed ſummits, which are nar- than the other, terminated by hairy incumbent ſummits,
row, obtuſe, and moveable
. It has a roundif germen, and on oval compreſſed germen supporting a ſlender ſtyle,
Supporting e declining Style the length of the fiomina, ſituated with the stamina, crowned by an inflexed obtuſe
crowned by a thick oblong ſtigma. The germen afterward ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an oval com-
becomes a roundiſh capſule with four cells in the Swollen preſſed capſule with two cells, opening on the ſide, and
empalement, opening with four valves, and filled with filled with compreſſed ſeeds.
roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
whoſe flowers have eight ftamina and one ſtyle.
ſtamina and the ſeeds are lodged in a capſule.
The SPECIES are,
1. RHINANTHUS (Criſta galli) corollarum labio ſuperi-
I. RHEXIA (Virginica) foliis feffilibus ſerratis calycibus ore compreffo, breviore. Flor. Lap. 248. Rbinant bus
glabris. Flor. Virg. 41. Rbexia with ſmooth empalements, with a ſhorter compreſſed upper lip. Pedicularis pra-
and ſowed leaves ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Lyfimachia tenſis lutea, vel criſta galli. C. B. P. 163. Yellow. Mea-
non pappofa Virginiana, tuberariæ foliis hirſutis, flore dow Louſewort, yellow Rattle, or Cock’s-comb.
tetrapetalo rubello. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 202. f. 8. Vir- 2. RHINANTHUS (Orientelis) corollarum labio ſuperiore
ginian Looſeſtrife without down, having a hairy leaf like ſubulato incurvo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 603. Rbinanthus
Tuberaria, with a red flower having four petals
.
with an awl-Shaped incurved upper lip. Elephas Orien-
2. RHEXIA (Mariana) foliis ciliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. talis, flore magno, proboſcide incurva. Tourn. Cor.
346. Rbexia with fine hairy leaves. Lyſimachia non 48. Eaſtern Elephant's-head, with a large flower and an
pappofa, terræ Marianæ, leptoneuros, flore trepetalo incurved trunk.
rubello, folio & caule hirſutis ferruginea hiſpidis. 3. RHINANTHUS (Elephas) corollarum labio ſuperiore
Pluk. Phyt. 428. f. 1. Looſeſtrife of Maryland having fubulato erecto. Prod. Leyd. 298. Rbinanthus with an
no down, but a reddiff flower with four petals, and a leaf ereet awl-Shaped upper lip. Elephas Italica, fore mag-
and ſtalk covered with iron-coloured heirs.
no, proboſcide ſurrectâ. Tourn. Cor. 48. Italion Ele-
The firſt fort was diſcovered by Mr. Banister in Vir- phant's-head, with a large flower and an ereff trunk.
The
ILI

RHO
RHO
3
where any
а
3
nuance.
و
The firft fort is a common weed in moſt of the low empalement as the male; they have four obtufe perma-
paftures and meadows in many parts of England nent petals equal with the empalement, and four nectariums
where it is one of the moſt troubleſome weeds among like the male; they have four oblong acute-pointed germen
the Graſs, ſpreading itſelf over the whole ground, ſo fitting upon en ereet ſtyle, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The
that in many of the water meadows, there is more germen afterward become four korned capſules, compreſſed
of this plant than Graſs It is an annual plant, which on their inner ſide, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
flowers the latter end of May, ſo that the feeds ripen This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
by the time the Graſs of theſe meadows is mowed, of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains
and the feeds ſcatter and fill the ground with young thoſe plants whoſe male and female flowers are upon
plants the following ſpring; therefore, in order to different plants, and the male flowers have eight ita-
deſtroy it, the Graſs ſhould be cut as ſoon as the mina.
flowers of this plant appear.
The SPECIES are,
It is well known, ſo requires no deſcription ; and as 1. RHODIOLA (Roſea) ſtaminibus corollâ duplo longio-
it is never cultivated, ſo it is mentioned chiefly to in- ribus. Roſe-root with ſtamina twice as long as the petals.
troduce the others : but here I muſt obſerve, that the Anacampſeros radice rofam fpirante major. Tourn.
Dutch carry on a trade with the feeds and feed-veſels Inſt. R. H. 264. Greater Orpine with a Roſe-Scented
of one ſpecies of this genus to Germany, whoſe ſeed- root.
veſſels appear very like thoſe of this firſt fort, they 2. RHODIOLA (Minor) ſtaminibus corolla ferè æquanti-
call it Semen Savadillos; the uſe of it is to kill ver- bus. Roſe-root with ſtamina ſcarcely equalling the length
min of every fort, eſpecially bugs; they boil a quan- of the petals. Anacampſeros radice rofam fpirante mi-
tity of the feeds and capſules in common water, with nor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 264. Smaller Orpine with a
which they waſh their wainſcots, bedſteads, &c. Rose-ſcented root.
of theſe inſects are lodged, and it effectu- The firſt fort grows naturally in the clefts of the
ally deſtroys them.
rocks and rugged parts of the mountains of Wales,
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort on Yorkſhire, and Weſtmoreland. This has a very thick
the fides of the Black Sea, growing in a fat foil and fleſhy root, which, when bruiſed or cut, fends out an
ſhady ſituation. The flower being ſhaped like an odour like Roſes; it has many heads, from whence
Elephant's-head, induced Fabius Columna to give in the ſpring come out thick ſucculent ſtalks like thoſe
the title of Elephas to the third ſpecies, which he of Orpine, about nine inches long, cloſely garniſhed
found growing naturally in the kingdom of Naples, with thick fucculent leaves of a gray colour, which
and Tournefort after him eſtabliſhed the genus with are an inch long, and half an inch broad, indented
that title. The ſtalks of this riſe a foot and a half on their edges toward the top, and are placed alter-
high; they are hollow, four-cornered, and hairy, gar- nately on every ſide the ſtalk. The ſtalk is termi-
niſhed with leaves placed oppoſite, having ſhort foot- nated by a cluſter of yellowiſh herbaceous flowers,
ſtalks; they are about two inches long, and half an which appear early in May; the male flowers have
inch broad, crenated on their edges, hairy, and veined, ſtamina twice the length of the petals. They have
The upper part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with flowers a very agreeable ſcent, but are not of long conti-
growing oppoſite from the wings of the leaves; theſe
have curved tubes, which divide into two lips; the The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps; the
under lip is an inch long, broad, and cut into three roots of this are ſmaller than thoſe of the other fort,
obtuſe parts, the middle ſegment being the broadeft;
,
the ſtalks are ſmall, and not above five inches long;
the upper lip is like a helmet, and is longer than the the leaves are ſmall, but ſhaped like thoſe of the other
lower. The flower is yellow, with a ſpot of fille- fort, and end with a purple point; the petals of the
mort on the lower lip, and the upper lip has
flowers are purpliſh, and the ſtamina are but little
fpots on the top; the flowers have an agreeable ſcent. longer than the petals. This flowers later than the
The third fort grows naturally in the kingdom of Na- other fort. I have cultivated both theſe plants in the
ples; this is much like the former fort, but the pro ſame foil above thirty years, and have never found ei-
boſcis of the flower is erect, and the lower lip has no
ther of them vary.
ſpot.
Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of the cu-
Theſe plants deſpiſe culture, ſo are with great difficulty rious, for the ſake of variety; they are eaſily propa-
kept in gardens ; they are biennial, fo are only pro- gated, either by cuttings or parting of the roots. If
pagated by feeds; theſe ſhould be fown foon after by cuttings, they ſhould be planted the beginning of
they are ripe, otherwiſe they will not ſucceed, nor April, ſoon after they come out from the head ; if
will the plants bear removing, ſo they ſhould be theſe are planted in a ihady border, and covered cloſe
ſown where they are to remain, which ſhould be in a down with a glaſs, keeping them dry, they will put
moiſt rich foil and a ſhady ſituation: when the plants out roots in about fix weeks; but the cuttings ſhould
come up, they muſt be thinned and kept clear from be laid in a dry room at leaſt a week before they
weeds, which is all the culture they require. If the feeds are planted, that the wounds may be dried before
of theſe plants are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will they are planted, otherwiſe they are ſubject to rot.
come up better than thoſe which are fown by hand, If they are propagated by parting of the roots, that
but they thrive beſt amongſt Graſs.
ſhould be performed in the beginning of September,
RHIZOPHORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 524. Mangles. at which time their ſtalks begin to decay; and if the
Plum. Nov. Gen. 13. tab. 15. This is called Man- fleſhy parts of the roots are cut or broken, they ſhould
grove by the inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies; there be laid to dry a few days before they are planted, for
are ſeveral ſpecies of this kind, which grow in falt- the ſame reaſon as the cuttings. Theſe plants require
water rivers both in the Eaſt and Weft-Indies, but as a ihady ſituation and a dry undunged foil, in which
they will not grow upon land, it is needleſs to enu- they will continue many years.
merate them here.
RHODODENDRON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 484.
RHODIOLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 997. Anacampſeros. Chamærhododendros. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 604. tab.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 264. Roſe-root.
373. Dwarf Roſe-bay.
The CHARACTERS are,
The CHARACTERS are,
It beth male and female flowers in different plants; the The flower has a permanent empalement cut into five ſeg-
male flowers have an empalement of one leaf, which is cut ments; the flower hath one wheel funnel-Shaped petal,
into four or five ſegments almoſt to the bottom ; they have Spreading open at the brim; it has ten ſlender stamina
four obtuſe petals, which are much longer than the em- which decline, and are the length of the petals, terminated
polement, and four nectariums, which ere ere&t and ſhorter by oval ſummits, and a five-cornered germen, ſupporting a
than the empolement, with eight awl-Shaped ſtamina which ſlender ſtyle the length of the petal, crowned by an obtuſe
are longer than the petals, terminated by obtufe ſummits. ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval capſule
They have four oblong acute germen without ſtyle or ſtig- with five cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
ma, se are abortive. The female flowers have the ſame
to red
ز
a
This

RHO
RHU
9
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of RHUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 611. tab. 381. Lin.
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants Gen. Plant. 331. [pes takes its name from pew to flow,
() ,
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
becauſe it ſtops dyſenterial fluxes of the bowels.] Su-
The SPECIES are,
mach.
1. RHODODENDRON (Hirſutum) foliis ciliatis nudis, co- The CHARACTERS are,
rollis infundibuliformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 292. Roſe- The empalement of the flower is permanent, erect, and
bay with naked hairy leaves, and funnel-Shaped petals. cut into five parts. The flower has five oval, erett,
Chamærhododendros Alpina, villofa. Tourn. Inſt. R. Spreading petals, and five ſhort ſtamina terminated by
H. 604. Hairy Alpine Dwarf Roſe-bay.
Small ſummits, ſhorter than the petals; it has a round-
2. RHODODENDRON (Ferrugineum) foliis glabris, fubtus iſh germen as large as the petals, with ſcarce ony ſtyle,
leprofis, corollis infundibuliformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. crowned by three ſmall ſtigmas. The germen afterward
392. Roſe-bay with ſmooth leaves which are hoary on their becomes a roundiſh bairyberry, incloſing a ſingle bard ſeed
under ſide, and funnel-Shaped petals. Chamærhododen- of the ſame form.
dros Alpina glabra. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 604. Smooth This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
Alpine Dwarf Roſe-bay.
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
The firſt fort grows naturally on the Alps, and alſo whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and three ſtyles.
upon ſeveral mountains in Italy. This is a low ſhrub,
The SPECIES are,
which feldom riſes two feet high, ſending out many 1. Rhus (Coriaria) foliis pinnatis obtuſiuſculè ferratis,
ſhort ligneous branches, covered with a light brown ovalibus fubtus villoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 379. Sumach
bark, and garniſhed cloſely with oval ſpear-ſhaped with winged leaves which are obtuſely ſawed, oval, and
leaves about half an inch long, and a quarter of an hairy on their under ſide. Rhus folio ulmi. C. B.P.
inch broad, fitting pretty cloſe to the branches; they 414. Elm-leaved Sumach.
are entire, and have a great number of fine iron- 2. Rhus (Typhinum) foliis pinnatis lanceolatis, argute
coloured hairs on their edges and under ſide. The ferratis ſubtus tomentofis. Amen. Acad. 4. p. 311.
flowers are produced in bunches at the end of the Sumach with Spear-ſhaped winged leaves which are
branches; they have one funnel- haped petal; the Sharply ſawed, and woolly on their under ſide. Rhus
tube is about half an inch long; the brim is cut into Virginianum. C. B. P. App. 517. Virginian Sumach,
five obtuſe ſegments, which ſpread half open; they 3. Rhus (Glabrum) foliis pinnatis ferratis lanceolatis
are of a pale red colour, and have ten ſtamina in utrinque glabris. Sumach with winged leaves which are
each, which are the length of the tube ; after the Spear-ſhaped, and ſmooth on both ſides. Rhus Virgini-
flowers are paſt, the germen in the center turns to an cum, paniculâ ſparſâ, ramis patulis glabris. Hort.
oval capſule with five cells, filled with ſmall feeds. It Elth. 323. Virginian Sumach with a looſe panicle, and
flowers in May, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt. Smooth ſpreading branches.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps and 4. Rhus (Carolinianum) foliis pinnatis ferratis lariceolatis,
Apennines ; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk near three fubtus incanis, paniculâ compactâ. Sumach with faze-
feet high, ſending out many irregular branches, co- ed, Spear-shaped, winged leaves which are boary on their
vered with a purpliſh bark, and cloſely garniſhed under fide, with a compact panicle. Rhus Carolinianum
with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves an inch and a half paniculâ fpeciofâ coccineâ. Cateſb. Hift. Carol. Caro-
long, and half an inch broad in the middle; they lina Sumoch having a beautiful ſcarlet panicle.
are entire, and their borders are reflexed backward; 5. Ruus (Canadenſe) foliis pinnatis, obſoletè ferratis,
the upper fide is of a light lucid green, and their lanceolatis, utrinque glabris, paniculâ compofitâ.
under ſide of an iron colour, they are placed all Sumach with winged Spear-ſhaped leaves which are ſight-
round the branches without any order. The flow- ly Jawed, and a compound panicle. Rhus Canadenſe
ers are produced in round bunches at the end of the folio longiori utrinque glabro. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
branches; they are funnel-ſhaped, having ſhort tubes, 611. Canada Sumach, with a longer leaf which is ſmooth
which are cut into five obtuſe ſegments at the brim, on both ſides.
which ſpread a little open; they are of a pale Roſe 6. Rhus (Copallinum) foliis pinnatis integerrimis, petio-
colour, and make a good appearance. This fort lo membranaceo articulato. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 24.
flowers in June, but does not ripen feeds here.
Sumach with entire winged leaves, and a jointed membra-
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus
naceous foot-ſtalk. Rhus anguſtifolium. C. B. P. 414.
naturally in the eaſtern countries, and others are na- Narrow-leaved Sumach.
tives of America, but the two forts here mentioned are 7. Rhus (Chinenſe) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ovatis, obtuse
all I have ſeen in the Engliſh gardens; and theſe are ferratis, petiolo membranaceo villoſo. Sumach with
difficult to propagate and preſerve in gardens, for they winged ſtalks, oval lobes which are bluntly sawed, and a
grow naturally upon barren rocky foils and in cold fi- hairy foot-ſtalk having jointed membranes or wings. Rhus
tuations, where they are covered with ſnow great part Sinarum lacteſcens, coſtâ foliorum alatâ. Pluk. Am.
of the winter; ſo that when they are planted in better 183. China milky Sumach, with winged membranes to the
ground, they do not thrive, and for want of their leaves.
uſual covering of ſnow in winter, they are frequently 8. 'RHUS (Incanum) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis fubtus
killed by froſt; but could theſe plants be tamed, and tomentofis. Three-leaved Sumach, with oval leaves which
propagated in plenty, they would be great ornaments ore downy on their under ſide. Rhus Africanum ma-
to the gardens.
jus folio ſubrotundo integro, molli & incano. Pluk.
They are propagated by ſeeds, but theſe are ſo very Phyt. tab. 219. fig. 8. Greater, three-leaved, Afri-
ſmall, that if they are covered deep, they will not can Sumach, with a rounder entire leaf which is soft and
grow. The feeds ſhould be fown as ſoon as poſſible
boary
after they are ripe, either in ſhady borders or pots 9. RHUS (Tomentoſum) foliis ternatis foliolis ſubpetiola-
filled with freſh gentle loamy earth, and very light- tis, rhombeis angulatis, ſubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp.
ly covered with a little fine earth; then the pots Plant. 266. Three-leaved Sumach with angular rhomboid
ſhould be plunged up to their rims in a ſhady bor- lobes having foot-ſtalks, and downy on their under ſide.
der, and in hard froſt they ſhould be covered with Rhus Africanum trifoliatum majus, foliis obtufis &
bell or hand-glaſſes, taking them off in mild wea- inciſis hirſutis pubeſcentibus. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 219.
ther. If theſe feeds are ſown early in autumn, the fig. 7. Greater, African, three-leaved Sumach, with ob-
plants will come up the following ſpring; theſe muſt tuſe cut leaves which are covered with ſoft hairs.
be kept ſhaded from the ſun, eſpecially the firſt 10. Rhus (Lucidum) foliis ternatis, foliolis feffilibus
ſummer, and duly refreſhed with water, and in au- cuneiformibus lævibus. Vir. Cliff. 25. Three-leaved
tumn following, they may be tranſplanted to a ſhady Sumach whoſe lobes are ſmooth, wedge-ſhaped, and fit
ſituation and on a loamy foil, covering the ground cloſe to the ſtalk. Rhus Africanum, trifoliatum mi-
about their roots with Moſs, which will guard them nus glabrum, fplendente folio, ſubrotundo integro.
from froſt in winter, and keep the ground moiſt in Pluk. Phyt. 219. fig. 9. Three-leaved African Sumach,
ſummer.
with a ſinooth, ſhining, roundiſh, entire leaf which is ſmall
.
II, RHUS
which grow
ز

R HU
RH U
green
2
و
3
11. RHUS (Africanum) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis ner-
voſis, marginibus fæpius dentatis, utrinque viridi-
bus. Sumach with trifoliate leaves having oval veined
lobes which are generally indented on their edges, and
on both ſides. Rhus Africanum, trifoliatum majus
glabrum, ſplendente utrinque folio fubrotundo me-
dio quandoque crenato. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 229.
Greater, African, three-leaved Sumach, with ſmooth
roundiſh leaves on both ſides, which are ſometimes crenated
in tbe middle.
12. Rhus (Argenteum) foliis ternatis, foliolis petiolatis
lineari-lanceolatis intégerrimnis fubtus tomentofis.
Hort. Cliff. 1. Sumach with trifoliate leaves, whoſe
lobes ſtand upon foot-ſtalks, are linear, Spear-ſhaped, en-
tire, and downy on their under ſide. Rhus Africanum
trifoliatum majus, foliis fubtus argenteis acutis &
margine inciſis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 219. fig. 6. Greater
African three-leaved Sumach, with leaves which are fil-
very on their under ſide, and cut on their edges
13. Rhus (Radælijawel) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis
acuminatis integerrimis, petiolatis, floribus panicula-
tis terminalibus. Three-leaved Sumach, with ovol acute-
pointed lobes which are entire, upon foot-fialks growing
in panicles which terminate the branches. Phaſeolus
arboreſcens Zeylanicus monocarpos, Radælijawel.
Herm. Muf. Zeyl. 39. Tree Kidney-bean of Ceylon with
a ſingle fruit, called Radæiijawel.
14. Rhus (Rigidum) foliis ternatis linearibus integris ri-
gidis glabris. Sumech with three linear, entire, rigid,
Smooth leaves.
15. Ruus (Cotinus) foliis fimplicibus obovatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 267. Sumach with Single, obverſe, oval leaves.
Cotinus Coriaria. Dod. Pemp. 780. Venice Sumach, or
Coccygria.
The firſt fort of Sumach grows naturally in Italy,
Spain, and Turkey; the branches of this tree are
uſed inſtead of Oak bark for tanning of leather, and
I have been informed that the Turkey leather is all
tanned with this ſhrub. It hath a ſtrong ligneous
ſtalk which divides into many irregular branches,
which riſe to the height of eight or ten feet; the
bark is hairy, and of an herbaceous brown colour
while young; the leaves are winged, and compoſed of
ſeven or eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd one;
the lobes are about two inches long, and half an inch
wide in the middle; they are bluntly ſawed on their
edges, and hairy on their under fide, of a yellowiſh
green colour; they are placed alternately on the
branches; the flowers grow in looſe panicles at the
end of the branches, which are of a whitiſh herbaceous
colour, each panicle being compoſed of ſeveral cloſe
ſpikes of flowers fitting cloſe to the foot-ſtalks; theſe
appear in July, but are not ſucceeded by feeds in
England. The leaves and feeds of this ſort are uſed
in medicine, and are eſteemed very reſtringent and
ftiptick, and good for all kinds of fluxes and hæ-
morrhages; uſed both inwardly and outwardly, they
reſiſt putrefaction, and ſtop gangrenes and mortifi-
cations.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in almoſt every part
of North America ; this hath a woody ſtem, from
which are ſent out many irregular branches, which are
generally crooked and deformed. The young branches
are covered with a ſoft velvet like down, reſembling
greatly that of a young ſtag’s-horn both in colour and
texture, from whence the common people have given
it the appellation of Stag’s-horn; the leaves are wing-
ed, compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of oblong lobes,
terminated by an odd one, ending in acute points ;
they are entire, and hairy on their under fide, as is
alſo the midrib. The flowers are produced in cloſe
tufts at the end of the branches, which are fucceed-
ed by feeds incloſed in purple, woolly, fucculent co-
vers, ſo that the bunches are of a beautiful purple
colour in autumn, and the leaves before they fall
,
change alſo to a purpliſh colour firſt, and before they
fall, to a feuillemort. This is uſed for tanning of
leather in America, and the roots are often preſcribed
in medicine in the countries where the plant grows
naturally
The third ſort grows naturally in many parts of North
America; this is commonly titled by the gardeners
New England Sumach. The item of this fort is
ſtronger, and riſes higher than that of the former,
the branches ſpread more horizontally; they are not
quite ſo downy as thoſe of the laſt, and the down is
of a browniſh colour; the leaves are compoſed of
many more pair of lobes, which are ſmooth on both
fides; the flowers are diſpoſed in looſe panicles, which
are of an herbaceous colour; they appear about the
fame time with thoſe of the former, but are not fuc-
ceeded by feeds in England.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina ; the feeds
of this were brought from thence by the late Mr.
Cateſby, who has given a figure of the plant in his
Natural Hiſtory of Carolina. This is by the gardeners
called the ſcarlet Carolina Sumach; it riſes common-
ly to the height of ſeven or eight feet, and divides
into many irregular branches, which are ſmooth, of
a purple colour, and pounced over with a grayiſh
powder, as are alſo the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, which
are of a purpliſh colour. The leaves are compoſed
of ſeven or eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd
one; theſe are not always placed exactly oppo-
ſite on the midrib, but are ſometimes alternate; they
are three or four inches long, and almoſt one broad
in the middle, ending in acute points, and are fawed
on their edges. The upper ſide of the lobes are of
a dark green, and their under hoary, but ſmooth.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in
very cloſe thick panicles which are large, and of a
bright red colour ; they appear in July and Auguft,
and continue till autumn, but the ſeeds do not ripen
in England.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Canada, Maryland,
and ſeveral other parts of North America; this hath
ſmooth branches, of a purple colour, covered with a
gray pounce. The leaves are compoſed of ſeven or
eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd one; the lobes
are ſpear-ſhaped, four inches and a half long, and
one broad in the middle, terminating in acute points,
and are a little fawed on their edges; they are of a
lucid green on their upper ſurface, but hoary on their
under, and are ſmooth. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches in large panicles, which
are compoſed of ſeveral ſmaller, each ftanding upon
ſeparate foot-ſtalks; they are of a deep red colour,
and the whole panicle is covered with a gray pounce,
as if it had been ſcattered over them. This fort flow-
ers at the ſame time with the fourth, but does not
ripen feeds here.
The fixth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America, where it is known by the title of Beech
Sumach, probably from the places where it
grows.
This is of humbler growth than either of the former,
ſeldom riſing more than four or five feet high, divid-
ing into many ſpreading branches which are ſmooth,
of a light brown colour, and are pretty cloſely gar-
niſhed with winged leaves; they are compoſed of four
or five pair of narrow lobes terminated by an odd one ;
they are entire, about two inches long, and half an
inch broad, ending in acute points; they are of a light
green on both ſides, and in autumn change purpliſh.
The midrib which ſuſtains the lobes, has on each ſide
a winged or leafy border, which runs from one pair
of lobes to another, ending in joints at each pair, by
which it is eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the other forts.
The flowers are produced in looſe panicles at the end
of the branches; they are of a yellowiſh herbaceous
colour, and appear in July, but the feeds do not ripen
in England
Theſe fix forts are hardy plants, and will thrive in
the open air in England. The firſt and fourth forts
are not quite ſo hardy as the others, ſo muſt have a
fo
better ſituation, otherwiſe their branches will be in
jured by ſevere froſt in the winter ; they are eaſily
propagated by feeds, when obtained from the coun-
tries where they grow, which, if fown in autumn,
the plants will come up the following ſpring; but if
they are ſown in the ſpring, they ſeldom come up till
the
3

RHU
R HU
a
the next ſpring; they may be either fown in pots, or
the full ground. If they are ſown in pots in autumn,
the
pots ſhould be placed under a common frame in
winter, where the ſeeds may be protected from hard
froſt, and, if in the ſpring the pots are plunged into
a very moderate hot-bed, the plants will ſoon riſe,
and have thereby more time to get ſtrength before
winter. When the plants come up, they muſt have
a large ſhare of air, and ſhould be gradually harden-
ed to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be
removed as ſoon as the weather is favourable, placing
them where they may have the morning fun, and
muſt be kept clean from weeds; and in dry weather,
if they are ſupplied with water, it will greatly pro-
mote their growth, but toward autumn it will be
proper to ſtint their growth by keeping them dry,
that the extremity of their ſhoots may harden; for if
they are replete with moiſture, the early froits in au-
tumn will pinch them, which will ſometimes cauſe
their ſhoots to decay almoſt to the bottom, if the
plants are fully expoſed. If the pots are put under
a common frame again in autumn, it will ſecure the
plants from injury, for while they are young, and
the upper part of the ſhoots are ſoft, ſo they will be in
danger of ſuffering if the winter proves very ſevere;
but in mild weather they muſt always enjoy the open
air, therefore ſhould never be covered but in froſt.
The ſpring following, juſt before the plants begin to
ſhoot, they ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and
carefully ſeparated, ſo as not to tear the roots, and
then tranſplanted into a nurſery in rows three feet
aſunder, and about one foot diſtance in the rows. In
this nurſery they may ſtand two years to get ſtrength,
and then may be tranſplanted where they are to re-
main.
The feeds which are ſown in the full ground, may be
covered the firſt winter with fome old tanners bark
to keep out the froſt, and in the ſpring it may be
drawn off again after the danger of the hard froſt is
over; and when the plants come up, they muſt be
kept clean from weeds, which is all the care they will
require the firſt fummer; but as the plants in the full
ground are apt to grow luxuriant, and continue grow-
ing late in autumn, they ſhould be covered to ſcreen
them from the early froſt, which will otherwiſe kill
their tops, and this often occaſions them to die down
a conſiderable length, and frequently almoſt to the
ground in hard winters. In the ſpring following the
plants may be taken up carefully, and tranſplanted
into a nurſery at the ſame diſtance as before directed.
This method of propagating the plants from feeds is
ſeldom practiſed after a perſon is once poſſeſſed of
the plants, for they are very ſubject to ſend up a great
number of ſuckers from their roots, whereby they
are eaſily propagated. The ſuckers of all the forts
may be taken up and planted in a nurſery for a year or
two to get ſtrength, and then may be planted where
they are to remain.
Theſe ſhrubs are generally planted in plantations of
flowering ſhrubs in large gardens, where they make
a fine variety in autumn, eſpecially the ſecond, fourth,
and fifth forts, with their large purple, or red pani-
cles, which have a good effect, but where theſe are
planted, their ſuckers muſt be every year taken off,
otherwiſe they will grow up to a thicket and deſtroy
the neighbouring plants.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in the eaſt. The
ſeeds of this were ſent to the Royal Garden at Paris,
where they ſucceeded, and from thence I received the
plant, which grew very well in the open air at Chelſea
three years, but the ſevere winter in 1740 deſtroyed
it, ſo that it is not quite ſo hardy as the other forts.
fo
This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix feet high,
ſending out many irregular branches. The young
ſhoots and foot-ſtalks of the leaves are covered with
a ſoft brown hairy down; the leaves are compoſed
of three or four pair of oval lobes terminated by an
odd one, the inner lobes are ſmall, and the outer
large; the firſt are not more than an inch and a half
long, and three quarters of an inch broad, but the
outer are more than two inches long, and an inch
and a quarter broad; the end lobe is heart-ſhaped,
ending in an acute point, and is three inches long
and two broad at the baſe; they are fawed on their
edges, and hoary on their under fide; the midrib
which ſuſtains the lobes, has two leafy membranes
running along the ſides from joint to joint, which are
narrow below, and gradually increaſe in their breadth
to the next joint. When the leaves are broken, they
emit a milky juice from the wound. As I have not
ſeen the flowers of this fort, I can give no account
of them.
This fort does not put out ſuckers from the root like
the American kinds, ſo muſt either be propagated by
layers, or by cutting off ſome of the roots, and plant-
ing them upon a gentle hot-bed in the ſpring, by
which method there is great probability it may be pro-
pagated, but my plant was too weak for this purpoſe
when it was deftroyed.
The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this hath a ſtrong woody ſtalk which riſes ten
or twelve feet high, covered with a gray bark, íend-
ing out many ſmooth branches on every ſide, garniſhed
with trifoliate leaves ftanding upon pretty long foot.
ſtalks. The lobes of the leaves are oval and entire,
about an inch long, and three quarters broad, hoary on
their under fide, but ſmooth and of a lucid green on
their upper; the flowers are produced from the wings
of the leaves in ſmall panicles; they are of an herba-
ceous colour, and appear in July, but fall away in
England without having any feeds ſucceed them.
The ninth fort alſo grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope; this riſes with a woody ſtalk to the
height of feven or eight feet, covered with a brown
bark, having many irregular branches, garniſhed
with trifoliate leaves ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks.
The lobes of this ſort are angular, and ſhaped like a
rhombus ; they are near two inches long, and one
broad, downy on their under fide, but of a dark green
on their upper. The flowers come out in flender
bunches from the ſide of the branches; they are of a
whitiſh herbaceous colour, and foon fall away.
The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this riſes with a woody ſtalk like the eighth,
dividing into many branches covered with a brown
bark, garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are
wedge or heart-ſhaped, of a lucid green, and fit cloſe
to the foot-ſtalk. This fort does not flower here fo
far as I can find, for I have had ſome of the plants in
my care almoſt forty years, but they have not flower-
a
ed as yet.
3
a
a
The eleventh fort is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath ſome reſemblance of the former,
but the lobes of the leaves are twice as large and oval,
with ſome indentures on their edges; they have ſeve-
ral tranſverſe veins running from the midrib to the
edges, and are very ſtiff, of a bright lucid green on
both ſides. This ſort has not flowered here ſo far as
I can learn.
The twelfth ſort came from the Cape of Good Hope,
where it grows naturally. This riſes with a woody
ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high, dividing into ſeveral ir-
regular branches, which are covered with a dark brown
bark, and garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, trifo-
liate leaves, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The
lobes are two inches long, and half an inch broad in
the middle, ending in acute points ; they are downy
on their under fide, but of a lucid green on their up-
per. The flowers are produced in ſmall looſe bunches
from the ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, of an
herbaceous colour, and fall off without having any
feeds ſucceed them.
All theſe African forts are too tender to live through
the winter in the open air in England, ſo they are
planted in pots or tubs, and houſed in autumn, and
during the winter they muſt be treated in the ſame
way as other hardy green-houſe plants. They all re-
tain their leaves through the year, ſo make a good
variety when intermixed with other plants in the green-
houſe in winter. They may be propagated by cut-
II K
tings,
a

RHU
RIB
a
a
tings, which ihould be planted in pots filled with ſtrength, and then be planted where they are to re-
loamy earth the beginning of April, and plunged in- main. This ſhrub is ſo hardy as to be ſeldom injured
to a very moderate hot-bed, covering them cloſe with by froſt in England.
hand or bell-glaſſes, and ſcreening them from the ſun RIBES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 247. Groſſularia. Tourn.
in the heat of the day. The cuttings ſhould be now Inft. 639. tab. 409. Ribefium. Dill. H. Elth. 246.
and then refreſhed with water, but it ſhould not be The Currant-tree.
given in too great quantity. With this manage- The CHARACTERS are,
ment they will put out roots in about two months, The flower has a bellied empalement of one leaf, cut at
and when they begin to ſhoot, they ſhould have air the top into five concave obtuſe segments ; it bath five
admitted to them, and be gradually hardened to bear Small, obtuſe, ereat petals growing to the border of the em-
the open air, into which they muſt be removed, palement, and five awl-ſhaped ſtamina inſerted in the em-
placing them in a ſheltered ſituation ; and when the palement, terminated by incumbent compreſſed ſummits
cuttings have filled the pots with their roots, they opening at their border. The roundiſh germen is ſituated
ſhould be ſhaken out of the pots, and parted carefully, under the flower, ſupporting a bifid ſtyle, crowned by ob-
planting each into a ſeparate ſmall pot, placing them tufe ſtigmas ; it afterward becomes a globular umbili-
in the ſhade till they have taken new root, when they cated fruit with one cell, containing many roundiſh com-
may be intermixed with other exotic plants in a fel- preſſed ſeeds.
tered fituation for the ſummer, and in autumn re- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
moved into the green-houſe.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe
The thirteenth fort grows naturally on the Inand of flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle. Dr. Lin-
Ceylon; this riſes with a woody ſtalk ten or twelve næus and Tournefort both join this to the Gooſeberry,
feet high, ſending out many branches, which are making them the fame genus, which in a ſyſtem of
cloathed with trifoliate leaves, ſtanding upon pretty botany is very right; but, as they are always ſepa-
long foot-ſtalks. The lobes of the leaves are oval, rated by gardeners, I have choſen to continue them
about two inches long, and an inch and a half broad, fo here.
terminating in acute points; they are thick, ſmooth, The SPECIES are,
and of a lucid green. The flowers are produced in 1. Ribes (Rubrum) inerme, racemis glabris pendulis,
looſe panicles at the end of the branches, they are of fioribus planiuſculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 200. Currant
a whitiſh herbaceous colour, and ſmall. They fel- without thorns, having ſmooth hanging bunches, and plain
dom appear in England, but when they do they are flowers. Ribes vulgare acidum. J. B. 2. p. 97. Com-
not ſucceeded by feeds here.
mon four Currant.
This plant is tender, ſo muſt be placed in a moderate 2. RIBES (Alpinum) inerme, racemis erectis, bracteis
ftove, otherwiſe it will not live through the winter in flore longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 200. Smooth Currant
England. It may be propagated by cuttings in the with erect bunches, and bracteæ longer than the flower.
ſame way as the former forts, but requires a warmer Ribes Alpinum dulce. J. B. 2. p. 98. Sweet Alpine
bed than thoſe to promote their putting out roots. Currant.
When they have good roots they ſhould be each tranſ- 3. RIBES (Nigrum) inerme, racemis pilofis, floribus ob-
planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged into longis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 201. Currant without ſpines,
the tan-bed, and treated in the ſame way as other ten- baving hairy branches and oblong flowers. Ribes vul-
der exotic plants.
garis fructu nigro. Rudb. Flor. Lapp. 99. Common
The fourteenth ſort is a native of the Cape of Good black Currant.
Hope, where it grows to be a large ſhrub, but in Eng- 4. RIBES (Americanum) inerme, racemis glabris, flori-
land it ſeldom riſes more than five or fix feet high, bus campanulatis. Currant with unarmed branches,
ſending out many branches covered with a bright and bell-ſhaped flowers. Ribes Americana fructu nigro.
brown bark, garniſhed with very narrow trifoliate Ed. prior. American Black Currant.
leaves, ſtanding on very long foot-ſtalks ; the flowers The firſt fort grows naturally in the northern parts
come out in looſe panicles at the ends of the branches, of Europe, but has been long cultivated in the gar-
and alſo from the wings of the flalks, of an herbaceous dens, and greatly improved, ſo that at preſent there
colour, but are ſmall, and fall away, without pro- are the following varieties in the Engliſh garden ; the
ducing ſeeds in England.
common Currant with ſmall red fruit, the ſame with
This may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould white fruit, and another with pale fruit, which is com-
be planted in pots during the ſummer ſeaſon, plung- monly called the Champaign Currant; but, fince the
ing them into a moderate hot-bed, covering them two ſorts of Dutch Currants have been introduced,
cloſe with hand-glaſſes ; when they have taken root, and become plenty in the gardens, the old red and
ey ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate pot, ſhading white Currants have been almoſt baniſhed, ſo that
them till they have taken new root, and in the au- they are rarely to be found in the Engliſh gardens at
tumn they muſt be removed to a green-houſe.
preſent.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and The ſecond fort is kept in a few gardens for the ſake
the Levant, where the leaves and branches are uſed of variety, but, as the fruit is very ſmall and has lit-
for tanning of leather ; this riſes with an irregular tle flavour, it is not cultivated in the gardens.
thrubby ftalk to the height of ten or twelve feet, fend- The third ſort grows naturally in Helvetia, Sweden,
ing out many ſpreading branches covered with a and other northern countries, and is ſometimes culti-
ſmooth brown bark, garniſhed with fingle, obverſe, vated in gardens for its fruit, of which is made
oval leaves about two inches long, and of the ſame a rob, which is greatly eſteemed for fore throats, from
breadth, rounded at their points, and ſtand upon whence the fruit has been called Squinancy Berries,
long foot-ſtalks; they are ſmooth, ſtiff, and of a lu- for their great uſe in quinſies. As this fruit has a
cid green, having a ſtrong midrib, from whence fe-
ſtrong diſagreeable flavour, it is rarely admitted to the
veral tranſverſe veins run toward the border. The table.
flowers come out at the end of the branches upon The fourth fort grows naturally in Penſylvania, from
long hair-like foot-ſtalks, which divide, and branch whence the plants were ſent to Mr. Peter Collinſon ſe-
into large hair-like bunches of a purpliſh colour; veral years paſt, and has been diſperſed to moſt parts
they are ſmall, white, and compoſed of five ſmall of England; this has been by ſome thought to be the
oval petals which ſpread open; theſe appear in July, fame with the common black Currant, but thoſe who
but are not ſucceeded by feeds in England.
have long cultivated it, know it is very different ; the
This plant is cultivated for ſale in the nurſery-gar- ſhoots of this being much ſmaller and more com-
dens near London; it is propagated by layers, which pact, the bark is of a darker colour, the leaves are
ſhould be laid down in the autumn, and by next au- ſmaller, thinner, ſmoother, and have not a rank ſmell
tumn they will have taken root, when they may be like thoſe of the common fort. The flowers are
taken off from the old plants, and tranſplanted in a ſmaller, bell-ſhaped, and grow in thinner bunches;
nurſery, where they may grow a year or two to get the fruit is ſmaller, and not ſo round; the plants of
a
а
a
a
this

R I B
RIC
a
this do not produce much fruit, nor is it ſo good as, RICINOIDES. See IATROPHA.
to merit cultivation, ſo it is only kept by way of cu- RICINUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 532. tab. 307. Lin.
rioſity. The fruit of the red and white Currants are Gen. Plant. 962. [fo called, becauſe the feed reſembles
greatly eſteemed for the table, and are alſo very good (ricinus) the animal called by that name, i. e. a tick
in fevers; they are cooling and grateful to the ſto- which infeſts dogs and oxen. It is alſo called Palma
mach, quench thirſt, and are ſomewhat reſtringent. Chriſti, becauſe its leaves are ſaid to reſemble the palm
The jelly made with the juice of this fruit and ſugar, of the hand.] Palma Chrifti, vulgo.
is very grateful in fevers, and is uſed as ſauce to the
The CHARACTERS are,
table. This fruit may be procured good much longer It hath male and female flowers diſpoſed in the ſame ſpike.
than others upon the plants, by planting them in dif- The male flowers, which are ſituated on the lower part of
ferent ſituations ; for if they are planted againſt pales the Spike, have ſwelling empalements of one leaf cut into
or walls expoſed to the ſouth, the fruit will ripen three parts. Theſe ſegments are oval and concave; the
in June ; and by planting fome againſt north walls, if flowers have no petals, but have a great number of ſlender
they are ſcreened from birds, and covered in autumn Stamina, which are connected in ſeveral bodies, and ore
from froſt, they may be kept till November; and as terminated by roundiſho twin ſummits. The female flowers,
the fruit is greatly uſed for tarts, it is very convenient which are ſituated on the upper part of the Spike, have
to have a ſucceſſion of it for ſo long a time.
empalements of one leaf, which are cut into five ſegments,
TheChampaign Currant differs from the other only and are armed with prickles ; they have no petals, but in
in the colour of the fruit, which is of a pale red or the center is ſituated an oval germen, which is cloſely shut
fleſh colour. The taſte is ſo near to the other, as up in the empalement, Supporting three short ſtyles, which
not to be diſtinguiſhed; but this being of a different cre bifid, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The germen after-
colour, makes a variety on the table.
ward turns to a roundiſ fruit, having three furrows, di-
There are plants of all theſe forts with variegated vided into three cells, opening with three valves, each cell
leaves, which are kept in ſome gardens for the ſake containing one almoſt oval ſeed.
of variety; but as theſe variegations go off when the This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection of
plants are vigorous, they ſcarce deſerve notice.
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which contains thoſe
Theſe forts may be eaſily propagated by planting plants which have male and female flowers on the
their cuttings any time from the beginning of Sep- ſame plant, whoſe ſtamina are joined in various
tember to the middle of October, upon a ſpot of freſh bodies.
earth, either in rows at one foot afunder, or in beds,
The SPECIES are,
which in the ſpring muſt be kept very clean from 1. RICINUS (Vulgaris) foliis peltatis ſerratis, ſubtus glau-
weeds, and in very dry weather, if they are watered, cis, petiolis glanduliferis. Ricinus with target-ſhaped
it will greatly promote their growth. Theſe may re- Sawed leaves which are gray on their under ſide, and
main one or two years in the nurſery, during which foot-ſtalks bearing glands. Ricinus vulgaris. C. B. P.
time they muſt be pruned for the purpoſes deſigned, 432. Common Palma Chriſti.
i. e. either to clear ftems about one foot high, if for 2. RICINUS (Americanus) foliis peltatis ſubſerratis, lobis
ſtandards; or if for walls, pales, or eſpaliers, they amplioribus utrinque virentibus. Ricinus with tạrget-
may be trained up flat.
Maped leaves, which are ſawed, whoſe lobes are large and
Then they ſhould be planted out where they are to green on both ſides. Ricinus Americanus major. C.
remain ; for the younger they are planted, the better B. P. 432. Great American Palma Chriſti.
they will ſucceed; the beſt ſeaſon for which is ſoon 3. Ricinus (Urens) foliis peltatis inæqualiter ſerratis,
after the leaves begin to decay, that they may take capſulis hiſpidis. Tab. 219. Ricinus with target-haped
root before winter, ſo that they may be in no danger leaves which are unequally ſawed, and prickly capſules
of ſuffering from drought in the ſpring,
to the fruit. Ricinus Americanus major, caule vire-
Theſe plants are generally planted in rows at about ſcente. H. R. Par. Greater American Palma Chriſti with
eight or ten feet aſunder, and four diſtance in the rows, a greeniſh ſtalk.
in thoſe gardens where the fruit is cultivated for ſale; 4. RICINUS (Rugojus) foliis peltatis ferratis, cạpſulis ru-
but the beſt method is to train them againſt low eſpa- gofis non echinatis. Tab. 220. Palma Chriſti with tar-
liers, in which manner they will take up much leſs get-ſhaped ſawed leaves, and rough capſules to the fruit
room in a garden, and their fruit will be much fairer. which are not prickly.
The diſtance they ſhould be placed for an eſpalier 5. Ricinus (Africanus) foliis peltatis ſerratis, lobis maxi-
ought not to be leſs than eight or ten feet, that their mis, caule geniculato, capſulis echinatis. Ricinus with
branches may be trained horizontally, which is of target-Shaped Sawed leaves, having the largeſt lobes, a
great importance to their bearing.
jointed ſtalk, and prickly covers to the ſeeds. Ricinus
Thoſe that are planted againſt pales or walls ſhould Africanus maximus, caule geniculato rutilante. H. R.
alſo be allowed the ſame diſtance. If they are planted Par. Greateſt African Palma Chrifti, with a reddiſh
againſt a ſouth-eaſt wall or pale, it will cauſe their jointed stalk.
fruit to ripen at leaſt a fortnight or three weeks ſooner 6. Ricinus (Inermis) foliis peltatis ferratis, lobis maxi-
than thoſe in the open air; and thoſe which are planted mis, caule geniculata, capſulis inermis. Palma Chriſti
againſt a north wall or pale will be proportionably with Sawed target-ſhaped leaves, having very large lobes,
later, ſo that by this method the fruit may be con- a jointed ſtalk, and ſmooth covers to the ſeeds.
tinued a long time in perfection, eſpecially if thoſe 7. RICINUS (Minor) foliis palmatis ferratis, profundiùs
againſt the north pales are matted in the heat of the diviſis capſulis echinatis. Ricinus with hand-ſhaped ſaw-
day.
ed leaves which are deeply divided, and prickly covers to
Theſe plants produce their fruit upon the former the ſeeds. Ricinus Americanus minor. C. B. P. 432.
year's wood; and alſo upon ſmall ſnags which come Small American Palma Chriſti.
out of the old wood, ſo that in pruning them, theſe The firſt fort grows naturally in Sicily, and other
ſnags ſhould be preſerved, and the young ſhoots warm parts of Europe. This riſes with a ſtrong her-
ſhortened in proportion to their ſtrength. The only baceous ſtalk to the height of ten or twelve feet; the
method very neceſſary to be obſerved in pruning of joints are at a great diſtance from each other; the
them is, not to lay their ſhoots too cloſe, and never ſtalk and branches are of a gray colour; the leaves
to prune their ſnags to make them ſmooth. This, are large, and have long foot-italks ; they are deeply
with a ſmall care in obſerving the manner of their divided into ſeven lobes which are fawed on their
growth, will be ſufficient to inſtruct any perſon how edges, and are gray on their under fide; at the di-
to manage this plant, ſo as to produce great quanti- viſion of the lobes is a fort of navel, where the foot-
ties of fruit.
ſtalk joins the leaves on their under ſide. The flowers
Theſe plants will thrive and produce fruit in almoſt are diſpoſed in long ſpikes, which riſe at the diviſion
any ſoil or ſituation, and are often planted under the of the branches; the lower part of the ſpikes are gar-
ſhade of trees; but the fruit is always beſt when they niſhed with male flowers, which have ſwollen empale-
are planted in the open air, and upon a light loamy ſoil. ments, divided into three parts which open, and Mew
a great
3

RIC
RIC
a great number of ſlender ſtamina, terminated by
whitiſh fuinmits, and are connected at their baſe into
feveral finall bunches. The female flowers which oc-
cupy the upper part of the ſpike, have prickly em-
palements which incloſe the roundiſh germen, upon
which fit three ſhort ſtyles, crowned by oblong ftig-
mas. The germen afterward becomes an oval capſule
with three deep channels, clofely armed with ſoft
ſpines, and divided into three cells, each containing
one oblong ſtriped feed.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of
the Weſt-Indies, where it is called Agnus Caftus, or
Oil-tree. This is often confounded with the former,
moſt of the botaniſts ſuppoſing they are the ſame plant;
but as I have cultivated both more than thirty years,
in which time I have never obſerved either of them
to vary, ſo I think there can be no doubt of their be-
ing different plants. This hath brown ſtalks which
divide into two or three branches, which riſe fix or ſe-
ven feet high; the leaves are broader, and not ſo
deeply divided as thoſe of the former; they are of a
deep green on both ſides, and are unequally ſawed.
The ſpikes of flowers are ſhorter, the feed-veſſels
rounder, and of a browniſh colour, and the ſeeds are
much leſs, and of a brown colour.
The third ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
and is often confounded with the former, but is very
different. 'The italk of this ſort is thick, herbaceous,
and of a grayiſh green ; the joints are cloſer than thoſe
of the former forts; it riſes about four feet high, and
divides into three or four branches which ſpread al-
moſt horizontally; the leaves are large, of a deep
green on their upper ſide, but grayiſh on their under;
they are deeply cut into fix or ſeven lobes or fegments,
which are unequally fawed on their edges. The
ſpikes of flowers are looſe, the covers of the capſules
are green, and cloſely armed with ſoft ſpines, and the
feeds are fmaller and lighter coloured than thoſe of
the fecond fort.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in both Indies, from
both which countries I have ſeveral times received the
feeds. This riſes with an herbaceous ſtalk about
four feet high ; the lower part is purpliſh, and the up-
per of a deep green; the joints of this are pretty far
aſunder ; the leaves are of a deep green on their up-
per fide, but are paler on their under ; they are not
ſo deeply divided as fome of the other forts, and are
more regularly fawed, the ſpikes of flowers are large.
The male flowers have more ſtamina, and their ſum-
mits are yellow; the capſules are oval and rough,
but have no ſpines; the feeds are ſmall, and of a brown
colour.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Africa, and alſo in
both the Indies; this riſes with a large reddiſh ſtalk
to the height of ten or twelve feet, which has many
joints, and divides into ſeveral branches; the leaves
are the largeſt of any ſpecies yet known, I have meat
ſured ſome of them which were more than two fee-
and a half diameter; they are of a dark green, and
unequally fawed on their edges, and not fo deeply
cut as thoſe of ſome other forts. The ſpikes of flowers
are large, the empalement of the flowers are brown,
the ſummits on the ſtamina of the male flowers are
whitiſh ; the capſules are large, oval, and cloſely
armed with ſoft ipines; the feeds are very large, and
beautifully ſtriped.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the Spaniſh Weſt-
Indies, from whence the late Mr. Robert Millar ſent
me the ſeeds. The plants of this fort are in every re-
ſpect like thoſe of the fifth, but the capſules which
incloſe the ſeeds are ſmooth; and this difference is
per-
manent, therefore it may be put down as a diſtinct
fpecies.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Carolina, and fe-
veral other parts of America ; of this there are two
varieties, if not diſtinct ſpecies; one of them has a
red ſtalk, and the other a pale green ſtalk; they are
diſtinguiſhed by the inhabitants of America, by the
title of red and white Oil-feed. The ſtalks of theſe
ſeldom riſe more than three feet high, they fome-
times divide at the top into two or three branches;
the leaves are much leſs than thoſe of the other forts,
and are deeper divided; their borders are unequally
ſawed, and the ſegments of the leaves are frequently
cut on their fides. The ſpikes of flowers are ſmaller
and more compact than thoſe of the former forts ; the
capſules are ſmaller, rounder, and of a light green,
and are cloſely armed with ſoft ſpines; the feeds are
ſmall, and are finely ſtriped.
There are ſome other ſpecies which grow naturally in
both Indies, but have not been examined by any cu-
rious botaniſt ; for I have received feeds of three or
four forts, which appeared to be very different from
any of the known forts, but the feeds of ſome were
too old to grow, and the other were killed before
their feeds were ripe.
The forts here enumerated, I have cultivated ſeveral
years, and have always found they have kept their
difference, ſo that I have no doubt of their being dif-
tinct ſpecies; and unleſs they are thus tried, there is
no poſſibility of determining their ſpecific difference ;
for when the plants are found growing in different
foils and fituations, they have ſuch different appear-
ances, as may deceive the moſt ſkilful botaniſt.
Theſe plants are generally annuals in theſe countries,
though in their native places of growth they continue
longer; and in England the planrs are often pre-
ſerved through the winter (eſpecially the firſt fort)
but young plants are much preferable to thoſe which
are thus preſerved; therefore few perſons are at the
trouble to keep them, unleſs when the ſeaſons prove
ſo bad as that their feeds do not ripen, whereby the
fpecies might be loſt, if the plants are not preſerved
through the winter.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be
ſown upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
plants are come up, they ſhould be each planted into
a ſeparate pot filled with light freſh earth, and plunged
into a freſh hot-bed, obſerving to water and ſhade
them until they have taken root; after which they
muſt have a great ſhare of free air when the ſeaſon is
mild, otherwiſe they will draw up tall, and be very
weak; and as theſe plants grow very faft, their roots
will in a ſhort time fill the pots ; therefore they ſhould
be ſhifted into larger pots, filled with the like freih
earth; and toward the latter end of May, when the
ſeaſon is warm, they may be hardened to endure the
open air by degrees; and then if ſome of the plants
are ſhaken out of the pots, and planted out into a
very rich border, and in dry weather duly watered,
they will grow to a very large ſize, particularly the
firſt and fifth forts, which I have ſeen upward of ten
feet high in one ſeaſon, and theſe plants have produced
a great quantity of flowers and feeds : but if you in-
tend to preſerve any of the plants through the winter,
they muſt not be planted in the full ground, becauſe
after their roots have been widely extended, there will
be no tranſplanting them with fafety; therefore the
beſt way is to ſhift them into larger pots from time
to time, as their roots ſhall require, placing them in
the
open air during the ſummer ſeaſon in ſome warm
ſituation, where they may remain until October, when
they muſt be removed into the houſe with other exo-
tic plants, obſerving to water them ſparingly in win-
ter, and alſo to admit the free air in mild weather
for they only require to be protected from froſt and
cold winds, ſo that they will endure the winter in a
warm green-houſe, without any addition of artificial
warmth.
Theſe plants deſerve a place in every curious garden
for the fingular beauty of their leaves (notwithftand-
ing their flowers make no great appearance) eſpecially
thoſe forts which may be propagated every year from
feeds; becauſe thoſe perſons who have no green-houſe
to place them into in winter, may cultivate them as
other annual plants, amongſt which theſe being placed,
either in pots or borders, afford an agreeable variety;
but it muſt be obſerved, as theſe are large-growing
plants, never to place them too near other plants of
leſs growth, becauſe they will overbear and deſtroy
a
و
them

RIP
RIP
them, and thoſe which are planted in pots ſhould be
allowed room for their roots to expand, and muſt be
frequently watered, otherwiſe they will not grow very
large.
The inhabitants of the Weſt-Indies draw an oil from
the ſeeds of theſe plants, which ſerves for the uſe of
their lamps ; and as the plants come up as weeds in
thoſe warm countries, ſo they are at no trouble to
cultivate the plants, but employ their negroes to col-
lect the feeds from the plants which grow naturally,
whereby they are furniſhed with the oil at a ſmall ex-
pence. This oil is good to kill lice in children's heads;
and of late years it has been a moſt effectual remedy
for the dry belly-ach, which was a fatal diſtemper in
the Weſt-Indies; it has alſo been found ſerviceable
in England, in ſuch diſorders where no other medi-
cine will paſs through the body. This oil is falſly
called Caftor Oil in the Weſt-Indies, from the corrupt
title of Agnus Caftus there given to the plant.
The ſeeds of the firſt fort is the Cataputia major of
the ſhops; theſe have been formerly given by ſome
perſons to purge watery humours, which they do both
upward and downward with great violence, ſo that at
preſent theſe feeds are rarely uſed.
RIPENING of FRUIT.
a
the end of May, if they are forced at the ſame timez
and the Brugnon Nectarine will follow that. As to
the forward forts of Plums, they ripen about the lat-
ter end of May.
Gooſeberries will produce green fruit fit for tarts in
March, and probably will ripen about the beginning
or middle of April at the fartheft.
Currants might, by the ſame heat that brings Cher-
ries in April, be forced to produce ripe fruit at the
ſame time, if not ſooner.
As for the diſtance of theſe trees one from another,
it need not be ſo great as is directed for thoſe planted
in the open air, becauſe they will never ſhoot fo vi-
gorouſly nor laſt ſo long, therefore eight or nine feet
will be fufficient.
The higher parts of the wall being furniſhed with
Apricots, Cherries, Nectarines, Peaches, and Plums,
the lower fmall ſpace between them may be filled up
with Currants, Gooſeberries, and Roſes.
The trees againſt that part of the wall which is
deſigned for forcing, ſhould be pruned as ſoon as
their leaves begin to decay, that the buds on the
branches which are left may be benefited, by receiv-
ing all the nouriſhment of the branches, whereby they
will become turgid and ſtrong, by the time the walls
are heated.
As to the nailing of theſe trees.
Every branch or ſhoot muſt be laid as cloſe to the
wall as can be ; for the fruit which is near the wall
will be ripe a month ſooner than thoſe that lie but
four inches from it.
Sometimes it happens, that the tops of ſuch trees
have bloſſoms above a month or ſix weeks before the
bottom; and ſometimes one branch has been full of
bloſſoms, when there have been half a ſcore or more
branches of the ſame tree, which have not ſtirred till
the fruit of the firſt bloſſoms has been almoſt grown,
notwithſtanding which the tree has done very well ;
and it is no uncommon thing for ſuch trees to have
fruit ripening upon them for near three months con-
tinually.
As for Gooſeberries, thoſe plants which are planted in
thefe frames, ſhould be ſuch as have been ſpread and
trained, when as many ſhoots have been nailed to the
wall as may conveniently be done, others may be left
at a diſtance from it, to ſucceed them in ripening.
If they are taken up in autumn, and properly ma-
naged, they will bear fruit the firſt year as well as if
they had not been tranſplanted, but theſe ſeldom laſt
longer than two or three years.
The Currants may be ordered after the ſame manner,
and alſo the Roſes, and the beſt kind of Roſe for this
purpoſe, is the monthly Roſe, which ought always to
be topped about the end of July or the beginning of
Auguſt, to make them put out a good number of
flower-buds.
As to the laying dung to the wall:
This, before it be laid to the back of the wall, ſhould
be thrown up in a heap, and lie eight days, then
turned over, that it may be of an equal heat every
,
where, and conitant.
When it has been thus prepared, it ſhould be laid
about four feet thick at the baſe, and ſo floping, till
it is but two feet wide at the top.
It ſhould be laid at firſt within four inches of the top
of the wall, for it will fink two feet in fix weeks
time; and then ſome freſh dung muſt be laid, be-
cauſe the firſt heat will not do much more than fwell
the buds of the trees, or bring them to flower.
But, according as the frofts ſhall have happened to
have had more or leſs influence over the buds, this
will happen ſooner or later.
If theſe trees be covered with the glaſſes a month be-
fore the dung is laid againſt the wall, it will contri-
bute very much to forward their bloſſoming; for
though their bloſſoms will not be deſtroyed by the
froſts, yet the more the froſts come at them, they
will be the drier and more hard to open.
If the weather is tolerably mild, the trees ought not
to be hindered from the benefit of the ſhowers till
the
The METHOD of producing Early Fruits.
In order to have early fruit, a wall ſhould be erected
ten feet high, and in length according to the number
of trees intended for three years forcing ; the method
of conftructing theſe walls is fully explained under
the article WALL.
This being done, a border may be marked out about
four feet wide on the ſouth ſide of it, and ſome fcant-
lings of wood, about four inches thick, muſt be faſt-
ened to the ground in a ſtrait line, on the outſide of
the border, to reſt the glaſs lights upon ; which lights
are to flope backward to the wall, to ſhelter the fruit
as there ſhall be occaſion.
Bars about four inches wide, cut out of the whole
deal, muſt be placed between theſe glaſſes, ſo that the
lights may reſt on them. There muſt alſo be a door
.
ſhaped to the profile of the frame at each end, that it
may be opened at either of the ends, according as the
wind blows.
The frame before-mentioned ſhould be made ſo, that
when the firſt part has been forced, the whole frame
may be moved the next year forward, and the fuc-
ceeding year forward again, ſo that the trees will be
forced every third year; and having two years to re-
cover themſelves, will continue in vigour many years.
Theſe trees ſhould be well grown before they are
forced, otherwiſe they will ſoon be deſtroyed; and the
fruit produced on grown trees will be much fairer and
better taſted, than on freſh planted trees.
The fruit that may be planted in theſe frames are ;
The Avant, the Albemarle, the Early Newington,
and Brown Nutmeg Peaches.
Mr. Fairchild's Early, the Elruge and Newington
Nectarines; the Maſculine Apricot; the May Duke
and May Cherry
As for Grapes, the Chaffelas and Black Cluſter.
Gooſeberries; the Dutch White, the Dutch Early
Green, and the Walnut Gooſeberries.
Currants ; the large Dutch White, the large Dutch
Red Currants.
It has been found by experience, that the trees will be
injured, if the heat be applied before the middle or
end of January; and that the time for applying the
heat for bringing either Duke or May Cherries, is
about the middle of that month, and applying heat
at the ſame time would do for Apricots; ſo that the
Maſculine Apricot will, by the beginning of March,
be as large as Duke Cherries, and will be ripe by
the beginning of May.
Cherries thus forced will not hold ſo well as Apri-
cots, though the former will laſt, perhaps, for ſeven
years in good plight, but Apricots will thrive and
proſper thus many years.
Fairchild's Early Nectarine commonly ripens about
m
II L

RIV
R I V
gerrimis, caule fruticofo ramoſo. Rivinia with ſpear-
maped entire leaves having foot-fialks, and a ſhrublry
branching Stalk. Rivinia humilis racemoſa, baccis
puniceis
. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48. Dwarf branching Ri-
vinia with ſcarlet-coloured berries, sometimes called Cur-
Tant-tree.
a
a
a
a
the buds begin to ſtir; but afterwards the glaſſes
ſhould be kept conſtantly over them, till the influence
of the fun is fomething conſiderable.
But the doors which are at each end of the frame,
ſhould in the mean time be fet open, when the wind
does not blow too ſharp, and the ſun ſhines warm;
and if this does not happen in the ſpace of a fort-
night, then the doors at both ends may be opened,
and mats of baſs or canvas ſhould be hung up over
the door-ways to correct the winds, and give the air
leave to circulate in the frames.
As for Cherries ; about two changes of dung will be
fufficient to bring them to a due ripeneſs in April,
ſuppoſing each parcel remains fix weeks at the back
of the wall.
But as for Apricots, Grapes, Nectarines, Peaches,
and Plums, if April proves cold, the forcing heat
muſt be continued till May is ſettled; but ſome of
the glaſſes ſhould be opened in the morning in March
and April, when the wind is ſtill, and the fun warm ;
and they ſhould be permitted to receive the ſhowers
that fall, while the fruit is growing; but while they
are in bloſſom, no rain ſhould come near them, be-
cauſe, if there ſhould be any moiſture lodged in the
bofom of the flowers, and the fun ſhould thine hot
through the glaſſes, it would be apt to deſtroy them.
The dung that comes from theſe frames, having loft
its heat, may be laid in heaps to rot, for the melio-
rating of ſtubborn grounds; or if it is thrown in
heaps and mixed with new dung, it will ferment
again, and may be uſed for hot-beds.
Another thing which ought to be obſerved in plant-
ing fruit in theſe frames is, to plant thoſe fruits which
come forward together, and thoſe which come late by
themſelves, becauſe it will be prejudicial to the forward
fruit, to give them any more heat when they have
done bearing, when at the ſame time the later fruits
ſet amongſt them may require more heat, and to be
continued longer, ſome of them perhaps requiring
an artificial heat till May.
There may alſo a row or two of Scarlet Strawberries
be planted near to the back of this frame, and theſe
you may expect will be ripe by the end of March, or
beginning of April.
As for the Vines, they may probably be brought to
bloffom in April, and have ripe Grapes in June.
There may alſo be here and there planted a monthly
Roſe-tree, and Hyacinths, Jonquils, Narciſſuſes, Po-
lyanthuſes; alſo early Tulips might be placed in the
borders.
The method of forcing fruit-trees by the help of fire-
walls, is fully treated under the article WALLS.
RIVINIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48. tab. 39.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is permanent, and is com-
poſed of four oval, concave, coloured leaves. The flower
has no petals; it has eight ſtamina which are longer than
the empalement, terminated by ſmall oval ſummits, and a
large roundiſh germen Supporting a ſport ſtyle, crowned by
an chiuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a round-
iſh berry ſitting in the empalement, including one hard
feed.
The title of this genus was given to it by Father Plu-
mier, who diſcovered theſe plants in America, in ho-
nour of Auguſtus Quirinus Rivinus, a famous bota-
nift of Leipſick, who publiſhed two volumes of plants
in folio, in which the figures of the plants are en-
graven on copper plates. Theſe were publiſhed in
169o.
Dr. Linnæus has applied the title of this genus to
the Solanoides of Tournefort, which is totally diffe-
rent from Plumier's plants; and the Doctor has
charged Father Plumier with an error in the engraving
of the characters of this genus, with eight ſtamina in-
ſtead of four, whereas Plumier's plants have eight
ſtamina; but the plant which the Doctor has ap-
plied to this title has but four, therefore the miſtake
is the Doctor's and not Father Plumier's.
The SPECIES are,
1. RIVINIA (Humilis) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis inte-
2. RIVINIA (Scandens) fcandens racemoſa, amplis fo-
lani foliis baccis violaceis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48.
Climbing branching Rivinia, with Nightſhade leaves and
Violet-coloured berries, commonly called Hoopwith in the
Weſt-Indies.
The firſt fort riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks about fix or
eight feet high, dividing into ſeveral ſpreading
branches, covered with a gray ſpotted bark, garnilhed
with ſpear-ſhaped entire leaves, ſtanding upon long
ſlender foot-ſtalks ; theſe are two inches and a half
long, and one broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at each end; they are ſmooth, of a lucid green, and
pretty thick conſiſtence, ſtanding alternate, at pretty
great diſtances on the branches. The flowers are pro-
duced in long bunches from the ſide and at the end
of the branches, each ſtanding upon a ſlender foot-
ſtalk near half an inch long; they have no petals, but
their empalements are of a ſcarlet colour ; within
theſe are ſituated eight ſtamina which are longer than
the empalement, terminated by ſmall oval ſummits ;
in the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, termi-
nating in a point, ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle. The ger-
men turns to a roundiſh berry with a thin pulp, lur-
rounding one roundiſh hard feed; theſe berries are of
a ſcarlet colour when ripe, and afterward change to
a purple; they are by the inhabitants called Currants,
but are generally eſteemed poiſonous.
The ſecond ſort riſes with a climbing woody ſtalk to
the height of twenty feet, covered with a dark gray
bark, and is garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves
near three inches long, and an inch and a half broad,
ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are ſmooth and
entire. The flowers come out in long bunches from
the ſide of the branches, and are ſhaped like thoſe of
the other, and are ſucceeded by blue berries about the
fame fize as thoſe of the former. This ſort grows na-
turally in Antigua, from whence I have received the
feeds; it was alſo found growing at the Havannah,
by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who found the firſt grow-
ing in Jamaica.
They are both propagated by ſeeds, which remain
long in the ground before they vegetate ; I have had
them lie two years before the plants have appeared,
but they never riſe the ſame year the ſeeds are fown.
Theſe berries muſt be procured from the countries
where they naturally grow, and when they arrive,
ſhould be ſown in pots filled with freſh earth, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed. If this happens
late in the autumn or winter, the pots muſt be
plunged into the tan-bed of the ſtove; but if in the
ſpring, they may be plunged in a common hot-bed
under a frame. The earth muſt be moiſtened frequent-
ly in ſummer, to promote the vegetation of the ſeeds,
but as they will not come up
the ſame
year,
ſhould be removed into the ſtove before winter, and
plunged into the tan-bed; during the winter ſeaſon,
the earth muſt be ſometimes refreſhed, but muſt not
be too moiſt. In the ſpring the pots may be taken
out of the ſtove, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed to
bring up the plants, but if they ſhould not then riſe,
the earth muſt not be diſturbed, becauſe the plants
may come up the following ſeaſon.
When the plants come up and are fit to remove,
they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate ſmall
pot, filled with light loamy earth, and plunged into a
,
hot-bed, obſerving to ſhade them from the ſun till
they have taken new root; after which they muſt be
treated in the ſame way as other plants from the ſame
countries.
Theſe plants are tender, ſo cannot be preſerved in
this country, unleſs they are kept in a warm ftove,
eſpecially while they are young; but when they have
obtained ſtrength, they will live in a moderate warmth
in winter, and in ſummer they may be removed into
the
a
ſo the pots

ROB
R O B
a
3
the open air, placing them in a ſheltered ſituation, Coral-tree with winged leaves and pods, having four meine-
where they may remain for near three months in the branaceous wings.
warmeſt part of ſummer: during the winter ſeaſon, 7. ROBINIA (Pyramidata) foliis duplicato-pinnatis, foli-
theſe plants ſhould be ſparingly watered, for as they olis ovatis feffilibus, floribus fpicatis terminalibus. Ro-
grow naturally on a dry foil, much wet will deſtroy binia with doubly-winged leaves, whoſe lobes cre oval and
them, eſpecially in cold weather.
fit cloſe to the midrib, and ſpikes of flowers terminating
They retain their leaves all the year, fo make a varie- the branches. Pſeudoacacia flore pyramidato coccineo.
ty in the ſtove in winter, and when they flower, make Plum. Cat. 19. Falle Acacia with a ſcarlet-coloured
a fine appearance, though their flowers are but ſmall ; flower growing pyramidally.
for as they are produced in long bunches, from al- 8. ROBINIA (Violacea) foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceolatis
moſt every joint toward the end of the branches, ſo oppoſitis, racemis axillaribus pedunculis longioribus.
the whole plant is well adorned during their conti- Robinia with winged leaves having Spear-ſhaped lobes
nuance; and if they do produce fruit, as that will re- placed oppoſite, and long bunches of flowers on the ſides
main long before it is ripe, ſo their beauty will be of of the branches, with longer foot-fialks. Pſeudoacacia
longer duration
fraxini folio, floribus violaceis. Plum. Cat. 19. Falſe
ROBINIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 775. Pſeudoacacia. Acacia with an Alb leaf, and Violet-coloured flowers.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 649. tab. 417. Falſe Acacia. 9. ROBINIA (Latifolia) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob-
The CHARACTERS are,
longis acuminatis, racemis axillaribus, leguminibus
The empalement of the flower is ſmall, of one leaf, and oblongo-ovatis. Robinia with unequal winged leaves,
divided into four parts, the three under ſegments being having oblong acute-pointed lobes, and bunches of flowers
narrow, but the upper one is broad. The flower is of proceeding from the ſides of the branches. Pſeudoacacia
the Pea bloom kind: the ſtandard is large, roundiſh, ob- latifolia, filiquis latis. Houſt. MSS. Falſe Acacia with
tuſe, and ſpreads open. The two wings are oval, and broad leaves and pods.
bave mori appendixes which are obtuſe. The keel is 10. ROBINIA (Fruteſcens) pedunculis fimplicibus, foliis
,
toundiſh, compreſſed, obtuſe, and is extended the length of quaternatis fubpetiolatis. Hort. Upfal. 212. Robinia
the wings. In the center is ſituated ten ſtamina, nine of with ſingle foot-ſtalks, and leaves growing by fours upon
them being joined together, and the other ſtanding ſingle, Short foot-ſtalks. Aſpalathus fruteſcens major latifolius
terminated by roundiſh ſummits. It hath an oblong cy- cortice aureo. Am. Ruth. 283. Greater, broad-leaved,
lindrical germen, Supporting a Nender Style, crowned by a Shrubby Aſpalathus, with a golden bark.
bairy ftigmo; theſe are incloſed by the keel
. The germen 11. ROBINIA (Caragana) pedunculis fimplicibus, foliis
afterward becomes an oblong compreſſed pod, incloſing kid- abrupte pinnatis. Hort. Upfal. 212. Robinia with
ney-ſhaped ſeeds.
Simple foot-ſtalks, and abrupt winged leaves. Aſpala-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of thus arboreſcens, pinnis foliorum
crebrioribus oblon-
Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe gis. Amman. Ruth. 285. Tree-like Aſpalathus with
plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
oblong lobes.
bodies.
12. ROBINIA (Pygmæa) pedunculis fimpliciffimis, foliis
The SPECIES are,
quaternatis feffilibus. Hort. Upſal. 212. Robinia with
1. ROBINIA (Pſeudoacacia) racemis pedicellis unifloris, the moſt ſimple foot-ſtalks, with four leaves ſitting cloſe
foliis impari-pinnatis, ftipulis fpinofis. Hort. Upfal. to the ſtalks. Aſpalathus fruteſcens minor anguſtifo-
212. Robinia with branching foot-ſtalks each ſupporting lius, cortice aureo. Amman. Ruth. 282. tab. 35. .
one flower, unequal winged leaves, and prickly ftipulæ. Smaller ſförubby Aſpalathus, with narrow leaves and a yel-
Pſeudoacacia vulgaris. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 649. Com- loro bark.
mon Baſtard Acacia, or American Acacia, called in Ame- The firſt fort is the common Pſeudoacacia, which is
rica Locuft-tree.
a native of North America; the feeds of this were
2. Robinia (Echinata) pedunculis racemofis, foliis im- firſt brought to Paris from Canada by Monſ. Robine,
pari-pinnatis, leguminibus echinatis. Robinia with and ſoon after the feeds were brought from Virginia
foot-ſtalks ſupporting long bunches of flowers, unequal to England, and many of the trees were raiſed in ſe-
winged leaves, and prickly pods. Pſeudoacacia Ameri- veral gardens, which for ſome years, while young,
cana, filiquis echinatis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 11. 39. Ame- were in great efteem ; but as they grew larger, their
rican Acacia with prickly pods.
branches were frequently broken by ſtrong winds in
3. ROBINIA (Hiſpida) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ova- the ſummer, which rendered them unfightly, ſo that
tis, ramis pedunculiſque hiſpidis. Robinia with unequal for ſeveral years they were ſeldom planted in gardens;
winged leaves having oval lobes, and the branches and but of late years it is become faſhionable again, and
foot-ſtalks of the flowers armed with ſtinging Spines. great numbers of the trees have been raiſed in moſt
Pſeudoacacia hiſpida, floribus rofeis. Cateſb. Car. 3. parts of England, within a few years paſt, ſo that
p. 20. Stinging falſe Acacia, with a Roſe-coloured flower. there are few gardens in which there are not ſome of
4. ROBINIA (Roſea) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ova- theſe trees planted.
tis acuminatis, ramis nodofis glabris, pedunculis ra- This fort grows to a very large ſize in America,
cemoſis. Robinia with unequal winged leaves, whoſe where the wood is much valued for its duration ; moft
lobes are oval, acute-pointed, knobbed ſmooth branches, of the houſes which were built at Boſton in New
and flowers growing in long bunches. Pſeudoacacia flore England, upon the firſt ſettling of the Engliſh, was
roſeo. Plum. Cat. Baſtard Acacia with a Roſe-coloured with this timber, which continues very found at this
flower.
time.
5. ROBINIA (Glabra) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob- It grows very faſt while young, ſo that in a few years
longo-ovatis, pedunculis racemolis confertis. Robinia from feed, the plants riſe to eight or ten feet high ;
with unequal winged leaves having oblong oval lobes, and and it is not uncommon to ſee ſhoots of this tree fix
foot-ſtalks with long bunches of flowers growing in cluſters. or eight feet long in one ſummer. The branches are
Pſeudoacacia arborea floribus racemofis, filiquis armed with ſtrong crooked thorns, and garniſhed
compreſſis glabris. Houft. MSS. Tree-like Baſtard with winged leaves compoſed of eight or ten pair of
Acacia, with flowers growing in long bunches, and flat oval lobes, terminated by an odd one; they are of a
ſmooth pods.
bright green, entire, and fit cloſe to the midrib. The
6. ROBINIA (Alata) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob- flowers come out from the ſide of the branches in
versè-ovatis, racemis aggregatis axillaribus, legumi- pretty long bunches, hanging downward like thoſe of
nibus membranaceo-tetragonis. Robinia with unequal Laburnum, each flower ſtanding on a ſlender foot-
winged leaves, whoſe lobes are obverſely oval, long bunches ſtalk. They are of the butterfly or Pea bloſſom kind,
of flowers growing in cluſters from the ſides of the branches, are white, and ſmell very ſweet. They appear in
and pods having four-winged membranes. Pſeudoacacia June, and when the trees are well charged with flow-
filiquis alatis
. Plum. Cat
. 19. Falſe Acacia with wing- ers, they make a fine appearance, and their odour
ed pods. Linnæus titles it Erythrina foliis pinnatis, perfumes the circumambient air ; but they are of
leguminibus membranaceo-tetragonis. Sp. Plant. 707. ſhort duration, ſeldom continuing more than one week
in

ROB
ROB
3
а
a
a
а
in beauty ; after the flowers fade, the germen becomes
an oblong compreffed pod, which in warm feaſons
comes to perfection in England; theſe ripen pretty late
in the autumn.
The leaves of this tree do not come out till late in
the ſpring, and they fall off pretty early in the au-
tumn, which renders it leſs valuable than it would
otherwiſe be, were theſe leaves to come out early in
the ſpring.
The ſecond fort is leſs common than the firſt. There
was a large tree of this kind ſome years paſt, grow-
ing in the garden of the Biſhop of London at Ful-
ham, which produced plenty of ſeeds. The pods of
this ſort are much ſhorter, and cloſely beſet with
ſhort prickles, but in other reſpects agrees with the
firſt fort.
The third fort grows naturally in Carolina, where it
fometimes riſes to the height of twenty feet, but in
England at preſent it ſeems to be of low growth; the
branches ſpread out near the ground, and produce
their flowers very young, which is a ſure ſign of its
not growing tall here. The branches of this tree, and
,
alſo the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, are cloſely armed
with ſmall brown ſpines, like ſome ſorts of Roſes;
the leaves are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but their
lobes are larger and rounder. The flowers come out
in bunches like thoſe of the former, but are larger and
of a deep Roſe colour. It flowers about the ſame
time with the firſt, but has not as yet produced any
pods in England.
The fourth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the feeds. This
riſes with a ſtrong woody ftem to the height of thirty
or forty feet, ſending out many ſtrong branches on
every ſide, which have large ſwelling knots, and are
cloſely garniſhed with ſingle winged leaves, compoſed
of eight or nine pair of oval lobes ending in points,
terminated by an odd one; theſe are curiouſly marked
with purple ſpots on their under ſide, which appear
faintly on their upper. The flowers are produced in
long cloſe ſpikes, ſtanding almoſt erect; they are
about half the ſize of the flowers of the laſt fort, and
are of a fine Roſe colour.
The fifth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with a
woody branching ſtalk twelve or fourteen feet high;
the old branches are covered with a dark brown bark,
but the young ſhoots and the foot-ſtalks of the flow-
ers are covered with an iron-coloured down; the
leaves are unequally winged; the lobes are oblong,
obtuſe, and of a pretty thick conſiſtence; they are
fmooth on their upper fide, but have ſeveral tranſ-
verſe veins on their under. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches in long cloſe bunches;
there are fix or ſeven of them gathered together in
cluſters. The flowers are but ſmall, and are of a
yellowiſh red colour; the pods of this are like thoſe
of the firſt fort.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, where the
inhabitants give it the appellation of Dogwood. This
hath a ſtrong woody ſtem which riſes forty feet high,
and divides into many branches, which are covered
with a dark brown ſpotted bark, and garniſhed with
unequal winged leaves, compoſed of three or four
pair of obverſe oval lobes, terminated by an odd one ;
they are two inches and a half over, ſmooth on their
upper fide, but are veined on their under, which are
of a buff colour. The flowers come out in branch-
ing bunches from the ſide of the branches; theſe ge-
nerally appear at a time when the trees are deftitute
of leaves, and as they have large cluſters of flowers
at every joint, ſo the trees ſeem covered with them.
The bunches at the extremity of the branches are
the largeſt, and are formed pyramidally. The flow-
ers are but ſmall, and do not open ſo fully as thoſe
of the firſt fort, but are of a pale Roſe colour, ſo
make a fine appearance; theſe are ſucceeded by pods,
having four broad membranaceous wings running
longitudinally at the four corners of the pods, and
theſe join at their baſe, covering the pods entirely; each
of the pods contain four or five oblong kidney-ſhap-
ed feeds.
The ſeventh fort was diſcovered by Plumier, in ſome
of the French ſettlements of the Weſt-Indies, and it
was afterward found by the late Dr. Houſtoun grow-
ing naturally at Campeachy. This riſes with a ſtrong
woody ftem near thirty feet high, fending out many
ſpreading branches, which are covered with a light
gray bark ſpotted with white, and garniſhed with
double winged leaves, whoſe lobes are oval and fit
cloſe to the midrib; they are of a lucid green on
their upper fide, but of a pale green on their under.
The flowers are produced in long looſe pyramidal
bunches toward the end of the branches, thoſe on the
lower part of the bunch having long foot-ſtalks,
which diminish gradually to the top, fo as to form a
pyramid; theſe bunches are almoft erect. The flow-
ers are of a ſcarlet colour, ſo make a fine appearance.
The eighth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with a
woody ftem to the height of twenty feet, dividing at
the top into ſeveral ſpreading branches, which are
covered with a very light gray bark, and garniſhed
with equal winged leaves, compoſed of ten or eleven
pair of oval lobes placed oppoſite; they are of a
lucid green on the lower part of the branches, but
thoſe toward the end are covered with a ſoft iron-
coloured down. The flowers come out in long
bunches from the ſide of the branches, they are blue,
and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks; theſe are fucceeded
by pods ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are
downy.
The ninth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at Campeachy. This fort
riſes with a ſtrong woody ftem upward of thirty
feet high, dividing at the top into many ſtrong
branches, covered with a dark grayiſh bark, ſpotted
with white, and are garnished with winged leaves,
compoſed of fix or ſeven pair of lobes, terminated
by an odd one ; they are two inches and a half long,
and an inch and a half broad, ending in a point, of
a lucid green on their upper fide, but pale on their
under. The flowers are produced in long looſe
bunches from the ſide of the branches; they are of
a pale Roſe colour, and have very long foot-ſtalks ;
theſe are ſucceeded by oval pods two inches and a
half long, and one inch and a half broad, ſwelling
in the middle, where is lodged one or two kidney-
ſhaped ſeeds.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Siberia and Tartary :
this grows with a ſhrubby ſtalk eight or ten feet high,
fending out ſeveral branches which grow erect, cover-
ed with a ſmooth yellowiſh bark; the leaves have each
two pair of oval pointed lobes, which ſtand upon ſhort
foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced upon ſingle
foot-ſtalks which come out at the joints of the branches;
they are yellow, and ſhaped like thoſe of the Labur-
num, but are ſmaller; theſe appear in May, and if
the plants ſtand in a moiſt foil and ſhady ſituation, their
pods will ſucceed the flowers, and the feeds will ripen
the end of Auguſt.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Siberia, from
whence the feeds were ſent to the Imperial Garden at
Peterſburgh, where they fucceeded and perfected
feeds, which were afterward tranſmitted to many parts
of Europe. This riſes with a tree-like ftem near
twenty feet high, ſending out many fide branches,
garnished with abrupt winged leaves compoſed of four
or five pair of oval lobes placed oppoſite; the flowers
are produced from the wings of the leaves, each
foot-ſtalk having one yellow Pea-bloſſomed flower,
which in a moiſt ſeaſon is fucceeded by oblong taper
pods, containing three or four feeds in each.
The twelfth fort is alſo a native of Siberia; this is a
weak low ſhrub, feldom riſing more than three feet
high in England. The branches are flender, and
have a light bark, garniſhed with leaves compoſed of
four oblong lobes which fit cloſe to the branches;
the flowers are produced fingly upon foot-ſtalks which
ariſe from the wings of the leaves; they are yellow,
and
a
a
a
و
a
a
a
a
a
a
a

ROB
RON
a
and appear in April, but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds While the plants are young, they are more tender
in England
than afterward, therefore it will be proper to keep
The firſt fort is generally propagated in the Engliſh them in the tan-bed in the ſtove the two or three firſt
nurſeries, by fuckers taken from the roots of the old years; but when they have obtained ſtrength, they
trees, or by cutting off ſome of the roots, and plant- may be kept in a dry ſtove of a temperate heat in
ing them upon a gentle hot-bed; theſe will put out winter, and in ſummer they may be expoſed to the
ſhoots, and become plants ; but theſe are not ſo va- open air in a ſheltered ſituation, with this manage-
luable as thoſe which are raiſed from feeds, becauſe ment I have kept ſeveral of the ſpecies, ſome of which
they do not make near ſo great progreſs in their have produced flowers in the Chelſea Garden, and
growth, and are very ſubject to fend forth many ſome of the forts I have propagated by cuttings.
fuckers from their roots, whereby the ground will be
The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth forts, are propa-
filled with them to a great diſtance, and theſe fuckers gated from ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown in a ſhady
svill draw away the nouriſhment from the old plants, ſituation in autumn, and then the plants will come
whereby their growth will be greatly retarded.
up the following ſpring; but if the feeds are fown in
If this is propagated by feeds, they ſhould be fown the ſpring, the plants feldom riſe the ſame ſeaſon.
on a bed of light earth about the latter end of March When the plants come up, they will require no other
or the beginning of April; and if the bed is well ex- care but to keep them clean from weeds till autumn,
poſed to the ſun, the plants will appear in about five when, if they have made any progreſs, they ſhould
or ſix weeks, and will require no farther care but to be tranſplanted on a north border, at about fix inches
keep them clear from weeds. In this bed the plants diſtance, where they may grow two years, and then
may remain till the following ſpring, when they ſhould be planted where they are to remain, which
ſhould be tranſplanted into a nurſery about the latter ſhould be in a cool moiſt foil, not too much expoſed
end of March, placing them in rows at three feet to the ſun.
diſtance row from row, and a foot and a half aſunder RONDELETIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 13. tab. 12.
in the rows. In this nurſery they may remain two Lin. Gen. Plant. 206.
years, by which time they will be fit to tranſplant
The CHARACTERS are,
where they are deſigned to grow ; for as theſe trees The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, ſit-
ſend forth long tough roots, ſo if they ſtand long un- ting upon the germen, cut into five acute points. It has
removed, the roots will extend themſelves to a great one funnel-ſhaped petal, with a cylindrical tube longer than
diſtance; therefore they muſt be cut off when the the empalement, bellied toward the top, and cut into five
plants are tranſplanted, which ſometimes occaſions roundiſ ſegments at the brim, which are reflexed. It has
their miſcarrying
five awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by ſingle fummits; the
Theſe trees will grow well upon almoſt every ſoil, oundiſh germen is ſituated under the flower, Supporting a
but beft in a light ſandy ground, in which they will Nender ſtyle the length of the tube, crowned by an obtufe
ſhoot fix or eight feet in one year; and while the Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh crown-
trees are young, they make an agreeable appearance, ed capſule with two cells, incloſing two or three angular
being well furniſhed with leaves ; but when they are feeds in each.
old, the branches being frequently broken by winds, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
render them unſightly, eſpecially if they ſtand in an Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
expoſed place; and when the trees grow old, their whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
branches decay, which renders them very diſagreea-
The SPECIES are,
ble, and has occaſioned their being rooted out of fe- 1. RONDELETIA (Americana) foliis feffilibus, panicula
veral gardens fome years paſt. This is commonly dichotoma. Lin. Sp. Plant, 243. Rondeletia with leaves
known by the title of Locuſt-tree in America, and ſitting cloſe to the branches, and a forked panicle
. Ron-
there are quantities of the feeds annually ſent to Eng- deletia arboreſcens, tini facie. Plum. Nov. Gen. 15.
land with that title.
Tree-like Rondeletia having the appearance of Tinus.
The ſecond fort is propagated in the ſame manner as 2. RONDELETIA (Afiatica) foliis petiolatis, oblongis acu-
the firſt, and the trees grow to the ſame ſize.
tis. Flor. Zeyl. 80. Rondeletia with oblong leaves grow-
The third fort is at preſent ſcarce in the gardens about ing upon foot-ſtalks. Cupi. Hort. Mal. 2. p. 37.
London, but in Devonſhire it is in greater plenty, The firſt fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies,
where the inhabitants give it the title of Raſpberry where Plumier diſcovered it, and gave it this title in
plant, from the young ſhoots being covered with honour of Gulielmus Rondeletius, a famous phyſician
briftly hairs like the Raſpberry plants ; this does not and natural hiſtorian of Montpelier.
produce feeds in England, ſo it is propagated by cut- The feeds of this plant were firſt ſent me by Mr.
ting off part of the roots, and planting them upon a Robert Millar, who collected them on the north fide
gentle hot-bed, where they will put out fibres and of the iſland of Jamaica; he alſo obſerved the trees
ſhoots, and become new plants. This fort ſhould growing plentifully in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies; I
have a warmer ſituation than the two former, though have alſo fince received the feeds from Barbadoes,
the ordinary winters in this country never injure it, which have ſucceeded at Chelſea. This riſes with a
but in very ſevere winters their young ſhoots are ſome- woody ſtalk ten or twelve feet high, branching out
times killed in expoſed places. It loves a light moiſt on every ſide; the branches are covered with a ſmooth
foil
greeniſh bark, and are garniſhed with oblong leaves
The fourth, fifth, fixth, ſeventh, eighth, and ninth ending in acute points; they are entire, and fit very
forts, are tender, ſo cannot be maintained in England, cloſe to the branches; the upper ſurface is of a lucid
unleſs they are placed in a ſtove in winter. Theſe are green, and the under of a pale green ; they are a lit-
propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be procured from tle crumpled on their ſurface, and ſtand alternate.
the countries where they naturally grow, for they do The flowers come out in bunches at the end of the
not produce any here, theſe ſhould be ſown in ſmall branches, they are white and have little ſcent. Theſe
pots filled with earth from the kitchen-garden, and appear
in autumn, and are not ſucceeded by feeds in
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark; if the ſeeds England.
are good, the plants will appear in ſix weeks or two The ſecond ſort grows naturally at Malabar ; this
months ; when theſe are fit to tranſplant, they ſhould riſes with a woody ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, divid-
be carefully ſhaken out of the pots, and their roots ing into ſeveral branches, which are covered with a
ſeparated; then each plant ſhould be put into a ſmall ſmooth bark, and garniſhed with ſtiff oblong leaves
pot filled with the like earth, and plunged into a hot- of a lucid green, ſtanding alternate on the lower part
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them till they of the branches, but by pairs toward the extremity;
have taken new root, and then they muſt have the they have ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are entire. The
ſame treatment as other tender plants from the ſame flowers are produced in large bunches at the end of the
countries.
branches; they are of a yellowiſh white colour, and
2
3
a
a
a
a
have
11 M

ROS
ROS
a
3
a
have a fragrant odour: theſe are ſucceeded by round- with a fleſh-coloured ſweet flower, commonly called Wild
ith capſules having two cells, each containing three Brier, Dog Roſe, or Hep-free.
or four angular feeds.
2. Rosa (Spinoſiſſima) germinibus ovatis glabris, pe-
Theſe plants being very tender, cannot be preſerved dunculis caule petiolifque aculeatiffimis. Lin. Sp.
in England, unleſs they are kept in a warm ſtove. Plant. 705. Wild Roſe with oval fmoolk fruit, but the
They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown fialks and foot-ſtalks extremely armed with Spines. Rofa
on a hot-bed early in the ſpring; and when the plants campeftris ſpinofiffima, flore albo odorato. C. B. P.
are come up and fit to remove, they muſt be tranf- 483. Wild prickly Roſe with a white Sweet flower, com-
planted into ſeparate ſmall pots, and plunged into a monly called the Burnet-leaved Roſe.
moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where they muſt 3. Rosa (Villoſe) germinibus globoſis aculeatis, pedun-
be treated in the fame manner as hath been directed culis hiſpidis, caule aculeis fparfis, petiolis aculeatis,
for other tender plants from the ſame country ; in foliis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 704. Roſe with a globular
winter they muſt be placed in the tan-bed in the ſtove, prickly fruit and foot-fialk, and woolly leaves whoſe foot-
where theſe plants will thrive, and in two or three Stalks are prickly
. Rofa fylveftris pomifera major.
years will flower, when they will make an agreeable C.B. P. 484. The greater, wild, Apple-bearing Roſe.
variety amongſt other tender exotic plants, for they 4. Rosa (Eglanteria) germinibus globofis pedunculif-
retain their leaves all the year; and thoſe of the fe- que glabris, caule aculeis fparfis rectis, petiolis fca-
cond fort being of a lively green, make a fine appear- bris, foliolis acutis. Lin. Sp. 703. Roſe with a globu-
ance at all ſeaſons.
lar fruit, a ſmooth foot-ſtalk, the ſtolk armed with ere Et
ROOT, in Latin Radix.
Spines, the leaves pointed, having rough foot-ſtalks. Roſa
A Root is that part of a plant, by which it naturally fylveftris, foliis odoratis. C.B.P. 483. Wild Roſe with
draws in its nouriſhment. The Roots of plants be- ſweet-fcented leaves, commonly called Sweet Briar.
ing of various forms, and each diſtinguiſhed by a 5. Rosa (Scotica) caule petioliſque aculeatis, foliis pin-
different name, it will not be improper, in this place, natis, foliolis apice inciſis, fruétu globoſo. Roſe with
to inſert the principal of thoſe which are thus diftin- the ftalk and foot-fi alk armed with Spines, winged leaves
guiſhed. And firit,
whoſe lobes are cut at their points, and a globular fruit.
A fibrous Root, Radix fibroſa, is that which conſiſts Roſa pimpinella minor Scotica, flore livide rubente.
wholly of ſmall fibres, as moſt ſorts of Graſs, Pinks, Edit. prior. Small, Scotch, Burnet-leaved Roſe, with a
&c.
livid red flower.
A tuberous Root, Radix tuberofa, is that which con- 6. ROSA (Inermis) caule inermi, pedunculis hiſpidis,
fiſts of an uniform fleſhy ſubſtance, and is of a round- calycis foliolis indivifis, fructibus oblongis. Rose with
ilh figure, as Turneps, Potatoes, &c.
a ſmooth ſtalk, a prickly foot-fialk to the flower, the ſmall
A bulbous Root, Radix bulbola, is that which con- leaves of the empalement undivided, and oblong fruit.
fifts either of ſeveral coats involving one another, as Roſa campeſtris, fpinis carens, biflora. C. B. P. 484.
Onions, Tulips, &c. or of ſeveral ſcales lying over Unarmed Roſe having two flowers.
one another, as Lilies, Crown Imperials, &c. The 7. Rosa (Hiſpanica) foliis utrinque villofis, calycis fo-
firſt of theſe is called a tunicated Root, the laſt a ſqua- liolis acutè ferratis, fructu glabro. Roſe with leaves
mous Root.
which are hairy on both ſides, the ſmall leaves of the em-
A teſticulated Root, Radix tefticulato, is a double polement forply Jawed, and a ſmooth fruit.
tuberoſe Root, for it conſiſts of two knobs, reſembling 8. Rosa (Scandens) caule aculeato, foliis perennantibus
a pair of teſticles, as in the Orchis.
lucidis, fore odorato. Climbing Roſe with a prickly
A handed Root, Radix palmata, is a tuberoſe Root Stalk, ſhining evergreen leaves, and a ſweet flower. Rofa
divided, as it were, into ſeveral fingers, as in the ſylveſtris dumetorum fcandens fempervirens, myrri
handed Satyrions.
folio lucido, flore albo odorato, fructu parvo rotun-
A grumous Root, Radix grumofa, is that which is do & hiſpido. Mich. Cat. Pl. Ag. Flor. Wild, woody,
compoſed of ſeveral knobs, as the Anemone, &c. climbing Roſe, with e Shining evergreen Myrtle leaf, a
A granulous Root, Radix granulata, is a kind of white ſweet-ſcented flower, and a ſmall
, round, prickly fruit.
grumous Root, with ſmall knobs reſembling ſo many 9. Rosa (Sempervirens) germinibus ovatis pedunculiſque
grains of Corn, as in the white Saxifrage.
hiſpidis, caule petioliſque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
A tap Root is a tuberoſe Root extended in length, as 704. Evergreen Roſe with an oval germina, whoſe foot-
in Parfneps, Carrots, &c.
ſtolks are prickly. Roſa moſchata fempervirens. C. B.P.
ROSA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 636. tab. 408. Lin. Gen. 482. Evergreen Muſk Roſe.
Plant. 556. The Roſe-tree.
10. Rosa (Virginiana) inermis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis
The CHARACTERS are,
ovatis ferratis utrinque glabris, calycis foliolis indivi-
The einpalement of the flower is of one leaf, divided into fis. Roſe without thorns, having winged leaves which are
five parts at the top, but the baſe is globular and bell- ſmooth on both ſides, and the leaves of the empalement
Jhaped. The ſegments are ſpear-ſhaped, two of theſe al- undivided. Rofa fylveftris Virginiana pimpinellæ ma-
ievnately have appendixes on their fides, two other alter- joris foliis. Raii Hift. Wild Virginia Roſe with greater
nately are naked, and the fifth has often an appendix, Burnet leaves.
and ſometimes none. The flower hath five oval beart- 11. ROSA (Lutea) caule aculeato, foliis pinnatis, foli-
ſhaped petals inſerted in the empalement, and a great num- olis ovatis ferratis utrinque glabris, pedunculis bre-
ber of bort hair-like ſtamina inſerted in the neck of the em- viſlimis. Roſe with a prickly ſtolk, winged leaves having
palement, terminated by three-cornered ſummits. It hath oval Jawed lobes which are ſmooth on both ſides, and ſhort
many germen ſituated in the bottom of the empalement, each foot-ſtalks to the flower. Roſa lutea fimplex. C. B. P.
having a ſhort hairy ſtyle, inſerted to the ſide of the ger- 483. The ſingle Yellow Roſe.
men, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The fleſhy baſe of the 12. ROSA (Punicea) caule aculeato, foliis pinnatis, fo-
empalement afterward becomes a top-ſhaped coloured fruit
liolis rotundioribus ferratis, petalis emarginatis bico-
with one cell, including many hairy oblong ſeeds faſtened loribus. Roſe with a prickly fialk, winged leaves having
on each ſide to the empalement.
rounder Jawed lobes, ihe petals of the flower indented at
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
the top, and of two colours. Roia punicea. Corn. Can.
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which contains thoſe plants II. The Auſtrian Roſe.
whoſe flowers have many ſtamina inſerted in the em- 13. Rosa (Moſchata) caule aculeato ſcandenté, foliis
palement, and many ſtyles.
ſenis glabris, floribus umbellatis
. Roſe with a prickly
The SPECIES are,
climbing Stalk, leaves having ſeven ſmooth lobes, and
1. Rosa (Canina) germinibus ovatis pedunculifque gla- flowers growing in umbels
. Roſa moſchata major. J. B.
bris, caule petioliſque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 704. 2. P. 45. Greater Muſk Roſe.
Wild Roſe with an oval fruit, having a ſmooth foot-fialk 14. Rosa (Centifolia) germinibus ovatis pedunculiſque
and prickly branches. Rofa fylveftris vulgaris, flore hiſpidis, caule hiſpido aculeato, petiolis inermibus.
odorato incarnato. C. B. P. 483. Common wild Roſe, Lin. Sp. 704. Roſe with an oval germen, ſinging foot-
Stalks,

ROS
ROS
Stalks, and the foot-ſtalks of the leaves ſmooth. Roſa
entifolia Batavica. Cluf. Hiſt. 1. p. 114. The Dutch
undred-leaved Roſe.
15. ROSA (Damafcenas caule aculeato, pedunculis hif-
pidis, calycibus pinnatifidis hirſutis. Roſe with a prick-
ly ſtalk, briſtly foot-ſtalks to the flowers, and wing-point-
ed hairy empalements
. Roſa Damaſcena. Lob. Icon.
206. Damaſk Roſe.
16. ROSA (Alba) germinibus ovatis glabris, pedunculis
hiſpidis, caule petioliſque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. 705.
Roſe with a ſimooth oval germen, whoſe foot-ſtalks are
fiinging and the branches prickly. Roſa alba vulgaris
major. C. B. P. 482. Common great White Roſe.
17. Rosa (Belgica) caule aculeato, foliis fubtus hirſu-
tis, calycibus ſemipinnatis villofis. Roſe with a prickly
Stalk, leaves which are hairy on their under ſide, and half-
winged hairy empalements to the flowers. Roſa Belgica
five vitrea flore rubicante. Rea. Flor. The Bluffs Bel-
gick Roſe.
18. Rosa (Provincialis) caule petioliſque aculeatis, fo
liis fubtus villofis, calycibus ſemipinnatis hiſpidis.
Roſe with prickly fialks and foot-fit alks, leaves hairy on
ibeir under fide, and briftly balf-winged empalements.
Roſa Provincialis major, flore pleno ruberrimo.
Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 252. Larger Provence Roſe, with
a very red double flower, commonly called Provence Role.
19. ROSA (Incarnata) caule inermi pedunculis aculea-
tis, calycibus ſemipinnatis. Roſe with an unarmed
Stalk, prickly foot-ſtalks, and half-winged empalements
to the flowers. Roſa incarnata. Park. Par. The Bluſh
Roſe.
20. ROSA (Gellica) caule fubinermi, foliis quinis fub-
tus villoſis, calycis foliolis indiviſis. Roſe with a ſtalk
clinoſi unarmed, leaves having five lobes, hairy on their
under ſide, and the leaves of the empalement undivided.
Roſa rubra. Ger. The Red Roſe.
21. Rosa (Cinnamomea) germinibus globoſis peduncu
lifque glabris, caule aculeis ftipularibus, petiolis ſub-
inermibus. Lin. Sp. 703. Roſe with a ſmooth globulor
fruit, prickly branches, and fucoth foot-fiolks to the leaves
Roſa odore cinnamomi, fiore pleno. C. B. P. 483.
The double Cinnamon Roſe.
22. Rosa (Muſcoſa) caule petiolifque aculeatis, pedun-
culis calycibuſque pilofffimis. Roſe with arned folks,
the foot-fialks of the leaves and the empolements of the
floreer very hairy. Rofa rubra plena, ipinofilima, pe-
donculo muſcolo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 252. The most
zborny, double, Red Roſe, with a molly foot-fiolk, com
monly called Moſs Provence Roſe.
There are a great variety of double Roſes now culti-
vated in the Engliſh gardens; most of them have
been accidentally obtained from ſeeds, fo that they
muſt not be eſteemed as diſtinct ſpecies, therefore I
fhall only inſert their common names, by which they
are known in the gardens, that thoſe who are inclined
to collect all the varieties, may be at no loſs for their
titles. The forts before enumerated, I believe, are
diſtinct ſpecies, as their ſpecific characters are diffe-
rent, though it is difficult to determine which of
them are really ſo; therefore I do not poſitively affert
they are diſtinct ſpecies, though I have great reaſon
to believe they are fo.
The varieties of Garden Rofes which are not before
mentioned :
Monthly
The triped Monthly Roſe, 7 Theſe are all ſuppor-
,
ed to be varieties of
The York and Lancaſter Roſe,
the Damaſk Roſe.
Mrs. Hart's Roſe,
The red Belgick Roſe is ſuppoſed a variety of the
Bluſh Belgick.
The ſingle Velvet Roſe, 7 Theſe three are all varieties;
The double Velvet Roſe, thelaſt I raiſed from the feeds
The Royal Velvet, of the pale Provence Roſe.
The Childing Roſe,
7 Theſe three have great af-
The Marbled Roſe,
The double Virgin Roſe, J finity with each other.
,
The Cabbage Provence is only a variety of the Com-
mon Provence.
The Bluth or Pale Provence is a variety of the Red
Provence.
The white Monthly 7 are varieties of the Da
The white Damaſk
maſk Roſe.
The Frankfort Roſe may be a diſtinct ſpecies, but is
of little value; the flowers rarely open fair, and have
no odour.
The double Sweet Briar
The evergreen Sweet Briar
are varieties of the
The double bluſh Sweet Briar,
common fort.
The Auſtrian Roſe with red and yellow flowers is
only an accidental variety.
The double Yellow Roſe is a variety of the fingle
yellow.
The Roſa Mundi is a variety of the Red Roſe.
The ſmall, white, and femidouble white, are varieties
of the common white.
The firſt here enumerated is very common in hedges
in moſt parts of England, fo is not cultivated in gar-
dens. The Heps of this are uſed in medicine for
making a conſerve. The Bedeguar, which is a hairy
spongy excreſcence occaſioned by the bite of ſmall
ichneumon flies, grows upon the ſtalks and branches
of this plant, and ſometimes upon other forts of
Roſes. There are two or three varieties of this Roſe
commonly met with in hedges, one with a white, ano-
ther with a red flower, and one with ſmooth leaves ;
the two firft are evidently varieties, but I doubt if the
lait is not a diſtinct ſpecies.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in many parts of
England; this feldom riſes above three feet high.
The ſtalks are ſlender, and cloſely armed with ſmall
ſpines, the leaves are ſmall, and are compoſed of
three pair of roundiſh lobes terminated by an odd one;
the flowers are white, and have an agreeable muſky
ſcent. This propagates faſt by its creeping roots.
The third fort grows naturally in the northern coun-
ties in England; this riſes with ſtrong ſtalks to the
height of ſeven or eight feet. The young branches
are covered with a ſmooth brown bark; the fpines
are but few, and are very ſtrong; the leaves are large,
and hairy on both ſides; they are compoſed of three
pair of oblong oval lobes terminated by an odd one;
theſe are deeply ſawed on their edges; the flowers are
large, ſingle, and of a red colour; they appear the
beginning of June, and are ſucceeded by large round-
iſh Heps or fruit, which are ſet with foft prickles ;
they have a pleaſant acid pulp ſurrounding the ſeeds,
therefore are by ſome perſons preſerved, and made
into a ſweetmeat, which is ſerved up in deſerts to the
table.
The fourth fort is the common Sweet Briar, which is
ſo well known as to need no deſcription; this is found
growing naturally in ſome parts of Kent.
The fifth fort is the Dwarf Burnet-leaved Scotch
Roſe, of which there are two varieties, one with a
variegated flower, and the flowers of the other are of
a livid red colour; the latter is the fame with the
Roſa Alpina, pumila, montis rofarum, pimpinelle
foliis minoribus ac rotundioribus fore minimo livide
rubente. Hort. Cath. for I have dried ſpecimens of
this which were ſent me from Italy, and by compar-
ing them with the Scotch Roſe, I find they are the
fame. This fort ſeldom rifes more than a foot high.
The ſtalks are covered with a brown bark, and are
cloſely armed with ſmall ſpines; the leaves are very
ſmall, and have a reſemblance to thoſe of Burnet; the
flowers are ſmall, and fit cloſe to the branches; the
fruit is round, and of a deep purple colour, inclining
to black when ripe.
The fixth fort riſes to the height of fix or ſeven feet.
The ſtalks and branches have no ſpines, but are co-
vered with a finooth reddiſh bark; the leaves are
compoſed of three pair of thin oval lobes, terminated
by an odd one; they are very ſmooth, of a bright
very ſlightly ſawed on their edges, ſtand-
ing pretty far aſunder upon the midrib; the foot-ſtalks
of the flowers are armed with briſtly hairs; the five
leaves of the empalement are long, ſlender in the
middle, but terminate in an oval leafy point; the
flowers are ſingle, of a bright red colour, and appear
the beginning of May; theſe are ſucceeded by long
spear-
a
green, and
a
ز

ROS
ROS
3
3
3
a
a
a
Spear-Shaped Heps, which are ſmooth. The plants
produce a ſecond crop of flowers about the end of
Auguft, but theſe fall off, and are not ſucceeded by
Heps.
The ſeeds of the ſeventh fort were ſent me by Robert
More, Eſq; from Spain, where he found the plants
growing naturally, this riſes with ſtrong upright
ſtalks about four feet high, armed with ſtrong thorns.
The leaves are hairy on both ſides; the lobes are
roundiſh, and ſawed on their edges; the ſmall leaves
of the empalement are acutely ſawed; the flowers are
ſingle, of a bright red colour, and appear early in
May; theſe are ſucceeded by large, fmooth, round-
iſh Heps, which ripen the end of Auguft.
The eighth fort was diſcovered by Signior Micheli,
growing naturally in the woods near Florence, who
ſent it to Dr. Boerhaave of Leyden, in whoſe curious
garden I ſaw it growing in the year 1727: this hath
flender ſtalks which trail upon the ground, unleſs they
are ſupported, and, if trained up to a pole or the
ftem of a tree, will riſe twelve or fourteen feet high ;
they are armed with crooked reddiſh ſpines, and gar-
niſhed with ſmall leaves, compoſed of three pair of
oval acute-pointed lobes, terminated by an odd one;
they are of a lucid green, and are ſawed on their edges ;
they continue green all the year ; the flowers are ſmall,
ſingle, white, and have a muſky odour ; theſe in
their natural place of growth continue in ſucceſſion
great part of the year, but their time of flowering in
England is in June.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain ; the feeds of
this were ſent me by Robert More, Efq; who found
the plants growing there naturally. This riſes with
erect ſtalks four or five feet high, which are covered
with a green bark, and armed with ſtrong crooked
white ſpines. The leaves are compoſed of five oval
lobes ending in acute points ; they are ſmooth, of a
lucid green, and are ſlightly ſawed on their edges;
theſe continue all the year, and make a goodly ap-
pearance in winter. The flowers grow in large
bunches or umbels at the end of the branches; they
are ſingle, white, and have a ſtrong muſky odour ;
they appear in Auguſt, and if the autumn proves
favourable, will continue in ſucceſſion till October.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Virginia and other
parts of North America; this riſes with ſeveral ſmooth
ſtalks to the height of five or fix feet. The young
branches are covered with a ſmooth purple bark; the
leaves are compoſed of four or five pair of ſpear-
ſhaped lobes, terminated by an odd one; they are
ſmooth on both ſides, of a lucid green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under, and are deeply ſawed
on their edges; the flowers are ſingle, of a livid red
colour, and appear in July; the empalement is divided
into five long narrow ſegments which are entire. This
is kept in gardens for the ſake of variety, but the
flowers have little ſcent.
The eleventh fort is the ſingle Yellow Roſe; this hath
weak ſtalks which ſend out many ſlender branches,
cloſely armed with ſhort, crooked, brown ſpines. The
leaves are compoſed of two or three pair of oval thin
lobes, terminated by an odd one; they are ſmooth,
of a light green, and are ſharply ſawed on their
edges; the flowers grow upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they
are ſingle, and of a bright yellow colour, but have
a
ſhort ftrong ſpines. The leaves are ſmooth, and com-
poſed of three pair of oval ſpear-shaped lobes, termi-
nating in points ending with an odd one; they are of
a light green colour, and fawed on their edges; the
flowers are produced in large bunches, in form of um-
bels, at the end of the branches; theſe appear in Au-
guſt, and continue in fucceffion till the froſt ſtops
them; they are white, and have a fine muſky odour.
There is one with fingle, and another with double
filowers of this fort. The ſtalks of theſe plants are
too weak to ſupport themſelves, ſo the plants ſhould
be placed where they may have ſupport.
The fourteenth fort is the Dutch hundred-leaved
Roſe; this riſes with prickly ſtalks about three feet
high. The leaves have ſometimes three, and at others
fiye lobes; the lobes are large, oval, ſmooth, and of
a dark green with purple edges ; the foot-ſtalk of the
flower is ſet with brown briftly hairs; the empalement
of the flower is ſmooth, and half winged; the flowers
are very double, and of a deep red colour, but have
little ſcent.
The fifteenth is the Damaſk Rofe ; this rifes with
prickly ſtalks eight or ten feet high, covered with a
greeniſh bark, and armed with ſhort ſpines. The
leaves are compoſed of two pair of oval lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one; they are of a dark green on
their upper ſide, but pale on their under; the borders
frequently turn brown, and are ſlightly fawed; the
foot-ſtalks of the flowers are ſet with prickly hairs ;
the empalement of the flower is wing-pointed and
hairy: the flowers are of a ſoft pale red, and not
very double, but have an agreeable odour; the Heps
are long and ſmooth.
The ſixteenth is the common large White Roſe, ſo
well known as to need no deſcription. Of this there
are two varieties, one with a half double flower,
having but two or three rows of petals, and the
other has a ſmaller flower, and the ſhrub is of lower
growth.
The ſeventeenth fort is called the Bluſh Belgick
Roſe ; this riſes about three feet high, with prickly
ſtalks. The leaves are compoſed either of five or ſeven
lobes, which are oval, hairy on their under fide, and
ſlightly ſawed on their edges; the foot-ſtalks of the
flowers and the empalements are hairy, and without
{pines ; the empalements are large and half-winged ;
the flowers are very double, of a pale fleth colour,
and have but little ſcent. It generally produces great
quantities of flowers. The red Belgick Roſe differs
from this only in the colour of the flower, which is
of a eep red.
The eighteenth fort is the common Provence Roſe,
which is well known in the Engliſh gardens, being
cultivated in great plenty in the nurſeries, and is one
of the moſt beautiful forts yet known. The flowers
of this ſort are ſometimes very large, and the petals
are cloſely folded over each other like Cabbages,
from whence it is called the Cabbage Roſe. The
flowers of this ſort of Roſe have the moſt fragrant
odour of all the forts, therefore is better worth pro-
pagating
The nineteenth fort is the Bluſh Roſe. The ſtalks
of this riſe from three to four feet high, and are not
armed with ſpines; the leaves are hairy on their under
fide; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers are armed with
fome ſmall ſpines; the empalement of the flower is
half-winged; the flowers have five or fix rows of
petals which are large, and ſpread open ; they are of
a pale bluſh colour, and have a muſky ſcent,
The twentieth fort is the common Red Roſe, which
is uſed in medicine. The ſtalks of this fort
grow
erect, and have ſcarce any ſpines ; they riſe from three
to four feet high; the leaves are compoſed of three or
five large oval lobes, which are hairy on their under
ſide ; the ſmall leaves of the empalement are undi-
vided; the flowers are large, but not very double,
ſpread open wide, and decay foon; they are of a
deep red colour, and have an agreeable ſcent. The
Roſa Mundi is a variety of this with ſtriped flowers.
ز
و
a
a
و
no ſcent.
ز
a
The twelfth fort is commonly called the Auſtrian
Roſe. The ſtalks, branches, and leaves are like thoſe
of the laſt, but the leaves are rounder; the flowers
are larger; the petals have deep indentures at their
points; they are of a bright yellow within, and of
purpliſh copper colour on the outſide; they are
ſingle, have no ſcent, and ſoon fall away. There is
frequently a variety of this with yellow flowers upon
one branch, and copper colour upon another. This
fort of Roſe loves an open free air and a northern
aſpect.
The thirteenth ſort is the Muſk Roſe; this riſes with
weak ſtalks to the height of ten or twelve feet, co-
vered with a ſmooth greeniſh bark, and armed with
a
The

ROS
ROS
و
The twenty-firſt fort is the double Cinnamon Roſe;
this is one of the ſmalleſt flowers, and the earlieſt of
all the kinds. The ſtalks riſe about four feet high, are
covered with a purpliſh ſmooth bark, and have no
fpines, but at the joints immediately under the
leaves, where they are placed by pairs; they are
fhort and crooked. The leaves are compoſed of
three pair of oval lobes terminated by an odd one ;
they are hairy on their under fide, and are ſawed on
their edges; the leaves of the empalement of the
flower are narrow and entire; the flower is ſmall,
double, and has a ſcent like Cinnamon, from whence
it had the title of Cinnamon Roſe.
The twenty-ſecond fort is called the Mofs Provence
Roſe, from the reſemblance which the flowers of this
have to thoſe of the common Provence Roſe, yet it is
undoubtedly a diſtinct ſpecies; for although the ſtalks
and ſhoots of this are very like thoſe of the common,
yet the plants are difficult to propagate, which the
common fort is not. This very rarely ſends up fuckers
from the root, and when the branches are layed down,
they are long before they put out roots, ſo that this
fort has been frequently propagated by budding it
upon ſtocks of other forts of Roſes, but the plants fo
raiſed are not ſo durable as thoſe which are propa-
gated by layers.
The ſtalks and branches of this fort are cloſely armed
with brown ſpinesthe foot-ſtalks of the flowers and
the empalements are covered with long hair like
Moſs; the flowers are of an elegant crimſon colour,
and have a moſt agreeable odour.
Moſt of the forts of Roſes are of foreign growth, and
have been at various times introduced into the Eng-
lifh gardens, but they are generally natives of northern
countries, or grow upon the cold mountains in the
warmer parts of Europe, ſo they are very hardy in
reſpect to cold, but love an open free air, eſpecially
the Yellow Roſe, the Auſtrian Roſe, and the Monthly
Roſe. The two former will not flower in a warm
foil and ſituation, nor near the ſmoke of London, and
the Monthly Roſe will flower much better in a free
open air, than within the reach of the ſmoke of
London.
The uſual time of theſe ſhrubs producing their
flowers is from the middle, or latter end of May, till
the middle of July.
But in order to continue theſe beauties longer than
they are naturally diſpoſed to laft, it is proper to plant
ſome of the Monthly Roſes near a warm wall, which
will occafion their budding at leaſt three weeks or a
month before thoſe in the open air ; and, if you give
them the help of a glaſs before them, it will bring
their flowers much forwarder, eſpecially where dung
is placed to the back ſide of the wall (as is practiſed
in raiſing early fruits ;) by this method I have ſeen
fair Roſes of this kind blown in February, and they
may be brought much ſooner againſt hot walls or in
ftoves, where people are curious this way.
.
You may alſo cut off the tops of ſuch ſhoots which
have been produced the fame ſpring early in May, from
ſome of theſe forts of Roſes which are planted in the
open air, and upon a ſtrong foil, this will cauſe them
to make new ſhoots, which will flower late in autumn,
as will alſo the late removing the plants in ſpring, pro-
vided they do not ſuffer by drought, as I have ſeveral
times experienced; but particularly in the year 1718,
when I had occaſion to remove a large parcel of
theſe plants in May, juſt as they were beginning to
flower; in doing of which I cut off all the flower-
buds, and, after having opened a trench where they
were to be planted, I poured a large quantity of wa-
ter, ſo as to render the ground like a pap; then I
took up the plants, and placed them therein as ſoon
as poffible, that their roots might not dry; and, af-
ter planting them, I watered the ground well again,
and covered the furface over with mulch to prevent
the drying; after this I repeated watering the plants
all over two or three times a week, in the evening,
until they had taken root. In three weeks or a month
after, the plants ſhot out again, and produced a
great quantity of flowers in Auguſt and September,
which were as fair as thoſe produced in June. The
Monthly Roſe is the beſt fort for this purpoſe, there
being no other fort which will flower both early and
late ſo well as this.
The next fort of Roſe which flowers in the open air,
is the Cinnamon, which is immediately followed by
the Damaſk Roſe, then the Bluſh, York, and
Lancaſter come; after which, the Provence, Dutch,
Hundred-leaved, White, and moſt other ſorts of
Roſes follow; and the lateſt forts are the Virginia
and Musk Roſes, which, if planted in a ſhady fitua-
tion, ſeldom flower until September; and, if the au-
tumn proves mild, will continue often till the mid-
dle of October.
The plants of the two forts of Mulk Roſes, ſhould
be placed againſt a wall, pale, or other build-
ing, that their branches may be ſupported, other-
wiſe they are ſo flender and weak as to trail upon the
ground. Theſe plants ſhould not be pruned until
ſpring, becauſe their branches are ſomewhat tender;
ſo that when they are cut in winter, they often die
after the knife; theſe produce their flowers at the
extremity of the ſame year's ſhoots in large bunches,
ſo that their branches muſt not be ſhortened in the
ſummer, left thereby the flowers ſhould be cut off.
The ſhrubs will grow to be ten or twelve feet high,
and muſt not be checked in their growth, if you in-
tend they ſhould flower well, ſo that they ſhould be
placed where they may be allowed room.
The loweſt ſhrub of all the forts here mentioned is
the Scotch Roſe, which rarely grows above a foot
high, ſo that this muſt be placed among other ſhrubs
of the ſame growth, which ſhould have a moiſt foil
and a ſhady ſituation. The Red Roſe, and the Roſa
Mundi, commonly grow from three to four feet high,
but feldom exceed that; but the Damaſk, Provence,
and Frankfort Roſes grow to the height of ſeven or
eight feet ; ſo that in planting them, great care ſhould
be taken to place their ſeveral kinds, according to
their various growth, amongſt other ſhrubs, that they
may appear beautiful to the eye.
The Yellow Roſe, as alſo the Auſtrian Roſe, are both
natives of America; theſe were originally brought
from Canada by the French; the other varieties,
which are now in the gardens, of theſe forts, have
been accidentally obtained, and are preſerved by bud-
ding them on the other forts. The ſhrubs of theſe
Rofes ſeldom ſhoot fo ftrong as moſt of the other
ſorts, eſpecially in the light land near London, where
they ſeldom produce their flowers. Theſe are eſteemed
for their colour, being very different from all the
other forts of Roſes ; but as their flowers have no
fcent, and are of ſhort duration, they do not merit
the price they are generally ſold at.
The Frankfort Roſe is of little value, except for a
ſtock to bud the more tender forts of Roſes upon, for
the flowers ſeldom open fair, and have no ſcent; but
it being a vigorous ſhooter, renders it proper for
ſtocks to bud the Yellow and Auſtrian Roſes, which
will render them ſtronger than upon their own ſtocks;
but the Yellow Rofes feldom blow fair within eight
or ten miles of London, though in the northern parts
of Great-Britain they flower extremely well. This
fort muſt have a northern expoſure, for if it is planted
too warm, it will not flower.
The Damaſk and Monthly Roſe ſeldom flower well in
ſmall confined gardens, nor in the ſmoke of London,
therefore are not proper to plant in ſuch places, tho'
they frequently grow very vigorouſly there. Theſe
always begin to ſhoot the firſt of any of the forts in
the ſpring, therefore frequently ſuffer from froſts in
April, which often deſtroys all their flowers.
All the forts of Roſes may be propagated either from
ſuckers, layers, or by budding thern upon ſtocks of
other forts of Roſes ; which latter method is only prac-
tiſed for ſome peculiar forts, which do not grow very
vigorous upon their own ſtocks, and ſend forth
ſuckers very ſparingly, or where a perſon is willing
to have more forts than one upon the ſame plant;
but
a
و
IIN

ROS
ROS
3
a
but where this is deſigned, it muſt be obſerved to bud are removed to a great diſtance from their conge-
only ſuch forts upon the ſame ſtock as are nearly equal ners, which are ranged in his fourteenth claſs.
in their manner of growth; for if there be a bud of The SPECIES are,
a vigorous growing fort, and others of weak growth 1. ROSMARINUS (Anguſtifolia) foliis linearibus margini-
budded in the ſame ſtock, the ſtrong one will draw bus reflexis, fubtus incanis. Roſemary with linear leaves
all the nouriſhment from the weaker, and entirely which are refiexed on their eages, and boary on their un-
ftarve them.
der ſide. Roſmarinus hortenſis, anguſtiore folio. C.
If theſe plants are propagated by fuckers, they ſhould B. P. 217. Garden Roſemary with a narrower leaf.
be taken off annually in October, and tranſplanted 2. ROSMARINUS (Latifolia) foliis linearibus obtufis, utrin-
out either into a nurſery in rows (as hath been di- que virentibus. Roſemary with obtuſe linear leaves which
rected for ſeveral other forts of flowering-ſhrubs) or are green on both ſides. Roſmarinus ſpontaneus latiore
into the places where they are to remain; for if they folio. C. B. P. 217. Broad-leaved wild Roſemary.
are permitted to ſtand upon the roots of the old Theſe two forts have been frequently ſuppoſed the
plants more than one year, they grow woody, and do fame, and the difference accidental; but I have long
not form ſo good roots as if planted out the firſt year, cultivated both, and have raiſed them from feeds
ſo there is more danger of their not ſucceeding.
without finding them vary, ſo I believe they are dif.
But the beſt method to obtain good-rooted plants is tinct ſpecies. The leaves of the ſecond ſort are broader
to lay down the young branches in autumn, which than thoſe of the firſt, and their points are obtufe ;
will take good root by the autumn following (eſpeci- the flowers are alſo much larger, and of a deeper co-
ally if they are watered in very dry weather,) when lour, and the ſtalks grow larger, and ſpread out their
they may be taken from the old plants, and tranſ- branches wider, and the whole plant has a ſtronger
planted where they are to remain. The plants, which ſcent. Theſe differences the gardeners, who culti-
are propagated by layers, are not ſo apt to ſend out vate the plants for the market, obferve.
fuckers from their roots as thoſe which are from There are two other varieties of theſe plants, one of
ſuckers, therefore ſhould be preferred before them; the firſt fort with ſtriped leaves, which the gardeners
becauſe they may be much eaſier kept within compaſs, call the Silver Roſemary, and is at preſent rare in the
and theſe will alſo flower much ſtronger. Theſe plants Engliſh gardens; all the plants of this which were
may be tranſplanted any time from October to April ; here before the ſevere winter in 1740, having been
but when they are deſigned to flower ſtrong the firſt then killed ; the other is of the ſecond fort, which is
year after planting, they ſhould be planted early ; ſtriped with yellow; this the gardeners called the Gold
though, as I ſaid before, if they are planted late in ſtriped Roſemary. The plants of this fo t re pretty
the ſpring, it will cauſe them to flower in autumn, hardy, fo will live in the open air through our com-
provided they do not ſuffer by drought.
mon winters if they are upon a dry foil.
Moſt of theſe forts delight in a rich moiſt ſoil and an Theſe plants grow plentifully in the ſouthern parts of
open ſituation, in which they will produce a greater France, in Spain and Italy, where, upon dry rocky
quantity of flowers, and thoſe much fairer, than when ſoils near the ſea, they thrive prodigioully, and per-
they are upon a dry foil or in a ſhady ſituation. fume the air, ſo as to be ſmelt at a great diſtance
The pruning which they require, is only to cut out from the land ; but, notwithſtanding they are pro-
their dead wood, and take off all the fuckers, which duced in warm countries, yet they are hardy enough
ſhould be done every autumn; and if there are any to bear the cold of our ordinary winters very well
very luxuriant branches, which draw the nouriſhment in the open air, provided they are planted upon
from the other parts of the plant, they ſhould be taken a poor, dry, gravelly foil, on which they will en-
out, or ſhortened, to cauſe them to produce more dure the cold much better than upon a richer toil,
branches, if there be occaſion for them to ſupply where the plants will grow more vigorouſly in ſummer,
a vacancy; but you muſt avoid crowding them with and ſo be more ſubject to injury from froſt, and they
branches, which is as injurious to theſe plants as to will not have ſo ſtrong an aromatic ſcent as thoſe upon
fruit-trees; for, if the branches have not equal be- a dry barren ſoil.
nefit from the ſun and air, they will not produce their Thoſe forts with ſtriped leaves are fomewhat t n er,
flowers fo ſtrong, nor in ſo great plenty, as when eſpecially that with filver ſtripes, ſo thould either
they are more open, and better expoſed to the ſun, be planted near a warm wall, or in pots filled with
ſo that the air may circulate the more freely between light freſh earth, and ſheltered in winter under a
them.
frame, otherwiſe they are ſubject to die in froſty
ROSA SINENSIS. See HIBISCUS.
weather.
ROSE THE GUELDER. See OPULUS. Theſe forts may be propagated by planting flips or
ROSMARINUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 195. tab. 92. cuttings of them in the ſpring of the year, juſt before
Lin. Gen. Plant. 35. [fo called of Ros, Dew, and the plants begin to ſhoot, upon a bed of light freſh
Marinus, Lat. belonging to the ſea, q. d. Sea Dew, earth; and when they are rooted, they may be tranſ-
as ſome ſay, becauſe formerly growing in great plenty planted into the places where they are deſigned to
near the ſhore of the Mediterranean Sea ;
grow; but it will be proper to do this about the be-
thence ariſing, uſed to fall on it in the manner of Dew.] ginning of September, that they may take new root
Roſemary.
before the froſty weather comes on; for if they are
The CHARACTERS are,
planted too late in the autumn, they feldom live thro'
The flower has a tubulous empalement of one leaf, com- the winter, eſpecially if the weather proves very cold;
preſſed at the top, the mouth erect, and divided into two ſo that if you do not tranſplant them early, it will
lips; the upper lip is entire, and the under bifid. It be the better method to let them remain unremoved
hath one petal; the tube is longer than the empalement ; until March following, when the froſt is over, obſerva
the brim is ringent ; the upper lip is fort, erext, and ing never to tranſplant them at a ſeaſon when the dry
divided into two parts, whoſe borders are reflexed; the eaſt winds blow, but rather defer the doing of it un-
lower lip is reflexed, and cut into three parts, the middle til the ſeaſon is more favourable ; for, if they are
Segment being larger and concave. It both two awl-ſhaped planted when there are cold drying winds, their leaves
Stamina inclining toward the upper lip, terminated by are apt to dry up, which often kills them ; but, if there
Jingle Summits, and a four-pointed germen, with a Style happen to be ſome warm ſhowers ſoon after they are
the ſhape, length, and in the ſame ſituation with the ſta- removed, it will cauſe them to take root immediately,
mina, crowned by an acute ſtigma. The germen after- ſo that they will require no farther care but to keep
ward become four oval ſeeds fitting in the bottom of the them clear from weeds.
empalement.
Although theſe plants are tender when planted in a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of garden, yet when they are by accident rooted in a
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants wall (as I have ſeveral times ſeen them,) they will
whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle; fo endure the greateſt cold of our winters, though ex-
that this genus, by his ſyſtem, with fix or ſeven more, poſed much to the cold winds, which is occafioned by
3
the vapours
4
the

M

Rubia Tinctorum Madder.
dig
m
n
k
a
d
C
h
6
RUBIA, folis fenis Hort. Clif.3.5
.
I. Miller delin e Sculp.

ROY
R U B
RARDIA.
the plants being more ftinted and ſtrong, and their which do, are two or three years before they will
roots being drier.
have made roots fufficient to tranſplant, and their
The flowers of the narrow-leaved garden fort are uſed cuttings very rarely ſucceed ; and theſe being the
in medicine, as are alſo the leaves and feeds.
only methods by which they can be increaſed in thoſe
ROYEN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 491.
countries, where they do not produce feeds, are uſu-
The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Lin- ally practiſed. The beſt time to plant the cuttings,
neus, in honour of Dr. Adrian Van Royen, late pro- is early in the ſpring; theſe ſhould be planted in
feſſor of botany at Leyden in Holland.
ſmall pots filled with ſoft loamy earth, and plunged
The CHARACTERS are,
into a very moderate hot-bed. The pots ſhould be
The flower has a bellied permanent empalement of one leaf, cloſely covered down with hand-glaſſes to exclude
whoſe mouth is obtuſe and five-pointed. It is of one pe- the external air, and the cuttings refreſhed with a
tol, having a tube the length of the empalement, but the little water every eighth or tenth day, according as
brim is divided into five ſegments which turn back. It the earth becomes dry, for much moiſture will kill
hath ten ſhort ſtamina growing to the petal, terminated by them. If the cuttings ſhoot, they muſt be gradually
oblong, erect, twin ſummits the length of the tube, and inured to bear the open air, and when they are well
en oval hairy germen fitting upon two styles a little longer rooted, they ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall
than the ſtamina, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The empale- pot, and afterward treated as the old plants.
ment afterward turns to on oval capſule with four fur- If the plants put out any young ſhoots from the bot-
rows, having one cell with four valves, containing four tom, they ſhould be carefully laid down in the ground
oblong triangular ſeeds.
while young, becauſe when the ſhoots are tender they
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection are more apt to put out roots, than after they are be-
of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants come woody and hard ; theſe branches ſhould be ſlit
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
in the fame manner as is practiſed in laying of Carna-
The SPECIES are,
tions: they muſt be frequently, but gently watered,
1. ROYENA (Lucida) foliis ovatis fcabriuſculis. Hort. during the warm weather in ſummer, but in cold wea-
Cliff. 149. Royena with oval rough leaves. Staphylo- ther it muſt be ſparingly given them ; when theſe are
dendrum Africanum, folio ſingulari lucido. Herm. rooted, they may be taken off, and treated in the ſame
Parad. 232. African Bladder-nut with a ſingle ſhining leaf. way as the cuttings.
2. Rovena (Glabra) foliis lanceolatis glabris. Prod. The ſecond fort is very apt to ſend up fuckers from
Leyd. 441. Royena with Smooth Spear-ſhaped leaves. the roots, which may be taken off with the roots, and
Vitis Idæa #Ethiopica, buxi minoris folio, floribus thereby increaſed; or thoſe which do not put out roots,
albis. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 125. Ethiopian Whortleberry, may be laid down in the fame manner as the former ;
with a ſmaller Box leaf and white flowers.
and the cuttings of this more frequently ſucceed than
3. ROYENA (Hirſuta) foliis lanceolatis hirſutis. Prod. thoſe of the other, ſo that this ſort is much eaſier
Leyd. 441. Royena with hairy ſpear-shaped leaves. Sta- propagated.
phylodendrum Africanum, folio lanuginoſo roſmarini RUBEOLA. See ASPERULA, GALLIUM, and She-
ſatiori. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 235. African Bladder-
nut, with a broaden, downy, Roſemary leaf.
RUBI A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 113. tab. 38. Lin.
The firſt fort has been long an inhabitant of ſome cu- Gen. Plant. 119. (takes its name from its red colour,
rious gardens in England, but it is not very common becauſe the root of this plant is uſed in dyeing a red
here, being very difficult to propagate.
colour.] Madder; in French, Garance.
This plant grows eight or ten feet high, and puts out
The CHARACTERS are,
its branches on every ſide, ſo may be trained up to a The empalement of the flower is ſmall, cut into four
regular head : the branches are cloathed with oval ſegments, and ſits upon the germen. The flower has one
ſhining leaves, which are placed alternately, and con- bell-shaped petal having no tube, but is divided into four
tinue all the year, fo make an agreeable variety among parts. It hath four awl-ſhaped ſtamina which are ſhort-
other exotic plants in the green-houſe, during the er than the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits; and a
winter ſeaſon. The flowers are produced from the twin germen under the flower, ſupporting a ſlender Style
wings of the leaves along the branches, but as they divided into two parts upward, and crowned by two head-
have little beauty, few perſons regard them. I have ed ſtigmas. The germen afterward become two ſmooth
not obſerved any fruit produced by theſe plants in berries joined together, each having one roundiſh ſeed with
England.
a navel.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Hope; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix feet Linnæus's fourth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
high, ſending out many ſlender branches, covered whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
with a purpliſh bark, and garniſhed with ſmall oval
The SPECIES are,
leaves leſs than thoſe of the Box-tree ; they are ſmooth, 1. RUBIA (Tinctorum) foliis ſenis lanceolatis fupernè gla-
entire, and of a lucid green, continuing all the year. bris. Madder with fix Spear-ſhaped leaves in whorls,
The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves whoſe upper ſurfaces are ſmooth. Rubia tinctorum fati-
round the branches, they are ſhaped like a pitcher, va. C. B. P. 333. Cultivated Dyer's Madder.
and are white; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh pur- 2. RUBIA (Sylveſtris) foliis inferioribus ſenis, fupernè
ple fruit, which ripen in the winter.
quaternis biniſve, utrinque aſperis. Madder with the
The third ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good lower leaves growing by fixes round the ſtalks, and the
Hope; this riſes with a ftrong woody ſtalk ſeven or upper ones by fours or pairs, which are rough on both
eight feet high, covered with a gray bark, ſending fides. Rubia fylveftris aſpera, quæ fylveftris Dioſco
out many ſmall branches alternately, which are gar- ridis. C. B. P. 333. Rough wild Madder of Dioſcorides.
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about an inch long, 3. Rubia (Peregrina) foliis quaternis. Prod. Leyd. 254.
and a quarter broad in the middle; they are hoary, Madder with four leaves which are placed round the
and are covered with ſoft hairs. The flowers come ſtalks. Rubia quadrifolia afperrima lucida peregrina.
out upon ſhort foot-ſtalks from the ſide of the H. L. 523. Foreign four-leaved Madder, with ſhining
branches; they are of a worn-out purple colour and
rough leaves.
ſmall. They appear in July, but are not ſucceeded The firſt fort which is cultivated for the root, which
by feeds in England.
is uſed in dyeing and ſtaining of linens, grows natu-
Theſe plants are too tender to live through the win- rally in the Levant. This hath a perennial root and
ter in the open air in England, therefore they muſt an annual ftalk; the root is compoſed of many long,
be removed into the green-houſe in autumn, and thick, fucculent fibres, almoſt as large as a man's lit-
treated in the ſame way as Orange-trees, with which tle finger ; theſe are joined at the top in a head, like
culture the plants will thrive. The firſt and third the roots of Aſparagus, and root very deep into the
forts are difficult to propagate here, for the branches ground; I have taken up roots, whoſe ſtrong fibres
which are laid down feldoin put out roots, and thoſe
have been more than three feet long; from the upper
part
a
a

RUB
RUB
a
part (or head of the root) come out many fide roots,
which extend juſt under the ſurface of the ground to
a great diſtance, whereby it propagates very faſt; for
theſe ſend up a great number of ſhoots, which, if
carefully taken off in the ſpring, foon after they are
above ground, become ſo many plants. Theſe roots
are of a dark colour on their outſide, ſomewhat tranſ-
parent, and have a yellowiſh red pith in the middle,
which is tough and of a bitteriſh taſte; from the root
ariſe many large, four-cornered, jointed ftalks, which
in good land will grow five or fix feet long, and, if
ſupported, ſometimes ſeven or eight; they are armed
with ſhort herbaceous prickles, and at each joint are
placed five or fix ſpear-ſhaped leaves, about three
inches long, and near one broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end; their upper ſurfaces
are ſmooth, but their midrib on the under fide are
armed with rough herbaceous fpines ; the leaves fit
cloſe to the branches in whorls. From the joints of
the ſtalk come out the branches, which ſuſtain the
flowers; they are placed by pairs oppoſite, each pair
croſſing the other; theſe have a few ſmall leaves to-
ward the bottom, which are by threes, and upward
by pairs oppoſite; the branches are terminated by
looſe branching ſpikes of yellow flowers, which are cut
into four ſegments reſembling ſtars. Theſe appear in
June, and are ſometimes ſucceeded by ſeeds which
feldom ripen in England.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain, and in the
ſouth of France; this hath perennial roots like thoſe
of the firſt fort, but are much larger; the ſtalks of
this are ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt fort, and are al-
moſt ſmooth; their lower parts are garniſhed with
narrow leaves, placed by ſevens in whorls round the
ftalks, but upward they diminiſh to four, three, and
two toward the top; theſe are rough on both fides;
at each joint of the ſtalk comes out two ſhort foot-ſtalks
oppoſite, having two ſmall rough leaves, and end with
branching foot-ſtalks, ſuſtaining ſmall yellow flowers.
This fort flowers the latter end of June, but does not
produce ſeeds here.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and the Ba-
leriac Iſlands; I received the feeds of this ſort from
Gibraltar, and alſo from Minorca, where the plants
grew out of the crevices of the rocks. The roots of
this fort are much fmaller than thoſe of the two for-
mer, but are leſs ſucculent; they ſtrike deep into the
ground, and ſend up ſeveral fender four-cornered
ſtalks which are perennial; they grow a foot and a
half long, and divide into many branches, whoſe
joints are very near each other, they are garniſhed
with ſhort ſtiff rough leaves, placed by fours round
the ſtalk; they are about an inch long, and half an
inch broad in the middle, of a lucid green, and con-
tinue all the year. This hath not produced flowers in
England.
There is a ſort which grows naturally in Wales, and
alſo upon St. Vincent's rock, which has four leaves
at each joint, but theſe are narrower and longer than
thoſe of the third fort; the ſtalks of this are peren-
nial, and the leaves evergreen ; ſo that Mr. Ray has
miſtaken this plant, having ſuppoſed it to be the
ſecond, which hath annual ftalks riſing much higher,
therefore I ſhould rather think it might be the third
ſort, if they were equally hardy; but the third fort is
fo tender, as to be always killed by ſevere froſts in
England, if expoſed to the open air.
The firſt fort is that which is cultivated for the uſe
of the dyers and callico printers, and is ſo eſſential to
both manufactories, as that neither of thoſe buſineffes
can be carried on without this commodity; and the
conſumption of it is ſo great here, as that upon a mo-
derate computation, there is annually ſo much of it
imported from Holland, as the price of it amounts
to more than one hundred and eighty thouſand pounds
ſterling; which might be ſaved to the public, if a
ſufficient quantity of it were planted in England,
where it might be cultivated to greater advantage
than in Holland, the lands here being better adapted
to grow this plant. But as the growing of this plant
in quantity, has been for ſeveral years diſcontinued,
ſo the method of culture is not well known to many
perſons here ; and as there is at preſent an inclination
in the public to regain this loft branch of trade (for
formerly there was not only enough of this commo-
dity raiſed in England for our own conſumption, but
alſo great quantities of it were fent abroad,) fo we
ſhall here give a full account of the culture of the
plant, and alſo of the method of preparing the root
for uſe; and ſhall begin with the method now prac-
tiſed in Zealand, where the beſt and greateſt quantity
of Madder is now raiſed.
In all the Netherlands, there is no where better
Madder cultivated, than in Schowen, one of the
iſlands of Zealand, which is performed in the follow-
ing manner:
The land which is deſigned for Madder, if it is
ſtrong and heavy, is ploughed twice in autumn, that
the froſt in winter may mellow it and break the clods;
then it is ploughed again in the ſpring, juſt before
the time of planting the Madder ; but if the ground
is light, then it is ploughed twice in the ſpring; at
the laſt ploughing it is divided into lands of three feet
broad, with furrows between each land four or five
inches deep. Madder requires a loamy fubftantial
foil, not too ſtiff and heavy, nor over light and ſandy ;
for although it may thrive tolerably well in the latter,
yet ſuch land cannot have a ſecond crop of Madder
planted upon it in leſs than eight or ten years inter-
val; but in Schowen, where the land is ſubſtantial,
they need not ſtay longer than three or four years,
in which interval the ground is fown with Corn, or
planted with
any kinds of pulſe. It is granted, that
the beſt land for producing of Madder is in Scho-
wen, where a gemet of land, which is three hun-
dred ſquare rods of twelve feet each, will yield from
one thouſand pounds to three thouſand pounds weight,
according to the goodneſs of the land and the faa
vourableneſs of the ſeaſons; but in light land, the
quantity is from five hundred to a thouſand pounds
weight.
The time for planting of Madder begins toward the
end of April, and continues all May, and ſometimes
in very backward ſprings, there is ſome Madder
planted the beginning of June. The
young
ſhoots
from the ſides of the root are taken off from the mo-
ther plant, with as much root as poſſible; theſe are
called kiemen, and are planted with an iron dibble in
rows at one foot aſunder, and commonly four kiemen
in a row.
The quantity of theſe flips (or kiemen) as is required
to plant one gemet of land, are ſold at different
prices, according to the price which Madder bears, or
to the demand for the plants; they are often fold
from ſixteen to twenty guilders, and ſometimes they
have been fold for ten to eleven pounds Flemiſh, but
the loweſt price is from fifteen guilders to three pounds
Flemiſh.
The expence of planting out a gemet of land with
flips (or kiemen) coſts for labour only, from ſixteen
to twenty guilders, according as the land is heavy or
light : there are generally employed fix men to plant,
two to rake the ground, theſe earn each a guilder a
day; and five or fix women or boys, called carpers or
pluckers of the ſhoots or kiemen, theſe earn twelve
Dutch pence a day, or two ſchillings.
The firſt year the Madder is planted, it is cuſtomary
to plant Cabbages or Dwarf Kidney-beans, in the fur-
rows between the beds, but there is always great care
taken to keep the ground clean from weeds; this is
generally contracted for at two pounds Flemiſh for
each gemet of land.
In September or October, when the young Madder is
cleaned for the laſt time that ſeaſon, the green haulm
(or ſtalks) of the plants, is carefully ſpread down over
the beds, without cutting any part off, and in No-
vember the Madder is covered over the haulm with
three or four inches of earth.
This covering of the Madder, is performed either
with the plough or with the ſpade; if it is done by
the
a

RUB
RUB
a
a
و
the firit, it coſts two guilders and a half, or three
guilders in ſtrong land each gemet, and over and
above this, one guilder and a half to level the tops of
the beds, and make them ſmooth; but it is better
performed with the ſpade, only it is more chargeable,
for that coſts from eight to ten guilders each gemet,
but at the ſame time the clods are broken, and the
ſurface of the beds is made ſmooth and even.
The ſecond year in the beginning of April, which is
about the time the kiemen or young ſhoots are be-
ginning to come out, the earth on the top of the beds
should be fcuffied over and raked, to deſtroy the
young weeds, and make the ſurface ſmooth and mel-
low, that the kiemen may ſhoot out the eaſier above
ground; this labour coſts three ſhillings each gemet.
The ſecond ſummer there muſt be the ſame care taken
to keep the Madder clean as in the firſt, and then
nothing is planted in the furrows, or ſuffered to grow
there ; at the laſt time of cleaning the ground, in
September or October, the green haulm is again
ſpread down upon the beds; and in November the
Madder is again covered with earth, in the ſame man-
ner as the firſt year.
By this method of culture, one can ſee how neceſſary
it is to plant the Madder in beds, for thereby it is
much eaſier covered with the earth of the furrows;
and hereby the earth of the beds is every time height-
ened, whereby the Madder roots will be greatly
lengthened, and the kiemen or young ſhoots will have
longer necks, and by being thus deeply earthed, will
put out more fibres and have much better roots, with-
out which they will not grow; and it is of equal uſe
to the mother plants, for by this method the roots
will be longer; and in this conſiſts the goodneſs and
beauty of the Madder, for thoſe which have but few
main roots, are not ſo much efteemed as thoſe which
are well furniſhed with fide roots called tengels ; a
Madder plant that has many of theſe roots, is called
a well bearded Madder plant; therefore one muſt
never cut off theſe fide roots, for by ſo doing there
will be a leſs crop of Madder, and but few kiemen or
young ſhoots can be produced , beſides, by the loſs
of moitlure, ſometimes the plants will droop and be-
come weak; and there is great profit in having a large
quantity of kiemen to draw in the ſpring, which are
in plenty the ſecond and third years.
The Madder roots are feldom dug up the ſecond year,
but generally after it has grown three ſummers, there-
fore the culture of the third year is the ſame as in the
ſecond, during the ſpring and ſummer.
Before the firſt day of September, it is forbidden to
dig up any Madder in this iſland; but on that day
early in the morning, a beginning is made, and the
perſon who carries the firſt cart load to the ſtove, has
a premium of a golden rider, or three ducats.
The digging up the Madder of a gemet of land, coſts
from thirty-fix to one hundred guilders, according to
the goodneſs of the crop, and the lightneſs or ſtiff-
neſs of the ground, but in light land it coſts from
nine to ten pounds Flemiſh; the perſons who are adroit
in this buſineſs, are generally paid five ſhillings Fle-
miſh per day.
The Madder produces flowers in the middle of ſum-
ter, and fometimes a few feeds, but they never ripen
here ; nor would they be of uſe to cultivate the plants,
fince it is ſo eaſily done by the kiemen.
Some years paſt they began to plant here the great
wild Madder, which was called French Madder, but
this was not eſteemed ſo good for uſe as the tame
Madder, from which it differs much, ſo that was
not continued. The more bitter of taſte the roots
of the Madder are, when taken out of the ground
before it is brought to the ſtove, the leſs it will looſe
of its weight in drying, and is the better afterward
for use.
When the Madder is dug out of the ground, it is
carried to the ſtove, and there laid in heaps ; in that
which is called the cold ſtove, and ſeparated with
hurdles made of wicker, and memorandums kept of
each parcel, and to what countryman it belongs that
each may be dried in their turns, and prepared or
manufactured, for which turn generally lots are caft
beforehand. The Madder thus carried to the ſtove
is relzyn.
This relzyn is carried about ſix o'clock in the morn-
ing, into the tower or ſteeple, hoiſted in baſkets by
ropes to the rooms, and divided or ſpread, where it
remains till the next day, two or three o'clock in the
morning, about twenty or twenty-one hours; then
thoſe roots which have lain in the hotteſt places are
removed to cooler, and thoſe in the cooler are re-
moved to the hotter places nearer the oven. This is
continued for four or five days, according as there
has been more or leſs carried there, but it is always
the goods of one perſon, that every one may have
his own, and of as equal quality as poſſible, when it
is delivered out.
When the Madder is fufficiently dried in the tower,
then it is threſhed on the threſhing-floor, which is
made clean from dirt or filth, and then it is br ght
to the kiln, and there ſpread on a hair-cloth for
about twenty hours, during which time the kiln is
made more or leſs hot, according as the roots are
more or leſs thick, or the weather being more or leſs
cold.
From the kiln the Madder is moved to the pounding-
houſe, and is there pounded on an oaken block made
hollow, with fix ftampers plated at the bottom with
iron bands; theſe ſtampers are kept in motion by a
mill very much reſembling a griſt mill, which is turn-
ed by three horſes ; the preſence of the pounding-
mafter is here always required, to ſtir the Madder
continually with a ſhovel, to bring it under the ſtamp-
ers. When the Madder is thus properly pounded, it
is lifted over a tub till there is enough to fill a caſk :
this firſt pounding, which chiefly conſiſts of the thin-
neſt and ſmalleſt roots, and the outſide hulks with
fome earth, which by drying and threſhing could not
be ſeparated, is called mor mull.
What remains in the fieve is put on the block again,
and pounded a ſecond time, and when the pounding-
mafter gueſſes a third part is pounded, then the Mad-
der is taken out again and fifted over another tub, and
put into a ſeparate caſk, and this is called gor gemeens;
that which remains in this ſecond operation, not enough
pounded in the fieve, is for the third time put on the
block, and pounded till it is all reduced to powder,
which is called kor kraps.
When the Madder is cleanſed from the dirt and mull,
and is entirely pounded at once, then it is called oor
onberoofde, ſo that this onberoofde actually conſiſts
of the gemeens and kraps pounded together, and fift-
ed without feparating them from each other.
When there is two thirds of kraps, and one third ge-
meens, which was ſeparately prepared or manufactur-
ed, then they are called two and one, or marked.
The ſweepings of the ſtove, as alſo of the ground and
beams being ſwept together is not loft, but is
put
amongſt the mull, or fold by itſelf.
The ſweepings of the mill, and every part of the
pounding-place, is alſo gathered together, and put
into a caſk; this is called den beer.
When the Madder is thus prepared and put into caſks,
it is in Zealand examined by ſworn affayers and tried,
if it is not faulty packed up; that is, whether in the
preparing it is properly manufactured, or falſely
packed up, and to ſee if every part of the caſk is filled
with Madder of equal goodneſs and quality, not burn-
ed in the drying, or mixed with dirt; which the af-
ſayers by certain trials, and by weighing and waſhing
of the Madder can know, if it is according to the ſta-
tutes of the country,
There are fundry ſtatutes made and publiſhed by the
ſtates of Zealand, concerning the preparing of Mad-
der; as one of the 28th of July 1662, one on the
29th of September, and 31ſt of October 1671, ano-
ther on the 23d of September 1699, and the laſt on
the 28th of April 1735: by which ſtatutes, among
other things, it is ſtrictly forbidden, That no perſon
Thall prepare kraps, in which there ſhall be more than
11 0
a
а
two

RUB
RUB
a
a
lay the Madder on and take it off, this is often per-
formed by the wives and boys of the other workmen ;
theſe five have fifty ſtivers for every three thouſand
pounds of Madder which is prepared, ſo they have
each ten ſtivers.
There are nineteen or twenty Madder-ſtoves in the
iſland of Schowen, which, at an average, prepare in
one crop, that laſts from September to February, ten
thouſand weight of Madder each, which in the whole,
amounts to two million pounds weight; and if we
fuppoſe, that the Madder is ſold at an average for four
pounds Flemiſh per hundred weight, which is a mo-
derate price, one may ſoon reckon what advantage
the culture of this dyeing commodity produces to
this one iſland.
The countrymen pay to the owners of the Madder-
ftoves, two guilders for preparing every hundred
weight of mull, and for each hundred weight of hard
Madder; that is, of kraps, gemeens, or onberoofde,
three guilders, according as they will have them pre-
pared.
The building of a Madder-ſtove quite new from the
foundation, coſts in the whole about twenty-four
hundred pounds Flemiſh, which is twelve hundred
pounds ſterling
a
PL Α Τ Ε Ι.
An explanation of the plan of the cold ſtove.
ز
1
two pounds of dirt in a hundred weight; nor above
eight pounds in the like weight of onberoofde, or in
gemeens more than twelve pounds in a hundred
weight.
If the Madder upon trial is found good, the arms of
the city or village, and the fign of the ſtove where
the Madder was prepared, is painted on the caſk with
black paint. The trial of the Madder is in no place
more exact, or more religiouſly obſerved, than in the
city of Zirkzee; therefore the merchants in Germany,
who know this, always prefer the Madder of that
place to all others, and will not buy any which has
not the arms of Zirkzee painted upon the caſks, if
they are to be had.
We before mentioned the tower, the kiln, &c. where
the Madder is dried and prepared for uſe, the draughts
of theſe are exhibited in the annexed plates, with
their explanation: but that a better judgment may
be formed of their uſe, we ſhall here take notice, that
the tower is the place where the Madder is firſt dried.
This tower is heated by fifteen or fixteen pipes or flues
of brick-work, which run on each ſide the tower un-
der the floor, and are covered with low burnt tiles,
fome of which are looſe ; ſo that by taking up theſe,
the heat is moderated and conducted to any part of
the tower, the perſon who has the care of drying the
Madder pleaſes.
The tower has four or five lofts made of ſtrong laths;
they are four or five feet above each other, upon
which the Madder is laid ; theſe are heated by an oven,
which is placed in the room where the work people
live, and is by them called the glory.
The kiln is in a room whoſe length is equal to the
breadth of the ſtove, and is entirely arched over at
the top; the oven by which the kiln is heated, is call-
ed the hog; this is built upon a ſtone wall, which
riſes a foot or two above ground, and the ſmall arch
by which the heat paſſes through every part, has ſe-
veral ſquare little holes in the brick-work, that the
heat may come out; over theſe holes, on the top of
the kiln, are laid wooden laths the whole length, and
upon them a hair-cloth, on which the Madder is laid
to dry, before it is carried to the pounding-place. In
the Madder-ftoves there is no other fuel uſed but
Friezland turf, which gives an equal and moderate
heat.
In the Madder-ſtoves, the people work more by night
than day; firſt, becauſe at the time of the year when
the Madder is brought into the ſtoves, the nights are
much colder than the days; and ſecondly, that the
maſter, who muſt be always attentive to his work, may
not be interrupted by viſitors; and thirdly, becauſe
they ſee leſs duft; but principally, becauſe the Mad-
der which is pounded in the night is of a much better
colour than that which is pounded in the day.
In the Madder-ſtoves are always conftant workmen,
one who is the drier, who has the care of drying the
Madder in the tower and the kiln; for the right per-
formance of this, art and experience is required, the
goodneſs of the Madder greatly depending on the
right drying. This perſon is a ſort of foreman, and
has the direction of all the workmen ; his pay is five
ſtivers, for every hundred weight of Madder which is
prepared in the ſtove ; he has one perſon under him
for his aſſiſtant, to perform part of the laborious work,
and to be always at hand; this man is paid eighteen
or nineteen ſhillings per week Flemiſh, which is the
conſtant wages.
The third perſon is the pounder, who is always pre-
fent when the Madder is pounding, who with a par-
ticular ſhovel which is ſmall, and fitted to the cavity
of the pounding-block, ſtirs the Madder from time to
time, to bring it under the ſtampers; he is paid four
ſtivers for every hundred weight of Madder.
The fourth is a driver, who with a team of three
horſes, cauſes the mill to turn and pound the Mad-
der ; his pay for himſelf and the three horſes, from
eight to nine ſtivers per hundred weight, according as
he can bargain.
Beſides theſe four, there are five other aſliftants, who
Fig. 1. Is the lower band, whoſe thickneſs is four-
teen by fixteen inches.
2. The upper band, which is twelve by fourteen
inches.
3. The cap and band, which is ten by twelve
inches.
4. The upper cap, which is fix by feven inches.
5. The two main jambs, which are thirteen by
fifteen inches of ſtone.
6. The half bands and poſts, of nine by ſeven
inches.
7. The uppermoſt half band, which is ſmall,
fix by eight inches.
و
PIL Α Τ Ε ΙΙ,
A plan of the arched room cut through perpendicu-
larly in the middle where the kiln ftands, with a
repreſentation of the kiln.
a
AA Is the cut of the arch.
B The oven of the kiln, which is called the hog; this
has no chimney; when the fire is firſt kindled ei-
ther with turf or other fuel, the ſmoke is let out
through a ſmall window.
CCC A ftone foundation on which the oven and kiln
is built.
CC Is properly the kiln itſelf, which muſt be obſerved
in what manner it is built, with little holes to
let out the heat.
DD Stone bands made for the greater firmneſs, about
the kiln.
EEEE Iron bars placed to ſtrengthen the kiln, and
alſo to lay the upper long lath upon.
F Small croſs laths over the kiln, which lie from one
end C'to the other end C upon the kiln, but
there are few of theſe repreſented, that the ſmall
holes of the kiln may better appear.
G The door of the entrance.
P L A T E III.
A plan of the tower where the Madder is firſt laid
to dry
A Is the oven of the tower.
BB The pipes whereby the heat ſpreads itſelf, is here
ſhewn by the openings where the tyles are taken
off.
C A ſort of ſtairs by which they climb.
DD The windlaſs with its rope and hook, to hoſt the
Madder to the lofts.
EEEE

PL 1
A Plan of the Structure of the Cold Stove
1
3
2
7
7
The lodges of the Turff loft
5
2
5
6
A Band for the cold Stove


P1.2
The directied Room out propendicularly thru the middle where the Kiln stands with a representation of the Kiln
'
.
A
A
F
E
E
D
E
E
D
c
B
d


P1.3.
1 Plan of the Tower where the Madder is first layed to dry
,
F
D
E
DE
E
E
G
B
B
А.



Pl. 4.
A A Section of the
of the Towe
Her ".
10
3
2
1
6
1
6
7
The Glory
The Tower
2
5
5
door
door
door
Threping Floor


Pl. 5.
A
A Plan of the Pounding House
.
6
6
14
o
13
76
JE TE
B
А


P1.6.
.
&
.
A Section of the Rounding House, .
70
4
6
8
o
3
O
O
O
0 0
Od
7
2
o
O
0
0
YI
O
0 0
o
7
5
0 0
0
door

RUB
R U B
EEEE The four lofts of the lath of the oven.
F The chimney above the roof.
G The door by which they enter.
a
و
Ρ Ι Α Τ Ε ΙV.
An explanation of the plan of the ſection of the tower.
Fig. 1.1.1.1. The four bands of the tower which are
fixteen inches ſquare.
2. The cap band, ten by twelve inches.
3. The ſpringing band, fix by eight inches.
4. The interſtice to the tower, fix by ſeven
inches.
5. The ſpaning plate, five by ſeven inches.
6. 6. The lower and ſecond girder, fix by ſeven
inches.
7. The third girder, ſeven by nine inches.
8. The fourth girder, fix by eight inches.
9. The fifth girder, fix by ſeven inches.
10. The crown piece of the tower, five by fix
inches.
The ribs in the tower muſt be laid fourteen inches
aſunder from middle to middle, corner-ways, and the
laths between an inch and a half diftant.
PLA TE V.
A plan of the pounding-houſe, in which is ſhewn at
A, the driver, who, with his three horſes, cauſes
the mill to turn, which works the ſtampers: At B
is ſhewn the pounder, who, with his ſhovel, con-
tinually brings the Madder under the ſtampers.
Fig. 1. Is the beam which ſupports the axle-tree,
which is fourteen by fifteen inches.
2. The hollow Oaken block or trough, twenty-
ſeven by twenty-nine inches.
3. The king poſt, eighteen inches ſquare.
4. The upper band, fix by ſeven inches.
5. The croſs bands, five by ſeven inches.
6. The croſs arms, fix by ten inches.
7. The fwaarden, fix by ten inches.
8. The axis, from ſix to eight inches.
9. The feller, fix by eight inches of Elm wood.
10. The king bean, eleven by thirteen inches
Fir wood.
11. The drawers under the mill, five by fix
inches.
12. The plate for the running of the truckle,
three by ſixteen inches.
13. The wooden knobs to the wheel of Afh.
14. The ſtaves made of Box wood.
15. The fix ſtampers, fix inches ſquare, of Alh.
make ſome enquiries about its culture, and take ſome
minutes of it down upon the ſpot, which I ſhall here
inſert, for the uſe of ſuch as may have curioſity to at-
tempt the culture of it.
In autumn they plough the land, where they intend
to plant Madder in the ſpring, and lay it in high
ridges, that the froſt may mellow it; in March they
plough it again, and at this ſeaſon they work it very
deep, laying it up in ridges eighteen inches afunder,
and about a foot high ; then about the beginning of
April, when the Madder will begin to ſhoot out of
the ground, they open the earth about their old roots,
and take off all the fide-fhoots which extend them-
ſelves horizontally, juft under the ſurface of the
ground, preſerving as much root to them as poſſible;
theſe they tranſplant immediately upon the tops of
the new ridges, at about a foot apart, obſerving al-
ways to do this when there are ſome ſhowers, be-
cauſe then the plants will take root in a few days,
and will require no water.
When the plants are growing, they carefully keep
the ground hoed, to prevent the weeds from coming
up between them ; for if they are ſmothered by weeds,
eſpecially when young, it will either deſtroy or weaken
them ſo much, that they feldom do well after. In theſe
ridges they let the plants remain two ſeaſons, during
which time they keep the ground very clean; and at
Michaelmas, when the tops of the plants are decayed,
they take up the roots and dry them for ſale. This is
what I could learn of their method of cultivating this
plant, to which I will ſubjoin a few obſervations of my
own, which I have ſince made upon the culture of
Madder in England.
The land upon which I have found Madder thrive
beſt, is a ſoft ſandy loam, and if it has been in til-
lage ſome years, it will be better than that which is
freſh broken up. This ſhould have at leaſt a depth
of two feet and a half, or three feet of good earth,
and muſt be quite clear from Couch, or the roots of
any bad weeds; for as the roots of Madder ſhould
remain three years in the ground, ſo where there
are any of thoſe weeds which ſpread and mul-
tiply at their roots, they will intermix with the Mad-
der roots, and in three years will have taken ſuch pof-
ſeſſion of the ground, as to greatly weaken the Mad-
der, and render it very troubleſome to ſeparate when
the Madder is taken up.
The ground ſhould be ploughed deep before winter,
and laid in ridges to mellow; and if it is not too
ſtrong, there will be no neceſſity for ploughing it
again, till juſt before the time of planting the Mad-
der, when the land ſhould be ploughed as deep as the
beam of the plough will admit; and there ſhould be
men following the plough in the furrows, which
ſhould dig a full ſpit below the furrow, and turn ic
up on the top; by preparing the ground of this
depth, the roots of the Madder will ſtrike down, and
be of greater length, in which the goodneſs of the
crop chiefly conſiſts. The land being thus prepared
and made level, will be fit to receive the plants. The
beſt time for planting of the Madder is about the mid-
dle or the latter end of April, according as the ſea-
ſon is more or leſs forward, which muſt be deter-
mined by the young ſhoots ; for when theſe are about
two inches above ground, they are in the beſt ſtate
for planting
In the taking up of theſe ſhoots for planting, the
ground ſhould be opened with a ſpade, that they may
be ſeparated from the mother plants with as much
root as poſſible; for if the roots are broken off, they
will not ſucceed: theſe plants ſhould be drawn up no
faſter than they are planted; for if they lie long above
ground, they will ſhrink and their tops will wither,
and then they often miſcarry; therefore if they are
brought from a diſtant place, there ſhould be
great
care taken in the packing of them up for carriage ;
eſpecial regard ſhould be had not to pack them ſo
cloſe, or in ſo great quantity, as to cauſe them to heat,
for that will ſoon ſpoil them ; but if they are a little
withered
P L A T E VI.
An explanation of the ſection of the pounding-houſe.
Fig. 1. The under band, fixteen inches ſquare.
2. The upper band, twelve by fourteen inches.
3. The band of the cap poſt, ten by twelve
inches.
4. The ſpringing band, fix by feven inches.
5. The ſpaning plate, five by ſeven inches.
6. The firſt girder, fix by ſeven inches.
7. The ſecond girder, nine by eleven inches.
8. The third girder, fix by eight inches.
9. The uppermoft girder, fix by ſeven inches.
10. The top or cap, four by five inches.
The above account is the method of cultivating Mad-
der in Zealand, where the beſt Madder is now pro-
duced ; to this I ſhall add, what I have obſerved of
the growing of Madder in other parts of Holland, as
alſo the experience I have had of the growth of Mad-
der in England, with an account of the method of
planting it here.
In the year 1727, I obſerved a great quantity of this
plant cultivated in Holland, between Helvoetſluys
and the Brill; and it being the firſt time I had ever
ſeen any confiderable parcel of it, I was tempted to

RUB
RUB
a
;
a
3
withered by lying out of the ground, their roots
ſhould be ſet upright in water for a few hours, which
will ſtiffen and recover them again.
In the planting of Madder, there are ſome who make
the rows but one foot aſunder, others one foot and a
half, fome two feet, and others who allow them three
feet distance; I have made trial of the three laſt dif-
tances, and have found when the roots have been left
three years in the ground, that three feet diſtance row
from row is the beſt; but if it is taken up in two
years, two feet aſunder may do very well, and the
diſtance in the rows, plant from plant, ſhould be one
foot, or a foot and a half.
If there is no danger of the ground being too wet in
winter, the plants may be planted on the level ground;
but if on the contrary, the ground ſhould be raiſed in
ridges where each row of plants is to be fet, that their
roots may not reach the water in winter, for if they do,
it will ſtop their downright growth; and this is the
reaſon why the Dutch, who plant Madder in the
Low Countries, raiſe their ridges ſo high as two or
three feet; and in Zealand, where the ground is drier,
they raiſe the beds four or five inches above the inter-
vals, that the wet may drain off from the beds where
the Madder is planted.
The method of planting is as follows: viz. the ground
being made ſmooth, a line is drawn acroſs it to mark
out the rows, that they may be ftrait, for the more
convenient cleaning, and for the better digging or
ploughing of the ground betwen the rows; then with
an iron-thod dibble, holes are made, at the diſtance
which the plants are to ſtand from each other. The
depth of the holes muſt be in proportion to the length
of the roots of the plants, which muſt be planted the
iame depth they had been while they were upon the
mother plants ; for if any part of the root is left above
ground, the ſun and winds will dry them, which
will retard the growth of the plants; and ſhould any
part of the green be buried in the ground, it will not
be ſo well; though of the two, the latter will be leſs
prejudicial, eſpecially if there is not too much of
the green buried. When the plants are put into the
holes, the earth ſhould be preſſed cloſe to them to
fecure them from being drawn out of the ground, for
crows and rooks frequently draw the new plants out
of the ground before they get new roots, where
there is not this care taken: ſo that in two or three
days, I have known half the plants on a large piece of
land deſtroyed by theſe birds.
If there happens to be ſome ſhowers of rain fall in
a day or two after the plants are planted, it will be
of great ſervice to them, for they will preſently put
out new roots, and become ſtrong; ſo that if dry
weather ſhould afterward happen, they will not be
in ſo much danger of ſuffering thereby, as thoſe which
are later planted. There are ſome who, from a co-
vetous temper of making moſt uſe of the ground,
plant a row of Dwarf Peas or Kidney Beans between
each row of Madder, and pretend that thereby the
land is kept cleaner from weeds; but I am very cer-
tain the crop of Madder is injured thereby much more
than the value of thoſe things which grow between
the rows, as I have experienced; therefore I adviſe
thoſe perſons who plant Madder, never to fow or
plant any thing between the rows, but to keep the
Madder quite clean from weeds, or any other kind of
vegetable.
In order to keep the ground thus clean, it ſhould be
fcuffled over with a Dutch hoe, as ſoon as the
young weeds appear. When a man can perform a
great deal of this work in a day, and if it is done in
dry weather, the weeds will die as faſt as they are cut
down; whereas, when the weeds are left to grow in
the ſpring, ſo as to get ſtrength, they are not fo foon
deſtroyed, and the expence of hoeing the ground then
will be more than double ; beſides, there will be dan-
ger of cutting down ſome of the weaker plants with
the weeds, if the perſons employed to perform this
work are not very careful; therefore it is much
cheaper, as alſo better for the Madder, to begin this
work early in the ſpring, and to repeat it as often ag
the weeds render it neceſſary; for by keeping the
ground thus conſtantly clean, the Madder will thrive
the better.
During the firſt ſummer, the only culture which
the Madder requires, is that of keeping it clean in
the manner before directed ; and when the ſhoots or
haulm of the plants decay in autumn, it ſhould be
raked off the ground; then the intervals between the
rows ſhould be either dug with a ſpade or ploughed
with a hoeing plough, laying up the earth over the
heads of the plants in a roundiſh ridge, which will be
of great ſervice to the roots. The Dutch cover the
haulm of their Madder with earth, leaving it to rot
upon the ground; this perhaps may be neceſſary in
their country, to keep the froſt out of the ground, but
as I have never found that the fevereſt winters in
England have injured the Madder roots, there is not
the ſame neceſſity for that practice here.
The following ſpring, before the Madder begins to
ſhoot, the ground ſhould be hoed and raked over
ſmooth, that the young ſhoots may have no obſtruc-
tion, and if there ſhould be any young weeds ap-
pearing on the ground, it ſhould be firſt ſcuffled over
to deſtroy the weeds, and then raked over ſmooth;
after this, the fame care muſt be taken in the follow-
ing ſummer to keep the ground clean; and if it is
performed by the hoe plough, the earth of the in-
tervals ſhould be thrown up againſt the ſide of the
ridges, which will earth up the roots, and greatly in-
creaſe their ſtrength, but before the ground of one
interval is ſo hoed, the haulm of the plants ſhould be
turned over to the next adjoining interval; and if they
are permitted ſo to lie for a fortnight or three weeks,
and then turned back again on thoſe intervals which
were hoed, obſerving firſt to ſcuffle the ground to
deſtroy any young weeds which may have appeared
ſince the ſtirring of the ground, then the alternate
intervals ſhould be ploughed in like manner, turning
the earth up againſt the oppoſite ſides of the roots ;
by this method the intervals will be alternately
ploughed, and the plants earthed up, whereby the
ground will be kept clean, and ſtirred, which will
greatly promote the growth of the roots; and by
this method the fuperficial ſhoots will be ſubdued,
and the principal roots greatly ſtrengthened. The
following autumn the ground ſhould be cleared of
the haulm and weeds, and the earth raiſed in ridges
over the roots, as in the foregoing year.
The third ſpring the roots will furniſh a great ſupply
of young plants; but before theſe appear, the ground
ſhould be cleaned and raked ſmooth, that the ſhoots
may have no obſtruction to their coming up; and
when the young plants are fit to take off, it ſhould
be performed with care, always taking off thoſe which
are produced at the greateſt diſtance from the crown
of the other plants, becauſe thoſe are what rob them
moſt of their nouriſhment, and the wounds made by
ſeparating them from the old roots are not near fo
hurtful as thoſe near the crown; for the ſtripping off
too many of the ſhoots there, will retard the growth
of the plants.
The culture of the Madder in the third ſummer muft
be the ſame as the ſecond ; but as the roots will then
be much ftronger, the earth ſhould be laid up a
little higher to them at the times when the ground is
cleaned, and if all the diſtant fuperficial ſhoots, which
come up in the intervals are hoed or ploughed off, it
will be of ſervice to ſtrengthen the larger downright
root; and as the haulm will now be very ſtrong and
thick, the frequent turning it over from one interval
to another will prevent its rotting; for if it lies long
in the fame poſition, the ſhoots which are near the
ground, where there will be always more or leſs damp,
and being covered with the upper ſhoots, the air will
be excluded from them, which will cauſe them to rot,
for the ſhoots of Madder are naturally diſpoſed to
climb up any neighbouring fupport; and in places
where they have been ſupported, I have ſeen them
inore than ten feet high ; but the expence of ſtaking
3
و
6
the

R U D
RUD
the plants to ſupport their ſhoots would be much too
great to be practiſed in general; therefore the other
method of turning the haulm over from one interval
to the other will be found of great uſe, for hereby it
is kept from decaying, and by ſo doing the ſun is al-
ternately admitted to each ſide of the roots, which is
of more conſequence to the growth of the Madder
than moſt people conceive; and from many repeated
trials I have found, that where the haulm has decayed
or rotted in ſummer, it has greatly retarded the
growth of the roots. There have been ſome igno-
rant pretenders who have adviſed the cutting off the
haulm in fummer, in order to ſtrengthen the roots;
but whoever practiſes this, will find to their coſt the
abſurdity of this method; for I have fully tried this
many years ago, and have always found that every
other root, upon which this was practiſed, was at leait
a third part ſmaller than the intermediate roots, whoſe
haulm was left entire. The firſt occaſion of my making
this experiment was, becauſe the plants had been fet
too near each other, and the ſeaſon proving moiſt had
increaſed the number and ſtrength of the ſhoots, ſo
that they were ſo thick, as that many of them began
to rot; to prevent which, I cut off the ſhoots of every
other plant to give room for ſpreading the others
thinner, but ſoon after this was done, the plants pro-
duced a greater number of ſhoots than before, but
they were weaker, and the effect it had upon the roots
,
was as before related ; fince which time I have fre-
quently repeated the experiment on a few roots, and
have always found the effect the ſame.
As ſoon as the haulm of the Madder begins to decay
in autumn, the roots may be taken up for uſe, be-
cauſe then the roots have done growing for that fea-
fon, and will then be plumper and leſs liable to ſhrink
than if they are dug up at another ſeaſon ; for I have
always found, that roots of every kind of plant,
which are taken out of the ground during the time of
their growing, are very apt to ſhrink, and loſe more
than half their weight in a ſhort time ; whereas, when
they are taken up ſoon after their leaves decay, they
will not ſoon after ſhrink much.
When the ſeaſon for digging up the Madder root is
come, it ſhould be done in the following manner, viz.
a deep trench ſhould be dug out at one ſide of the
ground next to the firſt row of Madder to make a ſuf-
ficient opening to receive the earth, which muſt be
laid therein in digging up the row of roots, ſo that
it ſhould be at leaſt two feet broad, and two ſpits and
two ſhovellings deep, and ſhould be made as cloſe as
poſſible to the roots, being careful not to break or cut
the roots in doing it; then the row of roots muſt be
carefully dug up, turning the earth into the trench
before-mentioned. In the doing of this there ſhould
be to every perſon who digs, two or three perſons to
take out the roots, that none may be loft, and as
much of the earth ſhould be ſhaken out of the
roots as poſſible ; and after the principal roots are
taken up, there will be many of the long fibres re-
maining below; therefore, in order to get the roots
as clean as poſſible, the whole ſpot of grouud fhould
be dug of the ſame depth as the firſt trench, and the
pickers muſt follow the diggers to get them all out to
the bottom. As the digging of the land to this
depth is neceffary, in order to take up the roots
with as little loſs as poſſible, it is a fine preparation
for any ſucceeding crop; and I have always found
that the ground where Madder has grown, produced
better crops of all kinds than land of equal goodneſs,
which had not the like culture.
After the roots are taken up, the ſooner they are car-
ried to the place of drying, the finer will be their co-
for if they lie in heaps, they are apt to heat,
which will diſcolour them; or if rain ſhould hap-
pen to wet them much, it will have the ſame effect,
therefore no more roots ſhould be taken up than can
be carried under ſhelter the ſame day,
The firſt place, in which the roots ſhould be laid to
dry, muſt be open on the ſides to admit the air, but
covered on the top to keep out the wet. If a build-
ing is to be erected new, ſuch as the tanners have for
drying their ſkins will be as proper as any, for theſe
have weather-boards from top to bottom at equal
diſtances to keep out the driving rain, but the ſpaces
between being open admit the air freely; and if, in-
ſtead of plank floors or ſtages above each other, they
are laid with hurdles or baſket-work, upon which the
roots are laid to dry, the air will have freer paffage
to the under ſide of the roots, which will dry them
more equally.
In this place they may remain four or five days, by
which time the earth which adhered to the roots will
be ſo dry as to eaſily rub off, which ſhould be done
before the roots are removed to the cold ſtove, for
the flower the roots are dried, the leſs they will
ſhrink, and the better will be the colour of the Mad-
der; and the cleaner the roots are from earth, the
better the commodity will be for uſe when prepared.
After the roots have laid a ſufficient time in this place,
they ſhould be removed into another building called
the old ftove, in which there ſhould be conveniencies
of fues paſſing through different parts of the floor
and the ſide-walls; in this the roots ſhould be laid
thin upon the floors, and turned from time to time
as they dry, taking thoſe roots away, which are neareſt
to the Aues which convey the greateſt heat, placing
them in a cooler part of the room, and removing
fuch of them as had been in that ſituation to the
warmer, from whence the other are taken. The con-
ftant care in this particular will be of great ſervice to
the quality of the Madder; for when this is properly
conducted, the roots will be more equally dried, and
the commodity, when manufactured, will be much
fairer and better for uſe.
When the outſide of the roots have been ſufficiently
dried in this cold ſtove, they ſhould be removed to
the threſhing floor, which may be the ſame as in a
common barn where Corn is threſhed. The floor of
this ſhould be ſwept, and made as clean as poſſible ;
then the roots ſhould be threſhed to beat off their
ſkins or outſide coverings; this is the part which is
prepared ſeparately from the inner part of the root,
and is called mull, which is ſold at a very low price,
being the worſt fort of Madder, ſo cannot be uſed
where the permanency or beauty of the colours are re-
garded ; theſe huſks are ſeparated from the roots, and
pounded by themſelves, which are afterward packed
up in ſeparate caſks, and fold by the title of mull. If
this is well prepared, and not mixed with dirt, it may
be ſold for about fifteen ſhillings per hundred weight,
at the price which Madder now bears; and this, as
is ſuppoſed, will defray the whole expence of drying
.
After the mull is feparated from the roots, they muſt
be removed to the warmer ftove, where they muſt be
dried with care; for if the heat is too great, the roots
will dry too faſt, whereby they will loſe much in
weight, and the colour of the Madder will not be
near fo bright; to avoid which, the roots ſhould be
frequently turned, while they remain in this ſtove,
and the fires muſt be properly regulated. If ſome
trials are made by fixing a good thermometer in the
room, the neceffary heat may be better aſcertained
than can be done any other way; but this will require
to be greater at ſome times than at others, according
as the roots are more or leſs ſucculent, or the wea-
ther more or leſs cold or damp; but it will always
be better to have the heat rather leſs than over hot ;
for, though the roots may require 'a longer time to
dry with a flow heat, yet the colour will be better.
When the roots are properly dried in this ſtove, they
muſt be carried to the pounding-houſe, where they
muſt be reduced to powder in the manner before re-
but whether it is neceſſary to ſeparate the kraps
from the gemeens, as is now practiſed by the Dutch,
the conſumers of Madder will be better judges than
myſelf.
There has been ſome objections of late mentioned to
the introducing, or rather retrieving the culture of
Madder in England, which it may be proper here to
take
the crop
а
lour;
lated;
TIP

RUB
RUB
a
tention.
take notice of, left they ſhould have ſo much weight the kitchen-gardeners, who, in the change of their
as to prevent many perſons from engaging in it. The crops, do every fourth or fifth year plant the Mad-
firſt which has been generally ſtarted is, that the land der upon the ſame ground again, in like manner as
in this country is not ſo well adapted for growing the gardeners in the neighbourhood of London plant
Madder as that in Holland : to which I can with Aſparagus for forcing in winter upon hot-beds. And
truth affirm, that there are vaſt tracts of land here as they have public kilns in Holland for drying of
much better adapted for producing Madder than the the Madder roots, ſo they know the expence of ma-
beſt land in Zealand ; and from the experience which nufacturing the commodity for ſale, which renders
I have had of its growth, will produce a greater crop. the cultivation ſure and eaſy to them.
Another objection which I have heard, was the la- If the cultiyation of Madder is carried on properly
bour in Holland being cheaper than in England. The in England, it will employ a great number of hands
Dutch will always underſell us, fo conſequently will from the time harveſt is over, till the ſpring of the
maintain this branch of trade; but this is certainly a great year, which is generally a dead time for labourers,
miſtake: for though the labourers employed in cul- and hereby the pariſhes may be eaſed of the poor's
tivating Madder may not earn fo great wages as is ge- rate, which is a conſideration worthy of public at-
nerally paid in England, ſure I am, that the difference
between an expert Engliſh labourer and that of the RUBUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 614. tab. 385. Lin.
beſt Dutchman, in the ploughing, hoeing, planting, Gen. Plant. 557. [This plant is ſo called, of the red
&c. of Madder, is much greater than that of their colour of the fruit before it comes to maturity.] The
pay; for I am ſure a good Engliſh gardener or plough- Bramble or Raſpberry-buſh ; in French, Ronce.
man will do more buſineſs, and perform it better, in The CHARACTERS are,
four days, than the beſt workman in Holland can do The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
in fix. What I now ſay is greatly within compaſs, is cut into five ſpear-ſhaped ſegments; it bath five roundiſh
from my own knowledge ; ſo that, fuppoſing we were petals, and a great number of ſtamina which are inſerted
to proceed in the ſame manner now practiſed by the in the empalement, and are shorter than the petals, ter-
Dutch, this could be no objection to the cultivating of minated by roundiſh compreſſed Summits, with a great num-
Madder; but we ſhall ſoon find ways of performing ber of germen, having ſmall hair-like ſtyles on the ſide of
the moſt laborious part, at much leſs expence, by the germen, crowned by a ſingle permanent ſtigma. The ger-
means of the hoeing plough, which may be uſed to men afterward becomes a berry compoſed of many ecini col-
great advantage in the cultivation of Madder, whereby leEted into a becd, each having one cell, in which is con-
the expence will be much leſſened; and, when once tained one oblong ſeed.
this is well eſtabliſhed in England, there can be no
This
genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
doubt but that great improvements will be made both Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
in the culture and method of preparing the commo- whoſe flowers have many ſtamina which are inſerted in
dity for uſe.
the empalement, and many ſtyles.
There has been objections made againſt farther trials The SPECIES are,
of growing Madder, becauſe ſome who have engaged 1. Rubus (Fruticoſus) foliis quinato-digitatis ternatif-
in it have not ſucceeded: but in anſwer to this, it que, caule petioliſque aculeatis. Flor. Suec. 409.
muſt be obſerved, that their ill ſucceſs was owing to Bramble or Blackberry with hand-fhaped leaves, having
a want of ſkill. Some of them continued to plant five and three lobes, and the foot-ſtalk and branches
repeated crops of Madder on the fame ſpot of ground, prickly. Rubus vulgaris five Rubus fructu nigro.
till the roots became ſo ſmall, as ſcarce to pay the ex- C.B. P. 479. The common Blackberry.
pence of digging up; and here it is proper to obſerve, 2. Rubus (C&fius) foliis ternatis fubnudis lateralibus bi-
that Madder ſhould not be planted on the ſame land, lobis caule aculeato. Hort. Cliff. 192. Bramble with
till after an interval of ſeven or eight years; during naked trifoliate leaves and a prickly ſtalk. Rubus repens
which interval the ground may be fown with any fructu cæſio. C. B. P. 479. The Dewberry.
fort of grain, or kitchen vegetables, which it will pro- 3. RUBUS (Idæus) foliis quinato-pinnatis ternatiſque,
duce to great advantage after Madder, becauſe the caule aculeato, petiolis canaliculatis. Flor. Suec. 408.
land will be wrought ſo deep. The Dutch always Bramble with winged leaves, having five and three lobes,
fow grain upon their Madder ground in the intervals a prickly ſtalk, and channelled foot-ſtalks. Rubus Idæus
of four years, and have great crops from it; and ſpinoſis. C. B. P. 479. Prickly Raſpberry.
they are obliged, from the ſcarcity of land fit for 4. RUBUS (Glabro) foliis ternatis ſubtus tomentofis, caule
this purpoſe, to plant the ſame ground after an inter- glabro. Raſpberry with trifoliate leaves, which are woolly
val of four yeaas; but, as we are not under the ſame on their under fide, and have a ſmooth ſtalk. Rubus
neceſſity, it will be much better to ſtay eight years,
Idæus lævis. C. B. P. 479. The ſmootb Raſpberry.
for the roots of Madder are very ſimilar to thoſe of 5. Rubus (Occidentalis) foliis quinato-pinnatis ternatif-
Aſparagus, and draw much the ſame nouriſhment que, caule aculeato, petiolis teretibus. Lin. Sp.
from the ground; and it is well known that, when Plant. 493. Bramble with winged leaves having five and
Aſparagus roots are dug up, which have been grow- three lobes, a prickly ſtalk, and taper foot-ſtalks. Rubus
ing three years, if the ſame is planted with Aſparagus Idæus fructu nigro, Virginianus. Hort. Elth. 327.
again in a few years, it will not thrive equal to that Virginia Raſpberry with a black fruit.
which is planted on ground upon which Aſparagus 6. Rubus (Odoratus) foliis fimplicibus palmatis, caule
has not grown for ſeveral years; and this is always inermi multifolio multifloro. Hort. Cliff. 192. Raſp-
found to be the caſe even in kitchen-gardens near berry with ſingle band-ſhaped leaves, and an unarmed ſtalk
London, where, by the well working and frequent having many leaves and flowers. Rubus odoratus.
dunging the ground, it may be fuppoſed changed in Cornut. 153. Sweet Canada Raſpberry, commonly called
three or four years, more than the fields can poſſibly flowering Raſpberry.
be in eight or ten.
7. Rubus (Hiſpidus) foliis ternatis nudis, caulibus peti-
Madder ſhould not be planted in very rich dunged oliſque hiſpidus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 493. Bramble with
land, for in ſuch there will be very large haulm, but naked leaves growing by threes, and hairy ſtalks and foot-
the roots will not be in proportion; and, where there ſtalks.
is much dung or fea-coal aſhes, the Madder roots 8. Rubus (Saxatillus) foliis ternatis nudis, flagellis re-
will be of a darker colour, as it will alſo where it is pentibus herbaceis. Flor. Suec. 411. Bramble with
cultivated in the ſmoke of London, which is likewiſe naked trifoliate leaves, and creeping berbaceous ſtalks.
the caſe with Liquorice; for that which grows in a Chamærubus ſaxatillus. C. B. P. 110. Dwarf Rock
ſandy loam at a diſtance from London, is always much Bramble.
brighter and clearer than that which grows in the rich 9. RUBUS (Areticus) foliis ternatis, caule inermi uni-
lands in the neighbourhood of London.
floro. Flor. Suec. 412. Bramble with trifoliate leaves,
In Zealand the Madder is principally cultivated by and an unarmed ſtalk having one flower. Rubus humi-
a
.
a
lis,

RUB
R UD
9
lis, fore purpureo. Buxb. Cent. p. 13. Dwarf Bram- they have room for the air to paſs between the rows.
ble with a purple flower.
The foil in which they thrive beft, is a freſh ſtrong
10. Rubus (Chamæmorus) foliis fimplicibus lobatis, cau- loam, for in warm light ground they do not produce
le unifloro. Flor. Suec. 413. Bramble with ſingle leaves ſo great plenty of fruit, for they naturally grow in
having lobes, and a ſtalk bearing one flower. Chamæ- cold land and in ſhade ; therefore when they are
morus. Cluf. Hift. 118. The Dwarf Mulberry, or planted in a warm ſituation and a light foil, they do
Cloudberry.
not ſucceed.
11. RUBUS (Daliborda) foliis fimplicibus cordatis indi- The ſeaſon for dreſſing them is in October, at which
vilis crenatis, fcapo aphyllo unifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. time all the old wood that produced fruit the pre-
708. Bramble with ſingle, heart-ſhaped, undivided leaves, ceding ſummer, ſhould be cut down below the ſur-
end one flower on each ſtalk.
face of the ground, and the young ſhoots of the ſame
The firſt ſort grows naturally on the ſide of banks, year muſt be ſhortened to about two feet in length;
and in hedges, in moſt parts of England, ſo is not then the ſpaces between the rows ſhould be well dug,
cultivated in gardens ; this is ſo well known as to to encourage their roots; if you bury a very little
need no deſcription. Of this there are the following rotten dung therein, it will make them ſhoot vigo-
varieties :
rouſly the ſummer following, and their fruit will be
1. The common Bramble with white fruit, which was much fairer. During the ſummer ſeaſon they ſhould
found in a hedge near Oxford by Mr. Jacob Bobart. be kept clean from weeds, which, with the before-
The branches of this ſort are covered with a light mentioned culture, is all the management they will
green bark; the leaves are of a brighter green than require ; but it is proper to make new plantations
the common ſort, and the fruit is white, but it ſel- once in three or four years, becauſe when the plants
dom produces fruit in gardens.
are ſuffered to remain long, they will produce few
2. The Bramble without thorns ; this is in every re- and ſmall fruit.
ſpect like the firſt, but the branches and foot-ſtalks The Virginian flowering Raſpberry, is commonly
have no thorns.
propagated in the nurſeries as a flowering ſhrub. The
3. The Bramble withe legant cut leaves; this differs flowers of this ſort are as large as ſmall Roſes, and
from the firſt in the leaves, being finely cut.
there is a ſucceſſion of them for two months or more,
4. The Bramble with double flowers; this differs from ſo that they make an agreeable variety during their
the firſt in having very double flowers, ſo is frequent- continuance. This ſort frequently produces fruit in
ly planted in gardens for ornament.
England, which are not ſo large as thoſe of the com-
5. The Bramble with variegated leaves. This is by mon fort, and have little flavour. Theſe ripen in
ſome preſerved in gardens, but is very apt to become September or the beginning of October.
plain, if planted in good ground.
The Virginian Raſpberry riſes with purpliſh ſtalks a
Theſe forts are eaſily propaged by laying down their little higher than the common fort ; the leaves are of
branches, which will put out roots at every joint very a lucid green on their upper ſide, but hoary on their
freely. They may be tranſplanted any time from under ; their foot-ítalks are taper ; the fruit is ſhaped
September to March, and will grow in almoſt any like thoſe of the common Blackberry, and are of a
foil or ſituation.
deep black when ripe ; the fruit has little flavour, lo
The ſecond ſort hath weaker trailing ſtalks than the the plants are never cultivated for their fruit here. It
firſt; the leaves are trifoliate, and the lobes are larger ripens late in autumn.
than thoſe of the other; the fruit is ſmaller, the acini The eighth ſort grows naturally upon rocky hills in
larger, and but few in each fruit, which are of a the northern counties of England, and moſt of the
deeper black colour. This grows naturally in Eng- northern parts of Europe. This hath trailing herba-
land, and is known by the title of Dewberry.
ceous ftalks, which put out roots at their joints,
The third ſort is the Raſpberry, which grows natu- whereby it propagates in plenty; the leaves are trifo-
rally in the woods in the northern parts of England, liate, the lobes are large, and of a lucid green; the
but is cultivated in gardens for its fruit, which ſup- fruit are ſmall, fo not worth cultivating.
plies the table at the ſeaſon when they are ripe. The ninth fort grows naturally in Norway, Sweden,
There are two or three varieties of this, one with a and Siberia ; this hath an upright ftalk about three
red, and the other with a white fruit, and the third inches high, garniſhed with ſmall trifoliate leaves ;
generally produces two crops of fruit annually ; the the ſtalk is terminated by one purple flower, which is
firſt ripens in July, and the ſecond in October, but ſucceeded by a ſmall red fruit, having the ſcent and
thoſe of the latter ſeaſon have ſeldom much flavour. flavour of Strawberries. This plant grows naturally
Theſe are accidental varieties, but the fourth fort I upon moſſy bogs, fo cannot be cultivated to any pur-
believe to be a diſtinct fpecies, for the leaves are tri- poſe on dry ground, and is preſerved in a few gardens
foliate, larger than thoſe of the common ſort, wool- for the ſake of variety.
ly on their under fide, and the branches and ſtalks The tenth fort grows naturally upon ſome of the high-
have no thorns. This produces but few fruit, and eſt hills in the north of England and Scotland, alſo
thoſe are ſmall, which has occaſioned its being ne- upon high boggy places in the northern parts of Eu-
glected.
rope. This plant cannot be tranſplanted into gar-
The Raſpberry is generally propagated by ſuckers, dens ſo as to thrive; the ſtalks riſe about ſix or eight
though I ſhould prefer ſuch plants as are raiſed by inches high, and are generally garniſhed with two
layers, becauſe they will be better rooted, and not ſo lobated leaves, ſtanding at a diſtance from each other.
liable to ſend out ſuckers as the other, which generally The ſtalk is terminated by a ſingle flower, which is
produce ſuch quantities of ſuckers from their roots, ſucceeded by a ſmall black fruit, not much unlike
as to fill the ground in a year or two; and where they that of the Dewberry, and is by ſome perſons much
are not carefully taken off or thinned, will cauſe the eſteemed; the red and black game feed much upon
fruit to be ſmall, and in leſs quantities; eſpecially it in the ſeaſon.
when the plants are placed near each other, which is The eleventh ſort grows naturally in Canada ; it has
too often the caſe, for there are few perſons who al- a creeping herbaceous root, ſending out trailing her-
low theſe plants ſufficient room.
baceous ſtalks, which frequently put out roots; the
In preparing theſe plants, their fibres ſhould be ſhort- leaves are for the moſt part compoſed of three heart-
ened, but the buds which are placed at a ſmall dif- ſhaped lobes, which are veined and hairy; the flowers
tance from the ſtem of the plant, muſt not be cut off, have five white petals : the flowers are male and fe-
becauſe thoſe produce the new ſhoots the following male on the ſame plant, and the fruit is ſomewhat
ſummer. Theſe plants ſhould be planted about two like the laſt.
feet aſunder in the rows, and four or five feet diſtance RUDBECKIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 878. Obeliſco-
row from row; for if they are planted too cloſe, their theca. Vaill. Act. Par. 1720. Bobartia. Pet. Muf.
fruit is never ſo fair, nor will ripen ſo kindly, as when Dwarf Sunflower, vulgò.
The
a

R UD
RU D
a
3
be propa-
The CHARACTERS are,
It bath female and hermaphrodite florets incloſed in one
common empalement, compoſed of two orders of leaves,
the ſcales of which are plain, broad, and ſhort. The
rays or border of the flower is compoſed of female half
florets, which are ſtretched out on one ſide like a tongue,
and end with two or three indentures ; theſe have ger-
men fitting upon proper receptacles, but have neither
ſtyle or ſtamina, and are barren. The hermaphrodite
florets are tubulous, funnel-ſhaped, and indented in five
parts at the brim. They have five Mort hair-like ſtomi-
na in each, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and a ger-
men ſitting in the common empalement, having a Nender
Siyle crowned by a reflexed ſtigma, divided into two parts.
The germen afterward become ſingle, oblong, four-corner-
ed ſeeds, crowned by their proper cup, which has four
indentures.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
fruitful florets, and female barren half florets.
The SPECIES are,
1. RUDBECKIA (Hirta) foliis indiviſis ſpatulato-ovatis,
radii petalis emarginatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 907. Rud-
(beckia with oval, Spattle-shaped, undivided leaves, and
the petals of the rays indented. Chryſanthemum hele-
nii folio, umbone fioris, grandiuſcula prominente.
Pluk. Alm. 99. tab. 242. Corn Marygold with an
.
Elecampane leaf, and a large prominent middle to the flow-
er, commonly called Dwarf American Sunflower.
2. RUDBECKIA (Purpurea) foliis lanceolato-ovatis alter-
nis indiviſis, petalis radii bifidis. Flor. Virg. 104.
Rudbeckia with oval, Spear-ſhaped, undivided leaves,
placed alternate, and the petals of the ray bifid. Chry-
ſanthemum Americanum, doronici folio, flore per-
fici coloris, umbone magno prominente ex atro pur-
pureo viridi & aureo fulgente. Pluk. Alm. 99. Ame-
rican Corn Marygold with a Leopardſbane leaf, a Peach-
coloured flower, and a large prominent middle of a dark
purple, green, and Shining gold colour, commonly called
Dwarf Carolina Sunflower.
3. RUDBECKIA (Triloba) foliis fpatulatis, caulinis qui-
buſdam trilobis, ramis indiviſis. Hort. Upfal. 269.
Rudbeckia with under leaves Spattle-ſhaped, and the upper
ones with three lobes. Chryſanthemum cannabinum
Virginianum hirſutum, diſco magno, petalis aureis
radiato. Pluk. Alm. 100. tab. 22. fig. 2. Virginian
Hemp Agrimony, with a large diſk to the Aower, and the
petals of the rays of a gold colour.
4. RUDBECKIA (Laciniata) foliis inferioribus compoſitis
acutè dentatis, caulinis fimplicibus integris dentatiſ-
que. Rudbeckio with compound, indented, lower leaves,
thoſe upon the ſtalks ſingle, entire, and indented. Corona
ſolis foliis amplioribus laciniatis. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
490. Sunflower with large jagged leaves.
5. RUDBECKIA (Quinata) foliis omnibus quinatis, acutè
dentatis exterioribus trilobatis. Rudbeckia with all the
leaves compoſed of five lobes which are ſharply indented,
and the outer ones divided into three. Corona folis foliis
anguſtioribus laciniatis. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 490. Sun-
flower with narrow jagged leaves.
6. RUDBECKIA (Digitatis) foliis inferioribus compofitis,
caulinis quinatis ternatiſque, ſummis fimplicibus.
Rudbeckia with compound lower leaves, thoſe on the ſtalks
quinquefoliate and trifoliate, and the top ones ſingle. Obe-
liſcotheca petalis florum peranguſtis longis, foliis di-
gitatis, caule glabro ferrugineo. Amman. Sunflower
with long narrow petals to the flower, hand-ſhaped leaves,
and a ſmooth iron-coloured ſtalk.
7. RUDBECKIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis oppofitis integerri-
mis. Gron. Virg. 181. Rudbeckia with linear entire
leaves placed oppoſite.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Virginia, and ſeveral
other parts of North America. The root of this will
continue four or five years, but unleſs there is care
taken to ſhelter it in winter, the plants are ſometimes
deſtroyed by cold or too much wet. This fort ſends
out heads by which it may be propagated; the leaves
are oblong, oval, and hairy; the ſtalks riſe a foot
and a half high, and have one or two leaves near the
bottom. The foot-ſtalk which ſupports the flower,
is naked near a foot in length, and is terminated by
one pretty large yellow flower, ſhaped ſomewhat like
the Sunflower, from whence it was titled Dwarf Sun-
flower. The petals or rays of the flower are very
ſtiff, and are ſlightly indented at their points; the
middle or diſk of the flower is very prominent, py-
ramidal, and of a dark purple colour. Theſe flowers
are of long duration ; I have frequently obſerved one
flower has continued in beauty near fix weeks, and
as the plants produce many flowers, ſo there is a ſuc-
ceſſion of them on the ſame plant, from the middle
of July till the froit puts a ſtop to them, which ren-
ders them more valuable. This fort will ſometimes
produce good feeds in England, when the ſeaſons are
very favourable ; but they are generally propagated
here by offsets or flips, unleſs when good ſeeds can be
procured from America, The beſt time to ſeparate
the offsets is in the ſpring, becauſe the plants continue
to flower fo late in autumn, as to render it impracti-
cable to perform it till the fpring, ſo that the ſlips will
flower but weak the ſame year. The plants will live
abroad in the open air through the winter, if they are
planted in a dry foil and a warm ſituation, but it will
always be prudent to ſhelter two or three plants un-
der a common hot-bed frame in winter to preſerve
the kind, becauſe in very ſevere winters they are often
killed
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Carolina, and alſo
in Virginia. This is a perennial plant like the former,
but very rarely produces feeds in England ; nor do
the plants put out heads whereby it may
gated like the other, ſo that it is at preſent not very
common here. The leaves of this fort are longer and
broader than thoſe of the other, and are ſmooth,
having three veins; the ſtalks which ſupport the
flowers are taller, and have two or three narrow leaves
on each, which are placed alternate : on the top is
one flower with long, narrow, Peach-coloured petals,
which are reflexed; the middle or diſk of herma-
phrodite forets is very prominent, and of a dark
purple colour, but the ſummits upon the ſtamina be-
ing of a gold colour, adds a luſtre to the other. This
ſort may be treated in the ſame manner as the other,
by ſheltering of it in winter; it flowers at the ſame
ſeaſon, but the flowers are not of ſo long duration as
thoſe of the former.
The third fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of North
America; this is a biennial plant, which in warm
ſummers perfects its feeds in England ; the lower
leaves of this fort are divided into three lobes, but
thoſe upon the ſtalks are undivided; they are hairy,
and ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, the ſtalks
branch out on their fides, and are better garniſhed
with leaves than either of the other. The flowers are
very like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are ſmaller ; the
plants will live through the winter in the open air in
mild ſeaſons, and may be propagated by flips or heads;
but the beſt way is to raiſe the plants from ſeeds, be-
cauſe thoſe will flower much better than ſuch as are
procured by flips; the ſecond year the ſeedling plants
will flower, and produce ripe ſeeds.
The fourth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America, and has been long an inhabitant in
the European gardens, where it was generally known
by the title of Sunflower. The root of this is peren-
nial, but the ſtalk is annual; the lower leaves are
compoſed of five broad lobes, which are deeply cut in-
to acute points, and ſome of them are jagged almoſt
to the midrib; the outer lobe is frequently cut into
three deep fegments. The ſtalks rife ſeven or eight
feet high, and divide upward into ſeveral branches ;
they are ſmooth, green, and garniſhed with ſingle
leaves, which are oval and heart-ſhaped; fome of
theſe are indented on their edges, others are entire.
The foot-ſtalks which ſuſtain the flowers are naked,
and terminated by a ſingle flower with yellow petals
or rays, ſhaped like thoſe of the Sunflower, buc
ſmaller. This does not produce ſeeds here, but is
eaſily propagated by parting of the roots, in the ſame
و
3
و
و
a
a
manner

RUE
RUE
fame way.
;
3
manner as the perennial Sunflower. It is very hardy ſulis teretibus. Hort. Elth. 328. Ruellia with taper
in reſpect to cold, but loves a moiſt foil.
capſules.
The fifth fort has a perennial root like the former, 4. Ruellia (Criſpa) foliis ſubcrenatis lanceolato-ova-
and is a native of the ſame country. This hath tis, capitulis ovatis, folioſis hifpidis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
ſmooth green ſtalks, which riſe higher than thoſe of 635. Ruellia with oval Spear-ſhaped leaves which are
the former ; the leaves are all compoſed of five lobes ſomewhat crenated, oval pods, and prickly, hairy, Small
which are much narrower, and end with ſharper leaves.
points than thoſe of the former, and are very acute- 5. RUELLIA (Paniculata) foliis integerrimis pedunculis
ly indented on their ſides. The flowers are ſmaller, dichotomis lateralibus calycibus feffilibus, lacinia ſu-
and the petals narrower than thoſe of the former fort, prema majore. Lin. Sp. Plant. 885. Ruellia with en-
but appear at the ſame ſeaſon. It is equally hardy tire Pleaves, a forked ſtalk, and the upper ſegment of
with the former, and may be propagated in the the flower large. Speculum veneris majus impatiens.
Sloan. Hiſt. Jam. 1. p. 158.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America, and The firſt fort grows naturally in many of the iſlands in
alſo in Siberia, from both which countries I have re- the Weſt-Indies; the roots of this are compoſed of
ceived the ſeeds. This hath a perennial root like many ſwelling fleſhy tubers, which run deep into the
the two former; the leaves at bottom are compoſed ground, and are like thoſe of the Day Lily, but
of ſeven or nine lobes, ſome of which are entire, and ſmaller. The ſtalk riſes about four or five inches
others are jagged to the midrib, they are of a dark high, and ſends out two or three ſhort fide branches,
green and ſmooth; the ſtalks riſe fix feet high, and which are garniſhed with leaves placed oppoſite; ſome
divide into many branches. They are of a purple or of theſe are ſmall and ſhaped like a ſpatula, others are
iron colour, and are very ſmooth; theſe are garniſhed much larger ; they have ſhort foot-ſtalks, and are a
with leaves, which toward the bottom are hand-ſhaped, little crenated on their edges. The flowers are pro-
and compoſed of five lobes ; higher up they have but duced on the ſide, and at the end of the ſtalk; thoſe
three, and at the top the leaves are ſingle. The flow- on the ſide have two flowers upon each foot-ſtalk,
ers are ſmaller than thoſe of the two former forts, but which come out oppoſite at each joint, but thoſe at
are of the ſame ſhape and colour.
the top ſuſtain three. The flowers have narrow tubes
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Virginia. This about an inch long, then they ſpread out to a ſort of
hath a perennial root; the ſtalks riſe four or five feet bell-ſhape, and at the top they are cut into five ob-
high; the leaves are narrow, ſmooth, and placed op- tuſe ſegments, which are large and ſpread open ; they
poſite; the rays of the flower are long, yellow, and are of a fine blue, but of ſhort duration, each flower
are twelve in number; the diſk of male florets are of ſeldom laſting in beauty one day, after the flower
a dark red, and the ſcales of the empalement ſpread, fades, the germen becomes a taper pod one inch and
and are almoſt awl-ſhaped.
a half long, having two cells, which, when ripe, burſt
Theſe four laſt mentioned forts may be propagated in with a touch, and caſt out the ſeeds to a diſtance. It
plenty, by parting of their roots; the beſt time for flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen the beginning of
this is in O&tober, when the ſtalks will begin to decay; September
for if they are removed in the ſpring, they will not The ſecond fort grows naturally in Carolina; the root
produce many flowers the ſame year. They love a of this is fibrous and perennial; the ſtalks riſe about
moiſt foil, and ſhould be allowed room, for if they a foot high, they are four-cornered, and have two
are too near other plants, they will rob them of their longitudinal furrows, one on each ſide; the joints are
nouriſhment and deſtroy them. They are proper fur- three or four inches aſunder, at each ftand two oval
niture for large gardens, where they may be allowed leaves upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come
room, or in walks round fields, becauſe they require out from the wings of the leaves on each ſide, two or
little culture.
three riſing from the ſame point, fitting very cloſe to
RUELLIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 12. tab. 2. Lin. Gen. the ſtalks, they are ſmall and of a pale purple co-
lour, but are very fugacious; they open early in the
The CHARACTERS are,
morning, but are gone by ten or eleven o'clock in the
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which forenoon; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort taper pods,
is cut into five narrow acute ſegments at the top, which ſurrounded by the hairy ſegments of the empalement.
are erect. It has one petal, with a tube the length of the It flowers and perfects its feeds about the ſame time
cup, which ſpreads and inclines at the neck, but the brim as the former.
Spreads open, where it is cut into five ſegments, the two The third ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies ;
upper being large and reflexed. It hath four ſtamina fa- this hath a perennial root, compoſed of many fleſhy
tuated in the ſpreading part of the tube, conneEted in fibres; the leaves and ſtalks lie cloſe to the ground;
pairs, terminated by short ſummits, and a roundiſh ger- the ſtalks grow five or fix inches high; the leaves are
men ſupporting a flender ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. placed by pairs at each joint; they are two inches
The germen afterward becomes a taper capſule, pointed at long, and one inch and a quarter broad, ſtanding up-
each end, having two cells, incloſing roundiſh compreſſed on foot-ftalks half an inch long. The foot-ftalks
ſeeds.
which ſuſtain the flowers are naked, and divide into
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection two ſmaller, each ſuſtaining one ſmall purple flower,
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe which is very fugacious ; their empalements are cut
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſta- into very narrow ſegments to the bottom. After the
mina, and the ſeeds are included in a capſule.
flowers are paſt, the germen becomes a taper capſule
The SPECIES are,
about an inch long, including roundiſh compreſſed
1. Ruellia (Tuberoſa) foliis ovatis crenatis, peduncu- feeds.
lis bifloris. Ruellia with oval crenated leaves, and foot- The fourth ſort grows naturally in both Indies; I re-
ſtalks bearing two flowers. Ruellia humilis, flore cæ- ceived the feeds of this from Carthagena in New
ruleo, aſphodeli radice. Plum. Nov. Gen. 12. Dwarf Spain. This hath a ligneous creeping root ; the ſtalks
Ruellio, with a blue flower and an Afphodel root.
riſe about five or fix inches high, they are ſingle, ta-
2. RUELLIA (Strepens) foliis petiolatis, floribus verticil- per, and jointed; the leaves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped,
latis ſubfeffilibus. Hort. Upfal. 178. Ruellia with and have very ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are a little wav- ,
leaves having foot-ſtalks, and flowers growing in whorls, ed on their edges, are hairy and curled. The flowers
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Ruellia ſtrepens, capitulis are produced from the ſide of the ſtalk at their joints;
comoſis. Hort. Elth. 328. Snapping Ruellia with hairy theſe ſuſtain one ſmall yellow flower, coming out be-
beads.
tween rough, hairy, ſmall leaves. It flowers in July,
3. RUELLIA (Clandeſtina) foliis petiolatis, pedunculis and the feeds ripen in September.
longis fubdiviſis nudis. Lin. Hort. Upfal. 179. Ru- The fifth fort hath a perennial root; the ſtalks riſe
ellia with leaves having foot-ſtalks, and long naked foot- four or five feet high, are very diffuſed and forked,
ſtalks to the flowers, which are divided. Ruellia cap- and garniſhed with oblong, oval, entire leaves placed
In a
oppoſite,
Plant. 702.
а

RUM
RUM
و
oppoſite, ſtanding on ſhort foot-ſtalks which are hairy; | 5. Rumex (Criſpus) foribus hermaphroditis, valvolis
the flowers are produced at the diviſions of the ſtalks ; integris graniferis, foliis lanceolatis undulatis acutis.
they are ſmall, purple, and of ſhort duration.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 335. Rumex with hermaphrodite flow-
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be ers, entire grain-bearing valves, and acute, Spear-shaped,
ſown early in the ſpring in pots filled with light rich waved leaves. Lapathum folio acuto, crifpo. C. B.P.
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed; and 115. Curled berp-pointed Dock.
when the plants come up, they muſt be tranſplanted 6. RUMEX (Sanguineus) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
each into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with rich earth, integerrimis, unica granifera foliis cordato-lanceolatis.
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where Hort. Chiff. 138. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers,
they muſt be ſhaded from the ſun until they have entire valves, one only bearing a feed, and heart-formed
taken new root ; after which time they muſt have free Spear-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum folio acuto rubente.
air admitted to them every day in warm weather, and C. B. P. 114. The bloody Dock.
be conſtantly watered three or four times a week du- 7. Rumex (Aureus) floribus hermaphroditis verticillatis,
ring the ſummer ſeaſon. If the plants thrive well, valvulis acutè dentatis, foliis lanceolatis. Rumex with
thoſe of the firſt and third forts will produce flowers hermaphrodite flowers growing in whorls, acutely indented
the July following, and will perfect their feeds in Au- valves, and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum folio acu-
guft; but the roots will continue, provided they are to, flore aureo. C. B. P. 114. Sharp-pointed Dock with
plunged into the bark-bed in the ſtove, and kept in a golden flower.
a moderate temperature of heat.
8. Rumex (Obtuſifolius) floribus hermaphroditis, valvu-
The ſecond fort is not a plant of long continuance, lis dentatis, foliis cordato-oblongis, obtufiufculis cre-
ſeldom abiding longer than two years; but if it is nulatis. Lin. Sp. 335. Rumex with hermaphrodite
.
treated in the ſame manner as the two other, it will flowers, indented velves, and blunt, oblong, heart-ſhaped
ripen ſeeds the ſecond year, ſo may be propagated leaves. Lapathum vulgare, folio obtuſo. J. B. 2.985.
eaſily.
Common broad-leaved Rumex, or Butter Dock.
The fourth ſort does not ſo conſtantly produce ſeeds 9. RUMEX (Pulcher) floribus hermaphroditis, foliis ly-
as the three others, ſo it is not ſo common in England ratis. Guet. Stamp. 1. p. 7. Rumex with hermaphro-
at preſent. This requires the ſame treatment as the dite flowers, and lyre-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum pul-
other forts.
crum Bononienſe ſinuatum. J. B. 2. p. 983. The Fid-
If the ſeeds of theſe forts are permitted to ſcatter, as dle Dock.
their pods diſcharge them with a violent ſpring into 10. Rumex (Maritimus) floribus hermaphroditis, val-
the neighbouring pots, the plants will come up with- vulis dentatis graniferis, foliis linearibus. Lech. Scan.
out care, ſo may be tranſplanted into pots filled with 26. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers, indented grain-
freſh loamy earth, and plunged into the tan-bed. bearing valves, and linear leaves. Lapathum aquaticum
RUMEX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 407. Lapathum. Tourn. luteolæ folio. Bocc. Muſ. 2. tab. 184. Water Dock
Inft. R. H. 504. tab. 287. Dock.
with a Weld leaf.
The CHARACTERS are,
11. Rumex (Chalepenfus) floribus hermaphroditis pedun-
The empalement of the flower is permanent, compoſed of culis longioribus, valvulis profundè dentatis, foliis
three obtuſe reflexed leaves. The flower has three petals cordato-oblongis. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers
which are larger than the empalement, to which they are growing upon longer foot-ſtalks, valves which are deeply
very like. It hath fix ſhort hair-like ſtamina, terminated
.
indented, and oblong beart-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum
by ereEt twin ſummits, and a three-cornered germen ſup- chalepenſe folio acuto, ſeminum involucris profunde
porting three hair-like reflexed ſtyles, thruſting out of the dentatis. Mor. Hiſt. 2. 58. Aleppo Dock with an acute
clefts of the petals, crowned by large jagged ſtigmas. The leaf, and the covers of the ſeeds deeply indented.
germen afterward becomes a three-cornered ſeed, included 12. RUMEX (Ægyptiacus) floribus hermaphroditis, val-
in the petals of the flower.
vulis trifido fetaceis, unica granifera. Hort. Upſal.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of 89. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers, and briſtly three-
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe pointed values, one of which bears the ſeed. Lapathum
flowers have fix ftamina and three ſtyles; to which Ægyptiacum annuum, parietariæ folio, capſulâ ſe-
he has joined the Acetoſa, or Sorrel of Tournefort, minis, longiùs barbata. Hort. Pif. Annual Egyptian
whoſe characters agree with thoſe of the Dock; but Dock, with a Pellitory leof, and long beards to the ſeed-
as in the gardens and ſhops they are diſtinguiſhed un- veſſels.
der different titles, I have ſeparated the Sorrel from 13. Rumex (Lunaria) foribus hermaphroditis valvulis
the Docks, and have placed them under their old lævibus, caule arboreo, foliis fubcordatis. Vir. Cliff.
title of Acetoſa.
32. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers, ſmooth valves,
The SPECIES are,
a tree-like ſtalk, and leaves which are almoſt heart-ſhaped.
1. RUMEX (Patientia) foribus hermaphroditis, valvulis Acetoſa arboreſcens fubrotundo folio, ex inſulis for-
integerrimis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis. Dock with tunatis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 252. fig. 3. Tree Sorrel from
hermaphrodite flowers having entire valves, and oblong the Fortunate Iſlands, with a roundiſh leaf.
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum hortenſe, folio oblon- 14. Rumex (Bucephalophorus) foribus hermaphroditis,
RUMEX
go, five fecundum Diofcoridis. C. B.P. 114. Garden valvulis dentatis nudis planis reflexis. Hort. Upfal.
Dock with an oblong leaf, commonly called Patience, or 90. Rumex with hermaphrodite fiowers, and plein, naked,
Patience Rhubarb.
indented, reflexed valves
. Acetofa ocymi folio, Nea-
2. Rumex (Alpinum) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis politana. C. B. P. 114. Naples Sorrel with e Bafil leaf.
integerrimis graniferis, foliis cordatis obtuſis. Rumex 15. Rumex (Veficerius) floribus hermaphroditis gemina-
)
with hermaphrodite flowers having entire valves bearing tis, valvularum alis maximis membranaceis reflexis,
grains, and obtufe beart-ſhaped leaves. Lapathum folio foliis indiviſis. Hort. Cliff. 130. Rumex with herma-
rotundo Alpinum. J. B. 2. 987. Round-leaved Alpine phrodite flowers growing by pairs, very large membrana-
Dock, called Monks Rhubarb.
ceous wings to the valves which are reflexed, and undivid-
3. Rumex ( Aquaticus) floribus hermaphroditis pedicel- ed leaves. Acetoſa Americana foliis longiffimis pedi-
latis, foliis lanceolatis longiffimis. Rumex with berma- culis donatis. C. B. P. 114. American Sorrel, with very
phrodite flowers growing upon ſmall foot-ſtalks, and the long leaves having foot-ſtalks.
longest spear-shaped leaves
. Lapathum aquaticum, fo- 16. RUMEX (Roſeus) foribus hermaphroditis diſtinctis,
lio cubitali. C. B. P. 116. Water Dock with a leaf a valvularum alis maximis membranaceis reflexis, foliis
cubit long, commonly called Herba Britannica.
eroſis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 230. Rumex with hermaphro-
4. RUMEX (Acutus) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis dite flowers growing upon diſtinęt ſpikes, very large mem-
dentatis graniferis, foliis cordato-oblongis acuminatis. branaceous wings to the valves, and leaves appearing as
Hort. Cliff. 138. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers, if bitten. Acetofa Ægyptia rofeo feminis involucro,
indented grain-bearing valves, and oblong heart-ſhaped folio lacero. Lipp. Egyptian Sorrel with a Roſe-coloured
leaves. Lapathum folio acuto, plano. C. B. P. 115. cover to the ſeed, and a torn leaf.
Plain Sharp-pointed Dock.
The
2

RUM
RUM
و
3
a
The firſt fort was formerly much more cultivated in
the Engliſh gardens than at preſent; this has been
generally uſed for the Monks Rhubarb, and has been
thought the true, but others ſuppoſe the ſecond ſort
ſhould be uſed as ſuch, the herb was formerly uſed
in the kitchen, by the title of Patience. The root is
large, and divides into many thick fibres which run
downward ; their outer cover is brown, but they are
yellow within, with ſome reddiſh veins; the leaves
are broad, long, and acute-pointed; their foot-ſtalks
are of a reddiſh colour ; the ſtalks riſe from four to
ſix feet high, and divide toward the top into ſeveral
erect branches, which are garniſhed with a few nar-
row leaves, terminating with ſpikes of large ſtamine-
ous flowers. Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceed-
ed by pretty large three-cornered feeds whoſe cover-
ings are entire, which ripen in autumn.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens. This
hath large roots, which ſpread and multiply by their
offsets; they are ſhorter and thicker than thoſe of the
firſt fort, of a very dark brown on their outſide, and
yellow within. The leaves are of the round heart-
ſhape, about nine inches long, and as much in breadth
near their baſe, having pretty long foot-ſtalks. The
ſtalks riſe from two to three feet high; they are very
thick, and have a few ſmall roundih leaves on the
lower part, but the upper part cloſely garniſhed with
ſpikes of white flowers, ſtanding erect, cloſe to the
ftalks. Theſe appear the latter end of May, and are
fucceeded by large triangular ſeeds, which ripen in
Auguſt.
The third ſort grows naturally in ponds, ditches, and
ſtanding waters, in many parts of England; this is
ſuppoſed to be the Britannica of the antients. It hath
large roots which ſtrike deep into the looſe mud,
ſending out leaves which are three feet long, and
four inches broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at each end. The ſtalks riſe four feet when growing
in water, but in dry land not more than two, theſe
are garniſhed with narrow leaves among the ſpikes of
flowers, to the top. The flowers ſtand upon ſlender
foot-ſtalks which are reflexed; they are of an herba-
ceous colour, appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
3
а
fourth, but the covering of the feed is entire ; whereas
thoſe of the fourth are indented, ſo may be readily
diſtinguiſhed. It grows naturally in many parts of
England.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
England ; this is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon
after the ſeeds are ripe; the ſtalks riſe near two feet
high ; they are of a deep purple colour, and are gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves toward the bottom,
which are four inches long, and almoſt one broad in
the middle, but thoſe on the upper part of the ſtalk
are very narrow, and not more than two inches long;
the ſpikes of flowers come out from the fides of the
ſtalks alternately. The flowers grow in thick whorls
which fit cloſe to the ſtalks; theſe are of a bright
yellow colour, and the covers of the ſeeds are ſharply
indented.
The eighth fort is the moſt common Dock by the
fides of roads and banks in every part of England ;
the leaves of this ſort are broad and rounded at their
points, though ſome of them end more acutely than
others; they are near a foot long, and five inches
broad toward their baſe, having many tranſverſe veins
running from the midrib to their borders. The ſtalks
riſe from two to three feet high, branching out on
their ſides, having a few leaves on their lower part of
the ſame ſhape with the other, but ſmaller. The
flowers grow in whorls, ſitting very cloſe to the ſtalks ;
ſome plants have indented coverings to their feeds,
and others have entire coverings; both theſe are fre-
quently found intermixed, ſo that I doubt of their
being diſtinct ſpecies. The leaves of this Dock were
formerly much uſed for wrapping up of butter, and
from thence the plant was called Butter Dock.
The ninth fort grows naturally in many places near
London; this is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon
after the ſeeds are ripe. The ſtalks of this riſe about
a foot high, and branch out from the bottom; the
leaves grow near the root; they are about two inches
and a half long, and are hollowed on their fides, ſo
as to reſemble the ſides of a fiddle; the ſtalks are ge-
nerally bent at their joints. The flowers grow in
whorls round the ſtalks, to which they ſit very cloſe ;
they are hermaphrodite; the covers of the ſeeds are
ſharply indented.
The tenth fort is ſometimes found growing naturally
in England, upon places where the water has ſtood
in winter. This ſeldom riſes more than five or fix
inches high, but divides into two or three branches;
the leaves are about three inches long, and a quarter
of an inch broad; they are ſmooth, and ſtand upon
fort foot-ſtalks. The flowers grow in whorls round
the branches, to which they fit very cloſe; theſe are
ſucceeded by ſmall triangular ſeeds, having indented
The eleventh fort came originally from Aleppo; this
is a biennial plant; the leaves are nine or ten inches
long, ſmooth, and of a light green; they are three
inches broad at their baſe, where they are indented,
and end in acute points. The ſtalks riſe from two to
three feet high, ſending out many branches from their
fides, which are garniſhed with large whorls of her-
baceous flowers, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks;
theſe are ſucceeded by three-cornered feeds, whoſe
coverings are deeply indented.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Egypt; this is an
annual plant; the ſtalk riſes about ten inches high,
ſending out a few horizontal branches toward the bot-
tom; the leaves are about two inches long, and half
an inch broad at the broadeſt part. The flowers grow
in whorls round the ſtalks, they are very ſmall, and
the hair-like beards which adhere to the covering of the
ſeed being long, obſcure the flowers, ſo they are
ſcarce viſible to the naked eye.
All theſe forts of Docks riſe eaſily from feeds, and if
introduced into a garden, will become troubleſome
weeds, if their feeds are permitted to ſcatter ; there-
fore few perſons care to propagate any of them, except
the two firſt forts, which are cultivated for their uſe
in medicine. The feeds of all the Docks ſhould be
a
و
autumn.
ſown
covers.
3
The fourth ſort grows naturally in moiſt places in
many places of England; this is the Oxylapathum of
the ſhops, which is directed by the College to be
uſed in medicine ; but the markets are ſupplied with
roots of the common Docks, which are indifferently
gathered by thoſe who collect them in the fields,
where the eighth fort is much more common than
this. The roots of this fort are ſlender and run down-
right, ſending out a few ſmall fibres; the ſtalks riſe
about two feet high, which are garniſhed with leaves
below, about four inches long, and one and a half
broad in the middle; they are rounded at their baſe,
where they are ſlightly indented, but end in acute
points; they are plain, and Nightly crenated on their
edges. From the joints of the ſtalk come out alter-
nately ſlender long foot-ſtalks, which ſuſtain the
Spikes of flowers, which grow in ſmall whorls round
the ſtalks, at about an inch diſtance; theſe have ſcarce
any leaves upon the foot-ftalks between the whorls of
Howers, ſo may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed from the ſmall
Water Dock, which has many. This flowers in June,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fifth fort is more commonly found growing na-
turally about London than the fourth ; the leaves of
this are much longer than thoſe of the former, and
are indented on their fides, which are alſo waved; the
ſtalks riſe about the ſame height as thoſe of the for-
mer. The ſpikes of flowers from the ſide are ſhorter,
and cloſer garniſhed with flowers on pretty long foot-
ſtalks ; the covering of the feed is entire. It flowers
and feeds about the ſame time with the former.
The fixth fort is very like the fourth in appearance,
but the leaves have deep blood-coloured veins, and
fome ſmall ſpots of the ſame on their ſurface; the
ftalks are red, and riſe about the fame height as the
9

R U S
RUS
a
3
a
3
ſown in autumn ſoon after they are ripe, for thoſe drina, from one of the forts growing in Alexandria.]
feeds which are fown in the ſpring rarely grow the Knee-holly, or Butcher's-broom; in French Houx-
ſame year : when the plants come up, they will re- frelon.
quire no other care but to thin them where they are
The CHARACTERS are,
too cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds. They It hath male and female flowers in diſtinct plants; the
all delight in a moiſt rich foil.
male flowers have erett Spreading empelements, compoſed
The thirteenth fort is commonly known among the of fix oval convex leaves, whoſe borders are reflexed;
gardeners by the title of Sorrel-tree. This came they have no petals, but have an oval nectarium the ſize
originally from the Fortunate, or Canary Iſlands, but of the empalement, which is erect and inflated, opening
has been long an inhabitant in ſome Engliſh gardens; at the mouth; they have no ſtamina, but each has three
it riſes with a ligneous ſtalk ten or twelve feet high, Spreading ſummits, ſitting on the top of the neetarium,
covered with a ſmooth brown bark, ſending out ma- which are joined at their baſe. The female flowers have
ny ſlender branches; theſe are garniſhed with ſmooth, empalements but no petals, and nectariums like the male :
roundiſh, heart-ſhaped leaves two inches long, and they have no ſtamina, but have an oblong oval germen bid
an inch and a half broad, ſtanding alternately upon within the nectarium, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crown-
pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out in ed by an obtuſe ſtigma, ſtanding above the mouth of the
looſe panicles toward the end of the branches; they nečtarium. The germen afterward becomes a globular
are of an herbaceous colour, and are fometimes ſuc- berry with two or three cells, incloſing two globular ſeeds.
ceeded by triangular feeds with ſmooth covers, but This genus of plants is ranged in the twelfth ſection
they rarely ripen in England. This plant is eaſily of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains
propagated by cuttings, which may be planted in any the plants which are male and female in diſtinct
of the ſummer months, in a bed of loamy earth, and plants, and the ſtamina or ſummits are joined to-
ihaded from the ſun until they have taken pretty good gether.
root;
then they ſhould be taken up, and planted in
The SPECIES are,
pots filled with kitchen-garden earth, placing them 1. Ruscus (Aculeatus) foliis fuprà floriferis nudis. Hort.
in the ſhade till they have taken new root; after which Cliff. 465. Ruſcus with leaves which bear flowers on their
they may be moved to a ſheltered fituation, and placed upper ſide, and are naked. Ruſcus myrtifolius aculea-
with other hardy green-houſe plants till autumn, when tus. Tourn. Inft. 79. Knee-holly, or Butcher's-broom,
they muſt be removed into the green-houſe, and with prickly Myrtle leaves.
treated in the ſame way as other hardy kind of plants, 2. Ruscus (Hypophyllum) foliis fubtus foriferis nudis.
which only want protection from froſt.
Hort. Cliff. 465. Ruſcus with leaves which bear flowers
The fourteenth fort is a low annual plant, which on the under ſide of the leaves, which are naked. Ruſcus
grows naturally in Italy and Spain ; this is generally latifolius, fructu folio innafcente. Tourn. Inſt. 79.
found on ſwampy moiſt ground; the ſtalks are ſen- Butcher's-broom with broad leaves, upon which the fruit
der, branching at the bottom, and riſe about four
grows.
inches high ; the lower part is garniſhed with ſmall, 3. Ruscus (Hypogloſſum) foliis fubtus floriferis ſub foli-
oval, fucculent lobes, their upper part is furniſhed olo. Hort. Cliff. 465. Ruſcus with fiowers under the
with ſmall herbaceous flowers growing in whorls, and leaves. Ruſcus anguſtifolius, fructu folio innaſcente.
have no leaves between them; they are ſucceeded by Tourn. Inft. 79. Butcher's-broom with narrow leaves,
fmall ſeeds, whoſe covers are ſharply indented and re- and fruit fitting upon the leaves.
flexed. Theſe appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen 4. Ruscus (Racemoſus) racemo terminali hermaphrodi-
in Auguſt, which, if permitted to ſcatter, will fur- tico. Hort. Cliff. 469. Ruſcus with hermaphrodite
niſh a ſupply of young plants the following ſpring; flowers in long bunches terminating the ſtalks. Ruſcus
or if the ſeeds are then ſown, the plants will come up anguſtifolius, fructu fummis ramulis innaſcente.
the following ſpring, and require no other care but to Tourn. Inft. 79. Butcher's-broom with narrow leaves,
thin them, and keep them clean from weeds.
and fruit growing at the top of the branches.
The fifteenth fort is an annual plant ; this hath pretty | 5. Ruscus (Trifoliatum) foliis ternis ovatis acuminatis,
thick ſucculent ſtalks, which riſe a foot high, and di- ſupra Aoriferis nudis. Ruſcus with oval acute-pointed
vide into many branches; the leaves are of the round leaves which are placed by threes, and flowers on their up-
heart-ſhape and undivided, having very long foot-
ſtalks. The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes at the end 6. Ruscus (Flexuoſus) foliis ovatis acuminatis, fupra
of the branches; theſe are herbaceous, and are fuc- floriferis nudis, caulibus flexuoſis. Ruſcus with acute-
ceeded by large covers to the feeds, which are in- pointed leaves bearing flowers on their upper ſide, and flex-
flated, and have broad membranaceous borders; the ible jtalks. Ruſcus latifolius major fructu folio inna-
feeds are triangular, and ripen in autumn.
fcente. Michel. Greater broad-leaved Ruſcus with fruit
The ſixteenth fort grows naturally in Egypt; this is ſitting upon the leaf.
alſo an annual plant, whoſe ſtalks riſe a foot and a 7. Ruscus (Androgynus) foliis margine floriferis. Hort.
half high, dividing upward into ſeveral branches; the Cliff. 464. Ruſcus with flowers growing on the borders of
ſtalks are garniſhed with arrow-pointed leaves about the leaves. Ruſcus latifolius è foliorum finu florifer
three inches long, whoſe fides are irregularly torn, & fructifer. Hort. Elth. 532. tab. 250. Broad-leaved
as if they had been gnawed by inſects; they ſtand Ruſcus, with flowers and fruit growing on the edges of the
upon pretty long foot-ftalks, and have ſmooth fur- leaves.
faces; the flowers are diſpoſed in looſe ſpikes ; fome 8. Ruscus (Fruteſcens) caule fruticofo ramoſo, foliis lan-
spikes have only male flowers, and others have all ceolatis rigidis, floribus pedunculatis terminalibus.
hermaphrodite flowers, and ſome plants have only Ruſcus with a ſrubby branching ſtalk, ſpear-ſhaped ſtiff
male, and others hermaphrodite flowers. The latter leaves, and flowers growing upon foot-ſtalks terminating
are ſucceeded by triangular feeds, incloſed in large the branches. Ruſcus latifolius fruteſcens, foribus ra-
inflated covers of a deep red colour, having mem- cemoſis rubris. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby broad-leaved
branaceous borders. The ſeeds of this ripen in Ruſcus, with branching red flowers.
The firſt fort is very common in the woods in divers
The feeds of both theſe forts grow very freely, if parts of England, and is rarely cultivated in gar-
ſown in a bed of light earth in the ſpring, where the dens. The roots of this kind are fometimes uſed in
plants are deſigned to remain. When they come up, medicine, and the green ſhoots are cut, bound into
they will require no other care but to keep them bundles, and fold to the butchers, who uſe it as be-
clean from weeds, and thin them where they are too ſoms to ſweep their blocks, from whence it had the
cloſe.
name of Butcher's-broom. It is alſo called by ſome
RUSCU S. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 79. tab. 15. Lin.
. Knee-holly.
Gen. Plant. 1008. [ſo called of ruſticus, becauſe This hath roots compoſed of many thick white fi-
rough and prickly. It is alſo called Laurus, becauſe bres, which ſtrike deep in the ground, and twine
fit for the making of Laurel garlands; and Alexan- about each other, from which ariſe ſeveral ſtiff green
Italks,
.
per fide.
autumn.

RUS
RUS
و
ftalks, which riſe about three feet high, fending out
from their fide ſeveral ſhort branches, which are gar-
niſhed with ftiff, oval, heart-ſhaped leaves, placed al-
ternately on every part of the ſtalk; they are about
half an inch long, and one third of an inch broad
near their baſe, ending with ſharp prickly points. The
flowers are produced on the upper ſide of the leaves
juſt in the middle; theſe are male in fome, and fe-
male in other plants; they are ſmall, and cut into ſix
parts, of a purple colour, fitting cloſe to the midrib;
they appear in June, and the female flowers are fuc-
ceeded by berries almoſt as large as Cherries, of a
ſweetiſh tafte, which ripen in winter, when they are
of a beautiful red colour.
As this plant grows wild in moſt parts of England,
it is rarely admitted into gardens; but if ſome of the
roots are planted under tall trees in large plantations,
they will ſpread into large clumps; and as they retain
their leaves in winter, at that ſeaſon, they will have
a good effect. The ſeeds of this plant generally lie
a year in the ground before they vegetate, and the
plants ſo raiſed are long before they arrive to a fize
enough to make any figure, ſo it is not worth while
to propagate them that way, eſpecially as the roots
may be eaſily tranſplanted from the woods. The
roots and feeds of this plant have been uſed in medi-
cine; the roots are aperitive, and eſteemed good for
removing obſtructions; the feeds are an ingredient in
the compoſition of the benedicta laxativa : the young
fhoots of this plant in the ſpring are ſometimes ga-
thered and eaten by the poor like thoſe of Aſparagus;
the branches of this plant, with their ripe fruit upon
them, are frequently cut, and put into baſons of fand,
mixing them with the ſtalks of ripe feeds of male Piony,
and thoſe of the wild Iris or Gladwyn, which toge-
ther make a pretty appearance in rooms, at a ſeaſon
of the year when there are few flowers, and theſe will
continue a long time in beauty.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the mountainous
parts of Italy, but is preſerved for the ſake of vari-
ety in many Engliſh gardens. The roots of this
have large knotty heads, with long thick fibres like
thoſe of the former fort, from which ariſe many tough
limber ſtalks near two feet high ; theſe are garniſhed
by ſtiff, oblong, oval leaves ending in points, which
are more than two inches long and almoſt one broad;
they are placed alternately on the ſtalks; the flowers
are produced on the under ſurface of the leaves near
the middle, ſitting cloſe to the midrib; they are finall,
and of an herbaceous white colour; the female
flowers are ſucceeded by ſmall red berries about the
fize of thoſe of Juniper. This flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in winter.
It ſtands in moſt diſpenſaries among the plants uſed
in medicine, and has been commended for opening
obſtructions of the kidneys, and to provoke urine.
The third ſort grows naturally upon ſhady mountains
in Italy, Hungary, and other parts of Europe. The
root of this is compoſed of many thick fibres like
thoſe of the former, from which ariſe many tough
limber ftalks which are about ten inches high, gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches
long and one broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends; they have ſeveral longitudinal
veins, which run from the foot-ſtalk to the point,
diverging from the midrib in the middle, but join
again at the point; the leaves are for the moſt part
alternate, but ſometimes they are oppoſite. On the
middle of the upper ſurface of theſe, comes forth a
fmall leaf of the fame ſhape ; and at the ſame point,
from the bofom of the ſmall leaves, come out the
flowers, which are of a pale yellow colour. The
female fowers are ſometimes ſucceeded by berries
almoſt as large as thoſe of the firſt fort, which ripen
in winter, and are red. This is ſometimes called
Billingua, or Double Tongue, from the leaves grow-
ing one out of another. It ſtands in diſpenſaries as a
medicinal plant, but is ſeldom now uſed.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Archipelago,
but is frequently planted in the Engliſh gardens; it
is called Laurus Alexandrina, i. e. Alexandrian Bay,
and is ſuppoſed to be the plant with which the ancients
crowned their victors and poets. The ſtalks of this
being very pliable, may be eaſily wrought into co-
ronets for this purpoſe; and the leaves of this plant,
having a great reſemblance to thofe which are re-
preſented on the antient buſts, ſeem to confirm this
opinion.
The roots of this are like thoſe of the former ſpecies;
the ſtalks are ſlender, and much more pliable; they
riſe about four feet high, and ſend out many fide
branches, which are garniſhed with oblong acute-
pointed leaves about two inches long, and one-third
of an inch broad, rounded at their baſe, but end in
acute points ; they are ſmooth, and of a lucid green,
placed alternately, and fit cloſe to the branches. The
flowers are produced in long bunches at the end of
the branches; theſe are hermaphrodite, of an herba-
ceous yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by berries
like thoſe of the firſt fort, but ſmaller, which ripen
in winter.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Zant, and ſome of
the other iſlands in the Morea. The roots of this are
like thoſe of the former forts; the ſtalks riſe about two
feet high, they are ſlender, pliable, and garniſhed
with oval leaves placed by threes round the ſtalk;
they are about two inches long, and one broad,
rounded at both ends, terminating in acute points,
and have ſeveral longitudinal diverging veins run-
ning from the foot-italk to the point. The flowers
grow on the under ſide of the leaves, faſtened to the
midrib; they are naked, and have pretty long foot-
ftalks; the fegments or petals are very narrow; the
fruit I have not ſeen, fo can give no account of it.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Italy, where it was
diſcovered by Signior Micheli of Florence. The roots
of this are much longer than thoſe of the firſt fort; the
ſtalks riſe near five feet high; they are very pliant,
ſend out ſeveral fide branches their whole length,
which are garniſhed with ſtiff oval leaves ending in
acute points ; they are one inch long, and half an inch
broad. The flowers are produced on the upper
ſurface of the leaves, fitting cloſe to the midrib; they
are ſmall, and of an herbaceous white colour. Theſe
are ſucceeded by berries which are ſmaller than thoſe
of the firſt fort, and are of a pale red when ripe.
All theſe forts are very hardy, and will thrive in al-
moſt any foil or fituation, ſo are very proper for
planting round the verges of cloſe woods, or under
large trees in wilderneſs quarters; for, as they are al-
ways green, they make a good appearance in wiri-
ter, after the deciduous trees have caſt their leaves ;
they are eaſily propagated by parting of their roots.
The beſt time for this is in autumn; but, when this
is performed, the roots ſhould not be divided into
ſmall parts, becauſe that will weaken them ſo much,
that they will make but little figure, until they have
had two or three years growth; they may alſo be pro-
pagated by fowing of their feeds, but this is a very
tedious method, ſo is ſeldoin practiſed.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the iſland of Ma-
deira; this fends out pliant ſtalks, which riſe ſeven
or eight feet high, and have ſeveral ſhort branches
proceeding from their fides, which are garniſhed
with ſtiff leaves about two inches long, and one broad
toward their baſe, where they are rounded to the foot-
ſtalk, but end in acute points; they have a great num-
ber of longitudinal veins running from the foot-ſtalk
to the point. The flowers are produced in cluſters
on the edges of the leaves ; they are white, and are
ſucceeded by berries of a yellowiſh red colour, not ſo
large as thoſe of the firft fort.
This fort is tender, and muſt therefore be planted in
pots filled with freſh earth, and in winter removed
into the green-houſe, but it ſhould be placed where
it may have free air in mild weather; for it only re-
quires to be ſcreened from froſt, and in the ſummer
it muſt be ſet abroad with other hardy green-houſe
plants. With this management the plants will ſend
forth ſtems fix or eight feet high, furniſhed with
II R
leaves
a
3

RU T
RU T
pots filled
a
;
autumn.
leaves from bottom to top, and in June will be cloſely ſylveſtris linifolia Hiſpanica. Bocc. Muf. 2. p. 82.
ſet with flowers upon their edges, which make a very Wild Spaniſh Rue with a Flax leaf.
beautiful and odd appearance, and renders it worthy 7. RUTA (Montana) caule erecto corymboſo, foliis com-
of a place in every good collection of plants. This pofitis, floribus decandris, ftaminibus corollâ longi-
is alſo propagated by parting the roots as the former, oribus. Rue with an erect corymbus ſtalk, compound
which ſhould not be done very often; becauſe, if the leaves, and flowers having ten ſtamina which are longer
roots are not permitted to remain ſome time to get than the petals. Ruta fylveſtris montana. Cluf. Hift.
ſtrength, they will produce but weak ſhoots, and Wild Mountain Rue.
very few flowers; and in the ſtrength of their 8. RUTA (Patavina) foliis terminatis ſeſſilibus. Lin. Sp.
fhoots and number of flowers, the greateſt beauty of 549. Rue with leaves without foot-ſtalks terminating the
theſe plants confift
. This fort grows plentifully at branches. Pſeudo Ruta patavina trifolia, floribus lu-
Madeira, from whence the ſeeds may be procured ; teis umbellatis. Michel. Gen. 22. tab. 19. Baſtard
but theſe commonly lie in the ground a year before Rue with trifoliate leaves, and yellow flowers in umbels.
the plants come up, ſo ſhould be fown in
The firſt fort is the common Rue, which has been
with freſh earth, and placed under a hot-bed frame long cultivated in the gardens, and is that which is
in winter to ſcreen the feeds from the froſt, and the directed to be uſed in medicine, but of late years the
following ſpring the plants will appear.
ſecond fort has ſo generally prevailed, as almoſt to
The eighth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- ſupplant the firſt in the gardens about London ; that
toun, growing naturally at Carthagena in New Spain ; being hardier than the firſt, is not ſo liable to be
this riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks eight or ten feet high, killed by fevere froſt.
which divide into many branches, and are garniſhed The firft riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of
with ſtiff ſpear-ſhaped leaves three inches long, and five or fix feet, ſending out branches on every ſide,
one broad in the middle, ending in acute points ; garniſhed with decompounded leaves, whoſe ſmall
they are ſometimes ranged in whorls round the leaves (or lobes) are wedge-ſhaped ; they are of a
ſtalks, and at others they are oppoſite. The flowers
,
gray colour, and have a ſtrong odour. The flowers
are produced in looſe bunches at the end of the are produced at the end of the branches, in bunches
branches, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are almoſt in form of umbels; they are compoſed of
ſmall, of a red colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the four yellow concave petals, which are cut on their
firſt fort.
edges, and eight yellow ftamina which are longer
This plant is tender, fo muſt be kept in a ſtove than the petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits.
during the winter, otherwiſe it will not live in England. The germen becomes a roundiſh capſule, with four
RUTĂ. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 257. tab. 133. Lin. lobes punched full of holes, containing rough black
Gen. Plant. 469. [This plant is called Ruta, of puc to feeds. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
preſerve, becauſe it is a plant very good to preſerve
health.] Rue.
The ſecond fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes three
The CHARACTERS are,
or four feet high, ſending out many branches gar-
The flower has a short permanent empalement cut into niſhed with decompounded leaves, which are nar-
five parts ; it has four or five oval petals which Spread rower than thoſe of the former fort ; they are of a
open, and are narrow at their baſe, and eight or ten awl- bluiſh gray colour, and have a ſtrong odour. The
Jhaped ſpreading ſtamina the length of the petals, crowned flowers grow in langer and looſer bunches than the
by ſhort erect ſummits, with a gibbous germen having a former ; they have four ſhort, concave, yellow pe-
croſs furrow, marked with ten ſpots, ſupporting an ere Et tals, and eight ſhort ſtamina of equal length with
awl-ſhaped ſtyle crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen the petals. The feed-veffel is like that of the former,
afterward becomes a gibbous capſule with five lobes and five but ſmaller. This ſort is more commonly to be found
cells opening in five parts at the top, and filled with rough in gardens than the firſt.
angular ſeeds.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain. The lower
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of leaves of this are compounded of ſeveral parts, which
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants are joined to the midrib in the ſame manner as other
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
branching winged leaves, and are garniſhed with ſmall
The SPECIES are,
linear leaves, ſtanding without order. The ſtalks
1. RUTA (Hortenſis) foliis decompoſitis, floribus octan- riſe from two to three feet high, branching out from
dris, ftaminibus corolla longioribus. Rue with decom- the bottom ; theſe are garniſhed with leaves which
pounded leaves, and flowers having eight ſtamina which are divided into five parts, and thoſe at the top into
are longer than the petals. Ruta hortenſis latifolia. three, which are as fmall and narrow as thoſe at the
C. B. P. 336. Broad-leaved Garden Rue.
bottom; they are of a gray colour, but are not ſo
2. Ruta (Ältera) foliis decompofitis, foliolis oblongo- ſtinking as thoſe of the other. The flowers grow at
ovatis, ftaminibus corolla æquantibus. Rue with de- the end of the branches in looſe ſpikes, which are ge-
compounded leaves, the ſmall leaves oblong and ovel, and nerally reflexed; the petals of the flower are yellow,
ſtamina equalling the petals. Ruta hortenſis altera. C. and appear in June; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall
B. P. 336. Another Garden Rue.
feed-veſſels filled with angular black ſeeds. It flowers
RUTA (Sylveſtris) foliis inferioribus decompofitis, fo- in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
liolis linearibus, fummis quinquefidis trifidiſque. Rue The feeds of the fourth fort came from Aleppo, and
with décompounded linear leaves below, and the upper ones it has alſo been brought from the Cape of Good
five or three-pointed. Ruta fylveftris minor. C. B. P. Hope; this hath ſtrong ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe
336. Smaller wild Rue.
about three feet high, dividing into many branches,
4. RUTA (Chalepenſis) foliis decompoſitis, floribus de- which are garniſhed with decompounded leaves lar-
candris marginibus petalorum ciliatis. Rue with de- ger than thoſe of the common ſort, and have a ſtronger
compounded leaves, flowers having ten ſtamina, and the odour. The flowers are diſpoſed almoſt in form of
borders of the petals of the flower hairy. Ruta Cha- an umbel at the end of the branches; they have five
lepenſis latifolia, florum petalis villis fcatentibus.
concave yellow petals, whoſe borders are ſet with fine
H.L. Broad-leaved Aleppo Rue with hairy petals to the hairs, and ten ſtamina which are of equal length with
flower.
the petals. This ſort flowers in June, and the feeds
5. RUTA (Ciliatis) foliis compoſitis, floribus decandris, ripen in autumn. The feed-vefſels of this are much
petalis forum ciliatis
. Rue with compounded leaves, larger than thoſe of the common ſort.
flowers having ten ſtamina, and hairy petals to the flower. The fifth fort grows naturally at Aleppo; this hath
Ruta Chalepenſis tenuifolia, florum petalis villis fca- fhrubby ſtalks, which are ſmaller, and do not riſe fo
tentibus. Mor. Hift. 2. 508. Narrow-leaved Aleppo high as thoſe of the former fort. The leaves are
Rue, with hairy petals to the flower.
much narrower and grayer than thoſe, but have the
6. RUTA (Linifolia) foliis fimplicibus indiviſis. Lin. Sp. ſame ſtrong odour; the flowers are ſmaller, and have
Plant. 384. Rue with ſingle undivided leaves. Ruta five petals, which are pretty clofe ſet with ſmall
3.
hairs;

RU T
R U Y
a
a
hairs ; they have ten thick ſtamina, five of which as in poor dry ground, or when they grow upon old
are alternately longer than the petals; the feed-veſſels walls, their growth will not be great, but their ſhoots
are like thoſe of the firſt fort.
will be hard and compact, fo are more able to reſiſt
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this riſes the cold.
with ſeveral ſingle ſtalks from the root near a foot and The firſt fort was formerly uſed to plant for edgings
a half high, which are garniſhed with ſingle leaves on the ſides of borders; it was then called Herb
about three quarters of an inch long, and one eighth of Grace, but was by no means proper for this uſe,
of an inch broad; they are of a yellowish green co- for the plants ſhoot ſo vigorouſly, that there is no
lour, and are placed alternately on the ſtalks, to which keeping them within the bounds of an edging;
they fit pretty cloſe ; at the baſe of theſe come out beſides, when they are kept cloſely ſheered, they
one or two very ſmall leaves, of the ſame ſhape and
appear to be very ragged and ſtumpy, and their
colour. The flowers grow in ſmall cluſters at the end roots ſpread ſo far as to exhauſt the goodneſs of
of the ſtalks; they have each five oblong yellow pe- the ſoil, ſo that the other plants would be deprived
tals, and ten ſtamina of equal length with them, ter- of their nouriſhment, which reaſons have cauſed
minated by awl-ſhaped ſummits. This flowers in them to be wholly neglected for this purpoſe; ſo that
June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn; the plants are at preſent they are chiefly cultivated for medicinal
generally biennial in England.
uſe, or to furniſh the balconies for the citizens in the
The ſeventh fort riſes with an erect ſtalk about two ſpring, eſpecially that with a variegated leaf.
feet high, garniſhed with compound leaves, whoſe RŪTA CANINA. See SCROPHULARIA.
ſmaller leaves are narrow and obtuſe, of a grayiſh RUTA MURARIA, Wall-rue, or white Maiden-
colour, but have not ſo ſtrong an odour as the former. hair.
The upper part of the ſtalk divides in form of a This plant is found growing out of the joints of old
corymbus, ſuſtaining upon naked foot-ſtalks ſmall walls in divers parts of England, where it is gathered
bunches of yellow flowers, which have five concave for medicinal uſe; but as it cannot be cultivated in
petals, and ten ſtamina which are much longer than gardens, ſo as to grow to advantage, I ſhall not ſay
the petals, terminated by roundiſh ſummits.
any thing more of it in this place.
The eighth fort grows near Padua ; this ſeems to be RUYSCHIAN A. Boerh. Ind alt. 1. p. 172. Dra-
a plant of ſhort duration ; the ſtalk riſes fingly from cocephalum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 648.
the root, is about a foot high, herbaceous, and gar- The CHARACTERS are,
niſhed with narrow trifoliate leaves placed alternately The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
on the ſtalk, to which it cloſely adheres; the ftalk is tubulous, and is cut into five ſegments at the top, the
branches at the top in form of an umbel, fuſtaining upper one being broader and blunter than the other; it is
many yellow flowers, compoſed of five plain petals, of the lip kind, having one petal which has a tube longer
having no hairs on their borders. It is propagated by than the empalement. The chaps are large and ſwelling ;
feeds, which if ſown in the autumn, ſoon after it is the upper lip is ereEt and arched; it is gently indented at
ripe, the plants will come up the following ſpring; the top; the lower lip is trifid; the two ſide ſegments are
but when the ſeeds are fown in the ſpring, the plants narrow, and ſtand erect ; the middle is broad, reflexed,
feldom riſe the ſame year. If theſe grow upon poor
and indented at the point. It hath four ſtamina, two of
ground, or in rubbiſh and in a warm ſituation, they which are long, and ftuated under the upper lip; the
will live in the open air without covering, but in rich other two are ſhorter, and ſituated juſt below them; they
ground they are frequently killed in winter.
are terminated by oblong ſummits faſtened in the middle :
All theſe plants may be propagated either by fowing it has four germen ſituated at the bottom of the em-
of their feeds, or by planting ſlips or cuttings; both palement, ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of the ſta-
of which may be done in the ſpring. The manner of mina, crowned by a bifid reflexed ſtigma. The
germen
propagating them from cuttings being the ſame as for efterward become four oblong ſeeds which ripen in the
Lavender, Stechas, and other hardy aromatic plants, empalement.
need not be here repeated; and if they are propa- This genus of plants is joined to the Dracocephalum
gated by ſeeds, there needs no farther care but to dig by Dr. Linnæus, which is ranged in the firſt ſection
a bed of freſh earth in the ſpring, making it level; of his fourteenth claſs, containing the plants whoſe
then to fow the feed thereon, and rake the ground flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and
ſmooth; after which, you muſt obſerve to keep the are fucceeded by naked ſeeds ripening in the em-
bed clear from weeds until the plants are come up palement.
about two inches high, when they ſhould be tranſ- The SPECIES are,
planted out into freſh beds, where they may remain 1. RUYSCHIANA (Spicata) floribus fpicatis, foliis brac-
for uſe. All theſe plants muſt have a dry foil, other- teiſque linearibus glabris indiviſis. Ruyſchiana with
wiſe they are very ſubject to be deſtroyed in winter. Spiked flowers, linear leaves, and brattee which are ſmooth
The two Aleppo Rues, and the wild Rues are ten-
and undivided. Ruyuſchiana fore cæruleo magno.
derer than the common ſort, ſo require ſhelter in win- Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 172. Ruyſchiana with a large blue
ter; but the Aleppo Rues will endure our ordinary flower.
winters very well in the open air, eſpecially if they 2. RUYSCHIANA (Laciniata) floribus ſpicatis, foliis li.
are planted on a dry foil.
nearibus trifidis hirſutis. Ruyſchiana with ſpiked flowers,
The ſixth and ſeventh forts are tenderer than either of and hairy, linear, three-pointed leaves. Ruyſchiana
the other, and are of ſhorter duration. The feeds of hirſuta, foliis laciniatis. Amman. Ruth. 50. Hairy
the ſeventh fort were ſent me from Gibraltar Hill, Ruyſchiana with jagged leaves.
where the plant grows naturally; this doth not ripen 3. RUYSCHIANA (Verticillata) foribus axillaribus, foliis
its feeds here, unleſs the ſummers are warm; and in lanceolatis dentatis glabris. Ruyſchiana with flowers
hard winters the plants are generally killed, unleſs they growing at the wings of the ſtalks, and ſmooth, indented,
are removed into ſhelter.
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Dracocephalon foliis ex lanceolato-
The ſixth fort will live through the winter in the open linearibus rariùs dentatis ſpinuloſis, foribus gemellis.
air, provided it is planted in a poor dry ſoil, and the Gmel. Dragon's-head with linear ſpear-ſhaped leaves
ſecond year it will perfect feeds; but as it is of a ſhort which are rarely indented, and ſomewhat prickly, and
duration, young plants ſhould be annually raiſed to flowers growing by pairs.
fucceed the others.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Auſtria and Hun-
All the forts of Rue will live much longer, and are gary; this hath a perennial root, and an annual
leſs liable to be injured by froſt in winter, when they ftalk, which is four-cornered, and rifes about two
grow in a poor, dry, rubbiſhy foil, than in good feet high, garniſhed with two ſmooth linear leaves
ground; for in rich moiſt land the plants grow very at each joint, about one inch long, and one-eighth
vigorouſly in ſummer, and are ſo replete with moiſture, of an inch broad, with a deep furrow along the
that a ſmall froſt will kill their tender ſhoots; where. middle; and at each joint, at the other fides of the
3
italk,

RUY
RUY
و
italk, come out two or three very narrow ſmall
leaves of the ſame ſhape. The flowers are produced
in whorled ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks, having
ſmall narrow leaves under each whorl. The flowers
have tubulous empalements of one leaf, which are
cut into five ſegments at the top, four of which are
narrow, and end in acute points; the other, which
is on the upper ſide of the flower is broader, and is
rounded at the point. The tube of the flower is
longer than the empalement, and is ſwelling and
large at the chaps ; the upper lip is broad, erečt, and
arched over the tube ; the lower lip is ſhorter, and
has two ſhort fide ſegments which are erect, but
the middle ſegment is broad, rounded, and indented
at the point, and is reflexed back to the tube. It has
four ftamina which lie cloſe under the upper lip,
and are arched in the ſame manner; two of theſe
are as long as the ſtyle, which ſtands in the ſame
poſition ; the other two are ſhorter, and are ſituated
juſt below the other; they are terminated by ob-
long ſummits, which are faftened in the middle to
the ftamina. The ſtyle is crowned by a bifid, re-
.
flexed, narrow ftigma; the flowers appear in June,
and are of a fine blue colour ; theſe are each ſucceeded
by four oblong feeds, which ripen in the empalement.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Siberia; this was
ſent me by the late Dr. Amman, who was profeſſor
of botany at Peterſburgh ; it hath a perennial root.
The ſtalks are four-cornered, hairy, and riſe a foot
and a half high, ſending out ſeveral fide branches,
which are garniſhed with hairy linear leaves, cut into
three parts; the flowers grow in ſhort whorled ſpikes
at the end of the ſtalk, having ſome very narrow
leaves under each whorl ; the tube of the flower is
longer, and more equal in fize than that of the for-
mer, and the middle ſegment of the lower lip is not
ſo much reflexed. In other reſpects, the flowers are
the ſame as thoſe of the former.
The third ſort grows naturally in Tartary; this hath
a perennial root, and annual ſtalks which do not grow
erect like the firſt, but ſpread nearer to an horizon-
tal poſition ; they divide into ſeveral branches, which
have two large leaves oppoſite at each joint, and four
ſmaller, two on each ſide between the larger ; they
are ſmooth, have ſharp indentures on their edges,
and ſtand erect. The flowers come out from the
fide of the ſtalks at the baſe of the leaves, two or
three ſtanding together on each ſide the ftalk; their
empalements are purple, and are cut into five acute
ſegments at the top, the upper lip having three broad,
and the lower two narrower. The upper lip of the
flower is broad, indented at the point, and erect;
the lower is trifid, but the middle ſegment is not ſo
much reflexed as that of the firſt fort, and the flowers
are of a paler blue than thoſe. It flowers in June,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
This name was given to this genus of plants by the
learned Dr. Boerhaave, profeſſor of botany at Ley-
den, in honour of Dr. Ruyſch, who was profeſſor of
anatomy and botany at Amſterdam.
The plants are propagated by feed, which ſhould be
fown the latter end of March, in a bed of freſh
light earth in an open expoſure, and in about five or
fix weeks after the plants will appear, when they
ſhould be carefully cleared from weeds; and if the
ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, they muſt be refreſhed now
and then with water, which will greatly promote their
growth. When the plants are about two inches high,
they ſhould be carefully tranſplanted into a bed or bor-
der of freſh, light, undunged earth, obſerving to fhade
them from the ſun until they have taken root, as alſo
to refreſh them from the ſun until they are well eſta-
bliſhed in this bed; after which time they will re-
quire no farther care, but to keep them conſtantly
clear from weeds till Michaelmas, when they are to
be removed into the places where they are deſigned
to remain for good.
When the plants are firſt tranſplanted from the feed-
bed into the nurſery-bed, they ſhould be planted
about fix inches aſunder every way, which will be
ſufficient room for them the firſt ſeaſon; and this
will admit of the hoe to come between the plants
to deſtroy the weeds, which is by much a better me-
thod than pulling out the weeds by hand, and is
much ſooner performed. For as the hoe ſtirs the
ground between the plants, it not only cuts down
the weeds which were up and viſible, but alſo de-
ſtroys all thoſe whoſe feeds were ſprouted, and would
have foon after appeared ; ſo that one hoeing, if
well performed, and in dry weather, will more ef-
fectually deſtroy the weeds, than two hand-weedings
would do, were they performed ever ſo carefully ;
beſides, the ſtirring the ground is of great ſervice to
the plants.
At Michaelmas, when the plants are tranſplanted for
good, they ſhould be carefully taken up with balls
of earth to their roots; and they muſt be planted in
the middle of the borders in the pleaſure-garden, in
freſh light earth, intermixing them with other hardy
plants of the ſame growth, where they will make a
pretty appearance when they are in flower, and will
continue three or four years; and in ſome poor ſtony
foils I have known the roots live fix or ſeven years,
but theſe did not produce ſo large ſpikes of flowers,
as thoſe which were younger and more vigorous plants.
Therefore, as theſe plants do not continue many
years, it will be proper to raiſe a ſupply of young
plants to ſucceed them, for the old plants will pro-
duce ſeeds plentifully, which are ripe the latter end
of Auguſt or the beginning of September, when they
ſhould be gathered in dry weather, and kept in a
warm dry room till the time for ſowing them,
و
S.
S A C
SA C
S
ABINA. See JUNIPERUS.
SACCHARUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 68.
Arundo. C. B. P. 18. The Sugar Cane.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hath no empalement, but a woolly down longer than the
flower incloſes it. The flower is bivalve ; the values are
oblong, acute-pointed, concave and chaffy. It has three
hair-like ſtamina the length of the valves, terminated by
oblong ſummits, and an awl-shaped germen ſupporting two
rough Styles crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The germen af-
terward becomes an oblong acute-pointed ſeed, inveſied by
the valves.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's third claſs, which includes the plants
whoſe fiowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles.
6
We

S A C
S AC
a
3
We have but one Species of this genus at preſent,
viz.
SACCHARUM (Officinarum) floribus paniculatis. Hort.
Cliff. 26. Sugar Cane with flowers growing in panicles.
Arundo faccharifera. C. B. P. 18. The Sugar Cane. .
This plant grows naturally in both Indies, and is
there cultivated alſo for its juice, which, when boiled,
affords that ſweet ſalt which is called Sugar.
The Canes were formerly cultivated in the ſouth of
France for the ſame purpoſe, but it was in ſmall quan-
tities only, for in ſharp winters they were killed, un-
leſs they were covered, ſo that they had only the
ſummer for their growth, which was too ſhort time
for their getting ſufficient ſtrength to produce Sugar
enough to anſwer the expence, ſo the planting of
theſe Canes there has been long diſcontinued; they
were alſo planted in ſeveral parts of Spain before
they were introduced to France, and are at preſent
cultivated in plenty in Andaluſia, from whence
great quantities of Sugar are annually fent to Madrid,
but there are few now planted in the other parts of
Spain.
The root of this plant is jointed like thoſe of the
other forts of Cane or Reeds, from which ariſe four,
five, or more ſhoots in number, proportionable to the
age or ſtrength of the root.
Theſe rife eight or ten
feet high, according to the goodneſs of the ground in
which they grow ; for in ſome moiſt rich foils there
have been Canes meaſured, which were near twenty
feet long; but theſe were not near ſo good as thoſe
of middling growth, as they abounded with juice,
which had but a ſmall quantity of the eſſential falt in
it, ſo that the expence of fuel and trouble of boiling,
was more than the Sugar would defray. The Canes
are jointed, and theſe joints are more or leſs diſtant
from each other, in proportion to the ſoil. The leaves
are placed at each joint, and the baſe or lower part
of the leaf embraces the ſtalk or Cane to the next
joint above its inſertion, before it expands; theſe
are three or four feet long from the joint where
they unfold to their point, according to the vigour of
the plant; they have a deep whitiſh furrow, or hol-
lowed midrib, which is broad, and prominent on the
under ſide ; the edges of the leaves are thin, and arm-
ed with ſmall ſharp teeth, which are ſcarce to be
diſcerned by the naked eye, but will cut the ſkin of
a tender hand if it be drawn along it. The flowers
are produced in panicles at the top of the ſtalks ; theſe
are from two to three feet long, and are compoſed of
many ſpikes, which are nine or ten inches long, and
are again ſubdivided into ſmaller ſpikes; theſe have
long down which incloſe the flowers, ſo as to hide them
from fight; afterward the germen becomes an ob-
long-pointed ſeed, which ripens in the valves of the
flower.
This plant is preſerved by way of curioſity in ſeveral
gardens in England, but being too tender to thrive
here, unleſs it is preſerved in a warm ftove, ſo it can-
not be brought to any great perfection. I have ſeen
fome of the plants growing which were ſeven or
eight feet high, and at the bottom as large as a com-
mon walking Cane, but they have not produced
their panicles of flowers here.
It is here propagated by flips taken from the ſides of
the older plants; thoſe which grow near the root and
have fibres to them, will moſt certainly grow; ſo that
when the ſhoots are produced at ſome diſtance from
the ground, the earth ſhould be raiſed about then,
that they may put out fibres before they are ſeparated
from the mother plant. Theſe flips ſhould be planted
in pots filled with rich kitchen-garden earth, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, be-
ing careful to fhade them from the ſun until they have
taken new root, after which they muſt be treated in the
ſame way as other tender plants from the ſame coun-
tries. They muſt be conſtantly kept plunged in the
tan-bed in the ſtove ; and as their roots increaſe in
fize, fo the plants ſhould from time to time be ſhifted
into larger pots ; but this muſt be done with caution,
for if they are over-potted they will not thrive: they
will require to have water frequently in warm weather,
but it muſt not be given them in too great plenty, ef-
pecially in cold weather. As the leaves of the plants
decay, they ſhould be cleared from about the ſtalks ;
for if theſe are left to dry upon them, it will greatly
retard their growth. The ſtove in which this plant
is placed, ſhould be kept in winter to the ſame tem-
perature of heat as for the Pine-apple, and in hot
weather there ſhould be plenty of free air admitted to
the plants, otherwiſe they will not thrive.
I ſhall here ſubjoin ſome account of the method of
propagating and cultivating the Sugar Cane in Ame-
rica, with ſome obſervations and experiments which
have been made by a few curious perſons in the Bri-
tiſh Iſlands, and ſhall propoſe fome farther trials to be
there made, in the culture and management of this
uſeful plant, which are founded upon the experience
I have had in the culture of ſome plants which are fi-
milar in their growth with the Sugar Cane.
The land which is moſt proper for the growth of Su-
gar Canes, is ſuch as hath à ſufficient depth of foil,
and is not too moiſt and ſtrong, but rather light and
eaſy to work ; for although ſtrong moiſt ground will
produce much taller and bigger Canes than the other,
yet the quantity of Sugar will be much leſs, not near
ſo good, and will require a greater quantity of fuel,
and a longer time to boil, before the Sugar can
be made ; which is alſo the caſe with all freſh land,
where there has not been any Canes growing before ;
therefore many of the moſt expert planters burn their
land when it is firſt cleared for planting of Canes, to
abate its fertility ; but if when land is firſt cleared of
the wood, and the roots of bad weeds, it is ſown
with Indigo, which ſuch freſh ground will produce
much better than the old, or ſuch as has been long
cultivated, there may be two or three crops of this
taken, which will prepare the land for the Sugar
Canes, without being at the trouble of burning it;
but the growing of Indigo has been ſo little practiſed
in the Britiſh Iſlands of America for many years paſt,
as to be eſteemed unworthy the notice of a Sugar
planter ; whereas if they would ſometimes change
their crops to other ſpecies, they would ſoon find an
advantage in the growth, not only of their Canes,
but alſo of their other crops: however, the uſual
practice is to continue the Canes always upon the
ſame land as long as it will produce them, without
changing the ſpecies, or allowing the ground a fal-
low to reſt and recover itſelf. By this method there
are ſome plantations ſo much exhauſted, as that the
crop of Sugar will ſcarce defray the expence of culture.
Another thing ſhould always be obſerved in the plant-
ing of freſh land with Canes, which is to allow them
more room than is generally done; for as the ground
is ſtrong, ſo there will a greater number of ſhoots
come out from each plant, and not having room to
ſpread at bottom, they will draw each other up to a
great height, and be full of watery juice, the ſun and
external air being excluded from the Canes by the
multiplicity of leaves, which are both abſolutely ne-
ceſſary to ripen and prepare the ſalts during the growth
of the Canes.
If the ground is proper for the Sugar Canes, and
they are planted at a good diſtance from each other,
and the land is carefully managed, the ſame planta-
tion may be continued above twenty years without re-
planting, and produce good crops the whole time;
whereas in the common method, they are generally
replanted in fix or ſeven years, and in ſome of the
poor land they are continued but two or three.
The Canes are in thoſe warm countries propagated
by cuttings or joints, of proper lengths; theſe are
from fifteen to twenty inches long, in proportion to
the nearneſs of their joints or eyes. Theſe cuttings
are generally taken from the tops of the Canes, juſt
below the leaves; but if they were choſen from the
lower part of the Canes, where they are leſs ſucculent
and better ripened, they would not produce ſo luxu-
riant ſhoots, and their juice would be leſs crude, and
contain a greater quantity of ſalts, which will be ob-
و
و
tained
II S

S A C
SA C
a
tained by leſs boiling than thoſe Canes in the cloſe
manner they are commonly planted: this is well
known to the judicious to be the caſe, in moſt kinds
of vegetables; and it is by thus carefully propagating
all kinds of eſculent plants, either in the choice of the
beſt ſeeds or cuttings, that moſt of the kinds have
been fo greatly improved of late years.
The diſtance which the Canes are uſually allowed in
planting, is from three to four feet, row from row,
and the hills are about two feet aſunder in the rows;
in each of theſe hills they plant from four to ſeven or
eight cuttings, which is a very great fault, and is the
cauſe of moſt of their blights ſo much complained of
lately; for if all theſe grow, which is often the caſe,
they rob each other of their nouriſhment; and if a
dry ſeaſon happens before they have acquired ſtrength,
they are very ſoon ftinted in their growth, and are
then attacked by inſects, which ſpread and multiply
ſo greatly, as to cover a whole plantation in a little
time: when this happens, the Canes are ſeldom good
after, ſo that it will be the better way to root them
entirely up when they are ſo greatly injured, for they
very rarely recover this diſorder; for although the in-
fects are not the cauſe of the diſeaſe, yet they confirm
it, and cauſe it to ſpread.
Therefore, if inſtead of planting ſo many, there was
but one good cutting planted in each hill, or to pre-
vent miſcarriage, two at moſt; and if both ſucceeded,
the weakeſt were drawn out ſoon after they had
taken root, if will be found of great ſervice to pre-
vent theſe blights; and although the number of
Canes will not be near fo great from the ſame ſpace of
ground, yet the quantity of Sugar will be full as much,
and will require little more than a fourth part of fuel
to boil it.
I have been aſſured by two of the moſt ſenſible and
judicious planters of Sugar in America, that they have
made fome experiments of the horſe-hoeing culture
for their Canes, which anſwered much beyond their
expectations ; one of thoſe gentlemen told me, he
planted one acre in the middle of a large piece of
Canes, in rows at five feet aſunder, and the hills were
two feet and a half diftant, and but one cutting to
each hill. The ground between the rows was from
time to time ſtirred with the horſe plough, to deſtroy
the weeds and earth the plants; with this culture the
Canes were double the ſize of thoſe in the ſame piece,
which were cultivated in the uſual way; and when
the Canes were cut, thoſe which had been thus plant-
ed and managed were ground and boiled ſeparately;
the produce of Sugar was full as great as the beſt acre
in the ſame piece, and the expence of boiling was little
more than a fixth part of the other, and he fold the
Sugar for fix ſhillings per hundred weight more than
he could get for the other.
The time for planting the Canes is always in the
rainy ſeaſons, and the ſooner they are planted after the
rains have begun to fall, the more time they will
have to get ſtrength before the dry weather fits in ;
for when they have put out good roots, and are well
eſtabliſhed in the ground, they will not be ſo liable to
ſuffer by the drought, as thoſe which have but newly
taken root.
The ſeaſon being come for planting, the ground
ſhould be marked out by a line, that the rows of
Canes may be ſtrait, and at equal diſtances; but firſt
it will be proper to divide the piece into lands of fixty
or ſeventy feet broad, leaving intervals between each
of about fifteen feet; theſe will be found of
uſe
when the Canes are cut, for roads in which the car-
riages may paſs to carry off the Canes to the mill;
for where there is not ſuch proviſion made, the car-
riages are obliged to paſs over the heads of the Canes
to their no ſmall prejudice : beſides, by theſe inter-
vals, the ſun and air will have freer paſſage between
the Canes, whereby they will be better ripened, and
their juice will be fuller of ſalts; therefore when the
Canes are ground, they will not require ſo much fuel
to boil their juice. The middle of theſe intervals
may be planted with Yams, Potatoes, or other eſcu-
great
lent plants, which may be taken off before the Canes
are cut, that the paſſages may be clear for the car-
riages; but a path ſhould be left on the ſides of each
land, for the more convenient riding or walking of
the overſeer of the plantation, to view and 'obſerve
how the labour is performed.
The common method now practiſed in planting of
the Canes is, to make a trench with a hoe, which is
performed by hand; into this one negro drops the
number of cuttings intended for planting, at the dii-
tance the hills are deſigned; theſe are by other ne-
groes placed in their proper poſition, then the earth is
drawn about the hills with a hoe, all this is performed
by hand; but if the right uſe of ploughs was well
known in thoſe countries, the work might be much
better performed, and for leſs than half the ex-
pence; therefore inſtead of making a trench with a
hoe, a deep furrow is made with a plough, and the
cuttings properly laid therein, the ground will be
deeper ſtirred, and there will be niore depth for placing
the Canes.
If the ground is to be afterward kept clean with the
horſe hoe, the rows of Canes ſhould be planted five
feet afunder, that there may be room for the horſe
and plough to paſs between them; and the diſtance of
the hills from each other ſhould be two feet and a
half, and but one Cane ſhould be permitted to re-
main in each hill. After the Canes are planted and
have made fome ſhoots, the ſooner the horſe plough
is uſed the better will the Canes thrive, and the
ground will be eaſier kept clean from weeds; for if
theſe are torn up when they are young, they will pre-
fently die ; whereas when they are ſuffered to grow
large before they are diſturbed, they are with great
difficulty deſtroyed.
As the growth of the Canes is promoted according
to the cleannefs of the ground, ſo there cannot be
too much care taken to keep the Canes perfectly
clear of weeds; and the beginning of this work ſoon
will render it leſs troubleſome, and it may be per-
formed at a leſs expence, than when it is neglected
for ſome time. When this is performed with a
plough, the earth in the interval ſhould be thrown up
to the rows of Canes, firſt on one ſide of the row,
being careful not to diſturb the roots of the Canes, as
alſo not to bury their new ſhoots; and in the ſecond
operation, the earth ſhould be turned over to the
other ſide of the rows, with the ſame care as before.
By this turning and ſtirring of the land, it will be
rendered looſer, and the earthing of the plants will
greatly ſtrengthen them; fo that from each hill there
will be as many ſhoots produced as can be well nou-
riſhed, and the fun and air will have free ingreſs
among the rows, which will be of the greateſt ſervice
to the Canes.
When the Canes are from ſeven to ten feet high, and
of a proportionable fize, the ſkin ſmooth, dry, and
brittle, if they are heavy, their pith gray, or inclina-
ble to brown, the juice iweet and glutinous, they are
eſteemed in perfection.
The time for cutting of the Canes is uſually after they
have grown ſix months; but there ſhould not be a
fixed period for this, for in ſome ſeaſons and in diffe-
rent foils, there will be more than a month's difference
in their maturity; and thoſe who have made the ex-
periments of cutting their Canes before they were ripe,
and letting others ſtand till after they were ripe, have
found the Sugar made from the latter, was much
finer than that of the former, though the quantity
was not quite ſo great; however, it will always be beſt
to let them ſtand till they are in perfection before they
are cut, but not longer.
They have alſo found thoſe Canes which are cut to-
ward the end of the dry ſeaſons, before the rains be-
gin to fall, have produced better Sugar than thoſe
which are cut in the rainy ſeaſons, when they are
more replete with watery juice; and there has been
much leſs expence of fuel to boil it, which is a ma-
terial article in large plantations, therefore the better
the Canes are nouriſhed in their growth, and the more
و
4
air

S A G
SAL
و
upon the
a
air and fun is admitted to paſs between the rows, the SALICARIA. See LYTHRUM.
leſs expence it will be in the boiling and preparing of SALICORNIA. Tourn. Cor. App. 51. tab. 485.
the Sugar.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 10. Jointed Glaſſwort, or Saltwort.
In the boiling of Sugar, they uſe a mixture of wood The CHARACTERS are,
aſhes and lime, which is called temper, without which The flower hath a rugged, ſwelling, four-cornered em-
the Sugar will not granulate. The quantity of this palement, which is permanent. It has no petal, and but
mixture is proportioned to the quality of the ground one ſtamina the length of the empalement, crowned by an
on which the Canes grew.
oblong twin ſummit, and an oblong oval germen ſupport-
SAFFRON. See Crocus.
ing a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen
SAGE. See SALVIA.
afterward becomes a ſingle ſeed, incloſed in the ſwelling
SAGITTARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 946. Sagitta. empalement.
Dillen. Gen. 4. Ranunculus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 287. This genus of plants Dr. Linnæus places in the firſt
Arrow-head.
ſection of his firſt claſs, which contains thoſe plants
The CHARACTERS are,
whoſe flowers have but one ſtamina and one ſtyle.
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant ; the
The SPECIES are,
male flowers have a permanent empalement of three oval 1. SALICORNIA (Fruticoſa) articulis apice craffioribus
concave leaves ; they have three roundiſh petals which obtuſis. Lin. Mat. Med. 8. Jointed Glaſwort with
Spread open, and are larger than the empalement, and thick obtuſe points. Kali geniculatum. Ger. Emac.
many awl-ſhaped ſtamina collected in a head, terminated 535. Common jointed Glaſwort.
by ereEt ſummits. The female flowers are ſituated below 2. SALICORNIA (Perenne) articulis apice acutioribus,
the male; theſe have a three-leaved empalement, and three caule fruticoſo ramoſo. Glaſſwort with acute points to
petals as the male, but no ſtamina ; they have many com- the joints, and a ſhrubby branching ſtalk. Kali geni-
preſſed germen collected in a head, fitting upon very short culatum perenne fruticofius procumbens. Raii Syn.
Styles, and have permanent acute ſtigmas. The germen af- Ed. 2. p. 67. Trailing, shrubby, perennial, jointed
terward become oblong compreſſed ſeeds having longitudinal Gloffwort.
borders, and are collected in globular heads.
The firſt fort grows plentifully in moſt of the falt-
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection marſhes which are overflowed by the tides, in many
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
parts of England. This is a trailing plant, with
plants which have male and female flowers on the thick, ſucculent, jointed ſtalks, which trail
fanie plant, whoſe male flowers have many ftamina. ground, and divide into ſeveral branches. The
The SPECIES are,
flowers are produced at the ends of the joints toward
1. SAGITTARIA (Sagittifolia) foliis omnibus ſagittatis the extremity of the branches, which are ſmall, and
acutis petiolis longiffimis. Arrow-head with all the ſcarce diſcernible by the naked eye. It flowers the
leaves arrow-pointed, and long foot-ſtalks. Sagitta aqua- latter end of July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
tica major. C. B. P. The greater Arrow-becd.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Sheepey Inand;
2. SAGITTARIA (Minor) foliis fagittatis ſpatuliſque, pe- this hath a ſhrubby branching ſtalk about fix inches
tiolis longioribus. Arrow-head with arrow-pointed and long; the points of the articulations are acute, the
fpattle-fbaped leaves, having longer foot-ſtalks. Sagitta ftalks branch from the bottom, and form a kind of
aquatica foliis variis. Læfi. Pruff. 234. Water Arrow- pyramid, they are perennial, and produce their flow-
head with variable leaves.
ers in the ſame manner as the former.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in ſtanding waters in The inhabitants near the ſea-coaſt where theſe plants
moſt parts of England; the root is compoſed of ma- grow, cut them up toward the latter end of ſummer,
ny ſtrong fibres, which ftrike deep into the mud ; when they are fully grown; and after having dried
the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are in length proporti- them in the ſun, they burn them for their aſhes, which
onable to the depth of the water in which they grow, are uſed in making of glaſs and ſoap. Theſe herbs
ſo they are ſometimes almoſt a yard long; they are are, by the country people, called Kelp, and are pro-
round, thick, and fungous; the leaves which float miſcuouſly gathered for uſe.
upon the water are ſhaped like the point of an ar- From the aſhes of theſe plants is extracted the falt,
row, the two ears at their baſe ſpreading wide aſun- called fal kali, or alkali, which is much uſed by the
der, and are very ſharp-pointed. The flowers are chemiſts.
produced upon long ſtalks which riſe above the leaves, The manner of gathering and burning of theſe herbs
and ſtand in whorls round them at the joints; they is mentioned under the article of SALSOLA, fo I ſhall
have each three broad white petals which ſpread not repeat it in this place.
open, and in the middle is a cluſter of ftamina with
In ſome parts of England theſe herbs are gathered and
purple ſummits. It flowers in July. The flowers pickled for Samphire, though that is a very different
are fucceeded by rough heads, containing many ſmall plant from either of theſe.
feeds.
SALIX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 590. tab. 364. Lin.
The ſecond ſort grows plentifully in ſtanding waters Gen. Plant. 976. (takes its name from falio, to leap
near Paris, but has not been found wild in England. or dance, becauſe of its quick growth.] The Sallow,
This never grows fo large as the former; the leaves or Willow-tree; in French, Saule.
vary greatly, ſome of them are oblong, round-point- The CHARACTERS are,
ed, and ſhaped like a ſpatula ; others are arrow-point- It hath male and female flowers upon ſeparate plants; the
ed, but theſe have their points leſs acute than thoſe male flowers are diſpoſed in one common, oblong, imbri-
of the former, and the flowers are ſmaller, in which cated katkin. The ſcales have each one oblong Spreading
it differs from the former; and as all the plants where flower, which has no petal, but a cylindrical ne&tarious
this grows retain their difference, ſo it may be ſup- gland in the center. It has two ſlender erect ſtamina,
poſed a different ſpecies.
terminated by twin ſummits having four cells. The fe-
There is alſo a third fort mentioned by Dr.Plukenet, male flowers are diſpoſed in katkins as the male ; theſe
under the title of Sagitta aquatica omnium minima, have neither petals or ſtamina, but an oval narrowed
or the leaft Arrow-head. This grows plentifully on germen, ſcarce diſtinguiſhable from the ſtyle, crowned by
the borders of the Thames about Lambeth, and alſo two bifid ereEt ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes
at Chelſea ; the foot-ſtalks of the leaves of this are an oval awl-ſhaped capſule with one cell, opening with
very ſhort, the leaves are much leſs, and the ſtalks
two valves, containing many ſmell oval ſeeds, crowned
which ſupport the flowers are alſo very ſhort ; but with hairy down.
theſe differences may be occaſioned by the ſituation This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of their growth, for it is always found growing in of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains
the mud, which the water ebbs from every tide, ſo thoſe plants which have male and female Powers on
it is only covered in high water, which may ſtint ſeparate plants, whoſe male flowers have two ſtamina.
the growth of the plants, and give them this ap- There are ſeveral ſpecies of this genus which grow
pearance,
naturally in the northern parts of Europe, of little or
3
و
ng

S A L
SAL
a
a
a
3
no uſe, being low creeping ſhrubs, many of them ſel- pofite. Salix humilior foliis anguſtis ſubcæruleis ex
dom riſing a foot high, ſo are never cultivated, there- adverſo binis. Raii Syn. 2. p. 297. The yellow Dwarf
fore I ſhall paſs them over, and only enumerate thoſe Willow.
which are planted for uſe.
13. Salix (Caprea) foliis ovatis rugoſis, fubtus tomen-
The Species are,
toſis undatis ſupernè denticulatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod.
1. SALIX (Alba) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis ferratis 83. Willow with oval rough leaves which are waved,
utrinque pubeſcentibus, ferraturis infimis glanduloſis. woolly on their under ſide, and indented towards the top.
Hort. Cliff. 473. Willow with ſpear-ſhaped, acute- Salix latifolia rotunda. C. B. P. 474. Broad round-
pointed, ſawed leaves, which cre downy on both ſides, leaved Willow, or Sallow.
and glands below the laws. Salix vulgaris alba, arbo- 14. Salix (Acuminata) foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis
refcens. C. B. P. 453. Common white Tree Willow. rugofis ſubtus tomentoſis. Willow with oblong, oval,
2. Salix (Triandra) foliis ferratis glabris, floribus trian- acute-pointed, rough leaves, which are woolly on their un-
dris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1015. Willow with ſmooth ſowed der ſide. Salix folio ex rotunditate acuminato. C.B.P.
leaves, and flowers having three ſtomina. Salix folio 474. Willow with a rounded, acute-pointed leaf, or com-
auriculato ſplendente flexilis. Raii Hift. 1420. Willow mon Sallow.
with lucid cared leaves and flexible branches.
The firſt fort is the common white Willow, which is
3. SALIX (Pentandra) foliis ferratis glabris, flofculis frequently found growing on the ſides of rivers and
pentandris. Hort. Cliff. 454. Willow with ſmooth faw- ditches in many parts of England. It grows to a large
ed leaves, and flowers having five ſtamina. Salix folio fize, if the branches are not lopped off; the ſhoots are
laureo ſeu lato glabro odorato. Raii Hiſt. 1420. covered with a ſmooth, pale, green bark; the leaves
Willow with a Bay leaf, or broad-leaved, ſmooth, ſweet are ſpear-ſhaped, between three and four inches long,
Willow.
and one broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
4. Salix (Vitellina) foliis ferratis ovatis acutis glabris, each end; they are very white on their under fide,
ſerraturis cartilagineis, petiolis callofo punetatis. and their upper fide is covered with ſhort, white,
Hore. Upſal. 295. Willow with Smooth, ovel, acute, woolly hairs, though not ſo cloſely as the under ; the
ſawed leaves, having cartilaginous indentures, and foot- katkins are ſhort and pretty thick. The wood of this
ſtalks with callous pun&tures. Salix fativa lutea, folio fort is very white, and poliſhes ſmooth.
crenato. C.B.P. 473. Yellow cultivated Willow with a The ſecond ſort grows to be a large tree, the young
crenated leaf.
branches are covered with a grayiſh bark; the leaves
5. SALIX (Amygdalina) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis are ſmooth, of a lucid green, ending in acute points ;
petiolatis, ftipulis trapeziformibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. they are eared at their baſe, and ſawed on their edges,
83. Willow with ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves and are green on both ſides; the branches grow pretty
having foot-ſtalks, and trapezium-ſhaped ſtipule. Salix erect and are flexible, ſo this is frequently planted in
folio amygdalino, utrinque virente aurito. C. B. P, Ofier-grounds for the baſket-makers. The katkins
43. Almond-leaved Willow with leaves which are eared, of this
are long, narrow, and the ſcales open, and are
and green on both ſides.
acute-pointed.
6. Salix (Fragilis) foliis ferratis glabris ovato-lanceola- The third fort hath thick ſtrong ſhoots, covered with
tis, petiolis dentato-glanduloſis. Flor. Lapp. 349. a dark green bark; the leaves are broad, rounded at
Willow with oval, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth, ſawed leaves, both ends; they are very ſmooth, fawed on their
and indented glandules to the foot-ſtalk. Salix folio lon- edges, and when rubbed have a grateful odour. It is
go latoque ſplendente fragilis. Raii Syn. 3. p. 448. ſometimes called the Bay-leaved Willow, and at others
The Crack Willow.
the Sweet Willow; it grows quick, and is a tree of
7. SALIX (Purpurea) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis, middling fize; the branches are brittle, ſo are not
inferioribus oppofitis. H. Scan. 252. Willow with proper for many purpoſes.
ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped, ſawed leaves, the lower of which The fourth fort has ſlender tough ſhoots, which are of
grow oppoſite. Salix folio longo ſubluteo non auricu- a yellow colour; the leaves are oval, acute-pointed,
lata, viminibus rubris. Raii Syn. The long-leaved red ſmooth, and ſawed on their edges; the laws are car-
Willow
tilaginous, and the foot-ſtalks of the leaves have cal-
8. Salix (Viminalis) foliis fubintegerrimis lanceolato- lous punctures. This is very pliable, fo is much plant-
linearibus longiffimis acutis fubtus fericeis, ramis ed in the Ofier-grounds for the baſket-makers, but it
virgatis. Flor. Suec. 813. Willow with the longeſt, li- never
grows to a large fize.
near, Spear-ſhaped, acute leaves, which are almoſt entire, The fifth ſort grows to a pretty large fize; the ſhoots
and ſilky on their under ſide, and rod-like branches. are erect, they are covered with a light green bark ;
Salix foliis anguftis & longiffimis criſpis, fubtus al- the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, about two inches and a
bicantibus. J. B. 1. p. 212. Willow with the longeſt, half long, and three quarters of an inch broad in the
narrow, curled leaves, which are white on their under middle, drawing to a point at both ends; they are of
ſide.
a lucid green on both ſides, ſawed on their edges,
9. Salix (Auriculata) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they have ftipulæ in
omnibus alternis. Willow with ſmooth, Spear-ſhaped, form of a trapezium, at the baſe of the foot-ſtalk.
Jawed leaves, all growing alternate. Salix folio anyg- The twigs of this ſort are Aexible, and fit for the uſe
dalino utrinque aurito, corticem abjiciens. Raii Syn. of baſket-makers.
3. p. 448. Almond-leaved Willow which is eared on both The ſixth fort grows to a middling fize; the ſhoots of
fides, and caſts its bark.
this are very brittle, fo are unfit for the baſket-makers,
10. SALIX (Rubra) foliis integris, glabris lineari lanceola- and are covered with a browniſh bark; the leaves
tis acutis. Hudf. Flor. Angl. 364. Willow with linear, are near five inches long and one broad; they are of
Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves. Salix minimè fragilis, fo- a lucid green on both ſides, and are ſawed on their
liis longiffimis, utrinque viridibus non ſerratis. D. edges; the katkins are long and Nender, and the ſcales
Sherard. Raii Syn. 2. p. 293. The leaſt brittle Willow, are pretty long, acute-pointed, and ſtand open. It is
with very long leaves which are green on both ſides, and commonly called Crack Willow, from the branches
not ſawed.
being very brittle.
11. SALIX (Babylonica) foliis ferratis glabris lineari-lan- The ſeventh fort is a tree of middling ſize; the
ceolatis, ramis pendulis. Hort. Cliff
. 454. Willow fhoots are very pliable, and fit for the baſket makers,
with ſmooth, Sawed, linear, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and ſo is much planted in the Ofier-grounds; they are of
hanging branches. Salix Orientalis, Aagellis deorſum a reddiſh colour; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth,
pulchrè pendentibus. Tourn. Cor. 41. The Weeping and fawed on their edges; thoſe on the lower part of
Willow.
the branches are placed oppoſite, but on the upper
12. Salix (Helix) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolato-linea- they are alternate, and are of a yellowiſh green.
ribus, fuperioribus oppofitis obliquis. Flor. Leyd. The eighth fort makes very long ſhoots, but the tree
Prod. 83. Willow with linear, Spear-Maped, ſmooth, ſeldom grows to a large ſize; the leaves are very long
fawed leaves, the upper of which are placed obliquely op- and entire, and are ſet cloſe upon the branches, they
و
are

S A L
S A L
a
و
و
މް
,
are of a dark green on their upper fide, but are very planted from ſets of ſeven or eight feet long always
woolly and white on their under, endingin acute points, ſend out a number of branches toward the top, which
and ſtand upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks: the young ſpread, and form large heads fit for lopping, but
branches of this ſort are woolly, and their buds are their principal ſtem never advances in height; there-
very turgid. This is pretty much planted in the Ofier- fore, where regard is paid to that, they ſhould be
grounds, for the uſe of baſket-makers.
propagated by Thort young branches, which ſhould
The ninth fort is a tree of middling growth; it cafts be put almoſt their whole length in the ground, leav-
its bark annually; the ſhoots are brittle, they have a ing only two, or at moſt but three buds out of the
yellowiſh bark; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, and ground, and when theſe have made one year's ſhoot,
ſawed on their edges; they are eared on both ſides they ſhould be all cut off, except one of the ſtrongeſt
at their baſe, and are all placed alternate, being of a and beſt ſituated, which muſt be trained up to a ftem,
light green on both ſides. This ſort is not very com- and treated in the ſame way as timber trees. If theſe
monly cultivated, the twigs being too brittle.
are planted with ſuch deſign, the rows ſhould be eight
The tenth fort hath very pliant branches, ſo is much feet aſunder, and the fets four feet diſtance in the
planted in the Ofier-grounds. The leaves of this are rows; by planting them ſo cloſe, they will naturally
very long; they are ſpear-ſhaped and entire, and are draw each other upward, and, when they are grown
green on both ſides. It grows to a middling ſize, if ſo large, as to cover the ground and meet, they
planted in moiſt land.
ſhould be gradually thinned, ſo as at the laſt to leave
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Levant, but the rows about twelve feet afunder, and the plants in
has been ſeveral years cultivated in the Engliſh gar- the rows eight. If they are ſo treated, the trees will
dens. This will grow to a middling fize; the branches grow to a large ſize, and riſe with upright ſtems to
are long, ſlender, and hang down on every ſide, ſo the height of forty feet or more.
form natural arches; the leaves are narrow, ſpear- When theſe cuttings are planted, it is uſual to ſharp-
ſhaped, ſmooth, and ſawed on their edges. It is well en thoſe ends to a point which are put into the
known in the gardens, by the title of Weeping ground, for the better thruſting of them in ; but the
Willow.
beſt way is to cut them horizontally juſt below the
The twelfth fort is a tree of lower growth; the bud or eye, and to make holes with an iron inftrument
branches of this are erect; the leaves are ſmooth, in the ground where each cutting is to be planted, and
narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, and ſawed on their edges; they when they are put in, the ground ſhould be preſſed
are of a dark or bluiſh green, and toward the upper cloſe about the cuttings with the heel to ſettle it, and
part of the branches are placed oppoſite. It is found prevent the air from penetrating deep into the ground,
by the fide of ditches in many parts of England. The after care muſt be to keep them clear from
The thirteenth fort grows naturally upon dry land, weeds the two firſt ſeaſons, by which time they will
and on high ſituations, but rarely is ſeen of a large have acquired ſo much ſtrength, as to over-power
fize; the bark is of a gray dark colour, and ſmooth; and keep down the weeds; they will alſo require ſome
the branches are brittle, ſo are unfit for baſket-makers, trimming in winter to take off any lateral ſhoots,
but it is frequently cultivated in hedges, and for fuel which, if ſuffered to grow, would retard their ap-
in many parts of England: it is called Mountain
right progreſs.
Ofier. The leaves are oval, rough, and woolly, and There are great tracts of land in England fit for this
are indented toward the top; they are about an inch purpoſe, which at preſent produce little to the owners,
and a half long, and one inch broad, rounded at both and might, by planting of theſe trees, turn to as good
ends, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks. There is a variety account as the beſt Corn land. The larger wood, if
of this in the gardens with variegated leaves.
found, is commonly fold for making wooden heels
The fourteenth fort is the common Sallow; this for ſhoes; as alſo to turners for many kinds of light
differs from the laft, in having longer leaves which
end in acute points; they are woolly on their under The Sallows are commonly planted in cuttings made
fide, and fit cloſe to the branches; they are not diſ- from ſtrong ſhoots of the former year, about three
tinguiſhed by the farmers, who cultivate them feet long; theſe are commonly thruſt down two feet
equally.
deep into the ground, and are one foot above it. The
There are ſome other forts of Willows which are cuttings ſhould be placed about five feet row from
planted in the Ofier-grounds, and are diſtinguiſhed row, and two feet aſunder in the rows, obſerving al-
by the baſket-makers and dealers in them, under ti- ways to plant the rows the ſloping way of the ground
tles which they have applied to them, which are little (eſpecially if the tides overflow the place ;) becauſe,
known to others; theſe are annually cut down, and if the rows are placed the contrary ways, all the filth
always kept low, but when they are not cut down, and weeds will be detained by the ſets, which will
and have room to grow, will riſe to a conſiderable
choak them up.
height, and ſome of them will become large trees ; The beſt ſeaſon for planting theſe cuttings in the
ſo that they may be planted for the ſame purpoſes as Olier-grounds is in February, for if they are plant-
the firſt fort, and will make a variety when intermix- ed ſooner, they are apt to peel, if it proves hard
ed with it, though they are commonly cultivated for froſt, which greatly injures them. Theſe plants are
their twigs, which produce good profit to the owner always cut every year, and, if the ſoil be good, they
of the land.
will produce a great crop, ſo that the yearly produce
All the forts of Willows may be eaſily propagated by of one acre has been often fold for fifteen pounds,
planting cuttings or fets, either in the ſpring or au- but ten pounds is a common price, which is much
tumn, (but the ſpring is the fureſt ſeaſon) which rea- better than Corn land; ſo that it is great pity theſe
dily take root, and are of a quick growth. Thoſe plants are not more cultivated, eſpecially upon moiſt
forts which grow to be large trees, and are cultivated boggy foils, upon which few other things will thrive.
for their timber, are generally planted from ſets, SALSOL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 275. Kali. Tourn.
which are about ſeven or eight feet long; theſe are, Inft. R. H. 247. tab. 128. Glaſſwort; in French, Soude.
ſharpened at their larger end, and thruft into the The CHARACTERS are,
ground by the ſides of ditches and banks, where the The empalement of the flower is permanent, and compoſed
ground is moiſt; in which places they make a con- of five oval obtuſe leaves; the flower has no petols, but
fiderable progreſs, and are a great improvement to hath five ſhort ſtamina which are inſerted in the diviſions
ſuch eftates, becauſe their tops will be fit to lop eve- of the petals ; it hath a globular germen, with a ſhort two-
ry fixth or ſeventh year. This is the uſual method pointed ſtyle, crowned by recurved frigmas. The germena
now practiſed in moſt parts of England, where the afterward becomes a globular capſule with one cell
, wrap-
trees are cultivated, as they are generally intended for ped up in the empalement, incloſing one large ſeed.
preſent profit; but if they are deſigned for large trees, This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
or are cultivated for their wood, they ſhould be of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
planted in a different manner; for thoſe which are whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The
ware.
II T

S AL
SAL
a
a
а
The Species are,
annual plant whoſe ſtalks are herbaceous, and fel-
1. SALSOLA (Kali) herbacea decumbens, foliis fubula- dom rife more than five or fix inches high. The
tis ſpinofis, calycibus marginatis axillaribus. Lin. Sp. leaves are awl-shaped, ending in acute points; the
Plant. 222. Herbaceous trailing Saljola with awl-ſhaped flowers are ſmall, and of a Roſe colour, but ſoon fade;
prickly leaves, and empalements proceeding from the ſides the ſeeds are like thoſe of the other forts.
of the ſtalks. Kali fpinofum foliis craſlioribus & bre- All the forts of Glaſſwort are ſometimes promiſcu-
vioribus. Tragum. Matth. 1035. Prickly Glaſwort ouſly uſed for making the fal alkali, but it is the
with ſporter and thicker leaves.
third fort which is eſteemed beſt for this purpoſe.
2. SALSOLA (Tragus) herbacea erecta, foliis fubulatis The manner of making it is as follows: having dug
fpinofis lævibus, calycibus ovatis. Herbaceous Salſolo a trench near the ſea, they lay laths acroſs it, on
with owl-Shaped prickly leaves, and oval empolements
. which they lay the herb in heaps, and having made a
Kali fpinofum, foliis longioribus & anguftioribus. fire below, the liquor which runs out of the herbs
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 247. Prickly Glaſſwort with longer drops to the bottom, which at length thickening be-
and narrower leaves.
comes ſal alkali, which is partly of a black, and
3. SALSOLA (Soda) herbacea, foliis inermibus. Guett. partly of an Ath colour, very ſharp and corroſive, and
Stamp. 426. Herbaceous Salfola with ſmooth leaves. Ka- of a faltiſh taſte. This, when thoroughly hardened,
li majus cochleato ſemine. C. B. P. 287. Greater Glaſ- becomes like a ftone, and is there called foude or
wort with a cochleated leaf.
fode. It is tranſported from thence to other coun-
4. SALSOLA (Vermiculata) fruteſcens, foliis ovatis acutis tries for making of glaſs.
carnoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 223. Shrubby Salſola with SALT is a foffil body, fuſible by fire, and congeala-
ovel, fleſhy, acute-pointed leaves. Kali fruticoſum Hif- ble again, in the cold, into brittle glebes or cryſtals ;
panicum, tamarilci folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 247, foluble withal in water, ſo as to diſappear therein ;
• Shrubby Spaniſh Gloſſwort with a Tamariſk leaf.
never malleable, and having ſomething in it, which, to
5. SALSOLA (Roſacea) herbacea, foliis fubulatis mu- the organ of taſte, affords a ſenſation of acrimony and
crenatis, calycibus explanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 222. ſharpnes.
Herbaceous Salfola with pointed awl-shaped leaves, and Dr. Grew fuppoſes. That the chief governing prin-
Spreading empalements
. Kali humile, alis purpureis ciple in the juices of plants is the faline or Salt,
forem rofaceum mentientibus. Buxb. Cent. 1. p. 9. which faline principle is to be underſtood as a gene-
Dwarf Gloffwort, baving purple wings wbicb reſemble e ral term. The vegetable Salts seem to be four, viz.
Rose flower.
the nitrous, the acid, the alkaline, and the marine.
The firſt fort grow snaturally in the falt-marſhes in di- The nitrous Salts ſeem by nature to be aſſigned chiefly
vers parts of England; it is an annual plant, which to the growth of plants, and the other three Salts are
riſes about five or ſix inches high, ſending out many
exhibited by the ſeveral ways of refolving the princi-
ſide branches from the bottom, which ſpread on every ples of a plant.
fide; theſe are garniſhed with ſhort awl-shaped leaves Salt is accounted a good dreſſing for cold lands, be-
which are fleſhy, and terminate in acute fpines. The cauſe the nature of it is ſuch, that the drier and hot-
flowers are produced from the ſides of the branches, ter it is kept, the more it keeps its own body, and
to which they fit cloſe, and are encompaſſed by ſhort does not turn to water : but when it ſtands in a cold
prickly leaves, they are ſmall, and of an herbaceous moiſt place, in a little time it diffolves to water, and,
colour. The ſeeds are wrapped up in the empale- when turned to water, is fit for the nouriſhment and
ment of the flower, and ripen in autumn, foon after feeding of plants, eſpecially annuals.
which the plants decay.
The reaſon why Salt, viz. Salt water, is accounted a
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the ſandy ſhores feeder of plants, is, that it has been often obſerved
of the ſouth of France, Spain, and Italy ; this is alſo that Salt falling on a board, &c. will be long drying;
an annual plant, which ſends out many diffuſed and, if it has been dried by heat, dews, or rain, will
Italks a foot and a half long, which are garniſhed make it moiſt again, and then it fteams forth, and
with linear leaves an inch long, ending with ſharp that is it which nouriſhes all plants; but, if it be up-
ſpines. The flowers come out from the ſide of the on a hot and dry ground, late in the ſpring, and dry
ftalks in the ſame manner as thoſe of the former ; weather comes, it does not, nor can yield its fteam
their empalements are blunt, and not ſo cloſely en-
or fume.
compaſſed with leaves as thoſe of the other.
Pigeons dung is by many eſteemed good for cold lands,
The third fort riſes with herbaceous ſtalks near three becauſe it is hotter and falter than any other dung, it
feet high, ſending out hoary branches their whole being natural to pigeons to eat Salt, for they fly.to
length, which at bottom ſpread out wide, but to- the ſea ſide early on mornings to pick up the Salt,
ward the top they are ſhort. The leaves on the which the heat of the ſun makes by drying up the
principal ſtalk, and thoſe on the lower part of the Salt water, and leaves upon the ſand.
branches, are long, ſender, and have no ſpines; thoſe The Rev. Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe of Ve-
on the upper part of the ſtalk and branches are flen- getation, obſerves, that plants are of a leſs durable
der, ſhort, and crooked. At the baſe of the leaves texture, as they abound with a greater proportion of
are produced the flowers, which are ſmall and hardly Sałt and water, which is not ſo ſtrongly attracted as
perceptible; the empalement of the flower afterward ſulphur and air, ſo they are the leſs able to endure the
encompaſſes the capſule, which contains one cochle- cold; and, as plants are obſerved to have a greater
ated feed. This fort in warm countries produces its proportion of Salt and water in them in the ſpring
flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt; but than in autumn, they are more eaſily injured by cold
in this country the plants ſcarce ever flower, unleſs in the ſpring, than in a more advanced age, when
the ſummer is very warm. This plant is cultivated their quantity of oil is increaſed, with their greater
about Montpelier in falt-marſhes, in order to make maturity.
fal alkali.
Whence we find, that nature's chief buſineſs in bring-
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Spain; this hath ing the parts of a vegetable, eſpecially its fruit and
ſhrubby perennial ſtalks which riſe three or four feet ſeed, to a maturity, is to combine together, in a due
high, fending cut many fide branches, which are gar- proportion, the more active and noble principles of
niſhed with fleſhy, oval, acute-pointed leaves, coming ſulphur and air, that chiefly conſtitute oil, which in
out in cluſters from the ſide of the branches; they are its moſt refined ſtate is never found without ſome de-
hoary, and have no ſtiff prickles. The flowers are gree of earth and Salt in it.
produced from between the leaves toward the ends of Common Salt, if it could be obtained at a reaſona-
the branches; they are ſo ſmall as ſcarce to be dif- ble rate, would be an excellent dreſſing for moſt
cerned, unleſs they are cloſely viewed. The ſeeds lands, but the exorbitant duty which is laid upon it,
are like thoſe of the other kinds.
renders it too expenſive to be uſed for this purpoſe,
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Tartary; this is an ſo that it is needleſs to mention its uſefulneſs.
SALVIA.
a
و
3

SAL
SAL
و
9
gated leaf
SALVIA: Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 180. tab. 83. Lin. leaves, the upper ones ſingle and crenated, flowers grocesa
Gen. Plant. 36. [fo called from falvus, or falus vitæ, ing in whorls, and the most hairy trailing ſtalks. Salvia
i. e. the health of life.] Sage; in French, Sauge. orientalis, latifolia, Abfinthium redolens, flore carneo
The CHARACTERS are,
magno. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. p. 167. Eaſtern, broad-
The empalement of the flower is tubulous, of one leaf, leaved, Wormwood Sage, with a large fleſh-coloured flower:
ftriated, and large ai the mouth, where it is cut into g. SALVIA (Dominica) foliis cordatis obtufis crenatis
four parts. The flower is of the lip kind, of one petal; ſubtomentofis, corollis calyce angustioribus. Lin. Sp.
the lower part is tubulous, the upper is large and com- Plant. 25. Sage with heart-ſhaped, blunt, crenated leaves
preſjed ; the upper lip is concave, incurved, and indented which are somewhat woolly, and the petals narrower than
at the point ; the lower lip is broad and trifid, the mid- the empalement. Velezia Monier. The Velezia of Dr.
dle ſegment being large, roundiſh, and indented. It has two Monier.
Sort ſtamina which ſtand tranſverſe to the lip, and are 10. SALVIA (Aurea) foliis fubrotundis integerrimis, baſi
fixed in the middle to the tube, to whoſe tops are fixed truncatis dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 13. Sage with roundiſh
glands, upon the upper ſide of which fit the ſummits; it entire leaves which are torn, and indented at their baſe.
has a four-pointed germen ſupporting a long ſender ſtyle, Salvia Africana frutefcens, folio fubrotundo glauco,
ſituated between the stamina, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. flore magno aureo. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 183. Shrubby
The germen afterward becomes four roundiſ ſeeds which African Sage with a roundiſh gray leaf, and a large golden
ripen in the empalement.
flower.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of 11. SALVIA (Africana) foliis fubrotundis ferratis, baſi
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants truncatis dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 13. Sage with roundija
whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle. To Sawed leaves which are torn, and indented at their baſe.
this genus he has added the Horminum and Sclarea Salvia Africana fruteſcens, folio ſcorodoniæ, flore
of Tournefort, which, according to his ſyſtem, may violaceo. Hort. Amít. 2. p. 18. Shrubby African Sage,
be joined together ; but as there is a difference in with a Wood Sage leaf and a Violei flower.
the lips of the flowers, I have choſen to keep the three 12. SALVIA (Integerrima) foliis oblongo-ovatis integer-
genera diſtinct, becauſe they have always been known rimis, calycibus patulis coloratis. Tab. 225. fig. 2.
by their different titles both in the gardens and ſhops. Sage with oblong, oval, entire leaves, and spreading co-
The SPECIES are,
loured empalements.
1. SALVIA (Officinalis) foliis lanceolatis-ovatis integris The firſt fort is the common large Sage which is
crenulatis, floribus verticillato-ſpicatis. Sage with cultivated in gardens, of which there are the follow-
Spear-ſhaped, oval, eniire leaves, which are ſightly cre- ing varieties: 1. The common green Sage. 2. The
nated on their edges, and flowers growing in whorled Wormwood Sage. 3. The green Sage with a varie-
Spikes. Salvia major. C. B. P. The greater Sage.
4 The red Sage. 5. The red Sage with a
2. SALVIA (Tomentoſa) foliis infimis cordatis, fummis variegated leaf; theſe are accidental variations, and
oblongo-ovatis ferratis tomentofis, foribus verticillato- therefore are not enumerated as ſpecies. The common
fpicatis. Sage with beart-ſhaped lower leaves, the upper Sage grows naturally in the ſouthern parts of Europe,
are oblong, oval, Jawed, and woolly, and flowers grow- but is here cultivated in gardens for uſe; but that va-
ing in whorled ſpikes. Salvia latifolia ferrata. C. B. P. riety with red or blackiſh leaves is the moſt common
237. Brood-leaved fawed Sage.
in the Engliſh gardens, and the Wormwood Sage is
3. SALVIA (Auriculata) foliis lanceolatis fæpius articu-
3
in greater plenty here than the common green-leaved
latis fubrus tomentofis, foribus fpicato-verticillatis, Sage, which is but in few gardens. The common
calycibus ventricoſis. Sage with Spear-ſhaped leaves Sage is ſo well known as to require no deſcription.
which are frequently eared, and woolly on their under ſide, The ſecond ſort is generally titled balſamic Sage by
flowers growing in whorled ſpikes, and bellied empole- the gardeners. The ſtalks of this do not grow fo
Salvia minor aurita & non aurita. C. B. P. upright as thoſe of the common Sage; they are very
237. Smaller Sage with leaves earleſs and eared, commonly hairy, and divide into ſeveral branches, which are gar-
called Sage of Virtue.
niſhed with broad, heart-ſhaped, woolly leaves, ſtanding
SALVIA (Hiſpanica) foliis lineari-lanceolatis integer- upon long foot-ſtalks ; they are fawed on their edges,
rimis tomentofis, floribus fpicatis calycibus breviffi- and their upper ſurfaces are rough ; the leaves, which
mis ventricoſis acutis. Sage with linecr, Spear-ſhaped, are upon the flower-ſtalks, are oblong and oval,
woolly, entire leaves, ſpiked flowers, and the shorteſt bel- ftanding upon ſhorter foot-ſtalks, and are very ſlightly
lied empalements ending in acute points. Salvia Hiſpa- ſawed on their edges; the flowers grow in whorled
nica Lavendulæ folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 181. Spa- ſpikes toward the top of the branches; the whorls
niſh Sage with a Lavender leaf.
are pretty far diſtant, and but few flowers in each ;
5. SALVIA (Fruticoſa) foliis infimis pinnatis, ſummis they are of a pale blue, and about the ſize of thoſe
ternatis rugoſis, floribus ſpicatis, caule fruticofo to- of the common ſort. It flowers in June, and in good
mentoſa. Sage with winged lower leaves, the upper ones
ſeaſons the ſeeds ripen in autumn. This Sage is pre-
trifoliate and rough, flowers growing in Spikes, and a ferred to all the others for making tea.
ſhrubby woolly ſtalk. Salvia orientalis Abfinthium redo- The third fort is the common Sage of Virtue, which
lens, foliis pinnatis, flore carneo elatior. Sherard. is alſo well known in the gardens and markets. The
Act. Phil. Lond. 383. Taller Eaſtern Sage with a
leaves of this are narrower than thoſe of the com-
Wormwood ſmell, winged leaves, and a fleſh-coloured flower. mon fort; they are hoary, and ſome of them are in-
6. SALVIA (Pomifera) foliis lanceolato-ovatis integris dented on their edges toward the baſe, which inden-
crenulatis, floribus fpicatis, calycibus obtufis. Hort. tures have the appearance of ears. The ſpikes of flowers
Cliff. 12. Sage with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, entire leaves are longer than thoſe of the two former forts, and
which are ſlightly crenated, Spiked flowers, and blunt em- the whorls are generally naked, having no leaves be-
palements
. Salvia Cretica fruteſcens pomifera, foliis tween them. The flowers are ſmaller, and of a deep:
longioribus incanis & criſpis. Tourn. Cor. 10. Shrubby er blue than thoſe of the common red Sage.
Apple-bearing Sage of Crete, with longer, boary, and curled The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain. The leaves
leaves.
of this are very narrow and entire, ſtanding in cluf-
7. SALVIA (Pinnata) foliis compofitis pinnatis. Hort. ters on the ſide of the ſtalks ; they are very hoary,
Chiff. 13. Sage with compound winged leaves
. Salvia and the branches are covered with a hoary down; the
orientalis, latifolia, hirfutiffima, viſcoſa, pinnata, leaves on the upper part of the ſtalk are narrower than
flore & calyce purpureis inodora. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. thoſe of Roſemary; the flowers grow in cloſer ſpikes
p. 167. Eoftern, broad-leaved, þeiry, unfavoury Sage, than either of the former, and are of a light blue
with clammy winged leaves, and the flowers and empale- colour.
menis purple.
The fifth fort grows naturally about Smyrna, from
8. SALVIA (Orientalis) foliis infimis pinnatis, fummis whence the late Dr. William Sherard ſent the feeds,
fimplicibus crenatis, floribus verticillatis caulibus pro- which ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden. This rifes
cumbentibus hirſutiſſimis. Sage with winged lower with a ſhrubby ſtalk four or five feet high, and divides
into
و
ments.
و

S A L
SAL
a
into ſeveral branches which grow erect. The leaves
on the lower branches are winged, being compoſed
of two or three pair of ſmall lobes, terminated by one
large one. Thoſe which grow on the flowering
branches are trifoliate, the two inner lobes being
ſmall, and the outer one is large, ending in a point;
they have the flavour of Wormwood, and their upper
ſurface is rough. The flowers grow in long ſpikes at
the end of the branches; the whorts are pretty cloſe
to each other, and have no leaves between them ; the
flowers are large, and of a fleſh colour. This flowers
in July, but never produces good ſeeds in England.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath a
ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes four or five feet high, di-
viding into ſeveral branches, which are garniſhed
with ſpear-ſhaped, oval, entire, woolly leaves, ſlightly
crenated on their edges. The flowers grow in ſpikes
at the end of the branches; they are of a pale blue
colour, and have obtufe empalements. The branches
of this Sage have often punctures made in them by
inſects, at which places grow large protuberances as
big as Apples, in the ſame manner as the galls upon
the Oak, and the rough balls on the Briar.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the Levant; this
is an annual or biennial plant, with trailing ſtalks.
The leaves on the lower part of the ſtalks are com-
poſed of two or three ſmall pair of lobes, terminated
by one large one; thoſe farther up are trifoliate, the
outer lobe being four times the ſize of the ſide ones.
The flowers grow in whorls round the ſtalks ; they
are large, and of a deep blue colour, as are alſo
their empalements. This flowers in July, and the
ſeeds ripen in autumn, ſoon after which the plants
generally decay.
The eighth fort grows naturally about Smyrna, where
the late Dr. Sherard gathered the ſeeds; this is a per-
ennial plant with trailing ſtalks, which grow near
two feet long, garniſhed toward the bottom with
leaves compoſed of two pair of ſmall lobes termi-
nated by a large one, but thoſe toward the top are
fingle and ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are produced
in whorls round the ſtalks ; they are large, and of a
fleſh colour, but are not ſucceeded by feeds here.
The ninth fort grows naturally at St. Domingo; this
is an annual plant, which riſes with an erect, four-
cornered, branching ſtalk three or four feet high,
garniſhed with large heart-ſhaped leaves of a bright
green colour, which are obtuſely crenated on their
edges, having ſeveral veins on their lower fide, which
diverge from the midrib to the ſides. Their foot-ſtalks
are long and ſlender; the flowers are produced in
cloſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are of a
fine blue colour, and their tubes are narrower than
the empalement. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or eight
feet high, covered with a light-coloured bark, ſend-
ing out branches the whole length, which grow al-
moſt horizontally; they are garniſhed with roundiſh
gray leaves which are entire, and ſeem torn at their
baſe, where they are alſo indented. The flowers are
produced in thick ſhort ſpikes at the end of the
branches; they are very large, and of a dark gold
colour; they appear in May and June, but are not
ſucceeded by feeds in England.
The eleventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope; this riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk four or
five feet high, dividing into branches, which are gar-
niſhed with oval fawed leaves of a gray colour, and
have one or two indentures at their baſe that feem
The flowers come out in whorls toward the
end of the branches; they are of a fine blue colour,
and larger than thoſe of the common Şage; theſe ap-
pear in fucceffion moſt of the ſummer months, and
thoſe which come early, are often ſucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn.
The twelfth fort has been lately raiſed in the Dutch
gardens, from ſeeds which were brought from the Cape
of Good Hope. It has great reſemblance to the for-
mer, but the branches are ſtronger and grow more
erect; the leaves are longer and not ſo broad; their
edges are not ſawed; the flowers grow in long looſe
ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are larger, and
of a paler blue than the other, and their empalements
are broader, ſpread wider, and are of a pale blue
colour, in which conſiſts their difference.
All the forts of Sage may be propagated by feeds if
they can be procured; but as ſome of them do not
perfect their feeds in England, and moſt of the forts,
but eſpecially the common kinds for uſe, are eaſily
propagated by flips, it is not worth while to raiſe
them from ſeeds. The flips of the hardy forts ihould
be planted the beginning of April on a ſhady border,
where, if they are now and then refreſhed with water,
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, they will ſoon take
When the flips have made good roots, they
may be taken up with balls of earth, and tranſplanted
where they are to remain, which ſhould always be
upon a dry foil, and where they may have the bene-
fit of the fun: for if they are planted on a moiſt foil,
or in a ſhady ſituation, they are very ſubject to be
deſtroyed in winter; nor will theſe plants endure the
cold ſo well, when planted upon a rich ſoil, as thoſe
which have a barren, dry, rocky foil, which is the caſe
of moſt of the verticillate plants; for theſe will often
grow upon walls, where, although they are more ex-
poſed to the cold than thoſe plants in the ground,
they are always found to remain in ſevere winters
when the others are deſtroyed. The ſide ſhoots and
tops of theſe plants may be gathered in the ſummer,
and dried, if deſigned for tea, otherwiſe they are
beſt taken green from the plants for moſt other uſes.
The roots of the common ſorts of Sage will laſt fe-
veral years, if they are in a dry warm ſoil; but where
they are often cropped for uſe, the plants will become
ragged, ſo there ſhould be a ſucceſſion of young ones
raiſed every other year.
The fifth, fixth, and eighth forts are fomewhat ten-
der, ſo will not live through the winter in the open
air in England, therefore theſe muſt be planted into
pots filled with freſh, light, fandy earth, and in win-
ter they muſt be removed under a hot-bed frame,
that they may have a great ſhare of freſh air whenever
the ſeaſon is mild; for if they are too much drawn,
they ſeldom flower well, and make but an indifferent
appearance. In ſummer they muſt be expofed a-
mongſt other exotic plants in ſome well-fheltered fitu-
ation, for they are pretty hardy, and only require to
be ſheltered from the froſt. Theſe plants muſt be
often refreſhed with water in warm weather, other-
wiſe they will ſhrivel and decay; and they ſhould be
new-potted at leaſt twice every ſummer, becauſe their
roots will greatly increaſe, which, if confined in the
pots too long, will turn mouldy and decay.
The ſeventh and ninth forts are annual plants, fo are
only propagated by feeds; theſe may be fown upon a
bed of light earth in the places where they are to re-
main. The feeds of the ſeventh fort ſhould be fown
in autumn, and then the plants will come up the
following ſpring; but, if they are kept out of the
ground till ſpring, the plants will not come up till
the next year. Thoſe of the ninth fort may be fown
the beginning of April upon a warm border, where
the plants will appear in May, and require no other
care but to thin them where they grow too cloſe, and
keep them clean from weeds; and if they ſhould
grow tall, they muſt be ſupported, otherwiſe the
ſtrong winds will break them down; but the ſeventh
fort ſpreads its branches upon the ground, ſo will re-
quire no ſupport, therefore this only requires to have
room, and to be kept clean from weeds.
The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth forts are natives of
a warmer country, ſo theſe require protection in win-
ter ; they are eaſily propagated by cuttings in the
ſpring and ſummer months. If theſe are planted
early in the ſpring, it will be the better way to plant
them in pots, which ſhould be plunged into a very
moderate hot-bed ; and, if they are ſhaded from the
fun in the heat of the day, and gently refreſhed with
3
root.
3
torn.
3
water

SA M
SA M
3
a
water as they may require it, they will have put out
good rcots in about two months, when they ſhould
be inured gradually to the open air, into which they
ſhould be removed ſoon after. The cuttings, which
are raiſed early in the ſeaſon, will become ſtrong plants
before winter, ſo will be in a better condition to reſiſt
the cold than thoſe which are weak.
If the cuttings are planted in ſummer, they will re-
quire no artificial heat, ſo that if theſe are planted on
a bed of freſh loamy earth, and covered cloſe down
with a bell or hand-glaſs, and ſhaded from the ſun
in the heat of the day, giving them now and then a
little water, they will take root freely; and when they
begin to ſhoot, they ſhould have free air admitted to
them by raiſing the glaſs on one ſide, and ſo gradu-
ally expoſed to the open air. When the plants are
well rooted, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light earth, and
placed in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken new
root; then they may removed to a ſheltered ſituation,
where they may remain till the approach of froſt,
when they muſt be carried into ſhelter, and in winter
treated in the ſame manner as other hardy green-houſe
plants, which only require protection from froſt, ob-
ſerving not to over-water them during the cold wea-
ther, but in ſummer, when they are in the open air,
they will require it often.
SALVIA AGRESTIS. See TEUCRIUM.
SAMBUCUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 606. tab. 376.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 334. [fo called of fambuca, a mu-
fical inſtrument made of this wood, and uſed by the
ancients.] The Elder-tree; in French, Sureau.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf,
cut into five parts; it has one concave wheel-ſhaped pe-
tal, cut into five obtuſe ſegments at the brim, which are re-
flexed, and five awl-shaped ſtamina the length of the petal,
terminated by roundiſh Summits, with an oval germen
ſituated under the flower, having no ſtyle, in room of
which is a ſwelling gland, crowned by three obtuſe ſtigmas.
The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh berry with one
cell, including three angular ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe
flowers have five ſtamina and three ſtyles.
The Species are,
1. SAMBUCUS (Nigra) caule arboreo ramofo, floribus
umbellatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 243. Elder with a
branching tree-like ſtalk, and flowers growing in umbels.
Sambucus fructu in umbellâ nigro. C. B. P. 456.
Common Elder with black berries growing in on umbel.
2. SAMBUCUS (Laciniata) foliis pinnatifidis, floribus
umbellatis, caule fruticoſo ramoſo. Elder with wing-
pointed leaves, flowers growing in umbels, and a ſhrubby
branching ſtalk. Sambucus laciniato folio. C. B. P.
456. Cut-leaved Elder, commonly called Parſley-leaved
Elder.
3. SAMBUCUS (Racemoſa) racemis compoſitis, ovatis,
caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 270. Elder with oval
compound bunches of flowers, and a tree-like ſtalk. Sam-
bucus racemoſa rubra. C. B. P. 456. Red-berried
Mountain Elder.
4. SAMBUCUS (Ebulus) caule herbaceo ramoſo, foliolis
dentatis. Tab. 226. Elder with a branching herbaceous
ftclk, and the ſmall leaves indented. Sambucus humi-
lis, five Ebulus. C. B. P. 456. Dwarf Elder, or Ebulus.
5. SAMBUCUS (Humilus) caule herbaceo ramoſo, foliolis
lineari-lanceolatis acutè dentatis. Elder with an her-
baceous branching ſtalk, and linear Spear-ſhaped lobes which
are ſharply indented. Sambucus humilis, ſive Ebulus
folio laciniato. C. B. P. 456. Dwarf Elder, or Ebu-
lus, with a cut leaf.
6. SAMBUCUS (Canadenſis) cymis quinquepartitis, foliis
ſub-bipinnatis, caule fruteſcente. Lin. Sp. Plant.
385. Canada Elder with winged leaves, and a ſhrubby
ſtalk.
The firſt fort here mentioned is the common Elder,
which is ſo well known as to need no deſcription ; of
this there are the following varieties, viz. the white
and green berried Elder, and the variegated leaved
Elder. The latter is undoubtedly a variety, but i
much doubt if the white is not a diſtinct ſpecies, for
the lobes of the leaves are much leſs, and are very
Nightly ſawed on their edges, whereas thoſe of the
common fort are deeply ſawed; they are alſo ſmooth-
er and of a lighter green, and the plants which
have been raiſed from the berries have not altered,
ſo there is great reaſon for ſuppoſing them different
ſpecies; but as I have made but one trial of this, I
am unwilling to determine upon a ſingle experiment,
but ſhall leave it as a doubt till further trial is made.
The ſecond ſort is generally titled Parſley-leaved El-
der, by the gardeners; this is by ſome ſuppoſed to be
only a variety of the firſt, but there can be little rea-
fon for doubting of its being a diſtinct ſpecies. The
lobes of theſe leaves are narrower than thoſe of the
firſt, and are cut into ſeveral fegments; theſe are
again deeply indented on their edges regularly, in
form of winged leaves. The ſtalks of this are much
ſmaller than thoſe of the firſt, and the ſhoots are ſhort ;
the leaves have not ſo ſtrong an odour, and their ber-
ries are a little ſmaller.
The third ſort grows naturally upon the mountains in
Germany and Italy; this fends up many fhrubby
ſtalks from the root, which rife ten or twelve feet
high, and divide into many branches, which are co-
vered with a brown bark; the leaves come out oppo-
ſite; thoſe on the lower part of the branches are com-
poſed generally of two pair of lobes, terminated by
an odd one; theſe are ſhorter and broader than thoſe
of the common Elder, and are deeply ſawed on their
edges; the leaves on the upper part of the branches
have frequently but three lobes; they are of a pale
green colour, and pretty ſmooth. The flowers come
out at the end of the ſhoots in oval bunches, which
are compoſed of ſeveral ſmaller ; they are of an her-
baceous white colour, and appear in April ; theſe are
ſometimes ſucceeded by berries in England, which are
red when ripe.
The fourth fort grows naturally in many of the mid-
land counties in England, where it is frequently a
troubleſome weed in the fields; this is called Dwarf
Elder, Danewort, and Walwort. It hath creeping
roots which ſpread far in the ground on every ſide, ſo
propagates very faſt wherever the plant once gets pof-
fefſion; the ſtalks are herbaceous, and riſe from three
to five feet high, in proportion to the goodneſs of the
ground, and ſend out a few fide branches toward the
top; they are garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
poſed of fix or ſeven pair of narrow lobes, terminated
by an odd one ; theſe are about four inches long, and
one broad near their baſe, ending in acute points ;
they are of a deep green, a little indented on their
edges, and are placed by pairs along the midrib. The
powers grow in umbels at the top of the ſtalks; they
are of the ſame form with thoſe of the common El-
der, but are ſmaller, and are ſpotted with red. Theſe
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by black berries
like thoſe of the common Elder, but are ſmaller.
This plant is frequently uſed in medicine; it purges
ferous watery humours by ftool, and is therefore much
recommended for the dropſy, in which diſorder I
have known the juice of this plant perform wonders
in a ſhort time; it was adminiſtered three times a
week, two ſpoonfuls was the doſe given at each time.
It is alſo accounted a good medicine for the gout,
and ſcorbutic diſorders. The young ſhoots of the
common Elder are frequently ſold for this in the mar-
kets, from which it may be eaſily diſtinguiſhed, by
the number and ſhape of the lobes on each leaf:
the common Elder has ſeldom more than five lobes to
each leaf, which are broader and much ſhorter than
than thoſe of the Dwarf Elder, and are pretty deeply
ſawed on their edges ; but the leaves of the Dwarf
Elder have nine, eleven, or thirteen lobes to each leaf,
which are long, narrow, and very ſlightly indented
on their edges.
The roots of the fifth fort do not creep ſo much in the
ground as thoſe of the fourth ; the ſtalks are herba-
ceous, but do not riſe ſo high, and are cloſely gar-
3
niſhed
II U

SA M
S A M
upon almoſt
niſhed with leaves which have ſeldom more than ſe- of the Box-tree, fo is often uſed for the ſame purpoſes,
ven lobes to each, and toward the top of the ſtalks where Box-wood is ſcarce.
but five; theſe are longer and narrower than thoſe of The bark, leaves, flowers, and berries of this tree,
the former, and are deeply cut on their edges, ending are uſed in medicine. The inner bark is eſteemed
with winged acute points. The flowers are produced good for dropſies, the leaves are outwardly uſed for
in umbels at the top of the ſtalks, which are ſhaped the piles and inflammations. The flowers are in-
like thofe of the former, and are ſucceeded by the wardly uſed to expel wind, and the berries are eſteem-
like berries.
ed cordial and uſeful in hyſteric diſorders, and are
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America, frequently put into gargariſms for fore mouths and
where it riſes to the height of twenty feet, but in Eng- throats.
land it is ſeldom ſeen much more than half that SAMOLUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 143. tab, 60.
height; and while the plants are young and full of Lin. Gen. Plant. 205. Round-leaved Water Pim-
ſap, the froſt frequently kill their young ſhoots al- pernel.
moſt to the ground, and in wet autumns, when the The CHARACTERS are,
ſhoots are replete with moiſture, the early froſts fre- The empalement of the flower is permanent, ereet, and
quently injure them.
cut into five ſegments. It has one petal, with a Mort
The leaves of this fort have generally ſeven or nine Spreading tube ; the brim is plain, obtuſe, and cut into
lobes, which are longer and narrower than thoſe of five parts. It has five ſhort ſtamina placed between each
the common Elder, and the berries are ſmaller than Segment of the petal, terminated by ſummits which join
thoſe of that fort, but of the ſame black colour, together. The germen is ſituated under the flower, ſup-
though not fo full of juice, nor have the leaves fo porting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned by a beaded ſtigma. The
ſtrong a ſcent.
germen afterward becomes an oval capſule with one cell,
The three firſt forts may be eaſily propagated from cut half through into five valves, filled with ſmall oval
cuttings, or by fowing their feeds; but the former feeds.
being the moſt expeditious method, is generally prac- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
tiſed. The ſeaſon for planting of their cuttings is Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
any
time from September to March, in the doing of whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
which, there needs no more care than to thruſt the We have but one Species of this plant, viz.
cuttings about fix or eight inches into the ground, and Samolus (Valerandi) valerandi. J. B. Round-leaved
they will take root faſt enough, and may afterwards Water Pimpernel
.
be tranſplanted where they are to remain, which may This plant grows wild in ſwampy places, where the
be
any
ſoil or ſituation; they are extreme water uſually ſtands in winter, and is ſeldom preſerv-
hardy, and if their ſeeds are permitted to fall upon the ed in gardens. It is an annual plant which flowers in
ground, they will produce plenty of plants the ſuc- June, and the ſeeds are ripe in Auguft; at which
ceeding ſummer.
time, whoever hath a mind to cultivate this plant,
Theſe trees are often planted for making fences, be- ſhould fow the feeds on a moiſt foil, where the plants
cauſe of their quick growth; but as their bottoms be- will come up, and require no farther care but to
come naked in a few years, they are not ſo proper for keep them clean from weeds.
that purpoſe; neither would I recommend them to SAMYD A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 525. Guidonia. Plum.
be planted near habitations, becauſe at the ſeaſon when Nov. Gen. 4. tab. 24.
they are in flower, they emit ſuch a ſtrong ſcent, as
The CHARACTERS are,
will occaſion violent pains in the heads of thoſe who The flower has a rough bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf,
abide long near them; beſides, the crude
which is cut at the brim into five points, which ſpread
are continually perſpired through their leaves, are ac- open. It has no petal, but has fifteen ſhort awl-ſhaped
counted unwholeſome, though the leaves, bark, and ſtamina inſerted in the empalement, terminated by oval
other parts, are greatly eſteemed for many uſes in Summits, and a hairy globular germen, Supporting a cylin-
medicine.
drical ſtyle, crowned by a headed ſtigma. The germen af-
,
The fourth ſort propagates itſelf faſt enough where- terward becomes an oval berry with four furrows, having
ever it is once planted, by its creeping roots, ſo that four cells, including many kidney-Shaped ſeeds immerſed in
it is very difficult to keep it within bounds, therefore the oval receptacle.
is not a proper plant for gardens ; but thoſe who are This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
inclined to keep it for medicinal uſe, need only plant Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
one or two of the roots in any abject part of a gar- whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
den or field, and the place will ſoon be ſpread over
The SPECIES are,
with it.
I. SAMYDA (Serrulata) floribus dodecandris foliis ova-
The fifth fort is preſerved in botanic gardens for the to-oblongis ſerrulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 558. Samyda
ſake of variety, but is ſeldom admitted into other gar- with oblong, oval, ſawed leaves, and flowers with twelve
dens. This propagates by the root, though not ſo ſtamina. Guidonia ulmi foliis, flore roſeo. Plum.
faſt as the other.
Nov. Gen. 4. Guidonia with Elm leaves, and a Roſe-
The ſixth fort will put out roots from cuttings, al- coloured flower.
moft as well as the common Elder; but as it is liable 2. SAMYDA (Parviflora) floribus decandris foliis, ovato
to injury from ſevere froſts, ſo it ſhould be planted in oblongis, utrinque glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 557. Sa-
a ſheltered ſituation.
myda with flowers having ten ſtamina, and oblong, oval,
The common Elder will grow upon any foil or in Smooth leaves
. Guidonia nucis juglandis folio. Plum.
any ſituation ; the trees are frequently ſeen growing Noy. Gen. 4. Guidonia with a Walnut-tree leaf.
on the top, and out of the ſide of old walls; and Theſe plants grow naturally in the Weſt-Indies; the
they are often feen growing cloſe to ditches, and in firſt fort riſes with a fhrubby ſtalk fix or eight feet
very moiſt places; ſo that wherever the ſeeds are ſcat- high, ſending out ſeveral weak branches, which are
tered, the plants will come up, as they often do garniſhed with oval leaves drawing to a point; they
from the hollow of another tree. The leaves and are an inch and a half long, and one inch broad,
ſtalks of this plant are ſo bitter and nauſeous, that few ſawed on their edges, and of a light green colour.
animals will browſe upon it. I have often ſeen the The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves
trees growing in parks, where there has been variety upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they have a five-leaved em-
of animals, and have obſerved they were untouched, palement, which is of a bright red within ; the ſtami-
when almoſt all the other trees within reach have been na which are about ten in number, are inſerted in the
cropped by the cattle.
empalement, and ſtand erect; and in the center is fi-
The young ſhoots of this tree are ſtrong and very full tuated an oval germen, which turns to a berry with
of pith, but as the trees grow old, their wood be- four cells, containing ſmall ſeeds.
comes very hard, and will poliſh almoſt as well as that
The
parts which

S A N
SAN
و
a
The other fort has leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the for- concave leaves, which fall away. It has eight oblong
mer, but are longer and ſmooth; the inſide of the obtufe, Spreading petals, which are alternately narrow. It
empalement is of a purple colour, in which it differs
has many ſingle ſtamina which are ſhorter than the pe-
from the firſt.
tals, terminated by ſingle ſummits, and an oblong compreff-
Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be ed germen having no ſtyle, crowned by a permanent thick
procured from the countries where they naturally ſtigma with two channels. The germen becomes en oblong
grow; theſe muſt be fown upon a hot-bed in the bellied capſule with two valves, pointed at boih ends, in-
fpring, and when the plants come up, they muſt be cloſing round acute-pointed ſeeds.
planted in ſmall pots filled with good kitchen-garden
-
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
and treated in the ſame way as other tender plants plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and one ſtyle.
from the ſame countries. Theſe ſhould be kept in the
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
bark-bed in the ſtove till they have acquired ſtrength, SANGUINARIA (Canadenſis.) Hort. Cliff. 202. Puccoon.
then they may be expoſed in ſummer, but in winter Chelidonium majus, Canadenſe acaulon. Corn. Canad.
they require a good green-houſe.
212. Greater Celandine of Canada having no ſtalks.
SAND, as Dr. Boerhaave defines it, is earth properly There are ſome few other varieties of this plant men-
fo called, which is a foffil body, neither diffoluble by tioned in the Eltham Garden, but they are not diſ-
fire, water, nor air ; infipid and untranſparent, more tinct fpecies, for they vary annually, therefore it is
fuſible than ftone, ſtill friable, and containing uſually to no purpoſe to mention their variations.
a ſhare of fatneſs.
This plant was formerly ranged in the genus of Ce-
Dr. Liſter divides the Engliſh Sands into two claſſes; landine, by the title of Chelidonium maximum Ca-
the firſt, ſharp or rag Sand, conſiſting of ſmall tranſ- nadenle acaulon; and this name of Sanguinaria was
parent pebbles, naturally found on the mountains, applied to it by Dr. Dillenius, who was profeffor of
and not calcinable; theſe he farther divides into fine botany at Oxford. We have no proper Engliſh
and coarſe, and ſubdivides each, according to the co- name for this, but as the inhabitants of America call
lours, into white, gray, reddiſh, brown, &c.
it by the Indian name Puccoon, I have continued it
The ſecond, ſoft or ſmooth, which he ſubdivides into here.
that with flat particles broken from lime ſtones, that It is a native of moſt of the northern parts of Ame-
with ſilver-like particles, and that with gold-like par- rica, where it grows plentifully in the woods; and in
ticles.
the ſpring, before the leaves of the trees come out,
As to Sand, its uſe is to make the clayey earth fertile, the ſurface of the ground is, in many places, cover-
and fit to feed vegetables, &c. for earth alone, we ed with the flowers, which have fome reſemblance
find, is liable to coaleſce, and gather into a hard co- to our Wood Anemone, but they have ſhort naked
herent maſs, as is apparent in clay; and earth thus pedicles, each ſupporting one flower at the top.
embodied, and as it were, glued together, is no ways
Some of theſe flowers will have ten or twelve petals,
diſpoſed to nouriſh vegetables; but if with ſuch earth, ſo that they appear to have a double range of leaves,
Sand, &c. i. e. hard cryſtals, which are not diffolva- which has occaſioned their being termed double flow-
ble in water, and ſtill retain their figure, be intermix- ers; but this is only accidental, the ſame roots in
ed, they will keep the pores of the earth open, and different years producing different flowers. The
the earth itſelf looſe and incompact, and by that means roots of this plant are tuberous, and the whole plant
give room for the juices to aſcend, and for plants to has a yellow juice, which the Indians uſe to paint
be nouriſhed thereby.
themſelves.
Thus a vegetable, planted either in Sand alone, or in This plant is hardy enough to live in the open air
a fat glebe, or earth alone, receives no growth or in- in England, but it ſhould be planted in a looſe ſoil
crement at all, but is either ſtarved or ſuffocated ; and a ſheltered ſituation, but not too much expoſed
but mix the two, and the maſs becomes fertile. In to the fun. It is propagated by the roots, which
effect, by means of Sand, the earth is rendered, in may be taken up and parted every other year; the
fome manner, organical ; pores and interſtices being beſt time for doing of this is in September, that the
hereby maintained, ſomething analogous to vefſels, roots may have time to ſend out fibres before the
by which the juices may be conveyed, prepared, di-
hard front ſets in. The flowers of this plant appear
geſted, circulated, and at length excerned, and thrown in April, and when they decay, the green leaves
off into the roots of plants.
come out, which will continue till Midſummer ; then
Grounds that are ſandy and gravelly, eaſily admit they decay, and the roots remain unactive till the
both of heat and moiſture; but then they are liable following autumn; ſo that unleſs the roots are mark-
to theſe inconveniencies, that they let them paſs too ed, it will be pretty difficult to find them after their
foon, and ſo contract no ligature, or elſe retain it leaves decay, for they are of a dirty brown colour
too long, eſpecially where there is a clay bottom ; on the outſide, ſo are not eaſily diſtinguiſhed from
and by that means it either parches or chills too the earth.
much, and produces nothing but Moſs and canker- This plant is very proper to mix with the Dog's-
ous infirmities; but if the Sand happens to have a tooth Violet, Spring Cyclamen, Perſian Iris, Bulbo-
ſurface of good mould, and a bottom of gravel or codium, Siſyrinchium, and ſome other low growing
loofe ftone, though it do not hold the water, it may
bulbous and tuberous-rooted flowers, which require
produce a forward ſweet Graſs; and though it may the ſame culture, where theſe will add to the variety
be ſubject to burn, yet it quickly recovers with the when they are in beauty ; for when the roots are
leaſt rain.
ſtrong and grow in a good foil, they will produce a
Sea Sand is accounted a very good compoſt for ftiff great number of flowers upon each root; the roots
ground, for it effects the two following things, viz. may be planted about four or five inches aſunder eve-
it makes way for the tree or ſeed to root in ſtiff ground, ry way.
and makes a fume to feed it.
SANGUIS DRACONIS. See PALMA.
Sand indeed is apt to puſh the plants that grow upon SANGUISORBA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 136. Pim-
it, early in the ſpring, and make them germinate near pinella. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 156. tab. 69. Burnet,
a month ſooner than thoſe that grow upon clay, be-
called by the French Pimpernel.
cauſe the ſalts in the Sand are at full liberty to be
The CHARACTERS are,
raiſed and put into motion, upon the leaſt approach The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two ſhort
of the warmth of the fun; but then as they are hafty, leaves placed oppoſite, which fall away. The flower bath
they are foon exhaled and loft.
one plain petal, cut into four obtuſe ſegments, which join
SANGUINARIA. Dill. Hort. Elth. 252. Lin. at their baſe. It has four ſtamina the length of the pe-
Gen. Plant. 570. Puccoon.
tal, terminated by ſmall roundiſh ſummits, and a four-cor-
The CHARACTERS are,
nered germen ſituated between the empalement and petal,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of two oval Supporting a ſhort ſlender ſtyle, crowned by an obtufe ftig-

SAN
SAN
و
a
ma. Tke germen afterward turns to a ſmall capſule with All theſe forts are very hardy perennial pian ts, and
two cells, filled with ſmall
feeds.
will thrive in almoſt any foil or ſituation. Theymay
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of be propagated either by feeds or parting of the roots;
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants if they are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be fown
whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle.
in the autumn, for when they are ſown in the ſpring,
The SPECIES are,
they ſeldom grow the ſame year: when the plants
1. SANGUISORBA (Officinalis) fpicis ovatis. Hort. Cliff. come up, they muſt be kept clean from weeds till
39. Sanguiſorba with oval Spikes. Pimpinella fangui- they are ſtrong enough to tranſplant, when they may
forba major. C. B. P. 160. Greater Burnet.
be planted in a ſhady border, at about fix inches dif-
2. SANGUISORBA (Subcuda) fpicis cylindricis, foliolis tance each way, obſerving to water them till they
cordato-oblongis, rigidis, ferratis. Sanguiſorba with have taken new root, after which they will require no
cylindrical Spikes, the lobes of the leaves oblong, heart- other care but to keep them clean from weeds till au-
ſhaped, ſiif, and ſawed. Pimpinella major, rigida, tumn, when they may be tranſplanted to the place
przalta, auriculata, ſubauda. Bocc. Muſ
. 2. 19. Taller, where they are to remain ; the following ſummer they
acid, great Burnet of Savoy, with eared leaves.
will produce flowers and feeds, but their roots will
3
SANGUISOREA (Hiſpanica) ſpicis orbiculatis compactis.
abide many years.
Sanguiſorba with round compact Spikes. Pimpinella ma- If the roots are parted, it ſhould be done in autumn,
jor Hiſpanica altera, conglomerato flore. H. R. Par. that they may get good root before the dry weather
Another great Burnet of Spain, with a conglomerated flower. comes on in the ſpring.
4. SANGUISORBA (Canadenſis) fpicis longiſſimis. Hort. The other forts of Burnet are referred to the article
Cliff
. 39. Sanguiſorba with the longeſt Spikes. Pimpi- POTERIUM,
nella maxima Canadenſis. Corn. 174. Greateſt Canada SANICUL A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 326. tab. 173. Lin.
Burnet.
Gen. Plant. 289. [fo called from fanando, healing, be-
The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt meadows in di- cauſe good in many diſtempers.] Sanicle.
vers parts of England; the ftalks of this riſe from
The CHARACTERS are,
two to near three feet high, branching toward the top, It is a plant with an umbellated flower. The univer-
and are terminated by thick oval ſpikes of flowers, of ſal umbel bath but fer rays, and the involucrum is ſitu-
a grayiſh brown colour, which are divided into four ated but half round on the outſide ; the partial umbels have
ſegments almoſt to the bottom. Theſe appear in many cluſiered rays, and their involucrums ſurround them
June, and are each ſucceeded by four oblong cornered on every ſide; the empalement of the flower is ſcarce dif-
ſeeds, which ripen in Auguft. The leaves of this cernible ; the flowers have five compreſſed petals which
fort are compoſed of five or fix pair of lobes placed are bifid, and turn inward, they have five eret ſtamina
along a midrib, terminated by an odd one; the lobes which are twice the length of the petals, terminated by
are about two inches long, and one broad at their roundiſh ſummits, and a briſtly germen ſituated under the
baſe, drawing narrower to their point; they are thin, flower, ſupporting two awl-shaped styles, which are re-
ſawed on their edges, and a little downy on their un- flexed, crowned by pointed ſtigmas. The germen after-
der fide.
ward becomes a rough oval-pointed fruit, dividing into
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Piedmont; this two parts, each containing one ſeed.
riſes with ſtiff upright ſtalks more than three feet This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
high, branching out toward the top, each branch be- of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
ing terminated by a cylindrical ſpike of brown whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
fiowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort, but are There is but one SPECIES of this plant, which is
ſmaller. The leaves are long, the foot-ſtalks are very
a native in England, viz.
ſtrong, and much longer than thoſe of the firſt fort; SANICULA (Europæa) foliis radicalibus fimplicibus flor-
the leaves have ſeven or eight pair of ſtiff lobes, ter- culis omnibus feffilibus. Flor. Suec. 235. Sanicle whole
minated by an odd one; theſe are oblong, heart- lower leaves are ſingle, and all the flowers fitting cloſe
ſhaped, deeply ſawed on their edges, of a lucid green to the ſtalk. Sanicula officinarum. C. B. P. Sanicle,
on their upper fide, but pale on their under, having or Self-beal.
pretty long foot-ſtalks, at the baſe of which come out This plant is found wild in woods and ſhady places
two ſmall roundiſh leaves or ears, which are deeply in many parts of England, but being a medicinal
indented. This retains its difference when propa- plant may be propagated in gardens for uſe. It may
gated by feeds, ſo is undoubtedly a dictinct ſpecies. be increaſed by parting the roots, any time from Sep-
The leaves of the third fort are ſmaller than thoſe tember to March, but it is beſt to do it in the au-
of the firſt, having but four pair of lobes to each, tumn, that the plants may be well rooted before the
terminated by an odd one; theſe are bluntly fawed dry weather in ſpring comes on; they ſhould have a
on their edges, and have very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, in which they will
are of a pale green on their upper fide, and hoary on thrive exceedingly.
their under. The ſtalks riſe about two feet high, and SANTOLINA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 460. tab. 260.
branch pretty much toward their top, and are termi- Lin. Gen. Plant. 847. [ſo called, on account of its
nated by round heads or ſpikes of reddiſh flowers, great virtue ; q. d. Sancta Herba, i. e. the Holy
which appear in July, and are ſucceeded by feeds Herb.] Lavender-cotton; in French, Petit Cyprès,
which ripen in autumn. It grows naturally in Spain. or Garde-robe.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in North America;
The CHARACTERS are,
this hath leaves like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are It hath a compound flower with a ſcaly hemiſpherical em-
a little ſtiffer ; they are compoſed of four or five pair palement. The flower is uniform, compoſed of many her-
of lobes, terminated by an odd one; thoſe on the maphrodite florets which are longer than the empalement;
lower part of the midrib ſtand alternate, but the two theſe are funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five parts at the top,
upper pair are oppoſite; they are of a light green co- which turn backward; they have five fine very fort
lour, and deeply ſawed on their edges. The ſtalks hair-like ſtamina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and
riſe three feet high, dividing toward the top into an oblong four-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
ſmall branches, which ſtand erect, and are terminated crowned by two oblong, depreſſed, torn ſtigmas. The ger-
by long ſpikes of flowers of an herbaceous white co- men afterward becomes a ſingle, oblong, four-cornered ſeed,
lour, each ſtanding upon a ſhort foot-ſtalk.
which is either naked, or crowned with very ſhort down,
There is another with long ſpikes of red flowers, ripening in the common empalement.
which grows naturally in the fame countries, whoſe This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ſtalks riſe higher ; the ſpikes of flowers are thicker, Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
the lobes of the leaves are broader, and are whiter plants whoſe flowers are compoſed only of herma-
on their under fide; but whether this is a diſtinct fpe- phrodite fruitful florets, and the ſtamina are connected
cies, or an accidental variety of the fourth, I cannot with the ftyle.
as yet determine.
The

SAN
SAP
The SPECIES are,
inches high. The branches ſpread horizontally near
1. SANTOLINA (Chamecypariſus) pedunculis unifloris, the ground, and are garniſhed with ſhorter leaves
foliis quadrifariàm dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 397. Laven- than either of the former ; theſe are hoary, and finely
der-cotton with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, and leaves indented; the ſtalks are ſhort, and are terminated by
indented four ways. Santolina foliis teretibus. Tourn. fingle flowers of a bright yellow colour, which are
Inſt. 460. Common Lavender-cotton.
larger than thoſe of the firſt fort.
2. SANTOLINA (Villoſa) pedunculis unifloris, calycibus The fourth fort riſes higher than either of the former.
globofis, foliis quadrifariàm dentatis tomentofis. La- The branches are diſpoſed looſer, and are more dif-
vender-cotton with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, globular em- fuſed; they are ſlender, ſmooth, and garniſhed with
palements, and woolly leaves which are indented four ways. very narrow long leaves, which are of a deep green
Santolina flore majore, foliis villofis & incanis. Tourn. colour, and but two ways indented; the ftalks are
Inft. 460. Lavender-cotton with a larger flower and flender, naked toward the top, and terminated by
hoary leaves.
ſingle flowers of a gold colour, which appear at the
3. SANTOLINA (Decumbens) pedunculis unifloris, cauli- ſame time with the former.
bus decumbentibus, foliis linearibus quadrifariàm The fifth fort hath ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe about
dentatis. Lavender-cotton with one flower upon a foot- three feet high, ſending out long ſlender branches,
ſtalk, declining foot-folks, and linear leaves which are which are garniſhed with ſingle linear leaves about an
four ways indented. Santolina repens & caneſcens. inch and a half long, of a pale green colour, and en-
Tourn. Inft. 460. Creeping boary Lavender-cotton. tire. The ſtalks are terminated by large, ſingle, glo-
4. SANTOLINA (Virens) pedunculis unifloris, foliis line- bular Aowers, of a pale ſulphur colour, which appear
aribus longiſſimis bifariàm dentatis. Lavender-cotton about the ſame time as the former.
with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, and very long linear The fixth fort is ſomewhat like the fifth, but the
leaves which are two ways indented. Santolina foliis branches are ſhorter, thicker, and cloſer garniſhed
obſcurè virentibus, flore aureo. Tourn. Inſt. 461. with leaves, which come out in cluſters; they are
Lavender-cotton with dark green leaves, and golden ſhorter, and have blunt points. The flower-ſtalks
flowers.
are ſparſedly diſpoſed, and have leaves to their top;
5. SANTOLINA (Roſmarinifolia) pedunculis unifloris, ca- the flowers are ſmall, and of a yellow colour.
pitulis globofis, foliis linearibus integerrimis. La- The ſeventh fort hath ſhrubby ſtalks which riſe near
vender-cotton with one flower upon a foot-ſtalk, globular three feet high, and divide into many branches which
beads, and linear entire leaves. Santolina foliis roriſ- are hoary, and garniſhed with broader leaves than ei-
marini major. Tourn. Inft. 491. Great Lavender- ther of the former, whoſe indentures are loofer, but
cotton with Roſemary leaves.
double ; they are hoary, and when bruiſed have an
6. SANTOLINA (Minor) pedunculis unifloris, foliis line- odour like Chamomile. The leaves are placed pretty
aribus confertis obtufis. Lavender-cotton with one flower far afunder, and the ſtalks are garniſhed with them to
upon a foot-ſtalk, and linear obtuſe leaves growing in cluf- the top. The ſtalks are divided likewiſe at the top
ters. Santolina foliis roriſmarini minor. Tourn. Inft. into two or three foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one pretty
461. Smaller Lavender-cotton with Roſemary leaves. large ſulphur-coloured flower.
7. SANTOLINA (Chamamelifolia) pedunculis unifloris, fo- The firſt of theſe plants is cultivated in gardens for
liis longioribus tomentofis, duplicato dentatis. La- medicinal uſe, and the fix next are propagated by
vender-cotton with one flower upon a foot-fialk, and longer the gardeners near London for furniſhing balconies,
woolly leaves which are twice indented. Santolina incana and other little places in and near the city, by way of
chamameli odore ſuaviore. Boerh. Ind. alt. 123. ornament. Theſe feven forts are hardy plants, which
Hoary Lavender-cotton with a ſoft Chamomile ſcent. will thrive in the open air, provided they are planted
The firſt fort is the common Lavender-cotton which in a poor dry ſoil, for in ſuch ground the plants will
has been long known in the Engliſh gardens; it was be ſtinted, ſo will be hardy and better able to reſiſt the
formerly titled Abrotanum fæmina, or Female South- cold; and they will have a better appearance than
ernwood, and by the corruption of words was called thoſe which are in rich ground, whoſe branches will
Brotany by the market-people; it grows naturally in be long and diffuſed, ſo by hard rains or ſtrong winds
Spain, Italy, and the warm parts of Europe. This hath are diſplaced, and ſometimes broken down; whereas,
a Ihrubby ſtalk dividing into many ligneous branches, in poor land, they will grow compact, and the plants
which are garniſhed with ſlender hoary leaves, that will continue much longer.
are four ways indented, and have a rank ſtrong odour Theſe plants may be cultivated ſo as to become or-
when handled. The branches divide toward the top naments to a garden, particularly in ſmall boſquets
into ſeveral ſlender ſtalks, whoſe lower parts are gar- of evergreen ſhrubs, where, if they are artfully inter-
niſhed with a few ſmall leaves of the ſame ſhape as mixed with other plants of the ſame growth, and
the other, but are naked above, and terminated by a placed in the front line, they will make an agreeable
fingle flower, compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets variety, eſpecially if care be taken to trim them twice
which are fiftular, and cut into five parts at the top; in a ſummer to keep them within bounds, otherwiſe
they are of a ſulphur colour, and are included in one their branches are apt to ftraggle, and in wet wea-
common ſcaly empalement, and have no borders or ther to be borne down and diſplaced, which renders
rays. Theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by them unſightly; but, when they are kept in order,
finall, oblong, ſtriated ſeeds, which are ſeparated by their hoary and different-coloured leaves will have a
ſcaly chaff, and ripen in the empalement; theſe will pretty effect in ſuch plantations.
riſe near three feet high in a dry foil and a ſheltered Theſe plants may be propagated by planting ſlips or
ſituation. The leaves, and ſometimes the flowers, are cuttings of
any
of the kinds during the ſpring, which
uſed in medicine, and are reputed good to deſtroy ſhould be put into a border of light freſh earth, and
worms; it is ſometimes called Chaiæcypariſſus, or watered and ſhaded in dry weather until they have
Dwarf Cypreſs.
taken root, after which they will require no farther
The ſecond fort has a ſhrubby ſtalk which branches care, but to keep them clear from weeds till autumn,
out like the former, but the plants ſeldom grow ſo tall. when they ſhould be carefully taken up, and tranſ-
The branches are divided into a great number of planted where they are deſigned to remain ; but if
ſtalks, which are ſhort, hoary, and garniſhed very the ground is not ready by that time to receive them,
cloſely below with leaves ſhaped like thoſe of the other it will be proper to let them remain in the border un-
fort, but are ſhorter, thicker, and whiter; the flowers til ſpring; for if they are tranſplanted late in autumn,
are much larger, and the brims of the florets are more they are liable to be deſtroyed by cold in winter.
reflexed; they are of a deeper fulphur colour than | SANTOLINA. See ATHANASIA and TANACETUM.
the other, but appear at the ſame time. It grows na- SAP: the notion of the Sap's circulation was enter-
turally in Spain.
tained by ſeveral authors much about the ſame time,
The third fort is of lower ſtature than either of the without any communication from one another, par-
former, ſeldom riſing more than fifteen or fixteen ticularly M. Major, a phyſician of Hamburgh, M. Per-
a
a
3
3
3
rault
II X

S AP
S AP
Tault, Mariotte, and Malpighi. It has met, howe-
ver, with fome conſiderable oppoſers, particularly
the excellent M. Dodart, who could never be recon-
ciled to it.
One of the great arguments for it is, That the ſame
experiments of ligature and inciſion, which evince a
circulation of the blood in animals, fucceed in the
like manner in plants, particularly in ſuch as abound
with a milky fap, as the Great Tithymale, Milk-
thiſtle, &c. if the ligature be faſtened tight round
them, the part above is found to ſwell very conſide-
rably, and that below it a little, whence it appears,
that there is a juice deſcending from the branches, and
that the latter is thicker than the former, which qua-
drates exactly with the common ſyſtem, the juice be-
ing ſuppoſed to ariſe in capillary-veſſels, in form of a
fubtile vapour, which condenſed in the extremes of
the plant by the neighbourhood of the cold air, turns
back in form of a liquor through the more patent
pipes of the inner bark.
M. Dodart, inſtead of the ſame juice's going and re-
turning, contends for two ſeveral juices, the one im-
bibed from the foil digeſted in the root, and from
thence tranſmitting from the extremes of the branches
for the nouriſhing of the plant, the other received
from moiſture of the air entering in at the extremities
of the branches and ſurfaces of the leaves, ſo that the
aſcending and deſcending juices are not the ſame.
One of his chief arguments is, That if two trees of
the ſame kind be tranſplanted in one day, after firſt
cutting off their roots and branches; and if, after
they have taken root, ſome of the new ſhoots put
forth each year be cut off one of from them, it will
not thrive half ſo well, notwithſtanding its root and
trunk being entire as the other.
This he conceives to be a proof of the plant's deriv-
ing nouriſhment by the branches, and concludes it to
be of an aërial nature, becauſe formed of the moiſture
of the air, dew, &c. whereas that imbibed from ſoil
is terreſtrial, &c. Hift. de l'Acad. Roy. Ann. 1709.
But by this experiment we can only reaſon for the
trees ſo cut, that a great part of the increaſing Sap is
,
deſtroyed, which was contained in theſe young
branches, whereby the trees were deprived of this Sap,
fo could not make ſo great progreſs.
The humour or Sap of a plant, then, is a juice fur-
niſhed by the earth, and changed into the plant, con-
fiſting of ſome foſlil parts, other parts derived from
the air and rain, and others from putrefied animals,
plants, &c. Conſequently, in vegetables are contained
all kinds of falts, oil, water, earth, &c. and probably
all kinds of metals too, inaſmuch as the aſhes of ve-
getables always yield ſomewhat which the loadſtone
attracts.
This juice enters the plant in form of a fine and fub-
tile water; which, the nearer it is to the root, the
more it retains of its proper nature, and the farther
from the root, the more action it has ſuſtained, and
the nearer it approaches to the nature of the vegetable.
Conſequently, when the juice enters the root, the
bark whereof is furniſhed with excretory vefſels, fitted
to diſcharge the excrementitious part, it is earthy, wa-
tery, poor, acid, and ſcarce oleaginous at all.
In the trunk and branches it is further prepared, tho’
it ſtill continues acid, as we ſee by tapping or perfo-
rating of a tree in the month of February, when it
diftils a watery juice apparently acid.
The juice, being here carried to the germs or buds,
is more concocted; and here, having unfolded the
leaves, theſe come to ſerve as lungs for the circula-
tion and further preparation of the juice.
For theſe tender leaves, being expoſed to the alter-
nate action of heat and cold, moiſt nights, and hot
ſcorching days, are alternately expanded and con-
tracted, and the more on account of their reticular
it to the farina or duſt in the apices, which is, as it
were, the male feed of the plant, where having under-
gone a further maturation, it is ſhed into the piſtil,
which performs the office of an uterus or womb, and
thus having acquired its laſt perfection, it gives riſe
to a new fruit or plant.
The root or part, whereby vegetables are connected
to their matrix, and by which they receive their nu-
tritious juice, conſiſts of an infinite number of abſorb-
ing veľfels, which, being diſperſed through the inter-
ſtices of the earth, attract or imbibe the juices of the
ſame. Conſequently, every thing in the earth that
is diffoluble in water, is liable to be imbibed, as air,
ſalt, oil, fumes of minerals, metals, &c. and of theſe
plants really conſiſt.
Theſe juices are drawn from the earth very crude,
but by the ſtructure and fabric of the plant, and
the various veffels they are ſtrained through, become
changed, further elaborated, ſecreted, and aſſimilated
to the ſubſtance of the plant.
The motion of the nutritious juices of vegetables is
produced much like that of the blood in animals, by
the action of the air; in effect, there is ſomething
equivalent to reſpiration throughout the whole plant.
The diſcovery of this is owing to the admirable Mal-
pighi, who firſt obſerved, that vegetables conſiſt of
two ſeries or orders of veffels :
1. Such as receive and convey the alimental juices,
anſwering to the arteries, lacteals, veins, &c. of ani-
mals.
2. Tracheæ or air-veſſels, which are long hollow pipes,
wherein air is continually received and expelled, i.e.
inſpired and expired; within which tracheæ. he
ſhews all the former ſeries of veſſels are contained.
Hence it follows, that the heat of a year, nay, of a
day, of a ſingle hour, or minute, muſt have an ef-
fect on the air included in theſe tracheæ, i. e. muſt
rarefy it, and conſequently dilate the trachez, whence
ariſes a perpetual ſpring or ſource of action to pro-
mote the circulation in plarits.
For by the expanſion of the tracheæ, the veſſels con-
taining the juices are preſſed, and by that means the
juice contained is continually propelled, and ſo acce-
lerated, by which propulſion the juice is continually
comminuted, and rendered more and more fubtile,
and ſo enabled to enter vefſels ſtill finer and finer, the
thickeſt part of it being at the ſame time ſecreted and
depoſited into the lateral cells or loculi of the bark
to defend the plant from cold, and other external
injuries.
The juice having thus gone its ſtage from the root to
the remote branches, and even the flower, and hav-
ing, in every part of its progreſs, depoſited ſome-
thing both for aliment and defence, what is redunt
dant paſſes out into the bark, the veſſels whereof are
inofculated with thoſe wherein the Sap is mounted,
and through theſe it re-deſcends to the root, and
then to the earth again, and thus a circulation is
effected.
Thus is every vegetable acted on by heat and cold,
during the day-time eſpecially, while the ſun's force
is conſiderable, the Sap-veſſels ſqueezed and preſſed,
and the Sap protruded and raiſed, and at length eva-
cuated, and the veſſels exhauſted ; and in the night
again, the ſame tracheæ being contracted by the cold
of the air, the other veſſels are eaſed and relaxed, and
fo diſpoſed to receive freſh food for the next day's
digeſtion and excretion.
What courſe the juice takes after it is imbibed by
the roots is not very clear. The veſſels that take it
up, to convey to the plant, are too fine to be traced,
and hence it has been controverted, whether it is by
the bark, or the pith, or the woody part, that the
plant is fed.
The more common opinion is for the bark. The
juice, raiſed by the capillaries of the wood, is here
ſuppoſed to deſcend by the larger fibres, placed in the
inmoſt part thereof, inmediately over the wood, in
which defcent, the Sap, now ſufficiently prepared,
adds a part of its ſubſtance to the contiguous wood,
a
texture.
By ſuch means is the juice ſtill further altered and di-
geſted, as it is further in the petala or leaves of the
flowers which tranſmit the juice, now brought to a
greater ſubtilty, to the ſtamina ; theſe communicate
2
6
and

SAP
SAP
a
a
and thus increaſes by appoſition, and hence it may
be, that hollow, carious, or rotten trees, which have
neither pith nor wood, excepting juſt enough to ſuf-
tain the bark, grow and bear.
Sone contend for the wood, which they obſerve to
confift of flender capillary tubes running parallel to
each other from the root up the trunk, being proper
to receive in a fine vapour; in the aſcent whereof
the fibres become open, and their ſubſtance increaſed,
and thus the trunks of trees are ſaid to increaſe in their
circumference.
As for the pith ; as the woody ſubſtance of the trunk
becomes more woody, the pith is compreſſed and
freightened to ſuch a degree, that in ſome trees it
quite diſappears, whence it ſeems that its office in
vegetation is not very important, ſince its uſe is not
perpetual. By its ſpongious ſubſtance it ſhould ſeem
fitted to receive any ſuperfluous moiſture tranſuding
through the pores of the woody fibres; and, if by the
exceſs of ſuch moiſture, or the like cauſe, it corrupt
and rot, as it frequently happens in Elms, the tree
ſeems not to grow worſe for it, which is a convincing
proof it is of no great uſe.
The learned Dr. Boerhaave diſtributes the juices of
plants into fix claſſes :
1. The firſt claſs comprehends the crude nutritious
juice, or the juices of the root and ſtem of plants,
which are little more than the niere matter of the ele-
ment, as drawn by the root from the body it adheres
to, whether it be earth, water, or the like.
This juice is found in every part of the plant, and
therefore may be held an univerſal juice ; yet he con-
fiders it as the juice of the root and ſtem, becauſe it is
chiefly found in them.
This he takes to be the ſubacid watery lymph with-
out any ſpecific tafte or ſmell, as not being yet ar-
rived to the maturity of oilineſs.
To this claſs belong thoſe juices, which diſtil in great
abundance from wounds or inciſions made in the
woody parts of plants; ſuch, e.g. is that tart liquor
ouſing from the root of the Walnut-tree, when cut off
in the month of May.
Such alſo is that limpid ſubacid humour flowing out
very plentifully at an inciſion in the Birch-tree, in the
month of March, to the quantity of ſeveral gallons in
a few days.
Such alſo is the juice iſſuing out of the Vine wounded
in the ſpring time, which always taſtes tartiſh, and
ferments like the Grapes themſelves.
This juice may be eſteemed as yet foſſil, being gene-
rated of and in the earth ; for the juice of the earth,
being received into the canals of theſe plants retains its
nature during two or three circulations, nor doth it
immediately commence a vegetable juice.
This claſs of juices therefore he accounts as the chyle
of the plant, being chiefly found in the firſt order
of vefſels, viz. in the roots and the body of the plant,
which anſwer to the ſtomach and inteſtines of animals.
2. The ſecond claſs of the juices is that of the leaves,
which are the real lungs of plants, and accordingly
make a further change of the juice, which they re-
ceive from the roots and ſtem by force of the air.
The juice of leaves is different therefore from the
firſt juice, as being more ſulphureous, and farther
elaborated; not that it derives any fulphur from the
ſun, but that, its watery part exhaling, it becomes
more oily, and leſs volatile.
The juice of leaves he diſtinguiſhes into three kinds :
The firſt is the nutritious juice of the leaves, which
is that already deſcribed, only further elaborated in
the minute veficulæ of the leaves, and conſequently
leſs watery, and more oily and faccharine.
The ſecond is wax, which, exſuding out of the leaves,
adheres to the ſurface, and is ſcraped off by bees with
their rough thighs to build their combs withal. This
is chiefly afforded by Lavender and Roſemary, upon
the latter of which the wax may be plainly perceived
ſticking to the leaves of it.
The third is manna, not that with which the Ifraelites
were fed in the deſert, but a drug fold among us; it
is an effential faccharine falt exfuding chiefly by night,
and in the ſummer ſeaſon, from the leaves of a ſort of
Afh growing in Calabria and Sicily, and adhering
thereto in the form of a cruſt, to be gathered the next
morning ere the ſun is up.
The like ſubſtance is found to exſude from the leaves
of the Linden-tree and Poplar, in the heats of May
and June, at which time they have an honey taſte,
and are even ſeen with a fatty juice on them, which,
at the approach of the cold evening, gathers into
grains.
3. The third claſs of juices are thoſe of lowers, or
the genital parts of plants : in theſe are,
Firſt, a pure elaborated volatile oil or fpirit, wherein
the particular ſmell of the plant or flower reſides, and
which, by reaſon of its extreme volatility, exhales
fpontaneouſly, inſomuch that if the flower be laid for
ſome time in a warm place, the odorous juice or ſpirit
will be all fled.
The ſecond is the juice expreſſed from the flower,
which in reality is the ſame with that of the root and
leaves, only farther prepared; it is thicker than the
former, and has ſcarce any ſmell at all. Thus, if you
bruiſe a Hyacinth, or other fragrant flower, and ex-
preſs the juice, it will be found altogether inodorous.
The third is the ſweet juice called honey, which ex-
ſudes from all flowers, Aloes, Colocynthus, and other
bitter flowers not excepted.
In all male flowers that have utricles at the bottom of
the petala, which Dr. Linnæus ſtyles the nectarium,
is found a viſcid, ruddy, ſweet juice in ſome plenty,
and accordingly we ſee the children gather Cowlips,
Dead Nettle, Honeyſuckles, &c. and fuck the honey
from them. The bees too viſit theſe flowers, and
putting in their proboſcides or trunks, fuck out the
honey, and load their ſtomachs therewith to be after-
ward diſcharged and laid up in their combs, ſo that
honey is a vegetable juice.
4. The fourth claſs of juices are thoſe of the fruit and
feed, the preparative whereof is nature's final work,
which performed, the plants ſeem to die for a time, as
all animals are ſeen to languiſh after the emiſſion of
their femen.
The juice of the fruit is like that of the root, only
farther elaborated.
The juice of the feed is an eſſential oil or balm elabo-
rated and exalted to its laſt perfection. This juice or
oil is not found in the very point or embryo in the
center of the placenta; all we meet with in that part
is a few fine watery particles ſecreted from the placen-
ta, but it is in the placentuli or cotyledons them-
ſelves, which conſiſt of innumerable little folliculi or
cells, wherein this juice is contained, ſerving to de-
fend the embryo, and preſerve it from being cor-
rupted by water, which, it is well known, will hardly
paſs through oil.
Thus, if you take, e.g. Fennel-feed, eut it through
the middle, and apply it to the microſcope, you will
eaſily perceive a clear ſhining oil in the cells of each
lobe inveſting the tender embryo. Without this oil it
were impoſſible a ſeed ſhould live a month, and much
leſs a year or two entire and uncorrupted in the
ground.
This oil is found in the ſeeds of all plants; in ſome,
e. gr. in Almonds, Cocoa-nuts, &c. in very great
quanties; in others leſs, as Pepper, Arum, &c. where
one would ſcarce imagine any oil at all; and theſe
ſeeds looſe their vegetative quality very ſoon.
5. The fifth claſs of juices are thoſe of the bark, which
is an artful congeries or bundle of perfpirative ducts,
and abſorbent veſſels.
Of theſe juices there are divers ſpecies, for the ſeve-
ral humours raiſed and diſtributed through the leaves,
flowers, and other parts of the plants, have all circu-
lated through the bark, and accordingly are frequent-
ly found to diſtil from wounds made therein. In ſome
caſes, even the whole plant is no more than bark, the
pulp having been eaten out, as in Willows, Elms,
&c. which live a long time in that itate.
a
.
a
و
The

S A P
SAP
a
The bark ferves divers purpoſes, for it not only tranſ-
mits the nutritious juices of the plant, but allo con-
tains divers fat oily humours to defend the fleſhy parts
from the injuries of the weather.
6. As animals are furniſhed with a panniculus adi-
pofus, uſually replete with fat, which inveſt and covers
all the fleſhy parts, and ſcreens them from external
cold, ſo are plants encompaſſed with a bark replete
with fat juices, by the means whereof the cold is
kept out, and in winter time the ſpiculæ of ice pre-
vented from fixing and freezing the juices in their
veſſels; whence it is, that ſome ſorts of trees remain
evergreen the year round, by reaſon their barks have
more oil than can be ſpent and exhaled by the ſun,
and their leaves are covered with a thick oily film
over their ſurface, which prevents their perfpiring ſo
much as other plants, and alſo defends them from the
cold, &c.
All the juices of barks are reducible to eight, viz.
1. The crude, acid, watery juice, called the chyle of
the plant.
2. An oily juice, which, burſting the bark in the be-
ginning of the ſummer, exſudes out of ſeveral plants,
as Cypreſs, Pine, Fir, Savin, Juniper, and other ever-
greens, and ſuch alone. This oil diffolves by the ſmall-
eſt degree of warmth, and is eaſily inflamed, and is
that which defends the plant, which is the reaſon why
moſt of theſe plants will not thrive in very hot cli-
a
a
mates.
If ſo, it is obvious that there muſt be ſome difference
between the juices, which have not undergone the
action of thoſe parts, and ſuch as have already circu-
lated a number of times.
The ſeveral juices hitherto recounted are the firſt or
nutritious juice, called alſo the chyle of the plant, un-
der ſuch alterations, and new modifications, as it un-
dergoes in being received, and kept ſome time, in
parts of a peculiar ſtructure, as leaves, flower, feed,
&c. This laſt juice, called the blood, is the ſame nu-
tritious juice farther altered, by being divers times
paſſed through each of theſe parts, and re-mixed, and
at length converted into a new juice, with properties
different from any of them all.
To prove the circulation of the Sap, inſtances are
brought from experiments made by Mr. Fairchild, as
his budding and inoculating of a Paffion-tree, whoſe
leaves are fpotted with yellow, into one of that fort of
Paſſion-tree whoſe leaves are plain ; for though the
buds did not take, yet after it had been budded a
fortnight, the yellow ſpots began to ſhew themſelves
about three feet above the inoculation, and in a little
time after that, the yellow ſpots appeared on a ſhoot,
which came out of the ground from another part
of
the plant, which has been accounted a plain proof of
the Sap's circulation.
Another inſtance is, another experiment of the fame
perſon, who grafted the evergreen Oak, or Ilex, up-
on the common Oak. The leaves of the common
Oak, which was the ſtock, decayed, and fell off at
the uſual ſeaſon of the year, but the evergreen Oak,
which was the cyon grafted upon it, held its leaves,
and continued ſhooting in the winter ; from whence it
is concluded, that when trees drop their leaves, the
ſap keeps full in motion, and is not gone into the
root, as ſome perſons think.
There are alſo other experiments of the ſame perſon,
which were ſhewn before the Royal Society, as the
New-England Cedar, or rather Juniper, grafted on
the Virginian, and what is taken to prove the circu-
lation in it, is, the branch which was grafted was left
ſeveral inches below the grafting, which continued
growing as well as the upper part above the grafting.
And alſo another, which is the Viburnum, with the
top planted in the ground, which was become roots,
and the roots turned up, which were become branches;
which plant was in as good a ſtate of growing, as it
was in its natural ſtate.
A third experiment of his was on a Pear-tree, which
he inarched upon two Pear ſtocks in March 1721-2,
having the roots out of the ground, and was in a
good flouriſhing ſtate, with a branch in bloſſom,
that receives no other nouriſhment but by the juices
that return down the other two branches, which,
though it had been done above two years, continued
ſhooting fuckers out of the root; which is eſteemed
as a proof, that the branches are as uſeful to ſupport
the roots, as the roots the branches, and thence he
infers, that it is not ſtrange that ſo many trees miſ-
carry in planting, when there are no branches left to
the head to maintain the circulation to the roots.
A fourth experiment he made on the Cedar of Leba-
nus, grafted on the Larix, which drops its leaves in
the winter, yet maintained the Cedar in a flouriſhing
condition, as if it had been on a tree which held its
leaves all the winter, and the circulation of juices ſup-
ported the graft below the grafting, and kept it in as
good health as above the grafting.
In oppoſition to the notion of the circulation of
the Sap in trees like that in animal bodies, the Re-
verend Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatiſe on Vege-
table Statics, preſents us with various experiments,
and ſays,
When the Sap has firſt paſſed through that thick and
fine ftrainer, the bark of the root, we then find it
in greateſt quantities in the moſt lax part between the
bark and wood, and that the ſame through the whole
For balm, or fatty liquor, more glutinous than oil, is
nothing but the laſt mentioned oily juice, which was
more fuid during the ſpring time, but which, by the
greater heat of the ſun, has evaporated all its moſt
lubtile parts, and is converted into a denſer liquor.
Thus the finer part of oil of Olives being exhaled by
the ſummer's warmth, there remains a thick balſam
behind : thus alſo oil of turpentine, having loſt its
more liquid parts by heat, becomes of the thick con-
fiftence of a balm.
3. A pithy juice, which is the body of the oil itſelf,
infpiffates, and turns black, when put into a great
warmth: this is the moſt obſerved in the Pine and Fir.
5. Reſin, which is an oil ſo far inſpiſſated, as to be-
come friable in the cold, may be procured from any
oil by boiling it much and long. Thus, if turpen-
tine be ſet over a gentle fire, it firſt diſſolves, and be-
comes an oil, then a balfam, then pitch, and then a
reſin, in which ſtate it is friable in the cold, fuſible
by fire, withal inflammable and combuſtible, diffolu-
ble in ſpirit of wine, but not in water, which makes
the character of reſin.
Hence the oil is muſt abundant in the barks in the
winter time, the balſams in ſummer, and the reſin in
а
a
autumn.
a
6. Colophony, which is a reſin ſtill farther exhauſted
of its volatile part, being pellucid, friable, and ap-
proaching to the nature of glaſs.
7. Gum, which is an humour exſuding out of the
bark, and, by the warmth of the ſun, concocted, in-
fpiſſated, and rendered tenacious, but ſtill diffoluble
in water, and at the ſame time inflammable, and
ſcarce capable of being pulverized. This oily muci-
lage ſerves as a pigment to cover over, and defend
the buds of trees from the injuries of wet and froſt in
wipter, but will melt with a moiſt warmth, and eaſily
run from them, when the gentle warmth of the ſpring
approaches, nor is ever ſo far hardened into a cruſt, as
to do any injury to the incloſed ſhoot. This oily ſub-
ſtance always contains in it an acid fpirit, which is a
preſervative againſt putrefaction.
8. A gummous reſin, which is an humour ſecreted in
the bark, and dried by the heat of the fun, and thus
conſtituting a body that is partly gummous, and, as
ſuch, tenacious, foluble in water, partly reſinous, and
therefore friable, and ſoluble in oil, or ſpirit of wine,
but not in water.
Botaniſts are now generally agreed, that all plants
are furniſhed with organs and parts neceffary both
for chylification and fanguification, that they have
veins, arteries, heart, lungs, adipoſe cellules, &c.
tree.
And if in the early ſpring, the Oak, and ſeveral other
trees, were to be examined near the top and bottom,
when

SAP
S AP
when the Sap firſt begins to move, ſo as to make the
bark run, and eaſily peel off, he believes it would be
found, that the lower bark is firſt moiſtened, whereas
the bark of the top branches ought firſt to be moiſten-
ed, if the Sap deſcends by the bark. As to the Vine,
he ſays, he is pretty well aſſured, that the lower bark
is firit moiſtened.
He adds, That it is to be ſeen in many of the exam-
amples of the experiments he has given in that book,
what quantities of moiſture trees daily imbibe and
perſpire; now the celerity of the Sap muſt be very
great, if that quantity of moiſture muft moſt of it
aſcend to the top of the tree, then deſcend, and aſcend
again, before it is carried off by perfpiration.
The defect of a circulation in vegetables ſeems, in
fome meaſure, to be ſupplied by the much greater
quantity of liquor which the vegetable takes in, than
the animal, whereby its motion is accelerated; for,
by the firſt example he gives, we find the Sunflower,
bulk for bulk, imbibes and perfpires ſeventeen times
more freſh liquor than a man every twenty-four hours.
Beſides, nature's great aim in vegetables being only
that the vegetable life be carried on and maintained,
there was no occaſion to give its Sap the rapid motion
which was neceſſary for the blood of animals.
In animals it is the heart which ſets the blood in mo-
tion, and makes it continually circulate, but in vege-
tables we can diſcover no other cauſe of the Sap's mo-
tion, but the ftrong attraction of the capillary Sap-
veffels, affifted by the briſk undulation and vibrations
cauſed by the ſun's warmth, whereby the Sap is car-
ried up to the top of the talleſt trees, and is there per-
fpired off through the leaves; but, when the ſurface
of the tree is greatly diminiſhed by the loſs of its
leaves, then alſo the perſpiration and motion of the
Sap is proportionably diminiſhed, as is plain from
many of his experiments.
So that the aſcending velocity of the Sap is princi-
pally accelerated by the plentiful perſpiration of the
leaves, thereby making room for the fine capillary-
veſſels to exert their vaſtly attracting power; which
perſpiration is effected by the briſk rarefying vibra-
tions of warmth, a power that does not ſeem to be
any ways well adapted to make the Sap deſcend from
the tops of vegetables, by different veſſels, to the
و
fun leaves them, becauſe its rarefying power then
ceaſing, the greatly rarefied Sap and air mixed withi
it will
condenſe, and take up leſs room than they did,
and the dew and rain will then be ſtrongly imbibed
by the leaves, as is probable from experiment 42, and
,
ſeveral others, whereby the body and branches of the
vegetable, which have been much exhauſted by the
great evaporation of the day, may at night imbibe Sap
and dew from the leaves.
For, by ſeveral experiments in the iſt chapter of the
aforeſaid book of Vegetable Statics, plants were
found to increaſe conſiderably in weight in dewy and
moiſt nights.
And by other experiments on the Vine, in the 3d
chapter, it was found that the trunk and branches of
Vines were always in an imbibing ſtate cauſed by the
great perfpiration of the leaves, except in the bleeding
ſeaſon; but, when at night that perſpiring power
ceaſes, then the contrary imbibing power will prevail,
and draw the Sap and dew from the leaves, as well
as moiſture from the roots.
And we have a further proof of this in experiment 12,
where, by fixing mercurial gauges to the ſtems of
ſeveral trees which do not bleed, it is found that they
are always in a ſtrongly imbibing ſtate, by drawing
up the mercury ſeveral inches; whence it is eaſy to
conceive, how ſome of the particles of the gilded bud
in the inoculated Jaſmine my be abſorbed by it, and
thereby communicate their gilding miaſma to the
Sap of the branches, eſpecially when, fome months
after the inoculation, the ftock of the inoculated Jaf-
mine is cut off a little above the bud, whereby the ſtock,
which was the counter-acting part of the item, being
taken away, the ftem attracts more vigorouſly from
the bud.
Another argument for the circulation of the Sap is,
that ſome ſorts of grafts will infect and canker the
ſtocks they are grafted on, but by experiment 12
and 37, where mercurial gauges were fixed to freſh-
cut ftems of trees, it is evident that thoſe ſtems
were in a ſtrongly imbibing ſtate, and conſequently
the cankered ſtocks might very likely draw Sap from
the graft, as well as the graft alternately from the
ſtock, juſt in the ſame manner as leaves and branches
do from each other in the viciffitudes of day and
night.
And this imbibing power of the ſtock is ſo great,
where only ſome of the branches of the ſtock will, by
their ſtrong attraction, ftarve thoſe grafts, for which
reaſon it is uſual to cut off the greateſt part of the
branches of the ſtock, leaving only a few ſmall ones
to draw up the Sap.
The inſtance of the Ilex grafted upon the Engliſh Oak
ſeems to afford a very conſiderable argument againſt
a circulation, for if there were a free uniform circu-
lation of the Sap through the Oak and Ilex, why
ſhould the leaves of the Oak fall in winter, and not
thoſe of the Ilex ?
Another argument againſt an uniform circulation of
the Sap in trees, as in animals, may be drawn from
Dr. Hale's 37th experiment, viz. where it was found,
by the three mercurial gauges fixed to the fame Vine,
that while ſome of its branches changed their ſtate of
protruding Sap into a ſtate of imbibing, others conti-
nued protruding Sap, one nine, and the other thir-
teen days longer.
That the Sap does not deſcend between the bark and
the wood, as the favourers of a circulation ſuppoſe,
ſeems evident from hence, viz. That if the bark be
taken off for three or four inches breadth quite round,
the bleeding of the tree above that bared place will
much abate, which ought to have the contrary effect,
by intercepting the courſe of the refluent Sap, if the
Sap deſcended by the bark.
But the reaſon of the abatement of the bleeding in
this caſe may be well accounted for, from the mani-
feft proof we have in theſe experiments, that the Sap
is ſtrongly attracted upward by the vigorous opera-
tion of the perſpiring leaves, and attracting capilla-
ries; but, when the bark is cut off for ſome breadth
root.
If the Sap circulated, it muſt needs have been ſeen
deſcending from the upper part of large galhes cut in
branches ſet in water, and with columns of water
preſſing on their bottoms in long glaſs tubes, in his
43d and 44th experiment.
In both which caſes it is certain that great quantities
of water paſſed through the ſtem, ſo that it muſt
needs have been ſeen deſcending, if the return of the
Sap downward were by truſion or pulſion, whereby
the blood in animals is returned through the veins to
the heart, and that pulſion, if there were any, muſt
neceffarily be exerted with prodigious force to be able
to drive the Sap through the finer capillaries.
So that if there be a return of the Sap downward, it
muſt be by attraction, and that a very powerful one,
as may be ſeen by many of theſe experiments, and par-
ticularly by experiment the 11th. But it is hard to
conceive what and where that power is, which can be
equivalent to that proviſion nature has made for the
aſcent of the Sap, in conſequence of the great perfpi
ration of the leaves.
The inſtances of the Jaſmine-tree, and of the Paſſion-
tree, have been looked upon as proofs of the circu-
lation of the Sap, becauſe their branches, which were
far below the inoculated bud, were gilded. But we
have many viſible proofs in the Vine, and other
bleeding trees, of the Sap's receding back, and puſh-
ing forward alternately, at different times of the day
and night; and there is great reaſon to think that the
Sap of all other trees has ſuch an alternate receding
and progreſſive motion, occafioned by the alternacies
of day and night, warm and cold, moiſt and dry.
For the Sap in all vegetables does probably recede,
in ſome meaſure, from the tops of branches, as the
а
below
IL Y

SAP
S A P
below the bleeding place, then the Sap which is between
the bark and the wood below that diſbarked place, is
deprived of the ſtrong attracting power of the leaves,
&c. and conſequently the bleeding wound cannot be
fupplied fo faſt with Sap, as it was before the bark
was taken off.
But the moſt conſiderable objection againſt this pro-
greſſive motion of the Sap without a circulation, ariſes
from hence, viz. That it is too precipitate a courſe
for a due digeſtion of the Sap, in order to nutrition,
whereas in animals, nature has provided that many
parts of the blood ſhall run a long courſe before they
are either applied to nutrition, or diſcharged from
the animal.
But when we conſider that the great work of nutrition
in vegetables, as well as animals (I mean, after the
nutriment is got into the veins and arteries of ani-
mals,) is chiefly carried on in the fine capillary vef-
fels, where nature ſelects and combines, as ſhall beſt
fuit her different purpoſes, the ſeveral mutually at-
tracting nutritious particles, which were hitherto kept
disjoined by the motion of their fluid vehicle. We
fhall find that nature has made abundant proviſion for
this work in the ſtructure of vegetables, all whoſe
compoſition is made up of nothing elſe but innumera-
rable fine capillary veffels, and glandulous portions
of veſſels.
Upon the whole he thinks we have, from theſe experi-
ments and obſervations, fufficient ground to believe,
that there is no circulation of the Sap in vegetables,
notwithſtanding many ingenious perſons have been
induced to think there was from ſeveral curious obfer-
vations and experiments, which evidently prove that
the Sap does in ſome meaſure recede from the top to-
ward the lower part of plants, whence they were, with
good probability of reaſon, induced to think that the
Sap circulated.
SAPINDUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 659. tab. 440.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 448. The Sopeberry-tree.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four plain,
oval, coloured leaves, which Spread open and fall away.
The flower has four oval petals which are leſs than the
empalement; it has eight stamina which are the length
of the petals, terminated by ere&t ſummits, and an oval
germen with three or four lobes, ſupporting a ſort ſtyle,
crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward be-
comes one, two, or three globular berries, including nuts of
the same form. There is rarely above one of theſe preg-
nant, the other are abortive.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
of Linnæus's eighth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and three
Ityles.
The SPECIES are,
1. SAPINDUS (Saponaria) foliis impari pinnatis, caule
inermi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 526. Sopeberry-tree with une-
qual winged leaves. Sapindus foliis coitæ alatæ innaf-
centibus. Tourn. App. 659. Sopeberry-tree with leaves
growing from the wings of the midrib.
2. SAPINDUS (Rigidus) foliis quaterno-pinnatis rigidis
acutis. Sopeberry-tree with winged leaves, which are com-
poſed of four stiff acute-pointed lobes.
3. SAPINDUS (Pinnatus) foliis pinnatis fupernè alternis,
lobis ovato-oblongis. Sopeberry-tree with winged leaves,
whoſe upper lobes are placed alternate.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Weft-Indies, where it riſes with a woody ftalk from
twenty to thirty feet high, ſending out many branches
toward the top, which are garniſhed with winged
leaves, compoſed of three, four, or five pair of ſpear-
ſhaped lobes, which are from three to four inches
long, and an inch and a quarter broad in the middle,
drawing to points at both ends. The midrib has a
membranaceous or leafy border running on each fide
from one pair of lobes to the other, which is broadeft
in the middle between the lobes; they are of a pale
green colour, and are pretty ftiff; the flowers are
produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches;
they are ſmall and white, ſo make no great appear-
ance. Theſe are ſucceeded by oval berries as large as
middling Cherries, ſometimes ſingle, at others two,
three, or four are joined together; theſe have a fa-
ponaceous ſkin or cover which incloſes a very ſmooth
roundiſh nut of the ſame form, and of a ſhining black
when ripe. Theſe nuts were formerly brought to
England for buttons to waiſtcoats, fome were tipped
with ſilver, and others with different metals; they
were very durable, as they did not wear, and feldom
broke. The ſkin or pulp which ſurrounds the nuts,
is uſed in America to waſh linen, but it is very apt to
burn and deſtroy it, if often uſed, being of a very
acrid nature.
The ſecond ſort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New
Spain ; this hath a ſtrong woody ſtalk which riſes
about twenty feet high, ſending out many ſhort, ſtrong,
ligneous branches, which are covered with a ſmooth
gray bark, and are garniſhed with winged leaves,
compoſed of two pair
of ſpear-ſhaped lobes which are
very ſtiff and ſmooth; the inner pair are ſmall, being
ſeldom more than an inch and a half long, and half
an inch broad in the middle; the two outer lobes are
near three inches long, and almoſt an inch broad in
the middle, drawing to points at both ends; they are
oblique to the foot-Italk, the midrib running much
nearer to the border on one ſide; they are of a pale
green, and fit cloſe to the midrib, which has no bor-
der or wing like the other. The end of the branches
are divided into two or three foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtain-
ing a looſe ſpike of flowers like thoſe of the other fort;
theſe are ſucceeded by roundish berries like thoſe of
the former, but there are generally two, three, or
four of them joined together.
The third fort grows naturally in India; this riſes with
a ſtrait jointed ſtem to the height of twenty feet,
ſending out ſome lateral branches at the top, covered
with a pale ſmooth bark, which are garniſhed with
winged leaves compoſed of eight or ten pair of ob-
long oval lobes, each near four inches long, and an
inch and a half broad at their baſe, of a light green
colour, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks; thoſe on the
lower part of the midrib are ranged oppoſite, but on
the upper part of the midrib they are alternate, and
always end with two lobes. As the plants have not
as yet flowered in England, ſo I can give no farther
account of them.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds (which muſt be
obtained from the countries where they naturally grow,
for they have not produced fruit in Europe ;) the
feeds muſt be put into ſmall pots filled with rich freſh
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark.
The pots muſt be frequently watered, otherwiſe the
berries, whoſe outer cover is very hard, will not ve-
getate. In five or ſix weeks the plants will appear,
when the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be raiſed every
day in warm weather to admit freſh air to the plants.
In a month or fix weeks after the plants appear they
will be fit to tranſplant, when they muſt be ſhaken
out of the pots, and carefully parted, ſo as not to in-
jure their roots, and each planted into a ſeparate ſmall
pot filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into
the hot-bed again, obſerving to ſhade them from the
fun every day until they have taken new root; after
which time they muſt have free air admitted to them
every day when the weather is warm, and will require
to be frequently watered.
After the plants are well rooted, they will make great
progreſs, ſo as to fill theſe pots with their roots in a
few weeks tiine, therefore they ſhould be ſhifted into
larger pots, and as the plants advance, they ſhould
be inured to bear the open air by degrees; for if they
are forced too much in ſummer, they feldom live
thro' the winter, eſpecially the firſt and ſecond forts,
which are very ſubject to be loſt in the firſt winter. I
have frequently raiſed theſe plants from ſeeds to the
height of two feet in one fummer, and the leaves of
theſe plants have been a foot and a half in length, fo
that they made a fine appearance; but theſe plants
did not ſurvive the winter, whereas thoſe which were
6.
expoſed
a
a

S AP
SAP
roots.
mas.
a
a
ed leaf.
expoſed to the open air in July, and thereby ſtinted
in their growth, continued their leaves freih all the
winter. Theſe were placed in a ſtove upon ſhelves,
where the warmth was very moderate, with which
theſe plants will thrive better than in a greater heat.
The third fort is much more hardy than either of the
other: this may be placed in a good green-houſe in
the autumn, where it will live through the winter,
and in ſummer ſhould be expoſed to the open air in
a fheltered ſituation, where it will thrive very well.
SAPONARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 449. Lychnis.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 333. tab. 175. Sopewort.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
is cut into five points. It has five petals whoſe tails are
narrow, angular, and the length of the empaiement;
their borders are brood, obtuſe and plain. It has ten
awl-shaped ſtamina the length of the tube of the flower,
which are alternately inſerted into the petals, and are ter-
minated by obtuſe proftrate ſummits, and a taper germen
Supporting two ereet parallel ſtyles, crowned by acute frig-
The germen ofterward becomes a cloſe capſule the
length of the empalement, having one cell filled with ſmall
feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. SAPONARIA (Officinalis) calycibus cylindricis, foliis
ovato-lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 165. Sopewort with cy-
lindrical empalements, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves.
Lychnis fylveftris que ſaponaria vulgò. Tourn. Inſt.
336. Wild Campion, vulgarly called Sopewort.
2. SAPONARIA (Hybrida) calycibus cylindricis, foliis ova-
tis nervoſis ſemiamplexicaulibus. Sopewort with cylin-
drical empalements, and oval veined leaves half embracing
the ſtalks. Lychnis ſaponaria dicta, folio convoluto.
Raii Syn. 339. Campion, called Sopewort, with a twiſt-
3. SAPONARIA (Vaccaria) calycibus pyramidatis quin-
quangularibus, foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis fefli-
libus. Hort. Cliff. 166. Sopewort with pyramidal five-
cornered empalements, and oblong, oval, acute-pointed
leaves. Lychnis fegetum rubra, foliis perfoliatæ.
C. B. P. 204. Red Corn Campion, with Thorough-wan
leaves.
4. SAPONARIA (Amplicimus) calycibus pyramidatis quin-
quangularibus, foliis ovato-lanceolatis, femiamplexi-
caulibus. Sopewort with pyramidal five-cornered empale-
ments, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves, half embracing the
ſtalks. Lychnis fegetum rubra, foliis perfoliatæ am-
plioribus. Juff
. Red Corn Campion, with larger Thorough-
wax leaves.
5. SAPONARIA (Orientalis) calycibus cylindricis villoſis,
caule dichotoma erecto patulo. Hort. Upſal. 106.
Sopewort with cylindrical hairy empalements, and ere Et
Spreading ſtalks which are divided by pairs. Lychnis
Orientalis annua ſupina, antirrhini folio, flore mini-
mo purpuraſcente. Tourn. Cor. 25. Low annual Eaſt-
ern Sopewort, with a Snap-dragon leaf, and the leaſt pur-
plif flower.
The firſt fort is the common Sopewort of the ſhops ;
this grows naturally in many parts of England, and
is rarely admitted into gardens; it has a creeping
root which ſpreads far on every fide, ſo as in a ſhort
time to fill a large ſpace of ground, from which ariſe
many purpliſh ſtalks about a foot and a half high,
which are jointed, and garniſhed with oppoſite leaves
at each; theſe are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and ſmooth,
about three inches long, and an inch and a half broad,
ending in points; they have three longitudinal veins
on their under fide, and are of a pale green. The
foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe from the wings of the
leaves oppoſite they ſuſtain four, five, or more pur-
pliſh flowers each, which have generally two ſmall
leaves placed under them. The ſtalk is alſo termi-
nated by a looſe bunch of flowers growing in form of
an umbel; they have each a large ſwelling cylindrical
empalement, and five broad obtuſe petals which ſpread
open, and are of a purple colour, Theſe appear in
July, and are ſucceeded by oval capſules with one
cell, filled with ſmall feeds.
The leaves of this plant are ſometimes uſed in medi
cine; they are accounted opening and attenuating,
and ſomewhat fudorfic, fo are by ſome recommend
ed againſt the lues venerea, and outwardly applied
they help hard tumours and whitloes. The decoc-
tion of this plant is uſed to cleanſe and ſcour wool-
len cloths: the poor people in ſome countries uſe it
initead of fope for waſhing, from whence it had its
title.
There is a variety of this with double flowers, which
is preſerved in gardens, but the roots are very apt to
ſpread far on every fide if they are not confined, ſo
theſe plants ſhould not be placed in borders among
better flowers; but as the flowers continue in fuc-
ceffion from July to the middle of September, ſo a
few of the plants may be allowed a place in ſome ab-
ject part of the garden, for they will thrive in any fi-
tuation, and propagate faſt enough by their creeping
The ſecond fort was found growing in a wood near
Lichbarrow in Northamptonſhire, by Mr. Gerard.
It has been generally eſteemed a luſus naturæ, and
not a diſtinct ſpecies, but I have never found it alter
in forty years; but as it doth not produce feeds, ſo
there is no certainty of its being a diſtinct fpecies.
The roots of this do not ſpread like thoſe of the firſt,
the ſtalks are ſhorter, thicker, and do not grow ſo
erect; they riſe a foot or more in height, the joints
are very near and ſwelling; the leaves are produced
ſingly on the lower part of their ſtalks, but toward
the top they are often placed by pairs; they are oval-
ſhaped, about three inches long and two broad, hav-
ing ſeveral longitudinal veins or plaits, and are hol-
lowed like a ladle. The flowers are diſpoſed looſely
on the top of the ſtalk, they have large cylindrical
empalements, they are of one petal, and ſcarce any
viſible ſtamina; they are of a pucple colour, and
flower in July. This plant is preſerved for the fake
of variety in ſome gardens, but as there is little beau-
ty in the flowers, it does not merit a place in gardens
for pleaſure. It is eaſily propagated by parting of
the roots in autumn, and loves à moiſt ſhady fi-
tuation.
The third fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally among Corn in the ſouth of France and Italy.
This riſes with an upright ſtalk near a foot and a half
high, branching out upward into ſeveral diviſions
theſe always are by pairs oppoſite, as are alſo the
leaves, which are about an inch and a half long, and
half an inch broad at their baſe, ending in acute points;
they fit cloſe to the ſtalks, are ſmooth, and of a gray
colour. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches, each ftanding upon a long naked foot-ſtalk;
their empalements are large, ſwelling, and pyrami-
dal, having five acute corners or angles; the petals
are but ſmall; they have long necks or tails, which
are narrow; their upper part is obtufe, and of a red-
diſh purple colour. Theſe appear in June and July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is alſo
an annual plant; it riſes with a ſtrong ſmooth ſtalk
about two feet high, garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped
leaves three inches long, and an inch and a half
broad near their baſe, drawing to a point at the end;
they are fleſhy, of a gray colour, and are very ſmooth;
they are placed by pairs, and half embrace the ſtalks
with their baſe; the upper part of the ſtalk divides
into many branches, which are again ſubdivided into
long naked foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining a ſingle flow-
er; the empalement of the flower is large, pyrami-
dal, and ſwelling, having five acute angles. The
flowers are compoſed of five obtuſe red petals,
which ſpread open flat above the empalement. Theſe
appear in June and July, and the feeds ripen in au-
The fifth fort grows naturally in the Levant, from
whence Dr. Tournefort ſent the feeds. This is a low
annual plant, ſeldom riſing more than four inches
a
:
a
و
tumn.
a
high,

S A P
S A R
j
high, but divides into branches by pairs from the make good roots after they arrive. During their páf-
bottom, which ſpread afunder. The leaves are very ſage they muſt have ſome water, while they continue
ſmall, the flowers come out ſingle from the wings of in a warm climate ; but as they come into colder
the leaves ; they have hairy cylindrical empalenients, weather, they ſhould have very little moiſture ; and
out of which the petals of the flower do but juſt they muſt be ſecured from ſalt water, which will ſoon
peep, ſo are not obvious at any diſtance. The whole deſtroy the plants if it gets at them.
plant is very clammy to the touch. As this plant When theſe plants arrive in England, they ſhould be
makes no figure, ſo it is only kept for variety.
carefully taken out of the tubs, preſerving ſome earth
Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by feeds, which to their roots, and planted into pots filled with freſh
ſhould be fown where the plants are to remain, and earth, and then plunged into a moderate hot-bed of
will require no other care but to keep them clean from tanners bark, obſerving, if the weather is hot, to
weeds, and thin them where they are too cloſe. If fhade the glaſſes with mats every day, to ſcreen the
the ſeeds are fown in autumn, or are permitted to ſcat- plants from the ſun, until they have taken new root;
ter, the plants will come up without care.
obſerving alſo not to water them too much at firſt,
SAPOTA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. tab. 4. Acras. Lin.
. .
eſpecially if the earth in which they come over is
Gen. Plant. 438. The Mammee Sapota.
moiſt; becauſe too much water is very injurious to
The CHARACTERS are,
the plants before they are well rooted, but afterward
The flower has a permanent empalement compoſed of five they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water in warm
oval leaves, which are acute-pointed and erect. It has weather; and they muſt have a large ſhare of air ad-
five roundiſh beart-ſhaped petals, which are connected at mitted to them, otherwiſe their leaves will be infeſted
their baſe, and end in acute points; and fix short ſtami- with inſects and become foul; in which caſe they muſt
na the length of the tube, terminated by arrow-pointed be waſhed with a ſponge to clean them, without which
ſummits, with an ovel germen Supporting a short ſtyle, the plants will not thrive.
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward be- In the winter theſe plants muſt be placed in the
comes an oval ſucculent fruit, incloſing one or two oval warmeſt ſtove, and in cold weather they ſhould have
hard nuts or ſtones.
but little water given to them, though they muſt be
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of frequently refreſhed when the earth is dry; eſpecially
Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants if they retain their leaves all the winter, they will re-
whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
quire a greater ſhare of water than when they drop
The SPECIES are,
their leaves ; ſo that this muſt be done with diſcre-
1. SAPOTA (Achras) foliis oblongo-ovatis, fructibus tur- tion, according to the ſtate in which the plants are.
binatis glabris. Sapota with oblong oval leaves, and As theſe plants grow in magnitude, they ſhould be
ſmooth turbinated fruit. Sapota fructu turbinato mi- ſhifted into pots of a larger ſize, but they muſt not be
nori. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. Sapota with a ſmaller tur- over-potted, for that will infallibly deſtroy them.
binated fruit.
SARRACENA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 657. tab. 476.
2. SAPOTA (Mammoſa) foliis lanceolatis, fructu maxi- Lin. Gen. Plant. 578. The Sideſaddle-flower.
mo ovato, feminibus ovatis utrinque acutis. Sapota
The CHARACTERS are,
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, a very large oval fruit, and oval The flower has a double empalement ; the under is com-
ſeeds which are pointed at both ends,
poſed of three ſmall oval leaves which fall away; the upper
The name of Sapota is what theſe fruit are called by has five large coloured leaves, which are permanent. It
the natives of America, to which ſome add the ap- has five oval inflexed petals which incloſe the ſtamina,
pellation of Mammee; but there is no other name whoſe tails are oblong, ovol, and erect, and a great nun-
given to theſe fruits by the Engliſh, ſince they have ber of ſmall ſtamina, terminated by target-Shaped ſummits.
ſettled in the Weſt-Indies, ſo far as I can learn. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a
The firſt of theſe trees is common about Panama, Short cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by a torget-shaped five-
and ſome other places in the Spaniſh Weft-Indies, but cornered ſtigme covering the ſtamina, and is permanent.
is not to be found in many of the Engliſh ſettlements The germen afterward becomes a roundiſh capſule with five
in America. The ſecond fort is very common in cells, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
Jamaica, Barbadoes, and moſt of the iſlands in the
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Weſt-Indies, where the trees are planted in gardens Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
for their fruit, which is by many perſons greatly ef- whoſe flowers have many ftamina and one ſtyle.
teemed.
The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Tour-
The ſecond ſort grows in America to the height of nefort, in honour of Dr. Sarrazin, a curious botaniſt,
thirty-five or forty feet, having a ſtrait trunk, cover- who ſent this and many other rare plants from Cana-
ed with an Aſh-coloured bark. The branches are da to the Paris Garden.
produced on every ſide, ſo as to form a regular head ;
The SPECIES are,
theſe are beſet with leaves, which are a foot in length, 1. SARRACENA (Purpurea) foliis gibbis. Hort. Clif.
and near three inches broad in the middle, drawing 427. Sarracena with gibbous leaves. Sarracena Cana-
to a point at each end. The flowers which are pro- denſis, foliis cavis & auritis. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
duced from the branches, are of a cream colour ; 657. Sarracena of Canada, with bollowed and eared leaves.
when theſe fall away, they are ſucceeded by large 2. SARRACENA (Flava) foliis ftrictis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
oval or top-ſhaped fruit, which are covered with a 510. Sarracena with cloſed leaves. Sarracena foliis lon-
browniſh fkin, under which is a thick pulp of a ruſ- gioribus & anguſtioribus. Cateſb. Hift. Carol. 2. p.
ſet colour, very luſcious, called natural marmelade, 69. Sarracena with longer and narrower leaves.
from its likeneſs to marmelade of Quinces.
The firſt fort grows naturally upon bogs in moſt parts
As theſe trees are natives of very warm countries, of North America; this hath a ſtrong fibrous root,
they cannot be preſerved in England, unleſs they are which ſtrikes deep into the ſoft earth, from which
placed in the warmeſt ſtoves and managed with great ariſe five, fix, or feven leaves, in proportion to the
care. They are propagated by planting the ſtones, ſtrength of the plant; theſe are about five or fix inches
but as theſe will not keep good long out of the ground, long, hollow like a pitcher, narrow at their bale, but
the ſureſt method to obtain theſe plants is, to have ſwell out large at the top ; their outer fides are round-
the ſtones planted in tubs of earth, as ſoon as they are ed, but on their inner fide they are a little compreff-
taken out of the fruit, and the tubs placed in a fitua- ed, and have a broad leafy border running longitu-
tion where they may have the morning ſun, and kept dinally the whole length of the tube; and to the
duly watered. When the plants come up, they muſt rounded
part
of the leaf there is on the top a large
be ſecured from vermin and kept clear from weeds, appendage or ear ſtanding erect, of a browniſh co-
but ſhould remain in the country till they are about lour; this ſurrounds the outſide of the leaves about
a foot high, when they may be ſhipped for England ; two thirds of the top, it is eared at both ends, and
but they ſhould be brought over in the ſummer, waved round the border. From the center of the
and, if poſſible, time enough for the plants to root, between the leaves, ariſes a ſtrong, round, na-
ked
a
a
a
a

S A T
SAT
a
و
ز
ked foot-ſtalk about a foot high, fuſtaining one nod-
The CHARACTERS are,
ding flower at the top, which has a double empale- The flower bath an erect, tubulous, friated, permanent
ment; the outer one is of one leaf, divided into five empalement of one leaf, indented at the brim in five
parts to the bottom, where they are connected to the points; it bath one ringent petal, whoſe tube is cylindri-
foot-ſtalks; theſe ſegments are obtuſe and bent over cal and ſporter than the empalement ; the chaps are ſingle,
the flower, ſo as to cover the inſide of it ; they are of the upper lip erect and obtufe, having an acute indenture
a purple colour on the outſide, but green within, at the point. The under lip is ſpreading, divided into
having purple edges; the inner empalement, which is three parts, which are nearly equal. It has four briftly
compoſed of three green leaves, falls off; within theſe ſtamine, two of which are almoſt the length of the 11pper
are five oval petals of a purple colour, which are hol- lip; the other two are ſhorter, terminated by ſummits
lowed like a ſpoon; theſe cover the ſtamina and ſum- which touch each other, and a four-pointed germen ſup-
mits, with part of the ftigma alſo. In the center is porting a briſtly Style, crowned by two briſtly ſtigmas.
ſituated a large, roundiſh, channelled germen, fup- The germen afterward become four Seeds, which ripen ist
porting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a very broad five- the empalement.
cornered ſtigma, faftened in the middle to the ſtyle, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and covering the ſtamina like a target; this is green, Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
and the five corners which are ſtretched out beyond whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina,
the brim are each cut into two points, and are pur-
and the feeds are naked in the empalement.
pliſh. Round the germen are ſituated a great num-
The SPECIES are,
ber of ſhort ſtamina, joining the ſides of the germen 1. SATUREJA (Hortenſis) pedunculis bifloris. Vir. Cliff.
cloſely, which are terminated by target-ſhaped furrow- 87. Savory with two flowers upon each foot-ſtalk. Sa-
ed ſummits, of a pale ſulphur colour. When the flower tureja ſativa. J. B. 3. 272. Garden, or Summer Savory.
decays, the germen ſwells to a large roundiſh capſule 2. SATUREJA (Thymbra) verticillis fubrotundis hiſpidis,
with five cells, covered by the permanent ſtigma, and foliis oblongis acutis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 324. Savory
filled with ſmall ſeeds. It flowers in June, and the with whorled flowers, and oblong acute-pointed leaves.
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
Thymbra legitima. Cluf. Hiſt. 1. p. 358. The true
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Carolina, upon Thymbra.
bogs and in ſtanding ihallow waters. The leaves of 3. SATUREJA (Montana) pedunculis dichotomis laterali-
this ſort grow near three feet high, being ſmall at the bus folitariis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis mucronatis. Lin.
bottom, but widening gradually to the top. Theſe Sp. Plant. 568. Savory with ſingle diverging foot-ſtalks
are hollow, and are arched over at the mouth like a on the ſides of the branches, and linear Spear-shaped leaves.
friar's cowl. The flowers of this grow on naked pe- Satureja montana. C. B. P. 218. Mountain, or Winter
dicles, riſing from the root to the height of three Savory.
feet; theſe flowers are green.
4. SATUREJA (Virginiana) capitulis terminalibus, foliis
Theſe plants are eſteemed for the fingular ſtructure of lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 567. Savory with heads of
their leaves and flowers, which are fo different from flowers terminating the ſtalks, and Spear-ſhaped leaves.
all the known plants, as to have little reſemblance of Clinopodium pulegii anguíto rigidoque folio, Virgi-
any yet diſcovered; but there is ſome difficulty in get- nianum, flofculis in cymis diſpoſitis. Pluk. Alm. 110.
ting them to thrive in England, when they are obtain- - tab. 54. fig. 2. Virginian Field Baſil with a fiiff, nar-
ed from abroad; for as they grow naturally on bogs, YOW, Pennyroyal leaf, and flowers diſpoſed on the tops of
or in ſhallow ſtanding waters, ſo unleſs they are con- tbe ſtalks.
ftantly kept in wet, they will not thrive ; and although 5. SATUREJA (Origanoides) foliis ovatis ſerratis, corym-
the winters are very ſharp in the countries where the bis terminalibus dichotomis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 568. Sa-
firſt fort naturally grows, yet being covered with wa- vory with oval ſawed leaves, and flowers growing in a
ter and the remains of decayed plants, they are de- divided corymbus, terminating the ſtalks. Calamintha
.
fended from froſt.
erecta, Virginiana, mucronato folio glabro. Mor.
The beſt method to obtain theſe plants is, to procure Hift. 3. p. 413. Upright Virginian Field Baſil, with a
them from the places of their natural growth, and to Smooth acute-pointed leaf.
have them taken up with large balls of earth to their 6. SATUREJA (Juliana) verticillis faftigiatis concatenatis
roots, and planted in tubs of earth; which muſt be foliis lineari-lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 567. Savory
conſtantly watered during their paſſage, otherwiſe with bunched whorls of flowers, and linear Spear-ſhaped
they will decay before they arrive ; for there is little leaves. Thymbra fancti Juliani five ſatureja verior.
probability of raiſing theſe plants from feeds, ſo as to Lob. Icon. 245. St. Julian's Thymbra, or the true Sa-
produce flowers in many years, if the ſeeds do grow; vory.
ſo that young plants ſhould be taken up to bring 7. SATUREJA (Græca) pedunculis corymboſis lateralibus
over, which are more likely to ſtand here, than thoſe geminis, bracteis calyce brevioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
which have flowered two or three times. When the 568. Savory with corymbuſes of flowers upon foot-ſtalks,
plants are brought over, they ſhould be planted into growing by pairs from the wings of the leaves, and brattee
pretty large pots, which ſhould be filled with ſoft
Shorter than the empalements. Clinopodium Creticum.
ipongy earth, mixed with rotten wood, Moſs, and Alp. Exot. 265. Cretan Field Bafil.
turf, which is very like the natural foil in which they 8. SATUREJA (Capitata) floribus fpicatis, foliis carinatis
pots ſhould be put into tubs or large punctatis ciliatis. Lin. Mat. Med. 283. Savory with
pans which will hold water, with which they muſt be Spiked flowers, and keel-Shaped hairy leaves having Spots.
conſtantly ſupplied, and placed in a ſhady ſituation in Thymum legitimum. Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 375. The legi-
ſummer; but in the winter they muſt be covered with timate Thyme.
Moſs, or ſheltered under a frame, otherwiſe they The firſt fort is generally known in the gardens by
will not live in this country; for as the plants muſt be the title of Summer Savory. This is an annual plant,
kept in pots, ſo if theſe are expoſed to the froſt, it which grows naturally in the ſouth of France and in
will foon penetrate through them, and greatly injure, Italy, but it is cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for
if not deſtroy the plants; but when they are placed the kitchen, and alſo for medicinal uſe. It riſes with
under a common frame, where they may have the flender erect talks about a foot high, ſending out
open air at all times in mild weather, and be ſhelter- branches at each joint by pairs, which are garnished
ed from hard froſt, the plants will thrive and flower with leaves placed oppoſite, which are about an inch
long, and one eighth of an inch broad in the middle;
SASSAFRAS. See LAURUS.
they are ſtiff, a little hairy, and have an aromatic
SATUREJA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 197. Thymbra. odour if rubbed. The flowers grow from the wings
Tourn. Inft. 197. Lin. Gen. Plant. 626. [ſo called, of the leaves toward the upper part of the branches,
becauſe ſaid to cauſe a ſatyriaſmus, or priapiſmus, each foot-ſtalk ſuſtaining two flowers, which are of
this herb exciting greatly to venery.] Savory; in the lip kind, having a ſhort cylindrical tube; the
French, Sarriette.
upper lip is erect and indented at the point; the lower
is
grow. There
.
very well.
II Z

SAT
S A T
3
a
a
is divided into three almoſt equal parts; they are of The ſecond, fixth, and eighth forts, are too tender
a pale fieſh colour, and appear in July, and the feeds to live through the winter in the open air in England:
ripen in autumn.
Theſe are generally propagated by flips or cuttings,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Crete ; this riſes which take root very readily during any of the ſummer
with a ſhrubby ſtalk about two feet high, dividing in- months ; if theſe cuttings or flips are planted in a
to ſeveral Nender ligneous branches, which are gar ſhady border, or are ſhaded from the fun with mats,
niſhed with ſmall, ſtiff, oval leaves, ending in acute they will put out roots in two months, fit to be tranf-
points, which emit an aromatic odour when bruiſed. planted, when they ſhould be taken up carefully, and
The flowers grow in thick whorls round the ſtalks each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot, filled with freſh un-
toward the top; they have ſhort, hairy, five-pointed dunged earth, and placed in the ſhade till they have
empalements; the tube of the petal is longer than the taken new root; then they may be placed in a fhel-
cup, and the flower is ſhaped like that of the former, tered fituation, where they may remain till the end of
but it is larger and of a brighter red colour. This O&tober, when they ſhould be placed under a com-
plant flowers in June, July, and Auguſt, but rarely mon hot-bed frame, where they may be expoſed to
ripens its feeds in England.
the
open
air at all times when the weather is inild; but
The third fort is well known in the gardens by the they muſt be protected from hard froſt, which will de-
title of Winter Savory; this is a perennial plant, ſtroy them if expoſed thereto.
which grows naturally in the ſouth of France and As theſe plants ſeldom live above three or four years,
Italy, but is here cultivated in gardens both for food ſo there ſhould be a ſupply of young plants raiſed to
and phyſic. This hath a fhrubby, low, branching preferve the ſpecies, otherwiſe they may be ſoon
ſtalk; the branches riſe about a foot high; they are loft. In winter they ſhould not have much wet, for
ligneous, and are garniſhed with two very narrow they are very ſubject to grow mouldy by moiſture, but
leaves about an inch long at each joint; they are itiff, eſpecially if the free air is excluded from them; or if
and ſtand oppoſite; from the baſe of theſe come out their branches are drawn up weak, they are very apt
a few ſmall leaves in cluſters. The flowers grow from
to get mouldy, and then they foon decay.
the wings of the leaves upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they The third fort is very hardy, fo if this is fown or
are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt ſort, but are larger and planted upon a dry lean foil, it will endure the greateſt
of a paler colour. Theſe appear in June, and are cold of our winters. I have ſeen fome of the plants
fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn, but the growing upon the top of an old wall
, where they
plants will continue ſeveral years, eſpecially if they were fully expoſed to the cold, and theſe ſurvived
are planted in a poor dry foil.
the ſevere froſt, when moſt of thoſe which were grow-
The fourth fort grows naturally in North America; ing in the ground were deſtroyed. This may be pro-
this hath a perennial root, but the ſtalk is annual, pagated either by feeds in the ſame way as the firſt
and riſes about a foot and a half high; it is ſtiff, an- fort, or by ſlips, which, if planted in the ſpring, will
gular, and branches out toward the top. The leaves take root very freely. Theſe plants will laſt ſeveral
are ſtiff, ſpear-ſhaped, and pointed; they are about years, but when they are old, their ſhoots will be
an inch and a half long, and a quarter of an inch ſhort and not ſo well furniſhed with leaves, fo will
broad in the middle, pointed at both ends, and have not be ſo good for uſe as young plants, therefore it
a ſtrong ſcent of Pennyroyal ; the ſtalks are termi- will be proper to raiſe a ſupply of young plants every
nated by white flowers collected into globular heads.
Theſe appear in July, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by The fifth fort has a perennial root, but the ſtalks
feeds in England.
decay every autumn. There are two varieties of this,
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Spain and ſome parts one of them has narrower leaves and larger heads
of Italy; this hath very ſlender ligneous ſtalks which than the other, and the leaves have very little ſcent;
grow erect, about nine inches high, ſending out two whereas thoſe of the common fort ſmell fo like Pen-
or three ſlender fide branches toward the bottom; nyroyal, as not to be diſtinguiſhed by thoſe who do
theſe are garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-ſhaped, ftiff not ſee the plants. This fort ſometimes produces good
leaves, which are placed oppoſite. The flowers grow ſeeds here, from which the plants may be eaſily pro-
in whorls above each other for more than half the pagated; they may alſo be increaſed by planting cut-
length of the ſtalk, they ſeem as if they were bundled tings in the ſpring, in the ſame manner as is practiſed
together. The flowers are ſmall and white; they ap- for Mint; theſe will take root freely, and if they are
pear in July, but the feeds feldom ripen here; the afterwards planted in a moiſt ſoil, they will thrive ex-
whole plant has a pleaſant aromatic ſcent.
ceedingly; but as the plant is never uſed here, ſo it
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath is only kept for variety in ſome curious gardens.
very ſlender ligneous ſtalks, which riſe near a foot and SATYRIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 901. Orchis, Tourn.
a half high, garniſhed with ſmall, oval, ſtiff, acute- Inft. R. H. 431. tab. 247, 248.
pointed leaves, whoſe borders are reflexed. The
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers grow in roundiſh whorls upon foot-ſtalks, It hath a ſingle ſtalk; the flowers have no empalement,
which riſe by pairs from the wings of the leaves ; but ſit upon the germen : they have five oblong oval pe-
theſe are ſmall and white; they appear in July, and tals, three outer and two inner, riſing and joined in a hel-
if the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds will ripen in met; they have a one-leaved neli arium, ſituated on the
ſide between the diviſion of the petals, faſtened to the re-
The eighth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this has a ceptacle. The upper lip is ſort and erect, the under is
low ſhrubby ſtalk, which ſends out branches on every plain and bangs downward, their baſe repreſents the binder
ſide, which grow about ſix inches long, and are hoary; part of the ſcrotum. They have two short ſlender ſtamina
they are garniſhed with ſtiff, narrow, acute-pointed fitting upon the pointal, having oval ſummits which have
leaves, which are hollowed like the keel of a boat. double cells ſhut in the upper lip of the nectarium, and an
The flowers grow in ſhort roundiſh ſpikes at the end oblong twiſted germen ſituated under the flower, having a
of the branches; they are ſmall and white; the whole short ſtyle, growing on the upper lip of the nextarium,
plant is hoary, and very aromatic. This never pro- crowned by an obtuſe compreſſed ſtigma. The germen af-
duces feeds in England.
terward becomes an oblong capſule with one cell
, having
The firſt fort is only cultivated by ſeeds; theſe ſhould three keels and three cells, opening under the keels three
be ſown the beginning of April, upon a bed of light ways, and filled with ſmall ſeeds.
earth, either where they are to remain, or for tranſ- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
planting; if the plants are to ſtand unremoved, the Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
feeds ſhould be fown thinly; but if they are to be in whoſe flowers the ſtamina are connected to the
tranſplanted, they may be fown cloſer. When the ftyle.
plants appear they muſt be kept clean from weeds, The SPECIES are,
and afterward they may be treated in the ſame way 1. SATYRIUM (Nigrun) bulbis palmatis, foliis lineari-
as Marjoram.
bus, floribus relupinatis nectarii labio indiviſo ovato
acuminato
other year.
ز
autumn.

S A U
SA X
a
acuminato. Act. Upfal. 1740. p. 19. Satyrium with The CHARACTERS are,
banded bulbs, linear leaves, the flowers oval, bending down- The flowers are diſpoſed into a katkin or tail; they bata
ward, and the neEtarium undivided. Orchis palmata an- an oblong permanent empalement of one leaf, coloured on
guſtifolia Alpina, nigro fiore. C. B. P. 86. Narrow- the ſide. They have no petal, but have ſix long hair-like
leaved handed Orchis of the Alps, with a black flower. ſtamina, placed three on each ſide oppoſites terminated by
2. SATYRIUM (Hirſinum) bulbis indiviſis, foliis lanceo- oblong ere Et suminits, and an oval germen with three lobes
latis, nectarii labio trifido, intermedia lineari, obliqua having no style, but is crowned by three blunt permanent
præmorſa. Act. Upfal. 1740. tab. 18. Satyrium with Stigmas. The germen ofterward becomes an oval berry
an undivided bulb, Spear-ſhaped leaves, and the lip of the with one cell, incloſing one oval feed.
ne&tarium trifid, the middle ſegment being linear and ob- This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
liquely bitten. Orchis barbata foetida. J. B. P. 2. Linnæus's ſeventh claſs, which includes thoſe plants
p. 756. The Lizard-flower, or Great Goat-ſtones. whoſe flowers have ſeven ſtamina, and three ſtyles or
3. SATYRIUM (Viride) bulbis palmatis, foliis oblongis ſtigmas.
obtufis, nectarii labio lineari trifido, intermedia ob- We have but one Species of this genus at preſent
foleta. Act. Upſal. 1740. p. 18. Satyrium with handed in the Engliſh gardens, viz.
bulbs, oblong blunt leaves, and the lip of the nežtarium SAURURUS (Cernuus) foliis cordatis petiolatis, amen-
divided into three linear parts, the middle one being obſo- tis folitariis recurvis. Hort. Upſal. 91. Lizard's
lete. Orchis palmata minor, flore luteo viridi. Raii tail with heart-ſhaped leaves having foot-ſtalks, and ſingle
Syn. 11. 239. Smaller handed Orchis with a green flower, recurved ſpikes of flowers. Serpentaria repens, flori-
by ſome called the Frog Orchis.
bus ſtamineis fpicatis, bryoniæ nigræ folio ampliore
4. SATYRIUM ( Albidum) bulbis faſciculatis, foliis lan- pingui, Virginienſis. Pluk. Alm. 343. Creeping Snake-
ceolatis, nectarii labio trifido, acuto, intermedia ma- wort of Virginia, with Spiked ſtamineous flowers, and a
jore. Act. Upfal. 1740. Satyrium with cluſtered bulbs, large, fat, black, Briony leaf.
Spear-ſhaped leaves, and the lip of the nextarium divided This plant grows naturally in moſt parts of North Ame-
into three acute parts, the middle one being the largeſt. rica. The root is fibrous and perennial; the ſtalks ge-
Orchis palmata Alpina, fpicâ denſa albo-viridi. Hal- nerally trail upon the ground, ſo ſeldom rife more than
ler. Helv. 68. Alpine handed Orchis, with a thick cloſe two feet high, having ſome longitudinal furrows; the
Spike of whitiſh green flowers.
leaves are heart-ſhaped and ſmooth; they are about
The firſt fort grows naturally upon the Alps; this three inches long, and two broad at their baſe, end-
has a broad, handed, bulbous root; the ſtalk riſes about ing in cbtuſe points, and have ſeveral longitudinal
nine inches high, and is garniſhed with very narrow veins which join at the foot-ſtalk, but diverge from
leaves ; thoſe on the lower part are about four inches the midrib toward the borders in the middle, and join
long, but on the upper part they are ſcarce one inch; again at the point; theſe ſtand upon foot-ſtalks about
their baſe embraces the ſtalk. The flowers grow in a an inch long, which are placed alternately on the
thick ſhort ſpike at the top, they are of a dark pur- ftalk. The ſpike of flowers comes out from the
ple colour ; the lip of the nectarium has three lobes, wings of the leaves toward the top of the ſtalk, which
the middle one being the largeit. This flowers the is taper, and about two inches long; theſe appear
beginning of June.
in July, but make but little appearance, and are not
The ſecond fort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of ſucceeded by feeds in England. The ſtalk decays in
England ; this has a ſolid bulbous root, which is not
divided; the ftalk is ſtrong, and riſes fifteen inches This is preſerved in botanic gardens for the fake of
high; the lower part is garniſhed with leaves near variety; but, as it has no beauty, it is very rarely
five inches long and half an inch broad, which em- admitted into other gardens; it is propagated by
brace the ſtalk with their baſe. The ſpike of flowers parting of the root, which may be performed either
which occupy the upper part of the ſtalk, is fix inches in autumn, ſoon after the ſtalks decay, or in the
in length; the flowers are of a dirty white, with ſome ſpring, before the roots begin to ſhoot; it loves a
linear ſtripes and ſpots of a brown colour; the beard moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation.
or middle ſegment of the lip of the nectarium is two The other plants, which in the former editions of
inches long, and appears as if it was obliquely bitten this work were placed in this genus, are now re-
off. It flowers the latter end of June.
moved to the genus of PIPER.
The third fort grows naturally on dry paſtures, and SAXIFRAGA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 252. tab. 129.
upon chalk hills in ſeveral parts of England. This Lin. Gen. Plant. 464. [ſo called, q. ſaxa ſtones, and
has a handed bulbous root; the ſtalk riſes near a foot frangens, Lat. breaking, becauſe, as Bauhinus ſays,
high; the lower part is garniſhed with leaves three the juice of it being drank, breaks the ſtone in the
inches long and half an inch broad, whoſe baſes em- reins and bladder, but the truth of it is doubted.
brace the ſtalk. The flowers grow in a long ſlender Others derive it from its growing on ftony moun-
ſpike on the top of the ſtalk; the nectarium of this tains, as growing out of the clefts of the ſtones.]
varies in colour, it is ſometimes of a duſky purple, Saxifrage.
and at others of a yellowiſh green colour. It flowers
The CHARACTERS are,
the latter end of May, or the beginning of June. The flower hath a ſhort, permanent, acute empalement of
The fourth fort grows near Verona, and upon the one leaf, cut into five ſegments ; it has five plain petals,
Alps. This hath ſeveral ſmall bulbs which are joined which are longer than the empalement, and ten awl-ſhaped
together, the ſtalk riſes about eight inches high, the Stamina, terminated by roundiſh ſummits, with a roundiſh
lower part is garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about acute-pointed germen ſitting upon two ſtyles, crowned by ob-
three inches long, which embrace the ſtalk with their tuſe ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval cap-
baſe. The flowers are collected in a ſhort thick ſpike ſule with two horns opening between their tops, and filled
on the top of the ſtalk, which are of an herbaceous with ſmall ſeeds.
white colour. This flowers in June.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of
All theſe plants are difficult to propagate, ſo the beſt Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
way to obtain them is to take up their roots at a pro- whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
per ſeaſon, and tranſplant them into the gardens, put- The SPECIES are,
ting the ſeveral forts into different foils, as near to 1. SAXIFRAGA (Granulata) foliis caulinis reniformibus
that in which they naturally grow as poſſible, and to lobatis, caule ramofo radice granulatâ. Hort. Cliff
leave the ground undiſturbed; for if their roots are 167. Saxifrage with leaves upon the ſtalks which are kida
injured, the plants ſeldom thrive after. The ma- ney-haped, and have lobes, a branching ſtalk, and roofs
nagement of this plant being the ſame as for the Or-
like grains of Corn. Saxifraga rotundifolia, alba. C.
chis, I ſhall not repeat it here.
B. P. 339. Round-leaved white Saxifrage.
SAVINE. See JUNIPERUS.
2. SAXIFRAGA (Cotyledon) foliis radicatis aggregatis lin-
SAVORY. See SATUREJA.
gulatis cartilagineo-ferratis, caule paniculato. Lin.
SAURURUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 414. Lizard's-tail. Sp. 570. Saxifrage with tongue-ſhaped leaves at the roots
3
autumn.
3
a
a
a
a
which

SA X
S A X
of a reddiſh colour without, from which ariſe kidney-
ſhaped hairy leaves, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks. The ſtalks are thick, a foot high, hairy, and
furrowed on two ſides; theſe branch out from the
bottom, and have a few ſmall leaves like thoſe below,
which fit cloſe to the ſtalks; the flowers terminate the
ſtalk, growing in ſmall cluſters; they have five ſmall
white petals, inclofing ten ſtamina and the two ſtyles.
It flowers in April : the roots and leaves of this plant
are uſed in medicine.
There is a variety of this which was found wild by
Mr.Joſeph Blind, gardener at Barnes, who tranſplanted
it into his garden, and afterward diſtributed it to fe-
veral curious perſons, ſince which time it has been
multiplied ſo much, as to become a very common
plant in moft gardens near London, where it is com-
monly planted in pots to adorn court-yards, &c. in
the ſpring, and is very ornamental at that ſeaſon in
the borders of the flower-garden.
This plant is propagated by offsets, which are fent
forth from the old roots in great plenty. The beſt
ſeaſon for tranſplanting them is in July, after their
leaves are decayed, when they muſt be put into freſh
undunged earth, and placed in the ſhade until au-
tumn; but in winter they may be expoſed to the ſun,
which will cauſe them to flower ſomewhat earlier in
the ſpring. In April theſe plants will flower, and, if
they are in large tufts, will at that time make a very
handſome appearance ; for which reaſon moſt people
ſuffer them to remain three or four years unremoved,
and when they are tranſplanted, always plant them in
bunches, that they may produce a greater number of
flowers. If theſe plants are put into the full ground,
they muſt have a ſhady ſituation, otherwiſe they will
not thrive.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
hath a perennial fibrous root. The leaves grow round
in circular heads, embracing each other at their baſe,
after the ſame manner as the common Houſleek; they
are tongue-ſhaped, about two inches long, and a
quarter of an inch broad, rounded at their points, and
have a white, cartilaginous, fawed border. The ſtalk
riſes about a foot high; it is of a purpliſh colour, a
little hairy, and ſends out ſeveral horizontal branches
the whole length. The flowers grow in ſmall cluf-
ters at the end of the branches; they are white, and
have ſeveral ſmall red ſpots on the inſide. This flowers
3
which are joined together, and have cartilaginous fars,
and a panicled ſtalk. Saxifraga folio fedi anguſtiore,
ferrato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 252. Saxifrage with a nar-
row Houſeleek leaf, which is Sawed on its edges.
3. SAXIFRAGA (Paniculata) foliis radicatis. aggregatis cu-
neiformibus cartilagineo-ferratis, caule paniculato.
Saxifrage with the lower leaves wedge-Shaped and joined
together, with edges having cartilaginous ſaws, and a pa-
niculated ſtalk. Saxifraga foliis fubrotundis ſerratis.
Tourn. Inft. 252. Saxifrage with roundiſh Sawed leaves.
4. SAXIFRAGA (Pyramidata) foliis radicatis aggregatis
lingulatis, cartilageneo-ſerratis, caulepyramidato. Saxi-
frage with the lower leaves joined together, which are
tongue-Shaped, and have cartilaginous faves, and a pyra-
midal ſtalk. Saxifraga montana, pyramidata, folio
longiore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 253. Mountain pyrami-
dal Saxifrage, with a longer leaf.
5. SAXIFRAGA (Rotundifolia) foliis caulinis dentatis re-
niformibus petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 403. Saxi-
frage with kidney-paped leaves on the ſtalks, which
are indented and have fooi-ſtalks. Geum rotundifo-
lium majus. Tourn. Inft. 251. Greater round-leaved
Kidneywort.
6. SAXIFRAGA (Hirſuta) foliis reniformibus dentatis,
caule nudo paniculato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 401. Saxifrage
with indented kidney-shaped leaves, and a naked panicu-
lated ſtalk. Geum folio circinato, piſtillo floris palli-
do. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 251. Round-leaved Kidneywort,
with a pale pointal to the flower.
7. SAXIFRAGA (Punctata) foliis obovatis dentatis petiola-
tis, caule nudo paniculato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 401. Saxi-
frage with oblong, oval, indented leaves having foot-ſtalks,
and a naked poniculated ſtalk. Geum folio ſubrotundo
majore, piſtillo fioris rubro. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 251.
Greater roundiſh-leaved Kidneywort, with a red pointal
to the flower, commonly called London Pride, or None-lo-
pretty.
8. SAXIFRAGA (Penſylvanica) foliis lanceolatis denticu-
latis, caule nudo paniculato, floribus fubcapitatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 399. Saxifrage with Spear-ſhaped in-
dented leaves, a naked paniculated ſtalk, and flowers col-
le Eted in heads. Saxifraga Penſylvanica, floribus muſ-
coſis racemofis. Hort: Elth. 337. Saxifrage of Penſyl-
vania, with branching moſy fiowers.
9. SAXIFRAGA (Nivalis) foliis obovatis crenatis fubfelli-
libus, caule nudo, floribus congeſtis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
401. Saxifrage with oblong, oval, crenated leaves fitting
cloſe to the root, e noked ſtalk, and flowers growing in
cloſe bunches. Saxifraga foliis oblongo-rotundis den-
tatis, floribus compactis. Raii Syn. 3. 354. Saxifrage
with oblong, round, indented leaves, and compact flowers.
10. SAXIFRAGA (Autumnalis) foliis caulinis linearibus
alternis ciliatis, radicalibus aggregatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
402. Saxifrage with linear leaves on the ſtalk which are
ſet with fine hairs, are alternate, and thoſe at the root
joined together. Geum anguſtifolium autumnale, flore
luteo guttato. Tourn. Inſt. 252. Narrow-leaved au-
tumnal Kidneywort, with a yellow Spotted flower.
11. SAXIFRAGA (Oppoſitifolia) foliis caulinis ovatis op-
pofitis imbricatis, fummis ciliatis. Flor. Suec. 359.
Saxifrage with oval leaves on the ſtalks which are oppoſite,
which lie over each other, and upper leaves having fine
hairs. Sedum Alpinum ericoides purpurafcens. C. B.
P. 284. Alpine purpliſh Houfleek like Heath.
1.2. SAXIFRAGA (Hypnoides) foliis caulinis linearibus in-
tegris trifidiſve, ſtolonibus procumbentibus, caule
erecto nudiuſcula. Lin. Sp. Plant. 405. Saxifrage with
linear leaves on the ſtalks which are entire or trifid, treil-
ing ſide-Shoots, and erect ſtalks which are almost naked.
Saxifraga muſcoſa trifido folio. Tourn. Inft. 252.
Molly Saxifrage with a trifid leaf, or Mountain Sea-green
with jagged leaves, commonly called Ladies Cuſhion.
There are many more ſpecies of this genus than are
here enumerated, ſome of which grow naturally in
Great-Britain ; but, as they are very rarely admitted
into gardens, it would be needleſs to mention thern
all in this work.
The firſt fort is the common white Saxifrage, which
grows naturally in the meadows in moſt parts of Eng-
land. The roots of this plant are like grains of Corn,
a
a
و
in June.
و
It is eaſily propagated by offsets, which are ſent out
in plenty; they may be taken off at almoſt any ſeaſon
when the weather is mild, and ſhould be planted in a
very dry foil and a ſhady ſituation.
The third ſort grows naturally on the Alps. The
leaves of this ſort are gathered into circular heads like
the former, but are not more than half an inch long,
and are wedge-ſhaped, the upper part being broad
and rounded, but they diminiſh all the way to their
baſe, where they are narrow; their borders are edged
and indented in the ſame manner as thoſe of the for-
ner. The ſtalk, in the places where the plant grows
naturally, ſeldom riſes more than fix inches high,
but, when tranſplanted into gardens, is often more
than a foot; theſe have ſmall leaves fitting cloſe to
them their whole length. The flowers are diſpoſed in
looſe panicles on the top of the ſtalks; they are
white and ſpotted with red. This fort flowers in
June, and may be propagated in the ſame manner as
the former
The fourth fort grows naturally on the mountains in
Italy. The leaves of this are gathered into circular
heads like thoſe of the two former; they are two
inches long, and half an inch broad, tongue-ſhaped,
rounded at their points, and have cartilaginous fawed
borders. The ſtalk riſes a foot and a half high,
branching out near the ground, forming a natural py-
ramid to the top; the flowers have five wedge-thaped
petals which ſpread open ; they are white, and have
ten ſtamina placed circularly the length of the tube,
terminated by roundiſh purple fummits. It flowers
in June. When theſe plants are ſtrong, they pro-
6
duce

S A X
SCA
a
a
duce very large pyramids of flowers, which make a
fine appearance, ſo are very ornamental for halls, or
to place in chimneys, where, being kept in the ſhade,
and ſcreened from winds and rains, 'they will conti-
nue in beauty much longer than if kept in the open
air.
This plant is eaſily propagated by offsets, which are
put out from the ſide of the old plants in plenty. Theſe
are uſually planted in pots filled with freſh light earth,
and in the ſummer ſeaſon placed in the ſhade, but in
the winter it ſhould be expoſed to the ſun, and all the
offsets ſhould be taken off, leaving the plants ſingle,
which will cauſe them to produce a much ſtronger
ftem for flowering; for where there are offsets about
the old plant, they exhauſt the nouriſhment from it,
whereby it is rendered much weaker. Theſe offsets
muſt be each planted in a ſeparate halfpenny pot,
filled with freſh earth, in order to ſucceed the older
plants, which generally periſh after flowering; the
offsets will produce flowers the ſecond year, ſo that
there ſhould be annually ſome of them planted to fuc-
ceed the others.
The fifth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian
mountains; this hath a perennial root. The ftalk is
erect, about a foot high, channelled and hairy; it is
garniſhed with kidney-lhaped leaves which are ſharply
indented, and puts out a few ſlender foot-ſtalks from
the ſide toward the upper part; theſe, and alſo the
principal ſtalks, are terminated by ſmall cluſters of
white flowers marked with ſeveral red ſpots. This
fort flowers in May; it is propagated by parting the
roots; the beſt time for this is in autumn, that the
plants may have good roots before the dry weather in
the ſpring. It loves a ſhady ſituation and a loamy
foil.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Pyre-
nean mountains. The root is fibrous and perennial;
the leaves are thick, kidney-ſhaped, and crenated on
their edges; they are of a deep green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under, ſtanding upon long,
thick, hairy foot-ſtalks; theſe branch out into a pa-
nicle, which ſuſtains ſeveral ſmall white flowers mark-
ed with red ſpots; the ſtamina of this ſort are longer
than the petals. It flowers in June, and propagates
very faſt by offsets, which ſhould be taken off in au-
tumn, and planted in a ſhady ſituation, where they
will thrive faſt enough.
The ſeventh fort is known by the titles of London
Pride, or None-fo-pretty ; it grows naturally on the
Alps, and alſo in great plenty upon a mountain called
Mangerton, in the county of Kerry in Ireland. The
roots of this are perennial ; the leaves are oblong,
oval, and placed circularly at bottom; they have
broad, flat, furrowed foot-ſtalks near two inches
long, deeply crenated on their edges, which are white;
the ſtalk riſes about a foot high, is of a purple co-
lour, ftiff, ſlender, and hairy; it ſends out from the
ſide on the upper part ſeveral ſhort foot-ſtalks, which
are terminated by white flowers ſpotted with red; the
ftamina are longer than the petals of the flower, as are
alſo the two ſtyles ; theſe have red ſtigmas. It flowers
in June, and may be propagated in the ſame way as
the former; it loves a ſhady ſituation.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in North America;
this is a perennial plant with a fibrous root, from
which ariſe ſeveral leaves which are ſpear-ſhaped ;
they are ſeven or eight inches long, and two broad to-
ward the top, having ſeveral ſmall indentures on
their edges; they are of a deep green, and thick con-
fiſtence, ſpreading near the ground. The ſtalk riſes
a foot and a half high, is naked, and branches at the
top in form of a panicle, ſuſtaining very ſmall herba-
ceous flowers, which are collected into ſmall heads.
This ſort flowers in June.
It is propagated by parting the root; the beſt time is
in autumn; it loves a moiſt foil and a ſhady fitua-
tion, and is never injured by cold.
The ninth fort grows naturally upon ſome mountains
in Wales; this hath a fibrous perennial root, from
which come out oblong, roundiſh, indented leaves :
they are near two inches long, and an inch and a half
broad, deeply indented, or rather ſawed on their
edges, fitting very cloſe to the root. The ſtalk riſes
about five inches high ; it is naked, and terminated
by a cloſe compact cluſter of white flowers; theſe
appear in July, and if they are in a lady ſituation,
will continue almoſt a month. This plant muſt have
a ſhady ſituation and a loamy ſoil, otherwiſe it will
not thrive.
The tenth fort grows naturally upon the Auſtrian
mountains; it has alſo been found growing in plenty
on Knotsford Moor in Cheſhire; this is a perennial
plant. The leaves are gathered in cluſters at the bot-
tom; they are ſpear-ſhaped, about two inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends; the ſtalk riſes about fix inches
high, and is garniſhed with narrow leaves the whole
length, which are placed alternately, and fit cloſe to
the ſtalks ; the flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters
at the top of the ſtalk; they have five yellowiſh
petals which ſpread open, having ſeveral red ſpots on
their inſide. This plant flowers in Auguſt. It is dif-
.
ficult to propagate in gardens, for it naturally grows
upon bogs; ſo that unleſs it is planted in ſuch looſe
rotten earth, and kept conſtantly moiſt, it will not
thrive.
The eleventh ſort grows 'naturally upon the Pyrenean
and Helvetian mountains, as alſo upon Ingleborough-
hill in Yorkſhire, Snowden in Wales, and other high
places in the north of England : this is a perennial
plant, whoſe ſtalks trail upon the ground, and are
feldom more than two inches long; theſe are gar-
niſhed with ſmall oval leaves ſtanding oppoſite, which
lie over each other like the ſcales of fiſh, they are of
a brown green colour, and have a reſemblance of
Heath. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches; they are pretty large, and of a deep blue,
ſo make a pretty appearance during their continu-
ance, which is great part of March, and the begin-
ning of April.
This is propagated by parting of the roots; the beſt
time for doing it is in autumn: it muſt have a ſhady
ſituation and a moiſt foil, otherwiſe it will not thrive
in gardens.
The twelfth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, Py-
renees, and Helvetian mountains, it is alſo found
growing plentifully on Ingleborough-hill in Yorkſhire,
Snowden in Wales, and ſome other places in the north;
this is a perennial plant, whoſe branches ſpread flat
upon the ground, and put out roots at their joints ;
theſe are garniſhed with fine ſoft leaves like Moſs,
ſome of which are entire, and others cut into three
points. The branches join ſo cloſe together, as to
form a ſoft roundiſh bunch like a pillow or cuſhion,
from whence ſome have given it the appellation of
Ladies Cuſhion; the ſtalks riſe three or four inches
high; they are ſlender, erect, and have two or three
ſmall leaves, ſome are entire, and others trifid ; they
are of a bright green colour, and ſoft to the touch; the
flowers grow in ſmall bunches at the top of the ſtalk;
they are ſmall, and of a dirty colour, ſo make no
great appearance; theſe come out in June.
This ſort propagates faſt enough by its trailing
branches, provided it is planted in a moiſt foil and a
ſhady ſituation, but it will not thrive in dry ground,
or where it is much expoſed to the ſun. The beſt time
to remove any of theſe plants is in autumn, that
they may have the benefit of the winter's rain to eſta-
bliſh them well before the dry weather of the ſpring
comes on ; for when they are planted late, they are
very ſubject to die, unleſs they are ſupplied with wa-
ter, and thoſe which live ſeldom make any figure the
a
و
a
firſt year.
a
SCABIOSA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 463. tab. 263,
264. Lin. Gen. Plant. 108. [ſo called from ſcabies,
Lat. a ſcab, becauſe this plant is ſaid to heal the ſcab.]
Scabious.
The CHARACTERS are,
The common empalement is compoſed of many leaves, is
Spreading, containing many flowers: it has ſeveral ſeries
12 Α
of

S CA
SCA
a
of leaves ſurrounding the receptacle on which ihey fit; and winged Jawed leaves. Scabiofa Alpina foliis cen-
the inner are gradually ſmaller. The flowers have a dou- taurii majoris. C. B. P. 270. Alpine Scabious, with
ble empalement, and ſit upon the germen; the outer is leaves like thoſe of the greater Centaury,
Short, membranaceous, folded, and permanent; the inner 11. SCABIOSA (Cretica) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
is divided into five awl-Maped capillary segments. The lanceolatis confertiffimis iutegerrimis, caule fuffruti-
florets have one erett tubulous petal, cut into four or five coſo. Scabious with radiated quinquefid fiorets, linear,
parts at the brim; they have four weak, awl-ſhaped, Spear-ſhaped, entire leaves, and an under forub ſtalk.
hcir-like ſtamina, terminated by oblong proſtrate ſummits
. Scabioſa fruteſcens, foliis leucoii hortenſis. H. Cath.
The germen is ſituated under the receptacle of the florets, Shrubby Scabious with a Stock Gilliflower leaf.
ſupporting a ſlender Style, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma, 12. SCABIOSA (Fruteſcens) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
which is obliquely indented; it afterward becomes an ob- lanceolatis confertiffimis ſubintegerrimis. Hort. Cliff.
long oval ſeed fitting in the common empalement, and 31. Scabious with quinquefid florets, and Spear-shaped
crowned by the cup of the flower.
leaves in cluſters, which are almoſt entire. Scabiofa itel-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of lata, folio non diffecto. C. B. P. 271. Starry Scabious
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which contains thoſe plants with an undivided leaf.
whoſe flowers have four ſtamina and one ſtyle. 13. SCABIOSA (Ocroleuco) corollulis pinnatis radicali-
The SPECIES are,
bus bipinnatis petiolis perfoliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 101.
1. SCABIOSA (Arvenſis) corollulis quadrifidis radiantibus, Scabious with radiated quinquefid florets, and linear dou-
caule hiſpido. Hort. Cliff. 31. Scobious with quadrifid bly-winged leaves. Scabiola multifido folio, fore fla-
radiated florets, and a rough hairy ſtalk. Scabioſa pra- veſcente. C. B. P. 270. Scabious with a many-pointed
tenfis hirſuta, que officinarum. C. B. P. 269. Hairy leaf and a yellowiſh flower.
Meadow Scabious of the shops.
14. SCABIOSA (Argentea) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
2. SCABIOSA (Succiſa) corollulis quadrifidis æqualibus, pinnatis, laciniis lanceolatis, pedunculis nudis lævi-
caule fimplici, ramis approximatix, foliis lanceolato- bus longiffimis. Prod. Leyd. 190. Scabious with quin-
ovatis. Hort. Cliff. 30. Scabious with quadrifid florets quefid florets, winged leaves having Spear-ſhaped ſegments,
which are equal, e ſingle ſtalk, and branches growing and long, naked, ſmooth foot-ſtalks. Scabioſa Orienta-
near, with ſpear-ſhaped oval leaves. Scabioſa integri- lis argentea, foliis inferioribus inciſis. Tourn. Cor. 34.
folia, glabra, radice præmorsâ. H L. B. Scabious with Silvery Eajtern Scabious, whoſe lower leaves are cut.
an entire ſmooth leaf, and a bitten root, called Devil's-bit. 15. SCABIOSA (Atropurpurea) corollulis quinquefidis, fo-
3. SCABIOSA (Tranſylvanica) corollulis quadrifidis æqua- liis diffectis, receptaculis forum ſubulatis. Hort.
libus ſquamis calycinis ovatis obtuſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. Cliff. 31. Scabious with five-pointed florets, cut leaves,
98. Scabious with quadrifid florets which are equal, and and awl-shaped receptacles to the flowers. Scabioſa
the ſcales of the empalement oval and obtufe. Scabioſa peregrina, capitulo oblongo nigricante. C. B. P. 270.
altiſſima annua, foliis agrimoniæ nonnihil fimilibus. Foreign Scabious, with an oblong bead and black flowers.
H.L. B. Talleſt annual Scabious, with leaves not unlike 16. SCABIOSA (Stelleta) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis diſ-
Agrimony.
ſectis, receptaculis forum fubrotundis. Hort. Cliff.
4. SCABIOSA (Centauroides) corollulis quadrifidis fiſtu- 31. Scabious with five-pointed florets, cut leaves, and
loſis æqualibus, ſquamis calycinis acutis, caule pani- roundiſh receptacles to the flowers. Scabiofa ftellata fo-
culato, foliis rigidis pinnatifidis. Scabious with quadri- lio laciniato major. C. B. P. 271. Greater ſtarry Sca-
fid fiftulous florets which are equal, acute ſcales to the em- bious with a cut leaf.
palement, a paniculated ftalk, and ſtiff wing-pointed leaves. 17. SCABIOSA (Africana) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
Scabioſa annua fiſtuloſa, centauroides. H. Cath. An- inferioribus integris crenatis, caulinis inciſo-crenatis,
nual fiſtulous Scabious, reſembling the greater Centaury. caule fruticoſo. Scabious with five-pointed florets, the
5. SCABIOSA (Montana) corollulis quadrifidis æqualibus, lower leaves entire and crenated, thoſe upon the ſtalks
ſtaminibus longioribus, ſquamis calycinis acutis, fo- blunily cut, and a fhrubby ſtalk. Scabioſa Africana fru-
liis radicalibus lanceolatis integerrimis caulinis diviſis. teſcens. Par. Bat. 219. Shrubby African Scabious.
Scabious with quadrifid equal florets, longer ſtamina, acute 18. SCABIOSA (Inciſus) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis in-
ſcales to the empalement, and the lower leaves Spear- ferioribus crenatis, caulinis duplicato-pinnatis, caule
Shaped and entire, but thoſe on the ſtalks divided. Sca- fruticoſo hirſuto. Scabious with five-pointed florets, the
bioſa montana glabra, foliis ſcabiofæ vulgaris. C. B. under leaves crenated, thoſe on the ſtalks doubly winged,
P. 270. Smooth Mountain Scabious, with leaves like the and a ſhrubby hairy ſtalk. Scabioſa Africana frute-
common fort.
ſcens, maxima, foliis tenuiſſimè inciſis. Boerh. Ind.
6. SCABIOSA (Altiſſima) corollulis quadrifidis radianti- alt. 1. 128. Greateſt Shrubby African Scabious, with
bus caule hiſpido, foliis lanceolatis pinnatifidis, foli- leaves very ſlightly cut.
olis imbricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 99. Scabious with ra- 19. SCABIOSA (Fimbriatus) corollulis multifidis, caly-
diated quadrifid florets, a rough hairy ſtalk, and ſpear- cibus forum longioribus, caule ramoſo foliis diſſectis.
Shaped wing-pointed leaves, with lobes ſet over each other Scabious with many-pointed florets, longer empalements to
in the manner of tiles. Scabioſa altiſſima ſegetum. the flowers, a branching ſtalk, and cut leaves. Scabioſa
Triumf. Raii Hiſt
. App. 236. The talleſt Corn Scabious. Orientalis ftellata, foliis variis flore carneo, ſemifloſcu-
7. SCABIOSA (Rigida) corollulis quadrifidis æqualibus, lis florum fimbriatis. Edit. prior. Eaſtern Starry Scabi-
calycinis ovatis obtufis, foliis pinnatifidis. Scabious ous, with various leaves, a fleſh-coloured flower, and the
with equal quadrifid florets, neat, oval, obtuſe empalements, half florets fringed.
and wing-pointed leaves. Scabiofa fruticans anguſtifo- The firſt fort grows naturally in the fields in divers
lia. C. B. P. 270. Narrow-leaved ſhrubby Scabious. parts of England ; this hath a ſtrong, thick, fibrous
8. SCABIOSA (Graminifolia) corollulis quinquefidis foliis root, which runs deep into the ground, ſending out
lineari-lanceolatis, caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. 145. Sca- many branching ſtalks, which riſe near three feet
bious with rediated quinquefid florets, linear leaves, and high ; the lower leaves are ſometimes almoſt entire,
on herbaceous ſtalk. Scabiofa argentea anguſtifolia. and at others they are cut into many ſegments almoſt
C. B. P. 271. Silvery narrow-leaved Scabious.
to the midrib; they are ſeven or eight inches long,
9. SCABIOSA (Virge paſtoris) corollulis quinquefidis æqua- and from three to four broad in the middle, hairy,
libus, caule erecto hiſpido, foliis lanceolatis denticu- and fit cloſe to the root. The ſtalks are covered
latis hirſutis, ſemi-amplexicaulibus. Scabious with equal with ſtiff prickly hairs, and garniſhed with ſmaller
quinquefid florets, an erect ſtalk which is rough and hairy, leaves at each joint, which are cut into narrow ſeg-
and Spear-ſhaped hairy leaves which are ſomewhat in- ments almoſt to the midrib. The flowers are pro-
dented, and half embrace the ſtalks. Scabioſa virgæ duced upon naked foot-Italks at the end of the
paſtoris folio. C. B. P. 270. Scabious with a Shepherd's branches; theſe have a double empalement, which is
Rod leaf.
hairy, and are compoſed of ſeveral tubulous florets,
10. SCABIOSA (Alpina) corollulis quadrifidis æqualibus cut into four points at the top, each having a particu.
foribus cernuis, foliis pinnatis foliolis lanceolatis fer- lar empalement, reſting upon the common placenta.
ratis. Hort, Cliff. 30. Scabious with radiated florats, The forets round the border are larger and deeper
و
Cut

S CA
SCA
a
و
and appear
a
cut than thoſe which compoſe the diſk or middle,
their outer ſegments being much longer than the two
fide ones, and thoſe are longer than the inner ſeg-
ment; they have four weak ftamina, which foon
ſhrink after the flowers open. In the center is ſituated
a ſtyle which is longer than the foret, terminated
by a roundith ftigma. The flowers are of a pale
purple colour, and have a ſtrong faint odour ; they
appear in June, and the ſtalks decay to the root every
autumn. This fort is intended by the College of
Phyſicians for medicinal uſe, under the title of Sca-
bioſa.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moiſt woods and
paſtures in moſt parts of England, and is directed by
the College of Phyſicians to be uſed, under the title
of Morſus Diaboli, cr Devil's-bit; this hath a ſhort
or
tap-root, which appears as if the end of it were bitten
or cut off, from whence it had the title of Succiſa,
and Morſus Diaboli. The leaves are oval, ſpear-
ſhaped, and ſmooth; they are four inches long, and
two broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end; the ftalks are ſingle, about two feet high, gar-
niſhed with two leaves at each joint, ſhaped like thoſe
below, but are ſmaller , they generally ſend out two
ſhort foot-ſtalks from their upper joint ſtanding op-
poſite, which are each terminated by one ſmall blue
flower, as is alſo the principal ftalk with one larger.
Theſe are conſtructed in the ſame way as the former,
in Auguft
. As theſe plants are to be
found plentifully in the fields and woods, ſo they are
ſeldom admitted into gardens.
The third ſort grows naturally in Tranſylvania ; this
is an annual plant, which is preſerved in botanic gar-
dens for variety; but as the flowers have little beauty,
ſo it is rarely allowed a place in other gardens. The
ſtalks riſe four or five feet high, dividing into ſeveral
branches; the leaves are hairy, and cut almoſt to the
midrib. The flowers are ſmall, of a pale purpliſh
colour, and appear in July; the feeds ripen in au-
tumn, when, if they are permitted to ſcatter, the
plants will come up without care ; if theſe are thinned
and kept clean from weeds, it is all the culture they
require.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal; it is an annual plant; the ſtalk is ftiff, and riſes
upward of three feet high, dividing toward the top in-
to ſeveral branches, which are again divided into na-
ked foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one ſmall, pale, pur-
plith flower, compoſed of many florets; the leaves
are ftiff, and cut into many winged points. It flowers
and feeds about the ſame time as the former.
The fifth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and Ap-
penines; this hath a perennial root, from which come
out many entire, ſmooth, ſpear-ſhaped leaves ; the
ſtalk is ſingle, ſending out two ſhort naked foot-
ftalks from the upper joint; the leaves upon the
ſtalks are cut pretty deeply on their edges. The
flowers are nearly of the ſame ſize and form with
thoſe of the firſt fort ; it may be propagated by feeds,
and will thrive in a ſhady moiſt border, requiring no
other care but to keep the ground clean, and allow
them room to ſpread.
The fixth fort is a biennial plant, which grows natu-
rally in ſome parts of Italy, and alſo in Tartary. It
riſes with a ſtrong branching ſtalk four or five feet
high, cloſely armed with ſtiff
prickly hairs ; the lower
leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, about ſeven inches long, and
near four broad in the middle, cut deeply on the ſides
in winged points ; thoſe upon the ſtalks are more en-
tire, ſome of them are ſharply ſawed on their edges,
and thoſe at the top are linear and entire. The flowers
grow from the fides and at the top of the ſtalks ;
they are white, ahd each flower fits in a briftly em-
palement. This flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen
in autumn; it riſes from ſcattered ſeeds, and requires
ſpread afunder, and in the diviſion ariſes a naked
foot-ſtalk, which (as alſo the ſide branches, are termi-
nated by ſingle flowers, compoſed of many white flo-
rets, which are incloſed in a ſcaly empalement, whoſe
ſcales are obtuſe; the leaves on the ſtalks are wing-
pointed and ſtiff. This flowers in July, but feldom
produces good feeds here ; it is propagated by part-
ing of the roots in autumn, and delights in a light
loamy foil.
The eighth fort grows naturally upon the mountains
in Italy ; this hath a perennial root, from which ariſe
three or four ſtalks, whoſe lower parts are garniſhed
with linear leaves about four inches long, and the
eighth of an inch broad, of a ſilvery colour, ending
in acute points : the upper part of the ſtalk is naked
for fix or ſeven inches in length, fuftaining at the top
one pale blue flower, made up of ſeveral four-pointed
florets. This plant flowers in July, but does not
produce feeds in England ; it is propagated by nips,
which ſhould be planted on a ſhady border the begin-
ning of April, when theſe have put out good roots,
they may be taken up with balls of earth, and tranſ-
planted where they are to remain. This plant loves a
ſoft loamy foil, and a ſhady ſituation,
The ninth fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this has
a perennial root, from which ariſe ſeveral pretty ſtrong
hairy ſtalks near three feet high, which are garniſhed
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves about four inches long and
two broad; theſe are placed oppoſite, and embrace the
ſtalks half round with their bafe; they are of a dark
green on their upper fide, but pale on their under and
hairy, having a few indentures on their edges, and
ending in acute points. The flowers are produced at
the top of the ſtalks, in the ſame manner as thoſe of
the firſt fort, and are like them; theſe appear in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This is hardy, and
loves a light loamy foil and a ſhady ſituation ; it is pro-
pagated by ſeeds.
The tenth ſort grows naturally on the Alps; this hath
a perennial root, compoſed of many ſtrong fibres
which root deep in the ground, from which ariſe fe-
veral ſtrong channelled ſtalks upward of four feet
high, garniſhed with winged leaves compoſed of four
or five pair of lobes, which are unequal in ſize and
irregularly placed ; they are fawed on their edges,
and end in acute points. The flowers are produced
on naked foot-ſtalks at the end of the branches, the
receptacles are globular; the flowers are of a whitiſh
yellow, and appear the latter end of June. The
ſeeds ripen in autumn. This may be propagated,
either by ſeeds, or parting of the roots ; it loves a
loamy foil.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Sicily; this riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk three feet high, and divides into
ſeveral ligneous knotty branches, which are garniſh-
ed with narrow filvery leaves, four inches long and a
quarter of an inch broad, which are entire. The
flowers ftand upon very long naked foot-ſtalks at the
end of the branches; they are made up of many five-
pointed tubulous florets, of a fine blue colour. Theſe
appear in July, but are not ſucceeded by feeds here.
It is propagated by flips or cuttings, which readily
take root if they are planted in any of the ſummer
months, if they are ſhaded from the ſun, and duly
refreſhed with water. When theſe have made good
root, ſome of them may be planted on a dry border
near to a ſouth wall, where they will live in common
winters 3 but as they are frequently deſtroyed by ſevere
froſt, ſo ſome of the plants ſhould be planted in pots,
and in winter placed under a common frame, where
they may be protected from froſt, but in mild wea-
ther enjoy the free air.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Crete; this hath
a ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes about the ſame height as
the former, and divides into many branches; the
leaves are ſhorter, much broader, and not fo white as
thoſe of the former fort; the flowers are not fo large,
and are of a pale purple colour. This fort flowers
from the end of June till autumn, but it feldon ripens
feeds in England. It is propagated by flips or cuttings
a
3
no care.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Iſtria ; this hath
a perennial root; the lower leaves are almoſt entire,
and are fawed on their edges; the ſtalk is ftiff, and
riſes two feet high, dividing into two upward, which
in

S С A
S CA
treatment.
3
open air.
a
3
in the ſame way as the former, and requires the ſame beds of light loamy earth, where the plants are to re-
main; when the plants come up they muſt be thinned
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Germany; this and kept clear from weeds, which is all the culture
hath a perennial root, from which come out many they require.
leaves that ſpread near the ground, which are about The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
five or fix inches long, divided into narrow ſegments Good Hope; this hath a weak ihrubby ſtalk which
to the midrib; theſe fegments are cut on their edges divides into ſeveral branches, and riſes about five feer
into regular acute points, like winged leaves ; the high; the branches are garniſhed with oval ſpear-shap-
ftalks riſe near two feet high, and are garniſhed with ed leaves three inches long, and an inch and a half
very narrow cut leaves; they divide into ſeveral long broad, which are entire, and deeply crenated on their
foot-ſtalks, each being terminated by a roundifh flow- edges; they are of a light green, and are a little hairy.
er, with radiated borders. This flowers in July, and The flower-ſtalk is produced at the end of the branches,
the feeds ripen in autumn. It may be propagated by ſuſtaining one pale fleſh-coloured flower, compoſed of
ſeeds, and will thrive any where.
many five-pointed florets. This plant continues flow-
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the Levant ; ering great part of ſummer, and ſometimes it
pro-
this is a low perennial plant, with a branching ſtalk duces good feeds in England.
which ſpreads wide on every fide; the lower leaves The eighteenth fort is alſo a native of the Cape of
are cut, but the upper leaves are narrow and entire ; Good Hope ; it hath a fhrubby ftalk like the former;
they are of a ſilvery colour. The flowers are ſmall, the ſtalks are hairy, and divide into ſeveral branches,
of a pale colour, and have no ſcent, fo is only kept which are garniſhed toward the bottom with ſpear-
in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety. It is pro- ſhaped leaves which are crenated and entire, but thoſe
pagated by ſeeds, and is hardy enough to live in the on the upper part of the italk are doubly winged.
The flowers are produced upon long naked ſtalks from
The fifteenth ſort grows naturally in India ; this is the end of the branches, they are of a pale fleſh co-
an annual plant, which is commonly cultivated in gar- lour, and are large, but have no ſcent; theſe are con-
dens for ornament. Of this there are a great variety
tinued in ſucceſſion all the ſummer, and ſometimes
in the colour of their flowers, ſome of them are of a the early flowers are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen
purple approaching to black, others are of a pale pur- in autumn.
ple, ſome are red, and others have variegated flowers; Both theſe ſorts may be propagated by cuttings, which
theſe alſo vary in the ſhape of their leaves, fome of may be planted in a ſhady border during any of the
them having finer cut leaves than others; and ſome- ſummer months; when theſe have put out good roots,
times from the ſide of the flower-cup there comes they ſhould be taken up and planted in pots filled
out many ſlender foot-ſtalks, ſuſtaining ſmall flowers, with light loamy earth, and placed in the ſhade till
in like manner as the Hen and Chicken Daiſies; buc they have taken new root; then they may be removed
as theſe are accidental varieties which come from the to a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till the
ſame ſeeds, they need not be particularly enumerated froits begin, when they ſhould be removed to ſhelter,
here.
for they are too tender to live in the open air through
The flowers of this ſort are very ſweet, and continue the winter, but as they only require protection from
a long time. The plants are propagated by fowing froſt, ſo they ſhould have as much free air as poffible
of their feeds, the beſt time for which is about the in mild weather, to prevent their being drawn up
latter end of May or the beginning of June, that the weak; therefore if they are placed in a common
plants may get ſtrength before winter; for if they are frame in winter, they will ſucceed better than in a
fown too early in the ſpring, they will flower the au- green-houſe; and in the middle or latter end of April,
tumn following; and the winter coming on foon, will they may be placed in the open air in a warm fitua-
prevent their ripening feeds; beſides, there will be tion, afterward treating them as other hardy foreign
fewer flowers upon thoſe, than if they had remained plants.
ſtrong plants through the winter, and had ſent forth The nineteenth fort grows naturally near Aleppo; this
their flower-ſtems in ſpring; for theſe will branch out is an annual plant, with a branching ſtalk near three
on every ſide, and produce a prodigious number of feet high, which is garniſhed with leaves at each joint
flowers, and continue a ſucceſſion of them on the ſame that are variouſly cut. The flowers are produced up-
plants from June to September, and produce good on long foot-ſtalks at the end of the branches, theſe
feeds in plenty
have very long empalements; the forets round the
The feeds of theſe plants ſhould be fown upon a ſhady border are cut into ſeveral fringed ſegments. They
border of freſh earth (for if they are fown upon a place are of a fleſh colour, and continue in fucceffion
too much expoſed to the ſun, and the ſeaſon ſhould from July to autumn, and in favourable ſeaſons
prove dry, few of them will grow.) When the plants the feeds ripen here pretty well. This is propagated
are come up, they may be tranſplanted into other beds by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown, and the plants after-
or borders of freſh earth, obſerving to water and ward treated in the ſame way as the common Sweet,
ſhade them until they have taken root; after which or Indian Scabious.
they will require no farther care but to keep them clear There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, but as
from weeds till Michaelmas, when they may be tranſ- they are plants which have little beauty, ſo they are
planted into the middle of the borders in the pleaſure- rarely admitted into gardens, therefore they are not
garden, where the ſeveral ſorts being intermixed, will enumerated here.
make an agreeable variety. They are extreme hardy, SCANDIX. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 326. tab. 173. Lin.
being rarely injured by cold, unleſs they have ſhot up Gen. Plant. 319. Shepherd's-needle, or Venus-comb.
to flower before winter, but do not continue after ri- The CHARACTERS are,
pening their ſeeds.
It hath an umbelliferous flower; the general umbel is long
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Spain; this is and has few rays, the particulor umbels have many : the
an annual plant; the ſtalks riſe three feet high, they general umbel has no involucrum, the particular have a
are hairy, and are garniſhed with oblong leaves which five-leaved one the length of the umbels : the general un-
are deeply notched on their edges, and thoſe on the bel is deformed, and has hermaphrodite florets in the
upper part of the ſtalk are cut almoſt to the midrib
, diſk, and female in the rays. The flowers have five in-
into fine ſegments. The flowers ftand upon long
.
flexed heart-ſhaped petals, the inner are ſmall, and the
foot-ſtalks at the top of the ſtalks, theſe have globu- outer large; they have five ſender ſtamino terminated by
lar receptacles; the forets are large, and ſpread open roundiſh ſummits, and an oblong germen Supporting two
like a ſtar; they are of a pale purple colour, appear- permanent ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmes. The gerinen
ing in July, and in favourable ſeaſons the ſeeds ripen afterward turns to a long fruit divided in two parts, each
in September, but in cold moiſt years the feeds do having one furrowed ſeed, convex on one ſide and plain on
not ripen here.
the other.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown in
و
و
a
3
This

SCA
SCH
a
3
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection Theſe four forts will fow themſelves wherever they are
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants once introduced, and require no other care but to
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles; and to thin them and keep them clean from weeds.
this genus he has added ſome ſpecies of Myrrhis and The fifth fort grows naturally in Germany, but has
Cerefolium.
been long kept in the Engliſh gardens, and of late
The SPECIES are,
years the feeds have been thrown out of gardens, ſo
1. SCANDIX (Peeten) feminibus lævibus roſtro longiſſi- that the plants are frequently found growing natural-
mo. Hort. Cliff
. 101. Scandix with ſmooth ſeeds and ly in the neighbourhood of thoſe gardens. It has a
the longeſt beak. Scandix ſemine roftrato vulgaris. very thick perennial root, compoſed of many thick
C. B. P. 152. Common Shepherd's-needle with beaked fibres, of a ſweet aromatic taſte like Aniſeed, from
seeds.
which come forth many large leaves that branch out
2. SCANDIX (Auſtralis) feminibus ſubulatis hiſpidis, flo- ſomewhat like thoſe of Fern, from whence it was ti-
ribus radiatis, caulibus lævibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 257. tled Sweet Fern. The ſtalks grow four or five feet
Scandix with prickly awl-shaped ſeeds, radiated flowers, high, they are hairy and fiſtulous. The flowers are
and ſmooth ſtalks. Scandix Cretica minor. C.B. P. 152. diſpoſed in an umbel at the top of the ſtalk, they are
Smaller Shepherd's-needle of Candy.
white, and have a ſweet aromatic ſcent; the outer pe-
3. SCANDIX (Grandiflora) feminibus pedunculo villoſo tal of the flowers is large, the two ſide ones are of a
brevioribus. Flor. Leyd. 111. Scandix with ſhort hairy middle fize, but the two inner are ſmall; theſe appear
foot-ſtalks to the ſeeds. Scandix Orientalis flore maximo. the latter end of May, and are fucceeded by long an-
Tourn. Cor. 23. Eaſtern Shepherd's-needle with a very gular furrowed feeds, having the taſte and ſcent of
large flower.
Aniſeed, which ripen in July.
4. SCANDIX (Cretica) feminibus hiſpidis, involucris um- This fort propagates faſt by feeds, which, if permitted
bello multifidis, caulibus afperfis. Scandix with briſtly to ſcatter, there will be plenty of the plants ariſe, and
ſeeds, many-pointed involucrums to the umbels, and rough theſe may be tranſplanted to any abject part of the
ſtalks. Scandix Cretica major. C. B. P. 152. Greater garden, for it will grow in any foil or ſituation, and
Shepherd's-needle from Candy.
will require no care.
5. SCANDIX (Odorata) feminibus ſulcatis angulatis. It ſtands in the liſt of medicinal plants, but is rarely
Hort. Cliff. 101. Scandix with angular furrowed ſeeds. uſed. Formerly the young leaves of this plant were
Myrrhis major cicutaria odorata. C. B. P. 160. Sweet put into fallads, but it has been long diſuſed for the
Cecily, or great ſweet Chervil, by ſome ſweet Fern. table in England, but in Germany it is put into
6. SCANDIX (Anthriſcus) ſeminibus ovatis hiſpidis, co- ſoups.
rollis uniformibus, caule lævi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 257. The fixth fort grows naturally on the fide of banks
Scandix with oval rough ſeeds, the petals of the flowers and foot-ways in many parts of England, this is an
uniform, and a ſmooth fialk. Myrrhis fylveſtris ſemi- annual plant, whoſe ſeeds drop early in the ſummer;
nibus aſperis. C. B. P. 160. Wild Myrrh with rough the plants come up in autumn, and Hower early in the
ſeeds.
ſpring. The leaves of this are finely divided, very
7. SCANDIX (Procumbens) ſeminibus nitidis oyato-fubula- like thoſe of the Garden Chervil, but are hairy; the
tis, foliis decompoſitis
. Gron. Virg. 147. Trailing- ſtalks riſe a foot and a half or two feet high, dividing
ing Scandix with neat, oval, awl-shaped ſeeds, and de- into branches. Theſe fuſtain umbels of ſmall white
compounded leaves. Cerefolium Virginianum procum- flowers which come out early in April, and are fuc-
bens, fumariæ foliis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 303. Trailing ceeded by ſhort, hairy, crooked ſeeds, which ripen in
Virginian Chervil with Fumitory leaves.
June, and ſoon after the plants decay.
The firſt fort grows naturally in ſtiff lands amongſt There have been ſome inſtances of the ill effects of
the Corn in many parts of England, fo is not culti- this plant when taken inwardly; ſome who have eat-
vated in gardens. It is an annual plant; the leaves en this herb in foups, by miſtaking it for Garden
are finely divided into ſmall ſegments, and have long Chervil, have narrowly eſcaped with their lives.
foot-ftalks; the ſtalks branch and riſe fix inches high. The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Virginia ; it is a
The flowers are ſmall, white, and like thoſe of wild low trailing plant of no great beauty or uſe, ſo is on-
Chervil, and fit upon the top of the beak or horns, ly preſerved in botanic gardens for variety.
which are the rudiment of the horn. At the bottom SCHEUCHERIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 452. Sp.
.
of the ſmall umbel five leaves embrace the ftalk with
Plant. 482.
broad and ſhort foot-ſtalks, which are afterward cut The CHARACTERS are,
into ſmall ſegments like the reſt: the feed is long, The empalement of the flower is divided into fix oblong,
and runs into a ſmall point, reſembling a large nee- reflexed, permanent ſegments; it has no corolla, but hath
dle, but the umbels have great reſemblance to the fix capillary ſtamina crowned by long compreſſed ſummits;
umbels of Muſk Crane's-bill. It flowers in June, and and three oval compreſſed germina the ſize of the empale-
the feeds ripen the end of July, which, if permitted ment having no ſtyles, but oblong ftigmas ſitting on the
to ſcatter, there will be a plentiful ſupply of young germen.
plants.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the ſouth of of Linnæus's fixth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
France, in Italy, and Crete. This is an annual plant whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and three ſtigmas.
with low ſpreading ſtalks, garniſhed with very nar- We have but one SPECIES of this plant, viz.
row fine cut leaves, placed thinly. The flowers are SCHEUCHERIA (Paluftris.) Flor. Lapp. 133. Marſh Scheu -
ſmall, white, and ſtand in ſmall umbels at the top of cheria. Juncus floribus minor. C. B. P. 12. Smaller
the ſtalks; theſe are ſucceeded by awl-ſhaped rough flowering Ruſh.
ſeeds. It flowers and feeds about the ſame time as This plant grows naturally in marſhes, fo is rarely
the former.
admitted into gardens, therefore I ſhall not trouble
The third fort grows naturally in the Levant; this is the reader with any further account of it.
an annual plant, with fine cut leaves ; the ſtalks riſe SCHINUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1130. Molle. Tourn.
eight inches high, garniſhed at each joint with a fine Inft. R. H. 661. Indian Maſtick.
cut leaf, and are terminated by an umbel of white The CHARACTERS are,
flowers, with large heart-ſhaped petals. The horns It is male and female in different plants. The espalement
of this are longer than of any other forts, and their of the male flowers are of one leaf, divided into five acute
foot-ſtalks are very ſhort and hairy.
Segments which Spread open; the flower bath five oval
The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete; this hath Spreading petals on foot-fialks, and ten fender ſtamine the
larger leaves than either of the former, and are finely length of the corolla, crowned by roundiſh ſummits; theſe
cut; the ſtalks grow a foot long, and divide into ma- bave no rudiments of fruit. The female flowers have a
ny branches, they are rough and channelled; the um- one-leaved empalement, divided into five acute ſegments
bels have many-leaved involucrums, and the ſeeds are which are permanent; and five oblong Spreading petals,
rough. It flowers at the ſame time as the former. with a germen having no ſtyle, but three ovel ſtigmas.
3
a
The
6
12 B

SCI
S CI
a
ز
The germen becomes a globular berry with three cells, in- to make dry, becauſe this plant grows in dry places ;
cloſing one globular ſeed.
or as others will have it, of cxúriw, I am moleſted ;
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fection becauſe the bulb of this plant, by its acrimony, irri-
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe tates the parts to which it is applied.] Squills.
plants which have male and female flowers on diffe- The CHARACTERS are,
rent plants.
The flower has no empalement; it has ſix oval petals
The SPECIES are,
which Spread open like a ſtar, and fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina
1. Schinus (Molle) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ferratis, not more than half the length of the petals, terminated by
impari longiffimo, petiolo æquali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 338. oblong proſtrate ſummits
. It has a roundiſh germen ſup-
Schinus with winged leaves whoſe lobes are ſaved, the porting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The
end one being very long, and the foot-ſtalks equal. Len- germen afterward becomes a ſmooth oval capſule with
tiſcus Peruviana. Č. B. P. 399. Peruvian Maſtick- three furrows, divided into three cells, which are filled with
tree ; and the Molle. Cluf. Mon. 322. the Arbor Molle. roundiſ feeds.
2. SCHINUS ( Areira) foliis pinnatis, foliolis integer- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
rimis æqualibus, petiolo æquali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1467. Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
Peruvian Maſtick-tree with winged leaves, whoſe lobes whoſe flowers have ſix ftamina and one ſtyle. To this
and foot-fhalks are equal, and the lobes entire. Molle fo- genus he added the Lilio-Hyacinthus, and ſeveral of
liis non ferratis. Feuill. Peruv. 3. p. 43. Molle with Tournefort's ſpecies of Ornithogalums.
unſawed leaves.
The SPECIES are,
Both theſe forts grow naturally in Peru and Mexico, 1. SCILLA (Maritima) nudiAora bracteis refractis. Lin.
from which countries I have received the feeds. The Sp. Plant. 442. Squill with naked flowers, whoſe bractea
firſt fort riſes with a woody item eight or ten feet high, are broken. Scilla vulgaris, radice rubra. C. B. P. 73.
dividing into many branches, covered with a brown Common Squill with a red root.
rough bark; the leaves are placed alternate on the 2. Scilla (Lilio-Hyacinthus) radice fquamatâ. Hort.
branches; they are compoſed of ſeveral pair of lobes, Cliff. 123. Squill with a ſcaly root. Lilio-Hyacinthus
from ten to fifteen, and are terminated by one lobe vulgaris, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. 372. Common
which is longer than the others; the lobes are about Lily Hyacinth with a blue flower.
an inch and a half long, and a quarter of an inch 3. SCILLA (Italica) corymbo conferto hemiſpherico. Lin.
broad at their baſe, leſſening gradually to the point, Sp. Plant. 442. Squill with an hemiſpherical corymbus
and have a few faws on their edges, they are of a of flowers. Ornithogalum ſpicatum cæruleum. Tourn.
lucid green, and emit a turpentine odour when Inſt. R. H. 380 Blue ſpiked Star-flower.
bruiſed. The flowers are produced in looſe bunches 4. Scilla (Peruviana) corymbo conferto conico. Lin.
at the end of the branches, they are very ſmall, white, Sp. Plant. 309. Squill with a conical corymbus of flowers.
and have no odour, compoſed of five ſmall petals Ornithogalum cæruleum Luſitanicum, latifolium.
which ſpread open ; theſe have ſmall empalements Tourn. Inft. 381. Portugal, blue, broad-leaved Star-
of one leaf, indented in five parts at the brim. They flower, commonly called Hyacinth of Peru.
appear in July, but are not ſucceeded by feeds in 5. Scilla (Amena) Aoribus lateralibus alternis fubnu-
SCILLA
England.
tantibus. Hort. Cliff. 123. Squill with flowers growing
This plant is propagated beſt by feeds, which muſt alternately from the ſides of the ſtalk, which almost nod.
be procured from the countries where they naturally Hyacinthus ftellaris cæruleus amenus. C. B. P. Fine
grow: theſe ſhould be fown in pots filled with freſh blue ſtarry Hyacinth.
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. If the 6. Scilla (Bifolia) radice ſolidâ, floribus lateralibus
ſeeds are good, the plants will appear in about five or erectiuſculis paucioribus. Hort. Cliff. 123. Squill with
ſix weeks ; and if they are properly managed by ad- a ſolid root, and erect flowers growing thinly. Ornitho-
mitting freſh air daily to them, according to the galum bifolium Germanicum cæruleum. Tourn. Inft.
warmth of the ſeaſon, and are duly refreſhed with 380. Blue German Star-flower with two leaves, commonly
water, they will be fit to tranſplant in about five or called the early blue ſtarry Hyacinth.
fix weeks after, when they ſhould be carefully turned 7. SCILLA (Autumnalis) foliis filiformibus linearibus flo-
out of the pots and their roots ſeparated; then they ribus corymboſis, pedunculis nudis adſcendentibus
muſt be each planted in a ſmall pot filled with ſoft longitudine foris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 443. Squill with
loamy earth, and plunged again into a moderate hot- Slender linear leaves, flowers growing in a corymbus, and
bed, ſhading them from the ſun till they have taken naked foot-ſtalks riſing over each other to the length of the
freſh root; then they muſt be gradually inured to the flowers. Ornithogalum autumnale minus, fioribus
open air, into which they ſhould be removed foon af- cæruleis. Tourn. Inft. 381. Smaller outumnal Star-flow-
ter, placing them in a ſheltered ſituation, where they er with blue flowers, commonly called autumnal ſtarry Hy-
may remain till autumn, but they muſt be removed acinth.
into ſhelter before the firſt froſts, otherwiſe their tops 8. SCILLA (Hiſpanica) radice folidâ, floribus paniculatis
will be killed, and thereby the plants are frequently ſubnutantibus. Squill with a ſolid root, and flowers
deſtroyed.
growing in panicles which almoſt nod. Ornithogalum
Theſe plants are tender when young, ſo require a Hiſpanicum fature cæruleum. Tourn. Inſt. 381. Star-
little warmth in winter ; but after two or three years flower of Spain with deep blue flowers.
growth, they will live in a good green-houſe, where, 9. SCILLA (Purpurea) radice ſolidâ, racemo conico, flo-
as they retain their leaves all the year, they will make ribus numeroſis adfcendentibus. Squill with a ſolid root,
a good variety. It may alſo be propagated by layers and a conical ſpike of many flowers riſing above each other.
and cuttings; the layers ſhould be put down in the Ornithogalum purpureum. Tourn. Inſt. 380. Purple
ſpring, and by the following ſpring they will be root- Star-flower.
ed; the cuttings ſhould be planted in April, which 10. Scilla (Eriophora) radice ſolidâ, corymbo conferto
will put out roots in about two months, and may af- hemiſpherico, fcapo longiffimo. Squill with a ſolid root,
terward be treated as the ſeedling plants.
an hemiſpherical corymbus, and the longeſt ſtalk. Orni-
The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt, in having en- thogalum Eriophorum, Peruvianum. Tourn. Inſt. 381.
tire lobes to the leaves, which are not ſawed and are Woolly Star-flower of Peru.
equal in ſize.
The firſt is the Squiil or Sea Onion whoſe roots are
This ſort is propagated in the fame manner as the uſed in medicine, of which there are two forts, one
firſt, but as the young plants of it are much tenderer with a red, and the other a white root, which are ſup-
than thoſe, ſo they will require to be placed in a mo- poſed to be accidental varieties, but the white are ge-
derate ſtove for four or five winters, after which time nerally preferred for medicinal uſe. The roots are
they may be kept in a good green-houſe, giving them very large, fomewhat Pear-ſhaped, compoſed of ma-
little water in winter.
ny coats lying over each other like Onions; at the
SCILLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 378. Lilio-Hyacinthus. bottom come out ſeveral fibres which ſtrike deep in
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 371. tab. 196. [ſo called of oxéarw, the ground. From the middle of the root ariſe feve-
ral
a
a

SCI
SCI
a
by fix ſlender ſtamina terminated by purple fummits.
It flowers in April, and the ſeeds ripen in June.
The ſixth fort is commonly known in the gardens by
the title of early ſtarry Hyacinth. There are two
varieties of this, one with a deep blue, and the other
with a white flower; theſe grow naturally in ſome
parts of France and Germany. The roots are ſolid, ,
roundiſh, and about the ſize of a nutmeg, from
which comes out a ſlender channelled ftalk about ſix
inches high, having generally two leaves near the
bottom, one ſituated above the other, which embrace
the ſtalk with their baſe; theſe are about fix inches
long, and almoſt three quarters of an inch broad,
channelled, and of a bright green. The flowers are
thinly placed toward the top of the ſtalk; the lower
ones have foot-ſtalks an inch and a half long, but
thoſe of the others ſhorten gradually to the top; they
are compoſed of fix petals ſpreading open in form of
a ſtar, having a turgid germen in the center, ſup-
porting a ſhort ſtyle, attended by ſix ſtamina, which
in the blue flowers are of the ſame colour, and thoſe
in the white flowers are white. The flowers appear
in March, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh three-corner-
ed capſules having three cells, filled with browniſh
ſeeds.
The ſeventh fort is the ſmall autumnal ſtarry Hya-
cinth, which grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Eng-
land, particularly on St. Vincent's Rock near Briſtol,
at the Lizard Point in Cornwall, and upon Black-
heath in Kent; this hath a round, white, bulbous root,
from which come forth a few ruly leaves about fix
inches long. In the center of theſe ariſe one or two
fender ſtalks about fix or ſeven inches high, naked,
and ſuſtaining a ſmall corymbus of Powers at the
top, which are ſmall, ſtar-pointed, and of a pale
blue colour; theſe appear the beginning of Septem-
ber, at which time the leaves come out, and conti-
nue growing all the winter, and in the ſpring they
3
a
و
ral ſhining leaves a foot long, and two inches broad at
their baſe, leſſening all the length to the top, where
they end in points; they continue green all the win-
ter, and decay in the ſpring, and then the flower-
ftalk comes out which riſes two feet high, is naked
about half way, and is terminated by a pyramidal
thyrſe of flowers which are white, compoſed of fix
petals which ſpread open like the points of a ſtar.
This grows naturally on the ſea-ſhores, and in the
ditches, where the ſalt water flows in with the tides,
in moſt of the warm parts of Europe, ſo cannot be
propagated in gardens, the froſt in winter always de-
ſtroying the roots, and for want of ſalt water they do
not thrive in ſummer. Sometimes the roots, which
are brought for uſe, put out their ſtems and produce
flowers without being planted in earth, as they lie in
the druggiſt's ſhops.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal,
and the Pyrenees; this hath a ſcaly root like the Lily,
for which reaſon Tournefort ſeparated it from the ſtar..
ry Hyacinth, and conſtituted a genus of it with the
title of Lilio-Hyacinthus. The root is oblong and
yellow, very like thoſe of Martagon; the leaves are
ſhaped like thoſe of the white Lily, but are ſmaller ;
the ſtalk is ſlender, and riſes a foot high; it is termi-
nated by blue flowers like thoſe of the ſtarry Hyacinth.
It flowers in June, and the flowers are ſucceeded by
oval ſeed-veſſels having three celis, filled with roundiſh
feeds.
The third fort grows naturally in Portugal; this hath
a roundiſh, folid, bulbous root like the Hyacinth.
The leaves come out ſparſedly, and are very like thoſe
of the Engliſh Hair-bells; the ſtalk riſes feven or eight
inches high, and is terminated by cluſtered flowers of
a pale blue colour, which at firſt are diſpoſed in a
ſort of umbel or depreſſed ſpike, but afterward draws
up to a point, forming a conical corymbus ; the flow-
ers appear the latter end of April, which are ſucceed-
ed by oval capſules with three cells, filled with round-
iſh feeds.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal, from whence I have received the roots; this has
been long known in the Engliſh gardens by the title
of Hyacinth of Peru. There are two varieties of this,
one with a deep blue, and the other has a white flow-
er; the latter is more rare here than the former. The
root of this is large, folid, and raiſed in the middle a
little pyramidal, covered with a brown coat, from
which come out five or ſeven leaves before winter,
which are fix or eight inches long, broadeſt at their
baſe, terminating in points; they are of a lucid green,
keeled, and ſpread almoſt flat on the ground. From
the center of theſe come out one, two, or three ſtalks
according to the ſtrength of the root; theſe are thick,
ſucculent, and riſe fix or eight inches high, terminat-
ed by a conical corymbus of flowers, of a deep blue
on ſome, and others are white, ſtanding upon pretty
long foot-ſtalks; they are compoſed of ſix petals
which ſpread open like a ſtar. In the center of the
petals is ſituated a large roundiſh germen ſupporting
a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma, and round
the germen come out fix ſhort ſtamina which ſpread
aſunder, terminated by oblong proftrate fummits.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh three-cor-
nered capſule having three cells, which are filled with
roundiſh ſeeds. It flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen
in July
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Byzantium, and was
introduced here about the year 1590. The root of
this is large, ſolid, and of a purpliſh colour, from
which come out five or ſix leaves which lie on the
ground ; they are above a foot long, and an inch
broad; they are keeled, channelled, and of a lucid
green; between theſe ariſe two, three, or four pur-
pliſh ſtalks about eight or nine inches high, fuſtain-
ing toward the top five or fix Star-flowers, which
come out ſingly from the ſide of the ſtalk; they are
of a Violet blue colour, having a prominent germen
in the center, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, and attended
die away
a
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal; this hath an oblong, white, bulbous root, from
which come out five or fix leaves a foot long, and
half an inch broad, of a lucid green, and a little keel-
ed. The flower-ſtalk riſes nine or ten inches high,
is firm, and ſuſtains many ſtarry flowers at the top,
diſpoſed in a looſe panicle, each ſtanding upon a
pretty long foot-ſtalk which is erect, but the flower
nods on one ſide; they are of a deep blue Violet co-
lour, having a prominent germen, which afterward
turns to a three-cornered capſule having three cells,
filled with roundiſh ſeeds. It flowers in May.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy; this hath a
ſolid, white, bulbous root, from which riſe ſeveral
leaves like thoſe of the common ſort. The ſtalk riſes
ten or eleven inches high, and is terminated by a co-
nical racemus of flowers, which are of a deep purple
colour. This ſort flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen
in July
The tenth fort has a very large bulbous root, from
which come out ſeveral leaves which at firſt are up-
right, but afterward bend toward the earth ; they
are of a thick ſubſtance and keeled; they are of a
lucid green, and when broken yield downy threads ;
they are a foot and a half long, and more than an
inch broad. Between the leaves ariſes the flower-
ſtalk, which is a foot and a half long, round, firm,
and naked, ſuſtaining at the top a large cluſter of
flowers, which are gathered into an hemiſpherical
corymbus: theſe have fix petals which ſpread open
in form of a ſtar; they are of a purple colour, and
have blue bottoms, and a dark blue vein running
lengthwiſe in the middle of each petal. This powers
the beginning of June, and produces ſeeds which ri-
pen in Auguſt.
There is another fort of this which grows naturally
in the Levant, whoſe leaves are ſhaped liked thoſe of
the Peruvian Hyacinth, but are longer, and ſtand
this propagates very faſt by offsets, but never
flowers here. I have kept the roots in all fitua-
و
a
erect;
tions

S CL
SCL
3
a
tions more than thirty years, and have not ſeen one Tourn. Inft. 180. Smaller Clary with a ſmoooth Sage
flower.
leaf.
Theſe plants are all of them hardy, and may be pro- 7. SCLAREA (Sylveſtris) foliis cordato-lanceolatis acutis,
pagated by feeds or offsets, the latter being the more bracteis coloratis, fiore brevioribus. Clary with beart-
expeditious way is generally practiſed. The roots may shaped acute-pointed leaves, and coloured braciea which
be tranſplanted after the leaves are decayed, but, if are ſhorter than the flower. Sclarea folio falviæ major,
they are removed after they have put out new fibres,
vel maculata. Tourn. Inft. 180. Clary with a greater,
they rarely ſucceed, at leaſt they will not flower the or Spotted Sage leaf.
following ſpring; they may be treated in every reſpect | 8. SCLAREA (Ceratophylla) foliis rugoſis pinnatifidis la-
like the ordinary kinds of Hyacinths.
natis, verticillis fummis fterilibus. Clary with rough,
If they are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be fown wing-pointed, woolly leaves, whoſe upper whorls are
in autumn ſoon after they are ripe, either in ſhallow barren. Sclarea rugoſo verrucoſo & laciniato folio.
.
boxes or pans in the ſame manner as has been before Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 180. Clary with rough, warted,
directed for Hyacinths, to which the reader is deſired cut leaves.
to turn, to avoid repetition.
9. SCLAREA (Indica) foliis cordatis acutè crenatis, ſum-
SCL AREA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 179. tab. 82. Sal- mis feffilibus, verticillis ſubnudis remotiffimis. Clary
via. Lin. Gen. Plant. 36. [This plant is ſo called of with heart-ſhaped leaves which are ſharply crenated, thoſe
oxnepos, hard, becauſe it has a hard and dry ſtalk.] on the top ſitting cloſe to the stalks, and naked whorls
Clary; in French, Toute-bonne.
placed far eſunder. Sclarea Indica, foribus variega-
The CHARACTERS are,
tis. Tourn. Inft. 179. Indian Clary with variegated
The empalement of the flower is tubulous, of one leaf, flowers.
which widens at the top, and has five acute points at the 10. SCLAREA (Orientalis) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis,
brim; it is of the lip kind, with one petal having a ſerratis, ſummis feffilibus, foribus verticillato-ſpica-
crooked tube, which enlarges et the chaps, where it is di- tis. Clary with ſpear-shaped, acute-pointed, ſawed leaves,
vided into two lips; the upper lip is erect and arched, the the upper one fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and Spiked whorl-
under lip is cut into three ſegments, the middle one being ed flowers. Sclarea Orientalis, folio betonicæ acutif-
largeſt and hollowed like a ſpoon ; it has but two ſtami- ſimo, comâ purpurafcente. Tourn. Cor. 10. Eaſtern
na which appear, and are ſituated under the upper lip, Clary with an acute Betony leof, and a purpliſh top.
terminated by oblong erect ſummits, and a four-pointed 11. SCLAREA (Glutinoſa) foliis cordato-fagittatis ferratis
germen, Supporting a forked Style longer than the upper acutis. Clary with heart-ſhaped crenated leaves which are
lip, crowned by a bifid ſtigme. The germen afterward acutely ſawed. Horminum luteum glutinoſum. C.B.P.
become four roundiſh ſeeds which ripen in the empalement. 238. Yellow glutinous Clary.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 12. SCLAREA (Tuberoſe) foliis cordato-ovatis rugofis to-
(
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants mentofis, calycibus hifpidis, radice tuberofà. Clary
whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
with oval, heart-ſhaped, rough, woolly leaves, prickly
And he has joined this genus, and alſo the Hormi- empalements, and a tuberous root. Sclarea aſphodeli
num to the Salvia, the characters of each agreeing ſo
radice. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 179. Clary with an Alpho-
well as to admit of their being joined; but in a book
del root.
of gardening it would not be ſo well underſtood, 13. SCLARE) (Tomentoſa) foliis haftato-triangularibus
which has occaſioned my ſeparating them again.
obſoletè crenatis, caule tomentoſo paniculato. Clary
The SPECIES are,
with triangular balbert-pointed leaves which are ſlightly
1. SCLAREA (Vulgaris) foliis rugofis cordatis oblongis crenated, and a woolly paniculated ſtalk. Sclarea folio
villoſis ferratis, bracteis floribus calyce longioribus triangulari, caule tomentoſo. Tourn. Inft. 180. Clary
concavis acuminatis. Clary with rough, oblong, beart- with a triangular leaf and a woolly ſtalk.
ſhaped, Jawed leaves, and the bractea among the flowers 14. SCLAREA (Mexicana) foliis obtufis eroſis, ftaminibus
concave, pointed, and longer than the empalement. Scla- corollâ duplo longioribus. Prod. Leyd. 309. Clary
rea. Tab. Icon. 373. Common Clary.
with obtuſe bitten leaves, and ſtamina twice the length of
2. SCLAREA (Æthiopis) folis oblongis erofis lanatis, ver- the petal of the flower. Sclarea Mexicana altiſſima, fa-
ticillis lanatis. Clary with oblong, hairy, eaten, woolly cie heliotropii. Hort. Elth. 339. Talleſt Mexican Clary,
leaves, and the whorls of the flowers covered with down. with the appearance of Turnfol.
Sclarea vulgaris lanuginoſo ampliffimo folio. Tourn. 15. SCLAREA ( Argentec.) foliis dentato-angulatis lanatis,
Inft. R. H. 179. Common woolly Clary with the largest verticillis fummis fterilibus, bracteis concavis. Scla-
leaf.
rea with angular, indented, woolly leaves, concave brac-
3. SCLAREA (Luſitanica) foliis oblongo-ovatis dentato- tea, and the upper whorls of flowers barren. Æthiopis
ferratis tomentofis, verticillis lanatis feffilibus. Clary tota argentea Cretica lanuginoſa. Hort. Carrol. Æthi-
with oblang oval leaves which are woolly and indented opis with ſilvery woolly leaves.
like a faw, and woolly whorls of flowers fitting cloſe to The firſt fort grows naturally in Syria, but has been
the stalk. Sclarea Luſitanica glutinoſa, ampliffimo long cultivated in the European gardens, both for the
folio. Tourn. Inft. 179. Clammy Portugal Clary with kitchen and ſhops; it is a biennial plant, which pe-
riſhes after it has borne ſeeds. The lower leaves of
a very large leaf.
4. SCLAREA (Pratenſis) foliis cordato-oblongis crenatis this are large, rough, and wrinkled ; they are oblong
ſummis amplexicaulibus, verticillis fubnudis, corol- and heart-shaped ; in good ground they are ſeven or
larum galeis glutinoſis. Clary with oblong, heart-ſhaped, eight inches long, and four broad at their bafe, end-
crenated leaves, thoſe on the top embracing the ſtalk, al- ing in blunt points, and are ſawed on their edges.
moſt naked whorls
, and the helmet of the flower glutinous. The ſtalks are large, four-cornered, and clammy;
Sclarea pratenſis, foliis ferratis, flore cæruleo. Tourn. they riſe about two feet high, and are garniſhed at
Inſt. 180. Meadow Clary with ſawed leaves and a blue bottom with leaves of the ſame ſhape, but ſmaller ;
flower.
they ſend out ſmall ſide branches which are oppoſite,
5. SCLAREA (Syriaca) foliis lanceolatis obfoletè crenatis as are alſo the leaves; the flowers are diſpoſed in
fubtus tomentofis, verticillis minoribus fubnudis. large looſe ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks; they are
Clary with Spear-ſhaped leaves which are ſlightly crenated, placed in whorls round them, and are of a pale blue
and woolly on their under fide, and very ſmall whorls of colour, having two ſhort, hollow, acute-pointed
flowers which are almoft naked. Sclarea Syriaca, fore leaves under each, which are thin, and of a whitiſh
cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. 180. Syrian Clary with a blue colour. The empalement of the flower is divided in-
flower.
to two parts or lips, the upper ending in three, and
6. SCLAREA (Nemeroſa) foliis cordato-oblongis crenatis the under in two ſpiculæ. The upper lip of the
glabris, floribus verticillato-ſpicatis. Clary with oblong, flower ſtands erect; it is long, and arched at the top,
heart-ſhaped, crenated, ſmooth leaves, and ſpiked whorl- under which is the ſtyle which is nearly of the ſame
ed flowers. Sclarea folio ſalviæ minor, five glabra. length, and the two ſtamina, which are ſhorter, fit
cloſe
3
و

SCL
SCL
و
a
;
cloſe to the ſtyle. After the flowers are paſt; the
germen turn to four roundiſh ſeeds, which ripen in
the empalement. The whole plant has a very ſtrong
ſcent; it flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ri-
pen in September.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be ſown in
the ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove,
they ſhould be either tranſplanted into beds, or if a
large quantity is required, they may be planted in an
open ſpot of ground in rows two feet aſunder, and
one foot diſtance in the rows. After the plants have
taken root, they will require no farther care but to
keep them clean from weeds. The winter and ſpring
following the leaves, which are the only part uſed,
will be in perfection, and in the ſummer they will run
up to flower, and after they have ripened their feeds
decay, ſo that there ſhould be annually young plants
raiſed for uſe. It will thrive upon almoſt any foil that
is not very wet, for in moiſt ground the plants fre-
quently rot in winter.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Iſtria and Dalma-
tia ; there are two varieties of this, one with very
broad leaves which are but ſlightly indented on the
ſides, the other has longer leaves which are deeply
jagged. The leaves of both forts are of a thick ſub-
ſtance, and very woolly, eſpecially on their under
fide; their upper fides are rugged and wrinkled like
the firſt fort, and have ſeveral longitudinal veins,
which diverge from the midrib. The ſtalks are fquare,
. ,
and riſe about two feet high, ſending out many
branches by pairs oppoſite, which are garniſhed in the
firſt with entire, oval, acute-pointed leaves, which
embrace the ſtalks with their baſe, but thoſe of the
other are long, narrow, and have ſeveral deep inden-
tures on their edges. The upper part of the ſtalk
and branches are garniſhed with ſpikes of flowers in
whorls; under each of theſe whorls, are two hollow
green leaves which are ſhorter than the empalements
of the flowers; theſe empalements are divided into
two lips, the upper ending in three, and the under
in two fpiculæ. The under lip or beard of the flow-
er is white, and the helmet or galea is of a pale blue
colour. This ſort flowers and perfects its ſeeds at the
ſame time as the firſt, and periſhes ſoon after ; it may
be treated in the ſame way as the firſt.
The third fort has ſome reſemblance of the ſecond,
but the leaves are larger, very woolly, and glutinous ;
they are oblong, oval, deeply indented in ſharp points,
and end with very acute points The ſtalks are wool-
ly, four-cornered, and riſe about two feet and a half
high, fending out fide branches by pairs; theſe ter-
minate in looſe ſpikes of whorled flowers which are
white, and the whorls are ſmaller than thoſe of the
other forts. It flowers and feeds about the ſame time
as the former, and the plants ſoon after decay ; it
grows naturally in Portugal and alſo in Syria; it is
propagated by feeds in the ſame way as the firſt.
The fourth fort grows naturally in ſome parts of France
and Germany: it is generally found in meadows and
rich paſtures; this has a perennial root, compoſed of
many ſtrong ligneous fibres, from which come
out many oblong heart-ſhaped leaves of a deep green
colour, whoſe ſurfaces are rough; they are crenated
on their edges, and ſtand upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks. The ſtalks riſe three feet high ; they are four-
cornered, and their lower parts are garniſhed with
leaves whoſe baſe embrace them ; the flowers grow
in long whorled ſpikes at the top ; they are ſmaller
than thoſe of the former forts, and are of a fine blue
colour, having ſcarce any ſmall leaves under the
whorls. This flowers the latter end of May, and the
ſeeds ripen in July; it is propagated by feeds, but
the roots continue long.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Syria; this is an
abiding plant, whoſe roots run deep in the ground.
The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped; the lower ones are about
four inches long, and an inch and a half broad in the
middle; they are crenated on their edges, and a lit-
tle woolly on their under ſide. The ſtalks are ſlender,
ftiff, and riſe a foot and a half high; they are gar-
niſhed with ſmaller leaves of the ſame thape, ſet on by
pairs; the flowers grow in ſmall whoris, diſpoſed in
loofe ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks; they are ſmall,
blue, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts. This
flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn ; it is
propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the other
forts.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the ſides of high-
ways about Vienna and all over Hungary; this has
an abiding root, ſending out many fmooth leaves about
the ſize and ſhape of thoſe of broad-leaved Sage, but
are indented on their edges. The ftalks are ſlender,
four-cornered, and riſe a foot and a half high toward
the bottom; they are garniſhed with ſmaller leaves ;
the upper parts are garniſhed with ſpiked ſmall
whorls of blue flowers which appear in June, and are
fucceeded by feeds which ripen in Auguft. It is pro-
pagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the firſt fort, but
the roots will continue ſeveral years.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Auſtria and Bohe-
mia; this has an abiding root, from which come out
nany heart ſpear-thaped leaves about four inches
long, and one and a half broad; they are crenated
on their edges, of a bright green colour, and have
many white ſpots diſperſed on their ſurface. The
ſtalks are thick, four-cornered, and riſe near three
feet high, garniſhed below with leaves by pairs fitting
cloſe to the ſtalks, but their upper parts have long
looſe ſpikes of flowers in ſmall whorls, whoſe bractez
are coloured. This flowers in June, and the ſeeds
ripen in Auguſt; it is propagated by feeds as the for-
mer forts.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Syria ; this is a
biennial plant, which dies after it has borne feeds. The
leaves of this ſort are very thick and woolly; they are
eight or nine inches long, narrow and wing-pointed,
being cut into obtuſe ſegments nearly oppoſite on
their ſides, almoſt to the midrib, ſomewhat like a
ſtag's-horn in ſhape; theſe ſpread flat on the ground.
The ſtalk riſes more than a foot high; it is thick, four-
cornered, and very woolly, ſending out branches by
pairs, and is garniſhed with narrow long leaves placed
by pairs at each joint, which are fawed on their
edges. The flowers grow in looſe whorled ſpikes,
but thoſe are barren at the top of the ſtalks ; they are
white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the fourth fort. This
flowers in June, and the ſeeds are ripe in Auguſt; it
may be propagated by feeds in the ſame way as the
firſt fort, but ſhould have a dry foil, otherwiſe the
plants are apt to rot in winter.
The ninth fort grows naturally in India, but is hardy
enough to live in the open air in England. The root
of this will abide ſeveral years in a dry ſoil, the lower
leaves are heart-ſhaped, acutely crenated on their
edges, and of a thick conſiſtence ; they are ſeven or
eight inches long, and four broad at their baſe, where
they are eared. The ſtalk is four-cornered, and riſes
four feet high, having two or three pair of ſmaller
leaves on the lower part, which ſtand oppoſite at
the joints. The upper part of the ſtalk, for the length
of two feet, is garniſhed with whorls of flowers which
ſtand two or three inches diſtance from each other,
having no leaves under the whorls. The empale-
ment of the flower is hairy and blunt; the galea or
helmet of the flower is arched, erect, and blue, ter-
minating in a blue point; the two fide ſegments of
the under lip are of a Violet colour; the middle ſeg-
ment, which is indented at the point is white, and
curiouſly ſpotted with Violet on the inſide; the two
fide indentures turn yellow before the flower drops.
When the flower is paſt
, the germen turn to four large
roundiſh ſeeds which ripen in the empalement. This
fort flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen in July ; it is
propagated by feeds in the ſame manner as the other
forts.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in the Levant, where
it was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort, who ſent the
ſeeds to the Royal Garden at Paris ; this hath a per-
ennial root, from which come out many ſpear-ſhaped
leaves about four inches long, and one inch and a
а
و
а
3
a
3
a
half
12 C

SCL
SCL
a
a
a
3
in autumn.
3
a
half broad in the middle, of a dark green colour, which are pointed at both ends and fawed on their
fawed on their edges, and ending in acute points. edges; they have long ſlender foot-ſtalks, are thin,
The ſtalks riſe three feet high, ſending out branches of a pale green colour, and hairy on their under fide.
by pairs their whole length; theſe are garniſhed with The flowers grow in cloſe thick ſpikes at the end of
leaves by pairs, which toward the top fit cloſe to the the branches; they are of a fine blue colour, and ap-
ſtalk. The flowers grow in whorled ſpikes at the pear in winter, ſo make a pretty variety in the green-
fo
top, having no leaves under them; they are ſmall, houſe at that feaſon. This plant never produces feeds
of a bright blue colour, and the top of the ſpike is in England, ſo it is only propagated by cuttings, which
terminated with very deep blue flowers, which are may be planted during any of the ſummer months,
barren; theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by in the ſame manner as the former fort; and the plants
feeds which ripen in September. It is propagated by may be treated afterward in the ſame way, with this
,
feeds in the fame manner as the other forts, and the difference, which is, to give it a dry ſituation in win-
roots will abide many years.
ter, for the young ſhoots are very apt to grow mouldy
The eleventh fort grows naturally in moiſt land both upon being in a damp air.
in Germany and Italy; this hath an abiding root, com- The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alſo
poſed of ſtrong ligneous fibres. The leaves are in the Archipelago. This hath an abiding root, which
heart-ſhaped and pointed like a halbert; they are four in dry ſoils will live ſeveral years ; the leaves are oval,
inches long, and three broad at their baſe, of a pale of a thick conſiſtence, and are very woolly, having ſe-
yellowiſh green colour, and ſawed on their edges, veral irregular indentures on their borders; the ſtalk
ſtanding upon foot-ftalks three or four inches long. riſes near a foot and a half high, ſending out two or
The ftalks are ſtrong, four-cornered, and riſe near four branches near the bottom, which grow erect;
four feet high; they are garniſhed below with ſmaller theſe are garniſhed with pretty large whorls of white
leaves, but the upper part of the ſtalk is cloſely fet flowers, which appear in June; thoſe whorls on the
with whorls of large yellow flowers, which appear lower part of the ſtalks are fruitful, but toward
in June, and are ſucceeded by. ſeeds which ripen in the top they are barren; the feeds of the fruitful
Auguft. The whole plant is very clammy, and has flowers will ripen the beginning of Auguſt, which
a ſtrong ſcent ſomewhat like the firſt ſpecies; this is ſhould be then gathered, otherwiſe they will drop.
propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the other This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
forts; it is very hardy, and will continue ſeveral the beginning of April
, in a dry or rubbiſhy foil,
years, and may be increaſed by parting of the roots where the plants will live through the winter in the
open air, and the ſecond year will produce flowers
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Italy; this has and feeds.
large ſwelling roots like dugs, or thoſe of the Piony, There are ſome other forts of leſs note, which are pre-
from which ariſe many oval heart-ſhaped leaves ly- ſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety ; but
ing on the ground; they are five or fix inches long, thoſe here mentioned are worthy of a place in large
and almoſt four broad at their baſe, where they are gardens, where, if they are intermixed among other
eared; they have pretty long foot-ſtalks, and are large growing plants, they will afford a pretty vari-
hairy; their edges are indented and a little wrinkled. ety, eſpecially the fifth, eighth, tenth, and eleventh
Between theſe arife ſtrong four-cornered ftalks about forts, which produce long ſpikes of beautiful flowers,
four feet high, garniſhed with leaves placed oppoſite. and continue a long time in flower. The flowers of
The upper part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with looſe the eleventh fort are uſed in Holland, to give a fla-
ſpikes of whorled flowers, of a purple colour, which vour to the Rheniſh wines, which are brewed at Dordt.
appear in June, and are ſucceeded by feeds which ri- All theſe forts may be propagated by fowing of their
pen in autumn.
This is propagated by feeds in the feeds upon a bed of freſh earth in March or April ;
lame way as the other forts, and the roots will conti- and when the plants are come up, they ſhould be
nue feveral years.
tranſplanted into beds of freſh earth about eight
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in the Canary inches afunder, obſerving to water them until they
Iſlands; this hath a perennial ſhrubby ſtalk which kave taken root; after which they will require no
riſes five or fix feet high, dividing into many branches farther care but to keep them clear from weeds until
which are covered with a flocky down, and are gar- Michaelmas, when they ſhould be tranſplanted into
niſhed with halbert-ſhaped triangular leaves three the places where they are to remain, placing them
inches and a half long, and one and a half broad at at a large diſtance, for they ſpread pretty far pro-
their baſe, where are two acute angular ears; they are vided the ſoil be good. If ſo, they ſhould be planted
placed oppoſite, ſtanding upon long woolly foot- eight or ten feet diftant, being intermixed with other
îtalks. The top of the ſtalk branches out in many
.
plants. Some of theſe ſorts will endure ſeveral years,
foot-ſtalks, forming a ſort of panicle. The flowers provided they are planted on a freſh foil, not over
are of a light blue colour, and are ranged in whorled moift or rich.
ſpikes, having two ſmall leaves under each whorl. SCLERANTHUS, German Knot-Graſs, or an-
This plant flowers from June to autumn, but rarely nual Knawel.
produces any feeds here. It is propagated by cut- There are two ſpecies of this genus which grow na-
tings, which may be planted any time in fummer; turally wild in England, fo are rarely admitted into
if theſe are planted in a bed of ſoft loamy earth, and gardens, therefore I ſhall not trouble the reader with
covered cloſe with a bell or hand-glaſs, obſerving to any farther account of them.
fhade them from the ſun, and refreſh them with water SCOLYMUS. Tourn. Inft
. 480. tab. 273. Lin.
as they may require it, they will take root very freely, Gen. Plant. 922. The Golden Thiſtle; in French,
then they muſt be inured to the open air ; after Epine Yaune.
they have put out good roots, they ſhould be care-
The CHARACTERS are,
fully taken up, and each planted in a ſeparate ſmall It hath a flower compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets,
pot filled with light freſh earth, placing them in the included in an oval imbricated empalement, having many
fhade till they have taken new root; then they may looſe ſharp-pointed ſcales. The florets are tongue-ſhaped,
be placed among other hardy kinds of green-houſe of one petal, which is torn and ſlightly indented in five
plants in a ſheltered ſituation till October, when they parts. They have five ſhort hair-like ſtamina, terminated by
ſhould be removed into ſhelter before hard froſt comes tubulous ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the floret,
on; but as they only require protection from hard Supporting a ſlender ſtyle longer than the ftamina, crowned
froſt, ſo they ſhould have as much free air as poſſible by two reflexed ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes
in mild weather.
ſingle feed, which is oblong, triangular, and ripens in
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Mexico ; the empalement, the ſeeds being ſeparated by plain, round-
this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk eight or ten feet iſh, indented chaff
high, fending out fender four-cornered branches,
of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
of a purplish colour, garniſhed with oval leaves Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whore
3
j
This genus

I SCO
Sco
sco
3
lars;
whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite fruitful tis. Lin. Sp. 168. Sweet Weed with three leaves 12
florets, and the ſtamina and ſtyle are connected. rounding the fialks, and flowers upon foot-stalks. Vero-
The SPECIES are,
nica fruticoſa erecto dulci hexangulari caule. Sloan.
I. SCOLYMUS (Maculatus) foliis margine attenuatis. Lin. Hift. 1. p. 195. Skrubby ereat Speedwell
, with an bexan-
Sp. Plant. 813. Golden Thiſtle with leaves which are
ler stalk.
thinner on the borders. Scolymus chryſanthemus an- This plant in Europe is generally an annual, for af-
nuus. Act. Reg. Par. III. Annual Golden Thiſtle. ter it has ripened its feeds it dies. It hath an hexan-
2. Scolymus (Hiſpanicus) foliis margine incraſſatis. Lin. gular ſtalk which riſes near two feet high, fending
Sp. Plant. 813. Golden Thiſtle with leaves which are out many branches which are garniſhed with three
thicker on the borders. Scolymus chryſanthemus. C. leaves placed round at each joint; theſe are about an
B. P. 384. Golden Thiſtle.
inch long and a quarter of an inch broad, ſawed on
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France their edges, and of a deep green colour; the flowers
and in Italy; this is an annual plant, which riſes with come out from the ſide of the ſtalks at each joint,
a branching ſtalk four or five feet high, that have two ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks ; they are ſmall, white, and
,
leafy wings running along the fides from joint to their petals have bearded threads on their edges;
joint; theſe are ſcollopped and indented; the borders theſe are ſucceeded by capſules having one cell, open-
of theſe are thinner than the other parts, and are arm- ing with two valves, containing many oblong ſeeds.
ed all the way with very ſharp ſpines ; at each joint It is propagated by feeds which ſhould be ſown upon
are placed ſtiff leaves, which are jagged and armed a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are come
with ſtrong fpines; they are of a pale green, and fit up fit to remove, they ſhould be planted upon a freſh
cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the hot-bed to bring them forward, obſerving to ſhade
top of the ſtalks incloſed in leafy involucrums, which and water them until they have taken new root; af-
are longer than the flowers, and are armed with very ter which, they ſhould have the air admitted to them
itrong ſpines ; within theſe are ſcaly empalements, daily, according to the warmth of the ſeaſon, and
which lie over each other like the ſcales of fiſh, and they muſt be frequently refreſhed with water. In
are armed with ſhort ſpines. The flowers are com- June they may be taken up with balls of earth to
poſed of many golden florets, which do not appear their roots, and planted into open borders, where they
till the middle or latter end of July; and unleſs the will flower, and perfect their ſeeds in the autumn, and
autumn proves warm and dry, the ſeeds do not ripen foon after periſh.
in England.
SCORDIUM. See TEUCRIUM.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily; SCORPIURUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 886. Scorpi-
this hath a perennial root, from which ſpring up ma- oïdes. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 402. tab. 226. [fo called,
ny thick ſtalks that riſe about three feet high, branch- becauſe the huſk being wreathed, reſembles the tail
ing out on the fides the whole length, and are gar- of a dragon: it is by fome called Campoïdes, of
niſhed with ſtiff jagged leaves, whoſe borders are Káron, a canker-worm, and sida, form.] Caterpil-
thicker than the other part, and are armed with ſpines
in French, Chenille.
like the former fort; the ſtalks have leafy borders
The CHARACTERS are,
as the other, which are ſtrongly armed with ſpines. The empalement of the flower is of one leof, and is erect,
The flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalks, blown up, lightly compreſſed, ending in five acute points.
and are ſhaped like thoſe of the former fort. Theſe The flower is of the butterfly kind; it has a roundiſha
appear in July, and if the ſeaſon proves warm and Standard which is indented at the point, where it is re-
dry, they will be ſucceeded by ſeeds which ripen in flexed and ſpreading. The wings are looſe, almoſt oval,
having obtuſe appendages. The keel is halfmoon-shaped,
They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown the belly is gibbous, pointed, and erect, cut into two parts
in March or April, on a bed of freſh undunged earth, below. It hath ten ſtamina, nine joined and one ſeparate,
in an open ſituation ; and when the plants are come terminated by ſmall ſummits; and an oblong taper germen
up, they ſhould be kept clear from weeds; and where a little reflexed, ſupporting a riſing inflexed jiyle, termi-
they grow too cloſe, ſome of them ſhould be pulled nated by a point for a ſtigma. The germen afterward
out, ſo as to leave thoſe which are deſigned to remain becomes an oblong, toper, leathery, rough, channelled pod,
about two feet aſunder. This is all the culture which twiſted in many longitudinal cells divided within, and on
theſe plants require, for as they ſend forth tap-roots the outſide contracted into knotty joints, each cell contain-
they do not bear tranſplanting well, therefore they ing one ſeed.
muſt be fown where they are to remain ; and if they This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
are kept clear from weeds, they will thrive very well, Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe
and when the ſeaſon proves dry, will perfect their ſeeds plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
in autumn; but in wet ſeaſons they rarely ever pro- bodies.
duce good feeds in England, which renders it diffi- The Species are,
cult to continue the ſpecies, without procuring freſh 1. SCORPIURUS (Vermiculata) pedunculis unifloris, legu-
feeds from abroad.
minibus tectis undique ſquamis obtufis. Lin. Sp.
Theſe plants are preſerved by thoſe perſons who are Plant. 744. Caterpillar with one flower upon a foot-stalk,
curious in botany for variety's ſake, but are rarely and a pod covered with obtuſe ſcales on every ſide. Scor-
planted in other gardens.
pioïdes filiquâ craſsâ boelii. Tourn. Inft. 402. Cater-
SCOPARIA. Sweet-weed, or Wild Liquorice. pillar with a thick pod.
The CHARACTERS are,
2. Scorpiurus (Muricata) pedunculis bifloris, legumi-
It hath an empalement of one leaf, which is concave, and nibus extrorfum obtusè aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 745.
divided into four ſender rough ſegments. The flower is Caterpillar with two flowers on each foot-ſtalk, and the
of one petel, which Spreads open, is concove, and divided outſide of the pods armed with blunt Spines. Scorpioïdes
into four ſegments, which are equal, obtuſe, and bearded : bupleuri folio filiquis lenibus. Park. 1117. Caterpillar
it hath four cwl-shaped
ſtamina which are equal and fhorter with a Hare's-ear leaf and a ſmother pod.
than the petal, terminated by ſimple ſummits ; and a co- 3. SCORPIURUS (Sulcata) pedunculis fubtrifloris, legu-
nical germen ſupporting an awl-poped ſtyle longer than the minibus extrorfum fpinis diſtinctis acutis. Lin. Sp.
corolla, crowned by an acute ſtigme; the germen becomes Plant. 745. Caterpillar with foot-ſtalks having three
on oblong oval-pointed capſule with one cell, filled with flowers, and the outſide of the pods armed with ſharp dif-
oblong ſeeds.
tinet Spines. Scorpioïdes bupleuri folio. C. B. P. Ca-
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of terpillar with a Hare's-eor leaf.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants 4. SCORPIURUS (Subvillosa) pedunculis ſubquadrifloris,
whoſe flowers have four ftamina and one ſtyle.
leguminibus extrorſum fpinis confertis acutis. Lin.
We have but one Species at preſent in England, Sp. Plant. 745. Caterpillar with four flowers fometimes
viz.
upon a foot-stalk, and the outſide of the pods armed with
1. SCOPARIA (Dulcis) foliis ternis, floribus peduncula- Sharp Spines which grow in cluſters. Scorpioïdes bu-
autumn.
a
a
و
pleuri

SCO
SCO
ز
3
pluri folio, corniculis afperis, magis in fe contortis great efficacy againſt the bite of vipers. Authors
convolutis. Mor. Hift. 2. 127. Caterpillar with a write, that the herb, being applied, takes away the
Hare's-ear leaf, and a rough pod greatly contorted and venom of the bite of vipers. They ſay, that if a vi-
twiſted.
per be touched with its juice, it languiſhes; and that
5. SCORPIURUS (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis. Caterpillar with a man may touch vipers ſafely, if his hand be firſt
a winged leaf. Scorpioïdes foliis viciæ minima. Mor.
. dipped in the juice of this plant.] Viper's-graſs ; in
Hift. 2. 127. Smalleſt Caterpillar with a Vetch leaf. French, Scorzonere.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
The CHARACTERS are,
this is an annual plant, with trailing herbaceous ſtalks The common empalement is ſcaly, cylindrical, and imbri-
above a foot long; they lie upon the ground, and at cated. The flower is compoſed of ſeveral bermaphrodite
.
each joint have one ſpatule-ſhaped leaf with a long florets, thoſe on the outſide being the longeſt ; they are
foot-ſtalk. From the wings of the leaves come out narrow, tongue-Shaped, and indented in five parts. They
the foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which are nine inches have five short hair-like ſtamina, terminated by cylindri-
long, ſuſtaining at the top one yellow butterfly flower, cal ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the floret, ſup-
which is ſucceeded by a twiſted thick pod, in ſize porting a fender ſtyle, crowned by two reflexed ſtigmas.
and appearance of a large green caterpillar, from The germen afterward turns to a ſingle, oblong, channelled
whence it had this title. It flowers in July, and the ſeed, crowned with a feathery down.
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
The ſecond ſort has ſtronger ſtalks than the firſt; the Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
leaves are much broader; the foot-ſtalks ſupport two plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
ſmaller flowers ; the pods are ſlender, longer, and or fruitful florets, and their ſtamina and ſtyle are
more twiſted than thoſe of the firſt, and are armed united.
with blunt ſpines on their outſide.
The SPECIES are,
The third fort hath fenderer ſtalks than either of the 1. SCORZONERA (Hiſpanica) caule ramofo, foliis am-
former; the leaves ftand upon ſhorter foot-ftalks, plexicaulibus integris ferrulatis. Hort. Cliff. 383.
but are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort; the foot- Scorzonera with a bronching ſtalk, whoſe leaves en-
ſtalks of the flowers are ſlender, and frequently ſup- brace them, which are ſlightly ſawed. Scorzonera latifo-
port three flowers; the pods are ſlender, not ſo much lia finuata. C. B. P. 275. Common Viper's-graſs.
twiſted as the former, and are armed on their outſide 2. SCORZONERA (humilis) caule ſubnudo unifloro, foliis
with ſharp diſtinct ſpines.
lato-lanceolatis nervoſis planis. Hort. Cliff. 382. Scor-
The ftalks and leaves of the fourth fort are very zonera with an almoſt naked ſtalk having one flower, and
like thoſe of the firſt, but the foot-ſtalks of the flowers broad, Spear-ſhaped, plain, veined leaves. Scorzonera
are longer, and each of them have three or four ſmall humilis latifolia nervoſa. C. B. P. 275. Dwarf Vi-
yellow flowers at the top; the pods are very ſender, per's-grafs, with broad veined leaves.
greatly contorted, and armed with ſharp ſpines in cluf- | 3. ScorZONERA (Graminifolia) foliis lineari-enfiformibus
ters on their outſide.
integris carinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 791. Scorzonera with
The fifth fort has very ſhort ſtalks; the leaves are linear, ſword-ſhaped, entire leaves, which are keeled.
winged; they are compoſed of four pair of ſmall Scorzonera Luſitanica, gramineo folio, fiore pallidè
lobes, terminated by an odd one. The flowers are luteo. Tourn. Inſt. 477. Portugal Viper's-graſs with a
ſmall, as are alſo their pods, which are leſs twiſted Groſs leaf, and a pale yellower flower.
than thoſe of the three former.
4. SCORZONERA (Purpurea) foliis lineari-fubulatis inte-
All theſe plants are annual, and grow naturally in gris planis pedunculis cylindricis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 791.
moſt of the warm countries in Europe, but the firſt Scorzonera with linear, awl-ſhaped, entire, plain leaves,
fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens. and cylindrical foot-ſtalks. Scorzonera anguſtifolia ſub-
Theſe plants are preſerved in ſeveral curious gardens, cærulea. C. B. P. 275. Nerrow-leaved Viper's-groſs,
for their oddneſs more than for any great beauty: with a flower olmoſt blue.
they are all of them annual plants, which are propa- 1 5. ScorZONERA ( Anguſtifolia) foliis fubulatis integris,
gated by ſowing their ſeeds upon a bed of light freſh pedunculo incraſſato, caule fimpliciffimo baſi villoſo.
earth; and when the plants are come up they ſhould Lin. Sp. Plant. 791. Scorzonera with owl-shaped en-
be thinned, ſo as to leave them about ten inches or a tire leaves, a thick foot-ſtalk, and the ſtalk hairy ct its
foot aſunder, becauſe their branches trail upon the baſe. Scorzonera humilis anguſtifolia pannonica.
ground; and if they have not room, they are apt to Cluf. Hift. 2. p. 137. Low, narrow-leaved, Hungarian
overbear each other, and thereby are very often rotted, Viper's-graſs.
eſpecially in moiſt ſeaſons. The weeds ſhould alſo be 6. SCORZONERA (Laciniata) foliis linearibus dentatis
diligently cleared from them, otherwiſe they will acutis, caule erecto ſquamis calycinis patulo-mucro-
grow over and deſtroy them. In June theſe plants natis. Lin. Sp. 1114. Scorzonera with narrow, acute,
will produce finall, yellow, papilonaceous flowers, indented leaves, and an erect stalk. Scorzonera laciniatis
which are ſucceeded by pods ſo much like caterpil- foliis. Tourn. Inft. 477. Viper's-graſs with cut leaves.
lars, that a perſon at a ſmall diſtance would imagine 7. SCORZONERA (Reſedifolia) foliis obtuſe dentatis, caule
they were real caterpillars feeding on the plants; and proſtrato calycum apicibus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 1113.
it is for this oddneſs of their pods, that theſe plants Scorzonera with obtuſe indented leaves, a proſtrate ſtalk,
are chiefly preſerved.
and the tops of the calyx woolly. Scorzonera foliis la-
Theſe plants feldom thrive well if they are tranſ- ciniatis fupina. Bocc. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 89. Lor: Vi-
planted; therefore the beſt method is, to put in three per's-graſs with cut leaves.
or four good ſeeds in each place where you would The firſt is the fort which is commonly cultivated in
have the plants remain (which may be in the middle the Engliſh gardens for food and phyſic; this grows
of large borders in the pleaſure-garden, where, being naturally in Spain. The root of this plant is Carrot-
intermixed with other plants, they will afford a pleaf- fhaped, about the thickneſs of a finger, and covered
ing variety.) When the plants come up, there ſhould with a dark brown ikin; it is white within, and has
be only one of the moſt promiſing left in each place, a milky juice; the lower leaves are nine or ten inches
which ſhould be conſtantly kept clear from weeds ; long, and one and a half broad in the middle, ending
and when their pods are ripe, they ſhould be ga- with a long acute point. The ſtalk riſes three feet
thered and preſerved in a dry place till the following high, it is ſmooth, branching at the top, and gar-
ſpring, in order to be fown.
niſhed with a few narrow leaves, whoſe baſe embrace
The firſt fort is the beſt worth cultivating, the pods the ſtalk. The flowers grow on the top of the ſtalks
being large and more viſible than the other, and are in ſcaly empalements, compoſed of many narrow,
more in form of a caterpillar.
tongue-ſhaped, hermaphrodite florets, lying imbri-
SCORZONERA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 476. tab. catim over each other like the ſcales on fiſh; they
269. Lin. Gen. Plant. 811. [of eſcorſa, a Catalonian are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in June and
word, ſignifying a viper, becauſe it is ſaid to be of July. After theſe are decayed, the germen which ſits
in
و
و
a

SCR
SCR
a
a
in the common empalement, turns to oblong cor- neck, as is vulgarly thought.] Figwort; in French;
nered ſeeds, having a roundiſh ball of feathery down Scrofulaire.
at the top
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond fort is ſhorter than either of the former ; The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
the leaves are broader, the ſtalk is almoſt naked, and into five parts at the top. It hath one unequal petal,
has one yellow flower at the top.
with a large globular tube. The brim is cut into five
The third fort has narrow, keeled, fword-ſhaped Small parts; the two upper ere large and erect, the two
leaves; the ſtalks are ſlender, they riſe about two fide ones ſpread open, and the under is reflexed. It has
feet high, branch toward the top, and ſuſtain pale four ſender deflexed ſtamina, two of which are the length
yellow flowers, which are ſmaller than thoſe of the of the petal, and two are ſhorter, terminated by twin
former forts.
ſummits; and on oval germen Supporting a ſingle ſtyle
The fourth fort has narrow awl-thaped leaves, which the length of the Starnina, crowned by a ſingle stigma.
are ſhorter than thoſe of the former; the ſtalk is ta- The germen afterward turns to a roundiſh-pointed capſule
per, and branches at the top; the flowers are of a with two cells, which open at the top, and are filled with
pale purple colour.
Small ſeeds.
The fifth fort grows a foot and a half high ; the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
leaves are narrow and awl-ſhaped; the foot-ſtalk im- of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
mediately under the flower is thicker than below, plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
and the lower part of the ſtalk is hairy; the flower ftamina, and their feeds are included in a capſule.
is yellow.
The SPECIES are,
The fixth fort riſes with a ſmooth branching ſtalk 1. SCROPHULARIA (Nodoſa) foliis cordatis bafi tranſver-
two feet high, and is garniſhed with narrow leaves fis, caule acutangulo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 863. Figwort
having many winged points, reſembling thoſe of with heart-ſhaped leaves, whoſe baſe are tranſverſe, and
Buck's-horn Plantain, but larger. The flowers are a ſtalk having acute angles. Scrophularia nodofa fæti-
yellow, and ſtand upon long naked foot-ſtalks at the da. C.B. P. Figwort with a knobby root and a ſtinking
end of the branches.
Smell.
The ſeventh fort is very like the fixth, excepting 2. SCROPHULARIA (Aquatica) foliis cordatis petiolatis
that of the ſtalks ſpreading on the ground, which is decurrentibus obtufis, caule membranis angulato, ra-
not accidental, the indentures on the leaves are more cemis terminalibus. Hort. Upſal. 177. Figwort with
obtuſe, and the tops of the cups are woolly. I have heart-ſhaped leaves having running foot-ſtalks, and an an-
cultivated both forts above thirty years, and have ne- gular membranaceous Stalk, terminated by a racemus of
ver found either of them alter.
flowers. Scrophularia aquatica major. C. B. P. 236.
The firſt fort is only cultivated for uſe, the others are Greater Water Figwort, by ſome called Water Betony.
preſerved in botanic gardens for variety, but are fel- 3. SCROPHULARIA (Sulphurea) foliis cordato-oblongis,
(
dom admitted into other gardens.
baſi appendiculatis, racemis terminalibus. Loef. Lin.
Theſe plants may be propagated by fowing their Sp. Plant. 620. Figwort with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves
feeds in the beginning of April, upon a ſpot of light having appendages at their baſe, and ſtalks terminated by
freſh foil. The beſt method of fowing them is, to a racemus of flowers. Scrophularia aquatica, flore
draw ſhallow furrows by a line about a foot afunder, fulphureo. Michel. Water Figwort with a brimſtone-co-
into which you ſhould ſcatter the ſeeds, thinly cover- loured flower.
ing them over about half an inch thick with the ſame 4. SCROPHULARIA (Cordato) foliis cordato-fagittatis, acutè
light earth; and when the plants are come up, they ſerratis, racemis terminalibus. Scrophularia with hearta
ſhould be thinned where they are too cloſe in the rows, , Shaped arrow-pointed leaves which are acutely ſawed,
leaving them at leaſt fix inches aſunder; and at the and ſtalks terminated by a racemus of flowers. Scrophu-
ſame time, you ſhould hoe down all the weeds to de- laria betonicæ folio. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 166. Figwort
ſtroy them, and this muſt be repeated as often as is with a Betony leaf.
neceffary, for if the weeds are permitted to grow 5. SCROPHULARIA (Scorodonia) foliis cordatis duplicato
among the plants, they will draw them up weak. ſerratis racemo compoſitis. Figwort with beart-shaped
There are many people who fow their feeds promif- doubly-Sawed leaves, and a compound racemus of flowers.
cuouſly in a bed, and afterward tranſplant them out Scrophularia meliſſe folio. Tourn. Inſt. R. X. 166.
the diſtance they would have them grow; but this is Figwort with a Baum leaf.
not ſo well as the former method, becauſe their roots 6. SCROPHULARIA (Italica) foliis cordatis duplicato-ſer-
commonly ſhoot downright, which, in being tranf- ratis, racemo compoſito. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 296. Fig-
planted, are often broken, ſo that they never will wort with heart-ſhaped doubly-lawed leaves, and compound
make ſuch fair roots as thoſe which remain in the bunches of flowers. Scrophularia nemorenſis, folio ur-
ſame place where they are fown; for when the ex- ticæ rugoſo, flore atro-punicante. Hort Cath. Wood
treme part of the root is broken, it never extends it- Figwort with a rough Nettle leaf, and a dark red flower.
ſelf in length afterwards, but only ſhoots into many 7. SCROPHULARIA (Trifoliata) foliis glabris, inferiori-
forked ſmall roots, which are not near fo valuable as bus ternato-pinnatis obtufis, fuperioribus fimplicibus,
thoſe which are large and ſtrait. Theſe roots may be pedunculis ſubtrifloris axillaribus. Lin. Sp. 865. Fig-
taken up when the leaves begin to decay, at which wort with ſmooth leaves, the lower being winged and
time they have done growing, though they may re- placed by threes, but the upper are ſingle, and have foot-
main in the ground until ſpring, and may be taken Stalks with three flowers. Scrophularia Hiſpanica, ſam-
up as they are uſed; but thoſe which remain in the buci folio glabro. Tourn. Inft. 166. Spaniſh Figworf
ground till March, will ſhoot up their flower-ſtems, with a ſmooth Elder leaf.
after which they are not ſo good, being ſticky and 8. SCROPHULARIA (Sambucifolia) foliis interrupte pinna-
ſtrong
tis cordatis inæqualibus, racemoſo terminali, pedun-
If you intend to ſave ſeeds of theſe plants, you ſhould culis axillaribus geminis dichotomis. Lin. Sp. 865.
let a parcel of the beſt remain in the places where Figwort with unequal heart-ſhaped leaves having inter-
they grew; and when their ſtems are grown to their rupted wings, and flowers produced on forked foot-
height, they ſhould be ſupported with ſtakes, to pre- ſtalks by pairs. Scrophularia maxima Luſitanica, ſam-
vent their falling to the ground, or breaking. In buci folio languinoſo. Tourn. Inft. 167. Greateſt Por-
June they will fower, and about the beginning of tugal Figwort with a woolly Elder leaf.
Auguft their feeds will ripen, when they ſhould be 9. SCROPHULARIA (Canina) foliis inferioribus pinnatis,
,
9
gathered, and preſerved dry till the ſpring following fummis integris duplicato-ferratis, racemis axillaribus.
for uſe.
Figwort with the lower leaves winged, thoſe at the top
SCROPHULARIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 166. entire, doubly ſawed, and bunches of flowers at the wings
tab. 74. Lin. Gen. Plant. 674. [fo called, on ac- of the ſtalk. Scrophularia ruta canina dieta vulgaris,
count of its reſembling Scrophuli, by its inequality ; Č. B. P. 236. Common Figwort, called Dog's-rue.
not becauſe it is good to cure the ſcrophula in the
a
3
10. SCRO-
12 D

SCR
SCR
3
a
10. SCROPHULARIA (Filicifolia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis
acutè dentatis, racemis terminalibus. Figwort with
winged leaves whose lobes are acutely indented, and
bunches of flowers terminating the ſtolk. Scrophularia
folio filicis modo laciniatis, vel ruta canina latifolia.
C. B. P. 236. Figwort with leaves cut like Fern, or
broad-leaved Dog's-rue.
11. SCROPHULARIA (Lucida) foliis bipinnatis glaberrimis
lucidis racemis bipartitis terminalibus. Figwort with
winged leaves which are ſmooth and ſhining, and ſtalks
terminated by divided bunches of flowers. Scrophularia
faxatilis lucida, laſerpicii Maffilienſis foliis. Bocc.
Muf. p. 2. 166. Shining Rock Figwort, with leaves like
Laferwort of Marſeilles.
12. SCROPHULARIA (Orientalis) foliis lanceolatis ferratis,
petiolatis caulinis ternis ramis oppofitis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 864. Figwort with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are
Sharply ſaved, thoſe on the ſtalks placed by threes, and
the branches oppoſite. Scrophularia Orientalis, foliis
cannabinis. Tourn. Cor. 9. Eoftern Figwort with leaves
like Hemp.
13. SCROPHULARIA (Verna) foliis cordatis, pedunculis
axillaribus folitariis dichotomis. Hort. Cliff. 322. Fig-
wort with heart-Soaped leaves, and ſingle foot-ſtalks pro-
ceeding from the wings, and divided by pairs. Scrophu-
laria flore luteo. C. B. P. 236. Figwort with a yellow
flower.
14. SCROPHULARIA (Peregrina) foliis cordatis, fuperiori-
bus alternis, pedunculis axillaribus bifloris. Hort.
Cliff. 322. Figwort with heart-ſhaped leaves, the upper
.
of which are alternate, and foot-ſtalks proceeding from
the wings of the ſtalks, bearing two flowers. Scrophu-
laria urtice folio. C. B. P. 236. Figwort with a Net-
9
tle leaf.
و
a
15. SCROPHULARIA (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis, foliolis in-
ciſis, racemis fimpliciflibus terminalibus. Figwort with
winged leaves whose lobes are cut, and ſingle bunches of
flowers terminating the ſtalks. Scrophularia Orientalis,
chryſanthemi folio, Aore minimo variegato. Tourn.
Cor. 9. Eaſtern Figwort with a Corn Marygold leaf, and
the leaſt variegated flower.
16. SCROPHULARIA (Marylandica) foliis cordatis ferratis
acutis bafi rotundatis, caule obtuſangulo. Hort. Upl.
177. Figwort with heart-ſhaped, acute, ſawed leaves,
which are rounded at their baſe, and obtuſe angles to the
Stalks. Scrophularia Marylandica, longo profundè
ferrato urticæ folio. Raii Suppl. 396. Maryland Fig-
wort with a long Nettle leaf which is deeply ſawed.
17. SCROPHULARIA (Fruteſcens) foliis lanceolatis obtufis
ſerrato-dentatis, pedunculis bifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
866. Figwort with Spear-ſhaped obtufe leaves which are
indented, and bifid foot-fialks. Scrophularia Lufitanica
fruteſcens, verbenaceæ foliis. Tourn. Inft. Figwort
with ſhrubby ſtalks and Vervain leaves.
18. SCROPHULARIA (Coccinea) foliis quaternis ovatis, flo-
ribus verticillatis ſpicatis. Prod. Leyd. 294. Figwort
with oval leaves placed by fours round the ſtalk, and
flowers in Spikes. Scrophularia flore coccineo, foliis
urticæ ternis caulem ambientibus. Houſt. MSS. Fig-
wort with a ſcarlet flower, and leaves like thoſe of the
Nettle, placed by threes round the ſtalk.
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and under
hedges in moſt parts of England, ſo is ſeldom ad-
mitted into gardens ; but being a medicinal plant, it
is here mentioned to introduce the others. This hath
a ſpreading root compoſed of many whitiſh knobs,
from which ariſe ſeveral four-cornered ftalks three
feet high, which are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
leaves that are fawed on their edges, and have their
baſe tranſverſe; they are placed by pairs, and are of
a dark green, or browniſh colour on their upper ſide,
but pale on their under, having an odour of Elder.
The flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters from the
ſides of the ſtalks oppoſite, forming a kind of looſe
{pike to the top; they are of one petal, of a dark
purple colour, and ſhaped almoſt like a lip flower;
the upper lip or creſt being a little arched, the two
fide ſegments ſpread open, and the under ſegment is
recurved. Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceed-
ed by roundiſh capſules ending in acute points, hav-
ing two cells filled with ſmall ſeeds, which ripen in
Auguſt
The ſecond ſort grows naturally by the fide of ditches
and watery places in every part of England; this
hath a fibrous root, ſending out ſtrong four cornered
ſtalks, which grow near four feet high, garniſhed
with heart-ſhaped leaves, which are rounded at their
points and crenated on their edges, ſomewhat like
thoſe of Betony, from whence it has been titled Water
Berony. The flowers are larger than thoſe of the for-
mer, and are a little more coloured, but of the fame
ſhape, and appear at the ſame time. This fort is
ſometimes uſed in medicine, but as it
grows wild by
the ſides of ditches, ſo it is ſeldom admitted into gar-
dens. There is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
which is by ſome preſerved in gardens.
The third fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain,
by the ſide of rivers and other moiſt places. The
ſtalks of this are ſtronger, taller, and greener, than
thoſe of the former; the leaves have generally ſmall
appendages at their baſe; the flowers are greener,
and grow thinner upon the ſtalks than thoſe of the
former, and in theſe particulars conſiſt their dif-
ferences.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily; this hath a
perennial fibrous root. The ftalks riſe near four feet
high, and have ſharp angles; the leaves are arrow-
pointed, heart-ſhaped, and are ſharply fawed on their
edges; the flowers grow in looſe bunches to the top
of the ſtalks; they are in ſhape like thoſe of the for-
mer, but are of a dark red colour.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Italy; it hath a pe-
rennial root. The ſtalks riſe four feet high, and
branch out on their fide; they are garniſhed with
heart-ſhaped fawed leaves, which on the upper part
of the ſtalk are placed alternate. The flowers are
produced in bunches at the wings of the ſtalk, each
foot-ſtalk ſupporting two flowers ; theſe are ſmall, of
a brown colour, and appear in June. The ſeeds ripen
in Auguſt.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Sicily; this hath a
perennial root. The ſtalks riſe four feet high, and
are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves which are
doubly ſawed on their edges; the flowers are diſpoſed
in compound ſpikes, which fit upon long foot-ſtalks;
theſe ariſe from the wings of the ſtalks, and have
generally two narrow leaves placed at their baſe, but
the flowers terminate the ſtalks like the three firſt
forts.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Spain; this hath
a perennial root. The leaves at the bottom are irre-
gularly cut, and have two appendages at their baſe ;
they are fmooth, of a lucid green, and are fawed on
their edges. The ſtalks riſe four feet high; they are
four-cornered, ſmooth, and garniſhed with oval leaves,
ſome of which are entire, and others have ſmall lobes
or appendages at their baſe. The flowers grow from
the wings of the ſtalks in cluſters, each ſtanding upon
a ſeparate foot-ſtalk; they are of a bright red colour
with greeniſh bottoms, and are much larger than ei-
ther of the former. It flowers the beginning of June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Portugal; this re-
ſembles the ſeventh, but the ſtalks are larger, riſe
higher, and are hairy. The leaves are much longer,
and have four appendages, irregularly fawed on
their edges, and running out into longer points ;
the flowers grow in compound bunches at the
wings of the ſtalks ; they are larger than thoſe of
the former fort, and have a greater mixture of green
in them.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy; this hath a
root compoſed of a few thick fleſhy fibres. The ſtalks
are ſlender, four-cornered, and riſe about two feet
high; the lower leaves are compoſed of ſeveral pinnæ
or lobes which are ſharply fawed, but thoſe on the
ftalks are entire ; on the lower part of the ſtalk they
are placed oppoſite, but toward the top they are alter-
nate and ſmall. The flowers come out in bunches from
the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, and of a dark
purple
3
3
و
3
a
a

S CR
S CR
a
و
3
a
top
purple colour with a mixture of green; the feed-veſ-
iels are ſmall and roundiſh. This flowers at the ſame
time with the former.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Crete; this hath a
root compoſed of fleſhy fibres. The lower leaves are
broad and jagged, not much unlike thoſe of the In-
dian Scabious; the ſtalks riſe near three feet high;
they are four-cornered, green, and ſmooth, and are
garniſhed with winged leaves having very long foor-
Italks; they are compoſed of two or three pair of
ſmall lobes, terminated by a large one, which are
acutely indented on their edges, and end in ſharp
points. The ſtalks are terminated by fiender bunches
of flowers which are ſituated ſparſedly; they are ſmall,
of a purpliſh colour at their rims, and are edged with
white; they are fucceeded by ſmall roundiſh ſeed-
veſſels filled with very ſmall feeds. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in September.
The eleventh ſort grows naturally in the kingdom of
Naples, where it is frequently found upon rocks and
old ſtone walls, this is a biennial plant, which pe-
riſhes after it has produced ripe ſeeds. The ſtalks
riſe fifteen inches high; they are thick, ſmooth, and
have ſcarce any corners; the leaves are winged, nar-
row, and of a lucid green; they are thick, ſucculent,
and divided into many ſmall lobes which are again
divided, and are wing-pointed; the flowers are pro-
duced in looſe bunches on the ſides and at the top of
the ſtalk; they are of a dark brown colour, with a
mixture of green, and are ſucceeded by pretty large
roundiſh capſules, filled with angular dark-coloured
feeds. It flowers about the ſame time as the former
fort.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the Levant; this
hath a perennial creeping root.
The ſtalks riſe two
feet and a half high; their lower parts are cloſely gar-
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are ſharply ſaw-
ed, and cut at bottom; the upper part of the ſtalk
is garniſhed with compound bunches of ſmall brown
flowers which appear in May, and are ſucceeded by
ſmall roundiſh capfules filled with ſmall feeds, which
ripen in July
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Helvetia ; this
is a biennial plant, which flowers and produces ſeeds
the ſecond year, and then decays. The lower leaves
of this ſort are four or five inches long, and three
broad; they are heart-ſhaped, hairy, and of a pale
green colour. The ſtalks riſe three feet high, and
are garniſhed with ſmaller leaves, of the ſame ſhape
with thoſe at bottom, placed by threes round the ſtalk;
the flowers ſtand upon pretty long foot-flalks; three
of theſe come out at each joint round the ſtalk, and
fupport cluſters of pretty large flowers of a pale yel-
low colour; theſe appear in April, and are ſucceeded
by large oval capſules filled with ſmall feeds, which ri-
pen in June.
The fourteenth fort is a biennial plant which grows
naturally in Italy. The leaves of this are heart-ſhap-
ed, ending in acute points, and are fawed on their
edges; they are of a lucid green, and on the upper
part of the ſtalk are placed alternate ; the foot-ftalks
of the flowers come out at the wings of the leaves ;
theſe each ſuſtain two or three flowers, which are of
a dark red or purple colour; they appear in May and
June, and the feeds ripen in July and Auguſt, after
which the plants die.
The fifteenth fortgrows naturally in the Levant, and al-
ſo upon Gibraltar hill; this is a biennial plant, general-
ly dying foon after the feeds are ripe. The lower leaves
of this fort are doubly winged, and the ſegments are
variouſly cut and indented, the ſtalk is nender, and
riſes three feet high, the lower part of which is gar-
niſhed with ſmaller winged leaves, of a lucid green,
which are indented and fit cloſe to the ſtalks ; the up-
per part has very ſlender bunches of ſmall flowers,
coming out of the fide quite to the end of the branches.
The flowers are thinly ranged, they are very ſmall,
and of a purple colour with white borders; theſe
appear in June and July, but unleſs the autumn
proves warm, they will produce no good feeds in
England.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Portugal, where
the ſtalks become woody, but in England they are
generally killed in winter, unleſs the plants are pre-
ſerved in ſhelter ; the ſtalks are garniſhed with ſpear-
ſhaped leaves which are bluntly ſawed on their bor-
ders; the flowers are produced from the ſide of the
ftalks, where at each joint come out two foot-ſtalks.
This hath dark herbaceous flowers which appear in
June, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The ſeventeenth ſort grows naturally in Maryland;
this hath a perennial fibrous root. The ſtalks are
four-cornered; the leaves are heart-ſhaped, ſharply
ſawed on their edges, and rounded at their baſe; the
flowers are produced in bunches on the upper part
of the ſtalk, and are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but
are of an herbaceous colour. This flowers in June
and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The eighteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houitoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, this is a biennial plant. The ſtalk riſes
two feet high, and is garniſhed with oval acute-point-
ed leaves which are fawed on their edges, and fit cloſe
to the ſtalks ; thoſe at the bottom and top of the
ftalk are placed by pairs, but in the middle there are
three or four leaves at each joint placed round the
ſtalk; they are of a pale green colour, and at the
of the ſtalk the flowers are produced in roundiſh
bunches; they are about the ſize of thoſe of the firſt
fort, and are of a fine ſcarlet colour. This fort
flowered in the Chelſea Garden, but did not perfect
its feeds.
Theſe plants are propagated by ſeeds, which if fown
in the ſpring, the plants feldom riſe the ſame ſeaſon.
Some of them may come up in autumn, and others
the ſpring following; but, if they are fown in au-
tumn, ſoon after they are ripe, the plants will come
up the ſpring following. Theſe ſeeds
Theſe ſeeds may be moſt of
them fown in the place where the plants are to remain,
for the plants are in general all of them hardy
enough to bear the cold of our ordinary winters in
the open air (except the laſt fort, which is tender ;)
therefore when the plants come up, they will require
no other care but to thin them where they are too
cloſe, and keep them clear from weeds. The ſecond
year the plants will flower and produce ripe ſeeds ;
after which thoſe forts which are biennial will die, but
the others will continue fome years.
The ſeventh and eighth forts are ornamental plants,
ſo may be allowed to have a place in the pleaſure-gar-
fo
den, where, when the plants are ſtrong, they will
make a good appearance during their continuance in
flower, which generally laſts two months, unleſs the
ſeaſon proves very hot and dry. The roots of theſe
forts will abide many years, unleſs by a very ſevere
winter they are deſtroyed; therefore it will be proper
to put ſome of theſe plants in pots, which may be
,
ſheltered under a common frame in winter; but, as
young plants flower ſtronger than the old ones, there
ſhould be a ſucceſſion of them annually propagated
by feeds.
The other forts are proper furniture for botanic
gar-
dens, but are ſeldom cultivated in any other. The
ninth, tenth, eleventh, and fixteenth forts ſhould have
a dry foil, for as they naturally grow upon rocks and
old walls, if they are in good ground, the plants will
grow vigorous in ſummer, and thereby will be ſo re-
plete with moiſture, as that they are often killed by
ordinary froſts, or rot with wet in winter; whereas in
a poor dry foil, they are ſeldom injured by the cold in
England.
The laſt fort is too tender to live through the winter
in the open air in this country, but the feeds ſhould
be fown in pots in autumn, which may be ſhelter-
ed under a common frame in winter, and in the
ſpring plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will
bring them up. When theſe are fit to remove, as
many of them as are required ſhould be planted into
feparate
a

S CU
SCU
ވެ
3
separate ſmall pots, and plunged into a very moderate
hot-bed, ſhading them from the ſun till they have
taken new root; after which they muſt be gradually
hardened to bear the open air, into which they may
be removed the latter end of June, placing them in a
ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till Sep-
tember, when they ſhould be removed into ſhelter be-
fore any morning froſts come on, and in winter they
muſt be placed
in a ſtove, kept moderately warm,
where they will thrive and produce flowers the follow-
ing ſummer
SCUTELLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 653. Caſſida.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 181. tab. 84. Skull-cap; in
French, La Toque.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a very short tubulous empalement of one
leaf, whoſe brim is entire, having an incumbent ſcaly
operculum which ſeems cloſed; it is of the lip kind, with
a very fort crooked tube, long compreſſed chaps, and a
concave trifid upper lip, the middle ſegment being concave
and indented, the two ſide ones plein. The under lip is
broad and indented; it has four stamina bid under the up-
per lip, two of which are longer than the other, terminat-
ed by ſmall ſummits, and a four-pointed germen ſupport-
ing a ſlender ſtyle fituated with the ſtamina, crowned by a
ſingle recurved ſtigma; the empalement afterward becomes
a helmet-ſhaped capſule, including the four ſeeds which are
roundiſh.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
ftamina, and are ſucceeded by naked feeds fitting in
the empalement.
The SPECIES are,
1. SCUTELLARIA (Peregrina) foliis fubcordatis ferratis,
fpicis elongatis fecundis. Hort. Cliff
. 317. Skull-cap
with almoſt beart-ſhaped Sawed leaves, and Spikes of
fruitful flowers. Caffida. Col. Ecph. 1. p. 187. Skuli-
cap.
2. SCUTELLARIA (Cretica) foliis cordatis obtufis obtusè-
que ſerratis, fpicis villoſa imbricatis bracteis fetaceis.
Prod. Leyd. 311. Skull-cap with woolly, obtuſe, heart-
Shaped leaves which are bluntly ſawed, and imbricated
Spikes of flowers. Caſſida Cretica fruticoſa, catariæ
folio flore albo. Tourn. Cor. U. Shrubby Cretan Skull-
cap, with a Cat-mint leaf and a white flower.
3. SCUTELLARIA (Altiſſima) foliis cordato-oblongis, acu-
minatis ferratis, fpicis ſubnudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 600.
Skull-cap with oblong, acute-pointed, heart-ſhaped, Sawed
leaves, and almoſt naked Spikes of flowers. Callida Ori-
entalis altiffima, urticæ folio. Tourn. Cor. 11. Talleſt
Eaſtern Skull-cap with a Nettle leaf.
4. SCUTELLARIA (Orientalis) foliis inciſis, ſubtus tomen-
toſis, fpicis rotundato tetragonis. Hort. Upſal. 173.
Skull-cap with cut leaves which are woolly on their under
fide, and round four-cornered ſpikes. Caffida Orientalis
Chamædyros folio, flore luteo. Tourn. Cor. 11. Eaſt-
ern Skull-cap, with a Germander leaf and a yellow
flower.
5. SCUTELLARIA (Integrifolia) foliis feffilibus ovatis, in-
terioribus obſoletè ferratis, fuperioribus integerrimis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 599. Skull-cap with oval leaves fitting
cloſe to the ſtalks, the under of which are ſometimes Sawed,
and the upper entire. Caffida folio meliffæ, flore pur-
pureo, longiore. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 177. Skull-c
-cap
with a Baum leaf, and a longer purple flower.
6. SCUTELLARIA (Lupulina) foliis cordatis inciſo-ferratis
utrinque glabris, fpicâ rotundato-tetragonâ. Hort.
Upfal. 173. Skull-cap with Sawed cut leaves which are
ſmooth on both ſides, and a roundiſh four-cornered Spike
of flowers. Caffida Alpina fupina, magno flore.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 182. Lowo Alpine Skull-cap with a
large flower.
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which
are plants of little beauty, ſo are ſeldom admitted in-
to gardens, for which reaſon they are not enumerated
here.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Italy. Mr. Ray ob-
ſerved it about Leghorn and Florence, in the hedges
and uncultivated places in plenty: this hath a peren-
nial root.
The ſtalk is four-cornered, hairy, and
riſes two feet high'; it is garniſhed with leaves placed
oppoſite, which are almoſt heart-ſhaped and fawed on
their edges. The flowers grow in long fruitful ſpikes
at the top of the ſtalks; they are of a purple colour
in fome, and in others they are white; theſe appear
in June, and after they decay, the empalement, which
repreſents a helmet, contains four roundiſh feeds
which ripen in Auguft.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Crete; this hath
a ligneous ftalk which riſes about two feet high,
fending out ſlender fide branches, garniſhed with ob-
tuſe heart-ſhaped leaves, which are bluntly ſawed on
their edges; they are hoary on their under fide, and
of a light green on their upper. The flowers are dif-
poſed in pretty long ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks ;
they are white, and have ſmall leaves growing be-
tween them. This flowers in July, and the feeds ri-
pen in autumn.
The third ſort grows naturally in the Levant; this
hath a perennial root. The Italks riſe from three to
four feet high, ſending out a few flender branches
from their fides; they are garniſhed with oblong
heart-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points, which are
ſawed on their edges. The flowers are difpofed in
naked ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks; they are pur-
ple, and have longer tubes than any of the other
forts. This flowers about the ſame time as the
former.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the Levant; this
is a perennial plant, with ſhrubby ſtalks which ſpread
on the ground, and divide into ſmall branches which
are garniſhed with cut leaves placed oppoſite; they
are almoſt triangular, of a light green on their upper
fide, and downy on their under, ſtanding upon llen-
der foot-ſtalks. The flowers are diſpoſed in ſhort four-
cornered ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are
of a bright yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by gray
feeds which ripen in the empalement. This plant be-
gins to flower the latter end of May, and there is com-
monly a ſucceſſion of flowers on the ſame plant up-
ward of two months.
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America ; it
has a perennial root, from which come forth ſeveral
four-cornered ftalks, which riſe two feet high, fend-
ing out many fide branches. The lower leaves are
heart-ſhaped and ſawed on their edges, ſtanding up-
on pretty long foot-ſtalks ; the upper leaves are oval
and entire. The flowers are diſpoſed in very long
looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are of
a purple colour, and appear the latter end of June;
theſe are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in September.
The ſixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Apen-
nines. The ſtalks of this are ſhrubby and trailing;
the leaves are cut on their edges, and ſmooth on
both ſides; the flowers are diſpoſed at the top of the
ſtalks in roundiſh four-cornered ſpikes; in one they
ate white, and in another variety they are blue; they
are larger than the flowers of any other known ſpecies,
fo make a pretty appearance in gardens. This Howers
in June, July, and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in
Theſe plants are all of them propagated by feeds. If
theſe are fown in autumn foon after they are ripe,
they will more certainly ſucceed than when they are
ſown in the ſpring, for ſometimes theſe miſcarry, and,
if they ſucceed, the plants ſeldom come up the ſame
ſeaſon. The ſeeds may either be fown where the
plants are to remain, or in a border to be afterward
removed; but, as the fourth fort does not bear tranf-
planting well, unleſs they are removed young, the
feeds of that had better be fown where the plants are
to ſtand. This ſhould be on a dry warm border of
poor earth, where the plants will live much longer,
and make a better appearance than on a rich foil
,
though they ſeldom continue more than two or three
years. When the plants come up, they will require
no other care but to thin them, and keep them clean
from weeds.
When the other forts come up, and are fit to remove,
they may be tranſplanted into a nurſery-bed at five or
3
autumn.
6
fix

SE C
SE C
;
a
fix inches diſtance, where they may ſtand till autumn, to low upon ſuch lands where the autumnal crop
but muſt be kept clean from weeds during that time;
may have miſcarried. .
then they may be tranſplanted into the borders of the The general uſe of Rye is for bread, either alone, or
flower-garden, where they are to remain.
mixed with Wheat; but (as was before obſerved) it
As theſe plants are not of long duration, it will be is only fit for ſuch perſons who have been uſed to
proper to fow a ſucceſſion of ſeeds every other year at this food, few other perſons caring to eat of it;
leaſt, to ſupply the places of thoſe which decay. nor have I ever heard of its having been experted,
SECALE. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 513. tab. 294. Lin. . fo can never be worth cultivating in general ; though
Gen. Plant. 92. Rye; in French, Sègle.
I have been informed it will yield a ſtrong ſpirit,
The CHARACTERS are,
which perhaps may occaſion its being more cultivated,
There are two flowers in each involucrum; they have two ſince the pernicious uſe of ſpirituous liquors is now
leaves which are oppoſite, narrow, erect, and harp- tolerated.
pointed. The petals have two leaves ; the outer valve is Rye is alſo ſown in autumn to afford green feed for
rigid, bellied, acute-pointed, and compreſſed; the lower ewes and lambs in the ſpring, before there is plenty
border is hairy, ending in a long awn ; the inner is plain of Graſs. When this is intended, the Rye ſhould be
and Spear-ſhaped ; they have two oval ereEt netariums, ſown early in autumn that it may have ſtrength to fur-
and three hair-like ſtamina hanging without the flower, niſh early feed. The great uſe of this is to ſupply
terminated by oblong forked ſummits, with a top-ſhaped the want of Turneps in thoſe places where they have
germen ſupporting two reflexed hairy Styles, crowned by a failed, as alſo, after the Turneps are over, and before
ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong the Graſs is grown enough, to ſupply green feed for
almoſt cylindrical ſeed, which ripens in the empalement. the ewes; ſo that in thoſe ſeaſons, when the Turneps
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of in general fail, it is very good huſbandry to fow the
Linnæus's third claſs, which contains thoſe plants land with Rye, eſpecially where there are ſtocks of
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles. ſheep, which cannot be well ſupported, where green
We have but one diſtinct SPECIES of this genus feed is wanting early in the ſpring; therefore thoſe far-
which is cultivated in England, though it is often mers who have large live ſtocks, ſhould have ſeveral
ſuppoſed the two varieties are effentially different; but methods of ſupplying themſelves with ſufficient feed,
from ſeveral years cultivating them on the ſame land, left fome ſhould fail; for as Turneps are a very pre-
I could find no real difference between them. Dr. carious crop, fome land ſhould be fown with Cole-
Linnæus titles this Secale glumarum ciliis ſcabris. feed, which will ſupply the want of Turneps in win-
Hort. Upſal. 22. Rye with rough hairs to ibe awns. ter; and if ſome of the ground, which was fown
Secale hybernum vel majus. C. B. P. Winter or greater late with Turneps which had failed, was ſown in au-
Rye.
tumn with Rye, that would be fit to ſupply the want
The farmers diſtinguiſh the two varieties by the titles of Cole-feed afterward.
of Winter and Spring Rye, but, when theſe are ſown SECURIDACA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 399. tab.
three or four years, at the ſame ſeaſon, and on the 224. Coronilla. Lin. Gen. Plant. 789. [fo called from
ſame ſoil, it will be difficult to know them aſunder ; ſecuris, Lat. a hatchet, becauſe the ancients fancied
but, where Rye is fown upon a warm land, it will the feeds of it reſembled a hatchet.] Hatchet-vetch.
ripen much earlier than on cold ſtiff ground, and by
The CHARACTERS are,
continuing it two or three years, it will be forwarded The empalement of the flower is short, compreſſed, and of
ſo much, as to ripen a month earlier than the ſeeds one leaf, cut into two ſegments which arc erect. The flower
which have long grown upon a ſtrong cold foil; ſo is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is heart-shaped, re-
thoſe who are obliged to fow Rye toward ſpring, ge- flexed on both ſides, and ſcarce longer than the wings;
nerally provide themſelves with this early feed. theſe are ovel, joining at the top, but open at the bottom ;
There are ſome kinds of Graſs which are now ranged the keel is compreſſed ond pointed. It bath ten ſtamina,
under this generical title, but as theſe do not merit nine joined, and one ſeparate, terminated by ſmall ſummits,
cultivation, I ſhall not trouble the reader with the and an oblong compreſſed germen, with a briſtly Style,
mention of them here.
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns
Rye is ſo well known to every one who is the leaſt to a long, compreſed, ſword-ſhaped pod, with a thick
acquainted with the different grains, as to need no border on one ſide, plain on the other, opening in two cells,
deſcription.
filled with ſquare feeds.
The Winter Rye is what the generality of farmers This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
propagate ; it is uſually ſown in autumn at the ſame Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
ſeaſon with Wheat, and in many of the northern plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
counties, as alſo in Wales, they are often mixed to- bodies; he has alſo joined it to the genus of Coronilla.
gether, though I think it muſt be very bad huſban- We have but one SPECIES of this genus at preſent,
dry, for the Rye will always ripen ſooner than Wheat ; which is,
ſo that if the latter is permitted to be fully ripe, the SECURIDACA (Lutea) herbacea leguminibus falcato-gla-
former will ſhatter; nor can this be practiſed, where diatis. Herbaceous Hatchet-vetch, with hooked ſword-
the people are not accuſtomed to eat Rye bread; for Maped pods.
although it is by fome accounted good when mixed, This plant grows naturally in the Corn-fields in Spain
yet being ſo very clammy, few people who have and Italy ; it is annual, and periſhes ſoon after the
been fed with Wheat, will ever care to eat bread made ſeeds are ripe; this hath trailing herbaceous ſtalks
of this.
which grow a foot and a half long, and divide into
It is generally fown upon poor, dry, gravelly, or fan- many branches which ſpread on the ground, and are
dy land, where Wheat will not thrive, and in ſuch garniſhed with winged leaves compoſed of ſeven or
places may anſwer very well ; but on ſuch land as eight pair of oval obtuſe lobes, terminated by an odd
will bear Wheat it is not proper to ſow Rye, as the one; they are of a deep green and ſmooth. From the
value of it is greatly inferior to that of Wheat.
wings of the leaves ariſe the foot-ſtalks of the flowers;
When Rye is ſown, the ground ſhould not be too theſe come out by pairs oppoſite at each joint, are
wet; and if it ſhould happen that much rain falls be- five or fix inches long, ſuſtaining at the top a large
fore the Rye is come up, it often rots in the ground; cluſter of yellow flowers of the butterfly kind; theſe
but it is not long in coming up, it being much ſooner are ſucceeded by compreſſed pods four or five inches
out of the ground than Wheat.
long, ending in acute points ; they have a future on
The ſmall Rye may be fown in the ſpring about the each ſide, one plain, and the other riſing and thick;
ſame time with Oats, and is uſually ripe as ſoon as they are joined at their baſe to the foot-ſtalk, but
the other ſort; but if the ſeaſon proves wet, it is apt ſpread open like the rays of a ftar, and are divided by
to run much to ſtraw, and then the grain is generally a longitudinal partition into two cells, each contain-
lighter than the other; ſo the only uſe of this fort, is ing a row of ſquare flat feeds of a reddiſh colour. This
a
plant
12 E

S E D
SED
а
plant flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. Raii Syn. 2. p. 115. The least Stone Crop, not biting
It is propagated by fowing the feeds in borders of
with a white flower.
light freſh earth in the ſpring, in the places where the 8. SEDUM (Reflexum) foliis fubulatis ſparſis baſi ſolutis,
plants are to abide, for they feldom fucceed well if inferioribus recurvatis. Flor. Suec. 2. p. 1296. Stone
they are tranſplanted; they ſhould be allowed at leaſt Crop with awl-ſhaped ſparſed leaves, whoſe under ones are
two feet diſtance, becauſe their branches trail upon turned back. Sedum minus luteum, ramulis reflexis.
the ground. When the plants come up, they will C. B. P. 283. Smaller yellow Houſeleek with reflexed
require no other care but to thin them where they branches.
are too cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds. A 9. SEDUM (Sexangulari) foliis ſubovatis adnato-feſiilibus
few of theſe plants may be admitted into every good gibbis erectiuſculis ſexfariam imbricatis. Flor. Suec.
garden for variety, though there is no great beauty 390. Stone Crop with almoſt oval, gibbous, erect leaves
in their flowers.
growing close to each other, and imbricated ſix ways.
SEDUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 513. Tourn. Inft. 262. Sempervivum minus vermiculatum. C. B. P. 204.
tab. 140. Anacampferos. Tourn. Inft. 264. [fo called Inſpid Stone Crop.
from fedendo, Lat. fitting, becauſe this plant does, 10. SEDUM (Villoſum) caule erecto, foliis planiufculifque
as it were, ſit upon the walls where it grows; or fubpilofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 423. Houſeleek with an ere Et
from ſedando, appeaſing, becauſe it appeaſes the pains ſtalk, plain leaves, and foot-ſtalks which are ſomewhat
of inflammations.] Houſeleek; in French, Joubarbe. hairy. Sedum paluſtre ſubhirſutum purpureum. C. B.
The CHARACTERS are,
P. 285. Hairy Marſh Houſeleek with purple flowers.
The empalement of the flower is erect, acute, permanent, 11. SEDUM (Stellotum) foliis planiuſculis angulatis, flo-
and cut into five ſegments. The flower has five plain, ribus lateralibus fubfeffilibus folitariis. Hort. Cliff. 176.
Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed petals which ſpread open, and Houſeleek with plain angular leaves, and ſingle flowers
five neitariums, with ſmall ſingle ſcales indented at the ſiitting cloſe to the ſides of the ſtalk. Sedum echinatum,
top, each being inſerted at their baſe to the outſide of the vel ftellatum, flore albo. J. B. 3.680. Prickly or ſtarry
germen; it has ten awl-ſhaped ſtamina the length of the Houſeleek with a white flower.
petals, terminated by roundiffo ſummits, and five oblong 12. SEDUM (Cepæo) foliis planis, caule ramoſa, floribus
germen ending in ſlender ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. paniculatis. Hort. Cliff. 176. Houſeleek with plain
The germen afterward become five erect ſpreading capſules leaves, a branching ſtalk, and flowers growing in pani-
which are compreſſed, acute-pointed, opening from top to cles. Sedum Cepæa dictum. H. L. B. Houſeleek called
bottom, and filled with ſmall ſeeds.
Сереа.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of 13. Sedum (Aizoon) foliis lanceolatis ferratis planis,
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants caule erecto, cymâ feffili terminali. Lin. Sp. Plant.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and five ſtyles; and 430. Houſeleek with plain, ſpear-ſhaped, ſaved leaves,
to this he joins the Anacampferos of Tournefort, and an eret ſtalk terminated by a head of flowers fitting
making them but one genus.
cloſe to it. Anacampſeros flore flavo. Amman. Ruth.
The Species are,
96. tab. II. Orpine with a yellow flower.
1. SEDUM (Album) foliis oblongis obtufis teretiuſculis 14. SEDUM (Telephium) foliis planiuſculis ferratis, co-
ſeſſilibus patentibus, cymâ ramosâ. Hort. Cliff. 177. rymbo folioſo, caule erecto. Lin. Sp. 616. Houſeleek
Houſeleek with oblong, obtuſe, taper leaves fitting cloſe to with plain ſawed leaves, a leafy corymbus, and an erect
the ſtalks, ſpreading open, and a branching ſtalk. Sedum ſtalk. Telephium vulgare. C. B. P. 287. Common Or-
minus teretifolium album. C. B. P. 177. Stone Crop, pine, or Live-long
or ſmaller Houſeleek, with taper leaves and white flowers. 15. SEDUM (Hematodes) foliis ovatis integerrimis, ſum-
2. SEDUM (Daſyphyllum) foliis oppofitis ovatis obtufis mis amplexicaulibus, corymbo terminali. Houſeleek
carnofis, čaule infirmo floribus ſparſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. with oval entire leaves which at the top embrace the ſtalk,
431. Houſeleek with oval, fleſhy, blunt leaves which are and a corymbus of flowers terminating the branches. Te-
placed oppoſite, a weak ſtalk, and flowers growing thinly. lephium Luſitanicum hæmatodes maximum. H. R.
Sedum minus, circinato folio. C. B. P. 223. Lejjer Par. The greateſt Portugal bloody Orpine.
Houſeleek with a roundiſh leaf.
16. SEDUM (Anacampſeros) foliis cuneiformibus inte-
3. SEDUM (Rupeſtre) foliis fubulatis quinquefariam con- gerrimis, caulibus decumbentibus, foribus corym-
fertis baſi folutis floribus cymoſis. Hort. Cliff. 176. boſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 430. Houſeleek with wedge-shaped
Houſeleek with awl-ſhaped leaves growing in cluſters, entire leaves, trailing ſtalks, and flowers growing in a
whoſe baſe has a looſe membrane, and Howers in bunches. corymbus. Anacampſeros minor, rotundiore folio, fem-
Sedum minus à rupe St. Vincenti
. Raii Syn. 2. 155. pervirens. J. B. 3. 682. Smaller and rounder-leaved
Leſſer Houſeleek, or Stone Crop of St. Vincent's Rock.
evergreen Orpine.
4. SEDUM (Hiſpanicum) foliis teretibus acutis, radicali- The firſt fort grows naturally upon old walls in many
bus faſciculatis, cyma pubeſcente. Amen. Acad. 4. parts of England, ſo is ſeldom planted in gardens;
p. 273. Spaniſh Houſeleek with acute taper leaves, thoſe but as it is a medicinal plant, I have placed it here;
at the bottom growing in bunches, and the tips are hairy. this hath ſlender trailing branches, which are garniſhed
Sedum Hiſpanum, folio glauco acuto, fore albido. with taper ſucculent leaves about half an inch long,
Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 287. Spaniſh Houſeleek with a gray- ſtanding alternately round the branches. The flower-
coloured acute leaf, and a white flower.
ſtalks riſe four or five inches high; their lower part is
5. Sedum (Acre) foliis ſubovatis adnato-feffilibus gib- garniſhed with leaves which fpread out horizontally;
bis erectiuſculis alternis, cymâ trifida. Hort. Cliff. the upper part of the ſtalk divides into ſmall foot-
177. Stone Crop 'with oval, gibbous, erect, alternate ſtalks, ſupporting many white ſtar-pointed flowers,
leaves ſitting cloſe to each other, and a trifid top. Sedum gathered into a ſort of umbel. Theſe appear in July,
parvum acre, flore luteo. J. B. 3. 994. The common and are ſucceeded by five-cornered capſules filled with
Stone Crop, or Wall Pepper.
ſmall feeds which ripen in autumn.
6. Sedum (Rubens) foliis fuciformibus ſubdepreffis, in- The ſecond fort alſo grows upon old walls in many
fimis quaternis, cyma ſubquadrifida, floribus pentan- parts of England. The ſtalks of this are very ſlender
dris, ftaminibus reflexis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 619. Houſe- and infirm; the leaves are very ſhort, oval, and of a
leek with depreſſed leaves, thoſe at the bottom being rang- gray colour ; they are placed by pairs oppoſite. The.
ed by fours; the flowers have but five ſtamina which are flowers are ſet thinly at the top of the ſtalks; they are
reflexed. Sedum arvenſe, fore rubente. C. B. P. 283. ſmall, white, and their petals are obtufe; the fum-
Field Houſeleek with a red flower.
mits upon the ſtamina are pretty large, and of a bright
7. Sedum ( Annuum) caule erecto ſolitario annuo, foliis purple colour. It flowers about the fame time as the
ovatis feffilibus gibbis alternis, cymâ recurvâ. Flor. former.
Suec. 319. Houſeleek with an erect, annual, ſingle ſtalk, The third fort grows naturally upon St. Vincent's
oval gibbous leaves which are placed alternate, and a re- Rock near Briſtol, and in ſeveral parts of Wales ;
curved top, Sedum minimum non acre flore albo. this has ſlender purple ſtalks which trail upon the
ground,
2
Q
3
a
4

SE D
S E D
a
this
a
ground, and are cloſely garniſhed with ſhort awl-
ſhaped leaves placed all round the ſtalks, which
have a ſhort looſe membrane at their baſe, which falls
off on being touched; the leaves toward the top of
the ſtalk cloſe together, they are of a ſea-green co-
lour, and not very ſucculent. The flowers grow at
the top of the ſtalks in roundiſh bunches; they are of
a bright yellow colour, and come out about the ſame
time as the former. This plant, when it is once placed
upon a wall, will propagate itſelf in plenty by its
trailing branches, which put out roots from their
joints.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain; this is an
annual plant with upright ſtalks, which riſe three or
four inches high, garniſhed with fleſhy awl-ſhaped
leaves near an inch long, which ſpread out on every
fide; they are of a gray colour. The top of the
ftalk divides into two flender erect branches, which
have ſmall, white, ſtar-pointed flowers ranged above
each other, and the top of thee ftalk at the diviſion of
the branches is terminated by two or three flowers fit-
ting cloſe. This flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen
the beginning of Auguſt, which, if permitted to ſcat-
ter, the plants will come up without care.
The fifth is the common Stone Crop or Wall Pepper,
ſo called for the acrid biting quality of the leaves ;
grows very common upon old walls and build-
ings in every part of England, and is ſo well known
as to require no deſcription. There are two varieties
of it, one with large, and the other a ſmall yellow
flower.
The fixth fort grows upon moiſt rocks in ſeveral parts
of France and Germany, and is ſeldom ſeen in gar-
dens; this riſes with an erect ſtalk about three inches
high, garniſhed with obtuſe, cylindrical, ſucculent
leaves. The ſtalk divides upwards into three or four
branches, which ſuſtain ſmall purpliſh flowers ftanding
erect.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on dry barren rocks
in the north of England; this is an annual plant with
an erect ſtalk, garniſhed with oval leaves placed alter-
nate. The ſtalk ſeldom riſes above two or three inches
high; the leaves fit cloſe to the ſtalks, and are of a
grayiſh colour; the flowers grow at the top of the
Italk in a reflexed ſpike; they are ſmall and white.
The eighth fort grows naturally upon old walls and
buildings in moſt parts of England, and is by ſome
called Prick-madam ; this has long trailing ſtalks,
which are garniſhed with fleſhy awl-ſhaped leaves,
ſpreading out almoſt horizontally; they are of a gray
colour, and end in acute points. The flowers grow
in reflexed bunches at the top of the ſtalks; they are
ſtar-pointed, and of a bright yellow colour.
The ninth fort is leſs common than either of the for-
mer. I have found it growing upon the rocks in
Wales. This hath the appearance of common Stone
Crop, but the ſtalks and leaves are larger, and have
no biting taſte : the leaves are ranged in fix rows,
like the grains of the ſix-rowed Barley; the flowers
are yellow, and larger than thoſe of the common
Stone Crop.
The tenth fort grows naturally upon moiſt rocks
and boggy foils in ſeveral parts of the north of
England and in Wales; this ſeldom riſes more than
two or three inches high. The ſtalks are garniſhed
with a few plain hairy leaves, and are terminated by
purple flowers growing thinly. It flowers in June.
The eleventh ſort grows naturally in Italy and Ger-
many, this is a low annual plant. The leaves are
plain and angular ; the ſtalks riſe three inches high,
dividing at the top into two or three parts; the flowers
come out ſingly from the ſide of the ſtalk; they are
white, ftar-pointed, and are ſucceeded by ſtar-pointed
rough capſules.
The twelfth ſort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the ſouth of France and Italy; this hath
plain ſucculent leaves. The ſtalks riſe fix or ſeven
inches high, dividing into ſmaller branches, which
fuftain ſmall white flowers growing in large panicles ;
theſe appear in June, and the feeds ripen the begin-
ning of Auguſt, which, if permitted to ſcatter, the
plants will come up without care. This loves a warm
dry foil.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Siberia; this
has a perennial root, compoſed of many thick fleſhy
fibres, from which come out ſeveral ſtalks which riſe
near a foot high, and are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped,
plain, thick leaves, placed alternately on every fide;
they are two inches and a half long, and three quar-
ters of an inch broad, and are ſlightly ſawed on their
edges. The ſtalk is terminated by a flat corymbus
of flowers, which fit very cloſe on the top; they are
of a bright yellow colour, compoſed of five ſpear-
ſhaped petals which are erect, and ſpread out at the
top; the ſtamina are large, erect, and are terminated
by oval ſulphur-coloured ſummits. This flowers in
June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt.
The fourteenth fort is the common Orpine, which
grows naturally in woods and ſhady places in many
parts of England. Of this there are two varieties, one
with white, the other with purple flowers. This has
a perennial root compoſed of many glandulous knobs,
from which come out round fucculent ſtalks about
two feet high, dividing toward the top into ſmaller
branches; theſe are garniſhed with fleſhy, oval, ob-
long leaves a little keel-ihaped, which ſtand round
the ſtalks without order; they are two inches long
and one broad, of a gray colour, and ſawed toward
their points. The ſtalk is terminated by a corymbus
of flowers which are ſtar-pointed; in ſome they are
white, and in others purple ; they appear in July,
and are ſucceeded by capſules filled with ſmall feeds,
which ripen in autumn.
This ſort is uſed in medicine; it is vulnerary and
aftringent, and is greatly recommendeded for its won-
derful virtue in eaſing of pains. The leaves, bruiſed
and laid on the part, produce this effect both in green
wounds and putrid ulcers; and, if applied to corns,
will in a ſhort time take them away.
The fifteenth ſort grows naturally in Portugal; there
are two varieties of this, one with white, and the other
with purple flowers. The roots of this are compoſed
of many thick fleſhy knobs; the ſtalks are thick,
ſucculent, and round; they riſe near three feet high,
and are garniſhed with oval ſucculent leaves which
are entire ; they are three inches long, and two inches
and a quarter broad, placed by pairs, and thoſe on
the upper part embrace the ſtalk with their baſe ; they
are of a pale herbaceous colour. The flowers are
collected in large bunches which terminate the ſtalks;
theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Italy. The
roots of this are fibrous; the ſtalks trail on the ground,
and are garniſhed with wedge-ſhaped leaves ſtanding
alternately round the ſtalks; they are almoſt an inch
long, and half an inch broad. The flowers are dif-
poſed in a compact corymbus, which ſits cloſe on the
the top of the italks; they are ſtar-ſhaped, of a pur-
ple colour, and appear in July. This plant is an
evergreen, which renders it more valuable than the
other forts.
All the forts of Stone Crop are eaſily propagated, by
planting their trailing ſtalks either in ſpring or ſum-
mer, which ſoon put out roots; but, as theſe thrive
much better upon rocks, old walls or buildings, than
in the ground, they may be diſpoſed upon rock-work
in ſuch a manner as to have a good effect; and where
there are unſightly buildings, their tops may be co.
vered with theſe plants ſo as to hide their deformity :
in ſuch places, theſe plants will appear to greater ad-
vantage than on the ground. If the cuttings or roots
of the perennial fort are planted in ſome ſoft mud laid
upon the walls or buildings, they will ſoon take root,
,
and then ſpread into every joint or crevice, and in a
ſhort time will cover the place; or if the feeds of
thoſe annual forts which grow naturally in dry places
are ſown ſoon after they are ripe on the top of walls,
the plants will come up, and maintain themſelves
without farther care.
The
a
3
3

SEE
SE E
a
one.
و
a
The ſeveral forts of Orpine may be eaſily propagated
by cuttings during the ſummer months, or by part-
ing of their roots either in ſpring or autumn; theſe
thrive beſt in a dry foil and a ſhady ſituation, but may
alſo be planted for the fare purpoſes as the other forts,
eſpecially the ſixteenth fort, which is evergreen. The
ſtalks of this kind hang down, and have a very good
effect in rock-work, and the plants require no care ;
for when they are fixed in the place, they will fpread
and propagate faſt enough.
The ftalks of the common Orpine are frequently cut
in fummer, and faſtened to laths of the ſize of chim-
ney-boards, which being framed together, are uſed
for ſcreening the fight of the fire-grates in rooms ;
theſe ſtalks will ſhoot and ſpread over the frame, and
if the frames are taken out once a week, and the
ſtalks watered over to refreſh them, they will continue
in verdure for two months.
SEED: The Seed of a plant conſiſts of an embryo
with its coat or cover. The embryo, which contains
the whole plant in miniature, and which is called the
germ or bud, is rooted in the placenta or cotyledon,
which makes the coat or involucrum, and ferves the
ſame purpoſes as the fecundines, i.e. the chorion and
amnis in animals.
The placenta or cotyledon of a plant is always dou-
ble, and in the middle and common center of the two
is a point or ſpeck, which is the embryo or plantule.
This plantule, being acted on and moved by the
warmth of the fun and the earth, begins to expand,
and protrudes or ſhoots out its radicle or root both
upward and downward. By this it abſorbs the nu-
tritious juice from the earth, and ſo grows and in-
creaſes, and the requiſite heat continuing, the growth
continues.
Thus, e. g. a Pea or Bean being committed to the
ground, is firſt found to cleave into two parts, which
are, as it were, two leaves or lobes of the placenta, and
in the fiſſure appears a point, which ſhoots out a root
downward, and a bud upward; the firſt ſpreading it-
ſelf in the foil to catch the inoiſture thereof, and the
latter, mounting into the air, becomes the item or
body of the new plant.
It is very remarkable how the plumule, or future item,
ſhould always get uppermoft, and the radicle or root
be turned downward, and this too perpendicularly to
the horizon; and not only this, but if, by any exter-
nal means, the ſtem be diverted from this perpendi-
cular, and bent, for inſtance, toward the earth, in-
ſtead of perſevering in that direction, it makes an an-
gle or elbow, and redreſſes itſelf.
The fame is obſerved in trees, &c. blown down, with
their roots by the wind, or in thoſe planted in pots,
upon turning the pots upon one ſide.
Now the Seed, from which a plant ariſes, being the
plant itſelf in miniature, it is eaſy to ſuppoſe that,
if it be depoſited in the ground with the plumule
perpendicularly upward, and the radicle downward,
the diſpoſition ſhould be maintained in its future
growth.
But it is known that Seeds, fown either of them-
ſelves, or by the help of man, fall at random, or
among an infinite number of ſituations of the plumule,
&c. The perpendicular one upward is but one, ſo
that in all the reſt it is neceſſary the ſtem and root each
make a bend, to be able the one to emerge directly
upwards, the other downward. Now what force is it
that effects this change, which is certainly an action
of violence.?
Mr. Dodart, who firſt took notice of the phænome-
non, accounts for it by ſuppoſing the fibres of the
ſtem of ſuch a nature, as to contract and ſhorten by
the heat of the ſun, and lengthen by the moiſture of
the earth; and on the contrary, the fibres of the root
to contract by the moiſture of the earth, and lengthen
by the heat of the ſun.
On this principle, when the plantule is inverted and
the root a-top, the fibres of the root being unequal-
ly expoſed to the moiſture, viz. the lower parts more
than the upper, the lower will contract, and this
contraction be promoted by the lengthening of the
upper from the action of the fun; the conſequence
whereof will be, the roots recoiling, inſinuating far-
ther into the earth, and getting beneath the body of
the Seed.
In a word: the earth draws the root toward itſelf, and
the fun promotes its deſcent; on the contrary, the
fun draws up the plume, and the earth in ſome mea-
fure, ſends it towards the ſame.
M. De la Hire accounts for the ſame perpendiculari-
ty, by only conceiving the root to draw a coarſer and
heavier juice, and the ſtem a finer and more volatile
In the plantule therefore we may conceive a
point of ſeparation, ſuch as, that all on one ſide, e. g.
the radial part is unfolded by the groſſer; and all on
the other by more fubtile juices.
If the plantule then be inverted, and the root a-top,
as it ſtill imbibes the groffer and heavier juices, and
the ſtem the lighter; the point of ſeparation being
conceived as the fixed point of a lever, the root muſt
deſcend, and at the ſame time that the volatile juices
imbibed by the ſtem, tend to make it mount. Thus
is the little plant turned on its fixed point of ſeparation
till it be perfectly erect.
The plant thus erected, M. Parent accounts for the
ſtem's continuing to riſe in the vertical direction, thus:
the nutritious juice being arrived at the extremity of
a riſing ſtalk, and there fixing into a vegetable fub-
ſtance, the weight of the atmoſphere muſt determine
it to fix in a vertical poſition, ſo that the ſtalk will
have acquired a new part of perpendicularity over the
reſt; juſt as in a candle, which held any how oblique-
ly to the horizon, the flame will ſtill continue verti-
cal, by the preſſure of the air.
The new drops of juice that ſucceed, will follow the
ſame direction; and as all together form the ftem,
that muſt of courfe be vertical, unleſs ſome particular
circumſtances intervene.
And that, whereas the branches are likewiſe obſerved,
as much as poſſible, to affect perpendicularity in moſt
inſtances, infomuch, that though they be forced to
fhoot out of the ſtem horizontally, yet in their progreſs
they erect themſelves; M. Parent folves this, from
the vertical tendency of the nutritious juice, up the
ſtem; for the juice, being received in this direction
into the new tender buds, finds at firſt little reſiſtance;
and afterwards as the branch grows firmer, it furniſhes
a longer arm of a lever to act by.
Mr. Aftruc accounts for the perpendicular aſcent of
the ftem, and their redreſſing themſelves when bent,
on theſe two principles.
1. That the nutritious juice ariſes from the root to
the top in longitudinal tubes, parallel to the ſide of
the plant, which communicates either by themſelves,
or by means of other horizontal tubes, proceeding
from the circumference of the plant, and terminated
in the pith.
2. That fluids contained in tubes, either parallel or
oblique to the horizon, gravitate on the lower part of
the tubes, and not at all on the upper.
From hence it eaſily follws, that in a plant poſited
either obliquely or parallel to the horizon, the nutri-
tious juice will act more on the lower part of the ca-
nals than the upper; and by that means infinuate
more into the canals communicating therewith, and
be collected more copiouſly therein ; thus the parts
on the lower ſide will act more on the lower part, and
will receive more accretion, and be more nouriſhed
than thoſe on the upper; the conſequence whereof
muſt be, that the extremity of the plant will be oblig-
ed to bend upward.
The ſame principle brings the feed into its due fitua-
tion at firſt. In a Bean planted upſide down, the
plume and radicle are eaſily perceived with the naked
eye, to ſhoot at firſt directly for about an inch; but
thenceforth they begin to bend, the one downward,
and the other upward.
The two placentulæ or cotyledons of a feed are, as it
were, a caſe to this little tender plantule or point, co-
vering it up, ſheltering it from injuries, and feeding,
а.
а
a

SE E
SE E
a
it from their own proper ſubſtance; which the plan-
tule receives and draws to itſelf, by an infinite num-
ber of little filaments or ramifications, called funes
umbilicales, or navel-ftrings, which it fends into the
body of the placenta.
The cotyledons, for the moſt part, abound with a
balſam diſpoſed in proper cells, and this ſeems to be
od brought to its greateſt perfection, while it remains
humid, and then lodged in theſe repoſitories ; one
part of the compoſition of this balfam is oily and te-
nacious, and ſerves to defend the embryo from any
extraneous moiſture, and by its viſcidity, to entangle
and retain that fine, pure, volatile ſpirit, which is
the ultimate production of the plant.
This oil is never obſerved to enter into the veffels of
the embryo, which are too fine to admit ſo thick a
Huid, but this ſerves to preſerve the growing quality of
the feed. The ſpirit, however, being quickened by
an active power, may poſſibly breathe a vital princi-
ple into the juices that nouriſh the embryo, and ſtamp
upon it the character that diſtinguishes the family;
after which every thing is changed into the proper
nature of that particular plant. That this ſpirit now
is truly the efficacious part, is evident, for when that
is gone off, the oil that remains is quite vapid and in-
active. It is this that gives plants their fragrant ſmell
and peculiar taſtes, nor do their particular colours a
little depend upon
it.
Now when the Seed is committed to the earth, the
placenta ſtill adheres to the embryo for ſome time,
guards it from the acceſs of noxious colds, &c. and
even prepares and purifies the cruder juice the plant is
to receive from the earth, by ſtraining it, &c. thro'
its own body.
This it continues to do, till the placentula being a
little inured to its new element, and its root tolerably
fixed in the ground and fit to abſorb the juice thereof,
it then periſhes, and the plants may be ſaid to be de-
livered; ſo that nature obſerves the ſame method in
plants contained in fruits, as in animals in the mo-
ther's womb.
It is very ſurpriſing, how many ſorts of Seeds will
continue good for ſeveral years, and retain their grow-
ing faculty, whereas many other forts will not grow
when they are more than one year old ; which is, in
a great meaſure, owing to their abounding more or
leſs with oil, as alſo the nature of the oil, whether it
is of a cold or hot quality, and the texture of their
outward covering. As for example ; the Seeds of
Cucumbers, Melons, and Gourds, which have thick
horny coverings, and the oil of this Seed being of a
cold nature, continue good eight or ten years; and
Radiſh, Turnep, Rape, &c. with other oily Seeds
(whoſe coats, though they are not ſo hard and cloſe
as the others, yet) abounding with oil, which is of a
warmer nåture, the Seeds will keep good three or four
years; whereas the Seeds of Parſley, Carrots, Parf-
neps, and moſt other umbelliferous plants, whoſe
Seeds are, for the moſt part, of a warm nature, and
have little oil in them, loſe their growing faculty often
in one year, but feldom remain good longer than two
years. Indeed all ſorts of Seeds are preſerved beft, if
kept in the pods or huſks wherein they grow; eſpe-
cially if they are not ſeparated from the placenta, to
which they are faſtened by an umbilical cord, thro'
which they received their nouriſhment in their em-
bryo ſtate ; ſo that whoever would ſend Seeds to a diſ-
tant country, ſhould always take care they are full
ripe before they are gathered, and that they are pre-
ſerved in their pods or huſks; and when they are
packed up for exportation, there ſhould be great care
taken, that they are not ſhut up too cloſely from the
air; which is abſolutely neceſſary to maintain the
principle of vegetation in the Seed (though in a leſs
degree) as it is to nouriſh the plant when germinated,
as I have found by trying the following experiment,
viz. Having ſaved a parcel of freſh Seeds of ſeveral
kinds, as Lettuce, Parſley, Onions, &c. I took a
parcel of each kind, and put into glaſs phials; theſe
I ſtopped down cloſe, and ſealed hermetically, then
put them up in a trunk; the other parts of the famo
feeds I put into bags, and hung them up in a dry
room, where the air had free adınittance, in which
place they remained a whole year; and in the follow-
ing ſpring I took out a part of each parcel of ſeeds
from the phials, as alſo from the bags, and fowed
them at the ſame time, and upon the ſame bed where
they had an equal advantage of fun, air, &c. The
reſult of this experiment was, that almoſt all the feeds
which I took out of the bags grew extremely well,
but of thoſe which were kept in the phials not one
came up; after which, I fowed the remaining part
of the feeds in the phials, but had not one ſingle
plant from the whole, whereas thoſe preſerved in the
bags grew very well both the ſecond and third years.
And this experiment was afterward tried by one of
my particular friends, with whom the effect was the
fame as with me. And ſome years after this, a gen-
tleman of great eminence for his knowledge of plants,
being very deſirous to procure Seeds from every
country, where the Britiſh nation had any commerce,
gave his inſtructions to all the agents abroad, to
ſend him over all the forts of Seeds they could cola
lect in their different countries, and to put them up
in bottles, fealing the mouths of the bottles as cloſe
as poſſible, to exclude the air; which was done by
ſeveral of his correſpondents, who ſent him great
quantities of Seeds, but not one of them grew when
they were fown ; ſo that thoſe perſons who lend Seeds
to a diſtant country, ſhould never be guilty of the
like error.
Theſe experiments prove, that all Seeds require ſome
ſhare of freſh air, to keep the germen in a healthy
ftate ; and that where the air is abſolutely excluded,
the vegetative quality of the Seeds will ſoon be loſt;
therefore the anointing of the Seeds, or covering them
over with fat or oil, ſhould not be practiſed; for as
this will in a great meaſure ſhut up the pores of the
Seeds, it will prevent the tranſpiration and inſpiration
of air, whereby the feeds will ſoon be ſpoiled.
The earth, which is the natural nurſe to all Seeds,
will preſerve them much longer than any other body,
provided they are buried ſo deep, as to be beyond the
influence of ſun and ſhowers, whereby they are pre-
vented from vegetating. I have known feeds of fe-
veral plants remain buried three feet deep above twen-
ty years, and when turned up to the air, have grown
as well as freſh Seeds; and a particular friend of
mine ſhewed me a ſpot of ground, which was covered
with Corn-fallad, the Seeds of which he aſſured me
had been buried thirty-two years in that place, and
when turned up again to the air, were as productive as
new Seeds.
How the vegetative life is ſo long preſerved in Seeds,
by being ſo deeply immerſed in the ground, is very
difficult to explain ; but as the fact is very notorious,
it well accounts for the production of plants out of
earth taken from the bottom of vaults, houſes, and
wells; and from the earth which has been taken at a
very great depth in thoſe places, there have been ma-
ny plants produced, which were not inhabitants of
the neighbouring foil; and this has been brought as a
proof to ſupport the doctrine of ſpontaneous produc-
tions, by fome who have aſſerted, that plants are of-
ten produced without Seed.
The earth which has been brought to England, from
very diſtant countries, having many of the Seeds of
thoſe plants which grew in thoſe places buried there-
in, when this has been placed in a proper degree of
heat and ſpread abroad, the Seeds have vegetated,
,
and great numbers of plants have come up; whereby
many plants, which would have eſcaped the notice of
thoſe perſons who collect Seeds to ſend to Europe,
have been obtained.
A method for raiſing ſuch Seeds which have hard cocts or
Shells ſurrounding them, and that have been judged very
difficult, if not impoſſible, to be raiſed in England.
In the year 1724, I had a parcel of freſh Cocoa-nuts
given me, which were brought over from Barbadoes :
a
و
part
12 F

SE E
SEE
I have alſo found it an excellent method to reſtore
Orange, or any other exotic trees, which have ſuf-
fered by a tedious paſſage, in being too long out of
the ground, by laying their roots and ſtems in a mo-
derate tan-bed for three or four days before they are
planted ; inſomuch that I recovered two Orange-
trees, which had been ten months without either earth
or water,
و
In the common method of fowing feeds, there are
many kinds which require to be fown ſoon after they
are ripe; and there are many others which lie in the
ground a year, ſometimes two or three years, before
the plants come up ; ſo that when the ſeeds which
come from diftant countries are ſown, the ground
ſhould not be diſturbed, but wait with patience, in
expectation of the plants, at leaſt two years; for it
,
has often happened to ſeeds which I have fown, that
have been brought from America, that part of them
have come up the firſt ſeaſon, fome the next, and
others not until the third year ; fo that if the ground
had been diſturbed, I ſhould have loſt many plants,
which, by my waiting ſo long, came up and ſucceeded
very well.
a
As there is ſuch difference in the length of time, which
fome feeds will keep good over others, I thought it
would not be unacceptable, if I ſhould add an ac-
count of thoſe feeds which require to be ſown ſoon af-
ter they are ripe; and of others, how long they may
be kept good, if they are carefully ſaved ; which Í
have drawn out in the following table, which will, in
a great meaſure, direct how thoſe feeds, which are
not here included, require to be treated.
The firſt claſs of feeds which I ſhall enumerate, is of
thoſe which ſhould be ſown in autumn, ſoon after
they are ripe ; otherwiſe many of them will not ſuc-
ceed, and others will often remain in the ground a
whole ſeaſon, if they are kept out of the ground till
ſpring, whereby a full year will be loft.
part of theſe nuts I diveſted of their outward coat or
huſk, and the other part I left entire, as I received
them.
Both theſe parcels I planted in large pots filled with
good freſh earth, and plunged the pots into hot-beds
made of tanners bark, giving them gentle and fre-
quent waterings, as the earth in the pots ſeemed to
require ; but not one of the whole number had
made any attempt to ſhoot, as I could perceive; and
upon taking them out of the pots, I found they were
rotten.
About four months after, I received another freſh
parcel of Cocoa-nuts from Barbadoes, which I treated
in another manner; from that part of theſe I cut off
the outer coat or huſk, and the other part I left en-
tire, as before: but fuppofing it was owing to my
planting the other parcel in pots, that they did not
fucceed, I made a freſh hot-bed with horſe-dung,
and covered it over with freſh earth about eighteen
inches thick, in which I planted the nuts, obſerving,
as before, to ſupply it with convenient moiſture, as
alſo to keep the hot-bed in an equal temper of heat,
which I was guided to do by a thermometer, gradu-
ated for the uſe of hot-beds, but with all my care, I
had no better fucceſs than before, not one of the nuts
making any eſſay towards ſhooting.
The year following, I had another parcel of Cocoa
nuts given me, which, confidering my former ill ſuc-
ceſs, I planted in a different manner, as follows:
Having a hot-bed, which had been lately made with
tanners bark, and which was filled with pots of ex-
otic plants, I removed two of the largeſt pots, which
were placed in the middle of the bed; and, opening
the tanners bark under the place where the two pots
ſtood, I placed the two Cocoa-nuts therein, laying
them fide-ways, to prevent the moiſture (which might
deſcend from the pots) from entering the hole at the
baſe of the fruit, and thereby rotting the ſeminal plant
upon its firſt germinating.
I then covered the nuts over with the bark two or
three inches thick, and placed the two pots over them
in their former ſtation.
In this place I let the nuts remain for fix weeks,
when removing the two pots and uncovering the nuts,
I found them both ſhot from the hole in the baſe of
the fruit an inch in length, and from the other end
of the fruit were ſeveral fibres emitted two or three
inches in length
Upon finding them in ſuch a forwardneſs, I took
them out of the bark, and planted them in large pots
filled with good freſh earth, plunging the pots down
,
to the rims in tanners bark, and covering the ſurface
of the earth in the pots half an inch with the fame;
ſoon after which, the young ſhoots were above two
inches long, and continued to thrive very well.
I communicated this method to ſome of my ac-
quaintance, who have tried it with the ſame fucceſs;
and if the nuts are freſh, ſcarce any of them miſcarry.
This led me to try, if the ſame method would fuc-
ceed as well with other hard-ſhelled exotic feeds,
which I could not, by any method I had before
tried, get to grow; as the Bonduck or Nickar-tree,
the Phaſeolus Braſilianus lobis villoſis pungentibus,
Maximus Hermanni, or Horſe-eye Bean, with feve-
ral others; and I have found it both a ſure and ex-
peditious way to raiſe any ſort of hard-ſhelled fruit
For the heat and moiſture (which are abſolutely ne-
ceſſary to promote vegetation) they here enjoy in an
equal and regular manner, the tanners bark (if rightly
managed) keeping near an equality of heat for three
months; and the water which deſcends from the pots,
when they are watered, is by the bark detained from
being too ſoon diffipated, which cannot be obtained in
a common hot-bed, the earth in ſuch being worked
away by the water, and thereby leaving the ſeeds of-
ten destitute of moiſture.
Some of theſe Seeds I have had fhoot in a fortnight's
time, which, I am informed, would not have fo done
in a month, in their natural ſoil and climate.
Adonis, or Flos Adonis, ſee Adonis.
Alexanders, or Aliffanders, fee Smyrnium.
Anemony, or Windflower, fee Anemone.
Angelica
Arſe-ſmart the eaſtern ſort, ſee Perſicaria.
Aſh-keys, fee Fraxinus.
Aſphodel, or King-ſpear, ſee Afphodelus.
Auricula.
Beech-maft, fee Fagus.
Biſhop's-weed, fee Ammi.
Chriſtopher-herb, ſee Actæa.
Ciceli, ſee Myrrhis.
Colchicum, or Baſtard-faffron.
Corn-fallad, fee Valeriana.
Cornflag, ſee Gladiolus.
Crocus.
Crown Imperial, fee Fritillaria.
Fennel-giant, fee Ferula.
Flower-de-luce, fee Iris.
Fraxinella, fee Dictamnus.
Fritillaria, or chequered Tulip.
Gentian, fee Gentiana.
Ground Pine, fee Teucrium.
Hare’s-ear, fee Bupleurum.
Hartwort, ſee Bupleurum and Seſeli.
Hog's-fennel, ſee Peucedanum.
Hornbeam, fee Carpinus.
Hyacinth, fee Hyacinthus.
Juniper, fee Juniperus.
Laſerwort, fee Laſerpitium.
Lilly, ſee Lilium.
Lilly-aſphodel, ſee Crinum and Hemerocallis,
Lilly-hyacinth, ſee Scilla.
Lilly-narciſſus, ſee Amaryllis.
Lovage, ſee Liguſticum.
Mandrake, fee Mandragora.
Maple, fee Acer.
Mafterwort, ſee Imperatoria and Aftrantia,
Mercury, fee Mercurialis.
Moly, fee Allium.
Muſcari.
Narciſſus
a
or feeds.

SE E
SEE
Narciſſus, or Daffodil.
Oak, fee Quercus.
Oak of Jeruſalem, fee Chenopodium
Paſque-flower, ſee Pulſatilla.
Piony, fee Pæonia.
Polyanthus, ſee Primula.
Ranunculus, or Crowfoot.
Samphire, ſee Crithmum.
Scurvy-graſs, ſee Cochlearia.
Seſeli, or Sermountain, ſee Siler.
Snow-drop, ſee Galanthus.
Sowbread, fee Cyclamen.
Spiderwort, fee Anthericum.
Spignel, fee Meum.
Star of Bethlehem, ſee Ornithogalum.
Staveſacre, ſee Delphinium.
Tulip, ſee Tulipa.
Turnfole, ſee Heliotropium.
Yew-tree, fee Taxus.
In the next claſs I ſhall enumerate thoſe forts of feeds,
which are beſt the firſt ſpring after they are ſaved,
many of which will not grow if they are kept longer ;
wherefore thoſe who deal in feeds, ſhould deſtroy the
feeds they have remaining after the ſeaſon is over,
and not ſell them to impoſe on their dealers, to the
great loſs of their crops, nor keep them to mix with
new feeds, as is too often practiſed.
Larch-tree, fee Larix.
Larkſpur, ſee Delphinium.
Lavender, ſee Lavendula.
Laurel, ſee Padus.
Leek, ſee Porrum.
Lentil, fee Lens.
Love-apple, fee Lycoperſicon
Lupine, ſee Lupinus,
Lychnis, or Catchfly.
Mad-apple, ſee Melongena.
Mallow, the Venetian, fee Hibiſcus:
Marjoram, fee Majorana.
Marvel of Peru, fee Mirabilis.
Marygold, fee Calendula.
Millet, fee Milium.
Mullein, fee Verbaſcum.
Moth-mullein, fee Blattaria.
Navew, fee Napus.
Oil-nut, or Palma Chriſti, fee Ricinus:
Roman Nettle, fee Urtica.
Onion, ſee Cepa.
Orach.
Origany, fee Origanum.
Panic, ſee Panicum.
Parſley, fee Apium.
Parſnep, fee Paſtinaca.
Peas, fee Piſum.
Pink, fee Dianthus.
Poppy, ſee Papaver.
Purſlain, ſee Portulaca.
Radiſh, ſee Raphanus. This will grow well two years.
Rape, ſee Napus.
Rue, fee Ruta.
Savory, ſee Satureja.
Scabious, fee Scabioſa.
Skirret, fee Sifarum.
Snails, fee Medica.
Snapdragon, ſee Antirrhinum.
Spinach, fee Spinachia.
Stock-gilliflower, ſee Leucoium.
Succory, ſee Cichorium.
Sun-flower, ſee Helianthus.
Thyme, ſee Thymus.
Tobacco, fee Nicotiana.
Trefoil, fee Trifolium:
Turnep, ſee Rapa.
Venus Looking-glaſs, ſee Campanula
Venus Navelwort, fee Omphalodes.
Vetch, fee Vicia.
Woad, fee Iſatis.
Wall-flower, ſee Leucoium.
African Marygold, fee Tagetes.
Agrimony, ſee Agrimonia.
Alkanet, fee Buglofſum.
Amaranthoides, or Globe Amaranthus, ſee Gom-
phrena.
Aniſe, fee Pimpinella.
Aſparagus, or Spearage.
Balſamine, ſee Impatiens.
Bafil, ſee Ocymum.
Baſtard Saffron, fee Carthamus,
Bay-tree, fee Laurus.
Bean, ſee Faba.
Beet, fee Beta.
Blue-bottle, ſee Cyanus.
Borrage, ſee Boraga.
Buckwheat, fee Fagopyrum.
Buglofs, ſee Bugloffum.
Canterbury-bell, ſee Campanula.
Carraway, fee Carum.
Carnation, ſee Dianthus.
Carrot, fee Daucus.
Caterpillar, ſee Scorpiurus.
Celeri, ſee Apium.
Chervil, fee Chærophyllum.
Cheſtnut, fee Caſtanea.
Chichling Pea, ſee Cicer.
Clary, ſee Horminum and Sclarea.
Columbine, ſee Aquilegia.
Coriander, fee Coriandrum.
Crane's-bill, fee Geranium.
Creſs, fee Naſturtium.
Cumin, fee Cuminum.
Cypreſs, fee Cupreſſus.
Dame's Violet, fee Heſperis.
Everlaſting Pea, ſee Lathyrus.
Fennel, fee Feniculum.
Fennel-flower, fee Nigella.
Fenugreek, ſee Trigonella.
Finochia, ſee Fæniculum.
Firr, fee Abies,
French Honeyſuckle, ſee Hedyſarum,
French Marygold, ſee Tagetes.
Goat's-rue, fee Galega.
Globe Thiſtle, ſee Echinops.
Gromwel, or Graymil, ſee Lithoſpermum.
Henbane, ſee Hyoſcyamus,
Hemp, fee Cannabis.
Hollyhock, ſee Alcea.
Hyffop, fee Hyffopus.
Indian Pepper, fee Capſicum.
Kidney-bean, ſee Phaſeolus.
The next claſs of ſeeds are ſuch as may be kept two
years and will not be the worſe, provided they are
well ſaved, though theſe are equally good for uſe the
firſt year
Amaranthus, or Flower-gentle,
Cabbage,
}fee Braffica
Cauliflowers,
.
Citrul, or Water Melon, ſee Anguria.
Clover, fee Trifolium.
Convolvulus, or Bindweed.
Endive, ſee Endivia.
Flax, ſee Linum.
Indian Flowering-reed, ſee Cannacorus.
La-lucern, ſee Medica.
Lavender, fee Lavendula.
Lettuce, ſee Lactuca.
Mellilot, fee Trifolium.
Muſtard, ſee Sinapi.
Sorrel, ſee Acetofa.
The fourth claſs of Seeds are ſuch as may be kept
three years or more, and will grow very well after-
ward, provided they are well ſaved, and ſome of the
forts are generally preferred for being three years
old, particularly the Cucumber and Melon-ſeeds;
becauſe, when the Seeds are new, the plants grow
too vigorous, and produce a ſmall quantity of fruit ;
buc

S E E
SE E
but it is not proper to keep theſe longer than four or
five years, notwithſtanding they will grow at eight
or nine years old, becauſe when the feeds are too old,
the plants will be weak, and the fruit which they
produce will be ſmall.
ز
Amaranthus, or Flower-gentle.
Cabbage, ſee Braffica.
Cedar of Libanus, fee Larix, if kept in the cones.
Cucumber, fee Cucumis.
Gourd, fee Cucurbita.
Lettuce, ſee Lactuca.
Melon, ſee Melo
Pinus, the Pine-tree, if kept in the cones.
Pumpion, ſee Pepo.
Savoy, ſee Braffica.
Simnel, or Squaſh, ſee Cucurbita.
Water Melon, fee Anguria.
The following is a liſt of ſuch Seeds as will frequently
remain in the earth a whole year, eſpecially if they
are ſown in the ſpring; ſo that whenever the plants
do not come up the firſt year, the ground ſhould
remain undiſturbed till the following ſpring (but
muſt be kept clear from weeds) when the plants will
come up.
Adonis, or Flos Adonis.
Alaternus.
Alexanders, fee Smyrnium.
Angelica.
Corn-ſallad, fee Valerianella.
Fennel, ſee Feniculum,
Fraxinella, or White Dittany, fee Dictamnus.
Golden-rod, fee Solidago.
Gromwel, or Gramil, ſee Lithoſpermum.
Hare’s-ear, } fee Bupleurum.
Hartwort, S
Hawthorn, fee Meſpilus.
Hog's-fennel, ſee Peucedanum.
Holly, ſee Ilex.
Juniper, ſee Juniperus.
Laſerwort, fee Laſerpitium.
Lovage, ſee Liguſticum.
Maple, fee Acer.
Maſterwort, ſee Aſtrantia.
Mercury, ſee Mercurialis.
Moly.
Piony, ſee Pæonia.
Seſeli, or Sermountain, fee Siler.
Spignel, ſee Meum.
Starwort, fee After.
Staveſacre, ſee Delphinium.
Turnſole, fee Heliotropium.
Yew, fee Taxus.
notes every year from the times of fowing great va-
rieties of feeds, to the appearance of the plants above
ground. And in this I have obſerved ſuch oddneſs in
the growth of ſeeds, as is not to be accounted for;
as that of ſowing feeds of the ſame plant for two or
three years ſucceſſively, and not having had one plant
ariſe ; and the fourth year, from the remaining part of
the feeds, I have had ſome plants come up, notwith-
ſtanding the age of the Seeds. At other times it has
happened, that ſome Seeds have grown the ſame
ſpring they were fown, and a great part of them
have remained in the ground till the following au-
tumn, when the plants have come up, ſo that there
have been two different crops from the ſame fowing.
I have alſo tried many experiments in keeping of
Seeds, and find the beſt method to preſerve them
good is, to keep them in a moderate temperature of
warmth, where they may not ſuffer from any incle-
mencies in the outward air, nor have too much
warmth, which will exhale the moiſture too freely,
and cauſe the Seeds to decay ſooner than they other-
wiſe would do. This is well known to moſt people
who cultivate Melons, who, when their Seeds are
new, which would occaſion the plants being too vi-
gorous, and therefore not ſo fruitful, put them into
the inner pocket of their breeches, which are in con-
ftant wear, where they keep them for fix weeks or
two months before they fow them, which will weaken
the feeds as much as two years longer keeping them
in the ordinary way.
All ſorts of Seeds will keep much longer in their
pods, or outer coverings, where they can be thus pre-
ſerved ; becauſe the covering not only preſerves them
from the injuries of the outward air, but if the Seeds
are not ſeparated from them, they ſupply them with
nouriſhment, and thereby keep them plump and fair.
But the Seeds of all ſoft fruits, ſuch as Cucumbers,
Melons, &c. muſt be cleanſed from the fruit and
mucilage which ſurrounds them, otherwiſe the rot-
ting of theſe parts will corrupt and decay the Seeds in
a ſhort time.
When Seeds are gathered, it ſhould always be done
in dry weather, when there is no moiſture upon them ;
and then they ſhould be hung up in bags (eſpecially
thoſe which vermin eat) in a dry room ; in which ſitu-
ation they will keep longer than if they were cloſely
ſhut up, and the air excluded from them.
There are but few people who are curious enough in
ſaving their Seeds; fome, for want of judgment, not
diſtinguiſhing the beſt plants of their kinds, to let
them grow for feeds; and others, out of covetouſneſs
to ſave a great quantity of ſeeds, frequently let a
whole ſpot of ground, filled with any particular fort
of plants run up to ſeed, ſo that the good and bad
plants are faved indifferently, which is the occaſion
of the general complaint of the badneſs of the Seeds
which are commonly vended, and is what the dealers
in Seeds ſhould endeavour to remedy.
There is a common method of trying the goodneſs of
many ſorts of Seeds, which is, by purting them in wa-
ter, and thoſe of them which ſink to the bottom are
eſteemed good, but what ſwim on the ſurface are re-
jected as good for little; but this will not hold in
many forts, for I have ſaved the Seeds of Melons,
which have floated on the ſurface of the water when
they were waſhed from the pulp, and after keeping
them two years, they have grown well; but the Me-
lons produced on theſe plants were not ſo thick
fleſhed, as thoſe which were produced from heavy Seeds
of the fame Melon. The lightneſs of many ſorts of
Seeds, I apprehend, may be owing to their not having
been fufficiently impregnated by the farina fæcun-
dans ; which is frequently the caſe with thoſe plants
that are kept in ſtoves, or under frames, where the ex-
ternal air is often too much excluded from them, which
may be abſolutely neceſſary to the conveying of the
farina in ſubſtance, or the gentle effluvia thereof, to
the uterine cells; and this more particularly may be
the caſe, in thoſe forts which are male and female
in different plants; or where the male flowers grow
ز
If the feeds mentioned in this liſt are fown foon after
they are ripe, many of the forts will come up the
following ſpring; but whenever they fail fo to do,
there will be no danger of their growing the following
year, provided the Seeds were good, therefore people
ſhould not deſpair of them the firſt year. Moſt of
the umbelliferous plants have this property of remain-
ing in the ground ſeveral months, and ſometimes a
whole year, before the plants appear; therefore they
ſhould be managed accordingly, by fowing their
feeds on a border, which can be ſuffered to remain
undiſturbed till the plants come up. There are ſome
particular forts of ſeeds, which I have known remain
in the ground eighteen months, and ſometimes two
years, after which time the plants have come up very
well: of theſe forts are the Morina, Tribulus ter-
reſtris, Staveſacre, Mercury, and ſome others; but
as they do not conſtantly remain ſo long in the
ground, there can be no certainty of the time when
the plants will appear.
The rules here laid down, concerning the length of
time which ſeeds may be kept out of the ground and
prove good, will in general be found true ; being
drawn up from ſeveral years experience, having taken
at

SE L
S E L
3
3
a
at remote diſtances from the female, on the ſame We have but one SPECIES of this genus at preſents
plant; which in the Melons, Cucumbers, Gourds, in the Engliſh gardens, viz.
and many other ſorts of plants, is conſtant. There- SELAGO (Corymboſa) corymbo multiplici. Lin. Sp. Plant.
fore of late years, ſince the doctrine of the generation 629. Selago with a multiplied corymbus. Camphorata
of plants has been better known amongſt gardeners, Africana, umbellata, fruteſcens. Hort. Amft. 2. p.
they have been curieus enough to affiſt nature in this 79. Shrubby, African, umbellated Camphorata.
operation ; but they have had more regard to the pro- This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hopez
duction of fruit, than to the obtaining of perfect it has ſlender ligneous ſtalks which riſe ſeven or eight
Seeds; though by procuring of the one, the other feet high, but are ſo weak as to require ſupport ; they
muſt of courſe receive the benefit. This practice has ſend out many ſlender branches, which are garniſhed
been principally confined to the ſetting of the fruit with ſhort, linear, hairy leaves, that come out in cluſters
of their Melons, and early Cucumbers. The me- from the ſame point. The flowers are produced in
thod is this; when the fruit appears upon the plants, umbels at the top of the ſtalks, the general umbel
and the flower at the top is juſt fully expanded, they being compoſed of a multiplicity of ſmall umbels ;
take ſome of the moſt vigorous male flowers, and they are very ſmall, and of a pure white; they ap-
with a pin move the apice which ſuſtain the farina fæ-
pear in July and Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by
cundans, gently up and down, over the bloſſom of feeds here.
the female flowers, whereby the farina is ſcattered This plant is preſerved in gardens more for the
into them; and alſo lay one of the freſh blown male ſake of variety than for its beauty, for the branches
flowers with the open fide over the mouth of the fe- grow very irregular, and hang downward, and the
male flowers, that hereby the fruit may be ſufficiently leaves being ſmall make little appearance, and the
impregnated; and where there are male flowers fo flowers are ſo ſmall as not to be diſtinguiſhed at any
ſituated, as that they may be joined without pulling diſtance.
them off the plant, it is always to be choſen. By It is propagated by cuttings, which puts out roots
this method, the gardeners have ſucceeded in ſetting freely if they are planted in any of the ſummer
the firſt fruits of this fort which have appeared on months;
if theſe are planted in a bed of freſh earth,
the plants, which before this was practiſed, general- and covered cloſe down with a bell or hand-glaſs,
ly dropped off, and never grew to any fize; ſo that ſhading them from the ſun, and refreſhing them now
very often, when the weather has proved ſo unfa- and then with water, they will ſoon put out roots;
vourable as to render it unſafe to admit the external then they muſt be gradually hardened, and afterward
air to the plants, the fruit have been produced fuc- tranſplanted into ſmall pots, placing them in the ſhade
ceſſively for three weeks or a month, before any of till they have taken root; then they may be placed with
them have been ſet to grow, but have fallen off foon other hardy green-houſe plants, where they may re-
after they appeared. Therefore this is a convincing main till the end of October, when they muſt be re-
proof of the neceſſity for the ovary of the fruit to be moved into ſhelter, for theſe plants will not live in
impregnated, eſpecially where good Seeds are to be the open air in England; but as they only require
obtained ; and this will explain the cauſe of new protection from hard froſt, ſo they ſhould be treated
Seeds often failing, as hath been already mentioned in the ſame way as other of the hardieſt kinds of green-
under the article of GENERATION; ſo that many per- houſe plants.
ſons have been deceived by fowing Seeds of their own SELINUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 300. Thyſſelinum.
ſaving, without knowing how it has happened. I Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 319. Milky Parſley.
have ſeveral times been deceived in obtaining good
The CHARACTERS are,
Seeds of tender exotic plants, which have flowered, It has an umbellated flower; the general umbel is plain
and produced (to all appearance) very good Seeds, and ſpreading, and the particular umbels are the ſame ; the
but many times they have all failed; which I appre- involucrum is compoſed of many linear Spear-ſhaped leaves
hend was owing to the keeping of the glaſſes ſo cloſe, which ſpread open ; the umbel is uniform ; the flowers have
during the time the plants were in flower, as that the five inflexed beart-ſhaped petals which are unequal; they
external air was excluded; which, if it had been ad- have five hair-like ſtamina terminated by roundiſh ſum-
mitted, might have affifted the farina in the impreg- mits. The germen is ſituated under the flower, Support-
.
nation of the Seed, and thereby have rendered it good; ing two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas ; it of-
becauſefrom the ſame plants, in morefavourable ſeaſons, terward becomes a plain compreſſed fruit channelled on
when the free air has been admitted, have produced both ſides, parting in two, containing two oblong elliptical
plenty of good Seeds.
plain ſeeds, channelled in the middle, and have membranes
In the tables here ſubjoined, I have given the com- on their ſides.
mon Engliſh names of the Seed, oppoſite to which This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
I have added the Latin names, that the reader may of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
with eaſe turn to the ſeveral articles in the Gardeners whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
Dictionary, where each fort is particularly treated of, The SPECIES are,
and directions are given for their management. 1. SELINUM (Sylveſtre) radice fufi-formi multiplici.
SEGMENTS OF LEAVES are the parts of Hort. Cliff. 93. Milky Parſley with ſpindle-ſhaped roots.
ſuch leaves of plants as are divided or cut into many Thyſſelinum Plinii. Lob. Icon. 711. Pliny's wild Milky
ſhreds.
Parfley.
SEL AGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 687. Camphorata. Com. 2. SELINUM (Paluſtre) ſublacteſcens radice unica. Haller,
Santolina. Boerh.
Helv. 443. Selinum which is almoſt milky, and having a
The CHARACTERS are,
ſingle root. Thyſſelinum paluſtre. Tourn. Inft. 319.
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement of one leaf, Marſh, wild, Milky Parſley.
cut into four parts at the top. The flower is of one The firſt ſort grows by the ſides of lakes and ſtand-
petal, it has a very ſmall tube, a little perforated; the ing waters in ſeveral parts of Germany; this hath
brim is ſpreading, and cut into five parts, the two upper many ſpindle-ſhaped roots, hanging by fibres which
ſegments are the leaſt. It hath four hair-like ſtamina the ſpread and multiply in the ground. The ſtalks riſe
length of the petel, to which they are inſerted, two of five or fix feet high ; they are ſtreaked, and of a pur-
which are longer than the other, terminated by ſingle ſum- ple colour at bottom, ſending out ſeveral branches
mits; and a roundiſh germen Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, toward the top; the leaves are finely divided like
crowned by an acute ſtigma. The germen afterward be- thoſe of the Carrot, and when broken there iſſues out
comes a ſingle ſeed, wrapped up in the petal of the flower. a milky juice; the ſtalks are terminated by umbels of
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection whitiſh Rowers which come out in June, and are ſuc-
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe ceeded by compreſſed bordered ſeeds which ripen in
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter Auguft.
Itamina, and the feeds are included in a capſule.
The
و
و
3
I2 G

SE M
SE M
1
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in marſhy places in hairy-edged leaves, whoſe offsets are globular. Sedum
Germany. The leaves of this are much longer and majus vulgari fimile, globulis decidentibus. Mor.
cut into narrower fegments than thoſe of the former; Hift. 3. p. 472. Greater Houſeleek reſembling the com-
the ſtalks riſe higher; the umbels are larger, as are mon, and having globular offsets which fall of
alſo the ſeeds. The whole plant abounds with a 3. SEMPERVIVUM (Montanum) foliis ciliatis, propagini-
cauſtic milky juice.
bus patulis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 665. Houſeleek with ha
Theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gardens for va- edges and ſpreading offsets. Sedum montanum majus
riety, but are rarely cultivated any where elſe; they foliis non dentatis, floribus rubentibus. C.B.P. 283.
are eaſily propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown Greater Mountain Houſeleek whoſe leaves are not indented,
in autumn, and the plants afterward treated in the and having red flowers.
ſame way as Angelica.
4. SEMPERVIVUM (Arachnoideum) foliis pilis intertextis,
SEMIFISTULAR FLOWERS are ſuch propaginibus globoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 465. Houſeleek
whoſe upper part reſembles a pipe cut off obliquely, with threads from leaf to leaf, and globular offsets.
as in Ariſtolochia or Birthwort.
Sedum montanum tomentoſum. C. B. P. 284. Wool-
SEMINAL LEAVES are thoſe plain, foft, and ly Mountain Houſeleek, commonly called Cobweb Sedum.
undivided leaves that firſt ſhoot forth from the great-5. SEMPERVIVUM ( Arboreum) caule arboreſcente lævi
eſt part of all ſown ſeeds, which leaves are very dif- ramofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houſeleek with a fimooth,
ferent from thoſe which ſucceed on the ſame plant, in tree-like, branching ſtalk. Sedum majus arboreſcens.
ſize, figure, ſurface, and poſition,
J. B. 3. 686. Greater Tree Houſeleek.
A SEMINARY is a feed-plot which is adapted or 6. SEMPERVIVUM (Canarienſe) caule foliorum ruderibus
fet apart for the fowing of ſeeds. Theſe are of dif- lacero, foliis retuſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houſeleek
ferent natures and magnitudes, according to the ſeve- with ſtalks torn by the rudiments of the leaves, and blunt-
ral plants intended to be raiſed therein. If it be in- pointed leaves. Sedum Canarinum, foliis omnium
tended to raiſe foreſt or fruit-trees, it muſt be propor- maximis. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 189. Canary Houſeleek
tionably large to the quantity of trees deſigned, and with the largeſt leaves.
the foil ſhould be carefully adapted to the various 7. SEMPERVIVUM ( Africanum) foliorum marginibus fer-
forts of trees. Without ſuch a place as this every rato-dentatis, propaginibus patulis. Houſeleek with
gentleman is obliged to buy, at every turn, whatever le aves whoſe borders are indented like a faw, and ſpread-
trees he may want to repair the loſſes he may ſuſtain ing offsets. Sedum Afrum montanum, foliis fubro-
in his orchard, wilderneſs, or larger plantations, fo tundis, dentibus albis ſerratis confertim natis. Boerh.
that the neceſſity of ſuch a ſpot of ground will eaſily Ind. alt. I. p. 286. African Mountain Houſeleek, with
be perceived by every one ; but, as I have already roundiſh, indented, ſaved leaves, having white edges.
given directions for preparing the ſoil, and fowing The firſt ſort is our common Houſeleek, which is
the feeds in ſuch a Seminary, under the article of ſeen in every part of England growing on the tops
NURSERY, I ſhall not repeat it in this place, but refer of houſes and walls, but is not a native of this coun-
the reader to that article.
try; it has many thick fucculent leaves ſet together
It is alſo as neceſſary for the ſupport of a curious in a round form; they are convex on their outſide
flower-garden, to have a ſpot of ground fet apart for and plain within, ſharp-pointed, and their borders
the fowing of all ſorts of feeds of choice flowers ; in are fêt with ſhort fine hairs. The leaves ſpread open,
order to obtain new varieties, which is the only me- and lie cloſe to the earth in which they grow, fend-
thod to have a fine collection of valuable flowers, as ing out on every ſide offsets of the ſame form. From
alſo for the fowing of all ſorts of biennial plants to the center of thefe heads ariſes the flower-ſtalk which
ſucceed thoſe which decay in the flower-garden, by is about a foot high, fucculent and round, of a red-
which means the borders may be annually repleniſh- diſh colour, and is garniſhed at bottom with a few
ed, which, without ſuch a Seminary, could not be ſo narrow leaves; the upper part of the ſtalk divides
well done.
into two or three parts, each fuſtaining a ſpike or
This Seminary ſhould be ſituated at fome diſtance from range of flowers which are reflexed. The flowers are
the houſe, and be entirely cloſed either with a hedge, compoſed of ſeveral petals which ſpread open, and
wall, or pale, and kept under lock and key, that all end in acute points ; they are red, and in the center
vermin may be kept out, and that it may not be ex- is ſituated the crown or germen which are placed cir-
poſed to all comers and goers, who many times do cularly, and, after the petals are fallen off, they ſwell
miſchief before they are aware of it. As to the ſitua- and become ſo many horned capſules filled with ſmall
tion, foil, and manner of preparing the ground, it ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in au-
has been already mentioned under the article of Nur-
SERY, and the particular account of raiſing each fort This plant is eaſily propagated by offsets, which the
of plant being directed under their proper heads, it plants put out in plenty on every ſide. If theſe are
would be needleſs to repeat it here.
planted in mud or ſtrong earth placed on a building
SEMINIFEROUS. Bearing or producing feed. or old wall, they will thrive without farther care.
SEMPERVIVU M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 538. Sedi The ſecond fort grows naturally in the northern
fpecies. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 262. tab. 140.
parts of Europe. The leaves of this ſort are much
The CHARACTERS are,
narrower, and the heads are furniſhed with a greater
The flower has a concave permanent empalement cut into number of leaves than thoſe of the former, which
many acute ſegments; it has ten oblong, Spear-ſhaped, grow more compact, and are cloſely ſet on their
pointed petals a little longer than the empalement, and edges with hairs. The offsets of this are globular,
twelve or more narrow awl-ſhaped ſtamina terminated by their leaves turning inward at the top, and lie cloſe
roundiſh ſummits; it has twelve germen placed circularly, over each other; theſe are thrown off from between
fitting upon so many ſtyles which ſpread out, and are crown- the larger heads, and falling on the ground take root,
ed by acute ſtigmas. The germen afterward become ſo many whereby it propagates very faſt. The flower-ſtalks of
Short compreſſed capſules, pointed on the outſide, and open this are ſmaller, and do not riſe fo high as thoſe of
on the inſide, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
the former, and the flowers are of a paler colour.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of The third fort grows naturally upon the Helvetian
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which includes thoſe plants mountains; this greatly reſembles the firſt, but the
whoſe flowers have twelve ftamina and many ſtyles. leaves are ſmaller and have no indentures on their
The SPECIES are,
edges; the offsets of this fort ſpread out from the
1. SEMPERVIVUM (Tectorum) foliis ciliatis, propaginibus ſide of the older heads, and their leaves are more open
patentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houſeleek with hairy- and expanded. Out of the center of the crown comes
edged leaves, and ſpreading offsets
. Sedum majus vul- forth the flower-ſtalk, which riſes nine or ten inches
gare. C. B. P. 283. Common large Houſeleek.
high, garniſhed below with ſome narrow leaves; the
2. SEMPERVIVUM (Globiferum) foliis ciliatis, propagi- upper part is divided into three or four branches,
nibus globoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houſeleek with which are cloſely furnished with deep red flowers, com-
poſed
a
tumn.
و
3

SE M
SEN
و
poſed of twelve ſtar-pointed pointals, fet round the ground, put out roots as they have laid, and have
circle or germen, which is attended by twenty-four made good plants. The fort with ſtriped leaves is
ſtamina terminated by purple ſummits. This fiowers tenderer than the other, and more impatient of wet
at the ſame time with the firſt fort.
in winter.
The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and The ſixth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands;
Helvetian mountains; this has much ſhorter and nar- this ſeldom riſes high, unleſs the plants are drawn up
rower leaves than either of the former. The heads
by tender management. The ſtalk is thick and iug-
are ſmall and very compact; the leaves are gray, ged, chiefly occaſioned by the veſtiges of the decay,
ſharp-pointed, and have flender white threads croſſing ed leaves; it ſeldom riſes above a foot and a half
from one to the other, interſecting each other in va- high, ſupporting at the top one very large crown of
rious manners, ſo as in ſome meaſure to repreſent a leaves, diſpoſed circularly like a full-blown double
ſpider's web. The flower-ítalks riſe about fix inches Roſe. The leaves are large, and end in obtuſe
high, they are ſucculent, round, and garniſhed with points which are a little incurved; they are ſucculent,
awl-ſhaped ſucculent leaves placed alternately; the ſoft to the touch, and pliable. The flower-ſtalk
upper part of the ſtalk divides into two or three comes out of the center, and riſes near two feet high,
branches, upon each of which is a ſingle row of flow- branching out from the bottom, ſo as to form a re-
ers ranged on one ſide above each other, compoſed of gular pyramid of flowers, which are of an herbaceous
eight ipear-ſhaped petals, of a bright red colour, with colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies ;
a deep red line running longitudinally in the middle; they appear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by
theſe ſpread open in form of a ftar, and in the center horned capſules filled with ſmall ſeeds which ripen
is fituated the crown or germen of an herbaceous co- late in autumn or winter, and then the plant dies.
lour, ſurrounded by fixteen purple ſtamina which are This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
erect and ſpreading, terminated by yellow ſummits. ſoon after it is ripe in pots filled with light ſandy
This fort fowers in June and July.
earth, covering them over very lightly with the ſame
All the above-mentioned forts are extremely hardy, earth. Theſe pots ſhould be placed under a common
and propagate very faſt by offsets; they love a dry frame to keep out the froſt, but ſhould be expoſed
foil, ſo are very proper to plant in rock-work, where to the open air at all times in mild weather; here the
they will thrive better than in the full ground, and pots may remain till the ſpring, when the danger of
they want no care; for when they are once fixed, they hard froſts is over, and then they ſhould be remov-
will propagate and ſpread faſt enough, ſo that the lar- ed to a ſituation where they may have only the morn-
ger forts may require to be annually reduced to keep ing fun, and in dry weather the earth ſhould be wa-
them within proper compaſs. When any of theſe tered gently. This will ſoon bring up the plants,
heads flower, they die foon after, but the offsets foon which muſt be kept clean from weeds, and, when
ſupply their place.
they are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted in pots
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good filled with light loamy earth, and placed in the ſhade
Hope, and alſo in Portugal; the old walls about till they have taken new root; then they may be
Liſbon are covered with this plant. This riſes with placed with other hardy ſucculent plants in a ſhelter-
a fleſhy ſmooth ſtalk eight or ten feet high, dividing ed ſituation for the ſummer, and if in winter they
into many branches, which are terminated by round are placed in a frame where they may be protected
heads or cluſters of leaves lying over each other like from hard froſt, and enjoy the free air in mild wea-
the petals of a double Roſe; they are ſucculent and ther, they will thrive better than with tender treat-
fpear-ſhaped, of a bright green, and have very ſmall ment.
indentures on their edges like the teeth of a very fine The ſeventh ſort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
faw. The ſtalks are marked with the veſtiges of the Hope; this is a very low plant, whoſe heads ſpread
fallen leaves, and have a light brown bark; the cloſe on the ground; they are much ſmaller than
flowers riſe from the center of the heads, forming a thoſe of the common Houſeleek. The leaves have
large pyramidal ſpike; they are of a bright yellow white edges, which are indented like the teeth of a
colour, and the petals ſpread open like the points of ſaw; they ſpread open flat; the flowers are produced
a ſtar ; the other parts are like thoſe of the other in looſe panicles upon naked foot-ſtalks ; they are
fpecies. This ſort generally Aowers in autumn or ſmall and white, ſo make but little appearance.
winter, and the flowers continue long in beauty, dur- This is propagated by offsets, which are put out in
ing which time they make a fine appearance.
plenty from the ſides of the heads; this muſt be plant-
There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, ed in pots, ſheltered from the froſt in winter, and in
which is much eſteemed by the curious; this was ſummer placed in the open air with other hardy ſuccu-
obtained by a branch which had been acciden-
lent plants.
tally broken from a plant of the plain kind at SENĖCIO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 456. tab. 260. Lin.
Badmington, the ſeat of his Grace the Duke of Beau- Gen. Plant. 857. [fo called from ſeneſcere, Lat. to
fort, which, after having laid ſome time, was planted, wax old, becauſe in a hot climate or weather it foon
and when the young leaves puſhed out, they were flouriſhes, and grows old, and the feed afterward
variegated. Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by repreſents the head of old men. It is alſo called
cutting off the branches, which, when planted, foon Erigeron from here in the ſpring, and yepów, to wax
put out roots; theſe ſhould be laid in a dry place for old, becauſe it flouriſhes in winter, and become old
a week before they are planted, that the bottom may in the ſpring. It is alſo called Herba Pappa, becauſe
be healed over, otherwiſe they are apt to rot, eſpe- its ſeeds are very downy.] Groundſel ; in French,
cially if they have much wet.
When the cuttings Seneçon.
are planted in pots, they ſhould be placed in a ſhady The CHARACTERS are,
ſituation, and muſt have but little wet, and if they The flower is compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets which
are planted in a ſhady border, they will require no form the diſk, and female half florets which make the
water, for the moiſture of the ground will be ſuffici- border or rays; theſe are included in one common cylindri-
ent for them. Some years paſt theſe plants were ten- cal empalement which is rough, ſcaly, and contracted
derly treated; their cuttings were put into a hot-bed above. The hermaphrodite florets are tubulous, funnel-
to forward their putting out roots, and in winter the Shaped, and cut into five parts at the brim, which are re-
plants were kept in ſtoves, but later experience has flexed; they have five ſmall hair-like ſtamina conneEted at
taught us that they will thrive better with hardier the top, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and an oval
treatment; for, if they are protected from froſt and germen covered with down, ſituated under the petal, Jup-
wet in winter, and have a good ſhare of air in mild porting a Nender Style, crowned by two oblong revolving
weather, they will thrive better, and flower oftener ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to on oval seed,
than when they are tenderly nurſed. I have fre- covered with down, incloſed in the empalement. The
quently ſeen the branches of theſe plants, which female half florets, which form the rays are ſtretched out
have been accidentally broken off and fallen on the like a tongue, and are indented in three parts at the top.
.
و
و
a
This

SEN
S EN
ren.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection the ſtalks. Jacobæa Orientalis, latifolia altiſſima.
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe Tourn. Cor. 36. Talleſt Eaſtern Ragwort with a broad
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite leaf.
fruitful florets, and female half fiorets which are bar- II. SENECIO (Incanus) corollis radiantibus, foliis utrin-
To this genus he has added ſeveral of Tourne- que tomentofis fubpinnatis laciniis fubdentatis, co-
fort's ſpecies of Ragwort.
rymbo ſubrotundo. Haller. Helv. 731. Groundſel with
We ſhall not trouble the reader with the mention- radiated flowers, half-winged leaves which are downy on
ing thoſe ſpecies of this genus which are eſteemed both ſides, ſegments which are ſomewhat indented, and a
common weeds, ſo are not cultivated in gardens, but roundiſh corymbus of flowers. Chryſanthemum Alpinum
confine ourſelves to thoſe which are the moſt valuable incanum, foliis laciniatis. C. B. P. 133. Alpine, boary,
here.
Corn Marygold with cut leaves.
The SPECIES are,
12. SENECIO (Rigidus) corollis radiantibus, fpatulaceis
1. SENECIO (Hieracifolius) corollis nudis, foliis amplexi- repandis amplexicaulibus ſcabris eroſis, caule frutico-
caulibus laceris, caule herbaceo erecto. Hort. Upſal. ſo. Hort. Cliff. 406. Groundſel with radiated flowers,
261. Groundſel with naked petals, torn leaves embracing Spatula-ſhaped, rough-pointed, ſawed leaves, embracing
the ſtolk, and an erect berbaceous ſtalk. Senecio Ame- the ſtolks, which are ſhrubby. Jacobæa Africana fru-
ricanus altiſfimus, maximo folio. Tourn. Inft. 456. teſcens, foliis rigidis & hirſutis. Hort. Amft. 2. p.
Talleſt American Groundſel with a very large leaf.
149. Shrubby African Ragwort, with ſtif and hairy
2. SENECIO (Pſeudo China) corollis nudis, fcapo fubnu- leaves.
do longiſſimo. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 164. Groundſel with 13. SENECIO (Ilicifolius) corollis radiantibus, foliis fa-
naked ſtalks which are very long. Senecio Madraſpa- gittatis amplexicaulibus dentatis, caule fruticofo.
tanus, rapi folio, floribus maximis cujus radix à non- Vir. Cliff. 84. Groundſel with radiated flowers, and
nullis China dicitur. Hort. Elth. 345. Groundſel of arrow-pointed indented leaves embracing the ſtalks, which
Madraſs, with a Turnep leaf and a very large flower, are ſhrubby. Jacobæa Africana fruteſcens, foliis in-
whoſe root is called China-root.
ciſis & fubtus cinereis. Com. Rar. Plant. 42. African
3. SENECIO ( Aureus) corollis radiantibus, foliis crenatis, Shrubby Ragwort, with cut leaves, which are gray on their
infimis cordatis petiolatis, fuperioribus pinnatifidis ly- under fide.
ratis. Flor. Virg. 98. Groundſel with radiated flowers 14. SENECIO (Halamifolius) corollis radiantibus, foliis
and crenated leaves, the lower ones of which are heart- oboyatis carnofis ſubdentatis, caule fruticoſo. Lin.
shaped and have foot-ſtalks, but the upper lyre-ſhaped and Sp. Plant. 871. Groundſel with radiated flowers, oval
wing-pointed.
fleſhy leaves which are ſomewhat indented, and a ſhrubby
4. Senecio (Haftulatus) corollis radiantibus, petiolis stalk. Doria Africana arboreſcens foliis craffis & fuc-
amplexicaulibus, pedunculis folio triplo longioribus, culentis atriplicem referentibus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1.98.
foliis pinnato-finuatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 164. Ground- African tree-like Doria, with thick and ſucculent leaves like
Sel with radiated flowers, foot-ſtalks embracing the ſtalks, Atriplex.
foot-fialks to the flowers three times the length of the The firſt fort grows naturally in North America; this
leaves, and winged ſinuated leaves. Jacobæa Afra, pe- is an annual plant. The ſtalk is round, channelled,
rennis viſcoſa lutea, aſplenii folio. Vaill. Act. 1720. and hairy; it riſes three feet high, and is garniſhed
African, perennial, yellow, clammy Ragwort, with a with torn leaves which embrace the ſtalks with their
Spleenwort leaf.
baſe ; the flowers are produced in a ſort of umbel on
5. SENECIO (Elegans) corollis radiantibus, foliis pinnati- the top of the ſtalks, and are compoſed of florets
fidis æqualibus patentiſfimis, rachi infernè anguftatâ. having no rays; they are of a dirty white, and are
Hort. Cliff. 406. Groundſel with radiated flowers, wing- fucceeded by oblong feeds crowned with a long down.
pointed leaves which are equal and ſpreading, and the This plant is preſerved in ſome botanic gardens for
midrib below narrowed. Jacobæa Africana fruteſcens, the ſake of variety, but has very little beauty. The
flore amplo purpureo elegantiſſimo, ſenecionis folio. ſeeds of this muſt be fown upon a hot-bed in the
Volk. Norimb. 225. Shrubby African Ragwort, with a fpring, and when the plants are come up fit to remove,
large, elegant, purple flower, and a Groundſel leaf. they ſhould be tranſplanted to another hot-bed to bring
6. SENECIO (Abrotonifolius) corollis radiantibus, foliis them forward, and afterward they may be planted in
pinnato-miltifidis linearibus, nudis acutis foribus co- a warm border, where they will flower in July, and
rymboſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 869. Groundſel with radi- their feeds will ripen in autumn.
ated flowers, and wing-pointed, multifid, linear leaves. The ſecond ſort grows naturally at Madraſs ; this
Jacobæa foliis ferulaceis, fore minore. Tourn. Inſt. hath a perennial root, which has been ſuppoſed to be
R. H. 486. Ragwort with leaves like Giant Fennel, and the China-root, but is now generally believed to be
a ſmaller flower.
a ſpurious kind. The roots are compoſed of ſome
7. SENECIO (Paludoſus) corollis radiantibus, foliis enſi- thick fleſhy tubers, ſending out many fibres on every
formibus acutè ferratis fubtus fubvilloſis, caule ftric- fide, from which come out ſome large cut leaves ſhap-
to. Lin. Sp. Plant. 870. Groundſel with radiated flow- ed like thoſe of the Turnep, but are ſmooth. The
ers, ſword-ſhaped leaves which are acutely ſawed, a lit- flower-ſtalk is flender, almoſt naked, and riſes a foot
tle hairy on their under ſide, and a cloſe ſtalk. Jaco- and a half high, ſuſtaining at the top a few yellow
bæa paluſtris altiſſima, foliis ferratis. Tourn. Inſt. flowers, compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite Horets,
485. Talleſt Marſh Ragwort with ſawed leaves.
having no rays or borders; theſe are ſucceeded by
8. SENECIO (Sarracenicus) corollis radiantibus, floribus oval feeds crowned with down, but they rarely ripen
corymboſis, foliis lanceolatis ſerratis glabriuſculis.
in England.
Hort. Upſal. 266. Groundſel with radiated flowers grow- This fort is tender, ſo will not thrive in this country,
ing in a corymbus, and spear-ſhaped, ſawed, ſmooth unleſs it is kept in a warm ſtove; it is propagated by
leaves. Jacobæa Alpina, foliis longioribus ferratis. parting of the roots in the ſpring. The offsets ſhould
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 485. Alpine Ragwort with longer be planted in pots filled with light kitchen-garden
Jawed leaves.
earth, and ſhould then be plunged into the tan-bed in
9. Senecio (Altiſſimus) corollis radiantibus, floribus co- the ſtove, and treated in the ſame way as other tender
rymboſis, foliis lanceolatis ferratis ſemiamplexicauli- exotics.
bus. Groundſel with radiated flowers growing in a corym- The third ſort grows naturally in North America ;
bus, and ſpear-ſhaped ſawed leaves half einbracing the this hath a perennial root, from which come out many
ſtalks. Jacobæa pratenſis altiffima, limonii folio. roundiſh leaves upon long, ſlender, hairy foot-ftalks ;
Tourn. Inſt. 485. Talleſt Meadow Ragwort, with a Sea they are about an inch and a half over each way;
Lavender leaf.
they are of a purpliſh colour on their under fide, and
10. SENECIO (Orientalis) corollis radiantibus, fioribus are crenated on their edges. The ſtalks riſe near two
corymboſis, foliis enſiformibus dentatis amplexicau- feet high, and are garniſhed with a few leaves which
libus. Groundſel with radiated flowers growing in a co- are indented on each ſide in form of a lyre. The up-
rymbus, and ſword-ſhaped indented leaves which embrace
per part of the ſtalk divides into ſeveral ſlender long
foot-
3

SEN
SEN
و
a
foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtaining one erect flower compoſ-
ed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets in the center, and
a few female fiorets from the rays or border. They
are yellow, and appear in June and July, and the feeds
ripen in autumn, which are crowned with down.
It is propagated by offsets, which come out in plenty
from the root; theſe may be ſeparated in autumn,
and planted in an eaſt border of loamy earth, allowing
each plant two feet room to ſpread. When they have
taken new root, they will require no other care but
to keep them clean from weeds.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Africa ; this hath
an herbaceous perennial ftalk, which branches out at
the bottom, and riſes about two feet and a half high,
garniſhed at bottom with narrow leaves, which are
ſeven or eight inches long, ſinuated on the ſides
ſo as to reſemble winged leaves, and are alſo in-
dented. The upper leaves are ſmaller, and embrace
the ſtalks; they are very clammy, and ſtick to the
fingers on being handled; the upper part of the ſtalk
divides into ſeveral very long foot-ſtalks, each ſuſtain-
ing one yellow radiated flower. Theſe plants conti-
nue in flower moſt part of the ſummer, and the ſeeds
fometimes ripen in autumn.
This is propagated by cutting off the fide ſhoots in
any of the ſummer months, and planting them in a
fhady border, where in five or ſix weeks they will take
root, and may then be taken up
then be taken up and planted in pots,
placing them in the ſhade till they have new roots ;
then they may be removed to an open ſituation, ob-
ſerving to water them duly in dry weather, and in
winter they muſt be placed under a frame, where they
may be ſcreened from hard froſt, for they will not
live abroad through the year here.
The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; it is an annual plant, which hath many herba-
ceous branching ſtalks that riſe near three feet high,
garniſhed with equal wing-pointed leaves which ſpread
Hat. The flowers are produced in bunches on the top
of the ſtalks; they are large and radiated, the border
or rays being of a beautiful purple colour, and the
middle or diſk yellow. Theſe plants flower from July
till the froſt ſtops them, and make a fine appearance.
The ſeeds ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to
fcatter, there will be plenty of plants riſe the ſpring
following without care; they may be alſo fown upon
a bed of earth in the ſpring, and when the plants are
fit to remove, they may be tranſplanted about the
borders of the flower-garden. If ſome of the plants
are planted in pots and houſed in winter, they may
be preſerved till ſpring.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Pyre-
nees; this hath a perennial root and an annual ſtalk.
The root is compoſed of a great number of long ſlen-
der fibres which ſtrike deep in the ground, and ſpread
on every fide; the ſtalks riſe two feet high, and be-
come a little ligneous in autumn; they are garniſhed
their whole length with very narrow wing-pointed
leaves, reſembling thoſe of Hogs Fennel; the flowers
are produced in bunches on the top of the ſtalks ;
they are yellow, and have rays or borders reſembling
thoſe of the other ſpecies. This ſort flowers in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
It is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown up-
on a bed of loamy earth, where it is expoſed only
to the morning fun, where the plants will riſe better
than in a warmer ſituation. When the plants are fit
to remove, they may be tranſplanted on a ſhady bor-
der, where they may remain till autumn, obferving
to keep them clear from weeds all the ſummer ; then
they ſhould be tranſplanted to the places where they
are to remain. The following ſummer the plants will
flower and produce ripe ſeeds, and the roots will
continue, if they are in a ſhady ſituation and a loamy
foil.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally about Paris, by the
ſides of waters and in moiſt meadows. The root is
perennial, the ſtalks riſe three or four feet high, are
clofe channelled, and garniſhed with ſword-Ihaped
leaves, five or fix inches long and one broad, which
are ſharply ſaved on their edges, and are hairy on
their under fide. The upper part of the ſtalk divides
into ſeveral ſlender foot-Italks, fuſtaining yellow radi-
ated flowers which appear in June and July, and the
ſeeds ripen in autumn, ſoon after which the ſtalks de-
cay to the root.
The eighth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian
mountains, and is ſometimes found growing in low
marſhy places in the Iſle of Ely; this hath a creeping
root, by which it propagates and ſpreads wide where-
ever it is once eſtabliſhed. The ſtalks of this riſe four
feet high, and are garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped
leaves five inches long, and one and a quarter broad;
they are fawed on their edges, and placed alternate.
The lowers are yellow, radiated, and produced in a
ſort of corymbus on the top of the ſtalk; theſe come
out in July, and are fucceeded by ſeeds having down,
which ripen in autumn.
The ninth fort grows naturally in France; this hath
ſome reſemblance of the eighth, but the root does
not creep like that. The leaves are ſhorter, and the
ſerratures on their edges are very ſmall; they em-
brace the ſtalks with their baſe, and end in ſharper
points. The flowers are produced in larger and looſer
bunches on the top of the ſtalk, are of a paler yellow
colour than thoſe of the former, and appear about
the ſame time.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant, where it
was diſcovered by Dr. Tournefort, who ſent the feeds
to the Royal Garden at Paris ; this hath a perennial
root and an annual ſtalk. The lower leaves are a foot
long, four inches broad in the middle, and ſomewhat
ſhaped like a ſcymitar, the midrib being curved out-
ward toward the point; they are ſmooth, and ſlightly
indented on their edges. The ftalk riſes four feet
high, and is garniſhed with leaves growing ſmaller all
the whole length, which embrace it half round with
their baſe ; at the top of the ſtalk the flowers are pro-
duced in a compact corymbus; they are of a deep yel-
low, and have rays like thoſe of the former forts,
which appear about the ſame time.
Theſe forts are eaſily propagated by ſeeds or parting
of their roots; the latter is generally practiſed when
the plant is once obtained, as that is the moſt expe-
ditious method, eſpecially for the eighth fort, whoſe
roots are apt to ſpread and increaſe too faſt where
they are not confined. The beſt time to tranſplant
and divide theſe roots is in autumn, when their ſtalks
decay, that they may get good root before the ſpring.
Theſe plants are too large for ſmall gardens, ſo are
proper furniture for large borders, in extenſive gar-
dens, or to plant on the ſides of woods, where they
may be allowed room, for they ſhould have at leaſt
four feet allowed to each. When theſe are intermixed
with other tall growing plants in ſuch places, they
will add to the variety.
If they are propagated by feeds, they ſhould be fown
on a ſhady border in the ſpring, obſerving, if the ſea-
ſon proves dry, to water the ground from time to time,
which will bring up the plants; theſe muſt be kept
clean from weeds, and when they are fit to remove,
they ſhould be tranſplanted into beds at a foot diſtance,
where they may remain till autumn, and then they
ſhould be tranſplanted to the places where they are to
ſtand for flowering.
The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
is a perennial plant of low growth. The ſtalks ſeldom
riſe a foot high; the whole plant is covered with a
very white hoary down; the leaves are winged and
indented; the flowers are collected into a cloſe round
corymbus on the top of the ſtalk; they are of a gold
colour, and are radiated; theſe appear in June, but
are rarely ſucceeded by good feeds in England.
It is propagated by ſlipping off the heads in the ſpring,
and planting them in a bed of loamy earth in a
ſhady ſituation, where they will put out roots, and
may afterward be tranſplanted into an eaſt border,
where they may have the morning ſun only, for this
plant loves a gentle loamy ſoil, and a ſituation not too
much expoſed to the fun. The plant having fine
12 H
hoary
a
a

SEN
SEN
a
a
hoary leaves, will make a pretty diverſity when inter- little incurved, having two cells divided by an intermediate
mixed with other plants; and, as it requires but little partition, each containing one or two oblong-poinied ſeeds.
culture, and takes up but little room, they deſerve a This.genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
place in ſmall gardens.
Linnæus's tenth claſs, where he has joined it to the
The twelfth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good genus of Caffia; this ſection contains thoſe plants
Hope; this riſes with a fhrubby branching ſtalk fix whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
or ſeven feet high, which is cloſely garniſhed with
The SPECIES are,
rough leaves, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalks ; thoſe 1. SENNA (Alexandrino) foliolis quadrijugatis lanceola-
on the lower part are four inches long, and an inch tis acutis. Senna with four pair of Spear-shaped pointed
and a half broad, but they gradually diminiſh in their lobes to the leaves. Senna Alexandrina five foliis acutis.
fize to the top ; they are ſtiff, hairy, and of a dark C. B. P. Alexandrian Senna with acute leaves.
green, oblong, heart-ſhaped, and indented on their
2. SENNA (Italica) foliolis quinquejugatis cordatis ohtu-
edges. The flowers are produced at the end of the fis. Senna with five pair of lobes to the leaves, which
branches; they are radiated, and of a bright yellow are beart-ſhaped and obtuſe. Senna Italica five foliis
colour. This plant continues flowering great part of obtufis. C. B. P. 397. Italian Senna with obtuſe leaves.
the ſummer, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Egypt; this is an
The thirteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of annual plant, which riſes with an upright branching
Good Hope ; this hath a very branching ſhrubby
ha
ſtalk about a foot high, garniſhed with winged leaves,
ftalk, which riſes four or five feet high, ſending out compoſed of four pair of ſmall ſpear ſhaped lobes,
branches irregularly on every ſide, garniſhed with itiff ending in acute points. The flowers are produced in
leaves, whoſe baſe embraces the ſtalks ; they are ir- looſe bunches at the top of the ſtalk; they are yellow,
regular in their figure, about three inches long, and compoſed of five roundiſh concave petals, with ten
three quarters of an inch broad, deeply cut on their ſtamina in the center ſurrounding the ſtyle ; after the
edges, and of a gray colour on their under fide. The flower is paſt, the germen turns to a roundiſh gib-
flowers grow in looſe bunches at the end of the bous pod having two cells, each containing one or two
branches, are radiated, and of a pale yellow colour. oblong ſeeds. The leaves of this fort are uſed in
This ſort flowers great part of ſummer, and the ſeeds medicine, and are commonly known in the ſhops by
ripen in autumn.
the title of Senna; theſe are annually imported from
The fourteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Alexandria, which occafioned the title of Alexandri-
Good Hope; this has a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes ſe- na being added to it.
This plant is propagated by
ven or eight feet high, ſending out branches on every feeds, which ſhould be fown early in the ſpring upon
fide the whole length, which are garniſhed with oblong a good hot-bed; and when the plants are come up,
oval leaves indented on their edges; they are about and are ſtrong enough to tranſplant, they ſhould be
two inches and a half long, and almoſt two broad, each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light rich
fleſhy and hoary. The flowers are produced in looſe earth, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed, ſhading
bunches at the extremity of the branches, almoſt in them from the ſun till they have taken new root, af-
form of an umbel; they are radiated, and of a pale ter which they muſt be treated in the ſame way as
yellow colour. This fort flowers in July and Au- the moſt tender exotics; for as this is an annual
guſt, but rarely produces good feeds here.
plant, unleſs they are brought forward in the ſpring,
The three forts laſt mentioned are too tender to live they will not flower in this country; therefore they
in the open air through the winter in England, but muſt be conſtantly kept in the hot-bed all the ſum-
are ſo hardy as to only require protection from hard mer, obſerving to admit plenty of air in warm wea-
froſts; ſo if they are kept in pots and placed either ther; by which method I have frequently had theſe
under a frame inwinter, or in a common green-houſe plants in flower, but it is very rare that they perfect
with other hardy kinds of plants, which require a their ſeeds in England.
large ſhare of air in mild weather, and only require If the feeds of this plant were ſent to South Carolina,
to be ſcreened from hard froſt, they may be pre- the plants might be propagated there, ſo as to furniſh
ſerved in England. They are all eaſily propagated plenty of the leaves to ſupply the conſumption of
by feeds or cuttings, but the latter being the Great Britain.
moſt expeditious method is generally practiſed In the Weſt-Indies, the inhabitants make uſe of the
here. If the cuttings are planted in a fhady border leaves of ſeveral ſpecies of Caſſia inſtead of this
during any of the ſummer months, they will readily plant, and alſo thoſe of the Poinciana, or Flower-
take root, and then they ſhould be taken up with fence, which is frequently by them called the true
balls of earth to their roots, and each planted in a ſe- Senna.
parate pot filled with good kitchen-garden earth, and The ſecond ſort grows naturally in India, from
placed in the ſhade till they have taken new root; whence I have received the ſeeds; for although it is
then they may be removed to a more open ſituation, called Italian, yet the plant does not grow there na-
where they may remain till there is danger of ſharp turally. This is alſo an annual plant, riſing with a
froſt, when they ſhould be removed into ſhelter, and branching ſtalk a foot and a half high; the leaves are
treated in the ſame way as other hardy kinds of green- winged, each having five pair of heart-ſhaped lobes
houſe plants.
which are inverted, the point joining the branches,
If theſe plants are propagated by feeds, they ſhould and the obtuſe part is upward ; they are of a ſea-
be fown on a bed of freſh earth, expoſed only to the green colour, and of a thick conſiſtence. The flowers
morning fun the beginning of April, obſerving in are produced at the end of the branches; they are
dry weather to moiſten the ground now and then, ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are larger, and
which will forward the vegetation of the ſeeds. When of a brighter yellow colour. If the plants are brought
the plants come up, they muſt be kept clean from forward early in the ſpring, they will flower in July,
weeds till they are fit to remove, when they ſhould and by ſo doing good feeds may be obtained here.
be planted in pots, and treated in the ſame way as This fort is propagated in the ſame way as the firſt,
thofe raiſed from cuttings.
and the plants require the ſame treatment.
SENNA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 618. tab. 390. Callia. The leaves of this fort have been ſometimes uſed in
Lin. Gen. 461. [fo called from fana, Lat. healthy, medicine, but they are not eſteemed equal in quality
becauſe its leaves reſtore health.] Senna.
with thoſe of the firſt.
The CHARACTERS are,
SENNA THE BLADDER. See COLUTEA.
The flower has an empalement of five concave leaves; it SENNA THE SCORPION. See EMERUS.
has five roundiſh concave petals which ſpread open, and SENSIBLE PLANT. See Mimosa.
ten declining ſtamina, terminated by oblong arched ſum- SEPTIFOLIOUS PLANTS, are ſuch as have
mits. The germen is roundiſh and compreſſed, Supporting juſt ſeven leaves.
a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen SERAPIAS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 903. Helleborine.
afterward becomes a plain, roundiſh, compreſſed pod, a Tourn. Inft. R. H. 436. tab. 249. Bastard Hellebore.
The
a
a
a

S E R
SER
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers are diſpoſed alternately on the upper part of
It has a fingle ſtalk ; the feath of the flower is at a the ſtalk, they are white, and have three outer pe-
diſtance. The germen ſuſtains the flower which has no tals which are large, and two ſmaller within ; in the
empalement, but has five oblong ovel petals which are center is ſituated the gaping nectarium, which appears
Spreading, but cloſe at the top. The nectarium is the to have two wings. This ſort flowers about the fame
length of the petal, hollowed at the baſe, oval, and gib- time as the former.
bous below, cut into three points, the middle being heart- The third ſort grows naturally in marſhy woods in
Shaped and obtuſe, the others are acute. The flower has many parts of England; this hath a feſhy fibrous
tro ſhort ſtamina ſitting upon the pointal, terminated by root, from which ariſe a ſingle ftalk a foot and a
ere et ſummits placed under the upper lip of the neeta- half high, garniſhed at bottom with ſword-ſhaped
rium, and an oblong contorted germen ſituated under the veined leaves, four inches long and one broad, em-
flower, the style growing to the upper lip of the nexta- bracing the ſtalk with their baſe, ending in acute
rium, crowned by an obſolete ſtigma. The germen after- points. The upper part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with
ward becomes an oval, obtuſe, three-cornered capſule, faded purpliſh-coloured flowers, diſpoſed in a looſe
armed with three keels, opening with a valve under each, ſpike; they have five petals, incloſing a large necta-
having one cell filled with ſmall ſeeds.
rium like the body of a fly, with a yellowiſh head
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection ſtriped with purple and a white body; the lip which
of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe hangs down, is white and fringed on the edge. This
plants whoſe flowers have but two ftamina which are fort flowers in July.
connected to the ſtyle.
The fourth fort was diſcovered firſt in Hertfordſhire,
The SPECIES are,
but ſince it has been found growing in many other
1. SERAPIAS (Helleborine) bulbis fibroſis floribus erectis places. The root of this is compoſed of fleſhy fibres;
bractea brevioribus. Serapios with fibrous bulbs, and the ſtalks riſe more than a foot high, and are gar-
erect flowers with ſhort bractea. Helleborine montana niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped veined leaves, which em-
latifolia. C. B. P. 186. Broad-leaved, Mountain, Baf- brace the ſtalks with their baſe. The ſtalk is termi.
tard Hellebore.
nated by a looſe ſpike of white flowers, compoſed of
2. SERAPIAS (Damafonium) bulbis fibroſis, petalis nec- five petals, and a large five-pointed nectarium which
tario longioribus obtufis, foliis lanceolatis nervoſis. is ſhut; the germen is oblong and channelled ; this
Serapias with fibrous bulbs, obtuſe petals which are longer afterward becomes a capſule of the ſame form, filled
than the nectarium, and veined Spear-ſhaped leaves. Hel- with ſmall feeds. It flowers in July.
leborine flore albo vel Damafonium montanum latifo- Theſe plants are rarely kept in gardens, and being
lium. C. B. P. 187. Baſtard Hellebore with a white difficult to propagate, there are few who have at-
flower, or broad-leaved Mountain Damaſonium.
tempted to keep them in gardens. They may be
3. SERAPIAS (Paluſtre) bulbis fibroſis. Serapias with fi- taken up from the places where they naturally grow,
brous bulbs, reflexed petals, the lip of the nectarium ob- when their leaves begin to decay, and planted in a
tuſe, and ſword-ſhaped veined leaves. Helleborine an- ſhady moiſt place, where they will thrive and flower.
guſtifolia paluſtris, five pratenſis. C. B. P. 187. Nar- SERJANIA. See PaulliNIA.
row-leaved Marſh, or Meadow Baſtard Hellebore. SERPENTARIA. See ARISTOLOCHIA.
4. SERAPIAS (Latifolium) bulbis fibroſis, nectari labio SERPYLLUM. See THYMUS.
quinquefido clauſo, foliis lanceolatis nervoſis amplexi- SERRATULA. Dillen. Nov. Gen. 8. Lin. Gen.
caulibus. Scrapias with fibrous bulbs, the lip of the nec- Plant. 831. Jacea. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 444. Saw-
tarium cut into five parts cloſed, and Spear-ſhaped veined
leaves embracing the ſtalks. Helleborine latifolia, flore The CHARACTERS are,
albo clauſo. Raii Syn. 2. 242. Broad-leaved Baſtard The flowers are compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets,
Hellebore, with a white cloſed flower.
contained in one common cylindrical empalement, which is
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus which bellied, and the ſcales are Spear-ſhaped, ending in acute
grow naturally in Great-Britain and Ireland, but as I points. The bermaphrodite florets are equal, funnel-ſhaped,
have not had the good fortune to meet with them, fo and of one petal. The tube is inflexed, the brim is bellied,
I ſhall not trouble the reader with an imperfect ac- and cut into five points; they have each five hort hair-
count of them from books : there are alſo a greater like ſtamina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and an
number of them which grow naturally in the Weſt- oval-crowned germen, ſupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned
Indies, of which I have ſamples in my collection ; by two oblong reflexed stigmas. The germen afterward
but having never ſeen any growing plants of them, I turns to a vertical, oval, ſingle ſeed, crowned with down,
ſhall not inſert them here.
which ripens in the empalement.
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods and ſhady This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
places in many parts of England; the roots are com- Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
poſed of many thick fleſhy fibres, from which ariſe a whoſe flowers are compoſed of fruitful florets, and
fingle ſtalk a foot high, which is jointed ; it is gar-
the ſtamina are connected to the ſtyle.
niſhed at each joint with one veined leaf, thoſe on The SPECIES are,
the lower part of the ſtalk are oval, but thoſe above 1. SERRATULA (Tinetoria) foliis pinnatifidis, pinna ter-
are fpear-ſhaped, ending in acute points ; they em- minali maxima. Hort. Cliff. 391. Saw-wort with
brace the ſtalks at their baſe. The ſtalk is adorned wing-pointed leaves, whoſe end lobe is the largeſt. Serra-
with flowers toward the top, which have ſome reſem- tula. C. B. P. 235. Common Saw-wort.
blance to thoſe of Orchis ;-they are compoſed of two 2. SERRATULA (Altiſſima) foliis lanceolato-oblongis fer-
whitiſh, and three herbaceous petals, which expand; ratis ſubtus tomentofis. Saw-wort with oblong Spear-
and in the middle appears the nectarium, which has Shaped leuves, which are ſawed, and downy on their un-
a reſemblance of a diſboweled body of a fly, of a pur- der ſide. Serratula Noveboracenfis, altiffima, foliis
pliſh colour. Under the flower is ſituated a channelled Doriæ mollibus fubincanis. Par. Bat. Prod. Talleſt
oblong head, which after the flower is paft, ſwells New-York Saw-wort, with Soft Doria leaves, heary on
and becomes a feed-vefſel filled with very ſmall feeds. their under ſide.
This flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen 3. SERRATULA (Glauca) foliis ovato-oblongis acumina-
in autumn.
tis ferratis, floribus corymbofis, calycibus fubrotun-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Stoken Church dis. Flor. Virg. 92. Saw-wort with oblong, oval, acute-
woods in Oxfordſhire, and in ſeveral parts of Weſt- pointed, ſawed leaves, and flowers in a corymbus whoſe
moreland and Lancaſhire. This hath Aleſhy fibrous empalements are roundiſh. Serratula Virginiana, foliis
roots, not quite ſo thick as thoſe of the former; the rigidis. Par. Bat. Prod. 227. Virginian Saw-wort with
ſtalks riſe more than a foot high, and are garniſhed
Stif leaves.
with ſpear-ſhaped veined leaves, ending in acute 4. SERRATULA (Squaroſa) foliis linearibus, calycibus
points; they are three inches long and one broad, ſquarroſis feffilibus acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. 392. Saw-
of a lucid green, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk. The wcrt with linear leaves, and rough empalements which fit
close
wort.
و
و
a
a
a

SER
SER
cloſe to the ſtalks, ending in acute points. Cirfium tu-
beroſum, capituiis fquarroſis Hort. Elth. 83. Tuber-
ous melancholy Thiſtle with rough heads.
5. SERRATULA (Scarioſa) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis,
calycibus ſquarroſis pedunculatis obtufis lateralibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 818. Saw-wort with entire ſpear-ſhaped
leaves and rough empalements, having obtuſe foot-ſtalks
proceeding from the ſide of the ſtalks. Jacea latifolia
Virginiana, radice tuberosâ. Baniſt. Cat. Broad-leaved
Virginian Knap-weed with a tuberous root.
6. SERRATULA (Spicata) foliis linearibus, floribus fef-
filibus lateralibus fpicatis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 819. Saw-wort with linear leaves, flowers in
Spikes from the ſide of the ſtalks fitting close, and a ſingle
ſtalk. Jacea non ramofa, tuberosâ radice, floribus
plurimis rigidis peranguſtis. Baniſt. Cat. 1927. Un-
branched Knap-weed with a tuberous root, and many nar-
row rigid flowers.
7. SERRULATA (Caroliniana) foliis lanceolatis rigidis,
acutè ferratis, caule corymboſo. Saw-wort with ſtiff
Spear-ſhaped leaves Sharply Sowed, and ſtalks forming a
corymbus. Serratula Carolinienſis, virgæ paftoris fo-
lio. Hort. Elth. 353. Carolina Saw-wort with a Shep-
herd's Rod leaf.
8. SERRATULA (Præalta) foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, in-
tegerrimis fubtus hirſutis. Saw-wort oblong, Spear-ſhaped,
entire leaves, hairy on their under fide. Serratula Vir-
giniana, perficæ folio ſubtus incano. Hort. Elth.
356. Virginion Saw-wort with a Peach-tree leaf, boary
on the under fide.
9. SERRATULA (Alpina) calycibus fubhirſutis ovatis fo-
liis indiviſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 816. Saw-wort with oval
empalements a little hairy. Cirſium humile montanum
cynogloſſi folio polyanthemum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 148.
Low mountain melancholy Thiſtle, with a Hound's-tongue
leaf, and many flowers.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in moiſt woods and
marſhes in many parts of England, fo is rarely ad-
mitted into gardens. There are two varieties of this,
one with a white, and the other a purple flower. The
root is perennial; the lower leaves are ſometimes en-
tire, and ſometimes are cut almoſt to the midrib into
many jags; they are ſmooth, of a deep green, and
neatly ſawed on their edges. The ſtalks riſe two feet
high, and are garniſhed with wing-pointed leaves,
whoſe extreme lobe is much larger than the other ;
theſe are fawed on their edges; the upper part of the
ſtalk divides into ſeveral foot-ſtalks, ſuſtaining at the
top oblong ſquamous heads or empalements, which
include ſeveral hermaphrodite florets. Theſe appear
in July, and are ſucceeded by ſeeds which ripen in
to the touch, of a pale green on both ſides. The
upper part of the ſtalk is adorned with purple flowers,
having oblong, rough, prickly empalements; theſe
come out from the ſide of the ſtalk alternately, and
the ſtalk is terminated by one head which is larger
than the other; theſe fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The
Aowers appear in Auguſt, but this fort never ripens
feeds here.
The fifth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America; this has a large tuberous root, from which
comes out one ſtrong channelled ſtalk, which riſes
three or four feet high, cloſely garniſhed with narrow
ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are entire; they are about
three inches long, and half an inch broad. The up-
per part of the ftalk is adorned with a long looſe ſpike
a
of purple flowers, which come out from the ſide upon
pretty long blunt foot-Ilalks; they have large rough
empalements, compoſed of wedge-ſhaped ſcales. The
flowers on the top of the ſpike blow firſt, and are fuc-
ceeded by the other downward, which is contrary to
the greateſt number of plants, whoſe flowers are
ranged in ſpikes, for moſt of them begin to flower at
the bottom, and are ſucceeded by thoſe above. The
flowers of this ſort appear in Auguſt, but the ſeeds do
not ripen here.
The ſixth fort is a native of North America; this has
a tuberous root, from which comes forth a ſingle ſtalk
riſing from two to three feet high, garniſhed with very
narrow ſmooth leaves, which at bottom are more than
three inches long, but gradually diminiſh to the top;
they are placed round the ſtalk without any order, ſit-
ting cloſe to it at their baſe. The upper part of the
ſtalk is adorned with ſmaller purple flowers than thoſe
of the former, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk, forming a
long looſe ſpike; they appear about the ſame time as
thoſe of the former fort.
The ſeventh fort is alſo a native of North America;
it has a perennial fibrous root, from which ariſe ſeve-
ral ſtrong purple ſtalks upward of fix feet high; they
are channelled, and garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
which toward the bottom of the ſtalks are more than
fix inches long, and an inch and a half broad in the
middle, drawing to points at both ends; they are
gradually leſs to the top of the ſtalks, and are ſtiff,
deeply fawed on their edges, of a pale green on their
under ſide. The upper part of the ſtalk divides into
ſmall branches, forming a looſe corymbus of purple
flowers, which are irregular in height, ſome of the
flowers ftanding upon ſhorter foot-ſtalks than the
other ; their empalements are round, and the ſcales
terminate in briftly points. This ſort flowers in July
and Auguſt, but does not produce good feeds in
England.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Carolina; this has
a fibrous perennial root; the ſtalk is branching, and
riſes four feet high; the leaves are ſeven inches long,
and an inch and a half broad in the middle, ending in
acute points; they are entire and hairy on their un-
der fide, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. The flowers grow
in looſe bunches at the end of the branches; they have
oval empalements, compoſed of a few ſcales which
terminate in briſtles. The flowers are of a pale pur-
ple colour, and appear late in ſummer, ſo are not
ſucceeded by ſeeds here.
The ninth fort grows naturally on the tops of moun-
tains in Wales and the North of England, and is but
ſeldom kept in gardens. The root is perennial, from
which come out one, two, or three ſtalks, which riſe
a foot and a half high; they are of a deep green co-
lour, are channelled, and garniſhed with deep green
leaves their whole length; thoſe at the bottom are
indented, but thoſe on the upper part of the ſtalks
are entire; they are about three inches long, and al-
moſt one broad, of a dark green colour. From the
middle of the ſtalk upward, there are branches ſent
out from the fide, which grow erect, and ſuſtain at
the top ſmall bunches of purple flowers, which have
oblong ſlender empalements a little hairy. The flowers
appear in June and July.
autumn.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath a perennial root, from which come out ſe-
veral channelled ſtalks which riſe ſeven or eight feet
high, garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves from four to
five inches long, and one inch broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end ; they are ſlightly ſaw-
ed on their edges, and are downy on their under ſide,
fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; the upper part of the ſtalk
divides into foot-ſtalks, which ſuſtain purple flowers in
ſcaly empalements. Theſe appear the latter end of
July, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by good ſeeds in
England
The third fort is a native of North America; the
root is perennial, and the ſtalks riſe fix or ſeven feet
high; they are purple and channelled. The leaves
are oblong, oval, about three inches long, and an
inch and a half broad in the middle, ending in acute
points ; they are ſtiff, ſawed on their edges, and are
of a light green on both ſides. The flowers grow in
a looſe corymbus at the top of the ſtalk; they are
purple, and have roundiſh empalements. This fort
Howers in Auguſt, but the ſeeds ſeldom ripen in
England.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Carolina, from
whence I received the feeds. This hath a tuberous
root, from which comes out a ſingle ſtalk riſing near
three feet high, garniſhed with ſtiff linear leaves
about three inches long, which are entire, and rough
a
3
The

SE S
SE S
و
a
over wet.
The eight forts which are firft mentioned, are hardy Hort. Cliff. 318. Seſamum with oblong, oval, entire leaves.
perennial plants, ſo will thrive in the open air in Eng-
fo
Digitalis Orientalis, ſeſamum dicta. Tourn. Inft. 165,
land. The firſt is rarely admitted into gardens, but Eaſtern Foxglove, called Seſamum.
the other forts are frequently preſerved in the gardens 2. SESAMUM (Indicum) foliis inferioribus trifidis. Prod.
of the curious. The fourth, fifth, and fixth forts, have Leyd. 292. Sefamum with trifid lower leaves. Seſamum
large knobbed roots; theſe are propagated only by alterum, foliis trifidis, Orientale femine obſcuro. Pluk,
ſeeds, which ſeldom ripen in England, ſo that the Alm. 344. Another Eaſtern Seſamum, with trifid leaves
feeds muſt be procured from abroad. Theſe ſhould and black ſeeds.
be fown on an eaſt-aſpected border, where the morn- 3. SESAMUM (Trifoliotum) foliis omnibus trifidis. Seſa-
ing fun only comes; for if the ſeeds are expoſed to mum with all the leaves trifid. Seſamum Orientale, tri-
the mid-day fun, they ſeldom ſucceed well. Theſe fidum, flore niveo. Hort. Compt. Eaſtern Sefamum,
feeds will often grow, the firſt ſummer, if they are with a trifid leaf and ſnow white flower.
ſown early in the ſpring, but ſometimes they will re- The firſt fort is cultivated in great plenty in the Le-
main in the ground a year before the plants appear; vant, but is ſuppoſed to have been brought there from
ſo that if they ſhould not come up the firſt ſeaſon, the India. It is an annual plant, riſing with an herbaceous
ground ſhould not be diſturbed, and muſt be kept four-cornered ſtalk about two feet high, ſending out
clean from weeds till the following ſpring, when, if a few ſhort fide-branches; the leaves are oblong, oval,
the ſeeds were good, the plants will come up; when a little hairy, and ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are
theſe appear they muſt be kept clean from weeds ; produced in looſe ſpikes at the top of the ftalks; they
and if they are too cloſe, ſome of the plants ſhould are ſmall, and of a dirty white colour, ſhaped fome-
be carefully drawn out while they are young, and
what like thoſe of the Foxglove. Theſe appear in
planted into another border of light loamy earth, four July, and after the flowers are paſt, the germen turns
inches aſunder ; in this place they may remain till au- to an oval acute-pointed capſule with four cells, filled
tumn, when theſe, and alſo thoſe in the feed-beds, with oval compreſſed feeds which ripen in autumn.
ſhould be carefully removed to the places where they The ſecond fort grows naturally in India , this is alſo
are deſigned to remain; the following ſummer thefe an annual plant; the ſtalk riſes taller than that of the
plants will flower, and the roots will abide ſeveral former; the lower leaves are cut into three parts,
years, if they are planted in a light loamy foil not which are the only differences between them.
The third fort grows naturally in Africa; this is alſo
The other perennial forts may be propagated by part- an annual plant, with a taller and more branched ſtalk
ing of the roots; the beſt time for doing this is ie au- than either of the former, and all the leaves are cut
tumn, when their ſtalks begin to decay; for when into three parts, in which it differs from both the other.
they are removed in the ſpring, if the ſeaſon ſhould I have raiſed two other ſpecies of this genus from
prove dry, their roots will not be ſufficiently eſta- feeds which were brought from Africa, but theſe be-
bliſhed to flower well the ſame year. Theſe plants ing ſown late in the ſpring, did but juſt thew their
ſhould not be removed or parted oftener than every flowers before winter, ſo there could be no good feeds
third year, if they are expected to grow ſtrong; nor obtained from them. Theſe grew near four feet
ſhould they be parted into ſmall heads, for thoſe will high, the leaves of one fort were much longer than
make no figure the firſt year. As theſe plants grow any of the other, and thoſe toward the top of the ſtalk
tall, ſo they ſhould be planted in the middle of large were divided into three, and ſome into four parts;
borders, or with other tall plants; they may be planted the feeds of this were black, the other had broader
in ſpaces between ſhrubs, or on the borders of woods, leaves, which were fawed on their edges. The flowers
where they will have a good effect during their con- were large and of a pale blue colour, and the feeds
tinuance in flower; and as they require no other cul- were of a pale yellow colour.
ture than to dig the ground between them every The firſt fort is frequently cultivated in all the eaſtern
ſpring, and keep them clean from weeds, ſo they are countries, and alſo in Africa, as a pulſe; and of late the
proper furniture for ſuch places.
feeds of this have been introduced in Carolina by
Theſe forts are alſo propagated by feeds, when they the African negroes, where they have ſucceeded ex-
can be obtained good; theſe may be fown in the ſame tremely well. The inhabitants of that country make
way as the bulbous-rooted kinds, and when the plants
an oil from the feed, which will keep many years,
come up, they muſt be treated in the ſame manner, and not take any rancid ſmell or tafte, but in two
only that theſe ſhould be allowed more room, for the years becomes quite mild; ſo that when the warm
fibres of their roots ſpread out on every ſide to a
taſte of the feed, which is in the oil when firſt drawn,
great diſtance; for which reaſon theſe plants ſhould is worn off, they uſe it as fallad oil, and for all the
not be planted in ſmall gardens, where they will over- purpoſes of ſweet oil.
bear the neighbouring plants.
The feeds of this plant are alſo uſed by the negroes
SESASUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 700. Digitalis. Tourn. for food, which feeds they parch over the fire, and then
Inft. R. H. 156. Oily Grain.
mix them with water, and ſtew other ingredients with
The CHARACTERS are,
them, which makes an hearty food. Sometimes a
The flower has an erect permanent empalement of one leaf, ſort of pudding is made of theſe feeds, in the ſame
cut at the top into five very ſort equal ſegments. It manner as with Millet or Rice, and is by ſome per-
bas one ringent petal, with a roundiſh tube the length of fons eſteemed, but is never uſed for theſe purpoſes in
the empelement; the chaps are ſwollen, bell-shaped, and Europe. This is called Benny, or Bonny, in Carolina.
Spreading ; the brim is cut into five points, four of which In England, theſe plants are preſerved in botanic gar-
ore Spreading and almoſt equal; the other is twice their dens as curiofities. Their feeds muſt be fown in the
length, oval, and erect. It has four ſtamina riſing from ſpring upon a hot-bed, and when the plants are come
the tube which are morter than the petol, the two inner up, they muſt be tranſplanted into a freſh hot-bed to
being Shorter than the other, terminated by ere Et pointed bring them forward. After they have acquired a to-
ſummits, and an oval hairy germen, ſupporting a fender lerable degree of ſtrength, they ſhould be planted into
Style longer than the ſtamina, crowned by a ſpear-ſhaped pots filled with a rich, light, ſandy foil, and plunged
Sigma divided in two parts. The germen afterward be- into another hot-bed, managing them as hath been
comes an oblong, almojt four-cornered capſule
, which is directed for Amaranthuſes, to which I ſhall refer the
compreſſed and acute-pointed, having four cells, filled with reader, to avoid repetition: for if theſe plants are not
Ovol compreſſed ſeeds.
thus brought forward in the former part of the fun-
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
mer, they will not produce good feeds in this coun-
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe try; though after they have flowered, if the ſeaſon is
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter favourable, they may be expoſed in a warm ſituation
ſtamina, and their feeds are included in capſules. with other annual plants. When theſe plants have
The SPECIES are,
perfected their feeds they decay, and never continue
1. SESASUM (Orientale) foliis ovato-oblongis integris. longer than one ſeaſon.
The
މް
و
و
a
12I

SES
SHE
3
3
a
autumn.
a
The feed of the firſt fort is mentioned in the liſt of pound umbels of yellow flowers, which appear in June,
officinal fimples in the College Difpenfatory, but is and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
rarely uſed in medicine in England. From nine pounds The third fort grows naturally in uncultivated places
of this feed which came from Carolina, there were in the fouth of France and Italy; this has a perennial
upwards of two quarts of oil produced, which is as root which runs deep in the ground, fending out
great a quantity as hath been known to be drawn from flender ſmooth ftalks near two feet high. The leaves
any vegetable whatever; and this, I ſuppoſe, might are long and narrow, compoſed of ſeven or eight pair
occaſion its being called Oily Grain.
of wings, whoſe lobes are ſometimes ſingle, and at
SESELI Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 50. Lin. Gen. Plant. others are divided into two parts; they have a mem-
322. Wild Spignel.
brane embracing their foot-italks, and are of a gray
The CHARACTERS are,
colour. The ſtalks are terminated by umbels of
It has an umbellated flower ; the figure of the greater um- flowers, which are purple on their outſide and white
bel is uncertain, the particular umbels are very ſhort, within; theſe appear in July and Auguſt, and the
multiplex, and almoſt globuler. The principal umbel has feeds ripen in autumn.
no involucrum, the particular ones have a many narrow- The fourth fort grows naturally on the dry hills in
leaved involucrum, which is as long as the umbel; the many parts of France and Italy; this has a perennial
empalement of the flower is ſcarce diſcernible ; the princi- root, from which come out leaves like thoſe of Spig-
pal umbel is uniform. The frowers have five inflexed nel, but the ſegments are broader and of a gray co-
beart-ſhaped petols, which cre a little unequal; they have lour. The ſtalks riſe a foot high, and are garniſhed
each five owl-shaped ſtamina, terminated by ſingle ſum- with a few very narrow leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks are
mits. The germen is ſituated under the flower, ſupport- embraced by a long entire membrane ; they branch
ing two reflexed ſtyles, crowned by obtuſe liigmas The out on every ſide, and theſe are terminated by umbels
germen afterward turns to a ſmall, oval, channelled fruit, of white flowers which appear in July, and are fuc-
dividing into two parts, each containing one oval fireaked ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
ſeed, flat on one ſide and convex on the other.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of Italy, and Spain ; this has a thick ligneous root, from
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants which come out ſtiff ſtalks near four feet high, which
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
are crooked at their joints, and garniſhed with narrow
The SPECIES are,
leaves coming out in bunches. The ſtalks divide
1. SESELI (Montanum) petiolis ramiferis membrana- into ſlender branches, which have ſmall umbels of
ceis. Hort. Cliff. 103. Seſeli with membranaceous
. .
flowers coming out of their fides, and are terminated
foot-ſtalks. Feniculum fylveſtre annuum, tragoſe- by larger. The flowers are ſmall, yellow, appear in
lini odore, umbella alba. Bot. Pariſ. 54. Annual July, and are ſucceeded by ſeeds which ripen in
wild Fennel ſmelling like Burnet Saxifrage, and a white
umbel.
The fixth fort is an annual plant, which grows natural-
2. SESELI (Caruifolia) foliis bipinnatis fublinearibus, pe- ly in Portugal. The leaves of this ſort are like thoſe
tiolis bafi membranaceis, feminibus ovalibus. Lin. of Spignel, but are much ſmaller, and have a very
Sp. Plant. 360. Seſeli with double-winged leaves almoſt acrid biting taſte. The ſtalks riſe four inches high,
linear, with a membranaceous baſe to the foot-ſtalks, and and ſuſtain a ſmall umbel of flowers which appear in
oval ſeeds. Caruifolia. C. B.P. 158. Carraway leaf. July; and, if the ſeaſon is warm, the ſeeds will ripen
3
SESELI (Glaucum) petiolis ramiferis membranaceis in autumn.
oblongis integris, foliolis fingularibus binatiſque ca- Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of botaniſts
naliculatis levibus petiolo longioribus. Guett. 64. Se- for the ſake of variety, but at preſent their virtues
feli with branching, oblong, entire, membranaceous foot- are unknown; and as they have little beauty to re-
ſtalks, and the ſmall leaves either ſingle or by pairs, which commend them, they are rarely admitted into other
are lightly channelled. Fæniculum fylveftre glauco fo- gardens.
lio. Tourn. Inſt. 311. Wild Fennel with a gray leaf. Theſe may be propagated by ſowing their feeds, which
4. SESELI (Pumilum) petiolis ramiferis membranaceis is beſt done in autumn, for when the ſeeds are fown
oblongis integris, foliis caulinis anguftiffimis. Hort. in the ſpring, they frequently lie in the ground till
Cliff. 102. Seſeli with oblong, entire, membranaceous, the next year before the plants will appear; whereas
branching foot-ſtalks, and very narrow leaves on the ſtalks. thoſe which are ſown in autumn, always riſe the fol-
Fæniculum fylveſtre perenne, ferulæ folio breviore. lowing ſpring. Theſe ſeeds ſhould be ſown in drills,
Tourn. Inft. 311. Wild perennial Fennel, with a ſporter about eighteen inches aſunder, in a bed of freſh earth,
Giant's Fennel leaf.
where they are deſigned to remain, and in the ſpring
5. SESELI (Tortuofum) caule alto rigido, foliolis lineari- when the plants come up, they ſhould be thinned
bus faſciculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 260. Seſeli with a tall where they are too cloſe, leaving them about fix
Stif ſtolk, and very narrow leaves in cluſters. Foni- inches diſtance in the rows ; after this the plants will
culum tortuofum. J. B. 3. p. 16. Crooked or contorted require no farther care, but to keep them conſtantly
Fennel.
clear from weeds, and the ſecond ſeaſon they will
6. SESELI ( Ammoides) petiolis membrana deftitutis. produce ſeeds. The perennial forts, which are per-
Flor. Leyd. Prod. 112. Seſeli with foot-ſtalks without mitted to remain after they have ſeeded, ſhould have
membranes. Feniculum Luſitanicum minimum acre. the ground gently dug every ſpring between the rows
Tourn. Inft. 312. The leaſt ecrid Portugal Fennel. to looſen the earth, but there ſhould be care taken not
The firſt fort grows naturally in France amongſt the to injure their roots with the ſpade. Theſe plants
Corn; this riſes with an erect ſtalk near two feet love a moiſt foil, for when they are fown on dry
high, ſending out branches from the fide, and is gar- ground, they do not thrive near ſo well, and ſeldom
niſhed with ſhort leaves divided into ſmall ſegments perfect their feeds, unleſs the ſeaſon proves moiſt, or
or leaves like Hog's Fennel. At the foot-ſtalk of they are duly watered.
each branch or leaf is a bellied membrane, which em- SHERARDIA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 3. Lin. Gen.
braces it. The ftalk is terminated by an umbel of Plant. 112. Aparine. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 114. Little
white flowers which appear in June, and the ſeeds Field Madder.
ripen the beginning of Auguft.
The CHARACTERS are,
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Germany ; this The flower has a ſmall, four-pointed, permanent empale-
hath a perennial root. The leaves are long, and ment fitting upon the germen ; it has one long tubulous
made up of eight or nine pair of winged lobes which petal, cut into four plain acute parts at the brim ; it bas
are cut like thoſe of Parſley; the ſtalk riſes near two four ſtamina ſituated on the top of the tube, terminated
feet and a half high, branching out into ſeveral di- by ſingle ſummits, and an oblong twin germen below the
vifions; at each of theſe there is a membrane em- flower, ſupporting a ſlender bifid ſtyle crowned by two headed
bracing the baſe, and one ſmall leaf compoſed of a ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong crowned
few linear lobes. The ſtalks are terminated by com- fruit, containing two oblong ſeeds which are ſeparated.
a
3
This

SI B
SI D
0
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of This plant grows naturally in moiſt places in Cornwall,
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants Devonſhire, and other parts of England, from whence
whoſe flowers have four ftamina and one ſtyle. This the plants or feeds may be procured, which, if planted
title of the genus was given to it by Dr. Dillenius, in or ſown in pots, and placed in the ſhade and kept
honour of the late Dr. William Sherard, whom Boer- moiſt, will thrive very well in gardens.
haave calls the prince of botaniſts.
SICYOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 971. Sicyoides. Tourn.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz. Inft. 103. Single-ſeeded Cucumber.
SHERARDIA ( Arvenſis) foliis omnibus verticillatis, flori-
The CHARACTERS are,
bus terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Sherardia with It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant ; the
all the leaves placed in whorls round the ſtalks, and flowers male flowers have a bell-shaped empalement of one leaf,
terminating them. Aparine ſupina, pumila, flore cæ- with five indentures. The petal is bell-Shaped, of one
ruleo. Tourn. Inft. 114. Low ſupine Clivers with a leaf, growing on the empalement ; they have each three
blue flower.
ftamina, which are united above, terminated by ſummits
It grows naturally amongſt the Corn in many parts of joined in a head. The female flowers cre like the male,
England ; it is an annual plant, with trailing ſtalks and fit upon the germen; they have no ftamino, but the
which ſpread on the ground, are ſometimes a foot germen Supports a cylindrical ſtyle crowned by a thick three-
long, and garniſhed with ſhort acute-pointed leaves pointed ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval
growing in whorls, ſome of which have four, others fruit ſet with briſtly hairs, having one cell, containing a
five and fix, and ſome have eight leaves in each whorl. Single ſeed of the ſame shape.
From the ſide of the ſtalks come out the foot-ſtalks of This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection of
the flowers, which ſuſtain one whorl of leaves upon Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
which the flowers fit very cloſe; there are generally plants which have male and female flowers on the
five or fix flowers upon each whorl; they are blue, fame plant, and their ſtamina are connected together.
and have pretty long tubes, which are cut into four Tournefort places it in the ſeventh ſection of his firſt
ſegments at the the top ſpreading open. Theſe flowers claſs, which contains the herbs with a bell-ſhaped
appear in June, and their feeds ripen in autumn. flower of one petal, whoſe empalement turns to a
SHERARDIA. Vaill. See VERBENA.
fruit for the moſt part fleſhy.
SIBBALDIA. Lin. Gen. 393. Baſtard Cinquefoil.
The SPECIES are,
The CHARACTERS are,
1. Sicyos (Anguiata) foliis angulatis. Hort. Cliff. 452.
The flower bath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut Sicyos with angular leaves. Sicyoides Americana, fruc-
half way into ten ſegments, and five oval petals infcrted tu echinato, foliis angulatis. Tourn. Inft. 103. Ame-
into it, and five hair-like ſtamina which are shorter than rican, prickly, one-feeded Cucumber with angular leaves.
the corolla, joined to the empalement, terminated by ſmall | 2. Sicyos (Laciniata) foliis laciniatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
obtuſe ſummits. It hath five oval port germen, with a 1013. Sicyos with cut leaves. Sicyoides Americana,
ſtyle faſtened to the middle, crowned by beaded ſtigmas; fructu echinato, foliis laciniatis. Plum. Cat. 3. Ame-
the calyx incloſes five oblong feeds.
rican, prickly, one-ſeeded Cucumber with cut leaves.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of The firſt fort grows naturally in North America ; this
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes ſuch plants is an annual plant, which riſes with two large ſeed-
whoſe flowers have five ſtarnina and five ſtyles.
leaves like thoſe of the Cucumber; the ſtalk is trail-
The SPECIES are,
ing, and has tendrils, by which it faſtens itſelf to the
1. SIBBALDIA (Procumbens) foliolis tridentatis. Flor. neighbouring plants, and will riſe fifteen or fixteen
Lap. III. Trailing Baſtard Cinquefoil. Fragariæ fyl- feet high, dividing into many branches, which are
veftris affinis planta, flore luteo. Sibb. Scot. 2. p. 25. garniſhed with angular leaves like thoſe of the Cu-
A plant near of kin to the Wild Strawberry.
cumber, The Powers come out upon long foot-
2. SIBBALDIA (Otopetala) floribus octopetalis. Baſtard ſtalks from the ſide of the branches, ſtanding in cluf-
Cinquefoil with eight petals to the flower.
ters; they have male, which are barren flowers, and
The firſt fort has been known many years; this grows
female fruitful flowers on the ſame plant, which are
upon moiſt ground on the Highlands in Scotland, ſmall, of a pale ſulphur colour, and are ſucceeded by
and is with difficulty preſerved in gardens; it is a low prickly oval fruit containing one feed; the flowers ap-
plant, whoſe leaves end in three points ; the flowers pear in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
are ſmall and yellow, but it rarely produces feeds in If theſe are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come
gardens, therefore the plants muſt be procured from up in the ſpring better than when ſown by hand, and
the places where they naturally grow; and if they require no other care but to keep them clean from
are planted in a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, they weeds. Theſe plants ramble, and take up too much
will thrive tolerably well and produce flowers.
rocm for ſmall gardens, and therefore ſhould be al-
The ſecond fort has been lately diſcovered in the lowed a place near a hedge upon which they may
weſt part of Scotland ; this hath larger flowers than climb; they do not bear tranſplanting well, unleſs
the firſt, and have eight petals to each.
when they firſt come up.
This may be treated in the ſame manner as the other The ſecond fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies;
fort.
this is alſo an annual plant, with trailing ſtalks like
SIBTHORPIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 775. Baſtard the former, but the leaves of this are cut into ſeveral
Moneywort.
ſegments. The flowers are larger than thoſe of the
The CHARACTERS are,
former, and are of a deeper colour ; the fruit are not
The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut quite ſo large, nor ſo cloſely armed with prickly hairs,
into five Spreading ſegments ; it hath one ſpreading petal in which conſiſts their difference.
divided into five equal parts, and four bair-like ſtamina, This fort is not ſo hardy as the firſt, therefore who-
terminated by heart-ſhaped ſummits, with a roundiſ com- ever has a mind to cultivate it, muft fow the feeds
preſſed germen, ſupporting a cylindrical ſtyle the length of upon a hot-bed in the ſpring, and treat the plants in
the flower, crowned by a depreſſed ſtigma ; the empalement the ſame way as Cucumbers and Melons, keeping
becomes an orbicular compreſſed capſule opening with two them under frames, otherwiſe the feeds will not ripen
valves, containing roundiſh convex ſeeds.
in England; but the plants will require more room
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection than either of the former, ſo that one or two plants
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe will be enough for curioſity, as they have no great
plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhort ſta- beauty or uſe.
mina, and the ſeeds are included in a capfule. SIDA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 747. Malvinda. Dillen. Hort.
We have but one Species of this genus in Eng- Elth. 171, 172. Indian Mallow.
land, viz.
The CHARACTERS are,
SIBTHORPIA (Europea) foliis reniformibus ſubpeltatis The empalement of the flower is ſingle, permanent, engu-
crenatis. Amen. Acad. 3. p. 22. Baſtörd Moneywort, lar, and five-pointed. The flower is of one petal, cut into
with kidney-ſhaped crenated leaves.
five broad ſegments which are joined at their buſe, and are
indented
a
3

SI D
S I D
indented at their points; it has many Siamina which are long foot-ſtalks from the wings of the Stalk with one
joined in a column at bottom, but ſpread open above, and flower.
are terminated by roundiff ſummits, and an orbicular ger- 10. SIDA (Capitata) capitulis pedunculatis triphyllis fep-
men, fupporiing a ſhort multifid style, crowned by beaded temfloris. Lin. Act. Upfal. 1743. p. 137. Sida with
frigmas. The germen afterward becomes a five-cornered beads on foot-fialks which have three leaves and seven
capſule having five cells, each containing an angular round- flowers. Malva aſpera major aquatica, ex hortenfium
ish seed.
ſeu rofarum genere, flore minore luteo, femine acule-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of ato. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 96. Greater, aquatic, rough
Linnæus's fixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants Mallow of the garden, or Roſe Mallow Kind, with ſmall
whoſe flowers have their male and female organs join- yellow flowers and prickly ſeeds.
ed in one body, and have many ftamina. To this 11. SIDA (Hirſutiſſima) foliis lanceolatis ſerratis villoſis,
genus he joins the Abutilon of Tournefort, 'but as caule erecto piloſo, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris.
the fruit of that genus is compoſed of many cap- Sida with Spear-ſhaped, woolly, Sawed leaves, an erect
ſules, and theſe have ſeveral feeds in each, that cha- hairy fialk, and foot-ſtalks from the wings of the ſtalk
racter is ſufficient to ſeparate the two genera, which with one flower. Malvinda hirſutiſſima carpini folio
may be the more neceſſary as there are many ſpecies longiore floribus fingulis ad foliorum alas, ſemine bi-
of each.
dente. Houſt. MSS. Indian Mallow very hairy, with
The SPECIES are,
a longer Hornbeam leaf, and ſingle flowers at the wing's
I. SIDA (Ulmifolia) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ferratis, flo- of the leaves, and ſeeds with two teeth.
ribus folitariis axillaribus, femine roftrato bidente. I 2. SIDA (Abutifolia) foliis cordatis crenatis acuminatis
Indian Mallow with oval, Spear-shaped, ſawed leaves, villoſis caule petioliſque pilofis, pedunculis axillari-
Jingle flowers on the ſide of the ſtolk, and ſeeds with two bus uniforis. Sida with heart-ſhaped, pointed, crenated,
borns. Malvinda ulmifolia femine roſtrato bidente. woolly leaves, and the
ſtalks and foot-ſtalks hairy, and foot-
Act. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with an Elm leaf, fialks with one flower at the wings of the ſtalk. Mal-
and ſeeds with two horns or teeth.
vinda abutili folio minore, caulibus hirſutiſſimis,
2. SIDA (Carpinifolia) caule ramoſo hirfuto, foliis lance- floribus ad foliorum alas. Houſt. MSS. Indian Mal-
olatis ferratis floribus confertis axillaribus, femine low with a ſmaller yellow Mallow leaf, very hairy ſtalks,
roſtrato fimplici. Sida with a branching hairy ſtalk, ond flowers proceeding from the wings of the leaves.
Spear-ſhaped Jawed leaves, flowers in cluſters from the 13: SIDA (Ciliaris) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis ob-
(
wings of the ſtalk, and Jeeds with a ſingle horn or tooth. longo-ovatis ferratis hirſutis, floribus feffilibus termi-
Malva erecta minor, carpiri folio, feminibus fingu- nalibus. Sida with trailing Stalks, oblong, oval, hairy,
lis fimplici aculeo longiore donatis. Sloan. Cat. Smaller Sawed leaves, and flowers fitting cloſe at the end of the
upright Mallow with a Hornbeam leaf, and the ſeeds branches. Malva minor ſupina, betonicæ folio, flore
have a ſingle longer born.
coccineo feminibus aſperis. Sloan. Cat. Jam.97. Smaller
3. SIDA ( Anguſtifolia) caule erecto ramoſo, foliis lineari- Supine Mallow with a Betony leaf, a Scarlet flower, and
lanceolatis dentatis ſubtus villoſis, pedunculis axilla- rough ſeeds.
ribus unifloris. Sida with an erect branching ſtalk, li- 14. SIDA (Glabra) foliis cordatis ferratis acuminatis gla-
near Spear-shaped leaves, bairy on their under ſide, and bris, caule ramofo, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris.
foot-ſtalks with one flower at the wings of the fialks. Sida with heart-shaped, ſawed, acute-pointed, ſmooth
Malvinda pimpinellæ folio anguftiore femine bidente. leaves, a branching Stalk, and foot-ſtalks from the wing's
Act. Phil. Lond. vol. 35. Indian Mollow with a nar- of the stalks with one flower. Malvinda abutili folio
row Burnet leaf, ond feeds with two korns.
acuminato, floribus parvis luteis, ex alis foliorum,
4. SIDA (Pimpinellifolia) foliis cordatis ferratis, pedun- femine bidente. Houſt. MSS. Indian Mallow with
culis unifioris axillaribus, femine roftrato bidente. pointed, yellow), Mallow leaf, and ſmall yellow flowers at
Sida with beart-ſhaped ſawed leaves, foot-fialks with one the wings of the leaves, and ſeeds with two teeth.
flower from the wings of the ſtolk, and ſeeds with two 15. SIDA (Sericea) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis ova-
horns. Malvinda pimpinella majoris folio, femine tis ferratis tomentofis nitidis, floribus ſolitariis axilla-
bidente. A&t. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with a ribus feffilibus. Sida with trciling ſtalks, oval, ſawed,
greater Burnet leof, and ſeeds with two teeth.
neat, woolly leaves, and ſingle flowers fitting cloſe to the
5. SIDA (Jamaicenſis) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ſerratis, flo- wings of the ſtalk. Malvinda ſupina, foliis fubrotun-
ribus axillaribus feffilibus, femine tridente. Sida with dis ſericeis, feminibus non dentatis. Houft. MSS. Su-
oval ſpear-shaped leaves which are ſawed, flowers fitting pine Indian Mallow, with roundiſh Satten leaves, and the
cloſe at the wings of the ſtalks, and ſeeds with three teeth. Seeds without teeth.
Malvinda profundius ferrato folio, femine tridente. 16. SIDA (Americana) foliis fubcordatis crenatis ſubtus
Act. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with leaves deep- tomentofis, floribus aggregatis axillaribus feffilibus.
ly sawed, and ſeeds with three teeth.
Side with almoſt heart-ſhaped leaves, which are crenated
6. SIDA (Villosa) caule erecto hirfuto, foliis ſubcordatis and woolly on their under ſide, and flowers in cluſters fit-
feffilibus ſerratis fubvilloſis, floribus confertis axilla- ting cloſe at the wings of the ſtolk. Malva Americana
ribus feffilibus. Sida with a hairy ſtalk, leaves almoſt abutili folio, floribus conglobatis ad foliorum alas.
Beart-ſhaped fitting close to the ſtalk, which are a little Houſt. MSS. Indian Mallow with a yellow Mallow leaf,
woolly, and flowers in cluſters fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. and flowers in cluſters at the wings of the leaves.
Malvinda carpini folio villoſo, floribus conglobatis ad 17. SIDA (Pilofa) foliis fubovatis ſerratis nervoſis fubtus
foliorum alas. Houſt. MSS. Indian Mellow with a tomentofis, caule piloſo, pedunculis axillaribus mul-
Hornbram leaf, and cluſtered flowers at the wings of the tifloris. Sida with veined ſawed leaves clmoſt oval, and
leaves.
woolly on their under ſide, a hairy ſtalk, and foot-ſtalks
7. SIDA (Alnifolia) foliis orbiculatis plicatis ferratis. with many flowers at the wings of the ſtalks. Mal-
Hort. Cliff
. 346. Sida with orbiculer ploited leaves which vinda carpini folio, flore luteo caule & averſa foliorum
are ſawed. Malvinda itellata alnifolia. Hort. Elth. parte villoſo. Houſt. MSS. Indian Mallow with a Horn-
172. Starry Indian Mollow wiib an Alder leaf.
beam leaf, and a yellow flower whoſe ſtalk and the under
8. SIDA (Cordifolic) foliis cordatis fubangulatis ferratis part of the leaf are hairy.
villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 684. Sida with heart-ſhaped 18. SIDA (Fruticoſa) foliis lanceolatis inæqualiter ferra-
leaves almoſt angular, zebich are woolly and ſaved. Mal- ratis acuminatis, floribus capitatis terminalibus, cau-
vinda bicornis, ballotes folio molli. Hort. Elth. 211. le fruticoſo. Sida with Spear-ſhaped acute-pointed leaves
Indian Mallow with two horns, and a ſoft black Hore- unequally sawed, flowers collected in beads at the end of
bound leaf.
the branches, and c ſhrubby ſtalk. Malvinda fruteſcens
9. SIDA (Hirſuta) foliis orbiculato-cordatis crenatis, cau- ulmifolia, feminibus fingulis tribus aculeis lappaceis
le petiolifque hirſutis, pedunculis longis axillaribus armatis Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow with an Elm leaf,
unifioris. Sida with orbicular, beart-shaped, crenated and ſingle ſeeds armed with three burry prickles.
leaves, the fialks and foot-stalks of the leaves hairy, and
19. SIDA

SI D
SI D
و
19. SIDA (Alba) foliis cordatis acuminatis ferratis ner-
vofis, floribus aggregatis axillaribus feffilibus. Sida
wiih acute-pointed, heart-ſhaped, ſawed, veined leaves,
and flowers in cluſters fitting cloſe to the wings of the ſtalk.
Malvinda foliis fubrotundis acuminatis, floribus albis
conglomeratis ad foliorum alas. Houſt. MSS. Indian
Mallow with roundiſh acute-pointed leaves, and white
flowers in cluſters at the wings of the leaves.
Theſe plants grow naturally in the Weſt-Indies, from
whence I have received the ſeeds of three or four fpe-
cies by the title of Broom Weed ; and I have been
informed that the inhabitants cut theſe plants in the
ſame manner as we do Heath, and make it up into
brooms for ſweeping. Sometimes I have received the
feeds by the title of Weſt-India Thea, ſo that I fup-
poſe the leaves of theſe plants are ſometimes uſed as
the Thea. There are certainly more ſpecies of this
genus than are here mentioned, which have eſcaped
the notice of thoſe who have been in the Weſt-Indies
in ſearch for plants, for we frequently have new forts
come up in the earth which is brought from thence
with other plants. Thoſe here enumerated are un-
doubtedly diſtinct ſpecies, for I have cultivated them
ſeveral years, and have never obſerved either of them
change, when raiſed from feeds.
The firſt fort grows as far north as Virginia, from
whence I have ſeveral times received the feeds; this
grows with an upright branching ſtalk three or four
feet high, garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
about two inches long and one broad, fawed on their
edges, and fit cloſe to the branches. The flowers
come out fingly from the wings of the ſtalks, ſtand-
ing upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they have a ſingle
empalement, cut into five obtuſe ſegments, and are
ſmall, of a pale copper colour, and of one petal,
which is cut into five parts almoſt to the bottom,
where they are joined. In the center ariſes a ſmall
column compoſed of the ſeveral ſtamina and ſtyle
which are connected together at bottom, but are ſepa-
rated above. When the flowers decay, the germen
turns to a capſule with five cells incloſed by the em-
palement; in each cell is contained one angular ſeed,
gibbous on one ſide, having two horns or teeth at
the point. This plant flowers till the froſt ſtops it,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The ſecond has hairy branching ſtalks which riſe near
three feet high. The branches of this come out
from the bottom almoſt to the top, and form a py-
ramidal buſh ; the leaves are longer and narrower,
the law on the edges deeper, of a brighter green
than thoſe of the former, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-
ftalks ; the flowers come out at the foot-ſtalks of eve-
ry leaf; they are ſingle toward the bottom of the
ftalk, but upward they are in cluſters ; the empale-
ment of the flower is in five angles, each being ter-
minated by a briftly hair ; the flowers are of a pale
fulphur colour, and the feeds have but one horn or
tooth. It flowers at the ſame time with the former.
The third fort riſes with a ſlender ligneous ſtalk about
two feet high, ſending out many erect branches, which
are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves an inch
and a half long, and a third broad in the middle
they are indented on their edges, and end in acute
points, having pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalks. The
flowers come out fingly from the wings of the ſtalks ;
they are ſmall, of a pale yellow colour, and appear
at the ſame time with the former.
The fourth fort has very ſlender ftalks, which ſel-
dom riſe much more than a foot high, ſending out a
few ſlender branches, garniſhed with ſmall heart-
ſhaped leaves which are fawed on their edges, and
are a little hoary on their under ſide, ſtanding upon
pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are ſmall, of a
pale yellowish colour, and come out fingly from the
wings of the ſtalk; theſe are ſucceeded by feeds hav-
ing two teeth. It flowers at the ſame time with the
former.
The fifth fort has a hairy ftalk covered with a dark
brown bark, and riſes three feet high, ſending out
many branches from the fide, which are garniſhed
with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves ſtanding upon long foot-
ftalks; they are more than two inches long, and one
and a quarter broad, ending in an obtuſe point, and
are deeply ſawed on their edges. The flowers come
out by pairs at the foot-ſtalk of each leaf, fitting cloſe
to the ſtalk, they are larger than thoſe of the former
forts, and of a deeper yellow colour; the feeds of this
are larger, and have three teeth.
The ſixth fort riſes with a ligneous hairy ſtalk between
three and four feet high, ſending out a few ſlender
branches toward the top. The leaves are a little
woolly, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk; they are near two
inches long, and one broad near their baſe, being al-
moſt heart-ſhaped; they are veined, and fawed on
their edges. The flowers come out in cluſters on the
ſide of the branches, to which they fit very cloſe;
they have hairy empalements, cut into acute ſegments
at the top; they are ſmall, of a pale yellow colour,
and appear at the ſame time with the former, and the
feeds have two teeth.
The ſeventh fort has a ſlender ligneous ſtalk which
riſes more than two feet high, ſending out ſeveral flen-
der branches garniſhed with roundiſh leaves having
long foot-ſtalks, and are a little hairy on their under
fide. The flowers come out at the foot-ſtalks of the
leaves, ſometimes ſingly, and at others there are two
or three upon ſlender foot-ſtalks; they are of a pale
copper colour, and appear at the ſame time with the
former.
The eighth fort riſes with an herbaceous ftalk more
than three feet high, ſending out ſeveral erect
branches from the ſides, which are garniſhed with
heart-ſhaped leaves two inches and a half long, and
two broad ; they are fawed on their edges, are of
a light green colour, ſoft to the touch, and ſtand
upon very long foot-ſtalks which are hairy. The
flowers ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks which come out
from the wings of the ſtalk ; they are ſmall, of a
ſulphur colour, and appear at the ſame time with
the former.
The ninth fort has very ſlender ſtiff ſtalks, which are
covered with fine hairs, and riſe a foot and a half high,
ſending out a few ſide branches, which are garniſhed
with roundiſh heart-ſhaped leaves two inches long,
and one inch and three quarters broad at the baſe;
they are thin, of a light green colour, crenated on
their edges, and ſtand upon long, ſlender, hairy foot-
ſtalks. The flowers come out upon long foot-ſtalks
from the wings of the ſtalks fingly; their empalements
terminate with ten ſtiff acute points or hairs; the flow-
ers are ſmall and white, appearing at the ſame time
with the former.
The tenth fort riſes with an herbaceous prickly ſtalk
near four feet high, ſending out ſeveral branches,
which are garniſhed with rough hairy leaves ftanding
upon long foot-ſtalks. Theſe are of different forms,
ſome are divided into five obtuſe lobes, others into
three, fome are hollowed on the ſides in ſhape of a
fiddle; they are indented on their edges, and are of
a pale green colour. The flowers are collected in
heads, which ſtand upon very long hairy foot-ſtalks
ariſing from the wings of the ſtalks. Under each
head are placed three obtuſe ſmall leaves, upon which
reft ſeven pale yellow flowers which are ſmall, and are
almoſt hid by their empalements; theſe are fucceeded
by feeds having acute ſpines. This flowers at the ſame
time as the former.
The eleventh fort riſes with a ligneous ſtalk three feet
high, which is covered with yellowiſh hairs very cloſely
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped hairy leaves ſitting cloſe to
the ſtalks; they are two inches long, and one broad
in the middle, fawed on their edges and of a pale green
on their under ſide.
The flowers come out ſingly
from the wings of the ſtalk, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
ſtalks ; they are ſmall, white, and appear about the
ſame time with the former.
The twelfth fort riſes with very ſlender inform ſtalks
three feet high, covered with long white hairs, and
garniſhed with ſoft, woolly, heart-ſhaped leaves, fit-
ting upon long, ſlender, hairy foot-ſtalks. The
a
a
a
و
a
leaves
12 K

SI D
SI D
а
a
a
leaves are little more than one inch long, and three
quarters broad at their baſe, and are crenated on their
edges. The flowers ftand upon long Nender foot-
ſtalks which ariſe from the wings of the ſtalk, two of
them generally coming out at each leaf; they are of a
pale yellow colour, and appear at the ſame time with
the former.
The thirteenth fort has many trailing ſtalks, which
divide into flender branches, covered with a light
brown bark, and garniſhed with ſmall, oblong, oval
leaves fawed on their edges, and hairy on their under
fide, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers
are produced in ſmall cluſters fitting cloſe at the end
of the branches; they are ſmall, of a bright ſcarlet
colour, and are ſucceeded by feeds having two ſtiff
briſtly teeth. This flowers about the ſame time as
the former.
The fourteenth fort hath ſmooth round ftalks which
riſe three feet high, ſending out long ſlender branches.
The leaves are ſmooth, heart-ſhaped, of a light green
colour, and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks ; the lower
leaves are near three inches long, and almoſt two
broad at their baſe, ſawed on their edges, and ending
in acute points. The flowers ftand upon very long
foot-ſtalks, ariſing from the wings of the ſtalks ſingly;
they are ſmall, and of a whitiſh yellow colour, appear-
ing at the ſame time with the former.
The fifteenth ſort ſends out ſeveral ſtalks from the
rooi, which ſpread flat on the ground, ſending out
ſeveral ſhort ſide branches; the ſtalks grow nine or
ten inches long, and are garniſhed with oval fatteny
leaves fawed on their edges, and have ſhort foot-
ſtalks; the flowers come out fingly at the wings of
the ſtalks, fitting very cloſe thereto; they are ſmall,
of a yellow colour, and appear at the ſame time with
the former, and are ſucceeded by feeds which have
no teeth.
The ſixteenth fort has a ligneous ftalk with a purpliſh
bark, riſing two feet high, ſending out ſeveral
branches from the lower part. The leaves are pretty
thick, and almoſt heart-ſhaped, ending with obtuſe
points ; they are crenated on their edges, and woolly
on their under ſide ; they are an inch and a half long,
and three quarters broad near their baſe, ſtanding up-
on pretty long foot-ſtalks, and have many veins which
ariſe from the midrib, and diverge to the borders.
The flowers are of a pale yellow colour, and are ga-
thered in cluſters fitting cloſe at the wings of the ſtalk;
their empalements are hairy, and cut into many acute
ſegments at the top. This flowers at the ſame time
with the former, and the feeds have two teeth at their
points.
The ſeventeenth fort has a ligneous ſtalk which riſes
four feet high, covered over with brown hairs, ſending
out a few long ſlender branches, the lower parts of
which are garniſhed with oval leaves an inch and a
half long, and three quarters broad; they are ſlight-
ly fawed on their edges, have many longitudinal
veins, and are downy on their under ſide. The up-
per part of the branches are deſtitute of leaves more
than a foot in length, and from their fides come out
foot-ſtalks two inches long, ſuſtaining ſeveral ſmall
yellow flowers in cluſters, having hairy empalements,
which are cut at the top into ſeveral acute ſegments.
This fort flowers at the ſame time with the former.
The eighteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
William Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera
Cruz in New Spain; this riſes with a ſtrong ſhrubby
ítalk fix or ſeven feet high, covered with a rough
brown bark, and ſends out ſeveral ligneous branches
from the fide, which are hairy, and garniſhed with
fpear-ſhaped leaves ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks ;
they are fix inches long, and two broad in the middle,
ending in acute points, and are unequally ſawed on
their edges, ſome of the indentures being large and
deep, others are ſmall and ſhallow, and do not ex-
tend ſo far from the border. The upper ſurface of
the leaves are of a dark green, and their under is of a
pale or light green colour. The flowers are collected
in heads, ſtanding upon long naked foot-ſtalks which
terminate the branches; each of theſe heads contain
ſeven or eight flowers, whoſe petals extend much be-
yond their empalements. The flowers are of a pale
Tulphur colour when they firſt open, but afterward
fade to an almoſt white; their empalements are
ſmooth, but are terminated by five hairy points which
ſtand erect. The flowers being paſt, the germen ſwells
to a ſhort roundiſh capſule fitting in the empalement
of the flower, having five cells, each containing one an-
gular feed, having three ſharp teeth which are burry,
and ſtick to the clothes of thoſe who rub againſt them
when ripe.
The nineteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun, growing naturally in Jamaica; this riſes
with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or eight feet high, ſending
out ſeveral very flender branches, extending to two
feet or more in length, and bending downward at their
ends; they are garniſhed at each joint (which are two
inches afunder) by one large heart-ſhaped leaf, ſtand-
ing upon a pretty long foot-ſtalk; they are above four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad near
their baſe, ſawed on their edges, and run out to a
long ſharp point, having many ſtrong veins which
riſe from the midrib, and diverge toward their bor-
ders; they are of a light green on their upper ſurface,
and pale on their under. The flowers grow in cluf-
ters at the wings of the ſtaiks; thoſe on the lower
part of the branches are formed in clofe obtuſe ſpikes
about an inch in length, but on the upper part of the
branches they are in globular heads which are placed
nearer together, and have no leaves under them, the
branches being terminated by one of theſe heads.
The empalements of the flowers end with five acute
hairy points ; the flowers are ſmall, and when they
firſt open are white, but afterward they fade to a brown-
iſh colour. When theſe are paſt, the germen becomes
a roundiſh capſule with five cells, ſitting in the em-
palement of the flower, each cell having one angular
feed with two teeth.
Theſe plants are moſt of them annual in England,
but ſome of them are of longer duration in their na-
tive countries, and might be ſo here, if they were
placed in a warm ſtove in winter ; but as moſt of them
perfect their ſeeds the ſame year, if the plants are
brought forward in the ſpring, few perſons have room
in their ſtoves to receive theſe plants, as there are ſo
many perennial exotic plants at preſent in the Eng-
liſh gardens, which require a warm ſtove to preſerve
them.
They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed the beginning of April,
and when the plants are come up fit to remove, they
ſhould be tranſplanted to another hot-bed, planting
them four inches diſtance every way; they muſt be
ſhaded from the ſun till they have taken new root,
and then they muſt have a large ſhare of free air ad-
mitted to them when the weather is mild, to pre-
vent their drawing up weak; they will alſo require
water pretty frequently. If the plants thrive well,
they will have ſtrength enough to be fit to tranſplant
in the open air ; for which purpoſe they ſhould be
gradually hardened, and the beginning of June they
may be taken up with balls of earth to their roots,
and planted in a warm ſheltered part of the garden,
at about three feet diſtance, obſerving to ſhade and
water them until they have taken new root; after
which they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds. In July the plants will begin to
flower, and there will be a continued ſucceſſion of
flowers until the froft comes on.
warm, they will ripen their feeds very well in autumn;
but left theſe ſhould miſcarry by the unfavourableneſs
of the ſeaſon, it may be proper to put one plant of
each fort in pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth,
placing them in the ſhade till they have taken new
root, and then they may be removed to a warm ſitua-
tion, where they will thrive very well in a good fea-
lon; but if the ſummer proves cold, they ſhould be
placed in a dry airy glaſs-caſe, where they may be
kept warm, which will ripen their ſeeds.
The
a
a
If the ſeaſon proves
a

SID
SID
3
cecilS.
The eighteenth ſpecies will not flower the firſt year, empalements. Sideritis Hiſpanica fruteſcens feu liga
fo the plants muſt be placed in a warm ſtove in au- nofior. Tourn. Inft. 192. Shrubby, or ligneous Spaniſli
tumn, and during the winter they muſt be treated in Ironwort.
the ſame way as other tender plants from the fame 8. SIDERITIS (Hylopifolia) foliis lanceolatis glabris inte-
country. The following ſummer they will flower and gerrimis, bracteis cordatis dentato-fpinofis, calycibus
produce ripe ſeeds, but the plants are not of long du- æqualibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 575. Ironwort with ſmootha
ration, ſo that there ſhould be a ſucceſſion of young entire, Spear-ſhaped leaves, heart-ſhaped, prickly, indent-
plants raiſed from ſeeds.
ed bročiea, end equal empalements. Sideritis Alpina
SIDERATION, a blaſting of trees or plants by an hyffopifolia. C. B.P.233. Alpine Ironwort with a Hys-
eaſterly wind, of exceſſive heat or drought.
Sop leaf.
SIDERITIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 191. tab. 90. 9. SIDERITIS (Canarienſis) fruticoſa tomentoſa, foliis
Lin. Gen. Plant. 632. [of Eidnpo, iron, q. Iron-herb;
q
cordato-oblongis acutis petiolatis fpicis verticillatis.
fo Dioſcorides calls thoſe herbs, that are good againſt Lin. Sp. Plant. 574. Shrubby woolly Ironwort with
wounds made by the ſword. It is alſo called Fer- heart-shaped oblong leaves, and the flowers growing in
rum matrix, on the ſame account; alſo Herba Ju- whorls. Stachys Canarienſis, fruteſcens, verbaſci fo-
daica, becauſe the Jews in old time made uſe of this lio. Tourn. Inſt. 186. Shrubby Baſe Horehound of the
herb in medicine.] Ironwort; in French, Crapaudine. Canaries, with a Moth Mullein leaf.
The CHARACTERS are,
The firſt fort grows naturally in France, Spain, and
,
The flower has an oblong tubulous empalement of one leaf, Italy; the root is perennial, the ſtalks are herbace-
cut into five segments at the top. The fiower is of the lip ous, hairy, and trail upon the ground; they are a
kind, of one petal, almoſt equal; the tube is oblong and foot and a half long, ſending out branches at the
cylindrical, the chaps oblong and taper. The upper lip is bottom, which are garniſhed with oblong, oval, hairy,
erect, and cut into two ccute ſegments, the under lip is cut crenated leaves ; the upper part of the ſtalk is fur-
into three; the two fide Segments are acute, the middle niſhed with whorls of purple flowers, theſe ſtand pret-
is round and crenated. It has four ſtamina within the ty far afunder. The flowers appear in ſummer, and
tube, two of which are as long as the tube, the other are the feeds ripen in autumn. It is a plant of no great
Shorter, terminated by twin ſummits; and a four-pointed beauty or uſe, ſo is ſeldom kept in gardens.
germen ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle a little longer than the The ſecond fort is an annual plant with trailing ſtalks;
ſtamina, crowned by two ſtigmas, the upper being cylindri- the leaves are ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, and fit cloſe to the
cal, concave, and torn, the lower is Mort and membrana- ſtalks ; the whole plant is hairy. The flowers grow
The germen afterward turn to four ſeeds, which in whorled ſpikes at the end of the branches, they
ripen in the empalement.
have prickly empalements and are yellow. It grows
This
genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of in all the ſouthern parts of Europe, and is ſeldom ad-
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants mitted into gardens.
whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtami- The third fort grows naturally in the Levant, where
na, and the feeds are naked in the empalement,
it was diſcovered by the late Dr. Tournefort. The
The SPECIES are,
roots of this ſort ſeldom continue longer than two
1. SIDERITIS (Hirſuta) foliis lanceolatis obtufis dentatis years in England; the lower leaves are oblong, en-
piloſis, bracteis dentato-ſpinoſis, caule hirto, fpicis tire, and hairy; the ſtalks are ſmooth, hoary, and
interruptis elongatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 803. Ironwort riſe near four feet high, branching out into ſeveral
with ſpear-ſhaped, obtuſe, hairy, indented leaves, a hairy long ſlender branches, and garniſhed with hoary acute-
ſtalk, and long interrupted Spikes of flowers. Sideritis pointed leaves, furniſhed with whitiſh flowers in whorls
hirſuta procumbens. C. B. P. 233. Hairy trailing which are placed far aſunder ; the whorls are ſmall,
Ironwort.
compact, and have two very ſhort leaves immediately
2. SIDERITIS (Romana) herbacea ebracteata, caulibus under them, which end with a ſharp ſpine ; the em-
ſpinoſis, lacinia fuperiore majore ovata. Lin. Sp. palements of the flowers are prickly, and the flowers
Plant. 802. Herbaceous Ironwort with prickly empale- are ſmall. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen
ments, the upper ſegment being oval and larger than the in autumn.
other. Sideritis verticillis ſpinoſis, minor procumbens. The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this is a
Mor. Hift. 3. p. 388. Smaller trailing Ironwort with low ſhrubby plant, whoſe italks riſe a foot high, and
prickly whoris.
are ligneous, ſending out branches a foot long,
3. SIDERITIS (Perfoliata) herbacea hiſpido-pilofa, foliis which are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves
iuperioribus amplexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 802. an inch and a half long, they are downy and very
Hairy, ſtinging, herbaceous Ironwort, whose upper leaves white ; the upper part of the ſtalk is furniſhed with
embrace the ſtalks. Sideritis Orientalis, phlomidis fo-
whorls of whitiſh yellow flowers, having prickly em-
lio. Tourn. Cor. 12. Eaſtern Ironwort with a Jeruſalem palements. This ſort flowers in July, but unleſs the
Sage leof.
ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds will not ripen here.
4. SIDERITIS (Olæafolia) tomentoſa, foliis lineari-lance- The fifth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
olatis feffilibus, calycibus ſpinoſis. Woolly Ironwort and Italy; this hath a perennial root; the ſtalks riſe
with narrow Spear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtolks, a foot high, and are garniſhed with ſpear-shaped
and prickly empalements to the flowers. Sideritis incana, leaves which are deeply crenated on their edges; they
oleæ folio. Bocc. Muf. Hairy Ironwort with an Olive are an inch long and half an inch broad, and have
leaf.
ſhort heart-ſhaped bractea which are prickly. The
5. SIDERITIS (Scordioides) foliis lanceolatis acutis den- flowers grow in whorled ſpikes at the end of the ſtalks;
tatis, bracteis ovatis dentato-ſpinoſis, calycibus æqua- they are yellow, and have prickly empalements which
libus, fpicis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 803. Ironwort are equal. It flowers in July, and if the ſeaſon proves
with Spear-ſhaped, acute, indented leaves, oval prickly warm, the ſeeds will ripen in autumn.
braetea, equal empalements, and oval ſpikes of flowers. The fixth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath a
Sideritis foliis hirſutis profundè crenatis. C. B. P. 233. ſhort ligneous ſtalk, from which is ſent out a few
Ironwort with hairy leaves deeply crenated.
branches about a foot long, garniſhed with thick
6. SIDERITIS (Syriaca) fruticoſa tomentolo-lanata, foliis wedge-ſhaped leaves which are very downy and white.
lanceolatis integerrimis floribus verticillatis. Lin. Sp. The flowers are produced in whorls toward the end
Plant. 801. Shrubby, downy, woolly Ironwort, with of the branches; they are yellow, and have ſmooth
Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, and flowers in whorls. Si- downy empalements. It flowers in July, but does not
deritis Cretica tomentoſa candidiſſima, flore luteo. produce ſeeds in England.
Tourn. Cor. 12. The whiteſt downy Ironwort of Candia. The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy;
7. SIDERITIS (Hiſpanica) fruticoſa, foliis lanceolatis in- this hath a low shrubby ſtalk, ſending out ſeveral
tegerrimis, fioribus ſpicatis terminalibus, calycibus hairy branches a foot long, garniſhed with hairy ſpear-
ipinoſis. Shrubby Ironwort with Spear-ſhaped entire leaves, ſhaped leaves, one inch long and half an inch broad,
and ſpiked flowers terminating the ſtalks, having prickly of a yellowiſh green colour. The flowers grow in
cloſe
و
а
و

SI D
SI D
for thoſe which are fown in the ſpring feldom fuc-
ceed, or if they do, the plants rarely come up the
firſt year.
cloſe whorled ſpikes at the end of the branches; they
are of a fulphur colour, and have very prickly em-
palements. This fort flowers in July, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
The eighth fort grows naturally on the mountains
of Valentia ; this hath a ſhort ligneous ftalk, ſend-
ing out branches a foot and a half long, garniſhed
with narrow ſmooth leaves an inch long, of a ſtrong
ſcent when bruiſed. The flowers are yellow, and
grow in in large ſpiked whorls at the end of the
branches. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
autumn.
a
The ninth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iſlands,
but has been long an inhabitant in the Engliſh gar-
dens. It riſes with a ſoft ſhrubby ſtalk five or ſix feet
high, ſending out ſeveral ligneous branches which
are covered with a ſoft down, and are garniſhed
with heart-ſhaped leaves, having long foot-ſtalks.
Theſe differ greatly in fize, according to the age and
vigour of the plants; for in young plants they are
often five or ſix inches long, and two and a half
broad near their baſe, but in older plants they are
not more than half that fize; they are very woolly,
eſpecially on their under fide, which is white, but
their upper ſurface is of a dark yellowiſh green. The
flowers grow in thick whorled ſpikes at the end of the
branches; they are of a dirty white, ſhaped like thoſe
of the other forts, and appear early in June, and the
feeds ripen in Auguſt, but the plants frequently pro-
duce flowers again in autumn.
Theſe plants are preſerved in ſome curious gardens
for the ſake of variety. The five forts firſt mention-
ed, and alſo the ninth, are hardy enough to thrive in
the open air in England: they are propagated by
ſeeds, which, if ſown in autumn, will ſucceed better
than thoſe which are fown in the ſpring. The feeds
may be ſown in ſhallow drills upon a dry ſpot of
ground, and in the ſpring when the plants come up,
they muſt be kept clean from weeds; and when the
plants are fit to remove, part of each fort may be
drawn out, and planted in a bed at about nine or ten
inches diſtance, which will give thoſe which are left in
the ſeed-bed room to grow. The plants which are
removed ſhould be ſhaded and watered until they have
taken new root, after which they will require no other
care but to keep them clean from weeds till the fol-
lowing autumn, when they ſhould be tranſplanted to
the places where they are to remain. The fourth fort
ſhould have a dry ſoil and a warm ſituation, but nei-
ther of the forts ſhould be planted in rich ground,
for that will cauſe them to grow ſo luxuriant in fum-
mer, that the froſt or much wet will deſtroy them in
winter.
The annual fort ſhould not be removed, but the plants
thinned and left in the place where they were fown,
keeping them clean from weeds.
The fixth and ſeventh forts will often live through
the winter in the open air, eſpecially if their feeds
are fown upon dry rubbiſh; for when either of theſe
happen to grow in the joints of old walls, they will
endure the greateſt cold of this country, therefore
their feeds ſhould be ſown in ſuch places. The fixth
fort does not produce good feeds in England, ſo this
is propagated by flipping off the heads, planting them
in a ſhady border during the ſpring or ſummer
months, which will readily take root; ſome of theſe
may then be taken up and put into pots, that they
may be ſcreened under a frame in winter. The other
may be removed in autumn, and planted cloſe to
warm walls in rubbiſh, where they will abide ſome
years.
The ninth fort is generally kept in green-houſes in
England, but in moderate winters I have had theſe
plants live abroad without cover in a warm dry bor-
der: however, if they are ſcreened from hard froſt
under a common frame, where they may be expoſed
to the open air at all times when the weather is
mild, and protected from hard froſts, they will thrive
better than with more tender treatment. It is
pro-
pagated by feeds which ſhould be fown in autumn,
SIDEROXYLUM, Iron Wood.
The CHARACTERS are,
The empalement of the flower is permanent and conſiſts of
one leaf, which is cut into five ſegments
. The flower is
bell-shaped, and divided into five parts at the brim. It
has five awl-ſhaped ſtamina the length of the petal, termi-
nated by ſingle ſummits, and a round germen ſupporting en
awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen
afterward becomes a roundiſh berry having one cell, con-
taining four ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. SIDEROXYLUM (Inerme) inerme. Lin. Hort. Cliff
. 69.
Smooth Iron Wood. Sideroxylum primum, fc. dein
coriæ. Indorum nomine data arbor. Hort. Elth. 357.
The firſt Iron Wood, called by the Indians Dein Coria.
2. SIDEROXYLUM (Oppoſitifolia) foliis lanceolatis ex ad-
verfo fitis. Iron Wood with Spear-ſhaped leaves growing
oppoſite.
Theſe plants grow natutally at the Cape of Good Hope,
from whence they were firſt brought into the Dutch
gardens, and of late years they have been introduced
into ſeveral curious gardens in England, where they
are preſerved for the beauty of their evergreen leaves,
for they rarely produce flowers here.
The firſt fort hath large oval leaves, ſhaped fome-
what like thoſe of the Bay-tree, but fmoother and
blunter at the end. Theſe are placed on the branches
without order, as the branches alſo are produced.
The ſtalks are ſhrubby, and riſe five or fix feet high,
fending out many branches, covered with a dark brown
bark.
The ſecond fort grows more upright and regular ; the
leaves which are ſmaller, and more pointed than thoſe
of the firſt, are placed oppoſite on the branches, and
theſe continue
green through the
year.
The wood of theſe trees being very cloſe and folid,
has given occaſion for this name being applied to
them, it being ſo heavy as to fink in water; and the
title of Iron Wood having been applied to the wood,
by the inhabitants of the countries where it grows,
has occafioned the botaniſts to conſtitute a genus by
this name.
But as the characters of the plants have
not been ſo well examined as could be wilhed, occa-
fioned by their not flowering in Europe, it is very pro-
bable, that the plants which have been ranged under
this genus, do not properly belong to it; for Dr.
Plukenet has figured a plant under the title of Ebenus
Jamaicenſis, whoſe characters are very different from
thoſe aſſigned to this genus: and the Jamaica Iron
Wood is totally different from both in its characters,
for this has male and female flowers on different trees;
the male flowers have no petals, as appears by dried
ſamples in my collection.
Theſe plants are natives of warm countries, ſo cannot
be preſerved in England, unleſs they are placed in a
moderate ftove. They are propagated by feeds, when
theſe can be procured from abroad. Theſe muſt be
ſown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged
into a good hot-bed in the ſpring, in order to get the
plants forward early in the ſeaſon. When the plants
are fit to tranſplant, they ſhoald be each put into a
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with good earth, and plung-
ed into a freſh hot-bed while they are young. In
winter they muſt be plunged into the can-bed in the
ftove, and treated in the ſame manner as hath been
directed for ſeveral tender plants from the fame coun-
tries. As the plants obtain ſtrength, they may be
treated more hardily, by placing them in a dry itove
in the winter, and giving them a greater ſhare of
free air in ſummer, and when they have obtained
ſtrength, they may be placed abroad in ſummer in a
ſheltered fituation.
I have propagated them by layers, but theſe were
two years before they had made good roots; and
ſome-
a

SIL
S Í L
3
This genus
ſometimes they will take from cuttings, but this is feffilibus, petalis bifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 416. Silene
a very uncertain method of propagating them; nor with Spikes of flowers fitting cloſe and turned all one
do the plants fo raiſed, ever grow ſo vigorouſly as way, and the petals bifid. Viſcago hirta noctiflora, flo-
thoſe which come from ſeeds; ſo that when thoſe can ribus obſoletis fpicatis. Dillen. Hort. Elth. 420. Night-
be procured, it is the beſt method to propagate them. flowering, hairy, viſcous Campion, with worn-out flowers
SIGESBECKIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 873.
in ſpikes.
The CHARACTERS are,
3. SILENE (Nutans) petalis bifidis, foribus lateralibus
The proper involucrum of the flower is compoſed of five li- ſecundis cernuis panicula nutante. Lin. Sp. Plant.
near, taper, obtuſe leaves, which open beyond the petal, 417. Silene with bifid petals, nodding flowers growing
and is permanent. The common cover is five-leaved, fit- from the ſide of the ſtalks, and a recurved panicle. Lych-
ting cloſe; it has five angles ; the leaves are oval, con- nis montana, viſcoſa, alba, latifolia. C. B. P. 205.
cave, equal, and diſpoſed in ſeveral ſeries; it is perma- Broad-leaved, white, viſcous, Mountain Campion,
nent, and between each leaf is contained a floret. The 4. SILENE (Fruticoſa) petalis bifidis, caule fruticoſo, fo-
flower is compoſed of hermaphrodite florets in the diſk, liis lato lanceolatis, panicula trichotoma. Lin. Sp.
and the border or ray is made up of female half florets, Plant. 417. Silene with bifid petals, a forubby ſtolk,
which are tongue-ſhaped. The hermaphrodite florets are broad ſpear-shaped leaves, and panicles divided in threes.
funnel-ſhaped, and cut into five parts at the brim ; theſe Lychnis fruteſcens, myrtifolia, behen albo fimilis.
bave five ſhort ſtamina, with tubulous ſummits joined to- C. B. P. 205. Shrubby Campion, with a Myrtle leaf like
gether, and an oblong incurved germen as large as the em- the white Beben.
palement
, ſupporting a fender Style, crowned by a bifid 5. Silene (Viridiflora) petalis femibifidis, foliis ovatis
ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong, four- ſcabriuſculis acutis, panicula elongata ſubaphylla. Lin.
cornered, blunt ſeed; the female half florets have a ſort, Sp. 597. Silene with bifid petals, oval, rough, acute-
broad, tongue-ſhaped petal, indented in three parts; theſe pointed leaves, and long panicles without leaves. Lych-
have a germen, ſtyle, and ſtigma, like the hermaphrodite nis ocymaſti facie, fore viridi. Herm. Par. 199.
florets, but have no ſtamina, and are ſucceeded by ſingle Campion with the appearance of Ocymaſtrum, and a green
Feeds like the other.
flower.
of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection 6. SILENE (Conoidea) calycibus fructus globoſis acumi-
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the natis ftriis triginta, foliis glabris petalis integris.
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite Hort. Upfal. 110 Silene with globular acute-pointed
and female florets which are both fruitful, and have capſules having thirty ſtripes, ſmooth leaves, and entire
their parts of generation connected together.
petals. Lychnis ſylveſtris, latifolia caliculis turgidis
We have but one Species of this genus, viz. ftriatis. C. B. P. 205. Broad-leaved wild Campion, with
SIGESBECKIA (Orientalis.) Lin. Hort. Cliff. Sigebeckia. a turgid ſtriped empalement.
We have no Engliſh name for this plant; this here 7. SILENE (Pendula) calycibus fructiferis pendulis infia-
mentioned was applied to it by Dr. Linnæus, in ho- tis, angulis decem ſcabris. Hort. Upfal. 106. Silene
nour of Dr. Sigelbeck, who was profeſſor of botany with pendulous ſwollen empalements to the fruit, with ten
at Peterſburgh.
rough angles. Lychnis fupina Sicula, calyce amplif-
The plant is annual, periſhing at the approach of ſimo ftriato. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 337. Low Sicilian Cam-
winter. The ſeeds of it were brought from the Eaſt- pion, with a large ſtriped empalement.
Indies, where it is a troubleſome weed, but in Eng-8. SILENE (Noctiflora) calycibus decem angularibus,
land it feldom perfects feeds, unleſs the plants are dentibus tubum æquantibus caule dichotomo. Lin.
raiſed on a hot-bed, and brought forward in the Sp. Plant. 419. Silene with empalements having ten an-
ſpring ; then they may be planted out in warm bor- gles, and the indentures as long as the tube. Lychnis
ders the beginning of June, and if they are ſupplied noctiflora. C. B. P. 205. Night-flowering Campion.
with water in dry weather, they will grow near four 9. SILENE (Valleſia) caulibus fubunifloris decumbenti-
,
feet high, and ſend out many branches. The Sowers bus, foliis lanceolatis longitudine calycis. Lin. Sp.
are produced at the extremity of the ſhoots, which 603. Silene with decumbent ſtalks with one flower, and
are ſmall, and of a yellow colour, fo make no great Spear-ſhaped woolly leaves the length of the empalement.
appearance, therefore it is only preſerved in the Lychnis maritima pinguis e Corſica. Bocc. Muf. tab.
gardens of thoſe perſons who are curious in the ſtudy 84. Maritime Lychnis of Corfica.
of plants.
10. SILENE (Orientalis) calycibus conicis ftriis hirſutis
SILAUM. See PEUCEDANUM.
fructibus erectioribus, caule erecto hirſuto, foliis ner-
SILENE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 503. Viſcago. Dill. Hort. voſis. Silene with conical empalements having hairy
Elth. 309. Lychnis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 333. tab. ſtripes, ereet fruit, a hairy upright ſtalk, and veined
175. Viſcous Campion, or Lychnis.
leaves. Lychnis Orientalis, longifolia nervoſa, fore
The CHARACTERS are,
purpurafcente. Tourn. Cor. 24. Eaſtern Campion with
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which a long veined leaf and a purpliſh flower.
is indented at the top into five parts. It has five plain 11. SILENE (Muſcipula) petalis bifidis, caule dichotomo,
obtuſe petals indented at their points, whoſe tails are nar- floribus axillaribus feffilibus, foliis glabris. Lin. Sp.
row the length of the empalement, and a nectarium com- Plant. 420. Silene with bifid petals, a ſtalk divided by
pounded of two ſmall indentures in the neck of each petal, pairs, flowers fitting cloſe to the wings of the ſtalk, and
conſtituting a crown to the chaps, and ten azel-ſhaped ſta- ſmooth leaves. Lychnis fylveftris viſcoſa, rubra alte-
mina, inſerted alternately to the tail of the petals abovee ach ra. C. B. P. 205. Wild viſcous Campion with a red
other, terminated by oblong ſummits. In the center is fitu- flower.
ated a cylindrical germen, ſupporting three ſtyles which 12. SILENE (Armeria) floribus faſciculatis faftigiatis, fo-
are longer than the ſtamina, crowned by ſtigmas that are liis ſuperioribus cordatis glabris. Hort. Upfal. 110.
reflexed againſt the ſun. The germen afterward becomes Silene with flowers gathered into bunches, whoſe upper
a cloſe cylyndrical capſule with three cells, opening at the leaves are ſmooth and heart-ſhaped. Lychnis viſcoſa
top five ways, incloſing many kidney-shaped ſeeds.
purpurea, latifolia lævis. C. B. P. 205. Purple viſcous
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of Campion with a broad ſmooth leaf, commonly called Lo-
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants bel's Catchfly.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and three ſtyles. 13. SILENE (Gigantea) foliis radicalibus cochleariformi-
The SPECIES are,
bus fimis caule fubverticillato. Lin. Sp. 598. Silene
1. SILENE (Quinquevulnera) petalis integerrimis fub- with obtuſe, Spoon-ſhaped, lower leaves, and whorled ſtalks.
rotundis, fructibus erectis alternis. Hort. Cliff. 171. Lychnis facie auricula urſi. C. B. P. 206. Campion
Silene with entire roundiſh petals to the flower, and erect with the appearance of Auricula,
alternate fruit. Lychnis hirſuta, flore eleganter va- 14. SILENE (Bupleuroides) petalis bifidis, floribus pe-
riegato. Raii Hift. 997. Hairy Campion with an ele- dunculatis oppoſitis bractea brevioribus, foliis lance-
gant variegated flower, commonly called Dwarf Lychnis. olatis acutis glabris. Lin. Sp. 598. Silene with bifid
2. SILENE (Nocturna) foribus fpicatis alternis fecundis petals, flowers placed oppoſite on foot-ſtalks, and smooth
12 L
acute

SIL
SIL
ز
و
acute leaves. Lychnis Orientalis bupleuri folio. Tourn.
Cor. 24. Eaſtern Campion with a Hare's-ear leaf.
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus whoſe
flowers have no beauty, ſo the plants are never cul-
twated but in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety,
therefore I have not enumerated them, which would
fwell the work too much; many of them grow wild
in England.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Portugal, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens by the ti-
tle of Dwarf Lychnis. The ſeeds of this were formerly
ſown in drills on the edges of borders, as were ſeveral
other low annual plants, theſe being very faſhionable
for edgings of borders at that time, but as all theſe
were of ſhort duration, ſo they foon were rejected for
this purpoſe ; after which the ſeeds were uſually ſown
in patches in the borders, where they made a better
appearance than in the former way: but in both theſe
methods the plants were generally left ſo cloſe as to
fpoil their growth, for their ſtalks were drawn up very
weak, and had not room to branch out, and their
flowers were ſmall; therefore thoſe who are deſirous
to have this plant in beauty, ſhould fow the feeds thin
upon a border of light earth in autumn, and in the
ſpring the plants ſhould be thinned to the diſtance of
four inches, and keep them afterward clean froni
weeds. When they are ſo managed, the plants will
riſe near a foot and a half high, with hairy channel-
Ied ſtalks, and divide into many branches, garniſhed
with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, hairy leaves placed oppoſite,
ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers grow in ſhort
ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are placed al-
ternately, and are of a bright purple colour, edged
with white. The autumnal plants will flower in May
and June, but thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring,
will come a month later.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alſo at
the Cape of Good Hope, from whence I have re-
ceived the ſeeds. This is an annual plant, with a
low branching ſtalk, which ſeldom riſes more than
eight or nine inches high; the ſtalks are ſmooth, the
leaves are very narrow and ſmooth, placed by pairs;
the ſtalks are terminated by ſpikes of dark (purple
flowers ſtanding alternate, whoſe petals are bifid; they
open in the evening, but are cloſely ſhut in the day.
If the ſeeds of this plant are ſown in autumn, upon a
warm border, the plants will flower in May and June,
ſo good feeds may be obtained; but when the feeds
are fown in the fpring, they often fail; and if any of
the plants do come up, they are generally ſo late as
that their feeds feldom ripen well.
The third fort is a perennial plant which grows natu-
rally on the Alps; the lower leaves of this are ſmooth
and ſpear-ſhaped, the ſtalk riſes near two feet high,
and is garniſhed with two narrow leaves placed oppo-
fite at each joint, and immediately below them; the
ftalk is very clammy; the flowers come out on ſhort
foot-ſtalks from the wings of the leaves, each foot-
ſtalk for the moſt part ſuſtaining three flowers, with
long, white, bifid petals. Theſe appear in June, and
the feeds ripen in Auguſt. This plant riſes eaſily from
ſeeds if they are ſown in autumn, and the only cul-
ture the plants require is to keep them clean from
weeds, and allow them room to ſpread ; they love a
cool foil and a ſhady ſituation.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily; this has a
low ſhrubby ftalk, which divides into ſeveral ſhort
ſhrubby branches, garniſhed with broad, ſmooth,
ſpear-ſhaped leaves, ending in acute points. The
flower-ſtalks riſe about a foot high, and divide into
ſpreading panicles, ſuſtaining two and three flowers,
of an herbaceous white colour; they appear in June
and July, and are ſucceeded by oval ſmooth capſules
having thick covers, filled with ſmall ſeeds which ri-
pen in autumn. This fort riſes eaſily from ſeeds as
the former, or may be propagated by Nips, which, if
planted in a ſhady border will take root very freely;
and if the plants are planted in a warm border of dry
earth, they will live ſeveral years and require no
ſhelter, but in moiſt ground they frequently rot in
winter.
The fifth ſort grows naturally in Portugal; this has
a perennial root; the lower leaves are roundiſh and
hollowed like a ſpoon ; thoſe upon the ſtalks are ob-
tuſe, and ſtand ſometimes by pairs, at others by threes
or fours round the ſtalks; they are of a deep green,
ſmooth, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks; the ſtalks are
round, fmooth, and riſe from two to three feet high.
The flowers grow in looſe ſpikes at the top ; they are
of a green colour, and appear in June, and the feeds
ripen in Auguſt. This riſes eaſily from ſeeds ſown in
autumn, and if the plants have a dry foil they will
continue feveral years, and require no other culture
but to keep them clean from weeds.
The fixth fort grows naturally among Corn in France,
Spain, and Italy. It is an annual plant, with an up-
right branching italk a foot and a half high, having
fwelling viſcous joints, garniſhed with narrow, acute-
pointed, fmooth leaves, near three inches long, fit-
îing cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches, they are ſmall and red;
theſe are ſucceeded by globular capſules ending in
acute points, whoſe empalements are ſtriped. It
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft. The
feeds of this ſhould be ſown in autumn, and in the
ſpring the plants ſhould be thinned and kept clean
from weeds, which is all the culture they require.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Sicily and Crete;
this is an annual plant, from whoſe root comes out
ſeveral branching ſtalks near a foot and a half long,
which trail upon the ground, and are garniſhed
with oval acute-pointed leaves placed oppoſite. The
flowers come out ſingly from the wings of the ſtalk,
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are large, and of a bright
red colour, reſembling thoſe of the common, wild,
red Campion. Theſe appear in May, and are fuc-
ceeeded by large capſules included in inflated empale-
ments, having ten rough angles, containing many
large roundiſh ſeeds, whoſe weight cauſes the capſules
to hang downward. If the ſeeds of this are permitted
to ſcatter, the plants will come up without care, and
require nothing more but to keep them clean from
weeds.
The eighth fort is an annual plant, which is found
naturally in England growing among Corn. It riſes
with a thick clammy ſtalk eight or nine inches high,
garniſhed with ſmall oblong leaves by pairs, whoſe
baſe embrace the ſtalks; the top of the ſtalk ſuſtains
one or two ſmall red flowers, which open only in the
night. This fowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen
early in Auguſt, which, if permitted to ſcatter, the
plants will come up without farther trouble.
The ninth fort grows naturally upon the Alps ; this
plant ſeldom riſes more than ſix inches high, fending
out many fhrubby decumbent branches, garniſhed
with woolly ſpear-ſhaped leaves; the flowers grow
erect, they are of a pale red colour, and are ſucceeded
by turgid capſules filled with roundiſh feeds.
This is propagated by feeds, which if ſown in dry
rubbiſh, the plants will live many years in the open
air, but in rich moiſt foils they rarely live through
the winter.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in the Levant; this is.
an annual plant, with a ſtrong, erect, hairy, branch-
ing ſtalk, which riſes two feet high. The branches
grow erect, as do alſo the flowers, which are red, and
have large, conical, ſtriped empalements, whoſe ſtripes
are hairy and of a browniſh colour.
colour. The flowers.
appear in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt ; this
muſt be treated in the ſame way as the firſt fort.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, Spain, and Italy; this is biennial. The ſtalk
is round, clammy, and riſes a foot and a half high,
having ſwelling joints; the leaves 'grow round the
ſtalks in cluiters; they are very narrow and ſmooth.
The upper part of the ſtalk divides into ſpreading
branches by pairs, and are adorned by red flowers
coming out ſingly from the wings of the leaves, fit-
ز
و
3
;
а
3
j
ting

SI L
SIL
a
3
a
a
ting cloſe to the ſtalks. Theſe appear in May, and|SILIQUOUS, are plants whoſe feeds are in a huſk,
are ſucceeded by oblong viſcous capſules filled with pod, or ſhell.
angular ſeeds, which ripen in July.
SILPHIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 882. Chryſanthe:
This ſort is eaſily propagated by feeds, which, if ſown mum. Mor. Hift. 3. Baſtard Chryſanthemum.
in autumn, will ſucceed much better than in the The CHARACTERS are,
ſpring. When the plants come up and are fit to re- The common empalement of the flower is oval, imbricated,
move, they ſhould be tranſplanted into a bed of freſh and permanent; the ſcales are oval, prominent, and re-
earth, at ſix inches diſtance, ſhading them from the flexed in the middle. The diſk of the flower is composed
ſun, and watering them until they have taken new of hermaphrodite florets which are tubulous, of one leaf,
root; after which they muſt be kept clean from weeds indented in five parts et the top. Theſe have five short
till autumn, when they ſhould be tranſplanted to the hair-like ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and
places where they are deſigned to remain for flower- Slender taper germen Supporting a long hairy ſtyle,
ing. When the ſeeds of this plant happen to ſcatter crowned by a ſingle ſtigma; theſe are barren. The rays
upon a wall, and plants ariſe there, they will continue of the flower are compoſed of a few female half florets,
much longer than in the ground.
which are long, Spear-ſhaped, and for the moſt part have
The twelfth fort is an annual plant, which grows na- three indentures at their points; theſe have a heart-ſhaped
turally in the ſouth of France and Italy, but has been germen with a fhort ſingle ſtyle, having two briſtly ftig-
many years cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, from mas of the ſame length. Theſe are ſucceeded by ſingle
whence the ſeeds have ſpread out upon walls and heart-ſhaped ſeeds with a membranaceous border, indented
buildings ſo far, as to induce ſome to believe it a na- at the top, each point ending with a horn or tooth, and
tive of England.
are ſeparated by linear chaf, ripening in the empalement.
There are three varieties of this, which generally re- This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
tain their differences; one has a bright purple flower, of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
the other a pale red, and the third a white flower ; theſe plants whoſe flowers have their male and female parts
do not differ in any other reſpect, ſo cannot be reck- connected, and their hermaphrodite flowers are bar-
oned as different ſpecies.
ren, but the female are fruitful.
The ſtalks grow erect a foot and a half high; the
The SPECIES are,
lower leaves are broad, oblong, and ſmooth, and fit 1. SILPHIUM (Trifoliatum) foliis ternis. Roy. Prod. Leyd: .
cloſe to the ſtalks; the ſtalk, for more than an inch 181. Silphium with leaves by threes at a joint. Chry-
in length below each ſtalk is ſo glutinous, that the ſanthemum Virginianum, foliis aſperis tribus vel qua-
ſmall Ries which light thereon are faſtened and cannot ternis ad genicula fitis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 24. Virgi-
get off again, from whence it had the title of Catch- nian Corn Marygold, with rough leaves placed by threes
fly. The flowers grow in bunches at the top of the or fours at a joint.
ſtalk; they ſtand erect, forming a kind of umbel. 2. Silphium (Aſteriſcus) foliis indiviſis feffilibus oppofi-
Theſe appear in June, and are fucceeded by ſender tis inferioribus alternis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 920. Silphium
oblong capſules, filled with angular ſeeds which ripen with undivided leaves ſet oppoſite cloſe to the ſtalks, whoſe
in Auguft.
lower leaves are alternate. Aſteriſcus coronæ folis fo-
Theſe ſeeds ſhould be fown in autumn, for thoſe which lio & facie. Hort. Elth. 42. Aſteriſcus with the leaf and
are ſown in the ſpring often fail; and if the plants do appearance of Sunflower.
come up, they never grow ſo large, or make ſo good 3. SILPhIUM (Solidaginoides) foliis oppoſitis lanceolatis
appearance as the autumnal plants.
petiolatis acute ſerratis. Lin. Sp. 1302. Silphium with
The thirteenth ſort is biennial ; this
grows naturally Spear-ſhaped Sawed leaves having foot-ſtalks. Chryſan-
in Sicily and Crete ; the lower leaves of this plant are themum Marianum virgæ aureæ Americanæ foliis,
obtuſe, and are gathered in circular heads like ſome florum petalis tridentatis. Pluk. Mant. 46. Maryland
of the Houſeleeks, or thoſe of the Auricula ; they are Corn Marygold, with an American Golden Rod leaf, and
ſmooth, and of a pretty thick conſiſtence. The ſtalks the petals of the flower indented in three parts.
riſe five or ſix feet high; they are viſcous, and are 4. SILPHIUM (Arboreſcens) foliis lanceolatis alternis ſca-
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite. bris, obſoletè ferratis caule fruticoſo. Silphium with
The flowers come out upon ſhort foot-ſtalks from the rough Spear-ſhaped leaves placed alternate, which have
wings of the ſtalks in whorls, each foot-ſtalk ſuſ fight ſawed edges, and a hrubby ſtalk. Corona folis
taining three or four greeniſh flowers ; theſe are ſuc- Americana arboreſcens, flore parvo luteo, ſemine ala-
ceeded by oval capſules which ſpread open at the top, - to. Houſt. MSS. Tree American Sunflower, with a
and are filled with angular ſeeds.
Small yellow flower and a winged ſeed.
If the ſeeds of this plant are fown in autumn upon a The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of North
warm border, they will more certainly ſucceed than America ; the root is perennial and ligneous, the
thoſe ſown in the ſpring. When the plants come up ſtalks are annual; theſe riſe five feet high or more in
and are fit to remove, they ſhould be planted on a dry good land, they are of a purpliſh colour, and branch
foil and in a warm ſituation, where they will live toward the top. The leaves are oblong, rough, and
through the winter, and the following ſummer they have ſome ſharp teeth on their edges; they are from
will power and ripen their ſeeds, and then decay. three to four inches long, and almoſt two broad; to-
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the Levant; ward the bottom of the ſtalk they ſtand by fours
this has a perennial root; the lower leaves are narrow, round it at each joint; higher up they are by threes,
ſpear-ſhaped, and ſmooth ; they are gathered in cluf- and at the top by pairs, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. The
tered heads, from the middle of which riſes an erect flowers ftand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, each ſuf-
clammy ſtalk a foot and a half high, garniſhed with taining one flower, whoſe empalement is compoſed of
very narrow leaves. The flowers come out from the three orders of leaves placed imbricatim, like the
wings of the leaves toward the top of the ſtalk ; their ſcales of fiſk, the outer order being the ſmalleſt. The
foot-ſtalks are ſhort, and each ſuſtains two white ray or border of the flower is compoſed of thirteen
lowers having long tubes, ſtanding erect; the flowers female half forets, which are yellow, tongue-ſhaped,
are cloſed in the day, and expand at night. This and indented in three points at the end. The diſk or
flowers in July, but rarely produces ripe ſeeds in middle of the flower is made up of hermaphrodite tu-
England.
bulous flowers, which are ſlightly cut into five parts
As the ſeeds ſeldom ripen here, ſo it is difficult to at the top; theſe have five ſtamina and a ſtyle con-
propagate it: the only way is to flip off the heads in nected together, which are longer than the tube of the
June, and plant them under a glaſs; theſe will take floret. This plant flowers in July and Auguſt, and
root, if they are ſhaded from the ſun and duly wa- when the autumn proves warm, it will produce ripe
tered.
feeds.
SILER. See LASERPITIUM.
It is propagated by parting of the roots, in the ſame
SILIQUA. See CERATONIA.
way as is practiſed for the perennial Sun-flowers; the
SILIQUASTRUM. See Cercis.
beſt time for this is in autumn, when their ſtalks be.
gin

SIN
SIN
ment.
a
a
gin to decay, and the plants may afterward be treated tition is large, compreſſed, and almoſt twice the length of
in the ſame way as the perennial Sun-flower.
the valves, and the ſeeds are globular.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Carolina ; the root This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of this is perennial; the ſtalk is thick, folid, and ſet of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
with prickly hairs; it riſes four or five feet high, plants whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter
and has many purple ſpots; the leaves on the lower ſtamina, and the feeds are included in long pods.
part of the ſtalk are placed alternate, but upward they
The SPECIES are,
are oppoſite, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk ; they are 1. SINAPIS (Alba) filiquis hiſpidis, roſtro obliquo lon-
rough, about two inches long, and one broad near giffimo: Hort. Cliff. 338. Mustard with prickly pods,
their baſe, having a few flight indentures on their and a very long oblique beak. Sinapi apii folio. C. B.P.
edges. The upper part of the ſtalk divides into five 96. Muſtard with a Smallage leaf, commonly called white
or lix ſmall branches, which are terminated by yellow Mustard.
radiated flowers like thoſe of the perennial Sun- 2. SINAPIS (Nigra) filiquis glabris apice tetragonis.
flower, but ſmaller, having generally nine female half Hort. Cliff. 338. Muſtard with a ſmooth four-cornered
florets which compoſe the border or ray; the other pod. Sinapi rapi folio. C. B. P. 99. Muſtard with a
parts are like thoſe of the former fort. It flowers in Rape leaf, or common Muſtard.
Auguſt, but the feeds do not ripen in England. This 3. SINAPI ( Arvenſis) filiquis multangulis toroſo-turgidis,
ſort is propagated by parting the roots in the ſame roſtro longioribus. Hort. Cliff. 338. Mujtcrd with
way as the former, but as this is not quite fo hardy, many-angled, rough, ſwelling pods, having a longer beak.
it ſhould be planted in a ſheltered ſituation.
Sinapi arvenſe præcox, femine nigro, foliis integris.
The third fort grows naturally in many parts of North Tourn. Inft. 226. Early Field Muſtard, with a black
America; this is a perennial plant, whoſe ſtalks riſe ſeed and entire leaves.
near three feet, and are garniſhed with oblong ſawed 4. SINAPIS (Erucoides) filiquis lævibus æqualibus, foliis
leaves placed by pairs upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The lyratis oblongis glabris, caule ſcabro. Amen. Acad. 4.
flowers are looſely diſpoſed at the top of the ſtalks ; p. 322. Muſtard with ſmocth equal pods, lyre-ſhaped,
they are yellow, and have their half florets which oblong, ſmooth leaves, and rough branches. Sinapi
compoſe the ray, indented in three parts at the end. Hiſpanicum, pumilum album. Tourn. Inſt. 227. Low
This plant flowers in Auguſt, but the feeds do not white Spaniſh Muſtard.
ripen here. It may be propagated in the ſame way 5. SINAPIS (Funcea) ramis faſciculatis, foliis fummis
as the former, and the plants require the ſame treat- lanceolatis integerrimis. Hort. Upfal. 191. Muſtard
with bundled branches, and the upper leaves Spear-ſhaped
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Wil- and entire. Sinapi Indicum maximum, lactucæ folio.
liam Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz Par. Bat. 230. Greateſt Indian Muſtard with a Lettuce
in New Spain. This riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the leaf.
height of eight or ten feet, ſending out ligneous 6. SINAPIS (Hiſpanica) foliis duplicato-pinnatis, laciniis
branches, which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped linearibus. Hort. Cliff. 338. Muſtard with doubly-
leaves placed alternately on every part of the ſtalk; winged leaves having linear ſegments. Sinapi Hiſpani-
they are four inches long, and one and a half broad in cum nafturtii folio. Tourn. Inſt. 227. Spaniſh Muſtard
the middle, ending in acute points; their furface is with a Creſs leaf.
rough, and their edges ſlightly ſawed. The flowers The firſt fort is the common white Muſtard, which
are produced at the end of the branches, ſome fingly is generally cultivated as a fallad herb for winter and
on flender foot-ſtalks, others are by two or three upon ſpring uſe. This riſes with a branched hairy ſtalk
each foot-ſtalk; they are unequal in height, and have two feet high, the leaves are deeply jagged on their
ſhort ſcaly empalements. The forets are ſhort which edges and are rough. The flowers are diſpoſed in
compoſe the ray, and thoſe of the diſk are more pro- looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches, ſtanding upon
minent than thoſe of the other ſorts. They are of a horizontal foot-ſtalks ; they have four yellow petals
deep yellow colour, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in placed in form of a croſs, which are ſucceeded by
England
hairy pods that end with long, compreſſed, oblique
This fort is with difficulty propagated here, for un- beaks; the pods generally contain four white ſeeds.
leſs the ſeeds are procured from the country where the It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt.
plants grow naturally, they cannot be obtained that The ſecond fort is the common Muſtard, which is
way, and the cuttings are not apt to take root. The frequently found growing naturally in many parts of
only method of getting them to grow, is to ſlip off England, but is alſo cultivated in fields for the ſeed,
the young ſhoots in July, and plant them in a pot of which the ſauce called Muſtard is made. This riſes
filled with ſoft loam, and plunge the pot into a gentle with a branching ſtalk four or five feet high; the
hot-bed, covering the pot cloſely with a bell or hand- lower leaves are large, rough, and very like thoſe of
glaſs, and ſhade them from the fun. When the cut- Turnep, the upper leaves are ſmaller and leſs jagged.
,
tings are rooted, they ſhould be each planted in a fe- The flowers are ſmall, yellow, and grow in ſpiked
parate pot, filled with light loamy earth; and during cluſters at the end of the branches; they have four
the warm months, they may be placed in the open petals placed in form of a croſs, theſe are ſucceeded
air in a warm ſituation, but in winter they ſhould be by ſmooth pods ending with four corners. It flowers
kept in a moderate ftove.
and feeds at the ſame time with the former.
SINAPIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 735. Sinapi. Tourn. The third fort grows naturally on arable land in ma-
Inft. R. H. 227. tab. I12. [σίνηπι, οf σίνειν όφθαλμες, ny parts of England. The ſeed of this is commonly
becauſe it forces tears from the eyes of thoſe that uſe fold under the title of Durham Muſtard-feed; of this
it incautiouſly, makes the noſe red, and the eyes there are two varieties, if not diſtinct fpecies; one
ſwell.] Muſtard; in French, Moutarde.
with cut, and the other has entire leaves. The ſtalks
The CHARACTERS are,
riſe about two feet high, the leaves are rough, and in
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four narrow one they are jagged like Turnep leaves, and in the
leaves placed in form of a croſs, which Spread open and others are oblong and entire. The flowers are yellow,
fall of. The flower has four roundiſh petals in form of the pods are turgid, angular, and have long beaks.
a croſs, and four oval neEi ariums, one on each ſide of the Theſe flower in April and May, and the ſeeds ripen
Short Stamina and the pointal, and one on each ſide of the
in June.
longer ſtamina and the empalement. It has ſix awl-ſhaped The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this ſeldom
ereet ſtamina, two of which are oppoſite and as long as the riſes more than eight or nine inches high; the leaves
empalement, the other four are longer. In the center is are ſmooth and much jagged, the ſtalk branches to-
placed a toper germen, with a ſtyle the length of the germen, ward the top, and is terminated by a looſe ſpike of
crowned ly a headed ſtigma. The germen afterward turns white flowers, theſe are ſucceeded by ſmooth, taper,
io on oblong pod, which is very rough at bottom, having blunt pods, filled with ſmall brown feeds. It flowers
two cells opening with two valves, whoſe intermediate par- in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt.
The
a
a
;

SIS
SIS
a
3
The fifth ſort grows naturally in China, from whence
The SPECIES áre,
the feeds are frequently brought to England. This 1. SISON ( Amomum) foliis pinnatis, umbellis erectis,
plant is uſed as a boiled ſallad by the Chineſe, where Prod. Leyd. 105. Siſon with winged leaves and erezi
it may prove acceptable to thoſe who have not better umbels. Sium aromaticum, fiſon officinarum. Tourn.
herbs for that purpoſe, but in England it is not re- Inſt. R. H: 308. Baſtard Stone Parſley, or ſpurious
garded. The ſtalks of this riſe three or four feet Amomum.
high, and toward the bottom are garniſhed with 2. Sison (Segetum) foliis pinnatis, umbellis cernuis.
broad, ſmooth, jagged leaves, but thoſe on the top Prod. Leyd. 105. Siſon with winged leaves and nodding
are entire. The flowers are yellow like thoſe of the umbels. Sium arvenſe, five ſegetumn. Tourn. Inft. 308.
firſt fort, and the pods are ſmooth and turgid. It Honewort or Corn Parſley.
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt. 3. Sison (Canadenſe) foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff. 99. Si.
The firſt fort is chiefly cultivated in gardens, for a ſal- ſon with trifoliate leaves. Myrrhis Canadenſis trilobata.
lad herb in the winter ſeaſon. The feeds of this are Mor. Hift. 3. p. 301. Canada Myrrh with trilobate
commonly fown very thick in drills, either upon a leaves.
warm border, or in very cold weather upon a mode- 4. Sison (Verticillatum) foliolis verticillatis capillaribus.
rate hot-bed, with Creffes and other ſmall fallad herbs, Lin. Sp. Plant. 253. Siſon with hair-like ſmall leaves inz
which are commonly fit for uſe in ten days or a fort- whoris. Carui foliis tenuiffimis afphodeli radice.
night after the time of fowing; for if they are large Tourn. Inft. 306. Narrow-leaved Carraway with an
and have rough leaves, they are too ſtrong to put in- Afphodel root.
to fallads. In order to ſave the ſeeds of this plant, a The firſt fort grows on the ſide of ditches and moiſt
fpot of ground muſt be ſown with it in the ſpring, ſhady banks in many parts of England; it is a bien-
and when the plants have four leaves, the ground nial plant, which periſhes foon after the feeds are
ſhould be hoed in the fame manner as for Turneps, to ripe. The root is taper, running deep into the ground;
cut down the weeds, and thin the plants where they the lower leaves are winged; they are compoſed of
are too cloſe; this ſhould be done in dry weather, for four pair of lobes terminated by an odd one; theſe
then the weeds will ſoon die after they are cut. If this are an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad,
is well performed, the ground will remain clean for a regularly indented on both ſides, and the indentures
month, by which time young weeds will ſpring up are fawed; they are of a lucid green, and have an aro-
again ; therefore the ground ſhould be again hoed matic odour. The ſtalks riſe three feet high, and
over, and the plants now left about eight or nine branch out on every fide; theſe are garniſhed with
inches aſunder, which will be ſufficient room for this leaves of the fame form with thoſe below, but ſmall-
ſort to grow. If this is well performed, and in dry er, at the end of the branches the flowers are pro-
weather, the ground will remain clean till the feeds duced in ſmall umbels. The flowers are white; they
are ripe. As ſoon as the pods change brown, the appear in June, and are ſucceeded by ſtriated ſeeds,
plants ſhould be cut off and ſpread upon cloths two of a hot, pleaſant, aromatic ſmell and taſte, which ripen
or three days to dry, and threſhed out for uſe.
in Auguſt
The ſecond fort is cultivated only for the ſeeds; theſe This plant is found growing ſo plentifully wild, as
ſhould be ſown in the ſame way as thoſe of the firſt, that it is rarely kept in gardens; but whoever is will-
and the plants treated in the ſame manner, with this ing to propagate it, ſhould fow the feeds in autumn,
difference of allowing the plants twice as much room, in a moiſt ſhady ſpot of ground, where the plants will
becauſe they grow much larger, ſo theſe ſhould be come up, and require no farther care than to keep
hoed out to the diſtance of eighteen inches; and as the them clean from weeds, and if the feeds are permit-
ſeeds will not ripen ſo ſoon as the other, ſo the ground ted to ſcatter, the plants will riſe without care. The
may be required to be hoed three times over, but that ſeeds of this plant is put into Venice treacle, for a fuc-
may be eaſily ſeen by the growth of the weeds.
cedanumn to the true Amomum.
The feeds of theſe two firſt ſpecies are ordered for The ſecond grows naturally among Corn on moiſt
medicinal uſe.
land, in ſeveral parts of England. This is alſo a bi-
The third fort is a pretty common weed on arable ennial plant, which decays ſoon after the ſeeds are
lands in moſt parts of England ; this comes up early ripe ; it riſes with an upright ſtalk about a foot high,
in the ſpring amongſt the Corn, ſo flowers and feeds which rarely divides into branches; the leaves ſtand
in May; therefore where it is not weeded out, the upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are winged, but
feeds will ſcatter long before the Corn is ripe, and the the lobes are ſmaller and finer cut than thoſe of the
ground will be ſtocked with the weeds.
former; the umbels of flowers are more compact,
The other three forts are preſerved in botanic gar-
and nod on one ſide. It flowers and feeds about the
dens for variety, but are never cultivated for uſe; fame time as the former, and the plant may be culti-
theſe may be treated in the ſame way as the two firſt
vated in the ſame way.
fpecies.
The third ſort grows naturally in North America, but
SINAPISTRUM. See CLEOME.
is preſerved by thoſe who are curious in botany in
SISARUM. See SIUM.
their gardens. This has a perennial root; the ſtalk
SISON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 311. Sii ſpecies. Tourn. riſes a foot and a half high, and is garniſhed with tri-
Inft. R. H. 301. Baſtard Stone Parſley; in French, foliate leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and
Berle.
ſawed on their edges; they are about three inches
The CHARACTERS are,
long, and one and a half broad; their foot-ſtalks are
It hath an umbellated flower'; the general umbel is com- ſet with briſtly hairs, and their baſe incloſed by a mem-
poſed of fix thin rays or ſmall umbels, which are unequal, branaceous ſheath, which half embraces the ſtalk. The
as are alſo the ſmaller, which have ten. The involucri of flowers are in umbels which terminate the ſtalks,
both are four-leaved and unequal; the empalement of the and there are ſmall ones which come from the wings
flower is ſcarce diſcernible. The outer petals of the ge- of the ſtalk; they are very irregular in their form.
neral umbel are uniform ; the flowers have five equal pe- The flowers are white, appear in June, and are fuc-
tals which are ſpear-ſhaped and inflexed. They have five ceeded by oblong ſtreaked feeds which ripen in
bair-like ſtamina the length of the petals, terminated by Auguft.
fingle ſummits. The oval germen is ſituated under the The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Apen-
flower, ſupporting two reflexed Nyles crowned by obtuſe nines; this riſes with a ſwelling jointed ſtalk near
ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval ſtreaked two feet high, which is garniſhed with very fine flen-
fruit dividing in two parts, each containing one oval der leaves, ftanding in whorls like thoſe of the Water
ſtreaked ſeed, convex on one ſide and plain on the other. Milfoil ; it branches out toward the top, each branch
of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection being terminated by a pretty large umbel of flowers,
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants which are purpliſh on their outſide, but white within ;
whoſe flowers have five ſtainina and two ſtyles. theſe appear the latter end of May, and the feeds ripen
the
و
و
3
a
a
This genus
12 M

SIS
S IS
the end of July. The roots of this plant are com-
poſed of thick fleſhy knots fomewhat like thoſe of
the King's Spear.
Theſe two laſt mentioned forts may be cultivated by
feeds, which ſhould be ſown in autumn, for thoſe
which are fown in the ſpring ſeldom grow the firſt
year. The plants require no other culture than to
thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep them
clean from weeds; they both delight in a moiſt foil
and a ſhady ſituation, where the roots will continue
a
ſeveral years.
SISYMBRIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 225. tab.
109. Lin. Gen. Plant. 728. Water Creffes.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſpreading empalement compoſed of four
linear, Spear-ſhaped, coloured leaves, which fall of ; it
bas four oblong Spreading petals placed in form of a croſs,
and fix ſtamina, four of which ore longer than the em-
palement, the other two, which are oppoſite, are ſhorter,
and terminated by ſingle ſummits; it has an oblong flen-
der germen with ſcarce any ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe
Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a taper, oblong,
incurved pod baving two cells, opening with two valves
which are ſhorter than the intermediate partition, and
filled with ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter
ſtamina, and the ſeeds are included in pods.
The SPECIES are,
1. SISYMBRIUM (Naſturtium aquaticum) filiquis declina-
tis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis ſubcordatis. Hort. Cliff.
336. Siſymbrium with declining pods, and winged leaves
whoſe lobes are almoſt heart-ſhaped. Naſturtium aqua-
ticum fupinum. C. B. P. 104. Water Creſs.
2. SISYMBRIUM (Sylveſtre) filiquis declinatis, foliis pin-
natis, foliolis lanceolatis ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 336.
Sifymbrium with declining pods, and winged leaves having
Spear-ſhaped fawed lobes. Eruca paluſtris, naſturtii fo-
lio, filiqua oblonga. C. B. P. 95. Marſh Rocket with
a Creſs leaf, and a long pod.
3. SisymBRIUM (Amphibium) filiquis declinatis, oblon-
go-ovatis, foliis pinnatifidis ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
657. Siſymbrium with oblong, oval, declining pods, and
wing-pointed ſawed leaves. Raphanus aquaticus, foliis
in profundas lacinias diviſis. C. B. P. 97. Water Ra-
diß with leaves deeply cut.
4. SISYMBRIUM (Aquaticum) foliis fimplicibus dentatis
ferratis. Hort. Chiff. 336. Siſymbrium with ſingle, in-
dented, Jawed leaves. Raphanus aquaticus alter. C.B. P.
97. Another Water Radiſh.
5. SISYMBRIUM (Polyceratium) filiquis axillaribus feffili-
bus fubulatis aggregatis, foliis repando-dentatis.
Hort. Upfal. 193. Siſymbrium with awl-Maped pods in
cluſters fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and indented leaves
which turn backward. Eryſimum polyceration vel cor-
niculatum. C. B. P. 101. Meny-podded or horned Hedge
Muſtard.
6. SISYMBRIUM (Sophia) petalis calyce minoribus, foliis
decompoſito-pinnatis. Flor. Suec. Sifymbrium with
petals ſmaller than the empalement, and decompounded
winged leaves. Eryſimum fophiæ dictum. Raii Syn.
Ed. 3. p. 298. Hedge Muſtard, called Sophia or Flix-
weed.
7. SISYMBRIUM (Altiſimum) foliis runcinatis faccidis,
foliolis ſublinearibus integerrimis, pedunculis laxis.
Hort. Upfal. 193. Siſymbrium with ſpear, wing-pointed,
flaccid leaves, having linear entire lobes with looſe foot-
Stalks. Rapiſtrum Italicum filiquis longiffimis. C. B.P.
95. Italian Charlock with very long pods.
8. SISYMBRIUM (Irio) foliis runcinatis dentatis, nudis
caule lævi erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 659. Sifymbrium
with ſpear-ſhaped, winged, indented leaves, and erect
pods. Eryſimum latifolium, majus glabrum. C. B.
P. 131. Smooth, greater, broad-leaved Hedge Muſtard.
9. SISYMBRIUM (Stri&tiffimum) foliis lanceolatis dentato-
ferratis caulinis. Hort. Cliff. 337. Siſymbrium with
Spear-faped, winged, indented leaves on the ſtalks. Hef-
peris lutea, filiquis ftrictiffimis. 'Tourn. Inft. 222.
Yellow Rocket with clafed pods.
The firſt fort is the common Water Creſs, which
grows naturally in ditches and rills of water in moſt
parts of England. The roots of this plant are com-
poſed of a great number of long fibres, which faften
themſelves to the mud at the bottom of the ditches,
from which ariſe ſeveral ſtalks garniſhed with winged
leaves, compoſed of five or fix pair of lobes, which
are roundiſh and almoſt heart-ſhaped, terminated by
an odd one; theſe ſtand almoſt alternate along the
midrib. The ftalks riſe a foot and a half high; they
are hollow, channelled, and divide at the top into
two or three branches, which are terminated by looſe
ſpikes of ſmall white flowers, compoſed of four petals
placed in form of a croſs; theſe appear
the beginning
of June, and are ſucceeded by taper pods filled with
ſmall brown ſeeds which ripen in July.
This plant has of late years been generally uſed as a
fallad herb in the ſpring of the year, and is by many
preferred to all other forts of fallads for the agreeable
warm bitter taſte, and, being accounted an excellent
remedy for the ſcurvy, and to cleanſe the blood, as
alſo a good diuretic, it has greatly obtained a prefe-
rence to moſt other herbs for winter and ſpring uſe
with moſt people. This is generally gathered in the
ditches, and in other ſtanding waters near London, to
ſupply the markets; but whoever has a mind to cul-
tivate it may eaſily do it, by taking ſome of the plants
from the places of their natural growth early in the
ſpring, being careful to preſerve their roots as entire
as poſſible, and plant them into mud, and then let
the water in upon them by degrees. When they have
taken root, they will ſoon flouriſh and ſpread over a
large compaſs of water; they ſhould not be cut the
firſt feaſon, but ſuffered to run to feed, which will
fall into the water, and furniſh a fufficient ſupply of
plants afterwards.
But where the water is ſo deep that it will not be
eaſy to plant them, the beſt method will be to get a
quantity of the plants juſt as their feeds are ripening,
and throw them on the ſurface of the water where
they are deſigned to grow, and their feeds will ripen,
and fall to the bottom, where they will take root, and
produce a ſupply of theſe plants. Theſe plants pro-
duce feed in July, which is the proper time for this
work,
Some of thoſe people who gather this herb for uſe,
either through ignorance, or ſome worſe deſign,
have frequently taken the creeping Water Parſnep
and fold it for Water Creſs, whereby many perſons
have ſuffered who have eaten it ; therefore thoſe
who make uſe of Water Creſs, ſhould be careful to
have the right plant; they may be eaſily diſtinguiſh-
ed by the ſhape of their leaves, thoſe of the Water
Creſs having roundiſh, alnoſt heart-ſhaped ſmall
leaves or lobes, with a few indentures on their edges,
and are of a dark green colour, but thoſe of the Wa-
ter Parſnep have oblong lobes ending in points ; they
are of a light green, and fawed on their edges.
The ſecond fort grows naturally on the borders of the
river Thames, and in ſome other parts of England.
The leaves of this fort are longer than thoſe of the
firft ; the lobes are much narrower, and are fawed on
their edges; the flowers ſtand upon longer foot-ſtalks,
and are much ſmaller. This ſpreads and multiplies
in the ſame manner as the firſt.
The third and fourth forts grow naturally on the banks
of the Thames, and in ditches in many parts of Eng
land, ſo are not admitted into gardens.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy; it is an annual plant, whoſe ſtalks ſpread
and decline toward the ground; they grow a foot
long, and divide into many branches, which are
garniſhed with ſmooth leaves ſhaped like the point
of a halbert, deeply finuated on their borders, and
indented, whoſe indentures turn backward. The
flowers come out in cluſters at the wings of the ſtalk;
they are ſmall, yellow, and are ſucceeded by ſlender
crooked pods ſtanding in cluſters; they appear in
June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt and
September.
The
a

SIS
SIS
a
a
away, the
out care.
The fixth fort grows naturally in uncultivated places, pedunculis longioribus. Siſyrinchium with linear ſword-
and alſo by the ſide of foot-ways in many parts of japed leaves, and longer foot-ſtalks to the flower.
England. The leaves of this are divided into many Bermudiana graminea, flore minore cæruleo. Hort.
very narrow ſegments; the ſtalks riſe a foot and a Elth. 49. Graſs-leaved Bermudiana with a ſmaller blue
half high ; they are garniſhed with winged leaves, flower.
whoſe lobes are finely cut, reſembling thoſe of the 3. SISYRINCHIUM (Bulbofa) foliis plicatis, ſpatha biflorâ.
true Roman Wormwood. The flowers are produced Siſyrinchium with a plaited leaf, and two flowers in a
in looſe ſpikes at the top of the ſtalk; they are meath. Bermudiana palmæ folio, radice bulbofa.
ſmall, yellow, and compoſed of four petals ſet in form Lign. Tourn. Inſt. 381. Bermudiana with a Palm leaf
of a croſs; theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded and a bulbous root.
by ſlender pods filled with ſmall roundiſh feeds which The firſt fort grows naturally in Bermuda, from
ripen in Auguſt
, and then the plant dies. The ſeeds of whence it had the title of Bermudiana given to it by
this plant are uſed in medicine, and are by ſome greatly Tournefort; this hath a fibrous root, from which ariſe
recommended for the gravel and ſtoppages of urine. ſome ſtiff ſword-ſhaped leaves, four or five inches
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in France and long and half an inch broad, of a dark green colour
Italy. The lower leaves of this are flaccid, and cut and entire; between theſe come out the ſtalk which
in form of winged leaves ending in arrow-pointed riſes fix inches high; it is compreſſed, and has two
lobes. The ſtalks riſe three or four feet high, gar- borders or wings running the whole length, and has
niſhed with linear wing-pointed leaves; it branches three or four ſpear-ſhaped leaves which embrace it;
out greatly on every fide; the flowers grow ſparſed- theſe grow erect, and are hollowed like the keel of a
ly toward the end of the branches, which are ſuc- boat. The ſtalk is terminated by a cluſter of fix or
ceeded by very long ſlender pods which are ſmooth, ſeven flowers, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ftalks, which
filled with ſmall yellowiſh ſeeds. It flowers in June, are incloſed by a two-leaved keel-ſhaped ſheath before
the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt, and the plant dies ſoon after. they open; the flowers are of a deep blue colour with
The two laſt are preſerved in botanic gardens for the yellow bottoms; they are compoſed of fix oval petals
fake of variety. If their feeds are permitted to ſcatter ending in acute points ; they ſpread open, and the
the plants will come up in plenty, and require no flowers, when fully expanded, are an inch over. In
other care but to thin them and keep them clean the center is ſituated an upright ftyle, at the bottom
from weeds; or if their feeds are fown in autumn, of which are three ſtamina whoſe ſummits fit cloſe to
they will ſucceed better than in the ſpring.
it, and the top has a ſtigma cut into three parts which
The hth ſort grows naturally in many parts of are reflexed back to the ſtyle; theſe are of a gold co-
England, fo is ſeldom admitted into gardens; this is lour. The flowers appear in June, and when they
an annual plant which ſows itſelf, and comes up
with- fall the germen, which was ſituated under, turns
It was remarked, after the great fire of to an oval obtufe capſule with three cells, filled with
London, that this plant came up in great plenty on roundiſh ſeeds.
the ruins.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia; this
The ninth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian hath a perennial fibrous root, from which ariſe many
mountains; this hath a perennial root, from which very narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves about three inches
ariſe ſeveral branching ſtalks near three feet high, gar- long, and ſcarce an eighth part of an inch broad, of
niſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, about three inches a light green colour, and entire. The ſtalks riſe
long and one broad, ſawed on their edges, and of a about three inches high; they are very flender, com-
deep green, ſtanding alternately on the ſtalks. The preſſed and bordered like thoſe of the firſt, and have
flowers grow in looſe ſpikes at the top of the ſtalks ; ſhort, narrow, ſword-ſhaped leaves, whoſe baſe em-
they are ſmall, yellow, and compoſed of four petals brace them; they are terminated by two ſmall pale
placed in form of a croſs; theſe appear in June, and blue flowers, incloſed in a two-leaved ſheath, ſtanding
are ſucceeded by taper pods filled with ſmall ſeeds upon longer foot-ſtalks than thoſe of the other, which
which ripen in Auguft
.
flower about the ſame time, and their feeds ripen in
This is preſerved in ſome gardens for the fake of va- Auguſt.
riety, but it has no great beauty; it is propagated by Theſe two ſpecies have been blended together by ma-
feeds, which ſucceed beſt when ſown in autumn, for ny botaniſts, who, it is very probable, have not ſeen
thoſe which are fown in the ſpring feldom come up the them both, or at leaſt have not had an opportunity of
fame year. The plants require no farther care but
.
cultivating them, for thoſe who have, can be under
to keep them clean from weeds, and love a cool ſhady no doubt of their being diſtinct ſpecies. I have cul-
ſituation.
tivated both in the ſame foil and ſituation upward of
SISYRINCHIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 908. Ber- twenty years, during which time I frequently raiſed
mudinana. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 387. tab. 208.
both forts from feed, and have never obſerved either
The CHARACTERS are,
of them alter. The leaves, ftalks, and flowers of
The Sheath which incloſes the flowers faces both ways, the firſt are three times as large as thoſe of the ſecond,
and is compoſed of two compreſſed keel-ſhaped leaves
. and the ſheath incloſes fix or ſeven flowers; whereas
The flower bas six oblong petals which ſpread open, thoſe of the ſecond have rarely more than two, and
and have an acute point, and three very ſort ſtamina theſe do not expand but for a ſhort time in the morn-
terminated by bifid ſummits which are fixed to the baſe ing, whereas thoſe of the firſt fort continue open the
of the ſtyle, with an oval germen fiuated under the whole day.
flower, ſupporting an awl-shaped ſtyle, crowned by a tri- Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, and alſo by
fid reflexed ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an parting of their roots; if they are raiſed from feeds,
oval three-cornered capſule with three cells, filled with theſe ſhould be fown in autumn foon after they are
roundiſh ſeeds.
ripe, upon an eaſt aſpected border, where they may
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection have only the morning ſun: the beſt way will be to
of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe fow them in drills at three or four inches diſtance,
plants whoſe flowers have their male and female or- covering them about half an inch with light earth.
gans joined, and have three ſtamina.
In the ſpring the plants will appear, when their leaves
The SPECIES are,
will have much reſemblance to Graſs, therefore care
I. SISYRINCHIUM (Bermudiana) foliis gladiolatis am- ſhould be taken that they are not pulled up as weeds
plexicaulibus, pedunculis brevioribus. Siſyrinchium by thoſe who clean the ground. During the first
with ſword-ſhaped leaves embracing the ſtalks, and ſporter ſummer they will require no other care but to keep
foot-ſtalks to the flower. Bermudiana iridis folio fibro- them clean from weeds, unleſs the plants ſhould
sâ radice. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 338. Bermudiana with come up ſo cloſe as not to have room to grow, in
an Iris leaf and a fibrous root.
which caſe, part of them ſhould be drawn out to give
2. SISYRINCHIUM (Anguſtifolia) foliis lineari-gladiolatis room to the others, and theſe may be planted in a
6
fhady

SI U
SI U
ſhady border at three inches diſtance, where they fefilibus. Hort. Cliff
. 98. Sium with winged leaves,
may remain till autumn, when they ſhould be tranſ- and umbels of flowers fitting cloſe to the wings of the ſtalks.
planted to the places where they are to remain, Sium 'umbellatum repens. Ger. Emac. 256, 258.
and the following ſummer they will flower. Theſe Creeping Water Parſnep.
plants love a ſhady ſituation and a ſoft, loamy, un- 4. SIUM (Siſarum) foliis pinnatis, floribus ternatis. Hort.
(
dunged foil.
Cliff. 98. Sium with winged lower leaves, but thoſe under
The time for tranſplanting and ſlipping off the old roots the flowers trifoliate. Sifarum Germanorum. C. B.P.
is early in autumn, that they may get good roots be- 155. German Skirrets.
fore winter. They are both ſo hardy as to thrive in 5. SIUM (Falcaria) foliolis linearibus decurrentibus con-
the open air in England, and are very rarely injured natis. Hort. Cliff. 98. Sium with linear ſmall leaves,
by cold.
having running membranes which join at their baſe round
The third fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; the ſtalk. Ammi perenne. Mor. Umb. Perennial Bi-
this hath a ſmall, oval, bulbous root covered with a shops-weed.
bright red ſkin, from which come out the leaves very 6. SIUM (Siculum) foliis radicalibus ternatis, caulinis bi-
like the firſt leaves of Palm-trees, but of a thinner pinnatis. Prod. Leyd. 105. Sium with trifoliate bottom
ſubſtance ; they are nine or ten inches long and one leaves, and thoſe on the ſtalks doubly winged. Myrrhis
broad, having five or fix longitudinal plaits ; they are foliis paſtinacæ læte virentibus. Tourn.Cor. 33. Myrrh
of a light green, ending with points, and two leaves with light green Parſnep leaves.
embrace each other at their baſe; between theſe ariſes The firſt fort is the great Water Parſnep, which grows
the foot-ftalk of the flower, which is four inches naturally in deep waters in ſeveral parts of England;
long, and ſuſtains at the top two or three ſmall blue it riſes with upright ſtalks five or ſix feet high, gar-
flowers incloſed in a ſpatha or ſheath; theſe are com- niſhed with large winged leaves ſhaped like thoſe of
poſed of fix petals which expand like thoſe of the the common Parſnep, and the ſtalk is terminated by
other forts, but do not continue open longer than large umbels of pale yellow flowers. This plant
three or four hours in the morning, and are cloſed flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen the end
up the remainder of the day, and when they are ex- of Auguſt; it is never cultivated in gardens.
panded, their petals are ſo ſmall as to make but lit- The fecond fort is the common upright Parſnep,
tle appearance. This ſort flowers commonly in the which grows naturally in ditches in moſt parts of
middle of ſummer, but does not keep any particu- England; this riſes with an upright branching ſtalk
lar month; they are never ſucceeded by feeds in near three feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves
England.
compoſed of three or four pair of oblong ſawed
This is propagated by offsets from the roots, which lobes terminated by an odd one. The ſtalk is termi-
are ſent out in plenty ; theſe ſhould be taken off nated by an umbel of white flowers which appear in
when the roots are tranſplanted: the time for doing June, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in au-
of this is ſoon after the leaves decay, or before the tumn ; this is rarely cultivated, as it is a common
roots begin to ſhoot again. They muſt be planted weed in ditches and ſtanding waters. Both theſe
in ſmall pots filled with light, loamy, undunged plants have been recommended by ancient phyſicians
earth, and plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, for their virtues in medicine, but at preſent they are
where they ſhould conſtantly remain, for they are feldom uſed.
too tender to thrive in this country unleſs they are The third ſort is very common in ſtanding waters in
thus treated. Their after management is the ſame moſt parts of England. The ſtalks ſpread over the
as for other bulbous-rooted plants from the ſame ſurface, and produce umbels of white flowers at their
countries.
joints. This is the plant which is frequently gathered
Siſyrinchium. Tourn. or Spaniſh Earth-nut, is by and fold for Water Creſs, as is before mentioned under
Dr. Linnæus referred to the genus Iris or Fleur-de- the article SISYMBRIUM.
lis; but, as that is a plant which will not live long The fourth fort is the common Skirret, which was
in a garden, I have omitted the mentioning of it in formerly more cultivated in the Engliſh gardens than
this work.
at preſent. The roots are the only part uſed, and al-
SIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 308. tab 162. Lin. Gen. though it is mentioned in moft Diſpenſaries as a me-
Plant. 310. Sifarum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 308. tab. dicinal plant, yet it is rarely uſed as ſuch, being bet-
163. Water Parſneps, and Skirrets; in French, ter adapted for the kitchen. It is eſteemed a whole-
Cherui.
fome root, affording good nouriſhment, but has a
The CHARACTERS are,
flatulency, and its very ſweet taſte is diſagreeable to
It hath an umbellated flower; the general umbel is various many palates.
in different species, the ſmall ones are plain and ſpreading. The root of this plant is compoſed of ſeveral fleſhy
The general involucrum is compoſed of ſeveral ſhort, Spear- fibres as large as a man's little finger, which join to-
Maped, reflexed leaves; thoſe of the ſmaller are of very gether in one head. The lower leaves are winged, ,
Small narrow leaves. The general umbel is uniform ; the having two or three pair of oblong lobes terminated
flowers have five inflexed petals which are equal; they by an odd one; the ſtalk riſes a foot high, and is ter-
have five ſtamina terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a minated by an umbel of white flowers which appear
ſmall germen ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two re- in July, and are ſucceeded by ſtriated feeds like thoſe
flexced Styles, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen after- of Parſley, which ripen in autumn.
ward becomes a roundiſh, ovel, ſtreaked fruit Splitting in This plant is cultivated two ways, firſt by feeds, and
two, each part containing one ſtreaked ſeed, plain on one afterward by ſlips from the root: the former method
ſide, and convex on the other.
I think the more eligible, becauſe the roots which
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection are raiſed from ſeeds, generally grow larger than thoſe
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants raiſed by ſlips, and are leſs ſubject to be ſticky. The
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles. To feeds ſhould be fown the latter end of March or the
this genus he adds the Siſarum of Tournefort.
beginning of April, either in broad caſt or in drills;
The SPECIES are,
the ground ſhould be light and moiſt, for in dry land
I. SIUM (Latifolium) foliis pinnatis, umbellis terminali- the roots are generally ſmall, unleſs the ſeaſon proves
bus. Hort. Cliff
. 98. Sium with winged leaves, and the very moiſt. If the ſeeds are good, the plants will
ſtalk terminated by an umbel. Sium latifolium. C. B. P. appear in five or fix weeks after they are fown, and,
154. The great Water Parſnep.
when they have put out their leaves ſo as to be well
2. SIUM (Anguſtifolium) foliis pinnatis ferratis, umbella diſtinguiſhed from the weeds, the ground ſhould be
terminali. Sium with winged Sawed leaves, and umbels hoed over to deſtroy the weeds in the fame manner as
terminating the ſtalks. Sium five apium paluſtre, fo- is practiſed for Carrots; and where the ſeeds are fown
liis oblongis. C. B. P. 154. Common, upright, Water in broad caft, the plants ſhould be cut up, leaving
Parſnep.
them at the ſame diſtance as Carrots. Thoſe ſown in
3. SIUM (Nodiflorum) foliis pinnatis, umbellis axillaribus the drills ſhould be alſo thinned to the diſtance of four
inches,
I
و
a

S MI
S MI
а
inches, and the ground hoed over to deſtroy the prickly ſtolk, and retuſe, heart-ſhaped, unarmed leaves,
weeds. This ſhould be repeated three times, as is Smilax viticulis afperis Virginiana, folio hederaceo
uſually done for Carrots, which, if well performed
leni Zarza nobiliffima. Pluk. Alm. 348. Virginia rough
in dry weather, will keep the ground clean all the Bindweed with prickly Vines, and a ſmooth Ivy leaf, call-
firſt part of the ſummer, ſo that unleſs there ſhould ed Zarza,
be much rain about Midſummer, there will be ſcarce 4. SMILAX (Tainnoides) caule aculeato tereti, foliis iner-
any neceſſity for farther cleaning of the plants, for mibus cordatis oblongis feptemnerviis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
their leaves will ſpread, and prevent the growth of 1030. Smilax with a taper prickly ſtalk, and oblong,
weeds afterward. In autumn, when the leaves begin heart-ſhaped, unarmed leaves with ſeven veins. Smi-
to decay, the roots will be fit for uſe, and may be lax bryoniæ nigræ foliis, caule ſpinofo, baccis nigris.
continued all the winter till they begin to ſhoot in Cateib. Carol. 1. p. 52. Rough Bindweed with black
the ſpring, when they will become ſticky, as will Briony leaves, a prickly ſtalk, and black berries.
alſo any of thoſe which run up to feed the firſt ſum- 5. SMILAX (China) caule aculeato teretiufculo, foliis
mer, ſo that all ſuch ſhould be pulled up and thrown inermibus ovato-cordatis quinquenerviis. Lin. Sp.
away.
Plant. 1029. Smilax with a taper prickly ſtalk, and oval,
The time for propagating this plant by offsets is in heart-ſhaped, unarmed leaves, having five veins. Radix
the ſpring, before they begin to ſhoot, at which time China. C. B. P. 496. China-root.
the old roots ſhould be dug up, and the ſide roots 6. SMILAX (Caduca) caule ſubaculeato tereti, foliis iner-
ſhould be flipped off, preſerving an eye or bud to mibus cordatis trinerviis. Smilax with a taper ſtalk
each ; theſe ſhould be planted in rows one foot aſun- having a few ſmall thorns, and unarmed beart-shaped
der, and four inches diſtant in the rows. If the leaves with three veins.
ground is light, this may be performed with a dibble, 7. Smilax (Ariſtolochiæfolia) caule aculeato tereti, foliis
SMILAX
but for ftiff land it will be beſt to make a trench with inermibus fagittatis obtufiufculis trinerviis. Smilax with
a ſpade, in the ſame manner as for Aſparagus, laying a prickly taper ſtalk, and very blunt, halbert-pointed,
the roots therein at a proper diſtance. The ground unarmed leaves. Smilax aſpera ariſtolochiæ, foliis
muſt be kept clean by hoeing it in the ſame manner longioribus, ad baſin auriculatis. Houft. MSS. Rough
as before directed, and at the ſeaſon the roots will be Bindweed with longer Birthwort leaves, eared at their
fit for uſe.
baſe.
The fifth fort is a perennial plant, which grows natu- 8. SMILAX (Spinoſa) caule aculeato tereti, foliis ovato-
rally in Germany. The roots of this plant creep and lanceolatis nervis foliorum infernè aculeatis. Smilax
ſpread very far under ground, the leaſt part of with a taper prickly ſtelk, and oval Spear-ſhaped leaves
them will grow, ſo that when it is once brought in- whoſe veins on the under ſide are prickly. Smilax viti-
to a garden, it will ſoon multiply; they are thick, culis afperis, foliis oblongis, nervis foliorum ſpinoſis.
fleſhy, and taſte like thoſe of Eryngo. The leaves Houſt. MSS. Rough Bindweed with a prickly ſtalk, and
are divided into linear fegments, and their baſe em- oblong leaves with prickly veins.
brace the ſtalks, which riſe two feet high, and are 9. SMILAX (Virginiana) caule aculeato angulato, foliis
terminated by large flat umbels of white flowers, lanceolatis inermibus, acuminatis. Smilax with an an-
which appear in July, but their feeds do not often gular prickly ſtalk, and Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, un-
ripen here.
armed leaves. Smilax viticulis afperis Virginiana,
The fixth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and is pre- foliis anguſtis lævibus nullis auriculis prædita. Pluk.
ferved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variety. The Phyt. tab. 110. fig. 4. Virginian rough Bindweed
lower leaves are pretty broad, trifoliate, and of a with prickly veins, and narrow Smooth leaves wiibout
lucid green; the ſtalk riſes two feet high, and is ter-
minated by an umbel of yellow flowers in July; the 10. SMILAX (Canellefolia) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
leaves on the ſtalks are doubly winged, and the ſeeds. mibus ovatis trinerviis. Smilax with an unarmed taper
ripen in autumn, which ſhould be ſown foon after Stalk, and oval unarmed leaves with three veins. Smilax
they are ripe.
Virginiana, fpinis innocuis armata latis canellæ foliis,
SMALL AGE. See APIUM.
radice arundinacea craffa & carnofa. Pluk. Phyt. 110.
SMIL AX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 654. tab. 421. Lin. fig. 5. Rough Bindweed of Virginia armed with innocent
Gen. Plant. 992. Rough Bindweed.
Spines, a broad Cinnamon leaf, and a thick, fleſhy, Reed-
The CHARACTERS are,
like root.
It is male and female in different plants. The male flowers 11. SMILAX (Humilus) caule inermi tereti, foliis inermi-
have a fix-leaved, open, bell-ſhaped empalement; they bus ovato-cordatis trinerviis, floribus corymboſis.
have no petals, but have fix ſtamina terminated by oblong Smilax with a taper unarmed ſtalk, oval, heart-ſhaped,
ſummits. The female flowers have the like empalement, unarmed leaves, and flowers in a corymbus. Smilax hu-
but they fall of; they have no petals or ſtamina, but have milis, non ſpinoſa, foliis ariſtolochiæ, baccis rubris.
an oval germen, ſupporting three very ſmall ſtyles, crown- Cateſb. Car. 1. p. 47. Dwarf rough Bindweed without
ed by oblong refiexed ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns Spines, Birthwort leaves, and red berries.
to a globular berry with two cells, containing two globu- 12. SMILAX (Hederæfolia) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
lar ſeeds.
mibus, caulinis cordatis, racemis ovato-oblongis. Lin.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of Sp. Plant. 1031. Smilax with an unarmed taper ſtalk,
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe Unarmed, heart-ſhaped leaves on the ſtalks, and oval ob-
plants which have male and female flowers ſituated long bunches of flowers. Smilax claviculata, hedere
upon different plants, whoſe male flowers have fix folia tota lævis è terrâ Mariana. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 225.
ftamina.
fig. 3. Rough Bindweed with claſpers, and an Ivy leaf
The SPECIES are,
totally ſmooth, from Maryland.
1. SMILAX (Aſpera) caule aculeato angulato, foliis den-13. SMILAX (Laurifolia) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
tato-aculeatis cordatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1028. Smilax mibus lanceolatis. Smilax with a taper unarmed ſtalk,
with an angular prickly ſtalk, and heart-ſhaped, prickly, and ſpear-ſhaped unarmed leaves. Smilax lævis, lauri
indented leaves. Smilax afpera, fructu rubente. C. B. P. folio, baccis nigris. Cateſb. Car. 1. p. 15. Smooth Bind-
296. Rough Bindweed with a red fruit.
weed, with a Bay leaf and black berries.
2. SMILAX (Excelſa) caule aculeato angulato, foliis cor- The firft ſort grows naturally under hedges and in
datis inermibus. Smilax with an angular prickly ſtalk, woods in Italy and Spain. The roots are compoſed of
and ſmooth heart-shaped leaves. Smilax orientalis, far- many thick fleſhy fibres, which ſpread wide on every
mentis aculeatis, excelſas arbores ſcandentibus, foliis ſide, and ſtrike deep in the ground, from which
non ſpinoſis. Tourn. Cor. 45. Eaſtern rough Bindweed, come out ſeveral ſtalks which are ſlender, angular,
with prickly runners climbing the talleſt trees, and leaves armed with ſhort crooked ſpines, and have claſpers
not prickly.
on their fides, by which they faften themſelves to any
3. SMILAX (Sarſaparilla) caule aculeato angulato, foliis neighbouring plant for ſupport, and riſe five or fix
inermibus retuſo-cordatis. Smilax with an angular feet high. The leaves are ftiff, heart-ſhaped, and
ears.
a
acute-
12 N

S MI
S MI
a
a
3
3
a
acute-pointed, about three quarters of an inch broad
at their baſe, where they are eared, drawing narrow-
er to a point, and about two inches long; they are
of a dark green, and have five longitudinal veins;
their edges are ſet with a few ſhort reddiſh ſpines.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk in
ſhort bunches; they are ſmall and whitiſh, having no
petals. Thoſe on the female plants are ſucceeded by
red berries which ripen in autumn.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Syria. The roots
of this are like thoſe of the former; the ſtalks are
four-cornered and prickly; theſe faften themſelves to
the trees near them by their claſpers, and mount to
their tops. The leaves are heart-ſhaped, two inches
long, and an inch and three quarters broad at their
baſe; they have no ſpines on their edges, but have five
veins running lengthways. The flowers and fruit are
like thoſe of the firſt fort.
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia. The roots
of this are like thoſe of the former; the ſtalks aré an-
gular and prickly; the leaves are heart-ſhaped, turn-
ing backward, and unarmed; the flowers are ſmall,
and come out in long looſe bunches from the wings of
the ſtalks; the berries are ſmall and red.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina. The
roots are like the former; the ſtalks are taper and
prickly; the leaves are oblong, heart-ſhaped, four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad at their
baſe, having no ſpines, but ſeven longitudinal veins;
the flowers come out in long looſe bunches from the
ſide of the ſtalks, and the berries are black.
The fifth ſort grows naturally at Carthagena in New
Spain. The roots of this are like the former; the
ftalks are taper, very ſtrong, and armed with ſhort
ftiff fpines; they faſten themſelves by their claſpers to
the neighbouring trees, and riſe twenty feet high.
The leaves are of a thick ſubſtance, and have no
{pines; they are oval, heart-ſhaped, four inches long,
and three and a half broad at their baſe, ending in an
obtuſe point, and have five longitudinal veins. The
flowers are like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but grow in
cloſe bunches, and the berries are red. This is the ſame
with a plant which I received from China by the title
of China-root.
The ſixth fort grows naturally at Carthagena in New
Spain; this hath very ſtrong taper ſtalks, which are
armed with a very few ſhort ſpines. The leaves are
thick, unarmed, and heart-ſhaped; they are five
inches long, and three inches and a half broad at their
bafe, ending with an acute point. This fort climbs
on the neighbouring trees, and riſes thirty feet high.
The flowers of this I have not ſeen.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain ; this hath a thick, taper, prickly ſtalk,
which climbs up the neighbouring trees to the height
of thirty or forty feet. The leaves are thick, ſtiff,
and unarmed; they are ſeven inches long, and have
two round ears at their baſe, where they are three
inches and a half broad, but the other part of the
leaves are two inches broad at their top, where they
are rounded; they have three longitudinal veins, and
ſtand on ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The eighth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz;
this hath ſlender, taper, prickly ſtalks, which faften
themſelves to any neighbouring ſupport by their claf-
pers, and rife eight or ten feet high. The leaves
are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, four inches and a half long,
and two and a half broad in the middle; they have
no ſpines on their edges, but their midrib and veins
on their under fide are armed with ſhort reddiſh
ſpines.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica. The
ftalks of this are ſlender, angular, and prickly; the
leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, ending in acute points ; they
are three inches long, and half an inch broad, having
no ſpines; their baſe is a little rounded, but have
and buſhes to the height of ten or twelve feet. The
leaves are oval, and end in acute points ; they are five
inches long and three broad, and have three longitu-
dinal veins, but have no ſpines.
The eleventh ſort grows naturally in Carolina; this
hath taper unarmed ſtalks which riſe three or four feet
high. The leaves are oval, heart-ſhaped, about
three inches long, and almoſt two broad, rounded at
their points, and have three longitudinal veins. The
flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk at
every joint, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, formed
in a round bunch; theſe are fucceeded by roundiſh
red berries.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alſo
in Maryland. The ſtalks of this are ligneous, taper,
and unarmed; theſe have very long claſpers, by which
they faſten to any neighbouring ſupport, and riſe
twenty feet high. The leaves are ſome oval, and
others are heart-ſhaped, they are about three inches
and a half long, and two and a half broad. The flow-
ers come out from the wings of the ſtalk in oblong
bunches; theſe are ſucceeded by red berries.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this
hath a thick, taper, unarmed ftalk, which riſes by
the help of neighbouring buſhes and trees ten or twelve
feet high. The leaves are thick, ſpear-ſhaped, and
unarmed, about three inches and a half long, and one
inch and a half broad. The flowers come out from
the wings of the ſtalk in round bunches, which are
ſucceeded by black berries.
Theſe plants are many of them preferved in the gar-
dens of the curious for the ſake of variety, but ſome
of them may ſo be diſpoſed as to make them ornamen-
tal, becauſe thoſe forts which grow naturally in North
America, and the two firſt forts, are ſo hardy as to
thrive in the open air in England, and as they retain
their verdure all the year, if the plants are placed on
the borders of woods or groves in gårdens, and their
branches properly ſupported, they will ſcreen the na-
kekneſs of the ground under the trees from ſight, and
in winter, when their leaves are in beauty, they will
make a pleaſing variety, when the plants are properly
intermixed with other evergreens; and as ſome of the
forts will riſe five or ſix feet high, they will ſhut out
from view any diſagreeable objects.
Thoſe ſorts which require a ftove to protect them in
winter are little eſteemed, becauſe they require much
room; and as their flowers have no beauty to recom-
mend them, few perſons care to be at the trouble of
preſerving them for that of their leaves, becauſe there
are many other plants whoſe leaves make a better ap-
pearance, and the plants do not require ſo much room,
ſo theſe plants are rather the proper furniture of bo-
tanic gardens than thoſe of pleaſure.
They are all propagated by feeds, which muſt be pro-
cured from the countries where they naturally grow,
for there are none of theſe plants which produce ripe
feeds here. Thoſe forts which have been brought
from the north of America, ſometimes produce flow-
ers in England, but the ſummers here are neither warm
enough, nor of a proper duration to ripen their feeds,
ſo that theſe are propagated by parting of their roots ;
for when the roots have obtained ſtrength, they ſpread
very far in the ground, and ſend up ſtalks at a diſtance
,
from the old roots, whereby they may be greatly in-
creaſed when the forts are once obtained: The beſt
time for tranſplanting and parting of their roots is
early in autumn, that the offsets or young plants may
have time to get good roots before the froſt comes on;
and if after they are planted, the cold ſhould come
on earlier, or be more ſevere than ordinary, if the
ſurface of the ground about their roots is covered with
ſome old tanners bark or mulch to keep the froſt out
of the ground, it will preſerve them; but theſe roots
ſhould not be parted oftener than every third or fourth
year, for unleſs the roots are large, there will be few
ſtalks to each, and therefore will make but little ap-
pearance.
The tender forts muſt be kept in pots, and plunged
into the tan-bed of the bark-ſtove, in order to have
a
a
а
no ears.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this hath
thick, fleſhy, creeping roots.
The ſtalks are taper
and unarmed; theſe climb up the neighbouring trees
4
them

S M Y
S MY
а
age leaf.
them ſtrong; for although they will live in a mode- Stigmas. The germen afterward turns to an almost glo-
rate warmth in winter, they will make but little pro- bular fruit which is ſtreaked and ſplits in two, each con-
grefs, and their ſtalks will be ſhort, their leaves ſmall, taining one moon-ſhaped ſeed, convex on one ſide, marked
and the plants weak, fo will make but a poor appear- with three ſtreaks, and plain on the other.
ance; therefore, unleſs they can be allowed room in This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
the warm ftove, and conſtantly kept in the tan-bed, of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
they will not be worth preſerving.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ftyles.
All the forts grow naturally under
hedges and in woods, The SPECIES are,
therefore they ſhould be diſpoſed in a ſuch a manner, 1. SMYRNIUM (Oluſatrum) foliis caulinis ternatis petio-
as to imitate their places of growth, and not place them latis ſerratis, Hort. Cliff. 105. Smyrnium with trifoli-
in the open fun, where they will not thrive, therefore ate leaves on the ſtalks, which are ſawed and have foot-
the hardy kinds ſhould be placed under the ſhade of ſtalks. Hippoſelinum Theophraſti five ſmyrnium Di-
trees, and the tender ones may be placed between the oſcoridis. C.B.P. 154. Common Alexanders, or Aliſanders.
pots which contain tall plants, whoſe branches may 2. SMYRNIUM (Rotundifolium) foliis caulinis orbiculatis
ſcreen them from the ſun. Such of theſe plants as are integerrimis amplexicaulibus. Smyrnium with orbicular
tender muſt be frequently watered in hot weather, and leaves on the ſtalks which embrace them. Smyrnium pe-
ſhould then have a large ſhare of air admitted to them, regrinum rotundo folio. C. B. P. 152. Foreign Alex-
but in winter they muſt be watered ſparingly, for anders with a round entire leaf.
their roots are apt to rot with too much wet. 3. SMYRNIUM (Perfoliatum) foliis caulinis fimplicibus
When the ſeeds of theſe plants are obtained from amplexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. 376. Alexanders with ſim-
abroad, they ſhould be fown in pots filled with freſh ple leaves which embrace the ſtalks. Smyrnium pere-
light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, grinum folio oblongo. C. B. P. 154. Foreign Alexan-
obſerving to water the earth frequently to keep it ders with an oblong leaf.
moiſt, becauſe the feeds, being hard, will not vege-4. SMYRNIUM (Creticum) foliis caulinis ternatis ferratis,
tate without a conſiderable ſhare of moiſture; theſe ſummis oppofitis feffilibus, Alexanders with lower leaves
generally remain in the ground a whole year before by threes which are ſawed, and thoſe at the top by pairs
they grow, ſo that if the plants do not come up the firſt ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Smyrnium Creticum paludapi
ſeaſon, the pots ſhould be kept clean from weeds all folio. Tourn. Cor. 22. Cretan_ Alexanders with a Small-
the ſummer, and in winter the hardy forts ſhould be
sheltered from froſt under a common frame, and the 5. SMYRNIUM (Integerrimum) foliis caulinis duplicato
tender ones plunged into the bark-bed in the ſtove : ternatis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 263. Alexanders
the following ſpring they muſt be again plunged into with double trifoliate leaves on the ſtalks, which are entire.
the hot-bed, which
will bring the plants up very ſoon. The firſt fort grows naturally on the rocks by the
When the plants are come up, they muſt be conſtantly fea-ſhore in Wales, the North of England, and in
kept clear from weeds, and frequently watered in Scotland. It is alſo found growing wild in many places
warm weather, and toward the end of May the hardy near London, but here it may be ſuppoſed to have
forts ſhould be inured to the open air by degrees, been thrown out of gardens, for as it was formerly
and in June they may be removed out of the bed, and cultivated in gardens for the table, ſo the feeds may
placed abroad in a ſheltered ſituation, where they have been ſcattered, which will grow wherever they
Thould remain till the froft comes on in autumn, when alight.
they muſt be removed into ſhelter. If the pots are The lower leaves of this plant reſemble thoſe of
plunged into an old tan-bed under a frame, where Smallage, but they are much larger ; the lobes are
they may be protected from the froſt, and in mild rounder, and are fawed on their edges. The ſtalks
weather be expoſed to the open air, they will thrive rife from three to four feet high, which are furrowed,
much better than with more tender treatment.
and branch into many diviſions, theſe are garniſhed
The tender forts ſhould be plunged between the other with trifoliate leaves of the ſame ſhape and form with
pots in the bark-bed of the ſtove, where they ſhould the lower, but are ſmaller. The branches are termi-
remain all the winter. Theſe plants ſhould remain nated by large umbels of white flowers, which appear
untranſplanted in the ſeed-pots till the following in June, and are ſucceeded by large roundiſh fruit,
ſpring, when they ſhould be turned out of the pots, containing two moon-ſhaped ſeeds which ripen in Au-
carefully ſeparated, and planted into pots filled with guſt, and then the plant decays. The whole plant
freſh earth; and if the hardy forts are plunged into a has a ſtrong warm taſte.
very temperate hot-bed, it will cauſe them to take The ſecond fort grows naturally in Sicily and Crete ;
new root very ſoon, and greatly ſtrengthen the plants; the lower leaves of this fort are decompounded of
but the tender forts ſhould be plunged into a good ſmall leaves, which divide by threes; their lobes are
hot-bed of tanners bark to bring the plants forward, oval and indented on their edges; the ſtalk is ſmooth,
that they may get ſtrength before winter, when they hollow, and riſes three feet high, dividing toward the
muſt be treated in the manner before directed.
top into two or three branches; at each joint is placed
The hardy forts ſhould be kept in pots for two or one large orbicular leaf, whoſe baſe embraces the
three years that they may be ſheltered in winter, by ſtalk; theſe are of a yellow green colour, and their
which time they will have ſtrength enough to bear the edges are entire ; the branches are terminated by
cold in the open air; ſo in the ſpring they may be ſmall umbels of yellowiſh flowers, whoſe ſmaller um-
turned out of the pots, and planted where they are bels or rays are of unequal lengths. The ſeeds are
deſigned to remain, obſerving, if the ſpring ſhould black and ſhaped like thoſe of the former, but are
prove dry, to refreſh them now and then with water, ſmaller.
as alſo to lay ſome mulch about them to prevent the The third fort grows naturally in Crete; the lower
earth from drying; and while the plants are young, leaves of this are larger than thoſe of the former, but
if ſome mulch is laid about their roots in winter, it are compoſed of ſeveral winged diviſions. The ſtalk
will be a fure method to preſerve them.
does not riſe ſo high as that of the laſt mentioned, but
SMYRNIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 315. tab. 168. is angular and not ſo hollow; the leaves upon the
Lin. Gen. Plant. 363. Alexanders, or Aliſanders; in ſtalks are much larger; they are of the heart-ſhaped
French, Maçeron.
oval kind, and are indented on their edges, and em-
The CHARACTERS are,
brace the ſtalks with their baſe; their colour is nearly
It has an umbellated flower; the principal umbel is une- the ſame with the former, but they are of a thinner
qual, the ſmall ones are ereat ; they have no involucrum,
The umbels of flowers are ſmaller, as áre
and the empalement of the flowers are ſcarce diſcernible. alſo the feeds.
The flowers have five Spear-ſhaped petals which are a Theſe two forts have been frequently blended toge-
little inflexed, and five ſtamina the length of the petals, ther by botaniſts, who have ſuppoſed they were but
terminated by ſingle ſummits. The germen is ſituated un- one fpecies; but I have cultivated both many years,
der the flower, ſupporting two ſtyles crowned by headed and have not found either of them alter:
The
و
texture.

SNO
SOL
3
3
ز
The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete ; the lower leave ſtrait pores between one another, and fo keep
leaves of this are ſmaller than thoſe of the first fort, out the matter of light.
and are more like thoſe of Smallage; the ſtalk riſes But when it happens, that the region of the air under
higher, and grows more erect than thoſe of the firſt; the cloud is very cold, the drops of rain are congealed
the leaves on the lower part of the italk are large, and as they fall, and come down in lumps, which are
lawed on their edges; they ſtand by threes round called hail; and theſe lumps are greater or leſs, ac-
the ſtalk at the joints; their baſe fet cloſe, having no cording to the bigneſs of the rain drops of which they
foot-ſtalks ; the upper part of the ſtalk and branches are formed, and theſe lumps of hail are alſo variouſly
are garniſhed with leaves of the ſame form, which figured.
ſtand by pairs. The umbels of flowers are much Dr. Grew, in a diſcourſe of the nature of Snow, ob-
ſmaller, and the ſeeds are leſs.
ſerves, that many parts thereof are of a regular figure,
Theſe forts are moſt of them biennial, periſhing after for the moſt part, being, as it were, ſo many little
their ſeeds are ripe; they flower in June, and their rowels or ſtars, of perfect tranſparent ice; upon each
ſeeds ripen in Auguft.
of which points are ſet other collateral points, at the
The firſt of theſe forts is that ordered by the college ſame angles as the main points themſelves; amongſt
for medicinal uſe, but is ſeldom now preſcribed; and theſe are divers other irregular, which are chiefly
at preſent is ſeldom cultivated in gardens, though broken points and fragments of the regular ones;
formerly it was greatly uſed in the kitchen, before others alſo, by various winds, ſeem to have been thaw-
Celery was ſo much cultivated, which hath taken ed, and frozen again into irregular cluſters, ſo that
place of Alexanders, and entirely ſupplanted it. The it ſeems as if the whole body of Snow were one entire
other forts are preſerved in botanic gardens for vari- maſs of icicles irregularly figured ; that is, a cloud
ety, but may either of them be cultivated for the uſe
of vapours being gathered into drops, the faid drops
of the kitchen. The ſecond fort is much preferable do forthwith deſcend, and in their deſcent meeting
to the firit for blanching, as I have tried, and will be with a freezing air as they paſs through a colder region,
tenderer, and not quite ſo ſtrong.
each drop is immediately frozen into an icicle, ſhoot-
All theſe plants may be propagated by fowing their ing itſelf forth into ſeveral points, but ſtill continuing
ſeeds upon an open ſpot of ground in Auguſt, as ſoon to deſcend, and meeting with ſome intermitting gales
as they are ripe; for if they are preſerved till ſpring, of warmer air, or by their being continually wafted
they often miſcarry, or at leaſt do not come up until to and fro, touching upon one another, ſome are a
the ſecond year; whereas thoſe ſown in autumn rarely little thawed, blunted, and again frozen into cluſters,
fail of coming up in the ſpring, and will make much or entangled, ſo as to fall again into what we call
ſtronger plants than the other.
flakes ; although Snow is firm ice, and the lightneſs
The common fort, when cultivated for the table, of it is owing to the exceſs of its ſurface, in compa-
hould be treated in the following manner :
riſon to the matter contained in it; as gold itſelf may
In the ſpring the plants ſhould be hoed out, ſo as to be extended in ſurface, till it will ride upon the leaſt
leave them ten inches or a foot apart each way; and, breath of air.
during the following ſummer, they muſt be conſtantly SNOWDROP. See GALANTHUS.
cleared from weeds, which, if permitted to grow SOIL. See EARTH.
amongſt them, will draw them up ſlender, and render SOLANOIDES. See Pierce A.
them good for little. In February following the plants SOLANUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 148. tab. 62. Lin.
will ſhoot up again vigorouſly, at which time the earth Gen. Plant. 224. [fo called of folari, Lat. to comfort,
muſt be drawn up to each plant, to blanch them, and becauſe this plant ſweetens the humours.] Night-
in three weeks after they will be fit for uſe, when fhade; in French, Morelle.
they may be dug up, and the white part preſerved, The CHARACTERS are,
which may be ſtewed and eaten as Celery.
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf,
SNAP-DRAGON. See ANTIRRHINUM.
cut half through into five acute ſegments. The flower
SNEEZWORT. See ACHILLEA.
has one wheel-Maped petal, having a very ſhort tube ;
SNOW is defined to be a meteor formed in the mid- the brim is large, Spreading, and five-pointed. It has five
dle region of the air, of vapour raiſed by the action of Small awl-ſhaped ſtamina, terminated by oblong ſummits
the ſun, or ſubterraneous fire there congealed, its which ſtand together, and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a
parts conſtipated, its ſpecific gravity increaſed, and Slender ſtyle longer than the ſtamino, crorened by an obtuſe
thus returned to the earth in the form of little villi or ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a roundiff berry
fiakes.
with two cells, having a convex fleſhy receptacle, and
The Snow we receive may properly enough be af- filled with roundiſh compreſſed ſeeds.
cribed to the coldneſs of the atmoſphere through This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
which it falls; when the atmoſphere is warm enough Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
to diffolve the Snow before it arrives at us, we call it whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ftyle.
rain ; if it preſerves itſelf undiffolved, we call it Snow.
The SPECIES are,
Snow is very uſeful; it fructifies the ground; it 1. SOLANUM (Nigrum) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis
guards Corn, or other vegetables from the intenſer ovatis decemangularibus umbellis nutantibus. Lin.
cold of the air, eſpecially the cold piercing winds. Sp. 266. Nightſhade with an herbaceous unarmed fialk,
It is ſuppoſed to abound with falific and fertile parti- having ten angles and nodding umbels. Solanum offici-
cles, as much or more than rain ; however, it is ac- narum, acinis nigricantibus. C. B. P. 166. Common
counted more ponderous, and by that means finks Nightſhade of the ſhops with a black fruit.
deeper into the ground than rain does, and therefore 2. SOLANUM (Villoſum) caule inermi herbaceo ramis te-
is in ſome caſes of more benefit to planting; for retibus foliis angulatis, umbellis nutantibus. Night-
which reaſon, fome lay heaps of Snow round the feet Shade with a woolly, herbaceous, unarmed ſtalk, oval in-
of their foreſt-trees, eſpecially in hot burning lands. dented leaves which are taper, and nodding umbels. So-
Monf. le Clerc fays, that ſome parts of a cloud which lanum officinarum, acinis puniceis. C. B. P. 166.
ſhould turn to rain, are ſometimes prevented by Nightſbade with red fruit.
the cold, and formed into a conſiſtence which we call 3. SOLANUM (Luteum) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis
Snow, which appears to be formed from watery par- ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis tomentofis, umbellis nu-
ticles, from hence, that when it diſſolves, it turns into tantibus. Nightſhade with an herbaceous unarmed folk,
water ; ſo that we may eaſily conceive Snow to be oval, ſpear-shaped, acute-pointed, indented, woolly leaves,
made of watery particles, hardened by cold and ga- and nodding umbels. Solanum officinarum, acinis luteis.
thered into flakes, in ſuch a manner as to leave large C. B. P. 166. Nightſhade with yellow berries.
interſtices between one another ; which Snow is not 4. SOLANUM (Rubrum) caule inermi herbaceo glabro,
tranſparent, as the water, becauſe the more rigid foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis dentatis glabris, um-
particles, being huddled together by chance, do not bellis nutantibus. Nightſhade with an herbaceous, un-
armed,
و
و
a
3

SOL
SOL
a
armed, ſmooth fialk, oblong, oval, acute-pointed, indented rican Nightſhade, with a Bear's-breech leaf and a large
leaves, and nodding umbels. Solanum Americanum, blue flower.
vulgari fimile, acinis rubris. Rand. American Night-15. SOLANUM (Anguſtifolium) caule aculeato fruticofo;
jhade like the common fort, with red berries.
foliis pinnato-laciniatis tomentofis, utrinque aculeatis,
5. SOLANUM (Americanum) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis pedunculis axillaribus bifloris. Nightſhade with a prickly
ovatis acuminatis glabris, umbellis erectis. Nightſhade Mərubby ſtalk, wing-cut leaves which are woolly, and
with an herbaceous unermed ſtalk, oval, acute-pointed, prickly on both ſides, and foot-ſtalks with two flowers at
fmooth leaves, and erečt umbels. Solanum America-
the wings of the fialks. Solanum Americanum fpino-
num vulgari fimile, flore parvo purpurafcente, acinis fiffimum herbaceum, anguriæ folio, flore luteo. Houft.
nigricantibus minioribus. Rand. American Nightſhade The moji prickly American Nightſhade, with a Water Me-
like the common ſort, with a ſmall purpliſh flower, and lon leaf and a yellow flower.
ſmaller black berries.
16. SOLANUM (Quercifolium) caule aculeato fruticoſo,
6. SOLANUM (Scabrum) caule herbaceo ſubaculeato, fo- foliis oblongis finuato-pinnatis, aculeatis, umbellis
liis ovatis obtufis integerrimis, petiolis longiffimis, feffilibus. Nightſhade with a prickly ſhrubby ſtalk, oblong,
umbellis nutantibus. Nightſhade with an herbaceous wing-finuated, prickly leaves, and umbels fitting cloſe to the
Stalk a little prickly, oval, obtuſe, entire leaves on very ftalks.. Solanum Americanum fruteſcens, & fpino-
long foot-ſtalks, and nodding umbels. Solanum nigrum ſum, quercus folio, baccis rubris. Houft. MSS.
vulgari fimile, caulibus exaſperatis. Hort. Elth. 368. Shrubby, prickly, American Nightſhade, with an Oak leaf
Black Nightſhade like the common fort, with rough and red berries.
stalks.
17. SOLANUM (Jamaicenſe) caule aculeato fruticoſo, fo-
7. SOLANUM (Guineenſe) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis liis ovatis tomentoſis, angulofo-finuatis ſubaculatis,
oblongo-ovatis acuminatis glabris ſubdentatis, umbel- umbellisſeſfilibus. Nightſhade with a prickly ſhrubby ſtalk,
lis nutantibus. Nightſhade with an herbaceous, angular, oval, woolly, angular, ſinuated leaves a little prickly, and
unarmed ſtalk, oblong, oval, acute-pointed, ſmooth leaves umbels fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Solanum Americanum
a little indented, and nodding umbels. Solanum Gui- bacciferum, caule & foliis tomentofis incanis fpino-
neenſe, fructu magno inftar ceraſi nigerrimo unbella- fis, flore luteo fructu croceo. Sloan. Cat. 108. Berry-
to. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 68. Nightſhade from Guinea,
. . .
bearing American Nightſhade with hoary ſtalks and leaves,
with a large fruit like black Cherries, in umbels.
a yellow flower, and Saffron-coloured fruit.
8. SOLANUM (Dulcamara) caule inermi fruteſcente flex-18. SOLANUM (Fruticoſum) caule aculeato fruticoſo,
uofo, foliis fuperioribus haftatis, racemis cymofis. foliis lanceolatis ſubdentatis glabris, racemis longio-
Hort. Cliff. 6o. Nightſhade with a ſhrubby, bended, un- ribus axillaribus. Nightſhade with a prickly ſhrubby ſtalk,
ermed ſtalk, the upper leaves Spear-ſhaped, and bunches of Smooth Spear-ſhaped leaves a little indented, and longer
flowers at the top of the stalk. Solanum ſcandens, feu bunches of flowers from the wings of the ſtolk. Sola-
dulcamara. C. B. P. 166. Perennial climbing Night- num Americanum fruticoſum bacciferum fpinofum,
Jhade, commonly called Bitter-ſweet.
fiore cæruleo. Sloan.Cat. 108. Shrubby, berry-bearing,
9. SOLANUM (Pſeudocapſicum) caule inermi fruticoſo, fo- American Nightſhade with a blue flower.
liis lanceolatis repandis, umbellis feffilibus. Lin. Sp. 19. SOLANUM (Scandens) caule inermi fruteſcente flexu-
Plant. 184. Nightſhade with a ſhrubby unarmed ſtalk, oſo, foliis ovatis ſubtus tomentofis, floribus ſolitaris
Spear-ſhaped leaves turning inward, and the umbels ſitting alaribus. Nightſhade with a shrubby, bending, unarmed
cloſe to the ſialks. Solanum fruticofum bacciferum. ſtalk, oval leaves which are woolly on their under ſide,
C. B. P. 167. Shrubby berry-bearing Nightſhade, com- and flowers growing ſingly from the wings of the ſtalk.
monly called Amomum Plinii.
Solanum Americanum, fcandens & fruteſcens, flore
10. SOLANUM (Igneum) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo- magno cæruleo, fructu rubro. Houſt. MSS. Skrubby,
liis lanceolatis angulofo-dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 61. climbing, American Nightſhade, with a large blue flower
Nigbt/bade with a forubby prickly ſtalk, and ſpear-ſhaped
and a red fruit.
leaves which are angularly indented. Solanum ſpiniferum 20. SGLANUM (Laurifolium) caule inermi fruticoſo, foliis
fruteſcens, fpinis igneis, Americanum. Pluk. Phyt. ovato-acuminatis integerrimis, fubtus tomentofis, um-
tab. 225. fig. 5. Shrubby and thorny American Night- bellis erectis alaribus & terminalibus. Nightſhade with
ſhade, with fire-coloured thorns.
a fhrubby unarmed ſtalk, oval, acute-pointed, entire leaves,
11. SOLANUM (Tomentoſum) caule aculeato fruticoſo, fo- which are woolly on their under fide, and ere Et umbels
liis ovatis dentato-angulatis utrinque tomentofis, pe- from the wings and the top of the branches. Solanum
dunculis ſpinoſis. Nightſhade with a ſhrubby prickly Americanum fruteſcens, non fpinofum, lauri folio,
Stolk, oval, angular, indented leaves, woolly on every fore racemoſo cæruleo. Houft. MSS. Smooth, ſhrubby,
fide, and prickly foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Sola- American Nightſhade with a Bay leaf, and blue flowers
num fpinoſum, maxime tomentofum. Bocc. Rar.
growing in cluſters.
Plant. Thorny Nightſhade, very much covered with a 21. SOLANUM (Carolinienſe) caule aculeato fruticoſo, fo-
wool or down.
liis ovatis finuato-dentatis ſubtus tomentofis, aculeis
12. SOLANUM (Sodomeum) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo- utrinque rectis, umbellis feffilibus terminalibus.
liis pinnato-laciniatis obtuſis utrinque aculeatis. Night- Nightſhade with a prickly ſhrubby stalk, oval, ſinuated,
Shade with c forubby prickly stalk, wing-pointed leaves indented leaves which are woolly on their under ſide, the
which are ohtuſe, and have Spines on both ſides. Sola- Spines every way ſtrait, and umbels fitting cloſe at the end
num pomiferum fruteſcens Africanum fpinofum ni- the branches. Solanum Americanum fruteſcens &
gricans, flore boraginis, foliis profunde laciniatis. H. fpinofum, foliis infra tomentofis, fore magno cæru-
L. Shrubby Africon Apple-bearing Nightſhade with black leo. Houſt. MSS. Shrubby and prickly American Night-
thorns, a flower like Borage, and deeply jagged leaves, Shade, with leaves which are boary underneath, and a large
commonly called Pomum Amoris.
blue flower.
13. SOLANUM (Indicum) caule aculeato fruticoſo, foliis 22. SOLANUM (Verbaſcifolium) caule inermi fruticoſo,
cuneiformibus angulatis fubvilloſis. Nightſhade with a foliis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis fubtus tomentofis,
florubby prickly ſtalk, angular, indented, woolly leaves, umbellis erectis pedunculis longiffimis. Nightſhade
and the flowers in long bunches at the wings of the ſtalk. with a ſörubby unarmed ſtalk, oval, Spear-ſhaped, entire
Solanum Indicum fpinofum boraginis flore. Icon. Ro- leaves which are woolly on their under fide, and ere&t um-
bert. H. R. Par. Prickly Indian Nightſhade with a bels having very long foot-ſtalks. Solanum Americanum
flower like Borage.
arboreſcens, verbaſci folio, fructu flavaſcente majori.
14. SOLANUM (Acanthifolium) caule aculeato herbaceo, Plum. Cat. 4. Tree-like American Nightſhade with a
foliis finuatis utrinque aculeatis, umbellis erectis, ca- Mullein leaf, and a larger yellow fruit.
lycibus echinatis. Nighiſhode with a prickly herbaceous 23. SOLANUM (Bonarienſe) caule fruteſcente fubinermi,
stalk, ſinuated leaves armed with ſpines on both ſides, up- foliis cuneiformibus ſinuato repandis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
right umbels, and very prickly empalements. Solanum 185. Nightſhade with a fhrubby almoſt unarmed ſtalk,
Americanum ſpinoſum herbaceum, acanthi folio, fiore and wedge-fboped leaves which are ſinuated and turn
amplo cæruleo. Houit. MSS. Prickly, herbaceous, Ame- backward. Solanum Bonarienſe arboreſcens, papas
floribus.
1
I2O

SOL
SOL
a
3
tumn.
floribus. Hort. Elth. 364. Tree-like Nighthade of Bue-
nos Ayres, with flowers like the Potatoe.
24. SOLANUM (Bahamenſe) caule fruteſcente inermi, fo-
liis lanceolatis ſinuato-dentatis glabris, umbellis erec-
tis. Nightſhade with a ſhrubby uncrmed ſtalk, Spear-shap-
ed, ſinucted, indented, ſmooth leaves, and erect umbels.
Solanum Bahamenſe arboreſcens, folio finuato. Hort.
Elth. 363. Tree-like Nightſhade from the Babama Iſlands,
with a ſinuated leaf.
25. SOLANUM (Sempervirens) caule inermi fruticofo, fo-
liis integerrimis, pedunculis lateralibus filiformibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 185. Nightſhade with a ſhrubby un-
armed ſtalk, oval entire leaves, and thread-like foot-ſtalks
to the flowers, proceeding from the ſide of the branches.
Solanum lignoſum Africanum ſempervirens, laurinis
foliis. H. Amft. 2. p. 191. Woody, evergreen, African
Nightſhade, with Bay leaves.
26. SOLANUM (Africanum) caule inermi fruteſcente flex-
uofo, foliis ovatis ſubdentatis craſſis. Nightſhade with
Shrubby, flexible, unarmed ſtalk, and oval thick leaves
ſomewhat indented. Solanum dulcamarum Africanum,
foliis craſſis hirſutis. Hort. Elth. 365. Climbing African
Nightſhade with hairy thick leaves.
27. SOLANUM (Umbellatum) caule fruteſcente inermi, fo-
liis lanceolatis integerrimis fubtus piloſis, umbellis
erectis terminalibus. Nightſhade with a ſlərubby unarm-
ed ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped entire leaves which are hairy on
their under ſide, and ere&t umbels terminating the branches.
Solanum Americanum fruteſcens non fpinofum, fo-
liis oblongis fubtus incanis, floribus umbellatis.
Houſt. American ſhrubby Nightſhade without thorns,
oblong leaves hoary on their under fides, and flowers in
umbels.
28. SOLANUM (Racemoſum) caule inermi fruticoſo, foliis
ovato integerrimis, ſubtus tomentofis, umbellis erec-
tis terminalibus, calycibus obtufis lanuginoſis. Night-
hade with a brubby unarmed ſtalk, oval entire leaves
which are woolly on their under ſide, ere&t umbels termi-
nating the branches, and downy obtuſe empalements. So-
lanum Americanum fruticoſum glabrum, foliis ſub-
rotundis fubtus incanis, floribus racemofis. Houſt.
MSS. Smooth, ſhrubby, American Nightſhade with round-
iſh leaves which are boary on their under ſide, and branch-
ing flowers.
29. SOLANUM (Trilobatum) caule aculeato fruticoſo, fo-
liis cuneiformibus ſubtrilobis glabris obtufis inermi-
bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 270. Nightſhade with a prickly
ſhrubby ſtalk, leaves with ſinuated indentures, bunches of
flowers on the ſide of the branches, and the ſpines every
where recurved. Solanum ſpinoſum, Jamaicenſe gla-
brum, foliis parvis minus profunde laciniatis. Pluk.
Phyt. 316. fig. 5. Prickly Jamaica Nightſhade, whoſe
ſmall leaves are lefs deeply cut.
30. SOLANUM (Virginianum) caule aculeato herbaceo,
foliis pinnatifidis utrinque aculeatis, laciniis finuatis
obtufis, calycibus aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 267.
Nightſhade with a prickly herbaceous ſtalk, wing-pointed
leaves which are armed with Spines on both ſides, and
prickly empalements. Solanum annuum nigricans Vir-
ginianum ſpinofiffimum latè fe fpargens, fore cæru-
leo glabrum. Pluk. Phyt. 62. fig. 3. Black, annual,
Virginia Nightſhade which is the moſt prickly, having a
blue ſmooth flower.
31. SOLANUM (Mammoſum) caule aculeato herbaceo, fo-
liis cordatis quinquelobis, utrinque villoſis aculeatis.
Vir. Cliff. 15. Nightſhade with a prickly herbaceous ſtalk,
and heart-ſhaped leaves with five lobes, which are hairy
end prickly on both ſides. Solanum Barbadenſe ſpino-
ſum annuum, fructu aureo rotundiore pyri parvi in-
verſo forma & magnitudine. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 225.
fig. 1. Annual, prickly, Barbadoes Nightſhade, with a
rounder golden fruit of the form and ſize of a ſmall Pear
inverted, commonly called Bachelor's Pear.
32. SOLANUM (Schiru-ſchuna) caule aculeato, foliis pin-
nato-finuatis, fructu racemoſo. Nightſhade with a
prickly ſtalk, finuated wing-like leaves, and fruit growing
in a long bunch.
The firſt fort is now very common upon dunghills,
and on rich cultivated ſoils in many parts of Eng-
land, where it often becomes a very troubleſome
weed. This is the fort which the College of Phyſi-
cians have directed to be uſed in medicine, under
the title of Solanum hortenfe : and although it is now
become a very troubleſome weed in many garders
near London, yet it is not a native of this country,
but is ſuppoſed to have been brought originally from
America, from whence the greater part of the ſpecies
of this genus have been introduced into Europe.
There are two varieties of this which are found grow-
ing naturally in England. The moſt common fort is
an upright branching plant with oval, acute-pointed,
ſmooth leaves, and black berries. The other is a low
branching plant with indented leaves, and greeniſh
yellow berries; but whether thefe are only varieties, or
diſtinct ſpecies I cannot ſay, though I have ſown their
ſeeds ſeparately, and have found them keep their dif-
ference one year, but do not know if they will conti-
nue it always.
The ſecond fort riſes with an erect branching ſtalk
three feet high; the leaves are oval, angular, indent-
ed, and ſmooth; the flowers are produced in round-
iſh bunches in form of umbels; they are white, hav-
ing five ſtar-pointed petals which ſpread open and are
reflexed; in the center are five ſtamina, which are
terminated by oblong yellow fummits ſtanding cloſe
together; after the flowers are paſt, the germen ſwell
to round pulpy berries of a yellow colour, having
nodding umbels on the ſide of the branches; the
flowers appear in July, and the ſeeds ripen in au-
I have ſeveral times received the feeds of this
fort from Barbadoes, where it is ſuppoſed to grow
naturally.
The third ſort riſes with hairy branching ſtalks two
feet and a half high; the leaves are woolly, oval,
ſpear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, and indented on their
edges; the flowers are like thoſe of the former fort,
and the berries are of the ſame ſize and ſhape, but are
of a red colour; this flowers and ripens its berries at
the ſame time with the former. The feeds of this
came from America. The feeds of the fourth fort
came from the Weſt-Indies; this hath taller and
ſmoother ſtalks than either of the former; the leaves
are of a dark green and are ſmooth; they are oval,
acute-pointed, and indented on their edges in angular
indentures; the flowers are produced in nodding um-
bels on the ſide of the branches, which are ſucceeded
by finooth red berries; this flowers at the ſame time
with the former forts.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Virginia; the ſtalks
of this are angular, and riſe upward of three feet high,
dividing into a few ſlender branches, which ſpread
from each other, and are garniſhed with oval, acute-
pointed, ſmooth leaves, of a deep green colour; they
have a few indentures on their edges; the flowers are
very ſmall, and there are but few in each umbel ;
they have narrow acute-pointed petals, white on the
inſide, and purpliſh without; they appear in Auguſt,
and are ſucceeded by ſmall black berries which ripen
late in autumn.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America.
The ſtalks of this ſort riſe three feet high, and di-
vide into ſpreading branches; they are angular, fur-
rowed, and have a few ſhort ſpines ; the leaves are
oval and entire ; they are fix inches long, and five
broad, of a dark green colour, and have long foot-
ſtalks; the flowers come out from the fide of the
branches in ſmall umbels, which nod on one fide;
they are ſmall, white, and ſtar-pointed, and are ſuc-
ceeded by ſmall black berries which ripen late in
a
a
a
a
autumn.
a
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Guinea. This
riſes with a ſtrong, thick, herbaceous, angular ſtalk
two feet and a half high, dividing into ſnort thick
branches, which are garniſhed with oblong, oval,
ſmooth leaves, near five inches long, and three and
a half broad, which have a few indentures, and ſtand
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in nodding umbels from the fide of the ſtalk;
they are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but are larger.
Theſe are ſucceeded by large black berries the fize
of

S OL
SOL
of the common black Cherry, which ripens in au-
tumn.
Theſe ſeven ſorts are annual, ſo their feeds ſhould be
fown in the ſpring, on a bed of rich earth where the
plants are deſigned to remain, and when they come
up they muſt be thinned, leaving them at leaſt two
feet diſtance, that they may have room to grow, after
,
this they will require no farther care but to keep them
clean from weeds ; in July and Auguſt they will flow-
er, and the ſeeds will ripen in autumn. Some people
plant one or two plants of each fort in pots, whoſe
italks they train up to ſticks to make them ſtrait ;
and in autumn they remove the pots into the green-
houſe, where they may be preſerved till the ſpring, and
during the winter, their fruit being ripe, will make
a pretty appearance.
The eighth fort is a climbing woody plant, which
grows in the hedges in divers parts of England, and
is by ſome planted in gardens, to cover arbours, or
ſhady walls, in London, and other clofe places, where
few other plants will thrive. The cuttings or ſtalks of
this are put into glaſſes of water, and placed in rooms,
where they will put out branches and leaves, and con-
tinue a long time green. This plant is alſo uſed in
medicine for ſome particular preparations; but the
herbfolks in the markets often fell this inſtead of the
Garden Nightſhade, which is a cooling plant, and
this a hot acrid one, which renders it contrary to the
intention of the ointment, wherein Nightſhade is one
of the ingredients.
There is a ſort of this with white flowers, which is
fuppoſed to be a variety of the former, but the leaves
are woolly, in which it differs from the other, and
this is conſtant. There is alſo one with variegated
leaves, which is preſerved by thoſe who are very cu-
rious in collecting the various kinds of ſtriped-leaved
plants.
Theſe may be eaſily propagated by laying down their
branches, or by planting their cuttings in the ſpring
upon a moiſt foil, where they will ſoon take root,
and may afterward be tranſplanted where they are to
remain.
The ninth fort grows naturally at the Madeiras ; this
riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtalk four or five feet high,
and divides into many ſlender ſtiff branches, which are
garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves turning backward.
The flowers grow in ſmall umbels, or ſingly on the
fide of the branches, to which they fit cloſe; theſe
are white, with yellow ſummits, and appear in June,
July, and Auguft, and are ſucceeded by berries as
large as ſmall Cherries which ripen in winter, when
they make a good appearance in the green-houſe.
There are two varieties of this, one with red, and the
other has a yellowiſh fruit.
This plant may be propagated by ſowing its ſeeds in
a pot of rich earth in the ſpring, placing it upon a mo-
derate hot-bed, which will greatly facilitate their
growth; the earth in the pot fhould be frequently
watered, for if it is kept too dry the feeds will not
grow. When the plants are come up, you ſhould
make a gentle hot-bed, which muſt be covered with
rich earth about fix inches thick; in this they ſhould
be planted about fix inches diſtance each way, and
the bed arched over with hoops, &c. and covered
with mats, to ſhade them from the ſun and cold, ob-
ſerving frequently to water them.
When the plants have acquired ſtrength, and the
ſeaſon becomes favourable, you muſt inure them to
bear the open air by degrees, to which they ſhould
be fully expoſed in June, when they ſhould be
taken up, with a ball of earth to the root of each
plant, and placed ſeparately in pots filled with rich
earth, which muſt be ſet in a ſhady ſituation, and
frequently watered until they have taken new root ;
after which they may be removed into a more open
expoſure, and placed among other exotic plants, but
they require a great plenty of water in dry weather,
without which they feldom produce much fruit.
In winter they muſt be removed into the green-houſe,
and placed in the coldeſt part of the houſe, where
they may lave as much free air as poffible in inild
weather; being ſo hardy as many times to endure the
cold of our ordinary winters abroad, when planted in
a warm ſituation, ſo that they only require to be ſhel-
tered from ſevere froit.
Theſe plants ſhould be annually ſhifted about the lat-
ter end of April, when their roots ſhould be pared
round, cutting off all the mouldy fibres which were
next the pot, and the pots filled up with freſh rich
earth, which will ſtrengthen their flowers, and cauſe
them to produce plenty of fruit; which (as I ſaid be-
fore) ripens in winter, and being of the ſhape and ſize
of Cherries, are commonly called Winter Cherries by
the gardeners.
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies ;
this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk three feet high, dividing
at the top into ſeveral branches, which are cloſely arm-
ed with ſtrait gold-coloured ſpines on every ſide.
The leaves are from two to three inches long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, having a few angu-
lar indentures, and their midrib is armed with a row
of the like ſpines as thoſe upon the ſtalks, which ſtand
erect. The flowers are produced in long bunches
from the ſide of the ſtalks; they are white, and of
the ſame ſize as thoſe of the ninth, which are fuc-
ceeded by red berries almoſt as large as the ſmall black
Cherry
The tenth fort is much tenderer than either of the for-
mer, being brought from the warm parts of America.
This is propagated by ſowing the ſeeds in the ſpring,
upon a good hot-bed; and when the plants are come
up, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate
ſmall pot filled with rich earth, and plunged into a
freſh hot-bed again, obſerving to water and ſhade
them until they have taken root; after which, they
ſhould have air and water in proportion to the heat of
the ſeaſon, and the bed in which they are placed ;
and when their roots have filled the pots in which
they were planted (which they will do in two months
time, if they thrive) they muſt be ſhaken out, and
after having gently pared off the fibres which grew
next the pot, they should be planted into pots of a
ſize larger, which muſt be filled with freſh rich earth,
and plunged into a freſh hot-bed to bring the plants
forward, obſerving to water them frequently, for they
will not thrive without plenty of moiſture in warm
weather.
In July theſe plants may be inured to bear the open
air by degrees, into which they may be removed if
the ſeaſon be warm ; but otherwiſe they muſt always
be preſerved either under glaſſes, or in the ſtove; and
if they are placed in the open air, they ſhould not re-
main there longer than the middle or latter end of Au-
guft, left the nights growing cold, ſhould hurt them.
During the winter ſeaſon they muſt be preſerved in
the ſtove, obſerving to refreſh them frequently with
water, but they muſt not have too much each time,
eſpecially in cold weather. The ſecond year they will
produce flowers and fruit.
The eleventh fort has a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes two
feet high, and divides into ſeveral woody branches
which are armed with ſharp thorns, and garniſhed
with oval woolly leaves which have angular inden-
tures on their edges; they are an inch and a half long,
and more than an inch broad. The flowers are pro-
duced in looſe ſmall bunches from the wings of the
ftalks; they are blue, and larger than thoſe of the
former forts; theſe appear in June and July, and
are ſucceeded by round berries as large as common
Cherries, of a gold colour, which turn black when
ripe.
The twelfth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this hath a ſtrong, thick, ſhrubby ſtalk, which
riſes from two to three feet high, ſending out many
ſhort thick branches, which are cloſely armed with
ſhort, ſtrong, yellow ſpines on every ſide; the leaves
are about four inches long, and two broad; they are
cut almoſt to their midrib in obtuſe ſegments which
are oppoſite, regular, and formed like winged leaves;
theſe ſegments have ſeveral obtuſe indentures on their
edges ;
a
a
a
2

SOL
SOL
ز
و
a
a
edges; they are of a dark green colour, and are
armed with the ſame fort of Ipines as thoſe on the
ítalks, on both fides. The flowers come out in ſmall
bunches on the ſide of the branches; they are blue,
and larger than thoſe of the former fort; theſe ap-
pear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by round
yellow berries as large as Walnuts, which ripen in
winter.
The eleventh and twelfth forts are not ſo tender as
the tenth, but require an open airy glaſs-caſe, or a
warm green-houſe in winter, but in ſummer may be
expoſed in the open air with other exotic plants
.
Theſe may be propagated by ſowing their feeds on a
hot-bed as the former, and ſhould be managed as
hath been directed for them; with this difference, that
they may be much ſooner expoſed to the air, and
fhould not be bred ſo tenderly. Theſe are preſerved
for their odd appearance, by ſuch as are curious in
cultivating exotic plants ; their fruits being ripe in
winter, afford a variety in the green-houſe, and their
leaves and flowers being very remarkable in their co-
lour, ſhape, &c. render them worthy of a place in
every good collection of plants.
The thirteenth fort hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes
two or three feet high, ſending out ſeveral ligneous
branches, which are armed with ſhort, ſtrong, yel-
lowiſh ſpines ; the leaves are an inch and a half long,
and an inch broad, woolly on both ſides, and are an-
gularly indented. Theſe are armed with ſpines on
both ſides, in a row on the midrib. The flowers come
out in longiſh bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks ;
they are blue, and like thoſe of the twelfth ; they ap-
pear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by round
berries of a gold colour as large as Cherries, which
ripen in winter.
The fourteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, growing
naturally there, from whence he ſent the feeds to
England, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden.
This riſes with a prickly herbaceous ſtalk near two
feet high, dividing into two or three branches, which
are cloſely armed with ſlender yellow ſpines of une-
qual lengths. The leaves are fix inches long, and
three inches and a half broad, of a bright green co-
lour, and deeply finuated; the veins of the leaves are
armed with yellow erect ſpines on both ſides. The
umbels of flowers ftand erect at the end of the
branches; the flowers are very large, and of a fine
blue colour; theſe are ſucceeded by round berries
as large as common Cherries, which are marbled with
white and green. The empalement of the flower is
armed with ſpines like a hedge-hog. It flowers in
July and Auguft, but the fruit ripens late in the au-
tumn, ſo that unleſs the plants are brought forward
in the ſpring, they will not produce ripe ſeeds in
England.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, where the late Dr. Houſtoun diſcovered
it. This hath ſhrubby trailing ſtalks two feet long,
which are armed with long yellow ſpines, and covered
with a gray bark; the leaves are near four inches long,
and almoſt two broad, very finely cut in form of wing-
ed leaves almoſt to their midrib; they are woolly,
and armed with long, ſlender, yellowiſh fpines on their
veins on both ſides. The foot-ftalks of the flowers
.
ariſe from the wings of the ſtalks; they are two or
three inches long, each for the moſt part ſuſtaining
two large yellow flowers, having very prickly em-
palements; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall round berries
the ſize of gray Peas, which are marbled with green
and white.
The fixteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun, growing at La Vera Cruz; this riſes with
a ſhrubby ſtalk five or fix feet high, armed with ſhort
recurved ſpines, and covered with a ſmooth browniſh
bark, garniſhed with oblong leaves fix inches long,
and two and a half broad, which are regularly ſinuated
on both edges in form of winged leaves; theſe riſe
by two or three from the ſame point, and ſtand erect;
ey are armed with a few ſhort ſpines along the mid-
rib on both ſides. The flowers come out in ſmall
looſe bunches from the ſide of the branches, to which
they fit clofe; theſe are but ſmall; they have five
white ſtar-pointed petals, and are ſucceeded by ſmall
berries about the ſize of thoſe of Juniper, which, when
ripe, are red.
The ſeventeenth ſort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this
riſes with a ſhrubby woolly ſtalk five or fix feet high,
armed with ſhort recurved thorns, and garniſhed with
oval woolly leaves fix inches long, and four broad,
which are angularly finuated, and have a very few ſhort
crooked ſpines upon the midrib on the under fide.
The flowers are in ſmall umbels fitting cloſe to the ſide
of the branches; they are ſmall and yellow; theſe are
ſucceeded by ſmall round berries of a Saffron colour
when ripe.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this
riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks three or four feet high,
dividing into ſeveral irregular branches which have a
gray bark, and are armed on every ſide with ſlender
erect ſpines of a gray colour. The leaves are ſpear-
ſhaped, an inch and a half long, and half an inch
broad; they are ſmooth, and a little indented or
waved on their edges. The flowers come out in long
bunches from the fide of the ſtalk, ſtanding upon
long foot-ſtalks; they are of a fine blue colour, and
are ſucceeded by Saffron-coloured berries the ſize of
Peas.
The nineteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
William Houſtoun, growing naturally at La Vera
Cruz; this hath a ſhrubby climbing ſtalk which riſes
ten or twelve feet high, covered with a ſmooth brown
bark, and divides into ſeveral branches. The leaves
are oval, woolly on their under fide, but of a dark
green on their upper; they are two inches long, and
one and a half broad. The flowers come out fingly
from the wings of the ſtalk; they are large, of a fine
blue colour, and the petal is not divided into ſegments
like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but it hath five angles,
each ending in a point; theſe are ſucceeded by round
berries about the ſize of gray Peas, which are red
when ripe.
The twentieth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun at Campeachy; this riſes with a ſmooth
ſhrubby ſtalk fix or ſeven feet high, ſending out lig-
neous branches on every fide, which have a ſmooth
brown bark, and are garniſhed with oval acute-point-
ed leaves which are entire, and woolly on their under
fide; they are four inches long, and two and a half
broad. The flowers are collected into umbels which
ſtand erect; theſe come out from the ſide and at the
end of the branches; they are of a light blue colour,
and are ſucceeded by round berries the ſize of ſmall
black Cherries, which are yellow when ripe.
The twenty-firſt fort was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun at La Vera Cruz; this hath a ſhrubby ſtalk
which riſes four feet high, having a white downy
bark, and armed on every ſide with ſtrait brown ſpines. .
The leaves ſtand three inches aſunder; they are oval,
and have finuated indentures; they are two inches
long, and one and a quarter broad, woolly on their
under fide, and have prickly foot-ſtalks. Their mid-
rib is armed with two or three ſmall ſpines, ſometimes
on both ſides, and at others but on one.
The ſpines
are all erect; the flowers are diſpoſed in an umbel
fitting cloſe at the end of the branches; they are large,
of a fine blue colour, and have woolly empalements;
theſe are ſucceeded by round berries the ſize of large
Peas, which are red when ripe.
The twenty-ſecond ſort grows naturally at Campea-
chy; this riſes with a woody ſtalk eight or ten feet
high, ſending out ſeveral ligneous branches which are
covered with a gray down, and are furrowed. The
leaves are ſometimes placed alternately on the branches,
and at others are oppoſite, ſtanding upon pretty long
thick foot-ſtalks; they are ſeven inches long, and
three and a half broad; their edges are entire, and
end in acute points, and are woolly on their un-
der fide. The flowers terminate the branches in large
erect umbels, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks; they
و
a
a
a
a
are

SOL
SOL
a
are large, white, and have woolly empalements ;
theſe are ſucceeded by berries the ſize of Cherries,
which turn yellow.
The ten laſt mentioned forts are propagated by feeds
in the ſame manner as the former, but theſe being
natives of warm countries, muſt be raiſed on a hot-
bed early in the ſpring; and when the plants are fit
to remove, they muſt be each planted in a ſeparate
ſmall pot filled with freſh rich earth, and plunged into
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
ſhade them from the fun until they have taken new
root; after which time they ſhould have a large ſhare
of freſh air admitted to them in warm weather, and
muſt be frequently watered. Toward the latter end
of June it will be proper to harden the plants gradu-
ally, and ſoon after they ſhould be removed into the
ſtove, where they muſt have as much free air as poſ-
ſible in warm weather, but as the cold approaches in
autumn, they muſt be carefully protected therefrom,
and in winter they ſhould be kept in a moderate tem-
perature of warmth, otherwiſe they will not live in this
country.
Some of theſe forts will bear to be expoſed in the
open air in the heat of ſummer, provided they are
placed in a warm ſituation ; but if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove cold, they will not thrive abroad, wherefore it
will be better to let them remain in the ſtove, and
open the glaſſes in front, and at the top of the ſtove,
every day, to admit as much air as poſſible in hot
weather, with which management they will thrive
much better than in the open air.
The twenty-third fort grows naturally at Buenos Ay-
res in the Spaniſh Weſt-Indies ; this riſes with a woody
italk ten or twelve feet high, covered with a purpliſh
bark almoſt ſmooth. At the top it divides into ſeve-
ral branches which grow erect, and are garniſhed with
wedge-ſhaped leaves which are ſinuated. The flowers
are produced in large umbels at the end of the
branches; they are large, white, and the petal is an-
gular, but not divided at the brim ; theſe appear in
July, and are ſucceeded by ſmall berries which
change yellow when they are ripe.
The feeds of the twenty-fourth fort were ſent from the
Bahama Iſlands by Mr. Cateſby; this riſes with a
ſmooth ſhrubby ſtalk fix or eight feet high, covered
with a brown bark, and divides into many branches,
which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves three
inches and a half long, and one and a half broad ;
they have a few finuated indentures on their edges,
and end in acute points ; they are ſmooth, and of a
light green colour. The flowers are produced in ſmall
umbels from the ſide of the ſtalks, ſtanding erect;
they are pretty large, white, and have their petals cut
into five ſtar-pointed ſegments; theſe are very rarely
ſucceeded by feeds in England.
The two lait mentioned forts are not ſo tender as the
ten former forts, ſo may be treated in the ſame way
as the eleventh and twelfth, by houſing them in win-
ter with Oranges and other green-houſe plants, and
in ſummer place them abroad in a ſheltered ſituation ;
they may be propagated by cuttings, which, if planted
in a ſhady border during any of the ſummer months,
will take root pretty freely, and may then be taken
up and potted, placing them in the ſhade till they
have taken new root, and then they may be treated
in the ſame way as the old plants.
The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally on the coaſt of
Guinea; this has a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes feven
or eight feet high, dividing into many branches which
have a ſmooth bark. The lower leaves are oblong,
oval, about three inches long, and one and a half
broad, ſmooth, of a dark green colour, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; the flowers come out from the
fide of the branches in ſmall bunches, ſtanding upon
very ſlender foot-ſtalks ; they are of the ſame ſhape
and colour with thoſe of the Amomum Plinii, but are
ſmaller; theſe are ſometimes ſucceeded by berries
about the ſize of ſmall black Cherries, which are yel-
low when ripe.
This ſort requires a ſtove in winter, and muſt not be
expoſed abroad longer than ten or twelve weeks in the
warmeſt part of ſummer; it may be propagated by
cuttings, which, when planted, muſt be cloſely co-
vered with a bell or hand-glaſs, and ſhaded from the
ſun, treating them in the ſame manner as other cut-
tings of exotic plants.
The twenty-fixth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope; this has ſhrubby flexible ſtalks, requir-
ing ſupport like our common woody Nightſhade, to
which the plant has great reſemblance, but the leaves
are ſhorter, thicker, and are more indented on their
edges: this fort very rarely flowers in England. There
are ſome who have ſuppoſed this and our common
woody Nightſhade to be the ſame, which is certainly
a great miſtake, for this fort will not live abroad
through the winter in England in any ſituation, nor
does it produce flowers here with any treatment, for
there are plants in the Chelſea Garden of ſeveral years
old, which have been differently managed, and yet
have never flowered.
It may be eaſily propagated by cuttings during any
of the ſummer months, and may be preſerved in a
green-houſe in winter, treating it in the ſame way as
the Amomum Plinii.
The twenty-ſeventh fort was diſcovered by the late
Dr. Houſtoun at Campeachy; this riſes with a woody
ſtalk ten or twelve feet high, fending out many
branches which have a light gray bark, and are
ſmooth. The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, five inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle, draw-
ing to a point at both ends; they are of a deep green
on their upper fide, but are hoary on their under.
The flowers are produced in large umbels at the end
of the branches; they are ſmall, ſtar-pointed, and
white; their ſummits, which fill up the mouth of the
tube, are purple ; theſe are ſucceeded by ſmall ber-
ries the ſize of middling Peas, which are yellow when
ripe.
The twenty-eighth fort was diſcovered at Carthagena
in New Spain, by the gentleman before-mentioned ;
this riſes with a fhrubby ftalk, having a light brown
bark, which divides into ſeveral irregular ligneous
branches; theſe are garniſhed with oval leaves four
inches long, and two and a half broad, ſmooth, of a
dark green on their upper fide, but woolly on their
under. The flowers are produced in large ere&t um-
.
bels at the end of the branches, which are pretty
large, and white, ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts';
theſe are ſuceeded by round berries the ſize of ſmall
Cherries, fitting in the blunt woolly empalement of
the flower, which turn yellow when ripe.
The twenty ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and
alſo at the Capeof Good Hope: this riſes with a ſhrubby
prickly ſtalk five or fix feet high, ſending out a few
branches toward the top, garnished with obtuſe leaves
which are ſmooth, and divided into three lobes; the
flowers are ſmall, which are ſucceeded by ſmall ber-
ries which rarely ripen in England.
The thirtieth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this is
an annual plant, riſing with a ſhrubby prickly ſtalk
about three feet high, ſending out a few ſlender
branches, garniſhed with wing pointed leaves ; the
flowers are large, blue, and have prickly empalements;
they are ſucceeded by berries almoſt the ſize of black
Cherries. If the plants of this ſort are brought for-
ward on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, they will ripen
their feeds, otherwiſe they never produce good feeds
in England,
The thirty-firſt fort grows common in all the Weft-
India iſlands, where it is called Batchelor's Pear. This
riſes with a prickly herbaceous ſtalk three or four
feet high; the ſpines are ſtrong and crooked; the
leaves are large, angular, and woolly, and are armed
with the like ſpines; the flowers are produced in
bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks, they are of a
pale blue colour, and are ſucceeded by yellow fruit
the ſhape and ſize of a Catharine Pear, but they are
inverted. The plant is annual here.
The thirty-ſecond ſort grows naturally on the coaſt of
Malabar; this is an annual plant, riſing with a prickly
a
a
a
ftalk
12 P

SOL
S O L
ز
autumn.
I.
ftalk near two feet high, ſending out a few branches and planted in a ſhady border about fix or eight
without order, garniſhed with oblong leaves which inches afunder, where they may remain to flower; or
are indented like winged leaves ; the flowers are pro- they may be intermixed with other low Alpine plants
duced in long bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks ; in north borders, where they will make an agreeable
they are ſmall, white, and are ſucceeded by red ber- variety.
ries the ſize of ſmall Cherries, which ripen in the SOLIDAGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 859. Virga aurea.
Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 483. tab. 735. Golden Rod, or
The ſeeds of theſe ſhould be ſown the beginning of Saracens Woundwort; in French, Verge dorée.
March upon a hot-bed, and when the plants are fit The CHARACTERS are,
to remove, they ſhould be planted in ſeparate ſmall It has a compound flower, made up of bermaphrodite flo-
pots filled with rich earth, and plunged into a new rets and female half florets, incloſed in one oblong imbri-
hot-bed to bring them forward, otherwiſe they will cated empalement, whose ſpikes are narrow, and join to-
not ripen their feeds in England.
gether. The bermaphrodite flowers wobic compoſe the
SOLDANELL A. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 82. tab. 16. diſk, are funnel-Shaped, and cut into five points at the
Lin. Gen. Plant. 182. Soldanel.
brim, which ſpread open; they have five very ſhort hair-
The CHARACTERS are,
like ſtamina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and a
The flower has an erect permanent empalement cut into crowned germen ſupporting a ſlender Style as long as the
five parts ; it has one bell-shaped petal Spreading open ſtamina, crowned by a bifid open ſtigma. The germen af-
gradually. The brim is cut into acute ſegments; it has terward turns to a ſingle feed crowned with hairy down.
five awl-Shaped ſtamina terminated by ſingle fummits, and The female half fiorets are tongue-shaped, and indented
e roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of in three parts; theſe have a crowned germen, with a fender
the petal, which is permanent, and crowned by an obtuſe style crowned by two revolving ſtigmas, and are ſucceeded
ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong taper by a ſingle ſeed like the hermaphrodite florets.
capſule of one cell, obliquely ſtreaked, and opening at the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
top with ten indentures, filled with ſmall acute-pointed ſeeds. of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants and female florets which are all fruitful, and the ſta-
whoſe flowers have five ftamina and one ſtyle.
mina and ſtyle are connected.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The SPECIES are,
SOLDANELLA (Alpina.) Hort. Cliff. 49. Soldanel. Sol- 5. SOLIDAGO (Latifolia) caule erecto foliis lanceolatis
danella Alpina rotundifolia. C. B. P. 295. Round- ſerratis, paniculis corymboſis, lateralibus terminali-
leaved Soldanel of the Alps.
buſque. Woundwort with an ercet ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped
This plant grows naturally on the Alps, and other Sawed leaves, and flowers in a corymbus on the ſide and
mountains in Germany. The root is fibrous and per- at the top of the ſtolk. Virga aurea latifolia ferrata.
ennial; the leaves are almoſt kidney-ſhaped ; they are C. B. P. 268. Broad-leaved ſawed Golden Rod.
about three quarters of an inch over each way, of a 2. SOLIDAGO (Vulgaris) caule fubflexuoſo angulato,
dark green colour, and ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks. racemis paniculatis erectis confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
Between theſe ariſe the foot-ſtalk of the flower which 880. Woundwort with an angular almoſt flexible ſtalk,
is naked, about four inches long, ſuſtaining at the and ere&t bunches of flowers in panicles cloſe together.
top two ſmall open bell-ſhaped flowers, whoſe brim Virga aurea vulgaris. Park. Theat. 542. Our common
is cut into many fine ſegments like a fringe ; the moſt
;
Golden Rod.
frequent colour of the flower is blue, but it is ſome- 3. SOLIDAGO (Anguſtifolia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis fub-
times found with a ſnow-white flower. After the integerrimis, foribus confertis alaribus feffilibus.
flower is paſt, the germen becomes an oval capſule, Woundwort with linear Spear-ſhaped leaves almoſt entire,
with the ſtyle coming out at the top, filled with very and flowers in clusters fitting cloſe at the wings of the
ſmall acute-pointed ſeeds. It flowers in April, and ſtalk. Virga aurea anguſtifolia minus ferrata. C. B.P.
the ſeeds ripen in July.
268. Narrow-leaved Golden Rod leſs Sawed.
There is another variety of this whoſe leaves are leſs 4. SOLIDAGO (Minor) caule paniculato, foliis radicali-
round.
bus ovatis dentatis, caulinis lanceolatis integerrimis.
The beſt method to propagate theſe plants is by part- Woundwort with a panicled ſtalk, the bottom leaves oval
ing their roots, becauſe their feeds ſeldom ripen well and indented, thoſe on the ſtalks Spear-ſhaped and en-
in England; nor do the ſeeds, which are brought tire. Virga aurea minor, foliis ferratis utrinque acu-
from abroad ſucceed, for they feldom grow unleſs minatis. Rand. Smaller Golden Rod, with ſawed leaves
they are fown ſoon after they are ripe.
pointed at both ends.
The ſeaſon for tranſplanting and parting theſe roots is 5. SOLIDAGO (Minuta) foliis lineari lanceolatis fubferra-
in September, that they may have time to make good tis fubtus incanis floribus paniculatis confertis. Wound-
roots before winter; for if they are removed in the wort with linear Spear-heped leaves ſlightly ſawed, hoory
ſpring, they never flower very ſtrong: and if the ſea- on their under ſide, and panicled flowers in clifters. Virga
ſon ſhould prove dry, the plants will decay, unleſs aurea montana, folio angufto fubincano, foiculis con-
they are conſtantly ſupplied with water.
globatis. Raii Syn. 177. Mountain Golden Rod with
The ſoil in which theſe plants thrive beft, is a ſtrong narrow leaves boary on their under ſide, and flowers in
cool loam, and they muſt have a ſhady ſituation; for round cluſters.
if they are expoſed to the ſun they will not live, nor 6. SOLIDAGO (Montana) foliis lanceolatis ferratis decur-
will they thrive in a warm light foil. In dry weather rentibus, caule angulato. Le Monier. Sauv. Monip.
theſe plants ſhould be frequently watered, which will 84. Woundwort with Spear-ſhaped, ſawed, running leaves,
cauſe them to flower ſtrongly and make a good in- and an angular fi alk. Virga aurea montana, latiore
creaſe.
folio hirſuto. H. R. Par. Mountain Golden Rod with a
If the ſeeds ripen in England, and any perſon is deſi- broader hairy leaf.
rous to propagate the plants that way, they ſhould be 7. SOLIDAGO (Conadenſis) paniculato-corymboſa, race-
ſown in boxes or pots filled with freſh loamy earth mis recurvatis, floribus adfcendentibus, foliis trinerviis
ſoon after they are ripe, and the boxes muſt be placed ſubſerratis ſcabris. Hort. Upſal. 259 Woundwort with
in a ſhady ſituation, and frequently watered in dry corymbus panicles, recurved ſpikes of flowers riſing above
weather. "The plants will fometimes appear the ſame each other, and rough leaves having three veins which
autumn the ſeeds are fown, but more frequently they are ſlightly ſawed. Virga aurea anguſtifolia, paniculâ
do not come up till the following ſpring, ſo that the ſpeciosâ Canadenſis. H. R. Par. Narrow-leaved Ca-
earth muſt not be diſturbed, nor weeds permitted to nada Golden Rod, with a fine panicle of flowers.
grow in the boxes. When the plants come up, they 8. SOLIDAGO (Altiſſima) paniculata-corymboſa, racemis
muſt be duly watered in dry weather, and con- recurvatis, floribus adſcendentibus, foliis enerviis fub-
ftantly placed in a ſhady ſituation. The following integerrimis. Hort. Upíal. 259. Woundwort with a
autumn the plants ſhould be taken out of the boxes, corymbus panicle, recurved Spikes of flowers rifing above
each
3

SOL
SOL
a
each other, and leaves without veins almoſt entire. Vir- | 19. SOLIDAGO (Fiſtuloſa) caule pilofo ramofo, race-
ga aurea altiffima ſerotinâ, paniculâ, fpeciosâ patulâ. mis paniculatis erectis confertis, foliis hirſutis ſeſi-
Martyn. Cent. I. 14. Talleſt late Golden Rod, with a libus integerrimis. Woundwort with a hairy branching
Spreading panicle.
ſtalk, erect ſpikes of flowers in a panicle, and bairy en-
g. SOLIDAGO (Piloſa) caule piloſo, foliis lanceolatis fer- tire leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalk, Virga aurea, fori-
ratis ſcabris feffilibus, racemis recurvatis alaribus, flo- bus fiftuloſis ſenecionis inftar, foliis anguſtioribus non
ribus pedunculatis. Woundwort with a hairy ſtalk, ſpear- ferratis. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 125. Golden Rod with fif
shaped, ſawed, rough leaves ſitting close to the ſtalks, re- tular flowers like Groundſel, and narrow leaves not ſawed.
curved Spikes, and flowers upon foot-ſtalks. Virga au- 20. SOLIDACO (Carnoſo) foliis lanceolatis ſubcarnoſis
rea Canadenſis hirſuta, paniculâ minus fpecioſa. glaberrimis, margine ſcabriuſculis, panicula corym-
Hort. R. Par. Hairy Canada Golden Rod, with a leſs boſa. Lin. Sp. Plant. 878. Woundwort with Spear-
beautiful panicle.
Shaped leaves almoſt fleſby, and very ſmooth, with rough
10. SOLIDACO (Marylandica) paniculato-corymboſo, ra- edges, and a corymbus panicle. Virga aurea Canadenſis,
cemis obtufis patulis, foliis nervofis fcabris fubinte-
foliis carnofis latioribus. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 124. Ca-
gerrimis. Woundwort with a corymbus ponicle, obtuſe nada Golden Rod with broad fleſhy leaves.
Spreading Spikes, and rough veined leaves almoſt entire. 21. SOLIDAGO (Cæfia) panicula corymboſa, racemis ſu-
Virga aurea Marylandica, fpicis forum racemofis, fo- prà denfioribus, caule glabro lævi. Lin. Sp. Plant.
liis integris fcabris. Mart. Dec. 2. Maryland Golden 879. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle, the Spikes
Rod, with flowers in long bunches and rough entire leaves. growing cloſer toward the top, and a ſmooth ſtalk. Vir-
11. SOLIDAGO (Virginiana) paniculato-corymboſa, ra- ga aurea Marylandica cæſia glabra. Hort. Elth. 414.
cemis longiſſimis recurvatis, pedunculis folioſis, fo- Smooth Maryland Golden Rod.
liis lanceolatis ferratis ſcabris. Woundwort with a co- 22. SOLIDAGO (Glabra) foliis lanceolato-linearibus ſub-
rymbus panicle, very long recurved ſpikes whoſe foot-ſtalks carnofis glaberrimis
, panicula corymboſa. Wound-
are leafy, rough, ſawed, Spear-shaped leaves. Virga wort with narrow, fleſhy, very ſmooth leaves, and a co-
aurea rugofis foliis Virginiana, paniculâ florum am- rymbus panicle. Virga aurea Canadenſis, foliis carno-
pliffimâ. Pluk. Alm. 390. Virginia Golden Rod with ſis anguftioribus non ferratis. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 125.
rough leaves, and an ample panicle of flowers.
Canada Golden Rod with fleſhy leaves not ſawed.
12. SOLIDAGO (Scrophularifolia) caule flexuoſo, foliis 23. SOLIDAGO (Noveboracenfis) panicula corymboſa, fo-
ovatis acuminatis ferratis, racemis lateralibus fimpli- liis linearibus glaberrimis feffilibus. Woundwort with a
cibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 161. Woundwort with a flex- corymbus panicle, and linear very ſmooth leaves fitting
ible ſtalk, oval, acute-pointed, ſawed leaves, and ſingle cloſe to the ſtalks. Virga aurea Novaboracenfis glabra,
Spikes of flowers at the wings of the ſtalk. Virga aurea caulibus rubentibus foliis anguſtis glabris. Herm. Flor.
Canadenſis, fcrophulariæ folio. Pluk. Phyt. 235. Ca- 26. Smooth Golden Red of New-York, with reddiſh ſtalks
nada Golden Rod with a Figwort leaf.
and narrow ſmooth leaves.
13. SOLIDAGO (Flexicaulis) caule flexuoſo glabro, foliis 24. SOLIDAGO (Integerrima) caule paniculato racemis
ovato-lanceolatis glabris dentatis, racemis brevioribus brevioribus confertis, foliis linearibus glabris integer-
lateralibus fimplicibus. Woundwort with a ſmooth flex- rimis. Woundwort with a paniculated ſtaik, ſhorter Spikes
ible ſtalk, oval, Spear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves which are in- of flowers in cluſters, and narrow, ſmooth, entire leaves.
dented, and ſhorter Single Spikes of flowers at the wing's Virga aurea Canadenſis, anguſtifolia non ſerrata.
of the ſtalk. Virga aurea Canadenſis afteriſci folio. Houſt. Narrow-leaved Canada Golden Rod, with leaves
Par. Bat. Canada Golden Rod with a leaf of Aſteriſcus. not ſawed.
14. SOLIDAGO (Latiſſimifolia) caule erecto glabro, race- 25. SOLIDAGO (Rugoſa) caule paniculato racemis latera-
mis breviaribus lateralibus, foliis nervoſis ferratis gla- libus fimplicibus pedunculis foliatis foliis lanceolatis
bris. Woundwort with a ſmooth erect ſtalk, ſhorter ere Et ſcabris integerrimis. Woundwort with a paniculated
Spikes of flowers at the wings of the ſtalk, and ſmooth, ſtalk, ſingle Spikes of flowers from the wings of the
veined, ſawed leaves. Virga aurea Canadenſis, latim- ſtalk, having leafy foot-ſtalks, and rough, Spear-shaped, en-
mo folio glabro. Tourn. Inſt. 485. Canada Golden Red tire leaves.
with the broadeſt ſmooth leaf.
26. SOLIDAGO (Alba) caule paniculato racemis erectis
15. SOLIDAGO (Hirſutiffimis) paniculato-corymboſa, ra- pedunculis foliatis, inferioribus ovatis ſerratis nervoſis,
cemis recurvatis, caulibus erectis hirſutiſſimis, foliis caulinis lanceolatis integerrimis. Woundwort with a pa-
lanceolatis ferratis acuminatis trinerviis ſubtus tomen- niculated ſtalk, ereči ſpikes of flowers with leafy foot-
toſis. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle, recurved Stalks, the lower leaves oval, ſawed, and veined, but thoſe
Spikes, very hairy erect ſtalks, and ſpear-ſhaped, ſawed, on the ſtalks Spear-ſhaped and entire. An? Virga au-
acute-pointed leaves with three veins, woolly on their un- rea foliis latioribus, Aoribus in fummis virgis albis,
der ſide. Virga aurea Canadenſis, altiſſima, folio ſub- ſpicatim denſe diſpoſitis. Clayt. Flor. Virg: 97. Broad-
tus incano. Tourn. Inft. 485. Talleſt Canada Golden leaved Golden Rod, with white flowers at the top of the
Rod, with a leaf which is hoary on the under ſide.
branches diſpoſed in cloſe Spikes.
16. SOLIDAGO (Humilius) paniculato-corymbofa, racemis 27. SOLIDAGO (Conferta) caule paniculato racemis infe-
compoſitis recurvatis, foliis linearii-lanceolatis ſubden- rioribus ſimplicibus, ſummis confertiſſimis, foliis gla-
tatis feffilibus. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle, bris integerrimis. Woundwort with a paniculated fi alk,
compound recurved Spikes, and linear Spear-ſhaped leaves the lower Spikes ſimple, thoſe at the top in very cloſe clufa
Slightly indented, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Virga aurea ters, and entire ſmooth leaves.
humilis, foliis rigidis utrinque acuminatis paniculâ 28. SOLIDAGO (Recurvata) paniculata corymboſa, race-
fpecicosâ. Rand. Low Golden Rod with stif leaves mis inferioribus recurvatis, fummis erectis confertis,
pointed at both ends, and a ſpecious panicle of flowers. foliis lanceolatis ferratis fcabris. Woundwort with a
17. SOLIDAGO (Rigida) caule paniculato, foliis inferio- corymbus panicle, the lower ſpikes recurved, the upper
ribus ovatis dentatis, petiolis longiffimis, ſuperioribus erect in cluſters, and ſpear-ſhaped, ſazved, rough leaves.
lanceolatis ſemiamplexicaulibus. Woundwort with a pa- 29. SOLIDAGO (Petiolata) caule paniculato, racemis con-
niculated ſtalk, the lower leaves oval and indented, the up- fertis, foliis inferioribus lineari-lanceolatis petiolatis,
per Spear-ſhaped, half embracing the ſtalk. Virga aurea caulinis feffilibus glabris. Woundwort with a paniculated
Novæ Angliæ, lato rigidoque folio. Par. Bat. New- ſtalk, cluſtered Spikes of flowers, the lower leaves linear,
England Golden Rod with a broad and ſtiff leaf.
Spear-ſhaped on foot-ſtalks, and thoſe on the ſtalks ſmooth,
18. SOLIDAGO (Mexicano) caule obliquo, pedunculis ſitting cloſe.
erectis foliatis ramoſis, foliis lanceolatis integerrimis. 30. SOLIDAGO (Urticifolia) caule rotundo piloſo, foliis
Hort. Cliff. 409. Woundwort with an oblique ſtalk, ovato lanceolatis crenatis oppofitis fcabris, racemis
branching, erect, leafy foot-ſtalks, and ſpear-ſhaped entire breviffimis lateralibus. Woundwort with a round hairy
leaves.. Virga aurea Limonii folio, panicula uno ver- Stalk, oval, Spear-ſhaped, crenated, rough leaves, ſtanding
ſu diſpofita. Tourn. Inft. 484. Golden Rod with a Sea oppoſite, and very ſhort ſpikes of flowers at the wings of
Lavender leaf, and a panicle of flowers diſpoſed on one the ſtalk. Virga aurea Americana, urticæ foliis con-
hide of the Stalk.
jugatis rugofis & hirſutis, forum fpicis folioſis.
Houſt

S O L
SOL
3
3
a
a
Houſt. MSS. American Golden Rod with Nettle leaves by
pairs which are rough and hairy, and Spikes of flowers
between the leaves.
31. Solidago (Fruticoſa) caule fruticoſo, foliis lanceo-
latis glabris integerrimis, floribus corymboſis termina-
libus. Woundwort with a ſhrubby Stalk, Spear-ſhaped,
ſmooth, entire leaves, and flowers in a corymbus termi-
nating the ſtalks. Virga aurea Americana, fruticofa,
Salicis folio, floribus quaſi umbellatis. Houſt. MSS.
Shrubby American Golden Rod with a Sallow leaf, and
flowers as it were in umbels.
The firſt fort is not common in England, though
that which grows naturally about London is generally
taken for it. This grows plentifully about Brabant,
and is the moſt common in Germany. The ſtalks of
this are ſtiff, of a purpliſh brown colour, and riſe
about two feet high. The panicles of flowers come
out from the wings, and at the top of the ſtalks, each
flower ſtanding upon a long ſlender foot-ſtalk; they
are of a pale yellow colour, and appear the beginning
of Auguſt. The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped almoſt four
inches long, and a quarter broad, deeply ſawed on
their edges, and are of a pale green on their under fide.
The ſecond fort is our common Golden Rod about
London ; the lower leaves of this are oval, ſpear-
ſhaped, about two inches long, and one broad; they
are nightly fawed on their edges, and have pretty
long foot-ſtalks ; the ſtalks are ſlender, about a foot
and a half high, garniſhed with ſmall, narrow, entire
leaves, having no foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in panicled bunches, which are cluſtered to-
gether, forming a thick erect ſpike; they are yel-
low, and appear in Auguſt and September.
The third fort is frequently found growing naturally
in ſeveral parts of England; I have often gathered it
in the woods near Dulwich in Surry; the ſtalk is
round, ſmooth, riſes a foot and a half high, garniſhed
with narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves about an inch and
a quarter long, and an eighth of an inch broad ; they
are almoſt entire, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk. The flowers
come out in ſmall cluſtered bunches at the wings of
the ſtalk, to which they fit very cloſe, and the ſtalk is
terminated by a roundiſh bunch: as the flowers of
this are produced at every joint, the upper half of the
ſtalk, the ſpikes being ſhort, they do not make fo
good an appearance as thoſe of the ſecond. It flowers
about the ſame time.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in the woods at Hamp-
ſtead, from whence I have ſeveral times taken the
roots, and planted them in the garden, where they
have continued many years, and have never varied;
the lower leaves of this are indented; the ftalk ſel-
dom riſes more than a foot high, branching out almoſt
from the bottom. The branches are terminated by
ſhort cluſtered ſpikes of yellow flowers which are
erect; the leaves on the ſtalk and branches are very
narrow, acute-pointed, and entire.
The fifth ſort grows naturally on the mountains in
Wales; the lower leaves of this are narrow, ſpear-
ſhaped, an inch and a half long, and a quarter broad;
they are ſmooth, ſlightly ſawed on their edges, and a
little hoary on their under fide; the ſtalk riſes about
fix inches high, it is garniſhed with the ſame ſort of
leaves with thoſe below, but ſmaller. The flowers grow
in roundiſh cluſtered ſpikes at the top of the ſtalk,
which are much larger than thoſe of the common ſort,
and appear five or fix weeks earlier in the ſeaſon.
The ſixth fort grows naturally upon the mountains
in the ſouth of France and Italy; the ſtalk is angular,
and has narrow leafy borders; it riſes about two feet
high ; the leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, and
fawed; they are three inches long, and one broad, of
a pale green on their under ſide, and hairy; the flowers
come out in cloſe thick ſpikes from the wings of the
ſtalks more than half the length, terminating the ſtalk
in a thick ſpike; they are yellow, and appear in July.
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in North America;
the ſtalks are round, ſmooth, and riſe two feet high;
they are garniſhed with narrow rough leaves, having
three longitudinal veins ; they are two inches and a
half long, and a quarter of an inch broad in the
middle, ending in acute points ſitting cloſe to the
ſtalks, and have ſometimes a few flight ſerratures on
their edges. The flowers are gathered in a roundin
panicle at the top of the ſtalk, the lower ſpikes of
flowers are reflexed, but thoſe at the top ſtand erect,
and are joined very cloſe; theſe are yellow, and ap-
pear in July.
The eighth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ſtalks of this are round and ſmooth , they riſe up-
ward of four feet high; the leaves are rough, acute-
pointed, and have no veins; they ſtand cloſer together
on the ſtalks, and are ſhorter and broader than thoſe
of the ſeventh ; the panicles of flowers are much lar-
ger, the ſpikes much longer, they ſpread out wider,
and are more reflexed. This flowers late in Auguſt
and September.
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ſtalks of this are round and hairy; they riſe near
three feet high, and are cloſely garniſhed with rough
ſpear-ſhaped leaves two inches long, and half an
inch broad, ſlightly ſawed on their edges, and fit cloſe
to the ſtalks. The flowers come out from the wings,
at the upper part of the ſtalk, in long recurved
ſpikes ; they are ſmall, of a fulphur colour, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. This fort flowers the end of
July.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in North America ;
the ſtalks are round, ſmooth, and riſe four or five feet
high; they are garniſhed with rough ipear-ſhaped
leaves two inches and a half long, and half an inch
broad ; they are entire, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks ; the
flowers are produced in roundifh panicles at the top
of the ſtalks, which are compoſed of obtuſe ſpread-
ing ſpikes in cloſe cluſters. The flowers are yellow,
and appear in Auguft.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Virginia ; the
ſtalks are round, channelled, and riſe two feet high ;
the leaves are rough, acute-pointed, and lawed; they
are two inches and a half long, and one broad. The
flowers are produced in a panicle at the top of the
ſtalk; the ſpikes are very long, recurved, and ſpread
out on every fide; the lower parts of the foot-Italks
are cloſely furniſhed with ſmall leaves, and the flowers
are in cloſe cluſters at the end of the ſpike; they are of
a bright yellow colour, and appear late in September.
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in North America ;
the ſtalks are ſlender, ſmooth, and riſe two feet high ;
they are garniſhed with oval, acute-pointed, ſawed
leaves three inches long, and two broad, and ſtand
alternately at two inches diſtance. The flowers come
out in long bunches from the wings of the ſtalks ;
they are diſpofed looſely on the foot-ſtalk, and are of
a pale yellow colour; theſe appear in Auguſt, and
continue part of September.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica ; the lower leaves are four inches long, and al-
moſt two broad; their foot-ſtalks are two inches long,
and have a membrane or wing on each ſide. The
ſtalks riſe two feet high; they are flender, finooth,
and of a light purple colour, and garniſhed with oval,
ſpear-ſhaped, indented leaves, near two inches long,
and three quarters of an inch broad, of a pale green
on their under fide. The flowers are produced in
ſhort bunches from the wings of the ſtalk, almoſt the
whole length; the lower ſpikes are an inch long, but
thoſe on the upper part of the ſtalks are almoſt round;
the flowers are of a brimſtone colour, and appear late
in Auguft.
The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Canada; the
ſtalks of this are ftiff, round, fmooth, and have a
white bark ; they riſe upward of three feet high, and
are garniſhed with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped leaves, having
ſeveral veins; they are three inches and a half long,
and one inch broad, ſtanding alternately. The flowers
come out toward the top of the ſtalk, from the wings,
in ſhort ſpikes, which ſtand erect and are obtuſe; they
are of a pale yellow colour, and appear in Auguſt.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Canada; this
riſes with a ſtrong hairy ſtalk five or fix feet high,
a
a
3
3
3
a
4
which

SOL
SOL
a
which is garniſhed cloſely with rough ſpear-ſhaped
leaves ending in acute points ; they are four inches
long, and one broad, very hairy on their under fide,
and ſharply ſawed on their edges, having three ſtrong
longitudinalveins; the flowers are diſpoſed in a round-
iſh panicle at the top of the ſtalk; the ſpikes of
flowers are recurved; the flowers are ſmall, and of a
brimſtone colour ; this flowers in September, and fre-
quently continues till the end of Ołtober.
The fixteenth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftalks of this are very ſtrong; they riſe near two
feet high, are very cloſely garniſhed with narrow, ſpear-
ſhaped, ſtiff leaves, four inches long, and half an
inch broad, a little indented on their edges, fitting
cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers are diſpoſed in large
panicles at the top of the ſtalks; the ſpikes are long,
recurved, and are compoled of ſmaller ſpikes in cluſ-
ters; the flowers are yellow, and appear in September.
The ſeventeenth fort grows naturally in New Eng-
land. The italks riſe two feet high; the lower leaves
are oval, ſtiff, ſmooth, and entire; they are four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad, ſtand-
ing upon foot-ſtalks which are four inches long; thoſe
on the upper part of the ſtalk are ſpear-ſhaped, en-
tire, and embrace the ſtalk half round with their
baſe. The flowers are diſpoſed in looſe ſpreading
panicles at the top of the ſtalks ; the ſpikes are ſhort,
cluſtered, and roundiſh; the flowers are of a bright
yellow colour, and appear in Auguſt
.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally at Mexico, but
is hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England;
the ſtalks of this are oblique ; they riſe a foot and a
half high, are ſmooth, and have a brown bark, gar-
niſhed with ſmooth, ſpear-ſhaped, entire leaves, three
inches long and three quarters of an inch broad. The
flowers come out upon branching foot-ſtalks on the
ſide of the ſtalks, which are ranged on one ſide of
the ſtalks, and have a few ſmall leaves under the
flowers. The flowers are yellow and appear the end
و
a
a
3
3
of Auguſt.
are ſlender and erect. The flowers are of a bright
yellow colour, and appear late in October, and ſome-
times continue till December.
The twenty-third ſort grows naturally in New Eng-
land. The lower leaves of this fort are long, narrow,
and very ſmooth ; they are keel-ſhaped and entire.
The ſtalks are red, fleſhy, and fmooth; they riſe two
feet high, and are thinly garniſhed with narrow ſmooth
leaves. The flowers are produced in looſe panicles ao
the top of the Atalks, and there are ſome fingle ſpikes
of flowers which come out from the wings of the
ftalks below. The Howers are of a bright yellow co-
lour, and appear in Auguft.
The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally in North
America; the ſtalks of this fort are fmooth, erect,
and riſe a foot and a half high, garniſhed with narrow,
fmooth, entire leaves of a dark green colour. The
flowers are diſpoſed in cloſe compact panicles at the
top of the ſtalk; the ſpikes of flowers are ſhort, and
cluſtered together. The flowers are large, of a bright
yellow, and appear in September.
The twenty-fifth ſort grows naturally in New Eng-
land; the ſtalks are round, hairy, and riſe two feet
and a half high; the upper branches come out in
a looſe panicle ; the leaves ſtand cloſe to the ſtalks ;
they are rough, ſpear-Shaped, and entire; thoſe on
the lower part are two inches long, and half an inch
broad, but are gradually imaller to the top. The
ſpikes of flowers come out from the wings of the
ſtalk; the lower are long, thoſe above diminiſh to the
top; the foot-ſtalks of the ſpikes have many ſmall
leaves growing along them, ſome of which are inter-
mixed with the flowers. This ſort flowers the middle
of November
The twenty-ſixth fort grows naturally in North Ame:
-
rica ; the lower leaves are oval, fix inches long, and
three broad, and end in acute points; they are ſawed
on their edges, and have ſeveral ſtrong longitudinal
veins; their foot-ftalks are long, and have leafy bor-
ders or wings. The ſtalks grow a foot and a half
high, branching out almoſt from the bottom ; they
are garniſhed with ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, entire leaves.
The branches grow erect; they are cloſely furnished
with ſmall leaves below, and are terminated by ſhort
cloſe ſpikes of white flowers, which appear the end of
Auguft.
The twenty-ſeventh ſort grows naturally at Philadel-
phia; the lower leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, oblique,
ſmooth, and entire, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks.
The ſtalks riſe from three to four feet high; the ſpikes
of flowers which come out from the wings of the
ſtalks are long, blunt, and a little recurved at the end ;
thoſe on the upper part of the Italk are erect, and
cluſtered together in a cloſe ſpike; they are yellow,
and appear in September.
The twenty-eighth ſort grows naturally at Philadel-
phia. The ſtalks of this ſort are hairy, and branch
out toward the top; they are garniſhed with rough
ſpear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. The
lower leaves are four inches long, and an inch and a
half broad; thoſe on the ſtalks, gradually diminish in
their ſize to the top; they are rough, veined, and
ſawed on their edges. The flowers are diſpoſed in a
panicled corymbus at the end of the branches; the
ſpikes on the lower part are recurved, but thoſe at
the top are cluſtered and erect. This ſort flowers in
September and October.
The twenty-ninth fort grows naturally at Philadel.
phia ; the lower leaves are ſmooth, entire, narrow,
and ſpear-ſhaped; they are three inches and a half
long, and half an inch broad, ſtanding upon long
foot-ſtalks. The ſtalks are round, ſmooth, and riſe
three feet high; they are garniſhed with very ſmall
ſmooth leaves which are entire, and fit cloſe to the
ftalks. The flowers grow in a cloſe panicle at the top
of the ſtalk ; they are of a bright yellow colour, and
appear in September.
The thirtieth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz
in New Spain, where it was diſcovered by the late
Dr. Houſtoun. The ſtalks of this are round, hairy,
12 Q
and
The nineteenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica. The ſtalks of this are very hairy, and riſe four
feet high, branching out toward the bottom; the
lower part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with rough leaves
three inches long and one broad; the branches grow
erect, and are garniſhed with ſmall leaves ſcarce
one inch long, and an eighth broad, which are entire,
and fit cloſe to the ſtalk; the flowers are diſpoſed in
a cloſe panicle at the top of the ſtalk, growing erect;
they are yellow, and appear in September.
The twentieth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica. The lower leaves are thick, fleſhy, and ſpear-
ſhaped; they are ten inches long, and one inch and
a half broad, and have three longitudinal veins; the
middle ſurface of the leaves is ſmooth, but their
edges are rough; they are of a deep green colour :
the Italks riſe four feet high, and are cloſely garniſhed
with ſmooth entire leaves, of the ſame ſhape and tex-
ture as the lower, but greatly diminiſh in their fize to
the top of the ſtalk. The flowers are diſpoſed in a
compact panicle at the top of the ſtalk; the ſpikes
grow erect, and the flowers are of a bright yellow co-
lour; they appear in October, and in mild ſeaſons
continue great part of November.
The twenty-firſt fort grows naturally in Maryland;
this hath a ſlender ſmooth ſtalk which riſes a foot
and a half high, garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves two inches long, and half an inch broad, in-
dented on their edges, and ending in acute points ;
the flowers are diſpoſed in a looſe panicle at the top
of the ſtalk; the ſpikes of flowers are cloſer and
thicker toward the top. The flowers are yellow, and
appear in September.
The twenty-ſecond ſort grows naturally in North
America; the lower leaves are fleſhy, narrow, ſpear-
Thaped, and entire. The ſtalks are ſmooth, of a pur-
pliſh colour, and riſe near three feet high; they are
garniſhed with long, narrow, ſmooth, keel-ſhaped
leaves, which are entire. The flowers are diſpoſed
in a looſe panicle at the top of the ſtalk; the ſpikes
3
a
a

SOL
S OP
a
a
a
و
a
and riſe near three feet high ; they are garniſhed with cloſe, part of them may be drawn out, and planted
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, placed oppoſite upon ſhort in a ſhady border, to allow room for the others to
foot-ſtalks; they are three inches long, and an inch grow till autumn, when the ſhould be tranſplanted
and a quarter broad, their ſurface very rough, and where they are deſigned to remain. The following
their edges are crenated, of a dark green on their up- year they will flower, and their roots will abide many
per fide, but pale on their under. The flowers are years.
produced in ſhort bunches from the wings of the The two lait mentioned forts are natives of a warm
leaves, at the upper part of the ſtalk; they are of a country, ſo they will not thrive here, unleſs they
deep yellow colour, and pretty large.
have artificial heat in winter, eſpecially the laſt fort,
The thirty-firſt fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, which requires a warmer ſituation than the other.
where it was diſcovered by the before-mentioned gen- Theſe plants ſhould be planted in pots, and the laſt
tleman. This riſes with a fhrubby ftalk ſeven or ſhould be plunged into the tan-bed in the ſtove, and
eight feet high, dividing into many ſpreading branches treated in the ſame way as other tender plants from
which are ſlender, ligneous, and covered with a ſmooth the ſame country. This may be propagated by cut-
gray bark. The leaves are fpear-ſhaped, ſmooth, tings, which, if planted in pots filled with loamy
and entire; they are two inches and a half long, and earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, will
one broad, of a light green, and ſtand upon ſhort
take root.
The other fort is propagated by parting
foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced at the end of of the roots, in the ſame manner as the fort before
the branches in a looſe corymbus ; they are large, of mentioned; theſe ſhould be kept in a moderate ftove
a pale yellow colour, and ſtand upon pretty long foot- in winter, and in ſummer may be placed abroad in a
ſtalks. The common empalement of the flowers is ſheltered ſituation.
cut almoſt to the bottom. I believe Petiver has this SOLSTICE is the time when the ſun is in one of
plant in his Muſæum, under the following title, Pul- the ſolſtitial points; that is, when he is at his greateſt
monaria Jamaicenſis, ſalicis folio, calycibus paleaceis. diſtance from the equator, which is twenty-three de-
Theſe plants are all of them hardy, (except the two grees and a half; thus called, becauſe he then ap-
forts lait mentioned) fo will thrive in the open air in pears to ſtand ſtill, and not to change his place in the
England. Many of them have ſpecious panicles of degrees of the zodiac any way; an appearance owing
flowers, fo are great ornaments to the Engliſh gardens to the obliquity of our ſphere, and which thoſe who
at the end of the ſummer, when there is a ſcarcity of live under the equator are ſtrangers to.
other flowers, which renders them more valuable. The The Solſtices are two in each year, the æſtival, or
five firſt forts are ſeldom admitted into gardens, as ſummer Solſtice; and the hyemal, or winter Solſtice.
they do not make any great appearance, but the forts The ſummer Solſtice is, when the ſun is in the tropic
from North America are better eſteemed; theſe have of Cancer, which is on the 21ſt of June, when he
been greatly increaſed in their number of late years, makes our longeſt day.
and if we can judge from the forts which have been The winter Solſtice is, when the ſun enters the firſt
introduced from North America within a few years degree of Capricorn, which is on the 21ſt of Decem-
paft, we muſt ſuppoſe that country abounds with ma- ber; when he begins to turn toward us, and makes
ny more forts than are yet known.
our ſhorteſt day.
Theſe plants when they are once obtained, may be This is to be underſtood, as in our northern hemi-
propagated in plenty by parting of their roots; the ſphere ; for in the ſouthern, the ſun's entrance into Ca-
beſt time for doing it is in autumn, as ſoon as their pricorn makes the ſummer Solſtice, and that into Can-
flowers are part; but thoſe forts which do not flower cer the winter Solſtice.
till very late in the year, ſhould be tranſplanted early SONCHUS, Sowthiſtle.
in the ſpring before they begin to ſhoot, and the roots Theſe are many of them weeds in England, fo are
may be then parted; but if the ſpring ſhould prove not planted in gardens; for if their feeds are once
dry, they will require water to eſtabliſh them well in permitted to ſcatter upon the ground, they will ſoon
the ground, otherwiſe they will not flower ſtrong the ſtock it with plants, for which reaſon they ſhould
fucceeding autumn. Some of the forts ſpread their always be extirpated, not only thoſe in the garden,
roots, and propagate much faſter than others, ſo theſe but alſo thoſe in the parts near it; becauſe their
may be tranſplanted and parted every other year; or feeds being furniſhed with down, are wafted in the
if the plants are wanted, they may be every year di- air to a conſiderable diſtance, where, falling on the
vided, but then they will not flower ſo ſtrong as thoſe ground, they ſoon come up and prove troubleſome
which are ſuffered to remain longer unremoved; and weeds.
thoſe forts whoſe roots do not multiply ſo faſt, ſhould SOPHORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 456.
be parted once in three years, if they are expected to
The CHARACTERS are,
Power ſtrong.
The flower hath a ſhort bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf,
The forts which grow tall, are not very proper furni- cut at the brim into five obtuſe ſegments. The flower is of
ture for ſmall gardens, becauſe they require much the butterfly kind ; the ſtandard is oblong, broad, and
room, for theſe ſhould be allowed four or five feet, reflexed on the ſides. It has two oblong wing's with appen-
otherwiſe their roots will intermix with thoſe of the dages to their baſe ; the keel is of two leaves like thoſe of
neighbouring plants, and draw away their nouriſh- the wings, whoſe lower borders join like the keel of a boat.
ment; therefore theſe plants are proper ornaments It hath ten diſtinct ſtamina which are awl-ſhaped, paral-
for large extended walks round fields, or for the lel, and the length of the petals, hid in the keel, and ter-
borders of wood-walks, where they will make a fine minated by ſmall ſummits, and a taper oblong germen, fup-
appearance during their ſeaſon of flowering; and as porting a ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an
they require little culture, ſo they are adapted to thoſe obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to a long
places. They will thrive in almoſt any foil, but when Slender pod, with ſwellings where each feed is poſted, which
they are planted in good ground they will grow much are roundiſh.
larger, and make a better appearance.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, but it
,
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
is only the early flowering kinds which perfect their whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle. This
feeds in England. Theſe feeds ſhould be ſown in au- agrees in every character with the other butterfly
tumn ſoon after they are ripe, for thoſe which are flowers, except that the ten ſtamina in theſe flowers
kept out of the ground till ſpring feldom ſucceed, or ſtand diſtinct, and thoſe of the other butterfly flowers
at beſt do not come up the ſame year ; they may be have their ſtamina joined in two bodies.
ſown in drills upon a bed of freſh earth, at about a The SPECIES are,
foot afunder, but the feeds ſhould be ſcattered pretty 1. SOPHORA ( Alopecuroides) foliis pinnatis, foliolis nu-
thick in the drills, and covered lightly over with meroſis villoſis oblongis, caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp.
fine earth. When the plants come up, they muſt Plant. 373. Sophora with winged leaves, having a great
be kept clean from weeds, and where they are too number of oblong hairy lobes. Ervum Orientale alope-
6
curoides
و
و
a

S OP
SOR
beſt way
up ftalks.
curoides perenne, fructu longiffimo. Tourn. Cor. 27. This is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
Eaſtern, perennial, Foxtail Ervum, with a long fruit. on a warm border in the beginning of April. The
2. SOPHORA (Tomentoſa) foliis pinnatis, foliolis numero-
is to fow them in ſhallow drills for the more
fis fubrotundis. Lin. Sp. 373. Sophora with winged conveniently keeping the plants clean, for they muſt
leaves, compoſed of many roundiſh lobes. Coronilla Zey- not be removed till their ſtalks decay in autumn, when
lanica, tota argentea. Burm. Zeyl. Jointed podded Co- they ſhould be carefully taken up, and planted in a
lutea of Ceylon, all over ſilvery.
warın border where they are deſigned to remain, for
3. SOPHORA (Tinctoria) foliis ternatis ſubſeſſilibus, folio- they do not bear tranſplanting well.
lis fubrotundis glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 373. Sophora SORBUS. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 633. Lin. Gen. Plant:
with trifoliate leaves fitting almoſt cloſe to the ſtalks, whoſe 548. [fo called of forbere, Lat. to ſup, becauſe the
lobes are roundiſh and ſmooth. Cytiſus Americanus pro- fruit, being ripe, is fo ſoft, that it may be fupped.]
cumbens, flore luteo, ramofiffimus, qui anil fuppedi- The Service-tree; in French, Sorbier.
tat. Trailing American Cytiſus with a yellow flower and
The CHARACTERS are,
very branching, of which Indigo is made.
The flower has a Spreading, concove, permanent empale-
The firſt fort grows naturally in the Levant; this ment of one leaf, indented in five parts ; it has five round-
hath a perennial creeping root, from which ariſe ſe- iſh concave petals which are inſerted in the empalement,
veral erect ſtalks from three to four feet high, gar- and about twenty awl-Shaped ſtamina, which are alſo in-
nihed with winged leaves, compoſed of a great num- ſerted in the empalement, terminated by roundiſh Summits.
ber of oblong hairy lobes ranged by pairs along the The germen is fitucted under the flower, Supporting three
midrib, terminated by an odd one. The flowers Nender Styles crowned by ereat beaded ſtigmas; it afterward
come out from the wings of the ſtalk in long ſpikes, becomes, a ſoft umbilicated fruit, incloſing three or four ob-
which ſtand erect cloſe to the ſtalk; they are of a pale long cartilaginous ſeeds.
blue colour, and ſmall. Theſe appear in July, but This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
are rarely ſucceeded by pods in England.
Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
It propagates faſt enough by its creeping root, in whoſe flowers have from eleven to twenty ftamina in-
the ſame manner as Liquorice, when the plant is ſerted in the empalement, and three ſtyles.
once obtained, and is very hardy, ſo ſhould be plant-
The SPECIES are,
ed in ſome corner of the garden, at a diſtance from 1. SORBUS ( Aucuparia) foliis pinnatis, utrinque glabris.
other plants, becauſe the roots of this plant will Hall. Helv. 250. Service-tree with winged leaves which
ſpread, mix with thoſe of the neighbouring plants, are ſmooth on both ſides. Sorbus ſylveſtris, foliis do-
and foon overbear them. It will thrive in almoſt meſticæ fimilis. C. B. P. 415. Wild Service with leaves
any ſoil or ſituation, for I have frequently ſeen the like the cultivated, commonly called Quicken, Quickbeam,
roots ſpread into the middle of gravel walks, and ſend Mountain Ah, and in the north, Roan-tree.
2. SORBUS (Domeſtica) foliis pinnatis, fubtus tomentofis.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the iſland of Cey- Hall. Helv. 351. Service-tree with winged leaves which
lon, at Senegal in Africa, and alſo in the Weſt- are woolly on their under ſide. Sorbus fativa. C. B. P.
Indies, but particularly in Jamaica, where the inha- 451. The cultivated Service.
bitants call it Sea-ſide Pigeon Pea: this riſes with a The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of Eng.
downy ſtalk to the height of fix or ſeven feet, garniſh- land, but in the ſouthern counties they are ſeldom
ed with winged leaves compoſed of five or fix pair of ſeen of any great magnitude, for the trees are com-
roundiſh woolly lobes, terminated by an odd one. monly cut down, and reduced to underwood: but in
The flowers come out in ſhort looſe ſpikes from the the North of England and Wales, where they are
wings of the ſtalks ; they are large and yellow, not permitted to grow, there are trees of very large ſize.
much unlike thoſe of Spaniſh Broom, but have no The ſtems of this are covered with a ſmooth gray bark,
fcent; theſe are ſucceeded by taper woolly pods five or the branches while young have a purpliſh brown bark,
fix inches long, having four or five large ſwellings, in the leaves are winged; they are compoſed af eight or
each of which is contained one roundiſh brown feed nine pair of long narrow lobes, terminated by an odd
as large as Peas.
one ; the lobes are about two inches long, and half
This plant is tender, fo will not thrive in England an inch broad toward their baſe, ending in acute
out of a ſtove; it is propagated by feeds which may points, and are ſharply ſawed on their edges; the
be eaſily procured from the Weſt-Indies, for the plants leaves on the young trees in the ſpring are hoary on
do not perfect them in England; theſe ſhould be fown their under fide, which about Midſummer goes off,
in pots, and plunged into a good hot-bed, where, if and thoſe upon the older branches have very little at
the ſeeds are good, the plants will appear in a month any ſeaſon. The flowers are produced in large bunches
or fix weeks. When theſe are fit to remove, they almoſt in form of umbels, at the end of the branches;
fhould be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate pot filled they are compoſed of five ſpreading concave petals
with ſoft loamy earth, and plunged again into a hot- ſhaped like thoſe of the Pear-tree, but ſmaller; theſe
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to ſhade them from appear in May, and are fucceeded by roundiſh berries,
the ſun till they have taken new root; after which growing in large bunches, which have a depreſſed
they muſt be treated in the ſame way as other tender navel on the top, and turn red in autemn when they
plants from the ſame countries, always keeping them ripen.
in the bark-bed in the ſtove, and in the winter they This tree is cultivated in the nurſery-gardens, and
ſhould have but little water.
ſold as a flowering ſhrub; but, if they were permitted
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia and Phila- to grow, they would riſe to a great height, and have
delphia, from both theſe places I have received the large ſtems. The leaves of this tree make a pretty
ſeeds; from this plant there was formerly a coarſe variety when they are mixed with others during the
fort of Indigo made in America, as there was from time of their flowering, and alſo in autumn. When
ſome other plants, before the true Indigo plants were their fruit is ripe they make a pretty appearance, but
introduced there : this hath a perennial root, from the blackbirds and thruſhes are fo fond of this fruit,
which ariſe ſeveral ſtalks about a foot and a half high, as to devour it as ſoon as it ripens ; ſo that in thoſe
ſending out from the bottom a great number of ſmall places where there is a plenty of theſe birds, there will
branches, garniſhed with leaves compoſed of three not be any of the fruit left to be perfectly ripe; how-
oval ſmooth lobes joined together at the foot-ſtalk like ever, as it is good for theſe ſongſters, where people
other trifoliate leaves; they fit cloſe to the branches. have a defire of drawing a number of theſe birds about
The flowers come out toward the end of the branches their habitations, they ſhould plant a quantity of theſe
in ſhort ſpikes; they are of the butterfly kind, yellow, trees for that purpoſe.
and appear in July; they are often ſucceeded by ſhort The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the warmer parts
ſwelling pods, which in very warm ſeaſons come to of Europe, where it riſes to a great height, and be-
maturity in England. The ſtalks of this decay to the comes a large tree, but in England there are few of
root in autumn.
any large ſize. In the ſouth of France and in Italy,
the
a
a
a
а.

SOR
SPA
a
3
و
a
a
very rich foil.
a
the fruit is ſerved up to the table in their deſerts, but decay, when there ſhould be a warm light ſpot of
in England they have not been much eſteemed, which ground prepared to receive them, into which they
has occafioned their being ſo little cultivated here. ſhould be planted in rows two feet aſunder, and a foot
There are ſeveral varieties of this fruit, which differ diſtant in the rows, obſerving to take them up care-
from each other in ſize and ſhape, as Apples and Pears fully, and to plant them as ſoon as poſſible, that their
do; ſome of theſe are ſhaped like Catherine Pears, roots may not dry.
and are nearly as large; others are depreſſed at both During the ſummer, the ground ſhould be kept con-
ends, and ſhaped like Apples, but both theſe forts ftantly clear from weeds, and in winter there ſhould
will ariſe froin ſeeds of the ſame tree, ſo that thoſe be a little mulch laid upon the ſurface of the ground
who are deſirous of having the largeſt and beſt kinds, about their roots, to protect them from being injured
ſhould propagate them by grafting or budding from by froſt; but in the ſpring the ground between them
thoſe trees whoſe fruit are the faireſt and beſt flavour- ſhould be dug, burying the mulch therein, in doing
ed, as is practiſed for other fruits ; theſe may be graft- of which you muſt be careful not to cut or injure the
ed upon Pear-ſtocks, which agree better with this tree roots of the plants.
than any other except their own, for they will not In this nurſery they may continue three or four years
take upon Apple-ſtocks, nor do they thrive upon the according to their growth, when it will be proper to
Hawthorn or Medlar near ſo well, though the fruit tranſplant them out where they are to remain ; the
of this tree approaches nearer to thoſe than any other, beſt ſeaſon for which is in October, or in the ſpring,
and are not fit for the table till they are in a ſtate of juſt before they begin to ſhoot. The foil ſhould be
decay.
warm in which they are planted, and the ſituation de-
The ſeveral varieties of this tree differ in the number fended from cold winds, in which place they will
of their feeds, in the ſame manner as Pears, Ap- thrive, and produce fruit in a few years.
ples, Quinces, and Medlars, ſome of them having Thoſe who raiſe many of theſe trees from feeds, will
but three feeds in each fruit, and others have four procure ſome varieties of the fruit, from which the
or five ; fo that although one of the characters of beſt may be ſelected, and propagated for the table, and
this genus is, that the fruit has but three ſeeds, yet the others may be planted for variety in wilderneſſes
that muſt be underſtood to be of the wild fort, in or wood-walks, or may be uſed for ſtocks to graft the
which there are ſeldom more, but thoſe of the
better kinds upon.
cultivated kind are as uncertain as the fruit of Apples
The wood of the wild Service-tree is much commerid-
and Pears.
ed by the wheelwright for being all heart, and it is of
In Italy theſe trees are very common, where they great uſe for huſbandmens tools, goads, &c. It is
have a great variety of ſorts which have been ob- very white and ſmooth, ſo will poliſh pretty well.
tained from feeds, but I have not obſerved in the There is a fort of this with variegated leaves, which is
Engliſh gardens more than three forts, and thoſe are preſerved by ſuch as are curious in collecting the ſe-
yet very ſcarce, for there are at preſent but few large veral ſorts of ſtriped plants, but there is no great beauty
trees of the true Service in England, one of which in it; it may be propagated by layers, or by being
was lately growing in the gardens formerly belong- budded on the plain fort, but they become plain on a
ing to John Tradeſcant at South Lambeth, near
Vauxhall in Surry, who was a very curious collector The wild fort ſhould have a moiſt ſtrong foil, but will
of rare plants in King Charles the Second's time, grow in the moſt expoſed places, being extremely
which tree was near forty feet high, and produced a hardy, which renders them worthy of care, ſince they
great quantity of fruit annually which were ſhaped will thrive where few other trees will ſucceed.
like Pears; and there are indeed ſome trees of mid-SORREL. See ACETOSA.
dling growth in the gardens of Henry Marſh, Efq; SOUTHERNWOOD. See ABROTANUM,
at Hammerſmith, which produce fruit of the Apple SOWBREAD. See CYCLAMEN.
ſhape (from whence ſeveral young plants have been SPARTIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 765. Geniſta.
raiſed of late in the nurſeries near London ;) but Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 643. tab. 311. [fo called of ſpa-
theſe are ſmall, compared to that in John Tradeſ- rum, a dart, becauſe the ruſhes of this plant repré-
cant's garden
.
ſent a dart; or elſe of the Greek cfr déplov, of or siper-
There are great numbers of large trees of this Service Sain to fow, becauſe it fows itſelf.] Broom; in
growing wild about Aubigny in France, from whence French, Genét.
his Grace the late Duke of Richmond brought a great
The CHARACTERS are,
quantity of the fruit, and from the ſeeds raiſed a great The empalement of the flower" is tubulous, heart-ſhaped,
number of young plants in his garden at Goodwood with a very ſhort margin at the top, and has five ſmall
in Suſſex
indentures, but below the flower the under fide is extend-
The leaves of this tree differ from thoſe of the firſt, ed. The flower is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is
in their lobes being broader, and not ſo much ſawed; almoſt heart-ſhaped, large, and wholly reflexed; the
they are alſo much more downy on their under fide, wings are oblong, oval, ſhorter than the ſtandard, and
and the young ſhoots of the tree in the ſpring are annexed to the ſtamina ; the keel is oblong, and longer
covered with a white down. The flowers are produ- than the wings, and the borders are hairy and connetted
ced in larger and more diffuſed bunches, and are a together, to which the ſtamina are inſerted. It has ten
little larger, but there are ſeldom more than two or unequal ſtamina which are joined together, and are gradu-
three fruit produced upon each bunch. The ſtamina ally longer, the upper being the shorteſt
, and the under ſtands
of the flowers are alſo longer than thoſe of the wild opart, terminated by oblong ſummits, and an oblong hairy
fort, which are the only differences I can obſerve be- germen, Supporting a riſing awl-ſhaped ſtyle, to which is
tween them.
faſtened an oblong, hairy, inflexed ſtigma. The germen
Both theſe forts may be propagated by ſowing their afterward becomes a long, cylindrical, obtuſe pod of one cell,
ſeeds in pots ſoon after the fruit is ripe, ſheltering opening with two valves, including ſeveral globular kid-
them under a common frame in winter, and plunging ney-ſhaped ſeeds.
the pots into a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, which This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
will ſoon bring up the plants; and when they are of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe
come up, they ſhould be carefully kept clear from plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
weeds, and in dry weather watered; but they ſhould bodies.
be expoſed to the open air, for the only reaſon of put- The SPECIES are,
ting them in a hot-bed is to forward the growth of 1. SPARTIUM (Junceum) ramis oppofitis teretibus apice
the feeds; but if, when the plants are come up, the floriferis, foliis lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 956. Broom
bed is kept covered, it will draw the plants and ſpoil with taper oppoſite branches whoſe tops have flowers, and
them. In this bed the plants ſhould remain until the Spear-ſhaped leaves. Geniſta juncea. J. B. 1. P. 395.
middle of October, at which time their leaves will Ruby Broom, commonly called Spaniſh Broom.
2. SPARTIUM

S P A
S P A
a
a
2. SPARTIUM (Radiatum) feffilibus petiolis perſiſtentibus
ramis oppoſitis angulans, foliis ternatis linearibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 998. Broom with trifoliate leaves fitting
cloſe to the stalk, angular oppoſite branches, and awl-
shaped oppoſite leaves. Geniſta radiata five ftellaris. J.
froaped
.
B. I. 399. Radiated ſtarry Broom.
3. SPARTIUM (Monoſpermum) ramis angulatis, racemis
lateralibus, foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 995.
Broom with angular branches, Short bunches of flow-
ers on the ſides of the ſtalk, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
Spartium tertium flore albo. C. B. P. 396. A third
Broon with a white flower, commonly called white Spa-
niſh Broom.
4. SPARTIUM (Scoparium) foliis ternatis folitariiſque, ra-
mis inermibus anguloſis. Hort. Cliff. 356. Broom with
trifoliate and ſingle lecves, and angular unarmed branches.
Cytiſo geniſta ſcoparia, vulgaris, fore luteo. Tourn.
649 Common green Broom with a yellow flower.
5. SPARTIUM (Lufitanicum) foliis ternatis, foliolis cunei-
formibus, ramis inermibus angulatis. Broom with tri-
foliate leaves, whoſe lobes are wedge-ſhaped, angular, and
unarmed branches. An? Cytiſo-geniſta Luſitanica,
magno flore. Tourn. Inft. 649. Portugal Broom with
a large flower.
6. SPARTIUM (Hirſutum) foliis ternatis petiolatis, folio-
lis lineari-lanceolatis hirſutis, ramis inermibus angu-
latis. Broom with trifoliate leaves upon foot-fialks, linear
Spear-ſpaped lobes which are hairy, and angular unarmed
branches.
7. SPARTIUM (Glabrum) foliis ternatis glabris fefiilibus,
ramis inermibus angulatis, leguminibus glabris.
Broom with trifoliate ſmooth leaves fitting cloſe to the
branches, which are angular and unarmed, and ſmooth
pods.
S. SPARTIUM (Angulatum) foliis folitariis ternatiſque, ra-
mis ſexangularibus apice floriferis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
709. Spartium with ſingle and trifoliate leaves, and
branches with fix angles with flowers at their tops. Spar-
tium Orientale, filiqua compreffa glabra & annulata.
Tourn. Cor. 44. Eaſtern Broom with round, ſmooth,
compreſſed pods.
9. SPARTIUM (Spinoſum) foliis ternatis, ramis angulatis
fpinofis. Hort. Cliff. 356. Broom with trifoliate leaves,
and angular prickly branches. Cytiſus ſpinoſus. H. L.
Prickly Cytiſus.
10. SPARTIUM (Arboreſcens) caule arboreſcente ramoſo
aculeato, foliis cuneiformibus confertis, floribus fo-
litariis alaribus. Broom with a tree-like, branching,
prickly ſtalk, wedge-ſhaped leaves in cluſters, and flowers
ſtanding ſingly on the ſide of the branches. Spartium por-
tulacæ foliis aculeatum, ebeni materie. Plum. Cat.
19. Prickly Broom with Purſlain leaves, or Ebony of the
Weſt-Indies.
The firft fort is the common Spaniſh Broom, which
has been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for the
ſweetneſs of its flowers : of this there are two varie-
ties, if not diſtinct ſpecies, which grow naturally in
Spain and Portugal. The firſt, which is the common
fort in England, has larger branches and broader
leaves than the other. The flowers are alſo larger, of
a deeper yellow colour, and appear earlier than thoſe
of the other, which has been of late years introduced
from Portugal.
Both theſe forts have ſmooth flexible branches, which
riſe eight or ten feet high. The lower branches are
garniſhed with ſmall, ſpear-ſhaped, ſmooth leaves, at
the end of the ſhoots of the ſame year; the flowers
are diſpoſed in a looſe ſpike; they are large, yellow,
of the butterfly kind, have a ſtrong agreeable odour,
appear in July, and in cool ſeaſons there is frequently
a fucceffion of flowers till September, which are fuc-
ceeded by compreſſed pods about three inches long,
containing one row of kidney-ſhaped ſeeds which ripen
in autumn.
Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which
ſhould be fown in the ſpring upon a bed of common
earth in a ſhady ſituation, where the plants will riſe
very freely; theſe muſt be kept clean from weeds the
following ſummer, and in autumn they may be taken
up and tranſplanted in a nurſery, which ſhould be
choſen in a warm ſheltered ſituation. In the taking
up of the plants, there ſhould be care taken not to
tear the roots, for theſe ſend their roots deep into the
ground, and are very apt to be torn if they are not
raiſed out of the ground with a ſpade; theſe ſhould be
planted in rows three feet aſunder, and at one foot
diſtance in the rows. In this nurſery they may remain
a year or two to get ſtrength, and then may be planted
where they are to remain, for they do not ſucceed if
they are removed large.
If the ſeeds of theſe forts are permitted to ſcatter in
autumn, the plants will come up in plenty in the
ſpring without care, and theſe may be tranſplanted
the following autumn, and treated in the ſame way as
thoſe before mentioned. Theſe ſhrubs are very orna-
mental to large wood-walks in gardens, but hares
and rabbits are very fond of them; ſo that, unleſs
they are ſcreened from theſe animals, they will de-
vour them in winter when they have a ſcarcity of
other food.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Italy; this is a
ſhrub of low growth, feldom riſing two feet high,
but divides into many ſpreading branches, ſo as to
form a large buſh. The branches are ſmall, angular,
and come out by pairs oppoſite; the leaves are very
narrow, awl-ſhaped, and are placed round the ſtalk,
ſpreading out like the points of a ſtar; the flowers are
diſpoſed in ſmall cluſters at the end of the branches;
they are yellow, but not more than half the ſize of
thoſe of the former, and have no ſcent; they are
ſucceeded by ſhort hairy pods, containing two or three
ſmall kidney-ſhaped ſeeds in each; it flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft. This ſhrub makes a
pretty appearance during the time of its continuing
in flower, and as it is hardy, deſerves a place in
gardens.
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown in
autumn, for thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring ſeldom
grow the ſame year; theſe may be fown in a bed of
common earth in rows, for the more conveniently
keeping the plants clean from weeds. The plants
ſhould remain in the feed-bed till the following au-
tumn, when they may be either tranſplanted to the
places where they are to remain, or in a nurſery to
grow a year or two to get ſtrength, before they are
planted out for good ; but theſe plants will not bear
tranſplanting when they are large, ſo ſhould be re-
moved while they are young,
The third fort hath a thick ſtalk, covered with a
rugged bark when old; it riſes eight or nine feet high,
ſending out many ſlender Ruſh-like branches of a
filvery colour, almoſt taper, which terminate in very
fender bending ends; theſe have a few narrow ſpear-
ſhaped leaves on the lower branches. The flowers
are produced in very ſhort ſpikes or cluſters on the
ſide of the branches; they are ſmall, white, and are
fucceeded by large oval pods containing one kidney-
ſhaped feed. It flowers about the ſame time as the
former.
This ſort grows plentifully in Spain and Portugal,
from both which countries the ſeeds may be eaſily
procured. Theſe ſeeds ſhould be ſown in the middle
of April upon a bed of freſh light earth, but the beſt
way will be to fow them in drills about half an inch
deep. The drills ſhould not be leſs than one foot
aſunder, and the feeds may be laid in the drills at about
three inches diſtance, which will allow room for the
plants to grow till Michaelmas following, before which
time it will not be fafe to remove them ; nor ſhould
they be ſuffered to ſtand longer, becauſe they ſhoot
downright roots very deep into the ground, and if
theſe are cut or broken, when they are grown large,
the plants frequently miſcarry. Although I have here
directed the ſowing of theſe ſeeds in April, yet it muſt
be underſtood, if the ſeaſon proves favourable, other-
wiſe it will be better to defer it longer, for theſe feeds
are as ſubject to periſh in the ground by cold or wet,
as are the Kidney-beans; therefore when the ſeaſon is
favourable for fowing them, the ſeeds of the Broom
may be ſafely fown.
As
و
a
a
a
12 R

SPA
S P E
;
At Michaelmas ſome of the plants may be taken up genus. The wood of this American Ebony is of a
and potted, to be ſheltered in winter, and others may fine greeniſh brown colour, and poliſhes very well,
be planted in a warm ſituation and on a dry foil, ſo is much coveted by the inſtrument-makers; and is
where, if the winter ſhould not prove ſevere, they uſed for ſeveral purpoſes, being of a very hard dura-
will ſtand very well. It will alſo be proper to leave
ble nature.
ſome of the plants in the feed-bed, where, if the win- This tree has a pretty thick ſtem which riſes twelve or
ter ſhould prove fevere, they may be ſheltered with fourteen feet high, covered with a rugged brown
mats, and fome mulch laid about their roots to pre- bark, and divides into many ſpreading branches,
vent the froſt penetrating the ground, for theſe plants which grow almoſt horizontal, and are armed with
are ſo tender as not to live abroad in hard froſt, tho' ſhort brown crooked ſpines. The leaves are ſmall,
in moderate winters they will do very well; but it is ſtiff, and wedge-ſhaped, coming out in cluſters, and
always neceſſary to have a plant or two of each fort in fit cloſe to the branches. The flowers come out up-
pots, that they may be ſheltered in winter to preſerve on flender foot-ſtalks from the ſide of the branches
the forts.
ſingly; they are of the butterfly kind, of a bright
The fourth fort is the common Broom which grows yellow colour, and are ſucceeded by compreſſed moon-
naturally in England, fo is not often admitted into ſhaped pods, which incloſe one kidney-ſhaped feed.
gardens, though, when it is in flower, it makes a This plant is propagated by ſeeds, which muſt be
much better appearance than many others which are procured from the countries of its natural growth, for
coitly, this riſes with a flexible ſtalk four or five feet the plants do not produce ſeeds in this climate. Theſe
high, ſending out many Ruſh-like angular branches ſeeds ſhould be ſown in pots filled with light freſh
which ſpread out on every ſide. The lower part of earth early in the ſpring, and plunged into a good
the branches are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, and hot-bed of tanners bark, or placed in tan under pots,
upward they are ſingle. The flowers come out upon as their covers are very hard. In about ſix weeks
ſhort foot-ſtalks fingly on the fide of the branches, after the ſeeds are ſown, the plants will appear, when
for a conſiderable length toward the top; theſe are they muſt be carefully treated (being very tender
large, of the butterfly kind, and of a bright yellow while young ;) they muſt have freſh air admitted to
colour ; they appear in May, and are ſucceeded by to them every day when the weather is warm, and
compreſſed hairy pods containing kidney-ſhaped ſeeds ſhould be frequently refreſhed with water, when the
which ripen in Auguſt. The flowers and branches earth in the pots appears dry. In about five or fix
of this fort are uſed in medicine.
weeks after the plants appear they will be fit to tranf-
The fifth fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain ; plant, when they ſhould be carefully ſhaken out of
this has ſtronger ſtalks than our common Broom. the pots and ſeparated, planting each into a ſmall pot
The branches grow more erect, and have deeper an- filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into
gles; the leaves are all trifoliate, and much larger the hot-bed again, being careful to ſhade them from
than thoſe of the fifth; the lobes are wedge-ſhaped ; the fun every day until they have taken root; after
the flowers are larger, of a deeper yellow colour, and which time they muſt be treated in the ſame manner
have longer foot-ſtalks. This flowers a little later in as other very tender exotic plants, by giving them air
the year than that, and is not ſo hardy.
every day in warm weather, and watering them once
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Portugal; this riſes in two or three days gently, and when the nights are
with a ſtrong ſtalk like the former. The branches are cold, to cover the glaſſes. In this hot-bed the plants
angular and grow erect; they are better furniſhed may remain till autumn, when they muſt be removed
with leaves than either of the other forts, which ſtand into the ſtove, and plunged into the bark-bed. Thoſe
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; the lobes are ſmall, ve- of them whoſe roots have filled the pots, ſhould be
ry narrow, and hairy; the flowers grow cloſer toge- carefully ſhifted into pots one ſize larger before they
ther, are larger, and of a deep yellow colour.
are plunged; but as theſe plants are not of quick
The ſeventh fort was brought from Portugal. The growth while young, they do not require to be often
ſtalks and branches of this are ſlender, angular, and ſhifted out of the pots. During the winter ſeaſon
ſmooth, and are fully garniſhed with very narrow, theſe plants muſt be kept warm (eſpecially the firſt
trifoliate, ſmooth leaves fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. year,) and muſt have but little water, and in cold
The flowers come out in long looſe ſpikes at the end weather it muſt be given to them in ſmall quantities;
of the branches; they are large, of a bright yellow and if their leaves ſhould contract filth, they muſt be
colour, and are ſucceeded by ſhort compreſſed pods, waſhed with a ſponge to clean them, otherwiſe the
which are ſmooth, containing ſmall kidney-ſhaped plants will not thrive. As theſe plants are very ten-
feeds.
der when young, ſo they will not live in the open air
The eighth fort grows naturally in the Levant; this in this country, even in the warmeſt part of the year;
hath ſlender ftalks and branches, which are garniſh- therefore they muſt be conſtantly kept in the ftove,
ed with a few trifoliate and ſingle leaves toward the and ſhould be kept plunged in the bark-bed, obſerv-
bottom. The branches have fix angles or furrows; ing in the ſummer ſeaſon, when the weather is warm,
the flowers are ſmall, of a pale yellow colour, and are to admit a large ſhare of freſh air to the plants; but
produced in looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; when they have obtained ſtrength, they may be ex-
theſe are rarely ſucceeded by feeds in England.
poſed for three months in a warm ſituation in the
The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain near fummer.
the ſea-coaſt. The ſtalks riſe five or fix feet high, SPERGULA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 7. Lin. Gen.
and ſend out many angular flexible branches, armed Plant. 519. Spurrey.
with long ſpines, upon which grow trifoliate leaves ;
The CHARACTERS are,
the flowers are produced at the end of the branches The flower hath a ſpreading permanent empalement, coma
in cluſters, each ſtanding upon a long foot-ſtalk; poſed of five oval concave leaves. It has five oval, con-
.
they are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in cave, Spreading petals which are larger than the empale-
June ; they are ſucceeded by ſhort ligneous pods, ment, and ten awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than the petals,
with a thick border on their upper edges, containing terminated by roundiſ ſummits. It hath an oval germen,
three or four kidney-ſhaped ſeeds. This plant will ſupporting five ſlender, erect, reflexed ſtyles, crowned by
not live abroad in England, unleſs it has a very warm thick ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns to an oval
ſituation.
cloſe capſule with one cell, opening with five valves, in-
Theſe plants are raiſed from ſeeds in the ſame way as cloſing many depreſſed, globular, bordered ſeeds.
the firſt fort, and may be treated in the ſame manner. This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
The tenth fort is very common in Jamaica, and feve- of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
ral other places in the Weſt-Indies, where the wood whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and five ſtyles.
is cut, and ſent to England under the title of Ebony,
The SPECIES are,
though it is not the true Ebony, which is a native of 1. SPERGULA (Arvenſis) foliis verticillatis, floribus de-
the eaſtern country, and is a plant of a very different candris. Hort. Cliff. 173. Spurrey with leaves in whorls,
and
3
3
و
a

SPE
S PH
a
و
a
a
and flowers with ten ſtamina. Alline Spergula dicta globoſis
. Hort. Elth. 369. Spermacoce with globular
major. C. B. P. 251. Greater Chickweed, called Spurrey. whorls.
2. SPERGULA (Pentandria) foliis verticillatis, floribus The firſt fort grows to the height of two feet and a
pentandris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 440. Spurrey with whorled half; the ſtalks are ftiff, a little angular, and covered
leaves, and flowers with five ſtamina. Alfine fpergulæ with a brown bark; the branches come out by pairs.
facie minima, feminibus emarginatis. Tourn. Inft. 244. There are two leaves at each joint placed oppoſite,
The leaſt Chickweed with the appearance of Spurrey, hav- which are two inches long, and almoſt a quarter of an
ing bordered ſeeds.
inch broad, and between theſe come out three or four
3 SPERGULA (Nodoſa) foliis oppoſitis fubulatis lævibus, ſmaller, which ſtand in whorls round the ſtalks ; they
caulibus fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 440. Spurrey are ſmooth, and have one ſtrong vein or midrib in
with awl-ſhaped ſmooth leaves placed oppoſite, and ſingle the middle. The powers grow in ſlender whorls to-
ſtalks. Alſine nodoſa Germanica. C. B. P. 251. Knotted ward the top of the ſtalks; they are ſmall, white, and
German Chickweed.
fit cloſe to the ſtalks, having a whorl of leaves cloſe
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which under them ; theſe are ſucceeded by two oblong feeds,
grow naturally as weeds in England, ſo are not worthy having ſmall horns which ripen in the empalement.
notice here; nor ſhould I have mentioned theſe, were The ſecond fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk three or
they not ſometimes cultivated.
four feet high, ſending out a few ſlender branches,
The firſt and ſecond forts are cultivated in Holland which are garniſhed with narrow leaves not ſo long as
and Flanders, for feeding their cattle; the uſual time thoſe of the former fort; they are ſmooth, of a light
of ſowing the ſeed is in July or Auguft, that the plants green, and ſtand in a kind of whorls round the ſtalk,
may acquire ſtrength before the winter's cold. The two of them being larger than the others in each
uſe that is made of this, is to feed ſheep, and other whorl. The flowers grow in thick globular whorls
cattle in winter, when the common Graſs is eaten toward the top of the ſtalk, and one of the whorls ter-
bare. This plant feldom riſes above fix inches high, minates the ſtalk; they are ſmall, very white, and fun-
ſo will not afford a very great quantity of food; but nel-ſhaped. The brim is cut into four obtuſe ſeg-
as it will grow on the pooreſt ſand, it may be culti- ments which ſpread open, and the ſtamina ftand out
vated in many places to good advantage, where no above the tube of the flower. After the flowers are
other Grafs will thrive ſo well; and by feeding it off paſt, the germen turn to two feeds, ſhaped like thoſe
the ground, the dung of the cattle will improve the of the former fort.
land. This pafture, it is affirmed, will make excellent Theſe plants grow naturally in moiſt places in Jamaica.
butter; and the mutton fed on it, is ſaid to be well The inhabitants call the ſecond fort Button Weed.
taſted, ſo is by many preferred to that fed on Turneps. They are both propagated by feeds, which muſt be
Hens will greedily eat this herb, and it makes them ſown on a hot-bed, and when the plants come up they
lay more eggs.
muſt be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-bed to bring them
This plant being annual, muſt be fown every year ; forward, and afterward treated in the ſame way as
and whoever is willing to ſave the feeds, ſhould low it other tender plants; and if they are placed in a ſtove,
in April, that the plants may flower the beginning of they will live through the winter, and produce good
July, and the feeds will ripen in Auguſt; when it feeds the following year.
muſt be cut before the heads are quite brown, other- SPHÆRANTHUS. Vaill. Act. Par. 1719.
wife the feeds will ſoon ſcatter.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 893. Globe Flower.
The ſeeds being very ſmall, about twelve pounds will The CHARACTERS are,
be ſufficient to low an acre of land. The ground The flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite florets, and fe-
ſhould be well harrowed before the ſeeds are fown, male half florets, which are included in one globular ſcaly
for if the larger clods are not broken, there will be empalement, which is garniſhed with them on every ſide
an uneven crop of Graſs. People in the low country, the receptacle. There are ſeveral of theſe florets included
fow this feed after a crop of Corn is taken off the in each partial empalement. The hermaphrodite florets
land. The ſecond fort is now much cultivated in are placed in the center; they are funnel-ſhaped, and cut
Flanders, though it is a much lower plant than the into five parts at the brim; they have five very port
common fort, but they eſteem it a much better hair-like ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and
Graſs. The feeds of this kind are ſmaller and flatter
a germen which decays, ſupporting a thick longer ſtyle,
than thoſe of the common fort, and have a white bor- having a ſingle ſtigma ; theſe are barren. The female
der round each.
half florets are ſituated round the border, and have ſcarce
SPERMACOCE. Dill. Hort. Elth. 277. Lin. any petals, but an oblong germen, Supporting cbriftly ſtyle
Gen. Plant. 111. Button Weed.
crowned by a double ſtigma; theſe bave one oblong naked
The CHARACTERS are,
feed.
The flower hath a ſmall permanent empalement indented in This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
four parts, fitting on the germen. It has one cylindrical of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
petal, whoſe tube is longer than the empalement, and the plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
brim indented in four parts, which ſpread open and are barren florets, and female fruitful half fiorets.
reflexed. It has four awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than the
The SPECIES are,
petal, terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a roundiſh com- 1. SPHÆRANTHUS (Indicus) pedunculis criſpatis. Lin.
preſſed germen ſituated under the flower, ſupporting a fin- Sp. Plant. 1314. Globe-flower with curled foot-ſtalks.
gle ſtyle divided in two parts at the top, crowned by obtuſe Sphæranthus purpurea
alata ſerrata. Burm. Zeyl. 220.
ſtigmas
. The germen afterward turns to two oblong ſeeds Purple, winged, ſawed Globe-flower.
which are joined, having two borns, and are convex on 2. SPHÆRANTHUS ( Africanus) pedunculis lævibus. Globe-
one ſide, and plain on the other.
flower with ſmooth foot-ſtalks. Scabiofæ capitulo, chry.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſanthemi Myconi foliis, alato caule Maderaſpatanus.
Linnæus's fourth claſs, which includes thoſe plants Pluk. Phyt. tab. 108. 7. A plant from Madras with a
whoſe flowers have four ftamina and one ſtyle. head like Scabious, leaves like the Corn Marygold of My-
The SPECIES are,
conus, and a winged ſtalk.
1. SPERMACOCE (Tenuior) glabra foliis linearibus, ftami- The firſt ſort grows naturally in India ; this riſes with
nibus inclufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Smooth Spermacoce an herbaceous ftalk about a foot high, which rarely
with ſtamina included in the flower. Spermacoce verti- branches out; it is garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
cillis tenuioribus. Hort. Elth. 370. Spermacoce with about three inches long, and one broad in the middle,
narrow whorls.
whoſe baſe fits cloſe to the ſtalk, and from them is
2. SPERMACOCE (Verticillata) glabra foliis lanceolatis extended a leafy border or wing along the ſtalk;
verticillis globoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Smooth Sper- they are fawed on their edges and are of a deep green,
macoce with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, and flowers in globu- ſtanding alternate. The foot-ſtalks of the flowers
lar whorls round the ſtalks. Spermacoce verticillis come out from the ſide of the ſtalk, oppoſite to the
leaf;
a
a

SPI
SPI
leaf; they are about two inches long, and fuſtain one new root, after which they muſt be treated in the
globular head of flowers at the top, of a purpliſh red ſame way as other tender annual plants from the fame
colour ; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong ſeeds ſituated countries, keeping them conſtantly in the hot-bed un-
on the margin, which are naked.
der cover, otherwiſe they will not perfect their feeds
The ſecond ſort grows naturally at Madras, and alſo in England. This plant flowers in July, and the ſeeds
at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, where it was diſco- ripen in September, which ſhould be fown foon after,
vered by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with an for if they are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they
herbaceous winged ſtalk about ten inches high, gar- frequently fail.
niſhed with oval, ſpear-ſhaped, lawed leaves placed This plant produces plenty of flowers, and the ſeeds
alternately. The upper part of the ſtalk branches out feem to be well formed, but thoſe which are ſaved in
into ſmall diviſions, which are terminated by foot- England feldom grow : this may perhaps be occaſion-
ſtalks ſuſtaining three or fourglobular flowers of a pale ed by the plants being kept under cover, ſo that the
yellow colour.
farina does not properly impregnate the germen ;
Theſe are both annual plants, which require a hot-bed whether it is from this cauſe, or what other I know
to bring them forward in the ſpring, and if the ſum- not, but I have not been able to raiſe any plants from
mer proves cold, they muſt be kept in a glaſs-caſe, Engliſh feeds.
otherwiſe they will not ripen feeds here.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America,
SPHONDYLIUM. See HERACLEUM.
where the inhabitants call it Indian Pink. This hath
SPIGELIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 192. Arapabaca. a perennial fibrous root, from which ariſe two or three
Plum. Nov. Gen. 10. tab. 31. Worm Grafs.
erect herbaceous ſtalks about ſeven or eight inches
The CHARACTERS are,
high, garniſhed with three or four pair of oval, ob-
The empalement of the flower is permanent, of one leaf, long, acute-pointed leaves, placed oppoſite, fitting
which is cut into five acute points; it has one funnel-ſhaped pretty cloſe to the ſtalk ; they are ſmooth, entire,
petal, whoſe tube is longer than the empalement, cut in- and have ſeveral veins which diverge from the mid-
to five points at the brim which ſpread open. It has five rib. The ftalk is terminated by a ſhort ſpike of flow-
framina terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a germen com- ers, which are ranged on one ſide the foot-ſtalk;
poſed of two globular lobes, ſupporting one awl-ſhaped they have ſhort empalements which are cut into five
Sbyle the length of the tube, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. acute ſegments. The tube of the flower is long, nar-
The germen ofterward becomes two globular ſeed-veſels row at the bottom, ſwelling upward much larger, and
which ere joined, ſitting in the empalement, filled with is cut at the brim into five acute ſegments, which
Small ſeeds.
ſpread open flat; the outſide of the flower is of a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of bright red, and the inſide of a deep Orange colour.
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants Theſe appear in July, but the ſeeds never ripen here.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
This plant is uſed in North America, for the ſame
The SPECIES are,
purpoſes as the other is in the Weſt-Indies, and is
1. SPIGELIA (Anthelmia) caule erecto, foliis quaternis eſteemed as the beſt medicine there yet known for
feffilibus, fpicis terminalibus. Worm-feed with an erect the worms. A particular account of the virtues of
ſtalk, and leaves growing by fours ſitting cloſe to the this plant is mentioned in the firſt volume of the Phi-
ſtalks, which are terminated by Spikes of flowers. Ara- loſophical Eſſays, printed at Edinburgh, communi-
pabaca quadrifolia, fructu teſticulato. Plum. Nov. cated by Dr. Garden of Carolina.
Gen. 11. Four-leaved Arcpabaca with a teſticulated fruit. This is not eaſily propagated in England, for the ſeeds
2. SPIGELIA (Lonicera) foliis oppoſitis ovato-oblongis do not ripen here, and the roots make but flow in-
acuminatis feffilibus, fpicis terminalibus. Worm Graſs creaſe, ſo that the plant is very uncommon in the
with oblong acute-pointed leaves growing oppoſite, and ſit- Engliſh gardens at preſent; for although it is ſo hardy
ting cloſe to the ſtalks, which are terminated by Spikes of as to endure the cold of our ordinary winters in the
flowers. Lonicera fpinis terminalibus, foliis ovato- open air, yet, as it does not ripen feeds, the only
oblongis acuminatis diſtinctis feffilibus. Flor. Virg. way
of propagating it is by parting of the roots; and
142. Lonicera with ſpikes of flowers terminating the as theſe do not make much increaſe by offsets, ſo the
stalks, and oval, oblong, acute-pointed leaves ſitting cloſe plants are ſcarce. It delights in a moiſt foil, and muſt
to the fialks.
not be often tranſplanted.
The firſt fort grows naturally in moiſt places in moſt SPINA ALBA. See MESPILUS and CraTÆGUS.
of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this is an annual SPINACI A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 986. Spinach, or Spi-
plant with a fibrous root, from which ariſe a ſtrong, nage ; in French, Epinars.
erect, herbaceous ſtalk a foot and a half high, which
The CHARACTERS are,
is channelled, ſending out two ſide branches oppo- The flowers are male and female in different plants; the
ſite near the bottom, and a little above the middle is male flowers have an empalement cut into five oblong, ob-
garniſhed with four oblong, oval, acute-pointed leaves, tuſe, concave ſegments; they have no petals, but have
placed in form of a croſs round the ſtalk; theſe, and five hair-like ſtamina longer than the empalement, termi-
alſo the principal ſtalk, have four ſmaller leaves near nated by oblong twin ſummits; theſe plants are barren.
the top, ſitting round in the ſame manner as the other, The female flowers have permanent empalements of one
and from theſe ariſe ſhort ſpikes of herbaceous flow- leaf, cut into four ſegments, two of which are very ſmall;
ers, ranged one one ſide the foot-ſtalk, which are fuc- they have no petals, but a compreſſed roundiſ germen
ceeded by roundiſh twin capſules containing ſmall ſupporting four hair-like ſtyles, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas.
ſeeds.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiſ ſeed, which
This plant is eſteemed the moſt efficacious medicine is ſhut up in the empalement, and in ſome ſpecies are al-
for the worms yet known, and has been long uſed by moſt ſmooth, but in others they have two or three harp
the inhabitants of the Braſils as ſuch; and alſo by the thorns.
negroes, who taught the inhabitants of the Britiſh
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
iſlands in America the uſe of it, where it has had great Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe
ſucceſs, and from thence had the appellation of Worm plants which have male flowers on different plants
Graſs given to it.
from the fruit, and the male flowers have five ſta-
It is too tender to thrive in the open air in England, mina.
ſo the feeds ſhould be fown in pots filled with ſoft The SPECIES are,
loamy earth in the autumn, and plunged into the 1. SPINACIA (Oleracea) foliis fagittatis feminibus aculea-
bark-bed in the ſtove, where they ſhould remain till tis. Spinach with arrow-pointed leaves and prickly ſeeds.
the ſpring, when they ſhould be plunged into a freſh Spinacia vulgaris capſulâ feminis aculeatâ. Tourn.
hot-bed, which will bring up the plants; theſe muſt Inft. 533. Common Spinach with prickly capſules.
be afterward planted into ſeparate pots, and plunged 2. SPINACIA (Glabra) foliis oblongo-ovatis, feminibus
into another hot-bed, and ſhaded till they have taken glabris. Spinach with oblong oval leaves, and ſmooth
Seeds.
a
a
a
a
a
6

S PI
SPI
a
3
Seeds. Spinacia vulgaris, capſulâ feminis non echinatâ.
Tourn. Inft. 533. Common Spinach with ſeed-veſels
.
which are not prickly, but ſmooth.
The firſt fort was formerly more cultivated in the
Engliſh gardens than at preſent, becauſe it is much
hardier, fo not in much danger from cold, therefore
was generally cultivated for uſe in winter. The leaves
of this are triangular, and ſhaped like the point of an
arrow; the ftalks are hollow, branching, and her-
baceous; they riſe about two feet high. The male
fiowers are produced in long ſpikes ; they are herba-
ceous having no petals, but each has five flender fta-
mina, terminated by oblong twin ſummits filled with
a yellowiſh farina, which, when ripe, flies out on the
plants being ſhaken, and ſpreads all round; theſe
plants after their farina is ſhed foon decay. The fe-
male flowers which are upon ſeparate plants, fit in
cluſters cloſe to the ſtalks at every joint; they are ſmall,
herbaceous, and have neither ſtamina or petals, but
have roundiſh compreſſed germen, which afterward
turn to roundiſh ſeeds, armed with ſhort acute fpines.
The plant flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen the be-
ginning of Auguſt.
There are two or three varieties of this now cultivated
in the kitchen-gardens, which differ in the ſize and
ſhape of their leaves, and their feeds being more or
leſs prickly.
The feeds of this kind ſhould be ſown upon an open
ſpot of ground the beginning of Auguſt, obferving,
if poſſible, to do it when there is an appearance of
rain; for if the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry for a long
time after the feed is fown, the plants will not come
up regularly; part of them may come up foon, and
a great part of them may remain till rain falls before
they come up, which if that ſhould not happen in a
little time after, many times there will not be half a
crop. When the Spinach is come up, and the plants
have four leaves, the ground ſhould be hoed to deſtroy
the weeds, and alſo to cut up the plants where they
are too cloſe, leaving the remaining plants about three
or four inches aſunder ; but this ſhould always be
done in dry weather, that the weeds may be deſtroyed
ſoon after they are cut.
Abcut a month or five weeks after the firſt hoeing,
the weeds will begin to grow again ; therefore the
ground ſhould be then hoed again the ſecond time,
obſerving, as before, to do it in dry weather. But
if the ſeaſon fhould prove moiſt, it will be proper
to gather the weeds up after they are cut, and carry
them off the ground; for if the Spinach is not clean-
ed from weeds before winter, they will grow up and
ſtifle it ſo much, that in wet weather the Spinach will
rot away
In October the Spinach will be fit for uſe, when you
ſhould only crop off the largeſt outer leaves, leaving
thoſe in the center of the plants to grow bigger; and
thus you may continue cropping it all the winter and
ſpring, until the young Spinach ſowed in the ſpring
is large enough for uſe, which is commonly in April;
at which time the ſpring advancing, the Winter
Spinach will run up to ſeed; ſo that it ſhould be all
cut up, leaving only a ſmall parcel to produce ſeeds
if wanted.
But if the ground in which this Winter Spinach is
ſown, being commonly planted with early Cabbages,
it is not proper to let any of the Spinach remain there
for feed, therefore it ſhould be cleared off as ſoon as
ever the Spring Spinach is fit for uſe, that the Cab-
bages may be earthed up and laid clear, which is of
great ſervice to them ; wherefore you ſhould fow a
ſmall ſpot of ground with this ſort of Spinach, on pur-
poſe to ſtand for feed, where there ſhould be no other
plants among it.
The ſecond ſort differs from the firſt in having oval
thick leaves, which are not angular at their baſe ; the
ſeeds are ſmooth having no fpines, and the ſtalks and
leaves are much more fleſhy and ſucculent: of this
there are two or three varieties, which differ in the
thickneſs and fize of their leaves, which in one are
much rounder and thicker than the other.
Theſe are ſown in the ſpring upon an open ſpot of
ground by themſelves, or elſe mixed with Radiſh-feed,
as is the common practice of the London gardeners,
who always endeavour to have as many crops from
their land in a ſeaſon as poſſible; but where land is
cheap in the country, it will be the better method to
fow it alone without any other fort of feed mixed with
it; and when the plants are come up, the ground
ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the weeds, and cut out the
plants where they are too cloſe, leaving the remaining
about three inches afunder; and when they are grown
fo large as to meet, you may then cut out a part of
it for uſe, thinning the plants that they may have
room to ſpread; and this thinning may be cwice per-
formed, as there is occaſion for the herb, at the laſt
of which the roots ſhould be left eight or ten inches
aſunder; and if then you hoe the ground over again to
deſtroy the weeds, it will be of great ſervice to the
Spinach; for if the land is good upon which it is fown,
the fort with broad thick leaves, commonly called
Plantain Spinach, will with this management many
times produce leaves as large as the broad-leaved
Dock, and be extremely fine.
But in order to have a fucceffion of Spinach through
the ſeaſon, it will be proper to fow the feed at three
or four different times in the ſpring; the firſt in Ja-
nuary, which muſt be on a dry foil; the ſecond the
beginning of February, upon a moiſter foil, the third
the beginning of March, which ſhould be on a moiſt
foil; and the fourth the beginning of April; but theſe
late fowings ſhould be hoed out thinner at the first
time than either of the former, for there will be no
neceſſity to leave it for cutting out thin for uſe, be-
cauſe the former fowings will be ſufficient to ſupply
the table till theſe are full grown; beſides, by leaving
it thin at firſt, it will not be apt to run up to ſeed to
ſoon as it would if the plants were cloſe.
Theſe fowings here mentioned are ſuch as are practiſed
by the kitchen-gardeners near London ; but as this
herb is much uſed in foups, &c. for great tables,
there ſhould be ſome feeds fown every three weeks,
during the ſummer ſeaſon, to ſupply the kitchen; but
theſe late fowings ſhould be on moiſt ſtrong ground,
otherwiſe, if the ſeaſon proves hot and dry, the Spi-
nach will run to feed before the plants obtain ſtrength,
eſpecially if the plants do not ſtand thin.
In order to ſave feeds of either of theſe kinds, you
ſhould fow an open rich ſpot of ground, with the fort
you intend in February, after the danger of being in-
jured by froſt is over, and when the plants are come
up, they ſhould be hoed out to fix or eight inches
diſtance, obſerving to cut down the weeds at the ſame
time; and when the plants have grown about three
weeks or a month longer, they ſhould be hoed a fe-
cond time, when they ſhould be left twelve or four-
teen inches aſunder at leaſt, for when they have ſhot
out their ſide branches they will ſufficiently ſpread
over the ground.
You muſt alſo obſerve to keep them clear from weeds,
which, if ſuffered to grow amongſt the Spinach, will
cauſe it to run up weak, and greatly injure it.
When the plants have run up to flower, you will ea-
fily perceive two forts amongſt them, viz. male and
female. The male will produce ſpikes of ftamineous
flowers, which contain the farina, and are abſolutely
neceſſary to impregnate the embryos of the female
plants, in order to render the ſeeds prolific. Theſe
male plants are, by the gardeners, commonly called
She Spinach, and are often by the ignorant pulled
up as ſoon as they can be diftinguiſhed from the fe-
male, in order, as they pretend, to give room for
the feed-bearing to ſpread; but, from ſeveral experi-
ments which I have made on theſe plants, I find where-
ever the male plants are entirely removed before the
farina is ſhed over the female plants, the feed will not
grow which they produce, ſo that it is abſolutely ne-
ceſſary to leave a few of them in every part of the
ſpot, though there may be a great many drawn out
where they are too thick, for a ſmall quantity of male
plants (if rightly ſituated) will be ſufficient to impreg-
و
و
a
12 S
nate
1

SPI
SP1
nate a great number of female, which, when ripe, will | 8. SPIRÆA (Filipendula) foliis pinnatis, foliolis unifor-
ſpread to a conſiderable diſtance, when the plants are mibus ferratis, caule herbaceo, floribus cymofis. Lin.
fhaken by the wind.
Sp. Plant. 490. Spiræa with winged leaves having uni-
When the ſeeds are ripe (which may be known by form Sawed lobes, an herbaceous ftalk, and flowers grow-
their changing their colour, and beginning to ſhatter) ing on flender foot-ſtalks at the top. Filipendula vul-
the plants ſhould be drawn up, and ſpread abroad for garis, an molon Plinii. C. B. P. 163. The common
a few days to dry, obſerving to turn them every other Dropwort.
day, that the ſeeds on both ſides may dry equally: 9. SPIRÆA ( Anguſtifolia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis diffor-
you muſt alſo guard the feeds from birds, otherwiſe mibus pinnato-ferratis, floribus cymoſis. Spired with
they will devour them. When it is dry, the ſeeds winged leaves whoſe lobes are difformed and sawed like
ſhould be threſhed out, cleaned from the dirt, and wings, and flowers growing at the top of the Stalks on
laid
up
for uſe where mice cannot come to them, for Slender foot-ſtalks. Filipendula omni parte major, fo-
they are extremely fond of this feed.
lio anguftiori. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 43. Dropwort
SPIRÆ A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 618. tab. 389. Lin. greater in every part, and having a narrower leaf.
Gen. Plant. 554. [fo called of Et sipc, a rope, be- IO. SPIRÆA (Ülmcrio) foliis pinnatis, impari majore
cauſe this ſhrub is flexible like a rope.] Spiræa Fru- lobato, floribus cymofis. Flor. Lapp. 201. Spirea
tex, vulgò.
with winged leaves, whoſe outer lobe is greater and di-
The CHARACTERS are,
vided into lobes, and flowers growing in bunches on weak
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, plain foot-ſtalks. Ulmaria. Cluf. Hift. 198. Meadowe-ſweet,
at the baſe, and cut into frve acute ſegments at the top ; or Queen of the Meadows.
it has five roundiſh oblong petals inſerted in the empale- 11. SPIRÆ A (Aruncus) foliis ſupra decompoſitis, fpicis
ment, and twenty or more ſlender ſtamina which are ſhort- paniculatis, fioribus diviſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 490. Spi-
er than the petals, and are inſerted in the empalement, ræa with more than decompounded leaves, paniculated
terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and five or more germen Spikes, and mole and female flowers. Barba capræ flo-
ſupporting as many ſender Styles, which are longer than ribus oblongis. C. B. P. 163. Goais Beard with oblong
the ſtamina, crowned by headed ſtigmas. The germen af- flowers.
terward turns to an oblong, acute-pointed, compreſſed cap- The firſt fort has been long cultivated in the Engliſh
fule, opening with two valves, contoining a few ſmall gardens, but from what country it originally came,
acute-pointed ſeeds.
is not very certain; it is generally fold by the nurſery-
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection gardeners with other flowering ſhrubs, for planting
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which contains thoſe wilderneſs work; it riſes with ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks,
plants whoſe flowers have about twenty ftamina in- which are very taper and rough toward the top, and
ſerted in the empalement, and five ſtyles.
are covered with a reddiſh bark. The leaves are
The SPECIES are,
ſpear-ſhaped, about three inches long, and one broad
1. SPIRÆA (Salicifolia) foliis lanceolatis obtufis ferratis in the middle; they are bluntly ſawed on their edges,
nudis, floribus duplicato-racemoſis. Hort. Cliff. 191. and of a bright green colour. In rich moiſt ground
Spiræa with Spear-ſhaped, obtuſe, naked, ſawed leaves, the ſtalks will riſe five or fix feet high, but in mode-
and flowers in double branching Spikes. Spiræa falicis rate land from three to four, for their whole height is
folio. Tourn. Inft. 618. Spiræa Frutex, vulgò.
one year's growth from the root. Theſe are termi-
2. SPIRÆA (Opulifolia) foliis lobatis ſerratis, corymbis nated by ſpikes of pale red flowers; the lower part
terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 489. Spiræa with lobated of the ſpikes are branched out into ſmaller, but
ſawed leaves, and flowers growing in a corymbus termi- the upper parts are cloſe and obtuſe. Each flower is
nating the ſtalks. Spiræa opuli folio. Tourn. Inſt. 618. compoſed of five petals which ſpread open; they are
Spiræa with a Marſh Elder leof, commonly called Virgi- of a pale red or fleſh colour, and have a great number
nia Gelder Roſe, with a Currant leaf.
of ſtamina, ſome of which ſtand out much beyond the
3. SPIRÆA (Hypericifolia) foliis obovatis integerrimis, petals, but others are not ſo long; they are termi-
umbellis feffilibus. Hort. Upſal. 131. Spiræa with oval nated by brown headed fummits, and in the center
entire leaves, and umbels of flowers fitting cloſe to the are ſituated five ſtyles, which are terminated by head-
branches. Spiræa hyperici folio non crenato. Tourn. ed ftigmas. After the flowers are paſt, the germen
Inſt. 618. Hypericum Frutex, vulgò.
turn to pointed capſules, but they rarely come to per-
4. Spiræa (Crenate) foliis oblongiufculis apice ſerratis, fection here. This ſhrub flowers in June and July,
corymbis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 489. Spiræa with and in moiſt ſeaſons there is frequently young ſhoots
oblong leaves whofe, points cre Sawed, and flowers from the root, which flower in autumn.
growing in a corymbus on the ſides of the branches. This plant may be propagated from ſuckers which
Spiræa Hiſpanica, hyperici folio crenato. Tourn. Inſt. are ſent forth in plenty from the ſtems of the old
618. Spaniſh Spiræa with a notched leaf.
plants, or by laying down the tender branches, which
5. SPIRÆA (Tomentoſa) foliis lanceolatis inæqualiter when rooted, ſhould be tranſplanted out in rows
ſerratis ſubtus tomentofis, floribus duplicato-racemo- at three feet diſtance, and the plants a foot afunder
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 480. Spirea with Spear-ſhaped leaves in the rows. In this nurſery they may remain two
which are unequally ſawed, woolly on their under fide, years, obſerving to keep the ground clear from weeds,
and flowers growing in double branching bunches. Ulma- and in the ſpring to dig up the ground between the
ria pentacarpos, integris ferratis foliis parvis ſubtus rows, ſo that the roots may the more eaſily extend
incanis Virginiana. Pluk. Alm. 393. Meadow-ſweet themſelves; but if they put out fuckers from their
of Virginia, with ſmall
, entire, Sawed leaves, which are roots, thoſe ſhould be taken off to keep the ſhrubs
boary on their under ſide, and a fruit having five cells. within bounds, and afterwards they may be tranſ-
6. SPIRÆA (Sorbifolia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis uniformi- planted where they are to remain, either in ſmall
bus ſerratis, caule fruticoſo, floribus paniculatis. Lin. wilderneſs quarters, or in clumps of flowering ſhrubs,
Sp. Plant. 490. Spiræa with winged leaves whoſe lobes obſerving to place them amongſt other ſorts of
are uniformly ſawed, a ſhrubby ſtalk, and flowers grow- equal growth. The young ſhoots of this ſhrub being
ing in panicles
. Spiræa forbi folio, tenuiter crenato, very tough and pliable, are often uſed for the tops of
floribus in thyrſo albidis. Amman. Ruth. 186. Spiræa fiſhing-rods.
with a Service-tree leaf which is Nightly crenated, and The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America,
white flowers growing in a thyrſe.
but it is now as common in the Engliſh gardens as the
7. SPIRÆA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis ferratis ſubæquali- firſt; this rifes with many ſhrubby branching ſtalks,
bus, floribus fubpaniculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 490. ſometimes eight or ten feet high in good ground, but
Spiræa with trifoliate Sawed leaves which are almoſt generally five or fix; they are covered with a looſe
equal, and flowers growing in a kind of panicle. Ulma- brown bark which falls off, and are garniſhed with
ria major trifolia, flore amplo pentapetalo, Virginia- lobed leaves about the fize and ſhape of thoſe of the
na. Pluk. Alm. 393. Greater three-leaved Virginia common Currant Buih, ending in acute points, and
Meadow-ſweet, with a large flower having five petals. are fawed on their edges. The flowers are produced
a
6.
in

SPI
SPI
a
a
و
in roundiſh bunches at the end of the branches; they
are white, with ſome ſpots of a pale red. It flowers
in June. This is commonly known in the nurſeries
by the title of Virginia Gelder Roſe, with a Currant
leaf; it may be propagated and managed in the ſame
manner as the former, and is equally hardy.
The third came originally from Canada, but is now
as common in the nurſery-gardens as either of the for-
mer, where it is known by the title of Hypericum
Frutex, but has no affinity to St. Johnſwort, and is
only ſo called from the reſemblance of their leaves ;
this riſes with ſeveral ſlender ſhrubby ſtalks five or fix
feet high, covered with a dark brown bark, ſending
out ſmall ſide branches the whole length, garniſhed
with ſmall wedge-ſhaped entire leaves, which have
many punctures on their ſurface like St. Johnſwort.
The flowers are diſpoſed in ſmall umbels which fit
cloſe to the ſtalks, each flower ſtanding upon a long
flender foot-ſtalk; they are white, compoſed of five
roundilh petals which ſpread open, and in the center
have a great number of ſtamina almoſt equal in length
with the petals. This ſort flowers in May and June,
and as the flowers are produced almoſt the length of
the branches, the ſhrubs make a good appearance
during the time of their flowering.
This may be propagated by laying down the under
branches, which will take root in the compaſs of one
year, when they may be taken off, and planted in a
nurſery for two or three years (as hath been directed
for the former ;) after which they may be tranſplanted
out where they are deſigned to remain, placing them
with the two former, being nearly of the ſame growth,
where they will add to the variety.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is not
very common at preſent in the Engliſh gardens. The
whole appearance of this ſhrub is ſo like the third, as
not to be diſtinguiſhed at a ſmall diſtance ; the only
difference being, that the leaves of this are broader at
the point, where they have two or three indentures.
The flowers are like thoſe of the former, and appear
at the fame time. This may be propagated in the
ſame way as the former.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Philadelphia ; this is
a fhrub of lower ſtature than the former. The ſtalks
are ſlender, and branch out near the ground, they
have a purple bark covered with a gray meally down.
The leaves are ſpear-íhaped, but ſmaller than thoſe
of the firſt fort, and are unequally fawed ; they are
downy and veined on their under ſide, but are of a
bright green above. The branches are terminated
by a thick racenus of flowers, which are branched
toward the bottom into ſmall ſpikes; the flowers are
very ſmall, of a beautiful red colour, and appear in
July; the ſpikes of this are longer than thoſe of the
firſt.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this riſes with ſhrubby ſtalks like the firſt, but ſends
out horizontal branches which are ſlender, and cover-
ed with a brown bark. The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped,
of a thin texture, and a bright green colour on both
fides, they are flighty fawed on their edges, but the
faws are acute. The flowers are diſpoſed in panicles
at the end of the branches; they are ſmall, white,
and of the ſame conſtruction of the former, having
many ftamina which are a little longer than the petals,
terminated by large, roundiſh, brown fummits. This
fort flowers the beginning of Auguſt
.
Theſe forts are propagated in the ſame way as the firſt,
but, as ſome of them do not put out ſuckers from
their roots here in any plenty, their branches ſhould
be laid down in autumn, which in one year will take
root, and may then be planted where they are deſign-
ed to remain, or into a nurſery, where they may ſtand
one or two years to get ſtrength before they are
planted out for good.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in North America;
this hath a perennial root, but the ſtalks are annual,
and riſe about a foot high, fending out branches from
the fide their whole length; theſe are garniſhed with
leaves, which for the moſt part are trifoliate, but are
ſometimes ſingle, and at others by pairs; they are
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad;
ending in acute points ; they are ſharply fawed on
their edges, of a bright green on their upper fide,
and pale on their under. The flowers are diſpoſed in
looſe panicles at the top of the ſtalks, ſtanding up-
on flender foot-ſtalks ; they have five long ſpear-
ſhaped petals which ſpread open, and a great many
ſtamina which are no longer than the tube of the flow-
er. This fort flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
September
It is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown on a
ſhady border foon after they are ripe, for if they are
ſown in the ſpring, the plants will not come up till
the year after, and many times fail. When the
plants appear, they muſt be conſtantly kept clean from
weeds, but they ſhould not be removed till autumn,
when their leaves begin to decay; then they may be
either tranſplanted where they are deſigned to remain,
or into a nurſery-bed, where they may grow a year
or two to get ſtrength before they are planted out
for good. This plant loves a ſhady fituation and a
moiſt light foil.
The eighth fort is the common Dropwort, which
grows plentifully upon chalky grounds in many parts
of England. The roots of this conſiſt of a great num-
ber of oval knobs or glandules, which are faſtened
together by ſlender fibres, from whence it had the
title of Dropwort; the leaves ſpread near the ſurface
of the ground, are winged, ſeven or eight inches
long, and compoſed of many fawed lobes, which are
almoſt placed alternately along the midrib; thoſe
near the baſe are the ſmalleſt, the others increaſe in
ſize to the middle, afterward decreaſe again to the
point, and fit cloſe to the midrib. The flower-ſtalk
riſes a foot or more in height, and has feldom more
than one leaf upon it; the top is garniſhed with looſe
bunches of ſmall white flowers, ftanding upon flen-
der foot-ſtalks which are conſtructed like thoſe of the
other forts, but are fucceeded by ſeveral capſules,
which are ranged circularly: it flowers in June. The
roots of theſe plants are uſed in medicine, and are
accounted diuretic. It is rarely kept in gardens,
but there is a variety of this with double flowers,
which was found growing naturally in the north of
England, that is kept in gardens for the ſake of
variety
The ninth fort was given me many years ſince by the
late Dr. Boerhaave of Leyden, but from whence he
received it I do not know. The leaves of this are
much longer and narrower than thoſe of the common
fort; the lobes of the leaves are unequal in length,
ſome being two inches and a half long, and others not
more than one inch; they are fawed on their edges;
the ſegments are oppoſite, and ranged like the lobes
of winged leaves. The flower-ſtalk riſes much high-
er, and ſuſtains a much larger bunch of flowers. This
flowers at the ſame time with the other.
The tenth fort grows naturally on the ſides of waters,
and in low moiſt meadows in moſt parts of Eng-
land. The ſtalks are angular, red, and riſe three or
four feet high, garniſhed with winged leaves, com-
poſed of two or three pair of large indented lobes,
terminated by an odd one, which is much larger than
the other, and divided into three parts or lobes; they
are of a dark green on their upper ſide, but hoary on
their under. The ſtalks are terminated by large looſe
bunches of white flowers, which have an agreeable
ſcent; theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded by
roundiſh capſules, twiſted like a ſcrew, filled with
ſmall feeds.
The leaves and tops of this plant are uſed in medicine,
but the plants are rarely kept in gardens. There is a
variety of this with double flowers which is kept in
fome gardens, and one with variegated leaves.
The eleventh fort grows naturally upon the moun-
tains in Auſtria ; this hath a perennial root, and an
annual ſtalk which riſes from three to four feet high,
garniſhed with decompounded winged leaves, which
are compoſed of ſeveral doubly-winged leaves, each
3
a
having

S PO
S T A
3
having three or four pair of oblong lobes terminated pots filled with the ſame rich earth, and plunged in-
by an odd one; theſe are two inches long, and almoſt to a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving duly to water
one broad, fawed on their edges, and ending in acute the earth, and in about fix or ſeven weeks the plants
points. The flowers are diſpoſed in long ſlender will appear. Theſe ſhould afterward be treated in
ſpikes, which are formed into looſe panicles at the top the ſame way as the Annona, keeping them conſtant-
of the ſtalks; they are ſmall, white, and of two ſexes ly in the tan-bed in the ſtove, and when they are def-
in the ſame ſpike; they appear in July, but the ſeeds titute of leaves, give them but little water.
rarely ripen here.
SQUASHES. See Pepo.
This plant is kept in gardens for the ſake of variety; SQUILLS. See Scilla.
it
may
be propagated by parting of the root in au- STACHYS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 186. tab. 86. Lin.
tumn; it loves a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation. Gen. Plant. 638. [of Ezé xus, an ear of Corn, becauſe
The ſhrubby forts require no other pruning, but to the flowers of this plant reſemble an ear of Corn.]
cut out all the dead branches and ſuch as grow irre- Baſe Horehound.
gular, and take off all their ſuckers every year, for if
The CHARACTERS are,
theſe are permitted to grow, they will ſtarve the old The flower bath a tubulous, angular, permanent empale-
plants by drawing away their nouriſhment. The ment, cut into five acute parts at the top; it has one
ground between them ſhould alſo be dug every ſpring lip-ſhaped petal, with a sort tube having oblong chaps.
to encourage their roots, and every third year a little The upper lip is erect, booked, and a little indented at the
rotten dung buried therein, which will cauſe them to point ; it is lerge, reflexed, and cut into three parts, the
flower very ſtrong.
middle ſegment being large and indented at the point. It
SPIRÆ A OF AFRICA. See DiosMA.
has four awl-shaped ſtamina, two of which are longer,
SPONDIA S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 577. Plum. Nov. and inclined to the upper lip ; the other two are shorter,
Gen. 22. Black American Plum.
terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a four-pointed ger-
The CHARACTERS are,
men, ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of the ſtamina,
It hath a ſmall coloured empalement of one leaf, cut into crowned by e bifid acute ſtigma. The germen afterward
five ſegments which fall off ; and five oblong, plain, turns to four oval angular ſeeds which ripen in the em-
Spreading petals to the flower, and ten awl-ſhaped erect palement.
Stamina alternately longer, terminated by oblong Summits, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
with an oval germen ſupporting five ſhort ſtyles, crowned Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
by obtuſe ſtigmas. The empalement afterward becomes a plants whoſe flowers have two ſhort and two longer
Plum, having five large punctures, incloſing an oval, lig- ftamina, and the ſeeds are naked in the empalement.
neous, fibrous nut.
The SPECIES are,
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection 1. STACHYS (Germanica) verticillis multifloris, foliorum
of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants ſerraturus imbricatis, caule lanato. Lin. Sp. Plant.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and five ſtyles.
812. Baſe Horebound with a woolly stalk, woolly leaves
The SPECIES are,
which are fawed, and whorls of flowers. Stachys ma-
1. SPONDIAS (Purpurea) petiolis communibus compref- jor Germanica. C. B. P. 236. Greater German Baſe
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 613. Spondias whoſe common foot-
Horebound.
ſtalks are compreſſed. Myrobalanus minor, folio frax- 2. STACHYS (Cretice) verticillis multifloris, calycibus
ini alato, fructu purpureo oſſiculo magno fibroſo. pungentibus caule hirto. Hort. Upſal. 170. Baſe
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 182. Myrabolon with an Ah leaf, and Horebound with many flowers in the whorls, and prickly
purple fruit with a large fibrous ſtone.
empalements. Stachys Cretica. C. B. P. 236. Baſe
2. SPONDIAS (Lutea) foliolis nitidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. Horehound of Candia.
613. Spondias with neat leaves. Monbin arbor folio 3. STACHYS (Italica) foliis lineari-lanceolatis tomentofis
fraxini, fore luteo racemoſo. Plum. Gen. Tree Monbin ſubcrenatis, petiolis longiſſimis, caule fruticofo to-
with an Aſh leaf and yellow fruit.
mentoſo. Baſe Horehound with narrow, Spear-ſhaped,
The firſt fort grows naturally in many places in the woolly leaves which are ſomewhat crenoted, groter 01
Weſt Indies; its uſual height is about ten or twelve very long foot-ſtalks, and have a forubby woolly stalk.
feet, and their ſtems as large as a man's leg, ſending Stachys minor Italica. C. B. P. 236. Leffer Italian
out branches toward the top, which have a gray Baſe Horebound.
bark; theſe are deſtitute of leaves for ſome months, 4. STACHYS (Albe) foliis oblongo-ovatis crenatis pilofis
but in the ſpring before the leaves appear, there are calycibus pungentibus, labii ſuperiore pilofo. Baſe
many ſmall purple flowers which come out from the Horehound with oblong, oval, crenated, hairy leaves,
fide of the branches; theſe are ſucceeded by a fruit prickly empalements to the flowers, and the upper lip
like Plums, having a luſcious thin pulp, covering a hairy. Stachys alba, latifolia major. Barrel. Icon. 297.
large fibrous ſtone. The leaves which come out af- Greater, brood-leaved, white Baſe Horehound.
terward are unequally winged, having four or five 5. STACHYS (Alpina) verticillis multifloris, foliorum
pair of lobes about an inch long, and half an inch ſerratum apice cartilagineis, corollis labio plano.
broad, terminated by an odd one.
Flor. Suec. 527. Baſe Horehound with Sawed leaves,
The ſecond fort grows alſo in the warmeſt parts of having cartilaginous tops, and many flowers in whorls.
America, where it riſes to the height of thirty feet Stachys hormini folio obfcurè virenti, flore ferrugi-
or more, ſending out many crooked irregular branches, neo. Mor. Hort. Reg. Blæſ. 198. Baſe Horebound
which are alſo deſtitute of leaves for ſome months with an obſcure green Clary lecf, and an iron-coloured
the branches have a light coloured bark, and are gar- flower.
niſhed with unequal winged leaves, which have four 6. STACHYS (Hiſpanica) foliis inferioribus ovato-oblon-
or fix pair of lobes near two inches long, and one gis fubcrenatis fubtus tomentofis, caulinis cordatis
broad, having deep longitudinal veins. The flowers acutis feffilibus, calycibus fpinoſis. Baſe Horebound
come out before the leaves appear, which are fucceed- with oval, oblong, lower leaves, which are fightly cre-
ed by yellow Plums an inch or more in length, grow- nated, woolly on their under ſide, thoſe on the ſtalks be-
ing in a fort of racemus. Theſe have large fibrous ing heart-shaped, coute-pointed, and fitting cloſe to the
ftones with a thin covering of fleſh.
Stalks, and prickly empalements to the flowers. Stachys
Theſe plants grow eaſily from cuttings when they are elatior, flore flaveſcente punctato. Act. Phil. Lond.
once obtained, which if planted in pots filled with N° 383. Taller Baſe Horebound wiih a yellowiſh Spotted
light rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- flower.
bed, covering them down either with bell or hand- 7. STACHYS (Glutinoſa) ramis ramofiffimis, foliis lanceo-
glaffes to exclude the external air,and fhaded from the latis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 310. Baſe Horebound with
fun, will take root freely. The beſt time for this is in very Spreading branches, and ſmooth Spear-ſhaped leaves.
the ſpring, before the plants put out their leaves. Galeopſis anguſtifolia Cretica viſcoſa. Narrow-leaved.
They may alſo be propagated by their ſtones, if they viſcous Hedge Nettle of Crete.
are brought over freſh, which ſhould be put into ſmall
8. STACHYS
ز
a

S T A
S T A
a
2
;
a
8. STACHYS (Paluſtre) verticillis fexfioris, foliis lineari- plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of only hermaphro-
lanceolatis ſemiamplexicaulibus. Flor. Suec. 490. dite florets which are fruitful, and have their ſummits
Baſe Horehound with whorls of six flowers, and narrow connected together in a tube.
Spear-shaped leaves which half embrace the ſtalk. Stachys
The SPECIES are,
paluſtris fætida. C. B. P. 236. Stinking marſh Boſe 1. STÆHELINA (Gnaphalodes) foliis tomentofis, ſquamis
Horebound, or Gerard's Clound's Woundwort.
calycinis lanceolatis, apice membranaceis reflexis.
9. STACHYS (Spinoſa) ramulis fpina terminalis. Hort. Lin. Sp. Plant. 840. Stæhelina with woolly leaves, and
Cliff. 310. Baſe Horehound with ſpines terminating the Spear-ſhaped ſcales to the empalements, with reflexed mem-
branches. Stachys ſpinoſa Cretica. C. B. P. 236. branaceous tops. Jacea Æthiopica, ftæchados citrinæ
Prickly Baſe Horehound of Crete.
majoribus tomentofis foliis, capitulorum fpinis & fqua-
10. STACHYS (Orientalis) foliis tomentofis ovato-lance- mulis ex aureo colore nitentibus. Pluk. Alm. 193- .
olatis, floralibus verticillo brevioribus. Prod. Leyd. tab. 302. Æthiopian Knapweed with woolly leaves like
318. Eaſtern Baſe Horehound, with oval, Spear-ſhaped, the greater Goldylocks, and the ſpines and ſcales of the
woolly leaves, and flowers ſhorter than the whorls. Sta- head of a ſhining gold colour.
chys Orientalis altiſſima foetidiffima. Tourn. Cor. 12. 2. STÆHELINA (Dubia) foliis linearibus denticulatis,
The talleſt Eaſtern Baſe Horehound, which is very fætid. ſquamis calycinis lanceolatis, pappo calycibus duplo
There are fome other ſpecies of this genus which longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1176. Stæhelina with
grow naturally in England, and others are common in leaves which are linear and indented, ſcales to the em-
different parts of Europe; but as they are rarely ad- palement which are ſpear-ſhaped, and down longer than
mitted into gardens, it would be beſide my purpoſe the empalement. Santolina foliis linearibus, flore folia
to enumerate them here.
tario terminali
, fquamis calycinis crenatis. Hort. Cliff.
The firſt and the eighth forts here mentioned, grow 398. Stæhelina with linear indented leaves, and ſpear-
natūrally in England; the firſt only in a few particu- Shaped ſcales to the empalement. Elichryfium fylveftre,
lar places, but the latter is common by the fide of flore oblongo. C. B. P. 265. Wild Immortal Flower,
ditches and waters every where, and is here only with an oblong flower.
mentioned, becauſe it is a diſpenſary plant, and has The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
been ſuppoſed a good vulnerary herb. Of this there Hope, from whence it was introduced into the Dutch
is another ſpecies, which was found by Mr. Stone- gardens; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk about three
ſtreet growing wild, with narrow leaves, ſhorter ſtalks, feet high, and divides into ſeveral branches, which
longer cloſer ſpikes of flowers, and the leaves ftand are garniſhed with long, taper, woolly leaves fet thinly
diſtinct upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, and this has conſtantly upon the branches. The flowers are produced at the
retained its difference in the garden. Both theſe ſorts end of the branches in fingle heads, which are pretty
have creeping roots, ſo will ſoon ſpread over a large large, and have ſcaly empalements; theſe terminate
ſpot of ground where they have liberty.
in fpines which are recurved; they are compoſed of
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Crete ; this is a ſeveral florets which are tubulous, hermaphrodite, and
low plant, with an herbaceous ſtalk which is very of a yellow colour, each of which is fucceeded by a
branchy from the bottom. The ſtalks are ſlender, ſingle four-cornered feed crowned with a feathery
four-cornered, and ſmooth; they are garniſhed with down, and ripens in the empalement, each being fea
a few ſmall ſpear-ſhaped leaves : the whole plant is parated by a chaffy ſcale.
very clammy, and ſmells like bitumen. The flowers The ſecond ſort is a native of Spain and Italy; this
are ſmall, of a dirty white colour, and ſtand in ſmall is a low ſhrub, feldom riſing more than two feet high,
whorls round the ſtalks. Theſe appear in July, and fending out many ilender branches which are garniſh-
are ſucceeded by roundiſh ſeeds which ripen in ed with leaves placed alternate ; there is a ſmall knob
autumn.
or angle, juſt under that part where the leaf is inſerted
This is propagated by feeds, and requires to be ſhel- to the branch; the leaves are narrow, and have three
tered under a frame in winter, being too tender to live blunt angles or corners. The branches are terminated
in the open air here.
by a ſingle flower, whoſe empalement is oval, and
The other forts are kept in botanic gardens for the like thoſe of the flowers of Knapweed, being imbri-
ſake of variety, but are not cultivated in other places, cated. The ſcales are oblong, oval, and their points
ſo it will be needleſs to give a particular defcription of are rounded; ſome of them have a large membrana-
them here.
ceous border whoſe edge is crenated, and ſpread open ;
They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown the florets are yellow and equal, of the ſame length
in March upon a bed of light freſh earth, and when as the empalement; they are all hermaphrodite and
the plants are come up, they may be planted out into have a bifid ftigma, and the feeds have a little hairy
other beds about fix inches afunder, obſerving to wa- down on their top:
ter them until they have taken root, after which they As theſe plants do not always ripen their feeds in
will require no farther care but to keep them clear England, ſo they are generally propagated by cut-
from weeds till Michaelmas, when they ſhould be tings, which if planted in any of the ſummer months,
tranſplanted where they are to remain, which muſt and covered cloſe with a bell or hand-glaſs, will take
be in an open ſituation, and upon a dry light foil, root pretty freely. When theſe have made good
not rich, in which they will endure the winter much roots, they ſhould be taken up carefully and planted
better than in good ground. The ſummer follow- in pots filled with freſh light earth, not too rich, and
ing theſe plants will flower, and in Auguſt their feeds placed in the ſhade until they have taken new root;
will ripen, when they may be gathered and preſerved then they ſhould be removed to a ſheltered ſituation,
till ſpring for ſowing ; many of them die foon after. where they may be intermixed with other exotic plants
STÆHELINA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 844.
till the autumn, when they muſt be removed into
The CHARACTERS are,
ſhelter, and treated in the ſame way as other plants
The common empalement of the flower is oblong, cylindri- from the ſame country. Theſe plants do not require
cal, and imbricated; the ſcales are coloured and reflexed; any artificial heat in winter, but ſhould have a dry
the flower is compoſed of ſeveral uniform florets, which air, for their tender ſhoots are very ſubject to rot with
are the length of the empalement ; they are funnel-ſhaped, damp; therefore they will thrive better in a glaſs-
and of one petal. The brim is cut into five equal acute caſe, than a green-houſe in winter.
Segments, is bell-ſhaped, and have each five hair-like fta- STAMINA, CHIVES, or FILAMENTS,
mina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, with a ſhort ger- are the ſmall threads which encompaſs the ſtyle in
men ſupporting a Nender ſtyle, crowned by a double oblong the center of flowers; upon the tops of which the
ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſhort four-cor- apices or fummits, which contain the male duft,
nered ſeed, crowned with a feathery down, which ripens hang, fo are generally termed the male organs of ge-
in the empalement.
neration.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of STAMINEOUS FLOWERS are ſuch as have
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe a number of ſtamina, or chives; but are deſtitute of
12 T
five
a
a

S T A
S T A
a
3
five coloured leaves, which are called petala, the fta- four taper pods joined at their baſe, which are near
mina being only encompaſſed by the Hower-cup, of a ſpan long, and almoſt as thick as a man's finger,
this ſort are the male plants of Nettles, Spinach, which are filled with flat feeds crowned with a fea-
Hemp, &c.
thery down, lying over each other like the ſcales of
STAPELIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 271. Aſclepias. fith, but theſe pods are ſeldom formed in England;
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 94. Swallow-wort, or Fritillaria for in upward of forty years which I have cultivated
craffa.
theſe plants, I never ſaw them produce their pods
The CHARACTERS are,
but three times, and thoſe plants were plunged into
The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut the tan-bed in the ftove, into which the branches
into five acute ſegments; it has one large plain petal, cut had put out long roots, and thereby became very
into five acute ſegments above the middle, and a plain luxuriant.
five-pointed ſtarry ne&tarium with linear ſegments, whoſe The branches of the ſecond fort are much larger than
torn points ſurround the parts of generation ; it has five thoſe of the firſt, and ſtand more erect, but ſpread
plain, broad, ere Et ſtamina, with linear ſummits faſtened and emit roots in the ſame way; they have four lon-
on each ſide the ſtamina, and two oval plain germen hav- gitudinal furrows, which divide them into four an-
ing no ſtyle
, crowned by a blunt ftigma. The germen af- gles, which have protuberant indentures on their
terward turn to two oblong taper pods filled with compreſſed edges, whoſe points are erect; they are nearly of the
ſeeds, crowned with a feathery down, lying over each other ſame colour as thoſe of the firſt, being of a dark
like the ſcales of fiſh.
green in fummer, but inclining to purple in autumn.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection The flowers come out upon ſhort foot-ſtalks from the
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants fide of the branches; theſe are of the form with thoſe
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina, and two ſtyles or of the former, but are much larger; the petal is of a
germen.
thicker ſubſtance, and on the inſide covered with fine
The SPECIES are,
purpliſh foft hairs; the ground of the flower is an
1. STAPELIA (Variegata) denticulis ramorum patentibus. herbaceous yellow, ſtreaked and chequered with pur-
Vir. Cliff. 20. Stapelia with ſpreading indentures to the pliſh lines. This ſort produces its flowers in much
branches. Aſclepias Africana aizoides. Tourn. Inft. greater plenty than the firſt fort, ſo that in ſummer
94. African Swallow-wort like Houſeleek, commonly called and autumn theſe plants are ſeldom long deftitute of
Fritillaria craſa.
flowers, but I have never ſeen any of the pods of
2. STAPELIA (Hirſuta) denticulis ramorum erectis, this ſort produced in England.
Hort. Cliff. 77. Stapelia with ereEt indentures to the Both theſe plants grow naturally upon the rocks near
branches. Aſclepias Africana aizoides, flore pulchrè the Cape of Good Hope, where they ſtrike their
fimbriato. Com. Rar. Plant. 19. African Swallow-wort roots into the crevices of the rocks and ſpread them-
like Houſeleek, with a fine fringed flower.
ſelves greatly. They are propagated here very eaſily,
There are ſome other ſpecies of this genus, which by taking off any of the ſide branches during any of
grow naturally at the Cape of Good Hope; the fi- the ſummer months, which, when planted, put out
gures and deſcriptions of ſome forts, having been ex- roots very freely. The branches ſhould be flipped
hibited by the learned Dr. Burman, profeffor of bo- off from the plants to the bottom, where they are
tany at Amſterdam, though we have not more than joined by a ſmall ligature, ſo will not occafion a great
three ſpecies in England, one of which has not yet wound, the joints at the place where they are connect-
flowered here. There is a variety of the firſt fort ed being almoſt cloſed round; for if they are cut
mentioned in books, with flat crefted branches, and through the branch, the wound will be ſo great as to
is by ſome gardeners titled Coxcomb Fritillary; but occaſion their rotting when planted: theſe ſhould be
this is no other than three, four, or more branches, laid in a dry place under cover for eight or ten days,
joined together and becoming flat, ſo will return that the wounded part may dry and heal over before
back to its original again, therefore is not worthy they are planted, otherwiſe they will rot; then they
notice.
ſhould be planted in pots filled with earth, compoſed
The firſt fort riſes with many ſucculent branches about of freſh fandy earth, mixed with lime rubbiſh and
the fize of a man's finger, which are four or five ſea fand; and if the pots are plunged into a very mo-
inches long, having ſeveral protuberant indentures on derate hot-bed, it will promote their taking root;
their fides, which ſpread open horizontally, ending they ſhould be now and then ſprinkled with water,
in acute points; theſe branches ſpread on the ground but it muſt be given them ſparingly; and as ſoon as
and emit roots from their joints, ſo where they have they have taken root, they muſt be inured to the open
room will extend very wide ; they are angular, and of air. If theſe plants are kept in a very moderate
a deep green colour in ſummer, when they are free in ftove in winter, and in ſummer placed in an airy glaſs-
growth, but in winter they change to a purpliſh co- caſe, where they may enjoy much free air, but be
lour; they abound with a viſcous juice of a nauſeous ſcreened from wet and cold, they will thrive and flow-
tafte. From the fide of the branches toward their er very well; for although they will live in the open
bottom comes out the foot-ſtalk of the flower at one air in ſummer, and may be kept through the winter
of the finuſes, which is ſhort, and fuftains one flower, in a good green-houſe, yet thoſe plants will not flower
having a large thick petal which is cut half way into ſo well as thoſe managed in the other way. Theſe
.
five points like a ſtar, which ſpreads open flat; theſe plants muſt have little water given them, eſpecially
are greeniſh on the outſide, but yellow within, having in winter.
a circle of purple round the nectarii
, and the whole STAPHYLÆ A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 336. Staphylo-
petal is finely ſpotted with purple, reſembling the dendron. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 616. tab. 386. ſo call-
belly of a frog. In the center are the five compreſſed ed of saquari, a Grape, and Sérdpov, a tree, becauſe its
nectarii which are prominent, of a livid colour, which fruit grows upon trees in cluſters.] Bladder-nut; in
include the genital parts. The flower, when blown, French, Nez-Coupez.
has a very fætid odour like that of carrion, ſo like
The CHARACTERS are,
as that the common fleſh fly depoſit their eggs on it, The empalement is roundiſh, concave, and coloured, so
which frequently are hatched, but wanting proper large as to inclose the flower, which has five oblong erect
food die foon after; for I have many years watched petals like the empalement, and a pitcher-ſhaped concave
the progreſs of theſe, to ſee if the maggots produced nežtarium at the bottom of the flower, with five oblong
from theſe eggs ever eat any part of the flower, or ereet ſtyles terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a thick ger-
lived any time, but could never obſerve either; nor men divided in three parts ſupporting three ſtyles, to which
have ever heard that any other perſon of credit has, there are obtuſe ſtigmas contiguous. The germen efterward
though it has been afferted, that they have devoured become two hard almoſt globular ſeeds, included in three-cor-
great part of the petal, and come to maturity, chang- nered bladders, joined by a longitudinal ſeam, with an acute
ing afterward into their laſt ſtate of fies. After
point opening within.
the flowers are paſt, the double germen changes into
3
a
a
a
This

S T A
S T A
3
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of down in autumn, in the fame manner as is practiſed
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe for other trees and ſhrubs; theſe will have put out
flowers have five ſtamina and three ſtyles.
roots the following autumn, when they may be taken
The SPECIES are,
from the old plants and planted in a nurſery, where
1. STAPHYLÆA (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. they may grow one or two years to get ſtrength, and
112. Bladder-nut with winged leaves. Staphyloden- then may be removed to the places where they are
dron fylveſtre & vulgare. H. L. The common wild to ſtand.
Bladder-nut.
When theſe are propagated by cuttings, it ſhould be
2. STAPHYLÆA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff. the ſhoots of the former year, and if they have a ſmall
112. Bladder-nut with trifoliate leaves. Staphyloden- piece of the two years wood at the bottom, they will
dron Virginianum trifoliatum. H. L. Three-leaved more certainly ſucceed; for as the young ſhoots are
Virginian Bladder-nut.
ſoft and pithy, ſo they are very ſubject to rot, when
The firſt fort grows naturally in woods in ſeveral parts they have no part of the old wood to them. They
of England, but is cultivated as a flowering ſhrub in ſhould be planted in autumn on a ſhady border, but
the nurſery-gardens. This hath ſeveral ſhrubby ſtalks muſt not have too much wet.
ariſing from the ſame root, which grow ten or twelve They may alſo be propagated by fowing their feeds
feet high, covered with a ſmooth bark, and divide in- early in autumn, in beds of light freſh earth, and
to ſeveral branches which are ſoft and pithy; they when the plants are come up, they muſt be carefully
are garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of two kept clear from weeds, and in very dry weather, if
pair of oval lobes terminated by an odd one; theſe they are now and then refreſhed with water, it will
differ greatly in fize according to the ſtrength and greatly promote their growth ; in theſe beds they
vigour of the ſhrubs ; ſome are more than two inches may remain until October following, at which time
long, and an inch and a half broad, but on old weak they ſhould be carefully taken up and planted in a
ſhrubs they are much ſmaller. They are ſmooth, nurſery, placing them in rows three feet aſunder, and
entire, and of a light green colour, ſtanding upon the plants one foot diſtance in the rows; and, if the
pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out upon the following ſpring ſhould prove very dry, it will be
long ſlender foot-ſtalks which hang downward; theſe convenient to give them a little water to encourage
ſpring from the wings of the ſtalks near their extre- their taking root; after which they will require no
mity. The flowers are diſpoſed in oblong bunches farther care but to keep the ground clean from weeds
they have each five oblong white petals, which expand in ſummer, and every ſpring to prune off irregular
in form of a Roſe; theſe appear in May, and are branches, and dig the ground between the rows to
ſucceeded by inflated capſules or bladders compoſed looſen the earth, that their roots may the more ea-
of three cells, one or two of which have a roundiſh, fily extend. In this nurſery they may remain two
ſmooth, hard feed, and the other are barren.
years, by which time it will be proper to tranſplant
This ſhrub makes a variety when intermixed with them out where they are to remain, either in wilder-
others which flower at the ſame ſeaſon, though their neſs quarters, or in clumps of various trees, where
flowers are not very beautiful. The nuts of this tree they will add to the diverſity. The beſt ſeaſon for
being hard and ſmooth, are ftrung for beads by the tranſplanting theſe trees is in autumn, with other de-
Roman catholics in ſome countries; and the chil- ciduous trees. When theſe ſeeds are fown in the
dren of the poor inhabitants eat the nuts, though they ſpring, the plants ſeldom come up till the following
have a diſagreeable taſte.
year.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America, AFRICAN BLADDER-NUT. See Rovena.
from whence it was brought into Europe, where it is LAUREL - LEAVED AMERICAN BLADDER - NUT. See
now become as common in the nurſery-gardens about PTELEA.
London, as the other fort. This hath a more fubftan-STAR-FLOWER. See ORNITHOGALUM.
tial ftalk than the firſt; the bark of the old branches STARWORT. See AsTeR.
and ſtalks is ſmooth and of a gray colour, that of the STATICE. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 341. tab. 177. Lin.
young a
is of a light green and very ſmooth; the leaves Gen. Plant. 348. Thrift, or Sea Pink.
are by threes on each foot-ſtalk; the lobes are oval The CHARACTERS are,
ending in a point, and their edges are fawed; they The flowers are colle&ted in a roundiſh head, having a com-
are of different ſizes, according to the age and ſtrength mon ſcaly empalement; each flower has a funnel-ſhaped em-
of the plants. The largeſt are three inches long and palement of one leaf. The flowers have five petals, they
two broad, but in old plants the leaves are not much are funnel-Shaped, the baſe of the petals are narrow,
more than half the fize; they are ſmooth, and of a their points broad, obtuſe, and ſpread open; they have
light green colour. The flowers are produced from five ſtamina which are ſhorter than the petals, terminated
the ſide of the branches in longer bunches than thoſe by proſtrate ſummits; and a ſmall germen ſupporting five
of the former fort, but their foot-ſtalks are much ſtyles which ſtund apart, crowned by acute ſtigmas. The
ſhorter; the flowers are of a cleaner white, and their
germen afterward turns to one ſmall roundiſh ſeed incloſed
petals are ſomewhat larger than thoſe of the firſt, as in the empalement.
are alſo the bladder capſules ; the ſeeds are larger, and This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
ripen better than thoſe of the common ſort. The Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
time of flowering and the ripening of the feeds, is the whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and five ſtyles. To
fame with that.
this genus he has joined the Limonium of Tourne-
Both theſe forts are uſually propagated by ſuckers fort.
from the root, which the firſt ſort ſends out in plen-
The SPECIES are,
ty; theſe ſhould be taken from the old plants in au- 1. STATICE (Armeria) fcapo fimplici capitulo, foliis li-
tumn, and their roots trimmed, then planted in a nearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 394. Thrift with ſingle ſtolks,
nurſery, in rows at three feet diſtance, and one foot linear leaves, and flowers in heads. Caryophyllus mon-
aſunder in the rows; in this nurſery the plants ſhould tanus major, flore globoſo. C. B. P. 211. Greater
ſtand one or two years according to their ſtrength, Mountain Pink with a globular flower.
and then be tranſplanted to the places where they are 2. STATICE (Montana) foliis linearibus ſubulatis, ſqua-
to remain.
mis calycinis obtufis. Thrift with linear awl-ſhaped
The plants which are propagated in this manner from leaves, and obtuſe ſcales to the empalement. Statice mon-
fuckers, are very ſubject to put out ſuckers in greater tana minor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 341. Smaller Moun-
plenty from their roots, than thoſe which are raiſed tain Thrift.
from ſeeds, or propagated by layers or cuttings, fo 3. STATICE (Maritima) foliis linearibus planis, ſquamis
are not to be choſen when the other can be had ; calycinis obtuſis. Thrift with plain linear leaves, and ob-
therefore thoſe who propagate them for their own uſe, tuſė ſcales to the empalement. Caryophyllus marinus
ſhould prefer the other methods. If they are propa- minimus, flore globoſo. H. P. Blæl. The leaſt Sea Pink
gated by layers, the young branches ſhould be laid with a globular flower.
The

S T A
S T A
a
ments.
The firſt fort grows naturally on the Alps, and other in the ſpring ; and the plants will not be in ſo much
cold mountains in ſeveral parts of Europe. This has danger of miſcarrying as thoſe are, eſpecially when
a perennial fibrous root, from which come out many the ſpring happens to prove dry. After theſe plants
narrow ſpear-ſhaped leaves about four inches long, have taken root, they will require no farther care but
and half an inch broad in the wideſt part ; they are to keep them clean from weeds, and to tranſplant
ſmooth, of a dark green colour, and fit cloſe over and part their roots annually, for if they are permitted
each other at their baſe. The foot-ſtalks of the to ſtand longer unremoved, they are very ſubject to
flowers riſe about a foot high; they are naked, and rot and decay, eſpecially when they are planted in
terminated by one globular head, containing ſeveral good ground.
ſmall, pale, red flowers, which are included in one STATUES and VA SE S contribute very much
common ſcaly empalement ; the lower ſcales are to the embelliſhment and magnificence of a garden,
acute-pointed, and immediately under the flower is and extremely advance the natural beauties of it.
placed five narrow leaves which afterward fall off. They are made of ſeveral forms, and different mate-
This plant flowers in June, and the flowers are ſuc- rials. The richeſt are thoſe of caſt braſs, lead gilt,
ceeded by oblong ſeeds which are cloſely wrapped and marble; the ordinary fort are of a common ſtone
up in the particular empalement of the flower, and or ſtucco.
ripen in Auguft. There is a variety of this with white Among figures are diſtinguiſhed groups, which con-
flowers.
fiſt at leaſt of two figures together in the ſame block;
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of the Alps, and other figures inſulate or detached, that is, thoſe that you
cold mountains, where it ſeldom riſes more than two can go quite round, and figures that are ſet in niches,
inches high, but when it is planted in gardens, it be-
which are finiſhed on the fore part only.
comes much larger. The roots of this are fibrous There are likewiſe buſts, termes, half-length figures,
and perennial; they divide into heads, which have a figures half as big as the life, and thoſe bigger
great number of narrow Graſs-like leaves, which have than the life, that are called coloſſal, either on regu-
three corners at their baſe, ſitting cloſe round the lar pedeſtals, or ſuch as are more fender, tapering,
heads, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtems and lie over and hollowed, not to mention the figures which ſome-
each other. The ſtalks are naked, and riſe about ſix times adorn caſcades, as alſo bas-relievos, &c.
inches high, fuſtaining on their tops heads of pale Theſe figures repreſent all the ſeveral deities, and il-
purpliſh Howers, incloſed in one common ſcaly em- luſtrious perſons of antiquity, which ſhould be placed
palement, whoſe ſcales are broad and rounded at their properly in gardens.
points. The flowers appear the latter end of May, The river gods, as Naiads, Rivers, and Tritons, ſhould
and if the ſeaſon is not very hot, they will continue be placed in the middle of fountains and baſons.
good part of June.
The gods of the woods, as Sylvans, Fauns, and Dry-
There is a variety of this with bright red flowers, ades, in the groves; facrifices, bacchanals, and chil-
which is commonly called Scarlet Thrift; the flowers dren ſports, are likewiſe repreſented in bas-relievo
of this make a much better appearance than thoſe of upon the vaſes and pedeſtals, which may be adorned
the other, ſo has been much more cultivated in gar- with feftoons, foliage, mouldings, and other orna-
dens; but neither of the kinds are greatly eſteemed
at preſent, and therefore ſeldom ſeen in any modern In woods and groves, Sylvanus, god, and Ferona,
gardens.
goddeſs, of the woods; Acteon the hunter, who
The third ſort grows naturally in ſalt marſhes, where chancing to elpy Diana bathing, fhe transformed him
the fea flows over them frequently, in many parts of
into a hart, and he was devoured by his own dogs.
England, ſo is very rarely admitted into gardens. The Alſo,
leaves of this fort are very narrow, ſhort, and plain ; Echo, a virgin rejected of her lover, who pined away
the ſtalks ſeldom riſe more than three or four inches in the woods for grief, where her voice ſtill remains,
high; the heads of flowers are ſmall, and the flowers anſwering the outcries of every complaint. Alſo,
are of a pale fleſh colour, ſo make but little appear- Philomela, transformed into a nightingale, and Itys,
ance; it flowers later in the ſeaſon than either of the into a pheaſant.
former,
Jupiter, Mars, and Bellona, ſhould poſſeſs the largeſt
There was ſome years paſt another ſpecies of this ge- open centers and lawns of a grand deſign, elevated
nus in the Engliſh gardens, which came from Portu- upon pedeſtals, columnal, and other architectonical
gal. This had a thick perennial ſtalk which by age works, with their immediate ſervants and vafſals un-
became ſhrubby, and roſe to be a foot and a half in derneath; Jupiter with his Mercury, Mars with
height; the leaves were like thoſe of the firſt fort, Fame, and the reſt of their attendants.
but much larger ; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers were Alfo Minerva or Pallas, goddeſs of wiſdom: with the
a foot and a half long, naked, and terminated by ſeveral liberal ſciences; the three deſtinies, Clotho,
one large globular head of flowers, of a pale red co- Lacheſis, and Atropos ; Tellus, the goddeſs of earth;
lour ; but all the plants of this kind which were in Priapus, the god of gardens ; Pytho, the goddeſs of
England, the ſevere froſt in the beginning of the year eloquence; Veſta, the goddeſs of chaſtity.
1740 deſtroyed, fince which time I have not ſeen one Neptune, in his chariot, ſhould poffefs the center of
of them.
the greateſt body of water, whether it be fountain,
The ſecond fort has been planted in gardens, to make
bafon, or whatſoever there is of that kind, and at-
edging on the fides of borders in the flower-gardens ; tended with the Naiades, Tritons, and his other fea
for which purpoſe they were formerly in great eſteem,
attendants.
but of late they have been very juſtly rejected for that
For canals, baſons, and fiſh-ponds, Palæmon, Panif-
uſe ; becauſe there was a neceſſity of tranſplanting cus, and Oceanus, gods; Dione, Melicerta, Thetis,
theſe edgings every year, otherwiſe they could not be and Marica, ſea goddeſſes ; Salacia, goddeſs of the
kept within due bounds; befides, wherever a plant water ; Naiades, fairies of the water, and the firens,
failed, which was no extraordinary thing, there always Parthenope, Ligia, and Leucoſia.
appeared a large unſightly gap; however, tho' they Flora and Chloris, goddeſſes of flowers, and alſo Ve-
are not in uſe at preſent for that purpoſe, yet a few nus, Daphne, and Rucina, the goddeſs of weeding,
plants of the firſt and ſecond ſhould have a place in in the flower-garden.
fome part of the flower-garden, for variety; eſpecially The Dii minores ought alſo to poſſeſs the niches.
the variety with red flowers will grow in almoſt any Ceres, Pomona, and the Heſperides, Ægle, Arethufa,
foil or ſituation, and their flowers will continue a and Hefperethuſa, who were three fiſters, feigned to
long time in beauty.
have an orchard of golden Apples, kept by a dragon,
All theſe forts may be propagated by parting their which Hercules flew when he took them away,
roots; the beſt time for which is in autumn, that ſhould be placed in the orchard: the fauns and fylvans
they may take root before the froſt, which will cauſe ſhould be placed in the more remote and rural centers
them to flower much ſtronger than thoſe tranſplanted and parts of the wood work.
Bacchus
a
.

S T E
S T OE
Bacchus, the god of wine, and Silenus, in vineyards. have examined ſeveral which have been hollow, hay-
Daphne and Diana, Flora and Venus, ſhould have ing only a fhell; and when the plants come up, they
their places in the flower-garden.
are very difficult to maintain while young; for if they
Æolus, god of the winds, and the Oreades, fairies of are expoſed to too much fun, they will ſoon be de-
the mountains, ſhould be placed on high mounts, ſtroyed, nor do they thrive when expoſed to the open
terrace walks, &c.
air. The only way in which I have ſeen the young
The goddeſs Vallenta in vallies.
plants ſucceed was, when they were fown under glaſſes,
Harpocrates and Angerona, the former the god, and and the ſurface of the ground between the plants
the latter the goddeſs, of filence, and Mercury, the covered with Moſs to keep the ground moiſt, and the
god of eloquence, in private cabinets in a wilderneſs glaſſes were conſtantly ſhaded every day when the
or grove.
fun was bright. With this management the plants
Ariftæus, the patron of bees, near an apiary.
ſeemed in good health, but made little progreſs in
Morpheus and Pan, gods of ſheep, Pales, the god-
their growth.
deſs of ſhepherds, and Bubona, the goddeſs of oxen, STOCK GILIFLOWER. See CHEIRANTHUS.
in ſmall paddocks of ſheep in open lawns. But un- ST CEBE. Lin. Gen. Plant. 839.
leſs theſe ſtatues are good, or copies from thoſe which
The CHARACTERS are,
are ſo, there had better be none in gardens, for perſons The flower is compoſed of many hermaphrodite florets,
of good taſte cannot bear to ſee ordinary ones.
which are included in one common empalement, whoſe
STELLATE plants are ſuch as have their leaves ſcales are awel-shaped and permanent; between each ſcale
placed at certain knots or intervals of the ſtalks in is ſituated one floret, whoſe empalement is compoſed of
form of a ftar: of this tribe are Madder, Gooſe- five narrow acute leaves which are equal and ere£t.
graſs, Ladies Bedſtraw, &c.
The florets are funnel-shaped, of one petal, cut into five
STERILITY ſignifies barrenneſs.
points at the brim, Spread open ; tbey have five ſhort
STEWARTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 758.
hair-like stamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits with
The CHARACTERS are,
five indentures, and an oblong germen, ſupporting a ſen-
The flower has a dermanent empalement of one leaf, cut der ſtyle, crowned by a bifid acute ſigma. The germen ofter-
into five oval concave ſegments; it has five large oval ward becomes a ſingle ſeed, crowned with a long feathery
petals which ſpread open, and a great number of ſender down, ſitting in the common empalement.
ſtamina which are joined in a cylinder at bottom, which This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
are forter than the petals, to which they are connected at Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
their baſe, and are terminated by roundiſh proſtrate ſum- plants whoſe flowers have many partial empalements
mits, with a roundiſh hairy germen, Supporting five Styles
included in the common one.
the length of the ſtamina, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
.
germen afterward turns to a five-cornered, capſule with STOEBE (Æthiopica.) Hort. CHff. 360. Stebe. Helichry-
five cells, opening with five valves whoſe cells are cloſed, foides juniperi creberrimis aduncis foliis, floribus in
each containing one oval compreſſed feed.
ramulorum cymis Vaill. Act. Par. 1719. Baſtard Eli-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of chryſum with crooked Juniper leaves, and flowers growing
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants at the tops of the branches.
whoſe flowers have many ftamina connected together This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good
in a column.
Hope, it is a perennial plant, with a ligneous ſtalk
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. which riſes two or three feet high, ſending out fien-
STEWARTIA (Malacodendron.) Act. Upſal. 1741. Lin. der branches from the ſides, which are garniſhed with
Sp. Plant. 698. Stewartia. Malacodendron. Mitch. fhort linear leaves that are for the moſt part hooked ;
The title of this genus was given it in honour of the they are of a grayiſh colour, and placed irregularly
Right Honourable the Earl of Bute, whoſe great round the branches; the flowers are produced in fin-
knowledge of the ſcience of botany is well known gle heads at the end of the branches; they are of a
to all who have have the honour of his lordſhip's ac- pale yellow colour, and are compoſed of ſeveral her-
quaintance.
maphrodite florets, each having a ſeparate cup, in-
This ſhrub grows naturally in Virginia, where it cluded in one common empalement, whoſe ſcales lie
riſes with ſtrong ligneous ſtalks to the height of ten over each other like thoſe of filh. The florets are
or twelve feet, ſending out branches on every fide, ſingle, and peep out between the ſcales of the em-
covered with a brown bark, garniſhed with oval palement. This plant flowers in Auguſt, but feldom
ſpear-ſhaped leaves like thoſe of the Cherry-tree, produces good feeds in England.
about two inches and a half long, and one inch and a It is propagated by cuttings or flips, which ſhould
half broad; they are ſawed on their edges, and are be planted in July upon a bed of ſoft loam, and co-
pretty much veined, ſtanding alternately. The flowers vered cloſe down either with a bell or hand-glaſs,
are produced from the wings of the ſtalk; their em- ſhading them every day from the fun till they have
palements are of one leaf, cut into five obtuſe ſegments taken root; then they muſt be gradually inured to the
almoſt to the bottom. The flower is of one petal (ac- open air, and afterward taken up, and planted in
cording to Ray and Tournefort,) which is cut into pots, placing them in the ſhade till they have taken
five parts almoſt to the bottom, but their baſe are new root; then they may be placed in a ſheltered fitu-
connected together, and fall off united; the ſegments ation with other tender exotic plants, and in autumn
are narrow at their baſe, but ſpread open, are broad they muſt be removed into ſhelter, for they are too
and obtuſe at their points, and hollowed like a ſpoon tender to live through the winter in the open air in
in the middle; they are white, but one of the feg- England.
ments in each flower is ſtained with an herbacous yel- STÆCHAS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 201. tab. 95. La-
low colour. In the center of the flower ariſe five vendula. Lin. Gen. Plant. 630 [fo called from cer-
ſtyles, which are ſurrounded by a circle of purple tain ifles in the Mediterranean Sea, belonging to the
ſtamina, terminated by roundiſh blue ſummits. The French, where this plant was firſt found. In the
ſtamina are inſerted to the baſe of the petals, ſo form ſhops it is called Stoechas Arabica, not becauſe it
at their baſe one body, being there connected toge- grows there, but becauſe the Arabian phyſicians
ther. It flowers the latter end of May. The fruit
of highly commend this herb.] Caffidony, French La-
this is a conical, dry, ligneous capſule, having five vender, or Stickadore.
ſharp angles and five cells, which open at the
open at the top with
The CHARACTERS are,
five valves, each cell containing one oblong ſmooth The flower has an oval permanent empalement of one
feed.
leaf, whoſe brim has ſome obſcure indentures; it is of
This ſhrub is at preſent very rare in the Engliſh gar- the lip kind with one petal, having a cylindrical tube
dens. The ſeeds are ſeldom brought to England, longer than the empalement, whoſe brim ſpreads open.
and thoſe frequently fail, either by their not having The upper lip is large, bifid, and open ; the under lip is
been properly impregnated, or duly ripened, for I cut into three roundiſh almoſt equal ſegments. It has four
ſtamina
و
.
12 U

S TOE
S TO
3
ſtamina within the tube, which are turned aſide, two of until they have taken root, after which they will re-
which are ſhorter than the other, terminated by ſmall quire no further care but to keep them clear from
fummits, and a quadrifid germen ſupporting a fiender weeds the following ſummer ; but, if the winter
Style the length of the tube, crowned by an obtuſe indented ſhould prove fevere, it will be proper to cover them
ſtigma. The germen afterward turn to four almoſt oval with mats, Peas-haulm, or ſome other light covering, to
ſeeds which ripen in the empalement, to which the follow- guard them againſt the froſt, which otherwiſe would
ing notes muſt be added: the flowers are ranged in ſeveral be apt to injure them while they are ſo young; but in
ſeries, and the ſpikes are terminated by tufts of leaves. March, or the beginning of April, the following
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of ſpring, they muſt be removed into the places where
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, joining it to Lavendula, they are to remain, obſerving if poſſible, to tranſ-
which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers have two plant them in a warm moiſt ſeaſon, and not let them
long and two ſhorter ſtamina, and the ſeeds are naked. remain long above ground, for if their roots are dried
The SPECIES are,
they feldom
grow
well after. The ſoil in which theſe
1. STOECHAS (Oficinarum) foliis lanceolato-linearibus, are planted ſhould be a dry warm ſand or gravel, and
pedunculis brevioribus. Stochas with ſpear-shaped li- the poorer the ſoil is in which they are planted, the
near leaves, and shorter foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Stee- better they will endure the cold of the winter, pro-
chas purpurea. C. B. P. 216. Purple Stechas, or com- vided the ground be dry; though indeed the plants
mon French Lavender.
will thrive better in ſummer upon a rich moiſt ground,
2. STOECHAS (Pedunculatus) foliis lanceolato-linearibus, but then they will not produce ſo many flowers, nor
pedunculis longiſſimis. Stachas with ſpear-ſhaped linear will the heads or ſpikes have near ſo ſtrong an aroma-
leaves, and the longeſt foot-fialks to the flowers. Stæchas tic ſcent, as is the caſe with moſt ſorts of aromatic
cauliculis non folioſis. C. B. P. 216. Stæchas with- plants.
out foot-ſtalks and leaves.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by planting
3. STOECHAS (Dentatus) foliis pinnato-dentatis. Stachas flips or cuttings of any of the kinds in the ſpring, ob-
with winged indenied leaves. Stechas folio ſerrato. ſerving to refreſh them with water until they have
C. B. P. 216. Stæchas with a lawed leaf.
taken root, after which they may be managed as hath
The firſt ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France been directed for the feedling plants; but, as thoſe
and Spain, from whence the tops or heads of Alowers plants raiſed from feeds are much better than there,
are imported to England for medicinal uſe: this has it is hardly worth while to propagate them this way,
a low, thick, ſhrubby ſtalk, which riſes about two feet eſpecially ſince their feeds ripen fo well in this country.
high, ſending out ligneous branches the whole length, The heads of the firit forts may be gathered for uſe,
which are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped linear leaves when the flowers are in full perfection, and ſpread to
about an inch long, which are hoary and pointed, of dry in a fhady place, after which they may be put up
a ſtrong aromatic ſcent, and ſtand oppoſite on the for uſe.
branches at each joint, with ſmaller leaves of the The third fort grows naturally in Andaluſia in Spain,
fame ſhape coming out at the ſame places. The and alſo about Murcia; this has a ligneous ftalk
branches are terminated with ſcaly ſpikes of purple which riſes two or three feet high, furniſhed with
flowers about an inch in length; the ſpikes are four- branches on every fide the whole length, which are
cornered; the ſcales lie over each other like thoſe of four-cornered, and garniſhed with leaves placed op-
fiſh; out of each ſcale peeps one lip flower, whoſe poſite by pairs, which are about an inch long, and
tube is the length of the ſcale, ſo the two lips only an eighth of an inch broad, indented regularly on both
appear; the under is ſpread open, and the upper fides almoſt to the midrib, in form of winged
ſtands erect. The ſpike of flowers is terminated by a leaves; they are of a grayiſh colour, have a pleaſant
ſmall tuft of purple leaves likethe Clary of Matthiolus ; aromatic odour, and biting warm taſte. The flowers
the flowers appear in May and June, which are ſuc- are produced in ſcaly ſpikes at the end of the branches,
ceeded by oval feeds which ripen in Auguſt. The whole ſtanding upon long naked foot-ſtalks; the ſpikes are
plant has a very ſtrong, aromatic, agreeable odour. four-cornered, hairy, and about an inch long, ter-
The heads of flowers of this kind are uſed in ſome minated by a few purpliſh leaves in the like manner
of the capital medicines directed by the College of as the other forts, which inclined me to keep it joined
Phyſicians, which are commonly brought from the to them. It flowers great part of ſummer, but the
fouth of France, where the plants are in great plenty ; feeds very rarely ripen in England.
but, as theſe are ſeldom imported, and very little care As this plant feldom produces feeds in England, it
taken in the drying and packing them, they are very is propagated by ſlips or cuttings, which, if planted
apt to take a mouldineſs in their paſſage, and are not in April, and treated in the ſame way as thoſe of the
near ſo good for uſe as thoſe which are gathered freſh two other ſorts, will take root very freely; but theſe
in England, where the plants may be cultivated to plants, when rooted, muſt be planted in pots, that
great advantage.
they may be ſheltered from ſevere froſt in winter, be-
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain. The dif- cauſe they are too tender to live in the open air
ference between this and the firſt conſiſts in the foot- through the winter in England, eſpecially while they
ſtalks, which ſuſtain the ſpikes of flowers, being are young; but when they have obtained ftrength,
three times the length of thoſe of the firſt, and naked, ſome of them may be turned out of the pots, and
having no leaves. The ſpikes of flowers are longer planted in a warm ſituation, upon a dry rubbiſhy foil,
and not ſo thick, and they have more coloured leaves where they will be ſtinted from growing too vigorouſly,
on their tops, which are longer, and of a brighter ſo will endure the cold much better than if they were
purple colour. Theſe differences are not accidental, growing in better ground.
for I have many years propagated this plant by feeds, STONĚCROP. See Sedum.
and have always found them the fame. The Powers, STONECROP-TREE. See CHENOPODIUM.
ſeeds, and other parts are the ſame. Of both STOVES are contrivances for the preſerving ſuch
theſe there are ſome plants which vary in the colour tender exotic plants, which will not live in theſe nor-
of their flowers, fome producing white, and others thern countries without artificial warmth in winter.
purpliſh flowers, but the moft common colour is blue. Theſe are built in different methods, according to
Theſe plants may be cultivated by ſowing their ſeeds the ingenuity of the artiſt, or the different purpoſes
upon a bed of light dry ſoil in March, and when for which they are intended, but in England they are
they come up, they ſhould be carefully cleared from at preſent reducible to two or three.
weeds until they are two inches high, at which time The firſt is called a dry Stove, being ſo contrived,
they ſhould be removed; therefore there muſt be a that the flues, through which the ſmoke paſſes, are
ſpot of light dry ground prepared, and laid level, either carried under the pavement of the floor, or elſe
which muſt be trodden out in beds, into which the are erected in the back part of the houſe, over each
plants ſhould be planted at about five or fix inches other, and are returned fix or eight times the whole
diſtance each way, obſerving to water and ſhade them length of the Stove, according to the height. In
theſe
3


PIJ
Plan
Slam of the lange San Moves
F
F
Panni
anyாயடியா
I
F
F
F
F
R
DE
營造​一些​。
F
F
A. A.So Tan Buls.
B. The Walks round
C. The Flues againsbethe backWall
D. The Shed behind the Slove
D
E.E. The Iwo Jireplaces.
F. The section of the four Slues.
G. She upright Section of the Stove
H. Sheupright View of the Glaſses
An Iron Bar for supporting of the Roof
E
E
с
с
B
B
A
A
B
B
Hu Feet
8 G
50
40
30
20
10

STO
S TO
а
thefe Stoves the plants are placed on ſhelves of boards
laid on a ſcaffold, riſing above each other like the
ſeats in a theatre, for the greater advantage of their
ftanding in ſight, and enjoying an equal ſhare of
light and air. In theſe Stoves are commonly placed
the tender forts of Aloes, Cereuſes, Euphorbiums,
Tithymals, and other ſucculent plants, which are im-
patient of moiſture in winter, and therefore require
for the moſt part to be kept in a ſeparate Stove, and
not placed among trees or herbaceous plants, which
perſpire freely, and thereby often cauſe a damp air in
the houſe, which is imbibed by the ſucculent plants
to their no ſmall prejudice. Theſe Stoves may be re-
gulated by a thermometer ſo as not to over-heat them,
nor let the plants fuffer by cold ; in order to which,
all ſuch plants as require nearly the ſame degree of
heat, ſhould be placed by themſelves in a ſeparate
houſe, for if in the ſame Stove there are plants placed
of many different countries, which require as many
different heats, by making the houſe warm enough
for ſome plants, others, by having too much heat,
are drawn and ſpoiled.
The other ſort of Stoves are commonly called bark
Stoves, to diſtinguiſh them from the dry Stoves
already mentioned. Theſe have a large pit, nearly the
length of the houſe, three feet deep, and fix or ſeven
feet wide, according to the breadth of the houſe,
which pit is filled with freſh tanners bark to make a
hot-bed, and in this bed the pots of the moſt tender
exotic trees and herbaceous plants are plunged.
The heat of this bed being moderate, the roots of
the plants are always kept in action, and the moiſture
detained by the bark, keeps the fibres of their roots
in a ductile ſtate, which in the dry Stove, where they
are placed on ſhelves, are ſubject to dry too faſt, to
the great injury of the plants. In theſe Stoves, if
they are rightly contrived, may be preſerved the moſt
tender exotic trees and plants, which, before the
uſe of the bark was introduced, were thought impoffi-
ble to be kept in England; but, as there is ſome ſkill
required in the ſtructure of both theſe Stoves, I ſhall
not only deſcribe them as intelligibly as poſſible, but
alſo annex plans of both Stoves hereto, by which it
is hoped every curious perſon will be capable of di-
recting his workmen in their ſtructure.
The dimenſion of theſe Stoves ſhould be propor-
tioned to the number of plants intended to be pre-
ſerved, or the particular fancy of the owner, but
their length ſhould not exceed forty feet for one fire-
place; but where there are two fires it will be proper
to make a partition of glaſs in the middle, and to
have two tan-pits, that there may be two different
degrees of heat for plants from different countries
(for the reaſons before given in the account of dry
Stoves ;) and were I to erect a range of Stoves, they
ſhould be all built in one, and only divided with glaſs
partitions, at leaſt the half way toward the front,
which will be of great advantage to the plants, be-
cauſe they may have the air in each diviſion ſhifted
by ſliding the glaſſes of the partitions, or by opening
the glaſs door which ſhould be made between each di-
viſion, for the more eaſy paſſage from one to the other.
Theſe Stoves ſhould be raiſed above the level of
the ground, in proportion to the dryneſs of the place,
for if they are built on a moiſt ſituation, the whole
ſhould be placed upon the top of the ground, ſo that
,
the brick-work in front muſt be raiſed three feet
above the ſurface, which is the depth of the bark-bed,
whereby none of the bark will be in danger of lying
in water ; but if the ſoil be dry, the brick-work in front
need not be more than one foot above ground, and
the pit may be funk two feet below the ſurface. Upon
the top of this brick-work in front muſt be laid the
plate of timber, into which the wood-work of the frame
is to be mortiſed; this ſhould be of found Oak felled
in winter, without fap, the dimenſion one foot wide,
and fix inches deep, and the upright timbers in front
muſt be placed four feet aſunder, or ſomewhat more,
which is the proportion of the width of the glaſs doors
or falhes; theſe ſhould be about fix feet and a half,
or ſeven feet long, and placed upright; their dimen"
fion ſhould be nine inches by fix, of yellow Fir; but
from the top of theſe ſhould be floping glaſſes, which
1hould reach within three feet of the back of the
ſtove, where there ſhould be a ſtrong crown-piece
of timber placed, in which there ſhould be a groove
made for the glaſies to Ride into; the dimenſion of
the ſloping timbers ſhould be ten inches by nine of
yellow Fir, and the crown-plate one foot by nine or
ten inches of the faine timber. The wall in the back
part of the Stove ſhould be at leaſt thirteen inches
thick, but eighteen or twenty-two inches, which is
two bricks and a half, will be better, for the greater
thickneſs there is in the back wall, the more heat
will be thrown to the front, whereby the air of the
Stove will be better warmed, and the building will be
ſo much ſtronger; for to this back wall the fues,
through which the ſmoke is to paſs, muſt be joined.
This back wall ſhould be carried up about fixteen or
twenty feet high, or more for tall Stoves, that they
may be of a proper height to ſupport the timbers of
the back roof, which covers the ſhed behind the Stove.
Tne roof is faſtened into the crown-piece before-men-
tioned, which in tall Stoves ſhould be about thirty
feet above the ſurface of the tan-bed, which will give
a fufficient declivity to the floping glaſſes to carry off
the wet, and be of a reaſonable height for containing
many tall plants. The back roof may be flated, co-
vered with lead, or tiled, according to the fancy of
the owner ; but the manner of the outſide building
is better expreſſed by the annexed plan, than is poſſi-
ble to be deſcribed in words.
In the front of the houſe, before the tan-bed, there
ſhould be a walk, about two feet wide, for the conve-
niency of walking, next to which the bark-pit muſt
be placed, which ſhould be in width proportionable
to the breadth of the houſe. If the houſe is fourteen
feet wide, which is a due proportion, the pit may
be eight feet wide, and behind the pit ſhould be a
walk two feet wide, to paſs, in order to water the
plants, &c. then there will be two feet left next the
back wall to erect the flues, which muſt be all raiſed
above the level of the bark-bed. Theſe flues ought
to be one foot wide in the clear, that they may not be
too ſoon ſtopped with the foot, as alſo for the more
conveniently cleaning them; the lower fue, into
which the ſmoke firſt enters from the fire, ſhould be
two feet deep in the clear; this ſhould be covered
with broad tiles, which ſhould be a foot and a half
{quare, or one foot by a foot and a half long, that
they may be wide enough to extend over the
wall in front of the fiues, and to take fufficient hold
of the back wall; over this the ſecond flue muſt
be returned back again, which may be twenty inches
deep, and covered on the top as before ; and fo in
like manner the flues may be returned over each
other fix or eight times, that the heat may be ſpent
before the ſmoke paſſes off. The thickneſs of the
wall in front of theſe flues need not be more than
four inches, or three will do very well if they are
carefully carried up, but it muſt be well jointed with
mortar, and pargitered within fide to prevent the
ſmoke from getting into the houſe: the outſide ſhould
be faced with mortar, and covered with a coarſe cloth,
to keep the mortar from cracking, as is practiſed in
ſetting up coppers. If this be carefully done, there
will be no danger of the ſmoke entering the houſe,
which cannot be too carefully guarded againft, for
there is nothing more injurious to plants than ſmoke,
which will cauſe them to drop their leaves, and, if it
continue long in the houſe, will entirely deſtroy them.
The fire-place muſt be made at one end, where there
is but one ; but, if the Stove is ſo long as to require
two, they ſhould be placed at each end of the ſhed,
which muſt be made the length of the Stove, that the
fires and the back of the fiues may not ſuffer from
the outer air ; for it will be impoſſible to make the
fires burn equally, where the wind has full ingreſs to
it, and it will be troubleſome to attend the fire in wet
weather, where it is expoſed to the rain.
The
a

S TO
S TO
و
a
а
The contrivance of the furnace muſt be according to
the fuel which is deſigned to burn, but as turf is the
beſt firing for Stoves, where it can be had cheap, ma-
ny prefer it, becauſe it laſts longer than any other
fort of fuel, and ſo requires leſs attendance, I ſhall
deſcribe a proper ſort of furnace for that purpoſe.
The whole of this furnace ſhould be erected within
the houſe, which will be a great addition to the heat,
and the front-wall on the outſide of the fire-place,
next the ſhed, ſhould be three bricks thick, the better
to prevent the heat from coming out that way. The
door of the furnace, at which the fuel is put in, muſt
be as ſmall as conveniently may be to admit of the
fuel, and this door ſhould be placed near the up-
per part of the furnace, and made to ſhut as cloſe as
poſſible, ſo that there may be but little of the heat
paſs off through it. This furnace ſhould be about
twenty inches deep, and fixteen inches ſquare at bot-
tom, but may be Tloped off on every fide, ſo as to be
fo
two feet ſquare at the top, and under this furnace
ſhould be a place for the aſhes to fall into, which
ſhould be about a foot deep, and as wide at the bot-
tom of the furnace; this ſhould alſo have an iron door
to ſhut as cloſe as poſſible, but juſt over the aſh hole,
above the bars which ſupport the fuel, ſhould be a
ſquare hole about four or fix inches wide to let in air
to make the fire burn: this muſt alſo have an iron
frame, and a door to ſhut cloſe when the fire is per-
fectly lighted, which will make the fuel laſt longer,
and the heat will be more moderate.
The top of this furnace ſhould be nearly equal to
the top of the bark-bed, that the loweſt Aue may be
above the fire, ſo that there may be a greater draught
for the ſmoke, and the furnace ſhould be arched over
with bricks. The beſt materials for this purpoſe are
what the bricklayers call Windſor bricks, which ſhould
be laid in loam of the ſame kind as the bricks are made
with, which, when burnt by the fire, will cement the
whole together, and become like one brick ; but you
ſhould be very careful, wherever the fire is placed,
that it be not too near the bark-bed, for the heat of the
fire will, by its long continuance, dry the bark, ſo
that it will loſe its virtue, and be in danger of taking
fire; to prevent which, it will be the beſt method to
continue a hollow, between the brick-work of the
fire and that of the pit, about four or five inches wide,
which will effectually prevent any damage ariſing
from the heat of the fire ; nor ſhould there be any
wood-work placed near the flues, or the fire-place,
becauſe the continual heat of the Stove may in time
dry it ſo much as to cauſe it to take fire, which
ſhould be very carefully guarded againſt.
The entrance into this Stove ſhould be either from a
green-houſe, the dry Stove, or elſe through the ſhed
where the fire is made, becauſe in cold weather the
front-glaſſes mnft not be opened. The inſide of the
houſe ſhould be clean and white-waſhed, becaufe the
whiter the back part of the houſe is, the better it will
reflect the light, which is of great conſequence to
plants, eſpecially in winter, when the Stove is obliged
to be ſhut up cloſe.
Over the top ſliding-glaſſes there ſhould be either
wooden ſhutters, or tarpaulins fixed in frames to co-
ver them in bad weather, to prevent the wet from
getting through the glaſſes, and to ſecure them from
being broken by ſtorms of hail, and theſe outer co-
verings will be very ſerviceable to keep out the froſt;
and if in very ſevere cold there is a tarpaulin hung be-
fore the upright glaſſes in the front, it will be of great
ſervice to the Stove, for then much leſs fire will pre-
ferve a heat in the houſe.
In the warmeſt of theſe houſes or diviſions ſhould be
placed the moſt tender exotic trees and plants, a liſt of
which followeth:
Bully-tree,
Logwood,
Button-wood of Barba- Macaw-tree,
does,
Mamee-tree,
Cabbage-tree,
Manchineel-tree,
Cocoa-tree,
Mimoſa, or Senſitive
Calabaſh-tree,
Plants,
Caffada,
Nickar-tree, or Bonduc,
Cherry-tree of Barbadoes, Palm-trees, offeveralforts,
Cocoa-nut-tree,
Papaw-tree,
Cortex Winteranus,
Plantain-tree,
Cuſtard-apple,
Plum-tree of Jamaica,
Date-tree,
Hog-plum,
Dumb Cane,
Sapotilla-tree,
Fiddle-wood,
Santa Maria,
Fig-tree, the arched In- Sour Sop,
dian,
Sugar-Apple,
Flower-fence of Barba- Sweet Sop,
does,
Tamarind-tree,
Fuſtic-tree,
Tulip-flower, or White-
Ginger,
wood.
Guaiacum,
Theſe with moſt other forts of trees, ſhrubs, and her-
baceous plants, which are natives of very warm
countries, ſhould be plunged in the bark-bed for the
reaſons already affigned, and over the flues may be a
conveniency made to ſet the Melon Thiſtle, the ten-
der forts of Cereuſes, and Euphorbiurns, with other
very tender ſucculent plants, which require to be kept
dry in winter.
As in this Stove are placed the plants of the hotteſt
parts of the Eaſt and Weſt-Indies, the heat ſhould be
kept up equal to that marked Anana upon the botani-
cal thermometers, and ſhould never be ſuffered to be
above eight or ten degrees cooler at moſt ; nor ſhould
the ſpirit be raiſed above ten degrees higher in the
thermometer during the winter ſeaſon, both which
extremes will be equally injurious to the plants.
But in order to judge more exactly of the temper of
the air in the Stove, the thermometer ſhould be hung
at a good diſtance from the fire; nor ihould the tube
be expoſed to the fun, but, on the contrary, as much
in ſhade as poffible; becauſe, whenever the ſun ſhines
upon the ball of the thermometer but one ſingle
hour, it will raiſe the liquor in the tube conſiderably,
when perhaps the air of the houſe is not near fo
warm, which many times deceives thoſe who are not
aware of this.
In the management of the plants placed in the bark-
bed, there muſt be a particular regard had to the tem-
per of the bark, and the air of the houſe, that neither
be too violent; as alſo to water them frequently, but
fparingly in cold weather, becauſe when they are in
continual warmth, which will cauſe them to perſpire
freely, if they have not a proper ſupply to anſwer
their diſcharge, their leaves will decay, and foon fall
off. As to the farther directions concerning the cul-
ture of the particular plants, the reader is deſired to
turn to their ſeveral articles, where they are diſtinctly
treated of.
The other ſort of Stove, which is commonly called
the dry Stove, as was before ſaid, may be either built
with upright and Noping glaſſes at the top, in the fame
manner, and after the ſame model of the bark
Stove, which is the moſt convenient; or elſe the
front glaſſes, which ſhould run from the floor of
the cieling, may be laid ſoping, to an angle of
45 degrees, the better to admit the rays of the
fun in ſpring and autumn, when the ſun declines.
The latter method has been chieily followed by moſt
perſons who have built theſe forts of Stoves, but where
Ī have had the contrivance of Stoves of this kind, I
have always built them after the model of the bark
Stove, with upright glaſſes in front, and ſloping glaſies
over them, becauſe this will more eaſily admit the ſun
at all the different ſeaſons; for in fummer, when the
ſun is high, the top glaſſes will admit the rays to ſhine
almoſt all over the houſe, and in winter, when the
fun is low, the front glaſſes will admit its rays;
whereas, when the glaſſes are laid to any declivity in
one direction, the rays of the ſun will not fall directly
Acajou, or Caſhew,
Ahouai,
Allegator Pear,
Allſpice, or Pimento,
Arrow-root,
thereon
Bananas,
Baſtard Cedar of Barba-
does,
Baſtard Locuft of Barba-
does,

PLII.
Tan Stove for the younge Anana Plants.
F
F
F
F
F
H
Ε
F
F
F
A.A. The two Jan Beds.
B. The Walk behind the Beds.
c. The Flues.
D. The shed behind
D
E. TheFireplaces
F. The four Flues
1 An Iron Bar for suje porting of the Hoof
G. Shé upright? Section of the Stove ..
E
E
144
с
c
B
B
ALLA
A
Hu 'Feet
610
50
40
30
20
10
5
8.G.


S TO
STO
a
a
а
thereon above a fortnight in autumn, and about the
ſame time in ſpring, and during the other parts of
the year they will fall obliquely thereon; and in ſum-
mer, when the ſun is high, the rays will not reach
above five or fix feet from the glaſſes, for the proof
of this ſee the article Sun. Beſides, the plants placed
toward the back part of the houſe, will not thrive in
the ſummer ſeaſon for want of air ; whereas when
there are ſoping glaſſes at the top, which run within
four feet of the back of the houſe, theſe, by being
drawn down in hot weather, will let in perpendicular
air to all the plants ; and of how much ſervice this is
to all ſorts of plants, every one who has had oppor-
tunity of obſerving the growth of plants in a Stove,
will eaſily judge ; for when plants are placed under
cover of a cieling, they always turn themſelves toward
the air and light, and thereby grow crooked; and if
in order to preſerve them ftrait, they are turned every
week, they will nevertheleſs grow weak, and look
pale and fickly; for which reaſons, I am ſure, who-
ever has made trial of both forts of Stoves, will rea-
dily join with me to recommend the model of the
bark Stove for every purpoſe.
As to the farther contrivance of this Stove, it will be
neceſſary to obſerve the temper of the place, whether
the ſituation be dry or wet; if it be dry, then the
floor need not be raiſed above two feet above the le-
vel of the ground; but if it be wet, it will be proper
to raiſe it three feet, eſpecially if theſe fues are to
be carried under the floor; for when they are erected
cloſe upon the ſurface of the ground, theſe will raiſe
a damp, which will prevent the flues drawing ſo well
as when they are more elevated. The furnace of this
Stove muſt be placed at one end of the houſe, ac-
cording to the directions before given. This muſt be
made according to the fuel intended to burn, which,
if for coals or wood, may be made according to the
common method for coppers, but only much larger ;
becauſe, as the fire is to be continued in the night
chiefly, if there is not room to contain a proper quan-
tity of fuel, it will occaſion a great deal of trouble
in attending upon the fire in the night, which ſhould
be avoided as much as poſſible; becauſe, whenever the
trouble is made very great or difficult, and the per-
fon who is intruſted with the care of it, has not a
very great affection for the thing, and is withal not
very careful, there will be great hazard of the fire
being neglected, which in a little time may be of
dangerous conſequence to the plants ; but, if the
fuel intended be turf, then the contrivance of the
furnace may be the ſame as for the bark Stove already
mentioned.' The flues of this Stove, if they are car-
ried under the pavement, may be turned after the fol-
lowing manner,
the ſmoke is to paſs off, may be either at both ends,
or in the middle, carried up in the thickneſs of the
brick work of the Aues, ſo as not to appear in fight
in the houſe. The Aues ſhould be firſt covered with
broad tiles fixteen inches long, and then a bed of
fand laid over them about two inches thick, upon
which the other tiles ſhould be laid to correſpond with
the reſt of the floor. This thickneſs of cover will be
full enough to prevent the too ſudden riſe of the heat
from the flues.
But if the furnace is placed under the floor, the thick-
nefs of fand between the brick arch which covers it
and the floor, ſhould not be leſs than four or fix inches,
ſo that the bottom of the furnace ſhould be funk the
lower; and if from the fire place to the end of the
houſe, the fues are laid a little riſing, it will cauſe
them to draw the better ; but this rife muſt be allow-
ed in the placing them lower under the floor next the
fire, becauſe the floor muſt be laid perfectly level,
otherwiſe it will appear unſightly.
In this Stove there ſhould be a ſtand or
ſcaffold erected for placing ſhelves above
each other, in the manner annexed, that
the plants may be diſpoſed above each
other, ſo as to make a handſome appearance in the
houſe; but theſe ſhelves ſhould be made moveable,
ſo as to be raiſed or funk, according to the various
heights of the plants, otherwiſe it will be very trou-
bleſome to raiſe or ſink every particular plant accord-
ing to their heights, or every year as they advance in
their growth.
In placing the feet of this ſtand you muſt be careful
not to ſet them too near the fire, nor directly upon
the
top of the flue, eſpecially that end next the fire,
left by the conſtant heat of the tiles the wood ſhould
take fire, which cannot be too much guarded againſt;
ſince ſuch an accident would go near to deſtroy all the
plants, if the houſe eſcaped being burnt. This ſtand
or ſcaffold ſhould be placed in the middle of the houſe,
leaving a paſſage about two feet and a half in the
front, and another of the ſame width in the back, for
the more conveniently paſſing round the plants to wa-
ter them, and that the air may freely circulate about
them. In diſpoſing the plants, the talleſt ſhould be
placed backward, and the ſmalleſt in front, ſo that
there will not be occaſion for more than five or fix
ſhelves in height at moft; but the ſcaffold ſhould
be ſo contrived, that there may be two ſhelves in
breadth laid upon every riſe whenever there may be
occaſion for it, which will ſave a deal of trouble in
diſpoſing of the plants.
In the erection of theſe Stoves, it will be of great ſer-
vice to join them all together with only glaſs partitions
between them, as was before obſerved : and where
ſeveral of theſe Stoves and green-houſes are required
in one garden, then it will be very proper to have the
green-houſe in the middle, and the Stoves at each end,
either in the manner directed in the plan of the green-
houſe exhibited in that article, or carried on in one
ftrait front.
By this contrivance in the ſtructure of theſe houſes, a
perſon may paſs from one to the other of them,
without going into the open air; which, beſides the
pleaſure to the owner, is alſo of great uſe, becauſe
there will be no occaſion of making a back-way into
each of them, which otherwiſe muſt be, ſince the
front glaſſes of the Stove ſhould not be opened in cold
weather, if it can poſſibly be avoided on any account,
otherwiſe the cold air ruſhing in, will greatly prejudice
the very tender plants.
But beſides the Stoves here deſcribed, and the green-
houſe, it will be very neceſſary to have a glaſs-caſe or
two, wherever there are great collection of plants.
Theſe may be built exactly in the manner already de-
fcribed for the Stoves, with upright glaffes in front,
and floping glaſſes over the top of them, which
ſhould run within four feet of the back of the houſe.
The height, depth, and other dimenſions, ſhould be
conformable to that of the Stoves, which will make a
regularity in the building. Theſe may be placed at
the
a
which will cauſe them to draw better than if ſtrait, and
by this method of diſpoſing them, they may be ſo much
turned as to reach almoſt from the back to the front
of the houſe.
The depth of them ſhould not be leſs than eighteen
inches, and the width nearly equal, which will pre-
vent their being choaked up with foot, as is often the
caſe when the flues are made too ſmall. The ſpaces
between the flues ſhould be filled up either with dry
brick rubbiſh, lime, or fand, from which there will
little moiſture ariſe; and the flues ſhould be cloſely
plaiſtered with loam both within and without, and the
upper part of them covered with a coarſe cloth under
the floor, to prevent the ſmoke from getting into the
houſe.
When the flue is carried from the furnace to the end
of the houſe, it may be returned in the back above
the floor twice in ſtrait lines, which may be contrived
to appear like a ſtep or two, by which means the
ſmoke will be continued in the houſe until all its heat
is ſpent, which will conſequently warm the air of the
houſe the better ; and the chimneys, through which
12 X

S TO
STO
а
a
а
a
the end of the range on each hand beyond the Stoves ;
and if there be a flue carried along round each of
theſe, with an oven to make a fire in very cold wea-
ther, it will ſave a great deal of labour, and prevent
the froſt from ever entering the houſe, be the winter
ever ſo ſevere; but the upper glaſſes of theſe houſes
ſhould have either ſhutters of wood, or tarpaulins in
frames to cover them in froſty weather, and if there
is a contrivance to cover the upright glaſſes in froſt,
either with mats, ſhutters, or tarpaulins, it will be of
great
uſe in winter, otherwiſe the fiue muſt be uſed when
the froit comes on, which ſhould only be done upon
extraordinary occaſions; becauſe the deſign of theſe
houſes is, to keep ſuch plants as require only to be
preſerved from froſt, and need no additional warmth;
but at the ſame time, require more air than can con-
veniently be given them in a green-houſe. In one of
theſe houſes may be placed all the forts of Ficoides,
African Sedums, Cotyledons, and other fucculent
plants from the Cape of Good Hope. In the other
may be placed the ſeveral kinds of Arctotis, Oſteo-
ſpermum, Royena, Lotus, and other woody or her-
baceous plants from the ſame country, or any other
in the ſame latitude.
Thus by contriving the green-houſe in the middle,
and one Stove and a glaſs-cafe at each end, there
will be a conveniency to keep plants from all the dif-
ferent parts of the world, which can be no otherwiſe
maintained but by placing them in different degrees
of heat, according to the places of their native growth.
The Stoves before deſcribed are ſuch as are uſually
built to maintain exotic plant, which will not live in
England, unleſs they enjoy a temperature of air, ap-
proaching to that of the ſeveral countries from whence
they are brought; therefore, whoever is inclinable to
preſerve a large collection of plants from different
countries, muſt contrive to have two or three of theſe
Stoves, each of which ſhould be kept in a different
temperature of warmth ; and the plants ſhould be al-
ſo adapted to the ſeveral degrees of heat, as they ſhall
require to preſerve them; but for the better informa-
tion of thoſe perſons who are not converſant in this
buſineſs, there is a liſt of plants added by way of ap-
pendix to this ; in which the plants are ranged accord-
ing to the different degrees of heat which they re-
quire to be preſerved in this country, to which the
reader is deſired to turn for his further information :
and as the far greateſt number of Stoves which have
been erected in England, are deſigned for the culture
of the Ananas only, fo I ſhall add a deſcription and
plans of two ſorts of Stoves, of the leaſt expence in
building for this purpoſe ; ſo that whoever is inclina-
ble to erect a Stove for ripening of the Ananas, may,
by attending to the plans and deſcriptions, direct the
building and contriving ſuch Stoves as they are deſirous
to have, or according to the number of fruit propoſed
to be ripened annually.
The firſt fort of Stove is that which is deſigned for
the plants, which produce the fruit the ſame year ;
for as the plants do not generally fruit until the ſecond
year from their being taken from the old plants,
whether they are ſuckers from the ſide of the plants
or crowns taken from the fruit, if they fruit the fuc-
ceeding year, the fruit will be ſmall; therefore when
they are properly managed, they will not produce
their fruit until the ſecond year, by which time
they will have obtained ſtrength to produce large
fruit, in which their greateſt value conſiſts; for al-
though there are ſeveral varieties of this fruit, which
differ in degrees of goodneſs, as in moſt other fruits,
yet they may all of them be improved in their ſize,
without diminiſhing of their excellence in taſte ; tho'
I know there are ſome perſons of a contrary opinion,
and who believe that the ſmall fruit are always better
flavoured than the large; but from long experience I
can affert, that the larger and better nouriſhed this
fruit is, the higher will be its flavour, ſuppoſing the
ſorts are the ſame; therefore every perſon who culti-
vates this fruit, ſhould endeavour to have it improv-
ed to the greateſt perfection; in order to which it will
be proper to have a ſmall Stove, in which the young
plants may be placed to bring them forward for fruit-
ing, and the following autumn they ſhould be remov--
ed into the larger Stove for ripening : but I ſhall re-
turn to the deſcription of the larger Stove: The
length of this muſt be proportionable to the quantity
of fruit deſired in one ſeaſon, for as to their width,
that ſhould not be much varied; the tan-bed ſhould
never be narrower than fix, nor ſhould it be more than
feven feet wide ; for when it is more, there will be
difficuly in reaching thoſe plants which are in the mid-
dle of the bed, to water or clean them; and if there
is room enough on each ſide of the bed for a walk a
foot and a half broad, it will be ſufficient for perſons
to water and do every thing which is neceſſary to the
plants; and as theſe places are not deſigned for walk-
ing in, ſo it is to no purpofe to have broad walks,
which will take up too much ſpace; and the fires
muſt be larger, in proportion to the ſpace of the houſe,
otherwiſe the air cannot be kept in a proper tempera-
ture of warmth. If the Stove is made thirty-fix feet
long in the clear, then the tan-bed may be thirty-three
feet long, and a walk left at each end a foot and a
half wide, which will be ſufficient to walk round the
bed to water and attend the plants; and ſuch a tans
bed will contain eighty fruiting plants very well if the
bed is ſeven feet wide, and this ſtove
may
be
very
well warmed with one fire ; but if the Stove is built
niuch larger, there muſt be two fire-places contrived;
one at each end, otherwiſe the air of the houſe cannot
be kept in a proper temperature of heat. The quan-
tity of fuel which will be wanting for a Stove of thir-
ty-ſix feet long in the clear, is about three chaldron
and a half of coals, or in ſuch proportion for any
other ſort of fuel; when coals can be had reaſonable,
it is the beſt kind of fuel ; and the pit or Scotch coal
is preferable to the Newcaſtle coal, becauſe the latter
is very ſubject to melt or run into clinkers when the
oven is very hot, which the pit coal never does, but
always burns away with a white afh, making but little
foot; ſo that the flues will not require to be ſo often
cleaned, as when the other coal is uſed. The next
beſt fuel for Stoves is peat, where it can be procured
good, but the ſcent of this fuel is diſagreeable to ma-
ny people. There are ſome perſons who burn wood
in their Stoves, but this fuel requires much greater
attendance than any other, therefore is not very
proper for this purpoſe; but in the building of the
Stoves, the ovens muſt be contrived for the fort of fuel
which is to be uſed in them; but there will be after-
ward deſcribed, and the places where they ſhould be
fituated, are delineated in the plan.
The Stoves deſigned for ripening the fruit of the
Ananas ſhould have upright glaſſes in their front,
which ſhould be high enough to admit a perſon to
walk upright under them on the walk in the front
of the houſe ; or where this cannot be admitted, the
front walk may be funk one foot lower than that on
the back of the tan-bed, ſo that the ſurface of the
bed will be a foot above the walk, which will be rather
an advantage, as the plants will be ſo much nearer
the glaſs ; and a perſon may with great eaſe water and
attend the plants when they are thus raiſed above the
walk; therefore, when a Stove is fo ſituated, as that
the raiſing of it high above ground might be attend-
ed with inconvenience, the walks quite round the tan-
bed may be funk a foot or eighteen inches below the
top of the bed, which will admit of the Stove being
built fo much lower; for if there is height for a perſon
to walk under the glaſſes, it will be as much as is re-
quired; but as the fues, when returned four times
againſt the back wall will riſe near ſeven feet, ſo the
bottom of the lower flue ſhould be on the ſame level
with the walk, to admit room enough for the whole
under the roof. Over the upright glaſſes there muſt
.
be a range of Noping glaſſes, which muſt run to join
the roof, which ſhould come ſo far from the back
wall as to cover the flues, and the walk behind the
tan-pit; for if the ſloping glaſſes are of length ſuffi-
cient to reach nearly over the bed, the plants will re-
a
a
a
3
و
quire


.
Two Sorts y Frames with oyled Paper for Covering Melons.
Melo
d
2.
H
e
Fig.1
.
e
-l
Fig.4
Fig.4.
V
с
b
6
Fig. 3
.
N
e
Fig.5.

S TO
S Τ Ο
3
3
a
2. The
quire no more light; therefore theſe glaſſes fhould
not be longer than is abſolutely neceſſary, which will
render them more manageable, but the annexed plan
will render this more intelligible, than any written de-
ſcription can do.
The other ſort of Stove, which is deſigned for raiſing
of young plants until they are of a proper fize to
produce fruit, need not be built fo high as the former,
therefore there will not be wanting any upright glaſſes
in the front; but the frames may be made in one
flope, as in the annexed plan : indeed of late years,
many perſons have made tan-beds with two flues run-
ning through the back wall to warm the air in win-
ter; and theſe beds have been covered with glaſſes,
made in the ſame manner as thoſe for common hot-
beds, but larger; theſe were contrived to ſave expence,
and have in many places anſwered the intention, but
to theſe there are ſeveral objections. I. That of hav-
ing no paſſage into them, ſo that the glaſſes muſt be
taken off when the plants want water, &c.
damps very often riſe in the winter ſeaſon, when the
glaffes are cloſely ſhut, which often prove very in-
jurious to the plants. 3. There is danger of the tan
taking fire, where there is not great care taken that
it doth not lie near the flues; fo that although the
ſmall Stoves here propoſed require more expence in
their building, yet, being greatly preferable to thoſe
pits, and the after expence being the ſame, they will
be found ſo much more convenient as to render them
more general where this fruit is cultivated.
Where there is no danger of the wet ſettling about the
tan in winter, the bark-pit may be funk two feet deep
in the ground, and raiſed one foot above the ſurface;
the only walk which is neceſſary in theſe Stoves, is that
on the back of the tan-bed, which may be on the level
with the furface of the ground, ſo that the tan-bed
will be more than one foot above the walk; and the
fues beginning from the level of the walk, there will
be room to return them three times, which will warm
the air much more with the ſame fire than when they
are carried but twice the length of the Stove.
But in wet land the tan-bed ſhould be wholly raiſed
above the level of the ground, in order to preſerve the
tan from being chilled by moiſture, and in ſuch
places the walk on the back ſhould be raiſed near two
feet above the level of the ground, becauſe the tan-
bed ſhould not riſe much more than one foot above
the walk; for if it is higher, it will be more difficult
to reach the plants when they require water; the brick
wall of the pit, on the fide next the walk, need not be
more than four inches thick, fo far as riſes above the
walk, but below that it ſhould be nine inches thick;
the reaſon for reducing the wall above, is to gain
room for the walk, which would otherwiſe be too much
contracted; and if there is a kirb of Oak laid on the
top of the four inch wall, it will ſecure the bricks
from being diſplaced, and ſufficiently ſtrengthen the
wall, which being but one foot above the walk,
will not be in any danger of falling; and on this kirb
there may be two or three upright iron bars fixed with
claws, to ſupport the crown-piece of timber, which
will ſecure it from hanging in the middle, which in
a great length is very often the caſe, where there
are no ſupports placed under it: there may be more
or leſs of theſe bars, according to the length of the
Stove; but if they are about ten feet aſunder, it
will be near enough. If theſe iron bars are one inch
ſquare, they will be ſtrong enough to anſwer the
deſign.
But as it is hoped that the annexed plan of this ſmall
Stove will convey a clear idea of the whole contri-
vance, this will render it unneceſſary to add any far-
ther deſcription here.
a
which are faſtened broad hoops which are bent over
circularly, as is repreſented at fig. 1. The width of
this frame ſhould be from five to fix feet, for lefs than
five feet will not be ſufficient to cover the bed, and if
they are more than fix feet broad, they will be too
heavy and troubleſome to move. a fhews the ſection
of the width, b the frame of wood at the baſe, c the
arch of hoops, and d a ſmall flip of wood which is
faſtened to the under fide of the hoops to keep them
in their proper poſition.
The diſtance between each hoop ſhould not be more
than one foot, and there ſhould be two rows of
itrong packthread or rope-yarn on each fide of the
arch running from hoop to hoop at the places marked
e. e. e. e. to keep the oiled paper from ſinking down
with wet. The length of each frame ſhould not be
much more than ten feet, which will be fufficient
length for covering three plants; that being about the
ſize of a three light frame, for if they are longer they
will be heavy and troubleſome to move; therefore
there ſhould be as many of theſe frames made, as may
be neceſſary for covering the quantity of plants de-
fired. Fig. 2. repreſents two lengths of theſe frames
joined ; G. fhews the profile of the frame, and H. re-
preſents the paper turned back, that it may
be ſeen
how it is laid over the frame.
Fig. 3. repreſents the other fort of frame which is
contrived like the roof of a houſe, a fhews a ſection
of the baſe ; b b the two flopes, c one of the fides
which is contrived to be raiſed at any time to admit
air to the plants ; d fhews the place where this ſhuts
down, and e the prop which ſupports it. If in the mak-
ing of theſe frames every other light is made with
hinges fo as to be raiſed, and on the oppoſite ſide they
are contrived to riſe alternately, it will be a very good
method, for then air may be given at the fide contrary
to the wind; and in very warm weather, when the
plants require a large ſhare of air, they may all be
raiſed on both ſides, which will make a thorough air
to the whole bed. Fig. 4. fhews the plan of theſe
frames, and fig. 5. the ſame erected; g repreſents
the profile of it, and f the covering of paper. This
.
ſort of frame may be made of pantile laths, or of flips
of deal of like dimenſions, becauſe they ſhould not
be too heavy; but the baſe of the frame to which
theſe are faſtened, ſhould be more ſubſtantial. Some
perſons who have made trial of both, recommend the
Îafter for the convenience of giving air to the plants,
for there is no other contrivance in the firſt fort for
admitting the air, but by raiſing the whole frame on
one fide in proportion to the quantity of air intended
to be admitted ; and when the ſeaſon is warm they
generally raiſe thoſe frames on both ſides, and per-
mit the plants to run out from under them.
When theſe frames are made, if they are well painted
over with the following compofition, it will greatly
preſerve them, viz. to every fix pounds of melted
pitch, add half a pint of Lintſeed oil, and a pound of
brick-duft; theſe ſhould be well mixed together, and
uſed warm ; when this dries it becomes a hard ce-
ment, ſo that no moiſture can penetrate through its
and is the beſt fort of pigment for all timber expoſed
to the weather, I have ever ſeen uſed; ſo that where
the colour is not offenſive to the fight, it ſhould be
preferred to every other.
When the frames are thoroughly dry, the paper
ſhould be paſted on to the frames. The beſt fort of
paper for this purpoſe is what they call Dutch wrap-
per ; this is ſtrong, and when oiled over becomes pel-
lucid, ſo admits the rays of light through it extremely
well. After the paſte is well dried, the paper ſhould
be oiled over on the outſide, which if well done with
Lintfeed-oil will be ſufficient, for the oil will fook.
quite through the paper, ſo there will be no neceſity
for oiling both ſides, nor for doing it over more than
The oil ſhould be dry before the frames are
expoſed to the wet, otherwiſe the paper will tear. In
the paſting of the paper on the frames, there ſhould
be care taken to ſtretch it very ſmooth, and alſo to
paſte it to all the ribs of the frames, and alſo to the
An Explanation of the Plate which repreſents the two
forts of frames with oiled paper for covering of
Melons.
pack-
once.
The firſt of theſe frames is contrived like the covers
of waggons; it has a frame of wood at the baſe, to
;

S T Y
S T Y
2
a
nent.
packthreads, to prevent the wind from raiſing the pa- male organ by which the farina is received and con-
per, which would ſoon tear it when it became looſe. veyed to the germen.
The above deſcription, together with the annexed STYRAX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 598. tab. 369. Lin.
plan, it is hoped will be ſufficient inſtructions for any Gen. Plant. 527. Storax-tree.
one who is deſirous of making theſe cevers; and what
The CHARACTERS are,
has been before mentioned under the article MELON, The flower has a short cylindrical empalement of one leof,
will be directions enough for the uſe of them; ſo that indented in five parts; it has one funnel-ſhaped petal,
I ſhall only add one caution which may be neceſſary with a ſhort cylindrical tube the length of the empalement,
to repeat here, which is, not to keep theſe covers too whoſe brim is cut into five large obtufe ſegments which
cloſe down over the plants, left it draw them too Spread open ; it has ten or twelve awl-ſhaped ſtamina dif-
weak, ſo that air ſhould always be admitted to the poſed circularly, wkich are inſerted in the petals, and ter-
plants at all times in proportion to the warmth of the minated by oblong fummits, and a roundiſh germen, fip-
ſeaſon.
porting a ſingle ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned
Theſe covers of oiled paper are not only uſeful for by a ragged ſtigma, The germen afterward turns to a
covering of Melons, but are the beſt things to cover roundiſh fruit with one cell including two nuts, which
cuttings of exotic plants, when planted, that can be are plain on one ſide and convex on the other.
contrived, and are alſo capable of being uſed for ma- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
ny other purpoſes.
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which contains the plants
The paper will ſeldom laſt longer than one ſeaſon, ſo whoſe flowers have twelve ſtamina and one ſtyle.
it will require a new covering every ſpring; but if
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
the frames are well made, and when they are out of STYRAX (Officinale.) Hort. Cliff. 187. The Storax-tree.
uſe, laid up in ſhelter from the wet, they will laſt Styrax folio mali cotonei. C. B. P. 452. The Quince-
ſeveral years, eſpecially if there is a band of ſtraw leaved Storax-tree.
laid round the Melons, upon which the frames may This plant grows plentifully in the neighbourhood
ſtand; ſo they will not reft upon the ground, and the of Rome, and alſo in Paleſtine, and ſeveral of the
ſtraw-bands will prevent the damp from riſing ſo iſlands in the Archipelago, from whence the fruit has
as to rot them. Theſe ſtraw-bands are ſuch as are been brought to England, where there have been
recommended for the hot-beds of Aſparagus in winter. many plants raiſed of late years in ſome curious
STRAMONIUM. See DATURA.
gardens.
STRATIOTES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 607. Aloides. It has a woody ſtalk which riſes twelve or fourteen
Boerh. Ind. alt. Plant. 2. p. 172. Water Soldier. feet high, covered with a ſmooth grayiſh bark, and
The CHARACTERS are,
fends out many ſlender ligneous branches on every
It has one flower inclosed in a compreſſed obtuſe peath, fide, which are garniſhed with oval leaves about two
compoſed of two leaves which are keel-ſhaped and perma- inches long, and one inch and a half broad, of a
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, tri- bright green on their upper fide, but hoary on their
fid, and erect. It has three almoſt heart-ſhaped petals, under ; they are entire, and are placed alternately on
which are twice the ſize of the empalement, erect and ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out from the
Spreading, and about twenty ſtamina inſerted in the re- ſide of the branches, upon foot-ſtalks which ſuſtain
ceptacle of the flower, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The five or fix flowers in a bunch ; theſe have one very
germen is ſituated under the empalement, ſupporting six white petal which is funnel-ſhaped, the lower part
Styles divided in two parts, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The being tubulous and cylindrical; the upper part is di-
germen afterward becomes an oval capſule, narrowed on vided into five obtufe ſegments which ſpread open,
,
every ſide, having ſex angles, and as many cells filled with but not flat, rather inclining to an angle. Theſe appear
oblong incurved ſeeds.
in June, and are ſometimes ſucceeded by berries in
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection England, which ripen in autumn,
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
propagated by fowing the feeds in pots
plants whoſe flowers have many ftamina and fix ſtyles. filled with freſh light earth, and plunged into a mode-
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. rate hot-bed. This ſhould be done as ſoon as poſſi-
STRATIOTES ( Aloides.) Lin. Flor. Lap. 222. Water Sol- ble when the ſeeds are procured, for if they are
dier, Water Aloe, or Freſh Water Soldier. Aloe pa- fown the latter end of ſummer, and the pots kept in
luftris. C. B. P. 280. Marſh Aloe.
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark all the winter, the
This plant is in ſhape like the Aloe, but the leaves plants will come up the ſucceeding ſpring; whereas
are thinner, and ſerrated on the edges very ſharply; thoſe ſown in the ſpring, often remain in the ground a
they are of a grayiſh colour, and about a foot long ; whole year before the plants come up.
between the leaves, from the center of the plant, When the plants are come up, they ſhould be harden-
ariſe one, two, and ſometimes three ſtalks, almoſt the ed gradually to the open air, into which they ſhould
length of the leaves, each being terminated by a be removed in June, placing them in a ſheltered ſitu-
three-forked ſheath, out of which burſts one white ation, obſerving to keep them clean from weeds, as
flower compoſed of three roundiſh heart-ſhaped petals, alſo to ſupply them with water duly in dry weather.
with many yellow ſtamina in the middle. Below the In this place they may remain till autumn, when they
flower is ſituated a conical germen which is reverſed, ſhould be placed under a common hot-bed frame,
the broad end ſtanding upward and the narrow down- where they may be ſcreened from hard froſt in win-
ward. This becomes a ſix-angled capſule, having fix ter, but in mild weather enjoy the free air as much
cells filled with ſeeds. It flowers in July, and the as poſſible, for if they are kept too cloſe their tops
feeds ripen in September. It grows plentifully in are very ſubject to grow mouldy. The leaves of theſe
ſtanding waters in the Ine of Ely, and many places in plants fall off in autumn, and in the ſpring, before
the North of England, from whence young plants may they begin to ſhoot, they ſhould be ſhaken out of the
be procured in ſpring, when they firſt riſe on the ſur- pots, and their roots carefully parted, and each tranf-
face of the water; and theſe being placed in large planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
ponds or canals, will ſtrike down their roots, and freſh earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot-
propagate without any farther care. In autumn the bed, obſerving to water and ſhade them until they
plants fink down to the bottom of the water, and riſe have taken root; after which they ſhould be inured
again in the ſpring:
to the open by degrees, into which they muſt be
STRAWBERRY. See FRAGARIA.
removed in June, placing them in a warm ſituation ;
STRAWBERRY-TREE. See ARBUTUS.
in which place they may remain till the end of Octo-
STYLE. The Style of a flower is a body accompa- ber, at which time they ſhould be removed into ſhel-
nying the germen, either ariſing from the top of it, ter for the winter ſeaſon. Theſe plants are tolerably
or ſtanding as an axis in the middle of the germen, hardy, and only require to be ſheltered from ſevere
and ſupports the ftigma, which is ſuppoſed the fe- froſt while they are young; for in Italy they grow
xtremely
It may
be
a
3

SUN
SUN
its center.
years
extremely well in the open air, and produce fruit in
great plenty. When the plants have grown three or
four years in pots, and are become ſtrong, fome of
them
may be turned out of the pots, and planted in
the full ground, againſt a wall to the ſouth aſpect, to
which their branches ſhould be trained in the ſame
manner as is practiſed with fruit-trees, in which fitu-
ation they will bear the cold of our ordinary winters
very well, but in very ſevere froſt, it will be proper
to cover the branches either with mats, Straw, or other
light covering to protect them.
The gum of this tree is uſed in medicine, which is
obtained by making inciſions in the tree. It is brought
from Turkey, but is ſo adulterated by mixing ſaw-
duft or other ſtuff with it, that it is very difficult to
meet with any that is pure. It has a moſt pleaſant
fragrant odour; it is called Styrax calamita, becauſe
it was tranſported in hollow canes.
There is another fort of Storax, which is called Styrax
liquida, which is a thick tenacious ſubſtance like tur-
pentine, of a reddiſh brown colour. It has been much
diſputed among the writers on the Materia Medica,
what this is, ſome believing it to be the gum or reſin
of a tree, and others thought it to be a fictitious
thing; but Mr. Petiver ſays, in the Philoſophical
Tranſactions, N° 313, it is a kind of bird-lime made
of the bark of a tree, by boiling it in ſalt water. The
tree grows on the iſland of Cobroſs, at the upper end
of the Red Sea, near Cadeſh, which is within three
days journey of Sues. It is called Roſa mallas, and
by the Turks Cotta mija.
Of late years there has been another ſpecies of Storax
imported from North America, which is collected
from the liquid Amber-tree; this has been titled liquid
Storax by fome, but is very different from that which
is brought from Turkey, and is clear, inclining to
yellow; it is brought ſometimes liquid, and at others
it is dried in the fun to a concrete reſin before it is
tranſported.
SUBER. See QUERCUS.
SUBTERRANEOUS is that which is under or
within the ſurface, bowels, or caverns of the earth,
or the hollow places of the earth, that are under
ground.
SUCCORY. See CICHORIUM.
SUCCULENT PLANTS are ſuch whoſe leaves
are thick, and abound with juice.
SULPHUREOUS is of a brimſtone colour.
SUMACH. See Rhus.
SUMMITS, or apices, are thoſe bodies which con-
tain the prolific powder, analagous to the male ſperm
in animals; theſe generally hang upon the ſtamina or
threads, which ſurround the ovary in flowers.
The SUN has uſually been reckoned among the num-
ber of planets, but he ought rather to be numbered
among the fixed ſtars.
According to the Copernican hypothefis, which is
now generally received, and which has even demon-
ſtration on its ſide, the ſun is the center of the plane-
tary and cometary ſyſtem, round which all the planets
and comets, and our earth among the reſt, revolve in
different periods, according to their different diſtances
from the Sun.
But the Sun, though thus eaſed of that prodigious mo-
tion whereby the antients imagined him to revolve
daily round our earth, yet he is not a perfectly quief-
cent body.
From the phænomena of his maculæ or ſpots, it evi-
dently appears, that he has a rotation round his axis,
like that of the earth, whereby the natural day is mea-
fured, only flower.
Some of theſe ſpots have made their firſt appearance
near the edge or margin of the Sun, and have been
ſeen ſome time after on the oppoſite edge; whence,
after a ſtay of about fourteen days, they have re-ap-
peared in their firſt place, and taken the ſame courſe
over again, finiſhing their entire circuit in twenty-fe-
ven days time, which is hence deduced to be the pe-
riod of the Sun's rotation round his axis.
This motion of the ſpots is from weſt to eart, whence
it is concluded, that of the Sun, to which the other
is owing, is from eaſt to weit.
Dr. Hook thinks it reaſonable to conclude, That the
fuperficies of the Sun is covered with air, or atmo-
ſphere, or ſome other fluid body, and that its atmo-
1phere, though poſibly eighty times thicker than that
about our earth; yet, in compariſon of the vaſt dia-
meter of the Sun's body, becomes wholly inviſible to
us, though aſſiſted by the beſt teleſcopes.
He ſuppoſes it alſo to look as bright as the body of the
Sun itſelf, and that it is really the ſhell of this atmo-
ſphere, and not the very body of the Sun that ſhines ;
and from hence he ſays, That all the phenomena of
the maculæ and fæculæ of the Sun will be ſolved,
and that they are only clouds or ſmokes in this at-
moſphere.
He concludes, That the Sun itſelf within this atmo-
ſphere is a ſolid and opacous body, from theſe reaſons:
1. The conſtancy of its rotation.
2. The fixedneſs of its axis.
3.
The power of its gravitation or attraction towards
He concludes, That theſe prove its folidity and opa-
city from the diſappearing of the ſolar ſpots in the
limb, and their not returning backwards, as they would
ſeem to do, if the body were tranſparent, as the at-
moſphere is, or the flame of a candle, or the radia-
tion of hazy light about the nucleus of a comet,
through which, as well as through its beard, the
ſmall fixed ſtars may be feen.
He thinks the ſuperficial parts of the Sun to conſiſt of
bodies ſimilar to our nitre and ſulphur, and that theſe
are ſet on fire, and conſequently, that the phyſical
cauſe of its light is the actual burning or fire of its ſu-
perficial falts.
Nor can there be any objection of moment brought
againſt this hypotheſis, from the danger of the Sun's
fire being burnt quite out in ſo many
thouſand
it hath been in being, for (fays he) fuppoſing it to
have grown ſome minutes leſs, ſince it began to give
light, none can contradict it by any obſervations we
have
upon
record.
For, ſuppoſing we had aſtronomical obſervations of
4000 years ſtanding, as we have none of above 2000
of that kind, and allowing that the Sun's diameter had
then been obſerved to be as many minutes as it is now,
yet it could not thence be concluded, that the Sun did
not loſe a mile in diameter every year, and conſe-
quently be now 4000 miles leſs in diameter than it
then was.
For fince his diameter is near 87 times greater than
that of the earth, which latter he ſuppoſés 8000 miles,
then the Sun's muſt be 696,000 miles. Now 4000
is but the 174th part of the diameter, and conſe-
quently would have diminiſhed it but one eighth of
a minute, which is a much leſs quantity than the an-
tients pretended to obſerve to.
But ſuppoſing they could have obſerved even to fe-
conds, yet that could not have contradicted it, becauſe
it is poſſible the Sun may have approached as much
nearer us as that diminution amounts to, and for which,
he ſaith, he could ſhew a reaſon.
Sir Iſaac Newton alſo, in his optics, gives good rea-
ſon to ſuppoſe the Sun and fixed ſtars to be great
earths, vehemently hot, whoſe heat is conſerved by
the greatneſs of their bodies, and the mutual action
and re-action between them and the light which they
emit; and whoſe parts are kept from fuming away,
not only by their fixity, but alſo by the vaſt weight
and denſity of the atmoſpheres incumbent on them, and
every way ſtrongly compreſſing them, and condenſing
the vapours and exhalations which ariſe from them.
The light ſeems to be emitted from the Sun and fixed
ſtars (which probably are Suns to other fyſtems,) much
after the manner as iron, when heated to ſuch a
degree, as to be juſt going into fuſion by the vibrating
motion of its parts, emits with force and violence co-
pious ſtreams of liquid fire all around. Great bodies
muſt preſerve their heat longeſt, and that, perhaps,
in the proportion of their diameters.
Sir
a
a
12 Y

S UN
SU N
ز
Sir Iſaac Newton hath made it probable, that the great
comet in the year 1680, in its perihelion, went ſo near
the Sun, as that it acquired a heat, which would not
entirely go off in 50,000 years ; whence we may gueſs,
that if the Sun and fixed' ſtars be only collections of
denſe and ſolid matter, like the planets, but heated
to a very intenſe degree, they may be many millions
of years without loſing any conſiderable part of their
heat.
According to Calini, the Sun's diſtance from the earth
is 172,800,000 Engliſh miles.
As for the annual motion of the Sun round the earth,
it is eaſily ſhewn by aſtronomers, that the annual mo-
tion of the earth will occaſion ſuch an appearance.
A ſpectator in the Sun would ſee the earth move from
weft to eaſt, for the ſame reaſon that we fee the Sun
move from eaſt to weſt, and all the phænomena re-
ſulting from this annual motion, in which ſoever of
the bodies it be, will appear the ſame from either.
As to the nature, properties, and figure of the Sun,
&c.
1. As the ſolar ſpots are found ſometimes to ſtay three
days longer behind the Sun than they ſpend in palling
over the hemiſphere viſible to us, we eaſily deduce
that they do not adhere to the ſurface of the Sun, but
are at fome diſtance therefrom.
2. As the ſpots frequently riſe and vaniſh even in the
midſt of the Sun's diſk, and undergo ſeveral changes,
both with regard to bulk, figure, and denſity, it fol-
lows, that they frequently riſe, de novo, about the Sun,
and are again diffipated.
3. Hence it ſhould follow, that they are formed out
of the exhalations of the Sun, and are no other than
ſolar clouds.
4. Since then exhalations proceeding from the Sun
riſe above him, and ſtop at a certain altitude, it is
evident there is ſome fluid encompaſſing the Sun to
urge the exhalations to riſe, and this fluid muſt be
denſer at bottom, and rarer at top, like our atmo-
fphere.
5. Since the ſpots frequently diffolve and diſappear
in the middle of the Sun's diſk, the matter of the ſpots,
that is, the folar exhalations, fall back again to the
Sun; whence it follows, that there muſt ariſe vari-
ous alterations in the Sun's atmoſphere, and the Sun
himſelf.
6. Since the revolution of the ſpots round the Sun is
found very regular, and likewiſe very near the Sun, it
follows, that they do not revolve round the Sun, but
that the Sun, together with his atmoſphere, wherein
the maculæ are, move round their common axis in
an interval of about twenty-ſeven days; and hence it
is, that the ſpots near the limb, being viewed ob-
liquely, appear narrow and long.
7. Since the Sun, in every ſituation, appears like a
circular diſk, its figure, as to fenfe, muſt be ſphe-
rical, though it is really ſpheroidical.
8. That the ſubſtance of the Sun is fire, is thus
proved : the Sun ſhines, and his rays, collected by
concave mirrors, or convex lenſes, burn, conſume,
and melt the moſt folid bodies, or elſe convert them
into aſhes or glaſs.
Wherefore, as the ſolar rays are diminiſhed by their
divergency in a duplicate ratio of the diſtances reci-
procally taken, it is evident that their force and ef-
fect is the fame when collected by a burning lens or
mirror, as if we were at ſuch a diſtance from the Sun
where they were equally denſe. The Sun's rays there-
fore, in the neighbourhood of the Sun, produce the
ſame effects as might be expected from the moſt
vehement fire; conſequently, the Sun is of a fiery
ſubſtance.
Hence it follows, that its ſurface is every where fluid,
that being the condition of fame.
Indeed it is not abſolutely determined, whether the
whole body of the Sun be fluid, as ſome think, or
folid, as others; but as there are no other marks,
whereby to diſtinguiſh fire from other bodies, but light,
heat, a power of burning, conſuming, melting, cal-
cining, and vitrifying, we do not ſee what ſhould hin-
der, but that the Sun may be a globe of fire like
ours, inveſted with fame.
9. Since the maculæ are formed out of the ſolar ex-
halations, it appears, that the Sun is not pure fire,
but that there are heterogeneous particles mixed along
with it.
Some make the mean diſtance of the Sun from the
earth 7490 diameters of the earth, others 10,000,
others 12,000.
The Sun, according to that excellent chemiſt, the
younger Lemery, ſeems to be no other than a huge
maſs, or collection of the matter of fire or light,
though fo placed as to diſable it to act on bodies here
on earth, otherwiſe than by one of theſe two ways:
firſt, by emanations or emiſſions of his own ſubſtance
tranſmitted hither ; but this hypotheſis being ſubject
to great difficulties, and not fufficiently anſwering to
certain phænomena, recourſe is had to another, which
ſuppoſes trains of fire or light, diſpoſed in all the in-
terſtices of the grand expanſe of air and æther be-
tween the Sun and us; and that theſe trains are made
to act on terreſtrial bodies, by their being vigorouſly
driven or impelled toward ſuch bodies, by the imme.
diate action of the Sun thereon.
Theſe trains, in effect, may be eſteemed as a ſort of
little Suns prolonged, but always depending on the
great Sun, as the ſource of their motion and action
on bodies; it is thoſe that form the rays of light;
they do not, in point of matter, differ from the ſub-
ſtance of the Sun himſelf, but only in this, that the
ſame thing is more copious in one caſe than the other.
In the Sun we may ſuppoſe the matter of light more
abundant than in the focus of our largeſt burning-
glaſſes. Thus from the vehement action of the rays
of the Sun collected in ſuch glaſs, we learn what uſe
the air, interpoſed between the rays of light, is
of in tempering their action, and rendering it more
ſupportable, ſince, without ſuch medium, inſtead of
warming and illuminating, it would blind and burn us.
So that the air may be conſidered as having ſomewhat
of the fame effect, with reſpect to the rays of light
upon us, that the water in a balnæum mariæ has.
Mem. de l'Acad. ann. 1713.
Omitting to enter into a particular diſcuſſion about
the matter of the Sun, and whether it be fire, to us
it appears very extraordinary, that the Sun, after a
continual emiſion of the corpuſcles of fire upwards of
5000 years, ſhould not be yet exhauſted.
Whilſt the Sun is above the horizon, he impels all the
rays, before vague and fluctuating, toward a focus,
and ſuch impulſion or determination is always in right
lines; fo that all our light, heat, and colour, is the
effect of a rectilinear motion.
Suppoſe, for inſtance, a fire in a dark place, and
a thermometer placed at a certain diſtance therefrom,
with an iron plate between them ; in this caſe, the
thermometer will not be affected by fire, by reaſon
that the rectilinear paſſage of the heat is ſtopped.
Nor need it be added, that under the like circumſtances
no light, colour, &c. are perceivable, ſo that none
of theſe act but in right lines.
If there were no Sun, nor any body to ſupply its place,
there would be no heat, i. e. the fire would not be
determined in right lines, ſo that the Sun is the fa-
ther of all heat, or ſome other body that acts in the
ſame manner as the Sun, for the Sun does not make
heat, but only the difference between the heat of the
day and the night.
Dr. Halley obferves, That the Sun, radiating on the
earth in the morning, has but little effect, but that,
when raiſed to the meridian, he acts with all his force.
Now this is owing to the atmoſphere, which, being
replete with an infinite number of corpuſcles, reflects
more of the Sun's rays to the earth, when they fall
perpendicularly, than would otherwiſe arrive there ;
for whereas falling obliquely, they would be reflected,
and thus be thrown off, and diſperſed into other parts,
now that their incidence is perpendicular, they will
paſs directly through.
3
a
a
And

SU N
SUN
But the higheſt tops of hills are always free from
ſnow; the reaſon whereof is, that water, i. e. the va
pours and exhalations, emitted therefrom, never riſe
by the Sun's action above a mile high. But there are
mountains a mile and a half high; to the tops of theſe
therefore, vapours, and conſequently clouds, can ne
a
و
ver mount.
fo
And hence ariſes what is frequently obſerved by fai-
lors, viz. That when the Sun radiates obliquely upon
the ſea, as in the evening, there is no enduring his
rays, by reaſon they are all reflected from the water,
and ſcarce any loſt therein; fo that the rectitude or
obliquity of the rays contributes very conſiderably to
the collecting of fire.
And this obliquity, &c. is to be conſidered in a two-
fold reſpect, both with reſpect to the matter in the at-
moſphere, and to the ſurface of the earth.
Now heat may be varied two ways:
1. By means of the atmoſphere, for this does not
always remain the fame. Thus, e. g. Water is natu-
rally tranſparent, and if you warm it, it ſtill retains
its tranſparency; but if you make it boil, the vapour
iſſuing from it, though perhaps a million of times
rarer than the primitive water, will not be tranſparent,
but opaque, by reaſon its parts now are under a dif-
ferent arrangement.
And hence thoſe legions of corpuſcles every where
floating in the vaſt receptacle of the atmoſphere,
whenever they acquire a different diſpoſition, which
they frequently do, alter the collection of the rays on
the earth. Add, that thoſe white clouds, which ap-
pear in ſummer time, are as it were ſo many mirrors,
and occaſion exceſſive heat.
Theſe cloudy mirrors are ſometimes round, ſome-
times concave, polygonous, &c. When the face of
&
the heaven is covered with ſuch white clouds, the Sun
ſhining among them muft of neceſſity create a great
heat, ſince many of his rays, which would otherwiſe
perhaps never touch our earth, are hereby reflected
to us. Thus, if the Sun be on one ſide, and the
clouds on the oppoſite one, they will be perfect burn-
ing-glaffes. And hence the phænomena of thunder,
&c.
I have, ſays Dr. Boerhaave, obſerved, a kind of hol-
low clouds full of hail and ſnow, during the continu-
ance of which the heat was extreme, ſince, by ſuch
condenſation, they were enabled to reflect much more
ſtrongly ; after this came a ſharp cold, and then the
clouds diſcharged their hail in great quantity, to
which ſucceeded a moderate warmth. Frozen, con-
cave clouds therefore, by their great reflexions, pro-
duce a vigorous heat, and the ſame, when reſolved,
exceſſive cold.
Hence it is probable, that thunder is only produced
when ſuch concave clouds, before convolved into
{pherical figures, are driven with oppoſite motions
againſt each other, and the rays tranſmitted through
thoſe ſpheres from burning foci.
All clouds, it is probable, contain ſnow andice, but
theſe in their fall through the warmer regions of the
atmoſphere near the earth, liquefy and diſtil in drops.
The meteors in the atmoſphere have likewiſe their
Thare in reflecting of fire. Theſe, in effect, are a
fort of wandering fire viſible by night, and which de-
termine the fire over and upon the earth.
2. It is varied by means of the earth; for, as the ſur-
face of the earth varies, ſo muft the heat. Thus
fandy places, reflecting more rays than others, muſt
excite a greater degree of heat.
On the higheſt mountains we always find the moſt
cold, ſnow, and hail.
In the ſultry regions of Peru the mountains are all
ſummer long covered with ſnow, by reaſon they only
receive direct, and but little refracted fire ; and the
effect of fire, ariſing merely from being determined
by the Sun into a paralleliſm, is found by computation
to be very inconſiderable. For this effect, as already
obſerved, is greater in winter than in ſummer.
Though the Sun be in his apogee in the ſummer,
and in his perigee in winter, yet will a night's ice
bear it ſhining upon it five or fix hours ere it be
thawed.
And if, as the Sun riſes nearer toward the zenith, the
ice and ſnow at length begin to run, this is not owing
to the greater force of the Sun, but to the greater re-
flexion and collection of his rays from the circum-
ſtances and poſition of the atmoſphere and earth.
a
And hence it is, that in very high mountains, as the
Pico de Theide in Bohemia, though the middle part
be eternally inveſted with ice and ſnow, and the bot-
tom ſcorched with intolerable heat, yet on the top
you find yourſelf in a pure, thin, ſerene air, and view
the clouds hovering at a conſiderable diſtance below
you. Hence alſo it is, that all thunder is confined
within leſs than a mile's height.
Add, that in caverns, and the hollow parts under
ground, the heat is found very great, ſo that the air
is coldeſt in the higheſt places, and hotteſt in the low-
eft, but in the intermediate atmoſphere very unequal.
Heat therefore depends on clouds, mountains, &c.
which reflect the light variouſly, and on the direction
of the Sun's rays, or the poſition of his body with
reſpect to us.
Hence again we gather that fire is the univerſal
cauſe of all the motions about our earth, for all flui-
dity depends on fire, and accordingly, in the large
burning-glaſſes, the firmeit bodies become fluid, and
evaporate in fume ; and the more fluid any body is,
the more it contains, whence it is, that water, de-
prived of all its fire, fixes into ice, and when ex-
poſed afreſh to the fire reſolves into water; and all
fluids whatever, if deſtitute of fire, would do the
fame.
The Sun may be accounted the parens naturæ, or
the primum mobile of all vegetative motion.
The Sun's attractive virtue" is very conſpicuous in
the exhalation of thoſe crude and unwholeſome va-
pours, with which the earth is often infeſted, which,
if they were ſuffered to continue long upon the face
of the earth, would render it a miſerable deſart.
The Sun, by ſublimating thoſe crude and hurtful va-
pours, and their being rarefied before their deſcenſion
and diſtribution, forms them into rain, which is of
great conſequence in vegetation.
To this may be added the attraction of plants them-
ſelves, which creates a kind of emulation in them,
which ſhall grow the talleſt.
But that which the ancients uſed to attribute to at-
traction, may now be very well ſolved by pulſion.
To apply which to the matter in hand: when the
ſurface of the ſea, &c. is divided by the heat of the
Sun, and the power of the air, their aſcenſion thro
the atmoſphere, either by the rarefaction of the air
by the Sun, or otherwiſe by the reſpiration of the ter-
raqueous globe, which in this caſe may be ſuppoſed
to act like the body natural; or elſe, that the air,
being rarefied by the Sun beams, does, by the gra-
vitation of his own body in general, force thoſe hu-
mid vapours by pulfion upward, through thoſe beams
or rays of light, which are, as it were, ſo many pipes
,
or tubes for their ready paſſage, aſcenſion, and con-
veyance.
Or if thoſe vapours are conveyed by the undulation of
the air in a perpendicular manner, rather than a ra-
diant one, through the rays and beams of light,
which ſoever of theſe ways it is, the Sun is the princi-
pal agent in this buſineſs, and the whole proceſs is ei-
ther attraction, pulſion, or reſpiration, forwarded by
the virtual power of it.
That the rarefaction of the air by heat is a great help
to attraction or pulſion may be diſcovered by the fire
engine made by Mr. Savary. We cannot ſay that the
water is either forced or attracted by the heat, but
that the air that is in the pipe is lengthened by its rare-
fying quality to ſuch a degree, that the equilibrium
is loſt, and the impulſe and preſſure of the air which
is without, forces the water to that great height that
is ſeen in the operation.
And ſo, if a little fcrip of paper burning and fuming
be put into a common drinking glaſs, and it be turn-
ed
a

S U N
SUN
ed up immediately, and put upon a plate of water, it
ſeems as though it would ſuck it up into the glaſs ;
when indeed the truth of the experiment is, that it is
only the outward preffure, and the inward weakneſs
of the air to refift, being purified by heat ; for if the
ſame glaſs ſhould be plunged into a baſon of water up
to the foot of it, yet the water that is in the baſon
would not enter into the glaſs, till the air, either hav-
ing loſt its own ſtrength, or rather inſinuated or incor-
porated itſelf in the water, loſes its own ſtrength; ſuch
is the force of air.
But this may ſuffice concerning what the ancients call
attraction, which in many caſes is folved by pulſion,
or the preſſure and elaſtic power of the air, rather
than by the attractive power of the Sun.
It is ſufficiently proved by ocular demonſtration that
the vapours of the ſea, rivers, lakes, and all the hu-
midities of the ground, are drawn up after this
a
manner.
The Sun alſo exhales all fuperfluous moiſture, and by
its vital heat, comforts the dilated pores.
The Sun diffuſes the early dews, which, if they lay too
long on plants, would rot rather than refreſh them;
it alſo preffes them into the nerves, and other analo-
gous parts. This influential power operates on the
boughs, branches, leaves, and fruit.
The Sun alſo qualifies the air, which otherwiſe, by
its frigidity, would ſtop the very courſe of nature, and
indeed it would be difficult to inſtance any thing in
the whole circle of botanology, that does not partici-
pate of a ſhare of this virtual and diffuſive good.
From what has been ſaid we may eaſily account for
the difference of heat in fuinmer and winter, viz. from
the obliquity of the Sun's rays. This therefore ſhould
be well conſidered in the contrivance of ſtoves, to
preſerve the moſt tender exotic plants, which ought
to have their glaſſes fo ſituated, as to receive the Sun's
rays in direct lines as great a part of the year as
poffible; for which reaſon the ſtoves, which have
upright glaſſes in front, and ſloping glaſſes over
them, are juſtly preferred to any at preſent contrived.
And from hence we ſee the advantage of making the
back part and cieling of all green-houſes and ſtoves
as white as poſſible, ſince it is evident, that the rays
of light are hereby reflected with much greater force,
and to conſequently the heat is greatly increaſed,
which ſhould always be obſerved in buildings of this
kind.
From hence alſo we may learn, that countries in the
ſame latitude may be very different in their heat, ac-
cording to their ſituation, in reſpect to the Sun's rays,
or according to the nature of the foil in refecting the
rays with a greater or leſs force; ſo that in preſerving
exotic plants, the heat which they require cannot be
exactly determined from the latitude of the places of
their growth; but the ſituation of the places muſt alſo
be conſidered, as, whether they grow on hills, moun-
tains, or valleys ; and if on the ſide of hills, which
fide in reſpect to the Sun, with ſeveral other obſerva-
tions, which ought to be made by ſuch as collect plants
in foreign countries.
I ſhall here add a table of the ſhadow of the Sun at
the ſeveral ſeaſons of the year, which was communi-
cated to me by Mr. Timothy Sheldrach of Norwich,
by which a perſon may more readily ſee what effect
walls, buildings, trees, &c. have, in ſhading the ground
to ſeveral diſtances, according as the Sun is more or
leſs elevated above the horizon; as alſo how great
the ſhade will be in the green-houſes, as the piersare
in breadth, or the wall in front is in height below the
ſaſhes.
And that heat is an agent in this operation has been
clearly proved by the experiments of that learned na-
turaliſt Dr. Halley, by taking a veſſel of water four
inches deep, and feven and nine tenths in diameter,
which being warmed to ſuch a degree, as might be
fuppoſed the air might do it, in ſome of the hotteſt
months, and letting it fland about two hours time,
and weighing it, found it had evaporated near half
an ounce, although there did not appear any reek or
ſmoke, nor did the water ſeem warm, by putting his
finger into it; from which it may be concluded, that
;
out of that ſmall fuperficies of the water, ſix ounces
would be evaporated in the ſpace of twenty-four
hours,
Upon this ſuppoſition every ten ſquare inches of the
ſurface of water yield in vapour, per day, a cube inch
of water; and each ſquare foot, half a wine pint;
and every ſpace of four feet ſquare, a gallon; a mile
ſquare, 6914 tuns; a ſquare degree, ſuppoſe of 69
Engliſh miles, will evaporate 33 millions of tuns.
This will account for the Caſpian ſea being always at
a ſtand, and neither waſting nor overflowing; and
alſo for the current ſaid to ſet always in at the
Streights of Gibraltar, notwithſtanding that thoſe
Mediterranean ſeas receive ſo many, and ſo conſide-
rable rivers.
This experiment has been carried yet farther by the
Oxford Society, who, ſuppoſing a cubical foot of wa-
ter to weigh 76 pounds, and this foot containing 1728
cubic inches, and divided in the 76 pounds, gives
half an ounce and 135 grains, which is the weight of
a cubical inch of water; therefore the weight of the
233 grains 2} }, or 35 parts of a cubic inch divided
by thirty-eight.
Then the area of a circle, the diameter of which is 7
inches and upwards, is more than 49 ſquare inches,
which if it be divided by 35 parts of an inch, the
quantity of water carried off in vapours, the product
will be 7362 or 3 parts of an inch, waſted in that
't
experiment. This is a plain proof of what a great
quantity of water may be thus carried off, in great
dimenfions of water, even enough to ſupply all rains,
dews, &c.
But the Sun, beſides this, has a diffuſive power (not
to dwell on the light it conveys to theſe ſublunary
regions) without which the whole race of mankind
muſt wander and grovel in the dark, for by its genial
and chearful rays it exhilarates the vegetable part of
the creation, and makes natures herſelf to ſmile.
It has an influence upon deep grounds by warming
and chearing the pores of the earth, when diluted and
ſodden by too much wet, and puts the emulgent fi-
bres of plants upon ſeeking their food.
It helps the ſurface of the ground by attracting or
diſpelling the vapours, which would otherwiſe make
it noxious; but more particularly it warms and heats
the ground, and by its powerful influence contributes
to diffolve the latent ſalt, and prepares them for being
fucked in by the fibres of the plants, which, by the
fame genial force, are put in action to ſeek out for
their food.
a
3
a
7
O in og
o in op
O in ve
Lat. 51° 30'
Degr.of Lat.
o Degr.of Lat. 18
The length of the ſha-
dow of a column of
five feet high at the
time the fun enters
every fign.
o in
35
I
o
1
o
5 feet
Inch
Degr. of Lat. 10.08.oo
11111
Feet 1
0-17.30
20
-
30
IO · 10 -
40 17130
22:30
50 32 30 30-35
60
47130 140 - 47 30
70 17130 1501 110-
TIL U11
a
I 01-
37130
20
57130
30 1171-
402
50 340
230
2
32 TL 3
19 8
3 1 1 1
r 6 6
m X
2 7
15 5
V 20
801 1.40
60 I 50
I!!!
!!
| |
1
90237 30 1179 2 40
80/10
The firſt three tables ſhew the length of ſhadows in
the ſummer and winter ſolſtice, and in the vernal and
autumnal equinoxes. Suppoſe a mountain, column,
or other body, whoſe perpendicular height is one de-
gree. The length of the ſhadow from any thing of
that altitude is here ſhewn in every degree of latitude ;
at the above-mentioned times, in degrees and mi-
nutes, and where a ſhorter meaſure than a mile is
required, it is ſhewn in ſeconds. The fourth table
is calculated for the latitude of 51° 30', which is
pretty near that of London. This fourth table ſhews
the length of the ſhadow made by any perpendicu-
lar

SUR
S WE
1
lar body of five feet altitude on a plane, at which the firſt year, afterwards they will grow pretty freea
time the Sun enters every ſign of the zodiac, which, ly if they are not tinted. In winter they muſt con-
at a fouth Sun, will be found very exact on a true ftantly be kept in the ſtove in this country, and if
level.
they are plunged into the bark-bed, they will make
SUPERFICIES of the ground, &c. is the out- the greater progreſs. In ſummer they muſt have a
part or ſurface of it.
large ſhare of air, by opening the glaſſes of the ſtoves;
SURFACE is the bare outſide of a body or ſuper- and if their leaves are covered with filth (which the
ficies.
plants in ſtoves often contract,) they ſhould be care-
SURIANA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37. tab. 40. Lin. fully waſhed with a ſponge, otherwiſe the plants will
Gen. Plant. 353.
not only appear unſightly, but it will retard their
The CHARACTERS are,
growth.
The empalement of the flower is permanent, and con- SWERTIA. Lin. Gen. Pl. 321, Gentiana. C. B. P.
poſed of five Speor-shaped ſmall leaves. The flower has
The CHARACTERS are,
five oval petals the length of the empalement, which The empalement is permanent, and cut into five ſpear.
Spread open ; it has ten flender ſtamina which are ſhorter shaped ſegments; the flower is of one petel, divided at
than the petals, terminated by ſingle ſummits, and five the top into five ſpear-ſhaped ſegments, and is larger than
roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of the empalement; it has ten nectarii which are fmall, erect,
the ſtamina, which is inſerted in the middle to the ſide of Situated on the internal part of the petal at the diviſion of
toute germen, crowned with an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen the ſegments, and five awl-ſhaped ſtamina ſhorter than the
afterward become five roundiſh ſeeds joined together. corolla, terminated by incumbent fummits; and an oblong
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of oval germen having no Style, but two ſimple ſtigmas. The
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants empalement afterward becomes a taper acute-pointed cap-
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and five germen. ſule with one cell, filled with ſmall ſeeds.
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
SURIANA (Maritima.) Hort. Cliff. 492. Suriana. Suri- of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
ana foliis protulacæ anguſtis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37. whoſe flowers have five ftamina, and two ftyles or
Suriana with narrow Purſlain leaves.
ſtigmas.
This plant was ſo named by Father Plumier, who The SPECIES are,
diſcovered it in the French fettlements in America, in 1. SWERTIA (Perennis) corollis quinquefidis, foliis radi-
honour of Joſeph Surian of Marſeilles, who was a very calibus ovalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 328. Perennial Swer-
curious botaniſt.
tie with a five-pointed corolla, and the radical leaves oval.
This grows naturally by the ſea fide in moſt of the Gentiana paluſtris latifolia. C. B.P. 188. Broad-leaved
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes with a thick Marſh Gentian.
ſhrubby ſtalk eight or nine feet high, covered with a 2. SWERTIA (Difformis) corollis quinquefidis, terminali
dark brown bark, and divides into branches, the up- ſexfida, pedunculis longiffimis, foliis linearibus. Lin.
per part of which are cloſely garniſhed with leaves on Sp. Plant. 328. Swertia with a five pointed corolla which
every ſide ſtanding without order ; they are about an terminates with six points, very long foot-ſtalks to the
inch long, and one eighth of an inch broad at the flower, and linear leaves.
point, growing narrower to their baſe; they are round- There are two or three other ſpecies of this genus,
ed at their points, and fit cloſe to the branches, hav- which grow naturally in Siberia and Canada, but as
ing no foot-ſtalks; they are of a dirty green colour. they are annual plants, and have not been introduced
From between the leaves come out the foot-ſtalks of here, ſo I have not inſerted them.
the flowers, which are about an inch long; theſe do The firſt ſort grows naturally upon the Alps in Hel-
each ſuſtain two, three, or four yellow flowers, which vetia and Bavaria. This is a perennial plant, ſending
have ſome four, and others five petals, which are
out tufts of leaves from the root which are four
rounded at their points, and almoſt heart-ſhaped ; inches long, and near two broad, of a deep green co-
theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh feeds, which are join- lour, and very ſmooth: from between theſe ariſe the
ed together, ſitting in the empalement. Some flowers foot-ſtalks of the flowers, which are eight or nine
have two, others three, four, or five feeds to each. inches long, naked, and ſuſtains a pretty large bunch
The feeds of this plant were brought from the Ha- of blue flowers on the top, whoſe petals are connect-
vanna by the late Dr. William Houſtoun, who found ed at the top. Theſe appear in June, but are rarely
the plants growing there in great plenty on the ſhore, fucceeded by feeds in England.
in moiſt places, where the ſalt water uſually flows. The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia. This
It alſo grows plentifully in ſome parts of the iſland of hath narrow linear leaves which come from the root,
Jamaica.
about three inches long, and half a quarter of an inch
It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on a broad; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers ariſe immediate-
hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the plants are ly from the root; they are about fix or ſeven inches
come up they muſt be carefully cleared from weeds, high, and ſupport one blue flower.
and frequently refreſhed with water. . In warm wea- Theſe plants grow naturally in ſwamps, fo are with
ther the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be raiſed every difficulty preſerved in gardens; and as they do not
day to admit freſh air to the plants, to prevent their produce feeds, ſo are only propagated by parting of
drawing up too weak. When the plants are fit to re- their roots; the beſt time for which is in September,
move, they ſhould be taken up carefully, and each that they may have time to be eſtabliſhed before the
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light froft comes on; they ſhould be planted in the ſhade,
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and have a looſe moiſt foil, and in ſummer muft be
obſerving to ſhade them until they have taken new frequently watered, otherwiſe they will not live, but
root; after which time they muſt be duly watered the winters cold will never injure them.
every evening in hot weather, and they muſt have SWIETENIA. See CEDRUS.
freſh air admitted to them every day in proportion to SYCAMORE. See ACER MAJUS.
the warmth of the ſeaſon. In this hot-bed the plants SYMPHYTUM. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 138. tab. 56.
may remain till autumn, when the nights begin to be Lin. Gen. Plant. 170. [Some derive it from oum.cúely
cold, at which time they ſhould be removed into the to conglutinate, becauſe if the leaves or root of this
ftove, and plunged into the bark-bed. During the plant are boiled with feſh, the fleſh returns again in-
winter ſeaſon theſe plants muſt be kept very warm, to one maſs; hence it is called the Conſolida major
eſpecially while they are young, otherwiſe they will officinarum.] Comfrey; in French, Conſound.
not live through the winter in this country. They
The CHARACTERS are,
muſt alſo be frequently refreſhed with water, but it The flower hath a five-cornered, erect, permanent empale-
muſt not be given to them in large quantities in cold ment, cut into five acute ſegments; it has one petal with
weather, for too much moiſture in winter will foon a ſhort tube, about which the limb has a ſwelling belly,
deſtroy them. Theſe plants make but flow progreſs and thicker tube ; the brim is indented in five obtule parts
a
which
12 Z

S Y M
S Y R
which are reflexed; the chaps are armed with five awl- rounder, and are armed with rough prickly hairs.
jhaped rays which are connected in a cone; it has five The flowers are blue, and grow in bunches like thoſe
awl-ſhaped ſtamina which are alternate with the rays of the firſt fort ; they appear in March, but are ſel-
of the chaps, terminated by erect acute ſummits, and four dom ſucceeded by feeds in England.
germen ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of the petal
, Theſe plants may be cultivated, either by fowing their
crowned by a ſingle liigma. The germen afterward turn feeds in the ſpring, or by parting of their roots: the
to four gibbous acule-pointed ſeeds which ripen in the em- latter way being the more expeditious, is chiefly prac-
palement.
tiſed where they are planted for uſe. The beſt ſeaſon
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
for parting the roots is in autumn, at which time al-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants moſt every piece of a root will grow. They ſhould be
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
planted about two feet and a half aſunder, that they
The SPECIES are,
may have room to ſpread, and will require no farther
1. SYMPHYTUM (Officinale) foliis ovato-lanceolatis de- care but to keep them clear from weeds, for they are
currentibus. Hort. Cliff. 47. Comfrey with oval, Spear- extremely hardy, and will grow upon almoſt any foil,
Maped, running leaves. Symphytum Conſolida major, or in any ſituation.
fore purpureo quæ mas. C. B. P. 259. Comfrey, or SYRING A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 22. Lilac. Tourn.
greater Conſound, with a purple flower.
Inft. R. H. 601. tab. 372. Lilac.
2. SYMPHYTUM (Tuberoſum) foliis fummis oppoſitis.
The CHARACTERS are,
Lin. Sp. Plant. 136. Comfrey with the upper leaves The flower has a ſmall, tubulous, permanent empalement
placed oppoſite. Symphytum majus tuberofà radice. of one leaf, which is indented in four parts at the brim ;
C. B. P. 259. Greater Comfrey with a tuberous root. it has one petal, with a long cylindrical tube cut into four
3. SYMPHYTUM (Orientale) foliis ovatis ſubpetiolatis. obtufe ſegments at the brim which ſpread open, and two
Lin. Sp. Plant. 136. Comfrey with oval leaves and very ſhort ſtamina terminated by ſmall ſummits, ſtanding
Short foot-ſtalks. Symphytum Orientales, folio fub- within the tube ; it has an oblong germen ſupporting a ſhort
rotundo aſpero, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Cor. 7. Eaſtern flender ſtyle, crowned by a thick bifid ſtigma. The germen
Comfrey with a roundiſh leaf, and a blue flower.
afterward turns to an oblong, compreſſed, acute-pointed
There are a few other ſpecies of this genus, but thoſe capſule with two cells, opening with two valves contrary
which are here enumerated, are all the forts at preſent to the partition, including in each cell one oblong acute-
to be found in the Engliſh gardens.
pointed ſeed with a membranaceous border.
The firſt fort grows naturally in England, but the This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
moſt common here is that with a whitiſh yellow flow- Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants
er, which is found growing by the ſide of ditches and whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle.
other moiſt places in great plenty, but that with pur-
The SPECIES are,
ple flowers is the moſt common in Holland and Ger- 1. SYRINGA (Vulgaris) foliis ovato-cordatis. Hort. Cliff.
many; theſe are ſuppoſed to be only accidental vari- 6. Syringa with oval heart-ſhaped leaves. Syringa cæ-
eties, which differ in the colour of their flowers; how- rulea. C. B. P. 391. Blue Syringa, and the Lilac. Matth.
ever, this difference is permanent in the plants raiſed 1237. The blue Lilac.
from feeds, as I have many times found; nor are the 2. SYRINGA (Perſica) foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
two kinds ever found mixed where they grow wild, 9. Syringa with Spear-ſhaped leaves. Lilac folio ligul-
for in thoſe places where the blue is found, the white tri. Tourn. Inft. 602. Lilac with a Privet teaf, common-
is never ſeen, and vice verſa ; but as there are no ly called Perſian Jaſmine.
ſpecific differences between them, I ſhall not ſeparate 3. SYRINGA (Laciniata) foliis lanceolatis integris diffec-
them.
tiſque laciniata. Hort. Cliff. 6. Syringa with entire
The common Comfrey has thick roots compoſed of Spear-ſhaped leaves, and others which are cut and jag-
many fleſhy fibres or fangs, which run deep in the ged. Lilac laciniato folio. Tourn. Inft. 602. Lilac
ground; they are black on the outſide, but white with a cut leaf, commonly called cut-leaved Perfian Jaf-
within, full of a ſlimy tenacious juice. The lower mine.
leaves are large, long, ſharp-pointed, hairy and rough. The firſt fort is very common in the Engliſh gardens,
The ſtalks riſe two feet high, which are garniſhed where it has been long cultivated as a flowering ſhrub.
with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves about five inches long, It is ſuppoſed to grow naturally in ſome parts of Per-
and two broad near their baſe, ending in acute points; fia, but is ſo hardy as to reſiſt the greateſt cold of this
they are hairy, rough, and from their baſe runs a leafy country. There are three varieties of this ſhrub, which
border along the ſtalk. From the upper part of the are commonly cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, and
ftalk are ſent out ſome ſide branches, which are com- do not only differ in the colour of their flowers, but
monly garniſhed with two ſmaller leaves, and are ter- alſo in that of their ſhoots and leaves; one of theſe
minated by looſe bunches of flowers which are reflex- has white flowers, one blue, and the third has
pur-
ed; each flower has one tubulous petal, whoſe upper ple flowers ; the latter is commonly known by the
part is bellied and thicker than the lower, and the title of Scotch Lilac, to diſtinguiſh it from the other.
chaps are cloſed by the ſtamina and rays which crofs it, This is the moſt beautiful of the three, and is pro-
and ſhuts up the tube. Theſe in the common Eng- bably called the Scotch Lilac, becauſe it was firſt
liſh fort are of a yellowiſh white, and the foreign one mentioned in the catalogue of the Edinburgh Garden.
is of a purple colour. It flowers in June, and the Whether this was raiſed from ſeeds, or which other
ſeeds ripen in Auguft.
way it was obtained I could never learn ; but I take it
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Germany; the roots to be a diſtinct ſpecies from the others, though there
of this are compoſed of many thick fleſhy knobs or is not marks enough upon them to diſtinguiſh their
tubers, which are joined by fleſhy fibres; the ſtalks ſpecific differences; becauſe I have raiſed many of
incline on one ſide ; they riſe a foot and a half high ; the plants from feeds, which have always retained
the leaves on the lower part are fix inches long, and their difference, as have alſo the white, when they
two and a half broad in the middle, ending in acute were propagated by feeds, ſo that they may be rather
points, and are not ſo rough and hairy as thoſe of eſteemed as diſtinct forts, although by the rules now
the other ſpecies; they are placed alternate, and fit admitted for determining ſpecific differences, they
cloſe to the ſtalks. The two upper leaves on every may not have fufficient marks whereby to diftinguiſh
branch ſtand oppoſite, and juſt above them are looſe them; and as they have been by many of the modern
ſpikes or bunches of pale yellow flowers, whoſe petals botaniſts joined together, I ſhall not ſeparate them
are ſtretched out farther beyond the empalement than again, but ſhall mention the particulars in which they
thoſe of the other. This flowers at the ſame time differ.
with the other.
This fhrub grows to the height of eighteen or twenty
The third fort grows naturally on the fide of rivers feet in good ground, and divides into many branches;
near Conſtantinople; this hath a perennial root like thoſe of the white fort grow more erect than the other,
the firſt, the ſtalks grow two feet high; the leaves are and the purple or Scotch Lilac has its branches yet
a
Inore

S Y R
S Y R
و
a
a
а
more diffuſed. The branches of the white are cover-
ed with a ſmooth bark of a gray colour, thoſe of the
other two are darker. The leaves of the white are
of a bright green; their ſhape and ſize are ſo near as
not to be diſtinguiſhed thereby. They are heart-
ſhaped, almoſt five inches long, and three and a half
broad near their baſe ; their foot-ſtalks are an inch
and a half long, and are placed oppoſite. The buds
of the future ſhoots, which are very turgid before the
leaves fall, are of a very bright green in the white
fort, but thoſe of the other two are of a dark green.
The flowers are always produced at the ends of the
fhoots of the former year, and below the flowers
come out ſhoots to ſucceed them ; for that part up-
on which the flowers ftand, decays down to the
fhoots below every winter. There are generally two
bunches or panicles of flowers joined at the end of
each ſhoot, thoſe of the blue are the ſmalleſt, and
the flowers are ſmaller, their brims expanded, and
are placed thinner than either of the other. The
bunches on the white are larger; the flowers are cloſer
placed, and larger than the blue; but thoſe of the
Scotch are larger, and the flowers are fairer than thoſe
of either of the other, ſo make a much finer appear-
ance. The panicles of flowers grow erect, and be-
ing intermixed with the fine green leaves, have a fine
effect : and if we add to this the fragrancy of their
flowers, it may be ranged among the moſt beautiful
ſhrubs which now decorate the Engliſh gardens. They
flower in May, and when the ſeaſon is cool, theſe
ſhrubs will continue three weeks in beauty, but in hot
ſeaſons the flowers foon fade. Their feeds are ripe
in September, which if ſown foon after, the plants
will come up the following ſpring; but as their roots
ſend out great plenty of ſuckers annually, fo few per-
fons ever take the trouble to propagate theſe plants
by feeds. I have raiſed ſeveral plants of the three
forts from ſeeds, and conſtantly found them prove the
ſame as the ſhrubs from which the ſeeds were taken.
Theſe plants do generally flower the third year from
feed, and I have always found theſe plants not ſo apt
to fend out ſuckers, as thoſe which were produced by
fuckers, ſo are much more valuable ; for the others
put out ſuch plenty of ſuckers, as that if they are not
annually taken from the plants they will ſtarve them,
ſo that in this way the plants may be propagated in
great plenty.
Theſe plants thrive beſt upon a light rich foil, ſuch
as the gardens near London are for the moſt part com-
poſed of; and there they grow to a much larger ſize,
where they are permitted to ſtand unremoved, than in
any other part of England, for in ſtrong loam, or upon
chalky land, they make no progreſs. If the fuckers
are ſmall when they are taken from the old plants,
they ſhould be planted in a nurſery, in rows three feet
aſunder, and one foot diſtance in the rows, where they
may ſtand a year or two to get ſtrength, and then
they ſhould be removed to the places where they are
to remain. The beſt time to tranſplant theſe ſhrubs
is in autunn.
There is a variety or two of theſe ſhrubs with blotch-
ed leaves, which fome perſons are fond of; but as
theſe variegations are the effect of weakneſs, fo when-
ever the Srubs become healthy their verdure returns
again.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Perſia, but has
been long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, where it
is beſt known among the gardeners by the title of
Perſian Jaſmine. This is a fhrub of much lower
growth than the former, ſeldom riſing more than five
or fix feet high. The ſtalks of this ſhrub are woody,
covered with a ſmooth brown bark; the branches are
flender, pliable, and extend wide on every ſide; theſe
frequently bend downward where they are not fup-
ported; they are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
leaves placed oppoſite, which are about two inches
and a half long, and three fourths of an inch broad,
of a deep green colour, ending in acute points. The
flowers are produced in large panicles at the end of the
former year's ſhoots, in like manner as the former;
they are of a pale purple colour, and have a very
agreeable odour. Theſe appear the latter end of May,
ſoon after thoſe of the common fort, and continue
longer in beauty, but theſe do not perfect their feeds
in England.
There is a variety of this with almoſt white flowers,
which has of late years been obtained, but whether it
came from ſeeds, or was accidentally produced from
fuckers from the purple kind, I cannot ſay.
The third fort differs from the ſecond in having two
forts of leaves, thoſe on the lower part of the branches
are for the moſt part entire; theſe are broader and
ſhorter than thoſe of the ſecond, and do not end in ſuch
ſharp points. The leaves on the younger branches
are cut into three or five ſegments like winged leaves,
almoſt to the midrib. The branches of this fort are
ſlenderer and weaker than thoſe of the ſecond ; their
bark is of a darker brown, and the flowers of a brighter
purple colour.
This was brought into Europe before the other, and
came by the Perſian title Agem. Both theſe forts are
uſually propagated by ſuckers, which their roots
ſend out in great plenty; theſe ſhould be carefully
taken off from the old plant in the autumn, and
planted in a nurſery in the ſame manner as is before
directed for the firſt, where they may grow two years
to get ſtrength, and may then be tranſplanted to the
places where they are deſigned to remain. The plants
which are ſo propagated, are always very prolific in
fuckers, for which reaſon it will be a better way to
raiſe them by laying down their young branches,
which in one year will be ſufficiently rooted to tranſ-
plant, and may then be treated in the ſame way as the
fuckers.
a
a
a
T.
TAB
ABERNÆMONTANA. Plum. Gen.
Nov. 18. tab. 30. Lin. Gen. Plant. 265.
.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſmall empalement cut into five
acute parts; it hath one funnel-ſhaped peidl, with a long
cylindrical tube, which is bellied at both ends, and the
brim is cut into five oblique ſegments; it has five ſmall
T
T A B
Stamina in the middle of the tribe, terminated by ſummits
which join together, and one germen ſupporting an awl
Shaped ſtyle, crowned by decayed ſigmas. The germen af-
terward turn to two bellied capſules which are horizon-
tally reflexed, opening with one valve, having one cell, fill.-
ed with oblong oval ſeeds lying imbricatim, and ſurrounded
with pulp.
This

TAB
T A G
This genus
a
a
of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of out a few branches toward the top which grow erect,
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants and are garniſhed with oval obtufe leaves four inches
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
long and two broad, placed oppofite, and are of a lu-
The SPECIES are,
cid green colour. The flowers are produced in a fort
1. TABERNÆMONTANA (Citrifolia) foliis glomerato-um- of umbel from the ſide of the branches; they are
bellatis oppofitis ovatis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. ſmall, yellow, and have an agreeable odour, but are
308. Tabernæmontano with oval leaves which are placed not fucceeded by feeds in England.
oppoſite, ond flowers growing in glomerated umbels on the Theſe three forts are very impatient of cold, fo will
ſide of the branches. Tabernæmontana lactefcens, ci- not live in this country, unleſs they are placed in a
tri foliis undulatis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 18. Milky Ta- warm ftove ; they may be propagated by feeds, which
bernæmontano, with waved Citron leaves.
muſt be procured from the countries where the plants
2. TABERNÆMONTANA (Alba) foliis oblongo-ovatis grow naturally; theſe ſhould be fown early in the
acuminatis oppofitis, floribus corymboſis terminali- ſpring on a hot-bed, and when the plants are come
bus. Tabernæmontane with oblong, oval, acute-pointed up, and are fit to remove, they muſt be carefully
leaves, which are placed oppoſite, and flowers growing in tranſplanted into ſmall pots filled with light rich earth,
a corymbus terminating the branches. Tabernæmontana and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, be-
lacteſcens, lauri folio, flore albo, filiquis rotundiori- ing careful to fhade them in the heat of the day until
bus. Houft. MSS. Milky Tabernæmontana with a Bay they have taken new root; after which time, they muſt
leaf, a white flower, and rounder pods.
have free air admitted to them every day when the
3. TABERNÆMONTANA (Laurifolia) foliis oppofitis ova- weather is warm; but if the nights ſhould prove cold,
libus obtuſiufculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 308. Taberne- the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be covered with mats
montana with oval obtuſe leaves placed oppoſite. Neri- every evening, foon after the ſun goes off from the
um arboreum, folio latiore obtufo, fiore luteo mino- bed. Theſe plants muſt be often refreſhed with water,
re. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 154. Tree Oleander with obtuſe but it muſt not be given to them in large quantities,
leaves, and ſmell yellow flowers.
eſpecially while they are young, for as they are full
4. TABERNÆMONTANA (Amfonia) foliis alternis, cauli- of a milky juice, they are very ſubject to rot with
bus fubherbaceis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 308. Taberncmon- much moiſture.
tana with herbaceous ſtalks, and alternate leaves. Ano- The plants may remain during the ſummer ſeaſon
nymus ſuffrutex. Gron. Virg. 26.
in the hot-bed, provided the tan is ſtirred up to re-
Father Plumier, who conſtituted this genus, gave it new the heat when it wants, and a little new tan
this title in honour of Dr. James Theodore, who was added; but at Michaelmas, when the nights begin
called Tabernæmontanus, from a little village in Ger- to be cold, the plants ſhould be removed, and plung-
many, where he was born. He was one of the moſt ed into the bark-bed in the ftove ; where, during the
knowing botaniſts of his age, and publiſhed at Franc- winter ſeaſon, they muſt be kept in a moderate de-
fort a folio, in a long form, in the year 1590, in gree of warmth, and in cold weather they ſhould
which are the figures of two thouſand two hundred have but little water given them, left it ſhould rot
and fifty plants.
them. The plants ſhould conſtantly remain in the
The firſt fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and ſome ſtove, where, in warm weather, they may have free
of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies. This riſes air admitted to them by opening the glaſſes, but in
with an upright woody ſtalk to the height of fifteen cold weather they muſt be kept warm. With this
or fixteen feet, covered with a {imooth gray bark, management the plants will thrive and produce their
which abounds with a milky juice, and ſends out ſe- flowers, and as their leaves are always green, they
veral branches from the ſide, which grow erect, and will make a pleaſant diverſity amongſt the tender ex-
have many joints; theſe are garniſhed with thick otic plants in the ſtove.
leaves which have a milky juice; they are from five Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by cuttings dur-
to fix inches long, and two broad in the middle, draw- ing the ſummer ſeaſon, which ſhould be cut off from
ing to a point at each end ; they are of a lucid green, the old plants, and laid to dry in the ſtove five or ſix
and have many tranſverſe veins from the midrib to days before they are planted, that the wounded parts
the border, ſtanding oppoſite on foot-ſtalks an inch may heal, otherwiſe they will rot. Theſe cuttings
long. The flowers come out in roundiſh bunches ſhould be planted in pots filled with freſh light earth,
from the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, of a and plunged into the hot-bed of tanners bark, and
bright yellow colour, and have an agreeable odour. cloſely covered with a hand-glaſs, obſerving to ſhade
The tube of the flower is half an inch long; the brim them from the ſun in the middle of the day in hot
is cut into five acute points, which ſpread open like weather, as alſo to refreſh them now and then with
thoſe of the common Jaſmine. Theſe flowers in their a little water. When the cuttings have taken root, ,
native foil, are ſucceeded by two ſwelling capſules they may be tranſplanted into ſeparate pats, and treat--
joined at their baſe, but ſpread from each other hori- ed in the fame manner as thoſe which are raiſed froin
zontally, and are filled with oblong feeds, lying over ſeeds.
each other like the ſcales of fiſh, included in a ſoft The fourth fort is a perennial plant, which grows na-
pulp.
turally in Virginia. This ſends up in the ſpring two
The ſecond fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Wil- or three herbaceous ſtalks near a foot high, garniſhed
liam Houſtoun in the year 1730, growing naturally with oblong leaves which are placed alternately; the
at La Vera Cruz. This riſes with a woody ftalk ten flowers are produced in ſmall bunches, terminating the
or twelve feet high, covered with a wrinkled gray ſtalks; they are white and have no ſcent, nor are they
bark, ſending out many branches toward the top, fucceeded by feeds in England.
which are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves of a lu- This plant had the title of Amfonia given to it by Mr.
cid green, and of a thick conſiſtence; they are five
,
Clayton, who firſt diſcovered it in Virginia.
inches long, and two and a half broad, rounded at As it does not produce feeds in England, ſo the
both ends, but terminate with an acute point. Theſe plants are at preſent very rare in the gardens, for the
are placed oppoſite, and have ſhort foot-ſtalks. The roots do not ſend out many offsets. This plant will
flowers come out in pretty large roundiſh bunches at thrive in the open air here, provided it is planted in
the end of the branches; they are ſmaller than thoſe a warm ſituation ; it loves a light foil, rather moiſt
of the firſt fort, and are white, having an agreeable than otherwiſe ; but if it is planted in dry ground, it
fcent. Theſe are ſucceeded by ſhorter and rounder ſhould be frequently watered in dry weather.
pods, which ſpread from each other horizontally like TACAMAHACA. See Populus.
POPULUS
the former.
TAGETES. Tourn. Init. R. H. 478. tab. 278.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and the Lin. Gen. Plant. 865. African or French Marigold,
other warm iſlands in America. This riſes with a in French, Oeillet d'Inde.
fhrubby ſtalk twelve or fourteen feet high, ſending
The

T AG
AG
T
T A G
The CHARACTERS are,
The common empalement of the flower is ſingle, of one
leaf, oblong, crect, and five-cornered; the flower is com-
pound and radiated; the rays or border is compoſed of fe-
male hoif florets which are tongue-Shoped. The diſk or
middle is made up of hermaphrodite florets which are tu-
bulous, and cut into five obtufe ſegments; theſe have five
foort hair-like ſtamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits,
and an oblong germen Supporting a ſhort ſlender Style,
crowned by a thin, bifid, reflexed ſtigma. The germen
afterward becomes a ſingle, linear, compreſſed ſeed, almoſt
the length of the empalement, crowned by five acute-pointed
unequal ſcales. The female half florets have an oblong
germen, with a ſtyle and ſtigma like the hermaphrodite,
and are ſucceeded by ſeeds of the ſame form, but have no
ſtamina.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are fruitful, and have their
fummits connected.
The SPECIES are,
1. TAGETES (Erecta) caule fimplici erecto, peduncu-
lis nudis unifloris. Hort. Cliff. 418. Tagetes with a
fingle ere&t ſtalk, and naked foot-ſtolks bearing ſingle
flowers. Tagetes maximus rectus, fore fimplici ex
luteo pallido. I. B. 3. p. 100. Greateſt upright African
Marigold, with a pale, ſingle, yellow flower.
2. TAGETES (Patula) caule fubdiviſo patulo. Hort.
Cliff. 418. Tagetes with a Spreading ſubdivided ſtalk.
Tagetes Indicus minor, multiplicato flore. Tourn.
Inft. 488. Smaller Indian Tagetes with double flowers,
commonly called French Marigold.
3. TAGETES (Minuta) caule ſimplici recto, pedunculis
ſquamoſis multifloris. Hort. Cliff. 419. Tagetes with
a ſingle ereat ſtalk, and ſcaly foot-ſtalks bearing many
flowers. Tagetes multiflora minuto flore albicante.
Hort. Elth. 374. Many-flowering Tagetes with a ſmall
white flower.
4. TAGETES (Rotundifolia) caule fimplici erecto, foliis
cordatis fimplicibus, pedunculis nudis unifloris. Ta-
getes with a ſingle ſtalk, ſimple beart-ſhaped leaves, and
naked foot-ſtalks having one flower. Tagetes America-
na, folio fingulari ſubrotundo. Houſt. MSS. American
Tagetes with a ſingle roundiſh leaf.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Mexico, but has been
long cultivated in the Engliſh gardens, where it is
commonly titled African, or African Marigold; of
this there are the following varieties :
I. Pale yellow, or brimſtone colour, with ſingle,
double, and fiſtulous flowers.
2. Deep yellow, with ſingle, double, and fiftulous
flowers.
3. Orange-coloured, with ſingle, double, and fiſtu-
lous flowers.
4. Middling African, with Orange-coloured flowers.
5. Sweet-ſcented African.
Theſe are all very ſubject to vary, ſo that unleſs the
feeds are very carefully ſaved from the fineſt flowers,
they are very apt to degenerate; nor ſhould their feeds
be too long fown in the ſame garden without changing
it, for the ſame reaſon; therefore, thoſe who are de-
firous to have theſe flowers in perfection, ſhould ex-
change their ſeeds with ſome perſon of integrity at a
diſtance, where the ſoil is of a different nature, at
leaſt every other year. If this is done, the varieties
may be continued in perfection.
This plant is ſo well known as to need no deſcription.
It flowers from the beginning of July till the frost
puts a ſtop to it. The ſecond ſort grows naturally in
Mexico, but has been long in the Engliſh gardens,
where it is diſtinguiſhed from the firſt by the title of
French Marigold.
Of this there are ſeveral varieties, ſome of which
have much larger flowers than others, and their co-
lour varies greatly; there are ſome which are beau-
tifully variegated, and others quite plain; but as theſe
are accidents ariſing from culture, ſo they do not
merit farther diſtinction, for I have always found that
eeds faved from the moſt beautiful flowers will dege-
nerate, eſpecially if they are ſown in the ſame garden
for two or three years together, without changing the
feed.
Theſe plants are annual, ſo muſt be propagated from
ſeeds every ſpring, which may be fown upon a mode-
rate hot-bed the beginning of April; and when the
plants are come up, they ihould have plenty of freſh
air, for if they are drawn too much, they will not af-
terward become handſome, not withitanding they have
all poſſible care taken of them. When they are about
three inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted on a
very moderate hot-bed, which may be arched over
with hoops, and covered with mats, for theſe plants
are hardy enough to be brought up without glaffes ;
in this bed they ſhould be planted about fix inches
aſunder each way, obſerving to water and ſhade them
until they have taken root, but as the plants acquire
ſtrength, they ſhould be inured to bear the open air
by degrees, and about the beginning of May they
ſhould be taken up, with a ball of earth to the root
of each plant, and planted into the borders of the par-
terre-garden, or into pots, for furniſhing the courts,
&c. fhading them carefully from the ſun till they
have taken new root, and alſo ſupplying them duly
with water. When their flowers appear, if any ſhould
prove ſingle, the plants ſhould be deſtroyed, and then
thoſe in pots may be removed to the court where the
ſeveral varieties, being intermixed with other annual
plants, afford an agreeable variety.
Theſe plants have a ſtrong diſagreeable fcent, eſpe-
cially when handled, for which realon they are not
ſo greatly eſteemed for planting near habitations; but
the flowers of the ſweet-ſcented fort, being more
agreeable, are generally preferred, eſpecially for plant-
ing in ſmall gardens.
The third fort grows naturally in Chili in the Spaniſh
Weſt-Indies. This is a plant of taller growth than
either of the former. The ſtalk is ſingle, erect, and
branches a little toward the top; it riſes about ten
feet high; the branches grow erect. The leaves are
narrower than either of the other. The foot-ſtalks
of the flowers are ſcaly and ſtand erect, cloſe to the
ſtalk; theſe ſuſtain three or four ſmall white flowers,
which appear very late in autumn, ſo that unleſs it is
kept in a glaſs-cafe the ſeeds will not ripen here. This
plant has very little beauty, fo is only preſerved for
the ſake of variety
The fourth fort riſes with an upright ſtalk about two
feet high, ſending out a few branches toward the top,
garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves itanding upon long
flender foot-ſtalks ; thoſe on the lower part of the
ſtalk are two inches and a half long, and one and a
half broad toward their baſe, ending in very acute
points, being in ſhape like thoſe of the black Poplar,
rough to the touch, and are ſlightly crenated on their
edges; the branches and ſtalks are each terminated by
one large yellow flower ſtanding upon a long naked
foot-ſtalk. The empalement of the flower is ſhort ;
the leaves of which it is compoſed are oblong and
oval, drawing to a point. The female florets, which
compoſe the rays or border, are much longer than
the empalement. The hermaphrodite florets in the
diſk or middle are equal; they are of a deep yellow
colour, and make a good appearance, for the flowers
are double. This plant was diſcovered by the late Dr.
Houſtoun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New
Spain, from whence he ſent the feeds to England.
The two laſt forts are not ſo hardy as the former, ſo
the ſeeds of theſe fhould be ſown earlier in the ſpring
upon a good hot-bed, and when the plants are fit to
remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted on a freſh hot-
bed, at about three inches diſtance each way, ob,
ſerving to ſhade them from the ſun till they have ta-
ken new root, then they ſhould be treated in the fame
way as the Amaranthus, and other tender annual
plants, being careful not to draw them up weak;
when they have ſpread ſo as to meet each other, they
ſhould be taken up with balls of earth to their roots,
and planted in pots with light rich earth, and plunged
into a hot-bed under a deep frame, where the plants
may
و
IZA

'T A M
TAM
ز
;
و
may have room to grow, being careful to ſhade them ſerving to water and ſhade them until they have taken
from the fun till they have taken new root, after which root; and as the earth in the pots appears dry, they
they muſt have air and water in proportion to the muſt be watered from time to time, and ſhould have
warmth of the ſeaſon; and when the plants are grown air given to them in proportion to the warmth of the
too tall to remain longer in the frame, they ſhould be ſeaſon, and the bed in which they are placed; when
removed to an airy glaſs-cafe, where they may ſtand the pots in which they are planted are filled with their
to flower and ripen their feeds.
roots, the plants ſhould be ſhifted into pots of a larger
TAMARINDU S. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 660. tab. fize, which muſt be filled up with rich light earth, ,
445. Lin. Gen. Plant. 46. The Tamarind-tree.
and again plunged into the hot-bed, giving them air,
The CHARACTERS are,
as before, according to the warmth of the ſeaſon ; but
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval in
very hot weather the glaſſes ſhould be ſhaded with
plain leaves which are equal; the flower has five petals mats in the heat of the day, otherwiſe the fun will be
which are almoſt like thoſe of the butterfly kind, one of too violent for them through the glaffes ; nor will the
them ſtanding erect, two are placed like wings on each ſide, plants thrive, if they are expoſed to the open air,
and two reflect downward; it has three awl-ſhaped sta- even in the warmeſt ſeaſon ; ſo that they muſt be con-
mina ſituated in the finuſes of the empalement, and are ftantly kept in the bark-ſtove both ſummer and win-
arched toward the upper petal, terminated by ſingle ſum- ter, treating them as hath been directed for the Cof-
mits, and an oblong oval germen ſupporting an awl-shaped fee-tree, with whoſe culture they will thrive exceeding
aſcending Style, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen well.
afterward becomes a long, ſwelling, compreſſed pod, having Theſe plants, if rightly managed, will grow very
a double cover, and one cell containing three, four, or five fait; for I have had them upwards of three feet high
angular compreſſed ſeeds, ſurrounded with pulp.
in one ſummer from feed, and have had two plants
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of which produced flowers the ſame ſeaſon they were
Linnæus's third claſs, which includes thoſe plants ſown, but this was accidental, for none of the older
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and one ſtyle. plants have produced any flowers, although I have fe-
We know but one Species of this genus, viz. veral plants of different ages, ſome of which are
TAMARINDUS ( Indica.) Hort. Cliff. 18. The Tamarind- above twenty years old, and about fifteen feet high,
tree. Siliqua Arabica, quæ Tamarindus. C. B. P. with large ſpreading heads.
403. The Arabian Pod or Tamarind.
TAMARIX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 75. Tamariſcus.
This tree grows naturally in both Indies, and alſo in Tourn. Inft. R. H. 661. The Tamariſk.
Egypt; but it has been ſuppoſed by ſome eminent bo-
The CHARACTERS are,
tanilts, that the Tamarind which grew in the Eaſt- The empalement of the flower is obtuſe, erect, and perma-
Indies, was different from that of the Weſt, becauſe nent; it is cut into five parts; the flower bas five ovat
the pods of the firſt are almoſt double the length of concave petals which ſpread open, and five hair-like fia-
thoſe of the latter. The pods which have been brought mina terminated by roundiſh ſummits; it has an acute-
me from the Eaſt-Indies, have generally been ſo long pointed germen without a style, crowned by three oblong,
as to contain five, fix, and ſometimes ſeven ſeeds, feathery, twiſted ſtigmas. The germen afterward turns
whereas thoſe of the Weft-Indies have very rarely to an oblong acute-pointed capſule with three corners, hav-
more than three or four; but the plants which I have ing one cell, opening with three valves, containing many
raiſed from the ſeeds of both forts, are ſo like as not Small downy ſeeds.
to be diſtinguiſhed; therefore I ſuppoſe it may be This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
owing to the ſoil, or culture, that one is ſo much Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
larger than the other.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina, and three ſtyles or
This grows to a very large ſize in thoſe countries ſtigmas.
where it is a native, but in England it will not thrive The SPECIES are,
out of a ſtove, eſpecially in winter. The ſtem is very 1. TamariX (Gellico) floribus pentandris. Hort. Cliff.
large, covered with a brown bark, and divides into III. Tamariſk with flowers having five ſiamina. Ta-
many branches at the top, which ſpread wide every mariſcus Narbonenſis. Lob. Icon. 218. French Ta-
way, and are cloſely garniſhed with winged leaves, mariſk.
compoſed of ſixteen or eighteen pair of lobes, with- 12. TAMARIX (Germanica) Aoribus decandris. Hort. Cliff.
out a ſingle one at the end. The lobes are about III. Tamariſk whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina. Tama-
half an inch long, and a fixth part of an inch broad, riſcus Germanica. Lob. Icon. 218. German Tamariſk.
of a bright green, a little hairy, and fit cloſe to the The firſt ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
midrib. The flowers come out from the ſide of the in Spain and Italy, where it grows to a tree of middling
branches, five, fix, or more together upon the ſame fize, but in England is feldom more than fourteen or
foot-ſtalk, in looſe bunches; theſe are compoſed of fixteen feet high. The bark is rough, and of a dark
five reddiſh petals, one of which is reflexed upward brown colour; it fends out many ſlender branches,
like the ſtandard in ſome of the butterfly flowers, two moſt of which ſpread out flat and hang downward at
others ſtand on each ſide like the wings, and the other their ends; theſe are covered with a Cheſtnut-coloured
two are turned downwards; theſe, in the countries bark, and garniſhed with very narrow finely divided
where the plants grow naturally, are ſucceeded by leaves, which are ſmooth, of a bright green colour,
thick compreſſed pods, two, three, four, or five inches and have ſmall leaves or indentures which lie over
long, having a double ſkin or cover, and ſwell in each other like ſcales of fiſh. The flowers are pro-
every place where the ſeeds are lodged, full of an acid duced in taper ſpikes at the end of the branches, fe-
ftringy pulp, which ſurrounds ſmooth, compreſſed, veral of them growing on the ſame branch. The ſpikes
angular ſeeds.
are about an inch long, and as thick as a large earth-
The Tamarinds which are brought from the Eaſt- worm. The flowers are ſet very cloſe all round the
Indies are darker and drier, but contain more pulp, {pike; they are very ſmall, and have five concave
being preſerved without ſugar, and are fitter to be petals of a pale fleſh colour, with five ſlender ftamina
put into medicines than thoſe from the Weſt-Indies, terminated by roundiſh red fummits. The flowers ap-
which are much redder, have leſs pulp, and are pre- pear in July, and are fucceeded by oblong, acute-
ſerved with ſugar, ſo are pleaſanter to the palate. pointed, three-cornered capſules, filled with ſmall
The plants are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe who downy feeds, which ſeldom ripen in England.
have conveniency to maintain rare exotic trees and The wood, bark, and leaves of this tree are uſed in
ſhrubs.
medicine, and are accounted ſpecific for all diſor-
They are eaſily propagated by fowing their feeds on ders of the ſpleen; as being believed to leſſen it much.
a hot-bed in the ſpring; and when the plants are The bark is ſometimes uſed for rickets in children.
come up, they ſhould be planted each into a ſeparate The ſecond fort grows naturally in Germany, in moiſt
ſmall pot filled with light rich earth, and plunged into land; this is rather a ſhrub than tree, having ſeveral
a ho ed of tanners bark to bring them forward, ob- ligneous ſtalks ariſing from the ſame root, which
grow
a
a
a

TAM
TAN
a
a
grow erect, fending out many ſide-branches which are The ſecond fort was diſcovered in the iſland of Crete
alſo erect; they have a pale green bark when young, by Dr. Tournefort, who ſent the feeds to the Royal
which afterward changes to a yellowiſh colour. Garden at Paris ; this has a rounder root than the
The leaves are ſhorter, and fet cloſer together than other. The ſtalks twine round any neighbouring ſup-
thoſe of the other fort, and are of a lighter green, ap- port in like manner; the leaves of this are divided
proaching to a gray colour ; the flowers are produced into three lobes, in which the principal difference con-
in long looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches, ſtand- fifts. This is an abiding plant, which is hardy enough
ing erect; they are larger than thoſe of the former, to live in the full ground in England, and may be
and have ten ſtamina ftanding alternately. It flowers propagated as the other.
about the ſame time as the former.
TANACETUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 461. tab.
Theſe both caſt their leaves in autumn, and it is 261. Lin. Gen. Plant. 848. Tanſey; in French,
pretty late in the ſpring before the young ones puſh Taneſie.
out, which renders them leſs valuable; they are now The CHARACTERS are,
frequently planted in gardens for ornament, and, It has a flower compoſed of hermaphrodite and female flo-
when they are mixed with other ſhrubs, make a pretty rets, contained in one common hemiſpherical imbricated em-
variety.
palement, whoſe ſcales are compact and acute-pointed.
They may be eaſily propagated by laying down their The hermaphrodite florets, which compoſe the diſk of the
tender ſhoots in autumn, or by planting cuttings in flower, are funnel-ſhaped, and cut at the top into five
an eaft border, which, if ſupplied with water in the Segments which are reflexed ; theſe bave five. Short hair-
ſpring before they begin to ſhoot in dry weather, will like ſtamine, terminated by cylindrical tubulous ſummits,
take root in a ſhort time; but they ſhould not be re- and a ſmall oblong germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle,
moved until the following autumn, at which time crowned by a bifid revolved ftigma. The germen afterward
they may be either placed in a nurſery to be trained becomes an oblong naked ſeed. The female florets are tri-
up two or three years, or elſe into the quarters where fid, which compoſe the rays or border, and are deeply di-
they are deſigned to remain, obſerving to mulch their vided within ; theſe
. have an oblong germen, with a flen-
roots, and water them according as the ſeaſon may der ſtyle, crowned with two reflexed ſtigmas, but no ſiamina.
require, until they have taken root ; after which, the This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
only culture they will require is to prune off the of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains the
ſtraggling ſhoots, and keep the ground clean about plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
them.
and female florets which are fruitful, and their ſum-
TAMUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 991. Tamnus. Tourn. mits are connected.
Inſt. R. H. 102. tab. 28. The black Briony.
The SPECIES are,
The CHARACTERS are,
1. TANACETUM (Vulgare) foliis bipinnatis inciſis ferra-
It has male and female flowers on different plants. The tis. Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanſey with doubly-winged cut
male plants have empalements, compoſed of ſix oval ſpear- leaves which are ſawed. Tanacetum vulgare luteum.
shaped leaves, which Spread wide at the top ; they have C. B. P. 132. Common yellow Tanſey.
no petals, but have ſix ſhort ſtamina, terminated by erect 2. TANACETUM (Sibericum) foliis pinnatis, laciniis line-
Summits; the female flowers have bell-ſhaped empalements arii-filiformibus, corymbus glabris, caule herbaceo.
of one leaf, cut into fix Spear-ſhaped ſegments, which fit Lin. Sp. Plant. 844. Tanſey with winged leaves which
upon the germen ; theſe have no petals, but have oblong are cut into linear thread-like ſegments, a ſmooth corymbus,
punktured nectarii ſitting on the inſide of each ſegment and an herbaceous ſtalk. Tanacetum foliis pinnatis
of the empalement, and a large, oblong, oval, ſmooth ger- multifidis, laciniis linearibus trifidis. Flor. Sibir. 2. p.
men under the empalement, with a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned 134. Tanſey with many-pointed winged leaves, having tria
by three reflexed indented ſtigmas. The germen afterward fid linear ſegments.
becomes an oval berry with three cells, including two glo- 3. TANACETUM (Balſamita) foliis ovatis integris ferra-
bular feeds.
tis. Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanſey with oval, entire, Sawed
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſixth ſection of leaves. Balſamita major. Dod. Pempt. 296. Coſtmary,
Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe or Alecooft.
plants whoſe male flowers are upon diſtinct plants from 4. TANACETUM (Fruteſcens) foliis pinnatifidis, laciniis
the fruit, and the male flowers have fix ftamina. lanceolatis obtuſiuſculis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The SPECIES are,
844. Tanſey with wing-pointed leaves, having Spear-
1. TAMUS (Communis) foliis cordatis indiviſis. Hort. Shaped, entire, obtuſe ſeg ments. Tanacetum Africanum
Cliff. 458. Tamus with heart-ſhaped undivided leaves. arboreſcens, foliis lavendulæ multifido folio. H. Amft.
Bryonia lævis five nigra racemoſa. C. B. P. 297. Com- 2. 210. African-tree Tanſey, with a leaf like the cut-
mon black Briony.
leaved Lavender.
2. TAMUs (Cretica) foliis trilobis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1028. 5. TANACETUM (Suffruticoſum) foliis pinnato-multifidis,
Tamus with leaves which are divided into three lobes. Ta- laciniis linearibus ſubdiviſis, acutis caule fuffruticofo.
mus Cretica, trifido folio. Tourn. Cor. 3. Black Bri- Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanſey with many-pointed winged leaves,
ony of Crete with a trifid leaf.
having linear ſegments which are acutely divided, and an
The firſt fort is rarely cultivated in gardens, but under ſhrub ſtalk, Tanacetum Africanum, fruteſcens,
grows wild under hedges in divers parts of England, foliis lavendulæ multifidæ, longè minoribus, graveo-
and is there gathered for medicinal uſe. The root is lens. Boerh. Ind. Plant. 1. p. 124. Shrubby African
very large, fleſhy, and has a dark brown ſkin or co- Tanſey, with leaves like the cut-leaved Lavender, but much
ver; the ſtalks are ſmooth, and twine round any Imaller and ſtronger ſcented.
neighbouring ſupport, whereby they riſe to the height 6. TANACETUM (Crithmifolium) foliis pinnatis, pinnis li-
of ten or twelve feet; they are garniſhed with ſmooth nearibus remotis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 843
heart-ſhaped leaves of a lucid green, which are pro- Tanſey with winged leaves, whoſe lobes are linear, grow
duced alternately. The flowers are produced in long at a diſtance from each other, and are entire. Elichryſum
bunches from the ſide of the ſtalks; thoſe of the male Africanum fruteſcens, foliis crithmi marini. Hort.
plants fall off foon after their farina is caft abroad, Amft. 2. p. 113. Shrubby African Goldy-locks with leaves
but the female flowers are ſucceeded by oval ſimooth like Samphire.
berries which are red when ripe. It flowers in July, The firſt fort is the common Tanſey which is uſed in
and the fruit ripens in autumn.
medicine and the kitchen ; this grows naturally by
It may be eaſily propagated by ſowing their ſeeds the ſides of roads, and the borders of fields in many
ſoon after they are ripe, under the ſhelter of buſhes, parts of England. It has a fibrous creeping root,
where, in the ſpring, the plants will come up, and which will ſpread to a great diſtance where they are
ſpread their branches over the buſhes, and ſup- not confined, from which riſe many channelled
port themſelves, requiring no farther care, and their ſtalks, from two to almoſt four feet high, accord-
roots will abide many years in the ground without ing to the goodneſs of the ſoil, which are garniſhed
decaying
with doubly-winged leaves, whoſe lobes are cut and
sharply

TAN
TAN
3
3
a
3
a
a
harply ſawed; they are of a deep green colour, and is a fucceffion of flowers on the ſame plant great part
have a pleaſant grateful odour. The ſtalks divide of ſummer. The feeds rarely ripen in England.
near the top into three or four branches which ftand The fifth fort was brought from the Cape of Good
erect, and are terminated by umbels of naked yellow Hope, where it grows naturally; this riſes with a
flowers, compoſed of many florets, which are in- branching Thrubby ftalk three or four feet high, gar-
cluded in hemiſpherical ſcaly empalements. Theſe niſhed with wing-pointed leaves whoſe lobes are very
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen narrow, and frequently cut into acute ſegments. The
in September
flowers are produced in ſmall roundiſh bunches at the
There are three varieties of this, one with a curled end of the branches; they are larger than thoſe of the
leaf, which is titled Double Tanſey by gardeners; former fort, and are of a bright yellow colour. It
another with variegated leaves, and a third with flowers about the ſame time with the former.
larger leaves which have little ſcent; but, as theſe The ſixth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
have accidentally been produced from feeds of the Hope ; this has a thick ſhrubby ſtalk, covered with
common Tanſey, they are not enumerated as diſtinct
a gray bark, which riſes ſeven or eight feet high, ſend-
fpecies.
ing out many branches on every ſide, which are cloſely
This fort is eaſily propagated by the creeping roots, garniſhed with linear-winged leaves, whoſe lobes or
which, if permitted to remain undiſturbed, will in
pinnæ are very narrow, and ſpread from each other.
a ſhort time overſpread the ground where they are The leaves fit cloſe to the ſtalks on every ſide; the
permitted to grow ; ſo that wherever this is planted in branches are terminated by cloſe, large, roundiſh
a garden, the Nips ſhould be placed at leaſt a foot bunches of bright yellow flowers. Some of the foot-
afunder, and in particular beds, where the paths round ftalks fuftain but one, others two, three, or four
them may be often dug, to keep their roots within fiowers upon each, which begin to appear the begin-
bounds. They may be tranſplanted either in ſpring ning of July, and there is a ſucceſſion of them on the
or autumn, and will thrive in almoſt any foil or ſitu- ſame plants till late in autumn; and thoſe which come
ation.
early in the ſeaſon, will be ſucceeded by feeds which
The common Tanſey is greatly uſed in the kitchen ripen in winter.
early in the ſpring; at which ſeaſon, that which is in The three laſt-mentioned forts are too tender to live
the open ground, or eſpecially in a cold ſituation, is through winter in the open air, fo muſt be kept in
hardly forward enough to cut, ſo that where this is pots, and removed into ſhelter before hard froſts
much wanted at that ſeaſon, it is the beſt way to make come on; they are all of them eaſily propagated by
a gentle hot-bed in December, and plant the old roots cuttings, which
may be planted in a bed of loamy
thereon without parting them, and arch the bed earth, during any of the ſummer months; theſe ſhould
over with hoops, to cover it with mats in cold wea- be ſhaded from the ſun until they have taken root,
ther, by which method the Tanſey will came up in and muſt be frequently refreſhed with water. When
January, and be fit to cut in a ſhort time after. they have good roots, they ſhould be taken up with
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this has a balls of earth about their roots, and planted in pots,
perennial fibrous root; the ſtalks rife more than two placing them in a ſhady ſituation till they have taken
feet high ; the leaves are narrow and winged; the lobes new root; then they may be removed to a ſheltered
are very narrow, and end in two or three points which fituation, placing them among other hardy exotic
are entire ; the flowers are produced in ſmall thin um- plants, where they may remain till late in October,
bels from the fide, and at the top of the ſtalk; they when they muſt be put into ſhelter. Theſe plants are
are yellow and but ſmall, the umbels having few ſo hardy as only to require protection from hard froſt,
flowers in each. This flowers in June and July, and ſo muſt not be tenderly treated, and in mild weather
the feeds ripen in autumn: it may be propagated in ſhould always be as much expoſed to the air as poffi-
the ſame way as the firſt.
ble, to prevent their drawing weak.
The third ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of France TAN, or TANNERS BARK is the Bark of
and Italy, but is here planted in gardens, and was the Oak-tree, chopped or ground into coarſe powder,
formerly pretty much uſed in the kitchen, and alſo in
to be uſed in tanning or dreſſing of ſkins, after which
medicine. The roots of this are hardy, fleſhy, and it is of great uſe in gardening: firſt, by its fermenta-
creep in the ground ; the lower leaves are oval and
tion (when laid in a proper quantity,) the heat of
entire; they are near three inches long, and one inch which is always moderate, and of a long duration,
and a half broad, ſawed on their edges, of a grayiſh which renders it of great ſervice for hot-beds; and fe-
colour, and have long foot-ſtalks. The ſtalks riſe condly, after it is well rotted, it becomes excellent
from two to three feet high, and ſend out branches manure for all ſorts of cold ftiff land, upon which one
from the ſide ; they are garniſhed with oval ſawed load of Tan is better than two of rotten dung, and will
leaves like thoſe at the bottom, but ſmaller, and fit continue longer in the ground.
cloſe to the ſtalk. The flowers are produced at the The uſe of Tan for hot-beds has not been many years
the top of the ſtalks in a looſe corymbus ; they are known in England. The firſt hot-beds of this fort,
naked, and of a deep yellow colour ; theſe appear in which were made in England, were at Blackheath in
Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in England. Kent, above fourſcore years ago ; theſe were deſigned
The whole plant has a ſoft pleaſant odour.
for the raiſing of Orange-trees, but the uſe of theſe
It is propagated eaſily by parting of their roots : hot-beds being but little known at that time, they
the beſt time for this is in autumn, that they may be were made but by two or three perfons, who had
well eſtabliſhed in the ground before ſpring. Where learned the uſe of them in Holland and Flanders, where
this plant is cultivated for uſe, the plants ſhould be the gardeners ſeldom make any other hot-beds; but in
;
planted in beds at two feet diſtance every way, that England there were very few hot-beds made of Tan-
they may have room to grow; for in two years the ners Bark before the Ananas plants were introduced
roots will meet, ſo every other year they ſhould be
,
into this country, which was in 1719, ſince which
tranſplanted and parted to keep them within compaſs; time the uſe of theſe hot-beds has been more general,
they will thrive in almoſt any foil or ſituation, but and are now made in all thoſe gardens where the Ana-
will continue longeſt in dry land.
nas plants are cultivated, or where there are collec-
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good tions of tender exotic plants preſerved; and the gar-
Hope; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk eight or ten deners here are now better ſkilled in the making and
feet high, ſending out branches on every fide the managing of theſe hot-beds than in moſt other coun-
whole length, which are garniſhed with wing-pointed tries, which might render it lefs neceſſary to give a
leaves, whoſe ſegments are ſpear-ſhaped, entire, and full deſcription of them here; but yet, as there may
blunt-pointed. The flowers are produced in ſmall be ſome perſons in the remote parts of England, who
roundiſh bunches at the end of the branches; they have not had an opportunity of informing themſelves
of a ſulphur colour, and appear in May, but there of the uſe of Tanners Bark for this purpoſe, I ſhall in-
fert
a
a

TAN
TAR
a
a
و
3
,
fert the ſhorteſt and plaineſt method of making and plants; but in order to judge of this, there thould
managing theſe hot-beds, as they are practiſed by the be three or four ſticks thruſt down into the Tan,
moſt knowing perſons, who have long made uſe of about eighteen inches deep, in different parts of the
theſe hot-beds; and firſt, I ſhall begin with the bed, ſo that by drawing out the ſticks, and feeling
choice of the Tan.
them at different depths, it will be eaſy to judge of
The tanners in ſome parts of England do not grind the temper of the bed; and it will be proper to let
;
che Bark to reduce it into ſmall pieces, as is commonly a few of theſe ſticks remain in the bed after the plants
practiſed by the tanners near London, where there is
are plunged, in order to know the warmth of the
great difference in the ſize of the bark, fome being Tan, which may be better judged of by feeling theſe
ground much ſmaller than the other, according to the ſticks, than by drawing out the pots, or plunging the
different purpoſes for which it is intended ; but in hand into the Tan.
many places the Bark is only chopped into large When the Tan is good, one of theſe beds will retain
pieces, which renders it very different for the uſe of a proper degree of heat for near three months; and
hot-beds ; for if the Tan is very coarſe, it will require when the heat declines, if the Tan is forked up and
a longer time to ferment than the ſmall Tan; but turned over, and ſome new Tan added to it, the heat
when it begins to heat, it will acquire a much greater will renew again, and will continue two months longer;
degree, and will retain the heat a much longer time ſo that by turning over the Tan, and adding ſome new
than the ſmall; therefore where there is choice, the Tan every three months or thereabouts, as the bed is
middling-lized Tan ſhould be preferred, for it is very found to decline of its heat, they may be continued
difficult to manage a hot-bed when made of the one year, but every autumn it will be proper to take
largeſt Tan; the heat of which is often fo great, as out a good quantity of the old Tan, and to add as
to ſcald the roots of plants, if the pots are fully much new to the bed, that the heat of the bed
may
plunged into the bed ; and I have known this violent be kept up in winter; for if the heat is ſuffered to de-
heat continue upward of two months, ſo that it has cline too much during the cold ſeaſon, the plants will
been unſafe to plunge the pots more than half their ſuffer greatly; to prevent this, there ſhould always
depth into the Tan, till near three months after the be ſome new Tan added to the bed in winter, when
beds have been made; therefore where the perſons, the heat is found to decline; but the Tan ſhould be
who have the care of theſe beds, do not diligently ob- laid in a dry place a week or ten days to dry, before
ſerve their working, they may in a ſhort time deſtroy it is
put into the bed, otherwiſe the moiſture will chill
the plants which are placed in the beds : on the other the old Tan in the bed, and prevent the fermentation ;
hand, if the Tan is very ſmall, it will not retain the ſo that unleſs the Tan is turned over again, there will
heat above a month or fix weeks, and will be rotten be little or no heat in the beds, which often proves
and unfit for a hot-bed in a ſhort time , ſo that where fatal to the plants which are plunged in them ; there-
the middle-ſized Tan can be procured, it ſhould al- fore whoever has the management of theſe beds,
ways be preferred to any other.
ſhould be very careful to obſerve conſtantly the warmth
The Tan ſhould be always ſuch as been newly taken of the Tan, fince, upon keeping the beds in a due
out of the pits, for if it lies long in the tanners temperature of warmth, their whole ſucceſs depends;
yard before it is uſed, the beds ſeldom acquire a pro- and where this caution is not taken, it frequently hap-
per degree of heat, nor do they continue their heat pens that the Ananas plants run into fruit very ſmall,
long; ſo that when it has been more than a fortnight or the plants are infected by inſects, both which are
or three weeks out of the pit, it is not ſo good for occaſioned by the growth of the plants being ſtopped
uſe as that which is new. If the Tan is very wet, it by the decline of the heat of the Tan; therefore great
will be proper to ſpread it abroad for two or three regard muſt be had to that, eſpecially in winter.
days, to drain out the moiſture, eſpecially if it is in The great advantages which theſe tan-beds have of
autumn or winter ſeaſon, becauſe then, as there will thoſe which are made of horſe-dung, are the mode-
be little fun to draw a warmth into the Tan, the rate degree of heat which they acquire, for their heat
moiſture will prevent the fermentation, and the beds is never fo violent as that of horſe-dung, and they
will remain cold; but in the ſummer ſeaſon, there is no continue this heat much longer; and when the heat
great danger from the moiſture of the Tan. The heat
declines, it may be renewed, by turning the beds
of the fun through the glaſſes will be then ſo great, as over, and mixing ſome new Tan with the old, which
foon to cauſe a fermentation in the Tan.
cannot be fo well done with horſe-dung; and like-
Theſe Tan-beds ſhould be always made in pits having wiſe the beds will not produce ſo great ſteams, which
brick-walls round them, and a brick pavement at the are often injurious to tender plants, ſo that theſe Tan-
bottom, to prevent the earth from mixing with the beds are much preferable to thoſe of horſe-dung for
Tan, which will prevent the Tan from heating. Theſe
moſt purpoſes.
pits muſt not be leſs than three feet deep, and fix feet Tan, when it is well rotted, is alſo an excellent ma-
in width, but ſeven is better ; the length muſt be in nure for all cold and ſtiff lands; and if it is laid upon
proportion to the number of plants they are to contain, Graſs ground in autumn, that the rains in winter
but if they are not ten feet in length, they will not may waſh it into the ground, it will greatly improve
retain their heat long; for where there is not a good the Grafs; but when it is uſed new, or in the ſpring
body of Tan, the outſide of the bed will ſoon loſe of the year, when dry weather comes ſoon after, it
its heat, ſo that the plants which are there plunged, is apt to cauſe the Graſs to burn, which has occa-
will have no benefit of the warmth, nor will the mid- fioned the diſuſe of Tan in many places; but if pro-
dle of theſe beds retain their heat long, ſo that they perly uſed, it will be found an excellent dreſſing for
will not anſwer the purpoſe for which they are in- all ſtiff lands.
tended.
TAPI A. See CRATEVA.
When the Tan is put into the bed, it muſt not be TARCHONANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 846.
beaten or trodden down too cloſe, for that will cauſe
The CHARACTERS are,
it to adhere, and form one ſolid lump, ſo that it will It has a flower compoſed of ſeveral bermaphrodite florets,
not acquire a proper heat; nor ſhould it be trodden included in one common top-ſhaped empalement, which is
down at the time when the pots are plunged into the fort, permanent, and hairy. The florets are uniform,
beds, to avoid which there ſhould be a board laid
funnel-shaped, and of one petal, indented in five parts at
croſs the bed, which ſhould be ſupported at each end, the top; they have each five very ſhort hair-like ſtamina,
to prevent its reſting upon the Tan, upon which the
terminated by cylindrical tubulous fummits longer than the
perſon ſhould ſtand who plunges the pots, ſo that the petal, and an oblong gerinen, ſupporting a ſtyle the length
Tan will not be preffed down too cloſe. When the of the ſtamina, crowned by two awl-ſhaped ſtigmas which
Tan is quite freſh, and has not been out of the pits open lengthways. The germen afterward turns to a ſingle
long enough to acquire a heat, the beds will require a oblong ſeed, crowned with down, which ripens in the em-
fortnight, or ſometimes three weeks, before they will
be of a proper temperature of warmth to receive the
13 B
This
3
a
palement.

TAX
TAX
,
a
و
all the year.
Tiis genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of We have but one Species of this plant in England,
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
viz.
plants whoſe flowers are made up of all fruitful florets, Taxus (Baccas) foliis approximatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
and their ſummits are connected together.
1040. Pero-tree with leaves growing near each other, or
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
the cominon Yew.
TARCHONANTHUS (Camphoratus.) Hort. Cliff. 398. Co- This tree grows naturally in England, and alſo in moſt
nyza Africana, fruteſcens, foliis falviæ odore cam- of the northern countries of Europe, and in North
phoræ. Tourn. Inſt. 455. Shrubby African Fleabane, America ; and where, if it is ſuffered to grow, will
with Sage leaves ſmelling like Camphire.
riſe to a good height, and have very large items; it
This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good naturally ſends out branches on every fide, which
Hope, and alſo in China; it has a ſtrong woody ſpread out, and are almoſt horizontal, they are cloſe-
ſtalk, which in England riſes to the height of twelve ly garniſhed with narrow, ftiff, blunt-pointed leaves,
or fourteen feet, ſending out many ligneous branches of a very dark green. The fowers come out from
at the top, which may be trained up to have a regu- the fide of the branches in cluſters; the male flowers
lar head. The branches are garniſhed with leaves, having many ſtamina, are more conſpicuous than the
which are in ſhape like thoſe of the broad-leaved Sal- female; theſe for the moſt part are upon different
low, having a downy furface like thoſe of Sage, and trees, but ſometimes are upon the ſame tree; they
their under fides are white; they reſemble in ſmell appear the latter end of May, and the berries ripen
the Roſemary leaves when bruiſed. The flowers are in autumn.
produced in ſpikes at the extremity of the ſhoots, There is hardly any ſort of evergreen tree which has
which are of a dull purple colour, fo do rot make been ſo generally cultivated in the Engliſh gardens as
any great appearance. The uſual time of its flower-
the Yew, upon the account of its being ſo tonfile, as
ing is in autumn, but continue great part of winter, to be with eaſe reduced into any ſhape the owner
and are not ſucceeded by feeds here. Theſe plants pleaſed; and it may be too often ſeen, eſpecially in old
are preſerved to make a variety in the green-houſe gardens, what a wretched taſte of gardening prevailed
during the winter ſeaſon, by thoſe who are curious in formerly in England, from the monſtrous figures of
collecting of foreign plants ; they retain their leaves beaſts, &c. we find theſe trees reduced into; but of
late this taſte has been juftly exploded by perſons of
It is too tender to live through the winter in the ſuperior judgment, for what could be more abſurd
open air in England, but requires no artificial heat, than the former methods of planting gardens ? where,
therefore may be placed in a common green-houſe thoſe parts next the habitation, were crouded with a
with Myrtles, Oleander, and other hardy exotic plants large quantity of theſe and other ſorts of evergreen
in winter, and in ſummer may be expoſed with them trees, all of which were clipped into fome trite figure
in the open air, and treated in the ſame manner as or other, which, beſides the obſtructing the proſpect
they are.
from the houſe, and filling up the ground, ſo that
It
may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould be little room was left for other ſhrubs and flowers. Be-
planted in May, in pots filled with light earth, and fide, it occafioned an annual expence torender the trees
if they are plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will diſagreeable ; for there never was a perſon, who had
promote their putting out roots. Theſe ſhould be conſidered the beauty of a tree in its natural growth,
ſhaded with mats, or covered with oiled paper, to with all its branches diffuſed on every fide, but muſt
ſcreen them from the ſun until they are rooted. By acknowledge ſuch a tree infinitely more beautiful than
the middle of July theſe cuttings will have taken any of thoſe ſhorn figures, ſo much ſtudied by perſons
root, when they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a of a groveling imagination.
ſeparate pot, and placed in the ſhade until they have The only uſe this tree is fit for in gardens, is to form
taken new root ; after which time they may be placed hedges for the defence of exotic plants; for which
with other hardy exotic plants in a ſheltered ſitu- purpoſe, when it is neceſſary to have hedges, it is the
ation, where they may remain till the middle or end moſt proper of any tree in being; the leaves being
of October, when they ſhould be removed into the ſmall, the branches are produced very cloſe together;
green-houſe, placing them where they may have a and if carefully ſhorn, they may be rendered ſo cloſe
large ſhare of air in mild weather. This plant is very as to break the winds better than any other fort of
thirſty, ſo muſt be often watered, and every year the fence whatever, becauſe they will not be reverberated,
plants muſt be ſhifted; and as they increaſe in ſize, as againſt walls, pales, or other cloſe fences, there-
Thould be put into larger pots.
fore conſequently are much to be preferred for ſuch
TARRAGON. See ABROTANUM.
purpoſes.
TAXUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 589. tab. 362. Lin. Theſe trees may be eaſily propagated by fowing their
Gen. Plant. 1006. [ſo called of ród, poiſons; be- berries in autumn, as ſoon as they are ripe (without
cauſe this tree, in old time, was uſed in compound- clearing them from the pulp which ſurrounds them,
ing poiſons in warm climates.] The Yew-tree; in as hath been frequently directed,) upon a fhady bed
French, If.
of freſh undunged foil, covering them over about half
The CHARACTERS are,
an inch thick with the ſame earth.
The male flowers are produced on ſeparate trees from the In the ſpring the bed muſt be carefully cleared from
fruit for the moſt part; they have neither empalement or weeds, and if the ſeaſon proves dry, it will be proper
petals, but the gem is like a four-leaved cover; they have to refreſh the bed with water now and then, which
a great number of ſtamina which are joined at the bottom will promote the growth of the feeds, many of which
in a column longer than the gem, terminated by depreſſed will come up the ſame ſpring, but others will remain
fummits, having obtuſe borders and eight points, opening in the ground until autumn or ſpring following; but
on each ſide their baſe, caſting their farina. The female where the ſeeds are preſerved above ground till ſpring
flowers are like the male, having no empalement or petals
, before they are fown, the plants never come up till
but have an oval acute-pointed germen, but no style
, the year after; ſo that by fowing the ſeeds as ſoon as
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward be- they are ripe, there is often a whole year ſaved.
comes a berry lengthened from the receptacle, globular at Theſe plants, when they come up, ſhould be conſtant-
the top, and covered by a proper coat at bottom, open at ly cleared from weeds, which, if permitted to grow
- the top, full of juice, and of a red colour ; but as it dries, amongſt them, will cauſe their bottoms to be naked,
waſtes away, including one oblong oval feed, whoſe top with- and frequently deſtroy the plants when they continue
out the berry is prominent.
long undiſturbed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the eleventh ſection In this bed the plants may remain two years, after
of Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe which, in autumn, there ſhould be a ſpot of freſh
plants whoſe male flowers are upon ſeparate plants undunged foil prepared, into which they ſhould be
from the fruit, and their ſtamina are joined in one removed the beginning of October, planting them in
body or column.
beds about four or five feet wide, in rows about a
foot
a

T ER
Τ Ε Τ
و
a
a
foot aſunder, and fix inches diſtance from each other I TERGIF CE TOUS PLANTS, are ſuch as bear
in the rows, obſerving to lay a little mulch
upon
the their feeds on the backſides of their leaves.
furface of the ground about their roots, as alſo to TERNATEA. See CLITORIA:
water them in dry weather until they have taken root; TERRACES. A Terrace is a bank of earth,
after which they will require no farther care, but to raiſed on a proper elevation, fo that any perſon who
keep them clear from weeds in ſummer, and to trim walks round a garden, may have a better proſpect of
them according to the purpoſe for which they are all that lies round him; and theſe elevations are ſo
deſigned
neceſſary, that thoſe gardens that have them not are
In theſe beds they may remain two or three years, deficient.
according as they have grown, when they ſhould When the Terraces are rightly ſituated, they are
again be removed into a nurſery, placing them in great ornaments for their regularity and opening, ef-
rows at three feet diſtance, and the plants eighteen pecially when they are well made, and their aſcent not
inches afunder in the rows ; obſerving to do it in au- too ſteep.
tumn, as was before directed, and continue to trim There are feveral kinds of Terrace-walks:
them in the ſummer ſeaſon, according to the deſign 1. The great Terrace, which generally lies next to the
for which they were intended; and after they have houſe.
continued three or four years in this nurſery, they may
2. The ſide or middle Terrace, which is commonly
be tranſplanted where they are to remain , always ob- raiſed above the level of the parterre, lawn, &c.
ferving to remove them in autumn where the ground 3. Thoſe Terraces which encompaſs a garden.
is very dry, but on cold moiſt land it is better in the As to the breadth of fide Terraces, this is uſually de-
ſpring
cided by its correſpondence with ſome pavilion, or
Theſe trees are very ſlow in growing, but yet there are ſome little jettee or building; but moſt of all by the
many very large trees upon fome barren cold foils in
quantity of ſtuff that is to ſpare for thoſe purpoſes.
divers parts of England. The timber of theſe trees The fide Terrace of a garden ought not to be leſs
is greatly efteemed for many uſes.
than twenty feet, and but very feldomn wider than
TELEPHIOIDES. See ANDRACHNE.
thirty
TELEPHIUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 248. tab. 128. As for the height of a Terrace, fome allow it to be
Lin. Gen. Plant. 339. Orpine.
but five feet high; but others more or leſs, according
The CHARACTERS are,
to their fancies; but more exact perſons never allow
The empalement of the flower is permanent, compoſed of above five or fix feet; and in a ſmall garden, and a
five oblong oval leaves which are obtuſe, and the length of narrow Terrace-walk, three feet; and ſometimes three
the petals. The flower has five oblong obtuſe petals, and feet and a half high, are ſufficient for a Terrace eight-
five owl-Shaped ſtamina which are ſhorter than the petals, teen feet wide, and four feet are ſufficient for a Ter-
terminated by proftrete ſummits, with a three-cornered race of twenty feet wide; but when the garden is pro-
acute germen having no ſtyle, crowned by three acute ſpread- portionably large, and the Terrace is thirty feet wide,
ing Sigmas. The germen afterward turns to a ſort three- then it muſt be at leaſt five or fix feet high.
cornered capſule with one cell, opening with three valves, The nobleſt Terrace is very deficient without ſhade,
containing mony round ſeeds.
for which Elm-trees are very proper ; for no feat can
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of be ſaid to be complete, where there is not an imme-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants diate ſhade almoſt as ſoon as out of the houſe, and
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina, and three ſtyles or therefore theſe ſhady trees ſhould be detached from
ftigmas.
the body and wings of the edifice.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus in the Eng-TEREN E, earthy, or compoſed of earth.
liſh gardens, viz.
TERRESTRIAL, earthy, or that belongs to
TELEPHIUM (Imperati.) Hort. Upſal. 70. Orpine, or Live earth.
long. Telephium legitimum Imperati. Cluf. Hift. 77. TETRACERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 604.
The true Orpine of Imperatus.
The CHARACTERS are,
This plant grows naturally in the ſouth of France and The flower has a permanent empalement of six roundiſ
Italy. The root is compoſed of ligneous fibres of a ſpreading leaves, the three outer are alternate and ſmaller
yellowiſh colour, which ſpread out wide. The than the other: it has ſix ſmall petals which foon fall off,
branches or ſtalks are flender, and trail upon the and a great number of ſtamina which are permanent, and
ground; they are eight or nine inches long, and are the length of the empalement, terminated by ſingle fum-
garniſhed with ſmall oval leaves of a grayiſh colour, mits; it has four oval germen ſupporting a ſhort awl-
ſmooth and pretty ſtiff, which are ranged alternately Shaped Style, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen
along the ſtalk, having one longitudinal nerve run- afterward become four ovat reflexed capſules, each having
ning through the middle. The flowers are produced one cell, opening at the ſeam on the upper ſide, incloſing one
at the end of the branches in ſhort thick bunches, roundiſh ſeed.
which are reflexed like thoſe of the Heliotropium. This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
They are compoſed of five white petals which ſpread of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
open and are the length of the empalement, having plants whoſe flowers have many ſtamina and four
five very ſlender itamina terminated by yellow ſur- ſtyles,
mits. This plant flowers in June and July, and the We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
TETRACERA (Volubilis.) Hort. Cliff. 214. Petræa flori-
This may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be bus ſpicatis, foliis lauri ſcabris. Amman. Herb. 518.
fown in autumn on a bed of freſh light earth, in an Petræa with ſpiked flowers, and rough leaves reſembling
open ſituation; for if they are ſown in the ſpring, thoſe of the Bay-tree.
the plants will not come up till the following ſpring. This plant grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, where
When the plants are come up, they ſhould be thin- it was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who fent
ned ſo as to leave them fix or eight inches aſunder; it to England. It has a woody ſtalk which riſes to
and they muſt be conſtantly kept clear from weeds, the height of twelve or fourteen feet, covered with a
for if theſe are permitted to grow, they will ſoon over- gray bark, ſending out ſeveral ſlender ligneous
bear the plants and deſtroy them. Theſe plants do branches which twine about any neighbouring ſup-
not tranſplant well, ſo ſhould ſtand in the place where port; they are garniſhed with oblong oval leaves,
they were fown. In the ſummer they will flower, and whoſe ſurface are very rough, near fix inches long,
the feeds will ripen in autumn, which will ſcatter foon and two inches and a half broad, Nightly indented on
if it is not gathered when ripe; and, if the ground is their edges toward their points, and have many tranſ-
not diſturbed, the plants will come up in plenty, and verſe veins running from the midrib to the edges
require no other care than to keep them clear from they are placed alternate on their branches, ſtanding
weeds.
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, of a grayiſh colour on their
TEREBINTHUS. See PISTACHIA.
upper ſurface, and brown on their under. The
flowers
a

Τ Ε Τ
Τ Ε Τ
a
a
a
و
flowers are produced in panicles at the end of the
branches; theſe panicles are compoſed of three or
four ſhort thick ſpikes which branch out from the
lower
part of the principal ſpike, which is much long-
er and thicker than the other. The flowers have fix
thin purple petals of the ſame length as the empale-
ment, which are very fugacious, ſo that they foon fall
off; theſe fit upon the germen. After the flowers
are paſt, the four germen become ſo many oval cap-
fules which are reflexed backward, theſe open length-
ways on the upper fide, and have each one oblong
feed incloſed.
This ſhrub is very different from that which Dr. Pluk-
enet titles Fagus Americanus ulmi ampliffimis foliis,
capſulis bigemellis. Amalth. 87. though Dr. Linnæus
has added this Synonime to it.
This is propagated by feeds, which muſt be procured
from the countries where the plant naturally grows,
which may probably be found in ſome of the Britiſh
iſlands in the Weſt-Indies. I have received it from the
iſland of Barmuda, where it was found by the late
Dr. Crefly, who ſent me ſpecimens and ſeeds. Theſe
ſeeds are frequently abortive, for, upon examining
them, there was ſcarce more than a twentieth part
which had any kernels, and others appeared fair but
were hollow. The ſeeds ſhould be fown in pots filled
with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed of tanners bark, where they muſt be treated in
the ſame way as other exotic ſeeds from the fame
countries; and as the plants ſeldom come up the ſame
year, the pots ſhould be removed into the ſtove before
winter, and plunged into the tan-bed between the
other pots of plants, where they ſhould remain till
ſpring, when they ſhould be taken out and plunged
into a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark, which will bring
up the plants if the ſeeds were good. When the plants
are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted in a
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged
into a good bed of tan, ſhading them from the lun
till they have taken new root; after which their treat-
ment muſt be the ſame as for the Annona, and the
like tender exotic plants, which require to be kept al-
ways in the tan-bed.
TETRAGONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 551. Tetra-
gonocarpos. Boerh. Ind. alt. 262.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a permanent coloured empalement, com-
poſed of four oval, plain, deflexed leaves fitting upon the
germen. It has no petals, but about twenty hair-like ſta-
mino which ere ſorter than the empalement, terminated
by oblong proftrete ſummits, and a roundih four-cornered
germen under the flower, Supporting four awl-ſhaped ſtyles
which are recurved and as long as the ſtomina, with hairy
Stigmas the length of the ſtyles. The germen afterward be-
comes a thick capſule with four cells, having four angles
which have narrow wings or borders, containing one hard
oblong feed in each.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
of Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have about twenty ftamina and five
ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. TETRAGONIA (Fruticoſa) foliis linearibus. Flor. Leyd:
Prod. 250. Tetragonia with linear leaves. Tetragono-
carpos Africana fruticans, foliis longis & anguftis. H.
Amft
. 2. p. 205. African Shrubby Tetragonocarpos, with
long narrow leaves.
2. TETRAGONIA (Decumbens) foliis ovatis integerrimis,
caule fruticoſo decumbente. Tetragonia with oval en-
tire leaves, and a ſhrubby trailing ſtalk.
3. TETRAGONIA (Herbacea) foliis ovatis. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 250. Tetragonia with oval leaves. Tetragono-
carpos Africana, radice magna craffa & carnoſa. Hort.
Amft. 2. p. 203. Tetragonocarpos with a large fleſhy
root, and oval leaves.
Theſe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence they were firſt brought to the
gardens in Holland. The firſt fort has ſlender ligne-
ous ſtalks which riſe three or four feet high, if they
are ſupported, otherwiſe they trail upon the ground;
they are covered with a light gray bark, and divide
into a great number of trailing branches, which when
young are ſucculent, of an herbaceous colour, and
covered with ſmall pellucid drops, ſomewhat like the
Diamond Ficoides, which reflect the light. As the
branches are older, they become more ligneous, and
are garniſhed with thick, ſucculent, narrow leaves,
about half an inch long, and a tenth of an inch broad,
concave, and blunt-pointed, theſe are placed alter-
nate, and at their baſe come out a cluſter of ſmaller
leaves, which have the like pellucid drops as the ſtalks.
The flowers are produced from the wings of the
ſtalks, at every joint toward the end of the branches;
ſometimes they come up ſingly, at others there are
two, and ſometimes three flowers at each joint; theſe
have empalements of five leaves, which ſpread open
and are a little refiexed; they are green without, and
yellow within, each having about forty ftamina, which
are terminated by oblong proftrate ſummits which
fill up the middle of the flower
. They appear in July
and Auguft, and are ſucceeded by large four-corner-
ed capſules having four wings or borders, and four
cells, each containing one oblong ſeed, which ripens
in winter.
The ſecond fort has larger ſtalks than the former,
which branch out in like manner; the branches trail
upon the ground where they are not ſupported; the
young branches are very ſucculent, and almoſt as
thick as a man's little finger; the leaves are two
inches long, and one broad; their ſurface are covered
with very ſmall pellucid drops, as are the ſtalks.
The flowers are larger, and ftand upon pretty long
foot-ftalks, three or four ariſing from the ſame points;
the empalement, and alſo the ſummits, are of a pale
ſulphur colour. It flowers at the ſame time with the
firſt.
Theſe may be propagated by cuttings, which ſhould
be cut off from the plants a few days before they are
planted, that the part where they are cut may
be heal-
ed, otherwiſe they will rot, for the leaves and ſtalks
of this plant are very full of moiſture. The beſt
time to plant theſe cuttings is in July, that they may
have time to make good roots before winter. Theſe
cuttings may be planted on a bed of freſh earth, and
if they are ſhaded from the ſun in the heat of the day,
it will be of ſervice to them. They ſhould be fre-
quently refreſhed with water, but they muſt not have
it in too great plenty, for that will rot them. In
about fix weeks after planting, the cuttings will be
fufficiently rooted to tranſplant, therefore they ſhould
be taken up, and planted into pots filled with light
freih undunged earth, and placed in a ſhady ſituation
until they have taken new root, after which time
they may be placed with other hardy exotic plants in
a ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till the
middle or latter end of October; at which time they
ſhould be removed into the green-houſe, and placed
where they may enjoy as much free air as poſſible in
mild weather; for they only require to be protected
from the froſt, being pretty hardy with reſpect to
cold, but they ſhould not have too much moiſture
in winter. If theſe plants are planted in the full
ground in the ſummer ſeaſon, they will grow prodi-
giouſly rank and large ; as they alſo will, if they are
permitted to root into the ground through the holes
at the bottom of the pots; therefore the pots ſhould
be frequently removed to prevent it, for when they
grow too freely, their leaves will be very full of
moiſture; which, together with the weight of the
fruit, which are always produced at the extremity of
the branches, will weigh the branches upon the
ground, and render the plants very unfightly. The
plants of this kind commonly grow very ſtraggling;
therefore the more their roots are confined in the pots,
the more cloſe and ſtinted will be the heads of the
plants; which is what they ſhould always be kept to,
in order to render them fightly. The flowers of this
plant have no great beauty, but as the whole face of
the
3

Τ Ε Τ
T EU
و
و
و
the plant is peculiar, it may be allowed a place in half high in England, and branch out toward the
every collection of plants for the ſake of variety, ſince top into ſeveral ſmaller ſtalks, each having one large
it requires no great trouble to cultivate it.
yellow flower at their top, ſhaped like a Sun-flower;
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by feeds, which which, before it expands, is covered with the inflated
ſhould be ſown on a warm border of light freſh earth, empalement, which is four-cornered. The ſeeds of
where ſometimes they will remain a whole year be- this plant rarely ripen in England, but when they are
fore the plants come up; therefore when they do not obtained from abroad, they ſhould be ſown in the full
come up the firſt ſeaſon, the borders ſhould not be dif- ground in the ſpring of the year ; where ſometimes
turbed, but kept conſtantly clear from weeds; and the they will remain a year before the plants come up, ſo
following ſpring, when the plants are come up about that if they do not come up the ſame year, the ground
four inches high, they ſhould be taken up and planted ſhould not be diſturbed, but kept clean from weeds,
in pots, (and treated in the ſame manner as hath been and wait till the ſecond year to ſee what plants will
directed for the cuttings ;) for if they are ſuffered come up. When the plants appear they muſt be
to grow in the border till they are large, they will kept clean from weeds, and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
not tranſplant ſo well, nor will they make ſo handſome dry, they will require to be frequently watered. In
plants.
autumn the plants ſhould be tranſplanted into the
The third fort hath large fleſhy roots; the branches places where they are to remain.
are weak, and trail upon the ground; theſe generally Theſe plants will live three years in a proper foil and
decay about Midſummer, and new ſhoots are pro- fituation, but as it does not increaſe here, the beſt
duced late in autumn. The leaves of this come out method is to procure good feeds from abroad an-
in bunches; they are oval, plain, and not ſo thick and nually.
fucculent as thoſe of the other forts; they are little TETRAPETALOUS FLOWER is one
more than an inch long, and half an inch broad. which is compofed of only four ſingle flower leaves,
The flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves called petala.
in February; theſe are like thoſe of the ſecond fort, TEUCRIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 625. Tourn.
and have long ſlender foot-ſtalks. This never pro- Inft. R. H. 207. tab. 93. [takes its name from king
duces any feeds in England ; however the cuttings Teucer, who was the firſt amongſt the ancients who
will grow, if they are planted early in the ſpring, ſo brought this plant into uſe.] Tree Germander.
that the fort may be propagated with the ſame facility
The CHARACTERS are,
as either of the other kinds.
The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into
All theſe forts require protection in winter ; but if five acute equal ſegments at the top, and is permanent.
they are placed in an airy glaſs-cafe with Ficoides, and The flower is of the lip kind with one petal, having a
other hardy plants, where they may have a large ſhare short cylindrical tube a little incurved at the chaps. The
of free air in mild weather, and protected from the upper lip is erect, and deeply cut into two acute ſegments.
froſt, they will thrive much better than when they The lower lip ſpreads and is cut into three ſegments; the
are more tenderly treated.
middle one is large and roundiſh, the two ſide ones are
TETRAGONOTHECA. Hort. Elth. 283. Lin. acute and erect. It has four awl-shaped stamina which
Gen. Plant. 875. Sun-flower, vulgò.
are longer than the upper lip, and are prominent between
The CHARACTERS are,
the ſegments, terminated by ſmall ſummits. It has a
The flower is compoſed of bermaphrodite and female flo- germen divided in four parts, ſupporting a ſtender ſtyle,
rets, which are included in one large common empalement, crowned by two fender ſtigmas. The germen afterward
cut into four plain, triangular, heart-ſhaped ſegments turn to four roundiſh naked ſeeds which ripen in the
which Spread open. The diſk or middle of the flower is empalement.
made up of hermaphrodite florets, which are funnel-ſhaped, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and cut into five ſegments at the brim, which are reflexed; Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
they have five short hair-like ſtamina, terminated by cy- plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
lindrical ſummits, and a naked germen Supporting a ſlender ſtamina, and the feeds have no capſule.
style, crowned by two reflexed ſtigmas. The germen af-
The SPECIES are,
terward becomes one naked roundiſh ſeed. The female half 1. TEUCRIUM (Flavum) foliis cordatis obtusè ferratis,
florets which compoſe the ray or border of the flower, have floralibus integerrimis concavis, caule fruticoſo. Lin.
their petals ſtretched out like a tongue on one ſide, and are Sp. Plant. 565. Tree Germander with heart-ſhaped
cut at their points into three equal acute parts. Theſe leaves which are bluntly ſawed, thoſe between the flowers
have no ſtamina, but a naked germen ſupporting a ſlender concave and entire, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Teucrium mul-
Style with two twiſted ftigmas, and are ſucceeded by ſingle tis. J. B. Common Tree Germander.
naked ſeeds.
2. TEUCRIUM (Lucidum) foliis ovatis acute inciſo-ferratis
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection glabris, floribus axillaribus geminis, caule erecto.
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes the Lin. Sp. Plant. 790. Germander with oval ſmooth leaves
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite which are acutely ſawed, and two flowers proceeding from
and female florets which are fruitful, and their ſum- the ſide of the ſtalks, which are erect. Chamædrys Al-
mits are connected.
pina fruteſcens, folio fplendente. Magnol. Hort. 52.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz. Shrubby Alpine Germander with a lucid leaf.
TETRAGONOTHECA (Helianthoides.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 903. 3. TEUCIRUM (Fruticans) foliis integerrimis oblongo-
Tetragonotheca doronici maximi folio. Hort. Élth. ovatis petiolatis, fuprà glabris, fubtus tomentoſis pe-
378. Dwarf Sun-flower, with a leaf like the greater dunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 563. Tree German-
Leopard's Bane.
der with entire, oblong, oval leaves having foot-ſtalks,
This plant is a native of Carolina, from whence the ſmooth and boary underneath, and one flower on a foot-
feeds were brought to Europe. The roots of this Stalk. Teucrium fruticans Bæticum. Cluf. Hiſt, 1. p.
plant are perennial, but the ſtalks are annual, and 348. Spaniſh Tree Germander.
periſh in autumn on the approach of cold. The roots 4. TEUCRIUM (Latifolium) foliis integerrimis, rhombeis
will abide through the winter in the full ground, if acutis, villoſis, fubtus tomentofis. Hort. Upfal. 195.
they are planted in a warm ſituation, ſo do not require Tree Germander with entire leaves which are hairy,
any ſhelter, except in very ſevere winters; when, if Maped like an acute rhombus, and woolly on their under
they are covered over with rotten tan or Peas haulm, ſide. Teucrium Hiſpanicum latiore folio. Tourn.
to keep out the froſt, there will be no danger of their Inft. R. H. 208. Spaniſh Tree Germander with a broad-
being killed.
er leaf.
About the latter end of April or the beginning of 5. TEUCRIUM (Campanulatum) foliis multifidis, foribus
May, the roots will ſend forth new ſhoots, which are folitariis. Lin. Sp. 562. Germander with many-pointed
garniſhed with large, oblong, rough leaves, placed by leaves, and flowers growing ſingly. Teucrium Hiſpa-
pairs, cloſely embracing the ſtalks; theſe are a little nicum fupinum humilius, verbenæ tenuifoliæ foliis.
finuated on their edges, and are covered with ſmall Juffieu. Low, trailing, Spaniſh Germander, with leaves
hairs. The ſtalks uſually grow about two feet and a like thoſe of the narrow-leaved Vervain.
C
6. TEUCRIUM
a
13 C

T EU
T EU
و
a
6. Teucrium (Botrys) foliis multifidis, pedunculis ax- ratis, caule erecto, racemo terminali, verticillis hexa-
illaribus ternis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 562. Germander with phyllis. Lin. Sp. 789. Germander with oval Spear-
many-pointed leaves, and flowers growing on foot-ſtalks Shaped leaves, and an ere Et ſtalk terminated by a racemus of
by threes. Chamædrys foliis laciniatis. Lob. Obſerv. flowers. Chæmedrys Canadenſis urticæ folio fubtus
209. Germander with jagged leaves.
incano. Tourn. Inft. 205. Germander of Canada with
7. TEUCRIUM (Chamædrys) foliis ovatis inciſo-crenatis a Nettle leaf, boary on their under ſide.
petiolatis, foribus ſubverticillatis. Hort. Cliff. 302. 19. Teucrium (Virginicum) foliis ovatis inæqualiter fer-
Germander with oval leaves with crenated cuts, having ratis, racemis terminalibus. Flor. Virg. 64. German-
foot-ſtalks, and flowers growing almoſt in whorls. Cha- der with oval leaves unequally ſawed, and a racemus of
mædrys minor repens. C. B. P. 248. Smaller creeping flowers terminating the ſtalks.
Germander.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
8. TEUCRIUM (Nilolianum) foliis trifidis quinquefidif- in Spain, and Italy; it riſes with a ſhrubby ftalk two
que filiformibus floribus pedunculatis folitariis oppo- feet high, ſending out many ligneous branches, gar-
fitis caule decumbente. Lin. Sp. 782. Germander with niſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves, which are a little
trifid and quinquefid leaves, and flowers growing on foli- waved, bluntly ſawed on their edges, a little inore
tary foot-ſtalks. Chamædrys multiflora, tenuifolia than an inch long, and three quarters broad near their
Hiſpanica. Tourn. Inſt. 205. Spaniſh narrow-leaved baſe, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but a little
Germander bearing many flowers.
hoary on their under fide, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
9. TEUCRIUM (Maſſilienſe) foliis ovatis rugofis inciſo-cre- ſtalks. The upper part of the branches for fix or
natis, incanis, caulibus erectis, racemis rectis. Lin. eight inches in length are adorned with flowers,
Sp. 789. Teucrium with oval rough leaves, which are which come out from the wings of the ſtalk, two or
hoary, crenated, and erect ſtalks, and Spikes of flowers. three ſtanding on each ſide at every joint; they are
Teucrium Creticum odoratum fore purpureo. H.R. of a dirty white colour, and ſtand upon ſlender foot-
Par. Sweet-ſmelling Germander of Crete, with a purple ſtalks; under each of theſe whorls ſtand two ſmaller
flower.
leaves, which are entire and concave. The flowers
10. TEUCRIUM (Scorodonia) foliis cordatis ferratis petio- appear in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
latis, racemis lateralibus fecundis, caule erecto. Lin. This fort was formerly preſerved in green-houſes with
Sp. Plant. 564. Germander with heart-ſhaped ſawed great care, but of late years it has been planted out
leaves having foot-ſtalks, many long bunches of flowers into the full ground, and is found hardy enough to
growing from the wings, and an upright ſtalk. Scor- endure the cold of our fevereſt winters without thel-
dium alterum five ſalvia agreſtis. C. B. P. 247. Ano- ter, provided it be planted on a dry foil.
ther Scordium, or Wild Sage.
This may be propagated by planting cuttings in the
11. TEUCRIUM (Scordium) foliis oblongis feffilibus den- ſpring, on a bed of freſh light earth, obſerving to
tato ferratis, floribus geminis lateralibus pedunculatis, ſhade and water them until they have taken root;
caule diffuſo. Lin. Sp. 790. Teucrium with oblong, in- after which they will require no farther care, but to
dented, Sawed leaves ſitting close to the ſtalks, flowers ſet keep them clear from weeds until the following au-
by pairs on foot-ft alks, proceeding from the ſides of the tumn, when they may be tranſplanted out into the
Stalks, which are diffuſed. Scordium. C. B. P. 247. places where they are to remain, being careful in re-
12. TeucriUM (Marum) foliis integerrimis ovatis ſub- moving them not to ſhake off all the earth from their
tus tomentofis, utrinque acutis, racemis fecundis villo- roots, as alſo to water them if the ſeaſon ſhould
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 564. Germander with oval entire prove dry, until they have taken freſh root; after
leaves, which are boary on their under ſide, pointed at which, the only care they require is to keep the ground
both ends, and hairy bunches of flowers. Marum Syri- clean about them, and to prune off ſuch ſhoots as
acum vulgò. Flor. Bat. 2. 84. Syrian Maſtick, or com- are ill ſituated, and the flowering branches when
mon Marum.
they decay, whereby their heads will appear more
13. TEUCRIUM (Chamæpitys) foliis trifidis linearibus in- regular.
tegerrimis, foribus feffilibus lateralibus ſolitariis caule It may alſo be propagated by feeds, which generally
diffuſo. Mater. Med. 287. Germander with linear, tri- are produced in plenty. If theſe are ſown upon a bed
fidy entire leaves, ond flowers ſitting cloſe, growing ſingly of light earth in April, the plants will come up in
from the wings of the branches. Chamæpitys lutea vul- fix weeks after, and theſe may be tranſplanted in
garis, five folio trifido. C. B. P. 249. Common yellow autunn, where they are deſigned to remain.
Ground Pine having a trifid leaf.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the Alps, but in
14. TEUCRIUM (Iva) foliis tricuſpidatis linearibus, flo- the lower parts, where the cold is not very fevere, and
ribus feffilibus. Lin. Sp. 787. Germander with tricuſpid generally on moiſt ground; this hath a fhrubby ſtalk
linear leaves, and flowers fitting cloſe to the wings of the like the former ; it does not riſe ſo high, but branches
ſtalk. Chamæpitys moſchata, foliis ferratis, an prima out more than that. The ſtalks are covered with
Diofcoridis ? C. B. P. 249. Muſk Ground Pine with ſhort hairy down; the lower leaves are oval, crenated,
Jawed leaves, and probably the firſt of Dioſcorides.
and of a lucid green on their upper fide, but a little
15. TEUCRIUM (Moſchatum) foliis linearibus tomentoſis hoary on their under; the leaves between the flowers
integerrimis, floribus feffilibus. Germander with linear,
are ſpear-ſhaped and entire ; the ſpikes of flowers are
woolly, entire leaves, and flower's ſitting cloſe to the much longer; the flowers are larger, and their co-
branches. Chamæpitys moſchata, foliis non ferratis. lour more inclining to a yellow than thoſe of the for-
Allion. Muſk Ground Pine with leaves not ſawed.
This flowers at the ſame time with the other,
16. TEUCRIUM (Chamædrifolium) foliis oblongo-ovatis and may be propagated in the ſame way.
obtusè dentatis, floribus folitariis alaribus peduncula- The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily,
tis, calycibus acutis. Germander with oblong oval leaves, near the borders of the ſea; this has a ſhrubby branch-
which are bluntly indented, and flowers placed ſingly at ing ſtalk which riſes fix or eight feet high, covered
the wings of the ſtalks, having acute empalements. Teu- with a hoary bark. The branches are garniſhed with
crium Americanum Chamædryos folio, flore albo. ſmall oval leaves placed oppoſite, fitting cloſe to the
Houſt. MSS. American Teucrium, with a Germander leaf branches; they are near one inch long, and half an
and white flower.
inch broad, ſmooth on their upper fide, of a lucid
17. Teucrium (Veſicarium) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inæ- green, and their under fides are hoary. The flowers
qualiter ferratis, racemis alaribus terminalibuſque caly- come out from the wings of the ſtalk at the upper part
cibus inflatis. Germander with oval Spear-shaped leaves of the branches; they are ſingle, one on each ſide at
which are unequally ſawed, and long bunches of flowers a joint ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; their empale-
Springing from the wings, and terminating the ſtalks, ments are ſhort and hoary. The middle ſegment of
and inflated empalements. Chamædrys Americana, maxi- the lower lip is large, and indented at the point;
ma, catariæ folio, calice veſicario. Houſt. MSS. the ſtamina are long-hooked, and ſupply the place
Greatest Americon Germander, with o Catmint leaf and of the upper lip; the flowers are blue, and come in
a bladdered empalement.
ſucceſſion great part of ſummer, and the plants fre-
18. Teucrium (Canadenſe) foliis ovato-lanceolatis fer- quently produce good ſeeds in England.
There
3
a
mer.
a
2

T EU
TE U
a
3
a
و
و
There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
is preſerved in ſome gardens.
The fourth fort is much like the third, but the leaves
are broader, of a rhomboid form, and are more hairy
and whiter on their under fide; this will endure the
cold of our ordinary winters, if planted on a dry foil
and in a warm ſituation, but in ſevere hard froſt it is
ſometimes deſtroyed; for which reaſon the plants are
often preſerved in pots, and removed into the green-
houſe in winter. This is propagated by cuttings in
the ſame manner as the former, and the plants require
the ſame treatment.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy
upon moiſt ground. The ſtalks of this are herbace-
ous, and trail upon the ground; they grow about a
foot in length, are garniſhed with deep green leaves,
cut into many points almoſt to the midrib; they are
ſmooth, and ſtand oppoſite. The flowers come out
on each ſide the ſtalks ſingly; they are white, and ap-
pear in July; theſe are each ſucceeded by four feeds,
which ripen in September.
This plant is preſerved in botanic gardens for variety;
it is propagated by feeds, which may be ſown in the
ſpring in the place where the plants are to remain;
and when they come up, will require no other culture
but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep
them clean from weeds. Theſe plants ripen their
feeds the firſt year, but if they are in a warm ſitua-
tion they will live through the winter.
The fixth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France,
in Italy and Germany, in the Corn fields; this is an
annual plant, which periſhes ſoon after the ſeeds are
ripe. The ſtalks are four-cornered and hairy ; they
grow
about a foot long, and are garniſhed at every
joint by leaves placed oppoſite, which are hairy and
cut almoſt to the midrib, and the ſegments are cut
into three points. The flowers come out at the wings
of the ſtalk in whorls, three ſtanding together on each
fide upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; they are white, and ſhaped
like thoſe of the other ſpecies; they appear in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt and Sep-
tember.
This is propagated by ſeeds in the ſame way as the
laft; but if the feeds of this are ſown in autumn, or
permitted to ſcatter when ripe, they will ſucceed
better than if ſown in the ſpring, and the plants will
come earlier to flower.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in the ſouth of
France, and in Germany; this has a creeping fibrous
root, which ſpreads in the ground and multiplies
greatly, ſending out many four-cornered hairy ſtalks,
which are eight or nine inches long; theſe fend out a
few ſhort branches, which are garniſhed with oval
leaves about an inch long, and three quarters broad,
which are deeply crenated on their borders, and ſtand
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are of a light green
above, but hoary, on their under fide. The flowers
grow from the wings of the ſtalks, toward the upper
part, almoft in whorls, ſtanding chiefly to one ſide of
the ſtalk; they are of a reddiſh colour, the lower lip
turning upward. This plant flowers in June and
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
It is a perennial plant, and propagates very faſt by
its creeping roots, and will thrive in almoſt any foil
or ſituation: the beſt time to tranſplant it is in au-
tumn. This was a few years ſince in great requeſt as
a ſpecific for the gout, but is at preſent in little
eſteem.
The eighth ſort grows naturally in Spain ; this is a
perennial plant, having ſome reſemblance of the for-
mer, but the roots do not creep. The ſtalks are
taller, and more erect; the leaves are narrower,
,
pointed at both ends, and not ſo deeply indented; the
indentures are ſharper, and only toward their points ;
the ſtalks are garniſhed with flowers great part of
their length, which come out in bunches at the wings
of the leaves; they are longer than thoſe of the for-
mer, and of a brighter red colour. This plant flowers
about the ſame time with the former.
It may be propagated by parting of the roots in au-
tumn, or by fowing of the ſeeds at the ſame feaſon,
which will more certainly ſucceed than thoſe which
are ſown in the ſpring. It loves an open ſituation
expoſed to the fun, but will thrive in almoſt
any
foil
which is not too moift.
The ninth fort grows naturally in the iſland of Crete,
and alſo in Nice in Italy; this is a perennial plant
with a low ſhrubby ftalk, ſending out many branches
which are four-cornered and woolly; theſe are gar-
niſhed with oval leaves about an inch long, and three
quarters broad; they are woolly on both ſides, and
are bluntly crenated on their borders. The upper
parts of the branches are adorned with purple flowers
in whorls, having two ſmall, oval, entire leaves under
each whorl; the flowers are as large as thoſe of the
firſt fort, but their cups are very woolly, and their
indentures end in ſharp points. This flowers in July,
and when the ſeaſon proves warm and dry, the plants
will produce good feeds in England.
This may be propagated either by ſeeds or cuttings
in the ſame way as the two firit forts, but the plants
ſhould have a dry foil and a warm fituation, otherwiſe
they will not live through the winter in the open air
in England.
The tenth fort is the common wild or Wood Sage,
which grows naturally in woods and thickets in many
parts of England, ſo is rarely admitted into gardens ;
this has a creeping perennial root, from which ariſe
ſtiff, ligneous, four-cornered ſtalks a foot and a half
high, garniſhed at each joint by two 'heart-ſhaped
leaves placed oppoſite, which are ſlightly ſawed on
their edges, and ſtand upon foot-ſtalks. The upper
part of the ſtalks have three or four long ſpikes of
flowers, which incline to one ſide of the ſtalk ; they
are of an herbaceous white colour, and the ſtamina
are terminated by purple ſummits. It flowers in July,
and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. This plant will grow
in any foil or ſituation, and was formerly uſed in
medicine.
The eleventh ſort is the common Water Germander,
which grows naturally in the iſle of Ely, and ſome
other fenny parts of England; this has a ſmall, gy,
fibrous, creeping root, which is perennial, from which
ariſe many four-cornered, trailing, diffuſed ſtalks,
which are garniſhed with oblong, hairy, and indented
leaves, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers are
produced at the wings of the ſtalks, two ariſing on each
fide at every joint; they are of a purple colour, and
fit
very
cloſe to the bottom of the leaves; theſe ap-
pear in July, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by feeds. The
whole plant has an odour like that of Garlick. The
herb is uſed in medicine.
This plant may be propagated by its creeping roots,
or planting the young ſhoots in the ſpring, in the
fame manner as Mint, Penny-royal, &c. and ſhould
have a moiſt foil, otherwiſe it will not thrive in gardens.
The twelfth fort is the common or Syrian Marum,
which grows naturally in Syria, and alſo in the king-
dom of Valencia; this has a low ſhrubby ſtalk, ſend-
ing out many ſlender ligneous branches, which in
warm countries will riſe three or four feet high, but
in England it is rarely ſeen half that height. The ſtalks
are very hoary, and are garniſhed with ſmall oval
leaves placed oppoſite at each joint; theſe are about
the ſize of thoſe of Thyme, and are pointed at both
ends, they are green above, and hoary underneath;
they have a piercing grateful ſcent, ſo quick as to
cauſe ſneezing. The flowers grow in looſe whorled
ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are very
downy, and the flowers are of a bright red colour;
they appear in July and Auguſt, but are not ſucceeded
by feeds in England.
This plant is eaſily propagated by ſlips or cuttings,
which, if planted during the ſummer months on a
bed of light loamy earth, covering them down cloſe
either with bell or hand-glaſſes, and ſhading them
from the fun, will put out roots very freely. When
theſe have made good roots, they may be tranſplanted
a
a
a
either

TH A
TH A
و
9
و
autumn.
و
either into ſeparate ſmall pots, or on a warm border, at alſo an annual plant, with a flender, upright, four-cor
about fix inches diſtance every way, obſerving to nered ſtalk which riſes three feet high, and divides
ſhade them from the ſun, and ſupply them with water into ſeveral ſmooth branches, which are garniſhed
till they have taken new root; after which they will with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves, three inches long and
require no other care but to keep them clean from one broad, of a bright green on their upper fide, but
weeds. Theſe plants will live through the winter in pale on their under ; they are unequally fawed on their
the open air, if they are planted in a dry foil and a edges, and ſtand upon long foot-ítalks. The flowers
warm fituation, when the frofts are not very ſevere; come out in long bunches from the wings of the
but in very hard winters they are frequently killed, if ftalk, and alſo at the top; they are pretty large, white,
they are not protected by mats or ſome other covering. and have bladdered empalements, theſe appear late
;
There was about forty years ago a great number of in July, and unleſs the ſeaſon proves favourable,
theſe plants growing in the warm borders of the they will have no good feeds ſucceed them.
Royal Gardens at Kenſington, which were clipped in- The fixteenth and ſeventeenth forts are tender, fo will
to conical forms, and were near three feet high, but not thrive in the open air in England; and unleſs the
now there are few plants of a large ſize to be found in ſeaſon proves warm, they will not perfect their feeds
the Engliſh gardens, becauſe their branches are an- here. The ſeeds of thefe ſhould be fown in ſmall pots
nually cut to keep them ſhort.
in autumn, which ſhould be plunged into the tan-bed
The cats are very fond of this plant, and where there in the ſtove between the other pots, where they ſhould
are but few of theſe plants will deſtroy them, unleſs remain till ſpring, and then they may be taken out,
they are protected from them; but, where there is and plunged into a hot-bed, which will bring up the
a great number of the plants together, the cats ſeldom plants. When theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould
touch them.
be each planted in a ſeparate pot, and plunged into a
The thirteenth fort is the common Ground Pine hot-bed, and afterward treated in the ſame way as
which is uſed in medicine; it grows naturally on other tender plants which require conſtant ſhelter.
chalky arable land in ſeveral parts of England; it is The eighteenth fort grows naturally in North Ameri-
an annual plant, with a ſingle ligneous root, which ca; this is a perennial plant, very like our Scorodonia
ſtrikes deep into the ground, ſending out a few flen- or Wood Sage, but does not creep at the root as that
der fibres from the ſide, from which ariſe many weak does; the ſtalks are erect, and garniſhed with oval
trailing ítalks which are very hairy ; theſe are garniſh- ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are white on their under
ed with narrow leaves ending with three points, which fide, and deeply ſawed on their edges; the ſtalks are
are ſet by pairs, and croſs over each other at every terminated by racemi of yellow flowers, and the
joint; they are hairy, and, when bruiſed, emit a ſtrong whorls have fix leaves.
reſinous odour. The flowers fit cloſe to the ſtalks at This is a very hardy plant, ſo will thrive in the open
the wings of the leaves; there are two or three of air, it
may be propagated by parting of the roots,
them at each joint, of a bright yellow colour, and or by fowing of the feeds, which is beſt if done in
ſhaped like the other ſpecies; theſe appear in July,
and the ſeeds ripen in September. If theſe are per- The nineteenth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this
mitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up better than is alſo a perennial plant, having oval leaves which
if fown, and require no other care but to thin them, are unequally ſawed; the ftalk is annual, and riſes near
and keep them clean from weeds.
a foot high, which is terminated by a long ſpike of
This plant is greatly recommended for its virtues ; red flowers, which appear in July and Auguſt, when
there is ſcarce a better herb than this for opening ob- the plants make a pretty appearance.
ſtructions; it is a ſtrong diuretic, and an excellent re- This is eaſily propagated by feeds, which are pro-
medy for the rheumatiſm.
duced in plenty ; if theſe are ſown in the autumn on
The fourteenth ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of a bed of a light earth, they will ſucceed better than
France, in Italy, and Spain; it is an annual plant, if ſown in the ſpring.
with a ſingle ligneous root, ſending out a few fibres. THALICTRUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 270. tab.
The ſtaiks are about fix inches high, and are cloſely 143. Lin. Gen. Plant. 617. [This name is ancient,
garniſhed with very hairy narrow leaves which are and written in a two-fold manner. In the manuſcripts
indented toward their points. The flowers come out it is found Joneybov and Járexleov, but has now ob-
from the wings of the ſtalks to which they fit very
tained the name of Thalictrum among all the mo-
cloſe ; they are large, of a bright purple colour, and derns, from Jánaw, to flouriſh, or look green. It was
appear in July ; but unleſs the ſeaſon proves favoura- anciently uſed at weddings, and is called whyovov, be-
ble, they are not ſucceeded by feeds in England. cauſe ſome botaniſts have claffed this plant with Rues.]
The fifteenth fort grows naturally about Nice in Italy, Meadow Rue.
from whence it was ſent me; this is alſo an annual The CHARACTERS are,
plant, much like the former, but the leaves are nar- The flower has no empalement, but has four or five round-
rower and entire. The whole plant is covered with iſh concave petals which fall of foon, and a great number
white woolly hairs, and the flowers are ſmaller than of ſtamina, which are broad and compreſſed toward their
thoſe of the former.
tops, terminated by twin ſummits, which are oblong, with
Both theſe plants ſucceed beft, if, when they perfect Several very ſhort ſtyles fitting ſingly upon roundiſh ger-
their feeds, they are permitted to ſcatter in the fame men, and crowned by thick ſtigmas. The germen efter-
manner as the thirteenth fort; or if the ſeeds are ward turn to so many keel-ſhaped capſules, collected in a
fown, it ſhould be in atuumn, for they rarely ſucceed head, each containing one oblong ſeed.
when they are fown in the ſpring.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
The ſixteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ- of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz; this is an plants whoſe flowers have a great number of ftamina
annual plant, with an erect ſtalk a foot and a half high; and many ſtyles.
it is four-cornered and ſmooth, garniſhed with ſmooth,
The SPECIES are,
oblong, oval leaves which are bluntly indented; they 1. THALICTRUM (Flavum) caule folioſo ſulcato, pani-
are about an inch and a half long, and three quarters culâ multiplici erectâ. Hort. Cliff. 226. Meadow Rue
of an inch broad, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. with a furrowed leafy ſtalk, and many erect panicles of
The flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks, flowers. Thalictrum majus, filiquâ angulofo aut ftri-
two of them ariſing at each joint, upon ſhort ſlender ata. C. B. P. 336. Greater Meadow Rue, with angular
foot-ftalks; they are ſmall and white, having ſhort or channelled pods.
empalements, which are cut at the brim into five very 2. THALICTRUM (Specioſum) caule anguloſo, foliis line-
acute points. The flowers appear in July, and are aribus bifidis trifidiſque, paniculâ multiplici erectâ.
ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
Meadow Rue with an angular fialk, narrow leaves end-
The ſeventeenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. ing in two or three points, and many erect ponicles of
Houſtoun at the ſame place with the former; this is flowers. Thalictrum majus, filiquâ feminis ftriatâ, fo-
و
a
3
a
6
liis

Τ Η Α
Τ Η Α
a
a
а.
a
liis rugoſis trifidis. Mor. Umbel. 70. Greater Meadow
Rue with streaked ſeed-veſſels, and rough trifid leaves.
3. THALICTRUM (Aquilegifolium) fructibus pendulis tri-
angularibus rectis, caule tereti. Lin. Sp. Plant. 547.
Meadow Rue with a pendulous triangular fruit, and a to-
per ſtalk. Thalictrum majus ftaminibus forum pur-
purafcentibus. C. B. P. 337. Greater Meadow Rue with
purple ſtamina to the flowers, commonly called feathered
Columbine.
4. THALICTRUM (Lucidum) caule folioſo ſulcato, foliis
linearibus carnoſis. Dalib. Pariſ. 162. Meadow Rue
.
with a furrowed leafy ſtalk, and linear fleſhy leaves.
Thalictrum pratenſe minus alterum, Pariſienſum, fo-
liis craffioribus lucidis. H. R. Par. Another ſmaller
Meadow Rue of Paris, with thicker Shining leaves.
5. THALICTRUM (Canadenſe) floribus pentapetalis, radice
fibrosâ. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 486. Meadow Rue with
flowers having five petals, and a fibrous root. Thalic-
trum Canadenſe. Cornut. Canad. 186. Meadow Rue
of Canada.
6. THALICTRUM (Tuberoſum) floribus pentapetalis, ra-
dice tuberosa. Hort. Cliff. 227. Meadow Rue with
flowers having five petals, and a tuberous root. Thalic-
trum minus afphodeli radice, magno flore. Tourn.
Inft. 271. Smaller Meadow Rue with an Afphodel root,
and a large flower.
7. THALICTRUM (Minus) foliis fexpartitis, fioribus cer-
nuis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 546. Meadow Rue with leaves
cut into fix ſegments, and nodding flowers. Thalictrum
minus. C. B. P. 337. Smaller Meadow Rue.
8. THALICTRUM (Fætidum) caule paniculato ramofiffi-
mo folioſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 545. Meadow Rue with
a very branching, paniculated, leafy ſtalk. Thalictrum
minimum foetidiſſimum. C. B. P. 337. The leaſt ſtink-
ing Meadow Rue.
9. THALICTRUM (Dioicum) floribus diocis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 545. Meadow Rue with male and female flowers
on different plants. Thalictrum pratenſe minus. Park.
Theat. 265. Small American Meadow Rue.
10. THALICTRUM (Anguſtifolium) foliolis lanceolato-
linearibus integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 226. Meadow Rue
with Spear-ſhaped linear leaves which are entire. Tha-
lictrum pratenſe, anguſtiſſimo folio. C. B. P. 337.
The narroweſt leaved Meadow Rue.
11. THALICTRUM (Alpinum) caule fimpliciſſimo ſubnu-
do, racemo ſimplici terminali. Hort. Cliff
. 227. Mea-
dow Rue with a ſingle ſtalk which is almoſt naked, and
terminated by a ſingle bunch of flowers. Thalictrum
montanum minimum præcox, foliis fplendentibus.
Mor. Hift. p. 325. The least Meadow Rue with ſhining
leaves.
The firſt fort grows naturally by the ſide of rivers and
in moiſt meadows in many parts of England. This
has a yellow creeping root, from which ariſe ſeveral
furrowed ſtalks five or fix feet high, garniſhed at each
joint with leaves compoſed of many lobes, which differ
in their form and ſize; ſome are ſpear-ſhaped and en-
tire, others are obtuſe, and cut into three points ;
they are of a deep green colour on their upper ſide,
but pale on their under. The flowers are of an her-
baceous white colour, and formed into many pani-
cles, ſtanding erect on the top of the ſtalks. Theſe
appear in July, and are ſucceeded by ſhort triangu-
lar capſules containing one oblong feed.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the meadows
about Montpelier. The root of this is like the for-
mer; the ſtalks are angular, and riſe five feet high;
they are better furniſhed with leaves, whoſe lobes are
very narrow, ſome of them ending with two, and others
with three points, of a bright green colour. The
flowers are yellow, and are formed into many panicles
which terminate the ſtalks. This ſort flowers about
the ſame time with the former.
The third fort grows naturally upon the Alps ; of
this there are two varieties, one with a green ſtalk
and white ftamina, the other has purple ftalks and
ftamina. Theſe two are propagated in gardens, by
the title of feathered Columbine; this hath a thick fi-
brous root; the ſtalks are taper, and riſe three feet
high; the leaves are like thoſe of the Columbine.
The flowers grow in large panicles at the top of the
ſtalk. It flowers in June, and the feeds, which are
in triangular capſules, ripen in Auguſt.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the meadows about
Paris ; this hath upright channelled ſtalks which riſe
five or fix feet high, garniſhed at each joint with
winged leaves, compoſed of many linear fleſhy lobes,
which are for the moſt part entire, ending in acute
points. The flowers are of a yellowiſh white colour;
they appear in July, and are ſucceeded by ſmall an
gular capſules with one ſmall oblong ſeed in each,
which ripens in Auguſt.
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America ; this
has a fibrous root of a dark colour. The ſtalks are
ſmooth, of a purple colour, and riſe three or four
feet high, branching toward the top. The leaves are
like thoſe of Columbine, of a grayiſh colour, and
ſmooth. The flowers are produced in large panicles
at the top of the ſtalks ; they are larger than thoſe of
the former forts, and have five white petals which
foon fall off, and a great number of white ſtamina
with yellow fummits. This powers in June, and the
ſeeds ripen in Auguſt.
The ſixth ſort grows naturally in Spain; this has knob-
bed roots; the leaves are imall, obtuſe, and indented
in three parts at their points; they are of a grayiſh
colour and ſmooth. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half
high, naked almoſt to the top, where they divide in-
to two or three ſmall ones, under which is ſituated
one leaf. Each diviſion of the ſtalk is terminated by
a ſmall bunch of pretty large flowers, having five
white petals. The flowers are almoſt diſpoſed in form
of an umbel. They appear in June, and are ſuc-
ceeded by ſmall angular capſules, containing one ob-
long feed in each, which ripen in Auguft
.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in ſome parts of
Cambridgeſhire; this has a creeping fibrous root. The
ſtalks riſe about a foot high, and are garniſhed with
winged leaves compoſed of many obtuſe ſhort lobes,
which are cut into fix fegments. The ſtalks branch out
wide; the flowers grow in looſe panicles; they are ſmall
and nodding. The ſtamina are of an herbaceous white,
and the ſummits are yellowiſh. It flowers in June.
The eighth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France;
this hath a very branching ſtalk which riſes about fix
or ſeven inches high, garniſhed with winged leaves,
which are downy, compoſed of a great number of
ſmall lobes which are bluntly indented, and have a
fætid ſcent. The flowers grow in looſe panicles;
they are ſmall, of an herbaceous white colour, with
yellowiſh ftamina. This flowers in June.
The ninth fort grows naturally in North America.
The root of this is fibrous; the ſtalks riſe near a foot
high, and are almoſt naked at the top, where they
have one leaf, compoſed of many ſmall lobes of a
grayiſh colour, indented at their points. The flowers
are produced in ſmall bunches at the top of the ſtalks ;
they are male and female in different plants. Theſe
appear in June.
The tenth ſort grows naturally in Italy and ſome parts
of Germany; this hath a perennial root. The ſtalks
riſe from two to three feet high; the leaves are wing-
ed like thoſe of the other ſort, their lobes are nar-
row and entire. The flowers are ſmall, and are col-
lected in panicles at the top of the ſtalks, and are of
an herbaceous white colour.
The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Alps; this
hath a fibrous creeping root; the leaves are ſmall,
blunt, and of a grayiſh colour. The ſtalks riſe about
fix inches high, and are almoſt naked; they are ter-
minated by a ſingle looſe ſpike of flowers, each hav-
ing four petals. This flowers the latter end of April
or the beginning of May.
Theſe plants are generally propagated by parting
their roots. The beſt time for this work is in Sep-
tember, when their leaves begin to decay, that they
may
take freſh root before the froft comes on to pre-
vent them ; they ſhould alſo be planted in a freſh light
foil, and have a ſhady ſituation, in which they will
thrive exceedingly, though they may be planted in al-
و
a
a
moſt
13 D

THA
Τ Η Α
a
a
moſt any foil or ſituation, provided it be not too hot
and dry; but moſt of them creep ſo much under
ground, as to become very troubleſome in a garden,
for which reaſon there are but few of the forts ad-
mitted into gardens. The third, fifth, and fixth forts
are frequently cultivated in the gardens. The roots
of theſe do not creep like the others, and their flowers
have ſome beauty to recommend them, but the others
are only kept in botanic gardens for the ſake of vari-
ety; therefore when they are admitted, their roots
ſhould be confined in pots, otherwiſe they cannot be
kept within bounds,
THAPSIA. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 321. tab. 171. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 323. [fo called of the iſland of Thapſus,
where it grew in plenty.] The deadly Carrot, or
fcorching Fennel.
The CHARACTERS are,
It has an umbellaied flower; the general umbel is large,
and compoſed of about twenty rays which are nearly equal ;
i beſe have no involucri ; the general umbel is uniform.
The flowers have five Spear-ſhaped incurved petals, ond
five hair-like ſtamina the length of the petals, terminated
by ſingle ſummits. It has an oblong germen ſituated under
the flower, ſupporting two ſhort styles crowned by obtuſe
Figmas. The germen ofterward becomes an oblong fruit,
girt with a longitudinal membrane dividing into two parts,
each containing one oblong ſeed, pointed at both ends, bav-
ing plain borders on both ſides.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ftamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. THAPSIA (Villofa) foliolis dentatis villoſis bafi coadu-
natis. Hort. Cliff. 105. Scorching Carrot with in-
dented hairy lobes, which are joined at their base. Thap-
ſia latifolia villofa. C. B. P. 148. Broad-leaved, hairy,
ſcorching Fennel.
2. THAPSIA (Maxima) foliis pinnatis, foliolis latiffimis
pinnatifidis fubtus villoſis petiolis decurrentibus.
Scorching Carrot with winged leaves, having very brood
wing-pointed lobes, which are hairy on their under fide,
and running foot-ſtalks. Thapſia maxima, latiſſimo fo-
lio. C. B. P. 148. The greateſt ſcorching Fennel with a
very broad leaf.
3. THAPSIA (Fcetida) foliolis multifidis baſi anguftatis.
Hort. Cliff. 105. Scorching Carrot with many-pointed
lobes, which are narrowed at their baſe. Thapfia Ca-
rotæ folio. I. B. 3. p. 187. Scorching Fennel with a
Carrot leaf.
4. THAPSIA (Apulia) foliis digitatis, foliolis bipinnatis
multifidis ſetaceis. Hort. Cliff. 106. Scorching Carrot
with many-pointed, hand-ſhaped, briſtly lobes. Thapfia
tenuiore folio Apulia. Tourn. Inft. 322. Narrow-
leaved Scorching Fennel of Apulia.
5. THAPSIA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis ovatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 262. Scorching Carrot with oval trifoliate leaves.
Sium folio infimo cordato, caulinis ternatis, omnibus
crenatis. Flor. Virg. 31. Water Parſnep with heart-
ſhaped leaves, thoſe on the ſtalks trifoliate, and all of
them crenated.
6. THAPSIA (Altiſima) foliis decompofitis, lobis maxi-
mis lucidis, umbella maxima. The talleſt ſcorching Car-
rot with decompounded leaves, having very large lucid
lobes, and great umbels. Thapſia montana, omnium
maxima, foliis lobatis. Hort. Pif
. 164. The largeſt
mountain ſcorching Carrot with broad lobes.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, and
the ſouth of France; this hath a thick fleſhy root in
ſhape of a Carrot, which has an outward blackiſh ſkin ;
the inſide is white, bitter, and very acrid, with a little
aromatic taſte. The leaves are winged; the lobes are
thick, hairy, and indented; they are regularly cut
into oppoſite ſegments like other winged leaves. The
ſtalk is fpungy, and riſes about two feet high, di-
viding upward into two or three ſmall branches, each
being terminated by a large umbel of yellow flowers.
Theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded by large,
fiat, bordered feeds which ripen in Auguſt.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain, and all over
Old Caſtile, quite to the Pyrenean mountains. The
root of this ſort is large, thick, and of a dark colour
without. The leaves are very thick, and hairy on
their under fide; they ſpread circularly on the ground,
and are divided into broad hairy lobes. The Italks
rife four or five feet high ; they are large, jointed, and
full of pith, having one leaf at each joint, ſhaped like
thofe at the bottom, but are ſmaller as they are nearer
the top. The talk is terminated by a large umbel
of yellow flowers which appear the latter end of June,
and the ſeeds ripen about two months after.
The third ſort grows naturally in Italy and Spain. The
leaves of this fort are cut into many narrow ſegments,
almoſt as ſmall as thoſe of the garden Carrot, but are
rough and hairy; their ſegments are always oppofite,
and are narrower at their baſe than their points. The
ſtalks riſe about two feet high, and are terminated by
umbels of ſmall yellow flowers which appear in July;
theſe are ſucceeded by flat bordered ſeeds which ripen
the beginning of September.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Apulia. The root
of this is about the thickneſs of a man's thumb; the
bark is yellow and wrinkled, the inſide white, and
abounds with an acrid milky juice; the leaves are
finely divided like thoſe of Fennel, they are hairy,
and fit cloſe to the root. The ſtalk riſes from two to
.
three feet high ; it is naked, and branches into two or
three ſtalks, each being terminated by a ſmall umbel
of flowers, which are large, yellow, and appear in
July: theſe are ſucceeded by flat feeds, having carti-
laginous borders, which ripen in September.
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America,
The ſeeds were ſent me by Dr. Benſel from Philadel-
phia. This hath a ſlender tap root, which is ſhaped
like thoſe of Parſley; the leaves at the bottom are
heart-ſhaped. The ſtalk is ſingle and does not branch;
it riſes near two feet high, is of a purple colour, and
flender; this is garniſhed at each joint with one tri-
foliate leaf, whoſe lobes are oval and crenated. The
ftalk is terminated by a ſmall umbel of purple flowers
which appear in July, and are ſucceeded by compreff-
ed channelled feeds which ripen in September. Dr.
Gronovius thinks this plant very like that which is fi-
gured by Kempfer, by the title of Nindzi.
The ſixth fort grows naturally in Apulia: this hath a
large taper root; the leaves ſpread circularly near the
ground, theſe are divided into ſeveral lobes, which
are divided into many very large lucid lobes, ſtanding
alternately on ſhort foot-ſtalks : the ſtalk riſes near
eight feet high, and is terminated by an umbel of yel-
low flowers, which appear in July, and are fucceed-
ed by bordered compreſſed feeds which ripen in Sep-
tember.
Theſe plants are all of them propagated by feeds,
which ſhould be ſown in autumn ; for if they are kept
out of the ground till ſpring, they often miſcarry, or
if they grow, they commonly lie a whole year in the
ground before the plants come up; whereas thoſe
feeds which are ſown in autumn, generally grow the
following ſpring. Theſe ſhould be fown in drills, in
the place where they are deſigned to remain. The
drills ſhould be at leaſt three feet and a half aſunder,
becauſe the plants ſpread their leaves very wide.
When the plants come up in the ſpring, they muſt
be carefully cleared from weeds; and where they are
too cloſe together, ſome of them ſhould be drawn
out to give room for the others to grow, but at this
time they need not be left more than two or three
inches apart; for the firſt year when the plants ariſe
from ſeeds, they make but ſlow progreſs, except the
ſixth fort, which will require more room; ſo the au-
tumn following the remaining part of the plants may
be taken up, leaving thoſe which are deſigned to re-
main about eighteen inches afunder; and thoſe
plants which are taken up may be tranſplanted into
another bed, if they are wanted. After the firſt year
theſe plants will require no farther care, but to keep
them clear from weeds; and every ſpring, juſt before
the plants begin to puſh out new leaves, the ground
ſhould be carefully dug between the plants to looſen
it, but the roots muſt not be injured, left it ihould
cauſe
a
3
a
3

Τ' Η Ε
Τ Η Ε
ز
cauſe them to decay. The plants being thus ma- fifty feet, having a trunk as large as a middle-ſized
naged, will continue ſeveral years, and produce man's body, covered with a dark brown furrowed
Howers and feeds annually, from which new plants bark, ſending out many branches toward the top,
may be raiſed. They delight in a ſoft loamy foil, which ſpread out wide on every hand, and are gar-
and if they are expoſed only to the morning fun, niſhed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves placed alter-
they will thrive better than if they have a warmer ſitu- nate, which are near four inches long, and two broad
ation, for they endure the cold of our winters very well. near their baſe, ending in acute points, of a bright
The roots of the third ſort were formerly uſed in me- green on their upper fide, and pale on their under,
dicine, but are now never ordered, being ſuppoſed to ſawed on their edges, with a ſtrong midrib, and ſe-
have a poiſonous quality. Boerhaave ſays it has much veral tranſverſe veins, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks.
the ſame qualities as Euphorbium, it burns the bowels The flowers come out in bunches from the wings of
and produces a diarrhea.
the leaves ; they are ſmall and of a yellow colour,
THELIGONUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 947. Cyno- having five concave petals which ſpread open circu-
crambe. Tourn. Cor. 52. tab. 485. Dogs Cabbage. larly, with a great number of ſtamina, which at their
The CHARACTERS are,
baſe are joined in five bodies, terminated by roundiſh
It has male and female flowers on the ſome plant. The ſummits. In the center is ſituated a roundiſh ger-
male flowers have a turbinated empalement of one leaf, cut men, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the Ita-
into two ſegments which turn backward. It has no pe- mina, crowned by a ſingle ftigma. The germen af-
ial, but ſeveral ereet ſtamina the length of the empale- terward turns to a roundiſh warted fruit having five
ment, terminated by ſingle ſummits. The female flowers obtuſe angles, and five cells which contain ſeveral ir-
have a ſmall bifid empalement of one leaf, which is per-
regular ſeeds.
manent. It has no petals, but has a globular germen, Jup- The wood of this tree is white and ductile, ſo is fre-
porting a short ſtyle crowned by an obtuſe stigmo. The quently cut into ſtaves for caſks. The fruit and leaves
germen afterward becomes a thick globular capſule with are good fodder for cattle, therefore when the planters
one cell, incloſing one globular ſeed.
clear the land from wood, they leave the trees of this
This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth ſection ſort ſtanding for food for their cattle, which is of great
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the uſe in dry seaſons, when the common fodder is ſcarce.
plants whoſe flowers have male and female flowers on There are ſome plants of this ſort preſerved in the
the ſame plant, and the flowers have
many
ſtamina. gardens of ſome curious perſons ; it is propagated by
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. ſeeds, which muſt be procured as freſh as poſſible
THELIGONUM (Cynocrambe.) Sauv. Monſp. 129. Cyno- from the countries where the plants grow naturally.
crambe Diofcoridis. C. B. P. 122. Dogs Cabbage of Theſe ſhould be fown upon a good hot-bed in the
Diofcorides.
ſpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they
This plant grows naturally in the ſouth of France, in ſhould be each planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot, and
Italy, and Tartary. It is an annual plant, which de- plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving to
cays as ſoon as the ſeeds are ripe. The ſtalks trail on Ihade them from the fun till they have taken new root;
the ground like thoſe of Chickweed; they grow about then they ſhould be treated in the ſame way as the
a foot long; their joints are pretty cloſe; theſe are Coffee-tree, keeping them always in the tan-bed in
garniſhed with oval acute-pointed leaves, ſtanding on the ſtove.
pretty long foot-ſtalks which are bordered. At each | THERMOMETER, [@sopbergov, of Jeppen, heat,
joint is placed one of theſe leaves, and from the ſame
and perpéco, to meaſure.] An inſtrument ſhewing, or
point come out ſeveral ſmaller leaves of the fame
rather meaſuring, the increaſe and decreaſe of the
ſhape on ſhorter foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro- heat, and cold of the air.
duced from the wings of the ſtalk in cluſters, fitting Of which there are various kinds; the conſtructions,
very cloſe ; they are ſmall, of an herbaceous white
defects, theories, &c. whereof are as follow.
colour, ſo make no great appearance. The male and
The confiruction of a Thermometer, depending on the
female flowers grow from the ſame joint. The female
flowers are ſucceeded by a ſingle roundiſh ſeed, which
rarefaction of the air.
ripens in autumn.
In the tube CF, to which is
It is preſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of va-
faſtened a glaſs ball A, is put
riety. The ſeeds of this muſt be ſown in autumn, in
a quantity of common water,
the place where the plants are to remain ; for when
A
mixed with aqua regia, to pre-
they are fown in the ſpring, the plants rarely come up
vent its freezing; and the mix-
B
C
the ſame year. They require no other culture but to
ture tinged with a ſolution of
keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where
vitriol, to give it a greenneſs.
they are too cloſe.
In filling the tube, care is tak-
THEOBROM A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 806. Guazuma.
en that there be ſo much air
Plum. Nov. Gen. 36. tab. 18. Baſtard Cedar.
left in the ball and tube, as
The CHARACTERS are,
that when at its greateſt con-
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of three oval con-
denſation in the middle of win-
cave leaves which are reflexed. The flower has five oval
ter, it may juſt fill the ball;
petals which ſpread open, and are hollowed like a ſpoon;
and yet in its greateſt rarefac-
from the top of each petal comes out a bifid briſtly ligula,
tion in ſummer, may not drive
divided like two borns. It has a great number of port
all the liquor out of the tube.
ſtamina joined in five bodies, and are the length of the
To the other extreme of the
petals, which are terminated by roundiſh ſummits, and a
tube is faſtened another glaſs
roundiß germen ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle the length of
ball E F, open to the air at
the petals, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen af-
F. On each ſide the tube is
terward turns to a roundiſh fruit with five angles, open-
applied the ſcale BD, divided
ing in five cells, each containing ſeveral ſeeds.
into any number of equal
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
parts.
Linnæus's eighteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
F
Now as the ambient air be-
plants which have many ſtamina joined in five bodies.
comes warmer, the air in the
D
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
E ball and the top of the tube
THEOBROMA (Guazuma) foliis ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 379.
expanding, would drive the li-
Theobroma with ſawed leaves. Guazuma arbor ulmi-
quor into the lower ball, and
folia, fructu ex purpura nigro. Plum. Nov. Gen. 36.
conſequently its ſurface will
Tree Guazuma with an Elm leaf, and a black purple fruit.
la
COM defcend; on the contrary, as the
This grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands in the
ambient air grows colder, that
Weſt-Indies, where it riſes to the height of forty or in the ball becoming condenſed, the liquor will afcend.
The
3

Τ Η Ε
THE
The conſtruction of the Mercurial Thermometer.
In the manner, and with the ſame caution as before,
put a little quantity of mercury, not exceeding the
bigneſs of a Pea, into a tube BC, thus bent with
wreaths; that taking up the leſs height, it may be
the more manageable, and leſs liable to harm : di-
vide this tube into any number of equal parts, to
ferve for a ſcale.
a
А.
Here the approaches of the mercury towards the ball
A, will ſhew the increaſes of the degree of heat. The
reaſon is the ſame as in the former.
But both theſe inſtruments are defective in this, that
they are liable to be acted on by a double cauſe, for
not only a decreaſe of heat, but alſo an increaſe of
weight of the atmoſphere, will make the liquor riſe
in the one, and the mercury in the other; and on the
contrary, either an increaſe of heat, or decreaſe of
weight of the atmoſphere, will make it deſcend.
There being ſome inconveniencies
attending the Thermometers juſt
E deſcribed, another has been at-
tempted, that ſhould meaſure heat
and cold by the rarefaction and con-
denſation of ſpirits of wine ; tho'
that be vaſtly leſs than that of air,
and conſequently the alterations in
the air likely to be much leſs ſen-
fible.
The ſtructure of this Thermometer
is this : on ſome little pieces of
Turmerick is poured a quantity of
ſpirit of wine, which hereby re-
ceives a red tincture ; this being
done, the ſpirit of wine is filtrated
through a brown paper, that the
coarſer particles of the root may
be ſeparated therefrom: with the
fpirit thus tinged and prepared,
they fill a glaſs ball with a tube,
and that all the ſpirit may not de-
ſcend in winter into the ball, it is
convenient to put the ball into a
lump of ſnow mixed with falt; or,
if the inſtrument be to be made
in ſummer, into ſpring water,
impregnated with ſaltpetre, that
A the condenſed ſpirit may ſhew how
far it will retire in the extremeft
cold.
If it be ſtill at too great a diſtance
from the ball, part of it is to be taken out; and that
the tube may not be much longer than needs, it is
convenient to immerge the ball, filled with its ſpirit,
in boiling water, and to mark the fartheſt point to
which the ſpirit then riſes.
At this point the tube is to be hermetically ſealed by
the flame of a lamp; and at the ſides is to be added
a ſcale, as in the former Thermometers.
Now the ſpirit of wine rarefying and condenſing very
conſiderably, as the heat of the ambient air increaſes,
the ſpirit will dilate, and conſequently will aſcend in
the tube ; and as the heat decreaſes, the ſpirit will
deſcend, and the degree or quantity of aſcent and
deſcent will be ſeen in the ſcale.
Yet, as the ratio of yeſterday's heat to to-day's, is not
hereby diſcovered, this inſtrument is not ſtrictly a
Thermometer, any more than the former.
Here it is to be obſerved ;
1. That as the natural gravity of the liquor makes
it tend downward, ſo it refifts its aſcent out of the
ball into the tube, and that the more as it riſes high-
er, for which reaſon it were beſt to have the tube ho.
rizontal.
2. Since there muſt of neceſſity be fome air left in
the void part of the tube over the liquor, that air,
by its elaſticity, will tend downward, and of conſe-
quence will reſiſt the riſe of the liquor, and be com-
preſſed by it as it does riſe ; its elaſticity therefore is
thus increaſed.
3. Since it is found by experience, that a leſs degree
of heat is communicated more eaſily to the ſpirit of
wine in the ball than a greater, the rarefactions of
the ſpirit of wine are not proportionable to their pro-
ducing cauſes ; eſpecially a greater degree of heat
finds more liquor in the tube than a leſs does; to
which, notwithſtanding, the heat may be more eaſily
communicated than to that ſtagnating in the ball.
On theſe accounts, this laſt Thermometer, called the
Florentine Thermometer, becauſe contrived by the
Academifts del Cimento, though it is that which is
in common ufe, is far from being an accurate mea-
ſure of heat, &c. To which may be added, what
Dr. Halley obſerves in the Philoſophical Tranſactions,
that he has learned from thoſe that have kept ſpirit of
wine long, that it loſes part of its expanſive force in
courſe of time.
Various authors have propoſed various methods for
finding a fixed point or degree of heat and cold, from
which
to account for the
other degrees, and adjuſt
the ſcale; fo that obſervations made at the ſame or
different times, in different places, may be compared
together.
Some note the place the liquor is at in winter, when
water begins to freeze; and again that in ſummer,
when butter placed near the ball of the Thermometers,
melts. The intermediate ſpace they divide into two
equal parts; the middle point whereof anſwers in
their graduation to temperate heat; and each moiety
they ſubdivide into ten degrees, adding four other
equal degrees on each of the two extremes.
But this method ſuppoſes the ſame degree of heat
and cold to anſwer to the freezing of all water, and
the melting of all butter, as alſo that all Thermome-
ters receive the ſame impreſſions from the ſame degree
of heat ; all which are contrary to experience.
Others adviſe, that the ball of the Thermometer be
put into any quantity of ſnow and ſalt, and the point
the liquor is at to be noted; and that thence the
Thermometer be removed into a deep cave or cellar,
whither no external air reaches ; ſo that the liquor
receiving the action of the temperate heat, may ſhew
the degree of temperate heat; and laſtly, they divide
the intermediate ſpace into fifteen or more equal parts
which they continue beyond each extreme; but this
method is liable to the like inconvenience with the
former.
Dr. Halley aſſumes, that for a fixed degree of heat,
where ſpirits of wine begin to boil; but there is rea-
ſon to ſuſpect this too of being precarious, though,
after him, Mr. Amontons retains the degree of heat,
anſwering to boiling water, for the graduating his
mercurial Thermometer : but as the different ſpeci-
fic gravities of water argue a different maſs or tex-
ture, it is highly probable, that the heat of all boil-
ing waters is not the ſame, ſo that the point is yet
undetermined.
THERMOSCOPE, [of gépus, heat, and crotrów,
I view.] An inſtrument deſigned to ſhew the changes
happening in the air, with reſpect to heat and cold.
The name of Thermoſcope is indifferently uſed with
that of thermometer; however, there is ſome diffe-
rence in the literal import of the words; the firſt fig-
nifying an inſtrument that ſhews or exhibits the
changes
ز
B
3

Τ Η Ε
Τ Η Ε
a
changes of heat, &c. to the eye; and the latter an
inſtrument that meaſures thoſe changes; on which
foundation the thermometer ſhould be a more accu-
rate Thermoſcope.
This difference the excellent Wolfius taking hold of,
deſcribes all the thermometers in uſe as Thermoſcopes;
fhewing, that none of them do properly meaſure the
changes of heat, &c. and that none of them do more
than indicate the ſame.
Though their different heights, yeſterday and to-day,
ſhew a difference of heat; yet ſince they do not diſ-
cover the ratio of yeſterday's heat to to-day's, they
are not ſtrictly thermometers.
The A&ta Erud. Lipf. propoſes a method of gradu-
ating the common thermometers fo, as that the une-
qual diviſions thereof ſhall correſpond to equal de-
grees of heat, whereby the ratio of to-day's heat to
yeſterday's will be meaſured, and conſequently the
Thermoſcope improved into a thermometer.
The method is thus :
Take a ſlender tube about four palms long, with a
ball faſtened to the fame; pour into it ſpirit of wine,
enough juſt to fill the ball when ſurrounded with ice,
and not a drop over; in this ſtate ſeal the orifice of
the tube hermetically, and provide fix veſſels, each
capable of containing a pound of water, and ſome-
what over; and in the firſt pour eleven ounces of
warm water, into the ſecond ten ounces, into the
third nine, &c.
This done, immerge the thermometer into the firſt
veffel, and pour into it one ounce of hot water, ob-
ſerving how high the ſpirit riſes in the tube, and noting
the point with an unit, then remove the thermometer
into the ſecond veſſel, into which are poured two
ounces of hot water, and note the place the ſpirit riſes
to with two; by thus proceeding till the whole pound
of water is ſpent, the inſtrument will be found to be
divided into twelve parts, denoting ſo many terms or
degrees of heat; ſo that at two, the heat is double
to that of one; at three triple, &c.
But Wolfius ſhews, that though this method is plau-
fible, yet it is deceitful, and built upon falſe ſuppo-
fitions for it takes for granted, we have one degree
of heat, by adding one ounce of hot to eleven of cold
water, two degrees by adding two ounces to ten, &c.
It ſuppoſes that a ſingle degree of heat acts on the
fpirit in the ball of a ſingle force, a double with a
double force, &c.
Laſtly, it ſuppoſes, that if the effect be produced in
the thermometer, by the heat of the ambient air,
which is here produced by the hot water, the air has
the fame degree of heat with the water.
But none of theſe ſuppoſitions are true ; for as to the
firſt, allowing the heat of the hot water equally diſtri-
buted through the cold, one degree of heat will be
diſtributed through eleven parts, two through ten,
three through nine, &c. taking therefore equal bulks
of water, e.g. a twelfth part of each, the heat will
not be double in the one, triple in another, &c.
The firſt ſuppoſition is therefore erroneous, and ſo
is the ſecond ; neither is the heat of the hot water
equally diffuſed through the cold ; nor does the heat
of the hot water act uniformly on the ſpirit of wine;
i. e. not with the ſame force all the time of its action.
For the third ſuppoſition ; the heat of the ambient air
acts not only on the ſpirit of wine on the ball, but
alſo on that in the tube; and therefore this, as well
as that, ſhould be changed.
Dr. Hook, in order to adjuſt the gradations of a ther-
mometer with the greater accuracy, hath contrived
and deſcribed an inftrument for that purpoſe, in his
Micrographia, p. 38.
و
there will be danger of its breaking: then applying
the ball to the flame of a lamp or candle, burning it
about in it, heat it as hot as you can, without melt-
ing the glaſs; and then ſpeedily immerſing the open
end of the pipe into the veſſel of liquor that you in-
tend to fill it withal, the liquor will riſe into it, and
fill it near full.
The reaſon of which aſcent of the liquor is, that the
air within the ball and the tubes being expelled in
great meaſure by the heat, or at leaſt rarefied there
to a very great degree, the immerſed operi end of the
tube keeps off the preſſure of the circumiambient at-
moſphere on that part of the liquor that the end of
the tube covers : but the atmoſphere preſſes on all
other parts of the liquor in the open veſſel ; and,
conſequently, there being none, or a very ſmall
quantity of air within the tube to hinder it, forces it
by its weight up into the tube, till it gain an equili-
brium with the preſſure or weight of the air without.
If the tube cannot be filled full enough by this me-
thod, the reſt may be ſupplied by a ſmall glaſs fun-
nel; the ſhank of which muſt be drawn out exceed-
ing ſlender, and inſerted into the orifice of the tube ;
and then, by blowing, you may force by your breath
the ſpirit of wine into the tube, ſo as to fill it quite,
or to what degree you pleaſe.
Dr. Hook, in his Micrographia, hath an engine for
graduating his thermometers, to make them true
ſtandards of heat and cold.
The thermometers or Thermoſcopes are inſtruments
of very great uſe to gardeners in the management of
ſtoves. They ſhew by inſpection the preſent condi-
tion of the air, and whether it be hot or cold; which
day in ſummer is the hotteſt, and in the winter which
is the coldeſt, or any part of the day, and from
thence many uſeful experiments have and may be
made ; viz. how much one ſpring exceeds another in
coldneſs; which baths are the hotteſt or coldeſt; and,
if being held in the hand of a perſon in a féver, or
otherwiſe applied, will nicely ſhew the abatement or
increaſe of a fever.
The common thermometer which is uſed for hot-
houſes, has a long tube of about two feet in length,
and is about the eighth part of an inch diameter; and
in this it is remarked, that the air is cold for the
plants when the ſpirit riſes to fifteen inches; that it
is temperate at ſixteen inches and a half; that it is
warm when it riſes to eighteen inches; and this is
the ſtandard for Pine apple heat. It is marked for
hot air at twenty inches, and ſultry hot at twenty-
one and a half; but in the common thermometers,
theſe degrees are differently marked; this temperate
air is about our warm, this warm air our hot, and our
hot air is about the ſame as the ſultry.
Theſe thermometers are marked with ſome of the
names of the moſt remarkable plants which are preſerv-
ed in the hot-houſes; but as the number of theſe plants
has been greatly increaſed in England of late years, I
have directed ſome thermometers to be made with a
ſcale divided into degrees, and with three different
points of heat marked in claſſes, which correſpond
with theſe thermometers; and under each claſs I have
lifts of the ſeveral plants, ranged according
to the degrees of heat in which they are found to fuc-
ceed; whereby the culture of them is made eaſy to
perſons of ſmall ſkill.
By this means every gardener may know when it is
proper to apply his heat in its full force, and what
degree of heat ought to be uſed for the welfare of any
plant from any part of the world.
Mr. Patrick has fixed his thermometer to a ſcale of
ninety degrees, which are numbered from the top
downwards, and alſo a moveable index fitted to it.
The deſign of this is to ſhew how the heat or cold is
changed, from the time it was laſt looked upon, ac-
cording to the different degrees of heat and cold in
all latitudes; as by the trial of two thermometers
that have been regulated abroad, the one by Dr.
Halley, in his late ſouthern voyage, and the other by
Capt. Johnſon, in his voyage to Greenland. The
a
3
The way of filling Thermoſcopes, or ſuch other ſmall glaſs
tubes, with Spirit of wine or water.
Take the ball of the glaſs, and then warm it gently
between your hands; then heat it
well (though
gently) before a good fire, turning it round, that it
may be equally warm; for, without this caution
firſt
drawn up
very
13 E

Τ Η Ε
THE
firſt has a degree of heat under the equinoctial line,
and the other a degree of cold in 88 degrees north
latitude.
Theſe inſtruments, the barometer, hygrometer, and
thermometer or Thermoſcope, diſcover the altera-
tions of the air, as to wet or dry, eſpecially if it be
accompanied with a hygrometer; and the thermo-
meter ſhews the condition of the air, as to heat or
cold.
The method preſcribed to be uſed in keeping the ac-
counts or obſervations made on the alterations of
theſe inſtruments, is that which was uſed by the Hon.
Samuel Molyneux, Eſq;
There muſt be a book for the remarks in all the twelve
months of the year, which are to be made fix times
every day. At theſe times you muſt obſerve,
1. How the quickſilver riſes or falls in the barometer.
2. What is the alteration of the hygrometer.
3. How the ſpirits in the thermometer riſe or fall.
4. From what point of the compaſs the wind blows;
and alſo with what ſtrength, according to the neareſt
gueſs that can be made.
5. Whether it rains, ſnows, hails, &c. and in what
quantity.
Every leaf of the book is to be divided into ſeveral
columns; the firſt for the day of the month and the
week, the ſecond for the number of inches and parts
of an inch in the tube of the barometer, where the
quickſilver ſtands at the time when the obſervation
is made.
The ſecond is to be for marking the degrees, which
the index of the hygrometer points to at the ſame
time.
The third is for ſhewing the number of inches and
parts of an inch, where the ſpirits ſtand in the ther-
mometer at the time when the obſervation is made.
The fourth is for marking from what point the winds
blow, and their ſtrength.
The fifth is for noting the quantity of rain, &c. that
falls, and what diſpoſition the clouds and air have.
Take, for example, the following account of the 2d
of June, 1721, which table is inſerted underneath.
According to this method, a weather book may be
kept of the country a perſon reſides in; and by
comparing the motions of the quickſilver and ſpirit
with the weather, at ſuch times as the obſervations
are made, a little practice will enable a perſon to
give a good judgment beforehand what weather will
happen.
heat of the earth at thoſe ſeveral depths may the more
accurately be known, it is proper to place near each
thermometer a glaſs tube, fealed at both ends, of the
ſame length with the ſtems of the ſeveral thermome-
ters, and with tinged ſpirit of wine in them to the
fame height as in each correſponding thermometer ;
the ſcale of degrees of each thermometer being mark-
ed on a ſliding ruler, with an index at the back of it,
pointing to the correſponding tube.
When at any time an obſervation is to be made, by
moving the index to point to the top of the ſpirit in
that tube, an accurate allowance is hereby made for
very different degrees of heat and cold in the ſtems
of the thermometers at all depths; by which means
the ſcale of degrees will ſhew truly the degrees of heat
in the balls of the thermometers, and conſequently
the reſpective heats of the earth at the ſeveral depths
where they are placed.
T ſtems of theſe thermometers, which were above
the ground, were fenced from weather and injuries,
by ſquare wooden tubes. The ground they were
placed in, was a brick earth in the midddle of my
garden.
July the zoth he began to keep a regiſter of their
riſe and fall: during the following month of Auguſt
he obſerved, that when the ſpirit in the thermometer,
number 1, (which was expoſed to the fun) was about
noon riſen to 48 degrees, then the ſecond thermome-
ter was 45, the fifth 33, and the fixth 31; the third
and fourth at intermediate degrees: the fifth and fixth
thermometers kept nearly the ſame degree of heat,
both night and day, till towards the latter end of the
month; when, as the days grew ſhorter and cooler,
and the nights longer and cooler, they then fell to 25
and 27 degrees.
Now ſo conſiderable a heat of the ſun, at two feet
depth under the earth's ſurface, muſt needs have a
ſtrong influence in raiſing the moiſture at that and
greater depths, whereby a very great and continual
reek muſt always be aſcending during the warm ſum-
mer ſeaſon, by night as well as by day; for the heat
at two feet deep is nearly the ſame night and day;
the impulſe of the ſun-beams giving the moiſture of
the earth a briſk undulating motion; which watery
particles, when ſeparated and rarefied by heat, aſcend
in the form of a vapour; and the vigour of the warm
and confined vapour (ſuch as that which is one, two,
or three feet deep in the earth) muſt be very confi-
derable, ſo as to penetrate the roots with ſome vigour,
as we may reaſonably ſuppoſe from the vaſt force of
confined vapour in zolipies, in the digefter of bones,
and the engine to raiſe water by fire.
If plants were not in this manner ſupplied with moiſ-
ture,
it were impoſſible for them to ſubſift under the
ſcorching heat within the tropics, where they have no
rain for many months together; for though the dews
are much greater there than in theſe more northern
climates, yet, doubtleſs, where the heat fo much ex-
ceeds ours, the whole quantity evaporated in a day
there, does as far exceed the quantity that falls by
night in dew, as the quantity evaporated here in a
fummer's day is found to exceed the quantity of dew
which falls in the night.
But the dew which falls in a hot ſummer ſeaſon cannot
poſſibly be of any benefit to the roots of trees; becauſe
it is remanded back from the earth by the following
day's heat, before fo fmall a quantity of moiſture can
have foaked to any conſiderable depth.
The great benefit therefore of dew in hot weather
muſt be, by being plentifully imbibed into vegeta-
bles, thereby not only refreſhing them for the pre-
ſent, but alſo furniſhing them with a freſh fupply of
moiſture, towards the great expences of the ſucceed-
The T A BL E.
Thermon.
ana
Hygrometer,
Friday, June 2, Barometer, vitbics Di
vifions
1721.
Wind. Weather.
Inch. Par. Parts.
Morning at 9.
29 98
240 30 Eaſt, briſk Gale. Cloudy.
Noon.
29 98
260 28 Eaſt, briſk Gale,
20
or ditto.
Afternoon at 3. 29 98
Ditto.
Afternoon at 6. 29 98
Ditto.
280 28Ditto.
20
300 271 Ditto.
20
315 28 Ditto.
15
320 281 Ditto.
5
Evening ato.
Ditto.
29 98
Ditto.
Midnight.
29 98
a
a
Mr. Boyle, "by placing a thermometer in a cave, which
was cut ſtrait into the bottom of a cliff, fronting the
lea, to the depth of 130 feet, found the ſpirit ſtood,
,
both in winter and ſummer, at a ſmall diviſion above
temperatę; the cave had eighty feet depth of earth
above it..
I, ſays Dr. Hales, marked fix thermometers numeri-
cally, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. The thermometer, number
1, which was the ſhorteſt, I placed with a ſouth af-
pect in the open air ; the ball of number 2, I ſet two
inches under ground; that of number 3, four inches;
number 4, eight inches ; number 5, fixteen inches ;
and number 6, twenty-four inches : and that the
ing day.
a
It is therefore probable, that the roots of trees and
plants are thus, by means of the ſun's warmth, con-
ſtantly irrigated with freſh ſupplies of moiſture;
which, by the ſame means, infinuates itſelf with
fome vigour into the roots; for if the moiſture of
the earth were not thus actuated, the roots muſt then
receive

T H L
THL
a
receive all their nouriſhment merely by imbibing the folio majus. C. B. P. 106. Mithridate Muſtard, or Baja
next adjoining moiſture with the earth; and confe-
tard Creſs.
quently the ſhell of the earth, next the ſurface of the 2. THLASPI (Arvenſe) filiculis orbiculatis, foliis oblon-
roots, would always be conſiderably drier, the nearer gis dentatis glabris
. Flor. Lapp. 251. Treacle Muſtard
it is to the root, which I have not obſerved to be fo. with orbicular pods, and oblong, indented, ſmooth leaves.
And by experiments 8 and 19, the roots would be Thlafpi arvenſe filiquis latis. C. B. P. 105. Treacle
very hard put to it to imbibe ſufficient moiſture in dry Muſtard, or Penny Creſs.
fummer weather, if it were not thus conveyed to 3. TULASPI (Perfoliatum) filiculis obcordatis, foliis cau-
them by the penetrating warmth of the ſun ; whence linis cordatis glabris ſubdentatis, petalis longitudi-
by the ſame genial heat, in conjunction with the at- ne calycis, caule ramoſo Lin. Sp. Plant. 902. Treacle
traction of the capillary fap-veſſels, it is carried up Muſtard with heart-ſhaped, ſmooth, indented leaves, the
through the bodies and branches of vegetables; and petals of the flower ds long as the empalement, and a
thence paſſing into the leaves, it is there moſt vigo- branching ſtalk. Thlafpi arvenſe, perfoliatum majus.
rouſly acted upon in thoſe thin plates, and put into an C. B. P. 106. The greater, wild, perfoliate Treacle
undulating motion by the ſun's warmth, whereby it Muſtard.
is moſt plentifully thrown off, and perſpired through 4. THLASPI (Alpeſtre) filiculis obcordatis, foliis fubden-
their ſurface; whence, as foon as it is diſentangled, it tatis, caulinis amplexicaulibus, petalis longitudine
mounts with great rapidity in the free air.
calycis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp. Plant. 903. Treacle
But when, towards the latter end of October, the vi- Muſtard with beart-ſhaped leaves embracing the ſtalks,
gour of the ſun's influence is ſo much abated, that the petals of the flower as long as the empalement, and a
the firſt thermometer was fallen to three degrees above ſingle ſtalk. Thlafpi perfoliatum minus. C. B. P. 106.
the freezing point, the ſecond to ten degrees, the fifth The leaſt perfoliate Treacle Muſtard.
to fourteen degrees, and the fixth to fixteen degrees; 5. THLASPI (Peregrinum) filiculis ſuborbiculatis, foliis
then the briſk undulations of the moiſture of the lanceolatis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 903. Treacle
earth, and alſo of the aſcending fap, much abating, Muſtard with orbicular pods, and Spear-ſhaped entire
the leaves faded and fell off.
leaves. Thlafpi capſulis cordatis peregrinum. Bocc.
The greateſt degree of cold in the following winter, Hift. 2. 927. Foreign Treacle Muſtard with beart-ſhap-
was in the firſt twelve days of November, during
ed pods.
which time, the ſpirit in the firſt thermometer was 6. THLASPI (Alliaceum) filiculis fubovatis ventricoſis, fo-
fallen four degrees below the freezing point, the liis oblongis obtufis dentatis glabris. Prod. Leyd. 334.
deepeſt thermometer ten degrees; the ice on ponds Treacle Muſtard with almoſt oval ſwelling pods, and ob-
was an inch thick; the ſun's greateſt warmth at the long, blunt, smooth, indented leaves. Thlafpi Allium
winter ſolſtice, in a very ſerene, calm, froſty day, redolens. Mor. Hiſt. 2. p. 297. Treacle Muſtard with
was, againſt a ſouth aſpect of a wall, 19 degrees, and the ſmell of Garlick.
in a free open air, but 11 degrees above the freezing 7. THLASPI (Hirium) fliculis fubrotundis piloſis, foliis
point.
caulinis fagittatis hirſutis. Prod. Leyd. 333. Treacle
From the ioth of January to the 29th of March was Muſtard with roundiſh hairy pods, and hairy arrow-
a very dry ſeaſon, when the green Wheat was gene- pointed leaves on the ſtalks. Thlafpi villofum capfulis
rally the fineſt that was ever remembered : but from hirſutis. C. B. P. 106. Perennial Miibridate Muſtard.
the 29th of March, 1725, to the 29th of September 8. THLASPI (Montanum) filiculis obcordatis, foliis gla-
following, it rained more or leſs every day, except bris radicalibus carnofis obovatis integerrimis, cauli-
ten or twelve days about the beginning of July; and nis amplexicaulibus corollis calyce majoribus. Lin.
that whole ſeaſon continued ſo very cool, that the fpi- Sp. Plant. 902. Treacle Muſtard with heart-ſhaped podsy
rit in the firſt thermometer roſe but to 24 degrees, ex- the lower leaves ſmooth and entire, and the upper e-
cept now and then a ſhort interval of ſun-ſhine; the bracing the fi alks. Thlaſpi foliis globulariæ. J. B. 2.
fecond only to 20 degrees, the fifth and fixth to 24 p. 926. Treacle Muſtard with a blue Daiſy leaf.
and 23 degrees, with very little variation; ſo that, The firſt ſort grows naturally amongſt the Corn in
during this whole ſummer, thoſe parts of roots which divers parts of England, as alſo on the ſide of dry
were two feet under ground, had three or four degrees banks; it is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon af-
more warmth than thoſe which were but two inches ter it has ripened its feeds. The root is compoſed of
under ground; and at a medium, the general degree ligneous fibres which ſpread in the ground; the
of heat through this whole ſummer, both above and leaves are near three inches long, narrow at their baſe,
under ground, was not greater than the middle of the and broader toward their points, where they have ſe-
preceding September.
veral indentures; they are hoary on both fides. The
THLASPI. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 212. tab. 101. Lin. ſtalk riſes about a foot high, branching out toward
Gen. Plant. 719. [ordotti, fo called of Irów, to com- the top, and is pretty cloſely garniſhed with leaves
preſs or ſqueeze together, becauſe the feed-veſſels of placed alternately, fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, whoſe
it are very much compreſſed.] Mithridate, or Treacle ears embrace the ſtalk. The flowers are produced in
Muſtard.
ſhort ſpikes at the end of the ſtalks ; they are ſmall,
The CHARACTERS are,
white, and compoſed of four petals placed in form
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oval con- of a croſs; theſe appear in June, and are ſucceeded
cave petals which fall off. The flower has four oval petals by roundiſh capſules having two cells, containing two
double the ſize of the empalement, placed in form of a croſs ; or three ſeeds in each, which ripen in Auguſt. The
it has fix ftamina half the length of the petals, two of whole plant has a warm biting taſte. The ſeeds of
which are ſhorter than the others, terminated by acute this are frequently uſed inſtead of thoſe of the next,
fummits, and a roundiſh compreſſed germen ſupporting a which is the fort directed to enter the compoſition of
ſingle ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by an obtuſe Venice treacle.
ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval, heart- The ſecond fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
Shaped, compreſſed little pod, with an acute border divided turally in ſeveral parts of England : I have found it
into two cells by an intermediate partition, containing two growing in plenty in the meadows on the right hand
or three ſeeds in each.
fide of Godalming. The root of this is compoſed
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of of flender fibres; the ftalk riſes a foot high, is an-
Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants gular, channelled, and ſmooth; the leaves are about
whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter ſtamina, two inches long, are ſmooth and indented, of a deep
and the feeds are included in ſhort pods.
green colour, and ſit cloſe to the ſtalks ; the flowers
The SPECIES are,
are produced in looſe ſpikes toward the upper part of
1. THLASPI (Campeſtre) filiculis fubrotundis, foliis fa- the ſtalks; they are ſmall, white, and compoſed of
gittatis dentatis incanis. Hort. Cliff. 330. Treacle four petals placed croffwiſe like the former; theſe
Muſtard with roundiſh pods, and arrow-pointed, hairy, are ſucceeded by broad, flat, roundiſh, compreſſed
and indented leaves. Thlafpi arvenſe, vaccariæ incano pods, having leafy borders which have two cells,
each
а
a

Τ Ε Σ
THU
3
a
TEGUS.
a
a
each containing two or three dark brown feeds taſting froſt in winter, if they are upon dry ground. When
like Garlick. It flowers in June, and the feeds which the plants come up, they will require no other care
are an ingredient in Theriaca, ripen in Auguit. but to thin them where they are too cloſe, and keep
The third fort is an annual plant, which grows natu- them clean from weeds.
rally in the northern counties of England. The The two forts which are firſt mentioned, may be cul-
ſtalks of this riſe about nine inches high, which are tivated for their feeds to be uſed in medicine, fo theſe
divided at the top into ſeveral branches, which are may be fown thin upon beds of light ground, in the
clothed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves, whoſe baſe ſame way as for other garden plants, and when they
embrace the ſtalks; they are ſmooth and entire. The come up, the ground ſhould be hoed to deſtroy the
flowers are ſmall, white, and are produced in looſe weeds, and where the plants are too thick, they ſhould
ſhort ſpikes at the end of the branches: they appear be cut up in the ſame manner as is practiſed for Oni-
the beginning of June, and the feeds ripen early in ons, Carrots, &c. leaving them three or four inches
Auguft.
apart, and by twice hoeing the ground, if it is well
The fourth fort is an annual plant, which grows na- performed, and in dry weather, will keep the ground
turally in ſome parts of England; the ſtalk riſes clean till the ſeeds are ripe.
about four inches high, is fingle, and never branches The other forts are ſeldom cultivated but in botanic
out; the leaves embrace the ſtalks at their baſe; the gardens for variety, fo a few plants of each will be
flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalks; the ſufficient ; therefore theſe may be fown in drills, and
petals are the fize of the empalement, which are when the plants come up they muſt be thinned, and
fucceeded by roundiſh heart-ſhaped pods, containing kept clean from weeds. If the feeds of theſe plants
round feeds.
are permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up
The fifth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this is a bi-
without care.
ennial plant, whoſe ſtalks riſe eight or nine inches THISTLE. See CARDUUS.
high, branching out toward the top, and are garniſh- | THORN APPLE. See Datur A.
ed with blunt thick leaves, of a grayiſh colour, which | THORN, the Glaítenbury. See Mespilửs and CRA-
are ſpear-ſhaped and entire ; they are placed oppoſite,
fitting cloſe to the ſtalk; they have a bitter warm THUNDER is defined by ſome to be a noiſe in the
taſte. The flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes at loweſt region of the air, excited by a ſudden kindling
the top of the ſtalks; they are ſmall and of a purple of fulphureous exhalations.
colour, having four heart-hhaped petals placed in Some alſo account for it, by ſuppoſing two clouds
form of a croſs; theſe are fucceeded by heart-ſhaped impending over one another, the upper and rarer
pods of a fine green colour, which are divided into whereof becoming condenſed by a freſh acceſſion of
two cells, each containing three or four ſmall, oblong, the air, raiſed thither by warmth from the lower
yellowiſh ſeeds, which have an acrid taſte. It flowers parts of the atmoſphere, or driven upon it by the
in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt.
wind, immediately falls forcibly down upon the lower
The fixth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu- and denſer clouds, by which fall the air interpoſed
rally in the northern parts of Europe; this riſes about between the two being compreſſed, that next the ex-
fix or eight inches high. The ſtalk branches toward tremities of the two clouds is ſqueezed out, and leaves
the top, and is garniſhed with oblong, ſmooth, blunt room for the extremity of the upper cloud to cloſe
leaves which are a little indented; theſe fit cloſe to tight upon the under. Thus a great quantity of air
the ſtalk, and, if bruiſed, have a ſtrong ſcent of is incloſed, which, eſcaping through ſome winding
Garlick. The branches are terminated by looſe irregular vent or paſſage, occaſions the noiſe we call
fpikes of ſmall white flowers, compoſed of four Thunder.
roundiſh petals, placed in form of a croſs; theſe ap- But this only reaches to the phænomena of Thunder
pear in June, and are ſucceeded by ſwelling round- heard without lightening, and in effect we have now
iſh pods, containing a few dark brown feeds which a better ſolution: that Thunder is not occaſioned by
ripen in July.
the falling of the clouds, but by the kindling of ful-
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Wales, and in a phureous exhalations in the ſame manner as the noiſe
few places in England; this has a perennial creeping of aurum fulminans.
The lower leaves are oblong and hoary; they Sir Iſaac Newton ſays, there are ſulphureous exhala-
are very ſlightly ſinuated, but not indented on the
tions always aſcending into the air, when the earth is
edges. The ſtalks are about five or fix inches long, dry; there they ferment with the nitrous acids, and
and are bent toward the ground; the flowers are ra- ſometimes taking fire, generate into Thunder, light-
ther larger than thoſe of the firſt fort, but are of the ning, &c.
ſame form; the pods are hoary, but not hairy. It That beſides the vapours raiſed from water, &c.
flowers in May, and the ſeeds ripen in July. This there are alſo exhalations carried off from ſulphur,
grows naturally on the ſide of a bank beyond Wandf- bitumen, volatile falts, &c. is paft all doubt. The
worth in the road to Putney.
vaft quantity of ſulphureous and bituminous matter
The eighth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and all over the ſurface of the earth, and the volatile
in ſome parts of Yorkſhire in dry ſtony paſtures. falts of plants and animals, afford ſuch an ample ſtock
The root of this is perennial and creeping; the ſtalks thereof, that it is no wonder the air ſhould be filled
riſe four or five inches high; the lower leaves are with ſuch particles, raiſed higher and lower, accord-
wedge-ſhaped, being broad and rounded at their
ing to their greater or leſs degree of fubtilty and acti-
points, but narrow at their baſe, of a deep green co- vity, and more copiouſly ſpread in this or that quar-
lour, and entire; thoſe upon the ſtalks are rounder, ter, according to the directions of the winds, &c.
and fit very cloſe. The flowers are produced in The atmoſphere about the earth abounds with nitrous
looſe ſpikes at the end of the branches; they are ſmall particles of a ſpirituous nature, which are every
and white, ſhaped like thoſe of the other forts, and where carried along with it; beſides which fort of
appear in May; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh
particles, there are others raiſed up into the air which
heart-ſhaped pods divided into two cells, each con- may be fomewhat of the nature of ſulphureous, ni-
taining two or three brown feeds which ripen in July. trous, and other combuſtible bodies, as we ſee fpirit
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould of wine, fpirit of turpentine, camphire, and almoſt
be fown where the plants are to remain, which may all other combuſtible bodies, will by heat be rarefied
be performed either in the ſpring or autumn, but the into the form of air or ſmoke, and be raiſed up into
latter is to be preferred, becauſe the ſeeds at that ſea- the air.
ſon never fail; and the plants which come up before All which, if they have a fufficient degree of heat,
winter will grow much ſtronger, and produce a great- will catch fire, or be turned into flame by the nitrous
er quantity of feeds than thoſe which are ſown in the parts of the air, as thouſands of experiments might
ſpring, eſpecially if the ſeaſon proves dry; and there be brought to prove.
is very little danger of the plants being injured by
v
Dr.
a
root.
و
a
3
9

THU
THU
part of
a
ز
3
و
Dr. Wallis in Philof. Tranſact. N° 231, ſays, That
lected being fulphureous, bituminous, or faline, and
Thunder and lightning are ſo very like the effects of from thence it may be, that it ſometimes burns gar-
fired gunpowder, that we may reaſonably judge they ments, at the ſame time that it paffes over the bodies
proceed from the like cauſe.
without doing them any harm.
Now the prinipal ingredients in gunpowder are nitre Sometimes it penetrates the ſoft fleſh harmleſsly, and
and ſulphur (the admiſſion of charcoal being chiefly yet breaks the hard bones, as gold and other metals
to keep their parts ſeparate, for the better kindling of are diffolved by aqua-regia and aqua-fortis, and in the
it ;) ſo that if we ſuppoſe in the air a convenient mean time the paper ſhall not be hurt by them: and
mixture of nitrous and ſulphureous vapours, and thoſe for the ſame reaſon it is, that a ſword may be melted
by accident to take fire, ſuch explofion may well fol- in a ſcabbard, and yet the ſcabbard remain entire,
low with noiſe and light, as in the firing of gun-
and ſo it would be if they were both laid together in
powder; and being once kindled, it will run from aqua-fortis, becauſe the acute parts of the aqua-fortis
place to place, as the vapour leads it, like as in a do not operate upon the ſoft matter, the particles of
train of gunpowder, with the like effects.
which are branched, as they do upon harder bodies,
This exploſion, if high in the air, and far from us, into the pores of which they inſinuate themſelves, and
will do no miſchief, or not conſiderable, like a parcel
diffolve the contexture.
of gunpowder fired in the open air, where nothing is The effects of lightning upon vegetables are ſome-
near enough to be hurt by it, but if the exploſion be times very great ; it ſplits down trees, and there has
near to us, or amongſt us, it may kill men or cattle,
,
been many inſtances where the bodies of large trees
tear trees, fire gunpowder, break houſes, or the like, have been torn to pieces, and the chips ſcattered to a
which gunpowder would do in the like circumſtances. great diſtance, but inſtances of this are pretty rare.
This nearneſs or farneſs may be eſtimated by the dif- The killing of branches or parts of trees is very com-
tance of the time between ſeeing the flaſh of lightning, mon and ſudden; for when this happens, that
and hearing the clap of Thunder; for though in their the tree where the lightning ſtrikes, will in a very few
generation they be fimultaneous, yet light moving hours appear as dead as if it had been ſome days fe-
faſter than found, they come to us ſucceſſively.
vered from the trees.
I have obſerved, that commonly the noiſe is about fe- THURIFEROUS fignifies bearing or producing
ven or eight ſeconds after the faſh, but ſometimes it frankincenſe.
is much ſooner, in a ſecond or two, or leſs than that, THUY A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 586. tab. 358. Lin.
juſt after the flaſh; and then the exploſion muſt needs Gen. Plant. 957. [fo called of Jów, to perfume with
be very near us, and even amongſt us, and in ſuch ſmoke, becauſe this plant hath a penetrating ſmell.]
caſes, I have more than once preſaged the expecta- The Arbor Vitæ, vulgò; in French, Arbre de Vie.
tion of miſchief, and it hath proved accordingly.
The CHARACTERS are,
The noiſe of Thunder is more diverſified in cloudy It has male and female flowers in the ſame plant; the
weather, becauſe the air is variouſly reverberated from male flowers are produced in an oval katkin. The flowers
the clouds to us; but if there are no clouds, the air are placed oppoſite upon the common foot-ſtalk, each flower
flows through the open ſpaces to our ears, more freely embracing it with its baſe; theſe come out of an oval con-
and evenly, and it frequently lightens in ſuch weather cave ſcale; they have no petals, but have four ſiaming
without Thunder, becauſe the inflammation conſiſts which are ſcarce diſcernible; their ſummits adhere to the
only of ſulphureous particles, and on the contrary it baſe of the ſcale of the empalement. The female flowers
often thunders in cloudy weather without any light-
are colle Eted in a common almoſt oval cone, two flowers
ning appearing viſibly, becauſe it is intercepted by ſtanding oppoſite in each ſcale ; they have no petals, but
the clouds.
have a ſmall germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crowned
Rain generally attends Thunder and lightning, either by a ſingle ſtigma ; theſe are ſucceeded by an oblong oval
at the ſame time, or ſoon after, and it frequently rains cone, opening longitudinally, whoſe ſcales are almoſt equal,
fafter after a clap of Thunder, ſo that rain ſeems to convex on the outſide, and obtuſe, each containing an oblong
be the effect of Thunder.
ſeed with a membranaceous wing.
As for Thunderbolts; when it thunder and lightens, This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth ſection
there ſometimes falls a Thunderbolt. This Thunder- of Linnæus's twenty-firſt clais, which contains thoſe
bolt is a moſt rapid flame, that darts out of the clouds plants which have male and female flowers on the
to the ground, and ſtrikes every thing that is in its ſame plant, and their ſtamina are collected in one body:
way, and it is obſerved to have the following peculiar
The SPECIES are,
phænomena:
1. THUYA (Occidentalis) ſtrobilis lævibus, fquamis ob-
1. That it oftener ſtrikes upon high places than low, tufis. Hort. Cliff. 449. Thuya with ſmooth cones and ob-
as upon mountains, towers, ſteeples, trees, &c.
tuſe ſcales. Thuya Theophrafti
. C. B. P. 488. The
2. That it ſometimes burns peoples clothes without common Arbor Vite.
hurting their bodies.
2. THUYA (Orientalis) ſtrobilis ſquarroſis, ſquamis acu-
3. That it ſometimes breaks their bones, and at the minatis reflexis. Hort. Upſal. 289. Thuya with rugged
ſame time does not hurt their fleſh or their garments. cones, and acute-pointed reflexed ſcales. Thuya ftrobilis
4. That it has melted or broken a ſword in a ſcabbard uncinatis, ſquamis reflexo-acuminatis. Flor. Leyd.
without hurting the ſcabbard ; and, on the contrary, Prod. 87. The China Arbor Vitæ.
has ſometimes burnt the ſcabbard all over, and at the The firſt fort grows naturally in Canada, Siberia, and
ſame time done no harm to the ſword.
other northern countries, but has been long an inha-
From theſe confiderations we may conclude that a bitant in the Engliſh gardens. In ſome of theſe gar-
Thunderbolt is an exhalation kindled on a ſudden, dens, which have not been altered, there are ſome of
and is copious enough to be hurried down to us by theſe trees which are of a large ſize: it has a ſtrong
winds.
woody trunk, which riſes to the height of forty feet or
Thunderbolts are moſt commonly darted aſlope more. The bark, while young, is ſmooth, and of a dark
through the air, and this may be occaſioned by the brown colour, but, as the trees advance, the bark be-
winds, which ſeldom or never blow downright. And comes cracked and leſs ſmooth. The branches are
it is probable, that the flame is beaten down by the produced irregularly on every ſide, ſtanding almoſt ho-
wind, and reaches the ground before the matter of it rizontal, and the young ſlender ſhoots frequently hang
is quite ſpent.
downward; theſe branches ftand but thin, and the
And this may be the reaſon that for the moſt part younger branches only are garniſhed with leaves, fo
they ſtrike upon high places; for, as they fall ob- that when the trees are grown large, they make but
liquely through the air, they often in their way meet an indifferent appearance, being ſo thinly clothed with
with mountains, towers, &c. and the reaſon that the leaves. The young branches are flat, and the ſmall
force of their fame is very different, is probably from leaves are placed imbricatim over each other like the
the difference of the exhalations which form the ſcale of fiſh; the flowers are produced from the ſide of
Thunderbolts, the bodies from which they are col- the young branches, pretty near to the foot-ſtalk ; the
ز
a
male
13 F

Τ Η U
T HY
male flowers grow in oblong katkins, and between not to water theſe cuttings or layers, nor ſhould the
theſe the female flowers are collected in form of cones. plants be much watered when they are tranſplanted,
When the former have ſhed their farina, they ſoon af- for the ſame reaſon: but as there are many plants
ter drop off, but the female flowers are ſucceeded by now in England which ripen their feeds, ſo thoſe who
oblong cones, having obtuſe ſmooth ſcales, containing can be ſupplied with them ſhould prefer this to both
one or two oblong feeds. It flowers early in the the other methods of propagating the plants ; for, af-
ſpring, and the feeds ripen in September. The leaves ter the two firſt years, the ſeedling plants will greatly
of this tree have a rank oily ſcent when bruiſed. outſtrip the other in growth, and the plants growing
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the northern parts with their branches cloſer, will be much handſomer.
of China, where it riſes to a conſiderable height, but Theſe feeds ſhould be ſown foon after they are ripe,
this has not been long enough in Europe to have any which is in the ſpring. Theſe ſhould be fown in pots
trees of large ſize here. The ſeeds of this ſort were filled with ſoft loamy earth, and plunged into the
firſt fent to Paris by ſome of the miſſionaries, and ground in an eaſt border, where they may have only
there are ſome of the trees growing in the gardens of the morning ſun, obſerving always to keep the pots
{come curious perſons there, which are more than clean from weeds. Sometimes theſe ſeeds will come
enty feet high. The branches of this ſort grow up the ſame year, but they often lie in the ground
cloſer together, and are much better adorned with til the next ſpring; therefore the pots ſhould be puo
leaves, which are of a brighter green colour, ſo make in a common hot bed frame in winter, and in the
a much better appearance than the other; and being ſpring the plants will come up; theſe muſt not be too
very hardy, is eſteemed much preferable to moſt of much expoſed to the ſun the firſt year, and if in the
the evergreen trees with ſmall leaves, for ornament next winter they are ſheltered under a frame, it will
in gardens. The branches of this tree croſs each other be a good way to preſerve them, and the ſpring fol-
at right angles ; the leaves are flat, but the ſingle di- lowing they may be tranſplanted into beds, and treated
vifions of the leaves are ſlender, and the ſcales are in the ſame way as thoſe propagated by cuttings.
ſmaller, and lie cloſer over each other than thoſe of THYMBRA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 627.
the firſt fort. The cones are alſo much larger, and of The CHARACTERS are,
a beautiful gray colour; their ſcales end in acute re- It has an empalement of one leaf whoſe brim is cut into
flexed points.
into two lips ; the upper lip is broad, and has three equal
Both theſe trees may be propagated by ſeeds, layers, points; the under is narrow, and cut into two parts.
or cuttings. The firſt fort is commonly propagated The flower is of one petal, of the lip kind. The upper
by cuttings; theſe ſhould be planted in September, lip is concave, and cut into two obtufe ſegments. The
upon a fhady border and in a loamy ſoil ; the cut- lower lip ends with three almoſt equal points; it has four
tings ſhould be choſen from the ſhoots of the ſame Slender ſtamina, the two under being Sorter than the other,
year, with a ſmall joint of the former year's wood terminated by twin ſummits under the upper lip, and a
at the bottom of each. Theſe ſhould be planted three four-pointed germen ſupporting a fender half bifid ſtyle,
or four inches deep, in proportion to their length, crowned by acute ſtigmas. The germen afterward become
treading the ground cloſe to them, to prevent the four ſeeds which ripen in the empalement.
admiſſion of air. If the following ſpring ſhould This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
prove dry, there ſhould be a little mulch laid over the Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
ſurface of the ground to prevent its drying; where whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina,
this is performed in time, it will ſave the trouble of and the feeds ripen in the empalement.
watering the cuttings, and it will be much better The SPECIES are,
for them, becauſe when theſe are putting out their 1. THYMBRA (Spicata) foribus fpicatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
young fibres, if they are much watered, it will rot
569. Thymbra with Spiked flowers. Hyſſopum monta-
them while they are tender. Theſe cuttings will be num, Macedonicum, valerandi dourez. I. B. 3. 2.
rooted enough to tranſplant by the next autumn, when 276. Mountain Macedonian Hylop.
they may be either planted in beds, or in nurſery rows 2. THYMBRA (Verticillata) foribus verticillatis. Lin. Sp.
to be trained up.
Plant. 569. Thymbra with whorled flowers. Hyffopus
When they are propagated by layers, the young anguſtifolia, montana, aſpera. C. B. P. 218. Rough,
branches only ſhould be laid down in autumn, which narrow-leaved, Mountain Hyllop.
will alſo put out roots by the next autumn, when they The firſt fort grows naturally on Mount Libanus, in
may be taken up, and tranſplanted in the ſame man- Macedonia, and in Spain ; it is a low ſhrubby plant
ner as thoſe raiſed from cuttings: but although theſe like Heath, branching out into ſlender ligneous ſtalks
are very expeditious methods of propagating this tree, which are fix or eight inches long, covered with a
yet thoſe who are deſirous to have large trees, ſhould brown bark, and garniſhed with narrow acute-pointed
always propagate them by ſeeds, for the plants ſo leaves about half an inch long, fitting cloſe to the
raiſed will be much preferable to the other.
ſtalks oppoſite; they have an aromatic odour when
There is a variety of the firſt fort with variegated bruiſed. The ſtalks are terminated by thick cloſe
leaves, which ſome people keep in their gardens for ſpikes of purple flowers, near two inches long. The
the ſake of variety ; but as this proceeds from a weak- empalements are ſtiff and hairy; they are cut half
neſs in the plants, ſo whenever the plants become their length into acute ſegments, out of theſe the
ſtrong and vigorous, they always return to their plain flowers peep, with their two lips; the upper is con-
colour again, to prevent which they generally plant cave and arched, the under is cut into three equal por-
them in very poor ground. This variety can only be tions, and theſe are a little reflexed. Theſe appear
preſerved by propagating the plants either by cuttings in June and July, and in warm ſeaſons they are ſome-
or layers.
times ſucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
The China ſort is generally propagated by layers in The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy;
the ſame way as the former ; but the cuttings of this, this has a ſhrubby ſtalk which ſeldom rifes much more
if rightly managed, will take root very freely; but than a foot high, putting out many ſmall ligneous
moſt people have over-nurſed them. If theſe are branches, which are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
planted in September in a border of ſoft loam, ex- leaves which have many punctures; they ſtand oppo-
poſed to the eaſt, and before hard froſt fets in, and the ſite, and are of an aromatic flavour. The flowers
ſurface of the ground covered with old tanners bark grow in whorled ſpikes at the end of the branches. The
about two inches thick, it will prevent the froſt from leaves which ſtand under each whorl are broader than
penetrating the ground very deep; and if this remains thoſe below, and are covered with fine hairs. The
in the ſpring, it will alſo keep the ground moiſt; flowers are purple, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks ; the
for if theſe cuttings, or the layers of this ſort are wa- upper lip is concave and ends with two obtuſe points,
tered in the ſpring, when they are beginning to put the lower ends with three equal points. Theſe appear
out young fibres, it will certainly rot them, as I have about the ſame time with the other, and in warm fea-
frequently experienced; therefore I adviſe every one fons the feeds ripen in England.
6
Theſe
a
a

Τ Η Υ
Τ Η Υ
а
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be purpureo. C. B. P. 220. Common greater Mother of
fown in the ſpring on a bed of light earth, where, if Thyme, with a purple flower.
the ſeeds are good, the plants will appear in about ſix 7. THYMUS (Ovatus) caulibus decumbentibus, foliis
or eight weeks. When they come up they muſt be ovatis glabris, Aoribus verticillato-ſpicatis. Thyme with
kept clean from weeds, and in July they will be fit to ſtrong trailing ſtalks, oval ſmooth leaves, and flowers
remove, at which time part of them ihould be planted growing in whorled Spikes. Serpyllum vulgare majus
in ſmall pots; and the other may be planted in a warm flore minore. Bot. Par. 183. Common greater Mother of
border of dry ground, being careful to ſhade them Thyme, with a ſmaller flower.
from the ſun, and ſupply them with water till they 8. THYMUS (Lanuginoſus) caulibus decumbentibus, fo-
have taken new root; after which, thoſe in the full liis ovato lanceolatis rigidis lanuginoſis, foribus capi-
ground will require no other care but to keep them tatis. Thyme with creeping ſtalks, oval, Spear-ſhaped, stiff
clean from weeds; and, if the winter ſhould prove leaves, which are dozony, and flowers growing in beads.
very fevere, they ſhould be covered with mats, or fome Serpyllum ſaxatile, hirſutum, Thymi folium nanum,
other covering to protect them, for the young plants flore pupureo. Bot. Par. 183. Hairy Rock Mother of
are in greater danger of being deſtroyed than thoſe Thyme, having a dwarf Thyme leaf and a purple flower.
which are older. Thoſe plants in the pots ſhould be 9. Thymus (Odoratiſſimus) caulibus decumbentibus, fo-
ſheltered under a common frame in winter, where liis lineari-lanceolatis glabris, floribus alaribus termi-
they may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and be nalibuſque. Thyme with trailing ſtalks, linear, Spear-
protected from hard froſt.
Shaped, ſmooth leaves, and flowers growing at the wings
Theſe plants will live in the open air in England un- and tops of the ſtalks. Serpyllum odoratiſſimum gla-
leſs the winters prove very ſevere, eſpecially if they brum, longiore anguftioreque folio. Amman. Smooth
are planted in a poor, dry, ftony foil.
ſweet-ſcented Mother of Thyme, with a longer and narrower
THYMELÆ A. See DAPHNE and PASSERINA. leaf.
THYMUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 196. tab. 93. Lin. The firſt fort is the common Thyme, which is culti-
Gen. Plant. 646. (ſo called of OG, odour, becauſe vated in the gardens for the kitchen, and alſo for medi-
a very odorous plant; or of Oumos, animal ſpirit, be- cine. This grows naturally on ſtony rocky places in
cauſe good in reviving the ſame.] Thyme.
the ſouth of France, in Spain and Italy, and is ſo well
The CHARACTERS are,
known here as to need no deſcription.
The firower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, di- This plant may be propagated either by feeds or
vided into two lips, whoſe chaps-ere hairy and put. parting the roots, the ſeaſon for either is in March
The upper lip is broad, plain, erect, and indented in or October. If it is propagated by feeds, they ſhould
three parts; the under lip ends in two equal briſtles. The be fown upon a bed of light earth, obſerving not to
flower is of the lip kind; it has one petal, with a tube the bury the ſeeds too deep, which will cauſe thein to rot,
length of the empalement. The chaps are ſmall; the upper nor" to ſow them too thick, for the ſeeds are very
lip is ſhort, ereči, obtuſe, and indented at the point; the ſmall. When the plants are come up, they ſhould be
lower lip is long, broad, and divided into three parts, the carefully cleared from weeds; and if the ſpring ſhould
middle ſegment being broadeſt. It has four incurved ſta- prove dry, and they are watered twice a week, it will
mino, two being longer than the other, terminated by ſmall greatly promote their growth. In June the plants
ſtamina ; and a four-pointed germen Supporting a ſlender ſhould be thinned, leaving them about ſix inches
Style, crowned by a bifid acute ſtigma. The germen after- aſunder each way, that they may have room to ſpread;
ward turn to four ſmall roundiſh ſeeds ripening in the and thoſe plants which are drawn out may be tranſ-
empalement, whoſe neck is narrowed.
planted into freſh beds at the ſame diſtance, obſerving
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of to water thení until they have taken root ; after which
Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe they will require no farther care but to keep them
plants whoſe flowers have four ſtamina, two of them clear from weeds, and the winter following they may
being longer than the other, and the ſeeds ripen in be drawn up for uſe.
the empalement.
But if the plants are propagated by parting their
The SPECIES are,
roots, the old plants ſhould be taken up at the times
1. Thymus (Vulgaris) erectus, foliis revolutis ovatis, filo- before-mentioned, and ſlipped into as many parts as
ribus verticillato-ſpicatis. Hort. Cliff. 305. Upright can be taken off the root; theſe ſhould be tranſplanted
Thyme with oval leaves which turn backward, and flowers into beds of freſh light earth, at ſix or eight inches
growing in whorled Spikes. Thymus vulgaris, folio la- diſtance, obſerving, if the ſeaſon is dry, to water them
tiore. C. B. P. 219. Common broad-leaved Thyme. until they have raken root, after which they muſt be
2. THYMUS (Tenuifolius) foliis lineari-lanceolatis incanis, duly weeded, and they will thrive, and ſoon be fit for
floribus verticillato-fpicatis. Thyme with linear, Spear- uſe.
Shaped, hoary leaves, and flowers growing in whorled In order to ſave the feeds of theſe plants, ſome of
Spikes. Thymus vulgaris, folio tenuiore. C. B. P. the old roots ſhould remain unremoved in the place
219. Common Thyme with narrow leaves.
where they were ſown the preceding year ; theſe will
3. THYMUS (Cephalotos) capitulis imbricatis magnis, flower in June, and in July the feeds will ripen, which
bracteis ovatis, foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592. .
muſt be taken as ſoon as it is ripe, and beat out,
Thyme with large imbricated heads, ovel bractea, and otherwiſe the firſt rain will waſh it all out of the huſks.
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Thymus Luſitanicus cephalotos, Theſe plants root greatly in the ground, and thereby
ſquamis capitulorum amplioribus. Tourn. Inft. 126. draw out the goodneſs of the foil ſooner than moſt
Portugal Thyme with large heads, having very large ſcales. other plants ; ſo that whatever is fown or planted
4. Thymus (Villoſus) capitulis imbricatis magnis, brac- upon a ſpot of ground whereon Thyme grew the
teis dentatis, foliis ſetaceis piloſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592. preceding year, will ſeldom thrive, unleſs the ground
Thyme with large imbricated beads, indented bractea, and be trenched deeper than the Thyme rooted, and well
briſtly hairy leaves. Thymus Luſitanicus, folio capil- dunged.
laceo villoſo, capite magno purpurafcente oblongo. If this plant grows upon walls, or on dry, poor, ſtony
Tourn. Inft. 196. Portugal Thyme with a hairy narrow land, it will endure the greateſt cold of this country;
leaf, and a large, oblong, purpliſh head.
but in rich ground where the plants grow vigorully,
5. THYMUS (Serpyllum) foribus capitatis, caulibus de- they are ſometimes deſtroyed by ſevere froft.
cumbentibus, foliis planis obtufis baſi ciliatis. Flor. There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
Suec. 477. Thyme with flowers growing in heads, trailing is by ſome preſerved in their gardens.
ſtalks, and plain obtuſe leaves
. Serpyllum latifolium hir The ſecond fort has ſhorter ſtalks, the leaves are
futum. C.B.P.220. Broad-leaved hairy Mother of Thyme. longer, narrower, and end in ſharper points than the
6. THYMUS (Glabrus) floribus capitatis, caulibus de- firſt, and the whole plant is hoary. The flowers grow
cumbentibus foliis lanceolatis glabris. Thyme with in long whorled ſpikes, and are larger than thoſe of
flowers growing in beads, trailing Stalks, and ſmooth the common Thyme. This may be propagated and
Spear-ſhaped leaves. Serpyllum vulgare majus, fore treated in the ſame way as the firſt fort.
3
The

THY
T I A
a
a
a
new root.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu- pretty common in the neighbourhood of Paris, but is
gal; this has a low woody ſtalk, from which come rarely found growing naturally in England.
out many ſtiff branches about five or fix inches long, The eighth fort grows naturally in the foreſt of Fon-
garniſhed with ſmall, narrow, ſpear-ſhaped leaves tainbleau in France; this has trailing ſlender ſtalks
placed oppoſite, and are terminated by pretty large like the firſt, which are garniſhed with ſmall, oval,
heads of flowers, which come out from oval ſcaly ſpear-ſhaped, hoary leaves ; the young ſhoots of the
leaves, lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh; ſame year are alſo very white and hoary. The leaves
they are white, and but ſmall, ſo make no great ap-
are ſtiffer than thoſe of the other forts. The flowers
pearance. The whole plant is of a hoary colour, are produced in round heads at the end of the
and has a weak aromatic ſcent. It flowers in July, branches; they are of a bright purple colour, and ap-
but unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds do not pear at the ſame time as thoſe of the other forts.
ripen in England.
The ninth fort grows naturally in Tartary ; the ſtalks
The fourth fort grows naturally in Portugal; this has of this are long, ſlender, and trail upon the ground,
flender, ligneous, hairy ſtalks, which grow erect, about but do not emit roots from their joints as many of the
fix inches high, garniſhed with very narrow, briſtly, others do; the ftalks are ſmooth, of a light brown
hairy leaves, which, at the lower part of the ſtalks, colour, and are garniſhed with narrow ſpear-ſhaped
come out in cluſters, but upward they are placed by leaves which are ſmooth. The ſtalks have ſmall
pairs. The ſtalks are terminated by ſingle ſcaly heads. whorls of flowers at the wings of the leaves, and are
The leafy ſcales are indented in acute points; theſe terminated by oblong heads of flowers, whoſe empale-
lie over each other in the ſame order as the other, and ments are hoary. The flowers are of a bright purple
.
between them the flowers peep out, which are of a colour. The whole plant has an agreeable aromatic
purple colour, and ſhaped like thoſe of the common fcent.
Thyme. This plant flowers in July, but does not All theſe forts may eaſily be propagated by thoſe who
produce ſeeds in England.
are deſirous to have them in their gardens, either by
Theſe two ſorts may be propagated by ſlips, if they flips, or parting of their roots in the fame manner as
are planted in April on an eaſt border, and cloſely co- Thyme, or their ſeeds may be ſown in the ſpring.
vered with a bell or hand-glaſs, refreſhing them twice They delight in dry undunged ground, where they
a week with water, which muſt not be given to them will propagate themſelves by their trailing ſtalks, and
in too great quantity. When theſe have put out good require no other care but to keep them clean from
roots, ſome of them may be tranſplanted into pots, weeds.
to be ſheltered under a frame in winter; the others THYME THE MARUM. See TEUCRIUM.
ſhould be planted on a warm border of dry ground, THYME THE MASTICH. See SATUREJA.
obſerving to ſhade and water them till they have taken TIARELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 495. Cortufa.
Theſe plants will live through the winter Herm. Par. Bat. 129. Sanicle.
in the open air in a warm dry ſituation, but in ſevere The CHARACTERS are,
froſt they are generally deſtroyed; they may be pro- The flower has a permanent empalement divided into five
pagated by feeds when they can be procured. If oval acute parts; it has five oval petals the length of the
theſe are ſown on a bed of light earth in the ſame way empalement, and ten awl-shaped ſtamina which are much
as common Marjoram, the plants will come up, and longer than the petals, termincied by roundiſh ſummits,
may be treated as thoſe raiſed from ſlips.
and a bifid germen ending with two ſtyles, crowned by
The fifth fort is the common Mother of Thyme, ſingle ſtigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
which is frequently titled wild Thyme; it grows na- capſule with one cell
, opening with two valves, containing
turaily upon dry commons and paſtures in moſt parts Several oval ſeeds.
of England, ſo is very rarely admitted into gardens. This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
This is ſo well known as to need no deſcription. of Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
There is a very common miſtake which has prevailed whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and two ſtyles.
in regard to this plant, which is, that the ſheep and The SPECIES are,
deer which feed upon them, have much finer fa- 1. TIARELLA (Cordifolia) foliis cordatis. Lin. Gen. Nov.
voured fieíh than others, whereas no cattle will med- 188. Sp. Plant. 580. Tiarella with heart-ſhaped leaves.
dle with it ; for in the places where it grows, when Mitella Americana, forum petalis integris. Tourn.
the Graſs is as cloſely eaten down as poſſible, the Inft. 242. American Mitella with entire petals to the
wild Thyme will be found in flower with all its ſtalks flower.
entire.
2. TIARELLA (Trifoliata) foliis ternatis. Lin. Gen.
Of this there are the following varieties: the ſmall Nov. 188. Sp. Plant. 405. Tiarella with trifoliate leaves.
creeping Mother of Thyme without fcent. Narrow- Mitella foliis ternatis. Amen. Acad. 2. p. 351. Mi-
leaved Mother of Thyme ſmelling like the leaves of tella with ternate leaves.
the Walnut-tree: hrubby Mother of Thyme with The firſt fort grows naturally in North America; this
pale red flowers; and the Lemon Thyme. The laſt has a perennial fibrous root which creeps and multi-
is frequently kept in gardens for the agreeable odour plies, from which come out many heart-ſhaped leaves
of its leaves; but when this is propagated by ſeeds, upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, which are three inches long,
the plants have not the ſame ſcent; ſo it is an acciden- ariſing immediately from the root. The leaves are
tal variety, which is obtained by propagating it by unequally indented on their edges, and are of a light
flips and cuttings.
green colour. The flowers ſtand upon ſlender naked
The fixth fort has broader and ſmoother leaves than foot-ſtalks, which ariſe immediately from the root
the common ſort; the ſtalks grow much longer; the between the leaves, which is about four inches long,
joints are farther diftant; the heads of flowers are and is terminated by a looſe ſpike of ſmall, herbaceous,
larger, and the flowers are of a brighter purple co- white flowers which appear in May, but are feldom
lour. There is a variety of this with variegated ſucceeded by ſeeds in England.
leaves, which is propagated in gardens, and was for- This plant is propagated by its creeping roots, which
merly planted for edgings to borders; but it is now ſpread in the ground and ſhoot up heads; theſe may
frequently brought in pots to the markets, to ſupply be taken off and tranſplanted in the autumn. It loves
the London gardens.
a moiſt foil and a ſhady ſituation, and requires no
The ſeventh fort has trailing ſtalks like the common other care but to keep it clean from weeds.
kind, but they grow longer, and their joints are far- The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the northern parts
ther aſunder ; the leaves are oval, ſmooth, and of a of Alia; this has a perennial fibrous root, from which
lucid green. The flowers grow in cloſe thick whorls ſpring up a few trifoliate leaves upon foot-ſtalks; theſe
which are diſtant from each other, forming a looſe are like thoſe of the Bilberry, but are much ſmaller.
ſpike five or fix inches long. The flowers of this fort The ſtalk is ſlender, and riſes five or fix inches high ;
are much ſmaller than thoſe of the common ſort, ap- it is rough and hairy, garniſhed with two leaves at the
pearing but little beyond their emplements. This is bottom, and another toward the top, a little below
the
3
a

T I L
TIL
a
the ſpike of fowers; they are angular and ſawed on
their edges. The ſtalk is terminated by a looſe ſpike
of flowers, which are compoſed of five ſmall white
pe-
tals inſerted in the empalement, and ten awl-ſhaped
ſtamina which are longer than the petals, terminated
by roundiſh ſummits. Theſe fowers appear early
in May, but the plants rarely produce any feeds in
England.
This fort is propagated by parting of the root, in the
fame manner as the former, and delights in a moiſt
foil and a ſhady ſituation.
TILIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 611. tab. 381. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 587. [of telum, a dart, becauſe its wood
is uſed in making darts.] The Lime, or Linden-tree;
in French, Tillau or Tilleul.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a concave coloured empalement, which is
cut into five parts; it has five oblong blunt petals which
are crenated at their points, and many awl-ſhaped ſtamina
terminated by ſingle ſummits, with a roundiſh germen
ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crown-
ed by an obtuſe five-cornered ſtigma. The germen after-
ward becomes a thick globular capſule with five cells, open-
ing at the baſe with five valves, each containing one
roundiſh feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have many ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The Species are,
1. Tilia (Cordata) foliis cordatis acuminatis, inæquali-
ter ſerratis, fructibus quinquæ locularibus tomentoſis.
Lime-tree with heart-ſhaped acute-pointed leaves, which
are unequally ſawed, and a woolly fruit having five cells.
Tilia fæmina, folio minore. C.B.P.426. The female
Lime-tree with a ſmaller leaf.
2. Tilia (Æuropæa) foliis acuminatis, ferratis, ſubhir-
futis, fructibus quadrulangularibus ſubpiloſis. Lime-
tree with acute-pointed leaves which are Sawed, fome-
what hairy, and a hairy fruit having four cells. Tilia
foliis molliter hirſutis, viminibus rubris, fructu tetra-
gono. Raii Syn. 316. The red twigged Lime-tree.
3. TILIA (Americana) foliis cordatis acuminatis ferratis,
ſubtus piloſis foribus nectario inſtructis. Lime-tree with
heart-ſhaped, acute-pointed, ſawed leaves which are hairy
on their under ſide, and flowers furniſhed with nektariums.
American black Lime.
4. Tilia (Caroliniana) foliis cordatis obliquis glabris
ſubſerratis cum acumine, floribus nectario inſtructis.
Lime-tree with heart-ſhaped ſmooth leaves, which are ob-
lique to the foot-ſtalk, ſomewhat ſawed on their edges,
ending in acute points, and flowers having neEtariums.
Tilia Caroliniana, foliis longiùs mucronato. Rand.
Cat. Hort. Chelf. Carolina Lime-tree with a long-point-
little hairy on their under fide, ſtanding upon long
flender foot-ſtalks. The flowers are produced in
bunches, in the ſame manner as thoſe of the common
Lime-tree, but the petals of the flowers are narrow-
er, and have nectariums growing to their baſe. The
flowers of this fort do not appear till late in July, ſo
are a full month after the common fort. The cap-
fules are ſmaller, rounder, and leſs hairy than thoſe
of the common fort.
The ſeeds of the fourth fort were brought from Ca-
rolina by the late Mr. Cateſby. This tree feems to
be of much ſmaller growth than either of the other
forts; the branches ſpread more horizontally. The
leaves are ſmaller, and have a ſmoother ſurface than
either of the other; they are heart-ſhaped, but the
midrib runs oblique to the foot-ſtalk, ſo that one
fide of the leaves is much larger than the other.
Their edges are ſlightly ſawed, and their tops run
out into long acute points
. The bunches of Aowers
ſtand upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks ; the petals of the
flowers are narrow, and end in acute points; theſe
have each a narrow nectarium faftened to their baſe
on the inſide, which ſtand erect cloſe to the petals.
The flowers emit a very fragrant odour, and are con-
tinually haunted by bees during their continuance.
This tree flowers toward the end of July, and when the
ſeafon proves favourable, the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
All theſe trees are eaſily propagated by layers, which
in one year will take good root, and may then be
taken off, and planted in a nurſery, at four feet diſ-
tance row from row, and two feet aſunder in the rows.
The beſt time to lay them down and to remove
them, is at Michaelmas, when their leaves begin to
fall, that they may take root before the froſt comes
on, though they may be tranſplanted any time from
September to March, in open weather, but if the
,
;
foil is dry, it is much the better way to remove them
in autumn, becauſe it will ſave a great expence in wa-
tering them, eſpecially if the ſpring ſhould prove dry.
In this nurſery they may remain four or five years,
during which time the ground ſhould be dug every
ſpring, and conſtantly kept clear from weeds, and the
large ſide ſhoots pruned off, to cauſe them to advance
in height ; but the ſmall twigs muſt not be pruned
off from the ſtems, becauſe theſe are abſolutely ne-
ceſſary to detain the ſap, for the augmentation of their
trunks, which are apt to ſhoot up too flender, when
they are entirely diveſted of all their lateral twigs. If
the ſoil in which they are planted be a fat loam, they
will make a prodigious progreſs in their growth, ſo
that in three years time they will be fit to tranſplant
out where they are to remain.
They may alſo be propagated by cuttings, but, as
this method is not ſo certain as by layers, that me-
thod is generally practiſed. In order to obtain pro-
per ſhoots for laying down, a Lime-tree is cut down
cloſe to the ground, from the roots of which a great
number of ftrong ſhoots are produced the following
year, theſe will be ſtrong enough to lay down the
following autumn, eſpecially if the ſmalleſt of them
are cut off cloſe early in the ſummer; for when too
many ſhoots are ſuffered to grow all the ſummer, they
will be much weaker, than if only a ſufficient quanti-
ty is left. The manner of laying down theſe ſhoots
having been already directed under the article Layers,
I need not repeat it here.
There are ſome perſons who raiſe theſe trees from
feeds, which, although it is a flower way, yet when
the trees are deſigned to grow large, is the beſt me-
thod; and if they are only once tranſplanted, and this
performed while they are young, it will be fill the
better way, for all trees that are tranſplanted when
large, are ſhorter lived than thoſe which remain
in the places where they aroſe from feeds, and their
timber will be founder, and grow to a much larger
fize.
When this method is practiſed, the feeds ſhould be
ſown in autumn ſoon after they are ripe, upon a thady
border of moiſt light ſoil, where the plants will come
up the following ſpring; but, when the ſeeds are
kept
a
ed leaf
a
The firſt fort grows naturally in the woods in many
parts of England; of this there are two or three va-
rieties, which differ in the ſize and ſmoothneſs of
their leaves, ſome of them having much larger and
rougher leaves than the others. I have plants of
three of theſe varieties from ſeeds, but have conftant-
ly found them vary from one to the other; and I
much doubt if the ſecond is more than a feminal va-
riety, but as I have not had an opportunity of raiſing
any
of the plants from ſeeds, I cannot poſſibly deter-
mine this.
The large-leaved Dutch Lime was generally prefer-
red to our common fort for the ſize of its leaves,
but of late years all theſe trees are little eſteemed,
becauſe it is late in the ſpring before their leaves
come out, and they begin to decay the firſt in autumn;
and when the trees are planted in a dry foil, their
leaves frequently decay in July, and are continually
falling off, making a litter all the remaining part of
ſummer.
The third fort was brought from New England by
the title of Black Lime. The branches of this fort
are covered with a dark brown bark. The leaves are
large, heart-ſhaped, and end in acute points; they
are deeply ſawed on their edges, and are of a deep
green on their upper fide, but of a pale green and a
13 G

TIT
TOL
a
kept out of the ground till ſpring, the plants will which will grow to the height of ten or twelve feet;
not come up till the year after. When the plants theſe are larger than thoſe of the firſt fort, and are
appear, they ſhould be conſtantly kept clean from garniſhed with oblong oval leaves ending with blant
weeds till the following autumn; then they ſhould be points ; they are above three inches long, and an inch
carefully taken up and tranſplanted into a nurſery, , and a half broad in the middle, of a very thick con-
where they may grow two or three years to get ſtrength, ſiſtence, and of a dark green colour, ranged alter-
and then may be planted where they are deſigned to nately on two ſides of the ſtalk. The flowers grow at
remain, for the younger they are planted out, the the end of the branches; they are ſhaped like thoſe of
more they will thrive.
the firſt fort, and are of a deep red colour; theſe are
The timber of the Lime-tree is uſed by the carvers, it ſucceeded by roundifli capſules divided into three
being a ſoft light wood, as alſo by architects for fram- cells, each containing one oblong ſeed.
ing the models of their buildings; the turners likewiſe This whole plant abounds with an acrid milky juice,
uſe it for making light bowls, diſhes, &c. but it is which will draw bliſters on the fleſh wherever it is
too ſoft for any ſtrong purpoſes.
applied, and if it mixes with the blood, I have been
Theſe trees will continue growing, and remain found credibly informed, it becomes a deadly poiſon ; ſo that
a great number of years, and, if planted in a good if the points of arrows, or the edges of ſwords are
loamy ſoil, will grow to a conſiderable bulk. I have rubbed with this juice, it becomes deadly to any ani-
meaſured one of theſe trees, which was near ten
mal wounded with thoſe weapons.
yards in girth two feet about the ground, and was Theſe plants are both propagated by cuttings, which
then in a very thriving condition ; and Sir Thomas may be taken from the plants during any of the ſum-
Brown mentions one of theſe trees which grew in Nor- mer months, and after having laid in a dry place for a
folk, that was ſixteen yards in circuit, a foot and a fortnight or three weeks, until the wounded part be
half above ground, in height thirty yards, and in the healed over, they ſhould be planted into ſmall pots
leaſt part of the trunk it was eight yards and a half. filled with light ſandy earth mixed with lime rubbiſh,
TINŪS. See VIBURNUM.
and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, ob-
TITHYMALUS. Tithymaloides. Tourn. Inft. ferving now and then to refreſh them gently with
App. 654. Euphorbia. Lin. Gen. Pl. 536. Spurge. moiſture, but they ſhould never receive much wet,
The CHARACTERS are,
which will rot them.
The flower has an empalement of one leaf, indented in three After they have taken root, they may have a greater
parts; it has one petal which is haped like a Nipper, ſhare of air by raiſing the glaſſes, but they muſt ne
of a thick fleſhy conſiſtence. Under the upper part of ver be wholly expoſed to the open air. In this bed
the flower are ſituated the ten ſtamina, which are inſerted they may remain until the beginning of October,
in the receptacle of the flower; they are ſlender, and ter- when they muſt be removed, and placed with the
minated by globular ſummits; in the center is ſituated a Melon and Torch Thiſtle in a warm dry ftove, and
roundiſh three-cornered germen, ſupporting three bifid ſtyles, during the winter ſeaſon they ſhould have very little
crowned by oblong ſtigmas
. The germen afterward be- water, which, if given in plenty, ſeldom fails to rot
comes a roundiſh capſule having three cells, each containing them.
one oval ſeed.
Theſe plants are too tender to thrive in the open
This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnæus joined to the air in England, therefore ſhould conſtantly remain
Euphorbia, which is ranged in the third ſection of his in the ſtove, obſerving in the ſummer ſeaſon, when
eleventh claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe the weather is warm, to admit a large ſhare of freſh
flowers have ten or twelve ſtamina and three ſtyles. air to them, and in the winter to place them in a
But as the flowers of this genus differ greatly in their warm part of the ſtove, otherwiſe they cannot be
ſtructure from thoſe of Euphorbia, I have choſen to preſerved.
ſeparate them, and have continued the old title of They muſt be ſhifted every ſummer, and freih earth
Tithymalus to the genus.
given to them. If the earth is light and fandy, it will
The SPECIES are,
require no mixture, for rich or ſtrong ground is very
1. TITHYMALUS (Mytifolius) foliis ovatis acuminatis. improper for them; therefore where the ſoil is inclin-
Spurge with oval acute-pointed leaves. Tithymaloides able to either of theſe, there ſhould be a good mix-
fruteſcens folio myrti ampliffimo. Tourn. Inft
. 654. ture of ſand and lime rubbiſh to prevent its binding,
Shrubby Baſtard Spurge with a large Myrtle leaf.
or detaining moiſture.
2. TITHYMALUS (Lauro-ceraſifolius) foliis oblongo ova- Theſe plants are preſerved for their odd appearance
tis obtuſis ſucculentis. Spurge with oblong, oval, ob- amongſt other fucculent plants, their leaves being very
tuſe leaves, which are very ſucculent. Tithymaloides large, thick, and full of a inilky acrid juice.
lauro-ceraſi folio non ferrato. Hort. Elth. 383. Baſtard TI THYMALUS. See EUPHORBIA.
Spurge with a Laurel leaf which is not ſawed.
TOAD FLAX. See LINARIA.
The firſt ſort grows naturally near Carthagena in TOBACCO. See NICOTIANA.
America, from whence Mr. Robert Millar, ſurgeon, TOLUIFERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 470. Balſam of
ſent the branches, which were planted here, and ſuc- Tolu-tree.
ceeded: this riſes with ſhrubby ſucculent ſtalks to The CHARACTERS are,
the height of twelve or fourteen feet, which are too The flower has a bell-ſhaped empalement of one leaf, which
weak to ſtand without ſupport, though they are fre- is ſlightly indented in five parts at the brim; it has five
quently as large as a man's little finger ; but their petals inſerted in the receptacle of the flower, four of
leaves being ſucculent, are ſo heavy as to weigh which are narrow and equal, being a little longer than the
down the branches if they are not ſupported. The empalement, and the fifth is much larger, and almoſt
leaves are oval, and terminate in acute points; they beart-ſhaped, having a tail the length of the empalement ;
are two inches and a half long, and one inch and a it has ten port ſtamina, terminated by oblong ereat fum-
half broad near their baſe; they are about the thick- mits, and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a very hort ſtyle,
neſs of Bay leaves, and are ranged alternately on two crowned by an acute ſtigma. The germen efterward turns
ſides of the branches, to which they fit cloſe. The to a roundiſh fruit with four cells, each containing one oval
flowers are produced at the end of the branches three feed.
or four together, they are of a ſcarlet colour, of one This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
petal in ſhape of a Nipper; theſe are ſucceeded by Linnæus's tenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
roundiſh capſules with three furrows, dividing them whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
into three cells, each containing one oblong feed. We have but one SPECIES of this
viz.
The whole plant abounds with an acrid milky juice. TOLUIFERA (Balſamum.) Lin. Mat. Med. The Balfam-
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Barbadoes, and tree of Tolu. Balſamum Tolutanum, foliis ceratiæ
moſt of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where fiinilibus. C. B. P. 401. Balſam-tree of Tolu, with leaves
the Engliſh inhabitants know it by the title of Poiſon like thoſe of the Carob.
Buſh; this hath thick, ſhrubby, ſucculent ſtalks,
genus,
3
This

TO R
T OR
و
This tree grows naturally near Carthagena in Ame- 90. Hartwort with the involucrumis of the rays as long
rica, from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the as the flowers, and oval jagged leaves. Tordylium Nar-
feeds to England : in its native place this grows to a bonenſe minus. Tourn. Inſt. 320. Small Hartwört
tree of large ſize. The bark is very thick, rough, of Narbonne.
and of a brown colour ; the branches ſpread out wide 3. TORDYLIUM (Syriacum) involucris umbellâ longiori-
on every fide, and are garniſhed with winged leaves, bus. Hort. Cliff. go. Hartwort with longer involucrums
compoſed of ſeveral oblong oval lobes placed alter- to the ümbels. Tordylium minus, limbo granulato
nately along the foot-ſtalk, terminated by an odd one; Syriacum. Mor. Umb. 37. Smaller Syrian Hartwort,
theſe are four inches long, and two broad in the mid- with the borders of the ſeeds ĝranulated.
dle; they are rounded at both ends, but run out to 4. TORDYLIUM (Apulum) umbellulis remotis, foliis pin-
an acute point at the top; they are ſmooth, of a natis, pinnis fubrotundis laciniatis. Hort. Cliff. 90.
light green colour, and fit cloſe to the foot-ſtalk. Hartwort with the umbels growing at a diſtance, and
The flowers are produced in ſmall bunches at the winged leaves having roundiſh lobes, which are cut on their
wings of the branches, each ſtanding upon a ſlender edges. Tordylium Apulum minimum. Col. Ecph. 1226
foot-ſtalk almoſt an inch long; their empalements The leaſt Hartwort of Apulia.
are of the round bell-ſhape, being of one leaf, which 5. TORDYLIUM (Secacul) umbellulis remotis, foliis du-
is ſlightly ſcallopped at the brim into five obtuſe parts. plicato-pinnatis, pinnis inciſis tomentofis. Hartwort
The flower has four narrow petals of a yellow colour, whoſe umbels are diſtant from each other, and doubly-
which are a little longer than the empalement, and winged leaves whoſe lobes are cut and downy: Tordyli-
one more whoſe tail is of the ſame length of the other um Orientale, Secacul Arabum dictum. Rawvolfio.
petals, and the top is of an oval heart-ſhape, ſtretch- Niſſol. Eaſtern Hartwort, by the Arabians called Secacul.
ed out beyond the other parts ; it has ten ſhort fta- 6. TORDYLIUM (Nodoſum) umbellis fimplicibus feffili-
mina within the tube of the flower, which are termi- bus, feminibus exterioribus hiſpidis. Lin. Gen. Plant.
nated by oblong erect ſummits of a ſulphur colour, 240. Hartwort with ſingle umbels to the ſtalks; and the
and at the bottom of the tube is ſituated a roundiſh outer ſide of the ſeeds prickly. Caucalis nodofio echi-
germen, having a very ſhort ſtyle, crowned by an nato ſemine. C. B. P. Knotted Parſley.
acute-pointed ſtigma. After the flower is paſt, the 7. TORDYLIUM (Anthriſcus) umbellis confertis, foliolis
germen turns to a roundiſh fruit the ſize of a large ovato-lanceolatis pinnatifidis. Hort: Cliff. 9o. Hart-
Pea, divided into four cells, each containing one ob- wort with cloſed umbels, and oval, Spear-shaped, wing-
long oval feed.
pointed lobes. Caucalis femine aſpero, flofculis ruben:
,
This tree is propagated by feeds, which muſt be tibus. C. B. P. Hedge Parſley with a rough feed, and a
procured from the country where it grows naturally, reddiſh flower.
and ſhould be freſh, otherwiſe they will not grow. 8. TORDYLIUM (Latifolium) umbellis confertis nudiuf-
When they are gathered from the tree, they ſhould culis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceolatis inciſo-ferratis.
be put up in ſand to preſerve them, for when they Lin. Sp. Plant. 345. Hartwort with naked umbels of
are ſent over in papers, the inſects naturally devour flowers, and winged leaves whoſe lobes are ſpear-ſhaped and
them. Theſe ſeeds muſt be ſown in pots filled with fawed. Caucalis arvenſis echinata latifolia. Č. B.P.
light earth as ſoon as they arrive, and plunged into 152. Broad-leaved wild Parſley with rough ſeeds.
the tan. If it ſhould happen in autumn or winter, The firſt ſort grows in Italy and Spain; this is a bi-
they muſt be plunged in the ſtove, but in ſpring or ennial plant, which dies ſoon after it has perfected its
ſummer, they may be plunged in the tan-bed under ſeeds. The lower leaves of this ſort are large and
a frame; they ſhould be taken out of their covers, winged, each having three or four pair of lobes ter-
otherwiſe they will be long in the ground before they minated by an odd one. The lobes are about three
vegetate. When the plants come up and are fit to inches long, and one broad in the middle; they are
remove, they ſhould be carefully tranſplanted, each rough and hairy, having many deep indentures on
into a ſeparate pot, and plunged into a good hot-bed their edges like the teeth of a faw; the ſtalk riſes
of tanners bark, ſhading them from the ſun till they three or four feet high, ſending out two or three
have taken new root ; after which they ſhould be branches from the fide, garniſhed at each joint by one
treated in the ſame way as the Coffee-tree, with which winged leaf; thoſe on the lower part of the ſtalk
management the plants will ſucceed.
have two pair of ſmall lobes terminated by an odd
TOMĚNTUM is that ſoft downy ſubſtance one, but thoſe toward the top have one pair, and the
which grows on the leaves of ſome plants.
middle lobe is long and narrow. The ſtalk and
TORDYLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 320. tab. 170. branches are terminated by umbels of white flowers,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 293. Hartwort.
whoſe rays are cloſed together, theſe are ſucceeded by
The CHARACTERS are,
oval compreſſed ſeeds, having a thick white border.
It bath an umbellated flower ; the principal umbel is com- It flowers in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in
poſed of many ſmall ones, which are compounded of many Auguſt or September.
rays; the involucrum of the greater umbel is compoſed of The ſecond ſort grows plentifully about Rome, and
narrow leaves, and is frequently as long as the rays of the alſo in the ſouth of France; this is mentioned in the
umbel ; thoſe of the rays are half the length; the umbels laſt edition of Ray's Synopſis as an Engliſh plant,
are difformed. The flowers have five heart-ſhaped inflexed growing naturally in Oxfordſhire, where I have
petals which are equal; they have each five hair-like sta- found it growing on the ſide of banks; but the ſeeds
mina terminated by ſingle ſummits, and a roundiſh germen were ſown there by Mr. Jacob Bobart, gardener at
ſituated under the flower, ſupporting two ſmall ſtyles, Oxford. The leaves of this ſort are compoſed of
crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen afterward turn three or four pair of oval lobes terminated by an odd
to a roundiſh compreſſed fruit longitudinally indented, di- one; they are ſoft and hairy, about one inch long,
viding in two parts, each containing one roundiſh com- and three quarters broad, bluntly indented on their
preſſed ſeed with an indented border.
edges. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection divide into three or four branches; theſe have one
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants ſnall leaf at each joint, and are terminated by um-
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles. bels of white flowers, compoſed of ſeveral ſmall um-
The SPECIES are,
bels or rays, which ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks,
1. TORDYLIUM (Maximum) umbellis confertis radiatis,
(
ſpreading out wide from each other. The flowers
foliolis lanceolatis inciſo-ſerratis. Hort. Cliff. 90. are ſucceeded by ſmaller compreſſed feeds which are
Hartwort with the rays of the umbel cloſed together, and bordered.
the lobe of the leaves Spear-ſhaped, and cut like ſaws. The third fort grows naturally in Syria ; this is a low
Tordylium maximum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 320. The plant, whoſe ſtalks ſeldom riſe a foot high. The
greateſt Hartwort.
lower leaves are compoſed of two pair of oval lobes
2. Tordylium (Officinale) involucris partialibus longi- terminated by a large one; theſe are hairy, and light-
tudine florum, foliolis ovatis laciniatis. Hort. Cliff ly crenated on their edges; they branch out into two
a
or
2

T OR
T OU
a
a
a
or three diviſions, and are terminated by umbels of in autumn foon after they are ripe, when the plants,
white fowers which have large involucrums, for the will ſoon appear, and are very hardy, ſo that they re-
moſt part trifid. The points are ſpear-ſhaped, and quire no farther care but to keep them clear from
at their baſe is ſituated a ſmall umbel, compoſed of a weeds, and where they come up too cloſe together,
few flowers fitting cloſe to the tails of the involucrums. they ſhould be thinned, ſo as to leave them ſix inches
The flowers are ſucceeded by large, oval, compreſſed, aſunder. In June following the plants will flower,
bordered feeds.
and their feeds will ripen in Auguſt, which, if per-
The fourth fort grows naturally in Italy. The ſtalks initted to ſcatter on the ground, will produce a ſupply
of this branch out from the bottom, and ſeldom riſe of plants without any trouble. If the feeds of theſe
a foot high ; they are hairy and rough. The lower plants are kept out of the ground till ſpring, they
leaves are compoſed of three pair of roundiſh lobes, ſeldom ſucceed; for if any plants are produced from
terminated by an odd one, which are hairy and jagged.
,
the feeds then fown, they commonly periſh before
The general umbel is compoſed of eight ſmall ones, they have perfected their ſeeds, whereas thoſe which
which ſtand upon very long foot-ſtalks, and ſpread are fown in autumn rarely fail. Theſe plants will
out wide from each other. The flowers are white; grow on any foil or fituation, fo may be put into any
and the exterior pètal of each is much larger than obſcure part of the garden,
thoſe of the two firſt forts; theſe are ſucceeded by TORMENTILLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 298. tab.
roundiſh, compreſſed, bordered feeds.
153. Lin. Gen: Plant. 153. Tormentil.
The fifth fort grows naturally about Aleppo, and in
The CHARACTERS are,
other parts of Syria. The bottom leaves are doubly The flower has a plain empalement of one leaf, divided
winged, each leaf being compoſed of four pair of into eight ſegments at the top; it has four oval beart-
wings terminated by an odd one. The wings are shaped petals, whoſe tails are inſerted in the empalement,
compoſed of ſeven oval lobes ſtanding alternately, and ſpread open, and many awl-ſhaped ſtamina which are
which are deeply jagged; they are of a yellowiſh green inſerted in the empalement, terminated by ſingle fummits;
colour, and a little hairy. The ſtalks are taper, and it has eight ſmall germen colle&ted in a head, which have
not channelled; they riſe two feet and a half high, Slender Styles the length of the germen inſerted to their
have a few finall hairs ſcattered over them, and at fides, crowned by obtuſe liigmas. The germen afterward
each joint are garniſhed with one ſmaller winged leaf; turns to a fruit, containing many ſmall ſeeds included in
they ſend out one or two ſhort branches toward the the empalement.
top, and are terminated by large umbels of yellow This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
flowers, compoſed of ten ſinall umbels, whoſe foot- Linnæus's twelfth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
ſtalks are alternately longer ; theſe ſpread open wide whoſe flowers have from twelve to twenty ftamina,
from each other. The flowers are ſucceeded by com- which are inſerted in the empalement.
preſſed oval feeds, ſhaped like thoſe of Parſneps, of
The SPECIES are,
a yellowiſh colour.
1. TORMENTILLA (Eresta) caule erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant.
The fixth fort grows naturally in arable land in ſeve- 500. Tormentil with an ere Et ſtalk. Tormentilla vul-
ral of the maritime counties in England, fo is rarely garis. Park. Theat. 394. Common Tormentil
.
admitted into gardens ; this has trailing ſtalks which 2. TORMENTILLA (Reptans) caule repente, foliis petio-
ſpread flat on the ground, and are a foot or more in latis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 500. Tormentil with a creeping
length. The leaves are like thoſe of Parſley, but are Stalk, and leaves on foot-ſtalks. Pentaphyllum reptans,
cut into finer ſegments; the umbels of flowers are alatum, foliis profundiùs ferratis. D. Plot. Oxf. 6. 1.
ſmall, and fit cloſe to the joints of the ſtalks; the 7. tab. 9. Creeping winged Cinquefoil, with leaves which
flowers are ſmall and white; they are ſucceeded by cre deeply ſawed.
ſhort ſeeds a little compreſſed, and ſet with ſharp burry The firſt fort grows wild on dry paſtures and com-
prickles on their outſide.
mons in moſt parts of England, fo is never cultivated
The ſeventh fort grows naturally on the ſide of banks in gardens; this is ſo commonly known as to need no
and foot-paths in many parts of England; this riſes deſcription. The roots of this plant have been fre-
with a ſlender ſtalk three feet high. The leaves are quently uſed for tanning of leather, in places where
like thoſe of Parſley; their lobes are ſpear-ſhaped, Oak bark is ſcarce. This root is alſo much uſed in
and have winged points ; they are hairy, and ſtand medicine, and is accounted the beſt aftringent in the
thinly on the ſtalks. The flowers are produced in whole vegetable kingdom.
ſmall umbels at the top of the ſtalks, which are com- The ſecond ſort is found in ſome particular places of
poſed of ſeveral ſmall umbels or rays which cloſe to- England growing wild, but particularly in Oxfordſhire.
gether ; they are ſmall, and of a pale red colour, and The ſtalks of this fort ſpread on the ground, and emit
are ſucceeded by ſmall prickly ſeeds.
roots from their joints, whereby they propagate very
The eighth fort grows naturally among the Corn in faſt: this is rarely preſerved, unleſs in fome botanic
Cambridgeſhire, and in ſome other parts of England. gardens for the ſake of variety. It requires no care to
This riſes with a channelled ſtalk three feet high, propagate theſe plants, fince, if their roots are once
garniſhed with one winged leaf at each joint, com- planted in almoſt any foil or ſituation, the plants will
poſed of two pair of lobes terminated by a long one: fouriſh without any other care, but to prevent their
they are broad, ſpear-ſhaped, and deeply ſawed on being over-run with great weeds.
their edges. The umbels of flowers which terminate TOURNEFORTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 176. Pit-
the ſtalks are cluſtered together; the ſeeds are broad, tonia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 5. tab. 3.
rough, and have borders round them.
The CHARACTERS are,
All theſe plants may be termed annual, becauſe they The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into five
do not live more than one year; but ſome of them are ſmall ſegments at the top, and is permanent. The flower
called biennial, from the young plants which come up is of one petal, of the globular bell-ſhape, and cut at the
in autumn living through the winter, and producing brim into five acute points, which ſpread open horizontally;
their flowers and fruit the following ſummer ; but as it has five awl-ſhaped ſtamina the length of the tube, ter-
the ſeeds which are fown or permitted to ſcatter, minated by ſingle fummits, and a globular germen ſupport-
perfect their feeds in the compaſs of one year, they ing a ſingle ſtyle the length of the ſtamina, crowned by a
ſhould be termed annual, for this is the property of ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſpherical
many of the plants with umbellated flowers, whoſe ſucculent berry, incloſing four oblong oval feeds reſting upon
ſeeds ſhould be ſown in autumn; otherwiſe, if they the empalement.
come up (which frequently does not happen the ſame This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
vear when they are ſown in the ſpring,) the plants Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes choſe plants
generally decay before their feeds ripen ; but as their whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ftyle.
whole growth is performed within the year, they are Father Plumier, who diſcovered ſeveral ſpecies of this
eſteemed as annual plants.
genus in America, conſtituted this genus, and gave it
They are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be fown the title of Pittonia, in honour of Dr. Joſeph Pitton ;
4
but
a

TOU
TOU
و
a
but Dr. Linnæus has changed the title from Pittonia
to Tournefortia.
The SPECIES are,
1. TourneFORTIA (Fætidiſima) foliis ovato-lanceolatis,
hirtis pedunculis ramoſis fpicis pendulis. Lin. Sp.
201. Tournefortia with oval, Spear-ſhaped, hairy leaves,
and hanging Spikes of flowers. Pittonia racemoſo nico-
tianæ foliis foetidiffimis. Plum. Gen. Nov. 5. Branch-
ing Pittonia with fætid Tobacco leaves.
2. TOURNEFORTIA (Hirſutiſſima) foliis ovatis petiolatis,
caule hirſuto, fpicis ramofiffimis terminalibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 140. Tournefortia with oval leaves growing
upon foot-folks, and a hairy ſtalk terminated by very
bronching Spikes of flowers. Pittonia hirſutiffima &
ramofiffima, baccis albis. Plum. Gen. Nov. 5. The
mojt branching hairy Pittonia with white berries.
3. TOURNEFORTIA (Volubilis) foliis ovatis acuminatis,
glabris petiolis reflexis, caule volubili. Lin. Sp. Plant.
143. Tournefortia with oval, acute-pointed, ſmooth leaves,
having reflexed foot-ſtalks and a twining ſtalk. Pittonia
fcandens, baccis niveis, nigris maculis notatis. Plum.
Gen. 5. Climbing Pittonia, with white berries marked with
black ſpots.
4. TOURNEFORTIA (Scandens) foliis cordatis hirſutis, fpi-
cis racemofis reflexis, caule volubili. Tournefortia with
bairy beart-ſhaped leaves, branching reflexed Spikes of
flowers, and a twining ſtalk. Pittonia ſcandens race-
mofa, flore fuſco. Houſt. MSS. Climbing branching
Pittonia, with flowers of a brown colour.
5. TOURNEFORTIA (Tomentoſa) foliis cordatis ſubtus to-
mentofis, fpicis racemofis brevibus, caule volubili.
Tournefortia with beart-ſhaped leaves which are woolly on
their under ſide, very ſhort branching Spikes of flowers,
and a twining ſtalk. Pittonia ſcandens, racemoſa, fo-
liis fubrotundis ſubtus incanis. Houft. MSS. Climbing
branching Pittonia, with roundiſh leaves which are boary
on their under ſide.
6. TOURNEFORTIA (Carnoſa) foliis ovatis rugoſis petio-
latis, fpicis racemofis axillaribus, caule fruticoſo.
Tournefortia with oval rough leaves growing upon foot-
ſtalks, branching Spikes of flowers proceeding from the
wings of the ſtalks, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Pittonia fru-
teſcens, folio carnoſa hirſuta & obtufo. Plum. Gen. 5.
Shrubby Pittonia with a fieſhy, hairy, and blunt leaf.
7. Tournefortia (Suffruticoſa) foliis fub-lanceolatis in-
canis ſuffruticoſo. Lin. Sp. 202. Tournefortia with ovel
Spear-ſhaped leaves having acute points, being woolly on
their under ſide, branching incurved ſpikes of flowers, and
a branching ſtalk.
8. TOURNEFORTIA (Humilis) foliis lanceolatis feffilibus,
fpicis fimplicibus recurvis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
141. Tournefortia with ſpear-ſhaped leaves fitting cloſe
to the ſtalks, and ſingle recurved Spikes of flowers grow-
ing at the wings of the ſame. Pittonia humilis anchufæ
folio. Plum. Gen. 5. Low Pittonia with an Alkanet leaf.
The firſt fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and in ſome
of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies, where it riſes
with ſhrubby ſtalks ten or twelve feet high, ſending
out many branches, which are cloſely garniſhed with
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed alternately round the
ftalks ; they are five inches long, and two and a half
broad in the middle, hairy on their under fide, and
ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The branches are ter-
minated by long branching ſpikes of flowers, which
are ranged on one ſide the foot-ſtalks in the ſame man-
ner as thoſe of the Heliotrope or Turnfol. Some of
the foot-ſtalks ſuſtain two, others three, and ſome
four ſpikes of flowers, which are near five inches long,
and are refexed like a ſcorpion's tail at the top. The
fowers are of a dirty white colour ; they are ſmall,
and cloſely ranged on one ſide the ſpike; theſe are
ſucceeded by ſmall ſucculent fruit, incloſing four ob-
long ſeeds in each.
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of the iſlands in the
Weſt-Indies. The ſtalks of this are ſhrubby, taper,
and rough ; they riſe to the height of eight or ten
feet, dividing into many branches, which are covered
with a light brown, hairy, rough bark, and garniſhed
with oval leaves placed alternately, theſe are about
four inches long, and two and a half broad, having
many tranſverſe veins running from the midrib to the
fides; they have ſhort hairy foot-ſtalks, and are of a
deep green on their upper fide. The branches are
terminated by very branchy ſpikes of flowers; theſe
are ſucceeded by ſmall, roundiſh, ſucculent fruit, each
incloſing four oblong feeds.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and ſome
of the iſlands in America ; this has a twining ligneous
ftalk, which twiſts about the neighbouring trees for
ſupport, and riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet,
ſending out ſeveral ſlender ligneous branches, which
are garniſhed with oval acute-pointed leaves, whoſe
foot-ſtalks are reflexed. The flowers are produced in
branching ſpikes from the fide and the top of the
branches; they are ſmall and white, and are ſucceeded
by ſmall, white, ſucculent berries, having one or two
black ſpots on each.
The fourth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſ-
toun, growing naturally in Jamaica, who ſent the feeds
to England; this hath ſhrubby branching ſtalks, which
riſe to the height of ten or twelve feet. The branches
are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped hairy leaves, near three
inches long, and one and a half broad near the baſe,
ending in acute points; they are of a thinner texture
than thoſe of the former ſpecies, and ſtand upon ſhort
foot-ſtalks. The flowers come out at the end of the
branches in very ſlender branching ſpikes; they are
ſmall, and of a dirty brown colour, ranged along on
the upper ſide of the foot-ſtalk; theſe are ſucceeded
by ſmall pulpy berries, each containing four feeds.
The fifth fort was found growing naturally by Mr.
Robert Millar near Carthagena, in New Spain; this
has climbing ſtalks, which twine about any neigh-
bouring ſupport, and riſe to the height of ten or twelve
feet. The branches are garniſhed with heart-ſhaped
leaves which are two inches long, and one and a quar-
ter broad near their baſe; they are very downy on
their under ſide, and ſtand upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers are produced in ſhort branching ſpikes
which come out from the wings of the branches; they
are of a dirty white colour, ſmall, and are ſuccceeded
by ſmall ſucculent berries, incloſing two, three, and
ſometimes four feeds.
The ſixth fort was diſcovered by the late Mr. Robert
Millar, growing naturally near Carthagena in New
Spain; this has a ſtrong ligneous ſtalk, which riſes
near twenty feet high, ſending out ſeveral ſtrong lig-
neous branches, covered with a light brown bark
which is rough, and garniſhed with thick oval leaves,
four inches long and three broad; they are very rough
on their upper ſurface, and of a dark green colour,
but pale and ſmoother on their under fide, ſtanding
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in branching ſpikes from the wings of the
branches; they are ſmall, white, and ſhaped like thoſe
of the other ſpecies, and are ſucceeded by ſmall ſuccu-
lent berries, each including two or three oblong feeds.
The ſeventh fort was diſcovered by the ſame gentle-
man in the ſame country ; this has woody ſtalks which
rife five or ſix feet high, from which ſpring out many
Nender ligneous branches, garniſhed with oval ſpear-
ſhaped leaves about two inches long, and one broad
in the middle, which are rounded at each end, but
have acute points; they are of a dark green on their
upper ſurface, but have a white down on their under
ſide, and fit cloſe to the branches. The flowers are
produced from the wings of the ſtalks, and alſo at
the top; they are formed in ſlender branching ſpikes,
being ranged on one ſide of the ſpikes which are re-
curved ; they are white, and are ſucceeded by ſmall
ſucculent berries, which contain two or three ſeeds.
The eighth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy, by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this plant has low
Thrubby ſtalks, which ſeldom riſe more than three
feet high, ſending out a few ſlender ligneous branches,
which are garniſhed with rough ſpear-ſhaped leaves
fitting cloſe to the branches; theſe are of a dark green
on their upper ſide, bruit pale on their under. The
13 H
flowers
a
a
a
3
а

TOX
T O X
a
j
a
ز
flowers come out in fingle ſpikes from the wings of smooth, and cut into finuſes, and a twining rooting fialk.
the fralk; they are white, and are ſucceeded by Imall Toxicodendron amplexicaule, foliis minoribus glabris.
fucculent berries like the former fort.
Hort. Elth. 399. Poiſon-tree with a twining ſtalk,
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt be and ſmaller ſmooth leaves.
procured from the countries where they grow natu- 7. TOXICODENDRON (Serratum) foliis fæpius ternatis,
rally; theſe ſhould be fown in ſmall pots filled with foliolis oblongo-ovatis rugoſis ferratis, caule radi-
light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners cante. Poiſon-tree with leaves which are generally trifo-
bark. Theſe feeds ſometimes grow the firſt year, but liott, oblong, oval, rough, Jawed lobes, and a rooting Stalk.
they often remain in the ground a whole year ; there- 8. ToxiCODENDRON (Arboreo) foliis ternatis, foliolis lan-
fore, if the plants ſhould not come up the ſame fea- ceolatis fupernè inæqualiter ferratis, fubtus tomento-
fon, the pots ſhould be plunged in autumn into the fis, caule arboreſcente. Poiſon-tree with trifoliate leaves,
tan-bed in the ſtove, where they ſhould remain all the Spear-ſhoped lobes unequally sawed toward their points,
winter, and in the ſpring they ſhould be removed out, downy on their under ſide, and a tree-like ſtalk. Bacci-
and plunged into a freſh tan-bed, which will ſoon fera Indica trifoliata, fructu rotundo monopyreno, pe-
bring up the plants if the feeds were good. When dunculo longo. Sloan. Cat. 170. Indian, trifoliate,
theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted berry-bearing-tree, with a roundiſh fruit having one ſeed,
in a ſmall pot, and plunged into a tan-bed, where and a long foot-ſtalk.
they muſt be ſhaded from the ſun till they have taken 9. TOXICODENDRON (Arboreſcens) foliis ternatis, foliolis
new root, and then they muſt be treated in the ſame ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, caule fruticofo
way as other tender plants from the ſame countries, ramofo. Poiſon-tree with trifoliate leaves, having oval,
which require to be kept conſtantly in the bark-ſtove. Spear-shaped, acute-pointed, ſmooth lobes, and a ſhrubby
TOXICODENDRON. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 610. branching ſtalk. Toxicodendron arboreſcens pyri fo-
tab. 381. Rhus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 331. [co&inòv, poi- liis glabris, floribus racemofis. Houſt. MSS. Tree-
fon, and Sydpov, a tree.] Poiſon-tree, vulgò.
like Poiſon-tree, with ſmooth Pear leaves and branching
The CHARACTERS are,
flowers.
The male flowers are upon different plants from the fe- 10. TOXICODENDRON (Altiſſimum) foliis pinnatis feffili-
male ; they have a ſmall empolement cut into five points bus, lobis acuminatis. The talleſt Poiſon-tree with winged
ai the brim, and five ſmall roundiſh petals which ſpread leaves, whose lobes are pointed, and fit cloſe to the foot-
open; they have five ſhort ſtamina, terminated by round- Stalks. Fafi no Ki. Arbor Vernicifera ſpuria, fyl-
ish summits. The female flowers have empalements and veſtris anguſtifolia. Kemp. Amen. 794. The ſpurious
petals like the male; they have no ſtamine, but in the cen- Vernice-free with narrow leaves.
ter is ſituated a roundi B germen, ſupporting three ſmall The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of North
Styles, crowned with globular ftigmas. The germen after- America ; this has a low ihrubby ftalk, which ſeldom
ward turns to a berry with one or two cells, incloſing one riſes more than three feet high, ſending out ſhoots
Feed in each.
near the bottom, which trail upon the ground, put-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection ting out roots from their joints, whereby it multiplies
of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes the plants and ſpreads greatly; ſo that when it is not confined or
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and three ſtyles, and trained up to a ſupport, the ſtalks feldom riſe upward.
has joined them to his genus of Rhus; but this genus If the ſtalks happen to be cloſe to a wall, they emit
ſhould be ranged in the fifth ſection of his twenty- roots which faften to the joints in the wall, and ſup-
ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers port themſelves when they are ſevered from the root;
are male and female on different plants, and the male and the ſtalks of ſuch plants will become more lig-
flowers have five ſtamina.
neous, and riſe much higher, than thoſe which grow
The SPECIES are,
in the ground. The foot-ſtalks of the leaves are near
1. TOXICODENDRON (Vulgare) foliis ternatis, foliolis ob-
a foot long; the leaves are compoſed of three oval
cordatis, glabris, integerrimis, caule radicante. Poi-
heart-ſhaped lobes, which are ſmooth and entire, each
fon-tree with roundiſh, heart-shaped, ſmooth, entire, trifo- lobe ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; the lobes are
liate leaves, and a ſtalk putting out roots. Toxicoden- five inches long, and three inches and a half broad;
dron triphyllum, folio finuato pubeſcente. Tourn. the two ſide lobes are oblique to the foot-ſtalk, but
Inft. 611. Smooth three-leaved Poiſon-tree, or Poiſon Oak. the middle one is equal; they have many tranſverſe
2. TOXICODENDRON (Pubeſcens) foliis ternatis, foliolis veins running from the midrib to the borders. The
ovatis inciſo-angulatis pubeſcentibus. Poiſon-tree with flowers come out from the ſide of the ſtalk in looſe
trifoliate leaves whoſe lobes are oval, angularly cut, and panicles; they are of an herbaceous colour and ſmall,
covered with ſhort ſoft hairs. Toxicodendron triphyl- ſo make little appearance. Some plants have only
lum, glabrum. Tourn. Inſt. 611. The three-leaved male flowers, which have five ſtamina in each; theſe
Poiſon-tree, with a ſoft, hairy, ſinuated leaf.
decay without producing fruit, but upon the other
3. TOXICODENDRON (Glabrum) foliis ternatis, foliolis plants are only female flowers, which have a germen
ovato-lanceolatis glabris caule erecto fruticofo. Poiſon- and three very ſhort ſtyles; theſe are fucceeded by
tree with trifoliate leaves whoje lobes are oval, Spear- roundiſh, channelled, ſmooth berries of a gray colour,
Maped, and ſmooth, and an erect ſhrubby fialk. Toxi- which incloſe one or two feeds, but theſe feeds do
codendron rectum, foliis minioribus glabris. Hort. not grow unleſs ſome male plants are near them. The
Elth. 389. Upright Poiſon-tree with ſmaller ſmooth plants flower in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
leaves.
This plant, whence once planted in a garden, will
4. TOXICODENDRON (Pinnatis) foliis pinnatis, folio-
4
propagate faſt enough by its trailing branches, which
lisovato-lanceolatis integerrimis. Poiſon-tree with put out roots at every part. It will thrive in almoſt
tvinged leaves whoſe lobes are ovel, Spear-ſhaped, and en- any ſoil or ſituation.
tire. Toxicodendron foliis alatis, fructu rhomboide. The ſecond ſort grows naturally in many parts of
Hort. Elth. 392. Poiſon-tree with winged leaves and a North America. The ſtalks of this ſort riſe higher
rhomboidal fruit, called Poiſon Aſh. And the Rhus fo- than thoſe of the former; the branches are ſlender but
liis pinnatis integerrimis, petiolo integro æquali. Lin. ligneous; they have a brown bark, and are garniſhed.
Mat. Med. 151. Alſo the Amyris foliis impari pinna- with downy leaves ſtanding upon pretty long foot-
tis of the ſame author. Sp. Plant. 496.
ftalks; theſe are compoſed of three oval lobes about
5. TOXICODENDRON (Crenatum) foliis ternatis, foliolis two inches long, and one and a half broad, indented
ovatis crenato-dentatis glabris. Poiſon-tree with trifo- angularly, and are hoary on their under ſide. The
liate leaves, whoſe lobes are oval, ſmooth, and bluntly male flowers, which are produced on ſeparate plants
indented.
from the fruit, come out from the ſide of the Italks
6. TOXICODENDRON (Volubilis) foliis ternatis, foliolis in cloſe ſhort ſpikes; theſe are of an herbaceous co-
ovatis inciſo-finuatis glabris, caule volubili radicante. lour, and have five ſhort ſtamina in each. The fe-
Poiſon-tree with trifoliate leaves whoſe lobes are oval, male flowers are produced in looſe panicles; theſe are
a
6
in

TOX
TOX
a
in ſhape and colour like the male, but are larger, and
have a roundiſh germen, ſupporting three very ſhort
ſtyles
theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh berries which
ripen in autumn.
The third fort grows naturally in North America ;
this has a ſhrubby branching ſtalk which riſes fix or
ſeven feet high, covered with a brown bark. The
branchts are ligneous, and grow erect; they are gar-
nished with ſmooth trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are
oval, ſpear-íhaped, and have a few finall indentures
on their borders ; they are near three inches long,
and one and a half broad, with ſeveral tranſverſe veins
from the midrib to their borders. The male and fe-
male flowers grow upon ſeparate plants; their ſhape
and colour is like thoſe of the former, and the fruit
is alſo like that.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Virginia, Penſyl-
vania, New England, and Carolina ; from all theſe
countries I have received ſeeds and plants of it, and
it alſo grows in Japan. This, in the countries where
it grows naturally, riſes with a ſtrong woody ſtalk to
the height of twenty feet or upward, but in England
we ſeldom ſee any of them more than five or fix feet
high; the reaſon of this is from the plants being ten-
der, ſo are deſtroyed in ſevere winters; but I have
ſeen ſome plants which were kept in pots and ſheltered
in winter, upward of ten feet high, in the garden of
Samuel Reynardſon, Efq; at Hillendon, which, af-
ter his death were purchaſed, with all his other exotic
plants, by Sir Robert Walpole. This has a ſtrong
woody ſtalk, covered with a light brown bark inclining
to gray, branching out on every ſide. The branches
are garniſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of two
or three pair of lobes terminated by an odd one. The
lobes vary greatly in their ſhape, but for the moſt
part they are ſpear-ſhaped, about three or four inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle; they
are ſometimes rounded at their baſe, but end in acute
points ; their upper ſurface is ſmooth, and of a lu-
cid green, but their under fide is pale and a little
hairy. The foot-ftalks of the leaves change to a
bright purple colour, eſpecially toward the latter part
of ſummer, and in autumn all the leaves are of a
beautiful purple colour before they fall off. The
male flowers are produced in looſe panicles from the
wings of the branches; they are ſmall, of an herba-
ceous white colour, compoſed of five ſmall roundiſh
petals, and have five ſhort ſtamina within, terminated
by roundiſh ſummits. The female flowers are upon
ſeparate plants from the male, and are diſpoſed on
looſe panicles; theſe are ſhaped like the male, but
are ſomewhat larger, and have in their center a round-
iſh germen, ſupporting three very ſhort ſtyles, crown-
ed with globular ftigmas. The germen afterward
turns to a berry variable in ſhape, ſometimes almoſt
oval, at others ſhaped like a ſmall ſpear; but the
moſt general forın is roundiſh, with a protuberance
almoſt like the Cicer ; theſe include one feed. It
flowers in July, and in warm ſeaſons the female plants
produce fruit, but they do not ripen here.
This is undoubtedly the ſame plant which is men-
tioned by Dr. Kempfer in his Amoenitates Exotica-
rum, by the title of Sitz, vel Sits Adju, or Arbor
vernicifera legitima, folio pinnato juglandis, fructu
racemoſa Ciceris facie, p. 791, 792. The true Var-
niſh-tree with a Walnut-tree leaf, and a branching
fruit like Cicers. But the figure he has exhibited of
this plant, is the moſt inaccurate of any perhaps to be
found in any of the modern books of botany ; it is
drawn from a fide ſhoot of a branch which has been
cut off, ſo has neither flower nor fruit to it, and be-
ing a vigorous ſhoot, the leaves are very different in
ſize and ſhape from thoſe on plants which have not
been headed, and his deſcription of the leaves ſeems
to have been taken from this branch, otherwiſe he
could not have compared them to thoſe of the Wal-
nut-tree. He ſeems to have been conſcious of this
fault, by his adding another figure of the plant in
ſmall under his own, taken from a Japan Herbal, in
which there is a much better repreſentation of it than
his own conveys. How a perſon, who was employing
himſelf in making drawings of plants, in a country
where the natural hiſtory of it was ſo little known,
ſhould make choice of ſuch an imperfect ſample for
his figure, is amazing; for there can be no doubt of
his meeting with perfect plants in flower or fruit, in
a place where the ſhrubs are cultivated fo plentifully
as he mentions; and in his deſcription of it, he ſets
out by comparing the height of the ſhrubs to thoſe
of Willow, than which he could not have choſen any
plant by way of compariſon, which would have con-
veyed a more indetermined idea ; for it is well known
there are different ſpecies of Willow, whoſe growth
is from four to forty feet high; therefore there can
be no other way of reconciling his deſcription with
what he afterward mentions, when he is giving an
account of the method uſed by the natives in collect-
ing the varniſh, where he ſays the ſhrubs are cut
down every third year, but by comparing their growth
with that of the Willows, which are cut down for
fuel, &c. every four or five years.
However, as the dried ſamples of this plant which he
brought to Europe, agrees with the American Toxi-
codendron here mentioned, and the milky juice of
both have the ſame qualities of ſtaining, ſo there can
be no doubt of the plants being the fame; therefore if
it is thought that varniſh may be of public utility, it
may be collected in plenty in moſt of the Engliſh fet-
tlements in North America.
Kempfer has alſo given a figure and deſcription of a
fpurious Varniſh-tree, which is called Fafi-no-Ki by
the natives, and is by him titled Arbor vernicifera
ſpuria, fylveftris anguſtifolia. Spurious wild Varniſh-
tree with a narrow leaf, which he ſays agrees with the
other in every part, excepting the lobes of the leaves,
which are narrower.
This led me into a miſtake in
the former editions of the Gardeners Dictionary, by
ſuppoſing their difference might ariſe from culture
only; but having ſince raiſed from ſeeds a fhrub
which has all the appearance of his fpurious Varniſh-
tree, and is evidently a diſtinct ſpecies, if not a diffe-
rent genus from the true fort, I am certain Kempfer
has been guilty of a great miſtake in this particular.
The feeds of this were ſent from China, for thoſe of
the Varniſh-tree; but when I fowed them, I remarked
they were pretty much like thoſe of the Beech-tree,
but ſmaller, being thick on one ſide and narrow on
the other, in ſhape of a wedge, from whence I fup-
poſed there were three of the ſeeds included in one cap-
íule. There is a ſhrub of this kind now growing in
the Chelſea Garden, which is more than twenty feet
high, but, as it has not yet produced flowers, I am
at a loſs where to range it, therefore have placed it
here till it has ſhewn its flowers. How Dr. Linnæus
came to change the title of this plant, and remove it
to another claſs, I am at a loſs to account; for had he
feen the plants growing, or had ſpecimens of it, I am
certain he would not have done : for though ſome-
times, in very vigorous growing plants, the flowers
have frequently fix or ſeven ſtamina, yet their con-
ftant number is rarely more than five: and how ſome
other perſons, from whom he had this intelligence,
has fuppofed the true Varniſh-tree and the wild one
were the ſame, I am at as great a loſs to gueſs; for
the leaves of the true Varniſh-tree has ſeldom more
than four pair of lobes, but the wild fort has four-
teen or fixteen pair, and the lobes are differently
formed.
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America,
from whence the ſeeds were a few years ſince brought
to England; this has a ſhrubby ſtalk which fends out
many ligneous branches, covered with a ſmooth pur-
ple bark, and garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks an inch long; the lobes are oval,
about two inches long, and one and a half broad in
the middle, of a deep lucid green on their upper
fide, but of a pale green on their under, and are
deeply crenated or indented on their edges, their baſe
joining
a
a
а
a

Τ Ο Χ
T RA
a
joining cloſe to the foot-ſtalks. The leaves, when The juice of the tree is milky when it firſt iſſues out
bruited, emit an odour like that of Orange-peel, from of the wounded part, but ſoon after it is expoſed to
whence the gardeners have titled it the ſweet-ſcented the air it turns black, and has a very ſtrong fætid
Toxicodendron. The male flowers are produced in ſcent, and is corroding; for I have obſerved, on cut-
ſhort cloſe panicles; they are ſmall, and of an her- ting off a ſmall branch from one of theſe ſhrubs, that
baceous white colour ; they grow upon ſeparate plants the blade of the knife has been changed black in a
from the fruit, which grow in fparſed panicles, and are moment's time, ſo far as the juice had ſpread over it,
of an oval ſhape.
which I could not get off without grinding the knife.
The fixth fort grows naturally in North America. The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica on the
The ſtalks of this ſort emit roots their whole length, red hills, and Campeachy, in great plenty. It has a
whereby they faſten to trees or any neighbouring ſup- thick woody ſtem which riſes near thirty feet high,
port, and climb to the height of fix or eight feet ; with a ſmooth Aſh-coloured bark, ſending out ligne-
theſe are garniſhed with trifoliate oval leaves, which ous branches on every ſide, which have a hairy rufty-
are ſmooth, and cut into finuſes on their edges. The coloured bark, and are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves
lobes are four inches long and two broad. The which have hairy foot-Italks two inches long. The
flowers are produced in ſhort panicles from the ſide of lobes are ſpear-ſhaped, about four inches long, and
the branches; they are male and female on different two broad in the middle, drawing to points at both
plants like the other ſpecies.
ends; they are unequally fawed toward the top, and
The ſeventh fort was ſent me by Mr. John Bartram have many tranſverſe veins running from the midrib
from Philadelphia, by the title of Great Toxicoden- to the borders; they are of a dark green on their up-
dron; this hath trailing roots which run near the fur- per ſide, but have a brown woolly down on their un-
face of the ground, ſending up ſtalks in different der ſide. The flowers are ranged in a ſingle racemus,
places; the leaves ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks; they which ſprings from the wings of the branches; they
have chiefly three lobes, but ſome have four. The are ſmall, of a yellowiſh colour, and the female
lobes are obtufe, rough, and ſawed on their edges. flowers are ſucceeded by ſmall, oval, ſmooth berries,
They are four or five inches long, and three broad; of an Orange colour when ripe.
this ſort has not as yet flowered in England, ſo I can The ninth fort grows naturally about Carthagena in
give no farther deſcription of the plant at preſent : New Spain ; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk twelve or
theſe forts are all of them ſo hardy as to thrive in the fourteen feet high, covered with a gray bark, fend-
open air in England, but the fourth ſort is often de- ing out a great number of branches on every fide,
ſtroyed by ſevere froſt, ſo ſhould be planted in a warm
i
which are garniſhed with trifoliate ſmooth leaves,
fituation.
whoſe lobes are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and oblique to
The firſt, fixth, and ſeventh forts propagate in plenty their foot-ſtalks ; they are near three inches long, and
by their creeping ſtalks and roots; the others are pro- an inch and a half broad, running out in long acute
pagated by laying down their branches, which will points. The male and female flowers are upon diffe-
put out roots in one year, and may then be taken rent plants ; they are formed in looſe panicles, are
off and tranſplanted, either in the places where they ſmall, and of a dirty white colour. The female flowers
are to remain, or in a nurſery, to grow two or three are ſucceeded by ſmall, oval, ſmooth berries, each
years to get ſtrength before they are planted out for including one feed.
good; they are alſo propagated by feeds, which The two laft forts are tender plants, ſo will not thrive
Thould be ſown on a bed of light earth, and when the in this country without the aſſiſtance of artificial heat ;
plants come up they muſt be kept clean from weeds they are propagated by ſeeds, when theſe can be pro-
the following ſummer ; and before the froſt comes on cured from the countries where the plants grow na-
in autumn, the bed ſhould be hooped over, that the turally. Theſe ſhould be fown as ſoon as they arrive
plants may be covered with mats, for otherwiſe the
,
here, in pots filled with light earth, and plunged
early froſts will kill their tops, which frequently cauſes into a tan-bed. Sometimes the plants will come up
their ſtalks to decay to the ground; for as the plants the ſame year, but the feeds often lie long in the
are tender, and generally ſhoot late the firſt year, ground when they are fown in the ſpring; and when
they are in much greater danger than when they get they do not grow the firſt year the pots ſhould be
more ſtrength. In ſpring the plants may be tranſ- plunged in the bark-bed in the ſtove in autumn, where
planted into nurſery-beds to grow a year or two, and they ſhould be plunged into a freſh hot-bed under a
may then be tranſplanted for good.
frame, which will ſoon bring up the plants. When
"Theſe plants are preſerved by the curious in botany theſe are fit to remove, they ſhould be each planted
for the ſake of variety, but as there is little beauty in in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged in-
them, there are not many of the forts cultivated in to a new tan-bed, obſerving to fhade them from the
in England. The wood of theſe trees, when burnt, ſun till they have taken new root; then they ſhould
emits a noxious fume, which will ſuffocate animals be treated in the ſame way as other tender exotic plants,
when they are ſhut up in a room where it is burnt: which are conſtantly kept in the bark-ſtove.
an inſtance of this is mentioned in the Philoſophical The tenth fort came from China. This grows to a
Tranſactions by Dr. William Sherard, which was com- large ſize, ſending out many branches on every ſide,
municated to him in a letter from New England by which are garniſhed with very long winged leaves,
Mr. Moore, in which he mentions ſome people who each leaf having fourteen or fixteen pair of lobes,
had cut ſome of this wood for fuel, which they were which fit cloſe to the midrib; as this has not pro-
burning, and in a ſhort time they loſt the uſe of their duced flowers in England, ſo we are at a loſs where to
limbs, and became ſtupid ; ſo that if a neighbour had place it, but it is hardy enough to live in the open air
not accidentally opened the door, and ſeen them in in winter. This propagates faſt enough by the many
that condition, it is generally believed they would fuckers ſent out from the roots.
foon have periſhed. This ſhould caution people from TRACHELIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 130. tab.
making uſe of this wood for ſuch purpoſe.
50. Lin. Gen. Plant. 204. Throatwort.
When a perſon is poiſoned by handling this wood, The CHARACTERS are,
in a few hours he feels an itching pain, which provokes The flower has a ſmall empalement cut at the top in five
a ſcratching, which is followed by an inflammation parts
, ſitting upon the germen. It has one petal, which
and ſwelling. Sometimes a perſon has had his legs is funnel-ſhaped, having a long, Slender, cylindrical tube,
poiſoned, which have run with water. Some of the cut at the top into five ſmall oval ſegments, which ſpread
inhabitants of America affirm, they can diſtinguiſh open ; it has five hair-like ſtamina the length of the petel,
this wood by the touch in the dark, from its extreme termineted lry ſingle ſummits; and a roundiſh three-cor-
coldneſs, which is like ice; but what is mentioned of nered ger men ftucted under the flower, ſupporting a long
this poiſonous quality, is moſt applicable to the fourth Slender Riyle, crowned by a globular ſtigma. The germen
fort here mentioned, which, by the deſcription, agrees afterword turns to a roundiſ obtufe capſule with three lobes,
with this ſpecies.
having three cells, which are filled terith ſmall ſeeds.
a
a
This

TRA
TRA
و
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of grows on the coaſt of Malabar, the other in the Ames
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants rican iſlands.
whoſe flowers have five ftamina and one ſtyle. TRADESCANTIA (Virginiana) erecta lævis, floribus con-
We know but one SPECIES of this genus in the geſtis. Lin. Sp. 411. Virginia Spiderwort with erect
Engliſh gardens, viz.
Smooth ſtalks, and flowers cloſely conneEted at the top.
TRACHELIUM (Ceruleum.) Hort. Upſal. 41. Tbrootwort. This plant grows naturally in Virginia, and moſt other
Trachelium azureum umbelliferum. Pon. Bal. 44. parts of North America; it hath roots compoſed of
Blue Mountain Tbreatwort.
many fleihy fibres ; the ſtalks are ſmooth, riſing a
This plant grows naturally in ſhady woods in many foot and a half high, garniſhed by long, ſmooth, keel-
parts of Italy. It has a perennial root which is fleſhy ſhaped leaves, which embrace the ſtalks; the flowers
and tuberous, ſending out many fibres which ſpread are produced in cluſters at the top of the ſtalks ; theſe
wide on every ſide. The leaves are oval, ſpear- are compoſed of three pretty large ſpreading petals of
fhaped, about two inches long, and one broad in the a purple colour; they appear early in June, and there
middle, fawed on their edges, and ending in acute is a ſucceſſion of flowers moſt part of ſummer, though
points. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high, and each flower continues but one day, from whence it
are garniſhed with leaves fhaped like thoſe at the had the title of Ephemeron.
bottom, but come out irregularly. Sometimes there There are two other varieties of this ſpecies, one with
are two pretty large leaves, and one or two ſmaller a deep blue, and the other a white flower; but as
riſing from the ſame point; at others, one large and theſe
vary
from one to another when raiſed from ſeeds,
three ſmaller at the ſame joint; theſe come out alter- ſo they ſhould not be ſeparated.
nate, and the upper part of the ſtalk, immediately un-
,
Theſe plants multiply fo faſt by their roots, and alſo
der the umbel, is naked of leaves, except two or three from the ſeeds if permitted to fall
, that they ſhould be
narrow ones, which are cloſe to the foot-ſtalks of the
yearly reduced to keep them within bounds. The beſt
flowers; theſe are diſpoſed in form of an umbel com- time to remove and part the roots is in the autumn.
poſed of many ſmall ones. The flowers are ſmall, TRAGACANTHA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 417. tab.
funnel-ſhaped, and of an azure blue colour ; theſe ap- 234. Aſtragalus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 799. [Tecyánariai
,
pear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh of Tedyo; a goat, and 'Arobyon, a thorn.] Goats-
capſules, with three cells filled with ſmall feeds, which thorn.
ripen in September.
The CHARACTERS are,
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, indented in
fown in autumn when they are ripe, for when they are five parts, the lower ſegments being the ſhortest. The
kept out of the ground till ſpring, they frequently flower is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is long, ereet,
fail, or if they do grow, it is not before the following
,
indented at the point, and the borders are reflexed. The
ſpring. When the plants come up, they ſhould be wings are ſhorter than the ſtandard. The keel is of the
kept clean from weeds, and as ſoon as they are big ſame length with the wings, and is indented; it has ten
enough to remove, they ſhould be tranſplanted on an ſtamina, nine are joined and one is ſeparated, terminated
eaft-aſpected border of light undunged earth, placing by roundiſh ſummits, and a ſhort taper germen ſupporting
them in rows ſix inches apart, and four inches diſtant an awl-ſhaped ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The
in the rows, ſhading them from the ſun till they have germen afterward becomes a ſhort ſwelling pod, having two
taken new root; after which they require no other care longitudinal cells, incloſing kidney-ſhaped ſeeds.
but to keep them clean from weeds till autumn, This genus of plants Dr. Linnæus has joined to the
when they may be tranſplanted into the borders of the Aſtragalus, which is placed in the third ſection of
flower-garden, where they will fiower the following his ſeventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
fummer.
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two bodies.
But as theſe plants will thrive better on old walls, The SPECIES are,
when by accident they have ariſen from feeds, ſo their TRAGACANTHA (Maſilienſis) petiolis longioribus
feeds, when ripe, may be ſcattered on ſuch walls as ſpineſcentibus, foliolis ovatis obtuſis. Goats-thorn with
are old, or where there is earth lodged ſufficient to re- longer foot-ſtalks ending in Spines, and having oval ob-
ceive the feeds; where the plants will come up and refift tuſe lobes to the leaves. Tragacantha. C. B. P. 388.
the cold much better, and continue longer than when Goats-thorn.
fown in the full ground; and when a few of the plants 2. TRAGACANTHA (Hiſpanica) foliolis lanceolatis, fori-
are eſtabliſhed on the walls, they will ſhed their feeds, bus folitariis axillaribus, filiculis ovatis inflatis. Goats-
fo that they will maintain themſelves without any far- thorn with Spear-ſhaped lobes, flowers proceeding ſingly
ther care. I have obſerved ſome plants of this kind, from the ſides of the branches, and oval, inflated, bladder
which have grown from the joints of a wall, where pods. Tragacantha humilis Balearica, foliis parvis
there has not been the leaſt earth to ſupport them, vix incanis, fore albo. Salvador. Low Goats-thorn of
which have reſiſted the cold, though they have been the Balearick Iſlands, having ſmall leaves which are
greatly expoſed to the winds, when moſt of thoſe in Scarce boary, and a white flower.
the full ground were killed ; ſo that theſe plants are 3. TRAGACANTHA (Argentea) foliolis lanceolatis acumi-
very proper to cover the walls of ruins, where they natis tomentofis, foribus alaribus terminalibuſque.
will have a very good effect.
Goats-thorn with Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, woolly leaves,
TRADESCANTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 398. Ephe- and flowers growing on the ſides and at the ends of the
meron. Tourn. Inft. 193. Flower of a Day, or Vir- branches. Tragacantha orientalis humillima argentea
ginia Spiderwort.
barbæ Jovis folio. Tourn. Cor. 29. The loweſt eaſtern
The CHARACTERS are,
Goats-thorn, with ſilvery leaves like thoſe of Jupiter's
The empalement is compoſed of three oval concave leaves Beard.
wkich are permanent. The flower has three orbicular, 4. TRAGACANTHA (Glabra) foliolis linearibus glabris,
large, Spreading petals, which are equal, and fix fender floribus congeftis axillaribus. Goats-thorn with very
hairy ſtamina which ſtand erect, and are the length of the narrow ſmooth leaves, and flowers growing in cluſters on
empalement, terminated by kidney-shaped ſummits, with an the ſides of the branches. Tragacantha foliis minimis
oval germen ſupporting a ſlender three-cornered ſtyle, crown- viridibus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 53. Goats-thorn with
ed by a three-cornered obtuſe ſtigma. The empalement co- the leaſt very green leaves.
vers an oval capſule with three cells, filled with angular The firſt fort grows naturally on the ſea-ſhore about
ſeeds.
Marſeilles, and in Italy; this hath a thick, ſhort, lig-
This genus of plants is placed in the firſt ſection of neous ſtalk, which branches out greatly on every ſide. .
Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which contains thoſe plants The young branches are woolly; they are cloſely gar-
whoſe flowers have fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
niſhed with winged leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks end in
We have but one SPECIES of this plant in England, acute thorns. The lobes are ſmall, oval, obtufe, and
though there are two other ſpecies, one of which of a ſilvery colour. The flowers are large, white,
13 I
and
I.
و
a
ز

TRA
TRA
water.
66
.
co
and ſhaped like a butterfly; they are produced in ped off, and their lower parts diveſted of the decayed
cluſters at the end of the branches; theſe appear in leaves, then they ſhould be planted on a very mode-
June and July, and are ſucceeded by ſhort pods hav- rate hot-bed, which ſhould be covered with mats, to
ing two longitudinal cells, containing two or three ſcreen them from the great heat of the ſun by day,
kidney-ſhaped ſeeds, which ſeldom ripen in England. and the cold by night. Theſe cuttings ſhould be
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of Ma- frequently, but gently watered, until they have taken
jorca and Minorca; this hath a thick woody ſtalk root, after which they may be expoſed to the open air,
which riſes about two feet high, ſending out many obſerving always to keep them clear from weeds,
ligneous branches, which are cloſely garniſhed with and in very dry weather they muſt be refreſhed with
fpear-ſhaped ſmall leaves; they are hoary, and are
ranged by pairs along a very ſtrong foot-ſtalk, ending On this bed they may remain until the following
with a ſharp point. The flowers are produced fingly ſpring, where, if the winter ſhould be very ſevere,
from the ſides of the branches, they are large and they may be covered with mats as before, and in April
white; theſe are ſucceeded by oval bladder pods, they may be tranſplanted out, either into pots filled
containing four kidney-ſhaped ſeeds; it fowers in with fandy light earth, or into warm borders, where,
July, but the ſeeds do not ripen in England.
if the ſoil be dry, gravelly, and poor, they will en-
The third fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the dure the ſevereſt cold of our climate : but if they are
Archipelago ; this has a very low fhrubby ſtalk, which planted in a very rich foil, they often decay in winter.
divides into many downy branches, which are gar- From one ſpecies of this genus, Monſieur Tournefort
niſhed with winged leaves, compoſed of nine or ten ſays, the gum adragant, or dragon, is produced in
pair of ſpear-ſhaped woolly lobes, which end in acute Crete, of which he gives the following relation in his
points; theſe are extended to the end of the foot- voyage to the Levant : “ We had the ſatisfaction of
ſtalk, ſo there is not any part of it bare at the end, as fully obſerving the gum adragant on Mount Ida.
in the other ſpecies. The flowers are produced from 66 I cannot underſtand how Bellonius comes to aſſert
the ſide and at the top of the branches; they are “ fo poſitively, that there is no ſuch thing in Can-
white, and ſhaped like thoſe of the other ſpecies, but “ dia ; ſure he had not read the firſt chapter of the
ſmaller, they appear at the ſame time as the former “ ninth book of Theophraſtus's Hiſtory of Plants !
forts, but are not ſucceeded by pods in England. “ The little bald hillocks about the ſheepfold produce
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain, this is a “ much of the Tragacantha, and that too a very good
very low plant; the ſtalks are pretty thick and woody, sa fort. Bellonius and Proſper Alpinus were doubtleſs
but feldom riſe to more than five or fix inches high, “ acquainted with it, though it is hardly poſſible,
dividing into ſeveral branches, which are cloſely gar- “ from their deſcriptions, to diſtinguiſh it from the
niſhed with ſmall winged leaves, compoſed of ſeveral “ other kinds they make mention of. This ſhrub
pair of ſmall linear lobes which are ſmooth, and of a ſpontaneouſly yields the gum adragant towards the
bright green colour. The foot-italks of theſe end in “ end of June, and in the following months, at which
very ſharp thorns, which ſtand out beyond the lobes; s time, the nutritious juice of this plant, thickened
the flowers grow in cluſters from the ſide of the by the heat, burſts open moſt of the veſſels wherein
ſtalks; they are ſmaller than thoſe of the other fpe- « it is contained. It is not only gathered in the heart
cies, and are of a dirty white colour; theſe appear in " of the trunk and branches, but alſo in the inter-
July, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in England. “ ſpaces of the fibres, which are ſpread in the figure
Theſe forts may be propagated by ſeeds, which muſt « of a circle like rays of the ſun. This juice is coa-
be procured from the countries where the plants grow gulated into ſmall threads, which, paffing through
naturally; theſe ſhould be ſown on a bed of freſh " the bark, iſſue out by little and little, according
earth in April, and when the plants come up, they " as they are protruded by the freſh ſupplies of juice
ſhould be carefully kept clean from weeds, which, if ariſing from the roots. This ſubſtance, being ex-
permitted to grow amongſt the plants, would ſoon poſed to the air, grows hard, and is formed either
overbear and deſtroy them while they are young. If “ in lumps, or ſlender pieces, curled and winding in
the ſeaſon ſhould prove dry, it will be of great ſervice " the nature of worms, more or leſs long, according
to water the plants now and then, and when they are s as matter offers. It ſeems as if the contraction of
large enough to tranſplant, they ſhould be carefully “ the fibres of this plant contributes to the expreſſing
taken up, and ſome of them planted in ſmall pots filled “ of the gum. Theſe delicate fibres, as fine as Flax,
with freſh earth, placing them in the ſhade until they being uncovered, and trodden by the feet of the
have taken root; after which time they may be re- fhepherds and horſes, are by the heat ſhrivelled up,
moved into an open ſituation, where they may remain " and facilitate the emanation of the extravaſated
till the latter end of October, when they ſhould be juices.”
placed under a common frame, where they may be This gum ſhould be light, and of a tranſparent white
ſheltered from ſevere froſt, but may have free air in colour; it ſhould have no taſte or ſmell, and in ſmall
mild weather, when the glaſſes ſhould not be put over pieces of a different figure, and free from all kinds
them.
of dirt or filth. When this is diffolved in water, it is
The remainder of the plants may be planted on a warm uſed to give a body to ſeveral medicines ; it is alſo
dry border, where they muſt be ſhaded until they take much uſed by the painters.
root ; and if the ſeaſon ſhould continue dry, they muſt But notwithſtanding what Tournefort has ſaid con-
be refreſhed with water, otherwiſe they will be in dan- cerning the gum adragant being produced from one
ger; becauſe, when they are ſo young, their roots will particular ſpecies, many authors are of opinion, that it
not have eſtabliſhed themſelves in the ground ſuffi- is taken from ſeveral other ſpecies, but particularly
ciently to nouriſh them in great droughts.
that of Marſeilles, from whence that gum is often
Thoſe plants which were planted in pots, may
be
pre- brought into England.
ſerved for a year or two under frames in winter, until At preſent theſe plants are rarely preſerved, excepting
they have obtained ſtrength, when they may be ſhaken by ſome perſons who are curious in botany; yet in large
out of the pots, and planted in a lean dry foil and a gardens many of them deſerve a place, where, if they
warm fituation, where they will endure the cold of are planted on hillocks, or the ſlopes of dry banks,
our ordinary winters very well; but as they are ſome- they will have a very good effect, eſpecially thoſe which
times deſtroyed by hard winters, it will be proper to retain their leaves through the year.
keep a plant of each kind in pots, which may be ſhel- TRAGIA. Plum. Gen. Nov. 14. tab. 12. Lin. Gen
tered in winter to preſerve the ſpecies.
Theſe plants may be propagated by flips, for as they
The CHARACTERS are,
rarely produce feeds in this country, the latter method Et hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. The
is generally uſed here. The beſt time for this work empalement of the male flowers is cut into three oval acute
is in April, juſt as the plants begin to ſhoot, at which pointed ſegments which ſpread open ; it has no petals, but
time the tender branches of the plants ſhould be ſlip- there are three ſtamina in each, the length of the empale-
a
CG
66
CC
Plant. 930..
went

T R A
TRA
ma.
a
3
ment, terminated by roundiſh ſummits; the empalement ment of the flower afterward ſwells to e belly, inclosing
of the female flowers are permanent; they are cut in- many oblong, angular, rough feeds, ſlender at both ends,
to five oval concave ſegments. The flowers have no petals crowned by a feathery down.
or ſtamina, but a roundiſh germen, having three furrows, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
fupporting an erect ſtyle, crowned by a trifid Spreading ſtig- Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
The germen afterward turns to roundiſh three-lobed whoſe flowers are compoſed of only hermaphrodite flo-
capſules having three cells, each containing one globular ſeed. rets, and their ſummits are connected with the ſtyle.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
The SPECIES are,
of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe 1. TRAGOPOGON (Pratenſe) calycibus corollæ radium
plants which have male and female flowers on the ſame æquantibus, foliis integris ſtrictis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
plant, and the male flowers have three ſtamina. 789. Goats-beard with an empalement equal to the rays
The SPECIES are,
of the flower, and entire cloſed leaves. Tragopogon
1. TRAGIA (Volubilis) foliis cordato-oblongis, caule vo- pratenſe luteum majus. C. B. P. 274. Greater yellow
lubili. Lin. Sp. Plant. 980. Tragia with oblong heart-
Meadow Goats-beard.
Shaped leaves, and a twining Stalk. Tragia ſcandens, 2. TRAGOPOGON (Minus) calycibus corollæ radiis lon-
longo betonicæ folio. Plum. Gen. Nov. 14. Climbing gioribus, foliis linearibus ftrictis. Goats-beard with the
Tragia with a long Betony leaf.
empalement longer than the rays of the flower, and linear
2. TRAGIA (Involucrum) fæmineis pentaphyllis pinnati- cloſed leaves. Tragopogon pratenſe luteum minus.
fidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 980. Tragia with five-leaved in- Hort. R. Blæſ. Smaller yellow Meadow Goats-beard.
volucri to the female flowers, which are wing-pointed. 3. TRAGOPOGON (Porrifolium) calycibus corollæ radiis
Ricinocarpos Žeylanica hirſuta, foliis lanceolatis fer- ſeſqui longioribus, foliis integris ſtrictis, pedunculis
ratis. Burm. Zeyl. 202. Hairy Ricinocarpos of Ceylon, fupernè incraſſatis. Hort. Upſal. 243. Goats-beard with
with ſpear-ſhaped Sawed leaves.
the empalement longer than the rays of the flower, entire
The title of this genus was applied to it by Father cloſed leaves, and the foot-ſtalk thicker at the upper part.
Plumier, who conſtituted the genus to the honour of Tragopogon purpureo-cæruleum porri folio, quod
Hieronymus Bock, an ancient botaniſt, who was com- artiſi vulgò. C. B. P. 274. Goats-beard of a purple blue
monly called Tragus.
colour, and a Leek leaf, commonly called Salfafy.
The firſt fort grows plentifully in the ſavannahs in 4. TRAGOPOGON (Picroides) calycibus corollå breviori-
Jamaica, and the other warm parts of America, where bus aculeatis, foliis pinnato-haftatis. Hort. Cliff. 382.
it twines round whatever plants or trees it grows Goats-beard with prickly empalements which are morter
near, and riſes feven or eight feet high, having tough than the petals, and arrow wing-pointed leaves. Sonchus
woody ftems. The leaves are oblong and heart- aſper, laciniatus Creticus. C. B. P. 124. Rough Sote-
ſhaped; they are an inch and a half long, and three thiſtle of Crete with jagged leaves.
quarters of an inch broad toward their baſe, ending 5. TRAGOPOGON (Dalechampii) calycibus monophyllis
in acute points, and are deeply ſawed on their edges, corollâ brevioribus inermibus, foliis runcinatis. Hort.
ſtanding alternately upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The Upfal. 224. Goats-beard with an empalement of one leaf,
male flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk, in shorter than the petals of the flower, and plain ſhaped
long bunches of about two inches in length; the fe- leaves. Hieracium magnum Dalechampii. Hift. 569.
male flowers are produced on ſeparate foot-ſtalks, Greateſt Hawkweed of Dalechamp.
ariſing from the ſame point as the male; theſe are ſuc- The firſt fort grows naturally in the meadows of
ceeded by roundiſh capſules with three cells, each in- Auſtria and Germany ; this is very different from the
cloſing one roundiſh feed. The whole plant is covered forts which grow naturally in England, for I have
with burning ſpines like thoſe of the Nettle, which ſown the ſeeds of both forts ſeveral years in the ſame
renders it very unpleaſant to handle.
bed of earth, and have always found the plants have
The ſecond fort grows naturally in India ; this riſes retained their difference. The lower leaves are three
with an erect ligneous ſtalk about three feet high, quarters of an inch broad at their baſe, where they
which rarely ſends out any fide branches ; it is gar- embrace the ſtalk; they are more than a foot long,
niſhed with oblong ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which run out and are cloſed together, ending in acute points. The
in very long acute points, and are ſharply ſawed on ſtalk riſes near three feet high, which is garniſhed at
their edges; theſe are ranged alternately on the ſtalk, each joint with one leaf of the ſame ſhape with thoſe
and are cloſely covered with yellowiſh ſtinging hairs. below, but are ſmaller ; it is terminated by one large
The flowers are produced in ſmall cluſters from the yellow flower compoſed of hermaphrodite florets,
wings of the ſtalk, ſtanding ſeveral together upon the which lie over each other like the ſcales of fiſh; theſe
fame foot-ſtalk; the upper are all male, and the un- are included in one common ſimple empalement, which
der female, and the latter are ſucceeded by roundiſh is equal in length to the rays of the flower. Each
capſules with three cells, each inclofing one ſeed. florec is ſucceeded by an oblong ſeed which is larger
As theſe are plants of no great beauty, they are fel- at the baſe than at the point, where it is crowned with
dom preſerved in this country, except in ſome botanic a large feathery down. The ſeeds of the border or
gardens for the ſake of variety; they are propagated ray are crooked and rough, but thoſe of the diſk are
by feeds, which muſt be ſown on a hot-bed early in the ftrait and ſmooth. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds
ſpring, and muſt afterward be tranſplanted into pots, ripen about a month after.
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moiſt paſtures in
treated in the ſame manner as other tender plants many parts of England; it is by the common people
which require to be kept in the bark-ſtove.
titled Sleep-at-noon, or Go-to-bed-at-noon, becauſe
TRAGOPOGON. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 477. tab. the flowers are generally cloſed up before that time
270. Lin. Gen. Plant. 810. [Tpayot córwv, of spayo, every day. The lower leaves of this ſort are almoſt
a goat, and wów, a beard, becauſe the pappous feed, as long as thoſe of the firſt ſort, but are not more than
while it is included in the calyx, reſembles a goat's a third part ſo broad; they are of a deep green co-
beard.] Goats-beard ; in French, Barbe de Bouc. lour, and end in acute points. The ſtalks riſe about
The CHARACTERS are,
a foot high, and ſuſtain one yellow flower at the top,
The common empalement of the flower is ſingle, and com- not more than half ſo large as thoſe of the firſt; the
poſed of eight acute-pointed leaves, which are alternately empalement of theſe flowers are longer than the rays ;
;
large, and joined at their baſe. The flower is compoſed of the feeds of this are much ſmaller. It flowers about
many hermaphrodite florets, which are uniform ; they are the ſame time with the former.
of one petal, ſtretched out like a tongue, indented at their When this ſort is ſhot up in ſtalk four inches high, the
points in five parts, and lie over each other like the ſcales common people gather it out of the fields, and boil it
of fiſh ; theſe have five ſhort hair-like ſtamina terminated in the ſame way as Aſparagus, and ſome give it the
by cylindrical ſummits, and an oblong germen ſituated un-
preference.
der the floret, ſupporting a ſlender Style the length of the The third ſort is cultivated in gardens by the title of
Stamina, crowned by two revolving ſtigmas. Tbe empale- Salſafy. The roots of this are dreſſed in different ways,
4
and

TR
TRA
a
a
and ſerved up to the table; and of late years there are
fome perſons who cultivate it for the ſtalks, which are
cut in the ſpring when they are four or five inches
high, which are dreſſed like Aſparagus, in the like
manner as the ſecond fort. The ſtalks of this are much
longer and are tenderer than the other, ſo are better
for this purpoſe than thoſe of the ſecond fort ; the
leaves of this are broad; the flowers are large and
blue; the foot-ſtalk immediately under the flower is
much thicker than below, and the empalement is
longer than the rays of the flower.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Crete, and alſo
in Italy; this is an annual plant very like the Sow-
thiſtle in ſtalk and leaf, but the empalement of the
flower is prickly. It is feldom admitted into gardens,
becauſe the feeds are wafted by the winds to a great
diſtance, and thereby fill the garden with weeds.
The fifth ſort grows naturally about Montpelier; this
hath many large, plain, ſhaped leaves at the root,
which are fix or ſeven inches long, and two broad,
indented on their ſides; the foot-ſtalks of the flower
ariſe immediately from the root, and are a foot in
length, fupporting one large fulphur-coloured flower,
compoſed of many florets, included in an empale-
ment of one leaf, which is ſhorter than the corolla ;
the forets are ſucceeded by oblong ſeeds, crowned by
a feathery down.
Theſe plants are propagated from ſeeds, which ſhould
be fown in April upon an open ſpot of ground, in
rows about nine or ten inches diſtance, and when the
plants are come up, they ſhould be hoed out, leaving
them about fix inches afunder in the rows. The
weeds ſhould alſo be carefully hoed down as they are
produced, otherwiſe they will ſoon overbear the plants
and ſpoil them. This is all the culture required, and
if the foil be light and not too dry, the plants will
have large roots before winter, at which time the Sal-
fafy, whoſe roots are eaten at that ſeaſon, will be fit
for uſe, and may be taken up any time after their
leaves begin to decay; but, when they begin to ſhoot
again, they will be ſticky and not fit for uſe; but ma-
ny perſons cultivate this fort for the ſhoots, as was be-
fore mentioned.
The common yellow fort, whoſe ſhoots are ſold in the
market, will be fit for uſe in April or May, accord-
ing to the forwardneſs of the ſeaſon. The beſt time
to cut them is, when their items are abour four inches
long, for if they ſtand too long, they are never ſo
tender as thoſe which are cut while young.
Some people, in cultivating theſe plants, fow their
feeds in beds pretty cloſe, and when they come up,
they tranſplant them out in rows at the before men-
tioned diſtance; but, as they form a tap-root, which
abounds with a milky juice, when the extreme part
of their roots are broken by tranſplanting, they ſel-
dom thrive well afterward ; therefore, it is by far the
better way to make ihallow drills in the ground, and
,
ſcatter the feeds therein, as before directed, whereby
the rows will be at a due diſtance; and there will be
nothing more to do than to hoe out the plants when
they are too thick in the rows, which will be much
leſs trouble than the other method of tranſplanting,
and the plants will be much larger and fairer.
TRAGOSELINUM. See PIMPINELLA.
TRANSPLANTING OF TREES. See
PLANTING.
TRANSPORTATION OF PLANTS: In
ſending plants from one country to another, great re-
gard ſhould be had to the proper ſeaſon for doing it;
for example, if a parcel of plants are to be ſent from
a hot country to a cold one, they ſhould be ſent in
the ſpring of the year, that, as they come toward
the colder countries in the warmeſt ſeaſon, ſo if they
have ſuffered a little in their paſſage, there will be
time to recover them before winter, whereas thoſe
which arrive in autumn, are often loft in winter, be-
cauſe they have not time to recover and get root be-
fore the cold comes on.
On the contrary, thoſe plants which are ſent from a
cold country to a hot one, ſhould always be ſent in the
beginning of winter, that the cold may prevent their
ſhooting during the paſſage, and that they may arrive
time enough to be rooted before the great heats come
on, otherwiſe they will ſoon periſh.
The beſt way to pack up plants for a voyage (if they
are ſuch as will not bear to be kept out of the ground)
is to have ſome ſtrong boxes with handles to them,
for the more eaſily removing them in bad weather ;
theſe ſhould have holes bored in their bottoms to let
out the moiſture, otherwiſe it will rot the roots of the
plants. Over each of theſe holes ſhould be laid a
fat tile, or oyſter-ſhell, to prevent the earth from
ftopping them; then they ſhould be filled up with
earth, into which the plants ſhould be ſet as cloſe
as poſſible, in order to ſave room, which is abſolute-
ly neceſſary, otherwiſe they will be very troubleſome
in the ſhip; and as the only thing intended is to pre-
ferve them alive, and not to make any progreſs while
on their paſſage, a ſmall box will contain many
plants, if rightly planted. The plants ſhould alſo be
placed in the box a fortnight or three weeks before
they are put on board the ſhip, that the earth may be
a little fettled about their roots; and during the time
they are on board, they ſhould remain, if poſſible,
on the deck, that they may have air ; but in bad
weather they ſhould be covered with a tarpaulin to
guard them againſt the ſalt water and ſpray of the ſea,
which will deſtroy them, if it comes at them in any
quantity
The water theſe plants ſhould have, while on board,
muſt be proportioned to the climate whence they come,
and to which they are going. If they come from a hot
country to a cold one, then they hould have very little
moiſture after they have paſſed the heats; but, if
they are carried from a cold country to a hot one, they
muſt have a great ſhare of moiſture when they come
into a warmer climate, and ſhould be ſhaded in the day
from the violent heat of the ſun, to which if they are
too much expoſed, will dry them up and deſtroy them.
If the plants to be ſent from one country to another,
are ſuch as will live out of the ground a conſiderable
time, as all thoſe which are full of juice will do; as
the Sedums, Ficoides, Euphorbiums, Cereuſes, &c.
then they require no other care but to pack them up
in a cloſe box, wrapping them up well with dry Moſs,
obſerving to place them ſo cloſely that they may not
be tumbled about, which will bruiſe them, and that
thoſe plants which have ſpines may not wound any of
the others, The box alſo ſhould be placed where they
may receive no moiſture, and where rats cannot come
to them, otherwiſe they are in danger of being eaten
by thoſe vermin ; if theſe plants are packed too cloſe,
they are apt to ferment, and thereby either rot, or at
leaſt grow fickly; to prevent which, they ſhould have
a good quantity of dry hay or ſtraw laid between them,
and ſeveral ſmall holes ſhould be made in the boxes,
to let out the noxious air.
If theſe plants are thus carefully packed up, they will
grow though they ſhould be two, three, or four
months on their paſſage ; and will be leſs liable to
ſuffer than if planted in earth, becauſe the failors ge-
nerally kill theſe plants by over watering them.
There are alſo ſeveral ſorts of trees, which may be
packed up in chefts with Mofs about them, which
will bear to be kept out of the ground two or three
months, provided it be at a ſeaſon when they do not
grow ; as may be ſeen by the Orange-trees, Jaf-
mines, Capers, Olive, and Pomegranate-trees, which
are annually brought from Italy; and if ſkilfully ma-
naged, very few of them miſcarry, notwithſtanding
they are many times kept three or four months out of
the ground.
In ſending ſeeds from one country to another, the
great care to be taken is, to ſecure them from vermin,
and preſerve them dry, otherwiſe they mould and de-
cay. The method Mr. Cateſby always obſerved was,
to put up his feeds dry into papers, and then put
them into a dry Gourd-ſhell, and ſeal them up; in
او
which

TRI
TRI
و
may
very well.
which way he ſent ſeveral large parcels of ſeeds from ten Small awl-ſhoped
ſtamina terminated by ſingle fummits
Carolina to England, which never miſcarried. There and an oblong germen the length of the ſtamina, having no
are ſome perfons who have directed to put them in- Style, but crowned by a beaded frigmo. The germen af-
to glaſſes, and to ſeal them cloſely down, to keep terward turns to a roundiſ prickly fruit, divided into five
out the external air; but from ſeveral experiments capſules, armed with three or four thorns, angular on one
of this kind which I have made, I find feeds thus fide, joining together. The cells are tranſverſe, and con-
cloſely put up will not grow, if they remain ſtopped tain two or three Pear-shaped ſeeds.
up any conſiderable time, all feeds requiring fome This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Thare of air to preſerve their vegetating quality; fo Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
that where a perſon has no other conveniency, they which have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
be put up in a bag, and hung up in a dry part
The SPECIES are,
of the ſhip, or put into a trunk, where they may be 1. TRIBULUS (Terreſtris) foliolis ſexjugatis fubæquali-
ſafe from vermin, in which places they will keep bus, feminibus quadricornibus. Hort. Cliff. 160. Cel-
trops with ſix pair of lobes to each leaf, which are almost
N. B. It is the ſafeſt way to bring all ſorts of ſeeds equat, and four horns to each ſeed. Tribulus terrreſtis,
in their pods or huſks in which they grew, provided folio ciceris, fructu aculeato. C.B.P. 250. Land Cal-
they are put up dry; becauſe their own covering will trops with a Chich leaf, ond a prickly fruit.
afford them fome nouriſhment, if the feeds are not 2. TRIBULUS (Maximus) foliolis quadrijugis exterioribus
ſeparated from the placenta.
majoribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 386. Caltrops with four poir
TRIANTHEM A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 537. Portula- of lobes to each leaf, of which the outer are the largest.
caftrum. Juffiæi i.
Tribulis terreftris major, fore maximo odorato.
The CHARACTERS are,
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 93. Greater Coltrops with the largeſ
It hath an empalement compoſed of two ſmall awl-ſhaped ſweet flower.
leaves ; the flower has five oval petals which ſpread open, 3. TRIBULUS (Ciſtoides) foliolis octojugatis fubæqualibus.
and commonly five ſtamina which are ſhorter than the co- Lin. Sp. Plant. 387. Caltrops with eight pair of lobes to
rolla, terminated by oval twin ſummits, and a cylindrical each leaf, which are almoſt equal. Tribulus terreſtris
germen whoſe upper part is truncated, having two horns, major Curaffavicus. Par. Bat. 236. Greater Land Cal-
Supporting a ſlender ſtinging ſtyle, with a fiſure which runs trops of Curaſao.
through the twin ſummits, crowned by a ſingle stigma. The firſt fort is a very common weed in the ſouth of
The empalement afterward becomes a two-cornered cylin- France, in Spain, and Italy, where it grows among
drical capſule with one cell, incloſing eight or ten ſeeds. Corn, and on moſt of the arable land, and is very
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of troubleſome to the feet of cattle ; for the fruit being
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants armed with ſtrong prickles, run into the feet of the
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
cattle which walk over the land. This is certainly
The SPECIES are,
the plant which is mentioned in Virgil's Georgicks,
1. TRIANTHEMA (Procumbens) foliis obovatis petiolatis, under the title of Tribulus, though moſt of his com-
fioribus feffilibus caulibus procumbentibus. Act. Phil. mentators have applied it to other plants.
1763. Trianthema with procumbent ſtalks, almoſt ovol It is called in Engliſh Caltrops, from the form of
Leaves on foot-ſtalks, and flowers fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. the fruit, which reſembles thoſe inſtruments of war
Portulaca Curaſlavica procumbens, capparidis folio, that were caſt in the enemies way to annoy their
flore muſcoſo, capfula bifurca. Par. Bat. 213. Purſain horſes.
from Curafſco, with trailing Stalks, a Caper leaf, and a This hath a ſlender fibrous root, from which ſpring
two-horned capſule.
out four or five ſlender ſtalks which ſpread flat on the
2. TRIANTHEMA (Diffuſa) foliis ovatis petiolatis, flori- ground; they are hairy, and extend two feet and a
bus confertis axillaribus feffilibus, caule diffuſo. Act. half in length; theſe are garniſhed at each joint with
Phil
. 1763. Trianthema with diffuſed ſtalks, oval leaves, winged leaves, compoſed of fix pair of narrow hairy
and the flowers in cluſters fitting cloſe at the wings of the lobes, almoſt of equal ſize ; thoſe on the lower part
ſtalks.
of the ſtalk ſtand alternately, but toward the top
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the illands they are placed oppoſite. The flowers come out from
in the Weſt-Indies, where it is often a troubleſome the wings of the ſtalk, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-
weed; this fends out many trailing branches which ſtalks ; they are compoſed of five broad, obtuſe, yel-
lie flat on the ground, ſpreading two feet or more low petals, which ſpread open. In the center is fi-
each way; theſe have much the appearance of Purf- tuated an oblong germen, crowned by a headed ſtiga
lain, and have feſhy ſucculent leaves almoſt oval: ma, attended by ten ſhort ſtamina, terminated by fin-
the flowers come out from the joints of the ſtalks ; gle ſummits. The flowers appear in June and July,
they are ſomewhat of a purple colour, not much un- which are ſucceeded by roundiſh, five-cornered, prickly
like thoſe of Purſlain, and are ſucceeded by capſules fruit, which, when ripe, divides into five parts, each
having two horns, with one cell incloſing eight or ten having a tranſverſe cell containing one or two feeds,
ſeeds.
which ripen in Auguſt and September.
The ſecond fort grows in the Eaſt-Indies: this riſes This plant is preſerved in ſeveral curious gardens in
with ſucculent diffuſed ſtalks near two feet high, England, for the ſake of variety. It is propagated
garniſhed with oval leaves leſs ſucculent than thoſe of by feeds, which ſhould be fown in autumn, for thoſe
the firſt. The flowers are white, and are produced which are kept out of the ground till ſpring, com-
in cluſters fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and are ſucceed- monly remain in the ground a whole year before the
ed by capſules containing ſeveral ſeeds.
plants come up. Theſe ſeeds ſhould be fown on an
Thele plants are both annual in this country, and are open bed of freſh light earth, where they are deſign-
ſeldom preſerved except in botanic gardens for varie- ed to remain; for, as it is an annual plant, it doth
ty. Whoever has a mind to cultivate them, muſt not bear tranſplanting very well, unleſs it be done
fow their feeds on a good hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the plants are very young. In the ſpring, when
when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be the plants come up, they ſhould be carefully cleared
planted on another hot-bed to bring them forward, from weeds, and where they come up too cloſe, ſome
otherwiſe they will not ripen their feeds. In June of the plants ſhould be pulled out to give room for
they may be tranſplanted into a warm border, where the remaining plants to grow; after this they will
they will grow until the froſt in autumn kills them. require no other culture but to keep them clear from
TRIBULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 265. tab. 141. weeds. In June they will begin to flower, and their
Lin. Gen. Plant, 476. Caltrops.
feeds will ripen in Auguft and September, which, if
The CHARACTERS are,
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up the fol.
The empalement of the flower is cut into five acute parts, lowing ſpring, and maintain their place, if they are
which are a little ſporter than the petals; there are five not overborne with weeds.
oblong blunt petals to the flower which Spread open, ana
The
و
IZK

TRI
TRI
و
a
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Jamaica, and ſome The female flowers ſit upon the germen, and have empale-
of the other iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; this is an an- ments and petals like the male flowers, but have no sta-
nual plant, with pretty thick, compreſſed, channel- mina ; they have a long ſender germen ſituated under the
ed ſtalks which trail upon the ground, and are near flower, ſupporting a style the length of the empalement,
two feet long, garniſhed with winged leaves placed crowned by three oblong ſtigmas. The germen afterward
by pairs oppoſite; theſe are ſometimes compoſed of turns to a ſucculent fruit having three cells, incloſing ma-
three, but moſt commonly of four pair of lobes, the ny compreſſed ſeeds.
outer being the largeſt; they are ſmooth, and fit This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth ſection
cloſe to the foot-ſtalk. The flowers come out from of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes the
the wings of the ſtalk ; they are compoſed of five plants whoſe flowers have male and female florets
large yellow petals which ſpread open, and have an on the ſame plant, and the ſummits are connected
agreeable odour; theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh together.
prickly fruit ending in a long point, but feldom ripen We have but one SPECIES of this genus in the Eng-
in England
liſh gardens, viz.
The third fort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; TRICOSANTHES (Anguino) pomis teretibus oblongis in-
it was found by the late Dr. Houſtoun at the Havan- curvis. Hort. Cliff. 450. Tricoſanthes with a taper, ob-
nah; this has a ligneous root, from which ſpring out long, incurved fruit. Anguina Sinenſis, flore albo ele-
many ſtalks which are hairy, jointed, and trail
upon
gantiſſimo, fructu oblongo intorto. Michel. Gen. 12.
the ground, theſe are garniſhed at each joint by tab. 9. China Serpent Cucumber with a moſt elegant white
winged leaves, which differ greatly in fize, one of flower, and an oblong intorted
fruit.
the leaves at each joint being compoſed of eight pair This plant grows naturally in China, it is an annual,
of oblong lobes which are nearly equal, and oppo-
and of the Cucumber tribe. The ſtalks run to a great
fite to this comes out a ſmall leaf compoſed of but length, and if they are not ſupported, trail upon the
four pair of lobes. The large leaves ſtand alternate- ground, in the ſame manner as Cucumbers and Melons.
ly upon the ſtalks, and the ſmall ones on the oppo- The leaves are angular and rough; the flowers come
ſite ſide; the ſtalks are near two feet long, and at the out from the ſide of the ſtalks; they are white, and
wings of the ſtalks come out the foot-ſtalks of the cut into many ſmall filaments or threads. The fruit
flowers, which are hairy, and near two inches long, is taper, near a foot long, incurved, and divided into
each ſuſtaining one pale yellow flower, compoſed of three cells, which include many compreſſed feeds like
five large petals, which have narrow tails, but are thoſe of Cucumber.
very broad and rounded at their points. The flowers It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be ſown on a
are ſucceeded by roundiſh fruit armed with very acute hot-bed early in the ſpring, and afterwards treated in
fpines, but theſe rarely ripen in England.
the ſame way as Cucumbers and Melons, keeping
The two laſt forts being natives of hot countries, them covered with glaſſes, otherwiſe they will not
are very tender, ſo muſt be fown on a hot-bed early ripen their fruit here.
in the ſpring; and when the plants are come up, they TRICHOSTEMA. Gron. Flor. Virg. 64. Lin.
muſt be each tranſplanted into a ſeparate pot filled Gen. Plant. 652.
with rich light earth, and then plunged into a hot-bed
The CHARACTERS are,
of tanners bark, where they muſt be treated in the It has a lipped empalement to the flower of one leaf; the
fame manner as other tender exotic plants, being care- upper lip is twice as large as the under, and is cut into three
ful to bring them forward as early as poſſible in the equal acute ſegments, the under lip into two. The flower
ſummer, otherwiſe they will not perfect their feeds in is of the lip kind, it has a very ſhort tube ; the upper lip
this country
is compreſſed and hooked, and the under lip is cut into three
The third fort will live through the winter, if it is ſegments, the middle one being the leaſt ; it has four hair-
plunged in the bark-ſtove, and treated in the fame like ſtamina which are long and incurved, two of them be-
way as other tender plants, and the following ſummer ing a little ſhorter than the other, terminated by ſingle fum-
they will flower earlier, ſo there will be more time for mits, and a four-pointed germen ſupporting a long fender
the feeds to ripen.
ſtyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen afterward
,
TRICOMANES, Maiden-hair.
turn to four roundiſh ſeeds, incloſed in the Swollen empale-
There are three or four varieties of this plant, which ment of the flower.
grow naturally in Europe, but in America there is
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt fection of
a great number of ſpecies, which are remarkably Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
different from each other, as alſo from the European whoſe flowers have two longer and two ſhorter ſtami-
kinds.
na, and the ſeeds are naked in the flower-cup.
Theſe being of the tribe of Ferns or capillary plants,
The SPECIES are,
are ſeldom preſerved in gardens. Their roots ſhould 1. TRICHOSTEMA (Dichotomum) ftaminibus longiffimis
be planted in moiſt ſhady places, eſpecially the Euro- exfertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 598. Trichoftema with the
pean forts, which commonly grow from between the longeſt ſtretched out ſtamina. Caſſida Mariana, majora-
joints of old walls, and in other very moiſt ſhady ſitu- næ folio. Pet. Suc. 243. Maryland Scull Cap with a
ations; but thoſe forts which are brought from hot Marjoram leaf.
countries, muſt be planted in pots filled with rubbiſh, 2. TRICHOSTEMA (Brachiatum) ftaminibus brevibus in-
and ſtrong earth mixed, and in winter they muſt be cluſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 598. Trichoftema with ſhorter
ſcreened from hard froſts, to which, if they are expoſ- ftamina included in the petal. Teucrium Virginianum
ed, it will deſtroy them.
origani folio. Hort. Elth. 380. Virginia Germander with
The common fort in England is generally ſold in the a wild Marjoram leaf.
markets for the true Maiden-hair, which is a very The firſt fort grows naturally in many parts of North
different plant, and not to be found in England, it America; it is an annual plant, which riſes about ſix
being a native of the ſouth of France, and other warm or eight inches high, dividing into ſmall branches,
countries, fo is rarely brought to England.
which are garniſhed with ſmall roundiſh leaves, not
TRICHOSANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 966. An- unlike thoſe of Sweet Marjoram; theſe are placed
guina. Michel. 9.
oppoſite, and are covered with fine, ſmall, downy
The CHARACTERS are,
hairs. The flowers are produced at the wings of the
It has male and female flowers at ſeparate diſtances on the branches; they are ſmall, and of a purple colour,
Jame plant. The male flowers have a long ſmooth empale- gaping with two lips; the upper lip is arched, and
ment of one leaf, cut into five ſmall ſegments at the top, is much larger than the lower ; it is cut into three
which cre reflexed; the petal is plain, Spreading, and cut acute points; the lower lip is ſmall, and cut into two
into five parts, ending in long branching hairs; they have points. Theſe appear late in Auguſt, fo that unleſs
three ſhort ſtamina ariſing from the point of the empale- the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds will not ripen in
ment, terminated by cylindrical ereEt ſummits joined in a England.
body, and three ſmall ſtyles faſtened to the empalement.
4
The
3

TRI
TRI
3
3
a
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Virginia ; this plant does not produce flowers in plenty here, and
hath an herbaceous branching ſtalk, which riſes from but rarely perfects its feeds in England.
nine inches to a foot high, it has four angles, and TRIFOLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 404. tab. 228.
the leaves ſtand by pairs on the branches; they are Lin. Gen. Plant. 896. [of tres, three, and folium,
ſhaped like thoſe of the wild Marjoram, and are a Lat. a leaf.] Trefoil; in French, Trefle.
little hairy, fitting cloſe to the branches. The flowers
The CHARACTERS are,
are produced at the top of the branches; they are The flower has a tubulous permanent empalement of one
1mall, and of a purple colour. The four ftamina leaf. The flower is of the buttefly kind, and is frequently
ſtand within the tube of the flower; theſe flowers do permanent, drying in the empalement. The ſtandard is
not appear till the end of ſummer, ſo the ſeeds fel- reflexed, the wings are ſhorter than the ſtandard, and the
dom ripen here.
keel is ſhorter than the wings; it has ten ſtamina, nine
They are propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown
are joined, and one is ſeparate, terminated by ſingle ſum-
in pots filled with light earth in autumn; and in win- mits, and an almoſt oval germen Supporting an awl-shaped
ter the pots ſhould be placed under a frame to ſhelter Style, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward
them from ſevere froft, but ſhould be expoſed to the becomes a ſhort pod with one valve, containing a few
open air at all times when the weather is mild. In the roundiſh ſeeds.
ſpring the plants will appear, and when they are fit This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
to remove, they ſhould be planted on a bed of light Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
earth, ſhading them from the fun till they have taken plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
freſh root, then they will require no other culture but bodies; and to this genus he has added the Tri-
to keep them clean from weeds.
foliattrum of Micheli, ſome of the ſpecies of Melilot
TRID A X. Lin. Gen. Plant. 872. After. Houſt. of Tournefort, and the Lupinaſter of Bux-baum.
MSS. American Starwort.
There are great numbers of ſpecies of this genus, ſe-
The CHARACTERS are,
veral of which grow naturally in England, and others
The flower has a common cylindrical imbricated empale- in ſeveral parts of Europe ; but as many of them are
ment. The ſcales are acute-pointed, and erect. Tbe plants of ſmall eſtimation, they are rarely cultivated
flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite florets in the diſk, either in the field or garden; therefore it would be
and the rays are of female half florets. The hermaphro- ſwelling this work too much to enumerate them here,
dite florets are funnel-ſhaped, of one petal, and cut at the ſo I ſhall ſelect only fuch of them as are cultivated ei-
brim into five points; theſe have five Mort hair-like sta- ther for uſe or beauty.
mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits joined together,
The SPECIES are,
and an oblong crowned germen ſupporting a briftly ſtyle
, 1. TRIFOLIUM (Pratenſe) fpicis fubvillofis, cinctis ſtipu-
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward be- lis oppoſitis membranaceis, corollis monopetalis. Lin.
comes an oblong ſingle ſeed, crowned with a ſimple down. Sp. Plant. 1082. Trefoil with hairy Spikes, membrana-
The female half florets are plain, of one petal, and cut ceous ſtipulæ placed oppoſite, and flowers of one petal.
into three ſegments at the top; theſe have an oval germen Trifolium purpureum, majus, pratenſi ſimile. Raii
like the hermaphrodite florets, but no ſtamina, and are Syn. 328. The Red or Dutch Clover.
ſucceeded by ſingle ſeeds of the ſame ſhope.
2. TRIFOLIUM (Repens) capitulis umbellaribus legumi-
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection nibus tetra permis, caule repente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 767.
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains the Trefoil with umbellated heads, pods having four ſeeds, and
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite a creeping ſtalk. Trifolium pratenſe album. C. B. P.
and female florets, which are both fruitful.
327. White Meadow Trefoil, Honeyſuckle Graſs, or white
We know but one SPECIES of this genus, viz. Dutch Clover.
TRIDAX (Procumbens.) Hort. Cliff. 418. After procum- 3. TRIFOLIUM (Agrarium) fpicis ovalibus imbricatis,
bens, flore ochroleuco, foliis laciniatis & hirſutis. vexillis deflexis perſiſtentibus, calycibus nudis, caule
Houſt. MSS. Trailing Starwort with a whitiſh copper- erecto. Flor. Suec. 617. Trefoil with oval imbricated
coloured flower, and hairy jagged leaves.
Spikes of flowers, having deflexed permanent ſtandards,
This plant was diſcovered by the late Dr. Houſtoun, naked empalements, and an erect ſtalk. Trifolium
pra-
growing naturally by the road fide leading to old La tenſe luteum, capitulo lupuli vel agrarium. C. B. P.
Vera Cruz, in America. The ſtalks of this trail up- Yellow Meadow Trefoil, or Hop Clover.
on the ground and emit roots at their joints, where- 4. TRIFOLIUM (Filiforme) fpicis imbricatis, vexillis de-
by it ſpreads and propagates ; they are herbaceous flexis perſiſtentibus, calycibus pedicillatis, caulibus
and hairy, and garniſhed with rough hairy leaves procumbentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 773. Trefoil with im-
placed by pairs, about an inch and a half long, and bricated ſpikes of flowers, having deflexed permanent ſtand-
three quarters of an inch broad, ending in acute ards, empalements ſtanding upon foot-ſtalks, and trailing
points, and are acutely jagged on their edges. The ſtalks. Trifolium luteum, lupulinum, minimum. Hift.
flowers are produced upon long naked foot-ſtalks, Ox. 2. 142. The leaſt yellow Hop Trefoil, called None-
which terminate their branches. They have one com- ſuch, or Black Seed.
mon empalement compoſed of oval ſcales, ending in 5. TRIFOLIUM (Ochroleucrum) fpicis ovatis, calycibus
acute points, which lie over each other like the ſcales foliatis, caule erecto villoſo, foliolis lanceolatis. Tre-
of fiſh; within which are ranged many female half foil with oval ſpikes of flowers, having leafy empalements,
florets, which compoſe the border or rays, and a good an erest hairy ſtalk, and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Trifolium
number of hermaphrodite florets which form the diſk pratenſe hirſutum majus, flore albo fulphurea, feu
or middle; theſe are of a pale copper colour, inclining ochroleucrum. Raii Cat. Cant. Greater, bairy, Meadow
to white, and are each ſucceeded by a ſingle oblong Trefoil, with a whitiſh ſulphur or copper-coloured flower,
ſeed crowned with down.
commonly called Trefoil.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be 6. TRIFOLIUM (Rubens) ſpicis villofis longis corollis mo-
ſown in pots and plunged into a hot-bed, and when nopetalis, caule erecto, foliis ferrulatis. Hort. Cliff.
the plants come up and are fit to remove, they hould 375. Trefoil with oblong, blunt, hairy Spikes of flowers,
be each planted in a ſmall pot filled with light earth, of one petal, ere&t ſtalks, and ſawed leaves. Trifolium
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obſerving fpicâ oblonga rubrâ. C. B. P. 328. Trefoil with an ob-
to ſhade them from the ſun till they have taken new long red Spike.
root;
then they muſt afterward be treated in the ſame 7. TRIFOLIUM (Squarroſum) fpicis fubpiloſis, calycum
way as other tender plants from the Weſt-Indies, infimo dente longiffimo reflexo, caule herbaceo. Lin.
placing them in the bark-ſtove in autumn, where they Sp. Plant. 1082. Trefoil with hairy Spikes of flowers,
ſhould conſtantly remain.
whoſe empalements have long reflexed indentures, and an
It may alſo be propagated by its trailing ſtalks, which herbaceous ſtalk. Trifolium Hiſpanicum anguſtifolium,
frequently put out roots at their joints; if theſe are ſpica dilute rubente. C. B. P. 328. Narrow-leaved
cut off and planted, they will make new plants. This Spaniſh Trefoil, with pale red flowers.
8. TRIFOLIUM
a
a

TRI
TRI
3
و
8. TRIFOLIUM ( Anguſtifolium) fpicis villoſis conico-ob-
longis, dentibus calycinis ſetaceis, ſubæqualibus, fo-
liolis linearibus. Hort. Cliff. 375. Trefoil with oblong,
conical, hairy Spikes, baving briftly indentures to the em-
palements which are almoſt equal, and linear lobes to the
leaves. Trifolium montanum, anguftiffimum, fpica-
tum. C. B. P. 238. Spiked Mountain Trefoil with the
narroweſt leaves.
9 TRIFOLIUM (Arvenſe) fpicis villoſis ovalibus, dentatis
calycinis ſetaceis æqualibus. Hort. Cliff. 375. Trefoil
with oval bairy Spikes, and briſtly indentures to the empole-
ments which are equal. Trifolium arvenſe humilie ſpi-
catum five lagopus. C. B. P. 328. Hare’s-foot Trefoil.
10. TRIFOLIUM (Fragiferum) capitulis fubrotundis, ca-
lycibus inflatis bidentatis reflexis, caulibus repentibus.
Hort. Cliff. 373. Trefoil with roundiſh beads, reflexed
bladder empalements with two teeth, and a creeping ſtalk.
Trifolium fragiferum friſcum. C. B. P. 329. Straw-
berry Trefoil.
11. TRIFOLIUM (M. Officinalis) leguminibus racemoſis
nudis difpermis, caule erecto. Hort. Cliff. 376. Tre-
foil with long naked bunches of pods containing two ſeeds, and
an ere Et ſi alk. Melilotus officinarum Germanicæ. C.B.P.
331. Common Melilot.
12. TRIFOLIUM (M. Cerulea) fpicis oblongis, legumini-
bus feminudis mucronatis, caule erecto. Hort. Cliff.
375. Trefoil with oblong Spikes, half naked acute-point-
ed pods, and an uprighi fialk. Lotus hortenſis odora.
C. B. P. 330. Sweet Trefoil.
The firſt fort, which is well known in England by the
title of red Clover, needs no deſcription; this has
been frequently confounded with the red Meadow
Trefoil by the botaniſts, who have ſuppoſed they were
the ſame ſpecies; but I have often fown the feeds of
both in the ſame bed, which have conſtantly pro-
duced the two ſpecies without varying. The ſtalks of
the Meadow Trefoil are weak and hairy; the ſtipulæ,
which embrace the foot-ſtalks of the leaves are narrow
and very hairy; the heads of flowers are rounder and
not fo hairy as thoſe of the Clover, whoſe ſtalks are
ſtrong, almoft ſmooth, furrowed, and riſe twice the
height of the other; the heads of flowers are large,
oval, and hairy; the petal of the flowers open much
wider, and their tubes are ſhorter than thoſe of the
other ; but the Clover has been ſo much cultivated
in England for near a hundred years paſt, that the
ſeeds have been ſcattered over moſt of the Engliſh
paſtures, ſo that there are few of them who have not
Clover mixed with the other Graffes, and this has
often deceived the botaniſts, who have ſuppoſed that
the Meadow Trefoil has been improved to this by
dreſſing of the land.
Since the red Clover has been cultivated in England,
there has been great improvement made of the clay
lands, which before produced little but Rye-graſs, and
other coarfe bents; which, by being ſown with red
Clover, have produced more than ſix times the quan-
tity of fodder they had formerly on the ſame land,
whereby the farmers have been enabled to feed a much
greater ſtock of cattle than they could before, which
has enriched the ground, and prepared it for Corn;
and where the land is kept in tillage, it is the uſual
method now among the farmers, to lay down their
ground with Clover, after having had two crops of
Corn, whereby there is a conſtant rotation of Wheat,
Barley, Clover, or Turneps on the ſame land.
The Clover-ſeed is always ſown with Barley in the
ſpring, and when the Barley is taken off, the Clover
ſpreads and covers the ground, and this remains two
years, after which the land is ploughed again for Corn.
The Clover is a biennial plant, whoſe roots decay af-
ter they have produced ſeeds; but by eacing it down,
or mowing it when it begins to flower, it cauſes the
roots to ſend out new ſhoots, whereby ſome of the
plants are continued longer than they would naturally
remain. The common allowance of feed for an acre
of ground is ten pounds. In the choice of the feeds,
that which is of a bright yellow colour, inclining to
brown ſhould be preferred, and the pale-coloured thin
{eed ſhould be rejected. The Clover-feed ſhould be
fown after the Barley is-harrowed in, otherwiſe it will
be buried too deep; and after the ſeeds are fown, the
ground ſhould be rolled, which will preſs the ſeeds
into the ground; but this ſhould be done in dry wea-
ther, for moiſture will often cauſe the ſeeds to burſt,
and when the ground is wet, the ſeeds will ſtick to
the roll. This is the method which is generally prac-
tiſed by moſt people in the fowing of this feed with
Corn, but it will be much better if ſown alone; for
the Corn prevents the growth of the plants until it is
reaped and taken off the ground, ſo that one whole
feafon is loft; and many times, if there be a great
crop
of Corn
upon the ground, it ſpoils the Clover,
ſo that it is hardly worth ſtanding; whereas, when it
is ſown without any other feed, the plants will come
up more equal, and come on much faſter than that
which was ſown the ſpring before under Corn.
Therefore from many years trial I would adviſe the
ſeeds to be fown in Auguſt, when there is a proſpect
of rain ſoon after; for as the ground is at that ſeaſon
warm, ſo the firſt ſhower of rain will bring up the
plants, and theſe will have time enough to get ſtrength
before the winter: and if, ſome time in October,
when the ground is dry, the Clover is well rolled,
it will preſs the ground cloſe to the roots, and cauſe
the plants to ſend out more ſhoots; the ſame ſhould
be repeated in March, which will be found very ſer-
viceable to the Clover. The reaſon of my preferring
this ſeaſon for the fowing of the ſeeds rather than
the ſpring is, becauſe the ground is cold and wet in
ſpring, and if much rain fall after the ſeeds are fown,
they will rot in the ground, and many times when
the feed is ſown late in the ſpring, if the ſeaſon ſhould
prove dry, the feeds will not grow, ſo that I have al-
ways found the other ſeaſon has been the beft.
About the latter end of May this Graſs will be fit to cut,
when there ſhould be great care taken in making it;
for it will require a great deal more labour and time
to dry than common Graſs, and will ſhrink into leſs
compaſs; but if it be not too rank, it will make
extraordinary rich food for cattle. The time for
cutting it is, when it begins to flower; for if it ſtands
much longer, the lower part of the ſtems and the
under leaves will begin to dry, whereby it will make
a leſs quantity of hay, and that not ſo well flavoured.
Some people cut three crops in one year of this Graſs,
but the beſt way is to cut but one in the ſpring, and
feed it the remaining part of the year, whereby the
land will be enriched, and the plants will grow much
ſtronger.
One acre of this plant will feed as many cattle as four
or five acres of common Graſs ; but great care ſhould
be taken of the cattle when they are firſt put into it,
left it burſt them: to prevent which, fome turn them
in for a few hours only at firſt, and ſo ftint them as
to quantity; and this by degrees, letting them at
firſt be only one hour in the middle of the day, when
there is no moiſture upon the Graſs, and ſo every
day ſuffer them to remain a longer time, until they
are fully ſeaſoned to it; but great care ſhould be had
never to turn them into this food in wet weather; or
if they have been for ſome time accuſtomed to this
food, it will be proper to turn them out at night in
wet weather, and let them have hay, which will pre-
vent the ill conſequences of this food ; but there are
ſome who give ſtraw to their cattle while they are
feeding upon this Grafs, to prevent the ill effects of it;
which muſt not be given them in the field, becauſe
they will not eat it where there is plenty of better food.
There are others who fow Rye-graſs amongſt their
Clover, which they let grow together, in order to pre-
vent the ill conſequences of the cattle feeding wholly
on Clover ; but this is not a commendable way, be-
cauſe the Rye-graſs will greatly injure the Clover in its
growth, and the ſeeds will ſcatter and fill the ground
with bents.
Where the feeds are deſigned to be ſaved, the firſt
crop in the ſpring fhould be permitted to ſtand until
the ſeeds are ripe, which may be known by the ſtalks
and heads changing to a brown colour; then it ſhould
be
و
a
a

TRI
TRI
a
be cut in a dry time, and when it is well dried, it may
be houſed until winter, if the ſeeds are not wanted
before, when the feeds ſhould be threſhed out; but
if the feeds are wanted for immediate fowing, it may
be threſhed out before it be houſed or ſtacked; but
then it muſt be well dried, otherwiſe the ſeeds will not
quit their huſks.
It has been a great complaint amongſt the farmers,
that they could not threſh out theſe feeds without
great labour and difficulty, which I take to be chiefly
owing to their cutting the ſpring crop when it begins
to flower, and ſo leave the ſecond crop for ſeed, which
,
ripens ſo late in autumn, that there is not heat enough
to dry the huſks ſufficiently, whereby they are tough,
and the feeds rendered difficult to get out; which may
be entirely remedied by leaving the firſt crop for ſeed,
as hath been directed, and then the ground will be
ready to plough, and prepare for Wheat the me
year, which is another advantage.
When cattle are fed with this hay, the beſt way is to
put it in racks, otherwiſe they will
tread a great quan-
tity of it down with their feet. This feed is much
better for moſt other cattle than milch cows, ſo that
theſe ſhould rarely have any of it, left it prove hurt-
ful to them; though when it is dry, it is not near ſo
injurious to any ſort of cattle as when green.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in moſt of the paſ-
tures in England, and is generally known among the
country people by the title of white Honeyſuckle.
This is an abiding plant, whoſe branches trail upon
the ground, and ſend out roots from every joint, ſo that
it thickens and makes the cloſeſt fward of any of the
fown Graſſes, and it is the ſweeteſt feed for all ſorts of
cattle yet known ; therefore when land is deſigned to
be laid down for paſture, with intent to continue ſo,
there ſhould always be a quantity of the feeds of this
plant ſown with the Graſs feeds. The uſual allowance
of this feed is eight pounds to one acre of land, but
this ſhould never be fown with Corn ; for if there is
a crop of Corn, the Graſs will be ſo weak under it, as
to be ſcarce worth ſtanding: but ſuch is the covetouf-
nefs of moſt farmers, that they will not be prevailed
on to alter their old cuſtom of laying down their
grounds with a crop of Corn, though they loſe twice
the value of their Corn by the poorneſs of the Graſs,
which never will come to a good ſward, and one whole
feaſon is alſo loft ; for if this feed is ſown in the ſpring
without Corn, there will be a crop of hay to mow by
the middle or latter end of July, and a much better
after-feed for cattle the following autumn or winter,
than the Graſs which is ſown with Corn will produce
the ſecond year. The ſeed of this ſort may alſo be
fown with Graſs feeds in autumn, in the manner be-
fore directed for the common red Clover ; and this
autumnal ſowing, if the ſeeds grow kindly, will afford
a good early crop of hay the following ſpring; and if,
after the hay is taken off the land, the ground is well
rolled, it will cauſe the Clover to mat cloſe upon the
ground, and become a thick ſward.
The ſeeds of this white Dutch Clover is annually im-
ported from Flanders, by the way of Holland, from
whence it received the name of Dutch Clover ; not
that it is more a native of that country than of this,
for it is very common in moiſt paſtures in every county
in England, but the ſeeds were never collected for fow-
ing here till of late years: nor are there many perſons
at preſent here who ſave this ſeed, although it may be
done, if the ſame care as is practiſed for the red Clo-
ver, is taken with this fort; therefore it ſhould be
recommended to every farmer, who is deſirous to im-
prove his land, carefully to ſow an acre or two of this
white Clover by itſelf for ſeeds, which will ſave him
the expence of buying the ſeeds, which are often fold
at a great price, and there will be no want of ſale
for any quantity they may have to ſpare.
The farther account of this Graſs, may be ſeen under
the article PASTURE.
The third ſort grows naturally among the Graſs in moſt
of the upland paſtures in this country, but the feeds
are frequently fold in the ſhops by the title of Hop
Clover, and are by many people mixed with the other
forts of Clover and Grafs feeds, for laying down ground
to paſture: this grows with upright branching ſtalks
about a foot high, which are garniſhed with trifoliate
leaves whoſe lobes are oblong and heart-ſhaped, but
reverſed at the narrow point, joining the foot-ſtalks.
The flowers grow from the wings of the fralk upon
long foot-ſtalks, and are collected into oval imbricat-
ed heads; they are yellow, and have naked empale-
ments lying over' each other like ſcales, ſomewhat like
the flowers of Hops, from whence this plant had the
title of Hop Clover. But there are two forts of this
which grow naturally in England. The other, which
is the fourth fort, is a much ſmaller plant than this,
and has trailing ſtalks. The heads of flowers are
ſmaller, and the flowers are of a deeper yellow co-
lour; theſe are not abiding plants, ſo are by no means
proper to be ſown where the ground is deſigned to
continue in paſture; but in ſuch places where one or
two crops only are taken, and the land is ploughed
again for Corn, it may do well enough when it is
mixed with other ſeeds, though the cattle are not very
fond of it green, unleſs when it is very young. The
large ſort is the moſt profitable, but this is rarely to
be had without a mixture of the ſmall kind, and alſo
of the ſmaller Melilot, which is commonly called
None-ſuch, or ſometimes Black Seeds, for thoſe who
fave the feeds for ſale, are feldom curious enough to
diſtinguiſh the forts, but where the beauty of the ver-
dure is conſidered, there muſt not be any of theſe
feeds fown, becauſe their yellow heads of flowers are
very unſightly among the Graſs; and if it is in gardens
where the Graſs is conſtantly mowed, the flowers of
theſe plants will come out near the root in ſuch cluſ-
ters, as to occaſion large, unſightly, yellow patches;
and as the heads decay they turn brown, and have a
very diſagreeable appearance.
The fifth ſort grows naturally on chalky lands in many
parts of England, and in ſome counties the feed is
ſown after the ſame manner as the common red Clover,
eſpecially on chalky ground, where it will thrive, and
produce a better crop than Clover. The ſtalks of this
are hairy, and grow erect to the height of two feet or
more, and are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, ſtand-
ing upon long foot-ſtalks, whoſe lobes are longer than
thoſe of the red Clover, and have no marks of white;
they are of a yellowiſh green colour, and are covered
with ſoft hairs. The flowers grow in oval ſpikes at
the end of the branches, they are of a pale copper
colour; their petals are long and tubulous, but the
brim is divided into two lips as the other forts. It
flowers and ripens its feeds about the ſame time as the
common Clover.
This is known by the title of Trefoil in the places where
it is cultivated, but the ſeedſmen ſell the Hop Clover by
that name; ſo they make no diſtinction between this,
the Hop Clover, and Noneſuch; therefore, by which
of theſe three titles the feeds are bought, they prove
the ſame. This fort of Trefoil is much cultivated in
that part of Effex which borders on Cambridgeſhire.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this has upright ſtalks near two feet high, which are
hairy, and garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, having
roundiſh lobes which are fawed at their points. The
flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalk, in long,
, ,
obtuſe, hairy ſpikes ; they are of a bright red colour,
ſo make a pretty appearance during their continuance.
It is an annual plant, fo is not proper for lowing with
Graſs, otherwiſe it makes good fodder.
The feventh fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the ſouth of France and Italy; it riſes with
a ſtrong herbaceous ftalk near three feet high, which
is ſmooth, and garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, whoſe
lobes are two inches and a half long, and near a quar-
ter broad, ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks, which are
embraced by ftipulæ or iheaths their whole length.
The flowers are produced at the top of the ſtalks in
very long ſpikes; they are of a beautiful red colour, ſo
make a fine appearance. It flowers in July, and the
ſeeds ripen in autumn.
13 L
The
a
و
a
>
a

TRI
TRI
3
3
а
3
3
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy; ſhort pod; theſe ripen the beginning of September
this riſes with a ſlender ſtiff ſtalk near two feet high, The whole plant has a very ſtrong feent like that of
garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are very Fenugreek, and periſhes foon after the feeds are ripe.
narrow like Graſs, and are hairy. The flowers are If the ſeeds of theſe forts are permitted to ſcatter, the
produced at the top of the ſtalks in oblong conical plants will riſe without care, and require no other
Ipikes; the indentures of their empalements end in culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
long briftly hairs, which are almoſt equal in length; them where they grow too cloſe.
the ſpikes are hairy, and the flowers of a pale red co- TRIGONELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 804. Fænum
lour. It flowers and ripens its ſeeds about the ſame Græcum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 409. tab. 230. Fenu-
time as the former.
greek.
The ninth fort is the common Hare's-foot Trefoil, The CHARACTERS are,
which grows naturally upon dry gravelly land in moſt The empalement of the flower is bell-ſhaped, of one leaf,
parts of England, and is a fure indication of the ſteri- cut at the top into five almoſt equal ſegments. The flower
lity of the foil, for it is rarely ſeen upon good ground. is of the butterfly kind; the ſtandard is oval, obtuſe, and
This plant is ſeldom eaten by cattle, ſo is unfit for reflexed; the two wings are oblong, reflexed, and Spread-
paſture, and is only mentioned here becauſe it is ſome- ing fiet like the ſtandard, so as outwardly to appear like
times uſed in medicine; it is an annual plant, whoſe Bregular flower of three petals ; the keel is very ſhort, ob-
root decays ſoon after it has perfected feeds.
tuſe, and occupies the navel of the flower. It has ten
The tenth fort grows naturally on arable land in many Short riſing ſtamina, nine of which are joined, and one
parts of England; this has trailing ſtalks which put ſtands Separate, terminated by fingle ſummits, and an
out roots at their joints. The leaves ſtand upon long oval oblong germen, Supporting a ſingle ſtyle, crowned by
ſlender foot-ſtalks; the lobes are roundiſh, and are a riſing ſtigma. The germen afterward turns to an ob-
ſawed on their edges; the flowers are collected in long oval pod compreſſed, and cloſe filled with kidney-ſhaped
roundiih heads, ſtanding upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, Seeds.
which riſe from the wings of the ſtalks; theſe have This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
bladder empalements which terminate in two teeth. Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe
When theſe lie on the ground, their globular heads, plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
having a little bluſh of red on their upper ſide toward bodies.
the fun, and the other part being white, have a great
The SPECIES are,
reſemblance of Strawberries, and from thence it was 1. TRIGONELLA (Fænum Græcum) leguminibus feffilibus
titled Strawberry Trefoil.
ftri&tis erectiuſculis fubfalcatis acuminatis caule erecto.
Theſe forts are frequently preſerved in gardens for the Hort. Cliff. 229. Trigonella with ſcythe-shaped acute pods
fake of variety ; they are eaſily propagated by ſeeds, which are cloſe, erect, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks, which are
which may be fown in an open bed of ground, either erect. Fænum Græcum ſativum. C. B. P. 348. Com-
in autumn or ſpring. The plants which come up in mon or cultivated Fenugreek.
autumn, will grow much larger, and flower earlier in 2. TRIGONELLA (Spinoſa) leguminibus ſubpedunculatis
the ſummer than thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring; congeftis declinatus fubfalcatis compreffis pedunculis
fo from thoſe good feeds may be always obtained, communibus fpinoſis breviffimis. Lin. Sp. 1094.
whereas the other ſometimes miſcarry. When the Fenugreek with foot-ſtalks to the pods, which are fackle-
plants come up, they require no other care than to Shaped and compreſſed, and the common foot-ſtalks with
keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where port Spines. Pænum Græcum ſylveſtre polyceration
they are too cloſe.
Creticum majus. Breyn. Cent. 79. Greater Cretan Fe-
The eleventh fort is the common Melilot which is uſed nugreek with many pods.
in medicine; it grows naturally among the Corn in 3. TRIGONFLLA (Polycerctes) leguminibus feffilibus ar-
many parts of England, particularly in Cambridge- cuatis confertis, caulibus procumbentibus. Trigonella
hire in great plenty, where it is a moſt troubleſome with arched pods growing in cluſters, which fit cloſe to the
weed; for in reaping, it is ſcarce poſſible to ſeparate ſtalks and trail on the ground. Fænum Græcum ſylvef-
it from the Melilot, ſo that it is carried in with the tre alterum polyceration. C. B. P. 348. Another wild
Corn; and the ſeeds of the Melilot being ripe about Fenugreek with many pods.
the ſame time with the Corn, they are threſhed out 4. TRIGONELLA (Platycarpos) leguminibus pedunculatis
with it, and being heavy are difficult to ſeparate from congeſtis pendulis ovalibus compreffis, caule diffuſo,
it; and when a few of the ſeeds are ground with the foliolis ſubrotundis. Hort. Upfal. 229. Trigonella with
Corn, it ſpoils the four; for the bread, or whatever cluſtered, oval, compreſſed, hanging pods, having foot-
elſe is made with it, will have a ſtrong taſte like Me- Stalks, diffuſed ſtalks, and roundiſh lobes. Melilotus
lilot plaſter.
ſupina latifolia filiquâ latâ membranaceâ compreſsâ.
The roots of this plant are ſtrong and ligneous, from Amman. Ruth. 151. Low broad-leaved Melilot, with
which ſpring out ſeveral ſtalks which riſe from two broad, compreſſed, membranaceous pods.
to four feet high, according to the goodneſs of the 5. TriGONELLA (Ruthenica) leguminibus pedunculatis
land. The ſtalks branch out, and are garniſhed with congeſtis pendulis linearibus rectis, foliolis fublance-
trifoliate leaves, having oval ſawed lobes of a deep olatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 776. Trigonella with linear ſtrait
green colour. The powers are produced in long ſlen- pods which hang down, and grow in cluſters upon foot-
der ſpikes which ſpring from the wings of the ſtalks ; ſtalks, and Spear-ſhaped lobes to the leaves. Melilotus
they are of a bright yellow, and ſhaped like the other ſupina anguſtifolia, medicæ folio, filiquâ compreſsa.
butterfly flowers; theſe are ſucceeded by naked ſeeds Amman. Ruth. 119. Low narrow-leaved Melilot with
which ripen in Auguſt.
the appearance of Medick, and a compreſſed pod:
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in Bohemia and Au- The firſt fort is the common Fenugreek, whoſe feeds
ftria, but has been long cultivated in England as a are uſed in medicine. Where this plant grows na-
medicinal plant, though at preſent it is rarely uſed turally is uncertain, but it is cultivated in the fields
it is annual. The ſtalks are large, hollow, and chan- in the ſouth of France, and in Germany, from whence
nelled; they riſe about a foot high, and ſend out many great quantities of the ſeeds are annually imported
branches, which are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves, here for uſe.
whoſe lobes are oval and ſlightly fawed on their It is an annual plant, which riſes with a hollow,
edges, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The branching, herbaceous ſtalk, a foot and a half high,
flowers are collected in oblong ſpikes, which ſtand garniſhed with trifoliate leaves placed alternately,
upon very long foot-ſtalks, ſpringing from the wings whoſe lobes are oblong, oval, indented on their edges,
of the ſtalks at every joint the whole length of the and have broad furrowed foot-ſtalks. The flowers
italk, they are of a pale blue colour, and ſhaped like come out ſingly at each joint from the wings of the
thoſe of the common Melilot; theſe appear in June ſtalk; they are white, of the butterfly kind, and fit
and July, and are ſucceeded by ſmall yellow ſeeds of very cloſe to the ſtalk ; theſe are ſucceeded by long
a kidney ſhape, two or three being included in each compreſſed pods ſhaped ſomewhat like a broad ſword,
و
a
3
a
ending

TRI
TRI
3
3
very great in
ending in long points, having a broad membrane on
one edge; theſe are filled with ſquare yellow feeds,
indented on one ſide like a kidney. The whole plant
has a very ſtrong odour.
This plant has not as yet been cultivated in any quan-
tity for uſe in England, as it has generally proved a
very uncertain crop, occaſioned by the inconſtancy of
the weather here, for in cold wet ſeaſons the plants
are frequently killed before the feeds ripen ; and if
any of them live long enough to perfect their feeds,
the pods change of a dirty colour, and the feeds turn
black and unſightly, when much rain falls about the
time of their ripening; therefore the ſeeds which
are imported from the continent, are always preferred
to thoſe of our own growth.
But as the conſumption of theſe feeds is
England, there are ſome perſons who are inclinable
to make freſh trials to cultivate the plants here, and,
as I have many years cultivated this in ſmall quanti-
ties, and have made trials by fowing the ſeeds at dif-
ferent ſeaſons, and after various manners, by which I
have acquired a knowledge of its culture, I ſhall here
give ſuch directions for the management of this plant,
as from experience has been found to ſucceed beft.
The ground in which this plant thrives beſt, is a light
hazel loam, not enriched with dung; this ſhould be
made clean from the roots of weeds, and well ploughed
twice, and harrowed fine before the ſeeds are fown. The
beſt time to fow the ſeeds is the latter end of September
or beginning of Auguſt; theſe ſhould be ſown in ſhallow
drills like Peas. The rows ſhould be two feet aſunder,
and the feeds muſt be ſcattered one inch diſtant from
each other in the drills; for if the plants are too cloſe
together in the ſpring, they may be eaſily thinned
with the hoe when the ground is cleaned. If the ſeeds
are fown at the before-mentioned time, the plants will
appear in three weeks or a month after ; and if the
weeds appear at the ſame time, the ground ſhould be
hoed over as ſoon as poſſible in dry weather, to deſtroy
the weeds; and when the plants are grown an inch
high, the earth ſhould be drawn up to their ſtems in
the ſame manner as is practiſed for Peas. This will
ſecure their ſtems from being injured by ſharp cut-
ting winds; and if a ridge of earth is drawn up on
the north or eaſt ſide of each row, it will protect the
plants from the pinching winds which blow from both
thoſe quarters; for although this plant will not be in
any danger from the froſt in the ordinary winters, yet
in very ſevere froſts they are ſometimes killed; but
as this plant will live in any ſituation, where Peas
ſtand through the winter, there will be no greater ha-
zard of the one crop than the other.
In the ſpring of the year the ground muſt be hoed
again in dry weather to kill the weeds, and the plants
ſhould be again earthed up in the like manner as Peas,
with whoſe culture this plant will thrive; but there
muft be great care taken to keep the ground as clean
from weeds as poſſible, for if they are permitted to
grow, they will ſoon advance above the plants, and
greatly weaken them; and when their pods begin to
form, they cannot be too much expoſed to the ſun
and air, whereby they will be leſs liable to ſuffer from
moiſture.
When the feeds are fown in autumn, the plants will
grow much Itronger, and have many more fide
branches than thoſe which come up in the ſpring, ſo
will produce a much greater crop of ſeeds, and theſe
will produce their flowers five or fix weeks earlier, ſo
will have a better ſeaſon to ripen; but in order to
have them better ripened, the top of the plants ſhould
be cut off with garden ſhears about the middle of
June, by which time the pods will be formed on the
lower part of the ſtalks, which will be greatly for-
warded by topping of the ſtalks in the ſame way as is
commonly practiſed for garden Beans ; for where the
plants are ſuffered to extend in length, the lower pods
often miſcarry, or are leſs nouriſhed, and thoſe on the
top of the ſtalks are late before they ripen; ſo where
the topping of the plants is omitted, the pods at bot-
tom will open and caſt out their feeds, before thoſe
و
above will be ripe, therefore to preſerve the firſt and
cut off the other, will be found the beſt method; for
by ſo doing, the pods will ripen equally, and much
earlier in the ſeaſon.
If the ſummer proves warm, the ſeeds will ripen in
Auguſt, and the plants ſhould then be cut off, and laid
to dry for five or ſix days, in which time they ſhould
be turned two or three times, that the pods may dry
equally; then the feeds may be either threſhed out in
the field, or the haulm may be houſed in a barn, to be
threſhed at a more convenient time.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Crete. The ſtalks
of this are ſlender, and riſe a foot high, ſending out
ſeveral flender branches, which are garniſhed with tri-
foliate leaves whoſe lobes are wedge-ſhaped, and
ſawed at their ends, where they are indented; theſe
ſtand upon ſlender foot-ſtalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in cluſters from the ſides of the branches upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks, which ſtand erect, being armed with
ſhort ſpines; the flowers are ſmall, of a pale colour,
and are ſucceeded by narrow pods ſtanding parallel
and erect. This is an annual plant which flowers in
July; the feeds ripen the end of Auguſt, and the
plants decay foon after.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Italy;
this is alſo an annual plant, whoſe roots decay foon after
the ſeeds are ripe. The ſtalks trail upon the ground,
and extend a foot and a half in length, fending out
ſeveral fide branches; theſe are garniſhed with ſmall
trifoliate leaves, whoſe lobes are wedge-ſhaped and
ſawed at their points. The flowers are produced in
cluſters at the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, of
a pale yellow colour, and fit very cloſe to the ſtalks ;
theſe are fucceeded by ſhort hooked pods, which fit
cloſe to the ſtalks in cluſters, ſpreading out every
way. It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumnn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia. The root
of this is biennial, the ſtalks trail upon the ground,
and extend a foot in length, ſending out many fide
branches; theſe are garniſhed with trifoliate leaves,
having roundiſh lobes, which are fawed on their
edges. The flowers come out from the wings of the
ſtalks upon foot-ſtalks, growing in cluſters; they are
ſmall, of a yellowiſh white colour, and are ſucceeded
by oval compreſſed pods, containing two feeds in
each. It flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in
September.
The fifth fort alſo grows naturally in Siberia; this is
alſo a biennial plant, whoſe roots decay ſoon after the
feeds are ripe. The ſtalks of this are very ſlender,
and trail upon the ground; they extend a foot and a
half in length, and divide into ſeveral branches. The
leaves are trifoliate; the lobes are wedge-ſhaped, in-
dented at the point, and ſawed; they are narrower
than either of the former. The flowers are produced
in cluſters upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, which ſpring
from the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſmall, and of
a bright yellow colour; theſe are ſucceeded by narrow
erect pods, which contain three or four ſmall ſeeds.
This flowers and perfects its ſeeds about the ſame time
as the former. The ſeeds of both theſe plants were
ſent me by the late Dr. Amman, Profeſſor of Botany
at Peterſburgh.
Theſe plants are frequently cultivated in gardens for
the ſake of variety, but I do not know any uſe is
made of either of the forts except the firſt. The
ſeeds of theſe ſhould be ſown in the places where the
plants are deſigned to ſtand, for they will not bear
tranſplanting. If they are ſown in autumn, in the
ſame way as is before directed for the firſt fort, the
plants will come earlier to flower, and good feeds may
be obtained with more certainty than from the ſpring
plants. All the culture theſe require is to thin them
where they ſtand too cloſe, and keep them clean from
weeds. A few plants of each fort in a garden will
.
be ſufficient, as they have no great beauty.
The feeds of the firſt fort are very rarely uſed for in-
ternal medicines, but are much uſed in fomentations,
bathings, and cataplaſms, and alſo in emollient glyſ-
ters, being ripening, diffolving, and anodyne, and
good
3

IRI
TRI
a
good for all kinds of tumours and ſwellings, to which
The CHARACTERS are,
purpoſe the farina or powder is very effečtual. Far- The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
riers and grooms make much uſe of it in drinks for into five ſegment which are the length of the petal; and
horſes ; but theſe ſeeds are too hard to be pounded a tubulous flower of one petal, with a sort brim cut into
in a mortar, ſo they ſhould be ground in a mill. five parts which ſtand erect; and five ſender ſtamine the
TRILLIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 412. Solanum. C. length of the tube, terminated by oblong Summits, with a
B. P. American Herb Paris.
roundiſh germen Supporting a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by
The CHARACTERS are,
a thick ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval
The flower has a three-leaved ſpreading empalement which berry with three cells, each including one hard, three-cor-
is permanent, and three oval petals which are very little nered, obtufe ſeed.
larger than the empalement; it has ſix awl-ſhaped ſta- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
mina which are ſhorter than the petals, erect, and ter- Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
minated by oblong Summits which are the length of the ſta- whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
mina, and a roundiſh germen with three fiender ſtyles
The SPECIES are,
which are recurved, crowned by ſingle ſtigmas. The ger- 1. TRIOSTEUM (Perfoliatum) floribus verticillatis fefli-
men afterward becomes a roundiſh berry with three cells, libus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 176. Triofteum with flowers
filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
growing in whorls, and fitting cloſe to the ſtalks. Tri-
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of oſteoſpermum latiore folio, fiore rutilo. Hort. Elth.
Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants Brood-leaved Trioſteoſpermum with a reddiſh flower, com-
whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and three ſtyles. monly called Dr. Tinkar's Weed, or falfe Ipecacuana.
The SPECIES are,
2. TRIOSTEUM ( Anguſtifolium) Aoribus oppofitis pedun-
1. TRILLIUM (Cernuum) Aore pedunculato cernuo. Lin. culatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 175. Trioſteum with flowers
Sp. Plant. 339. Trillium with a nodding flower growing growing oppoſite, having fiot-ſtalks. Periclymenum
upon a foot-ſtolk. Solanum Triphyllum, flore hexape- herbaceum rectum Virginianum. Pluk. Alm. 287.
talo carneo. Cateſb. Car. vol. 1. p. 45. Three-leaved Upright, herbaceous, Virginian Honeyſuckle.
Nightſhade, with a fleſh-coloured fiower having fix petals. The firſt fort grows naturally in the woods in moſt
2. TRILLIUM (Erectum) flore pedunculato erecto. Lin. parts of North America ; this has a root compoſed of
Sp. Plant. 340. Trillium with a flower growing erect thick fleſhy fibres, which are contored and rough,
upon o foot-ſtalk. Solanum triphyllum Canadenfe. Cor- from which ſpring ſeveral ſtrong herbaceous ſtalks,
nut. 166. Three-leaved Canada Nightſhade.
riſing a foot and a half high, garniſhed at each joint
3. TRILLIUM (Seſile) flore feſtili erecto. Lin. Sp. Plant. by two oblong broad leaves embracing the ſtalk.
340. Trillium with an ere Et flower having no foot-ſtalk. From the bofoms of theſe come out the filowers in
Solanum triphyllum flore hexapetalo tribus petalis whorls, fitting very cloſe to the ſtalks; theſe have em-
purpureis, cæteris viridibus reflexis. Cateſb. Car. 1. palements which are cut into five ſegments. The
p. 50. Three-leaved American Nightſhade with a flower flowers are ſmall, tubulous, and cut ſlightly at the
of fix petals, three of which cre purple-coloured, and the brim into five obtuſe ſegments; they are of a dark
other green and reflexed.
red colour, inclining to purple; theſe appear the be-
Theſe plants grow naturally in the woods in many ginning of June, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh ber-
parts of North America; the firſt was ſent me from ries, which turn yellow when ripe; they have three
Philadelphia by Dr. Benſel, who found it growing in cells, in each of which is contained one hard feed.
plenty there. The root of this plant is tuberous, The root is perennial, but the ſtalks decay every
ſending out many fibres; the ſtalk is ſingle, naked,
and riſes five or fix inches high, with three oval leaves The ſecond fort differs from the firſt in its leaves be-
placed at the top upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, which ſpread ing longer and narrower. The flowers ftand ſingle
out in a triangle; theſe are two inches long, and an upon ſhort foot-ſtalks, and there are but two at each
inch and a half broad, ſmooth, and of a deep green joint, whereas the other has many growing in whorls
colour. From the center of the foot-ſtalks of the round the ſtalks; but the roots of both are indiffe-
three leaves comes out one flower upon a ſhort foot- rently uſed in America by the title of Dr. Tinkar's
italk, which nods downward ; this has a three-leaved Weed.
green empalement which ſpreads open, and within Both theſe plants are natives of New England, Vir-
are three petals about the ſize of the empalement ; ginia, and ſome other northern parts of America,
they are of a whitiſh green on their outſide, and pur- where their roots have been frequently uſed as an
ple within, having fix ſtamina in the center, ſurround- emetic, and are commonly called Ipecacuana. One
ing the ſtyle, which have oblong fummits. The of the firſt perſons who brought their roots into uſe
flowers of this appear in April, and are ſucceeded by was Dr. Tinkar, from whence many of the inhabitants
roundiſh ſucculent berries, having three cells filled have called them by the name of Dr. Tinkar's Weed.
with roundiſh feeds, which ripen in June.
The leaves of the firſt ſort greatly reſemble thoſe of
The ſecond fort has a taller ſtalk than the firſt. The the true Ipecacuana, but the roots are of a different
three leaves are placed at a diſtance from the flower, form ; but fo far as I can judge by the imperfect
which ſtands upon a long foot-ſtalk, and is erect; the fruit of a ſpecimen in my collection of the true Ipe-
petals of the flower are larger, and end with ſharper cacuana, as alſo by the figure and deſcription given
points.
by Piſo in his Hiſtory of Braſil, it ſeems to belong to
The third ſort grows in ſhady thickets in Carolina.
The falk of this is purple; the three leaves grow at The firſt fort grows on low marſhy grounds, near Bof-
the top like the firſt, but they are much longer, and ton in New England, very plentifully, where the roots
end in acute points ; the petals of the flowers are long, are taken up every year, and are continued in uſe
narrow, and ſtand erect.
amongſt the inhabitants of Boſton.
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould This plant is preſerved in ſeveral curious gardens in
be fown upon a ſhady border ſoon after they are ripe, England, and is hardy enough to thrive in the open
and then the young plants will come up the next air, but it ſhould be planted on a moiſt light foil ;
ſpring ; but if the ſeeds are ſown in the ſpring, they for if it is on dry ground, there muſt be care taken to
will remain in the ground a year. When the plants water the plants conſtantly in dry weather, otherwiſe
come up they muſt be kept clean from weeds, and they will not thrive. It may be propagated by feeds,
in autumn, after their leaves decay, the roots may which ſhould be fown on a border of light earth, where
be tranſplanted to a moiſt ſhady place, where they are the morning ſun only comes on it; but if the ſeeds
to remain.
are fown in the ſpring, they will remain in the ground
TRIOSTEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 211. Triofteof- a whole year before the plants will come up, ſo that
permum. Dillen. Hort. Elth. Dr. Tinkar's Weed, or during this time the border muſt be conſtantly kept
falſe Ipecacuana.
clear from weeds; and the following ſpring, when
che
autumn.
a
this genus

TRI
TŔ
roots.
the plants appear, they ſhould be duly watered in dry
weather, which will greatly promote their growth;
but if the ſeeds are fown in autumn, the plants
will come up the following ſpring. They muſt
be conſtantly kept clean from weeds, which, if per-
mitted to grow amongſt them, will ſoon overbear
the plants while they are young, and either quite de-
itroy them, or ſo much weaken them, that they will
not recover in a long time.
The plants may remain in this feed-border until the
Michaelmas following, when they ſhould be carefully
taken up, and tranſplanted where they are deſigned
to remain. Some of them ſhould be planted in pots,
that they may be ſheltered in winter while
young,
lent
thoſe which are in the full ground ſhould be deſtroyed
by ſevere froſt.
This plant may be alſo propagated by parting of the
The beſt ſeaſon for this work is in the ſpring,
juſt before the plants begin to ſhoot, which is com-
monly about the middle or latter end of March; bur
in doing of this, the roots muſt not be parted too
ſmall, for that will prevent their flowering ſtrong.
Theſe plants perfect their ſeeds in this country every
year, which, if fown in autumn as ſoon as they are
ripe, the plants will come up the following ſpring, by
which means a whole year will be ſaved. The feed-
ling plants will not flower until the third year, and
then they are ſeldom ſo ſtrong as the older plants.
TRIPETALOUS FLOWERS are ſuch as
conſiſt of three leaves, which are called petals, to dif-
tinguiſh them from the leaves of plants.
TRIPOLIUM. See Aster.
TRITICUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 512. tab. 292,
293. Lin. Gen. Pl. 99. Wheat; in French, Froment.
The CHARACTERS are,
It hes en oval chofy empalement with two valves, which
inclose two or three flowers. The petals have a double
valve as large as the empalement; the outer valve is bellied
and acute-pointed, the inner is plain. The flowers have
ihree hair-like ſtamina terminated by oblong forked fummits,
and a top-ſhaped germen ſupporting two hairy reflexed
Styles, crowned by feathery ſtigmas. The germen ofter-
ward becomes an oval oblong ſeed, obtuſe at both ends, con-
vex on one ſide, and channelled on the other, wrapped up
in the petal of the flower.
This
genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's third claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and two ſtyles.
The SPECIES are,
1. TRITICUM (Hybernum) calycibus quadrifloris ventri-
coſis lævibus, imbricatis fubmutiſis. Hort. Upfal. 21.
Wbeat with beards, having ſmooth, bellied, imbricated
huſks, with four flowers. Triticum hybernum ariftis
carens. C. B. P. 21. Winter Wheat without owns, or
common Wheat.
2. TRITICUM (Æſtivum) calycibus quadrifloris ventrico-
fis glabris imbricatis ariſtatis. Hort. Upſal. 21. Beard-
ed Wheat with ſmooth imbricated bellies, and four flowers
in each chaff
. Triticum æſtivum. C. B. P. 21. Summer
or Spring Wheat.
3. TRITICUM (Turgidum) calycibus quadrifloris ventri-
cofis villofis imbricatis ſubariſtatis. Hort. Upſal. 21.
Wheat with hairy, bellied, imbricated, obtuſe huſks, con-
teining four flowers. Triticum fpicâ villoſâ quadratâ,
breviore & turgidiore. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 176. Wheat
with four-cornered, ſhort, hairy, turgid Spikes, commonly
called gray Pollard, or Duckbill Wheat.
4. TRITICUM (Quadratum) glumis ventricofis villoſis im-
bricatis fpicis oblongis pyramidatis. Wheat with hairy,
bellied, imbricated buſks, and oblong pyramidal Spikes
.
Triticum fpicâ villofâ quadrata longiore, ariſtis mu-
nitum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 176. Wheat with longer, four-
rowed, hairy Spikes armed with beards, commonly called
Cone Wheat.
5: TRITICUM (Polonicum) calycibus bifloris nudis, flof-
culis longiffime ariftatis, racheos dentibus barbatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 127. Wbeat with two flowers in each
cup, which cre long, naked, and bearded. Triticum
Polonicum. Pluk. Phyt. 231. f. 6. Polonian Wheat.
There are ſome other varieties of Wheat, which the
farmers in different parts of England diſtinguiſh by
different titles, but they are only feminal variations;
which have riſen from culture. Some of theſe differ
in the colour of their chaff, and others in the form
of their ſpikes ; but as they are ſubject to vary, we
ſhall not enumerate them as different ſpecies. Theſe
are, The red Wheat without awns, the red-eared
bearded Wheat, many-eared Wheat, and naked Bar-
ley. The five forts above enumerated I have fown
ſeveral years, and have always found them conſtant
without variation.
Where Wheat grows naturally is very hard to deter-
mine at preſent; but it is generally ſuppoſed that
Africa is the country, becauſe in the earlieſt accounts
we have of it, there is mention of its being tranf-
ported from thence to other countries, and Sicily
was the firſt country in Europe where this grain was
cultivated; but although the country of its natural
growth is in a very warm climate, it is found to bear
the inclemency of our rough climate very well, and
in more northern countries, where the fummers are
long enough to ripen the grain, it is found to ſucceed.
The firſt fort is the common Wheat which is fown
in moſt parts of England, and is ſo well known as
to need no deſcription. The ſpikes or ears of this are
long; the grains are ranged in four rows, and lie over
each other like the ſcales of filh; the chaff is finooth,
bellied, and is not terminated by awns or beards.
The ſecond ſort is called Summer or Spring Wheat;
this will ripen much earlier than the other, ſo has
often been ſown in the ſpring of the year, at the ſame
time with Oats; but if the ſeaſon proves wet, it is
very ſubject to grow tall, and have very thin grains,
which has diſcouraged people from fowing it at that
ſeaſon; ſo that, unleſs from the ſeverity of the winter,
or ſome other accident, the winter Corn is injured,
the practice of fowing Wheat in the ſpring is rarely
uſed.
The third fort is called in ſome places Gray Wheat,
in others Duckbill Wheat and gray Pollard, but in
Suſſex it is generally known by the title of Fullers
Wheat; this ſort grows very tall, and if it is ſown too
thick, is very apt to lodge with rain and wind, for
the ears are large and heavy; they nod on one ſide as
the grain increaſes in weight. The awns are long,
the chaff hairy, which detains the moiſture, all which
help to lodge it, for which reaſon many people do
not chuſe to cultivate this fort ; but where the roots
are at a proper diſtance from each other, they will put
out many ſtalks from each, and the ſtalks will be
ſtronger, and ſupport themſelves better, and the grain
produces inore four in proportion than any of the
other forts. The awns of this fort always drop off
when the grain is full grown.
The fourth fort is more cultivated in Oxfordſhire and
Berkſhire than in any other part of England. The ears
of this fort are formed like a cone, ending with a ſlen-
der point, from whence it had the title of Cone Wheat.
Of this there are the white and red, which I believe
are only varieties, for I have generally ſeen them
mixed in the field. The awns of this are long and
rough, ſo the farmers ſay it guards the grain from
birds, which has been a recommendation to ſow it,
eſpecially near incloſures, where there is a ſhelter for
birds. Mr. Tull prefers this ſort for fowing in drills,
but I have ſeen the third fort anſwer much better in
the horſe-hoeing huſbandry.
The Polonian Wheat grows tall, the ears are long and
heavy, ſo that where it is ſown too thick, it is very
ſubject to be lodged; therefore the farmers little re-
gard it; but it produces much flour, and therefore
worthy of cultivation.
The ſeaſon for ſowing of Wheat is autumn, and al-
ways when the ground is moiſt. In the downs of
Hampſhire, Wiltſhire, and Dorſetſhire, the farmers
begin ſowing of their Wheat in Auguſt, if there hap-
pens rain ; ſo that when they are in their harveſt, if
the weather ſtops them, they employ their people in
ſowing, for if the Corn is not forward in autumn, fo
as to cover the ground before winter, it ſeldom fuc-
ceeds well on thoſe dry lands, eſpecially if the ſpring
fhould prove dry; but in the low ſtrong lands, if they
get
a
9
و
IZ M

TRI
TR
ز
و
get their Wheat into the ground by the middle of No-
vember, the farmers think they are in good ſeaſon ;
but ſometimes it ſo happens, from the badneſs of the
ſeaſon, that in many places the Wheat is not fown till
Chriſtmas or after, but this late-fown Wheat is ſub-
ject to run too much to ſtraw, eſpecially if the ſpring
ſhould prove moiſt.
The uſual allowance of feed Wheat to one acre of land
is three buſhels, but from repeated experiments, it has
been found, that leſs than half that quantity is more
than ſufficient; therefore, if the farmers have regard
to their own intereſt, they ſhould ſave this expence of
feed, which amounts to a conſiderable article in large
farms, eſpecially when it is to be purchaſed, which
moſt of the ſkilful farmers do, at leaſt every other
year, by way of change; for they find that the feeds
continued long upon the ſame land will not ſucceed
ſo well, as when they procure a change of feeds from
a diſtant country. And the farne is practiſed by the
huſbandmen of the Low-Countries, who commonly
procure freſh ſeeds from Sicily every ſecond or third
year ; which they find ſucceed better with them, than
the feeds of their own country. In the choice of the
feeds, particular regard ſhould be had to the land
upon which it grew, for if it is light land, the Wheat
which grew upon ſtrong land is the beſt, and ſo vice
verſa.
There have been fome perſons in England curious
enough to procure their feed Wheat from Sicily, which
has ſucceeded very well, but the grain of this has
proved too hard for our Engliſh mills to grind, which
has occafioned their neglecting to procure their feeds
from thence; nor do I think there can be much ad-
vantage in procuring the feeds from abroad, ſince
the lands of England are ſo various, as to afford as
much change of ſeeds as will be neceſſary. And the
leſs we purchaſe from abroad, the greater will be the
ſaving to the public; ſo that it ſhould be the buſineſs
of ſkilful farmers to want as few feeds as poſſible,
fince, by exchange with each other, they may fo con-
trive, as not to part with ready money for any
feeds.
The land which is uſually allotted for Wheat, is laid
fallow the ſummer before the Corn is ſown; during
which time it is ploughed two or three times, to bring
it into a tilth ; and the oftener and better the ground
is ploughed, and the more it is laboured with har-
rows between each ploughing to break and divide the
clods, the better will be the crop, and the fewer
weeds will be produced. But in this article moſt of
the farmers are deficient, for after they have given
their lands one ploughing, they frequently leave it
to produce weeds, which ſometimes are permitted to
ſtand until they ſhed their feeds, whereby the ground
will be plentifully ſtocked with weeds; and as an
excuſe for this, they ſay that theſe weeds will ſupply
their ſheep with ſome feed, and the dung of the ſheep
will mend their land; but this is a very bad piece of
huſbandry, for the weeds will draw from the land
more than the dung of the ſheep will ſupply; ſo that
it is undoubtedly the beſt method to keep the ground
as clean from weeds as poſſible, and to ſtir it often
to ſeparate and break the clods, and render the land
fine; and where the land can enjoy a winter's fallow,
it will be of much greater ſervice to it than the ſum-
mer; and by thus labouring of the land, it will be
of equal ſervice to it as a dreſſing of dung. There-
fore if the farmers could be prevailed on to alter their
method of huſbandry, they would find their advan-
tage in it; for the expence of dreſſing in ſome coun-
ties is ſo great, as to take away the whole profit of
There is alſo a very abſurd method in common prac-
tice with the farmers, which is the carrying out of their
dreſſing, and ſpreading it on the land in the ſummer,
where it lies expoſed till the ſun has dried out all the
goodneſs of it, before it is ploughed into the ground,
1o that the dreſſing is of little value; therefore the
dung ſhould never be laid on the land faſter than it
can be ploughed in, for one load of dung ſo managed,
is better than three in their uſual method.
As Wheat remains a longer time upon the ground
than moſt other forts of Corn, it requires a greater
ſtock of nouriſhment to lengthen and fill the ears :
therefore, if the dreſſing is exhauited in winter, the
Corn will have but ſhort ears, and thoſe but lean, nor
will the grain afford much flour ; ſo that it frequently
happens, that a light dreſſing of foot in the ſpring,
at the time the Wheat is beginning to ſtalk, proves of
greater ſervice to the crop, than a dreſſing of dung
laid on the land before it is ploughed, eſpecially if the
dung is not very good. Deep ploughing (where the
ſtaple of the ground is deep enough to admit of it)
will alſo be of great ſervice to the Corn, for the
ſmall fibres of the roots, which are the mouths that
ſupply the nouriſhment, extend themſelves very deep
into the ground. I have traced many of the up-
ward of three feet, and believe they ſpread much
farther where the ground is light; therefore it is of
great advantage to the crop to have the ground ſtirred
and looſened to a proper depth, for by ſo doing the
roots will find a ſupply of paſture for the nouriſhment
and augmentation of the ears, at the time they are
forming, when it is moſt required; for if the ground
is ploughed ſhallow, the roots will have extended
themſelves to that depth by the ſpring, ſo that when
the nouriſhment is wanted to ſupply the ſtalks, the
roots are ſtinted by the hardneſs of the ſoil, which
they cannot penetrate ; when this is the caſe, the co-
lour of the blade is frequently ſeen to change in
April, and ſeldom recovers its verdure again ; and
when this happens, the ſtalks are always weakened in
proportion to the decay of the blade; for it is well
known from long experience, that the leaves or blade
of Corn, are neceſſary to draw in nouriſhment from
the air and dews, for the increaſe of the ſtalk and ear;
but in order to aſcertain this, I have made trial of it,
by cutting off the leaves of ſome roots of Wheat al-
ternately, early in the ſpring, and have conſtantly
found the ſtalks upon thoſe roots much ſmaller, the
ears ſhorter, and the grain thinner than thoſe of the
intermediate roots, whoſe blades were not cut. This
ſhews the abſurdity of that practice of feeding ſheep
upon Corn in the winter and ſpring. I have frequent-
ly ſeen in fome gardens, plants diveſted of their low-
er leaves, which ignorant perſons have ſuppoſed to
draw away the nouriſhment from the head; but where-
ever this has been practiſed, I have always ſeen the
plants have been greatly weakened by it; fo that until
thoſe leaves decay naturally, they ſhould never be
taken off.
Of late years, many compoſts have been advertiſed
for the ſteeping of the ſeeds of Corn, in order to im-
prove their growth, ſome of which have been fold at
a dear rate ; but as ſo great ſucceſs was aſſured by the
inventors to thoſe who ſhould make uſe of them,
there were numbers of perſons who made the trial ;
but ſo far as I have been able to get information of
their experiments, they did not fucceed ſo well as to
encourage the uſe of theſe compofitions; and from
ſeveral trials which I made myſelf with great care, I
always found, that the Wheat which had been ſteeped
in theſe compoſitions came up ſooner, and grew much
ranker in the winter, than that which had not been
ſteeped; but in the ſpring the unſteeped Wheat had a
greater number of ſtalks to each plant, and the ears
were better fed than thoſe which had been ſteeped ;
therefore theſe forts of compofts have been found of
no real uſe to the crop.
My experiments were made in the following manner.
The Wheat was ſown in drills, on the ſame ſpot of
ground; the feeds which had been ſteeped were fown
in alternate rows, and the intermediate rows were
ſown with uníteeped Corn. The rows were a foot
and a half aſunder, and the grains were all taken out
of one meaſure, and fown as equally as poſſible: the
ſteeped Corn appeared above ground three days be-
fore the other, and continued to grow faſter than the
unſteeped Corn during the winter, but in the ſpring
the blade of the ſteeped Corn changed its colour, and
their points became of a brown colour, when I gave a
a
و
9
the crop.
light

T RI
TRI
a
a
light dreſſing to one of the rows, which foon recover-
ed its verdure, and cauſed it to be the ſtrongeſt row
of the whole, but the others which had not this dreſſ-
ing, produced weaker ſtalks and ears than that which
was not ſteeped.
I have before obſerved, that in general the farmers
fow more than double the quantity of Corn on their
lands than is neceſſary; therefore there is a great
waſte of grain, which in ſcarce years amounts to a
conſiderable ſum in large farms, and to a whole coun-
try, it is an object worthy the attention of the pub-
lic: but I fear whatever may be ſaid to prevent this,
will have but little weight with the practitioners of
agriculture, who are ſo fond of old cuſtoms, as rare-
ly to be prevailed upon to alter them, though they
are extremely abſurd. But if theſe people could be
prevailed on to make the trial with care, they muſt
be foon convinced of their error; for if they would
but examine a field of Corn ſown in the common way,
they will find but few roots which have more than
two or three ſtalks, unleſs by chance, where there
may be ſome few roots which have room to ſpread,
upon which there may be fix, eight, or ten ſtalks,
and frequently many more ; but in a field of Wheat
which had not a greater allowance than one buſhel
of Corn to an acre, ſo that the roots had room to
ſpread, I have obſerved the roots produced from
fix to twelve, or fourteen ſtalks, which were ſtrong,
and had long well nouriſhed ears, and the produce
was much greater than in any of thoſe fields in the
neighbourhood, which were fown with the common
allowance. And if the land is good, and the roots
ſtand at a proper diſtance from each other, there will
be few roots which will not produce as many ſtalks as
I have here mentioned, and the ears will be better
nouriſhed.
But if the land is not covered with the blades of
Corn by the ſpring, the farmers think they ſhall have
no crop; whereas, if they would have patience to
wait till the roots put out their ſtems, they would
foon be convinced of the contrary; eſpecially if they
could be prevailed on to draw a weighty roller over
the Wheat in March, which will cauſe it to ſpread;
and by fettling of the looſe ground to the roots, the
drying winds in the ſpring would be prevented from
penetrating to their fibres, ſo that the roots will pro-
duce the more ſtalks; but before this operation, it
will be proper to have the Corn cleaned from weeds,
if theſe are permitted to grow, they will draw away
much nouriſhment from the Corn; and if, at this fea-
fon, the land is made clean from weeds, the Corn
will ſoon after ſpread and cover the ground, whereby
the growth of weeds will be greatly leſſened.
There is not any part of huſbandry which requires the
farmer's attention more, than that of keeping his
land clean from weeds; and yet there are few who
trouble themſelves about it, or who underſtand the
proper method of doing it ; few of them know thoſe
weeds which are annual, ſo as to diſtinguiſh them
from thoſe which are perennial; and without this
knowledge, it will be much more difficult for a per-
fon to clean his land, let his induſtry be ever ſo great,
for annual weeds may be foon deítroyed if taken in
time; whereas, if they are neglected, their feeds will
foon ripen and ſcatter; after which it will require
three times the labour and expence to get rid of them,
as would have been fufficient at the beginning, and
then the crop would have had no bad neighbours to
robit of its nouriſhment. The common method now
practiſed is a very abſurd one, for the weeds are left
to grow till the Wheat is beginning to ear, and the
weeds are in flower; ſo the ground being covered by
the Corn, all the low weeds are hid, and theſe are
left to ripen and ſcatter their feeds; the tall weeds
only are taken out, and if the people employed are
not careful, many of theſe will eſcape them, as they
will be ſo intermixed with the ſtalks of Wheat as
not to appear, unleſs diligently fought after. By
this method the weeds of tall growth are permitted
to ſtand, and rob the Corn of its nouriſhment, dur-
ing the principal time of its growth, and the humble
weeds are never deſtroyed; and by going amongſt
the ſtalks when they are tall, great numbers of them
are broken and trod under the work-people's feet;
yet however obvious this is to every farmer, none
of them have thought of altering this practice. I
would therefore recommend a method which is now
in common practice amongſt the kitchen gardeners,
which has been found of great benefit to their crops,
and has alſo been a great faving to them in the ex-
pence of weeding; and this is making uſe of hoes for
cleaning the Wheat early in the ſpring, before the
ground is covered with blades of Corn. With this
inftrument, all the low as well as the tall weeds will
be cut up, and if it is performed in dry weather, the
weeds being then ſmall will ſoon die. Where the
ground happens to be very full of weeds, it may be
neceſſary to go over it a ſecond time, at about a fort-
night after the firſt, to cut up any weeds which may
have before eſcaped. By laying the ground clean at
this time, the Corn will not be robbed of its nouriſh-
ment; and there will not be time for the weeds to
grow ſo as to prejudice it much after, for the ground
will be ſo much ſhaded by the Corn, as to keep down
the weeds, ſo that they cannot have time to ripen their
feeds before harveſt.
If, at the time of this operation, the roots of Corn
are cut up where they are too cloſe, it will be found
of great ſervice to the other, but this, I fear, few of
the old farmers will ever agree with me in; tho' what
I mention is not from theory but experiments, which
have been repeated with great care; and where it was
practiſed the produce of twenty rods of ground, was
much greater both in weight and meaſure, than the
fame quantity of ground in the beſt part of the field
where this was not practiſed, and the ſtalks ſtood upa
right, when a great part of the Corn in the ſame field
was lodged.
I have often obſerved in thoſe fields where foot-paths
are made through Corn-fields, that by the ſide of thoſe
paths where the Corn is thin, and has been trodden
down in the winter and ſpring, that the ſtalks have
ſtood erect, when moſt of the Corn in the ſame field
has been laid flat on the ground; which was owing to
the ſtalks being ſo much ſtronger from their having
more room, the other having been drawn up tall and
flender by being ſo cloſe together. There is alſo ano-
ther great advantage in keeping Corn clean from
weeds, and giving it room to ſpread, which is, that
the Corn is not ſo liable to take the ſmut as when it
is full of weeds, and the roots too much crowded, as
I have frequently obſerved; ſo that cleanneſs and free
air, is as eſſential to the well doing and growth of ve-
getables as animals; and the changing of the ſeed
annually is alſo as neceſſary, as the change of air is to
all ſorts of animals; for where this has been care-
fully practiſed, there has rarely happened any ſmutty
Corn in the field.
Brining of the feed Wheat is what the farmers gene-
rally practiſe to prevent the fmut, which in moſt
years anſwers very well; but there is nothing which
contributes more to this, than keeping the plants in
good health, which is better effected by the method
before propoſed; for by ſtirring of the ground with
the hoe between the roots of Corn in the ſpring, they
will be better fupplied with nouriſhment; for in ſtrong
lands, where the water may have lain in the winter,
the ſurface of the ground will bind ſo hard on the
firſt dry weather as to ſtint the Corn, and frequently
cauſe it to change colour. When this happens, the
roots ſeldom put our many ſtalks, and thoſe which are
put out, are weak; but where the ſurface of the
ground can be ſtirred to looſen the parts, the Corn
will ſoon recover its colour and ſtrength, and cover
the land with ſhoots.
What has been here directed, muſt be underſtood to
relate to Wheat fown in broad-caſt, which is the uſual
method practiſed by farmers in every part of Eng-
land; for the horſe-hoeing huſbandry which was prac-
tiſed by Mr. Tull, has been almoſt univerſally rejected
by

TRI
TRI
9
by the farmers in every county, it being ſo oppoſite The produce of an acre of Wheat is various, accord-
to their accuſtomed practice, that they cannot be pre- ing to the goodneſs of the foil
. In ſome of the
vailed upon to make trial of it; and indeed, by the fhallow, chalky, down lands, where there have been
abſurdity of the author in a few particulars, he has near four buſhels of Corn Iown, I have known the
diſcouraged many from engaging in it, who would produce not more than double of the feed; but when
have practiſed it; but upon finding Mr. Tull pofi- this is the caſe, the farmer had much better let his
tively aſſerting, that the ſame land would nouriſh the land lie waſte, ſince the produce will not defray the
fame ſpecies of plants without changing the crops for expence, ſo that more than the rent of the land is
ever, and this without manure, which being contrary loſt: and although theſe forts of crops are frequently
to all experience, led them to believe his other prin- ſeen on ſuch land, yet ſuch is the paſſion for plough-
ciples had no better foundation. And he practiſed this ing among the huſbandmen at preſent, that if they
method of fowing the ſame ſpecies upon the ſame were not reſtrained by their landlords, they would in-
ground, till his crops failed, and were much worſe troduce the plough into every field, notwithſtanding
than thoſe of his neighbours who continued their old they are ſure to loſe by it.
method of huſbandry, and hereby his horſe-hoeing huſ- But although the produce of theſe poor downs is ſo
bandry was ridiculed by them, and laid aſide by gen- ſmall, as before related, yet upon good land, where
tlemen who were engaging in it. But notwithſtanding the Corn has ſtood thin upon the ground, I have
theſe and ſome other particulars which have been ad- known eight or ten quarters reaped from an acre, over
vanced by Mr. Tull, yet it is much to be wiſhed that the whole field, and ſometimes much more. And I
this new huſbandry might be univerſally practiſed ; have been informed by perſons of great credit, that on
for ſome few perſons who have made fufficient trial of good land, which was drilled and managed with the
it, have found their crops anſwer much better than horſe-hoe, they have had twelve quarters from an acre
in the common or old method of huſbandry; and of land, which is a great produce; and this is with
the French, who have learned it from Mr. Tull's greater certainty, if the ſeaſons prove bad, than can
book, are engaging in the practice of it with greater be expected by the common huſbandry.
ardour than thoſe of our own country: and although The fineſt field of Wheat I ever yet faw, was ſown in
they had not the proper inftruments of agriculture rows at a foot and a half diſtance, the allowance of
for the performance, and met with as ſtrong oppofi- feed to this field was three gallons, and by the com-
tion from the perſons employed to execute the buſi- mon practice of the farmers, there is ſeldom leſs than
neſs as in England, yet the gentlemen ſeem deter- three buſhels, which is eight times the quantity: this
mined to perfiſt in the practice of it, though as yet Wheat was hoed by the hand twice in the ſpring,
few of their experiments have had the ſucceſs they which coſt five ſhillings and fix-pence per acre. When
hoped for; partly from the aukwardneſs of their la- the Corn was in ear, it was not leſs than ſix feet high ;
bourers, and partly from their averſeneſs to practiſe there were from twelve to twenty ſtalks on each root,
this huſbandry, and alſo from their being made in which were ſo ſtrong as to all ſtand upright; the ears
land not well conditioned, but yet their produce has were very long, the ground perfectly clean from weeds,
been equal to that of the old huſbandry; and they ſay, and the produce was more than eleven quarters to an
that if the produce of the land in the new method of acre of land. Theſe experiments, one ſhould imagine,
huſbandry does not exceed that in the old way, yet
,
would excite an induſtry among farmers to the prac-
by ſaving ſeven parts from eight of the feed Corn, it tice; but on the contrary, not one of thoſe in the
is a great affair to a whole country, eſpecially in times neighbourhood would follow it.
of ſcarcity.
The price of Corn varies continually, and this vari-
As Mr. Tull has given a full directions for the prac- ation is often very great in the ſpace of one or two
tice of this huſbandry, I ſhall refer the reader to his years; ſo that from being fo cheap, as that the far-
book for inſtruction, and ſhall only mention two or mers could not pay their rents, in the compaſs of a
three late experiments which have been made in his year or two the price has been doubled ; for one or two
method, whereby the utility of it will more fully plentiful harveſts have lowered the price of Wheat ſo
appear.
much, as to make it difficulty for the needy farmer to
The firſt was in a field of Wheat, which was fown go on with his buſineſs who wants ready money for his
partly in broad-caſt in the common method, and partly crops, as ſoon as he can prepare them for the market.
according to Tull's method ; the ſpots thus fown were This has eſtabliſhed a ſet of people called dealers in
not regular in lands, but interſperſed indifferently in Corn, who have taken the advantage of the farmer's
many directions. Thoſe parts of the field in Tull's
neceſſity, and engroſſed their Corn to keep it for bet-
method, were in rows at two feet diſtance, and ſtood ter markets; and theſe dealers have of late years in-
thin in the rows. The roots of the Wheat in theſe creaſed fo greatly in their numbers, to the great pre-
ſpots had from ten to thirty ſtalks on a root, and judice of the raiſers and conſumers of Corn, as may in
continued upright till it was reaped; whereas few of time prove fatal to the country, by monopolizing the
the roots in the common method had more than two
greateſt part of the produce, and then ſet their own
or three ſtalks, and theſe were moſt of them lodged price upon it; ſo that between theſe Corn-factors as
before harveſt; ſo that upon trial of the grain when they are called, and the diſtillers, the price of bread
threſhed, there was near a third part more in weight may be too great for the labouring poor; which is an
and meaſure, than from the ſame extent of ground, affair which
requires more public attention than has
taken in the beſt part of the field ſown in the common yet been given to it.
way.
The French are building public granaries for the con-
Another trial was made in ſowing of the Corn in ſervation of their Corn, in moſt of their provinces ;
rows at different diſtances, with ſome ſown in two
for as in ſome years they have great plenty of Corn,
parts of the ground broad-caft. The event was, that
and at other time as great ſcarcity, they are contriv-
all which was fown broad-caſt in the uſual way was ing to prevent any great want of it.
lodged, as was alſo moſt of that where the rows were When the Wheat is ſold much under four ſhillings
fix or nine inches aſunder ; thoſe which ſtood a foot
the buſhel, the farmer cannot pay his rent and live ;
diſtance eſcaped better, but the rows two feet aſun- nor can the poorer fort of people afford to purchaſe
der were the beſt, and the produce much greater than good bread, when the Wheat is ſold at a price much
any
of the other ; which plainly ſhews the abſurdity higher than fix ſhillings the buſhel; therefore when it
of that practice, in fowing a great quantity of ſeeds it is at a medium between theſe, there can be no great
to have a better produce, which is the opinion of moſt cauſe of complaint on either ſide.
of the old farmers; and it was formerly the prevail-TRIUMFETTA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 40. tab. 8.
ing opinion among gardeners, who allowed near eight
Lin. Gen. Plant. 529.
times the quantity of ſeeds for the ſame ſpace of The CHARACTERS are,
ground as is now uſually fown, and theſe crops are The flower has no empalement; it has five linear, erol,
greatly ſuperior to any of thoſe.
obtuſe petals, which are concave, ond turn intoard; it
ho.

TRO
TRO
و
has fifteen or fixteen riſing ſtamina which are awl-Maped, plants whoſe flowers have many male and female
erect, and the length of the petals, terminated by ſingle parts.
Summits; and a roundiſh germen Supporting a ſtyle the The SPECIES are,
length of the ſtamina, crowned by an acute bifid ſtigma. 1. TROLLIUS (Europeus) corollis conniventibus, neca
The germen afterward becomes a globular capſule, ſet with tariis longitudine ſtaminum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 556.
long prickles on every ſide, having four cells, each contain- Trollius with the petals of the flower meeting, and neeta-
ing one ſeed, which is convex on one ſide and angular.on riums the length of the ſtamina. Helleborus niger, ra-
the other.
nunculi folio, flore globofo majore. Tourn. Inft. R.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of H. 272. Black Hellebore with a Crow-foot-leaf, and a
Linnæus's eleventh claſs, which contains thoſe plants large globulor flower, commonly called Globe-flower, or
whoſe flowers have from eleven to nineteen ſtamina Locker Gowlans.
incluſive, and one ſtyle.
2. Trollius (Afcticus) corollis patentibus, nectariis
There is but one Species of this genus at preſeni longitudine petalorum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 557. Trollius
known, viz.
with an open ſpreading flower, ond neetariums the length
TRIUMFETTA (Lappula.) Hort. Cliff. 210. Triumfetta of the petals. Helleborus aconiti folio, flore globofo
fructu echinato racemoſo. Gen. Plant. 40. Triumfetta croceo. Amman. Ruth. 101. Hellebore with a Wolf's-
with prickly branching fruit.
bane leaf, and a globular Saffron-coloured flower.
The title of this genus was given to it by Father Plu- The firſt fort grows naturally in the northern counties
mier, in honour of John Baptiſt Triumfetti, doctor of in England, and in many parts of Wales. I found it
phyfic and philoſophy at Bononia, who has publiſhed in great plenty growing in the park of Burrow-hall,
fome curious tracts in botany.
in Lancaſhire; it has a perennial, fibrous, black root,
This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, and moſt of from which ſpring up many leaves which reſemble
the other iſlands of the Weſt-Indies; it riſes with an thoſe of Wolf's-bane, cut into five ſegments almoſt
upright ftem to the height of fix or ſeven feet, which to the bottom; the ſtalk riſes near two feet high; it
becomes ligneous toward the bottom, and divides up- is ſmooth, hollow, and branches toward the top ; each
ward into four or five branches, which are garniſhed branch is terminated by one large yellow flower,
with leaves placed alternately their whole length; ſhaped like thoſe of Crow-foot, which has no em-
theſe are about two inches and a half long, and almoſt palement. Theſe are compoſed of ſeveral concave pe-
two inches broad toward their baſe, divided almoſt in- tals, whoſe points turn inward toward each other, co-
to three lobes toward the top, and the middle divi- vering the parts of generation, ſo are of a globular
fion ending in an acute point; they are veined on their form, whence it had the title of Globe Ranunculus.
under fide, are covered with a ſoft brown down, and It flowers the latter end of May and the beginning of
have ſeveral veins running from the midrib to the June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt. This plant is
ſides; their upper ſide is of a yellowiſh green, and a frequently kept in gardens about London, and
little hairy; their borders are acutely, but unequally eaſily propagated by parting of the roots; the beſt
ſawed, and ſtand upon foot-ſtalks an inch long. The time for doing this is the latter end of September,
branches are terminated by long ſpikes of Aowers, when the leaves are beginning to decay. The roots
which come out in cluſters from the ſide of the prin- ſhould not be divided into ſmall parts, if they are ex-
cipal foot-ſtalk, at diſtances of about an inch. The pected to flower ſtrong the following year; theſe
flowers are ſmall, the petals narrow, and of a yellow ſhould be planted at a foot diſtance from each other,
colour; theſe are ſucceeded by burry capfules, fome- and require a ſhady ſituation and a moiſt foil. The
thing like thoſe of the Agrimony, but are round; roots need not be removed or parted oftener than once
the prickles are longer than thoſe, and are placed on in three years, unleſs there is a deſire of increaſing
every ſide. This plant generally flowers here in July them.
and Auguſt, and in warm ſeaſons the feeds do ſome- The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Siberia, from
times ripen in England.
whence it was brought to the Imperial Garden at Pe-
It is propagated by feeds, which muſt be fown on a terſburgh, and has been communicated ſince to ſeveral
hot-bed early in the ſpring; and when the plants are parts of Europe ; this differs from the firſt in having
come up, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a ſe- larger leaves, which are of a lighter green colour ;
parate pot filled with light, freſh, kitchen-garden their ſegments are fewer and larger, reſembling thoſe
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tan- of the yellow Monk's-hood. The petals of the flower
ners bark , they muſt be ſhaded from the fun until ſpread open, and do not converge at their points like
they have taken new root, after which time they muſt thoſe of the first fort. The flowers, ſtamina, and nec-
be treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed tariums are of an elegant Saffron colour. It flowers
for other tender exotic plants. During the ſummer
in May.
ſeaſon the plants may remain in this hot-bed, but in This ſort may be propagated and treated in the fame
autumn they muſt be removed into the ſtove, and way as the firſt, but it requires a moiſter foil, and
plunged into the bark-bed, obſerving to refreſh them ſhould have a ſhady fituation, but not under the drip
with water frequently; but in very cold weather it of trees; it thrives beft on a north border, where the
muſt not be given them in too great plenty. If the ſoil is loamy, but not too ſtiff. In ſuch ſituations the
plants live through the winter, they will Hower the plants will produce feeds in England, for if they are
following ſummer, ſo will ripen their ſeeds in au- in a dry foil, or much expoſed to the ſun, they fre-
tumn; but they may be continued two or three years, quently die in ſummer. I have ſeen this fort in the
provided they are carefully managed.
moſt flouriſhing ſtate, where the ſurface of the ground
TROLLIUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 620. Helleborus. was covered with Moſs to keep it moiſt.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 272. Globe Ranunculus, or Locker As the flowers of both theſe plants make a pretty ap-
Gowlans.
pearance during their continuance, they deſerve a
The CHARACTERS are,
place in every good garden for the ſake of variety,
The flower has no empalement; it has about fourteen al- eſpecially as they will thrive in moiſt fhady places
moſt oval petals, whoſe points meet together; it has nine where few better plants will live ; and by thus ſuiting
nečtariums, which are narrow, plain, incurved, and um- the plants to the different foils and ſituations of a gar-
bilicated, which are perforated at their baſe, and a great den, every part may be furniſhed with beauties, and
number of briſtly ſtamina, terminated by erect ſummits
, a greater variety may be preſerved.
with numerous germina fitting cloſe like a column, having TROPÆOLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 421. Carda-
no Styles, but are crowned by pointed ſtigmas. The germen mindum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 430. tab. 244. Indian
afterward become so many capſules colleated into an oval Creſs.
head, each containing one ſeed.
The CHARACTERS are,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection The empolement of the flower is of one leaf, ending in five
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe points; it is erect, ſpreading, coloured, and falls off,
و
9
T be
13 N

TRO
T U L
a
3
a
The two under ſegments cre ncrrow ; their teil ends in a TUBEROSE. See POLYANTHES.
nećtcrious horn, which is longer than the empalement. TUBEROSE ROOTS are ſuch as conſiſt of an
The flower has five roundiſh petals inſerted in the seg- uniform fleſhy ſubſtance, and are of a roundiſh figure,
ments of the empalement ; the two upper fit cloſe to the as Turneps, &c.
foot-ſtalk, but the lower hove oblong hairy tails. It has TUBULOUS PLANTS are ſuch whoſe ſtems
eight short awl-ſhaped ſiamina, which decline and are un- or flowers are hollow like a pipe.
equcl, terminated by oblong riſing ſummits having four cells, TULIPA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 373. tab. 199, 200,
and a roundiſh germen, with three lobes which are ſtreaked, Lin. Gen. Plant. 376. Tulip.
ſupporting a ſingle ereet ſtyle, crowned by an acute trifid
The CHARACTERS are,
Stigma. The germen afterward becomes a ſolid fruit dividing The flower hes no empalement; it is of the bell-ſhape, and
in three parts, convex on the outſide, angular within, having compoſed of fix oblong, oval, concave, ereat petals; it
many furrows, each part or cell including one furrowed bas ſix awl-ſhaped ſtamina which are ſhorter than the pe-
ſeed, convex on one ſide, and angular on the other.
tels, terminated by oblong four-cornered fummits, and a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of large, oblong, taper, three-cornered germen, having no ſtyle,
Linnæus's eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants crowned by a tringular, three-lobed, permanent figna.
whoſe flowers have eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The germen afterward turns to a three-cornered capſule
The SPECIES are,
having three cells, which are filled with compreſſed feeds,
1. TROPÆOLUM (Minus) foliis ſubquinquelobis, peta- lying over each other in a double order.
lis obtufis. Hort. Upſal. 93. Tropæolum with leaves This genus is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's
which are almoſt divided into five lobes, and obtuſe petals fixth claſs, which contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers
to the flower. Cardamindum minus & vulgare. have fix ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 433. The common or ſmaller In- The SPECIES are,
dian Naſturtium.
1. TULIPA (Sylveſtris) flore ſubnutante, foliis lanceola-
2. TROPÆOLUM (Mojus) foliis fubquinquelobis petalis tis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 305. Tulip with a nodding flower,
obtufis. Hort. Upſal. 93. Tropæolum with five lobes to and Spear-ſhaped leaves. Tulipa minor lutea Italica.
the leaves, and obtuſe petals to the flower. Cardamin- C.B. P. 63. The ſmaller yellow Italian Tulip.
dum ampliore folio & majore flore. Tourn. Inft. R. 2. TULIPA (Geſneriana) flore erecto, foliis ovato-larice -
H. 430. Indian Naſturtium with a larger leaf and flower, olatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 306. Tulip with an erect flower',
commonly called Indian Creſs.
and oval Spear-shaped leaves. Common Tulip with all its
The firſt fort grows naturally in Peru ; this was firſt varieties.
brought to Europe in 1684, and was riſed in the gar- The firſt fort was formerly preſerved in the Engliſh
dens of Count Beverning in Holland.
gardens, but ſince there has been ſo many varieties of
It has a trailing herbaceous ſtalk, garniſhed with the ſecond fort propagated in England, the firſt has
leaves almoſt circular. The foot-ſtalk is inſerted in been rejected, and is now only to be found in old
the center of the leaf, like a buckler, as is the Navel- neglected gardens. The petals of this flower end in
wort; the leaves are ſmooth, and of a grayiſh colour; acute points; the flower is yellow, and nods on one
the flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalks, fide, and the leaves are narrower than thoſe of the
ſtanding upon very long ſlender foot-ítalks ; they are common fort.
of an admirable ſtructure, and are compoſed of five The common Tulip is ſo well known as to need no
acute-pointed petals; the two upper are large and deſcription, and it would be to little purpoſe to enu-
rounded, the three under are narrow, and their tails merate the ſeveral varieties of theſe flowers, which
join together, and are lengthened into a tail two may be ſeen in one good garden, ſince there is no end
inches long. After the flower is paſſed, the germen of their numbers, and what ſome people may value
turns to a roundiſh fruit which is furrowed, and di- at a conſiderable rate, others reject; and as there are
vided into three lobes, each including one ſtreaked annually a great variety of new flowers obtained
feed. It flowers from Midſummer till the froſt ſtops
.
from breeders, thoſe which are old, if they have not
it in autumn.
very good properties to recommend them, are thrown
There are two varieties of this, one with a deep out and deſpiſed, I ſhall therefore point out the pro-
Orange-coloured flower inclining to red, and the other perties of a good Tulip, according to the character-
with a pale yellow flower.
iſtics of the beſt floriſts of the preſent age. 1. It ſhould
The ſecond ſort grows naturally about Lima; this have a tall ſtrong ſtem. 2. The flower ſhould confift
has larger ftalks than the former. The leaves are alſo of fix leaves, three within, and three without; the
larger, and their borders are indented almoſt into former ought to be larger than the latter. 3. Their
lobes; the flowers are larger, and their petals are bottom ſhould be proportioned to their top, and their
rounded at their points. There are two colours of upper part ſhould be rounded off, and not terminate
this ſort as in the former, and one with double flowers, in a point. 4. Theſe leaves, when opened, ſhould
which is propagated by cuttings, for it does not pro- neither turn inward nor bend outward, but rather
duce ſeeds.
ſtand erect, and the flower ſhould be of a middling
The firſt fort is leſs common at preſent in the Eng- ſize, neither over large, nor too ſmall. 5. The ſtripes
liſh gardens than the ſecond, the flowers of the latter ſhould be ſmall and regular, ariſing from the bottom
being larger make a finer appearance, for which it is of the flower; for if there are any remains of the for-
preferred; they are both eſteemed annual plants, tho' mer ſelf-coloured bottom, the flower is in danger of
they may be continued through the winter if they are loſing its ſtripes again. The chives ſhould not be yel-
kept in pots, and ſheltered in a good green-houſe, in low, but of a brown colour. When a flower has all
like manner as that with double flowers is preſerved, theſe properties, it is eſteemed a good one.
and they may be propagated by cuttings as that is ; Tulips are generally divided into three claſſes, ac-
but, as theſe ripen their
feeds conſtantly every year, cording to their ſeaſons of flowering; as Præcoces, or
the plants are generally raiſed from ſeeds, which may early blowers ; Medias, or middling blowers; and
be ſown in April in the places where they are to re- Serotines, or late blowers; but there is no occaſion
main, which ſhould be where their ſtalks may have for making any more diſtinctions than two, viz. early
fupport, for they will climb fix or eight feet high and late blowers.
when they are trained up, and then their flowers will
The early blowing Tulips are not near fo fair, nor do
make a good appearance; but when they trail upon they riſe half ſo high as the late ones, but are chiefly
the ground, they will ſpread over the neighbouring valued for appearing fo early in the ſpring, ſome of
plants and become unſightly.
which will flower the middle of March in mild ſea-
The flowers of theſe plants are frequently eaten in fal- fons, if planted in a warm border near a wall, pale,
lads; they have a warm taſte like the Garden Creſs, and hedge, or other ſhelter, and the others will ſucceed
are eſteemed very wholeſome; they are likewiſe uſed them; ſo that they keep flowering until the general
for garniſhing diſhes. The ſeeds are pickled, and by ſeaſon for theſe flowers is come, which is toward the
ſome are preferred to moſt kinds of pickles for fauce. end of April. As theſe early blowing Tulips are but
few,
a
a
3
a

TUL
TUL
warm
few, I ſhall inſert the name of the principal of them,
which are as follow :
1. Duke Van Toll, or 21. Vice-roy.
Winter Duke.
22. Maria.
2. General Duke.
23. Aurora Van Bart.
3. General Brancion.
24. Paragon Grebberi.
4. Pretty Betty.
25. Galatea.
5. Ducheſs of Brancion. 26. Marquis.
6. Lac Verine.
27. Gilden Bloemen.
7. Violet Ragans. 28. Alcetus.
8. Violet Remow, or 29. Jewel Van Haerlem.
Pourpre Liffe. 30. Jacht Van Delft.
9. Palto Van Leyden.
31. Goude Son
10. Floriſante.
32. Flamboyant.
11. Brandenburgh.
33. Bruyd Renard.
12. Nonfuch.
34. Palamedes.
13. Admiral Crinki.
35. Apollo.
14. General Molſwick. 36. Juno.
15. Paragon Cleremont.
37. Silver-boot.
16. Admiral Encufen. 38. Florida Voorhelm.
17. Morillion.
39. Roy d'Eſpagne.
18. Nobleft.
40. Metropolit.
19. Early Perfect.
41. Konins-kroon.
20. Superintendent.
Theſe are the names which have been impoſed on
theſe fowers by the floriſts of the ſeveral countries
where they were raiſed, and by which the roots may be
obtained from Flanders and Holland, where the flo-
riſts are very exact in keeping up their liſts of theſe
flowers complete.
The roots of theſe early blowing Tulips ſhould be
planted the beginning of September in a
border, near a wall, pale, or hedge; becauſe if they
are put into an open ſpot of ground, their buds are
in danger of ſuffering by morning froſts in the ſpring.
The foil for theſe ſhould be renewed every year, where
people intend to have them fair. The beſt foil for this
purpoſe is that which is taken from a light ſandy paſ-
ture, with the turf rotted amongſt it, and to this
ſhould be added a fourth part of ſea ſand. This mix-
ture may be laid about ten inches deep, which will be
fufficient for theſe roots, which need not be planted
more than four or five inches deep at moft. The off-
ſets ſhould not be planted amongſt the blowing roots,
but in a border by themſelves, where they may be
planted pretty cloſe together, eſpecially if they are
ſmall; but theſe ſhould be taken up when their leaves
decay, in the ſame manner as the blowing roots,
otherwiſe they would rot if the ſeaſon ſhould prove
very wet; for theſe are not ſo hardy as the late blow-
ers, nor do they increaſe half ſo faſt as thoſe, ſo that a
greater care is required to preſerve the offsets of them.
When theſe Tulips come up in the ſpring, the earth
upon
the ſurface of the borders ſhould be gently ſtir-
red and cleared from weeds; and as the buds appear,
if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very ſevere, it will be of
great ſervice to cover them with mats, for want of
which many times they are blighted, and their flowers
decay before they blow, which is often injurious to
the roots, as is alſo the cropping of the flowers fo
ſoon as they are blown; becauſe their roots, which
are formed new every year, are not at that time ar-
rived to their full magnitude, and are hereby deprived
of proper nouriſhment.
If, when theſe flowers are blown, the ſeaſon ſhould
prove very warm, it will be proper to ſhade them with
mats, &c. in the heat of the day; as alſo if the nights
are frofty, they ſhould be in like manner covered,
whereby they may be preſerved a long time in beauty ;
but, when their flowers are decayed, and their feed-
veffels begin to ſwell, they ſhould be broken off juft at
the top of the ſtalks, becauſe if they are permitted
to ſeed, it will injure the roots.
When the leaves of theſe flowers are decayed (which
will be before the late blowers are out of flower)
their roots ſhould be taken up, and ſpread upon mats
in a ihady place to dry, after which they ſhould be
cleared from their filth, and put in a dry place where
the vermin cannot come to them, until the ſeaſon
for plariting them again, being very careful to pre-
ferve every fort ſeparate, that you may know how to
diſpoſe of them at the time for planting them again ;
becauſe it is the better way to plant all the roots of
each fort together (and not to intermix them, as is com-
monly practifed in moſt other kinds of Howers ;) for
as there are few of them which blow at the ſame time,
ſo when the ſeveral roots of one fort are ſcattered
through a whole border, they make but an indifferent
appearance ; whereas, when twenty or thirty roots
of the ſame fort are placed together, they will all
flower at the ſame time, and afford a more agreeable
proſpect.
There are many curious perſons, who, in order to pre-
ſerve their ſeveral kinds of Tulips, and other bul-
bous-rooted flowers feparate, have large flat boxes
made, which are divided into ſeveral parts by ſmall
partitions, each of which is numbered in the fame
manner as the diviſions of their beds ; fo that when a
catalogue of their roots is made, and the numbers
fixed to each fort in the beds, there is nothing more
to do when they take up their roots, but to put every
kind into the diviſion marked with the fame number
which was placed to each fort in the bed, which faves
a great deal of trouble in making freſh marks every
time the roots are taken up, and effectually anſwers
the purpoſe of preſerving the kinds ſeparate.
The ſeveral ſorts of theſe early blowing Tulips riſe
to different heights in their ftems, ſo that ſcarcely
any two of them grow to an equal height. The Duke
Van Toll being one of the firſt that appears in the
ſpring, is generally very ſhort-ſtalked, and to the other
forts, in proportion to their earlineſs, are ſhorter than
thoſe which ſucceed them, and the late blowing kinds
are all of them conſiderably longer in their ſtems than
any of the Præcoces, or early blowers; ſo that when
they are confuſedly mixed together, they make a very
indifferent appearance.
The late blowing Tulips are ſo numerous, that, as I
before obſerved, it would be to no purpoſe to attempt
to give a catalogue of them. Theſe are generally ob-
tained from breeders, which is a term applied to all
fuch flowers as are produced from ſeeds, which are of
one ſelf-colour, and have good bottoms and chives ;
theſe in time break into various beautiful ſtripes, ac-
cording to the ground of their former ſelf-colour, but
this must be entirely thrown off, otherwiſe they do
not eſteem a flower well broken.
Of theſe breeders there hath been a great variety
brought into England from Flanders of late years,
which is the grand nurſery for moſt ſorts of bulbous-
rooted flowers; but there are ſome curious perſons,
who have lately obtained many valuable breeders
from ſeed ſown in England; and doubtleſs, were we
as induſtrious to fow the feeds of theſe flowers as the
people of France and Flanders, we might in a few
years have as great a variety as is to be found in any
part of Europe ; for, although it is fix or ſeven years
from the fowing before the flowers blow, yet, if af-
ter the firſt fowing there is every year a freſh parcel
ſown, when the ſeven years are expired, there will
be conſtantly a ſucceſſion of roots to flower every year,
which will reward the expectation, and keep up the
ſpirit of raiſing; but it is the length of time at firſt,
which deters moſt people from this work.
The manner of propagating theſe flowers from feeds is
as follows: you ſhould be careful in the choice of
the feed, without which there can be little ſucceſs ex-
pected. The beſt feed is that which is ſaved from
breeders which have all the good properties before re-
lated, for the ſeeds of ſtriped flowers ſeldom produce
any thing that is valuable.
The beſt method to obtain good ſeeds is to make
choice of a parcel of ſuch breeding Tulip roots as
you would ſave feeds from, and place them in a fe-
parate bed from the breeders, in a part of the garden
where they may be fully expoſed to the fun, obſerv-
ing to plant them at least nine inches deep; for if they
are planted too ſhallow, their ſtems are apt to decay
before their feed is perfected.
There
5

T U L
T U L
3
a
Theſe Aowers ſhould always be expoſed to the wea-
ther, for if they are ſhaded with mats, or any other
covering, it will prevent their perfecting the ſeed.
About the middle of July, (a little ſooner or later, as
the ſummer is hotter or colder) the feeds will be fit
to gather, which may be known by the dryneſs of their
ſtalks, and the opening of the feed-veſſels, at which
time it may be cut off, and preſerved in the pods till
the ſeaſon for fowing it, being careful to put it up in
a dry place, otherwiſe it will be ſubject to mould,
which will render it good for little.
Having ſaved a parcel of good feed, about the begin-
ning of September is the beſt ſeaſon for fowing it,
when there ſhould be provided a parcel of ſhallow
ſeed-pans, or boxes, which ſhould have holes in their
bottoms to let the moiſture paſs off; theſe muſt be
filled with freſh fandy earth, laying the ſurface very
even, upon which the ſeeds ſhould be fown as regu-
larly as poſſible, that they may not lie upon each other ;
then there ſhould be ſome of the ſame light ſandy
earth fifted over them, about half an inch thick.
Theſe boxes or pans ſhould be placed where they may
have the morning ſun till eleven of the clock, in
which ſituation they may remain until October, at
which time they ſhould be removed into a more open
ſituation, where they may enjoy the benefit of the ſun
all the day, and be ſheltered from the north winds,
where they ſhould remain during the winter ſeaſon ;
but in the ſpring, when the plants are up, they ſhould
be again removed to their firſt ſituation, and if the
ſeaſon ſhould be dry, they muſt be refreſhed with
water while the plants remain green ; but as ſoon as
their tops begin to decay, there muſt be no more
given them, left it rot their tender bulbs; therefore
the boxes ſhould be placed in a ſhady ſituation during
the ſummer ſeaſon, but not under the drip of trees.
Theſe plants, at their firſt appearance, have very nar-
row graffy leaves like thoſe of Onions, and come
up with bending heads, in the ſame manner as they
do; ſo that perſons who are unacquainted with them,
may pull them up inſtead of Graſs whilſt they are
very young, before their leaves are a little more ex-
panded, which is rarely performed the firſt year ;
for they feldom appear before the middle of March,
and they commonly decay about the latter end of May,
or the beginning of June, according as the ſeaſon is
hotter or colder.
The weeds and Mofs ſhould alſo be cleared off from
the ſurface of the earth in the boxes, and a little freſh
earth fifted over them ſoon after their leaves decay,
which will be of great ſervice to their roots. Theſe
boxes ſhould be conſtantly kept clear from weeds,
which, if permitted to grow therein, when they are
pulled up, the roots will be apt to draw the bulbs out
of the ground. At Michaelmas they ſhould be freſh
earthed again, and as the winter comes on, they muſt
be again removed into the fun as before, and treated
in the ſame manner, until the leaves decay in the ſpring,
when the bulbs ſhould be carefully taken up, and
planted in beds of freſh ſandy earth, which ſhould have
tiles laid under them, to prevent their roots froin
fhooting downward, which they often do when there
is nothing to ſtop them, and thereby are deſtroyed.
The earth of theſe beds ſhould be about five inches
thick upon the tiles, which will be ſufficient for nou-
riſhing theſe roots while they are young.
The diſtance which theſe young bulbs ſhould be al-
lowed, need not be more than two inches, nor ſhould
they be planted above two inches deep; but toward
the end of October, it will be proper to cover the
beds over with a little freſh earth about an inch
deep, which will preſerve the roots from the froſt,
and prevent Mofs or weeds from growing over them;
but, if the winter ſhould be very ſevere, it will be
proper to cover the bed either with mats or Peas-
haulm, to prevent the froſt from entering the ground,
becauſe theſe roots are much tenderer while young,
than they are after they have acquired ſtrength.
In the ſpring the ſurface of the ground ſhould be
gently ſtirred to make it clean, before the plants come
up; and if the ſpring ſhould prove dry, they muſt be
frequently refreſhed with water during the time of
their growth; but this muſt not be given to them in
great quantities, left it rot their tender bulbs; and
when the leaves are decayed, the weeds ſhould be ta-
ken off, and the beds covered with freſh earth, which
ſhould alſo be repeated again in autumn.
In theſe beds the bulbs may remain two years, dur-
ing which time they muſt be conſtantly kept clear
from weeds, and in ſpring and autumn freſh earthed,
in the manner already directed ; after which the bulbs
muſt be taken up, and planted into freih beds, at four
inches afunder, and as many deep, where they may
remain two years more, during which time they
ſhould have the ſame culture as before ; and after
that, the bulbs being large enough to blow, they
should be taken up, and planted in freſh beds at the
uſual diſtance, and in the fame manner as old roots;
where, when they flower, ſuch of them as are worthy
to be preſerved, ſhould be marked with ſticks; and
at the ſeaſon for taking up the bulbs, they muſt
be ſeparated from the others, in order to be planted
as breeders in different beds; but you ſhould by no
means throw out the reſt until they have flowered two
or three years, becauſe it is impoſſible to judge ex-
actly of their value in leſs time; for many, which at
firſt flowering appear beautiful, will afterwards dege-
nerate ſo as to be of little value; and others, which
did not pleaſe at firſt, will many times improve, ſo
that they ſhould be preſerved until their worth can be
well judged of.
In this method many ſorts of new breeders will be an-
nually raiſed, from which there will always be fine
flowers broken, which, being the produce of a perſon's
own fowing, will be greatly valued, becauſe they are
not in other hands, which is what enhances the price
of all flowers : and it has been entirely owing to this
method of raiſing new flowers, that the Dutch have
been ſo famous, amongſt whom the paſſion for fine
Tulips did ſome time reign fo violently, that of
the floriſts near Haerlem have often given a hundred
ducats for one ſingle root; which extravagance was the
occaſion of an order being made by the States, to li-
mit the utmoſt price that ſhould be afterward given
for any Tulip root, were it ever ſo fine.
Having thus given an account of the method of raiſ-
ing theſe flowers from feeds, I ſhall now proceed to
the management of thoſe roots which are termed
breeders, ſo as to have ſome of them every year break
out into fine ſtripes.
There are ſome who pretend to have a ſecret how to
make any ſort of breeders break into ftripes whenever
they pleaſe, but this, I dare ſay, is without foundation ;
for from many experiments which I and others have
made of this kind, I never could find any certainty of
this matter. All that can be done by art, is to ſhift
the roots every year into freſh earth of different mix-
tures and a different ſituation, by which method I have
had very good ſucceſs.
The earth of theſe beds ſhould be every year different,
for although it is generally agreed that lean, hungry,
freſh earth doth haften their breaking, and cauſe their
ſtripes to be the finer and more beautiful, yet, if
they are every year planted in the ſame ſort of ſoil, it
will not have fo much effect on them, as if they were one
year planted in one ſort of earth, and the next year in a
very indifferent one, as I have ſeveral times experi-
enced; and if ſome fine ſtriped Tulips are planted in the
ſame beds with the breeders, intermixing them together,
it will alſo cauſe the breeders to break the fooner.
The beſt compoſt for theſe roots is a third part of
freſh earth from a good paſture, which ſhould have
the ſward rotted with it, a third part of fea fand, and
the other part fifted lime rubbiſh; theſe ſhould be all
mixed together ſix or eight months at leaſt before it is
uſed, and ſhould be frequently turned, in order to mix
the parts well together. With this mixture the beds
ſhould be made about two feet deep, after the follow-
ing manner: after the old earth is taken from out of
the bed to the depth intended, then ſome of the freſh
earch
many
a
2

T U L
T U L
each way
a
a
3
earth ſhould be put in about eighteen inches thick;
this ſhould be levelled exactly, and then lines drawn
of the bed, chequerwiſe; at ſix inches dif-
tance, upon the center of each croſs, ſhould be placed
the Tulip roots, in an upright poſition, and after
having finiſhed the bed in this manner, the earth muſt
be filled in, ſo as to raiſe the bed fix or eight inches
higher, obſerving, in doing this, not to diſplace any
of the roots, and alſo to lay the top of the beds a little
rounding to throw off the water.
There are many perſons who are ſo careleſs in planting
their Tulip roots, as only to dig and level the beds
well, and then with a blunt dibble to make holes, in-
to which they put the roots, and then fill up the holes
with a rake, but this is by no means a good method ;
for the dibble, in making the holes, preſſes the earth
cloſely on each ſide, and at the bottom, whereby the
moiſture is often detained ſo long about the roots as
to rot them, eſpecially if the ſoil is inclinable to bind;
beſides the earth being hard at the bottom of the
bulbs, they cannot ſo eaſily emit their fibres, which
muſt certainly prejudice the roots.
Theſe beds ſhould be funk, more or leſs, below the
ſurface, according to the moiſture or dryneſs of the
ground, for the roots ſhould be ſo elevated as never
to have the water ſtand near the reach of their fibres
in winter, for moiſture is very apt to rot them ; ſo
that where the ſoil is very wet, it will be proper to
lay ſome lime rubbiſh under the earth, in order to
drain off the wet, and the beds ſhould be entirely
raiſed above the level of the ground; but to prevent
their falling down into the walks, after froſt or hard
rains, it will be proper to raiſe the paths between
them, either with ſea coal aihes or rubbiſh, eight or
ten inches, which will ſupport the earth of the beds;
and theſe paths may ſlope at each end from the middle,
which will make paſſage for the water to run off as it
falls. But where the ſoil is dry, the bottom of the
beds may be funk eighteen or twenty inches below the
ſurface, for in ſuch places the beds need not be more
than four or fix inches above the ſurface, which will
be allowance enough for their ſettling.
During the winter ſeaſon there will be no farther care
required. The roots being planted thus deep, will
be in no danger of ſuffering by ordinary froſts, but
if the winter ſhould prove very ſevere, ſome rotten
tan or Peas-haulm may be laid over the beds to keep
out the froſt during the continuance, but this muſt
be removed when the froſt is over; and in the ſpring,
when their leaves begin to appear above ground, the
earth upon the ſurface of the beds ſhould be ſtirred
to clear it from weeds, Moſs, &c. and when the
flower-buds begin to come up, they ſhould be guard-
ed from froſt, otherwiſe they are very ſubject to
blight and decay ſoon after they appear, if the froſt
pinches their tops; but they need only be covered in
ſuch nights when there is a proſpect of froſt, for at
all other times they ſhould have as much air as poſſi-
ble, without which they will draw up weak, and pro-
duce ſmall flowers.
When the breeding Tulips are in flower, you ſhould
carefully examine them, to ſeeifany ofthem have broken
into beautiful ſtripes, which, if you obſerve, there
fhould be a ſtick put into the ground by every ſuch
root, to mark them, that they may be ſeparated from
the breeders, to plant amongſt the ſtriped flowers the
following year; but you ſhould carefully obſerve,
whether they have thrown off their former colour en-
tirely, as alſo when they decay, to ſee if they conti-
nue beautiful to the laſt, and not appeared ſmeared
over with the original colour, in both which caſes
they are very ſubject to go back to their old colour
the next year: but if their ſtripes are diſtinct and
clear to the bottom, and continue ſo to the laſt,
(which is what the floriſts call dyeing well,) there is
no great danger of their returning back again, as
hath been by fome confidently reported; for if one of
theſe flowers is quite broken (as it is termed,) it will
never loſe its ſtripes, though ſometimes they will blow
much fairer than at others, and the flowers of the
offsets will be often more beautiful than thoſe of the
old roots.
This alteration in the colour of theſe flowers may be
ſeen long before they are blown, for all the green
leaves of the plant will appear of a fainter colour,
and ſeem to be ſtriped with white, or of a browniſh
colour, which is a plain proof, that the juices of the
whole plant are altered, or, at leaſt, the veſſels thro'
which the juice is ftrained ; ſo that hereby particles
of a different figure are capable of paſſing through
them, which, when entered into the petals of the
flower, reflect the rays of light in a different manner,
which occaſions the variety we ſee in the colours of
flowers (but this is more fully explained in the arti-
cle VEGETATION, which ſee.) This breaking of the
colours in flowers proceeds from weakneſs, or at
leaſt is the cauſe of weakneſs in plants ; for it is ob-
ſerveable, that after Tulips are broken into fine ſtripes,
they never grow ſo tall as before, nor are the ſtems,
or flowers, ſo large as before ; and it is the ſame in all
other variegated plants and flowers whatever, which
are alſo much tenderer than they were before they
were ſtriped; fo that many ſorts of exotic plants which
by accident became variegated in their leaves, are
often rendered fo tender, as not to be preſerved with-
out much more care, though indeed the ſtriping of
Tulips doth never occaſion fo great weakneſs in
them as to render them very tender. The greateſt
effect it hath on them, is in leſſening their growth,
cauſing ſome (which, while they continued in their
original plain colours, did riſe near three feet in
height) to advance little more than two after their co-
lours were altered ; and the more beautifully their
ſtripes appear, the ſhorter will be their ſtems, and
the weaker their flowers.
There is nothing more to be obſerved in the culture of
ſtriped flowers than what has been directed for breed-
ers, excepting that theſe ſhould be arched over with
tall hoops and rails, that they may be ſhaded from the
fun in the day time, and protected from ſtrong winds,
hard rains, and froſty mornings, otherwiſe the flowers
will continue but a ſhort time in beauty; but where
the inſtructions here given are duly followed, they
may be preſerved in flower a full month, which is as
long as moſt other flowers continue.
There are ſome perſons who are ſo extremely fond of
theſe flowers, as to be at a great expence in erecting
large frames of iron work to cover their beds of Tu-
lips, in ſuch a manner, that they may walk between
two beds under the frames, over which are ſpread
tarpaulins, ſo as to keep off fun, rain, and froſt,
whereby they can view the flowers without being at
the trouble of taking off or turning up the tarpaulins,
or being incommoded by the ſun or rain, which can-
not be avoided where the covering is low; beſides, by
thus raiſing the covers, the flowers have a greater
ſhare of air, ſo that they are not drawn ſo weak, as
they are when the covering is low and cloſe to them;
but theſe frames being expenſive, can only be made
by perſons of fortune ; however, there may be ſome
of wood contrived at a ſmaller expence, which being
arched over with hoops, may anſwer the purpoſe as
well as the iron frames, though they are not ſo fightly
or laſting
But after the flowers are faded, the heads of all the
fine forts ſhould be broken off to prevent their feed-
ing; for if this is not obſerved, they will not flower
near ſo well the following year, nor will their ftripes
continue ſo perfect; and this will alſo cauſe their ſtems
to decay ſooner than otherwiſe they would do, ſo that
their roots may be taken up early in June, for they
ſhould not remain in the ground after their leaves are
decayed. In taking the roots out of the ground, you
muſt be very careful not to bruiſe or cut them, which
will endanger their rotting, and, if poſſible, it ſhould
be done a day or two after rain. When theſe roots
are taken out of the ground, they muſt be cleared
from their old covers, and all ſorts of filth, and
ſpread upon mats in a ſhady place to dry, after which
they ſhould be put up in a dry place, where vermin
Iz o
a
و
cannor

T U L
TUL
9
a
cannot get to them, obſerving to keep every fort ſe-
parate, but they ſhould not be kept too cloſe from
the air, nor ſuffered to lie in heaps together, left they
ſhould grow mouldy, for if any of the roots once take
the mould, they commonly rot when they are plant-
ed again, if not before.
The offsets of theſe roots, which are not large enough
to produce flowers the ſucceeding year, ſhould be al-
fo put by themſelves, keeping each fort diſtinct ; theſe
ſhould be planted a month earlier in autumn than
the blowing roots, in particular beds by themſelves
in the flower-nurſery, where they may not be expoſed
to public view ; but the earth of the beds ſhould be
prepared for them in the fame manner as for larger
roots, though theſe ſhould not be planted above five
inches deep, becauſe they are not ſtrong enough to
puſh through ſo great covering of the earth as the old
roots; they may be placed much nearer together than
thoſe which are to flower, and in one year moſt of them
will become ſtrong enough to flower, when they may
be removed into the flower-garden, and placed in the
beds amongſt thoſe of the ſame kinds.
TULIPIFERA. Herm. Hort. Leyd. Boerh. Ind.
Plant. 11. p. 262. Liriodendrum. Lin. Gen. Plant.
609. [of Tulipa, a Tulip, and fero, Lat. to bear.]
The Tulip-tree.
The CHARACTERS are,
The proper involucrum of the flower is compoſed of two
angular leaves, which fall off ; the empalement is compoſed
of three oblong plain leaves like petals, which fall away.
The flower is nearly of the bell-ſhape, and has ſix petals,
which are obtuſe and channelled at their baſe; the three
outer fall off ; it has a great number of narrow ſtamina,
which are inſerted to the receptacle of the flower, having
long narrow ſummits faſtened to their fide, and many ger-
men diſpoſed in a cone, having no ſtyle, crowned by a ſingle
globular ſtigme. The germen afterward become ſcaly ſeeds,
lying over each other like the ſcales of fiſh, and form the
reſemblance of a cone.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which includes thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have many male and female parts.
He has altered the title of it to Liriodendrum, but as
the flowers of this tree have as little reſemblance of a
Lily, as they have of a Tulip, the firſt title may be as
well continued, eſpecially as it has been long known
in Europe by the title Tulipifera.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
TULIPIFERA (Liriodendron.) The Tulip-tree. Tulipifera
arbor Virginiana. H. L. The Virginia Tulip-tree; and
by Linnæus Liriodendron foliis lobatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
755
This is a native of North America, where it grows fo
large as to be a tree of the firſt magnitude, and is gene-
rally known thro’all the Engliſh ſettlements by the title
of Poplar. Of late years there has been great num-
bers of theſe trees raiſed from ſeeds in the Engliſh
gardens, ſo that now they are become common in the
nurſeries about London, and there are many of the
trees in ſeveral parts of England which do annually
produce flowers. The firſt tree of this kind which
flowered here, was in the gardens of the late Earl of
Peterborough, at Parſons Green near Fulham, which
was planted in a wilderneſs among other trees; before
this was planted in the open air, the few plants which
were then in the Engliſh gardens, were planted in pots
and houſed in winter, ſuppoſing they were too tender
to live in the open air; but this tree ſoon after it was
placed in the full ground, convincing the gardeners
of their miſtake, by the great progreſs it made, while
thoſe which were kept in pots and tubs increaſed
flowly in their growth; ſo that afterward there were
many others planted in the full ground, which are now
arrived to a large ſize, eſpecially thoſe which were
planted in a moiſt foil. One of the handſomeft trees
of this kind near London, is in the garden of Wal-
tham Abbey; and at Wilton, the ſeat of the Earl of
Pembroke, there are ſome trees of great bulk; but
the old tree at Parſons Green is quite deſtroyed, by
the other trees which were ſuffered to over-hang it,
and rob it of its nouriſhment, from a fear of taking
down the neighbouring trees, left by admitting the
cold air to the Tulip-tree it would injure it.
The young ſhoots of this tree are covered with a
ſmooth purpliſh bark; they are garniſhed with large
leaves, whoſe foot-ſtalks are four inches long; they
are ranged alternate ; the leaves are of a ſingular form,
being divided into 'three lobes; the middle lobe is
blunt and hollowed at the point, appearing as if it
had been cut with fciffars. The two ſide lobes are
rounded, and end in blunt points. The leaves are
from four to five inches broad near their baſe, and
about four inches long from the foot-ſtalk to the
point, having a ſtrong midrib, which is formed by
the prolongation of the foot talk. From the midrib
run many tranſverſe veins to the borders, which ra-
mify into ſeveral ſmaller. The upper ſurface of the
leaves is ſmooth, and of a lucid green, the under is
of a pale green. The flowers are produced at the end
of the branches; they are compoſed of fix petals,
three without, and three within, which form a fort
of bell-ſhaped flower, from whence the inhabitants of
North America gave it the title of Tulip. Theſe pe-
tals are marked with green, yellow, and red ſpots,
ſo make a fine appearance when the trees are well
charged with flowers. The time of this tree's flower-
ing is in July, and when the flowers drop, the ger-
men ſwells and forms a kind of cone, but theſe do not
ripen in England.
Mr. Cateſby, in his Natural Hiſtory of Carolina, &c.
ſays, There are ſome of theſe trees in America, which
are thirty feet in circumference; that the boughs are
unequal and irregular, making ſeveral bends or el-
bows, which render the trees diſtinguiſhable at a great
diſtance, even when they have no leaves upon them.
They are found in moſt parts of the northern conti-
nent of America, from the Cape of Florida to New
England, where the timber is of great ule, particu-
,
larly for making of periaugues, the trunks of theſe
being large enough to be hollowed into the ſhape of
thoſe boats, fo they are of one piece.
This tree is propagated by feeds, which are now an-
nually imported in great plenty from America. Theſe
may be either ſown in pots or tubs filled with light
earth from the kitchen-garden, or in a bed in the full
ground. Thoſe which are ſown in the firſt way, may
be placed on a gentle hot-bed, which will forward
their growth, ſo that the plants will acquire more
ſtrength before winter. If they are thus treated, the
glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be ſhaded from the fun
every day, and the earth in the pots ſhould be fre-
quently refreſhed with water, for unleſs it is kept
moiſt, the ſeeds will not grow; but this muſt be done
with care, ſo as not to make it too wet, which will
rot the feeds. When the plants appear, they muſt be
ſtill ſhaded in the heat of the day from the ſun, but
freſh air muſt be admitted daily to prevent their draw-
ing up weak, and as the ſeaſon advances, they muſt
be gradually hardened to bear the open air. While
the plants are young, they do not care for much fun,
ſo they ſhould be either ſhaded or placed where the
morning fun only ſhines upon them; they muſt alſo
be conſtantly ſupplied with water, but not have it in
too great plenty. As the young plants
, commonly
continue growing late in the ſummer, ſo when there
happens early frofts in autumn, it often kills their
tender tops, which occaſions their dying down a con-
fiderable length in winter ; therefore they ſhould be
carefully guarded againſt theſe firſt froſts, which are
always more hurtful to them than harder froſts after-
ward, when their ſhoots are better hardened ; how.
ever, the firſt winter after the plants come up, it will
be the better way to ſhelter them in a common hot-
bed frame, or to arch them over with hoops, and
cover them with mats, expoſing them always to the
open air in mild weather.
The following ſpring, juſt before the plants begin to
ſhoot, they ſhould be tranſplanted into nurſery-beds,
in a ſheltered ſituation, where they are not too much
expoſed to the ſun. The ſoil of theſe beds ſhould be
و
a
a
a fofc

T U L
TUR
و
a
a ſoft gentle loam, not too ſtiff, nor over light; this fwell, they ſhould be carefully taken up, and tranſ-
ſhould be well wrought, and the clods well broken, planted into nurſery-beds, and treated in the fame way
and made fine. There muſt be great care taken not
as has been before directed for the plants which were
to break the roots of the plants in taking them up, raiſed on a hot-bed.
for they are very tender ; they ſhould be planted again There are ſome people who propagate this tree by
as ſoon as poſſible, for if their roots are long out of layers, but the layers are commonly two or three years
the ground, they will be much injured thereby. Theſe before they take root, and the plants ſo raiſed, feldom
may be planted in rows at abont a foot diſtance, and make ſuch ſtrait trees as thoſe raiſed from feeds; thos
at fix inches diſtance in the rows, for as they ſhould indeed they will produce flowers ſooner, as is always
not remain long in theſe nurſery-beds, ſo this will be the caſe with ftinted plants.
room enough for them to grow; and by having them This tree ſhould be planted on a light loaniy foil,
ſo cloſe, they may be ſhaded in the ſummer, or ſhel- not too dry, on which it will thrive much better than
tered in the winter, with more eaſe than when they upon a ſtrong clay, or a dry gravelly ground; for in
are farther apart.
America they are chiefly found upon a moiſt light
When the plants are thus planted, if the ſurface of foil, where they will grow to a prodigious fize, though
the beds is covered with rotten tanners bark, or with it will not be proper to plant theſe trees in a foil
Moſs, it will prevent the earth from drying too faſt, which is too moiſt in England, becauſe it might en-
ſo that the plants will not require to be ſo often wa- danger the rotting of the fibres of the roots, by the
tered, as they muſt be where the ground is expoſed to moiſture continuing too long about them, eſpecially
the fun and air ; after this, the farther care will be to if the bottom be clay, or a ſtrong loam, which will
keep them clean (from weeds, and if the latter part detain the wet.
of ſummer ſhould prove moiſt, it will occaſion the TURKS CAP. See LILIUM.
plants growing late in autumn, ſo the tops will be TURKY WHEAT. See ZEA.
tender and liable to be killed by the firſt froſts. In TURNEP. See RAPA.
this caſe, they ſhould be covered with mats to pro- TURNERA. Plun. Nov. Gen. 15. tab. 12. Lin.
tect them.
Gen. Plant. 338.
If the plants make great progreſs the firſt ſummer,
The CHARACTERS are,
they may be tranſplanted again the following ſpring; The empalement of the flower is funnel-ſhaped, of one leaf,
part of them may be planted in the places where they having an oblong, cylindrical, angulor tube, and is cut
are to remain, and the other ſhould be planted in a into five ſegments. The flower has five heart-ſhaped, point-
nurſery where they may grow two or three years to ed, plain petals, with narrow tails which are inſerted in
acquire ſtrength before they are planted out for good; the tube of the empalement; it has five awl-shaped ſtami-
though the younger they are planted in the places na which are ſhorter than the petals, inſeried in the em-
where they are to ſtand, the larger they will grow, for palement, and are terminated by acute-pointed erect ſum-
the roots run out into length, and when they are cut mits, and a conical germen ſupporting three fender ſtyles,
it greatly retards their growth, ſo that theſe trees crowned by hairy many-pointed ſtigmas. The germen af-
ſhould never be removed large, for they rarely fuc- terward turns to an oval capſule with one cell, which opens
ceed when they are grown to a large ſize before they at the top with three valves, and contains ſeveral oblong
are tranſplanted. Some trees I have ſeen removed obtuſe ſeeds.
pretty large, which have ſurvived their removal, but This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
young plants of two or three years old which were of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
planted near them, were much larger in fifteen years whoſe flowers have five male and three female parts.
than the old ones.
The SPECIES are,
When the ſeeds are fown upon a bed in the full 1. Turnera (Ulmifolia) floribus feffilibus petiolaribus,
ground, the bed ſhould be arched over with hoops, foliis bafi biglandulofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 337. Turnera
and ſhaded in the heat of the day from the ſun, and with flowers growing cloſe to the foot-ſtalks of the leaves,
frequently refreſhed with water, as alſo ſhould the whoſe baſe has two glonds. Turnera ulmifolia. Plum.
plants when they appear, for when they are expoſed Nov. Gen. 15. Shrubby Turnera with an Elm leaf.
much to the fun they make but ſmall progreſs. "The 2. TURNERA (Anguſtifolia) floribus feffilibus petiolaribus
care of theſe in ſummer muſt be to keep them clean foliis lanceolatis rugofis acuminatis. Turnera with
from weeds, ſupplying them duly with water, and flowers fitting cloſe to the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, and
ſhading them from the ſun in hot weather ; but as Spear-ſhaped rough-pointed leaves. Ciltus urticæ folio,
theſe feeds will not come up ſo ſoon as thoſe which fore luteo, vaſculis trigonis. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 86.
were placed on a hot-bed, they generally continue Ciſtus with a Nettle leaf, a yellow flower, and a three-
growing later in autumn, therefore will require ſhel- cornered capſule.
ter from the early froſts in autumn; for as the ſhoots Theſe plants are both of them natives of the warm
of theſe will be much fofter than thoſe of the plants parts of America. The firſt ſpecies was found by
which had longer time to grow, ſo if the autumnal Father Plumier in Martinico, who gave it the name
froſts ſhould prove fevere, they will be in danger of of Turnera, in honour of Dr. Turner, a famous Engliſh
being killed down to the ſurface of the ground, by phyſician, who lived in Queen Elizabeth's reign, and
which the whole ſummer's growth will be loft, and wrote an herbal, in which he has chiefly deſcribed the
ſometimes the plants are entirely killed by the froſt uſeful plants.
the firſt winter, if they are not protected.
The ſecond ſort was diſcovered by Sir Hans Sloane,
As theſe plants will not have advanced ſo much in who has figured it in his Natural Hiſtory of Jamaica,
their growth as the other, they ſhould remain in the under the following title, Ciſtus urticæ folio, fiore
feed-bed to have another year's growth before they are luteo, vaſculis trigonis, vol. i. p. 202 ; but both theſe
removed, therefore all that will be neceſſary to ob- forts were obſerved by my late friend Dr. William
ſerve the ſecond year is to keep them clean from Houſtoun, in ſeveral parts of America.
weeds; and now they will not be in ſo much danger This fort riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk to the height of
of ſuffering from the warmth of the fun as before, eight or ten feet, ſending out branches on every ſide
therefore will not require ſuch conſtant care to ſhade the whole length; theſe are garniſhed with narrow
them; nor ſhould the watering of them be continued ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are hairy ; they are near
longer than the ſpring, for if the autumn ſhould prove
three inches long, and about three quarters of an inch
dry, it will prevent the plants from ſhooting late, broad, terminating in acute points; they are obtuſely
and harden thoſe ſhoots which were made early in ſawed on their edges, and ſtand upon very ſhort
the year, whereby the plants will be in leſs danger
foot-ſtalks; theſe, when rubbed, emit a diſagreeable
from the early froſts.
odour. The flowers grow from the foot-ſtalks of
After the plants have grown two years in the ſeed-bed,
the leaves, to which they fit very cloſe, having two
they will be ſtrong enough to remove, therefore, in pretty large leafy appendages to their empalements.
the ſpring, juſt at the time when their buds begin to The flowers are of a pale yellow colour, and are
a
com-

TUR
T US
a
a
compoſed of five large oval petals, whoſe tails are tard with under leaves like Cicory, and the upper like
twiſted and join; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort tubu- Thoroughwax.
lar capſules having one cell, which opens at the top 2. TURRITIS (Hirſuta) foliis omnibus hiſpidis, caulinis
with three valves which turn back, and let out the amplexicaulibus. Hort. Cliff. 339. Tower Muffard with
feeds.
all the leaves prickly, and the upper ones embracing the
The firſt fort has a ſhrubby ſtalk like the ſecond, and ſtalk. Eryſimo ſimilis hirſuta, non laciniata alba.
riſes to the ſame height. The branches of this are C. B. P. 101. A hairy plant reſembling Hedge Muſtard,
Nender, and ſtiffer than thoſe of the former. The but the leaves not jagged.
leaves are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, two inches and a half The firſt ſort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of Eng-
long, and an inch and a half broad, rough on their land, upon walls and dry banks; this hath its lower
upper ſide, and of a lucid green ; their under fide leaves much jagged on their edges, and are rough to
has many ſtrong veins, and is of a lighter green ; the touch. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a half high,
they are fawed on their edges, and have longer foot- and are garniſhed with ſmooth grayiſh leaves, two
ſtalks than thoſe of the ſecond ſpecies, and ſtand much inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at
farther afunder on the branches. The flowers fit their baſe, ending in points; theſe embrace the ſtalks
cloſe upon the foot-ſtalks of the leaves, in like man- with their baſe. The upper part of the ſtalk has
ner as the former, but the flowers are larger and of flender branches proceeding from the wings of the
a brighter yellow than thoſe of the former. Theſe leaves, which ſuſtain tufts of ſmall white flowers,
differences remain conſtant, and never alter when having four petals placed in form of a crofs. Theſe
raiſed from ſeeds; ſo that from near thirty years ex- appear in June, and are ſucceeded by long, ſlender,
perience in fowing the feeds, I may pronounce them compreſſed, four-cornered pods, which grow erect
different ſpecies.
cloſe to the ſtalk, and are filled with ſmall feeds which
Theſe plants are eaſily propagated by fowing their ripen in Auguſt
ſeeds on a hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the The ſecond fort grows naturally upon old walls and
plants are come up two inches high, they ſhould be buildings in the northern parts of England; the lower
tranſplanted into ſmall pots, and plunged into a hot- leaves are ſhaped like thoſe of the Daily, but are rough.
bed of tanners bark, obſerving to water and ſhade The ſtalks riſe eight or ten inches high, which are
them until they have taken root ; after which they garniſhed with oval leaves, whoſe baſes embrace the
muſt be treated as hath been directed for the Guavas, ſtalks; they are as rough as the lower leaves. The
and other tender plants from the ſame countries, to upper part of the ſtalks branch into ſlender ſtalks,
which the reader is deſired to turn to avoid repetition. which ſuſtain ſhort ſpikes of white flowers like thoſe
The ſeeds of theſe plants will often fall into the pots of the former fort, which are ſucceeded by ſlender
which are placed near them in the ſtove, which will pods having four corners, which are ſhorter than thoſe
grow, and
ſoon furniſh plants enough, after a perſon of the firſt fort. This plant flowers earlier than the
is once poffefſed of them. As they are too tender to firſt, and the ſeeds are ripe in July.
live in the open air in England, they muſt be placed Theſe plants are ſometimes kept in gardens for the
in the bark-bed in the ſtove, where, during the winter fake of variety ; but if their feeds are 1cattered upon
ſeaſon, they muſt be kept warın and frequently water- an old wall or building, in autumn, foon after they
ed; but in the ſummer ſeaſon, they muſt have a great are ripe, the plants will come up and thrive without
ſhare of air, otherwiſe they will draw up tender, and farther care, and their feeds will ſcatter on the walls
not produce many flowers.
and ſpread, ſo there will be no danger of the plants
When the plants are grown pretty large, they may be maintaining the fituation, if they are not purpoſely
treated more hardily, by placing them in the dry ſtove; deſtroyed.
where, if they are kept in a moderate degree of heat, The other ſpecies are referred to Arabis, Braffica,
they will thrive and flower very well. Thoſe who and Hefperis, under which articles they will be found.
would ſave the ſeeds of theſe plants, muſt watch them TUSSIL AGO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 487. tab. 276.
carefully, becauſe, when they are ripe, they foon fcat- Lin. Gen. Plant. 856. Colt’s-foot.
ter if they are not gathered.
The CHARACTERS are,
Theſe plants produce their flowers great part of the The flower has one common cylindrical empalement, whoſe
year, if they are kept in a proper degree of warmth, Scales are linear, Spear-ſhaped, and equal. The flower is
ſo that there are ſome of the flowers in beauty for at made up of hermaphrodite florers, which compoſe the diſk,
leaſt nine or ten months, which renders the plants and female half florets which form the rays or border.
more valuable.
The hermaphrodite fiorets are funnel-ſhaped, and cut ot
TURNSOLE. See HELIOTROPIUM.
the brim into five ſegments; theſe have five bort hair-like
TURRITIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 223. Dillen. Gen. Stamina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits; and a fort
Nov. 6. Lin. Gen. Plant. 733. Tower Muſtard. crowned germen ſupporting a fiender style, crowned by a
The CHARACTERS are,
thick ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
The empalement of the flower is compoſed of four oblong compreſſed ſeed, crowned with a hairy down. The female
oval leaves, which are erect, and cloſe together. The half forets are ſtretched out on one ſide with a narrow
flower has four oblong, oval, entire petals, placed in form tongue-Shaped ſegment; theſe have no ſtamine, but have
of a croſs, and fix ere&t awl-Shaped ſtamina the length of a ſhort crowned germen, which turns to a ſeed like those of
the tube, two of which are ſhorter than the other, termi- the hermaphrodite florets, which ripen in the empalement.
nated by ſingle ſummits, and a taper germen a little com- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond fection
preſſed, having no ſtyle, but is crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes those
The germen afterward becomes a long four-cornered pod plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
with two cells, which are divided by an intermediate par- and female forets, which are all fruitful.
tition opening with two valves, and filled with ſmall, round
The SPECIES are,
iſh indented ſeed.
1. TUSSILAGO (Farfara) fcapo imbricato uniforo, foliis
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection fubcordatis, angulatis denticulatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff
of Linnæus’s fifteenth claſs, which contains the plants 411. Coltºs-foot with an imbricated ſtalk becring one
whoſe flowers have four long and two ſhorter ſtamina, flower, and angular indented leaves which are nearly heart-
and the ſeeds are included in long pods.
Shaped. Tuſſilago vulgaris. C. B. P. 197. Common
The SPECIES are,
Coltºs-foot.
1. Turritis (Glabra) foliis radicalibus dentatis hiſpidis, 2. TUSSILAGO ( Arandria) fcapo unifloro, ſubſquamofo
caulinis integerrimis amplexicaulibus glabris. Hort. erecto, foliis lyrato ovatis. Lin. Sp. 865. Coltºs-foot
Cliff. 339. Tower Muſtard with hiſpid lower leaves which with one flower on each ſtalk, and ovel lyre-ſhaped leaves.
are indented, and the upper ones ſmooth, entire, and em- Tuſſilago ſcapo unifloro, calyce clauſo. Hort. Upfal.
bracing the ſtalk. Turritis foliis inferioribus cichora- 259. Colt's-foot with one flower on each ſtalk, and a cloſed
ceis cæteris perfoliatæ. Tourn. Inft. 224. Tower Muf-
empalement.
3. Tus-

T US
T Y P
3. TUSSILAGO (Alpina) fcapo ſubnudo uniforo, foliis low perennial plant, whoſe leaves are round, and in
cordato-orbiculatis crenatis. Hort. Cliff. 411. Colts- dented at the foot-ſtalk in form of a heart, and their
foot with an almoſt naked ſtalk bearing one flower, and or- edges are crenated; their upper ſurface is ſmooth, and
bicular, heart-shaped, crenated leaves. Tuſſilago Alpina of a bright green colour ; their under fides are a little
rotundifolia glabra. C. B. P. 197. Round-leaved downy and whitiſh; their foot-ſtalks ariſe from the
ſmooth Coltºs-foot of the Alps.
ground, and are three inches long. The foot-ſtalks
The firſt of theſe forts is very common in watery of the flowers which ariſe from the root are four
places in almoſt every part of England, and is rarely inches long, woolly, and ſuſtain one purpliſh flower
kept in gardens ; for the roots creep under ground, at the top, which is made up of hermaphrodite and
and increaſe ſo faſt, that in a ſhort time they will female florets, like thoſe of the other forts.
ſpread over a large ſpot of ground. This plant is ſo The two laſt are frequently kept in gardens for the
well known as to need no deſcription.
fake of variety; they are eaſily propagated by parting
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this is a their roots in autumn, and muſt be planted in a moiſt
very low plant, whoſe leaves grow cloſe to the ground; ſhady border, where they will thrive, and require no
they are of an oval form, and indented on the ſides farther care but to keep them clean from weeds.
like a lute. The flowers ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks | TYPHA. Cat's-tail, or Reed-mace.
which riſe between the leaves, and are three or four Of this there are two ſpecies, which grow naturally in
inches long, each ſuſtaining one flower at the top, of ſtanding waters in many parts of England, one with
a dirty purpliſh colour. Theſe appear early in the broad, the other with narrow leaves; but as theſe
ſpring, and are ſucceeded by downy feeds which ri- plants will not live in dry ground, ſo it will be to no
pen in June.
purpoſe to trouble the reader farther about them.
The third ſort grows naturally on the Alps ; this is a
a
V.
V
و
V AC
V AC
ACCARIA. See SAPONARIA.
Whortle-berries with Myrtle leaves, and ſmall depending
VACCINIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 434. flowers.
Vitis. Idæa. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 607. tab. 4. VACCINIUM (Hiſpidulum) foliis integerrimis revolutis
377. The Bill-berry, Whortle-berry, or ovatis, caulibus repentibus, filiformibus, hiſpidis.
Cran-berry; in French, Airelle, or Myrtille.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 352. Whortle-berries with oval entire
The CHARACTERS are,
leaves turning back, and a ſlender, creeping, briſtly ſtalk.
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement ſitting upon Vitis Idæa paluſtris Virginiana, fructu majore. Raii
the germen ; it is bell-ſhaped, of one petal, which is ſlightly Hift. 685. Marſh Virginia Whorts with a larger fruit.
cut into four ſegments at the brim, which turn backward ; 5. VACCINIUM (Oxycoccos) foliis integerrimis revolutis
it has eight ſtamina, which are terminated by horned ſum- ovatis, caulibus repentibus filiformis nudis. Lin. Sp.
mits having two awns on their backſide which Spread Plant. 351. Whortle-berries with oval, entire, refiexed
.
aſunder; the points open. The germen is ſituated below leaves, and naked, Nender, creeping ſtalks. Oxycoccus
the flower, ſupporting a ſingle ſtyle longer than the ſtamina, ſeu vaccinia paluſtris. J. B. 1. p. 525. Whortle-berries,
crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma ; it afterward turns to an Moſs-berries, or Moor-berries ; by some called Cran-
umbilicated globular berry with four cells, containing a few berries.
ſmall ſeeds.
The firſt fort grows very common upon large wild
This genus is placed in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's heaths in many parts of England, but is never culti-
eighth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers vated in gardens, it being with great difficulty tranſ-
have eight ſtamina and one ſtyle.
planted; nor will it thrive long when it is removed
1. VACCINIUM (Myrtillus) pedunculis unifloris, foliis thither, for from many trials which I have made, by
ovatis ferratis deciduis, caule angulato. Flor. Lapp. taking up the plants at different ſeaſons with balls of
143. Whortle-berry with one flower upon each foot- earth to their roots and planting them in gardens, I
ſtalk, ovel ſawed leaves which fall off in winter, and an could never ſucceed ſo as to preſerve the plants above
angular ſtalk. Vitis Idæa foliis oblongis crenatis, fructu two years, and thoſe never produced any fruit, ſo that
nigricante. C. B. P. 470. Black Whorts, Whortle-ber- it is not worth the trouble of cultivating.
ries, or Bill-berries.
The fruit of this ſort is gathered by the poor inha-
2. VACCINIUM (Vitis Idea) racemis terminalibus, nu- bitants of thoſe villages which are ſituated in the neigh-
tantibus, foliis obovatis revolutis integerrimis ſubtus bourhood of their growth, and carried to the market-
punctatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 351. Whortle-berry with towns. Theſe are by ſome eaten with cream or milk;
nodding branches of flowers terminating the branches, and they are alſo put into tarts, and much efteemed by the
ovel leaves which are entire, turned back, and punctured on people in the north, but they are feldom brought to
their under ſide. Vitis Idæa foliis fubrotundis non London. The ſhrub on which theſe grow riſes about
crenatis, baccis rubris. C. B. P. 470. Red Whorts, or two feet high, having many ſtems, which are garniſhed
Whortle-berries.
with oblong leaves, ſhaped like thoſe of the Box-tree,
3
VACCINIUM (Penſylvanica) foliis ovatis mucronatis, but ſomewhat longer, and are a little fawed on their
floribus alaribus nutantibus. Whortle-berries with oval- edges. The flowers are ſhaped like thoſe of the Ar-
pointed leaves, and nodding flowers proceeding from the butus, or Strawberry-tree, of a greeniſh white co-
wings of the ſtalks. Vitis Idæa myrtinis foliis, flofcu- lour, changing to a dark red toward the top. The
lis dependentibus. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 321. fig. 4. fruit are about the ſize of large Juniper-berries, and
of
13 P

V AC
V AL
a
و
of a deep purple colour, having a fue upon them when Germany and Hungary, and ſeveral of the northern
they are untouched, like the blue Plums, which rub parts of America, from whence thoſe large fruit are
off with handling
brought to England, which are uſed by the paſtry-
The ſecond fort is of much humbler growth, ſeldom cooks of London, during the winter ſeaſon for tarts;
riſing above fix or eight inches high. The leaves of but, as all theſe forts naturally grow upon ſwamps
this fort are ſo like that of the Dwarf Box, as that, at and bogs, they are not eaſy to tranſplant into gardens, ,
a diſtance, the plants are often taken for it, even by ſo as to thrive or produce fruit, therefore there can
perſons of ſkill. This is an evergreen ſhrub, which be little hopes of cultivating them to advantage.
grows upon moory ground in ſeveral parts of the VALANTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1151. Cruciata.
North, but it is full as difficult to tranſplant into gar- Tourn. Inft. 115. Croſſwort.
dens as the other fort; though I have been aſſured by The CHARACTERS are,
perſons of credit, that they have ſeen this fort planted It hath hermaphrodite ſolitary flowers in the place of the
to make edgings to the borders of the gardens in Nor-
germen, of one leaf, cut into four ovci acute ſegments, and
way and Sweden, where the plants may grow much four ſtamina as long as the petals, terminated by ſmall
better, from the cold of thoſe climes, than they will ſummits, with a large germen ſupporting a ſlender Style
do in England, for this is a native of very cold coun- the length of the ſtamina, crowned by headed ftigmas; the
tries. I have ſeveral times received plants of this fort empalement afterward becomes a thick compreſſed capſule,
from Greenland, by the whale ſhips. The berries of containing one globular ſeed.
this fort are red, and have a more agreeable acid Ala- This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
your than thoſe of the firſt fort. This fruit is fre
Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, intitled Polygamia Mo-
quently ufed for tarts in feveral of the northern coun- næcia, which includes thoſe plants which have male,
tries, where the plants grow wild upon the moors. female, and hermaphrodite flowers on the ſame plant.
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia and other
The SPECIES are,
parts of North America; this has a low ſhrubby ſtalk I. VALANTIA (Hiſpida) floribus mafculis trifidis herma-
like the ſecond; the leaves are ſmall, oval, pointed, phroditici germini hifpido inſidentibus. Lin. Sp. 1490.
and not unlike ſome ſorts of Myrtle; they continue Valantia with three male flowers ſitting on the hiſpid ger-
green all the year; the flowers come out from the
men of the hermaphrodite flowers. Aparine femine Co-
wings of the leaves at every joint; their foot-ſtalks riandri faccharati. Park. Theat. 576. Gooſe-graſs like
are pretty long, and nod downward; they ſuſtain but
a Coriander comfit.
one flower; they are ſmall, white, and are ſucceeded | 2. VALANTIA (Muralis) floribus maſculis trifidis herma-
by ſmall red berries which ſeldom ripen here.
phroditici germini glabro inſidentibus. Sauv. Moníp.
The fourth ſort grows naturally in marſhy grounds in 162. Volantia with three male flowers fitting on the
moſt parts of North America. The ſtalks of this are ſmooth germen of the bermaphrodite. Cruciata muralis
flender, imbricated, and trail upon the ground; the minima Romana. Col. Ecphr. 1. p. 298.
ſcales are briſtly; the leaves are oval, entire, and 3. VALANTIA (Aperina) floribus maſculis trifidis pedi-
their edges turn backward; the flowers come out from cillatis hermaphroditici pedunculo infidentibus. Hort.
the wings of the ſtalk; they are of an herbaceous Upfal. 302. Valantia with trifid male flowers ſitting one
white colour, and in their native ſoil are ſucceeded the foot-ſtalks of the hermaphrodite flowers. Aparine fe-
by large red berries, but in England the fruit never mine lævi. Vaill. Parif. 18. Gooſe-graſs with a ſmooth
comes to perfection.
ſeed.
The plants of this ſort are difficult to preſerve in Eng- 4. VALANTIA (Articulata) fioribus maſculis quadrifidis,
land, for they require a mooriſh boggy foil, which pedunculis dichotomis nudis foliis cordatis. Hort.
ſhould be covered with Moſs, and conſtantly kept Upſal. 303. Valantia with male flowers which are qua-
wet, otherwiſe they will not thrive.
drifid, the knots of the forked ſtalks naked, and heart-
The fifth fort produces long ſlender branches not Shaped leaves.
bigger than thread, which trail upon the moſſy bogs, 5. VALANTIA (Cruciata) floribus maſculis quadrifidis,
ſo are often hid by the Moſs. The branches are thin- pedunculis diphyllis. Hort. Upfal. 303. Valantia with
ly garniſhed with ſmall leaves, about the fize and quadrifid male flowers, whoſe foot-ſtalks have two leaves.
ſhape of thoſe of Thyme, having their upper ſurface Cruciata hirſuta. C. B. P. 335. Hairy Croſſwort.
of a ſhining green colour, but are white underneath. Theſe plants are feldom cultivated except in botanic
The flowers are generally produced toward the extre- gardens for variety. The four forts firſt mentioned
mity of the ſhoots, which are in ſhape like thofe of the are trailing annual plants ; if theſe are permitted to
former forts, but are ſmaller, and of a red colour; fcatter their feeds in autumn, the plants will come up,
theſe grow upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks, and are fuc- and require no farther care but to thin them, and
ceeded by round, red, ſpotted berries, of a ſharp acid keep them clean from weeds.
flavour, which are much eſteemed by the inhabitants The fourth fort is an abiding plant; this grows natu-
of the places riear the bogs where they grow. Some rally in many parts of England; the roots are yellow,
uſe them for tarts, and others eat them with milk or
and ſpread greatly in the ground; the ſtalks have four
leaves at each joint, placed in form of a croſs; the
This ſort is a native of bogs, therefore cannot by any flowers are yellow, fitting in whorls round the ſtalks.
art be propagated upon dry land; but where there It is ſometimes uſed in medicine, but is generally ga-
are natural bogs, the plants may be taken up care- thered in places where it grows naturally.
fully, preſerving ſome of the foil to their roots, and VALERIAN A. Tourn. Inft
. R. H. 131. tab. 52.
tranſplanted into the bogs in the autumn; and if they Lin. Gen. Plant. 43. Valerian.
are once fixed in the place, they will ſpread and pro-
The CHARACTERS are,
pagate themſelves in great plenty, and require no far- The flower has a ſmall empalement; it has one tubulous
ther care.
petal cut into five ſegments at the brim, with a gibbous
The two ſorts firſt mentioned alſo propagate very faſt honey gland on the inſide ; it has three ſmall, ereti, awl-
by their creeping roots, ſo that when they are fixed Maped ſtamina the length of the petals, terminated by
in a proper foil, they will ſoon overſpread the ground, roundiſh ſummits. The germen is ſituated under the flower,
for the heaths, upon which they naturally grow, are ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle crowned by a thick ſtigmo; it af-
generally covered with the plants. The firſt ſort grows terward turns to a crowned capſule which falls off, in
with the Heath, their roots intermixing together, and which is lodged a ſingle ſeed.
frequently is found upon ſandy heaths in divers parts This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
of England; but the ſecond ſort grows only upon Linnæus's third claſs, which contains thoſe plants
mooriſh land, where, by its creeping roots, the ground whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and one ſtyle.
is foon covered with the plants.
The SPECIES are,
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of 1. VALERIANA (Phu) foribus triandris, foliis caulinis
which are natives of Spain and Portugal, others of pinnatis, radicalibus indiviſis. Hort. Upſal. 13. Vale-
a
cream.
a
a
و
rian

VAL
VAL
3
4.
7.
rian with flowers having three fi amina, winged leaves to
the fialks, and thoſe at the root undivided. Valeriana
hortenlis. Dod. Pempt. 342. Garden Valerian.
2. VALERIANA (Officinalis) foribus triandris, foliis om-
nibus pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 15. Valerian with three
ftamina to the flowers, and all the leaves winged. Vale-
riana ſylveſtris major. C. B. P. 164. Greater wild Va-
lerian.
3. VALERIANA (Rubra) floribus monandris caudatis,
foliis lanceolatis integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 15. Valerian
with flowers having tails, one ſtamina, and ſpear-ſhaped
entire leaves. Valeriana rubra. C. B. P. 165. Red
Valerian.
VALERIANA (Anguſtifolia) Aoribus monandris cauda-
tis, foliis linearibus integerrimis. Valerian with tailed
flowers having one ſtamina, and linear entire leaves.
Valeriana rubra anguſtifolia. C. B. P. 165. Narrow-
leaved red Valerian.
5. VALERIANA (Calcitrapa) floribus monandris, foliis
pinnatifidis. Hort. Upfal. 14. Valerian with flowers
having one ſtamina and wing-pointed leaves. Valeriana
foliis calcitrapæ. C. B. P. 164. Valerian with leaves
like thoſe of the Star-thiſtle.
6. VALERIANA (Pyrenaica) floribus triandris, foliis cau-
linis cordatis ferratis petiolatis, fummis ternatis. Hort.
Cliff. 15. Valerian with three ſtamina to the flowers, and
heart-shaped ſawed leaves growing on foot-ſtalks, placed
by threes at the top. Valeriana maxima Pyrenaica, ca-
liæ folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 131. The largeſt Pyre-
nean Valerian with a foreign Coltºs-foot leaf.
VALERIANA (Celtica) floribus triandris, foliis ovato-
oblongis obtufis integerrimis. Lin. Mat. Med. 23.
Valerion with three ſtamina to the flowers, and oblong,
oval, blunt, entire leaves. Nardus Celtica. J. B. 3. p.
205. Celtic Nard.
8. VALERIANA (Siberica) foribus tetrandis æqualibus,
foliis pinnatifidis, feminibus paleâ ovali adnatis. Hort.
Upfal. 13. Valerian with four equal ſtamina to the flowers,
wing-pointed leaves, and ſeeds faſtened by an oval buſk.
Valeriana lutea humilis. Amman. Ruth. 18. Low yel-
low Valerian.
VALERIANA (Locufta) floribus triandris caule dicho-
tomo, foliis linearibus. Flor. Suec. 32. Valerian with
a forked ſtalk and linear leaves. Valeriana arvenſis, præ-
cox humilior, ſemine compreffo. Mor. Umb. 53.
Corn-fallad or Lamb's-lettuce.
10. VALERIANA (Veficaria) caule dichotomo, foliis lan-
ceolatis ſerratis, calycibus inflatis. Hort. Cliff. 16. Va-
lerian with a forked ſtalk, Spear-faped ſawed leaves,
and ſwollen empalements. Valerianelle Cretica, fructu
veſicario. Tourn. Cor. 6. Candia Lamb's-lettuce with a
bladder fruit.
II. VALERIANA (Coronata) caule dichotomo, foliis lan-
ceolatis dentatis, fructu fexdentato. Hort. Cliff. 16.
Valerion with a forked ſtalk, Spear-ſhaped indented leaves,
and a fruit having fix indentures. Valerianella ſemine
ftellato. C. B. P.165. Lamb's-lettuce with a ſtarry fruit.
12. VALERIANA (Cornucopia) foribus diandris ringenti-
bus, foliis ovatis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 15. Valerian
with a ringent flower having two ſtamina, and oval leaves
ſet cloſe to the ſtalk. Valerianella cornucopoides, flore
galeato. Mor. Umb. Lamb's-lettuce with a helmet flower
like thoſe of the Cornucopia.
There are ſeveral other ſpecies of this genus, ſome of
which grow naturally in England, and others in dif-
ferent parts of Europe ; but as they are ſeldom cul-
tivated in gardens, they are omitted, left the work
ſhould ſwell too much beyond its intended bulk.
The firſt of theſe forts grows naturally in Alſatia, but
is propagated in England for medicinal uſe, and is
called in the ſhops by the name of Phu, to diſtinguiſh
it from the Mountain Valerian, which is alſo uſed in
medicine, and is preferred to all the other forts by
the modern phyſicians ; though the roots of this firſt
are ſtill continued in ſome of the capital medicines,
and are by ſome eſteemed equal in virtue, if not fu-
perior, to the wild fort.
This hath thick, fleſhy, jointed roots, which ſpread
near the ſurface of the ground in a very irregular
manner, croſſing each other, and inatting together by
their ſmaller fibres; theſe have a very ſtrong ſcent,
eſpecially when dry. The lower leaves, which riſe
immediately from the root, are many of them entire ;
others are divided into three, five, or feven obtuſe
lobes; they are of a pale green colour and ſmooth.
The ſtalks riſe three or four feet high ; they are hol-
low, and ſend out branches from their ſide by pairs,
and are garniſhed with winged leaves, placed oppo-
ſite at each joint, which are compoſed of four or five
pair of long narrow lobes terminated by an odd one.
The ſtalks, and alſo the branches, are terminated by
flowers diſpoſed in form of an umbel; they are ſmall,
tubulous, white, and cut ſlightly at the brim into
five parts ; theſe appear in May and June, and are
ſucceeded by oblong flat feeds having a downy crown.
This plant is propagated by parting of its roots, either
in the ſpring or autumn, but the latter is much pre-
ferable to the former, which ſhould be planted in beds
of freſh dry earth, about two feet aſunder, for they com-
monly ſpread and multiply very faſt. If the ſeaſon is
dry, you muſt water the plants until they have taken
root; after which they will require no further care,
but to keep them clean from weeds; and in autumn,
when their leaves are decayed, the roots ſhould be ta-
ken up and dried for uſe.
The ſecond fort is generally found upon dry chalky
foils in ſhady places, in divers parts of England. The
roots of this, which grow wild upon ſuch foils, are
much preferable to thoſe of the ſame kind which are
cultivated in gardens; which is alſo the fame of all the
forts of aromatic plants, when gathered from their na-
tive places of growth, where they are ſmaller, but
have a ſtronger flavour.
The roots of this plant are compoſed of long fleſhy
fibres which are ſlender, and unite in heads. All the
leaves of this ſort are winged; thoſe at the bottom
are compoſed of broader lobes than thoſe on the ſtalks,
and are notched on their edges; they are compoſed of
fix or ſeven pair of lobes terminated by an an odd one;
theſe end in acute points, and are hairy. The ſtalks,
in their natural ſituation, ſeldom grow much more
than a foot high; but, when the roots are cultivated
in a garden, they grow more than twice that height;
theſe are channelled, hollow, hairy, and are garniſhed
at each joint with two winged leaves placed oppoſite,
whoſe lobes are very narrow and almoſt entire. At
the upper part of the ſtalk comes out two ſmall ſide
branches oppoſite; theſe, and alſo the principal ftalk,
are terminated by cluſters of flowers formed into a
kind of umbel, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the
firſt fort, but are ſmaller, and have a tinge of purple
on their outſide. It flowers about the ſame time with
the firſt fort.
This plant may alſo be propagated by parting the
roots either in ſpring or autumn, as was directed for
the firſt fort, but you ſhould always obſerve to plant
them upon a dry, freſh, undunged foil, in which,
though the roots will not make near fo great progreſs
as in a rich moiſt ſoil, yet they will be much prefera-
able to them for uſe. Theſe roots ſhould alſo be ta-
ken up when the leaves decay in autumn, and pre-
ſerved dry until uſed.
The third ſort grows naturally in rough ſtony places
in the ſouth of France, and in Italy, but has been long
cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for ornament.
The roots of this fort are ligneous, and as thick as a
man's finger, ſpreading out on every fide very wide.
The ſtalks riſe about three feet high ; they are round,
ſmooth, of a grayiſh colour, and hollow; theſe are
garniſhed at each joint with ſmooth ſpear-ſhaped
leaves near three inches long and one broad, drawing
to a point at each end ; they are generally placed by
pairs, but ſometimes there are three at the ſame joint
ſtanding round the ſtalk. The upper part of the ſtalk
ſends out branches by pairs, which, with the princi-
pal ſtalk, are terminated with red flowers growing in
cluſters, which have long tubes, cut into five parts at
the top, and from the tube is ſent out a ſpur or heel
like the flowers of Larkſpur. It flowers moſt part of
ſummer, and the feeds ripen accordingly in ſucceſſion ;
4
there
a
9.

V A L
V A L
a
3
a
a
the ſame way.
3
theſe have a down, by which they are tranſported to a
good diſtance
There is a variety of this with white flowers, and one
with pale feth-coloured flowers, but they do not differ
in any other reſpect.
It is eaſily propagated by parting of the roots in au-
tumn, or by fowing of the feeds foon after they are
ripe, in a ſhady border, where the plants will fome-
times come up the ſame autumn, eſpecially if the
ſeaſon proves moiſt, otherwiſe they will not appear
till the following ſpring. When theſe are fit to remove,
they ſhould be tranſplanted into beds at about nine
inches or a foot aſunder, obſerving to water them till
they have taken new root; after which they will re-
quire no farther care but to keep them clear from
weeds, and in autumn they muſt be tranſplanted where
they are to remain.
Theſe plants grow large, therefore ſhould have room,
ſo are not proper furniture for ſmall gardens. When
the ſeeds of theſe plants light on joints of old walls
or buildings, the plants will come up, and thrive
as well as in the ground, and will continue much
longer, ſo the ſeeds may be ſcattered between the
ſtones of grottos and ſuch like buildings, where the
plants will flower from May till the froſt ſtops them,
and will make a good appearance.
The fourth fort grows about Montpelier, and upon
Mount Baldus in Italy. The root of this is ligneous,
but not ſo large as that of the former fort; the ſtalks
riſe two feet high or better, and branch out on each
fide from the root to within fix inches of the top;
theſe are garniſhed with leaves which are three or four
inches long, but are as narrow as thoſe of Flax. The
upper part of the ſtalk is naked, and terminated by a
compact cluſter of bright red flowers ſhaped like thoſe
of the former fort, but ſmaller. This fowers about
the ſame time as the laſt, and may be propagated in
The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal ;
it is an annual plant, which periſhes ſoon after the ſeeds
are ripe. The lower leaves, which ſpread on the
ground, are cut into many obtufe ſegments; the ſtalks,
when the plants are in good ground, will riſe near a
foot and a half high, but upon dry ftony ſoils not half
ſo high, and when they grow out of the joints of old
walls, not more than three inches high ; theſe are hol-
low, ſmooth, and round, ſending out branches by
pairs from the upper joints; they are garniſhed with
wing-pointed leaves, whoſe lobes or ſegments are very
The ſtalk and branches are terminted by
tufts of flowers ſhaped like thoſe of the Garden Vale-
rian, but are ſmaller, and have a felh-coloured tinge
at the top. The ſeeds have a down, which helps to
ſpread them, ſo it propagates without care.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains ; this has a fibrous perennial root, from
which come out many heart-ſhaped leaves, ſtanding
upon foot-ſtalks more than a foot in length. The
leaves are four inches over each way; they are bluntly
ſawed on their edges, of a bright green on their upper
ſide, and ſmooth, but their under ſide is pale, and a
little hairy. The ſtalks riſe three feet high; they are
hollow, channelled, and ſend out branches oppoſite
toward the top, and are garniſhed with leaves placed
oppoſite, which are ſhaped like thoſe below, but are
a little pointed; and frequently at the top there are
three leaves placed round the ſtalks, ſtanding upon
ſhort foot-ſtalks. The ſtalk and branches are termi-
nated by pale fleſh-coloured flowers, diſpoſed in form
of umbels, which have very ſhort ſpurs or heels. It
flowers in June, and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt, which
are crowned with down, whereby they are tranſported
to a diſtance.
This plant delights in ſhade and a moiſt foil; it may
be propagated by fowing of the feeds on a ſhady bor-
der foon after they are ripe, and when the plants
come up, they ſhould be treated in the ſame way as
is before directed for the third fort.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally upon the Alps and Sy-
rian Mountains; this was ſent me by Dr. Allione from
Turin, who gathered it on the Alps near that place ;
it is a very humble plant. The ſtalks trail upon the
ground among the Moſs, and put out roots at their
joints, which iwell into knobs or tubers.
The leaves are oblong, oval, and entire; the flower-
ſtalks riſe three or four inches high, and are garniſhed
with two or three pair of ſmall oval leaves; the
flowers are ſmall, of a pale incarnate colour, and are
formed in a looſe ſpike fitting very cloſe to the ſtalk.
It flowers in June, but does not produce feeds here.
This plant is difficult to preſerve in gardens, for it na-
turally grows upon rocky mountains which are co-
vered with Moſs, where the ſnow continues fix or fe-
ven months, ſo it requires a very cold fituation and
a ftony foil.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Siberia; this is a
biennial plant, which flowers and produces feeds the
ſecond year and then decays. The leaves of this
are winged; the lobes of the lower leaves are oblong,
oval, and end in roundiſh points; the ſtalks riſe a foot
high, and are garniſhed with leaves compoſed of four
or five pair of lobes, terminated by a broad one, which
is cut into three or five points. The lobes of theſe
are acute-pointed; theſe leaves are placed by pairs,
and fit cloſe to the ſtalks ; they are ſmooth, and of
a pale yellowiſh colour. The upper part of the ſtalk
has two pair of branches; the lower pair are near
three inches long, but the upper are not half that
length : thefe, and alſo the principal ftalk, are termi-
nated by bright yellow flowers collected in a ſort of
umbel, which are ſhaped like thoſe of the firſt fort.
It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn; it
is propagated by feeds, which ſhould be fown where
the plants are to remain ; this may be performed either
in autumn, ſoon after they are ripe, or in the ſpring;
they have ſucceeded with me equally at both ſeaſons.
When the plants come up, they muſt be thinned
where they are too cloſe, and kept clean from weeds,
which is all the culture they require.
The ninth fort is is the common Corn-fallad which is
cultivated in gardens, but is found growing naturally
upon arable land among the Corn in many parts of
England ; this is an annual plant, which dies when it
has perfected its ſeeds. The lower leaves of this are
oblong, and broad at their points, which are rounded,
and narrowed at their baſe, where they embrace each
other; theſe are from three quarters of an inch to two
inches long, in proportion to the goodneſs of the ground.
From between the leaves ariſes an angular ſtalk, from
three to eight or nine inches high, which divides
into two branches which ſpread from each other, and
theſe both divide again into two other in like manner.
The ſtalks are garniſhed with leaves ſhaped like thoſe
at the bottom, but are ſmaller ; theſe are placed by
pairs at each joint. The branches are terminated by
cluſters of white flowers, ſhaped like thoſe of the other
ſpecies, which are ſucceeded by pretty large roundiſh
feeds a little compreſſed on one fide. It flowers in June,
а
and the ſeeds ripen in Auguſt, which are very apt to
drop before they have changed colour.
It is propagated as a fallad herb for the ſpring, but
having a ſtrong taſte which is not agreeable to many
palates, it is not ſo much in uſe as it was for-
merly: it is propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
ſown in autumn on the ſpot where they are to grow
for uſe. If they are ſown the latter end of Auguſt, the
firſt rains will bring up the plants ; theſe ſhould be
hoed to thin them where they are too cloſe, and to de-
ſtroy the weeds. Early in the ſpring the plants will
be fit for uſe. The younger the plants are when
uſed, the lefs ſtrong will be their taſte, ſo they may
ſupply the table in a ſcarcity of other herbs. When
the feeds of this fort are fown in the ſpring, if the
ſeaſon proves dry, the plants will not appear till au-
tumn or the ſpring following ; beſides, in ſummer the
herb is not fit for uſe. I have known the ſeeds of this
plant lie in the ground many years when they have
happened to be buried deep, and upon being turned
up to the air, the plants will come up as thick as if
the ſeeds had been newly fown.
There
a
و
narrow.
a
a
و
a

V AN
V AN
a
3
a
There are two other ſpecies of this which grow na-
turally in England, but as they are ſeldom admit-
ted into gardens, I have not enumerated them ; theſe
are by ſome ſuppoſed to be only accidental varieties,
but I have fown them all ſeveral years, and have ne-
ver found either of them alter.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Candia ; this is an
annual plant, whoſe ſtalks riſe fix or eight inches high,
and divide by pairs like the former. The leaves are
much narrower than thoſe of the former, end in acute
points, and are fawed on their edges; the flowers are
like thoſe of the former fort, but have a ſwollen blad-
der empalement which incloſes the ſeeds.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Italy. The
leaves at bottom are three or four inches long, round-
pointed, and deeply notched on their edges; the ſtalk
riſes near a foot high, ſending out branches by pairs
from the joints below; the upper part divides by
pairs in the ſame manner as the two former. The
Howers are collected in globular heads; they are of
an herbaceous white colour, and are ſucceeded by
ſtarry fruit having fix indentures. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft; this and the former
fort are ſuppoſed to be only varieties ariſing from the
ſame ſeeds, but I have fown them more than forty
years, and have not obſerved either of them vary.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the arable fields
in Sicily and Spain; this is an annual plant. The
ftalks are pretty thick, channelled, and of a purpliſh
colour; they riſe eight or nine inches high, and are
garniſhed by oval ſmooth leaves placed by pairs at
each joint, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalks; they are an
inch and a half long, and an inch broad, of a lucid
green. From each ſide of the ſtalk ſprings out flen-
der branches, but the upper part divides into two
ſpreading branches like the other. The joints are
ſwelling, and theſe branches divide again by pairs ;
theſe are terminated by cluſters of red flowers, ſhaped
like thoſe of the red Valerian, but larger ; they have
two leaves cloſe under the bunches, embracing the
ftalks with their baſe. When the flowers are paſt, the
fruit ſtretches out in ſhape of a cornucopia or horn of
plenty. The flowers appear in June, and the ſeeds
ripen in autumn.
Theſe three forts are propagated by feeds, which
ſhould be ſown in autumn where the plants are to re-
main. When theſe come up, they will require no
other culture but to thin them where they are too
cloſe, and keep them clean from weeds. The plants
which riſe in autumn, will live through the winter,
and come early to flower the following ſummer, ſo
will produce good feeds; whereas thoſe which riſe in
the ſpring, do not ripen their feeds unleſs the ſeaſon
proves warm.
VALERIANA GRZEC A. See POLEMONIUM.
VALERINELLA. See VALERIANA.
VANILLA. Plum. Gen. Nov. 25. tab. 28. Epiden-
drum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 907.
The CHARACTERS are,
It has a ſingle ſtalk. The flowers are included in ſheaths,
which are diſtant from each other; they fit upon the ger-
men, and have no empalement ; they have five oblong pe-
tals which ſpread open very wide, and turbinated nexta-
riums, whoſe baſes ore tubulous, ſituated on the back ſide
of the petals in the middle; their brims are oblique and bi-
fid; the upper lip is ſhort and trifid; the under one runs
out in a long point; they have two very ſhort ſtamina fit-
ting upon the pointal, and the ſummits are faſtened to the
upper lip of the nectarium ; they have a long, ſlender,
contorted germen ſituated under the flower, ſupporting a
short ſtyle faſtened to the upper lip of the nectarium, crown-
ed by an obſolete ſtigma. The germen afterward becomes a
long, taper, fleſhy pod, including many ſmall ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
of Linnæus's twentieth claſs, which includes thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have two ſtamina which are con-
nected with the ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. VANILLA (Mexicana) foliis oblongo-ovatis mucrona-
tis, nervoſis, foribus alternis. Vanilla with oblong,
oval, acute-pointed, veined leaves, and flowers grocita
ing alternately. Volubilis filiquoſa Mexicana, plan-
taginis folio. Cat. Car. 3. p. 7. Mexican Climber having
pods, and a Plantain leaf.
2. VANILLA (Axillaribus) foliis oblongis obtufis, com-
preffis articulatis, floribus alaribus. Vanilla with ob-
long, blunt, compreſſed, jointed leaves, and flowers pro-
ceeding from the ſides of the ſtalks.
The firſt fort is that which the Spaniards cultivate in
the Weſt-Indies, which we ſhall deſcribe hereafter.
The ſecond fort was ſent me from Carthagena in
New Spain, where it grows naturally, this has a
climbing ſtalk, which ſends out roots from the joints,
which faſten to the ſtems of trees or any neighbours
ing ſupport, and climb to a great height. The
leaves, which come out ſingly at each joint, are ob-
long, ſmooth, and jointed. The flowers come out
from the fide of the branches; they are ſhaped like
thoſe of the great Bee Orchis, but are longer. The
galea or helmet of the flower is of a pale Pink co-
lour, and the labia is purple. This plant flowered in
the Chelſea Garden, but wanting its proper ſupport,
it lived but one year.
There are two or three varieties of the firſt fort, which
differ in the colour of their flowers and the length
of their pods; and there are many other ſpecies which
grow naturally in both the Indies, which have been
brought to this genus, but thoſe above-mentioned are
all I have ſeen growing.
The plant which produces the fruit called Vanilla or
Banilla, by the Spaniards, hath a trailing ítem, fome-
what like common Ivy, but not fo woody, which
faftens itſelf to whatever tree grows near it, by ſmall
fibres or roots which are produced at every joint,
which faſten to the bark of the tree, and by which the
plants are often nouriſhed, when they are cut or brok.
en off from the root a conſiderable height from the
ground, in like manner as the Ivy is often ſeen in
England. The leaves are as large as thoſe of the
common Laurel, but are not quite ſo thick; theſe are
produced alternately at every joint (which are fix or
feven inches aſunder,) and are of a lively green colour
on the upper fide, but of a paler green underneath.
The ftems of theſe plants ſhoot into many branches,
which faften themſelves alſo to the branches of the
trees, by which means they riſe to the height of eigh-
teen or twenty feet, and ſpread quite over fome of
the ſmaller trees to which they are joined. The flow-
ers are of a greeniſh yellow colour, mixed with white,
which, when fallen, are ſucceeded by the fruit, which
are fix or ſeven inches long.
This fort, which is manufactured, grows not only in
the Bay of Campeachy, but alſo at Carthagena, at
the Caraccas, Honduras, Darien, and Cayan, at all
which places the fruit is gathered and preſerved, but
is rarely found in any of the Engliſh ſettlements in
America at preſent, though it might be eaſily carried
thither and propagated; for the ſhoots of theſe plants
are full of juice, ſo may be eaſily tranſported, becauſe
they will continue freſh out of the ground for ſeveral
months. I had ſome branches of this plant which
were gathered by Mr. Robert Millar at Campeachy,
and ſent over between papers by way of ſample;
thefe had been at leaſt fix months gathered when I
received them, and upon opening the papers, I found
the leaves rotten with the moiſture contained in them,
and the paper was alſo periſhed with it, but the ſtems
appeared freſh ; upon which I planted ſome of them
in ſmall pots, and plunged them into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, where they ſoon put out leaves, and
ſend forth roots from their joints; but, as theſe plants
naturally faften themſelves to the ſtems of the trees,
in the woods where they grow naturally, it is with
great difficulty that they are kept alive when they
have not the ſame ſupport; therefore, whoever would
preſerve any of theſe plants in Europe, ſhould plant
them in tubs of earth, near the ſtem of ſome vigo-
rous American tree, which requires a ſtove, and can
bear a great deal of water, becauſe the Vanillas muſt
be plentifully watered in the ſummer ſeaſon, other-
wife
a
و
3
3
Iz Q

V A N
V A P
a
а
wiſe they will not thrive. They require alſo to be found growing there, and therefore it is not to be fup-
thaded from the fun by trees, ſo that if theſe are poſed, that the perſons who were ſo indolent as to
planted at the foot of the Hernandia, or Jack-in-a- quit the culture of many valuable plants then growing
box, whoſe leaves are very large and afford a good on the ſpot, fhould be at the trouble of introducing
ſhade, they will ſucceed better than when they are ex- any new ones.
poſed in ſingle pots alone ; and as theſe plants require VAPORIFEROUS ſignifies cauſing or producing
the ſame degree of heat in winter, they will agree well vapours.
together.
VAPOUR is by fome defined to be a thin veſicle of
When theſe plants are defigned for propagation in the water, or other humid matter, filled or inflated with
warm parts of America, there is nothing more re- air, which, being rarefied to a certain degree by the
quired than to make cuttings of about three or four action of heat, aſcends to a certain height in the at-
joints in length, which ſhould be planted cloſe to the moſphere, where it is ſuſpended till it returns in form
ſtems of trees, in low marſhy places; and to keep of rain, ſnow, or the like.
down other troubleſome plants, which, if permitted to Some uſe the term Vapour indifferently for all fumes
grow about the cuttings before they are well rooted, emitted, either from moiſt bodies, as Auids of any
would overbear and deſtroy them; but after they are kind, or from dry bodies, as ſulphur, &c. but Sir
eſtabliſhed, and have faſtened their ſhoots to the ftems Iſaac Newton, and other authors, better diſtinguiſh
of the trees, they are not in much danger of being between humid and dry fumes, calling the latter ex-
injured by neighbouring plants, and when the ground halations.
is kept clear from weeds, the plants will be much VAPOURS are defined by naturaliſts to be thoſe
better nouriſhed.
watery particles which are fevered from others by the
Theſe plants do not produce flowers until they are motion of the air, and are carried about in it ſeveral
grown ſtrong, ſo that the inhabitants affirm, That it ways according as the wind, or warmneſs of the air
is fix or ſeven years from the planting to the time of ferves; they riſe out of the ſea, rivers, lakes, and
their bearing fruit; but when they begin to flower and other waters.
fruit, they continue for ſeveral years bearing, and this As to their hanging in the air, we may obſerve, in a
without any culture ; and as it is a commodity which hot day, when there is no wind ſtirring, ſuch a com-
bears a good price, it is well worth cultivating in ſe- pany of Vapours to riſe out of moiſt ground, as make
veral of the Engliſh ſettlements, eſpecially as they will thick fogs, which are ſometimes higher, and ſome-
grow on moiſt woody places, where the land is not times lower, as the multitude and motion of the Va-
cleared from timber.
pours happen to be. They are to be ſeen as well up-
The method uſed to prepare the fruit is, when it turns on high grounds as low.
of a yellow colour, and begins to open, to gather it, They are eaſily diffipated by the wind, and particu-
and lay it in ſmall heaps to ferment two or three days, larly if it be a drying wind.
in the ſame manner as is practiſed for the Cocoa or The ſun has the ſame effect upon them, and we com-
Chocolate pods; then they ſpread them in the ſun to monly ſee, when there are thick fogs about ſun-riſing,
dry, and when they are about half dried, they flat they diſappear a little after it is
up.
them with their hands, and afterwards rub them over
It is evident that fogs confiſt of aqueous particles ra-
with the oil of Palma Chrifti, or of the Cocoa; then refied, becauſe they mightily bedew every thing that
they expoſe them to the ſun again to dry, and after- lies open to them. Theſe particles, being foundly
ward they rub them over with oil a ſecond time, then moved, muſt needs fly aloft into the air, but if their
they put them in ſmall bundles, covering them with motion be ſomething faint, they play about the ſurface
the leaves of the Indian Reed, to preſerve them.
of the earth; for this is agreeable to the laws of mo-
Theſe plants produce but one crop of fruit in a year, tion, that ſuch things as are about the globe of the
which is commonly ripe in May, fit for gathering, earth, the more they are moved, the more they re-
for they do not let them remain on the plants to be cede from the center of the earth.
perfectly mature, becauſe then they are not ſo fit for Again, theſe fogs ariſe out of all places, mountain-
uſe; but when they are about half changed yellow, ous or champaign, and continue till they are diſpell-
they eſteem them better for keeping, than when they ed by wind or heat ; but they continue longeſt in the
are changed to a dark brown colour, at which time loweſt grounds, becauſe thoſe places are fulleſt of
the fruit ſplits, and ſhews a great quantity of ſmall moiſture, and are not ſo much expoſed to the winds;
feeds, which are incloſed within it. While the fruit is but wherever they be when the wind riſes upon them,
green, it affords no remarkable ſcent, but as it ripens, they are diſſipated and driven about, till we ſee no
it emits a moft grateful aromatic odour. When the more of them.
fruit begins to open, the birds attack them and devour So in like manner, the heat of the fun, by putting
all the ſeeds very greedily, but do not eat any other them into a briſker motion, either diſſipates them by
rarefaction, or raiſes them higher, and forms them
The fruit which are brought to Europe, are of a dark into clouds,
brown colour, about ſix inches long, and ſcarce an And whereas ſometimes the fogs ſtink, it is not be-
inch broad ; they are wrinkled on the outſide, and cauſe they come from ſtinking water, but becauſe the
full of a vaſt number of black ſeeds, like grains of Vapours are mixed with ſulphureous exhalations,
fand, of a pleaſant ſmell, like Balſam of Peru. which ſmell fo. Perhaps theſe exhalations would fly
The fruit is only uſed in England as an ingredient in up directly to the clouds, if there were no fogs to hold
Chocolate, to which it gives a pleaſant flavour to fome them, and ſo would not affect the ſenſe of ſmelling;
palates, but to others it is very diſagreeable, but the but when they are once entangled and blended with
Spaniſh phyſicians in America uſe it in medicine, and the fog, they laſt as long as that does.
eſteem it grateful to the ſtomach and brain, for ex- The clouds are higher than the fogs; they hang in
pelling of wind, to provoke urine, to reſiſt poiſon, the air, and are carried about in it by the winds. The
and cure the bite of venomous animals.
clouds are of various figures, and ſometimes ſo thin,
As this plant is ſo eaſily propagated by cuttings, it is that the rays of the ſun paſs through them, but at
very ſtrange that the inhabitants of America ſhould other times they are thick enough to intercept and
neglect to cultivate it, eſpecially as it is an ingredient obſtruct them; they alſo appear of ſeveral colours, as
in their Chocolate, which is ſo much drank all over white, red, and ſometimes very dark.
America; but as the Engliſh have in a manner quite The thickneſs of the clouds proceeds from the cloſe-
neglected the culture of the Cocoa, it is no wonder neſs of the vaporous particles one to another, and their
they ſhould neglect this, ſince the former was culti- thinneſs from the diſtance of thoſe particles one from
vated in great plenty by the Spaniards in Jamaica, another, of which there are ſeveral cauſes. When they
while that iſland remained in their poffeffion, ſo that are very thin, they leave ſo many interftices, that the
the Engliſh had an example before them, if they rays of the ſun dart through them in many places, but
would have followed it; whereas the Vanilla was not are intercepted in others.
a
part of the fruit.
3
a
а
و
As

V AP
V AP
a
conſiderable) the plants muſt inevitably perish; for
there is no moiſture they can have but from the dews,
and yet that moiſture ſupports the trees and plants
in a flouriſhing ſtate. Toward the end of the day the
leaves contract themſelves, by reaſon of the exceffive
heat of the fun; but by the falling of the dews at
night, they expand and open themſelves, ſo that in
the morning and fore part of the day they have a moſt
agreeable verdure; and alſo this moiſture of the dews,
affords ſufficient nouriſhment to the plants to bring
the fruits to perfection.
By, a great many obſervations made by Mr. Henry
Beighton, F. R. S. and Dr. J. T. Deſaguliers, to
raiſe water by fire, according to Mr. Newcome's im-
provement of it, they found that the water by boil-
ing, was expanded 14,000 times, to generate ſteam
as ſtrong (i. e. as elaitic) as common air, which there-
fore muſt be near 16 times ſpecifically lighter.
And it is plain, that this ſteam is not made of the air
extricated out of the water, becauſe it is condenſed
again into water by a jet of cold water ſpouting into
it; and the little quantity of air that comes out of the
injected water muſt be diſcharged at every ſtroke,
otherwiſe the engine will not work well.
ز
EXPERIMEN T.
meat.
А
B.
a
As to the variety of the figures of the clouds, they
ariſe from their plenty of Vapours, and the influence
of the fun and wind, for they cannot be variouſly con-
denſed, rarefied, and carried about in the air, but
their figure muſt needs be changed.
To account for the clouds hanging in the air, is a
matter of fome difficulty.
All the watery particles, of which they conſiſt, are
heavier than air; and ſo, if there were nothing to
hinder them, they would fall to the earth; but there
are two things that ſeem to keep them up.
1. The winds which blow from all parts, under the
region of the clouds, and bear about with them ma-
ny lighter ſorts of bodies ; eſpecially if thoſe bodies
contain but a ſmall quantity of ſolid matter under a
broad ſuperficies. And thus it is viſible, how eaſily
paper kites are kept up by the wind, when they are
mounted pretty high; and ſo the particles of water,
pretty much rarefied, may eaſily be ſuſpended at that
height.
2. New exhalations and vapours are perpetually fum-
ing out of the earth; and, by their moving upwards,
prevent the clouds from deſcending, unleſs the den-
ſity of the clouds overweigh them. Thus we ſee the
Vapour of fire carries lighter bodies up the chimney;
and ſmoke can turn a thin plate of iron, artfully placed
in it, ſo ſtrongly, as to turn about a ſpit, and roaſt
It is a queſtion among naturaliſts, Whether clouds and
thicker fogs are compoſed alike ; or, Whether there
be ſomething more in the clouds ?
Some think that clouds are groffer than all fogs, and
that they are compoſed of flakes of ſnow, rather than
particles of water, ſuch as make fogs.
Others ſay, It is enough to conſider clouds as a cloſer
fort of fogs, and indeed the fogs that hang upon the
tops of very high hills, appear to people in the plains
to be all one with clouds, tho' thoſe that are at them,
perceive nothing but a thick fog.
There being always many Vapours in the air, though
not always viſible, it comes to paſs that great dews
fall even in clear weather, and eſpecially in thoſe coun-
tries where it ſeldom rains; for when it happens that
the ſcattered Vapours are collected and condenſed to-
gether, and forced downwards, they muſt needs fall,
and bedew plants and Graſs.
The time for the falling of the dew, is either before
the riſing of the ſun, or after the ſetting of it; but in
order to its falling regularly at thoſe times, it is ne-
ceſſary that the air be calm, for windy or ſtormy wea-
ther hinders it; but when the weather is calm, and
gentle breezes are felt from the weſt about the time
that the ſun ſets, and from the eaſt about the riſing
of it, it is probable they collect the Vapours, and pre-
cipitate them, by moderately cooling the air ; and be-
cauſe the morning breezes are more general than the
evening ones, therefore the evening dews fall only
here and there, but the morning ones ſeldom fail of
being univerſal.
It is likewiſe found by experience, that the dews are
more copious in hotter countries than in cold; the
reaſon of which ſeems to be this, that the heat of the
fun does, in the day time, raiſe abundance of Vapours
out of the water, which Vapours are ſo extremely ra-
refied by the ſame heat, that they are diſperſed far
and wide; but the cool of the night brings them to-
gether again, and condenſes them to that degree, that
they fall to the ground, but not in ſuch large drops
as rain does.
But in colder countries, where there are frequent
rains, and the Vapours are lefs rarefied, moſt of them
come down in rain, and but a ſmall part turns to
dew.
A certain author ſays, That in ſome of the hotter cli-
mates, the earth is without rain for fix or ſeven months
together; and it is every ſummer ſeaſon ſo much
parched and dried, that there is hardly any moiſture
to be found in it for three or four feet deep; and dur-
ing that time the heats are ſo exceſſive, that without
the refreſhing dews of the nights (which are there very
E
D
C
ABCD repreſent a pretty large veſſel of water,
which muſt be ſet on the fire to boil. In this veffel
muſt be ſuſpended the glaſs bell E, made heavy
enough to ſink in water, but put in, in ſuch a manner,
that it be filled with water when upright, without any
bubbles of air at its crown within, the crown being
all under water.
As the water boils, the bell will by degrees be emptied
of its water, being preſſed down by the ſteam which
riſes above the water in the bell; but as that ſteam
has the appearance of air, in order to know whether
it be air or not, take the veſſel off the fire, and draw
up the bell by a ſtring faſtened to its knob or top,
then, as the fteam condenſes by the cold air on the
outſide of the bell, the water will riſe up into the bell
at F, quite to the top, without any bubble above it
which thews that the ſteam that kept out the water
was not air.
N B. This experiment ſucceeds beſt when the wa-
ter has been firſt purged of air, by boiling and the
air-pump.
We know, by ſeveral experiments made on the fire-
engine, (in Capt. Savory's way, where the ſteam is
made to preſs immediately on the water,) that fteam
will drive away air, and that in proportion to its heat,
though in the open air it floats and riſes in it like
ſmoke.
Now if the particles of water turned into ſteam or
Vapour repel each other ſtrongly, and repel air more
than they repel each other, aggregates of ſuch parti-
cles made of Vapour and vacuity may riſe in air of
different denſities, according to their own denſity, de-
pendent on their degree of heat, without having re-
course

V AP
V AP
a
66
66
65
courſe to imaginary bubbles, formed in a manner
only ſuppoſed, and not proved.
Indeed he owns, that if the watery particles had no
repellent force, they muſt precipitate in the ſame man-
ner that duft will do after it has been raiſed up; but
there are too many obſervations and experiments, to
leave any doubt of the exiſtence of repellent force
above-mentioned.
" And that he cannot ſhew by any experiment, how
big the moleculæ of Vapour muſt be which will
66 exclude air from their interſtices; nor that theſe
« moleculæ do vary in proportion to the degree of
c heat by an increaſe of repellent force in each wa-
" tery particle, or by a farther diviſion of the parti-
o cles ftill leſs; but in the general we may reaſona-
bly affirm, that the rarity of the Vapour is pro-
portionable to the degree of its heat, as it happens
in other fluids. (See Philoſ. Tranſ. N° 270.) And
" though the different degrees of the air's rarefac-
« tion are alſo proportionable to the heat, yet the
« fame degree of heat rarefies vapours much more
66 than air."
Now to ſhew that what has been ſaid will account for
the riſe of Vapours, and formation of clouds, we
muſt only conſider whether that degree of heat which
is known to rarefy water 14,000 times, being compar-
ed with ſeveral of thoſe degrees of heat in fummer,
autumn, and winter, which are capable of raiſing
exhalations from water or ice (the rarity of Vapours
being conſidered,) will appear to be ſuch, that the
Vapour will riſe high enough in winter, but not too
high in ſummer, to agree with the known phænomena.
That the effects are adequate to the cauſes in this
cafe, he thinks may be made out in the following
manner, viz.
The heat of boiling water, according to Sir Iſaac
Newton's table (Philofoph. Tranſact. N° 273,) is 34,
the mean heat of ſummer 5, the mean heat of ſpring
or autumn 3, and the leaſt degree of heat, at which
Vapours riſe in winter (alias the mean heat of winter)
height of 3 miles when the barometer is at 30, and
the rarity of the air is 850. But then as the air is hotter
near the ground than at the height of half a mile or a
mile, the Vapour will condenſe as it riſes; and as the air
when the earth is heated, is rather near the ground
than at ſome height from it, the place for equilibri-
um will, upon theſe two accounts, be brought much
lower than otherwiſe it would be ; as for example, to
the height of about a mile, which will agree with
phænomena.
In ſummer the two cauſes above-mentioned increaſing,
the Vapour raiſed by the heat 59 (whoſe place of
equilibrium would be 5 miles high, if the Vapour,
after it began to riſe, was not condenſed by cooling,
and the air was denſed cloſe to the earth) will fettle at
the height of about 1, or two miles, which is alſo
agreeable to phænomena.
Laſtly, as the denſity and rarity of the Vapour is
chiefly owing to its degree of heat, and in a ſmall
meaſure to the increaſed or diminiſhed preſſure of the
circumambient air, when it is not confined ; and the
denſity and rarity of the air is chiefly owing to the in-
creaſed or diminiſhed preſſure, by the accumulation
or exhauſtion of fuperior air, whilit heat and cold
alter its denſity in much leſs proportion; the clouds
made of the Vapours above-mentioned, inſtead of con-
forming themſelves to the altered denſity of the am-
bient air, will riſe when it is condenſed, and ſink when
it is rarefied; and alſo riſe or fink, when the preſſure
of the air is not altered, and its denſity very little
changed, by their own dilatation, owing to heat and
cold, as may be often obſerved by ſeeing them change
their height conſiderably, whilſt the barometer conti-
nues exactly at the ſame degree, and the liquor of the
thermometer riſes or falls very little, and ſometimes
not at all.
As for the manner how clouds are changed into rain,
it has been hinted at the beginning of this article; but
for farther ſatisfaction let the reader have recourſe to
Dr. Halley's account of it in the Philoſoph. Tranſact.
N° 183, which Dr. Defaguliers ſays he has always
found agreeable to the phenomena.
He adds, that ſince he had for brevity's fake, only
mentioned at what heights from the ſurface of the
earth Vapours of different denſities will come to an
equilibrium, without giving a reaſon for ſettling the
place of equilibrium, at whoſe heights he thought it
proper here to give the method by which they may be
found, viz.
As the Vapours will ſettle and riſe where the air is of
the fame denſity with themſelves, it is only required
to find the denſity of the air at any diſtance from the
earth at ſeveral heights of the barometer, which may
be deduced from Dr. Halley's two tables, Philofoph.
Tranſact. N° 386. (the firſt ſhewing the altitudes to
given heights of the mercury, and the ſecond the
heights of the mercury again at given altitudes,) and
knowing the degree of heat by the thermometer, be-
cauſe the denſity of the Vapour depends upon the de-
gree
of heat of the ſeaſon, provided that proper al-
lowances be made for the great rarefaction of the air
near the earth in hot and dry weather, and the con-
denſation of the Vapours in their riſe, by reaſon of the
air being colder at a little height above the earth than
juft at the ſurface of it.
The quantity of Vapour raiſed from the ſea by the
warmth of the ſun, is far greater than one would ima-
gine. Dr. Halley has attempted to eſtimate it.
In an experiment made with that view, and deſcribed
in the Philoſophical Tranſactions, he found that a
quantity of water no warmer than air in fummer, loft
in Vapour in the ſpace of two hours, no leſs than 3'5
part of an inch in depth : now for ' in two hours
taking for the eaſier calculation, in the twelve hours
that the ſun is up each day, it will riſe to of an inch
from the ſurface of the ſea.
On this ſuppoſition, every ten ſquare inches of the
ſurface of the water yield in Vapour per diem, a cubic
inch of water of four feet ſquare, a gallon; a mile
ſquare, 6914 tons'; a ſquare degree fuppoſed of 60
Engliſh
is 2.
I
The rarity of Vapour proportionable to theſe four de-
grees of heat is 24,000, 2058, 1235, and 823.
The rarity of air is in ſummer goo, in ſpring or au-
tumn 850, and in winter 800.
The denſity of water, compared with the above-men-
tioned denſities, being inverſly as one to the afore-
mentioned four numbers.
The height above the earth to which the Vapours will
ariſe, and at which they will be in equilibrio, in
an air of the fame denſity with themſelves, will vary
according to the rarity of the Vapour depending on
the heat of the ſeaſon.
For the Vapour which is raiſed by the winter's heat,
expreſſed by the number 2, when the rarity of the air
is 800, will riſe to (and ſettle at) an height of about
the fixth part of a mile, when the barometer is above
thirty inches high.
But if the heat be greater, then the Vapours will
riſe higher ; and pretty much higher if the ſun ſhines,
though in froſty weather, the barometer then being
a
very high.
I
If the barometer falls, and thereby brings the place of
the equilibrium (for Vapours raiſed by heat 2) nearer
the earth, then alſo will the heat be increaſed, the
Vapour more rarefied, and conſequently the new place
of equilibrium ſufficiently high.
It is to be obſerved, that in winter when the heat is
only equal to 2, the air is denſed cloſe to the earth,
which has not any heat fufficient to rarefy it near the
ground, as happens in warm weather, therefore the
Vapour will riſe gradually in an air whoſe denſity de-
creaſes continually from the earth upwards, neither
will the Vapour be hindered of its full riſe by any
condenſation from a greater cold of the ambient air;
the air being then as cold next to the ground, where
the vapour begins to riſe, as it is at any height from
the earth.
The Vapour which is raiſed by the heat of the ſpring
or autumn, expreſſed number 3, will riſe to the
1

V AR
V AR
3
a
Engliſh miles, will evaporate 33 millions of tons; and
if the Mediterranean Sea be eſtimated at 410 degrees
long, and four broad, allowances being made for the
places where it is broader, by thoſe where it is narrow-
er, there will be 160 ſquare degrees of ſea, and conſe-
quently the whole Mediterranean muſt loſe in vapour
in a ſummer's day, at leaſt 5280 millions of tons.
In this quantity of Vapour, though very great, are
only the remains of another cauſe, which cannot be re-
duced to rule; that is, the winds, whereby the ſur-
face of the water is licked up, ſometimes faſter than
it exhales by the heat of the ſun, as it is well known
to thoſe who have conſidered thoſe drying winds.
For the manner wherein Vapours are raiſed, ſee more
in BAROMETER, COLD, Dew, HEAT, and RAIN.
For the effect of Vapours in formation of ſprings, ſee
SPRINGS, &c.
VARIEGATED fignifies ſtreaked or diverſified
with ſeveral colours ; of which there are now a great
variety of plants in the gardens of the curious, whoſe
leaves are variegated with yellow or white. Thoſe
which are ſpotted with either of theſe colours in the
middle of their leaves, are called blotched in the
gardeners term ;) but thoſe whoſe leaves are edged
with theſe colours are called ſtriped plants. Thoſe
plants whoſe leaves are blotched are generally ſubject
to become plain, when planted in a good foil ; or at
leaſt in the growing ſeaſon, will have but a ſmall ap-
pearance of the two colours ; but thoſe which have
edged leaves, rarely become plain again, eſpecially if
the edging is broad, and goes quite through the
leaves, though theſe do not appear ſo finely variegated
fo
in the growing ſeaſon, as they do in the other parts of
a
the year.
All the different ſorts of Variegation in plants were at
firſt accidental, being no more than a diftemper in the
plant, which being obſerved, has been cheriſhed by im-
poveriſhing the ſoil in which they grow, by which me-
thod their ſtripes are rendered more laſting and beau-
tiful. But whatever fome perſons have affirmed of
ſtriping plants by art, I could never obſerve it done
by any, unleſs in woody ſhrubs and trees, which may
be variegated by putting in a bud or graft taken from
a variegated plant; where, although the buds ſhould
not grow, yet if they keep freſh but eight or ten
days, they will many times communicate their gilded
miaſma to the ſap of the trees into which they were
budded ; ſo that in a ſhort time after, it has ap-
peared very viſible in the next adjoining leaves, and
has been afterwards ſpread over the greateſt part of
the tree ; but in ſuch plants as are herbaceous, where
this operation cannot be performed, there is no way
yet aſcertained whereby this ſtriping can be effected
by art.
In ſome forts of plants this diſtemper is often com-
municated to the feeds, ſo that from the ſeeds gather-
ed from variegated plants, there will conſtantly be
fome variegated plants produced; as in the ſtriped
Wing Pea, the greater Maple, &c. therefore theſe
may be conſtantly propagated that way.
That this ſtriping proceeds from the weakneſs of
plants is very evident, ſince it is always obſerved, that
whenever plants alter thus in the colour of their
leaves, they do not grow ſo large as before, nor are
they ſo capable to endure the cold; ſo that many
forts of plants which are hardy enough to endure the
cold of our climate in the open air when in their na-
tural verdure, require to be ſheltered in the winter af-
ter they are become variegated, and are ſeldom of ſo
long continuance; which is a plain proof that it is a
diſtemper in the plants, fince whenever they become
vigorous, this ſtriping is either rendered leſs viſible,
or entirely thrown off; eſpecially (as was before ob-
ſerved) if the plants are only blotched, or if the edg-
ing be of a yellow colour, it is leſs apt to remain
than when it is white; which is eſteemed the moſt
beautiful ſtriping, and which (when once thoroughly
eſtabliſhed) is hardly ever to be got out of the plants
again, ſo as to render the leaves entirely green.
Nay, ſuch is the venom of this morbid matter, that it
not only tinges the leaves, but alſo the bark and fruit
of trees are infected by it, as in the Orange, Pear, &c.
whoſe bark and fruit are ſtriped in the ſame manner
as their leaves.
The different colours which appear in flowers alſo pro-
ceed from the fame cauſe, though it is generally in a
leſs degree in them than when the leaves and branches
are infected: for the various colours which we ſee in
the ſame flowers, are occaſioned by the ſeparation of
the nutrivite juice of plants, or from the alteration
of their parts; whereby the ſmaller corpuſcles, which
are carried to the ſurfaces of the flower leaves, are of
different forms, and thereby reflect the rays of light
in different proportions. In order to underſtand this,
it may not be improper to ſay ſomething concerning
the phenomenon of colours, as it hath been diſco-
vered by the late excellent philoſopher Sir Iſaac
Newton.
1. Colour may be conſidered two ways: (1.) As à
quality reſiding in the body that is ſaid to be ſo and
ſo coloured, or which doth modify the light after ſuch
a manner; or (2.) as more properly the light itſelf,
which being ſo modified, ſhines upon the organ of
fight, and produces that ſenſation we call colour.
2. Colour is defined to be a property inherent in
light, whereby, according to the different ſizes or mag-
nitudes of its parts, it excites different vibrations in
the fibres of the optic nerve, which being propa-
gated to the ſenſorium, affects the mind with different
ſenſations.
3. Again : colour may be defined a ſenſation of the
ſoul, excited by the application of light to the retina
of the eye ; and different, as the light differs in the
degree of its refrangibility, and the magnitude of its
component parts.
4. According to the firſt definition, light is the ſub-
ject of colour : according to the latter it is the agent.
5. So then light ſometimes ſignifies that ſenſation oc-
caſioned in the mind, by the view of luminous bodies ;
ſometimes that property in thoſe bodies, whereby they
are fitted to excite thoſe ſenſations in us.
6. Various are the opinions of ancient and moderni
authors, and of the ſeveral fects of philoſophers, with
regard to the nature and origin of the phænomenon
colour.
7. The peripatetics affert colours to be real qualities,
and inherent in the coloured bodies; and ſuppoſe
that light doth only diſcover them, but not any way
affect their production.
8. Plato thought colour to be a kind of fame con-
fiſting of moſt minute particles, very congruous to the
pores of the eye, and darted againſt it from the
object.
9. Some modernis will have colour to be a kind of in-
ternal light of the more lucid parts of the object dark-
ened, and conſequently altered by the various mixtures
of the leſs luminous parts.
10. Others, as did ſome of the antient atomiſts, main-
tain colour not to be a lucid ſtream, but a corporeal
effluvium iſſuing out of the coloured body.
II. Others account for all colours out of the various
mixture of light and darkneſs; and the chemiſts will
have it ſometimes ariſe from the ſulphur, and ſome-
times from the ſalt that is in bodies, and ſome alſo
from the third hypoftatic principle, i.e. mercury.
12. The moſt popular opinion is that of the followers
of Ariſtotle, who maintain, that colour is a property
inherent in the coloured body, and that it exiſts with-
out any dependence on light:
13.
The Carteſians, who made the ſenſation of light
to be the impulſe made on the eye by certain folid,
but very minute globules, eaſily penetrating the pores
of the air, and diaphonous bodies; theſe derive colour
from the various proportion of the direct progreſs or
motion of theſe globules to their circumrotation or
motion round their own centres, by which means they
are qualified to ſtrike the optic nerve, after diſtinct
and divers manners, and ſo produce the perception of
divers colours.
13 R
14. They

V AR
V EG
ments.
14. They own that as the coloured body is not imme- and the reſt, as each exceeds another in magnitude,
diately applied to the organ to occaſion the ſenſation, ſo it is turned out of its right line with much diffi
as no body can affect the ſenſe but by immediate con- culty, and leſs conſiderably.
tact, the coloured body does not excite the ſenſation Now each ray of light, as it differs from another in
of itſelf, or contribute any thing to it, otherwiſe than its degree of refrangibility, fo likewiſe it differs from
by moving ſome interpoſed medium, and by that the it in colour. This is warranted by numerous experi-
organ of fight.
15. They add, that as it is found that bodies do not Thoſe particles which are more refracted, are found
affect the ſenſe in the dark, and that light only occa- to conſtitute a ray of a Violet colour ; i. e. in all pro-
fions the ſenſation of colour, by moving the organ ; bability, the moſt minute particles of light, thus fe-
and that coloured bodies are no farther concerned than parately impelled, excite the ſhorteſt vibration in
in reflecting the light in a certain modification; the the retina, which are thence propagated by the folid
difference in colours, according to them, ariſes in a fibres of the optic nerve into the brain, there to excite
difference in the texture of their parts, by which they the ſenſation of Violet colour, as being the moſt dulky
are diſpoſed to reflect their light with this or that mo- and languid of all colours.
dification.
Again: thoſe particles which are the moſt refracted
16. Dr. Hook, in his Micographia ſays, The phan- conſtitute a radiolus, or little ray, of a red colour ;
taſm of colours is cauſed by the fenſation of the ob- i. e. the largeſt particles of light excite the longeſt vi-
lique or uneven pulſe of light, and that this is capa- brations in the retina, ſo as to excite the ſenſation of
ble of no more varieties than two, which ariſe from red colour, the brighteſt and moſt vivid of all colours.
the two ſides of the oblique pulſe ; fo that there are It is remarkable, that in the growing of plants, the
in reality but two ſimple colours, yellow and blue ; fame plants do from time to time, alter and change
from the mixture of which, and a due proportion of
their colours as the veſſels which are in their young
black and white (that is, darkneſs and light) all colours fhoots grow larger. The leaves are of a faint yellow
may be be produced.
when they are in their ſmaller ſtate, but they become
17. But this phænomenon of nature and colour, hav- of a bright green, or ſometimes red, when they are in
ing long perplexed philoſophers to account for the dif- their middle ſtate ; but when their veſſels are enlarged
coveries relating thereto, the incomparable Sir Iſaac to their full growth; they become of a dark green, and
Newton found by two experiments on priſms, that then change to a feuillemort colour towards autumn,
there is a great deformity in the rays of light, and from the ripening of their juices; from thence to pu-
that hereby the origin of colours may be unfolded. trefaction, which refolves itſelf again into earth, its
The doctrine of colours therefore, according to his firſt principle.
notion and experiments, are contained in the follow-VASCULIFEROUS PLANTS are ſuch whoſe
ing propofitions :
ſeeds are contained in veſſels, which are ſometimes di-
1. That light conſiſts of an infinite number of rays, vided ; and theſe have always a monopetalous flower,
right lined and parallel, but of different degrees of either uniform or difform.
refrangibility, when meeting with a different me- VASES: A Vaſe is a fort of a flower-pot to ſet in a
dium.
garden.
2. Each ray, according to its degree of refrangibility, VĚGETABLE, a term applied to all plants, con-
when ſo refracted, appears to the eye of a different fidered as capable of growth ; i. e. to all natural bo-
colour.
dies, which have parts organically formed for gene-
3. The leaſt frangible rays appear of a deep ſcarlet
3
ration and accretion, but not for ſenſation.
colour ; the moſt refrangible appear of a Violet blue; Dr. Boerhaave defines a Vegetable to be a body gene-
the intermediate proceeding from ſcarlet to yellowiſh, rated of the earth, to which it adheres, and is con-
then to light green, and ſo to blue.
nected by parts called roots, through which it receives
4. The colours ariſing from the different degrees of the matter of its nouriſhment and increaſe, and con-
refrangibility of light are not only the more noted co- fifts of juices and veſſels, ſenſibly diſtinct from each
lours of red, yellow, green and blue, but alſo all the other; or a Vegetable is an organical body, compoſed
intermediate colours of red to yellow, of yellow to of veſſels and juices every where diſtinguiſhable from
each other, to which the roots grow, or parts by which
5. Whiteneſs, (ſuch as the ſun's light appears,) con- it adheres to ſome other body, from which it derives
taining all thoſe degrees of refrangibility, is conſe- the matter of its life and growth.
quently made up of all the above-mentioned colours. This definition of a Vegetable is very ſcientific, and
6. Simple or homogeneal colours, are ſuch as are furniſhes us with a juſt and adequate idea of it; for
produced by homogeneal lights or rays, which have by its conſiſting of veſſels and juices, it is diſtinguiſhed
the ſame degree of refrangibility; and mixed colours from a foffil; and by its adhering to another body,
are ſuch as are produced by rays of different refrangi- and deriving its nouriſhment therefrom, it is diſtin-
bility.
guiſhed from an animal.
7. Rays of the fame refrangibility produce the ſame He defines a Vegetable an organical body, becauſe it
colour, which colour is not alterable by repeated re- conſiſts of different parts, which jointly concur to the
fractions, but only made ſtrong or faint, as the
rays exerciſe of the ſame function.
are united or ſcattered.
The definition of its adhering by ſome of its parts to
8. All bodies appear of this or that colour, according another body is very proper; for we know of no plant
as their ſurfaces are adapted to reflect only the rays that is fo abſolutely vague and fluctuating, but has
of ſuch a colour: or at leaſt in more plenty than the ſtill a body it adheres to, though that body may be
reſt.
various, e. g. earth, as in our common plants; ſtone,
But to explain theſe things farther :
in rock plants ; water, as in ſea plants; air, as in
It is found by experience, that rays or beams of light fome mucilages.
are compoſed of particles very heterogeneous or dif- As to thoſe few plants that appear to float with the
ſimilar to each other; i. e. ſome of them, as it is water, their manner of growth is ſomewhat anoma-
highly probable, are larger, and others leſs; for a ray lous. Monſieur Tournefort has ſhewn, That all plants
of light, being received on a refracting ſurface in a do not ariſe ſtrictly from feeds; but that ſome, inſtead
dark place, is not wholly refracted, but ſplit as it were, of femen, depoſit or let fall a drop of juice, which
and diffuſed into ſeveral little rays; ſome of which finking in the water by its gravity, reaches the bottom,
are refracted to the extreme points, and others to the or ſome rock, &c. in its way, to which it ſticks,
intermediate points ; i. e. thoſe particles of the light, ſtrikes root, and ſhoots into branches : ſuch is the
which are moſt minute, are diverted the moſt eaſily origin of coral,
and moſt conſiderably of all others, by the action of To which may be added, That a root of a plant may
the refracting ſurface, out of their rectilineal courſe; have any ſituation at pleaſure, with reſpect to the
.body
green, &c.
a

VE G
VEG
body thereof; nor needs it be either loweſt or higheſt,
&c. Accordingly in Coral, Moſſes, Funguſes, &c.
the root is frequently uppermoſt, and its growth
downwards.
VEGETABLE STATICS ſignifies the weight
or gravity, and the motion of the juices, in vegetable
bodies.
VEGETATION is the act whereby plants receive
nouriſhment, and grow; the word is derived from
the Latin, vegeto, to quicken, to refreſh, to make
lively and ſtrong; and ſignifies the way of growth, or
increaſe of bulk, parts, and dimenſions proper to all
trees, ſhrubs, herbs, plants, minerals, &c.
To underſtand the proceſs of nature in the buſineſs of
Vegetation, it is to be conſidered, that there is in ve-
getables a principle of life, and this is differently
feated; there are ſome who ſuppoſe it is ſeated ex-
actly between the trunk and the root, which they ſay
is obſerved to be the place of its poſition, in all or
moſt of the feminiferous tribe ; but if the Oak and
fome other trees be included in that general title, and
their bodies be cut down near that place, ir is odds if
they ever ſhoot again, or at leaſt to any purpoſe.
In ſome trees it is only the roots which vegetate, ſo
that let them be cut into as many pieces as reaſonably
may be, if theſe pieces are but planted in the ground,
they quickly grow, as is ſeen in the Elm, &c. and
in many other trees.
In ſome it is ſeated both in the roots, and all over the
trunk and branches, as in the vimineous or Willow
kinds, which, if they be cut into a thouſand pieces, it
is ſcarce poſſible to deſtroy or kill them, unleſs they
are ſtripped of both their barks ; for if you plant them
in the earth but the length of three or four inches,
either the roots or branches will certainly grow
again.
In ſome it is found entirely in the body, branches, or
leaves, and of this kind are many of the exotics, which
being of a ſucculent nature, if the trunk or branches,
or the leaves and ſtems, be put into the ground, they
will ſtrike root immediately, and grow, as in the Ce-
reuſes, Ficoides, Sedums, &c. nay, ſo ſtrong is the
principle of life in this kind of plants, that if they
be hung a conſiderable time in the air without any
earth, water, &c. they will maintain their natural
verdure, and alſo this principle of life, admirably, by
their ſucculent quality.
The uſe of this principle of life is accounted to be for
the concoction of the indigeſted ſalts, which aſcend
through the roots, where they are ſuppoſed to aſſimu-
late the nature of the tree they are helping to form,
though perhaps the root may likewiſe aſſiſt in the
work.
Theſe things being preſuppoſed, in the ſpring of the
year, as ſoon as the fun begins to warm the earth,
and the rains melt the latent ſalts, the whole work of
Vegetation is ſet on foot; then the emulgent fibres
ſeek for food, which has been prepared as aforeſaid.
It is very rational to ſuppoſe that a great part of the
roots are formed under ground during the winter
ſeaſon, becauſe in all lands there is always an innate
heat, which ſeems to be a natural vital quality, or ni-
trous fermentation.
The roots, by ſeeking out and aſſuming thoſe ni-
trous falts, are immediately (by the courſe of nature,
and the attractive virtue of the ſun) drawn upwards
to the vital principle, and, after concoction, aſcend ſtill
higher into the ſtem, and break out firſt in the buds,
the ſhelly and tendereſt part of the whole machine,
and afterwards diffuſe themſelves into the leaves,
flowers, fruits, &c. which lie inveloped therein, ac-
cording to their natural frames, &c.
There are ſome who ſuppoſe that ſubterraneous fires
are concerned in the work of Vegetation, or the
growth of plants, yet as, upon the beſt obſervation
that can be made, none can pretend to have diſco-
vered any heat or fumigation to iſſue from the bowels
of the earth, adequate to the meaneſt artificial fire, it
is plain that the ſun is the principle, and ſo may be
called the father of Vegetation, and the earth the
mother, the rain and air being neceffary co-efficients
in this ſurpriſing work.
It is apparent, by the uſe of microſcopes, that plants
conſiſt of different parts, veffels, &c. analogous to
thoſe of animals, and each kind of veſſel is ſuppoſed
to be the vehicle of a different humour, or juice, ſe-
creted from the matter of the ſap, which is conſidered
as the blood, or common fund of them all.
Dr. Grew farther explains this, by ſaying, That all
kinds of vegetable principles are at the firſt received
together in a plant, and are ſeparated afterwards, i. e.
they are filtered ſome from others in very different pro-
portions and conjunctions by the ſeveral parts, ſo every
part is the receptacle of a liquor, become peculiar,
not by any transformation, but only by the percola-
tion of parts out of the common maſs or ſtock of ſap,
and thoſe that are ſuperfluous in any plant, are diſ-
charged back by perfpiration.
The ſame author aſſigns the offices of the ſeveral veſ-
fels : he calls thoſe veſſels lympheducts, which are
placed on the inner verge of the bark, and theſe, he
Tuppoſes, are appointed for the conveyance of the
moſt aqueous or watery liquor.
Thoſe veſſels that are in the middle of the plant, he
calls lactiferous or reſiniferous ; theſe he takes to be
the principle viſcera of plants; and that as the viſcera
of animals are but conglomerated veſſels, the viſcera
of plants are drawn out in length.
It is alſo remarkable in many caſes, That the multi-
tude and largeneſs of the veſſels produce a ſweet and
vinous fap, and the fewneſs and ſmallneſs of the vef-
ſels produce an oily and aromatic ſap.
It ſeems neceſſary to the nutrition of plants, as well
as animals, that there be a concurrence of two ſpe-
cifically diſtant fluids; and a certain author maintains,
That there is an intermixture of two ſuch humours in
every part of a tree, every part of fap being impreg.
nated with other tinctures, and continually filtred
from fibres of one kind to thoſe of another, and from
this mixture many of the phænomena of the ripening,
odour, &c. are accounted for.
With regard particularly to the odour in plants, Dr.
Grew is of opinion, that they chiefly proceed from the
air-vefſels that are in the wood, not but that the other
parts alſo yield their ſmells, which is moſt plain to be
perceived in plants that are freſh, undried, and un-
bruiſed; for he ſays that the air, bringing along with it a
tincture from the root, and from the ſeveral organical
parts, and at laſt entering the concave of the air-vef-
ſels, it confifts there.
Others ſay, That it cannot be denied but the effluvia,
which can be admitted into the wood-veſſels, may give
a ſmell to the wood; but however, as that
vapour
paſſes through the veſſels which have a different ſtruc-
ture, ſo as to alter the form of its parts, fo in every
one of its changes, it will yield a ſmell different from
the reſt. The ſmell of the wood will differ from that
of the bark, the juices in the one being more eſſential
than the other ; but yet both, being bruiſed and mix-
ed together, yield a ſcent different from either of them
ſingly, and likewiſe the leaves give a ſcent that is dif-
ferent from either of the former, and ſo alſo do the
flowers from that in the leaves, and alſo the fruit from
that in the flowers.
Dr. Grew is of opinion that the chief governing prin-
ciple in the juice of plants, is the faline, which fa-
line principle, he ſays, muſt be underſtood as a ge-
neric term, under which divers ſpecies are compre-
hended. The vegetable falts ſeem to be four, viz.
the nitrous and the acid, alkaline and marine, and of
theſe the nitrous ſalts ſeem to be aſſigned by nature
chiefly for the growth of plants.
The curious Malpighius has very accurately delivered
the proceſs of nature in the Vegetation of plants to
the effect following
The ovum or ſeed of the plant, being excluded out
of the ovary (which is called the pod or hulk) and re-
quiring farther foſtering and brooding, is committed
a
a
to
2

V EG
VEG
a
a
to the earth. The earth, like a kind mother, having
received it into her boſom, does not only perform the
office of incubation, by her own warm vapours and
exhalations, in conjunction with the heat of the ſun,
but gradually ſupplies what the feed requires to its
farther growth, as abounding every where with canals
and finuſes, in which the dew and rain water, impreg-
nated with fertile ſalts, glide like the chyle and blood
in the arteries, &c. of animals.
This moiſture, meeting with new-depoſited feed, is
percolated or ſtrained through the pores or pipes of
the outer rind or huſk, anſwering to the fecundines
of fætuſes, on the inſide whereof lie one more, com-
monly two, thick ſeminal leaves correſponding to the
placenta in women, and the cotyledons in brutes.
The feed-leaves conſiſt of a great number of little ve-
ficulæ or bladders, with a tube correſponding to the
navel-ſtrings in animals.
The moiſture of the earth, ftrained through the rind
of the ſeed, is received into theſe veſiculæ, which
cauſes a Night fermentation with the proper juice be-
fore contained therein.
This fermented liquor is conveyed by the umbilical
veſſel to the trunk of the little plant, and to the gem
or bud which is contiguous to it, upon which a Vege-
tation and increaſe of the plant ſucceed.
This procedure in the Vegetation of plants, the afore-
faid author exemplifies in a grain of Wheat as follows:
The firſt day the grain is ſown, it grows a little tur-
gid, and the ſecundine or huſk gapes a little in ſeve-
ral places; and the body of the plant, being continued
by the umbilical veſſel to a conglobated leaf (which
is called the pulp or fleſh of the feed, and is what con-
ſtitutes the flour) ſwells, by which means, not only the
gem or ſprout (which is to be the future ſtem) opens
and increaſes, but the roots begin to bunch out,
whence the placenta or feed-leaf, becoming looſe,
gapes.
The ſecond day, the fecundine or huſk, being broken
through the ſtem or top of the future ſtraw, appears
on the outſide thereof, and grows upward by degrees.
In the mean time, the feed-leaf, guarding the roots,
becomes turgid with its viſculæ, and puts forth a white
down, and the leaf being pulled away, you ſee the
roots of the plant bare, the future bud, leaves, and
the reſt of the ſtalk lying ſtill hid. Between the roots
and the aſcending ftem, the trunk of the plant is knit
by the navel-knot to the flower-leaf, which is very
moiſt, though it ſtill retains its white colour, and its
natural taſte.
The third day the pulp of the conglobated or round
leaf becomes turgid with the juice it has received from
the earth fermenting with its own.
Thus the plant increaſes in bigneſs, and in its bud or
ftem becomes taller, and from whitiſh turns greeniſh.
The lateral roots alſo break forth greeniſh and pyra-
midal, from the gaping ſheaf, which adheres cloſely
to the plant, and the lower roots grow longer and
hairy, with many fibres growing out of the ſame. .
Indeed, there are hairy fibres hanging all along on
all the roots, except on the tops, and theſe fibres are
ſeen to wind about the faline particles of the foil, or
little lumps of earth, &c. like Ivy, whence they grow
curled. About the lateral roots there now break out
two other little ones.
The fourth day the ftem, mounting upwards, makes
a right angle with the ſeminal leaf. The laſt roots put
forth more, and the other three, growing larger, are
clothed with more hairs, which ſtraitly embrace the
lumps of earth, and where they meet with any vacu-
ity, unite in a kind of net-work. The conglobate or
flower-leaf, is now ſofter, and, when bruiſed, yields
a white ſweetiſh juice, like Barley cream. By ſtrip-
ping it off, the root and ſtem of the plant are plainly
feen, with the intermediate navel-knot, whoſe outer
part is ſolid like a bark, and in the inner more ſoft and
medullary
The fifth day the ſtalk, ſtill riſing, puts forth a per-
manent or ſtable leaf, which is green and folded. The
roots grow longer, and there appears a new tumour
of a future root; the outer or ſheath is looſened, and
the feed-leaf left begins to fade.
The ſixth day the ſtable-leaf being looſened, the plant
mounts upwards, the ſheaf ſtill cleaving round it
like a bark. The feed-leaf is now ſeen finuous or
wrinkled, and faded, and this being freed or cut
from the ſecundine, the fleſh or pericarpium is found
of a different texture, the outer part, whereby the out-
ſide of the feed or grain is heaped up, being more fo-
lid; but the inſide viſcular, and full of humour, efpe-
cially thiät part next the navel-knot. All the leaves
being pulled off, the roots torn, and the flower-leaf
removed, the trunk appears, wherein, not far from
the roots, the navel-knot bunches out, which is folid,
and hard cut; above there is a mark of the ſheath-
leaf, which was pulled off, and underneath, as in an
arm-pit; the gem is often hid; the hind part of the
plant fhews the breaking forth of the roots likewiſe,
with the faded placenta, &c.
After the eleventh day the feed-leaf, as yet ſticking
to the plant, is crumpled, and almoſt corrupted; with-
in it is hollow, and about the ſecundine, the mucus
and white ſubſtance of the ſeed, being continued to
the navel-knot forms a cavity; all the roots, becom-
ing longer, put forth new branches out of their fides.
The ſecond leaf withers, and its veſicles are emptied ;
the internodes or ſpaces between the knots grow
longer, new gems appear, and the middle root grows
ſeveral inches longer.
After a month, the roots and ſtalk being grown much
longer, new buds break out at the firſt knot, and lit-
tle tumours bunch out, which, at length, break out
into roots.
As to the vegetable matter, or the food where the
plants grow, there is ſome doubt; it hath been a ge-
neral opinion among almoſt all the modern naturaliſts,
That the Vegetation of plants, and even of minerals
too, is principally owing to water, which not only
ſerves as a vehicle to convey to them the fine rich
earth, &c. proper for their nouriſhment, but being
tranſmuted into the body of the plant, affords the
greateſt part, if not all the matter with which they
are nouriſhed, and by which they grow and increaſe
in bignefs. This opinion is countenanced by very
great names, particularly by the ingenious Dr. Wood-
ward, who, in order to aſcertain this point, made the
following experiments :
In the firſt place, he carefully examined all ſorts of
water, and found that the cleareft fine ſpring water,
which he could any where meet with, exhibited even
to the naked eye great numbers of exceeding ſmall
terreſtrial particles, and that all other craſſer waters
had theſe in yet much greater quantity, and alſo, that
they were of a larger bulk.
He found this terreſtrial matter contained in all wa-
ter to be of two kinds, the one properly a vegetable
matter, but conſiſting of very different particles, ſome
of which are very proper for the nouriſhment of ſome
kinds of plants, others for different forts, &c. The
other kind of earthy matter he found to be purely of
a mineral nature, and this alſo was of very various and
different kinds.
The former fort of vegetable earthy matter abounds
plentifully in all waters, but for the mineral, it is
found moſtly in ſpring water, next to that, in river
water, and leaſt of all, in rain water, though even
there alſo it is to be found plentifully.
This fact, he ſays, any one may diſcover, by only
keeping water for a competent time without ftirring
it, in a clear glaſs phial, cloſely ſtopped to keep cut
duit, &c. for then he will obſerve that theſe very
ſmall terreſtrial particles, which before were ſcarcely
viſible ſingly, will now combine together into large
and more conſpicuous maſſes, which, by degrees, will
join together, and form clouds, as it were, in the wa-
ter, which will grow daily more and more opa-
cous and thick by the continual acceſſion of new mat-
ter; and if the earthy matter in the water be chiefly
of the vegetable kind, it will turn the water green,
the uſual colour of vegetables, and this will grow
deeper
a

V E G
V E G
a
deeper and deeper coloured, but will not precipitate
to the bottom of the glaſſes, as the mineral water will,
if there be any conſiderable quantity, by reaſon of its
much greater ſpecific gravity. On the whole there-
fore he concludes very juftly, That there is in all wa-
ter a conſiderable quantity of the earthy matter. And
in order to determine whether the Vegetation of plants
was chiefly owing to bare water or not, rather than to
the terreſtrial matter therein contained, he made with
very great accuracy and care ſeveral experiments.
Which experiments, becauſe they were done with an
uncommon care and exactneſs, are a ſufficient num-
ber of them, and are followed by very ingenious re-
flections, ſerving to explicate many difficulties of phi-
loſophy, and to ſet the whole affair of Vegetation in a
very good light, I ſhall give the regiſter as follows:
Anno Dom. 1691, he choſe ſeveral glaſs phials, that
were all, as near as poſſible, of the ſame ſhape and
bignefs. After he had put what water he thought fit
into every one of them, and taken an account of the
weight of it, he ſtrained and tied over the orifice of
each phial a piece of parchment, having holes in the
middle of it large enough to admit the ſtem of the
plant he deſigned to ſet into the phial, without con-
fining or ſtreightening it ſo as to impede its growth.
His intention in this was to prevent the inclofed wa-
ter from evaporating or aſcending any other way than
only through the plant to be ſet therein.
Then he made choice of ſeveral ſprigs of Mint and
other plants, that were, as near as he could poſſibly
judge alike ſound, freſh, and lively. Having taken the
weight of each, he placed them in a phial, ordered
as above, and as the plant imbibed and drew off the
water, he took care to add more of the fame from
time to time, keeping an account of the weight of
all he added. Each of the glaſſes were, for better dif-
tinction, and the more eaſy keeping a regiſter of all
the circumſtances, noted with a different mark or let-
ter, as A, B, C. &c. and all ſet in a row in the fame
window, in ſuch a manner that all might partake alike
of air, light, and fun.
Then they continued from July the 20th to O&tober
the 5th, which is juſt 77 days, when he took them out,
weighed the water in each phial, and the plant like-
wiſe, adding to its weight that of all the leaves that
had fallen off, during the time it had ſtood thus, and
laſtly he computed how much each plant had gained,
and how much water was ſpent upon it.
The particulars are as follow :
The plant weighed, when put in, July the 20th, juſt
27 grains ; when taken out, October the 5th, 42
grains, ſo that in the ſpace of 77 days it had gained
in weight 15 grains.
The whole quantity of water, expended during the 77
days, amounts to 2558 grains. Conſequently the
weight of the water had taken up 170 times the
grains as much as the plant had gained in weight.
I 5
This will be made plainer by the following TABLE.
Weight of the Weight of the Weight gained by Weight of the wa- Proportion of the in-
plant when firſt
plant when tak-
the plant du- ter expended up-
creaſe of the plant
put into water. en out of the
ring the 77 on the plant. to the expence of
days.
the water.
water.
A
Common Spear-mint.
1 42 grains.
27 grains.
1 15 grains.
Spring Water.
2558 grains.
8
as 1 to 170956
B
Rain water.
Common Spear-mint.
28 grains. I 45 # grains. I 171 grains.
4
3004 grains.
as I to 171 35
23
С
Thames water.
28 grains.
Common Spear-mint.
1
54 grains.
126 grains.
2493 grains.
as I to 95 26
23
D
Common Solanum, or Nightſhade.
49 grains.
1 106 grains.
| 57 grains.
Spring water.
3708 grains.
as 1 to 65 37
E
Ger. Spring water.
Lathyrus, ſeu Cataputia.
1 101 grains. 1
98 grains.
37 grains.
2501 grains.
as I to 714.
The ſpecimen D had ſeveral buds upon it, when firſt
ſet into the water ; theſe, in ſome days, became fair
flowers, which were at length ſucceeded by berries.
Several other plants were tried, which did not thrive
in water, nor ſucceed any better than the Cataputia
foregoing
The phials F and G were filled, the former with rain,
and the other with ſpring water, at the ſame time as
thoſe above-mentioned were, and ſtood as long as they
did, but they had neither of them any plant, the de-
ſign of which was in order to learn, whether any wa-
ter exhaled out of the glaſſes, otherwiſe than through
the bodies of the plants.
The orifices of theſe two glaſſes were covered with
parchment, each piece of it being perforated with an
hole of the ſame bigneſs with thoſe of the phials above.
In theſe was ſuſpended a bit of ſtick about the thick-
neſs of the ſtem of one of the aforeſaid plants, but
not reaching down to the ſurface of the incloſed wa-
ter, that the water in theſe might not have more
ſcope to evaporate than that in the other phials.
Thus they ſtood the whole 77 days with the reſt,
when, upon examination, none of the water was
found to be waſted, or gone off; though he obſerved
both in theſe and the reſt, eſpecially after very hot
weather, ſmall drops of water, not unlike to dew,
adhering to the inſides of the glaſſes, i. e. that part
of them that was above the ſurface of the incloſed
.
water.
iz s
The

VE G
V EG
The water in theſe two glaſſes that had no plants in
them, at the end of the experiment exhibited a larger
quantity of terreſtrial matter, than that in any of thoſe
that had the plants in them did.
The ſediment in the bottom of the phials was great-
er, and the nubeculæ diffuſed through the body of
the water thicker, and of that which was in the
others, ſome of it proceeded from certain ſmall leaves
that had fallen from that part of the ſtem of the plants
that was within the water, wherein they rotted and
diffolved.
The terreſtrial matter in the rain water was finer than
that of the ſpring water.
Experiments, Anno 1692.
pretty much terreſtrial matter. In the water, which
was at laſt thick and turbid, was a green ſubſtance,
reſembling a fine thin conſerva.
The plant I was as kindly as the former, but had ſhot
no collateral branches. Its roots, the waters, and the
green ſubſtance, all much as in the former.
The plant K, though it had the misfortune to be an-
noyed with very ſmall inſects that happened to fix up-
on it, yet had ſhot very conſiderable collateral branches,
and at leaſt as many roots as either H or I, which
had a much greater quantity of terreſtrial matter ad-
hering to the extremities of them. The ſame green
ſubſtance here that was in the two preceding,
The plant L was far more flouriſhing than any of the
preceding, had ſeveral conſiderable collateral branches,
and very numerous roots, to which terreſtrial matter
adhered very copiouſly.
The earth in both theſe glaſſes were very ſenſibly and
conſiderably waſted, and leſs than when at firſt put
in. The ſame ſort of green ſubſtance here as in thoſe
above.
The plant M was pretty kindly, had two ſmall col-
lateral branches, and ſeveral ſhoots, tho' not fo many
as thoſe in H or I, but as much terreſtrial matter ad-
hering to them as thoſe had. The water was pretty
thick, having very numerous ſmall terreſtrial particles
ſwimming in it, and ſome ſediment at the bottom of
the glaſs. This glaſs had none of the green matter
above-mentioned in it.
The plant N was very lively, and had ſent out fix
collateral branches, and many roots, but the water was
very turbid, and as high coloured as ordinary beer.
The glaſſes made uſe of in this were of the ſame fort
with thoſe of the former experiment, and covered over
with parchment after the ſame manner.
The plants here were all Spear Mint, the moſt kind-
ly, freſh, ſprightly ſhoots he could chuſe. The wa-
ter and plants were weighed, as above, and the phials
ſet in a line in a fouth window, where they ſtood
from June the 2d to July the 28th, which was juſt
56 days.
The plant H was all along a very kindly one, and
ran up about two feet in height. It had ſhot but one
conſiderable collateral branch, but had ſent forth ma-
ny and long roots, from which ſprung very numerous,
though ſmall and ſhort leſſer fibres. The lefſer roots
came out of the larger on two oppoſite ſides for the
moſt part, ſo that each root, with its fibrillæ, appears
not unlike a ſmall feather; to theſe fibrillæ adhered
Weight of the Weight of the Weight gained by | What of the water | Proportion of the
plant when firſt
plant when tak-
the plant when is expended up-
increaſe of the
ſet in water.
en out of the
it had ſtood 56 on the plant. plant to the ex-
days.
pence of the
water.
water.
H
Hyde-Park conduit water clone.
127 grains. 1 255 grains. 1
128 grains.
| 14190 grains. | as I to 110
IIO
123
I
110 grains. I 249 grains.
The ſame water alone.
1 139 grains. | 13140 grains. Tas i to 947.
74
K
The ſame water, with an ounce and a half of common garden earth diſſolved in it.
76 grains. | 244 grains. I 168 grains. | 10731 grains. 1 as to 63 167.
I
I
L
Hyde-Park water, with the ſame quantity of garden mould as the former.
92 grains. 1 376 grains. 1 284 grains. | 14950 grains. las to 52 287.
M
Hyde-Park water diſtilled with a gentle ſtill
.
114 grains. I 155 grains. 1 41 grains. 1 8803 grains. Tas i to 214*1.
29
N
The reſidue of the water which remained in the ſtill after that in M was diſtilled off
81 grains. 1 175 grains. 1 94 grains. 1 4344 grains. as I to 46 37
94
The glaſs O had alſo Hyde-Park conduit water, in
which was diffolved a drachm of nitre. The Mint
ſet in this ſuddenly began to wither and decay, and
died in a few days, as likewiſe did two more ſprigs
that were ſet in it ſucceſſively. In another glaſs he
diffolved an ounce of good garden mould, and a
drachm of nitre, and in a third, half an ounce of
wood aihes, and a drachm of nitre, but the plants in
theſe fucceeded no better than the former. In other
glaffes he diffolved ſeveral other forts of earth, clay,
marles, and variety of manures, &c. and he fet Mint
in diſtilled Mint water, and made other experiments
of ſeveral kinds, in order to get a light and informa-
tion what haſtened or retarded, promoted or impeded
Vegetation.
a
The

VEG
VEG
The glaſs P, Hyde-Park conduit water: in this he
fixed a glafs tube ten inches long, the bore one fixth
of an inch diameter, filled with very fine and white
fand, which he kept from falling down out of the
tube into the phial, by tying a fine piece of filk over
that end of the tube that was downwards. Upon
immerſion of the lower end of it into the water, this,
by little and little, aſcended quite up to the orifice
of the tube, and yet in all the 56 days that it ſtood
thus, a very inconſiderable quantity of water had gone
oif, viz. ſcarcely 20 grains, though the ſand conti-
nued moiſt up to the top till the very laſt.
The water had imparted a green tincture to the fand
quire to the very top of the tube, and in the phial it
had precipitated a greeniſh ſediment mixed with black.
To the bottom and ſides of the tube, as far as it was
immerſed in the water, adhered pretty much of the
green ſubſtance deſcribed above.
Other like tubes he filled with cotton, lint, pith of
Elder, and ſeveral other porous vegetable ſubſtances,
ſetting ſome of them in clear water, others in water
tinged with Saffron, Cochineal, &c. and ſeveral other
trials were made, in order to give a mechanical repre-
ſentation of the motion and diſtribution of the juices
in plants, and of ſome other phænomena obſervable
in Vegetation
Several plants being alſo ſet in the phials Q, R, S,
&c. ordered in like manner as thoſe above in Octo-
ber, and the following colder months thoſe throve
not near ſo much ; nor did the water afcend nigh
the quantity it did in the hotter ſeaſons, in which the
before cited trials were made.
The reſult of all which experiments he gives us in the
following obfervations and reflections :
of the earth, the air mending, changed into a tempe-
rature more ſerene and dry than before.
Nor does this humidity go off pure and alone, bue
uſually carries with it many parts of the fame naturo
with thoſe whereof the plant conſiſts; the craffer in-
deed are not ſo eaſily borne up into the atmoſphere,
but are uſually depoſited on the ſurface of the leaves,
flowers, and other parts of the plants; whence pro-
ceed our mannas, our honeys, and other gummous
exſudations of vegetables; but the finer and lighter
parts are with greater eafe fent up into the atmoſphere,
thence they are conveyed to our organs of finelling,
by the air we draw in reſpiration, and are pleaſant
or offenſive, beneficent or injurious to us, according
to the nature of the plants from whence they ariſe :
and ſince theſe owe their riſe to the water that aſcends
out of the earth through the bodies of plants, we
cannot be far to ſeek for the cauſe why they are niore
numerous in the air, and a greater quantity of odours
is found exhaling from vegetables in warm humid ſea-
ſons, than in any other.
III. A greater part of the terreſtrial matter that is mix-
ed with water, afcends up into the plant as well as
the water.
1. In plants of the ſame kind, the lefs they are in bulk,
the ſmaller quantity of the fluid maſs in which they
are ſet is drawn off; the conſumption where the maſs
is of equal thickneſs, being pretty nearly proportioned to
the bulk of the plant.
a
In effect, the water ſeems to aſcend up the veſſels of
the plants, in much the ſame manner as up a filtre;
and it is not to be wondered at, that the larger filtre
ſhould draw off more water than the ſmaller, or that
. a plant that hath more or larger veffels, ſhould take
up a greater part of the fluid in which it is ſet, than
one that has fewer can. Nor is it thus noted as a
thing very conſiderable in itſelf, but chiefly with re-
gard to what follows:
II. Much the greater part of the fluid maſs, thus drawn
off, and conveyed into the plant, does not ſettle or
abide there, but paſſes through their pores, and exhales
up into the atmoſphere.
There was much more terreſtrial matter at the end of
the experiment, in the water of the glaſſes that had
no plants in them, than in thoſe that had plants. The
garden mould diffolved in ſome of the glaſſes was
conſiderably diminiſhed, and carried off; nay, the ter-
reſtrial and vegetable matter was borne up in the
tubes filled with fand, cotton, &c. in that quantity
as to be evident even to ſenſe; and the bodies in the
cavities of the other tubes, that had their lower ends
immerſed in water, wherein Saffron, Cochineal, &c.
had been infuſed, were tinged with yellow, purple, &c.
To look abroad a little towards our fhores and parts
within the verge of the ſea, theſe will preſent us with
a large ſcene of plants, that, along with the vegeta-
bles, take up more mineral matter alſo in great abun-
dance; ſuch as our Sea Purſlain, ſeveral ſorts of Al-
gas, of Samphires, and other marine plants; thoſe
contain common ſea ſalts, which are the ſame as the
foffil, in ſuch plenty, as not only plainly to be diſtin-
guiſhed in the palate, but may be drawn out of thema
in a conſiderable quantity; nay fome affirm there are
plants found, that will yield nitre and other mineral
ſalts.
The vegetable matter, being very fine and light, is
ſurpriſingly apt and diſpoſed to attend water in all its
motions, and follow into each of its receſſes, as appears
not only from the inſtances above alledged, but mariy
others percolate it with all the care imaginable, filtre
it with ever ſo many filtrations, yet fome terreſtrial
matter will remain.
Dr. Woodward has filtred water thro'feveral ſheets of
thick paper, and after that through very cloſe fine
cloth, twelve times double, and this over and over;
and yet a conſiderable quantity of this matter diſco-
vered itſelf in the water after all.
Now if it thus paffes interſtices that are ſo very ſmall
and fine along with the water, it is lefs ſtrange it
ſhould attend it in its paſſage through the ducts and
paſſages of plants. It is true filtring and diſtilling of
water interrupts, and makes it quit ſome of the earthy
matter it was before impregnated withal; but then
that which continues with the water after this, is fine
and light, and ſuch conſequently, as is in a peculiar
manner fit for the growth and nouriſhment of vege-
tables,
And this is the caſe of rain water. The quantity of
terreſtrial matter it bears up into the atmoſphere is not
great; but what it doth bear up is chiefly of that
light kind, or vegetable matter, and that too perfect-
ly diffolved, and reduced to ſingle corpuſcles, all fic
to enter the tubes and veſſels of plants ; on which
account it is, that this water is ſo very fertile and
prolific.
The
That the water in theſe experiments, aſcended only
through the veſſels of the plants is certain, ſince
fome glaſſes, which had no plants in them, though
dispoſed in the like manner as the reſt, did remain, at
the end of the experiment, as at firſt, and without
any diminution of water, and that the greateſt part of
it fies off from the plant into the atmoſphere, is as
certain.
The leaſt proportion of the water expended was to
the augment of the plant, as 46 or 50 to. I; and in
ſome 100, 200 in 1, as 700 to 1.
Thus fo continual an emiffion of water, in ſo great
plenty, from the parts of the plant, affords a manifeſt
reaſon, why countries that abound with trees, and
the larger vegetables eſpecially, ſhould be very ob-
noxious to damp, great humidity in the air, and more
frequent rains, than others that are more open and
free.
The great moiſture of the air was a great inconveni-
ence and annoyance to thoſe who firſt fettled in Ame-
rica, which at that time was overgrown with woods
and groves; but as theſe were burnt down and de-
ſtroyed, to make way for habitations, and the culture
a
6

V E G
у EG
very ſame
The reaſon why all the terreſtrial matter mixed with
the water does not aſcend into that, is, that the mine-
ral matter makes a great deal of it, which is not only
grofs and ponderous, but ſcabrous and inflexible, and
fo not diſpoſed to enter the pores of the roots; be-
fides, a great many of the fimple vegetable particles
do by degrees unite and form ſmall clods, or mole-
culæ, which ſtick to the extremities of the roots of
thoſe plants, and others of them entangled in a looſer
manner for the nubeculæ, or green bodies, ſo com-
monly obſerved in ftagnant water; theſe, when thus
conjoined, are too big to enter the pores, or aſcend
up the veſſels of plants, which ſingly they might have
done.
Hence it is, that in agriculture, be the earth never ſo
rich, good, and fit for the production of Corn, or
other vegetables, little will come of it, unleſs the
particles be ſeparated and looſe ; and it is on this
account ſuch pains are beſtowed in the digging, til-
ling, ploughing, fallowing, harrowing, and break-
ing the clodded lumps of earth; and it is the ſame
way that ſea ſalt, nitre, and other falts promote Ve-
getation.
Some authors imagine nitre eſſential to plants, and
that nothing in the vegetable kingdom is tranſacted
without it; but Dr. Woodward ſays, by all the trials
he has been able to make, the thing ſeems to him
quite otherwiſe ; and when contiguous to the plant,
nitre rather deſtroys than nouriſhes it. This I have
myſelf found to be true, for by ſcattering ſome nitre
round the roots of three or four plants, it killed them
in a few days.
But nitre and other falts certainly looſen the earth,
and ſeparate the concreted parts of it, by that means
fitting and diſpoſing them to be aſſumed by the water,
and carried up into the ſeed or plant for its formation
and increaſe.
It is evident to obſervation, how apt all ſorts of falts
are to be wrought upon by moiſture, how eaſily they
run with it; and when theſe are drawn off, and have
deſerted the lumps with which they are incorporated,
they muſt moulder immediately, and fall aſunder in
courſe.
The hardeſt ftone that is to be met with, if it happens
(as it frequently does) to have any falt intermixed
with the ſand of which it conſiſts, upon its being ex-
poſed in a humid air, in a ſhort time diffolves and
crumbles all to pieces; and much more will clodded
earth or clay, which is not of ſo compact and ſolid a
conftitution.
Lime likewiſe is in the ſame way ſerviceable in this
affair. The huſbandmen ſay, it does not fatten, but
only mellows the ground; by which they mean, it doth
not contain any thing in itſelf, that is of the ſame na-
ture with the vegetable mould, or afford any matter
fit for the formation of plants, but merely ſoften and
relaxes the earth; by that means rendering it more
capable of entering the feeds and vegetables ſet in it,
in order to their nouriſhment, than otherwiſe it would
have been.
The properties of lime are well known, and how apt
it is to be put into a ferment and commotion by wa-
ter; nor can ſuch commotion ever happen, when
lime is mixed with earth, however hard and clodded
it may be, without opening and looſening it.
a
a
So likewiſe the Mint in another glaſs, in the water of
which was diffolved a ſmall quantity of good garden
mould, though it had the diſadvantage to be leſs
when firſt fet, than either of the Mints in the two
other glaſſes had, the water in which was the
as the firſt, only none of the earth mixed with it; yet
in a ſhort time the plant not only overtook, but much
outſtripped the other.
The reaſon why the proportion of the increaſe of the
plant was limited to the quantity of proper terreſtrial
matter in the water, is, that all, even vegetable mat-
ter, is not proper for the nouriſhment of every plant ;
nor do there want good indications, that every kind
requires a peculiar and ſpecific matter for its formation
and nouriſhment, nay, each part of the fame vege-
table; and that there are very many and different in-
gredients, to go to the compoſition of the ſame indivi-
dual plant.
If therefore the foil wherein any vegetable or feed is
planted, contains all or moſt of theſe ingredients, and
thoſe in due quantity, it will grow and thrive, other-
wiſe it will not. If there be not as many forts of cor-
puſcles as are requiſite for the conſtruction of the main
and more effential parts of the plant, it will not proſper
at all. If there are theſe, and not in ſufficient plen-
ty, it will never arrive to its natural ftature, or if any
of the leſs neceſſary and eſſential corpuſcles are want-
ing, there will be ſome failure in the plant. It will
be defective in ſmell, taſte, colour, and ſome other
way.
Indeed it is inconceivable, how one uniform homoge-
neous matter, having its principles, or original parts,
of the ſame ſubſtance, conſtitution, magnitude, figure,
and gravity, ſhould conſtitute bodies ſo unlike in all
thoſe reſpects, as vegetables of different kinds are,
nay, even as the different parts of the ſame vegeta-
ble, that one ſhould carry a reſinous, another a milky,
a third a yellow, and a fourth a red juice in its veins;
that one affords a fragrant, another an offenſive ſmell;
one ſweet to the taſte, another acid, bitter, acerb, au-
ftere ; that one ſhould be nouriſhing, another poiſon-
Qus; one purging, another aftringent; and theſe all
receive their nouriſhment from the fame foil.
A Cataputia, Tithymalus latifolius Cataputia dicta, in
one of the glaſſes afforded but a little increaſe, only
3 grains all the while, though 250 1 grains of water
were ſpent upon it; but this might poſſibly be owing
not to the water's wanting matter fit for the nouriſh-
ment of that particular plant, but from its being an
improper medium for that to grow in. Too much of
that liquor in ſome plants, may probably hurry the
terreſtrial matter through the veſſels too faſt for them
to lay hold of it.
But a farther proof of this matter is, that the ſoil once
proper
for the production of fome ſort of vegetables,
does not ever continue ſo, but in tract of time loſes
its property; and fooner in ſome lands, and later in
others.
As for example: if Wheat be fown upon land proper
for that grain, the firſt crop will ſucceed very well,
and perhaps the ſecond and third, as long as the
ground is in heart, as the farmers call it; but in a few
years it will produce no more, if fowed with that
Corn; ſome other grain it may, as Barley ; and after
this has been ſown fo oft, that the land can bring no
more of it, it may afterward yield ſome good Oats,
and perhaps Peas after them.
At length it becomes barren ; the vegetative matter
that at firſt it abounded with, being reducd by the
fucceffive crops, and moſt of it borne off, each fort of
,
grain takes out that peculiar matter that is proper for
its own nouriſhment.
It may be brought to bear another ſeries of the fame
vegetables, but not till it is ſupplied with another
fund of matter of the like fort with what it firſt con-
tained; either by the ground's lying fallow for fome
time, till the rain hath poured a freſh ſtock upon it,
or by the manuring it.
That this ſupply is of the like fort is evident, by the
ſeveral manures found beſt to promote the Vegeta-
I
2
IV. The plant is more or leſs nouriſhed, in proportion as
the water in which it ſtands, contains a greater or
ſmaller quantity of proper terreſtrial matter in it.
The truth of this propoſition is diſcernible through
the whole proceſs of the Doctor's experiments. The
Mint in one of the glaſſes was of much the ſame bulk
and weight with that of two or three others; but the
water in which the firſt was, being river water, which
was apparently more copiouſly ſtored with terreſtrial
matter than the ſpring or rain water, in which the
other ſtood, occafioned it to arrive at almoſt double
the bulk that either of them had, and with leſs ex-
pence of water too.
tion;

VEG
V E G
tion, which are chiefly either of parts of vegetables,
or of animals; of animals, which either derive their
own nouriſhment immediately from vegetable bodies,
or from other animals that do fo ; in particular, the
blood, excrements, and urine of animals that do fo;
ſhaving of horns and hoofs, hair, feathers, calcined
ſhells, lees of wine and beer, aſhes of all ſorts of ve-
getable bodies, leaves, ſtraw, roots, and ſtubble,
turned into earth by ploughing, or otherwiſe, to rot
and diffolve there.
Theſe are our beſt manures; and, being vegetable
ſubſtances, when refunded back again into the earth,
ſerve for the formation of other bodies.
But to apply this to gardens, where the trees, ſhrubs,
and herbs, after their having continued in one ſtation
till they have derived thence the greateſt part of the
matter fit for their increaſe, will decay and degene-
rate, unleſs either freſh earth, or ſome fit matter be
applied to them.
It is true they may maintain themſelves there for ſome
time, by ſending forth roots farther and farther, to
an extent all around, to fetch in more proviſion , but
at laſt they muſt have a freſh ſupply brought to them,
or they will decay.
All theſe inſtances argue a particular terreſtrial mat-
ter, and not water, for the ſubject to which plants
owe their increaſe; were it water only, there would
be no need of manures, or changing the ſpecies; the
rain falls in all places, in this field and in that, in-
differently, on one ſide of an orchard or garden, as
well as the other; nor could there be any reaſon why
a tract of land ſhould yield Wheat one year and not
the next, ſince the rain ſhowers down all alike upon
the earth.
Thefe proportions hold in the main, but a ſtrict and
juſt compoſition is hardly to be expected ; inaſmuch
as in all probability, the water that falls in rain, con-
tains ſometimes a greater ſhare of terreſtrial matter,
than that which falls at other times; a more powerful
and intenſe heat, of neceſſity, hurrying up a larger
quantity of that matter, along with the humid va-
pours that form rain, than one more feeble and remifs
poffibly can.
The water of one ſpring may flow forth with a high-
er charge of this matter than that of another, this
depending partly upon the quickneſs of the ebullition
of the water, and partly on the quantity of that mat-
ter latent in the ſtrata, thro' which the fluid paffes,
and the greater or leſs laxity of thoſe ſtrata ; for the
ſame reaſon the water of one river may abound with
it more than that of another ; nay, the ſame river,
when much agitated and in commotion, muſt bear
up more of it, than when it moves with leſs rapidity
and violence. That there is a great quantity of or-
dinary fertility of the earth, the Nile affords a preg-
nant inſtance, and ſo does the Ganges and other rivers,
which annually overflowing the neighbouring plains,
their banks ſhew the faireſt and largeſt crops of any
in the world.
VII. Water ſerves only for a vehicle to the terreſtrial
matter which forms vegetables, and does not itſelf make
any augmentation to them.
V. Vegetables are not formed of water, but of a certain
peculiar terreſtrial matter.
a
Where the proper terreſtrial matter is wanting, the
plant is not augmented, though never ſo much water
aſcend into it: water then is not the matter that com-
poſes vegetable bodies, it is only the agent that con-
veys the matter into them, that diſtributes it to their
ſeveral parts to their nouriſhment; that matter is ſlug-
giſh and inactive, and would lie eternally confined to
its beds of earth, without advancing up into plants,
did not water or ſome like inſtrument fetch it forth,
and carry it into them.
This fluid is capacitated ſeveral ways for the office
here aſſigned it, by the figure of its parts, which ap-
pears from many experiments to be exactly and ma-
thematically ſpherical, their ſurfaces being perfectly
polite, and without any the leaſt irregularities.
It is evident, that corpuſcles of ſuch a figure are ea-
fily ſuſceptible of motion, and far above any others
whatever, and conſequently more capable of moving
and conveying other matter that is not ſo active; then
the intervals of the bodies of that figure are, in re-
ſpect to their bulk, of all others the largeſt, and ſo
the moit fitted to receive and entertain foreign matter
in them; beſides, as far as the trials hitherto made
inform us, the conſtituent corpuſcles of water are
each ſingly conſidered abſolutely folid, and do not
yield to the greateſt external force; this ſecures their
figure againſt any alteration, and the intervals of their
corpuſcles muſt be always alike.
By the latter it will be ever diſpoſed to receive matter
into it; and by the former, when once received, to
bear it along with it. Water is farther capacitated
to be a vehicle to this matter, by the tenuity and fine-
neſs of the corpuſcles of which it conſiſts. We hardly
know any fluid in all nature, except fire, whoſe con-
ftituent parts are ſo exceeding ſubtile and ſmall as
thoſe of water are ; they will paſs pores and interſtices
that neither air nor any other fluid will. This ena-
bles them to enter the tubes, and fineft veſſels of
plants, and to introduce the terreſtrial matter, and
convey it to all parts of them, whilſt each, by means
of organs it is endued with for that purpoſe, intercepts
and aſſumes into itſelf, ſuch particles as are ſuitable
to its own nature, letting the reſt paſs on through the
It has been ſhewn, that there is a conſiderable quan-
tity of this matter both in ſpring, rain, and river
water; and the experiments before-mentioned ſhew,
that the much greateſt part of the fluid maſs that
aſcends up into plants, does not ſettle or abide there,
but paſſes through the pores of them, and exhales
into the atmoſphere; and that a great part of the ter-
reſtrial matter mixed with the water, paſſes up into
the plant along with it, and that the plant is more or
leſs augmented, in proportion as the water contains a
greater or leſs quantity of matter; from all which we
may reaſonably infer, that earth, and not water, is
the matter which conſtitutes vegetables.
One of the ſprigs of Mint before-mentioned drew up
into it 250 1 grains of the fluid maſs, and yet had re-
ceived but 3 grains of increaſe from it.
A ſecond, though it had at firſt the diſadvantage to
be much leſs than a third, yet being ſet in water,
wherein earth had been plentifully mixed, and the
other in water without any ſuch earth, it had vaſtly
outgrown it, weighing at leaſt 145 grains more than
that did.
A fourth plant, though at firſt a great deal leſs than
the fifth, yet being ſet in foul crafs water, that was
left in the ftill, after that in which the laſt was ſet
was drawn off, had gained in weight at the end, above
double what that in the finer and thinner water had.
The proportion of the augment of that plant, which
throve moſt, was in the ſaid maſs ſpent upon it, but
as I to 46; in others as one to 60, 100, 200, and in
the Cataputia, but as I to 714.
One of the ſprigs took up 39 grains of water a day,
one day with another, which was much more than the
whole plant originally; and yet it gained not of a
grain a day in weight.
And another took up 253 grains a day, which was
near twice as much as its original weight; and after
all, the daily increaſe of the plant was no more than 2
16 grains.
2
common ducts.
15
36
VIII. Water is not capable of performing this office to
plants, unleſs aſiſted by a due quantity of beat.
Heat muſt concur, or Vegetation will not ſucceed.
The plants ſet in the glaſſes in October, and the fol.
lowing
VI. Spring and rain water contain near an equal charge of
vegetable matter; river water more than either of them.
IZT

VEG
VËL
lowing months, had not near the quantity of water Pears, Peaches, Nectarines, and Grapes, and the pro
ſent up into them, or ſo great an additional increaſe duction of warmer countries, have been fewer, and
by much as thoſe that were ſet in June, July, or the thoſe not ſo thoroughly ripened, and brought to per-
hotter months.
fection as they are in more benign feaſons.
It is plain the water has no power of moving itſelf, Nor is it that heat only which promotes Vegetation,
or riſing to the vaſt height it doth, in the more tall but any other indifferently, according to its power and
and lofty plants; fo far from it, that it doth not ap- degree, as we find from our ſtoves, hot-beds, &c.
pear by any diſcovery yet made, that even its own And by the rightly adapting of theſe artificial heats,
Auidity conſiſts in the inteſtine motion of its parts, the Engliſh gardeners have of late years ſo much im-
whatever the Carteſians think.
proved their art, as in a great meaſure to ſupply the
Indeed we want nothing more to ſolve all the phæno- want of natural heat, and to vie with the people, who
mena of Auidity, than ſuch a figure and diſpoſition of inhabit countries ſeveral degrees ſouth of England, in
parts as water has: ſpherical corpuſcles muſt ſtand fo the early products of eſculent plants, and the accele-
tickliſh upon each other, as to be ſuſceptible of every rating and ripening the fruits of the warmeſt climates.
impreſſion, and though not perpetually in motion, And as the knowledge of Vegetation is improved,
muſt be always ready and liable to be put into it by and the practitioners of the art are better acquainted
any the ſlighteſt force imaginable. It is true, the with the theory, it may be hoped the art may be far-
parts of fire or heat are not capable of moving them- ther extended and improved ; therefore it is highly
ſelves any more than thoſe of water, but they are neceſſary, that the theory of Vegetation ſhould be ftu.
more ſubtile, light, and active than thoſe are, and ſo died by every perſon who propoſes to make any pro-
the more eaſily put in motion.
ficiency in gardening and agriculture.
That the concourſe of heat is really neceſſary in this VELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 714. Spaniſh Creſs.
work, appears not only from the experiments before The CHARACTERS are,
us, but from all nature, from the fields and foreſts, The empalemeut of the flower is cylindrical, and compoſed
gardens and orchards. We ſee in autumn, as the of four linear obtuſe leaves, which drop off. The flower
ſun's power is gradually leſs and leſs, ſo its effect on has four petals in form of a croſs, whoſe tails are the
plants is remitted, and Vegetation flackens by little length of the empalement, and fix ſtamina of the same
and little.
length, two of which are a little shorter, terminated by
Its failure is firſt diſcernible in trees, which, being ſingle ſummits, and an oval germen, ſupporting a conical
raiſed higheſt above the earth, require a more intenſe Style, crowned by a ſingle ſtigma. The germen afterward
heat to elevate the water charged with nouriſhment to turns to a globular capſule with two cells, divided by an
their tops, ſo that, for want of freſh ſupport and nu- intermediate partition twice as large as the pod, and is oval
triment, they ſhed their leaves, unleſs ſupported by a and erect, ſtretching beyond the capſule, each cell con-
very firm and hard conftitution, as our evergreens are. taining one ſeed.
Next, the ſhrubs part with theirs; then the herbs and This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
lower tribes, the heat at length not being ſufficient to Linnæus's fifteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
ſupply even to theſe, though ſo near the earth, the whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter ſtamina,
fund of their nouriſhment.
and the ſeeds are included in ſhort pods.
As the heat returns the ſucceeding ſpring, they all
The Species are,
recruit again, and are furniſhed with freſh ſupplies 1. VELLA (Annua) foliis pinnatifidis, filiculis pendulis.
and verdure, but firſt, thoſe which are loweſt, and Lin. Sp. Plant. 641. Vella with wing-pointed leaves, and
neareſt the earth, and that require a leſs degree of heat hanging pods. Naſturtium ſylveſtre Valentinum. Cluf
to raiſe the water with its earthy charge into them, Hiſt
. 2. p. 130. Wild Creſs of Valentia.
then the ſhrubs and higher vegetables in their turn, 2. VELLA (Pſeudo Cytiſus) foliis integris obovatis ciliatis
and laſtly the trees.
ſiliculis erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 641. Vella with entire
As the heat increaſes, it grows too powerful, and oval, ciliated leaves, and erect pods. Pſeudo cytiſus flore
hurries the matter with too great rapidity through the leucoii luteo. C. B. P. 230. Baſtard Cytiſus with a
finer and more tender plants; theſe therefore go off flower like the yellow Wall-flower.
and decay, and others that are more hardy and vigo- The firſt fort grows naturally in Valentia ; it is an
rous, and require a greater degree of heat, ſucceed in annual plant, which ſeldom riſes more than one foot
their order. By which mechaniſm, provident nature high. The ſtalk divides toward the top into ſeveral
furniſhes us with a very various and different entertain- branches, each ending in a looſe ſpike of flowers,
ment, and what is beſt ſuited to each ſeaſon all the which are followed by round ſwelling pods, having a
leafy border or creſt on the top, which is hollowed
As the heat of the ſeveral ſeaſons affords us a diffe- like a helmet. The pod opens with two valves, and
rent face of things, the ſeveral diſtant climates ſhew has two cells, which contain roundiſh feeds like thoſe
the different ſcenes of nature, and productions of the of Muſtard. The leaves are jagged, and end in ma-
.
earth.
ny points.
The hotter countries ordinarily yield the largeſt and This plant is preſerved in gardens for the ſake of va-
talleſt trees, and thoſe too in a much greater variety riety, but as it is not very beautiful, nor of any uſe,
than the colder; even thoſe plants common to both it is ſeldom cultivated unleſs in botanic gardens. If
attain to a much greater bulk in the ſouthern, than in the ſeeds of this plant are permitted to ſcatter, the
the northern climates.
plants will come up and thrive very well; or if they
Nay, there are ſome regions ſo cold, that they raiſe are ſown in autumn, they will ſucceed much better
no vegetables at all to a conſiderable ſize; this we than thoſe which are ſown in the ſpring; for when the
learn from Greenland, Iceland, and other parts of like ſeaſon proves dry, thoſe ſeeds which are ſown in the
cold ſituation and condition : in theſe there are no ſpring, frequently lie in the ground till the following
trees, and the ſhrubs are poor, little, and low. autumn before the plants appear; whereas thoſe
Again, in the warmer climates, and ſuch as furniſh which are ſown in autumn, always come up ſoon after,
trees and the large vegetables, if there happen a re- or early in the ſpring, ſo will more certainly produce
miffion or diminution of the uſual heat, their producti- ripe ſeeds. Theſe plants ſhould not be tranſplanted,
ons are impeded in proportion. Our own fummers therefore the ſeeds ſhould be fown where the plants
give us proof enough of this, for though at ſuch times are to remain, and if they are kept clean from weeds,
there is heat ſufficient to raiſe the vegetative matter and thinned where they are too cloſe, they will require
into the lower plants, as Wheat, Barley, Peas, and no other culture.
the like, and we have plenty of Strawberries, Raſpber- The ſecond fort grows naturally in Spain. The
ries, Goofberries, Currants, and the fruits of ſuch ve- leaves of this are entire, hairy, and fit cloſe to the
getables as are low, and near the earth, and a moderate ſtalk; they are oval, and of a grayiſh colour. The
ſtore of Cherries, Plums, &c. and ſome others, that ſtalks become ligneous; they riſe about two feet
grow at ſomething of a greater height, yet our Apples, high, and are terminated by roundiſh bunches of pale
yellow
year round.
3
j

VER
VER
a
a
year. In
yellow flowers, which ſtretch out in length; the
flowers have four croſs-ſhaped petals, and are ſuc-
ceeded by pods like the former. This plant will con-
tinue two or three years; it is propagated by feeds in
the ſame manner as the former.
VERATRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 272. tab. 145.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 1013. [fo called as though vere
atrum, i. e. truly black, becauſe this plant has a black
root, or becauſe it purges a black humour.] White
Hellebore; in French, Ellebore blanc.
The CHARACTERS are,
It has hermaphrodite and male flowers intermixed in the
ſame ſpike. The flowers have no empalement; they have
Six oblong Spear-ſhaped petals which are permanent, and fix
awl-ſhaped ſtamina fitting on the point of the germen,
Spreading aſunder, terminated by quadrangular ſummits ;
they have three oblong ere&t germen fitting upon the ſtyle,
which are ſcarce viſible, crowned by a ſingle Spreading
ſtigma. The germen afterward become three oblong, erect,
compreſſed capſules with one cell, opening on the inſide, in-
cluding many oblong, compreſſed, membranaceous ſeeds. The
male flowers have the ſame characters of the hermaphro-
dite, but are barren.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's twenty-third claſs, which contains thoſe
plants which have flowers of different ſexes in the ſame
plant.
The SPECIES are,
1. VERATRUM (Album) racemo ſupradecompoſito, corol-
lis erectis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with
a ſpike decompounded above, and erect petals. Veratrum
fore fubviridi. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 273. White Helle-
bore with a greeniſh flower.
2. VERATRUM (Nigrum) racemo compoſito, corollis pa-
tentiſfimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with
a compound ſpike, and very ſpreading petals. Veratrum
flore atrorubente. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 273. White
Hellebore with a dark red flower.
3. VERATRUM (Luteum) racemo ſimpliciſſimo, foliis ſef-
filibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with a
fingle Spike, and leaves ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Vera-
trum caule fimpliciſſimo, foliis feffilibus. Flor. Virg.
195. White Hellebore with a ſingle ſpike.
4. VERATRUM (Americanum) racemo fimpliciſſimo, co-
rollis patentibus, ftaminibus longioribus. White Hel-
tebore with a ſingle ſpike of flowers, Spreading petals, and
longer ſtamina.
The firſt ſort grows naturally on the mountains in Au-
ftria, Helvetia, and Greece. The root is perennial,
and compoſed of many thick fibres gathered into a
head; the leaves are oblong, oval, ten inches long,
and five broad in the middle, and rounded at the
points, having many longitudinal plaits like thoſe of
Gentian ; the ſtalks riſe three or four feet high, and
branch out on every ſide almoſt their whole length;
under each of theſe branches is placed a narrow plaited
leaf, which diminiſhes in its fize as it is nearer the
top of the ſtalk. The branches and principal ftalk
are terminated by ſpikes of flowers ſet very cloſe to-
gether, which are compoſed of fix petals which ſtand
erect; theſe are green, and in their center is ſituated
three obtufe germen. From the point of theſe ariſe fix
ſtamina which ſpread aſunder, and are terminated by
four-cornered fummits. Theſe appear in June and
July, and are each ſucceeded by oblong compreſſed
capſules with one cell, filled with membranaceous
feeds.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in Hungary and Sibe-
ria ; it has a perennial root like the former. The leaves
are longer and thinner than thoſe of the firſt fort ;
they are plaited in the like manner, but are of a yel-
lowiſh green colour, and appear ſooner in the ſpring;
the ſtalks riſe higher than thoſe of the former. It has
fewer leaves upon it, and does not branch out into ſo
many ſpikes : the flowers of this are of a dark red co-
lour, and the petals ſpread open fiat, in which it dif-
fers from the former. This flowers almoſt a month
before the other.
The third ſort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
parts of North America, where it is ſometimes called
Rattle Snake Root. The root of this is tuberous and
large; the leaves are oblong, and ſhaped like thoſe of
Plantain, having ſeveral longitudinal furrows or plaits;
they are four or five inches long, and two broad in the
middle, ſpreading themſelves on the ground. Between
theſe come out a ſingle ſtalk which riſes near a foot
high, having a few very ſmall leaves or ſheaths placed
alternately; and at the top the flowers are produced
in a ſingle, thick, cloſe ſpike; they are ſmall, and of
a yellowiſh white colour, theſe appear in June, but
are rarely ſucceeded by feeds here.
The fourth fort was ſent me from Philadelphia by Mr.
John Bartram, who found it growing naturally in that
country. The root of this is compoſed of thick
fleſhy fibres; the leaves are oblong, oval, of a light
green colour, having fix longitudinal veins or plaits ;
they are four or five inches long, and between two
and three broad, ſpreading on the ground; theſe are
rounded at their points, and continue all the
the center of the leaves ſprings up a ſingle erect ſtalk
a foot high, having a few veſtiges or ſmall leaves
ſtanding alternately cloſe to the ſtalk, which end in
acute points. The ſtalk is terminated by a thick ob-
tuſe ſpike of dark red flowers, whoſe petals ſpread
open flat. In the center of the petals is ſituated three
obtuſe germen joined together, from whoſe point
ariſes fix ftamina which ſpread aſunder, and are longer
than the petals; theſe are terminated by four-cornered
fummits of a purple blue colour. This plant flowers
the latter end of June, and in warm ſeaſons the ſeeds
will ripen here.
The firſt of theſe plants is that which is ordered for me
dicinal uſe, and is by much the ſtronger and more acrid
plant than the ſecond; for when both forts are placed
near each other, the ſnails will entirely devour the
leaves of the ſecond fort, when at the ſame time they
ſcarcely touch thoſe of the firſt.
Theſe plants are very pretty ornaments, when planted
in the middle of open borders of the pleaſure-garden;
for if they are placed near hedges or walls, where
ſnails generally harbour, they will greatly deface the
leaves, eſpecially of the ſecond fort, by eating them
full of holes before they are unfolded; and as a great
part of the beauty of theſe plants is in their broad-
folded leaves, ſo when they are thus defaced, the
plants make but an indifferent appearance.
Both theſe forts may be propagated by parting their
roots in autumn, when their leaves decay, but they
ſhould not be parted too ſmall, for that will prevent
their flowering the following ſummer ; theſe heads
ſhould be planted in a light, freſh, rich foil, in which
they will thrive exceedingly, and produce ſtrong ſpikes
of flowers. The roots ſhould not be removed oftener
than once in three or four years, by which time, (if
they like the foil,) they will be very ſtrong, and pro-
duce many heads to be taken off; but if they are fre-
quently tranſplanted, it will prevent their increaſing,
and cauſe them to flower very weak.
Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which
ſhould be ſown as ſoon as ripe, either in a bed or box
filled with freſh light earth, and the ground kept
conſtantly from weeds. In the ſpring the plants will
appear, at which time, if the ſeaſon proves dry, you
ſhould now and then refreſh them with water, which
will greatly promote their growth; and you muſt care-
fully clear them from weeds, which, if permitted to
grow, will foon overſpread and deſtroy theſe plants
while young. The autumn following, when their
leaves decay, you ſhould prepare a bed of freſh light
earth, and carefully take up the young plants (ob-
ſerving not to break their roots) and plant them there-
in about fix inches ſquare, where they may remain un-
til they are ſtrong enough to flower, when they ſhould
be tranſplanted into the borders of the pleaſure-gar-
den; but, as theſe plants ſeldom fower in leſs than
four years from feeds, this method of propagating
them is not much practiſed in England.
VER-
2

V ER
V ER
a
3
3
The two American forts are at preſent rare in the Eng- libus, pedunculis folitaris. Mullein with the lower
liſh gardens, but, as they hardy enough to thrive in leaves jagged like wings, thoſe on the ſtalks acute-pointed,
the open air, in a few years they may become plenty; indented, half embracing the ſtalks, and ſingle foot-ſtalks
theſe may be propagated by offsets or feeds, in the to the flowers. Blattaria lutea, folio longo, laciniato.
fame manner as the former.
C.B. P. 240. Yellow Moth Mullein with a long jagged
VERBASCUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 146. tab. 61. leaf.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 217. Mullein; in French, Bouillon 10. VERBASCUM (Ferrugineum) foliis ovato-oblongis ob-
blanc.
foletè crenatis, utrinque virentibus petiolatis, caule
The CHARACTERS are,
ramofo. Mullein with oblong oval leaves having obſolete
The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement of one crenatures, and both fides green, with a branching ſtalk.
leaf, cut into five parts; it hath one wheel-ſhaped petal, Blattaria flore ferrugineo. H. R. Par. Moth Mullein
with a very ſhort cylindrical tube, the brim ſpreading, with an iron-coloured flower,
and cut into fove oval obtuſe ſegments, and five awl-ſhaped 11. VERBASCUM (Annuum) foliis radicalibus oblongis
ſtamina which are fhorter than the petal, terminated by integerrimis, utrinque viridibus, caulinis acutis felli-
roundiſh, compreſſed, ereat fummits; with a roundiſh ger- libus, pedunculis aggregatis. Mullein with oblong, en-
men ſupporting a fender ſtyle inclining to the ſtamina, tire, lower leaves which are green on both ſides, thoſe on
crowned by a thick obtufe ſtigma. The germen afterward the ſtalks acute-pointed, fitting cloſe, and cluſtered foot-
becomes a roundiſh capſule with two cells opening at the top, ſtalks. Blattaria annua, flore majore luteo, capſula
having a half oval receptacle fixed to the partition, and item majore. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 498. Annual Moth
filled with angular ſeeds.
Mullein with a larger yellow flower, and a larger capſule.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of 12. VERBASCUM (Phænicium) foliis ovatis crenatis radi-
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants calibus, caule ſubnudo racemoſo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 178.
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
Mullein with naked, oval, crenated, lower leaves, and an
The SPECIES are,
almoſt naked branching ſtalk. Blattaria purpurea. C.
I. VERBASCUM (Thapſus) foliis decurrentibus utrinque B. P. 241. Purple Moth Mullein.
tomentoſis. Vir. Cliff
. 13. Mullein with running leaves 13. VERBASCUM (Myconi) foliis lanatis radicalibus, ſca-
which are woolly on both ſides. Verbaſcum mas latifo- po nudo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 179. Mullein with woolly
lium luteum. C. B. P. 239. Great white Mullein, Hig tower leaves, and a naked ſtalk. Verbaſcum humile
Taper, or Cow's Lungwort.
Alpinum villoſum borraginis flore & folio. Tourn.
2. VERBASCUM (Lychnitis) foliis cuneiformi-oblongis. Inft
. 147. Low, hairy, Alpine Mullein, with the leaf
Hort. Upfal. 45. Mullein with oblong wedge-ſhaped and flower of Borage, commonly called Borage-leaved Au-
leaves. Verbaſcum pulverulentum, fore luteo par- ricula.
vo. J. B. Hoary Mullein with ſmall yellow flowers. The firſt is the common Mullein or Hig Taper which
3. VERBASCUM (Album) foliis cordato-oblongis, ſubtus is uſed in medicine; this grows naturally by the fide
incanis, fpicis racemofis. Mullein with oblong heart- of highways and on banks in moſt parts of England ;
ſhaped leaves which are boary on their under ſide, and it is a biennial plant, which periſhes ſoon after it has
branching Spikes of flowers. Verbaſcum fæmina, flore perfected feeds. The lower leaves, which ſpread on
albo. C. B. P. 239. Fengale Mullein with a white the ground, are nine or ten inches long, and fix broad;
flower.
they are very woolly, and of a yellowiſh white colour,
4. VERBASCUM (Luteum) foliis radicalibus ovatis peti- having ſcarce any foot-ſtalks. The ſtalk riſes four or
olatis, caulinis oblongis feffilibus fubtus tomentofis five feet high, and the lower part is garniſhed with
ſerratis. Mullein, with oval lower leaves growing on foot- leaves ſhaped like thoſe below, but ſmaller, whoſe
ſtalks, but thoſe on the ſtalks oblong, fawed, woolly on baſe half embrace the ſtalk, and have wings running
their under fide, and fitting cloſe. Verbaſcum blattariæ along the ſtalk from one to the other. The upper
foliis nigrum, amplioribus foliis luteis, apicibus pur- part of the ſtalk is cloſely garniſhed with yellow
purafcentibus. Flor. Leyd. Boerh. Ind. alt. I. 228. flowers, fitting very cloſe, formed into a long thick
Mullein with black Mullein leaves, large yellow petals to ſpike; theſe are compoſed of five obtuſe roundiſh
the flower, and purple ſummits.
petals, having five ſtamina in the center ; they have
5. VERBASCUM (Grandiflorum) foliis ovato-acutis utrinque an agreeable odour. It flowers in July, and the feeds
tomentofis, floribus in fpicâ denfiffimâ feffilibus. Hal- ripen in autumn.
ler. Helvet. 507
Mullein with oval acute-pointed The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſome parts of Eng-
leaves which are woolly on both ſides, and flowers diſpoſed land; I have obſerved it in plenty in ſome parts of
in thick Spikes fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. Verbaſcum Nottinghamſhire: this is a biennial plant. The lower
fæmina, flore luteo magno. C. B. P. 239. Female leaves are oblong, indented on their edges, and end
Mullein with a large yellow flower.
in acute points. The ſtalk riſes three or four feet high,
6. VERBASCUM (Nigrum) foliis ferratis fupernè rugoſis, fending out from every joint ſhort ſpikes of ſmall yel-
infernè fubhirfutis, petiolis ramoſis, ftaminum barba low flowers, which are paler than thoſe of the firſt,
purpurafcente. Haller. Helvet. 511. Mullein with and have a pleaſanter odour. At the baſe of each
Jawed leaves whoſe upper ſides are rough, thoſe on the un- ſpike is ſituated a ſmall, oblong, acute-pointed leaf;
der ſide hairy, branching foot-ſtalks, and purpliſh beards theſe are covered with a white powder which waſhes
to the ſtamina. Verbaſcum nigrum, flore ex luteo- off. When the flowers decay, they are ſucceeded by
purpurafcente. C. B. P. 240. Black Mullein with a oval capſules, filled with ſmall ſeeds, which ripen in
yellowiſh purple flower, commonly called Sage-leaved black
Mullein.
The third fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain.
7. VERBASCUM (Sinuatum) foliis radicalibus pinnatifido- The lower leaves of this are more than a foot long,
repandis tomentofis, caulinis amplexicaulibus nudiuf- and five or fix inches broad, rough on their upper
culis, rameis primis oppofitis. Lin. Sp. 254. Mullein fide, and a little hoary; their under fide is pale and
whoſe under leaves are wing-pointed, woolly, and turn very hoary. The ſtalk riſes fix or ſeven feet high,
back, the upper naked, embracing the ſtalks, and the firſt fending out ſome fide branches which are erect; the
branches are oppoſite. Verbaſcum nigrum, folio papa- flowers are diſpoſed in long fpikes which are branched;
veris corniculati. C. B. P. 240. Black Mullein with a they are white, and ſometimes yellow, having the
horned Poppy leaf.
moſt agreeable ſcent of all the ſpecies. This flowers
8. VERBASCUM (Glabrum) foliis amplexicaulibus oblongis about the ſame time with the former, and the feeds
glabris pedunculis folitariis. Hort. Upſal. 46. Mullein ripen in autumn.
with oblong ſmooth leaves embracing the ſtalks, and ſingle The fourth fort has oval leaves a foot long, and fix
foot-ſtalks to the flowers. Blattaria alba. C. B. P. 241. inches broad in the middle, ſtanding upon thick foot-
White Moth Mullein.
ſtalks; they are of a ſoft texture, of a pale green
9.
VERBASCUM (Blattaria) foliis radicalibus pinnato- on their upper fide, but hoary on their under, having
ſinuatis, caulinis dentatis acuminatis ſemi-amplexicau- many prominent nerves. The ſtalk riſes three or four
feet.
>
autumn,
3

VER
VER
a
ز
a
a
و
feet high; the lower part is garniſhed with ſmaller
leaves of the ſame ſhape with thoſe below; the upper
part is garniſhed with pale yellow flowers diſpoſed in a
looſe ſpike, having ſmall leaves intermixed with the
flowers the whole length. This flowers and ripens its
ſeeds about the ſame time with the former.
The fifth fort has oval leaves which terminate in a
point; they are of a yellowiſh green colour, and woolly
on both ſides. The ſtalks riſe about four feet high ;
they are of a purpliſh colour, covered with a hoary
down. The flowers fit very cloſe to the ſtalk, form-
ing a very thick ſpike, having no leaves between
them; they are much larger than thoſe of the firſt
fort, and are of a deeper yellow colour. It flowers
and ripens its feeds about the ſame time as the former.
The fixth ſort grows naturally in ſeveral parts of
England. The lower leaves of this are ſpear-ſhaped,
and rounded at the foot-ſtalk, where they are indented
like a heart; they are of a pale green on their upper
ſide, and hoary on their under, indented on their edges;
thoſe upon the ftalk are oblong, acute-pointed, and
fawed. The ſtalks riſe three or four feet high, the
upper part ending in a long ſpike of yellow Howers,
which are formed in ſhort ſpikes or cluſters on the
ſide of the principal ftalk, theſe have purpliſh ſta-
mina which are bearded; they have an agreeable
odour at a finall diſtance, but, if ſmelt too near, be-
come leſs agreeable.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Greece,
and alſo upon the rocks at Gibraltar. The lower
leaves are oblong, finuated on their borders, a little
waved and hoary. The ſtalk riſes four or five feet
high, fending out many ſender branches; the lower
part of the ſtalk is garniſhed with heart-ſhaped leaves,
whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalk; the upper part of the
ftalk and branches have no leaves, but the fowers are
diſpoſed along their ſides in ſmall cluſters at diſtances;
they are ſmall, yellow, and have little odour.
The eighth fort grows naturally in the ſouth of France
and Italy. The leaves of this are oblong, ſmooth,
and of a dark green colour; the ſtalk riſes three or four
feet high, and ſends out two or three fide branches;
they are garniſhed with oblong, ſmooth, green leaves,
whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalk. The flowers come out
fingly from the ſide of the ſtalk, upon foot-ſtalks an
inch long; they have one petal, cut into five obtuſe
segments almoſt to the bottom ; they are white within,
and have a little bluſh of red on the outſide: the
feed-veffels of this fort are round, and filled with
imall feeds. This flowers about the ſame time as the
former forts.
The ninth fort grows naturally in ſome parts of Eng-
land; this differs from the former, in the lower leaves
being much longer ; they are alſo deeply finuated on
aheir edges, in a regular manner, in imitation of the
rangement of the lobes of winged leaves; they are of
a brighter green colour than thoſe of the former. The
ftalks riſe much taller; the flowers are of a bright yel-
low colour, and the ſtamina, which are hairy, are of
a purple colour.
The tenth fort is commonly cultivated in gardens
here, and is commonly known by the title of Iron-
coloured Moth Mullein ; this has a perennial root, in
which it differs from all the former forts, though there
are fome who ſuppoſe it to be only a variety of the laſt
mentioned, but it differs greatly from that in other
refpects. The bottom leaves are oblong, oval, a little
crenated on their edges, but are almoſt entire; they are
of a dark green on their upper fide, of a pale green on
their under fide, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks.
The ſtalk riſes three or four feet high, branching out
on each ſide, and has a few ſharp-pointed ſmall leaves
on the lower part, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk. The
flowers are diſpoſed in a long looſe ſpike on the upper
part of the ſtalk; they come out upon ſhort ſlender
foot-ſtalks, three or four from the lower joints; above
thoſe there are two at each joint, and at the top they
are ſingle; theſe are of one petal, cut almoſt to the
bottom into five obtufe ſegments, and are of a ruity
iron colour, but are larger than thoſe of the common
ſort. This plant flowers in July and Auguſt, but
does not produce ſeeds here.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Sicily, from
whence the feeds were ſent me; this is a biennial plant,
which periſhes ſoon after the ſeeds are ripe. The lower
leaves of this are ten inches long, and two inches and
a half broad, rounded at their points ; they are en-
tire, and of a deep green on both ſides. The ſtalk is
ſtrong, and riſes five or fix feet high ; it is garniſhed
with ſmall
, acute-pointed, green leaves, whoſe baſe fits
cloſe to it. The flowers form a very long looſe ſpike
at the top ; they ſtand upon ſlender foot-italks, which
come out in cluſters from the ſide of the ſtalk; they
are large, of a deep yellow colour, and are ſucceeded
by large round capſules which are brown, opening in
two parts, and filled with ſmall dark-coloured ſeeds.
It flowers in July and Auguft.
The twelfth ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal. The root of this is perennial, the leaves are
oval, and of a light green colour; they are entire,
and a little hairy; the ſtalk riſes three feet high, and
is almoſt naked of leaves, but the flowers are ranged
along it almoſt the whole length, ftanding upon ſhort
foot-ſtalks, which for the moſt part come cut fingle.
The flowers are of a dark blue inclining to purple;
theſe appear in June and July, but are not ſucceeded
by feeds here.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally upon the Alps
and Pyrenean Mountains; this is a very humble plant. -
The roots of this are compoſed of ſlender fibres; the
leaves are thick, fleſhy, and hairy; they are oval,
crenated on their edges, and have compreſſed hairy
foot-ftalks; theſe are ſpread flat on the ground. Be-
tween them ariſe fender naked foot-ftalks about four
inches long, which divide into three or four ſmall ones
at the top, each ſuſtaining one large blue flower,
compoſed of five oval petals which ſpread open flat,
and five thick erect ſtamina which ſtand erect. This
flowers in May, and, after the flowers are paft, the
germen turns to an oblong-pointed capſule which
opens in two parts, and is filled with ſmall feeds.
The root of this is perennial, and the plant is uſu-
ally propagated by offsets, which come out from the
ſide of the old plant; theſe ſhould be taken off in
autumn, and planted in ſmall pots filled with light
ſandy earth; they muſt always have a ſhady ſituation,
for they will not thrive when they are expoſed to theſun.
The firſt nine and the eleventh forts are biennial
plants; theſe may be all cultivated by fowing their
feeds in Auguſt, on a bed of light earth, in an open
ſituation, where the plants will fometimes come up
the ſucceeding month, and will endure the winter's
cold very well, provided they have a dry foil. In
February the plants ſhould be tranſplanted where
they are to remain, allowing them a greater diſtance
for, as they grow pretty tall and large, they inuſt
not be planted nearer than two feet aſunder. In
June following they will flower, and their feeds will
be ripe in Auguſt or September: as the ſeeds of theſe
plants frequently lie in the ground a whole year, fo
the ground ſhould not be diſturbed; but notwith-
ſtanding ſome of theſe plants grow wild in England,
yet two or three of each kind may be admitted into
large gardens, for the variety of their hoary leaves,
together with the extreme ſweetneſs of their flowers,
which have a ſcent ſomewhat like Violet ; and, as
they require little care, they may be allowed a place
in the borders of large gardens, where, during their
continuance in flower, they will add to the variety :
and, if their ſeeds are permitted to fcatter, will come
up without care, but the ſeventh fort feldom produces
good ſeeds in England.
The tenth and twelfth forts have perennial roots,
and as they do not produce good feeds here, they
are propagated by offsets; theſe ſhould be taken off in
autumn, time enough to get good root before winter,
otherwiſe they will not fiower the following ſummer.
Theſe plants thrive beſt in a ſandy loam, and ſhould
13 U
be
a
:
3
a
a
a
A

VER
VER
be planted on an eaſt border, where they may have 10. VERBENA (Americana) diandra, fpicis carnofis fub
only the morning fun, for they do not thrive well nudis, foliis ovatis obtufis, obſoletè crenatis petiola-
when they are too much expoſed to the fun.
tis. Vervain with two ſtamina to the flowers, fleſhy Spikes
VERBEN A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 200. tab. 94. Lin. which are almoſt naked, and oval obtuſe leaves growing
Gen. Plant. 30. Vervain.
upon foot-ſtalks, having worn out indentures. Sherardia
The CHARACTERS are,
Americana, verbenæ folio ſubrotundo craffo, foribus
The flower has an angular, túbulous, permanent empale- cæruleis fpicâ longiſfimâ & crafiffimâ. Millar. Ameri-
ment of one leaf, indented in five parts at the brim; it can Sherardia with a thick, roundiſh, Vervain leaf, blue
has one petal, with a cylindrical tube the length of the em- flowers, and a very long thick ſpike.
palement, which is recurved, and cut into five points at 11. VERBENA (Orubica) diandra, fpicis longiffimis folio-
the brim, which ſpread open, and are nearly equal; it has fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 18. Vervain with two ſtarnira to
four very ſhort briſtly ſtamina within the tube, two of the flowers, and the longeſt leafy Spikes. Sherardia ur-
which are morter than the other, with as many incurved ticæ folio ſubtus incano, floribus violaceis. Ehr. tab.
fummits as ſtamina, or half that number, with a four- 5. f. 1. Sherardia with a Nettle leaf, which is boary on
cornered germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle the length of the under ſide, and a Violet-coloured flower.
the tube, crowned with an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen 12. VERBENA (Jamaicenſis) diandra, fpicis brevioribus,
afterward become two or four oblong ſeeds cloſely ſhut up foliis ovatis ſerratis, fubtus incanis. Vervoin with two
in the empalement.
ſtamina to the flowers, ſhorter Spikes, and oval fawed
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of leaves which are hoary on their under fide.
Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants 13. Verbena (Stæchadifolia) diandra, fpicis ovatis, fo-
whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle.
liis lanceolatis ferrato-plicatis, caule fruticoſo. Prod.
The SPECIES are,
Leyd. 327. Vervain with two ſtamina to the flowers,
1. VERBENA (Officinalis) tetrandra, ſpicis filiformibus oval ſpikes, Spear-ſhaped leaves which are ſawed and plait-
paniculatis, foliis multifido laciniatis, caule folita- ed, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Sherardia nodiflora, ſtæcha-
rio. Lin. Sp. 20. Vervain with four ſtomina, ſlender Spikes
dis ferrati-folii folio. Vaill. Serm. 48. Sherardia with
of flowers diſpoſed in panicles, leaves having many- a knotted frower, and a leaf like that of the Sawed-leaved
pointed jags, ond a ſingle fialk. Verbena communis, Stæcbas.
cæruleo flore. C. B. P. 269. Common Vervain with a 14. VERBENA (Fruticoſa) diandra, fpicis rotundis, foliis
blue flower.
ovatis ferratis, caule fruticoſo ramoſo. Vervain with
2. VERBENA (Haſtata) tetrandra, fpicis longis acumina- two stomina to the
flowers, round ſpikes, oval
ſaved leaves,
tis, foliis haftatis. Hort. Upfal. 8. Vervain with four and a ſhrubby branching ſtalk. Sherardia nodiflora,
Stamina to the flowers, long acute-pointed ſpikes, and ſpear- fruticoſa, foliis fubrotundis ferratis. Houſt. MSS.
ſhaped leaves. Verbena Americana, fpicâ multiplici
, Shrubby Sherardio, with a knotted flower and roundiſh
foliis urticæ anguftiffimis, foribus cæruleis. Prod. Sawed leaves.
Par. Bat. American Vervoin with many Spikes of blue 15. VERBENA (Anguſtifolia) diandra, fpicis carnoſis ſub-
flowers, and narrow Nettle leaves.
nudis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis obfoletè ferratis. Ver-
VERBENA (Supina) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus foli- vain with two ſtamina to the flowers, naked fleshy Spikes,
tariis, foliis bipinnatifidis. Lin. Sp. 21. Vervain with and narrow Spear-shaped leaves, with worn-out ſawed
four ſtamina to the flowers, ſingle ſlender Spikes of flowers, edges. Sherardia ſpicata, folio angufto ferrato, flore
and double wing-pointed leaves. Verbena tenuifolia. cæruleo. Houſt. MSS. Sherardia with ſpiked blue flow-
C. B. P. 269. Narrow-leaved Vervain.
ers, and a narrow ſawed leaf.
4. VERBENA (Urticæfolia) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus 16. VERBENA (Mexicana) diandra, fpicis laxis, calyci-
paniculatis, foliis indivifis ferratis petiolatis. Hort. bus fructus reflexo-pendulis ſubglobofis hiſpidis. Lin.
Upſal. 9. Vervain with four ſtamina to the flowers, Sp. Plant. 19. Vervain with two ſtamina to the flowers
flender Spikes growing in panicles, and undivided ſawed looje Spikes, the empalement of the fruit almoſt globular,
leaves having foot-ſtalks. Verbena urticæ folio Cana- prickly, and reflexed downward. Verbena Mexicana,
denſis. H. R. Par. Canada Vervain with a Nettle leaf. trachelii folio, fructu aparines. Hort. Elth. 407
5. Verbena (Spuria) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus, fo- Mexican Vervain with a Throatwort leaf, and fruit like
liis multifido laciniatis, caulibus numeroſis. Hort. Clivers.
Upfal. 8. Vervain with four ftamine to the flowers, ſlen- 17. VERBENA (Curaſſavica) diandra, fpicis laxis, caly-
der Spikes, leaves with many jagged points, and numerous cibus ariſtatis, foliis ovatis argutè ferratis. Lin. Sp.
ſtalks. Verbena urticæ folio Canadenſis foliis inciſis Plant. 19. Vervain with two ſtamina to the flowers,
flore majore. H.R. Par. Nettle-leaved Vervain of Ca- looſe ſpikes, bearded empalements, and oval leaves which
nada, with cut leaves and a larger flower.
are ſharply ſawed. Kempfera fruteſcens, chamadry-
6. VERBENA (Bonarienſis) tetrandra, fpicis fafciculatis, os folio, foribus fpicatis cæruleis. Houſt. MSS.
foliis lanceolatis amplexicaulibus. Hort. Upfal. 8. Shrabby Kempfera with a Germander leaf, and blue ſpiked
Vervain with four ſtamina to the flower, Spikes diſpoſed flowers.
in bunches, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves embracing the ſtalks. 18. VERBENA (Rugoſa) diandra, fpicis ovatis, foliis ſub-
Verbena Bonarienſis altiſſima, lavendulæ Canarienſi, rotundis ferratis & rugoſis, caule fruticofo ramoſo.
fpicâ multiplici. Hort. Elth. 406. Talleſt Vervain of Vervain with two ſtamina to the flowers, ovel Spikes,
Buenos Ayres, with many Spikes like the Canary Lavender. roundiſh, ſawed, rough leaves, and a ſhrubby branching
7. Verbena (Carolina) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus pa- ſtalk. Sherardia arboreſcens nodiflora foliis ferratis &
niculatis, foliis infernè cordato-oblongis caulinis lan- rugoſis flore purpureo. Houft. MSS. Tree-like Sherar-
ceolatis ſerratis petiolatis. Vervain with four ſtamina dia with a purple flower, and rough ſawed leaves.
to the flowers, ſlender ſpikes growing in panicles, the un- The firſt fort here mentioned, is very common on the
der leaves oblong and heart-ſhaped, and thoſe on the ſtalks fide of roads and foot-paths near habitations; for al-
Spear-ſhaped and ſawed, having foot-ſtalks.
though there is ſcarce any part of England, in which
8. VERBENA (Nodiflora) tetrandra, fpicis capitato-coni- this plant is not found in plenty, yet it is never found
cis, foliis ferratis, caule repente. Flor. Zeyl. 399. growing above a quarter of a mile from a houſe ;
Vervain with four ſtamina to the flowers, Spikes growing which occaſioned its being called Simpler's Joy, be-
in conical heads, Sowed leaves, and a creeping ſtolk. She- cauſe wherever this plant is found growing, it is a
rardia repens, folio fubrotundo craffo, nodiflora. Vail.
. fure token of a houſe being near; this is a certain
Serm. Creeping Sherardio with roundiſh thick leaves, and fact, but not eaſy to be accounted for. It is rarely
flowers collested in knots.
cultivated in gardens, but is the fort directed by the
9. VERBENA (Indica) diandra, fpicis longiffimis carnoſis College of Phyſicians for medicinal uſe, and is
ſubnudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 19. Vervoin with two Stami- brought to the markets by thoſe who gather it in the
na to the flowers, and very long fleſhy Spikes which are al- fields.
moft naked. Verbena folio fubrotundo ferrato, fiore There is another ſpecies which approaches near to
cæruleo. Sloan. Hiſt. 171. Vervain with roundiſh ſawed this, but is taller, the leaves are broader, and the
leaves, and a blue flower.
flowers larger. It came from Portugal, and is by
a
2
Tour-

V E R
V E R
a
a
a
.
a
Tournefort titled Verbena Luſitanica, latifolia pro-
cerior. Inft. R. H. 200. Taller broad-leaved Portu-
gal Vervain. But I am in fome doubt of its being
ſpecifically different from the common fort, though
the plants in the garden grow much taller than that,
and the flowers are larger, yet as there is ſo near an
affinity, I cannot be ſure they are different.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moſt parts of
North America; this ſends up many four-cornered
furrowed ftalks from the root, which riſe five or fix
feet high, garniſhed with oblong leaves about three
inches long, and one broad near the baſe, ending in
acute points ; they are deeply ſawed on their edges,
and ſtand upon flender foot-ſtalks by pairs; and
from the ſame joints come out ſhort branches, fet
with ſmaller leaves of the ſame form. The ſtalks are
terminated by ſpikes of blue flowers in cluſters, which
appear in Auguſt, and if the autumn proves favoura-
ble, the ſeeds will ripen the middle of October.
The third ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal;
this is a biennial plant, which periſhes foon after the
feeds are ripe. The ſtalks riſe near two feet high,
and branch out greatly. The leaves are double wing-
pointed, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The flowers are
diſpoſed in long looſe ſpikes fingly at the end of the
branches; they are of a light blue colour, and larger
than thoſe of the common fort. It flowers in July and
Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America; this is a biennial plant. The ſtalks are
four-cornered, and riſe about three feet high. The
leaves are three inches long, and one broad in the
middle, ending in acute points ; they are ſawed on
their edges, and are placed by pairs. The ſtalks are
terminated by panicles of flowers, which are long,
flender, and ſuſtain ſmall white flowers, which are
ranged looſely; theſe appear in July, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
The fifth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this is a biennial plant, whoſe bottom leaves are fix
inches long, deeply jagged on their fides, and ſawed
on their edges; they are rough, and of a deep green
colour. The ſtalks riſe two feet high, and are gar-
niſhed at the joints with two ſmaller leaves of the ſame
fhape, placed oppoſite. The upper part of the ſtalk
branches out into numerous foot-ſtalks, which ſuſtain
panicles of ſpiked blue flowers; theſe appear in July
and Auguſt, and if the ſeaſon proves favourable, the
ſeeds will ripen in autumn.
The fixth fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres; this
has four-cornered ſtalks which riſe to the height of
five or fix feet, ſending out branches by pairs from
the fide; they are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped leaves
which are three inches long, and about three quarters
of an inch broad, whoſe baſe embrace the ſtalks ;
they are of a pale green colour, and are ſawed on
their edges. The ſtalks are terminated by ſpikes of
blue flowers, which are cluſtered together. The longeſt
spikes are about two inches, the other are about half
ſo long; theſe appear late in ſummer, ſo are not of-
ten ſucceeded by good feeds in England.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in Philadelphia.
The ſeeds of this were fent me by Dr. Benſel; this is
a perennial plant. The lower leaves are heart-ſhaped
and rough; they are five inches long, and three and
a half broad near their baſe, ending in acute points ;
they are of a dark green colour, and ſawed on their
edges. The ſtalks riſe fix feet high; they are four-
cornered, and branch toward the top, and are termi-
nated by ſlender ſpikes of white flowers, formed into
panicles; theſe appear late in autumn, ſo that unleſs
the ſeaſon proves favourable, the ſeeds do not ripen
here.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and alſo
in Jamaica ; from the latter the late Dr. Hoftoun fent
me the feeds. The ſtalks of this trail upon the
ground, and emit roots from their joints, whereby
they ſpread, and propagate greatly; and from theſe
ariſe other branches about eight or nine inches high,
which are garniſhed with oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves,
placed oppoſite; theſe are about an inch long, and
half an inch broad, ſawed on their edges, and lit cloſe
to the ſtalks. The flowers are collected in conical
heads, ſtanding upon long naked foot-ſtalks which
ſpring from the wings of the branches; they are of a
yellowiſh white colour, and come late in autumn, ſo
are rarely ſucceeded by good feeds here.
Tne ninth fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
in the Weft-Indies; this is an annual plant. The
ftalk riſes a foot and a half high, and is garniſhed with
oblong oval leaves placed by pairs; they are of a
light green colour, and are fawed on their edges. The
ſtalk is terminated by a long fleſhy ſpike of blue
flowers which appear in July, and are ſucceeded by
two oblong feeds which ripen late in autumn. The
ſpikes of Howers are from a foot to a foot and a half
in length
The feeds of the tenth fort were ſent me from Pana-
nia, where it grows naturally in moiſt places; this is
an annual plant, whoſe ſtalks riſe about a foot high,
and are garniſhed with oval, blunt-pointed, fleſhy
leaves, ftanding upon long foot-ſtalks; and at the
ſame joints come out other ſtalks, ſuſtaining three or
four ſmall leaves of the ſame ſhape; they are notched
ſlightly on their edges, and are of a light green co-
lour. The ſtalks are terminated by thick fleſhy ſpikes
of blue flowers, which appear late in autumn, ſo that
unleſs the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds do not ripen
in England.
The feeds of the eleventh fort were fent me from Pa-
nama, by the late Mr. Robert Millar; this riſes with
a fhrubby ſtalk near three feet high, which divides
into three or four branches; theſe are garniſhed with
oblong oval leaves placed by pairs, which are deeply
ſawed on their edges; they are of a deep green on
their upper fide, but are hoary on their under; their
foot-ſtalks are ſhort, and have leafy borders running
from the baſe of the leaves. The flowers grow on
thick ſpikes, which terminate the branches, and are
about a foot long. The flowers are large, and of a
fine blue colour, ſo make a fine appearance, and have
ſmall acute-pointed leaves intermixed with them on
the ſpikes. This plant flowers in Auguſt, and when
the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
The feeds of the twelfth fort were fent me from Pa-
ris, and were ſaid to come from Senegal in Africa;
this is a perennial plant, with a branching ſtalk which
riſes near two feet high, and is garniſhed with oval
ſawed leaves placed by pairs, which are two inches
and a half long, and almoſt two inches broad, of a
deep green on their upper fide, but hoary on their un-
der, and have pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers
are diſpoſed in fleſhy ſpikes at the end of the
branches; theſe ſpikes are ſhorter, and not ſo thick
as thoſe of the former forts. The flowers are ſmall
and white, ſo make no great appearance; they appear
in June and July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn, but
the plants may be preſerved two or three years in a
warm ſtove.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and
ſeveral other places in the Weſt-Indies. The ſeeds
of this were ſent me from La Vera Cruz by the late
Dr. Houſtoun; this riſes with a ſhrubby branching
ſtalk five or ſix feet high. The branches are adorned
with ſpear-ſhaped leaves, which are two inches long,
and half an inch broad ; theſe are fawed on their
edges, the teeth of the jags coming from the point
of a fold or plait in the leaf; theſe ſtand by pairs
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers ſtand upon long
naked foot-ſtalks, which riſe from the wings of the
ſtalk; they are blue, and are collected in oval heads;
theſe appear late in autumn, and unleſs the ſeaſon
proves warm, the ſeeds do rarely ripen in England,
but the plants may be kept two or three years in a
The fourteenth fort was found growing naturally at
Campeachy by the late Dr. Houſtoun, who ſent the
ſeeds to England; this has a ſhrubby branching ſtalk,
which riſes three or four feet high. The branches are
garniſhed with oval ſawed leaves ſet on by pairs; they
a
و
warm ſtove.
ar3

V ER
VER
a
و
;
a
a
و
are of a light green colour, about an inch and a half quire more care. The ſeeds of theſe ſhould be fown
long, and near an inch broad. The flowers are of a upon a hot-bed early in the ſpring, and when the
pale blue colour, collected into oval heads which ſtand plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be each tranf-
upon long naked foot-ſtalks, ſpringing from the wings planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged into a
of the branches; theſe flower late in autumn, and are freſh hot-bed to bring them forward, they muſt be
not ſucceeded by ſeeds in England.
ſhaded in the day time with mats until they have
The fifteenth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, taken new root, then they muſt be treated in the
from whence the late Dr. Houſtoun ſent the ſeeds ; ſame method as other tender plants from the fame
this is an annual plant, with a branching ſtalk which countries.
riſes a foot and a half high, garniſhed with pale green Thoſe forts which are annual muſt be removed into
leaves three inches and a half long, and half an inch the ſtove, or a good glaſs-caſe, when they are become
broad, ending in acute points, and are ſlightly ſawed too tall to remain longer under the frames; for if
on their edges. The branches are terminated by fleſhy they are placed abroad in the open air, they will not
ſpikes of blue flowers which are naked; theſe appear ripen their feeds here, unleſs the ſummer is very warm ;
in Auguſt, and in warm ſeaſons are ſucceeded by feeds and where there is a conveniency of having a bark-bed
which ripen in autumn.
in a glaſs-caſe, for plunging ſome of theſe tender an-
The ſixteenth fort grows naturally in Mexico; this nual plants, they will thrive much better, and come
hath a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes five or fix feet high, to greater perfection than thoſe which are placed on
and divides into ſeveral branches, which are garnish- ſhelves.
ed with oblong ſawed leaves which end in acute points ; The forts which are perennial may be kept in ſuch a
tliey are two inches long, and one broad near their glaſs-caſe till autumn, allowing them a large ſhare of
baſe, fitting cloſe to the branches; they are of a light air in warm weather, to prevent their drawing up
green colour on both fides. The branches are ter- weak as they increaſe in their fize ; but this muſt be
minated by Nender looſe ſpikes of pale flowers which done with caution, for if they are put into pots too
are very ſmall, whoſe empalements afterward become
large, they will not thrive.
fwelled, and almoſt globular ; they are reflexed down- The ſeventeenth fort is by much the tendereft plant
ward, and are ſet with ſtinging hairs. It flowers late of all the ſpecies, and is very difficult to preſerve
in the ſummer, and in good years the ſeeds ripen in when young. The ſeeds of this ſhould be fown in
England.
a ſmall pot, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tan-
The feeds of the ſeventeenth fort were ſent me from ners bark. When the plants appear, they ſhould be
La Vera Cruz, by the late Dr. Houſtoun; this has a ſhaded from the fun in the heat of the day. They
ſlender ligneous ſtalk which branches out on each ſide, muſt be frequently refreſhed with water, but it muſt
and riſes near three feet high ; the branches are adorn- be given to them ſparingly, for much wet will kill
ed with ſmall oval leaves, which are ſharply indented them. When they are tranſplanted into ſmall pots,
on their edges; they are of a light green colour, and they muſt be carefully ſhaded till they have taken
ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers ſtand ſpar- new root, and they muſt be conſtantly kept in the
ſedly upon ſlender footſtalks ariſing from the wings of bark-bed.
the branches; theſe are naked, fix or ſeven inches in VERBESIN A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 873. Eupatorio-
length, and toward the top the flowers are ranged at phalacron. Vaill. Act. Par. 1720.
a diſtance from each other in a looſe ſpike; they are
The CHARACTERS are,
ſmall, and of a bright blue colour, fitting very cloſe ; The common empalement of the flower is concave, and
theſe are fucceeded by two feeds incloſed in the em- compoſed of a double order of leaves
, which are channelled.
palement, which is terminated by ſhort awns or beards. The flower is made up of bermaphrodite florets in the diſky
This plant has flowered in the Chelſea Garden, but and female half florets in the border or rays. The her-
did not produce ſeeds.
maphrodite florets are funnel-shaped, and cut into five
The eighteenth fort was diſcovered by the late Dr. parts at the brim; they have five very ſhort hair-like fta-
Houſtoun growing naturally at Campeachy, from mina, terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and a germen
whence he ſent the feeds to England ; this has a the ſame figure as the ſeed, fupporting a fender Biyle,
ſtrong woody ſtalk, which riſes ten or twelve feet crowned by two reflexed ſtigmas. The germen afterward
high, covered with a light brown bark, and ſends becomes a thick angular ſeed, crowned by a few three-point-
out many ligneous branches on every ſide, which are ed chaff. The female half floreis are ſtretched out on one
garniſhed with roundiſh, ſawed, rough leaves, of a fide in shape of a tongue, which form the rays; theſe have
light green colour, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. no ftamina, but have a germer, ſtyle, and two ſtigmes
The flowers are fmall, of a pale blue colour, and like the hermaphrodite florets, end are ſocceeded by ſeeds
are collected into oval heads, ſtanding upon naked
like those.
foot-ſtalks which ſpring from the wings of the branches; This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
theſe ſeldom appear in this country, and are not ſuc-
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thofe
ceeded by ſeeds here ; but the plants are eaſily pro- plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of hermaphrodite
pagated by cuttings during the ſummer months, and and female florets which are all fruitful.
may be preſerved many years in a moderate ftove.
The SPECIES are,
The firſt fort, as was before obſerved, being a com- 1. VERBESINA (Alate) foliis alternis decurrentibus un-
mon weed in England, is not kept in gardens.
dulatis obtufis. Hort. Cliff. 411. Verbelina soith alter-
The third fort may be eaſily propagated by ſeeds nate running leaves, which are obtuſe and waved.
Bi-
which ſhould be ſown in autumn, and requires no dens Indica hieracii folio caule alato. Tourn. Int. 462.
other culture than to keep it clean from weeds, and
, Indian Water Hemp Agrimony, with a Hawkweed leaf and
thin the plants where they are too cloſe.
a winged ſtalk.
The fourth and fifth forts may alſo be propagated in 2. VERBESINA (Alba) foliis lanceolatis ferratis fefilibus.
the ſame manner, and are equally hardy. If the ſeeds Hort. Cliff. 500. Verbeſina with Spear-ſhaped Sawed
of theſe three forts are permitted to ſcatter, the plants leaves, which fit cloſe to the ſtolks. Eupatoriophalacron
will come up the following ſpring.
balſaminæ fæminæ folio, flore albo diſcoide. Vaill.
The ſecond and ſeventh forts have perennial roots, Act. Par. 1719. Eupatoriophalacron with a female Bal-
and are hardy enough to thrive in the open air; theſe famine leof, and a white dif:ous-shaped flower.
may be propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be ſown 3. VERBESINA (Lavenia) foliis ovatis trinerviis glabris
in autumn, for when they are ſown in the ſpring, they petiolatis, feminibus tricornuis. Flor. Zeyl. 310. Ver--
rarely grow the ſame year; thefe plants require no befina with oval three-veined leaves, having foot-folks
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and and ſeeds with three horns. Eupatoriophalacron ſcro-
allow them proper room to ſpread ; they may alſo be phulariæ aquaticæ foliis oppoficis. Burm. Zeyl. 94.
propagated by parting their roots in autumn. They Eupatoriophalacron with leaves like thoſe of the Water
love a ſoft loamy foil not too dry.
Betony, and placed oppoſite.
The other forts being natives of warmer climates, re-
a
4. VER-

VER
V ER
a
VERBESINA (Proſtrata) foliis lanceolatis ferratis alter- and white; theſe fit cloſe to the ſtalks at the baſe of
nis geminis fefilibus, floribus feffilibus. Verbeſina with the leaves. They appear at the ſame time with the
Spear-ſhaped fawed leaves, and two flowers ſitting cloſe to former.
the branches. An? Verbeſina foliis oppofitis lanceolatis The fifth fort grows naturally in Ceylon ; this is an
ſerratis, floribus alternis geminis fubfeffilibus. Lin. annual plant whoſe ſtalks riſe two feet high, which
Sp.Plant. 902. Verbefina with oppoſite, Spear-ſhaped, Saw- are garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped fawed leaves placed
ed leaves, and double flowers which are placed alternate, oppoſite. The flowers come out from the wings of
and fit cloſe to the ſtalk.
the ſtalk upon very long foot-ſtalks; they are yel-
5. VERBESINA (Pſeudo Acmella) foliis lanceolatis fubfer- low, having ſhort rays of female florets, of the ſame
ratis, pedunculis flore longioribus. Flor. Zeyl. 308. colour.
Verbeſina with Spear-ſhaped leaves a little fawed, and the The ſixth fort is the true Acmella, which is a plant
foot-ſtalks longer. Bidens Zeylanica, fiore luteo, me- greatly eſteemed in India : this grows naturally in
Tiffæ folio, Acmella dicta. Seb. Thef. 1. p. 19. Bidens Ceylon. The ſtalks riſe two feet high, which are
with a yellow flower and a Baum leaf, called Acmello. garniſhed with oblong, oval, indented leaves placed
6. VERBESINA ( Acmella) foliis oblongo-ovatis trinerviis oppoſite at each joint; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers
ſubdentatis petiolatis, pedunculis elongatis axillaribus, are very long, each ſupporting one yellow flower,
foribus conicis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1271. Verbeſina with whoſe rays are very ſhort. This begins to flower in
oblong oval leaves having three veins, and long foot-ſtalks July, and continues producing them till the froſt puts
from the wings of the ſtalks with conical flowers.
a ſtop to them, when the plant decays.
7. VERBESINA (Nodiflora) foliis ovatis ferratis, calycibus The ſeventh fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands
oblongis feffilibus caulinis confertis lateralibus. Amen. of the Weſt-Indies; it riſes with ſtalks more than
Acad. 4. p. 290. Verbeſina with oval Jawed leaves, and three feet high, which are garniſhed with oval fawed
oblong empalements in cluſters fitting cloſe to the wings of leaves placed oppoſite ; they are near two inches long,
the ſtalks. Bidens nodiflora, foliis tetrahit. Hort. and one broad; the flowers ſpring from the ſides of
Elth. 53. Bidens with a naked flower, and a Nettle leaf. the ſtalks in cluſters, fitting very cloſe thereto, hava
8. VERBESINA (Mutica) foliis trifido-laciniatis ferratis, ing ſcarce any foot-ſtalks. The flowers are long,
caule repente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1273. Verbefina with compoſed of ſeveral hermaphrodite florets which are
trifid, cut, ſawed leaves, and a creeping ſtalk. Chryſan- yellow; theſe appear in July, and are ſucceeded by
themum paluſtre minimum repens, apii folio. Sloan. others till the froſt ſtops them. The ſeeds ripen foon
Cat. Jam. 126. Leoft Marſh Corn Marygold, with a after the the flowers decay, and the firſt froſt kills the
Parſley leaf.
plants.
9. VERBESINA (Fruticoſa) foliis ovatis ſerratis petiolatis, The eighth fort grows naturally in moiſt places in
caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1271. Shrubby Verbe- Jamaica, where the ſtalks trail upon the ground and
fina, with oval Jawed leaves upon foot-ſtalks. Bidens emit roots at their joints, which are garniſhed with
fruteſcens, ilicis folio, fiore luteo. Plum. Sp. 10. trifid leaves, cut and ſawed on their fides, ſtanding
Shrubby Bidens with an evergreen Oak leaf, and a yellow oppoſite. The Aowers are ſmall; theſe ariſe from the
flower.
joints of the ſtalks in July, and the ſeeds ripen in
The firſt fort grows naturally in moſt of the iſlands of Auguft.
the Weſt-Indies; it is an annual plant, with an up- The ninth fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
right winged ftalk about two feet high, from the Weſt-Indies; this riſes with a ſhrubby ſtalk ſeven or
fides of which ſpring out toward the top a few ſhort eight feet high, garniſhed with oval leaves which are
branches. The leaves are oval, blunt, and waved deeply ſawed, and cut on their borders, fomewhat
on their edges ; they are three inches and a half long, like thoſe of the Ilex or Evergreen Oak. The flow-
and two broad, and are placed alternate ; from the ers are produced from the ſide of the ſtalks ; they are
baſe of each leaf is extended a leafy border running yellow, and appear in July.
along two ſides of the ſtalk, ſo that it is winged the Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould
whole length. The flowers ſtand upon long naked be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, and
foot-ſtalks, ariſing from the top and the wings of the when the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be
italk; they are of a deep Orange colour, and are tranſplanted on a freſh hot-bed to bring them for-
compoſed of hermaphrodite and female florets, in- ward; they muſt be ſhaded till they have taken new
cluded in one common ſpherical empalement, and are root, then they muſt be treated in the ſame way as
both fruitful ; theſe are ſucceeded by broad, com- other tender annual plants, being careful not to draw
preffed, bordered ſeeds with two teeth, which ripen them up too weak. In June they may be taken up
in the empalement. This plant begins to flower in with balls of earth, and planted in a warm border,
July, and continues till the froſt kills them.
where they muſt be ſhaded and watered till they have
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the Weſt-Indies; taken new root, after which they will require little
this has an upright branching ſtalk a foot and a half care. Theſe will produce good feeds in autumn, but
high. The leaves are ſpear-ſhaped, about two inches ſeveral of them may be kept through the winter in a
long, and three quarters broad, a little fawed on their ftove.
edges, ſitting cloſe to the ſtalk oppoſite. The flowers VERONICA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 143. tab. 60.
ariſe from the wings of the ſtalk, upon ſender foot- Lin. Gen. Plant. 25. Male Speedwell, or Fluellin;
ſtalks two inches long, three, four, or more ſpring- in French, Veronique.
ing from the ſame joint ; each of theſe ſuſtain one
The CHARACTERS are,
white radiated flower compoſed of many fiorets, which The flower has a permanent empalement cut into five acute
are ſucceeded by oblong black ſeeds. It flowers at Segments; it has one petal, with a tube the length of the
the ſame time with the former.
empalement ; the brim is cut into four oval plain ſegments
The third fort grows naturally in both Indies ; this which Spread open, and two ſtamina which are riſing, ter-
riſes with an upright branching ſtalk two or three feet minated by oblong ſummits, with a compreſſed germen sup-
high. The leaves are oval, acute-pointed, and ſmooth, porting a fender declining Style, crowned by a ſingle ftigma.
having three longitudinal veins; they ſtand oppoſite The germen afterward becomes a compreſſed heart-ſhaped
upon pretty long
foot-ſtalks. The flowers ſpring from capſule with two cells, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
the wings and ends of the branches; they are yellow, This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. It flowers about the Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe plants
ſame time with the former.
whoſe flowers have two ftamina and one ſtyle.
The fourth fort grows naturally in India; this has The SPECIES are,
trailing ſtalks which ſpread on the ground; they ex- 1. VERONICA (Officinalis). fpicis lateralibus pedunculatis,
tend two feet or more in length, and put out roots foliis oppoſitis, caule procumbente. Lin. Mat. Med.
from their joints, ſending out many ſide branches. 11. Speedwell with Spikes of flowers growing upon foota
The leaves are two inches long, and half an inch ſtalks, and ſpringing from the ſides of the ſtalks, leaves
broad, ſmooth and entire. The flowers are very ſmall placed oppoſite
, and a trailing talk. Veronica mas ſu-
a
a
13
X
pina
IZ X

VER
V ER
a
pinâ & vulgatiffimâ. C. B. P. 246. Common male Speed-
well, or Fluellin.
2. VERONICA (Spuria) fpicis terminalibus, foliis ternis
æqualiter ſerratis. Hort. Upfal. 7. Speedwell with Spikes
of flowers terminating the ſtalks, which have three equal
Jawed leaves ſurrounding them. Veronica ſpicata anguſ-
tifolia. C. B. P. 246. Narrow-leaved ſpiked Speedwell.
3. VERONICA (Longifolia) fpicis terminalibus, foliis op-
pofitis lanceolatis ferratis acuminatis. Hort. Upfal. 7.
Speedwell with Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalks, and
acute-pointed ſawed leaves which are lance-ſhaped, and
placed oppoſite. Veronica major latifolia erecta. Mor.
Hift. 2. p. 317. Greater, broad-leaved, upright Speedwell.
4. VERONICA (Spicata) ſpicâ terminali, foliis oppoſitis
crenatis obtufis, caule adfcendente ſimpliciffimo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 10. Speedwell with a ſpike of flowers termi-
nating the ſtalk, obtuſe crenated leaves placed oppoſite, and
a ſingle aſcending Stalk. Veronica ſpicata minor. C.B.P.
247. Smaller Spiked Speedwell.
5. VERONICA (Pannonica) fpicis lateralibus paniculatis,
foliis ovatis inæqualiter crenatis feffilibus. Speedwell
with Spikes of flowers proceeding in panicles from the wings
of the ſtalk, and oval leaves which are unequally notched,
and fit cloſe. Veronica multicaulis pannonica. Tourn.
Inſt. 145. Hungarian Speedwell, having many ſtalks or
Spikes of flowers.
6. VERONICA (Hybrida) ſpicis terminalibus, foliis
Oppo-
fitis obtusè ferratis ſcabris, caule erecto. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 11. Speedwell with Spikes of flowers terminating
the ſtalk, rough, obtuſe, ſawed leaves, which are placed
oppoſite, and have an erect ſtalk. Veronica ſpicata Cam-
bro-Britannica, bugulæ fubhirſuto folio. Raii Syn.
Edit. 3. 278. Welh spiked Speedwell, with a hairy Bu-
gle leat.
7. VERONICA (Virginica) ſpicis terminalibus, foliis qua-
ternis quiniſve. Lin. Sp. Plant. 9. Speedwell with
Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalks, and four or five
leaves at each joint. Veronica Virginiana altiſſima,
fpicâ multiplici, foribus candidis. Flor Bat. Tall Vir-
ginian Speedwell, with many Spikes and white flowers.
8. VERONICA (Maritima) fpicis terminalibus, foliis ter-
nis inæqualiter ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 10. Speedwell
with Spikes of flowers terminating the ſtalks, and leaves
growing by threes, which are unequally ſawed. Veroni-
ca foliis fæpius ternis. Vir. Cliff. 2. Speedwell with leaves
generally growing by threes.
9. VERONICA (Auftriaca) ſpicis lateralibus pedunculatis
laxis, foliis oppoſitis linearibus argutè dentatis. Speed-
well with looſe Spikes of flowers growing upon foot-fialks,
Springing from the wings of the ſtalk, and very narrow
leaves placed oppoſite, which are Marply indented. Ve-
ronica Auſtriaca, foliis tenuiffimè laciniatis. Inft. R.
H. Auſtrian Speedwell with leaves finely jagged.
10. VERONICA (Orientalis) ſpicis terminalibus, foliis
pinnato-inciſis acuminatis
. Speedwell with ſpikes of flow-
ers terminating the ſtalks, and acute-pointed leaves cut in
form of wings. Veronica Orientalis minima, foliis la-
ciniatis. Tourn. Cor. 7. The leaſt Eaſtern Speedwell hav-
ing jagged leaves.
11. VERONICA (Maxima) racemis lateralibus, foliis cor-
datis rugoſis dentatis, caule ſtricto. Lin. Sp. Plant.
13. Speedwell with ſpikes of flowers proceeding from the
wings of the ſtalk, rough, beart-ſhaped, indented leaves,
and a ſtrait ſtalk. Veronica maxima. Lugd. The great-
eſt Speedwell, or falſe Germander.
12. VERONICA (Incana) fpicis terminalibus, foliis oppo-
fitis crenatis obtuſis, caule erecto tomentoſo. Hort.
Upfal. 7. Speedwell with ſpikes of flowers terminating
the ſtalks, crenated obtuſe leaves placed oppoſite, and an
erečt woolly ſtalk. Veronica ſpicata lanuginoſa & in-
cana, floribus cæruleis. Amman. Ruth. 30. Hoary,
woolly, ſpiked Speedwell with blue flowers.
13. VERONICA (Fruticuloſa) fpicis longiffimis lateralibus
pedunculatis, foliis oppofitis inæqualiter ſerratis.
Speedwell with the longeſt Spikes of flowers Springing from
the wings of the ſtalk, growing upon foot-ſtalks, and leaves
placed oppoſite which are unequally ſawed. Veronica ma-
jor fruteſcens altera. Mor. Hift. 2. P. 319. Another
greater ſhrubby Speedwell.
14. VERONICA (Becabunga) racemis lateralibus, foliis
ovatis planis, caule repente. Flor. Suec. u. Speedwell
with lateral ſpikes of flowers, oval plain leaves, and a
creeping ſtalk. Veronica aquatica major, folio fubro-
tundo. Mor. Hift. 3. 323. Greater Water Speedwell with
a roundiſh leaf, commonly called Brooklime.
There are a much greater number of ſpecies of this
genus than are here enumerated, ſeveral of which
grow naturally in England, but as they are rarely
admitted into gardens, it is beſide the intention of
this work to mention them.
The firſt fort grows wild in woods, and other ſhady
places in divers parts of England, and is a plant of
little beauty; but, as it is the fort which is uſed in
medicine, under the title of Paul's Betony, I thought
it neceſſary to infert it here. This is a low plant,
whoſe ſtalk trails upon the ground, and put out roots
from their joints, whereby it ſpreads and propagates.
The leaves are oval, about an inch long, ſawed on
their edges, and are placed oppoſite. The powers
are diſpoſed in ſpikes which ariſe from the wings of
the ſtalk; they are ſmall, of a pale blue colour, and
have one petal, which is cut at the brim into four ſeg-
ments; they appear in June, and when they decay,
the germen turns to a capſule, not unlike that of
Shepherd's Pouch in ſhape, filled with ſmall ſeeds
which ripen in Auguft.
This is generally brought to market by fuch perſons
as make it their buſineſs to gather herbs in the
fields, ſo that it is not often cultivated in gardens ; buc
thoſe who have a mind to propagate it, may do it
with much eaſe, for as the branches trail upon the
ground, they puſh out roots from their joints, which
branches being cut off and planted, will take root,
and grow in almoſt any ſoil or ſituation. The whole
.
herb is uſed in medicine, and is one of the wound
herbs which are brought from Switzerland. A tea
of this herb is much recommended for the gout and
rheumatiſm.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this has a perennial root, which lends out many offsets,
by which it is eaſily propagated. The lower leaves of
this are two inches long, and half an inch broad, of
a pale green colour, and hairy; the ſtalks riſe a foot
high, they are garniſhed with very narrow ſpear-ſhap-
ed leaves placed oppoſite, which have a few flight
ferratures on their edges. The ſtalks are terminated
by long ſpikes of blue flowers, which appear in June
and July; theſe are ſucceeded by feeds which ripen
in autumn. It has been doubted, if this was ſpecifi-
cally different from the common upright Speedwell ;
but I have many times propagated this by feeds, and
have always found the plants to raiſed, maintain their
difference. There is a variety of this with a fleſh-co-
loured flower.
The third fort grows naturally in Auſtria and Hun-
gary. The lower leaves of this are two inches long,
and one broad in the middle, drawing, to a point at
each end; they are fawed on their edges, and are of
a lucid green colour. The ſtalks riſe a foot and a
half high, and are garniſhed with leaves of the ſame
ſhape with the lower, but are ſmaller, and placed op-
poſite; they are terminated by long ſpikes of blue
flowers which appear in June, and are ſucceeded by
flat feed-veſſels filled with compreſſed ſeeds, which
ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of Europe, and in England grows in ſeveral cloſes
near Newmarket Heath. The lower leaves of this
are about an inch and a half long, and three quarters
of an inch broad; they are of a pale green colour, and
notched on their edges. The ſtalks riſe a foot and
a half high, they do not branch; the leaves on the
lower part ſtand oppoſite, but on the upper part they
are alternate ; the ſtalks are terininated by ſhort ſpikes
of blue flowers, which appear about the ſame time as
the former.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Hungary. The
lower leaves of this are an inch and a half long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, and are unequally
notched; the ftalks riſe a foot high, and are garnilhed
a
9
a
wich

VER
VIB
و
a
a
و
with the ſame fort of leaves placed oppoſite; theſe a half long, inclining downward ; the leaves are near
are of a lucid green, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks. The
,
ly oval, but are acute-pointed, about an inch longs
flowers are diſpofed in panicled ſpikes, which ſtand they are unequally fawed, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks.
upon long naked foot-ſtalks that ſpring from the upper The flowers are diſpoſed in long looſe ſpikes, upon
wings of the ſtalk; they are larger than thoſe of the foot-ftalks ariſing from the wings of the Italk; thoſe
other ſpecies, and are of a beautiful green colour, ſo on the lower part of the ſtalk are eight or nine inches
make a fine appearance, but are of ſhort duration. long. The flowers are of a bright blue colour, and
This ſort flowers the beginning of June.
appear in May; the leaves of this fort are frequently
The ſixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Py- variegated with yellow.
renean mountains, and alſo upon the mountains in The fourteenth fort is the common Brooklime, which
Wales. The lower leaves of this are rough and grows naturally in brooks and ſtreams of water in
hairy ; they are three inches long, and one and a half moſt parts of England, ſo is not cultivated in gar-
broad, blunt-pointed, and obtufely fawed on their dens; but as it is much uſed in medicine, I have giv-
edges, ſtanding upon pretty long foot-ſtalks ; the en it a place here. The ſtalks of this are thick, ſuc-
ftalks grow erect, about fix inches high, and are gar- culent, and ſmooth, emitting roots from their joints,
niſhed with oval notched leaves placed oppoſite. From whereby they ſpread and propagate. The leaves are
the ſide of the ſtalk ſpring out two or three branches, oval, fat, ſucculent, and ſmooth; they ſtand oppo-
which toward the bottom are garniſhed with ſmall fiee; the flowers come out in long bunches from the
leaves placed oppoſite, but terminate in long ſpikes wings of the ſtalk; they are of a fine blue colour,
of pale blue flowers. The ſpikes on theſe ſide branches and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks ; theſe appear great
are four or five inches long, but thoſe of the principal part of ſummer, and are ſucceeded by heart-ſhaped
ſtalk are eight or nine. This fort flowers in June
.
ſeed-veſſels filled with roundiſh feeds. The whole
and July.
herb is uſed, and is eſteemed an excellent antiſcor-
The ſeventh ſort grows naturally in Virginia. The butic.
ſtalks of this fort are erect, and riſe four or five feet Theſe plants may all be propagated by parting their
high, garniſhed at each joint by four or five ſpear- roots, which may be done every other year, for if
ſhaped leaves which ſtand round the ſtalk in whorls ; they are not often parted or divided, they will many
theſe are fawed on their edges, and end in acute points. of them grow too large for the borders of ſmall gar-
The ftalks are terminated by long nender ſpikes of dens; but yet they ſhould not be parted into very
white flowers, which appear late in July ; theſe are ſmall heads, becauſe when they have not a number
ſucceeded by compreſſed capſules filled with feeds, of items ſo as to form a good bunch, they are foon
which ripen in autumn.
paſt their beauty, and have but a mean appearance.
The eighth ſort grows near the ſea in ſeveral
parts
of The beſt time to part theſe roots is at Michaelmas,
Europe. The ſtalks of this do not riſe fo high as that they may be well rooted again before winter, for
thoſe of the former; the leaves are placed by fours when they are removed in the ſpring, they feldom
and threes round the italk, and have longer foot- flower ſtrong the ſame year, eſpecially if the ſeaſon
ftalks ; they are broader at the baſe, and run out into ſhould prove dry. Thoſe forts which grow pretty
.
long acute points ; they are unequally fawed on their tall, are very proper to plant on the ſides of open wil-
edges, and are of a bright green colour. The flowers derneſs quarters, but thoſe with trailing branches are
are diſpoſed in ſpikes which terminate the ſtalks, are fit for the fides of banks or irregular ihady ſlopes,
of a bright blue colour, and appear in July. The where they will make an agreeable variety; they are
feeds ripen in autumn.
all of them hardy, ſo are in no danger of ſuffering
The ninth fort grows naturally in Auſtria. The lower by cold, and require no other care but to keep them
leaves of this are narrow, and cut into fine ſegments ; clean from weeds, and to be tranſplanted every ſecond
the ſtalks are fender, and incline downward ; they
or third year.
are garniſhed with linear leaves, which are acutely They may be propagated by feeds, which ſhould be
notched on their edges; the flowers are diſpoſed in ſown in autumn, for when they are ſown in the ſpring,
long looſe ſpikes, which ſpring from the wings of the the plants rarely come up the ſame year ; but as moſt
ftalk, they are of a bright blue colour, and ſtand
up- of the forts propagate very faſt by their offsets, their
on foot-ſtalks. This flowers the end of May and the ſeeds are ſeldom fown.
beginning of June.
If theſe plants are placed in a ſhady border, they will
The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant; this thrive much better than when they are more expoſed
has Nender branching ſtalks which decline, and are to the ſun, and their flowers will continue much longer
garniſhed with narrow leaves which are acutely cut
in beauty.
on their edges; theſe are regular on both edges like VIBURNUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 332. Under this
the lobes of winged leaves ; they are of a pale green genus is included the Viburnum, Tinus, and Opulus
colour, and ſmooth. The flowers are diſpoſed in of Tournefort. The Wayfaring, or pliant Meally-
looſe ſpikes on the top and ſide of the ſtalks; they are
of a pale blue colour, and appear the end of April. The CHARACTERS are,
The eleventh ſort grows naturally upon Mount Bal- The flower has a ſmall permanent empalement, which is
dus in Italy. The Italks of this are ſlender, ſtiff, and cut into five parts; it has one bell-Maped petal, cut at the
upright, and are garniſhed by rough heart-ſhaped brim into five obtuſe ſegments which are reflexed; it has
leaves, which are indented and placed oppoſite; thoſe five awl-ſhaped ſtamina the length of the petal, terminated
on the lower part of the ſtalk are ſmall, in the mid- by roundiſh ſummits; and a roundiſ germen ſituated under
dle they are much larger, and diminiſh again in their the flower, having no ſtyle, but the place is occupied by a
fize toward the top. The flowers come out in long roundiſh gland, and crowned by three obtuſe ſtigmas. The
bunches from the wings of the ſtalk toward the top; germen afterward turns to a roundiß fruit with one cell,
they are of a bright blue colour, and appear in May. incloſing one hard roundiſh ſeed.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the Ukrain Tar- This genus of plants is ranged in the third fection
tary. The ſtalks of this are very white and woolly ; of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
they riſe about a foot high, and are garniſhed with whoſe flowers have five male, and three female parts.
oblong hoary leaves placed oppoſite; they are two
The SPECIES are,
inches and a half long, three quarters of an inch broad, 1. VIBURNUM (Lantona) foliis cordatis ferratis venoſis
notched on their edges, and fit cloſe to the ſtalks, fubtus tomentofis. Vir. Cliff
. 25. Wayfaring-tree with
which are terminated by ſpikes of deep blue flowers, heart-ſhaped, Sawed, veined leaves, which are woolly on
and from the wings of the ſtalk toward the top are their under ſide. Viburnum. Math. 217. The Way-
produced flender ſpikes of the like flowers, which ſtand faring, or pliant Meally-tree of Italy.
erect. This flowers in June and July.
2. VIBURNUM (Prunifolium) foliis fubrotundis crenato-
The thirteenth ſort grows naturally in Auſtria and ſerratis glabris. Flor. Virg. 33. Wayfaring-tree with
Bohemia. The ſtalks are Nender, about a foot and roundiſh, crenated, ſawed leaves which are ſmooth. Mefa
tree.
a
pilus

V I B
VI B
3
و
very mild
pilus prunifolia Virginiana, non ſpinoſa, fructu nigri-
cante. Pluk. Alm. 249. Virginia Haw with a Plum
leaf having no thorns, and a black fruit, commonly called
Black Haw, and by ſome Sheeps Turds.
3. VIBURNUM (Dentatum) foliis ovato-orbiculatis pro-
funde ſerratis venoſis. Wayfaring-tree, with oval round
leaves which are deeply ſawed, ploited and veined. An?
Viburnum foliis ovatis dentato-ferratis plicatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 268. Wayfaring-tree with oval, indented,
Jawed leaves.
4. VIBURNUM (Tinus) foliis ovatis integerrimis, ramifi-
cationibus ſubtus villoſo-glanduloſis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
267. Wayfaring-tree with oval entire" leaves, whoſe
branches are hairy, and glandulous on the under ſide. Ti-
nus prior. Cluf. Hift. 49. Hairy-leaved Lauruftinus.
5. VIBURNUM (Lucidum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis integer-
rimis utrinque virentibus lucidis. Wayfaring-tree with
oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves which are entire, ſhining, and
green on both ſides. Tinus 2d. Clufii Hiſt. 50. The
ſhining-leaved Lauruſtinus.
6. VIBURNUM (Nudum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis integer-
rimis, ſubtus venofis. Wayfaring-tree with ovel, Spear-
Shaped leaves which are entire, and veined on their under
fide. Tinus foliis ovatis in petiolis terminatis integer-
rimis. Flor. Virg. 33. Tinus with oval leaves which
are entire, and terminate in a foot-ſtalk.
7. VIBURNUM (Opulus) foliis lobatis petiolis glanduloſis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 268. Wayfaring-tree with leaves divided
into lobes, and glandulous foot-ſtalks. Opulus. Ruell.
281. Guelder-roſe with flat flowers.
8. VIBURNUM (Americanum) foliis cordato-ovatis acumi-
natis ferratis, petiolis longiffimis lævibus. Wayfaring-
tree with heart-ſhaped, oval, acute-pointed, Sawed leaves,
growing upon very ſmooth foot-ſtalks. Opulus Ameri-
cana, foliis acuminatis & ſerratis, floribus albis. Dale.
American Guelder-roſe with acute-pointed ſawed leaves,
and white flowers.
9. VIBURNUM (Caſſinoides) foliis ovatis crenatis glabris
oppoſitis, petiolis eglanduloſis carinatis. Wayfaring-
tree with oval, crenated, ſmooth leaves placed oppoſite,
whoſe foot-ſtalks. have keel-ſhaped glands. Viburnum
Phillyreæ folio. Duham. Arb. 2. p. 350. Viburnum
with leaves like Phillyrea, commonly called Hyſon-tea.
The firſt fort grows naturally in England, in Italy,
and other parts of Europe, and is the common Vibur-
num or Lantana of the old botaniſts. The leaves of
this tree are heart-ſhaped, nine inches long, and four
inches and a half broad ; they are much veined, and
irregularly fawed on their edges, and are very woolly
on their under fide. The ſtalks are woody, and riſe
near twenty feet high, ſending out ſtrong ligneous
branches on every ſide, which are covered with a light
coloured bark; theſe are terminated by umbels of
white flowers whoſe fummits are red. The flowers ap-
pear in June, and are ſucceeded by roundiſh com-
preſſed berries, which turn firſt to a bright red colour,
and are black when ripe, incloſing one feed of the
ſame ſhape.
There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
is preſerved in ſome of the gardens near London; but
when the plants are removed into good ground, and
are vigorous, their leaves become plain.
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in moſt parts of North
America, where it is commonly called Black Haw;
this riſes with a woody ſtalk ten or twelve feet high,
covered with a brown bark, and ſends out branches
from the ſide the whole length; theſe, when young,
are covered with a purple ſmooth bark; they are gar-
niſhed with oval ſmooth leaves two inches long, and
an inch and a quarter broad, which are ſlightly fawed
on their edges, and ſtand upon ſhort ſlender foot-
stalks, ſometimes oppoſite, and at others without or-
der. The flowers are diſpoſed in fmall umbels, which
come out from the ſide and at the end of the branches ;
they are white, and ſmaller than thoſe of the common
Viburnum ; theſe appear in June, and are ſometimes
ſucceeded by berries which do not ripen here.
The third ſort grows naturally in North America.
The ſtalks of this are ſoft and pithy; they branch out
greatly from the bottom upward The bark is of a
gray colour ; the leaves are roundiſh, oval, three
inches long, and nearly as broad; they are ſtrongly
veined, and ſawed on their edges, of a light green
colour, and placed oppoſite upon pretty long foot-
ſtalks. The flowers are diſpoſed in a corymbus at
the end of the branches; they are white, and almoſt
as large as thoſe of the common fort ; theſe appear the
latter end of June, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in
England.
The fourth fort is the Lauruſtinus with ſmall leaves,
which are hairy on their under fide; this plant is ſo
well known as to need no deſcription, but as it is fre-
quently confounded with the next, it may be neceffa-
ry to point out its difference. The leaves of this are
ſeldom more than two inches and a half long, and one
and a quarter broad, they are rounded at their baſe,
but end in acute points; they are veined and hairy on
their under fide, and are not of fo lucid a green co-
lour on their upper fide. The umbels of flowers are
ſmaller, and appear in autumn, continuing all the
winter, and the plants are much hardier.
The fifth fort is commonly known in the nurſery-gar-
dens by the title of ſhining-leaved Lauruſtinus. The
ſtalks of this riſe higher, and the branches are much
ſtronger than thoſe of the former fort. The bark is
ſmoother, and turns of a purpliſh colour; the leaves
are larger, of a thicker conſiſtence, and of a lucid
green colour; the umbels are much larger, and ſo
are the flowers ; theſe ſeldom appear till the ſpring,
and when the winters are ſharp, the flowers are killed,
ſo never open unleſs they are ſheltered. The plants
of this ſort were formerly kept in tubs, and houſed
in winter; and, when they were ſo treated, made a
fine appearance early in the ſpring; and in
ſeaſons, the plants in the open air do the ſame.
There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
makes as good a figure as any of the ſtriped plants
which are preſerved in gardens.
The fixth fort is a native of North America, where it
riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet, ſending out
branches on every ſide their whole length ; theſe have
a ſmooth purpliſh bark; they are garniſhed with oval
entire leaves, five inches long, and two inches and a
half broad, of a thick conſiſtence, and a lucid green;
they ſtand oppoſite. The flowers are produced in um-
bels at the end of the branches; they are white, and
not unlike the flowers of Lauruſtinus; theſe appear in
July, and are ſucceeded by berries which ſeldom ri-
pen in England.
There ſeems to be two ſorts of this in the gardens, one
of which comes from the more northern parts of Ame-
rica, and ſheds its leaves in winter; the other, which
grows in Carolina and Virginia, is an evergreen, but
both are ſo much alike in ſummer, as ſcarce to be
diſtinguiſhed.
The ſeventh fort is the common Marſh Elder, which
grows naturally in marſhy grounds, and on the ſides
of rivers in many parts of England, fo is not often
kept in gardens; it is called by ſome of the nurſery-
gardeners Guelder-roſe with flat flowers, to diſtinguiſh
it from the other, whoſe flowers are globular. The
Marſh Elder is the original ſpecies, and Guelder-roſe
is a variety which accidentally aroſe from it. The for-
mer has a border of male flowers which are large, and
the middle of the umbel is compoſed of hermaphro-
dite flowers, which are ſucceeded by oval red berries;
the latter has all male flowers of the ſame fize and
ſhape with thoſe of the border of the firſt, ſo that
they ſwell out into a round figure, which has occa-
fioned ſome country people giving it the title of Snow-
ball-tree. This fort is cultivated in gardens for the
beauty of its flowers, which make a fine appearance
during their continuance.
It will riſe to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, if
it is permitted to ſtand. The item becomes large,
woody, and hard; the branches come out oppolite,
and are apt to grow irregular ; they have a gray bark,
The leaves are placed oppoſite; they are divided into
three or four lobes, fomewhat like thoſe of the Ma-
ple: they are about three inches long, and two and a
balt
a
a
3
و

V I B
Vic
a
a
a
a
dry foil.
half broad, jagged on their edges, and of a light green no danger, provided they are not kept out of the
colour. The flowers come out at the end of the ground any time.
branches; thoſe of the firſt in large umbels, and thoſe Theſe plants may alſo be propagated by ſeeds, which
of the ſecond in a corymbus; they are very white,
ſhould be mixed with earth in autumn, ſoon after they
and appear the beginning of June thoſe of the firſt are ripe, theſe ſhould be expoſed to the open air, and
have oval berries fucceeding the hermaphrodite receive the rain in winter, and in the ſpring they may
flowers, which turn of a ſcarlet colour when ripe, but be fown upon a gentle hot-bed, which will bring up
the other, having only male flowers, are barren. the plants; theſe ſhould remain in the bed till autumn,
The eighth fort grows naturally in Carolina, and ſome and then may be tranſplanted, and treated in the ſame
other
parts of North America, this riſes with a ſhrub- way as the layers. I have raiſed many of theſe plants
by ſtalk eight or ten feet high, ſending out many from feeds, which I find hardier than thoſe raiſed by
ſide branches, which are covered with a ſmooth purple layers.
bark, and garniſhed with heart-ſhaped oval leaves end- Some people train up the Lauruſtinus with naked
ing in acute points; they are deeply ſawed on their ftems to have round heads; but if theſe are planted
edges, have many ſtrong veins, and ſtand upon very in the open air, they will be in more danger of ſuffer-
long ſlender foot-ſtalks oppoſite. The flowers are ing by ſevere froſt, than thoſe whoſe branches grow
collected into large umbels at the end of the branches; rude from the bottom; for if the froſt kills the outer
thoſe ranged on the border are male and barren, but part of the ſhoots, the ſtems will be protected, ſo will
the middle is compoſed of hermaphrodite flowers, ſoon put out new branches; but where the ſtems are
which are ſucceeded by oval berries. The flowers are naked, the froſt frequently kills them to the root.
white, and the berries are red when ripe.
The ſeventh fort may be propagated in the ſame way
The ninth fort grows naturally in South Carolina ; as the Lauruſtinus, and requires the ſame treatments
this has a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes twelve or four- it loves a ſoft loamy ſoil, and ſhould have a ſheltered
teen feet high, ſending out branches from the root ſituation.
upward; theſe are garniſhed with oval leaves about The eighth fort is eaſily propagated by layers or cut-
one inch long, and more than half an inch broad, of tirgs. The common Guelder-roſe fends out plenty
a light green colour, placed oppoſite on ſhort foot- of ſuckers from the roots, by which it is frequently
ftalks; the flowers ſpring from the wings of the leaves propagated; but as the plants ſo raiſed are very ſub-
upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks, fupporting ſmall umbels ject to put out ſuckers, they are not ſo good as thoſe
of white flowers, which appear in July, but are rarely which come from layers or cuttings. This ſort loves
ſucceeded by feeds in England.
a moift foil, in which it will make much greater pro-
The firſt fort may be propagated either from ſeeds, or greſs, and produce flowers in greater plenty than on a
by laying down the tender branches, but the former
method being tedious, is ſeldom practiſed, becauſe The ninth fort is tender while young, ſo requires to be
the feeds ſeldom grow the firſt year, unleſs they are ſheltered under a common frame in winter, till the
ſown in autumn, and as the branches eaſily put out plants have obtained good ftrength; when, if they
roots, that is the more expeditious method.
are planted againſt a good aſpected wall, they will re-
The beſt time for laying theſe branches is in autumn, fiſt the cold of our ordinary winters very well
, and
juſt as the leaves begin to fall; (the manner of laying make good progreſs, but as they are liable to be kill-
them being the ſame as for other hardy trees, need
ed by ſevere cold, ſo it will be proper to keep a cou-
not be here repeated.) By the ſucceeding autumn the ple of plants in pots, to be ſheltered in winter. This
layers will be rooted, when you may take them off may be propagated by laying down of the branches,
from the old plants, and tranſplant them into a nur-
which will take root in one year.
ſery for two or three years, in which they may be VICIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 396. tab. 221. Lin. Gen.
trained up to regular ftems and heads, and may after- Plant. 782. [ſo called of vincio, Lat. to bind, be-
ward be planted where they are to remain. This ſort cauſe it clings about any props or ſupporters.] Vetch;
is very hardy.
in French, Veffe.
The ſtriped ſort may be propagated by inarching or
The CHARACTERS are,
budding it upon the plain fort; this is preſerved by The flower has an ere&t tubulous empalement of one leaf,
fuch as delight in variegated plants, but there is no cut into five equal parts at the brim; the petal is of the
great beauty in it. The trees ſeldom grow near ſo butterfly kind; the ſtandard is oval, broad at the tail,
large as thoſe of the plain ſort, as is the caſe of all indented at the point, and the borders are reflexed; the
other ſtriped plants.
two wings are almoſt beart-ſhaped, and are ſhorter than
The third fort is generally propagated by layers here, the ſtandard ; the keel is ſhorter than the wings; the
becauſe the ſeeds do not ripen in England. The teil is oblong, and divided into two parts. It has
ten ſta-
young thoots of this take root very freely; the cut- mina, nine joined, and one ſeparated, terminated by erect
tings will alſo take root, if they are planted in au- fummits with four furrows, and a linear, compreſed, long
tumn; the ſeeds, when they are brought to England, germen, Supporting a ſlender ſtyle crowned by an obtuſe
always remain in the ground a year like thoſe of the ſtigma, which is bearded on the under ſide. The germen
other forts, ſo that the propagating the plants by ſeeds afterward turns to a long pod, with one cell opening with
is a tedious method.
two valves, and ending with an acute point, containing
The Lauruſtinuſes are propagated by laying down ſeveral roundiſh ſeeds.
their young branches, which put out roots very freely, This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
ſo that when they are layed in autumn, they will be
of Linnæus's feventeenth claſs, which contains thoſe
well rooted by that time twelve months, when they plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
ſhould be taken off from the old plants, and may
bodies.
either be planted where they are to remain, or into a The Species are,
nurſery to grow two years to get ſtrength. The beſt 1. Vicia (Cracca) pedunculis multifloris, floribus im-
ſeaſon to tranſplant theſe is at Michaelmas, when they bricatis, foliolis lanceolatis pubeſcentibus, ftipulis in-
may get new root before winter ; for as theſe plants tegris. Lin. Sp. 1035. Vetch with many imbricated
begin to flower early in winter, it is a plain indication flowers on each foot-ſtalk, the lobes of the leaves Spear-
of their growing at that ſeaſon ; for they will more Shaped, and entire ftipula. Vicia multiflora. C. B. P.
ſurely ſucceed then, than at any other time of the
year; though they may be removed in the ſpring with 2. Vicia (Sylvatica) pedunculis multifloris, foliolis ova-
balls of earth to their roots, provided it is done before libus, ftipulis denticulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 734. Vetch
they begin to ſhoot; they may alſo be removed the with foot-ſtalks ſupporting many flowers, oval lobes to the
latter end of July or the beginning of Auguſt, if rain leaves, and indented ſtipula. Vicia fylvatica, multi-
happens at that time; for after they have done ſhoot- flora, maxima. Phy. Britt. The largeſt many-flowered
ing, which is ſoon after Midſummer, they will be in Wood Vetch.
a
345. Tufted Vetch.
IZY
3. VICIA

VIC
VIC
a
و
3. VICIA (Calubica) pedunculis fubfexfloris; foliolis denis
ovatis acutis, ſtipulis integris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 735. Vetch
with foot-ſtalks having cbout fix flowers, leaves with ten
ovel acute lobes, and entire stipule. Vicia multiflora
Caflubica fruteſcens, filiquâ lentis
. Breyn. Prod. 52.
Many-flowered ſhrubby Vetch of Cafſubia, wtba Lentil pod.
4. Vicia (Biennis) pedunculis multifloris, petiolis ſul-
catis, fub-dodecaphyllis, foliolis lanceolatis glabris.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 736. Many-flowered Vetch with furrowed
foot-ſtalks, and for the moſt part twelve Spear-ſhaped
Smooth lobes to each leaf.
5. VICIA (Sativa) leguminibus feffilibus fubbinatis erec-
tis foliis retuſis, ftipulis notatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 736.
Vetch with ere&t pods growing by pairs, and fitting cloſe
to the ſtalks, blunt lobes to the leaves, and ſpotted ſtipu-
te. Vicia fativa vulgaris femine nigro. C.B. P. 344.
Common cultivated Vetch with a black ſeed, frequently
called Tares.
There are many more ſpecies of this genus than are
here enumerated, ſome of which grow naturally in
England, but as they are rarely cultivated, except in
botanic gardens for the ſake of variety, they are
omitted, as they are plants of little uſe or beauty.
The firſt fort here mentioned grows naturally among
buſhes, and by the ſides of woods in moſt parts of
England. The root is perennial, but the ſtalks are
annual; theſe are weak, requiring ſupport ; they riſe
five or fix feet high, faſtening their tendrils, which
grow at the end of their leaves, to the buſhes or hedges,
whereby they climb; they are hairy, as are alſo the
leaves, which are compoſed of about ten pair of
ſpear-ſhaped lobes terminated by a tendril. The
Rowers ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks which ſpring from
the wings of the ſtalk; the ſpikes are long; the flow-
ers lie one over the other ; they are of a fine blue co-
lour, ſo make a pretty appearance when they come
out from between the buſhes or ſhrubs which ſupport
them; they appear in July, and are ſucceeded by
compreſſed pods filled with round feeds, which ripen
in autumn.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in the woods near
Bath and Briſtol ; this hath a perennial root. The
ſtalks are weak, and climb by the help of their ten-
drils over the neighbouring buſhes and hedges, riſing
to the height of ſeven or eight feet. The leaves are
compoſed of ſeven or eight pair of oval ſmooth lobes,
terminated by tendrils. The flowers are produced in
long ſpikes from the wings of the ſtalks ; they are of
a pale blue colour, and are larger than thoſe of the
former fort; they appear in July, and are ſucceeded
by ſhort ſmooth pods, filled with round feeds which
ripen in autumn.
The third fort grows naturally in Caffubia ; this has
a ligneous creeping root; the ſtalks trail upon the
ground ; they grow three feet long, and their lower
part become more ligneous toward autumn, but they
die to the root in winter. The leaves are compoſed
of ten pair of oval acute-pointed lobes. The flowers
come out from the wings of the ſtalk; they are dif-
poſed in ſhort ſpikes, each containing, for the moſt
part, ſix pale blue flowers which appear in July, and
are ſucceeded by ſhort ſmooth pods like thoſe of Len-
tils, including three or four round feeds which ripen
in autumn.
Theſe forts have been recommended to be fown in the
fields for fodder for cattle, but as their ſtalks are flen-
der, and leſs ſucculent than thoſe of the common
Vetch, ſo it is doubtful if theſe will anſwer the pur-
poſe of farmers to cultivate them; for as their ſtalks
trail to a great length, ſo if they have not ſupport,
they will be ſubject to rot by lying upon the ground;
and although their roots are perennial, yet as it is late
in the ſpring before they ſhoot to a height fufficient to
cut for uſe, ſo there is little want of green feed for
cattle at that time.
However, a few of theſe plants may be allowed a place
in large gardens for the ſake of variety, where, if they
are properly placed, they may be ornamental, parti-
,
cularly on the borders of wood-walks, or in thickets
of thrubs. If ſome of the firſt fort are allowed to climb
up upon their branches, they will have a good effect
during their continuance in flower.
Theſe forts are propagated by ſeeds, which ſhould be
ſown in autumn foon after they are ripe, for if they
are kept out of the ground till ſpring, the feeds often
fail, or at leaſt remain in the ground a year before
they vegetate ; they ſhould be ſown in the places
where the plants are deſigned to remain, for they do
not bear tranſplanting well. Theſe plants grow na-
turally in woods and thickets of buſhes, where their
roots are ſcreened from the ſun, and their ſtalks fur-
niſhed with ſupports by the buſhes, point out the
places where the ſeeds ſhould be fown, which ſhould
be where they are ſheltered by ſhrubs. If three or
four ſeeds are fown on each patch, it will be fufficient,
for if one or two plants come up in each place it will
be enough. When the plants come up, they will re-
quire no other culture but to keep them clean from
weeds, and their ſtalks muſt be permitted to climb
upon the neighbouring ſhrubs ; for if they trail upon
the ground, they will produce few flowers, and in
wet ſeaſons the ſtalks will rot, ſo the plants will be ra-
ther unſightly.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia; this is a
biennial plant, which promiſes fairly to become a uſe-
ful one for fodder; for the ſtalks of this grow to a
great length, and are well furniſhed with leaves.
Theſe do not decay in autumn, but continue green
through the winters in defiance of the moſt ſevere
froſt; ſo that in February and March, when there is
often a ſcarcity of green feed for ewes and lambs,
this may be of great ſervice.
The ſtalks of this riſe five or fix feet high. The
leaves are compoſed of five or fix pair of fmooth
ſpear-ſhaped lobes, terminated by tendrils. The foot-
ffalks are deeply furrowed. The flowers are produced
in ſpikes upon long foot-ſtalks, which ſpring from the
wings of the ſtalks ; they are of a light blue colour,
and appear in July; theſe are ſucceeded by ſhort com-
preſſed pods, containing three or four round feeds
which ripen in autumn.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds, which may be fown
in the ſpring or autumn; and when the plants come
up, they will require no other culture but to keep
them clean from weeds; and if they are ſupported
from trailing upon the ground, they will continue in
verdure all the winter, and the following ſummer
they will flower and produce ripe feeds.
If this plant is deſigned for feed, the ſeeds ſhould be
ſown in rows at four feet diſtance, and ſhould be
dropped thin in the rows; for as the ſtalks ſend out
many branches, and extend to a great length, fo when
the plants are too cloſe, the branches will intermix,
and mat ſo cloſely together, as to rot each other by
excluding the air. When the plants come up, they
muſt be kept clean from weeds, which, while they are
young, ſhould be performed with Dutch hoes, but
afterward it may be done by the hoeing plough, which
will ſave expence, and with this inſtrument the plants
may be earthed up in the ſame manner as Peas and
Beans, which will greatly ſtrengthen their ſtalks, and
make them and the leaves larger and more fucculent,
ſo increaſe the quantity of feed. If this is practiſed
as often as may be found neceſſary to deſtroy the
weeds in ſummer, it will prepare the ground for any
crop
afterward be put upon the land; and
as this will be in no danger of ſuffering from froſt, fo
it ſhould be preſerved till the ſpring, when there is a
green
feed for ewes, at which time it may be
cut as it is wanted ; but a part of the plants ſhould be
permitted to ſtand for ſeeds, for thoſe which are cut,
if they do ſhoot again, will flower fo late in ſummer,
that unleſs the autumn proves very warm, the feeds
will not ripen ; therefore it will be a better way to fow
a ſufficient quantity of ſeeds for this purpoſe in a ſepa-
rate ſpot of ground, becauſe, when the other is cut, the
ground may be ploughed for other crops; and if in
;
mild ſeaſons there may be fo great plenty of other green
feed as not to want this, if the plants are ploughed into
the ground, it will be a good dreſſing for other crops.
The
which may
want of

VIC
VIN
و
a
.
This is what I am now beginning to try in the field, Theſe drills ſhould be about the fame depth as thoſe
where I have not as yet had experience of its culture; uſually made for Peas, and the feeds ſhould be ſcat-
but what I have here adviſed, is founded upon expe-
tered about the fame diſtance in the drills. Theſe
riments which I have for ſix years made upon ſmall ſeeds ſhould be carefully covered as ſoon as they are
patches of it ſown in gardens, in different ſituations. fown, for if they are left open the rooks will diſcoa
In all theſe patches I have found the plants continue ver them; and when they once find the rows, if they
in great verdure, when moſt of the perennial plants in are not carefully watched, they will entirely devour
the ſame ſituation have ſuffered greatly by the froſt; them. Indeed, theſe being ſown early in autumn, will
and from eight of theſe plants I could have cut as be in leſs danger than thoſe which are fown late, or in
much feed, as would have been equivalent to half a the ſpring, becauſe there is more food for rooks and pi-
truſs of green Clover.
geons in the open fields at this ſeaſon, and the plants
The fifth fort is the common Vetch or Tare, which will appear much ſooner above ground. The beſt time
is much cultivated in the fields for fodder; of this to fow them is about the beginning of Auguſt, for the
there are two varieties, if not diſtinct ſpecies. The rains which uſually fall about that ſeaſon, will bring
firſt, which is the moft common, has a black feed; them up in a ſhort time. Toward the latter end of
the other has ſeeds as white, if not whiter than the October the plants will have obtained conſiderable
whiteft Peas; and this difference is permanent, for I ſtrength, therefore they ſhould be earthed up with
have fown both forts many years, and have never the hoeing plough. This work ſhould be performed
found either of them vary. Theſe plants are annual, in dry weather, and in doing it care muſt be had to
and periſh foon after they have perfected their feeds. lay the earth up as high to the ſtems of the plants as
The ftalks are angular, ſtreaked, and hairy ; they are poſſible, ſo as not to cover their tops, becauſe this
weak and want ſupport, fo generally decline where will ſecure them againſt froſt. The whole ſpace of
they have nothing near to faſten themſelves to. The ground between the rows ſhould alſo be ſtirred, in or-
leaves are compoſed of ſeveral pair of blunt lobes, der to deſtroy the weeds, which, if carefully performed
and are terminated by tendrils. The flowers come in dry weather, will lay the land clean till March ; at
out from the wings of the ſtalk, fitting very cloſe to which time the crop ſhould be earthed a ſecond time,
the baſe of the foot-ſtalks of the leaves; two of theſe and the ground cleaned again between the rows, which
generally ſpring from the ſame joint; they are pretty will cauſe the plants to grow vigorous, and in a little
large, and of the butterfly ſhape; they are purple : time they will ſpread ſo as to meet, and cover the
theſe appear in June and July, and are ſucceeded by ſpaces ; whereas thoſe ſown in the ſpring will not grow
erect pods, containing three or four round feeds in to half this fize, and will be very late in flowering.
each, which ripen in Auguſt and September.
Some people fow theſe Vetches, and when they are
The fort with white feeds is rather the more ſucculent fully grown, plough them into the ground to manure
plant of the two, fo is better for fodder ; but many it. Where this is deſigned, there will be no occaſion
people refufe to cultivate them, becauſe they ſay the to fow them in drills at this diſtance, nor to huſband
ſeeds being white, are much ſooner found out by the them in the manner before directed; but in this caſe
rooks, than thoſe which are nearer the colour of the it will be the beſt method to fow them in autuin,
ground, ſo are often devoured foon after they are becauſe they will be fit to plough in much ſooner the
fown, eſpecially where any of the ſeeds are not buried; following year, ſo that the land may be better pre-
but if the ſeeds are fown in drills, they may be fo pared to receive the crops for which it is intended. In
carefully covered, as that the birds will not eaſily find fome
parts of France, and in Italy, theſe Vetches are
them.
ſown for feeding of cattle while green; and are ac-
There is another kind of Vetch which is cultivated in counted very profitable, and in many parts of Eng-
the fields, with a ſmaller black feed ; this is called in land they are cultivated to feed cart-horſes; &c
ſome counties Rath ripe Vetch, and in others Pebble, though upon ſuch land where Lucern will thrive, it
or Summer Vetch; but this being much tenderer than will be much better huſbandry to cultivate that for
the cominon Vetch is ſeldom cultivated, for this muſt
this purpoſe.
always be ſown in the ſpring, and will ripen its ſeeds Where theſe plants are cultivated for their feeds, they
the ſame ſummer, but it will not afford near ſo good ſhould be cut ſoon after the pods change brown; and
fodder as the other.
when they are dry, they muſt be immediately ſtack-
Vetches are generally fown at two ſeaſons, one is in ed, for if they are ſuffered to lie out in the field to
autumn, and the other early in the ſpring ; but the receive wet, and there comes one hot day after it,
beſt time is in Auguſt, for the feeds which are fown the pods will moſt of them burſt, and caſt out the
then will come up ſoon, and the plants will have time ſeeds. When the ſeeds are threſhed out, the haulm
to get ſtrength before winter, ſo will be in leſs danger is eſteemed very good food for cattle, and ſome have
of ſuffering by froſt than thoſe which are ſown later, recommended the feeds for horſes, and affirm they are
and will be fit to cut for feed much earlier in the as proper for thoſe animals as Beans; which, if true,
ſpring, for it is then green feed is moſt wanted; and will render them more valuable, becauſe theſe will
if they are deſigned for feed and not to be cut for fod- grow on the lighteſt fandy land where Beans will not
der, thoſe early-lown Vetches will come early into thrive, ſo may be a good improvement to ſome coun-
flower, and the feeds will be ripe early, ſo they may ties in England, where they do not attempt to culti-
be cut and ſtacked in good weather; which is a great
vate Beans
advantage, for thoſe which ripen late are often ſtacked VINCA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 261. Pervinca. Tourn.
or houſed wet, and then the feeds frequently ſprout Inft. R. H. 119. tab. 45. Periwincle; in French, Pera
in the mow and are ſpoiled.
venche.
The uſual method of fowing Vetches is in broad-caſt,
The CHARACTERS are,
ploughing them lightly in; in this way the common The empalement of the flower is permanent, and cut into
allowance of ſeeds
for one acre of land is two buſhels, five acute parts at the top. The flower has one ſalver:
but there are ſome who low two buſhels and a half; Maped petal, whoſe tube is longer than the empalement.
this practice may do well enough for thoſe Vetches The brim is broad, ſpreading open, and ſlightly cut into
which are deſigned to be cut for fodder in the ſpring, five obtuſe ſegments ; it has five very ſhort infiexed ſtami-
but thoſe which are fown with an intent to ſtand for na, terminated by erett, obtuſe, membranaceous ſummits,
ſeeds, will do much better if they are ſown in drills in and two roundiſh germen, which have two roundiſh cor-
the ſame way as is practiſed for Peas, and then leſs puſcles on their ſide, ſupporting one common ſtyle the length
than half the quantity of ſeeds will be ſufficient; for of the ſtamina, crowned by two ſtigmas; the under is ora
the drills ſhould not be nearer to each other than three bicular and plain, the upper is concave and beaded. The
feet, that the hoe plough may have room to go be- germen afterward turns to a fruit compoſed of two taper
tween them, to deſtroy the weeds, and earth up the acute-pointed huſks, opening lengthways with one valves
plants; for by this management they will produce a and filled with oblong cylindrical ſeeds.
much greater crop, and ripen earlier in the ſeaſon.
This

V IN
V IN
;
a
a
a
a
a
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. VINCA (Minor) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis lan-
ceolato-ovatis, floribus pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
209. Periwincle with trailing ſtalks, and ovel Spear-
Shaped leaves. Pervinca vulgaris, anguſtifolia, fore
cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. 120. Common narrow-leaved Pe-
riwincle, with a blue flower.
2. Vinca (Major) caulibus erectis, foliis ovatis, fori-
bus pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 209. Periwincle
with erext ſtalks and oval leaves. Pervinca vulgaris, la-
tifolia, fore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. 119. Common
broad-leaved Periwincle with a blue flower.
3. VINCA (Roſea) foliis oblongo-ovatis integerrimis, tu-
bo foris longiſſimo, caule ramoſo fruticofo. Tab. 186.
Periwincle with oblong, oval, entire leaves, a very long
tube to the flower, and a ſhrubby branching ſtalk.
The firſt fort grows naturally under hedges and buſhes
in many parts of England. The ſtalks are ſlender, and
trail upon the ground, emitting fibres from their
joints, which take root, whereby the plant multiplies
and ſpreads greatly. The leaves are placed oppoſite
on their ſtalks ; they are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, about
an inch and a half long, and three quarters of an
inch broad, of a thick conſiſtence, very ſmooth, and
entire; the upper lide is of a deep lucid green, and
their under ſide of a bright green colour ; they ſtand
upon fhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers ſtand ſingly up-
on foot-ſtalks, which ſpring from the wings of the
ſtalks; they are nearly of a funnel-ſhape, but ſpread
more at their brim, which is almoſt flat like a ſalver ;
their brim is divided into five broad obtuſe ſegments :
the moſt common colour of the flower is blue, but
it is often found with a white flower, and ſometimes
the flowers are variegated with both colours. Theſe
flowers begin to appear in April, and there is often a
ſucceſſion of them continued great part of ſummer.
The flowers are very rarely ſucceeded by ſeeds. Tour-
nefort ſays he was at a loſs for the fruit of this plant,
to engrave the figure of it in his Elements of Botany,
which he obtained by planting ſome plants in ſmall
pots to confine their roots, and prevent their ſtalks
from trailing upon the ground. This experiment I
tried ſeveral years without ſucceſs, but I afterward
planted three or four plants in the full ground, and
conſtantly cut off their lateral ſhoots, leaving only the
upper ftalks, and theſe plants the ſecond year pro-
duced plenty of the pods.
There are two varieties of this plant with variegated
leaves; one has white, and the other yellow ſtripes ;
theſe are by ſome preſerved in their gardens for the
ſake of variety. There is alſo one with double purple
flowers, which I believe to be only an accidental va-
riation, therefore have not enumerated it here.
The ſecond fort is alſo found growing naturally in ſe-
veral parts of England. The ſtalks of this are larger
than thoſe of the former, and do not trail ſo cloſe to
the ground ; they riſe two feet high, but their tops
decline again to the ground, and often put out roots
when they are ſuffered to lie on the ground. The
leaves of this fort are oval, heart-ſhaped, about three
inches long, and two broad; they ſtand oppoſite upon
thick foot-ſtalks; their upper ſurface is of a lucid
green, their under is of a lighter green colour; they
are of a thick conſiſtence and entire. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ſtalk in like manner as the
former, and are of the ſame ſhape, but much larger.
Their uſual colour is blue, but they are ſometimes
ſeen with white flowers. This ſort flowers earlier in
the ſpring than the former, and there is a ſucceſſion
of thein great part of ſummer.
As theſe plants delight to grow under the cover of
trees and buſhes, ſo they may be made ornamental
in large gardens, if they are planted on the verges of
wilderneſſes, where they will ſpread and cover the
ground: and as their leaves continue green all the year,
they will have a good effect in winter, and their flow-
ers appearing great part of ſummer, will add to the
variety
They are eaſily propagated by their trailing ſtalks,
which put out roots very freely, eſpecially thoſe of
the firſt fort; and if the ſtalks of the large ſort are
laid in the ground, they will root very ſoon, and may
be cut off and tranſplanted where they are to remain,
and when they are once rooted, they will ſpread
and multiply very faſt without farther care. The firſt
ſort is uſed in medicine, and is eſteemed a good vul-
nerary plant.
The third ſort grows naturally in the iſland of Mada-
gaſcar, from whence the ſeeds were brought to the
Royal Garden at Paris, where the plants were firſt
raiſed, and produced their flowers the following ſum-
mer; from theſe plants good feeds were obtained, part
of which was ſent me by Mr. Richard, gardener to
the King at Verſailles and Trianon. Theſe ſucceeded
in the Chelſea Garden, where many plants were raiſed.
It riſes with an upright branching ſtalk to the height
of three or four feet, which when young are ſuccu-
lent, jointed, and of a purple colour ; but as the plants
advance, their lower parts become ligneous. The
branches which come out from the fide, have their
joints very cloſe; they have a ſmooth purple bark,
and are garniſhed with oblong, oval, entire leaves,
two inches and a half long, and one and a half broad;
they are ſmooth and ſucculent, fitting pretty cloſe to
the branches. The flowers come out from the wings
of the branches ſingly, ſtanding upon very ſhort foot-
ſtalks ; their tube is long and ſender; their brim
ſpreads open flat, which is divided into five broad ob-
tuſe ſegments, which are reflexed at their points. The
upper ſurface of the petal is of a bright crimſon or
Peach colour, and their under fide is of a pale fleih
colour. There is a ſucceſſion of theſe flowers upon
the ſame plant, from February to the end of October.
Thoſe flowers which appear early in the ſummer, are
ſucceeded by taper feed-veſſels, filled with roundiſh
black feeds, which ripen in autumn.
This fort is propagated by ſeeds or cuttings; thoſe
plants which ariſe from ſeeds grow more upright, and
do not branch ſo much as the plants which are propa-
gated by cuttings. The feeds of this ſhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring, and when the
plants come up, and are fit to remove, they ſhould be
tranſplanted on a freſh hot-bed at about four inches
diſtance, ſhading them from the ſun till they have
taken new root; then they muſt be treated in the
ſame way as other young tender plants which are na-
tives of warm countries, but there muſt be great
care had to prevent their drawing up weak, nor ſhould
they have water in too great plenty. When the plants
have obtained ſtrength, they ſhould be carefully taken
up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in
pots filled with good earth, and plunged into a mode-
rate hot-bed to facilitate their taking new root, ob-
ſerving to ſcreen them from the ſun, and when they
are well rooted in the pots, they muſt be gradually
hardened to bear the open air ; but unleſs the ſum-
mer proves warm, theſe plants ſhould not be placed
in the open air, for they will not thrive if they are
expoſed to cold or wet; therefore during the ſum-
mer they ſhould be placed in an airy glaſs-caſe,
and in winter they muſt be removed into the ſtove,
where the air is kept to a temperate heat, with-
out which they will not live through the winter in
England.
If theſe plants are propagated by cuttings, they ſhould
be planted in pots during any of the ſummer months.
The pots ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed,
and if they are cloſely covered with bell or hand-
glaſſes, it will cauſe them to put out roots ſooner than
they otherwiſe would do ; when theſe have put out
roots, they muſt be gradually hardened, and after-
ward planted in pots, and treated in the ſame way as
the feedling plants.
This plant deſerves a place in the ſtove, as much as
any of the exotic plants we have in England, becauſe
;
a
3
a
6
the

VIO
V I O
a
a
the flowers are very beautiful, and there is a conſtant
fucceífion of them all the ſummer.
VINCITOXICUM: See ASCLEPIAS.
VINE. See VITIS.
VIOL A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 419. tab. 236. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 898. Violet.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſhort permanent empalement of five
leaves, which are differently ranged in the different Spe-
cies. The flower is of the ringent kind, and is compoſed of
five unequel petals; the upper is broad, obtuſe, and in-
dented at the point, having a horned neEi arium at the
baſe ; two fide petals are oppoſite, the two lower are
larger, riſing and reflexed ; it has five ſmall ſtamina,
which are annexed as appendages to the entrance of the
meEtarium, terminated by obtuſe ſummits, which are ſome-
times conneEted, and a roundiſh germen ſupporting a ſen-
der Style which ſtands out beyond the ſummits, and is
crowned by an oblique ſtigma. The germen afterward
turns to an oval three-cornered capſule with one cell,
opening with three valves, including many oval ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of
Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers are ſingle in the empalements, but have
their ſummits connected.
The SPECIES are,
1. VIOLA (Odorata) acaulis, foliis cordatis, ftolonibus
reptantibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 934. Violet having no
ſtalks, heart-ſhaped leaves, and creeping shoots. Viola
martia purpurea, flore fimplici odoro. C. B. P. 199.
Purple March Violet, with a ſingle ſweet flower.
2. VIOLA (Hirta) acaulis, foliis cordatis piloſo-hiſpidis.
Flor. Suec. 718. Violet without a ſtalk, having heart-
Maped leaves with fringing hairs. Viola martia hirſuta
inodora. Mor. Hiſt. 2. p. 475. Hairy, ſcentleſs, March
Violet.
3. VIOLA (Paluſtris) acaulis, foliis reniformibus. Hal-
ler. Helvet. 501. Violet without a ſtalk, having kidney-
Shaped leaves. Viola paluſtris rotundifolio, glabra.
Mor. Hift. 1. p. 475. March Violet with round ſmooth
leaves.
4. VIOLA (Mirabilis) caule triquetro, foliis reniformi-
cordatis, floribus caulinis apetalis. Lin. Sp. 1326. Vi-
olet with a three-cornered ſtalk, kidney heart-ſhaped leaves,
ond flowers whoſe petals are faſtened to the ſtalks. Vi-
ola montana latifolia, flores e radice, ſemina in cacu-
mine ferens. Hort. Elth. 408. tab. 303. Mountain
.
Violet with a broad leaf, whoſe flowers and ſeeds join to
the roots.
5. VIOLA (Multifida) acaulis, foliis pedatis feptempar-
titis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 933. Violet without a ſtalk, and
leaves growing like feet, divided into ſeven parts. Viola
Virginiana tricolor, foliis multifidis, cauliculo aphyllo.
Pluk. Alm. 388. Three-coloured Virginia Violet, with
many-pointed leaves, and a naked ſtalk.
6. VIOLA (Pinnata) acaulis, foliis pinnatifidis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 734. Violet without a ſtalk, and leaves having ma-
ny points. Viola Alpina, folio in plures partes diffecto.
C. B. P. 199. Alpine Violet, with a leaf cut into many
parts.
7. VIOLA (Ceniſia) acaulis, grandiflora, foliis ovalibus
uniformibus integerrimis. Allion. Violet without a ſtalk,
having a large flower, and oval entire leaves which are
uniform.
8. VIOLA (Montana) caulibus erectis, foliis cordatis ob-
longis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 935. Violet with ereet ſtalks,
and oblong heart-ſhaped leaves. Viola martia arbore-
fcens purpurea. C. B. P. 199. Tree-like #purple March
Violet.
VIOLA (Tricolor) caule triquetro diffuſo, foliis ob-
longis dentatis, ftipulis dentatis. Flor. Suec. 721.
Violet with a three-cornered diffuſed ſtalk, oblong indented
leaves, and indented ftipule. Viola tricolor hortenſis
repens. C. B. P. 199. Creeping three-coloured Garden
Violet, commonly called Heart's eaſe or Panſies.
10. VIOLA (Calcarata) caule diffuſo decumbente, foliis
oblongis inciſis, ftolonibus reptatricibus. Violet with a
diffuſed trailing ſtalk, oblong cut leaves, and creeping
shoots. Viola montana, lutea grandiflora. C. B. P.
200. Yellow Mountain Violet with a large flower.
The firſt fort, which is the common ſweet Violet;
grows naturally under hedges in the neighbourhood
of London ; but in ſeveral of the diftant counties, the
Violet without ſcent is the moſt frequent. Of the
common Violet there are the following varieties, the
fingle blue and white, the double blue and white,
and the pale purple. Theſe are all of them commonly
preſerved in gardens for the odour of their flowers
this has a thick fibrous root, ſending forth long trail-
ing ſhoots, which put out fibres, and take root in the
ground, whereby it ſpreads and propagates. The
leaves grow upon pretty long foot-ſtalks, they are
heart-ſhaped, and ſomewhat hairy. The flowers ſtand
upon ſlender naked foot-ſtalks, which ariſe immedi-
ately from the heads of the plants, they are of an ir-
regular figure, in ſome reſembling the ſnout of an
animal, compoſed of five unequal petals, one of which
has a heel, or horned nectarium at the baſe. Theſe
flowers generally appear in March, from whence they
had the appellation of March Violets. After the
flowers are paſt, the germen ſwells to a roundiſh cap-
fule with three furrows, having one cell, in which
are lodged four or five round ſeeds which ripen in
July.
The flowers of this fort are one of the four cordial
flowers, they are eſteemed cooling, moiſtening, and
laxative. The leaves of the plants are ſometimes uſed
in clyfters; but the flowers of the ſecond fort have
been frequently brought to the markets, and fold for
this, which have no ſcent, ſo are unfit for the pur-
poſes intended, but being larger they fill the meaſure
ſooner.
The ſecond fort is found growing naturally in many
parts of England. The leaves of this fort are larger,
and are covered with rough ſtinging hairs. The
flowers are larger and have no ſcent, which are the
only differences.
The third fort grows naturally in marſhes and on bogs
in ſeveral parts of England. The leaves of this are
ſmall, kidney-ſhaped, and ſmooth. The flowers are
ſmall, and of a pale blue colour; they appear in
June, and are ſucceeded by ſmall oblong capſules
filled with roundiſh feed.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Germany and Swe-
den; it is preſerved in ſome curious gardens for va-
riety. The leaves of this are ſpear-ſhaped and entire,
ſtanding upon foot-italks. The flowers are larger
than thoſe of the common ſort, but have no fcent.
The fifth fort is a native of North America. The
leaves of this are divided into ſeven parts or lobes,
· which are united at the foot-ſtalk. The flowers itand
upon naked foot-ſtalks ; they are of the Panſy kind,
and have no ſcent; they appear in June, but are not
ſucceeded by ſeeds here.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps; this was
fent me by Dr. Allione from Turin ; it is a very low
plant, feldom riſing two inches high. The leaves are
ſmall, and cut into wing points; the flowers are of a
pale blue colour, and appear in June.
The ſeventh fort was ſent me by the ſame gentleman,
who found it growing on the Alps; this is an hum-
ble plant, with oval, entire, uniform leaves, not more
than half an inch long, and a quarter broad, ſtanding
upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are large, of a
light blue colour, and appear in June. Thele have
no ſcent.
The eighth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and the
mountains in Auſtria. The root of this is perennial,
but the ſtalks and leaves decay in autumn; this has
erect ſtalks which riſe more than a foot high; they
are garniſhed with oblong heart-ſhaped leaves. The
flowers ſtand upon long foot-ſtalks, which ſpring from
the wings of the ſtalks ; they are ſhaped like thoſe of
the Dog Violet, and are of a pale blue colour ; theſe
appear the end of May, and are ſucceeded by round-
iſh capſules filled with ſmall feeds, which ripen in
Auguſt.
The ninth fort is the Heart's-eaſe or Panſies, which
grows naturally in ſome of the northern counties of
England, but is generally cultivated in gardens. Of
a
9.
this
13 Z

VIO
V IS
a
3
this there are many varieties, which differ greatly in not produce feeds. Although the white, blue, and
the ſize and colour of their flowers. Some of theſe purple Violets are generally ſuppoſed to be varieties
varieties have very large beautiful flowers, which have which have accidentally ſprung from ſeeds, yet I have
an agreeable odour ; others have ſmall flowers with- ſeveral years ſowed the ſeeds of all the three forts, and
out fcent; whether theſe are diſtinct ſpecies or acci- have not found either of them vary.
dental varieties, I have not been able to determine, The other forts of Spring Violets are ſometimes pre-
for I have ſaved the feeds of moſt of the varieties as ſerved in botanic gardens for the ſake of variery,
carefully as poſſible, and have ſown them ſeparate, theſe may be propagated in the ſame way as the
but have always had a mixture ariſe, which may have common ſort, but require a moiſt foil and a ſhady
come from ſeeds lying in the ground; for in gardens ſituation.
where theſe plants have been permitted to ſcatter their The upright fort does not ſend out ſhoots like the
feeds, it is impoſſible to know how long the ſeeds may common Violet, ſo increaſes but ſlowly by offsets ;
le in the ground, and when they are turned up to this
may
be propagated by ſeeds in plenty, and is as
the ſurface, they will grow, which renders it difficult hardy as the common fort.
to determine the ſpecific differences of theſe plants in The ſeveral varieties of Panſies will ſcatter their feeds
fuch places
in a ſhort time after the flowers are part, and from
This is an annual plant, whoſe roots decay after they theſe ſelf-fown feeds the plants which come up in
have flowered and perfected their feeds. The lower autumn, will flower very early in the ſpring, and theſe
leaves are roundiſh or oblong, and are indented on will be ſucceeded by the ſpring plants; ſo that where
their edges; the ſtalks riſe ſeven or eight inches high, they are indulged in a garden, and their feeds are per-
ſending out many diffuſed branches; they are four- mitted to ſcatter, there will be a conſtant fucceffion
cornered, and are garniſhed with leaves which are of their flowers the greateſt part of the year ; for they
longer and narrower than thoſe below; theſe are will flower all the winter in mild ſeaſons, and moſt
notched on their edges, and fit cloſe to the branches. part of the ſummer in ſhady ſituations, which renders
The flowers ſtand upon long naked foot-ſtalks, which them worthy of a place in every good garden; but
ſpring from the wings of the ſtalk; they are in ſhape then they muſt not be allowed to ſpread too far, left
like thoſe of the common Violet. Some of the vari- they become troubleſome weeds, for their ſeeds, when
eties have flowers much larger, and others are of the ripe, are caſt out of their covers with great elaſticity
fize of March Violets; fome of them have the two to a conſiderable diſtance, and the plants will ſoon
upper petals of a deep yellow colour with a purple ſpread over a large ſpace of ground, if they are per-
ſpot in each, the two middle of a paler yellow with a mitted to ſtand.
deep yellow ſpot, and the lower petal of a velvet co- The common Panſy ſtands in the College Diſpenſato-
lour; in others the petals are white, with yellow and ry as a medicinal plant, but is rarely uſed in England.
purple ſpots; in ſome the yellow is the moſt prevail- The great yellow Violet propagates by offsets in pret-
ing colour, and in others the purple.
ty great plenty, if it has a moiſt foil and a ſhady fi-
The tenth fort grows naturally upon mountains in the tuation ; this may be tranſplanted in autumn, and
north of England, and in Wales; this is a perennial the offsets may then be taken off, but the roots
root, ſending out ſhoots from the ſide, which ſpread ſhould not be divided into ſmall heads; nor ſhould
and propagate, in which it differs from all the Pan- they be too often tranſplanted, becauſe they will not
fies. The lower leaves are oblong and jagged; the produce many flowers, unleſs the plants are ſtrong,
ſtalks ſeldom riſe more than four or five inches high ; and have good root in the ground. This fort will
they decline at the bottom, and are garniſhed with not live in a dry ſoil, nor in a ſituation much expoſed
narrower leaves than thoſe below, which are deeper to the fun.
cut on their fides. The flowers ſtand upon naked VIORNA. See CLEMATIS.
foot-ſtalks two inches long; they are much larger than VIRGA AUREA. See SOLIDAGO.
thoſe of the common ſort, and are of a deep yellow VISCUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 609. tab. 380. Lin.
colour, with a few purple ſtreaks in the center. This Gen. Plant. 979. [ſo called, becauſe its fruit is full
plant continues flowering great part of ſummer, but of a glutinous fubftance.] Miſleto, in French, Gui.
the flowers have no fcent.
The CHARACTERS are,
The common Violets are eaſily propagated by part- It has male and female flowers upon ſeparate plants. The
ing of their roots; this may be done at two ſeaſons : male flowers have an empalement compoſed of four oblong
the firſt or moſt common ſeaſon for removing and leaves ; they have no petals, but have four ſummits, which
parting of theſe roots is at Michaelmas, that the are oblong and acute-pointed, each faſtened to one of the
young plants may be well rooted before winter ; this leaves of the empalement. The female flowers have an
is generally practiſed where the plants are put on the empalement of four ſmall oval leaves fitting upon the ger-
borders of wood walks in large plantations, but in the men ; theſe have no petals or ſtamina, but have an oblong
the gardens where they are cultivated for their flowers, three-cornered germen ſituated under the flower, having
the gardeners tranſplant and part their plants ſoon no ſtyle, but is crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma. The germen
after their flowering ſeaſon is over; ſo they gather all afterward turns to a globular ſmooth berry with one cell,
the flowers firſt, and the plants, which are then re- including a fleſhy heart-ſhaped ſeed.
moved, will have all the remaining ſummer to grow This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection of
and get ſtrength, ſo will produce a greater quantity Linnæus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which contains thoſe
of powers the following ſpring, than thoſe which are plants whoſe flowers have four male
organs,
and
grow
removed in autumn; but this is not to be practiſed, on ſeparate plants from the fruit.
where they cannot be ſupplied with water till they have We have but one Species of this genus in Europe,
taken new root, unleſs in moiſt ſeaſons.
viz.
When theſe are planted, they ſhould be placed at a Viscum (Album) foliis lanceolatis obtufis, caule dicho-
good diſtance from each other to allow them room to tomo, fpicis axillaribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1023. Miſleto
ſpread, for if they are expected to produce many with blunt Spear-Maped leaves, forked ſtalks, and ſpikes
flowers, they ſhould not be tranſplanted oftener than of flowers riſing from the wings of the ſtalk. Vifcum
once in three or four years, ſo that in that time the baccis albis. C. B. P. 423. Miſleto with white berries.
offsets will ſpread over the ground, if the roots are This plant, inſtead of rooting and growing in the
three feet afunder.
earth like other plants, fixes itſelf, and takes root on
Violets may alſo be propagated by feeds, which the branches of trees; it ſpreads out with many
ſhould be ſown foon after they are ripe, which is about branches, and forms a large buſh. The branches are
the end of Auguſt. The plants will come up the fol- ligneous; they have a yellow green bark; the largeſt
lowing ſpring, and when they are fit to remove, they is about the thickneſs of a man's finger, the other
ſhould be tranſplanted in ſhady borders to grow till are gradually ſmaller; they are full of joints which
autumn, and then they may be planted where they eaſily part aſunder, at each of which grow two thick
are to remain, but the double-flowering Violets do fleſhy leaves, which are broad and rounded at their
points,
3
a
و
;

V IS
VI T
a
:
a
3
3
points, and narrow at their baſe. The flowers come make birdlime, which may not be improper to inſert
out from the wings of the ſtalk in ſhort ſpikes; they in this place for the ſatisfaction of the curious.
have four yellow leaves, which are by ſome called pe- The Italians make their birdlime of the berries of
tals, and others make them the empalement. The Milleto heated and mixed with oil, as is that made of
female flowers are ſucceeded by round white berries, Holly bark, and to make it bear the water, they add
which are almoſt pellucid, about the ſize of large white turpentine.
Currants, full of a tough viſcid juice, in the middle Of the berries of this plant birdlime was formerly
of which lies one heart-ſhaped flat feed.
made in England. This was done by boiling the ber-
It grows upon the white Thorn, the Apple, the Crab, ries in water till they burſt, when they were well beat-
the Hazel, the Aſh, and Maple, but is rarely found en in a mortar, and afterward waſhed till all the bran-
upon the Oak, though the Mifleto of the laſt has
ny huſks were cleared away.
been always accounted the beſt of all, which opini- That which is now commonly uſed with us is made
on, as Mr. Ray well obſerves, may be owing to the of the bark of Holly, which is ſtripped off about
fuperftitious honour which the ancient Druids of this Midſummer ; this they boil for ten or twelve hours,
iſland gave to this Mifleto, to whom nothing was and when the green coat is ſeparated from the other,
more ſacred.
they cover it up with Fern for a fortnight, and put it
This plant is always produced from feed, and is not in a moiſt place, where it lies a fortnight, by which
to be cultivated in the earth, as moſt other plants, time the bark will be turned to a jelly, and no fibres
but will always grow upon trees; from whence the of the wood be left; then they beat it in a ſtone inor-
ancients accounted it a ſuper-plant, moſt of whom tar till it becomes a tough paſte ; this they waſh in a
thought it was an excreſcence on the tree, without running ſtream till no motes appear, and put it up to
the feed being previouſly lodged there, which opinion ferment for four or five days, and ſcum it as often as
is now generally confuted from a repeated number of any thing ariſes, and then lay it up for uſe. When
experiments.
they uſe it, they incorporate with it a third part of that
The manner of its being propagated is this, viz. The oil over the fire.
Mileto Thruſh, which feeds upon the berries of this The birdlime that is brought from Damaſcus is fup-
plant in winter, when it is ripe, doth often carry the poſed to be made of Sebeſtens, their kernels being
feeds from tree to tree; for the viſcous part of the frequently found in it, but this will not endure either
berry, which immediately ſurrounds the feed, doth
froſt or wet.
ſometimes faſten it to the outward part of the bird's The birdlime brought from Spain is of an ill ſmell.
beak, which, to get diſengaged of, he ſtrikes his The bark of our Wayfaring Shrub, as it is ſaid, will
beak againſt the branches of a neighbouring tree, and make birdlime as good as the beſt.
thereby leaves the ſeed ſticking by this viſcous mat- VISNAGA. See DAUCUS.
ter to the bark, which, if it lights upon a ſmooth VITEX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 6o3. tab. 373. Lin. Gen.
part of the tree, will faften itſelf
thereto, and the fol- Plant. 708. [ſo called of vieo, Lat. to bend, becauſe
lowing winter will put out and grow; and in the ſame its branches are very flexible; it is alſo called Agnus
manner it may be propagated by art, for if the ber- Caftus, becauſe it is believed to allay luft, for which
ries, when full ripe, are rubbed upon the ſmooth the monks were wont to uſe it in their cloiſters; but
part of the bark of a tree, they will adhere cloſely by the taſte and ſmell it ſhould rather be a provocative.]
thereto, and, if not deſtroyed, will produce plants Agnus Caſtus, or the Chaſte-tree.
the following winter.
The CHARACTERS are,
The trees which this plant doth moſt readily take The empalement of the flower is ſhort, cylindrical, and
upon, are the Apple, the Aſh, the white Thorn, and indented in five parts. Tbe flower has one ringent petal,
other ſmooth-rind trees before-mentioned; but I have with a ſlender cylindrical tube ; the brim is plain, and di-
ſeveral times tried it upon the Oak without ſucceſs, vided into two lips; the two lips are trifid; the middle
for the bark of that tree is of too cloſe å texture to Segment is the broadeſt in both. It has four hair-like ſte-
admit the feeds ſticking thereto, which is alſo the mina which are a little longer than the tube, two being
reaſon it is ſo rarely found upon that tree; and not- Sorter than the other, terminated by moveable ſummits,
withſtanding the great encomiums which have been and a roundiſh germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle, crown-
given to the Milleto of the Oak for its medicinal vir- ed by two awl-ſhaped Spreading ſtigmas. The germen af-
tues, yet I cannot help thinking that it is equally terward turns to a globular berry with four cells, each
good from whatever tree it be taken, nor is it poſſi- containing one oval feed.
ble to find this plant growing in any quantity upon This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
the Oak; ſo that thoſe perſons who pretend to fur-
of Linnæus's fourteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
niſh the town with it for phyſical uſe, do but impoſe plants whoſe flowers have two long and two ſhorter
upon the world, for it is ſo rarely met with, that ſtamina, and the ſeeds are included in capſules.
whenever a branch of an Oak-tree hath any of theſe
The SPECIES are,
plants growing upon it, it is cut off, and preſerved 1. VITEX (Agnus Caftus) foliis digitatis, fpicis verticil-
by the curious in their collections of natural curio- latis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 938. Chaſte-tree with fingered
ſities, and of theſe there are but few to be ſeen in leaves, and whorled Spikes of flowers. Vitex foliis an-
England.
guſtioribus cannabis modo difpofitis. C. B. P. 475.
As to what ſome perſons have aſſerted of the manner Chaſte-tree with narrow leaves diſpoſed like thoſe of Hemp,
how it is propagated, from tree to tree, by the Mif- or common Chafte-tree.
leto thruſhes, which eat the berries, and void the 2. VITEX (Latifolia) foliis digitatis ferratis, fpicis pani-
feed in their dung upon the branches of trees, where- culatis. Chafte-tree with fingered ſawed leaves, and ſpikes
by the feeds are ſtuck thereon, and take root into the in panicles. Vitex folio latiore ſerrato. Lob. Icon. 139.
bark, and produce freſh plants, I can by no means Chaſte-tree with a broader ſawed leaf.
agree to, fince, if it were only this way propagated, 3. Vitex (Integerrimis) foliis ternatis quinatiſve inte-
it would always be found on the upper part or the gerrimis, paniculis dichotomis
. Lin. Sp. Plant. 890.
fides of ſuch branches, upon which the dung can only Chaſte-tree with trifoliate and quinate leaves, and panicles
be ſuppoſed to lodge; whereas it is generally found of flowers riſing from the diviſion of the branches. Vi-
upon the under ſide of the branches, where it is al- tex trifolia minor Indica. Pluk. Alm. 390. Smaller In-
moſt impoſſible for theſe birds to caſt their dung; be- dian trifoliate Chaſte-tree.
fides, I believe the ſtomachs of theſe birds are too 4. Vitex (Negunda) foliis quinatis ternatifque ferratis, ,
powerful digefters to ſuffer any feeds to paſs ſo entire ſpicis alaribus terminalibuſque. Chaſte-tree with quinate
ihrough the inteſtines as to afterwards grow; but I and trifoliate Sawed leaves, ond Spikes of flowers from the
ſhall leave this to ſuch as have leiſure to make obfer- wings terminating the branches.
vations in thoſe places where this plant abounds, and 5. Vitex (Chinenſis) foliis ternatis quinatiſque pinnato-
ſhall add only a ſhort account of the method uſed to incifis, fpicis verticillatis terminalibus. Chaſte-tree with
alternate
6

VIT
V IT
و
a
ternate and quinate leaves which are cut like wings, and five lobes, which are deeply and regularly cut on
whorled ſpikes of flowers terminating the branches. their fides in form of winged leaves, and end in acute
The firſt fort grows naturally in Sicily, and near Na- points. The largeſt of theſe lobes is about an inch
ples, by the ſides of rivers and in moiſt places; it has and a half long, and three quarters of an inch broad
a ſhrubby ſtalk eight or ten feet high, ſending out in the middle; they are of a dull green colour on their
branches oppoſite the whole length, which are angu- upper fide, and gray on their under. The branches
lar, pliable, and have a grayiſh bark; theſe are gar- are terminated by ſpikes of flowers about three or
niſhed with leaves for the moſt part placed oppoſite, four inches long, which are diſpoſed in whorls round
upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they are compoſed of the ſtalks; there are in ſome plants white, in others
five, fix, or ſeven lobes which unite at the foot-ſtalk, blue, and ſome have bright red flowers ; they are in
and ſpread out like the fingers of a hand; the lower beauty from the middle of July to the beginning of
are ſmall, and the middle are largeſt; they are ſmooth September, but the plants do not produce ſeeds in
and entire ; the largeſt are about three inches long, Europe.
and half an inch broad in the middle, ending in blunt The firſt fort is pretty common in many Engliſh gar-
points, of a dark green on their upper fide, but hoary dens, where it has been long an inhabitant, but was
on their under. The flowers are produced in ſpikes not much propagated till of late years. The ſecond
at the extremity of the branches; the ſpikes are from fort is leſs common, and only in ſome curious gardens
ſeven to fifteen inches long; theſe are diſpoſed in at preſent. Theſe plants are very hardy, and may be
whorls round the ſtalks, with intervals between each propagated by planting their cuttings early in the
whorl; they are of the lip kind; the two lips are ſpring, before they ſhoot; they require a freſh light
each cut into three ſegments, the middle being larger foil, and muſt be frequently refreſhed with water un-
than the two ſide ſegments; they are in ſome plants til they have taken root; after which they muſt be
white, and in others blue ; theſe are generally late carefully cleared from weeds during the ſummer ſea-
before they appear, ſo that in bad ſeaſons they do fon, and if the following winter prove ſevere, you
not open fair in England, and in warm years the muſt lay a little mulch upon the ſurface of the ground
plants produce no feeds here. The flowers have an between the plants, to prevent the froſt from penetrat-
agreeable odour when they open fair, and make a ing to their roots, which would injure them while
good appearance in autumn, when the flowers of they are young; and as theſe cuttings are apt to ſhoot
moſt other ſhrubs are gone, for in warm mild ſea- late in the year, their tops will be very tender, and
fons I have ſeen theſe ſhrubs in full flower the mid- the early froſts in autumn often kill them down a con-
dle of October.
ſiderable length, if they are not protected, therefore
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the ſouth of they ſhould then be covered with mats, which will be
France, and in Italy; this is a lower ſhrub than the of
great
ſervice to them. Toward the middle of
firſt; it ſeldom riſes more than four or five feet high, March, if the ſeaſon is favourable, you ſhould tranſ-
coming up with ſeveral ſtalks from the root, which plant them either into the places where they are de-
do not branch ſo much as the former; their bark is ſigned to remain, or into a nurſery to grow two or three
alſo whiter. The leaves are fingered, and compoſed years to get ſtrength, where they muſt be pruned up,
of five or ſeven lobes which unite at the foot-ſtalk; in order to form them into regular ſtalks, otherwiſe
theſe are not ſo diſproportionate in their length, the they are very ſubject to ſhoot out their branches in a
longeſt being ſeldom more than three inches, and the ftraggling manner.
ſhorteſt an inch and a half; they are near an inch They may alſo be propagated by laying down their
broad, and are ſawed on their edges, and are not fo branches in the ſpring of the year, in doing of which
ftiff as thoſe of the former. The flowers come out in you muſt be very careful not to break them, for their
panicled ſpikes toward the end of the branches; the ſhoots are apt to ſplit if they are violently forced;
ſpikes are ſhorter, and the flowers ſmaller than thoſe theſe will take root in one year, provided they are
of the firſt fort, and appear fooner; they are all of watered in very dry weather, and may then be tranſ-
them blue which I have ſeen.
planted out, and managed as was directed for thoſe
The third fort grows naturally in both Indies; this plants raiſed from cuttings.
has a ſhrubby ſtalk which riſes nine or ten feet high, The third fort is too tender to live in the open air in
ſending out many ſide branches which have a brown England, ſo muſt be planted in pots, and conſtantly
bark, and are garniſhed with leaves which have ſome- kept in the ſtove; it is propagated both by cuttings
times three, and at others five, oval acute-pointed and layers, but the cuttings of this muſt be planted
lobes which are entire, and a little downy on their in pots, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, co-
under fide. The flowers are diſpoſed in panicles, vering them cloſe with a bell or hand-glaſs to ex-
which ariſe at the diviſion of the branches; theſe are clude the air ; they ſhould be refreſhed with water
fmall and white, but are not ſucceeded by any feeds now and then, but it muſt not be given them too free-
in England.
ly. The beſt time to plant the cuttings is about the
The fourth fort grows naturally in the northern parts middle or latter end of April, for if they ſucceed,
of China, where it riſes with woody ſtalks eight or they will put out roots in fix or ſeven weeks, and will
ten feet high, having a gray bark. The branches then begin to ſhoot, ſo they ſhould have the free air
come out oppoſite, and are garniſhed with leaves gradually admitted to them to prevent their ſhooting
placed oppoſite upon long foot-ſtalks ; theſe are com- weak; then they may be carefully taken up, and
poſed of three or five ſpear-ſhaped lobes which are each planted into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light
deeply fawed on their edges, and end in very acute earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, ſhading
points; the largeſt of theſe lobes are three inches and
them from the ſun till they have taken new root; af-
a half long, and an inch and a quarter broad, of a ter which they ſhould have plenty of free air at all
dark green on their upper ſide, but gray on their un- times when the weather is good, treating them in the
der. The flowers are diſpoſed in whorled ſpikes, ſame manner as other tender plants. In winter they
.
which come out oppoſite from the wings of the ſtalk, muſt be kept in a moderate temperature of heat, but
and the branches are terminated by branching ſpikes in the ſummer they ſhould have the free air in mild
of flowers ; theſe are blue, and about the ſize of thoſe weather, but not removed into the open air.
of the firſt. This flowers in July and Auguft, but As this plant retains its leaves all the year, it makes
does not produce feeds in England.
a variety in the ſtove, but the flowers have no great
The fifth fort is a native in China ; this is a lower
a
beauty.
Ihrub than either of the former. The ſtalk ſeldom The fourth fort is, I believe, loft in the Engliſh gar-
riſes more than three feet high, ſending out ſpreading dens, for it had lived in the open air fome years,
branches on every fide, which are ſlender and angu- which had encouraged people to plant them in the full
lar; theſe are garniſhed with leaves placed oppo- ground, where they were all deſtroyed by the ſevere
ſite, which ſtand upon pretty long foot-ſtalks; they froſt in 1740, ſince when I have not ſeen one of the
are ſome of them compoſed of three, and others of growing plants.
3
This

VIT
VIT
a
winter.
a
This fort caſts its leaves in autumn like the two firſt,
and it is late in the ſpring before the new leaves come
out; it was propagated by cuttings planted in the
ſpring, a little before the buds opened ; theſe were
placed on a moderate hot-bed, and covered down
with glaſſes, with which management they put out
roots freely, and afterward they were gradually hard-
ened to live in the open air.
The fifth fort has been lately introduced into the
Engliſh gardens from Paris, where the plants were
raiſed from ſeeds, which were ſent from China by the
miffionaries. I was favoured with ſome young plants
by Monſieur Richard, gardener to the King at Ver-
failles. The two forts with white and blue flowers
have ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden, but that with
red flowers was injured in the way and miſcarried.
This is propagated by cuttings, which muſt be plant-
ed in the ſpring in pots, plunging them into a mo-
derate hot-bed, and treating them in the ſame way as
the fourth fort. When the cuttings are well rooted,
they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each planted
in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and
placed in the ſhade until they have taken new root ;
then they may be removed to a iheltered ſituation,
placing them with other green-houſe plants, where
they may remain all the ſummer; but in autuinn they
muſt be put into ſhelter, for they will not live in the
open air in this country; but as they caſt their leaves
early in autumn, ſo they muſt not have much wet in
The plants are late in putting out new leaves
in the ſpring, and before theſe appear they have ſo
much the appearance of dead plants, that they have
been turned out of the pots by fome, ſuppoſing they
were fo.
VITIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 613. tab. 384. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 250. [So called from vico, Lat. to bend or
bind, becauſe its claſpers take hold of the neighbour-
ing plants.] The Vine.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has a ſmall empalement indented in five parts;
it has five ſmall petals which drop off, and five awl
Jhaped ſtamina which ſpread and fall away, terminated
by fingle summits, with an oval germen having no Style,
crowned by a beaded obtuſe ſtigma. The germen afterward
turn to an ovel or roundiſh berry with one cell, including
jive hard ſeeds or fiones.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and one ftigma.
I ſhall not trouble the reader with an enumeration of
all the forts of Grapes which are at preſent known in
England, which would ſwell this work much beyond
its intended bulk, and be of little uſe, ſince many of
them are not worth the trouble of cultivating ; ſo I
ihall only ſelect thoſe which ripen pretty well in this
country, or that merit a little aſſiſtance to bring them
to perfection by artificial heat.
The July. Grape is called by the French, Morillon
noir hatif. This is a ſmall, round, black berry,
growing looſe on the bunches. The juice is ſugary,
but has little flavour, and has no merit but that of ri-
pening early. It ripens the beginning of Auguſt.
The Black Sweet Water, is a ſmall roundiſh berry,
growing cloſe in the bunches, which are ſhort. The
skin is thin, the juice very ſweet, and the birds and
flies are very apt to devour them if they are not guard-
ed. It ripens ſoon after the other.
The White ſweet Water is a large round berry when
in perfection, but theſe are very different in fize on
the ſame bunch; ſome of them will be of a large ſize,
and others extremely ſmall, for which reaſon it is not
much eſteemed. The juice is ſugary, but not vi-
This ripens about the ſame time with the
former.
The Chaſſelas Blanc, or Royal Muſcadine, as it is
called by ſome, is an excellent Grape; the bunches
are generally large, and at the upper part divide with
two ſmaller ſide bunches or ſhoulders. The berries
are round, and when perfectly ripe, turn to an amber
colour. The juice is rich and vinous ; it ripens in
September, but if carefully preſerved they will hang
very late and become excellent.
The Chaſſelas Muſque, or Le Cour Grape, as it is
here called, but by ſome called the Frankindal, is an
excellent Grape, and generally ripens well in England
if it has a good aſpected wall. The berries are very
like thoſe of the former in ſhape, ſize, and colour, but
are fleſhy and have a little muſky flavour. It ripens
at the ſame time with the former.
The Black Clufter, or Munier Grape, as it is called
by the French, from the hoary down of the leaves in
ſummer; it is a good fruit, and ripens well here. The
bunches are ſhort, the berries are oval, and are very
cloſe to each other, ſo that many of thoſe which grow
on the inſide continue green, when the outer are per-
fectly ripe. It ripens in September, and is by fome
called the Burgundy Grape.
The Auverna, or true Burgundy Grape, ſometimes
called Black Morillon, is an indifferent fruit for the
table, but is eſteemed one of the beſt forts for making
wine. The berries of this are oval, and hang looſer
on the bunches than thoſe of the Cluſter Grape, ſo
ripen equally, which gives it the preference.
The Corinth, or as it is vulgarly called the Currant
Grape, is a ſmall roundiſh berry generally without
ſtone, of a deep black colour, and much cluſtered on
the bunches, which are ſhort; it has a ſugary juice,
and ripens in September, but will not laſt long.
The Red Chaſſelas is very like the White in ſize and
ſhape, but is of a dark red colour ; it is a very good
Grape, but ripens later than the White, and is pretty
rare in England.
The White Muſcadine is ſomewhat like the Chaſſelas,
but the berries are ſmaller, and hang looſer on the
bunches, which are longer, but not fo thick as thoſe
of the Chaffelas. The juice is ſweet, but not ſo rich
as the Chaffelas.
The Black Frontinac, or Muſcat noir, is a round ber-
ry of good ſize; they grow looſe on the bunches, yet
do not ripen equally. The bunches are ſhort, the
berries when fully ripe are very black, and are cover-
ed with a meal or flue like the black Plum. The
juice of this is very rich and vinous. It ripens the end
of September, or the beginning of October.
The Red Frontinac, or Muſcat rouge, is an excellent
Grape when fully ripe, but unleſs the ſeaſon proves
very warm, they rarely ripen without artificial heat in
England. The bunches of this fort are longer than
thoſe of the former ; the berries are large and round;
when they are fully ripe, they are of a brick colour,
but before they are gray with a few dark ftripes, and
this is frequently taken for a different kind, and is
commonly called Griſey Frontinac, but I am con-
vinced it is the ſame Grape. The juice of this has the
moſt vinous flavour of all the forts, and is greatly
eſteemed in France.
The White Frontinac has larger bunches than either
of the former; the berries are round, and are ſo cloſe-
ly cluſtered on the bunches, as that unleſs they are
carefully thinned early in the ſeaſon, when the ber-
ries are very ſmall, the fun and air will be excluded
from many of the berries, ſo that they will not ripen;
and the moiſture will be detained in the autumn,
which will cauſe them to rot. The juice of this is
excellent, and if the fruit is perfectly ripe, is inferior
This the French call Muſcat blanc.
The Alexandrian Frontinac, or Muſcat d'Alexandrie,
is by fome called Muſcat of Jeruſalem. The berries
of this are oval, and hang looſe on the bunches; theſe
are long and are not ſhouldered. There are two forts,
one with white, and the other has red berries; their
very
rich and vinous, but they feldom ripen
in England without artificial heat.
The red and black Hamburgh, by ſome called the
Warner Grape, from the perſon who brought them
to England. Theſe have middle-ſized berries inclin-
ing to an oval ſhape. The bunches are large, and
their juice when ripe is fugary, with a vinous flavour.
This ripens in October.
a
to none.
juice is
nous.
a
14 A
The

V IT
V I T
a
a
a
.
The St. Peter's Grape has a large oval berry, of a
deep black colour when ripe. The bunches are very
large, and make a fine appearance at the table, but
the juice is not rich, and it ripens late in the year.
The leaves of this fort are much more divided than
thoſe of the other forts, approaching to thoſe of the
Parſley-leaved Grape, ſo it may be diſtinguiſhed be-
fore the fruit is ripe.
The Claret Grape, Bourdelais, or Verjuice Grape,
the Raiſin Grape, the ſtriped Grape, and many other
forts which never come to perfection here, are not
worthy of any place in gardens, unleſs for the ſake
of variety; for when they have the affiſtance of heat
to bring them to maturity, their juice is harſh, and
without flavour, ſo they ſhould not occupy the room
of better fruit.
All the forts of Grapes are propagated either from
layers or cuttings, the former of which is greatly prac-
tifed in England, but the latter is what I would recom-
mend, as being much preferable to the other; for the
roots of Vines do not grow ſtrong and woody, as in
moſt ſorts of trees, but are long, Nender, and pliable;
therefore when they are taken out of the ground, they
ſeldom ſtrike out any fibres from their weak roots,
which generally ſhrivel and dry; ſo that they rather
retard than help the plants in their growth, by pre-
venting the new fibres from puſhing out; for which
reaſon I had rather plant a good cutting than a rooted
plant, provided it be well choſen, and there is little
danger of its not growing,
But as there are few perſons who make choice of pro-
per cuttings, or at leaſt that form their cuttings right-
ly in England, ſo it will be proper to give directions
for this in the firſt place, before I proceed. You
ſhould always make choice of ſuch ſhoots as are ſtrong,
and well ripened of the laſt year's growth: theſe
ſhould be cut from the old Vine, juſt below the place
where they were produced, taking a knot, or piece of
the two years wood to each, which ſhould be pruned
ſmooth; then you ſhould cut off the upper part of
the ſhoots, ſo as to leave the cutting about fixteen
inches long. When the piece or knot of old wood is
cut at both ends near the young ſhoot, the cutting
will reſemble a little mallet, from whence Columella
gives the title of Malleolus to the Vine cuttings. In
making the cuttings after this manner, there can be
but one taken from each ſhoot ; whereas moſt perſons
cut them into lengths of about a foot, and plant
them all, which is very wrong; for the upper part of
the ſhoots are never ſo well ripened as the lower, which
was produced early in the ſpring, and has had the
whole ſummer to harden, ſo that if they take root,
they never make ſo good plants; for the wood of thoſe
cuttings being ſpongy and ſoft, admits the moiſture
too freely, whereby the plants will be luxuriant in
growth, but never ſo fruitful as fuch whoſe wood is
cloſer and more compact.
When the cuttings are thus prepared, if they are not
then planted they ſhould be placed with their lower
part in the ground in a dry foil, laying ſome litter up-
on their upper parts to prevent them from drying:
in this ſituation they may remain till the beginning of
April (which is the beſt time for planting them) when
you ſhould take them out, and waſh them from the
filth they have contracted; and if you find them ve-
ry dry, you ſhould let them ſtand with their lower
parts in water fix or eight hours, which will diſtend
their veſſels, and diſpoſe them for taking root. Then
the ground being before prepared where the plants
are deſigned to remain (whether againſt walls, or for
ſtandards, for they ſhould not be removed again,)
the cuttings ſhould be planted ; but in preparing the
ground, you ſhould conſider the nature of the ſoil,
which, if ſtrong, and inclinable to wet, is by no
means proper for Grapes; therefore where it ſo hap-
pens, you ſhould open a trench where the cuttings
are to be planted, which ſhould be filled with lime
rubbiſh, the better to drain off the moiſture, then
raiſe the border with freſh light earth about two feet
thick, ſo that it may be at leaſt a foot above the le-
vel of the ground; then you ſhould open the holes at
about fix feet diſtance from each other, putting one
good ſtrong cutting into each hole, which ſhould be
laid a little ſoping, that their tops may incline to the
wall, but it muſt be put in ſo deep, as that the up-
permoft eye may be level with the ſurface of the
ground; for when any part of the cutting is left above
ground, as is the common method uſed by the Eng-
liſh gardeners, moſt of the buds attempt to ſhoot ;
ſo that the ſtrength of the cuttings are divided to nou-
riſh ſo many ſhoots, which muſt conſequently be
weaker than if only one of them grew; whereas on
the contrary, by burying the whole cutting in the
ground, the fap is all employed on one ſingle ſhoot,
which conſequently will be much ſtronger ; beſides,
the fun and air are apt to dry that part of the cutting
which remains above ground, and ſo often prevents
their buds from ſhooting.
Then having placed the cutting into the ground, you
ſhould fill up the hole gently, preſſing down the earth
with your foot cloſe about it, and raiſe a little hill juſt
upon the top of the cutting, to cover the upper eye
quite over, which will prevent it from drying; this
being done, there is nothing more neceſſary, but to
keep the ground clear from weeds until the cuttings
begin to ſhoot; at which time you ſhould look over
them carefully to rub off any ſmall Moots, if ſuch
are produced, faſtening only the firſt main ſhoot to
the wall, which ſhould be conſtantly trained up, as it
is extended in length, to prevent its breaking or hang-
ing down; you muſt continue to look over theſe once
in about three weeks during the ſummer ſeaſon, con-
ſtantly rubbing off all lateral ſhoots which are produ-
ced, leaving only the firſt main ſhoot; and be ſure to
keep the ground conſtantly clear from weeds, which,
if ſuffered to grow, will exhauſt the goodneſs of the
foil, and ſtarve the cuttings.
The Michaelmas following, if your cuttings have
produced ſtrong ſhoots, you ſhould prune them down
to two eyes, which, though by ſome people may be
thought too ſhort, yet I am fatisfied, from ſeveral
experiments, to be the beſt method. The reaſon
for adviſing the pruning Vines at this ſeaſon, rather
than deferring it till ſpring is, becauſe the tender
parts of thoſe young ſhoots, if left on, are ſubject to
decay in winter, for they are apt to grow late in the
year, ſo the tops of their ſhoots are tender, and the
,
early froſts will pinch them, and then they frequent-
quently are killed down a conſiderable length, which
weakens their roots; but if they are cut off early
in autumn, the wounds will heal over before the
bad weather, and thereby the roots will be greatly
ſtrengthened.
In the ſpring, after the cold weather is paſt, you
muſt gently dig up the borders to looſen the earth;
but you muſt be very careful in doing this, not to
injure the roots of your Vines ; you ſhould alſo raiſe
the earth up to the ſtems of the plants, ſo as to cover
the old wood, but not ſo deep as to cover either of
the
eyes of the laſt year's wood. After this they will
require no farther care until they begin to ſhoot, when
you ſhould look over them carefully, to rub off all
weak dangling ſhoots, leaving no more than one or
two ſhoots, which are produced from the eyes of the
laſt year's wood, which ſhould be faſtened to the
wall, and ſo from this, until the Vines have done
ſhooting, you ſhould look them over once in three
weeks or a month, to rub off all lateral ſhoots as they
are produced, and to faſten the main ſhoots to the
wall as they are extended in length, which muſt not
be ſhortened before the middle or latter end of July,
when it will be proper to nip off their tops, which
will ſtrengthen the lower eyes; and during the fum-
mer ſeaſon, you muſt conſtantly keep the ground
clear from weeds; nor ſhould you permit any ſort of
plants to grow near the Vines, which would not only
rob them of nouriſhment, but hade the lower part of
the ſhoots, and thereby prevent their ripening, which
will not only cauſe their wood to be ſpongy and luxu-
riant, but render it leſs fruitful.
As
a

VI T
VIT
eye.
a
As ſoon as the leaves begin to drop in autumn, you
ſhould prune theſe young Vines again, leaving three
buds to each of the ſhoots, provided they are ſtrong,
otherwiſe it is better to ſhorten them down to two
eyes if they are good; for it is a very wrong practice
to leave much wood upon young Vines, or to leave
their ſhoots too long, which greatly weakens the roots;
then you ſhould faften them to the wall, ſpreading
them out horizontally each way, that there may be
room to train the new ſhoots the following ſummer,
and in the ſpring dig the borders as before.
The third ſeaſon you muſt go over the Vines again
as ſoon as they begin to ſhoot, to rub off all danglers
as before, and train the ſtrong ſhoots in their proper
places, which this year may be ſuppoſed to be two
from each ſhoot of the laſt year's wood; but if they
attempt to produce two ſhoots from one eye, the
weakeſt of them muſt be rubbed off, for there ſhould
never be more than one allowed to come out of each
If any of them produce fruit, as many times
they will the third year, you ſhould not ſtop them
ſo foon as is generally practiſed upon the bearing
ſhoots of old Vines, but permit them to ſhoot forward
till a month after Midſummer, at which time you
may pinch off the tops of the ſhoots; for if this were
done too ſoon, it would ſpoil the buds for the next
year's wood, which in young Vines muſt be more
carefully preſerved than on older plants, becauſe there
are no other ſhoots to be laid in for a ſupply of wood,
as is commonly practiſed on old Vines.
During the ſummer you muit conſtantly go over your
Vines, and diſplace all weak lateral ſhoots as they are
produced, and carefully keep the ground clear from
weeds, as was before directed, that the ſhoots may
ripen well; which is a material thing to be obſerved
in moſt forts of fruit-trees, but eſpecially in Vines,
which ſeldom produce any fruit from immature
branches. Theſe things being duly obſerved, are all
that is neceſſary in the management of young Vines;
I ſhall therefore proceed to lay down rules for the
go-
vernment of grown Vines, which I ſhall do as briefly
as poſſible. And,
Firſt, Vines rarely produce any bearing ſhoots from
wood that is more than one year old, therefore great
care ſhould be taken to have ſuch wood in every part
of the trees; for the fruit are always produced upon
the ſhoots of the ſame year, which come out from
buds of the laſt year's wood. The method common-
ly practiſed by the gardeners in England is, to ſhorten
the branches of the former year's growth, down to
three or four eyes, at the time of pruning; though
there are ſome perſons who leave theſe ſhoots much
longer, and affirm that by this practice they obtain a
greater quantity of fruit ; but however this may be,
it is a very wrong practice, ſince it is impoſſible, that
one ſhoot can nouriſh forty or fifty bunches of Grapes,
ſo well as it can ten or twelve ; ſo that what is gotten
in number, is loſt in their magnitude; beſides, the
greater quantity of fruit there is left on Vines, the
later they are ripened, and their juice is not ſo rich;
and this is well known in the wine countries, where
there are laws enacted to direct the number and length
of ſhoots that are to be left upon each Vine, left by
overbearing them, they not only exhauſt and weaken
the roots, but thereby render the juice weak, and ſo
deſtroy the reputation of their wine.
Wherefore the beſt method is, to ſhorten the bearing
ſhoots to about four eyes in length, becauſe the low-
ermoſt ſeldom is good, and three buds are ſufficient,
for each of theſe will produce a ſhoot, which gene-
rally has two or three bunches of Grapes; ſo that
from each of thoſe ſhoots there may be expected fix
or eight bunches, which is a ſufficient quantity.
Theſe ſhoots muſt be laid about eighteen inches aſun-
der, for if they are cloſer, when the ſide ſhoots are
produced, there will not be room enough to train
them againſt the wall, which ſhould always be pro-
vided for ; and as their leaves are very large, the
branches ſhould be left at a proportionable diſtance
from each other, that they may not croud or fade
the fruit.
At the winter pruning of your Vines you ſhould al-
ways obſerve to make the cut juſt above the eye,
foping it backward from it, that if it ſhould bleed,
the ſap might not flow upon the bud; and where
there is an opportunity of cutting down fome young
ſhoots to two eyes, in order to produce vigorous ſhoots
for the next year's bearing, it ſhould always be done,
becauſe in ſtopping of thoſe ſhoots which have fruit
upon them as ſoon as the Grapes are formed, which
is frequently practiſed, it often ſpoils the eyes for pro-
ducing bearing branches the following year, and this
reſerving of new wood'is what the vignerons abroad
always practiſe in their vineyards. The beſt ſeaſon
for pruning of Vines is the end of October, for the
reaſons before laid down.
The latter end of April, or the beginning of May,
when the Vines begin to ſhoot, you muſt carefully
look them over, rubbing off all ſmall buds which
may come from the old wood, which only produce
weak dangling branches; as alſo when two ſhoots are
produced from the ſame bud, the weakeſt of them
ſhould be diſplaced, which will cauſe the others to be
ſtronger; and the ſooner this is done, the better it is
for the Vines.
In the middle of May you muſt go over them again,
rubbing off all the dangling lhoots as before, and at
the ſame time you muſt faften up all the ſtrong
branches, ſo that they may not hang from the wall;
for if their ſhoots hang down, their leaves will be
turned with their upper ſurfaces the wrong way, and
when the ſhoots are afterwards trained upright, they
will have their under ſurface upward ; and until the
leaves are turned again, and have taken their right
poſition, the fruit will not thrive; fo that the not
obſerving this management, will cauſe the Grapes to
be a fortnight or three weeks later before they ripen;
beſides, by ſuffering the fruit to hang from the wall,
and be ſhaded with the cloſeneſs of the branches, it
is greatly retarded in its growth ; therefore, during
the growing ſeaſon, you ſhould conſtantly look over
the Vines, diſplacing all dangling branches and wild
wood, and faſten up the other ſhoots regularly to the
wall, as they are extended in length; and towards the
middle of June you ſhould ſtop the bearing branches,
which will ſtrengthen the fruit, provided you always
leave three eyes above the bunches; for if you ſtop
them too ſoon, it will injure the fruit, by taking away
that part of the branch which is neceſſary to attract
the nouriſhment to the fruit, as alſo to perſpire off the
crudities of the fap, which is not proper for the fruit
to receive.
But although I recommend the ſtopping thoſe ſhoots
which have fruit at this ſeaſon, yet this is not to be
practiſed upon thoſe which are intended for bearing
the next year, for theſe muſt not be ſtopped before
the middle of July, left, by ſtopping them too ſoon,
you cauſe the eyes to ſhoot out ſtrong lateral branches,
whereby they will be greatly injured.
During the ſummer ſeaſon you ſhould be very careful
to rub off all dangling branches, and train up the
ſhoots regularly to the wall as before, which will
greatly accelerate the growth of the fruit, and alſo
admit the fun and air to them, which is abſolutely
neceſſary to ripen and give the fruit a rich flavour;
but you muſt never diveſt the branches of their leaves,
as is the practice of ſome perſons; for although the
admitting of the fun muſt be neceſſary to ripen them,
yet if they are too much expoſed thereto, their ſkins
will be tough, and it will retard their ripening; beſides,
the leaves being abſolutely neceſſary to nouriſh the
fruit, by taking them off, the fruit is ſtarved, and
ſeldom comes to any fize, as I have ſeveral times ob.
ſerved; therefore a great regard ſhould be had to the
ſummer management of the Vines, where perſons
are defirous to have their fruit excellent, and duly
ripened.
3
When

V IT
V I T
.
When the fruit are all gathered, you ſhould prune
the Vines, whereby the litter of their leaves will be
entirely removed at once, and their fruit will be the
forwarder the ſucceeding year, as has been before
obſerved.
As many of the richeſt and beſt ſorts of Grapes will
not ripen in England, unleſs the ſeaſon proves very
warm, or the foil and ſituation are very favourable,
there have been many hot walls built to accelerate
the ripening of this fruit, and bring it to full perfec-
tion by artificial heat; and as theſe ſucceed very well
when they are properly contrived, and the Vines
rightly managed, I ſhall here give proper directions,
which, if duly attended to, will be ſufficient to inſtruct
perſons in both.
The method of building hot walls will be treated un-
der the article Wall, ſo I ſhall paſs it over in this
place, and proceed to the preparing of the ground for
planting. The borders againſt theſe hot walls ſhould
have the earth taken out two feet deep (provided the
ground is dry,) otherwiſe one foot will be fufficient,
becauſe in wet land the borders ſhould be raiſed at
leaſt two feet above the level of the ground, that the
roots of the Vines may not be injured by the wet.
When the earth is taken out, the bottom of the trench
ſhould be filled with ſtones, lime rubbiſh, &c. a foot
and a half, or two feet thick, which ſhould be level-
led and beaten down pretty hard to prevent the roots
of the Vines from running downward. The trenches
ſhould be made five feet wide at leaſt, otherwiſe the
roots of the Vines will in a few years extend them-
felves beyond the rubbish, and finding an eaſy paſſage
downwards, will run into the moiſt ground, and
thereby imbibe ſo much wet, as to leſſen the vinous
flavour of the Grapes; but before the rubbiſh is filled
into the trench, it is a better method to raiſe a nine
inch wall, at five feet diſtance from the hot wall,
which will keep the rubbiſh from intermixing with
the neighbouring earth, and alſo confine the roots of
the Vines to the border in which they are planted, fo
that they cannot reach to the moiſture of the ground
about them. This nine inch wall ſhould be raiſed to
the height of the intended border, fo will be of great
uſe to lay the plate of timber of the frames upon,
which will be neceſſary to cover the Vines when they
are forced, whereby the timbers will be better pre-
ſerved from rotting; and where the borders are raiſed
to any conſiderable height above the level of the
ground, theſe walls will preſerve the earth of the
borders from falling down into the walks ; but in car-
rying up theſe walls, it will be proper to leave little
openings about eight or ten feet diſtance, to let the
water paſs off, becauſe when the rubbiſh at the bot-
tom of the trench unites and binds very hard, the
water cannot eaſily find a paſſage through it; there-
fore it will be the better method to leave theſe ſmall
paſſages in the front wall, left the moiſture being
confined at bortom, ſhould be pent up as in a ditch,
which will be of ill conſequence to the Vines, but
theſe openings ſhould be two feet below the furface.
When the walls are finiſhed and thoroughly dry, the
rubbiſh ſhould be filled in, as before directed; then
there ſhould be freſh light earth laid upon it two feet
thick, which will be a ſufficient depth of foil for the
Vines to root in. Theſe borders ſhould be thus
pre-
pared at leaſt a month or ſix weeks before the Vines
are planted, that they may have time to ſettle. "The
beſt time to plant them is about the end of March,
or the beginning of April, according as the ſeaſon
proves early or late. Theſe I would alſo adviſe to be
planted with cuttings, rather than rooted plants, for
the reaſons before affigned, but there ſhould be two
cuttings put into each hole, or placed at a nearer
diſtance, left any of them ſhould fail; for if all ſhould
fucceed, the weakeſt of them may be eaſily drawn
out the following ſpring. Theſe cuttings ſhould be
well chofen from good bearing Vines, and the ſhoots
ſhould be well ripened, otherwiſe they will never
make good plants. The diſtance theſe Vines ſhould
be allowed to remain is the ſame as for common walls,
i. e. about ſix feet. In planting them there ſhould
be holes opened with a ſpade, about fourteen or fif-
teen inches deep, for if there be but three or four
inches of good earth under the foot of the cuttings
it will be ſufficient; then the cuttings ſhould be laid in
the holes a little ſloping, afterward the earth ſhould be
filled into the holes, and gently preſſed with the foot
to the cuttings, and raiſed in a heap over them, ſo as
juſt to cover the uppermoſt eyes of the cuttings;
afterward lay a little mulch on the ſurface of the
ground about the cuttings, to prevent the fun and
air from drying the earth, and if the ſpring ſhould
prove very dry, they ſhould have ſome water once a
week, which will be as often as the cuttings require
it, for nothing will deſtroy them ſooner than too much
water, which rots their bark, and deſtroys them. If
theſe cuttings are well chofen, and the inſtructions
here laid down duly obſerved, they will make ſtrong
ſhoots the firſt ſummer, for I have frequently planted
cuttings which have ſhot five feet in one year, but
then I carefully rubbed off all the fide dangling ſhoots
as they were produced, and never permitted more
than one ſhoot to remain on each cutting, which is
what ſhould always be obſerved by thoſe who have
the care of Vines. With this management there will
be little hazard of the cuttings taking root, for in
upwards of five hundred cuttings which I received
from Italy, and which had been cut off from the
Vines in the beginning of November, wrapped up
in Moſs, and put on board the ſhip, (which did not
arrive at the port of London until March, ſo that
they were full four months cut off before they were
planted,) there were not twenty of the number which
failed, and many of them ſhot about ſix feet the firſt
feaſon.
As I have directed the pruning of Vines to be per- .
formed in autumn (which is without diſpute the beſt
ſeaſon for this work,) fo in preſerving of the cuttings
till the planting ſeaſon, I have adviſed them to be cut
to their lengths, and their ends laid into the ground,
and then covered with litter or Mofs to keep the air
from them ; but ſince I have found it a much better
method not to ſhorten the ſhoots, from which the
cuttings are to be made, but to lay their ends juſt in-
to the ground, about two inches deep, and ſo leave
them at full length, only obſerving to cover them
with dry litter or Peas haulm in froſty dry weather,
tho' in moiſt weather the covering ſhould not remain
on, becauſe it would make the cuttings grow mouldy,
which would greatly injure them. Then in the ſpring,
when they are to be planted, they ſhould be taken out
of the ground, and their upper part cut off, ſo as to
reduce them to about fourteen inches in length, ac-
cording to the diſtance of the buds or eyes ; for thoſe
cuttings whofe buds grow pretty cloſe together, need
not be left more than one foot long, but in others
fourteen or fixteen inches will be full ſhort. The
leaving the upper part of the ſhoots on all the winter
is of great ſervice to the cuttings, becauſe when they
are cut off in autumn, the air penetrates the wound-
ed part, and greatly injures the other eyes.
.
The management of theſe Vines, for the three firſt
years after planting, being the ſame as is practiſed
for thoſe againſt common walls, I ſhall not repeat it
in this place, having fully treated of that already ;
only will obferve, that during theſe three years, the
Vines ſhould be encouraged as much as poſſible, and
the ſhoots not left too long, nor too many in number
on each root, that they may be duly ripened and pre-
pared for bearing the fourth year, which is the foon-
eft they ſhould be forced; for when any ſorts of fruit-
trees are forced by fire too young, they ſeldom con-
tinue long in health, ſo that what fruit they produce
is ſmall, and not well-flavoured; therefore, in being
over hafty to ſave a year or two, very often the whole
deſign miſcarries; for unleſs the trees are in a proper
condition to bear much fruit, it is not worth while to
make fires for a ſmall quantity of ſtarved ill-tafted
fruit,
و
4

V IT
VIT
a
a
fruit, the expence and trouble being the ſame for ten
or twelve bunches of Grapes, as it will be for a hun-
dred or more.
Theſe Vines ſhould not be forced every year, but
with good management they may be forced every
other year, though it would be better if it were done
only every third year; therefore, in order to have a
ſupply of fruit annually, there ſhould be a fufficient
quantity of walling built to contain as many Vines as
will be neceſſary for two or three years, and by mak-
ing the frames in front moveable, they may be
ſhifted from one part of the wall to another, as the
Vines are alternately forced; therefore I would ad-
viſe about forty feet length of walling to be each year
forced, which is as much as one fire will heat, and
when the Vines are in full bearing, will ſupply a rea-
fonable quantity of Grapes for a middling family ;
but for great families, twice this length will not be
too much.
in moſt places where theſe hot walls have been built,
they are commonly planted with early kinds of Grapes,
in order to have them early in the ſeaſon; but this I
think is hardly worth the trouble, for it is but of
little conſequence to have a few Grapes earlier by a
month or fix weeks, than thoſe againſt common walls,
therefore I ſhould adviſe, whenever a perſon is willing
to be at the expence of theſe walls, that they may be
planted with ſome of the beſt kinds of Grapes, which
rarely come to any perfection in this country without
the aſſiſtance of ſome artificial heat, of which the fol-
lowing forts are the moſt valuable.
The Red Muſcat of Alexandria.
The White Muſcat of Alexandria.
The Red Frontinac.
The White Frontinac.
The Black Frontinac.
When the Vines which are planted againſt the hot
walls are grown to full bearing, they muſt be pruned
and managed after the ſame manner as hath been di-
rected for thoſe againſt common walls, with this dif-
ference only, viz. that thoſe ſeaſons when they are
not forced, the Vines ſhould be carefully managed in
the ſummer for a ſupply of good wood, againſt the
time of their being forced, ſo that it will be the better
method to diveſt the Vines of their fruit, in order to
encourage the wood; for as few of the forts will ripen
without heat, it is not worth while to leave them on
the Vines during the ſeaſon of reſting, except it be
the common Frontinacs, which in a good ſeaſon will
ripen without artificial heat, but even theſe, I would
not adviſe many Grapes to be left on them during
the
years of their reſting; becauſe as the deſign of
this is to encourage and ſtrengthen them, therefore
all poſſible care ſhould be had that the
young
wood
is not robbed by overbearing; for thoſe years
when
the Vines are forced, the joints of the young wood
are generally drawn farther aſunder, than they ordi-
narily grow in the open air ; ſo that when they are
forced two or three years ſucceſſively, the Vines are
ſo much exhauſted, as not to be recovered into a good
bearing ſtate for ſome years, eſpecially if they are
forced early in the ſeaſon; or where great care is not
taken in the ſummer to let them have a proper ſhare
of free air, to prevent their being drawn too much,
and alſo to ripen their ſhoots. Thoſe years when the
Vines are forced, the only care ſhould be to encou-
rage the fruit, without having much regard to the
wood, ſo that every ſhoot ſhould be pruned for fruit,
and none of them ſhortened for a ſupply of young
wood, becauſe they may be ſo managed by pruning in
the years of their reſting, as to repleniſh the Vines
with new wood. Thoſe Vines which are deſigned for
forcing in the ſpring, ſhould be pruned early the au-
tumn before, that the buds which are left on the
fhoots, may receive all poſſible nouriſhment from the
root, and at the ſame time time the ſhoots ſhould be
faſtened to the trellis in the order they are to lie; but
the glaſſes fhould not be placed before the Vines till
about the middle or end of January, at which time alſo
the fires muſt be lighted, for if they are forced too early
in the year, they will begin to ſhoot before the wea-
ther will be warm enough to admit air to the Vines,
which will cauſe the young ſhoots to draw out weak,
and thereby their joints will be too far aſunder, ſo
conſequently there will be fewer Grapes on them, and
thoſe bunches which are produced will be ſmaller than
when they have a ſufficient quantity of air admitted to
them every day.
If the fires are made at the time before directed, the
Vines will begin to ſhoot the middle or latterend of Fe-
bruary, which will be fix weeks earlier thań they uſually
come out againſt the common walls, ſo that by the time
that other Vines are ſhooting, theſe will be in flower,
which will be early enough to ripen any of theſe forts
of Grapes perfectly well. The fires ſhould not be
made very ſtrong in theſe walls, for if the air is heated
to about ten degrees above the temperate point on
the botanical thermometers, it will be ſufficiently warm
to force out the ſhoots leiſurely, which is much bet-
ter than to force them violently. Theſe fires ſhould
not be continued all the day time, unleſs the weather
ſhould prove very cold, and the fun does not ſhine
to warm the air, at which times it will be proper to
have ſmall fires continued all the day; for where the
walls are rightly contrived, a moderate fire made
every evening, and continued till ten or eleven of
the clock at night, will heat the wall, and warm the
incloſed air to a proper temperature; and as theſe
fires need not be continued longer than about the end
of April (unleſs the ſpring ſhould prove very cold,)
ſo the expence of fuel will not be very great, be-
cauſe they may be contrived to burn either coal,
wood, turf, or almoſt any other ſort of fuel; though
where coal is to be had reaſonable, it makes the eveneſt
and beſt fires, and will not require ſo much attendance.
When the Vines begin to ſhoot, they muſt be fre-
quently looked over to faſten the new ſhoots to the
trellis, and rub off all dangling ſhoots ; in doing of
which great care muſt be taken, for the ſhoots of
theſe forced Vines are very tender, and very ſubject
to break when any violence is offered. The ſhoots
ſhould alſo be trained very regular, ſo as to lie as
near as poſſible to the eſpalier, and at equal diſtances,
that they may equally enjoy the benefit of the air
and fun, which is abſolutely neceſſary for the im-
provement of the fruit. When the Grapes are form-
ed, the ſhoots ſhould be ſtopped at the ſecond joint
beyond the fruit, that the nouriſhment may not be
drawn away from the fruit in uſeleſs ſhoots, which
muſt be avoided as much as poſſible in theſe forced
Vines ; upon which no uſeleſs wood ſhould be left,
which will ſhade the fruit, and exclude the air from it
by their leaves.
As the ſeaſon advances and the weather becomes
warm, there ſhould be a proportionable ſhare of free
air admitted to the Vines every day, which is abſo-
lutely neceſſary to promote the growth of the fruit;
but the glaſſes ſhould be ſhut cloſe every night, un-
leſs in very hot weather, otherwiſe the cold dews in
the night will retard the growth of the fruit. The
bunches of the White Frontinac ſhould alſo be care-
fully looked over, and the ſmall Grapes cut out with
very narrow-pointed fciffars, in order to thin them,
for theſe berries grow ſo cloſe together on the
bunches, eſpecially the White Frontinac, that the
moiſture is detained between them, which often
occaſions their rotting, and the air being exclud-
ed from the middle of the bunches, the Grapes
never ripen equally, which by this method
may
be
remedied, if done in time, and as theſe Grapes are
protected by the glaſſes from the blights which fre-
quently take thoſe which are expoſed, there will be no
hazard in thinning theſe Grapes ſoon after they are fet,
at which time it will be much eaſier to perform this
operation, than when the Grapes are grown larger,
and conſequently will be cloſer together ; but in do-
ing of this the bunches muſt not be roughly handled,
for if the Grapes are the leaſt bruiſed, or the farina,
which there naturally is upon them, be rubbed off,
their ſkins will harden, and turn of a brown colour,
ro
a
14 B

VIT
VIT
ones.
ز
a
ſo the fruit will never thrive after; therefore the ſcif-
ſcars which are uſed for this purpoſe, ſhould have ve-
ry narrow points, that they may be more eaſily put
between the Grapes without injuring the remaining
The other forts of Grapes which I have re-
commended for theſe hot walls, do not produce their
fruit ſo cloſe together on the bunches, ſo they will
not require this operation, unleſs by any accident they
ſhould receive a blight, which often occafions a great
inequality in the fize of the Grapes; which, whenever
it thus happens, will require to be remedied by cut-
ting off the ſmall Grapes, that the bunches may ripen
equally, and appear more fightly.
By the middle of June theſe Grapes will be almoſt
full grown, therefore the glaſſes may be kept off con-
tinually in the day time, unleſs the ſeaſon ſhould
prove very cold and wet, in which caſe they muſt be
kept on, and only opened when the weather is fa-
vourable; for as the racy vinous flavour of theſe fruits
is increaſed by a free air, fo during the time of their
ripening, they hould have as large a ſhare as the ſea-
ſon will admit to be given them.
Before the Grapes begin to ripen, they muſt be care-
fully guarded againſt birds, waſps, and other inſects,
otherwiſe they will be deſtroyed in a ſhort time: to
prevent which, the Vines ihould be carefully covered
with nets, ſo as to exclude the birds, who make great
havock with the Grapes, by breaking their ſkins; and
if there are a few twigs covered with birdlime placed
here and there on the outſide of the nets, it will be of
ſervice, becauſe the birds are often ſo bold as to at-
tempt to break the nets to get to the Grapes; which,
if they attempt, they may be ſo entangled on theſe
twigs, as not to get looſe; and whenever that happens,
they ſhould not be diſengaged, but ſuffered to remain
to keep off their companions; and if they get off
themſelves, it will have the deſired effect, for there
will few other birds come to the ſame place that fea-
fon, as I have more than once experienced.
As to the waſps, the beſt method is to hang up ſome
phials about half filled with ſugared water, and rub
the necks of the phials with a little honey, which will
draw all the waſps and flies to them, which, by at-
tempting to get at the liquor, will fall into the phials
and be drowned ; theſe phials ſhould be carefully
looked over once in three or four days to take out
the waſps and deſtroy them, and to replenith the
phials with liquor. If this be duly obſerved, and the
phials placed in time, before the Grapes are attacked,
it will effectually prevent their being injured ; but
where theſe precautions are not taken, the Grapes
will be in danger of being abſolutely deſtroyed; for
as theſe early Grapes will ripen long before any others
againſt common walls, they will be in much more
danger, there being no other fruit for them at that
ſeaſon in the neighbourhood; whereas, when Grapes
in general begin to ripen, there is a quantity in al-
moſt every garden; ſo that if they deſtroy a part in
each garden, yet there will be a greater chance to have
fome eſcape, than where there is only one wall for
them to attack.
Theſe forts of Grapes being forced in the manner be-
fore directed, will begin to ripen early in Auguſt, ef-
pecially the Black and Red Frontinacs, which will be
fit for the table a fortnight earlier than the other
forts; but as the deſign of forcing them is to have
them in as great perfection as poſſible in this climate,
they ſhould not be gathered until they are thorough
ripe, for which reaſon ſome of the later forts ſhould
be left on the Vines till September ; but then the
glaſſes ihould be kept over them in wet and cold wea-
ther to protect the fruit from it, but whenever the
weather is fair, the glaſſes muſt be opened to let in
the free air, otherwiſe the damps, ariſing from the
earth at that ſeaſon, will cauſe a mouldineſs upon the
Grapes, which will rot them ; ſo that if the ſeaſon
fhould prove very cold and wet while the fruit are
upon the Vines, it will be proper to make a ſmall
fire every night to dry of the damps, and prevent
this injury. Moſt people in England gather their
Grapes too ſoon, never ſuffering them to remain on
the Vines to ripen perfectly, even in the warmeſt ſea-
ſons, when, if they are left on till after Michaelmas,
they will be good
Of late years many perſons have planted Grapes
againſt eſpaliers, which in fome places have ſucceed-
ed very well in good ſeaſons; but if they are not
planted in a good foil and to a proper aſpect, and the
forts rightly choſen, they ſeldom produce any fruit
which are fit to be eaten. The foil proper to plant
Vines in eſpaliers, ſhould be the ſame as is hereafter
directed for vineyards, viz. either a chalky or gra-
velly bottom, with about a foot and a half or two
feet of light hazel earth on the top, a little floping to
the ſouth or fouth eaſt, that the wet may eaſily find a
paſſage, ſo as not to remain on the ground. In ſuch
a foil fituated to the ſun, and ſcreened from cold winds,
there are ſeveral forts of Grapes, which in warm ſea-
ſons will ripen very well in England.
.
But there are ſome curious perſons who line the back
fide of their eſpaliers with low Reed hedges, and
others who do it with thin ſlit deals; both of which
are a good defence to the Vines againſt blights in the
ſpring, and accelerate the ripening of the Grapés, ſo
that in tolerable ſeaſons they will come to good ma-
turity. Neither of theſe methods are very expenſive,
for theſe cloſe fences need not be more than four feet
high, becauſe the Vines being to be managed after
the ſame manner as thoſe in vineyards, the branches
which carry the fruit will never riſe above that height;
for the bearing ſhoots muſt always be trained about
two feet above the ſurface of the ground, ſo that the
fruit will be always below the top of the cloſe fences;
and as for the upright ſhoots, which are deſigned for
the next year's bearing, it matters not how much they
riſe above the fence; ſo theſe may have a looſe trel-
lis, to which they may be faſtened, to prevent their
overhanging the fruit.
In the making of theſe kinds of cloſe eſpaliers for
Grapes, it will be proper to lay one ſtrong caken
plank (ſuch as are procured in breaking up old ſhips
or barges,) next the ſurface of the ground, which
will laſt many years found, and be very uſeful in ſup-
porting the fences. If theſe planks are fifteen inches
broad, as they may always be readily procured, and
the upper part of the fence be Reeds, there may be
two lengths cut out of them (provided the Reeds are
of a due length,) without including their tops. In
the front of theſe hedges ſhould be a night trellis to
faften the Vines to, which may be made of Ah poles.
The upright poles of theſe trelliſſes need not be nearer
together than eighteen inches; and if there are three
croſs poles, at about a foot afunder, they will be ſuf-
ficient to faſten the bearing ſhoots of the Vines at
proper diſtances in the manner they are deſigned to
be trained, which ſhould be in ſuch poſitions, that
the fruit may not be overſhadowed by the branches;
and if the upright poles are cut ſo long, as to be a foot
and a half above the Reeds, they will be tall enough
to ſupport the uprightſhoots for the next year's bearing,
which being trained fingly at proper diſtances, will
have the advantage of the fun and air to ripen the
wood, much better than where four or five ſhoots are
faſtened to the ſame pole.
To this trellis the Reeds may be faſtened with hoops
on the back ſide, after the manner uſually practiſed
in making common Reed fences; and if on the top
of the Reeds there is faftened a thin flip of deal, to
ſecure their tops from being broken, it will preſerve
them a long time. In making of theſe fences, the
Reeds ſhould not be laid too thick, for that will not
only be more expence, but will be troubleſome to
faften, and not laſt ſo long as when they are made of
a moderate thickneſs: therefore as the Reeds will be
cut into two lengths, each bundle will ſpread about
fix feet in length, obſerving firſt to ſpread the bot-
tom parts of the bundles, which contain the largeſt
ends of the Reeds the whole length; and then the
upper parts of the other Reeds ſhould be reverſed, and
ſpread in front of them, which will make the upper
part
a
a
و
a
و
3
a
a
و
3
2

VIT
VIT
part of the fence almoſt as thick as the bottom. But
neither theſe, nor the boarded fences, need be made
till the Vines are in full bearing, which will be the
fourth or fifth year after planting, according to the
progreſs they make ; during which time the ſhoots
may be ſupported by any common ſtakes, for if the
fences are made before the Vines are planted, as is fre-
quently practiſed, they will be half decayed by the
time the Vines are fit to bear, and before this time
the fences are of no uſe to them.
The forts of Grapes which are proper to plant againſt
theſe fences are,
The Miller Grape.
The Chaffelas White.
The White Muſcadine.
The Sweet Water, and
Le Cour Grape.
Theſe, if well managed, will ripen very well, pro-
vided the ſeaſon is tolerably good, and will come in
ſoon after thoſe of the walls; ſo that if they are taken
care of, by hanging of mats before them, when the
nights prove cold in autumn, and are permitted to
hang till October, the fruit will prove very good. But
where the Sweet Water Grape is planted againſt theſe
fences, they will require to be covered in the ſpring,
at the time when they are in flower, if there ſhould
be cold nights; otherwiſe the bunches will receive a
blaft, which will deſtroy the greateſt part of the
Grapes, ſo that many times there will not be more
than fix or eight good Grapes on each bunch; and the
others will be ſmall ſtarved fruit, hardly fo large as the
ſmalleſt Peas.
In planting of theſe Vines, either for open eſpaliers,
or the cloſe fences, it ſhould be performed in the
ſame manner as for walls; the cuttings ſhould be
planted fix feet aſunder ; and as theſe are only de-
figned for the table, a ſingle row of Vines of a mo-
derate length will be ſufficient to ſupply a family,
where there are others againſt walls to come before
them. But where a perſon is inclinable to have more
rows than one, they ſhould be placed at leaſt twelve
feet aſunder, that they may equally enjoy the fun
and air.
As to the pruning and other management of theſe
Vines, that being the ſame as for thoſe againſt walls,
I ſhall not repeat it in this place, it being fully treat-
ed of before, and to which I have nothing here to
add.
Having thus treated of the management of Vines
againſt walls and eſpaliers, I come next to the cul-
ture of ſuch as are planted in vineyards ; but as the
number of thoſe in England is ſmall, and the expe-
rience of them not very great, I ſhall firſt fubjoin an
account of their planting and managing their vine-
yards in Italy and France, and then ſhall add ſome
obfervations and experiments of my own upon this
ſubject. And firſt I ſhall inſert a curious account of
the method the Italians follow in planting their vine-
yards, and making their wine, which I received from
an ingenious correſpondent in that country, who has
ſome vineyards of his own, and hath been very exact
in his obſervations upon the different methods now
practiſed by the Italian in their vineyards, which is as
follows.
3
2. As to its expoſure, they chuſe one that is due
ſouth, or that inclines to the weſt, rather than to the
eaſt; and in the plains, they are obliged to be con-
tented, as will be here related, with a north one for
part of their vineyards; which they fence however, if
not naturally covered with ſome wood or adjacent
hill, with either a good hedge, or a ſtone wall, againſt
the northern blaſts.
3. The manner of preparing the ground for planting
differs according to the ſituation of it; being perform-
ed one way when on mountains, another when on
more moderate hills, and a different in ſome reſpects,
to that when on a plain or level.
In thoſe plains which are very mountainous and rocky,
as alſo on hills, where the bottom of ſtone is found
near the ſuperficies, and is hard, they with the help
of proper inſtruments, or elſe with gunpowder, make
a trench of four feet and a half wide, drawing it from
eaſt to weſt (and though it may be near, yet always
ſomewhat under the ſummit or top of the mountain,
to be covered from the north wind thereby ;) and
with part of the ſtones which they raiſe out of the
foundation, they make a dry wall, i. e. without mor-
tar, juſt below the trench; about twelve feet below
this they make a ſecond trench in like manner, level-
ling the ground between the trenches as well as they
can, with mattocks, crows of iron, &c. and fo pro-
ceed till they have finiſhed the whole ground they in-
tend to plant.
The uſe of theſe little walls is, to keep the little earth
there is from being waſhed away by the impetuous
rains, for the carrying off of which, they make pro-
per channels at convenient places; ſo that the whole
plantation at ſome diſtance, reſembles a regular mag-
nificent pair of ſtairs. In which trenches, at about
three feet diſtance one from the other, they plant the
cuttings of Vines fomewhat ſlanting, about the depth
of two and a half, or near three feet; which being
dreſſed as hereafter related, and when they come to
their bearing, being kept of an equal height, make a
moſt agreeable appearance.
When the ground is hilly, but not very mountainous,
they dig a trench about four feet and a half deep, and
three and a half wide ; and then having thrown the
earth to the northward, they make a ſecond, with
the earth whereof they fill the firſt; and ſo on one
under and cloſe to the other, till they have finiſhed
the ground they would plant; the laſt ſerving for a
ditch to carry the water off, into which, at proper
diſtances, they alſo make little ditches to convey the
water; and having ſo done, and thrown the earth
taken out of the firſt trench on the trenched ground,
and levelled it ſo as to give it an even proper decli-
vity, they plant it with cuttings of Vines in quadran-
gles, or other manner, at the diſtance of about five
feet and a half or more, as they think moſt proper
for their ground; if ftony in the manner before re-
lated, as practiſed in the mountains; but if not, then
as they do it in the plains, as will be hereafter de
fcribed.
When the vineyard is to be made on a plain or an
exact level, having itaked the part out they deſign for
walks, and laid out the diviſions they intend for Vines,
their next care is, that each of them have a proper
declivity, and that there be good drains to carry water
off; in order to which, they make the firſt trench in
the middle of the diviſion, extending from eaſt to weft,
of the depth of four feet and a half, and near four
feet in breadth, throwing the earth taken out of it
northward ; then laying at the bottom ftones, bruſh-
wood, bones, or almoſt any ſort of rubbiſh, to raiſe
and drain it, they proceed to the ſecond trench, with
the earth of which they fill the firſt, and ſo on, till
they have finiſhed as far as the ſecond divifion extends
ſouthward, laying at the bottom of every trench ſuch
rubbiſh as they can get; and then removing the earth
taken out of the firſt trench over to the ſouth ſide al-
ready trenched, they proceed in the fame manner on
the north fide, as far as the diviſion extends; when in
the laſt trench there will naturally remain a ditch (the
fide
3
The method of managing their vineyards, and making their
wines in Italy.
1. As to the ſoil; next to that of Chianti, which is
in a manner all rocky, they prefer that of the hilly
parts of this country, which has a warm ſtony bot-
tom, with a loamy ſuperficies; and next to that, ſuch
as has a lime ſtone, or chalky bottom, with a rea-
fonably deep ſurface of any good earth ; but in the
plains, where the wines are nothing comparable to
thoſe on the hills and mountains, they are forced to
content themſelves with any tolerably good fort of
ground, that is neither fandy nor light to exceſs; nor
too clayey or binding, though a pretty ſtiff marl does
well enough
a

VIT
VIT
fide of which ſome very curious people wall with a
dry wall) to carry off the water, whence they take
care to make proper drains to carry it away.
This being done, they proceed to level this piece of
ground, giving each fide thereof its proper declivity;
ſo that it ſomewhat reſembles a roof that is not ſteep,
or as they here term it, à mule's back, bearing the
following figure; and this they do to preſerve the
Expoſure to
$ Expoſure
S
N
a
Vines they plant the longer, and to make them ren-
der better wines, whilſt thoſe that are planted on the
fiat, and on the borders of ditches, where they are
ſupported by a ſort of Poplar-trees, and ſerve for the
diviſion of the Corn fields; though the Vines grow to
a great thickneſs, and produce much fruit, yet they
render a wine that is good for little, and the Vines
will not laſt above thirty-five or forty years; whereas
what is ſo planted, being tolerably well looked after,
hold good for one hundred and forty, or one hundred
and fifty, and in Chianti they will laſt above three
hundred years, they there accounting thoſe of one
hundred years old as young Vines.
N. B. To defray in good part the charge of this expenſive
culture, thoſe in the plains, the very firſt year, sow a hole
of Melons between Vine and Vine, which they make about
ten inches diameter, and a foot deep, filling about three
fourths of it with good macerated dung, and the reſt with
fine good earth (of which that left by land floods is eſteena-
ed the beſt,) in which they put about fifteen or twen-
ty feeds; which being come up, before they put out the
domeſtic leaf, they nip the tops of all but two, or at moſt
three of the ſtrongeſt plants, which they leave to bear
fruit, and order, accordingly. After which they plant
Cauliflowers, or Broccoli of Cauliflowers; and this they
olſo do in the hills ſo trenched; but in the mountains Melons
do not well in the trenches; but Beet-root is often produced,
end Cauliflowers.
4. The ground being ſo ordered, where the vineyard
is a plain, or on the hills, they proceed to mark it out
with lines according to the diſtances they would plant
at, endeavouring to do it in rows about three feet
Vine from Vine, and about four or four and a half,
from row to row; but for the moſt part in a quadran-
gular manner, at the diſtance of about four feet one
from the other, drawing lines lengthways and athwart;
in the croſs they plant the cut of a Vine in the fol-
lowing manner:
Having an iron crow of an inch or more diameter a
little pointed at the end, they therewith make a hole
directly down about three feet and a half deep; then
being provided with an inſtrument they call a crucci-
olo, having a handle of wood like that of a large au-
gur, and the body of iron four feet long, and more than
half an inch in diameter, at the end of which there is
a nich ſomething like a half moon, making this figure,
as it fequently happens, they find the earth ſhallow,
ſo that in the trenching they arrive at prime rock, or
a cold bleaky clay, at the depth of about three feet,
and therefore they trench not lower, they plant the
depth of two feet and a quarter, or two and a half,
fhallower than which they never plant, and even then,
if the bottom be clay, they will do but little; and if
rocky, are apt to ſuffer in the ſummer by dry hot
weather, (though if once they ſtrike their roots in the
rock, they do well enough,) and yield the beſt wine
that is made in the plains; which however, though
planted with the ſame fort of Vines as thoſe of the
mountains, and even of cuttings brought from thence,
never produce near ſo good wines as thoſe that grow
there, notwithſtanding the Grapes ripen three weeks,
if not a month fooner.
N. B. This tillage and plantation is performed at any
time between November and March, in dry, but not froſty
weather ; ſince then the frozen earth in working, being
naturally thrown into the bottom of the trench, where the
Vines are to make their principal roots, it retains ſuch a
frigidity, that they will thrive but badly in it; which
will be the caſe alſo, if the ground be laboured too wet ;
wherefore this trenching, or thorough tillage, is generally
performed in February, after the ſeverity of the froſts is
over, and neay be planted at any time between that and
,
April ; whilſt, as for the cuttings, they are obſerved to
do beſt when planted as ſoon as cut off in the dreſſing ; but
if that conveniency is not to be had, they may be brought
from any reaſonable diſtance, their cut ends only being tied
up, and covered from the air with Moſs, ſtraw, or the
like; or if from a greater, wiih ſome earth about them,
and
may be kept, burying their cut ends in the ground,
till ſuch time as they can be uſed; but juſt before this is
done, it is proper to put them in water for twelve hours
or more, ſince that will influence them to Arike root the
better.
It is not of much importance that the cuttings be from the
beſt fort of Grapes; tho' that is beſt, if eaſily to be had, but
may be from any Vines in the neighbourhood that thrive
well ; for afterwards, when they come to their bearing,
you may with little trouble, ingraft them with cuttings
from Vines of the forts you deſire, and theſe will bear some
fruit the very year they are ingrafted, and nioſt abundantly
the next; beſides that, the foot of the Vine or ſtock will
receive benefit by this operation.
5. The plantation having been made in the manner
before related, the firſt culture of it is performed dif-
ferent ways, which may be termed the old, and the
modern.
According to the old way, above a month after the
planting, when they begin to ſhoot, they cut off the
tops of the plants juſt above the ſecond eye that is
above the ground, and ſo let them remain, and ſhoot
out at pleaſure; only after the Melons, &c. (which,
as is ſaid before, are planted or raiſed in the vacan-
cies) are gathered, they dig and low, at proper diſ-
tances, the ground with Beans, Kidney-Beans, Tur-
neps, Beets, or the like; and let the Vines ſhoot and
grow at liberty till the third year, (that is, when they
have been planted three years complete ;) then open-
ing the earth about each plant in March, or towards
the beginning of April, to the depth of about a foot,
they, with their hand, clear away the ſuperficial roots,
and then throw in two handfuls of good half conſumed
ſheeps dung, or elſe of Lupines that have been par-
boiled; after which with a ſharp inſtrument, (either
a bill or a ſtrong pruning knife) and a ſteady hand,
they cut off the head of the plant juſt below the loweſt
ſhoot, which is ſometimes a finger or two under
ground, rubbing the part cut over with ſome of the
contiguous earth; and then, upon its ſhooting, take
the principal ſhoot (gently cleaning away the reſt)
and fix it with a green Bulruſh to a ſmall ſtick, to
keep it when tender from being broken by the winds,
and ſo let it remain till the next dreſſing ſeaſon; when
having pruned it, leaving but one eye, they put a
ſtick that is ſomething more ſubſtantial, of between
three or four feet long, to ſupport it from time to
time, tying the ſhoot to it till the month of July, be-
3
3
a
a
TT
they, after twiſting the end of the cutting, put it
therein, and force it down to the bottom of the hole,
where they then leave it, and afterwards fill up the
vacancy with fine fifted earth or fand, obſerving to
tread the earth cloſe to the plants, which otherwiſe
(unleſs it be ſtiff land) is often inclinable to be looſe
and dry, efpecially if rain does not ſoon follow their
planting; and it is incredible how many Vines three
perſons can in this manner plant in one day, viz. up-
wards of two thouſand.
As the cuttings are of a good length, there generally
remain about two feet or more of them above the
ground when planted, and ſometimes more. When,
fore

VIT
V IT
و
fore the entrance of the dog days, at which time they
nip off the head of it, which checks its luxuriancy,
and renders the fruit, which it will then begin to have
in ſmall bunches nine or ten Grapes each, better and
larger, tying the remainder of the ſaid ſhoot to the
ſtick. In the next year they order it in the ſame man-
ner; and ſo on till the ſeventh year after planting,
when it begins to give fruit to purpoſe ; and then at
dreſſing they generally leave but one head on the moſt
vigorous plants, and only two eyes on that, and
ftake them with ſubſtantial ſtakes of more than an
inch diameter, and near fix feet long; one of which,
or more, go into the ground (of which thoſe made of
wild Cheſtnut, the coppices of which they cut once
in ſeven or eight years, for reſiſting both wet and dry,
are accounted the beſt ;) and when they begin to ſhoot,
they tie them to thoſe with the ſmall twigs of Broom
or Ofers, and ſo viſiting them frequently in the
courſe of the ſummer, to keep them tied, as alſo to
nip off luxuriant branches, they let them remain till
the dog days are over, when they clear them of ſome
of their leaves, that the fruit may ripen the better.
N. B. In dreſing them after the fixth year, if they have
made more moots than one, as moſt of them will have
done, they, as before, cut them all away, unleſs they have
occaſion for them to ſupply the places of ſome contiguous
plants that have miſcarried ; and in moiſt warm weather
they lay those shoots down more than a foot under the
ground, carrying the beads of them where they deſgn,
and this they term propagination. The beſt of the shoots
that they cut off from their Vines of ſeven years old or
older, they either reſerve for any new plantations that they
are to moke, or to ſell, at about nine-pence ſterling per
bundred.
In dreſſing from the ſeventh year forward, they reſerve
the loweſt head they can, provided it be vigorous, and en-
deavour to keep their Vines as low as may be, for the fruit
to enjoy the warm reflektion of the earth after the ſun beams
are gone from it, to ripen it, and give it life and vi-
gour ; but not ſo as to let the ends of the bunches touch
the ground, or be so near to it as that they might be daſh-
ed therewith by the rains, ſince that would be apt to rot
the Grapes ; whilſt in Chianti (where the Vines, though
moſt abundant in the produet of their fruit, are not ſo la-
viſh of their shoots, but are eaſily kept in good order, by a
band that is tolerably fkilful) it is incredible bow exactly
even the Vines are kept, about the height of four feet from
the ground, which contributes to the making the beautiful
proſpect before-mentioned.
always late, they will not ripen ; wherefore, that the
ſtrength of the plant may not be leffened or impaired
thereby, they generally crop them off; after which
they let the Vines remain till pretty early in the ſpring,
when the intermediate crop of Cauliflowers, or Broc-
coli of Cauliflowers is taken off ; then in the month
of February, they open the earth about the foot of
each plant, and clear it of its ſuperficial roots, and
manure it in the manner before deſcribed in the culti-
vation of thoſe in the old way. The third year they
dreſs the ſhoot ſo as to leave but one eye upon it, and
afterwards digging all the ground in the intermediate
ſpaces, to requite the expence of culture, they low a
fort of Kidney-beans, which not riſing above a foot
in height, or ſcarce ſo much, does not prejudice the
young Vines ; to which they now give ſomewhat
more ſubſtantial ſticks, whereto they continue to tie
them, as alſo to rub off any new ſhoots that they
make, viſiting them for that end; as alſo to crop off
all the laviſh tops of the ſhoots, only three or four
times in the ſummer; and the next year in dreſſing,
they beſtow fubftantial ſtakes on them, whereto they
tie them with Broom twigs, or ſmall Ofiers when they
begin to be in a pretty good ſtate of bearing, produ-
cing two or three pretty large bunches of Grapes which
(as thoſe of the antecedent year) ripen well, but come
not to be the full of their bearing till the fourth or
fifth year ; however, they anticipate thoſe ordered the
other way three or four years; and this is withal the
ſurer way of the two, ſince in cutting off the heads of
the others many are loft, whereas this way, few, if
ز
any fail.
a
3
N. B. What is before ſaid of a Vine's coming to its full
bearing, is only to be underſtood in reſpect to the quantity
of the fruit, a little more or leſs ; for as to the quality, it
is generally eſteemed to be meliorating till the twentieth
year (being duly cultivated,) and the wines coming from it
richer and better; and in Chianti they mix not with their
beſt Grapes, thoſe of the product of Vines of a leſs age than
fifteen or Sixteen years, and pretend they are always melio-
rating for fifty years.
The Vines being by one or other of thoſe methods,
brought to a full bearing ſtate, they muſt be annually
dreſſed, according to the vigour of the plant, and
duly ſtaked.
In dreſſing, to thoſe of moderate ſtrength and vigour,
they leave but one eye, or at moſt two; and to the
moſt ſtrong and vigorous, but three or four at the ve-
ry moſt; and then they tie them not as they do when
they are but one or two, but fixing another leſs ſub-
ſtantial ſtick in the ground near the main one, to the
top of which, for its better ſupport, they tie it with
an Olier; they bend down, and fix the head thereto
in the following form.
The modern way is as follows :
Z
9
A month or thereabouts after planting, when the
young plants begin to ſhoot, they prune them juft
above the firſt eye that remains out of the earth,
whereat, when they (as they naturally will) have made
their ſhoots, toward the beginning of June, and ſo
that they can diſcern which of the ſeveral they put out
are the ſtrongeſt, and appear the moſt thriving, they
carefully and gently with the thumb, rub off all of
them except one, which they judge to be the ſtrong-
eſt, and for the moſt part the neareſt the ground;
which diligence they renew every eight or ten days,
or oftener, if the weather chance to be wet, taking
away all the new ſhoots which they will abundantly
make, ever leaving only the principal ſhoot; which,
that it may not be prejudiced by the winds, or the
feet of the people (who frequently, during the pro-
greſs of the Melons ſown between them, muſt go to
nip off the running branches, and cultivate them, and
who, at the ſame time, with great convenience, do
this work about the Vines,) they gently tie, as ſoon
as it is capable of it, to a ſmall ſtick; and if, as it
often happens, it proves very luxuriant, they nip off
its top; and this rubbing off of the young ſhoots they
continue till the month of October, (though unleſs
there be frequent rains, there will, about the begin-
ning of Auguſt, be few ſhoots to eaſe them of,) whilft
ſometimes the principal ſhoots will bear fruit in ſmall
bunches of five or fix Grapes each ; but as they are
And ſometimes, when they find one of a very extra-
ordinary vigour, and that has two good heads, they
leave them both, and diſpoſing of one in the manner
juſt before related, to the other, having fixed ano-
ther ſtick on the other ſide of the principal ſtake,
and tied it, they in the like manner bend down to
tie thereto, when it comes to form the following
figure.
M
This done, they continue from time to time to bind
the new ſhoots to the ſtakes, and to nip off the tops of
them, when too luxuriant, till towards the time of
ripening. When the dog days are part, they diſbur-
den them of ſome of their leaves, to expoſe the fruit
then
14 C

VIT
VI T
a
then turning colour more to the ſun, and to accelerate
the ripening of it.
N. B. What is ſaid above in relation to the leaving
more than one head, and the ordering thereof, only re-
lates to ſuch as are in vineyards on the plains and bills;
for in the mountains, as their ſtakes are ſtronger and thick-
er, they affix ſome wood work to them; on which freme
they run two and ſometimes three heads, making the shape
of a wheel.
Here alſo it may be proper to obſerve, That all landlords
of vineyards, at letting them, ever reſerve to themſelves
the privilege of viſiting them at their pleaſure, to ſee if
they are duly dreſſed, and not more eyes left to a Vine than
there ought to be; for it is poſſible, in three years time,
only by pruning, to spoil the beſt vineyard that is, paſt
almoſt the power of art to recover it, and at the ſame
time make it yield much wine; for it is but leaving inſtead
of one or two eyes, five or fix; and of three or four,
eight or nine, and it will be reduced unto fo weck and ex-
bauſted a ſtate, and the Vines ſo run into wood, that it
will be paſt recovery; and the only method is to cut the
Vines down a foot of ſix inches under ground, and rear
up a new shoot, which, beſides the time that will be loſt
in so doing, will hardly after all, prove effectual. And
this manner of pernicious pruning the Italians call a laſcia
podera, which in Engliſh, is quit farm, which is a proper
term enough.
As for the time of dreſſing Vines, if it may properly
be ſo called, there is nothing wherein thoſe people
differ more, ſome performing it immediately after the
Grapes are gathered, as in Carignano and Val d'Ar-
no; others do it at all times, as their conveniency
permits, and if the ſeaſon is mild and open (leaving
their youngeſt Vines till the laſt,) from November to
March, and in Chianti, as the region is colder, and
;
,
their Vines late to move, they do it late in the month
of March, and even to the beginning of April; others
again do it at twice, in November, when they leave
an eye extraordinary, and in March they cut off that
extraordinary eye, which laſt method ſeems to be the
beſt; though, to have cuttings for a new planta-
tion, it can only properly be done in February or
March.
As to fowing in their vineyards, they alſo differ as
much. In Chianti they leave a ſpace of about three
feet from their Vines, from thence to the low wall,
many ſow Wheat; and though the ſoil ſeems to be
little elſe but ſtones, and ſuch as only can be worked
by a mattock, yet it bears prodigious crops, thirteen
or twenty for one.
Others again, in that ſpace, will
only fow the low forts of Kidney-beans, Lentils, and
ſuch low plants, and others again will not fow any,
the leaſt thing at all, as in the general they do not in
the vineyards on the hills, but in the plains, after the
heads of their Vines are riſen ſo high, as to be higher
than the tops of Beans, they make no difficulty be-
tween every row of Vines, to fow a row of them, as
the moſt ſcrupulous do not, to ſow late in April a
row of low Kidney-beans; whilſt ſome of late, lay-
ing two rows of Vines into one, whereof with ſtrong
ſtakes and canes they make a ſort of eſpaliers, and in
the middle, (that is between row and row,) being
near four feet from each, plant a row of Artichokes,
which they ſay, being well dug in their proper ſeaſons,
part of the nouriſhment going to the Vines, does them
more good than harm.
As for the ſeaſon of digging their vineyards, they all
agree that the later it is done in the year, the better
it is; wherefore, in the places where they fow no-
thing, they let that work alone till the latter end of
April, or beginning of May, when according to the
nature of the ground, they do it with a ſpade or mat-
tock. And again, the more eſpecially to kill the
weeds, and forward the ripening of the plants, they
ftir it with a ſtrong hoe or mattock, and when they
can, with a ſpade in the dog days; but in ſo doing
they take a moſt particular care that they touch not
any of the roots of the Vines, for that, if it dd not
kill them, would at leaſt make them wither, and
ſpoil their fruit.
6. As for manuring their vineyards in all parts, when
they are in a bearing condition, they practiſe it but
once in five or fix years, when they open the earth
about the roots, and taking away the ſmall ones,
which they may have made towards the ſuperficies,
they throw in a handful or two of ſheeps dung, or of
that of goats or deer, for if any of theſe are not eaſily
or in ſufficient quantity to be had, then of parboiled
Lupines, which, although agreeable to the Vine,
yet being of little ſubſtance, muſt be the oftener re-
peated, every three years at leaſt, when they cover it
again; and this they perform in the months of October
and November, that the winter rains falling thereon,
may make it deſcend to the utmoſt fibres of the roots,
and afford them nouriſhment.
7. The ſeaſon for gathering the Grapes, and making
the vintage, is very uncertain, depending upon the
weather that has been the preceding ſpring and ſum-
mer, which makes it ſooner or later fifteen or twenty
days in Chianti. When the ſeaſon has been good,
they begin to cut their Grapes about Michaelmas,
and in the plains a week or ten days ſooner. In
this they every where govern themſelves according
to the ripeneſs of their Grapes, and the proſpect of
the weather, aiming to have a perfect dry ſeaſon to
do it in.
8. The Grapes being of a due ripeneſs, and the
weather warm and dry, as ſoon as the ſun or wind
has dried up the dew that was on them, they cut them
and put them into piggins, and carry them, if at a
diſtance, on mules, or if near, between two men, to
the wine vat, and then, either bruiſing them to maſh
in the faid piggins with a club, throw them directly
therein, or elſe into a thing reſembling a very large
hopper, with a grate lengthwiſe; then boards being
placed over the vat, a lad with his feet treads them
out, the juice, huſks, ſtones, and ſtalks all paffing
through the grate into the vat, and ſo they continue
to do till the vat (which uſually contains from four to
five tons, ſometimes eight, ten, nay, as far as fifteen
or twenty in ſome large vineyards, in which there are
ſometimes ſeveral of them) is full, when immediate-
ly, or ſometimes in a few hours before they fill it, it
will ſet a boiling, which raiſes the huſks, ftalks, and
ſtones to the top, and theſe make a thick cruft, and
thus it continues boiling for many days, more or leſs,
according to the ſtrength of it, till it be fit to be drawn
off, which is to be diſtinguiſhed by the palate, where-
in the greateſt ſkill in making wine confifts. The low
wines of the plains are ready in about ten days, thoſe
of the hills in about fifteen, of the mountains of Chi-
anti eighteen or twenty, and ſometimes more; in the
haftening or retarding whereof the weather has ſome
ſhare, ſo that when they are near ready, they taſte
them every eight hours.
N. B. The more the wines boil, the drier they will be,
the colour deeper, and the leſs, the ſweeter and paler ;
and what is ſaid above, is to be underſtood of red wines,
which are the chief produce of this country, whilſt to
make their ſtrong white wines or muſcadines, they gather
their Grapes carefully, and lay them three or four days or
more in the ſun, taking care to carry them within doors,
or under ſelters, in the night time, that ſo no dewe may
fall on them.
And when they are put into the vat, they let them boil
but little, five or ſix days at most, and then put them into
the caſk, ſhifting them from one caſk to another, twice or
thrice to make them become fine; ond for the Verdea or
White Florence, as it is called, they draw it off from the
vat almoſt as ſoon as it begins to boil
, and has raiſed the
cruſt, and then letting it boil in the caſk into which they
have drawn it, thirty-ſix hours, or at moſt two days, they
Shift it into another, and in a few hours into a third and
fourth, to prevent and check the fermentation, which gives
it the ſweetneſs it has ; but then it is never perfeEtly fine,
though ſome people both in Italy and England, eſpecially
among the women, are very fond of it.
N. B. Thoſe Grapes at the end of the bunches are weaker
in quality, as well as leſs ripe, than thoſe that grow
nigher to the ſtalk, and therefore ſome extreme curious
perfonis,
a
2

VI T
VIT
a
a
perſons, to make a ſmall quantity of very choice wines,
cut them off and make a wine by itſelf, which is much
inferior to that which is made of the upper part of the
bunch. This practice, though attended with trouble, may
be recommended for a larger parcel, in ſucho years as the
Grapes are hardly ripe, to have ſome wine, at least, in
perfe&tion.
N. B. Thoſe perſons who value themſelves on making
the beſt wines, and endeavour to keep up the reputation
of their vineyards and cellars, in cutting their Grapes,
leave the unripe, or thoſe that are infected with a rotten-
neſs, together, till the loft, and with them make a vat or
more, by themſelves of vin ſcauro, or refuſe wine, which
Serves for common uſe, for which alſo they mix water with
the bottom of their vats, and the huſks, &c. and make
a pleaſant briſk drink much preferable to water cyder, but
the weather once coming in warm, turns it eager and un-
drinkable.
9. When the wines are found to be ready, they pro-
ceed to draw them off, which are now properly called
wines (before which they are termed moſto, i, e. in
Engliſh, wort,) for which purpoſe, within three or
four inches of the bottom of the vat, there is a cock
fixed therein. When in ſmall barrels, they carry
and
put into the large butts, which in Chianti hold, ſome
of them, ſeven or eight tons, but generally two or
three tons, made of thick Cheſtnut, the ſtaves being
more than an inch and a half thick, and more than
twice as high as they are long, which they never
waſh, but having left a gallon or two, it may be
three or four, of wine in them, when they draw it
off the ſpring or ſummer before, when they are about
filling them again to clear them out, they ſend in a
lad at the door, which is made in the head of the
caſk, to do it with a ſponge, and to waſh it with
ſome new wine, and this without wiping off any of the
argol, which they think preſerves the wine the better.
In which caſks, which laſt many years, and have ar-
gol in them of the thickneſs ſometimes of three or
four inches) they let them remain till they have an
opportunity of ſelling them, taking care to keep
them full quite to the bung with a wooden ſtopper.
This is what they practiſe in Chianti, where the beſt
wines are made, and whence, from thoſe butts they
are drawn into flaſks, and carried at the expence of
about a crown for a mule-load, to Florence, in order
for exportation ; but in other places they draw them
off into leſs caſks, of which wines, except fome Car-
niguano's, and thoſe of Val d'Arno, few or none are
exported, but ſerve for the conſumption of the coun-
try. Some of theſe have a pleaſant flavour and briſk-
nefs, though of no great body, many of which will
not keep the ſummer over, except in cool cellars, in
the places where made, ſuch is the nice nature of this
country wines in general. Nor are the choiceſt Chi-
anti's exempt, for at two ſeaſons of the year, the be-
ginning of June and September, the one when the
Grapes are in flower, and the other when they begin
to ripen, ſome even of the beſt wines are apt to change,
eſpecially at this latter ſeaſon ; not that they turn ea-
ger, but take a moft unpleaſing taſte, which renders
them unfit not only for drinking, but even to make
vinegar of, and is called the ſettembrine. And what
is moft ſtrange, is, that one caſk drawn out of the
ſame vat ſhall be infected, and another not, but be
perfectly good, and yet have both been kept in the
fame cellar too.
As this change happens not to wine in flaſks, though
that will turn eager, I am apt to attribute it to ſome
fault in filling of the caſk, which muſt always be kept
full, which either by letting alone too long, till the
decreaſe be too great, and the ſcum that there natu-
rally is on all wine, thereby being too much dilated,
is ſubject to break, or elſe being broken by hafty fill-
ing up, gives it that vile taſte of a rotten Vine leaf.
But againſt this there is a very ſtrong objection, that
this defect ſeizes the wine at a particular ſeaſon, in
September, over which if it gets, it will hold good
for many years.
As for the time that the wines are fit to drink, the
poorer ſort of people drink that of the plains almoſt
as ſoon as drawn off, but from the rith of November
may be ſaid to be its proper ſeaſon.
Thoſe of the hills are a very pleaſant drink about
Chriſtmas, and during the ſpring, but till June the
Chianti's are not eſteemed to be fit for drinking, tho'
they are fit for exportation in butts in December, and
in the flaſks and cheſts about the beginning of Fe.
bruary; but if ſooner ſhipped off in that manner,
though apparently fine, there will be a ſediment in
the flaſks.
The art of brewing wines (further than the throwing
into each great butt the quantity of two or three hat-
fuls of the choiceft Grapes they had preſerved, and
laid on mats in the fun for that purpoſe, which were
picked from the ſtalks, and are eſteemed proper for
their wines to feed on, and which they call governo)
was not known in Chianti (though the hoſts here
practiſed ſomething like it, mixing the ſmall wines of
this country with the ſtrong ones of other parts, and
fining their white wines with iſinglaſs, whites of eggs,
lime, and the like, and were thought to put allum
into the red wines to preſerve them, and promote a
thirſt in their gueſts) till on the breaking out of the
French war, an Engliſh merchant from Bourdeaux
came into theſe parts, with a view to accommodate
the wines which were made in the beſt parts of Chi-
anti, and were naturally of a true bright ruby, with
a pleaſant flavour, and a ſilky ſoftneſs, to the Engliſh
palates, then in love with the deep-coloured rough
clarets, who inſtructed them firſt in the making of
black wines with a Labruſco or wild Grape, which,
being mixed with the Chianti's, giving them a deeper
colour and a rougher taſte, and being liked in Eng-
land, gave the firſt occaſion to great quantities being
ſent thither every year in caſks, in making of which
the ſaid gentleman was the firſt that inſtructed them,
for before, their caſks were, as above related, very
unwieldy. This put them alſo (there being a demand
for their wines) upon increaſing and enlarging their
cultivations, and making ſome of them in ſuch places
as the expoſition was not very proper for, as alſo to
cultivate in vineyards the ſaid Labruſco or wild Grape,
and which certainly was the moſt proper to mix with
their other Grapes in the vat, boiling them together.
So all ſucceeded pretty well till the year 1607, when
the vintage proving very bad, and there being a great
demand of their wines for England, by mixing the
low wines with the high ones of Chianti, which that
feaſon were not very good, they brought theſe wines
into ſuch a diſreputation, that they have never been
able to regain their credit, though they have ſince,
many times, had thoſe that are good.
At preſent, therefore, what goes for England is
chiefly in cheſts, and no more black wines, as uſed
to be formerly, and theſe are ſent juſt as they are
made; but ſtill in Chianti, as they have cultivations
of the Bruſco Grape (which however is much different
from the wild one, and becomes much larger and
more generous,) they continue to mix them with other
Grapes, which gives the great colour as well as rough-
neſs to their wines, and is agreeable enough to the
Engliſh taſte.
Having thus acquainted you with what I know and
can learn in relation to the making and managing of
vineyards, and the wines they produce, it remains
for me to add an evil, that beſides the ordinary ones
of hails, ſtorms, and froſts, attends the cultivation
of Vines in Chianti, and the parts contiguous, for
in the plains there is no ſuch thing, and that is a very
ſmall kind of blackiſh, or very dark green caterpil-
lar, which in the month of May attacks the young
Thoots of the Vines, when the Grapes are in embryo,
and deſtroys them ; for which however they have a
moſt certain remedy, which is to make a little ring
of birdlime round the foot of each Vine, about eight
inches above the ground, which none of theſe noxious
inſects (which I preſume proceed from the earth, and
are not brought in the air, as ſome of the like are
thought to be, though theſe come generally with an
eaſterly
a
а.
a

VIT
VI T
eaſterly dry wind) being able to paſs, moſt effectually
does the buſineſs; and as they in that region come
almoſt every year, the trouble of ſo providing againſt
them is become habitual to the cultivators.
5
a
The manner of making wine in Champaign, and how it
may be propagated in other provinces, to bring it to
perfection.
Wine is ſo delicate a liquor, and an aliment ſo proper
to give ſtrength, and to preſerve health, if uſed with
moderation, that one may very well wonder, that in
moſt of the provinces of France, they make it with ſo
much negligence in all thoſe places, where it might
be excellent.
The Champenois are exempted from this reproach,
and whether it be from a delicacy of taſte, or a deſire
of making an advantage of their wines, or a facility
in rendering them better, they have been always more
induſtrious to make them more exquiſite, than thoſe
of the other provinces of the kingdom.
It is true, it is ſcarce eighty years ſince they have ftu-
died to make pale wine, which is very near white,
but before, their red wine was made with more care
and neatneſs, than any other of the wines of the
kingdom
I ſhall not enter upon the ancient or modern diſpute,
as to the preference between the wines of Champaign
and Burgundy, but content myſelf with taking no-
tice of all that the people of Champaign have invent-
ed to give the fineneſs and agreeableneſs to their wines;
and by the obſervation that may be made therefrom,
it will be eaſy to ſee that the ſame may be imitated in
other provinces, ſo as to come pretty near that light-
neſs and exquiſiteneſs.
If theſe eſſays ſhall give hopes of ſucceſs for the future,
the wines of thoſe provinces might be brought to per-
fection by degrees where they might be delicious, and
where they are but poor, becauſe they have never
ftudied to give them that fineneſs.
In order to have the wine excellent, the Vines ought
to be well expoſed to the fun, eſpecially to the ſouth,
and alſo on the decline, or in the manner of a little
hill, rather than on the plain. Vines ſhould be well
choſen, and ſhould be ſuch as generally produce
none but ſmall black Grapes : the bottom of the ſoil
ſhould be good, a little ſtony, and not naturally
moiſt. The grain of the ſoil of Champaign is very
fine, and has a fingular quality that is not found in
other provinces.
As theſe kinds of lands are light, there is occaſion to
dung them from time to time, and to lay on new
earth; but the dunging ought to be ſparingly done,
for too much of it will render the wine ſoft and inſi-
pid, and apt to be ropy; it ought to be commonly
cow dung, becauſe that is not ſo hot as horſe dung.
In ſtrong lands it may be mingled with horſe dung
and ſheeps dung, provided that the horſe dung be ſo
rotten, that it may be reduced to a powder, and that
there be but one half as much as of the cow dung,
otherwiſe it will burn the Vines. Let it be laid on a
trench or pit, and mix one layer of dung and another
of new earth, and let it lie and rot during a whole
winter, and toward the month of February take from
thence half a baſket of every Vine, eſpecially for each
new plant, to help them to puſh forth. It is ſuffici-
ent for a vineyard to be dunged once in eight or ten
years, or an eighth or a tenth part every year.
After the dung has been carried, the Vines ought to
be opened round about, and a little trench to be made
round the foot of the Vine, in order to bury the dung
at a proper time.
Divers perſons leave it there many weeks before
they bury it, but this is not the beſt way, for the air,
the cold, or the ſun, will be apt to diſſipate the moſt
fubtile ſubſtance of it; but when it is neither too cold
nor too hot, it may be left open eight or ten days to
exhale its ill ſavour, eſpecially the dung of ſheep.
They give to a Vine four ordinary dreſſings, accord-
ing to their ſeaſons; but it is proper to take notice of
one thing, which is ſcarcely obſerved in Champaign,
which is, that they cut their Vines in the month of
February, and even in January, inſtead of which they
ought never to begin to cut them till after the 14th
of February: when they are cut before, they puſh
forth ſooner, and are expoſed to injury, and are ſome-
times killed, if any hoar froits come preſently after
they have been cut; but when they ſtay till after the
14th of the month of February, there is no danger of
their being injured by the froits.
The covetoufneſs of vignerons leave them to under-
take the cultivation of more Vines than they well can
manage, and for this reaſon they cut their Vines in
January, which does an infinite injury to them, and
to the greateſt part of the plants, which they are fen-
fible of for many years.
In Champaign they cultivate two forts of Vines, which
they call the high Vines and the low Vines. The
high Vines are ſuch as they leave to grow in thoſe
places that are leſs fine, to the height of four or five
feet; the low Vines are thoſe, which they do not ſuffer
to grow above three feet high; theſe they inter,
or ravale, according to the country term, every year,
ſo as to leave but a little of the end to appear, which
is repeated annually.
The high Vines produce plentifully, and give often
ſeven or eight pieces of wine an arpent; the low Vines
produce but little, but then the Vine is much more
delicate; they often do not give above two pieces of
wine an arpent, oftentimes leſs, feldom three, but
much ſeldomer four.
In order that the wine may be the finer, all the wines
which give the white Grapes muſt be taken away, and
thoſe alſo that give the large black Grapes, but one
need not pluck theſe up, but graft them.
But ſometimes theſe grafts will not fucceed, which
being obſerved, they muſt be plucked up, and new
ones that have a root fet in their room, which they
chuſe out of the nurſeries, that are common in the
country. They ordinarily purchaſe theſe plants for a
piſtole a thouſand.
A private man that has a great many Vines, may make
himſelf nurſeries.
Theſe plants that have a root are put into the earth,
in the middle of a great hole about a foot deep, which
they make with a ſtake, or ſtrait mattock, or pickax,
and theſe produce ſooner than the others, which have
A plant that has a root begins to give wine
a little the third year, indifferently the fourth and fifth,
and in abundance in the following years, and ſo for
above fixty years.
Theſe new plants ought to be dunged the ſecond year,
and in the ſixth year, and afterwards in the eighth and
tenth as other Vines.
It will be to the purpoſe every year, to pull up part
of the old plants, which take up room and produce
little or nothing, and by this means a vineyard will be
conſtantly renewed, as one may ſay, and in a perfect
good condition.
When there are dews or humidities in May, June,
and September, the vignerons muſt not be ſuffered
to enter the vineyards in a morning, for the dews of
theſe months are commonly very cold, if the ſun do
not draw them up, which burns the leaves of the Vines
which are touched before they are drawn up.
It is very eſſential not to enter the vineyards at the
time when there is hoar froſt, or ſhowers attended
with froſt, for this will certainly kill the Vines.
The vineyards muſt be weeded now and then, and if
there be any beetles, which are pernicious animals to
plants, they muſt be picked off and put into facks,
and burnt at ſome diſtance from the vineyard, and the
aſhes buried.
About the end of June, and alſo of the month of
May, according as the vineyard is advanced, it is ne-
ceſſary to cut off the end of each twig, that the plant
may grow no more in height, and that it may convey
all its nouriſhment to the Grapes. It is enough, if it
have two feet and a half, or three at moít, above
ground; all the reſt is to be cut off, as muſt alſo the
a
a
a
no root.
tops

VI T
VIT
tops or ends of the young ſhoots, which proceed
from the bottom or ſides of the ſtocks. This ought
to be done twice, thrice, or four times in a ſummer,
according as the Vines put forth, more or leſs in cer-
a
tain years.
you
3
In the ſpring ſeaſon they put a prop to every Vine to
ſupport it; they ought to be choſen, as much as may
be, of Oak, and to procure them of the quarter or
heart thereof, if you are willing to go to the charge
of it. Theſe will laſt above twenty years, and when
they are once made ſharp, they will always keep fo,
for when they begin to rot, they periſh equally
throughout, and remain always pointed. The other
laft ſcarce four or five years, and the maſters muſt
have an eye over the fervants when they ſharpen them
yearly, that they do not cut them too much, and
make them too ſhort, and that they do not break a
great many that might ſerve; for oftentimes in cutting
off that which is rotted, they cut off two or three
inches of that which is found, which prejudices it as
to duration. They call theſe props foot-props.
When a vineyard has been cultivated and managed
during the ſummer after the accuſtomed manner, and
the vintage time approaches, when they have made
choice of, and prepared a new caſk that will contain
it, and when the preſs has been waſhed, cleaned, and
rubbed over, you muſt be very watchful to find when
the Grapes are come to maturity, for if they are too
ripe, the wine will not be ſufficiently ſtrong: if they
are too green, it will be hard, more difficult, and
longer before it is fit to be drank.
In the provinces of Languedoc and Provence, the
Grapes have too large ftones, they have too many
white ones; they ſuffer them to be too ripe, which
gives them over much liquor; they let their ſtocks
grow to be too old, and do not renew them often
enough; they are planted for the moſt part upon too
good bottoms, or too moiſt, and have not an aſpect
of the ſun good enough.
To make an excellent wine of the firſt preſſing, hav-
ing firſt well examined the maturity of the Grapes,
you ought to endeavour not to gather them but on
days that are very dewy, and in hot years, after a lit-
tle rain, when you can be ſo happy as to have it. As
the Grapes are not ripe till toward the end of Septem-
ber, and ſometimes the beginning of October, dew is
rarely wanted in vintage time. This dew gives the
Grapes a flower or farina on the outſide, which they
call azur, and inwardly a freſhneſs, which cauſes that
it doth not heat very eaſily, and that the wine is not
coloured.
It is very lucky, if there chances to be a miſty day in
dry years, which now and then happens, for the
wine is not only thence more white and delicate, but
the quantity is by much the greater, being augment-
ed by near one fourth part. A private perſon who
has but twelve pieces of wine, in gathering his vin-
tage in a morning which has the ſun without dew, will
have fixteen or leventeen, if the morning be miſty,
and fourteen or fifteen if it has no miſt, but yet has
a good dew; the reaſon of this is, that the dew, and
above all, the miſt renders the Grapes tender, ſo that
the whole in a manner turns into wine.
The wine produced from the Grapes that have not
been warmed the moment they are cut, will ſtill re-
main much paler, whereas, when the ſun has warm-
ed the ſubſtance of the Grape, it will become more
red by the motion of the parts, but the quantity will
be lefſened either by reaſon of tranſpiration, or be-
cauſe the rind has been thickened and hardened by
the fun, whereby it yields its juice with more difficulty.
This, which experience has taught, is of ſo much
the more concern, by how much the more certain it is.
They agree in Champaign, that the wine which they
call river wine, is ordinarily paler than that of the
mountains, but they do not give the reaſon for it. I
believe the vineyards that are near a river enjoy all the
night a freſh air, which the river exhales, whereas
the vineyards of mountains do not reſpire, during the
night, that warmth which proceeds from the exhala-
tions of the earth, and it is that which makes the CCA
lour more or leſs; alſo when the years are very hot,
they cannot, either to thoſe of the rivers, or of the
mountains, warrant the colour, and when the years
are cold, neither the wines of the mountains nor thoſe
of the rivers are coloured; the reaſon is the fame, be-
cauſe the wines of the rivers are more foft, forward,
and ſooner fit for drinking, than the others that are
harder, more heady, and later fit.
They gather not all the Grapes without diſtinction,
neither at all hours in the day, but they chuſe the
ripeſt and blueft; thoſe are the beſt, and make the
moſt exquiſite wine, whoſe berries grow not too cloſe
together, but are a little ſeparated, whereby they
ripen perfectly well, for thoſe that are cloſe joined
together never ripen thoroughly; they cut them with
a ſmall crooked knife, with as much neatneſs and
as little of the tail as they can, and they lay them
very gently on the baſkets, ſo as not to bruiſe one
Grape.
With thirty Grape-gatherers they will run over a vine-
yard of thirty arpents in three or four hours, to make
one firſt preſfing of ten or twelve pieces.
In wet years great care ſhould be taken not to put
any Grapes that is ſpoiled into the baſkets, and at all
times muſt be very careful to cut away the rotten
Grapes, or thoſe that are bruiſed, or quite dried up,
but you muſt never pull them off the bunches.
They begin the gathering of Grapes half an hour af-
ter fun-riſing, and if the ſun is not clouded, and is a
little hot about nine or ten o'clock, they leave off
ga-
thering, and make their fack, which is one of the firſt
preſſing, becauſe after this hour the Grape being warm,
the wine will be of a red colour or teint, and will be
a long while very heady.
Upon theſe occaſions they get a great number of ga-
therers, to be able to make up a fack for preſſing in
two or three hours; if it be overcaſt, they may gather
the whole day, becauſe the Grape will preſerve its
freſhneſs
upon
the ſtock.
The gatherers and preſſers ought to take great care
that the Grapes be neither foul nor heated when they
are preſſed, and alſo that the Grapes have their flow-
er under the preſs.
When the preſs is near the vineyard, it is eaſy to pre-
vent the wine from having a colour, becauſe the
Grapes may be carried gently and neatly in a little
time, but when they are two or three leagues off,
they being obliged to ſend the Grapes in caſks and in
carts, to preſs it as ſoon as may be, it is hardly to be
avoided but that the wine will be coloured, except in
ſome very moiſt and cold years.
This is a certain principle, that when the Grapes are
cut, the ſooner they are preſſed the more pale and
delicate is the wine; for by how much the more wine
ſtands upon the marc, the redder it is, ſo that it is of
great importance to haften the gathering of the Grapes
and preſſing of them.
The preffes of Champaign are very commodious.
The particular perſons that have many vineyards of
their own, have them in or near the fame vineyards;
in ſmall places the preſſes are bannaux, which are of
different ſizes and faſhions. An exact deſcription of
theſe ſeveral preffes will be inſerted in the article of
WINES.
The ſmall ones are about ſeven feet and a quarter,
the ddle ones about ten or twelve, the large ones
fifteen or eighteen; the leaſt, which they call eti-
quets, coſt ſeven or eight hundred livres; the ſecond,
which they call a cage or a teiſſons, about two thou-
fand franks; the large ones a thouſand crowns, and
ſometimes more, according as the wood is cheaper or
dearer in certain places. In Languedoc and Pro-
vence, where the wood is ſcarce, theſe ſorts of preſſes
coſt a very great price, and but few perfons are in cir-
cumſtances to be at the charge of them.
When the Grapes have been put under the preſs, or
on the marc, they put three great rods or poles of
ten or twelve inches round upon them, one at either
end in length, and the third in the middle on the
3
fame
14 D

VIT
VI T
toward the ſide of the quoins, it will be eaſily com-
prehended by viewing the deſcriptions of the diffe-
rent preſſes. It is alſo to be obſerved, that every
time they cut the Grapes, or the marc, they raiſe up
the bag, becauſe it has always a certain elevation, in
ſuch ſort, that it is one third leſs at bottom than at
the top
3
a
و
3
fame ſide, theſe at the extremities ferve to deſcribe
the lines which they ought to follow with their cut-
tirg ſhovels in cutting the marc, the ſubſtance ſqueez-
ed on two ſides; after the cut is made, they lay up-
on theſe poles and on the Grapes, planks of the fize
of the preſs; and upon theſe planks half beams of
eight or nine inches ſquare, which they call moyaux,
at a foot diſtance one from the other; they put four
or five rows of theſe moyaux acroſs, one upon another,
which elevate it with the bag about four or five feet,
and they let down upon the whole three or four
great beams of an immenſe weight, which are placed
in the middle of the preſs acroſs, and borne up at one
end by two ſtrong fide beams, which are ſunk fifteen
or twenty feet in the ground, and which are faſtened
to the baſes which croſs them; at the other end there
is a cage as they call it, or a wheel with a ſcrew, to
raiſe or lower theſe great beams upon the moyaux,
and thus to preſs the Grapes; then they preſently
raiſe, by the ineans of a ſcrew, the end of the trees
on the ſide of the wheel, or of the cage, which lowers
the other end of the cheeks or ſide beams; then they
drive with a great mallet two or four wooden quoins
between the notch, which is in the ſide beams or
cheeks; and theſe beams are alſo lowered to keep
them in their poſition, and to prevent them from
riſing: and after this they lower the other end by the
aid of the ſcrew, which ſerves alſo to raiſe it.
They uſe in theſe preſſes large ſteel ſhovels, about a
foot in breadth, and one and a half in depth, very
heavy, and ſharp at the bottom, to cut the marc of
the Grapes eaſily at the four fides.
The firſt time they lower the great beams upon the
Grapes, they call the wine that runs out, the wine of
goute, becauſe it is the fineſt and moſt exquiſite in
the Grape. This wine is very thin, and has not body
enough: fome call this firſt preſſing l'abaiſſement;
this muſt be done with a great deal of dexterity and
briſkneſs, that the beams may be raiſed immediately,
to thruſt back to the middle inſtantly all the Grapes
which are ſlipped to the ſides of the preſs, that they
may be briſkly preſſed the ſecond or third time. They
call theſe two other lowerings of the beams the firſt
and ſecond cutting; they muſt be done in leſs than
an hour, if you would have the wine very pale, be-
cauſe time is not to be given the Grapes to heat, nor
the liquor to remain upon the marc.
They ordinarily mix the wine of the abaiſſement, or
firſt lowering, with that of the firſt and ſecond cut;
and ſometimes, but very rarely, according as the years
are more or leſs hot; and thence they call a wine of
the firſt preſſing fine.
Some reſerve one or two carteaux of the firſt taſte,
which is that of the firſt lowering, by itſelf; but it is
too ſmall or thin, and has not a ſufficient body for
keeping for tranſportation,
There are ſome ſkilful perſons who pretend, that the
firſt lowerings of the wines ought not to be mixed
but with thoſe of the firſt cut, becauſe that is much
more delicate than that of the ſecond or third ; and
that beſides there is time enough to mix them after-
wards, if they are found to be too thin and pale
enough; and the rather becauſe there is no remedy,
if it be done at the firſt.
At every cut they raiſe the great beams, and they
take away all the moyaux with the planks, and the
rods that are immediately on the Grapes, or upon
the marc; with theſe ſteel cutting ſhovels they cut
the marc on four fides, and they caſt down with their
wooden ſhovels that which is cut, and ſpread it even
all over the ſquare, to the end that it may not diſperſe
ſo eaſily, that is to ſay, in thoſe preſſes which they
call etiquets; they take care, that the wheel which is
upon the middle may be made to bear, eſpecially up-
on the rammer, over all the breadth, in ſuch manner
that the bag may be equal.
Inſtead of the preſſes, a cage, or teiſfons, as the
beams bear more upon the ſide of the wheel, than on
the corners, there muit needs be more of the marc
when the bag is placed floping toward the wheel than
The ſecond cut is more plentiful than the firſt lower-
ing, and the firſt cut; becauſe the Grapes begin to
be well bruiſed, and they do not flip ſo much to the
fides.
The wine ſtrains from the preſs into a puncheon hav-
ing the head ſtaved out, or ſome other large veſſel
prepared for the purpoſe, and funk into the ground
on the foreſide to receive it, it appears at firſt draw-
ing to be a little upon the red, but it loſes this little
of its colour according as it is boiled, and as it clari-
fies itſelf in the tun; and it becomes perfectly white,
eſpecially when they have preſſed the two firſt cuts
with much diſpatch ; but principally when they have
gathered the Grapes during the dew, or in a ſhady
time. Although theſe wines are white, they call
them gray, becauſe they are made only of black
Grapes.
If the year be hot, and the wine of the third cut has
a colour, it muſt be mingled not with that of the
foregoing, but with that of the fourth; and fome-
times, tho' very rarely, with that of the fifth. They
are not in ſo much haſte for theſe cuts as for the firſt;
they make an interval of a good half hour between
the one and the other. The wine that comes thence
has more of colour than this, which they call the par-
tridge's eye, or the wine of the cut; it is a ſtrong
wine, pleaſant, fine, good for an ordinary, but is
better when it is old.
When the wine of the fourth cut is too deep, they
do not mingle it with wine of the firſt or ſecond cut,
but they obſerve to mingle it with wine of the fifth,
fixth, or ſeventh cut, which they call wine of the
preſs, which is of a deep red, pretty hard, but fit for
houſhold drinking; but when they are not in hafte,
they leave an interval of an hour and a half between
every one the three laſt cuts; as much to give time
to the wine to ſtrain infenfibly, as to give the preffers
time to ſleep or reft themſelves, for the fatigue is
very great, they being obliged to carry it on night
and day for about three weeks. The preffers of
Champaign preſs the Grapes fo hard, that after they
have done, the marc is as hard as a ſtone ; they put
this marc into old caſks with the heads out, and they
ſell it to people who draw from it an aqua vitæ of a
very bad taſte, which they call aqua vitæ of Aixne;
but it is good for a great many purpoſes.
Thoſe who have many vineyards alſo make two, three,
or four firſt preffings of the fine wine, by chuſing al-
ways the moſt delicate and ripelt Grapes for their
firſts; theſe are always much fuperior the one to the
other for goodneſs and price, ſo that if the wine of
one of the firſt preſſings felis for fix hundred livres a
queue, that of the ſecond will not fall for above four
hundred and fifty, and that of the third two hundred
and fifty, although all the Vines are of one and the
fame vineyard.
In every firſt preſſing there are ordinarily two thirds
of fine wine, one half third of wine of the cut, and
one half third of the wine of the preſs ; thus one cu-
vée of five or fix pieces of wine, will consiſt of nine
or ten of fine, three or four of the taille, and two or
three of the preſs.
Of the common black Grapes, which remain after the
firſt, ſecond, or third cuvée, they make one with
thoſe that are not very ripe, and which they call ver-
derons, they make of the whole a wine pretty high-
coloured, which they fell to the country people, or
that ſerves for their domeſtics; they alſo leave theſe
Grapes two whole days in a great tub before they
preſs them, to the end that the wine may be the red-
der; and they mix all that comes from the different
tailles of this vintage together.
a
The

VIT
V IT
The white Grapes don't come into this cuvée; they
leave them upon the ſtock till toward All Saints-day,
or fometimes till toward the eighth or tenth of No-
vember, (at which time the mornings are cold) to make
of it a vin bourra, as they call it, i. e. a new and
fweet white wine that has not worked, which they fell
while it is quite hot.
This wine is ſtill the better when the Grapes have been
pinched by the white froſts of October and November,
or at leaſt very cold mornings. A little rottenneſs in
theſe Grapes does no harm ; you need only take care
to give the wine time to throw out the filth by the fer-
ment, and purify.
This white wine may be mixed with the wine of the
taille, if you pleaſe, when you have an opportunity of
felling it preſently after it is boiled. This makes a
very good wine to drink, is pretty pale, and has a
good body.
All theſe fine wines ought to be put into a new caſk,
as alſo ſhould thoſe of the taille, but the red wines,
the green, and thoſe of the preſs, may be put into an
old caſk, but it ought to be a very good one.
You muſt never rub the tuns over with brimſtone, you
ſhould only waſh them in common water a little while
before they are filled, and give them time to drain
well: fome handfuls of flowers or Peach leaves may
be mingled with the water, and they pretend that
this will do the wine good.
In Champaign they rarely put it in any thing but
pieces, cateaux and cades.
The river meaſure is different from that of the moun-
tains : the pieces of the rivers contain about two hun-
dred and ten Paris pints (a Paris pint is equal to an
Engliſh quart;) the carteau a hundred and ten; the
pieces of the mountains contain about two hundred
and forty pints, at the leaſt two hundred and thirty
Paris meaſure; and the carteau a hundred and fifteen,
or a hundred and twenty.
They mark regularly with chalk every piece, and eve-
ry carteau, to denote the firſt, ſecond, or third cu-
vée; the wine of the cutting of the preſs, the white
wine, and the green ; they alſo write the name of the
vineyard from whence the Grapes came.
A few years fince, ſome private perſons in Cham-
paign attempted to make wine as red as that of Bur-
gundy; and they ſucceeded pretty well as to the co-
lour : but in my opinion theſe forts of wines do not
come up to thoſe of Burgundy, in that they are not
fo foft, nor ſo agreeable to the palate : nevertheleſs
many perſons call for theſe wines, and ſome eſteem
them the beſt.
And as thoſe gray wines are a little fallen, there has
been made fome years paſt, a great deal of red Cham-
paign. Theſe wines do well for Flanders, where they
are frequently fold for thoſe of Burgundy.
Of all theſe wines, there is none better for health, nor
more agreeable to the palate, than the gray wine of
Champaign, of the colour of a partridge's eye, or the
wines of the two firſt tailles of a firſt preſſing in pretty
a fufficient redneſs. If it be let ſtand more than two
days in the tub, it will taſte too much of the ſtone.
If it be mingled with the wine of the preſs, it will be
too thick, too hard, and too unpleaſant.
The wine of the firſt preſſing being finiſhed, and the
veffels marked, they ſet them in a row in a cellar or
court yard : thoſe who have a great deal of wine and
are good economiſts, take great care to gather the
ſcum that comes out of every veſſel, while the wines
ferment, by the means of a kind of tin funnel, made
bending downwards, which lets the ſcum fall into a
wooden bowl, which is placed between two calks ;
they afterwards put theſe ſcums into the wines of the
preſs, but nevertheleſs there are but few that uſe this
piece of economy.
They let theſe gray wines ſtand to ferment in the caſks
ten or twelve days, becauſe theſe wines throw out
their ferment ſo much the more or leſs flowly, by how
much they have more or leſs warmth, or as the years
are more or leſs hot.
After the wine has done fermenting, they itop up the
veſſels at the great bung-hole, and leave on the fore-
fide an opening, about the bigneſs of a French far-
thing, by which one may put in his finger ; this they
call le broqueleaur; and they ſtop this up ten or
twelve days after, with a wooden peg, about two
inches long, for the more readily taking it out, and
putting it in.
All the while the wines are fermenting, the veſſels
are to be kept full, to give them an opportunity of
caſting out all that is impure. In order for this, they
,
muſt be filled up every two or three days, within a
finger's breadth of the bung; after they have been
bunged up, they muſt be filled up every eighth day,
at the little hole, for the ſpace of two or three weeks
more; and after that, once a week for a month or
two; and after that once in every two months, as
long as the wine remains in the vault, if it be there
a
for years.
hot years.
When the wines have not body enough, or are too
green, as it often happens in moiit cold years, and
when they have too much liquor, as in hot and dry
years, three weeks after the wines have been inade,
hey muſt be rolled in the caſks five or ſix turns to
mix them well with the lees; and this muſt be con-
tinued every eight days for three or four weeeks.
This mixing of the lee with the wine being repeat-
ed, will ſtrengthen it, foften it, ripen it, render it
more forward, and make it fit to drink in as ſhort a
time as if it had been tranſported from one place to
another.
The wines muſt be let ſtand in the cellar till toward
the 10th of April, when they carry them down into
the vault; but as ſoon as it begins to be cold in au-
tumn, they are to be carried up again into the cellar:
it is of conſequence to be obſerved upon this ſubject,
that the wines ought always to be in cool places, and
never to ſuffer heat; and as the vaults are cooler in
ſummer, and warmer in winter than the external air,
as ſoon as it begins to be hot, the wines muſt be carried
down, whether they be in pieces or in bottles, into
the vaults; and when it begins to be cold, they muſt
be carried up into the cellar.
There has been nothing better invented and more uſe-
ful, than the manner of drawing off wines. Certain
experience convinces, that it is the lee that ſpoil
wines, and that they are never better and more live-
ly, than when they have been well drawn off; whe-
ther you would bottle it, or keep it in pieces, it
ought always to be drawn off, out of one veſſel into
another, at leaſt twice into another veſſel well waſhed,
leaving the lee in the former.
You ſhould draw off the wines the firſt time towards
the middle of December, the ſecond towards the
middle of February, and to fine them in March and
April, eight days or thereabouts before you bottle it.
For every piece of wine, you muſt have of ifinglaſs,
that is the whiteft, of the weight of a crown of gold,
weighing two deniers fifteen grains, or fixty-three
grains. They take ſo many times the weight of a
a
a
This wine has a body, a tartneſs, a headineſs, a bal-
ſamickneſs or perfume, a quickneſs and delicateneſs,
that exceeds all the moſt exquiſite ones of Burgundy.
And that which ſhould engage one to drink it, is its
lightneſs, which makes it ftrain and paſs quicker thro'
the body than any other wine in the kingdom. It is a
miſtake to be of opinion, that the wine of Champaign
can give the gout. I have ſcarce ever ſeen one gouty
perſon in this whole province, and there need be no
better proof.
To make good red wine in Champaign, the black
Grapes ought to be gathered in the heat of the day;
care is to be taken to chuſe them well, and not to
mingle with them the Grapes of the tall Vines, nor
the green ones, or thoſe that are partly rotten ; to
let them be two days in one tub, where the liquor
grows red by the heat that it contracts there : fome
hours before it is put into the preſs, it ought to be
trampled with the feet, and the juice to be mingled
with the marc; without this the wine will not be of
crown

VIT
VIT
a
a
a
a
a
crown of gold, as they have pieces of wine to draw
off; they put this quantity of iſinglafs in one or two
pints of the fame wines, in a bucket, for a day or
two, to give it time to diffolve; others put it in a
glaſs, or a pint of water, according to the quantity,
in order to haften its diffolving, which is always diffi-
cult to be done; fome mix it in a pint of ſpirit of
wine, or excellent aqua vitæ. When the iſinglaſs is
grown ſoft, they beat it well to divide, and diſtribute
it; then, when the parts begin to ſeparate, they put
in the bucket or veſſel, in which this diſſolution is
made, ſo many pints of wine as they have caſks or
pieces to draw off, then they beat the iſinglaſs again
and paſs it through a ſtrainer, the holes of which
ſhould be very ſmall; they often pour in of the ſame
wine to dilute it well, and when there remains no-
thing in the ſtrainer, they paſs all the liquor over
again through a linen cloth, and ſqueeze it very well ;
and afterwards they put one good pint or leſs into each
caſk, and half a pint into each carteau.
They ſtir the wine in the piece with a ſtick about the
middle, without ſuffering the ſtick to go any lower.
,
It is ſufficient to ſtir the wine for the ſpace of three or
four minutes.
A certain private perſon has newly contrived a quicker
method of diffolving this iſinglaſs; after it has been
ſteeped one day in water, he melts it in a ſkillet upon
the fire, and reduces it to a ball, like a bit of paſte,
and afterwards put it into the wine, where it diſtri-
butes itſelf with leſs difficulty. After what manner
foever it is diſſolved, care ought to be taken not to
put in too much liquor, and not to put more than a
proportionable quantity of water or wine to that of
ifinglaſs.
The iſinglaſs works itſelf ordinarily in two or three
days, though ſometimes it does not clarify the wine
in fix or eight; but nevertheleſs, you muſt wait till
the wine is clear before you change the veffel. In the
winter the ſeaſons are oftentimes ſo improper for this,
that there is a neceſſity of putting iſinglaſs a ſecond
time into the piece, but then you muſt not put in
more than the quantity before mentioned; but when
it freezes, or the weather is clear and cold, the wine
will clarify itſelf perfectly well, and in fewer days ;
it has a colour more lively and brilliant, than when it
is fined and drawn off in faint moiſt weather.
As ſoon as the wines are clear, they are to be drawn
off, and the veſſels changed. Four or five new caſks
are ſufficient to draw off two or three hundred pieces
of wine ; for when they have emptied one piece, they
take out the lee, and put it into the old caſks, waſh
it, and it ſerves to draw off another into it.
Nothing is more curious than their contrivance in
Champaign, to ſhift their wines without diſplacing
their caſks. They have a leathern pipe like a gut,
four or five feet long, and about fix or ſeven inches
in circumference, well fewed with a double feam,
that the wine may not run through ; there is at both
ends a cannon or pipe of wood, about ten or twelve
inches long, and about fix or ſeven in circumference
at one end, and about four at the other ; the great
end of each pipe is ſet in a leathern pipe, and well
bound with ſtrong twine on the outſide, that the wine
may not run out ; they take out the bung that is at
the
top
of the tun that they would fill, and drive the
wood of the pipe in with a wooden mallet, which
they beat upon a ſort of chin cloth, that is fixed to
each of theſe pipes, which being faſtened about two
inches within an inch or leſs of the great end, and
which loſes itſelf inſenſibly in going towards the ſmall
end, they ſet a large ſiphon of metal below the caſk
they would empty, and alſo put into this ſiphon the
ſmall end of the other pipe of wood, which is faſtened
to the leather pipe, and afterwards open the fiphon,
and without the help of any perſon, almoſt the half
of the full veſſel paſſes into the empty one by the
weight of the liquor ; and when it is come near the
level, and will run no longer, they have recourſe to a
kind of bellows of a very particular conſtruction, to
force the wine from the caſk they would empty; to
paſs into that they would fill.
Theſe kinds of bellows are about three feet long, and
a foot and a half broad, and are made and ſhaped in
the common manner to about four inches of the ſmall
end; but from this diſtance the bellows have three or
four inches in breadth. In the inſide of this place,
the air paíſes only through one great hole of an inch
bore: near this hole, on the ſide of the ſmall end of
the bellows, there is a piece of leather like a tongue
or fucker of a pump, which is faſtened there, and lies
cloſe againſt the ſide of the hole and the mouth, fo
that when the bellows is lifted up to take in the air,
the air that has paſſed once through this hole, and
has entered into the caſk, cannot return back into
the bellows, which takes not back a new air, but by
thoſe holes below to fill it again.
The end of the bellows is different from that of others,
being cloſely ſhut up with a nozel of wood of a foot
long, which is jointed in, glued, and very ſtrongly
faſtened by good pegs at the end of the bellows,
to conduct the air downwards. The nozel is round,
and thick without, about nine or ten inches in cir-
cumference at the top, and diminiſhed inſenſibly to-
wards the fmall end, that it may enter conveniently
into veſſels by the bung-hole, and alſo to ſhut it up
ſo clofe, that the air can neither get in nor out any
way.
This nozel enters for this purpoſe two inches near
the level at the end of the bellows, and is made in a
half round at the top, that it may be beaten in with
a wooden mallet, and forced into the caſk; there is,
about two fingers length below the upper end of this
nozel, a hook or brace of iron of a foot long paffing
through an iron ring, which is faſtened with nails to
the nozel, in order by this hook to faſten the bellows
to the hoops of the caſk, without which the force of
the air would drive the bellows out again by the bung-
hole, and the operation of emptying the broached
veſſel would not be performed.
The mechaniſm of theſe bellows thus deſcribed, is
eaſy to be conceived. The air enters by the holes be-
low in the common manner; it advances toward the
end, according to the degree that the bellows are
preſſed, there it meets with a pipe that cauſes it to
defcend downwards; but to hinder it from riſing up
again, as it would do, when the bellows were opened
to give it a new air, there is in this ſpace a ſucker or
tongue of leather, which, as has been ſaid, is on the
inſide of the hole at about three or four inches from
the end of the bellows, which ſhut up the hole accord-
ing as you would have it take in again a new air; this
new air puſhes ſtill gently, in preſſing the bellows in
the pipe, becauſe this tongue opens according as it is
forced by the air ; thus there continually enter a new
air into the caſk, without being able to get out, be-
cauſe it finds itſelf cloſe ſtopt by the ſame pipe that
carries the air into it, and the tongue hinders it from
getting out again.
The force of this air which continually puſhes in,
preſſing ſtrongly upon the bellows, preffes equally
the ſuperficies of the wine over the whole length of
the piece, without caufing the leaſt agitation in the
wine; and the force cauſes it to paſs down in the pipe
of leather, from thence into the other caſk that is to
be filled, where it riſes, becauſe the air is driven to-
ward the bung-hole, which is open.
The bellows puſh all the wine in the caſk to about
ten or twelve pints, or thereabouts, which is known
when they perceive the wine to hiſs in the ſiphon; at
which time they take from the two calks, the two
pipes that have been forced into them, and which are
joined together by the leather pipe, and nimbly ſtop
up the hole at the bottom of the piece with a bung of
Oak made round, a little ſloping, and drive it with
a mallet; from the other caſk, that has been emp-
tied, they pull out the cannon or pipe of wood from
the fountain of metal, and leave it to drain gently ſome
pints of clear wine into a veffel that receives it.
They
;
a
3
a

a
a
و
a
a
a
a
a
VIT
They obſerve attentively every moment, in a clear
glaſs, if the wine be neat; and when they perceive
but the leaſt thickneſs, without waiting till it appears
foul, they ſtop the fountain, and take it away im-
mediately, and turn out into a bucket that little
wine that remains in the piece. That clear wine that
has drained out of the fountain, they put into the
caſk that they have been filling; they uſe for this
purpoſe a funnel of tin, the tail of which is about
a foot long, to the end that the wine that paſſes
through it, may not cauſe any agitation in that of the
piece, and that there may not any filth paſs into the
wine, there is, toward the bottom of the funnel, a
tin plate pierced through with ſmall holes, which
prevents any thing groſs from paſſing through into
the piece.
They put together into a ſeparate caſk, all the re-
mainders of the empty pieces; preſently after they
have emptied one, which they do in leſs than half an
hour, they waſh it with a bucket of water, let it ſtand
to drain ſome moments, and then fill it with another
that is to be drawn off.
After the wine has been emptied out of one vefſel into
another the firſt time, they draw it off a ſecond time,
at the time we have before mentioned ; ſometimes
they are obliged to do it a third time, to give it a live-
ly colour, if it has it not already; but four days be-
fore they change the caſk, they give it a frizure, as
they cail it, and put in it one third part of the ordi-
nary quantity of ifinglaſs.
The moſt experienced perſons hift their fine wines
out of one veſſel into another, as often as they change
the vault or its place, as well when they carry it down
into the vault, as up into the cellar, according to
the different ſeaſons: I have known when, in four
years time, they have drawn it off twelve or thirteen
times ; and they pretend, that this preſerves and ſuf-
tains the wine, and that it has been the finer and more
delicate.
Their opinion is, that the wine is continually forming
a fine lee, which gives it the colour; and that to pre-
ſerve it of a good white, it muſt be often ſhifted out
of one veſſel into another, if it be not put into borties;
and that there is no reaſon to fear, that the wine will
be weakened by this means, becauſe the oftener it is
removed, the oftener you give it new vigour, and the
oftener it is drawn off, the more lively and brilliant is
the colour.
And although I have ſaid they ſhould not brimſtone
their caſks, they do not fail to uſe a match of brim-
ſtone the firſt time they change their veſſels; they
mingle a piece of thick linen cloth in the melted
brimſtone, and they cut off a bit for each caſk of
fine wine about the bigneſs of one's little finger, and
one as big again for every piece of common wine;
they light it, and put it under the bung of the piece
they empty, before they have recourſe to the bellows;
according as the wine deſcends, it draws along with
it a ſmall ſcent of the brimſtone, which is not very
ſtrong ſo as to make it perceivable, and that only
leaves what will give it a livelineſs of colour; the
fame may be done the ſecond time, when they change
the caſk, if it has not taken the ſcent the firſt time,
otherwiſe it ought to be drawn off the fecond time
without a match, to cauſe it to loſe the ſcent of the
brimſtone, which it ought never to have.
The wines that are thus clear and fine, keep very
well in the caſk for two or three years, and hold their
goodneſs in the vaults and cellars, but eſpecially the
mountain wines that have a good body; thoſe of the
river loſe their quality in wood, and they ought to be
drank in the firſt and ſecond year, or elſe they muſt
be put into bottles. This wine will keep very well
four, five, or ſix years in glaſs bottles.
The uſe of round bottles is very common in Cham-
paign ; they having plenty of wood in the province,
have there fet up very good glaſs-houſes, which they
ſeldom make uſe of but in making theſe bottles, which
are about fix inches high, and four or five in the neck.
Theſe bottles contain ordinarily a Paris pint, or half
a glaſs leſs. They ſell them commonly for twelve or
fifteen franks a hundred. They have a certain quan-
tity in every houſe. Before they enter upon a piece
of wine to drink, they put it into bottles well waſhed
and drained, in order to have the wine of one piece
equally good.
When they have a mind to draw off a piece of wine
into bottles, they put a little fiphon of metal into the
caſk, which is bent downwards, to ſtrain it into the
bottle, under which there is a tub or bucket to catch
the wine that ſhall run over. They ſtop up every
bottle carefully with a good well choſen cork that is
not worm eaten, but that is folid and cloſe. Theſe
forts of fine corks coft fifty or fixty ſols a hundred.
There cannot be too much care taken in the chuſing
corks, left the wine ſpoil in ſome of the bottles, when
the corks are defective; therefore great care ſhould
be taken in the chuſing them, when you would draw
off fine wines into bottles, whether it be for keeping,
or to be fent abroad.
When bottles are uſed that have been made uſe of be-
fore, they ſhould be waſhed with leaden ſhot, and a
little water to fetch out the filth that ſhall remain on
the bottom of the bottles; but it is much better in
the room of them to uſe ſmall nails, becauſe they per-
fectly take off all that which ſticks to the glaſs.
When all the bottles that ſuffice to empty one caík
are filled, they tie the mouth of the bottle over to
the neck with a ſtrong packthread; and if it be a fine
wine they commonly ſeal it with Spaniſh wax, that
the wine may not be changed, nor the bottles by the
domeſtics; and ſome perſons have their coats of arms
made on the bottles, which does not enhance the price
above thirty ſols per cent.
When all the bottles are well ſtopped, tied down,
and ſealed, they ought to be ſet in a vault or cellar,
upon fand two or three fingers depth, and laid ſide-
ways, leaning againſt one another; when they are ſet
upright, they form a white flower upon the wine at
the top, in the ſmall empty ſpace that is between
the top of the mouth of the bottle and the wine ;
for the bottles ought never to be be filled up to the
top, but there muſt be left a ſmall empty ſpace of
about half an inch, between the wine and the end of
the cork.
If this was not done, the wine would ſet a working
in the different ſeaſons of the year, and break a great
number of bottles; and it does, notwithſtanding,
break a great many, in ſpite of all the caution that
can be taken, and more eſpecially when the wine has
a great deal of heat, or is a little tart.
In ſome years the wine grows ropy in the bottles even
in the vaults, ſo as to rope when it is poured out as if
it had oil, ſo that it cannot be drank. This is a ma-
lady that ſeizes the wine, that has ſtood ſeveral months
without being removed from one place to another. If
it be ſet in the air, it will loſe more of its ropineſs than
it will if left in the vault. It will recover itſelf, if ſet
in a very airy granary, better than it will oftentimes
do in fix months in a vault.
When one is obliged to drink a ropy wine, if he ſhake
the bottle ſtrongly for the ſpace of half a quarter of
an hour, and then uncork it immediately after he has
done ſhaking it, the bottle being a little inclined on the
ſide, will caft out preſently half a glaſs of froth or
ſcum, and the reſt of the wine will be drinkable, where
as otherwiſe it would not be fo.
For about forty years laſt paſt, the taſte of the French
has been determined for a frothy wine; and this they
uſed to love, as one may fay, even to diſtraction.
They have begun a little to come off from that for
fome years paft. Their ſentiments are much divided
as to the opinion of this kind of wine; ſome believe
that it proceeds from the force of the drugs they put
in it, which makes it froth ſo ſtrongly; others attri-
bute it to the tartneſs of the wines, becauſe the great-
eſt part that do froth are extremely tart; others attri-
bute this effect to the moon, according to the times
in which theſe wines are bottled.
a
a
a
14 E

VIT
VIT
motion.
It is true, there are a great many wine merchants,
who, ſeeing the great fondneſs that there is for their
frothy wines, oftentimes put in allum, fpirit of wine,
and pigeons dung, and a great many other drugs, to
make it froth extremely ; but it is certain by experi-
ence, that the wine froths when it is any time bottled
from the vintage to the month of May. There are
ſome who pretend that the nearer the vintage time
the wine is produced when it is bottled, the more it
froths. Many do not agree to this opinion, but no-
thing is more certain than that there is no time in
which the wine froths more, than about the end of the
ſecond quarter of the month of March, and this al-
ways happens toward the holy week. There does not
need
any
artifice at all, one may be always ſure to
have wine perfectly frothy, when it is bottled from
the 10th to the 14th of the month of March; of this
there is ſuch reiterated experience, that it cannot be
doubted.
It is good to know that the wine does not froth pre-
fently after it is put in bottles ; it muſt be at leaſt fix
weeks, and ſometimes ſix months, before it froths
well. If it is to be tranſported, you muſt give it near
a month of the vault, eſpecially in the ſummer, to
recover its remove.
But as wines, eſpecially the mountain wines, are not
ordinarily bottled in the holy week, becauſe they are
then too green, or have too much hardneſs, eſpecially
if the year has been cold and moiſt, or too much
liquor expreſſed, if the year has been hot, the moſt
ſure and advantageous way to have exquiſite wine,
that is perfectly frothy, is not to bottle it till the riſe
of the fap of Auguſt. It is certain by experience,
that it froths exceſſively when it is bottled from the
1 oth to the 14th of Auguſt, and as it will then have
loſt the tartneſs or greenneſs of its liquor, one may
be aſſured in bottles to have the ripeſt and moſt frothy
wine.
There has been another experiment tried, which is,
not to bottle the mountain wine till the holy week
of the ſecond year, that is, eighteen months after
the vintage; and it has been found that it froths ſuf-
ficiently, but lefs by half than that which has been
bottled in the riſing of the fap of March the year
before.
It is not believed that the river wine, which has a
leſs body than that of the mountains, can froth ſo
much in the ſecond year. When one would have
wine that will not froth at all, it ſhould be bottled in
October or November, the year after the vintage; if
it be bottled in June or July, it will froth ſlightly,
though but a little, if any thing at all.
To find in the wine of Champaign all the merit that
it ought to have, it ſhould be taken out of the vault
not above half a quarter of an hour before it is drank,
and it muſt be put into a bucket, with two or three
pounds of ice ; the cork ſhould be opened and put
in again lightly, which, if it be not done, the wine
will break the bottle, or will not grow cool, if it were
not unſtopped, and it would evaporate itſelf, if it re-
mained quite open. When the bottle has been half
a quarter of an hour in this ice, it muſt be taken out,
becauſe the ice would otherwiſe chill it too much,
and make it loſe its briſkneſs. This wine will be ex-
cellently good, and of a delicious flavour, when it
has been a little affected by the ice, but great care
muſt be taken that it may not be either too much or
too little.
As theſe wines, eſpecially thoſe of the ſame year,
work continually in the vaults and cellars, and ſtill
more in bottles than in pieces, according to the diffe-
rent ſeaſons, and the divers impreſſions of the air, it
ought not to be ſurpriſing, if the ſame wine, eſpe-
cially the new, oftentimes appears different in taite.
We find a wine potable in January and February,
which will ſeem hard in March and April, becauſe of
the riſing of the fap, which agitates it more; the
fame wine in June and July will appear entirely ſoft,
and in Auguſt and September we ſhall find it hard
again, which one ſhall not be able to perceive any
thing of during the preceding months, becauſe the
riſing of the fap in Auguſt will put the parts in a great
This effect motion will have on the river
wines of the year, but oftentimes the wines of two
years from the mountains will appear more mellow,
more or leſs exquiſite, more or leſs forward, accord-
ing to the different motions it has received by the dif-
ferent impreſſions of the air, which will vary more
ſenſibly in the different ſeaſons of the year.
There ought to be a very great attention to keep
the wine continually in cool places, for, as nothing
does it more hurt than heat, it is of the greateſt im-
portance to have good cellars, and excellent vaults.
No part of the world has ſo good vaults as thoſe in
Champaign, which is the reaſon it is ſo difficult to
find any where elſe ſo good wines as thoſe of this
province.
Thoſe who would lay up a ſtock of wine, and are
able to keep it two or three years, or whoſe buſineſs
it is to ſend it into other far diſtant provinces, or to
foreign countries, ought to chuſe the mountain wine ;
for as it has more body, it will better bear tranſpor-
tation than thoſe of the river; and beſides, the Eng-
lih, the Flemings, the Dutch, the Danes, and the
Swedes, deſire theſe ſtrong wines that can bear the
tranſportation, and hold good for two or three years,
which the river wines will not do.
The moſt noble river wines are thoſe of Auvillers,
Ay, Epernay, Pierry, Cumieres ; thoſe of the moun-
tain are, of Sillery, Verzenay, Taiffy, Mailly, and
above all, thoſe of St. Thierry have the moſt reputa-
tion. The laſt has for a long time had the greateſt
name, and been the moſt called for, and one may
venture to ſay, that it comes nothing behind the beſt
wines of Champaign.
By all the obſervations which have been made on
what is practiſed in this province, in cultivating and
ordering the Vines, and in fining off the wines, in
bottling and carrying them up and down into cellars
and vaults, and from vaults to cellars, it will be
found that even perſons of good taſte, in the pro-
vinces of Burgundy, Berry, Languedoc, and Pro-
vence, who are yet very curious and delicate in mak-
ing wines, eſpecially for their own cables, know not
ſo well how to bring it to perfection, as thoſe who are
accuſtomed to make it in this province ; for though
their wines have not the cartneſs of thoſe of Cham-
paign, yet they are able to make them more clear,
fine, and light. They might therefore try if they
would not be preſerved better in drawing them off
from the lee, than in letting them lie on it, accord-
ing to their uſual cuſtom, which ſome are of opinion
is abſolutely wrong. They ſhould chufe and pick,
in the freſh of the morning, their fineſc black Grapes,
and thoſe whoſe berries adhere the leaſt together, be-
cauſe they are the ripeft, and they ſhould obſerve to
leave as little ſtalk to them as may be ; and with re-
gard to preſſing, in which they are uſually faulty,
they ſhould immediately, as ſoon as carried, trample
every load of Grapes fucceffively as they are brought
in, and collecting the firſt, muſt put it in new caſks
of a leſs fize; and when they have finiſhed treading
the remainder of each carriage, they ſhould put them
into the common var, but let them not remain there
ſo many days as they are generally uſed to do, that
fo
fo their common wines may be thinner, and leſs
ſtrong. By this management they might make four,
five, or fix pieces of fine wine, more or leſs, accord-
ing as they ſhall find it good, and then they ſhould
take the ſame care, as has been ſaid thoſe of Cham-
paign do; and if they would be content now with a
leſs produce, they would have a far greater quantity
the following years, and would be continually bring-
ing it to a ftill greater perfection, as they improved
more and more in experience. In thofe countries,
where they can conveniently have preſſes, they should
make them.
Their wines would be more delicate, more light, and
leſs coloured, by this attention, and with half the
fining, would be better for tranſportation, in drawing
a
a
a
2
them

VIT
VIT
them from the lee, and eſpecially if they are put into
botries.
All theſe obſervations which we have made, will be
of great uſe to thoſe perſons who would improve their
wines, or deſire to drink delicious liquor; but ſuch
perfons muſt remember that they ought, above all
this, to ſtudy to have good vaults, and thoſe which
are cooleſt in the ſummer, and warmeſt in the winter,
are ever the beſt.
It may ſeem to many perſons in this country that we
have been too prolix in the account we have given, but
theſe obſervations are not deſigned for thoſe who are
acquainted with the practice already, but for ſuch
perſons as are wholly ignorant of theſe things, and
who are ſo far from taking any pains in the ordering
their wines, that it is a pain to them to conceive the
greateſt part of thoſe things which I have taken no-
tice of to be neceſſary, and who cannot be perſuaded
but that they obſerved every thing requiſite to the pro-
per management of wines, as exactly as thoſe of
Champaign do.
They practiſe nothing in Champaign, which may not
be perfectly imitated in other places ; the drawing off
the wines, the manner of fining them, and putting
them in bottles, &c. is all equally poſſible, and alſo
eaſy. Many perſons might enrich themſelves, if they
would ſet themſelves about it, with the help of theſe
obfervations, and of thoſe they might make them-
ſelves, to bring their wines to perfection, and inſtead
of ſelling them
for one or two ſols per pot, as they
ordinarily do, they might ſell them for upward of
eight or ten. They would have the ſatisfaction of
augmenting their income, and ſee their wines fought
after, and they would be able to ſell them not only at
home, but alſo to tranſport them into foreign coun-
tries, becauſe their fituation is more favourable to
ſend them by ſea, than that of the Champagnois, who
are obliged to tranſport theirs upon waggons, and by
rivers, into Germany, and the fartheſt parts of the
north.
Perhaps ſome critics will object the difference of cli-
mates, which will not permit the fame culture of the
ſame plants, which, by their different qualities, re-
quire particular managements. This way of reaſon-
ing might have place, if I had pretended to ſpeak to
a people who ſtudied to order the Vines with great at-
tention, and to give them a fineneſs, but I have it
chiefly in view, as I have had in collecting theſe dif-
ferent obſervations, to inſtruct thoſe people who are
entirely ignorant of the method uſed in thoſe countries
where they are accuſtomed to make excellent wines,
as well by reaſon of the goodneſs of the lands, and the
warmth of the climate, as by the induſtry of thoſe
who inhabit them.
In Champaign, where their Grapes do not ripen but
with difficulty, becauſe their country is cold, they
make pale and white wines, the wines truly gray,
which are a little coloured, and the velvet wines :
Why cannot they make all theſe forts of wines in Ber-
ry, in Burgundy, in Languedoc, in Provence, &c. ?
The warmth of the climate will not permit wines
to be made perfectly white with black Grapes; they
will have a little colour, and they will not thence be
leſs exquiſite than thoſe they have made theſe fifty
years in Champaign, and in the main are better in
taſte, and better for health, than thoſe wines that
are perfectly white, which cannot be uſed but after
dinner.
Flavigny, and Semeur. Beaune is placed almoſt in
the middle of theſe towns, which are not above eight,
nine, twelve, twenty-one, or twenty-four miles at the
fartheſt, to be as it were, a nurſe to them all, in
diſtributing plentifully amongſt them the liquors
which it produces.
All the learned are agreed unanimouſly that it is the
ancient Bibracte, of which mention is made in Cæſar's
Commentaries.
Cæſar, not having above two days proviſion for his
army, and being not above thirteen miles at the moſt
from Bibracte, the biggeſt, richeſt, and moſt fertile
city of the Eduans, thought proper to march thither
to procure proviſion for his troops, and that is the
reaſon he quitted his way to Switzerland, and came
to Bibracte. Com. Cæſ. Lib. de Bel. Gal.
But to return to the town of Beaune : this town can-
not pretend to glory in theſe ancient remains of anti-
quity, which the air conſumes, and time reduces to
duft; it only glories in its good wines, which every
year bring to the citizens new riches. However, it
has been within an age paft a ſtrong place, and is ſtill
ſurrounded with a large ditch, which runs into the
river Burgoiſe; this takes its fource at about half a
mile from one of its hills; it is alſo encompaſſed with
a rampart flanked with ſome towers, and five great
baſtions. The ditch which encompaſſes the town, is
above a mile and a half in circumference; the citi-
zens there enjoy almoſt continually a pure air, and a
clear ſky, being equally about a hundred leagues off
from the Mediterranean and the ocean. The waters
are, as one may ſay, in ſuſpence, when it is about to
determine its courſe. There is alſo a great body of
water in its neighbourhood, which is ſeen in all the
charts of France under the name of the Pond of long
Extent. It is the opinion of ſome perſons, that this
partakes of the waters of both ſeas.
This town can count fourteen or fifteen thouſand in-
habitants, of which the fourth part are employed in
cultivating the vineyards, and another fourth part in
careleſly exerciſing ſome profeffions they are ignorant
of, and the other half in enjoying the pleaſure of a
ſoft, idle, and delicious life. The gout and ſickneſs
are baniſhed from theſe walls. From theſe hills,
that produce ſuch exquiſite wines, iſſue out fountains
of ice, and little rivers as clear as melted cryſtal. Theſe
waters iſſue out from the earth in a line oppoſite to
the perpendicular, bubbling up, and puſhing out of the
earth on high globes of rock cryſtal, which
keep their
ſpherical figure, till they are at the ſuperficies.
The hills of Upper Burgundy, which produce the
wine, the only wine which one can or ought to call
Burgundy wine, do not extend farther than from Di-
jon to Chalon, upon the Saone, yet we ought not to
reckon theſe vineyards to be in perfection but from
Chambertin to Chagni, about twenty-four miles in ex-
tent, for the Vines at Dijon and Chalons do not en-
joy thoſe climates which produce thoſe wines that are
fit to be tranſported into Great-Britain, the circles of
the Empire, and the Low Countries, as thoſe which
are confined within the limits, that I ſhall mention as
exactly as I can, without being apprehenſive of paſſing
,
under any cenſure upon this account.
The ſame row of hills in the fame ſituation, and hava
ing the ſame aſpect of the fun, extends itſelf almoſt
as far as Lyons, and all thoſe little mountains are
wholly covered with Vines, but the lands are leſs fine,
and leſs light at Chalons, heavier at Tornus, and
coarſer at Maçon. This alters the form of the pro-
ductions of theſe little hillocks, which, notwithſtand-
ing they have the ſame arrangement, and the ſame
ſituation, produce ſo different liquors.
All thoſe little valleys are linked one to the other to
the eaſt aſpect of the ſun, and form the figure of an
unbent bow, and have oppoſite to them a row of
mountains of the like figure, but a great deal higher,
.which appear or ſeem to join them, although they
may be fifteen, twenty, thirty, and ſome ſixty leagues
off, and forming an oval figure, contribute to make
the
a
а.
A diſſertation on the ſituation of Burgundy, and the wines
that it produces. By Mr. Arnoux.
The town of Beaune is the center of Upper Burgun-
dy; it is ſituate in a territory the moſt fertile and fe-
rene in France; it is all round encompaſſed with ci-
ties, among which is Autun the ancient capital of the
Gauls, Dijon the capital of the duchy of Bourgogne,
Nuis, St. Jean de Laune, Verdun, Seure or Belle-
garde, Chalons on the Saone, Arnay le Duc, Sanlieu,

VI T
V I T
the fineſt proſpect in the world. This oval muſt have.
more than one hundred and fifty leagues in circum-
ference.
From theſe hills of Beaune all the oppoſite mountains
are ſeen, and they are thoſe of Switzerland, the
Franche Comté, and Mount Jura, of which Cæfar
ſpeaks, at this time called Mount St. Claude, thoſe
of Savoy; beyond theſe is a frightful void, and of an
immenſe length, and Mount St. Bernard riſes into the
clouds, always covered with ſnow in the moſt violent
heats of the dog days; and although it be fixty-five
leagues off from Beaune, it is ſeen diſtinctly without
the help of any glaſs.
This perfect oval forms a plain of the ſame figure, to
which theſe mountains that environ it, ſeem to ſerve
for walls and ramparts; this vaſt plain is watered by
the Saone, which he calls Alduardubis in his Com-
mentaties, which has its fource at the foot of Mount
Jura, paſſes by Beſançon, and by Dole, and caſts
itſelf into the Saone at Verdun, there are alſo a
thouſand pretty rivers and ſtreams, which, after ma-
ny turnings and windings, loſe themſelves in the
Saone.
This great plain, which is at the center of the con-
tinent, is ſo even, that the Saone which runs through
it, by its gentle courſe deceives the eyes of thoſe who
look upon it, it being difficult to diſcover which
way
its ſtream glides. Cæſar himſelf was ſurprized at it,
as he declares in lib. i. of his Commentaries.
The Saone is a river that ſeparates the Eduani and
Sequani, i. e. Bourgogne from the Franche Comté,
and flows into the Rhone with an incredible gentleneſs,
that one cannot diſtinguiſh by the eye which way its
а.
a
waters run.
a
and make their wines, for although Burgundy, by the
goodneſs of its foil, and its expoſure to the riſing fun,
does naturally produce delicious Grapes, yet the man
ner of cultivating their Vines, and of making their
wine, contributes much to its goodneſs.
During the winter the vignerons employ themſelves
in examining the earth of their vineyards, and by
ſome loads of earth conveniently laid, which they car-
ry thither, they fatten the places which appear to be
worn out, and ſeem to require aſſiſtance to produce
the better Grapes, which happens however but very
ſeldom. But then they take notice of thoſe places
which are void of Vines, whether they are declining
by age, or do not appear to promiſe Grapes, and they
make large trenches from a foot and a half to two
feet and a half long, and a foot deep. If the earth
is too lean, they put in half a foot of good earth, and
ſometimes a little old well rotted dung, but generally
ſpeaking, they put in nothing at all, and taking one
or two branches of a neighbouring Vine, they bend
them down into each trench, and cover them after-
wards entirely with the proper earth of the vineyard,
in ſuch manner, that you may ſee the two ends of
the Vine branch bent come out of the earth; to wit,
that by which it holds by the Vine, and that of the
other end, which comes out of the trench, where they
have bent it, about three or four fingers in length.
They make a great many of theſe trenches in a vine-
yard, that they may be always ſupplied with young
Vines that will produce a good plenty of Grapes, for
it ought to be obſerved that this Vine branch bent
down in a femicircle in this trench, which is a ſhoot
of the preceding year, having its pores open, takes
in two forts of nouriſhment, the one from the Vine to
which it is united, and the other from the trench in
which it has been bent, in which it takes root. Theſe
are what they call provins or layers.
They produce abundance of Grapes, which are com-
monly firſt ripe, well nouriſhed, large, and well re-
liſhed, but their juice is not ſo good as that of the
Grapes of the old Vine. The phyſical reaſon is, that
the nouriſhing juice has not been ſo well filtred in
paſſing through thoſe layers, whoſe pores are very
open, and in paſſing thro' the pores of the old Vine,
whoſe pores are more cloſe, and leſs ſpongy.
They dig with a ſpade the vineyard ordinarily three
times a year, that is about the end of February, or
the beginning of March, when they give it the firſt
time, and it is in the month of March, or about the
end of February, that they prune their vineyards.
And in this conſiſts the addreſs and ſkill of the vigne-
ron, for he ought to make a right choice of thoſe fine
branches that he is to prune, and of the joint where
he is cut the ſhoot, as well as that which he is to
cut entirely off.
Obferve what I have ſeen practiſed by the vignerons.
Of four or five branches, the ſhoots of a year, belong-
ing to the ſame ſtock or Vine, they leave but one or
two of the beſt made, which they cut off to the third
or fourth joint at moft.
The ſame they practiſe on the Vines of the hills, which
produce the fineſt wines, for as to the Vines on the
backſide, or of the plain, they cut them to the ſe-
cond or to the firſt knot, for theſe Vines put forth too
many ſhoots ; but, as this is an art of which it will
be difficult to give the precepts, becauſe the manner
of cutting the Vines is different, according to the
ground, the nature of the Vine, its quality, expo-
fition, and nearneſs to the ſun, I will go on with my
differtation.
When the Vine is cut, they place ſtakes or Vine
props, to which, at the height of half a foot above
the earth, they bind the branches of the Vines in a
horizontal manner, and afterwards, when the buds or
eyes are opened, and have put forth ſhoots in length
about a foot and a half, they bind them to the props
which ſuſtain the branches and produce the fruit.
Theſe props are of the height of three or four feet,
and the thickneſs of two inches; they are ſtuck into
the ground without any arrangement or order, at the
diſtance
This is a vaſt plain, fo fertile and even, that all the
kings of France are wont to aſſemble their armies
there, when they have a mind to thew the encamp-
ment of all their troops to the queens, and the ladies
of the court.
Behind the firſt row of hills that produce ſo good
wines, there is nothing to be found but hills and
valleys; the hills that are the leaſt diftant are all
planted with vineyards, and theſe ſituations are called
backward hills. In the hotteſt years, when the rains
are leſs frequent, the Grapes there make a very good
wine, but it never has the perfume of the wines pro-
duced by the forward hills.
The plain of this oval is in part covered with wines,
fertile in all ſorts of grain, embelliſhed with vaſt mea-
dows, where a thouſand ſtreams play in their different
windings, adorned with fine foreſts inhabited with
ftags, wild boars, and above all, with roe bucks, which
are there very delicious, and agreeably furniſh the
gentry with the divertiſements of hunting.
A great part of theſe lands are planted with trees in
form of orchards, which produce without culture
excellent fruit, which, when they have been once
grafted, it is enough, the ſun and the earth do the
reſt. The Peach-trees, which throughout fympathize
.
with the Vine, there make upon the banks a fair
foreſt, and the branches of theſe trees grow thinly,
and the leaves being narrow, they do not hinder the
fun from darting his rays on the Grapes to ripen
them; the Peaches which they produce are of a fi-
gure and a colour that would not anticipate one in
their favour, nevertheleſs, when one has tafted of
them, it ſeems to the palate to be a fruit made of
wine and ſugar.
It ought not to be forgotten, that when the ſun is
riſen above the mountains of Savoy, there is a prof-
pect of the hills of Burgundy, where it ſhines during
the whole day, and in ſetting behind the hills of
Beaune, parts its rays upon the mountains of the
Franche Comté, which lie oppoſite to it, and there in
going down, ripens very excellent wines, as thoſe of
Arbois, which are ſo well known throughout Europe
for their excellent qualities.
Before I begin to ſpeak of the quality of the wines of
Beaune, it will be proper to give an account of the
manner in which they there cultivate their vineyards,
a
a

VIT
VI T
reen,
.
a
diſtance of a foot more or leſs one from the other,
according as the vineyard is more or leſs furniſhed
with Vines.
Nevertheleſs, the end of the ſhoots which are there
bound horizontally, as one may ſay, look all to the
ſame fide.
This manner of placing the props without order is
of great conſequence, i. e. that one branch may not
be covered by the ſhadow of another but as little
time as may be, and that if the rot comes to ſome
Grapes, they may not be able to communicate it to
others. This manner is contrary to that of the Eng-
liſh, who plant their Vines in rows, and thence it is
that the one hinders the fun from ſhining upon the
other, and of conſequence, that hinders the ripening
of the Grapes.
The moſt dangerous ſeaſon for the Vine is when there
has been a north wind, which has cauſed a ſmall white
froſt. If the ſun comes to appear in the morning, it
dries and burns all the young leaves, the buds, and
the Grapes, after the ſame manner as if fire had been
there.
It is for this reaſon that the friars in Burgundy have
recourſe to prayers at this time more than at any
other, and that after calm and cold nights, the ſu-
perſtitious peaſants run to the churches, and ring the
bells with all their might. Whether it be that they
imagine that God has any regard to this work of re-
ligion, or that the agitation that they make in the air
may, in ſome fort, warm the air again, or change
,
the wind, but however it be, they do at this time ring
the bells with ſuch violence, that there is no fleep-
ing; during which times the prieſts and monks are
buſy in reading in the churches the paſſion of our Sa-
viour, according to the goſpel of St. John, and for
this occupation they make a collection among all the
preſſes at the time when they make their wine, and
every vigneron is obliged to give them a certain quan-
tity of wine, and that by an order of parliament at
Dijon.
When the vineyard has eſcaped the danger of the
froſt, they dig it again, and this they call biner, or
the digging of the vineyard the ſecond time, after
which the Grapes ſoon begin to flower, which ſpread
a ſweet ſavour all over the country, and is the time
when all the wines which are in the tuns in the
vaults, though never ſo deep, if they are upon their
lee, without having been drawn off or clarified, work,
ferment, grow thick, and cover their ſuperficies with
ſmall white flowers like ſnow; a thing difficult to be
explained by philoſophers, in this queſtion in phyſics,
when they demand, Utrum detur actio in diſtans?
It muſt be obſerved that all the Vines of the good
hills of Burgundy paſs from their flowers to the Grape,
that is to ſay, that the flower of the Grapes changes
into berries in the ſpace of twenty-four hours; and if,
during that time, there happens a cold fog, or a cold
rain, their flowers, inſtead of turning to Grapes, fall,
and the ſecond peril is no leſs dangerous than the firſt,
when that happens. The term that they make uſe
of to expreſs it, is to ſay the Vines are coulées, i. e.
drop their Grapes.
At the end of June, or the beginning of July, is the
time when the Vine changes from the flower to ber-
ries, after which the Vine has nothing to fear but the
hail, or a too great drought. As ſoon as ever the
vignerons fee the leaſt cloud to riſe upon the horizon,
and the air ſeems to threaten the leaſt ſtorm, they
have recourſe to their prieſts, their bells, and their
pater nofters, which they would not recite, but for
fear that the people would riſe againſt them, if hail
ſhould happen during that time that they were not at
their prayers.
The reaſon that they are ſo much afraid of the hail in
Burgundy is, becauſe the vintage is all the dependence
of the inhabitants, and that the Grapes being ſmitten
by this ſcourge, give to the wine, in ſome meaſure,
the ſame taſte, and the ſame ſcent, which lightning
ſpreads on the places where it falls, a ſcent which is
impoſſible to take away.
As to drought it is not only to the bells, or to the
prieſts that they have recourſe, but to one or two
itone buſts in two villages about ſeven or eight miles
from the town of Beaune, one of which idols is
known and worſhipped under the name of St. Reve-
and the other under the name of St. Margue-
rite; they aſſemble together, and go in proceſſion to
ſearch in triumph for this ſtone, which they carry ſo-
lemnly to a church in the town.
All the prieſts go
in proceſſion, followed by the pariſhioners of which
they are curées, and they offer their incenſe and pray-
ers, rub their books and their chaplets againſt theſe
extraordinary figures, and oftentimes it happens to
rain in this conjuncture, which does not a little con-
tribute to keep up this fuperftition of the people.
It is in July that they dig the vineyard the third time;
this they call thirdling. There are many years in
which they dig their vineyards the fourth time, and
this is in the month of Auguſt that they give it this
fourth digging, but they take great care to dig the
fourth time when the ſeaſon is not too hot and dry,
or on the contrary, to defend the Grapes from the
heat of the ſun, they let the Graſs grow in the vine-
yards; this ſhades them, and hinders the vapours of
the earth from burning the Grape.
A month before the vintage, the magiſtrates of
Beaune, accompanied with many experienced judges,
and perſons of probity, make three viſits to examine
the maturity of the Grapes, and at this third viſit and
examination they decide the day of gathering the vin-
tage. No private perſon dares to cut in his own
vineyard one ſingle baſket of Grapes, upon pain
of confiſcation, and a conſiderable fine; for, if it
were permitted to each particular perſon to gather his
vintage according to his own fancy, and his particular
opinion, and according to his taite, there would be
wines too green fent abroad into other countries, to
the diſhonour of Burgundy, and to the diſcredit of
the wines.
And alſo for fear that any vapour ſhould ſpread itſelf
over the vineyards, for fifteen days before the vin-
tage, they take care not to burn any ſtraw or Hemp
ſtalks in the ſtreets, left the ſmoke ſhould give any
bad taſte to the Grapes.
The Grapes being come to maturity, the magiſtrates
give notice a few days before by a trumpet to the
town, of the time they have appointed and fixed for
gathering the vintage. Volnet begins firſt, a day be-
fore Pomard, and afterwards all the little hills gather
their vintage indifferently; for after the town of
Beaune has gathered their vintage one ſingle day, the
vintage is opened for all the other vineyards on the
ſide of Burgundy. It will be ſeen by and by why
Beaune decides the vintage of Volnet and Pomard.
It will ſcarce be believed that all the hills from Cham-
berry to Chagny ſhould have their vintage gathered in
the ſpace of four or five days, and alſo it is ſcarce
credible, what a vaſt number of mountaineers from
every part come to labour in this work.
They gather the vintage perhaps (and my conjecture
is founded upon more than twenty-five vintages which
I have ſeen made) more than two thouſand (queles)
tuns of wine upon theſe hills, and the queue, which
is always divided into two puncheons, ſometimes in-
to four fuellettes, and very rarely into eight cabil-
lons, contains five hundred bottles of wine, or, to
ſpeak more exactly, four hundred and forty pints Pa-
ris meaſure.
It will be proper here to obſerve, that in this great
extent the vineyards produce but one kind of Grapes,
which they call Noirons; the berries of which are
black when they are ripe, and quite round. The plain
and the backſides produce only a ſort of Grape, of
which the berries are bigger and a little longer, which
they call Gamet.
Thoſe who would make excellent wines, never cut the
Grapes till after the fun has dried up the dew which
has fallen in the night time ; for this moiſtneſs, al-
though it be but a rarefied air, cools the Grapes,
which, being caſt into the firſt vat, fufpends, and
14 Է՝
often
a
a

VI T
V IT
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
oftentimes hinders the fermentation. Thoſe covetous
perſons who are more deſirous of the quantity than
the quality, uſe not theſe precautions; but on the
other hand, thoſe who would make excellent wines,
do not put into the ſame vat any Grapes but thoſe of
the fame Vine; but almoſt all the particular perſons
who have a hundred perches of vineyard in different
cantons, mingle their Grapes the one with the other,
becauſe the itrong helps the weak, and the good
mends that which is worſe, and in a word, that they
may make the vat the larger. The choice of the
cantons from whence the wine is produced, depends
on the diſcernment that the commiſſioners ought to
have, when they taſte the wines they would ſend into
other countries, and that which the Engliſh gentle-
men ought to recommend to their commillioners who
furniſh them with wine for their drinking.
The Grapes, being put into the fermenting vat, throw
up a great ſcum, which by the agitation, make to the
ears a continual trembling, a little cluttering, and
ſpread abroad ſuch a ſcent, that is capable of intoxi-
cating, and perfumes the houſes, and ſpreads itſelf all
over the town.
They do not let the Grapes lie ſtill in the vat, they
ſtir them and diſturb them. The labourers trample
them briſkly three different times, for the ſpace of
two hours each time. And to give a clear idea of the
manner of treating the Grapes in the vat, as ſoon as
they begin to ferment in the vat, they tread them for
two hours at the leaſt; fix hours after they tread them
again for as long time as before ; and fix hours after
that they tread them the third time; and after that
they put them into the preſs.
It muſt be obſerved, that the Grapes of Volnet, of
Pomard, and Beaune, being fermented in the vat in
the field, cannot be let ſtand above twelve or eight-
teen hours there ; thoſe of Pomard a little leſs; thoſe
of Beaune fo long, or a little longer, according to
the delicateneſs of the ground, and the heat of the
Grapes; for there are vineyards behind the hills of
Beaune, the Grapes of which do not begin to ferment
till after they have been eight or ten days in the vat.
Note farther, That to give a colour to the wine, de-
pends on the time more or leſs that it is left in the
As for example, the wines of Volnet have the
colour of a partridge's eye. This is the cauſe they
do not leave the Grapes of this ground but a very lit-
tle time in the vat ; and if they ſhould let them be
there but a little longer than they ought, the wine
would loſe its delicacy, and would taſte of the Grape
ſtones or the ſtalks.
After the Grapes have been, according to their qua-
lity, more or leſs time in the vat, and have been
trodden, there ſwims over a liquor they call furmou.
The have caſks of fixſcore pots, or haif hogſheads of
fixty pots, ranged upon chantiers, or ftillings for
hogſheads, into which, by equal portions, they caſt
in this firſt running; and afterwards they put the
Grapes that remain on the preſs, when the ſurmou
has been drawn off; and when theſe have been well
preſſed, all the liquor that comes from them is equal-
ly diſtributed into thoſe pieces where they have al-
ready put the unpreſſed wine: and then they open the
preſs, and afterward with a planer, they cut the preff-
ed mark three or four fingers thickneſs round about,
and put the parings in the middle, and afterward
preſs it again; then they cut it again, and preſs it a
third time; and all the liquors of theſe different
preſſings are equally diſtributed into the tuns till they
Upon which it ought to be obſerved, that the un-
preſſed wine is the moſt light, delicate, and leaſt co-
loured liquor ; that which comes off the firſt cut of
the preſs the moſt racy, and that which comes from
the ſecond and third cut of the preſs, is more hard,
red, and green, ſo that theſe three ſorts of qualities
being united, make a wine much better, more dura-
ble, and finer coloured.
All theſe pieces or tuns being full, they leave the
bung open, and the wine, in a fury, ſhakes and agi-
tates itſelf in ſuch a manner, that it ſends all over the
cellar, fumes that will intoxicate; and which are in
ſuch motion, that a lighted candle being carried thither
will be extinguiſhed : and if this wine be put in an
eſſay and ſhaken a little with the hand, and you ſtop
the neck with your thumb, the effay, will break in a
thouſand pieces.
In Burgundy, that which they call an eſſay, is a little
round bottle, in length about three or four inches,
and about two in circumference, which grows leſs all
of a ſudden at the top, in order to form a little neck
open, having a little rim to receive the wine and the
cork.
The wine having caſt its fire and ſcum out of the
caſks, eight days after they fill them up again, and
ſtop them up with a Vine leaf, which they ſpread over
the bung; and left the vapours of the wine ſhould
move this leaf out of its place, they lay a little ſtone
upon it to keep it down; becauſe if they ſhould put
upon it a ſeal, or a bung, the wine not having air,
would puſh the heads of the caſks out. Five or fix
days after they feal it, and near the bung they bore
a hole, and ſtop the hole which the gimlet has made
in the tun with a little bit of round-pointed wood,
which they call a faucet, which they take out from
time to time to let the ſpirits evaporate ; which pre-
caution prevents the wine from burſting the veſſel.
This is the time when at Beaune are to be ſeen the
merchants from all the corners of Europe, who come
to ſecure the beſt vats for their kings, princes, and
maſters.
The commiſſioners and their wine conners prove the
wines, although they are not yet drinkable. The
commiſſioners are the public managers, to which all
thoſe who would have the wines from Burgundy, ad-
dreſs themſelves either by letters, or in perſon.
Theſe are the judges, which, time out of mind,
from father to fon, have certain experience of all the
vats, who know the climates, cloſes, and the can-
tons, from which they are produced, and all the
good cellars; to whom it is ſufficient to write for what
quantity of wine one would have, and of what diſtrict
or canton one would have it; and, provided they
have the purchaſe money paid in the ſpace of the cur-
rent year, one may be ſure to be well ferved.
Theſe managers, having received all the commiſſions
from private perſons, go to the citizens, and all their
eſſays of the different vats which they find in good
cellars; and with the tickets that they tie to the neck
of every little bottle, or the name of the vat, with the
quantity of the pieces of wine which they contain,
they carry them to their houſes, and let them be un-
ſtopped. They examine and attend them carefully,
and by the different changes, taſte, and colour, they
ſee the future colours and qualities of the wine, that
are in the tuns from which the eſſays are taken. They
alſo make yet another proof with the wine which is
in the eſſays; they take glaſſes, upon which they
put a ſinking paper, which they ſpread, and which
juts out over the glaſſes, and preſs their finger to
make a concavity, which may contain a fourth part
of a glaſs of wine. The liquor paſſes by little and
little, and filters through the paper, and drains drop
by drop in an imperceptible manner into the glaſs
which receives it. By the fight of the wine which
paſſes thro' this paper, they make good conjectures,
founded upon long experience, concerning the defti-
nated taſte, of the colour, and of the laſtingneſs of the
colour, of the wines they have proved..
The commiſſioners having made their purchaſes ac-
cording to the order which they have received from
their correſpondents and merchants, they make pre-
parations to ſend them according to their orders; and
as to the price of the purchaſe, they cannot deceive
any perſon without running great riſques, for if they
ſhould make thoſe who ſend for theſe wines pay more
for them than they can buy them for in the cellar,
they would expoſe themſelves to hanging by an arret
of the parliament of Burgundy, who have made a
law for the aſcertaining the fidelity of the commerce
of
vat.
a
are full.

VI T
VIT
of thoſe wines; which orders, that the commiſſioners
ſhall take one fol per livre for as much as comes to
fixty livres; and for what exceeds this fun, they
ſhall not take more than fix deniers per livre. Thus
a private perſon who ſhall receive for fix hundred
livres of wine French money, ſhall pay three livres
to the commiſſioner for what he ſhall have ſent above
fixty livres ; and for the five hundred and forty which
are over and above, for which he is to pay the com-
miſſioner, he ſhall not demand more than ſix deniers
per livre, which will be the ſum of twelve livres
fix fous; which being added to the three livres above,
make the ſum of fifteen livres ten ſous; a ſum which
would amount to twelve or thirteen ſhillings, accord
ing to the exchange; and for this ſmall profit, the
commiſſioner is obliged to advance his money to the
citizens of whom he buys the wines; and that too,
when he does not receive his payment from the per-
fons to whom they are ſent, as it ſometimes happens.
And the commiſſioner that ſhall be convicted of tak-
ing more, whether by books or other proofs, will be
puniſhed as has been ſaid above.
The commiſſioners having purchaſed and proved their
wines according to the orders they have received, they
cauſe the tuns be new hooped, and put bars ſurround-
ed with pins of wood of the Aſpen-tree, and mark
them with the town mark. And it ought to be ob-
ſerved, that no other country has a right to imitate or
counterfeit their fecond hooping; and for the greater
furety, they put upon each calk the fire mark, which
is a B on the top, two inches in length, with the cy-
pher of the year in which the caſks were ſent from
Beaune to go to any other place.
Theſe are the precautions that are taken in Beaune,
by which the wines that come from thence cannot
be miſtaken ; a caution otherwiſe not very neceſſary,
ſince they manifeft themſelves ſo plainly by their de-
licacy and ſuperiority above all the wines in the uni-
verſe. They are beſides very beneficial and proper
to eſtabliſh and preſerve health ; in this furpaſſing
the wines of Champaign, which flatten the taſte,
and grate the palate ; but which weaken and exte-
nuate, enervate, and render dull, as one may ſay,
the moſt healthful bodies; and which alſo, according
to ſad experience, and the writing of the learned,
which I have read, breed the gravel, the gout, and
the ſtone.
After having given an account of the ſituation of the
town of Beaune, and the hills which produce the
wines of Burgundy; after having related the manner
of cultivating their vineyards, and of making their
wine, of proving, chuſing, and buying it, I ſhall
next explain the different qualities of the wines which
theſe divers hills produce; and in order to this, I ſhall
divide what follows into three ſmall articles, by treat-
ing firſt of the forward wines ; fecondly of the wines
de garde, or for keeping; and thirdly, of white wines ;
and conclude in giving inſtructions for the different
methods that are to be uſed in bringing the wines of
Burgundy to London, and adviſe how the Beaune
be ſent to London in bottles.
ز
of the vineyards of Volnet are very ſmall, as well as
the berries. The branches riſe ſcarce above three feet
high, through the whole year. The Grapes of it are
ſo delicate, that they will not bear the vat more than
twelve, fixteen, or eighteen hours ; for if they be ſuf-
fered to ſtand longer, they would take the taſte of
the ſtalk.
This wine is in colour a little deeper than the eye of
a partridge; it is full of fire, ſtrong, and light; it
is almoſt all ſpirit, and is in ſhort, the moſt excellent
of all Burgundy; which by reaſon of its violence, is
not traded in, but its intoxicating quality is foon
diffipated. The duration of the wine is from one
vintage to another, though it periſhes at the begin-
ning of the dog days, after which it changes its co-
lour, and is turned, but yet I doubt not but that it
would keep longer in very cold vaults. The fineſt of
their vats is drawn from a canton of vineyards that is
called Champan.
Pomard is the ſecond plot of vineyards of the pri-
meur; it is ſituated between Volnet and Beaune, not
quite ſo high as the firſt, and a little higher than
Beaune. It produces a wine that has a little more
body than the preceding, is of the colour of fire, and
has a great deal of perfume and balſam ; it will hold
good fome months longer than that of Volnet; it is
more merchantable, and better for health; if it be
kept above a year, it fattens, ropes, waſtes, and be-
comes of the colour of the ſkin of an Onion. The
beft vat is that of Commeraine, which will ſome-
times keep eighteen months, but that is according as
the year is.
.
The city of Beaune contains one very conſiderable
plot of vineyards; it contains only four hills, which
are about four miles in length from Pomard to Sa-
vigny. The firſt of theſe is called St. Deſire, the fe-
cond the Montée Rouge, the third Les Greves, and
the fourth the Fountain of Marconney. Theſe diffe-
rent ſoils produce wines which participate of thoſe of
Volnet and Pomard, without the faults of them;
they have a little more colour, many good qualities,
and laſtingneſs.
The wines of Beaune laſt ſome more, and ſome leſs,
but they do not laſt above two years ; they are ſweet-
er, more agreeable, and more merchantable, than
the two preceding, and much better for health. The
colour of theſe wines is not equal, becauſe that de-
pends much upon the manner of making them; or
that they let it remain more or leſs hours in the vat,
according as the climate is more or leſs delicate where
it is made. There are in theſe four hills, certain in-
cloſed cantons, which are in great reputation. The
Feves, Cras, Greves, as alſo the king's incloſures, are
.
Aloffe is the fourth vineyard in the primeur; it is fi-
tuated upon the declivity of a hill about three miles
from Beaune. This valley is an aſcent ſo gentle, that
one can ſcarce perceive that one aſcends, till one has
come to the top of it. This little village produces
wines of an extreme delicacy; they are leſs briſk than
the former, but of a taſte more flattering. The
colour is a little more ſoft, and leſs ſparkling, but
fine; and like the hill that produces it, the wine is
too little elevated, and too much declining; it
par-
takes neither of the firmneſs, nor ſtiffneſs, of the
wines of the height of the hills; it has all the tender-
neſs, none of the hardneſs, and of conſequence is ſub-
ject, in a little while, to grow ropy, and to take the
bad quality of ſweetneſs; nevertheleſs, it is ſent to
foreign countries; but it requires much choice and
judgment.
Pernand, which is between the laſt vineyard and the
grand vineyard of Savigny, is of a greater extent, but
is of ſmall account, the wines not being very delicate.
They are of the quality of the preceding vineyards,
but harder and firmer, becauſe they are produced
upon a hill that is higher and ſteeper. There are
ſome vats very delicious, and theſe go into other coun-
tries, but under the name of Beaune wine,
a
و
very delicious.
wine may
The firſt article of the wines of primeur, or the forward
wines.
3
They call that wine of primeur, which will not keep
good more than one year, or that can be kept but a
few months of the ſecond year.
The firſt wine of primeur grows at Volnet, which is a
village ſituated about three miles from Beaune, upon
a deſcent of a mile in height at leaſt, and two miles
in length on the ſide which is expoſed to the riſing
fun. This village, as well as Pomard, have their de-
pendence on the city of Beaune. Since the citizens
have been their lords, as I have ſaid before, theſe two
plots of vineyards have been obliged to receive the
law of their vintages from the magiſtrates and ſages
named for this purpoſe.
This hill produces the fineſt, moſt lively, and moſt
delicate wine in Burgundy. The bunches of Grapes
Chaflagne

VI T
VIT
a
recovered its ſpirits, and a colour the moſt lively and
neat; and they alſo ſell it as dear again as the other
wines of Burgundy. It was fold the laſt vintage for
forty and forty-two pounds ſterling the chantier ;
when the wines of Volnet, Pomard, and Beaune, fold
for not above twenty pounds ſterling a queue, which
contains, as I have ſaid before, four hundred and
eighty Paris pints.
The third crticle, of white wines.
Chaſſagne is not very conſiderable for its extent, but
is of great reputation for its wines. This, in my
opinion, would be more fit for England, becauſe it
would better bear carriage by land and ſea. It is ex-
tremely ſtrong, full of fire, and heady. It is com-
monly tart, which renders it more durable than the
others; but if perſons have ſkill and leiſure to bottle
it in the proper time, and to drink it when its tart-
neſs begins to fall, it is one of the nobleſt wines in
the world. If I had the office of providing the king's
wine, I would go into Burgundy to chuſe it; and in
I
chuſing the wine of this climate, I ſhould be likely
to ſucceed. This is the only wine that one may leave
in bottles without fear of its growing ropy, changing
its colour, growing eager, or turning. The longer
you keep it, the better it is.
It is more balmy and nouriſhing, but nevertheleſs you
may not preſcribe above three years for the bounds of
its duration. It will be fit for drinking at the end of
the ſecond year; ſometimes it laſts four years, when
the vintage has been very good.
This is the rank of wines in the primeur, though its
duration is a great deal longer.
Savigny is a great extent of ground between Beaune
and Pernand, ſituated in a valley formed by the ſepa-
ration of the two mountains. As the hills that com-
poſe this vineyard are open to the riſing ſun by a great
ſpace, and as they are ſhut up as they approach to the
ſetting fide, they participate of the rays of the ſun
obliquely, and on the other directly. This foil pro-
duces excellent ſtrong racy wines, which have both
body and delicacy, when they have been drawn out
into bottles ; but they muſt be viſited now and then,
fo as not to let ſlip the time when they ſhould be
drank. This would be a very good wine for England ;
it will keep as well, and better than Chaſſagne; it is
not ſo delicate, nor fo briſk, but it is more oily and
very good for health.
Auxey is pretty near of the ſame ſituation, in a cor-
ner between two hills, which open themſelves to Muf-
ſault, or as far as St. Romaines, where may be ſeen
high mountains crowned with very high rocks. This
vineyard produces wines more red and ſtrong than
thoſe of Savigny, but they have not the reputation of
them. Theſe wines have more body than the pre-
ceding, and ought to be the drink of all thoſe gen-
tlemen that would not ſhorten their days by drinking
thoſe heady ſparkling wines, an exceſs in which is ſo
dangerous.
;
Before I begin to treat of white wine, it is proper to
let you know, that it is made from a maſculine kind
of Grape. This has two qualities, that the Grapes
of the other colour have not. The firſt is this : That
if the vinntage be late, and the white froſts and
great cold come, it refifts the hoar froſt; while the
black Grapes grow four, withered, and ſhrivel im-
mediately
The ſecond is, That as ſoon as theſe white Grapes
are cut, they muſt be put into the preſs without
entering the vat, and without being trod as the black
Grapes are ; for if they were put there, they would
give only a livid, ruddy, yellowiſh liquor. I thought
myſelf obliged to acquaint the public with that.
Muffault is, after Beaune and Nuis, the largeft vine-
yard of Burgundy in extent; its wines are generally
approved in Germany, the Low Countries, and
throughout all France. The wines which this foil
produces in all hot and dry years, are delicious, ſpark-
ling, agreeable, warm, and beneficial; they are not
dear, and if they were well chofen, they would be a
pleaſure to thoſe that drank them. When they are
kept above a year and a half, they ſometimes grow
yellow and eager.
Puligny is a vineyard next to Muſſault, but much
more in the plains, which produces the beſt white
wines. They are, within a very little, of the ſame
quality with the wines of Muffault, but their fame is
not divulged, and the name is almoſt unknown.
Aloffe, in which I have ſpoken in the article of the
firſt wines, produces alſo excellent wines,
Morachet is a little plot of ground between Chaſſagne
and Puligny in the plain, which is in the poffeffion of
one vein of earth, which renders its foil wholly of the
ſame kind. It produces a white wine the moſt curi-
ous and moſt delicious in France, and there is no
wine of Cote Rotie, Muſcat, nor Frontignan, that
equals it; it produces but a very ſmall quantity, and
it ſells very dear; and, in order to have a ſmall quan-
tity of it, it ought to be beſpoken a year before, be-
cauſe this wine is always beſpoken before it is made ;
but great caution is to be taken not to be deceived,
for the neighbouring vineyards of this cloſe partake
a little of the quality, and oftentimes paſs for Mo-
rachet, and therefore it will be abſolutely neceſſary
to have a faithful correfpondent. This wine has thoſe
qualities that neither the Latin ner French tongue
can expreſs. I have drank of it fix or ſeven years
old, and am not able to expreſs its delicacy and ex-
cellence.
I am now going to treat concerning all the vineyards
of the Upper Burgundy. Thoſe who have paſſed the
grand road that leads from Dijon to Lyons, the length
of the hills, will do juſtice to my exactneſs, and I
deſire thoſe that have not been there, to believe that
this relation is agreeable to truth.
I have a hundred times heard boaſting of the wines
of many hills near Auxerre, to which they give the
name of the wine of Burgundy. It is true thoſe hills
are in Burgundy, but they are ninety miles diſtant
from the true hills, of which I ſpoke juſt now, which
only produce theſe wines of Burgundy which are in
reputation, and which they drink after two manners,
by the noſe, and by the mouth, either both at once,
or ſeparately; both at once in that when one drinks
them, the pleaſure which he has in the ſmell, vies
with the reliſh it has on the palate; and ſeparately, fo
that a perſon that has been uſed to drink it, may know
whether it be the true Burgundy or not, by the finell,
a
The ſecond article, of the wines de garde, or thoſe which
will keep a great while.
Nuis is a very ſmall village, about nine miles from
Beaune, in the road to Dijon. The territory of this
village contains between four and five miles in ex-
All thoſe gentlemen that love the moſt deli-
cate and healthful drinks, have the wines of the hills
of Nuis for their tables. Theſe wines are at firſt ve-
ry rough, ſharp, and tart; they require to be kept
till the ſecond, third, fourth, and fifth year; and
when their roughneſs and hardneſs are gone, their
tartneſs being fallen, there comes in their place a per-
fume and balminefs very delicious; they are of a deep
velvet colour, and yet neat and brilliant. Lewis XIV.
drank no other wine.
The cloſe of Vogeot is ſituated a league from Nuis
on the ſide of Dijon; it appertains entirely to the
monks of the famous abbey of Citteux, built be-
tween the Saone and this hill. The wine which it
produces, comes nearer to that of Chaſſagne than to
any other; it is very excellent, and is drank in fo-
Chambertin produces the moſt valuable wine of all
Burgundy; it is ſituated between Dijon and Nuis,
and contains the qualities of all the other wines with-
out their faults. This is what one may forget with-
out fear, I have drank it fix years after it has been
produced, and it poured troubled and thick into the
glafs, but grew clear immediately, and by its motion
tent.
reign countries.
or

VI T
VIT
or ſweet odour. The good taſters tafte it by cheir
ncſe, before they put it to their mouths; and all the
other climates of Burgundy, as thoſe of Chablis and
Auxerre, have no ſuch quality as the true wines of
Burgundy have, although they are really made and
produced there.
It remains for me to relate how theſe wines may be
brought to England. It has always been the cuſtom
to bring thoſe wines from Burgundy in their caſks ;
but as the carriage is long, and there is oftentimes a
riſque run, ſo the carriers as well by land as by fea,
are not always faithful ; for notwithſtanding all the
precaution that can be taken to hinder them from
drinking the wine, they will always find out ftrata-
gems to do it. If it be packed up in caſks with ſtraw
and linen cloths, this is but a feeble obſtacle to their
induſtry. And for all this precaution, if the caſk
happens to leak by the way, this will be at the peril
and loſe of the purchaſer. If theſe wines be put into
double caſks, this precaution will have no better fuc-
ceſs than the foregoing, and is expoſed to the ſame
riſque ; and the calks of the beſt vintages are a great
prejudice to the delicate wines, becauſe this gives the
full ſcope to the ſpirits to evaporate, and of confe-
quence they will cauſe a great diminution of the qua-
lity of the wine.
It ought to be brought in bottles from Beaune to
London : for this purpoſe, ſome agent who buys the
wines by order of the perſon, ſhould be addreſſed to,
to draw it out into bottles, and to ſend it in caſes to
England. Theſe caſes being filled, need not be car-
ried by land above ninety miles to Auxerre, where they
may be embarked on the river Yone, which paſſes in-
to the river Seine, and from thence to Paris, and af-
terwards to Rouen, where are veſſels which paſs very
often to London.
The agents of Beaune would alſo be very well pleaſed
to bottle the wine that they were ordered to buy,
provided their correſpondents would give orders for
enough to make a carriage. As for example; if
two or three perſons would join to give orders for a
thouſand bottles, this would be a complete carriage ;
and as thoſe of Volnet draw their wines into bottles
at the end of December, a perſon that would have
five hundred bottles of Chaſſagne or Nuis, ought to
join with another that would have the like quantity.
The agent might bottle up theſe wines a year after
the vintage, either more or leſs, and the purchaſers
might receive the wines of Burgundy exquiſite and
delicious, and in like manner, all other wines that
they have a mind to have. As to the price of the
wines of Beaune, Volnet, Pomard, Chaſſagne, and
Nuis, it is pretty near equal, or at moſt the difference
is not very great. A queue of Volnet wine contains
four hundred eighty Paris pints, which will make
five hundred bottles, and will coſt in the country,
fome years ten, twelve, fourteen, or eighteen, and
at moſt twenty pounds ſterling. The carriage may
coft to Calais twelve or thirteen livres, and after-
ward from Calais to London a very ſmall matter; fo
that taking the years one with another, the deareſt
wines of Burgundy, except that of Chambertin, which
is the deareſt, would ſcarce, in London, ſtand in
fourteen or fifteen ſols a bottle, the cuſtoms not being
reckoned in.
a
to be very eaſily opened at the approach of fieat.
This is what happens to wines which have been made
of a mixture of many kinds of wild Grapes. Expe-
rience informs us, that wine drawn from ſuch Grapes
is very ſubject to ferment and grow foul, as ſoon as
the heats of the ſpring begin to approach ; which
does not happen in the winter, when the coldneſs of
the air holds it, as it were, bound and embarraſſed
by the fulphureous particles of the wine. It is the
ſame thing in the juice of the Grapes called Claretos,
Plans, Eftrans, Pignalets, &c. when they are ming-
led in too great a quantity with the others. The com-
mon fault of our wine is, that they cannot be kept
the year throughout; they are apt to grow foul, or
turn, as it is called, upon the leaſt tranſport.
The greateſt part of our citizens believe it to be the
fault of the ſoil, principally the vineyards planted in
the places where the bottom of the ſoil is plaſter or
tranſparent ſtone, which is the caſe of all that ex-
tent of ground, which begins from R. P. Capucins,
as far as Aguilles, which they commonly call Pay-
blank, i. e. white country. But how many vineyards
have we planted in different foils, that are ſubject to
the ſame vice? It is generally agreed, that the ſoil
which they call gris (gray,] is the beſt for vineyards ;
nevertheleſs it is found, that the quarter of Moliéres,
of Repentance de Barret, and of Montaguez, are not
exempt from this vice. I am of opinion, that it pro-
ceeds from the mixture of too great a quantity of dif-
ferent ſorts of Grapes; I cannot deny, after experi-
ence, but the nature of the foil, the culture, and the
dung they uſe, contributes very much to this vice,
which is what I ſhall hereafter examine into.
Therefore it is neceſſary to know, what Grapes are
fit to make good wine, that may be in a condition
to be kept without being foul or turning, and how to
make it.
It is very true, that a perſon cannot make from one
vineyard a great quantity of wine, that ſhall be at the
ſame time good in quality. A vineyard ought to be
planted on thoſe high grounds or hills, which are ex-
poſed either to the ſouth or fouth weſt.
And the ſoil ought to be a ſort of brown, or approach-
ing to it. Thoſe which we call Arpielo, Malauſene,
and Saveon, are foils which are ſcarce proper to nou-
riſh ſtocks that will produce Grapes for making good
wine. The vineyards which are round about the
Peres Auguſtins Reformez, commonly called Saint
Pierre, are planted in a foil of Saveon aforeſaid, very
unfit for producing Grapes of a delicate reliſh, or for
making good wine.
The entrance into the territory of Tholonet is, for
the moſt part, a foil which our country people call
Malauſene; and alſo the wines that they produce are
none of the beſt.
Thoſe Grapes ought to be choſen, which grow upon
ſtocks that are planted in a foil fomewhat rocky.
As to the culture it is certain, that good wine cannot
be drawn from Grapes that have too much nouriſh-
ment, and of which the fap has not attained the leaſt
degree of concoction or ripeneſs.
Thoſe which we call Ollieros, which are commonly
dunged, and which they cultivate with pains, give a
great quantity of Grapes ; but their great nouriſhment
is an obſtacle to their making good wine. Thoſe
which we call open vineyards, are to be preferred to
them.
We ought to prefer the Grapes of old vineyards to
thoſe of young ones. The proper vineyards for mak-
ing good wine, are thoſe which have been planted
twenty-five or thirty years; the older they are, the
more proper they are for making good wine; and
till the vineyard has been made ſeven or eight years,
good wine ought not to be expected from it.
As to the choice of Grapes, we ought to mix fome
of the beſt forts that we have. Theſe kinds are, of
the white Grapes, the Aragnan, Roudeillat, Paſeau
Blanc, Eftrani, Yni, and Aubré. Of the black, the
Catalan, Bouteillan, Uni Negré. The muſt that is
drawn from theſe Grapes ought to ferment in the vat
G
a
a
a
The method of making wine in Provence.
The delicateneſs of the taſte of Grapes is not always
a certain proof of their goodneſs for making wine ;
it is not always with theſe Grapes, ſo agreeable to the
tafte, that the beſt wines are made: we ſhould not be
ſurpriſed, that our wines are not the moſt exquiſite,
ſince we do not obſerve any rule in the choice of the
Grapes, which ought to be done.
It is certain, that the juice of Grapes of different
kinds, cannot but produce a confuſed mixture, which
ſuffers divers alterations in the caſks, by the different
fermentations, which the fulphureous particles of the
Grapes excite there ; by which they ſuffer themſelves
a
14 G
at

VIT
VIT
at leaſt three weeks, when the huſks muſt be ſepa-
rated from the muſt.
It ought to be noted, that the proportion which ſhould
be kept between the quantity of theſe kinds is different,
according to the deſign which every one has of keep-
ing theſe wines.
The black Grapes, and above all the Catalan, and
the Boutellan, ſhould make more than half the quan-
tity of all the reſt.
Thoſe that deſire to have a wine of a deeper red,
ſhould take a greater quantity of black Grapes, and
ought to let them ſtand a longer time in the vat, if
they have occaſion to change the wine from time to
time.
They make white wine of the Grapes they call Au-
bier, Uni, Roudeillat, Aragnan, Pignolet. If they
would have wine proper to keep in the heat of fum-
mer, they ought to uſe none but Uni, Aubier, and
Aragnan.
Nobody is ignorant, that we have wines made of but
one ſpecies of Grapes; as that of Muſcat wine, and
claret: for the firſt they make uſe of Muſcats, as well
white as red; for the ſecond, of the Grapes they call
Clareto.
They keep theſe Grapes with us, during the whole
winter, and ſome part of the ſpring, hanging upon
a beam in a room. All ſorts of Grapes are not fit
for keeping; thoſe kinds that are called Pendoulans,
or Rin de panſe, le Land de Poüerre, le Verdau, are
the beſt for this purpoſe; the Aragnan and Eftrani
are ſo likewiſe; alſo the Clareto, Muſcat, and red
Uni; the Barbaroux, and the Eſpaguin, the Taulier,
and the Roudeillat, will not keep ſo long. They
ought to be gathered full ripe, and before the rains,
and none to be choſen but thoſe that grow upon old
ſtocks.
They alſo preſerve thoſe Grapes to make what the
Latins call Uvæ Paffæ.; not becauſe dried in the
ſun, but becauſe they are expoſed to the ſun hang-
ing; they call them in French dried Grapes; the
provincials call them Panſes. They make uſe of
none but Grapes called Rin de Panſe or Pendulem,
or of Rin Panſe Muſcat, to make the beſt Panſe.
They alſo make uſe of the Grapes which are called
Aragnans, which is the moſt common Panfe in the
hotteſt places.
They alſo make uſe of the Grapes called Roudeillats,
and the Plan Eſtrani. The Grape which we call the
Land de Pouërre, is not made uſe of with us for this
purpoſe, although I have been informed, that they
are uſed in hot countries near the ſea coaſts. They
make their Panſes with us, after the following man-
ner; they tie the Grapes in a ſtring, and
put
them
upon another ſtring at both ends; then they plunge
them into a boiling lye, in which they mingle a little
oil, until the Grapes ſhrivel, and afterwards expoſe
them to the fun for fix or ſeven days; and then they
lay them in rows in caſes, preſſing them gently.
Wine is different in virtue and delicacy of taſte.
The difference proceeds, for the moſt part, from the
different natures of the Grapes with which it is made,
the different degree of their maturity, and the diver-
ſity of the ſoil where the vineyards are planted; and
alſo the different culture of the vineyards, and the pre-
paration of the wine ; to which may be added, the
difference of the climates, according to the greater or
leffer degree of heat.
The Romans, as we learn from Pliny, were very cu-
rious in ſearching after the moſt excellent wines : all
their differences confifted in the places where they
were made; as the Setinum, Cæcubum, Falernum,
Gauranum, Fauftianum, Albanum, Surrentinum, and
Maflicum, which were the moſt delicate wines of
Italy in the time of Pliny. Among the wines of Greece,
they eſteemed the Maronean, Thalian, Cretan, Coan,
Chian, Leſbian, Icarian, Sinyrean, &c. Their luxu-
rious taſte carried them in ſearch of the wines of Aſia,
as that of Mount Libanus, and others, as may be ſeen
in Pliny.
It is to be noted, that the Romans had their moſt ex-
cellent wines from Campania, which is now called
Terre de Labour, a province of the kingdom of Na-
ples. Thoſe of the other parts of Italy did not come
near theſe laſt in point of excellency. The Falernian,
Gauranian, and Maffic, were made from vineyards
planted on the hill round about Mondragon, at the
foot of which paſſes the river Garigliano, antiently
called the Iris. The Cæcuban, which differs nothing
from the Falernian but in age; (this is that which the
Latins call the length of time which the wines are
able to preſerve their ſtrength,) was produced in the
Terre de Labour, as the Fundanum and Amyclum
were near Gaeta, the Sueffanum of Sueſſa Pometia, a
maritime territory of the kingdom of Naples; the
Colenum about the town of the Terre de Labour ,
and alſo many others, with which that province fur-
niſhes the city of Rome.
Theſe wines, which are very excellent in their na-
ture, acquired rather by age than by art, a degree of
perfection to which none of the other common wines
of Italy can attain.
The laſt, which the Greeks call Oligophora, and the
Latins Tenuia and Paucifera, are very eaſily preſerved
by the cold, or rather by a freſh air, and grow eager
by heat. Alſo thoſe which the Greeks call Polypho-
ra, Multifera, and Vinofa, become more vigorous
and ſpirituous by the heat.
The Grapes of which the firſt are made, abound in
crude phlegm ; the fulphureous parts of the muſt are
more dilated. The laſt, on the contrary, are drawn
from Grapes that are more ripe; of which the muſt
or the fulphureous parts which compoſe it, are con-
centred, and fixed by the evaporation of the humid
parts which dilate it. To this may be added, the
abundance of the ſulphur of theſe laſt, which is the
cauſe of the true ſtrength of theſe wines; and it is by
being opened that they acquire this fpirituouſneſs. It
was only to procure this opening, that the ancients
invented the preparing theſe wines in the manner I am
going to expreſs.
Pliny informs us, that in the year 633, from the foun-
dation of Rome, they lodged their tuns full of wine
in places covered, which were expoſed to the north,
ſuch as we now call cellars.
On the contrary, thoſe caſks which were filled with
vigorous and ſpirituous wine, ſuch as Polyphorum,
were ſet in an open place, and expoſed to the rain and
fun, and all the injuries of the weather. Thoſe
which contained wines of leſs ſtrength, were kept
under cover.
Thoſe which were full of a weak wine,
were put into a hollow place and covered with earth.
Galen, in his book de Antidot. chap. I. and in
the Treatiſe of Vines, that is afcribed to him, re-
marks very much to the purpoſe, That the wines of
the firſt order, or Polyphora, were preſerved two or
three years in theſe cold places ; but if they let them
lie there too long, they grew eager, if they did not
remove them to warmer places, as they uſed to prac-
tiſe in Afia, before the Romans had any knowledge of
it; and it was by this means that the people of Aſia,
as well as the Romans and Greeks, attained to the art
of making wine keep ſo long.
The moſt ancient epocha of the preparation of theſe
wines among the Romans (as Pliny ſays) was about
the year of Rome 633. This author who lived a long
time after in Veſpaſian's time, aſſures us, that theſe
wines had been kept for the ſpace of a hundred years,
and that they grew thick to the conſiſtence of honey,
ſo that they could not be drank without mixing them
with water.
He alſo adds, Quo generofius eft vinum, eo majus
vetuſtate craſſeſcit, i. e. by how much more generous
the wine is, by ſo much the more it grows thick by
age. The ſame that is ſeen in our days in the Spa-
n fh wines.
This thickneſs of the wines, of which I am ſpeaking,
is leſs extraordinary than that of the wines of Aſia,
of which Galen ſpeaks in his book of Reſpiration ;
which being incloſed in large flaiks, and ſuſpended
near the fire of their chimnies, acquire by the evapo-
و
3
ration

VI T
VIT
This lukewarm wine had been very diſagreeable to
drink, if they had not cooled it with ice or ſnow,
whether in mingling it with the wine, or ſetting
the bottles in ice. The moſt luxurious mingled
ſnow with the wine, and paffed it through a ſilver
ſtrainer, which Paulus, the juriſconſult, calls Colum
Vinorum
of the method of planting vineyards in Orleans.
Of the diſtance that should be given to the rows, and the
breadth of the paths, when a vineyard is planted. The
different kinds of plants. Of planting between, and of
digging up old Vines, and planting again.
a
a
ration of the humidity, the hardneſs of falt. What
Ariſtotle ſays of the wines of Arcadia, expoſed to the
fire and the ſmoke, is yet more ſurpriſing ; Ita exſic-
catur in utribus, ut deraſum bibatur; i. e. ſo dried
in the bottles, that it is ſcraped off to be drank. It
was ſo ſolid, that they were forced to ſcrape the flaſks
to drink it, and could not drink it without diluting
it with water.
The Romans prepared their wines after the following
manner: they took the muſt that had run from the
Grapes that had been trod; they put them into a wood-
en vat, of which the ſtaves had been bound together
by hoops, or flexible bands.
After the wine had been fermented all the time ne-
ceſſary for ſeparating the groffeſt impurities, they
drew it out of the vat to put it into the caſks, where
it continued to ferment; and to alliſt the depuration,
they mingled as much plaſter, or chalk, or clay, or
powder of marble, or of pitch, or of ſalt, or of re-
ſin, or of lee of new wine, or of ſea water, or of
myrrh, or of aromatic herbs, as they judged neceffa-
ry, every country having its particular mixture. And
this is what the Latins call Conditura Vinorum.
They left the wine in the caſks until the ſpring fol-
lowing ; alſo many left them until the ſecond or third
year, according to the nature of the wine, and the
country; afterwards they drew it out to put it into
earthen veſſels, which they did over on the inſide
with melted pitch, and marked on the outſide the
name of the place from whence the wine was made,
and that of the Roman conſuls, in whoſe conſulate it
was made. The Latins called this changing of the
wine from caſks to earthen veſſels, Diffufio Vinorum,
or Vina defundere.
They had two different ſorts of veſſels; the one the
amphora, and the other the cadus. Pancirollus and
others ſay, the amphora was of a ſquare or cubic
figure. As to the contents authors are not agreed,
but moſt ſuppoſe they held about eighty pounds of
liquor. This vefſel was contracted at the neck. Af-
ter it was filled with wine, they ſtopped the mouth
cloſe with cork. The cade was of the figure of a
.
Pine Apple, which is ſuppoſed to contain half as much
more as the amphora. Theſe veſſels being ſtopped,
were carried into a room expoſed to the ſouth, fitu-
ated in the higheſt ſtory of the country-houſe where
the wine had been prepared. This place was called
apotheca.
It was to diffipate the ſuperfluous humidity of the
wine, that they expoſed theſe veſſels to the heat of
the ſun, and of that of the fire, and of the ſmoke,
which has given to this place the name of Fumarium,
becauſe of the ſmoke which was gathered by the fun-
nel, through which the ſmoke of the fire was carried
off, when it was lighted below.
Theſe wines could be kept for two hundred years,
and would, as has been ſaid, arrive at the conſiſtence
of honey, during which, Adhuc Vina ducentis fere
annis jam in fpeciem redacta mellis afperi; etenim
hæc natura vini in vetuſtate eſt, ſays Pliny, lib. xiv.
cap. 4.
So that it is troubleſome to drink this wine
becauſe of its thickneſs, and in order to render it
drinkable, they diluted it with warm water to give it
a fluidity, and afterwards they paſſed it through a
ftrainer, and this they called Saccatio Vinorum, as
Martial ſays,
The trenches ought not to be opened, till after the
ground that is deſigned to be planted has been mark-
ed out, to the end that a length and breadth, pro-
portionable and uniform, may be given to all the
rows and paths, as much as the ground to be plant-
ed will permit. And foraſmuch as the Vine receives
its nouriſhment in the trench, it will be proper to give
it fome inches in breadth more than to the paths.
The moſt common practice is to allow five feet in
breadth for the trench, and as much for the path, when
red wines are planted, eſpecially the Auvernats, whoſe
branches ought always to be trained pretty long. This
is the beſt method for this ſort of Vines, and the
plants ought to be planted two feet fix inches diſtant
one from another. Some do not exactly obſerve this
distance; they allow but four feet and a half for a
trench, and the ſame for a path.
There are alſo ſome that allow but a foot and a half
diſtance between each plant, when the trench and
the path have no more breadth than that which I am
about to mention, but the Vines planted ſo cloſe to-
gether ought, of neceſſity, to be twiſted circularly;
and as their roots will in a few years run one into
another, the Vines will not laſt ſo long; beſides, they
will require to be a little oftener and more plentifully
dunged, than thoſe that have been planted at a great-
er diſtance.
Others, on the contrary, allow near fix feet for the
breadth, and ſometimes more for the trench, and the
path, but this certainly is greater than is poſſible to
dig or cultivate between the ſtocks, which is the beſt
manner of performing this work. And when they
dig otherwiſe, they will have a great deal of trouble
to work to the middle of the trench, which neverthe-
leſs ought to be as well digged as the reſt.
But the vignerons of Burgundy do not dig the whole
ground, for when the diſtances are ſo large, they con-
tent themſelves to touch but lightly the middle of
theſe trenches, and only dig about the rows of plants.
It is then advantageous for the citizens not to give ſo
much breadth to the trenches.
Thoſe vignerons, that purchaſe or rent vineyards
which have the trenches fo wide, pluck them up of-
tentimes, that they may be able to plant others there,
where they allow much leſs breadth for the trenches,
and the diſtance between the plants without concern-
ing themſelves about the Vines laſting the leſs while.
But the citizens ought to follow a better method,
which is, to give five feet for the breadth of the
trench, and as much to the path, and two feet fix
inches for the diſtance between each plant, eſpecially
when one plants Vines of Auvernat, becauſe theſe
will furniſh layers, ſo the trench muſt neceſſarily be
larger, and the plants at greater diſtances the one
from the other, that they may find more nouriſhment,
and that the ſhoots of the Vines may be extended the
better.
A vineyard planted after this manner will laſt longer,
will defend itſelf better againſt the winter's froſts,
will produce finer and better fruit, which will ripen
better, and of conſequence make better wine; and
alſo the vignerons of Burgundy would find their ac-
count of planting their Vines in this manner, in that
they would have fewer Vines to tie, to prune, and to
diſbranch, &c. becauſe there are a great many fewer
plants
Turbida folicito tranſmittere cæcuba facco.
It is true, they had other wines of the ſame nature,
which they did not paſs through a ſtrainer, as the
Mallicun, which they only expoſed during a night to
the air, to procure a fluidity and depuration, as Ho-
race ſays, lib. ii. fat. 4.
Maſca ſi cælo fupponas vina ſereno,
Nocturna, fi quid craffi eft, tenuabitur aura,
Et decedet odor nervis inimicus: at illa
Integrum perdunt lino vitiata faporem.

VIT
VIT
a
a
plants in thoſe whoſe trenches and paths are wide,
and the plants leſs crouded, and for this reaſon there
would be but few vignerons but would be of this
opinion.
When I ſay, that when one plants Auvernats, they
ſhould have five feet in breadth for the trench, and
as much for the path, and two feet fix inches dif-
tance between each plant, I ſpeak of thoſe Vines
planted in a very good bottom of earth, becauſe they
will laſt many ages without being renewed after the
uſual manner.
For as to thoſe lands where one is obliged to renew
the vineyard in about twenty or five and twenty years,
it will be ſufficient to allow four feet and a half for
the breadth of the trench, and the ſame for the path,
and twenty inches for the diſtance between each plant,
becauſe theſe Vines will not laſt a very long time, by
reaſon the roots will grow large, and ſpread far in
the earth, in ſuch a manner, that they would injure
one another. I ſuppoſe, nevertheleſs, this land to
be paſſably good, for otherwiſe the breadth of the
trench and the path muſt be greater, and the diſtance
between each plant, or the vineyard, muſt be the
oftener dunged.
There are iwo ſorts of plants, thoſe from cuttings,
and from layers.
The cutting is a young ſhoot of the ſame year that
has no roots; they always leave at bottom a knot of
the wood of the preceding year. Theſe are the moſt
commonly uſed. They give it no other management
than to cut off the claſpers and the tops, at the ſame
time that they take them off from the Vines, and lay
them down in the earth in a bundle, when they cut
them before winter, and cannot plant them till the
ſpring
This plant is good, and commonly ſucceeds when it
has been well chofen, being planted in lands well dif-
poſed and well cultivated ; but yet there is an incon-
veniency in uſing it, and that when it is to be planted
in lands that are naturally moiſt, or that retain the
water. If it be planted early, and there fall cold rains
in great abundance, the plant foaks in the water, and
the ſkin or rind comes off, and it periſhes inſtead of
taking root; and if it be planted too late, and the
great heats and droughts overtake it before it has
put forth buds that are paſſably ſtrong, it is ſcorched,
wherefore it is better to make uſe of the ſecond ſpe-
cies of plants, not only in theſe forts of lands, but
all others.
The layers are the long ſhoots of Vines of three years
growth, which have been layed down in the ground,
and have put out ſmall roots; theſe are better, and
leſs liable to fail; they may be planted at all times in
• winter and in any kinds of lands, provided they are
ſuch as do not retain the water. In this caſe it were
better to wait till March to plant them, or at leaſt till
the ground appears healthful, for we ſhould never
plant in ground which is very wet.
Before the layers are planted, they ought to be
pruned, that is, to cut off a few of their roots ; and
when they are weak at the place where they were bent,
theſe muſt not only be cut, but alſo the other branches
or ſpurs, leaving that which has the moſt and ſtrong-
eft roots.
The layers are a great deal leſs ſubject to ſoak in the
water than the cuttings, becauſe having roots before
they were planted, they make new ones ſooner than
thoſe which have none.
It is true, theſe layers are more rare than the other,
but it is an eaſy matter to render them common
enough, becauſe one may have whole acres of them,
and all the precaution that is neceſſary for it, conſiſts
in making layers, when they are well grown, from
the ſhoots.
Theſe may be planted in two different places, either
in ſome piece of land deſigned folely for this purpoſe,
or in the middle of each ridge, at the time that a vine-
yard is planted.
If they be planted in a particular piece of ground,
they muſt be laid in rows betwixt the Vines, and
there ſo, that betwixt each row and the ſhoot there
may be a ſufficient diſtance, that the ſhoots may not
hurt one another, and that the vigneron may have
room to paſs between them when he is trimming
them; for he muſt hoe them three times a year to hin-
der the weeds from growing about them, and choak-
ing them, and depriving them of a part of their
nouriſhment.
This portion of ground is a ſort of nurſery, ſince the
gardeners make them, that they may have plants to
plant in thoſe places where they are wanting.
I am alſo of the opinion, that it is the prudence of a
citizen to have on his eſtate (eſpecially ſince the cut-
tings do not take root but with difficulty) a place
where he may always have layers in as large a quan-
tity as he pleaſes, or ſhall fuffice for all thoſe that
ſhall not ſucceed, at leaſt if they be not well choſen,
and which require a particular care in their cultivation.
I ſhall conſider, at the end of the following article,
after what manner we ſhould plant the layers in the
ridges.
It is for the intereſt of a citizen to order his affairs fo,
that his vineyard may be always full of plants, to the
end that it may produce a good quantity of wine ;
becauſe it often happens, notwithſtanding all the pre-
caution that can be taken to keep a vineyard well fur-
niſhed, that it will want to be ſupplied, by reaſon of
the quantity of plants that die from time to time, be-
cauſe one cannot always ſupply their places by the
means of layers; and likewiſe ſometimes there will not
be wood enough upon the Vines that are near for that
purpoſe, and that it would not be proper to make uſe
of the top of the ſhoot, for ſeveral reaſons that might
be given, and therefore it will be proper to place
plants between the others.
Some vignerons will ſay, that it is very rare that theſe
middle plants ſucceed in a vineyard where they are
planted; to which it may be anſwered, that it is true,
that a middle plant may not ſucceed, when the earth
has not been well prepared before the planting, or
when it has no other management but that of the
vineyard in common; but it is very certain that it
will ſcarce fail, if care be taken, after the vintage, to
pluck up the dead ſhoots, to open the earth to a good
depth before winter, not only to the end that it may
mellow, but alſo that the Vines may not be damaged
in cutting off part of its roots, by which it would
be greatly weakened, if it were not done before the
ſpring; and if in every hole were put a baſket of freſh
earth, or about the twentieth part of a ſcuttle full of
well rotted dung, eſpecially when the plant is ſet in
ſtony, clayey, or gravelly ground.
I have ſeen among Vines very ſtrong in wood, and of
a hundred years of age, a middle plant very ſtrong
to the third eye, and which always continued to do
well; and I can affirm, that theſe Vines are planted in
as ſtrong lands as any are in our plot of vineyards.
Now if the middle plant does well there, as it is cer-
tain it does, we may take it for granted that it will
ſtill do better in thoſe lands which are light; and hence
it is, that there is not any land where one may not
plant, or where it will not fucceed.
Perhaps the vignerons may ſay that a middle . plant
will be worth nothing among young Vines, becauſe
theſe puſh with ſo much force, that their ſhoots would
choke it.
I agree that it may ſometimes ſo happen, but then
this is a proof that the year following there will be
found in the vineyard wood enough to make layers
there. Therefore it would be uſeleſs to ſet a mid-
dle plant, becauſe it is more likely to fail, and like-
wiſe it will not produce fruit ſo ſoon as the layers,
which produce it the ſame year in which they are
made.
This reaſoning is more juſt than the conſequence that
they would draw from thence ; that is to ſay, that it
would be uſeleſs to plant a middle plant; for if a vig-
neron ſhould every year cut off the wood of the vine-
yard, which might ſerve for the making the layer, and
not fet a middle plant there, the vacancy that would
be
a
a

VIT
VIT
be there, would never be filled ; and this is the rea-
fon that a middle plant ſhould every year be ſet in the
empty places, to the end that they may be filled out
with the layers.
Of the time and different manners of planting a vineyard.
3
that in planting in this manner, the earth has been
opened and removed even to the bottom, which by
this means will become better furniſhed, and the
roots of the Vine will be capable of ſpreading them
felves.
The beſt time to plant cuttings, which have been
bundled and buried in the ground, is when the rind
fwells, which may be known by a kind of protube-
rance riſing round about the wound, and alſo by
the buds being juſt ready to open; and that the cut-
tings may not dry too much, they ought to be kept
for ſome time in a veſſel full of water, and not to be
taken from thence, but as they are planted, for if
the heat ſhould ſhrivel thoſe that are planted, they
will not ſo readily take root, and many of them
might die.
For this reaſon it is better to plant a vineyard in a
rainy moiſt ſeaſon, or at leaſt cloudy, than when it is
too hot, or there is a too drying wind.
They commonly make uſe of two different utenſils
of iron to make the hole where they put the cutting
of the plant, either a ſpade, or a large kind of pick-
The firſt is the moſt proper to make good work,
provided the earth be wrought the whole length and
breadth of the trench, and alſo the depth that the
plant is laid, that is to ſay, as far as the hollow of
the earth.
When they make uſe of the ſecond utenfil, it is com-
monly with a deſign to make bad work, for the lazy
vignerons content themſelves in making a hole to put
the cutting of the plant in, without digging the reſt
of the ground.
But by this laſt way of planting, it often happens that
the young roots of the plants finding nothing but hard
earth, into which they are not able to penetrate, it is
impoſſible that they ſhould be able to extend them-
ſelves as they would do, in a land that has been expof-
ed to the air, froſts, &c. by the good digging that
has been given it, when the trench has been dug with
the ſpade the whole length.
ax.
a
a
Of gathering the vintage.
Lands being of different natures, there ought alſo to
be different times of planting,
In lands that are fandy, or full of flints, the bottom
or foil of which does not retain the water, one may
plant and interplant after the ſeverity of the winter,
without being under any apprehenſion of the plants
not ſucceeding; becauſe theſe forts of lands, never
retaining the water, are always wholeſome at the
bottom; and therefore the plants ſet in them will
fucceed.
They do not ordinarily plant in the lands of Olivet,
St. Mefmin, &c. whole pieces of Vines entire in the
places where they have been already, becauſe the cuſ-
tom is, not to pluck up in theſe lands thoſe plants
that they find good either as to wood or kind.
As for myſelf, I have always found, that theſe diffe-
rent ſtools, mixed among very ſmall ones, make a
groteſque figure in one and the ſame piece of land,
and could never approve of this ridiculous method.
In ſtrong lands, or ſuch as retain the water, one
ought not to plant but in the month of April or
beginning of May, becauſe it is not eaſy to make a
Vine take root in theſe forts of lands, the year be-
ing often very hot and dry, or very rainy, which are
equally to be feared, in reſpect to the plant ſet in
them.
And as, in an eftate of but a ſmall extent, it often
happens that the lands are of different natures, and
that of conſequence the plants of one certain ſpecies
will not do well but in one part of theſe lands, and
will ſucceed ill in another, and that the ſeaſons are
different one from another, and fince they too often
happen to be either too hot, or too cold, and rainy,
and that the kinds of the plants are good or bad, ac-
cording to their nature, and that of the ground on
which they are planted, and the diſpoſition of the
ſeaſon, I am of opinion, to be more certain not to
plant any plants but what will ſucceed, and to have
always ſome vintage to gather, that it will be proper
to plant ſeveral kinds of plants, according to the lands
that they will agree beſt with, eſpecially if we be not
very ſure, that one ſpecies of plant will do better than
all others : in ſuch caſe, we ſhould plant none but
that which may ſucceed there.
When I ſay that it is often advantageous to have dif-
ferent kinds of plants in a certain extent of land, I
do not mean that you ſhould put many kinds of plants
in one and the ſame ridge, or in one and the ſame
row, as is common for vignerons to do, when they
plant vineyards for thoſe who are obliged to make
but one fort of wine of all ſorts of Grapes, which, ne-
vertheleſs, they would have paſſed for pure Auvernat,
although there is not in it perhaps above a third part;
but I mean, that in every different kind of land there
ſhould be planted but one kind of plant, to the end
that, every kind being feparate, we may, in the time
of vintage, eaſily make ſuch wine as we deſire ; which
will be very difficult, if all the different ſpecies of
plants be planted confuſedly one among another; for
there will ſcarce be found among the vintage gatherers
either men or women, ſuch as have ſkill enough to
diſtinguiſh them, and beſides, if they had, it would
be a loſs of time.
A vineyard may be planted after two manners, either
upon the even ground, or in open rows.
In planting upon the even ground, when the land has
been levelled and marked out, they make a hole with
a spade to put in the plant, but it ought nevertheleſs,
to be ſuppoſed that this land has been prepared, and
well trenched.
The manner of planting a vineyard in open rows is
almoſt the only one in uſe in the Orleannois, and is,
without contradiction, the beft; in that it is certain, ,
a
The vintage of the Auvernats being the moſt precious
of all thoſe which we have to make in this plot of
vineyards, in order to have good wine, we ought to
attend the maturity of the Grapes.
And as there are certain foils, where the Grapes, hav-
ing been cut a little too green, are too much ferment-
ed in the vat, and others, on the contrary, cut very
ripe, are but little fermented, which keep the better;
it is abſolutely neceſſary that thoſe who have thoſe
vineyards do carefully apply themſelves to be acquaint-
ed with the quality of their ground.
But one may ſay, in the general, of all the good Au-
vernats of this country, that they ought to have al-
ways one point of green when they are gathered,
particularly when the year has been hot, and the lands
,
where they grew have been fat, or very much dunged;
for it is not ſufficient, when one would have good
wine, to cut the Grape in its degree of maturity, but
he muſt take a fit ſeaſon to do this in. As thus, one
ought neither to begin nor continue to gather when
it rains, though many are not very fcrupulous as to
this point, for they ſay the wine will ſell never the
worſe for it.
I own that it may ſometimes happen fo, but it ought
to be allowed me that it has a bad quality. One
ought alſo to ſee to it, that the dew that falls often
very plentifully in this ſeaſon, be entirely diffipated,
and that there be no dew either upon Grapes, or the
leaves of the Vines, for it is found by experience, that
for the little quantity of water there is in this ſort of
wine, it loſes a great deal of its quality.
Therefore the ſeaſon cannot be too fine for cutting the
Auvernats, for this reaſon: in a great many vineyard
plots in this kingdom, as in Burgundy, and other
places, where the wines have great reputation, they
do not gather their vintage, but during the fineſt part
of the day; that is to ſay, the gardeners begin their
a
work
14 H

VI T
VI T
work very late, and leave off ſome hours before ſun-
fet, and the wine is the better for it.
It is true, that ſometimes it is good to wait for the
falling of the rains, but this ought to be ſome weeks,
or at leaſt many days before the vintage, and not in
the time of gathering.
As for example: when no rain has fallen for a long
time, and the Grapes have been ſo ſhrivelled by the
heat, that there is ſcarce any thing but Grape ſtones,
and a tough thick ſkin, if one ſhould gather them
then, they would yield but very little wine, and alſo
it might turn to a tartneſs, as it happened for the moſt
part to the red wines of the year 1718, which was ex-
traordinary hot and dry.
So then we ought not to gather the Grapes ſo ſoon as
the rain that we have waited for is fallen, becauſe the
Grapes ought to have time to havethe advantage of it,
which may be known when the berries grow large,
and fall upon the ground.
As to the other forts whether red or white, they may
be gathered with leſs precaution, but they muſt always
have their degree of ripeneſs, according to the diffe-
rent lands on which the vineyards are planted.
a
Of the wines made in Orleans.
them to remedy that themſelves; they need only drink
leſs of it, and then it would not incommode them.
As for example: aqua vitæ is not drank in ſo great a
quantity as wine, nor a ſtrong wine as a weak one.
When the wine is very ſtrong, they ought to drink
water with it, or drink leſs of it, then it would nou-
riſh a perſon, inſtead of wearing his body, or fupefy-
ing his fpirits. Thus, when one is ſenſible of any bad
effects from our wines, it is not from their quality that
they proceed, but from their quantity, which people
know not how to uſe rightly.
Whatſoever ill-founded prejudice may be taken up
againſt the wines of our vineyard plots, it muſt ne-
vertheleſs be allowed that we have the advantage over
the greateſt part of other wines, that we are able to
make them ſuch as we would have, and ſuch as are
demanded; that is to ſay, a delicate wine fit for pre-
ſent drinking, red without being harſh, and more or
leís hard, without loſing its quality, and thus we are
able to make a wine equally good to drink through
the whole courſe of the year, and alſo for many years
after.
There are in this kingdom many vineyard plots, the
Vines of which have this bad quality, and yet theſe are
the wines that are ſo much boaſted of, which will
not keep the year without ſpoiling, if they were not
preſerved by ours, which have more of the quality
than they
But if thoſe who put ſo great a flight upon our wines,
ſhould ſay we do not know how to make them, they
would reaſon more juſtly than they do, when they
would have us to believe that our wines are not good;
for they ought to allow that they are good in them-
ſelves, and we ſhall agree, that if there is any
faulc
in them, it is by accident, fince it only proceeds from
the manner of making it.
Then it muſt be ſaid, that the wines of Orleans are
good, but they make them ill, and then there is no-
thing more wanting, but to avoid the faults in the
manner of making, and that is what I am going to
treat of.
We have in this plot of vineyards ſo many different
forts of ſoils and plants, that it would not be eaſy to
give a direction for the manner of making the wines
from each of them ; I can only ſay in the general,
that in order to make good wine, the foil ought to be
proper for the Vines, well expofed to the ſun, on a
gentle declenſion from the north to the ſouth, rather
dry than moiſt; that the plants fet there be of a good
kind, and well chofen ; that the vineyard be rather old
than young, never dunged, or but very little, but ra-
ther earthed, and always well wrought, and in the
proper times to work them, and that the Grapes have
a certain degree of ripeneſs before they be cut, and
that they be tunned after they have been trodden,
when one would make wine that ſhould have a colour,
and not for preſent drinking.
It is certain that when all theſe things concur, it will
be eaſy to make good wine; but there are yet other
things to be obſerved, of which I ſhall ſpeak in the
following part of this article.
They make in this plot of vineyards, as well as in ma-
ny others, both red wine and white ; I ſhall ſpeak firſt
of the red, and afterwards of the white, of which
there are a few things to be faid.
The beſt and moſt precious wines of all that are made
in this plot of vineyards, is the Auvernat. Of this
there are fix fpecies, viz. the Auvernat Teint, the
black, red, gray, and two kinds of whites ; which
are the white Auvernat of Soler, and that of the Low
Country
The Auvernat Teint is the reddeſt ; and as it has al-
ways the quality, it gives the colour and the body to
the Auvernats, and prevents them from growing ropy.
And when it is mingled with the red only, they ought
to let it remain in the vat a little while; eſpecially in
thoſe years, that there is reaſon to believe the wine
will take as much colour as they would that it ſhould
have, or where it grows on a foil where the wine has
always
4
For a long time, at Paris and other places, there have
been thoſe who have endeavoured to decry the wines
of our vineyard plots, eſpecially the red wines. In
the mean time it is obſervable, that thoſe who ſpeak
of them with the greateſt contempt, cannot do with-
out them, but procure them as they did formerly, ei-
ther to put off their weak wines, without colour, or
that have ſome other faults, and alſo to preſerve the
fineſt, moſt delicate, and moſt celebrated.
For the wines of Burgundy are no ſooner brought in,
than they mix them with our wines to drink them, ſo
long as they laft; and there is this to be ſaid of our
wines, that there is not one ſingle wine merchant at
Paris, who has not our wines in his vaults, not only
for mixing with others which are meaner, but for
ſelling without any mixture; for tho' they have much
ſtrength, yet for all that, they do not fail to ſell them
pure, as well for their tables as their offices, to thoſe
that have the curioſity to drink a wine that is good,
natural, and without ſophiſtication.
The Rapes which are yearly made, and the great
quantity of wines, both red and white, which they
are ſo ſolicitous to purchaſe a long time before they
are made, in order to tranſport them from Paris into
Flanders, Holland and England, and as far as the
American iſlands, where they drink good to the very
laſt drop, are in my opinion, fufficient proofs that
our wines are not ſo contemptible as they would re-
preſent them.
For it muſt be owned, that if they had not ſuch good
qualities, or if they had any fault, they would not
come in ſearch of them ſo far, and would not take
ſuch care to furniſh themſelves with them in time.
Some ſay that our wines being harſh, red, and too
violent, they are not fo agreeable to be drank, and
that thoſe that drink them to any exceſs, find them-
ſelves incommoded, which never happens to them
when they drink the ſame quantity, or even a greater,
of the wines of Champaign and Burgundy, and many
other vineyard plots of the kingdom.
I anſwer, that theſe pretended faults are the real quali-
ties of our wines, and thoſe are what cauſe them to be
ſo much fought after; for this very colour and harſh-
nefs (provided that it be not too much fermented in
the vat) ſerve to give a quality to other wines that are
weak, which would never be vended to any advan-
tage without being mixed with others.
Beſides, if the harſhneſs of them, which they fome-
times have, be their fault, this is not always ſo, it is
but accidental, and may be prevented by letting them
remain leſs time in the vat.
As for the inconvenience that thoſe are ſenſible of,
that drink too much of it, it is a very eaſy thing for
3
;
a

VIT
VIT
a
maturity. But ſome have made this obſervation, that
in certain lands this colour becomes black in about
twelve or fifteen years after the planting of theſe
Vines, but nevertheleſs without loſing their quality.
The change of the colour does not come univerſally.
I have ſeen vineyards very old, that did produce the
Auvernat of this quality.
When this gray Auvernat has been made off hand,
or when it has been tunned but a very little while,
and it is once gone from this vineyard plot, and is
denominated by a borrowed name, it is an eaſy mat-
ter to make it paſs for ſuch a wine as is deſired, whe-
ther it be ſold as it is, or whether it be mingled with
others of a higher colour. But this mixture muſt be
made in ſuch a manner, that the quantity of the gray
Auvernat be not abſorbed by the red that is mixed
with it.
3
Of making wines in Orleans.
The Grapes being cut, and carried from the vine-
yard to the preſs, they tread them either in a ſcuttle,
which they place there, or in a vat, when the gather-
ing of the vintage is finiſhed; or, in fine, they caft
them into a trough of a wine preſs to be bruiſed.
Alſo ſometimes they carry them directly to the preſs;
but this is when they would make wine fit for pre-
fent drinking, and that it is not fermented in the vat
at all.
a
always been accuſtomed to have colour enough by
being tunned but a little.
Some pretend that one quart, or thereabouts of the
wine [De Teint] of the tincture, or of [Gros Noir) the
large black, to a vat of fifteen puncheons of red Au-
vernat, will have a good effect.
I own that it will give it a fine colour, without ren-
dering it harſh, provided it be not tunned too long;
but as this Teint, or this Gros Noir, have no quality
but that of giving it the colour, I am of opinion that
the Auvernat Teint, which is very red, ſubſtantial,
and vinous, produces a better effect; but it requires
only to put more of that of the Teint, than of the Gros
Noir; becauſe this Auvernat colours a great deal leſs
than thoſe of the two other kinds of Grapes.
The riper both the one and the other are, the more
wine they yield, and the more colour they have ; and
for this reaſon they ought never to be gathered, but
when they are in their perfect maturity.
The Auvernat Teint ought not to be planted indiffe-
rently in all ſorts of land, becauſe it will not do well
in all, and for this reaſon, thoſe who would have
them, ought at firſt to plant but a few, to ſee if they
will ſucceed in their lands. Alſo care muſt be taken
not to mix them with other in planting, that one may
the better know what quantity we ſhould put into eve-
ry vat; which will be difficult to do, if they were
planred confuſedly with other Auvernats, or red
plants, to make thence good mixed wine.
Although the Auvernat Teint is a very good Grape
of itſelf, yet it muſt be owned, that if too much of
it be put into the red Auvernat, it will alter the qua-
lity of it, for the laſt wine is never better, than when
it is made without any mixture of other Grapes; and
it has ordinarily as much colour and ſtrength as it
thould have, not only to maintain itſelf by itſelf, but
alſo to put off other wines of an inferior quality.
But then I ſuppoſe, that this red Auvernat grew up-
on good lands, for there are ſome which of them-
ſelves do not give enough to the wines that they pro-
duce; in this caſe it is good to plant the Auvernat
Teint.
It is true, that this wine being mixed, will not be fo
fine, as if it were only the pure red Auvernat; but
then again, it will maintain itſelf better; and when
one would make an Auvernat, which has a ſtrong tart-
neſs and a good flavour, without having any colour,
you muſt put to the red Auvernat, about the ſeventh
part of the Melier, or of good white Auvernat, ſuch
as now grows in the vineyard of Blois ; but that one
may be able to make this mixture, it is neceſſary that
this Melier, or white Auvernat, be ripe at the ſame
time as the red Auvernat.
A wine made after this manner, is ſo excellent, and ſo
diſguiſed, that is is made to paſs for pure Burgundy
wine ; and is ſold at Paris and other places as ſuch, in
wickered bottles. The beſt wine conners are there
deceived every day.
The Auvernat, without diſtinction, is red; they alſo
name it from its ſkin, which is brown, becauſe its
colour is not of ſo deep a red as that of the Auvernat
Teint, and becauſe it is deeper than the gray Auver-
nat, which is almoſt quite white, and that too when
it has been tunned very much. This kind of red Au-
vernat is the moſt common among the black Auver-
nats, and is one of the beſt wines that grow in this plot
of vineyards.
The [Auvernat Noir] black Auvernat is very uncom-
mon in this country, and known by few perſons; its
berry is rounder than the other Auvernats; its ſkin
is as black as jet, and that is the only thing that it is
known by. There is alſo another ſpecies of it, which
ſome vignerons call the Auvernats of Tours; it differs
nothing from the red, but in that its wood is very big
as well as its fruit. The Grape is long and well filled;
and it were to be wiſhed, that this kind was not ſo
ſcarce in this country; for it is the fineſt, and one of
the beſt that we have.
The gray Auvernat is neither white, black, nor red,
but of a gray or pearl colour, when at the greateſt
Thoſe who make uſe of a ſcuttle to bruiſe their Grapes,
cannot poſſibly tread the Grapes well, or at leaſt they
will be a long time in doing it, and have a great deal
more trouble, in that they are obliged to raiſe up, with
all their ſtrength, the puncheons in which they tread
the Grapes, to caſt them into the vat with the marc,
in order to work it all together.
The manner of bruiſing the Grapes in the vat when
it is filled, is much worſe than the firſt; in that,
notwithſtanding all the precaution that can be taken,
and whatever time is allowed to endeavour to do
this work well, it is abſolutely impoſſible it ſhould
ſucceed; for when the wine has been tunned as much
as it ought, and they have put it on the preſs with
its marc, there will be a part of the Grapes that
have not been half bruiſed, and this cauſes the marc
to yield leſs wine, and there is not all the colour that
it might have; and therefore the Grapes ought never
to be bruiſed this way, when it can be done otherwiſe.
But if this is a loſs to the citizens, not to draw from
the marc all the wine which it ought to yield, if all
the Grapes had been well bruiſed, yet it affords an
advantage to the vigneron, in that his drink will be
ſo much the better.
As there is an inconvenience in treading the Grapes,
either in a ſcuttle, or a vat, as I ſhall make it appear,
it will be better to make uſe of a wine preſs; that is,
without contradiction, the beſt way to bruiſe the
Grapes.
And beſides, a wine preſs will ſerve for four baſkets,
when the other will not ſerve for two, if they make
uſe of a ſcuttle ; for according to the meaſure that
the Grapes are bruiſed in the wine preſs, the wine
falling into the vat, does not riſe above the Grape;
by which it may be more eaſily known, when the
Grapes have been well or ill trod before the marc is
turned into the vat; or it is a great deal more eaſy to
puſh it with the foot, when the trap door of the trough
is lifted up, than to lift up the whole with bodily
ftrength, as they are obliged to do when they tread
in a ſcuttle.
The trough of the preſs ought to be ſet in a kind of
litter, and placed upon, or over the vat; but when
the covering of the ſtructure, where the preſs is, is
low, it muſt be placed over the middle of the preſs
without a litter; then there will be a little more trou-
ble, becauſe it muſt be emptied into the vat with a
bucket or ſcuttle; but this is no great matter, there
are hands enough to do this work.
The Grapes having been trodden as before, the marc
may be thrown into the vat, either with the Grape
and
a

VI T
VIT
.
manner.
a
and ſkins, or ſeparated the one from the other; this
depends on the manner after which one would make
the wine.
When it has been tunned a conſiderable time, the
wine is leſs green, leſs ſubject to be ropy, and better
for keeping, than if it were done off-hand, or fit for
preſent drinking
But if the Grape be tunned too much, it takes from
it much of its quality, becauſe it leaves a harſh-
nefs which renders it not fit for drinking for above
a year in certain lands, and in others it never loſes
the taſte of the Grape ſtone ; and when with this ex-
ceſs of the vat, it has a colour as red as ox blood,
it is a wine which they call groffier or matin ; and it
is commonly ſaid it is better to keep than to drink.
When a wine has this fault, one cannot render it
drinkable, but by mingling it with good dry new
white wine.
Then it is this exceſs of the vat which renders our wines
hard, and makes them diſeſteemed without any dif-
tinction, although all our wines are not made after this
But it is an eaſy matter to avoid this fault,
which renders our wines contemptible.
There are thoſe who tun the Grape ſtone with the ſkin,
and would give to their wine only that degree of the
vat which it ought to have; and not to be ſtrong, they
draw it out from time to time by a pipe, or by ſome
little hole which they make in the vat, but this I do
not approve of, for reaſons to be given in the follow-
ing article.
Others make uſe of a Vine prop, or ſome other piece
of wood, which they thruſt into the vat, from whence
,
they draw it out quick, and let it drop into a glaſs,
where they examine if it have colour enough, and if
it makes a circle of ſcum, and boils and bubbles,
which they call faire le roue: others watch till the
marc is riſen to ſuch a height, and make a judgment
by that.
As for myſelf, I am of the opinion, that it would be
a ſurer way to thruſt one's hand a pretty way into
the vat, (which I ſuppoſe to be raiſed, and to have
been worked,) to take from thence a handful of the
marc, and to put it to one's noſe, as the dyers do,
to judge of the diſpoſition of their vats; then one
may know if the wine be made, and if it has colour
enough.
When it ſmells ſweet, you ſhould let it work a little
longer in the vat, until it has loſt that ſmell, and has
a ſtrong ſcent that affects the noſe; then it ought to
be taken, for one quarter of an hour at moſt is ſuffi-
cient to force it.
A wine taken in its proper degree of the vat, will ne-
ver taſte of the Grape ſtone; it will be always fit to
drink, and alſo will keep good for many years.
I agree alſo, that the wine that has been tunned too
much, becomes tart and harſh, and that is what takes
away its quality; and as it is the Grape ftone, and not
the ſkin, that cauſes this tartneſs and harſhneſs, the
means to prevent this inconvenience is, in being very
careful as to the degree of the vat that is given to the
wine.
But as one may often be deceived in giving it too much
or too little of the vat, I think the ſureſt way would
be, to ſtone the Grapes when they are trampled, be-
fore they are put into the vat.
This work would not be ſo much trouble as it may
be imagined ; for one ſtoner would ſuffice to employ
one treader, let him tread as faſt as he can.
When the Grapes are bruiſed in a wine preſs, ſeveral
may employ themſelves in ftoning. One method of
doing it is, to put them into a baſket plated, &c.
about fix feet long, four feet broad, and ten or twelve
inches high; and that this may not be any incum-
brance, it may be placed about the middle of the preſs,
and have two men to ſift and ſeparate the ſkins from
the Grape ſtones.
I find that a cribble is much more convenient, for it
takes up leſs room, and there needs but one man to
work above, and the work will be as eaſily, or more
eaſily done.
a
I have ſeen many of theſe cribbles, but that which I
am going to deſcribe, appears to me to be the moſt
commodious.
The cribble for ſtoning the Grapes ought to be made
with braſs wire, becauſe this is more pliant, and
does not ruft ſo much, and laſts longer than iron wire.
The holes ought to be an inch in breadth, almoſt of
an octagonal figure; it is worked upon two hoops
joined together, the one upon the other; and when
it is finiſhed, it is to be covered with a third hoop or
band, that is about four inches high.
As the marc is falling in by the wine being preſſed
out, and is riſen to the height of the cribble, they
put under to ſupport it a band of wood, or little
hoop, two or three fingers high, which goes round
at the bottom of the cribble, and beſides this, four
round iron bars of the thickneſs of a little finger ;
becauſe if they were broad, the ſkins of the Grapes
would reſt there, which would hinder the other from
paſſing
It is
proper
to put theſe iron bars in ſuch a manner, ,
that two of the four may ſuſtain the other two, and
that they may be all of one length.
The ends ought to croſs the two hoops, and to co-
ver the third; and they muſt be joined to many places
of the trellis of braſs wire, which may be double or
treble.
The wood of the hoop ought to be notched in two
places over againſt one another, and about an inch in
depth, and three in breadth, according to that of the
ſtaves upon which it is to be placed ; and theſe ſtaves
ſhould be placed upon a fcuttle reſting upon the vat,
upon which they tread the Grapes.
It is alſo proper that theſe notches be plated with iron,
and that they have two handles or graſps of iron, pret-
ty thick and round, to prevent the hurting the hands
of him that manages the cribble, becauſe it is weighty,
and there is often occaſion to remove it from place to
place.
This cribble may be about a foot in height, eight or
nine in circumference, and an inch in thickneſs at the
top, and ſomething more at the bottom, becauſe of
a band of wood that is placed round about to ſuſtain
the trellis, as I have ſaid before.
The treader having bruiſed the Grapes, inſtead of
puſhing the mafs in the vat with his foot, as is done
when he would tun the Grapes with the ſkin, it is
taken either with a bowl, or a pail, or with the hand,
and put into the cribble; then the ſtoner ſeparates the
marc as well as he can, the ſkin from the ſtone, and
caſts the latter into a veſſel that ſtands near him; and
when that is filled with the Grapes, they carry it to
the middle of the preſs in a pail, or in a baiket, and
from time to time empty into the vat, the ſkins and
the wine which are in the veſſel, which has been
ſtoned.
The buſineſs of the vintage gatherers being finiſhed,
they put the marc and all the ſtones that are upon the
middle, and they lower the plank to draw from thence
the wine that is found there.
Some give it another bruiſing, but I believe very un-
profitably, for that cannot get out much wine, and
alſo that which they get from theſe ſtones has nothing
but a harſhneſs; but nevertheleſs one may, becauſe
there is a little of it may be mingled with the other
that is in the vat.
One marc of Grapes, which one may reckon ten
poinçons, may yield about fifty pints of wine, or there-
abouts. This depends upon the ſize of the Grapes,
and the heat which has been during the time of the
vintage gathering.
The wine being boiled with its - ſkin, it will be ne-
ceffary to obſerve, from time to time, if it have co-
lour enough, and if it be ſufficiently made to be
drawn off, and when it is found that it is not yet red
enough, the marc muſt be thruſt down in the vat in or-
der to give it the colour, and never to be forced ; you
may alſo cover the vat with a coarſe linen cloth double,
and put the board of the preſs upon that, in caſe one is
apprehenſive that it will loſe a part of its ſtrength.
It
a
a
a

VI T
VIT
0
و
a
It is not the ſame, when the ſtones are left and put in-
to the tun with the wine, becauſe then they will eaſily
force; whereas this inconvenience never happens when
the Grapes have been ſtoned, for this reaſon it ought
always to be done: one is ſure to have wine well
made, and ſuch as may be kept many years without
ſpoiling, according to the time that it has been left
to ferment.
And if all our red wines were made in this manner,
we ſhould not have occaſion to ſay, as it hath been
faid for a long time, that our wines are harſh and
coarſe, for it muſt be agreed, that it is nothing but
the ſtones that gives it this bad quality ; which is how-
ever accidental, ſince I have offered a method to re-
medy it, which may eaſily be put in practice.
Many citizens complain, that the merchants will not
give a greater price for the wine whoſe Grapes have
been ſtoned, than for that which has not, but in the
mean time it is better; it does indeed coſt fomething
more in making it after this manner, in that it takes
up more time in preſſing.
Upon this account many citizens have diſcontinued
the ſtoning their Grapes, but I do not approve of
that; we ought to ſpare nothing to make good wine ;
and I am perſuaded that there will always be found
merchants reaſonable enough to make a diſtinction
between a wine, the Grapes of which have been ſtoned,
and that which has not, not only by their taſte, but
in the price too.
As the Grapes that are fermented without their ſtones
are ſubject to grow ropy, it is good to prevent this
inconvenience in gathering them before they come to
their full maturity, and to give them but little fer-
mentation, it can then never be too thick, becauſe
the Grape ſtones not being there, it is impoffible
they ſhould force it.
During the time that the wine is working in the vat,
one may pierce the caſks, and put into each of them
about a pint of water ; it ſhould be boiling hot, or at
leaft very hot; this will purify the veſſels, and render
them more tight.
The hole of the bung being well ſtopped, as ſoon as
the hot water has been put in, it ſhould be ſhaken
and turned on all ſides, to be able to ſee if it has vent
in any place.
Some pretend, that this hot water will take away the
taſte of the caſks, but I very much doubt of this.
In order to make this experiment, it is requiſite,
that one be firſt ſure that the caſks have any bad taſte.
When the caſks have been ſeaſoned and drained as dry
as may be, they muſt be placed upon the ſtillings, and
there ſet firm with ſtones, or ſome other thing, to hin-
der them from rolling while they are filling.
The baſket that is hung up by means of a prop to re-
ceive and hold the Grapes and ſkins which fall from
the middle of the preſs into the wooden pipe, ought
to be well cloſed up to hinder the ſtones from going
into the caſks when they are filling; becauſe when the
wine boils, it caits out the ſcum, lee, ſkins, and
ftones, in order to purify itſelf; and ſometimes a ſmall
quantity of theſe is fufficient to ſtop entirely the holes
of the caſks.
But to prevent this accident, one may nail, at the
ſmall hole, at which the wine runs down, a ſmall
lattice of braſs wire, the holes of which muſt be very
fine; then there would but a few of the ſkins paſs,
and no ſtones ; and the baſket, which is very trou-
bleſome when one would empty the pipe, would be
uſeleſs.
One may yet, for the greater ſecurity, have another
grate, and faſten it with nails, above the focket on
the inſide of the funnel; but this grate muſt be raiſed
three or four fingers, to the end that the ſkins
may
not hinder the wine from paffing.
Before the marc is begun to be put upon the middle of
the preſs, I ſuppoſe the preſs to be in ſuch condition,
I
that nothing is wanting of all the utenſils that is ne-
ceffary, for it would be an imprudence to have at this
very moment, any thing wanting that is neceſſary for
the making a marc.
The ſcrew being the moſt brittle and moſt neceſſary
part belonging to a preſs, a maſter ought always to
have one in reſerve, ready to put in, in caſe of need.
In like manner the feet of the beams ſhould be exa-
mined ſome time before the vintage, that they be not
rotten, for that is the place they commonly fail in ;
and when this happens, it is not ſo eaſy to remedy it
as it is to remedy a broken fcrew.
In order to make the beams of a preſs laſt a long
time, when they are good of themſelves, it ought to
be fo contrived, that they may always have the air
under the middle of the preſs; eſpecially at the end
of theſe pieces, there ought not to be either any marc
or earth, and therefore it ſhould be hindered from
falling there.
Some make a ſmall piece of brick work round each
of theſe beams, and that is the beſt precaution that
can be taken to make them laſt a long time.
After the preſs has been put in order, and the wine
has had its degree or time in the vat that it ought to
have, or they can give it, it muſt be put upon the
middle of the preſs.
When it is at a great diſtance from the vat, they make
uſe of a ſcuttle or baſket, or if it be near, of a pail;
which they let drain upon a board, which bears at one
end
upon the vat, where it is faſtened with a nail, or
other thing, and the other upon the middle of the
preſs; this board ſhould be bordered on both ſides
with ledges, ftrait and well joined, and about an inch
in height, to hinder what drains out of the baſket
from running on the ground.
A piece of wood, with a hollow or channel about an
inch deep, would be much better than this board
with ledges, for they cannot be with eaſe ſo cloſely
joined, but that the wine will find ſome chinks to
run out at, which will not be in the wood thus hol-
lowed.
Some, in order to empty their vats the more eaſily,
put in a pipe, thro' which they draw the wine clear
through a little bucking tub made for this purpoſe;
out of which they take the wine in a pail or pannier,
to empty it into the caſks.
For this purpoſe the vat muſt be ſet high on a ſtilling
or gauntry, and the earth hollowed at the place where
the pipe is placed
Before the wine is drawn off clear, you muſt always
begin to keep off the cover of the vat, in order to
prevent the wine from forcing ; and this muſt be
done in ſuch a manner, that he who empties has not
the trouble of lifting it up ſo high to put it in the
fcuttle.
I own that this manner of emptying a vat is very com-
modious, and ſhall in the following article ſpeak of
the inconveniency that may happen thence.
The marc being placed on the middle of the preſs,
they cover it with a board, with bolſters, cuſhions,
and bags or pillows. There muſt be two rows of
theſe laft, and ſometimes three, when the marc is
thin, becauſe by how much leſs the ſcrew appears, by
ſo much leſs is it in danger of breaking; and as the
marc will be thick, according as they have ordered
it, there muſt be ſome rows of the bags retrenched;
for it is ſufficient, that there is a certain diſtance be-
tween the wheel and the ſcrew, which would not be
fo, if the marc were very thick, or there were many
facks.
There is no need to put the ring of the rope into the
hook, before the wheel has been lowered on the bags,
and that you have examined if all is made even, and
that none of the bags are removed.
Before you begin to lower the wheel upon the bags,
the ſcrew ought to be well greaſed above the nut of it,
and alſo below, when it touches the bags.
They alſo greaſe that part of the ſcrew that was with-
in the nut ſcrew, before they have brought it down to
the point where it ought to be ; for the firſt operation
after the plank of the axle-tree has been let down, and
before the looſening, the ſcrew muſt be ſoaped on the
places where it has had none.
a
a
14 1
White

VIT
VIT
a
a
3
White dry ſoap without oil is the beſt for greaſing
the ſcrew, for when oil is mingled with the ſoap, that
draws the rats, which gnaw the ſcrew, and it occaſions
a gum or thick ſubſtance, which makes it go hard
when they preſs the marc.
The trendle ought alſo to be placed at a reaſonable
diſtance from the middle of the preſs upon the nave
of the wheel, and being well rubbed with hog's lard,
the trendle will turn the better. Others make uſe of
an iron crow, which at leaſt produces as good an ef-
fect as the nave.
When the ſtaves or rammers are rather long than ſhort,
and that the trendle is pierced with a height agreeable
to a man of a middle ftature, they will have the more
force to preſs the marc.
After the plank has been let down, and the troughs
filled to a pannier or thereabouts, and they have af-
terwards added the wine that comes from theſe preff-
ings, they give the firſt fqueezing, which ought to
be followed by three others in a ſhort time, becauſe
the Auvernat having in it much fire, its marc would
dry quickly, and yield much leſs wine, if there were
much time between theſe preſſings.
It is not enough to greaſe the ſcrew of the preſs the
firſt operation, before the balance is let down, when
it is a wheel preſs; it ought to be done from time
to time, eſpecially when the ſcrew is perceived to be
rough, or ſcreaks in the nut, when the trendle is
turned.
Some, before they give the marc the laſt operation,
barbager; that is to ſay, they work it, or prick it
with an inſtrument of iron, but without touching the
fides, becauſe they chuſe to hinder it from falling on
the middle. They pretend that this little ſqueezing
makes the marc yield about two pints of wine the
puncheon.
I have never made the experiment, but this is feldom
practiſed but in the marcs of white wine, becauſe
they are thicker, and not ſo hot by much as thoſe of
Auvernat.
The laſt operation or preſſing being given, you may
wait twelve or fifteen hours for taking off the marc,
that it may have time to drain; and they feldom do
it ſooner, except they want the preſs for making other
wine.
Although the wine that comes out of one vat is the
ſame, yet they give it two different names; the one
they call unpreſſed wine, and the other the wine of
the preſs.
The firſt is that which comes from the red or white
Grapes, when they have been trod, whether they
have been tunned or not, and the ſecond is that
which comes from the marc after the preffing. As
this laſt has always a great deal more colour and
harſhneſs than the firſt, they mix them together, to
the end that they may make an equal wine ; and if
they do not do this, they would have one part of
the wine of the ſame vat too delicate and weak in co-
lour, and the other too red, and too harſh, which
would not be fit for the merchants, who are for an
equal wine.
When I ſay the wine ſhould be equal, I mean only
that of one vat, and not of one whole cellar ; for as
all the wine that one buys cannot be all ſpent at the
ſame time, and that the merchants ſearch ſometimes
for wine high-coloured, and a little firm, and ſome-
times for a wine more delicate and fit for preſent
drinking, therefore it is, in my opinion, the prudence
of a citizen to have tuns of different degrees of co-
lour and firmneſs, that the more delicate may be firſt
drank, and the firmeſt ſome time after, or the year
following, for moſt perſons love old wine better than
flight than reject, a wine that has been but little fer-
mented ; but it is very often nothing but a little chi-
cane that thoſe make uſe of, who are employed to pur-
chaſe wines to buy them the cheaper; therefore we
muſt give them leave to ſay what they will, but al-
ways give the wine ſomething of the tun; becauſe if
it be not ſold at firſt, it will at laſt; whereas, when
it is made for preſent drinking, it muſt be ſold as ſoon
as may be, and perhaps under price.
Some perſons, out of thriftineſs, or rather fordid co-
vetouſneſs, fearing to loſe a little wine, never entire-
ly fill their caſks till the wine has caſt forth its great-
eſt fire, i. e. they will not make it boil till it has no
force left; and there being only one pannier full of
wine put into the caſk the next day, or two days after
it has been filled, that it has not the force to warm it
again fufficiently to make it boil.
This way of managing wine is very wrong; for it
cauſes all its excrement to remain at the bottom of the
caſk, which augments the lee, and often contributes
to the ſpoiling the wine, and to keep it for a long
time foul, which therefore the merchants reject.
It would be much better to fill it preſently up to the
bung with the preſſurage, or with what has been
preſſed, which is taken from the preſſings that they
give to the marc, becauſe the calks being always full,
the wine purifies itſelf the more, and becomes clear
in leſs time, and of conſequence is more palatable, and
may be ſooner fold.
It is not enough to fill the caſks up to the bung the
firſt time that the wine is put into them, they ought
to be refilled many times; that is to ſay, as ſoon as
the boiling is over, wine muſt be put in to excite it
to boil; and the ſame thing is to be done the next
day, and afterwards for eight or ten days every other
day.
The neceſſity there is of filling the caſks as foon as
the new wine has been put in them, is proved by the
accident that happened to the wines in the year 1718,
when the ſeaſon was too hot and dry during the months
of July and Auguft.
The wines were then fo extreme hot as to boil
very
low in the caſks, ſo that many who had neglected to
fill them at firſt up to the bung, had their wines turn.
ed four, which did not happen to thoſe who had uſed
the precaution of filling them to the bung, and keep-
ing them full; and for this reaſon, thoſe who have
many tuns of wine ought always to take of the laſt
they have made to fill all thoſe puncheons of the other
tuns; and when a perſon has but one, he muſt put
wine into a caſk called a gueulebée, to fill thoſe pun-
cheons as far as the bung, as ſoon as the wine has done
boiling; then the wine that remains muſt be put into
the caſks of gueulebée, or into a very cloſe veſſel, for
fear of its evaporating or loſing its ſpirit.
I will ſay, by the bye, that many deceive themſelves
in making wine theſe hot years; for they let it fer-
ment but a little, becauſe it boils as ſoon as it is trod;
but this is but a falſe boiling, which comes rather
from the fire that is in the Grape, than from the
working in the tun, therefore it ought to be tunned
a conſiderable time. It is in ſuch years the Grapes
fhould the rather be ſtoned, and the wine fufficiently
fermented.
It is true there is ſome inconvenience in filling the
caſks up to the bung the firſt time the wine is put in,
becauſe it is impoſſible not to loſe ſome of it, for it
will mix with the ſcum and the lee which come out at
the bung; but this inconvenience may be remedied by
ſetting gutters above the bung, and pans or veſſels of
wood under the gutters, to receive all that which
And whereas fome pretend, that lead communicates
an ill taſte to the wine, it is the ſureſt way to have
them of pewter, in ſuch a manner, that nothing but
the end of the focket may enter into the hole of the
bung, for if the hole be made larger than that the
ſocket may play within it, the gutter will be uſeleſs,
becauſe the wine would run out between the wood and
the ſocket.
There
3
comes out.
new.
But it is yet more advantageous for a citizen to have
wine that is rather a little firm and too delicate, be-
cauſe, if that be not fold quickly, it may grow ropy,
or be ſpoiled ; when, on the other hand, that which
is well mixed will keep a great while, and he may fell
it a long time after.
It is true the merchants often light, or rather ſeem to
a

VIT
VIT
a
a
There muſt alſo be a veſſel called gueulebée to empty
theſe veſſels in as they fill, and it ſhould be covered
with a thick double linen cloth, and cloſed or faſtened
all round about with a hoop to hinder the wine from
growing flat.
The lee defcends by little and little to the bottom of
the caſks, where it is joined with the ſcum which
there falls together, and is incorporated with it.
Some days after, the wine being grown clear, they
empty the veſſel, and the lee remains at the bottom.
This wine may be put into a veſſel by itſelf, without
mixing with the wine which is in the caſks out of
which it came. Some ſay this collected wine is the
more fine and ſtrong, and others ſay to the contrary;
but they may ſay what they will, for it is always true
that this wine is very good, provided it has been kept
very cloſe in the veſſel where it was collected.
And I believe that one might, without any ſcruple,
make uſe of it for filling the wine; but as to this, you
need not conſult either the merchants or the vigne-
rons, ſince the one has not judgment or fincerity
enough, and the other are too much intereſted ; and
I ſpeak with a knowledge of the matter, founded on
the experience I have had many times, and without
any intereſt but that of the public.
Thoſe who, from a covetous temper, will not be at
the charge of procuring theſe gutters and veſſels to
receive the wine of the caſks while they are boiling,
have no ſkill in it; for the wine, which they would
ſave by this means, would make amends entirely the
firſt year for the expence they would be at in procur-
ing them.
Others, that are afraid that they ſhall not ſell their
wine, ſay chat the merchants have always an opinion
in favour of that wine, of which the two ſides of the
bung of each caſk are filled with ſcum as far as the
firſt bands or circles, and that they have a quite con-
trary opinion of thoſe where it does not appear.
It is true that formerly they did mind this, and their
opinion might be well grounded, becauſe they never
made uſe of theſe gutters ; but at this time their opi-
nion is altered, for they are perſuaded that theſe gut-
ters being in uſe, a caſk may have caft out all the ſcum,
without its appearing at the fides of the bung, be-
cauſe it falls into theſe veſſels that are ſet to receive
it, and likewiſe that all the wine that is there is well
mixed.
Beſides, it is an eaſy matter for a merchant to know
if there be much lee in the caſk, for he needs only to
pierce it into the lee, that is to ſay, at the bottom,
about two fingers of the notch of the caſk where the
head pieces come in.
The wine having caſt out all its ſcum, it will be pro-
per to taſte all the caſks into which it has been put';
to the end that, if any one be found that has a bad
reliſh, thoſe who have purchaſed them may be appriſed
of it, that they may put all the bad ones to their own
Some fay, that St. Martin's day being paſſed, you
cannot oblige the merchants, who have purchaſed the
wine, to take that again which has been ſpoiled in the
caſks, becauſe they ſay it is the more difficult to re-
medy it. Others pretend that the merchants are an-
fwerable three months after the caſks have been filled,
provided they have not been removed from off the
stillings.
When the wine has done boiling, it muſt be covered
with the largeſt ſide of the bung to hinder it from
evaporating, and eight or ten days afterwards it muſt
be filled full, and bunged up.
Some make uſe of bungs about half a foot long, be-
cauſe they can take them out without daubing the
caſks with the ſcum; but I am of opinion that broad
bungs are better, and to make two holes on the ſide,
the one about the bigneſs of a little faucet, the other
about the bigneſs of one's little finger, that a pewter
funnel may be put in, having in it a piece of pewter
ſoldered about two inches from the end, the holes
of which may be as big again as thoſe of a tobacco
grater; to the end that, when one uſes it to fill the
calks, neither ſtone, nor ſkin, nor kernels, nor lees
may pafs. The great hole ſerves for the putting in
of a funnel, and the other to give vent for the caſks
during the time the wine is pouring in them.
The little hole ought to be made at the time that the
caſks are bored, to put in the wine with the great
wooden funnel; for if the ſocket exactly fills the bung
hole, the caſk would fill very ſlowly, if it had not
vent given it by the little hole.
When it is done after this manner, the tuns are not
daubed with the ſcum. It is not diſturbed, as is done
in ſtriking to beat in the bung, and the wine will have
leſs vent.
You muſt be ſure to fill the wine every fifteen day af-
ter it has been bunged, until towards St. Andrew's
day ; you are not to meddle with it any longer, till
after the ſeverity of the winter is over, which com-
monly happens towards the middle of February, be-
cauſe the froſt may make it ſwell.
The Auvernat is not the only red wine that we have in
this vineyard plot; there are alſo other wines made,
that have the ſame colour, but are of a different
quality
There is, for example, the Bon Lignage, or the
good wine, and that which is made of all ſorts of
Grapes. As to the firſt, it is made of the red Au-
vernat, the Teint, the Gray, the White, the tender
Samoireau, the Melier, and all the beſt ſorts of red
Grapes.
The ſecond is compoſed of all ſorts of Grapes, good
and bad, but more of the latter than the former ;
whence it is eaſy to be comprehended, why the one
has leſs of the quality than the other. And as this
ſecond is generally ſpent in the country, they make it
all manner of ways, either fit for preſent drinking,
or firm, or hard, according to the occaſion they have
for it, and the quantity they are to provide. As to
the other, they do not fail to make it, and often ſend
it to Paris.
All theſe forts of Grapes are not gathered with the
ſame care as the red Auvernat, which cannot bear
the water, nevertheleſs the wine is the better, when
the Grapes, with which it is made, are cut in a fea-
fon that is rather hot and dry than cold and moiſt.
We have, in ſome places of this vineyard plot, three
forts of red wines, bearing the ſame name, which, ne-
vertheleſs, they diſtinguiſh the one from the other.
There is the tender Samoireau, the hard, and the
Fourchu, which have all three different qualities,
The tender Samoireau does very well in the lands of
the Olivet, St. Mefmin, and Clery, where it is more
plentiful than any where elſe. They make of it a par-
ticular wine which will keep a long time, provided it
have no mixture, and that they give it but little of
the vat; this renders it firm, and prevents it from
growing ropy.
This Grape may be mixed with the red Auvernat, be-
cauſe they both ripen at the ſame time. The Samoi-
reau gives the colour to the Auvernat; it ſuſtains it,
and cauſes it to keep a long time ; but you
muſt
put
but a ſmall quantity, for fear of altering or entirely
abſorbing the quality of the Auvernat, which after it
has loſt, it alſo loſes its name, and is no more regard-
ed, but as a good Vin de Lignage, or one compoſed
of all ſorts of Grapes, which is vulgarly called Vig-
neron Auvernat, very different from that of the citi-
zens, which is in a manner pure Auvernat. When
one would render this Vin de Lignage yet better, he
may put to it a fourth part of good Melier.
The hard Samoireau is a little higher coloured than
the tender. When it has but its proper degree of the
vat, they may mix one or two puncheons of white,
and a little leſs, when they tun it; they ſhould alſo,
when it may be done, take a Melier of a better kind,
for this wine has not much fire. When it is pure,
and it has paſſed the year, that quality diminiſheth;
it is then proper to make uſe of rapes, not of chips
or havings, but of Corn, without putting Grapes to
it, as ſome do, for that renders it hard and diſagreea-
ble to drink.
account.
a
a
IC

VIT
VIT
It is true, that thoſe who tarry ſo long before they
gather, have a great deal lefs wine than the others,
but then at the ſame tiine it is much better, and ſells
a great deal dearer, ſo that I believe it comes much
to the ſame, or very near the matter.
The wines of which I am ſpeaking, although ſweet of
themſelves, have, nevertheleſs, not always the ſame
degree of liquor ; this depends upon the condition of
the ſeaſon, that is to ſay, by how much the ſummer
and autumn are the hotter, the wine has the more li-
quor, and it has a great deal leſs when the ſeaſon is
the contrary:
What I ſay is ſo true, that the ſeaſon having been very
hot in the year 1719, the ſweet wines themſelves had
abundance more liquor than ordinary, and kept good
more than a year; alſo the dry wines of many places
were ſweet and clear.
Some red wines were alſo very ſoft (which is very
rare,) and held good till the month of February in the
year 1721. It is true they were thick, and that they
did not become clear till the time that they loſt their
ſweetneſs, which altered their ſtrength.
The ſoftneſs of the white wines being over, they
were nevertheleſs good, but as there remains a cer-
tain flavour, which pleaſes the palate of moſt perſons,
it is beſt to ſell them, or ſpend them as ſoon as
It is fufficient to put a third part, or at moſt a haif,
of the grains into the puncheons, and after that they
fill the wine up to the bung. They make uſe of
theſe rapes to put off the grounds or bottoms of
wine, and the weak ones, which they alſo mix fome-
times with them. The third kind of Samoireau, of
which I ſhall ſpeak, renders them the better for
keeping
The Samoireau Fourchu is the beſt of the three kind;
this is proper to give the colour to the others, and to
ſuſtain thoſe that are weak, and to reſtore thoſe that
have any defect.
In order to know the colour, they caſt ſome of it
againſt a wall, and according to the impreſſion it
makes, they judge of the effect it will produce.
One ſingle puncheon of that will colour fix of white,
and ſometimes more, according as the ſeaſons are hot,
and the quantity of the wine that the vineyard has
yielded; this wine is not only good to drink, when it
is taken in time, but it ſerves for a remedy againſt
the dyſentery and other maladies; its marc is good
againſt rheumatiſms.
This fort has a virtue that is not found in any others,
becauſe the longer it is kept the better it is ; for it
is better for drinking at the end of twelve or four-
teen years, than one or two years after it has been
made.
Some put it in bottles, but it keeps equally as well in
caſks, provided care be taken to keep them always
full, and to obſerve that the caſks do not want hoops,
and it will be proper to put on ſeveral iron hoops at
each end.
The wine, the marc, and the wood, or rather the
aſhes of this plant, have alſo a great many other pro-
perties which I ſhall not relate.
The time of gathering theſe two fpecies of Samoireau
comes much later than thoſe of the firſt, which ripens
at the ſame time with the Auvernat.
The territory of Mardic is the moſt proper for theſe
plants, and that which produces the moſt of it, (I
mean of the hard and Fourchu Samoireau ;) there is
of it at Bou and Checi, and but a very little in any
other places of this vineyard plot.
As the Fourchu never produces more wine than when
the plants are a little old, many eager to enjoy the fruit
of their labours, and their expences, have not patience
,
to wait fo long, and therefore they pull up thoſe of
them they had, and cannot reſolve to plant them
when they have them not.
Nevertheleſs this is a precious plant, and one may
judge of it by the effects that it produces, and by the
price which it bears, for it is commonly fold for dou-
ble the price of the beſt wines of this country; and I
do not know, but that thoſe who deſtroy them, and
thoſe that do not raiſe them, will repent it one time
may be.
a
One may know by experience that good Grapes almoſt
always make good wine. Among the white Grapes,
without contradiction, the beſt are Melier, and the
white Auvernat of the Low Countries. As the white
Formentes or Bourgignons, the Maledeueaux, the
Tramboiſes, the white Gois, &c. make a wine which
is better to throw away than to drink, yet vineyards
of the vignerons are ſtuffed with theſe wretched Vines,
becauſe they yield more wine, and for the moſt part,
better refift thoſe accidents that happen to a vineyard;
for theſe people have no regard to any thing but the
quantity, which is the reaſon that they do not ordi-
narily fell their wines to that advantages as the citi-
zens do.
a
or other
As there is not much to be ſaid of the manner of
making white wine, and having taken notice of it at
the beginning of this article, I ſhall ſay but little of
it particularly
Although there are many kinds of white Grapes,
yet they make, .as one may ſay, but two ſorts of wine
of them, the one the moiſt, and the other the dry
wines.
The firſt, ſuch as the Muſcat or the Gendin of St.
Meſmin, thoſe of Mariguy, of Rebrechein, and other
neighbouring places, may be looked upon as the moſt
precious, in that they bring the money into the king-
dom, rather than the dry wines, for they ſend them
into Holland, Flanders, England, &c. To render
this wine the better, they do not content themſelves
to ſee that the Grapes have their perfect maturity,
and be half rotten; they wait oftentimes till the froſt
has taken them, to have the wine which they call
Bourou : and in ſome years they defer the vintage un-
til the fifteenth or twentieth of November, and it is
then ſometimes ſo cold, that the icicles hang upon
thoſe Grapes that are periſhed, ſo that they are obliged
to carry fires into the vineyards in great pans, to warm
the gatherers.
The white Grapes cannot be gathered too ripe, be-
cauſe the riper they are, the more wine they produce,
and their rottenneſs does not give it any bad tafte ;
but when it is begun before they come to their full
ripeneſs, they are ſubject to grow yellow, yet regard
is to be had to thoſe lands of which the wine is ſubject
to grow ropy.
For this reaſon, when they are gathered, it is good
that the Grape has a little greenneſs, to the end that
the wine that comes from them may be able to keep
dry, to which the white Auvernat of the Low Coun-
tries, and the green Melier, contribute very much ;
the laſt hinders the wine from being ropy, and the firſt
makes it clear, and for this reaſon it is good to plant
of it with the Melier, becauſe at the time of gather-
ing, they may be both mingled together, and make
a wine without
any
fault.
One ought to endeavour not to gather the white Grapes
but when the weather is fair; a rainy ſeaſon is not ſo fa-
vourable, for one ought never to mingle water with
the wine that one makes, tho' ſome are not over ſcru-
pulous as to this point. It is true, the inconvenience
is not ſo great in reſpect to the Auvernats, but that
ſhould not hinder one from always endeavouring to
make good wine, and for this reaſon it is beſt to ga-
ther the vintage in a dry hot time.
As the white wine is not tunned, when they bring the
Grapes in panniers from the vineyards, they empty
them directly on the middle of the prefs, where they
trample them with their wooden ſhoes; the broadeft
and ſmootheft are the moſt proper for this work.
The Grapes ought to be trod immediately, that is to
ſay, every pannier as they bring them from the vine-
yard, otherwiſe the wine would be yellow ; and this
colour is diſagreeable to the fight, and ſtill more to
the palate, and conſequently gives the wine a bad
quality.
According as the Grapes are preſſed on the middle,
and that the pipe fills, they empty it to fill the pun.
cheons,
3

VIT
VIT
ز
a
theons, or the quarter puncheons, to a pail full, or
thereabouts, according to the largeneſs of the caſk
wherein it is put; to make it boil, they fill them up to
the hole of the bung with the wine which comes from
the two firſt preſſings, and that which remained in the
pipe before they gave the two firſt ſqueezings, and
that which the others yield, ſerve to put into the wine,
when the firſt boiling begins to be diminiſhed.
One ought always to give the marc, whether it be
white or red, four preſſings, without taking in the
lowering of the beam, that is to ſay, that it ought to
be cut four times.
Some give it to the third working with an iron grapple
in the middle of the marc, and they leave all round
about half a foot in breadth, to keep in that which is
wrought, and at the fourth preſſing they cut the bor-
der that they left, and put it back upon the other.
They pretend that a marc ſo ordered yields the more
wine. As the marc of white wine is the more thick,
and has leſs fire than the Auvernat, it does not dry ſo
foon; for this reaſon there ought to be longer times
between theſe ſqueezings.
They give them theſe commonly in the night-time, be-
cauſe they do not lower the beam ; but when the
day's work is finiſhed, when the men who are to work
the marc have ſupped.
When the white wine is cold, it muſt be filled
up
and
bunged, and kept always full, at leaſt if it be not in
the depth of winter, for when this kind of wine is
empried, it becomes yellow in moſt countries ; but
when this happens, it is eaſy remedied, either by ftir-
ring it with a ſtick of Hazel cleft into four, which is
put in at the bung-hole, or in ſhaking briſkly the pun-
cheon, which they leave ſometimes on the bung, to
the end that the lee that deſcends thither, and after-
wards is mixed again when the caſk is turned up, may
take away the yellowneſs.
The ſecond method ſeems to be the beſt, for beſides
that the wine does not take wind, it is alſo done in a
great deal leſs time, for one is not obliged to unbung
and bung again every caſk, for they may be filled up
with a ſmall tin funnel.
For ſome years paſt they have made rapes of white
wines, from which they do not reap any great advan-
tage; they make uſe of them to mix with the coarſe,
harih, red wines, that have but little of the quality.
In the mean time, this fits the meaner ſort of people,
who have not a very nice taſte, in that it pleaſes their
palates, and is fold cheap.
It will not be to any purpoſe to name the places of
this plot of vineyards, which produce the beſt white
wines, for the merchants do not take the pains to
make a diſtinction between the wines which have much
of the quality, from others that have leſs; beſides;
they are many times deceived, for ſome citizens who
have a great many houſes of wines in different places,
after the vintage is over, ſend that wine they have
made in one leſſer vintage to be added to that of ano-
ther that is much better, and ſo a merchant thinks
that all the wine he buys is from the ſame place, when
it is not.
I do not approve of this practice of the citizens, for
a merchant, who would have wine of one certain
place, will not be prepared to manage that which he
Thall have from another, becauſe thoſe different wines
will not produce the ſame effects, with the manage-
ment he ſhall uſe to them, and no perſon ought to be
deceived.
When the vintage, either of red or white wines, is
finiſhed, the preſs ought to be taken care of, that the
rats do not gnaw the ſcrew of it. It ſhould be rubbed
with Garlick, the finell of which thoſe animals cannot
endure; it is alſo good to cover it with ſome old caſks,
to hinder any filth from falling on the ſcrew, which
cannot be kept too clean.
were formerly very common, as may be gathered from
the ſeveral places in divers parts of England, which
yet retain that name, which teſtify the quantities of
ground which were allotted for vineyards, to abbeys
and monafteries, for wine for the uſe of the inhabi-
tants; but as to the quality of the wines which were
then produced in England, we are at preſent ignorant;
and how theſe vineyards were rooted up, and became
ſo generally neglected, we have no very good accounts
left. Whatever might be the cauſe of this total ne-
glect in cultivating Vines in England, I will not pre-
tend to determine, but ſuch was the prejudice moſt
people conceived to any attempts of producing wine
in England, that for ſome ages paſt, every trial of
that kind has been ridiculed by the generality of peo-
ple, and at this day very few perſons will believe it
poffible to be effected.
Indeed if we judge only by the ſucceſs of ſome mo-
dern eſſays made near London, where ſmall vineyards
have been planted a few years paſt, there would be
no great encouragement to begin a work of this kind,
becauſe the produce of very few of theſe vineyards
has not been ſo kindly as were to be wiſhed; but how-
ever, this ſhould not deter others froin making far-
ther trials, eſpecially when they conſider the many
diſadvantages, which moſt or all of thoſe plantations,
which have been made, were attended with; for firſt,
there is ſcarce one of them placed upon a proper foil
and ſituation for this purpoſe; and ſecondly, there is
not one which is rightly planted and managed, as I
ſhall preſently ſhew; and how can we expect ſucceſs
from vineyards under theſe diſadvantages, when even
in France or Italy they would ſucceed little better, if
their management were not directed with more judg-
ment? I ſhall therefore humbly offer my opinion,
which is founded upon ſome trials I have ſeen made,
and from the inſtructions that I have received from
ſeveral curious perſons abroad, who cultivate vine-
yards for their own uſe, and that of their friends, and
who have been very exact in obſerving the ſeveral
methods of practice amongſt the vignerons of thoſe
countries, from whence it is hoped that the prejudice
which moſt people have againſt a project of this kind,
will either be removed, or at leaſt ſuſpended, until
trials have been judiciouſly made of this affair.
The firſt and great things to be conſidered in plant-
ing vineyards is the choice of ſoils and fituations,
which, if not rightly choſen, there will be little hopes
of ſucceſs, for upon this the whole affair greatly de-
pends. The beſt foil for a vineyard in England is fuch,
whoſe ſurface is a light fandy loam, and not above a
foot and a half or two feet deep, above the gravel or
chalk, either of which bottoms are equally good for
Vines; but if the ſoil is deep, or the bottom either
clay, or a ſtrong loam, it is by no means proper for
this purpoſe; for although the Vines may ſhoot vigo-
rouſly, and produce a great quantity of Grapes, yet
theſe will be later ripe, fuller of moiſture, and ſo
conſequently their juice not mature, nor well digeſted,
but will abound with crudity, which in fermenting
will render the wine four and ill taſted, which is the
common complaint of thoſe who have made wine in
England
Nor is a very rich, light, deep ſoil, ſuch as is com-
monly found near London, proper for this purpoſe ;
becauſe the roots of theſe Vines will be enticed down
too deep to receive the influences of fun and air, and
hereby will take in much crude nouriſhment, where-
by the fruit will be rendered leſs valuable, and be
later ripe, which is of ill conſequence to theſe fruits,
which are known to imbibe a great ſhare of their nou-
riſhment from the air, which, if replete with moiſ-
ture (as is commonly the caſe in autumn,) muſt ne-
ceſſarily contribute greatly to render the juices leſs
perfect, therefore great attention ſhould be had to the
nature of the ſoil upon which they are planted.
The next thing neceſſary to be conſidered, is the fi-
tuation of the place, which, if poſſible, ſhould be on
the north ſide of a river, upon an elevation inclining
to the ſouth, with a ſmall gradual deſcent, that the
K
moiſture
a
و
Of vineyards in England.
There have of late years been but very few vineyards
in England, tho'it appears by ancient records that they
14 K

VI T
moiſture may the better drain off, but if the ground
flopes too much, it is by no means proper for this pur-
pole ; but if, at a diſtance from this place, there are
larger hills, which defend it from the north and north-
weſt wind, it will be of great ſervice, becauſe hereby
the ſun's rays will be reflected with a greater force,
and the cold winds being kept off, will render the fi-
tuation very warm. Add to this, a chalky ſurface ;
which if thoſe hills do abound with (as there are ma-
ny ſuch ſituations in England,) it will ſtill add to the
heat of the place, by reflecting a greater quantity of
the ſun's rays.
3
a
a
at leſs than ten feet row from rów, and ſome allow
twelve. It was an obſervation of Bellonius, almost
two hundred years fince, that in thoſe illands of the
Archipelago, where the rows of Vines were placed
at a great diſtance, the wine was much preferable to
thoſe which were cloſe planted ; and this he poſitive
ly affirms to be the caſe, in moſt countries where he
had travelled. Indeed we need not have recourſe to
antiquity for the certainty of ſuch facts, when we are
daily convinced of this truth in all cloſe plantations of
any kind of fruit, where it is conſtantly obſerved, that
the fruits in ſuch places are never ſo well coloured, ſo
early ripe, nor near ſo well favoured, as thoſe pro-
duced on trees, where the air can freely circulate about
them, and the rays of the fun have free acceſs to the
,
branches, whereby the juices are better prepared be-
fore they enter the fruit.
Having thus conſidered the diſtance which is neceſſary
to be allowed to theſe plants, we come next to the
planting ; but in order to this, the proper forts of
Grapes ſhould be judiciouſly choſen ; and in this par-
ticular we have egregiouſly erred in England. All the
vineyards at preſent planted here, are of the ſweeteſt
and beſt fort of Grapes for eating, which is contrary
to the general practice of the vignerons abroad, who
always obſerve, that ſuch Grapes never make good
wine; and therefore, from experience, make choice
of thoſe forts of Grapes, whoſe juice, after ferment-
ing, affords a noble rich liquor ; which Grapes are
always obſerved to be auſtere, and not by any means
palatable. This is alſo agreeable to the conſtant prac-
tice of our cyder-makers in England, who always ob-
ferve, that the beſt eating Apples make but poor cy-
der; whereas the more rough and auftere forts, after
being preſſed and fermented, afford a ſtrong vinous
liquor. And I believe it will be found true in all
fruits, that where the natural heat of the ſun ripens
and prepares their juices, ſo as to render them pala-
table, whatever degree of heat theſe juices have more,
either by fermentation, or from any other cauſe, will
render them weaker and leſs ſpirituous. Of this we
have many inſtances in fruits ; for if we tranſplant
any of our ſummer or autumn fruits, which ripen
perfectly in England, without the affiſtance of art,
into a climate a few degrees warmer, theſe fruits will
be meally and inſipid ; ſo likewiſe if we bake or few
any of theſe fruits, they will be good for little, loſing
all their ſpirit and flavour by the additional heat of the
fire; and ſuch fruits as are by no means eatable raw,
are hereby rendered exquiſite, which, if tranſplanted
into a warmer climate, have, by the additional heat
of the ſun, been alſo altered ſo as to exceed the moſt
delicious of our fruit in this country.
From whence it is plain, that thoſe Grapes which are
agreeable to the palate for eating, are not proper for
wine ; in making of which, their juices muſt under-
go a ſtrong fermentation; therefore ſince we have in
England been only propagating the moſt palatable
Grapes for eating, and neglect the other forts, before
we plant vineyards, we ſhould take care to be
pro-
vided with the proper ſorts from abroad, which ſhould
be choſen according to the fort of wines intended to
be imitated; though I believe the moſt probable fort
to ſucceed in England is the Auvernat, or true Bur-
gundy Grape, (which is at preſent very rare to be
found in the Engliſh vineyards, though it is a com-
mon Grape in the gardens againſt walls.) This fort of
Grape is moſt preferred in Burgundy, Champaign,
Orleans, and moſt of the other wine countries in
France; and I am informed, that it fucceeds very
well in ſeveral places to the north of Paris, where
proper care is taken of their management; ſo that
I ſhould adviſe ſuch perſons as would try the ſucceſs
of vineyards in England, to procure cuttings of this
Grape from thoſe countries; but herein ſome perſon
of integrity and judgment ſhould be employed, to get
them from ſuch vineyards where no other forts of
Grapes are cultivated; which is very rare to find, unleſs
ſome particular vineyards of the citizens, who are
very exact to keep up the reputation of their wines,
nothing
a
The country about this ſhould be open and hilly, for
if it be much planted, or low and boggy, the air will
conſtantly be filled with moiſt particles, occaſioned
by the plentiful perſpiration of the trees, or the ex-
halations from the adjoining marſhes, whereby the
fruit will be greatly prejudiced (as was before obſerv-
ed.) Theſe vineyards ſhould always be open to the
eaſt, that the morning ſun may come on them to dry
off the moiſture of the night early, which, by lying
too long upon the Vines, greatly retards the ripening
of their fruit, and renders it crude and ill taſted. And
fince the fruit of Vines are rarely ever injured by
eafterly winds, there will be no reaſon to apprehend
any danger from ſuch a ſituation, the ſouth-weſt,
north-weſt, and north winds being the moſt injurious
to vineyards in England (as indeed they are to moft
other fruit,) ſo that, if poſſible, they ſhould be ſhel-
tered therefrom.
Having made choice of a ſoil and ſituation proper for
this purpoſe, the next thing to be done is, to prepare
it for planting. In doing of which the following me-
thod ſhould be obſerved : in the ſpring it ſhould be
ploughed as deep as the ſurface will admit, turning
the ſward into the bottom of each furrow; after this
it ſhould be well harrowed, to break the clods, and
cleanſe it from the roots of noxious weeds, and it muſt
be often ploughed and harrowed for at leaſt one year,
to render the ſurface light; and hereby it will be ren-
dered fertile, by imbibing the nitrous particles of
the air (eſpecially if it be long expoſed thereto be-
fore it is planted ;) then in March the ground ſhould
be well ploughed again, and after having made the
ſurface pretty even, the rows ſhould be marked out
from ſouth-eaſt to north-weſt, at the diſtance of ten
feet from each other; and theſe rows ſhould be
croſſed again at five or ſix feet diſtance, which will
mark out the exact places where each plant ſhould
be placed; ſo that the Vines will be ten feet row from
fow, and five or fix feet aſunder in the rows, nearer
than which they ought never to be planted. And
herein moſt people who have planted vineyards have
greatly erred, ſome having allowed no more than
hve feet row from row, and the plants but three feet
afunder in the rows; and others, who think they
have been full liberal in this article, have only plant-
ed their Vines at ſix feet diſtance every way, but nei-
ther of theſe have allowed a proper diſtance to them,
as I ſhall ſhew: for in the firſt place, where the rows
are placed too cloſe, there will not be room for the
fun and air to paſs in between them to dry up the
moiſture, which, being detained amongſt the Vines,
muſt produce very ill effects: and, ſecondly, where
the Vines are placed in exact ſquares, ſo near toge-
ther as ſix feet, there can be no room for the cur-
rent of air to paſs between them, when their branches
are extended on each ſide, and ſo conſequently the
damps in autumn will be entangled and detained
amongſt the Vines, to the great prejudice of their
fruit ; for ſince the autumns in England are often at-
tended with rains, cold dews, or fogs, all proper care
ſhould be taken to remove every thing which may
obſtruct the drying up the damps which ariſe from
the ground.
The ſkilful vignerons abroad are alſo ſenſible how
much it contributes to the goodneſs of their Vines,
to allow a large ſpace between the rows; and there-
fore where the quality of the wine is more regarded
than the quantity, there they never plant their Vines
و
3

VIT
VIT
hothing being more common than for the vignerons to
plant three or four forts of Grapes in the ſame vine-
yard, and at the time of vintage to mix them all to-
gether; which renders their wines leſs delicate, than
in ſuch places where they have only this one fort of
Grape. And here I would caution every one againſt
mixing the juice of ſeveral Grapes together, which
will cauſe the wine to ferment at different times, and
in different manners.
The cuttings being thus provided (for I would always
prefer theſe to layers, or rooted plants, for the reaſons
given at the beginning of the article Vitis) about
the beginning of April is the beſt ſeaſon for planting,
when it will be proper to put the lower ends of the
cuttings in water about three inches, ſetting them up-
right for fix or eight hours before they are uſed; then
at the center of every croſs mark already made by a
line, to the diſtance the Vines are deſigned, fhould be
a hole made with a ſpade, or other inſtrument, about
a foot deep, into each of which ſhould be put one
ſtrong cutting, placing it a little ſoping; then the
hole ſhould be filled up with earth, preſſing it gently
with the feet to the cutting, and raiſing a little hill to
each about three inches, ſo as juſt to cover the up-
permoſt eye or bud, which will prevent the wind and
fun from drying any part of the cuttings, and this
upper eye only will ſhoot; the under ones moſt of
them will puſh out roots, ſo that this ſhoot will be
very ſtrong and vigorous.
After they are thus planted, they will require no
other care until they ſhoot, except to keep the ground
clear from weeds, which ſhould be conſtantly ob-
ſerved; but as the diſtance between the rows of Vines
is very great, ſo the ground between them may be
ſown or planted with any kind of eſculent plants,
which do not grow tall, provided there is proper dif-
tance left from the Vines, and care taken that the
Vines are not injured by the crops, or in the gather-
ing, and carrying them off the ground; and this
huſbandry may be continued three or four years, till
the Vines corne to bearing ; after which time, there
ſhould be no ſort of crop put between them in ſum-
mer, becauſe the cleaner the ground is kept between
the Vines from weeds or plants, the more heat will
be reflected to the Grapes; but after the Grapes are
gathered, there may be a crop of Coleworts for ſpring
a
uſe planted between the rows of Vines, and the cul-
tivating of theſe will be of uſe to the Vines, by ftir-
ring of the ground; but as to watering, or any other
trouble, there will be no occaſion for it, notwith-
ftanding what ſome people have directed, for in Eng-
land there is nodanger of their miſcarrying by drought.
When the cuttings begin to ſhoot, there ſhould be a
ſmall ſtick of about three feet long ſtuck down by
each, to which the ſhoot ſhould be faſtened, to pre-
vent their breaking or lying on the ground, ſo that
;
as the ſhoots advance, the faſtening ſhould be renew-
ed, and all ſmall lateral ſhoots (if there are any ſuch
produced) ſhould be conſtantly diſplaced, and the
ground between the Vines always kept clean. This
is the whole management which is required the firſt
fummer.
But at Michaelmas, when the Vines have done ſhoot-
ing, they ſhould be pruned; for if they are left un-
pruned till ſpring, their ſhoots being tender (eſpecially
toward their upper parts) will be in danger of ſuffer-
ing if the winter ſhould prove ſevere.
This pruning is only to cut down the ſhoots to two
eyes; and if, after this is done, the earth be drawn up
in a hill about each plant, it will ſtill be a greater de-
fence againſt froſt.
At the beginning of March the ground between the
Vines ſhould be well dug to looſen it, and render it
clean ; but you ſhould be careful not to dig deep cloſe
to the Vines, left thereby their roots ſhould be cut or
bruiſed, and at the ſame time the earth ſhould be
again laid up in a hill about each plant; but there
muſt be care taken, not to bury the two young eyes of
the former year's ſhoot which were left to produce
new wood,
ز
At the beginning of May, when the Vines are ſhoot-
ing, there ſhould be two itakes fixed down to the ſide
of each plant, which muſt be ſomewhat taller and
ſtronger than thoſe of the former year; to theſe the
two ſhoots (if ſo many are produced) ſhould be faſten-
ed, and all the ſmall trailing or lateral ſhoots ſhould
be conſtantly diſplaced, that the other ſhoots may be
ſtronger, and the ground ſhould alſo be kept very
clear from weeds as before.
The autumn following theſe Vines ſhould be pruned
again in the following manner; thoſe of them which
have produced two ſtrong ſhoots of equal vigour,
muſt be cut down to three eyes each; but in ſuch
as have one ſtrong ſhoot and a weak one, the ſtrong
one muſt be ſhortened to three eyes, and the weak
one to two ; and ſuch Vines as have produced but one
ſtrong ſhoot, ſhould be ſhortened down to two eyes
alſo, in order to obtain more wood againſt the fuc-
ceeding year.
In the ſpring, about the beginning of March, the
ground between the Vines ſhould again be dug, as
before, and two ſtakes ſhould be placed down by the
fide of all ſuch Vines as have two ſhoots, at ſuch
diſtance on each ſide of the plant as the ſhoots will
admit to be faſtened thereto, and the ihoots ſhould be
drawn out on each ſide to the ſtakes, ſo as to make
an angle of about forty-five degrees with the ftem ;
but by no means ſhould they be bent down horizon
tally, as is by ſome practiſed, for the branches lying
too near the earth, are generally injured by the damps
which ariſe from thence, but eſpecially when they
have fruit, which is never ſo well tafted, nor ſo early
ripe upon thoſe branches, as when they are a little
more elevated.
In May, when the Vines begin to ſhoot; they muſt
be carefully looked over, and all the weak dangling
ſhoots ſhould be rubbed off as they are produced, and
thoſe ſhoots which are produced from ſtrong eyes,
ſhould be faſtened to the ſtakes to prevent their being
broken off by the wind.
This management ſhould be repeated at leaſt every
three weeks, from the beginning of May to the end
of July; by which means the ſhoots which are train-
ed up for the ſucceeding year will not only be ſtrong-
er, but alſo better ripened and prepared for bearing,
becauſe they will have the advantage of fun and air,
which is abſolutely neceſſary to prepare their juices;
whereas if they are crouded by a number of ſmall dang-
ling weak branches, they will ſhade and exclude the
rays
of the ſun from the other ſhoots; and ſo by de-
taining the moiſture a longer time amongſt the
branches, occaſion the veſſels of the young wood to
be of a larger dimenſion; and hereby the crude juice
finds an eaſy paſſage through them; ſo that the
ſhoots in autumn ſeem to be moſtly pith, and are of
a greeniſh immature nature, and wherever this is ob-
ſerved, it is a ſure ſign of a bad quality in the Vines.
The foil alſo ſhould be conſtantly kept clean, becauſe
if there are any vegetables (either weeds or plants of
other kinds) growing between the Vines, it will de-
tain the dews longer, and by their perfpiration, oc-
caſion a greater moiſture than would be, if the
ground were entirely clear; ſo that thoſe who plant
other things between their rows of Vines, are guilty
of a great error.
In autumn the Vines ſhould be pruned, which ſeaſon
1 approve of rather than the ſpring (for reaſons before
given ;) and this being the third year from planting,
the Vines will now be ſtrong enough to produce fruit,
therefore they muſt be pruned accordingly. Now
ſuppoſe the two ſhoots of the former year, which
were ſhortened to three eyes, have each of them pro-
duced two ſtrong branches the ſummer paſt, then the
uppermoſt of theſe ſhoots upon each branch ſhould
be ſhortened down to three good eyes (never includ-
ing the lower eye, which is ſituate juſt above the
former year's wood, which ſeldom produces any thing,
except a weak dangling ſhoot ;) and the lower ſhoots
ſhould be ſhortened down to two good eyes each,
theſe being deſigned to produce vigorous ſhoots for
the
a

VIT
VIT
the fucceeding year, and the former are deſigned to
bear fruit; but where the Vines are weak, and have
not produced more than two or three ſhoots the laſt
ſeaſon, there ſhould be but one of them left with three
eyes for bearing; the other muſt be ſhortened down
to two, or if weak one good eye, in order to obtain
ſtrong ſhoots the following ſummer; for there is no-
thing more injurious to Vines, than the leaving too
much wood upon them, eſpecially while they are
young; or the overbearing them, which will weaken
them ſo much, as not be recovered again to a good
"Itate in ſeveral years, though they ſhould be managed
with all poſſible ſkill.
In March the ground between the Vines ſhould be
well dug as before, obſerving not to injure their roots
by digging too deep near them; but where there are
ſmall horizontal roots produced on or near the ſurface
of the ground, they ſhould be pruned off cloſe to the
places where they were produced; theſe being what
the vignerons call day roots, and are by no means ne-
ceſſary to be left on: and after having dug the ground,
the ſtakes ſhould be placed down in the following
manner: on each ſide of the Vine ſhould be a ſtake
put in at about ſixteen inches from the foot, to which
the two branches, which were pruned to three eyes, ,
each for bearing, ſhould be faſtened, (obſerving, as
was before directed, not to draw them down too ho-
rizontally;) then another taller ſtake ſhould be placed
down near the foot of the Vine, to which the two
ſhoots which were pruned down to two eyes, ſhould
be faſtened, provided they are long enough for that
purpoſe ; but if not, when their eyes begin to ſhoot,
thefe muſt be trained upright to the ſtakes, to prevent
their trailing on the ground, hanging over the fruit
branches, or being broken by the wind.
In May the Vines ſhould be carefully looked over
again, at which time all weak lateral branches ſhould
be rubbed off as they are produced ; and thoſe ſhoots
which ſhew fruit, muſt be faſtened with baſs to the
ſtakes to prevent their being broken, until they are
extended to three joints beyond the fruit, when they
ſhould be ſtopped ; but the ſhoots which are deſigned
for bearing the following ſeaſon, ſhould be trained
upright to the middle ſtake, by which method the
fruit branches will not ſhade theſe middle ſhoots, nor
will the middle ſhoots ſhade the fruit, ſo that each
will enjoy the benefit of fun and air.
This method ſhould be repeated every fortnight or
three weeks, from the beginning of May to the mid-
dle of July, which will always keep the ſhoots in their
right poſition, whereby the leaves will not be invert-
ed, which greatly retards the growth of the fruit ;
and by keeping the Vines conſtantly clear from hori-
zontal ſhoots, the fruit will not be crouded with leaves
and ſhaded, but will have conſtantly the advantage
of the ſun and air equally, which is of great conſe-
quence; for where the fruit is covered with theſe
dangling ſhoots in the ſpring, and are afterwards ex-
poſed to the air, either by diveſting them of their
leaves, or elſe diſplacing their branches entirely, as is
often practiſed, the fruit will become hard, and re-
main at a perfect ſtand for three weeks, and ſometimes
will never advance afterward, as I have ſeveral times
obferved; therefore there cannot be too much care
taken to keep them conſtantly in a kindly ſtate of
growth, as the vignerons abroad well know, tho? in
England it is little regarded by the generality of gar-
deners, who, when their Grapes ſuffer by this neglect,
immediately complain of the climate, or the untoward-
neſs of the ſeaſon, which is too often a cover for ne-
glects of this nature.
And here I cannot help taking
notice of the abſurd practice of thoſe who pull off their
leaves from their Vines, which are placed near the
fruit, in order to let in the rays of the fun to ripen
them; not conſidering how much they expoſe their
fruit to the cold dews, which fall plentifully in au-
tumn, which, being imbibed by the fruit, greatly re-
tard them; beſides no fruit will ripen ſo well when
entirely expoſed to the ſun, as when they are gently
fcreened with leaves; and by the pulling off theſe
leaves, which are abſolutely neceffary to prepare the
juices before they enter the fruit, the groſs parts of
which are perſpired away by the leaves, the fruit muſt
either be deprived of nouriſhment, or elſe ſome of the
groſs particles will enter with the nore refined parts
of the juice, and thereby render the fruit worſe than
it would otherwiſe be, were the leaves permitted to
remain upon the branches ; for if the weak dangling
fhoots are conſtantly diſplaced as they are produced,
the fruit will not be too much ſhaded by the leaves
that are upon the bearing branches.
When the fruit is ripe, if the ſtalks of the bunches
are cut half through a fortnight before they are ga-
thered, it will cauſe the juice to be much better, be-
cauſe there will not be near ſo great a quantity of noui-
riſhment enter the fruit, whereby the watery particles
will have time to evaporate, and the juice will be
better digeſted. This is practiſed by ſome of the moſt
curious vignerons in the ſouth of France, where they
make excellent wine. But if, after the fruit be cut,
it is hung up in a dry room upon ſtrings, ſo as not
to touch each other, for a month before they are preſſ-
ed, it will alſo add greatly to the ſtrength of the
wine, becauſe in that time a great quantity of the wa-
tery parts of the juices will evaporate. This is a con-
ftant practice with ſome perſons who inhabit the Tyro-
leſe, on the borders of Italy, where is made a moſt
delicious rich wine, as hath been atteſted by Dr. Bur-
net in his travels; and I have heard the ſame from
ſeveral gentlemen, who have travelled that road ſince.
But with all the care that can poſſibly be taken, either
in the culture of the Vines, or in making the wine, in
will not be near ſo good while the vineyard is young,
as it will be after it has been planted ten or twelve
years; and it will be confiantly mending, until it is
fifty years old, as is atteſted by ſeveral curious per-
fons abroad, as alſo by the moſt ſkilful wine-coopers
at home, who can tell the produce of a young vine-
yard from that of an old one, after it is brought to
England, by the colour of the wine. This difference
is very eaſily accounted for from the different ſtruc-
ture of the veſſels of the plants; thoſe of the young
Vines being larger, and of a looſer texture, eaſily
admit a larger quantity of grofs nouriſhinent to paſs
through them ; whereas thoſe of old Vines, which
are more woody, are more cloſely conſtricted, and
thereby the juice is better ftrained in paffing through
them, which muſt conſequently render it much better,
though the Grapes from a young vineyard will be
larger, and afford a greater quantity of juice ; ſo that
people ſhould not be diſcouraged if their wines at firſt
are not ſo good as they could wish, fince afterward,
when the vineyard is a few years older, the wine may
anſwer their expectation. As to the fermenting and
managing the wine, that is treated of particularly
under the article WINES, to which the reader is de-
fired to turn.
The vineyard being now arrived to a bearing ſtate,
ſhould be treated after the following manner : firſt,
in the pruning there ſhould never be too many branches
left upon a root, nor thoſe too long ; for although by
doing of this, there may be a greater quantity of
fruit produced, yet the juice of theſe will never be ſo
good as when there is a moderate quantity which will
be better nouriſhed, and the roots of the plants not
ſo much weakened ; which is found to be of ſo bad
conſequence to vineyards, that when gentlemen abroad
lett out vineyards to vignerons, there is always à
clauſe inſerted in their leaſes to direct how many
ſhoots ſhall be left upon each Vine, and the number
of eyes to which the branches muſt be ſhortened ; be-
cauſe were not the vignerons thus tied down, they
would overbear the Vines, ſo that in a few years they
would exhauſt their roots, and render them ſo weak
as not to be recovered again in ſeveral years ; and
their wine would be ſo bad, as to bring a difrepu-
tation on the vineyard, to the great loſs of the pro-
prietor.
The number of branches which the Italians generally
agree to leave upon a ſtrong Vine are four; two of
the

VIT
VIT
a
a
a
the ſtrongeſt have four eyes, and the two weaker are But as the beauty of vineyards ariſes from the regular
ſhortened down to two eyes each, which is very dif- diſpoſition of the branches of the Vines, great care
ferent from the common practice in England, where ſhould be taken in their management, to train them
it is uſual to fee fix or eight branches left upon regularly, and to provide every year for new wood
each root, and thoſe perhaps left with fix or eight to bear the ſucceeding year ; becauſe the wood
eyes to each ; ſo that if theſe are fruitful, one root which has produced fruit is commonly cut quite away
muſt produce near four times the number of bunches after the fruit is gathered, or at leaſt is ſhortened down
which the Italians do ever permit, and ſo conſequently to two eyes, to force out ſhoots for the next year ;
the fruit will not be ſo well nouriſhed, and the roots where there is not a fufficient number of branches up-
will alſo be greatly weakened, as is the caſe of all on the Vine of thoſe trained upright, ſo that in fum-
forts of fruit-trees, when a greater number of fruit is mer, when the Vines are in perfection, there ſhould
left on than the trees can nouriſh.
be fix upright ſhoots trained for the next year's wood,
The next thing is, conſtantly to keep the ground per- and three or four bearing branches with fruit on
fectly clean between the Vines, never permitting any them; more than theſe ought never to be left upon
ſort of plants or weeds to grow there. The ground one Vine, for the reaſons before given.
ſhould alſo be carefully dug every ſpring, and every N. B. The Auvernat, or true Burgundy Grape, is valued
third
year have ſome manure, which ſhould be of dif- in France before any other fort, becauſe the fruit never
ferent forts, according to the nature of the ground, grows very cloſe upon the bunches, therefore are more
or which can be moſt conveniently procured.org equally ripened, for which reaſon it hould alſo be prefer-
If the land is ſtiff, and inclinable to bind on the ſur- red in England; though in general, those forts are moſt
face, then ſea-fand, or ſea-coal aſhes, are either of eſteemed with us that have always cloſe bunches, which is
them very good manure for it; but if the ground be certainly wrong ; for it may be obſerved, that the Grapes
looſe and dry, then a little lime mixed with dung is on ſuch bunches are commonly ripe on one ſide, and green
the beſt manure for it. This muſt be ſpread thin up- on the other, which is a bad quality for ſuch as are preſſed
on the ſurface of the ground before it is dug, and in to make wine.
digging ſhould be buried equally in every part of the ſhall now ſubjoin a few forts of Vines, which are
vineyard. Theſe are much preferable to that of all preſerved in ſome curious gardens, more for the ſake
dung for Vines, ſo that it will be worth the expence of variety, than the value of their fruit: theſe are,
to procure either of them ; and as they require ma- 1. Vitis (Indica) foliis cordatis dentatis fubtus villoſis,
nuring but every third year, where the vineyard is cirrhis racemiferis. Flor. Zeyl. 99. Vine with heart-
large, it
may
be divided into three equal parts, each ſhaped indented leaves, which are hairy on their under
of which may be manured in its turn, whereby the fide, and branching tendrils. Vitis fylveftris Indica,
expence will be but little every year; whereas when acinis rotundis. Raii Dend. 67. Wild Indian Vine, with
the whole is manured together, it will add to the ex- round berries.
pence; and in many places there cannot be a ſufficient 2. Vitis (Labruſca) foliis cordatis ſubtrilobis dentatis,
quantity procured, to manure a large vineyard in one ſubtus tomentoſis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 203. Vine with
year.
heart-ſhaped indented leaves, which are almoſt three-lobed,
This digging and manuring ſhould always be per- and woolly on their under ſide. Vitis fylveftris Virgini-
formed about the beginning of March, at which time ana. C. B. P. 299. Wild Virginia Grape.
all the ſuperficial or day-roots, as they are called, 3. Vitis (Vulpina) foliis cordatis dentato-ferratis utrin-
muſt be cut off, but the larger roots muſt not be in- que nudis. Lin. Sp. 203. Vine with heart-shaped, ſaw-
jured by the ſpade, &c. therefore the ground cloſe to ed, indented leaves, which are ſmooth on both ſides. Vitis
the ſtem of the Vines muſt not be dug very deep. vulpina dicta Virginiana nigra. Pluk. Alm. 392. The
After this is done, the ſtakes ſhould be placed down, Virginia Fox Grape.
one on each ſide the Vines, at about ſixteen inches 4. VITIS (Laciniatis) foliis quinatis, foliolis multifidis.
from their ſtems, to which the longeſt bearing branches Hort. Cliff. 74. Vine with leaves having five lobes, and
ſhould be faſtened, and one ſtake on each ſide cloſe cut into many points. Vitis laciniatis foliis. Corn.
to the ſtem, to which the two ſhorter branches ſhould Canad. 182. Vine with jagged leaves, commonly called
be trained upright, to furniſh wood for the ſucceeding the Parſley-leaved Grape.
year.
5. Vitis ( Arborea) foliis ſupradecompofitis, foliolis la-
In the ſummer they muſt be carefully looked over, as teralibus pinnatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 203. Vine with
before, rubbing off all weak dangling ſhoots, and more than decompounded leaves, and lateral winged lobes.
training the good ones to the ſtakes regularly, as they Frutex ſcandens petroſelini foliis, Virginiana, clavicu-
are produced, and thoſe of them which have fruit lis donatus. Pluk. Mant. 85. Climbing Virginia Shrub
ſhould be ſtopped in June, about three joints beyond with Parſley leaves, ſending out tendrils. Reynardſo-
the bunches, but the upright ſhoots, which are deſign-
nia. Rand. Ind. Hort. Chelf. Fally called the Pepper-
ed for bearing the following year, muſt not be ſtop-
ped till the middle of July, when they may be left The firſt fort grows naturally in both Indies. The
about five feet long; for if they are ſtopped ſooner in ftalks of this are woody, and ſend out many ſender
the year, it will cauſe them to ſhoot out many dang- branches, which are furniſhed with branching tendrils,
ling branches from the ſides of the eyes, which will by which they faſten themſelves to the neighbouring
not only occaſion more trouble to diſplace them, but trees, and are thereby ſupported. The leaves are
alſo will be injurious to the eyes or buds.
heart-ſhaped, indented on their edges, and hairy on
N. B. All this ſummer dreſing ſhould be performed with their under ſide. The flowers are diſpoſed in bunches
the thumb and finger, and not with knives, becauſe the like thoſe of the other ſpecies, and are fucceeded by
wounds made by inſtruments in ſummer do not heal ſo ſoon round berries or Grapes, of an auſtere taſte.
as when ſtopped by gently nipping the leading bud, which, The ſecond ſort hathligneous ſtalks which ſend out ma-
if done before the shoot is become woody, may be effected ny branches, that faften themſelves by tendrils to any
with great eaſe, being very tender while young.
,
neighbouring ſupport. The leaves of this are large,
When a vineyard is thus carefully dreſſed, it will af- and for the moſt part divided into three lobes which
ford as much pleaſure in viewing it as any plantation are indented on their edges. The under fide of the
of trees and ſhrubs whatever, the rows being regu- leaves is covered with a white down. The fruit is diſ-
lar; and if the ſtakes are exactly placed, and the up- poſed in bunches like the other Grapes. The berries
right ſhoots ſtopped to an equal height, there is no- are round and black; the juice has a rough flavour.
thing in nature which will make a more beautiful
ap-
The third fort has heart-ſhaped leaves which are in-
pearance; and during the ſeaſon that the Vines are in dented on their edges, and are ſmooth on both ſides.
flower, they emit a moſt grateful ſcent, eſpecially in The plants climb on trees by the help of their tendrils,
the morning and evening; and when the Grapes be- like thoſe of the other forts. The fruit is diſpoſed in
gin to ripen, there will be a freſh pleaſure ariông in bunches. The berries are black, and their juice
viewing of them.
has a flavour reſembling the ſcent of a fox, from
و
tree.
a
L
whence
14 L

V IT
U LE
و
are young
;
whence the inhabitants have given it the title of Fox who are curious in botany, but I have not ſeen either
Grape.
of them produce fruit in this country. They may be
The fourth fort is ſuppoſed to grow naturally in Ca- propagated by layers in the ſame manner as the com-
nada, but it has been long cultivated in the European mon Grapes, which will take root in one year, and
gardens for its fruit ; but as it has but little favour, may be taken off, and tranſplanted in the ſpring where
and ripens late in autumn, ſo it has been almoſt ba- they are to remain, which ſhould be againſt a warm
niſhed the Engliſh gardens, where at preſent there are wall; becauſe if they are expoſed to much cold in
only a few plants preſerved for the ſake of variety. winter, they are often deſtroyed, eſpecially while they
The ſtalks and branches of this are like thoſe of the
common Grape; but the leaves are cut into many Their pruning and management is the ſame with any
fender ſegments. The Grapes are round and white, other ſorts of Grapes, but only they ſhould have fewer
and are diſpoſed in looſe bunches.
ſhoots, and thoſe ſhortened down very low ; indeed
The fifth fort is by Dr. Linnæus ranged under this the Fox Grape does not like much cutting ; other-
genus of Vitis, but the characters of this plant are wiſe they will make very weak ſhoots the following
not ſufficiently known in Europe, to determine the year, and never arrive to any conſiderable ſtrength,
proper genus to which it belongs, for the plant ſeldom ſo will not be capable of producing any fruit.
produces flowers here, and has never produced any The fourth fort is planted againſt walls, and treated
fruit in England, for which reaſon I have ranged it in the ſame way as the common Vines, and may be
under the ſame genus, upon Dr. Linnæus's authority. propagated by cuttings or layers in like manner.
The ſtalk of this plant is ligneous, and ſends out The fifth fort is preſerved in ſome gardens for the
many ſlender branches furniſhed with tendrils, which ſake of variety, buť as it rarely produces flowers in
faften themſelves to any neighbouring plants for ſup- England, ſo it has not much beauty; it is a native in
a
port, and are garniſhed with leaves compoſed of ma- Virginia and Carolina, from both of theſe countries I
ny ſmaller winged leaves, ſo that they are divided have received the ſeeds. As this ſort does not pro-
ſomewhat like thoſe of common Paríley ; they are duce ſeeds here, it is generally propagated by laying
of a lucid green on their upper ſide, but are much down the young branches, which will put out roots in
paler on their under. The flowers ſpring from the one year fit to remove, when they may be taken off,
wings of the ſtalks in looſe bunches; they are very and tranſplanted where they are to remain. Theſe re-
ſmall, white, and are compoſed of five ſmall petals quire ſupport; and as their young branches are ten-
which expand, and ſoon fall off ; theſe are not ſuc- der, and liable to be killed by froſt, ſo if they are
ceeded by any fruit in England, but the berries which planted againſt a wall or pale, expoſed to the ſouth,
I have received from America, had generally three they will ſucceed much better than when they are
feeds in each.
fully expoſed to the open air, and ſupported by props.
Mr. Rand gave it the title of Reynardſonia, from Mr. The young ſhoots of theſe plants ſhould be ſhortened
Reynardſon of Hillendon, near Uxbridge, who was a down to two or three buds in the ſpring, which will
great collector of foreign plants, but the characters of cauſe the ſhoots of the following ſummer to be much
the genus were not mentioned by him.
ſtronger, and when they are regularly trained againſt
The firſt fort being a native of warm countries, will the wall or pale, they will produce flowers in warın
not live in England without artificial heat; it is eaſily ſeaſons.
propagated by ſeeds, when they are brought from the This plant is very apt to puſh out fuckers from the
countries where the plants grow naturally, for they do root, by which it is often propagated, but the plants
not produce any here; theſe muſt be ſown in ſmall ſo raiſed are very ſubject to ſend out ſuckers again,
pots, which ſhould be plunged into a hot-bed of whereby they are robbed of their nouriſhment, and do
tanners bark. When the plants come up and are fit not thrive ſo well as thoſe which come from layers.
to remove, they ſhould be each tranſplanted into a VITIS ID ÆA. See VACCINIUM.
.
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged VITIS SYLVESTRIS. See CLEMATIS.
into a freſh hot-bed of tanners bark, ſhading them ULEX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 786. Geniſta Spartium.
from the ſun till they have taken new root; then Tourn. Inft. R. H. 645. tab. 412. Furze, Gorſe, or
they muſt be treated in the ſame way as other tender Whins.
exotic plants from the ſame countries, always conti-
The CHARACTERS are,
nuing them in the ſtove, otherwiſe they will not The flower has a two-leaved empalement; it has five pe-
thrive. Theſe plants caſt off their leaves every winter. tals, and is of the butterfly kind. The ſtandard is large,
The ſecond and third forts grow in great plenty in erect, oval, heart-ſhaped, and indented at the point. The
the woods of America, where, I have been informed, wings are ſhorter and obtuſe. The keel is compoſed of two
are many other forts, which produce fruit very little obtuſe petals, wboſe borders are joined at bottom; it has
inferior to ſome of the fine forts which are culti- ten ſtamina, nine joined, and one ſeparate, terminated by
vated in Europe ; notwithſtanding which, it is gene- ſingle ſummits, and an oblong cylindrical germen, ſupport-
rally thought impoſſible to make wine in America : ing a riſing ſtyle, crowned by a ſmall obtuſe ſtigma. The
this I dare ſay, muſt proceed from a want of ſkill, ra- germen afterward turns to an oblong turgid pod with one
ther than any bad quality in the foil or climate ; fo cell
, opening with two valves, ineloſing a row of kidney-
that inſtead of planting vineyards on their looſe rich Maped ſeeds.
lands (as hath been generally practiſed by the inhabi- This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection
tants of theſe countries) if they would plant them up- of Linnæus's ſeventeenth claſs, which includes thoſe
on riſing ground, where the bottom was rocky or hard plants whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina joined in two
near the ſurface, I dare ſay they would have very bodies.
good ſucceſs; for the great fault complained of in The Species are,
thoſe countries is, that the Grapes generally burſt be- 1. Ulex (Europæus) foliis villofis acutis fpinis ſparſis.
fore they are fully ripe, which muſt certainly be oc- Lin. Sp. Plant. 741. Ulex with acute-pointed hairy leaves,
cafioned by their having too much nouriſhment; there- and Sparſed Spines. Geniſta ſpinoſa major, longiori-
fore, when they are planted on a poorer ſoil, this will bus aculeis. C. B. P. 394. The common Furze, Whins,
be in part remedied. Another cauſe of this may pro- or Gorſe.
ceed from the moiſture of the air, (occaſioned by the 2. Ulex (Capenſis) foliis obtufis folitariis, fpinis fimpli-
perſpiration of trees, &c.) which being imbibed by cibus terminalibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 372. African
the fruit, may break their ſkins. This indeed can- Furze, or Whins, with ſingle blunt leaves
. Geniſta
not be prevented, until the country is better cleared of fpartium bacciferum, ericæ foliis Africanum. Pluk.
the timber: but however, this ſhould caution people Alm. 166. African Berry-bearing Furze, with a leaf
not to plant Vines in ſuch places where there are great like Heath.
quantities of wood, becauſe of this effect, which it This
genus of plants has been titled by the antient
hath on the Grapes. But to return:
botaniſts Geniſta ſpinoſa, and Geniſta ſpartium, but
Theſe two Vines are preſerved in the gardens of thoſe theſe being compound names have been rejected ; and
;
as

U L M
U L M
a
as there is another genus of plants under the title cat at the ritn into five poinis, and coloured within ; it
of Geniſta, Dr. Linnæus has applied this title of Ulex, has no petals, but has five awl-Maped ſtamina twice the
which is a name uſed by Pliny, to this genus.
length of the empalement, terminated by ſhort erect ſum-
The common Furze, Gorze, or Whins, as it is called mits having four furrows, and an orbicular erect germen
in the different counties in England, is ſo well known Supporting two ſtyles which are refiexed, and crowned by
as to need no deſcription.
hairy ftigmas. The germen afterward turn to a roundiſh,
There are two or three varieties of this, which are fre- compreſſed, bordered capſule, including one roundiſh com-
quently met with on the commons and heaths in moſt preſſed ſeed.
parts of England; but as they are not ſpecifically dif- This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection
ferent, they are not worthy to be enumerated here, of Linnæus's fifth claſs, which contains thoſe plants
eſpecially as they are plants which are ſeldom culti- whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and two ſtyles.
vated.
The SPECIES are,
But theſe have by many botaniſts been mentioned as 1. Ulmus (Campeſtris) foliis oblongis acuminatis, du-
ſpecifically different, for which reaſon I fowed their plicato-ferratis, baſi inæqualibus. Elm with oblong
ſeeds in the garden, and found all the varieties ariſe acute-pointed leaves, which are doubly ſawed on their
from the ſame ſeeds.
edges, and unequal at their baſe. Ulmus vulgatiſſima,
Theſe plants propagate themſelves very plentifully
folio lato, ſcabro. Ger Emac. 1480. The common rough,
by feeds, ſo that when they are eſtabliſhed in a ſpot or broad-leaved Witch Elm.
of ground, they ſoon ſpread over the place; for as the 2. ULMUS (Scabris) foliis oblongo-ovatis inæqualiter
ſeeds ripen, the pods open with the warmth of the ſun, ſerratis, calycibus foliaceis. Elm with oblong oval leaves
and the ſeeds are caſt out with an elaſticity to a great which are unequally ſawed, and have leafy empalements to
diſtance all round, and theſe foon vegetate ; whereby the flowers. Ulmus folio latiſſima, ſcabro. Ger. Emac.
the ground is filled with young plants, which are not 1481. The Witch Hazel, or rough and very broad-
eaſily deſtroyed, when they are well rooted in the leaved Elm; by ſome unſkilful perſons called the Britiſh
ground.
Elm.
Some years ago the ſeeds of this plant were fown to 3. Ulmus (Sativus) foliis ovatis acuminatis duplicato-
form hedges about fields, where, if the ſoil was light, ferratis, baſi inæqualibus. Elm with oval acute-pointed
the plants foon become ſtrong enough for a fence leaves which are doubly ſawed, and unequal at their baſe.
againſt cattle ; but as theſe hedges in a few years be- Ulmus minor, folio anguito, ſcabro. Ger. Emac.
came naked at the bottom, and ſome of the plants 1480. The ſmall-leaved or Engliſh Elm.
frequently failed, there became gaps in the hedges, 4. Ulmus (Glabris) foliis ovatis glabris, acutè ferratis.
therefore the raiſing of them has been of late years Elm with oval ſmooth leaves, which are sharply Jawed on
little practiſed. But there are ſome perſons who have their edges. Ulmus folio glabro. Ger. Emac. 1481.
fown the ſeeds of this plant upon very poor hungry The ſmooth-leaved Witch Elm.
gravel or ſandy land, which has produced more profit 5. Ulmus (Hollandicus) foliis ovatis acuminatis rugoſis,
than they could make of the ground by any other inæqualiter ſerratis, cortice fungoſo. Elm with oval,
crop, eſpecially in ſuch places where fuel of all ſorts acute-pointed, rough leaves, which are unequally ſawed,
is dear; for this Furze is frequently uſed for heat- and a fungous bark. Ulmus major Hollandica, anguſtis
ing ovens, burning lime and bricks, and alſo for dry- & magis acuminatis ſamarris, folio latiſſimo, ſcabro.
ing malt. And in ſome places where there has been Pluk. Alm. The Dutch Elm.
a ſcarcity of fuel, I have known poor land, which 6. Ulmus (Minor) foliis oblongo-ovatis glabris acumi-
would not have lett for five ſhillings per acre, which natis duplicato-ſerratis. Elm with oblong, ſmooth, acute-
has been fown with Furze, produce one pound per pointed leaves, which are doubly ſawed. Ülmus minor,
acre per ann. ſo that there has been a conſiderable iin- folio anguíto, glabro. The ſmooth narrow-leaved Elm,
provement made by this plant. But this is not worth
by ſome called the upright Elm.
practiſing in ſuch countries where fuel of any kind is The firſt fort is very common in the north-weſt
cheap, or upon ſuch land as will produce good Graſs
,
counties of England, where it is generally believed to
or Corn; therefore it is only mentioned here to ſhew, grow naturally in the woods ; this grows to a very
that
poor lands may be ſo managed, as to bring an large ſize. The bark of the young branches is ſmooth
annual profit to their proprietors.
and very tough, but that of the old trees cracks and
The ſecond ſort is a native of the country near the is rough. The branches ſpread, and do not grow ſo
Cape of Good Hope, where it uſually grows to the erect as thoſe of the third fort. The leaves are rough,
height of five or ſix feet; but in Europe, where it is and are doubly lawed on their edges. Their baſe is
preſerved as a curioſity in ſome gardens, it ſeldom unequal, about three inches long and two broad, of
riſes ſo high. The ſtalk is ligneous and hard, co- a dark green colour, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks.
vered with a greeniſh bark when young, but it after- The flowers come out in March upon the ſlender
ward becomes grayiſh. The branches are ſlender and twigs, ſtanding in cluſters ; they are of a deep red co-
ligneous, the leaves are ſingle, obtuſe, and the ſhoots lour ; theſe are ſucceeded by oval bordered capſules,
terminate with ſpines. This plant has been ſeveral containing one roundiſh compreſſed ſeed which ripens
years in the Engliſh gardens, but has not produced in May. The wood of this tree is good for all the
purpoſes of any kind of Elm, and the tree
ees grow to
This plant is too tender to live in the open air through a very large ſize, but the leaves do not come out
the winter in England, therefore it is preſerved in till late in the ſpring, ſo there are few perſons who
green-houſes with the hardier forts of exotic plants, plant theſe trees near their habitations.
which do not require any artificial heat to preſerve The ſecond ſort grows naturally in ſome of the nor-
them.
thern counties of England, where it is frequently called
It is
very difficult to propagate either by layers or cut- Witch-hazel, from the reſemblance of the young
tings, for the layers are generally two or three years ſhoots and leaves to thoſe of Hazel. This grows to
before they have ſufficient root to tranſplant, and the a tree of great magnitude. The bark of the young
cuttings do very rarely take root, and as the plant does ſhoots is very ſmooth and tough; it is of a yellowiſh
not produce ſeeds in Europe, it is very rare in the brown colour, with ſpots of white. The leaves are
European gardens. It is a plant of no great beauty, oval, fix inches long, and almoſt four broad, and are
but, as it is an evergreen, it is admitted into the gar- unequally ſawed on their edges. The flowers grow in
dens of thoſe who are curious in botany for the ſake cluſters toward the end of the twigs; they have long
of variety
leafy empalements of a green colour, and appear in
ULMARI A. See SPIRÆA.
the ſpring before their leaves, and the feeds ripen the
ULMUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 601. tab. 372. Lin. latter end of May. The wood of this tree is not ſo
Gen. Plant. 281. The Elm-tree; in French, Orme. good for uſe as that of the firſt fort. Formerly, when
The CHARACTERS are,
long bows were in uſe, many of them were made
The flower has a rough permanent empalement of one leaf, of the boughs of this tree.
The
any flowers.

U L M
U L M
а
The third fort is commonly known in the rurſery-
gardens by the title of Engliſh Elm, which is far
from being a right appellation, for it is not a native
of England, and is only found growing near London,
or in plantations where the young trees were procured
from the neighbourhood of London. Where this tree
grows naturally is not eaſy to determine; fome per-
tons have ſuppoſed it was brought from Germany.
As this tree is well known, it requires no deſcription.
The flowers of this are of a purpliſh red colour, and
generally appear the beginning of March, but I could
never obſerve any ſeeds upon this fort.
The fourth fort is very common in ſeveral parts of
Hertfordſhire, Effex, and other north-eaſt counties
of England ; this grows to a large tree, and is much
eſteemed. The branches ſpread out like thoſe of
the firſt fort. The leaves are oval, and ſharply ſawed
on their edges ; they are ſmoother than moſt of the
other forts, and do not appear till the middle or lat-
ter end of May, ſo the trees are feldom planted near
habitations.
The fifth fort is well known by the title of Dutch
Elm; this was brought from Holland the beginning
of King Willliam's reign, and was for ſome time a
faſhionable tree, and has been recommended for its
quick growth ; it was ſome years ago in great requeſt
for forming hedges in gardens, for which purpoſe it
was one of the moſt improper trees that could be
choſen, for they made very ſtrong irregular ſhoots,
which are diſtant from each other. The leaves were
very large and rough, and the branches covered with
a fungous rough bark, which was diſagreeable, ſo
that when the hedges were ſheared, they appeared
naked and diſagreeable the whole ſummer after. The
wood of this tree is good for nothing, ſo it is almoſt
banihed this country.
The ſixth fort is found growing in hedge-rows in
ſeveral parts of England. The branches of this fort
have a fmooth grayiſh bark, and grow erect. The
leaves are narrower, and more pointed than thoſe of
the Engliſh Elm, and are ſmoother; they are later in
coming out in the ſpring than thoſe, but continue
longer in autumn ; this has been by ſome called the
Iriſh Elm.
There are ſome other varieties of this tree which are
preſerved in the nurſery-gardens, but their difference
is not remarkable enough to deſerve notice, therefore
they are omitted, as are alſo thoſe with variegated
leaves, of which there are ſeveral varieties propagated
in the nurſeries about London; theſe are by fome
perfons eſteemed.
All the forts of Elm may be either propagated by
layers or ſuckers taken from the roots of the old
trees, the latter of which is generally practiſed by the
nurſery gardeners; but as theſe are often cut up with
indifferent roots, they often miſcarry, and render the
ſucceſs doubtful; whereas thoſe which are propagated
by layers are in no hazard, and always make better
roots, and come on faſter than the other, and do not
ſend out ſuckers from their roots in ſuch plenty, for
which reaſon this method ſhould be more univerſally
practiſed. And ſince a ſmall compaſs of ground
filled with ftools of theſe plants will be ſufficient to
furniſh a nurſery of a conſiderable extent, annually,
with layers to be tranſplanted, it is richly worth every
perſon's while, who would cultivate theſe trees, to
allot a ſpot of ground for this purpoſe.
The beſt foil for ſuch a nurſery is a freſh Hazel
loam, neither too light and dry, nor over moiſt and
heavy; this ground ſhould be well trenched, and if a
little rotten dung is buried therein, it will be of fer-
vice; in doing of this great care ihould be taken to
pick out all the roots of pernicious weeds, which, if
left in the ground, would be very injurious to the
Jayers, and cannot afterwards be ſo eaſily rooted out;
then having laid the ground level, the plants muſt be
planted at about eight feet aſunder each way. The
beſt ſeaſon for this work is in autumn, as ſoon as the
leaves begin to decay, that they may take root before
the dry weather in the ſpring comes on, whereby a
great expence of watering them will be ſaved; for if
they are well ſettled in the ground before the dry
weather, they will require little more than to mulch
their roots to keep the earth from drying.
Theſe plants ſhould be permitted to grow rude two
years, during which time the ground between ſhould
be carefully cleaned and dug every ſpring, by which
time they will be well rooted and have made pretty
ſtrong ſhoots, ſo that they may be laid in the ground.
The manner of performing this being already de-
ſcribed in the article LAYERS, I ſhall forbear repeating
it in this place.
When theſe layers are well rooted, which will be in
cne year, they ſhould be taken off, and tranſplanted
out into a nurſery, which ſhould be upon a good foil, ,
and well prepared, (as before for the ftools.). The
plants ſhould be planted in rows about four feet aſun-
der, and two feet diſtance plant from plant in the
rows. This ſhould be done in autumn, as ſoon as the
leaves begin to decay, and if there is ſome mulch laid
upon the ſurface of the ground about their roots, it
will preſerve them from being hurt by froft in win-
ter, and from drying winds in ſpring, and thereby fe-
cure them from all hazard.
The following ſummer the ground between theni
ſhould be conſtantly kept clean from weeds, and in
autumn they ſhould be pruned up, cutting off all
ſtrong lateral branches, which, if left on, would im-
pede their upright growth ; but there muſt be ſome
of the ſmaller ſhoots left on to detain the ſap, in order
to augment the ſtems of the trees; for where they are
pruned up too naked, they are apt to grow up too
Nender to ſupport themſelves, ſo that their heads will
recline to the ground, and cauſe their ftems to grow
crooked.
In this nurſery they may remain four or five years, ob-
ſerving conſtantly to dig the ground between them
every ſpring, and to trim them as before directed,
which will promote their growth, and render them
ſtrong enough to tranſplant out where they are to
remain, in the time before mentioned.
Theſe trees are very proper to plant in hedge-rows,
upon the borders of fields, where they will thrive much
better than when planted in a wood, or cloſe planta-
tion, and their ſhade will not be very injurious to
whatever grows under them; but when theſe trees are
tranſplanted out upon banks after this manner, the
banks ihould be well wrought, and cleared from all
other roots, otherwiſe the plants, being taken from
a better foil, will not make much progreſs in theſe
places. About Michaelmas will be a good time for
this work, for the reaſons before afligned; but when
they are planted, there ſhould be ſome ſtakes fixed in
by them, to which they ſhould be faſtened to prevent
their being diſplaced by the winds, and part of their
heads ſhould be taken off before they are planted,
which will alſo be of uſe in preventing their being
eaſily overturned by winds; but by no means ſhould
their leading ſhoot be ſtopped, nor the branches too
cloſely cut off; for if there are not ſome ſhoots left
on to draw and attract the ſap, they will be in danger
of miſcarrying
Theſe trees are alſo proper to plant at a diſtance from
a garden or building to break the violence of winds,
for which purpoſe there is not any tree more uſeful,
for they may be trained up in form of a hedge, keep-
ing them cut every year, which will cauſe them to
grow very cloſe and handſome to the height of forty
or fifty feet, and be a great protection againſt the
fury of winds; but they ſhould not be planted too near
a garden, where fruit-trees or other plants are placed,
becauſe the roots of the Elms run ſuperficially near
the top of the ground to a great diſtance, and will
intermix with the roots of the other trees, and deprive
them of nouriſhment; nor ſhould they be planted
near gravel or Graſs walks, which are deſigned to be
well kept, becauſe the roots will run into them, and
ſend forth fuckers in great plenty, which will deface
the walks, and render them unſightly.
3
3
But

U L M
URE
a
a
a
a
.
But for large gardens, where ſhade is required, there others from atžempting to make plantations of this
is ſcarce any tree fo proper for that pupoſe, being tree; for, as great part of the trees have been taken
eaſy to remove when grown to a conſiderable ſize, lo out of hedge rows, and from places where they have
that a perſon who is willing to have his plantations ſprung up from the roots of old trees; they had but
for fhade in a ſhort time, may procure trees of near few roots, and thoſe not furniſhed with fibres, ſo
one foot circumference in their trunk, which will be ſuch of the trees as ſurvived their removal have made
in little danger of ſucceeding, provided they are re- ſcarce any progreſs; and I have ſeen many plantations
moved with care. And theſe will take root, and grow which had been growing ten, twelve, or more years,
very well, though not ſo well as young plants, which almoſt totally deſtroyed in a ſevere winter, and fome-
is what few other forts of trees will do; but then they times by a very dry ſummer; for, as their roots had
ſhould be ſuch trees as have been thus regularly train- not extended far in the ground, the trees were weak,
ed up in a nurſery, and have good roots, and not ſuch and though they kept alive, yet were not able to reſist
as are taken out of hedge rows (as is by ſome prac- a ſevere froſt, or a great drought; but the planters
tiſed,) which ſeldom riſe with any tolerable roots, and were in a hurry, and wanted immediate ſhade and
conſequently often miſcarry; and this has been the proſpect, ſo in order to obtain theſe, purſued a me-
occaſion of ſo many plantations of theſe trees failing, thod in which they could never hope to have either
for although ſome of them may live a few years, yet in any degree of perfection; whereas if they had
few of them are of long duration, and they rarely in- planted trees no bigger in their ſtems than a man's
creaſe much in their ſtems, but frequently grow hol- thumb, in ten or twelve years time they would have
low, their heart decaying firſt, ſo that they are ſup- had both, with the pleaſure of ſeeing an annual pro-
ported only by their bark or ſhell, for a few years, greſs of their trees, at a time when their large-planted
and the firſt ſevere winter, or very dry ſummer, they trees are decaying.
are generally deſtroyed.
I have ſeen fome expenſive plantations of this kind,
But although I have ſaid, that Elms which are train- which have ſeemed to ſucceed for two or three years,
ed up in a nurſery may be removed with ſafety, at a by making ſtrong ſhoots moſt part of the length of
larger ſize than moſt other trees, yet I would not have their items, which has greatly deceived their planters,
it underſtood, that by this I would recommend the who did not doubt but their trees were out of danger,
planting of them when large, for if people would but in a few years after, they found moſt of their
have a little patience when they plant, and never plant tops decay, and their hearts were rotting apace, ſo
any of theſe trees which are more than four or five became hollow; and although they continued to put
inches in the girt of their ſtems, they will in a few out lateral ſhoots, yet their items never increaſed in
years become better trees than any of thoſe which are fize.
tranſplanted of a much larger growth, and they will In ſome plantations made in the ſame place a few years
always grow to a much larger ſize; beſides, they are after, with trees not a tenth part ſo large as the former,
much more eaſily removed, and do not require to be yet are now more than double the ſize of the large
ſo ſtrongly ſupported, nor is there much danger of ones, and in a moſt thriving ſtate, whereas the others
the young trees miſcarrying; therefore it is much more do little more than juſt keep alive; therefore I adviſe
eligible to make choice of young thriving trees (but every perſon, who wiſhes to have their trees thrive
not out of a better foil than that where they are to be and become large, to plant them young, which may
planted,) and never to plant any large trees, unleſs be performed for a very ſmall ſum, when compared
where a ſmall number may be wanted for an imme- with that of the other.
diate ſhade, and in ſuch caſes it is always proper to Another piece of advice may be alſo neceffary here,
plant fome young trees amongſt the large ones, to fuc- which is, not to top or cut the trees, as is too much
ceed them when they fail.
practiſed near London, which not only impedes their
In planting of theſe trees, great care muſt be taken growth, but occaſions their decaying ſoon.
not to bury their roots too deep, which is very injuri-UMBELLA, an umbel, is the extremity of a ſtalk
а
ous to them, eſpecially if they are planted on a moiſt or branch, divided into ſeveral pedicles or rays, be-
loam or clay ; in which caſe, if the clay is near the ginning from the ſame point, and opened in ſuch a
ſurface, it will be the beſt way to raiſe the ground in manner as to forin an inverted cone.
When the pedi-
a hill, where each tree is to be planted, which will cles, into which the ſtalk is divided, are ſubdivided
advance their roots above the ſurface of the ground, into others of the ſame form, upon which the flowers
ſo that they will not be in danger of rotting in winter or fruits are diſpoſed, the firſt order is called
rays,
the
with moiſture.
ſecond pedicles. That umbel which conſiſts of pedi-
When theſe trees are propagated by ſuckers taken cles only is called a ſimple umbel; that which is com-
from the foot of old trees, they are commonly laid poſed both of rays and pedicles is called a compound
into the ground in rows pretty cloſe together in beds, umbel.
where, in dry weather, they may be frequently water- UMBELLIFEROUS PLANTS are thoſe
ed to encourage their putting out roots. In theſe beds whoſe flowers are produced in an umbel, on the top
they are left commonly two years, by which time of the ſtalks, where they, in ſome manner, repreſent
thoſe that live will be rooted (though a great many of an umbrella. Of this kind are Parfneps, Carrots,
them generally die ;) they then are tranſplanted into Fennel, Parſley, &c.
the nurſery, and managed as hath been directed for URENA. Hort. Elth. 319. Lin. Gen. Plant. 754
the layers.
Indian Mallow.
There are ſome who raiſe the Witch Elm from feeds, The CHARACTERS are,
which it generally produces in great plenty, and are It hath a malvaceous flower with a double empalement,
ripe in May; theſe ſhould be ſown upon a bed of freſh the outer being of one leaf, fightly cut at the brim into five
loamy earth, and gently covered. In dry weather parts, but the inner is five-leaved, permanent, and cut to
they ſhould be watered, and if the bed is ſhaded from the bottom. The flower is compoſed of five leaves which are
the violent heat of the ſun, it will be of great ſervice oblong, and blunt at their extremity, but narrow at their
to the ſeeds (for I always obſerve the plants to come baſe, where they coaleſce. In the center there are many
up better in the ſhade, than when expoſed to the ſun.) ſtamina which are joined, and form a column at their
When the plants come up, they ſhould be carefully baſe, but ſpread open cbove. It has a roundijh five-cor-
cleared from weeds, and after they have ſtood two nered germen with a ſingle style, and ten hairy reflexed
years in the ſeed-bed, they will be fit to plant out in- ſtigmas. The germen changes to a pentagonal fruit which
to the nurſery, where they muſt be managed as the is burry, and divides into five cells, each having one an-
former.
gular feed.
When we view many of the late plantations which This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
have been made in parks and gardens within forty
Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
years paſt, at a very great expence, and obſerve the whoſe flowers have many ftamina, which, with the
Little progreſs they have made, it is enough to deter ſtyle, are joined in one body.
M
The
a
14 M

URE
URT
a
а
3
The Species are,
through the winter in the ftove, and will ripen their
1. URENA (Lobata) foliis angulatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff. ſeeds the following ſeaſon, after which the plants fel-
348. Indian Mallow with angular leaves. Urena' Sinica dom continue.
Xanthii facie. Hort. Elth. 340. Urena of China having URTICA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 534. tab. 308. Lin.
the appearance of lefſer Burdock.
Gen. Plant. 935. [fo called from urere, Lat. to burn,
2. URENA (Aculeata) foliis inferioribus angulatis, fupe- becauſe this plant, being touched, burns very much.]
rioribus trilobis quinquelobiſque acutè ferratis. Urena The Nettle; in French, Ortie.
with angular lower leaves, and the upper ones divided into
The CHARACTERS are,
three or five lobes which are ſharply ſawed. Alcea Indi- It has male and female flowers at remote diſtances, some
ca fruteſcens foliis ad marginem exaſperatis, bryoniæ times on the ſame, and at others on ſeparate plants
. The
albæ diviſuris, e Sinu Bengalenſi
. Pluk. Phyt. tab. male flowers have an empalement compoſed of four round-
5. fig. 3. Indian ſhrubby Vervain Mallow from Bengal, iſh concave leaves; theſe bave no empalements; they
with leaves having prickles on their edges, and divided have a pitcher-Shaped ncetarium in the center of the flow-
like thoſe of the white Briony.
er, and four owl-shaped Spreading Bomina, terminated
3. URENA (Sinuata) foliis finuato-multifidis villofis. by ſummits with two cells. The female flowers have an
Flor. Zeyl. 257. Urena with ſinuated hairy leaves having oval permanent empalement with two valves; they have
many points. Alcea Indica fruteſcens, foliis in laci- neither petals nor ſtamina, but an oval germen without
nias variè diffectis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 74. fig. 1. Shrub- any Style, crowned by a hairy ftigma. The germen after-
by Indian Vervoin Mallow, with leaves variouſly cut. ward turns to an oval compreſſed ſeed, which ripens in the
The title of Urena was applied to this genus by Dr. empalement.
Dillenius, in the Hortus Elthamenſis, as the characters This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth ſection
of the plants differ from all the genera of the malva- of Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which contains thoſe
ceous tribe, and this being a nanie applied to it in the plants which have diſtinct male and female flowers
Hortus Malabaricus.
on the ſame plant, and the male flowers have four
Thefirſt ſort grows naturally in China, and alſo in Ame- ſtamina.
rica; this riſes with an upright ſtalk upward of two feet
The SPECIES are,
high, which become ligneous toward the autumn.
It
1. URTICA (Dioica) foliis oppofitis cordatis, racemis
ſends out a few fide branches which are taper, ftiff, and geminis
. Lin. Sp. Plant. 984. Nettle with heart-
have a dark green bark; they are garniſhed with round- Maped leaves which are placed oppoſite, and double Spikes
iſh angular leaves about two inches long, and two of flowers. Urtica urens maxima. C. B. P. 232. The
inches and a quarter broad, ſtanding upon pretty long greateſt ſtinging Nettle.
foot-ſtalks ; they are of a dark green on their upper 2. URTICA (Urens) foliis oppoſitis ovalibus. Lin. Sp.
fide, and are pale on their lower. The flowers come Plant. 984. Nettle with oval leaves which are placed
out fingle from the wings of the ſtalk, fitting cloſe oppoſite. Urtica urens minor. C. B. P. 232. Smoller
to it; they are ſhaped like thoſe of the Mallow, but Stinging Nettle.
dre ſmall, and of a deep bluſh colour ; theſe are ſuc- 3. URTICA (Pilulifera) foliis oppoſitis cordatis, amentis
ceeded by roundiſh capſules, armed with prickly hairs, fructiferis globofis. Lin. Sp. 1395. Nettle with heart-
divided into five cells
, each containing one kidney- Maped leaves placed oppoſite, and ſeeds in globular katkins.
ſhaped feed. It flowers from July till winter, and Urtica urens pilulas ferens. f. Dioſcoridis, femine lini.
the feeds ripen in fucceffion.
C. B. P. 232. Stinging Nettle bearing pills and feeds like
The ſecond ſort grows naturally on the coaſt of Ma- Flax, commonly called Roman Nettle.
labar, from whence I received the feeds: this riſes 4. URTICA (Dodartii) foliis oppofitis ovatis fubinteger-
with a ligneous ſtalk three feet high, dividing into rimis, amentis fructiferis globoſis. Lin. Sp. 1395.
four or five branches, which have a grayiſh bark; they Nettle with oval leaves which are clmoſt entire, placed
are garniſhed with leaves of different forms; thoſe on oppoſite, and globular ſeed-bearing katkins. Urtica altera,
the lower part are angular, an inch and a half long, pilulifera, parietariæ foliis. Act. Par. 131. Another
and about the fame breadth ; thoſe above are cut ſome pill-beoring Nettle with a leaf like Pellitory, commonly
into three, and others have five angular obtuſe lobes; called Spaniſh Merjoram.
they are of a dark green on their upper ſide, but pale 5. URTICA (Cannabina) foliis oppofitis tripartitis inciſis.
on their under, and are ſharply ſawed on their edges, Hort. Upſal. 282. Nettle with leaves placed oppoſite,
ſtanding upon long foot-ſtalks. The flowers come which are cut into three parts. Urtica foliis profunde
out fingly from the wings of the ſtalk; they are ſhap- laciniatis, femine lini. Amman. Ruth. 249. Nettle with
ed like thoſe of the other, but are larger. The petals leaves which are deeply cut, and feeds like Flux.
are narrower at their baſe, and they have deep red 6. URTICA (Cylindrica, foliis oppofitis oblongis, amentis
bottoms. Theſe appear in Auguſt and September, cylindricis folitariis indivifis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 984.
but unleſs the autumn proves warm, the ſeeds will Nettle with oblong leaves which are placed oppoſite, and
not ripen in this country.
ſingle, cylindrical, undivided katkins. Urtica foliis ob-
The feeds of the third ſort came from Malabar ; the longis ferratis nervoſis petiolatis. Flor. Virg. 187.
ſtalks of this are hairy, and divide into many branches : Nettle with oblong, ſawed, veined leaves, growing up03.
it riſes about two feet high, and is garniſhed with foot-ſtalks.
oblong leaves, divided into three obtufe lobes to the 7. URTICA (Mariana) foliis oppoſitis ovato-lanceolatis
midrib. The lobes are indented in ſeveral parts; acuminatis crenatis, amentis cylindricis indiviſis. Net-
they are of a light green on both fides, and hairy. tle with oval, Spear-ſhaped, acute-pointed, crenated leaves,
The flowers fit cloſe to the ſtalks ſingly at the wings; which are placed oppoſite, and cylindrical undivided kat-
they are ſhaped like thoſe of the former, but are kins. Urtica minor iners Mariana, feminibus ex alis
of a pale blush colour, with a a deep red bottom. foliorum racemofis non ramoſis. Pluk. Mant. 190.
Theſe appear in Auguſt and September, but unleſs Smaller Nettle of Maryland, with ſeeds growing in long
the ſeaſon proves warm, the ſeeds do not ripen in bunches from the wings of the leaves, but not branched.
England.
8. URTICA (Canadenſis) foliis alternis cordato-ovatis,
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which ſhould amentis racemoſis diſtichis erectis. Hort. Cliff. 441.
be fown on a hot-bed early in the ſpring; and when Nettle with oval beart-ſhaped leaves which are placed al-
the plants are fit to remove, they ſhould be tranſ- ternate, and erect, branching, double katkins. Urtica
planted into pots, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed maxima, racemoſa Canadenſis. H.R. Par. Greateſt
to bring them forward, and afterward they muſt be branching Nettle of Canada.
treated in the ſame manner as hath been directed for 9. URTICA (Nivea) foliis alternis orbiculato utrinque
the tender forts of Hibiſcus, to which the reader is acutis ſubtus tomentoſis. Hort. Cliff. 441. Nettle with
deſired to turn. If the plants are brought forward orbicular leaves pointed at both ends, placed oppoſite,
in the ſpring, and afterward placed in the ftove, or and woolly on their under ſide. Urtica racemifera maxi-
under a deep frame, they will ripen ſeeds the firſt ma finarum, foliis fubtus argenteâ lanugine villofis.
ſeaſon ; but if they ſhould not, they may be preſerved Pluk. Amalth. 212. Greateſt branching China Neatle
zuhole

U R T
U V U
whoſe leaves are covered with a hlvery hairy down on their in long cylindrical katkins; the male are produced on
under fide.
the lower part of the ſtalk, and the female on the up-
10. URTICA (Balearica) foliis oppofitis cordatis ferratis, per; the latter are ſucceeded by feeds like thoſe of
amentis fructiferis globoſis. Lin. Sp. 1395. Nettle
Flax, incloſed in the three-cornered empalement of
with heart-ſhaped Sawed leaves placed oppoſite, and glo-
the flower. This flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen
bular katkins and fruit. Urtica pilulifera, folio an- in autumn. The ſtalks and leaves of this fort are
guſtiori, caule viridi Balearica. Boerh. Ind. alt. 11. armed with ſtinging hairs.
106. Narrow-leaved pill-bearing Nettle, of the Balearic This plant is eaſily propagated either by ſeeds or
Iſands, with a green stalk.
parting of the roots, and will thrive in moſt foils or
The firſt of theſe forts is a very common weed upon ſituations.
the ſides of banks, ditches, and other uncultivated The ſixth fort grows naturally in Canada, and other
places, where its roots will ſpread, and over-run the parts of North America ; it is an annual plant, with a
grounds, ſo that it ſhould always be carefully extir- lucid herbaceous ſtalk, which divides into ſeveral
pated from gardens; it is ſometimes uſed in medi- branches, garniſhed with oblong ſawed leaves,
cine, but may be eaſily procured from the fields at al- having three longitudinal veins; they are placed op-
moſt any ſeaſon.
poſite upon pretty long foot-ſtalks. The flowers are
The ſecond fort is alſo a very common weed in gar- produced from the wings of the ſtalks in ſingle katkins,
dens, and in cultivated fields; but it being an annual which are not divided; they appear late in the year,
plant, is not ſo difficult to eradicate as the former. and unleſs the autumn is very favourable, the ſeeds
Theſe plants are ſo well known as to need no deſcrip- will not ripen in England.
tion.
The ſeventh fort grows naturally in North America ;
The third ſort grows naturally in Romney Marſh, and this has a perennial root, from which ſpring out ma-
near Yarmouth; this is an annual plant which riſes ny ſtalks from two to three feet high, garniſhed with
near three feet high. The ſtalk is herbaceous, thick, oval ſpear-ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite, ſtanding
of a purpliſh colour, and armed in every part with upon long foot-ſtalks ; they are crenated on their
ftinging hairs. The branches come out oppoſite. edges, and end in acute points. The flowers come
The leaves are heart-ſhaped, the lower ones are three out from the wings of the leaves on every fide the
inches long, and two broad toward their baſe, and ſtalk, in long, cylindrical, undivided katkins; theſe
end in acute points; they are deeply ſawed on appear in Auguſt, but the feeds do not ripen in
their edges, and ſtand oppoſite upon long foot-ſtalks; England.
theſe are alſo armed with ſtinging hairs on both ſides. The eighth ſort grows naturally in Canada and Virgi-
The male and female flowers come out from the nia. The root is perennial, the ſtalks riſe two feet
wings of the leaves at the fame joint, on each ſide high ; the leaves are oval, heart-ihaped, and ſtand
the ſtalk; the male ſtanding above the female, up- alternately upon the ſtalks; the flowers come out in
on long ſender foot-ſtalks or katkins, placed very branching katkins from the wings of the ſtalks ; theſe
looſely. The female flowers have ſhorter foot-ſtalks, , appear toward autumn, but are ſeldom ſucceeded by
and are in globular heads; theſe are ſucceeded by
feeds in this country,
fmooth ſhining ſeeds like thoſe of the Flax. It flowers The two laft forts are common in many Engliſh gar-
in July and Auguft, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. dens, where they are preſerved more for the fake of
The tenth fort grows naturlly in the Balearic Inands. variety than for any beauty. They may be propa-
This was diſcovered by Mr. Salvadore, an apothecary gated by parting their roots in the ſpring, and planted
in Barcelona, who ſent the feeds to many botanic gar- in almoſt any foil or ſituation, and will endure the fe-
dens, where the plants have been cultivated ſeveral vereſt cold of this climate in the open air.
years; this differs from the third fort in having narrower The ninth fort grows naturally in China, where it is
leaves and globular katkins, but being ſomewhat titled Peama ; this is a perennial plant, fending up
like it, is not often diſtinguiſhed from it.
many ſtalks from the root, which riſe three or four
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy; feet high, garniſhed with oval leaves drawing to
this is alſo an annual plant, whoſe ſtalks are much points at both ends ; they are four inches long, and
flenderer than thofe of the former, and feldom branch. two inches and a half broad, fawed on their edges, of
The leaves are placed by pairs, upon very ſlender a deep green on their upper fide, but very white on
foot-ftalks ; they are oval, ſpear-ſhaped, and for the their under, and have five longitudinal veins; they
most part entire, and have male and female flowers are placed alternately, and ſtand upon very long flen-
ſpringing from the wings of the leaves, which are der foot-ſtalks. The flowers ſpring from the wings
ſhaped like the former, the whole plant being armed of the ſtalk in looſe katkins; theſe are not ſucceeded
with ſtinging hairs. This flowers and perfeets its by feeds in England.
feeds at the ſame time as the other.
This may alſo be propagated by parting of the roots,
Theſe plants may be eaſily propagated by ſowing their which ſhould be done in May, for at that ſeaſon this
ſeeds in March, upon a bed of light rich earth, and plant is in its leaſt vigour, the winter being the time
when the plants are come up, they ſhould be tranſ- when it is moſt flouriſhing.
planted out into beds, or the borders of the pleaſure- The plants muſt be planted in pots filled with light
garden, interſperſing them amongſt other plants, that earth, and as they are too tender to thrive in the
they may not be eaſily diſcovered by perſons whom open air in England, ſo they ſhould be kept in pots,
there is a deſign to deceive, by gathering a ſprig for and houſed in winter, and only expoſed to the open
them to ſmell to, After the plants have taken root, air for three months in the heat of ſummer.
they will require no farther care but only to keep them UVA URSI. See ARBUTUS.
clear from weeds. In July they will flower, and their VULNERARIA. See ANTHYLLIS.
ſeeds will ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to ſhed UVULARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 373.
upon the ground, will come up the following ſpring, The CHARACTERS are,
and flouriſh without farther care.
The flower has no empalement; it has fix oblong, erett,
The feeds of the third fort are ſometimes uſed in me- Spear-ſhaped petals, and fix awl-ſhaped ſtamina terminated
dicine.
by oblong, erect, four-cornered ſummits; it has on oblong,
The fifth fort grows naturally in Tartary, from whence obtuſe, three-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſtyle longer
the ſeeds were brought to the Imperial Garden at Pe- than the ſtamina, crowned by a triple, obtuſe, Spreading
terſburgh, and have ſince been diſperſed to moſt parts Stigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong obtuſe
of Europe; this has a perennial root, from which capſule with three lobes and as many cells, filled with flat
ſprings up many ſquare ftalks which riſe five or ſix orbicular ſeeds ranged in a double order.
feet high, garniſhed with oblong leaves deeply cut This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
into three lobes, which are acutely indented on their Linnæus's ſixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
edges, theſe ſtand oppoſite upon long foot-ſtalks. whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle,
The flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves
The
a

U V U
U V U
The Species are,
1. UVULARIA ( Amplexicaule) foliis amplexicaulibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 304. Uvularia with leaves embracing the
ſtalk. Uvularia foliis cordato-oblongis. Flor. Leyd.
29. Uvularia with oblong beart-ſhaped leaves
.
2. Uvularia (Perfoliata) foliis perfoliatis. Amen.
Acad. 2. P. 3. Uvularia with perfoliate leaves. Poly-
gonatum ramoſum, fore luteo majus. Cornut Canad.
38. Branching Solomon's Seal, with a large yellow flower.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in Bohemia and Saxony.
The root is perennial, but the ſtalk is annual; it riſes
,
about two feet high, ſending out one or two branches
from the lower part; it is garniſhed with oblong
ſmooth leaves ending in acute points, whoſe leaves em-
brace the ſtalks. The flowers come out ſingly from
the boſom of the leaves upon long ſlender foot-ſtalks;
they are compoſed of ſix oblong naked petals of a yel-
low colour ; theſe hang downward ; they appear the
latter end of April, but are rarely ſucceeded by feeds
here.
The ſecond fort grows naturally in North America ;
this has a perennial root and an annual ſtalk. The
root is compoſed of many thick Aeſhy fibres, from
which ſpring up ſeveral ſtalks, which for the moſt
part divide into two at a ſmall height from the
ground; theſe ſpread aſunder, and are garniſhed
with oblong, ſmooth, pointed leaves, which are broad
at their baſe, ſurrounding the ſtalk in ſuch a man-
ner, as if the ſtalk run through them. The flowers
are compoſed of fix oblong yellow petals ending in
acute points; they ſtand upon flender foot-ſtalks
which ariſe from the bofom of the leaves, and hang
downward. The flowers appear about the ſame time
with the former, but are not ſucceeded by ſeeds in
England
Theſe plants were firſt ranged in the genus of Poly.
gonatum, and by Dr. Boerhaave they were placed
with the Fritillaria; but this title of Uvularia was giv-
en to it by Dr. Linnæus, from the reſemblance which
the fruit of it has to the Uvula.
They are both very hardy plants, ſo will live in the
full ground, but as the flowers have not much beauty,
they are only cultivated for the ſake of variety; they
are propagated by parting of their roots. The beſt
ſeaſon for removing them is about Michaelmas,
when their roots may be ſeparated, and planted in the
borders of the flower-garden; but this ſhould be done
every third year, for if they are often removed, the
plants will not thrive ſo well, or flower ſo ſtrong, as
when they ſtand two or three years unremoved , they
delight in a foil not too wet or ſtiff, but a gentle ha-
zel loam.
9
W.
W
W AC
ACHENDORFI A. Burman.
The CHARACTERS are,
Tbe (Spatha) or sheath of the flower is bi-
valve, the flower bath fix oblong petals, the
three upper ones are erect, and the three under Spread
open ; it hath two briſtly nectariums placed on each ſide
the upper petals
, and three ſender declining ſtamina which
are ſhorter than the petals, terminated by incumbent ſum-
mits. The gersnen which is ſituated above, is roundiſh
.
and three-cornered, ſupporting a ſlender declining ſtyle,
crowned by a ſimple ſtigma. The germen becomes an ovel
capſule, having three obtufe angles, divided into three
cells, each containing one hairy ſeed.
The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. John
Burman, profeffor of botany at Amſterdam, in ho-
nour of Dr. Everard Jacob Wachendorf, profeſſor of
phyſic, botany, and chemiſtry at Utrecht.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's third claſs, the flower having three ſtamina
and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. WACHENDORFIA (Thyrſiflora) fcapo ſimplici. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 59. Wachendorfia with a ſingle ſtalk bearing flow-
ers in a thyrſe
. Wachendorfia foliis lanceolatis quin-
quenerviis canaliculo-plicatis, foribus in thyrſum col-
lectis. Burman. Monogr. 2. f. 2.
2. WACHENDORFIA (Paniculata) fcapo polyftachyo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 59. Wachendorfia with a divided ſtalk, bear-
ing flowers in panicles. Wachendorfia foliis enſiformi-
bus trinerviis, foribus paniculatis. Burm. Monogr. 4.
f. 1. Wachendorfia with Sword-ſhaped leaves having three
veins, and flowers in panicles.
The firſt fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; it has a thick, tuberous, Reed-like root, of
a deep red colour, ſending out many perpendicular
fibres of the ſame colour, and ſpreading into ſeveral
W AC
offsets. The leaves which riſe immediately from the
root are large, ſpear-ſhaped, and channelled; they
have five plaited veins, and reſemble the folds in
fans. The largeſt of theſe leaves are two feet long,
and three inches broad, and of a deep green co-
lour. The flower-ſtalk riſes from the center of the
heads between the leaves, to the height of three or
four feet, and is garniſhed with leaves of the fame
form with thoſe below, but are narrower, and are
ranged alternately, embracing the ſtalk half round
with their baſe. The flowers, when young, are incloſed
in ſheaths, which, after ſome time, open and make
way for the flowers to come out; then they wither
and dry, but remain upon the ſtalk like thoſe of the
yellow Aſphodel. The flowers are produced from
the wings of the ſtalk, forming a looſe ſpike at the
top; there are ſeveral flowers ſuſtained upon one
common foot-ſtalk which open after each other, fo
that there is ſeldom more than one open at the fame
time upon the ſame foot-ſtalk. The upper flowers
ſtand almoſt upright, but the lower nod downward;
they are hairy, and of a Saffron colour on the out-
ſide, but ſmooth and yellow within, having gene-
rally fix petals, but ſometimes the lower one is want-
ing; but then the place is occupied by the pointal,
which is a ſingular ſport of nature. After the flower
fades, the germen ſwells to an almoſt oval, three-
cornered, blunt capſule with three cells, each con-
taining three purple hairy ſeeds, fixed to an oblong
placenta.
This plant is propagated by offsets, which are ſent
out from the main head, after the ſame manner as
ſome of the Flag-leaved Iriſes. Theſe offsets ſhould
be taken off the latter end of Auguſt, or the begin-
ning of September, which is the time when the roots
are in the moſt inactive ſtate; theſe muſt be planted
a
a
2
in

W AL
W AL
a
a
а
a
و
in pots filled with ſoft loamy earth mixed with a little
ſea ſand, and if the ſeaſon proves hot and dry, it will
be proper to place the pots where they may have only
the morning ſun, until the offsets have put out new
roots, for when they are expoſed to the full ſun, the
earth will dry too faſt, and if the roots are much wa-
tered, they are apt to rot; after they have taken new
root, they may be placed in a ſheltered ſituation,
where they may enjoy the full fun. In this place
they may remain till there is danger of froſty morn-
ings; then the pots ſhould be placed in a hot-bed
frame, with the Ixias, and other bulbous and tuberoſe-
rooted plants from the Cape of Good Hope, and treated
in the ſame manner as hath been directed for them.
The ſecond fort is alſo a native of the ſame country
with the firſt, but is of ſmaller growth; the root is
in ſhape like that of the former, ſending out ſeveral
plaited leaves about ſix inches long, having three deep
longitudinal veins in each ; in the center of the leaves
the flower-ſtalk ariſes, which is a foot high, ſending
out one or two ſide branches; the lower part of the
ſtalk is of a purple colour, the upper is green and
hairy; the foot-ſtalks of the flowers come out at the
joints of the ſtalk, ſuſtaining two or three flowers of
a pale purple colour. Theſe appear in the beginning
of Auguſt, and are ſucceeded bỹ capſules, but the
feeds rarely ripen in England.
This fort requires the ſame culture as the former, and
is equally hardy.
WALKS are made either of gravel, fand, or Graſs ;
theſe three forts of Walks are the moſt common in
England, but where gravel or fand cannot be pro-
cured, they are ſometimes laid with powdered coal,
ſea-coal aſhes, and ſometimes of powdered brick, but
theſe are rarely uſed, when either gravel or fand can
be procured, however, where ſea-coal alhes can be
had, it is preferable to the powdered coal or bricks,
becauſe they bind very hard, and never ſtick to the
feet in froſty weather, which is a good quality ; but
the darkneſs of its colour has been an objection to
the uſe of it in gardens, however, for the wilderneſs
Walks I think it is preferable to moſt other materials;
but I ſhall proceed to give directions for the making of
the ſeveral ſorts of Walks, and firſt of the gravel Walks.
In order to the laying of Walks in gardens, when
they are marked out, the earth ſhould be taken away
to a certain depth, that the bottom of them be filled
with ſome lime rubbiſh, or coarſe gravel, fiint-ſtones,
or other rocky materials, which will be ſerviceable to
prevent weeds from growing through the gravel, and
alſo to keep away worm-cafts. This bottom ſhould
be laid ten inches or a foot thick, over which the
coat of gravel ſhould be fix or eight inches, which
gravel ſhould be very fine, but yet not ſcreened,
becauſe that ſpoils it. This ſhould be laid on a heap,
rounding, that the larger rough ftones may run down
on the ſides, which being every now and then raked
off, the gravel by that means will be ſufficiently fine.
After the gravel has been laid to the thickneſs above-
mentioned, then the Walks muſt be exactly levelled,
and raked true from all great drips, as well as little
holes. By this means moſt of the ſtones of the Walks
will be raked under your feet, which ſhould rather
be gently ſprinkled back again, over the laſt length
that is raked, then buried (as is the practice of many
gardeners ;) by this means the Walk will lie much
harder, and the coarſeft ſtones will very much contri-
bute to its firmneſs.
There is alſo a great fault committed frequently, in
laying Walks too round, and ſome to that degree,
that they cannot be walked on with that eaſe and plea-
ſure that ought to be ; and beſides, this too great
rounding takes off much from the ſeeming breadth
and beauty of the Walk.
The common allowance for a gravel Walk of five feet
breadth, is an inch riſe in the crown ; ſo that if a
Walk be twenty feet wide, according to this propor-
tion, it will be four inches higher in the middle than
on each ſide; and a Walk of twenty-five feet will be
five inches, one of twenty feet four inches, and ſo on.
When a Walk has been thus carefully laid, trodden
down, and raked, or rather, after every length or
part of it (which commonly is about fifteen feet each,)
then it ſhould be rolled well, both in length and alſo
croſs-ways. The perſon who rolls it ſhould wear ſhoes
with flat heels, that he may not make holes in the
Walks, for when theſe are once made in a new Walk,
it will not be eaſy to roll them out again.
In order to lay gravel Walks firm, it will be neceſſary
to give them three or four water rollings, that is,
they muſt be rolled when it rains fo very faſt, that the
Walks ſwim with water; this will cauſe the gravel to
bind, ſo that when the Walks come to be dry, they
will be as hard as terrace.
Iron-mould gravel is accounted the beſt for binding,
or gravel with a little binding loam amongſt it; which
latter, though it be apt to ſtick to the heels of ſhoes
in hot wet weather, yet nothing binds better in dry
weather.
When the gravel is over-ſandy or ſharp, loam is fre-
quently mixed with it, which, if they be caſt toge-
ther in heaps, and well mixed, will bind like a rock;
whereas, looſe gravel is as uncomfortable and uneaſy to
walk on, as any other fault in a Walk can render it.
The beſt gravel for Walks is ſuch as abounds with
ſmooth pebbles (as is that dug at Black-heath,) which,
being mixed with a due proportion of loaim, will bind
like a rock, and is never injured by wet or dry wea-
ther, and the pebbles being ſmooth, are not liable to
be turned up, and looſened by the feet in walking,
as are thoſe which are angular and rough; for where
Walks are laid with ſuch gravel as is full of irregular
ſtones, they appear unſightly in a day's time after
rolling, becauſe the ſtones will riſe upon the ſurface
whenever they are walked upon, but the ſmooth peb-
bles will remain handſome two or three days without
rolling
Gravel Walks are not only very neceſſary near the
houſe, but there ſhould always be one carried quite
round the garden, becauſe, being ſoon dry after rain,
they are proper for walking on in all ſeaſons; but
then theſe ſhould be but few, and thoſe adjoining to
the houſe ought to be large and magnificent, propor-
tionable to the grandeur of the houſe and garden.
The principal of theſe walks ſhould be elevated, and
carried parallel with the houſe, ſo as to form a terrace;
this ſhould extend itſelf each way, in proportion to
the width of the garden, ſo that from this there may
be a communication with the ſide Walks, without go-
ing on the Graſs, that there may be a dry Walk con-
tinued quite through the gardens ; but there is not a
more ridiculous fight, than that of a ſtrait gravel Walk,
leading to the front of the houſe, interſecting the
Graſs, ſo as to make it appear like the ſtiff formal
Grafs plats frequently made in little court-yards by
perſons of low taſte.
Graſs Walks in gardens were formerly in great eſteem,
and looked upon as neceſſary ornaments to a garden,
but of late years they have juſtly been baniſhed by
every perſon of true taſte; for thoſe narrow ſips of
Graſs were very unſightly, and far from being orna-
mental, and for the moſt part uſeleſs, being generally
too damp for perſons of tender conſtitutions to walk
upon; and whenever they were conftantly uſed, they
became bare in the places frequently trodden, fo were
rendered more unſightly; and as the intention of
Walks in gardens is to have at all ſeaſons a dry com-
munication throughout the garden, for exerciſe and
recreation, Graſs Walks were very improper, becauſe
every ſhower of rain made them ſo wet, as not to be
fit for uſe a conſiderable time, and the dews rendered
them too damp for uſe either in the morning or even-
ing; and if the Grafs of Walks is not very fine and
ſhort, like that of the downs, it will be very trouble-
ſome to walk upon; beſides, whenever the ground
is ſo dry, as that perſons may with ſafety walk upon
Graſs, the lawns and other parts of verdure in gar-
dens are better adapted for uſe than any of thoſe
formal ſtiff Walks, which were ſo much eſteemed in
the laſt age.
14 N
Having

W AL
WAL
3
ز
Having given directions for the making of gravel throw off the wet into the quarters, which will ren-
Walks, I ſhall come next to treat of fand Walks, der them more dry and healthy to walk on.
which are now very frequently made in gardens, as After the earth is taken out to the intended depth, the
being leſs expenſive in the making, and alſo in keep- bottom of the Walks ſhould be laid with rubbiih,
ing, than the former ; and in very large irregular gar- coarſe gravel, or whatever of the like nature can be
dens, which are ſuch as moſt perſons eſteem, this is inoſt readily procured. This ſhould be laid four, five,
a very great article ; for as the greateſt part of the or fix inches thick, and beaten down as cloſe as poffi-
Walks which are made in gardens are carried about ble, to prevent the worms from working through it ;
in an irregular manner, it would be very difficult to then the ſand ſhould be laid upon this about three or
keep them handſome, if they were laid with gravel, four inches thick, and after treading it down as cloſe
eſpecially where they are haded by trees; for the drip- as poſſible, it ſhould be raked over, to level and
ping of the water from their branches, in hard rains, ſmooth the ſurface. In doing of this, the whole ihould
is apt to waſh the gravel in holes, and render the be laid a little rounding to throw off the wet, but
Walks very unſightly; and when theſe wood Walks there will be no neceſſity of obſerving any exactneſs
are of Graſs, they do not appear fightly, nor are they therein; for as the whole ground is to have as little
very proper for walking on; for after rain they conti- appearance of art as poſſible, the rounding of theſe
nue fo long damp as to render them unfit for uſe, and Walks ſhould be as natural, and only fo contrived, as
the Graſs generally grows fpiry and weak for want of that the water may have free paſſage from them.
air, and by the continual dropping of the trees, will The fand with which theſe Walks are laid, ſhould
by degrees be deſtroyed; therefore it is much better be ſuch as will bind, otherwiſe it will be very trouble-
to lay theſe Walks with fand, which will be dry and fome to walk on them in dry weather; for if the ſand
wholeſome; and whenever they appear mofly, or any
be of a looſe nature, it will be moved with ſtrong
weeds begin to grow on them, if they are ſcuffled over gales of wind, and in dry weather will ſide from un.
with a Dutch hoe in dry weather, and then raked
der the feet. If after theſe Walks are laid, they are
ſmooth, it will deſtroy the weeds and Moſs, and make well rolled two or three times, it will ſettle them, and
the Walks appear as freſh and handſome as if they cauſe them to be firm. If the fand is too much in-
had been new laid.
clinable to loam, it will alſo be attended with as il!
In the modern way of laying out gardens, the Walks conſequence as that which is too looſe, for this will
are carried through woods and plantations, ſo that ſtick to the feet after every rain ; ſo that where fand
theſe are ſhady and convenient for walking in the can be obtained of a middle nature, it ſhould always
middle of the day. Theſe are uſually carried about, be preferred
winding as much as the ground will admit of, ſo as to In ſome countries where fand cannot be eaſily pro-
leave a fufficient thickneſs of wood to make the cured, theſe Walks may be laid with ſea ſhells well
Walks private; and that the perſons who are walking pounded, ſo as to reduce them to a powder, which
in one part of them, may not be ſeen by thoſe who will bind extremely well, provided they are rolled
are in any of the other parts. Where theſe Walks now and then; but where neither of theſe can be easi-
are contrived with judgment, a ſmall extent of ground ly procured, ſea-coal aſhes, or whatever elſe can be
will admit of a great many turns, ſo that a perſon gotten, which will bind, and will be dry to the feet,
may walk ſome miles in a ſmall garden. But theſe may
be uſed for this purpoſe ; and where any of theſe
turns ſhould be made as natural as poſſible, ſo as not can only be had in ſmall quantities, the walks ſhould
to appear too much like a work of art, which will ne- have a greater ſhare of rubbiſh laid in their bottom,
ver pleaſe ſo long as the former.
and theſe ſpread thinly over them; and in moſt places
The breadth of theſe Walks ſhould be proportioned rubbiſh, rough ſtones, or coarſe gravel, may be ea-
to the ſize of the ground, which in a large extent may
fily procured.
be twelve or fourteen feet wide, but in ſmall gardens WALLS are abſolutely neceſſary in gardens, for
five or fix feet will be ſufficient. There are
There are ſome per-
the ripening of all ſuch fruits as are too delicate to
fons who allow a much greater breadth to their Walks be perfected in this country without ſuch affiſtance.
than what I have aſſigned to the largeſt gardens, but Theſe are built with different materials ; in ſome
as theſe walks are ſuppoſed to be ſhaded by trees, ſo countries they are built of ſtone, in others with brick,
when they are made too broad, the trees muſt be according as the materials can be procured beſt and
planted cloſe to the ſides of the Walks; and then it cheapeſt.
will be a long time before they will afford a fufficient Of all materials proper for building Walls for fruit-
fhade, if the trees are young. Therefore I imagine, trees, brick is the beſt; in that it is not only the
the width here allowed will by moſt people be thought handſomeft, but the warmeſt and kindeſt for the ri-
fufficient, eſpecially as the walks are deſigned to wind pening of fruit; beſides that, it affords the beſt con-
as much as the ground will allow, becauſe the wider veniency of nailing, for ſmaller nails will ſerve in them
they are, the greater muſt be the turns, otherwiſe the than in ſtone Walls, where the joints are larger; and
Walks will not be private for any ſmall diſtance. Be- brick Walls, with copings of free-ftone, and ſtone
fides, as it will be proper to line the ſides of theſe pilaſters or columns, at proper distances, to ſeparate
Walks with Honeyſuckles, Sweetbriar, Roſes, and the trees and break off the force of the winds, make
many other ſweet flowering ſhrubs, ſo the tall trees not only the moſt beautiful, but the moſt profitable
fhould be placed at leaſt five or fix feet from the Walk, Walls.
to allow room for theſe. But as I ſhall particularly treat In ſome parts of England there are Walls built both
of the method of laying out wilderneſſes, and plant- of brick and itone, which have been very commodi-
ing of them, in ſuch a manner as to render them as
The bricks of ſome places are not of themſelves
nearly reſembling a natural wood as poffible, under ſubſtantial enough for Walls, nor are they any where
its proper head, I ſhall add nothing more in this place, fo durable as ſtone; and therefore ſome perſons, that
except a few common directions for making of theſe they might have Walls both ſubſtantial and hand-
fand Walks.
ſome, have built double ones, the outſide being of
When the ground is traced out in the manner as the ſtone, and the infide of brick, or a ſtone Wall lined
Walks are deſigned, the earth ſhould be taken out of with brick ; but when theſe are built, there muſt be
the Walks, and laid in the quarters. The depth of great care taken to bind the bricks well into the ſtone,
this muſt be proportioned to the nature of the foil; otherwiſe they are very apt to ſeparate one from the
for where the ground is dry, the Walks need not be other, eſpecially when froit comes after much wes,
elevated much above the quarters, ſo the earth ſhould which ſwells the mortar, and frequently throws down
be taken out four or five inches deep in ſuch places; the bricks, when the Walls are only faced with them,
but where the ground is wet, the bottom of the and not well tied into the ſtone,
Walks need not be more than two inches below the Where the Walls are built entirely of ſtone, there
ſurface, that the Walks may be raiſed fo high as to ſhould be trelliffes fixed up againſt them, for the more
con-
Ous.

WAL
WAL
a
convenient faſtening the branches of the trees: the
timbers of theſe eſpaliers need not be more than an
inch and a half thick, and about two inches and a half
broad;
theſe ſhould be fixed croſs each other, at about
four inches diftance; for if they are at a much greater
diſtance, it will be difficult to faſten the ſhoots of the
trees properly. As this trellis will be laid cloſe to the
wall, the branches of the trees will lie about two inches
from the wall, in which poſition the fruit will ripen
better than when it lies quite cloſe to the wall, ſo
that where ſtone Walls are built, there ſhould always
be theſe eſpaliers framed againſt them; which will ren-
der theſe Walls very good forfruit trees, which, without
the eſpaliers, ſeldom are found to anſwer the purpoſe
of ripening the fruits well, beſides the inconvenience
of having no good faſtening for the branches of the
trees:
a
There have been ſeveral trials made of Walls built in
different forms; ſome of them having been built ſe-
micircular, others in, angles of various forms, and
projecting more towards the north, to ſcreen off the
cold winds, but there has not been any method as yet
which has fucceeded near ſo well, as that of making
the Walls ſtrait, and building them upright.
The faireſt trial which I have ſeen made of circular
Walls, was at Goodwood in Suſſex, the ſeat of the
Duke of Richmond, where, in the middle of two
fouth Walls, there were two large ſegments of cir-
cles, in which were the ſame forts of fruit-trees plant-
ed, as againſt the ſtrait parts of the Walls; but there
never was any fruit upon the trees in the circular part
of the Walls, which came to maturity ; nor were the
trees of long continuance, being blighted every ſpring,
and in a few years were totally deſtroyed; and when
the branches of thoſe trees which grew upon the
ſtrait parts of the Walls, had extended themſelves fo
far, as to admit of their being led into the circular
parts of the Walls, they were conſtantly blighted and
killed.
When the trees which had been planted in the circu-
lar parts were deſtroyed, the Walls were filled with
Vines; but the Grapes of the ſame fort were a full
month later than thoſe growing againſt the ſtrait parts
of the Walls, ſo that they rarely ripened, which occa-
fioned their being rooted out, and Figs were afterwards
planted, but the fruit of theſe ſucceeded little better ;
nor can it be ſuppoſed that any trees or plants will
thrive ſo well in theſe circles, where there is a con-
ftant draught of air round them, which renders the
ſituation much colder than the open free air.
I have alſo ſeen at Mr. Le Cour's garden in Holland,
ſome Walls built in angles of different forms, but
theſe fucceeded no better than the circles before-men-
tioned; for I did not find one tree in health againſt
the Walls, nor did they produce fruit.
There are ſeveral other ſchemes which have been
propoſed by different perſons, for the building of
Walls to accelerate the ripening of fruits, among
which there was a very ingenious book written fome
years ago, intitled, Fruit Walls improved, by inclining
chem to the horizon ; in which the author has ſhewn
by calculation that there will be a much greater num-
ber of the rays of the fun fall upon ſuch Walls, than
upon thoſe which are built perpendicular; and from
thence he has drawn calculations, that Walls ſo built will
be of great ſervice in the accelerating of fruit; and he
has taken the trouble of calculating the different in-
clinations which ſuch Walls ſhould have in the diffe-
rent climates, in order to receive the greateſt number
of the ſun's rays. This theory ſeems to have all the
demonſtration neceſſary for its ſupport, but upon trial
they have not ſucceeded in the leaſt; for as theſe Walls
muſt be built againſt banks of earth, the damps which
ariſe from the ground overbalance the advantage of
the ſun's rays; beſides, theſe floping Walls being more
expoſed to the cold dews in the night, the fruit will
be much more chilled thereby; and in the ſpring the
morning froſts will prove much more deſtructive to
the tender bloſſoms of the fruit-trees, as they will be
more expoſed to them, than againſt an upright Wall;
add to this, their being much more expoſed to the
winds and the rain; and it will be found, by com
paring the advantages propoſed from theſe Walls,
with the diſadvantages to which the fruit-trees will be
expoſed, that upright Walls will have the preference;
for it is not the ſtrongeſt rays of the fun in the heat
of ſummer, which are ſo much wanting for ripening
of fruit, as the continuance of a moderate ſhare of
warmth; and above all, the having of the ſun in a
morning, to dry off the cold dews of the night early,
is of the greateſt uſe; and in this reſpect the upright
Walls are much preferable to the ſloping, as they will
have the direct rays of the ſun in the morning, which
will be oblique on the other, and renders thoſe Walls
which are built inclining to the eaſt preferable to
fouth Walls, as the fruit will always ripen earlier againſt
them.
There are ſome perſons who recommend the painting
of Walls black, or of a dark colour, as they ſuppoſe
the dark colour will imbibe more of the ſun's rays,
ſo will retain the warmth longer; this alſo anſwers
better in theory than in practice ; for although it muſt
be allowed that a black Wall is warmer to the touch
than a common brick wall, yet, as the fruit generally
is ſituated at a ſmall diſtance from the Wall, it receives
no benefit from the warmth of the Wall, and it is the
reflected heat which accelerates the ripening of fruit;
therefore I would adviſe every one to make fair trials
of theſe things, before they put them in practice, and
not to take upon truſt what they may be told by per-
ſons who are too fanguine in recommending to others
ſchemes which they have adopted upon very flight
principles, or perhaps upon a ſingle trial; this paint-
ing of the Walls is recommended by the fame perſon
who wrote upon inclining Walls, and he has propoſed
this upon the ſame principles ; but the introducing of
theſe ſchemes ihould be avoided, until there have been
fufficient trials made to warrant their uſe:
Where perſons are willing to be at the expence, in
the building of their Walls ſubſtantial, they will find it
anſwer much better than thoſe which are ſlightly built,
not only in their duration, but alſo in their warmth;
therefore a Wall two bricks thick, will be found to an
fwer better than one brick and a half; and if in the
building of garden Walls they are grouted with ſoft
mortar, to fill and cloſe all the joints, the Walls will
be much ſtronger, and the air will not ſo eaſily pene-
trate through them, as it does through thoſe which are
built in the common way.
According to the modern taſte in gardening, there
,
are very few Walls built round gardens, which is cer-
tainly very right, not only with regard to the pleaſure
of viewing the neighbouring country from the garden,
but alſo in regard to the expence, 1. Of building theſe
Walls ; 2. If they are planted with fruit, as is frequent-
ly practiſed, to maintain them will be a conſtant charge,
without receiving much profit or pleaſure; for when
there is too much Walling planted with fruit-trees,
they are ſeldom taken much care of ; ſo that the quan-
tity of fruit produced will be ſmall, and that ill-nou-
riſhed and bad tafted, therefore the quantity of Wall-
ing ſhould be proportioned to the fruit conſumed in
the family; but as it will be neceſſary to incloſe the
kitchen-garden for the ſecurity of the garden-ſtuff, ſo
if that be walled round, it will contain as much fruit
as will uſually be wanted in the family; becauſe the
kitchen-garden is always proportioned to the number
of perſons maintained; but if the quantity of Walling
which ſurrounds the kitchen-garden ſhould be judged
too little for the ſupply of fruit, there may be a croſs
Wall built through the middle of the kitchen-garden ;
or, where the ſize of the garden will admit, there
may be two croſs Walls built; but this muſt not be
done, where there is not room to place the Walls at
leaſt eighty or one hundred feet aſunder ; and if they
are allowed a much greater diſtance it will be better,
and as the kitchen-garden ſhould always be placed our
of fight from the houſe, the Walls may be hid by
plantations of trees, at ſome little diſtance, which
will be of uſe in ſheltering the fruit.
The
و
a
و
a

WAL
WAL
a
a
The beſt aſpect for Walls in England is, to have one
point to the eaſtward of the ſouth, for theſe will en-
joy the benefit of the morning fun, and will be leſs ex-
poſed to the weſt and ſouth-weſt winds (which are
very injurious to fruits in England) than thoſe Walls
which are built due fouth. I know there are many
perſons who object to the turning of Walls the least
point to the eaſt, on account of the blights which
they ſay come from that quarter in the ſpring; but
from many years experience and obſervation I can
affirm, that blights as often attack thoſe Walls which
are open to the ſouth-weſt, as thoſe which are built to
any other aſpect; and I believe, whoever will be at
the trouble to obſerve for ſeven years, which aſpected
Walls ſuffer moſt from blights, will find thoſe which
are built with a point to the eaſtward of the ſouth, as
feldom blighted, as thoſe which are turned to any
other aſpect; therefore, in the contrivance of a
kitchen-garden, there ſhould be as great length of
theſe Walls built, as the ſituation of the ground will
admit.
The next beſt aſpect is due fouth, and the next to that
fouth-eaſt, which is preferable to the fouth-weſt, for
the reaſons before aſſigned ; but as there will, for the
moſt part, be fouth-weſt, and weſt Walls in every gar-
den, theſe may be planted with ſome forts of fruit,
which do not require ſo much heat to ripen them, as
thoſe deſigned for the beſt Walls; but wherever there
are north Walls, thoſe will only be proper for baking
Pears, Plums, and Morello Cherries for preſerving, or
ſome Duke Cherries may be planted againſt theſe Walls,
to continue thein longer in the ſeaſon, which will be
found uſeful in ſupplying the table till Peaches, Nec-
tarines, and Plums, are ripe.
Where perſons are very curious to have good fruit,
they erect a trellis againſt their Walls, which projects
about two inches from them, to which they faften
their trees; which is an excellent method, becauſe
the fruit will be at a proper diſtance from the Walls,
fo as not to be injured by them, and will have all the
advantage of their heat ; and by this method the Walls
will not be injured by driving nails into their joints,
which by every year being drawn out, draws out the
mortar from between the bricks, and thereby makes
holes, in which ſnails and other vermin will harbour
and deftroy the fruit, and the Walls will be alſo
greatly impaired.
Theſe trelliſſes may be contrived according to the forts
of fruit which are planted againſt them. Thoſe which
are deſigned for Peaches, Nectarines, and Apricots
(which, for the moſt part, produce their fruit on the
young wood) ſhould have their rails three, or at moſt
four inches afunder every way; but for the other
forts of fruit, which continue bearing on the old
wood, they may be five or fix inches apart, and thoſe
for Vines may be eight or nine inches diſtance. For
as the ſhoots of Vines are always trained at a much
greater diſtance than thoſe of any other ſort of fruit,
the trellifles for theſe need not be near ſo cloſe, eſpe-
cially as thoſe muſt for Peaches and Nectarines, whoſe
fhoots are generally ſhortened to about five or ſix inches
or leſs; ſo that if the rails are not pretty cloſe, many
of the ſhort branches cannot be faſtened to them.
Theſe trelliſſes may be made of any ſort of timber, ac-
cording to the expence which the owner is willing to
beſtow; but Fir is moſt commonly uſed for this
pur-
poſe, which if made of yellow deal, well dried and
painted, will laſt many years ; but if any perſon will
go to the expence of Oak, it will laſt found much
longer, eſpecially if the trees are fallen in winter.
And if any one is unwilling to be at the expence
of either, then a trellis may be made of Anh
poles, in the ſame manner as is practiſed in making
eſpaliers for counter borders, with this difference only,
that every fourth upright rail or poſt ſhould be very
ſtrong, and faſtened with iron hooks to the Wall, which
will ſupport the whole; and as theſe rails muſt be
laid much cloſer together, than is generally practiſed
for eſpaliers, theſe ſtrong upright rails or poſts ſhould
not be farther diftant than three, or at moſt four feet
from each other. To theſe the croſs rails which are
laid horizontally ſhould be well nailed, which will fe-
cure them from being diſplaced, and alſo ſtrength-
en the trellis, but the other ſmaller upright poles
need only be faſtened with wire. To theſe trel-
liffes the ſhoots of the trees ſhould be faſtened with
ofier twigs, rope-yarn, or any other ſoft bandage,
for they muſt not be nailed to it, becauſe that will de-
cay the wood-work.
Theſe trelliffes need not be erected until the trees are
well ſpread, and begin to bear fruit plentifully; be-
fore which time the young trees may be trained up
againit any ordinary low eſpaliers, made only of a few
fender Aſh poles, or any other ſlender ſticks; by
which contrivance the trelliſſes will be new when the
trees come to bearing, and will laſt many years after
the trees have overſpread them ; whereas, when they
are made before the trees are planted, they will be
half decayed before the trees attain half their growth.
Where theſe trelliſſes are intended to be made againſt
new Walls, it will be proper to faften ſome ſtrong iron
hooks into the Wall as it is built, at the diſtance which
the upright pofts are intended to be placed ; becauſe
when theſe are afterwards driven into the Wall, they
diſplace the mortar in the joints, and injure the Wail.
In the building of the Walls round a kitchen-garden,
the inſides, which are deſigned to be planted with
fruit-trees, ſhould be made as plain as poſſible, ſo that
the piers ſhould not project on thoſe ſides above four
inches at moſt; and theſe ſhould be placed about
fourteen feet afunder, in ſuch Walls as are deſigned
for Peach and Nectarine-trees; fo that each tree may
be planted exactly in the middle between the piers,
which will render them more fightly, and be better for
the trees; but where Apricots, Plums, or Cherries
are to be planted, the piers may be only ten feet
afunder; and againſt every other pier the trees ſhould
be planted, which will allow them fufficient room to
ſpread; as the trellis will project as forward as the
piers, the branches of the trees may be trained on a
plain ; but when the piers project no more on the in-
ſide of the garden, they ſhould be built ſtronger on
the outſide, for the better ſupporting of the Walls.
The uſual thickneſs which garden Walls are allowed,
if built with bricks, is thirteen inches, which is one
brick and a half, but this ſhould be proportionable
to the height ; for if they are built twelve or fourteen
feet high or more, as is often practiſed, then the
foundations of the Walls ſhould be at leaſt two bricks
and a half thick, and brought up a foot or more above
the level of the ſurface of the ground, of the ſame
thickneſs; then they ſhouid be ſet off two inches on
each ſide, which will reduce them to two bricks; and
five or ſix feet above the ſurface of the ground, they
may be diminiſhed on each ſide, to reduce them to
the thickneſs of a brick and a half; which muſt be
continued to the top of the Walls, and the piers in theſe
high Walls ſhould alſo be proportionably ſtronger than
is commonly allowed to lower Walls; for as theſe will
be much more expoſed to ſtrong gales of wind, if they
are not well built, they will be in danger of being
blown down; therefore the piers of theſe Walls fhould
be projected the length of a brick on their back-
fide, and the thickneſs of a brick on their front;
and if there are built about ten or twelve feet aſun-
der, they will greatlyſtrengthen the Walls.
But there is no neceſſity for building Walls higher than
nine or ten feet, unleſs it be for Pears, which, if pro-
perly managed, will ſpread over a great compaſs of
walling; but as only ſome of the lateſt winter Pears
require the aſſiſtance of a Wall, there need no more
but that part of the Wall where theſe are deſigned to
be built higher; for Peaches and Nectarines never re-
quire a Wall higher than nine or ten feet, provided
they are rightly managed, becauſe whenever they are
carried to a greater height, the lower part of the Wall
is unfurniſhed with bearing branches; and although
Apricots, Plums, and Cherries will frequently grow
higher, yet, if they are planted at a proper diſtance,
and the branches trained horizontally from the bottom,
they
3
a
a
3

WAL
W A L
و
a
they will not foon cover a Wall of this height ; and
Vines may be kept as low as any ſort of fruit, for
when they are planted againſt low Walls, they muſt
be treated ſomewhat after the fame manner as thoſe
in vineyards, which is, to cut out the greateſt part of
the wood which produced fruit the preceding year,
and train in new ſhoots for the next year's bearing,
which are rarely left a yard in length, therefore will
not require very high Walls.
If the Pears which are deſigned to be planted, are al-
lowed a ſouth-weſt aſpect, on which they will ripen
very well, then the Wall to this aſpect ſhould be built
fourteen feet high or more ; for as theſe trees ſpread
very far when on free ſtocks, they ſhould not be
ſhortened and ſtopped in their growth, which will
prevent their bearing, by cauſing them to ſend out a
great number of groſs luxuriant ſhoots, which will ne-
ver produce fruit ; therefore theſe ſhould never be
planted amongſt other forts of fruit-trees which are of
leſs growth, becauſe then the Walls muſt appear very
unſightly, in having ſome trees planted more than
double the diſtance which the others require ; ſo that
there is no other fort of fruit which requires the affift-
ance of Walls to ripen their fruit, which need ſo great
room for ſpreading as Pears, except it be Figs, a few
trees of which may be planted againſt the ſame Walls
where there is room ; though theſe may be planted
againſt the back Walls of offices or ftables, where
there is conveniency, becauſe this fruit is ſeldom co-
veted by ſervants; and being planted in places which
are much frequented, they will not be in ſo much dan-
ger of being deſtroyed by birds, as thoſe which are in
private places. But I ſhall now proceed to give ſome
directions for the building of hot Walls, to accelerate
the ripening of fruits, which is now pretty much
practiſed in England.
In ſome places theſe Walls are built at a very great ex-
pence, and ſo contrived as to confuiñe a great quan-
tity of fuel; but where they are judiciouſly built, the
firſt expence will not be near ſo great, nor will the
charge of fuel be very conſiderable, becauſe there will
be no neceſſity of making fires more than three or four
months, beginning about the midde are latter end of
January, and ending by the end of May, when there
will be no want of fires, if the glaſſes are clofe ſhut
every night, or in bad weather ; for half an hour's
ſun-ſhine on the glaſſes at that ſeaſon will ſufficiently
warm the air incloſed in the glaſſes, for the growth of
any of our European fruits.
There are ſome perſons who plant Vines, and other
fruit-trees by the ſides of ſtoves, and draw ſome of
their branches into the ſtove, in order to obtain early
fruit; but this is by no means right, where the ſtove is
deſigned for Ananas, becauſe the air muſt be kept much
warmer for them than is required for any of the other
fruits, ſo that they can never ſucceed well together; for
when there is only a ſufficient quantity of air admitted
for the growth of the other fruit, the Ananas are
ſtarved for want of proper heat; and ſo on the con-
trary, when the ſtove is kept up to the proper heat
for the Ananas, it will be too hot for other fruits; and
it will alſo be proper to have the Vines on a particu-
lar Wall by themſelves, becauſe theſe require to have
a greater ſhare of air admitted to them when they
begin to ſhoot, than ſome other forts of fruit, fo
that it is by much the better method to have them
ſeparate.
The ordinary height of thoſe hot Walls is about ten
feet, which will be ſufficient for any of thoſe forts
of fruits which are generally forced, for by foreing
of the trees, they are commonly weakened in their
growth, ſo that they will not grow ſo vigorouſly as
thoſe which are always expoſed to the open air; and
where there is not a quantity of Walling planted ſuf-
ficient to let one part reſt every other year, the trees
will never be very healthy, and will laſt but a few years.
The quantity of Walling to produce early fruit for a
middling family, cannot be leſs than eighty or one
hundred feet in length; therefore where a perſon is
deſirous to have the fruit in perfection, and the trees
to continue in a good condition many years, there
ſhould be three times this quantity of Walling built;
ſo that by dividing it into three parts, there will be two
years for the trees to recover their vigour between the
times of their being forced, whereby a greater quan-
tity of bearing wood may be obtained, and the fruit
will be fairer, and in larger quantities, than when
they are forced every year, or every other year, and
as the glaſſes may be contrived ſo as to move from
one to the other, the expence of building the Walls
ſo much longer, will not be very great, becauſe the
frames and glaſſes will be the ſame as for one year's
fruit.
The foundations of theſe Walls ſhould be made four
bricks and a half thick, in order to ſupport the fiues;
otherwiſe, if part of them reſt on brick-work, and
the other part on the ground, they will ſettle une-
qually, and ſoon be out of order; for wherever there
happen any cracks in the flues, through which the
ſmoke can make its eſcape, it will prevent their draw-
ing; and if the ſmoke gets within the glaſſes, it will
greatly injure the fruit, and give it a ſmoky taite.
This thickneſs of Wall need not be continued more
than fix inches above the ground, where ſhould
be the foundation or bottom of the firſt fiue, which
will be ſufficient to raiſe it above the damps of
the earth ; then the Walls may be ſet off four inches on
each ſide, which will reduce it to the thickneſs of
three bricks and a half, ſo that the back Wall may be
two bricks thick, which is abſolutely neceſſary to
throw the heat out more in front; for when the back.
Walls are built too thin, the heat will eſcape through
them. The Wall in front next to the fruit, ſhould
be only four inches thick, whereby there will be al-
lowance of nine inches for the flues, which may be
covered with twelve inch tiles; for if they have an
inch and a half bearing on each ſide, it will be ſufficient.
The ovens in which the fires are made, muit be con-
trived on the back ſide of the Walls, which ſhould be
in number proportionable to the length of the Walls.
The length uſually allowed for each fire to warm is
forty feet, though they will do very well for fifty
feet'; but I would not adviſe the flues to be longer
than this to each fire, becauſe when the ovens are
made at a great diſtance, there is a neceſſity of making
the fires ſo much ſtronger to warm the Walls, which
will occaſion the heat to be too violent near the fires.
Theſe ovens ſhould be ſhedded over, to keep out the
wind and rain, otherwiſe the fires will not burn
equally. Some people make theſe ſheds of timber,
but it is much better to build them of brick, and tile
them over, becauſe the wooden ſheds will in a few
years decay, and afterwards be a conſtant charge to
keep them in repair ; and beſides they may be in dan-
ger of firing, if great care is not conſtantly taken of
the fires. As it is abſolutely neceflary to have the
ovens below the foundation of the first flues, there
muſt be ſteps down into the ſheds, to come to the
mouth of the ovens to ſupply the fuel, therefore the
ſheds ſhould not be narrower than eight feet in the
clear; for as the ſteps will require four feet ſpace,
there ſhould be at leaſt four feet more for the perſon
who attends the fire, to have room to turn himſelf to
clear out the aſhes, and to put in the fuel. Where
the length of Walling requires two ovens, it will be
proper to have them in the middle included in one
ſhed, which will ſave expence, and allow more room
to attend the fires; for in this caſe the ſheds muſt be
at leaſt ten feet long, and they need not be more than
fix in breadth. The ſteps down into theſe ſhould be
at one end, ſo that the door opening into the ſheds will
not be oppoſite to the mouths of the ovens, therefore
the fires will burn more regular; for whenever the
doors are contrived to front the mouth of the ovens,
if the wind ſets directly againſt them, it will cauſe the
fire to burn too fiercely, and the fuel will be foon con-
fumed.
Theſe ovens may be contrived in the ſame manner as
thoſe which are already deſcribed for ſtoves, where-
fore I ſhall not repeat it again in this place; but
و
,
munt
14.0

W AL
W A L
a
a
a
а
muſt obſerve, that when the two ovens are joined to-
gether, there ſhould be a partition Wall at leaſt three
bricks thick between them, otherwiſe the fires will
foon deſtroy it, and if there ſhould be the leaſt hole
in the Wall, through which the ſmoke of the two fires
can communicate, it will prevent their drawing.
The lower Alue, through which the ſmoke firſt paſſes
from the fire, may be two feet and a half deep: there-
fore the back Wall ſhould be at leaſt two bricks and a
half thick, as high as to the top of this flue; and then
it may be ſet off to two bricks, which muſt be conti-
nued to the top of the Wall. The ſecond flue, which
ſhould return over the firſt, may be made two feet, the
third a foot and a half, and the fourth one foot deep;
which four flues, with their coverings, will riſe near
eight feet in height; ſo that there will be about two
feer left for fixing of the frames at the top to ſupport
the glaſſes, and for the coping of the Wall. And theſe
four returns will be ſufficient to warm the air in the
frames, for the ſmoke will have loſt its heat by the
time it has paſſed thus far.
In the carrying up of theſe Walls, there ſhould be fome
ſtrong iron hooks faſtened at convenient diſtances,
which ſhould project about two inches from the Wall,
to which the trellis muſt be faſtened which is to fup-
port the trees.
Theſe hooks ſhould be long enough
to faſten into the back Wall, for the Wall in front
being but four inches thick, will not be ſtrong enough
to ſupport the trellis ; but in placing of them care
ſhould be taken not to lay them croſs the middle of
the fues, becauſe they would obſtruct the clearing
the flues of foot whenever there ſhould be occafion;
ſo that the beſt way is to lay them juft under the tiles
which cover each flue, at about three or four feet aſun-
der, which will be near enough, provided the hooks are
made ſufficiently ftrong. As the flues muſt be well
pargetered with loam on their inſide, ſo likewiſe ſhould
the loam be ſpread under the tiles which cover them,
to the thickneſs of the hooks, that the flues may be
very ſmooth, otherwiſe the foot will hang to the iron
hooks, and ſtop the ſmoke from paffing. It will be
very proper to cover theſe flues on the ſide next the
trellis with Hop-bags, or ſome ſuch coarſe cloth, in
the manner as hath been directed for the ſtoves,
which will make them ſo tight that no ſmoke will find
its way into the frame, which, without this covering,
it is very apt to do through the joints of Walls, eſpeci-
ally when they are ſo thin as theſe muſt be built, and
this covering will alſo ſtrengthen the wall of the flues,
and join the whole work together. If at each end of
theſe flues there are ſmall arches turned in the back
Walls, in ſuch a manner that there may be holes open-
ed to clean the flues of foot whenever there is a necef-
fity for it, the trouble will be much leſs than to open
the fiues in front, by which there will be nodamagedone
to the trees, nor will the flues be in the leaſt injured
by this, which they muſt be, when they are opened
in front.
The borders in front of theſe hot Walls ſhould be
about four feet wide, which will make a ſufficient de-
clivity for the ſloping glaſſes; and in theſe borders
there may be a row of Dwarf Peas planted to come
early, or a row of dwarf Kidney-beans, either of
which will ſucceed very well, and if they are not
planted too near the trees, will not do them much
injury. On the outſide of theſe borders ſhould be low
Wallserected, which ſhould riſe four or fix inches above
the level of the borders, upon which the plate of tim-
ber ſhould be laid, on which the floping glaſſes are to
reft; and this Wall will keep up the earth of the bor-
der, and alſo preſerve the wood from rotting.
The glaſſes which are deſigned to cover theſe Walls,
muſt be divided into two ranges, for as they muſt
reach from the ground-plate (juſt above the level of
the border) to almoft the top of the Wall, they will
be more than twelve feet long, which will be too
great a length for ſingle frames, which, when they
are much more than fix feet long, are too heavy to
move, eſpecially if the frames are made of a proper
ſtrength to ſuſtain the glaſs. Theſe frames ſhould
be contrived in ſuch a manner, as that the upper row
may ſlide down; and by making on one ſide three
ſmall holes in the wood-work which ſupports the
framnes, at about a foot diſtance, and having a ſmall
iron pin to fix into them, the top glaſſes may be let
down one, two, or three feet, according as there may
be occafion to admit air. The lower row of glaſſes
may be contrived ſo as to take eaſily out ; but as they
muſt lie noping, and the upper row muſt bear on
them, they cannot be contrived to flide upwards ; nor
indeed will there be any occaſion for their moving,
becauſe it is much better to let the air in at the top,
than in the front. of the trees.
The floping timbers which are to ſupport the glaſs
frames, muſt be faſtened at bottom into the ground-
plate in the front of the border, and at the top into
ſtrong iron cramps fixed in the upper part of the Wall
for that purpoſe. Theſe timbers ſhould be made of
Fir, which will not twiſt, as Oak and ſome other wood
will, where it is laid in ſuch poſition. They muſt be
made fubftantial, otherwiſe they will not laſt many
years, eſpeciallly as they are deſigned to be movea-
ble. On the top of theſe ſhould be fixed a ſtrong
board, under which the upper row of glaſſes ſhould
ſlide. The uſe of this board is, to ſecure the upper
part of the glaſſes from being raiſed by the winds,
and alſo to keep the wet from getting to the trees;
therefore it ſhould be joined as cloſe as poffible to
the Wall, and ſhould project about two inches over
the glaſs frames, which will be enough to throw the
wet on the glaſſes, and likewiſe to ſecure them faſt
down.
The breadth of theſe frames for the glaſſes may be
about three feet or a little more, according as the di-
viſions of the length of the Wall will admit; for a
ſmall matter in their width is of no conſequence,
provided they are not too wide to be eaſily moved ;
for when they are wider than a man can eaſily reach
his arms to manage, they will be very troubleſome to
carry from one place to another. The bars of theſe
frames, which are to ſupport the glaſs, ſhould be
placed lengthwiſe of the frames; for when they are
placed acroſs, they ſtop the moiſture which is lodged
on the inſide of the glaſſes, and cauſe it to fall in drops
on the borders at every bar, which will be very inju-
rious to any plants which are put there, and if it falls
on the trees will greatly damage them, eſpecially when
they are in bloffom. The lead into which the glaſſes
of theſe frames are fixed, ſhould be very broad, and
the joints well cemented, otherwiſe the wet will find
an eaſy paſſage through, and do great damage to the
fruit.
At each end of the range of glaſſes, there will be
an angular ſpace between the glaſſes and the Wall,
which muſt be cloſely ſtopped to prevent the air from
getting in, which might greatly injure the fruit. Theſe
are by ſome perſons cloſely boarded up; but if they
are cloſed with glaſſes, fo contrived as to open to let in
air at proper times, it will be of great advantage ; be-
cauſe when the wind may be ſtrong againſt the front-
glaſſes, one or both of theſe end-glaſſes may be
open-
ed, according to the warmth of the air incloſed,
which will be often very uſeful to cool the air, and to
admit a ſmall quantity of freſh air to the fruit.
The forts of fruit which are uſually planted for
forcing, are Cherries, Plums, Peaches, Apricots,
and Nectarines, but the laſt-mentioned rarely fuc-
ceed well, nor will the trees continue long, ſo that
they are ſcarce worth planting againſt hot Walls. As
for the Vines, I would propoſe they ſhould be planted
by themſelves againſt a particular Wall; for as they
will require more air to be admitted to them when
they begin to ſhoot, than any of the above-mentioned
fruits, they will not all ſucceed if they are included
in the ſame frame. As to the others, they will do
very well in the ſame border, and will demand the
ſame temperature of warmth. The beſt of theſe forts
to plant againſt theſe hot Walls, are thoſe here men-
tioned :
a
a
Cherries.

W A L
W A L
Cherries.
The Early May, and May Duke.
Plums.
The Mirabelle.
The Early Black Damaſk, or Morocco.
The Great Damaſk Violet of Tours.
The Drap d'Or.
Peaches,
The Red Nutmeg:
The Red Magdelain.
The Montauban.
Early Newington.
Violet Hative.
Nectarines.
Fairchild's Early Nutmeg,
The Elruge.
Apricot.
The Maſculine
و
و
Theſe being the forts which ripen early, are the
moſt proper to plant againſt theſe Walls, although
they are not ſo valuable as ſome other forts of theſe
fruits : yet, as they naturally ripen three weeks or a
month earlier in the ſeaſon, they will be very early
ripe, when they are brought forward by artificial
warmth.
In the preparing of the borders for planting theſe
fruit-trees, there ſhould be the ſame care taken as
for thoſe againſt open borders, which, being fully treat-
ed of in another part of this work, I ſhall not repeat
here. There muſt alſo be the ſame care in training up
the trees when they ſhoot; but the trelifles need not
be made againſt theſe Walls till the trees are grown
large enough to ſpread, and produce a quantity of
fruit; till which time they may be ſupported by any
low ordinary trellis, which will do very well wil the
time that the trees will have ſtrength enough to f
which will not be until the fourth or fifth year
planting, according to the progreſs they have m.
for if they are forced too young, it will weaken tłem
ſo much, as that they ſeldom make vigorous trees af-
terward ; beſides the quantity of fruit which ſuch
young trees produce, is not worth the expence and
trouble of forcing; for the quantity of fuel uſed, and
the trouble will be the ſame for ſmall trees, which
are not capable of producing more than fix or eight
fruit each, as for thoſe trees which may produce
three or four dozen; ſo that the greater time the trees
have to grow before they are forced, the better they
will pay for the trouble and expence.
But it will be the beſt way not to have any of the
frames made, nor the trellis, or any other of the
wood-work, until the trees are ſtrong enough to force;
for if theſe are done when the Walls are firſt built, as
is by ſome perſons practiſed, they will be half de-
cayed before there is any uſe for them ; but then the
perſons who are employed in making the trellis, muſt
be very careful in putting it up, not to injure the
injuries of the froſt; and the having too many fruit
on the trees will render them ſmall, and alſo too
much weaken the trees; then the ſhoots ſhould be all
regularly faſtened to the trellis, at a proper diſtance
from each other, ſo that when the branches ſhoot the
following ſpring, they may not over-hang each other.
The reaion for my adviſing theſe trees to be pruned
ſo early in the ſeaſon, is, that thoſe branches which
are left on, may enjoy the whole nouriſhment of the
fap, ſo that the buds will become very turgid during
the winter ſeaſon, and will be prepared to open when
the fires are ſet to work.
The time for beginning to make the fires is about the
middle or latter end of January, according as the ſea-
ſon is more or leſs favourable ; for if the trees are
forced too early into flower, they will be in ſome dan-
ner of miſcarrying, if the weather ſhould prove fe-
vere; ſo that it is by much the fureft method to be-
gin about the time here directed, becauſe there will be
a neceſſity of admitting freſh air to the trees when
they are in flower, which cannot be done ſafely when
they flower in very bad weather. And thoſe trees
which are forced into flower by the middle of Febru-
ary, will ripen their fruit as early as moſt people will
deſire to eat them ; for the Cherries will ripen early
in April, and the Apricots by the beginning of May,
and foon after the Plums, Peaches, and Nectarines,
will be ripe.
There are ſome perſons who plant Strawberries in
their borders before the fruit-trees, in order to have
early fruit, which often ſucceed very well; but where-
ever this is practiſed, great care ſhould be taken to
keep them from ſpreading over the border, becauſe
theſe plants will exhauſt the principal goodneſs of the
earth, and thereby injure the trees; fo that when it is
deſigned to have Strawberries in theſe borders, I would
adviſe, that the roots ſhould be either planted in pots,
or ſingly at a good diſtance on a ſhady border of loamy
earth, one year before they are deſigned to be forced
during which time the runners ſhould be diligently
pulled off, to encourage the main roots for fruiting;
and at Michaelmas theſe plants may be tranſplanted,
with large balls of earth to their roots, into the bor-
ders, before the fruit-trees which are to be forced the
following ſpring, ſo that they may have time to get
new root before that ſeaſon ; and if theſe plants are
carefully watered when they begin to ſhew their flower-
buds, they will produce a good quantity of fruit,
which will ripen the latter end of April, or the begin-
ning of May; but then I would alſo adviſe, that theſe
plants be taken away as ſoon as they have done bear-
ing, that they may not rob the trees of their nouriſh-
Since I have mentioned this method of having early
Strawberries, I ſhall take the liberty to inſert another
method, which is often practiſed to obtain this fruit
early in the ſpring, though it doth not ſo properly
come under this article, which is to train up the plants
either in pots or borders, after the manner before di-
reEted, for at leaſt one year or inore; then in the be-
ginning of February there ſhould be a moderate hot-
bed prepared, in length proportionable to the number
of plants deſigned to be forced, and the breadth ſhould
be proportionable to the width of the frames which
are deſigned to cover them. Theſe frames may be fuch
as are uſed for cominon hot-beds, to raiſe early Cu-
cumbers, &c. This hot-bed muſt be covered with freſh
loamy earth about eight inches thick, into which the
Strawberry plants ſhould be placed, with large balls
of earth to the roots, as cloſe as they can conveniently
be planted; (for as they muſt be kept clear from run-
ners, they will not ſpread much during the time they
remain in the bed, which will be no longer than until
their fruit is gone.) Then they ſhould be gently
watered to føttle the earth to their roots, which muft
be frequently repeated as the earth becomes dry, other-
wiſe they will produce new fruit. While the nights
continue cold, the glaſſes of the hot-bed ſhould be co-
vered with mats, to preſerve a kindly warmth in the
beds; but in the day time, when the weather is fa-
ment.
trees.
و
When the trees have acquired ſtrength enough to
produce a quantity of fruit, the part which is deſigned
to be forced the following ſpring, ſhould be carefully
pruned early in autumn, when the very weak ſhoots
muſt be either entirely cut out, or pruned very ſhort,
becauſe theſe, by being forced, will for the moſt part
decay; and though ſome of them may be full of
flower-buds, yet theſe ſhoots being weak cannot
nouriſh them ; fo that the flowers having exhauſted all
the fap, the ſhoots will die foon after, and rarely pro-
duce any fruit, or at leaſt do not bring them to per-
feftion. The other more vigorous ſhoots ſhould alſo
be ſhortened to a proper length, after the ſame man-
ner as is directed for thoſe trees in the open air, with
this difference only, viz. that theſe which are deſigned
for forcing, ſhould not have their ſhoots left ſo long,
becauſe the forcing of them will weaken them; and
conſequently, ſhould there be as great a length of
branches, there will probably be a greater number of
fruit on them, becauſe, as theſe will be ſcreened from
the open air, they will not be liable to blaſts, or the
vourable,

WAL
W A L
vourable, the glaſſes ſhould be raiſed to admit freſh
air to the plants ; for if they are too much drawn,
(eſpecially when they begin to flower) they will not
produce much fruit. If the ſeaſon ſhould continue
long cold, and the heat of the beds ſhould decline, it
will be proper to lay ſome freſh hot dung round the
fides of the beds to renew their heat, being always
careful not to make them too hot, for that will ſcorch
their roots, and prevent their fruiting. If the plants
which are planted in theſe beds are ſtrong, and in a
good condition for bearing, and care be taken in
tranſplanting of them to preſerve good balls of earth
to their roots, as alſo to keep a due temperature of
warmth in the beds, they will produce ripe fruit by
the end of April, or the beginning of May, in plenty;
and will continue bearing, until ſome of thoſe in the
open air come in to ſucceed them. .
The beſt kinds of Strawberries to plant for forcing,
are the Scarlet and Alpine, for the Hautboys grow
too rampant for this purpoſe.
But to return to the ſubject of hot Walls; what I have
here inſerted concerning the forcing of fruits, has
been only to obtain theſe fruits earlier in the ſeaſon,
than they would naturally ripen againſt common
Walls. But in ſome parts of England, where moſt
of our good kinds of fruit feldom ripen, it might be
very well worth while to build ſome of theſe Walls,
to obtain good fruit from the beſt kinds of Peaches,
Plums, &c. eſpecially in ſuch places where fuel is
&
plenty, becauſe there the expence will not be great
after the firſt building of the Walls. For I would not
propoſe to have coverings of glaſs, excepting for a
finall proportion of the Walls; the reſt may have frames
of canvas, or oiled paper, to ſhut over them, in the
ſame manner as the glaffes are contrived, which will ſuc-
ceed very well where proper care is taken ; for as
there will not be occaſion to cover theſe trees until
the beginning of March, at which time alſo the fires
muſt be made, ſo before the trees are in flower, the
weather may be frequently warm enough to open the
covers to admit fun and air to the trees in the middle
of the day; for if theſe covers are kept too cloſely
ſhut, the ſhoots of the trees will draw very weak, and
their leaves will turn pale for want of light and air.
And as the deſign of theſe contrivances is only to
bring the trees into flower three, or at moſt four
weeks earlier, than they would naturally come againſt
common Walls, there will be no neceſſity of making
very large fires, or keeping the covers too cloſely over
the trees.
Inſtead of canvas for theſe covers, oiled papers may
be uſed, which ſhould be done in the manner direct-
ed for raiſing of Melons, by paſting as many ſheets of
paper together, as will fit the frames on which they
are to be fixed; and when the paſte is dry, the paper
ſhould be faſtened into the frames, and then the oil
rubbed over on the outſide with a bruſh, which will
ſoak through the paper, and when the paper is dry,
,
the covers may be uſed. This paper will laſt very
well one ſeaſon, and the expence of repairing it will
not be very great; wherefore theſe are to be prefer-
red to the canvas, becauſe all ſorts of plants will
thrive much better under them, than they will under
canvas, or any other cloſe covering, which will not
admit the rays of the light ſo well through to the plants.
The frames deſigned for either canvas or paper may
be made much ſlighter than thofe for glaſs, becauſe
theſe being very light, will not require ſo much
ſtrength to ſupport them; and if there are well paint-
ed, and every year, when their uſe is over, carried
into ſhelter, they will laſt a long time, for they will
not be wanted abroad longer than three months, viz.
from the beginning of March to the end of May; for
after this time the fruit will not require any covering,
the trees being then full of leaves, and the young
ſhoots will by that time have made fuch progreſs, as to
become a good defence for the fruit; but theſe covers
ſhould not be too fuddenly taken away, but by de-
grees the trees ſhould be inured to the open air, other-
wiſe the change will be too great, and may occaſion
moſt of the fruit to fall off, eſpecially if cold nights
ſhould follow.
By this method gentlemen may be ſupplied with moſt
of the beſt kinds of fruit in the northern parts of
England, where without ſome ſuch care, they cannot
expect much good fruit in their gardens. And as
coal is in great plenty in thoſe places, the expence
will be very little; therefore I am ſurpriſed that moſt
of the gentlemen who live in the north, do not put
this method in practice. That there are ſome few of
theſe Walls built in the north is well known, but then
they are chiefly deſigned to produce a little early
fruit, more for curioſity than any real uſe; and theſe
Walls are, for the moſt part, ſo ill contrived, that
four times the fuel is expended, as will be requiſite
when the Walls are built after the manner here di-
rected; and where the heat is not pretty equally dif-
tributed through every part of the Wall, fome of the
trees will have too much heat, while others will have
little benefit from the fires.
There are ſome perſons who build their hot Walls in
ſuch a manner, as to have the greateſt heat under the
border, near the roots of the trees, ſuppoſing there
is a neceffity for heat to the roots, as well as the
branches; but this is a great miſtake, for the fires
muſt greatly injure the roots of the trees, by drying
up the moiſture of the earth, as alſo in ſcorching the
tender fibres of thoſe roots which lie near them;
therefore this practice ſhould not be continued, for it
is much the better method to elevate the firſt flue
nine inches or a foot above the level of the border,
according as the ground is dry or wet, than to place
it the leaſt below ground, which will only dry the
earth, and not warm the air about the trees, which is
the only uſe of artificial heat ; for it is very common-
ly practiſed to draw a branch of a Vine, or other
fruit-tree, into a ſtove, which branch will produce
ts fruit as early as if the whole tree had been forced ;
when, at the ſame time, all the other branches of the
fame tree, which are expoſed to the open air, will
not be the leaſt forwarded, though they are all nouriſh-
ed by the fame root; which is a plain proof, that
there is no neceſſity for adding any warmth to the
roots of fruit-trees, to have their fruit earlier or better
ripened.
I have alſo heard of ſome Walls which have been built
for forcing of fruit, with one continued chaſm from
their bottoms to the top, ſo that they have been like
double Walls, with places at proper diſtances to make
the fires; but theſe can be of little uſe, for if the Walls
are open at their tops to let out the ſmoke, the heat
will alſo eſcape with it; becauſe, if the ſmoke be not
led about three or four times in flues in order to warm
the bricks, the heat will paſs off at the top, without
doing much ſervice to the trees.
Where the Walls are planted with the beſt kinds of
fruit, which are deſigned to ripen them in perfection,
if the autumns ſhould prove cold, or very wet, before
the fruit are ripe, it will be proper to put the covers
over the trees, and if there are ſome flow fires made
to dry off the damps, it will be of great uſe to pre-
vent the fruit from growing mouldy, and to halten
their ripening; but when this is practiſed, the covers
ſhould be taken off, whenever the weather will ad-
mit of it, that the fruit may enjoy the benefit of the
free air, without which they will be infipid or ill-taſted.
Although in the former directions for forcing trees
in order to have early fruit, I have adviſed, that ſuch
trees ſhould have one or two years reft in order to re-
cover vigour, yet that is not to be underſtood of theſe
trees, which are only deſigned to be brought forward
enough to produce their fruit in perfection ; for as the
fires are not deſigned to be made till the beginning of
March, the trees will not be weakened thereby, be-
cauſe they will be inured to the open air long before
their fruit is ripe, and will have time to ripen their
ſhoots, and form their buds for the next year's bear-
ing; therefore theſe trees may be thus forced every
year, without doing them much injury, provided
they are carefully managed.
3
2
In

W AL
W AL
addi-
a
In forcing of fruit-trees people generally hang up
The CHARACTERS are,
thermometers under their glaſſes, for the better ad- The fiower is of the malvaceous tribe, and has a cup
juſting the heat and regulating the fires; but when Maped permanent empalement of one leaf, cut into five
this is practiſed, they ſhould be hung where the fun points at the rim; it has five heart-ſhaped petals which
can never fine on them, for one hour's ſun ſhine spread open, and five ftamina, joined in e cylinder, termi-
upon the ball or tube of the thermometer, in the nated by loose ſummits, and an ovel germen, ſupporting a
Spring of the year, will ſo much rarefy the ſpirits, Single jiyle, crowned by a bifid ſtigma. The germen turns
that they will riſe to the top of the tube, when, at to an oval copſule with one cell, incloſing one obtuſe ſeed.
the fame time, the circumambient air may not be This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
much more than of a temperate heat; but as the Linnæus's ſixteenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
principal uſe of theſe thermometers is to regulate the whoſe fowers have five ſtamina joined in one body or
fires, they are ſeldom of much uſe in the day time; column.
becauſe, if there be only one hour's ſun-ihine in the
The SPECIES are,
day on the glaſſes, it will warm the air fufficiently for 1. WALTHERIA (Americeno) foliis ovalibus.plicatis fer-
the production of European fruits, without any rato-dentatis capitulis pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
tional heat ; wherefore there will rarely be occaſion 941. Waltheria with oval ploited leaves, which are face -
for continuing of the fires in the day, unleſs the wea- indented, and the flowers on foot-ſtalks. Althæa Ame-
ther ſhould prove very bad. And if, by the fires in ricana pumila, fiore luteo fpicato. Breyn. Cent. 1. f.
the night, the air is warmed to the temperate point 57. Low American Marſh Mallow with a yellow Spiked
marked on the botanic thermometers, the fruit will flower.
thrive much better than in greater heat.
2. WALTHERIA (Indica) foliis ovatis ſerratis plicatis, ca-
There are fome perſons near London, who make it pitulis ſeſfilibus. Prod. Leyd. 348. Waltheria with ovel,
their buſineſs to raiſe early fruit to ſupply the mar- ſawed, plaited leaves, and the heads of flowers ſitting
kets, which they perform by the heat of dung only, cloſe to the branches. Beronica arboreſcens, villoſis fo-
having no fire Walls in their gardens. The method liis profunde venoſis, floribus ex alis foliorum glome-
which theſe people follow, is to have a good quantity ratis. Pluk. Mant. 31.
of new dung laid in a heap to warm (after the fame 3. WALTHERIA (Anguſtifolia) foliis lanceolatis ferratis,
manner as is practiſed for making of hot-beds.) When capitulis pedunculatis. Prod. Leyd. 348. Waltheria
this dung is in a proper temperature of heat, they lay with Spear-ſhaped ſawed leaves, and heads of flowers upon
it cloſe on the back ſide of their fruit Wall, about four foot-ſtalks. Betonica arboreſcens Maderaſpatana villoſa;
feet thick at the bottom, and ſloping to about ten foliis profunde venoſis. Pluk. Alm. 67. tab. 150. Tree
inches or a foot thick at the top. This dung ſhould like Betony of Madras, with hairy deep-veined leaves.
be gently beat down with a fork to prevent the heat This genus of plants is deſcribed in the French Me-
going off too ſoon, but it ſhould not be trodden down moirs of the Academy of Sciences, by Monſ. D'Il-
100 hard, left that ſhould prevent its heating. The nard, who has given it the title of Monoſpermalthæa,
outſide of the dung ſhould be laid as ſmooth as poſſi- from the habit of the plant being like Althæa ; and,
ble, that the wet may run off more eaſily; and if there having a ſingle feed to each flower, he compounded
is a covering of thatch, as is ſometimes practiſed, it this name; but Dr. Linnæus has altered it to this of
preferves the dung from rotting too foon, whereby the Waltheria, in honour of Auguſtus Frederic Walther,
heat is continued the longer. The time for laying Profeſſor at Leipfic, who is a curious botaniſt.
this dung to the back of the Wall is ſomewhat later The firſt fort grows naturally in the Braſils, and alſo
than for making the fires, i. e. about the middle of in many parts of the iſlands in the Weſt-Indies; it has
February. The firſt parcel of dung will continue a ſoft ligneous ſtalk which riſes about two feet high,
warm about a month or five weeks, when there ſhould ſending out two or three fide branches. The leaves
be a ſupply of new dung prepared, and the old taken are oblong, oval, plain, and fawed on their edges, of
quite away, or mixed up with this new dung, to re- a pale yellowiſh green colour, ſoft and hairy, and are
new the heat, which, if it works kindly, will be ſuf- placed alternately. The flowers are collected in a cloſe
ficient to laſt the ſeaſon. Theſe Walls are covered with thick ſpike at the top of the ſtalk, having ſoft hairy
glaſſes or oiled paper, in the ſame manner as the fire empalements; they are compoſed of five petals, con-
Walls, and the trees muſt be treated in the ſame way; nected at their baſe, which are ſmall, of a bright yel-
but there muſt be more care taken to open the glaſſes low colour, and ſpread open; theſe are each ſucceeded
againſt theſe Walls, whenever the weather will per- by angular ſeeds which ripen in the empalement. It
mit, otherwiſe the ſteam of the dung will occafion a flowers in July and Auguſt, and the feeds ripen in
great dampneſs through the Wall, which, if pent in autumn.
about the trees, will be very pernicious to them, efpe- The ſecond fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
cially at the time they are in flower.
riſes with a fhrubby branching ſtalk to the height of
By this method fome gardeners have forced long eight or ten feet, covered with ſoft hairs. The leaves
Walls filled with old well-grown fruit-trees, which are placed alternately upon foot-ſtalks; they are four
have produced great quantities of fruit annually, inches long, and two broad in the middle, and are
which has well anſwered their expence; but as, in rounded at both ends, of a yellowiſh green colour,
many parts of England, it will be very difficult to very hairy and ſoft, having ſeveral longitudinal veins.
procure a fuffcient quantity of new dung for this pur- From the wings of the branches ariſe the foot-ſtalks of
poſe, therefore fire Walls are moſt uſeful, and leaſt the flowers, which fit cloſe to the branches, and are
expenſive in ſuch places.
terminated by cluſters of very ſmall yellow flowers,
I have ſeen in ſome places long timber fences erected which juſt peep out of their ſoft hairy empalements.
to force fruit-trees, by laying new dung againſt the The flowers are ſucceeded by a ſingle feed wrapped
back ſide, in the ſame manner as is practiſed for the in the empalement of the flower. It flowers moſt of
Walls, but theſe are by no means proper, becauſe the ſummer months, and the ſeeds ripen in ſucceſſion.
the ſteam of the dung will eaſily get through every The third ſort grows naturally at Campeachy and in
little crack or joint of the boards, to the great pre- India ; from the firſt place the ſeeds were ſent me.
judice of the trees; beſides, theſe boards will continue The ſtalks of this are ligneous; they riſe fix or ſeven
very damp, as long as any moiſture remains in the feet high, dividing into ſeveral branches, which are leſs
dung, which will alſo be very injurious to them; and hairy than thoſe of the former fort. The leaves are
as theſe boards will in a few years decay, theſe will be ſpear-íhaped, about three inches and a half long, and
more expenſive than Walls, if they are kept in repair one inch and a half broad; they are of a yellowiſh
for fome years, and will never anſwer the deſign fo green colour, ſawed on their edges, and hairy, but are
well.
not ſo ſoft as thoſe of the former, having many veins
WALL FLOWER See CHEIRANTHUS.
running from the midrib, ſtanding upon long foot-
WALNUT. See JUGLANS.
ſtalks. The flowers are very ſmall, yellow, and are
WALTHERIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 741.
collected into round cluſters, ſtanding upon very ſhorn
14 P
foor-
a
a
a
a
a

W A T
W A T
foot-ſtalks, cloſe to the wings of the leaves; thefe
ap-
pear in June, July, and Auguſt, and the ſeeds ripen
in autumn.
3
Water will add, in making jets d'eau, and caſcades,
which are ſome of the nobleſt ornaments of a garden,
if rightly placed. I ſhall firſt take notice of the
qua-
lities of Water, with the ſeveral opinions of the moſt
eminent philoſophers thereon, and then take notice
of the beauty which large pieces of Water add to ſuch
ſeats as are conveniently ſituated for them.
Sir Iſaac Newton defines Water (when pure) to be a
very fluid ſalt, volatile, and void of all favour and
taſte, and it ſeems to conſiſt of ſmall, hard, porous,
ſpherical particles of equal diameters, and equal ſpe-
cific gravities; and alſo that there are between them
ſpaces fo large, and ranged in ſuch a manner, as to be
pervious on all fides.
Their ſmoothneſs accounts for their ſliding eaſily over
the ſurfaces of one another.
Their ſphericity keeps them from touching one ano-
ther in more points than one, and by both theſe, their
frictions, in fliding over one another, are rendered
the leaſt poſſible.
The hardneſs of them accounts for the incompreſſi-
bility of Water, when it is free from the intermixture
of air
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which muſt
be fown on a hot-bed; and when the plants are fit to
tranſplant, they muſt be each planted into a ſeparate
ſmall pot, and plunged into a freíh hot-bed, and af
terward treated in the ſame manner as other tender
plants of the ſame country, for they muſt be kept in
the bark-ſtové, otherwiſe they will not thrive in Eng-
land. The ſecond year the plants will flower and
produce good ſeeds, but the plants may be continued
three or four years if they are often ſhifted, and the
roots pared, to keep them within compaſs; for if they
are permitted to remain long undiſturbed in the tan-
bed, their roots will run out through the holes in the
bottom of the pots, and extend to a great diſtance in
the tan; and when this happens, if their roots are
torn, or cut off, the plants ſeldom ſurvive it. When
the plants root into the tan, they grow very luxuriant,
and cannot be kept within reaſonable compaſs; but on
their roots being diſturbed, their branches will hang,
and their leaves thrivel up and drop off; therefore,
to keep theſe plants within bounds, they ſhould be
drawn up out of the tan at leaſt once in fix weeks,
during the ſummer ſeaſon, and the plants fhifted out
of the pots once in two months; with this manage-
ment the two laſt forts may be continued ſeveral years,
but the firſt feldom lives longer than two years.
WARNER A. Hydraſtis. Lin. Gen. 704.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower bath no empalement, but conſiſts of three oval
regular petals, including a great number of linear com-
preſſed ſtamina which are ſhorter than the petals, termi-
nated by obtuſe compreſſed ſummits. It bath many ger-
men colleEted into an ovel head, having Short Styles, crowned
by broad compreſſed ſtigmas. The germen becomes one
berry, compoſed of many oblong acini like Strawberries, iz-
cluding one oblong feed in each.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
of Linnæus's thirteenth claſs, which contains thoſe
plants whoſe flowers have many male and female or-
gans of generation.
The title of this genus is given to it in honour of
Richard Warner, Eſq; of Woodford-row, Effex, who
is a very curious botaniſt, and a great collector of
growing plants.
We know but one Species of this plant at preſent,
viz.
WARNERA (Canadenſis.) Warnera, or Yellow Root. Hy-
draftis. Lin. Sp. 784. Water Herb.
This plant grows naturally in Canada, and ſeveral
other parts of North America; the root is compoſed
of thick fleſhy tubers of a deep yellow colour within,
but covered by a brown ſkin, ſending out fibres from
ſeveral parts in the ſpring; it ſends up one or two
foot-ſtalks about nine inches high, on which are one
or two lobated leaves on the fide, which are compoſed
of hand-ſhaped leaves, which are fawed on their bor-
ders; the foot-ſtalk is terminated by one flower, com-
poſed of three oval white petals, including many fta-
mina and ſtyles, and is fucceeded by a fruit compoſed
of many acini like thoſe of Strawberries, which when
ripe, change to a red colour; it flowers in May, and
the fruit is ripe in July.
This plant is pretty uncommon in the Engliſh gar-
dens, where it does not increaſe much; it delights in
great ſhade and moiſture; for when it is planted in
dry ground, or much expoſed to the ſun, it rarely
lives through one ſummer. Therefore it ſhould be
planted in a moiſt loamy ſoil, in a ſhady ſituation,
where it ſhould remain undiſturbed three or four years.
WATER is one of the moſt conſiderable requiſites be-
longing to a garden: if a garden be without it, it
brings a certain mortality upon whatſoever is planted.
By waterings the great droughts in ſummer are al-
layed, which would infallibly burn up moſt plants,
had we not the help of Water to qualify the exceſſive
heats; beſides, as to noble ſeats, the beauty that
The poroſity of Water is ſo very great, that there is
at leaſt forty times as much ſpace as matter in it, for
Water is nineteen times ſpecifically lighter than gold,
and of conſequence rarer in the ſame proportion; but
gold will, by preſſure, let Water paſs through its
pores, and therefore may be ſuppoſed to have (at leaſt)
more pores than folid parts.
Monſ. Le Clerc ſays there are theſe things obſervable
in Water, which naturaliſts ſtudy to know, and ac-
count for :
1. It is tranſparent; becauſe, as fome are of opinion,
it conſiſts of flexible particles like ropes, which are
not ſo cloſe as to leave no pores, nor ſo entangled,
but that there are right lines enough to tranſmit the
light.
For ſince the particles are not joined cloſe together,
and in perpetual motion, the very particles of light
eaſily paſs through their right lines, unleſs the Water
be very deep, or put into motion by fome outward
cauſe ; then, indeed, the tranſparency of Water is
very much obſtructed, and it looks of a cloudy obſcure
colour, as it is obvious to fight in a rough fea, for
at ſuch a time the vehement agitation of the Water
diſturbs their pores, and ſpoils their ſtraitneſs.
2. Water is liquid, but capable of being fixed. Wa-
ter ſeems to be liquid for the ſame reaſon that other
bodies are fo; for ſince the particles of it are flexible
like ropes, and leave pores between one another,
which are filled with finer matter; when this matter
into a vehement commotion, the particles are
eaſily toſſed about every where; yet when the motion
of this reſtleſs matter is reſtrained, as it is in winter,
then the Water congeals into ice, whether this comes
of cold only, or there be, beſides, nitrous particles,
which fall out of the air at that time, and with their
rigidneſs fix the watery ones.
3. It may be made hot or cold, the particles of Wa-
ter being, as has before been ſaid, ice, are foon dif-
ſolved by the motion of thoſe of fire ; for the particles
of fire, getting into the pores of the ice, mightily
ſhake the fine flexible particles of it, and reſtore them
to their former motion in a little time.
But, if this Water be ſet in cold air, the fiery parti-
cles will ſoon vaniſh, and the Water become as cold
as before.
4. Water eaſily evaporates by the heat of fire or air.
This is becauſe its particles are quickly ſeparated, and
got into motion ; ſo that the airy particles eaſily carry
thoſe of the Water about with them.
5. It is heavy, if compared with air, and ſome other
bodies, but much heavier than air. It has been ſhewn,
by various experiments, that the gravity of the air in
the place where we live, is to that of Water, as one to
eight hundred, or ſomething more; ſo that Water is
eight hundred times heavier than air. And for this
reaſon a bladder, or any other thing, filled with air,
is put
و
a
و
a
can

W A T
WAT
;
و
a
can hardly be ſunk under Water ; and indeed, to make
air fink, there muſt be a weight added to it that ſhall
exceed the weight of the Water as much, and ſome-
thing more, than that of the Water exceeds that of
the air.
Hence it comes to paſs, that Water eaſily ſupports
wood, and vaſt ſhips fraught with the heavieſt cargo;
for the weight alone will never fink them, unleſs the
goods and veſſel together ſhould make up a weight
which exceeds that of Water; and as falt Water is
heavier than freſh, it bears a greater weight.
Thoſe things which are heavier than Water, as ſtones,
metals, &c. when they are thrown into it, go ſtrait
down to the bottom; and as their weight is greater,
by ſo much the quicker ; while other bodies, which
are of the ſame weight with the Water, neither float on
the ſurface, nor ſink quite down, but remain ſuſpended
between the top and bottom, as is ſeen in the carcaſes
of animals.
6. Water is in lipid, and without ſmell. The reaſon is,
becauſe its flexible parts flip gently over the tongue,
and are not ſharp enough to prick the nerves, and af-
fect the taſte ; but this is to be underſtood of pure Wa-
ter, void of all kind of ſalt, ſuch as diſtilled Water is,
and next, that of rain; for the moſt wholeſome foun-
tain Water commonly derives a faltneſs from the earth;
though in this place are not meant medicinal fountain
Waters, the taſte of which is more acute, but fuch
Water as is uſually drank.
And that it is without ſmell; the purer any Water is,
the leſs ſmell it has ; for the reaſon why the particles
do not prick the tongue, is the reaſon why they do
not affect the ſmell
. The flexibility and ſmoothneſs
of Water is ſuch, that they cannot pierce the olfactory
nerves ; for ſome fountain Water has indeed fome
fmell, but then it is a ſign that it is not pure.
7. Water is ſubject to putrify, according as the place
is where it is kept. Water will grow thick and ſtink-
ing by heat and reſt, as we find it does in ponds and
marſhes, and in cloſe veſſels ; but here it ought to be
remembered, that this is what was ſpoken of before,
as ſuch Water is not pure, for unmixed Water cannot
putrify. This is proved,
Firſt, by diſtilled Water, which may be kept very
long without putrefaction.
Secondly, in rain Water, which is caught in clean
vefſels, and preſently ſtopped up cloſe, and buried un-
der ground, which is kept many years in countries
where they want fountains. This ſhews that the cauſe
of putrefaction is not in the Water itſelf, but in other
things that are mingled with it, becauſe pure Water,
ſuch as is diſtilled, or comes from the clouds, keeps
ſweet for a great while; but then thoſe veſſels in
which ſuch Water is kept, muſt be ſo well ſtopped,
that the leaſt fiy may not get into them; and they
muſt be made of ſuch ſtuff as will not corrupt, ſuch
as glaſs or clay.
But as for ftanding Water, in ponds or marſhes, that
is corrupted two ways:
1. By the nature of the ſoil, which often abounds with
noiſome ſulphur, whereby the Water is impregnated,
and comes to ſmell in warm weather, as it does at Am-
ſterdam, not only in the canals, but wherever the
ground is opened for the foundations of houſes.
This putrefaction is owing to the foil, and not to the
Water.
2. By the nafty things that are thrown into it, or bo-
dies of inſects which die in it, as alſo by the eggs of
fies, which are dropped about wherever they go, and
breed worms. Water is corrupted in wooden vefſels,
eſpecially at ſea, by the fulphureous parts of the wood,
and by uncleanly things, as flies, eggs, &c.
Water penetrates the pores of thoſe bodies, whoſe
pores are wide enough to receive its particles ; thus
it enters the pores of ſugar and ſalts, ſo as to feparate
and quite diffolve their particles; but it cannot get
into the pores of ſtones, or but a very
little
way;
fo
that it only wets their ſurface, without diluting them;
hangs on the outſide of them, becauſe they are rough,
and becauſe the extremities of their pores are open a
little way. But ſuch bodies, when they are wet, are
foon dried in the air, becauſe the motion of the dry
particles carries off the ſoft and ſmooth ones of the
Water.
It is obſervable, that if bodies, rubbed over with oil
or fat, be dipped in water, they get very little wet;
becauſe the roughneſs of their ſurface, whereon the
Water ſhould hang, is ſmoothed, and made even by
the fat, and the mouths of the pores are cloſed up,
ſo that there is nothing left for the watery particles to
hold by, and therefore they muſt needs ſlide off.
Moſt liquors are formed by the coheſion of particles
of different figures, magnitudes, gravities, and at.
tractive powers, ſwimming in pure Water, or an aque-
ous fiuid, which ſeems to be the common baſis of
all. And the only reaſon why there are ſo many
forts of Water differing from one another by different
properties, is, that the corpuſcles of ſalts and mine-
rals, with which that element is impregnated, are
equally various.
Wine is only Water impregnated with particles of
Grapes, and beer is Water impregnated with particles
of Barley, &c. All ſpirits ſeem to be Water ſaturated
with faline and fulphureous particles.
And all liquors are more or leſs fluid, according to
the greater or ſmaller coheſion of the particles, which
ſwim in the aqueous Auid ; and there is hardly any
fluid without any coheſion of particles, not even pure
Water itſelf, as will appear from the bubbles, which
will fometimes ſtand on the ſurface of it as well as on
that of ſpirits, and other liquors.
Water contributes much to the growth of bodies, in
that it both renders and keeps the active principles
fluid, ſo that they are capable of being conveyed by
circulation into the pores.
The learned Dr. Halley has demonſtrated, that if an
atom of Water be expanded into a ſhell or bubble,
whoſe diameter ſhall be ten times as great as before,
ſuch an atom would be fuperficially lighter than the
air, and will riſe ſo long as that flatus, or warm ſpirit,
which at firſt ſeparated or raiſed it from the maſs of
Water, ſhall continue to diſtend it to the fame degree;
but when that warmth declines, and the air grows
cooler, and withal ſpecifically lighter, theſe vapours
will ſtop at a certain region of the air, or elſe defcend.
Therefore, if it ſhould be ſuppoſed, that the whole
earth were covered with Water, and that the ſun
fhould make his diurnal courſe round it, as now he
does, he is of opinion, that the air would be impreg.
nated with a certain quantity of aqueous vapours,
which it would retain in it, like falts diffolved in Wa-
ter; and that the fun in the day time warming the air,
that part of the atmoſphere would fuftain a greater
proportion of vapours (as warm weather will hold
more falt in it diffolved than cold) which by the ab-
ſence of the vapours at night would be diſcharged in-
to dews.
And in this caſe he concludes, there could not be any
diverſity of weather, other than periodically every
year alike; the mixture of all terreſtrial, faline, and
heterogeneous vapours here being excluded, which he
judges to be, when variouſly compounded, and driven
by winds, which are the cauſes of theſe various ſeaſons
and changes of weather which we now find.
But, inſtead of ſuppoſing an earth to be covered all
over with Water, you ſuppoſe the fea interſperſed
about wide and ſpacious tracts of land, and alſo di-
vided by high ridges of mountains, ſuch as the Alps;
the Appenine, and the Pyrenean, in Europe; the
Caucaſus, the Imaus, and the Taurus, in Aſia; the
Mount Atlas, and the mountains of the Moon, in
Africa; the Andes and Apalachian mountains, in Ame-
rica; each of which ſurpaſſes the uſual height, to
which the aqueous vapours do of themſelves aſcend,
and on the tops of which the air is ſo cold and rare-
fied, as to retain but a ſmall part of theſe vapours,
which are brought thither by the winds.
Then the vapours thus raiſed from the ſea, and carried
by the winds over the low lands to thoſe ridges of
mountains, are there compelled by the ſteams of the
3
air
,

WAT
W A T
;
a
air, to mount with it up to their tops, where the
Water preſently precipitates, gleeting down by the
crannies of the ſtones; and part of the vapours enter-
ing into the caverns of the hills, the Water thereof
gathers, as in an alembic, in the baſons of ſtones; and
theſe being once full, the overplus of the Water runs
down at the loweſt place of the baſon, and breaking
out by the ſides of the hills, form fingle ſprings,
many of which run down by the vallies or guts be-
tween the ridges of the hills, and, after uniting, form
little rivulets or brooks; and many of theſe meeting
again, form large rivers.
Whether Water be originally a fluid ? It is a point
that has been controverted among philoſophers, whe-
ther fluidity be the natural ſtate of Water, or rather the
effect of violence.
Sometimes we find it appear in a fluid form, and
fometimes in a ſolid one; and as the former is the
more uſual in our warmer climate, we are apt to con-
clude fluidity to be its proper ſtate, and ſuppoſe the
other to proceed from the extraneous action of cold.
But the learned Boerhaave afferts the contrary, and
maintains, that Water is of the cryſtalline kind; be-
cauſe wherever a certain degree of fire (heat) is want-
ing to keep it in fuſion, it readily grows into a hard
glebe, which we call ice.
Mr. Boyle is much of the ſame opinion; he obſerves,
that ice is commonly reputed to be Water, brought
into a preternatural ſtate by cold. But with regard to
the nature of things, and ſetting aſide our arbitrary
ideas, it might as juſtly be ſaid, that Water is ice, pre-
ternaturally thawed by heat. If it be urged, that ice
left to itſelf will, upon the freezing agents being re-
moved, return to Water, it may be anſwered, That,
not to mention the ſnow and ice that lie all the ſum-
mer long on the Alps, and other high mountains, even
in the torrid zone, we have been aſſured, that in ſome
parts of Siberia the ſurface of the ground continues
more months of the year frozen, by the natural tem-
perature of the climate, than it has been thawed by the
heat of the ſun; and a little below the ſurface of the
ground, the Water which chances to be lodged in the
cavities there, continues in a ſtate of ice all the year
round, ſo that when, in the heat of ſummer, the fields
are covered with Corn, if you dig three or four feet
deep, you ſhall find ice, and a frozen foil,
Dr. Boerhaave is of opinion, That if Water could be
had alone and pure, it would have all the requiſites
of an element, and be as ſimple as fire ; but there
has been no expedient hitherto found out for making
it fuch.
Rain Water, which ſeems to be the pureſt of all thoſe
we know of, is replete with infinite exhalations of all
kinds, which it imbibes from the air, ſo that though it
be filtered and diſtilled ever ſo often, yet there ſtill re-
main fæces.
The pureſt of all Waters we can any way arrive at, is
that diſtilled from ſnow, gathered in a clear, ſtill,
pinching night, in ſome very high place, taking none
but the outer, or ſuperficial part thereof. By a num-
ber of repeated diſtillations thereof, the greateſt part
of the earth, and other fæces, may be ſeparated from it;
and this is what we muſt be content to call pure Water.
Mr. Boyle indeed relates, that a friend of his by dif-
tilling a quantity of Water a hundred times, found at
length, that he had got fix tenths of the quantity in
earth : whence he concludes, that the whole Water,
by the further proſecuting the operation, might be
converted into earth.
But it ſhould be confidered, that as the Water cannot
be removed or poured into a veffel, without the mix-
ture of ſome duft with it, ſo neither can the luting of
the veſſel be diſtilled without loſing fomething every
time; therefore Dr. Boerhaave rather concludes, That
the Water thus often diſtilled, might acquire new
earth from the duſt floating in the air, and the inſtru-
ments employed in the operation.
That author affures us, That after he had diſtilled
ſome very pure Water by a gentle fire, for the ſpace
of four months, it appeared perfectly pure; and yet
leaving it to reſt in veſſels perfectly cloſed, it conceiva
ed a certain kind of weedy matter, ſomewhat like the
ſtamina of plants, or the little tufts of a mucilage ;
and
yet
it is related that Schotus ſaw Water in Ker-
cher's Mufæum, that had been kept in a veffel her-
metically ſealed upwards of fifty years; and yet it
ſtill remained clear and pure, and ſtood to the ſame
height in the veſſel as at the firſt, without the leaſt
ſign of fediment.
Dr. Boerhaave adds, That he is convinced nobody
ever ſaw a drop of pure Water ; that the utmoſt of
its purity known, only amounts to its being free
from this and that ſort of matter; and that it can ne-
ver, for inſtance, be quite deprived of its falt, ſince
air will always accompany it, and that has always falt.
Water ſeems to be diffuſed every where, and to be
preſent in all ſpace where there is matter. There is
not a body in all nature but will yield Water. It is
alſo aſſerted, that even fire itſelf is not without Water.
A ſingle grain of the moſt fiery falt, which in a mo-
ment's time will penetrate through a man's hand,
readily imbibes half its weight of Water, and melts
even in the drieſt air imaginable. Thus falt of tar-
tar, placed near the hotteſt fire, will attract or im-
bibe Water, and by that means increaſe conſiderably
its weight in a ſmall time. So in the drieſt ſummer's
day, a pewter vefſel with ice in it, brought up from
ſome cold ſubterraneous place, into the hotteſt room,
will immediately be covered with little drops of Wa-
ter gathered from the contiguous air, and condenſed
by the coldneſs of the ice.
Even dry bodies afford a plenteous ſtock of Water.
Dr. Boerhaave ſays, oil of vitriol, being expoſed a
long time to a violent fire, to ſeparate all the Water
from it as much as poſſible, did afterwards, by only
ſtanding a few minutes, contract freſh Water ſo faſt,
as ſoon to afford it as plenteouſly as at first.
And that hartſhorn that had been kept for forty years,
and was as hard and dry as any metal, ſo that if
ſtruck againſt a flint, it would yield ſparks of fire ;
yet this very hartſhorn being put into a glaſs veſſel,
and diſtilled, afforded him one eighth of its quantity
of Water. He adds: we have known bones dead
dried twenty-five years, and thus become almoſt as
,
hard as iron, which yet, by diſtillation, afforded half
their weight of Water ; and the hardeſt ſtones ground
and diſtilled, always diſcover a portion thereof.
Mr. Boyle, by diſtillation, found that eels yielded
ſome oil, ſpirit, and volatile falt, beſides the caput
mortuum ; yet all theſe were ſo diſproportionate to
the Water, that they ſeemed to have been nothing
but that coagulated.
The ſame author, from human blood itſelf, as fpiri-
tuous and elaborate a liquor as it is reputed, did, by
diſtillation, out of ſeven ounces and a half, draw near
fix of phlegm, before ever any other of the principles
began to riſe.
Vipers, though they are eſteemed hot in operation,
and will, in a convenient air, ſurvive for ſome days
the loſs of their heads and hearts, yet it is ſurpriſing
how great a ſhare of Water they yield by diſtillation.
Some have been of the opinion, that Water was the
common matter of all bodies. And Thales, with
ſome other philoſophers, have held, that all things
were made of Water; which opinion, probably had
its riſe from the writings of Moſes, where he ſpeaks
of the Spirit of God moving upon the face of the
Waters.
But Mr. Boyle does not conceive the Water here
mentioned by Mofes, as the univerſal matter, to be
our elementary Water ; ſince though we ſhould fup-
poſe it to have been an agitated congeries, conſiſting
of a great variety of feminal principles, and of other
corpuſcles fit to be ſubdued and faſhioned by them,
it yet might be a body fluid like Water, in caſe the
corpuſcles it was made up of were, by their Creator,
made ſmall enough, and put into ſuch an actual mo-
tion as might make them all roll, and glide over one
another.
3
a
a
However,

W A T
WAT
3
However, Baſis Valentine, Paracelſus, Van Helmont,
Bentivoglio, and others have maintained, on his prin-
ciples, that Water is the elemental matter or ftamen
of all things, and that it fuffices for the production
of all things; which Helmont endeavours to prove
from the following experiment.
He burnt a quantity of earth in a potter's veſſel, till
fuch time as all the oil it contained was quite con-
fumed; then mixing it with Water, he drew out all
the falt. The earth thus prepared, he put into an
earthen pot, ſuch as is uſed by gardeners, and took
care that nothing but rain Water could enter into the
fame; and yet a Willow being planted in this earth,
grew up to a conſiderable height; whence he con-
cluded, that Water was the only nutriment of the ve-
getable kind, as vegetables are of the animal.
The ſame thing Mr. Boyle likewiſe argued from a
ſimilar experiment, and the whole is countenanced by
Sir Iſaac Newton, who obſerves, that Water ſtanding
a few days in the open air, yields a tincture, which,
like that of malt, by ſtanding longer, yields a fedi-
ment and a ſpirit; but before putrefaction, is fit nou-
riſhment for animals and vegetables.
But Dr. Woodward endeavours to ſhew, that they
were both miſtaken; proving, that Water contains in
it divers extraneous corpuſcles, and that ſome of theſe
are the proper matter of nutrition ; Water being
found to afford ſo much the leſs nouriſhment, the
more it is purified. Thus Mint planted in Water pu-
rified by diſtillation, will not grow ſo faſt, as if put in
Water not diſtilled ; and if the Water be diſtilled
three or four times over, the plant will ſcarce grow
at all, or receive any nouriſhment from it.
So that Water as ſuch, is not the proper nutriment
of vegetables, but only the vehicle thereof; which
contains the nutritious particles, and carries them along
with it through all the parts of the plants ; ſo that a
Water plant, e. g. a Water Creſs, being put in a
glaſs veſſel full of Water, will be found to contain
the more falt and oil.
In effect, Water nouriſhes the leſs, the more it is
purged of its faponaceous falts, in its pure ſtate it may
ſuffice to extend or ſwell the parts, but affords no new
vegetable matter.
you will find it continue in equilibrio. The expan-
fion of Water, in boiling, fhews what effect the dif
ferent degree that fire has on the gravity of Water.
This uncertainty makes it difficult to fix the ſpecific
gravity of Water, in order to ſettle its degree of pu-
rity; but this we may fay in the general, that the
pureſt Water we can procure is, that which weighs
880 times as much as air.
However, neither have we any tolerable ſtandard for
air ; for Water being ſo much heavier than air, the
more Water is contained in air, the heavier of courſe
muft it be; as in effect, the principal part of the
weight of the atmoſphere, ſeems to ariſe from the
Water.
Of all Waters, the pureſt is that which falls in rain
in a cold ſeaſon, and a ſtill day; and this we muſt
be content to take for elementary Water. The rain
Water in ſummer, or when the atmoſphere is in com-
motion it is certain, muſt contain infinite kinds of
heterogeneous matter. Thus if
Thus if you gather the Wa-
ter that falls after a thunder clap in a ſultry fummer's
day, and let it ſtand and ſettle, you will find a real
falt ſticking at the bottom; but in winter, eſpecially
when it freezes, the exhalations are but few, ſo that
the rain falls without much adulteration ; and hence,
what is thus gathered in the morning, is found of
good uſe for taking aways ſpots in the face, and that
gathered from ſnow, againſt inflammations in the
Yet this rain Water, with all its purity, may be
filtred and diſtilled a thouſand times, and it will ſtill
leave fome fæces behind it; ſo that to procure the
pureſt Water poſſible, a man muſt look for it in a
ſpacious plain in the winter time, when the earth is
covered with ſnow, and its pores locked up with froſt.
The next in point of purity is ſpring Water. This,
according to Dr. Halley, is collected from the air it-
ſelf; which, being faturated with Water, and coming
to be condenſed by the evening's cold, is driven
againſt the cold tops of mountains, where, being far-
ther condenſed and collected, it gleets down or diſtils,
as much as in an alembic.
Spring Water becomes the better by running; for
during all its courſe, it is depoſiting what heteroge-
neous matters it contained; but while the river drives
on its Waters in an uninterrupted ſtream, all its falts,
with all the vegetable and animal matters drained into
it, either from exhalations, or from the ground it
waſhes gradually, either fink to the bottom, or are
driven to the ſhore.
But what Water deſcends from ſprings on the tops
of
mountains, is generally pretty free froin heterogene-
ous bodies.
eye.
Of the fluidity of Water.
Of the ſolutive power of Water.
Water, ſays Dr. Boerhaave, is fluid, but the fluidity
is not natural thereto; for naturally, it is of the cryf-
talline kind; and accordingly, wherever a certain
degree of fire is wanting, there we ſee Water be-
come ice. That this ice is the proper effect of the
want of heat, and not of any additional ſpicula intro-
duced into the Water, as Mariotte and others con-
tend, is evident enough, were it only hence, that on
this ſuppoſition, it could not penetrate the ſubſtance
of all bodies, as we find it does, and even that of
metals.
This Water in its ſtate of ſolution, never remains at
reſt; its parts are in perpetual motion, as was firſt
diſcovered by the French with the help of micro-
ſcopes; and is farther confirmed by this, that if a
little Saffron be ſuſpended in the middle of a veſſel
full of Water, the Saffron colour will in a little time,
form as it were, a kind of atmoſphere around, and at
length be diffuſed through the whole Water. Now
this could no way be effected without a motion of the
watery particles among each other. Add, that if
you caſt a quantity of the drieſt ſalt, in the coldeſt
weather into Water, it will ſoon be diffolved ; which
argues the continual motion of the particles of that
element.
He adds, that he had more than once filled a large
wide veſſel with Water, and narrowly watched with a
good microſcope, but could never perceive it without
ſome ſort of undulatory motion.
Water ſcarce ever continues two moments exactly of
the ſame weight; but is always varying more or leſs,
by reaſon of the air and fire contained in it. Thus
if you lay a piece of pure limpid ice in a nice balance,
Water confidered as a menftruum, diſſolves,
1. All falts; as fugar, borax, &c. which air only
diffolves by virtue of the Water it contains; which
fire only liquifies, and earth leaves untouched, fo that
Water alone is the proper menftruum of ſalts.
The particles of falts, as has been obſerved, can in-
finuate themſelves into the interſtices between the par-
ticles of Water ; but when thoſe interftices are filled
with any falt, the fams Water will not any longer
diffolve the ſame falt; but a falt of another kind it
will, by reaſon its particles being of a different form,
will enter and occupy the vacancies left by the for-
And thus again, it will diffolve a third or
fourth ſalt, &c. So when Water has imbibed its fill
of common falt, it will ſtill diffolve nitre; and when
ſaturated with heat, will diffolve fal armoniac; and
a
mer.
و
ſo on.
2. It diffolves all faline bodies; it being the conſti-
tuent quality of a ſaline body, to be uninflammable
and diffoluble in Water. Hence Water may diffolve
all bodies, even the heavieſt and moſt compact, as
metals, inaſmuch as theſe are capable of being reduced
into a ſaline form ; for theſe may be ſo intimately dif-
ſolved by Water, as to be ſuſtained therein.
3. It diffolves all ſaponaceous bodies, i. e. all alka-
14 a
linous

W AT
WAT
a
a
3
finous falts and oils blended together : theſe two bodies
make a ſapo, which is a ſaline body, but not a falt.
Now oil itſelf is not diffoluble in Water ; but the ad-
mixture of the falt here rendering it faline, Water
readily diffolves it.
All the humours in the human body, are apparently
ſaline, though none of them are falt itſelf. The ſame
may be faid of the juices of all vegetables, excepting
the oils, which accordingly diffolve in Water.
Salts are the active inſtruments of nature; and yet
theſe do not act, unleſs diffolved either by Water or
fire.
4. It diſſolves glaſs itſelf; for this, if melted with
ſalt of tartar, becomes ſoluble in Water.
5. It diffolves all gummous bodies ; this being part
of the definition of a gum, that it diffolves in Water,
in contradiſtinction from a refin: but oleaginous bo-
dies it leaves untouched; nay, and what is more ex-
traordinary, it repels them; and by repelling, drives
the oily particles into eddies.
If a hundred drops of oil be thrown upon Water, all
the ſeveral drops, which before were perfectly dif-
perſed, will ſoon gather together again, and leave
the Water alone; ſo that there ſhould be ſome re-
pugnance between Water and oil, and ſome attraction
between the particles of Water, as alſo between that
of oil.
Add, that Water ſeems to repel all oleaginous, fatty
bodies, wherein oil predominates ; and hence alſo it
is, that the fatty parts in our bodies efcape being dif-
folved by Water; and it is in all probability, by this
means, that fat is collected in the adipoſe cells of all
animals.
Nor does Water diffolve ſulphur; for though you
boil ſulphur ever ſo long in Water, yet it will ſtill re-
main untouched.
Nor does it diſſolve terrene or earthy bodies, but ra-
ther unites and conſolidates them; as we ſee in tiles,
&c.
Water however, mixed with alkaline ſalts, diſſolves
oil, and oily bodies; thus though mere Water poured
on greaſy wool be repelled thereby, and contributes
nothing towards cleanſing the ſame; yet mix a ſtrong
lixivium, or an alkaline falt with the Water, and then
readily diffolves, and abſorbs all that is greaſy and
oleaginous; and thus it is woollen cloths are ſcoured.
But neither will Water alone do, as being immiſcible
with oil, nor will any other fort of falts; for fea
Water, with all its falts, will never waſh out any oily
impurities. So, in the ordinary methods of ſcouring
and fulling, the ſtuffs are waſhed in ftale, putrefied,
human urine, which is known to be a thorough alkali.
Laſtly; it does not diffolve reſin, as we conceive a
reſin to be no other than an inſpiſſated or concentrat-
ed oil.
Having thus fully treated of the properties of Water
philoſophically, I ſhall next conſider it as eſſentially
neceſſary in gardens for uſe, and alſo of the beauty
which Water adds to garderis, where it can be obtain-
ed in plenty, if it is properly diſpoſed; and firſt of
its uſe.
In the kitchen-garden, Water is abſolutely neceſſary,
for without it there can be little expected; therefore
in ſuch places where there cannot be a ſupply of Wa-
ter obtained for baſons or ponds, wells muſt be dug;
and where the depth to the Water is too great to be
raiſed by pumps, there muſt be either machines for
raiſing it contrived, or it muſt be drawn by hand ;
but in ſuch places which are ſo unhappily ſituated, as
to require machines for the raiſing of Water from a
great depth, there is but ſmall encouragement to make
kitchen-gardens; for then conſtant ſupplying of Wa-
ter in thoſe dry ſituations will be attended with great
expence, and generally the produce of ſuch land is of
little worth, eſpecially in dry ſeaſons.
Where kitchen-gardens are ſupplied with Water from
wells, there ſhould be a contrivance of large ciſterns,
into which the Water ſhould be raiſed, to be expoſed
to the ſun and air fome time before it is uſed; for
the rawneſs of this Water, when freih drawn from
wells, is not agreeable to the growth of vegetables ;
ſo that where large ponds are in the neighbourhood
of theſe gardens, from whence the Water can be led
into them, that is by much the beſt for the growth
of vegetables ; next to this, river Water is to be pre-
ferred, eſpecially from thoſe rivers which run through
or near large towns, where the Water is fattened by
the foil thrown into the rivers ; but the Water of
fome very clear rivers, is as hard as that from the
deepeſt ſprings, riſing through gravel or fand; but
the ſprings iſſuing through chalk are generally much
ſofter.
If good Water can be obtained in plenty from the
neighbourhood of the kitchen-garden, then there
ſhould be two or three baſons made in different parts
of the garden, ſo that no part of the garden ſhould be
too far diſtant from the Water; for where the Water
is to be carried to a conſiderable diſtance, the expence
of labour will be great, and there will be great dan-
ger of the plants ſuffering, from their being but ſpa-
ringly watered ; labourers being very apt to fight their
work, when attended with trouble, if they are not
well looked after. The ſize of theſe bafons ſhould be
in proportion to the quantity of Water which will be
required, or that they can be fupplied with, but their
depth ſhould not be more than four feet ; for when
they are deeper, there is danger of perſons being
drowned, if by accident they ſhould fall into them;
beſides Water, when very deep, is not ſo well warmed
and tempered by the fun and air, as when it is ſhallow;
therefore the Water of ſhallow bafons is beſt for the
uſe of gardens.
In making of theſe baſons, there muſt be particular
regard had to the natural foil of the garden, for in
looſe fandy land there will require much care in mak-
ing of the clay walls ſo as to hold Water ; but where
the ground is loamy, or inclining to clay, there will
be little difficulty in making baſons, and the clay walls
need not be ſo thick. Where the ground is looſe,
the clay walls at the bottom ſhould not be leſs than
two feet thick, and thoſe on the ſides one foot and a
half. The clay ſhould be well wrought over and
trod after it is taken from the pit, before it is uſed in
building the wall. The true ſign of good clay is,
that it be cloſe and firm, without any mixture of ſand,
and that it be fat and tenacious in handling : as for
the colour, it is no matter whether it be green, yel-
low, blue, or red; but before the clay is brought to
the place, the baſon ſhould be dug out and formed ;
for if the clay is too long expoſed to the fun and air,
it will not be fo fit for uſe, eſpecially if it be laid in
ſmall parcels.
The beſt time of the year for making baſons, is in
autumn when the ſun is declining, and the weather
temperate; for in the ſpring of the year the eaſt and
north-eaſt winds generally blow, which are drying;
ſo that the clay walls, which are not very carefully
covered as faſt as they are made, very often crack in
many places; and theſe ſmall cracks often grow wider,
,
and the Water will find a paſſage through them. The
fame inconveniency happens from the violent heat of
the ſun in ſummer ; for when the clay dries faſt, it will
be very difficult (not to ſay impoffible) to prevent
its cracking, and theſe will let off the Water ; and
if the clay wall ſhould not be well made at firſt, it
will be very difficult to mend it after; beſides the
uncertainty. there is in finding out the places through
which the Water finds a paſſage, which is ſeldom
done without ſtrictly examining every part of the
clay.
When the ground is dug out level, where the bafon
is deſigned, the clay muſt be brought in, and laid
very carefully in the bottom, being very careful that
no dirt or ſmall ſtones be mixed with the clay; and
there muſt be ſome Water thrown from time to time
upon it, as it is cloſely trod by mens naked feet, and
then it muſt be rammed very cloſe: in the perform-
ing of this, there muſt be great care taken that
part of the clay is equally kneaded and rammed,
without which there will be great danger of the Wa-
that every

WAT
W A T
a
a
a
ter making its way through thoſe parts of the clay
which are not well wrought. After the bottom is fi-
niſhed with clay, there ſhould be a ftratum of coarſe
gravel laid over it about four or five inches thick,
which will greatly ſecure the clay wall, and render
the Water clear, but where the baſons are large, ſo
that the clay walls are long in making, the clay ſhould
be covered with moiſt litter to prevent its drying,
which may be taken off when the whole is finiſhed,
to lay on the gravel; but if part of the fide walls
are finiſhed before this is done, it will be the better,
becauſe there may be ſome Water let into the baſon
as ſoon as the gravel is laid, which will prevent the
clay from cracking; then the walls round the ſide of
the baſon muſt be carried up with the ſame care as
hath been directed for the bottom, obſerving alſo to
cover the clay firſt with litter while the work is carry-
ing on, and afterward lay it with coarſe gravel; and
as the walls are finiſhed round, the Water may be let
in, to ſecure the clay from drying and cracking.
When the whole is finiſhed, the upper part of the
walls muſt be laid with turf, which will ſecure them
from being broken, and prevent the fun from pene-
trating the clay ; but before this is done, there muſt
be a ſtratum of ſand laid upon the clay, four or five
inches thick, and upon this a thin ſtratum of good
earth laid, for the Graſs to take root in. The bed
of fand will prevent the Graſs from rooting into the
clay, and this will alſo keep out the froſt, which will
penetrate the clay, where there is not a covering of
ſand to ſecure it, and by being frozen and ſwelled,
and afterward drying, the clay is very apt to crack
in many places. The turf on the ſide of the baſon
ſhould be laid as far down as the Water is apt to
ſhrink, that no part of the clay may be wholly ex-
poſed to the weather, for the reaſons before given.
Where theſe baſons are made, there ſhould be no
trees growing near, for the roots of trees or ſhrubs
will extend themſelves to the clay walls, and by pe-
netrating them will occaſion fiffures, through which
the Water will find an eaſy paſſage; and where tall
trees are growing near baſons or ponds, the ſhaking
of the trees with violent winds is apt to looſen the
clay walls, and occaſion cracks in them, therefore
theſe cautions are neceſſary to be obſerved.
In ſome countries, where clay cannot be eaſily pro-
cured, the walls of theſe bafons are frequently made
of chalk, which is beaten into fine powder, and made
into a fort of mortar, and with this the walls are
made, by ramming and working it very hard and
firm. Theſe balons hold Water very well where they
can be well ſupplied with it, ſo as not to be too
long dry, for when it ſo happens, the ſun and wind
dry the chalk, and cauſe it to crack, and theſe cracks
commonly extend through the thickneſs of the walls,
ſo as to let off the Water.
There are others who build their walls with brick laid
in terraſs, which is a good method for ſuch places
where the ground is very looſe and fandy, becauſe
the walls, when well built, will ſupport the looſe
earth from falling or ſettling away from the ſides ;
but where terraſs is uſed, the walls ſhould not be
long dry and expoſed, for the heat is apt to crack
the terraſs.
Some perſons make a cement of powdered tile and
lime, two thirds of the former to one third of the
latter, being very careful in the mixing of it not to
add too much Water, but to labour it well in the
beating, which is a principal thing to be obſerved.
With this cement they cover the ſurface of the walls
of baſons, about two inches thick, laying the plaiſter
very ſmooth, and being very careful that no ſticks,
ſtraws, or ſtones are mixed with it, this plaiſtering is
commonly performed in dry weather, and as ſoon as
it is finiſhed, it is rubbed over with oil or bullock's
blood, and the Water let into the baſon as ſoon as
poſſible. This cement has the property of hardening
under Water, ſo as to be equal to ftone, and will con-
tinue as long ſound.
Whatever the materials are with which the walls are
made, there muſt be great care taken, that they are
built ſo ſtrong, as that they may reſiſt the weight of
the Water ; ſo that where the ground about the baſon
is not very folid, the walls ſhould be thicker, and
ſupported on the backſide by buttreſſes of the fame
materials, placed at proper diſtances; or if the walls
are made of clay, there ſhould be planks ſupported
by ſtrong timbers placed at proper diſtances to ſupport
the clay, otherwiſe there will be great danger of their
being broken down, eſpecially where the baſons are
large, ſo as that the winds have room to act upon the
ſurface of the Water, and drive it in large waves
againſt the banks, the ſides of which ſhould have a
very eaſy flope.
The directions here given are only for baſons or reſer-
voirs of Water for uſe, ſo muſt not be ſuppoſed for
large pieces of Water for beauty; for where the
ground is of a looſe ſandy nature, ſo as not to hold
Water, the expence of claying the bottom and fides
will be too great, if the Water is of a large extent,
therefore it would be imprudent to attempt it in ſuch
places; but where there is a ſupply of Water, and the
ground is well adapted to hold it, there can be no
greater beauty than that which Water affords to a ſeat,
provided it is properly diſpoſed; therefore I ſhall give
ſome general hints, by which perſons may be directed
in the forming of large pieces of Water, ſo as to ren-
der them beautiful.
In thoſe places where there is a command of running
Water, it will be a great additional beauty, becauſe
the Water will always be much clearer, ſo more beau-
tiful than ſtill Water; beſides, if it moves with any
degree of velocity, there may be one or more falls of
Water contrived, which will ſtill add to the beauty.
In the conducting of this Water, the level of the
ground muſt be carefully taken, for the great ſkillin
the contriving of rivers, or other pieces of Water,
is in the ſaving of expence in the digging; therefore
where the ground is naturally low, the Water ſhould
be conducted through theſe low parts, and never en-
deavour to carry it through higher ground, for in
ſuch places the banks will be ſo high, as to ſhut out
the light of the Water, to perſons who ſtand at a little
diſtance from it on either ſide, unleſs the Water is
very broad; and where it is ſo, the eye is thrown to
fo
a conſiderable diſtance over the ſurface of the Water,
by the ſteepneſs of the banks, therefore the ſlopes
on the ſide of Water ſhould always be made as eaſy
as poſſible ; nor ſhould they be made flat, with ſharp
edges on the top (as is too generally practiſed ;) for
theſe ſtiff regular flopes are not near fo pleaſing, as
thoſe which are made gently convex, for the eye will
ſlide over theſe to the Water, having no ridge to cut
the fight, and at a ſmall diſtance there will be no ap-
pearance of a cut, as will always be ſeen where the
upper part of the ſlope is finiſhed in a ſharp angle; and
the great ſkill is to contrive, that as much of the ſur-
face of the Water may appear to the fight as poffible.
In moſt of the old gardens, where there are pieces of
Water, there is nothing more common than to ſee
them brought into regular figures, ſuch as long ſtrait
canals or bafons, either round or polygonal, ſo that
all the boundaries of the Water are ſeen at one view;
but theſe, however large may be their extent, are
not near ſo pleaſing as where the Water is ſo conduct-
ed, as that the termination may be ſeen as little as
poſible; for when the Water is loſt from the fight, by
ſome gentle eaſy turns, the imagination may be led to
ſuppoſe the ſurface of the Water extended to a confi-
derable diſtance ; ſo that ſometimes ſmall pieces of
Water are ſo artfully contrived, as to make them ap-
As in the old ſtile of laying out gardens, the Water
was generally wrought into regular ſtrait canals, which
correſponded with the ſtrait walks, hedges, and rem
gular lines of trees, which were then chiefly ſtudied ;
ſo, as the taſte altered from this ftiff method of dif-
poſing gardens, to that which approached nearer to
nature in the forming of rivers, or other large pieces
of Water, thoſe who have ſucceeded beſt have always
had
و
pear very conſiderable.

WAT
W A T
a
had great regard to the natural ſituation of the ground, fign; for nothing can be more ridiculous than that of
ſo as to lead the Water through the natural hollows having either ponds or rivers deſigned, where they
of the ground, whereby the great expence of digging cannot be ſupplied with Water in the dry ſeaſons,
is ſaved ; and by contriving to make the head in ſome when there is the greateſt want of it, both for uſe
narrow part of the ground, it may be done at a much
and pleaſure.
leſs expence, and will be better ſecured, than where In thoſe places where there is a great ſcarcity of Wa-
the head is of great extent; therefore it is better ter, there ſhould be large reſervoirs contrived, into
either to ſhorten the extent of the Water, or to carry
which the Water which deſcends from the hills and
it farther, according to the natural ſituation of the riſing grounds may be led; ſo that a large body of
ground, than to terminate it where it may occaſion Water may be collected during the rainy ſeaſon, for
great expence; and it is always obſerved, that where
a ſupply in time of drought; theſe reſervoirs, when
there is the greateſt expence in the making of theſe large, may contain as much Water as may be neceſſa-
large heads, the whole will appear leſs beautiful than ry for the uſe of the houſe and gardens; but theſe
where nature is chiefly conſulted; for nothing can be can rarely ſupply Water enough for beauty, therefore
more unſightly, than thoſe extenſive heads which are in ſuch fituations it ſhould not be attempted.
fometimes made to pieces of Water, which riſe fix or As Water never appears ſo well as when it is ſituated
eight feet, and ſometimes much more, above the near woods, ſo in the contrivance of rivers, or pieces
ſurface of the ground, whereby the Water is hid of Water, they ſhould be ſo placed as to have plant-
from the fight, to thoſe perſons who are ſituated on ing near, that the contraſt between the wood and
that fide of the head, and a large bank of earth ſhuts Water may appear as perfect as poſſible, and in ſome
up the view, and ſometimes theſe heads are ſo fitu- places where the Water can be ſeen through the
ated, as to appear in fight of the houſe, or from a open groves, between the ſtems of large trees, it
principal part of the gardens, which is a very great will add greatly to the beauty of the place; but
abſurdity.
where the Water is deſigned to terminate, the head
Since the taſte has been altered in the diſpoſition of ſhould be as much concealed as poſſible, by cloſe
gardens, and that a more natural method has been plantations of evergreen trees, which may be faced
purſued by perſons of judgment, there have been with Alders and Weeping Willows, planted cloſe on
great improvements made in the diſtribution of Wa- the ſides of the Water, ſo as that their branches may
ters, ſo as to render it truly ornamental to the ſeats hang over; and if the Water is contracted, and led
where they are placed ; but there are fome, who, by through theſe trees with a gentle winding, it may
pretending to imitate or copy from theſe works, have ſeem to run much farther, and to communicate with
erred as much in making ſo many ſhort unnatural a larger body of Water at a diſtance; in the con-
turns in their Water, as thoſe before-mentioned have triving of which, the greateſt art is to make it ap-
done by their regular ſtrait fides ; for in what is uſu- pear as natural as poilible ; for the leſs art there ap-
ally termed ferpentine rivers, nothing is more com- pears in theſe things, the longer they will pleaſe, and
mon than to ſee a ſmall ſurface of Water twiſted in the more they will be eſteemed by perions of good
ſo many ſhort turns, as that many of them appear at judgment.
one view; and theſe windings are often made like WATSONIA.
parts of circles, with ſuch an air of ſtiffneſs, as to The title of this genus is given to it in honour of my
render them equally diſagreeable with any the moſt learned friend Dr. William Watſon, F. R. S. whoſe
ftudied figures, to perſons of good taſte. Another knowledge in the ſcience of botany juftly demands
thing is alſo common to theſe unnatural pieces of this tribute
Water, which is, their being made of the ſame width
The CHARACTERS are,
in every part, which ſhould always be avoided; for The flower hath a permanent Spatha (or Meath) which
nothing is more beautiful, than to ſee the Water ex- divides into two parts almoſt to the bottom ; it is of one
tend to a large ſurface in ſome places, and to have petal. The tube is long, a little curved, and ſwells at
it in others more contracted; and this may be gene- the upper part; the rim is cut into fix obtufe segments
rally done at a much leſs expence than the other, which ſpread open. It has three long ſlender ſtomina which
where the natural ſite of the ground is well conſidered, are terminated by proftrate oblong ſummits, and a roundiſh
which ſhould be done with the utmoſt care, before three-cornered germen, ſupporting a ſlender Style a little
any
work of this fort is begun, for want of which longer than the ſtamina, crowned by three bifid stigmas.
many perſons have repented after having been at great The germen afterward turns to a roundiſk three-cornered
expence.
capſule having three cells, opening with three valves, each
There is alſo another material thing to be obſerved, containing three or four roundiß feeds.
in the fituation of large pieces of Water, which is, This genus belongs to the firſt ſection of Linnæus's
never to extend them ſo near to the houſe, as that third claſs, the flower having three male and one fe-
they may annoy it, by the damp, which the vapours male part. It differs from the Gladiolus, in having
exhaling from the Water may occaſion, eſpecially a tubulous flower of one petal, and from Crinum, in
when expoſed to the wind, which will drive the va- having but three ftamina.
pours toward the houſe, and thereby render the ha- This has been titled by Dr. Trew, Meriana flore ru-
bitation unhealthy, and deſtroy the furniture; there- bello, before he had been acquainted with the name
fore it is much better to walk out to ſee the Water, which I had applied to it; but he has ſince informed
than to ſacrifice the habitation for the pleaſure of fee- me by a letter, that as I had raiſed the plant from
ing the Water from the houſe: nor ſhould the Water feeds, he would ſuppreſs his title, and adopt mine,
be ſo ſituated, as that the ſurface may be level with who he thought had the moſt right to give it; and that
the floor of the houſe, for there is generally ſome he rather chuſes to do ſo, becauſe the figure he has
moiſture, which will percolate through the veins of the publiſhed of it was drawn from the plant in the Chel-
earth, enough to occafion ſo much damp, as to render fea Garden.
the lower part of the houſe unwholeſome; and where The SPECIES are,
there is a confiderable damp in the foundation of a 1. WATSONIA (Meriano) foribus infundibuliformibus,
houſe, part of it will aſcend upward, and render the ſubæqualibus. Watſonia with funnel-ſhaped flowers
apartments fo, therefore great care ſhould be had as zeboſe petals are equel. Meriana Hore rubello. Trew.
tab. 40. Meriana with red flowers.
Where perſons are not ſo happily ſituated as to 2. WATSONIA (Humilis) foliis gladiolatis, floribus ma:
have the command of a conſtant running Water, joribus. Dwarf Watſonia, with ſword-ſhaped leaves and
but yet from ſome neighbouring reſervoirs or ponds large flowers.
can be ſupplied with it, there may be ſome agree- Theſe plants are natives in the country about the Cape
able pieces of Water contrived, both for uſe and of Good Hope. The root of the firſt fort is bulbous,
beauty, eſpecially where there is a large ſupply ; compreſſed, and ſhaped like a kidney, and is cover-
for otherwiſe it will be better to contract the de- ed with a fibrous brown ſkin. The leaves are ſword-
ſhaped,
to this.
s

WAT
WE A
2
a
a
a
3
a
haped, about a foot long, and an inch broad, end-
ing in points ; the two ſides have farp edges, but
the middle is thicker, and has a prominent midrib;
they are of a dark green colour, and riſe immediately
from the root. The ſtalk comes out from the root
between the leaves, and riſes a foot and a half high
toward the upper part. The flowers are produced
from the ſide, ſtanding alternately at about an inch
and a half diſtance from each other, they have each
a ſpatha or ſheath, compoſed of two leaves which are
joined at their baſe, where they are broad, but gra-
dually leſien to their points. Before the flowers ap-
pear, they are of the fame green colour with the
Italk, and are divided but a ſmall part of their length,
incloſing the flower, but afterward they are ſplit al-
moſt to the bottom, and wither before the flowers
decay, becoming dry, and wrap round the feed-veffel.
The tube of the flower is an inch and a half long,
narrow at the baſe, and a little curved, ſwelling much
larger the upper half. The rim is divided into fix
obtuſe ſegments which ſpread open, and are nearly
equal; the flower is of a copper red colour on the
outſide, but of a deeper red within ; it has three ſta-
mina a little longer than the petal, which are incurv-
ed, and are terminated by oblong ſummits of a dark
brown colour, which are faſtened in the middle to
the apex of the ſtamina, lying proftrate. At the bot-
tom of the tube of the petal is ſituated an oval three-
cornered germen, ſupporting a ſlender ſtyle a little
longer than the ſtamina, crowned by three bifid reflex-
ed ftigmas. The flowers generally appear in April or
May, and the ſeeds ripen in July.
The ſeeds of this, and alſo fome of the forts of Ixia,
were fent me by my friend Dr. Job Bafter, F. R. S.
of Zirkzee, which ſucceeded in the Chelſea Garden,
where many of them have fince produced their beau-
tiful flowers.
The ſecond fort is of a humbler growth than the firſt;
the leaves of this are rarely more than fix inches
long, but are full as broad as thoſe of the other ſort,
and of a lighter green colour; the flower-ſtalk riſes
between the leaves, about nine inches high, ſupport-
ing four or five flowers fitting cloſe thereto. The
flowers are larger, but of the ſame colour with thoſe
of the other fort, and is later in flowering.
Theſe plants are propagated by offsets from the root,
in the ſame manner as the Crocus or Gladiolus, which
are produced in pretty great plenty ; the time for
tranſplanting of the roots is in Auguft, ſoon after the
ſtalks decay, the larger roots muſt be each put into
a ſeparate pot filled with light freſh earth, and may
be placed in the open air till toward the end of Sep-
tember, when the leaves will begin to appear above
ground, at which time it will be proper to remove
thein into ſhelter ; for as this plant is a native of a
warm country, it will require ſome ihelter from the
froft, at lealt hitherto it has been ſo managed; for
until the roots are become more common, it would
be imprudent to venture them abroad in winter ; tho'
they may probably be hardy enough to reſiſt the cold
of our ordinary winters, when planted in a warm
border and a dry foil, at leaſt with a little ſhelter in
hard froſts; for thoſe plants which have been placed
in an open airy glaſs-cafe, have ſucceeded better than
thoſe which have been in the ſtove ; and the flowers
have been much ſtronger, and of longer duration,
though thoſe in the ſtove have flowered a month ear-
lier, but theſe have been ſo much drawn, as not to
produce ſeeds; whereas thoſe which have been treat-
ed pretty hardily, and had plenty of air, have ſeldom
failed.
The beſt way of treating theſe roots, is to plunge the
pots into an old bed of tanners bark, which has loſt
its heat ſome time in October ; this bed ſhould be
covered with a frame, the glaſſes of which ſhould be
drawn off every day in mild weather, that they may
enjoy as much free air as poſſible, to prevent their
drawing up weak; but they muſt be covered in bad
weather, and ſcreened from froſt. The latter end of
March, when they begin to put out their flower-
ſtalks, the pots ſhould be removed to an airy glaſs
caſe, where they may ftand to flower, and when the
flowers are decayed, they ſhould be placed in the
open air to perfect their feeds.
The offsets and ſmall roots may be planted three or
four in a pot, according to their fize, and ſhould have
the ſame treatment as the larger roots the firſt year,
and by that time twelvemonth they will be ſtrong
enough to flower, ſo ſhould have ſeparate pots.
WEATHER is the ſtate or diſpoſition of the at-
moſphere, with regard to moiſture or drought, heat
or cold, wind or calm, rain, hail, froſt, ſnow, fog,
&c.
As it is in the atmoſphere that all plants and animals
live and breathe ; and as that appears to be the great
principle of moft animal and vegetable productions,
alterations, &c. there does not ſeem any thing in all
philoſophy of more immediate concernment to us,
than the ſtate of the Weather.
In effect, all living things are only aſſemblages or
bundles of veſſels, whoſe juices are kept in motion by
the preſſure of the atmoſphere, and which, by that
motion, maintain life ; fo that any alterations in the
ſtate of the rarity or denſity, the heat, purity, &c. of
the atmoſphere, muft neceſſarily be attended with
proportional ones with theſe. Almoſt every body
knows what vaft, yet regular alterations, a little change
of Weather makes in a tube filled with mercury, or
fpirit of wine, by barometers, thermometers, hygro-
ſcopes, &c. and we ſhould not fail to feel as great and
as regular alterations in the tubes, chords, and fibres
of our own bodies, were it not partly for our inatten-
tion, and partly for our unequal and intermediate
courſe of living.
The knowledge of the Weather is of great ſervice in
gardening and agriculture; but the imaginary prog-
noftications of almanack writers have been found to
be a mere deluſive cant or jargon. There is nothing
more wanting than a juſt theory of the Weather on
mechanical principles.
Were regiſters carefully kept in divers parts of the
globe for a good ſeries of years, we might by them
be enabled to determine the directions, breadth, and
bounds of the winds, and of the Weather they bring
with them; the correſpondence between the Weather
in divers places, and dependence between one fort and
another at the ſame place, and thence we might in
time learn to foretel divers great emergencies; as ex-
traordinary heats, rains, froſts, droughts, dearths, &c.
But in order to this, a complete hiſtory of the Weather
will be required.
Indeed there have been fome effays made this way by
the members of our Royal Society, the French Aca-
demy of Sciences, and divers other perſons of note;
but the dryneſs of the ſubject has put a ſtop to their
progreſs in that matter.
As for inſtance: Eraf. Bartholinus has obſervations
of the Weather every day throughout the year 1671;
and Mr. Werle made the like at Oxford for ſeven
years, from the year 1337, to 1343. Dr. Plot did
the ſame at the ſame place for the year 1684. Mr.
Hiller at Cape Corſe, for the years 1686, and 1687,
and Mr. Hunt, &c. at Greſham College, for the years
1695, 1696. Dr. Derham at Upminſter in Effex,
for the years 1691, 1692, 1697, 1698, 1699, 1703,
1704, 1705. Mr. Townly in Lancaſhire, for the
years 1697, 1698. Mr. Cunningham at Emen in
China, for the years 1698, 1699, 1700, 1701. Mr.
Locke at Oats in Effex, 1692. Dr. Scheuchzer
at Zurich, 1708 ; and Mr. Tilly at Piſa, the ſame
year.
The moſt certain figns and prognoſtics of good and
bad Weather may be collected from thoſe things that
are nearer to us than the orbs of the planets ; nor need
we go any farther than this our ſublunary world, for
the moſt probable conjectures in relation to the Wea-
ther; and may deduce our prognoſtications in relation
thereto, from animals and vegetables, &c.
It is certain, that a great part of the brute creation
have a ſenſibility and fagacity this way beyond man-
I
1
و
a
a
kind;
14 R

WE A
WE A
the wing:
kind; and that without any means or diſpoſition they can from the air, and ſwim lower, and will not
thereto, more than we, except that their veſſels, fi- come near the air till it is moiſt.
bres, &c. being in other reſpects in one equable ha- Inſects and reptiles alſo give prognoſtics of rain.
bitude, the ſame, or a proportionable cauſe from with- Ants quit their labour, and hide themſelves in the
out, has always a like or proportionable effect on ground againſt rain; for theſe provident infects, by a
them; that is, their veſſels are regular barometers, ſecret inſtinct in nature, carry their eggs and food to a
&c. affected only from one external principle, viz. place of drier ſecurity, when they find the air changed
the diſpoſition of the atmoſphere; whereas ours are into moiſtneſs, and clogged with vapours.
acted on by divers from within, as well as without; Bees, when rain is coming on, do not ſtir from their
ſome of which check, impede, and prevent the action hives, or at leaſt not far.
of others.
Moles will caft up more earth; and earth-worms
Animals that live in the open air muſt neceſſarily be will creep out of the ground againſt rain.
ſuppoſed to have a quicker ſenſe of it than men that Even the bodies of men and women give tokens of
live within doors; and eſpecially the airy inhabitants, rain or froſt, by aches, corns, and wounds, which
the birds, which live in the freeſt and cleareſt air, will be more troubleſome againſt ſuch ſeaſons; for
and are more apt, by their flight, and other motions, rain makes the humours of the body to abound more,
as well as their voices, to diſcover their ſenſations of it. and froſt makes them ſharper.
Therefore thoſe who have applied themſelves to the Mr. Ozanam ſays, That the very body of all animals
obſervations of the ſigns and prognoſtics of good or and vegetables is, as it were, a contexture of barome-
bad Weather, have laid down theſe following rules : ters, hygrometers, and thermometers; for the hu-
mours, with which organized bodies are repleniſhed,
Signs or prognoſtications of rainy Weather.
increaſe or decreaſe, according to the different diſpo-
fitions of the air.
The Lord Bacon fays, that water fowls, ſuch as fea-
Prognoſtics of the Weatber from vegetables.
guls, moor-hens, &c. when they flock and fly toge-
ther from the ſea towards the ſhore, foretel rain and Mr. Pointer tells us, he has obſerved, that many, if
wind.
not moft vegetables, expand their flowers and down
And, on the other hand, when land birds, ſuch as in ſun-fhiny Weather, and towards the evening, and
crows, ſwallows, &c. fly from land to the waters, and againſt rain, cloſe them again, eſpecially at the begin-
beat the waters with their wings, it betokens rain and ning of their flowering, when their leaves are young
wind.
and tender.
The natural reaſon of that ſeems to be, the pleaſure This is evident in the down of Dandelion and other
that both land and water fowl take in the moiſtneſs downs, and evidently in the flowers of Pimpernel, the
and denſity of the air, and their love to be in motion, opening and ſhutting of which, he ſays, are the coun-
and
upon
tryman's Weatherwiſer.
It is no ſtrange thing that water fowls delight in that And Mr. Gerard ſays, If the flowers be cloſe ſhut, it
air which is moſt like water, their natural element; betokens rain and foul Weather; but if they be ſpread
and that land fowl alſo, many of them, delight in abroad, fair Weather.
bathing, and moiſt air.
The Lord Bacon ſays, Trefoil ſwells in the ſtalk
And alſo, for the ſame reaſon, many birds prune their againſt rain, and ſo ſtands more upright; for by wet,
feathers; geeſe gaggle, and the crows call for rain ; ſtalks do erect, and leaves bow down; and Pliny
all which ſeems to be but the pleaſure they take in ſays much to the ſame purpoſe.
the relaxation of the air.
The former ſays likewiſe, that there is in the ſtubble
When crows flock together in large flights, and hold fields a ſmall red flower, which country people call
their heads upward as they fly, and cry louder than the Wincopipe (which is the Pimpernel); which, if it
they uſually do, it is a ſign of rain ; and when they opens in the morning, you may be ſure of a fair day
walk ſtalking by rivers and ponds, it is the ſame. to follow.
When ſwallows chatter, and fly low about lakes and Mr. Ozanam gives, as a natural reaſon for this, that
ponds (which they do, in order to catch flies; for the plants are a ſort of natural hygrometers, which are
air, being clogged with vapours, hinders the flies from compoſed of an infinite number of fibres, trachæ, or
aſcending) it beſpeaks rain.
air-veffels, which are like ſo many canals or pipes,
When peacocks cry much, when birds that uſually through which the moiſture of the air, as well as the
perch upon trees fly to their neſts, when fowls - pick juice of the earth, is conveyed to all its parts.
up their feathers with their bills, when cocks crow be- Theſe trachæ, or air-veſſels are viſible, and appear
fore their uſual hour, and hens creep in cluſters into very pretty in the leaf of the Scabious, or the Vine;
the duſt, they are ſigns of rainy Weather.
if you pull aſunder fome of its principal ribs, you may
Not only birds, but beafts, give notice of rain; as fee between them the ſpiral air-vefſels (like threads or
when ſheep leap mightily, and puſh at one another cobwebs) a little uncoiled.
with their heads, it denotes rain.
In warm dry weather, if the leaves of Cabbages, Cau-
When aſſes bray, or ſhake their ears, or are annoyed liflowers, and other broad-leaved plants, are very lax,
with flies; when deers fight, when foxes and wolves and hang down more than uſual, it is a ſure ſign of
howl mightily, when hogs at play break or ſcatter rain in a ſhort time.
their food, and oxen that are tied together, raiſe their There are many kinds of vegetables, whoſe ſurface
heads and lick their ſnouts, it is a ſign of rain.
of their leaves are altered in their poſition before rain,
When cattle leave off feeding, and make haſte to particularly moſtof thoſe of the pulſe kind, as Vetches,
ſhelter under buſhes and hedges, &c. when cats rub Beans, Saintfoin, Clover, &c. the leaves of theſe cloſe,
their heads with their fore paws (eſpecially that part ſome of them turning their upper ſurface outward,
of their heads which is above their ears) and lick their and others their inner, and this they conſtantly do to-
bodies with their tongues, it is a ſign of rain.
ward the evening at all times, for as the rays of the
Feafts generally delight in a moiſt air, and it cauſes ſun become oblique, ſo the vapours begin to riſe from
them to eat their meat the better; cattle, deer, and the ground; therefore thoſe ſurfaces of the leaves
rabbets, will feed heartily before rain. Heifers will which imbibe the greateſt quantity of moiſture, are
put up their noſes, and ſnuff in the air againſt rain. turned outward to receive it. This change of the
Sheep will riſe early in a morning to feed againſt poſition of the leaves of plants in the evening has been
rain.
idly called the ſleep of plants, but thoſe who will be
Alſo fiſhes, either ſea or river fiſh, do often, by their at the trouble of conſulting Mr. Bonnet’s book on the
playing towards the top of the waters, foretel rain. uſe of the leaves of plants, will ſoon be convinced
For this the Lord Bacon gives this reaſon, That when this alteration in the poſition of leaves is deſigned for
the Weather is dry, the filh love to keep as much as a nobler purpoſe.
6
Signs
و
a
а

WE A
WE A
Signs of rainy Weather by Solid bodies.
An iris round the moon is alſo a fign of rain, with a
fouth wind.
Two or three diſcontinued and ſpeckled circles or
rings found the moon, beſpeak a ſtorm.
Signs of rainy Weather from the clouds.
The hardeſt and moſt folid wood will ſwell by the
moiſture of the air ; this is evident by the difficulty of
fhutting doors and windows in wet weather; and
boxes, eſpecially of deal, and pegs of wood, when
they draw and wind hard, are ſigns of wet Weather;
and this is cauſed by the admiſſion of air through the
pores of the wood.
.
Mr. Ozanam ſays, The moiſt vapours do readily in-
fintate into wood, eſpecially that which is light and
dry, it being extremely porous ; ſo that they are ſome-
times made uſe of in dilating and breaking the hardeſt
bodies, and in particular mill-ftones; for when they
have cut a rock into a cylinder, they divide that into
ſeveral leſſer cylinders, by making ſeveral holes round
the great cylinder, at proportional diſtances, according
to the thickneſs they deſign the mill-ftones, and then
fill them with as many pieces of Sallow wood dried in
an oven, for when the wet Weather comes, theſe
wedges or pieces of wood become ſo impregnated
with the moiſt corpuſcles of the air, that they ſwell
and break, or ſeparate the cylindrical rock into ſeve-
ral ſtones.
And ſtones, eſpecially marble, will ſweat againſt wet
Weather, though it be from an outward cauſe, in that
the ſtones are ſo hard and ſolid, as not to admit the
moiſture of the air, and therefore it only lies
upon
the
ſuperficies of the ſtones.
And the humidity of the air inſinuates itſelf into the
hardeſt bodies, which are not deſtitute of pores, and
eſpecially into light bodies that take up a great ſpace.
If in an evening there appear many ſmall clouds
from the weſt, it ihews that rain is gathering, and
will ſoon fall.
When cloulds appear like rocks or towers, they fig.
nify great ſhowers.
Mr. Ozanam ſays, That when we fee little, black,
looſe clouds, wandering too and fro, lower than the
reſt, we apprehend a future ſtorm ; and when at the
riſing of the fun, ſeveral clouds are ſeen to gather in
the weſt, and, on the other hand, if theſe clouds
diſperſe, it beſpeaks fair Weather.
When the fun through the clouds appears double or
triple, it ſhews a ſtorm of long duration.
3
Signs of rain from the rainbow.
a
Signs of rainy Weather from the planets.
If the rainbow appears very big, it denotes much
wet; but if very red, wind withal.
If a rainbow appears after a long drought, it fignifies
rain; but if it appears after a long time of wet, it be-
tokens fair Weather.
If a rainbow appears in the morning, it betokens ſmall
rain, and fair Weather preſently after.
If a rainbow vaniſhes altogether, fair Weather will
follow, winds will ariſe, and bring great ſhowers
from the part that the rainbow firſt begins to break or
vaniſh.
If the rainbow be broken in many parts, tempeſtuous
winds are gathering in the air.
if, after a rainbow appears, the colours grow darker
and darker, rain is gathering; if lighter, and the co-
lours fairer, fair Weather.
Mr. Ozanam ſays, a rainbow in the eaſt; eſpecially
if it be of a bright lively colour, is a ſign of great rain.
A rainbow in the eaſt, in an evening, preſages fair
weather, but if the colour is lively and red, it preſages
wind.
A rainbow in the weſt foretels an indifferent quantity
of rain and thunder.
If two rainbows appear together, it foretels fair Wea-
ther for the preſent, but rain two or three days after.
a
Prognoſtications of the Weather from mifts.
By the ſun. If the fun, at its riſing, looks red, and
broader than uſual, then many moiſt vapours are ga-
thering from the ſea, and the air is thickening; and
the beams of the fun, being diffuſed in it, cauſe the
ſun's face to fhew a great deal bigger than uſual, and
in a ſhort time you will perceive the clouds muſtering,
and overſpreading the heavens, and the air condenſing
into a watery body.
If this happens in ſummer or autumn, when the
Weather is hot, the ſhowers that fall will be violent,
but of ſhort continuance; but if this happens in the
winter or ſpring, it denotes ſettled rains, but more
moderate.
It has been an obſervation, confirmed by long expe-
rience, That if the ſun riſes with a bluiſh circle, in-
clining to white, the air is groſs and condenſed, and
rain will ſoon fall.
And if, when the ſun riſes, he is pale, and the ſky is
of a duſky red in the morning, it will be foon over-
caſt, and there muſt quickly follow rain, attended with
whiſking winds.
Alſo if the ſun riſes of a miſty muddy colour, or in a
black cloud, and diffuſes his rays paliſh toward the
north and fouth, it foretels rain.
It has been an obſervation, That if the ſun ſets un-
der a thick cloud, rain will fall the next day; or if it
rains immediately, there will be a great deal of wind
che next day; and this is almoſt the conftant conſe-
quence of a pale ſetting fun.
Though a red ſky at the ſun riſing is a ſign of rain,
yet a red ſky when the ſun ſets is a ſign of fair Wea-
ther; though indeed, if the ſky be red at a great dif-
tance from the part where the fun fets, as in the eaſt,
there will be either rain or wind the next day.
As to the moon. A pale moon is a forerunner of
rain, a red one of wind, and a clear one of fine Weather.
When the moon is encompaſſed with a very large
circle, or is dim and miſty, then there will follow wind,
rain, or ſnow, very quickly, probably within twenty-
four hours.
If the horns of the moon, at her firſt riſing, or within
two or three days after her change, are blunt, it be-
tokens rainy Weather from that quarter.
If miſts ariſe out of ponds and rivers to the top of
hills, it betokens that there will be rain ſoon, either
the ſame day, or commonly within two or three days ;
but if, when they ariſe out of ſuch places, they vaniſh
away, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
If there be a general miſt, both on the hills and vales,
before the ſun riſing near the full moon, it denotes fair
Weather.
Mr. Ozanam ſays, If you obſerve a white vapour
ariſing upon waters, or marſhes, or meads, after fun-
ſet, or before ſun-riſing, it will be fair warm Weather
the next day.
Signs of fair Weather.
a
When the ſun is fair and bright at its riſing in a morn-
ing, and is bluſhing, without ſpots or black clouds
near him when he ſets at night, it is a ſign of fair
Weather.
When the moon is three or four days old, and has
her horns ſharp, and pointed very bright, it is a ſign
of fair Weather till ſhe comes to the full, if not the
whole month.
If the moon has a bright ſhining circle about her when
ſhe is at the full, it promiſes fair Weather for many days.
When the ſtars ſhine out clear and bright, and ſeem
to dart out pointed rays, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
a
Allo

WE A
WE A
و
Alſo when little clouds fink low, as into valleys at
fouth-eaſt, or ſouth-weſt, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
If the the tops of hills be clear, it is a ſign of fair
Weather.
If there are to the north-weſt white ſcattering clouds,
like fleeces of wool, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
When white clouds or miſts hang juſt over rivers, and
diſperſe no farther, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
When a rainbow appears after a ſhower, and the blue
or yellow part of it be very bright, and the higheſt co-
lour, they are tokens of fair Weather.
When bees fly far from their hives, and come home
late, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
When there are great ſwarms of gnats, it preſages fair
Weather.
Glow-worms ſhining by night, are a ſign of fair
Weather
When kites fly aloft, it beſpeaks fair dry Weather.
The Lord Bacon gives this reaſon for it; becauſe the
kite mounts moſt into the air of that temper wherein
he delights; for this aſpiring bird does not ſo much
affect the groſineſs of the air, as the cold and freſh-
neſs of it; for being a bird of prey, and therefore
hot, he delights in the freſh air.
When ſwallows fly high, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
When owls whoot much, it is a ſign of fair Weather ;
and though owls do always whoot much, both in wet
and dry Weather, yet there is this difference, that their
whooting is more clamorous in wet Weather, but
more eaſy and fedate in fair Weather.
When halycyons, coots, and other ſea fowls, leave
the ſhores, and flock to the ſea, it is a ſign of fair
Weather.
When cattle feed eagerly, without looking about
them, it is a ſign of fair Weather.
When fiſh riſe frequently, and flirt upon the Water,
it is a ſign of fair Weather.
Spiders webs in the air, or on the Graſs and trees,
foretel much fair Weather.
1. A thick dark {ky, laſting for ſome time, without
either fun or rain, always becomes firſt fair then foul,
i. e. changes to a fair clear ſky ere it turns to rain.
Thus the Rev. Mr. Clarke, who kept a regiſter of the
Weather for thirty years, ſince put into Dr. Derham's
hand, by his grandſon, the learned Dr. Samuel Clarke.
This he ſays he hardly ever knew to fail, at leaſt when
the wind was in any of the eaſterly points; but Dr.
Derham has obſerved the rule to hold good, be the
wind where it will.
The cauſe is obvious. The atmoſphere is replete
with vapours, which, though ſufficient to reflect and
intercept the fun's rays from us, yet want denſity to
defcend; and while the vapours continue in the ſame
ſtate, the Weather will do fo too. Accordingly ſuch
Weather is generally attended with moderate warmth,
and little or no wind to diſturb the vapours, and a
heavy atmoſphere to ſuſtain them, the barometer be-
ing commonly high. But when the cold approaches,
and by condenſing drives the vapours into clouds or
drops, then way is made for the ſun beams, till
the fame vapours being by farther condenſation form-
ed into rain, fall down in drops.
2. A change in the warmth of the weather is generally
followed by a change of the wind. Thus the nor-
therly and ſoutherly winds, commonly eſteemed the
cauſes of cold or warm weather, are really the effects
of the cold or warmth of the atmoſphere, of which Dr.
Derham aſſures us he had ſo many confirmations, that
he makes no doubt of it.
Thus it is common to ſee a warm ſoutherly wind
changed to the north, by the fall of ſnow or hail; or
to ſee the wind in a cold froſty morning north,
when the ſun has well warmed the earth and air, wheel
toward the ſouth, and again turn northerly or eafterly
in the cold evening
The nature of the winds is ſuch, that, by the
expe-
rience we have of them, we may very nearly predict
what Weather we ſhall have for two or three days after.
As for example: we know that in our climate a fouth
wind generally brings rain, and a weſt wind more ;
and the weſt wind is the predominant wind with us,
becauſe the ocean lies on the weſt ſide of our country.
And alſo that a north wind brings fair weather to us,
as well as the eaſt wind, which does not laſt ſo long
as the north; therefore the north-eaſt and fouth-weſt
winds are thoſe that are neceſſary chiefly to be treated
of.
Some curious obſervers of the Weather have made
this obſervation for many years ; That there is as
much fouth and weſt wind in eight years, as there are
north and eaſt winds, and of conſequence as many
wet years as dry ones.
Mr. Pointer gives the following rules to know when
the wind will ſet in one of theſe two points, for the
moſt part, for two or three months together.
Firft, as to the north-eaſt wind: when the wind turns
to the north-eaſt point, and continues in it two days
without rain, and does neither turn to the ſouthward
the third day, nor rain, then it is likely to continue
eight or nine days without rain, and then to return
into the fouth.
If the wind turn out of the fouth into the north-eaſt
again, and continue two days in that point, and nei-
ther rains nor turns to the ſouth the third day, it is
likely to continue north-eaſt for two months, and for
the moſt part for three months. The wind will finiſh
thefe turns towards the north in three weeks time.
Secondly, as to the ſouth-weſt winds: when the wind
has been in the north for two months or more, and
comes to the ſouth, there are uſually three or four fair
days at firſt, and then on the fourth or fifth day comes
rain, or elſe the wind turns north, and continues ſtill dry.
If within a day or two without rain, it return into the
ſouth, and with rain, turn northward, and return into
into the ſouth the firſt or ſecond day, as before, two
or three times together after this manner ; then it is
like to be in the ſouth or ſouth-weſt two or three
months together, for the moſt part, as it was in the
north before.
He does not mention the eaſt or weft winds, becauſe
he ſays, the rains come uſually from the ſouth, or,
in the ſhifting of the wind from the ſouth to the
north ; as for the drought, the wind is, for the moſt
part, north-eaſt.
If it prove fair weather out of the ſouth for a week to-
gether, which is not uſual, it is like to be a great
drought, when it has rained a long time out of the
ſouth before.
The wind uſually turns from the north to the ſouth
quietly without rain, but comes back again into the
north with a ſtrong wind and rain.
The greateſt winds, which blow down houſes and
trees, uſually come by the turning of the wind out of
the ſouth by weft into the north, which drives away
rain, and clears the air.
a
Of Prognoſtications of the Weather from the barometer.
Dr. Derham preſents us with the following remarks:
1. That foggy Weather makes the mercury riſe in
the barometer, as well as the north wind. The cauſe
he ſuggeſts, probably enough, to be the acceſſion of
the load of vapour to the former weight of the atmo-
ſphere. Mizzling Weather he likewiſe obſerves to
have the like effect.
2. The colds and heats in England and Switzerland
begin and end nearly about the ſame time; nay, and
any remarkable weather, eſpecially if it continues any
while, affects one place as well as the other.
3. That the remarkably cold days in June 1708, were
found in Switzerland to precede ours commonly about
five days or more; and that the remarkable heats in
the following months begin to abate in both places
about the ſame time, only ſomewhat ſooner here than
there.
4
Prognoſtics of the Weather by the wind.
The winds, ſays Mr. Pointer, are the cauſes of the
moſt ſudden and extraordinary alterations of the air.
4. That

WIL
W I L
a
a
4. That the winds in both places frequenly agree, yet
they ſometimes differ.
5. That the barometer is always lower at Zurich than
at Upminſter, by ſometimes one and ſometimes two
Engliſh inches; but the common difference is about
half an inch, which may be ſolved either by fuppofing
Zurich fituate one fourth of an inch higher above the
level of the ſea than Upminſter; or elſe by ſuppoſing
that part of the terraqueous globe, as lying near the
line, to be higher and more diftant from the center
than ours is, which lies nearer the pole.
6. That the barometer generally riſes and falls toge
ther at far diſtant places, though this agreement of
the barometer is not ſo conſtant between Zurich and
Upminſter, and places near home, viz. at London
and Paris, where again the agreement of the baro-
meter is not ſo great, as between Upminſter and Lan-
caſhire.
7. That the variations of the barometer are greateſt,
as the places are neareſt the poles. Thus, e. g. the
mercury at London has a greater range by two or
three lines than at Paris, and at Paris a greater than
at Zurich ; in ſome places near the equinoctial, there
is ſcarce any variation at all.
8. That the rain in Switzerland and Italy is much
greater in quantity throughout the year than that in
Effex; yet the rains are more frequent, i. e. there
are more rainy days in Effex, than at either of thoſe
places.
The proportion of the annual rains that fall in the fe-
veral places we have any good obſervations of, ſtand
thus : at Zurich the depth of the annual rain, at a
medium, is about 32 inches; at Piſa 43; at Paris
23; at Lille in Flanders 233; at Townly in Lanca-
ſhire 421; at Upminſter 197.
9. That cold contributes greatly to rain, and that ap-
parently, by condenſing the ſuſpended vapours, and
making them deſcend. Thus very cold months or
ſeaſons are generally followed immediately by very
rainy ones, and cold ſummers are always wet.
10. That high ridges of mountains, as the Alps, and
the ſnows they are covered withal, not only affect the
neighbouring places by the colds, rain, vapours, &c.
they produce, but even diſtant countries, as England,
often partake of their effects.--Thus the extraordi-
naby colds, December 1708, and the relaxations
thereof were felt in Italy and Switzerland ſeveral days
before they reached us.
This Dr. Derham thinks is
an indication that they were driven from them to us.
WILDERNESSES, if rightly fituated, artfully
contrived, and judiciouſly planted, are very great or-
naments to a fine garden ; but it is rare to ſee theſe
ſo well executed in gardens as could be wilhed, nor
are they often judiciouſly ſituated ; for they are fre-
quently fo ſituated as to hinder a diſtant proſpect, or
elſe are not judiciouſly planted; the latter of which
is ſcarce ever to be found in any of our moſt magni-
ficent gardens, very few of their deſigners ever ſtudy-
ing the natural growth of trees ſo as to place them in
ſuch manner, that they may not obſtruct the fight
from the ſeveral parts of the plantation which are pre-
ſented to the view; I ſhall therefore briefly fet down
what has occurred to me from time to time, when I
have conſidered theſe parts of gardens, whereby a
perſon will be capable to form an idea of the true beau-
ties which ought always to be ſtudied in the contri-
vance of Wilderneffes.
1. Wilderneſſes ſhould always be proportioned to the
extent of the gardens in which they are made, that
they may correſpond in magnitude with the other
parts of the garden ; for it is very ridiculous to ſee a
large Wilderneſs planted with tall trees in a ſmall ſpot
of ground; and on the other hand, nothing can be
more abſurd, than to ſee little paltry ſquares, or quar-
ters of Wilderneſs work, in a magnificent large garden.
2. As to the ſituation of Wilderneſſes, they ſhould
never be placed too near the habitation, becauſe the
great quantity of moiſture which is perfpired from the
trees will cauſe a damp unwholeſome air about the
houſe, which is often of ill conſequence. Nor ſhould
they be fituated ſo as to obſtruct any diſtant proſpect
of the country, which ſhould always be preſerved
wherever it can be obtained, there being nothing ſo
agreeable to the mind as an unconfined proſpect of the
adjacent country; but where the fight is confined
within the limits of the garden from its ſituation, then
there is nothing ſo agreeable as to terminate the pro-
fpect, as a beautiful ſcene of the various kinds of
trees judiciouſly planted ; and if it is ſo contvried,
that the termination is planted circularly, with the
concave toward the fight, it will have a much better
effect, than if it end in ſtrait lines or angles, which
are never ſo agreeable to the mind.
3. The trees ſhould always be adapted to the ſize of
the plantation, for it is very abſurd to ſee tall trees
planted in ſmall ſquares of a little garden ; and ſo
likewiſe, if in large deſigns are planted nothing but
ſmall frubs, it will have a mean appearance. It
{hould alſo be obſerved, never to plant evergreens
amongſt deciduous trees, but always place the ever-
greens in a Wilderneſs, or a ſeparate part of the Wil-
derneſs by themſelves, and that chiefly in ſight, be-
cauſe theſe afford a continual pleaſure both in ſummer
and winter, when in the latter ſeaſon the deciduous
trees do not appear ſo agreeable; therefore, if the
borders of Wilderneſs quarters are ſkirted with ever-
greens, they will have a good effect.
4. The walks muſt alſo be proportioned to the ſize of
the ground, and not make large walks in a ſmall
Wilderneſs (nor too many walks, though ſmaller)
whereby the greateſt part of the ground is employed
in walks; nor ſhould the grand walks of a large Wil-
derneſs be too ſmall, both of which are equally faulty.
Theſe walks ſhould not be entered immediately from
thoſe of the pleaſure-garden, but rather be led into by
a ſmall private walk, which will render it more enter-
taining; or if the large walk be turned in form of a
ſerpent, ſo as not to fhew its whole extent, the mind
will be better pleaſed, than if the whole were to open
to the view.
The old formal method of contriving Wilderneſſes
was to divide the whole compaſs of ground, either
into ſquares, angles, circles, or other figures, making
the walks correſpondent to them, planting the fides
of the walks with hedges of Lime, Elm, Hornbeam,
&c. and the quarters within were planted with va-
rious kinds of trees promiſcuouſly without order ; but
this can by no means be eſteemed a judicious method,
becauſe finit hereby there will be a great expence in
keeping the hedges of a large Wilderneſs in good or-
der by fhearing them, which, inſtead of being beau-
tiful, are rather the reverſe ; for as theſe
parts of a
garden ſhould, in a great meaſure, be deſigned from
nature, whatever has the ſtiff appearance of art, does
by no means correſpond therewith ; beſides, theſe
hedges are generally trained up fo high, as to ob-
itruct the fight from the ſtems of the tall trees in the
quarters, which ought never to be done.
In the next place the walks are commonly made to
interſect each other in angles, which alſo ſhew too
formal and trite for ſuch plantations, and are by no
means comparable to ſuch walks as have the
appear-
ance of meanders or labyrinths, where the eye cannot
diſcover more than twenty or thirty yards in length ;
and the more theſe walks are turned, the greater plea-
ſure they will afford. Theſe ſhould now and then
lead into an open circular piece of Graſs, in the cen-
ter of which may be placed either an obeliſk, ſtatue,
or fountain ; and if in the middle part of the Wilder-
nefs there be contrived a large opening, in the cen-
ter of which may be erected a dome or banqueting-
houſe ſurrounded with a green plat of Graſs, it will be
a conſiderable addition to the beauty of the place.
From the ſides of the walks and openings, the trees
ſhould riſe gradually one above another to the middle
of the quarters, where ſhould always be planted the
largeſt growing trees, ſo that the heads of all the trees
will appear to view, but their ftems will be hid, which
will have a vaſtly different effect from the common
method, where the trees are planted large and ſmall
14 S
without
a
و

WIL
WIL
a
manner.
3
without order; ſo that many times the largeſt are
fome. Theſe walks need not be very broad, but ſhould
next the fight, and ſmall ones behind them, juſt ac- be turned in ſuch a manner, as not to deviate far
cording as it happens, in which manner the ſmall ones, from the middle of the quarter, becauſe there the trees
being overhung and ſhaded, ſeldom thrive well. being largeft, will afford the ampleſt ſhade. Five or fix
But in order to plant a Wilderneſs with judgment, feet will be a fufficient width for theſe walks in large
the uſual growth of all the different ſorts of trees quarters, but in ſmall ones four feet is full enough.
ſhould be well conſidered, that each may be placed By the ſides of theſe private walks may alſo be ſcat-
according to the magnitude to which they generally tered ſome wood fiowers and plants, which, if art-
arrive ; otherwiſe, if they are at firſt planted one above fully planted, will have a very good effect.
another, as before directed, they will not continue to In the general deſign for theſe Wilderneſſes it ſhould
grow in this order many years; for ſome forts will not be ſtudied to make the ſeveral parts correſpondent,
greatly outgrow the others, and thereby render the for that is ſo formal and ſtiff, as to be now quite re-
plantation leſs beautiful; but when they are placed ac- jected. The greater diverſity there is in the diſtribution
cording to their uſual manner of growing, they will of theſe parts, the more pleaſure they will afford; and
always continue nearly in the ſame order, which ren- fince, according to this method of deſigning and
ders them very entertaining to the fight.
planting, the different parts never preſent themſelves
Theſe trees ſhould alſo be allowed a proportionable to the ſame views, it is no matter how different they
diſtance, according to their growth, and not be are varied alunder; that part of them which is moſt
crouded fo cloſe as is commonly practiſed, whereby in view from the houſe, or other parts of the garden,
there are four times the number of trees planted which may be planted with evergreens, but the other parts
need be; and this cloſe planting cauſes them to aſpire may be planted with deciduous trees in the foregoing
to a great height, but then they want the noble dif-
fuſion of branches, which is vaſtly more agreeable to The part planted with evergreens may be diſpoſed in
the fight, than a parcel of thin taper ftems, with the following manner, viz. in the firſt line next the
ſcarcely any heads, as is too often the caſe in ſome of great walks may be placed Lauruſtinus, Boxes,
the largeſt gardens in England, where, inſtead of look- Spurge Laurel, Juniper, Savin, and other dwarf ever-
ing at a noble parabola of trees, with their ſpreading greens; behind theſe may be planted Laurels, Hollies,
globular heads, a parcel of naked ſtems preſent them- Arbutuſes, and other evergreens of a larger growth;
felves to view; and where the trees are thus crowded, next to theſe may be placed Alaternuſes, Phyllireas,
they never thrive half ſo well, nor will they continue Yews, Cypreffes, Virginian Cedars, and other trees of
half ſo long, as thoſe which are allowed a proper diſ- the ſame growth ; behind theſe may be planted Nor-
tance; for their roots running and interfering with way and Silver Firs, the True Pine, and other forts of
each other, draw the nouriſhment away faſter than the like growth; and in the middle hould be planted
the ground can ſupply them, which cauſes their leaves Scotch Pines, Pinafter, and other of the largeſt grow-
to be ſmall, and, in dry ſeaſons, to decay and fall off, ing evergreens, which will afford a moſt delightful
long before their uſual time, and thereby renders the proſpect, if the different ſhades of their greens are cu-
plantation leſs agreeable.
riouſly intermixed. And in order to render the vari-
In the diſtribution of theſe plantations, in thoſe parts ety greater, there may be ſeveral kinds of hardy ever-
which are planted with deciduous trees, there may be green trees and ſhrubs obtained from the north parts
planted next the walks and openings, Roſes, Honey- of America, as there are already many in England,
fuckles, Spiræa Frutex, and other kinds of low-flower- which are very fit for this purpoſe, and are mentioned
ing ihrubs, which may be always kept very dwarf, and in different parts of this book.
may be planted pretty cloſe together; and at the This manner of ſeparating the evergreens from the
foot of them, near the ſides of the walks, may be deciduous trees, will not only make a much better ap-
planted Primroſes, Violets, Daffodils, and many pearance, but alſo cauſe them to thrive far beyond
other forts of wood flowers, not in a ſtrait line, what they uſually do when intermixed; therefore I
but rather to appear accidental, as in a natural wood. ſhould never adviſe any perſon to plant them promif-
Behind the firſt row of ſhrubs ſhould be planted cuouſly together.
Syringas, Cytiſuſes, Althæa frutex, Mezereons, and By what I have ſaid concerning the planting the trees
other flowering ſhrubs of a middle growth, which one behind another, according to their different
may be backed with Laburnums, Lilacs, Guelder growths, I would not have it underſtood, that I mean
Roſes, and other flowering ſhrubs of a large growth: the placing them in ftrait lines, which is too ſtiff and
theſe may be backed with many other ſorts of trees, formal for theſe plantations; all that is intended is, to
riſing gradually to the middle of the quatters, from place the front rows of trees on each ſide the walks, at
whence they ſhould always llope down every way to an equal diſtance from the ſide of the walks, which
the walks.
being twiſted in eafy natural turns, the ſhrubs having
By this diftributon you will have the pleaſure of the the curves will ſtand in the ſame direction, and muſt
powering ſhrubs near the fight, whereby you will be turn in the ſame manner as the walks. Thoſe behind
regaled with their ſcent as you paſs through the walks, may be placed after any manner, provided care be
which is ſeldom obſerved by thoſe who plant Wilder- taken to allow each ſufficient room to grow, and that
neſſes; for nothing is more common than to ſee Roſes, there may appear no uneven gaps in the diſtance of
Honeyſuckles, and other ſmall flowering ſhrubs, their heads, but that they may all riſe gradually, ſo as
placed in the middle of large quarters, under the drop- to form a handſome ſlope.
ping and ſhade of large trees, where they feldom In ſmall gardens, where there is not room for theſe
Thrive; and if they do, the pleaſure of them is loſt, magnificent Wilderneſſes, there may be ſome riſing
becauſe they are ſecluded from the fight. If theſe clumps of evergreens, ſo deſigned as to make the
quarters are ſlightly dug every winter, it will keep ground appear much larger than it is in reality; and
the ground clean from noxious weeds, and be a great if in theſe there are ſome ſerpentine walks well con-
benefit to the trees. And the expence of doing this, trived, it will greatly improve the places, and deceive
where labour is cheap, cannot be very conſiderable, thoſe who are unacquainted with the ground as to its
unleſs in very great plantations.
fize. Theſe clumps or little quarters of evergreens
But, beſide theſe grand walks and openings, (which ſhould be placed juſt beyond the plain opening of
may be laid with turf, and kept well mowed) there Graſs before the houſe, where the eye will be carried
ſhould be ſome ſmaller ſerpentine walks through the from the plain ſurface of Graſs to the regular ſlope of
middle of the quarters, where perſons may retire for evergreens, to the great pleaſure of the beholder ; but
privacy. There need be nothing but the ground of if there is a diſtant proſpect of the adjacent country
the place made level, and kept hoed, to clear it from from the houſe, then this ſhould not be obſtructed,
weeds, which will be no great trouble to do with a but rather be left open for the proſpect bounded on
Durch hoe, which is broad, and will make great rid- each ſide with theſe clumps, which may be extended
dance, and then rake them over to make them hand- to thoſe parts of the ground, where no view is ab-
ſtructed
a
a
3

W IN
WIN
a
a
ſtructed. Theſe ſmall quarters ſhould not be furround-
ed with hedges, for the reaſons before given ; ner
ſhould they be cut into angles, or any other ſtudied
figures, but be deſigned rather in a rural manner,
which is always preferable to the other, for theſe kinds
of plantations.
In Wilderneſſes there is but little trouble or expence
after their firſt planting, which is an addition to their
value; the only labour required is to mow and roll
the large Grats walks, and to keep the other ground
walks free from weeds. And in the quarters, if the
weeds are hoed down two or three times in a fum-
mer, it will ſtill add to their neatneſs. The trees
hould alſo be pruned to cut out all dead wood, or ir-
regular branches, where they croſs each other, and
juſt to preſerve them within due bounds; and as was
before obſerved, if the ground be ſlightly dug between
the trees, it will greatly promote their vigour. This
being the whole labour of a Wilderneſs, it is no won-
der they are ſo generally eſteemed, eſpecially when
we conſider the pleaſure they afford.
SWEET WILLIAM. See DIANTHUS.
WILLOW. See Salix.
WILLOW, the French. See EPILOBIUM.
WIND is defined to be the ſtream or current of the
air, together with ſuch vapours as the air carries along
with it; or it is a ſenſible agitation of the air, whereby
a large quantity thereof flows out of one place or re-
gion to another.
The ancients made but four Winds, according to the
four cardinal points, but this was quickly looked up-
on as too groſs a diviſion. The following age added
eight more to this number, which was thought too
nice a ſubdividing, and therefore they reduced the
laſt number to four, taking every other or middle
Wind, and adding them to the old account; but our
ſailors, who are far beyond the ancients for their ſkill
in navigation, have divided the horizon into thirty-
two equal parts, adding twenty-eight to the four car-
dinal Winds; a thing uſeful in navigation, but of no
great concern in natural philoſophy, unleſs it be to
give a hint, that the Wind blows from all parts of the
heavens.
as he paſſes every day over the oceans, conſidered to
gether with the nature of the foil and ſituation of the
adjoining continents. This has been done by Dr.
Halley.
Therefore, according to the laws of ſtatics, the air,
which is leſs rarefied or expanded by heat, and con-
fequently more ponderous, muſt have a motion to-
wards thoſe parts thereof which are more rarefied, and
leſs ponderous, to bring it to an equilibrium. Allah
the preſence of the ſun continually ſhifting to the
weſtward, that part to which the air tends, by reaſon
of the rarefaction made by his greateſt meridian heat,
is with him carried weſtward; and conſequently, the
tendency of the whole body of the lower air is that
way.
Thus a general eaſterly Wind is formed; which being
impreſſed upon all the air of a vaſt ocean, the parts
impel one the other, and ſo keep moving till the next
return of the fun; whereby ſo much of the motion as
was loſt, is again reſtored, and thus the eaſterly Wind
is made perpetual
From the ſame principle it follows, that the eaſterly
Wind fhould, on the north fide of the equator, be to
the northward of the eaſt; and in ſouth latitudes, to
the ſouthward thereof; for near the line the air is
much more rarefied, than at a greater diſtance from
it; becauſe the ſun is twice in a year vertical there,
and at no time diſtant above twenty-three degrees one
half ; at which diſtance the heat being at the fine of
the angle of incidence, is but little ſhort of that of the
perpendicular ray; whereas, under the tropics, tho'
the fun ſtay long vertical, yet he is a long forty-ſeven
degrees off; which is a kind of winter, wherein the
air ſo cools, as that the ſummer heat cannot warm it
to the ſame degree with that under the equator.
Wherefore the air towards the northward and ſouth-
ward being leſs rarefied than that in the middle, it
follows, that from both ſides it ought to tend towards
the equator. This motion, compounded with the
former eaſterly Wind, anſwers all the phenomena of
the general trade Winds; which, if the whole ſurface
of the globe were fea, would undoubtedly blow all
round the world, as they are found to do in the Atlan-
tic and Ethiopic oceans.
But ſeeing ſo great continents interpoſe, and break
the continuity of the oceans, regard muſt be had to
the nature of the ſoil, and the poſition of the high
mountains, which are the two principal cauſes of the
ſeveral variations of the Wind from the former ge-
neral rule; for if a country, lying near the ſun,
prove to be flat, fandy, and low land, ſuch as the
deſarts of Lybia are uſually reported to be, the heat
occaſioned by the reflection of the ſun's beams, and
the retention thereof in the fand, is incredible to thoſe
who have not felt it; whereby the air being exceed-
ingly rarefied, it is neceſſary, that this cooler and
more denſe air ſhould run thitherwards to reſtore the
equilibrium
This is ſuppoſed to be the cauſe, why, near the coaſt
of Guiney, the Wind always fets in upon the land,
blowing wefterly inſtead of eaſterly; there being fuffi-
cient reaſon to believe, that the inland parts of Africa
are prodigiouſly hot, ſince the northern borders there-
of were ſo intemperate, as to give the ancients cauſe
to conclude, that all beyond the tropics was uninha-
bitable by exceſs of heat.
From the fame cauſe it happens, that there are ſo
conſtant calms in that part of the ocean called the
Rains ; for this tract being placed in the middle, be-
tween the weſterly Winds blowing on the coaſt of
Guiney, and the eaſterly trade Winds blowing to the
weſtward thereof, the tendency of the air here is in-
different to either, and ſo ſtands in æquilibrio between
both;
and the weight of the incumbent atmoſphere
being diminiſhed by the continual contrary Winds
blowing from hence, is the reaſon that the air here
holds not the copious vapour it receives, but lets it
fall in frequent rains.
But as the cool and denſe air, by reaſon of the great-
er gravity, preffes upon the hot rarefied, it is demon-
ftrative,
As to the phyſical cauſe of the Winds;
Some philoſophers, as Des Cartes, Rohault, &c. ac-
count for the general Wind from the diurnal rotation
of the earth, and from this general Wind derive all
the particular ones.
They ſay, the atmoſphere inveſting the earth, and
inoving round it, that part will perform its circuit
fooneſt, which has the ſmalleſt circle to deſcribe.
The air therefore, near the equator, will require a fome-
what longer time to perform its courſe in from weſt
to eaſt than nearer the poles ; that as the earth turns
eaftward, the particles of the air near the equinoctial
being exceeding light, are left behind, ſo that in re-
fpect to the earth's ſurface, they move weſtward, and
become a conſtant eaſterly Wind.
This opinion ſeems confirmed, for that theſe Winds
are found only near the equinoctial, in thoſe parallels
of latitude, where the diurnal motion is ſwifteft, but
the conſtant calms of the Atlantic fea, near the equa.
tor, the weſterly Winds near the coaſt of Guiney, and
the periodical wefterly Monſoons, under the equator
of the Indian ſea, ſeemingly declare the inſufficiency
of that hypotheſis.
Beſides, the air, being kept to the earth by the prin-
ciple of gravity, would in time acquire the fame de-
gree of velocity, that the earth's ſurface moves with,
as well in reſpect of the diurnal rotation, as of the
annual about the ſun, which is about thirty minutes
ſwifter.
It remains therefore to ſubſtitute fome other cauſe,
capable of producing a like conſtant effect; not lia-
ble to the fame objections, but agreeable to the known
properties of the elements of air and water, and the
laws of the motion of fluid bodies, ſuch an one is
the action of the ſun's beams upon the air and water,
و

W IN
W IN
a
ſtrative, that this latter muſt aſcend in a continual
ſtream as faſt as it rarefies; and that being afcended,
it mult diſperſe itſelf to preſerve the equilibrium, that
is, by a contrary current the upper air muſt move
from thoſe parts where the greateſt heat is; fo, by a
kind of circulation, the north-eaſt trade Wind below
will be attended with a ſouth-weſterly above. That
this is more than a bare conjecture, the almoſt inftan-
taneous change of the Wind to the oppoſite point,
which is frequently found in paſſing the limits of the
trade Winds, ſeems to aſſure us; but that which above
all confirms this hypotheſis, is the phænomenon of
the Monſoons, by this means moft eaſily ſolved, and
without it hardly explicable.
Suppoſing therefore, ſuch a circulation as above, it
is to be conſidered, that to the northward of the In-
dian ocean, there is every where land within the uſu-
al limits of the latitude of thirty degrees ; viz. Ara-
bia, Perſia, India, &c. which for the ſame reaſon as
the mediterranean parts of Africa, are ſubject to un-
ſufferable heats, when the ſun is in the north, paſſing
nearly vertical ; but yet are temperate enough, when
the ſun is removed toward the other tropic, becauſe
of a ridge of mountains at ſome diſtance within the
land, ſaid to be frequently in winter covered with
ſnow, over which the air, as it paſſes, muft needs be
much chilled.
Hence it comes to pafs, that the air, coming accord-
ing to the general rule, out of the north-eaſt in the
Indian fea, is ſometimes hotter, ſometimes colder, than
that which by this circulation is returned out of the
ſouth-weſt ; and by conſequence, ſometimes the under
current or Wind is from the north-eaſt, ſometimes
from the ſouth-weſt.
That this has no other cauſe, is clear from the times
wherein theſe Winds ſet, viz. in April, when the ſun
begins to warm thoſe countries to the north, the
ſouth-weſt Monſoons begin, and blow during the heat
till October ; when the fun being retired, and all
things growing cooler northward, and the heat in-
crealing to the ſouth, the north-eaſt enter and blow
all the winter, till April again. And it is undoubt-
edly from the ſame principle, that fouthward of the
equator, in part of the Indian ocean, the north-eaſt
Winds ſucceed the ſouth-eaſt, when the ſun draws
near the tropic of Capricorn.
But in this latter occurs a difficulty not well to be ac-
counted for, which is, why this change of the Mon-
foons ſhould be any more in this ocean, than in the
fame latitudes in the Æthiopic, where there is no-
thing more certain than a ſouth-eaſt Wind all the
year.
It is likewiſe very hard to conceive, why the limits
of the trade Winds ſhould be fixed about the thirtieth
degree of latitude all round the globe; and that they
ſhould fo feldom tranſgreſs or fall ſhort of thoſe
bounds; as alſo that in the Indian fea, only the north-
ern part ſhould be ſubject to the changeable Mon-
foons, and in the fouthern there ſhould be a conſtant
ſouth-eaſt.
This account of Wind is taken from the learned Dr.
Halley's diſcourſe on this ſubject, Philofoph. Tranſ.
N° 183
The Rev. Mr. Robinſon gives this account of the ori-
gin of Wind; that in the greateſt probability it pro-
ceeds from vaſt ſwarms of nitrous particles, which riſe
from the bottom of the ſea, and have been put into
motion, either by the central fire, or by that heat
and fermentation which abounds in this huge body
of the earth; and therefore this firſt commotion, which
is excited by the ſaid fermentation, is called a bot-
tom Wind, which is preſently diſcovered by the por-
poiſes, and other ſea fiſh, that delight to ſport and
play upon the waves of the ſea, and by their playing,
give to the mariners the firſt notice of an approaching
ſtorm.
When theſe nitrous ſwarms are riſen toward the fur-
face of the ſea, they cauſe, in a dark night, ſuch a
ſhining light upon the waves, as if the ſea were on
fire; and being delivered from the brackiſh water,
and received into the open air, thoſe fiery and Shining
meteors, which fix upon maits and fides of the ſhips,
are only nitrous particles condenſed by the circumam-
bient cold, and like that which the chemiſts call phof
phorus, or artificial glow-worm, ſhine and caſt a light,
but have no heat.
This gives the ſecond notice to the mariners, that the
ſtorm is riſing; for the ſea begins to be rough upon
the firſt breaking out of the Wind, and the waves
ſwell and riſe, though the air at the ſame time is calmn
and clear
This boiling fermentation of the ſea cauſes the va-
pours to ariſe, which by the intenſeneſs of the circum-
ambient cold, are condenſed into thick clouds, and
fall down in ſtorms of Wind and rain; firſt upon the
fea, from whence they roſe ; and then the attractive
power of the mountain cold, by a fecret magnetiſm
between vapour and cold, attracts the wateriih va-
pours, and intermixed with nitrous particles, they
aſcend to the high tops of mountains and hills, where
they hang hovering in thick fogs, and watery miſts,
until the atmoſpherical heat rarefies the nitrous part
of the fog, which is almoſt uppermoſt, and appears
white and tranſlucent, into brillo gales of Wind.
And the intenfeneſs of the atmoſpherical cold hav-
ing attracted the vapours into the colder regions of
the air, where they are condenſed into clouds, the
Wind breaks, diſipates, and drives them before it,
till they fall down in rain, and water the ſurface of
the earth.
And this ſeems to be the reaſon why they have but
little Wind, and leſs rain in Egypt, and thoſe level
countries where they have no mountains.
Dr. Derham ſays, Wind is a current of the air ; and
that which excites or alters its current, may juſtly be
ſaid to be the cauſe of Wind.
An equipoiſe of the atmoſphere produces a calm ; but
if that equipoiſe be taken off, more or leſs, a ſtream
of air or Wind is accordingly thereby produced, either-
ſtronger or weaker, ſwifter or ſlower.
And there are divers things that may cauſe ſuch al-
terations in the equipoiſe or balance of the atmoſphere,
viz. eruptions of vapours from the ſea and land, ra-
refactions and condenſations in one place more than
in another, the falling of rain, preſſure of the clouds,
&c.
It is obſerved of caves, that they always emit Winds
more or leſs ; and as great caves, ſo great lakes alſo
ſend forth Winds; but the moſt univerſal and con-
ſtant alterations of the atmoſphere are produced by
heat and cold.
This is manifeſt in the general trade Winds, which,
between the tropics, blow all the year from eaſt to
weſt ; if the cauſe of this be (according to the opinion
of fome ingenious men) the daily progreſs of the fun
round that part of the globe, and by his heat rarefy-
ing one part of the air, while the cooler and heavier
air behind preſſes after.
And ſo the land and fea breezes; and ſo in our cli
mate, the northerly and ſoutherly Winds (which are
commonly eſteemed the cauſe of warm and cold wea-
ther) are really the effects of the cold or warmth of
the atmoſphere.
Of this Dr. Derham ſays, he has had ſo many confir-
mations, that he does not doubt of it, and he pro-
duces for an inſtance of it, that it is not uncommon to
ſee a warm foutherly Wind, on a ſudden change to
the north, by the fall of ſnow or hail, and in a cold
froſty morning, to ſee the Wind north, and to wheel
about toward the ſoutherly quarters, when the fun
has well warmed the air; and then again, in the cold
evening, to turn northerly or eaſterly.
And hence alſo it is, that the Winds and clouds are
oftentimes contrary to each other in thunder ſhowers
(eſpecially if hail falls ;) the fultry weather below di-
rečts the Wind one way, and the cold above the clouds
a
a
another way.
And that he has obſerved ſeveral times, that when
the morning has been warm, and what Wind was
ſtirring was weſt-ſouth-weſt, that the clouds were
thick

W IN
WIN
Lows of the production, &c. of Winds.
thick and black (as they generally are when ſnow
follows ;) and that, a little before noon, the Wind
veered about to the north by weſt, and ſometimes to
other points ; the clouds at the ſame time flying,
ſome north by weſt, and ſome ſouth-weſt; that about
one o'clock it rained apace, the clouds ſometimes
flying north-eaſt, then north; and at laſt both Winds
and clouds have ſettled north by weſt ; and at that
time the fleet fell very plentifully, and it grew
و
very cold.
From all which he obſerves ;
а.
1. If the ſpring of the air be weakened in any place,
more than in the adjoining places, a Wind will blow
through the place where the diminution is.
For ſince the air endeavours by its elaſtic force to ex-
pand itſelf every way, if that force be leſs in one
place than another, the niſus of the more againſt the
leſs elaſtic will be greater, than the niſus of the lat-
ter againſt the former.--The leſs elaſtic air, there-
fore, will reſiſt with leſs force than it is urged by the
more elaſtic; confequently, the leſs elaſtic will be
driven out of its place, and the more elaſtic will
ſucceed.
If now the exceſs of the ſpring of the more elaſtic,
to that of the leſs elaſtic, be ſuch as to occaſion a little
alteration in the baroſcope, the motion both of the
air expelled, and that which ſucceeds it will become
fenfible.
2. Hence, ſince the ſpring of the air increaſes, as the
compreſſing weight increaſes, and compreſſed air is
denſer than air leſs compreſſed, all Winds blow into a
rarer air out of a place filled with a denſer,
3. Wherefore fince a denſer air is ſpecifically heavier
than a rarer, an extraordinary lightneſs of the air in
any place, muſt be attended with extraordinary Winds
or ſtorms.
Now an extraordinary fall of the mercury in the ba-
rometer, ſhews an extraordinary lightneſs of the at-
moſphere; therefore it is no wonder if that foretels
ſtorins.
4. If the air be ſuddenly condenſed in any place, its
ſpring will be fuddenly diminiſhed; hence, if this di-
minution be great enough to affect the barometer, there
will be a Wind blow through the condenſed air.
5. But ſince it cannot be ſuddenly condenſed, unleſs
it has before been much rarefied, there will a Wind
blow through the air as it cools, after it is violently
heated.
6. In like manner if air be ſuddenly rarefied, its ſpring
is ſuddenly increaſed; wherefore it will flow through
the contiguous air, not acted on by the rarefying
force.--Ă Wind therefore will blow out of a place in
which the air is ſuddenly rarefied; and on this prin-
ciple it is, in all probability, that
7. Moſt caves are found to emit Wind, either more
or leſs.--Since the ſun's power in rarefying the air is
notorious, it muſt neceffarily have a great influence
on the generation of Winds.
The riſing and changing of the Wind is determined
experimentally, by means of weather-cocks placed
on the tops of houſes, &c.—But theſe only indicate
what paſſes about their own height, or near the ſur-
face of the earth; Wolfius aſſuring us, from obfer-
vations of ſeveral years, that the higher Winds which
drive the clouds, are different from the lower ones,
which move the weather-cocks.
Dr. Derham obſerves, upon comparing ſeveral ſeries
of obfervations made of the Winds in divers countries,
viz. England, Ireland, Switzerland, Italy, France,
New England, &c. that the Winds in thoſe ſeveral
places ſeldom agree ; but when they do, it is com-
monly when they are ſtrong, and of long continuance
in the fame quarter ; and more, he thinks, in the
northerly and eaſterly, than in any other points. ---Al-
ſo, that a ſtrong Wind in one place is oftentimes a
weak one in another; or moderate, according as the
places are nearer or more remote.
Firſt, that though the region below was warm, the
region of the clouds was cold, as the black ſnowy
clouds ſhewed.
Secondly, That the ſtruggle between the warmth of
our region, and the cold of the cloudy region ſtopped
the airy currents of both regions.
Thirdly, That the falling of the ſnow through our
warmer air, did at firſt melt into rain ; but after the
fuperior cold had conquered the inferior warmth, it
became fleet.
Fourthly, That as the cold prevailed by degrees, it
wheeled about both the Winds and clouds, from the
northward towards the fouth.
It is not at all improbable, that there is often aſſem-
bled in the atmoſphere, a ſufficient quantity of va-
pours to maintain a laſting condenſation ; and that it
is alſo quick enough at ſome times to create a great
Wind.
For according to Dr, Halley's experiment, it may be
computed, that there is 129,762,219 cubical miles of
the atmoſphere filled by vapours every day. This pro-
digious quantity, being divided and ranged in bodies
at various ſituations throughout the world, occaſions,
by the mutual condenſations, almoſt constant reſults
of the air, to ſupply the empty places; fo may be
thought abundantly fufficient for producing and main-
taining all Winds univerſally.
From theſe and other conſiderations, it may
cluded, that the production of Winds depends chiefly
on the condenſation of vapours; and in order to con-
firm this hypotheſis, we ſhall proceed to explain ſeve-
ral properties and caſes ſolvable thereby.
1. That the direction or courſe of any Wind is accord-
ing to the fituation of the body of vapours, whoſe
condenſation produces it; ſo if a concourſe of vapours
be gathered over the kingdom of France, the conden-
ſation thereof would draw the air from England in a
ſoutherly direction, in Spain would be a northerly
Wind, in Germany would blow weſterly, at the Bay
of Biſcay an eaſterly Wind.
2. That the force or intenſity of a Wind is the exten-
fion of the condenſing vapour, and the quickneſs of
their condenſations.
3. This may account for there being more Winds
about the equinoxes than at other ſeaſons.
4 We muſt add that it is underſtood, that the great-
er quantities of rain that fall in the winter, muſt
occaſion more Winds than in ſummer, there being a
proportionable quantity of vapours condenſed; and
likewiſe,
5. That there are more Winds in diftant latitudes than
toward the equator ; becauſe the former are more
ſubject to rain.
6. Why there is more rain and Wind in the winter
than in the ſummer, when the heat of the ſun is in the
former more weak and languid, by which it is inca-
pable of raiſing any great quantity of vapour to pro-
duće that rain and Wind.
7. Why they have more rain and Wind toward the
poles and about the equator, although the latter is a
part of the world where the fun makes the greateſt
evaporation.
The induſtry of fome late writers have brought the
theory and production, and motion of the Winds, to
ſomewhat of mathematical deinonftration, we ſhall
here give it to the reader in that form.
be con-
a
The laws of the force and velocity of Wind.
Wind being only air in motion, and air a fluid ſub-
ject to the laws of other fluids, its force
brought to a preciſe computation : thus ;
The ratio of the ſpecific gravity of any other fuid
to that of the air, together with the ſpace that fluid,
impelled by the preſſure of the air, moves in any
given time, being given ; we can determine the ſpace
may be
which
14 T

W IN
W IN
:
a
623 feet.
a
which the air itſelf, acted on by the ſame force, will
move in the ſame time by this rule.
1. As the ſpecific gravity of air is to that of any
other fluid, fo reciprocally is the ſquare of the ſpace
which that fluid, impelled by any force, moves in
any given time, to the ſquare of the ſpace, which
the air, by the fame impulſe, will move in the ſame
time.
Suppoſing therefore, the ratio of the ſpecific gravity
of that other fluid to that of air, to be =6:0; the
ſpace deſcribed by the fluid to be called ſ; and that
which the air will deſcribe by the fame impulſex: the
rule gives us x=v (bs:c.)
Hence, if we ſuppoſe water, impelled by the given
force, to move two feet in a ſecond of time, then
will S=2; and ſince the ſpecific gravity of water to
air is as 970 to 1, we ſhall have b=970, and c=1;
conſequently x=v 970. 4=V 3880=632 feet: the
=V
velocity of the Wind, therefore to that of water,
moved by the ſame power, will be as 623 to 2; i. e.
if water move two feet in a ſecond, the Wind will fly
2. Add, that S=w (C *?:b;) and therefore the
ſpace any fluid, impelled by any impreſſion, moves
in any time, is determined by finding a fourth pro-
portional to the two numbers that expreſs the ratio of
the ſpecific gravity, and the ſquare of the ſpace the
Wind moves in the given time. The ſquare root of
that fourth proportional is the ſpace required.
M. Mariotte, e. g. found, by various experiments,
that a pretty ſtrong Wind moves 24 feet in a ſecond
of time; wherefore, if the ſpace which the water, act-
ed on by the fame force as the air, will deſcribe in the
fame time, be required, then will c=1, x=24, b=970,
and we ſhall find ſ=(576: 970=1)
3. The velocity of Wind being given, to determine
the preſſure required to produce that velocity, we
have this rule.
The ſpace the Wind moves in one ſecond of time, is
to the height a fuid is to be raiſed in an empty tube,
in order to have a preſſure capable of producing that
velocity, in a ratio compounded of the ſpecific gravi-
ty of the fluid to that of air ; and of quadruple the al-
titude a body deſcends in the firſt ſecond of time, to
the aforeſaid ſpace of air.
Suppoſe, e. gr. the ſpace the air moves in a ſecond
a=24 feet, or 288 inches; call the altitude of the
third x, and the ratio of the mercury to the air b:
c=13580: 1, d=181 inches; * will be leſs than the
number by one line, or t'a of an inch. And hence
we ſee why a ſmall, but ſudden change in the baro-
meter, ſhould be followed by violent Winds.
The force of the Wind is determined experimentally,
by a peculiar machine called an anemometer, or Wind
meaſurer ; which being moved by means of fails, like
thoſe of a Windmill, raiſe a weight, that ſtill the
higher it is raiſed, receding farther from the center of
motion, by ſliding along a hollow arm fitted on to
the axis of the fails, becomes heavier and heavier, and
preſſes on the arm, till, being a counterpoiſe to the
force of the Wind on the fails, it ſtops the motion of
them. An index then, fitted upon the ſame axis, at
right angles with the arm, by its riſing or falling,
points out the ſtrength of the Wind, on a plane di-
vided like a dial plate into degrees.
Winds are either conſtant or variable. The conſtant
Winds are up and down always at a certain time of
the year, and in certain parts of the world; but the
variable vary ſo much, that they cannot be reduced
to any rule.
The conſtant and periodical Winds are only in the
wideſt ſeas; as in the Atlantic and Ethiopic ſeas, be-
tween the tropics, there is generally an eaſterly Wind
all the year long, without any conſiderable variation,
unleſs declining ſome few points toward the north or
ſouth; but all along the coaſts of Guiney, for five
hundred leagues, the ſoutherly and ſouth-weſt Winds
are perpetual.
In the Indian ocean the Winds are partly general, as
in the Ethiopic ocean, and partly periodical; that is,
they blow one way half the year, and upon the oppos
fite points the other half.
This that is here faid relates to the ſea Winds, at ſome
diſtance from the land; for upon the land, and near
the ſhores, the land and ſea breezes are almoſt every
where fenfible; and the great variety that happens
in their periods, force, and direction, happens from
the fituation of mountains, valleys, and woods, and
from the various texture of the ſoil, more or leſs capa-
ble of retaining or reflecting heat, or of exhaling or
condenſing vapours.
Of variable Winds, ſome are common to all countries,
others are more peculiar to ſome certain parts.
Of the latter fort, the moſt famous are hurricanes,
which chiefly infeſt the Caribbee iſlands, but are not
anniverſary, nor equally frequent.
Their fury is ſo great, that they throw down all be-
fore them, tear up trees, overturn houſes, toſs ſhips
prodigiouſly, and blow about things of a vaſt weight.
They are not even continued Winds, but blow in
guſts, which fuddenly come and go ; neither do they
extend very wide, but are ſometimes confined to a
narrow compaſs, and at other times take a larger ſcope.
As for their duration, it is but a few days, and ſome-
times only for a few hours. They are more common
in America than any where elſe, but yet Europe and
Aſia are not altogether without them, as appears from
hiftories and travels.
The cauſes of tempeſts and hurricanes are hardly to
be accounted for in all particulars. However it may,
in the firſt place be noted, that the ratio of all liquids
is much the ſame, and therefore an extraordinary
motion may be excited in the air, by the ſame way as
in water.
Now, if water fall from a high place, or if there be
a confluence of ſeveral ſtreams together, this gives a
violent motion, and cauſes a many whirlings and ed-
dies in it. This is apparent in the torrents falling
down the rocks, and the confluence of rivers.
If therefore ſomething analogous may happen in the
air, there needs muſt be furious tempeſts of Wind
raiſed in it. And ſuch a thing may happen, if any
extraordinary quantity of vapours be drawn by the
Wind, upon a certain place, which they cannot eaſily
get over, by reaſon of mountains or contrary Winds,
which oppoſe them: for example ; ſuppoſe a Wind,
upon ſome point between north and eaſt, carries a
large collection of vapours out of Africa into the Ca-
ribbee iſlands , this Wind lights upon
this Wind lights upon the continent
of America; now, it is poſſible, that not only the
mountains and woods of Panama may reſiſt the cur-
rent of this Wind, and croud the vapours together
there ; but a contrary Wind, upon a point between
ſouth and weſt, may blow at the ſame time upon the
weſtern ſhore of America, which ſhall force the va-
pours back again. When ſuch a rencounter happens,
there muſt be a wild uproar in the air about the Ca-
ribbee iſlands, and in all that tract between South and
North America, and the vapours in this circular mo-
tion muſt needs be furious on all ſides, juſt as it is in
the water.
For we ſee in the confluence of two rivers, if their
currents are rapid at the place where they fall in, they
cauſe violent eddies, whirl things about that are caſt
in them, ſwallowing them up for a little time, and
then throwing them
back again.
This ſhews us the reaſon, why heavy bodies are often
toſſed in the air by the whirling of hurricanes, and then
daſhed to the ground again ; for the air being a cir-
cular motion, is with great fury toſſed backwards and
forwards, between the ground and the clouds; for as
the waters of the rolling ſea do not run to the ſhores
in an even ſtream, but in ſuch waves as daſh by fits
and turns; ſo the courſe of a violent Wind is in broken
and diſtinct blafts.
Such tempeſts do not extend very far, though their
bounds are uncertain, becauſe the neighbouring air
giving way to them, they ſpend themſelves in the
progreſs of their motion.
a
a
a
a
Thus,

W IN
WIN
Thus, when a great ſtone is caſt into the water, we
ſee a great agitation round about the place where it
fell; but the more the waves retire from the center of
motion, the flower and the leſs ſenſible they grow;
and as ſuch motions do not laſt long in water, no
more do they in the air, for the ſame reaſon.
Though there may be unuſual ſtorms of Wind any
where, the air and vapours are drawn together there-
about by contrary Winds, yet they are more frequent
about the Caribbee iſlands, eſpecially in June and
Auguſt, when the ſun is vertical there, for their air be-
ing rarefied by the ſun's heat, the uſual Winds bring
thither a vaſt quantity of air and vapours, which be-
ing crouded together, in the gulf of America, cauſe
a great eftuation about the neighbouring iſlands.
When the ſun is on this ſide the equator, the air is
more rarefied thereabouts, and it may ſo happen, that
the ſouth-ſouth-eaſt Wind, which conſtantly blows
beyond the line, may ſometimes tranſgreſs its limits,
and bring the vapours of the Æthiopic ſea to the faine
place where thoſe of the Atlantic are already gather-
ed; which, being kept in by the ſhore of America,
muſt neceſſarily be driven about the Caribbee iſlands.
a
fun has well warmed the air, and again in the cold
evening turns northerly or eaſterly.
Some Winds are drying, others are moiſt; fome ga-
ther clouds, others diſperſe them; fome are warm,
others cold, but their influence is not one and the ſame
in all places, for ſuch Winds as are warm in one coun-
try are cold in another; thoſe that are wet with us
are dry with other nations, and on the contrary.
The dry Winds are ſuch as carry but a few vapours
along with them, and therefore lick off the moiſt par-
ticles from the bodies over which they paſs; and thus
in Holland the north and eaſt Winds, with the inter-
mediate points, are drying, becauſe the cold northern
ſea yields but few vapours in compariſon of thoſe that
come from warmer parts of the ocean, but the weſter-
ly Winds and others are moiſt, becauſe they iſſue from
warm and vaporous parts, the weſtern Wind ſeldom
failing to ſend rain.
Such Winds gather clouds, which blow from the
quarters where the vapours ariſe, which, in conjunc-
tion with the vapours of our own region, fill the air;
and, on the contrary, thoſe that bring little vapours
along with them, and bear away that which hangs
over us, bring fair weather.
Winds are either warm or cold, as the countries are
from whence they blow, and therefore when a briſk
wind blows from a cold quarter, it allays the heat of
ſummer, which is very troubleſome in ſtill weather.
Thus a quick blait of a pair of bellows will put out a
flame, which a gentle blowing increaſes ; for the quick
blaft drives all the flame to one ſide, where it is ftified
by the force of the incumbent air for want of aliment,
but a gentle wind augments the motion of the flame
every way, and makes it feize on more parts of fuel.
Now, becauſe all the heat or cold of Wind proceeds
from the heat or cold of the country where it blows,
therefore the ſame Winds are cold or hot every where.
Beyond the line they are juſt the reverſe of what they
are with us; their cold Winds are from the ſouth,
ours from the north, and as our fouth Winds are
warm, from no other reaſon, but becauſe they bring
us an air heated by the fun, for the very ſame reaſon
the north Winds are warm to our antipodes.
From what has been ſaid, it is evident, that the ſun
is the cauſe of the Wind, and motion the cauſe of va-
pours.
of the qualities of Winds.
a
Prognoſtics of weather from the Wind.
1. A Wind that blows from the ſea is always moiſt;
in ſummer it is cold, in winter warm, unleſs the ſea
be frozen up. This is well demonſtrated thus: there
is vapour continually riſing out of all water (as ap-
pears even hence, that a quantity of water, being
left a little while in an open veſſel, is found ſenſibly
diminiſhed,) but eſpecially if it be expoſed to the
ſun's rays, in which caſe the evaporation is beyond
all expectation. By this means the air incumbent on
the ſea becomes impregnated with a deal of vapour,
but the Winds, blowing from off the ſea, ſweep theſe
vapours along with them, and conſequently are always
moiſt.
Again, water in ſummer, &c. conceives leſs heat
than terreſtrial bodies, expoſed to the ſame rays of
the fun; but in winter, ſea water is warmer than the
earth, covered with froſt, ſnow, &c. Wherefore, as
the air, contiguous to any body, is found to partake
of its heat and cold; the air, contiguous to ſea wa-
ter, will be warmer in winter, and colder in ſummer,
than that contiguous to the earth: or thus; vapours
raiſed from water by the fun's warmth in winter, are
warmer than the air they riſe in, as appears from the
vapours condenſing, and become viſible, almoſt as
ſoon as they are got out into the air. Freſh quantities
of vapours therefore, continually warming the atmo-
ſphere over the ſea, will raiſe its heat beyond that
over the land.
Again, the ſun's rays reflected from the earth into the
air in ſummer, are much more than thoſe from the
water into the air. The air therefore over the earth,
warmed by the reflection of more rays than that over
water, is warmer. Hence fea Winds make cloudy
hazy weather.
2. Winds which blow from the continent are always
dry, in ſummer warm, and cold in winter; for there
is much leſs vapour ariſing from the earth, than from
water, and therefore the air over the continent will be
impregnated with much fewer vapours: add, that the
vapours or exhalations raiſed by a great degree of
heat out of the earth, are much finer and leſs ſenſible
than thoſe from water. The Wind therefore, blow-
ing over the continent, carries but little vapour with
it, and is therefore dry.
Our northern and ſouthern Winds, however, which
are commonly eſteemed the cauſes of cold and warm
weather, Dr. Derham obſerves (as we have ſaid,) are
really the effects of the cold or warmth of the atmo-
ſphere : hence it is, that we frequently ſee a warm
ſoutherly Wind on a ſudden changed to the north,
by the fall of ſnow or hail, and that in a cold froſty
morning we ſee the Wind north, which afterward
wheels about toward the ſoutherly quarters, when the
a
The Winds, Mr. Pointer ſays, are the cauſes of the
moſt ſudden and extraordinary alterations of the air.
The nature of the Winds are ſuch, that by the expe-
rience we have of them, we may very nearly predict
what weather we ſhall have for two or three days af-
ter ; as for example, we know that, in our climate,
a ſouth Wind generally brings rain, and a weſt Wind
more; and a weſt Wind is the predominant Wind
with us, becauſe the ocean lies on the weſt ſide of our
country.
And alſo, that a north Wind brings fair weather to
us, as well as the eaſt Wind, which does not laſt ſo
long as the north; therefore the north-eaſt and ſouth-
weft Winds are thoſe that are neceſſary chiefly to be
treated of.
Mr. Pointer gives the following rules to know when
the Wind will ſet in one of theſe two points, for the
moſt part, for two or three months together. Firſt, as
to the north-eaſt Wind; when the Wind turns to the
north-eaſt point, and continues in it two days without
rain, and does neither turn to the ſouthward the third
day, nor rain, then it is likely to continue eight or nine
days without rain, and then to return into the ſouth.
If this Wind turns out of the ſouth to the north-eaſt
again, and continues two days in that point without
rain, and neither rains nor turns to the ſouth the
third day, it is likely to continue north-eaſt for two
months, and for the moſt part for three months. The
Wind will finiſh theſe turns toward the north in three
weeks time.
Secondly,
2.

W IN
W IN
3
matter.
Secondly, as to the ſouth-weſt Winds; when the cover a Wind, that otherwiſe we do not feel; and
Wind has been in the north for two months or more, the flexuous burning of fames ſhews the air is begin-
and comes to the ſouth, there are uſually three or four ning to be unquiet; and in like manner coals of fire,
fair days at firſt, and then, on the fourth or fifth day by caſting off the aſhes more than uſual; and as for
comes rain, or elſe the Wind turns north, and con- the aſhes, it is not to be admired at, if the Wind un-
tinues dry ſtill; if within a day or two, without rain, perceived ſhake them off; for it is a common thing
it return to the ſouth, and with rain turn northward, to try which way the Wind blows, by throwing up
and return into the ſouth the firſt or ſecond day, as Graſs, chaff, or ſuch like things, into the air.
before, two or three times together after this manner,
then it is like to be in the fouth or ſouth-weſt two or
Signs of the Wind's ceaſing.
three months together, for the moſt part, as it was in
the north before. The Wind will finiſh theſe turns If a hafty ſhower of rain falls, when the Wind has
in a fortnight.
raged for ſome hours, it foon abates.
He does not mention the eaſt or weſt Winds, becauſe If water ruckles much, and frequent bubbles ariſe,
he ſays, the rains uſually come from the ſouth, or in the ſtorm is but of a ſhort continuance.
fhifting of the Wind from the ſouth to the north ; as If ſparrows chirp merrily, and moles come out of their
for the drought, the Wind is, for the moſt part, holes, it is a ſign of the ſtorm ceaſing.
north-eaſt.
If the bird called king's-fiſher, or halcyon, attempts
The Wind uſually turns from the north to the ſouth the ſeas when the Wind blows hard, it is a ſign of its
quietly without rain; but comes back again into the abating:
north, with a ſtrong Wind and rain. The greateſt
Winds which blow down houſes and trees, uſually
Of WINES, and vinous liquors.
come by the turning of the Wind out of the ſouth by
the weſt into the north, which drives away rain, and WINE is a briſk, agreeable, and ſpirituous juice,
clears the air.
drawn from vegetable bodies, and fermented.
Dr. Boerhaave characterizes Wine, that the firſt
Signs of the changing of the Wind.
thing that it affords by diſtillation, be a thin, fatty,
inflammable, &c. fluid, called a ſpirit; and in this
Mr. Pointer ſays, in what point foever the Wind is, it is diſtinguiſhed from another claſs of fermented ve-
when the ſun riſes with many pale ſpots appearing in getable juices; viz. vinegars, which, inſtead of ſuch
its orb, and part of it hid in a cloud, it will ſoon turn ipirit, yield for the firſt thing an acid, uninflammable
to the ſouth.
That when the Wind has been ſettled for twenty-four In order to the making Wines, it will be of great ad-
hours or more, in any of the full points, as north, vantage to be well acquainted with the buſineſs of
eaſt, weſt, or ſouth, when it begins to turn, it will fermentation. This Dr. Boerhaave defines and ex-
not ſettle till it comes to the oppoſite point, as from plains as follows:
the north to the ſouth, and ſo from full eaſt to full Fermentation is a change produced in vegetable bo-
weſt; and ſo of the angular points as from the north- dies, by means of an inteſtine motion excited therein,
eaſt, to the ſouth-weſt.
the effect whereof is this, that the part which firſt
Upon whatſoever quarter the Wind is when the moon rifes from them in diſtillation, is either a thin, fat,
changes, it preſently changes upon the new moon. acrid, hot, tranſparent, volatile, and inflammable
When the generality of the clouds tack with the Wind uid, that will mix with water; or elſe a thin, acid,
(though there ſhould be many little-fleeces, or long pellucid, leſs volatile, uninfiammable liquor, capable
flakes, lying higher) the Wind is flagging, and will of extinguiſhing fire.
change foon, and ſhift its point.
The liquor, obtained by means of fermentation, is
called thin, becauſe none appears to be thinner than
Common obfervations and ſigns of Winds and ſtorms the ſpirit of fermented vegetables; acid, becauſe it
acts almoſt like fire, when applied to the tongue,
or other parts of the body; volatile, becauſe there
If pale ſpots ſeem to appear in the orb of the fun at appears to be no liquor, that is raiſed with greater
his ſetting, and dazzle there, ſtrong Winds from the eaſe, but it is this liquor being totally inflammable,
ſouth will enſue; the Wind foon ihifting into that and at the ſame time capable of mixing with water,
point, in what quarter foever it was before.
that ultimately diſtinguiſhes fermentation from all
If there appear upon the ſun when he is ſetting, fiery other operations in nature ; for neither putrefaction,
ſpots, or of a reddiſh colour, much Wind will enſue; digeſtion, efferveſcence, or any thing of that kind,
and a louring morning is frequently a fore-runner of will ever afford a liquor at once poffeffed of thoſe
Wind.
qualities.
If the moon, when at full, has a reddiſh circle about Putrefaction, indeed, as well as fermentation, is per-
her, it preſages much Wind.
formed by means of an inteſtine motion; but the for-
When meteors, or as they are commonly called, ſtars, mer will never produce either of the liquors above de-
ſhoot, and ſpread a long train of light, they are fore- ſcribed, as the effects of fermentation; i. e. neither a
runners of Wind that will foon follow.
vinous nor acetous liquor.
The Lord Bacon ſays, the following are prognoſtics We fee then, that there are two different effects of
of high Winds or tempeſts ariſing.
fermentation, the production of an inflammable fpirit,
When the ſea reſounds upon the ſhore, when the and an uninflammable acid; and whatever operation
Winds murmur in the woods, without any apparent will afford neither of theſe liquors, is improperly call-
Wind, they portend that Wind will follow; for ſuch ed fermentation, which therefore can only take place
Winds, breathing chiefly out of the earth, are not in the vegetable kingdom ; for all the art in the world,
firſt perceived, except they are pent by water or wood, ſo far as hitherto appears, will never gain ſuch fpirits
and therefore a murmur out of the caves likewife por- from animals or foffils; and conſequently never excite
tends as much.
an actual and real fermentation in them; for fermen-
When the brightneſs of the ſmaller ſtars is on a ſud- tation is the ſingle operation in nature, by which ſuch
den obſcured, it is a ſign of a tempeſt ariſing, for the fpirits can be obtained.
upper regions of the air perceive the matter of the 2. Any vegetable liquor ſo fermented, as to afford the
collection of tempeſts and Winds, before the air here inflammable ſpirit above-mentioned, for the firſt
below; therefore the obſcuring of the ſmaller ſtars is thing in diſtillation, we call Wine; but if the liquor
a ſign of tempeft following.
be fo fermented, as firſt to afford the acid uninflamma-
He ſays, the air and fire have ſubtile perception of ble one, it is called vinegar; by which we mean every
the riſing Winds before men.
thin, a id, volatile, vegetable liquor, capable of extin-
We may perceive the trembling of a candle will dif- guiſhing fire. So likewiſe, under the name of Wine,
a
ariſing
a
3
we

W IN
W IN
we include beer or ale, mead and metheglin, cyder,
perry, all ſorts of artificial Wines, and whatever li-
quors afford ſpirits poffeffed of the properties before
ſet down.
The like is to be underſtood of vinegar, which is ob-
tainable from all the ſame bodies that afford Wine ; ſo
that we have either the Wine or vinegar of all ſorts of
fruits, as of Grapes, Currants, Mulberries, Cherries,
&c. all ſorts of Grain, as Barley, Wheat, Oats, &c.
all ſorts of pulſe, as Beans, Peas, Tares, &c. all ſorts
of roots, as Turneps, Carrots, Radiſhes, &c. and in
ſhort, all ſorts of vegetable ſubſtances, even Graſs
itſelf.
3. All the bodies capable of being changed by fer-
mentation, either into Wine or vinegar, are ſaid to be
fermentable bodies; and becauſe ſuch a change can
only be wrought, ſo far as we know at preſent, upon
vegetables, theſe alone are accounted fermentable.
4. Any matter, which being mixed with a fermen-
table body, increaſes its inteſtine motion, or excites or
forwards the fermentation, is called the ferment; and,
according to the doctrine before delivered, nothing
can properly be called ſo, but what will produce either
Wine or vinegar.
Theſe fermentable bodies may be reduced to the fol-
lowing claffes ;
The firſt claſs will conſiſt of the meally ſeeds, i. e.
all the grain, which, being fully ripe, and well dried,
may be reduced, by grinding to a light meal or flour,
that is neither clammy nor unctuous.
The ſecond claſs conſiſts of all the pulpy ſummer
fruits, which, when ripe, affect the tongue with the
ſenſe of acidity and ſharpneſs, as Apples, Pears,
Grapes, Goofberries, &c. Under this claſs may be
ranged all manner of bulbous pulpy roots growing in
the ground, if they are firſt deprived of their volatile
alkaline ſalt, which is apt to determine them to pu-
trefaction,
The third claſs takes in all the juicy parts of plants,
as the leaves, flowers, ftalks, and roots, provided they
are not too oily, or too alkaline; in which caſes ve-
getables will rather putrify than ferment.
The fourth claſs contains the freſh, expreſſed, and
native juices of all kinds of vegetables ; to which may
be added, all the native ſaline liquors that diſtil from
wounded plants, as the tears of the Vine, the Walnut,
the Birch-tree, &c.
Under the fifth claſs come the moſt perfect of all the
vegetable juices, viz. thoſe that are unctuous, con-
denied, and elaborated by nature herſelf, ſuch as ho-
ney, manna, ſugar, and all other kinds of concocted
juices capable of diffolving in water.
In order to fit any of the fermentable bodies for fer-
mentation, there are ſeveral particulars requiſite :
1. Maturity; the juice of unripe berries, as of Cur-
rants or Gooſberries, for inſtance, will ſcarce be
brought to ferment at all, while it is very difficult to
hinder their juice, when fully ripe, from falling ſpon-
taneouſly into fermentation.
Thus the juice of unripe Grapes, being uncapable of
fermenting, is a rough acid liquor, called' verjuice,
that will for ſeveral years remain in the ſame unactive
ftate ; but after they are come to maturity, it can no
fooner be preſſed into the veſſel, than it becomes a
fermentable ſpirituous fuid.
2. Another requiſite to prepare a body for fermenta-
tion is, that it ſhould contain only a moderate pro-
portion of oil; for if it either exceeds in the quantity,
,
or be entirely deſtitute of oil, it will never be brought
to ferment at all. Thus Almonds, Fennel-ſeeds, &c.
are always deprived of their oil before they are at-
tempted to be fermented.
3. The bodies intended for fermentation muſt not be
too acid or auftere, as is plain from the acid juices of
unripe fruit, which are not greatly diſpoſed to ferment.
The laſt thing required to fit and prepare a body to
undergo fermentation, is the property of diffolving in
water; for want of which, all acid bodies, and ſuch
woods, roots, and herbs, as are dry and hard, be-
come unfit for this operation ; for unleſs the parts of
theſe bodies are diffolved, the requiſite inteſtine moa
tion thereof will not enfue; but without ſuch motion
fermentation cannot fubfift.
Hence honey itſelf can never be made to ferment,
whilft it retains its native thick conſiſtence; but being
diffolved by heat, or let down with water, it immedi-
ately enters the ſtate of fermentation. On the other
hand, fo violently as the juice of Grapes affects this
ftate; yet if, immediately after it is expreſſed, it be
reduced, by boiling, to the conſiſtence of a jelly, it
will lie quiet, and never ferment at all, unleſs it be
again diluted, and let down with water.
Ferments are of two kinds; the natural or ſpontane-
ous, and thoſe produced by fermentation.
The ſpontaneous, or natural ferments, are;
1. All the freſh expreſſed juices of fully ripened
plants, which eaſily run into fermentation.
2. Honey, manna, fugar, and the like thick and in-
ſpiſſated vegetable juices, which cauſe a ſtrong fer-
mentation.
3. The ferments produced by fermentation are, the
freſh flowers or yeaſt of any fermenting vegetable
juice or liquor, as of Wine, beer, &c. By flowers or
yeaſt is to be underſtood that light frothy matter,
which covers the ſurface of the fermenting liquor in
the nature of a tender cruft ; and which, being added
to any other fermentable juices, will excite a fermen-
tation in them.
4. The freſh fæces or lees of any fermenting liquor,
as of Wine, ale, beer, &c. For all fermentation di-
vides the liquor, which is the ſubject of it, into three
parts, viz. the flowers or yeait, which poffefs the up-
permoſt place; the operating or fermenting fluid,
which lies in the middle ; and the groſs and ſeemingly
exhauſted matter, which, falling to the bottom of the
veſſel, is known by the name of lees, ſediments, fecu-
lence, or mother, that will, if raiſed again out of the
liquor into which it was precipitated, cauſe it to work
afreſh.
Thus, when a hogſhead of Wine has done ferment-
ing, and is fined down, if the veſſel be any way ſhaken
or diſturbed, it will grow turbid again, and ferment
anew, as vintners very well know. For ſuch as were
the flowers in the act of fermentation, ſuch is the nio-
ther after the action is over.
5. Acid pafte, or bakers leaven, which is no more
than any kind of meal brought into a cloſe lump by
means of water, after the ſame manner as common
bread is made ; for this being ſet in a warm place,
during the ſpace of four or five days, it will firſt ſwell,
then turn very acid, and at length become a ferment.
6. Thoſe ferments which reſide in, or ſtick to the
ſides of the caſks that have contained fermenting li-
quors; for ſuch caſks will of themſelves raiſe a fer-
mentation in the liquors committed to them ; and Hel-
mont was of opinion, that they might be capable of
doing this for ever.
Upon account of this inherent ferment it is, that old-
ſeaſoned veſſels, or ſuch as have been long employed
by vintners or brewers, bear ſo great a price among
them.
It is very remarkable, though a thing well known to
brewers and vintners, that a new caík checks the fer-
mentation of vinous liquors, and renders them weak
and ſpiritleſs ; for which reaſon they never chuſe to
make uſe of ſuch a caſk before it is ſeaſoned, as they
call it, by having firſt contained fome ſpirituous or fer-
mented liquor or other ; which being plentifully drank
in by the wood, the original liquor comes to be de-
prived of a large proportion of its ſpirit, and more fer-
mentable part, whence the remainder muſt needs taſte
fat and vapid.
This is certain, that ever muſt itſelf will not eaſily fer-
ment in a new pure veſſel, but with the greateſt faci-
lity, if put into one that has before contained ferment-
ing juices; for the parts of the fermenting liquors,
with which ſuch a veſſel muft have been impregnated,
preſently rouſe and determine it to action.
7. There are ſome ferments that appear to be hete-
rogeneous, or which are improperly called ferments;
3
14 U
as

W IN
WIN
a
3
as the white of an egg beat into a froth, which is uſed
when the liquor to be fermented proves too dilute or
thin to ſuſtain the operation. For in this caſe the fer-
mentable parts of the fluid eaſily extricate themſelves,
and ſo fly off for want of ſomething to detain and
keep them in the body of the liquor ; which there-
fore requires fome viſcid ſubſtance to be mixed with
it, in order to prevent this avolation of its ſubtile parts.
And this cannot be more commodiouſly effected than
by the white of an egg.
8. Of the like heterogeneous kind of ferments are
all fixed and acid ſalts. Thus, if the liquor deſigned
for fermentation be too acid to work kindly, the ad-
dition of an alkaline ſalt, as that of Vine branches, or
any faponaceous ſubſtance, will, by taking off from
the acidity, fit it for, and ſo promote the operation ;
but if the liquor be of itſelf too alkaline, then tartar,
or the like, ought to be added to it, to promote the
fermentation.
But this does not happen, becauſe either the acid or
alkaline falt is an actual ferment, as ſome chymiſts
have vehemently contended for the alkaline, becauſe
the ſalts employed reſpectively temper and take down
the predominant acid or alkali, which before hindered
the fermentation of the liquor,
And if ſuch falts ſhould in due quantities be mixed
with any proper ſubject of fermentation, poſſeſſed of
all the qualities before ſet down, as requiſite to it, the
operation would be entirely checked and prevented;
ſo that alkaline bodies may as well be ſaid to hinder,
as promote fermentation.
9. And laſtly; Of the ſame fort are certain auftere or
rough taſted ſubſtances, as all harſh and green fruit,
Pomegranate bark and flowers, the Tamariſk bark,
Crab Apples, unripe Medlars, &c. which, when the
liquor deſigned for the fermentation is too much
broken in its parts, or diffolved in its texture, bind it
together again by its aftringent quality; ſo that though
it was before too thin and aqueous, it is now reduced
to a proper conſiſtence for fermentation.
Thus, when muſt proves thin and watery, it will not
ferment kindly, unleſs ſome auftere or aftringent ingre-
dient, as red Roſe leaves, or the like, be added to it,
to thicken and improve its conſiſtence, and at the ſame
time prevent the air it contains from making too eaſy
án eſcape.
But when a liquor is too auſtere, or its roughneſs
proves ſo great, that it cannot ferment, the addition
of a fixed alkali, in a proper quantity, will remove the
obſtruction, and leave it at liberty to work.
So likewiſe, when the operation is prevented by too
large a proportion of acid in the liquor, the method is
to throw chalk, crab's eyes, bole armoniac, or the
like, into it; but if it be too unctuous or oily, as is
the caſe of ſome Spaniſh Wines, falt of tartar is made
choice of; and thus, as circumſtances alter, different
bodies are employed to ſtop or promote fermentation
in liquors.
In order for fitting the ſubjects of the ſecond claſs for
fermentation, and making vinous liquors, viz. pulpy
ſummer fruits, and the roots of bulbous plants ; in caſe
they prove crude or hard, they are to be firſt boiled in
water, and afterwards bruiſed, which will diſpoſe them
,
for fermentation ; but if ſuch ſubjects are juicy, they
may be directly ground to a pulp, or have the juice
prefied from them; or if they are very ſucculent,
there
may
be no occaſion to bruiſe them, only directly
to commit them to the preſs, and ſqueeze out all their
juice.
But if the fleſh or ſubſtance be ſtrong and tough, it
may be proper to raſp, ſhave, or cut them into ſmall
pieces, which will be of ſervice in ſome bulbous roots,
and inake them yield their juice with the greater eaſe,
and in greater plenty
Prepared fruits ſeldom ſtand in need of any thing to
make them ferment, for they generally begin to work
of their own accord; but if the weather ſhould prove
exceeding cold, or the operation proceed but lan-
guidly, it may not be amiſs to quicken it by adding a
ſmall proportion of a ferment, as a little yeaſt, thie
lees or mother of Wine; or even a little new Wine
may ſerve the turn,
The ſubjects of the third claſs, viz. the ſucculent parts
of plants, need only, in order to their fermentation,
be beat to a thick kind of palp, while they are freſh,
and mixed with a proper proportion of rain water, that
is juſt enough to dilute them; for if much water be
employed, the ſpirit will be the weaker for it.
Theſe require but very little ferment, or none at all,
to make them work in the fummer ſeaſon, and no
large proportion in the winter; but in caſe any at all
be required, nothing will prove more ſerviceable than
honey or ſugar.
The ſubjects of the fourth and fifth claſſes, viz. the
freſh native juices, and weeping liquors of vegeta-
bles, with the condenſed and unctuous juices of the
ſame, are to be diluted, and let down with rain water,
to a due conſiſtence, which is then thought to be ob-
tained, when the compound liquor will juſt keep a
new-laid
egs
afloat; but ſome vegetable juices may
naturally be of this very denſity or conſiſtence, and
in that caſe they will require no water at all. If any
be thicker or denſer, they ferment not ſo kindly; and
if thinner or rarer, they afford but a weak fpirit. Thus,
in order to ferment ſugar, treacle, or any common fy-
rup, we firſt let down the matter with water, to the
conſiſtence above-mentioned ; and then, if there be
occaſion, put yeaſt to it, to quicken the fermentation,
and make it proceed kindly.
The ſubjects of the fourth claſs, viz. the prepared re-
cent juices, and ſpontaneous tears of vegetables, are
ſo far from requiring any ferment, that it often proves
very difficult to ſtrain or check the fermentation they
naturally fall into, eſpecially if the ſeaſon be warm,
and the juices rich ; at moſt, if the weather ſhould
prove cold, they need only be ſet in a warm place to
make them work.
The ſubjects of the fifth claſs, viz. the prepared or
inſpiffated juices of vegetables, require no ferment at
all in the ſummer, and but a ſmall proportion in win-
ter, to ſet them on working; leſs than an ounce of
yeaſt to twenty pints of prepared liquor, will uſually
do for that purpoſe in the coldeſt ſeaſon ; but in hot
countries, or ſultry ſeaſons, theſe prepard juices, and
eſpecially ſugar, are of themſelves apt to fall into a
too violent fermentation, which therefore ought to be
abated by the contrary means.
All the vegetable bodies of the ſeveral claſſes deſigned
for fermentation, and prepared for it in the foregoing
manner, ought, together with their ferments, to be
committed to caſks of Oak already ſeaſoned with the
ſame kind of fermented liquor, or ſome other, conſiſt-
ing of ſubtile and penetrating parts. Then thoſe caſks
or veſſels having their bung-holes lightly covered with
a thin or ſingle cloth, and being ſet in a warm place,
the liquor will ferment.
The mouths of the veſſels are thus ſlightly covered
over, that the air may have a free paſſage in and out of
,
them, for they are here deſigned to ſerve as vent-holes ;
and theſe veſſels are ordered of wood, becauſe fer-
mentation is never obſerved to be ſo well carried on
in thoſe of glazed earth or glaſs; though on account
of their tranſparency, it is ſometimes performed in
the latter, that the phænomena may be better ob-
ſerved.
The preparatory buſineſs of fermentation hitherto de
fcribed, has been carried on by art, but nature muſt
now perform the reſt of the work; ſo that we are
here only concerned to obſerve the phenomena which
ariſe in the operation.
When therefore any fermentable body is prepared af-
ter the manner above delivered, and with its due pro-
portion of a ferment, committed to a large ſtrong
glafs veſſel, ſtanding in a warm place;
1. The whole body of the liquor ſoon begins to ſwell,
heave, rarefy, and ſend up little bubbles to the top of
the veffel, where they burſt with an audible noiſe,
and form into froth. Now the liquor which was be-
fore
а
а
3

WIN
W IN
a
a
ous parts, and grows ſoft, and loſes of its acidity, by
throwing off its tartar.
And the longer it is thus ſuffered to ſtand, the more
itrength it gains, of the more fpirit it will yield in
diftillation.
Thus, for inſtance; malt liquors, newly brewed, af-
ford but a ſmall quantity of inflammable ſpirit; but
if ſuffered to remain for ſome weeks in the veſſel, till
they become fine and clean, they will yield a much
greater proportion: though to avoid fo great an ap-
paratus of veſſels as would then be required, malt fi-
quors, brewed, in order to make ſpirits, are ſeldom
kept, but immediately after fermentation committed
to the ſtill. And hence we are furniſhed with a rea-
fon, why all ſtale vinous liquors are ſtronger, and in-
ebriate fooner, than ſuch as are new.
The phyſical effeEts.
fore tranſparent, grows opaque, and a violent unin-
terrupted inteſtine motion manifeſts itſelf therein.
2. The parts of the fermenting fluid appear to be
incredibly elaſtic, and the motion of them exceeding
violent. Indeed, by means of this property of fer-
mentation, very terrifying and ſurpriſing actions may
be performed. Thus, if a hundred pints of muft were,
on ſome warm day in autumn, to be confined cloſe in
a veffel of Oak above an inch thick in the ſides, and
made ever ſo tight and ſtrong with iron hoops, yet
could not this prevent the working of the liquor ; but
in ſpite of ſo great a reſiſtance, it would burit the vef-
ſel, with a report as loud as that of a cannon.
And therefore the way to preſerve new Wine in the
ftate of muft is, to put it up in very ſtrong but ſmall
caſks, firmly cloſed on all fides; by which means it
will be kept from fermenting, and then it goes by the
name of ftum : but if it ſhould happen to fall into fer-
mentation, the readieſt and only way to ſtop it, is by
the fume of ſulphur, or ſomething of the like nature.
Were it not for the knowledge of this property of
burning ſulphur, the wine merchants and vintners
might frequently ſuſtain great damages from the
burſting of their veſſels, when the liquor is upon the
fret, or, by ſome alteration in the air, or other acci-
dent, begins to ferment again: but the ſmoke of a
little common brimſtone, or a lighted match dipped
in it, and held under a caſk of Wine that is juſt
ready to burſt its hoops, will calm its fury, and make
it fubfide as ſuddenly as a ſpoonful of oil, thrown
into a large foaming copper of boiling ſugar, takes
down its heat, and prevents the miſchief it might
otherwiſe occaſion.
3. A thick ſkin, or cruſty ſeurf, forms itſelf on the
Turface, through which the elaſtic or fermenting mat-
ter is continually breaking. This cruſt appears to be
the principal cauſe of fermentation ; for it keeps in,
or prevents the ſpirituous part of the liquor from fly-
ing off; and if it be frequently broken, it puts a
check to the fermentation, and will often entitely ſtop
it, if wholly taken away.
4. This ſkin or cruſt, which we now call flowers or
yeaft, gradually confumes and precipitates to the
bottom of the liquor ; in which caſe it is called by
the name of fæces or mother; and after this, the fiuid
above it immediately becomes tranſparent again, ceaſes
to hiſs and bubble, has a very penetrating, pungent,
ſpirituous, or vinous taſte and icent, with a mixture
of acidity and ſweetneſs. And now the liquor, hav-
ing undergone the operation of fermentation, is be-
come Wine.
The vapour ariſing from the liquor, during its fer-
mentation, ought not to be approached too near, or
breathed in too great a quantity, becauſe it is highly
poiſonous; and, if it prove not mortal, may at leaſt
render the perſon apoplectic and paralytic. We have
accounts in the French and German Tranſactions, of
people who were immediately ſtruck dead, by receiv-
ing at the noſe the fumes that iſſued from large veſſels
of Wine, in the frate of fermentation.
And now, if the liquor thus fermented be ſtopped
down cloſe, it will begin to feed upon and digeſt its
own lees or mother, and at length conſume them; in
which caſe we commonly fay, the Wine begins to ri-
pen; and afterwards, this mother ſhoots to the ſides
of the containing veſſel, and there appears in the form
of an eſſential ſalt, which is then called tartar.
The ſpace of time required for finiſhing the fermenta-
tion differs with the ſubject matter, the ſeaſon of the
year, the nature of the place, and other circumſtances;
but it is known to be perfectly performed by the ſe-
veral phænomena juft now mentioned.
As ſoon as the flowers fall to the bottom, the veffel
ſhould be bunged down, otherwiſe the volatile part
would fly off, and the fermented liquor become vapid
and flat.
In this ſtate it ought to ſtand for ſome weeks in a cool
place, by which means it will grow ſtronger, and
more liquid; for during this time, it imbibes and con-
Lumes its own fæces, which abound in ſubtile ſpiritu-
The phyſical properties of a vinous liquor, prepared
in the manner above deſcribed, are thoſe which
follow :
1. It will have an inebriating quality, when received
into the body; and nothing is properly poſſeſſed of
this quality, but what has been firſt fermented.
For if a perſon ſhould eat ever ſuch a quantity of
Grapes, or drink ever ſo freely of muſt, he might in-
deed bring a looſeneſs upon himſelf by that means,
but he would not be fuddled. So likewiſe to take
down large draughts of ſweet-wort, or the tincture of
malt, might throw one into a violent vomiting and
flux, but never produce the ſymptoms of drunkenneſs.
And whatever ſome pretend, as to Mandrake, Hem-
lock, Poppies, opium, and the like, the effects they
have upon the human body are rather ſtupefying than
inebriating; but drunkenneſs is different from itupe-
faction.
An over doſe of vinous liquors makes a man briſk,
lively, and joyful, or diſpoſes him to fing, dance, or
be merry ; at length however, his legs will not fup-
port him; and, if the fit be violent, he grows furi-
ous, raving, or paralytic, and ſo he dies.
But opium has not theſe effects; it brings on a pro-
found ſleep; and he who has taken too much of it,
dies lethargic.
2. Wine has the faculty of heating the body. No-
thing appears to cool the body more than Currants ;
yet the wine prepared from them is very heating.
The like is to be underſtood of Cherries, and all fer-
mentable bodies, though ever ſo cold, for theſe will
afford a vinous liquor.
3. It is inflammable, and will mix with water.
4. It contains tartar, and affords it after the fermen-
tation is over. This tartar is the eſſential falt of the
vegetable made uſe of, and differs from the lees or
mother, being reſolvable by diſtillation into a water,
a ſpirit, two kinds of oil, an alkaline ſalt, and earth.
All fermented vegetables afford it. Muſt yields a fe-
culent ſalt, and no tartar; but if once it works, ſo as
to become pure Wine, it will, in the ſpace of half a
year, throw off a clean tartar, which therefore appears
to be the effect of a perfect fermentation, and accord-
ingly is never obtained without it.
5. It retains neither the colour, taſte, nor ſmell of
the ſpecific vegetable from which it is made Thus
we have ſeen, that Roſemary affords a quite different
water, after it has been fermented, from what it did
before. Thus fermented Hydromel, malt liquors,
treacles, ſugar, &c. yield ſpirits by diſtillation, that
cannot be diſtinguiſhed from one another.
The Grapes of fome countries are as ſweet as honey,
and fo is their muſt before fermentation, yet the
Wine prepared from either, may have little or no
ſweetneſs, and ſometimes even gain a degree of acidi-
ty. It is not eaſy to believe that Rheniſh Wine ſhould
proceed from ſo ſweet a Grape as it does.
6. It acquires a ſomewhat acid and ſpirituous taſte and
ſmell. The taſte of honey or malt, &c. is ſweet, and
their ſcent ſcarce perceivable, before you commit
them to fermentation ; but, after having undergone
that
а
a
3

W IN
W IN
a
.
9
3
a
that operation, they are leſs ſweet, but ſharper upon it has been ſettled a few days, rack it off with great
the tongue, and affect the noſe with a briſk, ſpiritu- improvement.
ous, or vinous odour.
To fine it down, they put ſhavings of green Beech
7. It contains the volatile ſalt and oil of the vegeta- into the caſk, but they firſt take off all the rind, and
ble, attenuated, and reduced into one ſpirit, as may boil them an hour in water to extract their rankneſs,
and afterward dry them in the ſun, or an oven. A
appear by the chemical analyſis of a fermented ſubject.
8. It renders the oil of the vegetable more volatile peck of theſe will ſerve for a hogſhead of Wine ;
than the water. When an unfermentable vegetable is they put it in a gentle working, and purify it in
diſtilled, the firſt thing that comes over is water, and twenty-four hours ; they alſo give it an agreeable
the next the effential oil, but the contrary is obſerved flavour.
after fermentation; for, by that operation, the oil is Some ſweeten their Wines with Raiſins of the ſun,
rendered more volatile than the water, and therefore trod in the vat with the Grapes, they having been
riſes firſt in diſtillation, having been broken and firſt plumped by boiling; others by boiling half the
ground fo fine by the preceding operation, as now to muft, ſcumming it, and tunning it up hot with the
come over the helm, not in its own form, as before, other.
but as the fineſt and moſt volatile part of the fer- Wine is diſtinguiſhed, from the ſeveral degrees and
mented liquor, capable of uniting with water.
ſteps of its preparation, into,
The things that promote fermentation are,
1. Mere-goute, (mother-drop,) which is the virgin
1. Reft; by means of which the cruſt on the ſurface Wine, or that which runs of itſelf out of the tap of
may remain unbroken, for it is this cruſt that prevents the vat, before the Grapes are trodden.
the ſpirituous part from flying off.
2. The muft, ſurmouſt, or ſcum, which is the Wine
2. A free admiſſion of the external air, ſo that it may or liquor in the vat, after the Grapes have been trod-
come at the internal parts of the fermenting fluid;
den in the vat.
for, according to Mr. Boyle, if a fermenting liquor be 3. The preſſed Wine, or vin de preſſurage, which is
put into his exhauſted receiver, the operation imme-
that ſqueezed with a preſs out of the Grapes, half-
diately ceaſes.
bruiſed by treading.
3. A moderate degree of warmth ; for too great heat, 4. Boiſſon, or draught Wine. This is made of the
and too great cold, are the bane of fermentation. huſks left of the Grapes, which are called rape or
4. A proper ſeaſon of the year ; that is, when the marc, by throwing water upon which and preſſing
vegetables of the fame ſpecies with that made uſe of afreſh, they make a liquor for ſervants.
are in their bloom, for it is then their juices are moſt
in motion ; accordingly we find, when Vines are in the
Wines are alſo diſtinguiſhed into
hloffon, the Wines of former years growth will again
fpontaneouſly run into fermentation. When theſe ſe- Vin doux, or ſweet Wine, which is that which has
veral conditions meet, fermentation is performed to not yet worked nor boiled.
the beſt advantage.
Bourou; that which has been prevented working by
The things which check or hinder fermentation are, caſting in cold water.
1. Too large a proportion of acid ſalts, ſuch as ſpirit Wine of the cuve, or worked Wine, i.e. that which
or oil of vitriol, oil of ſulphur per Campanam, ſpirit has been let to work in the vat to give it a colour.
of ſalt, &c. Thus, when any liquor ferments too vi- Vin cuit, i.e. boiled Wine ; that which has had a
olently, a few drops of oil put into it, or the burning boiling before it worked, and which, by that means,
a little fulphur under or near the veſſel will immedi- ſtill retains its native ſweetneſs.
ately check and reſtrain its fury.
Vin paſſé, i. e. ftrained Wine; that which is made
2. An over-proportion of fixed alkalies ; ſuch are falt
by ſteeping dry Grapes in water, and letting it ferment
of tartar, pot-aſhes, or ſaponaceous bodies.
of itſelf.
3. Terreſtrial alkalies, as chalk, marl, crabs eyes, &c. The goodneſs of Wine conſiſts in its being neat, dry,
4. A cloſe ſtopping up of the veſſel.
clear, fine, briſk, without any taſte of the ſoil, of a
5. A great degree of cold.
clean ſteady colour; in its having a ſtrength, with-
6. A violent compreſſion of the air in a veſſel, which out being heady, a body without being four, and its
Mr. Boyle has ſhewn, will ſtop fermentation, as well keeping without growing hard.
as taking out the air by means of his pneumatic After Wines have been made, they require to be ma-
engine.
naged according to their different ſtate and circum-
ftances. We ſhall therefore conſider them under theſe
Some ſort general directions as to the making of Wines. four general heads following:
1. The natural purification or clarification of Wines,
Wine is made of Grapes, by ſtamping them in a vat, whereby, of themſelves, they paſs from the ſtate of
or cruſhing and expreſſing the juice out of them in a crudity and turbulency, to that of maturity, by de-
preſs, and then fermenting, &c.
grees growing clear, fine, and potable.
In the ſouthern part of France their method is, for 2. The unſeaſonable workings, frettings, and other
red Wines, to tread the Grapes, or ſqueeze them be- fickneſſes, to which, from either internal or external
tween their hands, and to let the whole ſtand, juice and accidents, they are afterward ſubject.
huiks, till the tincture be in colour as they would have 3. Their ſtate of declination or decay, wherein they
it, and then they preſs it; but for white Wines, they degenerate from their goodneſs and pleaſantneſs, be-
preſs the Grapes immediately.
coming palled, or turning into vinegar.
When they have been preſſed, they tun the muſt, and 4. The ſeveral artifices uſed to them, in each of theſe
ſtop up the veſſel, leaving the caik empty about the ſtates and conditions. As to the firſt, viz. the na-
depth of half a foot, or better, to give room for its tural clarification of new Wines, two things occur,
working
which deſerve confideration; the manner how, and
At the end of ten days they fill this ſpace with ſome the cauſe by which the ſame is effected.
other proper Wine, that will not provoke it to work As for the manner, it is to be obſerved, that Wine,
again, repeating this every ten days for ſome time: while yet in the muft, is uſually put into open veſſels,
new Wine ſpending itſelf a little before it be perfect. the abundance and force of the ſpirits, i. e. the more
About Paris, and in the northern parts of France, they ſubtile and active parts therein contained, being then
let the marc and muſt ſtand two days and nights for ſo great as not to endure being impriſoned in cloſe
white Wines, and at leaſt a week for claret Wines, be- ones; at which time it appears troubled, thick, and
fore they tun it, and while it continues working, they feculent, all parts of it being violently moved and agi-
keep it as warm as poſſible.
tated, ſo that the whole maſs of the liquor ſeems to
Some, upon ſtopping it up for good and all, roll the boil like water in a cauldron over the fire.
calk about the cellar to mix it with the lees, and after
a
a
а
This

WIN
V IN
a
This tumulo being in fome degree compoſed, and the
gas ſylveſtre (as Van Helmont calls it,) or wilder ſpirit
fufficiently evaporated, they then pour the muft into
cloſe veffels, there to be farther defecated by continu-
ance of the fame motion of fermentation, reſerving
the froſt or flower of it, and putting the ſame into
ſmall caſks hooped with iron, left otherwiſe the force
of it might break them.
This flower thus feparated, is what they call ftum,
either by tranſpoſition of the letters in the word muſt,
or from the word ſtum, which in High Dutch fignifies
mute, becauſe this liquor (as one may fay,) is hindered
from that maturity, by which it ſhould ſpeak its good-
neſs and wholeſomeneſs.
This being done, they leave the reſt of the Wine to
finiſh its own fermentation, during which it is pro-
bable that the ſpirituous parts impel and diffuſe the
groſſer and feculent parts up and down in a confuſed
and tumultuous manner, until, all being diſpoſed in
their proper regions, the liquor becomes more pure
in ſubſtance, more tranſparent to the eye, more pi-
quant and guftful to the palate, more agreeable to
the ſtomach, and more nutritive to the body.
The impurities being thus ſeparated from the liquor,
are upon chemical examinations, found to conſiſt of
falts, ſulphur (each of which is impregnated with ſome
fpirits,) and much earth, which being now diffociated
from the pureit fpirits, either mutually cohere, coa-
gulate, and affix themſelves to the fides of the veſſels
in form of a ſtony cruft, which is called tartar and
argol, or link to the bottom in a muddy ſubſtance,
like the grounds of ale or beer, which is called the
lees of Wine. And this is the proceſs of nature, in
the clarification of all Wines, by an orderly fermen-
tation.
As for the principal agent, or efficient cauſe of this
operation, it ſeems to be no other but the ſpirit of
the Wine itſelf, which moving every way in the maſs
of the liquor, thereby diffolves that common tye of
mixture, whereby all the heterogeneous parts thereof
were combined and blended together; and having
gotten itſelf free, at length abandons them to the ten-
dency of their gravity, and other properties, which,
they ſoon obeying, each kind conforts with its like,
and betaking themſelves to their ſeveral places or re-
gions, leave the liquor to the poffeffion and govern-
ment of its nobleſt principle, the ſpirit. For this ípi-
rit, as it is the life of the Wine, doubtleſs it is alſo
the cauſe of its purity and vigour, in which the per-
fection of that life ſeems to conſiſt.
From the natural fermentation of the Wines, we
paſs to the accidental ; from their ſtate of foundneſs,
to that of their fickneſs, which is the ſecond general
head.
We have the teſtimony of experience, that frequent-
ly even thoſe Wines that are good and generous, are
invaded by unnatural and fickly commotions, or
(as the Wine coopers call them) workings ; during
which they are turbulent in motion, thick of conſiſt-
ence, unfavoury in taſte, unwholefonie in uſe, and,
after which, they undergo fundry alterations for the
worſe.
The cauſes of this may be either internal or external.
Among the internal, the chief place may be aſſigned
to the exceſſive quantity of tartar, or of lees, which
contain much ſalt and ſulphur, and continually ſend
forth into the liquor abundance of quick and active
particles, that like ftum, or other adventitious fer-
ment, put it into a freſh tumult or confuſion, which,
if not in time allayed, the Wine either grows rank or
pricking, or elſe turns four, by reaſon that the ful-
phur being too much exalted above the reſt of the
elements or ingredients, predominates over the pure
ſpirits, and affects the whole maſs of liquor with ſharp-
neſs or acidity; or elſe it comes to paſs, that the ſpi-
rits being ſpent and nown away in the commotion,
the ſalt, diffolved and ſet afloat, obtains the maſtery
over the other ſimilar parts, and introduceth rankneſs
or ropineſs,
Nay, if thoſe commotions chance to be ſuppreſſed be-
fore, the Wine is thereby much depraved, yeć do
they always leave ſuch ill impreſſions, as more or leſs
alienate Wine from the goodneſs of its former ſtate,
in colour, conſiſtence, and taſte.
For hereby all Wines acquire a deeper tincture, i. e.
a thicker body or conſiſtence ; facks and white Wines
changing from a clear white to a cloudy yellow; and
claret loſing its bright red for a dufkih Orange co-
lour, and ſometimes for a tawney. In like manner
they degenerate alſo in taſte, and affect the palate
with foulneſs, roughneſs, and rancidity, very un-
pleaſant.
Among the external are commonly reckoned the too
frequent or violent motion of Wines, after their fet-
tlement in their veſſels; immoderate heat, thunder,
or the report of cannon, and the admixture of any
exotic body, which will not ſymbolize or agree, and
incorporate with them ; eſpecially the fleſh of vipers,
which has been frequently obſerved to induce a very
great acidity upon even the ſweeteſt and fulleſt-bodied
Malaga and Canary Wines.
This brings us, in the next place, to the third pre-
vious thing conſiderable ; viz. the palling or flatting
of Wines, and their declining towards vinegar, before
they have attained to their Itate of maturity and per-
fection.
Of this the greateſt and neareſt cauſe ſeems to be their
jejuneneſs and poverty of ſpirits, either native or ad-
ventitious :
Native, when the Grapes themſelves are of a poor
and hungry kind, or gathered unripe, or nipt by early
frots, or half ſtarved in their growth, by a dry and
unkindly ſeaſon, or too full of watery parts":
Adventitious, when the liquor, rich perhaps, and
generous enough at firſt, comes afterwards to be im.
poveriſhed by loſs of ſpirits, either by oppreſſion, or
by exhauſtion.
The ſpirits of Wine may be oppreſſed, when the
quantity of impurities or dregs, with which they are
combined, is ſo great, and their crudity, viſcoſity,
and tenacity, ſo ſtubborn, that they can neither over-
come them, nor deliver them from the adheſion; but
are forced to yield to the obſtinacy of the matter on
which they ſhould operate, and ſo to remain unactive
and clogged, as may be exemplified in the coarſe
Wines of Moravia, which, by reaſon of their great
auſterity and roughneſs, ſeldom attain to a due exal-
tation of their ſpirits, but ſtill remain turbulent,
thick, and in a ſtate of crudity, and therefore eaſy
pall; in which reſpect they are condemned by ſome
German phyſicians, as bad for generating the ſcurvy,
and adminiſtering matter for the ſtone and gout, they
yielding more of the tartar than other Wines.
The ſpirits of Wine may be exhauſted or conſumed,
either ſuddenly or gradually; ſuddenly, by lightning,
which ſpoils Wine, not by congelation or fixation of
its fpirits; for then ſuch Wines might be capable of
being reſtored by ſuch means as are apt to reinforce
and volatilize the ſpirits again, contrary to what
hath been found by experience ; but perhaps by dif-
gregation, and putting them to flight, ſo as to leave
the liquor dead, palled, and never to be revived by
any ſupply
Gradually, two ways; viz. by unnatural fermenta-
tion; of the ill effects of which, fomething has been
already ſaid ; or by heat from without; of which we
have an inſtance in the making of vinegar, which com-
monly is done by ſetting the veſſels of Wine againſt
the hot ſun, which, beating upon the maſs of liquor,
and rarefying the finer parts thereof, gives wings to
the fugitive ſpirits to fly away together with the purer
and more volatile ſulphur, leaving the remainder to
the dominion of the falt, which foon debaſeth and in-
fecteth it with fourneſs.
This being the common manner of turning Wine into
vinegar, in all ages, and in all countries, it
may
be
doubted, whether fpirit of Wine may be drawn out
of vinegar, notwithſtanding it hath been delivered as
practicable by Sennertus himſelf.
a
14 X
The

W IN
W IN
a
The times of the year when Wines are obſerved to be
moſt prone to ferment and fret, and then to grow
qually (as it is called,) that is, turbulent and foul,
are Midſummer and Allhallowride, when our vint-
ners are wont to rack them from their grofs lees, ef-
pecially Rheniſh, which commonly grows fick in
June, if not racked; and they chuſe to do it in the
wane of the moon, and fair weather, the wind being
northerly.
Having thus ſuccinctly recounted the moſt remarka-
ble diſtempers of Wines, gueſſed at their reſpective
caufes, and touched upon the times, it is proper to
proceed to their uſual remedies ; fuch, at leaſt, as
may be collected from Wine coopers and vintners;
which is the fourth and laſt part propoſed to be treat-
ed of.
To begin therefore with ſome of the artifices uſed to
Wines when yet in muſt; it is obſervable, that tho',
to raiſing a fermentation in them at that time, there
is not ſo much need of any additional ferment, as there
is in the wort of ale, beer, hydromel, metheglin,
and other forts of drinks, familiar to us in England;
becauſe the juice of the Grape is repleniſhed with
generous fpirits, fufficient of themſelves to begin
that work; yet it is uſual in ſome countries to put
quick lime either upon the Grapes, when they are
preſſing, or into the muſt; to the end that, by the
force and quickneſs of its faline and fiery particles,
the liquor may be both accelerated and alliſted in
the working
For the ſame reaſon perhaps, it is, that the Spaniards
mix with their Wines, while they are yet flowing from
the preſs, a certain thing they call gieſſo, which pro-
bably is a kind of gypſum or plaiſter, whereby the
Wines are made more durable, of a paler colour, and
pleaſanter taſte; others put into the calk ſhavings of
Fir, Oak, or Beech, for the ſame purpoſe.
Again; though the firſt fermentation ſucceeds gene-
rally well, ſo that the whole maſs of liquor is thereby
delivered from the groſs lee; yet ſometimes it happens
either through ſcarcity of ſpirits at firſt, or through
immoderate cold, that ſome part of thoſe impurities
,
remain confuſed and floating therein.
Now, in this caſe, Wine coopers put into the Wine
certain things to haften and help its clarification ; ſuch
as being of groſs and viſcous parts, may adhere to the
,
floating lee, and ſinking, carry it with them to the
bottom ; of which fort are ifinglaſs, and the whites
of eggs, or ſuch as, meeting with the groſſer and
earthy particles of the lee, diffociate and fink them
by their gravity; of which kind are the powders of
alabaſter, calcined flints, white marble, roche allum,
&c.
The Grecians, at this day, have a peculiar way of
ſpurring nature, in fining and ripening the ſtrongeſt
and moſt generous Wines; and this is done by adding
to them, when they begin to work, a proportionate
quantity of ſulphur and allum; not (as is very proba-
ble) to prevent their fuming up to the head, and ine-
briating, according to the conjecture of that great
man, the Lord St. Albans; for, notwithſtanding this
mixture, they caufe drunkenneſs as ſoon, if not ſooner
than other Wines ; nor are men intoxicated with the
vapours of Wine flying up immediately from the fto-
mach into the brain ; but only to excite and promote
fermentation, and haſten their clarification that enſues
thereupon; the fulphur perhaps helping to attenuate
and divide thoſe groſs and viſcid parts, wherewith
Greek Wine abounds, and the allum conducing to
the fpeedier precipitation of them afterwards. And a
learned traveller relates, that ſome merchants put into
every pipe of their Greek Wine a jill, or thereabouts,
of the chemical oil of ſulphur, in order to preſerve it
the longer clear and found :
Which, though it is very probable, becauſe the ſul-
phur is known to reſiſt putrefaction in liquors, yet one
would decline the uſe of Wines fo preſerved, unleſs in
time of peftilential infection.
But of all ways of the haſtening the clarification and
ripening of Wine, none ſeems to be more eaſy, or
leſs noxious, than that borrowed from one of the an-
cients by the Lord Chancellor Bacon ; which is, by
putting the Wine into veſſels well ſtopped, and letting
it down into the ſea.
That this practice was very ancient, is manifeſt from
that diſcourſe of Plutarch, Quæſt. Natur. 27. about
the efficacy of cold upon muſt, whereof he gives this
reaſon, That cold, not ſuffering the muft to ferment,
by ſuppreffing the activity of the ſpirits therein con-
tained, conſerveth the ſweetneſs thereof a long time;
which is not improbable; becauſe experience teaches,
that ſuch as make their vintage in a rainy ſeaſon, can-
not get their muſt to ferment well in a vault, unleſs
they cauſe great fires to be made near the caſks; the
rain mixed with the muſt, together with the ambient
cold, hindering the motion of fermentation, which
ariſes chiefly from heat.
That the ſame is frequent at this day alſo, may be
collected from what Mr. Boyle has obſerved in his
Hiſtory of Cold, on the relation of a Frenchman ;
viz. that the way to keep Wine long in the muſt in
(
which the ſweetneſs makes many to deſire it) is, to tun
it up inmediately from the preſs; and before it begins
to work, to let down the veſſels, cloſely and firmly
ſtopped, into a well, or deep river, there to remain
for fix or eight weeks ; during which time the liquor
will be ſo confirmed in its ſtate of crudity, as to re-
tain the ſame, together with its ſweetneſs, for many
months after, without any ſenſible fermentation.
But it may be objected, How can theſe two ſo different
effects, the clarification of new Wine, and the con-
ſervation of Wine in the muſt, be derived from one
and the ſame cauſe, the cold of the Water ?
But this may be conceived without much difficulty;
for it ſeems not unreaſonable, that the ſame cold
which hinders muſt from fermenting, ſhould yet ac-
celerate and promote the clarification of Wine after
fermentation, in the firſt, by giving a check to the
;
ſpirit before it begins to move and act upon the crude
maſs of liquor, ſo that it cannot in a long time after
recover ſtrength enough to work ; in the latter, by
keeping in the pure and genuine ſpirit, otherwiſe ape
to exhale ; and rendering the flying lee more prone to
ſubſide, and ſo making the Wine much ſooner clear,
fine, and potable. Thus much concerning the helps
of new Wine.
The general and principal remedy for the preterna-
tural or fickly commotions incident to Wines after
their firſt clarification, and tending to their impove-
riſhment or decay, is racking, i.e. drawing them
from their lees into freſh veſſels.
Which yet being ſometimes inſufficient to preſerve
them, vintners find it neceſſary to pour into them a
large quantity of new milk, as well to blunt the ſharp-
neſs of the fulphureous parts now ſet afloat and exalt-
ed, as to precipitate them, and other impurities, to
the bottom by adheſion.
But, taught by experience, that by this means the
genuine ſpirits of the Wine alſo are much fatted and
impaired, (for the lee, though it makes the liquor
turbid, doth yet keep the Wine in heart, and con-
duce to its duration ;) therefore, leſt ſuch Wines
ſhould pall and die upon their hands, as of neceſity
they muſt, they draw them for fale as faſt as they can
vend them.
For the ſame diſeaſe they have divers other remedies,
particularly accommodated to the nature of the Wine
that needs them: to inſtance a few;
For Spaniſh Wines diſturbed by a flying lee, they
have this receipt : Make a parell (as they call it) of
the whites of eggs, bay falt, milk, and conduit wa-
ter; beat them well together in a convenient veſſel,
then pour them into a pipe of Wine (having firſt drawn
out a gallon or two to make room,) and blow off the
froth very clean; hereby the tumult will in two or
three days be compoſed, the liquor refined, and drink
pleaſantly, but will not continue to do ſo long; and
therefore they adviſe to rack it from the milky bot-
tom, after a week's ſettlement, left otherwiſe it ſhould
drink foul, and change colour.
IF
a
3
a

WIN
W IN
و
а
a
If facks or Canary Wines chance to boil over, draw
off four or five gallons; then putting into the Wine
two gallons of milk, from which the cream hath been
ſkimmed, beat them till they are thoroughly mixed
together, and add a pennyworth of roche allum, dried
in a fire-ſhovel, and powdered, and as much of white
itarch ; after this take the white of eight or ten eggs,
a handful of bay ſalt, and having beaten them toge-
ther in a tray, put them alſo into the Wine, filling up
the pipe again, and letting the Wine ſtand two or three
days; in which time the Wine will recover to be fine
and bright to the eye, and quick to the taſte; but
you must be ſure to draw it off that bottom very ſoon,
and ſpend it as faſt as you can.
For claret, in like manner diſtempered with a flying
lee, they make uſe of this artifice :
They take two pounds of the powder of pebble ſtones,
baked in an oven, the whites of ten or twelve eggs,
a handful of bay falt; and having beaten them well
together in two gallons of the Wine, they mix them
with that in the caſk, and after two or three days draw
off the Wine from the bottom.
The fame parell ſerves alſo for white Wines upon the
fret, by the turbulency and riſing of their lee.
To cure Rheniſh of its fretting (to which it is moſt
prone a little after Midſummer, as was before ob-
ſerved,) they feldom uſe any other art but giving it
vent, and covering the Caken bung with a tile or
flaté, from which they carefully wipe off the filth
purged from the Wine by exhalations; and after the
commotion is by this means compoſed, and much of
the frerting matter caſt forth, they let it remain quiet
for a fortnight, or thereabouts, and then rack in into
a freſh caik, newly fumed with a fulphurated match.
As for the various accidents that frequently enſue,
and vitiate Wine (after thoſe before-mentioned re-
boilings, notwithſtanding their ſuppreſſion before they
were incurable ;) you may remember they have all
been referred to ſuch as alter and deprave Wines, ei-
ther in colour or conſiſtence, or taſte, or ſmell. Now
for each of theſe maladies our vintners are provided
of a cure.
To reſtore Spaniſh and Auſtrian Wines grown yellow
or browniſh, they add to them ſometimes milk alone,
and ſometimes milk and ifinglaſs well diffolved there-
in; ſometimes milk and white ſtarch ; by which they
force the exalted fulphur to ſeparate from the liquor,
and ſink to the bottom ; fo reducing the Wine to its
former clearneſs and whiteneſs.
The ſame effect they produce with a compoſition of
Iris roots and falt-petre, of each four or five ounces,
the whites of eight or ten eggs, and a competent
quantity of common falt, mixed and beaten in the
Wine.
To amend claret decayed in colour, firſt they rack
it upon a freſh lee, either of Alicant or red Bourdeaux
Wine; then they take three pounds of Turnſole, and
ſteep it all night in two or three gallons of the ſame
Wine; and having ſtrained the infuſion thro' a bag,
they pour the tincture into a hogſhead (ſometimes they
fuffer it firſt to fine itſelf in a rundlet,) and then cover
the bung-hole with a tile, and ſo let it ſtand for two
or three days, in which time the Vine uſually becomes
well-coloured and bright.
Some fuſe only the tincture of Turnſole.
Others take half a buſhel of full ripe Elder-berries,
pick them from their ſtalks, bruiſe them, and put the
ftrained juice into a hogſhead of diſcoloured claret,
and fo make it drink briſk, and appear bright.
Others, if the claret be otherwiſe ſound, and the lee
good, overdraw three or four gallons; then repleniſh
the veſſel with as much good red Wine, and roll it
upon its bed, leaving it reverſed all night; and then
next morning they turn it again, ſo as the bung-hole
may be uppermoſt; which ſtopped, they leave the
Wine to fine.
But in all theſe caſes they obſerve to ſet ſuch newly re-
covered Wines abroach the very next day after they
are fined, and to draw them for ſale ſpeedily,
To correct Wines faulty in conſiſtence, i. e. ſuch as
are lumpilh, foul, or ropy;
They generally make uſe of the powders of burnt
allum, lime chalk plaiſter, Spaniſh white, calcined
marble, bay ſalt, and other the like bodies, which
cauſe a precipitation of the groſs and viſcid parts of
the Wine then afloat: as for example;
For attenuation of Spaniſh Wines that are foul and
lumpiſh, having firſt racked them into a newly ſcent-
ed caſk, they make a parell of burnt allum, bay falt,
and conduit water ; then they add to theſe a quart of
Bean flour, or powder of Rice; and if the Wine be
brown and duſky, milk, otherwiſe not; and beating
all theſe well together with the Wine, blow off the
froth, and cover the bung with a clean tile or ftone.
Laſtly, they rack the Wine again after a few days, and
put it into a caſk well ſcented.
The manner of ſcenting caſks is as follows:
They take four ounces of brimſtone, one ounce of
burnt allum, and two ounces of aqua vitæ ; theſe
may be put together in an earthen pan or pipkin, and
hold them over a chafing-diſh of glowing coals, till
the brimſtone is melted and runs; then they dip there-
in a little piece of new canvas, and inſtantly ſprinkle
thereon the powders of Nutmegs, Cloves, Coriander,
and Aniſe-ſeeds. This canvas they fire, and let it
burn out in the bung-hole, ſo as the fume may be re-
ceived into the veffeland this is ſaid to be the beſt
fcent for all Wines.
To prevent the foulneſs and ropineſs of Wines, the
old Romans uſed to mix fea water with their muſt.
To cure the ropineſs of claret, the vintners, as well
French as Engliſh, have many remedies ; of which
theſe that follow are the moſt uſual :
Firſt they give the Wine the parell, then draw it
from the lee, after the clarification by that parell;
this done, they infuſe two pounds of Tournfole in
good fack all night ; and the next day, putting the
ſtrained infuſion into a hogſhead of Wine with a ſpring
funnel, leave it to fine, and after draw it for excellent
Wine.
Another is this: they make a lee of the aſhes of Vine
branches, or of Oaken leaves, and pour it into the
Wine hot, and after ſtirring, leave it to ſettle; the
quantity of a quart of lee to a pipe of Wine.
A third is only ſpirit of Wine ; which, put into a
muddy claret, ſerves to the refining it effectually and
ſpeedily; the proportion being a pint of ſpirit to a
hogſhead ; but this is not to be uſed in ſharp and
When white Wines grow foul and tawny, they only
rack them on a freſh lee, and give them time to fine.
For the mending of Wines that offend in taſte, vint-
ners have few other correctives, but what conduce to
clarification ; nor do they indeed much need variety
in the caſe, feeing all unſavourineſs of Wines whatever
proceeds from their impurities ſet afloat, and the do
minion of others, their fulphureous or faline parts,
over the finer and ſweeter; which cauſes are removed
chiefly by precipitation.
For all clarification of liquors may be referred to one
of theſe three cauſes :
1. Separation of the groſſer parts of the liquor from
the finer.
2. The equal diſtribution of the ſpirits of the liquor,
which always renders bodies clear and untroubled.
3. The refining of the ſpirit itſelf.
And the two latter are conſequents of the firſt, which
is effected chiefly by precipitation, the inſtruments
whereof are weight and viſcoſity of the body mixed
with it; the one cauſing it to cleave to the groſs parts
of the liquor flying up and down in it, the other
finking them to the bottom.
But this being more than vintners commonly under-
ſtand, they reft not in clarification alone, having
found out certain ſpecifics, as it were, to palliate the
ſeveral vices of Wines of all forts, which make them
diſguſtful. Of theſe I ſhall recite two or three of the
greateſt uſe and eſteem amongſt them.
Το
a
.
eager Wines.

W IN
W IN
a
To correct rankneſs, eagerneſs, and pricking of facks,
and other ſweet Wines, they take twenty or thirty of
the whiteſt lime ftones, and flack them in a gallon of
the Wine; then they add ſome more Wine and ſtir
them together in a half tub, with a parelling ſtaff ;
next they pour this mixture into the hogſhead, and
having again uſed the parelling inſtrument, leave the
Wine to ſettle, and then rack it.
This Wine may probably be no ill drink for groſs
bodies, and rheumatic pains; but injurious to good
fellows of a hot and dry conftitution, and meagre
habits.
Againſt the pricking of French Wines they preſcribe
this eaſy and cheap compoſition : take of the powder
of Flanders tile one pound, of roche allum half a
pound; mix them and beat them well, with a conve-
nient quantity of Wine; then put them into the hogf-
head, as the former.
When their Rheniſh Wines prick, they firſt rack them
off into a clean and ſtrongly-fcented caſk or vat,
then they add to the Wine eight or ten gallons of
clarified honey, with a gallon or two of ſkim-milk;
and beating all together, leave them to ſettle.
Sometimes it happens, that claret loſes much of its
briſkneſs and piquantneſs; and in ſuch caſe they
rack it upon a good lee of red Wine, and put into it
a gallon of Sloes or Bullace, which, after a little fer-
mentation and reft, makes the Wine drink briſk and
rough.
To meliorate the taſte of hungry and too eager white
Wines; they draw off three or four gallons of it, and
infuſing therein as many pounds of Malaga Raiſins
ftoned, and bruiſed in a ſtone mortar, till the Wine
has fufficiently imbibed their ſweetneſs and tincture
(which it will do in a day's time,) they run it through
an hippocras bag; then put it into a freſh caſk well
ſcented, together with the whole remainder of the
Wine in the hogſhead, and fo leave it to fine.
To help ſtinking Wines, the general remedy is rack-
ing them from their old and corrupt lee; beſides
which, ſome give them a fragrant ſmell or flavour,
by hanging in them little bags of ſpices, ſuch as Gin-
ger, Zedoary, Cloves, Cinnamon, Orris-roots, Cu-
bebs, Grains of Paradiſe, Spikenard, and other aro-
matics.
Others boil ſome of theſe ſpices in a pottle of good
found Wine of the ſame fort, and tun up the de-
coction hot.
Others correct the ill favour of rank-leed French Wine
with only a few Cinnamon canes hung in them.
Others again, for the ſame purpoſe, uſe Elder flowers
and tops of Lavender.
Having thus run over the vintners diſpenſatory, and
deſcribed many of their principal receipts or ſecrets,
for the cure of the acute diſeaſes of Wine, we ſhall
come to the fourth head, which contains medicaments
proper for their chronic diſtempers ; viz. loſs of ſpi-
rits, and decay of ſtrength.
Concerning theſe, therefore, it is obſervable, that as
when Wines are in preternatural commotions, from
an exceſs and predomination of their ſulphureous parts,
the grand medicine is, to rack them from their lees,
fo on the contrary, when they decline, and tend to-
wards palling, by reaſon of the ſcarcity of their ſpirits
and fulphur, the moſt effectual preſervative is to rack
them upon other lees, richer and ſtronger than their
own; that being from thence ſupplied with the new
fpirits, they may acquire ſomewhat more of vigour
and quickneſs.
I ſay, preſervative; becauſe there is, in truth, no re-
ſtoring of Wines after they are perfectly palled and
dead, for nothing that is paſt perfection, and hath
run its natural race once, can receive much amend-
When facks begin to languiſh (which doth not often
happen, eſpecially in this city, where it is drank in
plenty ;) they refreſh thein with a cordial ſyrup, made
of moſt generous Wine, fugar, and ſpices.
For Rheniſh and white Wines, a ſimple decoction of
Raiſins of the fun, and a ſtrong-ſcented caſk, uſually
ſerve the turn.
For claret inclining to a conſumption, they preſcribe
a new and richer lee, and the ſhavings of Fir wood,
that the ſpirit being recruited by the additional lee,
may be kept from exhaling by the unctuous ſpirit of
the turpentine.
This artifice is uſed in Paris in the moſt delicate and
thin-bodied Wines in France, and is very probably
the caufe of that exceeding dulneſs and pain of the
head, which always attends debauches with ſuch
Wines.
Nor is it a modern invention, but well known to, and
frequently uſed by the Romans, in the time of their
greateſt wealth and luxury; for Pliny (Hiſt. Nat. lib.
14. cap. 2.) takes ſingular notice of the cuſtom of the
Italian vintners, in mixing with their Wines turpen-
tine of ſeveral forts.
The Grecians long before had their Vina Picata and
Reſinata, as is evident by the commendation of ſuch
Wines by Plutarch, and the preſcription of them to
women, in ſome caſes by Hippocrates, and they were
ſo much delighted with their Vinum Piffites, that they
confecrated the Pitch-tree to Bacchus; but I ſhall
next take fome notice of the more diſingenuous prac-
tices of vintners in the tranſmutation or ſophiſtication,
which they call trickings or compaſſings.
They transform poor Rochelle and Cogniac white
Wines into Rheniſh; Rheniſh into fack; tht lags of
ſack and malmſeys into muſcadels.
They counterfeit Raſpie Wine with Fleur-de-lys roots;
Verdea with decoctions of Raiſins; they ſell decayed
Xeres, vulgarly Sherry, for Luſenna Wine; in all
theſe impoſtures deluding the palate ſo nearly, that
few are able to diſcern the fraud, and keeping theſe
Arcana ſo cloſe, that few can come to the knowledge
of them.
As for their metamorphoſis of white into claret, by
daſhing it with red, nothing is more commonly either
done or known.
For their converſion of white into Rheniſh, they have
ſeveral artifices to effect it, among which this is the
moſt uſual:
They take a hogſhead of Rochelle, or Cogniac, or
Nantz white Wine; rack it into a freſh caſk ſtrong-
ly ſcented, then give it the white parell ; put into it
eight or ten gallons of clarified honey, or forty pounds
of coarſe ſugar, and, beating it well, leave it to
clarify.
To give this mixture a delicate flavour, they ſome-
times add the decoction of the yellow Clary flowers,
or Galitricum, of which drugs there is an incredible
quantity uſed every year at Dort, where the ſtaple of
Rheniſh Wines was; and this is that drink with which
the Engliſh ladies were wont to be ſo delighted, under
the ſpecious name of Rheniſh in the mult.
The manner of making adulterate baſtard is thus :
Take four gallons of white Wine, three gallons of old
Canary, five pounds of baftard ſyrup; beat them well
together, put them into a clean rundlet well ſcented,
and give them time to fine.
Sack is made of Rheniſh, either by a ſtrong decoction
of Malaga Raiſins, or by a ſyrup of fack, ſugar, and
Spices.
Muſcadel is ſophiſticated with the lags of fack or
malmſey thus:
They diffolve it in a convenient quantity of Roſe wa-
ter, of muſk two ounces, of calamus aromaticus
powdered one ounce, of Coriander beaten half an
ounce; and while this infufion is yet warm, they put
it into a rundlet of old fack or malmſey, and this they
call a flavour for muſcadel.
There are many other ways of adulterating Wines in
this city ; but becauſe they all tend to the above-
mentioned alterations, and are not ſo general, I ſhall
país
3
ment.
a
But beſides reinforcing of impoveriſhed Wines, by
new and more generous Jees, there are fundry con-
fections, by which alſo, as by cordials, the languiſh-
ing ſpirits of many of them may be ſuſtained, and,
to fome degree, recruited, of which the following
examples.

WIN
W IN
a
a
a
;
a
paſs them over, and mention the obſervations of a cer-
tain curious author on this ſubject.
The myſtery of Wines conſiſts in the making and me-
liorating of natural Wines.
Melioration is either of found or vicious Wines.
Sound Wines are bettered,
1. By preſerving
2. By timely fining.
3. By mending colour, ſmell, or taſte.
1. To preſerve Wines, care muſt be taken, that after
the preſſing they may ferment well; for without good
fermentation they become qually, i. e. cloudy, thick,
and duſky, and will never fine themſelves, as other
Wines do; and when they are fined by art they muſt
be ſpeedily ſpent, or elſe they will become qually
again, and then will not be recoverable by any art.
To preſerve Spaniſh Wines, and chiefly Canary, and
therefore principally that which is razie, which will
not keep long, they make a layer of Grapes and
Gieſſe, whereby it acquires a better durance and taſte,
and a white colour, moſt pleaſing to the Engliſh.
Razie Wine is ſo caHed, becauſe it comes from Rhe-
nith Vine cuttings, ſometimes renewed. The Grapes
of this Vine are fleſhy, yielding but a little juice.
The French and Rheniſh Wines are chiefly and com-
monly preſerved by the match, thus uſed at Dordt in
Holland:
They take twenty or thirty pounds of brimſtone, rack
into it melted, as Cloves, Cinnamon, Mace, Ginger,
and Coriander-feeds; and ſome, to ſave charges, uſe
the reliques of the Hippocras bag, and, having mixed
theſe well with the brimſtone, they draw through this
mixture, long, ſquare, narrow pieces of canvas, which
pieces they light, and put into the veſſel at the bung-
hole, and preſently ſtop it cloſe: great care is to be
had in proportioning the brimſtone to the quantity
and quality of the Wine, for too much makes it rough.
This ſmoking keeps the Wine long white and good,
and gives it a pleaſant taſte.
There is another way for French and Rheniſh Wines,
viz. firing it. It is done in a ſtove, or elſe a good fire
made round about the veſſel, which will gape wide,
yet the Wine never runs out. It will boil, and after-
wards may ſoon be racked.
Secondly, for timely fining of Wines. All Wines in
the muft are more opacous and cloudy. Good Wine
foon fines, and the groſs ſettle quickly, and alſo the
flying lee in time. When the groſſer lees are ſettled,
they draw off the Wine; this is called racking. The
uſual times for racking are Midſummer and Allhal-
lowtide.
The practice of the Dutch and Engliſh to rid the
Wine of the flying lees ſpeedily, and which ſerves
moſt for French and Spanilh Wine is thus per-
formed :
Take of iſinglaſs half a pound; ſteep it in half a pint of
the hardeſt French Wine that can be got, ſo that the
Wine may fully cover it; let them ſtand twenty-four
hours; then pull and beat the iſinglaſs to pieces, and
add more Wine; four times a day ſqueeze it to a jel-
ly, and as it thickens add more Wine. When it is
full, and perfectly jellied, take a pint or quart to a
hogſhead, and ſo proportionably; then overdraw three
fo
or four gallons of that Wine you intend to fine, which
mix well with the ſaid quantity of jelly ; then put this
mixture to the piece of Wine, and beat it with a ſtaff,
and fill it top-full.
Note, That French Wines muſt be bunged up very
cloſe, but not the Spaniſh ; and that ifinglaſs raiſes
the lees to the top of ſtrong Wines, but, in weaker,
precipitates them to the bottom.
They mend the colour of found clarets by adding
thereto red Wine, tent, or Alicant; or by an infu-
fion of Turnfole, made in two or three gallons of
Wine, and then putting it into the veſſel, to be then
(being well ſtopped) rolled for a quarter of an hour.
This infufion is ſometimes twice or three times re-
peated, according as more colour is to be added to
the Wine; about three infuſions of the Turnſole are
fufficient; but then it muſt be rubbed and wringed.
Claret over-red is amended with the addition of white
Wines.
White Wines coming over found, but brown, are
thus remedied:
Take of alabaſter powder, overdraw the hogſhead three
or four gallons, then put this powder into the bung,
and ſtir and beat it with a ſtaff, and fill it top-full.
The more the Wine is ſtirred, the finer it will come
upon the lee, that is, the finer it will be.
To colour fack white: take of white ſtarch two
pounds, of milk two gallons, boil them together two
hours; when cold, bear them well with a handful of
white ſalt, and then put them into a clean but ſweet
butt, beating them with a ſtaff, and the Wine will be
pure and white.
One pound of the before-mentioned jelly of iſinglaſs
takes away the brownneſs of French and Spaniſh
Wines, mixed with two or three gallons of Wine ; ac-
cording as it is brown and ſtrong, more or leſs to be
uſed. Then overdraw the piece of Wine about eight
gallons, and uſe the rod; then fill the veſſel full, and
in a day or two it will be fine, and be white, and mend,
if qually.
The firſt buds of Ribes nigra, i. e. black Currants,
infuſed in Wines, eſpecially Rheniſh, make it diuretic,
and more fragrant in ſmell and taſte, and ſo doth Clary.
The inconvenience is, that the Wine becomes more
heady; a remedy for which is Elder-flowers added to
the Clary, which alſo betters the fragrancy thereof, as
it is manifeft in Elder vinegar, but theſe flowers are
apt to make the Wine ropy.
To help brown Malagas and Spaniſh Wines : take
powder of Orris-roots and ſalt-petre, of each four
ounces, the whites of eight eggs, to which and as
much ſalt as will make a brine ; put this mixture into
Wine, and mix them with a ſtaff.
To meliorate muddy and tawny clarets : take of rain
water two pints, the yolks of eight eggs, falt a hand-
ful; beat them well, let them ſtand fix hours before
you put them into the caſk; then uſe the rod, and in
three days it will come to itielf.
To amend the taſte and ſmell of Malaga Wine : take
of the beſt Almonds four pounds, make an emulſion
of them with a ſufficient quantity of the Wine to be
cured; then take the whites and yolks of twelve eggs,
beat them together with a handful of ſalt, put them
into the pipe, uſing the rod.
To amend the ſmell and taſte of French and Rheniſh
Wines, which are foul: take one pound of honey, a
handful of Elder-flowers, an ounce of Orris-powder,
one Nutmeg, a few Cloves to an auln of the Wine ;
boil them in a ſufficient quantity of the Wine to be
cured, to the conſumption of half, and when it is cold,
ſtrain it, and uſe it with the rod; ſome add a little
falt. If the Wine be ſweet enough, add one pound
of the ſpirits of Wine to a hogſhead, and give the
caſk a ſtrong ſcent. Spirit of Wine makes any Wine
briſk, and fines it, without the former mixture.
A lee of the aſhes of Vine branches, viz. a quart to a
pipe, being beaten into Wine, cures the ropineſs of it,
and fo infallibly doth a lee of Oaken aſhes.
For Spanilh ropy Wine: rack it from the lees into a
new-fcented calk, then take of allum one pound, of
Orris-roots powdered half a pound; beat them well
into the Wine with a ſtaff; fome add fine and well
dried ſand, put warm to the Wine. If the Wine be-
fides prove brown, add three pottles of milk to a pipe :
this cures ropy Wine, before it begins to fret.
To mend and preſerve the colour of clarets: take red
Beet-roots, q. 1. ſcrape them clean, and cut them into
ſmall pieces; then boil them in q. f. of the ſame Wine,
9
to the conſumption of the third part ; fcum it well,
and when cool, decant off what is clear, and uſe the
rod.
Firing of Wines in Germany is thus performed :
They have in ſome vaults three or four ſtoves, which
they heat very hot ; others make fires almoſt before
every vat; by this means the muſt fermenteth with
that vehemency, that the Wine appears between the
ſtaves; when this ebullition, fermentation, and
a
;
و
3
work-
14 Y

WIN
W IN
hot upon
a
а
a
working ceaſe, they let the Wine ſtand ſome days,
and then rack it. This firing is only uſed in cold
years, when the Wine falls out green.
.
To ſet old Wine a fretting, being deadih, and dull of
taſte : take of ftum two gallons to a hogſhead, put it
the Wine; then ſet a pan of fire before the
hogſhead, which will then ferment till all the ſweetneſs
of the ftum is communicated to the Wine, which
thereby becomes briſk and pleaſant.
Some uſe this ſtumming at any time; fome in Au-
guſt only, when the Wine hath a diſpoſition to fret of
itſelf, more or leſs ftum to be added, as the Wine re
quires.
The beſt time to rack Wine is in the decreaſe of the
moon, and when the Wine is free from fretting, the
wind being at north-eaſt or north-weſt, and not at
ſouth, the ſky ſerene, free from thunder and lightning.
Having thus given an account of the different prac-
tices of the vignerons, vintners, and Wine-coopers, in
the management of their ſeveral Wines, I ſhall next
offer a few things which have occurred to me from
ſome obſervations and experiments, relating to the
making of Wines in England.
The Grapes, being ripe, ſhould be cut when they
are perfectly dry, and carried into a large dry room,
where they muſt be ſpread upon Wheat ſtraw, in ſuch
a manner as not to lie upon each other; in this place
they may remain a fortnight, three weeks, or a month,
according as there is conveniency, obſerving to let
them have air every day, that the moiſture perſpired
from the Grapes may be carried off. Then, having
the preſſes and other things in order, you
ſhould
pro-
ceed in the following manner : firſt, all the Grapes
ſhould be pulled off the bunches, and put into tubs,
being careful to throw away ſuch as are mouldy, rot-
ten, or not ripe, which, if mixed with the others,
will ſpoil the Wine; and if the ſtalks of the bunches
are preſſed with the Grapes, there will be an auſtere
juice come from them, which will render the Wine
acid and ſharp; this, I fear, has ſpoiled a great quan
tity of Wine which was made in England, which, if
otherwiſe managed, might have proved very good;
for we find in France, and other Wine countries,
where perſons are deſirous of having good Wine,
they always pick the Grapes from off the ſtalks before
they are preſſed, though indeed the common vigne-
rons, who have more regard to the quantity than qua-
lity of their Wines, do not practiſe this. But as in
England we labour under the inclemency of climate,
we ſhould omit nothing of art which may be neceſſary
to help the want of fun.
The Grapes, being thus carefully picked off, ſhould
be well preſſed, and if it is deſigned for red Wine,
the huſks and ſtones ſhould be put into the liquor,
and if the feeds or itones of the Grapes are broken in
the preſs, the Wine will have more ſtrength, which
muſt be put into a large vat, where the whole ſhould
ferment together five or fix days; after which the
Wine ſhould be drawn off, and put into large caſks,
leaving the bung-hole open to give vent to the air
which is generated by fermentation. But it muſt be
remarked, that after the Wine is preſſed out, and put
into the vat with the huſks, if it does not ferment in a
day or two at moſt, it will be proper to add a little
warmth to the room by fires, which will ſoon put it
into motion ; and for want of this it often happens,
where people preſs their Wine, and leave it to ferment
in
open cold places, that the nights, being cold, check
the fermentation, and ſo cauſe the Wine to be foul,
and almoſt ever after upon the fret. This huſbandry
is much practiſed upon the Rhine, where they always
have ſtoves placed in the houſes where the Wine is
fermented, wherein they keep fires every night, if the
ſeaſon is cold, while the Wines are fermenting.
If white Wine is deſired, then the huſks of the
Grapes ſhould not remain in the liquor above twelve
hours, which will be long enough to ſet it a ferment-
ing; and when it is drawn off, and put into other
veſſels, it ſhould not remain there above two days be-
fore it is drawn off again, and this muſt be repeated
three or four times, which will prevent its taking any
tincture from the huſks in fermenting.
When the greateſt fermentation is over the Wine
ſhould be drawn off into freſh caſks, which muſt be
filled to the top, but the bung-hole ſhould be left
open three weeks, or a month, to give vent to the
generated air, and that the ſcum may run over; and
as the Wine ſubſides in the caſks, they ſhould be care-
fully refilled with Wine of the fame fort from a ſtore
caſk, which ſhould be provided for that purpoſe; but
this muſt be done with much care, left, by haſtily re-
filling the caſks, the ſcum, which is naturally produced
upon all new Wines ſhould be broken thereby, which
will mix with the Wine, and foul it, cauſing it to
take an ill tafte ; therefore it would be proper to
have a funnel, which ſhould have a plate at the ſmall
end, bored full of little holes, that the Wine may
paſs through in ſmall drops, which will prevent its
breaking the ſcum.
After the Wine has remained in this ſtate a month or
ſix weeks, it will be neceſſary to ſtop up the bung-
hole, left, by expoſing it too much to the air, the
Wine ſhould grow flat, and loſe much of its ſpirit
and ſtrength; but it muft not be quite ſtopped up,
but rather ihould have a pewter or glaſs tube, of about
half an inch bore, and two feet long, placed in the
middle of the bung-hole. The uſe of this tube is to
let the air which is generated by the fermentation of
the Wine paſs off, becauſe this, being of a rancid na-
ture, would ſpoil the Wine, if it were pent up in the
caſk; and in this tube there may always remain ſome
Wine, to keep the caſk full as the Wine fubfides;
and, as it hall be neceſſary, the Wine in the tube
may be eaſily repleniſhed. For want of rightly un-
derſtanding this affair, a great qnantity of the choiceſt
Wines of Italy, and other countries, have been loft.
A great complaint of this misfortune I received from
a very curious gentleman in Italy, who ſays, “ Such
" is the nature of this country Wines in general, (nor
are the choiceft Chianti's excepted), that at two
" “ feaſons of the year, viz. the beginning of June and
“ September, the firſt when the Grapes are in flower,
“s and in the other when they begin to ripen, ſome of
" the beſt Wines are apt to change, eſpecially at the
“ latter ſeafon ; not that they turn eager, but take a
“ moſt unpleaſant tafte, like that of a rotten Vine
leaf, which renders them not only unfit for drink-
ing, but alſo to make vinegar of, and is called the
“ fettembrine. And what is moſt ſtrange is, that
" one caſk drawn out of the fame vat, ſhould be in-
"fected, and another remain perfectly good, and yet
" both have been kept in the ſame cellar.
- As this change happens not to Wines in flaſks, (tho'
" that will turn eager), I am apt to attribute it to
“ fome fault in refilling the caſk, which muſt always
“ be kept full, which, either by letting alone soo
long, till the decreaſe be too great, and the ſcum
as there naturally is on all Wines, thereby being too
“ much dilated, is ſubject to break, or elſe being
broken, by refilling the caſk, gives it that vile
“ taſte. But againſt this there is a very ſtrong ob-
jection, i.e. that this defect ſeizes the Wine only
“ at a particular ſeaſon, viz. September; over which
« if it gets, it will keep good many years, fo che
" caſe is worthy the enquiry of naturaliſts, ſince it is
evident, that moft Wines are more or leſs affected
" with this diſtemper, during the firſt year after
making."
Upon receiving this information from Italy, I con-
ſulted the Rev. Dr. Hales of Teddington, who was
then making many experiments on fermenting liquors,
and received from him the following curious folution
of the cauſe of this change in Wine, which I ſent
over to my friend in Italy, who has tried the experi-
ment, and it has accordingly anſwered his expecta-
tion, in preſerving the Wine which was thus managed,
perfectly good. He has alſo communicated the ex-
periment to ſeveral vignerons in ſeveral parts of Italy,
who
و
(૮
06
06
46
66

WIN
WIN
co
66
65
a
.
66
66
who are repeating the ſame, which take in Dr. Hales's
words:
“ From many experiments which I made the laſt ſum-
mer, I find that all fermented liquors generate air in
large quantities, during the time of their fermen-
tation ; for, from an experiment made on twelve
« cubic inches of Malaga Raiſins, put into eighteen
« cubic inches of water the beginning of March,
<there were 411 cubic inches of air generated by the
“ middle of April; but afterwards, when the fer-
to mentation was over, it reforbed a great quantity
s of this air ; and from forty-two cubic inches of ale
“ from the tun (which had fermented thirty-four
« hours before it was put into the bolt-head) had ge-
“ nerated 639 cubic inches of air from the beginning
cs of March to the middle of June, after which, it
« reſorbed thirty-two cubic inches of air; from
" whence it is plain, that fermented liquors generate
« air, during the time of their fermentation, but af-
" terwards they are in an imbibing ſtate, which may
" perhaps account for the alteration of the nice Ita-
- lian Wines ; for Wine, during the firſt year after
making, continues fermenting more or leſs, during
<< which time a great quantity of air is generated, un-
" til the cold in September put a ſtop to it; after
“ which it is in an imbibing ſtate. Now the air thus
generated is of a rancid nature (as the Grotto del
" Cano), and will kill a living animal, if put into it.
“ So that if, during the fermentation of the Wine,
" there are two quarts of this rancid air generated,
es which is cloſely pent up in the upper part of the
e veſſel, when the cold ſhall ſtop the fermentation,
* the Wine, by abſorbing this air, becomes foul, and
acquires this rancid taſte; to prevent which, I
e would propoſe the following experiment:
Suppoſe the veſſel A filled with Wine,
xib
" in the bung-hole of this vefſel b, I would
" have a glaſs tube of two feet long, and
66 about two inches bore, fixed with a pew-
" ter ſocket cloſely cemented, ſo as that
as there may be no vacuities on the fides, and into this
c tube ſhould be another, of about half an inch bore,
cofely fixed; the lower tube ſhould always be kept
« about half full of Wine, up to X, which will ſup-
ply the veſſel as the Wine therein ſhall fubfide ;
- fo that there will be no room left in the upper part
" of the veffel to contain any generated air, which
< will paſs off through the upper ſmall tube, which
66
" muſt be always left open for this purpoſe ; and the
tube being ſmall, there will be no danger of letting
( in too much air to the Wine.
• As the Wine in the lower tube ſhall ſubſide, it
may be refilled by introducing a fender funnel
through the ſmall tube, down to the ſcum upon
's the ſurface of the Wine in the larger tube, ſo as to
prevent its being broken by the Wine falling too
violently upon it. This experiment, being tried
“ with glaſs tubes, will give an opportunity to ob-
« ſerve what impreſſion the different ſtates of the air
" have upon the Wine, by its riſing or falling in the
« tubes; and if it ſucceeds, it may be afterwards
« done by wooden or metal tubes, which will not be
“ in danger of breaking."
This curious experiment, having fucceeded wherever
it has yet been tried, will be of great ſervice in the ma-
nagement of Wines, there being many uſeful hints
to be taken from it, particularly with regard to fer-
menting Wines; for, ſince we find that Wines too
long fermented (eſpecially thoſe which are produced in
cool countries) ſeldom keep well, ſo, by letting them
ſtand in a cool place, the fermentation will be check-
ed, which is agreeable to the practice of the Cham-
pagnois, who keep the Wines in winter in cellars
above ground; but when the weather grows warmer
in ſpring, they then carry them down into their vaults,
where they are cooler than in the cellars, and this me-
thod of removing their Wines from the cellars to the
vaults, and back again into the cellars, as the ſeaſons
of the year ſhall require, is found of great ſervice in
preſerving the Wines in perfection ; for theſe Wines,
OAD
being weak, (when compared with thoſe produced in
more fouthern countries) have not body enough to
maintain them, if they are permitted to ferment all
the ſucceeding ſummer, which the heat of the feaſon
will promote where the Wine is expoſed to its influ-
ence; and this ſurely muſt be worth the trial by thofe
who make Wine in this country, ſince it is the prac-
tice of the northern countries, which is the moſt
proper for our imitation, and not that of the moſt
ſouchern.
But after the Wine has paſſed its fermentation in the
vat, and is drawn off into the caſks, it will require
ſomething to feed upon ; ſo that you ſhould always pre-
ſerve a few bunches of the beſt Grapes, which may be
hung up in a warm dry room for that purpoſe, until
there be occaſion for them ; when they ſhould be
picked off the ſtalks, and two or three good handfuls
put into each caík, according to their ſeveral fizes ;
for want of this many times people make uſe of other
things, which are by no means fo proper for this
purpoſe.
The vignerons of different countries do alſo put va-
rious forts of herbs into the vat when the Wine is fer-
menting, to give it different flavours. Thoſe of Pro-
vence make uſe of Sweet-marjoram, Balm, and other
forts of aromatic herbs; and upon the Rhine they al-
ways put ſome handfuls of a peculiar kind of Clary
into the vats, from whence ariſe the different flavours
we obſerve in Wines, which, it is poſſible, were made
in the fame manner, and from the ſame forts of Grapes.
How far this might be thought worth practiſing in
England, a few experiments would inform us; thoughi
it is to be queſtioned, whether theſe herbs mend the
Wine, becauſe it ſeems to obtain among the vigne-
rons, purely to alter the flavour of their Wines, in or-
der to render them agreeable to the palate of their par-
ticular cuſtomers ; but, however this be, it is yet cer-
tain, that there is ſome art uſed to alter the flavour of
the Wine in moſt of the different Wine countries of
France; for it is the fame fort of Grape, which the
curious always plant in Orleans, Champagne, and
Burgundy; and how different theſe Wines are in their
flavour and quality, every one who is acquainted with
them, well knows; and this difference can never be
effected by the ſituation of the places, ſince there is
no very great difference in the heat of thoſe countries;
nor do I believe their different ways of making the
Wine can alter their flavour ſo much, eſpecially thoſe
of Orleans and Burgundy, where there is little dif-
ference in their management; but in Champagne
there is this difference from the reſt, that they always
cut their Grapes in a morning, before the dew is gone
off, or in cloudy weather; whereas, the vignerons of
all the other places never cut any till they are perfectly
dry; which may occaſion a great alteration in the
Wine.
The method commonly practiſed to give the red co-
lour to Wine, is to let it ferment a few days upon
the ſkins, which they always obſerve to preſs two or
three times, in order to make them diſcharge their
contents; but where a deep-coloured rough Wine is
deſired, there they put a quantity of a certain fort of
Grape, whoſe juice is red, into each vat; this is well
known in England by the name of Claret Grape; the
leaves of this Vine always change to a deep purple co-
lour as the fruit ripens, and the Grapes are of fa fine
blue colour, with a flue over them like fine Plums;
but the juice of them is very auſtere, eſpecially if they
are not very ripe.
This red Wine will not require to be drawn off into
caſks more than at firſt from the vat; for it may re-
main in the ſame veſſel until it is fit to bottle off, which,
I think, ſhould not be done till the Wine is two or three
years old ; the greater quantity of Wine there is in each
veſſel, the more force it will have, and ſo conſequently
be in leſs danger of ſuffering from the injuries of wea-
ther, eſpecially if the before-mentioned method be
practiſed; but where there are large quantities of
Wine preſerved in cloſe vaults, people ſhould be very
cautious how they at firſt enter them, after they have
been
66
66
66
G
a
:

WIN
W IN
been ſhut up for ſome time; becauſe the air of this
vault will become rancid from the mixture of gene-
rated air proceeding from the Wines, which has of-
ten killed people who have incautiouſly entered them.
Of the concentration of Wines, and other fermented liquors,
so as to reduce then in bulk, render them more unal-
terable and perfect, more durable, and fit for Service,
corriage, and exportation, by Dr. Stahl; tranſlated by
Dr. Shaw
و
of Rice; which, being well cloſed down, and buried
deep under ground, continue for a long ſeries of years
rich, ſtrong, and generous, as the hiſtories of that
country univerſally aſſure us.
8. The like is alſo to be underſtood of vinegar, after
it has thrown off the ſuperabundant earthy parts, and
many of the oily ones that preſided while it continued
Wine; whence the faline ones now get the aſcendant,
and, as it were, ſubdue and preſide over the ſpirituous;
for good and perfect vinegar, being well ſtopped
down, will continue pure and unaltered for a great
length of time.
9. But if it be left open, ſo that its fine vapour ex-
hales, or its more ſubtile part be drawn off from it,
,
and again poured back ; in either caſe its loſes its uni-
form conſiſtence, and particularly its durability, and
now directly hurries into vapidity and corruption.
10. If, either by fraud or accident, a larger propor-
tion of water comes to be mixed with Wine, than is
abfolutely proper for its conſiſtence, and no way ne-
ceſſary or eſſential; this fuperfluous water does not
only deprave the taſte, and ſpoil the excellence of the
Wine, but alſo renders it leſs durable ; for humidity
in general, and much more a ſuperfluous aqueous hu-
midity, is the primary and reſtleſs inſtrument of all
the changes by fermentation.
11. It may therefore, doutbleſs, be uſeful, and fome-
times very convenient to take away this ſuperfluous
water from the other part, which ſtrictly and properly
conſtitutes the Wine, but for the method that this
may commodiouſly be done, he firſt examines thoſe
propoſed by others for that purpoſe, and ſhews the
difficulties and inſufficiencies, and afterwards propoſes
an eaſy way of effecting the thing.
.
a
The method of condenſing Wines by heat or evaporation.
Dr. Stahl treats this ſubject to the purpoſe following:
1. He obſerves, that Wines, and all fermented li-
quors, both before and after fermentation, conſiſt not
of ſimilar parts, but heterogeneous ones connected to-
gether in one certain determinate order. Thus the
action and effence of fermentation being a ſeparation
and deſtruction of the former connexion of the ſub-
ject, and tranſpoſing its parts anew, there muſt of ne-
ceſſity have been a kind of free and durable texture
in the ſubject fo disjoined, ſeparated, and new ranged.
2. For example ; Grapes, being laid upon dry ſtraw
in a cold place, will, for ſome time after they are ſe-
parated from the Vine, preſerve that texture which
gives them their ſaline, unetuous, and ſlimy ſweetneſs,
which the juice alſo retains after preſſing, and becomes
a clear tranſparent muſt, without ſeparating itſelf into
the heterogeneous parts, but continuing uniformly and
evenly mixed, ſo as to preſerve the different matters
it conſiſts of, intimately collected among themſelves.
And in this firmly connected ſtate it may be kept for
many months, if a caſk be perfectly filled therewith,
and ſet in a cold place, as is evidently ſeen in ftum.
3. Wine, in the preciſe, chemical, or philoſophical
notion thereof, is a ſaline, clammy, oleaginous matter,
diluted with a large proportion of water, whereby it
is ſet at a diſtance from itſelf, or expanded; whilſt the
ſaline parts are faturated with, and interſperſed among
the fubtile earthy ones, that make the ſlimineſs; and
then together they imbibe, detain, entangle, and hold
the groſſer oily parts ; beſides which, there are other
oily parts, vaſtly more ſubtile, that, by means of the
highly attenuated portion adhering to them, remain
as much connected with the water as the reſt, and
theſe are what we call ſpirituous parts ; but the con-
nexion of them all together is ſo ſtrong and durable,
that they move for a long time as one body, without
ſeparating, if carefully preſerved.
4. But if the ſpirituous part be once drawn away, and
ſeparated from the Wine by diſtillation, tho' it were
immediately poured back, or reſtored to the remain-
ing maſs from whence it came, and ever ſo finely
fhaken in again therewith, the whole by no means re-
covers its former taſte, odour, and durability, but turns
to a confuſed turbid mixture of a different nauſeous
taſte, unnatural ſmell, and approaches near to a va-
pidity.
5. Again; if an inflammable ſpirit, diſtilted from
the ſame, or any other kind of Wine, be put to a par-
,
cel of Wine that was too faline, or not ſufficiently ſpi..
rituous, the bare addition, or tumultuary admixture
thereof, very far from giving the fine and intimate
ſoftneſs of a good Wine, will
rather manifeſt its own
burning acrimony, and inodorous flavour, to the ſmell
and taſte; and alſo add a nauſeous bitterneſs to the
former tartneſs and auſterity.
6. So likewiſe any conſiderable heat, or even a degree
of ſimmering or tepidity, will, by its inteſtine and
ſubtile agitation, that barely diſturbs the exceeding
fine fpirituous parts, which are very ſuſceptible of the
motion of heat, or disjoins them from the reſt, oc-
caſioning an alteration of its taſte, tranſparency, and
durability, as much as if the ſpirit had really been
drawn off, and poured back again.
7. On the other hand, Wine kept in a cool vault,
well ſecured from the external air will preſerve its tex-
ture entire in all the conſtituent parts, and be ſuffi-
ciently ſtrong for many years; as appears not only
from old Wines, but other foreign fermented liquors,
particularly thoſe of China, prepared from a decoction
1. It will be found, by any perſon who ſhall make the
experiment, that all fermented liquors labour with an
over-proportion of water ; and that, if a very conſi-
derable quantity of it were taken away, they would
become not only more rich, but alſo more durable,
provided ſo much humidity were ſtill retained as is juſt
neceſſary to preſerve the vinous conſiſtence, keep the
ſaline part fiuid, and the ſlimy unctuous parts mixed
in, and expanded along with the reſt.
2. But as an actual and truly faline matter abounds in
Wine and vinegar, and that of an acid, auftere, or
tartareous kind, when the ſpirituous part is drawn
away, the Wine becomes ſurpriſingly more auſtere ;
and when a large quantity of the watery part is ſepa-
rated, this fuperabundant, ſaline, tartareous matter
coagulates into a cryſtalline form, and falls to the bot-
tom, or ſtrikes to the ſides of the cafk; for the ſub-
tile oily matter, which makes the ſpirituous part in
Wine, blunts and takes off from a tartareous acidity,
in the ſame manner as the addition of rectified ſpirits
of Wine blunts, ſheaths, and dulcifies, the corroſive
and acid ſpirits of nitre, ſalt, and vitriol.
3. But this tartareous falt alſo abounding with an
over-proportion of a groſs unctuous matter, cannot be
diffolved or diluted without a very large proportion
of water; which being taken away, it preſently con-
cretes into dry folid cryſtals, as is the known caſe of
و
cremor tartar.
And hence proceeds the effect before obſerved, viz.
that the acidity and roughneſs of the Wine manifeſt
themſelves the more, when the Wine is deprived of
its ſpirit.
a
And this is an experiment familiar in the kitchen,
when Wine is burnt or uſed in fauce; for boiling al-
ways gives it a much greater degree of auſterity, .
4. And when this water is, even by diſtillation, plen-
tifully drawn off from Wine, not of a terreſtrial and
chalky, but of a tartareous nature, a beautiful tar-
tar will be found to cryftallize among the remaining
maſs, and deſtroying thoſe properties thereof, which
ought to be preſerved.
5. For, firſt, the ſpirituous part is the life of the Wine,
and all fermented liquors; and not only keeps them
together,
a

W IN
W IN
together, embalms the whole, and renders it durable,
or not ſubject to corruption, but alſo, in great mea-
ſure, gives them that aromatic, refreſhing, and re-
ſtorative virtue and effect they have upon the human
body.
6. This inevitably proves the caſe, whenever Wine is
evaporated or diſtilled, which conſtantly requires a
degree of heat ſufficient to convert water into vapour;
whence the ſpirituous part, being much more volatile
than the aqueous, flies off together with, or even be-
fore it, and thus leaves the Wine diffolved in its tex-
ture, and without its foul.
Upon which the remaining, ſaline, ſlimy, unctuous
maſs is ſo diſturbed, as no longer to remain connected,
but immediately turns thick and turbid, and after-
wards runs impetuouſly into a kind of corruption, at-
tended with vapidity and ropineſs.
All which circumſtances abundantly ſhew the method
of exhalation to be abſolutely unfit for condenſing
Wines, as it ſo many ways deſtroys the whole vinous
texture and compages.
of the method of condenſing Wines by percolation.
a
و
part, have conſtantly joined with them ſome foreign,
ſuperfluous, and prevailing gummy or mucilaginous
matter; which, the more it inviſcates the nobler part,
the thicker and groſſer it actually becomes; whilſt
the other finer portion, which is not clogged with ſuch
a load, remains more penetrating and active.
And hence alſo the difficulty of condenſing Wines by
percolation is increaſed, as this ſubtile fpirituous part
paſſes the ſtrainer along with the water.
A contrary difficulty attends the uſe of a cloſe ſtrainer,
ariſing from the groſs mucilaginous particles, either
accidentally interſperſed in the Wine, or cleaving to
this and other fermented liquors, but eſpecially malt-
drinks; for theſe viſcous, tenacious, and clammy
particles preſently clog and ſtop the pores of the
îtrainer, and by that means hinder the thinner and
more watery particles from getting away; and the na-
tural tenacity and clammineſs of liquors prepared from
malt, honey, and the like, communicates in the man-
ner of a mucilage, ſuch a ropineſs, even to the ſu-
perfluous water, and diffuſes and expands itſelf fo
much therein, that the water itſelf is thereby thick-
ened, and rendered much leſs apt to flow.
A third difficulty attends this method by percolation,
viz. that although it were poſſible to make the ſepa-
ration, yet the work would proceed ſo flow, that the
more fubtile, fine, briſk, volatile, and ſpirituous
parts, which give the pungent taſte and odour, might,
in the mean time, exhale, and leave the remaining
Wine flat and vapid; or if this inconvenience could
be prevented, yet, in ſo tedious an operation, ſome
prejudicial
, fermentative operation would, in all pro-
bability happen.
And, after all, there would ſtill remain a queſtion, as
to the matter to be uſed to the ſtrainer; which they
who have never made any experiment that way might
little dream of.
For, as the common filters or ſtrainers are generally
made of paper, linen, or ſome kind of cloth, all theſe
readily communicate and impreſs a foreign diſagreea-
ble taſte to the liquor, eſpecially to Wine if intended
for condenſation in this manner.
And it may ſeem ſurpriſing, that even a momentane-
ous paſſage of condenſed Wine through the cleaneſt
linen, will give it a remarkable and very diſagreeable
taſte of the bag, that ſhall continue for
many months.
This happens in a much greater degree to condenſed
Wine, after the ſame manner as the higheſt rectified
ſpirit or alcohol of Wine will, in many caſes, per-
form a ſolution, immenſely quicker, and more power-
ful than ſuch a phlegmy ſpirit, though mixed but with
a tenth proportion of water ; for ſo our concentrated,
or, as we may call it, our rectified Wine, being freed
from its ſuperfluous phlegm, has a more powerful,
more immediate, and more intimate effect, upon the
parts of the cloth and other bodies, by means of the
concentration of its ſpirituous and ſaline parts, than
when its efficacy is weakened by being diluted with
1. That Wine, ſtrictly and properly ſo called, is of
a groſſer and thicker body than water, or that the ef-
ſential and truly conſtituent parts of Wine may be con-
ſidered as ſeparate and diſtinct from a ſuperfluous and
copious aquofity, appears a priori and a pofteriori.
2. For, firſt, it is rational to conceive, that a matter
conſiſting of a collection of ſaline, ſlimy, and unctu-
ous parts, brought into one maſs, ſhould have a
groffer confiftence than pure and ſimple water.
3. And next, this groſſneſs of the proper and effen-
tial particles of Wine manifeſts itſelf to the eye,
1. In thoſe diſeaſes of Wine, wherein they become
viſcous and ropy, when they not only loſe their tranſ-
parency, but may be drawn out and extended like a
mucus ; and do not, upon pouring out, then fall in
drops, but run down in long ropy ſtrings.
2. It appears again to the eye, in vinegar grown mo-
thery, mucilaginous, and tough, ſo as ſometimes to
afford a denſe ſkin, like leather, which cannot well
be ſuppoſed to proceed from the water, but from the
more proper and effential parts of the Wine it was
made of.
3. But becauſe theſe inſpiſſations may poſſibly be at-
tributed to ſome ſupernatural diſorder of the Wine,
we may add, that our method of concentration exhi-
bits this groſſneſs of parts to the eye, whilſt the Wine
remains in a perfect ftate, free from its ſuperfluous
aquofity; for here it appears much denſer, and deeper
in colour ; leſs Auid, leſs thin, leſs tranſparent, and
in every reſpect of a thicker and higher conſiſtence.
4. Laſtly, This is ſtill more evident in malt liquors,
which being concentrated in our manner, tafte full and
thick, almoſt like oil in the mouth, and pour out like
that, or a thin fyrup; being at the ſame time alſo
heightened or concentrated in colour.
From the preceding phænomena it ſhould ſeem natu-
ral, that theſe different parts of Wine, which vary fo
much in conſiſtence and tenuity of matter, might be
ſeparated from each other by a commodious percola-
tion: ſo that the aqueous parts, which appear the
fineſt, ſhould run through the pores of a proper
ftrainer, and leave the groſſer behind.
But the practice hereof is clogged with great difficul-
ties; for,
Firſt, thoſe thin liquors, which have a manifeſt and co-
pious faltneſs, as Wine has, are either ſo attenuated,
and their grofs part, however thick in compariſon of
yet ſo ſubtile and penetrating in itſelf, as at
the ſame time to paſs the pores of any ordinary ſtrainer;
at leaſt, ſuch liquors will, along with their aqueous,
tranſmit the fineſt and moſt delicate of all their parts,
and leave the more ſluggiſh, the truly groſſer, or thoſe
moſt tending to ropineſs, behind.
It muſt alſo
be obſerved, that moſt kinds of Wine be-
ſides their genuine, ſubſtantial, rich, and eſſential
a
a
water.
a
This method, however, by percolation, though no
way ſufficient to free the Wine of all its fuperfluous
water, may yet be of ſome ſervice, if applied with due
regard to the difference there is between fermented
liquor, eſpecially in point of conſiſtence; and there-
fore ſome faint or imperfect imitation of our method
may
be had by means of ſuch paper filters, or other
common ſtrainers.
And, in this view, the common tavern trick, with a
piece of liſt, when dextrouſly performed, might be
of ſome ſervice ; for if a long, thick, woollen ſtring
be firſt foaked in water, and then one end of it plunged
into Wine, whilſt the other end hangs a great way
down without the glaſs, it will, in an imperfect man-
ner, draw away the water from the Wine.
But all theſe, and the like attempts, are trifling and
uſeleſs, in compariſon of our eaſy, expeditious, and
perfect manner of effecting the thing; to which we
next proceed.
water, is
14 Z
Of

WIN
W IN
Of the method of condenſing Wines, and other ſaline ſpi-
rituous liquors, by cold.
operations, is a real concentrated Wine, as appears by
its colour, conſiſtence, taſte, and ſmell; for it has
now all thoſe properties in a greater degree, andas
much narrower ſpace, than when ſo largely diluted
with ſuperfluous water; and therefore becomes a much
nobler and richer Wine, than without ſuch a contri-
vance could poffibly be procured; for as by this
means two third parts of phlegm are taken away, in
the better fort of Wine, or three fourths in the weak-
er, what remains muſt needs become highly rich and
ſaturate.com
Having ſhewn above, what effect the motion of heat,
and the action of fire, have upon all fermented li-
quors, and eſpecially upon the finer parts of them,
and more directly upon thoſe of Wine; and how
much they contribute to diffolve the intimate union
of vinous fluids, and change their whole nature, which
conſiſts in that union, and connection ; we paſs on to
the confideration of cold, which, being oppoſite to
heat, may be ſuppoſed to have different effects; or
at leaſt, ſuch as bettter ſuit the preſent purpoſe.
If any kind of Wine, but rather ſuch as has never
been adulterated, being in a conſiderable quantity,
as that of a gallon or more, expoſed to a ſufficient
degree of cold in froſty weather, or in any place
where the ice continues all the year, and ſo be brought
to freeze; the ſuperfluous water contained in the
Wine will be turned to ice, and leave the proper,
and truly eſſential part unfrozen, unleſs the degree of
cold ſhould be very intenſe, or the Wine but weak
a
and poor.
و
a
drain away
When the froſt is moderate, the experiment has no
difficuly; becauſe in that caſe, not above a third or
fourth part of the ſuperfluous water will be frozen in
a whole night; but if the cold be very intenſe, the
beſt way is, at the end of a few hours, when a tole-
rable quantity is formed, to pour out the remaining
liquor, and expoſe it to freeze afreih by itſelf. And
1. Becauſe, when the quantity of ice grows large,
more of the concentrated Wine will be apt to hang
and lodge in it.
2. Becauſe it would otherwiſe require a longer time to
from the ice.
If the veſſel that thus by degrees receives the ſeveral
parcels of condenſed Wine, be ſuffered to ſtand in the
cold freezing place where the operation is performed,
the quantity lying thin, in pouring out, or otherwiſe,
will be very apt to freeze anew; and if it be ſet in a
warm place, ſome of this aqueous part thaws again,
and ſo weakens the reſt.
The condenſed Wine therefore ſhould be emptied in
ſome place of a moderate temper, as to cold and heat;
where neither the ice may diffolve, nor the vinous ſub-
ſtance mixed among it be congealable. But the beſt
experiment of all is, to perform the operation with a
large quantity of Wine, as that of ſeveral gallons,
where the utmoſt exactneſs or prevention of all waſte
need not be ſo much regarded.
By this method, there freezes about one third of the
whole liquor, and is properly the more pure aqueous
part thereof; inſomuch that when all the vinous fluid
is poured off, to be expoſed to a farther concentration,
the ice remaining behind, upon this firſt emptying,
being ſet to thaw gently in a warm place, diffolves
into a perfectly aqueous fluid, retaining only a light
ſcent, but extremely little of the taſte and colour of
the Wine.
If the Wine, now once concentrated, ſhould, by
longer continuance in the freezing cold, be again con-
gealed to the utmoſt (unleſs the cold were very fe-
vere,) and then again be drained from the ice, there
foon after falls to the bottom of the glaſs it is pour-
ed into, a groſs white, and ſhining powder or tartar ;
and even the icy part, remaining behind, depoſits a
little more of this powder, after thawing, and again,
the ſame vinous concentrated matter does the ſame
upon ftanding a few days or hours; but the more of
it, as the Wine was auftere or genuine, neat, and un-
adulterated with ſugar, brandy, or the like.
The ice of the ſecond operation differs in no reſpect
from that of the firſt, provided the vinous matter be
perfectly drained away from it, before the ice is ſet to
melt; whereby it runs into the ſame kind of phlegm,
excepting only when the Wine was leſs fpirituous, that
it taſtes a little more ſaline than the water ſeparated by
the firſt operation.
part which has eſcaped being frozen in both
This operation, though it be perfect in Wine, does not
ſucceed altogether ſo well in rich malt liquors.
Thus, for example: Having by ſeveral concentra-
tions reduced a full gallon of ſtrong malt liquor to
the quantity of a pint and a half; the ice ſeparated
from it in the firſt concentration, refolved into a li-
quor ſomewhat of the colour and taſte of ſmall beer,
and that obtained at laſt, might have almoſt paffed
for ſmall beer, though a flaſhy watery taſte manifeſtly
predominated in it; but the part that remained un-
congealed was extremely rich, and for conſiſtence
and taſte, far exceeded the famous double Brunf-
wic mum.
In point of ſtrength or fpirituoſity, it ſeemed per-
fectly aromatic, and nobly flavoured ; a thing not
found in common malt liquors; and for conſiſtence,
it reſembled a dilute ſyrup, and with a pleaſing foft-
neſs, ſheathed the acrimony of the ſpirit, and con-
cealed the bitterneſs of the Hop, which before was
very conſiderable.
The mucilaginous nature, predominant in all male
liquors, here occafions a greater inaccuracy, as not
ſuffering the condenſed part to get clear and run from
the ice; but as this liquor is cheaper than Wine, the
lofs is leſs conſiderable ; and not only ſo, but if the
operation were to be performed in large, the thawed
liquor might be cominodiouſly employed in a freſh
brewing; ſo that, with a ſlight enchirefis, all manner
of loſs may be prevented.
And thus likewiſe the phlegm of Wine, ſeparated in
the operation, may, by a proper ferment, be convert-
ed into good vinegar, with a great deal of eaſe, and
moderate profit.
What a large quantity of water abounds in vinegar, is
well known to thoſe that are ſkilled in chemiſtry; ſo
that a great quantity of vinegar will ſaturate but a
ſmall one of alkaline falt; and again, a deal of vinegar
is required to diffolve a little quantity of metal.
A pint of the ſtrongeſt vinegar will ſcarce diffolve
above two drams of iron; or faturate more than the
like quantity of good ſalt of tartar; but our method
of condenſation effectually remedies this inconveni-
ence; and ſo far deprives the vinegar of its fuperflu-
ous water, and collects its acetous penetrating ſharp-
neſs, as to render it extremely powerful; thus throw-
ing out five or fix parts of uſeleſs phlegm, that taſtes
ſcarce perceptibly acid, and, at the ſame time, retain-
ing the ſtrength and virtue of the whole, in the part
remaining uncongealed.
The advantages of the method of condenſing Wines by
cold.
It is certain, that the beſt and nobleſt Wines, if ex-
poſed for ſeveral days to the warm open air of the
fummer, out of a vault, or other proper receptacle,
will inevitably corrupt and ſpoil, throwing a mouldy
and mucilaginous matter to their furface, and acquir-
ing a degree of ſtench or vapidity, or at beft, turning
to vinegar. On the contrary, the Wine condenſed in
our manner ſuffers none of theſe changes, upon being
ſo expoſed; but remains for a long time not only un-
corrupted, but even unaltered, as we have experienced
for ſeveral years.
And as this difference is owing to nothing more than
freeing the Wine of its fuperfluous water; it may
hence be fairly preſumed, that water alone is the prin-
cipal or immediate inſtrument of all the fermentative
notions and changes of vinous liquors.
a
4
We

W IN
W IN
a
a
a
a
a
We condenſed, in our method, a gallon and a half of bination of the groffer with the ſpirituous part, which
poor, weak, auſtere, and acid Wine, to about a now wanting water, ſucceſſively throws off the groffer
quart, in the winter of the year 1696, and put it in-
,
tartar from the reſt of the mixture.
to a glaſs bottle, whereof a third
part remained empty,
But beſides this, there ſeems to be another remarka-
and itopped it only with a hard wreath of paper ; and ble change incident to our concentrated Wines, not
thus it ſtood for the ſpace of two years in my bed- only in the taſte, but abundantly in the ſmell ; for
chamber, where, during the ſummer, when the wea- although that very auftere Wine above-mentioned had
ther was fair, the windows were open all day long; a much milder taſte the third year than the ſecond,
and where alſo, in the winter, other aqueous liquors yer its ſpecific odour perfectly reſembled that of fack
froze. During this time, it was often opened, and or Canary, ſo as to be miſtaken for it, from the ſmell
fome of it poured out, both to taſte, and otherwiſe to alone, by good judges, who were acquainted with the
uſe; and
yet
all this time it neither grew mouldy nor original favour of the Wine, from whence it was con-
four, nor ſuffered any feparation of parts ; only de- centrated.
poſited a ſmall quantity of tartar, but retained its ori- Nor is this change of odour peculiar to Wine alone;
ginal conſiſtence and taſte entire ; except ſome ſmall but concentrated vinegar participates ſomewhat of it,
change in both for the better.
and was obſerved for ſome time to loſe it, in great
In the ſame manner we concentrated a ſomewhat bet- meaſure, upon being left long ſtopped only with pa-
ter kind of Wine to a little more than a fourth part ; per, and the bottle often poured out.
but the bulk of this did not keep ſo well as the former, And therefore as it is plain, that Wines, and all other
as having many more tafters, than the auftere and
fermented liquors, become much more durable by
diſagreeable fort.
concentration; and yet this durability is here confirm-
When it was by degrees taſted away to half a pint, I ed and proved from ſmall and inconſiderable quanti-
put the remainder into a glaſs, and tied it over with ties, wherein they always retain their goodneſs; it is
a piece of bladder; then ſet it in the ſame place, obvious, that if the operation were performed in large,
near the former, but could not prevent its being fip- a great bulk of the liquor thus concentrated would be
ped away by degrees, till only about three ounces ſtill immenſely leſs ſubject to alteration from the air
were left.
and heat, which are the two great incentives to fer-
This ſmall quantity ſtood all the ſummer, barely co- mentative motion; and that if ſuch ſmall parcels fuf-
vered with a looſe bladder, without alteration, or fered no change for the worſe, much leſs would the
growing in the leaſt mouldy or acid, and long after re- larger.
tained its moſt grateful taſte, and quick ſmell; only But as theſe concentrated liquors, by reaſon of their
the latter was ſomewhat weakened thro' the bottle's confiderable proportion of faline and fine fpirituous
remaining untied down ; and that under this incon- parts, have a leſs tendency to diſſolution and corrup-
venience it ſhould continue ſo perfect and entire is tion; fo, on the contrary, the aqueous part, ſepa-
furpriſing
rated from them, has a very ſtrong tendency there-
I had in the winter of the year before, condenſed a to; for as it takes from the Wine, and carries off
very ſmall quantity of the ſame fort of Wine to half with it a little of the mucilaginous and unctuous
an ounce, and put it into an ounce phial, which re-
part, and yet is almoſt wholly a mere moveable fluid
mained lightly tied down all the next year in
my
ordi- water, that is, the moſt active inſtrument of fermen-
nary ſtove room, where it kept without corrupting, till tative motion, it cannot but preſently fall into cor-
after the end of the winter; when by the unequal, and ruption.
ſometimes violent heating of the room, it became va- This buſineſs of congelation is not only applicable to
pid and mouldy.
immediate profit, but alſo paves the way to certain
A parcel of vinegar concentrated after the ſame man- matters of curioſity, and ſhews one particular, which,
ner in the winter 1694, and by that means brought though not new, but anciently common and familiar,
to a corroſive degree of ſharpneſs, which rendered it has yet grown ftrangely into diſuſe through the indo-
unfit for the table, ftood in the ſame room with the lence of mankind.
concentrated Wines, for three whole fummers and As to the point of immediate uſe, it needs no expla-
winters, without any manner of tendency to corrup- nation; for he muſt be very dull indeed, who does
tion, or the ſmalleſt ſigns either of mouldineſs or ro- not immediately perceive, that Wines, &c. by this
pineſs.
method may be reduced to any degree of vinoſity,
Theſe examples and experiments fufficiently ſhew, that ſtrength, or perfection.
liquors thus concentrated, may for a long time be kept Thus, for example: If a Wine of a moderate ſtrength
in a ſtate of perfection with little care.
have a third part of its water taken away, in the form
But there are ſome particular changes of Wines and of ice, by congelation, the remaining part will there-
vinegars, thus concentrated, that happen in proceſs by be doubled in ſtrength and goodneſs; for if in the
of time.
better forts of Wines we allow, as we may, one third
1. Wines upon being thus concentrated, ſeem to ac- part to be good, or truly vinous, and two third parts
quire a more auſtere taſte, than they had originally; to be water, then that one third good part is divided
and no wonder, as the concentration brings their fa-
among the two aqueous parts; whence, if one of the
line and rough matter into a third or fourth of its
two aqueous parts be taken away, that ſame third part
original compaſs; ſo that this is no new addition or before divided between the two waters, now remains
increaſe of the rough taſte, but perhaps ſome degree collected or condenſed, in a double proportion, along
of mitigation thereof, in regard to the cloſeneſs with but one of them.
whereto this rough matter is brought; which, of it- But if this concentration be carried up to the utmoſt,
ſelf, ought rather to multiply the effect in a greater and practiſed in a large quantity, with a ſomewhat in-
proportion.
tenſe cold, it may perhaps reduce good Wines to a
The change may be conceived owing to this, that all fixth ; and this ſmall quantity might commodiouſly
Wines are obſerved to grow mild and ſoft by long be uſed as a quinteſſence, to meliorate, improve, and
lying; which effect is greatly promoted in them by a even ſpecificate, ſmaller and low flavoured Wines.
fucceffive ſeparation of their tartar, and a gentle eva- Toconclude; as to the direct and iminediate uſe of
poration of ſome part of their water; occafioning that our method of concentration, he who has the ſecret,
neceſſity we find of frequently filling up the caſks in by means of a little, dry, powdery body, of turning
the ſummer months; but in our concentrated Wine, water into Wine, will not perhaps eaſily divulge the
though ſome tartar be ſucceffively ſeparated, yet there capital uſe he may make of the experiment.
is found no concurrent evaporation ; for the concen- WINE PRESS. [A deſcription of the great taiffon
trated Wine grows ſoft and mellow in a well-ſtopped or famed Preſs.] The Preſs, which is a machine, or
glaſs, where no ſenſible diminution of the quantity is moving power, contrived to ſqueeze the juice out of
perceived
Grapes, conſiſts of an aſſemblage of many pieces of
But the effect proceeds principally upon a cloſer com- timber, placed after different diſpoſitions, which com-
poſe
a
و

W IN
W IN
a
a
a
2
ز
poſe three bodies of timber work, cloſely joined to the
axis, which ſerves as a ſwing, whereby it may be
moved by the vice.
The great Preſſes are thirty or thirty-three feet long,
and twelve or ſixteen wide. To make one of theſe
machines, they firſt dig a pit in the ground about four
feet deep, and fixteen feet ſquare, in the moſt com-
modious place where the Preſs is deſigned. In the
middle of this hollow they build a ſmall pile of ma-
fonry the whole length, for a foundation, two feet
thick, and three feet high, in ſuch a manner, as to
have only one foot below the ſurface of the ground;
then they make a parallel wall, to ſurround the Preſs
from the right to the left, to the extremity of the pit,
at an equal diſtance from the pile in the middle, for
ſupporting ſome of the timbers, and to prevent the
earth from falling down into the pit. The ſpace
between theſe three little walls of three feet depth,
is neceſſary to give air to the wood, to prevent its
rotting.
The wall, which ought to be from the ſides of the
beams (which may be placed from the right to the
left of the Preſs, according to the greateſt convenien-
cy of the place,) ſhould be deeper than the hollow of
the beams, which ſhall be explained hereafter ; and
that which is contrived on the bent ſide of the beams,
ſhould be thicker than the ſquare of the baſon, which
will be more eaſily comprehended by what follows.
Upon the little wall of the middle, they lay a piece
of timber lengthwiſe, which they call a falſe ſtilling
upon this, to the ſide of the hollow beams, they place
a ground plate, which is ſupported by another pile of
maſonry, which is joined cloſe to the beams, and the
piles which they croſs; all theſe pieces ſhould be laid
level, in order to ſupport four ſtillings, which are
placed acroſs them at an equal diſtance. Theſe pieces
ought to extend beyond the wall of the baſon, on the
ſide of the beams, about three feet, and be laid upon
the piles, to hinder them from riſing; there muſt al-
ways be allowed a declivity of three or four inches
from the front to the four ſtillings, in order to faci-
litate the draining of the wine into the caſk, which
ſhould be placed under the middle, in the fore part
of
the baſon, to receive it from the ſide where the holes
are bored.
They afterwards place upon theſe four ſtillings, croſs
the baſon of the Preſs, fome pieces of wood called
maye ; theſe ſhould have their tops level with the
top of the ſtillings, and ought to be cut in notches
of four inches in length on both ſides the baſon, for
receiving the maye in ſuch a manner, that they may
be faſtened on each ſide with wedges, after having
put in the middle of the joints potters-earth and
Moſs, to prevent the wine from getting out at the
crevices; theſe pieces of maye are fimply joined to-
gether without fillets or notches, that they may the
better cloſe the two ends to the middle of the quoins
their whole length, between the ſtillings and the ſide
of the laſt pieces of maye ; theſe pieces ſhould be
raiſed in the middle with a ridge, to make a gutter in
each joint, to facilitate the draining of the wine; they
alſo make for the ſame purpoſe, a ridge or furrow all
round the extremity of the pieces of maye.
In the place appointed for the beams, on the right or
left of the baſon, they make a hole big enough to
erect a frame of maſonry twelve feet deep, eight long,
and five broad. One of the three piles of maſonry,
which ſupports the baſon, ſerves there inſtead of one
ſide of the wall to the beams, which are driven into
the ground at the bottom of the ſaid frame, twelve
feet deep, and are fifteen or ſixteen feet above the
level of the ground; theſe they join with the piles
which croſs them, upon which they put the beams,
which are all joined by cramps of wood, except the
laſt, to which the ſtillings ſerve inſtead of braces.
They afterwards erect the maſonry, in which they
incloſe the ends of the piles, as alſo thoſe of the braces,
to prevent the beams from riſing; theſe piles ought
to be placed contrary to the ſtillings, which ſurround
or croſs them every three feet, and dove-tailed into
the ſquare ſupporters; the ſpace left between the ma-
ſonry they do not fill up, that the beams may be
pre-
ſerved from rotting, and that, if occaſion be, they
may go down into the pit. The beams ought to be
laid in ſuch a manner, that their fides may occupy
the middle of the baſon, and they ſhould incline two
inches beyond it; the front and fides muſt be made
ſmooth and even, but the back and tops muſt be left
rough; they make a-top, under the pieces of maye,
a ledge of two or three inches, for ſupport to the
carriage; the top of the beams is joined with a croſs
beam, under which is a ſpindle ſupported by a diago-
nal beam, on which all the force and reſiſtance of the
Preſs bears; this diagonal beam ſhould be cloſely
faſtened with nails and girders under the heads of the
beams. In the middle of the other ſide of the baſon,
they put upon the ground plate, between the ends of
the ſtillings, two falſe beams a little diſtance from the
true ones, becauſe it is on this ſide that the axle-tree
is notched to receive the beams, to prevent their re-
coiling back; theſe are a little enlarged towards the
falſe beams; they ſuſtain theſe with four croſs pieces
or ſtrong jambs, two on the front, and two on the
fides, which abut againſt them, and keep them in
their places; theſe croſs pieces are borne by the
ground plate and the poſts, and let in at the other end
juſt to the middle of the falſe beams; theſe ought to
be bored about four feet high, that the moving pins
may be put in there for the beam to reſt upon; theſe
falſe beams ſhould have holes at the bottoms, to re-
ceive the wooden pegs, which croſs the ground plate,
and are cut to half their thickneſs, that they may be
capable to enter the notches, and be joined with keys
and pins where they croſs the falſe beams; they like-
wiſe bind theſe beams at the top with a croſs beam,
and they ſuſtain them again at the bottom with two
croſs pieces on their fides; theſe croſs pieces are
placed upon the poſts, which are joined into the
ground plate by a dove-tail, and are borne
up
hori-
zontally by a ſmall piece of maſonry of their own
ſize, which is chiefly hid in the ground; there muſt
alſo be on each ſide a large croſs piece to croſs the
baſon, which binds together the falſe beams with the
true, both before and behind; theſe they faften to
the
top of the beams, allowing them a foot and a half
declivity to the place where they are mortiſed into the
falſe beams.
They alſo make in the ground, on the ſide of the
falſe beams, ten feet from the baſon, a pit twelve
feet deep, and ten feet ſquare, to place the two
blocks, which ſhould join at bottom, and be ſepa-
rated by the great ends, about two feet above the fur-
face of the ground, in ſuch a manner, that the ſcrew
may be able to play between them; theſe muſt be
joined at bottom to the piles by a ſtrong dove-tail,
and the piles joined with braces; and near the top,
about fifteen inches from the head, they ſhould be
bound with girders and pins, to keep them aſunder,
and prevent their parting. The ſpace between the
blocks and the piles muſt be filled up with earth,
which ſhould be well rammed ; theſe girders ſhould
be let in ſeven or eight inches to the body of the
blocks.
In the middle of the girders there ſhould be a hole
to put in the ſcrew, which hould there deſcend per-
pendicularly, and which is rounded to this place, and
leſſened to a third part of its thickneſs; and a foot
lower than the girders ought to be a rail placed as a
ſupport, from bottom to top, in a nope, for a reſt
to the ſcrew; there ſhould be on this rail a plate of
iron, and an axis to the ſcrew, for its play; the
fcrew muſt be twelve feet long, and thirteen inches
thick at the top; the ſcrew-tap, or the extremity of
the ſpiral line, ought to be three inches and a half,
and ſhould form an exact ſquare ; the ſcrew ſhould
paſs croſs a wheel, which is placed three feet from
the ſurface of the ground, and which in this place
ſhould be ſquare, and about an inch and a half of its
thickneſs pared off for the play of the wheel ; this
wheel ſhould be joined with ſpokes and curb, athwart,
a
a
3
a
into

Plan of the Great Wine Preſs.
Die
E
Taiſson Profi
The Great Press



Profile of Great Wine Preſs
mu
Lake
7
The Profile
of the Great Breto
Press
o
O
The Pipe
The Bellons

WIN
WIN
The names, length, and thickneſs, of the pieces which
compoſe a great Preſs.
The main beams from thirty-two to thirty-five feet
long, and one with another, from two feet and a half
to three feet thick.
The cheeks or ſide beams twenty-eight feet long, about
two feet thick at the bottom, and eighteen inches at
the top:
into which they put divers pegs, that they may be
able, with five or fix men, to give it the neceſſary
motion.
od blod
or
Laſtly: There ſhould be placed, at five feet from the
ok
bottom of the baſon, two great beams, which muſt
paſs between the true and the falſe beams; theſe muſt
be both ſquared or pared away at the great end, on
both fides where the beams touch, where they let
them into a notch, to prevent their coming out; and
at the back part they put a key, to ſecure them from
being diſplaced (for they cannot put them into it ;)
but nevertheleſs, in ſuch a manner, that they may
play between the beams, without changing their po-
fition; theſe beams ſhould be well fitted to their bed,
and joined with keys, that they cannot part from
each other; for they ſhould open inſenſibly from the
falſe beams, where they ought alſo to ſeparate to the
right of the ſcrew, to give place for it. Upon the
end of theſe beams muſt be joined the nut of the Preſs
with moveable keys, that by this means it may be
raiſed or lowered, ſo that the beams may riſe and fall
as a kind of ſwing, which has the keys for its center,
which are the falſe beams, where the great beams reft,
and the bag which is upon the baſon. When they
prefs, before the preſſman raiſes the beam, by means
of the ſcrew, they lower it on the ſides of the falſe
beams a little, that they may force the quoins be-
tween the beams and the fpurs, which is upon the
falſe beams, then they lower it with the ſame forew
from the ſide of the falſe beams. After they have
moulded the Grapes with the free poles, the planks,
and the nave, by the help of the wheel which moves
the ſcrew, they preſs the bag ſtrongly.
Theſe beams ſhould be two feet and a half thick, and
if that is not big enough, they put two upon each
other, and ſometimes three, if it be neceſſary; theſe
they join together with nails in different places, both
on the bed, and in the front, that they may work
together, as if there were but two; and they raiſe at
the end of the Preſs, on the ſide of the falfe beams, a
ſmall hanging ſcaffold or ſteps to go up to ſtrike the
quoins.
The piles twelve feet long, and twelve or thirteen
inches thick. It muſt be obſerved to make theſe with
counter dove-tails to thoſe of the cheeks; the firſt is
placed at fifteen inches from the bottom of the cheeks;
one ought to put three from the top, to that which is
in the ground, and the latter ſhould be even with the
top of the falſe ftiller.
Upon the piles of the cheeks, and upon thoſe of
the blocks, are placed braces of wood nine feet long,
and about nine or ten inches thick, to bind them to-
gether.
The ftillers fix feet long, and about fifteen or fixteen
inches ſquare.
The ground plate eighteen feet long, about eighteen
inches broad, and fifteen inches thick.
The falſe beams fourteen or fifteen feet long, about
thirteen or fourteen inches broad, nine inches thick
at the bottom, and fx at the top; theſe ought to be
planed to the ſize of the keys, to ſupport the main
beam.
The croſs piece of the falſe beams fix feet long, four
inches broad, and nine or ten thick.
The keys of the beams, to the direction of the worm,
five feet and a half long, eight inches thick towards
the head, but reduced to half the ſize in the remaining
length.
The pegs of the keys fourteen inches long, about five
broad, and at leaſt one and a half thick.
The two croſs timbers of the falſe beams about eight
feet long, four or five inches thick, and the fame
breadth of the falſe beams.
The two other croſs timbers of the falſe beams nine
feet long, and about eight inches thick.
The poſts fix feet long, and about eight or nine inches
thick.
The pieces of maye, which are at the baſon, twelve
feet long, about nine or ten inches broad, and fix
thick.
The great croſs timbers, put as a band between the
falſe beams, fix or feven inches thick.
The two blocks fourteen feet long each; about fix-
teen inches thick at the head, and twelve at the
bottom.
The ſcrew fifteen inches at the bottom before it is
ſquared, thirteen inches, according to the foot of the
ſcrew which forms the ſpiral line, and twelve feet
long.
The wheel ten feet diameter, with ſpokes of four
inches thickneſs, the ſame as the ribs, upon which
are wooden pegs for four or five inches high, and one
diameter, admitting eight or nine men in the circum-
ference of the wheel.
The nut of the Preſs fix feet long, two feet broad,
and fourteen inches thick, which ought to be creſted
with iron.
The croſs piece of the cheeks five feet long, about a
foot thick, and of the ſame breadth as the top of the
cheeks.
The ſpurs, which are placed under the ſpindle, be-
tween the two cheeks, ſhould be of the fame breadth
as the cheeks, and thirteen or fourteen inches thick.
The girders, which ought to embrace the top of the
cheeks, muſt be two inches higher than the under
part of the ſpurs, one foot broad, and about five
inches thick.
The ſpindle two feet high, and twelve or four-
teen inches thick ; this is placed between the fpurs
and the croſs piece, and croſſes the cheeks and the
ſpindle with a key, which ought to be worked very
Of the great framed Preſs.
This ſort of Preſs is made like the other, except that
inſtead of blocks, they uſe a frame. They make a
great pit in the earth twelve feet deep, and nine feet
diameter ; and, to ſupport the earth, they build a
wall of ſtone all round it, in the form of a well,
which ought to be feven feet diameter, that they may
place in this ſpace a frame of wood work of a ſquare
figure, joined together with poſts, joiſts, ground-
plates, and rafters, like a St. Andrew's croſs. In this
frame they put a ſolid ſtone of about three thouſand
weight; then they join the ſcrew to the center of the
frame, that they may be turned together, and ſo keep
the beams upon the ſtock of the wheel, to preſs the
Grapes, in ſuch a manner as if one man was ſuſpend-
ed at one end of a pole, which is made faſt at the
other, and in the middle there is fomething to preſs.
At about two or three feet from the ground is a wheel,
by means of which, and the weight of the frame,
they make the ſcrew deſcend, which lowers the beamn.
The frame ſhould be ten feet high, and four feet nine
inches ſquare on each front. Great care ſhould be
taken of the block Preffes not to ſcrew them too hard,
left it break the beams, and ſplit them to pieces, no-
thing being of greater force than a ſcrew. You muſt
not fail to make the dove-tails very exact, but above
all, the ſcrew and the nut ſhould be made artificially
to their work.
Theſe great Preſſes make, at one vat or ſtowage,
from twenty to twenty-five pieces of Wine. One
may make it leſs by a fourth part, and it will preſs as
well, when there are not above ten or fifteen pieces
of wine. In this caſe the pieces ſhould be propor-
tionably diminiſhed in the bigneſs from what has been
deſcribed.
9
exact,
15 A

W IN
WIN
exact, for there it is the whole force of the Preſs
refides.
The quoins two feet long, about nine or ten inches
broad, and fix or ſeven thick.
The frame, in the framed Preſs, ten feet long or
deep, and four feet nine inches ſquare, with four
fronts,
The nave eight feet and a half long, about five inches
thick one way, and fix the other. evidwolde
All theſe timbers ſhould be Oak, except the ſcrew,
which ſhould be Elm, which will laſt longer, and the
ſpindle ſhould be of Walnut. One may make the moſt
part of theſe timbers longer or ſhorter, according to
the fize of the wood made uſe of. Hod
oba die
o
width
B
The Small Framed Profs
The deſcription of a Night Preſs.
port to each.
a
This ſort of Preſs is much leſs chargeable than the them, and ſupported upon the keys, which croſs the
others, and it alſo preſſes a much leſs quantity of cheeks, by nails, and muſt be ſtayed behind the
Wine, but it is nevertheleſs of great uſe for private cheeks with a key; alſo in front with four iron bars,
perſons, who have no great vintage, where this will making a ſquare of a foot and a half, bored at the
be ſufficient, for it will make eight or ten pieces of four corners with pins and nails four or five inches
Wine at each tunning.
long towards the ſcrew-tap. Upon the ſpindle they
The conſtruction of this ſlight Preſs is much the ſame lay planks of the ſame length, which they croſs in
with that of the other Preſſes, but I ſhall explain ſuch a manner, that their ends are turned towards the
wherein they differ.
front of the Preſs; upon theſe planks they lay two
The pit which is made in the earth ought to be four croſs pieces of the fame length as the ſpindle, which
feet deep, fourteen broad, and eighteen long, more embrace the top of the cheeks under their heads; they
or leſs, according to the ſize of the intended Preſs. let them in at each end in front, where they are join-
They make three little walls of free-ſtone croſs the ed. Theſe croſs pieces and the cheeks ought to be
Preſs, which occupies the bottom of the ſquare of nailed together, and they muſt put four croſs timbers,
the baſon; they make the walls in the middle two which ſhould take hold of the head of the beains, and
feet, and thoſe on the ſides two and a half thick. An reach half the length of the head pieces, for a fup-
opening muſt be left in the middle of each of the
fide walls, about twenty inches ſquare, to place the They afterwards make a ſcrew with the ſame inftru-
two cheeks one oppoſite to the other on each ſide of ment as that of the other Preſs, with a ſquare at bot-
the baſon, which ſhould incline an inch and a half tom, tojoin it to a wheel, which ſhould be laid hori-
towards the baſon; theſe muſt be ſquared and planed zontally well conſolidated with the ſcrew, and joined
on three ſides, from the top of the ſtillings, but the with ribs and ſpokes a foot wide croſſwife; theſe
top ſhould remain rough. In theſe fides, which are ſpokes ought to project out of the ribs three or four
towards the baſon, they make a notch at the height inches of half their width, to be able to contain the
of two feet and a half from the baſon, three inches rope, which muſt be round the wheel. Under the
broad, four inches deep, and two feet high in aſcend- centre of the wheel they place a ſtandard of the length
ing towards the head.
of the ſpace between the cheeks, and eight inches
They place the falſe ſtillings upon the middle wall; thick or more, to make a ſort of tenon at each end,
and upon each of the other they place two piles, which which goes into the notch of the cheeks. The ſtandard
embrace the cheeks, and are joined to them by ſquare ſhould be ſuſtained by an iron pin, which goes in at
ſupporters and dove-tails. In croſſing the piles and the end of the ſcrew, to be held ſuſpended by it, in
the falſe ſtillings, they put the four ſtillings in notches ſuch a manner that it may waggle. In crder to this,
as in the other Preſſes; thoſe of the middle embrace the end of the pin which is under the ſtandard, ſhould
the cheeks, and are joined to them as the piles are, play with the key which holds it at the other end of
and ſhould extend beyond the piles, which are be- the fcrew.no
hind the cheeks eight or nine inches. The top of the At ten or twelve feet from the Preſs they place a
ſtillings ought to be notched an inch and a half, fit to wheel, either horizontally or perpendicularly, with an
receive the piles to keep the whole together; then axle-tree, which ought to play in the fliers of wood,
they put upon theſe the pieces of maye, which they well fixed; they bind to the wheel, which is at the
cloſe, as hath been already faid, and the baſon is the top of the baſon, to one of the ſpokes, or one of the
fame with the other Prefies.
pins which is driven in for this purpoſe, the eilet hole
The ſpindle of the ſcrew ought to be feven or eight of a great rope two inches and a half diameter.
inches longer than the back of the cheeks, and em- They can turn the wheel once or twice round with
brace them in their thickeſt parts; this is placed upon the hand, before they take hold of the rope, which
ought
a
a

W IN
WIN
US.
ought to go round the wheel five or fix times, and be fhowers; whereas cold and froft keep them in, and
faftened at the other end to that which is at the ſide of tranſport them into the late ſpring and ſummer fol-
the Preſs. They employ ſeven or eight men to turn lowing
this wheel. It is of great conſequence to obſerve, that The country people have made this obfervation, that
when there is no more than one turn and a half of
thoſe years in which there are ſtore of Haws and Heps,
the rope above the wheel, and if there is another bag to commonly portend cold Winters; the natural cauſe
preſs, they ſhould remit two or three turns of the rope of this may be the want of heat, and abundance of
to the wheel to finiſh the preſſing, otherwiſe they moiſture, in the ſummer preceding, which puts forth
would riſque the breaking of the wheel at the bot- thoſe fruits, and muſt of neceffity leave a great quan-
tom, and laming the preffers. When the bag is ſuf- tity of cold vapours undiſſipated, which
cauſes the
ficiently preſſed, they ſtop the perpendicular wheel cold of the following Winter.
for half an hour, to allow time for the wine to drain When birds lay up Haws and Sloes, and other ſtores,
off. In this ſort of Preſs, there is nothing but the in old nefts, and hollow trees, it is a ſign of a hard
ſtandard Preſſes, which is borne by the nave, and fup- Winter approaching
plies the place of the great beams which are in the If fowls or birds, which uſed at certain ſeaſons to
other Preffes. There ought to be one experienced change countries, come earlier than the uſual time,
man, to whom the others ought to be obedient, to con- they fhew the temperature of the weather, according
duct the preſſing, and to cut and chop the marc as to that country from whence they came ; as the Win-
often as it ſhall need.
ter birds, fieldfares, ſnipes, woodcocks, &c.
If they come earlier, and out of the northern coun-
The particular pieces of a ſight Preſs.
tries, they intimate cold Winters likely to enſue with
And if it be in the ſame country, they ſhew a
The two cheeks, fixteen feet long, and about eighteen temperature of ſeafon, like that of the ſeaſon in which
or twenty inches thick.
they come, as bats, cuckoos, nightingales, and ſwal-
The ſpindle, fifteen or fixteen feet long, and about lows, which come towards ſummer, if they come early,
three wide.
it is a ſign of a hot ſummer to follow. Cold dews,
The head-piece, fixteen feet long, and about thirteen and morning rains, about Bartholonew-tide, and hoar
or fourteen inches thick.
froſts in the morning about Michaelmas, foretel a hard
The croſs timbers, fix feet long, and about fix or fe- Winter.
ven inches thick.
When ſea pyes flock from falt to freſh water, it figni-
The piles, twelve feet long, and about twelve or thir- fies a ſudden alteration of weather to much cold.
teen inches thick.
WINTERANIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 636. Winter's
The ſcrew, ſeven or eight feet long, about thirteen Bark.
inches thick to the ſpiral line, and fixteen inches at The CHARACTERS are,
the bottom, fitted to a ſquare; this ſhould be notched The empalement of the flower is bell-ſhaped, composed of
in that place two inches, for placing the wheel.
three roundiſh concave lobes ; the flower has five oblong
The ſtandard twelve feet and a half long, ſeventeen or Seſile petals, which are longer than the empalement, and a
eighteen inches broad in the middle, and ten at the conical cup-Maped nectarium, which is concave and the
ends, and eight or ten inches thick in the middle, re- length of the petals : it baih no ſtamina, but linear, pa-
duced to fix or ſeven at the ends.
rallel, diſtinęt ſummits, fitting on the outſide of the netta-
The middle wheel, nine feet diameter, and ten or ele- rium, with an oval germen within the nečiarium, fupport-
ven inches thick.
ing a cylindrical ſtyle, crowned by three obtuſe ſtigmas ;
The perpendicular wheel of an equal diameter, and the germen ofterward becomes a round berry, having three
five or fix inches thick in every part of the timber. cells, containing two heart-ſhaped ſeeds.
The axle-tree ten or eleven feet long, and eight inches This genus is ranged in the firſt ſection of Linnæus's
diameter.
tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants whoſe flowers
The falſe ſtillings, and the pieces of maye, ought to have ten ſtamina or ſummits and one ſtyle.
be the ſame as in the other Preſſes in every part.
We have but one SPECIES of this genus, viz.
The ſtillings, eighteen feet long, and the ſame breadth WINTERANIA (Canella.) Lin. Sp. Plant. (636. Callia
and thickneſs, as in the other Preſſes.
Cinnamomea, fc. Cinnamomum ſylveſtre, Barbaden-
The nave, as in the other Preſſes, that is to ſay, ſeven dium. Pluk. Alm. 89. tab. 169. f. 7. Wild Cinnamon,
or eight feet long, and five or fix inches ſquare.
or Caſſia of Barbadoes.
This deſcription of the different forts of Preſſes This tree grows naturally in moſt of the Engliſh iſands
which are uſed in Champagne, together with the in the Weſt Indies, where it riſes to the height of
annexed plates, will, it is hoped, be ſufficient about twenty feet; the ſtem is generally furniſhed
to inſtruct a workman how to erect either of the with branches from the ground to the top, covered
forts here exhibited.
with a light Aſh-coloured bark, and garniſhed pretty
WINTER. [Prognoſtics of a hard Winter.] The cloſely with oblong leaves about two inches and a half
Lord Bacon gives theſe as ſigns or forerunners of a long, which are narrow at their footítalks, but at
hard winter:
their extremity, where they are enlarged and rounded,
If ſtone or wainſcot, that has been uſed to ſweat (as they are a full inch broad, of a light or pale green co-
it is called), be more dry in the beginning of winter, lour, ſtanding upon ſhort foot-ſtalks; they are placed
or the drops of eaves of houſes come down more flowly without order toward the end of the branches, where
than they uſed to do, it portends a hard and froſty the flowers come out almoſt inform of an umbel, which
Winter. The reaſon is, that it ſhews an inclination are compoſed of five oblong petals of a ſcarlet colour;
in the air to dry weather, which, in the Winter time, theſe are ſucceeded by roundiſh berries, having an
is always joined with froſt. 15
umbilical calyx at their top, incloſing ſhining black
Generally a moiſt and cool ſummer betokens a hard feeds.
Winter likely to enſue. The reaſon is, that the va- The whole plant, bark, leaves and fruit, are very
pours of the earth, not being diffipated by the ſun in aromatic, and has much the taſte of ſpiced ginger-
the ſummer, do rebound upon the Winter.
bread.
A hot and dry ſummer, eſpecially if the heat and The bark is much uſed by the inhabitants as a ſpice to
drought extend far in September, betokens an open reliſh their viands, and alſo in medicine to diſcharge
beginning of Winter, and cold to ſucceed towards the phlegm ; though it is much doubted whether it is
latter part of the Winter, and in the beginning of the the fame with the bark which was brought by Captain
ſpring; for all that time the former heat and drought Winter, from the Streights of Magellan.
bear the ſway, and the vapours are not fufficiently
As this tree is a native of hot climates, ſo it is too ten-
multiplied.
der to live in England out of a ftove. I raiſed ſeve-
An open and warm Winter portends a hot and dry ral of theſe plants from ſeeds, which were fent me from
ſummer; for the vapours diſperſe into the Winter Antigua a few years paft, ſome of which are grown
four
a
a
a
a
a
tud 2008

WOO
W OO
و
و
3
four or five feet high ; and one old plant which came Theſe Wood-walks ſhould not be leſs than eight or
from Barbadoes ſeveral years ſince, is more than twelve nine feet broad in ſmall Woods; but in large ones fif-
feet high, but has not yet produced any flowers. teen feet will not be too much, and on each ſide of
Theſe plants require to be plunged into a tan-bed in the Walks. The border of ſhrubs and evergreens
the ftove, and in winter ſhould be ſparingly watered, may be nine or ten feet broad; which may be fo ma-
but in ſummer they ſhould have it in greater plenty; naged, as to ſhut out the view from one part of the
when alſo they ſhould have a good ſhare of air admit- walk to the other, at thoſe times when the under
ted to them when the weather is warm. With this Wood is cut down, at which times there will be an
management the plants may be preſerved very well, abfolute occaſion for ſuch plantations; and at all
but they are difficult to propagate ; for I have laid times they will afford great pleaſure, by adding to the
down many of their under branches into the earth, variety, as alſo by their fragrant odour. The parti-
but not one in twelve has put out roots: I have alſo cular forts of ſhrubs which will thrive in the ſhade of
planted cuttings with as little ſucceſs ; fo that the Woods, as alſo the flowers proper to plant near theſe
ſureſt method is to procure freſh feeds from America. walks, are mentioned in ſeparate liſts, at the end of
WOODS and groves are the greateſt ornaments to a this work, ſo I ſhall not infert them in this place.
country ſeat, therefore every feat is greatly defective The former method which was practiſed in cutting of
without then; Wood and water being abſolutely theſe walks through Woods, was to have them as
neceſſary to render a place agreeable and pleaſant. ſtrait as poſſible, ſo that there was much trouble to
Where there are Woods already grown to a large ſize, make fights through the Woods, for direction how to
ſo ſituated as to be taken into the garden or park, or cut them; but where this was practiſed, every tree
ſo nearly adjoining, as that an eaſy communication may which ſtood in the line, good and bad, were cut
be made from the garden to the wood; they may be down, and many times boggy or bad ground was
ſo contrived by cutting of winding walks through
taken into the walks ; ſo that an expence of draining
them, as to render them the moſt delightful and and levelling, was neceſſary to render them proper for
pleaſant parts of a ſeat (eſpecially in the heat of ſum- walking on; beſides this, there were many other in-
mer), when thoſe walks afford a goodly ſhade from conveniencies attending theſe ſtrait cuts through
the ſcorching heat of the ſun.
Woods, as, firſt, by letting in a great draught of air,
As I have already treated of the uſe and beauty of which in windy weather renders the walks unpleaſant ;
wilderneſſes, and have given directions for the making and theſe cuts will alſo appear at a great diſtance from
and planting of them, I ſhall not enlarge much upon the Woods, which will have a very bad effect; there.
that head in this place; therefore I ſhall only give fore the modern practice of twiſting the walks through
fome ſhort inſtructions, for the cutting and making Woods, is to be preferred. In the cutting of theſe
of theſe Wood walks in thoſe places where perſons are walks, there ſhould be particular care taken to lead
ſo happy as to have any grown Woods, fo fituated as them over the ſmootheſt and foundeſt part of the
to be near the habitation, and are either taken into ground, as alſo to avoid cutting down the good trees;
the garden, or walks made from the houſe or garden, ſo that whenever theſe ſtand in the way, it will be bet-
leading to them; as alſo how to plant and decorate ter to lead the walk on one fide, than to have the
the ſides of theſe walks with ſhrubs and flowers, ſo tree ſtand in the middle ; for although ſome perſons
as to render them agreeable and pleaſant; and then I may contend for the beauty of ſuch trees which are
ſhall more fully treat of the method to raiſe and im- left ſtanding in walks, yet it muſt be allowed, that un-
prove Woods, ſo as to be of the greateſt advantage to leſs the walk is made much broader in thoſe places
the poffeffor, and a public benefit to the nation. than in the other, the trees will occaſion obſtructions
Where perſons have the convenience of grown Woods to the walkers, eſpecially when two or three perſons
near their habitation, ſo as that there may be an eaſy are walking together, ſo that it will be much better
communication from one to the other, there will be to have the waiks entirely clear from trees; and where
little occaſion for wilderneffes in the garden; ſince any large-ſpreading trees ſtand near the walk, to cut
the natural Woods may be ſo contrived as to render away the ſmall Wood, ſo as to make an opening round
them much pleaſanter than any new plantation can pof- the trees, where there may be ſome feats placed, for
fibly arrive to within the compaſs of twenty years, perſons to reſt under the ſhade. The turns made in
where the trees make the greateſt progreſs in their theſe walks ſhould be as eaſy and natural as poſſi-
growth ; and in ſuch places where their growth is Now, ble; nor ſhould there be too many of them, for that
there cannot be expected ſhade equal to the grown will render the walking through them diſagreeable;
Woods, in double that number of years ; but there is therefore the great skill in making of theſe walks
not only the pleaſure of enjoying a preſent ſhade from is, to make the turns ſo eaſy as not to appear like
theſe Woods, but alſo a great expence ſaved in the a work of art, nor to extend them ftrait to fo
planting of Wilderneſſes; which, if they are large, and great length, as that perſons who may be walking at
the trees to be purchaſed, will amount to no ſmall fum. a great diſtance, may be expoſed to the fight of each
If the Wood is ſo ſituated, as that the garden may be other; both theſe extremes ſhould be avoided as much
contrived between the houſe and that, then the walk as poffible, ſince they are equally diſagreeable to per-
into the Wood ſhould be made as near to the houſe as fons of true taſte. When a Wood is properly ma-
poſible, that there may not be too much open ſpace naged in this way, and a few places properly left like
to walk through in order to get into the ſhade ; if the an open grove, where there are ſome large trees fo fi-
Wood is of ſmall extent, then there will be a neceſſity tuated as to form them, there can be no greater orna-
for twiſting the walks pretty much, ſo as to make as ment to a fine ſeat than ſuch a Wood.
niuch walking as the compaſs of ground will admit; We hhall now treat of the culture of Woods for profit
but there ſhould be care taken not to bring the turns to the poffeffor, and for the public benefit of the nation.
fo near each other, as that the two walks may be ex- The great deſtruction of the Woods and foreſts which
poſed to each other, for want of a ſufficient thickneſs has been of later years made in this country, ſhould
,
of Wood between; but where the Wood is large, the alarm every perſon who wiſhes well to it; fince there
twiſts of the walks ſhould not approach nearer to each n is nothing which ſeems more fatally to threaten a
other than fifty or fixty feet; or in very large Woods, weakening, if not a diffolution, of the ftrength of
they ſhould be at a greater diſtance; becauſe, when this once famous and flouriſhing nation, than the no-
the under Wood is cut down, which will be abſolutely torious decay of its timber ; and as this devaſtation
neceſſary every tenth or twelfth year, according to its has ſpread through every part of the country, ſo un-
growth, then the walks will be quite open, until the leſs fome expedient be ſeriouſly and ſpeedily reſolved
under Wood grows up again, unleſs a border of on, to put a ſtop to this deſtruction of the timber, and
ſhrubs, intermixed with ſome evergreens, is planted alſo for the future increaſe of it, one of the moſt glo-
by the ſides of the Walks, which is what I would re- rious bulwarks of this nation will, in a few years, be
conimend, as this will greatly add to the pleaſure of wanting to it. 19310
there walks.
Bei
Woci shoqhboard
And
a
а
a

WOO
W OO
3
a
a
a
And as there are ſmall hopes of this being remedied
by thoſe intruſted with the care of the public Woods,
ſince their private intereſt is ſo much better advanced
by the deſtroying the timber, which they were appointed
to preſerve: therefore, unleſs private perſons can be
prevailed on to improve their eſtates, by encouraging
the growth of timber, it is greatly to be feared, that
in an age there will be a want of it for the ſupply of
the navy; which, whenever it happens, muſt put a
period to the trade of this country.
It has been often urged, by perſons whoſe judgment
in other affairs might be depended on, that the great
plantations, which, for ſeveral years paſt, have been
carried on in ſeveral parts of this kingdom, will be of
public benefit, by the propagation of timber ; but in
this they are greatly miſtaken ; for in moſt of the
plantations which have been made for years paſt, there
has been little regard had to the propagation of tim-
ber; preſent ſhade and ſhelter have been principally
conſidered, and in order to obtain theſe foon, great
numbers of trees have been taken out of Woods,
hedge rows, &c. which, if they had remained in their
firſt ſituation, might in time have afforded good timber;
but by being tranſplanted large, are abſolutely rendered
unfit for any uſe but fuel ; 1o that the great quantity
of plantations which have been made, I fear, will ra-
ther prejudice than be of uſe, to the improvement of
timber; nor is there any other method of increaſing the
uſeful timber of this country, than by ſowing the ſeeds
in the places where they are to remain; or in ſuch fi-
tuations, where there are plenty of Oaks in the neigh-
bourhood, if the ground is properly fenced, to keep
out cattle and vermin, the Acorns which drop from
thoſe trees will ſoon produce plenty of young trees;
which, if properly taken care of, will ſoon grow to
Woods.
The two moft fubftantial timbers of this country are
the Oak and Cheſtnut, though the latter has been of
late years almoſt entirely deſtroyed in England, ſo that
there are ſcarce any remains of trees of ſize in the
Woods at preſent; but there can be no doubt of this
tree having been one of the moſt common trees of this
country, as may be proved by the old buildings in
moſt parts of England, in which the greateſt part of
the timber is Cheſtnut. But as I have already treated
I
largely of the method of propagating both theſe trees
for profit, under their reſpective titles, I ſhall not re-
peat it here. Next to theſe, the Elm is eſteemed as a
profitable timber; but of theſe there are few culti-
vated in Woods, eſpecially in the ſouth part of Eng-
land, where they chiefly grow in hedge rows, or plan-
tations near houſes; but in the north-weſt part of Eng-
land, there are numbers of very large trees of the
Witch-Elm growing in parks, and ſome in Woods,
as if that tree was a native of this country, which has
been much doubted; though as chis tree propagates
itſelf by ſeeds, it may be deemed an indigenous plant
in England.
The Beech is another tree common in the Woods, eſ-
pecially upon the chalky hills of Buckinghamſhire,
Kent, Suffex, and Hampſhire, where there are ſome
very large Woods, entirely of this fort ; ſome of which
have been of long ſtanding, as appears by the age
of
the trees, but whether this tree is a native of this
,
country, has been a point often diſputed.
The Alh is a very profitable tree, and of quick
growth; ſo that in leſs than an age, the trees will ar-
rive to a large ſize from the feeds; therefore a perſon
may hope to reap the profits of his labour, who fows
the feeds, but this is not a beautiful tree to ſtand near
a habitation, being late in the ſpring in putting out its
leaves, and the firſt that ſheds them in autumn; nor is
a friendly tree to whatever grows near it, the roots
drawing away all the nouriſhment of the ground,
whereby the trees or plants which grow near are de-
prived of it ; fo that where the Ash-tree grows in
hedge rows, the hedge rows in a few years are entirely
deſtroyed; and if they are in paſture grounds, and
the cows browze on them, the butter made with their
milk will be bad; for which reafon the Aſh ſhould be
fown ſeparate in lands which are incloſed, where cat-
tle are not permitted to come, and at a diſtance from
the habitation.
Upon fandy or rocky foils, the Scotch Pine will thrive
exceedingly, and turn to great advantage to the
planter, provided the plants are planted young, and
treated in the manner directed in the article Pinus, to
which the reader is deſired to turn, to avoid repetition.
There are alſo ſeveral aquatic trees, which are very pro-
fitable to thoſe who have low marſhy lands, where the
harder kinds of timber will not thrive; theſe are the
Poplars of ſeveral forts, the Willow, Alder, &c. but
as theſe, and all the other kinds of trees, have been
fully treated of, both as to their propagation and uſes,
and alſo an account of the different foils in which each
will thrive beft, under their reſpective titles, the reader
is referred to them for farther information; and I ſhall
next treat of the general management of Woods, of
whatever kinds of trees they are compoſed.
Where there are young Woods, great care muſt be
taken of the fences; for if cattle ſhould get in among
the trees, eſpecially while they are young, they will
in a ſhort time do infinite damage to them, by browz-
ing on the branches, or barking the trees, ſo that
during the firſt twenty years of their growth, they
ſhould be ſecured from hares and rabbers, other-
wiſe in ſevere froſt, or when the ground is covered
with ſnow, whereby they are deprived of other food, they
get into the Woods, and eat off the bark from the young
trees, and gnaw all the branches within their reach;
ſo that in a few days, where there are plenty of theſe
animals, there may be ſuch deſtruction made among
the young trees, as cannot be retrieved, but by cut-
ting them down to the ground, which will be a loſs
of ſeveral years ; therefore thoſe perſons who have the
care of young Woods, ſhould be very diligent in
froſty weather, in looking over the trees, and ſtopping
the holes in the fences, to keep out all vermin.
Another care to be taken of young Woods, is the
thinning the trees from time to time, as they increaſe
in their growth; but in doing of this, there muſt be
great caution uſed; for it ſhould be gradually per-
formed, ſo as not to open the trees too much, to let
the cold air among them, which will greatly retard
their growth; nor ſhould the trees be left ſo cloſe,
as to draw each other up like May-poles, but rather
obſerve a medium in this work, cutting down a few
each year, according as there may be neceſſity for it,
being careful not to permit thoſe to ſtand, which may
ſpoil the growth of the neighbouring trees, always ob-
ferving to leave thoſe trees which are the moſt pro-
miſing
The young trees in theſe Woods ſhould not be lop-
ped or pruned, for the more they are cut, the leſs they
will increaſe in bulk; every branch which is cut off,
will rob the tree of its nouriſhment, in proportion to
the ſize of the branch; therefore the hatchet ſhould
not be ſuffered to come into young Woods, unleſs in
the hands of ſkilful perſons.
Where perſons have more regard to the future welfare
of the timber than their immediate profit, the under
Wood ſhould be grubbed up as the trees advance,
that the roots may have the whole benefit of the ſoil,
and their ſtems enjoy the free air ; without which,
their ftems are generally covered with Moſs, and their
growth greatly ftinted; as may be obſerved in all ſuch
Woods, where there is any quantity of under Wood
remaining; in which places it is rarely found, that
the trees do ever grow to a large ſize; therefore where
large timber is deſired, the trees muſt have room to
extend their roots and branches, without which it can-
not be expected; but from a covetous temper, many
people let their under Wood remain as long as it will
live, for as the timber increaſes, the under Wood
will be gradually decaying, by the ſhade and drip of
the large trees ; fo that by this method the timber
ſuffers more in a few years, than the value of the un-
der Wood; therefore, by endeavouring to have both,
neither of them can be ſo good, as where they are
ſeparately preſerved.
If
a
15 B

WOO
WOO
If perſons who have eſtates would be careful to nurſe
up trees in their hedge rows, it would in time become
a fortune to their fucceffors, as hereby the timber
growing in the hedges may be worth more than the
freehold of the eſtate, which has often been the caſe
with eſtates, from which their poffeffors have cut down
timber for fortunes for their younger children ; the
frequency of this ſhould encourage perſons to be a
little more attentive to the growth and preſervation of
young Woods, fince the expence and trouble is not
great, and the future profit very certain; beſides, the
pleaſure of ſeeing trees of a man's own ſowing make
yearly advances, muſt be very great to thoſe who have
any reliſh for country amuſements.
There are ſeveral perſons who plant copfes for cutting
every ten or twelve years, according to their growth.
Theſe are uſually planted in autumn, either with ftools
or young plants, which are drawn out of the Woods;
the latter ſhould always be preferred to the former.
Theſe copſes are commonly planted with ſeveral forts
of trees, as Oak, Beech, Cheſtnut, Ath, Birch, Wil-
low, &c. but the Aſh and Cheſtnut are the moſt pro-
fitable, where they grow kindly, becauſe the poles of
Aſh are very valuable ; theſe alſo are good for hoops,
ſo that there is no danger of having fale for theſe copſe
Woods when they are fit for cutting; but where the
copſes are intended to remain, there ſhould be no
ſtandard-trees left for timber; becauſe as the heads of
the trees ſpread, and overtop the under Wood, it will
cauſe that to decay, and where the ſtandards are left
upon the ſtumps of the copſe Wood, they will never
grow to a large ſize, nor will the timber be fo valu-
able as that produced immediately from a young root;
therefore whoever will make the experiment, will be
convinced, that it is more for the advantage of both,
to keep them in diſtinct Woods.
But where perfons plant copfes upon land free from
trees, it will be the better method to low the ſeeds,
eſpecially if Cheſtnut, Oak or Beech, are the trees
intended ; for although it is a prevailing opinion with
the generality of perſons, that by planting they fave
time, yet I am ſure of the contrary; for if the ſeed-
ling plants are kept clear froni weeds, they will in
eight or ten years out-grow thoſe which are planted,
and theſe unmoved copſes will continue much longer
in vigour than the other; ſo that for either timber or
copfe Wood, the beſt method is to prepare the ground
well, and ſecure the fences, and low the ſeeds, which
is ſo far from loſing, that in twenty years it will be
found to gain time, which is what every planter wiſhes
to do.
The uſual time of felling timber is from November to
February, at which time the ſap in the trees is hard-
ened; for when the fap is flowing in the trees, if they
are cut down, the worm will take the timber, and
cauſe it to decay very ſoon; therefore if the durable-
neſs of the timber is conſidered, the trees ſhould al-
ways be cut in the winter months ; but as the bark of
the Oak is ſo valuable for tanning leather, there has
been a law paſſed, to oblige perſons to cut theſe trees
during the ſpring ſeaſon, when the bark will readily
peel off; by which the timber is rendered unfit for
building either ſhips or houſes, as it will be very ſub-
ject to caſt, rift, or twine, and the worm will ſoon take
it; therefore it would be more for the public bene-
fit, if a law were enacted, to oblige every perſon to
ſtrip off the bark of ſuch trees as are deſigned to be
cut down in the ſpring, leaving the trees with their
branches ſtanding till the following winter, which will
be found to anſwer both purpoſes well.
;
X.
X
Χ Α Ν
Χ Α Ν
ANTHIUM. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 438. tab. thium with an unarmed ſtolk, and oval wedge-Shaped
252. Lin. Gen. Plant. 937. Leffer Burdock. leaves, having almoſt three lobes. Xanthium majus Ca-
The CHARACTERS are,
nadenſe. H. L. 635. Greateſt Canada Burdock.
It hath male and female flowers on the ſame plant. 3. XANTHIUM (Spinoſum) ſpinis ternatis. Horr. Upſal.
The male flowers have a common fccly empalement ; they are 283. Portugal Xanthium with triple thorns. Xanthium
compoſed of ſeveral tubulous funnel-ſhaped florets, which Luſitanicum fpinofum. Pluk. Alm. 206. Portugal
are equal, and diſpoſed in a hemiſphere; they are cut into Prickly Burdock.
five ſegments at the top, and have each five very ſmall 4. XANTHIUM (Chinenſe) caule inermi ramoſa, aculeis
Stamina, terminated by ere&t parallel ſummits. The female fructibus erectis longiffimis. China Xanthium with an
flowers are ſituated under the male by pairs; they have unarmed branching Stalk, and the ſpines of the fruit
no petals or ſtamina, but they are ſucceeded by oblong, very long and upright.
ovel, prickly fruit, having two cells, each including one The firſt fort grows naturally in Europe, and alſo in
oblong ſeed, convex on one ſide, and plain on the other. India, from whence I have received the ſeeds; it has
This genus is ranged in Dr. Linnæus's firſt ſection been found growing wild in a few places in England,
of his twenty-firſt claſs, which contains the plants but of late years it has not been ſeen in thoſe places.
which have ſeparate male and female flowers, and I did once fee it growing in the road near Dulwich
the male flowers have five ſtamina.
College. The ſtalk of this plant is round, and has
The SPECIES are,
many black ſpots; it riſes in good ground two feet
1. XANTHIUM (Strumarium) caule inermi, foliis corda- high, ſending out a few ſide branches. The leaves
tis trinervatis. Hort. Cliff
, Xanthium with an unarmed ſtand upon ſlender foot-ſtalks, which are near four
stalk, and heart-ſhaped leaves having three veins. Xan- inches long. From the wings of the ſtalk ariſe the
thium five Lappa minor. J. B. 3. 572. Leſſer Burdock. foot-ſtalks of the flowers. The leaves are almoſt
2. XANTHIUM (Canadenſe) caule inermi, foliis cuneifor- heart-ſhaped, but ſome of the larger are cut on their
mi-ovatis ſubtrilobis. Lin. Sp. 1400. Canada Xan- fides into three acute lobes; they are irregularly in-
indented

X AN
Χ Α Ν
autumn.
3
а
dented on their edges, ending in acute points, and
The CHARACTERS are,
are of a pale green on their under fide, but of a dark It hath male and female flowers on different plants. The
green on their upper. The flowers are produced in male flower has no empalement, but has five oval petals, and
looſe ſpikes, the male flowers growing at the top, five ſlender ſtamina which are longer than the petals, ter-
and the female flowers under them, which are of an minated by furrowed ſummits; it has three germen, which
herbaceous colour, and are collected in roundiſh heads. are united at their baſe, having each a lateral ſtyle
The female flowers are fucceeded by oblong oval fruit, crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen efterward become
cloſely armed with ſhort erect fpines. This plant ſo many capſules, each containing one roundiſh, kard,
flowers in July, and the ſeeds ripen in autumn. Shining ſeed.
This plant has been much eſteemed by ſome phyſici- This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth ſection of Lin-
ans, for the cure of fcrophulous tumours, and alſo in næus's twenty-ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants
leprofies, but is rarely now uſed.
which have male and female flowers on different plants,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally in North America. whoſe flowers have five ſtamina and as many ſtyles.
The ſtalks of this are much thicker, and riſe higher
The SPECIES are,
than thoſe of the firſt; the leaves are not hollowed at 1. XANTHOXYLUM (Clava Herculis) foliis pinnatis. Lin.
their baſe, nor are they divided ſo deeply on their Sp. Plant. 1455. Tooth-ache-tree with winged leaves.
fides, as thoſe of the firſt ; they are unequally indented Xanthoxylon ſpinofum, lentiſci longioribus foliis, eu-
on their edges, and have three ſtrong longitudinal onymi fructu capſulari. Cateſb. Carolin. 1. P. 26.
veins, but are of the ſame colour with the former. Prickly Tooth-ache-tree with longer Maſtich-tree leaves,
The flowers are produced in ſhorter and looſer ſpikes. and capſules to the fruit like that of the Spindle-tree.
The fruit are much larger, and are armed with 2. XANTHOXYLUM (Americanam) foliis pinnatis, foliolis
ſtronger ſpines which are incurved. This flowers in oblongo ovatis integerrimis ſeſſilibus. Tooth-ache-tree
Auguſt, and in warm ſeaſons the fruit will ripen in with winged leaves, having oblong, oval, entire lobes
without foot-ſtalks, commonly called broad-leaved Tooth-
The third fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain. ache-tree.
The ſtalks of this riſe three feet high, and ſend out The firſt fort grows naturally in South Carolina,
many branches the whole length; theſe are garniſhed where it riſes to the height of fifteen or fixteen feet.
with oblong leaves which are indented on their edges, The ſtem is woody, and about a foot thick, covered
and end in acute points ; they are from two to three with a whitiſh rough bark, and armed with ſhort thick
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, of ſpines ; theſe grow to a large ſize as the trunk in-
a dark green on their upper ſide, but hoary on their creaſes in bulk, ſo as to become protuberances termi-
under, having very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The powers nating in ſpines. The leaves are ſometimes placed by
come out from the ſide of the branches, two or three pairs, and at others they ſtand without order ; they
at each place, one of which is female, and is fuc- are compoſed of three, four, or five pair of ſpear-
ceeded by oblong oval fruit, armed with ſlender ſharp ſhaped lobes placed oppoſite; terminated by an odd
1pines which are erect. The ſtalks and branches are one; they are of a deep green on their upper ſide,
armed with long, ftiff, triple thorns on every ſide, and of a yellowiſh green below, a little fawed on their
which renders it dangerous to handle them. This edges, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks. At the end
flowers in July and Auguft, and in warm ſeaſons of the branches come forth the foot-ſtalks which fuf-
the ſeeds ripen in autumn.
tain the flowers; theſe branch out, and form a looſe
The fourth fort grows naturally in China, from panicle. The flowers are compoſed of five white pe-
whence I have often received the ſeeds; the plants tals which are ſmall, having no cover ; they are by
are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but grow larger, and ſome called the empalement, but being of a different
branch more; the flowers are produced in looſe ſpikes colour from the leaves, I ſhall take the liberty to ſtile
at the top of the ſtalks; the fruit is like that, but the them petals. Within theſe are ſituated five ſtamina
ſpines are ſender, ſingle, and ſtrait. This flowers which are terminated by reddiſh ſummits, and in the
about the ſame time with the third fort, but, unleſs female flowers there are five ſtyles faſtened to
the autumn proves warm, the feeds will not ripen in the ſide of the germen. After the flower is pait, the
England.
germen turns to a roundiſh four-cornered capſule,
All theſe plants are annual. The firſt will come up each containing one roundiſh, hard, ſhining feed. It
from the ſeeds which fall in autumn, and requires no is ſometimes called Pellitory-tree.
other care but to thin the plants where they are too This has been generally confounded with the prickly
cloſe, and keep them clear from weeds; the ſecond yellow Wood, or yellow Hercules of Sir Hans Sloane,
ſort formerly was as eaſily cultivated, and came up but is very different from that; for in the Weſt-In-
from the ſelf-lown ſeeds as readily, and rarely failed dies it is one of their largeſt timber trees, and the
to ripenits feeds; but of late years the autumns have ſpecimens which I have received from Jamaica, are
proved to bad, as that the feeds have not come to very different from thoſe of Carolina. The leaves of
maturity
the former are twice as large as thoſe of the latter ;
The third fort will perfect its feeds ſome years on the lobes of the leaves are almoſt three inches long,
ſelf-fown plants, but, as they ſometimes fail, the ſure and an inch and a half broad ; they fit cloſe to the foot-
way is to raiſe the plants on a gentle hot-bed, and ftalk, and the leaves are equally winged, having no
after they have obtained ſtrength, plant them on a ſingle lobe at the end. The flowers of this I have not
warm border on a lean ſoil, which will ſtint the plants ſeen, but the capſules have five cells, each containing
in their growth, and cauſe them to be more fruitful; one black, ſhining, hard ſeed.
for when they are planted in rich ground, the plants The ſecond fort grows naturally ini Penſylvania and
will grow to a large ſize, and will not produce flowers Maryland ; this hath a woody ſtem, which riſes ten or
till late in autumn, ſo the ſeeds will not ripen.
twelve feet high, ſending out many branches toward
The fourth fort muſt be raiſed on a hot-bed in the the top; theſe have a purpliſh bark, and are arined
ſpring, and the plants ſhould be tranſplanted each with ſhort thick ſpines ftanding by pairs. The leaves
into a ſmall pot, and plunged into a freſh hot-bed are unequally winged, and are compoſed of four or five
to bring them forward. After they have obtained pair of oblong oval lobes, terminated by an odd one;
ſtrength, they ſhould be inured to the free air gra- theſe ſtand cloſe to the midrib, having no foot-ſtalks.
dually, and in June fome of the plants may be turn- The midrib is armed on the under ſide with fome ſmall
ed out of the pots, preſerving the ball of earth to ſpines. The upper ſide of the leaves are of a deep
their roots, and planted in a fouth border, where, if green, their under ſide is of a pale green; they have
the ſeaſon proves favourable, they will perfect their a warm biting taſte. The bark of the tree is uſed for
feeds.
curing the tooth-ache, from whence it has the name:
All theſe plants delight to grow in a rich moiſt foil. The flowers grow in looſe panicles like thoſe of the
XANTHOXYLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 335. The former fort, and theſe are ſucceeded by fruit with five
Tooth-ache-tree.
cells, each including one hard ſhining ſeed.
Theſe
а.
a

X ER
XER
water.
a
Theſe plants are generally propagated by feeds, but
The SPECIES are,
as they never ripen in this country, they muſt be pro- 1. XERANTHEMUM ( Annuum) herbaceum foliis lanceola-
cured from thoſe places where they naturally grow, tis patentibus, caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1201.
or the plants muſt be propagated by layers. When Eternal Flower with ſpreading Speor-ſhaped leaves. Xe-
the feeds arrive in England, they ſhould be fown ranthemum fiore fimplici purpureo majore. H. L.
in pots filled with light earth as ſoon as poſſible, Eternal Flower, with a larger, purple, ſingle flower,
for they do not grow the firſt year; and when they are commonly called Ptarmica.
kept out of the ground till ſpring, they frequently lie 2. XERANTHEMUM (Inapertum) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
two years in the ground before the plants appear ; utrinque tomentofis. Eternal Flower with linear Spear-
therefore the pots ſhould be plunged into the ground haped leaves, which are downy on both ſides. Xeranthe-
up to their rims, in an eaſt-aſpected border, where mum flore fimplici purpureo minore. Tourn. Inft.
they may remain during the ſummer ; this will pre- R. H. 499. Eternal Flower with a ſmaller, ſingle, pur-
vent the earth in the pots from drying too faſt, which ple flower.
it is very apt to do when the pots are ſet upon the 3. XERANTHEMUM (Orientale) foliis lineari-lanceolatis,
ground in the fun. The only care to be taken of the capitulis cylindraceis, ſemine maximo. Eternal Flower
teeds is, to keep the pots conſtantly clean from weeds, with linear Spear-shaped leaves, cylindrical beads, and a
and in very dry weather refreſh them now and then with very large ſeed. Xeranthemum flore purpureo fimpli-
In autumn the pots fhould be placed under a a ci minimo, femine maximo. H. L. Eternal Flower,
common hot-bed frame, where they may be ſcreened with the smallest, ſingle, purple flower, and the largeſi
from froſt, or elſe plunged into the ground in a warm feed.
border, and covered with tan to keep out the froſt, and 4. XERANTHEMUM (Speciofiffimum) fruticoſum erectum,
the following ſpring they ſhould be plunged into a hot- foliis amplexicaulibus trinerviis, ramis unifloris ſub-
bed, which will bring up the plants. When theſe appear, nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1202. Shrubby, erect, Eternal
they muſt be frequently, but ſparingly watered, and Flower, with Spear-shaped leaves, and clmoſt naked
kept clean from weeds; and, as the ſummer advances, branches bearing one flower. Xeranthemum tomento-
thoſe of the ſecond ſort ſhould be gradually inured fum latifolium, flore maximo. Burman. Pl. Afr. 178.
to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be re- tab. 66. fig. 2. Broad-leaved, woolly, Eternal Flower,
moved in June, placing them in a ſheltered ſituation, with the largeſt flower.
where they may remain till autumn, when they muſt 5. XERANTHEMUM (Retortum) caulibus fruteſcentibus
be placed in a hot-bed frame to ſhelter them in winter. provolutis, foliis tomentofis recurvatis. Lin. Sp. 858.
The ſpring following, before the plants begin to ſhoot, Eternal Flower with ſhrubby trailing ſtalks, and downy
they ſhould be carefully taken up, and each planted recurved leaves. Xeranthemoïdes procumbens, polii
into a ſeparate ſmall pot ; theſe may be plunged into folio. Hort. Elth. 423. Trailing Baſtard Eternal Flower,
a gentle hot-bed, which will forward them greatly in with a Mountain Poley leaf.
putting out new roots. The after care muſt be to 6. XERANTHEMUM (Seſamoïdes) ramis unifloris imbrica-
ſhelter them for a year or two in winter, until the tis, foliis linearibus adpreffis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1203.
plants have gotten ſtrength; then in the ſpring, after Eternal Flower with imbricated branches with one flower,
the danger of froſt is over, ſome of them may be turn- and linear preſſed leaves. Xeranthemum ramofum, fo-
ed out of the pots, and planted in the full ground in liolis ſquamofis linearibus, floribus argenteis. Burm.
a warm ſheltered ſituation, where the ſecond fort Afr. 181. tab. 67. f. 2. Branching Eternal Flower,
will thrive very well, and refift the cold; but the firſt with ſquamoſe leaves and ſilvery flowers.
is not ſo hardy, ſo theſe may be planted againſt a The firſt fort grows naturally in Auſtria, and ſome
ſouth wall, where they will thrive very well. Some parts of Italy, but has been long cultivated in the
of the plants of this ſort had been planted in the open Engliſh gardens for ornament. Of this there are the
air, in the Chelſea Garden, fome years paſt, where they following varieties; one with a large, ſingle, white
had thriven and endured the cold without any cover- flower, the purple and white with double flowers,
ing, but the ſevere winter in 1740 deſtroyed them though theſe only differ in the colour and multiplicity
all. Theſe plants may be increaſed by cutting off of petals in their flowers, ſo are not mentioned as
ſome of their ſtrong roots, preſerving their fibres to diſtinct ſpecies, yet where their ſeeds are carefully
them, and theſe planted in pots filled with light earth, ſaved ſeparate, they are generally conſtant.
plunging them into a moderate hot-bed, will cauſe Theſe plants are annual, they have a ſlender branch-
them to puſh out roots and become plants; but ing ſtalk, which is covered with a white down that
theſe will not thrive ſo well, nor grow near ſo large as is angular and furrowed; it riſes about two feet high,
thoſe which are raiſed from feeds.
and is garniſhed with ſpear-thaped leaves an inch and
XERANTHEMUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 499. a half long, and a quarter of an inch broad, which
tab. 284. Lin. Gen. Plant. 851. [from Enpòs dry, and are hoary, fitting cloſe to the ſtalk, but ſpread out
ävbos a flower, q. d. dry flower. Clufius calls this from it. The ſtalk divides into four or five branches;
plant Ptarmica Auſtriaca, but that name being ap- theſe are garniſhed with a few leaves at their lower
plied to another genus, this title of Xeranthemum is parts, of the ſame ſhape with the other, but are leſs.
now generally received. It is vulgarly called Immortal, The upper part of the branches is naked, and fuf-
becauſe the flower of it may be kept for many years ; tains one flower at the top, compoſed of ſeveral fe-
for it has rigid petals, which crackle as if they were male and hermaphrodite florets, included in one com-
plates of metal.] Eternal Flower, or Ptarmica, vulgò. mon ſcaly empalement of a ſilvery colour. The fiorets
The CHARACTERS are,
are ſucceeded by oblong ſeeds crowned with hairs.
The flower is compoſed of hermaphrodite and female fio- The petals of theſe flowers are dry, ſo if they are ga-
rets, which have one common ſcaly empalement. The her- thered perfectly dry, and kept from the air, they will
maphrodite florets which form the diſk, are funnel-ſhaped, retain their beauty a long time; they flower in July,
Spreading, and cut into five points; the female florets, Auguft, and September, and the feeds ripen in au-
which compoſe the border or rays, ore tubulous, and cut in-
to five leſs equal points; the hermophrodite florets have The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Italy. The ſtalks
five ſport ſtamina terminated by cylindrical ſummits, and of this do not riſe much more than a foot high, and
c Short germen, Supporting a ſlender style, crowned by a do not branch ſo much as the former. The leaves
bifid figme. The germen afterward becomes an oblong are narrower, and the whole plant very hoary. The
feed crowned with bairs, which ripens in the empalement. flowers are not half ſo large as thoſe of the former,
The female florets have no ſtamina, but their germen,
and the ſcales of their empalements are very neat
Styles, and ſeeds, are the ſame as the hermaphrodite. and filvery. This flowers at the ſame time as the
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection former.
of Linnæus's nineteenth claſs, which contains thoſe The third ſort grows naturally in the Levant; this
plants whoſe flowers are compoſed of female and her- riſes about the ſame height as the firft fort. The
maphrodite fiorets which are both fruitful.
leaves are narrower, and are placed cloſer on the
ſtalks
a
و
tumn.
a

X E R
X I M
3
و
open air.
ſtalks to the top. In other reſpects the plants are ve-
which riſes three or four feet high. The branches are
ry like, but the flowers are much leſs, of a paler
flender, and like thoſe of the Spaniſh Broom, but are
purple colour, and have a cylindrical enpalement. hoary; theſe have very ſmall leaves reſembling ſcales,
The feeds are very large, and feldom more than three which fit cloſe to the branches; they are narrow and
or four in each head. This flowers about the ſame hoary, ending in acute points. The ſtalks are each
time as the firſt.
terminated by one large filvery flower, having a ſtiff,
Theſe flowers were formerly much more cultivated in dry, ſcaly empalement. The rays of the flower are
,
the Engliſh gardens than at preſent, eſpecially the compoſed of many dry female florets, and the diſk or
two forts with double flowers, which the gardeners middle is made up of hermaphrodite florets; theſe
near London propagated in great plenty for their are ſucceeded by oblong ſeeds crowned with hairs,
flowers, which they brought to market in the winter which do not ripen in England.
ſeaſon, to adorn rooms, to ſupply the place of other As theſe laſt mentioned plants do not ripen their feeds
flowers, which are not eaſy to be procured at that in England, they are propagated by cuttings, which,
feafon; for theſe, being gathered when they are fully if planted on a bed of light earth, during any of the
blown, and carefully dried, will continue freſh and ſummer months, and ſhaded from the fun, will put
beautiful many months; but as there are no other co- out roots. When they have gotten ſufficient ſtrength,
lours in theſe flowers but white and purple, the gar-
they ſhould be carefully taken up, and planted into
deners had a method of dipping them into various ſeparate pots filled with light earth, and placed in a
tinctures, ſo as to have ſome of a fine blue, others ſhady ſituation till they have taken freſh root; then
ſcarlet, and ſome red, which made a pretty variety ; they may be removed to a ſheltered fituation, where
and if they were rightly ſtained, and afterwards hung they may have more fun, and here they may remain
up till they were thorough dry, they would continue till autumn, when they muſt be removed into ſhelter,
their colours as long as their flowers laſted. The ſtalks for they are too tender to live abroad through the
of the flowers were not ſet in water, but the pots or
winter in England, though they do not require any
glaſſes were half filled with dry fand, into which the artificial warmth. I have kept theſe plants in a com-
ftalks were placed, and in thoſe they would continue mon hot-bed frame all winter, expoſing them always
in beauty the whole winter.
to the open air in mild weather, but covering them
Theſe plants are propagated by feeds, which may be in froſt, and theſe plants have been ſtronger, and
fown either in the ſpring or autumn on a border of have flowered better than thoſe which were placed in
light earth, but the latter ſeaſon is preferable ; for the green-houſe; ſo that I would recommend this
thoſe plants which come up in autumn will flower method of treatment as the beſt, for the plants are
ſooner, the flowers will be doubler and much larger apt to draw up weak in a green-houſe, and that pre-
than thoſe which are fown in the ſpring, and from vents their flowering; nor are the plants near fo
theſe good feeds may be always obtained; whereas the handſome, as thoſe which are more expoſed to the
ſpring plants many times fail in cold years, and in hot
dry ſeaſons the plants do not grow to any ſize. .
In the ſummer time they ſhould be placed abroad in
When the plants come up, and are about two inches a ſheltered ſituation with other hardy exotic plants,
high, they ſhould be pricked out into another border and in dry weather they will require to be often water-
under a warm wall, pale, or hedge, at about four or ed, for they are pretty thirſty plants, but in winter it
five inches diſtance from each other, or into the bor- ſhould be ſparingly given to them. As theſe plants
ders of the flower-garden. In this place the plants are not of long duration, there ſhould be young
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters extreme- plants propagated to ſucceed them, for if they live
ly well, and in the ſpring will require no farther care four or five years, it will be long enough, becauſe
but to keep them clear from weeds, for they may re-
after that age they become unſightly.
main in the ſame place for good. In June they will XIMENIA. Plum. Gen. Nov. 6. tab. 21. Lin. Gen.
begin to flower, and the beginning of July they will
Plant. 1105.
be fit to gather for drying ; but a few of the beſt and The title of this genus was given to it by Father
moſt double flowers of each kind ſhould be ſuffered to Plumier, in honour of the Reverend Franciſcus Xi-
remain for feed, which, in about fix weeks or two menes, a Spaniard, who publiſhed an account of the
months time will be ripe, and the plants will periſh Mexican trees and plants in four books, in the year
ſoon after ; ſo that the ſeeds muſt be annually fown, 1615.
in order to preſerve the kinds.
The CHARACTERS are,
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good The flower has a ſmall empalement of three leaves, which
Hope ; this rifes with a ſhrubby ſtalk three or four falls off ; it has one bell-ſhaped petal which is cut into
feet high, dividing into four or five branches, whoſe three ſegments at the top, which turn backward; it has
lower parts are garniſhed with thick-pointed leaves, eight Short awl-ſhaped ſtamina terminated by ſingle ſum-
about two inches long and one broad, which are hoary mits, and a ſmall oval germen, ſituated under the flower,
on their under fide, and are ranged without order. Supporting a very ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a beaded ſtigma.
The upper part of the branches are naked, and are The germen afterward turns to an oval fleſhy berry, in-
terminated by one large yellow flower, compoſed of cluding an oval nut with one cell, containing one ſeed of the
many oblong acute-pointed rays in the border, and ſame form.
the middle or diſk, which is prominent, is made up
of This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
hermaphrodite florets, which are of a ſplendid yellow Linnæus's eighth claſs, the flowers having eight fta-
colour.
mina and one ftyle.
The fifth fort alſo grows naturally at the Cape of Good The SPECIES are,
Hope. The ſtalks of this fort are very ſlender, lig- 1. XIMENIA (Americana) foliis oblongis, pedunculis
neous, and trail upon the ground; they extend three multifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1193. Ximenia with oblong
or four feet in length, and are garniſhed with ſmall leaves, and foot-ſtalks bearing many flowers. Ximenia
ſilvery leaves placed without order, which fit cloſe to aculeata, fiore villoſo, fructu luteo. Plum. Gen.
.
the ſtalks, and are reflexed. The flowers are produced Nov. 6. Prickly Ximenia with a hairy flower, and a
from the wings of the branches, ſometimes one, and yellow fruit.
at others two or three flowers ariſe at the ſame point ; 2. XIMENIA (Agihalid, foliis geminis lanceolatis. Xime-
theſe have ſcaly empalements; their border or rays nia' with ſpear-ſhaped twin leaves. Agihalid. Alpin.
are compoſed of many female florets of a white colour, Egypt. 38.
and their middle of hermaphrodite florets, and are The firſt fort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
ſucceeded by oblong ſeeds crowned with hairs. This Weſt-Indies; it riſes with a woody ſtalk twenty feet
plant fowers in July and Auguſt, but the feeds fel- high, ſending out ſeveral branches on every ſide, which
dom ripen in England.
are armed with thorns, and garniſhed with ſpear-ſhaped
The ſixth fort is a native of the country near the Cape leaves ftanding round the branches without order.
of Good Hope ; this has a ſhrubby branching ſtalk, The flowers are produced at the end of the branches;
they
a
3
15 C

X IP
X I P
a
tom.
3
a
they have one bell-ſhaped petal, cut almoſt to the bot- ribus majoribus. Bulbous Iris, with channelled awl.
tom into three ſegments which are rolled backward, fhaped leaves and larger flowers. Xiphion latifolium,
and are hairy; within they are of a yellow colour, and caule donatum, flore cæruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
are ſucceeded by an oblong, oval, Heſhy fruit, ſhaped 363. Broad-leaved bulbous Iris, having a ſtalk and a blue
like a Plum, including a hard nut of the ſame form. flower.
The fecond fort grows naturally in Egypt, where it 4. XIPHIUM (Planifolium) foliis planis caule longioribus.
becomes a tree of middling ſize. The ſtem is large and Bulbous Iris, with plain leaves which are longer than the
woody; the branches are fiender and ſtiff ; they have a Stelk. Iris bulboſa latifolia, flore cæruleo. J. B. 2. 703.
green bark while young, and are armed with ſtrong Broad-leaved bulbous Iris, with a blue flower.
ipines; the leaves come out by pairs; they are larger The firſt fort grows naturally in Perſia, but has been
than thoſe of the Box-tree, and end in points, but are of many years cultivated in the Engliſh gardens for the
the like conſiſtence and colour. The flowers come beauty of its flowers ; it has an oval bulbous root,
out on the ſide of the branches; they are ſhaped like from which come out five or fix pale green leaves,
thoſe of the Hyacinth, but are ſmall, and of a white which are hollowed like the keel of a boat; they are
colour; theſe are ſucceeded by oblong black berries about fix inches long, and one broad at the baſe, end-
including an oval nut, having one kernel or ſeed. ing in points. Between theſe the flower-ſtalk ariſes,
Both theſe forts are propagated by feeds, which muſt which is ſeldom above three inches high, ſupporting
be procured from the countries where they grow na- one or two flowers, which are included in ſpathæ (or
turally; theſe ſhould be fown in pots filled with light ſheaths); theſe have three erect petals called ſtan-
earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners dards, which are of a pale ſky blue colour, and three
bark. If the feeds are freſh, the plants will appear in ſix reflexed petals called falls, which on their outſide are
weeks or two months. When theſe are about three of the ſame colour ; but the lip has a yellow ſtreak
inches high, they muſt be each carefully tranſplanted running through the middle, and on each ſide are many
into a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light earth, and dark ſpots, with one large deep purple ſpot at the bot-
plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners bark, where
Theſe flowers have a very fragrant ſcent, and
they muſt be ſhaded from the ſun till they have generally appear in February, which renders them
taken new root; then they muſt be treated in the more valuable.
ſame manner as other tender plants from the warm The ſecond ſort grows naturally in the warm parts of
countries. During the firſt ſummer they may be kept Europe. There are ſeveral varieties of this ſpecies :
in the tan-bed under frames, where they will thrive the moſt common ſort is blue, but there is one with
better than in the ſtove ; but in autumn, when the a yellow, and another with a white flower; one with
nights grow cool, they ſhould be removed into the a blue flower having white falls, another with yellow
ftove, and plunged into the tan-bed; and in this they falls; one with a Violet-coloured flower having blue
ſhould always be kept, obſerving to ſhift them into falls, with ſome others; but theſe are all ſuppoſed to
larger pots when they require it ; and in ſummer, be varieties which have been produced by culture.
when the ſeaſon is warm, they ſhould have a large The root of this is bulbous ; the leaves are hollow or
ſhare of free air admitted to them. With this ma- channelled, ending in points, where their two ſides
nagement the plants will thrive well, but they cannot meet; theſe are not ſo long as the flower-ſtalk which
be expected to flower very ſoon in this country. riſes between them, and is embraced by the baſe of
XIPHION or XIPHIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 362. the leaves. This ſupports two or three flowers, which
tab. 189. Iris. Lin. Gen. Plant. 57. Bulbous Iris, or are each incloſed in a ſeparate ſheath, at the top of
Flower-de-luce.
the ſtalk. The flowers are ſhaped like thoſe of the
The CHARACTERS are,
firſt fort, but differ in their colour. This fort flowers
The flowers have each a permanent Spatha or feath; in May, and the feeds ripen in Auguſt.
they have ſix petals, the three outer broad, obtuſe, and The third fort has much larger bulbous roots than
reflexed, the inner erect, pointed, and joined to the other either of the former. The leaves are ſhaped like thoſe
at their baſe; they have three awl-ſhaped ſtamina, which of the ſecond fort, but are much larger; the flower-
lie upon the reflexed petals, and are terminated by oblong ſtalk is near twice the height of the ſecond fort, and
depreſſed ſummits, and an oblong germen under the flower, the flowers are more than double their fize. This is
ſupporting a ſhort ſtyle, crowned by a tripartite ſtigma. by ſome ſuppoſed to be only a variety of the ſecond
The germen afterward becomes an oblong angular capſule fort, but I think it a diſtinct ſpecies, for I have many
with three cells, filled with roundiſh ſeeds.
years raiſed a great number of the plants from ſeed,
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſecond ſection of and have never found a ſingle one degenerated to the
Tournefort's ninth claſs, which includes the herbs with ſecond fort, and have raiſed many of the ſecond fort
a Lily flower cut into ſix parts, whoſe empalement from ſeeds, without one inſtance of a plant improving
becomes the fruit. He ſeparates this from Iris, be- to the third fort.
cauſe the root is bulbous, to which we may add, that There is a great variety of this ſpecies, which differ
the leaves are boat-ſhaped, and the ſtigma of the flower in the colours of their flowers. Some are of a deep
is long and narrow. Dr. Linnæus joins the plants of blue, others of a light or ſky blue, ſome of a deep
this genus, as alſo the Siſyrinchium and Hermodac- purple, and others with fine variegated flowers, which
tylus of Tournefort, to his genus of Iris, and places make a fine appearance during their continuance,
it in the firſt ſection of his third claſs, which contains which is not long, unleſs the ſeaſon proves cold, or
thoſe plants whoſe flowers have three ſtamina and one the flowers are ſhaded from the ſun. This fort flowers
ſtyle. And although there is no material diſtinction five or fix weeks after the ſecond fort, which is alſo an
between the flowers of this genus and thoſe of Iris, yet, argument for its being ſpecifically different.
as there are many ſpecies of the latter, it is better to fe- The fourth ſort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
parate theſe plants from them, as they differ greatly gal. The root of this has a dark-coloured coat, but
in their external habit.
is white within, and of a ſweet tafte. The leaves are
The Species are,
eight or nine inches long, and more than an inch
1. XIPHIUM. (Perſicum) foliis carinatis caule longiori- broad at their baſe; they are almoſt plain, but toward
bus. Bulbous Iris, with keel-ſhaped leaves which are their baſe are hollowed like the keel of a boat, and
longer than the ſtalk. Xiphion Perſicum præcox, flore end in points, being of a pale green on their upper
variegato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 363. Early Perſian bul- fide, and a little hoary on their under. The flowers
bous Iris, with a variegated
flower.
ſtand upon naked foot-ſtalks which ariſe from the
2. XIPHIUM (Vulgare) foliis fubulato-canaliculatis, caule root, and grow five or ſix inches high, ſuſtaining two
brevioribus. Bulbous Iris, with channelled awl-ſhaped or three flowers at the top, which are each wrapped
leaves which are ſorter than the ſtalk. Iris bulboſa, up in a ſeparate ſheath ; theſe are ſhaped like thoſe of
flore cæruleo violaceo. C. B. P. 38. Bulbous Iris with the other forts, and have a very agreeable odour ;
a blue Violet flower.
they appear in May, but are of ſhort duration.
3. XIPHIUM (Latifolium) foliis fubulato-canaliculatis, flo-
There
I
а

X IP
X Y L
و
There are four or five varieties of this ſpecies which But the nurſery-beds ſhould ſtill remain, obſerving to
differ in the colour of their flowers, but the moſt keep them clear from weeds, as alſo to ſift freſh earth
common colour is blue.
over them, as was before directed; and the follow-
Theſe are propagated by offsets from their roots; but ing ſeaſon the remaining part of the roots, which did
to obtain new varieties, they muſt be propagated by not flower the foregoing ſeaſon, will now ſhew their
feeds in the following manner.
bloſſoms; ſo that you may know which of them are
Having procured a parcel of ſeeds from good fowers, worth preſerving in the flower-garden, which ſhould
the beginning of September you ſhould provide ſome now be marked, and when their leaves are decayed,
flat pans or boxes, which muſt have holes in their they muſt be taken up, and planted with the other
bottoms to let the moiſture paſs off; theſe ſhould have fine forts, in an ealt border of light freſh earth; but
pieces of tile or oyſter ſhells laid over each hole, to the ordinary forts may be intermixed with other bul-
prevent their being ſtopped; then they muſt be filled bous rooted flowers in the larger borders of the plea-
with freſh light fandy earth, and the feeds fown there- ſure-garden,where, during their continuance in flower,
on pretty thick, obſerving to ſcatter them as equally they will afford an agreeable variety.
as poffible; then cover them over about half an inch But after theſe choice flowers are obtained from ſeeds,
thick with the ſame light freſh earth, and place the they may be increaſed by offsets, as other bulbous
boxes or pans where they may have the morning ſun
flowers are. The offsets ſhould be planted in a ſepa-
till eleven o'clock; and if the ſeaſon ſhould prove very rate border from the blowing roots, for one year, un-
dry, they muſt be now and then refreſhed with water. til they have ſtrength enough to produce flowers,
In this ſituation they may remain until the middle of when they may be placed in the flower-garden with
October, when they ſhould be removed into a warmer
the old roots.
ſituation, where they may have the full fun moſt part Theſe bulbs need not be taken up oftener than every
of the day, and ſcreened from ſevere froſts; in which other year, which ſhould always be done ſoon after
place they muſt abide all the winter, obſerving to keep their leaves decay, otherwiſe they will ſend forth freſh
them clear from weeds and Moſs, which, at this ſea- fibres, when it will be too late to remove them ; nor
fon, are very apt to ſpread over the ſurface of the ſhould they be kept long out of the ground, a month
earth in pots, when they are expoſed to the open air. is full enough; for when they are kept longer, their
In the ſpring the plants will appear above ground, bulbs are ſubject to ſhrink, which cauſes their flowers
when, if the ſeaſon is dry, they muſt be now and then to be weak the following year.
refreſhed with water, and conſtantly kept clear from The earth which the flowers thrive beſt in, is a light
weeds; and as the ſeaſon advances, and the weather ſandy loam ; and if it be taken from a paſture ground
becomes warm, they ſhould be again removed into their with the ſward, and laid in a heap until the Graſs is
former ſhady ſituation, where they may enjoy the morn- thoroughly rotted, it will be ſtill better; for theſe
ing fun only. When the leaves begin to decay (which bulbs do not delight in a rich dunged foil, nor ſhould
will be in June,) they muſt be cleared from weeds and they be planted in a ſituation where they may be too
dead leaves, and ſome freſh earth fifted over them much expoſed to the ſun ; for in ſuch places their
about half an inch thick, ſtill ſuffering them to abide flowers will continue but a few days in beauty, and
in the fame ſituation all the ſummer ſeaſon; during their roots are apt to decay; but in an eaſt border,
which time, they will require no farther care but to where they have the ſun until eleven o'clock, they
keep them clear from weeds until the beginning of will thrive and flower extremely well, eſpecially if the
October, when they muſt be again removed into a foil be neither too wet, nor over dry. From the moſt
warm ſituation, and the ſurface of the earth lightly beautiful of theſe flowers ſhould feeds be ſaved, and
taken off, and ſome freſh earth fifted over them. ſown every year, which will always furniſh new varie-
In this place they muſt remain all the winter as be- ties, ſome of which will greatly exceed the original
fore, and in the ſpring they muſt be treated as was kinds.
directed for the former years. .
The Perſian Iris is greatly eſteemed for the beauty and
When the leaves are decayed, the bulbs ſhould be extreme ſweetneſs of its flowers, as alſo for its early
carefully taken up (which may be beſt done by fifting appearance in the ſpring, it generally being in per-
the earth through a fine ſieve) and a bed or two of fection in February, or the beginning of March, ac-
good light freſh earth ſhould be prepared, into which cording to the forwardneſs of the ſeaſon, at which
the bulbs muſt be planted, at about three inches aſun- time there are few other plants in beauty.
der each way, and three inches deep. Theſe beds muſt This may be propagated by ſeeds, in the ſame manner
be conſtantly kept clean from weeds and Moſs; and as the other forts : but the boxes in which they are
if the winter ſhould prove fevere, the beds ſhould be ſown, ſhould be put under a garden frame in winter,
covered with rotten tanners bark, or Peas haulm, to to ſhelter them from hard froſt; becauſe, while the
keep out the froſt; and in the ſpring, juſt before the plants are young, they are ſomewhat tender. From
plants come up, the ſurface of the beds fhould be ſtir- the feeds of this kind I could never obtain any varie-
red, and ſome freſh earth fifted over them about half ties, their flowers being always the ſame.
an inch thick, which will greatly ſtrengthen the roots. Theſe plants are alſo propagated by offsets, in the ſame
During the ſpring and ſummer they muſt be conſtantly manner as the other forts, but their roots ſhould not
weeded; and at Michaelmas the earth ſhould be again be tranſplanted oftener than every third year; nor
ſtirred, and ſome freſh fifted over the beds again, as ſhould they be ever kept out of the ground long, be-
before, obſerving in winter and ſpring ſtill to keep the cauſe their roots will ſhrink and entirely decay when
beds clean, which is the whole management they will they are long above ground, ſo as not to be recovered
require; and in June following the greateſt part of the again. This fort was formerly more common in the
roots will flower, at which time you ſhould carefully gardens near London than at preſent ; which, I ſup-
look over them, and put down a ſtick by all thoſe whoſe poſe, has been occaſioned by the keeping the roots
fowers are beautiful, to mark them; and as ſoon as above ground too long, which deſtroyed them.
their leaves are decayed, theſe roots may be taken up to XYLON. See BOMBAX. .
plant in the flower-garden amongſt other choice forts.
3
YEW:

Y.
Y
a
Plant. 319
Y UC
EW-TREE. See TAXUS.
YUCCA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 5. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 388. Cordyline. Roy. Lug. Prod. 22.
The Indian Yucca, or Adam's Needle.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has no empalement; it has a bell-ſhaped flower,
compoſed of fix large petals whoſe tails are joined, and ſix
Short reflexed ſtamina terminated by ſmall summits, and
an oblong three-cornered germen which is longer than the
ſtamina, having no ſtyle, crowned by an obtuſe ſtigma
with three furrows. The germen afterward turns to an
oblong three-cornered capſule divided into three cells, filled
with compreſſed ſeeds, lying over each other in a double ar-
rangement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's fixth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have fix ftamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. YUCCA (Glorioſa) foliis integerrimis. Vir. Cliff. 29.
Yucca with entire leaves. Yucca foliis Aloës. C. B.P.
91. Yucca with leaves like thoſe of the Aloe, commonly
called Adan's Needle.
2. YUCCA (Aloifolia) foliis crenulatis ftrictis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 319. Yucca with narrow leaves which are ſlightly
crenated. Yucca arboreſcens, foliis rigidioribus rectis
Terratis. Dill. Hort. Elth. 435. Tree-like Yucca with
ſtrait, stilf, Jawed leaves.
3. YUCCA (Draconis) foliis crenatis nutantibus. Lin. Sp.
Yucca with nodding crenated leaves. Yucca
draconis folio ferrato. Hort. Elth. 437. Yucca with a
fawed Dragon-tree leaf.
4. YUCCA (Filamentoſa) foliis ferrato-filamentoſis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 319. Yucca with ſawed thready leaves. Yucca
foliis filamentoſis. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 419. Thready-
Leaved Yucca.
The firſt of theſe plants is a native of Virginia, and
other parts of North America, but has been long an
inhabitant of the Engliſh gardens, where it was for-
merly nurſed up in green-houſes, fuppofing it was too
tender to live in the open air in winter ; but of late
years the plants have been planted into the full
ground, where they have reſiſted the greateſt cold of
our winters where they are in a dry foil.
This fort feldom riſes with a ftem above two feet and
a half or three feet high, which is garniſhed with leaves
almoſt to the ground. The leaves of this are broad,
ftiff, and have the appearance of thoſe of the Aloe,
but are narrower; they are of a dark green colour,
ending in a ſharp black ſpine. This fort frequently
produces its panicles of flowers, which riſe from the
center of the leaves. The ſtalks grow three feet high;
they branch out on every fide to a conſiderable dif-
tance, but the flowers are placed very ſparſedly on the
ftalks, which renders it leſs beautiful than the flowers
of the other kinds; they are white within, but each
petal is marked with a purple ſtripe on the outſide ;
they are bell-ſhaped, and hang downward; they ap-
pear in Auguſt and September, but are not ſucceeded
by feeds in England.
The ſecond fort riſes with a thick, tough, fleſhy ſtalk,
to the height of ten or twelve feet, having a head or
tuft of leaves at the top; theſe are narrower and ſtiffer
than thoſe of the former fort, and are of a lighter
green colour; their edges are ſlightly ſawed, and their
points end with ſharp thorns. The flower-ſtalk riſes
in the center of the leaves, and is from two to three
feet long, branching out into a pyramidal form. The
flowers grow cloſe on the branches, and form a regu-
Y U C
lar ſpike; they are of a bright purple colour on the
outſide, and white within, making a fine appearance.
The flowers appear at the ſame time with the former,
but the plants of this do not flower fo often as the
other fort ; and when they flower, the head decays,
but one or two young heads come out from the fide
of the ſtalk, below the old one.
The third fort grows naturally in South Carolina, from
whence I received the feeds by the title of Oil Seed.
The ſtalks of this fort riſe about three or four feet
high; the leaves are narrow, of a dark green colour,
and hang downward; they are ſawed on their edges,
and end in acute fpines. I never ſaw the flowers of
this fort, but have been informed they are white.
The threaded fort is not ſo common as the others in the
Engliſh gardens, but as it is a native of Virginia, it
might eaſily be procured in plenty from thence. The
ftalk and leaves are like thoſe of the firſt fort, but the
leaves are obtuſe, and have no ſpines at their ends.
The flower-ſtalk riſes five or fix feet high, which is ge-
nerally garniſhed with flowers moſt of its length; the
flowers are larger and whiter than thoſe of the other
ſpecies, and fit cloſe to the ſtalk. From the ſide of the
leaves come out long threads which hang down.
All theſe plants are either propagated by feed, when
obtained from abroad, or elſe from offsets or heads
taken from the old plants, after the manner of Aloes.
When they are raiſed from ſeeds, they ſhould be fown
in pots filled with light freſh earth, and plunged into
a moderate hot-bed, where the plants will come up in
five or fix weeks after; and when they are two or three
inches high, they ſhould be tranſplanted each into a
ſeparate ſmall pot filled with light freſh earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed, where the plants ſhould have
air and water in proportion to the warmth of the fea-
fon, and the bed wherein they are placed.
In July they ſhould be inured by degrees to bear the
open air, into which they muſt be removed, to harden
them before winter, placing them in a well ſheltered
ſituation, where they may remain until the beginning
of October, when they muſt be removed into the
green-houſe, where they may be ranged amongſt
the hardier fort of Aloes, and ſhould be treated in
the fame manner as hath been already directed for
them ; to which the reader is deſired to turn, for fur-
ther inſtructions.
When theſe plants have acquired ſtrength, thoſe of
the common fort, and alſo the threaded, may be af-
terwards turned out into a warm border, where they
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters very well,
but the other forts muſt be kept in pots, that they
may be ſheltered in winter; and if they are treated in
the ſame way as the large American Aloe, they will
do very well.
The offsets taken from the old plants ſhould be laid
in a dry place, for a week or ten days before they
are planted, that their wounds may heal, otherwiſe
they will be ſubject to rot with moiſture.
As the ſecond and third forts do not put out offsets fo
plentifully as the firſt and fourth, fo in order to pro-
pagate them, the heads of the plants may be cut off
in June; and after the wounded part is dry, the heads
may be planted, which will ſoon take root, provided
the pots are plunged into a moderate hot-bed; and
this cutting off the heads will occafion the ſtems to
put out ſuckers, which they feldom do without until
they flower; ſo that by this method, the plants may
be obtained in plenty.
Z. AN-
a
3
a

oor
no
Z.
Z
Z E A
ANTHOXYLUM. See XANTHOXYLUM.
ZEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 926. Mays. Tourn.
Inſt. R. H. 531. tab. 303, 304, 305. Indian,
or Turkey-corn; in French, Blé de Turquie.
The CHARACTERS are,
It has male and female flowers ſituated at remote diſtances
on the ſame plant. The male flowers are diſposed in a
looſe ſpike, having oval, oblong, chaffy empalements, open-
ing with two values, each incloſing two flowers; theſe
have two ſhort compreſſed nectariums, and three hair-like
ſtamina, terminated by quadrangular ſummits, which open
in four cells at the top. The female flowers, which are
ſituated below the male, are diſpoſed in a thick Spike in-
cloſed with leaves ; theſe have thick chaffy empalements
with two valves. The flowers are compoſed of two ſhort
inembranaceous broad valves which are permanent, and a
Small germen, with a ſlender Style, crowned by a ſingle ſtig-
ma, which is hairy toward the point. The germen after-
ward turns to a roundiſh compreſſed ſeed, ongular at the
baſe, and half incloſed in its proper receptacle.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third ſection of
Linnæus's twenty-firſt claſs, which includes thoſe
plants which have male and female flowers at diſtances
on the ſame plant, and the male flowers have three
ftamina.
The Species are,
1. ZEA (Americana) caule altiffimâ, foliis latioribus
pendulis, fpicâ longiffimâ. Indian Corn with the tallest
ſtalk, broader hanging leaves, and the longeſt Spike. Mays
granis aureis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 531. Indian Maize
with yellow grains.
2. ZEA (Alba) caule graciliore, foliis carinatis, pendu-
lis, fpicâ longâ gracili
. Indian Corn with fienderer
ſtalks, keel-ſhaped hanging leaves, and a long herder
Spike. Mays granis albicantibus. Tourn. Inft. R.H.
531. Indian Maize with white grains.
3. ZEA (Vulgare) caule humiliori
, foliis carinatis pen-
dulis, fpicâ breviore. Indian Corn with e lower ſtalk,
hanging keel-ſhaped leaves, and a ſhorter ſpike. Mays
fpicâ aureâ & albâ. Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 531. Turkey or
Indian Maize, with a yellow and white Spike.
Theſe three ſpecies have been generally ſuppoſed but
one, and no more than accidental variations; but from
long experience I can affirm, they are different, and
do not alter by culture.
The firſt ſort grows naturally in the iſlands of the
Weſt-Indies; this hath a very large ſtrong ſtalk,
which riſes to the height of ten or twelve feet. The
leaves are long, broad, and hang downward; they
have a broad white midrib. The male flowers come
out in branching ſpikes at the upper part of the ſtalks ;
theſe are eight or ten inches long. The female
flowers come out from the bottom of the leaves on
the ſide of the ſtalk; they are diſpoſed in a cloſe,
long, thick ſpike, and are covered cloſely with thin
ſpathæ or ſheaths ; out of the end of theſe covers hang
a ſmall long bunch of filaments or threads, which
are ſuppoſed receive and convey the farina of the male
flowers to the germen of the female. When the ſeeds
of this ſort are ripe, the ſpikes or ears are nine or ten
inches long, and ſometimes a foot, but theſe rarely
ripen in England.
I have not ſeen any variety of colours in this ſpecies,
though it is very probable there are the fame varieties
ZE A
in the colour of the grain, as in the other ſpecies; but
as this is leſs common in Europe, we are not ſo well
acquainted with it.
The ſecond fort is cultivated in Italy, Spain, and
Portugal. The ſtalks of this fort are fenderer than
thoſe of the former, and ſeldom riſe more than ſix or
ſeven feet high. The leaves are narrower than thoſe
of the firſt fort, and are hollowed like the keel of a
boat, and their tops hang downwards. The ſpikes
of male flowers are ſhorter than thoſe of the firſt, and
the ears or ſpikes of grain are ſlenderer, and not more
than fix or ſeven inches long. The grains of this
fort do not come to maturity in England, unleſs the
ſeaſon proves very warm, and that the grains are
planted early in a warm ſoil and ſituation.
The third ſort is cultivated in the northern parts of
America, and alſo in Germany. The ſtalks of this
are ſlender, and feldom riſe more than four feet high.
The leaves are ſhorter and narrower than thoſe of the
two former; they are hollowed like the keel of a boat,
and their tops hang down. The ſpikes of male flowers
are ſhort, and the ears or ſpikes of grain are ſeldom
more than four or five inches long. This ſort ripens
its grain perfectly well in England, in as little time
as Barley, ſo may be cultivated here to advantage.
There are ſeveral varieties of the two laſt ſpecies, which
differ in the colour of their grain. The moſt common
colour is that of a yellowiſh white; but there are ſome
with deep yellow, others with purple, and ſome with
blue grains; and when the different colours are planted
near each other, the farina will mix, and the ears will
have grains of ſeveral colours intermixed on the ſame
ſpike; but when the grains of the different varieties are
planted at a proper diſtance from each other, the pro-
duce will be the fame with the grains which were fown. .
Theſe plants are ſeldom cultivated in England for uſe,
but in Italy and Germany it is the food of the poor
inhabitants; as it is alſo in many parts of North Ame-
rica, where it is treated in the following manner.
They firſt dig the ground well in the ſpring, and after
having made it level, they draw a line croſs the whole
piece intended to be planted; then they raiſe little
hills at about three or four feet diſtance, into each of
which they put two or three good ſeeds, covering
them about an inch thick with earth; then they move
the line four feet farther, continuing to do the ſame
through the whole fpot of ground, ſo that the rows
may be four feet aſunder, and the hills three or four
feet diſtance. Six quarts of this feed is generally al-
lowed to an acre of land, which, if the foil be good,
will commonly produce fifty buſhels of Corn.
In the planting of this Corn, where they obſerve to
plant the grain of any one colour in a field by itſelf,
and no other coloured grain ſtand near it, it will pro-
duce all of the ſame colour again, as hath been affirmed
by many curious perſons who have tried the experi-
ment; but if the rows are alternately planted with the
grain of different colours, they will interchange, and
produce a mixture of all the forts in the ſame row,
and frequently on one and the ſame ſpike; and ſome
do affirm they will mix with each other, at the diſtance
of four or five rods, provided there is no tall fence or
building between to intercept them.
و
15 D
There

ZE A
ZIZ
و
any
There is nothing more obſerved in the culture of this them clean from weeds. If the ſeaſon ſhould prove
grain, but only to keep it clear from weeds, by fre- warm, theſe plants will ripen the Corn in autumn.
quent hoeing of the ground; and when the ſtems are ZINZIBER See AMOMUM.
.
advanced, to draw the earth up in a hill about each ZIZIPHORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 33. Clinopodium.
plant, which, if done, will greatly ſtrengthen them, Tourn. Inſt. R. H. 194. tab. 92. Field Baſil.
and preſerve the ground about their roots moiſt for a
The CHARACTERS are,
conſiderable time.
The flower bath a long, rough, cylindrical empalement,
When the Corn is ripe, they cut off the ſtalks cloſe to which is ſlightly cut into five parts at the brim. The
the ground, and after having gathered off the ſpikes flower is of the labiated kind, having a long cylindrical
of grain, they ſpread the ſtalks in the fun to harden tube. The upper lip is oval, reflexed, and entire ; the
and dry, which they afterward uſe in the ſame man- under lip (or beard) is divided into three equal ſegments;
ner as Reeds in England for making fences, covering it has two Spreading ſtamina terminated by oblong ſum-
Theds, &c. for which purpoſe they are very uſeful to mits, and a quadrifid germen ſupporting a briſtly Style,
the inhabitants of warm countries, and when there is crowned by a ſharp-pointed inflexed ftigma. The germen
a ſcarcity of forage, they feed their cattle with them afterward turn to four oblong ſeeds, which ripen in the
green, as faſt as the Corn is gathered off.
empalement.
The Corn is ground to flour, and the pooreſt fort of This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
people in America, and alſo in Italy and Germany, Linnæus's ſecond claſs, which includes thoſe plants
make their bread of this flour; and in many of the whoſe flowers have two ſtamina and one ſtyle.
warmer countries, the inhabitants roaſt the whole The SPEIES are,
Speles
ſpikes, and dreſs them many different ways, making 1. ZIZIPHORA (Capitata) capitulis, terminalibus, foliis
ſeveral diſhes of it; but this grain ſeldom agrees with ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 31. Field Baſil with heads ter
thoſe who have not been accuſtomed to eat it; howe- minating the stalks, and oval leaves. Clinopodium fil-
ver, in times of ſcarcity of other grain, this would be
,
tulofum pumilum, Indiæ occidentalis, ſummo caule
a better ſubſtitute for the poor than Bean flour, or foridum. Pluk. Alm. 111. Low fiſtulous Field Bafil
other forts, which have been uſed in England ; and at of the Weſt-Indies, having flowers on the top of the ſtalk.
all times will be found a hearty food for cattle, hogs, 2. ZIZOPHORA (Tenuior) Horibus lateralibus, foliis lan-
and poultry; ſo that in light ſandy lands, where Beans ceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 31. Field Baſil with flowers
and Peas ſucceed not well, this grain may be culti- growing on the ſides of the ſtalk, and ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
vated to anſwer both purpoſes to advantage.
Acinos Syriaca, folio mucronato, capfulis hirſutis.
If this grain is cultivated by the horſe hoeing huſban- Mor. Hift. 3. p. 404. Syrian Field Baſil with an acute-
dry, it may be done at leſs expence than in other pointed leaf, and hairy capſules.
method; for this is one of the plants which is more 3. ZiziphORA (Hiſpanica) foribus lateralibus, foliis in-
particularly adapted for this huſbandry; therefore I ferioribus lineari lanceolatis, ſummis ovato mucrona-
ſhall here give an account of the method in which it tis. Field Bafil with flowers growing on the ſides of the
has been cultivated by the horſe-hoe, and has ſucceeded ſtalks, the lower leaves linear and Spear-ſhaped, and thoſe
beyond expectation.
on the top oval, terminating with long points.
The land was very light and fandy, and far from 4. Ziziphor:A (Alpina) foliis lanceolatis, floribus termin
being rich; this was ploughed deep before winter, nalibus. Hort. Cliff. 305. Alpine Field Baſil with Speara
and laid up in high ridges till the ſpring, when it was ſhaped leaves, and flowers terminating the ſtalks. Cli-
well harrowed to break it fine, and the beginning of nopodium Alpinum rofeum, faturejæ foliis. Boccon.
April the ground was again ploughed, laid level, and Muf. 119. Alpine Field Baſil with Roſe-like heads and
well harrowed to make the ſurface ſmooth; then Savory leaves.
the feeds were fown in drills, which were made The firſt fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this is an
four feet aſunder, into which the feeds were drop- annual plant, which has a four-cornered ſtalk about
ped at about a foot diſtance. When the plants were four inches high, ſending out fide branches from the
come up three inches high, where any of them were bottom, which ſtand oppoſite; theſe are terminated
too cloſe, they were cut up with a hand-hoe, and the by a cluſter of ſmall flowers ſurrounded by oval leaves,
intervals between the rows were ploughed ſhallow to ending in acute points. The flowers have a lender
deſtroy the young weeds. But when the ſtems were cylindrical empalement, out of which they juſt peep;
advanced, the ground in the intervals was ploughed they are purple, of the lip kind, and have but two
deeper, and the earth laid up to the plants on both ſtamina ; it flowers in June, July, and Auguſt, and
fides; and when the weeds began to grow again, the the feeds ripen about ſix weeks after.
ground was a third time ploughed to deſtroy them; The ſecond ſort grows naturally in Spain, and alſo in
this kept the ground pretty clean from weeds till the the Levant; this fends up many ſlender ligneous
grain was ripe, as the ſeaſon was not wet, but other- ſtalks, which riſe near a foot high, are garniſhed with
wiſe it would have required a fourth ploughing to an- ſpear-ſhaped leaves about the ſize of thoſe of Sum-
ſwer this purpoſe. The ſtalks of theſe plants pro- mer Savory, and have a ſcent like thoſe. The flowers
duced from three to fix fpikes of grain each, which are produced in whorls round the ſtalks, which are like
was a great increaſe.
thoſe of the former fort, and appear at the ſame ſeaſon.
The time for fowing this Corn, is about the ſame as The ſeeds of the third fort I received from Dr. Ruffel,
for Barley, in light warm land it may be ſown the who procured them from Aleppo ; this riſes about
latter end of March or the beginning of April, but in eight or nine inches high; the ſtalks branch out their
cold ground, the middle or end of April will be early whole length. The lower leaves are narrow, and
enough, for the grain is ſubject to rot in cold land, hairy ; thoſe at the top are oval, running out in acute
eſpecially if the ſeaſon proves wet. When the large forts points. The flowers are diſpoſed in whorls round the
are planted in a garden for curioſity, their ſeeds ſhould ſtalks, and are like thoſe of the former fort. The
be fown upon a moderate hot-bed the beginning of whole plant ſmells like Pennyroyal.
March ; and when the plants are fit to remove, they The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and
ſhould be tranſplanted on another moderate hot-bed Appenine mountains. The ſtalks of this riſe about
to bring them forward; but they muſt not be kept fix inches high, and are garniſhed with ſmall ſpear-
too cloſely covered, for that will draw them up weak; ſhaped leaves placed oppoſite. The flowers are pro-
therefore, when the weather is mild, they ſhould be duced in a cluſter at the top of the ſtalks, which are
inured to bear the open air; and the beginning of May of the ſame ſhape and colour as thoſe of the firſt fort,
they ſhould be taken up with balls of earth to their and are ſurrounded with ſpear-ſhaped leaves.
roots, and tranſplanted into a warm border at three or Theſe plants are all of them annual, ſo are propa-
four feet diſtance, carefully watering them if the wea- pagated only by ſeeds.
ther proves dry, until they have taken 'new root, after The ſeeds may be fown in a border of light earth,
which they will require no other care but to keep either in ſpring or autumn. Thoſe plants which
а
a
Come

ZIZ
ZIZ
3
come up in autumn, will abide through the winter,
and will grow much larger than thoſe which come up
in the ſpring, though neither of them riſe very high.
The feeds ſhould be ſown where the plants are to re-
main, for they do not thrive well when they are tranſ-
planted, unleſs the earth remains to their roots. Theſe
have a pretty ſtrong aromatic ſcent, ſomewhat reſem-
bling Summer Savory, but as they are plants of lit-
tle beauty, they are ſeldom cultivated but in botanic
gardens for variety fake.
The feeds of thoſe plants which come up in autumn,
will be ripe in July or Auguft; but thoſe of the ſpring
plants will not ripen till the latter end of Auguſt, or
the beginning of September; when, if the ſeeds are
permitted to ſcatter, the plants will come up, and re-
quire no farther care but to clear them from weeds,
and thin them where they are too cloſe.
ZIZIPHUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 627. tab. 403.
Rhamnus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. The Junjube.
The CHARACTERS are,
The flower has no empalement ; it has one funnel-Maped
petal
, which ſpreads open at the top, and is cut into four
or five ſegments; it has five avel-ſhaped ſtamina, whoſe
baſe are inſerted to the petal, and are terminated by ſmall
fummits, and an oval germen Supporting two ſlender ſtyles,
crowned by obtuſe ſtigmas. The germen efterward be-
comes an oblong oval berry, incloſing a ſingle nut of the
fame form, which has two cells, each containing an ob-
long feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the ſeventh ſection
of Tournefort's twenty-firſt claſs, which contains the
trees and ſhrubs with a Roſe flower, whoſe pointal
turns to a fruit pregnant with a ftony feed. Dr. Lin-
næus has joined this genus to the Rhamnus, which
he ranges in the firſt ſection of his fifth claſs, which
contains thoſe plants whoſe flowers have five ſtamina
and one ſtyle, but the flowers of theſe plants having
;
two ſtyles, the plants ſhould be ſeparated from the
Rhamnus.
The Species are,
1. ZIZIPHUS (Jujuba) aculeis geminatis rectis, foliis
oblongo ovatis ſerratis. Jujube with ſtrait thorns grow-
ing by pairs, and oblong, oval, ſawed leaves. Ziziphus.
Dod. p. 807. The common Jujube.
2. ZIZIPHUS (Sylveſtris) aculeis geminatis, altero recur-
vo, foliis ovatis nervoſis. Jujube with twin spines, one
of which is recurved, and oval veined leaves. Ziziphus
fylveſtris. Tourn. Inft. 627. The wild Jujube.
3. Ziziphus (@noplia) aculeis folitariis recurvis pe-
dunculis aggregatis, foliis cordato-rotundis nervoſis,
ſubtus tomentofis. Jujube with ſingle recurved ſpines,
foot-ſtalks in clusters, and round, heart-ſhaped, veined
leaves, which are downy on their under ſide. Jujube
aculeata, nervofis foliis infra fericeis flavis. Burm.
Zeyl. 131. Prickly Jujube with veined leaves, which
are ſilky and yellow on their under ſide.
4. Ziziphus (Africana) aculeis geminatis rectis, foliis
ovatis nervoſis. Jujube with double ſtroit thorns, and
oval veined leaves. Jujube, fc. Ziziphus Africana, mu-
cronatis foliis, ſpina gemellâ. Pluk. Alm. 199. Afri-
can Jujube with pointed leaves and double Spines.
The firſt fort grows naturally in the warm parts of
Europe; it has a woody ftalk which divides into
many crooked irregular branches, which are armed
with ſtrong ftrait thorns ſet by pairs at each joint.
The leaves are two inches long and one broad, ſlightly
fawed on their edges, and ſtand upon ſhort foot-ſtalks.
The flowers are produced on the ſide of the branches,
two or three ariſing from the ſame place, which ſit
cloſe; they are ſmall, and of a yellow colour; theſe
are fucceeded by an oval fruit, about the ſize of a
middling Plum, of a ſweetiſh taſte, and are clammy,
including a hard oblong ſtone, pointed at both ends.
The fruit of this tree was formerly uſed in medicine ;
it is reckoned pectoral, and good for coughs, pleuri-
fies, and hot ſharp humours, but is now ſeldom to be
found in the ſhops. In Italy and Spain, this fruit is
ſerved up at the table in deſerts during the winter ſea-
fon, as a dry ſweetmeat,
The ſecond ſort grows naturally about Tunis in Afri-
ca ; this has ſlender woody ſtalks, which ſend out many
weak branches, covered with a grayiſh bark, and armed
with ſpines, which come out by pairs at each joint,
one of which is longer than the other, and is itrait;
the other is ſhort and recurved. The leaves are ſmall,
oval, and veined; they are half an inch long, and as
much in breadth, ſitting cloſe to the branches. The
flowers of this fort I have not feen, fo can give no
farther deſcription of this plant.
The third ſort grows naturally in India, this riſes with
ſhrubby ſtalks ten or twelve feet high, ſending out
many ſlender branches, which have a yellowiſh bark,
and are armed with ſingle recurved thorns at each
joint. The leaves are round, heart-ſhaped, about
two inches long, and as much in breadth, and are in-
dented at the foot-ſtalk; they have three longitudinal
ins, and are covered with a yellowiſh down on their
under fide. The flowers come out in cluſters from
the wings of the branches; they are ſmall, and of a
yellowiſh colour; theſe are ſucceeded by oval fruit
about the ſize of ſmall Olives, incloſing a ſtone of the
ſame ſhape
The fourth ſort grows naturally in Syria, from whence
I have received the feeds; this ſends up ſeveral ſhrub-
by ſtalks from the root, which divide into ſlender
branches, which are armed with ſtrait fpines, and
are ſet by pairs at each joint; the leaves are ſmall,
oval, and veined, and are placed alternate, ſtanding
upon very ſhort foot-ſtalks. The flowers are ſmall, of
a yellow colour, ariſing from the wings of the branches.
The fruit is round, and about the ſize of Sloes.
Theſe plants are preſerved in the gardens of ſome cu-
rious perſons only for the ſake of variety, for they
do not produce fruit in England. The firſt and fourth
forts, which are the moſt hardy, will ſcarcely live thro'
the winters in England, even when they are planted
againſt ſouth walls; in which ſituation I have kept
the plants two or three years, when the winters have
proved mild, but they were afterward killed by a
fharp froſt. They may be propagated by putting their
ſtones into pots of freſh light earth, ſoon after their
fruits are ripe; and in winter they ſhould be placed
under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be
ſheltered from ſevere froſt. In the ſpring theſe pots
ſhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which
will greatly forward the growth of the feeds; and
when the plants are come up, they ſhould be inured
to the open air by degrees, into which they muſt be
removed in June, placing them near the ſhelter of a
hedge; and in very dry weather they muſt be fre-
quently refreſhed with water.
In this ſituation they may remain till the beginning of
October, when they muſt be removed either into the
green-houſe, or placed under a hot-bed frame, where
they may be defended from froſt, but ſhould have as
much free air as poſſible in mild weather.
During the winter ſeaſon they ſhould be now and then
refreſhed with water ; but after their leaves are fallen
(as they always ſhed them in winter), they muſt not be
over watered, which would rot the tender fibres of
their roots, and cauſe the plants to decay.
In March, juſt before the plants begin to ſhoot, they
ſhould be tranſplanted, each into a ſeparate ſmall pot
filled with light freſh earth ; and if they are plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, it will greatly promote their
taking root; but in May they muſt be inured to the
open air by degrees, into which they ſhould be ſoon
after removed.
Thus theſe plants ſhould be managed while young, at
which time they are tender; but when they are three
or four years old, ſome of them may be planted in the
full ground, againſt a warm wall or pale, where, if they
have a dry foil, they will endure the cold of our or-
dinary winters pretty well; but in hard froſts, they
will require to be theltered, ſo it will be proper to
keep a plant or two in pots, which may be houſed in
winter
a
a
a
There

ZYG
Z Y G
a
Theſe plants may be alſo propagated by ſuckers,
which the old ones many times fend forth from their
roots, but theſe are ſeldom ſo well rooted as thoſe
produced from ſeeds, nor do they make ſo good plants,
for which reaſon they are but rarely propagated that
way.
The ſecond fort is not ſo hardy as the firſt, ſo theſe
plants muſt be kept in pots, and in the winter placed
into the green-houſe, and treated in the ſame way as
other hardy exotic plants, being careful not to over-
water them at that ſeaſon, but eſpecially when they
have ſhed their leaves.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which muſt be pro-
cured from the country where it naturally grows;
theſe ſhould be fown in pots filled with light earth,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, which
will bring up the plants in about ſix weeks, if the
ſeeds are good. When the plants begin to advance in
height, they ſhould be gradually hardened, and in
June they may be placed in the open air in a ſheltered
ſituation ; but in autumn they muſt be removed into
ſhelter, where they muſt remain all the winter, and in
the ſpring, before the plants begin to puſh out their
leaves, they ſhould be carefully tranſplanted, each into
a ſeparate ſmall pot, and plunged into a gentle hot-
bed to forward their putting out new roots. In fum-
mer they muſt be expoſed abroad, but in winter they
muſt be houſed.
The third and fourth forts are tenderer than the for-
mer, ſo will not thrive in this country unleſs the plants
,
are kept in a warm ſtove. Theſe are propagated in the
ſame way as the former, but the plants muſt be more
tenderly treated, for they ſhould not be wholly ex-
poſed abroad at any time of the year; in ſummer they
muſt have a large ſhare of air in warm weather, and in
winter they muſt be kept in a warm ſtove.
ZYGOPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 474. Fa-
bago. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 258. tab. 135. Bean Caper.
The CHARACTERS are,
T be empalement of the flower is compoſed of five oval ob-
tuſe leaves. The flower has five obtuſe petals which are
longer than the empalement, and are indented at their
points; it has a cloſed ne£tarium, which includes the ger-
men, compoſed of several ſcales or little leaves, to which
the baſes of the ſtamina are faſtened; it hath ten awl-Shaped
Stamina, terminated by oblong ſummits, and an oblong ger-
men, fupporting an awl-Shaped Style, crowned by a ſingle
ſtigma. The germen afterward become an oval five-cornered
capſule with five cells, containing ſeveral roundiſh ſeeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firſt ſection of
Linnæus's tenth claſs, which includes thoſe plants
whoſe flowers have ten ſtamina and one ſtyle.
The SPECIES are,
1. ZYGOPHYLLUM (Fabago) foliis petiolatis, foliolis ob-
ovatis caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. 551. Bean Caper with
fooi-ſtalks to the leaves, and herbaceous ſtalks. Fabago
Belgarum five peplus Pariſienſium. Lugd. 458. Com-
mon Bean Caper, or Peplus of the Pariſans.
2. ZYGOPHYLLUM (Seſilifolium) foliis feffilibus, foliolis
lanceolato-ovalibus margine ſcabris caule fruticoſo.
Lin. Sp. 552. Bean Caper with ovel Spear-ſhaped leaves
fitting cloſe to the ſtalks, and a ſhrubby ſtalk. Fabago
Africana arboreſcens, flore ſulphureo, fructu rotundo.
Com. Plant. Rar. 10. Tree-like African Bean Caper, with
a brimſtone flower and a round fruit.
3. ZYGOPHYLLUM (Morgſana) foliis fubpetiolatis, foli-
olis obovatis caule fruticoſo. Lin. Sp. 551. Bean Caper
with oval ſmall leaves having short foot-ſtalks, and a
forubby stalk. Fabago tetraphylla fore tetrapetalo,
fructu membranaceo quadrangulari. Burm. Plant.
Afr. 7. Four-leaved Bean Caper with a flower of four pe-
tals, and a four-cornered membranaceous fruit.
4. ZYGOPHYLLUM (Fulvum) capſulis ovatis acutis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 386. Bean Caper with oval acute-pointed cap-
fules. Fabago flore luteo, petalorum unguibus ru-
bris, fructu Tulcato acuto oblongo. Burm. Plant. Afr.
6. Bean Caper with a yellow flower, the tails of the pe-
tals red, and an acute, oblong, furrowed fruit.
The first fort grows naturally in Syria; this has been
long an inhabitant of ſome curious gardens in England.
The root is thick, Aeihy, and ſtrikes deep into the
ground, and will grow as thick as a man's arm when
old. The ſtalks decay every autumn to the root;
from which ſpring new ſhoots every year, in number
proportionable to the ſize of the root; they riſe three
or four feet high, fending out a few ſide branches ;
theſe are ſmooth, green, and jointed; they are gar-
niſhed with ſmooth fleſhy leaves like thoſe of Purſlane,
two ſtanding together upon the ſame foot-ſtalk, which
is an inch long; they are of a bluiſh green colour.
The flowers are produced from the wings of the ſtalk,
two or three ariſing at the ſame joint upon ſhort foot-
ftalks ; they are compoſed of five roundiſh concave
petals of a reddiſh colour on their outſide, and ten fta-
mina which are twice the length of the petals. The
flowers are ſucceeded by long priſmatical capſules
with five fides, which have cells filled with roundiſh
feeds. This ſort flowers in June and July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.
The ſecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this riſes with a thick woody ſtalk three or
four feet high, ſending out many branches, which are
garniſhed with ſucculent leaves placed by fours, ſitting
cloſe to them. From the wings of the ſtalks the flowers
are produced upon pretty long ſlender foot-ſtalks ;
they are compoſed of five fulphur-coloured petals
which have a brown ſpot on each of their tails; theſe
are ſucceeded by roundiſh depreſſed fruit having five
cells, each containing two roundiſh feeds. This plant
continues flowering all ſummer and autumn, and the
ſeeds ripen in winter.
The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope; this has a ſhrubby ftalk which divides into
many irregular jointed branches, which riſe four or
five feet high, and are garniſhed with thick fuccu-
lent leaves, which are larger, and more obtuſe than
thoſe of the ſecond fort; they are placed by fours at
each joint, two on each ſide the ſtalk oppoſite. The
flowers come out from the wings of the ſtalk upon llen-
der foot-ſtalks ; theſe have but four petals, which are
S
broader than thoſe of the ſecond ſort, but of the ſame
colour, each having a brown ſpot at their tails. The
fruit has four broad membranaceous wings, reſembling
the fails of a mill. This plant flowers moſt part of
ſummer, but the fruit feldom ripens well in England.
The fourth fort is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.
The ftalks of this branch out greatly from the bot-
tom; they are ſhrubby, jointed, and irregular. The
leaves are of the conſiſtence of thoſe of Purſlane; they
are narrow at their tails, but oval toward their points,
and are placed by fours at each joint like the former.
The flowers come out from the wings of the italk
upon flender foot-ſtalks ; they are of a pale yellow co-
lour, each petal having a pretty large red ſpot at their
tails. The fruit is oval, about three quarters of an
inch long, having five deep furrows, and is divided into
five cells, which are filled with roundiſh feeds. This
plant flowers great part of the year, and the fruit ri-
pens in autumn and winter.
The firſt fort is propagated only by feeds, which ri-
pen very well in England in warm ſeaſons; theſe may
be either ſown upon a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring,
or on a warm border of light ground; thoſe which
are fown upon the hot-bed will come up in three
weeks or a month, and about a month after; the
plants will be fit to remove, when they ſhould be each
planted in a ſeparate ſmall pot filled with freſh light
earth, and plunged into a gentle hot-bed to promote
their taking root, and ſhaded from the ſun in the day
time; afterward they muſt be gradually hardened to
bear the open air, to which they ihould be expoſed all
the ſummer ; but in autumn, when their ſtalks begin
to decay, they ſhould be placed in a hot-bed frame to
ſhelter them from the froſt in winter, for while they
are young, they are a little tender. The ſpring fol-
lowing they may be turned out of the pots, and planted
in a ſouth border cloſe to the wall, in a dry rubbiſhy
ſo where they will endure the cold without cover-
a
a
a
a
ing,

ZYG
ing. There is a plant of this kind in the Chelſea Gar- as the ſeaſon advances, they hould be gradually hard-
den, which is more than fifty years old, and has re- ened to bear the open air, into which they ſhould be
fifted the ſevereſt cold without any covering, and removed the latter end of May, placing them in a
produces great plenty of flowers and fruit annually. warm ſheltered ſituation, where they may remain till
Thoſe plants which come up in the full ground will autumn, when they ſhould be placed in a dry airy
require no other care but to keep them clean from glaſs-caſe, where they will ſucceed better than in a
weeds, and thin them where they come up too cloſe, green-houſe ; for they require a large ſhare of air in
giving them room to grow the firſt year; and when mild weather, otherwiſe their ſhoots are apt to be weak
their ſtalks decay in autumn, the ſurface of the ground and tender, ſo are often injured by damp air in win-
fhould be covered with tan to prevent the froſt from ter, but they do not require any artificial heat. If
penetrating to the roots, or in froſty weather, they they are ſcreened from the froſt, and have plenty of
may be covered with ſtraw or Peas haulm, which will air, they will thrive very well.
anſwer the ſame purpoſe, the young plants being fome- The third fort feldom produces good feeds in Eng-
what tender ; and in the ſpring, the roots ſhould be land, ſo is propagated by cuttings, and the two others
carefully taken up, planting them cloſe to a warm are generaly increaſed in the gardens the fame way,
wall, as before directed.
that method being very expeditious, though the feed-
The other three forts are too tender to live through ling plants grow ſtronger, and riſe to a greater height.
the winter in the open air in this country, ſo they muſt Theſe cuttings may be planted in a bed of light earth
be kept in pots, and houſed in autumn. Theſe plants during any of the fummer months; if theſe are co-
may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings.
vered cloſe down with bell or hand-glaſſes, and ſhaded
The ſecond and fourth forts ripen their feeds pretty from the ſun, they will put out roots in five or fix
well in England, ſo theſe may be propagated by low- weeks, and then may be taken up carefully and pot-
ing them on a moderate hot-bed in the ſpring; and ted, placing them in the ſhade till they have taken
when the plants are about an inch high, they ſhould new root; after which they may be renoved to a
be each tranſplanted into a ſmall pot filled with light warm ſheltered ſituation, and treated in the ſame way
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, ſhading as thoſe plants raiſed from ſeeds.
them from the ſun till they have taken new root; then ZYLOSTEUM. See LONICERA.
a
Se
INDEX

INDEX LATINU S.
A
B Baccharis
um
BIES
Aloe
Apios, vide Glycine Azederach, vide Melia
Abrotanum Aloides, vide Stratiotes Apium
Abrotanum Fee- Alopecuros
Apocynum
B.
mina, vide Santolina
Alpinia
Aquifolium, vide Ilex
Abrus, vide Glycine Althæa
Aquilegia
Abfinthium,vide Artemiſia Alyſſoides, vide Alyſſum Arabis
Abutilon
Alyſſum
Arachis
Bacciferous
Acacia, vide Mimoſa
Amaranthoides, vide Gom- Aralia
Balauſtia, vide Punica
Acacia Germanorum, vide phrena
Arbor
Ballotte
Prunus
Amaranthus
Arbor Camphorifera, vide Balſamina, vide Impatiens
Acacia Virginiana, vide Amaranthus Criſtatus, vide Laurus
Balſamita, vide Tanacetum
Robinia
Celoſia
ArborCoral, vide Erythrina Bamia Moſchata, vide Hi-
Acajou, vide Anacardium Amaryllis
Arbor Judæ, vide Cercis biſcus
Acalypha
Ambroſia
Arbor Vitæ, vide Thuya Banana, vide Muſa
Acanaceous
Amelanchier, vide Chio- Arboreus
Banniſteria
Acanthus
nanthus
Arbutus
Baobob, vide Adanſonia
Acarna, vide Cnicus
Amentaceous
Arctium
Barba Capræ, vide Spiræa
Acaulis
Amethyftea
Arctotis
Barba Jovis, vide Anthyllis
Acer
Ammannia
Arcuation
Barbarea, vide Siſymbri-
Acetoſa
Ammi
Arethuſa
Acetoſella, vide Oxalis
Ammi perenne, videSilaum Argemone
Bardana, vide Arctium
Achillea
Amomum Plinii, vide So-Argilla
Barleria
Achyranthes
lanum
Aria Theophraſti, vide Bartramia, vide Triumfetta
Acinos, vide Thymus Amoris Pomum, vide Ly- Cratægus
Baffella
Acinus
coperſicon
Ariſarum, vide Arum Bafilicum, vide Ocymum
Aconitum
Amorpha
Arifta
Bafteria
Aconitum Hyemale, vide Amygdalus
Ariſtolochia
Bauhinia
Helleborus
Anacampſeros, vide Sedum Armeniaca
Belladona, vide Atropa
Acorus
Anacardium
Armerius, vide Dianthus Bellis
Acriviola, vide Tropæolum Anacyclus
Arnica
Bellis major, vide Chry-
Actæa
Anagallis
Artedia
ſanthemum
Adanſonia
Anagyris
Artemiſia
Bellonia
Adenanthera
Ananas
Arum
Benzoin, vide Laurus
Adhatoda, vide Juſticia
Anapodophyllon, vide Po- Arundo
Berberis
Adianthum
dophyllon
Arundo Saccharifera, vide Bermudiana
Adnata
Anaftatica
Saccharum
Bernardia, vide Croton
Adonis
Anchuſa
Afarina
Beſleria
Adoxa
Andrachne
Aſarum
Beta
Æſchynomene
Andromeda
Aſclepias
Betonica
Æfculus
Androſace
Aſcyrum
Betonica Aquatica, vide
Æther
Androfæmum, vide Hy- Aſpalathus
Scrophularia
Agave
pericum
Aſparagus
Betonica Pauli, vide Vero-
Ageratum
Andryala
Afperifolious
nica
Ageratum officinarum, vi- Anemone
Aſperugo
Betula
de Achillæa
Anemonoides, vide Ane Aſperula
Bidens
Agnus Caftus, vide Vitex
Afphodelus
Bifolium, vide Ophris
Agrifolium, vide Ilex
Anemoſpermos, vide Arc- Aſplenium
Bignonia
Agrimonia
totis
After
Biſcutella
Agroſtemma
Anethum
Aſteriſcus, vide Buphthal. Bifferula
Ahouai, vide Thevetia
Angelica
mum
Biſlingua, vide Ruſcus
Aizoon
Anguria
Afteroides, vide Inula Biſtorta, vide Polygonum
Ajuga
Anil, vide Indigophera Aſtragalus
Bivalvular
Ala
Anifum, vide Pimpinella Aftrantia
Bixa
Alabaſtrum
Annona
Athamanta
Blattaria, vide Verbaſcum
Alaternoides, vide Phylica, Anonis, vide Ononis Atractylis
Blitum
Clutia, & Celaſtrus
Anthemis
Atragena
Bocconia
Alaternus
Antheræ
Atraphaxis
Boerhaavia
Alcea
Anthericum
Atriplex
Bombax
Alchemilla
Anthology
Atriplex Baccifera, vide Bonduc, vide Guilandina
Aletris
Antholyza
Blitum
Bontia
Alkekengi, vide Phyſalis
Anthoſpermum
Atropha
Bonus Henricus, vide Che-
Alliaria, vide Heſperis
Anthyllis
Avena
nopodium
Allium
Antirrhinum
Aurantium
Borbonia
Alnus
Aparine
Auricula muris
Borago
Alnus nigra baccifera, vide
Apetalous
Auricula urfi
Bofea
Frangula
Aphaca, vide Lathyrus Azalea
Botrys, vide Chenopodium
Bra-
mone

IN DE X L A T I NU S.
C Acilampelos
Brabejum
Cardioſpermum
Chamæriphes, vide Cha- Conſolida regalis, vido
Branca Urſina, vide Acan-Carduus
mærops
Delphinium
thus
Carduus Benedictus, vide Chamærops
Convallaria
Braffica
Centaurea
Chamærubus, vide Rubus Convolvulus
Breynia, vide Capparis Carduus Fullonum, vide Chamæſyce, vide Euphor- Conyza
Bromelia
Dipſacus
bia
Copaiba
Browallia
Carica
Chamærhododendron, vide Corallodendron, vide Ery-
Brunella, vide Prunella Carlina
Rhododendron
thrina
Brunsfelfia
Carpeflium
Cheiranthus
Corchorus
Bruſcus, vide Ruſcus Carpinus
Chelidonium
Cordia
Bryonia
Carthamus
Chelone
Coreopſis
Bryonia nigra, vide Tamus Carum
Chenopodio-morus, vide Coriandrum
Bubon
Caryophyllata, vide Geum Blitum
Coriara
Buddleja
Caryophyllus, vide Dian- Chenopodium
Corindum, vide Cardiof-
Bugloffum, vide Anchufa thus
Chionanthus
permum
& Lycopſis
Caſia, vide Ofiris
Chironia
Coris
Bugula, vide Ajuga Cafia
Chondrilla
Coriſpermum
Bulbous
Caffida, vide Scutellaria
Chriſtophriana, vide Actæa Cornus
Bulbocaſtanum, vide Bu-Caſline
Chryſanthemoides, vide Of Cornutia
nium
Caſtanea
teofpermum
Corona Imperialis, vide Fri-
Bulbocodium
Caſtanea Equina, vide Ef- Chryſanthemum
tillaria
Bunias
culus
Chryſobalanus
Corona Solis, vide Heliana
Bunium
Caftorea, vide Durantia Chryſocoma
thus
Buphthalmum
Catananche
Chryſophyllum
Coronilla
Bupleuroides, vide Phyllis Cataputia major, vide Ri- Chryſoſplenium
Cortuſa
Bupleurum
cinus
Cicer
Corylus
Burſa Paftoris, vide Thlaf- Cataputia minor, vide Eu- Cichorium
Corymbiferous
pi
phorbia
Cicuta
Corymbus
Butomus
Cataria, vide Nepeta Cicutaria, vide Luguſtrum Coſtus
Buxus
Cateſbæa
Cinara, vide Cynara Cotinus, vide Rhus
Caucalis
Cineraria, vide Othonna Cotonea Malus, vide Cya
C.
Cauliferous
Circea
donia
Caulis
Cirri
Cotoneaſter, vide Meſpilus
A APEBA, vide Ceanothus
Circium, vide Carduus Cotula
Cedrus
Ciftus
Cotyledon
Cacalia
Ceiba, vide Bombax
Citharexylon
Courbaril, vide Hymenaa
Cacalianthenium, vide Ca- Celaſtrus
Citrus
Crambe
calia
Celoſia
Claviculus
Craniolaria
Cacao
Celfia
Claytonia
Craffula
Cachrys
Celtis
Clematis
Cratægus
Cactus
Centaurea
Cleome
Crateva
Cæſalpina
Centaurium minus, vide Cleonia
Crepis
Cainito, vide Chryfophyl- Gentiana
Clethra
Creſcentia
lum
Cepa
Cliffortia
Crinum
Cakile, vide Bunias
Cephalanthus
Clinopodium
Crithmum
Calaba, vide Cornus Ceraſtium
Clitoria
Criſta Pavonis, vide Poina
Calamintha, vide Meliſſa Ceratocarpus
Cluſia
ciana
Calceolus, vide Cypripedi-Ceraſus
Clutia
Crocus
Cerafus racemoſa, vide Pa- Clymenum, vide Lathyrus Crotolaria
Calendula
dus
Clypeola
Croton
Calla
Ceratonia
Cneorum
Crucianella
Caltha
Ceratophyllum
Cnicus
Crupina Belgarum, vide
Calyx
Cerbera
Coa, vide Hippocratea Centaurea
Camara, vide Lantana Cercis
Coccygria, vide Rhus Cucubalus
Cameraria
Cerefolium, vide Chæro- Cochlearia
Cuculate
Campaniformis
phyllum
Coffea
Cucumis
Campanula
Cereus, vide Cactus Coix
Cucumis Agreftris,videMo-
.
Camphora, vide Laurus Cerinthe
Colchicum
mordica
Canna
Ceftrum
Coldenia
Cucurbita
Cannabina, vide Datiſca Chærophyllum
Collinfonia
Cuiete, vide Crefcentia
Cannabis
Chamæceraſus, vide Loni- Colocaſia, vide Arum Culmiferous
Cannacorus, vide Canna
Colocynthis,vide Cucurbita Cuminoides, vide Lagcecia
Capillamenta
Chamæciſtus, vide Heli- Columnea
Cuminum
Capillaris
anthemum
Colutea
Cunila, vide Sideritis
Capitulum
Chamæclema, vide Glecho- Colutea Scorpioides, vide Cunonia
Capnoides, vide Fumaria
Emerus
Cupreffus
Capparis
Chamæcypariffus,vide San- Coma Aurea, vide Chryfo-Curcuma
Capparis Fabago, vide Zy- tolina
Cururu
gophyllum
Chamædaphne, videRuſcus Comarum
Cuſpidatus
Capraria
Chamædrys,vide Teucrium Commelina
Cyanus, vide Centaurea
Capreolus
Chamælæa, vide Cneorum Coniferous
Cyclamen
Caprifolium, vide Pericly- Chamemelum, vide An- Conium
Cydonia
themis
Conocarpodendron, vide Cynanchum
Capſicum
Chamameſpilus, vide Mef- Protea
Cynara
Capſula
pilus
Conocarpus
Cynogloſſum
Caracalla, vide Phaſeolus Chamænorus, vide Rubus Conſolida major, videSyn-Cypripedium
Cardamindum, vide Tro- Chamænerium, vide Epilo- phytum
Cyſticapnos, vide Fumaria
paolum
bium
Confólida media, vide A- Cytiſo-geniſta, vide Spar:
Cardamine
Chamæpytis, vide Teucri- juga
tium
Cardiaca, vide Leonurus
Conſolida minima,vid.Bellis Cytiſus
D
um
cera
ma
coma
menuin
um

IN E
N X L A T I N U S.
D
ratrum
GAGale
, vide Myrica
Geniftafpinofa,} vide Ulex
nome
trus
um
DE Enula Campana, vide Inula Frumentum Indicum, vide Helenium
D.
& Ephedra
Zea
Helianthemum, vide Ciitus
Ephemeron, vide Tradef- Frutex
Helianthus
ALECHAMPIA
cantia
Frutex Pavonius, videPoin- Helicteres
Damafonium, vide Epigæa
ciana
Heliocarpos
Aliſma
Epilobium
Fuchſia
Heliotropium
Daphne
Epimedium
Fumaria
Helleborine, vide Serapias
Datifca
Epiphylloſpermous
Helleborus
Datura
G.
Equiſetum
Helleborus albus, vide ye-
Daucus
Eranthemum, vide Adonis
Daucus Creticus, vide A- Erica
Hemerocallis
thamanta
Erica Baccifera, vide Em- Galega
Hemionitis
D'ayena
petrum
Galenia
Hepatica, vide Anemone
Delphinium
Erigeron
Galeopſis
Hepatorium, vide Eupa-
Dens Canis, vide Erithro- Erinus
Galeopſis fruteſcens, vide torium
nium
Eriocephalus
Praſium
Heptaphyllum, vide Po-
Dens Leonis, vide Leonto- Eruca
Gallium
tentilla
don
Erucago, vide Bunias Garcinia
Heracleum, vide Sphon-
Dentaria
Ervum
Garidella
dylium
Dianthera
Eryngium
Gaura
Herba Gerardi, vide An-
Dianthus
Eryſimum
Geniſta
gelica
Diapenſia, vide Sanicula
Erythrina
Herba Paris, vide Paris
Dictamnus
Erythronium
Herbous
Dictamnus Creticus, vide Eſchynomene, vide Æſchy-Gentiana
Hermannia
Origanum
Gentianella, vide Gentiana Hermodactylus
Diervilla
Efculentus
Geranium
Hernandia
Digitalis
Euonymus
Gefnera
Herniaria
Dioſcorea
Euonymoides, vide Celaf- Geum
Hefperis
Dioſma
Gingidium, vide Artedia
Hibiſcus
Dioſpyros
Eupatoriophalacron vide Gladiolus
Hieracium
Dipſacus
Verbeſina
Glaucium, vide Chelidoni- Hippocaſtanum
Dirca
Eupatorium
Hippocratea
Dodartia
Euphorbia
Glaux
Hippocrepis
Dolichos
Euphraſia
Glechoma
Hippolapathum, vide Ru-
Doria, vide Solidago & O-
Gleditſi
mex
thonna
F
Globularia
Hippomane
Doronicum
Glorioſa
Hippophae
Dorſiferous
ABA
Glycine
Hippofelinum, vide Smyr-
Dorſtenia
Faba Ægyptiaca, vide Glycyrrhiza
Dorycnium vide Pforalea Arum
Gnaphalodes, vide Micro- Hirundinaria, vide Afcle-
Douglaffia
Faba Craffa, vide Sedum
pus
pias
Draba
Fabago, vide Zygophyllum Gomphrena
Holchus
Draco Herba, vide Abro- Fagonia
Goffypium
Hordeum
Fagopyrum, vide Helxine Gramen
Horminum
Draco Abor, vide Palma Fagus
Granadilla, vide Paſſiflora Hottonia
Dracocephalum
Ferraria
Gratiola
Humilis
Dracontium
Ferrum Equinum, vide Grewia
Hura
Dracunculus Pratenſis, vide Hippocrepis
Gronovia
Hyacinthus
Achillæa
Ferula
Groſſularia
Hyacinthus Peruvianus,
Dulcamara, vide Solanum Ficoides, vide Meſembry- Guaiabara, vide Coccolo- vide Ornithogalum
Duranta
anthemum
bus
Hyacinthus Tuberoſus,
Ficus
Guajacana, vide Dioſpyros vide Crinum
E.
Ficus Indica, vide Cactos Guajacum
Hydrangea
& Opuntia
Guajava, vide Pſidium Hydrocotyle
BELUS, vide_Sam- Filago
Guanabanus, vide Annona Hydrolapathum, vide Ru-
Filipendula, vide Spiræa Guazuma, vide Theobro-
Ebenus
Flammula Jovis, vide Cle-
Hydrophyllum
Echinus
matis
Guidonia, vide Samyda Hydropiper, vide Polygo-
Echinomelocactus, vide Flos Africanus, vide Ta- Guilandina
Cactus
getes
Gundelia
Hymenæa
Echinophora
Flos Paffionis, vide Paffi-Gypſophylla
Hyoſeris
Echinops
flora
Hyofcyamus
H.
Flos Solis, vide Helianthus
Hypecoun
Hypericum
Vitis
Hypericum frutex, vide
Ehretia
Fænum Burgundiacum, Haletia
Spireæa
Effloreſcente
vide Medica
Halicabum, vide Phyſalis Hypochæris
Egerminate
Fænum Græcum, vide Tri- Halicacabus peregrinus, Hypophylloſpermous
Elaterium, vide Momor-
gonella
vide Cardioſpermum Hyſſopus
dica
Fragaria
Halimus, vide Atriplex
Elatine, vide Linaria
Frangula
Halleria
I.
Eleagnus
Fraxinella
Hamamelis
Elephantopus
Fraxinus
Hamelia
CACEA, vide Centau-
Elichryſum, vide Gnapha- Fritillaria
Harmala, vide Peganum
lium
Fritillaria Craſſa, vide Sta- | Hedera
Jacobæa, vide Othonna &
Elliſia
pelea Aſclepias
Hedera Terreſtris, vide Senecio
Emerus
Fructiferous
Glecoma
Jaſminoides, vide Ceftrum
Empetrum
Fructus
Heydypnois, vide Hyoferis & Lycium
Enucleation
Frumentaceous
Hedyfarum
Jafione
Jaſminum
F
nium
tanum
E bucus
mex
ma
num
Edera quinquefolia, vide Flos Trinitatis, vide Viola Hematoxylum
H
Jace
rea

I N D E X L A T I NUS
Ilex
mum
mon
mane
KA
K Kalmia
NA
Jaſminum
Leontice
Mala Armeniaca, vide Ar- Moldavica, vide Dracocea
Iatropha
Leontodon
meniaca
phalon
Iberis
Leonurus
Mala Cotonea, vide Cydo Molle, vide Schinus
Ibiſcus, vide Hibiſcus Lepidium
nia
Molucca; vide Molucella
Icaco, vide Chryſobalanus (Lepidocarpodendron, vide Mala Inſana, vide Melon- Molucella
Protea
gena
Moly, vide Allium
Illecebrum
Leucanthemum, vide An- Malacoides, vide Malope Momordica
|
Impatiens
themis & Chryſanthe-Malope
Monarda
Imperatoria
Malpighia
Monbin, vide Spondias
Indigophera
Leucoium
Malva
Montia, vide Heliocarpos
Intibus, vide Cichorium Lichen
Malva Arborea, vide La Moræa
Inula
Liguſticum
vatera
Morina
Johnſonia
Liguſtrum
Malva Roſea, vide Alcea.
Morus
Ipomma
Lilac, vide Syringa
Malus
Mofchatellina, vide Adoxa
Iris
Liliaſtrum, vide Hemero- Malus Armeniaca, vide Ar- Muntingia
Iris Bulboſa, vide Xiphi- callis
meniaca
Murucuia, vide Paffiflora
Iris Perſica, s um Lilio Aſphodelus, vide He-Malus Aurantia, vide Au Muſcari
Iratis
merocallis & Crinum rantium
Muſcipula, vide Silene
Iſopyrum
Lilio-Fritillaria, vide Fri- Malus Limonia, vide Li- Muſcus
Ifora, vide Helicteres
tillaria
Myagrum
Itea
Lilio-Hyacinthus, vide Malus Perſica, vide Perſica | Myoſotis, vide Ceraſtium
Judaica Arbor, vide Cercis Scilla
Malus Punică, vide Punica Myofurus
Juglans
Lilio-Narciſſus, vide Ama- Mammea
Myrica
Jujube, vide Ziziphus ryllis
Mançanilla, vide Hippo- Myrrhis, vide Chærophyl-
Julian, vide Heſperis
Lilium
lum, Scandix, & Sifoni
Juncus
Lilium Convallium, vide Mandragora
Myrtus
Juniperus
Convallaria
Manihot, vide Iatropha Myrtus Barbantica, vide
Juffiæa
Lilium Perſicum, vide Fri- Maranta
Myrica
Juſticia
tillaria
Marrubiaftrum, vide Side- / Myxa; vide Cordia
Ixia
Lilium Superbum, vide
ritis
Glorioſa
Marrubium
N.
K.
Limodorum
Marrubium Nigrum, vide
Limon
Ballote
APELLUS, vide
ALI, vide Salfola Limonium
Martynia
Aconitum
Linaria
Marum, vide Teucrium
Napæa
Karatas
Lingua Cervina, vide Pteris Marum Vulgare, vide Sa- Napus, vide Braſſica & Rapå
Kempfera
Linum
Maſtichina, Š tureja Narciſio Leucoium, vide
Ketmia, vide Hibiſcus Linum Umbilicatum, vide Matricaria
Galanthus
Kiggelaria
Cynogloſſum
Maurocenia
Narciſſus
Knautia
Lippia
Mays, vide Zea
Naſturtium
Liquidamber
Meadea
Naſturtium Indicum, vide
Lithoſpermum
Medeola
Tropæolum
Lobelia
Medica
Nepeta
ABLAB, vide Doli- Lobus Echinatus, vide Medicago
Nerium
chis
Guilandinia
Melampyrum
Nicotiana
Labrum Veneris, vide Dip. Lonchitis
Melaſtoma
Nigella
ſacus
Lonicera
Melia
Nigelaftrum; vide Agro-
Labruſca, vide Vitis Loranthus
Melianthus
ftemma
Laburnum, vide Cytiſus Lotus
Melilotus, vide Trigonella Niffolia, vide Lathyrus
Lacryma Jobi, vide Coix Lotus Arbor; vide Celtis Meliffa
Noli me tangere, vide Im-
Lactifera
Ludvigia
Meliſſa Turcica, vide Dra-
patiens
Lactuca
Luffa, vide Mormordica cocephalon
Nummularia, vide Lyſima-
Lactuca Agnini, vide Va- Lunaria
Melitis
chia
leriana
Lupinus
Melo
Juglans
Lagæcia
Lupulus, vide Humilius
,
Lagopus, vide Trifolium Luteola, vide Reſeda
Lamium
Lychnidea, vide Phlox Melochia, vide Corchorus
Nyctanthes
Lampſana, vide Lapſana Lychnis
Melongena
Nymphæa
Lantana
Lycium
Melopepo, vide Cucurbita
Nyffa
Lanuginous
Lycoperſicon
Melothria
Lapathum, vide Rumex Lycopſis
Meniſpermum
Lapſana
0,
Lycopus
Mentha
Larix
Lyſimachia
Mentha Cataria, vide Ne-
Laferpitium
Lyfimachia Galericulata,
BELISCOTHECA,
peta
Lathyrus
vide Scutellaria
Mentzelia
vide Rudbeckia
Latifolius
Lyſimachia non Pappofa, Menyanthes
Ochrus, vide Piſum
Lavatera
vide Onagra
Mercurialis
Oculus Chriſti, vide Salvia
Lavendula
Lyſimachia Siliquoſa, vide Meſembrianthemum Ocymum
Laureola, vide Daphne Epilobium
Meſpilus
Oenanthe
Lauro-Ceraſus, vide Padus Lythruin
Methonica, vide Glorioſa Oenothera
Laurus
Meum, vide Athamanta Oldenlandia
Laurus Alexandrina, vide
M.
Mezeron, vide Thymelæa Olea
Ruſcus
Micropus
Omphaloïdes, vide Cyno-
Laurus Tinus, vide Tinus ACALEB, vide Milium
gloffum
Lawſonia
Millefolia, vide Achillæa Onagra, vide Oenothera
Leguminous
Magnolia
Milleria
Onobrychis
Lens, vide Ervum
Mahaleb, vide Ceraſus Mimoſa
Ononis
Lentiſcus, vide Piſtacea
Majorana, vide Origanum Mimulus
Onopordum
Leontopetalon, vide Leon. Mala Æthiopica, vide Ly- Mirabilis
Ophiogloffum
tice
coperſicon
Mitella
Ophrys
Opulus
L.
L
Melocafalusis }vide Cactus Nux Veícaria
, vide Staphys
O
M4 Cerafus
15 F

IN DE X LATIN U S.
manta
PAPxonia
cus
Opalus, vide Viburnum Phyllis
Rapa, vide Braſſica
Scleranthus
Opuntia
Phyſalis
Raphanus
Scolymus
Orchis
Phytolacca
Rapiftrum, vide Sinapis Scordium, ſee Teucrium
Orenſelinum, vide Atha- Piercea
Rapunculus
Scorpiurus
Pieris
Rapuntium
Scorzonera
Origanum
Piloſella, vide Hieracium Rauvolfia
Scrophularia
Ornithogalum
Pimpinella
Reſeda
Scutellaria
Ornithopodium, vide Orni- Pimpinella Sanguiſorba, Rhabarbarum, vide Rheum Secale
thopus
vide Poterium & Sangui- Rhabarbarum Monacho- Securidaca
Ornithopus
forba
rum, vide Rumex
Sedum
Orobus
Pinafter, vide Pinus Rhamnoides, vide Hippo- Selago
Ortega
Pinguicula
phae
Selinum
Oryza
Pinus
Rhamnus
Sempervivum
Oſmunda
Piper
Rhaponticum, vide Rheum Senecio
Ofteoſpermum
Pifonia
Rhexia
Senna, vide Caffia
Oſyris
Piſtacia
Rhinanthus
Serapias
Othonna
Pifum
Rhodiola
Serjana, vide Paullinia
Oxalis
Piſum Cordatum, vide Car-Rhododendron
Serpentaria, vide Ariſtolo:
Oxyacantha, vide Berberis dioſpermum
Rhus
chia
Oxys, vide Oxalis
Pittonia, vide Tournefortia Ribes
Seriphium
Plantago
Ricinoides, vide Iatropha Serratula
P.
Platanus
Ricicus
Seſamum
Plumbago
Rivinia
Seſeli
DADUS
Plumeria
Robinia
Sherardia
Podophyllum
Rondeletia
Sherardia Vaill. vide Ver-
Paliurus
Poinciana
Rofa
bena
Palma
Polemonium
Roſa Sinenſis, vide Hibif- Sicyoides, vide Sicyos
Panax
Polianthes
Sicyos
Pancratium
Poliurn
Roſmarinus
Sida
Panicum
Polyanthus, vide Primula Royena
Sideritis
Papaver
Polygola
Rubia
Sideroxylum
PapaverCorniculatum,vide Polygonatum, vide Conval- Rubus
Sige bekia
Chelidonium
laria
Rudbeckia
Silauin, ſee Peucedanum
Papaver Spinofum, vide Polyinnia
Ruellia
Silene
Argemone
Polypodium
Rumex
Siler
Papaya, vide Carica Pomum Adami, vide Au- Ruſcus
Siliqua, vide Ceratonia
Parietaria
rantium
Ruta
Siliquaſtrum, vide Cercis
Paris
Populago, vide Caltha Ruta Canina, vide Scrophu- Siliquofa
Parkinſonia
Populus
laria
Silphium
Parnaflia
Porrum
Ruta Muraria, vide Adian- Sinapi, vide Cleome
Paronychia, vide Illece- Portulaca
thum
Sinapiftrum, vide Cleoma
brum
Potentilla
Ruta Sylveſtris, vide Pega- Siſarum, vide Sium
Parthenium
Poterium
Siſon
Pafferina
Praſium
Ruyſchiana
Sifymbrium
Paffiflora
Prenanthes
Siſyrinchium
Paſtinaca
Primula
Sium
Prinos
S.
Pavia, vide Eſculus
Smilax
Paullinia
Protea
Smyrnium
Pedicularis
Prunella
ABINA, vide Juniperus Solanoides, vide Piercea
Peganum
Prunus
Saccharum
Solanum
Pelecinus, vide Bifferula Pſeudoacacia, vide Robinia Sagittaria
Soldanella
Pentaphylloides, vide Po- Pſeudodictamnos,videMar- Salicaria, vide Lythrum Solidago
tentilla
rubium
Salicornia
Sonchus
Peltaria
Pfidium
Salix
Sophora
Pentapetes
Pforalea
Salfola
Sorbus
Penthorum
Pfylium, vide Plantago Salvia
Sorbus Sylveſtris, vide Cra-
Pepo, vide Cucurbita Ptarmica, vide Achillæa Salvia Agreſtis, vide Teu- tægus
Pereſkia, vide Cactos Ptelea
crium
Spartium
Periclymenum
Polegium
Sambucus
Spergula, vide Arenaria
Periploca
Pulmonaria
Samolus
Spermacoce
Perſea, vide Laurus
Pulſatilla
Samyda
Sphæranthus
Perfica
Punica
Sanguinaria
Sphondylium
Perſicaria, vide Polyganum Pyracantha, vide Meſpilus Sanguiſorba
Spigelia
Pervinca, vide Vinca Pyrola
Sanguis Draconis, vide Pal- Spina Alba, vide Meſpilus
Petaſites
Pyrus
Spina Nigra, vide Prunus
Petiveria
Sanicula
Spinacia
Petrea
Q.
Santolina
Spiræa
Petroſelinum, vide Apium
Sapindus
Stachys
Peucedanum
UAMOCLIT, vide Saponarja
Stæhelina
Phaca
Ipomæa
Sapota, vide Achras Stapelia
Phalangium, vide Anthe-Quercus
Sarracena
Staphylæa
ricum
Quinquefolium, vide Po- Satureia
Statice
Phafeoloides, vide Glycine tentilla
Satyrium
Stellatus
Phaſeolus
Saururus
Stewartia
Philadelphus
R.
Saxifraga
Stoebe
Phillyrea
Scabioſa
Stochas
Phlomis
ACEMUS
Scandix
Stramonium, vide Datura
Phlox
Schinus
Stratiote
Phylica
Randia
Scilla
Styrax
Phyllanthus
Ranunculus
Sclarea
Suber, vide Quercus
Suriana
num
SAS
ma
O
R Ramus

I N D E X L A T I N U S.
V Saponaria
T
W
ΧΑ
X
Suriana
Thymelæa, vide Daphne | Turritis
Umbella
Swertia
Thymus
Tuflilago
Urena
Symphytum
Tiarella
Urtica
Syringa
Tilia
V.
Uva Urfi
Tinus, vide Viburnum
Vulneraria
T.
Tithymalus
'ACCARIA, vide Uvularia
Toluifera
Abernæmontana Tordylium
Vaccinium
W.
Tacamahacca, vide Tormentilla
Valeriana
Populus
Tournefortia
Valeriana Græca, vide Po-
ALTHERIA
Tagetes
Toxicodendron
lemonium
Watſonia
Tamarindus
Trachelium
Valerianella, vide Valeriana Winterania
Tamariſcus, vide Tamarix Tradeſcantia
Vanilla
Tamarix
Tragacantha
Vella
X.
Tamus
Tragia
Veråtrum
Tanacetum
Tragopogon
Verbaſcum
ANTHIUM
Tapia, vide Crateva Tragoſelinum, vide Pim- Verbena
Xeranthemum
Tarconanthus
Verbefina
Xiphion
Taxus
Trianthema
Veronica
Xylon
Telephioides, vide An- Tribulus
Viburnum
drachne
Trichomanes
Vicia
Telephium
Tricoſanthes
Vinca
Terebinthus, vide Piſtacia Trichoftema
Vincetoxicum, vide Afcle-
Ternatea, vide Clitoria Tridax
pias
Tetracera
Trifolium
Viola
Tetragonia
Triglochin
Viorna, vide Clematis
Z
Tetragonocarpos, vide Te- Trigonella
Virga Aurea, vide Solidago
tragonia
Trillium
Viſcum
Tetragonotheca
Triopteris
Viſnaga, vide Daucus
Teucrium
Triofteum
Vitex
Thalictrum
Tripolium, vide After Vitis
Zea
Thapfia
Triticum
Vitis Idæa, videVaccinium Zinnia
Triumfetta
Vitis Sylveſtris, vide Cle-Ziziphora
Theobroma
Trollius
matis
Ziziphus
Thlaſpi
Tropæolum
Volkameria
Zygophyllum
Thlaſpidium, vide Iberis Tulipa
Ulex
Zyloſteum, vide Lonicera
Thuya
Tulipifera
Ulmaria, vide Spiræa
Thymbra
Turnera
Ulmus
pinella
Y.
YUCCA
ZZinziber,vide Amo.
mum
Theligonum
THE

Τ Η Ε
Ε Ν GLI S Η Ν Α Μ Ε S
I SH
E S
OF
PLANTS mentioned in this WORK,
Referring to their LATIN NAMES
A
BA
BELE-Tree, ſee Populus
Aſparagrafs, or Sparrowgrafs, ſee Aſparagus
Acacia, or Egyptian Thorn, fee Mimoſa Aſpen-tree, ſee Populus
Acacia, the falſe, fee Robinia
Aſphodel, ſee Aſphodelus
Acacia, the German, ſee Prunus
Aſphodel, the African, ſee Anthericum
Acacia, the three-thorned, or Honey-Locuſt, ſee Gle- Afphodel Lily, ſee Hemerocallis and Crinum
ditfia
Avens, fee Geum
Aconite, or Wolf's-bane, fee Aconitum
Avenue
Aconite, the Winter, fee Helleborus
Avocado Pear, fee Laurus
Adam's-Apple, ſee Aurantium
Ax-vetch, ſee Securidaca
Adder's-Tougue, fee Ophiogloffum
Azarole, ſee Meſpilus
Adder’s-wort, or Snake-weed, ſee Polygonum
Adonis-flower, ſee Adonis
B.
African Marigold, fee Tagetes
Agrimony, ſee Agrimonia
ALM of Gilead, fee Dracocephalon
Agrimony, the Water, ſee Bidens
Balm of Gilead Fir, fee Abies
Ague-tree, or Safſafras, ſee Laurus
Balſam of Capevi, ſee Copaiba
Alecoaſt, or Coaſtmary, ſee Tanacetum
Balſam-tree, ſee Piſtacia
Alehoof, or Ground Ivy, ſee Glecoma
Balſamine, fee Impatiens
Alder-tree, fee Alnus
Balſam-apple, ſee Momordica
Alder, the Berry-bearing, ſee Frangula
Bamboo Cane, fee Arundo
Alheal, ſee Panax
Banana, ſee Muſa
Alheal, the Clown's, fee Sideritis
Baneberries, ſee Actæa
Aliſander, or Alexander, ſee Smyrnium
Barbadoes Cherry, ſee Malpighia
Alkanet, fee Anchuſa
Barbadoes Flower-fence, fee Poinçiana
Allelujah, or Wood-forrel, ſee Oxalis
Barberry, ſee Berberis
Alligator-Pear, fee Laurus
Barley, ſee Hordeum
Allſpice, fee Caryophyllus
Barley, the Naked, ſee Triticum
Almond-tree, fee Amygdalus
Barrenwort, ſee Epimedium
Almond, the Dwarf, ſee Perſica
Baſil, fee Ocymum
Almond, the Ethiopian, fee Brabeium
Baſil, the Stone, ſee Thymus
Aloe, fee Agave
Baſtard Acacia, fee Robinia
Amaranth, ſee Amaranthus and Celoſia
Baſtard Dittany, ſee Marrubium
Amaranth, the Globe, ſee Gomphrena
Bachelor's Button, ſee Lychnis and Centaurea
Amber-tree, fee Anthoſpermum
Bachelor's Pear, fee Solanum
Anatomy of Plants
Baulm, fee Meliſſa
Anemony, fee Anemone
Baulm, the Molucca, ſee Moluccella
Anis, fee Apium
Baulm, the Turkey, ſee Dracocephalon
Apple, ſee Malus
Bay, fee Laurus
Apple, the Cuſtard, fee Annona
Bay of Alexandria, fee Ruſcus
Apple of Love, fee Lycoperſicon and Solanum
Bay, the Cherry, fee Padus
Apple, the Mad, ſee Melongena
Bay, the Indian, ſee Laurus
Apple, Male Balſam, ſee Momordica
Bay, the Roſe, fee Nerium
Apple, the Paradiſe, ſee Malus
Bay, the Sweet-flowering, ſee Magnolia
Apple, the Sour, or Sourſop, ſee Annona
Bead-tree, fee Melia
Apple, the Sweet, or Sugar, Id.
Beam, the Hard, or Hornbeam, fee Carpinus
Apple, the Thorn, fee Datura
Beam-tree, the White, fee Crategus
Apricot, ſee Armeniaca
Bean, fee Faba
Archangel, fee Lamium
Bean, the Hog, or Bogbean, fee Menyanthes
Aron, or Wake-robin, ſee Arum
Bean, the Kidney, or French, ſee Phaleolus
Arrrow-root, ſee Maranta
Bean Caper, ſee Zygophyllum
Arſmart, ſee Polygonum
Bean Trefoil, fee Cytiſus
Artichoke
Bean-tree, fee Erythrina
Artichoke of Jeruſalem, fee Helianthus
Bean, the Kidney-bean-tree, fee Glycine
Afarabacca, fee Aſarum
Beard, the old Man's, fee Clematis
Alh, fee Fraxinus
Bear's-breech, ſee Acanthus
An, the Mountain, ſee Sorbus
Bear's-ear, fee Auricula
Aſhes
Bear's-ear Sanicle, fee Cortufa and Verbaſcum
Bear's

Ι Ν D E
I N
X.
Bells, the Canterbury, }fee Campanula
}
CA
Candy tuft-tree, fee Iberis
}
Bear's-foot, ſee Helleborus
Bugle, ſee Ajuga
Bedinjan, or Pottle John, fee Melongena
Buglofs, ſee Anchufa
Bedſtraw, our Lady's, fee Gallium
Bugloſs, the Viper's, fee Echium
Bee-flower, fee Orchis
Bullace-tree, ſee Prunus
Beech-tree, ſee Fagus
Bully-tree, fee Chryſophyllum
Beet, fee Beta
Burdock, ſee Arctium
-
Burdock the lefſer, fee Xanthium
Burnet, ſee Sanguiſorba
Bell's-hair, fee Hyacinthus
Burnet Saxifrage, fee Pimpinella
Bell-flower, the Peach-leaved,
Bell-flower, the Steeple,
Butcher's Broom, ſee Ruſcus
ſee Campanula
Butter-bur, ſee Petaſites
Bell-pepper, ſee Capſicum
Butterfly-flower, ſee Orchis
Belly-ache Weed, ſee latropha
Butterwort, fee Pinguicula
Belmuſk, or Abelmofk, fee Hibiſcus
Button-tree, ſee Platanus and Cephalanthus
Benjamin-tree, ſee Laurus
Button-tree of Jamaica, fee Conocarpus
Bennet-herb, fee Geum
Berberry, ſee Berberis
C.
Bony, fee Betonica
ABBAGE, ſee Braſlica
Betony, Paul's, fee Veronica
Cabbage, the Sea, ſee Crambe
Betony, the Water, fee Scrophularia
Cabbage-tree, ſee Palma
Bethlehem Star, fee Ornithogalum
Cajou, ſee Anacardium
Bifoil, or Twayblade, ſee Ophrys
Calabaſh, fee Cucurbita
Bilberry, ſee Vaccinium
Calabaſh-tree, fee Creſcentia
Bindweed, fee Convolvulus
Calamint, fee Meliſſa
Bindweed, the black, ſee Tamus
Calamint, the Water, fee Mentha
Bindweed, the prickly, ſee Smilax
Caltrops, ſee Tribulus
Birch-tree, fee Betula
Calve's-ſnout, ſee Antirrhinum
Birch-tree of America, fee Piſtacia
Cammock, fee Ononis
Bird-cherry, ſee Padus
Camomile, fee Anthemis
Bird's-eye, fee Adonis and Primula
Camphire-tree, ſee Laurus
Bird's-foot, fee Ornithopus
Campion, ſee Lychnis
Bird's-foot Trefoil, fee Lotus
Candle-berry-tree, fee Myrica
Bird's-neft, fee Daucus
Candy-carrot, ſee Athamanta
Bird-pepper, fee Capſicum
-
Birthwort, fee Ariſtolochia
-
Biſhop's-weed, ſee Ammi
Cane, the Bamboo, fee Arundo
Bitter-ſweet, fee Solanum
Cane, the Indian-flowering, fee Canna
Bitter Vetch, fee Orobus
Cane, the dumb, ſee Arum
Bitterwort, fee Gentiana
Cane, the Fiſhing-rod, ſee Arundo
Blackberry, ſee Rubus
Cane, the Sugar, fee Saccharum
Black Briony, fee Tamus
Canterbury-bell, ſee Campanula
Blackthorn, fee Prunus
Caper, ſee Capparis
Bladder-nut, ſee Staphylæa
Caper, the Bean, fee Zygophyllum
Bladder-nut, the African, fee Royenia
Caraway, fee Carum
Bladder Sena, fee Colutea
Cardinals-flower, ſee Rapuntium
Blights
Carline Thiſtle, fee Carlina
Blite, fee Blitum
Carlock, fee Sinapis and Raphanus
Blood-flower, fee Hæmanthus
Carnation, fee Dianthus
Bloodwort, fee Rumex
Carnation, the Spaniſh, fee Poinçiana
Bluebottle, fee Hyacinthus and Centaurea
Carob, ſee Ceratonia
Bolbonach, or white Satten, fee Lunaria
Carrot, ſee Daucus
Bonana, fee Muſa
Carrot, the Deadly, ſee Thapfia
Borecole, ſee Braffica
Carrot, the Candy, ſee Athamnanta
Borrage, ſee Borago
Carrot, the Scorching, fee Thapſia
Box, fee Buxus
Caffada, or Caffavi, ſee Iatropha
Box-thorn, fee Lycium
Caſſidony, ſee Strechas
Brake, fee Filix
,
Bramble, ſee Rubus
Brank-urſine, ſee Acanthus
Caffioberry-tree, ſee Caffine
Bread, St. John's, fee Ceratonia
Catchfly, fee Silene
,
Caterpillar Plant, ſee Scorpiurus
Cat-mint, ſee Nepeta
Briony, fee Brionia
Cauliflower, fee Braſſica
Briſtol-flower, ſee Lychnis
Cedar of Bermudas,
Brimſtonewort, fee Peucedanum
Cedar of Carolina, '}fee Juniperus
,
Broccoli, fee Braffica
Cedar, the Baſtard, ſee Theobroma
Brooklime, ſee Veronica
Cedar of Libanus, fee Larix
Broon, ſee Geniſta
Cedar of Lycia, ſee Juniperus
Broom, the Butcher's, fee Ruſcus
Cedar, the white, fee Cupreſſus
Broom, the Green, fee Spartium
Celandine, ſee Chelidonium
Broom, the Spaniſh, ſee Geniſta
Celeri, fee Apium
Broom, the White, fee Spartium
Cells of Plants
Broom, Rape, fee Orobanche
Centaury, fee Gentiana
Brownwort, ſee Scrophularia and Prunella
Ceterach, fee Aſplenium
Bruiſewort, fee Lychnis
Chamomile, fee Anthemis
Buckſhorn, or Hartſhorn Plantain, ſee Plantago Charlock, ſee Sinapis
Buckthorn, fee Rhamnus
Chafte-tree, ſee Vitex
Buckthorn, the Sea, ſee Hippophae
Cheeſe-runnet, fee Gallium
Buck-wheat, ſee Helxine
Cherry-tree, ſee Ceraſus
Budding, fee Inoculating
Cherry Bay, ſee Padus
Caſidony, the Golden,n,fee Gnaphalium
Briar, the Wild," }fee Rofa
15 G
Cherry

I N D E X.
Cornelian Cherry)} fee Cornus
, }
}
Cinquefoil Shrub, }fee Potentilla
Clary
, the Garden, }fee Salvia
Cherry of Barbadoes, ſee Malpighia
Cherry, the Bird,
}fee Padus
Cherry Laurel,
Corniculate Plants
Cherry, the Cornelian, fee Cornus
Coſtmary, ſee Tanacetum
Cherry, the Portugal, ſee Padus
Cotton, fee Goffipium
Cherry, the Cowhedge, ſee Malpighia
Cotton, the Silk, fee Bombax
Cherry, the Winter, fee Phyſalis and Solanum
Cotton Weed, fee Filago
Cherry, the perfumed, fee Ceraſus
Corymbus
Chervil, fee Chærophyllam
Couch, or Dog Graſs, ſee Gramen
Chervil, ſee Scandix
Coventry Bells, ſee Campanula
Cheſtnut-tree, ſee Caſtanea
Cowl, the Friars, fee Arum
Cheſtnut, the Horſe,
fee Eſculus
Cowlip, ſee Primula
Cheſtnut, the ſcarlet Horſe,
Cowſlip of Jeruſalem, ſee Pulmonaria
Chiches, fee Cicer
Cows Lungwort, ſee Verbaſcum
Chickling Pea, ſee Lathyrus
Crab-tree, ſee Malus
Chickweed, ſee Alline
Craneſbill, ſee Geranium
Chickweed, the Berry-bearing, fee Cucubalus
Creſs, ſee Naſturtium
Chives, fee Cepa
Creſs, the Indian, ſee Tropeolum
Chocolate-nut, ſee Cocoa
Creſs, the Sciatica, fee Iberis
Chriſtmas-roſe, ſee Helleborus
Creſs, the Swines, {ee Cochlearia
Chriſt's-thorn, fee Paliurus
Creſs, the Water,
Chriſtopher-herb, ſee Actea
Creſs, the Winter,
fee Sifymbrium
Cibouls, fee Cepa
Crimſon Graſs Vetch, fee Lathyrus
Cicely, fee Chærophyllum
Croſs-wort, fee Cruciata
Cinquefoil,
Croſs of Jeruſalem, fee Lychnis
Crowfoot, ſee Ranunculus
Cinnamon, fee Laurus
Crow Garlick, ſee Cepa
Ciftus, or Rock Roſe, fee Ciſtus
Crow Flowers, fee Lychnis
Ciftus, the Dwarf, fee Helianthemum
Crown Imperial, fee Fritillaria
Citron-tree, fee Citrum
Cuckow Flower, ſee Cardamine
Citrul, ſee Anguria
Cucumber, fee Cucumis
Cives, fee Cepa
Cucumber, the wild, See Momordica
,
Cudweed, fee Gnaphalium and Filago
Cullion, fee Orchis
Climber, ſee Clematis and Vitis
Cumin, fee Cuminum
Clivers, fee Aparine
Currant-tree, fee Ribes
Cloud Berry, ſee Rubus
Cuſtard Apple, fee Annona
Clover, ſee Trifolium
Cypreſs-tree, ſee Cupreſſus
Clover, the Snail, ſee Medicago
Cypreſs, the Garden, or Lavender Cotton, ſee Sarr-
Clove Gilliflower, fee Dianthus
tolina
Clowns Woundwort, fee Sideritis
Cypreſs, the Summer, ſee Chenopodium
Coaſtmary, ſee Tanacetum
Cob-nut, fee Corylus
Coccygria, fee Rhus
,
Affodil, ſee Narciſſus
Daffodil Lily, ſee Amaryllis
Cockſhead, fee Onobrychis
Daffodil, the Sea, ſee Pancratium
Cocoa-nut, fee Coccus
Daiſy, fee Bellis
Codlin-tree, fee Malus
Daiſy, the Ox Eye, fee Chryſanthemum
Codlins and Cream, ſee Epilobium
Dames Violet, ſee Heſperis
Coffee
Dandelion, fee Leontodon
,
Danewort, or Dwarf Elder, fee Sambucus
,
Date-tree, fee Palma
Colewort, the Sea, ſee Convolvulus
Date Plum, ſee Dioſpyrus
Colliflower, fee Braſſica
Day Lily, ſee Hemerocallis
Coloquintida, ſee Cucumis
Dead Nettle, fee Lamium
Coltsfoot, fee Tuſſilago
Deadly Carrot, ſee Thapfia
Coltsfoot, the Alpine, fee Cacalia
Deadly Nightſhade, fee Atropa
Columbine, ſee Aquilegia
Devil in a Buſh, fee Nigella
Columbine, the feathered, ſee Thalictrum
Devil's Bit, fee Scabioſa
Comfry, ſee Symphytum
Dew
Comfry, the ſpotted, ſee Pulmonaria
Diers Broom, fee Geniſta
Compartments
Diers Weed, fee Reſeda
Compoſts
Dill, fee Anethum
Compound Flowers
Diſtaff Thiſtle, ſee Atractylis
Cone
Dittander, or Pepperwort, ſee Lepidium
Confound the great, ſee Symphytum
Dittany, {ee Origanum
Confound the middle, fee Bugula
Dittany, the Baſtard, ſee Marrubium
Conſound, the leaſt, fee Bellis
Dittany, the white, fee Dictamnus
Conſound, Saracens, ſee Solidago
Dock, fee Rumex
Conſervatory, ſee Green-houſe
Doctor Tinkar's Weed, ſee Trioſteum
Conval Lily, ſee Convallaria
Dogfbane, fee Apocynum, Aſclepias, and Cynan-
Coral-tree, ſee Erythrina
chum
Coriander, fee Coriandrum
Dogberry-tree, fee Cornus
Cork-tree, fee Suber
Dog Graſs, fee Gramen
Corn Bottle, fee Centaurea
Dog's Mercury, ſee Mercurialis
Corn Flag, ſee Gladiolus
Dog's Tooth, ſee Erythronium
Corn Marigold, ſee Chryſanthemum
Dog's Stones, fee Orchis
Corn Violet, fee Campanula
Dog's Tongue, fee Cynogloſſum
Corn Sallad, fee Valeriana
Dogwood, Tee Cornus
Dogwood
Cockſcomb Amaranth, }fee Celoſia
D
Cole-feed
; }fice Braffica
,
a

IN
Ι Ν DE
D Ε Χ.
Dogwood of Jamaica, fee Robinia
Fir, the Scotch, ſee Pinus
Dogwood of Virginia, fee Laurus
Fire
Double Leaf, or Twyblade, fee Ophrys
Fiftular Flowers
Double Tongue, ſee Ruſcus
Flag, the Corn, ſee Gladiolus
Dove’s-foot, ſee Geranium
Flag, the common, ſee Iris
Dragons, fee Dracontium
Flag, the ſweet-ſcented, ſee Acorus
Dragon-tree, ſee Palma
Flag, the yellow Marih, ſee Iris
Dragon, the wild, or Tarragon, ſee Abrotanum Flax, fee Linum
Dropwort, ſee Spiræa
Flax, the Toad, ſee Linaria
Dropwort, the Water, fee Oenanthe
Fleabane, fee Conyza
Duck’s-foot, ſee Podophyllum
Fleabane, the African, fee Tarconanthus
Duck's Meat, fee Lenticula
Fleawort, fee Pſyllium
Dung
Flixweed, ſee Sifymbrium
Dwale, or deadly Nightſhade, ſee Atropa
Flower
Dwarf Bay, ſee Daphne
Flower-de-luce, ſee Iris and Xiphion
Dwarf Ciſtus, ſee Helianthemum
Flower gentle, ſee Amaranthus
Dwarf Almond, ſee Perſica
Flower eternal, fee Xeranthemum
warf Oak, ſee Quercus
Flower everlaſting, ſee Gnaphalium
Dwarf Trees
Flower-fence, fee Poinçiana
Flower, the four o'Clock, fee Mirabilis
E.
Flower, Sun, fee Hælianthus
Fluelline, ſee Veronica
Flywort, or Catchfly, ſee Lychnis and Silene
Earth Nut, fee Bunium
Fools Stones, ſee Orchis
Earth Peas, fee Lathyrus
Fox-Glove, fee Digitalis
Earth Peas, the African, fee Arachis
Fountains
Edging
Framboiſe, fee Rubus
Eglantine, ſee Roſa
French Cowſlip, ſee Auricula
Elder-tree, ſee Sambucus
French Honeyſuckle, fee Hedyfarum
Elder, the Marſh, fee Viburnum
French Lavender, fee Stæechas
Elder, the Spaniſh, ſee Saururus
French Marigold, fee Tagetes
Elecampane, ſee Inula
French Mercury, ſee Mercurialis
Elm-tree, ſee Ulmus
French Wheat, ſee Helxine
Enchanters Nightſhade, fee Circæa
French Willow, fee Epilobium
Endive, fee Cichorium
Friars Cowl, ſee Arum
Equinoctial
Fringe-tree, ſee Chionanthus
Equinox
Fritillary, ſee Fritillaria
Eringo, ſee Eryngium
Fritillary Craffa, ſee Stapelia
Eſpalier
Froſt
Eternal Flower, ſee Gnaphalium and Xeranthemum Fruit
Evergreen Honeyſuckle, ſee Periclymenum
Fumatory,
Evergreen Oak, ſee Quercus
Fumatory, the bulbous-rooted,
ſee Fumaria
Evergreen Privet, ſee Liguſtrum
Fumatory, the Bladder,
Evergreen Roſe, ſee Roſa
Fumatory, the podded,
Evergreen Thorn, fee Meſpilus
Furz, fee Ulex
Everlaſting Pea, ſee Lathyrus
Fuſtick-tree, ſee Morus
Exotic Plants
Eyebright, ſee Euphraſia
G.
EARTH
F.
G
,
F"
Gentianella, flee
EATHERFEW, ſee Matricaria
Feather, the Princes, ſee Amaranthus
Felonwort, fee Solanum
Fellwort, ſee Gentiana
Fences
Fennel, ſee Feniculum
Fennel, the Hogs, ſee Peucedanum
Fennel-giant, ſee Ferula
Fennel, the ſcorching, ſee Thapfia
Fennel-flower, ſee Nigella
Fenugreek, ſee Trigonella
Fern, fee Felix
Fern, the ſweet, fee Scandix
Feverfew, fee Matricaria
Feverfew, the Baſtard, ſee Parthenium
Fiddle Dock, ſee Rumex
Fiddle Wood, fee Citharexylon
Field Baſil, ſee Acinos
Fig-tree,
ſee Ficus
Fig, the arched Indian,
Fig, the Indian, ſee Opuntia
Fig, the infernal, ſee Argemone
Fig, Pharaoh's, ſee Muſa
Fig Marigold, ſee Meſembryanthemum
Figwort, ſee Scrophularia
Filbert, fee Corylus
Fingrigo, ſee Piſonia
Finochia, ſee Fæniculum
Fir-trees, ſee Abies
ALE, or Sweet Willow, ſee Myrica
Galingale, ſee Cyperus
Galleries
Gall Oak, fee Quercus
Gardens
Garlick, ſee Allium
Garlick, the Crow, or wild, ſee Cepa
Gatton-tree, fee Cornus
Gaule, or Dutch Willow, ſee Myrica
Gelder Roſe, fee Viburnum
Generation
ſee Gentiana
Germander,
Germander-tree,
fee Teucrium
Germander, the Water,
Gilliflower, ſee Dianthus
Gilliflower, the Queen's, fee Heſperis
Gilliflower, the Stock, ſee Cheiranthus
Gill-go-by-ground, ſee Glechoma
Ginger, ſee Amomum
Glade
Gladwin, fee Iris
Glandulous
Glaſs-wort, ſee Salicornia and Salſola
Glaftenbury Thorn, ſee Meſpilus
Globe Daiſy, fee Globularia
Globe Crowfoot, ſee Trollius
Globe Amaranthus, ſee Gomphrena
Globe-flower, or Bottle, fee Centaurea
Globe Thiſtle, ſee Echinops
Goat's-

I N DE D
Gourd
, the bitter, }fee Cucurbita
.
X.
Goat's-beard, ſee Tragopogon
Hedge Nettle Shrub, fee Praſium
Goat's-rue, ſee Galega
Heliotrope, ſee Heliotropium
Goat's-ſtones, fee Orchis
Heliotrope, or Sunflower, ſee Helianthus
Goat's-thorn, fee Tragacantha
Hellebore, the Black, ſee Helleborus
Gold of Pleaſure, fee Myagrum
Hellebore, the Baſtard, ſee Serapias
Goldy-locks, ſee Chryſocoma
Hellebore, the White, fee Veratrum
Golden-flower-gentle, ſee Amaranthus
Helmet-flower, fee Scutellaria
Golden-cups, ſee Ranunculus and Trollius
Hemlock, ſee Cicuta
Golden-rod, fee Solidago
Hemlock, the Baſtard, ſee Liguſticum
Gooiberry, ſee Groſſularia
Hemlock, the Water, ſee Phellandrium
Goofberry of Barbadoes, ſee Pereſkia
Hemp, ſee Cannabis
Gooſberry, the American, fee Melaſtoma
Hemp Agrimony, fee Eupatorium
Gooſe-graſs, ſee Aparine
Hemp, the Baſtard, fee Datiſca
Gooſe-foot, fee Chenopodium
Hemp, the Water, fee Bidens
Gorſe, or Furz, fee Ulex
Henbane, fee Hyoſcyamus
Go-to-bed-at-noon, ſee Tragopogon
Henbane, the yellow, ſee Nicotiana
Gourd,
Herb Bennet, fee Geum
Herb Chriſtopher, ſee Actæa
Gourd, the Indian-tree, ſee Creſcentia
Herb Gerard, ſee Angelica
Gourd, the ſour, fee Adanſonia
Herb of Grace, fee Ruta
Gout-wort, ſee Ægopodium
Herb Paris, ſee Paris
Grafting
Herb Robert, fee Geranium
Grain, the oily, ſee Seſamum
Herb Trefoil, fee Trifolium
Grain, the ſcarlet, fee Opuntia and Quercus
Herb Trinity, fee Viola
Grape, ſee Vitis
Herb True love, ſee Paris
Grape, the Sea-ſide, ſee Coccolobus
Herb Two-pence, fee Lyſimachia
Grape Hyacinth, fee Muſcari
Herb Willow, fee Epilobium
Grais, fee Gramen
Hercules's All-heal, fee Heracleum and Paſtinaca
Graſs of Parnaffus, ſee Parnaſſia
Hermodactyl, fee Hermodactylus
Graſs, the three-leaved, ſee Trifolium
Hightaper, ſee Verbaſcum
Graſs-vetch, fee Lathyrus
Hills
Grafs, the Viper's, ſee Scorzonera
Hog's-fennel, ſee Peucedanum
Gravel
Hog Plum, ſee Spondias
Gravity
Hog Weed, fee Boerhaavia
Graymill, or Gromwell, ſee Lithoſpermum
Hollow-root, fee Fumaria
Greek Valerian, ſee Polemonium
Hollyhock, ſee Alcea
Green-houſe
Holly-tree, ſee Ilex
Green, the Winter, fee Pyrola
Holly, the Knee, ſee Ruſcus
Gromwell, ſee Lithoſpermum
Holly, the Sea, fee Eryngium
Ground-ivy, fee Glechoma
Holm Oak, fee Quercus
Ground-Pine, fee Teucrium
Holy Roſe, fee Ciſtus
Groundſel, ſee Senecio and Erigeron
Holy Thiſtle, fee Cnicus
Groundſel, the African, fee Cacalia
Honeyſuckle, ſee Periclymenum
Grove
Honeyſuckle, the French, fee Hedyfarum
Guava, ſee Pfidium
Honeyſuckle, the Trumpet, ſee Periclymenum
Guiney Corn, ſee Milium
Honeyſuckle, the upright, fee Lonicera
Guiney Henweed, ſee Petiveria
Honeſty, fee Lunaria
Guiney Pepper, fee Capſicum
Honey-flower, fee Melianthus
Guiney Wheat, fee Zea
Honey-wort, ſee Cerinthe
Gum Succory, ſee Chondrilla
Hone-wort, fee Sium
Hops, fee Lupulus
Hop Hornbeam, fee Carpinus
Hop, the Wild, ſee Ptelea
Horehound, ſee Marrubium
Air-bell, ſee Hyacinthus
Horehound, the Black, fee Ballotte
Hardbeam, fee Carpinus
Horehound, the Baſe, ſee Stachys
Hare's-ear, fee Bupleurum
Horehound, the Baſtard, fee Sideritis
Hare’s-foot Trefoil, ſee Trifolium
Horehound, the Water, fee Lycopus
Hare's-lettuce, fee Sonchus
Hornbeam, ſee Carpinus
Hare’s-ſtrong, ſee Peucedanum
Horizontal Shelters
Harmel, ſee Peganum
Horned Poppy, ſee Chelidonium
Hartwort, ſee Tordylium
Horſe Cheſtnut,
Hartwort of Ethiopia, fee Bupleurum
Hart's-horn, ſee Plantago
Horſe-mint, fee Mentha
Hart's-tongue, ſee Lingua Cervina
Horſe-radiſh, fee Cochlearia
Hatchet-vetch, ſee Securidaca
Hofefhoe-vetch, fee Hippocrepis
Hawkweed, fee Hieracium
Horſe-tail, fee Equiſetum
Hawthorn, ſee Meſpilus
Horns and Hedgehog, ſee Medicago
Hazel, ſee Corylus
Hoſe-in-Hoſe, ſee Primula
Hazel, the Witch, fee Ulmus
Hound's-tongue, fee Cynogloſſum
Heart's-eaſe, fee Viola
Hot-bed
Heath, ſee Erica
Houſleek, ſee Sedum and Sempervivum
Heath, the Berry-bearing, fee Empetrum
Humble Plant, ſee Mimoſa
Heath, the low Pine, fee Coris
Hyacinth, ſee Hyacinthus
Hedges
Hyacinth, the Grape, I fee Muſcari
Hedge-hog, ſee Medicago
Hyacinth of Peru, S
Hedge-hog Thiſtle, fee Cactus
Hyacinth, the ſtarry, ſee Ornithogalum
Hedge Hyffop, ſee Gratiola
Hyacinth, the Tuberoſe, ſee Polianthes and Crinum
Hedge Muſtard, fee Eryſimum
Hydroſtatics
Hedge Nettle, fee Galeopſis
Hygrometer
Hyſſop
H.
HT
Horſe Cheſtnut
, the fearlet, }fee Eſculus

IN
1 NDE X.
Laurel, the Portugal, }fee Padus
Hyſſop, ſee Hyffopus
Ladder to Heaven, fee Convallaria
Hyſlop, the Hedge, ſee Gratiola
Lamb's Lettuce, fee Valeriana
Land
J.
Larch-tree, fee Larix
Larkſpur, ſee Delphinium
Acinth, fee Hyacinthus
Laſerwort, ſee Laferpitium
Jack by the Hedge, ſee Eryſimum
Lavender, ſee Lavendula
Jack in a Box, fee Hernandia
Lavender-cotton, ſee Santolina
Jacob's Ladder, ſee Polemonium
Lavender, the French, fee Stachas
Jalap, ſee Convolvulus
Lavender, the Sea, ſee Limonium
Jalap, the Falſe, ſee Mirabilis
Laurel,
Jaſmine, ſee Jaſminum
Jaſmine, the Īlex-leaved, fee Lantana
Laurel of Alexandria, fee Ruſcus
Jaſmine, the American ſcarlet, fee Bignonia
Laurel, the Dwarf, or Spurge, fee Daphne
Jaſmine, the Red of Jamaica, fee Plumeria
Laurel, the Sea-fide, fee Phyllanthus
Jaſmine, the Perſian, ſee Syringa
Lauruſtinus, fee Viburnum
Jaſmine, the Fennel-leaved, ſee Ipomæa
Lawn
Ice
Layers
Ice-Houſe
Leadwort, fee Plumbago
Jeruſalem Artickoke, fee Helianthus
Leaves
Jeruſalem Cowſlip, ſee Pulmonaria
Leeks, ſee Porrum
Jeruſalem Sage, ſee Phlomis
Legume
Jeſuits Bark, the Falſe, fee Baccharis
Lemon-tree, fee Limon
Jet-d'eau
Lemon, the Water, ſee Paffiflora
Jews Mallow, fee Corchorus
Lentil, ſee Ervum
Immortal Eagle Flower, ſee Impatiens
Leopard's-bane, fee Doronicum
Immortal Flower, ſee Gnaphalium
Lettuce, fee Lactuca
Inarching
Lettuce, the Lamb's, ſee Valeriana
Indian Arrow-root, fee Maranta
Lettuce, the Wild, ſee Prenanthes
Indian Creſs, ſee Tropæolum
Level
Indian Corn, fee Zea
Levity
Indian Fig, ſee Opuntia
Life Everlaſting, ſee Gnaphalium
Indian God-tree, ſee Ficus
Light
Indian Reed, ſee Canna
Lily, fee Lilium
Indigo, ſee Indigophera
Lily, Aſphodel, ſee Hemerocallis and Crinum
Inoculating
Lily, Daffodil
, ſee Pancratium and Amaryllis
Job's Tears, fee Coix
Lily, the Belladonna, ſee Amaryllis
St. John's Bread, ſee Ceratonia
Lily, the Day,, } ſee Hemerocallis
,
St. John's Wort, ſee Hypericum
Lily, St. Bruno's,
John's-ſweet, ſee Dianthus
Lily, the Guernſey, ſee Amaryllis
Jonquil, ſee Narciſſus
Lily, Hyacinth, fee Scilla
Iron-wood, ſee Sideroxylum
Lily, the May, fee Convallaria
Iron-wort, fee Sideritis
Lily, the Mexican,
}fee Amaryllis
Jucca, ſee Yucca
Lily of Japan,
Judas-tree, fee Cercis
Lily, the Perſian, fee Fritillaria
Jujube, ſee Ziziphus
Lily, the Superb, ſee Glorioſa
Julians, fee Hefperis
Lily, the Water, ſee Nymphæa
Juniper, ſee Juniperus
Lime-tree, fee Tilia
Jupiter's Beard, ſee Anthyllis
Lime, the four, fee Limon
Ivy-tree, ſee Hedera
Lion's leaf, ſee Leontice
Ivy, the Ground, fee Glechoma
Lion's-foot, fee Catananche
Lion's-tail, ſee Leonurus
K.
Liquidamber
Liquorice, ſee Glycirrhiza
Liquorice-vetch, ſee Orobus
Liquorice, the Wild, fee Aſtragalus
Kidney-bean Tree, ſee Glycine
Live-ever, fee Anacampferos and Sempervivum
Kidney-wort, ſee Geum and Cotyledon
Live in Idleneſs, fee Viola
King's Spear, fee Afphodelus
Liverwort, ſee Hepatica and Lichen
Kitchen-garden
Lizard's-tail, ſee Saururus
Knapweed, fee Centaurea
Loam
Locker Goulans, fee Trollius
,
Locuſt, or St. John's Bread, ſee Ceratonia
Knights-croſs, fee Lychnis
Locuft, the Baſtard, ſee Hymenæa
Knot-berries, fee Rubus
Locuſt of Virginia, ſee Gleditſia
Knot-graſs, fee Polygonum
Logwood, ſee Hæmatoxylum
Knot-graſs, the Mountain, ſee Illeceberum
London Pride, ſee Saxifraga
Looking-glaſs, Venus's, fee Campanula
L.
Looſeſtrife, fee Lyſimachia
Looſeſtrife, the podded, ſee Epilobium
Aburnum, fee Cytiſus
Looſeſtrife, the ſpiked, fee Lythrum
Labyrinth
Lopping
Ladies Bedſtraw, ſee Gallium
Lote-tree, fee Celtis
Ladies Bower, fee Clematis
Lote, the Baſtard, ſee Dioſpyrus
Ladies Comb, ſee Scandix
Love-apple, ſee Lycoperſicum and Solanum
Ladies Mantle, ſee Alchemilla
Love-in-a-miſt, ſee Panifora
Ladies Seal, ſee Tamus
Love-lies-a-bleeding, ſee Amaranthus
Ladies Slipper, fee Cyprypedium
Loveage, ſee Liguſticum
Ladies Smock, ſee Cardamine
Louſewort, ſee Delphinium
Ladies Traces, ſee Orchis
Lucern, fee Medica
Lungwort
KAkidney-bean
, fee Phaſeolus
Knee-holly
; }fee Ruſcus
L
15 H

D MAMad Apple, fee Melongena
I N D
Ι Ν D E
E X.
Lungwort, ſee Pulmonaria
Melon Thiſtle, ſee Cactos
Lungwort, Cows, ſee Verbaſcum
Mercury, ſee Mercurialis
Lupine, ſee Lupinus
Mercury, the Engliſh, ſee Chenopodium
Luftwort, fee Droſera
Mercury, the French, ſee Mercurialis
Meu, or Spignel, ſee Athamanta
M.
Mezereon, fee Daphne
Microſcope
Accaw-tree
Mildew
,
Milfoil, ſee Achillea
Madder, fee Rubia
Milk-vetch, fee Attragalus
Madder, Petty, fee Aſperula
Milk-verch, the Baſtard, ſee Phaca
Madwort, ſee Alyſſum
Milkwort, fee Polygala and Glaux
Mahogany, fee Cedrus
Milkwort, or Wartwort, ſee Euphorbia
Maiden Hair, fee Adianthum
Millet, fee Milium
Maiden Hair, the Black, fee Filicula
Miltwaſte, ſee Aſplenium
Maiden Hair, the Engliſh, fee Trichomanes
Mint, ſee Mentha
Maiden Hair, the White, fee Ruta muraria
Mint, the Cats, fee Nepeta
Malabar Nut, ſee Juſticia
Miſleto, ſee Vifcum
Male Balſam Apple, ſee Momordica
Mithridate Muſtard, ſee Thlaſpi and Iberis
Mallow, fee Malva
Mock Orange, ſee Philadelphus
Mallow, the Jews, fee Corchorus
Mock Privet, ſee Phillyrea
Mallow, the Indian, ſee Urena and Sida
Moneywort, ſee Lyſimachia
Mallow, the Marſh, ſee Althæa
Monkíhood, ſee Aconitum
Mallow, the Roſe, ſee Alcea
Monks Rhubarb, ſee Rumex
Mallow, the Syrian, ſee Hibiſcus
Moonſeed, ſee Meniſpermum
Mallow, the Tree, ſee Lavatera
Moonwort, ſee Lunaria
Mallow, the Venetian, ſee Hibiſcus
Moon Trefoil, ſee Medica
Mallow, the Yellow, ſee Abutilon
Moſs, ſee Muſcus
Malt Duſt
Motherwort, ſee Cardiaca and Matricaria
Mammee, ſee Mammea
Mother-of-thyme, ſee Thymus
Mammee Sapota, ſee Sapota
Mould
Manchineel Tree, fee Hippomane
Mountain Heath, ſee Saxifraga
Mandrake, ſee Mandragora
Moth-mullein, fee Verbaſcum
Mangrove-tree, fee Hibiſcus
Mouſe-ear, ſee Hieracium
Mangrove Grape, fee Coccolobus
Mouſe-tail, ſee Myofurus
Mantle, Ladies, ſee Alchemilla
Mugwort, fee Artemiſia
Manure
Mulberry-tree, ſee Morus
Maple-tree, ſee Acer
Mulberry Blight, fee Blisum
Maracock, fee Paffiflora
Marigold, fee Calendula
Marigold, the African, ſee Tagetes
Mummy
Marigold, the Corn, fee Chryſanthemum
Muſhroom
Marigold, the Fig, ſee Meſembryanthemum
Muſk, Hyacinth, fee Muſcari
Marigold, the French, ſee Tagetes
Muſk-feed, fee Hibiſcus
Marigold, the Marih, ſee Caltha
Muſtard, fee Sinapis
Marjoram,
Muſtard, Baſtard Mithridate, fee Thlaſpi and Iberis
Marjoram, the Pot,
Sfee Origanum
Muſtard, the China, ſee Sinapis and Braffica
Marjoram, the Wild,
Muſtard, the Hedge, ſee Eryſimum
Marjoram, the Winter,
Muſtard, the Mithridate, fee Thlafpi
Marle
Muſtard, the Tower, ſee Turritis
Marſh Elder, fee Viburnum
Muſtard, the Treacle, ſee Thlafpi and Lepidium
Marſh Mallow, ſee Althæa
Myrrh, ſee Myrhis
Marih Trefoil, fee Menianthes
Myrtle, ſee Myrtus
Martagon, ſee Lilium
Marvel of Peru, fee Mirabilis
,
Marum, or Maſtich, fee Satureja
Mafter-wort, fee Imperatoria and Aſtrantia
N,
Maftich, fee Satureja
Maſtich-tree, fee Piſtacia
Afberry-tree, ſee Chryſophyllum
Maſtich-tree of Jamaica, fee Cornus
Nature
Maftich, the Indian, ſee Schinus
Navelwort, the Baſtard, ſee Craſſula
Matfelon, or Knapweed, ſee Centaurea
Navelwort, Venus's, fee Cynogloſſum
Maudlin, fee Achillea
Navelwort, the Water, fee Hydrocotyle
May Buſh, ſee Meſpilus
Navew, ſee Rapa
May Lily, fee Convallaria
Nectarine
May Weed, ſee Anthemis
Negro-oil, ſee Palma
Meadow
Nep, ſee Nepeta
Meadow Rue, fee Thalictrum
Nerves
Meadow Saffron, fee Colchicum
Nettle, ſee Urtica
Meadow-ſweet, ſee Spiræa
Nettle, the Dead, ſee Lamium
Meadow Trefoil, ſee Trifolium
Nettle, the Hedge, fee Galeopſis
Meally-tree, ſee Viburnum
Nettle, the ſhrubby Hedge, ſee Praſium
Medick, ſee Medica
Nettle-tree, ſee Celtis
Medick Vetchling, ſee Onobrychis
Nightſhade, ſee Solanum
Medick, the Baſtard, ſee Medicago
Nightſhade, the climbing, fee Baffella
Medlar, fee Meſpilus
Nightſhade, the deadly, ſee Atropa
Melancholy Thiſtle, fee Cirſium
Nightſhade, the Enchanters, ſee Circea
Melilot, ſee Trifolium
Nightſhade, the American, ſee Piercea
Melon, the Muſk, fee Melo
Nipplewort, fee Lapfana
Melon, the Water, fee Anguria
Nitre
None-
Mullein, the Moth, }fee Verbaſcum
Myrtle
, the Candleberry, }fee Myrica
NA

I I N
O
N D E X.
None-fo-pretty, ſee Saxifraga
Peas, Earth Nut,
None-fuch, or Flower of Briſtol, fee Lychnis
Peas, Everlaſting,
ſee Lathyrus
Northern Aſpect
Peas, the Heart, fee Cardioſpermum
Noſe-bleed, ſee Achillea
Peas, the Pigeon, ſee Cytiſus
Nurſery
Peas, the winged, ſee Lotus
Nut, the Hazel, fee Corylus
Pedicle
Nut, the Bladder, ſee Staphylæa
Pellitory of the Wall, fee Parietaria
Nut, the Cocoa, ſee Coccus
Pellitory of Spain, ſee Anthemis
Nut, the Earth, fee Arachis
Pellitory, the Double, ſee Achillea
Nut, the Peas, fee Lathyrus
Penguin, ſee Karatas
Nut the Phyſic, fee Iatropha
Pennyroyal, fee Pulegium
Nut, the Pig, fee Bunium
Pennywort, fee Cotyledon
Nut, the Malabar, ſee Juſticia
Pennywort, the Marih, ſee Hydrocotyle
Nut, the Walnut, ſee Juglans
Peony, fee Peonia
Pepper, the Jamaica, ſee Caryophyllus
O.
Pepper, the Poor Man's, fee Lepidium
Pepper, the Indian, ſee Capſicum
AK,
Pepper, the Wall, fee Sedum
Oak, the Evergreen, (ſee Quercus
Pepper, the Water, fee Perſicaria
Oak, the Holm,
Pepper-mint, ſee Mentha
Oak of Jeruſalem, ſee Chenopodium
Pepperwort, fee Lepidium
Perennial Plants
Oats, fee Avena
Periwinkle, ſee Vinca
Oily-grain, ſee Seſamum
Peſtilencewort, ſee Petaſites
Oily-palm, ſee Palma
St. Peter'swort, ſee Aſcyrum and Hypericum
Oleander, fee Nerium
Olive-tree, ſee Olea
Petty-whin, ſee Ulex
Olive, the Wild, fee Elæagnus
Pheaſant's Eye, ſee Adonis
Olive, the Wild Barbadoes, fee Bontia
Pheaſant-eye Pink, ſee Dianthus
Olive, the Spurge, ſee Daphne
Phyſic Nut, ſee Iatropha
One Berry, ſee Paris
Pigeon Pea, ſee Cytiſus
One Blade, fee Smilax
Pilewort, ſee Ranunculus
Onion, fee Cepa
Pimento, or Jamaica Pepper, fee Caryophyllus
Onion, the Sea, ſee Scilla
Pimpernel, ſee Anagallis
Orach, fee Atriplex and Chenopodium
Pimpernel, the Water, fee Samolus
Orange-tree, ſee Aurantium
Pimpillo, ſee Opuntia
Pimpinel, ſee Pimpinella and Sanguiſorba
Orange Mint, fee Mentha
Pineafter, ſee Pinus
Orange, the Mock, ſee Philadelphus
Orchard
Pine-apple, ſee Ananus
Pine, the Dwarf, ſee Teucrium
Origany, ſee Origanum
Pine-tree, ſee Pinus
Orpine, fee Sedum
Orpine the True, ſee Telephium
Pine, the Wild, ſee Karatas
Pink, fee Dianthus
Orpine the Baſtard, ſee Andrachne
Ofier, fee Salix
Pipe-tree, fee Syringa
Oſmund-royal, ſee Oſmunda
Pipe, the Pudding, ſee Caſſia
Ox-eye, ſee Buphthalmum
Piperidge-tree, ſee Berberis
Pilhamin, or Perſimon, ſee Dioſpyros
Ox-eye Daiſy, fee Chryſanthemum
Piſtacia
Oxſlip, fee Primula
Pitch-tree, ſee Abies
Plane-tree, ſee Platanus
P.
Plane-tree, the falſe, fee Acer
Plant, ſee Planta
Aigles, or Cowſlip, ſee Primula
,
ſee
Palm-tree,
ſee Palma
Palmetto,
Plantain-tree, ſee Muſa
Panic, fee Panicum
Plantain Shot, fee Canna
Panicle
Planting
Panſies, ſee Viola
Planting reverſe
Papaw, ſee Carica
Pliant-meally-tree, fee Viburnum
Pappoſe Plants
Plowing
Paradiſe Apple, fee Malus
Plowman's Spikenard, ſee Conyſa
Paraſitical Plants
Plum-tree, ſee Prunus
Park Leaves, ſee Hypericum
, ,
Parſley, ſee Apium
Plum, the Black,
Parſley, the Baſtard, ſee Caucali
Plum, the Hog, fee Spondias
Parſey, the Fool's, ſee Æthuſa
Plum, the Maiden, ſee Chryſobalanus
Parſley, the Mountain, ſee Athamanta
Plum, the India Date, ſee Dioſpyros
Parſley, the wild milky, ſee Theffelinum
Poccoon, fee Sanguinaria
Parſley, the Macedonian, fee Bubon
Pockwood, ſee Guaiacum
Parſnep, ſee Paſtinaca
Poets Roſemary, ſee Caſia
Parfnep, the Cows, fee Sphondylium
Parſnep, the Prickly-headed, fee Echinophora
Parſnep, the Water, ſee Sium
Poiſon Buſh, fee Tithymalus
Paſque Flower, ſee Pulſatilla
Poke, or Pork Phyſic, ſee Phytolacca
Paſſion Flower, fee Paſſiflora
Poley-mountain, ſee Polium
Paſture
Polyanthus, ſee Primula
Patience, ſee Rumex
Polypody, ſee Polypodium
Pea, ſee Piſum
Pomgranate, ſee Punica
Peach, fee Perſica
Pondweed, ſee Potamogeiton
Peach, the Wolf's, fee Lycoperſicon
Poor Man's Pepper, ſee Lepidium
Pear-tree, ſee Pyrus
Poplar-tree, ſee Populus
4
PAY
. ,
}
Plantain, the Buckſhorn, }fee Plantago
Plum, the American, }fee Chryſobalanus
Poifon Oak, }fee Toxicodendron
Poppy

I IN
N D E X.
Primrofe, the Night, }fee Oenothera
SA
O
R
Popy, ſee Papaver
Rue, the Goat's, ſee Galega
Poppy, the Horned, ſee Chelidonium
Rue, the Meadow, ſee Thalictrum
Poppy, the Prickly, fee Argemone
Rue, the Wall, ſee Ruta muraria
Poppy, the Spatling, fee Cucubalus
Rue, the Syrian, ſee Peganum
Potatoes, ſee Lycoperſicon
Rupturewort, ſee Herniaria
Potato, the Spaniſh, fee Convolvulus
Ruſh, fee Juncus
Prickly-pear, fee Opuntia and Cactus
Ruſh, the Flowering, fee Butomus
Prick Madam, ſee Sedum
Rye, ſee Secale
Prick Timber, ſee Euonymus
Rye-graſs, fee Gramen
Prieſt's Pintle, fee Arum
Primroſe, fee Primula
S.
-
Affron, fee Crocus
Privet, fee Liguſtrum
Saffron, the Baſtard, ſee Carthamus
Privet, the Mock, fee Phillyrea
Saffron, the Meadow, fee Colchicum
Pruning
Sage, fee Salvia
Pudding-graſs, ſee Pulegium
Sage of Jeruſalem, fee Phlomis
Pudding Pipe-tree, fee Cafia
Sage, the Indian Wild, ſee Lantana
Pumkin, ſee Pepo
Sage-tree, fee Phlomis
Purging-nut, fee Iatropha
Sage, the Wood, ſee Teucrium
Purplewort, ſee Trifolium
Saintfoin, fee Onobrychis
Purſlane, fee Portulacca
Salt
Purſlane, the Sea, ſee Atriplex and Chenopodium Saltwort, fee Salicornia and Salfola
Sallow, fee Salix
Q.
Salomon's Seal, fee Convallaria
Samphire, ſee Crithmum
Uaking Grafs, fee Gramen
Sand
Queen's Gillifower, ſee Hefperis
Sanicle, ſee Saxifraga
Queen of the Meadow, fee Spiræa
Sanicle, the Bear's-ear, fee Cortufa
Quick, ſee Meſpilus
Sap
Quickbeam,
fee Sorbus
Sappadilla, fee Chryſophyllum
Quicken-tree,
Saracens Conſound, ſee Solidago
Quince-tree, ſee Cydonia
Saſſafras, ſee Laurus
Quincunx
Satin, the White, fee Lunaria
Satyrium, ſee Orchis
Rc.
Sauce-alone, fee Eryſimum
Savin, fee Juniperus
Adiated Flowers
Savin, the Indian, fee Bauhinia
Radiſh, fee Raphanus
Savory, fee Satureja
Radiſh, the Horfe, fee Cochlearia
Saw-wort, ſee Serratula
Ragwort, ſee Othonna
Saxifrage, ſee Saxifraga
Ragged Robin, ſee Lychnis
Saxifrage, the Burnet, fee Pimpinella
Rain
Saxifrage, the Golden, ſee Chryſoſplenium
Rainbow
Saxifrage, the Meadow, ſee Peucedanum
Rampion, ſee Campanula
Scabious, ſee Scabioſa
Ramſons, fee Allium
Scarlet Lychnis, fee Lychnis
Rape, ſee Rapa
Scarlet, Cardinal-flower, ſee Rapuntium
Rape, the Wild, ſee Sinapis
Scarlet Oak, fee Quercus
Rape, the Broom, ſee Orobanche
Sciatica Creſs, ſee Lepidium
Raſpberry, fee Rubus
Scorching Fennel, ſee Thapſia
Rattle-graſs, fee Rhinanthus
Scorpion-graſs, or Caterpillar, ſee Scorpiurus
Redwood, fee Ceanothus
Scorpion Senna, ſee Emerus
Reed, ſee Arundo
Scull-cap, ſee Scutellaria
Reed, the Indian flowering, fee Canna
Scurvy-graſs, fee Cochlearia
Reft-harrow, fee Ononis
Sea-Buckthorn, fee Hippophae
Rhubarb, fee Rheum
Sea-Cabbage, fee Crambe
Rhubarb, the Monk's, fee Rumex
Sea-Colewort, fee Convolvulus
Ribwort, fee Plantago
Sea-Lavender, fee Limonium
Rice, ſee Oryza
Sea-Pink, ſee Statice
Ripening of Fruit
Seeds
Robin, Wake, fee Arum
Segments
Rocket, fee Eruca
Self-heal, ſee Prunella
Rocket, the Corn, ſee Bunias
Seminary
Rocket, the Garden, ſee Heſperis
Seminal Leaves
Rocket, the Winter, fee Sifymbrium
Sengreen, or Houſleek, fee Sedum and Sempervivum
Rock-roſe, fee Ciſtus
Senna, the Baſtard, fee Caffia
Roots
Senna, the Bladder, fee Colutea
Roſe-tree, ſee Roſa
Senna, the Jointed-podded, fee Coronilla
Roſe-bay, ſee Nerium
Senna, the Scorpion, fee Emerus
Roſe-campion, ſee Agroſtemma
Senſitive Plant, fee Mimoſa
Roſe, the China, fee Hibiſcus
Sermountain, fee Laſerpitium
Roſe-bay, the Mountain, ſee Kalmia
Serpent's Tongue, ſee Ophiogloſſum
Roſe, the Gelder, fee Viburnum
Service-tree, fee Sorbus
Roſe of Jericho, fee Anaftatica
Service, the Wild, ſee Cratægus
Roſe, the South Sea, ſee Nerium
Setwell, ſee Valeriana
Roſe, the Rock, ſee Ciftus
Setter-wort, or Bear's-foot, ſee Helleborus
Roſe-root, ſee Sempervivum
Shaddock, ſee Aurantium
Roſemary, ſee Roſmarinus
Shave-graſs, ſee Equiſetum
Rue, ſee Ruta
Shepherd's-needle, ſee Scandix
Rue, Dog's, ſee Scrophularia
Shepherd's-pouch, ſee Alyſfun
Shepherd's

Ι I N E
Sweet William, }ſec Dianthus
Sycamore, the false, }fee Acer
T Tamarik,
Ν D E X.
Shepherd's Staff, fee Dipſacus
Storax, the Liquid, fee Liquidamber
Side-ſaddle Flower, fee Sarracena
Stove
Silk-graſs, ſee Aloe and Apocynum
Strawberry, ſee Fragaria
Silk-grafs of Virginia, fee Periploca
Strawberry Blite,
Silver Buſh, ſee Anthyllis
fee Blitum
Strawberry Spinach, s
Silver Tree, ſee Protea
Strawberry-tree, ſee Arbutus
Silver Weed, fee Potentilla
Style, fee Stylus
Skirret, fee Sium
Succory, fee Cichorium
Slipper, the Lady's, fee Cypripedium
Succory, the Gum, fee Chondrilla
Sloe-tree, ſee Prunus
Sugar-cane, ſee Saccharum
Smallage, fee Apium
Sugar-maple, ſee Acer
Snail Trefoil, fee Medicago
Sulphur-wort, ſee Peucedanum
Snakeweed, fee Biſtorta
Sultan-flower, fee Centaurea
Snakeroot, fee Ariſtolochia
Sumach,
Snakeroot, the Rattle, ſee Polygala
Sumach, the Tanners, ? ree Rhus
Snapdragon, ſee Antirrhinum
Sumach, the Venetian,
Snapdragon of America, ſee Ruellia
Snowdrop Tree, fee Chionanthus
Snap-tree, ſee Juſticia
Summit of Flowers
Sneezewort, ſee Achillea
Sun
Snowdrop, ſee Galanthus
Sun-dew, ſee Droſera
Sumach, the Myrtle-leaved, fee Coriaria
Sun-flower, fee Helianthus
Soldanel, fee Soldanella
Sun-flower, the Dwarf, fee Rudbeckia
Soldier, the freſh Water, fee Stratiotes
Sun-flower, the Willow-leaved, ſee Helenium
Solſtice
Sun-ſpurge, ſee Euphorbia
Sopeberry, ſee Sapindus
Swallow-wort, ſee Aſclepias
Sopewort, fee Saponaria
Sweet-apple, fee Annona
Sorrel, fee Acetoſa
Sweet Johns,
Sorrel, the Indian, fee Hibiſcus
Sorrel, the Wood, fee Oxalis
Sweet William of Barbadoes, fee Ipomoea
Southernwood, ſee Abrotanum
Sweet Willow, ſee Myrica
Sourlop, ſee Annona
Swines Creſs, ſee Cochlearia
Sowbread, ſee Cyclamen
Sow-thiſtle, fee Sonchus
Spaniſh Nut, fee Siſyrinchium
Spaniſh Arbor-vine, ſee Convolvulus
T.
Spaniſh Elder, ſee Saururus
Spanih Roſemary, fee Paſſerina
Amarind, ſee Tamarindus
Spaniſh Broom, fee Geniſta and Spartium
fee Tamarix
Spaniſh Picktooth, ſee Daucus
Tan
Spaniſh Marjoram, ſee Urtica
Tanſey, fee Tanacetum
Sparrowgraſs, ſee Aſparagus
Tanſey, the Wild, ſee Potentilla
Spatling Poppy, fee Cucubalus
Tare, fee Vicia
Spear, the King's, fee Aſphodelus
Tarragon, fee Abrotanum
Spearwort, ſee Ranunculus
Tea, the South Sea, fee Caffine
Spear-mint, fee Mentha
Teaſel, ſee Dipſacus
Spearage, fee Aſparagus
Thermometer
Speedwell, ſee Veronica
Thiſtle, ſee Carduus
Spiderwort, ſee Phalangium, Anthericum, and Ephe- Thiſtle, the Bleſſed, ſee Centaurea
Thiſtle, the Carline, ſee Carlina
Spignel, ſee Athamanta
Spike Lavender, ſee Lavendula
Thiſtle, the Fiſh,
Spinach, fee Spinacia
Thiſtle, the Fuller's, ſee Dipſacus
Spindle-tree, fee Euonymus
Thiſtle, the Globe, fee Echinops
Spindle-tree, the African, ſee Celaſtrus
Thiſtle, the Ladies, fee Carduus
Spleenwort, fee Aſplenium
Thiſtle, the Melon, fee Cactus
Spleenwort, the Rough, fee Lonchitis
Thiſtle, the Melancholy, ſee Cirſium
Spoonwort, ſee Cochlearia
Thiſtle, the Milk, ſee Carduus
Spurge Laurel, ſee Daphne
Thiſtle, the Sow, fee Sonchus
Spurge Olive, ſee Cneorum
Thiſtle, the Star, fee Centaurea
Spurry, ſee Arenaria
Thiſtle, the Torch, fee Cactus
Squaſhes, fee Cucurbita
Thorn-apple, fee Datura
Squill, ſee Scilla
Thorn, the Black, fee Prunus
Stagſhorn-tree, ſee Rhus
Thorn, the Box, ſee Lycium
Stamina
Thorn, Chriſt's, ſee Paliurus
Star-apple, ſee Chryſophyllum
Thorn, Cockſpur, ſee Meſpilus
Star of Bethlehem,
Thorn, the Egyptian, ſee Acacia
ſee
Evergreen,
Star of Naples,
Star Thiſtle, ſee Centaurea
Thorn, the Goat's, fee Tragacantha
Starwort, fee After
Thorn, the Haw, ſee Meſpilus
Starwort, the Yellow, ſee Inula
Thorn, the Purging, fee Rhamnus
Statues
Thorn, the White, fee Meſpilus
Stellate Plants
Thorough-wax, fee Bupleurum
Stickadore, ſee Stoechas
Three-leaved Graſs, fee Trifolium
Stock-gilliflower, fee Cheiranthus
Thrift, fee Statice
Stock-gilliflower, the Dwarf, ſee Heſperis
Throatwort, fee Trachelium and Campanula
Stone-break, ſee Alchemilla
Thunder
Stone-crop, ſee Sedum
,
Stone-crop-tree, fee Chenopodium
,
Storax-tree, ſee Styrax
Thyme, the Maftich, fee Satureja
merum
Thiſtle, the Diſtaff, fee Atractylis
Star Hyacinth,}ree Ornithogalum
Thorn
, the Glaftenbury, }fee Meſpilus
Thyme, the Lemonfee Thymus
Toad-
15 I

IN DE X.
Χ
W Akalkobin
, fee Arum
Trefoil, the Strawberry-headed,}fee Trifolium
Weed, the Dyers, I fee Reſeda
Toad-flax, fee Linaria
Vine, the White, fee Bryonia
Tobacco, fee Nicotiana
Violet, fee Viola
Tooth-pick, ſee Daucus
Violet, the Dame's or Queen's, ſee Heſperis
Tooth-wort, fee Dentaria
Violet, the bulbous, fee Galanthus
Tormentil, ſee Tormentilla
Violet, the Dog's Tooth, ſee Erythronium
Touch-ne-not, ſee Impatiens
Violet, the Corn or Venus Looking-glaſs, ſee Cam-
Tower Muſtard, ſee Turritis
panula
Traces, Lady's, fee Orchis
Viper's Buglofs, fee Echium
Traveller's Joy, ſee Clematis
Viper's Graſs, ſee Scorzonera
Trefoil, fee Trifolium
Virgin’s Bower, ſee Clematis
Trefoil, the Bean, fee Cytiſus
Virginian Silk, fee Periploca
Trefoil, the Bird's-foot, fee Lotus
Virginian Acacia, ſee Robinia
Trefoil, the Marſh, ſee Menianthes
Trefoil, the Moon, fee Medica
W.
Trefoil-fhrub, ſee Dorycnium and Ptelea
Trefoil, the Snail, ſee Medicago
,
Trefoil, the Star-headed,
Walls
Treacle Muſtard, ſee Thlaſpi and Iberis
Wallflower, fee Cheiranthus
Tree, the Cork, fee Quercus
Wallwort, or Dwarf Elder, fee Sambucus
Tree, the Chafte, fee Vitex
Walrut, ſee Juglans
Tree Germander, fee Teucrium
Wartwort, fee Euphorbia
Tree, the Indian God, fee Ficus
Water
Tree, the White-leaf, or Meally, fee Viburnum Water Calaminth, ſee Mentha
Tree of Life, ſee Thuya
Water Creſs, ſee Sifymbrium
True love, fee Paris
Water Dropwort, ſee Oenanthe
Trumpet Flower, ſee Bignonia
Water Germander, fee Teucrium
Trumpet Honeyſuckle, ſee Periclymenum
Water Hemp Agrimony, fee Bidens
Tuberoſe, fee Polianthes
Water Horehound, ſee Lycopus
Tuberoſe Roots
Water Lily, fee Nymphæa
Tulip, ſee Tulipa
Water Parſnep, fee Sium
Tulip, the African, ſee Hæmanthus
Water Pepper, ſee Perſicaria
Tulip-tree, fee Tulipifera
Way-faring-tree, fee Viburnum
Tulip-tree, the Laurel-leaved, ſee Magnolia
Weather
Turnhoof, or Ground Ivy, ſee Glechoma
Weeds
Turbith, ſee Thapſia
Turks-cap, ſee Lilium
Weld, or Would,
Turks-head, ſee Cactus
Wheat, fee Triticum
Turky Baulm, ſee Dracocephalon
Wheat, the Cow, ſee Melampyrum
Turky Wheat, ſee Zea
Wheat, the French, ſee Helxine
Turnep,
Wheat the Indian, ſee Zea
Whicken, or Quickbeam, fee Sorbus
Turnep Cabbage, ſee Braſſica
Whins, or Gorſe, fee Ulex
Turnfol, fee Heliotropium and Helianthus
Whortleberry, ſee Vaccinium
Turpentine-tree, ſee Piſtacia
Widow-wail, ſee Cneorum
Turpentine, the Venice, fee Larix
Wilderneſs
Tutſan, ſee Hypericum
Willow-tree, fee Salix
Twyblade, fee Ophrys
Willow, the Dutch, or Sweet, ſee Myrica
Willow, the French, ſee Epilobium
V.
Willow Herb, fee Lythrum
William, ſweet, ſee Dianthus
Alerian, ſee Valeriana
Wind
Valerian, the Greek, ſee Polemonium
Wind Flower, ſee Anemone
Vapour
Wind Seed, ſee Arctotis
Vaſes
Wine
Vegetable
Winter Aconite, fee Helleborus
Vegetation
Winter Cherry, ſee Phyſalis and Solanum
Venus Comb, ſee Scandix
Winter Creſs, ſee Siſymbrium
Venus Looking-glaſs, ſee Campanula
Winter Green, ſee Pyrola
Venus Navelwort, fee Cynogloſſum
Witch Hazle, fee Ulmus and Hamamelis
Verge
Woad, ſee Iſatis
Vervain, fee Verbena
Wolfſbane, ſee Aconitum
Vervain Mallow, ſee Alcea
Woodbine, ſee Periclymenum
Vetch, fee Vicia
Woodroof, fee Aſperula
Vetch, the Bitter, fee Orobus
Wood Sage, ſee Teucrium
Chichling,
Wood Sorrel, ſee Oxalis
graſs
Woody Nightſhade, fee Solanum
Vetch, the Hatchet, ſee Securidaca
Wormwood, ſee Abſinthium
Vetch, the Horſe-lhoe, fee Hippocrepis
Woundwort, fee Vulneraria
Vetch, the Kidney, fee Vulneraria
Woundwort, ſee Solidago
Vetch, the Liquorice, fee Glycine
Woundwort of Achilles, ſee Achillea
Vetch, the Medick, ſee Aſtragalus
Vetchling, fee Lathyrus
Y.
Vine, fee Vitis
Vine, the Black, ſee Tamus
ARROW, fee Achillea
Vine, the Spaniſh Arbor, fee Convolvulus
Yarrow, the Water, ſee Hottonia
Turnep, the French, Sfee Rapa
V eh
Vetch, the Crimſon-Sals, fee Lathyrus
YA
A CATA-

A CATALOGUE of ſuch bardy deciduous Trees
and Shrubs as will thrive in the open Air in England
without Shelter.
In this Catalogue we have only given the generical title of each tree or ſhrub, and
added the numbers as they are marked in the body of the work to the ſeveral ſpe-
cies, ſo that they may be readily turned to. To the Latin titles are added the
common Engliſh names
, which may anſwer the expectations of our readers full as
well as if they were inſerted at length to each ſpecies.
We have alſo reduced them into one liſt, and not diſpoſed them in ſeveral, accord-
ing to their different growths, as they were in the former editions of the Gardeners
Dictionary, but have marked them with the following letters, A B C D. Thoſe
marked A are ſuch as grow more than forty feet high ; thoſe marked B are ſuch as
grow from twenty to forty feet; thoſe marked C riſe from ten to twenty-five; and
ſuch as are marked D are ſhrubs of lower growth. To ſuch as produce flowers
for ornament or ſcent, and are worthy of the pleaſure-garden, is added the letter F,
whereby every perſon will be capable of ſelecting ſuch trees and ſhrubs as are pro-
per for their different purpoſes.
It is not propoſed to inſert in this liſt any of the underſhrubs, which are of ſhort
duration, ſuch as Southernwood, Roſemary, Lavender, Lavender-cotton, &c. be-
cauſe, whenever theſe decay, they occaſion gaps in the plantation.
A
CER, 1. Sycamore, A Celtis, 3, 4. C
C
Frangula, 1,2. Berry-bearing Alder,D
Acer, 2. Maple, C
Cephalanthus, Button-tree, D Fraxinus, 1, 4. Aſh-tree, A
Acer, 3. Afh-leaved Maple, A Ceraſus, Double-flowering Cherry, Fraxinus, 2, 3, 5, 6. Afh, B
Acer, 4. Norway Maple, B
CF
Acer, 5. Flowering Maple, CF Ceraſus, 4. Perfumed Cherry, D
G.
Acer, 6. Sugar Maple, B
Ceraſus, 5. Dwarf Cherry, DF
Acer, 7. Mountain Maple, C Cercis, 1, 2. Judas-tree, C F Gleditſia, 1, 2. Three-thorned Aca-
Acer, 8. Italian Maple, A
Chionanthus, Snowdrop-tree, C F cia, C
Acer, 9. Montpelier Maple, C Clethra, DF
H.
Acer, 10. Eaſtern Maple, C
Colutea, I. Bladder Sena, CF
Acer, 11. Oval-leaved Maple, D Colutea, 2, 3. Bladder Sena, DF Hamamelis, Witch Hazel, D
Æfculus, Horſe Cheſtnut, AF Coriaria, Myrtle-leaved Sumach, D Hibiſcus, 1. Althæa Frutex, DF
Alnus, 1. Common Alder, B Cornus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Dogwood, CHippophae, 1, 2. Sea Buckthorn, C
Alnus, 2. Long-leaved Alder, B Cornus, 7.D
Hydrangea, D
Alnus, 3. Dwarf Alder, D
Corylus, 1, 2, 3. Nut-tree, C
Hypericum, 3, 4, 6. St. John's Wort,
Amorpha, Baſtard Indigo, DF Cratægus, 1, 2. B
DF
Amygdalus, 1. Almond-tree, CF Cratægus, 3, 4. D
I.
Amygdalus, 5. Dwarf Almond, DF Cupreſſus, 4. American deciduous
Andromeda, 2, 3, 5. D
Cypreſs, A
Johnſonia, D
Annona, 8. Papaw, C
Cydonia, Quince-tree, C
Itea, DF
Aralia, 3. Angelica-tree, D
Cytiſus, 1, 2. Laburnum, BF
Juglans, 1, 2, 3. Walnut, A
Cytiſus, 3, 5, 12. DF
Juglans, 4, 5, 6. Hickery Nut, B
B.
D.
L.
Bafteria, Allſpice, DF
Berberis, 1. Barberry, D
Daphne, 2,5, 7, 8. Mezereon, DF Larix, 1. Larch-tree, A
Betula, 1. Birch-tree, B
Diervilla, D
Laurus, 6, 7, 8. C
Bignonia, 3. Catalpa, CF
Dioſpyrus, 1, 2. Date Plum, C Liguſtrum, i Privet, C
Liquid Amber, 1, 2. B
C.
E.
Lonicera, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7. Upright
Honeyſuckle, CF
Carpinus, 1. Hornbeam, A
Elæagnus, 1, 2. Wild Olive, C
Carpinus, 2, 3, 4. Hop Hornbeam, C Emerus, 1, 2. Scorpion Sena, DF
M.
Caſſine, 1. Caſſioberry Buſh, D Euonymus, 1, 2. Spindle-tree, C
Caſtanea, 1. Cheſtnut, A
Magnolia, 1. Sweet Bay, C F 334. BF
Caſtanea, 2. Chinquapin, D
F.
Meſpilus, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
Ceanothus, 1. Jerſey Tea, DF
13, 14, 15, 16. Medlar, BF
Celtis, 1, 2. Nettle-tree, B
Fagus, Beech-tree, A
Meſpilus, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.CF
Morus,
9

CATALOGUE OF PLANT S.
Morus, 6. Mulberry, B
Sorbus, 1, 2. Service, B
Myrica, 1, 2, 3, 4. Candleberry, C
Q
Spartium, 1, 2, 3. Broom, CF
Spiræa, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8. CF
0.
Quercus, 1, 2, 5, 9, 13. Oak, A Staphylæa, I, 2. Bladder-nut, C
Quercus, 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 15. B Stewartia, CF
Ononis, 5. Reft-harrow, CF
Syringa, 1. Lilac, B 2, 3. CF
Orobus, 10. Caragana, CF
R.
T.
P.
Rhamnus, 1, 2, 3. Buckthorn, C
Rhododendron, 1, 2. Roſe-laurel, C Tacamahacca, B
Padus, 1. Bird Cherry, CF 2, 3. BF Rhus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Sumach, Tamarix, 1. Tamariſk, B 2. C
Paliurus, Chriſt's Thorn, C
CF
Tilia, 1, 2. Lime-tree, A 3, 4. B
Pavia, Scarlet Horſe-Cheftnut, CF Robinia, 1, 2. AF 3, 10. Acacia, Toxicodendron, 2, 3, 4, 5. Poiſon
Periclymenum, 5, 6, 7. Honey- CF
Oak, C
fuckle, CF
Roſa, all the forts, Roſe, DF Tulipifera, Tulip-tree, AF
Perſica, I. Peach, BF 2, 3. CF Rubus, 5, 6. Bramble, CF
Philadelphus, 1, 2, 3. Syringa, C F
V.
Piſtacia, 1, 4. C
S.
Platanus, 1, 2. Plane-tree, A
Viburnum, 1, 2, 3, 4. Way-faring-
Populus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Poplar, A Salix, 1, 2, 3. A 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
Prinos, 1, 2. C
II. Sallow, B.
Vitex, I, 2. Chafte-tree, C
Ptelea, 1. Trefoil Shrub, C Sambucus, 1. B 2, 3. Elder, C Ulmus, 1, 2, 3, 4. Elm, A 5. B
tree, CF
A Liſt of climbing ſhrubby plants, whoſe branches muſt be ſupported to prevent their
trailing upon the ground, and which should be faſtened to walls, pales, or trelliſes.
B
6, |
Ignonia, 1, 2, 5, 6, 8. Trum- Jaſminum, 1. Jaſmine.
Periploca, 1. Virginia Silk.
pet-fiower.
Lycium, 6, 7. Boxthorn.
Roſa, 8, 9. Roſe
Ceanothus, 2.
Meniſpermum, 1, 2, 3. Moonfeed. Smilax, 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 11. Rough
Clematis, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, Meſpilus, 6. Medlar.
Bindweed.
12. Traveller's Joy.
Paffiflora, 2. Paffion-flower.
Solanum, 8. Nightſhade.
Glycine, 2. Kidney-bean-tree, Periclymenum, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8. Toxicodendron, 2, 6. Poiſon Oak.
Hedera, 1. Ivy.
Honeyſuckle.
Vitis, 1, 5. Vine.
A Catalogue of hardy evergreen trees and ſhrubs.
Thoſe marked with A are ſuch as grow more than forty feet high; thoſe with B are ſuch as grow
from twenty to forty feet high; thoſe with C grow from ten to twenty feet; and thoſe marked
with D are low ſhrubs.
3
A
wort, D
Bies, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Fir-tree, A Euonymus, 3. Spindle-tree, D Medica, 8. Moon Trefoil, D
6, 7, 8, 9. B
Hedera, Ivy, D
Meſpilus 6. Pyracantha, C
Alaternus, 1, 2, 3, 4. C
Hypericum, 3, 4, 6. St. John's Padus, 4, 5, 6. Laurel, C
Arbutus, 1, 2. Strawberry, C
Periclymenum, 1,8. Honeyſuckle, D
Bupleurum, 6. Hare's-ear, D Ilex, 1. Holly, B 2, 3. C
Phillyrea, 1, 2, 3. C 4, 5, 6, 7. D
Buxus, 1, 2. Box, C 3.D
Juniperus, 1, 10, 11. Juniper, D 2, Pinus, 1, 3, 5, 10, 13. Pine-tree,
Celaſtrus, 1. Staff-tree, D
3, 4, 5, 6. C 7, 8, 12, 13. B A 2, 4, 6, 7, 11. B 8, 9, 14. C
Ciſtus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, Kalmia, 1, 2, 3. Roſe-laurel, D Quercus, 3, 16. Oak, A 17, 20. B
13, 14, 15, 16. Rock-roſe, D Larix, 3. Cedar of Libanus, A
Cneorum, Widow-wail, D
Laurus, 1, 2. Bay-tree, B
Roſa, 8, 9. Roſe, D
Cupreſſus, I, 2. Cypreſs, B 3. C 5. D Liguſtrum, 2. Privet, C
Taxus, Yew, B
Cytiſus, 6. Trefoil-tree, D Magnolia, 2. Laurel-leaved Tulip- Thuya, 1, 2. Tree of Life, C
Daphne, 1, 4. Mezereon, D
Viburnum, 5, 6. Laurus Tinus, D
19. C18
tree, C
A Catalogue of hardy perennial plants, which will thrive in the open borders without
any ſhelter, whoſe roots do not require to be every year taken out of the ground;
theſe are ſuch as have ornamental flowers, and are proper furniture for the flower-
garden.
А
2
Conitun, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, | Aſclepias, 6,9,10. 11. Swallow-wort. Coreopſis, 4. Tickfeed.
9, 10. Wolfſbane.
Aſphodelus, 1, 2, 3, 4. King's-ſpear. Cylamen, 1, 2. Sowbread.
Adonis, 3. Pheafant-eye
After, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, Delphinium, 5, 6, 7, 9. Larkſpur.
Anthemis, 16, 17. Camomile.
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, Dianthus, 1, 4. Gilliflower.
Anthericum, 1, 3. Spiderwort. 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29. Dictamnus, Fraxinella.
Antirrhinum, 3, 4, 5. Snapdragon.
Starwort.
Eryngium, 4, 5, 6. Sea Holly.
Apocynum, 3. Dogſbane
Bellis, 3. Daiſy.
Fumaria, 3, 7, 8. Fumitory.
Aquilegia, 1, 2, 3, 4. Columbine.
Chelone, 1, 2, 3
Gentiana, 1, 2, 4. Gentian
Helianthus,

CATALOGUE OF PLANT S.
Helianthus, 2. Sunflower.
Lychnis, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. with double Solidago, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15)
Helleborus, 3, 4, 5, 6. Hellebore. flowers.
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 239
Hemerocallis, 1, 2, 4. Day Lily. Meadia.
24, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31. Golden
Heſperis, 1, 2, 4. Rocket, or Dame's Monarda, 1, 2. Oſwego Tea.
Rod.
Violet.
Ononis, 6, 15. Reft-harrow Thalictrum, 3, 5. Feather'd Colum-
Hibiſcus, 18. Indian Mallow. Orobus, 4, 7, 8. Bitter Vetch.
bihe.
Hieraciuin, 3. Hawkweed.
Poonia, all the varieties, Piony. Trachelium. Throatwort.
Iberis, 2. Candy Tuft.
Papaver, 7. Poppy.
Trollius, I, 2. Goldylocks.
Inula, 3, 6, 10. Yellow Starwort Phlox, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Lychnidea. Veratrum, 1, 2, 3, 4. White Hel-
Iris, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, Pulmonaria, 3, 6. Lungwort.
lebore.
16, 17, 18, 19. Flower-de-luce. Pulſatilla, all the ſpecies. Paſque- Verbaſcum, 10. Mullein.
Ixia, i.
flower.
Veronica, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
Lathyrus, 15, 16. Everlaſting Pea. Rudbeckia, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. Dwarf
13, 14. Speedwell.
Lupinus, 6. Lupine.
Sunflower.
A Liſt of ſuch plants as will thrive under the ſhade of deciduouis trees, therefore are
proper furniture for wilderneſs quarters.
A breech
.
,
Canthus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Bear's- | Aralia, 1, 2.
Hypericum, 7. St. John's Wort.
Convallaria, all the ſpecies, Lily of Primula, all the varieties, Primroſe,
Aconitum, 6. Wolfſbane.
the Valley.
Vinca, 1, 2. Periwincle.
Actæa, 1, 2, 3. Herb Chriſtopher. Geum, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. London Pride. Viola, 1, 2. with their varieties,
Anemone, 1, 2, 3. Anemony. Hemerocallis, 3. St. Bruno's Lily. Violet.
A Catalogue of plants, which are too tender to live abroad in winter in England, but
require no artificial heat; theſe are commonly called green-houſe plants; but thoſe whoſe
leaves and falks are ſucculent, will ſucceed better if they are kept in a dry airy
glaſs-caſe in winter, where they may enjoy the fun and air at all times when the weat
ther is mild.
A ;
wort.
wort.
wort.
Gave, 1, 2, 7: Aloe.
Cotyledon, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Navel- Myrtus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Myrtle.
Aizoon, 1. Evergreen.
Nerium, 1, 2, 3. Oleander.
Aloe, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, Craffula, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Olea, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Olive.
13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21. ΙΟ, ΙΙ,
Ononis, 4. Reft-harrow.
Aloe.
Cunonia.
Opuntia, 1. Indian Fig.
Anthericum, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Spider-Cupreſſus, 6. Cypreſs.
Oſteoſpermum, 2, 3, 4, 5. Hard-
Cyclamen, 3, 4, 5, 6. Sowbread. feeded Sunflower.
Antholyza, 1, 2.
Cytiſus, 4, 14, 15. Tree Trefoil. Othonna, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9. Jacobæa.
Anthoſpermum
Dioſma, 1, 2, 3, 4.
Oxalis, 4, 5, 6. Wood-ſorrel.
Anthyllis, 6, 7. Jupiter's Beard. Ebenus, Ebony.
Palma, 1, 8. Palm.
Arctotis, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Wind- Euphorbia, 6; 7; 10, 12, 13; 16.
Paſſerina, 1, 2, 3, 4.
feed.
Ferraria.
Periploca, 2, 7. Virginia Silk.
Ariſtolochia, 4, 5. Birthwort. Galenia.
Phylica, 1, 2.
Aſclepias, 12, 13, 14, 15. Swallow - Geranium, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, Phyllis.
27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, Phyſalis, 2, 3, 4. Winter Cherry.
Aſparagus,5,6,7,8,9,10. Aſparagus. 36, 37, 38, 39, 43. Craneſbill.
Piſtacia, 3; 4, 5.
Afphodelus, 6. King's Spear. Gnaphalium, 10, 16, 18, 20, 21. Poterium, 3.
After, 31, 32, 37. Starwort.
Cudweed.
Protea, all the ſpecies, Silver-tree.
Aurantium, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Orange.
Grewia, 1, 2.
Pforalea, 1, 10.
Baccharis, 1. Ploughman'sSpikenard. Guajacum, 3.
Rhus, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Sumach.
Bignonia, 5, 12. Trumpet-flower. Halleria.
Royena, 1, 2, 3
Bofia.
Heliotropium, 4, 5, 6. Heliotrope. Ruſcus, 7. Butcher's Broom.
Brabejum.
Hermannia, all the ſpecies.
Salvia, 10, 11, 12. Sage.
Bubon, 3, 4. Macedonian Parſley. Hypericum, 8. St. John's Wort. Scabioſa, 17, 18. Scabious.
Buphthalmum,7,10,11,12. Ox-eye. Jaſminum, 5,6. Jaſmine.
Schinus, 1. Indian Maſtich.
Bupleurum, 7. Hare’s-ear.
Iberis, 1. Candy-tuft.
Sclarea, 15, 16. Clary.
Cacalia,5,6,7,8. Foreign Colt's-foot. Inula, 12. Yellow Starwort.
Selago.
Calendula, 7, 8. Marigold.
Jufticia, 4.
Sempervivum, 5, 6, 7. Houſeleek.
Calla, Arum.
Ixia, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
Sideroxylum, 1, 2. Iron-wood.
Campanula, 14, 15. Bell-flower. Kiggelaria.
Smilax, 15, 16. Rough Bindweed.
Capparis, 1, 2. Caper.
Laurus, 3, 4, 5, 9. Bay.
Solanum, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 25, 26,
Celaſtrus, 3, 4. Staff-tree.
Leonurus, 1, 2. Lion's-tail.
28. Nightſhade.
Ceratonia, St. John's Bread.
Limon, all the varieties, Lemon. Spartium, 4, 10. Broom.
Cereus, II. Torch-thiſtle.
Lotus, 5, 16. Bird's-foot Trefoil. Stapelia, 1, 2.
Chironia, I, 2.
Lycium, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10. Tarconanthus.
Chryſocoma, 3, 4. Goldylocks.
Boxthorn.
Tetragonia, 1, 2, 3.
Ciſtus, 10, 11, 17, 18. Rock Roſe. Malva, 14. Mallow.
Teucrium, 3, 4. Germander.
Cliffortia, 1, 2, 3.
Medeola, 1, 2, 3.
Vitex, 3. Chaſte-tree.
Clutia, 1, 2, 3
Melia, 1, 2. Bead-tree.
Wackendorfia.
Convolvulus, 16, 22, 27. Bindweed. Meſembryanthemum, all the ſpecies, Watſonia.
Coronilla, 1, 2. Jointed podded Co- Ficoides.
lutea.
Myrica, 5, 6, 7, Candleberry Myrtle.
А СА-
15K

A CATALOGUE of plants, which will not thrive in this country without artificial
beat in winter.
Thoſe marked A, ſhould be placed in the bark-ſove; and thoſe marked B, will ſucceed in a moderate
warmth.
a
A
wort, B
4.
ΙΟ. Α
tree, B
CACIA, 1, 2, 3, 4, 11, Columnia, A
Muntingia, 1, 2, 3. B
22. B 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, Colutea, 5. Bladder Sena, B
В
Muſa, 1, 2. Plantain-tree, A
13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, Commelina, 3. B
Myrtus, 8, 9. Myrtle, B
21. Egyptian Thorn, A
Conocarpus, 1, 2. Buttonwood, B
Nyctanthes, I, 2. Arabian Jaſmine,
Achyranthes, 1, 2, 3, 4. B Convolvulus, 14, 19, 31, 32. Bind- А
Adanſonia, A
weed, A
Opuntia, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Indian
Adenanthera, A
Conyza, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12, 13. Flea-
Fig, B. 9. A
Ælchynomene, 1, 3, 4. Senſitive bane, B В
Orobus, 11, 12. Bitter Vetch, B
Plant, A.
Copaiba, A
Oxalis, 7. Wood-forrel, B
Agave,- 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. Aloe, B Cordia, A
Palma, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12,
Aloe, 2, 7, 22, 24. B
Cornutia, A
13, 14. Palm-tree, A. 19. B
Alpinia, A
Coronilla, 7. A
Pancratium, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Sea-
Amaryllis, 5, 7, 8, 11. Lily Daffo- Coſtus, A
Daffodil, A
dil, B
Cotyledon, 1o. Navelwort, B Parkinſonia, Jeruſalem Thorn, B
Amomum, 1, 2, 3. Ginger, A Crateva, 1, 2. A
Paffiflora, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
Anacardium, Caſhew-nut, A Creſcentia, 1, 2. A
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Paſſion-
Ananas, Pine-apple, A
Crinum, 1, 2, 3, 4. Lily Hyacinth, flower, A
Andrachne, 1, 2, 3. A
В :
Paullinia, all the ſpecies, B
(Apocynun, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, Croton, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12. A Pereikia, B
II. Dogbane, B
Curcuma, 1, 2. A
Periclymenum, 2, 3, 4. Honey-
Ariſtolochia, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. Cynanchum, 4, 6. B
fuckle, A
Birthwort, B.
Cytiſus, 16. Baſe Trefoil, B
Periploca, 3, 4, 5, 6. Indian Silk, B
Arum, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, Datura, 7. Thorn-apple, B Perſea, Avocado Pear, B
18, 19. Wake-robin, A
Douglaffia, A
Petrea, A
Arundo, 4. 5. Reed, A
Dracontium, 2, 3, 4, 5. Dragon, A Phyllanthus, B
Aſclepias, 17, 18, 19, 20. Swallow- Durantia, 1, 2, 3. A
Phyſalis, 6, 9. Winter-cherry, B
Elæagnus, 3. B
Piercea, 1, 2. B
Baniſteria, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. A Elliffea, B
Piper, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
Barleria, 1, 2, 3. A.
B.
Emerus, 3. B
12, 14. A
Bartramia, A
Eretia, A
Pifonia, Fingrigo, B
Bauhinia, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Eryngium, 10. Sea-holly, A Piſtacia, 7, 8, Piſtacia-nut, A. 9. B
Erythrina, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Coral Plumbago, 2. Leadwort, B
Beſleria, 1, 2, 3. A
Plumeria, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. B
Bignonia, 4, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15. Euonymus, 4. Spindle-tree, B Poinçiana, Flower-fence, A
Trumpet-flower, A.
Eupatorium, 6, 10, 11, 14. B Pforalea, 3, 6, 8. B
Bixa, A
Euphorbia, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 14, Ptelea, 2. Trefoil Shrub, B
Bocconia, A
15, 17. Spurge, B
Randia, A
Bombax, 1, 2. Cotton, A
Fuchſia, B
Rhus, 14. Sumach, B
Bontia, Wild Olive, B
Garcinia, Mangoſteen, A
Rivinia, 1, 2. Currants, A
Breynia, I, 2. A
Geſnera, I, 2. A
Robinia, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Falſe
Brunsfellia, A
Gnaphalium, 17, 24. Cudweed, B Acacia, B
Buddleja, 1, 2. A
Goſlīpium, 3, 4. Cotton-tree, A
Rondeletia, 1, 2. A
Cacao, Cocoa, A
Guajacum, 1, 2. Lignum Vitæ, A
Ruellia, 1, 2, 3, 4. Snap-graſs, A
Cactus, 1, 2, 3, 4. Melon Thiſtle, Guilandina, 1, 2, 4. A
Saccharum, Sugar-cane, A
A. 5. 6. B
Hæmanthus, I, 2. Blood-flower, B Samida, 1, 2. B
Cæſalpinia, 1, 2. A
Hæmatoxylum, Logwood, A Sapindus, Sopeberry, B
Cameraria, i, 2. A
Hedyſarum, 6, 7, 8, 16, 18. B Sapota, 1, 2. A
Canna, 2, 3, 4, 5. Flowering-reed, B Helicteres, 1, 2, 3. Screw-tree, A Schinus, 2. Indian Maftich, A
Capparis, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. Heliotropium, 8, 9, 11. Turnſole, B Sicyos, 3. A
,
,
Caper, B
Hernandia, Jack-in-a-Box, A Siſyrinchium, 3. Earth-nut, A
Capſicum, 7, 8, 9, 10. Guinea Hibiſcus, 5, 6, 7, 13, 23. Marſh- Smilax, 12, 13, 14. Rough Bind-
Pepper, B
mallow, B
weed, B
Carica, 1, 2. Papaw, A
Hippocratea, A
Solanum, 10, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
Caryophyllus, 1. Cloves, A. 2, 3, Hippomane, 1, 2, 3. Mançaneel, A 22, 23, 24, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32,
Jaſminum, 7. Jaſmine, A
33. Nightſhade, B
Caffia, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 11, 13, 17. A Iatropha, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. A Sophora, 2. A
Cateibæa, A
Inga, 1, 2. A
Spartium, 11. Broom, B
Cedrus, 1, 2, 3. Mahogany, B Juſticia, 1, 3, 6, 7, 8. A. 5.B Suriana, A
Celaſtrus, 5. Staff-tree, B
Karatas, Penguin, A
Tabernemontana, I, 2. A
Cerbera, 1, 2, 3. A
Kæmpifera, A
Tamarindus, Tamarind-tree, A
Cereus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, Lantana, all the ſpecies, Viburnum, Tetracera, A
10. Torch-thiſtle, B
B
Teucrium, 18, 19. Germander, B
Ceftrum, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. B Laurus, 10. Bay, B
Theobroma, Baſtard Cedar, A
Chamærops, 1, 2. B
Lawſonia, 1, 2. B
Tithymalus, Spurge, B
Chryſobalanus, 1, 2. A
Lippia, B
Toluifera, A
Chryfophyllum, 1, 2. A
Loranthus, B
Tournefortia, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. A
Citharexylon, 1, 2. Fiddle-wood, B Malpighia, all the ſpecies, American Toxicodendron, 8, 9. Poiſon Oak, B
Cluſia, 1, 2. A
Cherry, B
Turnera, 1, 2. A
Clutia, 4. B
Mammea, A
Vanilla, 1, 2. A
Coccolobus, Sea-fide Grape, A Maranta, 1, 2. Arrow-root, B Vinca, 3. Periwinkle, B
Coffee, Coffee, A
Melaftoma, all the ſpecies, B Urtica, 9. Nettle, B
Colococcus, A
Mimoſa, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. A Waltheria, 1, 2. A
А СА-
4, 5. B

A CATALOGUE of ſuch Medicinal Plants as may be cultivated
in the Engliſh Gardens, being hardy enough to bear the cold in the
open air. Such
Such of them as grow in the fields, and are generally
termed Weeds, are alſo diſtinguiſhed with their places of growth, so
that any perſon who is inclinable to cultivate them, may know where to
obtain them. The titles of theſe plants are ſuch as have been adopted
in the Diſpenſaries, and the figures which are added to them, denote
the ſpecies in the body of this work.
A
rel. Sp. 4.
Brotanum mas anguſtifolium majus. C. B. P. Apium paluſtre, & Apium officinarum. C. B. P.
Southernwood. Sp. 1.
Smallage. Engliſh. In ſtanding waters. Sp. 4.
Abſinthium vulgare majus. J. B. Common Apium hortenſe. Ger. Garden Parſley. Sp. 1.
Wormwood. Engliſh. In lanes, and on dunghills. Sp. 1. Apium Macedonicum. C. B. P. Macedonian Parſley,
Abfinthium Ponticum tenuifolium incanum. C. B. P. Bubon. Sp. I.
Roman Wormwood. Sp. 2.
Aquilegia fylveftris. C. B. P. Wild Columbine. Eng-
Abſinthium marinum album. Ger. Sea Wormwood. liſh. In woods, but rare. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. On the ſea-ſhore. Sp. 13.
Ariſtolochia clematis recta. C. B.P. Creeping Birth-
Acanthus ſativus vel mollis Virgilii. C. B. P. Bear's-wort. Sp. 3.
breech. Sp. 1.
Ariſtolochia longa vera. C. B. P. Long Birthwort.
Acetoſa pratenſis. C. B. P. Common Sorrel. Engliſh. Sp. 2.
In meadows, and other paſtures. Sp. 1.
Ariſtolochia rotunda, fore ex purpura nigro. C.B.P.
Acetoſa arvenſis lanceolata. C. B. P. Sheep's Sorrel. Round Birthwort. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. On dry gravelly foils. Sp. 3.
Artemiſia vulgaris major. C. B. P. Mugwort. Eng-
Acetoſa rotundifolia hortenſis. C. B. P. French Sor- | lifh. On the ſides of fields. Sp. 1.
Arum vulgare. Ger. Wake Robin. Engliſh. In
Acorus verus, five Calamus Aromaticus officinarum.woods, and under hedges. Sp. 1.
C. B. P. The true Acorus. Engliſh. In deep ſtanding Arundo vulgaris, five Phragmites Diofcoridis. C. B.
waters, but pretty rare. Sp. 1.
P. The Reed. Engliſh. In deep waters. Sp. 1.
Adianthum foliis longioribus pulverulentis pediculo Aſarum vulgare. Park. Aſarabacca. Engliſh. In
nigro. C. B. P. Black Maiden Hair. Engliſh. In joints moiſt ſhady places, but rare. Sp. 1.
of old walls, and on the ſides of ſhady banks.
Aſclepias flore albo. C. B. P. Swallow-wort, or
Ageratum foliis ferratis. C. B. P. Sweet Maudlin. Tame Poiſon. Sp. 1.
Achillæa. Sp. 8.
Aſparagus ſativus. C. B. P. Sparagus. Sp. 1.
Agrimonia officinarum. Inft. R. H. Agrimony. Eng- Aſperula, five Rubeola montana odora. C.B. P. Wood-
liſh. In woods and ſhady lanes.
roof. Engliſh. In woods and ſhady places. Sp. I.
Alcea vulgaris major. C. B. P. Vervain Mallow. Afphodelus albus ramoſus mas. C. B. P. The true
Engliſh. In paſtures. Malva.
white Afphodel, or King's Spear. Sp. 2.
Alchemilla vulgaris. C. B. P. Ladies Mantle. Eng- Afphodelus luteus, & flore, & radice. C. B. P. Yel-
lifh. In moiſt paſtures. Sp. 1.
low King's Spear. Sp. 1.
Alkekengi officinarum. Inft. R. H. Winter Cherry. Aſplenium, five Ceterach. J. B. Spleenwort, or
Phyſalis. Sp. 1.
Miltwaſte. Engliſh. On old walls.
Allium ſativum. C. B. P. Garlick. Sp. I.
After Atticus cæruleus vulgaris. C. B. P. Blue Ita-
Alfine media. C. B.P. Chickweed. Engliſh. In evelian Starwort. Sp. 2.
ry dunghill, and in every garden.
Atractylis lutea. C. B. P. Yellow Diftaff Thiſtle.
Althæa Dioſcoridis & Plinii. C. B. P. Marſh Mal-Carthamus. Sp. 2.
lows. Engliſh. In moiſt lanes in Kent.
Atriplex hortenſis alba, five pallide virens. C. B. P.
Amaranthus maximus. C. B. P. Flower Gentle. Sp. 5. Garden Orach. Sp. 1.
Ammi majus. C. B. P. Biſhop's Weed. Sp. 1. Atriplex fætida. C. B. P. Stinking Orach, Engliſh.
Anagallis pheniceo fiore. C. B.P. The female Pim-On dunghills, and in cultivated lands. Chenopodium.
pernel. Engliſh. On ploughed lands, but pretty rare. Sp. 2.
Sp. 2.
Anchuſa puniceis foribus. C. B. P. Alkanet. Lytho- Balſamita major. Dod. Pempt. Coſtmary, or Ale-coft.
ſpermum
Tanacetum. Sp. 3.
Anethum hortenſe. C. B. P. Dill. Sp. 1.
Bardana vulgaris major. Park. Burdock. Engliſh.
Angelica ſativa. C. B. P. Angelica. Sp. 1.
By the ſides of roads. Arctium. Sp. I.
Anonis ſpinoſa, flore purpureo. C. B. P. Reft-harrow. Behen album officinarium. J. B. Spatling Poppy.
Engliſh. On commons, and in other uncultivated places. Engliſh. On arable land. Cucubalus. Sp. 2.
Ononis. Sp. 1.
Bellis ſylveſtris, caule folioſo, major. C. B. P. Ox-
Anthora, feu Aconitum falutiferum. C. B.P. Whole- Eye Daiſy. Engliſh. In Corn-fields, and in paſtures.
fome Monkſhood. Aconitum. Sp. 4.
Chryſanthemum. Sp. 2.
Aparine vulgaris. C. B. P. Clivers, or Gooſe-graſs. Bellis fylveftris minor. C. B. P. Daiſy. English. In
Engliſh. Under hedges, &c.
Graſs-fields. Sp. 1.
Berberis

CATALOGUE OF PLAN T S.
I.
Berberis dumetorum. C. B. P. The Berberry, or Pi- Chamædrys vulgo vera exiſtimata. J. B. Germander.
peridge Buſh. Engliſh. In ſome hedges. Sp. 1. Engliſh. On chalky lands. Teucrium. Sp. 6.
Beta alba vel pallefcens, quæ Cicla officinarum. C. Chamamelum nobile, five Leucanthemum odoratum.
B. P. The white Beet. Sp. 2.
C. B. P. Chamomile. Engliſh. On commons and
Beta rubra vulgaris. C. B. P. the Red Beet. Sp. 3. heaths. Anthemis. Sp. 2.
Betonica purpurea. C. B. P. Wood Betony. Engliſh. Chamæmelum vulgare Leucanthemum Dioſcoridis.
In woods, &c. Sp. 1.
C. B. P. May Weed, Field Chamomile. Engliſh. On
Biſtorta radice minus intorta. C. B. P. Biſtort, or arable land, and dunghills. Anthemis. Sp. 2.
Snakeweed. Engliſh. In moiſt meadows. Sp. 1. Chamæpitys lutea vulgaris, five folio trifido. C.B. P.
Blitum album majus. C. B. P. White Blites. Ama- Ground Pine. English. On arable land. Teucrium.
ranthus. Sp. 8.
Sp. 16.
Blitum rubrum majus. C. B. P. Red Blites. Ama- Chelidonium majus vulgare. C. B. P. Celandine.
ranthus. Sp. 6.
Engliſh. In woods and under hedges. Sp. 1.
Borago floribus cæruleis. J. B. Borage. Engliſh. In Chelidonia, rotundifolia minor. C. B. P. Pilewort.
arable land. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. By the fides of ditches, and other moiſt places.
Botrys ambroſioides vulgaris. C. B. P. Oak of Jeru- Ranunculus.
ſalem. Chenopodium. Sp. 4.
Chenopodium folio triangulo. Inft. R. H. Mercury,
Braffica capitata alba. C.B. P. Cabbage. Sp. 1. or Allgood. Engliſh. In lanes and unfrequented places.
Bryonia aſpera, five alba, baccis rubris. C. B. P. Sp. I.
Briony. Engliſh. Under hedges, and on the ſides of Cicer, ſativum. C. B. P. Cicers, or Chich Peas.
banks. Sp. I.
Sp. 1.
Bryonia lævis, five nigra, ramofa. C. B. P. Black Cichorum ſylveſtre, five officinarum. C. B. P. Wild
Briony. Engliſh. In woods, and under hedges. Tamus. Succory. Engliſh. In lanes and commons. Sp. I.
Sp. I.
Cicuta major. C. B. P. Hemlock. Engliſh. On the
Bugloſſum anguſtifolium majus. C. B. P. Garden ſide of banks. Conium. Sp. I.
Bugloſs. Anchuſa. Sp. 1.
Cinara hortenſis, foliis aculeatis, & non aculeatis.
Bugloffum fylveſtre minus. C. B.P. Wild Buglofs. C. B. P. Artichoke. Sp 1.
Engliſh. On arable land. Lycopſis. Sp. I.
Ciftus mas, folio oblongo incano. C. B. P. Holy
Bugula vulgaris. Park. Bugle. Engliſh. In moſt Roſe. Sp. 2.
meadows and woods. Sp. I.
Ciſtus ladinifera Cretica, flore purpureo. Tourn. Cor.
Buphthalmum cotulæ folio. C. B. P. Ox-eye. An- The Gum Ciftus. Sp. 9.
themis. Sp. 12.
Cnicus fylveftris hirſutior, five Carduus Benedictus.
Burſa paftoris major, folio ſinuato. C. B. P. Shep- C. B. P. Carduus, or the Bleſſed Thiſtle. Sp. 1.
herd's Purſe. Engliſh. By the ſides of paths every Cochlearia folio ſubrotundo. C. B. P. Scurvy-graſs.
where. Sp. I.
Sp. 1.
Buxus arboreſcens. C. B. P. The Box-tree. Engliſh. Cochlearia folig finuato. C. B. P. Sea Scurvy-graſs.
On Box-hill, near Darkin in Surry. Sp. I.
Engliſh. In falt marſhes. Sp. 2.
Conyza major vulgaris. C. B.P. On dry land. Sp. 1.
Calamintha vulgaris, vel officinarum Germaniæ. C. B. Conyza minor, flore globoſo. C. B. P. Fleabane.
P. Mountain Calamint. Engliſh. On uncultivated Engliſh. On chalky uncultivated ground. Inula. 6.
.
land. Meliſſa.
Lin. Sp. 1.
Calamintha pulegii odore, five Nepeta. C. B. P. Coriandrum majus. C. B. P. Coriander. Sp. 1.
Calamint with the ſcent of Pennyroyal. Engliſh. On Coronopus ſylveſtris hirſutior. C. B. P. Buckſhorn
the ſides of roads, and other uncultivated places. Me- Plantain. Engliſh. On commons and uncultivated places.
lifla.
Plantago. Lin.
Calamintha arvenſis verticillata. C. B. P. Water Ca- Coronopus Ruellii. J. B. Swines Creſs. Engliſh.
lamint. Engliſh. By the fides of ditches, and in moſt On moiſt commons. Cochlearia. Lin. Sp. 5.
arable land. Mentha.
Corylus ſylveſtris. C. B.P. Hazel. Engliſh. In woods.
Calcitrapa 'flore purpureo. Vaill. The Star Thiſtle. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. On the ſides of banks. Centaurea. Sp. 40. Lin. Cotula foetida. Dod. Stinking Chamomile. Engliſh,
Caltha vulgaris. C. B. P. Marigold. Calendula. On arable land. Anthemis.
Sp. 2.
Cotyledon major. C. B. P. Navelwort, or Wall Pen-
Cannabis ſativa. C. B. P. Hemp. Engliſh. On nywort
. Engliſh. On the ſides of banks, and upon
dunghills. Sp. 1.
walls, but rare near London. Sp. I.
Capparis ſpinoſa, fructu minore, folio rotundo. C. B. Crithmum, five feniculum maritimum minus. C. B.
P. Caper. Sp. 1.
P. Camphire. Engliſh. On the rocks by the ſea-ſide.
Cardamine magno fore purpurafcente. Inft
. R. H. Sp. 1.
Ladies Smock, or Cuckow-flower. Engliſh. In mea- Crocus ſativus. C. B. P. Saffron. Sp. 1.
dows. Sp. I.
Cruciata hirſuta. C. B. P. Croſſwort. Engliſh. By
Cardiaca. Inft. R. H. Motherwort. Engliſh. By the ſides of hedges. Valantia. Lin.
the fides of paths. Sp. 1.
Cucumis fylveftris afininus dictus. C. B. P. Wild
Carduus albis maculis notatus, vulgaris. C. B.P. Our Cucumber. Momordica. Sp. 4.
Lady's Thiſtle. Engliſh. On uncultivated places. Sp. 4. Cucumis ſativus vulgaris. C. B.P. Garden Cucum-
Carlina acaulos, magno flore. C. B. P. The Carline ber. Sp. 1.
Thiſtle. Sp. 3.
Cupreſſus meta in faftigium convoluta, quæ fæmina
Carthamus officinarum, flore croceo. Inft. R. H. Plinii. C. B. P. The common Cypreſs. Sp. 1.
Saffron-flower, or Baſtard Saffron. Sp. 1.
Cyanus montanus latifolius, vel verbaſculum cya-
Carui. Cæfalp. Caraway. Engliſh. On dunghills, noides. C. B. P. The great Blue Bottle. Centaurea.
but rare. Carum. Sp. 1.
Caryophillata vulgaris. C. B. P. Avens, or Herb Cyanus minor, five fegetum. C. B. P. The ſmall
Bennet. Engliſh. In woods, and under hedges. Geum. Blue Bottle. Engliſh. Amongſt.Corn, &c. Centaurea.
Sp. 1.
Sp. 11.
Caryophyllus altilis major. C. B.P. Clove Gilliflower. Cyclamen hederæ folio. C. B.P. Sowbread. Sp. I.
Dianthus. Sp. 5.
Cynogloſſum majus vulgare. C. B. P. Hound's
Centaurium majus, folio in lacinias plures divifo. C. tongue. Engliſh. By hedges fides, and in other uncul-
B. P. Great Centaury. Centaurea. Sp. 3.
tivated places. Sp. 1.
Centaurium minus. C. B. P. Centaury. Engliſh. In Cyperus odoratus, radice longa, five Cyperus officia
cultivated lands, and in woods. Gentiana. Sp. 1. narum. C. B. P. Long Cyperus.
Cepa vulgaris. C.B. P. Onion.
Chærophyllum ſativum. C. B.P. Chervil. Sp. 5.
Daucus
1
Sp. 7.
II.

CAT A LOGUE OF PLANTS.
Sp. 4.
Daucus folis feniculi tenuiffimis. C. B. P. Daucus Glycirrhiza filiquoſa, vel Germanica. C.B. P. LA
of Crete, or Candy Carrot. Athamanta. Sp. 2. quorice. Sp. 1.
Daucus vulgaris, Cluſ. Hift. Wild Carrot, or Bird's- Gnaphalium vulgare majus. C. B. P. Cudweed. Eng
neſt. Engliſh. On the ſide of paths in fields, and other lifh. On commons, &c. Filago. Lin.
uncultivated places. Sp. 1.
"Gramen caninum arvenſe, five Gramen Dioſcoridis.
Delphinium majus, five vulgare. Park. Larkſpur. C.B. P. Dog Graſs, or Couch Grafs. Engliſh. On ara-
In Cambridge hire plentifully. Sp. I.
ble land every where.
Dens leonis latiore folio. C. B. P. Dandelion. Eng- Gratiola centauroides. C. B. P. Hedge Hyffop. Sp. I.
1h. On walls, and in Graſs fields every where. Leon- Groſſularia ſpinoſa ſativa. C. B. P. Gooſeberry. Sp. 1.
todon. Sp. 1.
Digitalis purpurea, folio afpero. C. B. P. Fox-glove. Harmala. Dod. Pemp. Wild Rue. Peganum. Lin. Sp.
Engliſh. On the ſides of banks, in woods, and in other Hedera arborea. C. B. P. Ivy. Engliſh. Climbing
uncultivated places. Sp. I.
on trees. Sp. 1.
Dipſacus ſativus. C. B.P. The manured Teaſel. Cul- Hedera terreſtris vulgaris. C. B. P. Ground Ivy, or
tivated in ſome weſtern counties in England. Sp. 2. Alehoof. Engliſh. Under hedges, and on bank-ſides.
Dipſacus ſylveſtris, aut Virga paftoris major. C. B. P. Glechoma. Lin.
The wild Teaſel. Engliih. On dry banks. Sp. 1. Helenium vulgare. C. B.P. Elecampane. Inula.
Doronicum radice ſcorpii. C. B. P. Leopard's-bane. Sp. 1.
Sp. 1.
Helleborus albus, fiore ſubviridi. C. B. P. White
Dracunculus polyphyllus. C. B. P. Dragons. Arum. Hellebore. Veratrum. Sp. 1.
Sp. 8.
Helleborus niger, flore roſeo. C. B. P. Black Helle-
bore. Sp. 3.
Echium vulgare. C. B.P. Viper's Buglofs. Engliſh. Hepatica fiore fimplici cæruleo. Cluf. Hift. Noble
On fallowed land, and amongſt the Corn. Sp. I. Liverwort. Sp. 1.
Elatine folio ſubrotundo. C. B. P. Fluellin, or female Herba Paris. Ger. Herb Paris, One-berry, or True-
Speedwell. Engliſh. On arable land. Antirrhinum. Lin love. Engliſh. In ſhady woods. Paris. Sp. 1.
Endivia latifolia ſativa. C. B. P. Endive, Cichorium. Herniaria glabra. J. B. Rupturewort. Sp. 1.
Hieracium majus, folio fonchi. C. B.P. Hawkweed.
Equiſetum paluſtre, longioribus ſetis. C. B. P. Horie- Engliſh. On the way-ſides, pretty common.
tail Eng. By the fide of ditches, and other moiſt places, Hordeum diſtichum. C. B. P. Barley. Sp. I.
Eruca latifolia alba, ſativa Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. Horminum Sclarea dictum. C. B. P. Clary. Sclarea.
Rocket. Sp. I.
Sp. 1.
Eryngium maritimum. C. B.P. Eryngo. Engliſh. Horminum fylveſtre, lavendulæ fore. C. B. P. Wild
On the fide of ſea-ſhores. Sp. 1.
Clary. Engliſh. On uncultivated fields. Sp. 1.
Eryſimum vulgare. C. B. P. Hedge Muſtard. Engliſh: Hyacinthus oblongo fore cæruleus major. C. B. P.
On walls, and by the way-ſides, very common. Sp. 1. Hair-bells. Engliſh. In woods, and under hedges. Sp. I.
Eupatorium cannabinum. C. B. P. Hemp-leaved Hyoſcyamus albus major. C. B.P. White Henbane.
Agrimony. Engliſh. By the ſides of ditches, and ſtand-Sp. 1.
ing waters, Sp: 1.
Hyoſcyamus vulgaris niger. C.B. P. Black Henbane.
Euphraſia officinarum. C. B.P. Eyebright. Engliſh: Engliſh. On commons, and uncultivated land. Sp. I.
In commons, and uncultivated fields. Sp. 1.
Hypericum vulgare. C. B. P. St. Johnſwort. Eng.
liſh. Under hedges, and by the way-ſides. Sp. 1.
Faba. C. B. P. The Garden Bean, Sp. 1.
Hyſſopus officinarum, cærulea leu fpicata. C. B. P.
Faba minor, five Equina. C. B.P. The Horſe Bean. Hyſlop. Sp. 1.
Sp. 2.
Filipendula vulgaris, a Molon Plinii. C. B. P. Drop- Jaſminum vulgatius, flore albo. C. B. P. Jaſmine.
wort. Engliſh. On commiuns, &c. Spiræa. Sp. 10
Filix ramoſa major, pinnulis obtufis non dentatis. C. Iberis latiore folio. C.B.P. Sciatica Creſs. Lepidium.
B. P. Female Fern. Engliſh. On commons and heaths. Sp. 4.
Sp. I.
Imperatoria major. C. B. P. Mafterwort. Sp. I.
Filix non ramoſa dentata. C. B. P. The male Fern. Iris alba Florentina. C. B. P. Orris.
Engliſh. On the ſide of banks, and in woods. Sp. 2. Iris vulgaris Germanica, five ſylveſtris. C. B. P.
Fæniculum vulgare Germanicum. C. B. P. Fennel. Garden Flower-de-luce. Sp. 2.
Engliſh. On uncultivated ground. Sp. 1.
Iris fylveftris fotida. Inft. R. H. Stinking Gladwin.
Feniculum dulce. C. B. P. Sweet Fennel. Sp. 3. Engliſh. In woods, and moſt uncultivated places. Sp. 19.
Fænum Græcum ſativum. C. B. P. Fenugreek, Iris paluſtris lutea. Ger. Baſtard Acorus. Engliſh,
Trigonella. Sp. 1.
In ſtanding waters. Sp. 1.
Fragaria vulgaris. C. B. P. Strawberry. Engliſh. Iſatis fativa vel latifolia. C. B. P. Woad. Sp. 1.
In woods. Sp. 1.
Juniperus vulgaris fruticofa. C. B. P. Juniper. Eng-
Frangula, feu Alnus nigra, baccifera. Park. Berry-liſh. On heaths. Sp. 1.
bearing Alder. Engliſh. In moiſt woods. Sp. 1.
Fraxinella. Cluf. Hiſt. Fraxinella, or white Dittany. Kali majus, cochleato femine. C.B.P. Glafs-wort.
Dictamnus. Sp. I.
Salſola. Sp. 3.
Fumaria officinarum, & Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. Fumi-
tory. Engliſh. On arable land: Sp. 1.
Lactuca ſativa. C. B. P. Lettuce. Sp. 1.
Lamium album, non foetens, folio oblongo. C. B. P.
Galega vulgaris. C. B. P. Goat's-rue. Sp. 1. White Archangel. Engliſh. Under hedges. Sp. 2.
Galium luteum. C. B. P. Ladies Bedſtraw, or Lamium purpureum foetidum, folio ſubrotundo, five
Cheeſe-rennet. Engliſh. On the ſide of banks, in mea- Galeopſis Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. Red Archangel, or Dead
dows. Sp. 1.
Nettle. Engliſh. On the ſides of banks. Sp. I.
Geniſta anguloſa & ſcoparia. C. P. B. Broom. Eng- Lapathum folio acuto plano. C.B. P. Sharp-pointed
lih. On commons, &c. Spartium. Sp. 5.
Dock. Engliſh. In fields and uncultivated places. Sp. 4.
Gentiana major lutea. C. B. P. Gentian, or Fellwort. Lapathum aquaticum, folio cubitali. C.B. P. The
Sp. 1.
great Water Dock. Engliſh. In ſtanding waters. Sp. 3.
Geranium folio malvæ rotundo. C. B. P. Dove's-foot Lapathum hortenſe rotundifolium, five montanum.
Crane’s-bill. Engliſh. On the ſides of banks.
C. B. P. Baſtard Monks Rhubarb. Rumex. Sp. 2.
Geranium mofchatum. C. B. P. Muſk Crane's-bill. Lapathum folio acuto, rubente. C. B. P. Bloodwort.
Engliſh. In unfrequented lanes, but rare. Sp. 17. Engliſh. On the way-ſide.
Geranium Robertianum primum. C, B. P. Herb Lapathum hortenſe, folio oblongo, five fecundum
Robert. "Engliſh. By hedges.
Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. Patience. Rumex. Sp. 1.
15 L
Lapathum
sp. I.

CATALOGUE OF PLAN T S.
Lapathum hortenſe latifolium. C. B. P. True Monks Mentha anguſtifolia fpicata. C. B. P. Mint, or
Rhubarb.
Spear-mint. Sp. 1.
Lapathum præftantiffimum, Rhabarbarum officina- Mentha rotundifolia paluſtris, feu aquatica major.
rum dictum. Moril. Rhapontic. Rheum. Sp. 2. C. B. P. Water-mint. Engliſh. In ditches and shallow
Lavendula anguſtifolia. C. B. P. Lavender. Sp. 2. waters. Sp. 11.
Lavendula latifolia. C. B. P. Lavender Spike. Sp. 1. Mentha fpicis brevioribus & habitioribus, foliis men-
Laureola ſempervirens, fore viridi, quibuſdam Lau-thæ fufcæ, fapore fervido piperis. Raii Syn. Pepper-
reola mas. J. B. Spurge Laurel. Engliſh. In woods. mint. Engliſh. In watery places. Sp. 6.
Daphne. Sp. 2.
Mentha fylveſtris, longiore folio. C. B. P. Horſe-
Laureola folio deciduo, flore purpureo, officinis. mint. Engliſh. In uncultivated places. Sp. 4-
Laureola femina. C. B.P. Mezereon, or Spurge Olive. Mercurialis teſticulata five mas, & fpicata, five fæ
Daphne. Sp. 1.
mina Diofcoridis & Plinii. C. B. P. French Mercury.
Laurus vulgaris. C. B. P. The Bay. Sp. 2.
Engliſh. On the way-ſide. Sp. 2.
Lens vulgaris. C. B. P. The Lentil. Sp. 1.
Meſpilus apii folio, fylveftris, ſpinoſa, five oxyacantha.
Lenticula paluftris vulgaris. C. B. P. Duck's Meat. C. B. P. The White Thorn, or Hawthorn. Engliſh.
Engliſh. On the ſurface of ſtanding waters every where. In hedges. Sp. 4.
Lepidium latifolium. C. B. P. Dittander, or Pepper- Meſpilus vulgaris. J. B. The common Medlar. Sp. 1.
wort. Engliſh. On uncultivated ground, but not very Meum foliis anethi. C. B. P. Mew, or Spignel. Atha-
common. Sp. 1.
manta. Sp. 1.
Leucoium incanum majus. C. B. P. Stock-gilliflower. Milium ſemine luteo vel albo. C.B. P. Millet. Sp. 1.
Cheiranthus. Sp. 6.
Millefolium vulgare album. C. B. P. Yarrow, Mil-
Leucoium luteum vulgare. C. B. P. Wall-flower. foil, or Noſebleed. Engliſh. By the path-fides every
Engliſh. On old walls and buildings. Cheiranthus. Sp. 3. where. Achillea. Sp. 1.
Leviſticum vulgare. C. B. P. Lovage. Liguſticum. Myrrhis magno femine longo ſulcato. J. B. Sweet
Sp. 1.
Cicely, or ſweet Fern. Scandix. Sp. 5.
Lichen terreſtris cinereus. Raii Syn. Aih-coloured
Ground Liverwort. Engliſh. On heaths and commons. Napus ſativus. C. B. P. Sweet Navew, or French
Liguſtrum Gerinanicum. C. B. P. Privet. Engliſh. Turnep. Rapa. Sp. 2.
In hedges. Sp. 1.
Napus ſylveſtris. C. B. P. Wild Navew, or Cole-
Lilium album, flore erecto, & vulgare. C. B. P. The feed. Engliſh. On banks. Rapa. Sp. 3.
White Lily. Sp. 1.
Naſturtium aquaticum ſupinum. C. B. P. Water
Lilium convallium album. C. B. P. Lilies of the Creſs. Engliſh. In ditches and ſtanding waters. Sifym-
Valley. Engliſh. In ſhady woods. Convallaria. Sp. I. brium. Sp. 1.
Limonium maritimum majus. C. B. P. Sea Lavender. Naſturtium hortenſe vulgatum. C. B. P. Garden
Engliſh. In the ſalt marſhes. Sp. 1.
Creſs. Sp. 1.
Linaria vulgaris lutea, flore majore. C. B. P. Toad- Nepeta major vulgaris. Park. Nep, or Cat-mint.
fax. Engliſh. On the ſide of banks. Sp. I.
Engliſh. On chalky dry fields. Sp. 1.
Lingua cervina officinarum. C. B. P. Hart's-tongue. Nicotiana major latifolia. C. B. P. Tobacco. Sp. 2.
Engliſh. On the walls of wells, and other moiſt places, Nigella flore minore fimplici candido. C. B. P. Fen-
Linum ſativum. C. B. P. Flax. Sp. 1.
nel-flower. Sp. 3
Linum pratenſe, flofculis exiguis. C. B. P. Mountain
or purging Flax. Engliſh. In meadows and paſtures. Ocymum vulgatius. C. B. P. Baſil. Sp. 1.
Sp. 13
Olea ſativa. C. B. P. The Olive-tree. Sp. I.
Lithoſpermum majus erectum. C.B.P. Gromwill, or Ophiogloſſum vulgatum. C. B. P. Adder's-tongue.
Graymill. Engliſh. On uncultivated land. Sp. 1. Engliſh. In moiſt meadows.
Lotus hortenſis odora. C. B. P. Sweet Trefoil. Tri- Orchis morio mas, foliis maculatis. C. B. P. Male
folium. Sp. 12.
Satyrium, or Fools-tones Engliſh. In woods and
Lunaria racemoſa minor. C. B. P. Moonwort. Eng-moilt meadows. Sp. 2.
lith. On commons and heaths.
Orchis morio fæmina. C. B. P. Female Satyrium.
Lupinus ſativus, flore albo. C. B. P. White Lupine. Engliſh. In meadows. Sp. 1.
Origanum fylveſtre, cunila bubula Plinii. C. B. P.
Lupulus mas & fæmina. C. B. P. Hop.
Wild Marjoram Engliſh. On dry uncultivated places.
Lycoperſicon fructu cerafi. Inft. R. H. Love Apple. Sp. 1.
Sp. I.
Origanum onites. C. B. P. Origany of Crete. Sp. 6.
Lyſimachia lutea major. C. B. P. Looſeſtrife. Eng- Orobus filiquis articulatis, femine majore. C. B. P.
liſh. On the ſide of ditches. Sp. 1.
Bitter Vetch. Ervum. Sp. 5.
Oſmunda regalis. Ger. Flowering Fern, or Oſmund-
Majorana vulgaris. C. B. P. Sweet Marjoram. Ori- royal. Sp. 1.
ganum. Sp. 7.
Oxys, Inft. R. H. Wood Sorrel, Engliſh. In moiſt
Malva ſylveſtris, folio finuato C. B. P. Mallow. woods. Oxalis. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. On banks and uncultivated places. Sp. I.
Malva roſea, folio ſubrotundo. C. B. P. Hollyhock. Pæonia fæmina, flore rubro majore. C. B. P. Piony.
Alcea. Sp. 1.
Sp. 2.
Mandragora fructu rotundo. C. B. P. Mandrake. Pæonia folio nigricante ſplendido, quæ mas. C. B. P.
Sp. 1.
Male Piony. Sp. 1.
Marrubium album vulgare. C. B. P. White Hore- Panax coloni, & marrubium aquaticum acutum. Ger.
hound. Engliſh. On dry chalky land. Sp. 1. Clowns All-heal. Engliſh. By the fides of ditches,
Marrubium nigrum fætidum. Ballote Diofcoridis. and other watery places. Stachys. Sp. 8.
C. B.P. Black or ſtinking Horehound. Engliſh. On Panax Paſtinacæ folio. C.B. P. Hercules's All-heal.
banks, and by the way-ſide. Ballotte. Sp. I.
Paſtinaca. Sp. 3.
Marum vulgare. Ger. Herb Maftich, or Maſtich Paniculum Germanicum, five panicula minore. C.
Thyme. Satureja. Sp. 4.
B. P. Panic. Sp. 1.
Marum Syriacum vel Creticum. H. L. Marum, or Papaver hortenſe, ſemine albo. C.B.P. White Poppy.
Syrian Maſtich. Teucrium. Sp. 7.
Matricaria vulgaris, vel ſativa. C. B. P. Feverfew. Papaver hortenſe, femine nigro. C. B. P. Black
Eng. On dunghills, and in unfrequented places. Sp. 1. Poppy. Sp. 8.
Melilotus officinarum Germaniæ. C.B. P. Melilot. Papaver erraticum, Rhoias Dioſcoridi, Theophraſto,
Engliſh. By the ſide of cultivated fields. Trifolium. Plinio. C.B.P. Red Poppy. Engliſh. On arable land.
Sp 1.
Sp. 1.
Meliſſa hortenſis. C. B. P. Balm. Sp. 1.
Parietaria
Sp. 5.
Sp. 9.

CATALOGUE OF PL AN TS.
mary. Sp. 1.
Parietaria officinarum. C. B. P. Pellitory of the wall. Pyrethrum Hiſpanicum. C. B. P. Pellitory of Spain.
Engliſh. On walls. Sp. 1.
Anthemis. Sp. 11.
Paronychia rutaceo folio. Ger. Rue-leaved Whitlow Pyrola rotundifolia major. C. B. P. Winter Green
Graſs. Eng. On walls and buildings. Saxifraga. Lin. In ſhady woods in the north of England. Sp. 1,
Paſtinaca fativa latifolia. C. B. P. Parſnep. Sp. 2.
Paſtinaca ſylveſtris latifolia. C. B. P. Wild Parſnep. Quinquefolium majus repens. C. B. P. Cinquefoil.
Engliſh. On uncultivated places. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. In paſtures. Potentilla. Lin.
Pentaphylloides argentina dicta. Raii Syn. Silver
Weed, or wild Tanſey. Engliſh. On moiſt commons, Ranunculus pratenſis, radice verticilli modo rotundo.
and by the ſides of ditches. Potentilla. Sp. 1.
C. B. P. Crowfoot. Engliſh. In paſtures.
Perfoliata vulgatiſiima, five arvenſis. C. B. P. Tho- Ranunculus apii folio, levis. C. B. P. Marſh Crow-
rough Wax. Engliſh. On arable land. Bupleurum. foot. Engliſh. Very common in ſtanding waters.
Sp. I.
Rapa rotunda ſativa. C. B. P. Turnep. Sp. 1.
Periclymenum non perfoliatum Germanicun. C.B.P. Raphanus minor oblongus. C.B.P. Radith. Sp. 1.
Honeyſuckle. Engliſh. In hedges. Sp. 5.
Raphanus ruſticanus. C. B. P. Horſe-radiſh Engliſh.
Perſicaria mitis maculofa. C.B.P. Spotted Arſeſmart. On dunghills, and by the ſides of fields. Cochlearia. Sp.5.
Engliſh. On dunghills. Sp. 2.
Rhamnus catharticus. C. B. P. Buckthorn. Engliſh.
Perſicaria urens, feu Hydropiper. C. B. P. Arſeſmart, In hedges. Sp. I.
or Water Pepper. Engliſh. By the fide of ditches, and Rhus folio ulmi. C. B. P. Sumach. Sp. I.
in other watery places. Sp. 1.
Ribes vulgaris, fructu rubro. H. L. Red Currants.
Petaſites major & vulgaris. C. B. P. Butter-bur. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. By ditch-fides. Sp. 1.
Ros folis folio rotundo. C. B. P. Roſa-folis, or Sun-
Peucedanum Germanicum. C. B. P. Hog's-fennel, dew. Engliſh. On commons where there are bogs.
or Sulphur-wort. Engliſh, but very rare. Sp. 1.
Roſa alba vulgaris major. C. B. P. The White Roſe.
Phellandrium, vel cicutaria aquatica quorundam. Sp. 16.
J. B. Water Hemlock. Engliſh. In ſtanding waters. Roſa Damaſcena, flore pleno. Hort. Eyft. The Da-
Piloſella major repens hirſuta. C. B. P. Mouſe-ear. maſk Roſe. Sp. 15.
Engliſh. On walls and dry gravelly commons.
Roſa rubra multiplex. C.B.P. The Red Roſe. Sp. 20.
Pimpinella fanguiſorba minor. C. B. P. Burnet. Roſa fylveftris vulgaris, flore odorato, incarnato. C.
Engliſh. On chalky ground. Potentilla. Sp. 1. B. P. The Dog Roſe, or Wild Briar. Engliſh. In
Pimpinella faxifraga major, umbella candida. C.B.P. hedges. Sp. 1.
Burnet Saxifrage. Engliſh. Under hedges, and by Roſmarinus hortenſis, anguftiori folio. C. B.P. Roſe-
the fide of fields. Sp. 2.
Pimpinella ſaxifraga major altera. C. B.P. The leffer Rubia tinctorum ſativa. C. B. P. Madder. Sp. 1.
Burnet Saxifrage. Engliſh. In paſtures. Sp. 1. Rubis vulgaris, five rubus fructu nigro. C. B. P.
Piſum arvenſe, flore candido, fructu rotundo albo. The Bramble, or Blackberry. Engliſh. Very common
C. B. P. Peas. Sp. 1.
in hedges. Sp. 1.
Plantago latifolia ſinuata. C. B. P. Plantain. Eng- Rubus Idæus ſpinoſus, fructu rubro. J. B. Raſp-
liſh. In moiſt places.
berry Buſh. Engliſh. In ſome woods. Sp. 3.
Plantago anguſtifolia major. C.B.P. Narrow-leaved Ruſcus myrtifolius aculeatus. Inft. R. H. Knee-holm,
Plantain, or Ribwort. Engliſh. On dunghills, and by or Butcher's Broom. Engliſh. In woods, and on com-
the way-ſide every where.
mons. Sp. 1.
Plumbago quorundam. Cluf. Hift. Toothwort, or Ruſcus latifolius, fructu folio innaſcente. Inſt. R. H.
Leadwort. Sp. 1.
Horſe-tongue, or Double-tongue. Sp. 2.
Polium maritimum erectum Monſpeliacum. C. B. P.
Ruſcus latifolius, fructu folio inſidente. Inſt. R. H.
Poley Mountain. Sp. 4.
The Bay of Alexandria. Sp. 3.
Polium anguſtifolium Citricum. C. B. P. Polog ur Ruta hortenfis latifolia. C.B.P. Rue. Sp. i.
Crete. Sp. 5.
Ruta muraria. C. B. P. White Maiden Hair, or Wall
Polygonatum latifolium vulgare. C. B.P. Solomon's Rue. Engliſh. On walls, and other buildings, in moiſt
Seal. Engliſh. In ſome woods, but not common. places.
Convallaria. Sp. 3.
Polygonum latifolium. C. B. P. Knot-graſs. Engliſh.
Sabina folio tamariſci Dioſcoridis. C. B. P. Savin.
In uncultivated places.
Sp. 1.
Polypodium vulgare. C. B. P. Polypody. Engliſh. Salvia nigra. C. B. P. Common Red Sage. Sp. 1.
On ſhady banks and walls. Sp. 1.
Salvia minor, aurita & non aurita. C. B. P. Sage of
Porrum commune capitatum. C. B.P. The Leek. Virtue. Sp. 3.
Sp. 1.
Sambucus fructu in umbelia nigro. C.B.P. Elder.
Portulaca latifolia, feu fativa. C. B. P. Purſlane. Engliſh. In hedges. Sp. 1.
Sp. 1.
Sambucus racemoſa rubra. C. B. P. Mountain Elder,
Primula veris. Inft. R. H. Primroſe. Engliſh. In Sp. 3.
woods, and under hedges. Primula Sp. 1.
Sambucus humilis, five ebulus. C. B. P. Dwarf El-
Primula veris major. Ger. Cowſlip, or Paigles. Eng- der, or Danewort. Engliſh, but not common near
lith. In meadows. Primula. Sp. 2.
London. Sp. 4.
Prunella major, folio non diſſecto. Self-heal. Engliſh. Sanicula officinarum. C. B. P. Sanicle. Engliſh. In
In meadows, and paſture land. Sp. 1.
woods and ſhady places.
Prunus ſylveftris. C. B. P. The Sloe-tree. Engliſh. Santolina foliis teretibus. R. H. Lavender-cotton.
In hedges. Sp. 1.
Sp. I.
Pſyllium majus erectum. C. B. P. Fleawort. Sp. 1. Saponaria major lævis. C. B. P. Sopewort. Engliſh.
Ptarmica vulgaris, folio longo ſerrato, flore albo. On the ſide of banks. Sp. 1.
J. B. Sneezewort. Engliſh. In woods, and under hedges. Satureja hortenſis, five Cunila ſativa Plinii. C. B. P.
Achillea. Sp. 10.
Savory. Sp. 1.
Pulegium latifolium. C. B.P. Pennyroyal. Engliſh. Satureja montana durior. C. B. P. Winter Savory.
On moiſt commons. Sp. I.
Pulegium anguſtifolium. C. B. P. Hart's Penny- Saxifraga rotundifolia alba. C.B.P. White Saxifrage.
royal. Sp. 3.
Engliſh. In meadows. Sp. 1.
Pulmonaria maculoſa latifolia. Park. Spotted Lung- Scabioſa pratenſis hirſuta, quæ officinarum. C. B. P.
wort, or Jeruſalem Sage. Sp. 1.
Scabious. Engliſh. On arable land. Sp. 1.
Punica ſativa. Inſt. R. H. Pomegranate. Sp. 1. Scabioſa radice fucciſa, More globoſo. Raii Syn. De-
Punica fylveſtris, fore pleno majore. Inft. R. H. vil's Bit, or Wood Scabious. Engliſh. In woods, and
The Wild Pomegranate with a large double flower. Sp.2. under hedges. Sp. 2.
Scordium
Sp. 3.

CATALOGUE OF PLANT S.
every where,
Scordium legitimum. Park. Scordiuin, or Water Thlaſpi arvenſe, filiquis latis. C. B. P. Treacle Muf-
Germander. Engliſh. In watery places, but not com- tard. Engliſh. In arable land, but rare. Sp. 2.
mon. Teucrium. Sp. 13.
Thlafpi arvenſe, vaccariæ incano folio, majus. C B.P.
Scordiun alterum, five ſalvia agreſtis. C.B.P. Wood Mithridate Muſtard. Engliſh. In arable land, and
Sage. Engliſh. In woods, and on heaths. Teucrium. near hedges. Sp. 1.
«Sp. 12.
Thuya Theophrafti. C. B. P. Tree of Life. Sp. I.
Scorzonera latifolia finuata. C.B. P. Scorzonera, or Thymelæa foliis lini. C. B. P. Spurge-flax. Daphne.
Viper Grafs. Sp. 1.
Sp. 7.
Scrophularia nodoſa foemina. C. B. P. Figwort. Thymus vulgaris, folio tenuiore. C. B. P. Thyme.
Engliſh. In woods and ſhady places. Sp. 1.
Sp. 2.
Scrophularia aquatica major. C. B. P. Water Fig- Tithymalus latifolius, Cataputia dictus. H. L. Gar-
wort, or Water Betony. Engliſh. By the ſide of den Spurge. Euphorbia. Sp. 18.
ditches. Sp. 2.
Tithymalus paluſtris fruticoſus. C. B. P. German
Secale hybernum vel majus. C. B. P. Rye. Sp. 1. Spurge, or greater Eſula. Euphorbia. Sp. 22.
Seduin majus vulgare. C. B. P. Houſleek. Engliſh. Tithymalus foliis pini, forte Diofcoridis Pityuſa.
On houſe-tops and walls. Sempervivum. Sp. 12. C. B. P. The leffer Eſula. Euphorbia. Sp. 27.
Sedum minus teretifolium album. C. B. P. Leffer Tormentilla fylveſtris. C. B. P. Tormentil. Engliſh.
Houſleek. Engliſh. On walls, &c. Sp. 1.
On heaths. Sp. I.
Sedum minus vermiculatum acre. C. B. P. Wall Tragacantha. C. B. P. Goat’s-thorn. Sp. 1.
Pepper, or Stone-crop. Engliſh. On walls and build- Trichomanes, ſive Polytrichum officinarum. C. B. P.
ings. Sp. 5.
Maiden-hair. Engliſh. On walls, and the ſide of ſhady
Senecio minor vulgaris. C. B. P. Groundſel. Engliſh. banks. Sp. I.
On walls, and on arable lands, and alſo on bye-paths Trifolium pratenſe purpureum majus. C. B. P. Tre-
foil. Engliſh. In paſtures. Sp. 1.
Serpyllum vulgare minus. C. B.P. Mother-of-thyme. Trifolium arvenſe humile ſpicatum, five Lagopus.
Engliſh. On heaths and commons. Thymus. Sp. 6. C. B. P. Hare’s-foot Trefoil. Engliſh. On arable land.
Seſeli pratenſe, Silaus forte Plinio. C. B. P. Meadow Sp. 9.
Saxifrage Engliſh. In moiſt paſtures.
Trifolium paluſtre. C. B. P. Bog-bean, or Marſh
Siler montanum majus. Mor. Umb. Siler Mountain, Trefoil
. Engliſh. On bogs. Menyanthes.
Baſtard Lovage, or common Hartwort. Sp. I.
Triticum hybernum, ariſtis carers. C. B. P. Wheat.
Sinapi rapi folio. C. B. P. Muſtard. Engliſh. On Sp. I.
dunghills, &c. Sinapis. Sp. 2.
Tuſſilago vulgaris. C. B. P. Coltsfoot. Engliſh. On
Sinapi hortenſe, ſemine albo. C. B. P. White Muf- barren land. Sp. 1.
tard Sinapis
. Sp. i.
1
Sifarum Germanorum. C. B. P. Skirret. Sium. Sp. 4. Valeriana hortenſis, phu folio oluſatri Dioſcoridis.
Sium latifolium. C. B. P. Broad-leaved Water Parl-C. B. P. Valerian. Sp. 1.
nep Engliſh. In ſtanding waters. Sp. 1.
Valeriana paluſtris minor. C. B. P. The lefſer Vale-
Sium aromaticum, Siſon officinarum. Inft. R. H. rian. Engliſh. On moiſt meadows, and in woods.
The German, or common Amomum. Engliſh. Under Valeriana ſylveſtris major, foliis anguftioribus. Rand,
hedges, and in ſhady lanes. Siſon. Sp. I.
Wild Valerian. Engliſh. On chalky cloſes. Sp. 2.
Smyrnium. Matth. Alexanders. Engliſh. By the ſide Verbaſcum mas latifolium luteum. C. B. P. Mullein.
of fields, but not common. Sp. 1.
Engliſh. , On dry banks, and fandy land. Sp. I.
Solanum hortenſe. Ger. Nightſhade. Engliſh. On Verbena communis, cæruleo fore. C. B. P. Vervain.
dunghills. Sp, 1.
Engliſh. Near farm-yards. Sp. 1.
Solanum fcandens, ſeu dulcamara. C. B.P. Woody Veronica mas ſupina, & vulgatiffima. C. B. P. Speed-
Nightſhade. Engliſh. In hedges. Op.&
well, or Paul's Betony. Engliſh. In woody places. Sp. 1,
Soldanella maritima minor, C. B. P. Seacole-won,
Veronica aquatita major, folio ſubrotundo. Mor. Hift.
or Sea Bindweed. Engliſh. On the ſea-ſhore. Con- Brooklime. Engliſh. In ſtanding water. Sp. 16.
volvulus. Sp. 29.
Vicia ſativa vulgaris, femine nigro. C. B. P. Vetch,
Sonchus afper laciniatus. C. B. P. Prickly Sowthiſtle.
or Tare. Sp. 5.
Engliſh. On arable land.
Vinca Pervinca vulgaris. Ger. Periwinkle. Engliſh.
Sonchus lævis laciniatus latifolius. C. B. P. Smooth In hedges and woods. Vinca. Sp. I.
Sowthiſtle. Engliſh. With the former.
Viola martia purpurea, flore fimplici odoro. C. B. P.
Sophia chirurgorum. Ger. Flixweed. Engliſh. On Violet. Engliſh. In woods, and near hedges. Sp. 1.
arable land. Sifymbrium. Sp. 6.
Viola tricolor hortenſis repens. C. B. P. Heart's-eaſe,
Sorbus fativa. C.B.P. The true Service. Sp. 2. or Panſies, common in the north of England. Sp. 10.
Sorbus torminalis. Ger. The wild Service. Engliſh. Virga aurea anguſtifolia minus ſerrata. C. B. P. Gol-
In hedges. Cratægus. Sp. 2.
den Rod. Engliſh. In woods, and near hedges. Soli-
Spinachia vulgaris, capſula ſeminis aculeata. Inft. dago. Sp. 1.
Spinach. Sp. 1.
Vitex foliis anguftioribus, cannabis modo difpofitis.
Staphyſagria. Matth. Staves-acre. Delphinium. Sp. 11. C. B. P. The Chaſte-tree. Sp. 1.
Stæchas purpurea. C. B. P. Stachas, French Laven- Vitis Idæa, foliis oblongis crenatis, fructu nigricante.
der, or Stick-a-dore. Sp. 1.
C. B. P. Bilberry. Engliſh. On moory heaths. Vacci-
Stæchas citrini tenuifolia Narbonenſis. J. B. Goldy- nium. Sp. I.
locks. Gnaphalium. Sp. 1.
Vitis vinifera. C. B. P. The Vine. Sp. 1.
Stramonium fructu ſpinoſo oblongo, flore albo. Inft. Ulmaria. Cluf. Meadow-ſweet, or Queen of the
R. H. Thorn-apple. Engliſh. On dunghills. Datura. Meadows. Engliſh. In moiſt meadows, and by the
Sp. I.
fide of ditches. Spiræa. Sp. 12.
Symphytum conſolida major foemina, flore albo, vel Urtica urens maxima. C. B. P. Nettle. Engliſh. By
pallide luteo. C. B. P. Comfrey. Engliſh. In unculti- hedges and banks. Sp. 1.
vated places. Sp. 1.
Urtica urens, pilulas ferens prima Dioſcoridis
, ſemi-
ne lini. C. B. P. The Roman Nettle. Sp. 1.
Tamariſcus Narbonenſis. Lob. Tamariſk. Sp. I.
Tanacetum vulgare luteum. C. B.P. Tanſey. Eng- Xanthium. Dod. The leſſer Burdock. Sp. I.
liſh. In unfrequented lanes. Sp. 1.
Telephium vulgare. C. B. P. Orpine. Engliſh. In Zea briza dieta, vel Monococcos Germanica. C.B.P.
woods, and moiſt land. Sedum. Sp. 14.
Spelt, or St. Peter's Corn.
Thapfia Carotæ folio. C. B. P. Deadly Carrot. Sp. 3.
CA.

A CATALOGUE of the large Trees which are admitted in the
London Diſpenſary, as medicinal Plants, but generally grow too large
to be admitted into ſmall gardens.
A
BIE S mas, conis furſum ſpectantibus. C.B.P. Malus ſylveſtris, acido fructu albo. Inft. R. H. The
The Silver Fir. Sp. I.
Crab-tree. Engliſh. In hedges. Sp. 1.
Abies tenuiore folio, fructu deorfum inflexo. Malus fativa. Raii Syn. The Apple-tree. Sp. 2.
C.B.P. The common, or Spruce Fir, or Pitch-tree. Morus fructu nigro. C. B. P. The Mulberry. Sp. 1.
Sp. 2.
Amygdalus ſatira. C. B. P. The Almond-tree. Sp. I. Nux juglans, ſive regia vulgaris. C. B. P. The
Armeniaca fructu majore. Inft. R. H. The Apricot. Walnut. Juglans. Sp. 1.
Sp. I.
Perſica molli carne, & vulgaris, viridis & alba. C. B.
Betula. C.B.P. The Birch-tree. Engliſh. In woods. P. The Peach-tree. Sp. I.
Sp. 1.
Pinus ſativa. C.B. P. The Pine-tree. Sp. 2.
Pinus ſylveſtris. C. B. P. The wild Pine, or Pinaſter.
Caſtanea ſativa. C. B. P. The Cheſtnut-tree. Sp. 1. Sp. 1.
Ceraſus major ac ſylveſtris, fructu fubdulci, nigro co- Populus nigra. C. B.P. The Black Poplar. Engliſh.
lore inficiente. C.B. P. The Black Cherry. Engliſh. In hedge-rows. Sp. 3.
In hedge-rows, and ſome woods. Sp. 2.
Pyrus ſativa. C. B. P. The Pear-tree. Sp. 1.
Ceraſus fativa rotunda, rubra & acida. C.B.P. The
Red Cherry. Sp. 1.
Quercus latifolius fæmina. C.B. P. The Oak-tree.
Cydonia fructu oblongo læviori. Inft. R. H. The Engliſh. In foreſts and woods. Sp. 1.
Quince-tree. Sp. 1.
Salix vulgaris alba arboreſcens. C. B.P. The Willow.
Ficus communis. C. B.P. The Fig-tree. Sp. I. Engliſh. By the ſide of rivers. Sp. 1.
Fraxinus excelſior. C. B. P. The Alh-tree. Engliſh. Suber latifolium, perpetuo virens. C. B.P. The Cork-
In hedge-rows. Sp. 1.
tree. Quercus. Sp. 20.
Fraxinus rotundiore folio. C. B. P. The Manna Alh.
Sp. 2.
Tilia fæmina, folio majore. C. B. P. The Lime-
tree. Sp. 1.
Ilex aculeata cocciglandifera. C. B.P. The Kermes
Oak. Quercus. Sp. 18.
Ulmus campeſtris & Theophraſti. C. B. P. The
Elm-tree. Engliſh. In hedge-rows. Sp. 3.
Larix folio deciduo, conifera. J. B. The Larch-tree.
Sp. 1.
F 1
N I S.
15 M

The READER is deſired to correct the Miſtakes, as alſo to add to ibe trivial Titles
where they are wanting. The Figures after the generical Titles denote the Species.
A
Phyſalis 9.
delec
CANTHUS 2. lege (Ni-Corchorus 8. lege (Hirſatus) Meſpilus 4. lege (Cordifolia)
ger)
Coreopſis 5. lege (Radiata)
Mimoſa 4. lege (Aculeato)
Acanthus 3. lege (Diofcordis) Cotyledon 2. lege (Spinoſa)
Morus 2. lege (Siciliana)
Acer 1o. lege (Creticum)
Cotyledon 6. lege (Ramofilima) Muſcari 1. lege (Botryoides)
Acetoſa 3. lege (Scutata)
Croton 7. lege (Populifolium) Muſcari 2. lege (Comofuns)
Acetoſa 4. lege (Digyna)
Croton 9. lege (Althæifolium) Muſcari 3. lege (Racemoſun)
Adanſonia, add (Baobob)
Croton 10. lege (Salvifolium) Muſcari 4. lege (Monſirojuon)
Adenanthera, add (Pavonice) Cupreſſus 2. lege (Horizontalis) Muſcari 5. lege (Orchioides)
Adoxa, add (Moſchatellina)
Cytiſus 4. lege (Seſilis)
Ophrys 1. lege (Nidus avis)
Agave 2. lege (Virginica)
Cytiſus 5. lege (Hirſutus)
Ophrys 2. lege (Cordata)
Alchemilla 2. add (Hybrida) Delphinium 2. lege (Ajacis)
Orchis 8. lege (Conopſee)
Aloe 8. lege (Brevifolia)
Dianthus 9. lege (Ferrugineus) Origanum 12. lege (Hybridum)
Aloe 1o. add (Humilis)
Digitalis 4. lege (Grandiflora) Ornithopus 2. lege (Nodoſus)
Aloe 13. lege (Linguiformis)
Dioſma 1. lege (Oppoſitifolia)
Orobus 8. lege (Venetus)
Amethyítea, add (Cerulea)
Ebenus, add (Cretica)
Palma 5. lege (Gracilis)
Amomum 1. add (Zinziber) and lege Eleagnus 1. lege (Spinoſa)
Panicum 4. lege ( Alopecurodeum)
ovata inſtead of ovato
Epigea, add (Repens)
Paffiora 6. lege (Olivæformis)
Amomum 2. add (Zerumbet) Erica 4. lege (Ciliaris)
Phlomis 10. lege (Flaveſcens)
Amygdalus 3. lege (Sativa)
Eryngium 5. lege (Palleſcens) Phlox 5. lege (Paniculata)
Ananas 3. lege (Glaber)
Euonymus 4. lege (Pinnatus)
Anguria, add (Citrullus)
Ficus 2. lege (Sycamorus)
Piper 2. lege (Pellucidum)
Annona 2. lege (Muricata)
Ficus 6. lege (Maxima)
Piper 4. lege (Humile)
Arctium 3. lege (Tomeni oſum) Galeopſis 5. lege (Orientalis) Piper 6. lege (Laurifolium)
Arum 13. lege (Betifolium)
Gentiana 10. lege (Perfoliata) Prenanthes 4. lege ( Amplexicaulis)
Arum 15. lege (Eſculentum)
Gladiolus 5. lege ( Anguſtifolius)
Prunella 7. lege (Nova Anglia)
Aſparagus 1. add (Sativa)
Gramen 1. add (Repens)
Pſoralea 7. lege (Humilis)
Aſperugo, add (Procumbens)
Gramen 2. add (Perenne)
Raphanus 3. lege (Orbicularis)
After 17. lege (Glaber)
Gramen 3. add (Bulboſa)
Raphanus 5. lege (Chinenſis)
Aſtragalus 2. lege (Hamoſa)
Grewia 2. lege (Africana)
Rapunculus 5. lege (Orbicularis)
Atraphaxis 1. add (Spinoſa)
Groſſularia 1. lege (Reclinata) Rhamnus 3. lege (Longifolius)
Atraphaxis 2. add (Undulata) Gundelia, lege (Glabra)
Rhamnus 4. lege ( Africanus)
Atriplex 1. add (Hortenſis)
Helianthemum 3. lege (Piloſum) Rubus 4. lege (Gleber)
Atriplex 2. add (Halimus)
Helianthus 2. lege (Multiflorus)
Rubus 8. lege (Saxatilis)
Atriplex 3. add (Portulacoides) Helianthus 4. lege (Strumoſus) Rudbeckia 6. lege (Digitata)
Avena, add (Sativa)
Helicteres 2. lege (Brevior)
Rumex 2. lege ( Alpinus)
Aurantium 1. lege (Acre)
Hermannia 5. lege (Trifoliata) Rumex . lege (Chalepenſis)
Baſteria, add (Calycanthus)
Hibiſcus 8. lege (Vitifolius)
Ruſcus 5. lege (Trifoliatus)
Bellonia, add (Aſpera)
Hibiſcus 20. lege (Africanus) Ruta 5. lege (Ciliata)
Bloodwort, ſee Rumex
Horminum 1. lege (Verbenaceum) Salicornia 2. lege (Perennis)
Bombax 3. lege (Villofum)
Horminum 2. lege (Lyrata)
Salſola 3. lege (Soda)
Cachrys 1. lege (Trifida)
Hyacinthus 1. lege (Nonſcriptus) Sambucus 5. lege (Humilis)
Cæſalpinia 2. lege (Criſta)
Hyacinthus 3. lege (Campanulatus) Saponaria 4. lege (Hiſpanica)
Cannabis, add (Sativa)
Hyacinthus y. loge Amethyſtinus) Scabioſa 9. lege (Virga paſtoris)
Capparis 5. lege (Racemoſa)
Hypericum 4. add (Canariënje) Scabiola 13. lege (Ochroleuca)
Capparis 8. lege (Laurifolia) Hyſſopus 3. lege ( Altiſſima)
Scabioſa 18. lege (Inciſa)
Capparis 10. lege (Triflora)
Jatropha 2. lege (Quinquelobate) Scabioſa 19. lege (Fimbriata)
Caffia 7. lege (Bicapſularis)
Jatropha 5. lege (Vitifolia)
Scrophularia 4. lege (Betonicefolia)
Cateſbeæ, add (Spinoſa)
Jatropha 6. lege (Aconitifolia) Sefaſum, lege Seſamum
Cecropia, add (Peltata)
Inula 7. lege (Oculus)
Sideroxylum 2. lege (Oppoſitifolium)
Cerinthe 2. lege (Glaber)
Juncus 4. lege (Conglomeratus) Siſyrinchium 2. lege (Anguſtifolium)
Chamærops, lege (Humilis)
Juniperus 2. lege (Suecica)
Siſyrinchium 3. lege (Bulboſum)
Cheiranthus 2. lege (Integrifolius) Lantana 2. lege (Inermis)
Smilax 11. lege (Humilis)
Cheiranthus 4. lege Anguſtifolius) Lathyrus 4. lege (Pariſenſis) Solidago 15. lege (Hirſutiſima)
Cheiranthus 9. lege (Glaber) Lathyrus 7. lege (Hirſutus)
Solidago 11. lege (Humilis)
Cheiranthus 15. lege (Sinuatus) Lathyrus 14. lege (Magniflorus) Solidago 20. lege (Cernosa.
Chionanthus, add (Virginica) Lathyrus 19. lege (Americanus) Stachys 8. lege (Paluſtris)
Chironia 1. add (Fruteſcens)
Laurus 2. lege (Undulata)
Stæchas 2. lege (Pedunculata)
Chironia 2. add (Baccifera)
Laurus 8. lege (Enervia)
Stæchas 3. lege (Dentata)
Ciffampelos, lege (Pareira)
Limon 2. lege (Spinoſus)
Taxus, lege (Baccata)
Ciſtus 3. lege (Brevifolius)
Limon 3. lege (Racemoſus)
Thymus 6. lege (Glaber)
Cleonia, add (Luſitanica)
Lotus 3. lege (Glaber)
Toxicodendron 4. lege (Pinnatifolium)
Cliffortia 1. lege (Illicifolia)
Lotus 5. lege (Creticus)
Toxicodendron 8. lege ( Arboreum)
Coix 2. lege ( Angulata)
Lupinus 4. lege (Hirſutus)
Tragia 2. lege (Involucrata)
Convolvulus 2. lege (Serpens) Lupulus, lege (Humilus)
Vaccinium 3. lege (Penſilvanicum)
Convolvulus 11. lege (Glaber) Lychnis 3. lege (Diccia)
Vanilla 3. lege (Axilleris)
Conyza 3. lege (Candida)
Mammea, add (Americana)
Vitex 3. lege (Indica)
Conyza 5. lege (Tomentoſa)
Martynia 3. lege (Louiſianica) Vitis 4. lege (Lacinioſa)
Conyza 6. lege (Salicifolia)
Medicago 3. lege (Tornata) Ulmus 2. lege (Scober)
Conyza 12. lege (Trinervia)
Melaſtoma 1. lege (Plantaginifolia) Ulmus 3. lege (Sativa)
Conyza 17. lege (Odorata)
Melaſtoma 9. lege (Petiolate) Ulmus 4. lege (Glaber)
Corchorus 4. lege (Tetragona) Melongena 2. lege (Teres)
Ulmus 5. lege (Hollandice)
Corchorus 5. lege (Linearis) Meniſpermum 3. lege (Corolinianum) Uvularia 1. lege ( Amplexicculis)
Corchorus 6. lege (Bifurcatus) Mentha 10. lege (Chalepenſis) Zea 3. lege (Vulgaris)





1817
Vans
ARTES
SCIENTIA
LIBRARY VERITAS
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
AT PLURIBUS TUMO
TUBOR
SI QUERIS PENINSULAM AMOENAM
CIRCUMSPICE
SAAB
HERBARIUM

KA